* i.w'.nww^mrwww^wwwiw^w——w^i
■V'fr
     Wife iV;': Jfi'-'V V '•••/''.':->i\v?-;.;v.:i\;''■:>:•'.'■.••':



 ^w>tt*^!--vi!K'=:-  ■■ ■■.'■■■■  ' •■  -

myJh-l&ii}       jV.irii.:>'■':'..i:'v. ■ i :i.


flW! If.lt l^flJSM: ■'!•/!',,iVl'l.'":V''i,V,;r--;'':■:•:.•.>•: I. Y •.';'.•'■:.
i«Ttrj«fJi..ctAirtn.v'(*.i»:vt.v;'f :*». l .!'. ■•*.i ■:• ••- <  • • <. < ^ ■•)•■..'
wmm$$r<l  tf« V,-,  ■  ,
»S           v    >   "'   '■     '  '
%p$m-KS'iKi&i"'^*'' '/''•'; ■»; 'Y "•/ ' •'•;■'.;':.•- y>'.y Y  ' ■■




   iSCfe','"";,";'    ''       ■"    -

    iWW^,ii;'Wi'^r'i yyY'1 Vyy'yyVyy':
    MMIvmfy-M:r.'.''!h; »'; •'.■yr.'-■; ■ •'■'■■'■:   '-'.'  !'•'■•;■:

S-i
C y*
ri*X-; '.
ie,iM\iittf^W<^^'4^(i^0i

i  ni^lilMllMM 
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
ME&
* *  .
FOUNDED  1836
WASHINGTON, D. C.
B19574 
 
 
 
 
   INDEX-CATALOGUE
      i«<

              or

        THE LIBRARY

             OF THE


SURGEON-GENERAL'S OFFICE.

    UXITED STATES ARMY.
AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS.
SEOOWD SEBIES.

 Vol. XL
IO-XYSTROM.
    WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
      1 u o *;. 
ArcU.
 Z
 C 75". M4

 Ser. 2
  v. II
  I 906
  C.2 
                         War Department, Sur<;eon-General\s  Office,
                                    Medical Museum and Library  Division,
                                                  Washington, D. 6'., Jtm« 11, 1906.
General Robert  M. O'Reilly,
         Surgeon-(riou-t'al^  l\  S. Army:
     General: I have the  honor to present herewith  the eleventh volume of the
second series of the  Index-Catalogue of  the Library of this Office.
     This volume  includes  S,023 author-titles, representing 4,063 volumes and 9,311
pamphlets.   It also contains  5,634 subject-titles of separate books  and pamphlets,
and 34,211 titles of articles in periodicals.
     The Library now contains 155,292 bound volumes and 271,851 pamphlets.
     The  following table shows  the number of titles in the Index,-Catalogue, as far
as published:                                    ,
AUTHOR-TITLES.
Titles.    Volumes.   Pamphlets
SUBJECT-TITLES.
Book titles.
Journal ar-
  ticles.
Portraits.
Total in first series......
Second series: Vol. I —
           Vol.11...
           Vol. III..
           Vol. IV..
           Vol. V...
           Vol. VI..
           Vol. VII.
           Vol. VIII
           Vol. IX..
           Vol. X...
           Vol. XI..
    Total to date......
176,364
 6,346
 15,732
 11,112
 9,628
 6,825
 15,589
 6,225
 10,704
 8,706
 10,122
 8,023
285,376
85,663
 6,127
 6,383
 4,873
 4,133
 2,696
 5,865
 2,692
 5,330
 2,599
 4,690
 4,063
135,113
151,604
 6,327
 14,802
 10,690
 8,523
 5,957
 14,296
 8,157
 9,897
 8,291
 10,750
 9,811
168,557
 7,884
 5,774
 10,636
 8,828
 7,645
 5,962
 13,179
 5,731
 5,322
 10,856
 5,634
258,505
256,008
511,112
 30,384
 21,725
 34,314
 28,316
 40,045
 30,561
 32,522
 29,6*4
 31,481
 22,622
 34,211
840,977
4,335
5,012
Very respectfully,
  WALTER  D. McCAW,
Major, Surgeon, U. 8. Army,
               Librarian. S.  G. <). 
 
                             SECOND ADDITION

                                      TO THE

                   ALPHABETICAL  LIST

                                        OF


ABBREVIATIONS    OF    TITLES

                                        OF

                MEDICAL  PERIODICALS,
    PUBLISHED I]ST THE NINTH: VOI/UIVXE,  SECOND  SERIES,

                                      OF THE

                      IWDEX-CATALOGIJE.
^IF^For explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Abbreviations of Titles, etc., in
                                     Vol.  IX, 2. s.
A.
Acad.  roy. de  Belg.  CI. d. sc.
  Mem.  Collect. in-4~, Brux.
Acad. roy. de  Belg.  CI.  d.
  Mem.   Collect. in-8c, Brux.
sc.
Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago.

Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Boat.


Am. J. Tuberc, Detroit.

Ann. d. Fac. di med., Perugia.

Arb. a. d. hirnanat. Inst, in Zu-
  rich, Wiesb.
Arb. a. d. hygien. Inst. d. k. tier-
  arztl. Hochsch. zu Berl.
Arb.  a. d.  path.  Inst. d. Univ.
  Helsingfors, Berl.
Academic roy ale  de Belgique.  Classe des sciences.  M6moires.
  Collection in-4°. Bruxelles.  v. 1, 1904.  4°.
Acade"mie royale  de Belgique.  Classe des sciences.  M^moires.
  Collection in-8°. Bruxelles.  v. 1, 1904.  8C.

Aerztlicher Verein Halle a. S.  [(See Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver. Halle
  a. S., Mtinchen.]
American Anthropological  Society.  [See Mem. Am. Authrop. &
  Ethn. Soc, Lancaster.]

American Ethnological  Society.  [<See Mem. Am.  Authrop.  ».V
  Ethn. Soc, Lancaster.]

American (The) Journal of Clinical Medicine.  (The Alkaloidal
  Clinic.)  Chicago,  v. 13, 1906.  8°.

American Journal of Public Hygiene, and Journal of the Massa-
  chusetts Association of Boards of Health.  Boston,  v. 14-16,
  1904-0.  8°.

American (The) Journal of Tuberculosis.   Detroit,  v. 1, 1905-G.


Annali della  Facolta di  medicina.  Universita  di Perugia.
  1901-3.  Perugia.  3. s., v.  1-3, 1901-4.  8°.

Arbeiten aus dem hirnanatomischen  Institut in Zurich. Wies-
  baden.  Hft. 1,  1905.  8°.

Arbeiten aus dem hygienischen Institut der kgl. tierarztlichen
  Hochschule zu Berlin.  Berlin.  Nos. 1-6, 1904-5.  8°.

Arbeiten aus dem pathologischen Institut der Universitiit Hel-
  singfors (Finland).   Berlin,  v. 1, 1905.   8°.
[1] 
[2]
Arch, di anat. pat., Palermo.


Arch, brasil. de psychiat. [etc.],
  Rio de Jan.

Arch.  f.  phys.  Med.  u.  med.
  Techn., Leipz.
Arch. Physiol. Therapy, Bost.
Arch,  de  rinol.,  laringol., otol.,
  Barcel.
Atti d. clin.  oto-rino-laringoiat.
  d. r. Univ. di Roma.
Archivio di auatomia patologica e scienze affini.   Palermo, v. 1,
  ly05.  8°.

Archivos brasileiros de psvchiatria, ueurologia e sciencias affins.
  Rio de Janeiro,  v. 1, 1905.   8°.

Archiv  fur  physikalische Medizin und medizinische Technik.
  Leipzig,  v. 1, 1905.  *°.

Archives internationales d'hygiene  scolaire.  [See Internat. Arch.
  f. Schulhyg., Leipz.]

Archives (The) of Physiological Therapy.  Boston,  v. 1-3, 1905-
  6.   roy. 8°.

Archivos de rinologia, laringologia, otologia.  Barcelona,  v. 17,
  1906.  8°.

Association  corporative  des e^udiants en  m6decine de  Paris.
  [See Rev. de d6ontol. [etc.], Par.]

Association de l'Institut Marey.  [See Trav. Assoc, de l'Inst. Ma-
  rey, Par.]

Associazione nazionale dei medici condotti.  [See Boll. d. Ass. naz.
  d. med. condotti, Milano.]

Atti  della clinica  oto-rino-laringoiatrica della r. Universita di
  Roma.  Roma.  v. 1-2, 1903-4.  8°.
B.
Bayer. Med.-Beamten-Ver., Berl.
Beitr. z. Ohrenh. Festschr., Berl.
Beitr. z. Path. d. Verdauungsorg.
  . . . med. Klin, in Kopenh, Berl.


Beitr. z. wissensch. Med.  Fest-
  schr.  . .  . Georg Mayer, Berl.
Bio-Chem. J., Liverp.


Boll. d. Ass. naz. d. med. con-
  dotti, Milano.
Boll. d. ord. d. med.  d. prov. di
  Firenze.
Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana  d. osp.
  di Roma.

Budapesti k. m. t. egyet. 2.  sz.
  Seb. Klin, betegf., Budapest.
Bull. Bureau Labor, Wash.


Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. Y.


Bull, et mem. Soc. med.  Vau-
  cluse, Avignon.
Bayerischer Medizinalbeamten-Verein.  Offizieller Bericht  iiber
  die ii. Landesversammlung zu Wiirzburg Juni  1905.  Berlin.
  1 v.  1905.  8°.

Beitrage zur Ohreuheilkunde.  Festschrift gewidmet August Lu-
  cse zur Feier  seines siebzigsten Geburtstages.  Berlin.   1 v.
  1905.  8°.

Beitrage  zur Pathologie  der Verdauungsorgane.  Arbeiten  aus
  der  medizinischeu Klinik in Kopenhagen.  Hrsg. von  Knud
  Faber.   Berlin,  v. 1, 1905.  8°.

Beitrage zur  wissenschaftlichen Medizin.  Festschrift zur Feier
  seines achtzigsten Geburtstages Herrn  Geheimrat Dr. Georg
  Mayer gewidmet.   Berlin.  1 v.  1905.   8°.
Bellevue and Allied Hospitals in  the City of New York
  M. & S. Rep.  Bellevue Hosp. N. Y.]
Berliner  ophthalmologische  Gesellschaft.
  Berl. ophth. Gesellsch., Leipz.]
                           [See

             [ See Verhandl.  d.


[University of Liverpool.]  Liv-
Bio-Chemical (The)  Journal.
  erpool.  v. I, 1906.  8°.

Bollettiuo dell' Associazione nazionale dei medici condotti.  Mi-
  lano.   v. 1-4,1902-6.  fol.

Bollettino dell' ordine dei  medici  della  provincia di  Firenze.
  Firenze.   v. 1-8, 1899-1906.  8°.

Bollettino della Societa Lancisiana  degli  ospedali  di Roma.
  [Continuation of:  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma. 1
  Roma.  v. 25, 1905.  8°.

Bndapesti (A) k. m. t. egyetemi 2. szamti Sebe"szeti Klinikum
  betegforgalma, az  1903 es 1904 eVben.   [Report of patients in
  the Budapest Royal Hungarian Scientific Society's  Surgical
  Clinic, 2d  Division.]  Budapest.  1905.  8°.

Budapest Royal Magyar  Scientific University's Surgical Clinic.
  [See Kozlem.  a budapesti k. m. tud.-egyet. 2. sz.,  Budapest.]

Bulletin of  the Bureau  of Labor.  Washington. No.  54, 1904
  8°.

Bulletin of the Lying-in Hospital of the City of New York.  New
  York.  v.  2, 1905.  4°.

Bulletin et  memoires de la Soci^te" de m6decine de Vaucluse.
  Avignon,  v. 1, 1905-6.  8°. 
[3]
Bull. Mich. Acad. Sc, Ann Ar-  Bulletin of the Michigan Academy of Science.  Ann Arbor,  v. 2,
  bor.                               1905.  8°.
Bull. State Coll. Kentucky, Lex-  Bulletin of  the  State College of Kentucky,  Lexington, Ky.
  ington.                            Lexington.  8°.
Bull. Univ.  Nebraska Coll. M.,  Bulletin (The) of the University of Nebraska College  of Medi-
  Lincoln.                           cine.  Lincoln,  v. 1, 1906.  8°.
c.
Casuist, med.-chir., Milano.

Centr.  States  M.  Monit.,   In-
  dianap.
Cesalpino, Arezzo.

Clairiere, Brux.
Clin.  & Path.  Papers, Lakeside
  Hosp., Cleveland.
Clin, e prat., Treviglio.

Clinique, Par.
Cong.  dent,  internat.  C.-r., Par.

Cong,  internat. d'assain. .  . . de
  l'habitat.   C. r., Par.
Cong, internat. d. med. de comp.
  d'assur.  Proc-verb., Par.
Dong,  de  la Soc.  internat. de
  chir.  Rap., Brux.
Casuistica medico-chirurgica.   Rivista mensile di medicina pra-
  tica.  Milano.  v. 1, 1905.  8°.

Central States Medical Monitor.  Indianapolis,   v. h-9, 1905-6.


Cesalpiuo (II).   Giornale  medico della provincia di Arezzo.
  Arezzo. v. 1-2, 1905-6.   8°.

Clairiere (La).  Orgaue de l'Union des femmes  beiges  contre
  l'alcoolisine.  Bruxelles.  v. 1-4, 1903-6.  fol.

Clinica oto-rino-laringoiatrica della r. Universita di Roma.  [See
  Atti d. cliu.  oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma.]

Clinical  and Pathological  Papers from the Lakeside  Hospital,
  Cleveland.  Cleveland.   Series 2, 1905.  8°.

Clinica e pratica.  Periodico mensile di medicina e chirurgia.
  Treviglio.   v. 1-2, 1904-5.  8°.

Clinique (La).  Journal hebdomadaire de meaecine et de chi-
  rurgie pratiques  et des  sp6cialisations me"dico-chirurgicales.
  Paris,  v.  1, 1906.   fol.

Congres dentaire international, iiie, 1900.  Comptes-rendus.  Paris.
  v.  1-4, 1901-3.  8°.

Congres international d'assainissement et de salubrite" de  l'habi-
  tation.  Compte rendu.   1904.  Paris,  v. 1, 1905. 8°.

Congres  international des me"decins de compagnies d'assurances.
  Proces-verbaux des stances.  Paris.  3 v., 1903.   8°.

Congres  de  la Socie"te" internationale de chirurgie.  Rapports.
  Bruxelles.  7 nos., 1905.  8 .

Cornell University  Medical College.  Studies from the Depart-
  ment of Neurology.  [See Pub. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll.  .  . .
  Dep. Neurol., N. Y.]
D.
Deutsche  klin. - therap.  Wchn-
  schr., Leipz.
Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. u. Leipz.
Deutsche kliniscli-therapeutische Wochenschrift.   Leipzig.  1 v.
  1906.  fol.   [Continuation of: Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr.]

Deutsche morgenlandische Gesellschaft.  [See Ztselir. d. dent sch.
  morgenliind. Gesellsch., Leipz.]

Deutsche  Revue.   Eine Monatsschrift.  Stuttgart und Leipzig.
  Jahrgaug 31 [v. 1 & 2, January to June], 1906.  8-'.

Dr. Schmidt's Laboratorium  fiir Krebsforschung.   [See Mitt. a.
  Schmidt's Lab. f. Krebsforscu., Bonn.]
E.
Encephale, Par.
Encycl. franc, d'opht., Par.

Ergnzngshfte. z. med. Klin., Berl.
Ence"phale (L').   Journal de psychiatrie.  Paris,  v. 1, 1906.  8°.
Eneyclope'die francaise d'ophtalmologie.  Publico sous la direc-
  tion de MM. F. Lagrange etE. Valude. Paris. 5 v. 1903-6.  8;
Erganzungshefte zur  medizinischen Klinik.  Berlin.   v. 1-2,
  1905-6.  8'J. 
M
F.
Farmacoterap., Lodi.
Farmacoterapia (La).  Lodi.  v. 6, 1906.  8C
  Ferroterapia. ]
[Continuation of:
ft.
Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.],
  Palermo.
Gegeszet,  Budapesti.
George Washington Univ. Bull.,
  Wash.
Gior. di med. e chir., Napoli.
Giizzetta siciliana di medicina e chirurgia d' igiene e d' interessi
  professionali.  Palermo,  v. 5, 1906.  roy. 8°.

G6ge"szet.  [Laryngology.]  Budapesti.  1906.  fol.

George Washington (The) University Bulletin.   Washington.
  v. 3-4,  1904-5.  8°.
Gioruale  di medicina  e  chirurgia del medico  pratico.  Napoli.
  v. 2, 1906.  8°.
Gynakolo»ische  Gesellschaft in  Breslau.
  nakol. Gesellscli. Bresl., Berl.]
[See Verhandl. d. gy-
H.
Halbmonatschr.  f.  Frauen-  u.
  Kinderkr., Wien.
Handb. d. path. Mikroorg., Jena.

Handb. d. Urol., Wien.

Handb. d. vergl.  u.  exper. Ent-
  wcklngsl. d. Wirbelt., Jena.
Hifubyog. kiu Hiniokibyog. Zas-
  shi, Tokyo.
Homoeop. Biblioth., Zwolle.
Hygiene gen. et appliq., Par.
Hyg. mod., Par.
Halbmonatsschrift fur Frauen- und Kinderkrankheiten.  Wien.
  v. 2, 1905.  8°.

Handbuch der pathogenen Mikroorganismen.   Jena.  Lfg.  1-25,
  1902-5.  8°.
Handbuch der Urologie.
  Zuckerkandl.  Wien.
 Hrsg. von Anton von Frisch und Otto
Abth. 1-14, 1903-5.  8°.
Handbuch der vergleichenden und  experimentellen  Entwicke-
  luugslehre der Wirbeltiere.   Jena.  Lfg. 1-23, 1901-5.  8C.

Hifubyogaku kiu  Hiniokibyogaku   Zasshi.  [Japanische  Zeit-
  schrift fur Dermatologie und Urologie.]   Tokyo,  v. 1-5, 1901-
  5.  8°.

Hirnanatomisches  Institut  in  Zurich.  [See Arb. a. d. hirnanat.
  Inst, in  Zurich.,  Wiesb.]

Homoeopathische Bibliotheek.  Zwolle.  No. 1, 1905.  8°.

Hull  Physiological  Laboratory.   [See Univ.  Chicago  Physiol.
  Arch., Chicago.]

Hunterian Society.   [See Tr. Huuterian Soc, Lond.]

Hygiene (L') g6ue"rale et appliquee.  Paris,  v. 1, 1906.   8°.

Hygiene (L') moderne.  Revue mensuelle d'hygiene ge"uerale.
  Paris.  1 v.   1906.  8°.

Hygienisches  Institut der Kgl.  tierarztlichen  Hochschule  zu
  Berlin.  [See Arb. a. d. hygien.  Inst.  d. k. tierarztl. Hochsch.
  zu Berl.]
I.
Iatros, Milano.
Informateur d. alien, [etc.], Par.

Internat.  Arch.   f.  Schulhyg.,
  Leipz.
Milano.  v.  1-2, 1904-
Iatros.  Giornale di medicina pratica.
  5.   8°.

Imperatorskiy Moskovskiy Universitet.  [See Trndi  fak.  terap.
  klin. Imp. Mosk. Univ. . . . v chest . . . V. D. 81iervinskavo.]

Informateur  (L') des  alie'nistes et des  neuroloeistes.   Paris
  v. 1, 1906.  8°.

Internationales Archiv fiir   Schulhygiene.  Archives  interna-
  tionales d'hygiene scolaire.   International Magazine of School
  Hygiene.  Leipzig,   v. 1-2,  1905-6.  8°. 
[■r>]
Internat. Therap., N. Y.
Italia san., Milano.
International Therapeutics.  New York.  v. 1, 190").  f .

International Magazine of School Hygiene.  [See Internat. Arch.
  f. Schnlhyg., Leipz.]
Italia (L')  sanitaria.   Tribuna dei medici condotti.  Milan .
  No. 1, v. 2, 19015.   roy. 8 .
J.
J. Abnorm. Psychol., Bost.
J. Biol. Chem., N. Y.

J. de din. med. et chir., Par.

J. de med. de Pernambuco.

J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc. ], Minneap.

J. Outdoor Life, Trudeau, N. Y.
J. Phys. Therapy, Chicago.
J. Prevent. M., Lond.


J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond.

J. de la sante intime, Par.

J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond.

Jurist.-psychiat. Grenzfr., Halle
  a. S.
Journal (The; of Abnormal Psychology.  Boston,   v. 1, 1906.  8'-.

Journal (The) of Biological  Chemistry.  New York.   v. 1,1905-
  6.   8-.
Journal (Le) de clinique m^dicale et chirurgicale.  Paris,   v. 1,
  1906.  fol.
Jornal de medicina de Pernambuco.   Pernambuco.  v. 1-2,1905-
  6.   4°.
Jourual (The) of the Minnesota  State Medical Association, and
  The Northwestern Lancet.  Minneapolis,  v. 25-26, 1905-6.  8°.

Journal of the Outdoor Life.  Trudeau, N. Y.  v. 2-3, 1905-7.  8°.

Journal (The) of Physical Therapy.   Chicago,  v. 1, 1905-6.  8°.

Journal (The) of Preventive  Medicine.  The official organ of the
  Royal Institute of Public Health.  London,  v. 13-14, 1905-6.

Journal of the Roval  Sanitary  Institute.  London,  v.  25-27,
  1904-6.
Journal de  la saute" intime.   (Supplement au  "Journal de la
  sante".)   Paris.   1 v.  1906.   8°.
Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry.  London,  v. 24-25,
  1905-6.  roy. 8~.
Juristisch-psychiatrische  Greuzfragen.  Zwanglose Abhandlun-
  gen.  Halle a. S.  Hft. 1-8, 1903-5.  H°.
K.
Klin. Lekts., S.-Peterb.

Kozlem. a budapesti k. m. tud.
  egyet. 2. sz., Budapest.
Klinicheskiya Lektsii.
  1905-6.  8°.
[Clinical Lectures.]  S.-Peterb nrg.
Kozleme'nyek a budapesti k. m.  tud.-egyetem 2. sz^mfi (Reczey
  Imre udvari udvari tan&csos) seb6szeti klinikumardl.   [Com-
  munications from the  Budapest Royal Magyar Scientific Uni-
  versity's Surgical Clinic, 2. part (Emerich Reczey, anlic coun-
  sellor).]  Budapest.  1 v.  1906.   fol.
Lavoro, Milano.

Lfje6. viestnik, u Zagrebu.
Lackawanna County  Medical Society.
  Co. M. Soc, Scranton.]

Lakeside Hospital, Cleveland.
  side Hosp., Cleveland.]
         [See  Tr.  Lackawanna


[See Clin. & Path. Papers, Lake"
Lavoro (II).
  del lavoro.
Rivista  di igiene, fisiologia, clinica ed  assistenza
 Milano.  v. 3, 1905.  8°.
Lije&uicki viestnik.  Vlastnik i izdavatel.j  sbor liecnika kralje-
  vina Hrvatske i Slavonije.  [Medical News.  Proprietor and
  publisher, the Medical Society of the kingdoms of Croatia and
  Slavonia.]  u Zagrebu.  v. 28, 1906.  8°.  [Continuation of:
  Liec. viestnik, u Zagrebu.]

Luca> (August).  [See Beitr.  z. Ohreuh.  Festschr., Berl.]

Lying-in Hospital of the City of New York.   [<S'ee  Bull. Lying-in
  Hosp. N. Y.] 
[6]
M.
M.  &  S.  Rep.  Bellevue  Hosp.
  N. Y.
Mass. Emerg. & Hyg. Ass., Bost.




Med. Dauphine, Grenoble.

Med. pract., San Fernando.
Me d. Reform.  Wchnschr. [ etc. ],
  Berl.
Medecin prat., Par.
Medecine scient., Par.

Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y

Med.-technol. J., Leipz. & Wien.
Mem.  Am.  Anthrop.  &  Ethn.
  Soc, Lancaster.
Michigan Month. Bull. Vital Sta-
  tis., Lansing.
Mitt. a. Schmidt's Lab. f. Krebs-
  forsch., Bonn.
Mod. arztl. Biblioth., Berl.

Museumskunde, Berl.

Mutter u. Kind, Wien u. Leipz.


Mutterschutz, Frankf. a. M.
Medical and Surgical Report of Bellevue ami Allied Hospitals in
  the City of New York.  New York.  v. 1, 1904.  8°.

Massachusetts Association  of Boards  of Health.   [See Am. J.
  Pub. Hyg., Bost.]
Massachusetts Emergency and Hygiene Association.  Six lectures
  upon school hygiene.  Boston.  1 v.   1885.  12°.

Mayer (Georg).   [See Beitr. z. wissensch. Med.  Festschr. . .  .
  Georg Mayer, Berl.]
Medical (Le) Dauphin6.  Journal de la Soci6te" de m6decine, de
  chirurgie etdepharmaciederisere.  Greuoble. v. 30,1906. 8°.

Medicina (La) practica.  Revista mensual de medicina, cirugia,
  farmacia y defensora de los iutereses profesionales de la clase
  me'dica y farmaceutica.  San  Fernando,  v. 4-5,  1905-6.  8-.

Medizinische Klinik iu Kopeuhagen.  [-See Beitr. z. Path. d. Ver-
  dauungsorg. . .  . med. Klin, iu Kopenh., Berl.]

Medizinische Reform.  Wochenschrift fur soziale Medizin, Hy-
  giene und Mediziualstatistik.   Berlin,  v. 13-14,1905-6.   4°.

M6decin (Le) practicien.   Journal de iue"decine et  de chirurgie
  pratiques et sp6ciales et d'intenets professionals.  Paris,  v. 1,
  1905-6.  fol.
Medecine (La) scientitique.  Recneil mensuel.  Paris,  v. 13-14,
  1905-6.  fol.
Medico-Pharmaceutical  (The)  Critic and Guide.   New York.
  v. 4-6, 1904-6.  8°.
Medico-technologisches Journal.  Centralblatt fiir das  Gesammt-
  gebiet der mediciuischen Technologie.  Leipzig & Wien.  v. 1,
  1905-6.  4°.
Memoirs of the American Anthropological and Ethnological Soci
  eties.  Lancaster,   v. 1, 1905.  8°.

Michigan Academy of Science.   [See Bull. Mich. Acad. Sc, Ann
  Arbor.
Michigan Monthly Bulletin of Vital Statistics.  Lansing,  v. l-~,
  1898-1905.  4°.

Minnesota  State  Medical Association.   [See J.  Minn. M. Ass.
  [etc.], Minneap.]

Mitteilungen  aus Dr. Schmidt's  Laboratorium  fur  Krebsfor-
  schung.  Bonn.  1 v.  1905.  8°.

Moderue arztliche Bibliothek,  hrsg. von Ferdinand  Karewski.
  Berlin.   Hft. 1-21, 1904-5.  8°.

Museumskunde.  Zeitschrift fiir Verwaltuug und Technik offent-
  licher und privater Sammlungen.  Berlin,  v. 1-2, 1905-6.  4°.

Mutter und  Kind.  Illustrierte Halbmonatsschrift fiir  Kinder-
  pflege, Erziehung und Frauenhygiene.   Wien und Leipzig,  v.
  2, 1905-6.  8°.

Mutterschutz.  Zeitschrift  zur Reform  der sexuellen  Ethik.
  Frankfurt am Main.  v. 1, 1905-6.  8°.
]¥.
N. traite de med. et de therap.,
  Par.

Nursing Times, Lond.
Nouveau trait6 de m6decine et de th6rapeutique.  Public en fas-
  cicules sons la direction de P. Brouardel et A. Gilbert.  Paris.
  Nos. 1-9, 15, 1905-6.  8-.
Nursing (The) Times.  London,  v. 1-2,  1905-6.  8°. 
[7]
O.
Ohio M. J., Columbus.
Ohio (The) State Medical Journal.  Columbus,  v. 1, 1905-6.  8°.

Ordine dei medici della provincia di Firenze.  [See Boll. d. ord.
  d. med.  d. prov. di Firenze.]
P.
Petit J. de med., Par.

Pharmakol.   u.  therap.  Rund-
  schau, Wien.

Philippine J. Sc, Manila.
Post-Grad. Bull., Milwaukee.

Pract. Drug, [etc.], N. Y. & Phila.

Pract. Gynec. . . . Bovee, Phila.


Pro en contra, Baarn.

Progresso oftal., Palermo.
Protoc. med.-forense, Teruel.
Psycholog. Studien, Leipz.
Pub. Cornell Univ. Med. ColL  ...
  Dep. Neurol., N. Y.
Pathologiscb.es Institut der Universitiit Helsingfors (Finland).
  [See Arb. a. d. path. Inst. d. Univ. Helsingfors, Berl.]

Petit (Le) journal de m6decine.  SupphSmeut au Journal de me-
  decine de Paris.  Paris.  No. 6, 1905.   fol.

Pharmakologische und therapeutische Rundschau.  Wien.  v. 1,
  1904.  fol.

Philippine (The) Journal of Science.  Manila,  v.  1, 1906.  8°.

Post-Graduate (The) Bulletin.  A  quarterly journal of surgery
  and medicine. Milwaukee,  v. 1, 1905-6.  8C.

Practical Druggist and Pharmaceutical Review of Reviews. New
  York & Philadelphia.  No. 2, v.  16, 1904.  4°.

Practice (The) of Gynecology, in original contributions by Amer-
  ican  authors.  Edited by J. Wesley  Bovee.  Philadelphia  &
  New York.   1 v.   1906.  8°.

Pro en contra.  Betreffende vraagstukken van algemeen belaug.
  Baarn.  v. 1-2, 1905-6.  8°.

Progresso (II) oftalmologico.  Palermo,  v. 1, 1906.  8°.

Protocolo medico-forense.  Teruel.   v. 7-8, 1905-6.  8°.

Psychologische Studien.  Leipzig.  N. F.  v. 1, 1905.  8°.
Publications  of  Cornell University Medical College.
  from the Department of Neurology.  New York,  v,
Studies
1, 1904.
R.
Radium, Par.
Recent  Advances  Physiol.  &
  Biochem., (Hill) N. Y.
Rev.  d.  centro estud.  de med.,
  Buenos Aires.
Rev. de deontol. [etc.], Par.
Rev.  espan. de  dermat. y  sif.,
  Madrid.
Rev. de med. leg. psychiat.'[etc],
  Par.
Rev. med. de Louvain.
Rev.  med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio
  de Jan.
Rev.  neurol.,  psychiat., fys.  a
  diaetet. therap., v Praze.
Rev. prat. d. conn, med., Par.
Radium (Le).   La radio-activite"  et les radiations, les sciences
  qui s'y rattachent et leurs applications.  Paris,  v. 1-3, 1904-6,
  roy. 8.

Recent Advances in Physiology and Bio-Chemistry.  Edited by
  Leonard Hill.  New York.  1 v.  1906.  8°.

Revista del  centro estudiantes de medicina.  Buenos Aires,  v.
  4, 1905.  8°.

Revue de de"ontologie et  d'iut^rets  professionuels nie\licaux.
  Organe mensuel de l'Association corporative des <5tudiants en
  ui6decine de Paris.  Paris,  v. 1-2, 1903-5.  8°.

Revista espafiola de dermatologfa y sifiliografia.   Madrid,  v.
  7-8,  1905-6.   8°.   [Continuation  of: Rev.  espan.  de sif. y
  dermat., Madrid.]

Revue de meaecine legale  psychiatrique et d'anthropologie cri-
  minelle.  Paris,  v. 1, 1906.  8°.

Revue me"dicale de Louvain.
Revista medico-cirnrgica do Brazil.
  1905-6.  8°.
Louvain.  1904-6.  8°.

       Rio de Janeiro.
v. 13-14,
Revue v neurologii, psychiatrii, fysikalni a diaeteticke" therapii.
  [Review of neurology, psychiatry, physical and dietetic ther-
  apy.]   v Praze.  3 v., 1906.  8°.

Revue pratique des connaissauces meaicales.   Paris,  v. 1-2,
  1905-6.  8°. 
[8]
Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.],
  Par.
Rev. san. de Jaen.
Rev. Soc.  scient. d'hyg. aliment.
  [etc.], Par.
Risveglio med., Pescara.
Riv. di tiflol., Roma.
Revue pratique d'hygiene municipale, urbaine et rnrale   Paris.
  v. 1-2, 1905-6.  8°.

Revista sanitaria de  Jae"n.   Organo del Colegio medico y de la
  Associaci6n de medicos titulares de la provincia  Jaen  v. 3,
  1906.   8°.

Revue de  la Soeiete scientifique d'hygiene  alimentaire  et  de
  l'alimentatiou rationnelle de l'homme.  Paris,  v. 2, 1905.  8°.

Risveglio (II) medico.   Rivista  mensile illnstrata di  medicina,
  chirurgia, igiene ed  interessi  professionali.   Pescara.  v. 1,
  1906.   fol.

Rivista di tirlologia e di igiene oculare.  Roma. v. 1-2, 1905-6.
  8C.

Royal Institute of Public  Health.  [See  J. Prevent. M., Lond.]

Royal Sanitary Institute.  [See J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond.]
s.
Samml.   pop. - med.   Abhandl.
  [etc.], Leipz.
Scuola salernit., Salerno.
Sitzungsb.  d.  aerztl. Ver. Halle
  a. S., Munchen.
Soc.  beige d'otol.  .  . .   Rapp.,
  Brux.

Soc. fiorent. d' ig.  Atti, Firenze.
Soc. tosc. d' ig.  Atti, Firenze.
Sovrem. Klin, i Terap., S. Peterb.
Soziale Med. u. Hyg., Hamb.

State Bd. J. Arner., Wash. & At-
  lanta.
Stud. Anat. . . . Univ. Manches-
  ter.

Surg., Gynec.  & Obst.,  Chicago.
[See Bull, et  meni. Soc. me*d.
Sannnlung  popular-medizinischer  Abhandlungen auf  wisseu-
  schaftlicher Grundlage.  Leipzig.   Hft. 1-2, 1905.  12°.

Scuola (La) salernitana.  Rivista trimestrale di pratica medica
  e d' interessi professional!.  Salerno,  v. 5-7,  1904-6.   roy. 8°.

Sitzungsberichte des  aerztlichen Vereins  Halle  a. S.  Munchen.
  1890-91 to 1894-5; 1897-8 to 1898-9; 1900-1901  to 1902-3.  8°.

Socie'te' beige d'otologie, de larvugologie et de rhinologie.  Rap-
  port.  Bruxelles.  v. 1, 1903.'  8C.

Societa fiorentina d' igiene.  Atti dell' anno 1904. Firenze. N. s.
  v. 4, 1905.  8°.

Societa  Lancisiana degli  ospedali di Roma.  [See Boll. d. Soc.
  Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma.]

Societa  toscaua d' igiene.   Atti  dell' anno 1905.   Firenze.  N. s.
  v. 5, 1906.  8°.

Soci^te"  de me"decine, de  chirurgie  et de pharmacie de l'Isere.
  [See Me"d. Dauphine\ Grenoble.]

Soci6te" de me'deciue de Vaucluse.
  Vaucluse, Avignon.]

Soci^te" scientifique d'hygiene alimentaire.  [See  Rev. Soc. scient.
  d'hyg. aliment, [etc.], Par.]

Society of Chemical Industry.  [See J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond.]

Sovremennaya Klinika i Terapiya.    Yezhemiesyachniy zhurnal
  vrachebno-nauchnavo usovershenstvovaniya.   [Contemporary
  Clinic and Therapy.  Monthly journal of medico-scientific im-
  provement.]   S.-Peterbnrg.  v. 4-5, 1905-6.   8°.

Soziale Medizin und Hygiene (vormals: Monatsschrift fur soziale
  Medizin).  Hamburg,   v. 1, 1906.   8-.

State Board Journal of America. A monthly periodical  devoted
  to the mutual interests of boards, students,  and  colleges of
  medicine, dentistry,  and pharmacy.  Washington  & Atlanta.
  v. 1-2, 1905-6.  ro'y. 8-.

State  College of Kentucky, Lexington,  Ky.   [See Bull.  State
  Coll. Kentucky, Lexington.]

State Medical Association of Texas.   [See Texas  State J. M., Fort
  Worth.]

Studies in Anatomy from the Anatomical Department of the Uni-
  versity of Manchester.  Manchester,  v. 3, 1906.  8°.

Surgery, Gynecology  and Obstetrics.   An international maga-
  zine.  Chicago,  v. 1-2, 1905-6.  8°. 
[9]
T.
Technol. Quart., Bost.

Texas State J. M., Fort Worth.


Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz.
Therap. Rec, Louisville.

Tommasi, Napoli.
Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond.

Tr. Lackawanna  Co. M.  Soc,
  Scranton.
Trab. d. lab. de invest, biol. Univ.
  de Madrid.
Trav. Assoc, de l'lnst. Marey,
  Par.
Trudi fak. terap. klin. Imp. Mosk.
  Univ. ... v  chest ... V.  D.
  Shervinskavo.
Technology  Quarterly  and Proceedings of the Society of Arts.
  Boston. ' v. 1-19, 1887-1906.  8°.

Texas  State Journal of Medicine.  Issued monthly; owned and
  published by the  State  Medical Association of Texas.   Fort
  Worth,  v. 1, 1905-6.  roy. 8C.

Therapeutische Neuheiten.  Leipzig,  v. 1, 1906.  8°.

Therapeutic (The) Record. A monthly record of the advances of
  therapeutics.   Louisville,   v. 1, 1905-6.   8°.

Tommasi (II).   Napoli.  v. 1, 1905-6.  fol.

Transactions (The) of the Hunterian Society.   London.  9 v.
  1896-7 to 1904-5.  S'.

Transactions of  the  Lackawanna  County  Medical  Society.
  Scranton.  v. 1, 1905. 8°.

Trabajos del laboratorio de investigaciones biol6gicas de la Uui-
  versidad de Madrid.  (Continuacidu de  la " Revista trimestral
  microgranca".)  Madrid.  3 v.  1903-4.   8°.

Travaux de l'Association de l'Institut Marey.  Paris.  1 v. 1905-
  8°.

Trudl fakultetskoi terapevticheskoi kliuiki Imperatorskavo Mos-
  kovskavo Universiteta.  Tom izdannly v chest tridtsalilletiya
  nauchnoi dieyatelnosti  direktora kliniki V. D. Shervinskavo.
  [Papers of the medical clinic of the Imperial University of
  Moscow.  Volume  issued to commemorate the thirtieth anni-
  versary of the scientific activity of the  director of the clinic,
  V. D. Shervinski.]  Moskva.  1904.   8°.
r.
Univ. Chicago.
  Chicago.
Physiol. Arch.,
Union  des  femmes  beiges contre l'alcoolisme.   [-See Clairiere,
  Brux.]

Universita  di Perugia.   [See Ann. d. Fac di med., Perugia.]

University  (The) of Chicago.   Physiological Archives.  Hull
  Physiological Laboratory.   I. Publications of the year 1895.
  Chicago,   v. 1,  1896.   8°.

University  of Liverpool.  [See Bio-Chem. J., Liverp.]

University  of Manchester.   [See Stud. Anat. .  . .  Univ. Man-
  chester.]

University  of Nebraska College of Medicine.   [See Bull. Univ.
  Nebraska Coll. M., Lincoln.]
V.
Verbandl. d. Berl. ophth.  Gesell-
  sch, Leipz.
Verhandl. d. gynakol. Gesellsch.
  Bresl., Berl.
Vrtljschr. f. prakt. Pharm., Berl.


Vox med., Utrecht.
Verhandlungen der Berliner ophthalmologischen Gesellschaft in
  den Jahren 1893-1904.  Leipzig.  1 v.   1905.  8°.

Verhandlungen der  gyniikologischen Gesellschaft  in Breslau.
  Jahrgang 1903-4.   Berlin.  1 v.  1904.  8°.
Vierteljahresschrift fiir praktische Pharmazie.
  1904-6.  8°.
Berlin,  v. 1-3,
Vox medicorum.  Orgaan tot het behartigen van de  belangen
  der geneesheeren in Nederland en zijne  kolonien in van alien,
  die tot de geneeskunde in betrekking staan.  Utrecht,  v. 6,
  1906.  4°. 
[10]
z.
Zentralbl. f.  d.  ges.  Physiol, u.
  Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. &
  Wien.
Ztschr. d. deutsch. morgenland.
  Gesellsch., Leipz.
Ztschr. f.  exper. Path. u. Therap.,
  Berl.
Ztschr. f. Infectionskr. . .  . d.
  Haustiere, Berl.
Ztschr. f. kausale Therap., Bre-
  merhaven.
Ztschr. f.  phys. u. diatet. Therap.,
  Leipz.
Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz.

Zool. Jahrb., Jena.
Zentralblatt  fiir  die  gesamte  Physiologie und Pathologie  des
  Stoffwechsels mit Einschluss der experimentellen  Therapie.
  Berlin & Wien.  N. F., v. 1, 1906.  8°7

Zeitschrift der deutscben morgenlandischen Gesellschaft.   Leip-
  zig,  v. 2-9, 13, 23, 25, 26, 30, 31, 39 (in part).  8°.

Zeitschrift fiir experimentelle Pathologie und Therapie.  Berlin.
  v.  1-3, 1905-6.  8°.

Zeitschrift fiir Infektionskrankheiten, parasitare  Krankheiteu
  und Hygiene der Haustiere.  Berlin.  1 v.  1905-6.  8°.

Zeitschrift fur kausale Therapie.   Bremerhaven.  v. 2,1905.  8°.


Zeitschrift fur physikalische und diatetische Therapie.  Leipzig.
  v.  9-10, 1906.  8°.

Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche  Zoologie.  Leipzig,  v. 75-81,
  1903-6.  8°.
Zoologische Jahrbiicher.
  genie der Tiere.  Jena.
Abtheilung  fiir Anatomie und Onto-
v. 19-22, 1903-6.  8°. 
                            CATALOGUE.

MO.                                                                   MOOHITTKOVSKI.
Mo (Gerolamo).   Ospizio marino piemoutese in
  Loauo.  Relazione sanitaria ed annniuistrativa
  del  comitato centrale  direttivo all'  assemblea
  geuerale.   20.,  1890.   58  pp.   8°.  Torino,  L.
  liouxf Co., 1891.
      .  Trattato di medicina operatoria  ad uso
  degli  studenti e dei medici pratici, ridatto dal
  dottor Luigi Rese^otti.  vii, 634 pp.  8°.   Mi-
  lano, F. Vallardi,  [1>1.T>].
Moat  (C. W.),  Symonds (J. F.) & Oreer
  (James).   Rational arguments on the nature of
  true pathology,  which,  it is presumed, prove the
  absurdity of dissection  and the use of poisons as
  necessary or useful to  the science of medicine.
  48 pp.  8°.  Glasgow, C. TT. Moat, 1832.
Moberg (Adolf).   Latinsk och sveusk  ordbok
  till  tiuska farmakopeeus andra, och svenska far-
  makopeeus sjettenpplaga.   [Latin and Swedish
  dictionary for the second edition of the Finnish
  pharmacopoeia  and  the   sixth edition  of the
  Swedish.]   3  pi., 49 pp.   8°.  Helsingfors,
  Ohmaus, 1851.
Moberfr (Ludwig) & Unna (P. G.) Versuch
  einer botanischen Klassitikation der beim Ekzem
  gefundeuen Kokkenarten,  nebst  Bemerkungen
  iiber ein natiirliches System der  Kokken iiber-
  haupt.   B. Spezieller Teil.  pp. 65-96.   8°. ■
  Hamburg 4' Leipzig, L.  Voss, 1900.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Monatsh. f.
  prakt.  Dermat., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1900, xxxi.
Moberly.
    See  Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
Moberly (Miss  L. G. )  Sick nursing at home.
  xii, 82 pp.   16°.  London,  1900.
Mobile*  Proclamation and quarantine  regula-
  tions  prescribed by the ordinances of the city of
  Mobile.  April 28, 1891.   4 pp.   8°.   Mobile,
  1891.
Mobile.
    See  Hygiene  (Public, Reports on), Small-pox
  {History, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by locali-
  ties).
Mobile.  Board of Health.  Annual  reports to
  the mayor and  general council of the city.   1.-
  3., 1871-6;  1889-93.  8°.   Mobile, 1872-94 .
-----.  Monthly statements of  mortality.  Jan-
  uary 1888, to June, 1899.  4°.   [Mobile, 1888-99.]
Mobile (The) Medical and Surgical Journal.
  Editor: E. L.  Marshal.   [Monthly; 2 v. an-
  nually.]  v. 1-6, 1902-5.   8°.  Mobile, Ala.
    Current.   Want nos. 9, 10, 12, v. 1; nos. 2, 4, v. 2.
IVlobs.
    See  Crowds.
Mocca (Cesare).  Trattato della peste.  91pp.,
  3 1.  8°.  Carmagnola,  M.  A. Bellone, 1599.
-----.  Discorsipreservativiecurativi dellapeste,
  col  modo di purgari le case e  robbe appestate.
  68 pp., 2 1.  sm. 4°.   Torino, G. Vagnoni,  1630.
       VOL  XI,  2D  SERIES-----1
Mocclietti (Giovanni Batista).  Storia  d' una
  soppressione d'orina.  12 pp.   8°.  [n.p., n. d.~\
Mocll  (Heinrich).   * Die  Nasenrachenpolypen
  und ihre operative  Behandlung.   63 pp., 1 pi.
  8°.  Strassburg, J. H. E. Heitz (Heitz .('• Miindel),
  1893.
Mocll (Henri) [1865-   ].  * Des kystes perils
  de i'iris.  42 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 192.
Mocll (Josef).  * Ueber den Einfluss von Eisen-
  priiparaten auf die  Magenverdauuug.   [Erlan-
  gen.]   73 pp.  8°.   Niirnberg,  V. Dehler,  1892.
MocllckofT (Nadine).   See de Troudnitzky,
  Fern me Mochekoff.
Mocliez  (Ame")  [1863-    ].   * De Pinfluence
  des maladies aigue's sur l'allaitement.   34 pp.
  4°.  Paris, 1891, No. 321.
Mocliutkovski (Osip Osipovich)  [1845-1903].
  Material! k izucheniyu vrachebnol storonl odes-
  skikh limanov; sobrani na Khadjibeiskom liina-
  nie.  Terapevticbeskaya chast.  [Data  on the
  medical features of  the Odessa mud baths; col-
  lected  at  the  Khadjibei  station.   Therapeutic
  part.]  100 pp., 1 1., 1 map.  8°.  Odessa, M. Y.
  Gorodetski $• Ko., 1876.
-----.   The  same.   Fiz'iologicheskaya  chast.
  [Physiological part.]  62 pp.  8°.  Odessa, P. A.
  Zelyonxy, 1883.
-----.   Ob epilepsii.   39 pp. 8°.  [Odessa, M. Y.
  Gorodetski, 1876.]
-----.   Material! dlya patologii i therapii voz-
  vratuavo  tifa.   [On the  pathology and treat-
  ment of relapsing fever.]  60  pp.,  1 1., 1 jil.,  2
  diag.   8°.  Odessa, M. Y. Gorodetski <f- Ko.' 1877.
    Repr.from: Trudi vrach.Odessk.g.bolu.,Odessa, 1877,iii.
-----.   O klinicheskom primienenii pnevmato-
  metrii.  [Clinical application  of  pneumatom-
  etry.]  16 pp., 1 pi.  8°.   Odessa,  L. Danikan,
  1881.
    Repr.from: Trudivrach.Odessk.g.bolu..Odessa, 1881,iv.
-----.   Primleneniye podvieshivaniya bolnikh  k
  llecheniyu niekotorlkh   razstroistv  s])innavo
  niozga.  [Suspension iu certain diseases of the
  spinal  cord.]  26 pp. 12°.  S.-Peterburg, Y. Tret,
  1883.
    Repr.from: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1882, iv.
-----.  O llechenii vinogradomv Odessie.   [Grape
  cure in Odessa.]  9  pp.  8°.  [Odessa, 1887.]
-----.   Otchot  Odesskomu balneologicheskomu
  obshtshestvu o Krimskol  ekskursii chlenov vii.
  syezda russkikh yestestvo'ispitatelei  i  vrachei.
  [Report to the Odessa Balneological Society on
  the excursion  to the Crimea of the members of
  the Seventh Congress of Russian Naturalists and
  Physicians.]   47 pp.  8°.  [Odessa, 1H8~.]
-----.   Ob istericheskikh  formakh  hipnoza.
  [Hysterical forms of hypnosis.]  iv, 202 pp., 1
  pi., 6 tab.  8°.  Odessa, Isakovich, 1*88.
-----.   O razvedenii dekorativnoi  rastitelnosti
  na dachakh s  higienicheskol  toehki zrleniya.
  [On the cultivation of decorative  shrubbery in

                                     I 
MOCHUTKOVSKI.                         2                                   MODERN.
MochutkOVSki (Osip Osipovich)—continued.
  country houses, from a hygienic point of view.]
  6 pp.  8C.  [Odessa,  A. Shultse, 1888.]
-----.  Kliniko - statisticheskoye  izslledovaniye
  spinnoi  sukhotki.   [Clinico-statistical investi-
  gation of tabes dorsalis.]  100 pp.  8°.  S.-Pe-
  terburg,  1899.
-----.  Lektsii o  spinnoi  sukhotkie, chitanniya
  dlya vrachei . .  . v 1896 i 1897 gg.   (Zapisanl
  S.*S. Voltke.) [Lectures on tabes dorsalis, de-
  livered to physicians in . . .  (Collected by . . .)
  79 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1899.
----r- &  Minkh (G.)  Svobodnlya tlela  bryu-
  shiul; istoriya  boliezni  i  protokol  vskrltiya;
  patologo-anatomicheskoye iszliedovaniye.  [Free
  bodies in the peritoneum; history of the disease
  and report of the autopsy; pathologo-anatom-
  ical examination.]   33 pp., 1 pi.  8°.   [Odessa,
  M. Y. Gorodetski, 1876.]
    Repr.from: Trudi vrach. Odessk.g.boln., Odessa,1876,ii.
----- &  Oks (B. A.)   Hipnoticheskiye  opiti.
  [Hypnotic experiments.]  22 pp.  8°.  Odessa,
  L. Danikan, lw8l.
    Repr.from: Trudi vrach. Odessk.g.boln.,Odessa,1881,iv.
    See,  also, Charcot (J|ean] M[artin]). Oliechenii spin-
  noi sukhotki [etc.l.  8°. S.-Peterburg,  1890.—Reniak
  (E.) Osnovi elektrodiagnostiki [etc.].  8°. S.-Peterburg,
  1896.
    Also, Go-Editor  of: Vnshno - rni§kaya meditsin-
  skaya  gazeta, Odessa, 1892-3.
    For  Biography, see Obozr.  psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-
  Peterb., 1903, viii, 320.
Mocini  (Giuseppe).  La dottrinadi Brown dilu-
  cidata in varj punti contraddetti dal Sig. Dot.
  Gaetano Strambio nelle sue riflessioni sul libro
  Joaunis  Brunonis, elementa medicinal.  1 p. 1.,
  48 pp.  12°.  Brescia, Bendiscioli, 1796.
Mock (Emil).  * Untersuchuugeu iiber die hy-
  gieuieche Bedeutung des fettsaureu   Kupfers.
  [Wurtzburg.]  34 pp.  8°.  [Nurnberg, W. Tum-
  mell, 1892.]
Mock (Ernst) [1875-    ].  * Beitrag  zur  Kasu-
  istik  der Stauungspapille.  28 pp.  8°.  Tubin-
  gen, F. Pietzcker, 1904.
Mock (Johannes Wilhelm) [1875-   ].  * Ueber
  eiuen Fall von  ausgedehnter Gallenblasenzer-
  storung in Folge von Gallensteinen.  16 pp.  8°.
  Kiel,  P.  Peters, 1901.
Mockenhaupt (Joseph)  [1866-    ].   *Zwei
  Falle von Darmtuberculose mit Stenosebildung.
  17 pp.  8°.   Kiel, 1894.
Mococliain  (Th.) Traitement compart des
  fractures de  rotule.   Me"thode sauglante et in6-
  thode non sanglante comparers.  96 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1904, No.  279.
Modderman (Rfudolph] S[icco]  Tjaden).
  Vorderingeu der  clnmie  in de laatste  kwart
  eeuw.  24 pp.   8°. Groningen,  P.  Noordhoff,
  1893.
    Also,  Co-Editor  of:  Album  der natuur, Haarlem,
  1903-5.
Mode (Alfred) [1870-    ].  * Ueber die physio-
  iogischen  Eigenschaften  des  Bulbocapninum
  hvdrochloricum.  40 pp.   8°.  Berlin, C.  Voat.
  [1892].                                      y '
Model  (Lehmann).  "Ueber  Bronchitis fibri-
  nosa.  1 p. 1., 50 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Freiburg in Baden,
  H. Epstein, 1890.
Model (Richard) [1874-    ].  * Ueber die Gal-
  lengange bei Lebercirrhose.  29 pp., 1  1.  8°
  Herlin, E. Ebering, 1897.
Model  (Robert) [1877-    ].   *Der primiire
  Krebs der Gallenblase.  56 pp., 11.  8°.  Erlan-
  gen, E.  T. Jacob, 1901.
Model answers to questions  set by the Sanitary
  Institute and the Sanitary Association of Scot-
  land.   (4. s.)  117 pp.  12°.  London, 1901.

Modelling-clay.
     Leighton (M. O.) ~  Infection by means of modelling-
  clay.  [Abstr.J  J. Bost. Soc. M.Sc, 1900-1901,v, 376.
Modclski  (G.)  [1853-    ].   * Contribution  a
  l'c "''e des divers modes de transmission de la
  lie.i  typhoide.  56 pp., 21.  4°.   Port's, 1888,
  No. 317.
Modena.  Epidemia di vaiolo del 1890-91 nel
  comune  di Modena.   Resoconto statistico re-
  datto per 1' ufficio municipale d' igieue dal Dott.
  Cav.  Antonio Boccolari.  25 pp.,  1 diag.  roy.
  8°.   Modena, Societa tipog., 1891.
    Repr.from: Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1891, vi.
■-----.  Ordini da servarsi in aprire la purga, et
  in purgare le robbe, che saranno introdotte nel
  luogo di detta purga, della citta di Modona.  31.
  8°.   Modona, P. Gadaldino,  [n. d.].
Jflodena.
    See, also, Fever (Typhoid, History,  etc., of),
  Hospitals (Ophthalmic, etc.),  Hygiene  (Muni-
  cipal, Laws, etc., relating to), Hygiene (Public,
  Reports on),  Plague (History,  etc.,  of), Small-
  pox (History, etc., of), Universities, by localities.
    Modena.   Congregazione  di carita.  Circolare.
  Terapia  gratuita.   Norme  e  discipline  per la
  prescrizione  e  somministrazione  gratuita dei
  medicinali nello  stabilimento  sanitario, nelle
  condotto  medico-chirurgiche  urbane  e  subur-
  bane e negli  istituti sussidiati dalla Congrega-
  zione colla concessione dei medicinali a totale o
  parziale gratuita.  8°.   [Modena, 1889.]
    -----.  Norma per  la  elezione dei  medici
  chirurghi astanti dell' ospedale e  regolamento
  pel servizio d' astanteria.   8°.   Modena,  1890.
Modena.  Congregazione di carita.   Circolare.
  Terapia  gratuita.   Norme  e  discipline  per la
  prescrizione  e soinuiinistrazioue  gratuita  dei
  medicinali nello  stabilimento  sanitario,  nelle
  condotto  medico-chirurgiche  nrbaue  e  subur-
  bane e negli  istituti sussidiati dalla Congrega-
  zione colla concessione dei  medicinali a totale o
  parziale  gratuita.   7 pp.   8°.   [Modena,  P.
  Toschi e C, 1889.]
-----.  Norma per la elezione dei medici ehirnrghi
  astanti dell' ospedale e  regolamento pel servizio
  d astanteria.  8 pp.  8°.  Modena, Societa tipog.
  modenese, 1890.
-----.  Regolamento pel  basso personale  e'ello
  stabilimento sanitario.   12 pp.  8°.  Modena,
  Societa tipog. modenese, 1890.
Modena.   Ufficio  d' igiene.   Relazione  sullo
  state igieuico-sanitario del comune per gli anni
  1894-9.   fol.   Modena, Bassi $ Debri, 1900.
Modena (Province of).  Relazione della  com-
  missione permanente  contra  la pellagra  della
  provincia di Modena, per 1' anno 1899.  10 pp.
  roy. f'°.  Modena, P. Loschi e C., 1900.
Modercin (Stanislas)  [1877-    ].   'Contri-
  bution  a  l'e"tude  des   mastites  syphilitiques.
  68 pp., 1 pi.  8°.  Montpellier, 1903, No. 6.
Modern (The) Bethesda, or the gift of healing
  restored; being some account, of the life  and
  labors of J. R. Newton, healer; with observa-
  tions on the  nature and source of the healing
  power, and the conditions of its exercise, notes of
  valual e auxiliary remedies, health maxims, etc.
  Edited by A. E. Newton.   322 pp.,  port.   8°.
  New York, Newton  Publ. Co., [1879, rel subseq.].
Modern Medical Science;  continuing the Sani-
  tary Era.  A monthly journal  of scientific prog-
  ress in  medicine, surgery,  hygiene, and sanita-
  tion; with  special emphasis  on  physiological
  therapeutics  and the management of its essen-
  tial factor, the blood.  William C. Conaut, edi-
  tor-proprietor,  v.  8-17, February, 1896, to De-
  cember,  1904.  8°.   New York.
    Continuation of: Sanitary (The) Era.
Modern  Medicine.  Edited  by  J. H. Kellogg
  [etal].   [Monthly.]  v. 8-14,  1899-1905.    8°.
  Battle Creek,  Mich.
    Current. Continuation of: Modern Medicine andBac-
  teriological Review. 
MODEEN.
3
MODO.
Modern Medicine  and Bacteriological Review.
  Battle Creek, Mich.
    Title, after 1893, of: Modern Medicine and Bacterio-
  logical "World.
Modern  Medicine  and  Bacteriological World.
  Edited by J. H.  Kellogg  and Paul Paquin.
  [Monthly.]  v. 2-7, 1893-98.  8°.  Battle Creek,
  Mich.
    Continuation of: Bacteriological World and Mod-
  ern Medicine,  v. 3-7 under title: Modern Medicine and
  Bacteriological Review.  Continued under title: Modern
  Medicine.
Modern Medicine Library.  [Monthly.]  No. 1,
  v. I, May, 1896.  8°.  Battle Creek, Mich.
Modern methods of antiseptic wound treatment,
  compiled from notes and suggestions  from  emi-
  nent  surgeons.   48 pp., 2 pi.   8.    New York,
  Johnson $• Johnson, [1891].  [Also, in: P., v.
  1997.]
Modern methods of local treatment iu skin dis-
  eases.  48 pp.  8°.  Neiv York, Johnson 4'- Johnson,
  1890.
Modern  microscopy; a handbook for beginners
  and students combining the microscope, and in-
  structions for its use, by M. I. Cross.  II.  Micro-
  scopic objects, how prepared and mounted, by
  Martin J. Cole.  To which is added, III. Micro-
  tomes; theirchoice and use.  3. ed.,  xvi, 292 pp.,
  1 pi.   8°.   London,  Bailliere, Tindall $• Cox,  1903.
Modern (The) practice of the London hospitals,
  viz.:   St.  Bartholomew's,  St.  Thomas's, St.
  George's,andGuy's, containingexactcopiesof the
  receipts and a particular account of  the different
  methods of cure at the different hospitals for the
  various diseases incident to the human body;
  very proper for all physicians, surgeons, apothe-
  caries,  and  particularly  useful  for all private
  families, especially those residing iu  the country.
  vi, 255 pp.   12°.  London, J. Coote,  1764.
-----.   The same.  The modern practice of the
  London hospitals,  viz. St. Bartholomew's, St.
  Thomas's,Guy's, St. George's, the Portuguese and
  the Lock, at Hyde Park Corner,  v,  7-121 pp.
  8-\  London, G. Lister, [1799].   [P., v. 2018.]
Moderna (La) medicina.   v. 7,  1887.  8°.   To-
  rino.
Moderne arztliche Bibliothek;  hrsg. von  Fer-
  dinand Karewski.   1.-21.  Hft.    8°.  Berlin,
  L. Simion, 1904-5.
Moderne (Der)  Laokoon, oder  die Homoo-
  patlne  in Bayern.   Ein  offenes Wort an die
  Zunftmeister.  83 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, O. Purfurst,
  1*61.   [P., v. 2168.]
Moderno (II) zooiatro.  Rassegna  di medicina
  veterinariaedi zootecnia.  Redattorecapo: Sal-
  vatore Baldassorre.   [Semi-monthly.]  v. 1-13,
  1890-1902.  8°.   Torino.
    Continuation of: Medico (H) veterinario.
Modes  (Des) accidentels  des  nos  perceptions
  [etc.].  See Roederer [Pierre-Louis], le comte.
ModestoflT(A[leksandr] F[yodorovich]) [1855-
     ].  * Vnutregorlovoye rasplleniye  (iutratra-
  khealnaya pulverizatsiya) kaksposob vvedeuiya
  lekarstv v organizm.   [. . . as a means of intro-
  ducing medical remedies into the organism.] 48
  pp   8°.   Sanktpeterburg, 1888.
Modestoff(P[avel] V[iktorovich]). "Material!
  k voprosu o znachenii nasliedstvennosti v infek-
  tsiyioiintkh zabolievaniyakh.  [Data on the sig-
  nificance of heredity in infectious diseases.]   136
  pp., 2 pi.   8y   S.-Peterburg, 1895.
ModestoflT  ( Pyotr  Viktorovich ) [1856-    ].
  *Patologicheskiva   izmieueniya  sletchatki  pri
  khronicheskoin  otravlenii  nikotinom; eksperi-
  nientalnoye    izsliedovaniye.    [Pathological
  changes in  the retina in  chronic poisoning by
  nicotine;  experimental investigation.]  30  pp.,
  11.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1896.
JJIodesty.
    Ellin (H.)  The evolution of modesty.  In his: Stud.
  Psychol. Sex, 8°, Phila, 1900,1-48.  Also [Abstr.]:  Psycho
  logical Rev., N. Y. & Lond., 1899,vi, 134H45.—Geislar (L.)
  Ursprungund Entwickeluug des  Schamgefiihls.  Polit.-
  autlirop. Rev., Eisenach & Leipz.,  1902, i, 205-210.—Gri-
  inaldi (A.) II pudore;  studio fisio-patologico e sooiale.
  Manicomio mod., Nocera, 1888, iv, 57; 204: 1889, v, 43: 1897,
  xiii,  59: 1898,  xiv, 102.—Hohenemser  (R.)  Versuch
  einer Analyse der Schani.   Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol.,
  Leipz.,  1903-4, ii, 299-332.—Regnault  (F.)  La pudeur
  a travers les peuples.  Med. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 535.—
  Thomas (W. I.)  The psychology of modesty and cloth-
  ing.  Am. J. Socio!., Chicago, 1899-1900,v, 246-262.—Viaz-
  zi (P.)   I limiti del pudore nell' uomo enella donna. Riv.
  mens, di psichiat. forense, Napoli, 1898, i, 164-175. -----.
  Per una determinazione del concetto del pudore.  Anomalo,
  Napoli, 1898, viii, 142-150.
Modiano (Leon) [1*65-   ].  * Recherches sur
  Taction  du bicarbonate de  sonde et de  l'acide
  lactique sur le chimisme stomacal des dyspep-
  tiques.  94 pp.   4U.   Paris,  1894, No. 485.

ITIodica.
    See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), by locali-
  ties.
Modica (Orazio).  Ricerche farmacologiche sulle
  idramidi e sulle rispettive basi isomere, con spe-
  ciale rignardo alia relazione tra 1' azione e la costi-
  tuzioneatomica.  Notal. Amarina ed idrobenza-
  mide.   37 pp.  4°.  [Catania, 1895.]
    Repr. from: Atti d. Accad. Gioenia di sc. nat. in Ca-
  tania, Catania, [1895], 4. s., ix.
-----.  The same.   Nota II.  Furfuramide e fur-
  furiua.  15 pp.   4°.   [Catania, 1H95.]
    Repr. from: Atti d. Accad. Gioenia di sc. nat. in Ca-
  tania, [1895], 4. s., ix.
-----.   Sulla iuibizione cardiaco-respiratoria.
  Nota preliminare.  18 pp.  8°.  Lmola, G. JJnga-
  naia, 1898.
    Repr.from: Ann. di med. leg., Imola,  1898, i.
----- &  Folli  (F.)   Sulle  autoinfezioni negli
  avvelenamenti per fosforo e per veleni ematici.
  Studio  sperimentale.    15  pp.   8°.   Bologna,
  Gamberini $• Parmeggiani, 1898.
    Repr. from: Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1898, 7. s., ix.
-----------.   In causa civile intoruo  ad  effetti
  giuridici di atti anteriori alia interdizione (Art.
  336 C.C.). 30 pp.  8°.  Imola, G.  Ungnaia, 1898.
    Repr. from: Ann. di med. leg., Imola,  1898, i.
-----------.  Ferita lacero-contusa della regione
  frontale,  frattura dell'  osso  frontale,  meningo-
  encefalite suppurativa letale.  Quistioui di con-
  cause preesistenti e sopravvenute.  Rendiconto
  critico e ricerche sperimentali.   1 p. 1.,  30 pp.
  8°.   Imola, G. Ungania, 189^.
    Repr.from:  Ann. di med. leg., Imola,  1898, i.
Modincaciones higienicas  que  reclama  al
  ciudad  de Viloria.    See Gonzalez de  Echa-
  varri (Vicente).
Modigliana.  Resoconto statistico-clinico del-
  1' Ospedale di Modigliana, per il sessenuio 1890-
  95.   Enrico Magagni.   132 pp.   roy. 8°.  Modi-
  gliana, tipog. F. Valgimigli, 1896.
Modigliani (U.)  Sull' uso  delle carni infette
  dall'actinomicosi; considerazioni.  18 pp.  16°.
  Modena, I). Tonietto, 1890.
Modigliano (E.)  Delia anemia splenica in-
  fantile.  39 pp.   8°.   Milano, [1898].
    Forms no. 12, 1. a., v. 1,  of: Conferenze clin. ital.
Modlinski  (P.  I.)   Khirurgiya uovoobrazo-
  vaniy mochevovo puzirya.  [Surgery of tumors
  of the  urinary bladder.]   314 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Moskva,  T-vo A. A. Levenson,  1899.
Modo di  conservarsi  sano, per regola di vita;
  non soloquando e la peste, ma  in  tutti gl' altri
  tempi.   Tratto da Marsilio Ficino,  Tommaso Del
  Garbo, Manardo da Ferrari, Lino da Correggio ed
  altri  eccellentissimi medici.  Con alcuni avverti-
  menti in principio d' intorno  alia medesima ma-
  teria.  80 pp. 16°.  Firenze, B. Sermartelli, 1577. 
MODO.
4
MOBIUS.
 Modo (Del) di distillare le acque da tutte le
   piante, et come vi si possino conservarc i loro
   veri odori et sapori.  5 1.  fol.   Venetia, 1604.
     Bound with:  Matthioli (Pietro Andrea).  Dei dis-
   corsi di M. Pietro Andrea  Matthioli, nelli sei libri di Pe-
   dacio Dioscoride Anazarbeo, [etc.]. fol.  Venetia, 1604.
 ITIodorra.
     Peypers (II. F. A.)  Qu'est ceque signifiela modorra ?
   Janus, Amst., 1903, viii,  247-250.
 Modrin (Joseph) [1868-   ].  * De la recherche
   pratique de l'albumine dans les urines par l'acide
   sulfosalicylique.   46 pp., 1 1.  4°.   Lyon, 1896,
   No. 1174.
 Modrze (Georg) [1868-   ].   *Beitrag zur Lehre
   und Behandlung der Blutgefassgeschwiilste des
   Kopfes.  1 p. l.,52 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Breslau, Genos-
   sensch.-Buchdr., 1893.
 Ulodrzejewski  {Edmund) [1749-93].
     [In memoriam.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1893, 2. s., xiii,413.
 Modllgno (M.)   La  compilazione dei  regola-
   menti  locali d' igiene  nello  stato  attuale della
   nostra legislazionc sanitaria.   1 p. 1., 110  pp.
   8°.   Aveltino, frat. Maggi, [1901].
 MocIiihi.
     See "Waters (Mineral), by localities.
 Modnins Bad St. Olafskildeus Kuranstalt og
   Sanatorium Norge.  20 pp.   obi.  12°.   [Kris-
   tiania'], 1898.
     Suppl. to: Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk.
 ■------.   The  same.   20  pp.   obi. 12°.   [Chris-
>   tiania~\, 1899.
 ------.   The  same.   20 pp.    obi. 12°.   [Chris-
   tiania, 1900.]
 -----.  The same.  4  1.   8°.   [Christiania], 1902.
 Mody ( Cooverjee Rustomjeo ).   An  essay on
   female infanticide, to which  the prize offered by
   the Bombay  government, for the second  best
   essay against  female infanticide among the  Ja-
   dajas and other Rajpoot tribes of Guzerat, was
   awarded.  50  pp.  8°.   Bombay, 1849.
 Mobius  (Arthur Alfred  Erich)  [18H0-     ].
   * Ueber operative Heilung  grosser  Bauchnar-
   benbruche.   48 pp.   8°.    Halle  a. S., C. A.
   Kannmerer <$• Co., 1904.
 Mocbiiis  (Fr. W.)  [1865-     ].  * Statistischer
   Bericht iiber 112 iu den Jahren  1896-1900 iu der
   kgl. chirurgischen Klinik zu Munchen operierte
   Hernien.  40 pp., 11.  8°.   Munchen, C. Wolf $
   Sohn, 1902.
 Moebius (Fridericus Tobias).  *De transforma-
   tione homiuum in bruta.  [1667.]   191.  sm. 4°.
   Lipsiai, typ. J.  E. Hahnii recusa,  1673.
 Moebiiis (Friedrich).  * Ueber Combination von
   Osteomalacic mit Symptomen des Morbus Base-
   dowii und des^lyxoedems.   44 pp.  8°.  Gbttin-
   gen, W. F. Kastner, 1899.
 rtloebius (Gottfried) [1611-64].
     [Biography.]  Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehr-
   ten [etc.], 4°, Augsb., 1805, 80 port.
 Moebiiis (Job. Gotthelff).   * De virgine ascitica
   post  paracenthesin purpura  maligna exstincta.
   36 pp.,  1  pi.  4°.   Lipsiai,  lit.  I.  Titli,  [17251.
   [P., v. 1921.]
     For Biography, see Etlmiiller (Michael Ernst).
 Mobius (Karl).  Die  Bewegungen der Thiere
   und ihr psychischer Horizont.  20 pp., 1 pi.   bc.
   Kiel, Schmidt 4' Klaunig, 1873.
     Repr. from: Schrift. d. naturw. Ver. f. Schlesw.-Hoist.,
   Kiel, 1873, i.
 ------.  Ueber die Goethe'schen Worte: "Leben
   ist die schonste Erfindung der Natur  und  der
   Tod  ist ihr Kunstgriff viel leben zu  haben".
   Rede.  16 pp.   4°.   Kiel,  C. F.  Mohr, 1879.
 Moebius  (Mauritius Eduinus)  [1828-  ].   *De
   chemica chlorosis  natura ejnsque therapia.   16
   pp.  8°.  Lipsioe, W. Staritz,  1850.
Mobius  (Paul Julius) [1>53-    ].  Ueber die
  primiiren chronischen Erkrankungen  des will-
  kiirlicben  Bewegungsapparates.   16  pp.   H°.
  Leipzig,  G. Bbhme, ls82.
------.   J. J. Rousseau's  Krankheitsgeschichte.
  191 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, F.  C.  W. Vogel, 1889.
-----.   The same.   J. J. Rousseau.  Neue Ausg.
  xxiv, 312 pp., port.   8°.  Leipzig,  J.  A. Barth,
  1903.
-----.   Ueber  infantilen Keruschwund.   34 pp.
  8J.  Munchen, J. F. L'ehmann, 1892.
    Miiuchen. med. Abhandl., 22. Hft.
    Repr. from: Miincheu. med. Wchnscbr., 1892, xxxix.
------.   Abriss  der Lehre von den Nervenkrank-
  heiten.   viii,  188 pp.   12°.  Leipzig, A. Abel,
  1893.
------.   Diagnostik  der Nerveukrankheiten.   2.
  Aufl.   viii, 434 pp.   8°.  Leipzig, F. C.  IV. Vogel,
  1894.
------.  The same.  Obshtshaya diagnostika nerv-
  nlkh bolieznei.   Perev. s nienietskavo S. Sere-
  brennikov i A. Feinberg.  [General diagnosis of
  nervous diseases.  From the German by S. Sere-
  brennikov and A. Feinberg.]  360 pp.   8°.   S.-
  Peterburg, 1886.
------.   Die Migraue.  1 p. 1., 108 pp.  8°.  Wien,
  A. Holder, 1894.
    Forms pt. 3, 1. Abth., v. 12,  of:  Spec. Path.  u. Therap.
  . . . Nothnagel, Wien.
-----.   The same.  2. Aufl.   1  p. 1., 114 pp.  8°.
  Wien, A. Holder, 1903.
------.   Ocherk  ncheniya  o  nervnikh  bollezny-
  akh.  Perevod M. Liona.  [Sketch of  theory  of
  neuropathology.  Transl. by M. Lion.]   156 pp.
  8°.  Moskva, D. A. lionch-Brui/evich, 1894.
------.   Neurologische Beitriige.  1.-5.  Hft.  8°.
  Leipzig, A. Meiner, J. A. Barth, 1894-8.
                    CONTENTS.
    1. Hft. TJeber den Begriff der Hysterie und andere Vor-
  wiirfe vorwiegend psychologischer Art.  1 p. 1., 210 pp.
    2. Hft.  Ueber Akinesia algera.  Zur  Lehre  von  der
  Nervosital.  Ueber Seelenstorungen bei Chorea.  1 p. 1.,
  138 pp.
    3. Hft. Zur Lehre von der Tabes.  1 p. 1., 154 pp.
    4. Hft. Ueber verschiedene formen der Neuritis. Ueber
  verschiedene Augenmuskelstorungen.
    5. Hft. Vermischte Aufsatze.  2 p. 1., 173 pp.
------.   Der  unischriebene  Gesichtsschwund.  1
  p.  1., 38 pp. 8°.  Wien, A. Holder, 1895.
    Forms pt. 2, 2. Abth., v. 11, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap.
  . . . Nothnagel, Wien.
------.   Die Basedow'sche Krankheit. 1 p. 1., 121
  pp.  8°.   Wien, A. Holder, 1^96.
    Forms pt. 2, v. 22, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . . Noth-
  nagel, Wien.
------.   Ueber die Tabes.   Eine Abhandlung fiir
  praktische  Aerzte.   132 pp.   8°.   Berlin,  S.
  Karger, 1897.
------.   The same.  Tabes  dorsalis.
    [n: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. T., 1897, xi, 803-880.
------.   Ueber das Pathologische bei Goethe,   vi
  (11.), 208 pp.  8°.  Leipzig,  J. A. Barth, 1898.
------.   Ueber  Schopenhauer.  1 p.  1., 264  pp.
  12°. Leipzig,  J. A.  Jiarth, 1699.
------.   UeberEntartung.  pp.95-123.  8°. Wies-
  baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1900.
    Forms pt. 3 of: Grenzfr. d. Nerv.- u. Seeleuleb., Wiesb.
-----.   Ueber den physiologischen  Schwachsinn
  desWeibes.  26 pp.  8°.  Halle a. S., C. Mar-
  hold, 1900.
    Forms 3. Hft., v. 3, of: Samml. zwaugl. Abhandl. a. d.
  Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S.
-----.   The  same.  3.  Aufl.  93 pp.  8°.  Halle
  a.  S., C.  Marhold, 1901.
-----.   The  same.  4. Aufl.   101 pp.  8°.  Halle
  a.  S., C.  Marhold, 1902.
-----.   The  same.  5. veranderte Aufl.  123 pp.
  8°.  Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1903. 
MOBIUS.
5
MOELLEE.
Mobius (Paul Julius)—continued.
-----.   The same.   6. verlinderte Aufl.   131 pp.
  s .   Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1904.
-----.   The same.   7. verlinderte Aufl.   140 pp.
  8\   Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1905.
-----.   Ueber Knust uud Kiinstler.  vii, 296 pp.,
  7 pi.   8°.  Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1901.
-----.   Stachyologie.  Weitere vermischte Auf-
  siitze.   vii, 219 pp.  8.  Leipzig, J. A. Barth,
  1901.
-----.   Ueber   den  Kopfschmerz.  46 pp.  8°.
  Halle a.  S., C.  Marhold, 1902.
-----.   Ueber das Pathologische  bei  Nietzsche.
  vi (1  1.), 106 pp.  8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg-
  mann,  1902.
    Forms  17. Hft. of: Grenzfr. d.  Nerv.- u. Seelenleb.,
  Wiesb.
-----.   The same.  Nietzsche.  Neue Aufl.  xi,
  194 pp.,  2 port.  8°.  Leipzig, A. Barth, 1904.
-----.   AusgevWihlte Werke.  5 v.  8°.  Leipzig,
  J. A. Barth, 1903-4.
                     CONTENTS.
    v. 1.  J. J. Rousseau.
    v. 2-3. Goethe.
    v. 4.  Schopenhauer.
    v. 5.  Nietzsche.
-----.  Beitrage zur Lehre von den Geschlechts-
  Unterschieden.  1.-8. Hft,  8°.   Halle a.  S.,  C.
  Marhold, 190:1-4.
                     CONTENTS.
    1. Hft.  Geschlecht und Kraukheit.  39 pp.  1903.
    2. Hft.  Geschlecht und Entartung.  45 pp.  1903.
    3.-4.  Hft. Ueber die Wirknngen der Castration.  99 pp.
  1903.
    5. Hft. Geschlecht und Kopfgrosse.  47 pp., 1 pi.  1903.
    6. Hft.  Goethe und die Geschlechter.  30 pp.  1903.
    7.-8.  Hft. Geschlecht und Kinderliebe. 72 pp., 14 pi.,
  port.  1904.
    See, afcc. Groh man n (A.) Entwurf zu einer genossen-
  schaftlicheu Musteranstalt  [etc.J.  8°.  Stuttgart, 1899.
  ----.  Technisches und Psychologisches in der Beschafti-
  gungvon Nei venkrankeu. 8°. Stuttgart, 1899.—Magnan
  (Valentin).   Psvchlatrische  Vorlesungen, [etc.].   8°.
  Leipzig. 1891.—Walther (F.  O.)  Ueber die psychische
  Kraft des Weibes.  12°.  Leipzig, 1901.
iTloefoiuV syndrome.
    See Akinesia algera.
Moecke (Hans) [18ti:s-    ].  Ueber Geschwulst-
  bildung der Thrauendriise.   24 pp.  8D.  Kiel,
  L. Handorff, 1891.
Moecke (Otto).   Illustrirtes  Preis-Verzeichniss
  chirurgischer  Instrumeute,  Bandagen,  ortho-
  piidischer Maschinen,  kiinstlicher Glieder und
  Apparate  zur  Krankenpflege, Specialitat, phy-
  siolofiischer Instrumente.   143  pp.,  1  1.   8C.
  Leipzig,  [H. Springer, n. d.].
Mdckel (Georg).   *Zur Kenntnis der Amblyo-
  pieen  und Amauroseu nach Blutverlust.   43 pp.,
  2 tab.   8 \  Tubingen, W. Armbruster <f O. Meeker,
   1890.

Hloedliiig.
    See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), by local-
  ities.
Moegele  (Karl)  [1871-      J.   * Ueber  Iritis
  mit Knotchenbildung.  47 pp.   8°.   Tubingen,
  H. Lanpp,jr.,  1^94.
Moglich  (Otto)  [1H78-     ].   * Beitrage zur
  Drainage  der  Bauchhohle nach  Laparotomie.
  58 pp., 1 1. 8°.   Wurzbnrg, H. Stiirtz, 1901.
Mog'ling' ( Johan. Rudolphus).   Anatomicarum
  disputationuin prima: praeludia qusedam conti-
  nens.  17 pp.  sin. 4°.   Tubingen, excud. G. Grup-
  penbachius, 1594.
Moehle  ([Job.]  Heinrieh [ Gottlieb] )[ 18(57-
       ].   * Beitrage znru Ascites chylosns et chyli-
  formis.  30 pp.  8°.  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1896.
Mohlfcld ([Friedrich] Wilhelm) [1H69-    ].
  * Eiu  Beitrag  zur Lehre vou den Kuochenabs-
  cessen.   44 pp.,  2 1.   8°.   Kiel, L. Handorff,
  1894.                                        C.
Molllmann (Karl Gustav) [1877-    ].   'Bei-
  trag zur Kenntnis  des peripapillaren Chorioi-
  dealsarkoms  sowie des Melanosarkoma  iridis.
  43 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Freiburg i. B., Speyer <f Kaer-
  ner, 1901.
Motiving (Curt) [1876-    ].   *Gelenkneurosen
  und Geleukneuralgien.   [Jena.]   1 p. 1.,  32 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.  Stuttgart, 1901.
Moehring (Curt) [1879-    ].  * Ueber eiu sel-
  tenes Symptonienbild bei  angeborenem  Herz-
  fehler.  42 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Berlin, G. Schade, 1905.
Moehring (Georg Friedrich).  *Tentamen dis-
  quisitionis de linguae integumentis.  32 pp.  8°.
  Lipsia', Staritz, 1865.
Mohring (P.)  * Ueber die Veranderungeu des
  Gewichts, der Temperatur und des Haimoglobin-
  gehaltes bei  Nengeborenen.  [Heidelberg.]  49
  pp.  8°.   Erfurt, A. Stenqer, 1891.
Molders (Heinrieh) [1874-    ].   * Ueber Thy-
  mustod.  33  pp.  8°.  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem-
  merer <$• Co., 1901.
Moeli  (C[arl Franz]) [1849-    ].   Ueber  irre
  Verbreeher.   I. Krankengeschichten.   II.  Ue-
  ber den Znsainmenhang von Geistesstorung und
  Verbrechen.   III.  Ueber Feststellung des Gei-
  steszustandes.  IV. Die Simulation von Geistes-
  krankheit.   V. Die  Behaudlunsr und  Unter-
  bringung irrer Verbreeher.   viii,  180 pp.,  3 1.
  8°.  Berlin, Fischei; 1888.
-----.   Zur ErinnerunganCarlWestphal.   Rede.
  47 pp.  8°.   Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1890.
-----.   Behandlung der Vergiftungen mit Wein-
  gei3t.  15 pp.  8C.  Jena, lc94.
    In v. 2 of: Handb. d. spec. Therap. inner. Krankh.
Mollenberg (Rudolf)  [ 1877-    ].  * Unter-
  suchungen liber Hamoglobiumenge und Blut-
  korperchenzahl bei  Schwangeren und Wochne-
  rinnen.  28  pp., 2 1.   8°.   Halle a. S., C. A.
  Kaemmerer fy Co., 1901.
Mdllenbroccius (Valentinus Andreas) [
  -1675].  De ventriculo, disp. ii, respondente
  Casparo  Zeumero.  10 1.   sm. 4°.   Erfurti, P.
  Michaelis, 1656.
Mdllenhoflf (Carl).   * Ueber Sulfosaureu  des
  Phenylmethylparazolons  und seiner Derivate.
  32 pp.  8°.   Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1891.
Molleilhoff (Christianus)  [1690-     ].  *Diss.
  sistens se^rum ictero calido laborantem.  28 pp..
  4°.  [Jena>'], lit. Krebsianis, [1716].  [P., v. 1913.]
Moeller [A.]  Du massage, son action physiolo-
  gique, sa valeur th^rajieutique, sp^cialement au
  point de vue du traitement de l'entorse.  21 pj).
  8°.  Bruxelles,  H. Manceaux, 1877.
    Repr.from:  J. Soc. roy. d.  sc. med. et nat. de Brux.,
  1877.
-----.  Du  traitement  des maladies nerveuses
  par  l'61ettri<it6  statique.  31 pp.    8°.   Bru-
  jrtiles, H. Manceaux, 1883.
-----.  Le docteur Koch et sa de"couverte rela-
  tive a la gu^rison de la tuberculose.   ix, 73 pp.,
  1 pi.  8°.  Ilriu-elles, 0. Schepens, 1890.
-----.  Trait6 pratique des eaux min^rales et ^16-
  ments de climatothcrapie.  x, 542 pp.  roy. 8°.
  Bruxelles, A. Manceaux, 1892.
-----.  Du traitement des maladies du ccour par
  la m^thode des Dr. Schott,  de Nauheim.   17 pp.
  8°.  Bruxelles, F. Hayez,  18<>2.
    Repr.from:  Ann. Soc. scient. de Brux., 1892, xvii, pt. 2.
-----.  The same.  2. M.  24 pp.   8°.  Biuxelles,
  A. Manceaux; Nauheim,  C.  Bindernagel, 189:!.
-----.  Davos, 6tude climatologiquc et the*rapeu-
  tique.  72 pp.  8°.  Bruxelles; Davos, H. Bich-
  ter, 1894.
-----.  Les sanatoria pour le traitement de la
  phtisie.  113 pp., 1 1., 10 pi.   8°.  Bruxelles, O.
  Schepens, 1894.
Moeller (A[lfred]) [1868-    ].   Die Lungen-
  tuberkulose  und  ihre Bekampfung.  54 pp.  12°.
  Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1900. 
MOLLEE.
6
MOLLER.
Mdller (Alfred).
    See IIoIIiiin (Anton). Irrenhaus oder Privatpflege ?
  8°.  Hamburg, 1901.
Moeller  (Carl).  Gesnndheitsbuch  fiir das Bsi-
  ckergewerbe.  viii, 4:5 pp.   16°.  Berlin, C. Hey-
  mann, 1898.
Moeller (Carl).  Die Medizin im Herodot.  Fiir
  Mediziner und Philologeu.  36 pp.   8\  Berlin,
  S. Karger, 1903.
Moller (Carl  August).   *Versucke  iiber  die
  blasenziehende Wirkung der Ranunkelu.  viii,
  9-27 pp.  8°.  Erlangen, 1835.
Moller (Carl [Ferdinand]) [1H5')-    ].  *Phar-
  luakolOgischc  Untersuchungen iiber  Jodoforni
  und Jodsiiure.  36 pp., 11.  8°.  Bonn, C. Georgi,
  1877.
Moeller  (Carl Friedrich  Heinrieh)  [1869-    ].
  * Ueber das Hygroma infrapatellar profundum.
  24 pp., 11.   8°.  Leipzig, G. Kreysing, 1895.
Moller (Carolus Augustus Ferdinandus).  *Ad-
  notationes qua3dam in Cselii Aureliaui Siccensis,
  medici vetusti, soli ex omnibus methodicis  su-
  perstitis, de hydrophobia tractatum.  46 pp.,
  1 1. 8°.   Marburgi, J. C. Krieger, 1817.  [P.,
  v. 1954.]
Moeller  (Eugen).  *Ein  Beitrag  zur Sympto-
  matologie der Heerderkranknnyen der Schlafen-
  lappeu.  55 pp.   8°.  Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1890.
Moller (F.)  Die Heilkraft gewisser Bewegungen
  des Korpers bis in die spatern Lebensjahre zur
  ganzlichen  Vertreibnng  hartuackigrr  Hamor-
  rhoiden,  Gicht, Rheumatismns, Hypochoudrie,
  Schwindel, Nerveuschwache, Brustbeschwerden
  und mehrerer auderer, durch  sitzende oder  im-
  regelmiissige Lebensweise entstandenen Krank-
  heiteu, uebst Angabe der bewahrten einfachen
  und naturgemassen Mittel dagegeu.  Nach fiinf-
  zigjahrigeu Erfahrungen  fasslich dargestellt von
  einem Nichtarzte.  6. Aufl.  88 pp.   12°.  Leip-
  zig, C.  Geibel, 1856.
Moller (F. Peckel). Cod-liver oil and chemistry.
  exxiii, 508  pp., 1  map, 2 tab., 1 pi.  4°.  Lon-
  don, P. Mdller;  Christiania (Norway), Neto York,
  $■ Copenhagen, 1895.
Moeller  (Ferdinandus Fridericus  Guilelmus).
  *Quibnsnam in hydroceles geueribus injectio,
  quibusque incisio sit praeferenda.   32 pp.  12°.
  Marburgi Cattorum, Elwertns, 1845.
Moller  (Franz Rudolf  Albert)  [1878-    ].
  *Chrouische  Mesenteriitis.   14 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Kiel, H.  H. Peters, 1904.
Moller (Frederik).  Reseberattelse.   [Narrative
  of a journey.]  86 pp.  8°.  Gbteborg, 1897.
Moeller  (Friedrich Alfred).   * Ueber  Blasen-
  steine bei Kindern.  36 pp.  8C.  Bonn, E. Hey-
  dorn, [1893].
Mdller (Fritz).  *Zur Frage von der Hiiufigkeit
  der Harnsteine in Thiiringen.   1  p.  1.,  47  pp.
  f°.  Weimar, B. Wagner,  1888.
de  Mdller  (G. Alexander).   *De  forcipis  ob-
  stetrician nova conjnuctura.  [Marburg.]  17 pp.,
  1  I., 1 pi.  4°.   Hanoviw, typ.  Orphanotrophei,
  1854.
Mdller  (Georg).   *Ein Beitrag  zur Casuistik
  der Dermatitis herpetiformis  (Duhring), s. Hy-
  droa (Unna), s. Dermatite polyniorphe doulou-
  reuse chroniqne a poussees suceessives (Brocq).
  54 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1892.
Moeller (Georg Hermanu). *De tubas  Eusta-
  chian* catheterismo.  viii, 52 pp., 1 pi.  12°.
  Cassellis, J. J. Bohne, 1836.
-----.   The same.   Ueber den Catheterismus der
  Eustachischen  Rohre.   x. 81 pp.,  1 pi.   8°.  |
  Cassel, J. J. Bohne', 1836.
Mdller (Georg Hugo) [1841-    ].  * Ueber  das
  Hygroma patellare und  seine Behandlung.   16
  pp.  8°.  Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, 1868.
Mdller (Gottfried Theodor Friedrich) [1874-   ].
  #Zur Casuistik der Kuochenerkraukungen uach
  Typhus  abdominalis.  41 pp.  8°.  Greifswald,
  J'. Abel, 1897.
Mdller (Hans) [1868-   ].  *Die Hypertrophic
  der Zungenbalgdriisen;  Hire klinische Bedeu-
  tung und Therapie.  31 pp.  8°.  Greifswald,
  J. Abel, 1889.
Mdller (Hans) [1873-   ].  * Ueber die Pyloro-
  plastik.   26 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Kiel, P. Peters, 1898.
Mdller  ([Hans   Heinrieh   Ferdinand]  Carl)
  [1873-    ].  * Ueber  histologische  Vorgange
  bei Knochenimplantationen.  18 pp.,  1 1.  8°.
  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer $■ Co., 1895.
Mdller  (H[einrich]) [1849-    ]. Das  Kehl-
  kopf-Pfeifeu  der  Pferde (Hemiplegia laryngis)
  und  seine operative Behandlung.  64 pp.  8C.
  Stuttgart,  F. Enke, 1888.
-----.  Lehrbuch der Augenheikunde fiir Thier-
  arzte.  vii,  247  pp.,  2  pi.   8°.   Stuttgart,  F.
  Enke, 1889.
-----.  The same.   2. Aufl.   vi, 298 pp.,  2 pi.
  8°.   Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1892.
-----.  The same.  3. Aufl.  viii, 352  pp., 2 pi.
  8°.  Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1898.
-----.  The same.  Uchebuik oftalmologii  dlya
  veterinarnlkh vrachei.  Perevod Ya.  M. Shniu-
  levicha.   [Manual of ophthalmology  for veter-
  nary physicians.   Transl. by Shmulevich.]   vii,
  242 pp.,  2 pi.   8°.   S.-Pettrburg,  E.  Aruhold,
  1890.
-----.  Die Hufkrankheiten  des Pferdes,  ihre
  Erkennung,  Heiluug und Verhutung.  2. um-
  gearbeitete Aufl.  viii, 250 pp.   8°.  Berlin,  P.
  Parey, 1890.
-----.  The same.  3. Aufl.   viii,  270 pp.  8y
  Berlin, P. Parey, 1895.
-----.  KliuischeDiagnostik der ausseren Krank-
  heiteu der Hausthiere mit  besouderer  Beriick-
  siclitigung der Lahmheiten des Pferdes.  2. ver-
  vollstiindigte Aufl.   vi,  222  pp.  8°.  Stuttgart,
  F. Enke, 1890.
-----.  The  same.   3. Aufl.   vi,  246 pp.  8°.
  Stuttgart,  F. Enke, 1894.
-----.  The  same.   4. Aufl.   vi,  250 pp.  8°.
  Stuttgart,  F. Enke, 1903.
-----.  The same.   Klinicheskaya  diagnostika
  naruzhuikh boliezuel domaslmikh zhivotnlkh,
  pre'imushtshestvenno razlichnikh vidov  khro-
  motl loshadi.  Perevod  pod red.  P. A. Gordie-
  yeva.  [Transl. under the editorship  of Gordle-
  yeff.]  182 pp.,  1 1. 8°.  Kharkov,  A. Dane,
  1888.
-----.  Lehrbuch der speciellen  Chirurgie fiir
  Thierarzte.   xv,  872 pp.   8°.   Stuttgart,  F.
  Enke, 1891.
-----.  Lehrbuch der Chirurgie fiir Thierarzte.
  2v.  x (11.), 592  pp.;  xvi, 950 pp.  8°.  Stutt-
  gart, F. Enke, 1893.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. Lehrbuch der allgeiueinen Chirurgie und Opera-
  tionslehre.  x (11.), 592 pp.
    v. 2. Lehrbuch der speciellen Chirurgie. 2. Aufl.  1893.
-----.  The same.  Moller's Lehrbuch der Chirur-
  gie fiir Thierarzte.   Bearbeitet von  H. Moller
  und H. Frick.  2 v.  (v. 1, 2. Aufl.; v. 2, 3. Aufl.).
  x, 661 pp.; xiv, 999pp.  8°.  Stuttgart,  F. Enke,
  1899.
-----. The same.  Operative veterinary surgery.
  Transl.  and  ed. from the 2. enlarged  and im-
  proved ed. of 1894 by John A. W. Dollar,   xxiv,
  773 pp.   8°.  Edinburgh, D. Douglas, 1895.
Mdller (Hugo)  Ueber Elephas antiquus  Falc.
  und  Rhinoceros  Merki  als  Jagdtiere  des alt-
  diluvialeu Mensehen in  Thuringen, und iiber
  das  erste Auftreten des Mensehen in  Europa. 
MOLLER.
7
MONNICH.
Mdller (Hugo)—continued.
  41-70 pp., 1 1., 1 pi.  8°.   Stuttgart, E. Naegele,
  1900.
    Cutting from: Ztschr. f. Naturwissensch., Stuttg., lxxiii.
Mdller  (Jacobus).  Discursus duo philologico-
  juridici; prior de cornutis; posterior de herma-
  phroditis, eorumquejure, uterqueexjure diviuo,
  cauonico, civiii, consuetudinibus feudorum, va-
  riisque historiarum monumeutis rernmque anti-
  quarum  seriptoribus,  privata industria,  horis
  otiosis congest us.   3 p. 1., 214 pp.   4°.  Frauco-
  furti, typ. V. A. Zeitleri, 1692.
Mdller  (Johannes) it  Miiller (Paul).   Kom-
  pendium  der  Anatomie des Mensehen fiir Stu-
  dium und Praxis,  xx,  436  pp., 2  pi.   12°.
  Leipzig, Veit 4' Co., 1903.
Mdller  (Joh.'Wilheliu).
    See Bissct (Charles).  Versuche  und Bemerkungen
  [etc.].  8°.  Breslau, 1781.
Moeller (J[osef])  [1848-    ].  Pharmakogno-
  stischer Atlas. Mikroskopische Darstellung und
  Beschreibung der in Pulverform gebratichlichen
  Drogen.  viii, 443 pp.  roy. 8°.  Berlin, I. Sprin-
  ger, 1892.
-----.  Lehrbuch der Arzneiniittel-Lehre.   viii,
  544 pp.  roy. 8-.   Wien, A. Holder, 1&93.
-----.  Leittaden zu  mikroskopisch-phannako-
  gnostischen Uebungen fiir Studirende und zum
  Selbstunterricht.   viii, 336 pp.  8°.   Wien, A.
  Holder, 1901.
    See,  also,  Real-Encyclopadie  der  gesammten
  Phannacie, fete.].  8°. Wien £ Leipzig, 1886-91.  -----.
  The same.  1. Aufl. 8°.  Berlin &  Wien, 1904.
Mdller (Julius).  * Beitrag zur Lehre von  der
  kunstlicheu Friihgeburt bei Beckenenge.  2 p.
  1., 29 pp.   8°.  Jena, H. Pohle, 1888.
Mdller (Julius) [1878-    ].  * Zur  Casuistik
  und Aetiologie der Tumoren an  Orten voraus-
  gegangener Frakturen.  44 pp.  8°.   Wiirzburg,
  P. Scheiner, 1902.
Mdller (Julius  Otto Ludovicns).   * De phamo-
  uemis acusticis, quae in vasis sanguiniferis obser-
  vantur.   53 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Kegimonti Prussorum,
  Samter 4~ Bathke, [1847].
Mdller (K.)  * Das Verhalten  der Schleimdriisen
  bei  Kehlkopftuberkulose.   20 pp.  8-y   Wiirz-
  burg, J. M. Richter, 1893.
Mdller ( Konrad ).   * Die  Kohleusaureausschei-
  dung des Mensehen bei verkleinerter Lungen-
  oberflache.  23 pp.  8°. Munchen, R. Oldenbourg,
  1878.
Moeller  ( Ludovicns ).  * De  pronatione uteri
  post partum, morbo atroci uoudum  descripto.
  Annexa est observatio.  64 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Mar-
  burgi, Krieger, 1K)3.
Mdller (Magnus).  Der Einflnss des Lichtes auf
  die  Haut in  gesnndem und  krankhaftem Zu-
  stande.  143 pp., 3 pi.  4°.  Stuttgart,  E. Nagele,
  1900.
    Forms 8. Hft. of: Biblioth. Med., Stuttg., 1900, Abth.D".
Mdller (Max  Paul  Gustav) [1876-    ].  *Ent-
  steht auch Hornhautastiginatismus nach Exter-
  nus-  und Internustenotomie?  'M pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Halle a. S., Wischan 4- Burkhardt,  1904.
Mdller (P. L.).
    See Schouw (Joakira Frederik) \in  1. s.]. Die Erde,
  fete.].  2. Aufl.  8°.  Leipzig, 1854.
Mdller (Paul) [1866-   ].  * Ueber Intelligenz-
  Priifungen.   Ein  Beitrag zur  Diagnostik  des
  Schwachsinns.   32 pp.,  1 1.  8°.  Beilin,  G.
  Schade, 1897.
Mdller (Paul).  * Ueber einen  Fall von Lupus
  der Hande.  47 pp., 4 pi. on 2  1.   8°.   Wiirzburg,
  P. Scheiner, 1899.
Moeller (Richard) [1846-   ].  * Ueber Becken-
  tumoren als Complication von Geburten.  32 pp.
  8°.  Berlin, 0. Lange,  [1869].
Moeller  (Richard  Carl)  [1879-    ].  *Carci-
  nomentwicklung  in versprengten  Brustdriisen-
  keimen und accessorischeu Brustdriisen.  30 pp.,
  1 pi., 11.  8°.  Leipzig, B. Georgi,  1903.
Mdller (Siegfried [Friedrich Carl  Felix Paul])
  [1871-    ].  * Ueber die Behandlung der Horn-
  ban t- und  Lederhautwundeu durch  die Naht.
  37  pp.  8°.   Greifswald, J. Abel, 1895.
-----.   Das  diatetische Heilverfahren  Schroth's
  und seine grosse  Wirksamkeit ini Lichte neue-
  rer Forsehuug. 45  pp.  12°.  Dresden, H.  Ditt-
  mar,  [1904].
-----.   Wege  zur  korperlicken und  geistigen
  Wiedergeburt.  Alte und neue bewahrte und
  begriindete Methoden zur Wiedererlangung der
  Gesundheit.  viii, 157 pp.  8°.  Berlin, 0. Salle,
  1905.
Mdller (Theodor) [1863-     ].  *  Zur Therapie
  der habituellen Obstipation.  45  pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Berlin, G. Schade, 1898.
Mdller (Theodor Alfred) [1869-    ].   * Die Ra-
  dicaloperatiou der Uuterleibsbruche erortert an
  33 Fallen.  25 pp., 1 1., 1 pi.  8°.  Kiel, L. Han-
  dorff, 1894.
Mdller (Wilhelm).  * Beitrage zur Statistik der
  Masernepidemieu.   Mit besonderer Beriicksich-
  tignng der 1887er Miinchener Masernepidemie.
  [Wurtzburg.]  viii, (58 pp.   8~.  Stuttgart,  1896.
Mdller  (Wilhelm)  [1878-     ].  #Die Bestim-
  iiiungsmethoden der 3-Oxybuttersaure.  33 pp.,
  2 1.  8°.  Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1903.
Mdller (William).  *Studier ofver de histolo-
  giskaforaudriiigaruaidigestiouskanalen vid den
  perniciosa  anamiu och  siirskildt  vid  bothrio-
  cephalus-aiiamin.   [Studies on  histological
  changes in  the digestive canal with pernicious
  amemia, and especially with  bothriocephalic
  anaemia.]  177, vi  pp., 1 1.,  2 pi.  8°.   Helsing-
  fors, J. C. Frenckell 4; Son, 1897.
Mdller's cod-liver  oil.   A  scientific  report on
  the new preparation.   The  story  of the great
  discoveries of which it is the result, and a brief
  account  of the improvements  in cod-liver oil
  from the year 1853 to the year 1893.   Rev. ed.
  11 pp.  8°.  New York,  W.  H. Schieffelin 4' Co.,
  1893.

JTIoeller's disease.
     See Barlow's disease.
Mdllers (Bernhard  Josef) [1878-    ].  * Ueber
  die Bedeutung von Morel-La valine's D6collement
  traumatique in der Friedens- und  Kriegschirur-
  gie.  37 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Berlin, E.  Eiering,  1902.
Moiling (Gottfried Johannes Georg) [1867-   ].
  * Die Difterie-Sterblichkeit Kiel's nach Strassen
  und  Hausern fiir die Jahre 1881-93.  21 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Kiel, T. Handorff, 1894.
Mdnckeberg (Job. Georg) [1877-    ].  * Ue-
  ber Unterscheukelbriiehe auf Grund von Ront-
  geuaufnahmeu.   36 pp., 2  pi.  8°.   Bonn,  A.
  Henry, 1900.
Monicks (Job. Heinrieh) [1874-    ].  * Ueber
  niehrere Fiille von  Hautmilzbrand.   30 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Bonn, K. Drobnig, 1898.
Mdnkenidller  ([Eduard]  Otto) [1867-    ].
  * Ueber die histologischen Vorgiinge bei Resorp-
  tion von Frerndkorpern aus dem Unterhautzell-
  gewebe.  Die Resorption von Fett und Gehirn-
  masse.  31 pp., 1 1.  8C.  Bonn, C. Georgi, 1890.
-----.  Zur Geschichte der Psychiatrie in  Han-
  nover.   351  pp.   8°.   Halle a. S.,  C. Marhold,
  1903.
Mdnnich  (Friedrich  Paul) [1870-     ].  * Re-
  sultate der  Behandlung tubeiculoserkrankter
  Gelenke mit Iodoformglycerininjection.  29 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.  Halle a. S.,  Wischan 4- Wettengel, 1896. 
MOEXXICH.                                8                                    MOGLIE.
 Moennicll (Paul).   * Ueber den physikalisch-
  optiscbeu Ban des Riudsauges.   [Rostock.]  30
  pp.  8°.  Leipzig, 1883.
    Repr. from : Ztschr. f. vergleich. Augenh., Leipz., 1883.
 Mdimikes (Joseph) [1870-   ].  * Ueber Spon-
  tanfracturen  und Arthropathie  bei Tabes.  26
  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Leipzig, A. Edelmaun, 1894.
 Ifloens  {Adrian Isebree) [1847-91].
    Einthoven (W.)  In memoriam.   Nederl. Tijdschr.
  v. Geneesk., Aiust., 1891, 2. R., xxvii, pt. 2, 1.
 Moens (J. C. B.)  De samenstelling  van qui-
  niuni, bereid nit afval van op Java gewonnen
  kinabasten.  14 pp.   8°.  [Bataria? n. d.~\
 van de  Moer  (Joannes Henricus Guilelmus).
  See Muys van de Moer.
 van Moerbeck (Abrahamus).   *De naturali
  corporis huniani interitu medice necessario.  27
  pp., 3 1.  4°.  Lugd. Bat., lit. Koetianis, 1782.
 Morchen  (Friedrich Karl) [1878-    ].  * Ue-
  ber Damiuerzustande.  Ein Beitrag zur Kennt-
  niss der pathologischen  Bewusstseinsverande-
  rungeu.   83 pp.  8°.  Marburg, R. Friedrich,
  1901.
 Mdrck (J[acob) P[eter] A[ndreas] > [1857-   ].
  * Beitrag zur pathologischen Auatomie der con-
  genitalen  Sytilis.   14  pp.,  1   1.   8°.  Kiel,
  Schmidt 4~ Klaunig, 1888.
 Mdrck (Samuel).  Helsovarden vid frammande
  mariner.  Beriittelse till Kougl. Snndhets-Colle-
  giuni om  en med  stipendii-uuderstod ar 1851
  foretagen  utrikes resa.    [Hygiene in  foreign
  navies.   Report to  the Royal College of Health
  from a journey  in foreign countries.]  100 pp.
  8°.   Carlskrona, G. Ameen 4~ Co.,  1852.
    Repr.from:  Tidskr. i Sjovaseudet.
 Moerel  (Gustaaf Salomon).   * Ueber  Unter-
  schiede  in der  physiologischen  Wirkung  der
  Salicylsiinre  verschiedenen Ursprungs.   [Frei-
  burg.]  26 pp., 1 1., 1 tab.  8°.  Breda, Broese 4~
  Co., 1896.
 Mdrer (C. A.).
    See Bell  (Sir Charles).  Grundlebren der Chirurgie,
  [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1838.
 Moericke (R[obert Martin]) [1851-1900].  Ue-
  ber  Menstruation nnd  Dysmenorrhoe.  85  pp.
  8°.   Halle  a. S., K. Marhold, lr98.
    Forms 6.-7. Hft. of: Samnil. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb.
  d. Frauenh. u. Gebuitsh., Halle a. S., 1898, ii.
 ------.  Zur Aetiologie der Tuben-Graviditat.  108
  pp.  8".  Halle  a. S., C. Marhold, 1900.
    Forms 4.-5. Hft. of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d.Geb.
  d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh., Halle a. S., 1900, iii.
    For Biography, see Med. Cor.-Bl.  d. wiirttemb. arztl.
  Ver., Stuttg., 1901,  lxxi, 283-285.
 Moeriilgll (Cornelius Gerard).   * De visu.   76
  pp., 2 1.  4°.  Lugd. Bat, J. 4" H. Verbeek. 1729.
  [P., v. 1920.]
 de Moerloose  (Mile. H.)  Traite" a 1'usage spe-
  cial des sages-femmes.  viii, 488 pp.  8°.   Gand,
  V. van Doosselaere, 1903.
 Moermaii (P. A.)   * Ueber die Methode, einen
  isolirten Nerven dnrch frequente Wechselstrome
  zu erregen.  [Freiburg.]   4 p. 1., 91 pp.  8°.
  Leiden, S. C.  van Doesburgh, 1901.
 Mdrner  (Carl Th[ore]) [I8(i4-     ].  *Under-
  sokning af proteiniimnena i ogats ljusbrytande
  medier.   [Researches on  protein  substances in
  the light refracting media of the  eye.]  110 pp.
  8*-'.   Upsala, Almqvist 4~ Wiksells,  1892.
------.  Margarinfragau skarskadad ur synpunk-
  ten af stateus.  [The margarin question viewed
  from the standpoint of the state. ]  15 pp.  16°.
  Goteborg, 1901.
----- &  Tlmnberg  (Torsten).   Om atgiirder
  mot bedriigliga  lakemedels spridniug.  Tvanne
  inleduingsforedrag  vid Upsala lakareforening.
  Diskussion  den  30. Okt. 1903.   [Regulations
  against the distribution of deceptive remedies.
 Mdrner (C. T.) & Thnnberg (T.)—cont'd.
  Two initial lectures in the Upsala Medical So-
  ciety.]  30 pp., 1 1.   12°.   Upsala, C. J. Lund-
  stvoin 1904
 Mdrner (K[arl] A^xell H[ampel]) [1854-    ].
  Om  lakemedlen  fran  fysiologiskt, kemisk och
  toxikologisk synpunkt. [Remedies from a phys-
  iological,  chemical,   and  toxicological  stand-
  point.]  2 p.  1.,  262  pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Stockholm,
  O. L. Lamms, [1888].
 Mdscliing (Alfred).   * Zur Lehre von der Torsio
  uteri gravidi.   [Bern.]  20pp.   8°.  Berlin, L.
  Schumacher, 1K>4.
 Mdser (Carl) [1844-    ].  * Das Perimeter  uud
  seine An wendung.  32 pp., 11., 1 pi.  8°.  Bres-
  lau, H. Lindner, [1869].
 Moeser (H[ennann]).  Was  konnen wir trin-
  ken, wenn wir geistigeGetrankemeiden wollen?
  22 pp.   12°.  Glatz, M. Adams, 1904.
    Also, Editor of: Uctunde Kinder. Magdeburg,  1892-
  4.  Also,  Editor  of: Gesnnde Kinder,  flamm i. W.,
  189&-8.
 Moeser (Ludwig Theodor) [1871-    ].  *Zur
  Kenntnis  der  eisensauren Salze.   23 pp.  8°.
  Giessen, C. von Munchow,  1897.
 Moesly  (Hermann).   Beitrag zur Kenntnis iiber
  Vorkommeu uud Entstehung von  zweiteiligeu
  Aortenklappen.  .30 pp. 8°.  Zurich, Orell Fiissli,
  1895.                                       c.
 Moffat.
    See Waters  (Mineral), by localities.
 IYIoffat (John Little) [1853-1902].
    I Biography.]  Tr. Hoineeop. M. Soc. N. T., Buffalo,
  1902, xxxvii, 319.
 Moffat (T. Clarkson).
    fo Rand (A.J.) &  Moffat (T. C.) Necropsy re-
  ports [etc.].  8°.   [Stapleton, 1850-52.]
 Moffatt (W. B.)   A letter to the Earl of Carlisle,
  on the supply of pure water to  the metropolis.
  11 pp.   8°.  London, Rgnell 4' Wright, 1849.
 Moffet (Thomas).  See Mufettus.
 Moffett  (Cleveland)  [1863-   ].  The wonders
  of radium.  15 pp.  8°. [Neio York. 1903.]
    Cutting from: McClure'a Mag., N. Y., 1903, xxii.
 IVIoffett  (John) [1822-1903].
    [Obituary.]  Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1902-3, xxi, 530.
Moffett  (T. W.)  A letter to the lord mayor of
  Dublin, on cruelty to animals, with special ref-
  erence to  the cattle traffic of the United King-
  dom.  12 pp.   8°.  [Dublin, R. D. Webb 4-  Son,
  1867.]
Moflitt (Herbert C).
    See Ophiils (W.) & Moflitt (Herbert C.)   A  new
  pathogenic mould fete.].   8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
Mogigraphia.
    See Writer's cramp.
Mogilewa (Affauasia).   * Ueber die Wirkung
  eiuiger  Kakteenalkaloide  auf das Froschherz.
  [Bern.]   20 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, J. B. Hirschfeld,
  1903.
 Mogilyanski  (A[leksiei]  M[ikhaIlovich])
  [1858-     ].   *Materiall  dlya  dietetiki alko-
  holya;  vliyaniye  alkoholya  na usvoyeniye  i
  obmien  azota  i  usvoyeniye zhirov.   [Dietetics
  of alcohol; influence of alcohol upon the assimi-
  lation and metabolism of nitrogen and assimila-
  tion  of  fats.]   60 pp., 1  1.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  M. M. Stasyulevich, 1889.
 jHogiphonia.
    See Voice (Enfeebled).
 Mogk (Julius).   * Ueber  die  Lebercirrhose im
  Kindesalter, zugleich  eiu  Beitrag zur   Patho-
  genese der Lebercirrhose.   8°.   Giessen, C. von
  Sliinchow, 1887.
 Moglie (Giulio).  Sifilideematrimonio.  Saggio
  critico.  69 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Roma, 1894. 
mOglie.
9
MOHR.
Mdglie (Giulio)—continued.
-----.   Ars   medica  promptior.   Manuale  del
  medico pratico.  482 pp., 2 pi.  24°.   Roma,
  [1898].
-----.   Prontuario di  semeiotica e di  diaguostica
  medica generate e speciale.   xi,  461  pp.  24°.
  Roma, 1899.
-----.   Kicettario ragionato.   Manuale di tera-
  pia pratica, con appendice sulla balneoterapia,
  climatologia e acque minerali  italiaue.   xxxii,
  446 pp.  24°.   Roma, [1901].
-----.   La terapia tisiea.  Teoria e applicazioni.
  viii, 610 pp.   12°.  Roma, [1904],
    See,  also, Criialdi (T.) & Mdglie (G.)  Guidatecnica
  per le  injezioui ipoderiniche [etc.].  16°:  Roma, 1895.—
  Lappoui (Giuseppe) & iVIoglic (G.)  Le nialattie con
  inimiuente pericolo di vita  [etc.].  24°.  Roma, 1896.—
  Rimedj (I) nuovi [etc.]. 16°.  Roma, 1900.
Moglini  (Julius).   Theses  medica?.  2 1.  fol.
  Genua;, 1819.   [P.,  v. 2150.]
Ulograpaiiiiia.
    Vargas (M.) La  iuoyrapauma,  idea general de sua
  aplicacioues.  Gac. med. catal., Baroel., 1897,  xx, 294-297.
  Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., lxiv,
  207.
Moliamed Ben Amor  [1859-   ].   *Essai
  sur l'intiuence therapeutique des bains chauds
  er froids.  54 pp.   4-.   Paris, 1889, No. 221.
Moliamed Ben Hanied (Vital) [1860-    ].
  * De la caseo-tuberculose gaugliouuaire et sou
  traitement  par  l'iguipuncture.   84 pp., 1 pi.
  4°. Lille, 18-s, No. 61.
Moliamed Cliarkany.  "Sur 1'opium.   104
  pp.  4' .  Paris, H. Plon, 1856.  [P., v. 1840.]
    ficole superieure de pharmacie.
Mohammed Dourry.  Mission  6gyptienne
  en  France;  observations  recueillies  par  . . .
  16 pp.  8;.  Paris, A. Parent, 1869.

Uloheelev.
    ■See  Cholera  (History, etc.,  of),  Influenza
  (History, etc., of), by localities.

Iflolielt.
    Lafont.  Moheli.  Ann. d'hyg. etdemed. colon., Par.,
  1905, viii. 497-521.
Mohideen   Sheriff   Khan  Bahadur.
  Materia medica of Madras,  v. 1.  x  (1 1.), 161
  pp.  8Q   Madras,  Govt.  Press,  1891.
von Mohl (Hugo).  Mikrographie,  oder Anlei-
  tung  zur Kenntniss und zum  Gebrauche  des
  Mikroskops.  x,  351 pp., 6 pi.  8°.   Tubingen,
  L. F.  Fues, 1846.
Mohler (John  R[obbins])  [1875-    ].  Milk
  lever; its simple and successful  treatment.   15
  pp.  8°.  Washington, Govt. Print. Office, 1904.
    U. S. Dept. Agric.  Fanners' bull. no. 206.
-----.   Mycotic stomatitis.   6  pp.  8°.   Wash-
  ington, 1904.
    U. S. Dep. Agric.  Bureau animal indust.  Circ. No. 51.
Mohn (Christ.).  * Ueber Paralysis agitaus.   36
  pp.  8Y.  Wiirzburg,  J. M. Richter, 1891.
Mohnike (Otto  [Theophil  Job.]) [1814-    ].
  Affc und Urmensch.   211 pp., 9 pi.   8'->.  Miin-
  ster, Aschendorff,  1888.
-----.   Phijsisclie Karakterbeschrijving  der Ja-
  pHiiezen.  pp. 636-672.   8;.   [n. p.,  n. d.~\
Mohr.
    See von Noorden (C.)  & Mohr.  Acid  autointoxi-
  cations [etc.].  8°.  Bristol <& London, 1904.
Mohr   (August)  [1870-     ].   * Beitrage  znr
  Phvsiologie des Schreibens.   30 pp.,  1  J.   8°.
  Berlin.  G. Schade, [1892].
Mohr   (Carl).   * Ueber  Trimethylsulfinverbin-
  dungen.  21 pp.  8°.  Wiirzburg, Becker, 1896.
Mohr  ([CarlJ Friedrich) [1806-79].    Lehrbuch
  der pharmaceutischen Technik.  Nach eigenen
  Erfalmingen  bearbeitet.  Fiir Apotheker, Che-
  miker, chemische Fabrikanten, Aerzte und Me-
Mohr ([Carl] Friedrich)—continued.
  dicinal-Beamte.  2. Aufl.  xii,  545 pp., 3 tab.
  8C.   Braunschweig, F.  Vieweg 4' Sohn, 1853.
    See, also,  Geigcr  (Philipp Lorenz).  Pbarmacopcea
  universalis.  8°.  Heidelbergce, 1845.
Mohr (Charles)  [1824-1901].   The  medicinal
  plants of Alabama.  Systematic list of the me-
  dicinal plants occurring within the limits of the
  State, with notes on their distribution aud proper
  time of collecting the  parts  used.  17 pp.  8°.
  Mobile, [1890].
    For Biography, see Am. J. Pbarm., Phila., 1902, lxxiv,
  459 (H. K.).
Mohl* (Charles) [1844-    J.   General treatment
  of epilepsy.  5 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia, 1881.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1881.
-----.  Verifications of unverified  symptoms in
  Allen's Encyclopaedia.   16 pp.   8°.   [Philadel-
  phia, 1881.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1881.
-----.   Homoeopathic register and  directory for
  the use  of the  members  of  the  Homoeopathic
  Medical Society of the County of Philadelphia,
  1881-2.   4, 144 pp.   12°.  Philadelphia, 1882.
-----.    Some  fever experience.    8   pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1885.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1885.
-----.   Hydrastis canadensis.  14 pp.  8°.  Phil-
  adelphia, 1886.
    Repr.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1886, viii.
-----.   Notes of interesting clinical cases.  7 pp.
  8°.   [Philadelphia, 1886.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn.,  Phila., 1886.
-----.   A case of carcinoma of the breast vs.
  erysipelas and arsenic.  3 pp.  12°.  [Philadel-
  phia, 1888.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1888.
-----.   Introductory lecture  on the occasion of
  the opeuing of  the forty-first annual session of
  lectures  at the Hahnemann  Medical College of
  Philadelphia.  6 pp.  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1888.]
    Repr.from: Med. Inst. Phila., 1888, iii.
-----.   Provings of zincum picricum.  7 pp.  8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1888.]
    Repr. from:  Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1888.
-----.   Two cases of ovarian tumor.  4 pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1889,  vel subseq.']
-----.    Beliefs  concerning  materia   medica.
  [Also: Homeopathic  treatment of goitre.]   8
 %pp.  8J.   [Philadelphia, 1890.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1890.
-----.   Homoeopathy as related to piedology.  7
  pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1899.
    Repr. from:  Hahnemann. Month., Phila., 1889, xxxiv.
-----.  Valedictory to  the class of 1899 of the
  Hahnemanu  Medical  College and Hospital of
  Philadelphia.   12 pp.    8°.   Philadelphia, 1899.
-----.  Treatment of intermittent  fever.  2 pp.
  8°.   [Philadelphia, n. d.~\
Molir (Cliarley).   Compendium der Physiologie
  fiir die  medizinische Priif ungen ;  unter Anleh-
  nung an die Vorlesungeu von weilaud Prof. E.
  Du Bois-Reymond in  Berlin.  3 p. ]., 189 pp.
  12°.   Leipzig,  H. Hartung 4 Sohn, 1901.
Mohr (Conrad).  * De affectione hypochondriaca
  diatribe.  4 p.  1., 72  pp., 1  pi.  sm.  4°.  Rin-
  thelii, G. C. Wachter, 1678.

Molir (Friedrich) [1806-79].
    Kahlbaum (W. A.)  Justus von Liebig und Fried-
  rich Mohr. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u.il. Naturw., Hamb.
  u.  Leipz.,  1904,  iii, 8-30. —Parthcil.  [Biography.]
  Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 625-627.
Mohr ([Friedrich] Ernst) [1864-    ].  * Ueber
  Totalexstirpation des  carcinoniatosen  Uterus
  gravidus per Viiginam.  31 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Halle
  a. S., Heynemann, 1889. 
MOHR.
10
MOIR.
Mohr (Friedrich Justinus)  [1874-    ].  *Be-
  obachtnngen iiber  die  progressive Paralyse bei
  Fraueu.   60 pp.  8C.  Bonn, J.  Trapp, 1902.
Molir (George).   Ueber Complicationen bei  der
  idiopathischeu Herzvergrosseruug.  35 pp.  8°.
  Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1894.
    Munch, med. Abhandl., Hft. 46.
Mohr (Gustav).   * Ueber Ovariencysten.  19 pp.
  8 .   Wiirzburg, A. Memminger, 1887.
Mohr (H.)  * Ueber  das  Eucliondrom des Ho-
  deus.  20 pp.   8°.   Tubingen, H. Laupp, 1894.
    Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubingen, 1893, xi.
Mohr (Heinrieh). * Ueber einen Defekt des Me-
  senterium.  19  pp.,  1  pi.   8°.   Wiirzburg,  H.
  Stiirtz, 1893.
-----.  Ueber Recidive nach Operationen an den
  Gallenwegeu.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n.  F., Leipz., 1901, No. 309
  (Chir., No. 89, 219-229).
-----.  Allgemeines iiber  deu  Krebs.   28  pp.
  8°.   Halle a. S.,  C. Marhold, 1904.
    Forms 1. Hft., 1904, of:  Medizinische Volksbiicherei,
  Halle a. S.
-----.  Der Gelenkrheumatismus tnberkulosen
  Ursprungs.  27  pp.  8°.   Berlin, H.  Kornfeld,
  1904.
    Forms 197. Hft. of: Berl.  Klinik.
-----.  Die  chirurgische  Behandlung  der Ne-
  phritis.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n.  F., Leipz., 1904, No. 383
  (Chir., No. 106, 115-148).
Mohr (J.).
    SeeCongretiofncield'instituteursd'aveugles. Compte-
  rendu [etc.].  8°.  Amsterdam,  1886.
Mohr (Jakob Eugen Rudolf) [1874-    ].   *Ein
  Fall von kongenitalem  Ikterus infolge von Feh-
  len des Ductus choledochus und  Obliteration  des
  Ductus hepaticus.   25  pp., 3 1.   8°.  Berlin, E.
  Ebering, 1898.
Molir (Karl).  Repertorium der  bei Zahnkrank-
  heiten anzuwendendeu homoopatkischen  Heil-
  mittel.    Aus den  Werkeu   von  Hahnemann,
  Jahr, Riickert, von  Bonninghauseu. Roack und
  Finks, etc., znsammengetragen  und hrsg.  vii,
  114 pp.,  interl.   16°.   Sondershausen, F. A. Eu-
  pel, 1851.
Mohr (L.)  Ueber diabetische und nichtdiabeti-
  sche Autointoxicationen mit  Sauren (Acidosis).
  48 pp.  8°.   Berlin,  A.  Hirschwald, 1904.
    Forms 4. Hft. of: Samml. klin. Abhandl. ii. Path. u.
  Therap. d. Stoffwechs. u. Ernahr.-Stoning., Berl.
Mohr (Leo).  * Ueber den  Eiutluss darmreizeu*
  der Mittel auf den  Glvkogengehalt der Leber.
  15 pp.   8°.   Wiirzburg', Kohl 4- Hecker, 1894.
Molir (Leo).   * Ueber die  Resorption  einiger
  Arzneimittel und Arzneiformen vom Mastdarm
  aus.  24  pp.  8°.  Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner,  1896.
Molir (Leo  [Arthur Felix])'  [1874-    ].   * Ue-
  ber die Aetiologie der Blasenscheideufistel.  79
  pp.  8'-.   Kbniqsberg i.  Pr., H. Jaeger, 1902.
Mohr (Peter)  [1864-    ].   * Ueber  Akropar-
  aestliesie.  27 pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Bonn, J.  F.  Cart-
  haus, 1890.
Mohr (Theodor) [1877-    ].  * Ueber Glioma
  retinae  mit Knotclienbildung auf der  Iris.  42
  pp., 1 1.   8°.  Berlin, G. Schade, [1904].
Mohr (Walter) [18t;>-    ].  * Ueber hereditare
  Irideremie.  26 pp., 1 pi.  8°.  Jena, G. Neuen-
  hahn, 1-95.
Mohr (Wilhelm). #Ein Beitrag  zur Casuistik
  der Rhiuitis crouposa  (fibrinosa, psendo-ineni-
  branacea).  [Heidelberg.]  41  pp.  8°.   Zwei-
  brikken, P. 4' L. Hallanzy,  1895.
Mohrberg (Carl).   *(Jheinisch-pharmakolo-
  gische Untersuchung desCephalauthins. 71 pp.
  8  .   Dorpat, K.  A. Hermann, 1891.
von  Mohrenfels (Karl  Winkler).   * Beitrag
  zur  Casuistik  der  Hypospadie.  18 pp.,  1 pi.
  8°.   Wiirzburg, F. Rbhrl, 1890.
a Mohrenlieini  (Josephus).   *Diss.  sisteus
  novum  couceptionis  atqne  generationis theo-
  riarn.  16 pp.  4°.   Regiomonti, typ.  G.  L. Har-
  tungii, [1789].
Mohrhoff(Federico).  Picola guida per 1' ana-
  lisi fisico-chimico-microscopica dell' urina.  29
  pp., 1 1.   12°.  Napoli, D. Cesareo, [1893].
-----.   La tubercolosi.  Cura  antisettica e  rico-
  stituente mediante  1' inalazione di nuovi rimedii
  volatili.   iv  (1 1.), 80 pp., 1  pi.  16°.  Napoli,
  A. Irani,  1898.
Mohrmann (Rudolf) [1878-    ].  * Ueber die
  Enistehung  des  Puerperalfiebers auf hemato-
  genetn Wege.  42  pp.,  1 1.  8C.   Marburg, J.
  Hamel, 1902.
Mohrmann (Rudolf) [1879-    ].   "Die  Re-
  sulta te der Laparotomie bei tuberkuloser Peri-
  tonitis an der konigl. Universitatsfrauenklinik
  zu  Gottiugen.  36 pp.   8°.   Gbttingen, IV.  F.
  Kaestner, 1903.
IIoh* (Carl Heinrieh)  [1831-1902].
    Waschke (H.)  Heinrieh  Mohs.  Lebensbild
  eines Arztes  und Menschenfreundes.  8°.  Des-
  sau, 1903.
Moibamis (Joh.)  [1527-62].
    [Biography.]  In:  Gbaetzeb (J.)  Lebensbilder
  hervorrag. schles. Aerzte. 8°.  Breslau, 1889, 20.
Moilin (Tony) [    -1871].  Petition pour obte-
  uir le libre exercice de la profession  me~dicale.
  4 pp.   4°.  [Paris,  A. Parent, 1867.]
-----.   Traite" Alimentaire th6orique et pratique
  de magn^tisme, contenaut toutes les indications
  ndcessaires  pour traiter soi-meme,  a l'aide du
  tnagu6tisme  animal, les maladies  les  plus com-
  munes,  viii, 335 pp.   16°.  Paris, lf*69.
Moinard  (F.)  [1874-    ].   * Contribution  a
  l'Atude des luxations  totales et compliquees de
  l'astragale.   57pp., 11.  b°.  Paris, lb99, No. 73.
Moindrot (Fr6de"ric-Henri) [1877-    ].  *De
  la ponction  lombaire dans les  tumeurs ce"re"-
  brales.  86 pp., 11.  8°.  Lyon, 1904, No. 164.
Moineau (Henri).  * Contusion et d<5chirure du
  rein.  126 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1900, No. 57.
Moinet (Francis W[alter]).   Guide to medical
  examination   for life insurance.   55 pp.   8°.
  Edinburgh, Maclachlan 4" Stewart, 1876.
Moinet (Georges) [1868-    ].  * Etude sur la
  myelitesyphilitique pr6coce.  54 pp.  4C.  Lyon,
  1890, No. 556.
Moing-eard (Arthur) [1866-    ].  *£tudesur
  le pityriasis rose" de Gibert.  103 pp.  4°.  Paris,
^ 18e9, No. 325.
a  Moinichen  (  Henricus).   Observationes
  medico-chirurgicse  missae ad  Thomam Bartho-
  linum, nunc  a Josepho Lanzono adauctse; qui-
  bus accessere Arnokli Bootii,  et  aliorum med.
  doctorum observationes, cum  indicibus uecessa-
  riis.  2 p. 1., 78,  72 pp.,  11 1.  K;o.   Ferrarice,
  sumpt. 4~ typ. H. Filoni, 1688.
-----.  Observationes  medico - chirurgie^,  cum
  annotationibus Josephi  Lanzouii et  indicibus
  necessariis.   5 p. ]., 95 pp.,  6 1.   16c.  Dresdee,
  G. Kettner, 1(591.
Moin -Ol - Atebba  ( Mirza - Zeyuel -Abedine-
  Khan).  *La n^vrose cardiaque  des arthriti-
  ques.   57 pp.  4°.  Paris,  1894, No. 512.
Moinson  (L[onis]) [1876-   ].   *Les  bl^pha-
  rites et leur  traitement par le protagol.  46 pp.
  8°.  Paris, 1898, No. 2.

Iffoir (David Macbeth)  [1798-1851].
    Smith (G. G.)  [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxviii, 113.
Moir(D[avid] M[acbeth]).  Revision of army
  form A. 7.  18 pp.  12°.   Calcutta, 1,-98.
    Repr.from:  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii.
Moir (Henry  C.)  A manual of the practice of
  medicine; designed for the use of students and 
MOIE.
11
MOJON.
 Moir (Henry C.)—continued.
   the general practitioner,  x, 455 pp.   12°.   New
   York, 1881.
 -----.   The  same.  4. ed.   x (11.), 455 pp.   12°.
   New York, J. H. Vail 4- Co., [1896].
 Moir (James).   Notes on Dr. Mackintosh's trea-
   tise on the puerperal fever.  101 pp.   8°.  Edin-
   burgh, Murray 4~ Mitchell, 1822.
     Bound with: Mackintosh (John).   A treatise on the
   disease termed puerperal fever.  8°.  Edinburgh, 1822.
 ------.   Postscript to  notes ou  Dr. Macintosh's
   tratise on puerperal fever.  23  pp.   8°.  Edin-
   burgh, Murray 4' Mitchell, 1823.
     Bound ivith. Mackintosh (John).   A treatise on the
   disease termed puerperal fever.  8°.  Edinburgh, 1822.
 Moir (John)  [1808-99].  Induction of premature
   labour.  23 pp., 1 pi.  8°.   Edinburgh, Oliver 4-
   Boyd, 1898.
     Repr.from: Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1897-8.
     For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 1311. Also .-
   GlasgowM. J., 1899,li,415.  Also: Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb.,
   1899, v, 67 (J. W. B.).

 ]?Ioir (Robert) [1831-99].
     V. (J.)   Obituary.  Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1899, v,
   69.—Obituary.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv,
   308.

 Moir (JVilliam) \      -1902].
     Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1065.
 Moiret  (Louis)  [1874-     ].   'Contribution  a
   l'etude des phlegmons et de la gangrene humide
   dans  le  diabete Sucre".   65 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Lyon,
   1899,  No. 53.
 Moiroiid (L.)   Traite"  elementaire  de matiere
   meVHcale, ou de pharmacologic v6te"rinaire; suivi
   d'un  formulaire  pharmaceutique  raisoune".   2.
   6d., revue,  corrige  et augmented par l'auteur.
   2 )». L, 639 pp.   8-.   Toulouse, Gimet,  1843.
 Mois  (Le) medical.   Repertoire periodique de
   medecine,  de  chirurgie et  de  pharmacologic.
   R^dacteur en  chef:  H.  Lefevre.  v. 9-14, 1897-
   190.'.   8°.   Paris.
 MoiS (Le) m6dico-chirurgical.  Revue mensuelle,
   publi<5e sous la direction du professeur P. Lefert.
   v. 3-7, 1901-5.   8-.   Paris.
 Mois (Le) scientifique.   Revue  mensuelle, pu-
   blie'e  sous la direction du professeur H. Girard.
   No. 12, v. 5; No. 11, v. 6,  December, 1903; No-
   vember,  1904.  8o.  Paris.
 Mois (Le) th6rapeutique.  He"dacteur: L. Noel.
   v. 1-3, 1900-1902.  4°.   Paris.
 Moiseyeff(A[lek8andr] I[vanovich]) 1857-  ].
   *Ostroyenii i  razvitii sapnlkh  uzlov.  [Struc-
   ture and  development of farcy nodules. ]  60 pp.,
   2 pi.  8C.  S.-Peterburg, P. P. Soikin,  1«94.
 Moisnard (Piei re) [ 1877-    ].   * De l'exces de
   volume du foetus (grossesse et accouchement) et
   de l'avenir  du gros  enfant.   158 pp., 1 1.   8°.
   Nantes, 1903, No. 436.
 Moisseney (Maurice) [1876-     ].  * Contribu-
   tions  a l'etude de la permeability de la  mem-
   brane amniotique, variations de cette permea-
   bility  dans le cours de la grossesse.  58 pp., 1 1.
   8°.  Lyon, 1899, No. 63.
 Moisson (Jules-Lucien) 11865-    ].   * Des dif-
   f'6rentes  me"thodes d'oblitOration des pertes de
   substance du crane.   84 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1891,
   No. 297.
-----.  The same. 84 pp.  8°.   Paris, G. Stein-
   heil. 18[»1.
 Moissonnier (Maurice) [1870-     ].   * Des in-
  jections sous-conjonctivales de sublime" en  the"-
  rapeutique oculaire.   71 pp.  4'-.  Paris, 1895,
  No. 77.
Moissy (V[ictor-Henry]) [1866-    ].  *Quel-
  qnes considerations sur  les proprie"te"s cliniqnes
  des  badigeonnages  de  ga'iacol.   77  pp.   4°.
   1'aria,  1-94, No. 202.
 Moisture.
     See, also, Air (Moisture of);  Climate; Damp-
   ness;  Habitations  (Hygiene  of);  Heating;
   Hygrometer; Mold.
     Bkntler ( G.)  * Untersuchungen iiber  den
   Gehalt  der  Mauern  an Aetzkalk  und  freiem
   Wasser.   8°.   Wiirzburg, 1890.
     Dreykk  ( W. )  *Duncker's  Dampneuchtig-
   keitsiiiesser.  [ Gottingen. ]   8-.  Leipzig, 1^96.
     Also, in: Ztscbr.  f. Hyg.  u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz.,
   1890, xxii, 314-338.
     Pihorel  (L.-E.)  Considerations sur l'humi-
   dit6.  8°.  Rouen, I82<i.
     Wollxy  (W.)  "Untersuchungen iiber  den
   Eintlnss  der Luftfeuehtigkeit auf  das  Wachs-
   thum der Pflauzen.  8°.  Halle, 181)8.
     Akiyama (K.)   [Remarks on the investigation of the
   properties of damp walls. 1   Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, To-
   kyo, 1900,  no. 109, 1-6.—ArnoldoA (V. A.)  O higrosko-
   piclinosti nlekotoiikh veshtsbestv i yeya otnoshenii k hi-
   gienle.  [Hygroscopic quality of several substances, and
   its relation to hygiene.] Vestnikobsh.hig.,sudeb. iprakt.
   med., St. Petersb., 1901, pt. 2, 1309-1316. — Betteucourt
   Rapoio. Humidade. Rev.portugnezadenied, ecirurg.
   prat., Lisb., 1898-9,v, 257-270.—Chiais.  Leseffetspatho-
   geniques des variations quantitatives de lavapeur d'eau
   dans l'atniosphere.  Gaz.d.eaux,Par., 1900, xliii, 129-131.—
   t'oggi (C.) Ricerche relative all'  umiditA delle case di
   Milano   Gior. d. r. Soc. ital.  d' ig., Milano, 1901, xxiii, 337-
   349.—Deneke  (T.)   Ueber die Bestimmung der Luft-
   feuehtigkeit zu hygienischeu Zwecken.  Ztschr. f. Hyg.,
   Tubing., 1859-60, i, 47-75.—Ekkert (A. I.)  Kvoprosu o
   vlazhnosti  klassnavo vozdukha.  [On the  question of
   moisture of class-room air.]   Vrach, St.Petersb., 1896, xvii,
   901-904.—von ffenritsi (A. A.)  O vliyanii vlazhnosti
   vozdukha na smertnost.  [On the effect of the moisture of
   the air on mortality.]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb.,  1898,
   exciii, med.-spec, pt., 813-838. — Lautenbach (L.J.)
   The therapeutic value of evaporators in the living room.
   Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899,  9. s., iii, 7-14. — Lerashofl
   (V. A.)  Sovremenniya eksperimentalniya danniya po vo-
   prosu o vliyanii vlazhnosti vozdukha na organiztn cbelo-
   vleka.  [Contemporary experimental data on the influence
   of atmospheric moisture upon the human organism.J J.
   rnssk. Obsh. okbran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1899, ix,
   1-11.—IiOi«el (G.)  Resistance des oeufs d'oiseau & une
   huroidit6 excessive.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1900,
   11. s., ii, 661-663.—Marcet (\V.) On the use of steam in
   the sick-room for increasing the atmospheric humidity.
   Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1881, i, 679.—Marriott (W.) Moist-
   ure; its determination and measurement.  J. San. Inst.,
   Lond., 1894, xv, 200-215, 1 map.—Wolpert (H.)  Ueber
   den Einflnss der Luftfeuehtigkeit auf den Arbeitenden.
   Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Leipz., 1899, xxxvi, 203-219.
 Moitessier (J.).
    See £ngel (R[odolphe]) & Moitessier.  Traite ele-
   mentaire de chiune [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1&97.
 Moitie (Maxime-Aimable-Victor-Albert)  [1873-
      ].  *Etude clinique et therapeutique de la
   pleuresie  purulente  interlobaire.   154 pp.   8°.
   Lille, A.  Ma88on, 1904.
 Moitier (Georges) [1868-     ].  * Etude  sur la
   bronchite pntride, sa terminaison possible  par
   gangrene pulinonaire.   45 pp., 1 1.  4°.   Pan's,
   lf-91, No. 353.
 Moitron (E"tienne-Camille-Henri)  [1880-    ].
   * Contribution a  l'6tude de l'emploi  therapen-
   tiqne ties injections d'air st6rilise\   47 pp.   8°.
   Bordeaux, 1904, No. 83.
 Moity (Maurice)  [1864-     ].   * Du cceur dans
   la choree de  Sydenham.   62  pp.   4C.   Paris,
   f-92, No. 186.
 -----.   The same.   62  pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Slein-
   heil, 1892.
 Mojon (Benedetto) [1732-    ].   Pharmacopoea
   manualis reformata.   xxxvi, 240 pp., 1 1.   12°.
   Genua; apud Repettum, 1784.
    -See. also, Institut de France. Rapporto sull' innesto
   della vaccina [etc.].  24°.  Qenova, 1803.
 Mojon (B[enedetto]) [1784-1849].  Sull' utilita
  del  dolore.   Discorso   accademico,  letto   alia
  Societa medica d'emulazioue.  13 pp.   8°.   Ge-
  nova, Y.  Gravier,  1811.
-----.  Eloge historiqne  de Guillaume Batt.   10
  pp.  4°.   Genes, J. Gravier, 1812. 
MOJON.
12
MOLDENHAWER.
 Mojon (B[enedetto])—continued.
 ------.   Kecherchts sur la menstruation.   16 pp.
   16°.  Paris. 1 <:!(>.
     Repr.from.- Rev. med. franc, et etrang., Par., 183C, i.
 ------.   Lois  physiologiques; traduites de l'ita-
   lien, avec notes, par J.-B. Michel.  2 p. 1., xxi,
   23-156 pp., 1 1., 2  tab.   > .  Genes,  Y.  Gravier,
   [n.  d.-\.
     See, also, Oiacomini  (Giacomo Andrea).   Traits
   philosophique et experimental de matiere ru6dicale, [etc.].
   8°.  Paris, 1830.—Osscrvazioni sopra il Lolium teinu-
   lentum Linnei [etc.] [in 1. s.]. 8°.  Oenova, 1801.
 Mojon (Giuseppe) [1775-1837].  Memoria sopra
   il eolfato di magnesia che  si prepara al  monte
   della Guardia nella Liguria.  16 pp., 1 ch.  16°.
   Genera, 180:5.

 Hlokattam.
     Oroon  pasha. Mokattam; a sanatorium for Cairo.
   Lancet. Lond., 1895, i, 1663.
 Mokeyeff(Alek8andrNikolayevick) [1865-   ].
   *Vliyaniye extracti fluidi hydrastis canadensis
   na krovyanoye davleniye i nafuuktsiyu zhelyoz.
   [The effect of. . .  upon  blood-pressure and the
   function of the glands.]   1 p. 1., 52 pp., 1  1.  8C.
   S.-Peterburg,  1893.
 Mokrzlietski (I. I.).
     See JVagel  (Wilhelm).  Ginekologiva [etc.].   8°. S.-
   Peterburg, 1900.
 Mol  (Cornelius Matthias).  * Onderzoek naar
   nieuwe, differentieele kenmerken tusschen diph-
   therie-  en pseudo-diphtheriebacillen  (vergif-
   productie; groei  op uitgeputte kweekbodems;
   specifieke  sera).  3 p. 1., 108 pp.  8°.   Utrecht,
   J. ran Boekhoven, 1899.
 Mol  ( Janus ).  * Diss, exhibens delineationem
   febris scarlatina?  anginosae  qua? exeunte potis-
   simum  anno 1780  Harderovici observata est.
   56 pp., 1 1.  4J.  Harderovici, J. Moojen,  [1781].
   [P., v. 1944.]
 Mol  (J[oannes] G[erardus]  J[eremias]   Jaco-
   bus]).   Critiek over  de gezondheid, eu  vooral
   over het artikel van Dr.  Penn, Hilversum eu de
   Trompenberg.  31 pp.  8C.   Leiden,  J. W.  van
   Leeuwen, 1*77.
 Mol (Petrus).   * De suffusione.   5 1.  4C.   Lugd.
   Bat., apud viduam  et hmredes J. Elsevirii, 1668.
   [P., v. 1916.]
 Molander (Jacobus  Laur.)  Theses.  2  1.  4C.
   Lundcs,  lit.  Berlingianis,  [1796].  [P., v. 143.]

 Hlolar (El).
    (JriA  del banista en el El Molar (Fuente del
   Toro).   8°.   Madrid, 1897.
 Molard  (Antoine) [1863-    ].   * Contribution
   a l'etude du chimisme stomacal.  Variations de
   1'aeidite" totale et de l'acide chlorhydrique libre.
   51 pp.   8~.   Lyon, 1904,  No. 31.
    flcole de pharmacie.

 Molard (Fmiile) [1876-    ].   * De l'omphalec-
   lomie et de la suture abdomiuale a plans  sepa-
   res;  technique et  applications.  68  pp.   8°.
   Lyon, 1900, No. 81.

 molasses.
    Society anonyme de  la  sucrerie de   Toury
   (Eure-et-Loir).  Le Pa'il'mel.  Etude sur l'utili-
   sation de la me'lasse pour la nourriture des ani-
   manx.   12°.   [n. jp.], 1903.

 Molclianoff(Vasiliy Audreyevich) [1881-   ].
   " K  ucheuiyu  o trupnlkh pyatnakh.  [Cadav-
   eric  spots.]  77 pp., 1 1.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, E.
   Arnhold,  1-94.
------. Kratkiy kurs higieni;  posobiye dlya ucha-
   shtshikhsya.   [Short course of hygiene;  aid to
   students.]   78  pp.  8°.   S.-Peterburg,  G.  A.
  Bernshtein, 1900.
   old.
     See, also, Fungi.
     Darwin (C. )  The formation of  vegetable
   mould through the action of worms, with obser-
   vations on their habits.  8°.  New York, 1897.
     Brocq-Konssemi.  Sur,la  cause de l'alteration des
   avoines moisies.  Bull. Soc. ceutr.de med. vet.. Par., 1904,
   lxxxi, 355-370.—Cimmino (R.)  Sulla colorazione delle
   muffe.  Med. ital., Napoli, 1903.  i, 617.—Cohn.  Ueber
   eine seltene Scliimmelpilzerkrankung des Mensehen und
   ihre Erreger.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
   1905, xxxi, 1374.—Crampton (C. A.)  The influence of
   the growth of mold upon the chemical composition of oleo-
   margarine and butter.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa.,
   1902, xxiv, 711-719. — Czapck  ( F.)  Untersucliungen
   iiber die  Stickstoffgewinnimg und  Eiweissbildung der
   Schimmelpilze.  Beitr. z. cbeni. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg.,
   1902, ii, 557: iii, 47.—Florrn (A. G.)  Mogelforgiftning.
   [Mold poisoning.]  Sveusk veterinartidskr., Stockholm,
   1904-5,  ix, 380-387.—Glosio (13.)  Ulteriori ricerche sulla
   biologia e sul  chimismo  delle  arseniomuffe.  Policlin.,
   Roma, 1900, vii, 447-408. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol.,
   Turin,  1901, xxxv, 201-213.—Krasuottsclaky (T.)  At-
   mung und  Garung der Sohinimelpilze  in Rollkulturen.
   Centalbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]. 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xiii, 673-
   687.—Laborde  (J.)  Sur la consoiumation du maltose
   par une moisissure nouvelle, l'Eurotiopsis gayoni  Cost.
   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1895, 10. s., ii, 472-474.
   -----.  Recherches  physiologiques sur une moisissure
   nouvelle,  l'Eurotiopsis  gayoni.   Ann. de Vlnst. Pasteur,
   Par., 1897, xi,  1-43 — tlacbride (T.  H.)  On studying
   slime moulds.  J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1899, ii, 585;
   625.—AIalenkovi£ (B.)   Bestimmung der wachsthum-
   hemmenden Dosis fiir Stoffe, die  als Mittel gegen Scliim-
   melpilze  in  Betracbt  konimen.   Oesterr. Chem. - Ztg.,
   Wien, 1902, v, 433-437.—Morgan (H. de R.)  The biolog-
   ical action of moulds on  arsenical compounds.  Lancet,
   Lond.,  1903, ii, 22.—IVoir  (J.)  Le role des moisissures en
   pathologie; mycoses et murcormveoses. Progies med..
   Par., 1903, 3. s., xviii, 209-211.—Ophiils (W.) &. ITIoffitt
   (H. C.)  A new pathogenic mould (formerly described as
   aprotozoon; coccidioideslimmitis, piogenes); preliminary
   report. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San  Fran., 1900, xxx,  29-35.
   Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1471.  Also, Reprint.—Purie-
   vitch (K.) Sur la destruction de l'amygdaline et de l'he'-
   licine par les  moisissures.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de  biol.,
   Par., 1897, 10.  s., iv, 686.—Storcr (F.  H.)  Experiments
   on feeding plants with nitrogen of vegetable mould.  Har-
   vard Univ. Bull. Bussey  Inst., Cambridge, 1877-1900, ii,
   280-288.

Mold, Wales.
     See Hospitals  (Management, etc., of), by locali-
   ties.

Mold Cottage Hospital.  Annual  reports of the
   commi tee to the subscribers.  14., 1892; 16.-20.,
   1894-8.   8-.  Mold, 1893-9.
------.  Rules of the ...  6 pp.  8C.   Mold, J.
   Huges, [1896].

Molde.
     See Leprosy (History, etc., of),  by localities.

Moldenhaiier (J.)  Care  of milk for city sup-
   ply.  2 pp.   roy. 8°.  San Francisco, 1902.
     In: Dairy & Produce Rev., San Fran., 1902, iii, no. 22.

------.   Ill-advised and partial rules  by health
   boards regarding  city milk  supply.  1 galley
   sheet,  New York, 1903.
     Repr. from: N. York Produce  Rev. & Am. Creamery,
   April 8, 1903.

Moldenhaiier (W[ilhelm]) [184f>-98].  Trait6
   des maladies des tosses nasales, des sinus et du
   pharynx  nasal, avec  un  expose  des mefhodes
   d'examen.  Trad, et annote'  par le Dr. Potiquet.
   viii, 224 pp.   8°.  Paris, Assdin <f Houzeau, 1888.
    For Biography, see Ztschr. f. Ohreuh., Wiesb. 1898  xxxii
   267 (Stimmel).

Moldenhawer  (J.)   Fremsiilling  af Blinde-
  forholdene  i  Danmark, st0ttet  paa  statistiske
  Data,  samt Meddelelser om Blindeforholdene  i
  andre  Laude.   Udgivet  med Underst0ttelse af
  Ministeriet for ICirke-ogUnderviisningsvaJsenet.
   [An account of the condition  of the blind in  Den-
  mark,  based  on statistical  data, together  with
  communieations on the condition of the blind in
  other countries.  Published  with the approba- 
MOLDENHAWER.
13
MOLESOHOTT.
Moldenhawer (J.)—continued.
  tion of the Ministry of religion and education.]
  1 p. 1., 78 pp., 1 1.  8J.  Kje-benhavn, G. E. C. Gad,
  1879.
Mole.
    Dralet.  L'art  du taupier, ou mefhode amu-
  sante et infaillible de prendre les taupes.   14. 6d.
  16°.   Paris, 1824.
    Botezat (E.)  Ueber die epidermoidalen Tastapparate
  in der Schuauze des Maulwurfes und anderer Saugethiere,
  mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung derselben fiir die Physio-
  logie der Haare. Yerhandl.d. Gesellseh.deutsch. Naturf.
  u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903,  ii, 164-166.— Heape  <W.)
  On  the germinal layers and early development of the mole.
  In: Stud,  morphol.  Lab. Univ.  Cambridge. Loud. &
  Edinb.. 1882, pt. 2, 107-116. -----. The development of
  the mole (Talpa europea);  the formation of the germinal
  layers, and early development of the medullary groove
  and uotochord. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1883, n. sr.xxiii,
  412-452. 4 pi. -----. The development of the mole (Talpa
  europea); stages E to J. Ibid., 1886-7, n. s., xxvii, 123-163,
  3 pi.—Ryder (J. A.)  The eye, ocular muscles, and lach-
  rymal glands of the shrew-mole (Blariua talpoides. Gray).
  Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., ]890. xxviii, 16-18.—Todaro
  (F.) Sopra lo sviluppoe 1'auatomia delle talpe.  Ricerche
  n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1878, ii, 3-75.
Mole (Pigmentary).
    See Neevus.
JJIole  (Uterine).
    See Pregnancy (Molar).
Molecule*.
    Le Bakox (Marie).  The germinal aureac  the-
  ory.   12°.   [«. p.], 1887.
    Macvicar (J. G.  Ou the possibility of repre-
  senting, by diagrams,  the properties and func-
  tions of the molecules of bodies.  8-.  London,
  1856.
    Moureu(C)  *Constantes physiques ntilisees
  pour la determination des poids  mol6culaires.
  8G.  Paris, 1-99.
    Mourlot (A.)  *Constantes physiques utili-
  sees pour la determination  des poids  molecu-
  laires.   83.  Paris, 1899.
    .11 or rim  (J. C.)  On vital molecular vibrations.  Am.
  Lancet, Detroit, 1891,  xv, 41.  Also, Reprint.
JVIoledo.
    See Waters ( Mineral), by localities.
Moleeii (George A.)  A recurrent  perinephritic
  abscess of twenty-six years' standing and present-
  ing a  clinical picture of Addison's disease.  10
  pp.  8C.   New York, 1905.
    Repr.from: X. York M. J.  [etc.], 1905, lxxxi.
Moleiiaar (Adolf) [1874-    ].  "Ueber Skle-
  rose der Aorta und ihre Beziehung zu Schrum-
  pfung und Iusufficienz der Aorteuklappen unter
  besonderer Berucksichtigunyder Aetiologie.  119
  pp., 2  1.  8°.  Munchen, Kastner 4' Lossen, 1900.
de  Molenes [Mahon]  (Paul)  [1857-   ].
  L'ei/ema delalangue.   27 pp.   8°.   [Havre, Le-
  male 4' Cie., 18-lt.]
    Repr.from: Arch, de laryngol., de rhinol. fete], Par.,
  1889, ii.
-----.   Traitement des affections de la peau.  Les
  formules out 6te" revues  par A. Berlioz.   2 v.
  314 pp. ; 431 pp.  12c.   Paris, Rueff 4- Cie., 1894.
de Moleon (V.)  Rapports g6ue"raux sur la sa-
  lubrity publique, re'dige's  par les couseils ou les
  administrations  e"tablis en France et dans  les
  autres parties de l'Europe.  2e partie officielle.
  Rapports g6n6raux sur les travaux du conseil de
  salubrite" de la ville de Paris et  du de"partement
  de la Seine, exe"cut6s depuis l'annee 1802, jusqu'a
  l'ann6e 1826 inclusivement (2f>ans).   2 v. xliii,
  404 pp.; xviii, .">27 pp.  8-.  Paris, 1828-41.
------.   Notice sur Futilite" des  conseils de salu-
  brity,  et la necessity de les creer dans les depar-
  temens  (1).  Extrait  du Journal  ofneiel  des
  commissions sanitaires, public  sous les auspices
  de M.  le preiet de police.  19 pp.   8°.  [Paris,
  Everat, 1832.]
Molero (Nicolas).
    See C'nslel  (L[ouis]).  Refutacion de la doctrina m6-
  dica [etc.].  16°.  Sevilla, 1827.
Moles (Bartholomaeus) Hispanus.  Speculum sa-
  nitatis, id est pulcherrimum opus, in quo conti-
  nentur  saluberrima pracepta  ad humanain vi-
  tam maxime uecessaria  pro corporis, auimiqne
  sanitate conservauda ac longajva  vita perdu-
  ceuda.   Nee non  plurima  naturae secreta,  et
  multijugae ac variegatse sentential, atque qmes-
  tiunculse  memoratu dignissimae, ad naturalem
  et moralem pliilosophiam potissime spectautes,
  ad sacranique theologiam  pertinentes  (ut ca-
  pitulorum index osteudit cuique legenti) foelici-
  ter ineipit.  220  ff.  4C.  [Neapoli~\, 1545.
Moleschott  (Jacob)  [1822-93].   *De Malpi-
  ghianis pnlmonum vesiculis.  42 pp., 1 1., 1 pi.
  8°.  Heidelbergce, C.  Groos,  1845.  [P., v. 1894.]
-----.  Die  Physiologie   der  Nahrungsmittel.
  Eiu Handbuch der Diatetik.   Friedrich Tiede-
  mann's Lehre "von  dem Nahrungsbediirfniss,
  dem Nahruugstrieb  uud  den  Nahrungsmittelu
  des Mensehen," nach dem heutigen Standpuukte
  der physiologischen Chemie vollig umgearbeitet.
  vi, 656 pp.  8°.  Darmstadt, C. IV. Leske, 1850,
-----. The same.  De physiologie der voedings-
  middelen.  Een handboek der diaetetica.  Fried-
  rich Tiedemauu's  leer der voedingsmiddelen,
  naar het tegenwordig standpunt der physiolo-
  gische  scheikuude,  geheel  omgewerkt.   viii,
  815 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Amsterdam,  J. C. A.  Sulpke,
  1850.
-----. Licht und Leben.  Rede.  2. Aufl.  48 pp.
  8°.  Frankfurt a. M., Meidinger, Sohn 4" Co., 1856.
-----. Uutersuchuugen iiber den Einfluss der
  Vagus-Reizung auf die  Hauhgkeit  des Herz-
  schlags.  66 pp., 1 diag.   8°.   [Giessen, I860.]
  [P., v. 1891.]
    Repr. from: Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d.
  Thiere, Giessen, 1860, vii.
------. Der beweguugvermittelnde  Yorjjang im
  Nerven  kanu aucb von einer positiven Scbwan-
  knng des  Xer\ enstroms  begleitet sein.  35 pp.
  8-.  [Giessen, 1862.]  [P., v. 1893.]
    Repr. from: Untersuch. z. Xaturl.  d. Mensch.  u. d.
  Thiere, Giessen, 1862, viii.
------. Untersuchungen znr Naturlehre des Men-
  sehen und der Thiere.  v. 11-17.  8°.  Giessen,
  187G-1901.
------. Ueber die Heilwirkuugen  des Iodoforms.
  Oft'enes  Sendschreiben an C. Biuz.   20 pp.   &°.
  Wien, 1878.
    Repr.from:  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1878, xxviii.
------.  Kleine Schriften.   port.  12°.  Giessen,
  E. Roth, [1879].
                    CONTENTS.
    Physiologisches Skizzenbuch.  ix (11.), 320 pp. [I860.]
    Zur Erforschung  des Lebens.  Rede,  iv, 32 pp.  1861.
    Die Grenzen des Mensehen.  56 pp.  1862.
    Die Einbeit des Lebens.  63 pp. 1863.
    Natur- und Heilkunde.  52 pp.  1X04.
    Eine physiologische Sendung.  68 pp.  1864.
    Pathologie uud Physiologie.  42 pp.  1865.
    Rath und Trost fiir Cholerazeiten. Insbesondere den
  Hausvateru gewidmet.  20 pp. 1866.
    Ursache uud Wirkung in der Lehre vom Leben. 39 pp.,
  1 1.  1H07.
    Von der Selbststeuruijg im Leben des Mensehen.  Rede.
  37 pp. 1870.
    Licht und Leben.   Rede.  48 pp.   1879.
-----.  Conimemorazione del seuatore Salvatore
  Tommasi.  Parole del . .  . pronunciate nella tor-
  nata del 20  luglio 1888.   8°.   Roma, Forzani $-
  Co., 1-^88.
-----.  Franciscus Cornelius Donders. Festgruss
  zum 27. Mai  1888.   60 pp.   12°.   Giessen, E.
  Roth, 1888.
-----.  Verzeichniss der Werke vou ...   16 pp.
  12°.  Giessen, [1891, vel subseq.\
    See, also, Flontje (Ludwig).  Das Leben und die todte
  Natur.  II.  12°.   Cassel d Oottingen, 1868. — Houck- 
MOLESCHOTT.
14
MOLINAlil.
Moleschott (Jacob)—continued.
  ijeewt  (Jakob Pieter van  Braam).   Donders. s* Beets.
  Moleschott. Eenenalezing [etc.l.  8°.  Oroningen, 1888.—
  Ijuciani (Luigi).   Das Hungern.  83.   Hamburg  u.
  Leipzig, 1890.
    For Biographi/, see SioUvis (B. J.)  Jacob Moleschott.
  [Repr.from:  De  Gids, Amst., 1892.]  8°.   [Amsterdam,
  1892.]  See, also: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1893, xx, 1-14.
  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1893. i.  1290.  Also: Munchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1893,  xl, 483, port. (H. Vierordt).  Also: Ne-
  derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1892, 2. R, xxviii, pt. 2,
  325-327 (A. A. G. Guye).  Also:  Pop. Sc. Month., N. T.,
  1896, xlix, 399-406, port. (E. P. Evans).  Also: Untersuch.
  z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1893-5,|xv,
  3. Hft, pp. 1-20, port. (L. Colasarti).

----- &  Battistini (Attilio).  Ueber die che-
  mische  Reaction  der quergestreiften  Muskeln
  und verschiedener Theile   des  Nerveusystems
  wiihrend der Rube und nach der Arbeit.  52 pp.
  8°.  Giessen, l*r*ri.
    Repr. from: Untersuch. z. Naturl.  d. Mensch. u.  d.
  Thiere, 1888, xiii.

-----& Fubini (S.)  Sull' influenza della luce
  mista  e croiuatica nell' esalazione di acido car-
  bonico per 1'organismo  animale; ricerche.  10.")
  pp., 1  1., 1 pi.   8°.  Torino,  G. B. Paraviafy Co.,
  1879.
----- &  Morriggia (Aliprando).   Ueber un-
  gleichsinnige Veranderungeu  in  der  Haufigkeit
  der  Athemziige uud  der Pulsfrequenz.  11 pp.
  8°.  [ Giessen, 1865. ]   [P., v. 1899. ]
    Repr. from: Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u.  d.
  Thiere, Giessen, 1865, ix.

-----& Nauwerck (Rob.)   Untersnchungen
  iiber den Einflnss  der Sympathicus-Reizung auf
  die  Haufigkeit  des Herzschlags.  16 pp.  8 Y
  [Giessen, 18t!2.]  [P., v.  1891.]
    Repr. from: Untersuch. z. Naturl.  d. Mensch. u.  d.
  Thiere, Giessen, 1862, viii.

-----& Schelske (Rud.)  Vergleichende Un-
  tersuchungen  iiber die  Menge  der  ausgeschie-
  denen   Kohleusaure  und die  Lebergrosse  bei
  nahe verwandten Thieren.   14 pp.  8°.  Frank-
  furt a. M.,  Meidinger, Sohn  4'  Co., 185tj.  [P., v.
  1894.]
    Repr. from: Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u.  d.
  Thiere, Frankf. a. M., 1856, i.

Molnno  (G. M.).
    Sec  Demichcli  (Baudolino).   Cause  del cholera,
  [etc.].  8°. Genova, 1866.

Molgula.
    Daman (D.)  Recherches sur le developpement des
  molgules.  Arch, de biol., Li6ge & Par., 1901-2, xviii, 599-
  664, 4 pi. -----. Les molgules de la  cote beige.  Ibid.,
  1904-5, xxi, 161-181. —tie Selys-I.ongchamps  (M.) &
  Dnmai (D.)  Recherches  sur  le d6veloppement post-
  embryonnaire et  l'anatomie  definitive de Molgula am-
  pulloides.  Ibid.,  1900-1901,  xvii, 385-488, 3 pi. — Van
  Beneden (P.-J.)  Recherches  sur le d6veloppement
  post-embryonnaire et l'organisation  de  Molgula arn-
  pulloides.  Acad. rov. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux.,
  1900,442-449.—Willey (A.)  On the protostigmata of Mol-
  gula Manhattensis (De Kay).  Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,
  1900-1901, xliv, 141-160, 1 pi.

Molien  (Gustav  Eduard)  [1861-    ].   *Ver-
  sncbe  iiber  Transfusion  mit gerinnungsuufahi-
  gem Blute.   32 pp.   8°.   Greifsivald, J. Abel,
  1893.
Moliere  [ Jean - Baptiste   Poquelin,  dif].
  [1622-73],  Le  malade imagiuaire.  16°.  Paris,
  Biblioth.  nat., [n. d.~].
-----.  Le m&lecin malgr6  lui.  159 pp.   16°.
  Paris,  Biblioth.  nat., [n. d.].
-----.  M. de Pourceaugnac.   Les facheux.  L'a-
  mour  m^decin.   160 pp.   8°.  Paris, Biblioth.
  nat., [n. d.~\.
-----.  See, also:
    Aubryet(X.)  Le docteur Moliere.  Conie'die
  en tin aete, en vers.  8°.  Paris, 1873.
    Brown (A. M.)  Moliere and his medical asso-
  ciations.  Glimpses of the court and  stage, the
  faculties and physicians of the grand siecle.  8°.
  London, 1897.
Moliere [J.-B. Poquelin, dit~\—continued.
    DE Chalussay (L.-H.)   Elomire [lor Moliere]
  hypocondre, ou les m6decins vengez.  Com^die.
  16°.  Paris, 1670.
    Leon-Petit.  Les mddecinsde Moliere.  Con-
  ference faite au Palais des Soci6t.es savantes le
  9 avril 1890.  2. e\l.   8°.   Paris,  1890.
    See, also, infra.
    Roger (A.)  Le  meuecin de Moliere.  Com6-
  die en tin acic en vers.  8-.   Paris,  1878.
    It. (E.)   La mort de  Moliere.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et
  psycho), physiol., Par., 1904-5, xix, 31.—t'on lil in (W.J.)
  A page of medical history;  Moliere and the doctors.  Tr.
  Ohio M. Soc,Toledo, 1891, 28-57.  Also, Reprint. — Oroni-
  ne a u (G.)   Moliere et les medecins au xvii" siecle.
  Acad, de belles-lettres, etc., de La Rochelle, 1873, 95-125.—
  Folet.  Moliere et la medecine de son temps,  Chron.
  med., Par.,  1897, iii, 112-132, 1 pi.— Larroumel  (G.)
  L'hypocoudrie  de  Moliere.  [Abstr.]   Ibid., 108-110.—
  Leon-Petit.  Conference sur les medecins de Moliere.
  Bull. Soc. de m6d. prat,  de Par., 1890,  579-611.  Also: J.
  demed.de Par., 1890. 2. s., ii, 337; 353.  See. also, supra.—
  ITIoliere: A k6pzelt beteg csritnii vigjatek&ban szereplo
  orvosokrol es betegekr61. [Moliere: The physicians and
  diseases in the comedy "Le malade imaginaire".]  Magy.
  orv.  lapja, B  dapest,  1901, i, no. 4, 7.—IVass (L.)   Les
  medecins  et  la mort de  Moliere (d'apres de nouveaux
  documents).  Cliron. med.,  Par., 1902, ix, 405-408. -----.
  Les medecins dans le theatre de Moliere.  Corresp. m6d..
  Par., 1905, xi, no. 259, 12-14.—Scliiffers (F.)  La respon-
  sabilite du m6decin et l'ceuvre medicalede  Moliere.  Gaz.
  med. de Liege, 1897-8,  x,  211; 222; 231.—Sc hind lrr (J.)
  Moliere es az orvosok  [. . . and the  doctors.]  Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1901, xlv, 539; 556; 570; 587. Also, transl.:
  Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1901,  xxxvii, 1127; 1198;
  1241.

Molimar  (Eugene-Joseph) [1878-     ].  *Tu-
  berculose inflammatoire.- Tarsalgie des adultes;
  pied  douloureux, plat valgus  ou non, d'origine
  tuberculeuse.   51 pp.  8°.   Lyon, 1905, No.  140.
Molin.   Notice sur Luxeuil et ses  eaux  min6-
  rales.  2 p.]., 120 pp.,  1 pi.   8°.   Paris, Mile.
  Delaunay, 1833.   [P., v. 1808.]

Violin (Etienne-Frederic)  [1805-73].
    Carte.  Necrologie. J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1873,
  xl, 318-320.

Molin (Henri) [1873-    ].   * La dyschondro-
  plasie.  Etude radio«;raphique et clinique.    124
  pp.   8°.   Lyon, 191)0,  No. 77.
Molina  (Aloysius).  De  honiinis mammalium-
  que  cute;  dissertatio quam iu  anatomisB com-
  parativa3 laboratorio  regii Athenaii Pisani.   pp.
  255-286.   8°.  [Pisa,  Nistri, 1882. [
    Cutting from: Acta Soc. Etruscae sc  nat., Pisis, 1882, v.

Molina.  (Augusto).   * Breves estudios sobre la
  infecci6n purulenta.   34  pp.  8°.   Me'xico, I.
  Eacalante,  1873.   [Also, in:  P., v. 2207.]
Molina  (Everardo).    *Toxicologia.   Ligeros
  apuntes sobre el aislamieuto 6 identificaci6n de
  los alcaldides org^nicos bajo el punto de vista
  medico-legal.  29 pp.  8°.   Me'xico,  1883.
Molina (R.).
    See Vluiioz (J.) & ITIolina (R.)  Formulario mienon
  [etc.J. 16o.  Madrid, [n.  d.}.

Molina  Serrano (Eusebio).   Cuestiones  hi-
  pico-militares.   Una visita £ la exposicidn in-
  ternacional hipica  de Vincennes.   344  pp.   8°.
  Madrid,  R. Alvarez y  hijos, [1900].
Molinar  ( Demetrio ).    *Nuevo  tratamiento
  abortivo del flegmon difuso.  18 pp.  16°.   Me'-
  xico,  J. M. Sandoval, 1879.
Molinari (A.).
    See Cardarelli (Antonio).  Alcune lezioni cliniche.
  8°.  Napoli, 1887.

Molinari  (Georg Gustav) [1877-    ].   * Ueber
  die schwielige Arteriosclerose und ihre Bezie-
  hung zur Syphilis.  64 pp, 1 pi.,  3 1.  8°. Leip-
  zig,  B. Georgi, 1904.
Molinari  (Giuseppe).    Esiste  una  peritonite
  cronica  essudativa  idiopatica?    24  pp.    8°
  [Napoli, 1889.]
    Repr.from: Ri form a med., Napoli, 1889, v. 
MOLINARI.
15
MOLL.
de Molinari (G[ustave])  [1819-     ].   La
  viriculture, ralentissement du  mouvement de la
  population, deg6u6rescence, causes et remedes.
  ii, 253 pp.   12°.  Paris, Guillaumin 4' Cie., 1897.
Molinari (Jean-Baptiste).  *Sur les abces lom-
  baires.   16 pp.  4°.  Genes, 1812.  [P., v. 2152.]
de Molinari (Ph[ilippe]).  Essais de pratique
  homa'opatbique.  xviii,  19-89 pp.   16°.   Bru-
  xelles, J.-B. Tircher, 1854.
    Bound with: Jorez (H.)  Idee de la doctrine hornceo-
  pathique.  16°.  Bruxelles, 1855.
-----.   Nouveaux  essais de pratique homoeopa-
  thique.  xviii, 148 pp.   24°.   Bruxelles, J.-B.
  Tircher, 1855.
-----.   R6ponse a la lettre de M.  le docteur Pari-
  got sur l'hoiuceopathie.  lb'  pp.   8°.  Bruxelles,
  1858.
-----.   The same.    16  pp.  8°.  Bruxelles, 1859.
  [Also, in:  P., v. 2171.]
    Suppl. to: L'Homoeopathe beige, Brux., 1859.
-----.   Guide  de l'homoeopathiste, indiquant les
  moyens de se  traiter soi-meme dans les maladies
  les plus communes en atteudaut  la visite du m6-
  decin.  iii. 252 pp., port.  12°.   Bruxelles,  1859.
    See, also, Steen (A.-L.)  Guide homceopathique [etc.].
  16°. BruxellesdiParis, 1858.—Verwey (L.-H.) L'homceo-
  pathie fete.]. 16°.  Paris, 1856.
Molinari (V.).
    See  Giacota (Piero).  Studi sulle relazioni [etc.].  8°.
  2lilano, 1889.
Molinarins  (Christophorus).   Epistola ad cl.
  v. Autonium   Storck,  qua  mulieris a  scirrho
  curatse historia exponitur.   17  1.   8°.  Vindo-
  bonaj, J. T. Trattner, 1761.
Molinens (Carl Eriedrich Gustav) [1880-     ].
  *Ein Beitrag zur  Behandlung der Bauchschuss-
  verletzungeu.  25 pp.  8°.   Bonn, E. Eisele,
  1904.
Moliner (Francisco).   Clinica m6dica.   Lec-
  cioues clinicas dadas en la Facultad de medi-
  cina  de Valencia durante el curso de 1888 a" 1889.
   [Tratado  clinico   de la pnlmonia  iufecciosa.]
  397 pp., 2 1.  roy.  8°.   Valencia,  P. Aguilar, 1891.
Moliner (The'odore).   *Essai sur les assistances
  ni6dieale et sociale a Alger.  58 pp., 1 1.   8°.
   Mompellier, 1903, No. 381.
Uloliner Nicolas (Francisco).
     [Biography.]  Rev.  me-d.-hidrol.  espan., Madrid,
   1901, ii, 98-105.
Molinery  (Raymond).   * Consid6ration  des
  ceuvres sociales a la lutte contre la tuberculose.
   (Essai  d'liygiene  sociale.)   90   pp.   8°.  Tou-
   louse, 1904, No. 576.
Iflolincs  (Allan) [     -1690].
     Goodwin (G.)  [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894, xxxviii, 125.
JHolines  (Edward)  [  •   -16C3].
     Payne (J. F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894, xxxviii, 126.
Molines  (James) [    -1639].
     Payne (J.E.) [Biography.]  Diet.Nat. Biog.,Lond.,
   1894, xxxviii, 126.
Molines  (James) [1628-86].
     Payne (J. F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894, xxxviii, 126.
Hloliiies  (James).
     Payne (J. F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894,  xxxviii, 126.
iVIoliiieN  (William).
     Payne (J. F.) [Biography.]  Diet.Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894, xxxviii, 126.
Molillie  (Edmond-Elie)  [1875-     ].  * S6ro-
  th6rapie intensive dans les  cas de dipht6rie
   grave.   14 pp. 8°.   Paris,  1901, No. 668.
Molillie (Hector) [1872-    ].   "Traitement du
   d61irium tremens  suraigu par les  baius froids.
   62 pp.   8°.   Paris, 1899, No. 231.
Molillie (J.)  L'hydrorrhee nasale.  96 pp.   8°.
  Paris, Soc. d'e'ditions scient., 1901.
Molillie   (Jean)  [1868-    ].   *Des  vSsicules
  aberrantes dans  le  zona.  68 pp.  4°.  Paris,
  1H!)5, No. 97.
Molillie  (Raymond-Joseph) [1870-   ].   *L'as-
  thine des  foins et le coryza spasmodique.   101
  pp.  4°.   Paris, 181)4, No. 231.
Molillicr (Pozzo-Di-Borgo).   * Contribution au
  traitement de l'6clatnpsie.  xii, 92 pp., 2 1.   8°.
  Montpellier, Hamelinfteres, 1902, No. 98.
Molins (James).  Anatomical and practical ob-
  servations in St. Thomas's Hospital, l(>74-lt>77.
  Edited with an introduction and notes from the
  Ms.  in the British  Museum,  by Joseph Frank
  Payne.   39 pp.  8°.  London,  1896.
    Repr.from : St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1896, xxiii.
MoliilS  (William).   MvoitoTouia; or,  the ana-
  tomical administration of all  the muscles of an
  humane body, as  they arise in  dissection; as also
  an aualitical table, reducing each muscle to his
  use and  part.  Collected  for private use,  and
  published  for the general good of all  practi-
  tioners in  the  said  art.  <> p.  1., Ill pp., interl.
  24u.   London, E.  Husband, 1648.
Molitor (Eduard).   * Ueber die mit  Zerreissung
  der Arteria brachialis complicirten  Luxationen
  des Ellenbogengelenks und die  dabei vorkom-
  meuden  ischaemischen Muskelverauderungen.
  [Heidelberg.]  23 pp.   8°.  Tubingen, H. Laupp,
  1889.
    Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir.,  Tubing., 1889, v.
Molitor   (Frauciscus  Georgius  Joseph. Gui-
  lielinus).
    See Treyling (Joh. Jacobus).  Alteratio  microcosmi
  therapentica. am. 4°.   Ingolstadii, 1726.
Molk (Alfred-Louis-Conrad).  * Des tumeurs con-
  g6uitals  de I'extr6mit6.   1 p. 1., 116  pp., 3 pi.
  4°.  Strasbourg, 1868, 3. s., No. 106.
Molk (Marcel).   * Kritik der vaginalen uud  ab-
  doniinalen totalen  Hysterectomie in Fallen von
  Fibroinvoinen.  127 pp.  8°.   Strassburg i.  E.,
  J. Singer, 1901.
Molkenooer (J. H.)  lets aangaande de Bras-
  sica oleracea costata nepenthiformis Dec.  20
  pp., 1 pi.  8C.  [Leiden, 1838.]
Molkenknrort (Der) Streitberg in der friinki-
  schen Schweiz.   11 pp.  8°.   Erlangen,  Junge 4~
  Cohu, [1881].
Molkerei - Zeitung.   Hrsg.  vou  Hermann
  Laessig.    [Weekly.]   v. 14-15, 1904-5.   fol.
  Berlin.
    Current.
Moll (A.  C. H.)   Die oberen Luftwege und ihre
  Infektion.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1902, No. 341 (In-
  nere Med., No. 101, 823).
Moll (Albert) [1862-     ].  Der Hypnotismus.
  vii, 279 pp.  8°.  Berlin, Fischer, 1889.
-----.  The same.  2. vermehrte und umgearbei-
  tete Aufl.  vii,  352 pp.  8°.  Berlin,  Fischer,
  1890.
-----.  The same.   3.  Aufl.  viii, 380 pp.   8°.
  Berlin, Fischer, 1895.
-----.  The  same.   Hypnotism,  xii,  410  pp.
  12°.  London,  W. Scott, 1890.
-----.  The same.   5.  ed.  xiv,  448  pp.   12°.
  London $■ New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1901.
-----.  Die contrare Sexualeinpfindung; mit Be-
  nutzung  amtlichen Materials; mit einem Vor-
  wort von R. von  Krafft-Ebing.  xvi, 296 pp. 8C.
  Berlin, Fischer, 1891.
-----.  The same.   2.  Aufl.  xiv,  394  pp.  8°.
  Berlin, Fischer, 1893.
-----.  The same.   Les perversions  de l'instinct
  genital.   Etude  sur 1'inversion sexuelle, biisee
  sur  des  documents ofhciels.  Avec une preface
  du  Dr.  K. A.  Krafft-Ebing.  Trad,  de l'alle- 
MOLL.
16
MOLLER.
Moll (Albert)—continued.
  niand par le Dr. Pactet et le Dr. Romme.   3. ed.
  ix, 10-326 pp.,  1  ].  8°.   Paris, G. Carre, 1893.
------.  The same.   I pervertiuienti sessuali, psi-
  copatia, patologia, terapeutica.   Psicopatia ses-
  suale.   Uranismo e prostituzione mascolina nei
  tempi  antichi e moderni dal lato sociale e ses-
  Biiale.   Studio sull' inversione sessuale, con pre-
  fazione del  Dott. R. von Kraftt-Ebing.  .1. ed.
  italiana,  eseguita sulla  5. francese.   80 pp.
  roy. 8  .  Roma, frat. Capaccini,  1897.
------.  Ist die Elektrotherapie eine wisseuschaft-
  liche Heilmethode?  30 pp.  8°.  Berlin, 1891.
     Forms 41. Hft. of:  Berl. Klinik.
------.  Der  Rapport  iu  der  Hypuose: Unter-
  suchungen iiber den thierischen Magnetismus.
  242 pp.  8°.   Leipzig, A. Abel, 1892.
     Forms 3. and 4. Hft. of: Schrift. d. Gesellscb. f. psychol.
  Forsch., 8°, Leipz., 1891-2.
------.  Untersuchungen iiber die Libido sexua-
  lis.  v. 1.   xv, 872  pp.   8°.   Berlin, Fischer,
  189[7]-8.
------.  Das nervose Weib. 226 pp.,  1 1.   8°.
  Berlin, F. Fontane 4' Co., 1898.
------.  Die iirzliche  Bedeutung  des Hypnotis-
  mus.   12 pp.  e°.  Berlin,  Vogel 4~ Kreienbrink,
  iy02.
------.  Aerztliche  Ethik.   Die Pflichten des
  Arztes iu alien  Beziehungen seiner Thatigkeit.
  xiv, 050 pp.  8°.  Stuttgart, F.  Enke, 1902.
------.   Gesundbelen.   Medizin  und Okkultis-
  nius.   47 pp.  8°.   Berlin, H. Walther, 1902.
------.   Die  Uuzuverlassigkeit  unserer  Sinnes-
  wahrnehmungen.   pp. 198-200.   fol.  Leipzig,
  1903.
     Cutting from: Garteulaube, Leipz., 1903.
------.   Sexuelle  Perversionen, Geisteskrankheit
  und Zurechnungsfahigkeit. 32 pp.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, L.  Simion Nf., 1905.
     Forms 15. Hft. of: Mod. arztl. Biblioth.
Moll (Alfred).   Augenleiden bei  einigen acuten
  Infectionskrankbeiten.   22 pp.  8°.   Berlin,
  189S.
     Forms 122. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik.
Moll (Authonius) [1786-1843].
     See A■■ sella  (Luigi).  De jonge arts aan het ziekbed.
  8°.  Oorinchem, 1827.
Moll (Fridericus C.)  * De pharmaco-posologia
  remedioruni simpliciter narcoticorum.   26 pp.,
  11.  8°.   Vindobona; 1835.
Moll (Gustav  Wilhelm) [1870-    ].   * Ueber
  einen Fall von Aorten-Aneurysma bei  Tabes
  dorsalis.  21 pp.  8°.  Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1898.
Moll (J. W.)   Observations on karyokiuesis  in
  spirogyra.   36  pp., 2 pi.   8°.   Amsterdam,  J.
  Miiller, 1893.
    Forms no. 9, 2. sect., d. 1, of: Verhandel. d. k. Acad. v.
  Wetensch., Amst.
Moll (Jacobus), jun.  * De nonnullis partus dif-
  ticilioris  causis  dynaniicis  in corpore  materuo
  quaerendis.   [Lugd.  Bat.]   1  p. ]., 47  pp.   4°.
  [Daventriw, I.  P. de Lonye,  1827.]   [Also, in : P.,
  v. 2067.]
Moll (Jan Jacob).    *Oubevoegde  uitoefeuing
  der geneeskunde.   (Artt. 1 en 18, Wet 1, Juni
  1865 (No. 60), jo. 436 S. w. b.)    [Leiden.]  103
  pp., 1 1.  's-Gravenhage, Mouton 4' Co., 1889.
Moll (J[oh.]  C[hristoph]  Albert)  [1817-    .]
  Johannes Stonier von  Justingen;  ein  Charac-
  terbild  aus  dem  ersten   Halbjahrhuudert der
  I'niversitat Tubingen,  ix, 11-77 pp., 1 1., port.
  8°.  Lindau,J. T.  Stettner,  1877.
Moll (Ludwig).    * Beitrag zur  pathologischen
  Auatomie des Milzbrauds. 20 pp.  8W.  Wiirz-
  burg, P. Scheiner, lr-90.
Moll (Nicolaus).   *De vulneribus.   111.   4°.
  Jence, typ. J. Nisii, 1653.
Moll (Rudolf).  "Beitrage  zur Kenntniss basi-
  scherZinksalze.  [Erlangen.]  35 pp.  8°.  Han-
  norer, T. Schafer, 1892.
Mol lard (Charles-Louis) [1789-1865].
    Carte.  TS'ecrologie.  J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1865,
  xxxii, 80.
Mollard  (Edouard) [1863-   ].   *Parallele
  entre la fievre rhnmatismale et le  rhumatisme
  chronique.  60 i>p.   4  .  Paris, 1>90, No. 98.
Mollard (Joseph) [1863-     ].  *De la myocar-
  dite segmentaire esseutielle  et principalement
  de la forme senile  de  cette  affection.   187  pp.
  4°.   Lyon, 1889, No. 492.
Mollatll  (Georg).   * Klinisch-expet inieiitelle
  Untersuchungen iiber  die  wehenern-  i.de und
  -befordernde Wirkung des elektrischeu Schropf-
  kopfes.    [Strasburg. ]   38 pp.  8°.  Wien,  L.
  Bergmann 4' Co., 1891.
Molle.  L'homme droit et l'homme gauche,  au
  point de vue patliologique.  Essai de systeiuati-
  sation des lesions de quelques affections, et en
  particulier de  la tuberculose pulmonaire.   73
  pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Paris, A. Maloine, 1905.
Molle (Jules) [1868-    ].    *Note  sur  un  cas
  d'osteomydlite  des  adolescents  a  terminaison
  foudroyante par uieleena, et apercus sur l'iufec-
  tioii  stapbylococcienne  et ses niauifestations he"-
  morragiques.  63 pp.  4^-.   Lyon,  1*94, No. 977.
Moller (A. P.)   Sundhedsvassenets Ordning ved
  den  diinske Hair paa Garnisousfod.   Systema-
  tisk  freinstellet ei'ter de gjaddende  Forskrifter.
  [Regulations  for  the  sanitary service  of  the
  Danish army on garrison duty. Systematically
  presented according to rules at present in force.]
  2. ed.  xiii, 1 1., 558 pp.  8°.  Nyborg, V. SchQ-
  nemann, 1891.
Miller (Arnold) [1869-    ].  Meuneskelegemet
  og dets Livsvirksonihed.  [The human organism
  and  its vital activity.]  12 pp.  12°.   [KUben-
  havn], J. Ersler, 1902.
------. Sundhed og Livsnydelse.  [Health  and
  the enjoyment  of life.]  1:55 pp.  8C.   Kj0ben-
  havn, Gyldendalske Boghandtl, 1903.
Miller (H.J.)  Kort over Danmarks Apotheker.
  Sammenstillet  og  udgivet.    [Aputliecaries  of
  Denmark.  Compiled and  published.]  15  pp.,
  1 map.  8°.  Kj^benhavn, A. Rosenberg, 1896.
    See, also, Oram ([Hans]  Christian [Joachim]), IMol-
  ler (H. J.), Steenbuch (Ch.)  Proverne i Pharmaco-
  pcea Danica 1893.  8°.  Ejebenhavn, 1894.
Moller (Hans Ludwig Leopold Hermann) [1871-
      ].   * Ueber  Erkraukungen des  Gehorappa-
  rates infolge starker Geriiusche (besonders beim
  Abfeuern  von  Geschiitzen).   38 pp., 1 1.   e>-\
  Leipzig,  A. Edelmaun, [1905].
Moller (Joh. [Christian]) [ 1835-1902]. Den civile
  Medicinallovgivningi K0ngeriyet Danmarkmed
  nordlige Bilande og Kolonier, eller  kronologisk
  Samling af dersteds gjaddende Mediciualvsese-
  uet vedkommende Love, Anordninger samt audre
  otfentlige Aktstykker,  med  udf'0rligt Sagreo-is-
  ter.   1873-89.   [The civil medical legislation of
  tlie  Kingdom of Denmark, with adjoining north-
  ern  territories and  colonies, or chronologic col-
  lection  of the  valid medical laws,  regulations
  and other public acts, with  a complete  index ]
  2v.  xi, 521 pp.; 728 pp., 11.  12°.   EMenhavn,
  F. H. Eibe, 1882-95.
------. Det kongelige Sundhedskollegium For-
  handlmger  i Aarene 1881-2.  [Proceedings of
  the Royal Medical College for the years  18*1-2 1
  2 v.  8°.  Kj0benhavn, 1889-93.
    For Biography,  see  Militaerlaegen, Kjebenh., 1902, x,

Miller  (J0rgen)  [1868-    ].  Unders0gelser
  over den komparative anatomi af larynxmusku-
  latureu hos  pattedyrene med saerligt  henblik 
MOLLER.
17
MOLLUSCA.
Miller (J0rgen)—continued.
  pa. mennesket.   [Researches on the comparative
  anatomy of the muscles of the larynx  in  the
  mammalia, particularly in  man.]   3  p.  1.,  176
  pp., 7 pi.  4°.  Kpbenkarn, J. Frimodt, 1901.
Miller (P[eter]_).
    See  Betsenkning og Forslag [etc.]. 8°.  [Christi-
  ania, 1855.] —I,mid  (Otto), tloiler (P.) &.  Thnnlow
  (H.)  Betaenkning [etc.].  12\ Christiania, 1855.
Moller  (Sebastianus).   Themata de dysenteria
  et dolere colico.  Respondebunt Fredeiicus Mol-
  lerius, HenricusCunitius, Godfrid Srhnioll, Fran-
  ciscnsOmichius.   151.   4°.  Francofurti Marchi-
  onum, J. Eiehorn, 1607.
M01ler  (Sophus  [Carl  Abraham  Theodor])
  [1840-    ].
    See Magnus (H[erman] R[udolph Sophus Julius]) &
  Miller (Sophus). Haaudbog for Laeger. 8:.  Aalborg
  1898.—Tillseg til Haaudbog for Distriktsheger, [etc.]
  [in 1. s.].  8°. Kjebenhavn, 1891.
Mollerean (H.), Porcher (Ch.) &  Nicolas
  (E.)  Vade-mecum  du v6t6rinaire.  ix, 250 pp.
  12°.   Paris, Asselin 4- Houzeau, 1904.
Mollerilis (Fredericus).
    &c xtlnllrr  iSeb.)  Themata de dysenteria et dolore
  colico.  4:.  Francofurti Marchionum, 1607.
Molleson  (I[van]  I[vanovich])   [1842-    ].
  Derevrnskiya  be.siedl o kholerle.   [Rural con-
  versations  on  cholera.]  4tf pp.   12 \  Saratov,
  1-92.
    Also, Editor of: Saratovskiy sauitarniy obzor, 1891-
  94, i-iv.
Mollier (Paul).  *De  l'hydrogene bi-earbone
  considere comme  une base analogue  a l'ammo-
  niaque.  8 pp.  4°.  Paris,  Poussielgue, 1839.
  [P., v. 1712.]
    35cole de pharmacie.
Molliere (Daniel) [1848-90].  Lecons de clini-
  que  chirurgicale  profess^es a  l'H6tel-Dieu  de
  Lyon.  Recueillies  par ses internes  et  revues
  par  le  professeur  ...   ix (1 1.),  494 pp.  8°.
  Paris, G. Masson,  1h-h.
------.   Note sur la  resection du genou.   6  pp.
  8-.  [Lyon, F.  Plan, l-'rK]
    For Biography, see Lyon med., 1890, lxiii, 135-137 (P.
  Anbert).
Molliere (Humbert) [1846-98].   Etude  sur le
  vomissement dans les  maladies chroniques  du
  cerveau.  (Paralysie g^u6rale et tumeurs.)   78
  pp.,  2 1., 1 pi.   8°.   Lyon,  A.  Vingtrinier, 1874.
  [P., v. 2263.]
-----.   De la septicemic sans  plaie exte*rieure.
  24 pp.  8°.  Lyon,  Giraud, 1883.
-----.  Etude  d'bistoire uie"dicale.   Un pre"cur-
  seur lyonaais des  theories microbiennes.  J.-B.
  Goiffon et la nature anime~e de la peste.   152 pp.,
  2 pi.  8°.  Bale, Lyon J Geneve, H. Georg, [1886].
------.  Un  mot  d'historique  sur  l'ip6ca.   Le
  mar6chal de  Villars  et la  pondre  d'Helvetius.
  14 pp.  8°.  Lyon, Geneve 4' Bale, H. Georg, 1889.
------.   Siatistique   gallo-romaine.  Recherches
  sur revaluation de  la population des  Gaules
  et de  Lugdunum,  et  la dur£e de la vie chez les
  habitants de  cette ville, du  ier au iv siecle.  102
  pp.  roy. 8 .   Lyon, A.  Cote, 1892.
    For Biography, see  Janus, Amst., 1898, iii,  156-158
  (P. Aubert). Also: Lyon med., 1898,  lxxxviii, 28-31 (P.
  Anbert).
jtfollin.
    See  Skin (Diseases of, Treatment of).
Mollin  (Lucien) [1^62-    ].  'Contribution a
  l'etude  des anevrysmes arteriels de la main, et
  de leur  traitement par  la methode  de  Purmann.
  66 pp., 2 1.   4°. Lyon,  1890, No. 521.
de Mollins  (Jean).  Hygiene  publiqne.   Les
  eaux  d'6gont  industrielles et ni6nageres, leur
  epuration  chimique  et  agrieole.  Dangers  des
  irrigations.   133 pp.  8°.  Lille,  L.  Danel, 1891.
    Repr. from: Bull. Soc. indust.  dn nord.
        VOL  XI, 2d series---2
MolliSOil (Theodor).   *Ueber die auatomischen
  Veriinderungender Haut bei Scharlach.   27 pp.
  8°.   Freiburg i. B., E. Kuttruff, 1898.
Molloff(D).
    Editor of: PMeriitsinaki naprledok, Sofia, 1900-1902.
VI o IS11 ^ 4 : i.
    See, also, Amphineura; Bojanus (Organ of);
  Cephalopoda; Chiton; Cymbuliopsis;  Den-
  talium;  Gadinia;  Helix; Mussels; Oysters.
    Binney (A.)  Description of some  of the spe-
  cies of naked air-breathing mollusca  inhabiting
  the United States.  8°.   [Boston, 1842.]
    Repr.from: Boston J. Nat. Hist., 1842.
    Bohmig  (L.)   * Beitrage zur  Kenntuiss des
  Centralnervensystems einiger pnlmonaten Gas-
  teropoden : Helix  pomatia uud Limnaea stagna-
  lis.   8C.  Leipzig,  1883.
    Collingwood  (C. )   Remarks upou  some
  points in the economy of  the  nudibranchiate
  mollusca.  8°.  [n. p., 1861.]
    Dall (W. H.)   A  preliminary catalogue  of
  the shell-bearing marine mollusks and brachio-
  pods of the soutbeastern coast  of the  United
  States, with illustrations of many of the species.
  8°.   Washington, 1889.
    ------.  Instructions  for collecting mollusks,
  and other useful hints for the couchologist. 8°.
  Washington, 1892.
    Dubois (R.)  Anatomie et physiologie com-
  parers de la pholade dactyle; structure, locomo-
  tion, tact, olfaction, gustation, vision  dermatop-
  tique, photogeuie; avec une theorie g^n^rale des
  sensations.  8°.   Paris, 1*92.
    Fournier(E.)  Memoire sur la composition
  chimiques des mollnsques, considere dans ses
  rapports avec leur emploi medical. 8°.   [Paris,
  n. d. ]
    Griesbach  (H.)  * Ueber das Gefasssystem
  und die Wasseraufnahme bei  den Najaden und
  Mytiliden.   Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie und Phy-
  siologie der Lamellibiiinchiaten.  [Basel.] 8-.
  Leipzig, 1883.
    Haseloff (B.)   * Ueber den Krystallstiel der
  Muscheln, nach  Untersuchungen verschiedeuer
  Arten der Kieler Bucht.   [Kiel.]  8C.  Osterode
  a. H, 1888.
    Lang  (A. )   Lehrbuch  der  vergleichenden
  Anatomie der wirbellosen Thiere.  1. Lfg. Mol-
  luska.   2. Lfg. Protozoa.  8°.  Jena, 1888-94.
    -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.  Jena, 1900-
  1901.
    -----.  The same.   Traite" d'anatomie com-
  par6e et de zoologie.  Trad, de  1'allemaud par
  G. Cnrtel.  Fasc. 1 & 2.   8~.  Paris,  1891-2.
    -----.  The same.  Text-book of compara-
  tive anatomy,  with reference to  the  Euglish
  translation, by F.  Haeckel.  Transl. into Eng-
  lish by H. M. Bernard and Matilda Bernard.  2
  pts.  8°.  London 4- New York, lr91-6.
    Lea (I.)   Description  of  four  new species  of
  exotic Uniones.  8'-.  Philadelphia, lH5t>.
    Repr.from: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1856.
    Letellier (A.)   # Theses presentees a la Fa-
  culte des sciences de  Paris.   I. Etude  de  la
  function uriuaire chez les mollnsques accphales
  II. Propositions donuees par la  Faculte.  [Pa-
  ris.]  8°.   Poitiers, 1887.
    Loisel (G.)   * Les  cartilages linguaux des
  mollnsques (structure  et developpemeut histo-
  genique).  4°.   Paris, 1893.
    Also, in: J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xxix,
  466-522.
    Margo (T.)  Ueber die Muskclfasern der Mol-
  lusken.  Eiu Beitrag zur vergleichenden Struc-
  tur- und  Eutwicklungs-Lehre des Muskelgewe-
  bes.  8°.  Wien, 1860.
    Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d.Wissensch.  Math.-
  naturw. CI., Wien, 1860, xxxix. 
MOLLUSCA.
18
MOLLUSCA.
Mollusca.
    Mendthal (M.)   * Untersuchungen iiber die
  Mollnsken und  Aiineliden  des  frischen  Haffs.
  4 .   Konigsberg, 1~*9.
    Moritz  ( P.)   * Ueber die Funktion der so-
  genannten ''Leber" der Molluskeu.   8°.   Jena,
  1899.
    Mouse  (E. S.)   A  comparison between  the
  ancient and  modern  molluscan fauna of Omori,
  Japan.  4-.   [Tokio, 1879.]
    Repr.from: Mem. ScienceDep.,Univ.Tokio, Japan, 1879.
    -----.   The  gradual  dispersion  of certain
  mollusks iu New England.  8C.   [n. p., 1880.]
    Reinhard  ([G.  G.]  C.)    * Untersucbungeu
  iiber die  Molluskenfauna  des  Rupelthons  zu
  Itzehoe.   8°.   Kiel, 1896.
    Rossmassler(E. A.)  Iconographie der Land-
  Susswassei-Molluskeu mit vorziiglicher Beriick-
  sichtigung der europaischeu noch nicht abgebil-
  deten Arten,  fortgesetzt von  W. Kobelt.   Neue
  Folge.   Erster Supplement-Baud: H. Rolle und
  W. Kobelt.   Beitrage  zur  Molluskenfauna  des
  Orients, dritte und vierte 1 ieferung.   Colorirte
  Ausgabe.   8C.  Wiesbaden, 1895.
    Rouzaud (H.)   Recherches sur le de'veloppe-
  meut des organes genitaux de quelques gastdro-
  podes heruia)dirodites.   Nouv. serie.   Memoire
  No.  1.   8°.   Montpellier, 1885.
    Stiebel(S.)  * Diss, sistens limnei stagnalis
  anatomen.  4°.   Gottingat, 1815.
    Tiessen (E. [G.])    * Die subhercyne Tourtia
  und ihre  Brachiopoden- und  Mollusken-Fauna.
  8°.  Berlin, [1895].
    Van  Benhdkx (P.-J.)   Recherches sur les
  bryozoaires de la mer du Nord (suite), le projet
  d'une classification des animaux de ce groupe.
  8°.  [Bruxelles, 1*49.]
    Repr. from: Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg., Brux., xv,
  no. 12.
    Wackwitz (J.)  * Beitrage zur Histologic der
  Mollusken-Muskulatur, speciell   der  Heteropo-
  den  und Pteropodeu.  8C.   Breslau,  1893.
    Cutting [with title-page] from: Zool.  Beitr., iii,  129-160.
    Abrie (P.)   Sur  un nouveau doridien de Winiereux.
  Compt -rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.,  1904, lvii, 232-234.—
  Amaudriit (A.)  Structure et mecanisme du bulbe chez
  les mollnsques.  Compt. rt-nd. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1897,
  cxxiv, 243-245.—Baker (F. C.)  The molluscan fauna
  of the Genesee River.  Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1901, xxxv,
  659-664.—Barroii  (T.)  Le stylet cristallin des lamel-
  libranches.   Rev. biol. du nord de la France. Lille, 1888-9,
  i, 124; 161;  263,  2 pi.—Bergh (R.)   Ueber die Verwandt;
  schaftsbeziehungen  der Onchidieu.   Morphol.  Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1884-5,  x, 172-181.  -----.  Die Titiscanien,  eine
  Familieder rhipidoglossen Gasteropodeu. Ibid., 1890, xvi,
  1-26, 3 pi.—Bernard (F.)  Sur le manteau des Gaste-
  ropodes prosobranches et les organes  qui  en dependent.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvi, 681-683.—Ber-
  (hold (A. A.)  Ueber das  Nervenhalsband einiger Mol-
  luskeu.   Arch. f. Anat., Phvsiol. u.  wissensch. Med.,
  Berl., 1835, 378-384,  1  nl.-Biedrrinami (W.)   Unter-
  suchungen  iiber Bau und  Entstebung der Mollusken-
  schalen.  Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1901, n. F.,
  xxix, 1-164, 6 pi.-----. Ueber die Bedeutung von Krys-
  tallisationsprozessen bei der Bildung der Skelette witbel-
  loser Tiere, namentlich der Molluskenschalen.  Ztschr. f.
  allg.  Physiol., Jena,  1902, i, 154-208, 6 pi.—Bottazzi (F.)
  Ricberche fisiologicbe e chimiche sulla digestione  nei Gas-
  teropodi marini (Aplysia limacina). Atti d. Accad. med.-
  fis. fiorent. 1901, Firenze,  1902,  36-40. — Bontan  (L.)
  Contribution  a l'etude de  la masse  nerveuse ventrale
  (cordons  palleaux-visceraux) et de la  collerette de la fis-
  surelle.   [Resume.]   Rev. biol.  du nord de la  France,
  Lille, 1888-9, i, 272-J76. —Bouvier (E.-L.)   Observations
  sur les gasteropodes opisthobranches  de  la familie des
  actosonides.  Bull. Soc. philoniat. de Par., 1892-3, 8. s., v,
  64-71.—de Bi-uyne.  De  la  phagocytose  observed, snr
  le  vivaut, dans les branchies des mollusques  lamelli-
  braucbes.  Compt.  rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvi,
  65-68.—Bnchholz (R.)  Bemerkungen iiber den histolo-
  gischen  Bau des Centralnervensystems der Siisswasser-
  mollusken.   Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med.,
  Berl. u. Leipz.. 1863, 234-309.—Carazzi (D.)  Contribute
  all' istologia e alia fisiologiad ei Lainellibranchi. Monitore
  zool.  ital., Firenze, 1896 vii. 169: 1897, viii,  117.—Cutlu-
  ueo  (G.)  Sulla mori'ologia delle cellule ameboidi  dei mol-
iVIolliisca.
  luschi  e artropodi.  Boll, scient.,  Pavia, 1889,  xi, 3; 33,
  ,2 pi.—Clnus (C.)  Bemerkungen uber marine Ostracoden
  aus den Familien der Cypridinen und Halocypriden.  Arb.
  a. d. zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien, 1888, viii, 149-154.—Cock-
  erel I  (T. D. A.)  Pigments of nudibranchiate  mollusca.
  Nature, Lond., 1901-2,  lxv, 79 — Conklin <E. G.)  The
  embryology of Crepidula, a contribution to the cell lineage
  and early development of  some marine gasteropoda.  J.
  Morphol.,  Boat., 1897, xiii, no.  1, 1-226, 9 pi. —Cooke
  (A. H. )  Molluscs.  Cambridge Nat. Hist., Lond, 1895,
  iii, 1-459.—Couvreiir (E.) Sur le sang des  mollusques
  gasteropodes niarins.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de  biol., Par..
  1902, 11. s.,  iv,  1251.—Crampton  (H. E.) Experimental
  studies on  gasteropod  development.  Arch.  f. Entwck-
  lngsmecbn. d. Organ., Leipz.,  1896,  iii, 1-19, 4 pi.—Cue-
  not (L.)  Le sang et la glande lymphatique des aplysies.
  Compt  rend.  Acad. d. sc,  Par.,  1890, ex, 724.  -----.
  Etudes pbvsiologiques  sur les  gasteropodes  pulmones.
  Arch, de biol., Gaud, 1892,  xii, 683-740, 1 pi. -----. L'ex-
  cretiou chez les mollusques.   Ibid., Liege & Par., 1899-
  1900, xvi, 49-96, 2 pi.—Bale  (W.  H.)  Scientific results
  of explorations by the U. S.  Fish Commission steamer
  Albatross.  No. xxiv. Report on mollusca and brachiopoda
  dredged in deep water, chiefly  near the Hawaiian Islands,
  with illustrations  of hitherto  unfigured species from
  Northwest America.  Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1895,
  xvii, 675-733, 10 pi.—Development (The) of a mollusk.
  Scient. Amer., N. Y., 1905, xcii, 500.—Engcl (W.)  Be-
  richtigung und Erganzung zur Untersuchung der Eischa-
  len  der Aplysia.  Ztschr.  f. Biol.,  Miinclieu  u. Leipz.,
  1891-2,  n. F., x, 345-3.")2.—il'Erlnnger  (R.)  Etudes sur
  le developpement des gasteropodes pulmones, faites au
  laboratoire de Heidelberg.  Arch, de biol., Gaud & Leipz.,
  1895-6,  xiv, 127-138, 1 pi. -----. Zusatze zu meiner Ueber-
  sicht der sogenannten Urnieren der Gasteropoden.  Biol.
  Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1898, xviii, 11-16.— *'ol (H.)  Sur la
  structure microscopique  des  muscles  des  mollusques.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1888, cvi, 306-308.—Fren-
  zcl (J.) Zur Biologie von Dreissensia polymorpha Pallas.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxvii, 163-188.—Gar.
  nault (P.)  Sur  la  structure et  le developpement de
  l'ceuf et de son follicule chez les Chitonides.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1887, cv, 621-623.—Griesbuch. Ue-
  ber das Blut der acephalen  Mollusken.  Verhandl. d. Ge-
  sellsch.deutsch.Naturf.u. Aerzte 1890, Leipz., 1891,Ixiii, pt.
  2, 131-133.—Grobbcn (C.) Zur Morphologie des Fusses
  der Heteropoden.  Arb. a. d. zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien,
  1886-8,  vii, 221-232. -----.  Die Pericardialdriise der Gas
  tropoden.  Ibid., 1890, ix, 35-56, 1 pi.-----. Heitrage zur
  Kenntniss des Banes von  Cuspidaria (Neaera) cuspidata
  Olivi, nebst Betrachtungen iiber das System der Lamelli-
  branehiaten.  Ibid., 1892-3, x,  101-146, 4 pi.—Guiart (J.)
  Les cenlresnerveux visceraux  del'Aphsie.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s.,  ii, 42(>.—Haller (B.) Die
  Morpliologieder Prosobranchier, gesammelt auf einerErd-
  umsegelung durch  die konigl. italienische Korvette Vet-
  tor Pisani.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1891-2. xviii, 451-543,
  7 pi. -----. Die Anatomie von Siphonaria gigas, Less.,
  eines opisthobranchen Gasteropoden.  Arb. a. d. zool. Inst.
  d. Univ. Wien, 1892-3, x, 71-100, 3 pi. -----. Beitrage zur
  Kenntnis der Placophoren.  Morphol. Jalu b., Leipz.. 1894,
  xxi, 28-39. 1 pi.—Herdmmi  (W.  A.)  On  the structure
  and functions of the cerata  or dorsal papillae in some nudi-
  brachiate mollusca.  Quart, J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1890-91,
  xxxi, 41-63, 5 pi.—Huxley (T.  H.)   On the morphology
  of the cephalous mollusca,  as  illnstrated by the anatomy
  of certain Heteropoda and Pteropoda collected  during the
  voyage of H.M. S. Rattlesnake  in 1846-50.  Phil. Tr.,Lond.,
  1853, cxliii, 29-65, 5 pi.  Also, in  his:  Scient.  Mem.. 8°,
  Lond.,  1898,  152-193, 4 pi.—Jenkins (O. P.) & Carlson
  (A. J.)  The rate of nervous impulse in certain molluscs.
  Am. J. Physiol.,  Bost., 1902-3, viii,  251-268. — Kellogg
  (J. L.)  A contribution to our  knowledge of the niorphol-
  ogv of lamellibranchiate mollusks.  Bull. U. S. Fish Com.
  1890, Wash., 1892, x, 389-436. — Klotz (J.)   Beitrag zur
  Eutwicklungsgeschichte und  Anatomie des Gescblechts-
  apparates von  Lymnaeus.  Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw.,
  Jena, 1888,  n.  F., xvi, 1-40, 2 pi. — Kiinkel ( K.)  Die
  Wasseraufuahme, bei Nacktschnecken. Zool. Anz., Leipz.,
  1899, xxii, 388; 401.—Janssens (F.)  Les  brancbies des
  acephales.  Cellule, Lierre  & Louvain, 1893, ix, 1-90, 4 pi.—
  Jousseaume.   Mollusques terrestres; Clausila, Kho-
  dea et Hulimus Sud-Americauae.  Bull. Soc. philoniat. de
  Par., 1899-1900,  9. s.. ii, 5-44, 1 pi. — de l.ncaze-Bu-
  thicrs (F.-J.-H.)  Observations sur 1'anatnniie des mol-
  lusques.  [Abstr.]   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc..  Par., 1858,
  xlvii, 261. -----. Syateme nerveux de gasteropodes (type
  Aplysie, Aplysia depilans et A. fasciata).  Ibid.. 1887. cv,
  978-982.—Lankester (E. R.)  Note on the  co-lom and
  vascular system of mollusca  and  arthropoda.  Quart. J.
  Micr. Sc, Lond., 1892-3, n. s., xxxiv. 427-432.—liebert
  (H.)  Beobachtungen iiber die Mundorgane einiger Gas-
  teropoden.   Arch. f. Anat., Phvsiol.  u. wissensch. Med.,
  Leip/.., 1846, 435-477, 3  pi.— Leger (L.) & Giard  (A.)
  Sur la  pr6sence des coccidies  chez les mollusques lamelli-
  branches.  Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 
MOLLUSCA.
19
MOLLUSCUM.
mollusca.
  987.—lietellier (A.)  La fonction urinaire s'exerce, chez
  les mollusques aceiiliales, par I'organe de Bojanus et par
  les glandes de Keber et de Grobbeu.   Compt. rend. Acad.
  d. sc,  Par., 1891. cxii, 56-58.—Lorrnz (L.)  Ueber die
  Organisation der Gattungen Axine und Microcotyle.  Arb.
  a. d. zool.  Inst. d.  Univ. Wien,  1878, i, 405-441. 3 pi.—
  lioven (S.)   Uebei dieEntwickelungder kopfloseu Mol-
  luskeu.  Arch. f. Anat.,Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl.
  1848, 531-561.— MaeMunn (C. A.)   On the hajmatopor-
  phyriu of Solecurtus strigillatus.  J. Physiol., Cambridge,
  1887,  viii,  384-390,  1 pi.  -----. On the gastric gland  of
  mollusca and decapod  Crustacea;  its structure and func-
  tions.   [Abstr.]  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, lxiv, 436-
  439. -----. On the gastric gland of mollusca and decapod
  cruitacea; its structure and functions.  Phil. Tr., Lond.,
  1900, cxciii, s. B., 1-34, 4 pi—Mnzzurelli (G. F.)  Sul
  valore fisiologico della vescicola  di  Swammerdam delle
  Aplysia? (tasca copulatrice di Meckel).  Zool. Anz., Leipz.,
  1890, xiii, 391-399. -----. Sur la pretendu ceil anal des lar-
  ves des opisthobrancb.es.   [From: Atti  d. r. Accad.  d.
  Liucei, 1892, cclxxxix.)  Arcn. ital. de biol., Turin, 1892-3,
  xviii,  373-379. -----. Bemerkungen iiber die Analniere
  der freilebenden Larven der Opisthobranchier. Biol. Ceu-
  tralbl., Leipz., 1898, xviii, 767-774. -----. Notesulla mor-
  fologia  dei gasteropodi  tectibranchi.   Ibid.. 1899,  xix,
  497; 615: 1900, xx, 110. -----. Ricerche intorno alia strut-
  tura delle larve libere dei gasteropodi opistobranchi.  R.
  Ist. Lomb. disc, elett.  Rendic, Milano, 1902, 2. s., xxxv,
  715-7Y2.— Meisenheiiuer (J.)   Ueber die  Entwicklung
  von Herz, Niere uud Genitalorganeu bei Cyclas im Ver-
  haltuiss za den iibrigen Molluskeu.   Sitzuugsb. d. Gesell-
  sch. z. Befoul, d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1900),1901, 86-88.—
  Mendel  ( L. B. )  & Bradley ( H.  C. )  Experimental
  studies on the physiology of the molluscs.  Am. J. Phys-
  iol., Bost., 1905, xiii, 17: xiv, 313— Monti (C. Rina).  Su la
  fina struttura dello stomaco dei gasteropodi  terrestri.  R.
  Ist. Lomb. d. sc. e lett.   Rendic, Milano, 1899, 2. 8., xxxii,
  1086-1097.  -----. Su le ghiandole salivari dei gasteropodi
  nei diversi periodi funzionali. Boll, scient., Pavia, 1899,
  xxi, 19-25.  Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899-
  1900, xxxii, 357-369.—Moynier de Villepoix (R.) Note
  sur le mode de production des formations calcaires du test
  des mollusques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9.
  8., iv,  pt. 2, 35-42. -----. Recherches sur la formation et
  l'accroissement  de  la coquille des mollusques. J. de l'a-
  nat. et ]iliysiol.[etc.],Par., 1892, xxviii, 461;  582, 4 pi.—de
  IVabins (B.)  Structure du systeme nerveux des gaste-
  ropodes.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s.,  v,
  pt. 2, 155-163.—Osborn (H. L.)  On  the molluscan gill.
  [Abstr.]  Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. Bait., 1884, iii, 128.
  -----. Of the gill in some forms of proso-branchiate mol-
  lusca.  Johns Hopkins Univ.  Stud.  biol. lab., Bait., 1884,
  iii, 37-48, 3 pi.—Pappenlieim & Berlhelen.  Sur un
  procede propre  k rendre  sensible  le trajet des fibres ner-
  venses dans la substance musculaire des gast6ropodes.
  [Abstr.]  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1848, xxvi, 338.
  ■      -----. Sur l'organisation des mollusques gastero-
  podes.  Ibid., 445.—Pelsencer (P.)  L'innervation de
  l'osphradium des mollusques.  Ibid., 1889, cix, 534.  -----.
  Sur l'identite do composition du systeme nerveux central
  des peleeypodes et des autres mollusques.  Ibid., 1890, cxi,
  245. -----. Contribution k l'etude, des lamellibranches.
  Arch, de biol.,  Gaud, 1891, xi, 147-312,  24 pi. -----. Les
  organes des sens chez les mollusques.   Ann. Soc. beige de
  micr., Brux., 1891, xvi, 37-55.  -----. Sur l'oeil dequelques
  mollusques gastropodes.  Ibid., 57-76.  -----. L'herma-
    £hroditisme chez les Mollusques.   Arch, de bioL.Gand &
    eipz.  1895-6, xiv, 33-62,  3 pi.   Also, transl.: Quart.  J.
  Micr.  Sc, Loud., 1894-5, xxxvii, 19-46, 3 pi. -----.  Proso-
  branches aeriens et pulmones  branchiferes.  Ibid., 351-
  393, 2 pi.-----. Recherches morphologiques et philogen6-
  tiques sur les molluso,ues archaiques.  Mem. couron. .  . .
  Acad. roy. d.  sc. de I'.elg.. Brux..  1898-9, lvii, no. 3, 1-113,
  24 pi.—Perrier (E.)  A: Gravier (C.)  Sur les  causes
  phvsiologiques qui  out determine la  constitution du type
  mollusque.  Compt  rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1903, exxxvi,
  727-731. — Pieri & Portier.  Sur la presence d'une oxy-
  dase  dans les brancbies, les palpes  et le sang des ace-
  phales.  Ibid., 1896, exxiii, 1311-1316.-----------. Pre-
  sence d'une oxydase dans certains tissus des mollusques
  acephales.   Arch, de physlol; norm,  et path., Par.. 1897,
  5. s., ix, 60-68.—Pompilian.   Temps de  reaction ner-
  veuse chez les  mollusques.  Compt.  rend. Soc.  de biol.,
  Par., 1899,  11. s., i, 490-492.—Poucbet.   Anatomie de la
  vesicule calcifere des mollusques.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc. Par., 1849, xxviii,  777— Prenant (A.)   Note sur la
  cytologie des elements s6minaux chez les  gasteropodes
  pulmones (G. Helix et Arion).  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1887, 8.  s., iv, 723-726. -----. Observations cytolo-
  giques sur les elements  seminaux des gasteropodes pul-
  mones.  Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1888, iv, 135-177. 1 pi.—
  Kanliin  (W.  M.) Ueber das  Bojanus'sche Organ der
  Teichmuschel(AnodontacygneaLam.).  Jen;iischeZtschr.
  f. Naturw., Jena, 1889-90, n. F., xvii, 227-267, 2 pi.—Ra-
  witz(B.)   Der Mantelrand der Acephalen.  ErsterTheil.
Mollusca.
  Ostreacea.  Ibid., 1888, n. F., xv, 415-556, 6 pi.—Re (C.)
  Di alcune anomalie nei molluschi.  Boll, scient., Pavia,
  1898, xx, 11; 45; 76.—Reid  (J.) On the development of
  the ova of the nudibranchiate mollusca.   [From: Ann.
  & Mag. of Nat.  Hist.,  1846.]  In his: Physiol.,  anat. &
  path, research, 8°, Edinb.,  1848, «625-643, 1 pi.—Roule
  (L.)   Sur la structure des fibres musculaires appartenant
  aux muscles r6tracteurs des  valves des mollusques lamel-
  libranches.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvi, 872-
  874. -----. Remarques sur la metamorphose  de la larve
  actinotroqne des pboronidiens.  Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.,
  Par.,  1900, 11. s., ii,  439.—Saint-ljoup (R.)  Observa-
  tions anatomiques sur les aplysies.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par., 1888, cvii, 1010-1012.—Salensky.  Etudes sur
  le d6veloppement du vermet. Arch, de biol.,  Gaud,  1887,
  vi, 655-759, 8 pi.—Schieuicnz (P.)  Die Entwicklung der
  Genitalorgane bei den Gastropodeu.  Biol. Centralbl., Er-
  lang., 1887-8, vii, 74H-76I.—Schulz  (F. N.)  Ueber das
  Vorkommen von  Gallonfarbstoffen  im Geliiiuse von  Mol-
  luskeu.  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1902-3, iii, 91-130.—
  ile Serres.  Recherches sur l'anatomie des mollnsques,
  comparee k 1'ovologie et k l'embryogenie de  l'homnie et
  des vertebr6s.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1837, v,
  573-578. -----. Note sur la nature de l'humeur k l'aide de
  laquelle les mollusques alterent leurs coquilles pendant
  qu'ils les habitent.  [Abstr.] Ibid., 1856, xliii, 822.—von
  Siebold  (0. T.)  Ueber ein rathselhaftes Organ  eiuiger
  Bivalven.  Arch. f. Anat.. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med.,
  Berl., 1838, 49-54.—Simpson (C. T.)  The sleep  of mol-
  lusks.  Pop. Sc. Month., X.  T., 1894,  xiv. 99-104.-Sim-
  roth (S.)  Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Nacktscbnecken-
  bildung vom Klima.  Biol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xxi,
  503-512.—Slauffacher (H.)  Eibildung und Furchung
  bei Cyclas cornea L.  Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena,
  1893-4, u.F.. xxi, 196-246, 5 pi.  Also  [Abstr.]: Vrtljschr.
  d. naturf.  Gesellsch. in Ziirich, 1893, xxxviii, 361-370.—
  Thiele (J.)  DieStammesverwandtschaftderMollusken.
  Jenaische Ztschr. f.  Naturw., Jena,  1890-91, n.  F., xviii,
  480-543. -----. Zur Phylogenie der  Gastropoden.  Biol.
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1895,xv, 320-236.—Tievii-anus (G. R.)
  Ueber die Zeugungstheile und die Fortpflanzung der Mol-
  luskeu.  Ztschr.  f. d. Physiol.,  Heidelb., 1824, i,  1-55.—
  Trinehcse (S.)  Sur la structure du systeme nerveux
  des  mollusques  gasteropodes.   [Abstr.]  Compt, rend.
  Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1863, lvii, 629-632.  -----. Descrizione
  del nuovo geuere Cal6ria Tr.  Mem. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di
  Boloana, 1889, 4.  s.,  ix, 291-295. -----. Ricerche anato-
  miehe sulla Forestia mirabilis (Tr.).  I bid. ,4. s.,x,  89-93, 1
  pi.—Vays9iere ( A.)   fitude  comparee  des  opisto-
  brancbes des cotes franchises de 1'ocean Atlantique et de
  la Manche avec ceux de nos cotes m6diterraneennes. Bull.
  scient. de la France et  de  la Belg., Par., 1901, xxxiv, 281-
  315.—Willem (V.)   Contributions k l'etude physiolo-
  gique des organes des sens chez  les mollusques.  Arch, de
  biol., Gand, 1892, xii, 57-149,3pi.-Willem (V.) &. Mimic
  (A.)  Recherches experimentsiles sur la circulation san-
  guine chez  l'anodonte.  Mem.  couron. . . . Acad.  roy. d.
  sc. de Belg.,  Brux.,  1898-9,  lvii, no.  4, 1-28. 2 pi.  Also
  [Rap. de Leon Fred6ricq]: Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg.,
  Brux., 1898, 3. s.,  xxxvi, 235.

Mollusca  (Poisonous).
     See,  also. Mussels, Oysters,  Poisonous.
     Corney (R. G.)  Poisonous molluscs.  Nature, Lond.,
  1901-2, lxv, 198.

Molluscoidea.
     Hakvey (W..H.)  On new  genera and species
  of Polyzoa from the collection of . . .  8°.   [». p.,
  n. d.~\
     Oslek  (W.)   Ou Canadian fresh-water Poly-
  zoa.   8°.  [n. p.,  1882?]
     Repr. from:  Canad.  Naturalist, x.
     [Thomson (W.)]  On new  genera and species
  of Polyzoa from  the collection of W.  H. Har-
  vey, trinity  College,  Dublin.   8°.    [Dublin,
  1859. ]
    Repr. from: Proc. Dublin Univ. Zool. & Botan. Ass.,
  1859. i, 77-93, 5 pi.
     Stokes (A. C.)  The  statoblasts  of our  fresh-water
  Polyzoa.  Microscope,  Trenton, N. J., 1889, ix, 257-264.

iVIolliiscimi.
     See,  also, Elephantiasis.
     Coulet  ( A.-X. )   *Essai  sur le  molluscum.
  4°.   Strasbourg, 1865.
     Malassez(L.)  Etudes sur le molluscum.   8°.
  Paris,  1872.
     Orelli  (H.  V.)  *Das Molluskum.   8°.   Zu-
  rich, 1855. 
MOLLUSCUM.
20
MOLLUSCUM.
^IoI1ii*ciiiii.
     Korx (J.)   "Contribution  clinique & l'etude
  de revolution nialigne de certains niolluscurus.
  8".   Lyon,  18i)i(.
     Bei'iiliriui.  Molluscums multiples et malformations
  cougeiiitales  de l'oreille d'origine  heredo-syphilitique ou
  nerv'euse.  Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1898. i. 79-81.—Cla-
  rene ( H.)  Molluscum multiforme.  Bull. Soc. med. de
  llle Maurice,  Port Louis.  1897,  v.  423-427. —  Girard.
  Transformation de  molluscums et de naevi en sarcome et
  en epitheliome.  Dauphine med., Grenoble, 189;-. xxii, 1-6.

Hlo 11 ii wcu m contagiosum.
     Albaxts (G. L.)   * Ueber Epithelioma conta-
  giosum (Molluscum).   8 -.  Leipzig, 1901.
     Bigxox (H.-K.)  * De l'acne varioliforme.  4C.
  Paris,  1>80.
     Also [Abstr.], in: Paris mtid., 1880. 2. s.. v, 537-540. Also
  [Rev.], in: Gaz. d.  hop., Par., 1880. liii, 1009.
     Glinzer ( O. )  * Untersuchungen  iiber Mol-
  luscum coutagiosum.   8C.  Jena, 1897.
     Logerot ( L. )  * Recherches sur  l'auatoinie
  patbologique du molluscum  contagiosum.  8°.
  Paris,  1899.
     Maukau (L.)    * Du  molluscum  contagiosum
  envisage   conune   nialadie    parasitaire.   4°.
  Paris,  1^8(J.
     Schakfki: (H. F.  K.  G.)  * Ueber Molluscum
  contagiosum  und seine  Bedeutuug fiir   die Au-
  geuheilkunde.  8-.   Bonn, 1901.
     Uffoltz  (S.)   * De  l'acne  varioliforme.  4°.
  Paris,  18H0.
     Abraham (P. S.)  A case of molluscum contagiosum.
  West. Lond.M. J., Lond., 1904. ix, 203.—Anderson (M'C.)
  Molluscum contagiosum.  Tr. Glasg. Path.  & Clin. Soc.
  (1886-91), 1892, iii,  198— Aubineau (E.) Trois  cas de
  molluscum contagiosum. Clin, opht., Par., 1900, vi, 115.—
  Audry  (C.) Sur  la lesion du molluscum contagiosum.
  Ann. de  dermat. et syph., Par.,  1899, 3. s., x,  621-635, 1
  pi.—Balzcr (F.) & Alquier (L.)  Molluscum contagio-
  sum en  tunieiir k la plante du pied.  Bull. Soc.  franc, de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1900, xi, 108-111.—Barthelemy.
  Note sur quelques cas d'acne varioliforme, ou molluscum
  contagiosum, des regions perianales.  perivulvaires et in-
  guino-crurales.  Ibid., 1893, iv, 122-124.  Also: Ann. de der-
  mat. et  syph.. Par., 1893, 3.  s., iv, 257-2.">9. — Baudouin
  (G.)  Molluscum contagiosum  (acne varioliforme de Bazin,
  ecdermoptosis d'Huguier, elevure folliculeuse de  Kayer,
  acne tuberculoide de Devergie, molluscum  epithelial de
  Virchow,  molluscum sebace de Hebra, molluscum verru-
  queux de Kaposi,  epithelioma contagiosum de Neisser,
  etc.).  Mus. de l'Hop. St. Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et
  syph., Par., [1897 ?], 283-2S8, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Pict, Atlas
  Skin Dis.  & Svph ... St. Louis Hosp., Lond.;  Phila.,
  1895-7, 253-257,  i jil-Beilt (C.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss
  des Molluscum contagiosum.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. S.yph.,
  Wien u. Leipz., 1896, xxxvii. 167-185, 2  pi.—Beck (S.)
  A molluscum contagiosum sejtjeibeu eloallithato szinreac-
  tiortfl.  [The color reaction produced iu the cells of mol-
  luscum  contagiosum.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, lc-96,  xl,
  308; 323.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, Bu-
  dapest,  1896,  i, 130-132.—Beuda  (C.)  Untersuchungen
  iiber die Elemente des Molluscum contagiosum.   Dermat.
  Ztschr., Berl.,  1894-5,  ii, 195-204,  1  pi. -----. Zellein-
  schlusse des Molluscum contagiosum und der Taubeupocke.
  Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path.  Anat., Jena, 1897,  viii, 862.—
  Bit«ch (J. P.)  Om molluscum contagiosum i patologisk-
  anatomist henseende.  [. .  . from a pathological and ana-
  tomical pointof view.]   Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm. 1892.
  n. F., ii, 1. Hft. 1-28, 1 pi. — Bizzozero (G.)  & Man-
  fredi (N.)  Sul mollusco contagioso.   Rendic. d. r. 1st. di
  Lomb., 1870,2. s., iii, 455-457.  Alxo. in kis: Opere  scient.
  1862-79, Milano, 1905, i, 245-251, 1 tab.-----------. Sul
  mollusco contagioso.  Arch, per lesc. med., Torino, 1876-7,
  i, 1-20, 1 pi.  Also, in his: Opere scient. 1862-79, Milano,
  1905. i, 441-464,  1 pi.—Blueni.  Slucbal  molluscum con-
  tagiosum.  [Case of . . . ]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb.,
  189?, ixci. med.-spec, pt.,  436-440.—Boeck (C.)  Acne
  frontalis s. necrotica (Acne pilaris,  Bazin).  Norsk Mag.
  f. La-gevidensk., Christiania. 1S88. 4. R., iii,793-812. Also,
  transl .  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien, 1889, xxi, 37-49,
  1 pi.—Bone  (F.-J.)  Recherches sur le molluscum conta-
  giosum.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1905,  lviii. 797-
  799. -----. Recherches  sur les inclusions cellulaires et
  les lesions plasmosomiques du molluscum contagiosum.
  Ibid.. 799-802.—Bra me (C.)  Acne indurata geueralise\
  contagieux, ayant pour origine un acne  varioliforme ou
  variololde. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1882, xcv, 66-
  68.  Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par.,  1882,  lv. 749.   Also: Gaz.
  med. de Par.,  1882, 6. s., iv, 408.—Bronsou (E. B.)  Acne
  varioliform is  of the extremities. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin.
  Dis., N. Y„ 1891, ix, 121-125.   See, also, infra, Fordyce__
JIollliscuill contagiosum.
  Bulkley (L. D.)   Acue atrophica, or lupoid acne.   J.
  Cutan. & Ven. Dis.. N. V.. 1*82-3, i,20-22.—Calvert i J. T.)
  Note on the prevalence of molluscum contagiosum in the
  Mymensiugh district.  Indian M.  Gaz..  Calcutta, 1896,
  xxxi, 250.—Campana (R.)   Sui globi del mollusco con-
  tagioso.  Rendic. somm.d.r. Accad. d. sc. med. di Genova,
  18*5,  i, 29. -----. II parassita del mollusco  contagioso.
  Boll. d. r. Accad. med.  di Genova. 1893, viii,  91-96.  Also:
  Riforma med.. Napoli. 1893, ix. pt. 2, c31-534.—Casa-
  graudi (O.)  Sulla i iproduzione sperimentale dei corpi in-
  clusi nelle cellule epidermiche dei noduli di mollusco con-
  tagioso.  Ibid., 1896. xii, pt. 4, 473.—Chausit.  De I acne
  atiophique.  Arch. gen. denied., Par.. l.-.~>.\ 5. s., xi, ISs;>-410.
  Ahn. Reprint.—Clarke (J. J.)  Bemerkungen iiber Mol-
  luscum contagiosum und Coccidium oviforme.  Centralbl.
  f.  Pakteriol. u.  Parasitenk., Jena, 18u5,  xvii. 245-24,-.—
  Cm-tiM.  Les parasites du molluscum contagiosum. ou
  acne varioliforme.  Echo m£d. du nord, Lille.  1*;>7, i. 200-
  263.—Barier.  Le  molluscum contagiosum et les syphi-
  lides  papillomateuses.   Kev. gen. de clin. et de therap.,
  Par.,  1904. xviii.  7. — Bescroizillc*.  li'un  cas d'acne
  varioliform^.   Medecin clin.,  Par., 18S6, ii.  253-255.—
  Diliberto (F.)   Contributo agli  studii sulla trasmissi-
  bilita del mollusco  contagioso.  Gior. ital. d. mal. ven.,
  Milano, 1896, xxxi, 375.—Egdahl (A.)   Report of a case
  of molluscum contagiosum.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. A: N. Y.,
  1905, n. s., exxx. 127-130.—Fordyce .J. A.)   Microscopic
  examination in Dr. Bronson's case of acne varioliformis of
  the extremities.  J.  Cutan.  Jt  Oenito-Urin. Dis.,  N. Y.,
  1891, ix, 128-133,  2 pi.   Also,  Reprint.   See, also, supra.
  -----. A contribution to the pathology of, acne varioli-
  formis Hebra.  Tr.  Am. Dermat.  Ass. l>-93,  V Y.. 1894,
  xvii, 56-66.  Also: J. Cutan. &: Genito-Urin.  Dis.. N. Y.,
  1894, xii, 152-161.— Frick (W.)  Molluscum contagiosum.
  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1899,  xxxii. 536-538— Funk.
  Tradzik blizuowy (acne varioliformis).   Gaz. lek., War-
  szawa, 1885, 2. s..v, 700-702.—Galloway (J.i  Molluscum.
  contagiosum.  Syst.  Med. (Allbutn. Lond.. 1899. viii, 871-
  878.— Gaucher (E.)  Acne pilahv eicatricielleet mollus-
  cum contagiosum chez  le meme sujet. J. d. mal. cutan. et
  syph., Par., 1905,  xvii,  353.—Gaucher (E.) & Sergent
  (E.)   Anatomie pathologique  et  pathogeuie de l'acne
  varioliforme  (molluscum  contagiosum   de   Batemau ).
  Arch, de ni6d. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1898, x, 657-
  664,  1 pi.—Graham  (J. E.)  Molluscum contagiosnm.
  J. Cutan. & Geuito-CJriu. Dis., N. Y..  1892,  x, 89-93.—
  Gram in  (E. M.)   Cases showing the  apparently  con-
  tagious nature of molluscum  epitheliale.  Tr. Homoeop.
  M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1886, xxii, 155-157—Glii lie wa Id.
  Eiu Fall von Akne varioliformis universalis mit totlichem
  Ausgange.  Monatsh.  f. prakt. Dermat.,  Hainb., 1885, iv,
  81-91. -Guiteras  (J.)   Notas sobre  molluscum  con-
  tagiosum y polypapilloma tropicum.  An. Acad, de cien.
  med.. . . dela Habana,  1904-5, xii, 405-408.—Hallopeau.
  Sur  un cas de molluscum contagiosum  confluent de la
  jambe.  Ann. de dermat. et syph..  Par., ]c99, 3. s., x, 134-
  136.  Also: Bull. Soc.  franc, de dermat.  et syph..  Par..
  1899, x, 57-51).— II a Hope mi & Kuben.«*-Dii vnl.  Sur
  un cas  de molluscum  contagiosum  eu trainee lineaire.
  Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1902. 4. s . iii,  727.  AUu .■
  Bull. Soc. franc, de deriimt. et syph.. Par., 1902, xiii, 361.—
  Ilerzog (II.)  Ueber einen neuen Befund bei Molluscum
  contagiosum.  Yirchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl.
  1904, clxxvi, 515-535,  1 pi.—Hillairct.  De  l'acne vario-
  liforme.  Progres med., Par., 1880, viii, 773-775.—Hutch-
  inson  (J.)  On  molluscum  contagiosum in  connection
  with Turkish baths.   Arch. Surg., Loud.. 1889-90, i, 179-
  181. -----.  Molluscum contagiosum;  contagion trom a
  dog.   Clin. J., Lond.,  1894-5, v, 323.  Also:  Med. Press.
  & Circ, Lond., 1895, n. s., Ix,  77. -----.  The incubation
  period in molluscum contagiosum.  Arch. Surg., Lond.,
  1891,  viii,  79. -----. Cases of  comedonous molluscum.
  Polyclin., Loud.. 1904, viii, 125.—Jaja (F.)  Sul mollusco
  contagioso.  Puglia  med., Bari, 1893, i,  49-54.—Julius-
  berg (M.)  Zur Kenntnis dea Virus des  molluscum con-
  tagiosum des Mensehen. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1598.—Kaposi.  Du molluscum con-
  tagiosum.  Bull, med.,  Par., 1.-89, iii, 1563. -----. Demon-
  stration einer als Moliuscum  contagiosum gigauteum zu
  benennenden Erankheitsform an einem  6} Monate alten
  Kinde.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1896, ix, 573-577.—Kro-
  mayer (E.)  Die Histogenese der Molluscumkorperchen.
  Arch, f path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1893. exxxii. 62-65, 1 pi.—
  Kuznitzky (M.)  Beitrag  zur  Controveise  iiber  die
  Natur der Zellvet anderungen bei Molluscum contagiosum.
  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph.,'*Wien u. Leipz., 1895. xxxii, 65-
  90, 3 pi.  -----.  Antwort auf Toutous Bemerkungen.
  Ibid., xxxiii, 183-lfS. — I,even.  EinFall von Acne vario-
  liformis (Hebra).  Monatschr. f. prakt.  Dermat., Hamb.,
  1892, xiv, 17-20.—Lieberthal.  Molluscum contagiosum
  plus xanthoma.   .J.  Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y.. 1905,
  xxiii, 181.—dindatrem (A. A.)  K voprosu o zarazitel-
  nom mollyuskie (molluscum eoiitaniosuin i.  Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk.,  1897, xlvii,  191 1 '8 —Mncallniii (A. B.)   The
  histology of molluscum contagiosum.  J. Cutan. & Genito
  Urin. Dis.. N. Y., 1892. x, 93-105, 1 pi.— Mackenzie  (S.) 
MOLLUSCUM.
21
MOLLUSCUM.
Ho 11 II^C II III co a tag io«u m.
  A ease of acne variolifori!..-.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.. 1883-4.
  xvii. 227-229. port. ------.  MoIIusl.m conta^iosnm in tic
  field sparrow iSp:z.-r.a pisaA..   Can id. Pract.  i  Rev..
  Toronto. 1901. xxv:. 8::.—Meachen  G. N.i  Molluscum
  contagi.onru Uniited to  the scalp.   West  Lond. M. J.,  ,
  Lond.. :>■:• x, 229.— Mingazziui iP.i   H mollusco eon-  |
  tagi"<o Lie^li anfibi.   Ki. .-:■ i e n. lab. d:  ant  :io : i. d  r.
  Un.v  .h  R.,ma.  19"2  ix. 14--J47 1  Y. — Mozharov.ki
  (L. I.)  Molluskoviva op jk'r. 1.   ..:: .-..-;:.. ,.:.-,,.:■. -: .
  Feldsch-r.  St.  Pet"-r-;i.,  :?.»      1" — >ei««er  (A^ )  |
  Ueber das E:dtheii..ma   s.ve Mdlu~.\;n!  .  .l-,,;;...;ih..
  Vrtljschr. f.  Derma*.  Wien.  '.---. xx. .>>i - ' .<«   ; pi.
  AUo. Reprint.  -----  Ueber  Molluscum  •:■■:.t .ilov-.L;.
  VrrhaLdl. d. dent* b. Y ■  :. liesells :.., "Wien u. Leipz..
  1894. iv. T39-612. 7  ;1 — >ic«lle  <C.)   Molluscum con-
  t.t.: >-i  i.  So: ..in3> iaed.. Koien  Is'YT. xii. 357-360.—
  Outfit henko  F. Z..   Pr-Skl.o ■: .derdve i rnacheniye
  k.Y:.. ..:.:i.  v.-ilvuYLrn:v p: 1  m< 11 .s«: urn  contagiosum.
   '_'.<::.:- ..:.  rr.iiii.^ ••:Ye'..ular;:..'. u-oLsin  ...] Yoyenno-
  n.ed. Y. <t Petersb. Is.", excii. med.-spee.pt.. 753^772.—
  Oppenheimer 11  H.)   Some remarks  on molluscum
  c.-l-.»_-1..-ut_  '■:':.:         Milwaukee I :*l'4-o. i. 427-429.—
  Osterniayer   V   1-1.:.  <<\i-ij.-r Fall regionarer Athe-
  ron.' . sten  1 1 ;iig 'Molluscum athei  'uat-sum Kaposi)  an
  der serotalhaut.  A     :  De  •..--.•;  St; 1... Wienu.Leipz.,
   1 -CJT xxxix. 353.— Peunell   - H.   M-Uus. am conta-
   — «um.   Hlust. II. y ws Loud   lr-8-9. L 14v —Pick
   iF. J.)   Znr Kennlniss der Ac;.? frontal:?  «- ; va:i.."..:• ■:-
   mis (Hebia . Acne  frontal:-  n-o:"t:...i Koe. k .  A:el.  :.
   Deini.ii.  u. Syp:... Wien.  1-sY  xx:  5"il-":    1 -1.  -----.  4>
   1st  da~ Moll \i~ u::j  Cvi.t.i2l - imcontu'"-   Y-rhondL d.  \
   den-sob  .Y-ttat. Ge-ell-.d..,  W;-n. 1-&-  69-103.— Pope
   (C.)   Case  of  molluscum . .•rJ:aj.---.:n.  Weal.  L-i-d.
   M. J., Lond.. 1904, ix. 204.—Quinqnaud (C.-E.)  L'a-.i.r  i
   varioliforme  de  Bazin. ou   mvll\.-. ... .. ..•iitai::'.v.:'Y  de
   Bateman. est nne affection parasite ire cine ,-. des s>o  z>  I
   aires.  Tribune  med.. Par.. 1=*??. 2. 9.. ir.  -}.-Barfn
   (T. F.)  Treatment of  molliiscnm  eonta.lvi .: . -nr;11.  go-  |
   dinm etbylate.   Brit. M  J. Lond.. 1900. : 1 — K< naut.
   De l'acne varioliforme uuoli:.-_cru com-.-:  • .vl  d- Ed:t-
   nasi.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc.  d. sc. med.  de Lyon  I
   lie-'1':-  >-.. xx, Y-Y —Rftziu-(G.) Ueber Molluscum
   C"L- i.osam.  Y     ' -.-:-   „  Jena. 1895. n. F., vii,  |
   irl-Y i 1. 1 p.. —Rieder  11)   Yeber Molluscnm conta-
    Yo--;il:.  >:-zul_s     •---r 1 ~' Y.. f.  Morphol. n. PhvsioL  I
   In Munchen ( >-lj'-), lsI-3, viii  b 5-11 . —  ^chambers
   i.I. F.  ,  TLe .i:a_-i.o5:s of :..vll :-:nm .:o'_-ai::.-,v.;T..   >'.
   York M. J. ]s<-  x 1:  151. —Shaitock •-. G   Moll  s
   nun ".'Li.i^."-i  i. in f*"0 (mate.   .-,:_:::..: -'.^zr- t-.  T:
   Patl ^>.L  :.d., »:-- xlix, 394-403. r   x. '±z .2..   Also
   J.  Path.  k. iiacterioL.  Edinb. i: Lu: d   1^1-- v.  kv - 313.
   AUo 'Abstr.]:  Brit. IL  J.  Lond   ".-?-   Y.-Shan
   (W. R.'.  Investigations upon the -:;. ;..;->■ o:  .oil  ; --.:..
   onta^i"- m.  Canad.  Pract.. Toii.Dt"  \- . z ::  __i-
   228.—§precher  F.   Ueber eine nngewohnliche L<> a-
   lisati":: •";-- Moll -35.: til.   : a.:  -....   liermat. Cenrralbl..
   Berl.. li'.'h-'.'  ii.  'i:>4—""tauziale  1     Contiibuto «p~ri-
   mentale anaromf'-pato. _.   e   .■•-:.  l.^lco alio stun:o 'Yl
   mollis':" conI^_:-   .  1  .:-:..■■   -  .:-iioma ii."11h~oo di
   Virchow). Gic:. :nt< r   c d. >•■  med.. Xapoli. 1-90. n. -.,
   xii 321-:Yi7. 1 rl. — »[ihva»oii  < H. W. )   Molluscum
   contaffjosum: ..  :•:-      .   icputt.   J. Cutan. &. Genito-  I
   Urin.TMs.. K. Y :--.>     50-€2. ------. The question of !
   contairioasne.- of mollFiscim contaposnm.   Tr. Am. ID^r-
   mat. 2*-. IS T  1-Y     ii. 41-56.  AUo. Reprint.  AUo:
   ■J. CutaD. &.  >'--:.:• ■-.■ ■ *."r n. DU.. X. T.. 1895.  xiii. 56-02.
   AUo. Repr:nt. — «iiower> ij. H.)  [A case of mollusc :rii
   conta_: ■--jn..,   Brit. J. LVrmat.. Lond.. 1904, xvi. 111.—  ;
   Thibierge G.i   11   *ne necrot.qne.  Mercredi nied..  '
   Par.. 1?.Y  iv. 42J. — Toulon iK.,  Be:--ag z ,r  L~h:e
   von der A' :.e necrotiia  1, —:'a    Veriaudi  d.  dent-' L
   dermat.Ge?ell-ch-1890-91, Wien a. Leipz.. >J2. :i. 2-7-S i
   3 pi. ------  Beiti a_- rur Lehre von der parasitaren Xatur
   des Molluscnm • ••:;i.-.^io--;r!..   Ibid.. Wien  n. Leipz.. 1H94,
   iv,  r-2-."-'■. 1 pi. ------.  I^r':ierknngen  zu Kuznitzky's
   Beitrag zur Contreverse fiber die Xatnr  der  Zellveranrie-
   nuizen  i*si MollQ-cuii; cor;tazi,,-uni.  Ar'.h. f. Derm.it. 11.
   SypL.. Wirij  ;.Le;jiz . i'Do. sis:i. ';6.'-i7-;.—Ver»traeten
   6c Vanderlinden.   Coi;Ti:b'it:on a 1 Y ..de du mol.ns-
   enm contagiosum.   Ann.  Soc. de med. 'le ijaL'i '.&.. \\\:
   264-27*'. — Vidal  £    A:..  moD.-:-'au c nt,^:. - -n
   generalisee;  a'l-1  -raiYl-lior:!.-- 'de  B.-.z.r..  _•-:.-:..!:-.--.
   France med.. Par.,  '.'-'-.'■   1 -~i:  ::. hi'.. — Vinogradoff
   (K.) K nchenivuo molln-oum coutagi' - im  b-l:.:t.sci..
   i.-az. h •-. :.   --  Pete--b. :-&.'. x  ::>7T: ".4^2. —While  I
   iC.  J.i  u Kobey i'V. H  ' ;r.  Moll j->. :ru contagiosum.
   J. Mel   ;-;~--ar  1.   E-j«t..  :C*.'2. vii.  25T.-277 2 pi.  Also:  \
   Rep. '.' -n -r C^ni.   . Har--.  M. S. L  li-.-t.. Y&ri. ii. 23-45,
   2 •■  .— Workman  '.    >•- t:o:.- '>i n^iule of n.YI  -am
   r.■ n- -z •.- m   d :. Yl -_'•  Par':.. &. CI::;. .>.•<:.. 1-0Y5. v, 13-
   15.—Vamagi-fra  K     Z:: Aeriol'Y'ie von  M"lluS':nm
   coLra^i"Snnj.  "Japanese "e-:"   Zt^cLr d.med.Ges*-lL-.<;h.
   za Tokyo. 1 -S"d  ix.  zyj-'A~: —'/.tiller (J.)  Case of mol-
   luacjm conra_-:..s'im.  CL  c. . . '.    1-    l-lJ2-3. L 35.—
   Zeldorich  LB   K patologii Mollnscum contagiosum.  |
   '.Sar '.u pat^oloz.e da. . .   Estr.393.]  Rnssk.arch.patol..
^1011 ll •» C ll 111 con tag ios u m.
  klin.  -.e'l i bakteriol. >.-Peterb.. l-&f. v. 366-331.  Also
  [Abstr. :  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina. .St. Petersb.. :;ld  :x
  1926-:>jS.
TIollii»<  Hill epitheliah.
     See Molluscum contagiosum.

Tlollll^<  lllll ribrosutn.
     Fritz (A.-   *E:ni^e Fiille Ton Fibroma mol-
  lus   .:n (Tircbnw 1.   -  .   Leipzig, 1903.
     Gier- (E.  <".»..i   * Beitrage  zur  Casuistik  -ies
  Fibroma molin-cnni.  -  .   Marburg, 1--.'
     Gr^me (J.-A.-L.-M.)   *£tude  sur  1-  il, lus-
  enm pendulum.   --.  Paris. 19<J1.
     Grvx(F.)   *Uel»r Fibroma molluscum mol-
  tiplex.   6-.   Wiirzburg,  1---6.
     Hahx (E.)  * Beitrage  znr Casuistik des  fi-
  broma molluscnm.   -:.   Wurzburg,  1~--.
     Heydweilxkr (E.)  *Ein lJ>  i'r.tgzur Casuis-
  tik  der  m .itiplen  Fibrombildun^'en  der  Hant
   1 Mollusca  fibrosa).   [Erlangen.]   »-.  St. Ing-
   beit. '_l-.-~\
     Kmlpi.v  O.  E. A.)  *Ein Fall rcn  Fibroma
  molluscnm multiplex mit  Elepbantiasis im  Be-
   reich des reehten Annes.  ~:.   Greifswald, l-\
     Kri.viGsixjRF CC.)  ~Ein  Fall von  Fibroma
   moll us urn multiplex.   "-.   Wiirzbv<g.  1--9.
     LoewexsTEIn   >a"y  .   * Ein  hi-: "i "_':-oLer
   Beirrai:  zur Lehre von Fibroma molluscum.
   Wurzburg, 1-Jl.
     Mkhkex    P.  A.  E.)    * Fibroma  molluscnm
   (Yirchow).  - .   Leipzig, l~9.'.
     Teichert (H.)   "Em Fall Ton Fibroma mol-
   luscam.   --.   Wiirzburg. 1~-T.
     Thllow (TB.]  C.)  'Beitrage zur Cas istik
   des Fibroma molluscum multiplex.   -;.   Berlin.
   [1«:.].
     Ziegkrt ([C] M.;  "Ein Fall von  Fibroma
   molluscum.   -r.   Leipzig. 1904.
     Auger 'T.i   [ITn enorme moHn-c^::.:  eLleved BnJL
   et meui sw. die  chir. de Par.. 1-<r2. n. s.. xviii, 7'.-v-7-_iSP.—
   Aslaniaa.  Mollnscnm fibreui congenital de la -...:oi
   ;■.'■■'  m.: . e ant-rl   :e.  Mar—rllle-med.. 1-13, x:x ii:.—
   d'Audiberl. C aille  da Bourguet .v Legrain  >E 1
   ij' --:t..-.. .-_ Y - :  ■. .-. i^ 11 .-■.  ... . :.-:.■/..--. AnL.de
   d-r:..a-. ■' -"h. Par . 1-1-- 3. -  :v ±-Y —Bar  P.    Exa-
   uea n.s*  1  j: ._ :e d'nn n   1 ;;c .:l  -T_-.ints.rle  Eientvn
   d v.l.  rior.veaa-r.e.  Bull. S"!. d o'ost. de Par..  l»&r  i, 217.—
   Battle *W H   A case of large molluscum = ■:•■-:;:l. of
   t:-'._:-:  :-rL"V-,l  recovery.  Lancet, Lond.  1-96. ii. 175.—
   Bloom  I. y    Fibromamolloacum.  Lo-iUvllie  M'l-„.
   3. M. & S.. 1904-O. ii, 432: ]>."►-«. ii   :.'-BraunT(ll
   (TY  Molltiacum r.".:' - .::..   Ir, h.U:  S~\ .- o:  . l.n :  .e,":.
   10!.. Edii.b., 1891. :. 1 .'■ . pi. — Brand A. T   F -■•:..a
   molluscaiL.  Lancet  L-:. :.  I-c-Y ii,  12  —Brisidi  V.|
   Sur ies neurofibi"me? r. 1- nla:r-s dans un c-isiie  r.'.'.on.a
   moll'iscum.  Atti d. x:. Coi._. med. ::."•:!.:■.-. Z-^4  Roma.
   i-j5  v. dermat., li.Y'l-Browne  '>Y   ]:.. Fibro::.!
   :r.o 1  iscnm.  Tr. >o-rl. In-ilan l:r.-.:.'  1_ !:■ .t M. Ass. 1-»;■".
   M.»'!ia«. lrCl'. iiL i3. -' pi. : :-&l-t.: -.-. 15".. lpl— Bnrci il j
   Di un voln^iinoso fibroma mol'.u~ o dYla  I•■_':  •:.- '-::;:-
   :.;.-.   -:.-::■: -l-jI- .  Arc:, di biol.. Firenze 1 "■ ■ j. It:.. ri_-
   •Y —Chedevergne.   L-  moiiiiscum  -'-'.■ -: 1  :.ti.is:  ie.
   IY   '1. trav S". n.-'l. d'"l-. de P,-.r.. le- '-■ ' 2. -.  :. '.-.j.
   AI«o. Reprint —Clarence 1H.1   A case of  fibroma  mol-
   lnao-nni  .: 1   -r  it- '-.--..  J. Trop. M.. Lond.. 1899-1900,
   iL 120. 1  ;.   C obleigh 'E. A.)  Mollnscum fibrosum.
   Tr. M. s    I-nne-s—-  ' liattanooza,  :»C'2.  2"«-2'"». J.d' ■
   X. OrL M. it >. J..  ];&l-2. n. s.. xix. K4--Jl. Afc. . M-.J.
   &. s,r_-  Reporter. Phila., le:lc.  lxri. e47-j-51. —Cooke
   (A. li.i  A !ii.;ij::e c-ise - molluscum fibrt"- im of the rectnm
   in a  patient ^rith ti.e  -r: c.l -kin  lesion.  Am. Med..
   Phila  1901. vL ->  -.i — De Cr«lf U.    Y   ;l  but on
   c  -.- de r.br'-iLia  hk'Hu-j :nn multiplex.  Ann  -   domed.
   de i~an-i  1-1'4 Ixxli: KilYSY;  1 pi.—De-^uin  L.i  Xote
   sur   n cas de tii.rome <:e la peau 'molluscnm pendalnmi,
   dedim n-: .  - -lo: ■ e.   al:. nk:. de  med. d'Anvers, le91,
   liii, 195-i.j-. — Dolihnev.ki  P. X.)  Fibroma elephan-
   tiacnm et r.bion.at* :i."l. - a.   Laitop. rnssk. eL::.  S.-
   Peterb.. 1-98.iii. 71&-TY-—Dunn  H. P.)  A :e:..a:kable
   caae  of fibr. ma  :;.oHi-cin:.   M-l. Pre-s i:  C::c..  L«j:.Y.
   1890.  n.  -   1 Y2Y—Envald ■_'.:   M-lloscum fibrosnm
   tapai.-   a  caae of. .  j   Duodecim.  Hel-.L;:ssa  1888.
   iv, 130.—Faggt- (C. H.)  On the anatomv of a  ca-e  of
   molluscnm  r. ■:■ - .  .   Med.-chir. Tr.. Lond..  1M9-7'  iii,
   217-232, 1 ;1   AU . Ba-ptlr.t.—Uilchriet  -T. C.)  Two
   cases  (including one in the negro)  of molluscnm fibro-
   sum, with the pathology.  Johns Hopkins  Hosp. Bep., 
MOLLUSCUM.                                  22                                      MOLOCHB.
Molluscum fibrosum.
  1 pi. — Pringlc (G. L. K. )   Fibroma molluscum.  Mid-
  dlesex Hosp. Rep. 189::. I.ond., 1894, K4.  -----.  A case of
  molluscum tibrosum.  Edinb. M. J., 1900, n. «., vii, 2(i(), 1
  pi.—Purser (J. M.)  .Molluscum simplex.  Proc.  Path.
  Soc. Dubl., 1868-71,  n. s.. iv, 351. — Romanovski (N.)
  Fibroma molluscum multiplex.  Kussk. j. kozliu. i ven.
  boliezn., Kharkov, 1902, iv, 241-245. — gangster (A.)  A
  case of molluscum fibrosum, with some remarks on its
  histology.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1879-80, xiii, 160-172, 2 pi.
  Also, Reprint.—Shattock (S. G.)  Multiple neuro-fibro-
  matain connection with molluscum fibrosum. St. Thomas's
  Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1X87, n. s., xvi, 257. — Sheild (A. M.)
  A case of molluscum fibrosum.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i,
  710.—Smith (W. G.)  Case  of large fibromn molluscum
  of the scalp.  Brit. J. Dermat.. Lond., 1896, viii, 115, 1 pi.—
  Homers (G. B.)  A case of molluscum fibrosum.  Occiden-
  tal M. Times, San Fran., 1904, xviii,  19-21.—Steel! (G.)
  Case of molluscum fibrosum.  Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889,
  iii, 152.—Stokes (W.) Pachvdermatocele, or fibro-mollus-
  cum.  Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1873-5, n. s., vi,  236-238.-—
  Sweet (G. B.)  A  case  of  molluscum  fibrosum.  Aus-
  tralas.  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 18.—Symonds.  Case
  of molluscum fibrosum.  Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, v,
  7.—Tapper (E. T.)  A case of multiple molluscum fibro-
  sum.  J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis.,  N. Y., 1889, vii, 179-
  181. -----. Removal of a large molluscum fibrosum.  Tr.
  Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1892, xvi, 231, 1 pi.—Tcrmet (A.)
  Deux cas de molluscum  pendulum.  Bull. Soc. anat. de
  Par., 1897, lxxii, 499.—Thomsen (S.) Neurofibroma mol-
  luscum (von Recklinghausen).  Hosp.-Tid.,Kjobeuh.,1898,
  4. R., vi, 289-291.—Thomson (J.)  A case of molluscum
  fibrosum.   Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 42; 78.—
  TikhofT (P.) & Tiiuofcyeir'(D.)  Mnozhestvenniya
  nevromi vmiestie s fibroma molluscum multiplex.  [Mul-
  tiple neuromata combined with . . .]  Chir. Laitop., Mosk.,
  1894, iv, 719-748, 1 pi. — Trombetta (S.)  Fibroma mol-
  lusco, istologia patologh a ed  istogenesi.  Riforma med.,
  Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 146;  158.—Tsutsni (H.) [Three
  cases of soft  multiple fibrous tumor.J Chiba Igakukwai
  Zasshi, Tokyo, 1899, no. 41, 2-7.—Vinograd (I.  B.)  Slu-
  chal fibroma  (molluscum) multiplex  cutis.  Trudi Obsh.
  Russk. vrach. v Mosk. (1899), 1900, pt. 2,  1-9, 2 pi.—Vor-
  ner (H.)  Ueber Fibroma molluscum Virchow.   Dermat.
  Ztschr., Berl., 1905,  xii, 660-670. — Whitefield (A.) &
  Robinson (A. H.)  A further report on the remarkable
  series of cases of  molluscum fibrosum in children.  Med.-
  Chir. Tr., Load.,  1903, Ixxxvi, 293-302.—Wilkins (G. L.)
  Molluscum fibrosum.  Am.  Med.,  Phila., 1901,  i, 15.—
  IVillets (W. C.) Fibroma molluscum.  Kansas City M.
  Index-Lancet, 1901,  xxii,  127-130. — Williams (D.'H.)
  An unusual case of molluscum fibrosum. Phila. M. J.,
  1900, v, 404.  Also, Reprint. — Wilson (E.)  A case of
  molluscum  simplex.   Proc. M. Soc. Lond.,  1877-9, iv, 121.—
  lfakovlyofF (S.)  Mnozhestvenniya vrozhdenniya fibro-
  mata mollusca.  [Multiple congenital  .. .]  Meditsina, St.
  Petersb., 1898, x, no. 20, 4-9. — Vurkevich  (L.)  K ka-
  zuistikie fibroznavo molly uska.  [Case of molluscum fibro-
  sum.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1890, xxxiv, 778-781.
M oil ll sen ill fibrosum.
   Bait., 1896, i, 319-36*2, 1 pi.—Grren (F. K.)  Case of mol-
   luscum fibrosum.  Lancet,  I.ond., 1895, i, 986.—Grccnc
   (R.N.)  Molluscum fibrosum.  Memphis M. Month., 1904,
   xxiv, 525-527.—Ctroh.  Fibromainolluscum.  Wien. med.
   Bl.,  1888,  xi,  417-421.—Ilartzell (M. B.)  A case of fi-
   broma molluscum.  Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1901-2, n. s.,
   v, 75-78.   Also: Am. J. M. Sc. Phila., 1902, n. s.,  exxiii,
   261-264.— Hashimoto (T.)   Fibroma molluscum.  Sei-i-
   Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1888, vii, 197-202, 2 pi.  Also, transl.:
   Ztschr. f.  klin. Med., Berl., 1890, xvii, 353-360.—Hiirthle
   <t Nnuwerck (C.)  Beitrage zur Keuntniss des Fibroma
   molluscum und der congenitaleu Elephantiasis.  Beitr. z.
   path. Anat. u.  Physiol., Jena, 1886, i, 235-258.—Hume.
   Case of molluscum  fibrosum.  Rep. Proc. Northumb. &
   Durham M. Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.  1888-9, 126-128,
   1 pi.—Hutchinson (J.)  Molluscum  fibrosum.  Arch.
   Surg., Lond., 1892-3, iv, 1 pi. with 11. of text  (preceding
   p. 165). -----.  Molluscum fibrosum.  Ibid., 1 pi. with 1 1.
   of text (opposite p. 288). -----.  Fibroma molluscum.
   Med. Press & Circ,  Lond., 1895, n. s., Ix, 469. -----. Mol-
   luscum fibrosum mistaken for leprosy and elephantiasis.
   Arch. Surg.,  Lond.. 1895, vi,  1 1., pi. exxv. -----. Med-
   ical archeology [molluscum fibrosum in old Peru].   Ibid.,
   1897, viii,  36, 11., 1 pi. -----.  Dermatolysis in association
   with molluscum fibrosum.  Polyclin., Lond., 1901, v, 61-
   64.—luliano (G.)  Quelques considerations sur un cas
   do molluscum fibreux.  Bull. Soc. d. med. etnat. de Jassy,
   1896-7, x, 51-56, 4 pi.—Joske (A. S.)   Some notes of a case
   of molluscnm fibrosum, with dementia.  Intercolon.  M.
   Cong. Australas.  Tr. 1902, Hobai t, 1903,466, 2 pi.—Ram-
   merer (F.)  Molluscum fibrosum.   Ann. Surg., Phila.,
   1899, xxx, 343.—Keycs  (E.  D.)  Molluscum  fibrosum.
   Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1897-8, i,
   no. 4, 4-7.  Also: Northwest. Laucet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii,
   4-6.—King (C.)  Fibroma molluscum.  Am. Med.-Surg.
   Bull., N. Y., 1893, vi, 619.—Korshuu (S.)  Fibroma mol-
   luscum corii.  Objazat. pat.-anat. izlied. stud.-med. imp.
   Charkov.  Univ., 1892, 12-19.—Kownatzky.  Fibroma
   molluscum colossale.  Compt.-rend.  Cong,  internat.  de
   med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 76,1 pi.—Krakht (S. F.)
   Sluchai molluscum  fibrosum.   Protok. Mosk.  ven. i dor-
   mat. Obsh., 1898-9, viii, 43-52.—Lamlowski (L.) Fi-
   bromes mousdelapeau; fibromes des nerfs; pigmentation
   cutan6e "gencralisee".  Gaz. d. h6p.,  Par., 1894, lxvii,
   317-319.—l-icvisenr (F. J.)  Fibroma molluscum.   Med.
   Dial, Miuneap., 1898-9, i, 305.—McDonald (J. D.) Fi-
   bromata mollusca.  Med. Herald, St. Joseph,  1901,  n.  s.,
   xx,  473-475. — itlacLarcn  (M.)   Fibroma molluscum.
   Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1898, x, 399-401.— Main* (R.)
   Report of a case of mollnscum fibrosum pendulum weigh-
   ing thirteen pounds.  N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1892-3, n. s., xx,
   837-842, 3  pi.—Merken (P.)  Beitrag zur Keuntniss dea
   Fibroma molluscum (Yirchow).  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,
   1899, xii, 819'; 837; 855.—Morgan (J. H.)  A case of largo
   molluscum fibrosum; operation; recovery.  Lancet, Lond.,
   1890, ii, 617.—Mowat (R. S.)  A case of molluscum fibro-
   sum. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1898, iii,  238-241, 1 pi.—
   Murray (J.)  On three peculiar cases of molluscum fibro-
   sum  in children in which one or more of the following con-
   ditions were observed: hypertrophy of the gums; enlarge-
   ment of the ends of  the fingers and  toes; numerous con-
   nective-tissue tumours on the scalp and other parts of the
   surface of the  body, with various superficial  affections
   of the skin.  Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond.,  1872-3, lvi, 235-253,
   1 pi.  Also, Reprint.—Neumann (J.)  Beitrag zur Ge-
   schichte  und  Klinik des  Fibroma molluscum.   Allg.
   Wien. med. Ztg., 1905,  1, 4;  17; 41.—Noycs (A. "W. F.)
   The  histo-pathology of molluscum  fibrosum.  J. Path.
   & Bacterid., Edinb. &  Loud., 1903-4,  ix, 240-245, 1  pi.
   -----.  Molluscum fibrosum.  Intercolon. M.  J. Austra-
   las.,  Melbourne, 1905, x, 309YS16, 1  pi.— Oliver (J. W.)
  "Molluscum fibrosum. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1900-1901,
   Lond., 1902, 110. —Payne (J. F.)   Multiple neuro-fibro-
   mata in connection with molluscum  fibrosum.   Tr. Path.
   Soc.  Loud.,  1886-7,  xxxviii,  69-79,  2 1., 2 pi.   Also, Re-
   priut. -----. A case of molluscum fibrosum combined
   with tumours on the nerves.   Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1888-9,
   xxii, 189-192,1 pi.  Also, Reprint.—Perthes (G.) Ein Fall
   von Fibroma molluscum, vorwiegend der linken Hand, mit
   Steigerung des Knochenwachsthums.  Deutsche Ztschr.
   f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxiii, 103-110, 1 pi.—Peters (A.)  Re-
   port of a case of molluscoid fibromata in a heifer.  Yet. J.
   & Ann. Comp. Path.. Lond., 1889, xxix, 1.—Philipp (H.)
   Multiple sarcomatose Geschwiilste in der Haut (Sarcoma
   molluscum).  Mitth. a. d. dermat. Klin. d. k. Char.-Krau-
   kenh. zu Berl., 1887, i,3-23.— Philippsou (A.) Beitrag
   zur Lehre vom Fibroma molluscum.   Arch. f. path. Anat.
   [etc.], Berl., 1887, ex, 602-613, 1 pi. — Pilliet & Man-
   claire.   Contribution k l'etude du molluscum  simple.
   Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1892,  lxvii, 444-451.—Podc
   (E. D. Y.)  Case of  molluscum fibrosum.  Lancet, Lond.,
   1890, i, 1067. — Pooley  (J. H.) Case of molluscum fibro-
   sum. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1894, xii, 117-
   120.—Plueker.  Molluscum fibreux generalise, observe
   a la  clinique dermato-syphilidologique de l'Universite de
   Liege. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1891, xxx, 135-138,
Molluscum  of mucous membranes.
     Vinogradov  (K.)   O kontagioznom mollyuskle v
  polosti rta.   [On  molluscum  contagiosum  of  the oral
  cavity.]  Trudi  Tomsk. Obsh. Yestestvoi'sp., 1890-91, iii,
  pt. 2, 100-115.
Moll use mil pendulum.
     See Molluscum fibrosum.

Moll use ll ill  sebaceum.
     See Molluscum contagiosum.
Molluscum  sessile.
     See Molluscum contagiosum.
Molluscum  simplex.
     See Molluscum fibrosum.
Mol I use ll 111  rerrucosum.
     See Molluscum contagiosum.
Moll-Weiss (Augusta).  Les meres de deniain ;
  l'exlucatiou de la jenne fille d'apres sa physiolo-
  gie.  PreTace  du Dr.  Maurice de Plenrv.   xi,
  144 pp.,  1 1.  12°.   Paris, Vigot frires, 190-2.
Molly  (Marie-Joseph)  [1879-     ].   * Des  com-
  plications  intra-craniennes   cons6cutives   aux
  operations  pratiques  sur  le sinus de la  face.
  98 pp.   &>.  Nancy,  1903, No. 4.
Moloche (Ricardo).  Apuntes  sobre los bafios
  de mar,  instrucciones para los usos  liigienicos y
  terap6uticos.  Aire  de mar,  clima  marino;  sus
  ei'ectos fisiol6gicos y terape"uticos.   Paises balne- 
MOLOOHE.
23
MOMPESSON.
Moloclie (Ricardo)—continued.
  arios.  Mudanza de la  ciuclad a dichos parajes.
  Principales playas y estableeimieutos de bauos
  del litoial de Lima.  73 pp.   12°.  Lima, J. F.
  Solis. 1--»;.
Molodovski (Aleksandr  Nikolayevich) [1862-
    j.   ' Siavnitelnoye vliyaniye chistol kultuii
  zholtavo statilokokka i \evo toksina pri razlich-
  nlkk opera tsiyakh na glaznom yablokle; ekspe-
  rimentalnoye izsliedovaniye.   [Comparative in-
  fluence  of a  pure  culture of staphylococcus
  aureus  and  its toxin  in various  operations on
  the  eyeball; experimental research.]  r>0 pp.,
  2 1.   s\   S.-Peterburg,  V. P. Meshtsherski, 1897.

Molokai.
    See Leprosy (Hospitals for), by localities.
MolokllOVOts  (Elena).    Podarok  niolodlin
  khozyaikam.   Chast  III.  Domashueye gorod-
  skoye i selskoye  khozyaistvo, higiena i  medi-
  tsina.  [Present to  young housekeepers.   Part
  III.  Domestic  urban and  rural  economy,  hy-
  giene, and medicine.]   3.  ed.   1  p. 1.,  xv,  508
  pp.   8°.  S.-Peterburg, V.  I. Gubinski, 1888.
Moloney (Patrick) 11843-1904].
    Obituary. Intercolon. M.  J. Australas., Melbourne,
  1904, ix, 576-578.
Molony  (Patrick- John) [1839-1901].
    Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 726.
Molthau [Jacob].
    See Bad Kreuznach   [etc.].  16°.   Berlin,  1884.—
  Heusner (Friedrich). Bath  Creuznach.  am. 8°.  Ber-
  lin, 1885.
Moltrecht (Adolph).   * Ueber Osteoaneurysina.
  22 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Jena, A.  Neuenhahn, 1869.
Moltrecht (Max) [1877-    ].  * Primare Neu-
  bildiingeu der  Milz.   37  pp.,  1  1. t*°.  Halle
  a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4~ Co., 1901.
Moltzer  (Jan  Simon  Petrus).   * Bijdrage tot
  de  kennis der tuba-menstruatie.   68 pp., 1 pi.,
  3 1.   -J.   Utrecht, C. Snoek, 1902.

Molucca.
    van Baarda (J.-M.)   Reponses au questionnaire de
  la Societe d'anthropologie,  lie de  Halmaheira, departe-
  ment Galela, Indes neeriandaises (Moluques).  [Transl. J
  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par.,  1893, 4. s., iv, 533-568.—
  Lucas (W.)  Notes ethnographiques sur les Alfourous
  des iles de Halmaheira et de Obi Major (Moluques).  Bull.
  Soc.  d'anthrop. de Brux., 1899-1900, xviii, mem., pt. 3,1-11.
Molyavko-Visotski CP[yotr  Simonovich]).
  'Izsliedovaniye  zbira  ovsa  (avenge  sativse).
  [Analysis  of .  . .]  41  pp., 2 1.  8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, M. Merkusheff, 1^94.
Molybdenum and molybdates.
    Blum (A.)  * Ueber Silicovanadinmolybdate.
  8°.  Bern, 1904.
    von Euler-Chelpin (H.)  * IJeber die Ein-
  wirkung von Molybdantrioxyd und Paramolyb-
  daten auf normale Vanadate und  eine neue Be-
  stimmungsmethode  von Vanadinpentoxyd  nnd
  Molybdantrioxyd neben eiuander.  8°.  Berlin,
  1895.
    Kalischer (B.)  * Zur Kenntnis  der Haloge-
  nide des  hoherwertigen Wolframs  uud Molyb-
  dans.  8C.  Berlin, 1902.
    Keller ( F. )  * Ueber  Perkobaltmolybdate.
  8°.  Bern, 1904.
Molyneux (Harold J.) [1852-95].
    Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1895, i, 845.
Molylieux (Sir  Thomas)  [1661-1733].
    irloore (N.)  [Biography.]   Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxviii, 137.
Molz (Charles  O.)  Diarrhcea.  6 pp.  8°.  New
  York, 1900.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi.
Mombasa.
    Stordy (K. J.)  Report (preliminary) as to the causes
  which tend to render the island of Mombasa uninhabitable
  for horses and donkeys. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, lxxii,
  385-388.
Mombello.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  by localities.
Mo ill 1>C I' (Antonius).   * De mumiis in  praxi
  medica  non facile  adhibendis, respondents  Jo-
  banne  Adolplio Gladbacb.   32  pp.   sm.  4°.
  Helmstadii, P. D. Sehmorr, 1735.
Momnerger ( Hermann ).   * Untersuchungen
  iiber Sitz, Gestalt und  Fiirbung der Bru.stwarze,
  uebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Contrac-
  tionsfiihigkeit des Warzeuhofes und iiber die in
  demselben eiugelagciten Talgdiiiseu.  2  p. 1.,
  24 pp.   12°.   Giessen,  IV. Keller,  1860.
Mombet(J.)   *Les operations plastiques  sur le
  vagin et sur le perinee au point  de  vue des ac-
  coucheinents.   48 pp.  8°.  Paris, No. 466.
Mo ill bill' (Pierre) [1873-    ].  *Apoplexie pul-
  monale par  thrombose.  50 pp.   8°.   Pai-is,
  18D8, No. 119.
Momburg (Fritz August) [1870-   ].  * Ueber
  Hauttransplantatiouen.   31  pp.  8°.   Berlin,
  G. Schade, 1894.
Mommseii (Ernst) [1863-    ]. *Zur Symp-
  tumatologie, Diagnose uud Therapie des Portio-
  und Cervixcarcinonis.  31 pp.   8°.   Berlin, G.
  Schade,  [1890J.
Moinmseii (J.).
    See ljaiigcndorfF(0[skar]) & Irlonimsen (J.)  Bei-
  trage zur Kenntniss der Osteomalacic.  8°.  [Berlin, 1877.]
MoillO (Carlo).  Le ernie congenite  nella  legge
  degli infortuni sul lavoro.   19 pp.  8°.  Milano,
  F. Vallardi, 1903.
    Repr.from: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv.
------.  Trauma e sifilide del testicolo.  Conside-
  razioni medico-legali intorno alia legge sugli in-
  fortuni  sul lavoro.  20 pp.  12°.   Pavia, 1903.
------.  Alcune considerazioni intorno alia  mano
  nella legge degli  infortuni sul lavoro.   18  pp.
  8°.  Milano, F.  Vallardi, 1904.
    Repr.from: Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1904, xxv.
------. L' influenza delle azioni traumatiche nel
  decorso dei gozzi.  (Considerazioni medico-legali
  sulla legge degli infortuni.)  52 pp.   12-.  Pisa,
  1904.
------. L' inibizione traumatica nella legge sugli
  infortuni  del  lavoro.   17 pp.   8°.   Milano, F.
  Vallardi,  1904.
    Repr.from: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv.
------.  Le lesioni  coutusive del  pancreas nella
  validita al lavoro.  15 pp.  8°.   Milano, F. Val-
  lardi, 1904.
    Repr.from: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv.
------. La stenosi nretrale traumatica nella legge
  degli infortuni sul  lavoro.   12 pp.  t>°.  Milano,
  F. Vallardi, [1904].
    Repr.from: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv.
MoillOlIt (Louis)   [1863-    ].   * Action  de la
  dessiccation de l'air et de la lumiere sur la bacte"-
  ridie charbouueuse.   56 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1891,
  No. 333.

Momordica.
    See Elaterium, etc.

Momotidse.
    <*arroil (A. H.) On  the systematic position of the
  Momotidse.  [From: Proc. Zool. Soc.  Lond., 1878,  100.J
  In his: Collect,  scient. papers, 8°, Lond., 1881. 427.

Mompesson ( William) [1639-1709].
    Blakiston (H. E. 1).)  [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xxxviii, 143. 
MOMPLOT.                                  24                            MONASTlRSKl.
Momplot (L.) [1876-    ].  #Dosage du  fer
  dans  les  eanx; ses relations avec  leur purete".
  28j>p.  s\   Lyon, 1902, No. 21.
    Ecole de pharmacie.
Momtcliiloff (Christo)  [1873-     ].   *Hernie
  musculaire vraie  et  pseudo-hernie musculaire.
  77 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1899, No. 63*.
Momtcbiloff (Ivan).  * Contribution a l'etude
  de la ne>rite typhoide.  32 pp.  1 tab.  8°. Ge-
  neve, 1891.
Monaco.
    See, also, Hospitals (Description, etc.,of), Hy-
  giene (Public, Laws, etc., of), by localities; Men-
  tone.
    Oximus (E.)   L'hiver  dans les Alpes-Mari-
  tinies et dans la principaute de  Monaco, clima-
  tologie  et hygiene.  12°.   Paris, 1891.
    Chevillard (P.)   Assainissement  de la ville de Mo-
  naco.  [From: Kev. industrielle, 1899.]  Technol. san.,
  Louvain, 1898-9, iv, 581-587.—Liucas (A.)  Effets  hygie-
  niques et therapeutiques du sejour dans la principaute de
  Monaco.  Cong, internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect.
  de therap., 441-443.—Vivant (J.-E.) Progres sanitaires
  realises depuis dix ans dans la principaute de Monaco.
  Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1898, xx, 983-995. -----. La principaute
  de Monaco, station climaterique.  Monaco-med., 1900, iv,
  no. 50, 4.  Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: J. Phys. Therap.,
  Lond., 190(1, i, 32-36.
Monaco-in€dical.  Organe officiel de la So-
  ciety mddicale de  Monaco, et Therapeutique par
  les agents physiques reruns.  Henri Guimbail,
  re"dacteur en  chef.   [Semi-monthly.]  Nos. 50-
  93, aunees 4-6, June 15, 1900, to April 1,  1902.
  fol.   Monaco.
    Continued under title: Therapeutique (La) paries
  agents physiques et naturels.
von Monakow (C[onstantiu]) [1853-     ].
  Gehirnpathologie.   I.  Allgemeine  Einleitung.
  II. Localisation.   III.  Gehirnblutungen.   IV.
  Verstopfung der  Hirnarterien.   ix,  924 pp., 1
  pi., 1 tab. 8°.   Wien, A. Holder, 1897.
    Forms pt. 1, v. 9, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. (Nothnagel).
Monang'e (L.)   Les drogues chimiques.  vii,
  259 pp.   12°.   Paris, O. Doin,  1888.
-----.  * Matiere extractives d'origine  animale.
  32 pp.  4\   Paris, 1889, No. 160.
Moiiard (J[ean]).  Les malades qui guerissent
  aux eaux d'Aix-les-Bains, et comment ils gueris-
  sent.  vi, 786 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris, A. Maloine,
  1^9.
Moiiardlis (Nicolans) [1493-1588].  De secanda
  vena in  pleuriti, inter Grsecos et Arabes Concor-
  dia; de rosa et partibus eius;  de succi rosarnm
  temperatnra; de rosis persicis seu Alexandriuis;
  de malis citriis,  aurantiis, ac liinoniis libelli.
  40 ff., 7 1.  12°.  Antverpim, apud  M.  Nutii  vi-
  duam, 1564.
-----.  De simplicibus medicamentis ex occiden-
  tal! India delatis, quorum in medicina usus est.
  Interprete Carolo Clusio.   88  pp.,  4 1.   12°.
  Antverpias, ex off.  C. Plantini, 1574.
    Another copy, bound with: Oeta (Garkia).  Aromatum.
  16°.  Antverpice, 1574.
-----.  The same.   Simplicium medicamentorum
  ex novo orbe delatorum,  quorum in medicina
  usus est, historia.  Hispanico sermone descripta,
  Latio deinde donata, et annotatiouibus,  iconi-
  busque affabre depictis illustrata a Carolo Clu-
  sio Atrebate.   Altera  editio.  84 pp., 21.  24°.
  Antverpice, ex off.  C. Plantini, 1579.
-----.  The same.   Histoire des simples me"dica-
  mens apport6s des terres neuves, desquels on se
  sert en la medecine.  Escrite premierement  en
  espagnol, du despuis mise en latin,  et illustre"e
  de plusieurs annotations, par Charles Clusius
  d'Arras,  et nouvellement traduicte en francois
  par Anthoiue Colin.  2 livres.   503-711 pp., 151.
  12-.  Lyon, J. Pillehotte, 1602.
     Bound with: de La Costk (C.)  Traicte des drogues,
  etc.  12°.  Lyon, 1602.
Moiiardlis (Nicolans)—continued.
------.   The same.  Histoire des simples me'dica-
  meus apportesde l'Am6rique, desquels on se sert
  en la  medecine ...  2. 6d., augmentee  de plu-
  sieurs figures et annotations.  262 pp., 3 1.  16°.
  Lyon, J. Pillehotte, 1619.
    Boundwith: Histoire des drogues, espiceries, etc.  16°.
  Lyon, 1619.
-----.   The same.   Die Schrift  des  Monardes
  iiber die Arzneimittel Americas, nach  der latei-
  nischen Uebertraguug des Clusius aus dem Jahre
  1579 iibersetzt und erliiutert von Kurt Stiinzuer;
  mit einem Yorwort von Erich Harnack.  viii,
  106 pp.  8°.   Halle a. S., M. Niemeyer, 1895.
-----.   Brief  traite*  de  la  racine mechoacan,
  venue de l'Espagne Nouvelle, medecine  tres ex-
  cellent du corps humain.  Blasonnee en maiute
  region la reubarbe des Indes.  Traduit d'espa-
  gnol en francois, par J[aques] G[ohory],  16 flf.
  12°.   Bouen, Martin 4" Honore, 1588.
    Bound  with: Macek Floridce.   Les fleurs  du livre
  [etc.J.  12°. Rouen, 1588.
------.   Libri ties magna medicina?  secreta et
  varia  experimeuta continentes;  et illi  quidem
  Hispanico sermone conscripti; nunc vero recens
  Latio donati a Carolo Clusio  Atrebate.  52 pp.,
  14 1.  fob
    Bound  with: Clusius (C.)  Exoticorum libri  decern.
  fol. Lugd. Bat, 1605.
-----.  Ein niitzlich  und  lustig Gespriiche von
  Stahl und Eisen, darinnen dieser Metallen Wiir-
  digkeit uud Artzuey Tugenden angezeiget wer-
  den ; erstlich in spanischer Sprache geschrieben,
  und vor  wenig Jahren  in  die  lateiuische  ge-
  bracht, dnrch Carolum Clusium, jetzo  aber in
  unsere deutsche Sprache versetzt;  sampt  einem
  audern Tractatlin, von dem Schnee  und  Eyss,
  desselben  Tugenden,  und  wie  man  sol den
  Tranck  darnit erfrischen.   Alles sehr niitzlich
  und lustig zu lesen, und mit angehengten Zu-
  gabeu vermehret, durch Jeremiam  Gesnerum.
  4 p. 1., 123 pp.  4°.   Leipzig, A. Larnberg, 1615.
    See, also, Juan de Avinon. Sevillana medicina [etc.].
  sm. 4°. Sevilla, 1545.—ab  Orta (G.)  Dell' historia dei
  semplici aromati, [etc.].  16°.  Venetia, 1605.
    For Biography, see Olmedilla y Puig (J.)  Estudio
  hist6rico de la vida y cscritos del sabio medico espanol del
  siglo xvi,  Nicolas Monardes.  8°.  Madrid, 1897.  See,
  also: An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1897, xvii, 115-118.
Monari (A[dolfo]).  Mutamenti della composi-
  zione chiinica dei  mnscoli nella fatica.   21 pp.
  8°.  Torino,  E. Loescher, 1887.
    Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1887, xxii
-----.  Sulla filtrazione dei  liquami putrescibili
  attraverso la torba.   13 pp.  4°.  Boma, Man-
  tellate, 1891.
Monari (Alfredo).   La clorosi;  studio  clinico-
  sperimentale.  178 pp., 1 1.   fol.   Modena, So-
  liani, 1900.
Monari  (Umberto).   Cistocele  inguinale.   30
  pp.   8°.  Bologna, 1896.
-----.  Ricerche sperimentali sul  limite di aspor-
  tazione dello stomaco e dell' intestiuo tenne nel
  cane.   28 pp.  8°.  Bologna,  1896.
------.  Fibromiomi dell' utero. 158 pp.  roy. 8°.
  Bologna, Begia tipog., 1897.
-----.  Di un nuovo  processo operatorio  per la
  asportazione dei turnori maligni delle tonsille  e
  parti attigne.   29 pp.   8C.  Bologna, 1897.

Monas.
     Danseard (P.-A.)  Observations  sur le Monas vul-
  garis.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 319-
  321.
Moiiastil'Ski (N[estor] D[niitriyevich]) [1847-
  88].   Sovremennlye vzglyadl na patologiyu  i
  terapiyu vospaleuiy sustavov.   [Contemporary
  views of pathology and therapeutics of inflam-
  mation of joints.]  354 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, 1887. 
MONASTlRSKI.
25
MONOINY.
Mouastirski (N[estor]  D[mitriyevich])—con.
    For Biography, see T. (G.)  [Nekrolo'g.]  Nestor Dmi-
  tiiyevich Mouastirski.  8°. [St. Petersburg, 1888.]  Also:
  Chir.  Vestnik,  St. Petersb.,  1888. iv,  399-403 (N. [A.]
  V[elyaminoff ]).
Monatliclie  Mittheilnngen aus dem  Gesammt-
  gebiete der Xaturwisseiischaften.  v. 6, 1888-9.
  8C.  Berlin.
    Continued under title: Helios, Berlin.
Monats-Bericht.  Zu  den gerichtlich- und
  sanifatspolizeilioben Medicinalbeamten.   Nos.
  9-11, March to May,  1893.  8°.   Tokio.
    Japanese text.
Moiiatshericlite iiber  die Gesamtleistungen
  auf  dem  Gebiete der  Kraukheiteu des  Hain-
  uud Sexual-Apparates. Hrsg. von L. Casper und
  H. Lobnstein.   v. 2-5.1-97-1900.  s'.   Berlin.
    Continuation of: Vierteljahreaberichle  iiber  die
  Gesamtleistungen [etc.].  Continued under title: ITIo-
  nntsberichte fiir Urologie.
Moiiatshericlite fiir Urologie.  Hrsg. von L.
  Casper, H. Lobnstein [et al.~].  v. 6-10, 1901-5.
  Berlin, (). Cohlentz.
    Current.  Continuation of:  ^lonatberichte iiber die
  Gesamtleistungen auf dem Gebiete der Krankheiten des
  Harn- und Sexual-Apparates.
MonatSblatt fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege.
  v. ll-Jf, 1—-1905.   8°.  Braunschweig.
    Current.
Monatsliefte fur praktiscbe Dermatolgie.  v.
  7-40, 1-8--1905.  s^.   Hamburg.
    Current.  After 1888, 2 v. annually.
Monatsliefte  fiir  praktiscbe   Tierheilkunde.
  Unter Mitwiikung von  M. Albrecht  [et al.~\
  hrsg. von  Dr. Frohner und Th.  Kitt.  v. 1-16,
  Ociober, 1889-1905.   8-.  Stuttgart, F. Enke.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fiir Elektro-Hoinoopathie, redi-
  girt von Dr. med. Fewsou.   v. 1-4, March, 1887,
  to December,  1890.  8°.   Danzig.
    Ended.
Monatsschrift fur Gebnrt.shiilfe  und Gynae-
  kologie.   Hrsg. von A. Martin und M. Sanger.
  [2 v. annually.]  v.  1-21, 1895-1905.  8°.  Ber-
  lin, S. Karger.
    Current.
-----.  General-Register zu Band 1-5.   1 v.  60
  pp.   8C.  Berlin, 1898.
Monatsschrift fiir  Gesundheitspflege.  Organ
  der Oesterreichischen Gesellschaft  fiir  Gesund-
  heitspflege.  Hrsg. von Heinrieh Adler.   v. 16-
  23, 1898-1905.  8°.   Wien, M. Perles.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fur Harnkrankheiten und sexu-
  elle  Hygieue.   Unter Mitwiikung hervorrageu-
  der  Mitarbeiter hrsg. von Karl Ries.  v. 1-2,
  1904-5.  8°.   Leipzig.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fiir Kinderheilkunde.  Redi-
  giert von Arthur Keller,  v. 1-3, October, 1902-5.
  8°.  Leipzig 4~ Wien, F. Deuticke.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fiir Kriminalpsychologie und
  Strafrechtsreform.  Unter Mitwiikung der Her-
  ren A. Klotz [et al. ] hrsg. von Gustav Aschaffen-
  burg.  v.  1-2, April, 1904-5.  8°.   Heidelberg,
  C. Winter.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fiir Ohrenheilkunde, [etc.].  v.
  22-39, 1888-1905.  4°  & 8°.   Berlin.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fiir  orthopiidische  Chirurgie
  und   physikalische  Heilmethoden.   Hrsg. von
  Max  David,   v. 1-5,  1901-5.  8U  & 4°.  Berlin,
  E. Grosser.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fiir  praktiscbe  Balneologie.
  Offlzielles  Organ des Allgemeineu deutschen
Monatsschrift fiir praktist he [etc.]—cont'd.
  Bader-Verbandes.  Hrsg. von Franz C. Miiller.
  v. 1-4, 1895-8.   8°.  Munchen.
    Ended.
Monatsschrift  fiir   praktiscbe  Wasserheil-
  knnde und physikalische Heilmethoden.   Hrsg.
  von  Arno  Kiiiche.  v.  1-12, 1884-1905.   8°.
  Munchen, Seitz 4' Schauer.
    Current, v. 7 contains general index to v. 1-7.
Monatsschrift fur Psychiatric und Neurolo-
  gic.   Hrsg. von  C. Wernicke und Th.  Ziehen.
  [2 v. annually.]  v. 1-17, 1897-1905.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, S.  Karger.
    Current.
Monatsschrift fur soziale Medizin.  Zentral-
  lilatt  fiir die  gesamte  •wissenschaffliche  uud
  praktiscbe Sozialmediziu.  Hrsg. von M.  Fiirst
  und K. Jaffe. v.  1, 1903-4.  8°.  Jena, G. Fischer.
    Continued under title: Archiv fiir soziale Medizin und
  Hygiene.
Monatsschrift fiir Unfallheilknnde, mit  be-
  sonderer  Beriieksichtigung der Mechanothera-
  pie.   Hrsg. von C. Thieni, H. Blasius  und  G.
  Schutz.  v.  1-12, 1894-1905.  8°.  Berlin, 1894-5;
  Leipzig, 1896-1905.
    Current.
Monatsschrift des Vereins deutscher  Zahn-
  kunstler.  v. 9-17,  1889-97.  8°.  Leipzig.
    Want v. 8, 1888.
Monavon  (Marius)  [1863-    ].  * Contribu-
  tion  a l'etude  de la coloration artificielle  des
  vins.   113 pp.   4°.  Lyon, 1890, No. 7.
Monavus (Fridericus).
    See PrevotiiiH  (J.) De compositione medicamento-
  rum [etc.]. 24°.  Rinteli, 1649.
Monbernard (J.-M.)   *Resultats eioignes du
  traitement  du  varicocele par  la  resection du
  scrotum.   78  pp.   8°.   Toulouse,  1897, No.
  193.
Monhouyran  [Jean-Joseph-Emilien]  [1865-
      ].   *Les tumeurs  rares  du naso-pharynx;
  etude,  clinique  et  therapeutique.  68  pp.  4°.
  Paris,  1895, No.  6.
-----.   Thesame. 68pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Steinheil,
  1895.
Moncay.
    Abbatneci. Notes medicales sur le poste de Moncay
  (Tonkin).  Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1902, lxxvii, 450-46i.
du Monchaux (Pierre-J.) [1733-66].  Biblio-
  graiihie medicinale raisonnee, ou essai sur l'ex-
  position des livres les  plus utiles a ceux qui se
  destiuent a l'etude de  la medecine.  Avec une
  lettre de . .  ., sur les commentairesde M. le baron
  van Swieten, et sur quelques autres ouvrages.
  xxxii,  468, 39 pp., 2 1.  12c.  Paris, J.-B. Cussac,
  1783.
de Monchy (L. B.)   * Prostaat-hypertrophie.
  [Leiden.]  3 p. 1., 34, 4 pp., 4 pi. 8°.  Rotterdam,
  Nijgii 4' van Ditmar, 1901.
de Monchy (MichielMarinus).  *Eenbijzonder
  geval van fibrosarcoma uteri.  3  p. 1., 60  pp., 1
  pi.  80.  Leiden, S. C.  Van Doesburgh, 1898.
de Monchy (Salomon).  Verhandeling van  de
  oorzaaken, geuezing eu  voorbehoeding  der  ge-
  woone ziekten van ons scheepsvolk, 't geen naar
  de West-Indien vaart.   Op de vraag van de Hol-
  landsehe Maatschappye der Wetenschappen, in
  de jaaren 1758 en 1759 gedaau, namelyk: Welken
  zyn de oorzaaken der gewoone  ziekten van  ons
  scheepsvolk, 't welk nade West-Indii'ii vaart, en
  welke  zyn  de  middelen  om  deeze  ziekten  te
  voorkoomen ofte te geneezen?  Welke antwoord
  de prys, hier  op gesteld, is  to ecgewezen.  6.
  deel.  viii, 185 pp.  8°.  [Rotterdam? 1760.]
Monciny (P.-G.)  Traite eietneutaire d'hygiene,
  a l'usage des ecoles.  56 pp.   16°.   Paris, Gaume
  4- Cie., 1888. 
MOXCK.
26
MONDENARD.
Mo nek (W. S. B.)   The confessions of the inno-
  cent.  *pp.   A-.  New York, 1901.
    Repr.from:  Med.-Lcg. J., N. Y., 1900-1901, xviii.
Moncorge (Remy) [1863-    ].  *l5tnde sur les
  laryngoplegies unilaterales.   Leur valeur diag-
  nosti(]ue.  1 p. 1.,90pp.  4°.  Lyon, 1890, No.532.
Moncorvo [Ferreira (Arthur)] filho.  Novo
  processo de prepai acao dos caldos  de agar-agar
  sem auxilio do tiltro a qnente.   11 marco de 1893.
  6 pp., 11.  tK  Rio  de Janeiro, Barreiros 4' Co.,
  1893.
------.  Relatorio dos trabalhos  bacteriologicos
  executados durante  o  anno de 1892, no servico
  de  pediatria  da Policlinica do Rio de Janeiro.
  1° Janeiro de  1-93.   20 pp.  8°.  Rio de Janeiro,
  Barreiros 4" Co., 189:5.
    Pesqnizas scientificas.
------.  *Das  lymphangitis  na infancia  e  suas
  consequencias.   347 pp., 1  1.  roy. 8.   Rio  de
  Janeiro, typog. Moraes, 1897.
-----.  Les lympliangites de l'enfance et leurs
consequences.   2 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1898.
-----.  L'ichthyol.   Les  lympbangites de  l'en-
  fance et leurs consequences.   2 pp.   8J.  Paris,
  1898.
-----.  L'ichthyol.   Sur le traitement de la chy-
  lurie par l'ichthyol.  2 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1898.
Moncorvo y Ferreira(Clemente).   SmTem-
  ploi cliniquedustrophanthus.   8pp.  8°. Paris,
  0. Berthier, 1888.
------.  Du traitement de la syphilis infantile par
  les  injections sous-cutanees de sels  mercuriels.
  r.l pp.   ho.   Paris, G. Steinheil, 1891.
Moncorvo [deFigueiredo (Carlos Arthur)]
  [    -1901].   Nota sobre a accao physiologica e
  ihera|)eutica da carica papaya (mamoeiro).   25
  pp.  8°.  Rio de Janeiro,  1879.
------.  De  l'eiephantiasis des  Arabes  chez les
  enfants. 35  pp. 8°.  Paris,  G.  Steinheil, 1886.
    Repr.from:  Rev. mens.  d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1886, iv
------.  Du traitement de  la choree par l'antipy-
  rine.   16 pp.   8°.  Paris, O. Berthier, 1889.
------.  Sur les troubles dyspeptiques dans l'en-
  fance et sur  leur diagnostic par  la recherche
  ehimique du  sue gastrique.   16 pp.   8°.  Paris,
  0. Berthier, 1m89.
------.   firythenie noueux palustre.   18 pp.  8°.
  Paris,  G. Steinheil, 1890.
------.  On the treatment of chorea by exalgine.
  Being  the  entire complete text in French -with-
  out alteration, with a translation  into English
  by the editor of the  Medical Abstract.  4 1.  8°.
  [n. p.,  1891, vel subseq.]
------.   Do  microbio  da coqueluche.  8 pp.  8°.
  Rio de Janeiro, Ferreira 4' Co., 1892.
------.   Contribution  a  l'etude de  Paction thera-
  peutique de   l'extrait  liquide  de  cerveau de
  niouton  taut chez des  adultes que  chez des en-
  fants.   20 pp.  8°.   Paris, O. Doin,  1893.
    Repr.from:  Bull. gen. de therap., Par., 1893, exxv.
------.   Quelques reflexions sur l'etiologie et le
  traitement de la sclerose en plaques, a propos des
  Leeous  sur les maladies de la moelle, par Pierre
  Marie.   16 pp.  8°.  Paris, O.  Berthier, 1893.
------.   Sur  le rhumatisme blennorrhagiqne chez
  les  enfants, a propos de  deux nouveaux  cas de
  ce genre.  Lecons  professees a la Policliuique
  generale de Rio-de-Janeiro.  26 pp.  8°.  Paris
  1894.                                         '
    Repr.from: Med. inf., Par., 1894, i.
------.  Sur  Pcmploi du  salol dans le  traitement
  de la diarrhee  niaremniatique chez les enfants
  20 pp.   8°.   [Paris'], G. Steinheil, [n. d.].
------.  On the employment of exalgine in infan-
  tile therapeutics.  6 pp.  8°.   New York, [Mc-
  Kesson 4' Bobbins, v.  d.~].
    For Biography, see Brazil med.,  Rio de Jan., 1901, xv
  290.  Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1901, 3. s., xlvi, 219]
Moiicour (Charles-Hippolyte) [18(i(i-   ].  *De
  !a  laryngectoniie.   Indications, contre-indica-
  tious,  valeur  therapeutique, valeur  operatoire,
  choix du mauuel operatoire.  4 .  Bordeaux, 1890,
  No 7.
Moncrieff (Rev.  Archibald).  See  Memoran-
  dum-book [etc.].
Moncrieff (G. K. Scott).  The water supply of
  barracks and cantonments,  front., xxiv, 319 pp.,
  60 pi.  8C.  Chatham, W. 4' J. Mackay  $ Co., 1896.
Moncrieff ( John ).  Tippermalluch's  re ceits.
  Being  a collection of many useful and easy rem-
  edies  for  most distempers.  Written by  that
  worthy and ingenious  gentleman John  Mon-
  crieff, of Tippermalluch, and now first publish'd
  for the use of all, but especially  the poor.  8,
  143 pp.  24°.   Edinburgh,  H. Knox, 1712.
Moncriff  (Bernard).  The  philosophy of the
  stomach; or, an exclusively animal  diet (with-
  out  any vegetable  or  condiment whatever) is
  the most wholesome and fit for man ;  illustrated
  by experiments upon himself,  x, 9-9^ pp., 1 pi.
  12°.   Ijondon, Longman [and others],  18f>6.
Monciir (James).  The posthumous papers of
  ...  1 p. 1., xxxi, 260  pp.  8°.  Stonehaven, A.
  Clark,  1846.
Moncure (James Bunlop)  [     -1898].
    D. (W. F.)  Ohituary. Am. J. Insan.,  Bait.,  1898-9,
  lv, 539-541.
Mond  (Richard) [1867-    ].  * Kritischer Be-
  richt iiber die in der Kieler Universitats-Frauen-
  kliuik  mit  der  Achsenzugzange   gemachten
  Erfabrungen.  26  pp., 1 1.   8°.  Kiel, C. Bbckel,
  1893.
Mondada (G. B.)  *La condizione della donna
  fuor del  matrimonio secondo  il diritto  civile
  de' paesi latini (Fraucia, Italia, Spagna, Porto-
  gallo).  [Bern.]   80  pp.,  1 1.   8°.   Lugano, F.
  Traversa, 18811.
Mondain (Charles) [1874-    ].   * Contribu-
  tion  a  l'etude des  pseuao-etranglements de l'in-
  testin.  80 T>p.  8°.   Paris, 1902, No.  125.
Mondan  (Pierre-Louis-Gabriel)  [1856-    ].
  * Recherches experimental et cliniques sur les
  atrophies des membres dans  les affections chi-
  rurgicales.  (Systeme  musculaire et systeme
  osseux.)   255  pp.   4°.   [Lyon], Valence, 188-2,
  No. 149.
Mondat ([Vincent]  M[arie]).   Ueber die Uu-
  fruchtbarkeit bei beideu Geschlechtern und die
  Mittel, sie zu  beilen.  Aus dem Franzosischeu
  iihersetzt von einem  deutschen Arzte.  130 pp.,
  2 1.  12°.   Sondershausen, B. F.  Voigt, 1821.
-----.  The same.  2. sehr  vermt hrte  Aufl.  xii,
  160 pp.  16°.   Ilmenau. B. F. Voigt, 18-29.
-----.  Topographic  medicale  de Florence  et de
  ses villas,  ou description  de  tout ce qui pent
  interesser ou  conserver la sante  dans ce beau
  pays de la  Toscane, surnomme  l'Atheues de
  l'ltalie.  xii,  13-186 pp.,  3 1.   8°.   Marseille,
  Sends, 1839.
------.  Bains de Lucques, ou precis sur les eaux
  minerales tbermales des  sources  de Lucques.
  xii, 66 pp.,  1  1. 8°.  Florence,  V. Batelli 4- Co.,
  1840.
Monde (Le) dentaire. Journaldesdentistesfran-
  cais.  Paul Vasseur, directeur-gerant.  [Month-
  ly.]  v. 4-7, 10, October,  1890-96.   8°.  Paris.
   Continuation of: Petite (La) gazette, Paris.
Monde (Le) medical.  Revue iiiternntionale de
  medecine etde therapeutique.  Legerant: Paul
  Jammes.  [Monthly.]  v.  9-12, 1899-1902.  8°.
  Pans.
Monde (Le) pharmaceutique et medical,  v. 19-
  33, 1888-1902.   4J.  Paris.
Mondenard  (Henri).   *Sur  les  enipoisonne-
  nieutspar les preparations cuivreuses.  Cuivre
  normal.  19 pp.  4 .  Poussielgue, 1845. 
MONDEVILLE.
27
MONESI.
de Mondeville (Henri).  Chirurgie de Maltre
  Henri  de Mondeville, chirurgien de Philippe le
  Bel, roi de  France,  composee de  1306 a 1320.
  Traduction franeaise, avec des notes, une intro-
  duction et une biographic, publicV  sous les aus-
  pices du Ministere de l'instruetion publiqne par
  E. Nicaise avec la collaboration du  Dr.  Saint-
  Larger et de F. Chavannes.  front., lxxxii (1 1.),
  903 pp.  roy. 8-.  Paris. F. Alcan,  1893.
    For Biography, see Cherenu (A.)  Henri de  Monde-
  ville, chirurgien de Philippe-le-Bel, roi  do  France. 8°.
  Paris, 1862.—Pagel (J. L.)  Leben, Lehre und Leistuu-
  gen des Heinrieh von Mondeville (Herruondaville).  Ein
  Beitrag zur Geschichte der Anatomie und Chirurgie.
  I. Theil 8°.  Berlin, 1892. — Roger (J.)  Les medecins
  normands, fete.].  s°. Paris, 1895,  ii, 17-39.
------.  See, also:
    Herda  (W.)   *Die Anatomie  des Heinrieh
  von Mondeville  (14. Jahrb.); zum ersten Male
  ins Deutsclie ubertragen und  mit Anuierkungen
  versehen.  8°.  Berlin, 1898.
    Hering (F.)  * Kosmetik  nach  Heinrieh de
  Mondeville.   8°.  Berlin, 1898.
    Lledeoke (E. G.)   Wnndverbaudund Wund-
  naht nach Heinrieh  von Mondeville.  8°.  Ber-
  lin, [ 1.-98].
    Pagel [J. L.]  Die  Anatomie  des Heinrieh
  von Mondeville.   Nach  einer Handschrift  der
  koniglichen  Bibliothek  zu Berlin vom  Jahre
  1304,  zum  ersten   Male  hrsg.   8°.   Berlin,
  1889.
    Pankow ([A.  L.] TV.) *Die Anatomie des
  Heinrieh von Mondeville (14. Jahrb.).    Zum
  ersten Male ins Deutsche ubertragen und  mit
  Anmerkungen versehen.  8°.   Berlin, [1898].
    Ruppin (YV.)   *Aus  dem  Anlidotarium  des
  Henri de Mondeville (14. Jahrb.).  8°.  Berlin,
  1*98.
    (umntoii (C. G.)  Henry de Mondeville, the man and
  his writings; with translation of several chapters of his
  works.  Buffalo M.  J..  1902-3, n.  s., xiii, 486; 549; 642.
  Also, Keprint.—Pagel (J. L ) Die Chirurgie des  Hein-
  rieh von Mondeville (Hermondaville) nach dem Berliner
  und drei Pariser Codices zum ersten Male hrsg.   Arch. f.
  klin. Chir.. Berl., 1890, xl. 253-904.
 Mondielli (Paul) [1?75-    ].  * Etude phar-
  macologique et pharmacodynauiique sur la tu-
  beiculine  et  l'oxytuberculine.  77  pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Lyon, 1-1)8. No. 126.
 Mondiere (A.-T.)  Statistique des  naissances
  et des deces dans la  population annamite de la
  C'ochinchine  franeaise  pendant  les six  annees
  1872  a 1876.  22 pp.   8°.   Paris, G. Masson,
  [1880?].
    Repr. from:  Ann. de d6mog. internat.,  Par., 1880.
 Mondiet (Jeau-Marie-Louis-Rene-Andre) [1877-
       J.  * Contribution a l'etude des amputations
  partiellesdu globe oculaire.  62 pp.  8J.  Bor-
  deaux, 1901, No. 38.
 Mondin  [Marius-Engene-Bernard].   "'Indica-
  tions  de  Foperation de  Bottini dans le  traite-
  ment  de  l'hypertrophie  de la prostate,  v, 114
  pp.   8°.   Paris, 1902, No. 391.
 Mondinari (Ernesto).   Etiologia dell'  influ-
  enza nel  1890.  Studio d' igiene su 1,867 casi di
  influenza.  39 pp., 1 ch.  8°.  Mantova, tipog.
  Mondovi, 1890.
 ------.  Etiologia  dell' influenza nel 1892.  Stu-
  dio  d' igiene  su  302 casi di  influenza.   21 pp.
  H'J.  Mantora, tipog.  Mondovi, 1892.
 ------.  II bacillo della tubereolosi. Metodo fa-
  cile e breve di   ricerca  mediante la glicerina
  acida e sue  pratiche applicazioni alia  igiene,
  medicina e chirurgia.  29 pp., 1 pi.  8°.   Man-
  tova, G. Mondovi, 1893.

 Mondino.
    Joppi (V.)  Notizie e  documenti su Mondino
  da Cividale, medico  del  secolo xiv, raccolti dal
  dott. ...  8°.  I'dine, 1873.
Mondino (Casimiro).  Sulla genesi e sullo svi-
  luppo degli elementi del sangue nei vertebrati.
  39 pp., 2 pi.  4°.  Palermo, M. Amenta, 1888.
    Repr. from: Gior. di sc. nat. ed economiche, 1888, xix.
------.  Lezioni di anatomia generale e di tecnica
  per la microseopia.  375 pp., 7 pi.  8°.  Torino,
  Rosenberg j- Sellier, 189[3-6].
------.  Sulle coudizioni odierne della psichiatiia,
  prelezione al corso  di  clinica psiehiatrica  per
  1' anno aceadeniico 1898-9.   18 pp.  8°.   Pavia,
  1899.
Mondino [o> Mondini] da Luzzi [Miin-
  dinus  de  L,entiis] [1250-13^".'!J.  Incipit
  Anothoinia  Mundini.   [Ad finem:]  Explicit
  Anothoma  Mundini quae emendata fuit per Vin-
  ceutium  Georgium Licium in florentissimo gym-
  nasio Patavino et impressa Venetiis per  Beniar-
  dinuni Venetum, expeusis  D.  Hieronymi Du-
  rami, 1494.  24 1.  4°.   Venetiis, 1494.
    Boundwith: LEONlCENUS(Nicolaus).  De epidemia [etc.].
  4°.  [n. p., n. d.\
    Also, in: Ketham (Joannes).  Incipit fasciculus medi-
  cines,  fol. Yenitiis, 1500, ff. diii-fiib.
    See, also, Coi-ti (Matteo).  In Mundini anatomen  ex-
  plicate, [etc.].  16°.  Papice, 1550.-----. The same. 16°.
  Lugduni,  1551.—Krtam [or Ketham] (J.) Fasciculo
  di medicina vulgare, [etc.].  fol.   [n. p., 1509.]
------.  See, also:
    Pilchcr (J. E.) Mundinus and the anatomy of  the
  Middle Ages. Columbus M. J., 1896, xvii, 343-357.

Mondino da Cividale.
    Joppi  (V.)  Notizie e documenti su Mondino
  da Cividale, medico del secolo xiv.   8°.   Udine,
  1873.
Mondo (H) medico.   Rivista mensuale di me-
  dicina, chirurgia ed  igiene.   Redattore: G.  De
  Pascale.   v. 1-4, 1900-1903.  8°.  Napoli.
Moiidon (Emmanuel) [1856-    ].  * Etude sur
  quelques faits  relatifs a l'empoisonnement par
  l'oxyde   de carboue.   51 pp.   4°.   Paris,  1889,
  No. 209.
Mondorf-les-Bains.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Mondot (Louis).    * Lichen tropicus, ou  gale
  bedouine.   40 pp.   4°.  Toulouse, 18i»c>, No.  74.
Moneifer  (Joseph) [1870-     ].   * Des kystes
  hydatiques de  l'epiploon et du bassin.  75 pp.,
  1 1.  4°.   Lyon, 1892, No. 731.
Monel (Henri)  [1873-    ].   * Contribution a
  l'etude  de l'infection  tubercnleuse  des  reins.
  122 pp.,  11.  8J.  Paris, 1899, No. 55.
Monell (S[amuel] H.)   A brief synopsis of the
  therapeutics of static  electricity.   5 pp.   12°.
  New York,  D. Appleton  <,' Co., 18>)4.
    Repr.from: N.  York M. J., 1894, lix.
------.  Practical chapters on static  electricity,
  collected and  reprinted from  various  medical
  journals, etc.    40 pp.,  1 pi.   8°.   New  York,
  [van Houten tf  Ten Broeck, 1895].
------.  The treatment of disease by electric cur-
  rents; a hand-book of plain instructions for  the
  general practitioner.  1100 pp.  8°.   Neio York,
   IV. B. Harrison, 1897.
------.   Manual of static electricity in X-ray and
  therapeutic  uses.   2.  ed.   xvii, 630 pp.,  8  pi.
  8°.  New York, W. B. Harrison,  1897.
    Also, Editor of: Journal of Treatment, New York,
  1904.
Moneri  (Andre) [1880-   ].  * Metabolisme de
  1'iode; recherches nouvelles sur la fonction iodee
  de  la  glande   thyroide.  158 pp.   8°.   Lyon,
  1903, No. 69.
Monesi  (Luigi).  La estrazione della cataratta
  nueleare presso la  clinica oculistica del  Prof.
  Albertotti, Modena; resoconto ed osservazioni.
  88 pp.   8°.  Pavia, 1900.
    Repr. from: Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1900, xxix. 
MONESI.
28
MONGIN.
Monesi (Luigi)—continued.
■------.   Kiparazione delle ferite corneali a tutto
  spessore; studio sperimeutale.  29 pp.   8°.  Pa-
  via, tipog. successor! Bizzoni, 1900.
    Repr.from : Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1900, xxix.
------   La cura del cherato-ipopion;  resoconto
  ed o>se.iva/.ioni.   35 pp.  8 ;.  Pavia, tipog. suc-
  cessor! Bizzoni, 1901.
    Repr. from: Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1901, xxx.
------.   Sopra un caso  di  degenerazione ialina
  della congiuntiva.  20 pp.   8~.  Palermo, Tipog.
  coop., 1901.
    Repr. from: Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1901, viii.
Moiiesia.
    Dbrosxk  (B.), Hexry (0.) & Pa yen (J.-F.)
  Examen chimique et medical du  monesia.  8°.
  Paris,  1841.
Monestie.
    See  Ouermonprez (F[rancois-Tules-Octave]).  Du
  respect de la vie humaine.  8°.  Paris, 1892. -----. De la
  prudence eu therapeutique.  8°. Lille & Paris, 1893.
Monestie (Francois).  *De l'actinoniveose  cu-
  tanee.  74 pp., 11.  4°.  Paris,  1895, No. 412.
M[oiiet].  Lettre  a M.  Ch[oniel], doyen  de la
  Faculte de medecine de Paris, au  sujet d'un de-
  cret du 26 j ii i ii, sur la necessite des saignees t6\-
  terees.  2. ed.  19 pp.. 1 1.  16°.   [Paris, 1756.]
de  Monet  de  Lamarck (Jean-Baptiste-
  Pierre-Antoiiie).  See Lamarck.

Money.
    See,  * also, Bank-notes;  Contagion,  etc.
  (Causes of).
    Berxardakis (A.-N.)  Le papier - monnaie
  dans l'antiquile.  8°.   Paris, 1874.
    Repr.from: J. d. economistes, 1874.
    Contngio (Del) parelpapel-moneda.  Rev.med. deBo-
  gota, 1903-4, 355.—Letourneau  (C.)  La monnaie chez
  les races de couleur.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1899,
  4. s., x, 679-692.
Money (Angel).  The  health of children,   viii,
  45 pp.  12°.  London, H. K. Lewis, 1888.
------.   The student's  text-book of the practice
  of medicine,  xiv (1 1.), 458 pp.   12°.  London,
  H. K.  Lewis, lrtf9.
------.   Treatment of  disease in  children, em-
  bodying the outlines of diagnosis and  the chief
  pathological differences between children and
  adults.  2. ed.   xiii, 542 pp., 1 1.   12°.  London,
  H. K.  Lewis, 1890.
    Also, Co-Editor of: Intercolonial  Medical Journal
  of Australasia, Melbourne, 1896.
    For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1256. Also:
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 196.
Money (W.)  A vade-mecum of morbid  anato-
  my, medical and chirurgical; with pathological
  observations and symptoms.  2. ed.  vii, 51 pp.,
  1 1., 48 pp.  8-\  London, J. Churchill, 1843.
Moilfalcon  (J[ean]-B[aptiste]) [1792-1874].
  Histoire des marais, et des maladies causees par
  les emanations  des eaux stagnantes.   Ouvrage
  qui a obtenu le prix mis au  coucours par la So-
  ciete  royale des sciences, belles-lettres et arts
  d'Orleans.   xii,  510 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris, Bechet
  jeune, 1824.
Monfalcone.
    See "Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Monfallet (D.)  Bibliographic abregee des in-
  fections.  64 pp., 1 1.  8C.   Paris 4 Santiago, C.
  Goffi, 1903.
------.   L'examen des viandes.  95 pp.   8°.   Pa-
  ris, J.-B. Bailliere 4fils, 1904.

Monferrato.
    See Smallpox (History, etc., of), by localities.
Monflier [ Albert- Raymond -Anatole].    * Du
  traitement des plaies de poitrine par l'immobili-
  sation.  57 pp.,  11.  8°.  Paris, 1902,  No.  311.
Monfort  (Francois-Marie)  [1877-    ].  * Con-
  tribution  a l'etude  clinique du pemphigus des
  premieres voies respiratoires et digestives.   78
  pp.  8y   Bordeaux,  1902, No. 62.
Mongan  (James).   A report of the trial of the
  action in which  Bartholomew  M'Garalian was
  the plaintiff and the Rev. Thomas Maguire was
  the defendant, tried  in the court of exchequer in
  Ireland, before the Hon. Baron Smith, on Thurs-
  day, the  13th, and Friday,  the 14th, of Decem-
  ber, 1827.  93 pp.  8C. Dublin, Westley 4" Tyrrell,
  1827.
Mongardi (R.)  L' acido fluoridrico e  la tuber-
  colosi. 8 pp.  roy. 8°.   [Bologna,  1889.]
    Repr.from: Kaccoglitore med., Forli, 1889, 5. s., vii.

Mong'e  (Bonifacio) [1847-     ].
    [Biography.]  Monitor de la farm,  y de la terap.,
  Madrid, 1899, v, 217.
Mongeot (Henri-Laurent) [1872-    ].  * Ope-
  rations conservatrices et orchidotomie dans la
  tnberculose testiculaire.  1 p. 1., 60 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Nancy, 1899, No. 10.
Mongeri  (Luigi). La demence precoce.  19 pp.
  8°.   Constantinople,  A.  Christidis, 1900.
    Repr. from: Rev. med. pharm., Constant., 1900.
------.  Le psicosi epatiche.  28 pp.  8°.   Milano,
  M. Bellingaghi, 1903.
Monges (P.)  * Programme des produits chimi-
  ques et pbarmaceutiques prepares dans le labo-
  ratoire de l'ficole superieure de pharmacie de
  Montpellier.   18 pp., 1 1.  4°. Montpellier, 1891,
  No. 506.
    Pharmacie.
Mongiardini (Antonius).  Propositiones  phi-
  losophieae quas publico propugnandas expouit,
  in collegio Clavarensi, etc.  12 pp.  fol.  Genua?,
  ex typog.  Gexiniana,  1778.  [P., v. 2146; 2150.]
Mongiardini (G.  A.)   Dell' applieazione  del
  »alvanisino alia medicina.  25 pp.  8.   Genova,
  1803.
-----.  Saggio sugli  spedali.  128 pp.,  1 1.  12°.
  Genova, 1803.
------.   Osservazioni e riflessioni sull'  azione  e
  1' uso medico di alcune  digitali.   26  pp.   8°.
  [Genova, 1806.]
------.  Couipendiarium  materia? medica? speci-
  men.  22  pp.  16°.   Genuce,  1809.
------.  The same.  [Also:] Elenchus remedioruni
  ratione habita ad vires quas in humauo corpore
  praesertim exercem.  46 pp.  12°.  Genua?, ex typog.
  Italo-Gallica, 1809.
------.  Sulla diatesi cancerosa.  Annotazioni.  18
  pp.  8°.   [Genova, 1809.]
------.  Nuove  osservazioni sugli effetti  del rhus
  radicans  o toxicodendron nella cura di alcune
  malattie.  19 pp.  8J.  [Genova], 1812.
------.  Breve saggio di materia medica.  Tradotto
  dal latino, corredato di  note e di alcune  for-
  mole  medicinali  da Pietro Fiamberti.   iii,  174
  pp.  12°.   Genova, Ponthenier, 1833.
------.  Sul veleno della vipera.   9  pp.   8°.  [•».
  p., n. d.]
Mongie (Louis-Camille) [1871-    ].  *Du trai-
  tement chirurgical de la grossesse extra-uterine.
  58 pp. 8C.  Bordeaux,  1897, No. 40.,
Mongie (Pierre-Louis) [1876-    ].   * Contribu-
  tion a l'etude de la luxation ilio-pubienne trau-
  niatiqtie  recente et  de son traitement. 52 pp.,
  2 1.  8y   Bordeaux, 1899, No. 55.
Mongin  (Andre) [1868-    ].   * Du risque pro-
  fessional dans  les  maladies et  accidents du
  travail, au point de  vue de l'hygiene generale et
  de  la medecine judiciaire.   151  pp.,  1 1.  4°.
  Lyon, 1896, No. 1190.
Mongin  (Leon) [1857-     ].   * Etude anato-
  mique et physiologique sur l'heuiichoree symp-
  tomatique.  68 pp.,  1 1.  4°. Paris, 1887, No. 11. 
MONGINI.
29
MONIN.
Mongini  (Fgo).   Guida igienico-tecnica delle
  citta  d'  Italia.   Alessandria.    16  pp.   12°.
  Torino, tipog. L. Roux <,• Co., [1890].
    Suppl. to: Ingegner. san., Torino, 1*90, i, no. 2.
de Monginot (Francois) [1569-    ].   Secrets
  polvdaidales eontrela peste.  96 pp.  16°.  Paris,
  G. Lombard, 1606.
-----.   De la gu6rison des fi^vres  par le quin-
  quina.   4. ed.  1 p. 1.  140 pp., 11.  12J.  Lyon,
  A. Briasson, 1681.
    Bound vith: Tolet  (Francois). Traite de la lithoto-
  mie,  [etc.].  12-.  La Haye, 1686.
    For Biography, see Annuaire de la Haute-Marne, Chau-
  mont, 1811, 140.
Mongird  (F.)  * Cancer   du   peritoine.  4°.
  Paris,  l*-4, No. 274.

Mongolians.
    Haberer (K.  A.)  Schiidel  und Skelettoile
  aus Pekiug.  Ein Beitrag zur somatischen Eth-
  nologie der Mougolen.  roy.  >-.   Jena, 1902.
    Pi.aiciiut (E.)   Les races jauues; les celestes.
  16-\  Paris, 1898.
     Bitlz (E.)  Ueber  die Rasseuelemente in Ostasien,
  speciell  in Japan. Mitth. d. dentsch. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-
  u. Volkerk. Ostasiens.  Tokio, 1900, viii, 227-235. -----.
  Koch einmal die  blanen "Mongolen-Flecke \ Internat.
  Ceutralbl. f. Anthrop.   Greifswald A:  Stettin, 1902. vii,
  329-331.—Birkner  (F.)  Zur  Anthropologie der  Mou-
  golen.   Arch. f. Rassen-u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Berl., 1904, i,
  809-821.—II a my (E. T.) The yellow races.  Rep. Smith-
  son. Inst. 18'.».">, Wash., 1890. 505-517.—Hovelacqne (A.)
  Le type mongolique.  Rev. internat. d. sc, Par., 1878, i,
  168;  225. — Iadrintzev (X.)  Les mongoloides de la
  Siberie, leur etat actuel et  leur  aptitude a la civilisa-
  tion.  Cong, internat. d'anthrop.  [etc.].   C. r. 1892. Mos-
  cou,  1893. ii, 169-176.—Iwanowski (A.) Znr Anthro-
  pologie  der  Mongolen.  Arch.  f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg..
  1896, xxiv, 65-90. -----. Ueber gewisse Korperpropor-
  tionen der Mongolen.   Compt.-rend. Cong,  internat. de
  med.  1897, Mosc, 1899,  ii, sect.  1, 7«-*2.—I,eder (H.)
  Ueber alte Grabstatten  in Sibirien nnd der Mongolei.
  Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellsrh. in TVien, 1895, n. F., xv,
  9_16.— .llanrel  iE.i  De la longueur comparee des deux
  premiers orteiN dans les races  mougoles.  Assoc, franc.
  pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r., Par., 1887. xvi. pt. 2,739-741.—
  iVIonlignon.  La medecine chez les Mongols. Clini-
  que,  Montreal, l»95-6, ii, 189-194— Taches congenitales
  de la legion sacro-loinbaire.  Rev.de 1'F.i ole d'anthrop. de
  Par.,  1^99, ix. 196.—W.  (R.)   Znr Anthropologie der
  Mongolen.  Globus, Brnschwg., 1905, lxxxviii, 49.

Mongolism.
    See Myxcedema in infants, etc.

Mongoloids.
     TlacKitchif (D.)  Mongoloid Europeans. Rep. Brit.
  Ass. Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond., 1904.  lxxiii. 821.
Mongrand  [E.]   Guide medical de l'officier
  d'int'anterie de marine dans les regions tropi-
  cales.  3 p. 1.,  iv, 5-1:54  pp.   16-.   Paris, Chal-
  lame.l <f Cie., 1^90.

Mongtze.
    Barbezienx (G.)  Rapport medical sur l'etat sani-
  tairede  Mougtze.  China. Imp.Customs. Med. Rep. 1901,
  Shanghai. 1903, [61.-62. issues), 35-45. -----. Rapport me-
  dical sur la situation sauitaire de Monjitze. pour le semes-
  tre finissant le 30  septembre 1903.   Ibid., 1904, Shanghai,
  1905 [66.-67. issues]. 11-16.
Mongnidi (Coriolano).  Topografia dei  princi-
  pal  rami viseerali dell'  aorta addominale (con
  applicazioni alia chirurgia).  Dissertazione per
  la libera docenza.   69  pp., 1  1.  "'-.  Milano, F.
  Vallardi, [1"9:5].
-----.   Spedale civile di Parma.   Sei mesi di chi-
  rurgia  spedaliera.   Relazione.  63 pp.  8C. Par-
  ma, L.  Battei, 1897.
-----.   Ospedale maggiore di Parma. II trienuio
  1901-3.  Rendiconto  statistico.  24  pp.   8°.
  Parma, L. Battel, 1904.
Monhcim  (C.)  De  beteekenis  van het urine-
  onderzoek voor de herkenning, heeling en voor-
  koming van ziekten, vooral met het oog op de
  sufkerziekte (diabetes mellitus).   Uit het Hoog-
  duitsch door J. Erne.  30 pp.   8C.  's-Graven-
  hage, J. E. Engelberts, 1887.
Monie  ( Jerome - Jean - Georges )  [1876-     ].
  * Physiologie pathologique de  l'iucisiou  renale.
  Travail de la  clinique  des maladies des voies
  urinaires.   141 pp., 4 diag.  S\ Bordeaux, 1901,
  No. 41.
Moilier (Albert-Juste-Joachim) [1876-     ].
  * De  l'epilepsie procursive.   86 pp.  8-.  Lille,
  1903, No. 146.
Moilier (Emile).   Memoires  sur  I'analyse  du
  lait et des  farines  par  les me'thodes  volum6-
  triques;  presentes  a 1'Academie  des  sciences.
  12 pp.  8°.   Paris, Asselin, 1858.  [P.,  v. 1766.]
Moilier (Eugene)  [1-76-    ].  * Tableau  cli-
  nique des fausses tumenrs de l'abdomeu.  62 pp.,
  1 1.   8y  Montpellier, 1899, No. 2.
Moilier (Eugene-Joachim-Louis) [1868-     ].
  *De la conduite a tenir dans l'accouchement par
  le siege.  65  pp.  4J.  Lille, 1894, 4. s.,  No. 44.
Monier (Joseph) [1875-    ].  * Du losange de
  Michaelis.  Etude  clinique.   70 pp.,  1  1.   8°.
  Lyon, 1901, No. 168.
Moilier (Leon-Maximin-Edmond) [1872-     j.
  * De  la fievre  syphilitique.   44 pp.,  1  1.   8°.
  Bordeaux, 1899, No. 111.
Monier (Marcel).  Le peptonate  ferrique;  son
  etude chimique et  physiologique.   15 pp.   8-.
  An vers, J. Dirix, 1903.
    Repr. from: J. de pharm., Anvers, 1903.
Moniez (R[omain-Louis] [1852-    ].   Les pa-
  rasites  de l'homme (auimaux et vegetaux).  viii,
  307 pp.  12°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4~ fills, 1889.
-----.  Traite de parasitologic animale et v6ge-
  tale appliquee a la medecine.   viii, 680 pp.   8-.
  Paiis, J.-B. Bailliere # fils, 1896.
Moniezia.
    Child (C. M.)  Abnormalities in the Cestode Moniezia
  expansa. Biol. Bull., Bost., 1899-1900, i, 215; 261.
Monilethrix.
    Collins (E. T.)  Case of monilethrix  affecting  eye-
  lashes and eyebrows.  Tr. Opbth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,
  1898-9, xix. 1-5.—Danlo§.  Alteration des cheveux voi-
  sine du monilethrix.  Bull. Soc. fraDC. de dermat. et syph.,
  Par.. 1901, xii, 168.—Francis (A. G ) A  case of moni-
  lethrix.  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1894, vi, 363-365.—Bug-
  gies  (E. W.)  Monilethrix.  J. Cutan.  &  Genito-Urin.
  Dis.. N.  Y., 1900, xviii, 500-506.
Monilia.
    Behrens (J.)  Kupferpraparate und Monilia frncti-
  gena.  Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol. [etc.J, 2. Abt., Jena. 1899,
  v, 507-509.—Went (F.  A. F. C.)  Over den invloed van
  de voediug op de afscheiding van enzymen  door Monilia
  sitophila (Mont.) Sacc.  K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst.
  Versl., 1900-1901,  ix, 486-499.  Also, transl.: K Akad. v.
  Wetensch. te Amst.  Proc. sect, sc 1900-1901, iii. 489-502.
  -----. Monilia sitophila  (Mont.) Sacc, eiu techuischer
  Pilz Javas.  Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena,
  1901, vii, 544; 591, 1 pi.
Moniligaster.
    Bcnham (W. B.)   Description of a new  species of
  Moniligaster from India.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,
  1892-3. n. s., xxxiv, 36IYJ82. 1 pi.—Bourne (A. G.l  On
  Moniligaster grandis, A. G. B., from the Nilgiris. S. India;
  together with descriptions of other species  of the genus
  Moniligaster.   Ibid., 1894, xxxvi, 307-384, 7 pi.
Monin  (Edouard) [1852-    ].   * Des nodules
  osseux  sous-cutanes.  70 pp.,  1 1.  4°.  Paris,
  1890, No. 150.
Monin  (E[rnest]) [1856-    ]. La  cremation.
  Avec lettn-preface du docteur Prosper de Pietra
  Santa.  21 pp.   8y   Paris, [C. Schlaeber], 1883.
-----.   Oxygen and its applications to therapeu-
  tics.  6 pp.   8°.  London, T.  A'. Hester, 1886.
-----.   Les  maladies  epidetniques,  hygiene  et
  prevention.   175  pp.   16°.   Paris, F.  Alcan,
  [1887].
    Bibliotheque  utile, xcvii.
-----.   L'hygiene de  l'estomac; guide  pratique
  de l'alimentation.  Preface de Theodore de Ban-
  ville.  xxii, 371 pp.   16°.  Paris,  0. Doin, 1888.
-----.   L'hygiene dans la Pologne russe.  Rap-
  port  sur l'expositiou  d'hygiene  de Varsovie. 
MONIN.
30
MONIST.
Monin (E[rnest])—continued.
  (Wystawa bygieniczna 1887.)  37 pp.; 1 1.  8°.
  Ports, 18-^8.
-----.  Lhygifene du  travail.   Guide  medical
  des industries  et  professions.  Preface  d'Yves
  Guyot.   xii, 288 pp.   12°.   Paris, J. Hetzel 4~
  Cie., [1888].
        L'alcoolisme, etude medico-sociale.  Em-
 poisonnement aigu ctchronique; ivresse et ivro
 gnerie;  delirium tremens; les maladies des bu-
 veurs; l'alcool et la descendance; historique de
 l'alcoolisme;  son expansion  pandemique;  Pal-
 cool et le systeme nerveux; folie alcoolique; la
 responsabilite des alcooliques;  action variee des
 diverses  boissons  distille~es  et fermentees sur
 l'organisme; leseaux-de-vie, l'absinthe, le vin, la
 bifere, le cidre; ce que c'est que la dipsomanie;
 remedes hygieniques, sociaux, leganx, fiscaux,
 etc.,  pour  la  prevention du  mal; traitement
 medical proprement dit.  Ouvrage couronne par
 la  Societe  francaise de temperance et precede
 d'une preface par le  Dr.  Dujardin-Beaumetz.
 xii, 308 pp.  12°.  Paris, 0. Doin, 1889.
----.  La sante par l'exercice et les agents phy-
 siques.  Preface de Ph. Daryl.  ix, 185 pp., 1 1.
 16°.   Paris, 0. Doin, 1889.
----.  The same.    Nouvelle ed.   v, 319  pp.
 16°.   Paris, O. Doin, [1889].
       L'hygiene des  sexes,  xiii, 290 pp.   16°.
Paris, O. Doi», 1890.
      The same.  3. mille.  xiii, 302 pp.  16c
 Paris, O. Doin, 1892.
----.  Missies  nerveuses.   2. ed.   1 p. 1., 324
 pp.  12^.   Paris, P. Ollendorff, 1890.
----.  The same.  Zeuuwlijdeii. Uit het Frausch
 door A. Alterino.  1 p. 1., iv, 221 pp.   12°.   Nij-
 megen, H. C. Thieme, 1892.
----.  Fonnulaire de medecine pratique.  Let-
 tre-preface du  professi ur Peter,  vii,  566 pp.
 16°.   Paris, Soc. d'e'd. scient., 1891.
----.  The  same.  Nouvelle ed. x, 642 pp.   16°.
 Paris, 1892.
       The  same.  6. ed.   ix, 696 pp.
                                      16°.  Pa-
 ris, [1896],
-----.   L'hygiene des riches.  Sonnet liminaire
 par A. Silvestre.   xvi,  300  pp.   16°.  Paris,  O.
 Doin, 1«91.
-----.   Actualites d'hygiene et de  medecine so-
 ciale.  La lntte pour la sante.  vi, 351 pp.  12°.
 Paris, E. Flammarion, [1892].
----.   Hygiene et traitement du  diabfete.  3. ed.
 128 pp.  l(jo.  Paris, Soc. d'e'd. scient., [1892, vel
 subseq.].
----.   A  clinical  hydrologic sketch on Cara-
 bana.  Transl. from the French  of .  . .  29 pp.,
 1 pi.  16°.  Paris, 1893.
----.   The same.  62 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1893.
----.   Hygifene et medecine journalieres; canse-
 ries pour tons,  v, 377 pp.  12°.  Paris, E. Dentu,
 1893.
----.  Hygiene et traitement des maladies de la
 peau.  157 pp., 1 1.  16c.   Paris, [1893].
----.  Hunyadi Jatios.  192 pp. 24°. Paris, 1893.
----.   La vulgarisation medicale.   Allocution
 prononcee le 17 avril 1893.   viii pp.   8°.  [Pa-
 ris], 1^(.»3.
----.  La Bourboule.  45 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1894.
----.   Les reinfedes  qui guerissent.  Cures ra-
 tionnelles des maladies.   iii,  367  pp.   16°.
 I'aris, O. Doin, 1894.
----.  Hygiene et traitement curatif des trou-
 bles digestifs.  220  pp. 12°.  Paris, Soc. d'e'd.
 scient.,  1895.
        La sante  de la femme (eutretiens sur
 l'hygiene et la medecine feminines.  vi, 386 pp.
 10 y   Paris. 0. Doin,  [18<>5].
----.  Hygiene et traitement curatif des mala-
 dies  veuerienues.   vii,  116  pp., 1 1.   24°.  Pa-
 ris, 1896.
Monin (E[rnest])—continued.
-----.   Les propos du docteur; melanges d'hy-
  giene et de medecine.  xi, 351 pp.  12°.   Paris,
  Soc. d'ed. scient., 1897.
-----.   Les arthritiques (medecine et hygifene).
  vi, 328 pp.   12°.  Paris, O. Doin,  1898.
-----.   Consultation  pour ceux qui souffrent de
  Festomac.   24 pp.   8°.   I'aris, E. Monin, 1899.
         Les nevropathes.   Medecine  et hygifene
du systeme nerveux.  294 pp.  12°.  Paris, 1900.
      Comment  on se  defend contre l'eczema.
37 pp.   12°.  Paris, [1901].
  Collection " Comment on defend", no. 56.
       Comment  on se  defend contre les mala-
dies de  matrice.  La lntte contre les metrites.
33 pp., 1 1.  12u.   Paris. [1901].
  Collection " Comment on defend ", no. 53.
      Comment  ou defend sa virility; la lntte
contre  l'impuissance et  l'anaphrodisie  chez
l'homme.  2. ed.  35 pp., 11.  12°. Paris, [1901].
  Collection "Comment ou defend", no. 36.
       Les maladies  de la digestion (estomac,
 foie,  intestin); cures rationnelles.  2 p. 1., 384
 pp.  16°.   Paris, G. Steinheil, [1902].
----.  Esquisses d'hydrologie clinique.   La fa-
 vorite de Vals.  32 pp.  8G.  Paris, 1903.
       Les  odeurs du corps  huniain;  causes et
traitement.   Nouvelle 6d.   337 pp.  12°.  Paris,
O. Doin, [1903].
      Les troubles nerveux de cause  sexuelle.
102 pp.   16°.  Paris, O. Doin, [1903].
       Medecine de  l'eufance  jnsqu'a l'adole-
scence.   422  pp.   12°.  Paris, A. Maloine, 1905.
       La  scoliose.   Prevention  et  traitement
des deviations.  34  pp., 1 pi., 2 1.   12°.  Paris,
O. Doin, [1905].
       Les maladies de la respiration; mede-
cine et hygifene.   vi, 345 pp., 1 1.   16°.  Paris,
0. Doin,  [n. d.].
  See, also, Garrnln* [pseud.]. Les gaietes de la ni6-
decine.  16°.   Paris, [ 1894]. — Pauthier (H.)  Les
loisirs d'un praticien [etcl.  12°. Paris, 1899.—Boblot
(L.)  Principes d'anatomie [etc.],  12°. Part*. 1889.-----.
The same. 3. ed.   8°.  Paris,  1903. -----'. The same.
4. ed. 12°. Paris, 1905.
     & Dubousquet-L.abord.erie. Precis
  eiementaire d'hygiene  pratique,  redige  confor-
  menieut aux nouveaux programmes de l'enseigne-
  nient, et contenant les donnees les plus impor-
  tantes de la science sanitaire.  x, 450 pp.   12°.
  Paris, 1893.
----- & Mareclial (Ph.)   Stefano Merlatti;
  histoire d'un jeune ceiebre, pi-ecedee d'une etude
  anecdotique, physiologique  et  medicale sur  le
  jeune et les jeunenrs.   2 p. 1., 257 pp., 1 1.   12°.
  Paris,  C. Marpon 4' E. Flammarion, [1887].
Monin (Frederic) [1864-    ].  * Traitement in-
  terne des keratites infectieuses par la liqueur de
  van  Swieten.   54  pp.   4°.   Lyon, Assoc, typog.,
  1890, No. 518.
Monin  (L[eiba] M[ordukhovicb])  [1871-     ].
  Beiemennost i  rodl; populyarnoye  izlozheniye
  fiziologii i dietetiki beremennikh, rozhenits, ro-
  dilnits  i novorozbdennlkh.   [Pregnancy  and
  labor;  popular  presentation  of the physiology
  and dietetics of pregnant and puerperal  women
  and  the new-born.]  iii, 114  pp.  8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg 4- Moskva, M. O. Volf, 1905.
    Forms no. 67 of: Med. Sbornik.
Monin (Leonard) [1863-    ].  "Contribution a
  l'etude de la trace indeiebile du chancre svphili-
  tique.   79 pp.  4°.   Lille, 1889, 3. s., No.  80.
Monism.
    Jacob! (A.)   Monism  in  medicine.  Ann. Gynec. &
  Pediat., Bost., 1905, xviii, 57-67.
Monist (The).   A quarterly magazine of  philos-
  ophy, religion,  science,  and sociology.  Editor:
  Paul Cams.  v. 1-15, October, 1890, to 1905.  8°.
  Chicago.
    Current. 
MONITEUR.                               31                                     MONKS.
Moniteur de I'eiectro - homoeopathie.   Eevue
  mensuelle de la science medicale decouver 36 par
  M. le conite  Cesar Mattei.   No. 10, v. 21, May,
  1901.  8^.  Bologne.
Moniteur de la pharmaeie beige,  v. 9, January
  to May, 1888.  8°.  Bruxelles.
    Ended.
Moniteur du  pharmacien.  Journal  mensuel
  publie sous la direction de A. Sehoonjans et R.
  Patton.  Nos. 1-8, v. 1, January to August, 1902.
  8\  Bruxelles.
    Ended.
Moniteur (Le)  scientifique.  4. s., v. 1-19,1887-
  1905.  roy. 8°.   Paris.
    Current.
Moniteur (Le) therapeutique.  v.  15-29, 1888-
  1902.  8°.  Paris.
Monitor (El) de la farinaeia y de la terapeutica.
  Revista  decenal,  cientitico - profesional.  Re-
  dactor jefe:  Francisco Palau Ballestero.  v. 1-
  8, Oct. 5, 1895, to Dec. 25, 1902.  4°.   Madrid.
Monitor (El) medico,   v. 4-12.   October, 1887,
  to September, 1897. sm. fol.  Lima, Peru.
Monitore dei farmaeisti.   v.  2-3, 1888-9.  fol.
  Roma.
Monitore dei medici.   Redattore capo:  Cesare
  Pucciuelli.   [Weekly.]  v. 1-5, July 6, 1890-94.
  fol.  Roma.
    Ended.
Monitore medico  marchigiano.   Diretto  dai
  dottori T. Casali ed E. Marchei.  [Quarterly.]
  v. 3.  October,  1889, to July, 1890.  8°.  Loreto.
    Ended.  Continuation of: Bollettino dell' Ospedale
  di Santa Casa di Loreto.
Monitore (II) terapeutico.  v. 5-10,1888-93.  8°.
  Napoli.
    Ended.
Monitore zoologico  italiano.   (Pubblicazioni
  italiane  di  zoologia,   anatomia,  embriologia.)
  Diretto  dai  dottori Giulio Chiarugi, Eugenio
  Ficolbi.   [Monthly.]   v. 1-16, 1890-1905.  8°.
  Siena; Firenze.
     Current.
Monjaras (Jesus  E.)  *De la gangrena de la
  boca.  28 pp.  16°. Mexico, I. Escalante, 1880.
Monjaret (Alexandre Marie Joseph Francois)
  [1877-    ].   *  De  l'urethrotomie externe et de
  l'urethrectoiuie  par le  procede preprostatique
  pour la recherche du bout posterieur de l'urethre.
  103 pp.,  1 tab.   8:.  Lille, 1904, No. 14.
Monje (Paul [Theodor Gerhard]) [1870-    ].
  * Ueber Enuresisnocturuaim Zusanimenhangmit
  adenoiden Vegetationen im Nasenrachenraum.
  26 pp., 2 1.   8y  Bonn, K.  Drobnig, 1896.     C.
Monjoin  [Camille-Marie-Joseph]  [1868-    ].
  *Du traitement de la  pneumonie par la digitale
  a haute  dose.  75 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1896, No. 580.
Monk (Henry G[eorge] H[awkins]).   Annual
  reports upon the health of  Leicester, including
  the reports of the Fever Hospital, and the pro-
  ceedings taken  to prevent adulteration of food,
  etc., by  the medical officer of health to the sani-
  tary  committee, for the years 1895-1900.   8°.
  Leicester, 1896-1901.

Monkeys.
     See Apes; Gorilla;  Menstruation, Syphilis,
  Tuberculosis, in animals.
Monkhorst (Gustav) [1875-     ].   * Ueber
  Thrombose  und  Emholie  im   Wochenbett.
  [Giessen.]  30 pp.   8y Jena, H. Pohle,  1905.
Monks  (George Howard]).  A case of appen-
  dicitis in the scrotum; removal  of pus by as-
  piration ; excision of  the  appendix  during  a
  remission; recovery.   4 pp.  12°. Boston, Dam-
  rell 4' Upham, 1890.
     Repr.from:  Boston M. & S. J., 1890, cxxii.
Monks (George H[oward])— continued.
-----.   Fragments of glass removed  from the
  popliteal space, where they bad lodged for over
  three years.  4 pp.   [Boston, 1891.]
    Repr.from :  Boston M. & S. J., 1891, cxxv.
------.  Operations for correcting the deformity
  due  to prominent ears.   10 pp.  16°.  Boston,
  Damrell 4'  Upham, 1891.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1891, cxx.
------.  The remains of a broken lead pencil (sur-
  rounded by phosphatic deposits), and  the metal
  tip of the pencil removed from the bladder by
  perineal section.  4 pp.    12°.  [Boston, 1891.]
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1891, cxxiv.
------.  A method for applying pressure to the
  seat of a  fracture,  for the purpose  of bringing
  the  bony  fragments into accurate apposition
  and  retaining them there until consolidation
  has taken  place.  5 pp.   16°.   Boston, Damrell
  4~  Upham, 1893.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix.
------.  Unilateral laryngectomy; a case of exci-
  sion of the right half of the larynx  for carci-
  noma; recovery ; no recurrence at the end of
  the year.   8 pp., 1 pi. 8°.  Philadelphia,  Univ.
  Penn. Press, 1893.
    Repr.from: Ann. Snrg., Phila., 1893, xviii.
------.  A case of stab wound of the  abdomen,
  with wounds of  the intestine; protrusion of the
  intestine through the wound;  operation; recov-
  ery.   3 pp.   16°.  Boston, 1895.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxiii.
------.  Fracture  of the humerus from an unusual
  cause.  5 pp.  8°.  Boston, Rockwell 4' Churchill,
  1895.
    Repr.from: Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1895,
  6. s.
------. Unilateral laryngectomy for  cancer;  no
  recurrence after three years.  2 pp.,  I pi. 8°.
  Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xviii.
------. Another case of fracture  of the humerus
  from an unusual cause.   4 pp., 1 pi.   16°.  Bos-
  ton, 1896.
    Repr. from:  Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv.
------. A case of fracture of the upper end of the
  humerus just below the tuberosities, with dislo-
  cation of  the head of the bone into the axilla.
  4 pp.  12°.  Boston, 1896.
    Repr.from:  Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv.
------. A plastic operation on  the nose, by Ta-
  gliacozzi's method.  7 pp.  12°.  Boston,  1896.
    Repr.from:  Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv.
------.  Resection of the head of the humerus for
  old irreducible dislocation.  3 pp.   12°.  Bos-
  ton, 1896.
    Repr.from:  Boston M. «fc S. J., 1896, cxxxiv.
------.  Correction, by operation, of some  nasal
  deformities and  disfigurements.   14  pp.,  3  pi.
  8°.  [n, p.],  1898.
------.  The restoration of a lower  eyelid by a
  new method.  6 pp.  8°.   Boston, 1898.
    Repr.from:  Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxix.
------.  Surgery  of  the muscles,  tendons, and
  bursa}.
    In: Internat.  Text-Bk.  Surg. (Warren & Gould),
  Phila., 1899, i, 753-772.
------.  Intestinal localization;  a study on the
  cadaver for the  purpose of determining  to what
  extent the various parts of the  small intestine
  may be identified through an abdominal wound.
  xxxvii, 19 pp., 6 pi., 1 tab.  8°. Philadelphia,
  1903.
------.  Aseptic  surgical  technique.   What  are
  the minimum requirements for aseptic  surgical
  operations in hospitals  where  the  surgeon is
  assisted  by  a large staff of  internes  and by 
MONKS.
32
MONOCYSTIS.
Monks (George H[oward])—continued.
  nurses from  a training-school?   pp.  465-475.
  8°.   Philadelphia, 1904.
    Cutting  [cover with printed title] from:  Ann. Surg.,
  Phila., 1904.
-----& Sraiiiiell (David D.)  A case of acute
  .pancreatitis,  and necrosis of fat tissue; laparot-
  omy ; drainage;  death nine days after the opera-
  tion ; autopsy.   11pp.  12°.   Boston,,1903.
    Repr. from.- 'Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii.
Monlau (Pedro  Felipe).  Discurso pronunciado
  ante el claustro de la Universidad central, eu el
  acto solemne de presentar para la investidura
  de  doctor  en la facnltad de medicina al licen-
  ciado D.  Francisco Oienga y Marti.   8 pp.   8-'.
  Valencia, J. Domeuech, 1862.
-----. Hygiene  de la generation.  Le  mariage
  dans ses devoirs, ses rapports et ses effets conju-
  gaux au point de vue legal, hygienique, physio-
  logique et moral.  Traduction  libre, refondue,
  corrigee  et augmentee  de  l'Higiena del matri-
  monio, par P. Gamier.   4. ed.   xxii (1 1.),  640
  pp.  12°.  Paris, darnier freres, 1885.
Moiimarson  (Emile) [1863-     ].  *Apercu
  historique  et critique sur les diatheses.  75 pp.
  4 .   Paris, 1890, No. 220.
Monin ay Oil (Anatole - Charles - Henri - Theo-
  phile) [1874-    ].  *De la sero-reaction tuber-
  culeuse extemporauee par le procede  du sang
  desseebe.  66 pp., 2 1.  8°.   Bordeaux,  1901,
  No. 50.
Momnayon (Lonis-Marc-Camille) [1873-    ].
  *De la  symphyseotomie a Bordeaux.  102  pp.
  8-\   Bordeaux, 1900, No. 9.
Moumoiue  (Paul).  * Dosage volumetrique  par
  les  solutions  limites.  53 pp., 11.  4°.  Montpel-
  lier, 1887, No. 402.
Moninont ( Emile - Alphonse - Marie - Joseph )
  [1872-    ].   "Les  arterites gouococciques  de
  l'enfant.  44 pp.   8-.  Bordeaux, 1897, No. 98.
Monmouth.
    See Diphtheria (History, etc., of), by localities.
Monmouthshire  Asylum  at Abergavenny.
  Annual reports of the committee of visitors and
  medical  superintendent to the county council.
  44.-51., 1896-7 to 1903-4. 8°.  Abergavenny, 1897-
  1904.
    For reports prior to 1896-7, see Joint Lunatic Asylum at
  Ahergavenny for Counties of Monmouth, Brecon, and Rad-
  nor.  The dissolution of the union of the counties took
  place on 31st December, 1896.
Monnaniy (Viotorin-Fraucois).  * Contribution
  clinique au traitement de la tuberculose pnlnio-
  naire par  le cacodylate de soude.  68 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1901, No.  300.
Monneret (J[ules]-E[donard-Anguste]) [1810-
  68].  Etudes cliniques sur la maladie qui a recu
  le nom de  cirrhose du foie.   36 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  Rignoux, 1852.
    Repr. from:  Arch. g6n. demed., Par., 1852.
Monnet  [ Antoine - Grimould ]  [ 1734 - 1817 ].
  Traite des cans minerales, avec plusieurs  me-
  moires de chyniie relatifs a cet olvjet.  xxxii, 359
  pp., 1 1.  16°'.  Paris, P.-F. Didot le jeune, 1768.
Monnet (L[e*on]-E[mest]).   Conseils  aux ava-
  rie.s; blennorrhagie aigue et  chronique chan-
  crelle, ou chancre mon; chancre mixte; herpes
  preputial; bubons;  vegetations;  moyens d'evi-
  ter la contagion venerieiine; syphilis,  iv, 5-148
  pp.  12°.  Paris,  Vigot freres, [1902].
-----. Les voies urinaires et leurs maladies.  116
  pp.  12°.  Paris,  Vigot freres,  [1905].
Monnet  {Louis)  [1810-73].
    C'afle. Necrologie.  J. d. conn. med. prat., Par.,  1873,
  xl. 379.
Molillie (Etienne-Justin)  [1863-     ].  * Con-
  tribution a l'etude des  rhinolithes.   70 pp.   4°.
  Bordeaux,  1889,  No. 31.
Monnier [1863-    ].   *Quelqnes  considera-
  tions  sur l'emploi  des injections  d'eucalyptol
  iodoforme dans le traitement de la tuberculose
  pulmonaire.  37 pp., 3 1.  4°.  Paris, 1892, No. 24.
Monnier (Amedee) [1863-    ].  *Delahernie
  du diaphragme d'origine  congenitale.  147 pp.,
  6 pi.  4°.  Paris, 1889, No. 124.
Monnier (Edouard).   * Ueber angeborene Pylo-
  rnssteuose im Kindesalter und ihre Behandlung.
  56 pp.   8°.   Zurich, E. Cotti's Wwe., 1900.
Monnier (Henri).  * Ueber die Behandlung von
  Nervenkranken und Psycbopatheu durch  niitz-
  liche Muskelbehaftiguug unter specieller Beriick-
  sichtigung der Erfabrungen im Beschiiftigungs-
  institut fiir Nerveukrauke von A. Grohmann in
  Zurich.  [Zurich.]  25 pp.  8°.  Leipzig,  J. A.
  Barth,  1898.
Monnier (Jules) [1859-    ].   *Sur le retre-
  cissement congenital de l'artere  pulmonaire ac-
  compagne d'autres vices de developpement.   45
  pp., 1 1.  4°.  Paris, 1890, No. 294.
Monnier (L.) Gastrotomie pour l'extraction de
  25 corps etrangers dont 8 cuilieres a cafe" et 1
  fourchette;  guerison.   12 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1903.
    Repr.from: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1903, lxxvi.
Monnier (Louis) [1873-    ].   * Des iuenin-
  gites tuberculeuses en plague a forme torpide.
  62 pp.   8°.   Paris, 1899, No. 384.
Monnier (Paul).   *Le  permanganate de  po-
  tasse dans le traitement des tuberculoses chirur-
  gicales.  52 pp.   8°.   Montpellier,  1903, No. 91.
le Monnier (Petrus).   * De couceptu et incre-
  meuto fcetus. 61 pp., 7 1.  4C.   Lugd. Bat.,  P.
  Bonk, [ 1742]. [P., v. 1925. ]
Monnier (Pierre).  *Du syndrome spasmodique
  dans les infections. 54 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1903, No.
  403.
de Monnier (Sophie).
    Cottin (P.) Une nevrosee mondaine au xviii8 siecle;
  Sophie de Monnier; etude de psychologie morbide. Chron.
  med., Par., 1902, ix, 613-623.
Monnier (Urbain) [1865-    ].   * Essai sur la
  pathogenie  des abcfes  du sein post-puerperaux.
  94 pp., 1 1.,  1 pi.  4C.   Paris, 1891, No. 35.
Monnikendain (S[alomon]).    Bijdrage tot
  de oplossing der Oost-Iudische  vroedvrouwen*
  kwestie.  31 pp.   12°.  Amsterdam, W. Versluyt,
  1898.
MonnikhofT(Johannes) [1707-87].
    Wintgens (E.)   * Johannes  Monnikhoff en
  zijn legaat.   [Amsterdam.]  8°.  Leiden, 1879.
    See, also, Briiche (Ueber die).  8°.  Leipzig, 1805-6.
Monnot (Auguste).   * De la leucocytose symp-
  tomatique de l'hyperthermie et  de la cachexie
  febrile.  131 pp., 1 diag.   4°.   Lyon, 1888, No.
  415.
Monoliromacetan Hide    [ Antifeb-
  rine].
    Schley (J. M.)  The remarkable toxic effects of a small
  dose of monobromacetanilide.  N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y.,
  1892, 3. s., vii, 217-221.
Monobutyrinase.
    Arthntt (M.)  Sur la monobutyrinase du sang.  J. de
  physiol. etdepath.gen.. Par.. 1902, iv,455-461.—Hanriot.
  Sur la monobutyrinase de M. Arthus.  Ibid., 1902, iv,,
  289.—Ijefevre (J.)  Repos et travail; a propos de la rec-
  tification de M. Lapicque.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1902,11. s., iv, 380.
Monobutyrine.
    Benech (E.) &Ou)ot (L.)  Action du liquide gas-
  trique sur la mouobutvrine.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1903, lv, 719-721.—Cauiui (L.) Action du carbonate
  de soude sur la monobutyiine.  Ibid., 4.—Doyon (M.) &
  Morel (A.)  Action du carbonate de  soude sur la mono-
  butyrine. Ibid., 1902-3, liv, 1524.  Also: Bull. Soc. med.
  d. hop. de Lyon. 1903, ii, 63.
Monocysti*.
    C'ecconi (J.)  De la sporulation de la Monocystis agilis
   Stein.  Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1902, v, 122-140, 1 pi. 
MONOD.
33
MONOYER.
Mo nod (Adrien) [1870-    ].   * Remarques sur
  la methode de l'invagination intestinale a pro-
  pos de qnelques operations nouvelles.  38 pp.,
  1 1.  8\  Paris, 1897, No. 447.
-----.   The same.   38 pp., 1  1.   8°.   Paris, G.
  Steinheil,  1897.
Monod (Charles[-Edmond])  [1843-    ].   De
  la greft'e cutanee.   Rapport  lu a la Societe de
  chirurgie  sur  un  cas d'epitheiioma de l'angle
  interne de l'ceil gauche, traite par le docteur
  Meyer au nioyen  de  l'ablation et de  l'applica-
  tion dune greffe dermique.   30 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  G. Masson, 1881.
    Repr. from: Bull. Soc. de chir., Par.,  1881, n. s., vii.
-----.  Lecons de  clinique chirurgicale faites  a
  l'Hdpital Necker.   1 p. 1.,  127 pp.   8°.   Paris,
  A.  Velahaye 4' E. Lecrosnier, 1884.
-----.  Sur un meinoire de Monnier ayaut pour
  titre:  Gastrotomie pour l'extraction  de  vingt-
  cinq corps etrangers, dont  huit cuilleres a cafe
  et nne fourebette; guerison.   12 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1903.
    Repr.from : Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., 1.
    For Biography, see  Bianchon (H.)  Nos  grands me-
  decins.  8°.  Paris, 1891. 297-302.  See, also: Progres med.,
  Par., 1895, 3. s., ii. 412-414 (X.).  Also: Med. mod., Par.,
  1896, vii, suppl., 105.
-----& Ferrillon  (O.)  Traite des  maladies
  du testicule et de  >es annexes,  xi, ^06 pp.  8°.
  Paris, G. Masson,  1889.
-----& Jayle (Felix).   Cancer du sein.  198 pp.
  12 \   Paris, Rueff 4' Cie., 1894.
■----- & "VanvertS (J.)  Appendicite.  196 pp.
  12°.   Paris. Ma**on4- Cie.,  [1897].
------------.   Traite  de technique operatoire.
  Tome premier,  vii, 962 pp.  roy. 8-.  Paris,
  Masson 4- Cie.,  1902.
Monod (Fernand) [1870-      ].    * Traitement
  chirurgical du pied hot varus equin congenital
  chez l'enfant.  3 p. 1., 104 pp.  6-.   Paris, l'JOl!
  No. 239.
 -----.  The  same.   1 p.  1.,  108 pp., 2  pi.  8'-.
  Paris, Masson 4' Cie., 1901.
Monod (Henri[-Charles]).   Les mesures sani-
  taires eu Augleterre  depuis  1875, et leurs  resul-
  tats.  74 pp.  8^-.   Paris, <r.  Masson, 1891.
     Repr. form: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1891, xiii.
 -----.  Le  cholera.   (Histoire d'une  epidemie:
  Finistere,  l>8">-6.)  657 pp., 10 maps, 11 plans,
  6 diag.  r  .  Paris, C. Delagrave, l-".>2.
-----.   L'assistance  medicale   obligatoire   en
  France.   (Premieres  applications de la loi du 15
  juillet 1893: anne"e 1895.)  350 pp.   8-\   Melun,
  1-97.
 -----.  Les enfants assistes de France.  162 pp.
  8°.  Paris, Masson $ Cie., 1899.
-----.  La  saute publiqne (legislation sanitaire
  de la France).  2  p. 1., 374  pp.  8 .   Paris,  Ha-
  chette  4r Cie , 1904.
     See,  also.  France.  Departement de linterieur.  Di-
  rection de  Vassistance et  de Vhygiene publiques.  Bureau
   de l'hygiene publique.  Kecueil des travaux fete.].   8°.
   Melun. 1894.
Monod (Jacques) [1869-     ].   * De l'anemie
  syphilitique.  79  pp.  8°.  Paris, 1900, No.  159.
Monod (Jean) [1-75-     ].   * Des fistules  uri-
  naires ombilicales  dues  a  la  persistance  de
  l'ouraque, et de bur traitement.   205 pp.  8y
  Paris, 1899, No. 02.
Monod  (Louis) [1873-     ].   *  Contribution a
  l'etude du traitement du mal perforant plantaire.
  76 pp., 1  1.  8°.  Paris,  1897, No. 15.
Monod (Octave).   * Contribution a l'etude sur
  l'avenir des convulsifs  inl'antiles.   57 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1904, No. 283.
Monod (Rene)  [1874-    ].   'Reactions menin-
  gees  chez  l'enfant.   87 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1902,
  No. 77.
-----.  The same.   88 pp.  8C.   Paris, G. Steinheil,
  1902.
        VOL XI, 2D SERIES----3
 Monografias mexicanas de materia  medica.
   Colecei6n  de tcsis iuaugurales  y de conenrso
   de la Escuela nacional de medicina de  Mexico.
   Acopiadas y reproducidas por El Estudio.  2 v.
   190 pp., 1 1.; 96 pp.  4°.   Mdxico, 1890-91.
 Monograph on peroxide of hydrogen, to which
   is prefaced au outline of  the germ theory of dis-
   ease.  40  pp.  8°.   New  York, 1894.
 Monograph  of a  stimulant, sedative, anti-
   spasmodic expectorant,  compiled from  clinical
   experience of Smith Ely Jelliffe, Louis  Le Roy,
   and others, by M. E. Chattier.  8 pp.  8°.  New
   York, [1900, velsubseq.].
     Repr.from: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. T., 1900.
 Monographic  policlinique de I'iodnre de fer,
   basee sur l'observation et indiquant les  applica-
   tions pratiques du  proto-iodnre  de fer  dans le
   traitement des maladies qui derivent de la chlo-
   rose,  de  l'an6mic  et  du  lympbatisnie.   16  pp.
   8°.   Paris,  V. Goupy $• Jour dan, 1889.

 Monomania.
     See Insanity (Delusional); Insanity (Moral).

 Monoiiietliylaiiiine.
     t'ombemale .v Bninelle. Recherches experimen-
   tales sur les etfets physiologiques de la monom6thylamine.
   Bull. med. du nord,  Lille,  1892, xxxi, 93-203.
 Monome thy I xanthine.
     Albanese (M?)   Sur Taction pharmacologique de la
   monomethvlxanthine.  [Transl. from: Riv. sicula di med.
   e chir.,  Palermo.  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  1899-1900,
   xxxii, 309-325.

 Monooxyxanthone.
     Rutishauser (R.)  * Ueber die vier isomeren
   Mouooxyxantbone.  8°.   Bern, 1893.

 Mo no phone.
     de Ij a va re n ne (E.)  Un telephone modele; le mono-
   phone. Pressc rued., Par., 1905, i, annexes, 217-219.

 Monosaccharides.
     Framm (F.)  Ueber die Zersetzung von Monosaccha-
   riden  (lurch Alkalieu. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
   1896, lxiv, 575-599.

 Monosoinia.
     See Monsters  (Double).

 Monostarace.
     See Meningitis  (Cerebrospinal,  History and
   statistics of), by localities.

 Monotremata.
     ran ISemmeleii (J. F.)  Resultaten  van een ver-
   gelijkend onderzoek der verhemelte-, orbitaal-  en slaasp-
   streek aan den schedel der  nionotremen.  Versl. d.  . . .
   wis- en uatuurk. Afd. d. k.  Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst.,
   1899-1900, viii, 157-160. Also,  transl.: K. Akad. v. Weten-
   sch. to Amst.  Proc. sect, sc, 1899-1900, ii,  81-85. -----.
   Felier den Schadel  der Monotremen.  Zool.  Anz., Leipz.,
   1900, xxiii, 449-461. -----. Twcede mededeeling van waar-
   ncmingen onurent den schedelbouw der Monotremata.  K.
   Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1900-1901, ix, 110,  1
   pi.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst.  Proc.
   sect, sc, 1900-1901,  iii, 130-132, 1 pi. -----. Derde mede-
   deeling van waarneniingen ointrent den bouw van den
   monntremeuschedel.  K.  Akad. v.  Wetensch.  te Amst.
   Versl., 1900-1901, ix, 478-480.   Also, transl.: K. Akad. v.
   Wetensch. te Amst.   Proc  sect, sc,  1900-1901, iii, 405-
   407.—Denker.  Zur Anatomie des Gehororgaus der Mo-
   notremata.  Verhaudl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena,
   1900, ix, 30.— i;^i;eliii^.  Ueber die Hautdriiseu  der
   Monotremen.  Verhaudl. d.  anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1900,
   xiv, 29-42.—Emery (C.)   Ueber Carpus und Tarsus der
   Monotremen.  Verhaudl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch. Natnrf.
   u. Aerzte  1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi,  pt.  2, 1.  Hlt'te., 222.—
   Kii{,'i' (G.)  Korte mededeeliua; over <le niamtnaar- en
   marsupial-apparateu van  monotremen.   Haudel. v. b. Ne-
   derl. Nat.- en Geueesk Cong., Haarlem, 1895, 337-340.- Nc
   moil (R.)  Bemeikiingen iiber die Mammarorgsiue der
   Monotremen.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1899, xxvii, 497.—
   Smith (G. E.) Further observations on the anatomy of
   the brain in the Monotremata. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond.,
   189>Y!l, xxxiii, 309-342, 3 pi.
 JTIonoyer  (Ferdinand).   Un  ophthalmoscope
|   portatif.   5 pp.   8°.   Bruxelles, J. ran Buggen-
   houdt, [1864].
     Repr. from: Ann. d'ocul.,  Brux., 1864, iii. 
MONOYER.
34
MONRO.
Monoyer (Ferdinand)—continued.
    See, also. Bonders (Flrans] C[ornelis]).  De Taction
  des nndriatiques [etc.].   8°.   Bruxelles, 1865.—Wundt
  (\V[ilhelm).  Traite eletneutahe  de physique medicale. j
  roy. 8°.  Paris, 1884.
Monpela  (Leon).   *Des indications  tberapeu-
  tiqm s dans les maladies du eo-ur.  1 p. 1., 23 pp.
  4L .   Strasbourg. 1868,  3. s., No. 8,>.
Monpillard  (Fernand).
    See Knbund (K.) & iflonpillnrd (F.)  Atlas d'his-
  tologie |etc.]. k°.  Paris, 1900.
Monprofit ( Jaeques-Ambroise ) [1857-    ].
  * Etude chirurgicale sur les inflammations  des
  organes geuitaux internes de la  femme.   Sal-
  pingites  et ovarites.  140 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1888,
  No. 181.
-----.   Luxation coinplexe en arriere de l'articu-
  lation  metacarpo-phalangienne  du  cinquieme
  doigt;  irreductibilite; arthrotomie;  reduction;
  gnerison complete.  3 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1892.
    Repr. [cover with printed  title] from: Arch, prov.de
  chir., Par., 1892, i.
-----.   La  gastro-enterostomie.   Histoire gene-
  rale, methodes operatoires.  Les cent  cinquante
  premieres operations de la Clinique chirurgicale
  d'Angers,   xi, 376 pp. 8°.   Paris, 1903.
    For Biography, see Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1898, vii,
  502-506  (M.  Baudouin).   Also [Abstr.]: Gaz.  med. de
  Par., 1898.  10. s., i, 396.  Also: Corresp.  med., Par., 1900,
  vi, no. 133, 3 (L. Laveysaiere).
    Also, Editor of: Anjou (L')  medical, Angers,  1898-
  1905.
Monrad.  (S[venn]) [1867-    ].  Kliniske stu-
  dier over appendicitis h0s b0rn.  [Clinical stud-
  ies  ou appendicitis  in  children.]  vi, 192  pp.
  8°.   Kfbenhavn, Schubothe, 1^98.
-----.  Psediatriske  forebesninger og studier.
  [Pediatric  lectures  and studies.]    1. nekke.
  131 pp.   12°.  Kflbenhavn, Schubothe, 1902.
-----.  The same.   2.  nekke.  124 pp.   8°.   Kd-
  benhavn. Schubotheske forlag, 1903.
-----.  The  same.    Pediatricheskiya  lektsii;
  vvedeniye  k  izucbeniyu  dietskikh  bolleznel.
  Perev. s datskavo  S.  Zakuseva.   [Pediatric lec-
  tures; introduction to ihe  study of diseases of
  children.   Transl.  from the Danish by 8. Zaku-
  seff.]  Kl pp.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, [I. Lyundorf #
  M.  Pups], 1905.
    Bound with: Med. J. Oksa, S.-Peterb., 1903, viii.
    See. also, Secher-I^eth (Uorthea) & Monrad.  Bar-
  selph-ji'ii [etc.],  sm. 4°.  Kebenhavn, 1899.
Moiiraisse (Andre).  * De la coqneluche; son
  pronostic  a 1' hdpital. Statistique de l'H6pital
  des  enfants-assistes  (1890-1'JOO).   56 pp.   8  .
  Paris,  1901, No. 309.
Monreal  (Peter).   * Eiu  Fall  von  spondylo-
  listhetiscbem Becken.  24 pp., 1 pi.  8°.  Wiirz-
  burg, A. Boegler, 1898.
Monribot (Albert).   *  Contribution a  l'etude
  de  Tinfantilisme.   87 pp.  8°.  Toulouse,  1902,
  No. 482.
Monro (Alexander),  primus  [1697-1767].   The
  anatomy of the human  bones and nerves,  with
  an  account of the recriprocal motions of the
  heart  and a description of the  human lacteal
  sac  and duet.  Corrected and enlarged in the
  5. ed.   vii, 429 pp.   10r-.  Edinburgh, G. Hamil-
  ton 4" J-  Balfour, 1750.
-----.  The same.   Carefully revised, with ad-
  ditional  notes and   illustrations, by Jeremiah
   Kirby.  2. ed.  xxxvi, 312 pp.  12°.   Edinburgh,  i
   T. Bryge .)'• Co., 1817.                             I
-----.  The theory of anatomy, containing a brief
   account of its rise and  progress from the  earli-
  est ages of the world to the  present  time.  536
   pp.  4-.   [//. p.], 1750.
    Manuscript notes with annotations.
-----.  An essay on comparative anatomy.  2. ed.
   22, 13* pp.  12C.   London, J. Nourse,  1775.
Monro (Alexander)—continued.
-----.  The same.   3. ed.   12, 65 pp.  8°.  Edin-
  burgh, W. Gordon,  17^2.
    Bound with his:  Anatomy of the human body. New
  ed.  8°.  Edinburgh, 1782.
-----.  The  same.   Au  essay  on  comparative
  anatomy,  x,  11-136   pp.  12".   [Edinburgh,
  C. Elliot, 1783.]
    Wants title-page.
-----.  The same.   Traite d'anatomie comparee,
  publie par son fils, Alexandre Monro.  Nouvelle
  ed., corrigee  et  cousiderablemeut  augmentee;
  avec  des notes.  Trad, de l'anglois par M. Sue
  fils.   xxxviii (11.), 293 pp., 11.  16°. Paris, 1786.
    See, also, Sographi (Joanues) \in 1. s.].  Exercitatio
  anatomico-chirurgica.  8°.  Patavii, 1766.—AVhytt (Rob-
  ert) [in 1. s.]. Les vapeurs, [etc.].  12°.  Paris, 1767.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog.. Lond., 1894, xxxviii,
  179 (N. Moore).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
-----.  See, also:
    RichiinUon (B.  "W.)  Alexander  Monro, and the
  origin of the  Edinburgh  Medical  School.  Asclepiad,
  Lond.. 1890, vii,  49-67, port.  Also, in his: Disciples  of
  ^sculapius, 8°, Lond., 1900, ii, 425-438, port.
Monro  (Alexander), jun.,  secundus  [1733-1817].
  Observations,  anatomical  and   physiological,
  wherein Dr. Hunter's claim to some discoveries
  is examined.   1  p. 1., 80 pp., 2 pi.  12°.  Edin-
  burgh, Hamilton,  Balfour 4' Neill, 1758.
-----.  Observations on the valvular lymphatic
  vessels, and particularly concerning their origin.
  Transl.  from  the  Latin  by  James Henderson.
  MS.   150 pp.   16°. Edinburgh, 1784.
-----.  Surgery.  [Lecture  reported by James
  Barlow.]  MS.  517 pp.   sm.  4°.  Edinburgh,
  1787.
-----.  Experiments on the nervous system, with
  opium and metalliue substances;  made  chiefly
  with  the view of determining the nature ana
  effects of animal electricity.  1 p.1., 5-43 pp. 4°.
  Edinburgh, A. Neill 4"  Co.; London, J.  Johnson
  [et al.].'l79Z.
-----.   Icones  et descriptiones bursarum  muco-
  sarum  corporis   humani,  correctiores   auctio-
  resque edidit Joannes Christianus Rosenmiiller.
  xii,  10-" pp.,   15  pi.   fol.   Lipsioe,  Breitkopf  4"
  Haertel, 1799.
    Second title-page  reads: Abbildungeu und Beschrei-
  bungen der Scbleimsacke des menschlicheu Korpers.
-----.   Physiology.  [MS.  Notes taken from his
  lectures.]  119 1.   4C.   [Edinburgh, n. d.]
    See, also, Monro (Alexander).  Traite d'anatomie com-
  paree, [etc.]. 10°.  Paris,  1786. — Opuscula anatomica
  de vasis lymphaticis.  12°. Lipsice, 1760.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxviii,
  180 (N. Moore).
-----  &  Wood  (William).  Copy of  a corre-
  spondence between ...   15 pp.  8°.    [Edin-
  burgh, Murray 4~ Cochrane, 1807.]  [P., v. 1063;
  1181.]
Monro  (Alexander),  tertius [1773-1*59].  The
  anatomy of the brain, with some  observations
  on its functions; to which is prefixed an account
  of experiments on the weight  and relative pro-
  portions of  the  brain,  cerebellum,  and  tuber
  annulare, in man and animals, under the various
  circumstances of  age, sex, countrv, etc., by Sir
  William Hamilton,  xx, 62 pp., 3 pi.   8°. Ed-
  inburgh, I. Carjrae 4' Sou,  1*31.
     See, also, Dunean (Andrew), sr.  Observations on a
   case of diabetes mellitus.  8°.  [Edinburgh, 1804.]
     For Biogruphy, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Loud.,  1894, xxxviii,
   181 (X. Moore).
 Monro  (Donald)  [1729-92].  Essai sur  l'hydro-
   pisie, et ses differentes especes.   Trad,  de l'an-
   glois sur la seconde ed. et augmente de  notes et
   d'observations, par S. D.  M. P.   xxiv, 363 pp.,
   2 1.,  1 pi.  16°.   Paris, L. E. Ganeau, 1760.
 —----.  The same.   Abhandlung von der Wasser-
   sucht  und ihren  besondern Gattungen.  Nach 
MONRO.
35
MONSEL.
Monro (Donald)—continued.
  der 3. englisehen Ausgabe iibersetzt, mit Anmer-
  kungeu und doppeltem  Anhatige vermehrt.  27
  1., 322 pp.,  9 1., 1 pi.   12°.   Leipzig,  C. Fritsch,
  1777.
-----.   Besebreibung der  Krankheiteu,  welehe
  in den  brittisehen Feldlazaretheu in Deutscb-
  land  voni  Januar 1761 bis  zu der  Riickkebr
  der Truppen nach Eugellaud im Mitrz 1763 am
  baufigsten  gewesen.   Nebst  einem  Versuche
  iilier  die  Mittel,  die Gesundheit  der Soldaten
  zu erhalten und Feldlazarethe anzulegen.   Aus
  dem  Englisehen  iibersetzt  von Johann  Ernst
  Wichmann.   7  p. 1., 34 4 pp.   8°.   Altenburg,
  Richter, 17(56.
-----.  The same.  Zusiitze [etc.].   [Second title-
  page:]  Kriegs-Arztneywissensehafft.  Oder Ab-
  handlung  von den  Krankheiteu,  welehe unter
  den Truppen im Felde und in  Besat/.ungen am
  gewohulichsten sind.  Aus  dem Englisehen in
  ilas Franzosische  iibersetzt, und  mit wichtigen
  Anmerknngeu vermeliret ilurch Begue de Presle.
  2 v. in 1.   6 p. ].,  39* pp.; 5 p. 1., 620 pp., 17 1.
  8 .   Altenburg, Richter,  1771.
-----.   Lectures ou the practice of physick.   MS.
  [Fioni notes by W. Hewson?]   2 v.  4°.  [n.p.,
  n. d.]
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1904, xxxviii,
  182 (G. Goodwin).
Monro  (Edward  Thomas).  Oratio  Harveiana
  in novis  aedibus  collegii  habita  sext. kalend.
  Jul. an. 1834.  1 p. 1., 20 pp.  s-  Londini, R. H.
  Evans, 1834.
Monro  (Henry) [1817-91].   On stammering and
  its  treatment,  viii (1 1.), 64 pp.  8\  London,
  J. Churchill, 1850.  [P., v. 526; 871.]
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i,  1262.
  Also:  Diet.  Nat. Biog.,  Lond., 1894, xxxviii, 186 (M.
  Burrows).
Monro  (Jacobus)  [1680-1752].   Oratio auniver-
  saria in theatro  Collegii Regalis  Medicorum
  Londinensium; ex Harvaei instituto, habita die
  18° Octobris 1737.  1 p. 1., 26 pp.  8°. Londini,
  G. Strahan, 1737.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxviii,
  186 (J. F. Payne).
Monro (John) [1715-91].
    Payne (J. F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat.  Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxviii, 187.
Monro  (Thomas)  [1759-1833].
    See  Belcher [William].  Belcher's address to human-
  ity, [etc.).  so.  London, 1796.
    For Biography, see  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxviii,
  192 (C. Monkhoiise).
Monro  (Thomas Kirkpatrick).  A  history of the
  chronic degenerative diseases   of the central
  nervous system,  vi (1 1.), 82 pp.  8°.  Glasgow,
  A. Maedougal, 1895.
-----.   Raynaud's disease  (local syncope,  local
  asphyxia,  symmetrical gangrene); its  history,
  causes, symptoms, morbid relations, pathology,
  and treatment,  xii, 251 pp., 1 pi. 12°.  Glas-
  gow, J. Maclehose 4~ Sons, 1899.
-----.   Manual of medicine,  xx,  901 pp.   8°.
  London, Bailliere,  Tindall 4" Cox, 1903.
Monroe (Lewis B.)  [Manual  of physical  and
  vocal training.]  viii,  102 pp.  16°.   Philadel-
  phia,  1869.
    Title-page wanting.
Monroe  (Thomas) [1807-91].
    [Obituary.]  Kep. Proc. Illinois Army  & Navy M.
  Ass., Spriugfield, 1896, vi, portr.
Monroe (Will S.)  Joseph  Neef and Pestaloz-
  zianism in  America.   13 pp  8°.  Boston,  1894.
    Repr.from: Education, Boston, 1894.
-----.   Educational  museums and libraries of
  Europe,  pp. 374-391.   8°.   New York, 1896.
    Cutting from: Educat. Rev., N. Y., April,  1896.
Monroe (Will S.)—continued.
-----.   Bibliography of Henry Barnard.  10 pp.
  8°.   Boston, New Engl. Publ. Co., 1^97.
-----.   Feeble-minded  children  in the  public
  schools.   An address.  11  pp.   8°.   Westfield,
  Mass., 18i)7.
-----.   Chorea  among  public  school   children.
  An address.  8  pp.  v 8°.  Boston, 1898.
    Repr.from: Am. Phys. Educ. Rev., Bost., 1898, ii, no. 4.
-----.  Child studv outlines.  2. series.   8°.  Bos-
  ton,  Wright <)'• Potter,  1898.
-----.   The same.  3. series.  Study of defective
  children.   8°.   Boston, Wright 4' Potter, 1899.
-----.   Das Studiuin der Kinderseele in America.
  IP  193-2d8.  8°.   Leipzig,  1!. Voigtlander, 1898.
    Cutting from: Deutsche Ztschr. f. ausland.Unterrichts-
  wesen, Leipz., 1898.
-----.   The money sense of children.   8 pp.  8°.
  Worcester, Mass., 1899.
    Repr.from: Pedagog. Seminary, "Worcester, 1899.
Monroe County, New York.   Proceedings of the
  board  of  supervisors  for  the  years  1859-60;
  1889-90 to 1904.   8°.   Rochester, 1860-1904.
    Contains reports of  the almshouse,  commissioners  of
  puhlic buildings, coroner, county engineer, morgue, police
  department, public market, superintendent of poor, and
  superintendent of penitentiary.
Mo ll roi y Olaso (Francisco).
    See de Fouquet (Marie), Vicomtesse de Yaux.  Obras
  medico-quinirgicas [etc.]. 8°.  Valencia, 1872.

Mons.
    See  Cholera  (History,  etc., of),  Hospitals
  (Militaiy), Insane  (Asylums for, Description,
  etc., of), by localities.

iVIoii* pubis.
    See Genitals.

Moils Veneris.
    See Genitals (Female).
Monsabre (Jacques-Marie-Louis).
    See Jout»get (P[ierre]). Evolution et transformisme
  [etc.].  12a. Paris, 1889.
Monsarrat (K[eith] W[aldegrave]).  Surgical
  technics iu hospital  practice.  A handbook for
  house  surgeons,  students,  dressers and others
  engaged in hospital work.   2 p. 1., 132 pp.  12°.
  Bristol, J. Wright 4~  C°->  London, Simpkin  [and
  others], 1898.
Monsarrat  (Lucien)  [1865-    ].  *Des sco-
  lioses inyeiopatbiques.  (Etude de  semeiologie.)
  92 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1891, No. 5.
Monscourt  (H[euri-Joseph-Prosper] ) [1868-
      ].   * L'otite moyenne tuberculeuse.  170 pp.
  4°.   Paris, 1896, No. 269.
Monse  (Johannes).   * Ueber  einen  Fall  von
  Blutungen iu die Gallenwege.  [Jena.]  15 pp.
  8°.   Leipzig,  J.  B. Hirschfeld, 1889.          c.
Monsehr (Fritz) [1872-    ].  *Zur Casuistik
  der unterea Epiphyseutrennung am untereu Fe-
  murende.  26  pp.   8°.  Greifswald,  J.  Abel,
  1897.
Monseigneur  de Saint-Vallier et l'Hopital ge-
  neral de Quebec.  Histoire-du monastfere de No-
  tre-Dame des Anges (religieuses hospitalieres de
  la Misericorde de Jesus), ordre de  Saint-Augus-
  tin.  743 pp., port.  roy. 8C.  Que'bec, C. Darve.au,
  1882.
Monselise(A[lessandro]).   Morfologia del gran
  simpatico e sue funzioui nell' umauo organismo.
  Esposta  in quarantadue  lezioni.   xvi, 552 pp.
  8°.   Milano, frat. Treves, 1897.
Monselise (G.)  L' esame  delle urine.  3 p. 1.,
  197  pp.,  1 1.,  16 pi.   12°.  Milano, frat. Dumo-
  lard, 1893.

ITIonsel's solution.
    See Iron (Sulphates of). 
MOXSEY.
36
MONSTEKS.
illontey  (Messenger) [1(593-1788].
    Payne (J. F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxviii, 193.
Monsieur Scharxl,  oder  kurtzweilige  Zeit-
  Veitreibung in der Bad- und Saurbrunnen-Cur,
  den lang-weiligen  Brudern  die  eintringende
  melancholische Fausen  auf ein angenehme Weis
  zu  underbrechen.   Worinu  obgedachtens Mon-
  sieur narrischcr und seltsamer Lebens-Wandel,
  mit sehr nntzlichen schonen Discursen, Spriicben
  und wunderlichen  Begebenheiteu  undermenget
  wird.   Herausgegeben  bey  dem  G'sund-Brun-
  nen zu Cucurbita.   4 p. 1., 297 pp.  16°.  [n. p.],
  1699.
Monsiorski (Sigismond)  [1866-    ].  * Etude
  historique sur  l'insertion  vicieuse du  placenta.
  207 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1896, No. 471.
Moiisivais (Alejo).  *  Inlluencia moral del me-
  dico sobre el enfernio.    48  pp.   16°.   Mexico,
  I. Esvalante 4- Co., 1*70.
Monski (Hans).  * Untersuchungen iiber nieht-
  carcinomatose   Gescbwiilste  der  weiblichen
  Brustdriise.   60 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Freiberg i. B.,  C.
  Lehmann, 1894.
Ulonsonia.
    ITIaberly (J.)  Notes on the therapeutics of the varie-
  ties of Monsonia.  South African M.  Rec, Cape  Town,
  1904, ii, 84.
Monsseaux  (A.)  [1872-     ].  * Etude  anato-
  mique et clinique des localisations cancereuses
  sur  les  racines racbidiennes et sur le systeme
  nerveux  peripheric] ne.   174 pp.   8°.   Paris,
  1902, No. 597.

Monsters.
    See, also, Foetus  (Maternal impressions on);
  Labor  (Complicated) from disproportion, etc.,  of
  fajtus; Ovum (Abnormities of);  Sacred  embry-
  ology.
    Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire  [E.]   Philosophic
  anatoniique.   Des monstruosites humaines, ou-
  vrage coutenant une classification  des moustres;
  la description et la comparaison des principaux
  genres;  une  histoire raisonnee des phenomeues
  tie  la nionstruosite et des fa its  priniitifs qui  la
  produisent; des vues nouvelles  touchant la nu-
  trition du foetus et d'autre circonstances de son
  developpement; et la determination des di verses
  parties  de I'organe sexuel, pour en demon trer
  l'unite  de composition, non-seulement chez les
  moustres, oil l'alteration des formes rend cet or-
  gane nieconuaissable, niais dans  les  deux sexes,
  et,  de plus, chez les oiseaux  et chez les niaiiimi-
  feres.   Avec  figures des  details  anatomiques.
  8°.   Paris, 1822.
    Guinard (L.)  Precis de  teratologic, anoma-
  lies et  monstruosites chez l'homme et chez les
  animatix.  Precede d'une preface par C. Dareste.
  12°.  Paris,  1893.
    VON Haller (A.)  De monstris dissertatio ii.
  qua triuni monstrormn anatome et ad contraria
  1). Lemeryi argumenta respousiones contiueutur.
  sm. 4°.   Gottingw, [n. (/.].
    Hirst (B.  C.) A.- Piersol (G. A.)  Human
  monstrosities.   Pts.  i-iv.   4°.  Philadelphia,
  1.-91-3.
    Insfeldt (J. C.)  * Do lusibus naturaj.  4°.
  Lugd. Bat., 1772.
    Lip Tay.   La vie sexuelle des moustres, avec
  mille et une observations curieuses sur leurs or-
  ganes genitaux.  12°.  Paris, 1904.
    Malacarne (V.)  De'  mostri umani, de' ca-
  ratteii  fondainentali su cui se ne potrebbe sta-
  bilire la classificazione, e delle  indieazioni che
  presentauo nel parto.    Lezioni  accademicbe.
  4 .   [Padova, n. d.]
    Nkolai (E. A.)   Gedanke  von  der  Erzeu-
  gung des Missgeburthen uud Mondkalber.  12G.
  Halle, 1749
Monsters.
    Ottexs (J.)  * Do lusibus naturse natnrain il-
  lustrautibus.  4°.  Hardtrvici, [ 1791)].
    Ramirez (R.)  Catalogodo  las anomalias co-
  leccionadas  en  el Musco  nacional,  piecedido de
  unas nociones de  teratologia.  Por eneargo del
  Senor  director  interino del  establecimiento,  M
  Urbina.   8°. Mexico, 1^96.
    RodrIguez (J.  M. )   Teratologia.  Estudio
  sobre  varias monstruosidades eetromediauas, y
  mils particulnrmente  sobre Pedro  Salinas, na-
  tural de Tejupilco (Estado de Mexico),   roy. 8°.
  Mexico, LH72.
    Royal College of Surgeons of England.  De-
  scriptive catalogue of the teratological series in
  the Museum of  the Royal College of Surgeons of
  England.  Animal malformations, by B. Thomp-
  son Lowne.   Vegetable malformations, by Max-
  well T. Masters.  8°.  London, 1893.
    Schweickhard (C. L.)  Beschreibuug einer
  Missgeburt,  mit einigen  niedicinisclien Bemer-
  kungen  iiber diesen  Gegenstand.   12°.  Tubin-
  gen, 1801.
    Taruffi  (C.)  Introduzione  alia  storia della
  teratologia in Italia.  8°.  Bologna, 1877.
    -----.  Storia della teratologia.  Parte pri-
  ma,  v.  1-5, 7, 8.   8°.  Bologna, 1881-94.
    Walker (M.  M.)  Teratology; or the science
  of monsters.   8°.   Philadelphia,  1878.
    Zannetti  (F. )  Sulla teratologia.  8-.   Fi-
  renze, 18")0.
    Repr.from:  Progresso, ii, no. 10.
    Aatrakhan (I. D.)  Sluchal rledkavo urodstva senii-
  miesyachnavo  ploda.  [Rare case of a seven months old
  monster.]  Med.Obozr., Mosk., 1905, lxiii, 479-487.—Babb
  (B. F.)  Monstrosities.  Old Dominion J. M. & S.,  Rich-
  mond, 1903-4, ii, 270-273.—Benigni (E.)   Contrihuto alio
  studio delle monstruosita congenite.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
  1895, xvi, 420.—Bcrlacchini (P.)  Di una forma regies
  siva  piuttosto  rara di  emhrione umano atrofico.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1897, xiv, 153-163.—Boinet (E.)  Etudes de
  teratologic.  Arch. prov. de med., Par.,  IKOii.  i.  445-467.
  Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1901, 12.s., i, 177-179. -Booth
  (D. S.)  Seme  monstrosities.  Kansas  City M.  Rec, 1892,
  ix, 1-4.  Also: Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1891, ii, 551-555.—
  Branlly (F.  M.)  Monstrosities.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia,
  Atlanta, 1902,  427.—Brannwai-tli  (Emma  L.)  Fetal
  deformity,  developmental; report of case.   Woman's M.
  J., Toledo, 1905, xv, 33.—Broglio (O.)  Un' alterazione
  di prima fnrmazione. Arte ostet., Milano, 1903, xvii, 310-
  315.—Conilainin (It.)  Notes tcratologiq.ues.  Province
  m6d., Lyon, 1892, vi,  13-15.—Decio (C.)  Mostruosita
  fetale inedita osservata nel secolo xvi: documento pet ser-
  vile alia storia della teratologia.  Ann. di ostet., Milano,
  1897, xix, 649-652 —Delassua.  Les moustres. J. d. sc.
  med. de Lille, 1898, i, 359: ii, 265.—lie Vecrhi (!',.)   Ques-
  tioni antiche e moderne  sui fenomeni tei ntologici.  Lu-
  cina, Bologna,  1904, ix, hi; 97;  113.—Kguillior (L.) Un
  caso para la historia de las monstrnosidades.  An. de ohst.,
  giuecopat.y pediat., Madrid. 1891,xi, 193; 225.—KiiHtache
  (G.)  Etudes de teratologic humaiue.  J. d. sc. med. de
  Lille, 1808, i, 431; 455.— F raiser (A.)  On various single
  and double monstrosities; with remarks on anencephalic
  and amvelic nervous systems.  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ire-
  land, Dubl., 1894, xii, 304-366.—Gander (Fran S.)  Miss-
  geburt.  Allg. deutschelleham.-Ztg., Berl., 1904. xix,389.—
  Giacoinini  (C.)  Sur les anomalies de  developpement
  de l'emliryon huinain.  [Transl. from:  Atti d. r. Accad. d.
  sc. di Torino.] Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1888, ix, 359:
  1889, xii, 178: 1892, xvii,  99: 1893. xviii, 86; 400: xix, 82:
  1894, xx, 7ti, 1 pi. — 4<oin raiiiiic.  Meiuoiro  sur un  fte-
  tus  monstrueux.  Hist. Acad. roy. d.  sc. 1741, Par., 1744,
  Mem., 497-503, 2  pi.  Also:  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  [de
  Paris] 1741, Amst., 1746, Mem., 665-674, 2  pi.'— Hauck.
  Ein Beitrag zur Teratologic.   Aerztl. Prakt.. Uainh., 1896,
  ix. 361.— Hii'»l  (B. C.)  Two recent additions to  the
  teratological collection in the Wistar and Horner Mu-
  seum.  Univ.  M. Mag., Phila., 1891-2,  iv. 692-694, 1 pi.—
  Mobbs (W. R.)  Monstrosities.  West. M. Rev., Lincoln-
  Neb., 1903. viii. 7-9. —J one* (J.)  Contribution to tera.
  tology.   Tr. Louisiana M. Soc,  N. Oil.,  1888, 238-277,
  Also, Reprint.  Also, in his:  Med. &  Surg. Mem..  8°, N.
  Orl., 1890,  iii,  pt.  2. 124-163.  Also [Abstr. |: J.  Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1888, xi, 515-551.— KirmiNaoii. Rapport
  sur deux faits  de malformations present 6s a la Societe par
  M. Rudaux.   Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst.. de g\n6c. et de
  psediat. de Par., 1902, iv, 92-95.— I,alii lie (E\)" Esludios
  teratoldgicos.   An. d. Circ. med. at gent., Buenos  Aires,
  1898, xxi,  237-243,  2 pi.   Also: Prim. reun. d. Cong, cient.
  lat. amer., Buenos Aires, 1898, iv, 670-676. — I^einery.
  M6moire  sur  les  inonstres.   Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1738, 
MONSTERS.
37
MONSTERS.
llon«tei*s.
  Par.. 1740. Mem.,  305-330.  Also:  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.
  [de Paris] 173*. Amst.. 1742. Mem., 427-462. ------. Sur les
  moustres.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  1740, Par.. 1742. Mem.,
  43::; 573.  Also: Hist. Acad. iov.  d. sc. [de Paris] 1740'
  Amst..  1744.  Mr..... 609; 723  — Tla»«en (V. X.)  K  ka-
  zuistikie urodstvploda.  :Moii-tn>Mtv.  ■ •). akush. i jensk.
  boliez..  St. Petersb.. 1.-90, iv. 694-703—  \a«lo«v (I.)  K6t
  monstrum esete.   two cases.]  Gyuaekologia. Budapest,
  1904. 562-565. — \< lmw ij. X.)  Anomalies and monstrosi-
  ties; with rep  11 oi i  .  se.   St. Louis M. Rev.. 1903. xlviii,
  253-256. — Ollivier.  Moustres, inonstniositc.  IMit.de
  med., Par . 1839, xx, 169-211.  Also, Reprint. —OMIallev
  (A.)  Human terata.   Am. Med.. Phila., 1903, vi, 794-797
  Also. Reprint.— I'arvin (T.)  Moustets.  Proc. Phila.
  Co.  M.  Soc. Phila..  1897 xviii, 159-163. Ahn .■  Med. .v
  Sing. Rcuorter. Phila., 1897.  Ixxvii. :}-;._ l>iei-Kol ni.i
  Teratolegy.  Pel.  Handb. M. Sc. XT.  18.-9,  vii. 06--719.—
  Polvcriiii iS.i  Un feuomeno teratoiogico.  Gior.-d. r.
  Soc. ed  Ac a.l. vet. ital., Torino. 1904. liii, 895.— Popeseul
  (M.l ZurKasuistikder Missbilduugender Frucht.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Gyuak., Leipz., 19c2. xxvi, 465-467. — Rabaud
  (£.)  Conception  generale de la mon.>»truosite.  Rev. de
  rEcoledanthrop.de Par.. 1901, xi 97-114—.Mobie*tian-
  ski iK. M.)  K kazuistikie uiodstv ploda.  | Fotal mon-
   strosities.]  Protok. zasaid. Kavka/.sU. med. Obsh.. Titiis.
   1899-19oo. xxxvi.  320-324. —Wtolz it'.i  Some common !
   monstrosities.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indiana]).. 1-9,-. 2-19-
   257. — Gloria della  teratologia. by (Vsine  Tarurti:  vol.
   vii, Hohigna. Regia Tipo-rafia, 1-94.  "Rev.,   Teiatohcia.
   Lond  ^ Edinb.. 1-94. i. 44-46— Tamffi (C> Sull ordi-
   namentu  della teratologia.   Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d.  Ist.
   di Bblogna, 1.-95-6. 5. s., v, 695-706, 3 tab.: 1*97-8. 5. s., vii.
   59;  697  1  pi.: 1-  .'-1900, 5. s., viii, 415: 1901-2,  5. s., ix,
   647. —  >Ven«lIiiii; (L.)  Ein Beitrag  zur Casuistik  der
   Teiatologie.  Wi.-n.  med. Wchnsehr., 1896, xlvi.  2126-
   2128. —  Windle ill. C.A.)  Report on recent teratologieal I
   literature.  J. Anat.  & Physiol..  Lond., 1890-1905. xxv-
   xxxix,  passim.—  Winwlow.  Remaiques  sur dt-ux  dis-
   sertations tonchant b~ inonstres, l'une de  1702, par  Mr.
   Goeffon, medecin de Lyon : l'autie en 1739, par Mr. Haller,
   professeur a Gtittingen, et eclaircissemens sur le memoire
   de 1740. a toccasion du monstre de Camhrav.  Hist. Acad.
   d. sc. 1742. Par., 1745, Mem., 91-120.   Also: Hist. Acad.
   roy. d.  sc 1742  Amst.. 1747, Mem., 123-163. -----.  Re-
   marques sur les  inonstres.  Hist.  Acad. roy. d. sc. 1743.
   Par., 1746. Mem..  335-358.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.
   [de Paris] 1743, Amst., 1749, Mem.. 459-493, 1 pi.

 ^lonsters (Acardiac).
     See, also,  Blood (Circulation of, Foetal); Mon-
   sters  {Acephalous);  Monsters in animals.
     Hirschbruch (A.)  * Das  Problem der berz-
   losen  Missgeburteu, nebst  Besehreibung eines
   Amorplius acardins.  12-.  Berlin, 1895.
     Hochiikimer (J. G.)   *Ein Fall von Acardins
   acephalusbipns.   r";.  Munchen, 1904.
     Mrcx (K. A. J. B. O.)  * Beitrag  zur Keunt-
   niss der Acardiaci.   n'-.   Greifswald,  1-91'.
     Mulder(X. C)   * Ueber eiue herzlose  Miss-
   geburt.   [Freiburg  i Br.]  8C.   Leiden, 1891.
      >axdifokt  (G.)   Ontleedkundige  beschrij-
   viug  van twee, bersenlooze  misgeboorten.   4°.
   [n.p.,n.d.]                                        I
      8chatz (F.)   Die Acardii  und ihre Yerwand- !
   ten.   .  .  .   Gratula inn—clirift . .   .  Theodor I
   Thierfelder . .  . Univer-it.it Kostock.  8'-.  Ber-
   lin, 189?.                                           j
      Schildmacher  (T.)     Ueber  berzlose  Miss-
   geburteu.   - .   Greifswald,  189-.
     Bradbury (H.i &. Doran (A.)  Acardiacus mvlace- I
   phalus.  Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1895). 1896. xxxvii, 209-213.—
   Calori  (L.)  Di  un  mostro umano acardio e della ip.tesi
   pin prouabile intorno alle cagioni della roancanza del cuore.
   Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1884-6. 4. s., vi, |
   567-598, 4 pi.— Campbell  (M.t  A: Shephenl (H. D.) j
   The circulatory and  anatomical abnoimalitie-ot  an acar-
   diac foetus of rare form. Lancet. Lond.. 1905. ii. 941-944.—
   Corner (E. M.)  An acardiac monster produced by ad- I
   he-ion  to the placenta succenturiata of n twin toins.  Jr. 1
   Path. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, Iii. 149-161,2 pi .He  J. Anat. I
   A Physiol., Lond.. 19"1-2. xxxvi. 81-92.—Daw  K 1  Acar-
   diacus  anceps.  J. Ob-t. vV. Gynsec. Brit.En.]>. Lond.. 1902.
   ii. 341-355. — Dock   G.i  Acardiac monster.  Tr.  Path.
   Soc. Phila. (18*7-9*.  1891, xiv. 276. —  Fiidman  O  Ki
   Acardiacus (acephalus dipus).  Protok. zasaid.  Tavrus. |
   med.-pharm. Obsh., Simpheropol, 1890,  i, 16.—von Gne-
   rard (H. A.) Acardiacus  acephalus  bipns. Verhaudl.
   d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Xatnrf. u. Aerzte ]9ol. Leipz., 1902
   lxxiii,  pt. 2, med. Abth.. 215. — Ilanau.   Ueber einen
   nenen  Fall von Acardiaeu- anceps (Ahlfeld), mit Bemer-
   kungen iiber normales  nnd  patholojjisches  Wachsthum.
   /6id., 189o, Leipz.. 1891, lxiii. pt. 2, 194-196. — Hauck. I
Jlonster*  (Acardiac).
  Ein  Acardins.  Aerztl. Prax.,  Wiirzb., 1899,  xii,  245 —
  Hermnn (li. E.) Amorphous acardiac fietua.  Tr. Obst.
  Soc. Lond. (1891), 1892. xxxiii, 493. — Keith  (A.)  The
  anatomy and nature of two acardiac  acephalio foetuses.
  Ibid., 1900, xiii, 99-120, 4 pi.— Kelson <\V. H.)   Speci-
  men of acardiacus acephalus.  Ibvi.  Y-9:;, 1-92. xxxiii,
  195-198, 1 pi. — Knap (J. J.) Gz.  Km  acardiacus met
  biibehoorende placenta.  Xederl. lijdschr. v. Verlosk. en
  (Jvnaec, Haarlem, 1900, xi,  14 1-154. 1 pi- I.eboiicq (H.)
  Disctiption anatomique d'nn acardiaqiie humain parace-
  phalien (Geotfr.).   Ann. Soc.de med dcGand, 1877 lv. 39-
  60, 2 pi.  Also. Reprint. — Ciowy (M.) Ueber einen Fall
  von  "Acardiacus smceps".   Prag. med. Wchnsehr.. 1892,
  xvii,  157. — Multler  (X. C.)  Sur un monstre acardia-
  que.  Univ. de  Leide.   Rec.  de trav. anat.-path, de lab.
  Boerhave l*8r-98. Leide, 1*99,  i, 243-27.*; — >eea«  (J.)
  Pfipad  akardie.  fA case of acardia.]  Casop. lek. cesk.,
  v  Praze, 1*79. xviii, 57. — Pajc (H.)  A  mylacephalous
  acardiac twin.  Tr. Obst. Soc.  Loud.  (1891), 1892. xxxiii.
  302-314, 2 pi.  |Rap.] (189_i  1*93,  xxxiv.  11-13—Row*
  (I.F.W.i   Description ot photographic plates of an edem-
  atous acardia.  Tr.  Am. Ass. Obst. &  Gynec. Phila.,
  1890, iii. 223, 1 pi.  Also.- Buffalo M. A S. J.,  1890-91. xxx,
  527,  1 pi. — Wehiller |H.»  Keber  einen menschlichen
  Acardiacus.  Zix lit. f. C.eburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg.. 200-
  2o5,  1 pi.—Wtieher.  Kin Pall  von  einem Acardins ace-
  phalus.  Jahresb. d. schles.  Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901,
  Brest, 1902, lxxix, med. Sect., *2.

JIon*ter*  (Acephalous).
     See,  also, Monsters (Acardiac).
     Isphordixg (W.)   * Ueber  Acepbalie.   8°.
   Wiirzburg, 1*88.
     Marco (P.)   Intorno ad un  nuovo toraco-ace-
  phalus.   8-.   Sassari, 189:5.
     Sc'ortigagxa  (F. O.)   Storia  della  gravi-
  dauza quinquenne della madre di un fet<> must: 11-
  os<> a.xunalogacefalo di Lonigo,  [etc.].   roy.  8-.
   Verona,  1-0-.
     de   Trkve  Barber  (H.)   *£rui'e  sur  un
  monstre buinain pe>acephale acarde et apneume.
   8-.   Geneve, 1903.
     Anderson  (J.i   Acephalic monster  1 live months)
   with numerous development 1 detects. Glasgow M. J.,
   1903. Ix. 60.— Kallantyne  1 J. V\\ 1  Description of a
   foetus pai ace] il 1 a lu s d i p 11 -aeai iliac us.  Edinb. M. J.. 1892-3,
   xxxviii. *42-85o. 2 pi.—Bravetta (E.)  Trigeniiui mono-
   cori ti ianmiotici  con feto acatdiaco-acefalo;  illustrazione
   del feto mostinoso e dei rapporti placentari  fra i diversi
   feti.  Ann. di ostet., ililauo. 1905. xxvii, 228-245—C'ava-
   lie (J.) <fc Oneriii-Valniale (C.)  Alonstie uniiaiie,
   omphalosite, acephalien. mvlacephale.  Bull, et mem. Soc.
   anat. de Par.. 1900, lxxv. 195.—Cleland (J.)   Acephalus.
   In: Mem. fete]  in anat., 8:. Lond. Jc Edinb., 1**9. 159.—
   Conllhanl (\\r. J. C.)  An acephalous infant.  Lancet,
   Lond.,  1*96. ii,  ln78.—('room (J. H.)  Xote of a case of
   acephalic acardiac fo-tu-.  Ti. Edinb. Obst.  Soc., 1*92-3,
   xviii. 69-71. 1 pi.   Alo : Kbinb. M. J., 1*92-3. xxxviii. *U2-
   804. 1 \>l.—Defilippi.  (.)-- 1 vazioni su di un feto umano
   acefalo. appartenente al ^ein-re milacefalo di Geoffroy di
   S. Hilaire.  Gior. d.  1. Accad. med.-chir. di  Torino. 1855,
   2. s.. xxii, 249-256.—Doran (A.)  Iii-^cctionof Mr. Ties-
   trail's case of nt\ he epb ,lous acardiac twin, with notes on
   acardiac monsters in  the museums of London  hospitals.
   Tr. Obst. Soc. Loud. (1**9). l*9n. xxxi. 4-27— Diimia-
   rant  (H. C)   tietal monstrosity: ai-ejihahiluaclnts.
   Memphis M. Month..  1**9. ix. 214. — Eil ward* (J.  S )
   Ca-e of act ]inalous monster.  X'ashville J. M. Sc S.. 1890,
   n. -.. xiv 227. — Kerrarcxi (C.)  Piesentazione di tavole
   sui meecanesimi di ribu/ione nell' acrania.   Atti d  Soc.
   ital. di  ostet. e ginec. 190.:.  Roma. 1904. ix.  3u7-3o9.—Gal-
   loi» (E.j   Xote  sur  un foetus monstrueux.  Dauphine
   mM.. Grenoble, 1*90, xiv, 261-204.  ( Dis. ussion ). 273.—
   (»la<lMione (R. J.)   Acardiac fu-tus  (acephalus ompha-
   lositicus.  Pioc.  Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. & Ireland. Loud., p.
   xxv.— 4.ourr:ii^nc.  Memoire  sur un  foetus mons-
   trueux.  Hist. Acad.  roy. d. sc.  1741. Par..  1744,  Mem.,
   497-503. 2 pi.  Also:  Hist. Acad, row d. sc. ' de  Paris]
   1741, Amst., 1746, Mem., 665-674. 2 pi.'—Gotvdey (Annie
   C.)  A note on a rare case of acephalic monster.  J. Obst.
   A Gynsec. Brit. Emp.. Lond.. 1904, vi, 384. I pi —Griffiths
   (J.)  Svmmetrical talipes dorsalis iu an acephalous foetus.
   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893 ii. 1419-1421.—Grojjono (W. A.)
   Acephalous acardiac foetus.  Tr. ob-t. Soc'  Loud. (1*94),
   1895, xxxvi.  65; 1*5.— liar re I  iS,  A.n  acephalous
   monstrosity with  hvdrorrhachi- 01  meningocele.  Nash-
   ville J. M."& S..  1894. lxxv. 103, 1 pi. - Kerr  1 .1. L.)
   Acephalous infants.  Lancet. Lond.  1896,  ii, 3*0 —Kila-
   hara  (T.)  [A case of acephalus.]  Tokyo Iji Shinslii,
   1899. 859-*01.—ni'Cliiitock.  Acephalous foetus.  Proc.
   Path. Soc. Dubl.. 18»'.5-*. n. s., iii. 226. — .llneMwinry.
   Acephalous totus. Ibid.. 1861-2, n. -., i. 277-279 —tlahon
   (R. H.  D.)  Acephalous infants.  Lancet. I.oml., 1896, ii,
   749.—.Tier?.   Observations faites sur un foetus humain 
MONSTERS.
38
MONSTERS.
Monsters (Acephalous).
  monstrneux. et proposees a 1'Academic.  Hist. Acad. roy.
  d. sc. 172U. i'ar., 1722, Mem.. 8-14.  Also, transl.: K. Akad.
  d. Wissensch. in  Par. . . . Ahandl. 1720, Bressl., 1754, 389-
  395.—IXiimiiiark (C. E.)  An acephalic omphalosite.  N.
  York M. J., 1*95, lxii, 66.—Ken (C.)  Prolonged gestation,
  acranial monstrositv and apparent placenta previa in one
  obstetrical  < ase.   J.  Am.  M. Ass., Chicago,  1898,  xxx, '
  1166. — Ronlli (A.)  Case of acephalous acardinc  twin. I
  Tr. Obst, Soc. Lond.  0*90), 1891, xxxii. 347. - Sellnhi. ;
  Monstre  acephalieu.  Soc.  de med. do Xancv.   (.'. r. . . .
  1903-4, 123-126.   Also.  Ib-v. mi'-d. de IVst, Nancy, 1904,
  xxxvi, 743-745. — Slyman  (W. IJ.)  An acephalous acar-
  diac monster of six months' gestation with rudimentary
  heart.  Tr. Obst. Soc. Loud. (1889), 1890, xxxi, 258-262.—
  Treslrail (H. E.)  Caseof mylacephalous acardiac \win.
  Ibid., 2.  Also, Reprint.— Valenli (G.) & Piwenti (G.)
  Sopra un mostro gastroacefalo umano.  Atti e rendic. d.
  Accad. med.-chir. di  Perugia, 1896, viii, 234-252, 1  pi.—
  Venable* (J.)  Noteconeemingamonstrosity; an aceph-
  alous ftetus.  Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1891, iii, 209.—
  WjiinIow,   Observations anatomiques sur un enfant
  ne  sans  fete,  sans cou,  sans poitriue, sans <<eur, sans
  poumons. sans estomac, sans foye. sans ratte, sans pan-
  creas, sans une partie des premiers intestins, etc.  Hist.
  Acad. roy. d. sc. 1740, Par., 1742, Mem., 586-591.  Also:
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. fde Parisl 1740, Amst., 1744, Mem.,
  811-818.

ITIonslers (Amorphous).
    See Monsters (Shapeless).

Monsters (Anencephalous).
    See Monsters from  defect or  malformation of
  brain, etc.

Monsters (Artificial production of).
    Dareste (C.)   Memoire. sur qnelques  points
  de  teratogenic, en r^pouse  a un travail  recent
  de MM. Fol et Warynski.  H-.    [Paris, 1883, vel
  subseq.]
    Repr.from: Arcb. d. zool. exper.

    -----.   Kechercbes snr  la  production arti-
  iicielle  des inonstruosite.s,  ou  essais de  terato-
  genic experimentale. ,  2. ed.   8°.   Paris, 1891.
    Ferret  (P.-E.)  * Essai d'eiubryologie experi-
  mentale.   Influence  teratog6nique  des  lesions
  des  enveloppes secondaires de  l'ceuf de  poule.
  [Nancy.]   8 .   Paris, 1904.
    Tonkokf  (YV.)   Experinientelle Erzeugung
  von Doppelbildungen  bei  Triton.  4°.   Berlin,
  1900.
    Repr. from : Sitzungsb. d.  k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissen-
  sch., Berl., 1900, xxxvi.

    Warynski (S.)   * Sur la  production artifi-
  cielle des moustres a cceur double chez  les pou-
  lets; quelques reflexions snr la loi qui  regit  la
  Constance des formes chez l'enibryon ; sa verifica-
  tion experimentale.   8°.   Geneve,  ls86.
    Batnillon (E.)  Sur la valeur comparee des solutions
  salines ou sucrees, en teratogenese experimentale.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Far., 1901, cxxxii,  852-854. -----. Les
  agents dits specifiques en teratogenese et eu parthenoge-
  nese experimeutales.  Arch. f. Entweklugsmeehn. d. Or-
  gan., Leipz.,1904,  xviii, 178-183.—Rlanc(L.)  Notesurles
  effets teratog6niques de  la lumiere  blanche sur l'n;uf de
  poule.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1892,  9. s.. iv,
  969-971.—th air in  A CJIey.  Difformites congonitales
  experimeutales.  Ibid., IS95, lu. s.. ii, 705-707.—Cnccati
  (G.)  Di  alcune mostruosita negli enihrioni di polio otte-
  nute mediante lo svilupjw artiiiciale.  Internat. Monat-
  schr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz.  1890, vii, 131-147, 1  pi.—
  Darewte (C.) Recherches sur la production artificielle
  des monstruosites.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par..  1861,
  liii, 2H4-298. -----.  Memoire sur la production artificielle
  des monstruosites.   Ibid., 1862, liv,  1212-1215. _____.
  Cause probable des monstruosites par arret de developpe-
  ment.  Ibid.,  Iv, 723-726.  -----. Nouvelles recherches
  sur hi production artificielle des monstruosites.   [Abstr.]
  Ibid., 1*63, lvii, 445-448. -----.  Memoire sur le mode de
  production de certaiues formes de la monstruosite simple.
  [Abstr.]  Ibid., 549-551. -----.  Sur l'arret de developpe-
  ment considere comme la cause  prochaine de la plupart
  des monstruosites simples.   Ibid.,  1869, lxix,  963-966.
  -----. La teratogenic experimentale.    Bull.  Soc.  d'an-
  throp. de  Par., 1891. 4. s . ii, 730-754.   Also: Rev. scient.
  I'ar., 1892, xlix, 33-42.—Fere (C.)  Note sur la necessite
  de temoins dans les experiences de teratologic experimen-
  tale.  (Reponsea M.Blanc.)  ('ompt.rend.Soc.debiol.  Par
  1894,  10.  s„ j. 01-63. -----. Le poids de l'ouf de poule
  envisage au point de vue de la teratogenic experimentale.
  I hid., 1895,10. s., ii, 839. -----. Etudes experimentales sur
Monsters (Artificialproduction  qf).
  l'influenco t6ratogeno ou degenerative des alcoois <-t des
  essences sur l'enibryon de poulet.  J. de l'anat. et physiol.
  [etc.], Par., 1895, xxxi. 161-186. -----.  Teratomes expert
  mentnux.   Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., Par., 1896, 10. *., iii,
  515.  -----. Note sur la production experimentale de tera-
  tomes.  Arch, d'anat. micr.. Par.. 1897, i,  193-204. -----.
  Note sur l'influeuee de lincnbatiou sur la croissance des
  teratomes experiineutaux chez une poule.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol.. Par.. 1899.  11. s., i, 824. -----. Teratogenic
  experimentale el pathologic gene rale.  Cinqiiaiiten. de la
  Soc. de biol..  Par,  1S99; 360-369. -----. ISole a propos
  d'une objection a lincnbatiou artificielle dans les experi-
  ences de teratogenic. ( ompt. rend. Soc. de biol.. I'ar.,
  1900, 11. s., ii, 231.  -----. Deuxieme ie te sur I'influence
  de l'incul.aiioii sur la croissance  des teratomes exporimen-
  taux chez uneponle.  Ibid , 737.  -----. Noun-lie note sur
  la persistants des  teratomes  experimentaux iln  poulet.
  Ibid.. 1903, lv, 345.—Fere (C.) A Pettit (A.)  sur la
  structure des teratomes expetimeutaux.   Ibid., 1901, 11.
  s., iii,  772. —Ferret (P.)  Influence teratogenique des
  lesions  des enveloppes  secondaires de l'ceuf de poule.
  Arch,  d'anat. micr.,  Par.,  1904-5, vii, 1-116, 3 pi.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par.,  1904, lvi, 284-
  286.—Ferret (P.) &. Weber (A.)  Nouveau procede tera-
  togenique applicable aux ceufs d'oiseaux.   Compt. rend.
  Soc.  de biol.,  Par., 1904, lvi, 78.-----------.  Malfor-
  mations du  systeme nerveux  central de  l'embryon de
  poulet   obtenues   experimeutalement;  anomalies   des
  ebauches oculaires  primitives.  Ibid., 286-288.—Fischel
  (A.) Ueber den gegenwiirtigen Stand der experimentellen
  Teratologic.  Verhaudl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1902,
  Berl., 1903, v, 255-357.—Ferraresi (C.)  Parto sperimeu-
  tale nei  tipi semplici o complicati dell' acrania e iu altri
  tipi teratologici.  Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1904, xxvi, 221;
  345,  7 pi.—Francotte  (P.)  Quehpies essais d'eiubryo-
  logie patbologique experimentale.   Presse. med. beige,
  Brux., 1*94, xlvi, 353-355.—Oiaconiini (('.) Teratogenia
  esperimeutale nei mammiferi.  Arch, di  ortop.,  Milano,
  1889, vi, 161-183. Also:  Uior. d. r. Accad. di med. di  To-
  rino, 1889, 3. s.,xxxvii, 307-330.— Juuk-ciim (F. A )  Pro-
  duction  artificielle de larves geantes et monstrueuses dans
  l'Arbacia.  Cellule, Lierre et Louvain,  19t)4, xxi,  247-294,
  8 pi.—Koch (H.)  "Ueber die kiinstliche Herstellung von
  Zwergbildungen im Huhnerei. Beitr. z. Morphol. .. .  Er-
  lang. 1883, Stuttg.,  1894, 1-36, 2 pi.—Lcreboullet.   Ex-
  periences relatives k la  production artificielle des mon-
  struosites dans l'ceuf du brochet (extrait  par l'autenr).
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1862, liv, 761.—Lorb (J.)
  Ueber eine einfache Methode, zwei oder mehr zusammen-
  gewachsene Embrvoneu  aus einem Ei hervorzubringen.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1893-4, lv, 525-530.—Fou-
  chet (G.) A t'habry. De la production des larves mon-
  strueuses d'oursin, par privation de cbaux.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1889,  cviii, 196-198.—Schreiner  (K.
  E.)  Om den eksperiinentelle embryologis hetydniug tor
  belysningen af dobbeltmisdannelserues genese.  [Sur l'im-
  portauce de l'embryologie experimentale au point de vue
  de la genese  des moustres  doubles. Res., 912.]  Norsk
  Mag. f. LiPgevideusk., Kristiania, 1903,  5. R., i, 889-906.—
  Tornicr (G.)  Neues iiber das natiirliche Entstehen uud
  experinientelle Et/.eugen iiberzahliger  und Zwillingsbil-
  dungen.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 488-504.—Tnr
  (J.)  Sur les malformations emhryonuaires obtenues  par
  Taction du radium sur les eeuls de la poule.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, lvii, 236-238.—de Vries (H.)  Sur
  la culture des monstruosites.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc.,
  Par., 1899, exxviii, 125-127.

Jlonsters (Bodyless).
    See Monsters (Shapeless).

Jlonsters (Causes and  pathology of).
    See,  also, Foetus (Maternal  impressions on);
  Monsters (Artificial production  of); Monsters
  in animals.
    Betancourt (A.)  Algunos accidentes terato-
  16gicos de la guerra.   Discurso pronunciado en
  la sesi6u  solemne de la  Sociedad  de estudiog
  clinicos de la Habana en el  10° aniversario de su
  fundacidn, la noclie del :?0 de enero  de 1899.  8^.
  Habana,  1899.
    Dujour (Mme.  R.)  *Du  rapport  du  poids
  foetal au poids  placentaire  dans les malforma-
  tions fce-tales.  8U. Paris, 1903.
    GRtiNBERG  (E.)   "Ein  Fall  von  sclnveier
  Missbildung durch amniotische Verwachsuugen.
  8°.  Halle a. S.,  l<r.i.
    Mitrofanokf  (P.  I.)  Teratogenetiehcskiya
  uablvudfiiiya.  [Teratogenic observations.]   H-.
  [Varshara,'l8W.]
    Also [Ab.str.], in: Compt. rend, de l'Ass.  d anat., Par.,
  1899, i, 87-99. 
MONSTERS.
39
MONSTERS.
Jloilster* (Causes and pathology of).
    de Quatrefages (A.)  Teratologic et terato-
  genic.   8J.   Paris, 1S87.
    Repr. from : J. d. savants, 1887.

    de Rivili.a Bonet y Pueyo (J.)   Desvios de
  la uaturaleza, o  tratado de el origen de los mon-
  stros.   A que va auadido un comprendio de cu-
  raciones cliyrurgicas en monstruosos accidentes.
  12°.   Lima, 1695.
    Thurmaxn  (P.  R.  C.)   * Ueber  Vererbung
  von Missbildungen.  8  .  Kiel, 1893.
    Tur (I.  Y.)  K kazuistikle i  teorii morogoza-
  chatkovlkh  urodstv.   [Cases  and  theory  of
  multiconeeptional  monsters.]   8°.   [Varshava,
  1903.]
    Veith  (A.)  *Das  Amnion  in  seiuen  Bezie-
  hungen zu  den  fotaleu   Missbildungen.   8"-'.
  Munchen,  1901.
    Wernicke  (R.)   Enfermedades  fetales   y
  moustruos.   Distribuido con  el No. 7, t. 13, de
  los Analesdel Circulo medico argentino (jnlio de
  1-^)0).   8-'.   Buenos Aires,  1890.
    Ballautyne (J. \V.)  Studies in foetal pathology and
  teratology.  Edinb. M. J., 1891-2, xxxvii, 812-824.  'Also,
  Reprint. -----. Antenatal  pathology and heredity in the
  Hippocratic writings.  Teratologia, Lond. A Edinb., 1895,
  ii, 275-287.  -----.  Teratogenesis: An  inquiry  into the
  canses  of monstrosities.  Tr. Edinb.  Obst. Soc, 1895-6,
  xxi, 12; 220;  258.   Also:  Edinb. M. J., 1895-6,  xii, 593:
  1896-7,xiii, 1;  240; 307.  Also, Reprint. -----. A problem
  in antenatal pathology: recurrent monstriparity.  Am. J.
  Obst., N. Y., 1900, xii, 577-586.—Bar (P.)  Un eeuf k deux
  jaunes peut-il donner naissance a, des jumeaux adherents?
  etude critique d'un document inedit d'Etienne  Geoffroy
  Saint-Hilaire.  Bull.  Soc. d'obst. de Par.,  1903,  vi, 154-
  168.—Barry (J. H.)   Cases of monstrosities, with special
  reference to the theorv of maternal impressions.  Med.
  Rec, N. T., 1*94, xlvi, 811-813.—Bertino (A.)   Osserva-
  zioni sulla patogenesi di un caso di eventrazione congenita.
  Ann. di ostet., 1899, xxi. 735-754, 1 pi.—Biuet-Sangle
  (C )  Theorie nouvelle de la monstruosite composee et de
  l'inversion.   Arch.  med. d'Angers, 1898, ii, 83; 128;  175.—
  Bradley (O. C.)   Dichotomy as a factor in teratogeny.
  Vet.  J., Lond., 1900,  n.  s., 'ii,  21-26. —Bradley (VV\)
  Unusual succession of monsters.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897,
  i, 78.—Ceni (C.)  Ueber einige  Eigeuthiimlicbkeiten der
  teratologischen "Wirkungen des Blutes  Epileptischer.
  Centralbl.  f.  Nervenh. n. Psvchiat., Coblenz & Leipz.,
  1899, n. F., x, 629-631.—Clelnnd (J.)  Rational teratology.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1888,  ii. 346-348.  -----. Teratology,
  speculative  and causal, and the classification of anomalies.
  In: Mem.  [etc.] in anat., 8°. Lond. &  Edinb., 1880, 127-
  136.—Collin* (J.)  Case of a monster probably caused
  by maternal impressions.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila.,  1890-91,
  iii.  619.—Coaentino  (G.)   Oligoidiamnios e monstruo-
  a'rtk fetale.   Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1894, i, 41-50.—
  Councilman (W.  T.)  Teratoma specimens.  Boston
  M.  & S. J..  1897, cxxxvi, 628-630. — Courtright (G.  S.)
  Monstrosities vs.  maternal  impressions.  Tr. Ohio  M.
  Soc. Cleveland. Is98, 319-322.   Also: Suggest. Therap.,
  Chicago, 1899, vi, 109-112.—Crawford (S. K.)  A mon-
  strosity; its causes and s  quences.  Charlotte [N. CI M.
  J.,  1900, xvi, 109-113. —Dareste (C.)   Snr  la notion du
  type eu teratologic, et sur la repartition des types nions-
  trneux  dans  l'embranchemeiit  des  animaux veitebres.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1869, lxix, 925-928.—Dnvin
  (A. M.)  Birth of an anencephalic monster, followed two
  years later by one of spina-bifida with congenital absence
  of the occiput and double  talipes valgus.   Phila. M. J.,
  1900, vi, 1166.— Debierre  (C.)  & Lauibret (O.) Du
  role des arrets de developpement de l'amnios et des brides
  amniotiques dans la production des monstruosites, a propos
  dun monstre  celosomien du genre pleurosome (I. G. St.-
  H.).  J. del'anat. et  physiol. [etc.], Par., 1884, xxx, 609-
  621.—Durnl (M.)  Les moustres par detailt et les inon-
  stres par exces de  feeondation;  partheuogenese; kystes
  dermoides;  polyspennie;  monstrcs doubles.   [Abstr.1
  Ann. de gvnec.et d'obst.,  Par., 1895, xliii, 113-157—Fere
  (C.)   Note snr Taction teratogene de l'alcool methvlique.
  Compt.  rend.  Soc.  de biol.,  Par., 1894.  10. s., i, 221-223.
  -----.  Note  sur I'influence teratogene des  isoalcools.
  Ibid., 259-261. -----. Notes sur la puissauie teratogene
  de qnelques alcools naturels.  Ibid., 1896, 10. s., iii, 271.
  -----. Essai experimental sur les rapports etiologiques de
  l'infecondite,  des monstruosites, de  l'avortement,  de la
  mortinatality, du retard ile developpement etde la dehilite
  congenitale.  Teratologia. Lond. A  Edinb.. 1895, ii, 245-
  255. -----.  Recherches sur la  puissance teratogene de
  quelques boissons  aleooliques.   J. de l'auat. et  physiol.
  [etc.], Par., 1896, xxxii, 455-468.—«asne ((J.)   Un cas
  d'h6mimelie chez un  fils  de syphilitiqne.  N. iconog. de
Iflonsters  (Causes and pathology of).
  la Salpetriere, 1897, x, 31-35, 1 ]>).—CJiglio (G.)  Eela-
  zioni eziologiche fra mostruosita, polidramnios, prematu-
  rity, sifilide ed  altre iufezioni, desuuti da studi anatomo-
  clinici sopra sette casi mosttuosi; relative considerazioni
  ostetriche. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec 1895, Roma,
  1896, ii, 305-353, 2 pi.  Also: Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec,
  Napoli, 1896, v, 208-215. — ii round (W. E.)   Two mon-
  strosities, with a strong history of maternal impression.
  Northwest. Lancet,  St.  Paul,  1891, xi, 250.—Hcstle
  (W. M.)  Four cases of monstrosities in  the  same family.
  Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1899, 449-452.  Also:
  Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1899-1900, iv, 171.—
  Hutchinson (J.)   Teratology.  Arch. Surg., Lond.,
  1896, vii, 269; 373:  1897, viii, 268; 355: 1898, ix, 161, 1 pi.—
  Jegsup (It. B.), jr.  Monstrosities and maternal impres-
  sions.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888, xi, 519.—Joly (N.)
  Sur l'etablissement du genre desigue sous le noni de ple-
  siognathe par M. Dareste, et deja par  M. Joly sous celni
  d'hypotognathe.  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc.  Par.,  1850,
  xlviii,  1158-1160. — Kaestner (S.)  Neuer Beitrag zur
  Casuistik der Doppelhildungen bei  Hiihuerembryonen.
  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz.,  1899, 28-32.—
  Lnrrhrr.  [Teratologic. J  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1863, lvi, 599. — I,emery.  Sur les inonstres; pre-
  mier memoire dans lequel on examine quelle est la cause
  immediate des moustres.   Hist.  Acad.  roy. d.  sc 1738,
  Par., 1740, 260-272.  Also: Hist. Acad, row d. sc. [de Pa-
  ris]  1738, Amst., 1742, Mem., 366-384. — iVIabaret du
  Basil,  Enfant m&le a. terme; cephalomatome frontal;
  bec-de-lievre  unilateral  coruplet; hemiruelie thoracique
  droite;  heredite.  J. Soc. de med. et pharm. de la Haute-
  Vienne, Limoges, 1888, xii, 169-171.  Also: Progres med.,
  Par., 1888, 2. s., viii, 236— IMalyuzhenko (D. M.)  Slu-
  chal urodstva  s rasshtshelinol zhivota i  otsutstviyem
  vslekh konechnostel (fissura abdominalis et  amelia); ma-
  lariya  u materi kak vleroyatniy etiologicheskiy moment
  razvitiya urodstva.  [Monstrosity with abdominal fissure
  and absence of all limbs; malaria of the mother as a prob-
  able etiological factor in its development.]   Vrach. Gaz.,
  S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 714. — lVIazanec (F.)  O viceroplod-
  nem tehotenstvi ao puvodu nekter5ch nestvfir.  [Multi-
  ple pregnancy, and on the origin of some monsters.] Ca-
  sop.lek. 6esk'.,v Praze, 1862, i, 66.—Mirto (G.)  Sulpotere
  teratogeno o degenerativo della neurina, dell'  aleool etilico
  e dell' acetone sul sistema nervoso embrionale. Ann.di ne-
  vrol., Napoli,  1899, xvii, 263-278.— JVIitrophanow (P.)
  Teratogenetische Studien.   Arch. f. Entweklugsmeehn. d.
  Organ., Leipz , 1894-5,i,347-379, 3 pi.—Pacini (L.)  Rag-
  guaglio anatomico-fisiologico intorno ad un mostro umano
  diretto  al  Bartolommeo Panuiza.  Ann. univ. di  med.,
  Milano, 1843. cvi,  457-472.  Also,  Reprint. — Pouchet
  (G.) & Chabry (L.)  L'eau  de  mer artificielle comn e
  agent teratogenique.  J. del'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par.,
  1889, xxv, 298-307. — Babaud (£.)  Des differenciations
  het6roropiques; processus teratologiques.  Compt.  rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, exxx, 953-955.-----. La vegetation
  desorientee,processus teratologique.  Ibid., 1900.exxxi,281-
  283.-----. Caracteresgenerauxdesprocessusteratogenes,
  processus primitif et processus consecntif.   Ibid., 1901.
  exxxii, 1150-1153. -----. Actions pathogenes et actions  te-
  ratogenes. Ibid., 1902, cxxxiv, 915-917.  -----. Les etats
  pathologiques et les etats teratologiques.   Bull. Soc philo-
  mat. de Par., 1901-2,9. s.,iv,77-98. -----.  L'atavismeetles
  phenomenes teratologiques.  Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop.
  de Par., 1903, 5. s., iv, 441-457.  Also: Rev.  scient., Par.,
  1903, 4.  s., xx, 129-138. -----. Fragments de teratologic
  g6nerale;  l'union des parties similaires.   Bull, scient. de
  Fa France et de la Belg., Par., 1903, 6. s., vi, 436-460. -----.
  L'evolution des idees en teratologic; l'embryologie anor-
  male.  Rev. scient., Par.,  1904, 5. s., i, 392-400. -----.
  L'amnios et les productions congenitales.  Arch. gen.  de
  med., Par., 1905, ii, 2071-2091.—Bobinson (E. H.)  The
  strangest case ou record.  Alabama  M. A: S. Age, Annis-
  ton, 1895-6, viii, 645.—Mau^alli (G.)  Question! di tera-
  tologia: Sull' origine dei mostri dopjii; rara coalescenza di
  due vitelli entro un novo di polio; idroeneefalocele ante-
  riore per  aderenza delle memhrano dell' novo; reni suc-
  centuriati nei vitelli.  R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic,
  Milano, 1888,  2. s., xxi, 650-662.—Ncrres.   Teratogenie.
  Compt.'end.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855. xl, 876-878. -----.
  Sur l'ordre de formation de la vesicule  ovigenc  et de la
  vesicule germinative; etiologie de la duplicite monstru-
  euse.   Ibid., 1856, xiii, 1092-1097—Winiroth (H.)  Kami
  Unzulanglichkeit des Spermas  Hetninniig  oder vollige
  Unterdriickung der Extremitaten bedingen?  Eiu Wort
  zur Vererbuugsfrage.  Zool. Anz., Leipz.,  1903-4, xxvii,
  204-206.—Tarutil (C.)  Delle azioni meccaniche rispetto
  alia teratologia.  Ann. univ. di med., Milano, 188n. <■<•]iii,
  369-384.  Also, Reprint.—Thomson  (J.)  On d< fectivo
  co-ordination  in utero as a probable factor in the causation
  of certain congenital malformations.  Pediatrics, N. Y.,
  1902, xiv. 292-297. — Thoyer-Bozat.  Monstre-noten-
  cephale avec  electrodactyiie des mains et des pjeds;  alco-
  olisme invetere chez le  pete.  Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par.,
  1898, 88-92, 1 pi.—Villa (F.)  Moslruosi'afetaleed idram-
  nios acuto; replica al Signor Dotl. F. La Torre.  Ann. di 
MONSTERS.                                40                                MONSTERS.
Pollsters (Causes and pathology of).
  ostet., Milano. 1893, xv, 147-150— lie Tries (II.)  Sur les
  courbes galtmiieiines des monstruosites. Bull, scient. de
  la France et de  la Belg., Par., 18115. 4. s., vi, 396-418.—
  Winille (11. C. A.)  On the origin ot double monstrosity.
  .1. Anat. A Physiol., Lond., 1888-9,  xxiii, 390-399. -----.
  On some  conditions related to double monstrosity.  Ibid.,
  1893-4, xxviii, 25-45.—Ifainazalii (M.) [Three cases of
  monstrous births  in diseased women.]  Igaku  Clurwo
  Zasshi, Tokyo. 1903, 791-802.—Zuccarelli (A.)  Mostri
  umani  ed epilessia.   Anomalo, Napoli,  1898, viii, 1;
  33; 75.

j?Ioii*ter*  (Diagnosis of)  during  preg-
  nancy.
    Giglio (G.)  Mostri anencefali  e derencephali; dia-
  gnosi iu gravidanza e in travaglio; meccauismo del parto;
  indicazioni ostetriche.  Ann. di ostet.,  Milano, 1897, xix,
  328-338.  Also : Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1897,
  vi, 616-618. — I.a Torre (F.) Le mostruosita fetali
  dal puuto di vista diagnostico.  Ann.  di ostet., Milano,
  1892. xiv, 498; 549; 625.—Negri (P.)   Per la diagnosi
  delle mostruosita fetali durante la gravidanza e nel parto.
  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1889, xi, 224-231.

Jlonsters (Double).
    See, also, Dignathia;  Egg  (Abnormities of);
  Monsters  (Causes, etc.,  of); Monsters (Para-
  sitic); Monsters (Surgical operations on);  Mon-
  sters in animals.
    Adolph (F.)   *Ein menscblicber Pygopagus.
  (Aus dem patliologi.sclien Institute zu Marburg.)
  8°.  Marburg, 1894.
    Avviso al pubblico.  [Una creatura nata con
  due teste. ]   4C.   [ Venezia, IKS').]
    Baumann (A.)   *Ein Fall von Doppelmiss-
  bildung  (Thoracopbagus tetrabrachius).   8°.
  Heidelberg,  1894.
    Bostkn (J.)  * Ueber einen  Fall von iiqualer
  Doppeltnissbildung mit vollstiiudiger  Bauch-
  spalte.  8 •'. Leipzig, 1899.
    Chahlier(E.)  Observation d'uu enfant vi-
  vant double inferieureinent  a  partir du bassiu,
  ou monstre double  il^adelphe, genre remarqua-
  ble  dont Isidore Geolfroy  Saint-Hilaire a sup-
  pos6 l'existence, mais dont il  n'a counu  aucun
  cas autlientique.  8°.   Lie'ge, 1868.
    Repr.from: Mem. Soc. roy. d. sc, Liege.
    Cramer  (YV.)  * Ueber die Selbstentwicklung
  und die Geburt  mit gedoppeltem Kiirper.  8°.
  Halle a.  S., 1**8.
    Dalton (B. N.)  A short account of the de-
  livery of a two-headed monster, with a descrip-
  tion of its anatomy.  8°.  [n. p.], 1870.
    Diepgen (P.)   * Ueber zwei Fiille von Thora-
  copagus.  8°.   Freiburg i. B., 1902.
    Eccardus  (J. M.)    Diss.  Fridericiana  de
  sororibus gemellis, ab osse sacro  monstrose sibi
  invicem cohajrescentibus.   4°.   Kiliw Holsato-
  rum, 1709.
    Fanzago (F.)  Storia del mostro di due corpi
  die  nacque sul Bresciano  iu  novembre  1802.
  sm. 4°.  Padora, 1803.
    Ferchland (W.)  * Ein Fall von Syukepha-
  lus symmetros.   8 .  Greifswald,  1892.
    FiCK (L.)  Ueber Janusbildung.  8°.   Mar-
  burg, 1841.
    Gerlacii ( L.)   Die  Eutstehungsweise der
  Doppelmissbilduugen   bei  den   hoheren  Wir-
  belthieren.  8°.   Stuttgart, 1882.
    Giffenig (H.)   *Beschreibung eines  Jaui-
  ceps, und Bemerkungen zur Geburtsgeschichte
  desselbcn.  8D.   Marburg, 1888.
    Gecer (F. [B.])   * Ueber die Bilduug von
  iiberzahligen uutern Extremitiiten im Anschluss
  an einen klinisch beobachteten Fall von Tripo-
  die.   8-.  Bonn, 1890.
    Greatest (The)  human wonder.   The fame
  of the Jones twins extending throughout the
  world.
    Cutting from: Kokomo Gaz. Tribune, July 5, 1889.
J?Ionsters (Double).
    Helena  und  Judith, znsamnien gewachseue
  Miidchen aus Szony in Ungarn.   Engraving.
    Mag. "Wundervoll, 6. s., No. 4.
    Heuser (C. V.) * Ueber  ein  Zwilliugsei mit
  einem  missbildeten  Foetus.   8°.   Marburg,
  [1*64].
    Kabelitz (0. YV.)   * Ueber  zwei Fiille von
  Doppelniissbildungen.  8W.   Berlin, [1*8h].
    Klimm ([F.] YV. [C.])  *Ein  Fall von Thora-
  copagus tetrabrachius.  8°.   Greigswald, 1895.
    Lemke ([J.] R. [A.])  Ein Thoracopagus di-
  brachius.  8°.  Kouigsberg i. Pr., 1895.
    Lewixsohx (L.)  *Ein Fall von Doppelmiss-
  geburt (Thoracopagus tetrabrachius).  8°.  Ber-
  lin, [1890].
    Lukinger  (U.) *Ein Fall von Craniopagie
  aus der  Missgeburten-Sammlung des  patholo-
  gischen Institutes zu  Miinchen.  8°.   Munchen,
  1881.
    Meyer (W.)  *Ein Ischio-xiphopagus tetra-
  pus.  8°.  Erlangen,  18^8.
    [Monster, double.]  Photograph.
    Muller  (H.)    Ueber Thoracodidymi.   8°.
  Munchen, 1879.
    Naranovich.    Anatomicheskoye  opisaniye
  bliznetsov, tsosshikhsya golovkami.  [Anatom-
  ical description of twins, grown together by the
  head.] 8°.   Sanktpeterb nrg, 1856.
    Nicklks  (H.)   * Ein  Fall von Dicephalus.
  8°.  Erlangen, 1903.
    Parona  ( C. )   La pigomelia  studiata  nel-
  1' uomo e  negli altri vertebrati.  8°. Pavia, 1879.
    Repr. from : Ann. sc. d. r. Ist.  tec. di Pavia, 1878-9.
    -----.    La pigomelia nei  vertebrati.   8°.
  [Milano, 1883:]
    Repr.from: Atti d. Soc. ital. di sc. nat., 1883, xxvi.
    Pichez  (L.-J.-M.)   * Etude historique, 6tio-
  logiqne et  pathogenique au sujet d'un cas de
  synenc6phalie.   8°.  Bordeaux, 1896.
    Postkkxak  (S.-S.)   * Contribution  a l'etude
  de la pathogenic g^nerale des diplog^ueses.   8°.
  Paris, 1«97.
    Przegendza  (A.)  * Beitrag zur Lehre von
  Doppelniissbildungen   (Dicephalus  tripus  mit
  Sacralcyste).   8°. Munchen, 1902.
    Ruhe (E. [L.  F.])   * Anatomische  Beschrei-
  bung eines mensehlichen Janiceps assyininetros,
  nebst Versuch  einer genetischen  Erklarung.
  8°.  Marburg, 1895.
    Schafer (R).   * Ueber   einer  Dicephalus.
  [Freiburg.]  8°.  Jena, 1899.
    Sobotta (J.)  Neuere Auschauungen iiber die
  Entstehung der  Doppel(miss)bildungen mit be-
  sonderer   Beriicksicbtigung der  mensehlichen
  ZwillingBgeburten.  8°.   Wiirzburg, 1901.
    Tur (I. Y.)  Dvolnoi  zarodish yashtsheritsl
  iz o-va  Yavl.   Mabuia  multifasciata  Knhl.
  [Double  embryo from Java.]   8°.  [Varshava,
  1904.]
    Vrolik (G.)  Verhandeling over de zonder-
  linge  niisvortning eener  vrucht, ten einde  acht
  maanden dragts geboren, te gelijk met een wel-
  gevormd  kind.  4\   Amsterdam, [1817].
    Cutting from: Verhandel. v. h. k. Nederl. Inst, retc.l,
  kl. 1, Deel 3.
    Vrolik (W.)   Over dubbelde misgeboorten.
  4°.  Amsterdam, 1840.
    YVigand (W.  H.)   * Ueber Doppelmisbildun
  gen.  8°.  Marburg, 1855.
    Wittenberg  (F. W. H.)  * Ueber den  Epi-
  gnathus  und  seine Genese.  8°.   Berlin, 1905.
    Aclon (W.)   A remarkable case of double monstrosity
  in an adult.  Lancet, Lond., 1865, ii, 124. Also [Abstr.f:
  Ann. Gynsec,  Bost., 1888-9, ii,  100-102, 1 pi.—Adami
  (J. G.) «Jc Girdwood (G. P.)  On a monster presenting
  anterior duplicity.   Montreal M. J., I960, xxix,  501-504, 
MONSTEKS.                                      41                                     MONSTERS.
Monsters (Double).
  3 pi.—Adam*  (S. S.)  Thoraco-abdominopagus.  "Wash.
  M. Ann.,  1904-5,  iii, 241.—Adcnol.  Monstre  humain
  double.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d.  sc. med. de Lyon
  (1891),  1892, xxxi, pt.  2,  164.—Alexander  (G.)  Zur
  Anatomie  der  janusartigen  Doppelniissbildungen  mit
  besonderer  Beriicksichtiguug  der  Syuotie.   Arch.  f.
  Entweklugsmeehn. d. Organ., Leipz.,  1899, viii, 642-688,
  4  pi.—Alcr.ais.   Monstre double  autosite, monompha-
  lien,  ectopage.   Marseillo  med., 1888,  xxv,  644-649.—
  Allan (S. W.)  A congenital malformation. Boston M. &
  S. J., 1902,  cxlvi, 361.  Also, transl.:  Med. contcmp., Lisb.,
  1902, xx,  153.—Audcrodias.  Avortcment  gemellaire
  avec un des fietus derodyme et mouoanencephale.  Rev.
  mens, de gynec [etc.], Bordeaux, 1903, v, 126-129.—An-
  derson (E. G.)  An interesting case in obstetrics.  Ala-
  bama M. A S. Age. Birmingham,  1898-9,  xi,  456.—An-
   thony (R.) A  Salmon  (J.) La pygomelie, son inter-
  pretation,  sa place dans  la  classification teratologique,
   ses differents defies.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
   1901  liii, 135. — Appel (T. B.)   A  bicephalous monster.
   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & X. V., 1904, n. s., cxxviii, 1001-
   1003.—Archinanl  (P. E.)   United twins.  N.  Orl. M.
   A S. J., 1881-2, n. s., ix, 411-417— Arkhangelsk!  (P.)
   Sluchai dvoinavo urodstva u chelorleka, dicephalus  tho-
   raco-gastro-pagus tetrabrachius tripus.  J. akush. i jensk.
   boliez., St. Petersb., 18.-8. ii. 435; 516,1 pi.—Bailey (E. B.)
   A case of xiphopagous twins.  N.York M.J., 1003, lxxvii,
   8)1.__Bakunin (Sofia) & .Tleola (F.)  Su di un mostro
   diprosopo.  Atti  d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1894,
   xlviii,  279.— Ballantyne (J. W.)  Allantoido-angiopa-
   gous twins;  description of a foetus paracephalus dipus
   acardiacus.   Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1892-3, xviii. 38-53, 2 pi.
   Also: Edinb. M. J., 1892-3, xxxviii, 836-842.  AIso, Reprint.
   _____. Allantoido-angiopagous twins: paracephalus di-
   pus cardiacus.  Tr. Edinb. Obst, Soc, 1892-3, xviii, 91-110,
   1 pi   Also: Edinb. M.  J., 1892-3, xxxviii, 1095-1109,  1 pi.
   Also:  Teratologia, Lond.  &  Edinb., 1894, i. 158-181,  1 pi.
   _____Allantoido-angiopagous twins: paracephalus dipus
   acardiacus.  Tr.  Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1892-3, xviii, 201-214.
   Also:  Edinb. M. J., 1893-4,  xxxix, 321; 410.  Also,  Re-
   print.  -----. Allantoido-angiopagous twins: paracephalus
   monopus,  apus and pseudoacormus.   Tr. Edinb. Obst.
   Soc, 1892-3, xviii, 257-275. 1 pi.   Also, Reprint.-----. Al-
   lantoido-angiopagous twins; description of  an  anidean
   foetus.  Tr.Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1893-4, xix, 41-47,3 pi. -----_.
   Allantoido-angiopagous twins: the foetus amorphus  ani-
   deus.  Ibid., 61-73. -----. Allantoido-angiopagous twins;
   the  foetus amorphus mvlacephalus.  Ibid., 73-81. Also:
   Rep. Lab. Roy. Coll. Phys.. Edinb.,  1*94, v, 135-146. -----.
   The Biddendeu maids.  Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1894-5, xx,
   128-133, 2  pi.  Also:  Teratologia, Loud. & Edinb., 1895, ii,
   268-274 2 pi.  -----. Dr. Pallares'dicephalic foetus.  Tera-
   tologia,'Lond. &. Edinb., 1895, ii, 210. 1 pi.—Ballantyne
   (J. YV.) A Skirving (A. A. S.)  Diphallic terata;  with
   notes of an infant with a double penis.  Ibid., 92;  184:  255;
   lpl  — Bankolf.  Sluchai ot dvoven moustrum.  [Double
   . ..)   Med. naprled., Sofiya,  1900, i, 509-512. — Barette.
   Note sur un cas de monstre  double: monomphalien  ster-
   nopage.  [Rap. de A. Pinard.]   Hull. Acad, de med., Par.,
   1900, 3. s., xliv, 414-424.—Bandouin (M.)  Un  nouveau
   cas  de xiphopage vivant.  Gaz. med. do Par., 1899, 11. s.,
   ii, 493._____Nouveaux  cas de teratopages ayant vecu;
   xiphopages; un cas d'hypogastropage viable; un  nouveau
   sternopage.  Ibid., 1902, 12. 8., ii, 321-323.—Becher.   Em
   Fall von Kreuzung der Zwillinge.  Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u.
   Gynak.,Berl..l874-5,iii,41-44.—Bechlingcr(J.)  Afemale
   monstrum; two complete  and separate vulva; and vagina;;
   four mamma.'; three legs. Ann. Gynasc, Bost.,  1887-8, i,
   469  lpl.—Beckwith (S/"vT.)   Double monstrosity.  To-
   ledo M.&S. Reporter. 1s!t*J. vi, 340-350.-Bennett <E. H.)
   & Patten (C.J.)  The visceral  anatomy  of a double
   female monster.   Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.,  1902,
   xx 474 — Benton (J. E.)   Monstrosity or douhlc tetus.
   J. Am.'M. Ass., Chicago,  1899, xxxiii,  131.— Bernoulli
   (D.)   Descriptio partus bicipitis Basileensis; graviditatis
   et partus  historia.  Nova acta helvet., Basilea;, 1787, i, 216-
   228.—Berry (R. A. J.)  The anatomical variations  pre-
   sented by two cases of twin monsters,  with an account of
   their developmental explanation. J. Obst. & Gynsec Brit.
   Emp, Loud., 1904,v, 217-229, 9 pi— Betbeder.   Memoire
   sur un enfant moustrueux. Mem. de mathemat. etde phys.
   . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1768, 607-610.—Kinet-Snngle
   (C )  Note  sur la monstruosite  composee.   Arch.  med.
   d'Angers 1901, v, 122. — Bociunski.  Ein  Unicum von
   Doppelmissgeburt, Gastrodidymus biinasciilinus. Wien.
   metl. Wchnsehr., 1893, xliii, 1451-1454. - Boehm (J. L.)
   Syncephalus monoprosopus.   St. Louis Cour. Med., 1904,
   xxxi  321. — Bonmariage A Petrucci.  Sur un mon-
   stre double sternopage  eu voie de formation,  observe sur
   un blastoderme d'eeuf de poule.   Compt. rend.  Acad. d.
   sc,  Par.,  1899, exxix, 523-525. — Bordenave.   Descrip-
   tion dun enfant moustrueux ne  a terme,  ayant  deux
   visages sur une seule tetc, et deux  corps reuuis supeneu-
   rement, l'un bien et l'autre mal con formes.   Hist. Acad.
   roy. d. sc. 1776, Par.. 1779, 697-699, 1 pi.—Bouchaconrt
   (L ) A Cathala (V.)  Moustres doubles xiphopages et
   steruopages.  Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc. J, Par., 1905,
Monsters  (Double).
  iv 321-333 3pl.— Boulton (P.)  Case of conjoined twins.
  Tr Obst. Soc Loud (1881), 1882, xxiii, 260-262.—Boyd (G.
  M)  A dicephalic monster.  Am. J. Obst., N.\ ., 1902 xlvi,
  32>-3"5.  Also: Tr. Sect. Gynec Coll. Phys. Phila  Is. Y.,
  1902 viii 62-06.—Bradley (O.C.)  Twins and double mon-
  sters,   r Abstr.]  Vet. Rec,  Lond., 1904-5, xvii 794-796.-
  Braiiniii (H. E.)  A human monster.  Ir.M. Soc. N.Jer-
  sey, Newark, 1896, 393-395, 3pi.-Browniug (W. B.)  A
  case of moutrosity.   Tr.  South Indian Branch Brit. M.
  Ass. 1884-6,  Madras,  1887, i, 27-30, 4 pi.— Burger (O.)
  Ueber  einen Fall selteuer  Missbildung (Heinigiiathie).
  Arch. f. Gynaek., Perl., 19U3,lxviii,295-309.—Burckhard
  (G.)  Zwei Doppebuisshildungen.  Ztschr. f. (ieburtsh. u.
  Gynak., Stuttg., 1899, xl,20-33, 2pi.—Burdzinski (1. A.)
  Slucbal rodov  srosshimisya dvolnyami (thoracopagus).
  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1903, xvii, 859-865.—
  Burns (T. M.)  Double monsters;  a brief consideration
  of their cause, characteristics, diagnosis, prognosis and
  treatment, and a report  of two cases.  Colorado M. J.,
  Denver 1903, ix, 495-500.- C. (N.)  Beschreihuug einer
  Missgoburt [double].   Med. Wchnbl., Erankf. a. M., 1782,
  iii 7<i—Cuillc (A.)  Jauiceps asyminetros.  Tr. Am. Pe-
  diat. Soc.  1888-9, [Phila.J, 1890, i,  70, 1 pi.   Also: Arch.
  Pediat., Phila., 1889, vi,  822, 1 pi — Calori (L.)  bulla
  splaucnologia di uuo sternopago umano notabile per inver-
  sions parziale  delle cavitit cardiache.  Mem. r. Accad. d.
  sc  d. 1st. di Bologna, 1886-8, 4.  s., viii, 539-548, 1 pi.—
  Camps (I.)   Un caso de monstruo doble.  Med. de los
  nines,  Bat eel., 1905,  vi, 65-68,  1 pl.-Castaing.  Mon-
  stre double.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol.  . .  . de Bor-
  deaux, 1890,  xi, 151-154, 2 pi.  Also: J. de med. de Bor-
   deaux, 1890-91, xx, 125, 2 pi.—de Castro (M.)  Monstruo
   doble sisomiano detodimo.   Rev.  de med. y cirug. de la
   Habana, 1905,x, 79—Cavcy (J.E.)  A diprosopus. Med.
   Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii,  68.—Cerf  (L.)   Les monstres he-
   teropa<*es.   J.  de  l'anat. et physiol.  [etc.], Par.,  1898,
   xxxiv  706-719  2 pi.  -----. La naissance d'un monstre.
   Anjou med., Angers, 1899,  vi, 47-55, 1 pi— Chambre-
   lent.  Presentation  et 6lude  d'un  monstre bicephale a
   terme.  Rev. mens, de gynec [etc.], Bordeaux, 1900, n, 43-
   55  _____. Monstre heteradelphe  vivant.  Gaz. hebd. d.
   sc.  med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 188.—Chambrelcnt,
   lTIarcourt&Triboudeau.  Monstre,derodyme. Bull.
   Soc. d'obst. de Par.,  1900, iii, 22-34— Chapot JPrevost
   (E )  Ti ratologia;  as meninas xiphopagas.  Brazil-med.,
   Rio de Jan., 1899, xiii, 383-386.  -----.  Un nouveau xipho-
   page  vivant du sexe masculin; les freres chinois Liou-
   Tang-Seu-Liou-Seng-Seu.  Gaz. med. de Par., 1901, 12. s.,
   i, 89;  97.  Also: Dosim6t. au Canada, Montreal, 1901. iii,
   4_fi -lcharrin(A.)   Monstre double.   Compt.rend. Soc.
   de  biol., Par., 1897,  10. s., iv, 770.—Chereau (A.)  Du
   monstre de  la Chatre.  Rev. med. franc et etrang.. Par.,
   1845, iii, 184-195, 1  pi.  Also, Reprint.—Coburn (E. S.)
   Report of a case of stemopagus, or joined twins.  Tr. Ho-
   moeop. M.  Soc N. Y., 1897, xxxii, 85-90.—Collincuu.
   T6ratologie; Rosa-Josepha.  Rev. mens, de  l'Ecole d'an-
   throp. de Par., 1891, i, 377. -----. Un monstre double au-
   tositaire.  Ibid., 1900, x,  357.—Collins (G. M.)  Living
   twins  with  one body.   Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1889, xxxvi,
   209.—Collins (J.)   Notes on case of twins united by ab-
   dominal sac.  Tr. Path. Soc. Phila , 1885-7, xiii, 276-280.—
   Condamin. Monstre sternopage.  Mem.et compt.-rend.
   Soc d. sc.  med. de  Lyon (1890),  1891, xxx, pt. 2, 201-203.
   Also [Abstr.]: Lyon  med., 1890, lxv, 88.—Condon (lie V.)
   Double monster; thoracopagus; singleheart.  Brit. M. J.,
   Lond., 1900, i, 380.  Also: Indian  M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900,
   xviii, 319.—Cook (A.  B.)  Joined twins; the obstetrical
   and surgical management.  Richmond & Louisville M. J.,
   1869, vii, 65-90, 1 pf.  Also, Reprint.—Cook (H.S.)  Mon-
   strosity [male twins joined together from  the ensiform
   cartilage to the umbilicus].  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1887, ii,
   1339.—Corrado (G.) & Imndi (G.)  Mostro dnplice
   xifo-toracopago vissuto 10 giorni.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-
   chir.  di  Napoli.  1903, n. »., lvii, 383-413.—Csaky  (K.)
   Thoracopagus esete.  [Case of . . .]  Orvosi hetil , Buda-
   pest,  1887, xxxi, 1701.—Cuzzi (A.)  Su di un mostro dop-
   pio eteradelfo. Gazz. d.  osp., Milano,  1893, xiv, 305-311.—
   Dareste (C.) Note sur un nouveau genre  de monstruo-
   sites doubles appartenant a la familie des polygnathiens.
   Compt. rend.  Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1859, xlviii, 1069-1071.
   _____. Sur un monstre  simple dans la region moyenne,
   doublesup6rieurenientet inlet ieuremeut. [Abstr.] Ibid.,
   1863, lvii,  495. -----. Recherches sur l'origiue et le mode
   de  formation  des  inonstres doubles  a double poitrine.
   [Abstr.]  Ibid., 685-688. -----.  Second memoire sur le
   mode de formation des inonstres doubles a union antei ieure
   ou  a double poitrine.  Ibid., 181.9, lxix, 722-725.—De Al-
   bertis (O.)   Di uu feto jauiceps dentato.  Odontologia,
   Palermo, 1892, xvii,  225-228.—Debierre (C.) &  Butil-
   leul (G.)  Contribution k l'etude  des moustres doubles du
   genre synote.   Arch, de psysiol. norm, et path., Par., 1890,
   5. s., ii, 45-58.—Dejoiiany (A.)   Des monstres nes ju-
   meaux et des  monstres doubles; la teratologic et la mede-
   cine legale.  In his:  Grossesse double au point devue med.
   leg.,  8°, Lyon, 1896, 90-110. — Dclbastaille.  Monstre
   double parasitaire.  Ann.  Soc. m6d.-chir. de Liege, 1905,
   xliv, 193-197.—Delplauque (P.)  Monstre humain dero- 
MONSTERS.                                     42                                     MONSTERS.
 Iflonsters (Double).
   (lvnic.  Rev. biol du nord de France,Lille.l888-9,i,95-101.—
   Demichelis (P.)  Intorno ad un mostro vitellino dice-
   falo-nionocorporeo. Atti d. Soc. med.-chir. diTorino,1844,i,
   195-311, 2 pi.—Deux enfants quiont le sonimet de la tete
   coram un.  Hist. Acad. roy. d.sc. 1703, Par. ,1720,39.—Bomis
   (H.  J.) [et al.].  Beschrijving  van een misvormed kind,
   hetwelk opden 2den Augustus 1824, in de residentie Sama-
   rang is gehoren.  Verhandel. v. h. Batav. Genootsch.,v.
   Kunst. en  Wetensch . 1825, x,  131-146,  l pi.—Borland
   (W. A. N.)  Adiprosopie monstrosity; a rare case of tera-
   tism.  Univ.  M. Mag., Phila.. 1896-7. ix, 107, 1 pi.  Also,
   Reprint.—Double (A) monster.  [Tocci brothers]  Ann.
   Hyg., Phila..  181.0, v, 257.— Drngo (S.) Contributo alia
   casuistica delle mostruosita ianiceps asimmetros.  Gazz.
   d. osp.,  Milano,   1899,  xx,  1223—Duloroy.  Monstres
   doubles et dystocia foetate.  Bull. Soc. anat. de. Par , 1895,
   lxx, 278-283.—Dnlra (J. H.)  Observacao de um caso de
   monstro dcplo.   Brazil-med.,  Rio de Jan.,  1892, 25.—
   Edgar (J.)  & Eindsay (J.)  A double  monster;  case
   of thoracopagus.   Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynsec Soc. (1902-
   4), 1905, iv, 184-188.  Also: Glasgow M. j., .904, lxi,  302-
   306.—Edwards (J. H.) Curious double human monster.
   Illust. M.  News,  Lond., 1888-9, i, 149.—Elliot (A. M.)
   Note on a dicephalous  monster.  Lancet, Loud., 1903, ii,
   1499.—Eustache (G.)  Monstre Janus imparfait.  Ann.
   de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1898, ii, 505-512.  Also: Bull.
   Soc.  d'obst.  de Par., 1898, 175-178.—Fabrc.   Monstre
   double tlioracopage.  Lyon med., 1905, civ,  1031-1034.—
   Fernandez (A. M.)  Notes and remarks on the birth of
   a double foetus, somewhat resembling the Siamese twins.
   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1890, n.  s., xcix, 40-48.  Also, Re-
   print.  Also,  transl : An.  de obst., ginecopat.  y pediat.,
   Madrid, 1890,  x, 97; 138.  Also, transl.: Rev. de c'ien. med.,
   Habana. 1890, v, 45-49.—Fere  (C )  Note sur un cas siu-
   guiierd'ischiopagiecroisee.  J. de I'anat. etphysiol. [etc.],
   Par., 1903, xxxix,  294.—Fischer (G.)  A  diorachiac di-
   cephalic hsemacephalic monster.   Med. Standard, Chicago,
   1890,vii,163. Also, transl.: Prag. med. Wchnsehr.,1891,xvi,
   7.—Fleming (G. A.)  A specimen of terata katadidyma.
   Am. J. Obst., N.Y., 1891,xxiv,277-281.— Flood.  Ischiopa-
   gousdoublemonster. Brit.M J.,Lond..l896,i, 1394 —Fors-
   ter  (A.)  Kritische Besprechung der Ansichteu iiber die
   Entstehung von Doppelbildungen.   Verhaudl. d. phvs.-
   med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1905, n. P., xxxvii,  235-265.—
   Fonssagrives.   Note sur uu cas d'ectromelie hemirne-
   lique complete.   Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858,
   xlvii,  110.—Fraser  (J. C.)   A sternopagons monster.
   Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1890, xxiii, 840-844.—Freudenberg.
   Bericht iiber  einen schon alteren Fall von Zwillingsiniss-
   bilduug.  Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1899, xiv, 544-546.—Fusari
   (R )   Ricerche anatomiche in  un mostro dicefalo. Atti
   Accad. d.sc. med. e nat. in Feirara, 1894, lxviii, 93-102.—
   Galletti  (V.)  Cenni sopra un mostro umano.  Gior. d.
   r.  Accad;  med.-chir. di Torino, 1861, 2. s., xii, 80-90.—
   Gaufini  (C.)  Un  caso di gravidanza gemellare mos-
   truosa.  Monitore zool. ital.,Fiienze,1898,ix,102-168.1pl.—
   Garceau.   Monstruosite double.  Union med. du Ca-
   nada,  Montreal, 1898, xxvii, 731-741.—Geni mi 11 (J. F.)
   An ischiopagus tripus (human), with special  reference to
   the anatomy of the composite limb.  J. Anat. & Physiol
   Loud., 1901-2,xxxvi, 263-287, 2 pi.  Also [ Abstr.J: Glasgow
   M. J., 1902, lvii, 37-40— Gcorghiu.  Un cas de monstre
   double (sternopage) observe a la Maternite dans le service
   deM.Porak.  Bull.etmem. Soc.obst.et gyn6c.de Par. 1898
   71-75.  Also: Med.inf., Par., 1898, 476-479.—Gerlach (L.)
   Ueber die Entstehuugsweise der vorderen Verdoppeluug.
   Beitr.z. path. Anat., exper. Path, [etc.], Leipz.,1887,103-114,
   1 pi.—Gers (H.)   Omphalopagus; report of case, with au'-
   topsy. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianao., 1897, 272-276. Also ■
   Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1897-8, 91-93.—Gilbert (W. H.j
   A two-headed monstrosity.  Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y..  1903-4,
   xxvii, 864.—Gilis & Prat.  Dissection d'un monstre hu-
   main double  autositaire (monstre sysomieu, genre dero-
   dyme). J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxi'i
   198-200.  Also: N. Montpel. med., 1897, vi,  437-440.—Gi-
   rou (J.)  Note sur un monstre double sycephalien iuiope
j   ne a  la Maternite d'Aurillac.   J. de i'anat. et physiol
   [etc.],  Par., 1896. xxxii, 567-572.—Glenn (B\ L.) A'mon-
   ster.   Chicago Clin., 1898, xi, 79-81.—Godson (C.) Liv-
   ing female child with three lower limbs.   Tr. Obst Soc
   Lond.  (1890),  1891,  xxxii, 132.—Gray (Clara).  Xiphopa-
   gus: report of case.  Woman's M. J., Toledo,  1904,  xiv
   226.—Greene (F. M.)  An anencephalous twin.  Med'
   News, Phila., 1891), lvi, 654.—Greene (H. R.)   A monster
   fcetus.  [Bicephalus.]   Prow M. J., Leicester,  1888, vii
   11.—Gregg (M. E.)  An unusual case of double monster
   Am. Med.,  Phila., 1903. vi,  390. —Griffiths.  A two-
   headed monster (pleuropagus).   Biit. M. J., Lond.. 1895
   ii, 1568.—Gschii-r (L.)  I'eber  einen Fall von Thoraco-
   pagus  tetrabrachius  aequalis.   Prag. med.  Wchnsehr.
   1892, xvii, 4.—Gucriu-Valmale & Gagnicre.  Ac-
   couchement d'un foetus derodyme.  Bull. Soc. d'obst de
   Par., 1903, vi, 520-526, 2 pi.—Haldeman (P. D.)  Gastro-
   thoracopagus.  Omaha Clinic, 1892-3, v, 108-110.  Also,
   Reprint.— Ilannes  ( W.)  [Interessante  Gehurtsbeob-
   achiuug iiber die Geburt eines Thoracopagus.]   Jahresb.
   d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx,
Monsters (Double).
  med. Sect., 218-221.—Harris (R. P.)   The blended Tocci
  brothers and their  historical analogm s.  Am. .I. Obst.,
  N.Y.,1892.xxv,460-473.  Also: Tr. Coll. I'hys. Phila . 1X92,
  3. s., xiv, 126-131.  Also.- Med. A Surg. Reporter, Phila.,
  1892, lxvi,  887-890.—Heliia  (E.)  Sikiou epainuodostuk-
  set.   [Abnormal  foetuses. ]   Kiitilo Lchti, Helsingissa,
  1905, x, 80-86. — Helmuth (W.  T.) A Seward  (J. P.)
  Two cases of double dichotomy; thoracophagi, omphalo-
  phagi; conjoined twins.  N. Am. J. Homoeop.. N. V., 1897,
  3. s.,xii,296-312.—Henneberg(ll.) & Stelzncr (Helene-
  fried).   Ueber das psychische und somatische Verhalten
  der Pvgopagen Rosalind Josefa ("der hdhmischen Schwes-
  tern "'). Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903, xl. 798-801.—IIeyns-
  bergh (C.)  Case of double monster (ischiopagus tetra-
  pus) that lived seven days.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1900. i,
  1481.—Hirst (B. C.)  A syncephalus and an otocephalus
  recently presented to  the  Wistar and Horner  Museum.
  Univ.  M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v, 112, 2 pi.  -----.  Ischio-
  pagus  [presented  to  the Wistar Museum  by E.  W.
  CookJ.  Ibid., 1894-5, vii, 508, 1 pi. -----. Iuiencephalus.
  Am. J. Obst., N.  Y., 1897, xxxv, 540.—Hitomura (H.)
  [A  double-headed  foetus.]  Tokvo-med. Wchnsehr.,  1890,
  No. 974,13-15.—Holcolmb (R. C.)  The Kiukiang xipho-
  pagus.  N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 189.—Holmes (R. \V.)
  A dicephalic monster.   Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,  1905, li, 526.—
  Holz.  Entbiudung von  einem Dicephalus.  Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 728.—Huber.
  Ein  Pall von Monstrum duplex.  Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt-
  temb.  arztl. Ver.,  Stuttg.,  18!l2, lxii, 265-270.—Hue (K.)
  Pr6sentation d'un  monstre double autositaire sycephalien
  svuote.  Bull. Soc. do med. de Roueu (1888), 1889, 2. s., ii,
  65-67.— Hiibl.   Dicephalus tribrachius.  Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr., Ift98,  xi, 1129.—Huff  (O. N.)  An ischiopa-
  gous monster.  Am. J. Obst.,  N. Y., 1889, xxii, 923-926.1 pi.
  Also [Abstr.]: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1889. vi, 104-106.
  Also [Abstr.]: West. M. Reporter, Chicago, 1889, xi, 199.—
  Hutchinson (J.)  Duplication of the skull, craniopagus.
  Arch.  Surg., Lond., 1896, vii, pi. cxv-cxvi, with text.—
  Jacobi (A.)  Thoracopagus Omphalopagus.   Internat.
  Beitr. z. wissensch. Med.  Pestschr. R. Virchow . . ., Berl.,
  1891, i,  631-640. -----.  S. Tvnherg's pygopagus.  Tr. Am.
  Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1895, vii,  121-129,  1 pi.  Also: Arch.
  Pediat., N. Y., 1895,  xii, 721:  1896, xiii, 20. Also, Reprint.
  -----. John Cooper's case of ischiopagus. Arch. Pediat.,
  N. Y.,  1896, xiii, 167-169.   Also, Reprint.— Jacquemet.
  Monscre double autosite monomphalien  sternopage  avec
  hydramuios, chez  une primipare albuminurique.  Dau-
  phine  med., Grenoble,  1898, xxii, 67-71. — Jacques
  (V.)  Les  jumelles xiphopages du  Musee  du Nord.
  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Brux., 1892-3. xi, 108-118. Also:
  Clinique, Brux., 1892, vi, 705-713.— Jaggard (W. W.)
  A case  of thoracopagus.   Am. J. Obst.,  N.  Y.,  1893,
  xxvii,  89-95.  [Discussion],  127-129.   Also: Tr. Chicago
  Gynec. Soc, N. Y., 1892-3,  i,  185-193. — Jaueczek (A.)
  Przyczynek do  kazuistyki potworkow ludzkich.  [Case
  of human  monstrosity.]   Medycyna, Warszawa,  1897
  xxv, 1225-1227. —Jolly (R.)  Ueber Geburt und Tren-
  nung von Xiphopagen.  Ztschr. f. Geburisb.  u. Gyuak.,
  Stuttg., 1905, lv, 401-414. — Kamann (K.)  Zwei lalle
  von  Thoracopagus  tetrabrachius.   Arch. f.  Gynaek.,
  Berl., 1903,  lxviii, 661-677. — Kascmier (B.)  Tweelingen
  met  4  horrelvoeten.  Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haar-
  lem, 1901-5, viii,  343. — Keister ( B. C.)   A double-
  headed monstrosity.  Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis,  1892,
  xxv, 108.—Kenipe  (C. M.)  Thoracopagous male twins
  with a common heart;  transposition of viscera in one
  twin.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii,  1421. —King (-T. K.)
  An  unusual case  of monstrosity [double].   '1 r.  Edinb.
  Obst. Soc,  1886-7,  xii, 162-164,  1  pi. —  KirchhoflT.
  Ein  Thorakopagus im  tubaren Fruchtsack.   Centralbl.
  f. Gyniik., Leipz.,  1894, xviii, 232.—Kley (Frau R.)   Zu-
  sammengewachsene  Zwillinge.  Allg. deutsche Htdiam.-
  Ztg., Berl.,  1903, xviii, 386.—Korziua (Mine. S.  M.)  Slu-
  chai srosshikhsya  bliznetsov (thoracopagus).  Feldscher,
  St. Petersb., 1901,  xi, 305.—Kosnka (E )  [Twins joined
  by breast and stomach.]  Saukwa Fuiinkwa Gaku Zasshi,
  Tokyo. 1901, iii,  159-162. —Koshelcff ( V.)   Sluchai
  rodov  dvumya srosshimisya mladentsaiui.   [ A  double
  monster.1   Protok.  Obsh. Moghilev.  vrach.,  Moghileff,
  1887-8, 54-57.—Kiistuer.  Thoracopagus. Jahresb. d.
  schles.  Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult.  1901,  Bresl., 1902, Ixxix,
  med. Sect., 94.— Kulenkamp.  Ein Pall von Doppel-
  missbildung (Janiceps).  Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Hoist.
  Aerzte, Kiel, 1900- 19ul, n.  P., ix. 67-69, 1 pi. — Ealoud.
  Deux fietus moustrueux issus de la meiue  mere.   J. de
  med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 49. — Eaguesse ( E.) &
  Bue (V.)  Presentation d'un enibryon humain derodyme.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de idol., Par.. Iti97, 10 s., iv, 928. _____
  -----.  Sur  uu enibryon hilmaiu derodyme de dix-ueuf
  millimetres et sur  1 origine des monstres'doubles eu gen6-
  ral.   J. d'anat. etphysiol.  [etc ], Par., 1898, xxxiv, 44-78,
  1  pi.—Earnb (D.  S.)  Thoracopagus.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1889, xii, 118. -----.   Case of human ischiopagus'
  Wash.  M.  Ann.. 1904-5, iii, 276, 1 pi. — Eang (A.)  Di'.
  cephalus dibrachius.  Liec.viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1904, xxvi
  353-357. — Eauneloiiguc.   Monstre  het6radelpbe et
  mon-tre macrocephale.  Bull. Acad, de med., Par.,  1900, 
MONSTERS.
43
MONSTERS.
Monsters (Double).
  3. s., xliii, 543.—Ecdoux.  Quelques notes sur un monstre
  sternopage.  Bull. Soc. de med. de Besancon (1888), 1890,
  3. s., no. 1, 111-115, 1 pi.—Eeidy (J.), jr.  Thoracopagus.
  Univ.  M. Mag., Phila.. 1**8-9. i, 57—Ecmcry.  Sur un
  foetus  monsirueux.   Hist. Acad  roy.  d. sc. 1724, Par.,
  1726, 44-62, 3 pi.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris]
  1724,  Amst.,  1731,  Mem., 63-90, 2 pi.  Also, transl.: K.
  Akad. d. Wissensch. in  Par. . . . Abhandl.  1724,  Bressl.,
  1755. vi. 275-292,  1 pi. ----*-. Troisieino  memoire sur les
  monstres a deux tetes dans lequel. a l'occasion de celui
  dont j'ai donne la description  dans le tome de l'Academie
  de  l'annee 1724, j'examine de plus pres que je ne l'ai fait
  jusqu'ici, la formation de cos monstres par les causes acei-
  dentelles.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1740, Par., 1742, 109; 324.
  Also:  Hist. Acad. toy. d.'sc.  [de Paris]  1740. Amst., 1745,
  Mem., 153; 299;  401; 609; 723. -----. Remarques sur un
  nouveau monstre dont M. Winslow a donne depuis pen la
  description k l'Academie.   Hist.  Acad. roy. d. sc 1740,
  Par., 1742. 607-612.  Also:  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  [de
   Paris]  1740,  Amst.. 1744,  Mem.. 840- 847. — Ecopold
   (G.)  Ueber emeu Dicephalus dibrachius.   Aich. f. Gy-
  naek., Berl., 1904, lxxii, 261-267, 2 pi. — Eesbre.  Etude
  anatomique  dun  monstre  heteradelphe  et angnathe.
  Bull. Soc d'anthrop. de Lyon (1891), 1892, x, 107-182.—
  Eindsay (J.)  A  monstrous foetus: Diprosopus dioph-
  thaliiius.  Veteiinarian, Lond., 1900, lxxiii, 413-419.—Ei-
  pinski  (S.)   Sluchai bliznetsov  srosshikhsya  nizhnimi
   kontsaini  grudin (sternopagus tetrabrachius).   [Twins
  united  by the  lower extremities of the sternum.]   J.
  akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Peteisb.,  1894,  viii, 33-36.—
   Eochte.  Ein  Pall  von Doppelmissbildung  (Jauiceps
  symmetros), nebst  einem Beitrag zur  Lehre voin Situs
  transversus.  Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg.  Path., Jena,
  1894, xvi, 157-18S—Eoeb (J.)  Beitrage zur Eutwicke-
  luugsmechanik der aus einem Ei entstehenden Doppelbil-
  dungen.  Arch.  f. Entwcklugstnechn. d. Organ., Leipz.,
   1894-5, i, 453-472, 2 pi.— Eojodice (V.)  Illustrazione di
  nu mostro isehiadelfo nato in Ruvo di Puglia 1' 11 aprile
  1890.  Osservatore,  Torino, 1890, xii, 622-625.— Eong (W.
  P.) Case of fetal monstrosity ; thoracopagus. J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1898,  xxxi, 938.— Eorini (A.)  Contribute
  alia casistica delle mostruosita fetali  doppie.  Arte ostet.,
  Milano, 1905, xix, 49-57.— Eorthioir (J.)   Un cas tera-
   tologiqne rare.   J.  de clin  et Ann.  Soc. beige de chir.,
   Brux.,  1901,  i, 82-84.—Eugeol.  Monstre heteradelphe
  vivant.   Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux. 1904, xxv. 135.
   Also:  J.de med. de Botdeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 195.—Evoff (I.
  M.)  Sluchai vrozhdeunavo urodstva ploda.  [Congenital
  monstrosity.]  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Peterso., 1891,
  vii,638-643.— Macari(F.)  Raromostrobicefalo.  Gior.p.
  le levatrici, Pavia, 1889. iii, 129.  Also: Spallanzani, Koma,
   1889. 2. s., xviii, 338—Macphail (A.) A case of jani-
  ceps.   Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 61, 2 pi.—McShane.
   A caso of double monster in the practice of Dr. Miuich, of
   Worthington.  IndianaM. J., Indianap., 1894-5, xiii, 173.—
  Madatsnji (J.) [et al.].  [A rare case of double foetus.]
  Kyo-i in-no Shiori, Tokyo, 1900, xii, 309-311.—Marchand
   (F.)  Eiu menschlicherPygopagus.  Arb. a. d. path. Inst.
   zu Marb., Jen;'. 1893-5, if, 185-221. Also: Beitr. z.  path.
  Anat.u.z. allg Path., Jena, 1895, xvii. 1-37. — Martinotti
  (G.) A Sperino (G.)  Recherches histologiques sur les
  centres nerveux d'un diprosopus tetrophtalmus apparte-
  nant a l'espece huruaine.   Arch. ital.  de biol., Turin, 1887,
  ix, 8.-----------.  Sui centri nervosi di un diprosopus
  tetrophtalmus appartenente alia specie umana.  Atti xii.
  Cong.  d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1888. i. 150-152. -----
  -----.   Studio  anatomico  sopra  un  mostro Diprosopus
  tetrophtalmus (Fdrster).  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat.u.
  Physiol.. Leipz., 1888,  v, 107; 121: 1889. vi,  175,  10 pi.—
  Marynuchik  (N. P.)   K kazuistikle dvolnikh  uiodstv
  ploda;  foetus diprosopus, distomus, diophthalmus, epigna-
  thus; acraniacum anencephalia.  [Double foetal monstros-
  ity . . .]  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1898, xii,767-
  771.—Maurel  A Crouzat.  Presentation de photogra-
  phies d'un monstre don ble vivant de race annamite. Arch.
  med.de Toulouse, 1900, vi, 408-471 — Mayer (M.)  Unvoll-
  standige Dopiielbihlung des unleren  Korperendes,  Sinus
  uro^enitalis und Nabelbruch bei einem 16jahrigen Knaben.
  Ztschr. f. Med -Beamte. B.-rl., 1905, xviii, 585-588.—Maz-
  zarotto (G.)  Contributo alia casistica teratologica ; feto
  bicorporeo-monocefalo.   Gazz. d.  osp., Milano.  1898, xix.
  807-809.—Mensehlichen Von einer) Misgebriit; Histo-
  rie. K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . .  . Abhandl. 1724,
  Bressl.,  1755, vi, 272-275.—-TI cola  (P.) &  Bakunin
  (Sofia).  Un caso di mostro diprosopo.   Arch, di ostet. e
  ginec.  Napoli,  1*94. i, 506: 1895,  ii,  27; 119.—van der
  Mculeu (L. C.)  Een geval van thoracopagus.   Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1896, 2. R., xxxii,  pt. 1, 217-
  219.—Miller (N. P.)  Sluchai dvugoloviya (kraniopagii).
  [Case of craniopagus parasiticus]  Trudi  Obsh. Russk.
  vrach. v Mosk.,  Moskva, 1892, xxxi, 69-86.—ITIillie and
  Christine. Lancet, Lond., 1871, i, 725—Milligan (E. T.)
  [Case of a double monster.]  Med. Rec, N. Y„ 1895, xlvii,
  783—Mitchell (L. J.)   Laloo, the case of omphalopagus
  xiphodidymus.   N. Am. Pract.,  Chicago,  1891, iii, 621-
  624. — Mongcri (L.)   Considerations  snr  un  monstre
  double.  Internat. med.-phot. Monatschr., Leipz., 1895, ii,
Monsters (Double).
  193-196.—Monstre (Un) pygopage; les soeurs Rosa-Jose-
  pha Blazek.   Rev. scient., 'i'ar., 1891. xlviii, 92-94.  Also,
  transl.: A m. Naturalist, Phila., 1891, xxv, 891-MI4.—M on t-
  gomery (D.  W.)  A  teratoma  of the  abdominal cavitv.
  ,1. Kxper. M., N.Y., 1898, iii, 259-292, 4 pi. —Moore (K. P.)
  Monstrosity;  thoracopagus.   Tr. M.  Ass. Georgia, Ai-
  lanta, 1898,178-181.  [Discussion], 181-184.  Also: Georgia
  J. M. cv-  S., Savannah,  1898,  iii, 132-134, 1 pi.—Moreno
  ilr In Santa.   Parto distocico; de g.  melos uni.,os; pro-
  sentacidn de hoinhro con procidencia del brazo del mismo
  lado, contenido  en su  totalidad en la vagina; desprendi-
  miento parcial de  la placenta en una  extension do siete
  centimeiros  de  superticie;  metrorrfigia  intensa acom-
  pauada del grave cortejo de los siutomas de la eclampsia.
  Diario med.-farm., Madrid, 18h7, iv, no. 891.— M nrphy.
  [A double monster.]   Rep. Proc.  Northumb. A  Durham
  M. Soc,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1877-8,  148, 1 pi.—IVaka-
  yoma (M.)   [A case of female  double  monster.] Osaka
  Yoi Zasshi, 1898, 33-37. — rVeugebnuer (F.)  Der von
  Lorthioir veroffentlichte Pall von Diphallie.   Centralbl.
  f. Gyuak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 1395-1401. — Neumann.
  Fall von Thoracopagus.   Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gy-
  naek., Berl., 1898,  viii, 731. — O in lira (S.)   Ueber Di-
  cephalus dibrachius.  [Japanese  text.)  Ztschr. d. med.
  Gesellsch. zu Tokyo,  1890, x, 1023-1025.  1 pi. — Onuf
  (B.)  A case of double formation of the face with crauio-
  rhachi-schisis involving  the whole vertebral  column.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 401-404.—Orebaugh (G. E.)
  Double-headed monster.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n.s.,
  xiv, 11-13.—Osborn (H. L.)  On the anatomy of a double
  monster.   Science, N.  Y. & Lancaster, Ph., 1902, n. s., xv,
  572—Faine (D. L.)  Synotic syncephali and other mon-
  strosities.  Med. Standard, Chicago, 1891, x, 157: 1892, xi,
  3.—Pnllcskc.  Geburt  eiues Thoracopagus.   Monat-
  schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyuaek., Berl., 1900, xii,  5-8.—Far-
  sons (F. G.)  Notes ou the anatomy of an anencephalous
  foetus having three arms and three lower limbs.  J. Anat.
  & Physiol., Lond., 1895-6, xxx, 238-258.—Peplar (W. H.)
  Dicephalous monster.  Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxiii,
  199.—Pervea.   Deux  monstres.  Arch,  de  med.  nav.,
  Par., 1897, lxviii, 435-439.—Phillips (J.)  The heart and
  large vessels of a dicephalous foetus.   Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond.
  (1887), 1888, xxix,  55-57. -----. On  the obstetrics of di-
  cephalous monsters, with  the history and dissection of a
  case.  Edinb. M. J.,  1887-8,  xxxiii,  308; 604. Also, Re-
  print.—Pillai  (H. H. R.)   Obstetric freak; a normal
  full term infant and a twin monstrosity at one birth.  In-
  dian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900, xvii,  98.—Pistes (N. A.)
  AiSvfxa. OuipaKoirrjyri. 'IaTpiicos fj.n)vvru>p,  'A#7)isai,]905,V,3.—
  Ploc.   Porod zrudy; .dicephalus dibrachius tripus.   [Di-
  vided  foetus; . . .]  Cas(q>. lek. cesk.,v Praze.l895.xxxiv,
  525-529.—Poelmau  (C.)   Note  sur  une monstruosite
  double ileadelphe.  Bull. Soc de, med. de Gaud, 1N57, xxiv,
  292-294, 1 pi.  Also, Reprint.—Polcnz.  Dicephalus mit
  zwei vollsiandig  ausgebil leten  Kiipfen,  zwei bis  zum
  Steissbein hetab vollstandig ausgebildeten Wirbi lsaulen
  und einer Zwischeiiwirbelsiiule, ab r mit nur einem Brust-
  bein.  Kor.-Bl. d. arztl. Kreis- u. Bezirks-Ver. im Konigr.
  Sachs., Leipz., 1899, lxvii,  35.—Powell (W. C.)   A mon-
  strosity.  Old Dominion J. M. A S., Richmond, 1904-6, iii,
  323, 1 pi.  Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month.,   Richmond,
  1904, ix, 429.—Fresno (J.  A.)  Monstruo doble sisomiano
  derodimo.  An. Acad,  de  cien. med. . . . de  la  Habana,
  1904-5, xii, 371-374— Pritchard  (D. B.)   Report of a
  case of thoracopagus.  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900,
  xx,  365.—Qunassdorf.   Unvollstandige  Doppelmiss-
  hildung.  Monatschr.  f. Geburtsh. u.  Gynaek., Berl., 1903,
  xvii, 1256.—Bnymondaiid (E.)  Apropos d'un cas tera-
  tologique; modifications k faire a la classification Is.-G.
  Saint-Hilaire.  J. Soc. de  med. et pharm. de la Haute
  Vienue.  Limoges, 1890, xiv, 33-38. ---:—.  De, l'heteradel-
  phie.  Limousin  med., Limoges,  1900,  xxiv, 226-234.— Rc-
  casens.  Monstruo doble autositario derodymo.  Rev.
  de med. y cirug.  pract., Madrid, 1905. lxvii, 231-235. —Re-
  gnault (F.)  Le caractero des monstres doubles  Anjou
  m6d.,  Angers, 1902, ix, 229-232.  Also: Rev. de l'hypuot.
  et psycho!, physiol., I'ar.,  1902-3, xvii,  53-55. — Richaril
  (J. B.)  Monstre sternopage.  Union med. du  nord-est,
  Reims, 1894,  xviii, 267.—Biehe (V.)   Dissection dun
  monstre  double autositaire (syncephalien, genre svnote).
  N. Montpel. med., 1900, x, 551-556.— Richmond'(<J. B.)
  Report of a  case  of sternopagus.  Gross M. Coll. Bull.,
  Denver,  1W14. n. s., ii, 91.—Riemer  (J.)  Ueber  einen
  Fall von 'I horacopagus.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr.,  1894, xix,
  3d7-369.—Riezuikoff (O. A.)   K ka/.ui'stikie dvolnikh
  urodov  (ischiopagus).   [Double  monstrosity .  .  .]  J.
  akush. i jenks. boliez.,  St. Petersb., 1904, xviii, 2030-2035.—
  Riggs (W. J.)   A case of hydratunios. followed by birth
  of a rare monstrosity.  Med. Council, Phila., 1897, ii, 99.—
  RisMinnun.   Ueber cine menschliche  Doppelmissbil-
  dung.  Centralbl. f. Gyniik.,  Leipz,  1X92, xvi, 955-958.—
  Robinson (II. S.)  Case if double monstrosity.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond.,  1889,  ii. 1331.—Rocher (L.)  Etude anato-
  mique d'un eetromelien double.  J. de med. de Bordeaux,
  1904, xxxiv, 26-29.—Rodriguez (J. M.)   Noticias  rela-
  tivas & Millie-Christine, pygdpago de la Carolina del Norte
  (E. U. A.); apuntes sobre su vida, orgauizacidn anat6mica, 
MONSTERS.
44
MONSTERS.
 IVIoiistcr* (Double).
   fisioldgica y psicoldgica; paralelo entre este caso y otro
   semejante llamado "las  hermanas hungaras ", con objeto
   de aclarar ciertas dudas sobre algunos puntos importantes
   que ha sido imposihle averiguareu el caso de Millie-Chris-
   tine.  Gac med., Mexico, 1894, xxxi, 295-307, 2 pi.—Root
   (Eliza H.)  Report of a case of composite monster;  nio-
   nomphalic ischiopagus.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1895-7,
   ii, 148-156.  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii,
   1238-1240.—RonIh (A.) Specimen of foetus thoracopa-
   gus.  Tr. Obst, Soc. Loud. (1899), 1900, xiii, 29-34, 3 pl.—
   Rouxi-siu (A.)   Note sur un  foetus humain moustrueux
y  appartenanta, la familie des monosomiens.  Ann. de gynec
   etd'obst., Par., 1S93. xl. 81-93.  Also: Gaz. med.deNantes,
   1892-3, xi, 140-143Walas y Vaca  (J.)  Tripode pato-
   logico.   Corresp. med., Madrid, 1902, xxxvii, 317.—San-
   galli (G.)  Anomala  conformazione e posizione di tutti
   gli  organi genitalid' uotnocon parvenza diduepeni. Mem.
   r. Ist. Lomb. d. sc. e lett.  CI. di sc matemat. e nat.,  Mi-
   lano, 1894. 3. s.,  viii, 133-141, 1 pl.   Also: Gazz. med.
   lomb., Milano, 1894, liii, 491-495, 1 pl— Sanuic  (P.)   Be-
   schryving eeiier verlossinge van tweelingen, die met  het
   hovendeel hunner hoofdeu waren aaneengegroeid.  Ver-
   handel. nitgeg. d.  de Holland. Maatseh. d. Weetensch. te
   Haarlem, 1758, iv, 376-385, 1  pl. — Saltier.  Zusammen-
   gewachsene  Zwillinge;  ein  interessanter Geburtsfall.
   Ztschr. f. AVumlarzte u. Geburtsh., Winnenden, 1879, xxx,
   235-239.—Schafer (R.)  Ueber einen Dicephalus. Beitr.
    z. path.  Anat. u.  z. allg. Path., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 195-224,
   1 pl.—Sclinllze.  Sur  les  monstres doubles.  [Abstr.]
   Compt.  rend. Acad. d.  sc,  Par., 1856, xiii, 1128-1131.—
   Schullzc (B. S.)   Demonstration eines Monstrumischio-
   pagum.   Verhaudl. d.  deutsch.  Gesellsch. f. Gynak.,
   Leipz., 1888, ii, 225-230, 2 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Wien'. med.
   Bl., 1889, xii, 1.—Schultze (O.)  Zur Frage von der Ent-
   wicklung der  Doppelbildungen.  Centralbl. f. allg. Path.
   u. path. Anat., Jena, 1899, x, 393-398.—Schuster.   Zu-
   sainmeugewachsene Zwillinge.  Gen.-San.-Ber.  v. Schle-
   sien  f. d. Jahr. 1831,  Bresl.. 1833,  91.—Schwalbc (E.)
   Neuere Untersuchungen und Ansichteu iiber die Genese
   der Doppelbildungen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path.
   Anat., Jena,  1904, xv,  817-838.—Schwing  (C.)  Eine
   Sirenenhildung bei einem Zwillingskinde.  Centralbl. f.
   Gynak.,  Leipz., 1889, xiii, 484.—Scott (A.)  Notes on the
   birth of a double foetus resembling the  Siamese twins.
   Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1889,  i, 1288.—"Scrutator." Tera-
   tology.  China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1892, vi, 164-166,
   1 pl.—Sebardt (C.)  Ett fall af toraco-omfalo-pagi.  [A
   case of . . .]  Upsila Lakaref. Forh., 1896-7, n. P., ii, 530-
   551, 3 pl.—Scdlacek (J.)  Pfipad porodu ziuduosti tho-
   racopagus tetrabrachius tetrapus.  [Case  of birth of an
   undivided . .  .]  Casop.  lek. fiesk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix,
   1006.—Self (L. L.)  A baby with two heads.  Med. Brief,
   St.  Louis, 1903, xxxi, 1044.—Shaffer (P. T. B.)   Delivery
   of a  doulde monster (dicephalus).  Interstate M. J., St.
   Louis, 1902, ix, no. 6, 314-315.—Shcllield (H. IJ.)  A case
   abdomiuothoracopagus.  Arch. Pediat., N.  Y., 1904, xxi,
   440-442.—Sicgenbeek  van Hcukeloin (D. E.)   Un
   monstre double.  Univ.de Leide.  Rec. detrav. anat.-path.
   de  lab. Boerhave  18883)8, Leide, 1899, i, 20-40.—Singer
   (H.)   A  horsodmegyei Er/.s6bet-kdrh&zban Stpolas alatt
   4116 osszenott ikrekol.   [The twins, grown together, now
   exhibited  at  the Borsod  County Elizabeth Hospital.]
   Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1904,  xliv, 197; 470.  Also, transl.:
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904,  xxx, 994;
   1209.—Sircar (R.  L.)   Double-headed  male  monster;
   difficult  labor and still-birth.  Indian  M. Rec,  Calcutta,
   1900,  xix, 5*.—Sitsiuski (A. A.)  Jauiceps symmetros.
   J. akush. i jensk.  boliez., St. Petersb.. 1897, xi,'130J-1322,
   4 pl.  Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u.  Gynaek.,
   Berl., 1899, x,  35-51.—Smith (T. G.)  Report of case of
   sternopagia.   Med. A Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1903, vi,
   158.—Smith  (W. C. F.)  A bicephalic foetus.   Lancet,
   Lond., 1899, ii, 489.—Smyly  (W. J.)  On a case of double
   monster.  Tr. Roy. Acad. M.  Ireland, Dubl.,  1891-2, x,
   292.—Snider (J.  W.) United twin children, or a double
   child.  Ciucin.  Lancet-Clinic, 1890,  n.  s.,  xxv, 407.—
   Sontlcu (M.)  Tvanue med hvarandra sammanvuxna
   foster.  | Twins  grown together.]   Forh.  v. Svens. Lak.-
   Siillsk. Sammank., Stockholm,  1890, 219.—Sodcrbaum
   (().)  Sammanvuxna  tvillingar.  [Case of  twins grown
   together]   nygiea, Stockholm,  1885,  xlvii,  513-515.—
   Standing (\\.)   Thoracopagus.  Tri-State  M. J.  &
   Pract., St.Louis, 1898, v, 221-223.—Sternberg (L.)  Ein
   Fall von  Ischiopagus.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1901,
   xlviii, 185. — Stewart (R.)   Specimen of double mon-
   ster.  Tr. Edinb.  Obst.  Soc, 1892-3, xviii, 35. — Stoli-
   pinski  (V.)  Urodliviya  dvolni.  [Monster twins.]
   Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri imp. Kazan,  univ., 1899, 6-8.—
   Slrassiuniiu (P.) Ueber Doppelmisshilduugen.  Berl.
   klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1904,  xii, 1365-1367.  [Discussion], 1905,
   xiii. 338.   Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904
   Berl., 1905, xxxv,  241-245.  Also: Ztschr.  f. Geburtsh. u.
   Gynak.,  Stuttg., 1904, liii, 582-598.  [Discussionl, 1905.  liv,
   175.—Stratlon (J. E.)   Double monster: xiphopagus.
   Brit,  M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 472.-Suchy (J.)  I'orod thora-
   kopaguv.  | Thoracopagus birth. ]  Casop. lek. cesk., v
   Praze, 1888, xxvii, 435. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Wchn-
Monsters (Double).
  schr., 1888, xxxviii, 1185.—Snlikowski (F.)  Przypadek
  porouu dwojakami piersiozroslymi (thoracopagus) u pier-
  wiastki.   [Birth of ... in a primipara.]   Medycyua, War-
  szawa, 1900, xxviii, 542.—Susnki (M.)   Kikioa bausutsu
  kiji  (Osaka).  [The  account of the birth  of the human
  monster in Osaka.]   Tokyo-med. Wchnsehr.,  1892, No. 727,
  26-28.—Sutton (J. B.)   A rare malformation.  Clin.
  sketches, Lond.,  1895,  i, 133.—von Swiecicki.  Die
  Geburt eines Jauiceps.  Centralbl. f. Gyniik.", Leipz., 1887,
  xi.  M5-847.   Also,  Reprint.—Tnrulii  (C.)  Intorno al
  genere ileopago (ileadelphusdi St. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire).
  Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1881, 6. s., viii,  385-417.  Also,
  Reprint. -----. Intorno ad un nuovo gruppo di niostri
  appartenente  al genere dicephalus  dibrachius (For.-ter).
  Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc.  d. Ist. di  Bologna, 1881, 4. s., ii,
  665-673.  Also, Reprint. -----. Nota intorno ai derodimi
  (Dicephalus dibrachius Pdrster).   Spallanzani, Modena,
  1882,2.s., xi, 281-287.  Also, Reprint.-----.  Due casi nella
  specie umana del genere syucephalus dilecanus (diphallus
  Gurlt).  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1888-9,
  4. s., ix, 551-557.  Also, Reprint. -----.  Peto umano  con
  due maudibole simmetriche (Hypognathus  symmetricus).
  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1891-2,  5. s., ii,
  271-278, 1 pl. -----.  Intorno ad uu feto umano pribo degli
  organi geuerativi e dell' uretra (agenosonia).  Mem. r. Ist.
  Lomb. di  sc. o lett., Milano, 1894,  5. s., iv,  73-98, 1 pl.
  -----. Mostri doppi con forma assimetrica.  Rendic. r.
  Accad. d. sc.  d. 1st. di Bologna, 1897-8, n. s., ii, 32-36.
  -----.  Teratologia  storica; ^syucephalus  disomus (Ta-
  rnffi).  Bull. d. sc med. di Bologna, 1901, 8.  s., i, 385-388.—
  Teratological (A) curiosity.   Lancet,  Lond.. 1891, ii,
  151.  Also: Med. News, Phila., 1891, lix, 243.—Thomp-
  son (G. W.)  A rate case in teratology.  Clin. Rev., Chi-
  cago, 1899, x. 80-82.—Ticbcr (W.) '  Ueber einen Fall
  von Dicephalus tribrachius.   Prag. med.  Wchnsehr., 1902,
  xxvii,  337-339. — Tiuley  (T.)  A  case of monstrosity
  (double).  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, i, 240 —Tipton (The)
  County twins.  Rep. Bd. Health Indiana 1889, Indianap.,
  1890, viii, 164-168, 3 pl.—Trott (D.C.)  .Monstrosity (henii-
  terrata).   Am. J.Obst.,N.Y.,1893,xxvii,129-133. Also: Tr.
  Chicago Gynec. Soc, N. Y.,1892-3,i,193-198.—Truzzi  (E.)
  Distocia rara per mostro doppio, autossita, monorafalo, del
  genere xifopago.   Ann.  di ostet., Milano,  1890, xii, 153-
  180.—Tynberg (S.)  Acaseof pygopagus; joined twins.
  Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1895, xxxii, 426-429.—Vaccari (A.)
  Note anatomiche  e  teratologiche  su di un  raro mostro
  doppio (disoma asimmetrico).  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med.
  di Torino, 1905,4.  s., xi, 211-231.— Valentin  (G.)   Ein
  Beitrag zur  Entwickelungsgeschichte der  Doppelmiss-
  geburten.  Arch.f. physiol. Heilk., Stuttg., 1851, x, 1-30, 1
  pl.   Also, Reprint.—Van Rambekc(C)  Aproposd'un
  tableau ornant le local de reunion de la  Societe de  mede-
  cinedeGand.  Ann.  Soc. domed, de Gand, 1901, lxxx, 303-
  314, 1 pl.—Vaschide (X.)  La vie d'un  xiphopage.  Na-
  ture, Par., 1901-2,  xxx, pt. 2, 90-92.—Vaschide (N.) &
  Picron(H.)  L'etat mental d'un xiphopage.  Rev. scient.,
  Par., 1902, 4.  s., xvii, 555; 583.   Also  | Abstr.] : Compt.
  rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 676-678.— Vaschide
  (N.) &. Vurpas (C.) Recherches experimentales sur la
  vie biologique d'un  xiphopage.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 626-628.  Also: N. iconog. de la
  Salpetriere, 1902, xv, 247-264.—du Verney (J. G.), sr.
  Observations sur  deux enfans joints  ensemble.   Hist.
  Acad.  roy. d. sc.  1706,  Par., 1707,  Mem., 418-432, 7 pl.
  Also:  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  1706, Amst.,  1708, M6m.,
  538-560, 7 pl.  Also,  transl.:  K. Akad.  d.  Wissensch. in
  Par. . . . Abhandl. 1706, Bressl.,  1750,  ii, 564-584, 6 pl.—
  Viallcton & Adenol.  Note sur un monstre double
  humain du genre ectopage.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d.
  sc.  med.  de Lvon (1892), 1893, xxxii,  82-90,  1 pl.  Also:
  Lyon med., 1892, lxxi, 109-116, 1 pl. — Vignali (L.)  Di
  un  toraco-gastro didimo anteriore considerato  dal  suo
  punto vista teratolosiico ed ostetrico.  Gazz. med. lomb.,
  Milano, 1896, lv, 103-105.—Virchow (R.)  Heteradelpher
  Inder Laloo.   Verhandl.  d.  Berl. Gesellsch.  f. Anthrop.,
  Berl., 1891, 428-431. -----.  Ueber einen  Fail von Hetera-
  delphie heim  Erwachsenen.  Wien. med.  Bl., 1891,  xiv,
  352.  -----. Xyphodyme Gebriider Tocci.  Ztschr. f. Eth-
  nol., Berl., 1891,  xxiii, 245. — Viilker (H.)   Eine Geburt
  bei Thorakopagus.  Miiuchen  med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li,
  344-346.—Vogt (H.)  Omphalopagus,  Paracephalus  car-
  diacus.   Norsk Mag. f. Lajgevideusk.,  Kristiauia, 1895,
  4.  R.,  x,  115-121.  -----. Dicephalus dibrachius.  Ibid.,
  946-948.—"Walker (E. P.)  The history and  exhibition of
  a double-headed monster.  J. Ain.M. Ass., Chicago. 1890,
  xiv,  576.— Walter (W. H.)  Double monstrosity.  Brit.
  M.  J.,  Lond.. 1889, i, 1405. — Waynbauiii  & Eegry.
  Monster double,  sternoeage.  Bull. Soc.  anat. de Par.,
  1893, lxviii, 481-484. — Wehenkel.  [Monstre  resultant
  de 1'uuion de deux  foetus du sexe feminin.]  Ann.  Soc.
  d'anat. path, de Brux.,  1883,  no.  32, 216-219. — Wells
  (B.  H.)   A unique  monstrositv.  Am.  J. Obst., N. Y.,
  1888, xxi, 1265-1271. 1 pl.—Welzel. Geburt eines vollig
  ausgetrageneii  und  todt zur Welt  gekommenen Kindes
  mit zwei  Kopfeu.   Gen.-San.-Ber. v. Schlesien f. d. Jahr
  1832, Bresl.. 1834, 133. — Wenyon (C.)   A double mon-
  ster.   Tr. Obst.  Soc. Lond. (1891), 1892, xxxiii,  384- 
MONSTERS.
45
MONSTERS.
Monsters (Double).
  386.— West (W. K.)   Dicephalous  monster.  J.  Am.
  M.  Ass., Chicago,  1905, xiv, 195. — Westgate (Letitia
  A.)   A monstrosity:  xiphopagus,  exstrophy of the ab-
  dominal viscera and  clubfeet.   N.  York M  J.,  1894,
  Ix,  263.—Whaley (L.)  An anomalous case discovered
  in the female sex.  Atlanta M. & S. J.. 1888-9. 3. s., v, 385-
  388.   Also: Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1888,407-
  409.   Also [Abstr.]: Boston M. A S. J., 1888, cxix, 489.—
  Wilder (II. II.)  Double monsters.  Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,
  1905, li,  111. —Williamson (J. M.)  A  case of double
  human monstrosity;  prosopo thoi a opagus.  Occidental
  M.  Times, Sacramento,  1895.  ix,  058-604.—  Winille
  (B.C. A.)  Some noteworthy doublets.  Med. Mag.. Lond.,
  1899, n. s., viii. 249-257. —Winslow.  Ueinarqiies sur les
  monstres,  a, l'occasion d'une tille de ilouzc ans, au corps
  de laquelle etoit attaehee la moitie inferieure dim autre
  corps; et  a. l'occasion  d'un  faon k deux  tetes, disseque
  par ordre du Row  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1733, Par., 1735,
  366: 1734. Par., 1736, 453. S pl.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.
  [de Paris] 1733, Amst., 1737, Mem., 508: 1734. Amst., 1738,
  Mem., 623. 8 pl.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in
  Par. . . . Abhandl.  1733-4,  Bressl.,  1757, viii. 471,  8  pl.—
  Wodyiiski (IJ.)  Thoracopagus.  Jahrb. d. bosn.-herceg.
  Landesspit. in  Sarajevo 1894-6, Wien, 1898,840.— Wymau
  (J.)  Description of a  double foetus.  Huston M. i S. J.,
  1866, lxxiv, 169-176. Also, Reprint. — Xiphopages, or
  human  doubles.  Scient. Am., N. Y, 1899. lxxxi, 266.—
  Vuraskovski (1. K.)  Sluchai rozhdeniya dvukhgolo-
  vavo uroda.  [Birth of a double-headed monster.]  Med.,
  Obozr.,  Mosk.. 1898, xlix, 187-192.—Kvinyatski (S. M.)
  Riedkiy sluchai urodstva ploda  (diprosopus. syncephalus
  hemicephalus  triophtalmus. toracopagus,  tetrabrachius).
   [Monstrous fietus.]  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb.,
  1902,  xvi, 856-863.

Hlonsters (Heredity of).
     See Monsters (Causes, etc., of).

Monsters (Jurisprudence of).
    See Monsters (Double).

ITIonsters (Parasitic) [and by inclusion].
    See,  also,  Monsters  (Surgical operations  on);
  Monsters in  animals;  Tumors (Teratomatous).
    Abbildlxg  und  Beschreibung  eines Foetus
  ahnlicben Gewaclises,  das  iu einem 50jahrigen
  Mamie nach (lessen Tode gefunden wurde, nebst
  einer knrzen Lebensbesehreibung  des Veistor-
  benen  und dem Sections-Befunde.   4  .   Passau
  184(5.
    Blanche.   Phe"noinene  curietix  et tres-int6-
  ressant.   Notice descriptive d'un fetus humain,
  d'une forme irregnliere, et  des  parties qui  Pac-
  conipagnent, trouves dans IVxtreinite' gauche de
  la  portion  transverse de  l'intestin colon d'un
  gatcon, age"  de quatorze ans,  etc.   12°.   [R4im-
  prime a Rouen, lb(J4.]
    Capadose (A.)   *De foetu  intra fcetum.   8°.
  Lugd. Bat.,  1*1*.
    Fleischmann (F. L.)  Der Fo'tus im Fu:tns,
  eine  anatomisch-patbologisolie Mittheilung.   Hc.
  N'urnberg,  1845.
    Koch  (K.)   * Ueber einen  Fall von Epigna-
  thus.  8°.   Erlangen, 1899.
    Lachese  (A.-A.)  * De la  dnplioite monstru-
  ense par inclusion, ou des fietus incorpores dans
  d'autivs  individus.   4'.  Paris,  162'.].
    Le Sauvaiik (E.)   MY-moire sur les monstruo-
  sites dites par inclusion, et snr  quelques autres
  especes qui  sont produifes dans des conditions
  seniblables;  presente a l'lnstitut de France.   8°.
  Caen, 18-2'.).
    Ollivikk  (C.  P.)   Vertoog betreffende de
  monsti rachtigheid  door iusluiting  (foetus intra
  fostutn).   Fit het Fransch  vertaald en met ecne
  inleidende   voorrede  en  aanteekeningen  ver-
  ineerderd door A. Vanerpecum.  8°.   Amsterdam,
  1830.
    Petri: (J.  M.)  *Monwtri duplicis per implan-
  tationem expositio anatomica.   8°.   Turin, 1844.
    Piper  (A.)  *Ein Fall von  foetalcr Inclusion
  in   einer   Sacralgeschwulst.   8°.    Wiirzburg,
  [18-J4].
    Schwartz (H.)   Beitrag zur Gesohichte des
  Foetus im Foetus.   4°.  Marburg, [I860].
Hlonsters (Parasitic) [and  by inclusion],
    Titr (I. Y.)    K  voproau  ob  embrionalnikb
  vklyuchenivakh  (foetus  in  fcetti).   8°.   [Var-
  sha'va, 11)04.]
    Vholik(G.)  Over verstrooide  beginselen van
  een twecde kind, waargenonien in eengezwel aau
  bet  linker deel des aaugezigts bij eeue zeven-
  maandsche vrucht.   4°.   [Amsterdam,  1831.]
    Repr. from:  N. Verhandel. v. h. k. Nederl. Inst. v.
  Wetensch., Amst., 1831, iii.
    Ahri'iis.  Ueber einen Fall von fdtaler Inclusion im
  Mesocolon  ascemlens.   Arch. f. klin. Chir.,  Berl., 1901,
  Ixiv, 426-434. — Alpcrin (M. S.)   K materialu  o chelo-
  viecheskikh urodstvakh;  sluchai cysto-teratotna sacralis
  (foetus in ftBtu).  [ Human monstrosities; case of . . .]  J.
  akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1901, xv,  1107-1116, 2
  pl. — Bcrgkaniiurr (V.)  Ueber einen Fall von Tera-
  tom, rudiinentiirem Parasiten (Fngastriciisl  oder Inclusio
  fcetalis ahdominalis des Beckons bei einem elfmonatlichen
  Knaben.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896,
  xxii, 713. — It iiicl-^tanjjle (C.)  Note sur un monstre
  heteropago. Arch. med. 3'Angers, 1899, iii, 70-71'. — ISu-
  ijiiioii (E.)  Description d'un monstre  pygomelieii (dipy-
  gus  parasiticus), suivie  de quelques considerations sur
  l'origiue de la monstruosite double.   Kev. med. de la
  Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1889, ix. 333-347, 1 pl.—Burci (E.)
  Di uu caso  di  perineo-parasitus.  Arch, di ortop., Milano,
  1890. vii, 385-394, 2 pl. — t'nmerano (L.)   Di un caso di
  ovum in ovo.  Boll. d. inns,  di zool. ed anat. comp. d. r.
  Univ. di Torino, 1889, iv,no. 65.—(!a»e (The)  of parasitic
  foetus. Brit.  M. J., Loud., 1888, i, 436. — t'eccheielli.
  Casi di engastro-amorphus  fiuora osservati e descritti.
  Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1886, Roma, 1887, iii, 193-
  216— C'or nil  &. Bcrger.  Note  sur uu cas  d'inclusion
  sci otale.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1885, 3. s.,
  v, 398-419.  Also |Abstr.]: Bull. Acad, de rued., Par., 1885,
  2. s., xiv, 275-281.—Dnpnytren.  Rapport sur un foetus
" humain trouve dans le mesentere d'un jeune hoiume de
  quatorze aus.  Mem. Fac. de med. de Par.,  1812, 231-2>-0,
  6 pl. — Fore (C)  Nouvelles experiences relatives aux
  inclusions ftetales.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,
  10. s., iv, 861. — Fcrrante (C.)  Di un caso  di inclusione
  fetale. Corrieresau.  Settim., Milano, 1897,viii, no. 37, 1.—
   Finglantl (W.)  An unrecorded case of thoracopagus
  parasiticus, with  some remarks on dipygus parasiticus.
  Edinb. M. J., 1898, n. s., iv, 542-546, 1 pi. — Fiiilerl  (O.)
  Ueber einen P'all von Inclusion eines Dipygus parasiticus.
  [Mikroskopischer Befund des Riickenmarks, von E. Red-
  lich.]  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1899, lviii, 76-104. 1 pl.—
  GJeoflTroy-Saint-Hilairc (I.)   Sur un nouveau genre
  de monstres doubles parasitaires, de la familie des poly-
  guathiens.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1851,  xxxii,
  149-156. —  Hellcnilall.  Ein Fall von Doppelmissbil-
  duug:  Dipygus parasiticus nach Ahlfeld, Thoracopagus
  parasiticus oder Epigastrius  nach Forster.  Arch, f off.
  Gsndhtspfl.. Strassb.,  1901-2, xxi,  371. — Ilcrz.  Ueber
  Foetus in   Foetu.  Wchnsehr. f. Thierh. u.  Viehzucht,
  Augsburg  1889, xxxiii, 201-203.—Hill  (A.)  Specimen of
  epiiinathus  Lancet, Loud.,  1884,  ii, 829.—Jagot (L.)
  Note sur un monstre double paiasitaire  (heteradelphe).
  Arch.  med. d'Angers, 1904, viii,  104. — Jenkins (J. R.)
  Foetus in fietu; with remarks on the anomalies of genera-
  tion in the human species. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap.,
  1892. 19X-202. —Joseph.  Merkwiirdiger Fall von Dop-
  pelmissbihiungdurch Kinschliessting.  Jahresb. d. schles.
  Gesellsch.  f. vaterl. Kult , Bresl.,  1857. xxxv, 150-160.—
  Khoiv (R. N.)  A case of  monstrosity; multiple preg-
  nancy.  Tr. M. A Phys.  Soc. Bombay.  1885,  n. s., No. vii,
  15-21, 2 phot.—ICiilil (S. II.)   Monstrosus foetus.  Proc.
  Path. Soc. Dubl.. 1852-8,166.—Kolisko.  Ftetus iu foetu.
  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1890, xl, 846.- Slangier .t Ron-
  K«'t.  Tumeur congenitale de la region  sarree; monstruo-
  site par inclusion cutanee, guerie par 1'extirpation, sur uu
  enfant de 11 mois . . .;  examen decetto tumeur.  [Abstr J
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xl, 895-898. — Ije
  Dentil. Teratnmedu scrotum.  Med. mod., Par.. 1889-90,
  i, 9;  27.— lieonliiiiill (J S.)  Fetus in fetu.   West. M.
  Rov., Lincoln,Neb., 1896,i, 121.—lflaliycfflN.) Riedkaya
  forma dvukhglavavo parazitiruyushtshavo ploda.  [Rare
  form of dicephalic parasitic ftetus.]  Izvicst. Imp. Tomsk.
  Univ., 1892, iv, pt. 2, 249-254, 1 pi. — lTInrchaml.  [Epi-
  gnathus.]   Verhandl. d. Cesollsch.  f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz.
  (1902), 1903, 7. — Tlaici  (M.)  Horrendum  in virginis
  ventre rcpertum  nionstrum,  d. i. ausfiihrliche Beschrei-
  bung des  giossen  und  abscheulichen Furlischen  Ge-
  wachses.  Samml. v. Nat.-u. Med.-  . . . Gesch.  1722, Leipz.
  u. Budissin, 1723, xix, 76-82.—Mills (B. L.)  A  case of
  parasitic foetus. Tr. Edinb.  Obst. Soc, 1887-8  xiii  190.
  Also: Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1888, ii, 233.  Also:  Edinb. M.
  J., 1888-9, xxxiv, 116.—Paquy (E.)  Teratome developpe
  dans l'epiploon gastio liepatique d'un bet us tiu sexe femi-
  nin de lrnit mois environ. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst. de
  gynec et de paediat. de Par., 19no, ii, 119-123.—Parasitic
  foBtus. ["Laloo."] Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1888, i, 312.-Par-
  asilie (A) double monster.  Cleveland M.  Gaz., 1896-7
  xii, 226-228, 1 pl—Perinan (E. S.)  Ett fall af c.ystost 
MONSTERS.
46
MONSTERS.
}■ ousters (Pttrasitic)  \and  by inclusion].
  sakrococcygeal-teratom jiimte n&ura ord om dessa svulsters
  gene-'.   [Case of cystic saci oooceygeal teratoma, also a few-
  words  on  the  origin of such cysts]  Fcstskr. .  . . med.
  dokt. F. W. Warfvinge |etc], Stockholm, 1894, 1-15, 2 pl.—
  Pigne.  | Monstruosite par inclusion.]   Bull.  Soc. anat.
  de Par.. 1847,  xxii, 267. — Pomnier (G.)  Eine fdtale
  Inclnsion  im Netze.  Ber. d. naturw.med. Vim-, in Inn's-
  bruck,  1888-9, xviii, 116-144, 2 pl. — Prentice  (P.  L)
  Epiblastio inclusions in the sacral region.  N. Am  Pract.,
  Chicago, 1890, ii, 4-10.—Kegnaiilt (F.)  Les inclusions
  ftetales dans l'art.  Corresp. med.. Par., 1900, vi,  no. 138,
  11.—Rizzoli (F.)   Mostruositil  per  inclusione  alia re-
  gione sacro-coccigea di uu  neonato in  cotinessioue colla
  meninge spiuale; disgiungimeuto  cruento del  mostro dsil
  proprio fratello con  esito febce: parlicolarita anaionuche
  osservate  nel parassita,  meuioria   Mem. Accad. d. sc. d.
  Ist.  di Bologna,  1876, 3. s., vii.  365-393.  Also.  R.print.—
  Rodriguez  (J. M.)  Estudio  sobre varias nonstruosi-
  dades  endocimianas observadas en  esta  capital.  Cac.
  med., Mexico, 1892,  xxviii, 135; 161.—de Saint-Donat.
  Observation d'une pretendue grossessod'homme (inclusion
  scrotale);  rapport inedit de M. D' dirt. In & l'Academie des
  sciences le 20 novemhre 1697; reuiaiques et comuientaires
  par  L.-H. Petit.  Union med..  Par.. 1884, 3. s., xxxviii,
  961; 997.  Also. Reprint.—Sangalli (G.)  Epignathus di
  forma  rarissima;  osservaziono  con note  comparative.
  Mem.  r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  CI. di sc. matemat. e
  nat., Milano,  1895,  3. s., viii, 145-157.  3 pl.  Also: Gazz.
  med. lomb..  Milano, 1895, liv, 477; 487; 497.—Hehwalbe
  (E.)  Der Epignathus und  seine Genese.  Beitr.  z. path.
  Auat. u. z. allg.  Path., Jena, 1904. xxxvi, 242-272.—Sha-
  ver (1).  L.)  An  unusual  specimen in teratology;  an
  acephalous monster attached to the breech of living female
  baby.   Practice. Richmond. 1898, xii, 1-3.—Mutton (J. B.)
  A Shattoek (S. G.)  Report  on a living specimen of
  parasitic fo-tus.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1887-8, xxxix. 427-
  432, 1 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1888, i, 371.—Tay-
  lor (S.)  Case of included ovum.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.,
  1886-7, xxxviii, 440-444.—Teratoma in regione sacrali
  (fcetus  iu fcetu). Jahiesb. d. erst. chir. Klin. d. Prof.
  Albert in Wien (1887), 1889,113-115.—Thompson (G.W.)
  An  ahdomiuopagus parasitic  monster.  Med.  Standard,
  Chicago, 1890, viii. 40.—Tur (J.)   Contribution ft, l'etude
  des  monstres endocymiens.  J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.],
  Par.. 1905, xii, 171 - 179.— Velasquez ( F.)   Monstruo
  paiasitario.  An. Acad, de  med.  de Medellin. 1887-9, i,
  320-324.—Westerschulte.  Merkwiirdiger Geburtsfall;
  rudimentaie Bildung eiiles zweiten angewachsenen Kiud-
  chens;  Iuklusion eines zweiten Foetus, Fcetus iu fcetu.
  Frauenarzt, Berl.,  1891, vi, 339-341.  Also, transl.:  N.
  Arch.d'obst.et de gynec, Par., 1891, vi, 431.  Also, transl.:
  J.d. sages-femmes, Par., 1892, xx, 11. — Williams (A. D.)
   & Earle (P. M.)   A  cast' of teratoma, var. inclusio ab-
  domiualis.  Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demeraia, 1890, 44-54.—
   Win (III- (B. C. A.) Ou the condition known  as epigna-
  thus.  .1. Anat.  & Physiol.,  Lond., 1898-9, xxxiii, 277-291.

 JIouster* (Periodicals relating to).
     Tekatolihua; quarterly contributions to ante-
  natal  pathology, by J.  W. Ballantyne.   v.  1-2,
   l*lM-.">.  s .   London.
     Ended.

 Monsters (Radiography of).
     Baudouin  ( M.)  Radiographie du monstre double
   hypogasuopage du Musee Dupuytren, demontrant Tab-
   sence d'inversion des visceres.   Gaz. m6d. de  Par.,  1903,
   12. s., iii, 221. — Bouchncourt.  l5tude des monsttes
   par les rayons  de  Rdntgen.  Bull. Soc. d'ohst.  de Par.,
   1899, ii, 76-79.— Iiewers.  A  monster, with  skiagraph.
   Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1897), 1898. xxxix, 131. 1  pl.—Vil-
   lers.   Presentation de la radiographic de quelques mon-
   stres.   Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de  Brux., 1901-2, xx, p. lxviii.

 Monsters (Shapeless).
     See, also.  Monsters (Acardiac) ;  Monsters
   (Acephalous).
     Manchester  (A) monstrosity, A. 1>.  1.779.
     Cuttinq from: The Palatine notebook, Manchester, 1883,
   iii, 269-271.
     Anthony (R.) A Salmon (J.)  fitudeanatomo-histo-
   logique d'un anidien, et considerations sur la classification
   des omphalosites.  Compt. tend.  Soc. de biol.. Par., 1901,
   11. s.,  iii, 1065-1067.— Ballantyne (J. W.)   The foetus
   amorphus.   Teratologia. Lond. A Edinb.. 1894, i, 1-36, 3
  pl.  Also: Rep. Lab. Roy. Coll. Phys.  Edinb., 1894, v, 124-
   134. -----. Note on the literature of the fietus amorphus
   anideus.  Teratologia, Lond. A: Edinb.. 1895, ii, J82-184.—
   Blauehard (ll.)  Eiu Fill von abort i\ em Bluthofc
   ( Pauuin) beim Mensehen.   Mitth. a. d. embryol. Inst. d.
   k. k. Univ. in Wien, 1880. i, 193-197, 1 pl—Bolilt (H.J.)
   Fetal monstrosity without a trace of body.  Am.  J. Obst.,
   N. Y., 1889, xxii, 403; 1292.  Also  [Abstr.']:  Proc. N. York
   Path. Soc. (1888), 1889. 133— t'hnrltou (G. A.)  Descrip-
   tion of a fcetus amorphus.   J Anat  & Physiol . Loud .
   1901-2, xxxvi, 78-80, 3 pl.—Chiarugi (G.) Intorno  a uu
Monsters (Shapeless).
  novo  umano  mostruoso.  Sperimentale.  Mem.  orig.. Fi-
  renze, 1801, xiv, 144-156, 1 pl.  (Jiiinard.  Monstre ani-
  dien.  Mem. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. med.de Lyon (1893),
  1894, xxxiii, pt. 2, 7.—Heller (J.)  Ein  Fall von Acardi-
  acus amorphus.  Arch. f. path.  Anat. [etc.],  Berl.,  1892,
  exxix, 547-552, 1 pl. — Hirst ( B. C.)  A fetus umorphua.
  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., lf>95-6. viii, 120, 1 pl.—Jaeobsou
  (A. C.)  A case of fetus amorphus (anideus).   Biooklyn
  M. .T., 1897, xi.  529-537.   Also, Reprint. — Lock wood
  (C. B.)  Retroflexion of au early human embryo associated
  with absence  of the spinal medulla and imperfection of the
  vertebral column.  Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1887), 1888, xxix,
  234-243.  Also,  Reprint. — ITIishkin (J.) An unusual
  monstrosity.  Med.  & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxv,
  533.— IVeugebauer (F. L.l.jr.   Zur Kasuistik des Fcetus
  amorphus s.  anidens. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz..  1886,
  x, 713-718.—Odhelius (E.)  Beskrifning p&ct missfoster.
  [Description of a monster.]  K. Vetensk. Akad n. Handl.,
  Stockholm, 1785, vi. 175-180, 1 pl.—Webster (J. C.)  A
  specimen of foetus amorphus anideus.  Teratologia. Lond.
  A Edinb., 1895, ii, 178-182. 2 pl.— Winslow.   Observa-
  tions anatomiques sur uu enfant ne sans tete,  sans col,
  sans  poitrine, sans  cceur, sans poulmons, sans  estomac,
  sans foye, sans ratte, sans pancreas, sans  une partie des
  premiers intestins. etc ;  avec des reflexions sur cette con-
  formation extraordinaire.  Hist. Acad. roy.  d. sc.  1740,
  Par., 1742, 586-606.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  [de
  Paris] 1740, Amst., 1744, Mem., 811-839.

Monsters (Surgical operations on).
     See, also,  Monsters in animals.
     Uegni (A.)   Istoria di una opetazioue di parto
  di due genielle mostruose riunite per il torace,
  esegnita in Firenze.   12°.  Firenze,  1828.
     Cuapot-Pkevost  (E.)   Cbirurgie des terato-
  pages; operation  de  Maria-Kosalina.   Observa-
  tion d'un nouveau xiphopage, les  freres  cltinois.
  8°.   Paris, 1901.
     SulikoWSKI (T.)  Monstruosite par inclusion,
  supert'etation  oinbilicale conge^iitale d'une  fille
  de quatorze aus, gu6rie au  nioyen d'uuo opera-
  tion extraordinaire.   8°.  [Paris,  1852.]
     Vaschide  (N.) &  Vurpas  (C)  Essai  snr la
  psycho-physiologie des  monstres  humains;  un
  anence'pUale; un  xiphopage; stiivi de  l'observa-
  tiou du docteur Doyen sur le  xipbopage opere,
  Radica et Dooilica.   12°.   Paris,  [190*].
     Baudouin  (M.)  Les sceurs Radica-Doodica Kettro-
  naik d'Orissa (le xiphopage de 1'Hiudostan).  Seruaine
  med., Par..  1892,  xii. 474-476.  Also  [Abstr.]: Compt.
  rend. Acad.  d.  sc, Par.,  1892.  cxv,  884.  Also, transl.:
  Arch, de  ginec. y pediat.. Barcel., 1893, vi, 26-30.  -----.
   Les monstres doubles operables.  Rev. scient., Par., 1893,
  li, 73-78.   -----. Un nouveau genre de  teratopa<:e, les
  bypogastropages, de type operable.  Bull, et rueni.  Soc.
  d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 5. s., iii, 648-652.  Also:  Compt.
  rend. Acad.  d.  sc. Par., 1902, exxxv, 812-814.    Also:
   Kev. de chir., Par., 1902, xxii, 513-577.-  Bea 11  (E. J.)
  Eudocymien monster; brief review of the subject of tera-
  tology,  with a case; operation;  recovery.  Texas Com*.-
   Rec Med.,  Dallas,  1893-4,  xi,  1-6. — Bouchacourt.
   Tumeur du  rectum, renfermant les  debris d'un bet as,
  extirpee chez une tille ftaee de six aus.  [Abstr]  Compt.
   rend. Acad. d. sc.. Par., 1850, xxxi, 264-267.—Ceccherelli.
   Laparolomia p< r inclusione fetale.  Arch, ed atti d. Soc.
   ital. di chir.  1*86, Roma,  1887, iii, 177-218, 6 pl— Chapot-
   Prevost.   Premier cas  de  thoraeo-xiphopage  vivant
  opere k l'age de  sept ans a Rio de Janeiro.  Bull,  med.,
   Par., 1900, xiv, 1177; 1201. Also [Abstr.|: Bull. Acad.de
   med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliv, 334-370.  -----. Chirurgie des
   teratopa^es.   [Abstr.]  Gaz. med. de Par.. 1901, 12. *., i,
   225;  305;  321: 345.  -----. Reponse k la critique faite par
   M. Doyen de mon memoire, intitule:  Chirurgie des terato-
   pa^es.  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1902,  xi, 457-489.  Also,
   transl.: Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 457;  477:  1903,
   xvii, 1. -----. Xipho-tboraoopage  opere;  l'6tat actuei
   de Rosalina. Gaz.  med.de Par., 1902,2. s., ii,  145-147.
   Also, transl.: Brazil-med..  Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 447-
   449.— Daviilsohu  (C.)   Die hrasilianischen Xiphopagen
   Maria-Rosalina.  Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop.,
   1902,245-247. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1902. xxxix,
   I2u4.— Doyen.  Elcasodelas xifopagas, Radica-Doodica.
   ;'I'ian-d.]   Gac.  med.  de Granada,  1902, xx, 241;  265.
   Sei  also, supra,  Baudouin; Chapot-Pre\ ost— Fere (C.)
   Note sur l'embryotoiuie teratologique.  Rev. de  chir.,
   Par., 1900, xx, 592-595.—F on see a (C.)  As irm as Rosa-
   lina e  Maria ixiphopagismo).  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan.,
   1899, xiii, 280, 1 pl.—Jones (H. M.)  Monster of  seventh
   month removed  bv hvsterectomy. J.  Obst. &  Gynaec.
   Brit. Emp.,  Lond.,' 1905. viii, 242-245, 1 pl.—Lexer (E.)
   Operation einer fotalen  Inclusion der Bauehhohle.   Arch.
   f. klin. Chir.,  Berl.,  1900, lxii, 351-359,  1 pl.—ltlaass.
   Die  zusamraengewachsenou weiblichen Zwillingskinder 
MONSTERS.                                    47                                   MONSTERS.
Monsters (Surgical operations on).
  Radika  und Doodika.  Verhandl. d. Berl.  Gesellsch.  f.
  Anthrop., Berl.. 1892, xxiv, 583-586.—Maiiclaire.  Des
  progres de la chirurgie teratologique.  Bull, med., Par.,
  1901. xv. 45-50.— Tlayill.   Ueber die Operation einer foe-
  taleu  Inclusion bei einem Iudividuum mannlielien Ge-
  schlechtes.  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de  med. 1897,
  Mosc, 1899, v. 543-547. —Pamard.  Fcetus parasite;
  ablation deux jours apres la naissance; gueiisou.  Assoc.
  franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb, [etc.], Par., 189 i, vii, 368-370.—
  ile Farville (H. )  Les xiphopages;  Rosalina-Maria.
  Nature. Par., 1898-9, xxvii, pt. 2, 239.—Ramos (A.) As
  irmas Rosalina e Maria  (xvphopagismo).  Brazil-med.,
  Bio de Jan.. 1899,  xiii, 243; 298; 387.  Also:  Rev. da Soc.
  de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1899. iii, 233;  445.   Also,
  transl. [Abstr.|:  Med. News, N.  Y., 1900,  lxxvi, 336-
  33S.  Also, transl. [Abstr.] :  J. Am. M.  Ass ,  Chicago,
  1899. xxxiii, 746.  Also,  transl.  |Abstr.]:  Fort Wayne
  M. J.-Mag., 1900, xx. 155-158.—da Bocha(L)  O  xipho-
  pago do  Brazil, meninas Rosalina e Maria.  Brazil-med.,
  Rio de Jan., 1900, xiv. 'J63; :-71; 281; 293; 302; :(20.—Sep-
  aration of the  Brazilian  thoraeo-xvphopagous  twins.
  Scient. Am., X.T.,1900, lxxxiii, 361—Separation (The)
  of xiphopagous twins.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1902, i, 465.—
  Surviving  (The) xiphopagous  twin.   [Edit.]  Ibid.,
  980.—Teratologia; operabilidade de Rosalina e  Maria.
  Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1899, iii, 387:
  1900. iv, 95.

Monsters (Vegetable).
     Gerard.  Note sur un cas de teratologic ob-
  serve chez la Vauda suavis  Lindl.  8 \  Lyon,
  [n.d.].
     Leon (J.)  * Botanique.   De quelques ph6no-
  menes  de teratologie vegelale.  4°.  Paris, 1H.V2.
     Szasz (I.)  Adalekok a novenyek teratologi£-
  jalioz.   [Contribution  to teratology  of plants.]
  e~.  Kolozsvdrtt, 18?t>.
     Blaringheni (L.)  Sur nne monstruosite du Zea mays
  tunicataD.C. provoqueepar un traumatisme. Compt.rend.
  Soc. de  biol., Par.. 1904, lvii, 555-557.—Daniel (L.)  Sur
  divers effets  teratologiques produits par des variations
  de capacite fonctionnelle dans les bourgeons.   Bull. Soc.
  scient. et med. de  l'ouest, Renues, 1904,  xiii,  356.   Also:
  Trav. scient. Univ.  de Renues. 1904, iii, 265. — Halsted
  (B. D )   Some vegetable malformations.  Pop. Sc. Month.,
  N.Y., 1892-3. xiii, 318-325.— rlonstiuosidail de una ma-
  zorca.   Gac. delit.de  Mexico.  Pnehla.  1831,  iv,  391.—
  Parlatore (P.)  Note sur  one  monstruosite des cones
  de l'Abies brunoniana Wallich.  Compt. rend.  Acad.  d.
  sc, Par., 1862, liv, 977-979. — Raymondaud (E.)  Rap-
  ports entre la teratologie vegetale et la teratologie animate.
  Limousin med., Limoges,  1905, xxix, 1 pl.

JTIonsters in animals.
     See, also, Monsters (Artificial production of).
     Charlier  ( E. )   Observation   d'un  poulet
  pygomele presentant  une nouvelle varie'te de ce
  genre de inonstruosit^.   8°.   Lie'ge, 18(>8.
     Repr.from: M6tn. Soc. roy. d. sc, Liege.
     Charvet.  Rechercbes  sur  la   monstruosite
  par inclusion chez les auiinanx, a l'occasion d'un
  cas de  ce genre sur uu  foetus humain.  8°.   Pa-
  ris, 1*:\8.
     Eckardt (P.)   * Ueber  Hemitheria  anterior,
  ein Beitrag  zur  Lehre von  den Missbildungen.
  8C.  Breslau, 1889.
     Ferret (P.-E.)  Influence teiatogetiique des
  lesions  des enveloppes  secondaires de  l'ceuf de
  poule.   [Nancy.]   rt°.   Paris, 1904.
     Gruxdmaxx(E.)  * Ueber Doppelbildungen bei
  Sauropsiden.   [Giessen.]  8°.  Wiesbaden, 1900.
     Gcixard (A.)  Lecons de teratologie faites  a
  rficole  nationale veteiinaire de  Lyon.  Notes
  prises  au coins  par  les Aleves   de  2e  ann6e
  (188"-9).   h  .   Lyon,  [1890].
     Heusxer  (T.  (J.)  *Descriptio  monstrorum
  avium,  ainphibiorura,  piscium  qna3 extant  in
  museo  univ. lit. Berol. eorumqne cum nionstris
  mammalium comparatio.   8°.  Berolini, 1824.
    Hoffmann (E.)   * Ueber  einen  sebr  jnngen
  AnadidymusdesHuhncheus.  8J.  Berlin, [1^92].
    Joly  (N.)  Memoire  sur  un agneau mous-
  trueux  constituant  tin  nouveau  genre (G.  de"-
  romele  dans  la  familie  des inonstres doubles
  polyme'lieiis.  8°.   [Toulouse, 1868.]
    Repr.from: M6m. Acad. imp. d. sc,  Toulouse, 1868,
  6. s., vi.
Monsters in animals.
    Klaussxer (F.)  Mcbrfacbbildungeii bei Wir-
  belthiereti.   4°.   Munchen, 1890.
    Levertin (J.)   *De monstro  hydrocephalico
  ovino, extreniilatibus anterioribus carente ob-
  servationes.  sin. 4°.   Vpsaliw, 1*'A.\.
    Stangius (J. J.)  * Disq. med. sistens curio-
  sam pulli gallinacci  in  fcemina  eachectica for-
  niati bistonam.  4L.   [Halw Magdeb., 1702.]
    Supino (F.)   Osservazioni intorno  ad nn caso
  speciale di otocefalia.  8°.   Padova, 1H(J.">.
    "WrciiKR  (O.)   * Ueber die  Anordnung der
  Blutgefasse  bei  Doppelbildungen  des  Hiihn-
  cbens.   [Giessen.]  8-\   Wiesbaden, 1900.
    Agneau (Sur un) foetus monstrueux.  Hist. Acad. roy.
  d. se.1703, Bar., 1720,28-32. Also: Hist. Acad.roy.d.sc. [de
  Paris] 1703, Amst., 1707, 34-39.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d.
  Wissensch. in Par. . .  . Abhandl. 1703, Bressl., 1750, ii, 136-
  140. — Alezais.  Monstre  monocephalien  d6radelphe.
  Marseille med., 1897, xxxiv, 513-520. 1 pl.—Anthony (11.)
  &, Salmon (J.)   Sur un cas de schistomelie chez un
  jeune poulet  (monstre double  lambdoide).   J. de I'anat.
  et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xxxvi, 121-131.— Bnlbiani
  (E.-G.)   Sur la  formation  des monstres doubles chez
  les infusoires. Ibid.,  1891, xxvii, 169-196, 2 pl. — Ber-
  tacchini  (P.)   Morfogenesi  e  teratogenesi negli an-
  fihi anuri (III* serie: Anomalie  spontauee).  Internat.
  Monatschr. f.  Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, xvii,  26-87,
  1 pl.—Bertsche.  Die Geburt von Brustzwillingen (Tho-
  racodidimns) bei einer Euh.  Deutsche thierarztl. Wchn-
  sehr., Karlsruhe,  1895, iii, 162 —Bien (Gertrud).  Zur
  Anatomic des Z •ntralnervensystems einer Doppelmissbil-
  dung bei der  Ziege.  Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien.
  Univ.,  Leipz.  u. Wien, 1905, xii,  282-296, 3  pl.—Blan-
  cba ril  (R. )  Sobre algunos  cestodes   monstruosos.
  [Transl.]  Gac. med.  catal..  Barcel., 1896, xix, 143; 202;
  269; 329; 362.—Block.  EineMissgehurt, Cyclops arhyn-
  chus, beim Pferde.  Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., J902, xiv,
  206-210.—Born.  Ueber Doppelbildungen  beim Frosch
  uud deren Entstehung.  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f.
  vaterl.Kult.1882, Brest, 1883, lx, 39-43.—Bradley (O. C.)
  Ou monsters.   Vet J. & Ann. (,'omp. Path.. Lond., 1897,
  xiv,401-409. -----. An equine monster.  Ibid., 1898, xlvi,
  12-16. -----.  Two  monsters; congenital cerebral hernia
  in the pig.  Ibid., xlvii, 177-181.—Brady (G.T.)  [Speci-
  men of eyotocephalus in  a full-term calf.] Pacific M. J.,
  San Fran'., 1904, xlvii, 56.—de Bruin  (M. G.) Die Ge-
  burt eines Schistosoma reflexum.   Berl. tierarztl. Wchn-
  sehr., I9il5. 25-27.— Clelosomian monstrositv.  Am. Vet.
  Rev., N. T., 1903-4, xxvii, 237— C'haine (J.)  Observa-
  tions au sujet d'un monstreinoiiosoiuien.  Proc.-verb. Soc.
  d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux, 1902-3, 90-98.—Charrin
  (A.) & Gley  (E.)  Les squelettes de deux lapins con^eni-
  talement malformes.  Compt.rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1896,
  10. 8., iii, 1031.— Cligny  (A.)  Un cas de getnellite chez
  la couleuvre.   Ibid., 1897, 10. s., iv, 630-032—Coggi (A.)
  Un' auomalia  in un embrione di selacio.  Mem. r. Accad.
  d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,  1891-2, 5. s., ii, 763-772.—Coste.
  Origine de  la nionstruosite double chez  les poissons os-
  seux.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xl, 868; 931.—
  Crisp.  A monoculus lamb which had recently been dis-
  sected.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1859-60, xi, 305—Dareste
  (C.) Note sur un poulet hypereiicephale.   Compt. rend.
  Acad.d. sc, Par., 1860, li, 219.-----. Sur un poulet mous-
  trueux appartenant au genre heteromorphe,  genre prevu,
  mais non  observe, par Is. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaiie.  Ibid.,
  1862, lv, 243-245. -----. Les  veaux ii tete do bouledogue.
  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1887, 3. s., x, 375-383.— I»e-
  hors (G.)  Quelques  cas  teratologiques observes a l'abat-
  toire do Santiago.  Actes Soc. scient. du Chili, Santiago,
  1894-5, iv, 313-321.—Bei  (A.)  Un caso di iniopia in un
  agnello neonato, e considerazioni sullo sterno della pecora
  e anomalie relative.  Atti d. r. Accad. fisiocrit. in  Siena.
  1892, 4. s., iv,  91-108. —Beslougehaui|is ( 10.)  Sur un
  monstre double monomphalien  de provi nance ovine, for-
  mant un nouveau  genre nomine heniitropage.  Compt.
  rend. Acad.d.  sc.Par., 1851, xxxii, 185.— DewarfJ. R.N,)
  A celosomian monstrosity. Veterinarian, Lond.,1895,lxviii,
  325-328.—I)obler(K.) Ischiopagus. M itt.d.Ver.badisch.
  Thieriiizte, Karlsruhe, 1903, iii, lili-Doiiaucr  (J. E.)
  Von eiucin monstrbsen  Hiiner-Ev.  Samml. v.  Nat.- u.
  Med.- . . . Gesch., Breslau, Winter-Cjuartal, 1726, 350-352.—
  Doroshenko (L.)  Urodstvo golov: a) u dvukh shtshe-
  nyat i  b)  u yagnyonka.   [Cephalic monstrosities in (a)
  two puppies and (b;  a lamb.]  Arch. vet. nauk,  St. Pe-
  tersb.,  1902, xxxii,  pt. 2, 426.— Dujou.  Monstre forme
  par l'limon de deux foetus de niouton (.sycephalien syuote).
  Bull, et mem.  Soc. obst. et gynec.  de  i'ar..  1896, 241-244.
  Also: Ann. de gyn6c. et d'obst.,  Par., 1897, xlviii, 127-
  129. — Faure. Dystocie par monstruosite (veau somato-
  didyrne). J. de med.  vet. et zootecb., Lyon,  1899, 5. a.,iii,
  398-400. —Fere, (C.)  Note sur la coexistence frequente
  des arrets de developpement  du bee superieur ot des ano-
  malies de la tete chez l'enibryon du poulet.   Compt. rend. 
MONSTERS.
48
MONSTERS.
i?Ioii*terw in animals.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 719.  -----.  Sur les batte-
  ments du cceur chez les enibi vons monstrueux du poulet.
  Ibid., 1895, 10. s., ii. 8-11 — Filhol (H )   Description d'un
  cas de monstruosite observe sur un  Rhombus vulgaris
  (Cuv.).  Bull. Soc. philoniat. de Par.. 1889-90. 8. s., ii, 54.—
  Firtus suillinionstrosi anatome.  In: Med.Siles. Sat., 12°,
  Wratisl.,  1742, spec, viii, 71-76, lpl.—Franz.   Dicepbalo-
  soma rerlexum.  Monatsh. f.prakt. Thierh., Stuttg . 1902-3,
  xiv, 277-279. — Friederich.  Eine drollige Missbildung;
  zugleich  ein  Beitrag zur  Entwicklungsgeschichte des
  Aberglaubens.  Berl.  tierarztl.  Wchnsehr., 1905,  517.—
  Frohuer.  Operation einer Kaibsmissgeburt (Omopagus
  parasiticus).  Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh.,  Stuttg., 1903,
  xiv,463.—Gadcau  de Kcrvillc(IL)  Description d'un
  poisson et dun oiseau monstrueux, aiguillat derodyme et
  goeland  meloinele.   J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.],  Par.,
  1892, xxviii, 563-506, 1  pl.—Geisseler.  Jument hydro-
  c6phale.  Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1900,
  [163]. — Geminill (,T. F.) Cyclopia iu osseous  fishes.
  Rep.  Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc,  Lond., 1900. 784.  -----. The
  anatoniv of symmetrical double monstrosities in the trout.
   I'ro, .  i;..y. Soc. Loud., 1901, lxviii, 129-134. — Geoflroy-
  ."•iaiiit-ll ilaii-c (I.)  Rapport snr un veau phocomele et
  hydrocephale, et sur des figures de ce monstre transmisea
  a  l'Academie par M. le  Ministie de  1'agriculture  et du
  commerce.  Compt.  rend. Acad. d.  sc. Par.,  1850,  xxxi,
  668-670.  -----. Note sur un agneau acephalien du genre
  peracephale.  Ibid., 1859, xlviii, 1042-1044. —Giard (A.)
  Sur une  monstruosite  octoradiale de l'Asteiias  rubeus.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s., v, 275.—Gou-
  biinx (A.)  Sur un taureau monstrueux par  greffe dun
  individu parasitaire amorphe sur un autre bien conforme;
  sur hi restitution de celui-ci k l'etat normal par une ope-
  ration chirurgicale, et sur l'organisation de la masse para-
  sitaire.  Compt.  rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855,  xl, 898.
  -----. Teratologie veterinaire; genre augnathe des mons-
  tres doubles polygnathiens.  Arch, de  tocol., Par., 1877,
  iv. 193-207. — Gu in a r«l (L.)  Monstruosites multiples
  chez tin memo animal.  J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon,
  1891,  3.  s.,  xvi, 8-16. -----. Presentation  d'un monstre
  eclosomien.  Lyon ni6d., 1892, lxx,  192-194. — Gruud-
  maiiii  (E.)  tjeber Doppelbildungen  bei Sauropsiden.
  Anat. Ilet'te, Wiesb., 1900, xiv, 257-300, 4 pl. — Haackc
   (\V )  Ueber einen Fall gemeiusamen Auftretens verschie-
  dener  Missbildungen und  de'en Abhangigkeit von der
  kbrpcrliclieu  Lage;  zugleich ein Beitrag zur Teratologie
  der Gaining Salix.  Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896. xvi, 817-
  825. — llert«ia (O.)  Urmund und Spina  bifida; eine
  vergleicliend  morphologische,  teratologische  Studie an
  missgebildeten Froscheiern. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,
  1802, xxxix, 353-530, 5 pl.—lloussay (F.)   Sur uu poulet
  ayant vecu 7 jours apres  l'eelosion avec un second jauue
  inclus dans l'abdomen.   Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc. Par.,
  1903, exxxvi, 1709.—Hutchinson (J.)  On the rarity of,
  survival  of double  animals. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1897,^
  viii,356-35S.—Iiranzoll'fN.)  Ein Fall von scheiuharem
  Heimaphroditismus  bei  dem Barsch (Perca fluviatilis).
  Bull. Soc. imp. d. nat. de Moscou, 1893, 199-205.  1 pl.—von
  Jager (G.)  Beschreibung des iiberzahligen Fusses eiuts
  Kalhes,  an welchem die Muskeln  in  Fettsuhstanz ver-
  wandelt waren.  Arch. f. Anat.  u. Physiol., Leipz., 1832,
  vi, 59-65. -----. Ueber zwey am  Becken verwachseue
  inaniiliihen Kiilber.  Versl. . . . d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.
  Afd. Naluuik., Amst., 1858, vii, 155-162. -----. Beobach-
  tung eines Stierkalbs mit einem Nebenkopfe.  Ibid., 163-
   168, lpl.—.larvis (H.) A monstrosity.  Vet. Rec, Lond.,
   1903-4, xvi,  54.—.lasme (A.) A seven-legged foetal calf.
  Am. Vet. Rev., N. T..  1901-2. xxv, 759. -----. Two eye-
  less pups.  Ibid.. 1905-6,  xxix, IM;.— Joly (N.)  Sur un
  nouveau cas de monstruosite offert par un chat monoso-
  mies  pour lequel l'auteur  propose  le nom de rhinodyine.
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xiv, 630-632. —---.
   Sur deux cas tres-rares  de melomelie observes  chez le
  mouton.  [Abstr.]  Ibid., 1869, lxviii, 343. — Haestner
   (S.) Doppelbildungen bei Wirbelthieren;  ein Beitrag zur
  Casuistik.  Arch. f. Anat. u.  Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz.
   1898. RI-94,  1 pl.  -----. Doppelbildungen  an Vogelkeim-
  scheiben.  Ibid.. 1902,117-148, 3 pl— Koiranski (M. M.)
  Dvulitsiv telvonok  (urodets).  [Double-faced calf  (mon-
  ster).)  Vet. Vestnik, Kharkov, 1889-90. viii, pt. 2, 29-33.—
  Kriuitslii (K.)  Dvukhgoloviy telyouok. [Two-headed
  rait.]  Vestnik obsh. vet,, S.-Peterb , 1905,  xvii, 559.—de
   Lacaxi'-Dutliiers (H.)   Sur les inonstres doubles des
  mollusques (de la Bullea aperta).  [Abstr.]  Compt. rend.
  Acad.d  sc, Par., 1855. xIi, 1247-1250.— I,aimoy (L.)  Eni-
  brvon de vipere  bipede  et cvclocephale.  Compt.  rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s.. iv, 44!).— I.auii (C.)  Di
  ijuattro differenti  forme, di mostruosita osservate nei ho-
  vini.   Mod. zooiatro, Torino. 189S,  ix, 450-452.— I<ere-
  boullet.  Sur la monstruosite double  chez les poissons.
  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1855, xl, 854; 1028. _____.
  Formation des monstres doubles chez les poissons.  Ibid.,
  1063-1065. -----. Recherches sur les monstruosites du bro-
  chet observers dans 1'oBiif. etsnr leur modede production.
  Ibid.,  1861. liii, 957-959—I,esbre (F.-X.) Etude anatomi-
  que dun pore synote et spheuocephale; considerations ge-
  nerates sur les moustres sycephaliens.   J. de med. vet. et
Jlonster* in animals.
  zootech., Lyon,  1894, 3.  s., xix, 532-546, 2 pl. -----. Ob-
  servations de  deux vaches et dune cane pygomeles, avec
  considerations generales sur la pygomelie.   Iljid., 11)00,
  5. s., iv, 625-652. -----. Etude d'un agneau dcradclphc.
  J. de. I'anat. etphysiol. [etc.]. Par.. 1901, xxxvii. 409-423.—
  Lcsbre (F.-X.) A Forseot.  Etude dun monstre bovin
  du genre cephalide.  Bull. Soc. centr de med. vet.. Par..
  1901, n.s., xix, 281-294.-----------. Etude anatomiqiie de
  cinq animaux ectromeles, suivie de considerations gene-
  rales surl'cctromelie.  J.del'anat. et phvsiol. [etc.]. Par.,
  1902, xxxviii, 178-192.------------. Etude  anatomiqiie
  d'un  foetus  bovin sycephalien d'un genre  interniediaire
  aux  genres jauiceps et iniope d'Is. Geoffroy-Saint-IIilaire.
  Ibid., 1903,  xxxix,  11-38.  ----- -----.  Monstruosite
  complexe chez  un  veau (ectromelie, microcephalic, bra-
  chygnathie inferieure,  etc.).  Rec de med. vet., Par., 1905,
  lxxxii,  158-166. — I, esbre  (F.X.)  A Guinard  (L.)
  Etude anatoniioue et phvsiologique dun  jeune chat opo-
  dyme.  Bull.  Soc. d'anthrop. de Lyon (1891),  1892,  x. 191-
  2i4.-----------. Etude d'un chat mouocephalien  thora-
  delphe.  J. de  I'anat. et physiol. [etc.]. Par.,  1894, xxx,
  126-132.—fjeslie (J. S.)   An inteiesting case of distokia
  in a cow (monstrosity).   Am. Vet. Rev.,  N. Y.. 1904,  xxviii,
  153.—Ijiftre.  [Vu petit ohien mort,  qui n'avait qu'un
  reil sans paupiere.]  Hist. Acad, rov.d.  sc. 1703, Par., 1720,
  43.  Also:  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  [de Paris] 1703, Amst.,
  1707, 53.  Also,  irantl.:  K. Akad. d. Wissensch. iu Par.
  . . . Abhandl. 1702-6, Bressl., 1750, ii, 301.  Also, transl.:
  Philos. hist. &  mem.  Rov. Acad. Sc. Par. abr. . .  . 1699-
  1720, Lond., 1742,ii,21.— I.,uiT(J. H.) An abnormal fcetus.
  J. Comp. Med. A Vet. Arch., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 240.-Die
  Kinlay (P.)  Delivery of a schistosoma reflexum.  Vet.
  Rec, Lond., 1904-5, xvii. 564. 1 pl. — UcLai-cn (F. D.)
  Dexter monstrosities.  Vet.  Rec,  Loud., 1902-3, xv, 414.—
  lTIazza  (F.)  Caso di dicefalia derodimica in un  "An-
  guis  fragilis".  Mus. di zool. d. r. Univ.  di Genova, 1892,
  no. 3, 1-6, 1  pl. — iVIazzini (G.) Tin  particolare caso
  teratologico.  Gior. d. r. Soc. ed  Accad. vet. ital., To-
  rino, 1899, xlviii, 651-654. — Megnin (P.) Sur une poule
  k cloaque ii deux orifices.    Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol.,
  Par.,,1896, 10. s., iii, 445.  -----. Sur un  veau  a deux tetes
  vivant.   Ibid.. 448. -----.  TJne  cane a quatre pattes.
  Nature, Par , 1896-7, xxv, pt. 1, 144. —  lTIettam (  A. E.)
  Cyclopia.   Veterinarian,  Lond.,  1897,  lxx.  194-203.—
  iTiilclii'll (P. C.)   On a double chick embryo.  J. Anat.
  A Physiol., Lond., 1890-91, xxv, 316-324, 1 pl!—tloraml,
  Description anatomique  d'un mouton monstrueux.   Hist.
  Acad. roy.  d. sc.  1733,  Par., 1735, 141-146. 2 pl.   Also:
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1733. Amst., 1737,  Mem.,
  197-204, 2 pl.   Also, transl.: K.  Akad. d. Wissensch. in
  Par.  . . . Abhandl.  1733,  Bressl., 1757, viii,  437-443, 2 pl.
  -----.  Description d'un  petit faon de  biche monstrueux
  envoye par le Roi a l'Academie. Hist. Acad.roy. d. sc. 1747,
  Bar., 1752. Mem.. 2!!.— Tloraml A la Moue.  Description
  anatomique d'un veau monstrueux.    Ibid.,  1755, Par.,
  1759, 35-40.—Morvay  (J.)  Ueber eine seltene  Miss-
  geburt.  Berl. tierarztl.  Wchnsehr., 1904. 381-383.  -----.
  Eine fiinffiissige Kuh. Deutsche tieriirztliche Wchnsehr.,
  Hanuov.,  1905, xiii.  345.—Mosse.  Un  bovin  noto-
  mele. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1897, 5. s., i, 513-
  516.—IVcverinaiin.  Eine  Kaibsmissgeburt uud  deren
  Entwickiuug.  Berl. thierarztl. Wchnsehr., 1901, 705-707.—
  Orlandi  (<.)   Note  teratologiche relative  ad  alcuui
  manimiferi.  Boll. d.  mus.  di zool. [etc  ], Genova, 1899,
  no. 86, 1-15, 1 pl.—Osborn  (II. L.) The ana'omy of the
  double calf.  Am. Naturalist. Bost., 1902, xxxvi, 601-614.—
  Ozawa (G.)  [A deformed cat -with two faces and three
  eyes.] Tokyo, Iji Shinshi, 1899,1392-1395.—Petit (G.)  De-
  scription dun monstre doublesysomiendu genre derodyme.
  Rec. de med.  vet., Bar.,  1893, 7. s.,  x, 292-296.—Polyme-
  lia!* (A) caninoinoiistrosity.  Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii. 544.—
  Poole (B. R.)  Another case of schistosoma reflexum and
  mode of delivery.  Vet.  Rec, Lond.,  19(14-5, xvii.  716.—
  de Qiialrefages (A.)   Formation des monstres doubles
  chez les poissons.   Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc,  Bar., 1855,
  xl, 626-629. ------. Reclamation ..  . au  sujet de la reponse
  de M. Coste.  Ibid., 993-997. -----.  Observations sur le
  memoire de M. Coste, relatif k l'origine  de  la  monstruo-
  site double chez les poissons osseux. Ibid., 925-931. -----.
  Memoire  sur  la monstruosite double  chez  les poissons.
  Mem. . . . Soc.  philoniat. [etc.], Par., 1888, 3*-34*.  2 pl.—
  Babauil (E.)  Note snr  le systeme  circulatoire d'un
  poulet  oniphalocephale.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.. Par.,
  1897, 10. s., iv, 327. -----. Essai de teratologie; embryo-
  logie des poulets omphalocephales.  J. de I'anat. et phv-
  siol.  [etc.], Par., 1898, xxxiv, 247; 496;  545. -----.  Etude
  enibr.vologique de l'ourenterie et de la  cordenterie; types
  monstrueux uouveaux se rattachaut k  l'omphalocephalie.
  Ibid., 1900,  xxxvi, 619-634, 5 pl. -----. Etude sur  un em-
  bi yon de poulet  stei nopage et  sur la  familie des  mo-
  nomphaliens  en general.  Bibliog. anat.. Par  &  Nancy,
  1901, ix,  239-271— Kayinondaiid (E.)   Presentation
  d'un veau k deux tetes. J. Soc.  de med. et pharm. de la
  Haute-Vienne. Limoges, 1888, xii, 24-26— Kedikorzcw
   (W.)  Die Zwitterdriisenbildung  einer zusanimengesetz-
  ten  Aseidie.   Zool. Anz.,  Leipz., 1902,  xxv. 484-486.—
   Reggiano.  Un caso di mostruosita semplice  per di- 
MONSTERS.
49
MONSTERS.
Ulonster*  in animals.
  visione anormale dell' addome ed inversione della colonna
  vertebrale.  Gior. d. r. Soc ed  Accad. vet. ital., Torino
  1899, xlviii, 649 651.—Keid (J.)  Case of monstrosity by
  inclusion occurring iu a bitch; also a case where both kid-
  nevs were placed on the same  side of the body.   Lond.
  & Edinb. Month. J.M. Sc, 1845,v,657-665,1 pl. Also.inhis:
  Physiol., anat.  A path, research., 8°, Edinb., 1848, 406-417,
  1 pl—Richter (W.)  Ueber  zwei Angen am Riicken
  eines Huhiichens.   Fest-Schr., Albert v. Kdlliker, Leipz.,
  1887, 361-370, 1  pl.   Also, Reprint.—Rovatti (T.)  Una
  mostruositil.  Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino,
  1905,  liv, 817.—Sangalli  (G.)   Ventriglio di  gallo con
  collo  e capo di pulcino sporgenti dall' alto del suo lato
  siuistro.  Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e  lett.  CI. di sc. ma-
  temat. e nat., Milano, 1896, 3. s., ix, 31-36, 1 pl— Serain.
  Observations anatomiques sur une tete de veau monstru-
  euse. et snr une conformation particuliere de la vessie d'un
  noninie.  J. de  med., chir., pharru. [etc.], I'ar., 1771, xxxvi,
  315-317.—Serres.   Observations  sur la duplicite mons-
  trueuse, faites  k l'occasion  de la communication de M. de
   Quatrefages.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xl,
   629-632. — Sommer (W.)   Ueberzahlige Gliedinassen
  beim  Kalbe.   Beil. tierarztl. Wchnsehr., 1905,  229.—
   Sperino (G.)  Sul midollospinale diunvitellodicephalus
   dipus dibrachius.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Phy-
   siol.,  Leipz., 1890,  vii,  386-395, 1 pl.  Also: Gior. d.  r.
   Accad. di med. di Torino, 1890,  3. s., xxxviii, 526-536.
   Also, transl : Arch. ital. debiol., Turin, 1891, xv, 261-266 —
   Spiegelberg (O.)  Ueber die Verkiimmerung der Geni-
   talien liei (augeblioh) verschieden geschlechtlichen  Zwil-
   lingskalbern.  Ztschr.  f. rat.  Med.,  Leipz. u.  Heidelb.,
   1861, 3. R., xi, 120-131, 1 pl.   Also, Reprint.—Stewart
   (C.)   I Apolymelian canine monstrositv.]  Lancet, Lond.,
   1897,ii,544:  1898, i, 27. Also [Abstr.]: Scient. Am. Suppl.,
   N. Y., 1898, xiv, 18516.—Stock (R. A.) The Dexter breed
   monstrosities.   Vet. Rec, Lond.,  1902,  xv, 402.—Stoss
   (A.)   Missbildungen der Haustiere.  Ergebn. d.  allg.
   Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1896, Wiesb.,  1897,  717-732.—
   Sutton  (J. B.)   Specimens illustrating malformations
   due to dichotomy, in animals.  Illust. M. News, Lond.,
   1889, v, 265;  293. -----. Au acardiac from a  cow. Tr.
   Obst. Soc.  Lond.  (1899),  1900. xii,  97. — Tarn Hi  ( C.)
   Caso di perineo-melus in un maiale.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc.
   d.  Ist. di Bologna, 1884-6, 4. s., vi, 164-170. 1  pl.   Also,
   Reprint. -----. Caso d'hvpognathus antistrophus  in un
   vitello.  Mem.r.Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1889 [1890],
   4. s., x, 325-330.—Tornier (G.)  Ein Fa 1 von  Bolimeiie
   beim  Frosch  mit Nachweis der Entstehungsursachen.
   Zool.  Anz.,  Leipz., 1898,  xxi,  372-379.— Vaillant (L.)
   Monstruosite de la limande commune.   Bull. Soc.  phito-
   mat. de Par., 1891-2, 8. s., iv,  49.—Valenciennes (A.)
   Notice sur un  dauphin a deux tetes rapporte des Antilles.
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1848, xxvii, 249. — Van
   Bambeke (C.)  Note sur une inclusion rencontree dans
   un ceuf de poule.  Livre jubil. public par la Soc. de med.
   de Gand [etc.],  Gand, 1884. 395-410. 1  pl. — Van der
   Slricht ( O.)   Demonstration d'un oeuf double mons-
   trueux fecoude de  rnamniifere.  Bull. Acad. roy. de med.
   de Belg., Brux., 1904. 4. s., xviii, 700-706.—Voltz.  Ueber
   eine Missbildung mit iiberzahliger Bildung.  Wchnsehr.
   f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht,  Munchen. 1897, xii,  455-458.—
   Weissflog.  Zwitterbildungen  bei der Ziege.  Deutsche
   tierarztl. Wchnsehr., Hannov., 1905, xiii, 26-28.— Wil-
   liams (W. L.)  Teratology of the hyo-mandihular gill-
   slit in the horse.   Am. Vet.  Rev., N. T.. 1904-5, xxviii,
   220-255, 3 1., 3 pl.—Wilson (J. H.)  Maldevelopment in a
   foal.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1901-2,  xiv, 710.

 ]?Ionsters from defect  or malformation

   of abdomen and thorax [including  viscera

   and genitals].
     See, also, Hernia ( Umbilical).
     Deshusses (L.-fi.)   * Etude  sur les  monstres
   ce"lo80iniens.   8".  Lille, 1903.
     Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire  (E. )   Considera-
   tions ge'ne'rales  sur la inonstruosit6; et descrip-
   tion d'un genre  nouveau observ6  dans  Pespece
   nmuaine, et noinm6  apalasome.    8°.    [Paris,
   1825.]
     Repr.from: Ann. d. sc. nat., Par.,  1825, iii.

     Struve  (P.  F. W.)   *Eine Frucht mit Even-
   tration  und  mehreren anderen Missbildungen.
   8°.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1-97.
     Zander (K.)    Ueber  Schistosoma des  Men-
   sehen.   Ein Beitrag zur  Eutwickeltuigsniecha-
   nik   unter nornialen   und pathologischen  Ver-
   anderungen.   8°.   Braunschweig,  [1904].
     Cutting  from: Festschr. z. Feier . . . von  Max  Jaffe,
   Brauuschw., 153-185, 1 pl.
     Audebert  & liasaigues.  Evisceration totale chez
   un nouveau-ne.   Toulouse m6d.,  1904,  2. s.,  vi,  265.—

         VOL XI,  2D  SERIES----4
Hlonsters  from  defect or  malformation

  of abdomen and thorax [including viscera

  and genitals].
  Bonnaire (E.) A Bcvraignc (L.)   Evisceration tho-
  racique et decollemcut epiphysaire  de I'extr6mit6 inf6-
  rieure des os de la.janibe droitc chez un fcetus de 4 mois
  expuls6 spontaneiuent.  Bull, et 1116111. Soc. anat. dePar.,
  1904,  lxxix, 704-706. — Bourncvillc & Brian  (P.)
  Ectrom61ie  unilateralc;  rein  unique; inclusion  de  la
  verge;  cloaque v6sico-rectal;  tumeur mixte (fibro-sar-
  coine) du  perin6e.   Recherches clin. et therap. sur l'epi-
  leps.  [etc.] 1886, Par., 1887, vii, 195-205.—Brothers (A.)
  A schistosome. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 338-341.—
  Kronn  ( W.)  A case of gastro-schisis.   Brit.  M. J.,
  Lond., 1890, i,  14.—Burton (J.)  Observation sur un en-
  fant  monstrueux.  Essais et obs.  de med.  de la  Soc.
  d'Edinb.,  Par., 1743, v, 428-429. — Cnrolhcrs  (R.)   An
  infant born with no stomach.  Lancet-Clinic, (,'incin., 1905,
  n.s., liv, 409.—C'hambrelent & l>aubie.  Un monstre
  cielosomien schistosome.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol de
  Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 284.' Also: J. de  in6d. de Boideaux,
  1899,  xxix, 32.—Church (S. K.)   A case of arrested de-
  velopment.  N. York M.  J., 1897, Ixv, 73.—4'orticclli
  (A.)  Alcune osservazioni intorno  a  due anomalie mos-
  truoso esistenti nel gabinetto d' anatomia patologica dell' i.
  e r. University di Siena.  Atti d. Accad. d. sc. di Siena, 1841,
  x, 154-164, 1 pl.—Bareste.  Nouvelles recherches sur le
  mode de formation des monstres omphalocephales et  sur
  la dualite primitive du cceur dans les embryons de l'em-
  branchement des  vert6br6s.   Compt.  rend. Acad. d.  sc.
  Par., 1890, ex, 1142-1144.—Bavid.  Monstre t6ratosome.
  Limousin med., Limojies,  1903, xxvii, 20-22, 1 pl. — Be-
  nieliu & Froussnrd.  Pr6sentatiou d'un foetus mons-
  trueux, avec consid6rations sur le d6veloppement de l'ap-
  pareil genito-urinaire  dans le sexe feminin.   Bull. Soc.
  d'obst. de Par., 1898, 93-99. — Fabris (F.)   Di un feto
  mostruoso.  Ann.  di ostet., Milano,  1895,  xvii, 329-338.—
  Frankenbnrger (J. M.) A monstrosity.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y.,  1896, 1,  514. — Gerard ( G.)   Description d'un
  monstre cfelosomien.   J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par.,
  1899, xxxv, 311-332. — Goode (J. G.) Description  of a
  curious case of malformation ;  child born with heart out-
  side of  its body.   Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1904. xxiv, 229.
  Also: Richmond  J. Pract., 1904,  xviii, 39. — Guinard
   (L.)  Pr6sentation de deux squelettes de monstres c61o-
  somieus.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. rued, de Lyon
   (1892), 1893, xxxii, pt. 2, 131-135. Also: Lyon med., 1892,
  lxxi, 161-165. — Hawkins (V. J.)   A case of malfor-
  mation in a foetus at the  eighth  month;  fcetus schis-
  tosomic;  [ectopia viscerum] with sympodic lower extrem-
  ities; placenta adherent to peritoneum of fcetus. North-
  west. Lancet,  St. Paul, 1892, xii, 70.—Heryford (W. B.)
   An obstetrical anomaly.  N. Am. Pract.,  Chicago,  1889, i,
  428.—Hildebrand (H.)  A Hess  (O.)  Eventratio dia-
  phragmatica (angeborener Hochstand des  Zwerchfells) im
  Rontgenbild.  Phys.-med. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, i, 337.—
   Hirigoycn (L.)  Monstrecelosomien, agenosome, spina-
  biflda.  Bull.  Soc. d'anat.  et physiol.  . . . de Bordeaux,
   1884, v, 239-241— Hirst (B. C.) 'A  specimen of defective
  development of the abdominal wall and eventration, cyllo-
   Boma, presented to the Wistar Museum  by  I. Leopold.
   Med. News, Phila., 1895, Ixvi, 213.   Also,  Reprint.—Hu-
   bert (A.) Description d'un foetus  nionstruenx du genre
  des agenosomes (classification d'lsidore-Geoffroy Saint-
  Hilaire).  J. de in6d., chir. et Pharmacol.,  Brux., 1887,
  lxxxiv, 615-618.—Jewett (C.)  Monstrosity.   Brooklyn
  M. J., 1897, xi, 132-137.—Johnston  (J. A.) Extrusion
  of the intestines.   Ciucin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., Ii, 64.—
  Joly (N.)  M6moire sur  un nouveau genre de monstres
  celosomiens, pour lequel Tauteur propose le  nom  de dra-
  contisome.  [Abstr.|   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,
  1848, xxvi, 507.—Kreinberg.  Schistosoma reflexum.
  Berl. tierarztl. Wchuschr., 1904, 790.— I<amari (A.)   Di
   un feto mostruoso; nota clinica ed autopsia.  Riv. clin. e
  terap., Napoli, 1896, xviii, 60-62. — liauducci (F.)  Di una
  interessante  malformazione dello scheletro  in feto mos-
   truoso.  Ann. di  ostet., Milano, 1893,  xv, 251-262, 2 pl.—
   E<eavitt(F.)  Caseof conjieuital eventration; fetus born
  dead at seventh month.   Northwest.  Lancet, Minneap.,
   1902, n. s., xxii, 319.—Lcnicry.  Acouchemeus monstru-
  eux.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  1704,  Par.,  1722, 21.   Also:
  Hist. Acad. roy.  d.  sc. [de Paris)  1704.  Amst., 1707, 26.
  Also, transl.: K. Akad.d. Wissensch. in Par. . . .  Abhandl.
   1704, Bressl., 1750,  ii, 388.—Lilwall-C'ormac  (J.)   Fis-
   sure  of the sternum; ectopia  of the heart.  Brit. M. J.,
   Lond.,  1903, i, 1320.—liittrc (A.)  Sur un fcetus humain
   monstrueux.  Hist. Acad. d. sc. 1709, Par., 1711, 9-16.
  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. ...  Abhandl.
   1709, Bressl., 1751, iii, 467-473.—Lock wood (H.) & Ad-
   dison  (C.)  Case of gastroschisis.  Quart.  M. J., Shef-
  field, 1898-9, vii, 231-233, 1 pl.— l,voll (I. M.)  K kazuis-
   tikle urodstv ploda (polnoye otsutstviye  naruzhnikh mo-
   chepolovikh  organov;  zachatochnoye sostoyaniye  vnu-
  trenuikh; chrezmlernoye skopleniye  zhidkosti v  moche-
   vom  puziile, posluzhivsheye prepyatstviyem dlya rodov).
   [Foetal monstrosity;  complete absence  of  the external
   genito-urinary organs; embryonal condition of the inter- 
MONSTERS.
50
MONSTERS.
Jlonwlers  from defect or malformation

  of abdomen and thorax  [including viscera

  and genitals].
  ual ones; excessive accumulation of liquid in the urinary
  bladder, serving  as a hindrance to labor.] J. akush. i
  jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1902, xvi, 171-175.—Mac-
  m ah on (J. R.)   An euibryological curiosity.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1898, ii,  686.—Ularchese (B.)  Rara mostruositk
  fetale in donna sifilitica.  Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Roma-
  Napoli,  1900, vii,  475-496, 1  pl. -Martin Gil (R.)  Uu
  caso de  teratologia.  An. de obst., fiiuecopat.  y  pediat.,
  Madrid, 1895, xv,  137-141. -----. Un caso de teratolopia.
  Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1900, xlix. 329-333.—
  ITIaygrier.  Fcetus atteint d'eventration.  Bull. Soc.
  d'obst. de Par., 1898,  17-19. -----.  Foetus c61osomien et
  hydrocephale.  Ibid., 19-28.—Merlini Varisco (Ernii-
  nia).  Di una mostruosita. fetale rara.  Gior. p. lelevatiici,
  Milano, 1890, iv, 13-16.—iTIery.  Sur une exomphale mons-
  trous-.  Hist. Acad, row d.  sc. 1716, Par., 1718, 17.  Also :
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1716, Amst., 1719, Mem.,
  178-189,  2 pl.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in
  Par. . . . Abhandl. 1716, Bressl., 1753, iv, 519-527. -----.
  Observations faites sur un  fcetus humain montrueux, et
  propos6es k l'Acad6mie.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1720, Par.,
  1722, Mem.. 8-14.   Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris]
  1720, Amst., 1724, Mem., 9-17.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d.
  Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1720, Bressl., 1754, v, 389-
  395.— IrliNtikiu  (M. M.) Monstrum humanum  kyphos-
  coliosum cum spina bifida et consecutivo abdominis hiatu
  et lienis genitalium vesicae urinaria extremitatum inferio-
  ruin et funiculi umhilicalis  defectu depravatum.  Trudi
  Obsh. Russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb. (1885-6), 1888, liii, 56-61.—
  Mitchell  (T. H.)  Presentation  of abdominal  viscera.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 196.—Murillo (A.) Los celo-
  somianos;  un schistosomo.  Rev. m6d. de Chile,  Sant. de
  Chile, i892, xx, 49-57, 2 pl.—O'Farrell (M.  Z.)  Nina
  nacida con eventracion de los organos ahdominales.  Se-
  manamed., Buenos Aires, 19Q3, x, 815.—Ok inch its (L.)
  K kazulstikle  vrozhdennikh urodstv.   [ Monster. ]   J.
  akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1905, xix, 601-609.—
  Petit.  Description d'un foetus difforme.  Hist. Acad.
  roy. d. sc. 1716,  Par.,  1718, 89-95. Also: Hist. A.  ad. roy.
  d. sc. [de Paris] 1716. Amst., 1719,  M6m., 114-121.  Also,
  transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1716,
  Bressl.,  1753, iv, 559-564.—Poitrine (Sur la) d'un eutant
  nouveau-ne difforme.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1733, Par.,
  1735, 27-29.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1733,
  Amst., 1737, 37-40.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  in Par.  . . . Abhandl.  1733,  Bressl., 1757, viii, 391-394.—
  Kay baud  & Bruneau,   Note d'autopsie  sur  un
  monstre celosomien.   Marseille med., 1902,  xxxix, 438.—
  Kischpler (A.)  Ueber  drei Falle von  Eventration.
  Arch. f. Entwckliigsmechn.  d. Organ., Leipz., 1898, vi, 556-
  596, 1 pl.—Bisso Dominguez (J. C.)  Historia clinica
  de uu caso de teratologia bumana.  Prim. reun. d.  Cong.
  cient. Lat. Amer., Buenos Aires, 1898, iv, 700-702. — Boe
  (C. D.)  A remarkable case.  Lancet, Lond., 1889, i, 324.—
  Boot (Eliza H.)   Celosomus; varietv, schistosomes; re-
  covery.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. (1894-5), 1896, i, 247-252.—
  Schmidt (C. G.)  A case of total eventration.   N. York
  M. J., 1900, lxxii, 710.—Sheffield (H. B.)   A case  of ab-
  dominothoracopagus.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 440-
  442.  Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, xvi,
  294-290.—Subraraania Iyer (M. P.)  A peculiar case
  of a freak of nature in a new-horn child.  Indian  Lancet,
  Calcutta, 1903. xxi, 391.—Taruffi (C.)  Intorno ad un feto
  umano privo degli organi generativi e dell' uretra (ageno-
  soma).  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1894, 5. s.,
  iv, 73-98, 1 pl. -----. [Criptomele; pleuro-gastro-schisi.]
  Rendic.  r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1896-7, n. s., i,
  4-10, 1 pl.  Also, Reprint.- Todd (G. B.)  A case of foetal
  malformation showing ectopy of the liver, omentum, and
  bladder.  Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 142.—Toff (E.)  Un caz
  de toraco-gastropagus.  Rev. de chir., Bucurestl,  1902, vi,
  423.—Treadway (W. A.B.) A monstrosity."Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1896, xlix, 88.—Van Beusen (E. H.)  Monstrosity
  bv defect; abdominal walls and diaphragm absent.  Tr.
  Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn. 1890, Phila., 1891, xxvi, 149-152.—
  Vecchi (M.)  Studio anatomo-patologico di un caso di
  schistosoma con specialeriguardo alia genesi di detta forma
  teratologica. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1904, xiii,
  137; 215; 273.— Wagler  (C. G.)  Beschryving van  een
  wauschapen vrugt van agt maanden, met een gesloten aars
  ter waereld gekonien; descriptio fcetus octimestris nion-
  strosi cum ano imperforate nati. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de
  Holland. Maatsch. d. Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1779-80, xix,
  255-320,  3 pl. —Wodyriski (R.)  Thoracogastroschisis.
  Jahrb. d. bosn.-hercesr.  Landesspit. in Sarajevo 1894-6,
  Wien, 1898,843-846.—Wolff(B.) Zur Keuntniss der Miss-
  geburten mit Erweiterung der fotalen Harnblase.  Arch.
  f. Gvnaek., Berl., 1901-2, lxv, 299-317,1 pl. Also: Ztschr. f.
  Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1901, xiv, 383-386.—Yocinu
  (C.  A.)  A case  of monstrosity.  [Abstr.]  Hahneman.
  Month., Phila., 1890,  xxv, 773.
Hlonsters from defect or malformation of
  brain, cranium, or face  [including neck].
    See, also, Monsters (Acephalous).
    Ball  ( L. )   * Ueber  zwei  Fiille von Hemi-
  cephtilie.  8°.   Bonn, 1890.
    Hang (J.)  Abhaiullung iiber eine Misgeburt
  dereu Gehirn iu einem  Bentel vom Nacken hiu-
  unter auf den Rticken   hing;  nebst  Vermu-
  thungeu  iiber  die  Ursachen  tier Misgebnrten,
  Mutterr.na.ler und  dergl.   Aus dem  Danischen
  iibersetzt von D. M. H. Mendel.  8°.  Kopenha-
  gen cf- Leipzig, 1S01.
    Bauer (F. G. J.)   * Untersuchungen iiber den
  Schiidel der  Hemicephaleli mit besonderer  Be-
  riicksichtigung der Felsenbeine.  4°.  Marburg,
  186:5.
    Becker  (E.)  * Beitrag zur Lehre  von  den
  mensehlichen Missbildungen,  insbesondere   der
  Cyklopie.   8°.   Wiirzburg, 1903.
    Burger (M.)  * Vier  Falle von Hcmicephalie.
  8°.   Berlin, [1881].
    Calori (A.)   De fcetu humauo monoculo.   4°.
  Bononias, 1840.
    De Fleurian (M.-O.-H.)  *L'anence"phale et
  ses  reactions vitales, sensitivo-motriees en par-
  ticulier.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1903.
    Ebeling (A.)  *Ein  Fall  von  Hemicephalie.
  8°.   Halle a. S., 1886.
    Fleischer (B.)   * Ueber einen Fall von Akra-
  nie  mit  Amnionverwachsuug  uud  seitlicher
  Nasenspalte  und   liber  einen  Fall von Noth-
  enceplialie;   eiu   Beitrag  zur   Theorie    der
  Hemicephalie.   [Tubingen.]   8°.   Rudolstadt,
  1898.
    Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tu-
  bing., Brnschwg., 1894-9, ii,  430-443,  2 pl.
    Fiuese  ( C.  R.  H. )   * Ein  Fall von Exen-
  cephalie und  anderen  Missbildungen, entstan-
  den  durch  amniotische Bander.   8°.   Leipzig,
  1899.
    Hannover (A.)  Den  meuneskelige  Hjerne-
  skals Bygning ved anencephalia og Misdannel-
  sens Forhold til Hjerneskallens Primordialbrtisk.
  [The structure of the human  cranium  in anen-
  cephalia and the relation of the deformity to  the
  primordial cartilage of the skull.]  4°.  KjQben-
  havn,  1882.
    Cutting from: M6m. Acad. roy. de Copenhague,  1882,
  6. s., i, no. 8, 369-395,  2 pl.
    ------.  Deu  meuneskelige  Hjerneskals  Byg-
  ning ved Cyclopia og Misdannelsens Forhold til
  Hjerneskallens  Primordialbrusk.  [The struc-
  ture of the human cranium in  cyclopia and  the
  relation of the  deformity of the skull to the pri-
  mordial cartilage.]   4°.  KjQbenharn. 1hs4.
    Cutting from: M6m. Acad. roy. de Copenhague,  1884,
  6. s., i, no. 9, 399-502,  3 pl.
    ------.  De  menneskelige  Hjerueskals  Byg-
  ning ved Synotia  og Misdannelsens Forhold til
  Hjerneskallens  Primordialbrusk.  [The  struc-
  ture of the human  cranium  in synotia  and  the
  relation of the  deformity to  the  primordial car-
 ' tilage of the skull.]  4D.   Kjfibenhavn,  188J.
    Cutting from:  M6m. Acad. roy. de Copeuhajnie,  18^4
  6. s., i, no. 10, 505-532, 1 pl.
    Hartmann (O.)  * Ueber einen Fall ven  Hy-
  dreucephalocele und Verwachsung derselben  mit
  dem Amnion placentale.  8°.  Kiel, 1901.
    Hegler (J.)  *Das  Auge bei Anencephalie.
  8°.    Wiirzburg,  1893.
    Horrmann (A.)  * Zur Kenntnis der Cyklopie
  mit  besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihre.- Aetiolo-
  gie.   8°.   Munchen,  1903.
    K5hne  (G.)  * Ueber  Haseuscharten-Kiefer-
  spalte mit Beriicksichtigung der Cyclopie.   8°.
  Gbttingen, 1895. 
MONSTEKS.
MONSTERS.
Monsters/Vow defect or malformation of
  brain,  cranium, or face [including  neck].
    Lahr (M. E.)   *  Ein  Fall selteuer  Missbil-
  dung.   [Erlangen.]   8°.  Neuwied, 1895.
    Lavagna (F.)  jr.   Descrizione  anatomica di
  un  mostro umano, coll' aggiunta di alcune rifles-
  sioni ad esso relative.   12°.  Genova, 1817.
    van  Lis  (W.)   Waarneming  van  een vol-
  dragcn kind, zonder voor-, opper- en  agterhoofd,
  en zonder hersseuen, levend ter weereld gekomen
  binen  Hergen-op-den-Zooni,  den  12  September
  17.-0.   4\   [n. p., 1780, vel subseq.]
    Magms (R.)   * Uelur  das anatomische Ver-
  halten  der  Nebenniereu, der  Thyreoidea und
  Thymus und des Sympathicus bei Hemicephalen.
  8°.   Kbnigsberg, 1889.
    Mahler  (E.)   * Ein  Beitrag zur  Theorie di r
  Hemicephalie.   [Tubingen.]    8°.  Rudolstadt,
  1896.
    Also,  in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zn
  Tubing., Brnschwg., 1894-9, ii, 421-429, 1 pl.
    Mirtsch   (A.)    Eine  Frucht  mit  Hydren-
  cephalocele  und  anderen Missbildungen.  12°.
  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 189*.
    Ovio (G.)  Caso di  auoftalmo bilaterale.  8°.
  Padova, 1904.
    Perk (J.)   * Eine  unzeitige Frucht mit Na-
  ckencysten.  8C.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr.,  [1893].
    Pokorw (K.)   Ein Moitstrum mit Aprosopie,
  als  ein kleiuer Beitrag zur Anatomie der Mon-
  strosittiteu beschrieben von . . .  8°.   Wien, 1862.
    Cutting from: Sitzuugsb.  d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien,  xlvi.
    DE Puyt (J.)   Berieht vau een wanschapen
  kind,  zonder  hersenpan  of  liersenen  geboren.
  8'.   [Middelburg, 1790.]
    Cutting from: Verhandel. van 't Zeeuwsch. Genootsch.
  d. Wetensch. te Vlissingen, Middelburg, 1790, 461-472,1 pl.
    Quicken (YV.)  * Zur Genese der  Hemicepha-
  lie.  8C.  Halle a. S.,  1885.
    Renner  (C. W. T.)   * Ueber einen Fall  von
  Cyklopie, Polydactylie, Uterus bicoruis duplex
  und Vagina septa.   8°.   Halle a. S., 18.^9.
    Romey (E.)    * Ein  Epignathus  mit  cyclo-
  poider Gesichtsbildung.   8°.   Kbnigsberg  i. Pr.,
  1892.
    Schildkner (C. G. M.)   * Eiu Fall von  Hemi-
  Cyclo-Rhinocephalus  mit  Spina-bifida.  8C.
  Berlin, [1?*7].
    Sciiurh'>ff (C.)   Zur Keuntniss des Central-
  Nervensvstems  der Hemicephalen.  43.   Cassel,
  1894.
    Schulte (H.)  * Ueber einen Fall von  Hemi-
  cephalia.   Ein Beitrag  zur Mechanik der Ge-
  staltung des Schadels.  8°.  Bonn, 1^95.
    Stoeckl  (H.)  # Ueber einen Fall von  Anen-
  cephalie mit Krvptorchismns.    8°.  Munchen,
  1904.
    Storia di un monocolo, con alcune riflessioni.
  8-.   Bologna, 1793.
    Taruffi  (C.)   Caso di cyclops dirrhinus nella
  speci-nmana.  Osservazione.  h°.  Bologna, 1^95.
    Repr.from:  Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
   1895.
    Thewalt(P.)  * Ueber Cranio-Rhachisschisis,
  nebst  Mittheilung eines  seltenen Falles  dieser
  Missbildung.  8°.   Wiirzburg,  1889.
    Wichura (M.)  * Zwei Fiille von  Anencepha-
  lie.  8°.  Berlin, 1902.
    vox Zehender ([C] W.)  Eine Missgeburt
  mit  hautiiberwachsenen  Augen.   Gratulations-
  schrift im Namen der medicinischen  Facultiit zu
  Rostock.  8°.   Rostock, 1872.
    Abbott (F. W.)  Hydrocephalic monster, and a tetan-
  oid stricture, with placental adhesion.  Tr. Nat. Eclect.
  M.  Ass., Cincin., 1897-8, xxv, 117.—Abbott (Maud E.) &
   Iiockhart (F. A.L.)  Inicncephabis. J.Obst; A Gynsec.
  Brit. Emp.,  Lond..  1905,  viii, 236-241, 5 pl.—Alezais.
  Monstre peracephale.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par.,
Monsters from defect or malformation of

  brain, cranium, or face  [including neck].
  1891, 9. s., iii, 437-440. Also: Marseille meiI., 1891, xxviii,
  425-430.  -----. Monstre cyclope;  genre cyclocephalien.
  Marseille med., 1896,  xxxiii, 487-492.—Allen (F. H.)  Cy-
  clopia.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, 1, 249— Altsliulci  (E.)
  Sluchai  anencephalus'a i  acranise v  zemskol pruktikle.
  [Case of . . . and ... in rural practice.]  Med. bcsleda, Vo-
  ronezh 1902, xvi.  354.—Anderson (J. A.)  Report of a
  monstrosity.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1888-9, xx, 486.—
  Andre (E.)   Sur un cas  <lc teratologie.  Compt.  rend.
  Soc. do biol.. Par.. 1893, 9. s , v, 674.—Angell (E.  B.) &
  Elnnrr (S L.)  Observations upon an anencephalic mon-
  ster  Tr M. Ass. Centr. N. Y„ 1894,  Buffalo, 1895, 59-62.
  Also: Buffalo M. A S. J., 1894-5. xxxiv, 462-466.—A pert
  (E.)  Monstre pseudcnccplialc avec hemic ombilicale et
  malformations genitalcs; naissance au teime de 7 u.ois;
  mort peu apres la naissance.  Bull, ct mem. Soc. obst. et
  gynec.de Par., 1891, 285-289.—dcAigiimona (J.) padre.
  Noticia referente & un feto monstrous".  Bol. Soc. antrop.
  de Cuba, Habana, 1879-86, i, 128.—Armstrong (W.) A
  case of monstrosity.   Lancet. Lond.,1891, i,657.—AschoflT.
  Ueber Agnathie lind das Verhalten der Znngc bei dersel-
  ben.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl.,  1901,
  xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 94.—Audi-her t (J.)  Bride amniotique
  et malformations multiples <l<- la face et du crane.   Ann.
  de  gynec.  et d'obst., Par.,  1905, 2. s., ii, 3«2-366.  Also:
  Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de pa-diat. de Par.,
  1905, vii, 97-101.—Austin  (A. E.)  A cas  ot alienee pha-
  lic  monster. Internat. M.  Mag., Phila., 1894-5. iii,  268-
  270,1 pl.—Bacon (C. S.)  A case of anencephalus.  Am.
  J. Obst. N. Y., 1902,  xlvi, 383.—Ball  (M. V.)  A  caso of
  noto-exencephalus.  Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898,  xviii, 365.
  Ali$: Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 266.—Ballance (H. S.) A
  case of anencephalic foetus. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1893),
  1894,xxxv,297-302.—Ballantyne (J. W.)  Thesectional
  anatomy of an anencephalic, fetus.  Tr. Edinb. Obst, Soc,
  1891-2, xvii, 228-239.  Also: J. Anat.  A Physiol., Lond.,
  1891-2, xxvi, 516-529. -----.  Anencephalic fetus,  with
  spina bifida in the cervical region.  Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc,
  1892-3, xviii, 256.  -----. An exenceplmlic fcetus.   Ibid.,
  1893-4, xix, 49.  ----. A pseudocnci phalic fetus.   Ibid.,
  50.  -----. Aueucephaly, with retroflexion of  the  spine
  and double hair lip and cleft palate.  Ibid., 1894-5, xx, 163.
  -----. Iniencephaly.  Teratologia, Lond. A Edinb., 1895,
  ii, 87; 287,  5 pl.—Ballard (C.N.)  A case of exeucepha-
  lia.  Am.  Gvnaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1K96, ix, 744-748.
  Also,  Reprint.—Banchi (A.)  Del cranio e del cervello
  di due ciclopi; il corpo calloso pud  esistere nei cervelli ad
  emisferi non separati; 1' ipoflsi e la tromba olfattiva.   Spe-
  rimentale.  Arch, di biol.,  Firenze,  1905, lix,  201-220.—
  Bannan  (Theresa).  A  case of monstrosity.   Med.
  Rec,  N. Y., 1894, xiv, 788. — Barani (F.)  Sopra un
  raro caso  di anencefalia ripetuta.  Arte ostet., Milano,
  1905, xix, 129-136.—Barney (D.) A case of pseudenceph-
  alus.  Tr. Luzerne  Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1903, xi,
  145. — Barreras (A.)  La anencefalia  bajo el punto de
  vista  de la teratologia y  de  la obstetricia seguido de
  una observacion clinica personal.  Rev. de med. y ciruj.
  de  la Habana, 1897,  ii. 3:d-345.  Also:  Independ. med.,
  Barcel., 1897-8, xxix, 133-140.—Beattie (H.)   A case of
  anencephalous  monster.  Lancet,  Lond., 1904,  ii, 1712.—
  Beck (H. G.)  Report of a tare case  of monstrosity. J.
  Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. A Surg. Bait.,  1900-1901. iii. 44-
  48,1 pl.  Also:  Maryland M.J"., Bait., 1900, xliii, 448-452.—
  Kclhomnir,  Note sur  un monstre  hyperenc ephale.
  Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc,Par., 1846, xxiii. 44-51.—Bi-mli-r
  (X.) A Ijeri (A.)  Sur la prolongation possible de ladurce
  de la grossesse dans les cas d'aneucephalie.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de  biol.,  Par., 1903, lv, 1136.-----------.  De. l'atro-
  phie des capsules surrenales chez les fetus auencephales.
  Ibid., 1137-1139.—Bctancourt (A.)   Observacion clinica
  de  uu feto aerdneo,  bajo el  punto  de  vista obstetrico.
  Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1895-6. vii. 276-
  288.  Also: Progreso med., Habana,  1896, viii, 81-87.—
  Bidon.   Note sur un monstre exencephalien notenc6-
  phale.  An.jou  med., Anders, 1903, x, 106. — Bignami
  (E.)  Uu  caso strano di mostruosita fetale.  Rassegna
  d'ostet. eginec, Napoli, 1895, iv,388-395.—Birmingham
  (A.)  On the nerve supply of the sternalis in an  anen-
  cephalous  fietus.  Tr. Hoy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1889,
  vii, 877. — KiNsell (Helen W.)  A podeneephalous mon-
  ster.  Am. J. Obst., N.Y.J89J, xxv. 487-489, 1 pl.-Blok.
  En geval  van  cvclopie.  Nederl.  Ti.jdschr. v.  Ceneesk.,
  Amst.,1894, 2. R.'xxx, pt. 2, 414-417.—Blondean.  Mon-
  stre anencephale, proveuant d'une grossesse iicincllairc,
  division du voile du  palais et de. la vobte palatine.  Bull.
  med.  du nord. Lille,  1893, xxxii, 145-148.—Boch.  [Mon-
  stre micephalo (Oeoffroy-Saint-Hilaire) acardiaque.]  Ann.
  Soc. d'anat. path, de lirux., 1882, no.  31, 90-94. —Bock
  ( E. )   Besehreibung eines atypischen  Cyclojis.   Klin.
  Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,  Stuttir.,  1889, xxvii, 508-5'22.—
  Boissard (A.)   Di-ux cas do monstruosite fetale: (I)
  Podenccphalie; (II) Anencephalie:  du idle des brides
  amniotiques.  Bull. Soc. dohst.de Par., 1903, vi, 173-176.—
  Bolster (F )  An anencephalous monster. Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1897, i, 1346.—Bonnaire (E.) Note sure un cas 
MONSTERS.
52
MONSTEKS.
Ifl ousters from defect or malformation of

   brain, cranium, or face  [including neck],
   de monstre exencephaben iuiencephale.  Arch, de tocol.
   et de gynec, Par., 1892, xix. 275-282.—Bonnaire (E.) A
   Bosc (G.) Moustreexeneephalienhvperencephale.  Bull.
   Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1902, v, 190-195.—"Bonnenfant A de
   Boris,  Observation d'un fetus monstre cyclopedu sexe
   feminin.  Union med. dunord-est,Reims,1901,xxv, 89-93.—
   Bosc (G.)  Monstre pseudeneephalien thlipsencephale.
   Bull, et  mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 910.—Boury
   ( P.)   Monstre  anencephalien, genre aneucephale, com-
   plique d'agenesie.  Gaz. med. de Picardie. Amiens, 1888,
   vi.   iY;!8.  Boirrrnmii  (A. C.), Hinuian (G. R.)
   A. .YlcCuIlough (J. W. S.|   Anencephalous monsters, j
   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 309.—Boyd (G. M.)  Dysto-
   chea due to an  anencephalic  monster;  notes on a case.
   Aiii.Gjniec. AObst. J., N.Y., 19u0. xvi,97-100.—Bradley.
   [Anencephalous fetus weighing 15£ pounds.J Rep. Proc.
   Northumb.  A Durham M. Soc. Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
   1876-7.  81.—Branfoot ( A. M.)  [A cyclops with'the
   nasal aperture above the nose.] Tr. South Indian Branch
   Brit. M. Ass., Madras, 1891-2, iv, 95, 2 pl. —Bratkoff
   (N. X.)  [Hemicephalia, microphthalnms i prirashtsheuiye
   k golovkle poslieda.]  [.  . . and placenta adherent to the
   head.)   Univ. Izviest. [Protok. Akush.-Ginek. Obsh., 1902,
   75), Kiev, 1904,  xliv.—Brnnn  (G.)  Hemicephalus mit
   Simonart'schen amniotischen  Bandera.   Wien. med. BL,
   1888, xi, 1623.— Brayn (P. J.) A Stuck (S.)  A case of
   hemicephalic monster.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1X96, ii. 1769.—
   Brissand (E.) & Bruandet.  Un cas d'ain-ncephalie
   avec amvelie.  X. iconog. de la Salpetriere, I'ar.. lon.'i. xvi,
   133-143,  3 pl.—Brace (A.)  On a human cyclops.  Proc.
   Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1x92-5,  xx. 412-421, 3 pl.— Builin.
   Observation de monstre aneucephale.  J. de med. def'ar.,
   1890, 2. s., ii, 375-377.  Also: Rev. obstet. et gynec, Par.,
   1890, vi, 227-234.— Bulloch (W.)   The  central nervous
   system of an anencephalous fetus.  J. Anat. A Physiol.,
   Loud., 1J94-5,  xxix, 276-281.— Burton ( T. W. )  An
  iniencephalic monster.   Eclect. M.  J., Cincin., 1897, lvii,
   209-213.—C'alamida  (I).)  Contributo alio studio della
   ciclopia.  Arch,  scient.  d. r.  Soc.  ed Accad. vet. ital.,
   Torino,  1904, ii, 129-138.—Calori (L.)   Descrizione aua-
  tomica di un iperencefalo umano.  Mem. Soc. med.-chir. di
   Bologna, 1843-4, iii, 297-314.  A Iso, Reprint. -----.  Storia
   di un proencefalo umano notabile  per  le parti cefaliche
  extra ed intracraniensiepelteschioosseo.  Mem.r. Accad.
  d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1889 [1890], 4. s., x, 275-300, 4 pl.—
   Canon (J. J.)   A fetai monstrosity.  Med. News. Phila.,
   1892, Ix, 436.—Caracache (A.)   [Fcetus  monstrueux.J
  Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1895-6,  xxxviii, 228-230.
  -----. Foetus monstrueux humain  anencephale sans As-
  sure spinale et avec bifidite faciale.  Ann. de g\nec. et
  d'obst., Par., 1899, Iii, 497-500.   Also, Reprint.—Caimalt
   (C.)  Preliminary report on a case of cyclopia.  Proc. Ass.
  Am. Anat. 1900,  Wash., 1901. xiv, 93-104, 2 pl.—C'aaabo
   (R.)  Trescasosdeanencefalos. Crdn.med.-quir. de la Ha-
  bana, 1894, xx, 372-374. — Cnnsonle.   Monstre anence-
  phale.  Marseille med., 1892. xxix, 398-400.  Also: Gaz. d.
  hop. de Toulouse, 1892, vi, 249. -----. Etude sur les mons-
  truositesdu crflne: exencephales. pseudeneepliales, anence-
  phales.   Marseille med., 1893, xxx, 161-168.—de Castro
  Lopo (J.)  Acephalia iucompleta.  Rev. portugiieza de
  med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1900, viii, 193-203.—Caussin.
  Un fetus aneucephale.   Gaz.  med. de Picardie,  Amiens,
  1904, xxii, 21-27.   Coloni (R. T. M.) Bambino nato colla
  testa di  lepre; e dei mostri, che  son degni di battesimo, e di
  vita.  Racdi op. med. mod. ital., Bologna, 1828, vii, 85-87.—
  Charlier (E.)   Observation  d'un  monstre humain no-
  tencephale.  Ann. Soc. med.-chir.deLiege, 1865. iv,287-301,
  lpl.  Also.Reprint.—Charon. Monstrepseudo-encepha-
  lien.  Pressc med. beige.  Brux., 1889, xii, 75.—Coats (J.)
  An anencephalous fetus (cranioschisis) with open spina
  bifida (rachischisis).  Glasgow M. J., 1890, xxxiv, 183-186.—
  Coe (H. C.)  Case of anencephalus in a twin pregnancy.
  N.York J. Gyusec A Obst., 1894, iv, 431, 1 pl.—Cohn (M.)
  Monstru unitar autosit, rehinocephal din farailia cycloce-
  phalienilor.  Rev. de chir., BucurestI, 1905, ix, 167-171.—
  Colin  (G.)   Desciiption  d'un  'monstre  cyclocephale.
  [Abstr. 1  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1856, xliii, 1013.—
  Coni (E. R.)  Mdnstruo autosito ciclocefalico rinocefalo.
  An. d. Dep. nac. de  hig., Bueuos Aires,  1891, i. 203-205.—
  C'ouklin (W. L.)  A pseudencephalic monster.  Tr. M.
  Ass. Central N. Y.  1x95.  Buffalo, 1896.54-57.  Also: Buf-
  falo  M.  J.,  1895-6,  xxxv,  638-642.-Cordes.   Case of
  monstrosity  Brit. Gynsec J., Lond., 1x87, iii, 405-408.—
  Cosmctlatos (G.-F.)  Del'oeil des anencephales.  Arch.
  d'opht.,  Par., 1905, xxv, 362-373.— Cotterelle (L.)  Mons-
  truosite  fa-tale a terme et viable.  Gaz. med. de Picardie,
  Amiens, 1900, xviii 148.—Cousin  (G.)  Un cas de tera-
  tologic;  fetus aneucephale; bec-de-lievre unilateral hemi-
  nielie; anomalie de l'usophage.  N. Montpel. med., 1894,
  iii, 795-801.  Crawford (J. W.)   An  obstetrical  anom-
  aly.  Hahiieiiian.  Month., Phila., 1903, xxxviii. 257-261.—
  Cu I leu.  Anencephalus with spina bifida.  Tr. Edinb.
  Obst. Soc. 1891-2. xvii, 194— Dana (C. L.)  Report of a
  case  of anencephaly, with a microscopical study bearing
  on its relation to  the sensory motor tracts.  J. Nerv. A
  Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1888, xiii, 21-32.—Daniel (C.) Mons- '
Jlonsters from defect  or malformation of

  brain, cranium, or face [including neck].
  tie aneucephale  (genre den nee.phale).   Bull,  et  mem.
  Soc. anat.  de Par., 1902,  lxxvii. 965-969.—Baniel  &
  Philippe (V.)  Dobos Janos (Vogelkopl'knabe de Vir-
  chow), ne a Battonya (Hongrie), en  mars lssl.  Clinique,
  Brux., 1902. xvi, 689-696.—Bareste.  Mode de formation
  de la cvclopie.   Ann. d'ocul.,  Par., 1891, cvi,  171-182 —
  Be  l.ee (J. B.)   [A hypoplasic monster.)   J. Am. M.
  Ass.. Chicago. 1896, xxvi,  431.—Descoa (A.)   Monstre
  aneucephale. Lyon med., 1902, xcix, 293.—Desormeaux
  A Gerrais (P.) Sur un fetus humain monstrueux de-
  vant former un genre k part sous le nom de pseudocephale.
  Compt.rend. Acad, d.sc, Par., 1X60,1, 443-445.—Detroye.
  Monstre paracephalien.   Limousin med., Limoges, 1898,
  xxii, 49.—Dodge  (F. A.)  Exencephalon.  Northwest.
  Lancet, St.  Paul, 1897, xvii,  213-215.—Douglas (C.)  A
  case of hemicephalic monster.   Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1897, i,
  263.—Droin &  Chaput.  Exencephalic;  description
  du crane et du  cerveau.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1889,
  lxiv, 644-647.—Drouel. Description d'un monstre cyclo-
  cephale du  sexe feminin  ayant  vecu neuf jours. Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par..  1859, xlviii, 993— Duarle Fer-
  reira (H.) A Nogueira  Dias (E. L.)   Urn caso de
  notencephalo.   Rev. portugueza de  med. e cirurg. prat.,
  Lisb.,  1900. viii,  102-104— Dueniling (H. A.) A case
  of anencephalus.   Fort Wayne M.  Mag., 1896, iv,  105-
  109. — Duloroy.  Monstre paracephalien  et  dystocia
  fetale.  Actualite med., Par.,  1897,  ix, 40-42.—I)union
  &  Savelli.    Observation d'un   fetus cyclocephale
  (variete anopse).  Marseille med., 1903, xl, 455-469.—Du-
  ra ml & Georchiu.  Observation de  monstre pseud-
  encephale thlypseucephal.   Med. inf., Par., 1899, ii,  22-
  27. — Dutt (A.  C.)   An anencephalous monster.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond.,  1897,  i, 1090. — Dzicworiski (W.)   Trzy
  przypadki  potwordw (  monstrum ) pod  postaci^  braku
  czaszki (acrania).  [Three cases of monstrosity (acrania).]
  Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1902, xii, 456.—Kllioit  (G.)  An-
  encephalus. Dominion M. Month..Toronto,1899, xiii,65__
  Eugzelius (A. E.)  A case of hydrocephalus  and acra-
  nia.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv. 535. — Ewiiig
  (S. A.)  Agnathiaandmalplacement of auricles, connected
  with defective development of the mandibular arch.  Inter-
  colon. M. J.,Australas., Melbourne, 1903,viii.229-231,1 pl.—
  Exline (J.W.)  Acaseof congenitalabnormalitv. Denver
  M. Times, 1891-2, xi, 260; 337; 438; 500; 626— Fabricius
  (H.)  De huniauo quodam monstro.  Bononiensi  sc. et art.
  Inst,  comment.  Bononise, 1767, v, pt. 2, 2-6-235, 1  pl.—
  Falk (J. C.)  A specimen of cvclocephalus.  Tr. M.Soc.
  CitvHosp. Alumni St. Louis, 1899, 172-177. Also [Abstr.]:
  Phila. M. J., 1899, iv,671.—Faucher (P.V.)  Anencepha-
  lien.  Bull. med. de Quebec, 1900-1901, ii, 468-470.—Fer-
  raresi (C.) Contributo sperimentale alio studio anato-
  mico ed  ostetrico degli anencefali.  Atti d.  Soc. ital. di
  ostet. e  ginec.  Roma,  1X97, iv, 199-212, 3 pl.—Flo th-
  in ana (B.)  Ueber die Geburt eines Anencephalus mit
  Pseudohermaphroditisms  masculinus.   Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1889. xv, 109.  Also: Tagebl. d.
  Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, Eoln, 1889, lxi,
  163.—Foetus (Sur un) humain monstrueux.  Hist. Acad.
  roy. d. sc. 1720, Par., 1722,13.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.
  [de Paris] 1720, Amst., 1724,16-18.  Also, transl.: K.Akad.
  d. Wissensch. in Par. .  . . Abhandl. 1720, Bressl., 1754,
  v, 387.  — Foster utan hjiirna.   [Brainless fetus]  Jor-
  demodern, Stockholm, 1904. xvii, 68-70.—Fussed (M. H.)
  An octocephalic  monster (opocephale).   Ann.  Gynec &
  Pediat..  Bost.,  1897-8, xi, 380-383, 1 pl.   Also:  Univ. M.
  Mag.,  Phila,, 1897-8. x,  337-339, 1 pl. — Gabert (H. A.)
  Anencephalous monstrositv. N. Oil. M. A S. J., 1891-2,
  n. s., xix, 171-175.—Gad«-'(F. G.)  Et Tilfalde af Anen-
  refali  og total  Aniyeli med flere andre  Dannelsesfeil.
  D'un cas d'anencephalie  avec amyelie totale et autres ano-
  malies constitutionnelles. Res.]  Norsk. Mag. f. La^gevi-
  densk., Christiauia,  1894, 4. R., ix, 715-733, 1 pl.—Gallant
  (A. E.)  An anencephalic.  hemisoid monster. Am. J.
  Obst., N. Y., 1902, xlvi, 75-79.   Also, Reprint. — Garth.
  right (R.  H.)   A peculiar monstrosity.   Med.  Reg.,
  Richmond,  1899-1900, viii, 147. — Geidenreikh (L.  L.)
  Hemicrania; encephalon  trilobulare i  schistoprosopus.
  Med. otchet Imp. S.-P.terb. Vosp. Doma (1883), 1885. 157-
  175, 7  pl. — GeorgiycflT (Y.)   Yedin  urod, monstrum
  (anencephalus).   Med. napried.. Sofiya, 1902, iii, 351-359.—
  Gerard (G.)   Remarques critiques sur un monstre  hu-
  main celosomien et anenc6phale.  Cong, internat. de med.
  C. r., Par.,  1900,  sect, d'hist., 13-19. — Giglio (G.)  Mos-
  tri anencefali e  derencefali; diagnosi iu  gravidanza e in
  travaglio di parto;  meccanica di parto;  indicazioni oste-
  triche.  Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec, Roma, 1897. iii,
  283-292. —Gilis (P.)   Cyclopie et otocephalie.  Gaz.
  hebd. d.  sc. med. de Montpel.,  1888, x, 337-341.-----
  Contribution k   l'etahlissement du  genre  t6ratologi-
  que   appele rhiuodvuie.   J.   de   I'anat.  et  physiol.
  (etc.l,  Par., 1899, xxv'. 707-710.   Also: N. Montpel. ined.,
  1900, x, 97-102.  — Gintrac (E.)  Note  gur  uu  mons-
  tre exencephaben.  [Abstr.]  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1856, xlii, 1064. —Given  (E. E. W.)  Exencephalic
  (iniencephalic?)  monster with bilateral harelip and cleft
  palate.  Proc.  Path. Soc Phila., 1901-2, n. s., v, 266-274. 
MONSTERS.
53
MONSTERS.
Jlonsters from defect or malformation of

  brain, cranium, or face [including  neck].
  Also: Am. J. M. Sc. Phila.. 1902, U.S.. cxxiii, H161-1068.—
  Godlcwski ((.'.) A  Godlewski (E )  Un cas de cvclo-
  pie.  Montpel. med.. 19n5. xx, 11-15. — Golovin  <S. S.)
  Ob izmleueniyakh glaz pri anentsefalii.  [Changes  in the
  eyes in anencephaly.l Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1902,  xix,
  523-546.   Also, transl.: Arch, de oftal. Hisp.ino-Aiu.,  Ma-
  drid. 1903, iii,515-538.—Granger (R.)  A modern cyclops.
  Cinciu. Lancet-Clinic, 1x99.  n. s.,  xliii, 51s. — Grassl.
  Ein  Fall von Anencephalus traumaticus.   Friedreich's
  Bl. f. gerb-htl. Med.. Niirnb., 1895, xlvi, 143-146. — Gray
  (A. C. K.) A KitiC.B.)   Case of anencephalous monster.
  Tr. Edinb. (H-t. Soc, l>92-3. xviii. 280.—Griffith (W. S.
  A.)   Anencephalic fetus.   Tr.  Obst.  Soc.  bond.  11889),
  189o. xxxi, 134. —Grooswald (A.) A:  Mchi-u thauir (G.)
  Adatok a cy klops fcjlodcsehez.   [Contributions to the de-
  velopment of cyclops. .   Orvosi hetil.. Budapest. 1X73,
  xvii,  417;  449;  469. — Gueniot.   Fcetus aneucephale;
  brides amniotiques multiples .ulherentes a la face;  diffor-
  mites qui en  resultent.  Bull. Acad.de med.. Par., 1890,
  2.s..  xxiii.  424-426. — Giiinaril  A Tellier.  Monstre
  humain anencepl alien.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Sic. d. sc.
  med. de Lyon tl.»9:i). 1»94, xxxiii, pt. 2  M2. — Hacrker
  (V.)  Ueher die  Reitungsvorgange  b   C\elops.  Zool.
  Anz .   Leipz.. Ix9u.  xiii,  551-55X.— Hale  iO. I'.)  A
  unique monster.  Homoeop. J.Obst.. N. Y.. 1X96. xviii. 61.—
  Hall (W. C.)  An acrania.  Weekly M. Kev., St.  Louis,
  1891.xxiii,204.—Hamilton (E.) A caseot .  xeucephalus.
  with  specimen.  Am. J. Obst.. X.  Y.. 1899.  xl, 504-508.—
  Hansen (Dorothea). Et Barn fndt uden Xasenbor.   [A
  child horn without nosti ils.J  Tidsskr. f. Joi dem mire. Kie-
  beuh., 1903-4,xiv. 22— llarbitz. Misfetre.  Mmi-ter."
  Forh. med.  Selsk. i Kristiania. 1904. 192-YH. —Hard-
  ing  (B. F.)  Pseudo-ence]ihalic  nioust r.   Med  A: Surg.
  Reporter.  Phila.,  1890.  lxii, 498. — Ilaushalter (P.)
  Un nain nauocephale. Rev. med. de l'est, Xancv. 1903, |
  xxxv,  438-440.—Haushalter  I'.)  &  Briquet  (P.)
  Description dun cas de monsti uosite rare d>- 1 i tao- et de
  l'encephale.   N. iconog. de  la  Salpetriere,  Par.. 1902, xv,
  222-240,  3 pl.—Haven <J.)  A  kynocephalous monster.
  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. 1-95-7  ii.  24-26.   Also: J. Am. M.
  Ass.. Chicago. 1896, xxvi. 430.—Hebert.  Monstre acr4-
  nien.  J. de  clin.-t  de therap. int..  Par.. 1S97. v,  725.—
  Herbert.  Monstre anencephale.   Bull.  S»»c. anat. de
  Par., 1x97.  lxxii.  703-705.—Hii-z  (M.)  Besehreibung
  einer Missgeburt.   Ztschr. f. Xat.- u. Heilk. in  Ungarn.
  Pest, 185U-1  i,  195— Heygate  (W.N.)  A case  of hy-
  dramnios anil monstro-ity.   Lancet,  Lond., 1888, ii, 63.—
  Hines (J.  F.)  Case of twins;  one with boneless head.
  Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1x96   lvi, 217-210—Hirigoyen A:
  Fery.  Resultats de la dissection d'nn monstre  otoce-
  phalien.  Rev. mens, de  gynec [etc.], Bordeaux, lyub, v,
  28-40.—Hon (A. W.)  A  case  of anencephalus.  Ann.
  Gyuec. A Pediat.. Bost.. 1902, xv, 205—Hoppe.  Purulent
  inflammation  during fetal life .is the cause of microph-
  thalmos and  anophthalmos   At eh.  Ophth.,  X.  Y., 1905,
  xxxiv,  2'lx-245.—Huflaker il!. O.)  An unusual mon-
  strosity.  Med.Rev., St. Louis, 1895, xxxii, 317.—Hughes
  (A. W.i  Thu central nervous system and axial skeleton
  in  aui-iu-eiihalous  monsters.  Lancet,  Lond.,   1887,  ii,
  1212.—Hulberl.    [Anencephalous  monster.]   Obst.
  Gaz.. Cinciu.. l-s*. xj, 1-18  — Ilberg 'G.)  Das  Ceutral-
  nervensystem  eines  IJ Tag« alten  Hemicephalns  mit
  Aplasie der Xebennieren.  Arch. f. Psychiat.. Berl., 1902,
  xxxvi, 581-604, 1 pl.— Jagcr (H.)  Monstrosity lesultiug
  from  amniotic ad In -ion to skull.  Tr.  Obst. Soc  Lond.
  (1898i. 1899, xl, 130-134. 2 pl.—Jaii««eus (E.)  Cn  cas de
  monstruosite.  Ann. Soc  iu£d.-chir.  d'Anvers, 1897.  309-
  316.— Joflres A EtilieTerry (Mile.  C.)   Un cas de I
  monstre hvperencephih-.   Lauguedoc med.-chir., Ton- '
  louse. 1905. xiii.  118.  Also: Toulouse  med., 1905, 2. 8.. vii,
  136-139,1 pl.—Johnson.  Cyclops monster.   Proc.Path.
  Soc Dubl.. 18C--71  n. s., iv, 222.—Johnstone (Mary M.
  S./  Exent-ephalus.  ieport of a  case.  Woman's M.  J.,
  Toledo, 19'J".  xv. 73-75.—Joly  (X.)   fitabli-sernent de
  deux  nouveaux genres  teratologiques  sous les noms
  d'ischiomele  et  dagnathocephale.  Compt.  rend.  Acad.
  d. sc. Par., 1856, xlii.  ::42. — Joly (X. i  a Guitard  (J.)
  Memoire sur un enfant uosencepliale adhen-nt a son  pla-
  centa, etne vivant, a Toulouse. Ie26juillet 1850.  [Abstr.]
  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc..  Par., 1850,  xxxi,  677-679.—
  Joly (X.) A 1.a vocal (A.)  Sur un anencephale anoure
  appartenant a l'espece bovine.   [Abstr.]  Compt. rend.
  Acad.  d. sc, Par.,  18.55. xL 892-894—Jones  (H.  M.)
  Anencephalic fetus removed from the uterus during an
  acute  attack of  gonorrhceal endometritis;   subsequent
  coeliotomy for gonorrhceal salpingitis.  J. Obst. A Gynsec.
  Brit.  Emp.,  Lond.,  1905,   viii, 246-248.— Joukovski
  (W.  P.)  Zwei  seltene Falle  von  Hemicephalia  nebst
  Prosoposchisis,  complicirt   mit  Hernia  nasofrontalis. I
  Arch.  1.  path.   Anat. [etc.],  Berl.,  1902,  clxix,  29-43, I
  lpl.— Kntz (A.)  Monstre anencephale  (genie der-
  enceph.ilei   Bull,  et mem.  Soc  anat. de  Par.,  1902,
  lxxvii,  412.—Kanada (R.)  Kikio  daia  sitsuken nire.
  [Two  cases  of  monstrous  infants.]   Kyoto  Ijjakkwai
  Zashi, le93. no. 66, Y-x 1 pl.—KeiflTer (J' H.)  A propos i
Jlonsters from defect or malformation of

  brain, cranium,  or face [including  neck].
  des monstres  cvclocephaliens.  Bull. Soc d'anthrop. de
  Brux.,  1898-9, "xvii,  362-368.  -----.  Quelques monstres
  rhino- et cyclo-cephaliens.  Bull. Soc beige de gynec et
  d'obst., Brux., lxox-9, ix.  183-193. — Kerrirk (H. C.)
  Monstrosity.  Louisville  M.  Mouth..  JX95-6, ii,  435.—
  Knapp (M. I.)  The clinical  history of an  anencepha-
  lous  monster.  Med. Rec. X. Y. 1-97.  Ii. 530.—Knott
  (J. F.)  Anencepbaly. Dublin J. M  Sc,  18x3, 3. s., lxxv,
  396-401.  Also, Reprint.— Kiihne  (E.  C.i   Von einem
  Monstro  ohne  Gehiru,  mit  einem  hasenforniigen Ge-
  sichte.   Samml. v.  Nat.- u.  Med.- . . . Gesch..  Breshm,
  Friihlings-Quartal, 1726,  610-614—Kufferath.   Fu.-tus
  monstre pseudencephale;  bee  de  lievre;  pied-hot bi-
  lateral.   Presse med. beige,  Brux., 1889, xii,  137-140.—
  Laforguc (H.)  Note sur uu rhinocephale humain, ne  k
  Toulouse.  [Abstr.]  Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc. Par., 1X59,
  xlix,  131.—Lagarde i A.)  Teiatologia: presentaci6n de
  dos monstruos anencet'alos.  Setuana med., Buenos Aires,
  1895, ii.  377.—Laiubcrt  (E. B.)  A case of acrania (exen-
  cephalocele) and spina bifida with hydraninion.  X. York
  J. Gynsec. A Obst., 1894. iv,  558-560. — Lanioiiroax.
  Fa-tus pseudencephale avec inversion complete  des vis-
  cer- s.  Bull,  et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899. lx.xiv, 735.—
  Larclirr.   Sur un cas de polyopsie et sur un cas de rhi-
  nocephalie.   [Abstr.]  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
  1X58. xlvii. 914.— Largeinan (H. C.)  Anencephalic mon-
  sters; report  of a  case.  Am. Gynaec. A Obst. J.. N. Y.,
  1900. xvi. 104-111.—Le Beuf (L. G.)  A case of pseuden-
  cephalous monster.  X'. Oil.M. & S. J., 19o2-3, lv,498-505.—
  Le Double. Les hommes-chiens.  France  med., Par.,
  1901, xlviii, 424;  445.-L.ee (R. J.)  A description of the
  pneumogastric and great sympathetic nerves  in an anen-
  cephalous fetus.  Proc. Roy. Soc.Lond., 1863-4,xiii,90-93.—
  Lefour  & Gibert.  Presentation d'un fcetus  exenc6-
  phale.  Bull. Soc.d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux.1x98. xix.
  128-130. — Legge (F.) Sulle cause della ciclopia.  Bull.
  d. sc med. di Bologna. 1-98, 7. s., ix, 625-645, 2 pl.—Leo-
  uova (lime. O'. Y.)  Sluchai  anentsefalii; o tonchaishem
  stioyenii  spinnavo mozga anentsefela.  [Anencephalus;
  minute  structure of the spinal cord in . . .]  Vestnik klin.
  i sudeb. psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb., 1890-91, viii,
  pt. 1, 54-71.   Also, transl.: Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklugs-
  gesch., Leipz., 1890. 403-422, 1 pl. -----. Contribution  a
  l'etude  de revolution  pathologique du systeme nerveux;
  anencephalie totale comhinee avec une aniyelie et un rha-
  chischisis totaux  chez un  enibryon humain.   Bull. Soc
  imp. d.  nat. de Moscon, 1893, 191-198, 1 pl. Also,  transl.:
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1893, xii, 218: 263. Also, transl.:
  Vestnik klin. i sudeb. psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb.,
  1894, x, pt. 2,113-129.  Also, transl. [Abstr] : Yerhamll. d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte ls94. Leipz.. 1x95,
  lxvi. pt. 2, 2.  Hlfte., 176-178.  -----.  Ueber die Entwick-
  lungsabnormitaten des Centralnervensystems bei Cyklo-
  pie.  Verhandl.d. Gesellsch. deutsch.Xatnrf.il. Aerzte 19o2,
  Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte.. Y;8.— Leri (A.)  & Vurpas (('.)
  Contribution a la  classification des monstres  aueucepha-
  liens; role phvsiologiipie du  hulbe chez ces monstres.
  Bull,  med., Par.. 1903, xvii. 698.  Also: Cong. d. med. alie-
  nistes et neurol.  de France . . ., xiii.  C.-r., Par. A Brnx.,
  1903, ii, 547-551.— Lewis (H.F.) Iniencephalus.  Tr. Chi
  cago Path. Soc. .Ix95-7,ii, 204-215.  Also: Am. J.Obst.X.Y.,
  1897,xxxv,lI-53.  Also. Reprint.  Also: J. Ani.M.Ass..Chi-
  cago,  1897, xxviii,38s-:;90.  [Discussion].417.-----. Cranio-
  rhachischisis. Am. Gynaec. A Obst. J., X.Y.,1900, xvi, 302-
  325. -----. Three specimens  of exencephalia.   Am. J.
  Obst., N. Y.. 1905, li. 202-208.— Lindsay (J.)  Dissection
  of a cyclopeau monster.  Veterinarian. Lond., 1900, lxxiii,
  243-247.— Lipinski iS.)  Sluchai tsiklopii.   [Case of cy-
  clops]  Protok.  Obsh. Moghilev. vrach., Moghileff n. D.,
  lsss-9. 123-126. — Littrc.  Observations sur un  fetus
  monstrueux qui  n'avoit qu'un ceil. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.
  1717, Par., 1719.  Mem., 285-287.  1 pl.  Also:  Hist. Acad.
  roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1717, Amst., 1720, Mem., 367-371, I pl.
  Also,  transl.: K.  Akad. d.  Wissensch. iu Par. . . . Ab-
  handl. 1717, Bressl.  1753, iv, 704-706,  1 pl.—L voff (I. M.)
  Sluchai anencephalia-  4.  mlesyachnavo ploda.  [Case of
  ... in a tutus lour months old.] Dnevuik Kazan. Obsh.
  vrach. pi i imp. univ.. 1X.-8, xii, 149-152.—jrlabbott (J. M.)
  An anencephalic fetus.  X. York M. J., 18-9, xlix, 491.—
  3Iaciau*l<i.  .Mon-trepseudencephale; symptoruespen-
  dant la  grossesse et raccouchement; examen anatomique
  et bistologique dn monstre.   Bull,  et mem. Soc. obst. et
  gynec. de Par.. 1890, 123 - 129. — .Tlagitot i E.)  Eludes
  teratologiques de  la  polvgnathie die/,  l'homme.  Ann.
  d. gynec. Par., 1875. iv, s'l: 161.  Also. Repi int.— »I a id-
  low i W.  ll.)  A case of anencephalus.   Lancet. Lond.,
  1902,  ii, 990. — iTIarcot.  Sur un  enfant  monstrueux.
  Hist.  Acad. roy. d. sc 1716,  Par..  1718,  Mem., 329-347.
  AUo: Hist. Acad.  roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1716. Amst.. 1719,
  Mem., 415-437.   Also, transl. : K. Akad. d.  Wissensch.
  in Par.  . . . Abhandl. 1716,  Bressl.,  1753, iv,  600-617.—
  .Tinyou (M. S.)   The condition of  the retina and optic
  nei ves in anencepbaly. Tr.( ipbth. Soc.U.  Kingdom, Lond.,
  1903-4,  xxiv.   150-161.—-Hellor (S.)  An anencephalous
  monster.  Lancet. Lond., 189i, i, 1742.—.TIeloni-Satta 
MONSTERS.                                      54                                     MONSTERS.
Jlonsters/rom defect or malformation of

  brain, cranium, or face  [including  neck].
  (P.)   Paracefalo cardiaco.  Spallauzani, Roma, 1887, 2. s.,
  xvi, 369-374, 1 pl.—ITIery.  Remarques sur un fetus mon-
  strueux.  Hist. Acad, roy.d. sc. 1709, Par., 1711, Mem., 16-
  20.  Also:  Hist. Acad. roy. d.sc [de Paris] 1709, Amst.,
  1711, Mem., 18-23.  Also, transl. .■ K. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  in Par. . . .  Abhandl. 1709, Bressl., 1751, iii, 474-477.—
  Meyer (L.) A Hauch  (K.)  Monstre aneucephalique
  diprosopique.  Bull.  Sue d'obst. de Par., 1898, i, 340-359,
  4 pl.-iTIeyer  ( R.)  [Demonstration eines mannlichen
  Oyclopen.] "Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1898,
  xxxiv, 365.—TI iclicli* (A.)  Slowko o anencefalii.  [A
  few words on  anencephalus. ]   Ginekologia, Warszawa,
  1903-4, i,  no. 2, 21-25.—Tliller  (I.)  Exencephalia and
  supplemental sac.  N. York M. J., 1897, Ixv, 585.—iTIira-
  koflT(M. A.)  K kaznistikle urodstv ploda.  [Foetal mon-
  strosity.]   Protok. zasaid.  Kavkazsk  med. Obsh., Tiflis,
  1900-1901, xxxvii,  112-115.—ron  itlonakow (C.)  Cy-
  klopie.  Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc], 1899,
  Wiesh., 1901, vi, 547-552. -----. Ueber Cyclopie mit Ver-
  doppelung  des Riickenmarkes, mit hernidser Einstiilpung
  des Cervical-  und Dorsahnarkes in die Schadelhohle (Fiinf-
  bengenhildung) und  mit Diastase  der beiden Oblougata-
  und Kleinhirnhiilften.   Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1896, xlvi,
  2222-2226. — ITIonlane  ( L. )  Presentacidn  de  un  mon-
  struo seudoencef&lico.  Bid. Soc antrop. de Cuba, Habana,
  1879-86, i, 129.—iTIoore (A.)  Monstrum  per defectum.
  N. York M. J.,  19u0, lxxi, 7.—iTlorel.  Etude anatomique
  d'un monstre anencephale (pseudenc6phalien de G. Saint-
  Hilaire) avec division complete de la colonne vertebrale,
  absence de la  moelle epiniere, exstrophie de 1'estoinac,
  exstrophie  de la vessie, uterus et vagin bitides, aorte
  double,  anomalies  multiples.  Rev. med. de Test, Nancy,
  1878, x, 33-42, 1  pl. Also, Reprint.—Morisani (O.)  Un
  caso di  mostro  omfalosite para-cefalo.   Riv. di chir., Na-
  poli, 1898, i, 108-111.—von lTInralt (L.)   Zur Kenntniss
  desGeruchsorganes heimeuschlicher Hemicephalie.  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xx, 51-53— IVauiuann (Wil-
  helmine).   Drei Falle von  Missbildungeu der Neugebore-
  nen.  Allg. deutsche Hebaru.-Ztg., Berl..  1905, xx,  77.—
  IVecas  (J.)  Porody hemicephalu.  [ Births of  hemice-
  phali.] Casop. lek. cesk., v. Praze, 1879, xviii, 99.—Nico-
  las (A.) & Pre n ant (A.)  Observation d'une  monstru-
  osite  rare  (absence  du maxillaire inferienr; defaut de
  communication entre la  bouche et les fosses nasales d'une
  part, le pharynx et 1" larynx d'autre part).  J. de I'anat.
  et physiol. jetc],  Par.; '1888, xxiv,  113-141,  2 pl.-IYo-
  gueira Dias (E.  L.)  Um caso de pseudoencephalo.
  Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1899-1900,
  vii,171-173.—Obregon  lTIayol(F.) Monstruoageuesico.
  Oron. med.-quir.  de  la  Habana, 1891,  xvii, 453,  1  pl.—
  O'Bryen (J. W.)  Exencephalia and hydramnios.  Ed-
  inb. M. J.,  1898, n. s., iii,  286.—Onodi  (A.)  Hangotad<5
  anencephalus.  [ An anencephalus having a voice]  Or-
  vosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1x98,  xlii.  617.—Orr (W. H.)   An-
  other case of hemicephalns.  Med. Council, Phila., 1896, i,
  287.—P.  Curious aueucephaloid. Surg. Clin.,  Chicago,
  1902, i, 375—Palmer.   Anencephalous fetus with even-
  tration.  Tr.  Obst. Soc.  Cincin.,  1877-9, i, 116-118.—Pa-
  nas.   Anomalies de developpement des yeux, chez un
  monstre epienc6phale,  s'accompagnant d'un double  bee-
  de-lievre orbito-bnccaj.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1889, ix, 3^5-
  393.  Also,  Reprint.—Parker (O. W.)  Anencephalus;
  spina bifida.  St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1903, v, 208.—
  Payne (A. S.)  An  acranial monster.  Med. Rec, X. Y.,
  1900, 1 viii, 198.—Pellizzi  (G. B.)  Note  auatomiche ed
  istologiche sopra alcuni casi di auencephalia e di amielia.
  Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1903, xiii, 51-92,1 pl.—Pen-
  nell  (W. W.)  A pseudocephaloid infant.  Med. A Surg.
  Reporter, Phila., 1890, Ixii, 81.—Perkins  (J. M.)   Anen-
  cephalous monster.  Med. Rec,N.Y., 1895, xlviii,492.—Pe-
  tren (K.) A  Pctren (G.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss des
  Nervensystems und der Netzhaut bei Auencephalie und
  Amyelie*.   Arch. f. path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl.,  1898, cli, 346;
  438,1  1>1—Philliuiorc (R. H.)   An anencephalous mon-
  ster.  Med. Rec. N.  Y., 1895, xlvii, 489. — Phillips (J.)
  Foetal monstrosity. Tr.Obst.Soc.Loud.(1897),1898,xxxix,
  44-46. — Phisalix (C.)  Note sur la cyclopie chez les
  mammiferes.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1X88,8. s.. v,
  667-669. -----. Monstres Cyclopes.  J. de I'anat. et  phy-
  siol. [etc.], Par., 1889, xxv, 67-105,2 pl.—Pirtle (G. W.)  A
  case of acrania.  Med. News, Phila., 1892, lx, 298.—Pistes
  (X. A.)  TeparoAoyiKJ) jr«pt7rT(o(7is.  Ta\T)vbs, 'Adfivat, 1894,
  xxiv, 737. — Popper  (J.)  Cyclopia  cum  polydactylo.
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1862, vi, 457-460.—Protracted
  gestation and anencephalus. Teratologia, Lond. & Edinb.,
  1895, ii, 120-122.—Babaud (E.)   Premier d6veloppement
  de l'encephalo et de l'ceil des Cyclopes.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par.,  1900,  11. s., ii, 28.  -----.  Les formations
  hypophysaires  chez  les Cyclopes.   Ibid.,  692-694.-----.
  Recherches embryologiques sur les cyclocephaliens.  J.
  de I'anat. et  physiol. [etc.], Par.,  1901, xxxvii, 345; 575:
  1902,  xxxviii, 35; 282;  510. -----. Foetus humain para-
  cephalien hemiacephale.  Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 45-74.—Bice
  (G. H.)  Monstrosities.  Med. Rev.. Si. Louis, 1897, xxxvi,
  165.—Kighetti (R.)  Contributo alio studio dell' aneuce-
Jloilsters/rowi defect  or malformation of

  brain, cranium, or face  [including neck],
  falia e dell' amielia.  Riv.  di patol.  nerv., Firenze. 1904,
  ix,  257-294. — de Bimouski (K. M.; <v Milliard (A.)
  Observation  de monstres  anencephaliens.   Bull. med.
  de  Quebec, 1900-1901, ii, 471-473, 1 pl. —del Bfo y de
  Lara  (L.)  Notable  ejemplar  teratoldgico;  monsti uo
  huniano, sireuomalo,  cxencefaliano,  uotencefalo.  (lac.
  med. catal., Barcel., 1900, xxiii,  585-590.—Biss  A Pieri.
  Presentation de deux monstres anencephales amyeliqiies.
  Marseille med., 1901, xxxviii.  26-28. — Bitter (A.  II.)
  Case  of anencephalus or heniicephalus.  Med. Council,
  Phila., 1896, i, 179.—Bobertson  (W. E.)  Cyclopie mon-
  ster.  Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 168-170 —
  Housse (I.)  Quelques  mots au suiet d'un cas de pseu-
  denc6phalie.  Bull. Soc de  med. de Gaud, 1901, lxviii, 32,
  1 pl. -----. Un monstre anencephale avec placenta prae-
  via.  Ibid., 148. — Borie (D.)  Case of repeated  anen-
  cephalic birth.  Med. Press A Circ,  Lond., 1905, n. s,
  lxxix, 55. — Boster.  Idrocefdo ectromele con schisto-
  prosopia e pede varo.  Boll. d. Soc. tosc. di ostet. e  ginec,
  Firenze, 1903, ii, 47-54, 1 pl.—de Bothschild  (H.j  Ob-
  servation d'un monstre noteucephalien.   Presse med.,
  Par., 1894,  375.  -----. Monstre anencephale.   Bull. Soc.
  d'obst. de Par., 1898, 257-260. — Routh (A.)   Report of
  committee  on Amand Routh's  specimen of  anencephalic
  monster, shown June 7. 1893.  Tr. Obst.  Soc. Lond. (1893),
  1894, xxxv, 294-296  -----. Report on a specimen of fetus
  diprosopus aneueephalicus.  Ibid. (1896), 1897, xxxviii,
  92-99. — Konth (A.)  &  Giles (A.  E.) Skull  of anen-
  cephalic fetus. Ibid. U1895), 1896, xxxvii, 219-222.—Boy.
  Memoire sur trois  cas de monstruosit6, savoir:  un  cas do
  cyclocephalie. un de sycephalie et un de polymelie.  Rev.
  m6d. franc, et etrang., Par., 1841, iii, 36-69.   Also: Exami-
  nat. med.,  Par., 1841, i, 128.—Bozenboim (P. I.)  Slu-
  chai urodstva ploda s defektom razvitiya golovnovo yevo
  koutsa: anencephalus.  [Monstrosity . • .]  Ejened. jour.
  "Prakt. med.", St. Petersb.,  1900, vii,  366.—Buiz C!a-
  sabu (M.)  Un caso mas de anacefalia.  Cr6n.meil.quir.
  de  la Habana,  1903, xxix,  381-385.— Sachsalber  (A.)
  Ueber das  Auge der Anen- und Hemicephalen. Ztschr.
  f. Augenh., Berl., 1903,  ix,  354-394, 2 pl. —Saintin A
  Tersen.  Un cas d'exencephalie.  Union med. du nord-
  est, Reims, 1894, xviii, 71-73.—Saka (B.) Ki taino jikken.
  [A  singular monster.]  Tokyo-med. Wchnsehr., 1896, No.
  954, 26.—Sangrce (E. B.)  A case of anencephalus.  In-
  ternat.  M.  Mag., N. Y., 1899, viii, 112.—Schoonmakcr
  (P.) Anencephalus.  Brooklyn M. J., 1891, v,  573-576.—
  Scott (A. L.)  Anencephalous fetus;  scalp simulating
  bag of  membraue-i.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 19u4, ii, 1750.—
  Shelly (E. T.)  An exencephalus.  N. York M. J., 1893,
  lvii, 357. — Shepherd (F. J.)  The musculus sternalis and
  its  occurrence in anencephalous monsters.  Proc. Med.-
  Chir. Soc. Montreal (1883-5), 1886, 143-146.—Sherrill (Z.
  V.)  A  monstrosity.  Med. World, Phila.,  1894,  xii, 321.—
  Shirlaw  (J. T.)   Case of anencephalic monster.  Brit.
  M.  J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1865.—Shvarts (B. I.)  K kazulsti-
  kle monstra per defectum.  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii,
  28.—da Silva Amado  (J. J.)  Um monstro rhino-
  cyclope. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1905, 2. s., vii,  107-109.—
  Skene (W.)   Anencephalous fetus.  Tr.Obst. Soc. Lond.
  (1889), 1890,xxxi, 52-56.—Smith <R.M.)& Parker (A.J.)
  Dissection of a human otocephalic cyclops monstrosity.
  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,  1882, lxxxiv, 132-140.   Also,  Re-
  print.—Souligoux &  Paquy.  Examen anatomique
  d'une tete de fetus nosencephale.   Bull, et mem. Soc. obst.
  et gyn6c. de Par., 1895, 230-232.—Spielmeyer. Ein hy-
  dranencephales Zwillingspaar.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1904-5, xxxix,, 807-819.—Spiller (W. E.)  Anencephaloid.
  Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1902, i. 494.—Spivak (C. D.)  A case
  of lull-grown fetus exhibiting the rare malformation of
  cyclocephalus. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1895, xvi,
  346-348.—Stadler (K.)  Torzsziilott.   [Cyclops monoph-
  thalmus.]  Gyogydszat,  Budapest, 1891, xxxi, 185.—Stal-
  partius van der Wiel  (C.)  Iufaus absque cerebro in
  lucem  editus.  In his:  Obs.  rar. med. anat.  chir.,  16°,
  Lugd. Bat., 1687, 6-16.-----.  Cauis e mulierenata.   Ibid.,
  309-315, 1 pl.—Stas-Frere  (A.)  Note  sur   un fetus
  anencephale.  Ann. Soc. domed, d'An vers. 1891, liii, 238-
  242.—Stcflal  (V.)  Auencephalia et  v partialis amyelia
  cum hemicraniaetpartialirhachischisi.  Casop.  16k. cesk.,
  v Praze. 1871, x, 307; 315; 321; 331; 338.—Sternberg (M.)
   & Latzko  (W.)   Studien iiber einen Hemicephalns, mit
  Beitragen zur Physiologie des mensehlichen Centralner-
  vensystem.  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Le-pz., 1903,
   xxiv,  209-273.—Stevens (M. E)  A monstrosity.  N.
   York M. J.,  1897,  lxvi, 26.—Stevens (T. G.)   A case of
   completely cleft spine associated with an unusual visceral
  malformation iu an anencephalic fietus.  Tr.  Obst.  Soc.
   Lond. (1896),  1897, xxxviii, 346-359.—Strassmann (P.)
   [Seltsam  geformte Frucht;  ein  doppelseitiges  Cysten-
   hygrom am  Halse.]   Ztschr. f. Geburtsh.  u. G.uiiik.
   Stuttg.. 1900,oxlii, 589.-Stybr (J.)   Dva pfipady cyklopie
   sdruzene s ruznymi vrozenymi vadami v^voje.  '[Sur deux
   cas ue  cyclopie combinee par divers detauts  congeni-
   taux de developpement.] Shorn. 16k. v Praze, 1889, iii, 75-
   108, 2  pl.  — Szybowskl (B.)  Z  dziedziny  tera'tologii. 
/
MONSTERS.                                   55                                  MONSTERS.
Ifloilsters//ww defect or malformation of

  brain, cranium, or face [including neck],
  [Exencephaly.]  Gaz. lek.. Warszawa, 1903, 2. s.,  xxiii,
  1129-1132. — Tarnier.  Fcetus  anencephale; vices de
  conformation. J. d.  sages-femmes, Par., 1897, xxv,  362.—
  Taylor (E. W.)  The spinal  cord in a case of  anen-
  cephalus.  J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc,  1897-8, ii, no. 4,31.—Tay-
  lor  (O. L.)  Babe bom with no mouth.  Med. Woihl
  Phila., 1902, xx,  191.—Thompson (W. J.)  Notes on a
  case of hemi-encephaloid fetus. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ire-
  land,  Dubl.,  1894, xii, 253-255— Tiiply (It.)  Zur Lehre
  von  der Hemicephalie.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,  1886,
  xxxvi. 12X0; 13. 8— Tompkins (J. E.)  An anencepha-
  lousmonster.  Med. Rec, X. Y., 1895. xlvii, 691.—Tonglet
  & Keitler.  Un cas de monstre  rhino-cyclocephalien.
  Bull. Sue beige de gyn6c. et d'obst., Brux., 1897-8, ix 156-
  160.—Twombly (E. L.)  A case of anencephalia.  Ann.
  Gynaec. A Psediat., Bost., 1896-7, xi, 63-66, 2 pl.  Also,  Re-
  print— I"nderhill.  A case of anencephalic fetus.  Tr.
  Obst. Soc. Ciucin.. 1X79-85.  ii, 45. -----. Exomphalos and
  anencephalos with spina bifida.  Tr.  Edinb. Obst. Soc,
  1891-2. xvii, 243. — Valentin! ( G. )   Sopra un caso di
  ciclopia nell' uomo, notevole per alcune anomalie concomi-
  tant!.  Attie rendic. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1894,
  vi, 177-196, 1 pl.—Valude  A Vasseaux.  Note sur l'ceii
  d'un cyclope.  Arch, d'opht,, Par, 1X8X, viii,  51-60, 1 pl.
  Also: Bull. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1X87, lxii, 883-889.__Van
  Dnyse.  Pathog6nie de la cyclopie. Arch, d'opht  Par
  1898, xviii, 4X1; 581; 623.  AUo  [Abstr]:  Helgique'med '
  Gaud-Haarlem, 1898,  i, 648-651.—Vaschide (X.) A  Vur-
  pas(C. )  La r6tine d'un auenc6phale.  Areh.de ni6d.
  exp6r. et  d'anat. path., Par.,  1901, xiii,  827-831,  1  pl.
  -----  -----. La structure  et le fonctionnement du sys-
  teme nerveux d'un anenc6phale.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc.. Par., 1901, exxxiii, 116-118.-----------. Considera-
  tions pathologiques sur certaines monstruosit6s, k propos
  d'un cas de monstre  anenc6phale.  Arch, de med. oxp6r.
  et d'anat. path., Par., 1902. xiv, 389-401. -Veraguth (0.)
  Ueber das innere Ohr bei der Anencephalie.  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.. 1898, xvii, 530.—Verdelet.  Foetus  anen-
  cephale.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894,
  xv, 192-193.—Via a a (O.)  Un segno importante nella di'-
  agnosi di anencefalia. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec. Napoli,
  1905,xiv,393-398.— Vinnnay. Monstre pseudencephalien!
  Lyon m6d.,  1902,  xcviii, 165.—Vidal (L.)  Un cas de
  pseudencephalie.   N. Montpel. m6d., 1900, xi, 154-158.
  -----.  Un cas  d'anencephalie.   Montpel.  m6d., 1904,
  xix, 493-498. — Vinay &  Villard.  Monstre pseuden'-
  cephale.  M6m. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de  Lyon
  (1893), 1894, xxxiii, pt 2. 8— Viscarro.  Sin hoca y sin
  nariz.   Siglo ni6d., Madrid. 1902, xlix, 296.— Vojjt (H.)
  Cyclops dirrhinus hypongn 'thus.  Norsk Mag. f. Lseo-evi-
  densk., Kristiania, 1895. 4. R., x, 639-646.—Vurpas  (C.) &
  Leri (A.) Contribution a l'etude des alt6rations congeni-
  tales du systeme nerveux; pathogeuie de l'auencephalie.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1903, exxxvii, 213-215.—
  "Walker (F. B.) A case of cyclops.   Physician & Sur".
  Detroit A Ann Arbor,  1900, xxii, 24.—Walker (G. L.)
  Notes of a case of monstrosity  from non-development of
  the bones  composing the vertex of the skull.  Tr.  South
  Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass., Madras, 1895, vi, 333. _____.
  Notes of a case of monstrosity  from non-development of
  the bones composing  the vertex  of the skull.  Ibid., 1896.
  vii, 13.—Warynski (S.)  Note sur un anencephale  hu-
  main  n6 k terme. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve
  1886,  vi. 159-162.—Waterston (D.) & Matthew (E.)
  The central  nervous system of an anencephalic fetus.
  Rev. Neurol. A Psychiat.,  Edinb.,  1903, i, 465-470. 2 pl.—
  Watkins (W. B.W.)  An interesting case in teratology.
  South. Pract., Xashville,  1X88, x, 200-204.—Wichura
  (M.)  Zwei Fiille von Anencephalic  Jahrb. f. Kinderh.,
  Berl., 1902, n. F., lvi, 131-155.—Wiesel.  [Anatomische
  Praparate von einem  Hemicephalus stammend.] Mitt. d.
  Gesellsch.  f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh.  in Wien, 1904. iii, 144-
  146.—Williams (W. P.)   Acranial monster; specimen
  and report of the case.  Tr. M. Ass.  Georgia, Atlanta,
  1897,445-449.  Also: Ann. Gynec. & Pediat,, Bost.. 1896-7,
  x, 745-748.—Wilson (G.)   Anencephalous monster.  N.
  Zealand M. J., Wellington,  1900-1901, i, 27— Wimlle (B.
  C. A.)  On the, myology of the anencephalous foetus.  J.
  Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1892-3, xxvii, 348-353- Wis-
  hart (J.)  Hydramnios with anencepbaly in a primipara.
  Brit. M. J., Lond , 1903, i, 1319.—Wood ' ( W. A.) Anen-
  cephalous fetus. Intercolon. M.J.Australas..Melbourne,
  1896, i, 342-347, 1 pl.   Also:  Univ. M. Mag., Phila.. 1895-6,
  viii, 948-950, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Kec , X. Y.. 1895,
  xlviii, 893—Wood in tr (L.)   Anencephalic  monsters.
  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvii, 622.—Vama-
  saki (A.)  Muroa noitji sitsuken.   [A cse of anenceph-
  alic  child]  Hokkaito Iji  Kodankwi.i Geppo.  1X04, no.
  52, 10-12.—Vocuin (C. A.)  The deliverv of a monstros
  ity.  Tr. Homoeop.  M. Soc.  Penn. 1890.  Phila.. 1891,  xxvi,
  152-156.—Young (A.)   Case of  pseuueucephalia.   M.
  Zealand M. J., Wellington,  1900-1901, i, 26.
Monsters from  defect  or  malformation
  of genito urinary organs.
    See Monsters from defect, etc., of abdomen, etc.
]?Ionsters from  defect  or  malformation
  of limbs.
    See, also, Amputation  (Intrauterine);  Ex-
  tremities (Abnormities of).
    d'Alton (E.)   De nionstris, quibns extremita-
  fces supermiie  suspense sunt  comment at io.  4°.
  Halis, 1853.
    Angenete (C. H. H.)  * Beschteibung eines
  Sytnpns monodactylos.  Eiu  Beitrag zur Lehre
  von   den  Hemmungsmissbildungen  und  dem
  Muskelwachstum.  8°.  Bonn, 1901.
    Bikrenbacii (H. J.)  * Ueber Micromelie bei
  congenitaler Syphilis.  8°.  Greifswald, 1901.
    Boekhaavk  (A.  K.)  Historia anatomica in-
  fautis cujus pars  corporis  inferior  moustrosa.
  4°.  Petropoli, 1754.
    -----.  The same.   4°.   Petropoli, 1757.
    Bokkner(E.C)  *Anatomische Untersuchiing
  eines Kindes mit Phocomelie.   (Aus dem patho-
  logischen  Institut zu Marburg.) 8°.  Marburg.
  1887.
    -----.  The same.   8°.   Marburg, 1887.
    Chambrin (J.-M.)   * Snr un  cas de teratolo-
  gic;  malformations  des extremity thoraciqnes
  et abdominales d'origine congenitale.  4°.  Pa-
  ris, 1896.
    -----.  The same.   8C.   Paris, 1890.
    Claiss  (L.)   * Ein Full vou  Sirenenbildung.
  8°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1896.
    Ckehange (M.)   * Contribution a l'etude de
  l'hernimdlie.  8°.  Paris, 1898.
    Drkibholz  (E. )  * Beschreibnng  einer  so-
  genannten Pliokomele.  8°.    Berlin,  [lt-?:>].
    Eichenberg(H. L.)  * Monopodia.  kj.  Wiirz-
  burg, 1-9'A.
    Fosteh  (W.)  *Zur Kenntnis der Hemmungs-
  missbilduugen  der  unteren  Korperhalfte.   ,*°
  Freiburg i. Br., 1903.
    Gkbhard (J.  K. A.)  * Sireuenbildum?.   8°.
  Berlin, [1887].
    Grandmaire  (A.-E.)  * Essai de  teratologic
  huniaine.   Une familie de  phocome'liens.   p>°.
  Bordeaux,  1897.
    Ibener  (E.)   Eiu Fall von  Pero- und Atnelie.
  8°.  Munchen, 1891.
    Kaul (A.)  * Ueber eine  besondere Form der
  Phokomele  verbunden  mit  Hasenscharte  und
  YVolfsrachen, nebst Benierkuugen iiber die Aetio-
  logie  dieser  Missbildungen.   8°.    Wiirzburq
  lf-99.
    Kolchin (P. F.)  *Kvoprosu o proiskhozh-
  denii  simpodii.   [Origin  of  sympodia.l   8-\
  S.-Peterburg, 1904.
    Linnart'z (M.)   *Ein  Fall  von  Sirenenbil-
  dung.  H°.  Wiirzburg, 1h<)h.
    Palmieri (P.)  * Contribution  a  l'etude de
  l'ectromelie.  8°.  I'aris, 1902.
    Petehs  ((}. W.)   * Besclireibnng eines Sym-
  pus.   Eiu  Beitrag znr Anatomie der Sirenenbil-
  dungen.  8°.  Greifswald, 1892.
    Schneider (A.)  *Eiu Fall vou  Phokomelia.
  8°.   Berlin, [1892].
    Schonbrod (F. J.)   * Ueber einen Fall von
  Phocomelie.   Ein  Beitrag  znr Lehre von  den
  Heiiiiiiiingsmissliildiingeii.   M°.   Bonn, 1901.
    Stampixi  (L.)   Descrizione <V un feto umano
  n a to colla  maggior  parte delle menihra raddop-
  piate.   fol.  Roma, 1749.
    YViktz (A.)  * Beitrag zur Klinik der Waohs-
  tumsstorungen,  insbesondere  der  <hondrody-
  strophischeu Mikromelie.  8°.   Giessen, 1904. 
MONSTERS.                                     56                                     MONSTERS.
JIonwter*  from  defect  or malformation

  of limbs.
     AbraniollYS  S.) A Rieznnoff (M.)   Sluchai  sire-
  nopodohnavo urodstva.  [Sireulike monstrosity.] Vrach.
  Gaz., S. Peterb., 1903, x, 161.  Also, transl. [with additions]:
  Arch, f.path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxi, 284-297—Al-  j
  Ii-ii (S.)   A congenital malformation.  Boston M. & S. J.,  |
  1902, cxlvi. 361. 1 pl— Anufriyeff (A. A.)   K ucheniyu o
  chcloviecheskikh urodstvakh.  [A  stud\ on human mon-
  sters.]  J. akush. i jensk.  boliez., St. Petersb.,  1894, viii,
  617-628, 1 pl.—Arnold (J.)  Myelocyste, Transposition
  vou Gewehskeimen und Svnipodie.   Beitr.  z path. Anat.
  u. z. alls. Path.. Jena, 1894, xvi, 1-28, 1 pl— Audebert.
  Malformation des membrei superieurs;  hemimelie.  Tou-
  louse med., 1901. 2. s., iii, 290-292. -----. Monstre syme-
  lieu.  Ibid.. 1903, 2. s., v. 129.—Babes (V.)  Ueber Ge-
  sichtsauomalien. welehe eine Umwandlung der ExtremitJi-
  ten (Akrometagenese) zur Folge hahen.  Berl. klin. Wchn-  I
  schr., 1904, xii. 464-466.—Balfour  (C. M.)   Removal of I
  a  supernumerary shoulder and arm in an infant  three  |
  hours old;  a remarkable  case of  maternal impression.
  Internat. J. Surg., N.  Y., 1891, iv.  106— Balin  (J.)
  Seltene Missgehurt.  Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr.,  IW).  xxvi,  I
  257. — Ballantyne (J. "\V.)  An infant with a bifid hand.
  Edinb. M. J.,  1892-3, xxxviii,  pt. 2, 623-626.  Also,  Re-
   fuint. -----. The occurrence  of a  nou-allautoic or vitil-
   ine placenta iu the human subject.   Tr. Edinb. Obst.  Soc,
  1897-8, xxiii, 54-81, 3 pl.—Bauereiaen.  (Eine typischo
  Sirenenhildung (Sympus dipus).]  Miiuchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1905, Iii. 721.—Bedford (C. H.)  Curious deformity
  in a twin.   Brit. M. J., Loud., 1S88, i,  902— Behrend.
  Sur une jeune tille de quatorze ans, presentaut une mons-
  truosite remarquable.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d.  sc, Par.,
   1847, xxv, 6*4.—Beningtou (R.   C.)  Dissection of a
  symelian monster.  J. Anat.  & Physiol., Lond.. 1890-91,
  xxv, 202-200, 1 pl.— Bernard) (E. P.)    A case of ec-
  tromelus.  Med. Council, Phila., 1897, ii, 164-166.—Berlin
   (E.) A ©iii (M)  Monstre ectromelien hemimele.  I?oho
   med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 378.—Boissard (A.) Mons-
   truosite foetale; ectromelie; gueule de loop;  malforma-
  tions des oreilles et des doigts.  Bull. Sue. d'obst. de  Par.,
   1904, vii,  27, 1 pl.—Bourneville.  Fn cas d'hemimelie
  bi-abdominale.  Proxies med., Par.,  1893, 2. s., xviii, 281.—
   Brauneck (H.)   Ein Fall vou hochgradiger Missbil-
   dung der Extremitaten.   Ztschr. f.  Geburtsh. u. Gynak.,
   Stuttg., 1888, xv, ;>7-59.—Brim (F.) A ChailloiiN.   Un
   cas d'hemimelie.  Presse med.. Par.,  1896,  413.— Omar
   (R. T.)  Case of amelus or limbless monster.  Brit.M. J.,
   Lond., 1889, i,  525— Calori (L.)   Storia ed anatnmia di
   uu  ectrodattilo umano adulto.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d.
   Ist. di Bologna, 1*92-3. 5.  s., iii, 703-727, 4  pl.—Canton
   (E.)  Sobre tres fetos acondropl&sicos y sus radiografias
   respectivas. Senianamed., Buenos Aires,1903, x, 489-50").—
   Castro (M.)  TTn monstruo notomelo operado.  Rev. Soc.
   med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1899, vii,  136-147.—Chaine
   (J.)  Myologie dun monstre monosomien.  Compt. rend.
   Soc de biol.,  Par., 1904,  lvi,  428.—Chapot-Prevolt.
   Novo teratopagobrazileirovivo.  Brazil-med.. Rio de Jan.,
   1905,  xix, 233. — Cholmogoroflf ( S. )    Ein  Fall von ]
   Amelus.   Centialhl. f. Gynak., Leipz,, l888,\xii,  819-824.—
   Cichorius.   Ein Fall  von Sirenenbilduug.    Arch. f. I
   Gynaek., Berl., 1904, lxxii, 571-578.—Coats (J.) A Adams
   (J.)  Specimenof so-called siren malformation of the lower
   limb (sympus).  Tr. Glasg. Path. A Clin. Soc,  1891-3, iv,
   203. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1893, xxxix, 451— t ollineau.
   Cas curieux d'hemimelie.  Rev. mens, de  1 Ecole  d'an-
   throp. de Par.,  1897, vii, 60-62. — Coinmandeur  ( G.)
   H6mimelie uuilatcrale du  membre superieur; note  sur
   l'anatomie des moignons  d'arret  de developpement des
   membres.  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., lf-96, v. 551-557.—
   Cook (H. D.)  [Malformation in a  new-born child.]   Tr.
   South  Indian  Branch  Brit.  M. Ass.  Madras,  1889-90,
   iii,  113, 1 pl.   Also: Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1890,  i. 1366.—
   Coriveaud A A bailie.  Monstreeetronielien ; l'homme-
   tronc.  J.de med.de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix. 244-246.  Also:
   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 103-
   108.—Corouado (T. V.)  Feto hemiectromelico con hi-
   drocefalia  e hidro-enterocele derecho.  Cron. nied.-quir.
   de  la Habana.  1898, xxiv,  353 - 356. — Cotton (A. C. )
   Monster per detection.   Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc . N.T., 1901,
   xiii, 268-271.   Also.- Arch. Pediat., .NY Y.,  1902, xix, 167-
   170.—Belanglade.  L'ectromedie longitudinale externe I
   du niemhre  inferieur (absence du perone etdu cinquieme
   orteil).  Rev. mens. d.  mal. de l'euf., Par.,  1898, xvi, 193-
   201.—Delore.  I>eseription d'un  symelien uromele.  J.
   de med. de Lyon,  1X68. ix,159-165—De ITIia (U.)  Yitella
   con due arti posteriori in  soprannumero sul garrese  (opis-
   thomelophorus tctrachirus).  N. Ercolani,  Pisa. 1904, ix,
   123.—Derode (E.)  Ectromelie, son utilisation fonction-
   nello.  Rev. mens d. mal. de l'enf.. Par., 1888, vi, 510-515.—
   Elyt.I.S.)  Micromelus.  Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1888),
   1889. 146.- Kxline (J. W.) A case of congenital abnor-
   mality.  Denver M. Times, 1891-2, xi, 260-267.—Gaits-
   kell (H. A.)   A case of  congenital deficiency of both
   upper limbs.   Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1495.- Gebhain
   (C.)  Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie  der Sireneubildungen. I
ITtonsters from defect  or malformation

  of limbs.
  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1888, 164-194,
  2 pl.—Gheorgio (N.) Fcetus achondroplasique, presen-
  taut aux mains et aux pieds de la polydactylie avec syn-
  dactilie; bee de lievre.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bn-
  carest,  1902-3, v, 13-16—Oilliland (W. E.)  Another
  rare monstrosity.  Med. World, Phi I a.. 1896, xiv, 473.— (Gon-
  zalez  Alvarez (B.) A Figueroa (R. (J.)  Caso rarode
  monstruo humano.  Arch, de med. y cirug. de 1. iiiQos,
  Madrid, 1887, iii, 145-149.—Gourdou (J.)  Ectromelie du
  membre inferieur droit  ct  absence partielle du femur
  gauche. Rev. mens,  de  gynec.  [etc.], Bordeaux.  1902,
  iv, 315-317.— Granvalle.  Naissance  d'un enfant sans
  mains et sans pieds.  ficho med.  et pharm.  de l'ouest
  Rennes, 18*1,  i,  145; 169; 217. —Gravely (H.)  Case of
  amelus or  limbless  monster.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, i,
  12*9.—Guzzoni degli Ancarani  (A.)   Uro-sireno-
  inele.   Ann. di  ost-t., Milano, 1899, xxi, 609-626. -----.
  Ectro-syineliano.  Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1903,
  Roma, 1904, ix, 310-313.— Halasz (H.)  A kez-es labuj-
  jak  egy ritka monstrosit^sa es  annak drdklese.  [Rare
  monstrosity of fingers and toes; inherited.]  Gyogyaszat,
  Budapest,  1891, xxxi. 437.  Also, transl.: Vest, med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1891, xxvii, 1140.— Hnlbron.  Un oas
  de phocomelie et hemimelie.  N.  iconog. de la Salpetriere,
  Par.,1903.xvi, 123-128,3pl.—Hamann (C. A.)   A case of
  peromelus,  with  absence  of both tibia?.  I'roc. Ass. Am.
  Anat.,  Wash., 1897,  53.—Hamburger (O.)  Et Tilfa?lde
  afAmeli.  [Caseof...]   Hosp. Tid., Kjobenh., 1894, 4. R„
  ii, 257-260.—Henry.  Uu cas d'ectromelie du genre hemi-
  mele.  Rev. med. de  l'Afrique du  nord, Alger,  1904, vii,
  90-93.—Herrmann (C.)  Zwei Falle von  Mikromelie.
  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl.  Cult. 1900, Bresl.,
  1901, lxxviii. 1. Abt., 132-134. -----. A case of achondro-
  plasia (micromelia).  Arch. Pediat., >.'. Y.. 1903,xx, 18-25.—
  Hervieux (II.)  Uncasdemonstruositdiiifantile. Union
  med. du Canada, Montreal, 1905, xxxiv, 127-133.—Hirst
  (B. C.)  A  phocomelie monster.  Univ. M.  Mag., Phila.,
  1889-90. ii, 374.—Hoffman (C. S.)  A peculiar monstros-
  ity.  Am. J. Obst.,  N. Y., 1894. xxix, 367.- Hoffmann
   (L.)  Ohne Extremitaten gehorenes und in Freiheit gross-
  gewachsenes Reh.  Berl. thierarztl."Wchnsehr., 1902,680.—
  Huet(E.) & Infroit (C.)  Description d'nn ectromelien
  hemimele  avec  quelques  considerations sur  l'hemimelie.
   N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1901, xiv, 128-148, 6 pl.—
   Infroit (C.) &  Heitz (J.)   Ux  cas d'heiuiinelie du mem-
   bre abdominal droit etudie par la radiographic.  Ibid.,
   1902, xv, 265-271, 1  pl.—Jean bran (E.) &.  Dauphin.
  Ectromelie longitudinale double  des membres superieuis
   avec absence de  riiumerus gauche.  Bull, et mem.  Soc.
   anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 85-87.— Kanzki.   Ein Fall von
   Amelie. Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1903,1, 1640.—Katz
   (A.) Monstre symelien et pseudencephale.  Bull, et mem.
   Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii. 410.—Kirmisson A He-
   bert.  Absence congenitale des voies hiliaires extrabepa-
   tiques chez un enfant presentaut en outre one phocomelie
   du membre superieur gauche.   Ibid.,  1903,  lxxviii,  317-
   320.—Klippel  A Babaud  (E.)  Sur une forme  rare
   d'heiuiinelie ladiale intercalaire.   NY iconog. de la Salpe-
   triere, Par., 1903, xvi. 238-251.— Koch (M.) Besehreibung
   einer Sireuomele.   Charite-Ann.,  Berl.,  1905, xxix, 410-
   425.—Krivski  (L. A.)   Sluchai vrozhdennavo urodstva
   ploda (rasshtshepleniye bryushno-tazovol silenki s pere-
   kruchivaniyeni nizhuikh konechnostel). [Congenital foetal
   monster (atrophied  abdomino-pelvic wall  with  twisted
   lower extremities).]  J. akush. i jensk.boliez., St. Petersb.,
   1899, xiii,  36-42, 1 pl.  Also, transl.:  Monatschr. f. (le-
   burtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1900, xi, 895-897.—I,abougle
   (J.) A; Begnier (P.-C.)  Etude  anatomique d'un monstre
   symelien.   J. de inM.de  Bordeaux, 1888-9, xviii, 438: 458.
   Also: Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 18i-8,
   ix, 171-230.  Also: Ann.  Soc.de  med. de Gand,  1890, lxix,
   103-157, 1 pl.  Also [Bap. de Van Puyse]: Bull. Soc.  de
   med. de Gand. 1890,  lvii, 91-Ps. -Lereboullet  (P.) A
   Voisin (R.)  Deux  cas d'ectromelie.   Bull. Soc. de pe-
   diat. de Par., 1902, iv. 359-363.— Lewis (H. F )  Ectro-
   melus.  Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, 1, 747-761.—Lindsay
   (J.)   Case of defective  development of the limbs.  Tr.
   Glasgow Obst.  A Gynac Soc,  1901, ii, 16-26.— Lovada
   (C.  F.)  Ectromelia  abdominal  del  lado derecho.  Sigh)
   med., Madrid,  1880, xxvii, 164-166.— TlcOiarmid (A.)
   Foetal malformation; symelus.  Am. Gyniec. & Obst. J.,
   N.  Y..  1900,  xvi, 430-433.—MeGibbon (J.)   A case of
   ectromelus.  Lancet, Lond., 1902. ii, 811.—Magnier (F.)
   Monstruosite fcetale.  Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens,
   1896, xiv, r4-88.—Manners-Nmith (T.)  A tles< riplion
   of two svinelian  monsters.  J. Anat. A Phvsiol..  Lond.,
   1895-6. xxx. 169-184. 1 pl. -----. Some points in the anat-
   omy of a  sireuomelian monster.   Ibid.,  507-512. — Jin-
   riani (A.) A Ulaiinini (C.)  Intorno ad alcune note te-
   ratologichedelle maniedei piedi.   Arch, di psichiat  [etc.],
   Torino, 1904, xxv, 437-452.—ITInrineseu (N.)   Ectrome-
   lie bitoracicft si focomelie pelvien;! dublil.  [ Monster with
   deficient arms and double  pelvis.]  Spitalnl, BucurescI,
   1887, vii, 305-309.—Martin.  Iuocclusion du septum ven- 
MONSTERS.                                     57                          *           MONSTERS.
Monsters  from  defect or  malformation

  of limbs.
  triculaire (maladie de H. Roger) chez nn monstre phoco-
  mele.  Lyon med., 1899, xcii, 407-410.—Martin  Snint-
  Ange (G.-J.)  Description dun foetus humain, ne a terme
  presentant un grand nombre d anomalies k des degres di-
  vers, et desigue sous le nura de monstre phocomele;  suivie
  de quelques considerations generates sur le mode de deve-
  loppement de I'organisme humain.   Compt. rend.  Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1860, li. 930-932. -----. Monstre phocomele
  avec anomalies internes.  J. de I'anat. et physiol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1891, xxvii, 424-430, 2 pl.--Mnygrier  A Coville.
  Monstre symelien.  Bull, et mem. Soc. obst. et gvnec. de
  Par.. 1897, 98-104.  Also: .1. de med. de Par., 1897,2. s., ix,
  211 213.   Also: Med. inf.. Par., 1807,  295-299.—Majgricr
  & Jeannin.   Malformations des meinbrcs superieurs
  chez un nonveau-ne (raideurs articulaires, atrophies mus-
  culaire et osseiisc.  mains botes).   Bull.  Soc. d'obst. de
  Par., 1900, iii,  119- 123. — Maynard (  F. P.)   Curious
  case of congenital  malformation.   Indian M. Gaz.. Cal-
  cutta,  1892, xxvii, 208. — Meunier ( H. )  Amelie; de-
  scription  du type et considerations pathogeniques au su jet
  d'un cas  nouveau.   X.  iconog.  de  la  Salpetriere,  Par.,
  1897, x,  15-30, 1 pl.  Also  [Abstr.]: Bull. Soc.  anat. de
  Par., 1897. lxxii, 202-205.— Vlichel.   Un cas d hemimelie;
  presentation de radiographics.  Soc. de med. de Nancy.
  C.-r., 1899-1900, p.  clii—Monstro admiravel.  Agulha
  med., Lisb., 1855.  nos.  10-11. — Moorbead (G.)  The
  anatomy of  a sirenomelian monster.   J. Anat. A Physiol.,
  Lond.. i905, xxxix. 450-461.-Mouchet (A.) A Vaiilaut
  (C.)  Un  cas d'heminielie avec radiographic.   Bull, et
  mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 937-942.-----------.
  Uu ectromelien hemimele.  J. de clin. et Ann. Soc. beige
  de  chir.,  Brux., 1901, i. 655-660,  2 pl.—Mouchotlc (J.)
  H6mimelie  et  amputation congenitale.   Bull, et mem.
  Soc anat, de Par., 1902.  lxxvii, 741-703.—Mul.  Note sur
  un monstre ectromelien  observe a Saint-Louis (Senegal).
  Ann. d'hyg. et de  med. colon.,  Par., 1901, iv, 588-590.—
  rVobecourt & Paisseau.   Un  cas  d'acbondroplasie
  fruste.  Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1905, vii, 109-116.—
   Odisio  (L.)  Studio anatoniico  ed istologico sopra un
  sireuomele.   Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino. 1892, 3.
  s.,  xl,  441—456, 1  pl.—Orakhovats.   Yedin sluchai ot
  hemimelia.   [Case of . . .]  .Med. napried., Sofiya,  1900, i,
  186-188.—Perrero  (E.)  Se le  altera/.ioni  del sistema
  nervoso ceutrale siauo primitive o secondarie alle mostru-
  osita per  difetto (ectromelia. emimelia).  Arch, per le sc.
  med., Torino, 1901, xxv, 53-61, lpl. —Petit.  Remarques
  sur un enfant nouveau-ne, dont les bras  etoient diffbrmes.
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1733,  Par., 1735, Mem., 1-22,  2 pl.—
  Also: Hist  Acad. roy. de sc. [de Paris]  1733, Amst., 1737,
  Mem., 1-31, 2 pl.  Also, transl.: K.  Akad. d. Wissensch.
  in  Par. . .  . Abhandl.  1733. Bressl., 1757,  viii.  394-419,
  2 pl—Pike  (L.)   A   rare monstrosity.  Chicago M.
  Times,  1891. xxiii, 204.—Pinard A Varnier.   [Mons-
  tre  svmele]  Ann. de gyn6c et d'obst., Par., 1897, xlviii,
  146-149.  Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1897,
  3.s., xxxvii, 673.—Pogorzelski (L.) Koiiczyny gdrne w
  postaci zawi^zkdw (perobrachia); wada rozwojowa serca.
  [Congenital  perobrachia; defective formation of heart.]
  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1874,  xvi, 209-212. — Poroshin
  (M. X.)  Sympus apus.  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St.
  Petersb.,  1904,  xviii. 89-106. — Posterior dichotomy;  a
  three-legged hoy.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 18:»8. i, 1528,  lpl.—
  Babaml (E.)  Essai sur la symelie; son evolution em-
  bryonnaire  et  ses affinites naturelles.   Bull. Soc.  philo-
  niat. de Par., 1902-3, 9. s., v, 25-62.—Kothe.  Abbildun-
  gen und Radiogramme  eines  Amelus.  Verhandl. d.
  g.vnakol.  Gesellsch. Bresl., Berl., 1903-4, 41-45.  ltoubi-
  novilch (J.)  Phocomelie pelvienne unique avec absence
  du perone et pied tridactvle.  Compt. rend. Soc de biol.,
  Par., 1898, 10. s., v, M9.—Bilge (H.)  Ein Fall von Sire-
  nenbilduug. Arch. f. path. Anat, [etc.], Berl., 1892, cxxix,
  381-400. —  Bydygier  (L.)  Demonstration von  Abbil-
  dungen selteuer Fiillo vou Missbildungen.  Arch. f. klin.
  Chir., Berl.. 1891, xlii,  769, 1 pl.—Bytk© (M.)  Prz.vpadek
  sympodii. [Caseof . . .]  Medyc\ na. Warszawa, 1902, xxx,
  405-408.—S. (S.) A P. (T. (J.i   Yedin sluchai ot  hemime-
  lia.  [Case of.  . .]   Med. napried., Soriya, 1900, i, 184-186.—
  Ma I ret ti (C.)  Osservazioni intorno ad un feto  micro-
  melico.  Soc med.-chir. di Pavia.  Rendic,  1891-2, 40.—
  Schneck f J.) Achild without arms or legs; maternal im-
  Iiressions.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1892, xviii. 314.  Also:
  Xorthwest.  M. J.,  Minneap., 1892,  xx, 57. —Schwaab,
  Mace A Bouchacourt. Monstre sireuomele.   Bull.
  Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1900, iii. 66-72, 2 pl. — Schwyzer
  (A.) An amelia  combined with rachischisis and hydro-
  cephalus.  St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1900, ii, 71-76.—
  Sentex  (L.)  Quelques mots sur deux  cas de teratologie
  (phocomelie avec ectrodactvlie).  Ann. d'hyg, Par., 1894,
  3. s., xxxii, 258-265.—N be I ley  (P.)  A foetal  anomaly.
  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii.  lot;::.-Smith  (M. M.)  A mon-
  strosity without Jimbs or sexual organs.  Tr. Texas M.
  Ass., Galveston, 1894, xxvi, 159-161. 1  pl.  Also:  Texas
  Sanitarian,  Austin, 1893-4,  iii, 477-480.— Soufoeyran.
  Hemimelie avec avant-bras partiel et vestiges de la main.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 153.—Spen-
  cer (H.)  Skiagram of a sireniform  monster.  Tr. Obst.
Iflonsters  from  defect or  malformation

  of limbs.
  Soc. Lond.  (1896), 1897, xxxviii, 118, 1 pl.—Stcffal (V.)
  Monstrum monopodium. Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1870,
  ix, 395-398.—Stokes (W. R.) A McrVeer (R.L.)  A case
  of sympus, or mermaid.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1902, xiv,
  1-8.  Also, Reprint.—Stouffs.   Monstre humain du genre
  phocomele.  Bull.  Soc. beige de gynec. et d'obst., Brux.,
  1899-1900, x, 22-24, 1 pl. Also: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du
  Brabant, Brux., 1899, ix, 97-101. Also:  Ann. de chir. et
  d'orthop., Par., 1899, xii, 209-212. — Strassmann (P.)
  [Phocomelie]   Ztschr.  f. Geburtsh.  u.  Gyniik., Stuttg.,
  1900, xlii, 589.—Teacher (.1. II.)   A specimen of the so-
  called siren-malformation (sympus, symelia).  J. Path. A
  Bacteriol., Edinh.  A Lond.,  1894-5, iii, 149-159.—Tiber-
  ghicn (L.)  Note sur un cas de phocomelie.  Ann. de
  med. et chir. .  . de  Brux., 1893, iv, 46-50.—Toti (L.)  Es-
  tratto  di una memoria fisiologico-medica coucernente uu
  feto monstruoso della specie nmana.  Atti d. Accad. d. sc.
  di Siena, 1808, ix, 104-106,1 pl.—Tyrie (C. C. B.) A Haigh
  (J.  W.)  A case of phocomelus.   Teratologia,  Lond.  &
  Edinb., 1894, i, 89-95, 2 pl.—Unique (A) monstrosity.
  Phila.  M. J., 1898, ii, 756.—Valerani (F.)   [Caso al ge-
  nere emiineles.]  Arch.diortop .Milano, 1887, iv, 323-325.—
  Van  Ouyse.  Quelques cas de  peromelie.  Ann. Soc.
  ile nieil.de Gand, 1894, lxxiii, 207-236.—Variot (G.)  Mon-
  sti uosite  du membre snperieure  gauche (phocomelie).
  Bull. Soc d'anthrop. de Par., 1888, 3. s., xi, 16-19. Also:
  Gaz. med. de Par., 1888,  7. s., v, 18.-----. Presentation
  d'un cas d'heiuiinelie.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1890,
  4. s., i,  280-285.  Also:  Gaz. med. dePar., 1890, 7. s.,vii, 151.
  -----. Resultats fournis par la dissection du bras d'un
  enfant h6mimele.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1890, 4. s.,
  i, 489-492.  Also: Gaz. med.  de Par., 1890, 7.  s., vii, 361.
  -----. Deux cas d'heraiiuelie.  J.  de clin. et de therap.
  inf., Par., 1894, ii,  95-99. -----. Hemimelie.  J. de med.
  int., Par., 1905, ix, 109.—Virchow (R.)  Die Phokomelen
  und das  Barenweib.  Yerbandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. An-
  throp., 1898, 55-61. — Wallenstcin (F.) Ein Fall von
  angeborenem totalem Defect der beiden  oberen  Extremi-
  taten (Abrachius)  uud partiellem Defect der nnteren Ex-
  tremitaten (IMiokomelie nach Yirchow); neben  verschie-
  denen  anderen Missbildungen  bei einem neugeborenen
  ausgetragenen Kinde.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xxxvi,
  390-392.—Wolff (A.)  Bericht aangaande een kind, gebo-
  ren zonder rechten arm,  met een handje op de rechte zyde
i  van de borst.  Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Hollaud. Maatsch.
  d.Weetensch.te Haarlem, 1770, xii, pt. 2,8-12,1 pl.—Zedel
  (J.)  Eine seltene  Missbildung. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u.
  Gyniik., Stuttg., 1895, xxxii, 230-241, 1 pl.

Iflonsters from  defect  or  malformation

  of spine.
    See, also, Spina bifida.
    Beneke (R.)  Ein Fall von unsymmetrischer Diaste-
  matomyelie mit Spina bifida.   Beitr. z. path.  Anat. u.
  klin. Med., Leipz., 1887, 283-298.—Caruso (F.) Su  di
  un mostro rachitico, con voluminoso tumore da elefantiasi
  linfangectasica;  contributo alia patologia fetale.  Arch.
  di ostet. eginec, Roma-Napoli,  1899, vi, 193-202.—Clarke
  (E. W.)  Cranio-rachi-scbisis.   Quart. M. J.,  Sheffield,
  1897-8. vi, 255, 1 pl.—Lepage (G.)  Monstre avec  mal-
  formations multiples et attitude particuliere de la colonne
  vertebrale.  Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst.,  de gynec.  et de
  pediat. de Par., 1904, vi. 31-35.  Also: Ann.  de  gynec et
  d'obst,, Par., 1904,  2. s.,  i, 289-293.—Stearns (C. R.)  An
  unusual foetal monstrosity.   Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y.,
  1901, xxxvi, 51-5::.—Mutton (J. B.)   A foetus with spina
  bifida occulta and  some remarkable associated abnormali-
  ties.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1887-8, xxxix, 432-437.—Tay-
  lor (T. L.)  An interesting obstetrical case, with peculiar
  anomalies of the child.   Med. A  Surg.  Reporter, Phila.,
  1888, lviii, 660.

Iflonsters  by inclusion.
    See  Monsters (Parasitic).

jfloiisters in mythology and art.
    Gould (C.)   Mythical monsters.  8Z-.  London,
  18H6.
    Histoikes prodigienses  et  in6morables, ex-
  traiatcs de  plusieurs fameux  autheurs, grecs
  et  latins,  sacrez  et  prophanes, diviseVs en six
  livres.  Le premier  compose'  par  P. Boaistuau  ;
  le II, par (J. de Te.sserant:  le III, par F. de Belle-
  forest;  le  III, par Rod.  Hover; le X, trad ii it du
  latin  de M. Arnauld  Sorbin, e"ve.sque de Nevers,
  par V. de  Belleforest; y est adjoust6  le VI, con-
  tenant plusieurs histoires, la pluspart adveuues
  de  nostre temps, avec leurs portraits et figures
  convenables.  24°.   Paris, 1598.
    Hclme  (F.  E.)    Natural  history lore  and
  legend.   12°.   London, 1895. 
MONSTERS.
58
MONSTERS.
Ifloilsters in mythology and  art.
    Licetcs (V.)   De  monstris;  ex  recensione
  Gerardi Blasii; qui  monstra quae dam nova et
  ratiora ex recentioruin  scriptis  addidit.   Ed.
  novissima.  4°.  Patarii, 1G68.
    Nueva  relacio y curioso romance, sacado por
  una  carta que vino por el  norte,  en  que  da
  cuenta y declara conio  fue~ aparecido en la isla
  de Escocia £ tres marineros en una  playa una
  fornia,  o monstruo,  medio de hoinbre  y medio
  de peje;  el qual viendo los  marineros con  dis-
  frazadas  y estrafias sefiales de un mundo  que
  trahiaeu la boca, y una espada y guadafia eu las
  mauos, pies y cola de dragon, le  hablaron, y lo
  que les file" respondido,  y lo demas, que declara
  el romance.  Sncedi6este preseute aiio.   sm. 4°.
  [Sevilla, n. d.]
    Schatz.  Die griechischen  Gotter uud die
  mensehlichen   Missgeburten.   8°.    Wiesbaden,
  1901.
    SchencKtus (J.  G. )  Monstrorum  historia
  memorabilis,  monstrosa humanortim  partnum
  miracula, stupendis couformatiouum forinnlis ab
  utero materno enata, vivis  exemplis,  observa-
  tionibus,  et picturis, ref<reus.  Accessit analo-
  gicum arguuientum de monstris brutis.   Supple-
  ments loco ad  observationes medicas Schenckia-
  nas edita.  sm. 4°.   Francofurti, 1609.
    Traditions teratologiques, ou re"cits de 1'anti-
  quite" et du nioyen age eu Occident snr quelques
  pointes de la fable du merveilleux et de l'histoire
  naturelle; publics d'apres  plusieurs niauuscrits
  ine"dits grecs, latins et eu  vieux francais,  par
  Jules Berger de Xivrey.  6°.  Paris,  1836.
    Wahkhaffte  Abbildung  dess  lnilb  Thier,
  halb  Mensch gestalten  Meer-Wuuders, welches
  zuCadixituKonigreichSpatiien in dem 1706. Jahr
  den  2ten Augusti gefangen worden.   Auss detfi
  Spauischen  in das Teutsche iibersetzet uud  zu
  Franckfurth nach  gedrucket.  1  broad sheet.
  [Franckfurth,  1706.]
    Ballantyne (J. W.)   The teratological records of
  Chaldea. Teratologia, Lond. & Edinb., 1894, i, 127-142, 1 pl.
  -----. The term '"mooncalf"; a teratological note.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 780. — Becigneul.  Les monstres
  doubles au point de vue psychologique et religieux.   J. d.
  sc. med. de Lille, 1896, ii, 511; 530.—Eifcr.  Les monstres
  dans l'antiquite.   Corresp.  med., Par.,  1900, vi, no. 140,
  10.—Lamb (D.  S.) Mythical monsters, with discussion
  by Miss J. O. Hall and F. A. Lucas.   Am. Anthrop.,
  Wash., 1900, n. s., ii, 277-291.  Also, Reprint.—Lease
  (E. B.)  Natal monstrosities in Italy before the age of Au-
  gustus.  St. Louis M. Rev., 1903, xlviii, 163-165.—Schaf-
  fenberg (W.R.)  EineFraugebiehret ein Thier.  Samml.
  v. Nat.- u.  Med.- . . . Gesch., Breslau.  Soinmer-Qnartai,
  1726, li59. — Twin-sisters (The) of  Foscote  and the
  Scottish brothers.  [Edit]  Brit. M. J.,Lond.,1902, i, 915.—
  •le Vecchi (B.)  Questioni antiche e moderne sui feno-
  meni teratologici.  Lucina, Bologna, 1904, ix, 87; 97; 113;
  129.

ITIonsters of mixed  type.
    Histoire met veilleuse et  espouvantable  d'un
  monstre  engeiidre"  dans le  corps d'un homme
  1101111116 Ferdinand de la Febre, an marquisat de
  Cenete, en Espagno.  Inipriine'e premierement a
  Madrid.   12°.   Paris, 1622.
    Pauli'.s (S.j  Bihlnis unnd  Gestalt einer er-
  schreklichen, unnatiirlichen und ungewonlichen
  Geburt, eines  Kindes, welches Anno 1577 den 20.
  Deceinbris zu Greuesmiilen im Landzu Meckelu-
  burg, vou eines .Schneiders, M. B. ehelichen Haus-
  frauweu, geboren ist.  Neben warhafftigem Be-
  richt von  dieser Geburt, und einer Erinuerung
  und Yermahnung.   sm. 4°.   Rostock, 1578.
    Ringhoffek  (C.)   * Compluriinum deformi-
  tattim infant is a partu  recentis descriptio et ju-
  dicatio.  8°.   Gryphice,  [lNiu].
    Rinovius (P.) & A7ictorius (P.)   Beschrei-
  bung uud  Deutung der zweyen Missgeburten, so
  Auno Christi  1580 12. Decembris  nach  Mittage,
  zwischeu 7 und 8 Uhrn zu Hauelberg  inn  der
Hlonsters of mixed  type.
  Mai ck,von einer Frawen geboren.  Audi ktirtzer
  Bericht von einem kleiucti Kindlein,  so man tun
  Abendt Thoimo Apostoli zu  Hauelberg  tiinb 12
  Uhr auffm Kirchoffe, in schneeweissen Kleideru
  gesehen.   sm. 4C.  Hauelberg, 1581.
    Tur  (I.  Y.)    K  teorii  slozhnikh  urodstv.
  [Theory of multiple monsters.]   H'\   [Varshava,
  1904.]
    Tylkowski (A.)  Disquisitio  physica osteuti
  dnoruni  puerornm quorum units, cum deute au-
  reo, alter cum capite gyganteo VilnsB  in Lithua-
  nia  regni Polonhe provincia spectabatur anno
  Domini 1673.  24°.  [w. p.],  1674.
    Adcnot.  Sur deux cas de  monstres monomphaliens
  toracopages et hemipages. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 57.—Baji
  (F.)  [A case of teratoma; a type like umbilical cord in a
  dermoid cvst of the ovary.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo. Tokio,
  1903, 1014-i025.—Begic (M.) Monstrum uslied Simonar-
  tovih sveza.  [Monster with the connection of Simouart.]
  Liec. viestnik, u Zagrebu. 1902, xxiv, 329-331.—Biiunr.
  Description anatomique d'un  monstre n'appartenant k
  aucun type etabli par les auteurs.   Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.
  de Montpel., 1888, x, 145-148.— Bogdau (G.)  Sur deux
  cas de teratologie.  Bull. Soc. d.  m6d. et nat. de Jassy,
  1889, iii, 67-70.—Bondareff (P. G.)   Sluchai mnozhest-
  vennavo urodstva.    [ Case  of multiple monstrosity. ]
  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1898, xii, 1149-1157.—
  Bonnaire (E.)  Deux fcetus atteints de malformations
  multiples.  Bull.  Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1905,  viii,  95-98.—
  Bucholz (L. Z.)  A peculiar monstrosity.  Homoeop. J.
  Obst , N. Y., 1895, xvii, 523-526.—tenia y foil (J.)  Dos
  casos teratoldgicos.   Kev. balear de cien. med.. Palma de
  Mallorca,  1897, xiii, 193-196.—CholmogoroflT (S.)  Eiu
  Fall  von seltener Missbildung.  Ztschr.  f.  Geburtsh. u.
  Gyniik., Stuttg.,  1891, xxii, 296-302. — Cunningham
  (W. M.) Report of a case of monstrosity.  Alabama M.
  & S. Age, Anniston, 1890-91. iii, 280-283.—Clark (G. E.)
  Unique monstrosities.  Tr. Mich. M.  Soc, Detroit, 1888,
  319-321.—Dareste. Note sur un enibryon  monstrueux.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s.,  i, 757. — De
  Lama (G.) De»crizione anatomica di un mostro.  Ate-
  neo med. parmense, Parma, 1890. iv, 264-269, 1 pl. Also:
  Stud, di ostet. e ginec, Milano, 1890, 119-125, 1 pl. — Ge-
  rosa (Maria).  Tre casi di mostruosita.  Levatricccond.,
  Roma, 1895, iv, 177-180.— Giinsburg (M.)   Two terato-
  logical cases. Tr. Edinb. Obst.  Soc, 1895-6,  xxi, 250-254.
  Also: Edinb. M. J.. 1896-7, xlii,  137-141.  Also, Reprint.—
  Henderson (W. W.) A monstrosity.  Tr. Obst.  Soc.
  Cincin., 1879-85, ii, 37-42.—Heyder.  [Ein  neugebornes
  lebendes Kind, welehe dreierlei  Missbildungen zeigte.]
  Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1898, xxxix, 350.—
  Hulbert  (G. F.)  Report of a case of monstrosity by per-
  version. St. Louis  Cour. Med., 1890,  ii, 389-393.—jag-
  gard (W. W.)  A case of fetal aplasia.  Obst. Gaz., Cin-
  cin., 1889,  xii,  561-564. — Jones (H.)  A  monstrosity.
  South African M. J., East Loudon,  1888-9,  iv.  65.—de
  Jongh (H. A.)  Twee zeldzame misvormingen tier vrucht
  (monstra).   Geneesk. Couraut,  Tie!,  1891, xiv, no. 37.—
  I,achi (P.) Diun uovoumano mostruoso; dati anamnes-
  tic!;  esame macroscopico; tecnica.  Boll.d.r. Accad. med.
  di Genova, 1892, vii, 230-244, 1 pl.—.Lawrence (T. W. P.)
  Three human foetal  monsters.  Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr.  Brit.
  & Ireland, Lond., 1892-3, p. xiv-xvii. — Lrmery.   Re-
  marques sur un nouveau monstre,  dont Winslow  ft donne
  depuis peu la description a l'Academie. Hist. Acad. roy.
  d. sc. 1740,  Tar., 1742, Mem., 607-612.  Also: Hist. Acad.
  roy. d.  sc.  (de Paris] 1740, Amst., 1744, Mem.. 840-847.—
  Long (F.  A.)  A fetal monstrosity, with multiform de-
  fects. West.M. Rev., Lincoln, Xeb.,1898. iii, 'JO — ill a loin
  (D.)   [Misssreburt.]  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
  1903, xxxix, 576.—Maria Rodriguez (J.)  El hombre-
  elefante. Rev. med. de Mexico, 1888-9, i, 117-121.—Monin
  (L. M.) K kazulstikle urodstv ploda.   [ Foetal monstros-
  ity.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tillis. 1900-
  1901, xxxvii, 105-112.—Morclli (G.)   Cranio rachischisis
  con anefalia e diastematomielia.  Gazz. d.  osp., Milano,
  1905, xxvi, 454-456—Murauye (S.)   Henkio taianositsu-
  ken. [A caseof infant monster.]  Tokyo-med. Wchnsehr.,
  1894, No. 838, 24-rVairne (J. S.)  Dissection of a  mon-
  strosity. Edinb. M.J.,1888-9. xxxiv,813-816, 2pl.—Opitz.
  Eiuige Missbildungen. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik.,
  Stuttg., 1899, xii, 312-320.—I»opelin.  ITn monstrefcetal.
  Bull. Soc. beige de gynec. et d'obst., Brux., 1893, iv, H>6.—
  Price (S. H.)  Remarkable monstrosity.  Times & Reg.
  N. Y. & Phila,, 1891, xxii, 81.—Rogers (F. T.)  A case
  of monstrosity.  Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1887, Provi-
  dence, 1888, iii, pt. 5, 448-451, 3 pl.—Rudaux (P.)  Mons-
  tre avec malformations multiples  et attitude particuliere
  du fietus.  Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de pae-
  diat. de Par., 1904, vi, 124-126.—Sanders ("W. E.)  A case
  of cheilo-gnatho-palato-gastro-schisios pantelas, with podo-
  stropho andspondiilo-scholiosei.  Iowa M. J., Des Moines,
  1898, iv, 49, 1 pl.—Siino* (D. A.)   IIepijrT<o<m <f/u/3pua/cT)s
  KaKOirKaaias.   IarpiKT) npooSos, 'Ev -vpu>, 1900, V, 45.__Sla- 
MONSTERS.                                59                                   MONTAIN.
 UIon§ters of mixed type.
   uina.  Eine seltene Missgeburt. Monatcchr. f. orthop.
   Chir. [etc.], Berl., 1905, v, 3.—Snively (I. N.) A report
   of three cases of congenital deformity.  Codex med. Phila.,
   1895-6, ii, 82-86, 1 pl—Sobiestinnski (E.  M.)  K ka-
   zuistikle urodstv ploda.  [ Fretal monstrosity.]   Protok.
   zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis. 1901-2, xxxviii, 93.—
   Toujan.  Deux cas de monstruosites fcetales.  Ann. de
   gyn£c. et d'obst.. Par., 1892,  xxxviii, 38-46—Treise (L.
   F. A.)  Von einem nionstriisen Kinde, meist in Biircn-
   Gestalt.  Samml. v. Nat.- u. Med.- . . .  Gesch. 1724, Leipz,
   u. Budissin, 1726, xxx, 548.
 l[oii*ti*illirie*.
      flalaquiu (A.)  Evolution des Monstrillides (II?emo-
   cera n. g_ Dans© Clpd. etHseiuocera filigranarum n. sp.).
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.: Par., 1897, cxxiv, 99-102.
 xlloiisuiiuiiaiio.
      Sie "Waters (Mineral), by localities.
 du Mont  (Nicolaus).   *De calculo   renum  et
   vesica?.  9 1.  sm. 4°.  Basilea;  typ. J. Bertschii,
   1690.  [P.,  v. 21-29.]
 -----.  De chyli secretione et disttibutioue.  5 1.
   sin. 4°.  Basilea-, typ. J. Bertschii, 1690.  [P., v.
   2\29.]
 Montada (A.)  Katechismus  der Desinfektiou.
   xi, 79 pp.   12^'.  Neuwied,  L. Heuser,  1^89.
 Montade  (Bertrand) [1>70-    ].  * Contribu-
   tion a l'etude anatoino-pathologique, pathog6ni-
   que et clinique de  la  grenouillette sublinguale.
   86 pp.   8J.   Pans, 1900, No. 516.
 Montag (Franz)   [1*79-    ].  *Klinische Be-
   obachtungeu iiber die Wirkung des Agurins auf
   die Diurese und den Blutdrnck.   [Jena.]   22
   pp., 1 1.  6°.   Weimar, Dietsch j- Bruckner, 1903.
 Moiltag (Joseph)  [1862-     ].   * ITeber Trepa-
   nation  bei  Kopfverletzungen.   15 pp., 1 1.  8°.
   Kiel. H. Fienke, 1890.
*Montagard (Leon)  [1872-    ].  * Technique
   de la  coloration des leucocytes.  47 pp.   8C.
   Lyon, 1901, No. 169.
 Montagard (Victor) [1875-     ].  Etudes sur
   l'hemolyse en dehors des cultures microbienues
   et des toxines.   66  pp. 8C.  Lyon, 1903, No. 189.
 Moiltagliail [J.]  Quelques recherches  et ob-
   servations sur  les  eaiix min6rales de Labarthe
   de Neste (Hautes-Pyr6n6es). 143 pp.  8°.  Saint-
   Gaudens, J.-P.-S. Abadie, 1844.
 Montagnana [Angelus] [1606-7S].
     SeeBittniann (Alexander) [inl.s.l. Culturgeschicht-
   liche Abhandhiugen [etc.J. 2. Hft.  8°.  Brunn,  1869-70.
     For Biography, see Hatinus (C.)  Lyceum patavin.
   4°.  Patavii, 1682, 17-19, 1 pl.
 montagnana (Bartholomsens).  Traetatus de
   urinarum judiciis perutilis.  [At end:] Fin it de
   urinarnni judiciis libellus non parnm utilis qui
   compositns fuit ab .  . . Bartliolomeo de  Mou-
   tegnana vel (ut alii refernnt) ab . . . Zacharia
   de Feltro.   26 ff.  4°.  Paduos,  per Matheum  de
   Cerdonis de  Vindischgrecz, 1487.
 -----.   De  aspectti, situ, minora, virtutibus,  et
   operationibus balueorum iu comitatu  Patavino
   repertorum.
     In: Balneis (De) omnia qua? extant [etc.]. fol. Vene-
   tiis, 1553, ff. 37-42.         ^
 ------.   Conelusiones .  . . de cotepositione et dosi
   medicamentorum,  etiam  omnium  fere  simpli-
   cium.  12°.  Venetiis, apud  V. Valgristum, 1562.
     In: Tbactatioxes  medicinales [etc.J. 12°.  Venetiis,
   1562, pt. 2, ff. 28-40.
     See, also, Opusculnillustriuin medicorum [etc.]. 16°.
   Lugdunensem, 1584.
 Montague  (Abraham).   *Over  de  verteer-
   iiaarheid van meel bij jonge zuigelingen.  4 p. 1.,
   57 pp.   8°.  Leiden, E. If do, 1899.
 Tlontag lie   (Jean - Frangois -  Camille)
   [1784-LS66].
     Cap  [ P. A. ]   Camille Montague,  botaniste,
   ancien chirurgien en chef d'arm^e. 8°. Pam,1866.
     Gaffe. Necrologie.  J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1866,
   xxxiii. 64.
     For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Montague (Joseph) [1872-    ].  * Intoxica-
  tion aigne  par les  vapeurs  nitreuses.  63 pp.
  8°.   Pans, 1901, No. 438.
Montague (Joseph-Leon) [1871-    ]. * Etude
  snr les alanibics a functions multiples.  31 pp.,
  I 1., 1 pl.   4 ■.   Mont/.ellier,  1895, No. 573.
    ficole sup6rieure de pharmacie.
Montague (L.-F.-Auguste).  * Dissertation sur
  l'angiue tonsillaire,  ou  amygdalite.   1 p. 1.,  24
  pp.  4y  Strasbourg, 1823, No. 680.
Montague (Pierre) [1-72-    ].   * Etude me-
  dico-iegale  sur la strangulation manuelle.  110
  pp.  4°.  Lyon, 1895, No. 1130.

IVIoib tag nea.
    Altamikano (F.)  * [Zihoapactli,  6 sinhua-
  paste.]  8°.   Mexico, 1871.
Montagliier  ( Pierre - Sebastien).   Essai sur
  l'extrait gotnmeux  d'opium, pour l'obtenir dans
  route sa perfection, accompagnd de remarques
  et de reflexions chimiques sur tous les proceiies
  qu'on a publics jusqu'a ce jour, touchant la pre-
  paration de l'opium pour l'usage de la m6decine.
  xx, 62 pp.,  1 1.   16°.  Lyon, chez Vauteur, 1816.
  [P., v. 1S24.]
Montagnon (Felix).  Du pronostic et du trai-
  tement des grands  abces de la corne"e.  82 pp.
  8-.  Lyon, P.M. Perrellon, 1887.
Montagu (John), Earl of Sandwich [1718-1792],
  The speech of the  Earl of Sandwich  in the
  House of Lords, on Friday, the 14th day of May,
  1779, being  the fourteenth day of  the  sitting of
  the committee of enquiry into the management
  of Greenwich  Hospital. 20 pp.  4°.   London,
  T. Cadell, 1779.
Montaigne (Jean-Francois-Joseph) [1863-   ].
  * Contribution h l'e'tnde du traitement  du cancer
  de l'uterus (eu dehors de la grossesse);  curettage
  et cauterisation ign6e.  62 pp., 1 1.  4°.   Lille,
  18DJ, 4. s., No. 39.

de JTIontaigne  (Michel) [1533-92].
    Mkrleau-Ponty  (J.)  * Montaigne et les me-
  decins.  8°.   Paris, 1903.
    Esuielin  (P.)  Essai sur Montaigne, garde-malade;
  l'amiti6 de Montaigne et de La Boetie; la vie et l'ceuvre
  deLaBoetie; sa mort racontee par Montaigne.  Kev.mod.
  de med. et de chir., Par., 1905, iii, 197-217.—Helme (F.)
  Le V. E. M., voyage de Montaigne aux eaux miueralcs de
  France. d'Allem'agne et d'ltalie.  Ibid., 1904,  ii, 813; 851;
  891.—ITIontaigiie a reszegessegrol.  [The drunkenness
  of Montaigne.]  Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 29; 46.—
  Thuillier (L.)   L'education et l'hygiene morale dans
  Montaigne.  Kev. mod. de med. et de chir., Par.,  1904, ii,
  754-760.—Zilgieu. Montaigne, precurseur de 1'lScole de
  Nancy; son opinion sur les medications.  Rev. rued, de
  l'est, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 707-715.
Montaigne  (Pierre-Augustin)   [1875-    ].
  * Etude sur le  torticolis mental et son traite-
  ment.   76  pp.,  1   1.   8'-.  .Lille,  1900,  No.
  148.
Montain, Mathieu & d'Arcet.  Nouveaux
  renseiguemens  sur  l'einploi  alimentaire  de  la
  gelatine.   10  pp.  8°.   Paris, imp.  de Mme.  de
  Lacombe, 1838.  [P., v. 1633; 1790.]
71 on I.I ill (Frederic) [1787-1851J.
    Gaffe.  [N6crologie.J  J. d. conn. m6d. prat.,  Par.,
  1851-2, xix,  248.
Montain  [ Cilbert- Alphonse- Claude ]  jeune
  [ 17K)-1853].   Memoire sur  plusieurs  points
  d'auatomie, de chirurgie et de  Part des ac-
  couchemens.   35 pp.   8°.   [ Paris,  Migneret,
  1817.]   [P., v. 1524.]
    Repr.from: J. de med., chir., pharm., etc., Par., 1817,
  xxxviii.
-----.  Quelques considerations sur  le tabac,  de
  son  abus, de  son influence sur la sante et les
  fonctions de la vie, specialement snr les facultes
  intellecittelles, snrtout chez le jeunes gens.   29
  pp., 1 1.  8°.   Lyon, Savy, 1840.
    Repr. from: Rev. du Lyonnais, xii. 
MONTAIN.
60
MONTANA.
Montain [Gilbert-Alph.-Clande] jeune—cont'd.
    See, alxo. .Tlontnin (.1 [ean]-F[ranC;Ois]-Frederik) ain6
  &. Montain <<r.-Alph.-Claudius) jeune.  Traite de l'apo-
  plexie, [etc.].  8°.  Paris. 1811.
Montain ( J[ean]-F[raneois]-Frederik ) atne
  [I77s-l*r,l]  & Montain  (G.-Alph.-Claudius)
  jeune.  Traite de l'apoplcxie, coutenant I'enum6-
  ration  des causes de cette  maladie, la descrip-
  tion de ses differentes especes, son traitement et
  les  moyens  de la pievenir.  xvi,  164 pp.  8°.
  Paris,  Brunot-labbe, 1S11.
Montain-Liaiiibin (Jacques).  Manuel d'ac-
  couclieinens pratiques.  s7 |>p.  8°.   Paris, Leva-
  cher .,•  Bigot, an VIII [ 1 siK)].
Moiltais (Camille).   * Contributiou a l'etude de
  l'appendicite  chronique d'embiee  (plienomenes
  •lyspcptiques). 47 pp.  8°.  Paris,  1900, No. 496.
Montal.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
H on ta I ban (Oridius) [1001-72].
    For Biography, see Abbild. . . . d. Arznk.verd. Gelehr-
  ten  [etc.].  4°. Augsburg, 1805, 84, port.
Montalcino (A.)   Del morbo miliare.   8  pp.
  S-.   Livoruo, 1850.   [P., v. 2230.]
di Montalcino (Giuseppe Rigaccini).  Ragio-
  namento sulle forze  effettrici e coadjutriei della
  circolazione  del saugue,  e  specialmente su'  di
  novelle forze  della  medesima  associate a lie di
  gia conosciute e su' di  altre questioni e notizia
  relative  a dette forze e loro effetti tanto nello
  stato nsiologico che patologico.   viii, 163  pp.
  8-.   Roma, T. del Salviucci,  1824.  [P., v. 2237.]
Montaldo  (G[iovanni]  B[attist;i]).  Saggio
  analitico sulle  petecchie,  in cui si dimostra  che
  le medesime non sono nh  contagioso, ne indizio
  di contagio, ne proprie a trasmettere malattie
  contagiose.   Con un appendice sull' origine del
  tifo contagioso, e mezzi per previnire la  gene-
  raziotte.   44 pp.  lti°.   Genora, 1818.
-----.  Analisi della malattia della fit Sig. Luigia
  Lagorio, in  risposta alle osservazioni sulla me-
  desima compilate dal  Sig. chirurgo Agostino
  Arata.  8 pp.  8:.   [Genova, 1831.]
-----.  L' aiitagonismo organico-vitale ed intel-
  lettuale-organico generale e parziale,  ovvero la
  dottrina dell' nomo  sano ed infermo dimostrata
  col  metodo  delle seienze  esatte. x, 11-154 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.   Genova, G. Ferrando, 1834.
------.  II mezzo di preservarsi dalle malattie epi-
  demiche contagiose  dimostrato con le pratiche
  osservazioni, e ragioni  dei piu  dotti e rinomati
  medici di ogni secolo.   31 pp.  16°.  Genova, L.
  Pellas, 1S35.
-----.  Storia della malattia della fit Sig. Luigia
  Assalini Lagorio.  1 1.  s\   [Genova, n. d.]
Montaldo [y Pero] (Federico).   La primera
  cura.  Instruccion y consejos practicos jiara  uso
  de todas las pers nas que en ausencia del medico
  tengan que asistir con urgencia cualquier  ac-
  cidente quirurgico.   74pp., lpl. 16c.  Madrid,
  Fortanet, 1888.
------.  Guia practiea,  higienica y  medica  del
  Europeo en los paises torridos (Filipinas, Cuba,
  Puerto Rico, Fernando P6o, etc.).  ix,  177  pp.
  16°. Madrid, R. Rojas, 1*98.
------.  De los servicios  sanitarios y de los heri-
  dos & bordo en las  guenas  maritimas contem-
  poraneas.  Impresiones de uu viaje cientifico
  eu  Francia  e Italia.  62  pp.   16°.  Madrid,
  N. Moya, 1*99.
    Repr.from: Bol. de la Eev. de med. y cirug.  prdct.,
  Madrid.
------.  Las epidemias.   Defensa moderna, social
  6 individual  contra las  principales.  1*2  pp.
  12°. Barcelona, M.  Soler, [1902].
    See, also, Oinieno  y  Cabanas (Amalio),  San
  lYIai'tin (Alejandro) & iTlontaldo (Federico).  Memo-
  ria; acerca del servicio sanitario frouterizo terrestre [etc.].
  8°.  Madrid, 1894.
Vlonlnlccfo.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Montalegre  (Mathieu).   *La radiographic et
  la pathologie osseuse infantile,  viii, 120 pp.,
  7 pl.  SJ.   Toulouse, 1>97, No. 214.
de Montalembert (Charles-Forbes),  comte
  [1810-    ].   Speech of the Count de Montalem-
  bert, in the House of Peers  of France, the  5th
  June, 1847, on the subject of medical reform.
  With notes of the translator,  x, 7-32 pp.  8°.
  London, Houlston $• Stoneman, 1847.
Montalescot  (G[aston - Jean - Denis-Octave])
  [1869-    ].  *Le chlorure  de zinc  dans le
  traitement de  l'otito moyeune  suppose chroni-
  que granuleuse.  77 pp.  4°. Paris, 1S94, No. 250.
Montalti (A.).
    See Filippi (Angiolo), Severi (A.) &. Tlontalti (A.)
  Manuale di medicina legale [etc.j. 2 v.   8°.  Milano,
  1889.
Montalti (Antonio).  Caso cliuico di un osteo-
  sarcoma del polmone, considerato specialmente
  dal lato etiologieo e terapeutico.  30 pp.  12°.
  Montagnana, A.  Spighi, 1*92.
Montalti (Henri) [186s-    ].  *Etnde  sur la
  fievre  aseptique  consecutive  a l'olditeration
  vasculaire.  55 pp.  4C.   Lyon, 1891, No. 588.
Montalti (L.).
    See Trattato di medicina  legale [etc.].  8°.  Milano, /
  [1901].
Montalti (Paul) [1871-    ].  *De l'estoinac dea
  tuberculeux; exploration  gastrique.  s<) pp#) 11.
  4°.   Lyon,  1893, No. ^9.
Mont'AIverne de Sequeira.  Hypnotismo
  e suggestao (esbogo de estudo). 266 pp., 5 photo-
  lith. pl.  8°.  Lisboa, A. Modesto 4- Co., 1888.
Vlontalvo (Jose Rafael)  [1845-1901].   •
    Albarran (P.) & Ai'ostegui ((1.)   [Biography.]
  Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Hahana, 1901-2, xi, 136-
  151, port. — Santos  Fernandez (J.)   [Biography.]
  Crdn. m6d.-quir. de la Habana, 1901. xxvii, 280-286. Also:
  Au. Acad, de cien.  med. . . . de la Hahana, 1901-2, xxxviii,
  34-42.
Montamat (E.)  "Contribution a  l'etude des
  kystes Gtertneriens du  col uterin.   62 pp.,  2 1.
  8°.   Montpellier, 1902, No. 85.
Montana.
    United  States.  Department  of  Agriculture.
  Weather Bureau.  Climate  and crop service of
  the Weather Bureau, Montana section (month-
  ly).  September, 1893, to July, 1894; .September,
  1894, to August, 1897.  fol. 'Helena,  1893-7.
    ------.   Montana section,  climate and  crop
  service, Weather Bureau.   Nos. 1-14, 18-21,1895;
  Nos. 1-15,  1896; Nos. 1-15, 1897; Nos. 1-20,22,
  189-S; Nos. 1-22, 1899; Nos. 1-3,6-20, 1900; Nos.
  1-17, 1901; Nos. 1-7, 9-17, 19, 20, 1902; Nos. 1-8,
  10-16, is, 1903; Nos. 1-13. 15-19,1904; Nos. 2-21,
  1905.   fol.   Helena, 1895-1905.
    ------.   Reports (monthly). Montana section
  of the climate and crop service of the Weather
  Bureau, v. 1, 2; Nos. 2,  3, 5-9,11, 12, v. 3; Nos.
  1, 3-12, v.  4;  v. 5; Nos.  1-4, 6, 7,  10-12, v. 6;
  Nos. 1-8, 10-11,  v. 7; Nos.  3-7, v.  8.   4°.  Hel-
  ena $• Minneapolis, 1897-1905.
    ------.   Annual summary.  Montana  section
  of the climate and crop service of the Weather
  Bureau. For the years 1S97-9; 1901-3.  4°. Hel-
  ena <f- Minneapolis, 1898-1904.
    ------.   Snowfall  bulletins.  Montana  sec-
  tion, climate and crop service, Weather Bureau.
  Nos. 1,  3, January, March, 1901; Nos. 1-3, Janu-
  ary to  March, 1902; Nos. 1-3, December,  1902,
  to February,  1903; Nos. 1-4,  December, 1903, to
  March, 1904.  fol.  Helena, 1901-4.
Montana.  Adjutant-General.  Report  to  the
  governor of the  State, for the years 1893-4.   142
  pp.,  1  1.  8°.  Butte, Inter-Mountain  Publ.  Co.,
  1894. 
MONTANA.
61
MONTANUS.
Montana.  Montana Agricultural College.   Ex-
  periment Station, Bozeman.  Bulletins.  Nos. 1,2,
  4, 13-18, 25, 2S,  30,  33-55.   8°.   Bozeman, 1894-
  1904.
                     CONTENTS.

    No. 1. Organization announcements.  16 pp. 8°.
    No. 2. Smuts of wheat, oats, and barley,  pp. 19-32.  8°.
    No. 4. Glanders,  pp. 67-113, 7 pl.  8°.
    No. 13. Drinking water.  15 pp.  8°.
    No. 14. Montana swine feeding,  pp. 19-34.  8°.
    No. 15. Larkspur poisoning of sheep, pp.37-51, 2pl. 8°.
    No. 16. Annual report of the director, horticulturist,
  chemist, and biologist.  4., 1896-7.  pp. 55-100.  8°.
    No. 17. The grain aphis.  An army cut-worm.  18 pp.,
  1 pl.  8Y
    No. 18. The alkali soils of Montana, pp. 21-50.  8°.
    No. 25. Paris green and London purple in Montana. 7
  pp.   8°.
    No. 28.  Annual report of the director, horticulturist,
  botanist, entomologist, and chemist.  7., 1899-1900.  24 pp.
  8°.
    No. 30. Weeds of Montana.  61pp.  8°.
    No. 33. Sugar beets in Montana; the crop of 1901. 15 pp.
  8°.
    No. 34. Farmers' weirs.  One method of measuring wa-
  ter.  29 pp.  8°.
    No. 35. Report of feeding tests.  Beef cattle and sheep.
  19 pp.  8°.
    No. 36. Forage conditions of central Montana.  40 pp.
  8Y
    No. 37. Pork production iu Montana.  10 pp.  8°.
    No. 38. Food adulteration.  24 pp.  8°.
    No. 39. Sheep feeding in Montana.  15 pp.  8°.
    No. 40. Koot crops in Montana.  20 pp.  8°.
    No. 41. Sugar beets.   The crop of 1902.  8 pp.  8Y
    No. 42. The codling moth.  18 pp.  8°.
    No. 43. Duty of water in Montana.  55 pp.  8°.
    No. 44. Apple growing in Montana, pp. 59-71.  8°.
    No. 45. The loco  and some other  poisonous plants in
  Montana,  pp. 75-104.  8°.
    No. 46. Two insect pests,  pp. 107-108.  8°.
    No. 47. Sheep feeding.  32 pp., 1  pl. 8°.
    No. 48. Steer feeding, pp. 163-165.  8°.
    No. 49. Contagious abortion iu Montana,  pp. 167-176.
  8°.
    No. 50. I.  Poultry management.   II. Poultry diseases.
  pp. 179-196.  tv.
    No. 51. First annual report of the State entomologist, for
  1903.  pp. 179-274, 8 pl.   8°.
    No. 52. Sugar beets.   55 pp.  8°.
    No. 53. Creameries and cheese factories; organization,
  building, and equipment, pp. 59-88.  8°.
    No. 54. The alkali soils of Montana, pp. 191-221, 3 pl.
  8°.
    No. 55. Second annual report of the State entomologist.
  pp. 125-180, 2 pl.  8Y
-----.  Annual reports of the director to the gov-
  ernor of the State.  3., 1895-6; 5., 1897-8; 8.-11.,
  1900-1901 to 1903-4.  8°.  Bozeman, 1896-1904.
Montana.  Montana State  Board of Health.
  Biennial reports of the secretary to the governor
  of the  State.  1., 1901-2; 2.,  1902-3 and 1903-4.
  144  pp.,  3 pl.,  1 map,  4 diag.;  205 pp.    8°.
  Helena, Independent Publ.  Co., 1902-4.
    First report, from March 15, 1901, to Nov. 30. 1902.

-----.  Moutana  health bulletins  (quarterly).
  Nos. 1-2, v. 1.  8-.   [Helena, 1903-4.]
Montana.  State Board of Education.  Annual
  reports of the president to  the governor of the
  State.  6.-9.,189*-1902.  8.  Helena, 1899-1903.
    Contains reports of the College of Agriculture and Me-
  chanic Arts; Montana  Deaf and Dumb Asylum for 1898-
  1900; State Normal School; State School of Mines;  Uni-
  versity of Montana for 1898-1900.

Montana.    University  of Montana,  Missoula.
  Annual  report of  the  president  to the  State
  board of education,  for the year 1902-3.  58 pp.,
  9pl.  s.   Helena, Independent Publ. Co., 1904.
Montana.   University  of  Montana.   Biological
  Station.  Bulletins.   Nos. 7, 10, 17-19, 26.   Bio-
  logical series.  Nos. 2-3, 5-7, 9.  8°.   Missoula,
  1900-1905.
                     CONTENTS.

    No. 2. Fourth annual session of  the biological station.
  21.   8°.
    No. 3. A biological  reconnoissance in the vicinity of
  Flathead Lake. By Morton J. Elrod. pp. 91-182,30 pl.  8°.
    No. 5. Lectures at Flathead Lake.  Session of 1902.
  pp. 195-288, 5 pl. 8°.
Montana.   University of Moutana.  Biological
  Station—continued.
    No. 6. Additional notes to Summer birds of Flathead
  Lake.  By Perley Milton Silloway.  1 p. 1., pp. 293-308, 4
  pl.  8°.
    No. 7. Lichens and mosses of Montana, a list based on
  material collected during the summer of 1901, with addi-
  tions.  By Wilson P. Harris  and Carolyn W.  Harris.  1
  p. 1., pp. 313-330, 6 pl., 1 ch.  8°.
    No. 9. Seventh annual announcement of the biological
  station at Flathead Lake, July 12 to August 17, 1905. pp.
  344-354 (illustr.).  8°.
------.  Annual  announcements for  the  summer
  sessions of 1903  (5.);  1904 (6.).   8°.  Missoula.
    Pages 184-190, 332-342 of: Bull. Univ. Mont.,  nos. 14, 22.

Montana, Switzerland.
    de la Harpc (E.)  Montana [Valais], nouveau sanato-
  rium d'altitude.  Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1898, xii,  17. —Sle-
  phani (T.)  La station climaterique de Montana; obser-
  vations ni6teorologiques de 1898.  Kev. med. de la Suisse
  Rom., Geneve, 1899, xix, 340-348.
Montana ( FJis6e-Antonio-Maria )  [1869-    ].
  * Contribution a l'etude  des rttaultats  eioignes
  des operations conservatrices des annexes.   186
  pp.   8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 620.
-----.  The same.  Les operations conservatrices
  de  l'ovaire et de la trompe; r6sultats  eioignes.
  199 pp.   8°.  Paris, J.-H.  Bailliere J-fils, 1900.

Iflontanarius (Geminianus) [1633-    ].
    PatiiiUM (C.)   [Biography.]   In his: Lyceum pata-
  vin., 4°, Patavii, 1682, 109-114; 1 pl.
Montandon  (A. L. )   Notes  on  American
  hemiptera  and  heteroptera.  pp.  45-52.   8C,
  Washington, Govt. Print. Office, 1893.
    Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1893, xvi.
Montane (L.)   L'exterieur du cheval et Page
  des  animaux  domestiques.   Avec la collabora-
  tion  de G. Lafon.  viii,  528  pp.  12".  Paris,
  J.-B. Bailliere A- fils, 1903.
Montane (Louis-Francois-Angel) [1875-    ].
  * Des rapports de la cephaiee avec la ponction
  lombaire.  52  pp., 2  1.    8°.   Bordeaux, 1901,
  No. 21.
Montane (R.-J.).
    See l„agi-eze-Fossat(A.) & ITIontane (R.-J.)  Ob-
  servations microscopiques sur la mite duble. 8°. [Mont-
  auban, 1850.]
Montanelli (Gaetano).   Un biennio di pratica
  chirnrgica.   54 pp.  8°.   Firenze,  Tipog. coop.,
  1889.
Montanier  ( [ Joseph-]H[enri ] )  [1824-72].
  # Des conditions pathog6i)iques et  de la valeur
  semeiologiqne  de l'albuniinurie.    55 pp.   8°.
  Paris, Lobe', 1857.   [P., v. 1768.]
    Concours.
    For Biography, see J. d. conn. med.  prat., Par., 1872,
  xxxix, 256.
MontailO (Giovanni).   Bacillus  graminearum.
  Osservazioni  e ricerche.   20 pp.  8\   Melfi,  G.
  Grieco, 1898.
Montano (Ignacio Maria).  * Algunas  reflexio-
  nes  sobre homeopatla.   76  pp.   16°.   Mexico,
  1891.
Montano (J[oseph]).
    See Bergeron (George) \- Montano (J.) Recherches
  experimeutales [etc.].  8°.  [Paris, 1877.]

Iflontanoa.
    See Zihuatlpatl.
Montanus  (Benedictns Aria).   Liber  genera-
  tionis et regeneratiouis Adam, sive de historia
  generis humani.   Operis  magni pars prima, id
  est,  aniina.   9 p. 1., 599 pp., 2 1.   4°.   Antver-
  pice, ex off. Plantiniana, apud viduam 4''  J. More-
  turn, ir>93.
Montanus (G.).
    See Laurent (Emile).   Prostitution und Entartung.
  8°.  Freiburg i. Br. d- Leipzig, 1903.
Montanus [Monte ) (Joannes Baptista) [1498 -
  1552].  Consultationum medicinaliuni  centuria
  prima, a Valentino Lublino  Polono, quam aceu- 
MONTANUS.
62
MONTE DI  COKSENA.
 Moiitniuis (Joannes Baptista)—continued.
  rate eollecta.  7 p. 1., 392 pp.  24°.   [Bononice,
  1554.]
    Title-page wanting.
 ------.   Explicatin eorum  qua' pertinent, turn ad
  (pialitates simplicium uiedicamentorum, tuni ad
  (ornndem conipositioneni.  A Vinccntio Casali
  Brixiano excerpta ex  decreiis Joannis Baptistau
  .Montani.  "241 ff.  32J.   Parisiis, apud F. Bar-
  tholoma'um, 1554.
    Bound with the following.
 ------.   Explicatio locorum  medicina;, sine quo-
  rum intelligentia earn nemo  recte exercere po-
  test.   12 p. 1., 43 ff.  32-.  Parisiis, apud F. Bar-
  th olmamm, 1554.
 ------.   Expectatissimae in primam et secundam
  partem  aplinrismorum   Hippocratis lectiones,
  sumnia  cina eollecta- exactissimaque  diligen-
  tia recognita?, ad medicinte studiosornm nsum.
   222 ff.  16-.  Venetiis,  apud B. Constantinum,
  1555.
 -----.   In secundum libruin aphorismorum Hip-
  pociatis lectiones, summa  cura collectae, exac-
  tissima([ue  diligentia  nunc  denuo  recognitte.
  3 p. 1., Ill ft'.  16°.   Venetiis, apud B. Constanti-
  num,  1555.
    Bound -with the following.
 ------.   In artem  parvam Galeni explanationes,
  a Valentino Lublino Polono editie.   15 p. 1., 975
  pp.  24-.  Lugduni, apud J. Frellonium, 1556.
 ------.   Consultationuin medicinali um ad varia
  morborum genera, eenturia tertia.   404 pp., 4 1.
  16°.   Venetiis, apud V. Valgrisium, 1558.
 ------.   Chirurgica consilia.  1 p. 1., xxix ft',  fol.
  Noribergw, in off. J. Montani <$■ U. Neuberi, 1559.
    Bound with the following.
 ------.   Consilia   medica  omnia,  quae nllibi ex-
  tant,  partim antra, parlim nunc primum edita.
  Opera ae diligentia Hioronymi Donzellini Brixi-
  ani, philosophi ac medici, iu eongruuni  ordiuem
  digesta,  et in tres partes distributa, ab intiuitis
  inendis.  corruptelis ac depravation i bus expur-
  gata, ut  suo jam  authore  digna videantur.  Par-
  tium  ojieris  totins  argumenta.  Prima est  de
  morbis parti um.   Secuuda est de febribus.  Ter-
  tia continet  chirurgica.  11 p. 1., cclix ff.   fol.
  Noribergw, [apud J. Montanum $■ U.  Neuberum],
  1559.
 ------.   De febribus consilia omnia,   xxxiiii, 1 1.
  fol.  Noribergce, in off. J. Montani $■ U.  Neuberi,
  1559.
    Bound with the preceding.
 ------.   Cousultationes medicae, antea qnidem Jo-
  annis  Cratonis  Viatislaviensis . . . opera atque
  studio correcta',  emendatae, adauct.se, nunc vero
  et novorum  consiliorum  appendice,  et  necessa-
  riis veterum additionibus  locupletatre.  .'> ji. 1.,
  1023 (3  1).,  137 pp.,  3 1.   fol.  [Basileoe, per
  H. Petri 4' P. Perman, 1565.]
 ------.   De morbis ex Galeni sententia libri quiu-
  que.   19 p.  1., 230 ff., 11.  h  .  Venetiis, apud
  J. Guerilium, 1591.
    See, also, Bertotiua (Alphonsus) & Crato (Joannes).
  Methodus curativa, [etc.].   12°.  Francofurti, 1608. —
  i'aiu* (Joannes).  Lie  medendi  methodo, [etc.J.  16°.
  Basiled;, 1 .".44. — Crato [a Kraftheim] (Joannes).  Me-
  thodus tf«p<ureimKTJ  [etc.].  10°.  Basileoe,  [1555J. -----.
  The same.  12°. Francofurti, 1608.
------.   See, also :
    Foh»el (V.)  Die Consilien des  J. B. Montanus an die
  steiri-chcu Familien Teuffenhach und Stubtnhcrg, aus
  dem sech/.ehiitcn Jiihrhuudert.  Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte
  in Steiermark, Graz, 1897. xxxiv, 77; 97.
Montanus  [van den Bei'glien]  (Rober-
  tus).   Diastema sive  salubris vietus  ratio novo-
  antiqua,  per controversias  digesta ;  qua rum
  series in  tine prim;e quaestionis  habetur.  Opus
  Sana doctrina refectum, non solum sanitati suae
  studiiitibus  necessarium, sed et tnensali theo-
  MontailllS (Roliertus)—continued.
   riae deleeiantibns jncundissinium.  Accessit ejus-
   deni  uutritio  foBMis utero  matris eadem s(>rie
   demonstrata.   Editio secuuda.  3 p. 1., 330 pp.
   16-.  Lovanii,  E. de Witte, 1640.
  Montanus (Thomas).
     See van den Berghe [dictus Montanua] (Thomas).
  MoiltailllS Vicentinus.  Defensio  librorum suo-
   runi de morbis, adversus Thomam Erastum.  3
   p. 1., 164 ff., 1 1.  4°.  Venetiis, apud F. Zilettum,
   1584.
     Another copy,  bound with: Fracastorius (H.)  Opera
   omnia [etc.).  3. ed.  4°.  Venetiis, 1584.
     See, also, ErmttiH (Thomas).  Comitis Montani, Vi-
   centini, uovi medicorum censoris, quinquo lihrorum de
   morbis . . . anatome [etc.].  sm. 4°.  Basileoe, 1581.-----.
   Varia opuscnla.  [No.  7.]   fol.  Francof. ad  Moenum,
   1590.
  ^lontaiiban.
     Guikai'd.    Apercu  sur  la  situation demo-
   grai»hi(|iie et sanitaire de la ville de Montauban
   depuis 1-00.  8 .  Montauban, 190^.
  Montaz (Leon).  Des sinus frontaux et de leur
   trepanation.   19 pp.    8°.   Grenoble, F. Allier
   pi re <$• fils, 1891.
     Repr.from:  Ann. de l'enseignem. sup. de Grenoble, iii.
  lUont Blanc.
     Helbronnek  (P.)    Une semaine  au  Mont
   Blanc.  8~>.  Paris,  1894.
     Mathews  (C. E.) The annals of Mont Blanc;
   a monograph.   With  a chapter on the geology
   of the mountain, by  T. G.  Bonney.  8°.  Lon-
   don, IKK
     It■ not (J.)  Etude bacteriologique du massif du Mont
   Blanc.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 673-
   676.  Also:  Nature, Par., 1901-2, xxx, 359-362.—Thomas
   (F.)  Une ascension aux Grands-Mulets, route  du Mont-
   Blanc.  Arch,  de med. nav., Par.,  1888, xlix, 138-157.—
   Vallot (J.)  Sur les modifications que  suhit la respira-
   tion par suite de l'ascension et de l'acclimatement k 1 alti-
   tude du Mont  Blanc.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par.,
   1903, exxxvii, 1283-1285.
  illon tl> rn ii-le*-Bain*.
     See Waters  (Mineral), by  localities.
  Hoictclnir, New Jersey.
     See Fever (Typhoid,  History, etc., of), Hos-
   pitals (Inscription, etc., of), by localities.
  Iflont-Dore.
     See Waters  (Mineral), by  localities.
  Mont Dore  (The) of  Bournemouth,  limited.
   Prospectus.  7 pp., 1  pl.   4°.   Bournemouth,
   Whitehead, Morris Sf Lowe, 1885.
  Jflonte (Giovanni  Battista).    See  Montanus
   [Monte].
  Iflonteath   (George  Cunningham)  [1788-
   1828 j.
     Stronach (C.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894, xxxviii, 278.           i
  ITIonte Carlo.
     Ro.xennu.    Monte Carlo  als Winterstation.   Berl.
   klin. Wchnsehr.,  1901, xxxviii,  1219.
  Montecassiano.    Ospedale  civico di Monte-
   cassiano.   Le  vicende  dell' . . .  Zefferiuo  Fo-
   gante.  11, iv  pp.   8C.   Macerata, Tipog. econo-
   mica, 1901.
  Hontec atini.
     See Waters  (Mineral), by localities.
  flonfr i  i vii I in a.
     See "Waters  (Mineral), by  localities.
  Jlonte Comnatri.
     See Statistics ( Vital), by  localities.
  Moilteciiccoli (Carlo).
I     See Polcinoiir.  Fisouomia.  4°.  Padova, 1623.
  Iloiate tli  Coi*«ena.
'     .See Waters  (Mineral), by localities. 
MONTEFIASCONE.
Iflontefiascone.
    See Water (Supply of), by localities.
Montennale (Thomas).   Theses medicse Geuu-
  ensi Regia Universitatte med.-chir. fac.  21.  4°.
  Genua;  18-25.  [P., v. "2145.]
Monteliore Home.  A hospital for chronic in-
  valids and country sanitarium for consumptives,
  New York City.   Annual reports of the directors
  and officers to the patrons and members.  6.-20.,
  18*9-90 to 1903-4.  8°.  Neiv  York, 1890-1904.
    Incorporated 1884.
Monteforte  (L.)   I piu urgenti  problemi di
  risa.iamento  in  Siracusa.   Fogne ed  acque.
  67 pp.   roy. 8°.   Siracusa, A. Norcia,  1890.
MontefllSCO (Alfonso).   * I materiali  da co-
  struzione iu rapporto ai microrgauismi; studio
  sperimeutale.   (Tesi per  la  libera doceuza in
  igiene nella r.  Universita di Napoli.)  46 pp.,
  1 1., 1 pl.  8C.  Napoli, 1891.
—;—.  La difterite e la sieroterapia.  15 pp. 8°.
  Napoli, L. Pietro, 18i>4.
-----.  Osservazioni su 203 casi di croup curati
  all' Ospedale  Cotuguo  e su 80  iutubazioni  ese-
  guite dal . . .   117 pp.  8°.   Napoli, Detken  fy
  Rocholl, 1903.
-----.  Consigli  pratici sull'  influenza.   8 pp.
  8C.  Napoli, D.  Cesareo, [n. d.].
     Also, Editor of:  Ciornale di medicina pubblica, Na-
  poli, 1892-4.
Monteggia  (G[iovanui] B[attista])  [1762-
  1815].  lnstituzioni chirurgiche.  Pt. 1-2, sez. 1.
  xx, 352 pp.; 259  pp.  8°.  Milano, Pirotta <§• Mas-
  pero, 1802-3.
-----.  The same.  2. ed., riveduta e  corredata
  di altre aggiunte da G. B. Caimi.  2 v.  xxiv,
  768  pp.; ix,  676 pp.   8°.   Milano,  G.  Truffi,
  1841-3.
-----.  The same.  3. ed.,  con uote in relazione
  alio stato attuale della scienza del dottor Fran-
  cesco Varzi.  2  v.  2 p. 1., 782 pp.; 716 pp.  8°.
  Milano, E. Oliva, 1857.
     See, also, Fritze (Joh.  Friedrich).  Compendio sopra
  le malattie veneree. 8°.  Milano, 1791. ----- [in 1. s.J.
  The same.  8°. Pavia. 1795. ----- [in 1. s.J. The same.
  3. ed. 8Y Napoli, 1815.
     For Biography, see Acerbi (F. E.)   Delia vita di Giam-
   battista Monteggia, professore di chirurgia.  Memoria.
   8-.  Milano, 1816.
 OTonteggia's dislocation.
     See Hip-joint (Dislocations of,  Complications,
  etc., of); Hip-joint (Dislocations of,  Congenital,
   Causes, etc., of).
Montegnacco (A.)  Quattro cistoceli ingui-
  nali. Comunicazione fatta all'Associazione me-
  dica Lombai da, seduta del 30 inarzo 1896.  20 pp.
  8-'.  Milano,  L. F. Cogliati, 1-96.
     Repr. from:  Atti d. Ass. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, no.2.
     See, also, C!aneva-Zanini (Giuseppe) Sc  Monte-
   gnacco (A.)  Dueceuto ernie, [etc.].  8°.  Milano, 1892.
 Moiltegranaro. Relazione igienico-statistico-
  sanitaria sul comune di Montegranaro per 1' anno
  1892.   Con appendice sul  servizio dell' Ospedale
  civico pel 2° seniestre,  1892.  Del Dr. Carlo Fer-
  ranti.  50 pp.  8°.  Civitanova-Marche, D. Nata-
   lucci, li-93.
 Montegranaro.
     See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), by  local-
  ities.
 ele Hontegre (Horace)  [1805-64].
     Caffe (I'.-L. B.)  Xecrologie.  J.  d. conn. med. prat.,
   Par.. 1864, xxxi, 527.
 Jlontegrotto.
     See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Moilteilh  (filie-Joseph-Andre)  [1869-    ].
   *L'equitation, ses effets physiologiques, psychi-
  qttes et pedagogiques. 95 pp.,  2 1.   8°.   bor-
  deaux, 1899, No. 74.
63                          MONTENOVESI.
MonteilS (E.)  Lettres sur les eaux thermales
  (Bagnols-les-Bains).  63 pp.   8°.   Montpellier,
  E. Coulet; Paris, A.  Delahaye 4'  E. Lecrosnier,
  1885.
Monteils-Pont.  Florae au point de vue de
  l'liygiene publique et de la salubrite.   Memoire
  pi-esente au Conseil  d'hygiene de l'arrondisse-
  ment de Florae.  113 pp., 3 pl.  4C.  Montpellier,
  J. Martel ain4, 1855.
HT.onteiro (Aristides)  [1829-     ].
    Biography.  South. Clinic, Richmond, 1905, xxviii,
  206.
Monteiro (Jose  Francisco).  #A erysipela.
  125 pp., 1 1.  roy. 8°.  Bahia,  J.  G.  Tourinho,
  lr-8:{.
Monteiro (Miguel  do Sacramento) [1859-    ].
  * Contribution a l'etude clinique de l'accouche-
  ment g6mellaire.  48 pp., 1 1., 1 tab.  4°.  Paris,
  1892, No. 74.
Monteiro Autran  (Manuel Francisco).   *Da
  assistencia &  infancia.   [Rio de Janeiro.]   115
  pp.  4°.  Bahia, 1904.
Monteiro de Carvalho (Olyntho de Castro).
  *Erupcoes secundarias da vaccina,  ii, 73 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.  Rio de Janeiro, 1897.
 VI on I e I rone.
    Ste Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Montel (Emile) [1874-     ].  *Dela resolution
  lente de  la  pueumonie lobaire aigue. 51 pp.
  8°.  Paris, 1901, No. 574.
Montel (Lelio).  La  guarigione  della tisi nella
  ca»a ideale.   22  pp.  8°.  Torino, A. F. Negro,
  1892.
-----.   I medici, quali furono, quali sono, quali
  saranno.   304 pp.  12°.  Torino <$• Roma, Roux
  Sf Viarengo, 1902.
Monlel (Marie-Louis-Rene)  [1878-    ].   *Dn
  role des leucocytes dans l'absorptiou de certains
  medicaments  introduits  par  la voie  hypoder-
  mique  et  periton6ale.   51 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux,
  1900, No.  2.
JVIontelimar.
    Assistance (L') medicale gratuite k Montelimar.
  Assistance pub., Par., 1899, viii, 97-102.
Montell  (William A.)   Pyorrhoea  alveolaris.
  8 pp.   8°.  [n. p.], 1897.
Montemagno  (Giacomo).  L' olio essenziale
  <li trementina nella difterite.  18 pp.   8°.   Cal-
  tagirone, F. Napoli, 1890.
Montemagno  Patti (Nicolb).  Sulla  cura
  della difterite.   23 pp.   12°.   Caltagirone, A.
   Giustiniani, 1889.
 IVIontenegro.
     See,  also, Leprosy (History, etc., of), by local-
  ities.
     Viaud  (J.)  Fleurs d'ennui.  Pasquala Ivano-
  vitch.   Voyage au Montenegro.  Suleima.  8.
  6d.  12°.  Paris, 1889.
     fievy (O. L.) & I\aumann (J. C. F.) Medical notes
  on Montenegro.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 801.—Irlilla-
  nitch (P.)  Statistik der Geisteskranken. der Taubstuni-
  men, der Epileptiker uud der Illinden in Montenegro.
   Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest,
   1896, viii, pt, 7. 618-021.— Viam  (D. G.)  Osservazioni
  antropoloiiiohe nel Montenegro 1902.  Atti d. Soc. rom. di
  antrop., Roma, 1905, xi, 183-193.
 Montenegro (Alfonso F.)   "Lesiones trauin£-
  tictis frecuentes  de la  c6rnea, iris y eristalino.
  81 pp.  8°.  Mexico,  ls<)5.
 Montenegro (F[rancisco]).  * Ligeros apuntes
  sobre  pornografia  de la  capital.  32 pp., 1  1.
  8°.  Mexico, I. Escalante, 1880.   [P., v. 2178.]
 Montenegro (Jose Verdes).  See Verdes Mon-
  tenegro (Jose).
 Montenovesi (Viucenzo).   Studi di  anatomia
  chirurgica per la  legatura della  femorale pro-
  funda.  39 pp., 4 pl.  8°.  Roma, 1877.
     Repr.from: Atti Accad. med. di Roma, 1877, iii. 
MONTE PULCIAXO.                      64                            MONTEVERDI.
Honte Pulciano.
    -See Hospitals (Management, etc., of), by locali-
  ties.
illoiitereaii.
    Olinet (G.-N.-P.-M.-A.)   Recherches sur  les
  crises,  suivies d'nn  essai  sur la  constitution
  epidemique de  1817 et 1818 dans le  canton de
  Montereau Fautyonne.   8°.  Paris, 1821.

Monterey.
    See, also, Fever (Yellow,  History, etc., of), by
  localities.
    Garza Clantu (K.)  Memoranda respecting the palus-
  tric infection iu Monterey.  Am. Pub. Health Ass.  Kep.
  1892,  Concord, 1893. xviii, 198-209.—Monterey.  Prov.
  M. J., Leicester, 188"., iv, 226-228.
Montero (Enricpie).   *E1 cloral bajo el punto
  de vista  medico-legal.   41  pp.   8C.  Mexico,
  F. Mata, 1884.
Monteros (Jose)  [1834-1904].
    [Biography.]  Juventud med., Guatemala, 1904, vi,
  81-84.
Monteruinici ( Domenico ).    Invasione cbo-
  lerica 1886 uella provincia di Treviso.  Studio
  statistico-economico.    45 pp.,  2 pl.    roy.  8°.
  Treviso, L. Zopelli, 1888.
Monte San  Giusto.   Statnto organico del-
  1' Ospedale civico di  Monte San  Giusto.  8 pp.
  8°.  Macerata. tipog.  Cortesi, 1892.
Monte San Savino.  Statnto  per  lo Spedale
  di S. Maria della Pace  iu Monte S. Savino.  9
  pp.  fol.  Siena, L. Lazzari, 1885.
-----.  Regolamento per 1' Ospedale di S. Maria
  della Pace in Monte S.  Savino.   36  pp.   fol.
  Siena, L. Lazzari, 1888.
Montesanto (Giuseppe [AutonioMaria]) [1799-
  1839].   Riassnnto, continuazione  e  tine della
  storia  ragionata  di  paraplegia con  fenomeni
  straordinarii softer ta da Domenico Valetto.  24
  pp.  4°.  Padova, coi tipi della Minerva, 1835.
    See, also, Ij.  Prova medico-legale [etc.].  8°.  [Vene-
  zia, 1836.]
    For Biography, see Zaiiuini (P.)  Biografla di Giu-
  seppe Montesanto.  Ed.  seconda.  8°.   Venezia, 1841.—
  Zecchinetti (G. M.) Di Giuseppe  Montesanto, nianto-
  vano, e di cid ch' egli operd.  8°.  Padova, 1841.
Monies de Oca (Francisco).   * Amputacidn eu
  la mano  Moditicaci6n eu la desarticulaci6n  del
  hombro.  Operacidn tie la finiosis.  Extirpacidn
  del testiculo.   26 pp., 7 pl.  fol.   Mexico, D. de
  Leon y White,  1874.
-----.  Modifications a differents procedes opera-
  toires: amputation de la jauibe, desarticulation
  des  quatre derniets  metacarpiens, desarticula-
  tion de l'epaule, phimosis,  extirpation du testi-
  cule.  [Edited bv Daniel M. Velez.]   1 p. 1., 31
  pp.,  3 pl.   8°.   Paris, G. Masson, 1891.
Montes de Oca (Vicente).  * Breve exposicidn
  de los principals tratamientos  de la  histeria y
  epilepsia.  41 pp.  8°.   Mexico, 1893.
de Monte-Snyder (Job.)  Traetatus de me-
  dicina universali;  das ist: von  der  Universal-
  Mediein, wie nemlich dieselbe  in deueu dreyen
  Reichen der Miueralieu, Animalieu und Vegeta-
  bilien  zu linden und daraus zu  Wege zu brin-
  gen, dnrch ein besonders universal Menstruum,
  welches auff- uud  zuschliessen, und jedes Me-
  tall  in Materiam primam bringeu kau; auch vie
  dadureh das fixe unzerstorliche Gold in ein war-
  hatites Aurum potabile zu bringen,  so  sich nim-
  inerinehr wieder in ein fix  Gold-Corpus reduci-
  reu liisset.  Gott zu ehren, und dem mensehlichen
  Geschlecht  zu sonderbarem Trost  und Nutzen
  anjetzo wiederum zum Druck befordert, uud mit
  einer kurtzen griiudlicheu Erkliirung, auch bey-
  gefiigeten  spagyriscben Grund-Regelu illustri-
  ret, durch A. Gottlob B   176 pp.  16°. Franck-
  fnrta. M., G. H. Oehrling, [1678].
de Montesquieu (Charles de Secondat)
  [1689-lTof)].
    Andre (Ll.)  Montesquieu, histologiste. Chron. med.,
  Par., 1904. xi, 301-303.—C'ourtade (A.) Critiques de
  Montesquieu  sur les theories couceruant 1'usage lies cap-
  sules surreuales.  Bull. Soc. fran§. d'hist. de med., Par.,
  1903,ii, 227-230.—Oautrelet (J.)  Montesquieu, physio-
  logiste.  Rev. scient.. Par., 1905, 5. s., iii, 385; 421.  Also:
  Fiance med., Par.. 1905, Hi, 150-155.
de Montesqniou (Louis-Antoine)._  Essai de
  zoognosie medicale, ou  de la connaissance  du
  regne animal et  de ses produits appliques a la
  matiere medicale, k l'hygiene, a  la physiologie
  et h la pathologie hnmaines.  138 pp.,  1 1.  8°.
  Montpellier, J.  Mattel aine',  lHofi.
de Montessus(F[^lfliu»n<l]-B[eruard]).  Mar-
  tyrologe et biographie de Conimerson, medecin-
  botaniste et uaturaliste du  roi, medecin de Tou-
  lou-sur-Arroux (Saone-et-Loire),  au xviiie sie-
  cle.  1 p. 1., vii,  224 pp.,  1 1., port., 3 1.,  fac-
  simile   letter.  8G.  Chalon-sur-Saone,  L.  Mar-
  ceau, 1889.
    Repr. from: Bull. soc. sc. nat. de Saone-et-Loire.
Montel (Andre) [1879-    ].  * Rhumatisine tn-
  berciileux ankylosant spondylose rhizomeiique
  d'origine  tnberculeuse.  57 pp., 1 1. 8°.  Lyon,
  1904, No. 117.
Monteuuis (Albert)  [1861-    ].  *Etude cli-
  nique  de la tievre  et des  antipyretiques  nou-
  veaux  dans les maladies des enfants.  150 pp.
  4°.   Paris, 1886, No. 275.
-----.   Nouvel  appareil  a  extension  continue
  pour  le  traitemeut des  fractures  de euisse et
  de la coxalgie.  72 pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Steinheil,
  1887.
-----.   Les enfants aux bains  de mer.  La medi-
  cation marine, les bains de mer chauds, les bains
  de sable, les climats niarins de la France, le choix
  de la plage, l'hygiene  au bord de  la mer.  viii,
  150 pp.  12°.   Paris, J.-B.  Bailliere $ fils, 1889.
-----.   Guide  de  la garde-malade; conferences
  aux dames  de la  Societe  francaise de secours
  aux blesses militaires,  v, 7-176 pp.  12°. Paris,
  J.-B. Bailliere J-fils, 1891.
-----.   L'antisepsie medicale et les antiseptiques
  physiologiques.  31pp.  8°.  Paris, C. Schlaeber,
  1894.
    Repr.from: Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1904, ix.
-----.   Les desequilibres  du ventre. L'enterop-
  tose, ou maladie  de Gienard.  Introduction par
  le Dr. Fr. Gienard.  xvi, 344 pp.  12°. Paris,
  J.-B. Bailliere $ fils, 1-94.
-----.   Abdominales meconnues; les desequili-
  bres du ventre sans ptose;  therapeutique patho-
  genique.  Lettre-preiace de  H. Huchard.  xv,
  367 pp.   12°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere if fils, 1903.
 -----.   Les bains d'air, de  lumiere et de  soleil
  dans le traitement des maladies chrouiques.  48
  pp.  b°.  Paris,  J.-B.  Bailliere fy fils, 1904.
Monteux (B.).
    Editor of: Proces (Les) celebres, Paris, 1896-1902.
Montevarchi.   Spedale  della Misericordia in
  Moutevarchi.  Resoconti statistici del servizio
  medico-chirurgico.  1., 1*86; -3.-5.,  1888-91.   Pel
  Dott. Gregorio Soldaui, direttore  sanitario.   fol.
  Montevarchi cjf- S.  G. Valdamo, 1887-92.
Monteverdi (Angelo).   Contributo alia consta-
  tazione della virtu medicamentosa  del solfalo di
  chinina di eccitare 1' azione fisiologica delle fihre
  muscolari dell' utero, vescica, intestino,  vasi san-
  guigni, etc.,  proclaniata dal ...   56  pp.  8°.
  Milano, frat. Rechiedei, 1*74.
    Repr. from: Ann. univ. di med., Milano, 1874, cexxix.
    See,  also,  Bouque (fi[douard-Fraucois] ).  Lettera
   [etc.].  8°. Milano, 1872.
Monteverdi (Imero).  Anemia perniciosa nella
   sua patogenesi.   xv,  143 pp.  8°.   Ciemona, G.
  Man della, 1903. 
MONTEVIDEO.                             65                            MONTGOMERY.
Montevideo.
    See Hospitals (Description, etc., of),  Hospi-
  tals (Management, etc., of), Universities,  by lo-
  calities.
Montevideo.  Consejo de higiene piiblica.  La
  niortalidad de la ciudad  de Montevideo.  Alios
  1-5, 189:?  to 1896-7; 9, 1900-1901.  Por Joaquin
  de  Salterain.  12-.   Montevideo, 1894-1902.
    Alio 1, 1893, for 11 months ending Nov. 30, 1893.
Montezuma University Medical College, Bes-
  semer, Alabama.  Announcement for the session
  of 1898-9(3.).  22 pp.  obi. 16°.   Bessemer, Jud-
  son Ptg. House,  1*98.
    Chartered 1S'»6.  Extinct.
Moiitfaueon.
    Sommibr  Montfaucon et  de la suppression
  de tonte voirie.   8-\   Belleville, [n. d.].
Montfort < Andre).    * Traitement des troubles
  urinaires du vieillard par la resection totale des
  cordons.  66 pp.  8-\  Paris,  1900, No. 570.
Montfort (Edouard) [1875-     ].  * Contribu-
  tion a. l'etude du r61e de la prostate dans la pro-
  duction des  tumeurs epitheiiales infiltrees de la
  vessie. 109 pp.  8 \  Paris,  190:5, No. 391.
de Montgarny (Jean-Baptiste-Tite-Harmand)
  [1818-    ].  See Harmand de Montgarny.
Montgomery. Sanitary Department.   Reports
  of  the city  phvsiciau (monthly).  May to  Au-
  gust, October to December, 1898; April to Julv,
  1899.  16°.  Montgomery, 1-9-MJ.
-----.  Statistical report of the  city physician,
  for  the year 1898-9.   12 pp.   8C.   [Montgomery,
  1899.]
Montgomery  (Douglass W.)   Bleeding cav-
  ernous angioma with  commencing epithelioma
  of the upper lip.   2 pp.  .--.   [San Francisco,
  1890.]
     Repr.from: Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1890, xxxiii.
-----.  Enlargement of sub-cutaneous lymphatic
  glauds in tertiary syphilis.   4 pp.  .-c.   [San
  Francisco, 1891.]
     Repr.from: Pacific M. J., 1891, xxxiv.
------.  Pemphigus neurotico-traumaticus.   8 pp.
  t-Y  Sacramento, 1891.
     Repr.from: Occidental M. Times, Sacramento,  1891, v.
------.  Primary carcinoma of the liver.  4 pp.
  8C.  [Sacramento, 1-91.]
     Repr.from,: Occidental M. Times, Sacramento,  1891, v.
------.  Address  delivered before  the San  Fran-
  cisco  County Medical Society on retiring from
  the presidency, Nov.  8, 1892.  4 pp.  8°.   [San
  Francisco, 1892.]
     Repr. from: Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1892, ii.
------.  An  American leper.   4  pp.  8°.   [San
  Francisco, 1892.]
     Repr. from: Pacific M. •!., San Fran., 1892, xxxv.
 ------.  Case of a small and large papular  syphi-
  lide associated  with  miliary  guinmata of  the
  iris.   2 pp.  8-.  [San Francisco, 1892.]
     Repr.from: Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1892, xxxv.
------.  Parasitelike  bodies in cancer.  7 pp.  h-.
  [San Francisco,  W. A.Woodward <$- Co., 1892.]
     Repr.from: Pacific M. J.,  San Fran., 1892, xxxv.
------.  A  case of extirpation  of the uterus per
  vaginam for epithelioma of the cervix, com-
  plicated  by sarcoma  of the body.   2  pp.  8y
  [Sacramento, 1?93.J
     Repr.from : Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1893, vii.
 ------.  Some cases  of leucoplasia.   8  pp.  8-.
  [San Francisco, W. A.  Woodward  .V- Co., 189:5.]
     Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1893,  xxiii.
------.  An ulcus elevation  of the  face.  5 pp.
  16°.   [Philadelphia,  189:5.]
     Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, Ixiii.
------.  Unilateral hypertrophy  of the face.   13
  pp.  16°.  [Philadelphia, 1893.]
     Repr.from: Med. News, Phila.,  1893, lxiii.
        VOL XI,  2d  series-----5
Montgomery (Douglass W.)—continued.
—---.   Atheroma.   5 pp.   16°.   [Philadelphia,
  1894.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv.
------.   An  erythema of lepra contaiuiug giant
  cell-like structures,  simulating  somewhat  the
  giant-cells fouud in  tuberculosis.  6 pp.  12°.
  [Philadelphia, Lee Bros., <,• Co., 1894.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv.
------.   Diarrhea from  potassium iodid.  3  pp.
  12°.  [Philadelphia, 1-94.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv.
------.   Leprosy  in San Francisco.  8 pp.  12°.
  Chicago, 1894.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii.
------.   Diseases of the hair and nails.
    In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. T., 1890, v, 571-628.
------,    Report of a ease of epithelioma of  the
  skin of the face, with unusual course of infection
  of lymph-nodes.   6 pp.  8-.   Philadelphia, Univ.
  Penn. Press, 1898.
    Repr. from: Ann.  Surg., St. Louis, 1898, xxvii.
------.   A teratoma  of the  abdominal  cavity.
  pp. 259-292, 4 pl.   8°.   Neio  York, 1898.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Exper. M..
  N. T., 1898, iii.
------.  A niaculo-anesthetic lepride of the palm.
  55 pp.  8-.  Neio  York, 1899.
    Repr. from:: J.Cutan.&Genito Urin.Dis.,N. Y.,1899,xvii.
------.  A disease caused by a fungus; the proto-
  zoic dermatitis of Rixford and Gilchrist.  8 pp.
  8°.  London, 1900.
    Repr. from: Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1900, xii.
------.  The cause of the streak iu naevus linearis.
  10 pp.  8°.  [New York, 1901.]
    Repr.from: J.Cutan.&Genito-TJrin.Dis.,N.Y.,1901,xix.
------.  Instances  of spontaneous cure in a leper
  family.  19 pp.  8\   New York, 1902.
    Repr. from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxi.
------.  Leucoplasia in secondary syphilis.  7 pp.
  12°.  New York, 1903.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii.
------.  Papilloma of the sole.  7 pp.  8°.  [Chi-
  cago, 1903.]
    Repr. from: J. Ajn. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii.
------.  The treatment of epithelioma with X-ray.
  7 pp.   8C.   Toronto, 1904.
    Repr. from : Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1904, xxix.
-----  A:  Sherman (H. M.)  Tuberculosis of
  cervical lymphatic glands;  with au illustrative
  case.  4 pp.   8C.   [Sacramento, 1890.]
    Repr.from: Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1890, iv.
Montgomery (Edmuud  B.)   Typhoid  fever
  in very young children ; with a  report of three
  cases with uuusual complications.  13 pp.   8°.
  New York, 1899.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv.
------.  The general practitioner  and his relation
  to early surgical operations.   12 pp.   12°.  New
   York, 1903.
    Repr. from :■ Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii.
------.  Intestinal  obstruction following appendi-
  ceal abscess;  anastomosis with Murphy button;
  recovery.  8 pp.  8 .  Chicago, 1904.
    Repr.from: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii.
------.   Report of  a case of tetanus treated with
  anti-tetanic serum;  recovery.  4 pp.   8°.   Chi-
  cago, G. P. Engelhard cy Co., 1904.
    Repr.from: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii.
-----.   Symphysiotomy in persistent men to-pos-
  terior  (face)  presentation.   4  pp.  8°.   New
   York, 1904.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, 1.
Montgomery (Edward E.)  Procidentia and
   its relief; with a case.   9 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  1882.
     Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1882, xiv. 
MONTGOMERY.
66
MONTI.
Montgomery (Edward E.)—continued.
-----.   Ovarian tumor complicating pregnancy.
  6 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia, 1887.]
    Repr.from: Phila. M. Times, 1886-7, xvii.
------.   Tracheotomy aud intubation in  diphthe-
  ria.  10 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia, 1887.J
    Repr.from: Med. Reg., Phila., 1887, i.
------.   Vaginal hysterectomy.  11pp.  8°.  Phil-
  adelphia, IV. J. Dornan,  1889.
    Repr. from : Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, Phila., 1889,ii.
------.   A report of  six cases of vaginal hysterec-
  tomy.   8 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, IV. J. Dornan,
  1890.
    Repr. from: Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, 1890.
------.   The application   of  sacral  resection  to
  gynecological work.   17 pp., 2  pl.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia. W. J. Dornan, 1891.
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ass. Ohst. & Gynec, Phila., 1891, iv.
------.   Conditions following parturition requir-
  ing abdominal section.  9 pp.   8°.  [Philadel-
  phia,  1891.]
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila.,  1891, xxiii.
------.   Bromide of ethvl.  4  pp.  12°.   Detroit,
  G. S. Daris. 1*92.
    Repr. from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit,  1892, 3. s., viii.
------.   Some  mooted points in  obstetrics and
  gynecology.  President's address.   12 pp.  8°.
  Chicago, 1892.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1892, xviii.
------.   Therapeutics  of  the genito-ttriuaiy dis-
  eases of women.
    In: Sybt. Pract.  Therap. (Hare),Phila., 1897, iv,901-944.
------.   Practical  gynecology.  A comprehensive
  text-book  for students and physicians,  xxviii,
  819 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son $
  Co , 1900.
------.   The same.  2. ed.  xxxiii,  900 pp.  8C.
  Philadelphia,  P.  Blakiston's Son <,• Co.,  190:5.
------.   The disturbances of  menstruation, and
  their significance.   11pp.  8°.  Neio York, 1904.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx.
Montgomery  (Frank  Hugh).  A brief sum-
  mary of the clinical, pathologic, and  bacterio-
  logic features of cutaneous blastomycosis (blas-
  tomycetic  dermatitis of Gilchrist).  From  the
  observations  of  James  Nevins  Hyde  and  the
  writer; with  illustrations  from  thirteen  cases,
  three of them hitherto  unpublished.   16  pp., 8
  pl.  on 4 1.   fol.  Chicago, 1902.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii.
    See, also,  Hyde (James   Nevins)  & Montgomery
  (Frank H.)  A  manual  of syphilis [etc.].  8°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1895.-----------. A practical treatise  on diseases
  of the skin [etc.].  4. ed. 8°.  Philadelphia & New York,
  1897.----------.  The  same. 2. ed.   8°. Philadelphia,
  1900. ----------.  The same.  5. ed.  8°. Philadelphia
  & Nerv York, 190U.-----------. The same.  G. ed.  8°.
  Philadelphia £ New York. 1901.—Walker (James W.) &
  IHoutjjoinci-y (Frank  Hugh). Further report of a pre-
  viously reported case of blastomycosis of the skin, etc.
  12°.  Chicago, 1902.
Montgomery  (John).  Medical Society  of
  Franklin County;  its history,  and sketches of
  early practitioners of the county.  Published by
  Medical Society of Franklin County, Pa.  62 pp.
  8°.   Chambersburg, Pa., J. R. Kerr  $ Bro., 1892.
Montgomery (J[ohn]  C.)   Some methods in
  the  treatment  of nasal  troubles.   2 1.   fol.
  Charlotte, N. C,  1897.
    Repr.from: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1897, x.
    Also. Co-Editor of: Charlotte (The) Medical Journal,
  18!»J-1902.
Montgomery (Thomas Harrison) [1872-    ].
  ' Sticliostemma  Eilhardi nov.  gen. nov. spec.
  Ein Beitrag zur  Kenntniss der Nemertinen.   75
  pp.  o°.  Berlin, G.  Schade, 1894.
-----.   A history of the  University of Pennsyl-
  vania, from its foundation to A. D. 1770; includ-
  ing biographical sketches of the trustees,  facul-
MoiltgOinery  (Thomas Harrison)—continued.
  tv,  the Hist alumni,  and others.  f>(>(i pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, G.  W. Jacobs $ Co., 1900.
Montheuil  (Albert).  L'assistauee publiqne a
  retranger.   Allemague, Angleterre,  Belgique,
  Pays-Bas,  Suede et Norvege.   1  p.  1., 315 pp.
  12°'.  Paris,  1899.
Monthionx (Alfred) [18715-    ].  •Contribu-
  tion a l'etude  du cancer bilateral du sein.  58
  pp.  8°.  Paiis,  1900, No. 50.
Monthly (Tbe) Bulletin of the Arkansas Medi-
  cal  Society,  v.  1-2,  June, 1904-5.  8°.  Little
  Rock.
    Current.
Monthly (The)  Cyclopaedia of Practical Medi-
  cine a,nd Universal Medical Journal.   Edited by
  Chitrles  E. de M.  Sa.jous.   N. s., v.  1-8, 1898-
  1905.  8°.   Philadelphia.
    Current.  Continuation of: Universal (The) Medical
  Journal.  In 1902 title became:  Monthly  (The) Cyclo-
  pedia of Practical Medicine.
Monthly (The)  Homoeopathic Review,  v. 33-
  49,  1889-1905.  8°.  London.
    Current.
Monthly (The) Register of the Philadelphia So-
  ciety for Organizing Charity,   v.  10-17, 1889, to
  March, 1896.  4°.  Philadelphia.
Monthly Retrospect of Medicine aud Pharmacy.
  A journal devoted to the interests of the profes-
  sion.   E. H. Gingrich, editor,   v. 1-4, May,  1895,
  to December, 1898.  8°.   Philadelphia.
    Ended.
Monthly (Tbe)  Sanitary  Record.  The  official
  organ of the Ohio State board of health.  C. O.
  Probst, secretary and editor,  v.  1-7, January,
  1888, to April, 1894.  8L.  Columbus, Ohio.
    In March, 1895, continued under title: Ohio Sanitary
  Bulletin.
Monthly supplement to tbe Indian Medical Jour-
  nal.  [Aruiy medical staff,  name,  rank and sta-
  tion.]  No. 6,  June;  No.  11, November, 1888;
  No.  13,  February; No. 14, March,   1889.  8°.
  [London. 1888-9.]
Monthly (The) Tract Society.   Sir James Simp-
  son.  12 pp.   16°.  London, J. Stabb,  [n.  d.].
  [P., v. *089.]
------.  Michael Faraday.  12 pp.  16°.   London,
  Butler 4' Tanner, [n. d.].  [P., v. 2089.]
Monthus (Albert) [1871-    ].  * Contribution
  a l'etude des retinites albuminuriques.  50 pp.
  8°.   Paris, 1902, No. 284.
-----& Opin.   Precis  de technique  microsco-
  piqne de l'uiil; avec une preface de M. de Laper-
  sonne   vii, 270 pp., 2  pl.  12°.  Paris, Asselm
  <)'• Houzeau, 1903.
Monti (A[chille]).  La  patologia cellulare e  la
  patologia  parassitaria.  22 pp.   8°.   Milano,
  1890.
    Forms no. 11, 5'. s., of: Collez. ital. di lett. s. med.
------.  Le febbri malariche e  le nnove  scoperte
  sulla loro natnra.   120 pp., 1 1.  16°.   Milano,
  F.  Vallardi,  [1892].
----—.  Contributo alia conoscenza dell' adenoma
  sebaceo.  7 pp.  8  .  Pavia, successori  Bizzoni,
  1893.
    Repr.from: Rendic. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1893.
------.  Stii protozoi del vaiolo  e  del vaccino  e
  sulle localizzazioui del virus vaioloso nei colpiti
  da vaiolo einorragico.  Nota preventiva.   7  pp.
  8°.   Pavia, successori  Bizzoni, 1893.
    Repr.from: Kendic d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,  1893.
------.  Osservazioni  sulla preparazione del siero
  antidifterico.  35 pp.  8°.  Pavia, frat. Fusi,l89o.
    Repr. from: Boll.d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,Milano, 1895.
------.  Prima statistica dell'  Istituto sierotera-
  pico  provinciale pavese.   Nota.   15  pp.   hP.
  Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1896.
    Repr. from: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir.di Pavia,Milano,1895. 
MONTI.
67
MONTI.
Monti (A[chille])—continued.
-----.   I  dati fondamentali  della patologia  mo-
  derna.  Storia, critica,  raffronti,  applicazioui.
  Lavoro premiato al concorso di Fondazione Ca-
  gnola.  311 pp.  8°.  Torino, Rosenberg t,- Sellier,
  1898.
■-----.  The same.  315 pp.   8°.  Pavia,  Tipog. e
  leg. coop., 1898.
    In: Atti. .. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett., Milano, 1897-8. xvi.
-----.   The  same.   The fundamental  data of
  modern pathology, history,  criticism,  compari-
  sons, applications.  Transl. from the Italian by
  John  Joseph Eyre,  viii, 266 pp.   8°.   London,
  1900.
-----.   L' indirizzo anatomico  nella  medicina.
  30 pp.  8°.   Pavia, 1898.
-----.   Preseutazione di preparati auatomici per
  collezione allestiti, con  un metodo che conserva
  la struttura istologica degli organi.   7 pp.   8°.
  Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1899.
-----.   Su gli scheletri di alcune scimmie rachi-
  tiche.  pp.  39-48, 2 pl.   4°.  Milano,  U. Hoepli,
  1900.
    Forms fasc. 3, of : Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. CI. di
  sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1900, 3. s., x.
-----.   I paesi di malaria e la preservazioue del-
  l'uomo.   100 pp., 11.  12.   Milano, F. Vallardi,
  [n. d.].
    II medico di casa.  Bibl. med. pop., no.  13.
    See, also, Cattaneo (Alfonso) & JTIonti (Achille). I
  parassiti della malaria, [etc.].  8°.  Pavia, [1888].—€li-
  ▼io (Inuoccnte) &. JTIonti (A.)  Sull' eziologia della peri-
  tonite piierpenile.  8°. Pavia, [1887].—Fusari (Romeo)
  & Monti (A.)  Compcndiodi istologia generale.  roy. 8°.
  Torino, 1891 —Golgi (Camillo) & JTIonti  (Achille). Sulla
  storia naturale,  [etc.].  8°.  Torino, 1885.—liUraschi
  (Carlo).   La sieroterapia della  difterite.  8°.  Milano,
  [1894].
----- & Fieschi (D.)  Sulla guarigione delle
  ferite dei gaugli del simpatico,  nota.  19 pp.  8~.
  Pavia, frat. Fusi,1895.
Monti (Alois) [1839-    ].  Ueber Verdauuug
  und natiirlicbe Ernahrung der Siiuglinge.   24,
  64 pp.  8°.   Wien, 1-97.
    Forms 1.-3. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxiii.
-----.   Ueber die Entwohuung und Ernahrung
  der Kinder  bis  zum  zweiten  Lebensjahre  und
  die kunstliche Ernahrung  der Sanglinge.  100
  pp.  8-\  Wien, Urban 4" Schwarzenberg,  1897.
    Forms 7.-9. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxiii.
-----.   Die  Erkrankungen  der  kind lichen Ver-
  dauungsorgane.   I. Mund,  Rachen, Speiserohre
  uud Mageu.   Nebst Anhang:  Die im  Kindes-
  alter  am haufigsten vorkommeuden Vergiftun-
  gen.  144 pp.  8°.  Wien,  Urban  $• Schwarzen-
  berg, 1897.
    Forms 1. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxiii.
----.   The same.  II. Magen- und  Darmkrank-
  heiten.   156 pp.   8°.   Wien, Urban 4' Schwarzen-
  berg, 1898.
    Forms 2. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxiv.
-----.   Kinderheirkuude in Einzeldarstellungen.
  Vortrage gehalteu an  der allgemeinen  Poli-
  klinik.   3  v.  8°.   Wien 4' Leipzig,  Urban $~
  Schwarzenberg, 1897-1903.
-----.   Die  Kraukheiten des Peritoneums,  der
  Leber, der Milz  und des Pankreas im  Kindes-
  alter.   Nebst Anhang:  Diabetes insipidus and
  Diabetes mellitus.  pp. 189-240.  8°.  Wien, Ur-
  ban 4" Schwarzenberg, 1898.
    Forms 6.-7. Hft. of:'Wien. Klinik,  xxiv.
-----.  Das Wachsthum  des  Kindes von  der Ge-
  burt bis einschliesslich der Pubertal.    30  pp.
  8°.  Wien,  1898.
    Forms 10. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxiv.
-----.  Das Blut und seine Erkrankuugen.  106
  pp.  8°.  Berlin 4- Wien, 1898.
    Forms 3. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxiv.
Monti (Alois)—continued.
-----.   Tuberculose im Kindesalter.  86 pp.  8°.
  Wien, 1899.
    Forms 7. and 8. Hft. of : Wien. Klinik, xxv.
-----.   Syphilis (Lues).  62 pp.  8°.  Wien, 1899.
    Forms part of 4. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxv.
-----.   Scrophulose.  46 pp.  8' .    Wien, 1899.
    Forms part of 4. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxv.
-----.   Diphtheric  146 pp.  8 .    Wien, 1899.
    Forms 5. Supplhft. of : Wien. Klinik, xxv.
-----.   Rachitis.  70 pp.  8C.   Wien, 1900.
    Forms 2. and 3. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxvi.
-----.   Die  acuten  Exantheme :   Masern,  Ro-
  theln, Sebarlach, Blatteru, Vaccine, Varicellen.
  116 pp.  8°.  Wien, 1900.
    Forms 7. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxvi.
-----.   Cholera epidemica,  Dysenterie, Meningi-
  tis cerebrospinalis epidemica.  98 pp.   8°.  Wien,
  1901.
    Forms 2.-3. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxvii.
-----.   Malaria, Wechselfieber, Sumpfneber.  40
  pp.   8°.   Wien, 1901.
    Forms 6. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxvii.
-----.   Kraukheiten  des   Gehirns  und  seiner
  Haute.  86 pp.   8°.   Wien, 1901.
    Forms 8. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxvii.
-----.   Reconvalescentenhauser,   Specialheilan
  stalten und Anibulatorien in Oesteireich.   37 pp.
  8°.   Wien, M. Perles, 1901.
-----.   Erkrankungen  der  Circulationsorgane.
  Anhang: Basedow'sche Kraukheit. 78 pp.  8°.
  Wien, 1902.
    Forms 7. and 8. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxviii.
-----.   Erkrankungen  des  Riickeumarks und
  seiner Haute, uud  functionelle  Storungen des
  Nervensystems.  68 pp.  8°.   Wien, 1902.
    Forms 9. Supplhft. of: Wien.  Klinik, xxviii.
-----.   Erkrankungen  der Respirationsorgane,
  der Thyreoidea uud der Thymus.  212 pp.  8°.
  Wien, 1902.
    Forms 10. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxviii.
-----.  Erkrankungen derHaru- undGeschlechts-
  organe bei Kinderu.  88 pp.  8°.   Wien,  1903.
    Forms 2. and 3. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxix.
-----.   Krankheiteu der Neugeborenen.  108 pp.
  8°.  Berlin 4* Wien,  Urban 4" Schwarzenberg, 1903.
    Forms 11. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik,  xxix.
-----.   Die  wichtigsten  Hauterkraukungen  im
  Kindesalter.  149  pp.   8°.    Wien,   Urban 4-
  Schwarzenberg, 1903.
    Forms 12. Supplhft. of: Wien. Klinik, xxix.
    See, also, Quellen zu den Publicationen des Dr. Alois
  Monti auf dem Gehieteder Kinderheilkunde [in 1. s.|.
  [Suppl. to: Wien. med. Bl., 1880, iii.]  fol. [Wien, 1880.]
-----  &  Berggriin  (Emil).   Die  chronische
  Aniimie im Kindesalter.  2 p.  1.,  125  pp., 5 pl.
  8°.  Leipzig, F. C.  W. Vogel, 1892.
------------.  The same.  Khronicheskoye malo-
  kroviye v dletskom vozrastte.   Perevod  s nle-
  metskavo  pod   redaktsiyel   N.   F.   Filatova.
  [Transl. from the German  under the editorship
  of Filatoff.]   122  pp.   8°.   Moskwa,  A.  A.
  Kartseff, 1896.
Monti (Benedetto)   [1799-1869].  Del  metodo
  intellettuale della scienza della  vita e del pro-
  cedimento logico dell'  arte  medica.   114 pp.,
  1  1.   8°.  Pesaro, Nobili, 1831.   [P., v. 2233.]
-----.  Leggi statuarie e  regolamenti discipli-
  nari, etc.;  statuts et reglements de I'Hospice de
  Saint-Jean-de-Dieu, pour les ali6nes, erige a Au-
  cono par les freres de Saint-Jean-de-Dieu, prece-
  des d'une introduction  sur  la  doctrine des ma-
  ladies mentales.  [Rev.]   pp. 5-27.   8°.  [Ge-
  neve, 1841.]
    Cutting from: Biblioth. univ. de Geneve, 1841.
    See,  also, Raccolti  di memorie [etc.]. 8°.  Bologna,
  1826. 
MONTI.
68
MONTPELLIER.
Monti (Carlo).  Studii sulla patogenesi e terapia
  della difterite.  32 pp. 8J. Frosinone,C. Stracca,
  1891.
de Monti  (Domenico).   Modo di adoperare il
  pretioso  oglio  de' filosofi, iuventato  da  Barto-
  lotneo  Bon sante, detto lo strazzone;  ed spen-
  zato da me  per beneficio  universale.  1 1.  li°.
  Roma,  Bologna 4' Genova, Vincenti, [1650?].
Monti  (Edoardo).
    See OanaliN (Pietro) & Tlouli (Edoardo). Istruzioni
  per prevenire, [etc.].  8°. Genova, 1904.
Monti (Giuseppe).   Principali norme igieuiche e
  pratiche risguardanti 1' allenaniento ginnastico.
  84 pp.   12c.  Bologna, 1889.
Monti  (Horazio).  Trattato  della niissioue del
  saugue contro  1' abuso moderno, dove si dimo-
  stra in quant' errore  siauo quelli, die lo cavano
  in gran quautita,  ed in tutte le febbre putride.
  Aggiunto un trattato della cousuetudine, con il
  modo di  governare 1' eserciti e naviganti, e del-
  1' infermita loro e loro  curazioue.  6 p. 1., 100
  pp., 6  1.  12°.  Pisa, L. Zeppi, 1627.
Monti  (Ignazio).   Arinjia medica per la  vita di
  un bambino estratto dall' utero, con annotazioni
  legali  del  dottore Giuseppe Maria Gatti e coi
  voti del  ehiarissimo  Alberto di Aller e di altri
  medici insigni.  136  pp., xiv, 3 1.  16°.  Pavia,
  M. A.  Porro, [1764].
Monti  (Luigi).  Compendio  di anatomia topo-
  grafica ad uso degli studenti  e dei medici pratici,
  tratto  dalle  lezioni  del . . .  per  cura  di  Cesare
  Ghillini  e Umberto  Loreta.  vi (1 1.), 127 pp.
  12°.   Bologna,  N.  Zanichelli,  1888.
------.   The same.  Nuova ed., rivedut.  iv, 184
  pp.  16°.  Modena, E. Sarasino, 1891.
------.   Lezioni sul  sistema  uervoso  periferico,
  fatte nella r. Universita di Bologna;  raccolte e
  pubblicate dallo studente Augusto Rabitti.  vii,
  147 pp., 2 1.  16°.  Bologna, frat. Treves, 1892.
    See,  also, Rabitti (Augusto).  Sistema nervoso cen-
  trale.  16°. Bologna, 1894.
Monti  (Rina).  Ricerche  anatomo-comparative
  sulla  miuuta innervazioue degli organi trofici
  nei cranioti inferiori.   Memoria premiata dal
  reale Istituto Lombardo di scienze  e  lettere al
  concorso straordinario Cagnola.   Scaduto il 30
  aprile  1897.   xi, 146 pp., 11., 12 pl.  8°.  Torino,
  Rosenberg 4~ Sellier, 1898.
-----.   The same.  1 p.  1., 137 pp., 12 pl.  8°.
  Pavia, Tipog. e leg. coop.,  1898.
    In: Atti ... r. Ist. Lomb. di see lett., Milano, 1897-8, xvii.
------.   Le  ghiandole salivari dei  gasteropodi
  terrestri  nei diversi  periodi fuuzionali.   19 pp.,
  1 pl.   4°.  Milano, U. Hoepli, 1899.
    Forms fasc. 7 of: Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  CI.
  di sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1899, 3. s., ix.
------.   La rigenerazione nelle planarie marine.
  16 pp., 2 pl.  4°.   Milano, U. Hoepli, 1900.
    Forme fasc. 1 of: Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  CI.
  di sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1900, 3. s., x.
Moiltier (Pierre)  [1872-    ].  * Contribution
  au  diagnostic  de la forme   pulmonaire  de la
  fievre  typho'ide; exameu des urines et du sang.
  56 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1902, No. 584.
Montigiano (Marcantonio).
    See I>ioscorid*'s Anazarbeus [Pedacius].  Della mate-
  ria medicinale. 12°.  Firenze, 1547.
Montigliac [1854-    ].  * Des  phenomenes
  dyseuteriformes dans le cours de la tuberculose.
  63 iip.  4°.   Paris, 1881, No. 309.
Montigliac (J)  [1849-     ].  * Quelques con-
  siderations sur la dilatation  des arteres et l'ane-
  vrysme cirso'ide des membres.  52 pp.  4 \  Pa-
  ris, 1876, No. 462.
Montigliac (Jean) [1871-    ].   * Atropine re-
  nale consecutive  a  la scarlatine.  57 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Paris, 1897, No.  18.
de Montigny (Ambrose).  * Etude clinique sur
  Fangine de Vincent.  64 pp.  »°.  Paris,  1903,
  No. 257.

Houtilla.
    See Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
de MoiltillC (Lucieu) [1874-    ].  ''Contribu-
  tion h l'etude des hernies adherentes  iuflaninia-
  toires et de leur traitement.  66 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1901, No. 4.
Montillier (Francois-Charles) [1860-    ].  * Le
  chancre  mou  et sou  traitement.  45 pp.  4°.
  Paris, 1889, No. 4.
MoiltillOt (Louis).  L'amateur d'insectes.  Pre-
  face par le prof. Laboulbene.   Organisation;
  chasse;  recolte; description des especes; rauge-
  ment et  conservation  des collections,  viii, 352
  pp.  12°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4^ fils., 1890.
------.  Les iusectes nuisibles.   308  pp.  12°.
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils, 1891.
Montini  (Arturo).   Chirurgia del cieco  (tec-
  nica, indicazioni).  72 pp.  8°. Seregno, F. Ven-
  turo, 1903.
Montini (Franco).  Saggio di osservazioni e ri-
  flessioni chirurgico-pratiche.  48 pp., 2 pl.  12°.
  Lodi, Pallavicini, 1808.
Monti rone.
    See Waters (Mineral),  by localities.
Montius (E.)  Fails curieux et interessants pro-
  duits par  la puissance du  magnetisme animal,
  ou  coinptes-rendus  des  experiences remarqua-
  bles operees en  Belgique.  2. ed.   175 pp.  12°.
  Bruxelles, 1842.
Moiltizainbert (Frederick) [1843-   ]. Quar-
  antine and public health report, 1889.  11 pp.
  8°.   [n. p., 1889.]
    No. 1.  Ann. Rep.  St. Lawrence  Quarantine  Service,
  Grosse Isle.
    See, also, Canada. Minister of Agriculture.  Quaran-
  tine and Public Health.  Annual report for the year 1886.
  8°.  [Ottawa, 1887.1 .
    For Biography, see Physicians  &  Surg.  Am.  (Wat-
  son),  roy. 8°. Concord, N. H., 1896,  27.  Also, Reprint.
de Montlinot [Charles - Autoine - Joseph - Le
  Clerc], Vabbt [1732-1801].  Observations sur les
  eufants-trouves de la generalite de Soissons.  40
  pp.  4°.   Paris, 1790.
Hlontlucon.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
de Montuiollin (Georges). * Observations sur
  la fievre typho'ide de l'enfance, faites a l'Hdpital
  des enfants de Bitle.  [Basel.]  67 pp.  8°. Neuf-
  chdtel, H. Wolf rath 4- Cie., 1885.
de Montuiollin (.Jacques).  * Ueber  Phosphor-
  behandlung bei Rachitis.  Beobachtungen ans
  dem Kinderspital zu  Basel wahrend  der Jahre
  1884-7.   52 pp.  8°.  Basel. Schweighaus, 1888.
Montonx (A.)   Le cheval;  exterienr et anato-
  mie.  46 pp., 1  1.   8°, [with elephantine phan-
  tom pl.].   Paris, Schleicher, 1901.
------. La dentition et le pied du cheval (l'age et
  la ferrure).  49 pp., 1 1., 2 superposed plates.
  roy. 8°.  Paris, C. Reinwald, 1903.
Montoya  y Flores (Jean-Baptiste).   * Re-
  cherches snr les carates de Colombie.   146 pp.
  8°.  Paris, 1898, No. 25.
JVIoiitpelier, Vermont.
    See Diphtheria  (History, etc., of), by localities.
Montpellier, France.
    See, also, Children (Hospitals, etc., for). Chol-
  era (History, etc., of),  Fever (Malarial, History,
  etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History, etc., of),  Hos-
  pitals (Description,  etc., of), Hospitals (Gynce-
  cologic,  etc.), Hospitals (Ophthalmic, etc.), Influ-
  enza (History, etc., of), Insane 'Asylums for, De- 
MONTPELLIER.
69
MONTUORO.
Hlontpellier, France.
  scription, etc.,of), Scarlatina (History, etc., of).
  Small-pox (History, etc., of), Universities, by
  localities.
    Nathhorst  ( T. E. )  * Flora  Monspeliensis.
  8\  Upsalice, 1756.
    In: Linn^us.   Atncenitates acad. [etc.].  8°.  Lugd.
  Bat, 1760, iv, 468-495.
    nodron.  Florula jnvenalis.  [Latin text.]  Acad. d.
  sc. do Montpel. Mem.  de  la sect, de med., 1853, i,  409-
  465.— .Madden (T. M.) Montpellier as a winter health
  resort.  Med. Press  &  Cite, Lond., 1891, n.  s., Iii, 437-
  439.—Rodriques (H.)  Du climat de Montpellier.  In
  his: Clin. med. de Montpel., 8°, 1855, 297-412.
Montpellier  medical.  2. s., v.  10-17, 1888-91.
  8'-.  Montpellier.
    In January, 1892, united with: Gazette hebdomadaire
  des sciences  m6dicales de Montpellier, forming: Nou-
  veau Montpellier medical.
Montpellier medical.   Journal hebdomadaire.
  Kedacteur:  P. Delord-Boebm.  [2 v. annually.]
  N. s., v. 14-20, 1902-5.   Montpellier 4- Paris.
    Current.  Continuation of: iVouveau Montpellier me-
  dical.
 Ylonl-Pilal,  Loire.
     Ekaud(J.)  La station climaterique du Mont-
  Pilat (Loire).   8°.  Lyon, 1898.
de M[ontravel] (T[ardy]).  Essai snr la  the-
  orie du somnambulisnie magnetique.   xxxii, 86
  pp.  rtJ.  Londres 4' Avignon, J.  Gnichard, 1786.
Montreal.   Reports  on  the  corporation   ac-
  counts of  the city of Montreal, and  reports of
  the chiefs of departments, for the year 1889-1902.
  8J.  Montreal, 1890-1904.
     Includes reports of the board of health; city surveyor;
  fire department; inspector of boilers; inspector  of build-
   ings, and water works.
 Montreal.
     See  Diphtheria  (History,  etc.,  of),   Fever
   (Typhoid, Histoiy, etc., of), Hospitals (Descrip-
   tion, etc.,  of), Hospitals (Gynoncologic, etc.),
  Hospitals (Management, etc., of), Insane (Asy-
   lums for, Description, etc., of), Police  (Reports,
   etc.,of), Sewage (Disposal of), Small-pox (His-
   tory, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), Universities,
   Water (Supjyly of), by localities.
 Montreal.  Board of Health.  Reports  on  the
   8;initary  state of the  city of Montreal,  also an
   account of tbe operations of the  board of health
   aud the vital statistics, for the years 1876; 1881;
   1884-94;  189(5.  8°.  Montreal, 1877-97.
     Report for 1881 also in  French. Reports for  1884 and
   1889 also bound with : Rep. on the account of the corpor-
   ation.  8°.  Montreal, 1885-90.
 Montreal*  Inspector of Buildings.  Annual re-
   ports of the inspector to the chairman of the fire
   committee, for  the years 1^79-84;  1889.   8°.
   Montreal, l'-80-90.
     Bound with: Rep. on the accounts of the corporation.
   8°.  Montreal, 1880-90.
 Montreal.   Montreal  Water  Works.   Annual
   reports of the superintendent to the mayor and
   aldermen,  for 1862;  1873;  18*5-93.  8-.  Mon-
   treal,  1863-94.
 Montreal General Hospital.  Annual reports of
   the governors and officers  to  the corporation,
   aud  the  reports of  the Training School for
   Nurses.  64.-75., 1885-6 to 1896-7; 77.-81., 1898-9
   to 1902.  8°.  Montreal, 1886-1903.
     Established as a temporary hospital in a hired house of
   four rooms.   Corner stone of the present building laid
   Jan. 6, 1822.  Chartered January, 182:j.  Reports are num-
   bered  from the opening of the new building. Eightieth
   report for 8 months ending Dec. 31, 1901.
 ------.   Pathological reports.   Nos. 3-4.   Refer-
   ence  index to post-mortems from  188:5  to  1902.
   8°.   Montreal, 1896-1903.
     No. 3, compiled by Wyatt Johnston, D. D. MacTaggart,
   and F. L. Johnston; no. 4,  by John McRae, assisted by
   Oskar Klotz and W. G. Ricker.
Montreal Homoeopathic  Record.  Devoted  to
  the interests of homoeopathy and of the Montreal
  Homoeopathic Hospital.  [Monthly.]   Nos. 2-3,
  5, v. 2; Nos. 6-7, 10-12, v. 4 ;  Nos. 4, 7, 9, v. 7,
  February, 1897, to September, 1902.  8°.   Mon-
  treal.
Montreal (The) Medical Jonrnal.  A review of
  medicine, surgery, and obstetrics, and chronicle
  of hospital practice.   Edited by Geor»-e  Ross,
  T. G. Roddick, and James Stewart.  [Monthly.]
  v.  17-34, July, 1888-1905.  8'~.   Montreal.
    Current. Title of v. 1-16 was: Canada  (The) Med-
  ical and Surgical Journal.
Montresse.                        , ,.,  r . -,
    See Oeidier (Antoine). Experiences sur labile letc.J.
  12°.  Zuric, 1722.
Montreiix.
    Montkeux.   Texte par E.  Rambert, Lebert,
  Ch. Dufour, F.-A. Forel et S. Chavanues.   Illus-
  trations par G. Lore, Baehelin, Bocion, Burnand,
  A. Chavannes, H. Furter, O. Hnguenin, G.  Roux
  etA. Veillon.  8°.  [Berne], 1877.
    It ii lire 1- (C.)  Ueber das Klima von Montreux.  Cor.-
  Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903,  xxxiii, 221.— IVolda
  (A.)  Montreux sun Genfer See mit Mont Fleuri, (ilion,
  Les Avants und Caux.  Ztschr. f. klimat. Kurorte 11. San.,
  Munchen, 1900, i, 25; 49.
Montreux.  Texte par  E. Rambert, Lebert,
  Ch. Dufour, F.-A. Forel et S. Chavannes.   Illus-
  trations parG. Dore, Baehelin, Bocion, Burnand,
  A. Chavannes, H. Furrer, O. Huguenin, G.  Roux
  et A. Veillon.  250 pp., 16 pl., 1 map, 2 diag., 1 1.
  8°.   [Berne, Stampfii], 1877.
de Moiltricher (H.)  Assainissement de Mar-
  seille.  36 pp., 3 plans.  8°.  Marseille, Barlatier
  4- Barthelet, 1890.
     Repr.from : Bull. Soc. scient. indust. de Marseille.
 ------.  Association polytechuique pour le  deve-
  loppement  de l'instrtiction  populaire.   Section
  de Marseille.   Cours d'hygiene  publiqne  et  de
  demographie.   Resumes des 26  lecons et confe-
  rences.  52 pp.   8°.   Marseille,  Barlatier, 1900.

 Montronu1.
     See Waters (Mineral), by localities.

 i?Iontrose.
     .See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  Statistics (Vital), by localities.
 Mont-Sainct (Thomas).  Histoire miracnleuse
  des eaux rouges  comme sang, tombees dans la
  ville de Sens 6s  environs, le jour de  la grande
  feste Dieu derniere, 1617.  Extraicte d'une lettre
  de Maistre . . .  16°.   Paris, S. Moreau, 1617.
 VIont-St.- Aiiiuml.
     See Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
 jTIontserrat.
     Island  (The) of Montserrat;  its history  and
  development, chiefly  as  regards  its lime-tree
  plantations;  with  a  short description  of lime
  juice and its use as a  medicinal agent and as a
   beverage.  12°.  Liverpool,  189">.
     Cruz (J.)  La■ Puda de Montserrat. Ciencia mod., Ma-
   drid, 1895, ii, 171-175.—iVIasd Dm.  La Puda de Mont-
   serrat.  Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1904, xxvii, 263; 301.
 Montil (G. B. Gioachino).   Memorie storiche del
  _grau contagio in Piemonte negli anni 1630 e 31,
  e  specialmente del medesimo in Chieri e ne suoi
  contorni;  raccolte e  pubblicate  per la solenuita
  secolare  celebrata in questa  citta  in onor  di
  Maria  SSma delle Grazie.   180 pp., 12 pp.   12°.
   Torino, G.  Marietti, 1830.
 Montuori  (Adolfo).   Ricerche biotetmiche.
   vii,  146 pp.   8°.  Napoli, F. Giannini 4' figli,
   1904.
 Montlioro (Raffaele).   La  Croce Rossa.   Ri-
   cordi e notizie per 1'  esposizione d' igiene in
   Napoli, aprile-ottobre, 1900.  2.  ed.  72 pp., 1 1.
   12°.  Napoli, P.  E.  Veraldi, 1901. 
MONTITUS.
70
MOORE.
Moiltlllis (Sebastianus) [1480-    ].
    See Fueha(Leonhartus).  Paradoxa, [etc.]. fol. Fran-
  cof. ad Ma-num, 1567.
Monument Cemetery of Philadelphia.  Annual
  report of the  board  of managers  to the  lot-
  holders.   52., 1888-9.  28 pp., 2  pl.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, J. Spence, 1889.
Monza.
    See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), by localities.
[Monza (Agostino).]   L'  elastico compressore
  dell' ernie, inventato per quelle, nelle quali ries-
  cono  inutili o pericolosi i noti ripari.   3 p. 1.,
  42 pp., 1 pl.   8 .  Parma, Stamp, reale, 1787.
Monzon (Max L.) [1872-    ].   * Etude sur les
  kystesde l'iris. 91pp.  8D.   Paris, 1902, No. 248.
-----.   The  same.  91 pp.  8C.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1902.
Monzon (Ricardo Lozano).   L^s grandes pro-
  cesos (bradytroiias,  autointoxicaciones,  infec-
  ciones, arterio-esclerosis y neuropatias).  1 p. 1.,
  97 pp.  8U.   Zaragoza, E. Casanal 4' Co.,  1895.
Moody (Robert Orton).   On the  use  of  clay
  modeling in the study of osteology.  10 pp., 2 pl.
  8C.  Baltimore, 1903.
    Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv.
Moody's Mtigazine of  Medicine.  A  medico-
  literary magazine.   Ralcy Hiisted  Bell, editor.
  [Montlily.]  v. 1, Nos. 1-5, August to December,
  1896.   8°.   Atlanta, Ga.
    Continued under title: Magazine (The) of Medicine.
Moog (Auguste).  * Les eliminations urinaires
  dans les nephrites subaigiies dites parenchyiua-
  tenses.  103 pp.  »°.  Paris, 1903, No. 498.
Moog (Job. Baptist).  * Ueber Elektrolyse eini-
  ger substituierter organischer Siiuren.  [Bern.]
  56 pp., 1 pl.  8°.   Munchen, F. Straub, 1893.
de  Mooij (C.)  Teekeuingen  en beschrijving
  vau  hangmat-raderbaren  en  portative haug-
  matbiancards, benevens van een veerkrachtig
  zweeftoestel en van  eenige chirurgische" instru-
  menten bekroond te 's Hag.' in 1869  met de goud
  en  zilveren en bronzen medaille en in  1873 te
  Parijs met  de medaille de  merite.   18 1., 1  pl.
  8°.  Maastricht, 1>*73.
------.  Graphisch  overzicht  van  personeel  en
  materieel van  den geneeskundigen dienst bij een
  divisie te velde.  Volgens^ het voorschrift be-
  treft'ende den geneeskundigen dienst in tijd van
  oorlog.  1 broadside  fol.   Utrecht, J.  G. Broese,
  1886.
------.  See, also :
     Bounette.  L'ceuvre dn Dr de Mooij.  Caducee, Par.,
  1905, v, 199.
Mook (Friedrich).    Theophrastus  Paracelsus.
  Eine kritische  Studie.  2  p. 1., 136 pp.   4°.
   Wiirzburg, J. Staudinger, 1876.

Mookerjee (Lai Madhub) [1841-     ].
     Biography. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta,  1891, vi, 145,
  port.
Moolenblirg'h (Job.)  * De dilatatione bron-
  chiorum.  2 p. 1., 45 pp., 1 1.   8-.  Lugd. Bat., L.
  Herdingh 4-fil., 1840.   [P., v. 2079.]

Woo I tun sore.
     See Ulcers (Endemic).

JU0011 (Influence of).
    See, also, Astrology;  Fork-lore;  Insane (In-
  fluence of climate, etc., on).
    Cabanes.  La lune a-t  elle une influence sur les ma-
  ladies? J. de la sante, Par., 1902, xix, 464-467.—Menner
  (A.)  Holdkor-ok (lnnare  Krankheitsursache).  Orvosi
  hetil.,Budapest, 1865,ix,225; 241; 257; 289; 313.—Slaugh-
  ter (J. W.)  The moon in childhood and  folklore.  Am.
  J. Psychol., Worcester, 1902-3, xiii, 294-318.
Moon (Miss A. C).
    See Bniihrop (Mrs.) &. ITloon (Miss A. C.)  Kitchen
  physic.  8°.  Melbourne, 1&82.
Moon (David Steele) [     -1905].
    Obituary.  Brit. M.J., Loud., 1905, i, 919.  Also: Lan-
  cet.JLond., 1905, i, 1102.
Moon (W[illiam])  [1818-94].   Neu erfnndeue
  Blindensclirift, erliititert vou C. Asmis.  36 pp.,
  1 pl.  8C.  Charlottenburg, L. Rauh, 1861.
    For Biography, see Dict.|Xat. Biog., Lond., 1901, [suppl.
  iii], 190-192 (H. Davey).
Moon-blindness.
    See Irido-choroiditis in the horse.

ITIooney (Fletcher D.) [1856-97].
    Domett  (W. B.)  In memoriam.   Tr.  Am. Ass. Obst.
  &. Gynec. 1897, Phila., 1898, x, 465, port.
Mooney (J.  H).
    Editor of: Kansas City Medical and Surgical Journal,
  1898.
Mooney (James) [1861-    ].   The medical my-
  thology of Ireland,   pp. 136-166.   8y  Phila-
  delphia, MacCalla 4' Co., 1887.
    Repr.from:  Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1887, xxiv.
------.  The Cherokee  ball play.   pp. 107-132,
  lpl.  8°.   Washington, Judd 4-  Detweiler, 1890.
    Repr. from: Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1890, iii.
------.  Cherokee  theory and practice  of  medi-
  cine,   pp. 44-.">0.   8-.   Cambridge,  Riverside
  Press, 1890.
    Repr.from: J. Am. Folk-Lore, Cambridge, 1890.
------.  The Siouan tribes of the East.   100 pp.,
  1 1.  "Y.   Washington,  Govt. Print. Office, 1894.
    Smitbson Inst., Bureau Ethnol.  Rep.
    See, also, iVIescal buttons. 16°. Detroit, 1896.—Pren-
  tiss (D. W.) & ITlorgan (Francis P.)  Therapeutic uses
  of the mescal buttons [etc.].  8°.  Detroit, 1896.
de  Moor  (Bartholoniaeus)  [1649-1724].    * De
  suifocatione  hypochondriaca.   91.   4C.   Lugd.
  Bat., apud vid. 4" hwredes J. Elseinrii, 1669.  [P.,
  v. 1949.]
------.  Oratio de  hypothesibus  medicis.   [Gro-
  ningen.]   35 pp.  4°.   Amstehndami, apud R. 4'
  G.  Wetstenios, 1706.   [P., v. 1217.]
Moor (C. G.)  Suggested  standards  of purity
  for foods  and drills.   viii,  pp.  17-260.   8C.
  London, Bailliere, Tindall 4" Cox, 1902.
    See, also, 4*add (Hfeury] Wippell). A synopsis of the
  British Pharmacopoeia 1898. 24°. London, 1899.—Pear-
  main (T. H.) & JUoore (C. G.)  The analysis  of food
  [etc.].  Pts. 1-2.  8°.  London, 1897-9.----------. Ap-
  plied bacteriology [etc.].  8°. London, 1897.----------.
  The same.   2. ed.  8°.  London, Paris dk Madrid, 1888.
de Moor (Ch.-J.)   Matiere medicale  pure,  re-
  cueillie et luiseeu ordre.  112+pp.  8°.   Paris,
  J.-B. Bailliere 4-fils, 1<>7.
Moor (G. Ya.)  Mikroorgauizml vozdukha i ikh
  roi v raspiostranenii  ztirazntkh bolieznel; isto-
  richeskiy  ocherk.  [Microorganisms  of the  air
  and their r61e iu the spreading of infectious dis-
  eases; historical sketch.]  69 pp.   8-\  S.-Peter-
  burg, P.  P. Soikin, 1895.
Moor (Jean).  * Feber einen Fall vou Tumoren
  des Uterus  und  der Nieren.  [Zurich.]   29 pp.
  8C.  Vster-Zurich, A. Diggelmann, 1892.       c.
Moor (Job.)   *Das in  Zurich befindliche kypho-
  tisch-qnervereugte  Becken.  76 pp., 4 pl., 1 1.
  8°.  Zurich,  Orell, Filssli <f Co., 1865.          C.
de Moor(L).
    See Ntoltvis (Bareiid-Josephus).   Lecons de pharmaco-
  therapie.  8°.  Haarlem dk Paris, 1896.
Moor (William).  The treatment of opium-poi-
  soning by potassium permanganate.  5 pp.  12 .
  Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi.

Moorcroft (William) [1705?-1825].
    Chichester (H. M.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xxxviii, 337.
Moore.
     See Sayory & Moore [in l.s.].   On pancreatic emul-
  sion [etc.].  8Y  [London, 1884.]----------. New rem-
  edies and special preparations.  8°.  [London, 1884. J 
MOORE.
71
MOORE.
Moore (Albertns Adair).  Placenta pnevia cen-
  tralis.  Profuse hainorrhage; collapse; podalic
  version;  manual  extraction of  placenta; re-
  covery of mother.   7 pp.  h°.  New York, 1904.
    Repr.from .- X. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx.
Moore  (Alfred).  Origin of the vermiform ap-
  pendix.   A prelimiuarv report.  5 pp.  8°.  New
  York, 1904.
    Repr.from: X. York M. J. [etc.l, 1904, lxxx.
Moore (A[lfred] W[illiam]).  Corpulency, i. e.,
  fat,  or embonpoint, iu excess.  Letters  to the
  Medical Times and Gazette explaining  briefly
  his uewly discovered  diet system to reduce the
  weight and benefit the health.   5. ed.  73 pp.
  12°.  London, Spottiswoode d  Co., 1862.
Moore (A[rthur] W[illiam]).  The folk-lore of
  the Isle of Man, being an account of its myths,
  legends, superstitions,  customs, and proverbs,
  collected from many sources; with a general in-
  troduction and with explanatory  notes to each
  chapter,  vi (3 1.), 192 pp.   16°.  Isle of Man,
  Brown 4' Son; London, D. Nutt, 1891.
Moore   (Benjamin).   Elementary  physiology.
  vi (1 1.), '^95 pp.  12°.  London, New York 4- Bom-
  bay, Longmans, Green  4' Co., 1899.
Moore (Benjamin T[homas]).  On the influence
  of temperature during childbirth  aud ou the
  right management of the puerperal state.   . .  .
  3. ed., with notes and commentarjY  (54 pp.  8°.
  London, H. Kimpton, 1876.
Moore (Charles).
    See United States.   Congress.   Joint select com-
  mittee to investigate the charities in the District of Colum-
  bia.  Pts. 1 and 3.  2 v.  8Y  Washington, 1897-K.
Moore (Charles Frederick)  [1820-1903].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1904,  i,  53.   Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 132.
[Moore (Charles Hewitt)] [1821-70].   Ongoing
  to sleep,  viii, 60  pp.  12°.  London, R. Hard-
  wicke, 1868.
Moore  (C[harles] W.)  Water, its impurities,
  gathered from the air  and earth.  The organisms
  that grow in it, and the modern methods of purifi-
  cation.  80 pp., 1 pl.  12J.   San Francisco, 1888.
    Repr.from: Pacific Rec. M. &. S., San Fran., 1887-8, ii.
Moore  (Clarence  Blootnfield).    Certain  sand
  mounds of the St. John's River, Florida.   2 v.,
  paged consecutively.   246 pp.,  1  ]., 33 pl.  4°.
  Philadelphia, Lerytype Co., 1894.
------.   Additional mounds of Duval and of Clay
  couuties, Florida.  Mound investigation  on the
  east  coast of Florida.   Certain  Florida coast
  mounds uorth of tbe  St. John's River.  30 pp.,
  2 pl., 1 map.  4°.  [n. p.], 1896.
------.   Certain sand mounds of Florida.  7 pp.
  8-.  New York # Lancaster,  Pa., 1896.
    Repr.from: Science, n. 8., iii.
----—.   Certain aboriginal mounds of the Georgia
  coast. [And:] Inhumations aud incinerations in
  Europe liv de Nadaillac. 144 pp.,  17 pl., 1 map.
  fol.   Philadelphia, 1897.
    Repr.from: J. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila.,  1897, xi.
------.   Certain aboriginal remains of  the Ala-
  bama River,  pp. 289-347.    fol.   Philadelphia,
  P. C. Stockhausen, 1899.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Acad. Nat.
  Sc, Phila., 1899, xi.
------.   Certain antiquities of the  Florida west
  coast,   pp.  351-394.   fol.   Philadelphia, P. C.
  Stockhausm,  1900.
    v-uiting [cover with printed title] from: J. Acad. Nat.
  Sc. Phila., 1900, xi.
■------.   Certain aboriginal mounds of the central
  Florida west coast.  [ Also:] Certain  aboriginal
  mounds of the Apalacbicola River,   pp. 363-494,
  2  maps.   fol.  Philadelphia, P. C. Stockhausen,
  190:i.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Acad. Nat.
  Sc, Phila., 1903, xii.
Moore (Clarence Bloomfield)—continued.
------.   Certain aboriginal remains of the Black
  Warrior River.   Certain aboriginal remains of
  the Lower Tombighee River.   Certain aborigi-
  nal remains  of  Mobile Bay  and  Mississippi
  Sound.  MiM'ellaneous investigation in Florida.
  pp. 125-332.   fol.   Philadelphia, 1905.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Acad. Nat.
  Sc, Phila., 1905, xiii.
Moore (Eduardo).  Cirugia de la guerra.  iv,
  316 pp.  16c.   Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus, 1897.
Moore  (Edward).   Bovine  tubercuhisis  in its
  relation  to man.   31  pp.  r-c.   jVeie York, 1899.
    Repr.from: N. York M. .1., 1899,  lxx.
Moore (E[dward] C[rozier] S[ibbald]).   Sani-
  tary engineering.  A practical treatise ou  the
  collection, removal, and final disposal of sewage
  and the design  and  const1 uction  of  works of
  drainage and  sewerage; with  a special chapter
  ou  the  disposal  of  house  refuse  and sewage
  sludge and numerous hydraulic tables, formula)
  and memoranda, including  an extensive series
  of tables of velocity and discharge o*f pipes and
  sewers specially computed  by Ganguillet and
  Kutter's formula.   xxvii,  6"2l pp., 70 pl.   8°.
  London,  B. T.  Balsford, 1898.
    See, also. Professional papers  of the corps of royal
  engineers [etc.].  8°.  Chatham, 1892.
Moore  (Edward  Duke).   Memorandums  and
  recollections on gout and rheumatism, and their
  treatment: with  a  few practical  remarks on
  sciatica and lumbago.  38 pp. 8°.  London, J.
  Churchill, 1861.
Moore (E[dward]  M[ott]) [1814-1902].  Treat-
  ment  of the clavicle when  fractured  or dislo-
  cated.  2 pp.,  1 pl.  8°.  [Rochester, N.  Y., 1870.]
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. N. T., Albany, 1870.
------.   A luxation of the ulna not  hitherto  de-
  scribed,  with  a plan  of reduction  and mode of
  after treatment; including the management of
  Colles' fracture.    12 pp.,  4 pl.    8°.  Albany,
  Weed,  Parsons 4"  Co., 1872.
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1872.
------..   Gangrene and gangrenous  diseases.
    In: Internet. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst), N. Y., 1882,
  ii, 293-324, 2 col. pl.    f
------.   The same.   Gangrene et processus gan-
  gre"neux.
    In: Encycl. internat.de chir. (Ashhurst), Par., 1883,
  ii, 753-790.
    See, also, Pennock (Caspar Wistar) <fe ITIoore (E. M.)
  [in  1. s.].   Report of experiments  on  the action of the
  heart [etc.].  8°.  Philadelphia, 18.19.
    For Biography, see Boston M &  S. J.,  1902, cxlvi, 720.
  Als»: Buffalo M. J., 1901-2, n. s, xii, 681; 900.  Also: J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1902, xxxviii, 720.  Also: Tr. M.
  Soc. N.  Y., Albany, 1903, 415-418 (W. S.  Ely).
Moore  (Edwin s.).
    See New York (State). University of the State of New
  York.  Examination bulletin no. 7, April, 1895. 8°.  Al-
  bany, 1895.
Moore  (Francis)  [1657-1715?].
    Goodwin (ft.) [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  18!i.">, xxxviii, 349.
Moore  (Frederick Craven).
    See Ricder (Hermann).  Atlas of urinary sediments
  [etc.J.   roy. 8°.  London, 1899.
Moore  (George)  [1803-80].   Legitimate  medi-
  cine: What is it?  50 pp.  8°.  London, J. Keene,
  1869.
------.  Enlarged tonsils curable without cutting.
  5. ed.  56pp.  12°.  London, J. Epps4' Co., [n. d.].
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894,xxxviii,
  352 (W.  A. Greenhill).
Moore  (George T.) & Kellernian (Karl  F.)
  A  method  of destroying  or  preventing  the
  growth of algse and certain pathogenic bacteria
  in water supplies.   44 pp.   8°.  Washington,
  Gov. Print. Off., 1904.
    Forms Bull. no. 64 of: U. S. Dept. Agric.  Bureau Plant
  Indust. 
MOOKE.
72
MOORE.
Moore  (H[enry]  B.)   Colorado-Springs;  ein
  Zulluchtsort fiir Phthisiker.   Uebersetzung aus
  dem englisehen Original-Manuscript des Autors.
  8 pi>.  8°.   Wien, A. Holder,  [1890].
    Repr.from: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1890, iii.
------.  The  early  recognition and  the climatic
  treatment  of pulmonary tuberculosis.   8  pp.
  8\  Philadelphia, Lea Brothers 4' Co., 189">.
    Repr. from : Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii.
Uloore  (Henry  Mclntire  Worthington)
  [1862-1904].
    Stanton (S. C.)  The roll of honor for 1903-4.  [Obit-
  uary.]  J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1905, xvi,
  102-104.
Ifloore (Hugh Myddleton) [1807-1904].
    Obituary.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix,273.
Moore (James) [1763-1834].   A method of pre-
  venting or  diminishing pain iu  several opera-
  tions of surgery.  1 p. 1., 50 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Lon-
  don, T. Cadell, 1784.  [P., v.  20^0.]
    Incomplete; pp. 25-32 missing.
------.  The same.   Metodo di  prevenire o dimi-
  nnire il doiore in molte operazioni chirurgiche,
  tradotto da 11' iuglese ed accresciuto  di  note da
  Giannantonio Picciuelli.  79  pp.   12°.   Milano,
  G.  Galeazzi, 1786.
------.  A letter to Dr. Jones, on the composition
  of the eau nieYlicinale d'Husson.   46 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  London, J. Johnson f Co , 1811.   [P., v. 2020.]
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog.,Lond., 1894,xxxviii,
  357.
Moore (James).   Handy book of veterinary ho-
  moeopathy.  466 pp.  12°. New York, W. Raddet
  1849.
------.  A practical reply to Sir B. Brodie's letter
  on  homoeopathy, with  cases, showing the  effi-
  cacy of homoeopathic treatment in the diseases
  of animals.  55 pp.  8°.   London, J. Epps, 1861.
  [P., v. 2199.]
------.  The  lung  disease  of  cattle,  or pleuro-
  pneumonia, curable by homoeopathy; with di-
  rections.  7. ed.  22 pp.  8°.  London,  H. Tur-
  ner 4- Co , 1862.  [P., v. 2187.]
------.  Les maladies des chiens traite"es par l'ho-
  moeopathie.  Trad, de l'anglais, avec  autorisa-
  tion de l'auteur, par Paul Hottinguer.  viii, 240
  pp.   12°.  Paris, G. Carre', 1893.
    See, also. Epitome (An) of veterinary homoeopathy,
  [etc.].  16°.  Chicago, 1866.
Moore (James).  The first  crusade.   A poem.
  24 pp. 8 . Philadelphia, A lien, Lane 4" Scott, 1881.
Moore  (J[ames]  E.)  [1852-    ].  Orthopedic
  surgery.   354  pp.   8°.   Philadelphia,  W. B.
  Saunders, 1898.
Moore (John) [1729-1802].   Medicinische Skiz-
  zeu.  Aus dem  Englisehen.   2 p. 1., 350 pp.  8°.
  Leipzig, Schwickert,  1789.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,1894, xxxviii,
  363 (N. Moore).
------.  See, also :
    Richardson  (B. W.)  John Moore and Mooriana.
  Asclcpiad, Lond., 1891, viii, 339-364, port.  Also, in his:
  Disciples of ^Isculapius, 8°, Lond., 1900,  ii, 573-591, port.
Ifloore (John) [    -1887].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1887,  i, 1022.  Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1887, i, 960.
Ifloore (John) [1826-      ].
    Pilcher (J. E.)  Brigadier General John Moore, Sur-
  geon-General of the United States Army, 1886-90. J. Assi
  Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa., 1904, xv, 511-514, port.
Moore  (John  Murray).   New Zealand for the
  emigrant, invalid, and  tourist,   xiii, 253 pp.,  1
  1., 1 pl.,  4  maps.   12°.   London,  S.  Low  [and
  others], 1890.
Moore (J[ohn] Percy) [1869-    ].  The leeches
  of the U. S. Natioual Museum,  pp. 543-563,1 pl.
  8°.  Washington, 1896.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Proc. U.S. Nat.
  Mas., W'aBh., 1898.
Moore (John T.)  Nephritis  iu malaria.   5 pp.
  8°.   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr. from : Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii.
------.   Malaria;  marked  cerebral  and  spinal
  symptoms; Kernig's  sign present;  double  ter-
  tian.   8 pp.  8°.  St. Louis, 190:2.
    Repr. from: St. Louis Cour. Med., 1902, xxvii.
------.   An observation showing that the flagella
  of the malarial parasite are fertilizing elements.
  3 pp.   8°.   Baltimore. 1902.
    Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii.
------.   Typhoid fever.  155, x pp.   12°.  Chicago,
  G. P. Englehard 4' Co., 1902.
----- & Allison (W. S.) A comparative study
  of the  value of methylene  blue and  quinine
  in the treatment of malarial fever.  10 pp.   12°.
  New York, 1902.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y.,  1902, lxxxi.
Moore (Sir Johu William)  [1845-    ].   On an
  aspirator for use  in  thoracentesis, invented by
  Vald. Rasiniissen, of  Copenhagen.  5 pp., 1 pl.
  8°.  Dublin, J. Falconer, 1-71.  f P., v. 2088.] •
    Repr. from: Dublin Q. J. M. Sc, 1871, li.
-----.   The medical history of the Meath  Hos-
  pital.  An  address.  20 pp.  12°.  Dublin, J. Fal-
  coner, 1875.  [P., v. 2089.]
-----.   Salicylic acid in  acute rheumatism.  17
  pp.  8°.  Dublin, J. Falconer, 1877.   [P., v. 2092.]
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1877, lxiii.
-----.   Two cases illustrative of the clinical his-
  tory of secondary pleuritis  in  phthisis.  7 pp.
  8°.   [Dublin, 1877.]  [P., v. 2092.]
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1877, lxiv.
-----.   A case of typhus with hyperpyrexia.  6
  pp.  8°.   Dublin, 1878.   [P., v. 2093.]
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1878, lxv.
-----.   Iu Memoriam.  William Stokes.  16 pp.
  8°.   [Dublin, 1878.]   [P., v.  2092.]
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1878, lxv.
-----.   Homes for convalescents from acute infec-
  tive diseases.  10 pp., 2 pl.  8°.  Dublin, J. Fal-
  coner,  1879.  [P., v. 2092.]
    Repr.from : Dublin J. M. Sc, 1879, lxviii.
-----.   The microcosm of disease.  An address.
  24  pp.  8C.  Dublin, J.  Falconer, 1879.  [P., v.
  2095.]
-----.   Accidental rashes in typhoid fever.  9 pp.
  8°.   Dublin, 1888.
    Repr.from : Dublin J. M. Sc, 1888, lxxxvi.
-----.   Success in medical teaching and practice;
  an address.  14 pp. 8°.  Dublin, J.  Falconer, 1888.
    Repr. from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1888, lxxxvi.
-----.   Angina  pectoris  in  the heart-palsy of
  acute  infective  diseases.  17 pp.  8°.   Dublin,
  J. Falconer,  1890.
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1890, lxxxix.
------.  The influenza epidemic of 1889-90, as ob-
  served in Dublin.  19 pp., 3 diag.  8°.   Dublin,
  J. Falconer, 1890.
    Repr. from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1890, lxxxix.
------.  Text-book of the eruptive  and continued
  fevers,  xxv (1 1.), 535  pp., 17 pl.  8°.  Dublin
  4~ London, Fannin 4~ Co., 1892.
-----.  The same,  xxv (1 1.), 535 pp., 2 pl., 17
  diag.  8°.  New York, W.  Wood <j- Co., 1892. ,
------.  Smallpox.
    In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. T., 1898, xiii, 387-498.
    See, also, Pin in (Peter Andreas Julius) &•  Selchau
   (H.) Lithotomy in the female |etc.].  8°.  [Dublin, 1872.]
    For  Biography, see  Med. Hist. Meath Hosp.,  Dubl.,
   1888, 147-149, port.
Moore (Josiah).  Funeral discourse commemo-
  rative of  John Porter.  12 pp.  8°.  Plymouth,
   1865.
Moore (Kathleen Carter).   The mental develop-
  ment of a child.  1 p. 1., 150 pp.   8°.   New York
  &■ London, Macmillan Co., 1896.
    Suppl. no. 3, v.  1, of : Psychol.  Rev., 1896. 
MOORE.
73
MOORE.
Moore (Norman) [1847-    ].  A letter on the
  history of medicine.  16 pp.  8°.  London, J. E.
  Adlard, 1879.
------.   [1.] Ulcerations of  stomach aud duode-
  num.   [2.] Case of cancer (probably primary)
  of the gall-bladder.  [3.] Two cases of diseases
  of the skullcap.   [4.] Case of disease of supra-
  renal  capsules.  4, 1, 2, 2 pp.   12°.   London,
  J. E.  Adlard, 1880.
    Repr.from:  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1879-80, xxxi.
------.  The foundation of St. Bartholomew's Hos-
  pital,  pp. 24-29.   8°.   [London, 1884.]
    Cutting from: Monthly Paper Guild St. Barnabas for
  Nurses.  12°.  London, 1884, ii,  no. 14.
------.   The death of Catherine of Aragou.
    Cutting from: Athenaeum, Lond., 1885, Jan. 31, no. 2988.
------.   Some  observations on the morbid anat-
  omy of gout.  56 pp.  8C.   [London, 1888.]
    Repr.from:  St. Barth. Hosp.  Rep., Lond., 1887, xxiii.
------.   The distribution and duration of visceral
  new growths, being the Bradsbawe lecture de-
  livered before the Royal College of Physiciaus
  of London on Aug. 19, 1889.   55 pp.   12°.  Ed-
  inburgh 4' London,  Y. J. Pentland, 1889.
------.   Pathological anatomy of  diseases,  ar-
  ranged according  to  the nomenclature of dis-
  eases of the Royal  College of Physicians of Lon-
  don,   xxxii, 416  pp.   16°.   London,  J.  4~ A.
  Churchill, 1889.
------.   The progress of medicine in St.  Bartholo-
  mew's Hospital.   An address  delivered  at the
  opening of the session of  the Abernethian So-
  ciety, Oct. 16, 1888.   34 pp.  8°.   London, Ad-
  lard 4- Son, 1889.
-----.   Tlie charter of King  Henry the Eirst  to
  St. Bartholomew's Priory, addressed to the Arch-
  bishop  of Canterbury and to  Gilbert  the Uni-
  versal, Bishop of London, in the year 1133.  Ed-
  ited with  notes from  the copy in  the  record
  office by . . . on the occasion of the restoration
  of the south transept to the use of the church
  by the Right Rev. the  Lord Bisbop of London
  on March 14,1891.   19 pp.  8°.  [London, Adlard
  4' Son], 18<J1.
------.   A brief relation of the past and present
  state of the royal and  religious foundation  of
  St. Bartholomew's  Hospital.  60 pp.   12°. Lon-
  don, Adlard 4' Son, 1893.
------.   The history of the  Abernethian Society
  of St. Bartholomew's  Hospital. An address on
  the occasion of the centenary of the  society,
  May  1, 1895.  23  pp.   12°.   London,  Adlard 4*
  Son, 1895.
------.   The  Harveian  oration  delivered  before
  the Royal College of Physicians of London on
  Oct. 1h, 1901.  59  pp.  8°.  London, J. Murray,
  1901.
    See, also. Royal (The) Medical and Chirurgical So-
  ciety [etc].  8°.  Aberdeen, 1905.
•-----,  Bailey (James B.) & Power  (D'Arcy).
  Medical institutions of London.  60  pp., 2 pl.
  8°.  London, 1895.
    Repr.from:  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i-ii.

Jlloore (Philip).
    Goodwin (G.) ' [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxviii, 377.
Moore (Richard Canning).   President's address.
  Tbe sanatorium for tteatment of pulmonary tu-
  berculosis.   8 pp.  8°.   St. Joseph, 1902.
    Repr.from:  Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902.
Moore  (Robert).
    See  Commercial Club  of St. Louis.  The sanitary
  condition of St. Louis.  8°. St.  Louis, 1885.

]?Ioore (Samuel  Johnston) [1834-94].
    Obituary.  Glasgow M. J.,  1894, xii, 357-359. — Bi.
  ography.  Prov. M J., Leicester, 1886, v, 481, port.
Moore (Samuel Preston) [1813-89].
    Chancellor (C. W.) A memoir of the late Samuel
  Prestou Moore, Surgeon-General of the Confederate States
  Army.  South. Pract.,  Nashville, 1903, xxv, 634-643.—
  Lewis (S. E.) Samuel Preston  Moore, Surgeon-Gen-
  eral of the Confederate States [Army].  Ibid., 1901, xxiii,
  380-386, port. — Obituary.  Virginia M. Month.,  Rich-
  mond, 1889-90, xvi, 250-254. — Pilcher (J. E.) Samuel
  Preston  Moore.  Surgeon-General  of the Confederate
  Armv, 1861-5.  J.  Ass. Mil.  Surg. U. S., Carlisle, Pa.,
  1905, xvi, 211-215, port.
Moore (T. Sturge).  The idea of a canon of pro-
  portion for the human figure,  pp. 475-481.  4°.
  New York, 1904.
    Cutting from: Burlington Mag., N. T., 1904, v.
Ifloore (Thomas)  [1839-1900].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900,  ii, 870.  Also:
  Lancet, Lond.,  1900, ii, 912.
Moore (Thomas).  Studies of microbes at the bi-
  ological laboratory of the International  Health
  Exhibition,   pp.  257-272,  2  pl.   8~.   London,
  [1884].
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from.- St. Barth. Hosp.
  Rep., Lond., 1884, xx.

Uloore (Thomas Jefferson)  [1840-98].
    Obituary.   Virginia  M. Semi-Month., Richmond,
  1897-8, ii, 696.
Moore (Verauus Alva) [1859-  . ].  The char-
  acter of the ilagella ou the bacillus choleric suis
  (Salmon  and Smith),  bacillus  coli communis
  (Escherich),  and the bacillus typhi abdomiualis
  (Eberth).   pp. 339-365, 1 pl.  8°. Ithaca, N Y.,
  1893.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Wilder quart.-
  century book, Ithaca, 1893.
-----.  A contribution to the study of the myelin
  degeneration of the pulmonary alveolar epithe-
  lium,  pp. 77-85, 1 pl.  8°.  Washington, Judd 4
  Detweiler,  1893.
    Cutting  [cover with  printed title] from: Proc Am.
  Micr. Soc 1893, Wash., 1894.
------.  Inefficiency of milk separators in  remov-
  ing bacteria,  pp. 431-444. 8°.  Washington, 1895.
    Repr. from:  Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1895.
------.  Blood serum in the prevention and treat-
  ment of infectious swine diseases; with a report
  of an experiment with swine  plague antitoxin.
  pp. 26-34.  8°. Ithaca, N. Y., 1897.  [P., v. 2212.]
    Cutting from: Proc Soc. Prom. Agric. Sc, 1897.
------.  The hemospast;  a new and convenient
  instrument for  drawing  blood for microscopic
  examinations.   3 pp. 8°.  [Buffalo, 1897.]  [P.,
  v. 2212.]
    Repr.from:  Tr.  Am. Micr. Soc, Buffalo, 1897, xix.
------.  Powdered soap as a cause of death among
  swill-fed hogs.   pp. 409-418.  ,*'-. Ithaca, N. Y.,
  lr-97.  [P., v. 2212.]
    Gutting from: Agric. Exper. Station Bull. 141.
------.  Remarks  on  anthrax  and  rabies,  with
  special reference to outbreaks recently investi-
  gated.  18 pp., 3 pl.  8°.  [h. p., 1897.]  [P.,  v.
  2212.]
    Repr.from:  Rep. Com. Agric. N.  York, 1897.
------.  A report  concerning the nature of infec-
  tious swine diseases in  the State of New York,
  with practical suggestions for their prevention
  aud treatment.  53 pp., 5 pl.   8°.  [n. p., 1897.1
  [P., v. 2212.]
    Repr.from:  Rep. Com. Agric. N. York, 1897.
------.  The influence of animal experimentation
  upon agriculture, pp. 22-34.   8°.  Ithaca, N. Y.,
  1898.  [P., v. 2212.]
    Cutting from: Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sc, 1898.
------.  Laboratory  directions  for  beginners  in
  bacteriology,  vi,  89  pp.   12c.  Ithaca, N. Y.,
  Andrus <f Church, 1898.
------.  The same.   An introduction to practical
  bacteriology  for students and practitioners  of 
MOORE.                                      74                                    MOOREN.
Moore (Veranus Alva)—continued.
  comparative and of  human  medicine.  2. ed.
  xiv, 143 pp., 1 pl.  12°.  Boston, Ginn 4- Co.,  1900.
------.   The same.   3. ed., enlarged and revised.
  xx, 151 pp., 1 pl.  12°.   Boston, Ginn f Co.,  1905.
------.   The nature  and prevention of infectious
  eutero-hepatitis.  2 1.  8°.  Ithaca, N. Y.,  1*98,
  [P., v. 2212.]
    Repr. from: Cultivator & Country Gentleman, March
  25, 1897.
 -----,   Remarks on the nature aud the differen-
  tiation of the  infections swine diseases  iu the
  United States.  17 pp.   8°.   New York,  1898.
  [P., v. 2212.]
    Repr. from: Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1898.
------.   Suppurative  cellulitis  in  the  limbs of
  cattle due to streptococcus iufection.   8 pp. 8°.
  New York, 1898.  [P., v. 2212.*]
    Repr.from: Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1898, xxii.
------.   An apartment  incubator for student use.
  2 1.  8°.   Rochester, 1899.
    Repr.from: J. Applied Micr., Rochester,  1899, ii.
------.   The  natural  iu  disease.   20  up.   8°.
  [Buffalo], 1899.
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, [Buffalo], 1899, xx.
------.   The preparation of tuberculin; its value
  as a diagnostic agent, and remarks on 1 he human
  aud bovine tubercle bacilli.  22 pp.  8C.  Phila-
  delphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Tr. M.  Soc. N. Y., [Phila.], 1900.

Ifloore  (William)  [1827-1901].
    Obituary.  Brit M.  J., Lond., 1901, i, 1054.  Also:
  Lancet, Loud., 1901, i,  1246.
Moore (Sir William).  The immediate and gen-
  eral treatment of accidents and injuries.  54 pp.
  12°.  London, J. <f A. Churchill, 18-9.
------.   A manual of family medicine and hygiene
  for India.  Published under  the  authority of
  the government of India.  5. ed.  viii, 768 pp.
  8°.  London, J. 4- A. Churchill, 1889.
------.   Tbe  same.   6. ed.  viii,  764  pp.   8°.
  London, J. 4- A. Churchill, 1893.
------.   The  same.  7.  ed., revised by J. H. Tull
  Walsch.   xii, 680 pp.   8-.  London,  J. 4"  A.
  Churchill, 1903.
------.   Cause  of leprosy.   8 pp.  12°.  London,
  [1890].
    Repr.from: Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1890, ix.
------.   The constitutional requirements for  trop-
  ical climates, and observations 011 the sequel of
  disease contracted in India.  126 pp.  12°.  Lon-
  don, J. 4- A. Churchill, 1890.    ,
—----.   The  necessity of re-establishing the con-
  tagious  diseases  act.  10 pp.   12°.  London,
  1892.
    Repr. from: Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1892, xi.
------.   Observations  on the causes of malarial
  fever. 7 pp.   12°.  London, 1«95.
    Repr. from: Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1895, xiv.
    For Biography, see Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1889, viii, 257,
  port.
Moore (William Daniel) [1813-71].
    See  Donderi (Flraus] Cfornelis]). On  the constitu-
  ents of food.  8°.  Dublin, 1866.—Rasmuasen ([Fritz|
  Valdemar).  Sclerodermia, [etc.]. 8°. Edinburgh, 1867.
Moore  ( William J.)  [1819-88].
    Obituary.  Tr. M. Soc. Virg.,  Richmond, 1888, 258.
  Also:  Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1888-9, xv, 231.
Moore  ( Sir W[illiam] J[ames] ) [1828-96].
  Notes on the physiology and diseases  of the pan-
  creas. 49 pp.   8°.  Bombay, I860.
    Repr.from: Tr. M.  & Phys. Soc. Bombay, 1860, n. s., vi.
    For Biography, see Indian  M.  Rec, Calcutta, 1895,
  viii, 24, port.  Also: Lancet, Loud.. 1896, ii, 851.  Also:
  Med. Reporter, Calcutta, 1894, iv, 8-10, port. (B. D. Basu).
Moore  ( William Oliver ). Diabetic affections
  of the eye.  31pp.   12°.  [Neio York], 1888.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1888, xlvii.  .
Moore (William Oliver)—continued.
----—.   Ocular symptoms in diseases of the spinal
  cord.   12 pp.   ^°.   [Neio York],  188*.
------.   Lecture  ou vision and its  defects.  8 1.
  8°.  New York,  M. J. Rooneu 4' Co., [18,-9].
    Repr. from: Post-Graduate,  1889. v.
------.   Hemianopsia or  hemianopin.   Clinical
  lecture delivered at the New York Post-Graduate
  Medical  School,  pp. 324-329.   8°.   [Philadel-
  phia,  18<)2.]
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1892, 2. a., iii.
------.   Phthisis  bulbi and artificial eyes.  Clin-
  ical lecture delivered  at the New York Post-
  Graduate Medical School ami Hospital,   pp. 328-
  334.  8°.   [Philadelphia, 189 ,y]
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1892, 2. s., iv.
------.   The after-treatment  of cataract-extrac-
  tion.   15 pp.   12°.  [Philadelphia, Lea Bros.  $•
  Co., 1893.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii.
------.   Rheumatic  and gouty affections of the
  eye.  28 pp.  16°.   New York. 1*9:5.
    Repr. from: Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., X. Y., 1893, vi.
Ifloore  ( William Withers) [      -1894].
    Obituary.  Lancet, Lond.. 1894, ii, 1454.
    For  Portrait, see Collection of Portr.  (Libr.).
Moore (Willis L[uther]) [1856-     ].   Some cli-
  matic features of 1 he arid regions.  Communi-
  cated to  the National Irrigation  Congress, at its
  fifth  annual session, Phoenix, Ariz., Dec. 15-17,
  1896.   19 pp., 3 ch., 2 diag. 8°.   Washington,
  Weather Bureau, lb96.
------.   Climate; its physical  basis  and controll-
  ing factors.  19 pp.  8°.  Washington, Weather
  Bureau, 1904.
    Forms Bull. no.  34 of: U. S. Dept. of Agric, "Weather
  Bureau.
Moore (York James).  The Anglo-Turkish bath;
  or, tbe modern application of the ancient Roman
  therma as a hygienic,  prophylactic, and thera-
  peutic agent; with practical suggestions bow
  and when it should be employed,   vii (1 ].), 58
  pp.,  1 plan.  12°.  London,   E.  Cockrem, 1861.
  [Also, in: P., v. 2194.]
Moorehouse  (George W[ilton]).  Statistical
  methods.    16  pp.  8°.   Milwaukee, Freidenker
  Pub.  Co., [1894].
    Repr. from: Mind & Body.
------.   Feeding  iu  typhoid fever; with a report
  of cases.   20 pp.  12°.   Boston, 1900.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J.,  1900, cxliii.
------.   Tuberculin reactions.   14 pp.  8°.  Cleve-
  land,  1900.
    Repr.from: Cleveland J. M., 1900, v.
------.   A  report of two cases of typhoid spine.
  15 lip.  8°. Boston, 1902.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J.,  1902, cxlvii.
    Also, in: Clin. & Path. Papers Lakeside Hosp., Cleve-
  land, 1905, ii.
Mooreliouse ( William  D.) [1832-96J.
    Obitunry.  Tr. M.  Soc Wisconsin, Madison,  1896,
  xxx, 564-566.
Mooren  (A[lbert]) [1828-99].  Die  Sehsto-
  rungen uud Entschadignngspruche der Arbeiter.
  78 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Diisseldorf,  A.  Bagel,  1891.
------.   Die operative Behandlung der  natiirlich
  und kiinstlich  gereiften Stnar-Formen.  33 pp.
  8°.    Wiesbaden, J.  F. Bergman n,  1*94.
------.   Die medicinische und operative Behand-
  lung  kurzsichtiger Storuugen.   xi, 135 pp.   *y.
  Wiesbaden,  J.  F. Bergmann, 1897.
------.   Gesichtstorungen uud Uterinleiden.  2.
  Aufl.   viii, 106  pp.  *°.   Wiesbaden, J. F.  Berg-
  maun, 1*98.
    For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnsehr. Leipz u.
  Berl.,  1900, xxvi, 44 (A. Graefe).  Also:  Klin. MonatsbL
  f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1900, xxxviii,  99-107 (Zehender). 
MOORE'S.                                   75                       MOQUIN-TANDON.
HIoore's method.
    See Aneurism (Trea tm ent of)  by acupuncture.

Ulooresville.
    See Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by localities.

Uloor-extract.
    Mattoni  (H.)  Mattoni's  Moorextracte  zu
  Biidern aus  der ersten  k. k.  cone.  Fabrik  fiir
  Moorextracte und Salze.  roy. 8°. » Franzensbad,
  1889.
    Heitzmaun (J.)  Der Gebrauch  der Moor-Extracte
  in der jjvnakolojiischen Praxis.  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.,
  1888, xxxiii, 327; 341.   Also, Reprint. —liieber (A.) &
  itlohr (P.)  Cheiuisch-experiuientelle t'litersuchungeu
  Uber Mattoni's Moor-Extracte zu Biidern.  Wien. med.
  Presse. 1889, xxx, 8(10; 905.—Samuel) (J.) Ueber die
  Mattoni'schi-n  Moorextracte und deren  Verwerthung in
  der arztlichen Praxis.  Wien. med. Bl., 1889, xii, 631;  647.
  Also:  Med.-chir. Centralbl., "Wien, 1889, xxiv, 565; 577.
Moorliead  (T. Gillman).    Surface anatomy.
  viii, 150 pp.   8°.   London, Bailliere, Tindall 4'
  Cox, 190r>.
-----.   The same,  viii, 150 pp.   12°.  New York,
   W. Wood 4' Co., 1905.
Moorland icater.
    See Lead (Poisoning by) from water conveyed in
  pipes.
Moorman (J[ohn] J.)  A directory  for  the
  uses of the White Sulphur waters; with prac-
  tical remarks  on their  medical properties, and
  applicability to particular  diseases.    35  pp.
  16°.  Philadelphia, T. E. 4- P.  G. Collins, 1839.
-----.   The Virginia springs, comprising on  ac-
  count  of all the priucipal  mineral  springs of
  Virginia, with remarks  on the nature and med-
  ical applicability  of  each.   2.  ed., greatly  en-
  larged, with map  and  plates and the  routes
  and distances to the various  springs;  also an
  appendix, containing an account of the natural
. curiosities of  Virginia.   2 maps, 6 pl.   12°.
  Richmond, J.  W. Randolph,  1857.
-----.   The Virginia spriugs, and springs of  the
  South and  West,   xxvii,  25-403 pp.,  5 pl.,  1
  plan,  1 map.   12°.  Philadelphia, J. B. Lippin-
  cott 4- Co., 1859.
-----.   Virginia White Sulphur Springs, with the
  analysis of its waters, the diseases to which they
  are applicable, and some account of society aud
  its amusements at the Springs.   26 pp.  8°.
  Baltimore, Kelly Sf  Piet, 1875.
-----.   The same.  30 pp.,  1 map.   16°.   Balti-
  more, 1*78.
Moot maim (Arnold) [1873-    ].  * Ueber Tu-
  berculose der Wirbelbogen und ihre operative
  Behandlung.  28 pp., 2  1.  8:.   Bonn, A. Henry,
  1897.
Moormeister (Franz). * Ueber einen Fall von
  Gaugnena cutis multiplex  neurotica.  38 pp., 1
  pl.  8°.   Munchen, M. Ernst, 1903.

floors.
    Geyeh (J. D.)   Miissiger Reise-Stunden gute
  Gedancken von denen  Litthauischeun  Biiren-
  Menschen, und dem Unterschied des natiirlicben
  Dissolvi, entgegen  gesetzet dem viehischen Mori.
  6. Discoiirs.   4°.   Dresden. 1735.
    Atgier.  Les Maures d'Afrique; origine ethnique du
  mot Maure et ses diverses significations successives.
  Bull, et mem.  Soc. d'anthrop. de  Par., 1903, 5. s., iv. 619-
  (i'23.—Bertholon. Note sur le nom de Maures. Ibid.,
  1905, 5. s.,vi, 141-145.—Bloch (A.)  Etymologies et  defi-
  nitions diverses du nom de  Maure.  Ibid, 1903, 5. s., iv,
  624-628.—llollignon (R.) &. Oenilter (J.) Les Maures
  du Senejiiil.  Anthropologie, Par., 1896, vii, 257-269.
van Moorsel (Adolphus Carolus Maria).  Ca-
  suistische  Beitrage zur Parametritis puruleuta.
  70 pp., 1 1.   8J.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1895.
van Moorsel (Kranciscus).  *De  aseite.   24
  pp.  12°.  Lugd. Bat., J. W. van Leeuwen, 1820.
Moos  (Fritz).   * Ueber die  Einwirkung  von
  Aldehyden   auf  Aethylenanilin,  Aetliylen-/3-
  Dinaphtyldiamin  und  Trimethylenauilin  uud
  von  Trimethylenbroniid  auf  Aethylenanilin.
  (Beitrag zur Kenntnis ringforinig geschlossener
  Verbindungen. )   [ Erlangen. ]   38  pp.   8°.
  Wiesbaden, C. Bitter,  lc89.
MOOS  (Hugo).  * Ueber  das  Cholesterin,  und
  seine  medizinische Bedeutung (literarisch-theo-
  retische  Studie).  26 pp.  8°.  Erlangen, E. T.
  Jacob, li-92.
Moos  (S[alomon]) [1831-95].   Ueber Meningitis
  cerebrospinalis  epidemica (Genickkrampf), ius-
  besondere iiber  flic nach derselben znriiekblei-
  beudeu  combinirten  Gehors-  und  Gleichge-
  wichtsstorungen.  4  p.  1.,  68 pp.  8°.   Heidel-
  berg,  C.  Winter, 1881.
-----.   Untersuchungen  iiber Pilz-Invasion des
  Labyrinths im Gefolge von  einfacher Diphthe-
  ric *  46  pp., 7 pl.  8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg-
  mann, 1887.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesh., 1887, xvii.
-----.   Investigations upon bacterial invasion ot
  the labyrinth in tbe course of measles.  Transl.
  by Max  Toeplitz.  pp. 49-100, 7 pl.  8-.  [Neio
  York, G. P. Putnam's Sons,  1889.]
    Cutting [cover with printed titlel from: Arch. Otol.,
  K. Y., 1889, xviii.
-----.   Histologische  und bacterielle  Untersu-
  chungen iiber Mittelohr-Erkrankungen bei  den
  verschiedenen Fornien der Diphtheric.   31  pp.,
  1 1., 8 pl.  8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1890.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f.  Ohrenh., "Wiesh., 1890, xx.
-----.   Katalog der Sammlung mikroskopischer
  Priiparate, betreffend die nonnale und patholo-
  gische Histologic des  Gehororjjaus.  v, 39 pp.
  8°.  Wiesbaden,  J. Bergmann, 1890.
    For Biography, see Arch.  ital.  di otol.  [etc.], Torino,
  1896, iv, 119-123 (G. Gradenigo).  Also:  Arch. f. Ohrenh.,
  Leipz., 1895-6. xl, 25-30 (A. Politzer). Also : Cong, inter-
  nat. d'otol. C.-r. 1895, Florence, 1897. v,  7-12 (A. Politzer).
  Also:  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1895,  xlii, 700 (Bezold).
  Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., "Wiesb.,  1895,  xxviii, pp.  v-ix,
  port. (H. Knapp).
Moosaner (Sigmiind) [1877-  ].  * Ueber vor-
  zeitige Losung  und  Prolaps der Placenta.  27
  pp., 2 1.  8°.  Wiirzburg, A.  Borst, 1903.
Moosoerger (Johanu  Kourad).  * Ueber  ge-
  nuine fibrinose Pneumouie nach Beobachtun<ien
  auf  der Ziiricher  medicinischen  Universitiits-
  kliuik des  Prof.  H.  Eichhorst,  1.  Januar  1884
  bis 30. Dezember 1889.   [Zurich.]  62  pp.   8°.
  Uster-Zurich,  A. Diggelmann,  1891.
Mooseliead Lake Sanatorium, Greenville Junc-
  tion,  Me.  [Descriptive  circular by the  manage-
  ment.]  81. (illus.).   obi. 16°. Boston,H. Bishop,
  [n. d.].
iUoosmair (Moriz)  [1840-     ].
    Z.  Genernlarzt Moosmair.  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Zt-
  schr..  Berl., 1903, xxxii, 797.
Moosseil (Peter Michael) [1877-    ].   * Ueber
  Spiitbliitnngen  im Wocheubett.   51 pp., 1 pl.
  «°.   Wiirzburg,  F. Staudenraus, 1905.
Moquette  (.1. B.), jr.   Vrijiuoedige gedachten
  over  het middel tegen  buikpijnen, door ... J.
  van Wijk, Med. Doct. te Rhijnzatervv onde afge-
  geven, doch door de  Provinciale  Commissie van
  Genceskundig Onderzoek en Toevoorzigt  ver-
  boden.  28 pp.   8°.  Rotterdam  4'  Leyden, T. J.
  Wijnhoven Hendriksen 4r A. van Benten, 1833.  [P.,
  v. 1209.]
Moquin - Tandon ([Chre"tien-Horace-Bene-
  diete-]A[lfred])  [1804-63].  Clienopodearum
  monographica enuuieratio.   xi, 182 pp.  8C.   Pa-
  risiis,  P.-J. Loss, 1840.
-----.   Monographic de la familie des hirudinees.
  Nouvelle 6ft., revue  et  augmented   2 v.  448,
  23 pp., 14 pl.  8°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere, 1846. 
76                   MORALES  VAZQUEZ.
MOQ UIN-T ANDON.
Moquin-Tandon ([C.-H.-B.-]A.)—cont'd.
-----.  Elements de  botanique medicale, conte-
  nant la description des vegetaux utiles a la me-
  decine et des especes nuisibles a l'homme, vene~-
  nenses ou parasites, pre"ce"dee de considerations
  sur l'organisation  et la classification  des vege-
  taux.  xx, 543 pp.  12°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere
  4' fils, 1861.
-----.  The same.  Elements de botanique medi-
  cale.  Vegetaux ou produits vegetaux employes
  en  medecine, racines,  tubercules, tiges, eeorees,
  bois,  bourgeons,  feuilles,  fleurs, fruits, grains,
  etc.;  fecules, sucres, gommes, baunies, essences,
  huiles, vins, vinaigres, etc.  Vegetaux ou pro-
  duits vegetaux nuisibles  en medecine, champi-
  gnons veneueux,  curare,  o'idium, trichophytes,
  oscillaires, cryjitocoqties, etc.  xx, 543 pp.  12°.
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils, [1894].
    For Biography, see Bull. Soc. imp. zool. d:acclimat., Par.,
  1864, 2. s., i, pp. xliv-lviii (J. Michon).  Also: J. d. conn.
  med. prat., Par., 1863, xxx, 207 (P.-L.-B. Caffe).
    For Portrait, see Corlieu  (A.)  Centenaire  Fac de
  tned. de Par. 4°.  Paris, 1890.
Moquin-Tandon (G.).
    See Laudois (L[eonard]).  Traite de physiologie hu-
  maine.  roy. 8°. Paris, 1893.—Roule (Louis) [in 1. s.].
  Coins de zoologie medicale [etc.].  8°. Toulouse di Paris,
  1889.—Sanderson  (John-Bunion)  [et al.].  Manuel du
  laboratoire [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1884. — Wiedersheim
  (Robert)  [in 1. s.].  Manuel  d'anatomie  comparee des
  vertehres.  8°.  Paris, 1890.
Mora (Antonio).   La epidemia d' influenza nella
  provincia di  Bergamo nell' anno 1890.  107 pp.,
  II., 1 map.  6°.   Bergamo, frat. Caltaneo, 1890.
Mora (F. Alfred) [1852-     ].  * Etude  sur la
  digestion gastrique uormale  et sur les regimes.
  [Paris.]  100 pp.,  1  1.   4°.  Senlis, 1892, No. 80.
Mora (J.-L.) [1843-     ].  Commeut on  defend
  ses organes intimes.  74  pp.,  1 1.   12°.  Paris,
  [1900].
    Collection "Comment on defend", no. 27.
-----.  Comment on defend ses eieves contre les
  maladies scolaiiesetepidemiques.  Lalutte pour
  la sante dans l'ecole.  Preface du docteur Achille
  Lombard.  62 pp.   12°.  Paris, Edition m4dicale,
  [1901].
    Collection "Comment on defend", no. 44.
----- ifc Vesiez (C.)  Nouveau cours d'hygiene,
  redige conformeiueut  aux derniers programmes
  officiels.  [Get ouvrage a obtenu une medaille
  d'or de premiere classe a l'exposition et au Con-
  cours international de Reims.  309  pp.  12°.
  Paris, E. Belin, 1890.
Moraclie (G[eorges-Auguste]) [1837-   ].  Ser-
  vice de sante militaire.  pp. 73-204.  8°.   [Paris,
  1873.]
    Cutting from: Diet, encycl.  d. sc. med., Par.
-----.  La profession medicale, ses  devoirs, ses
  droits.  32;l pp.,  2  pl.   12°.  Paris,  F.  Alcan,
  1901.
-----. Le mariage.  Etude de socio-biologie et
  de  medecine  legale.  1 p. 1., iii, 291  pp.  12°.
  Paris, F. Alcan, 1902.
-----.  Grossesse  et accouchement;  etude  de
  socio-biologie et de medecine legale,  iv,  277 pp.
  8°.  Paris, F. Alcan, 1903.
-----.  Naissance et  mort; etude de socio-biolo-
  gie et de medecine legale,  iii, 273 pp.  8C.  Pa-
  ris, F. Alcan, 1904.
    For Biography, see Med. mod., Par., 1896, vii, suppl., 153.
    See, also, Weiss ( Augusta).  La femme, [etc.].  12°.
  Paris, 1847.
von Moraczewska (Sophie).   * Blutveriin-
  derungen bei Anamien. 38 pp., 2 tab.  8°.  Ber-
  lin. 1896.                                     c.
    Repr. from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl., 1896,cxliv.
Moraczewski (YV. D.).
    See  Zagadnenia z medycyny [etc.].  12°.  Lwow <&
  Warszawa, 1901.
von Moraczewski (Waclaw).  * Ueber  den
  Chlor- und Pbosphorgehalt des Bltites bei Caici-
  nom.  [Zurich.]  21 pp.  8°.  Berlin, 18!).").   c.
-----.  Podr^cznik do  badau chemiczno-klinicz-
  nych.   [Guide for  cheniieo-clinical  investiga-
  tions.]   169,  x pp.,  2  1.   8°.   Warszawa,  P.
  Laskauer 4' S-ki, 1904.
de Moraes  Barros (Nicolao).  * Do reflexo
  patellar e sen valor semeiotico uas myelopathias
  e nevrites.  iv, 5-148 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Rio de Ja-
  neiro, typog. do J. de commercio, 1899.
Moraes Miranda (Jose-Joaquim)  [1874-   ].
  * Contribution a l'etude de  l'acetopyrine  et de
  ses applications tberapeutiques.  64  pp.   8°.
  Paris, 1902. No. 577.
Moraes  Sarinento ( Jose Joaquin ).   * Da
  cystoscopia.   62 pp., 1 1.  roy.  8°.  Rio de Ja-
  neiro, Rodrigues 4' Co., 1897.
Mora?ns (Renatus).
    See Sylvius (Jacobns).  Opera medica, [etc.]. fol.
  Colonics Allobrogwn, 1634.
Morag°a P. (A.)  Franklinoterapia, 6 sea apli-
  cacioues de la electricidad estatica & las eufer-
  niedades nerviosas y otras  afecciones  cr6nicas.
  117 pp., 1 pl.  16°.   Santiago de Chile, Imp. i li-
  breria Ercilla, 1893.
Morain (E.)  * Du cephalcematome chez le nou-
  veau-116, et en particulier de son etiologie.  48
  pp   4°.   Paris, 1888,  No. 92.
Morais  (Alfredo).   Nota di alcune malattie pa-
  rassitarie,  annessa  ad una  relazione statistica
  presentata all' on. giunta  municipale di Campi
  Bisenzio.   16  pp.  8°. Firenze, tipog. Ciardelli,
  1896.
Moraleday Palomares (Viceute).  Estudio
  clinico,  terapeutico e  higienico de la viruela en
  los seres irracionales.  293  pp., 1 1.   12°.  Ma-
  drid, F.  Fe, 1897.
Morales  (Adolfo).   "Estudio  comparativo de
  alguuas gomas indigenas con la arabiga verda-
  dera. 24 pp., 1 tab.  16°.   Mexico, N. Chavez,
  1872.
Morales (Jose A.)  *E1 yepacihutel, 6 yerba
  del zorrillo.   16 pp.    12°.  Me'xico, F. Mdrquez,
  1872.
Morales  (Jose D.)    Las  aguas  termales del
  Pefiou de  los Baiios.  18 pp.  roy. 8°.  Mexico,
  1891.
Morales  (Jose Joaquin).    * Estudio sobre la
  inedieacidu t6nica.   88 pp.  8°.  Mexico, 1. Es-
  calante,  1876.
Morales (Pedro Carlos) [1859-     ].   * Contri-
  bution  a l'etude de  l'interveution chirurgicale
  daus les cancers du larynx.  51 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1898, No.  116.
Morales  (Ramdn).   * [La  dualidad clinica de
  la tisis pulmonar.]   22 pp., 1 1., 2 tab.    8°.
  Lima, Masias hermanos, 1878.
Morales (Samuel L.)  * dial es el mejor trata-
  miento  de las heridas articulares complicadas?
  39 pp.  8°.  Me'xico, I Cumplido, 1874.
Morales  Pereira  (Samuel).   Cartilla de hi-
  giene para dismiuuir la mortalidad eu los ninos.
  23 pp.  8°.  Me'xico,  1888.
-----. Puebla.  Su higiene, sus  enfermedades,
  con la colaboraci6n del Secundino E. Sosa.  89
  pp., 2 diag.,  1 map.   8°.  Me'xico, 1888.
-----.  El  arsenico como  profila^ctico del  tifo.
  27 pp.  8°.  Mexico,  1889.
Morales Perez (Antonio).  Tratado de opera-
  toria quirurgica, con  un  prdlogo de Juan Creus
  y Manso.  2 v.  xxxii, 5-751 pp.; 735 pp.   8°.
  Barcelona, N Ramirez 4" Co., 1881.
Morales  Vazquez (Jose).   Tratado especial
  de antropometria, con arreglo al programa pu-
  blicado  para  las oposiciones al cuerpo de prisio-
  nes.  168 pp.  sm. 4J.  Madrid, P. Nunez, 1901. 
MORALISTE.
77
MORANDO.
Moraliste  (Le) mesnierien, ou lettres philoso-
  phiques sur l'influeiice du  in;i«;netisnie.  132 pp.
  16°.  Londres 4' Paris, Belin 4' Brunet, 1784.
Morality.
    See, also,  Ethics (Medical);  Modesty;  Sex-
  ual instinct.
    American Society  of  Sanitary  and  Moral
  Prophylaxis.   Constitution.   12u.  [New York,
  190.").] *
    Bayet (A.)   La morale scientifique.   Essai
  sur les applications morales des sciences socio-
  logiques.  ^°.  Paris, 1905.
    Bealk (L. S.)   Our morality and the moral
  question; chiefly  from  the  medical side.   12°.
  London 4' Philadelphia, 1893.
    Beketoff (A. N.)   Nravstvennost  i yestest-
  voznaniye.    [Morality and  natural science.]
  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  1892.
    Cabaxis  (P.-J.-G.)  Rapports du  physique et
  du moral de l'homme.   3. ed., prece'dee  d'une
  table  analytique,  par D. . . .  T.....et suivie
  d'une table  alphabetique par Sue.  v. 2.   8°.
  Paris, l^l.i.
    Clifford (W.  K.)   The  scientific basis of
  morals.   8-'.  New York, 1884.
    Duphat (G.-L.)  La morale; foudements psy-
  cho-soeiologiques  d'une   conduite  rationnelle.
  8  .   Paris, 1901.
    Foissac (P.)  De I'influence des  climats  sur
  l'homme et des agents physiques  sur le  moral.
  2 v.  8°.  Paris, 1867.
    Lecky (W.  E. H. )   History  of  European
  morals,  from Augustus to Charlemagne.   2 v.
  8y   New York, 1869.
    Ochoa y  Tapia  (G.)   *Ligeras  considera-
  ciones sobre la influeucia que tiene la moral en
  las enfermedades; principalmente bajo el punto
  de vista  etioldgico y terapentico.   8°.  Me'xico,
  1881.
    Ortt(F.)  Sexuelle ethiek.  12°.   Amersfoort,
  1904.
    Sola (Mathilde).   Wissenschaft und Sittlich-
  keit.   Erfahrting und Untersuchungen  einer
  dentschen Aeiztiu.  8'.   Hamburg,  1905
    VON den Steixex (E.)  Gesundheit und Sitt-
  lichkeit.  8°.   Diisseldorf, 1903.
    Achelis (T.)  Ethnologic und Ethik.  Polit.-anthrop.
  Rev., Eisenach u. Leipz., 1902, i,  407-475. — JSorisoflT
  (P. Y.)  Biologicbeskiya osnovl dlya razvitiya mavstven-
  navo  chuvstva i dlya progressa voobshtshe.  [Biological
  principles of the development of the sentiment of morality
  and progress in general.]  Russk. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1902,
  i,732; 772; 811.—t'hipmnn (M.M.)  Relations of moral-
  ity to public and  personal  hygiene.  Tr. M. Soc. Calif.,
  San Fran., 1894, 79-104.— Dawson  (G. E.)  Psychic ru-
  diments and morality. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester. 18y9-
  1900, xi, 181-224. —von Ehrenfe'l*  (C.)   Entwicklungs-
  moral. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Eisenach u.  Leipz., 1903, ii,
  214-22D.— Flcsch.  Hygiene uud Sittlichkeit. Verhandl.
  u. Mitth. d. Ver. f. off. Gsiidhtspflg. in Hagdeb.,1904, 202.—
  Fouillee (A.)  La  morale biologique:  sa portee et ses
  limites. Kiv. scient., Par., 1905, 5. s., iv,513-519.—Fritsch
  (G.)  Bekleidung und Sittlichkeit.  Polit.-anthrop. Rev.,
  Eisenach u. Leipz.,  1902-3, i, 872; 977. — Gaullicr (P.)
  La  moralite de l'art.   Rev. phil., Par., 1905, lx, 486-510.—
  Gore (G.)  The coming  scientific, morality.  Monist,
  Chicago, 1904, xiv, 355-377.— CJould (G. M.) A system
  of perfect biologic examinations the condition of adequate
  medical and  scientific conduct of life.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1900, xxxv,  134-138.  Also, Reprint. — Hnge-
  niaim ((;.)   Frauentracht und  Sittlichkeit.   Mutter-
  schutz,  Frankf.  a.   M., 1905-0, i,  183-191. — Legge
  (J.  G.) Muscle and morality.  J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond.,
  1904-5, xxv, 947-955. — L>oi»el (G.)  Biologie et morale;
  simples reflexions Apropos d'un livre recent. Rev. scient.,
  Par., 1902, 4. 8., xviii, 449-456. — Pnrodi (D.) Morale et
  biologie.  Rev. phil.,  Par., 1904, lviii, 113-135.—Pirogon"
  (X.I.) Iz sobraniya  literaturnikh state!;  voprosi zhizni.
  (Izd. 1850 g.)  J From  the collection of his literary essays;
  questions  of life.  (Publ. in 1850.)]  Vrach. Vaidom., St.
  Petersb.,  1881, vi, 2309-2320.— Richard  (G.)  Sur les
  lois de la  solidarite morale.  Rev. phil.,  Par., 1905, lx,
  441-471.—Siebert (F.)  Ein kritischer Beitrag zur sexu-
  ellen Moral.  Monatschr. f. Harnkr. u. sex. Hyg., Leipz.,
  1904, i, 277-280. —  Vierkundt (A.)  Die primitive  Sitt-
  lichkeit tier Xaturvolkcr.  Globus, Braschwg., 1899, lxxvi,
  149-154.
Morality (Sexual).
    See Sexual instinct.
Moral sense (Defective).
    See  Anthropology (Criminal);  Crime and
  criminals; Psychology (Criminal).
Morail (Auguste- Louis)  [1869-   ].  * Conside-
  rations sur les  abees de la cloison  des fosses
  nasales; de Putilit.6 de leur incision hative pour
  empecherles deformations consecutives.  43 pp.,
  2 1.  4°.  Bordeaux, I8f»4, No. 65.
Morail (Franciscus).   *l)iss. quaidam de physio-
  looia ex  effectibtts electilcitatis orieutia coin-
  pleetens.   3 p. l.,25pp.  ft0.  Edinburgi, J. Moir,
  1820.
Moran (James) & Mauley (Thos. H.)  Rup-
  ture of au ectopic-sac  in the sixth month  of
  pregnancy; abdominal  section  and recovery.
  13 pp.  8°.  New  York, E. P.  Coby  4' Co., L-yc.
Moron (Jestis).  *Ligeras consideraciones sobre
  el suicidio.  64 pp.  8°.   Mexico, 1891.
Mora 11 (John F.)  Antagonism of  erysipelas in
  disease   8 pp.   8KJ.  [Richmond, 1894.]
    Repr. from: Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1894-5, xxi.
Morail (John J.)   A  defense  of Edgar  Allan
  Poe.   Life, character,  aud dying declarations of
  the poet.   An official account of his death, by his
  attending  physician.  87 pp.,  1  pl.,  port.  8°.
  Washington, W. F. Boogher, 1885.
Moralist,  (Giovanni Battista).
    See Italy.  Ministero dell' interno [in l.s.].  II colera
  in Italia |etc.J.  roy. 8°.  Roma, 1885.
Moraild  (Jean-Fiangois-Ole'meiit) [1726-84].
    See l>eses»artz (Jean-Charles).  *An detur hydrops
  [etcl.  4°.   [Parisiis, 1768.] — de fja Porte (Joannes-Ja-
  cobus).  * An qui humidioribus vescuntur diutius vivnnt?
  4°.  [Parisiis, 1773-1—Ijevncher de la Feutrie ([A.-
  F.-lThomas).  * An paulo post partuin celebrata saphenoe
  sectio, [etc.].  4°.  [Paris, 17C7.J
Mora lid  (J. S.)   Le  magnetisme animal  (hyp-
  noiistne et  suggestion);  6tude historique et cri-
  tique,  viii,  9-498  pp.   12°.  Paris,   Gamier
  freres, 1889.
Moraild  (L.)   Lettre h M. le  docteur Gendron.
  [Observation de dyphth6rite  laryugo-trache'ale
  (croup) qui a ne"ce8sit6  trache"otomie.]  20 pp.
  8°.  [Tours, R. Pomin <,  Cie ,  1845.]
Moraild  ( Octave-Joseph-Entile ).   *Contribn-
  tion a. l'6tude de la pleur^sie  sero-fibrineuse chez
  le vieillard.  52 pp.  8°.   Paris, 19n0, No.  88.
Morand[Sauveur-Fiangi>is] [1697-1773]. Traite"
  de la faille au haut appareil, on Ton a rassembl6
  tout ce qu'ou a dcrit de plus intdressant sur cette
  operation;  avec une dissertation de . .  ., et une
  lettre de  M. Winslow,  sur la meme matiere.   3
  p. 1., 342,14 pp., 91. 12°.   Paris, G.Cavelier, 1728.
    For Biography, see  J. de la sante, Par., 1903, xx, pt. 2,
  301 (Monpart).
Moraildeau (LMouard)  [1867-     ].  ♦Contri-
  bution a  l'dtude des arthropathies  conse'eutives
  aux traumatisines mddullaires et  particnliere-
  ment aux fractures du rachis.  43 pp., 1 1.  8J.
  Paris, 1899, No. 158.
Morandi (Geuesio).   Funzioni dei lobi  ante-
  riori del  cervello umano.  Trattato sulla freno-
  logia.   :i()4 yip.   12U.   Milano, C. Simonetti, 1879.
Morando (Felice).  Secuuda  difesa del farma-
  cista Felice Morando dalla pubblica accusa fat-
  tagli dal  Sigr. W. Batt.  15 pp.  fol.   Genova,
  1774.  [P., v. 2146.]
-----.  Riflessioni dirette  all' anonimo  che sotto
  il nome di Paolo Francesco Giaccheri  ha preteso
  difendere questo medico  accusato d' aver  avve-
  lenato Gio. Battista Bobbio.   18 pp., 2 1.  8°.
  Genova, G. Caffarelli,  1788.   [Also, in:  P.,  v.
  2147.]
Morando (Morando).  Delia  cura  preservativa
  della rabbia canina,  osservazioni  medico-pra-
  tiche.   3  p. 1., 107 pp.   16°.  Ancoua, N. Bellelli,
  1755. 
MORANDO  DE' EIZZONI.               78                                      MORAX.
Morando De' Rizzoni (Marcus).  # De sensi-
  bilitate cupiditatibtis et  pathematibus.  35 pp.
  f .   Patani, 1KU.
Moralise (Anionin) [1869-    ].  * De la psit-
  tacosc. ou infection  speciale d^tcrmin^e par des
  perrucbes.  77 pp.   4 .   Paris, 1-95, No. 112.
Moralise (Gabriel).  * De  l'a^rophagie  chez
  les  dyspeptiques.   *3 pp.   8°.  Paris,  1903,
  No. 2m.
Morailge (Olivier)  [1865-    ].  *Etude sur la
  heruie musculaire.   102  pp.    4C.  Paris,  1894,
  No. 248.
IVIoraiio (Francesco)  [1837-1904J.
    D'Angelo. Necrologin.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir.
  di Napoli, 1904, n. s., lviii, 87.
Moraiit  (Alfred W.)  Descriptiou  of Fryer's
  patent destructor and carbonizer.  [Extract.]
  5 pp., 2 pl.   8°.  [Leeds,  C. Goodall,  1880?]
Morant  (George).   Hints to husbands; a  reve-
  lation of the man-midwife's  mysteries.   3. ed.
  15.") pp.   16°.  London, Simpkiu, Marshall 4' Co.,
  1857.
Morard (Gustave)  [1874-    ].  *Du r61e des
  sels  niiu^raux de l'organistne  dans  les  ph6no-
  uienes de nutrition et de defense contre l'infec-
  tion; traitement de la tuberculose parlamin6ra-
  lisation au nioyen des injections sous-cutan^es de
  serum iirtificiel a petites doses; re"sultats exp6-
  riinentanx.   71  pp.   8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 364.
Morard  (Louis) [1865-    ].   * Etude sur la
  lactose.   48 pp.  4°.  Lyon, 1889, No. 485.
Morari (Francisco Aguado y).   See  Aguado  y
  Morari (Francisco).
Morascll (Joannes Adamus) [1682-1734].  Trae-
  tatus medico-practicus de extends capitis mor-
  bis atq tie catari his, in pradectionibusacadeuiicis
  publicis ac collegiis privatis explicatus, cohsensu
  et authoritate inclyti  Collegii medici in  alma
  catholieaet eleetorali Universita te Ingolstadiana
  pnblicae  disputationi subjectus.  Defeudentibus
  Balthasar Steinberger et Franciscus Wolfgang
  Oberpaur.   Liber ii.  3  p. 1., 169-360 pp., 1  1.
  4°.   Ingolstadii,  T. Grass, 1719.
Moral (J.-P.).
    See DHNtrr (A.[-F.]>  Recherches experimentales sur
  le systeme nerveux vaso-moteur.  8°.  Paris, 1884.
-----& Doyon (Maurice).  Traite" de physiolo-
  gic.   Fouctious de  nutrition; circulation, par
  M. Doyon.  Calorification, par J.-P. Morat. 2 v.
  xxii, 511 pp.; xxx, 5*7 pp.  8°.  Paris, Masson
  4- Cie., 1899[1^98]-1900.
----- ----*-.  The same.   Fonctions d'innerva-
  tion,  par J.-P.  Morat.  xxiii, 717  pp.   roy. 8°.
  Paris, Masson 4~ Cie., 1902.
------  ------.   The  same.  Fonctions  eiemen-
  taires; prolegomenes; contraction et autres ma-
  nifestations energe"tiques analogues h la contrac-
  tion,  par J.-P.  Morat. Secretion; milieu  infe-
  rieur; sang; lyniphe; liquide c6phalo-rachidien,
  par  M. Doyon.  xxxii,  863 pp., 1 pl.   roy. 8°.
  Paris, Masson 4" Cie., 1904.
Morate  (Ihlefonso  Sanchez).   Luxation  com-
  plete de  l'extremite  infe'rieure de  l'hume>us,
  compliqu6e de  d^chirure des  parties  molles, y
  compris la peau, et de fracture du cubitus et du
  radius.   [Transl. from:  Bol. de med., cirug.  y
  farm., Madrid, 1851, 2. 6p., i.]
    In: Observ. de chir. prat., trad, de l'espagn., par L.-J.
  Samel. [Repr.from: Gaz. rned. de Montpel.]  8°.  Mont-
  pellier, 1852, 17-23.
Moratti  ([Pietro]).   Racconto de gli  ordini e
  ptovisioni fatte  ne'  lazaretti in Bologna,  e suo
  coutado  in  tempo del contagio dell'anno 1630.
  3 p. 1., 124 pp.  sm. 4°.  Bologna, C. Ferroni, 1631.
  [P., v. 2098.]
Morail (Henry) [1860-    ].  * Des transforma-
  tions e'pithe'liales physiologiques  et pathologi-
  ques.  46 pp., 1 1.  4°. Paris, 1889,  No. 360.
Morail (Henry)—continued.
-----.  De la vitality des epitheliums et des con-
  sequences  pratiques  qui en decouleut.   7 pp.
  8°.   Clermont (Oise),  Daix freres, 1896.
    Repr. from: C.-r. Soc. med. du ixe arrondissement,  15
  octobre 1896.
    See, also, Lnunois (P[ierre]-£[niilej) & ITIoriiii (H.)
  Manuel d'anatomie microscopique,  [etc.].   16°.  Paris,
  1892.
Morault(Charles-Joachim-Marie Joseph)[18(i7-
      ]. * De la torsion du p6dicule dans 1'ectopie
  de la rate.   66 pp.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1896, No. 60.
ITloraillt (Joseph) [1863-    ].  * Du diagnostic
  prdcoee de  la  tuberculose  pulmonaire.  52 pp.
  4°   Paris, 1894, No. 199.
MorailX (Gustave-Jean-Baptiste)  [1870-     ].
  * De l'etude de la disjunction de  la symphyse
  pubieune dans l'accouchement.    67  pp.   8°.
  Lille, 1897, 5. s., No. 21.
Moravec (Vaclav).   Lecitelnost  tuberkulosy.
  [The treatment of tuberculosis.]   15  pp.  8°.
  t; Praze, ndkladem spisovatelovym, 1899.
------.  Splenotherapie tuberculosy.  Dalsf zkn-
  seuosti o leciteluosti tuberculosy.  [The splenic
  therapy of tuberculosis.   Further  researches on
  the treatment  of tuberculosis.]  15  pp.  8°.  v
  Praze, published by the author, 1900.
Moravia.   Sanitiits-Berichte des k. k. Landes-
  Sanitatsrathes fiir Miihren.  3.-21.,  1882-19C0.
  4°.   Briinn, 1884-1901.
------.  Entwickelung der sanitaren Verhaltnisse
  und Institutionen Avahrend der glorreichen Re-
  gierung Seiner Majestiit  unseres Allergnadigsten
  Kaisers Franz Josef I. vom Jabre 1848-88.  Zu-
  sammeugestellt von Robert Schoefl.   broadside,
  28 by 36 inches.  Briinn, 1889.
    Bound with: SANITATS BEKICHT 1887.  4°. Briinn, 1889.
Hlora via.
    See, also, Hygiene (Public,  Laics,  etc., of),
  Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
    d'Elvert (C.)  Geschichte der Heil- und Hu-
  mauitats-Austalten  in Miihren  und Oesterrei-
  chisch Schlesien.  8°.  Briinn, 1858.
    Kfiz (M.) Ueber die Gleichzeitigkeit des Mensehen
  mit  dem Maiumuthe in Mahren.  Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Ge-
  sellsch. f. Anthrop., [etc.], Miiuchen, 1894, xxv, 139-144.—
  Szombathy (J.) Un crane de la race de Cio-Magnou,
  trouve en Moravie. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. 1900. Par.,
  1902, 133-140.— Virchow (R.)  AnthropoloKische Excur-
  sion nach Mahren. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. An-
  throp., Berl., 1897, 331-343.
Morawetz (Leopold).   *De  graviditatis  mo-
  lestiis.  31 pp.  3°.   Vindobonce, C.  Ueberreuter,
  1*44.
Morawitz (Lucia).   "Klinische  Mischformen
  von Katatonieand Epilepsie.  [Zurich.]  33 pp.
  8°.   Strassburg, C. 4~ J.  Gmller, 1900.
Morawitz (Paul  Oskar)   [1879-    ].   *Zur
  Kenntniss  der Knorpelkapseln  und  Chondrin-
  balleu des hyalinen Knorpels.  [Jena.]  34 pp.,
  1 1.   8U.   Bonn, F. Cohen, 1902.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1902, lx.
Morawski (Felix).  * Zur Anatomie der menseh-
  lichen Placenta.   [Wnrtzbnrg.]   35  pp.   8°.
  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., E. Rautenbeig,  18i-9.
Morax [J.]  La sante publique dans le canton
  de Van den 1892-4; 1896;  1899; 1901.  Rapports.
  4 pts.  12°.  Lausanne, Corbaz <f- Co., 1894-1902.
-----. Cadastre sanitaire;  statistique medicale
  du canton  de Vaud, comprenaut  la climatologie,
  l'ethnologie, la d6mographie,  les  causes  de  de-
  cks, les epidemics, les institutions sanitaires, les
  etablisseinents hospitaliers, la liste et la biogra-
  phic des medecins du pays et du canton de Vaud.
  vii,  191  pp., 3 pl., 1 tab.,  8  maps.   4'-.  Lau-
  sanne, F. Rouge, 1899.
Morax  (V[ictor]).   * Recherches  bacteriologi-
  <jues  sur  l'etiologie des  conjunctives aigui's et
  sur l'asepsie dans la chirurgie oculaire.  141 pp.,
  1 pl.  4°.  Paris,  1894, No.  163. 
MORAX.
79
MORDRET.
Morax (V[ietor])—continued.
------.  The  same.   143 pp.,  1  pl.  8°.   Pairs,
  1894.
    Sec, also, Guide pratique des sciences medicates, [etc.],
  16°. Paris, [1891].—Supplement  du Guide pratique
  des sciences medicales, 1893.  16°.  Paris, 1894.
de Moray (B.).
    See I*roe*'*-verbal fait pour delivrer une fille posse-
  dee [etc] [>m 1. s.J. 8°. Paris, 1883.
Morbi Gallici curandi ratio exquisitissima, a va-
  riis, iisdemque peritissiinis medieis conscripta:
  nenipe Petio  Andrea  Mattheolo  Senensi.  Jo-
  anne Alnienar Hispano, Nicolao Massa Veneto,
  Nicolao Poll . . .   Benedicto de  Victoriis, Fa-
  ventino.  His accessit Angeli  Bolognini de ul-
  cerum exteriorum mcdela opu.sculum perquam
  utile.  Ejusdem de unguentis ad cujusvis gene-
  ris maligna  ulcera confieiendis lucubratio.  299
  pp.. 6 1.  r>°.  Basilea', apud J.  Beb[elium], 15:56.
    Bound with: Fuchsius (Reniadeus). Morbi Hispanici,
  [etc.].  8°.  Parisiis. 1541.
Morhilian (Departement du).   Coniptes-iendus
  des epidemics  et des travaux des  conseils d'hy-
  giene du Morbihan eu 1886-9.  Par les secretaires
  du cunscil  central  d'hygiene.  8°.    Vannes,
  18^7-90.
Iflorbihaii  (Departement du).
     See, also, Epidemics (History, etc., of), Small-
  pox (History, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by
  localities.
     Lejaxne  (T.-C.-M.)  * Contribution k la geo-
  graphic  medicale.   L'ile de Groix (Morbihan)
  1883-5.   4°.   Paris, 1885.
     Tableau  des oenvres et institutions du depar-
  tement du Morbihan.  8°.  Paris, 1896.
Morbilitats-Verhaltnisse in Thiiringen im
  December 1875.  1 1. 4C.  Weimar, G.  Uschmann
  d- Co., 1*76.
     Supfil. to:  Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen,
   1870, Xcp. 1.
Morbis (De)  inflammatoriis, et putridis vulgo
  dictis  accuratius distinguendis, necnou  de na-
  tura morboruin specilica baud negligenda.  Pro-
  lusio academica.   20 pp.   12°.  [n. p., n. d.]
Morbo  (De)  gallico omnia qn;e  extant apud
  omnes medicos, [etc.J.  SeeLuisinus (Aloysius).
Morbus coxarius.
     See Hip joint (Diseases of).
Morbus cucullaris.
     See W£ooping-cough.
Hlorbus Hungaricus.
     See Fever (Typhus) in troops.
Iflorbus niger.
     See Meleena.
Morbus scythicus.
     Friedreich (J. B.) ©jjAeia vovo-ot.  Mag. f. d. phil.,
  med. u. gerichtl. Sedenk., "Wiirzb., 1829,  i, 71-77.  Also, in
  his: Analekt  z. Nat.- a. Heilk., 4°, Wiirzb., 1831, 1. Hft.,
  28-33.
Morchella.
     See Fungi (Edible).
Mordagne (Jean) [1857-   ].  -Contribution
  k  letinie de la medication thyroidienne et des
  modifications  de l'excretion urinaire apres l'indi-
  gestion de  corps  thyro'ides.  82 pp.  4°.  Tou-
  louse, 1895, No. 92.
Mordant (A.)  [1875-    ].   *Des osteites du
  grand trochanter et de leurs  rapports avec la
  coxalgie  (coxalgie  trochanterieune).   72 pp.
  8°.  Lyon, 1898, No. 56.

IVIordechi.
     See Cholera.
Mordiiorst (Arthur) [1872-    ].  * Zur Coxa
  vara.  29 pp., 1 1.  8-.   Halle  a. S., C. A. Kaem-
  merer 4" Co., 1*98.
Mordiiorst  (Carl).  Der Rheuniatismus  und
  seine Behandlung mittelst elektriscber Massage,
  etc., in Verbiudnng mit einer Bade- und Trink-
  cur in Wiesbaden.  20 pp.   8°.  Berlin 4" Leip-
  zig, G. Thieme, 1888.
    Repr.from: Deutsch. med. "Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1888, xiv.
------.  The same.  Rheumatism, and treatment
  by electric massage, etc., in connection with the
  internal  and external  use of the  Wiesbaden
  waters.   31 pp.  16°.  London, Bailliere, Tindall
  if Cox, 1888.
------.  Erfolge mit elektriscber Massage in Ver-
  biudnng  mit einer   Badekur in Wiesbaden.
  Ergiinzung  zu  einem Vortrage  "Ueber elek-
  trische Massage", gehalteu am VIII. Congresse
  fur innere Mediein.  viii, 36 pp. 8°.   Wiesbaden,
  J. F. Bergmann, 1890.
------.  Wiesbaden gegen chronischen Rheunia-
  tismus, Gicht, Ischias, etc., und als Terraiu-  und
  Winter-Curort.  2. Aufl.  1 p. 1., 57  pp.  8°.
  Wiesbaden, J. F.  Bergmann, 1890.
------.  Beitrag zur Lehre von der Gicht, deren
  Dial  und Behandlung.  Zugleich Besprechung
  der Gichttheoiie Emil Pfeitfer's uud Erwiderung
  auf seine  Bemerkungen  in  der Abhandlung
  "Ueber  Harusaure und  Gicht".   34  pp., 1 tab.
  8°.   Wien, M. Perles,  [P-93].
------.  Warum sind Harnsaure, Nierensteine  und
  der Harngries so viel leichter loslich als Gieht-
  ablageruugen?   3 1.  8°.  Berlin, [J. Springer,
  1891],
    Repr.from: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1893, vii.
------.  Die bei  der  Behandlung der  Gicht  und .
  Harnsaureconcreniente in Betracht koinnienden
  Mittel uud  ihre Wirkungsweise.  78 pp.  8°.
  Rom,  Loescher 4'  Co., 1896.
------.  The same.  The remedies which are ap-
  plicable in the treatment of gout and uric-acid
  concretions, and their mode of action.  A lecture
  delivered at the Eleventh International Medical
  Congress iu Rome,  18(J4,  with  a  postscript.
  Transl.  by Ronald  E. S. Krohn.  32 pp.   12°.
  Rome, Loescher 4r ' o., 1895.
------.  Erwiderung  auf den Aufsatz  des Herrn
  Sanitatsraths Emil  Pfeiffer "Ueber harusaure
  Verbinduugen im mensehlichen Kdrper".  Nach-
  trag zu dem in den gedruckten Verhandlungen
  des XIII.  Congresses fiir  innere Mediein  ver-
  offentlichten Vortrage.   Beitrag zur Chemie der
  Harnsiiure ausserhalb uud iunerhalb des menseh-
  lichen Korpers.   16 pp.  12°.   Wiesbaden,  C.
  Ritter, 1896.
------.   Zur  Entstehuug  der Uratablagerungen
  bei Gicht.   pp. 285-338.  8°.  Berlin, 1897.
    Repr. from: Arch. f. path. A nat. [etc. J, Berl., 1897,cxlviii.
Mordiiorst (Karl) [1868-    ].   * Zur Therapie
  dei-Anatinio und Chlorose.  [Kiel.]   24 pp.   8°.
  Gliickstadt, J. J. Augustin, 1893.

IHorrios.
    See Fever (Malarial,  History, etc.,  of),  by
  localities.
Mordret (A[mbroise]-E[usebe]) [1822-1904].
  De la mort  subite  dans l'etat puerperal.  Me-
  moire  couronne par l'Academie  iinperiale  de
  medecine (seance  du  15.  dec. 1857).  pp.  153-
  334.  4°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4  fils, 1858.
    Repr.from: Mem. Acad, denied., Par., 1858, xxii.
------.   Considerations sur la sensibilite dans ses
  rapports  generaux avec les  pbenonienes  psy-
  chiques.   (Fragment d'une etude sur  la folic)
  64  pp.   8°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere  4' fils, 1*79.
  [P., v. 2278.]
    Repr. from: Bull. Soc. d'agric, sc. et arts de la Sarthe,
  1879.
------.   Deux observations d'atrophie cerebrale.
  24 pp.  8°.  Le Mans, E. Mounoyer, 1888. 
MORDRET.
80
MOREAU.
Mordret (A[mbroise]-E[nsebe])—continued.
-----.  Etude sur la demographic, et  la  depopu-
  lation de la Sarthe.   8*  pp.   8°.  Le Mans, E.
  Mown oyer, 1891.
    For Biography, see Arch. med. d'Angers,|1904, viii, 691-
  704, port.  Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., Ii,
  544.  Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1904, 12. s., iv, 306.
Mordret  (Ambroise - Frangois )  [ 1782 -
  1857].
    C'aflfe (P.-L.-B.)  jSTecrologie.  J. d. conn. med. [prat.,
  Par., 1857, xxiv, 322.
Mordret (Ernest) [1861-    ].  *'fitude anatomo-
  pathologique et  clinique snr les salpingo ova-
  rites.  78 pp., 1 1.  4C.  Paris, 1890,  No. 92.
-----.  The  same.  78 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1890.
Moid vi ll oil  (A[leksM]  P[yotrovich])  [1853-
      ].  *0  liechenii  poslieiodovikh zabolieva-
  uiy  polovlkh  organov  postoyannlni  vlagali-
  shtshnlm orosheniyem.   S predisloviyem V.  F.
  Snegireva.   [Treatnient  of puerperal  diseases
  of sexual organs by constant vaginal irrigation.
  With preface by Snegireff.]  x, 177, ii pp., 6 tab.
  8°.  Moskva, L. 4~ A. Suegirevi, 1888.
Moreaii  (Gian-Battista).  Metodo  per curare
  sicuramente 1' idropisia coll' acqua, umiliato
  alia celeberrima  Accademia di Parigi,  coll' ag-
  giunta di  varie  osservazioni  sopra  1' uso della
  china-china, della vipera, e sul modo di curare
  la mania.   59  pp.   12°.   Venezia, L. 4~ G.frat.
  Passaglia, 1784.
Moreaii (A.) [1859-    ].  *Prophylaxie de  la
  tnberculose d'origine alimentaire.  103 pp.   4°.
  Paris, 1894, No. 72.
-----.  The same.  103 pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1894.
-----.  L'agencement des abattoirs  an point  de
  vue sanitaire.   92  pp.,  1  1.   8°.   Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere 4' fils, 1901.
Moreau  (Albert)  [1861-     ].   *Du  decolle-
  inent premature du  placenta insere  normale-
  ment pendant  les trois derniers mois de la gros-
  sesse.  104 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1888, No. 127.
Moreau (Alexis) [1866-    ].  * Contribution a
  l'etude  du  traitement de  I'edampsie.   71  pp.
  4°.  Paris,  1891, No. 273.
Moreau (Alfred).  La responsabilite medicale.
  68 pp.   8°.   Bruxelles, E. Bruylant, 1891.
-----. De la divulgation des secrets medicaux.
  36 pp.   ho.   Charleroi, A. Piette, 1892.
    Repr.from: Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi,
  1892.
Moreau  (Andre).   * Contribution a  l'etude
  du delire  alcoolique (hallucination de l'eau).
  82 pp.   8-.   Paris, 1902,  No. 466.
Moreau (Armand).  Sur la  voix  des poissons.
  2 pp.  roy.  8°.  Paris, Gauthier-Villars, 1864.
Moreau  (Armand).   * Contribution a  l'etude
  du hoquet hysterique.  48 pp.  4°.   Paris, 1892,
  No. 361.
Moreau (Auguste-Charles-Joseph)  [1865-    ].
  * Contribution  k l'etude de l'etiologie de la fievre
  typhoide et de la vitalite dans le sol du bacille
  d'Eberth. 44 pp., 21.  4°. Bordeaux, 1892, No. 21.
Moreau (Bartheiemy) [1866-   ].   * Sur la re-
  lation entre le  pouvoir rotatoire du  camplne et
  le poids moieculaire de tjuelques  dissolvauts.
  94 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Lyon, 1894, No. 13.
    Pharmacie.
-----.  * Recherches sur le dosage du fer daus le
  sang et sur la teueur en fer  du sang  du nou-
  veau-ne.  88 pp.   8°. Lyon,  1901, No. 46.
Moreau (Camille).   Deux laparotomies compli-
  quees.   11 pp.  8°.   [Bruxelles, 1891.]
-----.  Du raccourcissement des ligaments ronds
  applique a  la  guerison des deplacements de la
  matrice.   90 pp.  8°.  Bruxelles, F. Huyez, l-?94.
    In: Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux.,
  1894, xiii.
Moreau (Ciement-Edmond) [1875-    ].   » Si.r
  un cas recent de disjunction traumatiquo de  la
  syinphvse pubienue.  [Paris.]  96 pp. 8°.  Lille,
  1900, No. 652.
Moreau (Edmund) [1870-    ].   * Contribution
  k l'etude des abces peripharyngiens.  62 pp., 1 1.
  4°.   Paris, 1896, No. 177.
Moreau (Edmond-Thomas).
    See Bonrru (Edmonde-Claude).  *An  liticinibus cor-
  nicinihus, [etc.]. 4°. Parisiis, 1765.—Cotton (Joscphus).
  An temperament! diversitas [etc.].  4°.  [Parisiis, 1770.J
Moreau (E[lie-Auguste-Marie]).   Do la pro-
  phylaxie  des  affections veneriennes.  23  pp.
  12°.   Paris, 1900.
         Une des  causes de la depopulation.  28
  pp., 2 1.  8°.  Paris, A. Maloine, 1902.
Moreau (Eugene) [1865-     ].  * Contribution
  a l'etude de la fragility constitutiounelle des os
  (osteopsathyrosis de  Lobsteiu).   52 pp.  4°.
  Paris, 1894, No. 135.
-----.  The same.   52  pp.   8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1894.
Moreau ([F.-]Armand).   De I'influence de la
  section  du grand sympatbique stir la composi-
  tion de l'air de la vessie natatoire.   4 pp.  4°.
  Paris, 1865.
    Repr.from: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.
    See, also, OSnvre (L') de Clande Bernard.  8°. Paris,
  1881.
Moreau  (F.-Marc).  Histoire  statistique du
  cholera asiatique  de 1849, dans le ve arrondisse-
  ment municipal de Paris.  60 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, Lobe, 1850.  [P., v. 1750.]
Moreau  (Ffrancois]- J[oseph] )  [1789-1862].
  Manuel des sages-femmes,  contenant: La sai-
  gnee,  l'application des ventouses, la vaccine, la
  description et l'usage des  iustrnmens  relatifs
  aux accoucliemens, des notes sur plusieurs par-
  ties des accoucliemens, pour servir  de comple-
  ment  aux  principes d'accouchemens  de Baude-
  locque.   viii, 160 pp., 5 pl.   12°. Paris, G. Bail-
  Here, 1839.
    Bound with: Baudelocque  (Jean-Louis).  Principes
  sur l'art des accouchemens, [etc.].  1'2°. Paris, 1838.
    For Biography, see J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1862,
  xxix, 47 (Cane).
    For Portrait, see Corlieu (A.)  Centenaire Fac. de med.
  de Par.  4°.  Paris, 1896.

Moreau  (Georges-Theophile) [1855-     ].
    [Biography.] Kev.med.duCanada, Montreal, 1902-3,
  vi, 375.
Moreau (Henri).  Etude sur le hftchich.  91
  pp.  8°.  Paris, J. Rousset, 1904.
Moreau (J.), l'abbe.
    See Franco (Giovanni-Giuseppe). L'hypnotisme re-
  venu k. la mode [etc.].  12°.  St.-Amand (Cher) & Paris,
  1890.

Moreau ([Jacques-]Joseph) [de Tours]  [1804-
  84].  Les  facultes morales  considers  sous  le
  point de vue  medical; de leur influence sur les
  maladies  nerveuses,  les  affections organiqnes,
  etc.  156 pp.  8°.  Paris, J. Rouvier 4- E. Le Bou-
  vier, 18:56.
-----.   De  l'identite de  l'etat de reve et  de  la
  folie.   48 pp.  8°.  Paris,  L. Martinet,  [18551.
  [P., v. 1786.]
    Repr.from: Ann. med.-psych., Par., 1855, 3. s., i.
-----.  La psychologie morbide dans ses rapports
  avec la philosophic de l'histoire, ou de rinflueuce
  des nevropathies sur le dynamisme intellectuel.
  xiii, 576 pp.  8°.  Paris, V. Masson, 1859.
-----■.   Traite pratique de la folie neVrnpathique
  (vulgo  hysterique).   xxiv, 206 pp., 1 ].   12°.
  Paris, Ger mer-Bailliere, 1869.
    For Biography, see Kitti (A.)  FJoge de J. Moreau (de
  Tours).  8°. Paris, 1887.
Moreau [Jean-Cheri].
    See Commission centrale homoeopathique.  Memoire
  k consulter [etc.].  4°. [Paris, 1857.1 
MOREAU.
81
MOREJON.
Moreaii (Joannes-Biiptista).   * Est-ue  Hippo-
  eratea medendi  inetbodus omnium certissima,
  tutissima,  prtestatitissima ?   15 pp.  8°.   Pari-
  sisiis, N. Boisset,  164s.
    Bound with: Guillemeau (Charles).  Question cardi-
  nal il disputer [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1648.
Moreau (Josepli).  Memoire sur I'hemorrhagie
  consecutive  ii  Texti-action  des dents.  40  pp,
  8 \  Paris, P. Asselin, 187:5.
    Repr.from:  Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1873, xxii.
Moreau (J[ules]-M[iehel]-Ferdinand).   De la
  liqueur d'absinthe et de  ses  effets.  36 pp.  8C.
  Paris, F. Sary, 1h63.   [P., v. 1767.]
Moreau (Louis-Joseph) [1865-    ].  * Des ad-
  herences des petites levres.  45 pp.  4C.   Paris,
  1895, No. 18s.
Moreau (P.-G.), I'abbe .   L'hypnotisme;  etude
  scientifique  et veligiense.   xxiii, 611  pp.  12°.
  Paris, J. Leady 4' Cie., 1891.
Moreau  (Pierre).  * Etude sur  les calculs en-
  cliatonues de  la vessie.  132  pp.   H°.   Paris,
  1903, No. 353.
Moreau  (Renatus)  [1587-1656].   De missione
  sanguinis in pleuritide, ubi deinonstratur ex qua
  corporis parte detractus ille fuerit  a duobus au-
  norum millibus  ex   omnium  pene medicorum
  Gnecorum, Latinorum, Arabum, Barbaroium ex-
  acta enumeratione  jnxta teinporuni quibus flo-
  ruere  serieni iustituta. Adjuncta est  vita Petr.
  Brissoti.  Ad exemplum Parisiis apud  Samuelem
  Celerium 1630.   3 p.  1., 146 pp., 2 1.  12°.  Recu-
  sum Halce, imp. C. H. Hemmerde, 1742.
     Bound viith : Schulze (J. H.)  Compendium hist. med.
  [etc.].  12°. Halre Magdeb., 1742.
     See, also, Colnieiierus de Ledesma (Antonius) Du
  chocolate,  sin. 4°.  Paris, 1643.—Salernum (School of)'.
  Schola'saleraitana [etc. ]. 12°. Lutetice Parisiorum, 1672.
     For Biography, see J.  de la sante, Par., 1902, xix, pt. 2,
  361-363 (Monpart).
Moreau  (Rene).  Recherches  cliniqnes  et ex-
  perimentales sur l'empoisonnement aigu  par le
  plomb et ses  composes.   109  pp.  8y   Paris,
   V.-A.  Delahaye 4- Cie., 1876.  [P., v. 2281.]
-----.  * De l'opotherapie  ovarienne dans la ma-
  ladie de Basedow chez la femme.  37 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1899, No. 527.
L Moreau - Christophe  ( Louis-Math urin ) ]
  [1800-   ].  Petit traite de la machine humaine,
  ou rudiments de la science de l'homme physique.
  Par le docteur IgnotiiB.   x, 295 pp., 1  1.  12°.
  Paris, A. Lacroix, 18(54.
Moreau de Joiuies (Alexandre) [1778-    ].
  Rapport  au Couseil superieur de sante sur 1'ir-
  rnption  du cholera  pestilentiel en  Russie, pen-
  dant l'ete et  1'autoinue  de 1830.   12 pp.  8°.
  [Paris, Vve.  Thuan,  1830.]  [P., v. 1975.]
     Repr.from: Rev. encycl., Par., 1830.
     See, also,  Bally ( [Francois ]Victor ).  Monographic
  historique et medicale de la fievre jaune [etc.].  12°.  Pa-
  ris, 1821.—Cappello (Agostino). Esame critico sopra la
  offlciale relazione [etc.J.  8°.  Roma, 1835.
Moreau  [de  la  Sarthe] (Jacques-L[ouis])
  [1771-lf26].  Histoire nature! lede la femme, stii-
  vie d'un traite d'hygiene appliquee a son regime
  physique et  moral aux difterentes epoques de la
  vie.  2 v., paged consecutively.  744 pp., 2 tab.,
  6 pl.  8°.  Paris, S.  Duprat, 1803.
-----.  The same.  2 v. in 3.   1  p. 1., 744 pp.;
  1  p. 1., 459 pp.  8C.   Paris,  Duprat, Letellier 4-
  Cie., 180:5.
-----.  The same.  Natnrgeschichte  des Weibes.
  Ein Handbuch  fiir Aerzte und gebildete  Leser
  und Leserinnen  aus alien  Klasseu; bearbeitet
  von D. Rink und Johann Karl Friedrich Leune.
  4 v.  12°.  Leipzig, J. C. Hinrichs,  1810.
-----.  Fragmens pour servir a 1'histoire  de la
  medecine des maladies mentales, et de la mede-
  cine morale.   102 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1812.
        VOL XI, 2D SERIES----6
Moreau [de la  Sarthe] (J.-L.)—continued.
-----.   Fragments pour servir  a 1'histoire des
  progres de la medecine en France.   60 pp.   8°.
  Pan's,  1813.
    For Portrait, see Corlicu  (A.)   Centenaire Fac. de
  med. de Par.  4°.  Paris, 1896.
Moreau de Tours (A.)  Le mate; etude his-
  torique, chimique et physiologique.  1 p. 1.,  78
  pp., 1 1.  8°.   Paris, G. Steinheil, 1904.
Moreau  de Tours  [J.]  [1804-    ].  De  la
  contagion du  suicide,  a  propos de l'epideniie
  actnelle.  77 pp.  ft°.   Paris, A. Parent, 1875.
Moreau  [de  Tours]  (Paul).   Des  aberra-
  tions du  sens  gene.sique.   4.  ed.   320 pp.  8'Y
  Paris,  Asselin 4" Houzeau,  1887.
-----.    The  same.   I  pervertimenti  sessuali;
  psicopatia,  patologia,  terapeutica.   Psicopatia
  sessuale.   Le  aberrazioni del senso  genesico.
  2. ed. italiana eseguita sulla 4. francese.   62 pp.
  roy. 8^.   Roma, frat. Capaccini, 1897.
-----.   La folie chez les enfauts.  444 pp.   12°.
  Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils, 1888.
-----.   The same.  Der Irrsiun im  Kindesalter.
  Autorisirte deutsche Ausgabe von Demctrio Ga-
  latti.  vii, 362 pp.   8°.  Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1889.
-----.   Fous  et bouffons;  etude physiologique;
  psychologique et historique.  2. ed.  vii, 288 pp.
  12°.  Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere $ fils, 1888.
-----.   De la contagion du crime et sa prophy-
  laxie.   11 pp.  8°.  Paris,  [Chaix], 1889.
-----.   Les excentriques.  Etude psychologique
  et anecdotique.  120 pp.   16°.  Paris, 1894.
-----.   Suicides et crimes etranges.   140 pp., 1 1.
  12°.  Paris,  1899.
Moreau-Wolf  [ F. ]  Lithotritie; divulsion;
  nouveaux instruments.  15pp.  8°.   Paris, V.-A.
  Delahaye 4~ Cie., 1877.
    Repr.from: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1877.
-----.  De la  sychnurie, ou  sychno-micrurie,  et
  de son traitement par la dilatation lente progres-
  sive de la vessie au moyen des injections forcees.
  32 pp.  8°.  Paris,  A.  Delahaye 4~ E. Lecrosnier,
  1880.
Moreda  y Alvarino  (Rogelio).  *La  oftal-
  mia simp&tica.  »°.  Madrid, Langa4~ Co., 1898.
Morehead  (Charles)  [1807-82].   Clinical  re-
  searches on disease  in India.  2 v.  xv, (587 pp.;
  viii, 766 pp., 8°.  London, Longman [and others],
  1856.
    For Biography, see Diet.  Nat. Biog., Loud., 1894, xxxix,
  1 (Sir A. J. Arhuthuot).
Moreiglie (Henri)  [1861-   ].   * Etude sur les
  methodes de dosage de quelques elements impor-
  tants de  l'urine.  183 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1895, No.
  372.
-----.  The  same.  Etude sur  les  methodes  de
  dosage de  quelques  elements  impottants  de
  l'urine et principaux  rapports urinaires. 212
  pp.  8°.  Paris, G.  Steinheil, 1895.
Moreira (Joaquim  Ignacio).
    See Clnrrcira (Joao Antonio), dn Silvn  Pinlieiro
  (Jos6) & Moreira (Joaquim Ignacio). Analyse da folha
  [etc.].  8°. Lisboa,  1817.—de Sousn Pinto  (Antonio
  Jose) [in 1. s.].  Apologia dialogal, [etc.]. 8°.  Lisboa,
  1820.
Moreira (Juliano).
    Co-Editor of:  Archivos brasileiros  do psychiatria,
  neurologia e sciencias attins, Rio de Janeiro, 1905.
Moreira da Cruz (Ricardo).  *Estudo sobre
  o parto prematuio  artificial.   120  pp., 2 1.  4U.
  Rio de Janeiro, Besnard freres,  1900.
Moreira  Maeliado  (Alberto Felix).   *Da
  exf irpacao da glandula sub-maxillar.  39 pp., 10
  1.   4°.  Rio de Janeiro, C.  G. da Silva,  1895.
Morejon (Antonio Hernandez) [1773-1836].
    See Compentlio de historia de las ciencias medicas,
  [etc.].  8°. Madrid, 1874.
    For Biography, see Siglo ru6d., Madrid, 1891, xxxviii,
  209-213  (F.' Lletget). 
MOREL.
82
MORELLI.
Morel.   * Essai sur les varices.  1 p. 1., 20 pp.
  4°.  Strasbourg, an XII [1803], No. 135.
Morel (A.-Rene).  * Essai  sur les anevrismes.
  . p. 1., 40 pp.  4 .   Strasbourg, 1812, No. 346.
Morel (Albert) [1-75-    ].  * Recherches phy-
  siologiques sur l'ntilisation des graisses du sang
  80 pp.  8.  Lyon, 1902, No. 80.
Morel (Auguste-Alexandre) [1877-    ].  * Des
  abces urineux a  siege exceptionnel non  peri-
  neaux.  80 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1901, No.  119.
Morel ( Anguste - Desire - Cornil )  [ 1868 -     ].
  * Etude historique, critique et experimentale de
  Paction des courants continus sur le nerf acous-
  tique  k  l'etat sain  et a  l'etat pathologique.
  121 pp.  4  .  Bordeaux, 1892, No. 4.
Morel [Benedict-Augustin] [1809-73].  Des  ca-
  racteres de l'heredite dans  fes  maladies ner- |
  veuses.  30 pp.   8°.   Paris, Rignoux, 1859.
    Repr.from: Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1859, ii.
    See, also, Billiet  (Alexis).  Influence de la constitu-
  tion geologique du sul, [etc.|.  8°. Paris, 1855.—JSuchez
  (P[hilippe]-J[oseph)-B[eujamin]).  Rapport fait k la Soci-
  ety medico-psychologique, [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1860.
    For Biography, see Rev. med. de Kormandie, Eouen,
  1900, 58-01, port. (A. Halipre).
Morel (Charles) [1860-    ].   * Contribution a.
  l'etude de la diphterie (bacteriologie et anato-
  mie pathologique).    92 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1891,
  No. 139.
-----.  The same.  101 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1891.
-----& Soulie (A.)  Manuel de technique ini-
  croscopique appliquee k l'histologie uormale et
  pathologique et a la bacteriologie.  117 pp.  12°.
  Paris, 1899.
Morel (Charles).  * Beitrag zur Lehre der Polio-
  myelitis anterior acuta, subacuta et chronica
  der Heranwachsenden und Erwachsenen.   112
  pp  , 6 tab.  8°.   Basel, Schweighauser, 1890.   c.
Morel (Cfharles-Basile])  [1823-84].   Precis
  d'histologie  humaine.  Dessius d'apres nature, |
  par A. Villemiu.  viii, 136, 24 pp.,  28 pl.   8°. i
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4; fils, 1860.
-----.  Etude anatomique  d'un monstre aneu-
  cephale (pseudo-eucephalieu de G. Saint-Hilaire)
  avec division complete de la colonne vertebrale,
  absence de la nioelle epiniere, exstrophie de l'es-
  tomac, exstrophie de la vessie, uterus et vagin
  bifides, aorte double, anomalies multiple.  Redi-
  gee par M.-F. Gross.   12 pp., 2 pl.  8°.   Nancy,
  Berger-Levrault 4~ Cie., 1878.
    Repr. from: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1878, x.
Morel (Edmond-Pierre)  [1878-    ].  * D'une
  forme particuliere  de  conjonctivite  d'origine
  animale.   1 p. 1., 71 pp., 2 1.   8°.  Nancy, 1903,
  No. 29.
Morel (Emile).   Nevrose; roman.   3. ed.   300
  pp., 25 jil.   8°.  Paris, Bibl. internat. d'e'd., 1904.
Morel (F.-L.)  Expose des causes qui retardeut
  les  progres de la medecine veterinaire.   viii, 60
  pp.  8°.   Paris, Demonville, 1822.
-----.  Medecine veterinaire.   Apercu  general
  sur l'inflamuiatiou.  23 pp.   12°.  Paris, Demon-
  ville, 1825.
-----.  Traite raisouue de la morve.  88 pp.   8°.
  Paris, 1823.
Morel (Ferdinand) [1858-     ].  * Contribution
  a l'etude de l'ophthalmopiegie externe.   32 pp.,
  11.  4C.   Paris, 1890, No. 195.
Ulorel (Francois-Auguste) [1809-73].
    CaflV. Necrologie.  J. d. conn. med. prat, Par., 1873,
  xl, 158-160.
Morel (Frederic-Marie) [1861-    ].   * Etude
  critique sur les injections rectales gazeuses dans
  le  traitemeut  de  la tuberculose pultnouaire.
  53 pp.  4°.   Bordeaux, 1887, No. 113.
Morel  (Henri) [1872-    ].   * Des  determina- J
  tions articulaire  de la morve chez l'lioniuie. i
  72pp. 8°.   Lyon, 1897, 2. s., No. 109.           |
 Morel (J.) [1867-    ].  * Ruptures et perfora-
   tions de la paroi posterieure du vagin pendant
   l'accouchemeut.   128 pp.   8-.   Paris, 1*97,
   No. 35.
 Morel (Jules) [1876-    ].  * Varietes anatomo-
   cliniques et pronostic  des fractures  du  calca-
   neum.  135 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1904, No. 27.
 Morel [Julius].
    See Discission du rapport [etc.]. 8°.  Paris, 1874..—
   Societe de medecine mentale de Belgique [in 1. s.J. Con-
   gresdephreniatrie[etc.].  Uompte-reudu.  8°.  Gand, 1880.
 Morel  (Louis).   * Traitement  de  l'eczema par
   les scarifications lineaires.  44 pp.  ft-.  Paris,
   1899, No. 626.
 Morel  (Paul) [1875-      ].   *Des anevrismes
   arterioso-veineux du creux poplite.  42 pp., 1 1.
   8-.  Lyon, 1899, No. 61.
 Morel  (Theophile-Alphonse)  [1862-    ].   *Des
   clos d'equarrissage.   Industrie;   hygiene pu-
   bliqne et professionnelle; police sanitaire; legis-
   lation.  123 pp.  8°.  Paris,  1897,  No.  48.
 Morel  (Victor).  * Contribution k l'etude clini-
   que de la tuberculose de l'omoplate et  a celle de
   son traitement par les resections.   144 pp.  4°.
   Paris,  1894, No. 82.
 Morel  d'Arleux  (Jules-Paul).   * Considera-
   tions sur la resection du  coude  et  particuliere-
   nient sur  la  pratique de cette  resection  en
   Angleterre.  78 pp.  8°.   Paris, A. Parent, 1874.
   [P., v. 2138.]
 Morel-Lavallee  (A.)  [1857-    ]. Augine
   cedemateuse  suraigue consecutive  k une erup-
   tion saloiee de cause interne.   4 pp.  8°.   [Pa-
   ris], G. Steinheil, [1891?].
    See, also. Reunions cliniques de l'Hopital Saint-Louis
   pendant l'annee scolaire 1888-9.   Comptes rendus.  8°.
   Paris, 1889.
 ----- & Belieres  (L.)   Syphilis  et  paralysie
   generale.   Precede  d'une preface  de M. le pro-
   fesseur Fournier.  vi, viii, 220  pp.  8°.   Paris,
   O. Doin, 1889.
 Hlorel - Lavallee    ( Victor - Augusts -
   Francois) [1811-65].
    Caffe. Necrologie. J. d. conn. m6d.  prat., Par., 1865,
   xxxii, L'06.
 Morell  (Harry).  Asepsis  of the  cord.  4 pp.
   12°.  [St. Paul, 1903.]
    Repr.from: Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1903, xxiii.
 Morelle (Edmond).  * Histologic comparee des
   gelsemiees et spig61i6es.   162  pp.   8°.   Com-
   mercy,  imp. Commercienne,  1904, No. 4.
    ficole superieure de pharmacie de Paris.
 Morelli.   Di Giovanni  Dondi dell'  Orologio,
   medico di Padova,  o dei  monumenti antichi da
   lui esaminati a Roma,  e di alcuni scritti inediti
  del medesiino.
    In: Fadste  (Per le) nozze Orologio-Fredrigotti.  8°.
   Padova, 1850, 5-26.
Morelli (Carlo).   La  quistioue igienica  della
  fouderia di rame alia Briglia iu  valle di Bisenzio
  presso  Prato.  Considerazioni critiche.  27 pp.
  16°.  Firenze, 1849.
-----.   Rapporto generale dt gli atti della Societtt
  medico-fisico tiorentiua dell' anno  1851.  8 pp.
  8°.  [Firenze], M. Cecchi, 1852.   [P., v. 2228.]
    Repr.from: Gazz. med. ital. feder. tosc, Firenze, 1852,
   2. s., ii.
-----& Casanti (D.)  Studj chimico-organico-
  patologici sulle oriue  albuminose.  20 pp.  8y
  Firenze, M. Cecchi,  1851.  [P., v. 2228.]
    Repr.from: Gazz. med. ital. feder. tosc, Firenze, 1851,
   2. s., i.
Morelli (Giacinto).
    See Farmacopea  italiana.  2 v.  8°.  Torino, 1881-2.
   -----. The same.  Supplemento [etc.]. roy. 8°.  Tbnno,
   1SS7.
Morelli (Luigi).
    See Frank (Joh. Peter).  Del metodo di curare le ma-
   lattie [etc.).  8°. Firenze. 1816-25.  -----.  The same.  8°.
   Milano, 1831-3. 
MORELLI.                                   83                               MORGAGNI.
 Morelli (Pasquale).  II metodo di Lister e la
   revalenta arabica.  Polemica.  33 pp.  8°. Na-
   poli, G. de Angelis 4'figlio, 1879.
 Morello  (Giuo).   Sull'  importanza dell' epi-
   demiologia.   55 pp.  8°.  Cittadella, tipog. Sante
   Pozzato, 1904.
 Morello (Vinceuzo).
     See Ferri  (Enrico).  Sul nuovo  codice penale.  12°.
   Napoli, 1889.
 Morellus (Federicus).
     See Hippocrates.  ' l7T7ro(cpaTovs nepl rmv (pap/xaKU
   KaSaipovrav.  24°.  Lutetice, 1617.—ftlnrcellus Sidetn.
   '£k t»i> MapiceAAou SiS^tov iarpiKtav to Trepi i^dvotv.  16°.
   Lutetice, 1591.
 Morelot  (Simon) [1751-1809].   Cours  6iemeu-
   taire d'histoire  naturelle  pharmaceutique, ou
   description des matieres simples que produisent
   les trois regnes de la nature, et qui sont d'usage
   eu pharmacie,  en cbimie et dans les difl*erens
   arts qui eu  derivent, notamment dans ceux du
   teiuturier et du fabricant de couleur, etc.  2 v.
   xvi, 440 pp.; 400 pp.   8C.  Paris, Giguet &• Cie.,
   an VIII [1800].
     See, also, «le  Lemery (Nicolas). Nouveau dictionnaire
   general des drogues, [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1807.
 Morely (Paul) [1872-    ].   * Essai sur l'ouver-
   ture des collections annexielles par la voie vagi-
   nale.   136 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris,  1899, No. 159.
 -----.  The same.  138 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Paris, G.
   Steinheil,  1899.

 Mo re bio (Manuel)  [      -189^.
     [Obituary. Cr6n. ined.-quir. de la Habana, 1891, xvii,
   305-307, portr.
 Moreno   de  la   Tejera  (Joaquin)
   [1841-1902].
     IVecrologfa.  Med. mil. espan., Madrid, 1901-2, viii,
   395.
 Morere (Jean).  * Contribution a l'etude des
   abces du  penis.  76 pp.   8J.  Toulouse, 1904.
 Moreschi [Augusto J.  Procede pour la guerisou
   des varices et plaies variquenses aux membres
   inferieurs.   19  pp.   8°.   Re'canati,  R. Simboli,
   1900.
 Moreschi (C).
     Editor of: Laroro (II), Pavia, 1901-3.
 Morestiu (H.)  [1869-    ].  * Des  operations
   qui se pratiquent par  la voie  sacree.  vii, 384
   pp.   4°.  Paris, 1894, No. 112.
 -----.  The same,  vii, 400  pp.   8~>.  Paris, G.
   Steinheil,  1894.
 Moret (Armand)  [1873-    ].  * Contribution k
   l'etude clinique des  tuberculoses  osseuses et
   osteo-articulaires chez les vieillards.   80 pp., 11.
   8°.  Paris, 1900, No. 31.
 -----.  The same.  78 pp., 1  1.    8°.   Paris, G.
   Steinheil, 1900.
 Moret (Henri)  [1865-     ].  Contribution k
   l'etude  du mutisme des aliens.   56  pp. 4°.
   Paris, 1890, No. 12.
 Moret (Hippolyte) [1866-     ].   "Contribution
   a l'etude du traitement des hydarthroses chroni-
   ques par la ponction et les injections antisepti-
   ques.  53  pp., 11.  4y   Paris, 1894, No. 197.
 Moret (Jules)  [1869-     ].  * Contribution a
   l'etude du traitement des fractures recentes de la
  rotule par la suture  (proeed<5  de la suture en
  lacet du docteur Perier).   52 pp., 21.  4°. Paris,
  1894, No. 487.
 Moret  (Louis)  [1871-    ].  * Des paralyses
  post-anesthesiques.   51 pp., 1  1.   8°.   Paris,
  1898, No. 99.
-----.  The same.   51 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1898.
Moretiu (Charles-Louis).   * Dissertation snr la
  pleureaie.   1 p. 1., 10 pp.   4'-.    Strasbourg, an
  XIV [1805], No. 189.
 Moretti (Gian Pietro).   Paraplegia da allatta-
   mento nelle troie.  Lezione clinica.  33 pp.  8°.
   Modena, D. Tonietto, 1887.
 -----.  Delia febbre tifoide del cavallo.   100 pp.
   8°.  Pavia, fratelli Fusi,  1899.
 -----.  Malattie dell' apparato  digerente.  v. 1.
   xi, IS52 pp.  12°.  Milano, F.  Vallardi, [1903],
 Moretti (Giuseppe).
     •S'eeChaptal (J[ean]-A[ntoine-Claudel). Osservazioni
   chitniche [etc.].  8°.  Milano, 1835.— Melandri (Girola-
   mo) & Moretti  (Giuseppe).  Sul modo d'  ottenere il
   mcrcurio dolce [etc.].  8°.  Milano, 1805.
 Moretti (Luca).  La cloronarcosi nell eclampsia
   gravidica.  Osservazioni cliniche.   7  pp.   12°.
   Lodi, Tipog. operata, 1900.
 -----.  Relazione sui risultate della sieroterapia
   in un' epidemia di difterite.  8 pp.  12,°.   Lodi,
   Tipog. operata, 1900.
 Moretti (Odorico).   Contributo alia casuistica
   dei tumori  cerebrali.  16 pp.  8°.  Bologna, F.
   Vallardi, [1885].
     Repr.from:  Riv. clin. di Bologna, 1885, 3. s., v.
 Moretus (Matthaeus).
     See Silvaticus (Matheus) [in 1. s.].  Liher pandecto-
   rum medicine [etc.].  fol.  [Vincentie, n. d.]
 [Morewood (J. J.)]  Letters to the right hon-
   orable Lord John Russell, M. P., on the subject
   of the drainage of the metropolis, state of the
   Thames, and the waste of fertilizing substances.
   16 pp., 1 plan.  8°.  [London, S. Straker, 1847.]
 More wood. (Samuel).   An essay on the inven-
   tions and customs of both ancients and moderns
   in the  use of  inebriating  liquors,   xi, 375 pp.
   8°.  London, Longman [and others], 1824.
 Morey (Albert) [1868-    ].  * Tuberculose ex-
   perimentale de quelques poissons  et de la gre-
   nonille.   72 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1900, No. 124.
 Morey (Carolus GerhardusHenricus).  *De ac-
   tiono mercurii in corpus-humanum salubri et
   noxia.   47pp.  4°.   Teutdburgi, F. A. Benthon,
   1774.
 Morf (Jacob).   * Experinientelle  Beitrage zur
   Lehre vou den Abflusswegen der vorderen Au-
   genkammer.   [Zurich.]  33pp., lpl.  8°.   Win-
   terthur, J. Kaufmann, 1888.                  c.
 -----.   Beitrage zur Pathogenese und zur Radi-
   caloperation  des  Mittelohr-Cholesteatoms.   50
   pp.  8°.  Basel 4~ Leipzig, 1895.
    Forms 7. Hft, 3. E., of: Mitth. a. Klin. u. med. Inst. d.
   Schweiz.
 Morfaux (Paul) [1874-    ].  "Recherches sur
   l'urobilinurie.   72 pp., 2 1.  8y   Paris, 1899,
   No. 212.
 Morfit (Campbell) [1820-    ].   Chemical and
   pharmaceutic manipulations; a manual of the
   mechanical aud chemico-mechanical operations
   of the  laboratory, containing  a complete de-
  scription of the most approved  apparatus, with
  instructions as to their application and manage-
  ment both in manufacturing processes and in
  the more  exact details of analysis and  accurate
  research.  For the  use of chemists, druggists,
  teachers,  and students.   Assisted by Alexander
  Muckie.   xiv (11.), 25-482 pp., lpl.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, Lindsay <f Blakiston, 1849.
    See, also, Booth (James C[urtis])  & Irlornt (Camp-
  bell).  On recent improvements in the chemical arts.  8°.
   Washington, 1802.— Noari (Henry M.)   Chemical analysis
   [etc ].  8°.  Philadelphia, 1849.
MorgragJli (II).  v. 30-47, 1888-1905.   8°.  Na-
  poli.
    Current.
[Morgagni (Gaspare).]  Del progressivoanda-
  mento  sanitario e medico delle  terme padovane
  e quali vantaggi abbia esso prodotto alle mede-
  sime:  narraziouo storica,   24  pp.   8.  Padova,
  1842. 
M0RGAGN1.
84
MORGAN.
 Morgagni (Giovanni  Battista)  [1682-1771],
   Adversaria anatomica prima.   Ab eo  nnper  in
   academia [Bononiie] publico lcct ,multis deinde
   accessionibus,  novisque iconismis  adaucta.   3
   p. 1., 48 pp., 4 pl.  4°.  Bononiai, F. Pisarri, 1706.
 ------.   Adversaria anatomica altera.   Observa-
   tiones complectuntnr distributas in 1. aniniad-
   versiones ad  libntni.  1.  Theatri anatomici cl.
   v. Jo.  Jacobi  Mangeti.   2 p. 1., 99  pp.   4°.
   Patarii, J. Concinus. 1717.
     Bound with the preceding.
 ------.   Adversaria anatomica tertia.  1 p. 1., Ill
   pp.  4°.  Patavii, J. Concinus, 1717.
     Bound with his: Adversaria anatomica prima. 4°. Bo-
   nonice, 1706.
 ------.   Epistolse  anatomicse  duodeviginti  ad
   scripta  pertineutes  celeberrimi viri  Antonii
   Maria? Valsalvae.   2 pts.
     In: Valsalva (Antonius Maria).  Opera.  4°.  Vene-
   tiis, 1741, i, 7-418: ii, 1-319, 13 pl.
 ------.   Epistolae anatomicaj dua), novas observa-
   tiones et auimadversioues complectentes,  qui-
   bus anatome augetur, anatomicornm inventorum
   historia  evolvitur utraque ab  erroribns  vindi-
   catur.  xiv, 191 pp.  4°.  Neapoli, typ. J. Ray-
   mundi, 1763.
     Bound with his: Opuscula miscellanea.  4°.  Neapoli,
   1763.
 ------.   Opuscula miscellanea quorum non pauca
   nunc  primum  prodeunt, tres in partes  divisa.
   In hac prima ed. Neapolitana adduntur epistolse
   auatomicse  duse.   4 pts.  in 2 v.  4°.  Neapoli,
   Simoni, 1763.
 ------.   Cousulto  per una procidenza dell' intes-
   tino retto.
     In:  Rac. di opusc. med.-prat. 8°.  Firenze,  1778, iv,
   1-19.
 ------.   Se le risaje siano cagioni di mali  epide-
>   mici.   Parere del . .  . per la prima volta pubbli-
   cato.   xxx pp.  12°.  Venezia, G. Bassaglia, 1785.
 ------.   Selected  cases  illustrated  by morbid
   anatomy.  From  Cooke's  edition  of Morgagni
   on the seats and causes of diseases.   2 v. in 1.
   MS.   200 pp.;  69 pp. 4°.   London, 1822.
     See, also, Celsus  (Aurelius  Cornelius).  De medicina
   libri octo, [etc.].  8°.  Rotterodami, 1750.  -----&, Sei-e-
   nu« Samonicns (Q.)  De medicina, [etc.].  16°.   Vene-
   tiis, 1763. — Cocchii (Antonio  Caelestino).   Epistola;
   physico-medica1, [etc..]. 4°.   Veneunt Parisiis,  Lugd.
   Bat., [etc.], 1732. — <»uliclminus (Dominicus).   Opera
   omnia, [etc.].  8°.  Geneva:, 1719.—Screniis  Namiiiii-
   cus (Quintus) [in 1. s.]. De medicina praecepta,  [etc.].
   16°. Patavii, [1722].
     For Biography,  see Pcttigrew.  Med. port, gallery.
   4°. London, [1840], i, no. 10, 4 pp., port. See, also: Brook-
   lyn M. J.,  1896, x, 722-726 (J. H. Hunt).   Also,  Reprint.
   Also:  Med. Lihr.  & Hist. J.,  Brooklyn,  1903, i, 270-277,
   port. (E. "W. Adams). Also: Montreal M. J.,  1903, xxxii,
   157 (W. C. McMurtry).  Also: Practitioner, Lond.. 1896,
   lvi,  161-164, 1 pl.  Also: Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1902-3,
   xi, 212-220 (E. W. Adams).
 ------.   See, also:
     Falk (F.)  Die pathologische Anatomie und
   Physiologie  des  Joh.  Bapt. Morgagni  (1682-
   1771).   Ein  monographischer  Beitrag zur Ge-
   schichte der theoretisehen Heilkunde.  8°.   Ber-
   lin, 1887.
     Lettere inedite di Giambattista Morgagui e
   di Antonio Scarpa  esistenti  nella Biblioteca
   comuuale d' Imola.  8°.   Imola, 1890.
     Phesentazione del busto di Giovanni Battista
   Morgagni alia Scuola medica di Saint  Thomas's
   Hospital,  Londra,  ottobre 1899.  8°.   London,
   1900.
     Soffiantini  (G.) it  Baldixelli (F.)  Ono-
   ranze a G. B. Morgagni  a Londra.  8°.  Milano,
   1900.
     Viuchow (R.)  Morgagni und der anatomisc-he
   Gedauke.  Rede.   2. Auli.  12°.  Berlin, 1894.
     See, also, infra.
Morgagni (Giovanni Battista)—continued.
    ------.   The same.  Dvieriechi: I. Morgagni
  i anatomicheskaya nilsl.  II.  Riechpri otkrltii
  Kongressa.  [Two addresses:  I.  Morgagni and
  anatomical  thought.  II. Opening address.]
  [Transl.]  8*.   [Moscow, 1894. ]
    Corradi (A.)  Alcune lettere del Morgagni.   Ann.
  univ. di med. e chir.. Milano, 1888,  eclxxxv, 3-41.  Also,
  Reprint.—Metlal (A) of Morgagni. Lancet, Lond., 1899.
  ii, 11,14.—IVicholls (A. G.)   Morgagui, the  father of
  modern pathology; an appreciation and a comparison.
  Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 40-51.—Presentation of
  hust of Morgagni [St. Thomas's Hospital]. Brit. M. J.,
  Lond.,  1899, ii, 945-947—Richardson (B. W.)   John
  Baptist Morgagni, and the birth of pathology.  Asclepiiid,
  Lond..  1888, v, 147-173,  port.   Also, in his: Disciples of
  .aisculapius, 8°, Lond., 1900, i, 283-301, port.—Virchow
  (R.)  Morgagni und der anatomische  Gedanke.  Atti d.
  xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, i, 188-197.  Also:
  Wien. med. "Wchnsehr.,  1894,  xliv, 651; 700; 742;  798.
  Also, transl.: Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1894, i, 725-727.  Also,
  transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1894, i,  843-846.  See, also, supra.
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
ftlorffagni's hydatid.
    See Miiller's duct.
]?Iorg'ag'iii% ventricle.
    See Larynx  (Excision of ventricle of).
Morgan.
    See Poem (A) onthenewmethod  [etc.].  fol.  London,
  1727.
Morgan  (A[lonzo]  R[ichardson]) [1830-    ].
  Valedictory address  delivered  at the twentieth
  annual commencement of  the  Homoeopathic
  Medical College of Pennsylvania, February 28,
  1868, with names of matriculants aud graduates.
  32 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, King 4" Baird, 1868.
—^—.   Repertory of the urinary organs and pros-
  tate gland, including condylomata,   xiii, 318 pp.
  8°.  Philadelphia,  Bocricke'4- Tafel, 1899.
Morgan (C[onroy] Lloyd) [1852-    ].  Animal
  life and intelligence.  Front., xvi, 503 pp.   8°.
  London, E. Arnold, 1890-91.
    See. also,  Romanes  (George John).  Essays [etc.].
  8°.  London, 1897.
    For Portrait, see Phil. Port. Ser., Chicago, 1898, pt. 2.
Morgan (E[dward] Rice).   Medical officer's re-
  ports on this  sanitary condition of the Llaugyfe-
  lach district of the Swansea Union for the years
  1885; 1889.  25-pp.,  1  tab.; 15  pp., 1 tab.  8°.
  Swansea, J. R. Daries, 1885-90.
Morgan  (Edwin L[ee]) [1855-     ].   Case  of
  idiosyncrasy from ipecac.  31.  8°.  [Richmond,
  1892.']
    Repr. from:  VirginiaM. Month., Richmond, 1892-3, xix.
-----.   Circumcision ;  short review of the origin
  and history  of this custom.  14  pp.   8°.  Rich-
  mond,  1895.
    Repr.from:  VirginiaM. Month., Richmond, 1895-6, xxii.
-----.   Case  of obstruction of the  bowel  from
  carcinoma.  10 pp.   12°.  [Richmond, 1897. J
    Repr.from: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-
  8, xxiv.
-----.   Ancient customs and treatment of variola
  in the Orient; vaccination as practiced before
  tbe days of Jenner, yvith other matters  of inter-
  est,  pp.  146-161.   8°.   Kansas  City, 1H<)H.
     Cutting [cover with printed title] from: N. Ann. M.
  Rev., Kansas City, 1898,  vi, no. 6.
------.   Surgical  methods  among savage races.
  pp, 54-72.  8°.  Washington, 1904.
     Cutting [cover with printed titlej from: Wash. M. Ann.,
  1904, iii, no. 1.
Morgan  (Ethelbert  Carroll)  [1856-91].  Diph-
  thonia paralytica.   6 pp.  8°.   Washington, D. C,
  1879.                                    A. L. A.
     Repr.from: Nat. M. Rev., "Wash., 1879, i.
-----.  The administration of the hypophosphites
  in powder.   3 pp.   16°.  [Baltimore, 1886.]
                                           A. L. A.
    Repr.from: Maryland M. J., Bait.,  1885-6, xiv. 
MORGAN.
85
MOEGAK
Morgan (Ethelbert Carroll)—continued.
-----.    Universal scoop powder-blower  and  a
  uvular ha'inostatic clamp.  4 pp.  8°.  Neiv York,
  D. Appleton 4- Co., 1888.
    Repr.from: X. York M. J., 1887, xlvi.
    For Biography, see Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1891, N. Y.,
  1892, xiii, 147.
Morgan  (Francis  P[atterson])   [1867-    ].
  Cerebral rheumatism.   17 pp.  8-.  Philadelphia,
  1900.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1900, v.
-----.   Glosso-labio-laryngeal paralysis, with re-
  port of a ctise.  5 pp.  12°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1900, v.
-----.   Suggestions concerning  the use  of the
  metric  system in prescription  writing.   8 pp.
  12°.  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii.
    See, also, Hescal buttons.  16°. Detroit, 1890.—Pren-
  tiss (D. W.) &  tlorsini (Francis  V.)  Anholonium le-
  winii (mescal buttons), [etc.].  12°.   Detroit, 1 S'Jo. -----
  -----Mescal buttons [etc.]  12°. Xew York. 1896. -----
  -----. Anhalonium  Lewinii, [etc.].  8°.  Detroit, 1896.
  -----  -----.  Therapeutic uses of the  mescal buttons
  [etc.].  8Y  Detroit, 1896.
Morgan (Henry J.)  Report on the cultivation
  by means  of sewage  irrigation of  the  Lodge
  farm,  Barking,  for the year 18611-70.  [To the
  chairman  of the Metropolis Sewage and Essex
  Reclamation  Company.]  20  pp.,  1 1.,  5 tab.
  4°.  London, Metchim 4" Son, [1870].
Morgan (James D[udley]).  Need of care iu the
  diagnosis  of the spitting of blood, and remarks
  on typhoid fever.  11pp. 8°.  [Richmond, 1894.]
     Repr.from: Virginia M. Month., Richmond,  1894, xxi.
-----.   The consideration of urea in the urine.
  H pp.   16:.  Richmond, 1896.
     Repr. from: Virginia M. Semi-Month.,Richmond, 1896, i,
 -----.   Angina pectoris.  11 pp.   8°.  Chicago,
  1899.
     Repr. from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii.
 -----.   Symmetrical gangrene  (Raynaud's) ver-
  sus endarteritis obliterans.   13 pp.  8-'.  Chicago,
  1902.
     Repr. from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix.
 -----.   A study  of gout.  7 pp.  12°.  Chicago,
   1904.
     Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii.
 Morgan (James E[tlielbert]) [1822-89].   A de-
  feuse of medicine aud of the medical profession.
  Annual address to  the Medical Society of the
   District of Columbia, delivered Jan. 9, 1884.   15
   pp.  8°.   Washington, R. 0. Polkinhorn, 1884.
 ------.   Tuberculosis of fascia.   12 pp.  12°. Chi-
  cago, 1~99.
     Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii.
     For Biography, see Med. Rec, N.  Y.,  1889, xxxv, 692.
   Also: N. York M.  J., 1889, xlix. 635.
     For Portrait, see  Collection Portr. Libr. Medical Fac-
   ulty of Georgetown College.
 Morgan (John) [173.V-9].
     See Wilbert (M. I.)  John Morgan, the founder of the
   first medical school  and the originator of pharmacy in
   America.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1904.
     .For Biography and Portrait, see J. Ass. Mil. Surg., Car-
   lisle,  Pa.. 1903, xiii. 400-405, port. (J. E. Pilchcr)  Also:
   Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1887, centennial vol.. 20-4'-' (W. S. W.
   Ruschenherger).
 Morgan (John) [1797-1847].
     See Addison (Thomas) & .Morgan (John).  An essay
  on the operation of poisonous agents.  8°. London, 1829.
 Morgan  [John].  Discussion  at  the Surgical
  Society of Ireland (Royal College of Surgeons),
  on the unity or tbe duality of the venereal poison.
  15 pp.   12°.   London, 1871.
     Repr. from: Med. Press, Lond., 1871, xi.

 Morgan  (John) [1820-91J.
     Obituary.  Lancet, Lond., 1891, ii, 1258.
Morgan (John) [l«29-76].
    See  [ Atwool (Courtenay)].   Infiltration.  8°.  New
  York, 1865.
Morgan (John  C[oleman]) [1831-    ].  Vale-
  dictory  address delivered  at  the annual com-
  mencement of the Hahnemann Medical College
  of Philadelphia,  March 10, 1874.  26 pp.   8°.
  Philadelphia,  W. P. Kildare, 1874.
    Bound with: Am. J. Homoeop. Mat. M., Phila., 1873-4,vii.
------.   The claim of  homoeopathy  to a place
  among the sciences.  A lecture introductory to
  the course in the Houucopathic Medical College
  of the University of Michigan.   11 pp.   8°.   De-
  troit,  1875.
-----.   The study of homoeopathy, a distinct and
  commanding  department  of medicine.   58  pp.
  8°.  Philadelphia, Sherman «,- Co., li-93.
    Repr. from: Tr. World's Homoeop. Cong., Chicago, 1893.
    See, also, Diseases (The) of the pancreas, [etc.].   8°.
  Chicago, 1882.
Morgan (John Edward).  Medical education at
  the universities.  28pp., 1 tab.  8°.  Manchester,
  J. E. Cornish, 187.").
—----.  On  the application of electricity directly
  to the nerves and muscles by means of acupunc-
  ture.  16 iip.   8°.  Manchester, 1879.
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1879, ii.
------.  Idiopathic lateral sclerosis, with a descrip-
  tion  of the  morbid changes observed in  the
  spinal cord in a case of this disease.  By Julius
  Dreschfeld.   7 pp.   12°.  London, 1881.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1881, i.
------.  Treatment of pleurisy and empyema.   15
  pp.   8°.  Manchester, Powelson 4' Sons, 1881.
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1881, i.
    For Biography, see Health J., Manchester, 1887-8, v, 49-
  51.  Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1892-3, lxxvi, 25 (Sir A.
  Clark).
Morgan (John  H[ammond]) [1847-     ].   A
  descriptive catalogue of the  pathological  mu-
  seum of Charing Cross  Hospital,  x, 131 pp.  8°.
  London, Harrison 4" Sons, 1888.
------.  Injuries and diseases of lymphatics.
     In:  SVST. Surg. (Treves), Phila.,  1895, i, 602-680.
Morgan (John  Lee).   Ancient  customs   and
  treatment of variola in tbe Orient;  vaccination
  as  practiced  before  the days  of Jenner; with
  other matters of interest,  pp.146-153.  8C.  [New
   York, 1898.]
     Cutting from: N. Am. M. Rev., N. Y., 1898, vii.
Morgan (Lewis H.)   Houses  and house-life of
  the American  aborigines,  xiv, 2~il pp., 18  pl.;
   11 plans. 4'.  Washington, Goo. Print. Op.ce, 1881,
     Being v. 4 of: Contrib. to N.  Am. Ethnol., U. S. Dept.
   of the Int.
Morgan (Nicholas).  The skull and brain; their
   indications  of character and anatomical rela-
  tions,  xix, 208 pp., 1  pl.   16°.   London, Long-
  man [and  others, 1875].
Morgan (Sampson).   The coreless  apple,   pp.
  966-969.  ft'-.   London <}'■ New  York, 1904.
     Cutting from: Nineteenth Century, Lond. &. N. Y.,1904,
   lvi.

Jlor^an  (Sir  Thomas  Charles)  [1783-
   1843.]
     Rigg (J. M.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Loud.,
   1894, xxxix, 30.
Morgan (Thomas Hunt) [1866-    ].  The  de-
   velopment of the frog's egg;  an introduction to
   experimental embryology,   x, 192 pp.  8°.   New
   York, Macmillan Co., 1897.
------.   Regeneration.   viii, 316 pp.   8'-'.   Xew
   York, Macmillan Co., 1901.
Morgan (T[honias] J.)  Indian education.  28
   pp.  8C.  Washington,  Gov. Print. Office, 1889.
     Bull. no. 1,U. S. Dept. of the Int., Bureau of Educ, 1889. 
MORGAN.
86
MORGULIS.
Morgan  (W.  B.)  Answers to questions con-
  cerning homoeopathy.  2 1.  sm. 4\   [St. Louis,
  1889'!]
Morgan  (William).  The  homoeopathic treat-
  ment of indigestion, constipation, aud haemor-
  rhoids,   lviii,  96  pp.   8°.  London, J.  Leath,
  1852.
-----.  The  philosophy of homoeopathy.   40 pp.
  8C.  London, Longman [and others], 1864.
-----.  Diabetes mellitus; its history, chemistry,
  anatomy, pathology, physiology, and treatment.
  Illustrated with woodcuts and cases successfully
  treated.   1. ed.   xvi,  184  pp.  12°.  London,
  Homoeop. Publ. Co., 1877.
Morgan  (William Gerry).  Sugar,  as such, in
  the dietary of dyspeptics.  7 1.  8°.   New York,
  1900.
    Repr.from: Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1900.
Morgan {William Henry)  [1818-1901].
    Obituary. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1901, xliii, 832-834,
  port.  Also : Dental Headlight, Nashville, 1901, xxii, 137-
  141, port.  Also: Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1901, xxii, 521-
  523, port.
Morgan {William Lewis)  [     -1899].
    Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1899, ii, 1589.  Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1557.
Morgand (fimile) [1861-   ].  * L'homme ter-
  tiaire.  69 pp.   6°.  Paris, 1-98, No. 18.
Morgano (Paolo).  II  tracoma nella  citta e
  provincia  di  Catania.  20 pp., 9 tab.,  1 map.
  roy. 8°.   Catania, frat. Perrotta, 1904.
 t| or-.! nl on.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, History and statistics
  of), by localities.
Morgen  ( Bernhard Ferdinand)  [1865-    ].
  * Ueber Reizbarkeit und Starre der glatten Mus-
  kelu.  33 pp.,  1 1., 2 ch.  4°.  Halle a.  S., E.
  Karras, 1888.
Morgenbesser (Michael) [1714-82].
    See Ludwig (Christianus Gottlieb).  De vegetatione
  plantain iu marinarum. 4°.  Lipsice, 1736. '
    For Biography, see Graetzer (J.) Lehensbilder her-
  vorrag. schles. Aerzte. 8°.  Breslau, 1889, 86-88.
Morgenroth (Friederich [Emil Albert]) [1872-
     ].  * Angiosarcoma uteri.  37 pp.   8°.  Greifs-
  wald, C. Sell, 1896.
Morgenroth ([Johann] Friedrich)  [1868-    ].
  * Ueber habituelle Schlaflosigkeit.   28 pp., 2 1.
  8°.  Berlin, G. Schade, [1892].
-----.   Ueber  die Erzeugung  hamolytischer
  Amboceptoren  durch  Serumiujektioneu.   Ein
  Beitrag zur  Keuntniss der Receptoreu.   10 pp.
  8°.  Munchen, 1902.
    Repr. from: Munchen. med. "Wchnsehr.,  1902,  xlix.
Morgensterii (Alfred) [1869-   ].  *Die An-
  sichten iiber die Aetiologie  der Ozaena  mit be-
  sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Abel'schen.  26
  pp.   8=.   Leipzig, Hesse 4" Becker, 1896.
Morgensterii  (Emil).  * Ueber das Vorkom-
  men vou  Microorganismeu bei Puerperalfieber.
  43 pp.  8°.   Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1886.
-----.  DieMineralquellenund Kurmitteldeslod-
  bades Tolz in Oberbayern mit besonderer Beriick-
  sichtigung  ihrer  Anwendungsweise;   Mittei-
  lungen fur Aerzte und Kurbediirftige.  2. Aufl.
  1 p. 1., 81 pp., 1 pi.  8°.  Bonn, C. Georgi, 1899.
Morgenstern ([Friedrich] Adolf) [1869-    ].
  * Ueber subphrenische  Abscesse.  31 pp.  8°.
  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1893.
Morgenstern (Joh. Ernestus).  #De podagra.
  5 1.   4:j.   Lugd.  Bat., apud vid.  4'  hwredes J.
  Elsevirii, 1670.   [P., v. 1949.]
Morgenstern (Lina).  Ein offenes Wort iiber
  das medizinische Studium der Frauen an Prof.
  W. Waldeyer.   22 pp.   12°.  Berlin, 1888.
-----.  Ernahruugslehre.  .Grundlage zur haus-
  lichen Gesundheitspflege.   5.  erweiterte Aufl.
Morgenstern (Lina)—continued.
  1 p. 1.,  2(i*  pp.   80.   Berlin, Sehall .,- Rentel,
  [1903].
Morgenstern (Michael).  Grundriss der Zahn-
  ersatzkunde  nach L. P. Haskell's The  student's
  mauual  and  hand-book for the dental  labora-
  tory.   1  p. 1., 78 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Leipzig, A. Felix,
  1890.
Morgenstern (Philippus).
    See Turba  philosophorum, das ist, das  Buch von der
  giildeneu Kuust [etc.],  12°. Basel, 1613.
Morgenstierne (Bredo).   Rigsadvokat Getz's
  lovudkast.   [State Attorney Getz's  sketch of a
  law  regulating  prostitution.]   27 pp.   16°.
  Kristiania, Steen, 1893.
Morgenthau (George).   Ethyl bromid anes-
  thesia  in post-nasal  adenoid growths.  11  pp.
  12°.   Chicago, 1895.
    Repr.from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv.
Morgentliail (Ludwig).  * Statistik der in den
  Jahren  1892-9  in der chirnrgischen Klinik  zu
  Erlangen ausgefiihrten grosseren Auiputationen
  und  Exarticulationen.   96 pp.  8°.   Erlangen,
  E. T. Jacob,  1900.
Morgera  ( Vincenzo ).   Le terme  dell' isola
  d' Ischia prima e dopo gli ultimi terremoti dis-
  truttivi  (4 marzo 1881 e 28 luglio 1883).  Studi
  ed osservazioni.  2 p. 1., 392 pp.  12°.  Napoli,
  Lanciano 4' D' Ordia, 1890.
Morglien (Guglielmo).  Sei  mesi  di  servizio
  chirurgico nello Spedale di Poppi.   12 pp.  8°.
  Arezzo,  Bellotti, 1898.
---:—.  Ospedale di S. Maria della Misericordia
  in Poppi.  Resoconto clinico statistico dei casi
  chirurgici  osservati nel biennio 1898-9 e parte
  del 1900.  22 pp.   8°.   Arezzo, Sinati, 1901.
Morgouleff (Ge"uie).   * Contribution  a l'etude
  des anomalies des organes de la femme.  27 pp.
  8°.   Lausanne, A. Borgeaud, 1902.
MorgOillieflT (Jacques) [1867-     ].   * Etude
  critique  sur  les monuments antiques repr^sen-
  tant des scenes  d'aecouchement.   76 pp.   4°.
  4°.   Paris, 1893,  No. 16.
-----.  The same. 76 pp.   8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1893.
Morgue.
    See Appareila k fumigations, [etc.].  4°. Paris, 1818.

Morgue.
    Spasiano (G.)   Sulla cella mortuaria e nuovo
  apparecchio  per la morte apparente.   Relazione
  ai confratellei eretta nel cortile dell' Ospitale  in-
  curabili.  8°.  Napoli, 1898.
    BaloflT (A.)   K voprosu  ob  usipalnitsakh.  [On
  morgues.]  Bolnitsch. gaz.  Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902,
  xiii, 1974-1976.—von Boltenstern.   Zur allgemeinen
  obligatorischen Leichenschau. Keichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz.,
  1901, xxvi, 181-184.—De Rechter (G.) La conservation
  des cadavres; conference faite a la morgue du cimetierc
  du Kiel.  Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1903, viii, 29-34.—
  Dufour.  De la necessite de  construire  une nouvelle
  morgue & Marseille. Marseille  med., 1901, xxxviii, 3^5-
  396.—Hedrich (C. E.)  Nachtragliches zu dem Hedrich'-
  schen Aufsatze iiber Todtenschau uud Leichenhauser im
  ersten Bunde dieses Migazins.   Mag. f. d. Staatsarznk.,
  Leipz., 1844, ii, 80.—Hoertsch.  Leichenschau.  Gesund-
  heit, Leipz., 1904, xxix. 406; 450.—Nuovo ediflcio per le
  camere mortuarie e d' osservazione in Bologna.  Ingegner.
  san., Torino, 1898, ix. 26.-O. (H.) The morgue in Paris.
  Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii,  458; 482.—Rychna  (J.)
  Prazska pravidla o vykazovani umrtnosti.  [Kegulations
  at Prague concerning the exposure of corpses.] Zdravi,
  v Praze, 1899, v, 104-110.
Morgulis (M.)   Znacheniye  hipnotizma dlya
  yuristov. [Importance of hypnotism for jurists.]
  53 pp.   8°.   Odessa, 1890.
Morgulis (Yu[liy] A[bramovich]) [1856-     ].
  Sakskiya gryazi;  putevoditel dlya yedushtshikh
  lechitsya v Saki.  [The mud  baths  at Saki; a
  guide for those  who  intend to visit Saki  for
  treatment.]   31  pp.,  1 pl.   12°.   Simferopol,
  Spiro, lvf9. 
MORHANGE.
87
MORIGGIA.
Morhange (Gustave).  * Contribution a l'6tude
  de la gingivite et de son traitement.  64 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1900, No. 23.
Morliart (Gabriel).   * Statistische und  klini-
  sche Beitrage zur Kenntniss der krouposen Pneu-
  monic  44  pp.,  1 1.   &°.  Erlangen, F.  Junge,
  1892.
Morliof  (Daniel  Georgius).   Brief over  het
  breeckeu van eeu  glase  roenier  door  seecker
  menschelijck geluyt,  geschreven  iu het  Latiju
  aen den . . . Heer  Johann Danel  Major,  en in
  onse Nederdnytse taale  overgebraght door D. P.
  78 pp.  24c.  Amsterdam, J. Lemmers, 1672.
-----.  Steutor vaAonAaoTTjr, sive de scyphovitreo
  per certum humanae vocis souum fraeto, disserta-
  tio qua soni natura non parum illustratur.   Ed.
  altera.  247 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Kiloni,  sumpt. J. Reu-
  manni, 1683.
Mori  (Alberto).  Le stenosi mitraliche.  43  pp.
  8  .  Milano, F. Vallardi, [1902].
     Forms no. 33, v. 2,  of: Conf. clin. ital., Milano, 1902.
Mori (Giovanni).  Sui tumori vescicali.   32  pp.
  p-.  Milano, frat. Rechiedei,  1885.
     Repr. from: Ann. univ. di med.. Milano, 1885, cclxxiii.
■        Sulla esportazione del gozzo.  39 pp., 3
  pl.  8°.   Brescia,  F. Apollonio, 1893.
Mori  (Giuseppe).  La toracentesi  nelle  varie
  forme di plenrite sierotibrinosa;  indicazioni e
  coutroiudicazioni.   51 pp.   8°.  Milano, F. Val-
  lardi,  [1895].
     Forms no. 8: Collez. ital. di lett. s. med., Milano, [1895],
  7. s., no. 8. 413-463.
Mori (Masamitzi).  Ueber Meningitis tuberculosa
  der Kinder.  36 pp., 1 1.  8-.  Freiburg i. B., H.
  Epstein.  1891.                             ,
Mori (Nicolas) [1797-1839].
     See D tiffin (Edward Wilson).  Particulars of the illness
  and death of the late Mr. Mori, the violinist. 8°. London,
  1839.
Mori (Rintaro). Beriberi uud Cholera in Japan.
  5  pp.  - .  Berlin, 18"*7.
     Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1887, xiii.
Mori (Tommaso).   Relazione sull' operato della
  commissione cittadina d' igiene  piibblica di  Bo-
  logna  dal 1° gennaio al 31 dicembre 1891.  Letta
  nell' adunauza generale.  Preceduta dall' elenco
  dei commissari e seguita da alcuni documenti il-
  lustrativi.  36 pp.   8°.  Bologna, Soc. tipog.  Az-
  zoguidi, 1892.
Moriarta (Douglas C.)   Diphtheria aud anti-
  toxine.  10 pp.  12°.  [New York, 1898.]
     Repr.from: ~S. York M. J., 1898, lxviii.
Moriarty  (Merion M.  )  *De febre continua.
  2 p. 1., 36 pp.  s^.   Edinburgi, Abernethy 4' Wal-
  ker, 1-21.  [P., v. 1904.]
Moriarty (P. W.)   Congenital cleft palate, aud
  its treatment.  7 pp.  8°.   New York, 1892.
     Repr.from: Internat. Dent. J., X. Y. &. Phila.,1892,  xiii.
Morice (G[aston]j [1856-     ].  Etude descrip-
  tive des eaux de  Neris-les-Bains,  et expose"  cri-
  tique de leurs indications ot coutre-indications.
  iii, 144 pp., 4 pl.,  1 map.  8°.   Paris,  O. Doin,
  1888.
-----.   Annuaire des  eaux  mine*rales,  stations
  climatiqnes et sanatoria  de  la France  et  de
  l'e'tranger, saivi d'une nomenclature des e"tablis-
  sements hydrothe'rapiques.  1899-1904.  16°.  Pa-
  ris, 1899-1904.
-----.   Mementos de medecine thermale a l'usage
  des praticiens; avec  une  introduction par  H.
  Huchard.  1. se"rie, stations hydro-mine>ales  de
  la  France,  viii, 242  pp.  8°.   Paris, Maloine,
  19H0.
Morice de  la  Rue  (Joannes - Baptista ).
  "Utrum  lac phthisicis malefiduiu remedium?
  Carolo Boullard, prseside.   4 pp.  8°.   Cadomi,
  J.-C. Pyron, 1753.
 Moricet  (Alphonse)  [1870-    ].  * Contribu-
  tion a l'6tude  des hypertrophies thyroidieunes.
  De la valeur des thyroidectomies.  64 pp.  4°.
  [Paris], 1895, No. 386.
 Moricliau - Beaucliant  [ Pierre - Ernest -
  Rene"] [1873-    ].  * Etude therapeutique  sur
  la  16cithine.  140 pp.,  1  1.   8C.   Paris, 1901,
  No. 110.
 -----.  The same.  140 pp., 11.  8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil,  1901.
 Moriclieau-Beaupre  [Pierre-Jean]  [1778-
  1857],  Des etfets et des propri6t6s du froid,
  avec  uu  apercu  historique et  medical  sur la
  campagne  de  Russie.   1  p.  1.,  384  pp.   8°.
  Montpellier, J. Martel dine', 1817.
 -----.  The same.   A treatise ou the effects and
  properties of cold; with a sketch, historical aud
  medical, of the Russian campaigu.  Transl.  by
  John  Clendiuning, with  an appendix  by the
  translator,  xviii  (1 1.),  375 pp.  8°.  Edinburgh,
  Maclachlan 4' Stewart, 1826.
 -----.  Memoire sur le choix des hommes propres
  au  service militaire daus Parnate de terre, et snr
  leur visite devant les conseils do revision,  viii,
  100 pp.  8°.  Paris, Anselin 4' Pochard,  1820.
    For Biography, see J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1857-8,
  xxv, 28 (Caffe).
 Morici (Domenico).   L' imitazione  considerata
  nella vita sociale e nelle affezioni nervose.  Con-
  ferenze tenute alia r. Accademia delle scienze
  mediche.   218  pp.,  1 1.  12-.   Palermo, tipog.
  del Giornale di Sicilia, 1888.
 Morici (Giovanni Min&).  Sulle febbri periodi-
  che de' dintorui e della citta di Messina;  me-
  moria.  2. ed.   37 pp.   16°.  Messina, 1837.
 Morici (Pietro).   Sulla riforma dello  Istituto
  Piceuo in Roma; osservazioui e ricordi.    20 pp.
  8°.   Recanati, R. Simboli, 1892.
 Moricourt  (J[ulesj).   Manuel de m^tallothe-
  rapie et de m^talloscopie applique"es au  traite-
  ment des maladies nerveuses, au diabete  et aux
  maladies  6pid6miques.  Burquisme  et  lnagne"-
  tisme animal (grand  et  petit hypnotisme).   iii,
  244 pp., 1  1.   12°.  Paris, A. Delahaye  4~ E. Le-
  crosnier, 1888.
 Moride (Edouard).  * Etudes physiologiques de
  la plante,  sous les rapports chimiques  et phy-
  siques.   28  pp.   4°.   Paris,  [Lacour  Sf Mais-
  trassefils], 1843.   [P., v. 1837.]
    iScole de pharmacie.
 -----.   Rapport de la commission charged par la
  Socie'te' des pharmaciens de l'ouest de re'soudre
  les  questions de pharmacie destinies au Congres
  medical.   20 pp.  8°.  Nantes, E.  Merson, 1845.
  [P., v. 1733.]
    See, also,  Bobierre  ([Piene-JAdolphe)  & Moride
  (fid.)  fitudes chimiques sur les  cours d'eau [etc.].  8°.
  Nantes, 1847.-----------. Note sur la composition chi-
  mique [etc.].  8°.  Nantes, 1852.
 Moriez (Robert).  *La chlorose.   1 p.  1., 167
  pp., 1 ch.  8-.  Paris,  G. Masson,  1880.  [P.,
  v. 22T>7.]
    Coucours.
Moriggia  (A[liprando]).    Effetti  del  muco
  acido genitale della donna sui nemaspermi; spe-
  rienze.  pp. 399-407.   4y  [Roma, 1875.]
    Cutting from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. disc, fls.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1875-6, cclxxiii.
-----.   Sulla velenosita naturale  del  cadavere
  umano.  Seconda  serie  di sperieuze.  Memoria
  .  . . letta  alia  reale Accadema dei Lincei, il 5
  dicembre  1875.  11 pp.   roy. 8°.   Roma, Sal-
  viucci, 1876.
    Repr.from: Atti d. r.  Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fls.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1876.
-----.   Effetti  di   alcuni  liquidi  specialmente
  acidi  e saliui sopra i moti  <lei filanienti sper-
  matid,  dell' epitelio vibratile, delle opaline e 
MOKRIGGIA.
88
MORIN.
Moriggia (A[liprando])—continued.
  del euore, nouche degli acidi sulla tenacita dei
  nervi.   10 pp.   4°.   [Roma, 1877.]
    Repr. from : Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fis.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1876-7, cclxxiv.
------.  Sperienze fisiotossicologiche sulla delfina.
  Nota . . .   pp. 533-540.   4°.   [Roma, 1878.]
    Cutting from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei. CI. di sc. fls.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1877-8, cclxxv.
------.  Tre enibrioui di pttlcino  in un blasto-
  dermo  unico.   4  pp., 1 pl.   4°.  [Roma, 1879.]
    Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fis.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1878-9, cclxxvi.
------.   Osservazioni e  note sperimentali sulle
  tnunimie di Ferentillo.  20  pp.  fol.  Roma, V.
  Salriucci,  1887.
    Repr. from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fls.,
  mat. e nat.. Roma, 1887, 4. s., iv.
------  cV  Battesilli (A.)  Sulla velenosifa  na-
  turale  dell' eslratto di cadavere umano;  spe-
  rienze.  pp. 350-381.  4C.  [Roma, 1»75.]
    Cutting from.: Atti d. r. Accad.  d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fls.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1874-5, cclxxii.
------ &  Ossi  (G.)   L' anii»dalina;  sperienze
  fisiotossicologiche.  pp. 55-64.   4'-.    [Roma,
  1875.]
    Cutting from: Atti A. r. Accad.  d. Lincei. CI. di sc. fls.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1874-5, cclxxii.
Moriggia (Giambattista).
    See Addizione de' capi anche di varj  autori [etc.].
  fol. Milano, 1733.
Morigny  (Edmond) [1865-    ].   * Contribu-
  tion  k l'etude de la  pathog6nie et du traitement
  de l'he'matocele retro-uterine.  50 pp.   4C.   Pa-
  ris, 1~91, No. 87.
Morillo (Manuel) [1873-    ].  *La s6roreac-
  tion et  la  s^rodiagnostic.  138  pp.   8°.  Paris,
  1896, No.  115.
Morillon  (Andre") [1870-     ].  * Pneumotomie
  dans les abces aigus  du  poumon.   178 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Paris, 1897, No. 250.
Morin.
    See Marevery, Morin & Reteaud.  Manuel th6o-
  rique et pratique de haudages.  12°.  Paris, 1891.
Morili (Adolphe).   * Contribution a l'etude cli-
  nique  de  la fievre sypbilitique.  Typhose sy-
  philitique.  107 pp., 1 tab.  4°.    Paris, 1888,
  No. 135.
Morili  (Albert-Emile)   [1864-     ].   'Traite-
  ment des  kystes hydatiques  du foie  par les
  lavages et les injections  antiseptiques.  95 pp.
  4°.  Paris, 1891, No. 286.
Morin  (Alfred - Marie  - Edouard ) [1862 -    ].
  'Contribution  k l'etude des hernies diaphragma-
  tiques  cousecutives a  des  paralysies  d'origine
  saturnine.  40 pp.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1887,  No. 26.
Morin (Amand) [1861-   ].   * Contribution k
  l'etude  de l'6pith61iome primitif de la vesicule
  biliaire.   67 pp., 2  1.   4°.   Paris, 1891, No.  181.
------.  The same.  72 pp.    8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1891.
Morin  (Andre) [1866-    ].   'Contribution  a
  l'etude  de l'hydropisie de  la vesicule biliaire.
  153 pp., 1  1.  4°.  Paris, 1894, No. 338.
Morin (Arthur-Felix) [1>62-   ].   'Duchloro-
  forine dans le traitement de l'edampsie.  57 pp.
  4°.  Bordeaux, 1888, No. 48.
Morili (Arthur-Jules) [1795-1876].   Note sur les
  appareils  de  chauffage et  de ventilation  em-
  ployes  par les Romains pour les  thermes a air
  chaud.   pp. 105-125, 2 pl.   8°.   Compiegne, V.
  Edler, 1874.
     Repr. from: Bull. Soc. hist, de Compie<:ue, 1874, ii.
     See, also, Degen (Ludwig).   Practisches Handbuch
  [etc.].  8°.  Munchen, 1869.
Morin (B.)  Faits pour servir a I'histoire  toxi-
  cjlogique de  la nicotine.   7  pp.   8°.  Rouen,
  H. Boissel, 1>'63.
     Repr. from: Precis de l'Acad.  imp. d. sc, belles-lettres
  et arts de Rouen, 1862-3.
Morin (B.)—continued.
------.   Quelques  reflexions sur  tin des  nioyens
  employes pour determiner la pi<5seucedu cafe
  chicoree  dans le  cafe   normal.   7 pp.   12°.
  Rouen, H. Boissel, 1863.
    Repr.from: Precis de l'Acad. imp. d. sc, belles-lettres
  et arts de Kouen, 1862-3.
    See, also, Blanche (Esprit-Sylvestre), Morin A <Si-
  rardin (J.)  Medecine legale.  Suspicion  d'empoisonne-
  ment [etc.].  8°.  Rouen, 1839.—Oirardin (Jean-Pierre-
  Louis) & Morin.   Rapport .  . . sur une nouvelle source
  d'eau minerale [etc.],  8°. Rouen, 1837.
------ & Girardiii (J.[-P.-L.])  Examen chi-
  niico-iegal de diverses substances alimentaires,
  ayant  occasionn6  des accidents.    12 pp.   8°.
  Rouen, imp.  de A. Peron, 1850.  [P., v. W5.]
    Repr.from: Precis d. trav. Acad, de Rouen, 1850-51.
Morin (Charles) [1860-     ].   M6canisme du
  systeme nerveux.    Structure  anatomique  et
  nature  des iudividualites du systeme nerveux,
  (auses  reflexes  physio-psychiques.)  148 pp.,
  1 1., 10 pl.  4°.   Bordeaux, 1892, No. 65.
Morin  (Charles) [1870-    ].    'Observations
  eliniques et anatonio-pathologiques sur  le sar-
  come primitif iutra-musculaire.  91 pp., 1 1.  4°.
  Paris, 1896, No. 447.
Morin (Edmond) [1831-69].   'Physique  medi-
  cale.   Lois g6n'6rales de  la chaleur rayonnante^
  81 pp.  8°.  Paris, F. Savy, 1863.  [P., v. 1767.]
    Coucours.
Morin (Etienue) [1872-     ].   *Du traitement
  des sinusites  froutales par l'ouvertnre large et
  le drainage endo-nasal (in6thode d'Ogston-Luc).
  77 pp.,  11.  8°.  Paris, 1897, No. 551.
Morin (Eugene)  [1855-    ].   * Contribution a
  l'etude des  sulfosels.   76 pp.   8y  Lyon, 1901,
  No. 1.
    ficole de pharmacie.
Morin (Eugene-Leon) [1871-    ].  * Essai cri-
  tique sur le traitement  de la parapiegie  potti-
  qne.   64 pp., 1  1.,  1 pl.    8°.   Bordeaux, 1895,
  No. 6.
Morin (Frederic) [1823-     ].
    See t'ruveilhier  (L[ouis]).   CEuvres choisies.  8°.
  Paris, 1862.
Morili (Frederic).   Memoire a consulter pour la
  guerison  des  phthisiques.   62  pp.  8°.    Paris,
  Asselin, 1880.
------.  Note a consulter  sur  les manifestations
  bact6riologiques de la  scrofulo-tubetculose  et
  leur traitement  preventif.   25 pp.   8°.   Cler-
  mont-Ferrand, G. Mont-Louis, 1889.
------.  Du phimosis congenital;  sa frequence;
  ses dangers; simple moyeu d'y rem^dier.  4 pp.
  8°.  Riom, E. Girerd, 1890.
Morin (Frederic).   'Remarques sur la derniere
  epideinie d'iuiluenza, et eu  particulier  snr ses
  phenomeneshemorrhagiques. 68 pp. 4°.  Paris,
  1891, No. 150.
Morin (Joseph).  'Traitement  du diabete sucre"
  d'apres la methode de Vigouroux (regime lact6
  alterne, eiectricite statique, etc.).  60 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Paris, 1902, No. 22.
Morin  (Justin-Antoiiie)  [1871-    ].   'Etude
  de  la cystocele crurale.   76 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Paris,
  1897, No. 419.
Morin (Leon) [1867-     ].   'Etude sur  uu pre-
  cede simple de gastrostomie.  51 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1900, No. 153.
Morill (Leonce).  * Considerations sur la valeur
  comparee de l'eiectrolyse et de  l'ur6thrototnie
  interne.  51  pp.,  1 1.   8°.   Montpellier,  1903,
  No. 95.
ill or in (Louis) [1635-1715].
     Dclaunay  (P.) Les vieux medecins du pays Man-
   ceau; Louis Morin. France med., Par., 1904, li, 157-162.
Morill  (Paul-Sulpice-Antoine) [1879-    ]. * De
   la greffe cutanee;  methodes d'Ollier-Thiersch et
   de Lefort.  74 pp.   8°.   Bordeaux. 1904, No. 61. 
MOKIN.                                      89
Morin  (Rene) [1857-    ].   *Du  massage  dans
  les fractures.  67 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1900, No. 450.
Moriuaga (Yuseki).  'Ueber  nialigne  Er-
  krankung  der Tube uud Metastasenbildung  im
  Uterus.  77 pp.,  6  pl., 1  1.  8°.  Wiirzburg,  A.
  Borst, 1903.

JVIoringa.
    See Jaundice (Treatment of).
Moringlaiie(Bernard-Elie)[1860-   ].  'Con-
  tribution a l'etude de la congestion idiopathique
  du  poumon chez  l'adnlte.  71  pp.,  2 ch.   4°.
  Bordeaux, lf9b, No. 96.
Ifloringiane  (Pierre) [1717-1828].
    Virey (J.-J.)  Notice  necrologique. Mem. Acad, de
  med., Par., 1813, ii, 34.
Morini (Domenico).   Di  una febbie  perniciosa
  epilettica  con  afasia  e paralisi del n. faeeiale
  destro.  31 pp.   *-\   Forli, L. Bordandini, 1891.
------.  Sopra un  caso  di cancro dell' ampulla di
  Vater.  9 pp.   8  \   Fori), 1-97.
    Repr.from: Raccoglitore med., Forll, 1897, 5. s., xxiii.
Morini (Fausro).  Saggio  di  una  disposizione
  sistematica dei  funghi viventi negli aniinali.
  24 pp.   4-. Bologna,  Gamberini 4' Parmei/giani,
  1884.
    Repr. from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1884, 4. s., v.
------.  Ricerche  sopra  una nuova  pilobolea.
  pp. 341-347, 1 pl.  4-.  Bologna, 1897.
    Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1897, viii.
Morini (Ugo)  & Ferrari (Luigi).  R. Bibli-
  oteca universitaria di Pisa.  Autograft e  codici
  di lettori  dell' Ateneo pisano, esposti in  occa-
  sione dell' xi. Cougresso  di medicina interna,
  con  appendice dei  prof. F. Buonamici e A. Va-
  chetta. xiv (11.), 144  pp.  8°.  Pisa, F. Mariotti,
  1902.
Morini (Vincenzo).
    Editor of: Rivista universale di medicina, chirurgia
  e scienze atfiui. Roma,  1899.
Moriniere (Victor) [1873-    ].   'Surlamyo-
  mectoinie abdomiuale. 79 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1900,
  No. 597.
Moris (Joseph Hyacinth).   De pisecipuis morbis
  8anliuia3  vel  a  locis, vel ab  aere effluentibus
  pradectio.  32 pp.   8C.   Augustas  Taurinorum,
  typog.  Chirio 4" Mina,  1823.
Morisani(Ottavio) [1834-    ].  Manuale delle
  operazione ostettiche ad uso  dei m-«lici c stu-
  denti.   4.  ed.   iv, 616 pp.  8°.   Milano,  F. Val-
  lardi, [1902?].
    Also, Editor of: Archivi© di ostetricia e ginecologia,
  Napoli. 1894-1905.
    See, alto. Itrann (Gustav August). Manuale  di ob-
  steti icia. 8Y Napoli,1881.—Cuzzi (Alessaudro).  Guida
  della levatricc. [etc.].  24°. Torino, 1892.
    For Biography, see Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1904,
  xi, 705, port.  Also:  Gazz. internat. di med., Napoli, 1905,
  viii, no. 22 (Scoguamiglio).
Morisita (I.).
    See Matsuyaiiia (K.) & Morisita (I.)  Shogaku jin-
  shin kiuri.   2 v.  8°. Tokio, 1881.
Morison  (.Sir Alexander) [1779-1866]. Cases of
  mental disease, with  practical  observations on
  the medical treatment. For the use of students.
  1 p. 1., 161 pp.  8°.   Edinburgh,  Maclachlan 4'
  Stewart, [182*].
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  55 (X. Moore).
Morison (Alexander). "Oba-rvations on  some
  points in dextral  valvular disease of the  heart.
  63 pp.  8°.  Edinburgh, Maclachlan  4~ Stewart,
  1880.
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1878-9, xxiv: 1879-80, xxv.
------.  The  place of metaphysics in medicine.
  Being an introductory address delivered before
  the JEsculapian Society, on Oct. 2, 1891.  27 pp.
  sm. 4°.  [London, Mildmay Printing  Office, 1891.]
MORISOT  DESLANDES.
Morison (Alexander)—continued.
------.  On the relation of the nervous system to
  disease  and disorder iu  the viscera.   Being the
  Morison lectures delivered before the Royal Col-
  lege of Physicians iu Edinburgh in 1897 and
  18<H.  xiv, 1 1 ,  132  pp.   8°.  Edinburgh 4~ Lon-
  don, Y.  .1. Pentland,  1899.
------.  Four lectures on  the  nature, causes, and
  treatment  of  cardiac pain.  83 pp.  12°.   Lon-
  don, 1902.
    Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii.

IVIorisoii {James) [1770-1840].
    Biographical sketch of James Morison, the
  hygeist, with  the reasons that led him to the
  discovery of the hygeian system of medicine and
  the  "vegetable  universal   medicines",   after
  thirty-live  years'  inexpressible suffering under
  the medical faculty.  8°.  [London, 1845?]
    Goodwin (G.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxix, 56.
Morison (J[ames]  Rutherford).   Case of con-
  genital  tumour on the face of a child.   With re-
  ports by J. H. Targett  and J. W.  Ballantyne.
  4 pp., 2"pl.  8°.   Edinburgh, 1896.
    Repr.from: Edinh. M. J.,  1896-7, xlii.
Morison (Robert) [16i>0-83].
    [Biography.]  In: Ahbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Ge-
  lehrten [etc. J, 4°, Augsb., 1805,17, port.—Boulger (G. S.)
  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix, 61-63.
Morison (Robert B.)  Personal observations on
  skin diseases in  the negro.  16 pp.  16°. Phila-
  delphia, 1888.
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1888, liii.
    See. also, Moweley (William E.) & Morison (Robert
  B.)   Elephantiasis  Arabutn  [etc.],  16°. Philadelphia,
  1887.
Morison (Rutherford).    Surgical impressions,
  the  result  of a flying visit to some American
  hospitals.  17  pp.  8°.  Edinburgh, Oliver 4~ Boyd,
  1892.
    Repr.from: Edinh. M. J., 1891-2, xxxvii.

Morison   [ or  jfloresin ]   ( Thomas)
  [1558!-1603f].  .
    Pollard (A. F.) [Biography.] Diet. Xat. Biog.,Lond.,
  1894, xxxix, 63.
Morison (Thomas Coutts).  Ou the distinction
  between crime and insanity; an essay to which
  the Society for Improving the Condition of the
  Insane  awarded the premium of twenty guineas.
  33 pp.  8°. London, G.  Odell, 1844.
Morisot (Eugene) [1870-     ].  'Des  abces
  aigus de la moitie' antdrienre de la langue.  42
  pp., 1 1. 8°.  Bordeaux, 1897, No. 90.
Morisot (Henry) [1879-    ].   * Contribution a
  l'etude  des luxations ni6tatarso-phalaugietiues
  irre\luctibles  du gros orteil.   59 pp.  8°.  Lyon,
  1903, No. '29.
Morisot (L.)  Guide de l'hygiene du cheval de
  troupe  et  du  mulet en  route, aux  manoeuvres,
  en  campagnes, en cliemin de fer  et a bord des
  navires; a l'nsage des offieiers de cavalerie, des
  offieiers d'artillerie  et des offieiers  mouths en
  ge"n6ral, snivi d'une 6tude  sur les  moyens de
  reconnaltre la  viande  saine destine'e k  Pali-
  mentation  des  troupes.  160 pp.   8°.  Paris,
  J.-B. Bailliere 4-fils, 1903.
------. The  same.  L'hygiene du cheval de troupe
  et du mulet, k l'usage des officieis de cavalerie,
  des offieiers d'artillerie et des offieiers mont6s eu
  general, suivi d'une dtude sur les moyens de re-
  connaltre la viande saine destine'e a l'alimenta-
  tiou des troupes: en route, aux manoeuvres, en
  campagne, en garnison.  viii, 9-535 pp.  12°.
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere <('' fils, [1904].
Morisot Deslandes (Petrus .Joscphus).
    See C'oquci'cnn de Nanrr (Carolus Jacobus  Ludo-
  vicns).  * An vulnerum curatio quo simplicior, eo melior?
  4°.  [Parisiis, 1770.] 
MOEISSE.                                   90                                   MORLEY.
Morisse (Emmanuel).  * Contribution a l'etude
  du traitement electrique des n^vralgies.  106 pp.
  8 \   Paris, 1903, No. 415.
Morisse (Ferdinand-Juste) [1865-    ].  'Con-
  tribution a l'etude de la peritonite a pneunioco-
  ques.  55 pp.  4'-'.   Paris, 1892, No. 318.
•-----.   The same.  1 p. 1., 55 pp.   8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1892.
Morisse (Rudolf) [1877-    ].  'Ueber die  Ad-
  dition  von schweniger Satire  an ungesattigte
  Verbinduugen.  79 pp.  8°.  Heidelberg, H.  Mo-
  riell 1903.
Morisseau (Rene")  [1871-    ].   *De l'insuffi-
  sauce  glycolytique.   62  pp.  8°.   Paris, 1899,
  No. 399.
-----.   The same.  64 pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1899.
Morits (0[svald] E[manuilovich]) [1873-    ].
  * Vliyaniye  fizicheskoi rabotl  na  arterialnoye
  kiovyanoye davleniye u zdorovlkh i u bolnikh,
  stradayushtshikh  bolieznyami   serdtsa.   [In-
  fluence of physical labor  on arterial blood-pres-
  sure in health and  in heart disease.]  [Yuryev.]
  2 p. 1., 200 pp., 1 1., 3 diag.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  A. E. Vineke, 1903.
Moritz.  Zur Tecknik  der   Schutzpockenim-
  pfung.  2 pp.  8°.   Berlin, 1896.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix.
Moritz (Alfred)  [1879-    ].    'Beitrag  znr
  Lehre  von  der Pseudobulbarparalyse.  32  pp.
  8°.  Kiel, Schmidt 4- Klaunig, 1903.
Moritz (E.)  Ueber Lebeusprognosen.  2. Aufl.
  57 pp, 4 tab.   8°.  St. Petersburg, K. Ricker, 1905.
Moritz (F.)  Grundziige der Krankenernahruug.
  Einuudzwanzig Vorlesnngen fiir Studirende  und
  Aerzte. vii, 408 pp.,  1  pl.,  1  tab.   8C.  Stutt-
  gart, F. Enke, 1898.
-----.  The same. Osnovl pitaniya bolnikh:  die-
  tetika. 21  lektsiya dlya  studentov i vrachel.
  Perev.  s  iriemetskavo  S. Z. Serebrennikoff.
  [Transl.  from  the German by .  . .]  299  pp.,
  1 tab., 1 diag. 8°.   S.-Peterburg, [M. I. Minkoff],
  1899.
    Issued by: Sovrem. med. i hig.J
Moritz (Karl)  [1874-    ].  'Ueber die Ein-
  wirkung von Kaliumpersulfat  auf aromatische
  Kohlenwasserstoffe.   55  pp., 2 1.  8°.   Berlin,
  G.  Schade, 1900.
Moritz (Oswald).   'Beitrag zur  Kenntnis der
  homogenen  Harncyliuder.  40 pp.   8°.  Frei-
  burg i. B., F. Wagner, 1898.
Moritz (P. )  * Ueber die  Funktion  der  so-
  genaunten "Leber" der Mollusken.  23 pp.   8°.
  Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1899.
Moritz (Peter).  'Zur Frage iiber das Vorkom-
  men von Tuberkelbacillen  im Blute der mit Tu-
  berkuliu  behandelten Kranken.   16 pp.   8°.
   Wiirzburg,  P. Scheiner, 1891.
Moritz (Victor  August)   [1871-    ].  'Ueber
  die tuberculose  Peritonitis mit Riicksicht auf
  ihre spontane Ausheilung.  50  pp., 3  1.   8°.
  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902.
Moritz (Wilhelm Eugen).  'Zwanzig Fiille von
  primarer Sehnervenatrophie, mit besonderer Be-
  riicksichtigung des  Allgemeinbefundes.  26 pp.
  8°.  Wiirzburg, H.  Stiirtu, [1896, vel subseq.].
Moriz  (Eduard) [1847-    ].  'Die Wendung
  auf den Kopf.  33 pp.  8°.  Kbnigsberg, E. J.
  Dalkowski, 1873.                            c.
Morkel (Daniel).   'Ueber die conservative Be-
  handlung der Handverletzungen.   23 pp.   8°.
  Erlangen,  E.  T. Jacob, 1889.
Morkotun (K[onstantiu] S[tepanovich]) [1861-
      ].   *Oplt  izucheniya sauitaruikh usloviy
  rabotl mashinistov i kochegarov  na sudakh
  flota.  [Sauitary condition of the work  of  ma-
  chinists and  stokers on ships of  war.]  94  pp.,
  1 1., 7 tab.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1802.
Morkovin  (N.  V.)   Vliyaniye  anesteziruyu-
  shtsbikh i yadovitikh veshtshestv na dlkbaniye
  visshikh rasteuiy.  [Influence of  anaesthetics
  and poisonous substances on the respiration of
  the  highest plants.]  166 pp., 1  1.  8'-'.   [Var-
  shava, 1901.]
    Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1901.
Morland (William Wallace).
    See Chomcl (Auguste-Francois). Elements of gen-
  eral pathology. 8°.  Boston, 1848.
Morlaiuie  (Pierre-Etienne) [1772-1862].   Me-
  moire adiesse" k la Societe" de medecine de Mont-
  pellier; sur  la propri6te qu'a la vaccine de pre-
  server  de la petite v^role.   52  pp.   12°.   Metz,
  CM. Price  Antoine, [1806].
    For Biography, see Notice biographique sur fitienne-
  Pierre Morlaune, chirurgien.  8°. Metz, 1882.
Morlat (Auguste). * Infantilisme et insuffisance
  surrenale.   74 pp. 8°.  Paris, 1903,  No.  194.
Morlat (Louis)  [1862-    ].  * Contribution  a
  l'etude  du  traitement du  phlegmon  diffus (m6-
  thode  de Dobsou).   56 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1889,
  No. 45.
Morlet  (Alfred).   La br6viaire  de  la  mere.
  Guide complet et pratique, a l'usage des  meres,
  sur Part d'elever les enfants.   331 pp.   12°.
  Bruxelles, G. Meert 4-  Cie., 1905.
Morlet (Andr6).   Perforation de  l'ut6rus puer-
  peral post partum et post abortum.  88 pp.  8-'.
  Paris,  G. Jacques, 1905.
Morlet (Jacques). * Des  indications de la  col-
  potomie dans  les  inflammations   pelviennes.
  64 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1903, No. 432.
Morley (Christopher Love).
    Payne (J.  F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxix, 73.
Morley (Edwin Sword) [1828-1901J.
    Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii,  357.
Morley (Edward W.)   On the limits  of accuracy
  in measurements with the microscope.   [Also:]
  On the limits of accuracy iu measurements with
  the telescope and the microscope,  by William
  A. Rogers,   pp. 164-189.   8°.   Boston,  1878.
    Cutting from: Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1878.
[Morley (Henry)]  [1822-94].   How  to make
  home unhealthy.  2.  ed., revised, with  a com-
  ment upon  recent sanitary measures.  72 pp.
  16°.  London, Chapman 4~ Hall, 1852.
    Repr. from.- The Examiner.
-----.   University College, London, 1828-78.  A
  lecture introductory  to  the fifty-first session.
  32 pp.   8°.  London,  1878.
    .For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  78 (J. Gairdner).
Morley (Henry Forster).
    See Watts (Heniy).   Dictionary  of chemistry [etc.].
  2. ed.  4 v.  8°.  London, 1890.
Morley (John) [    -1776?].  Essay on the na-
  ture and  cure of scrophulous disorders, com-
  monly called the king's evil; deduced  from long
  observation and  practice.  With additions and
  above sixty  cases; the remedies in  them used,
  and  occasional remarks.   To which is prefixed
  a coloured plate of the herb vervain and its root.
  Published for the good of mankind, particularly
  for the common  people.   3. ed.  1  p. 1., 89 pp.
  8C.  London, J. Buchland, 1783.
-----.   The same.  33. ed.  71 pp.  8°.  London,
  G. Wilkie, 1802.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  81 (G. Goodwin).
Morley (John).   An  essay on the symptoms  of
  pregnancy,  from  the earliest stage to the period
  of quickening; with a physiological  explanation
  of the physical and mental changes produced by
  the impregnated  uterus upon the system of the
  mother. To which was awar.led Dr. Hopkins's
  prize gold medal for  1828-9.  vi, 7-48 pp.  12°.
  London, S. Highley, 1829. 
MOELEY.
91
MOEOZOFF.
Morley House Sea-Side Convalescent Home for
  Working Men, near Dover.  Annual  reports of
  the committee of management to the subscribers.
  1., 1883-4; 2., 1884-5; 4., 1886-7.  12°. London,
  1884-7.
Morion (J.)  * De l'adenie.  62 pp.   8°.  Pons,
  1900, No. 421.
von Morlot (Marc).   * Ueber den  Geburtsver-
  lanf der alten Erstgeschwiiugerten.   50 pp., 1 1.
  8 .  Bern,  K. J.  Wyss, 1903.
Mornac (Gabriel) [1875-     ].   * De Phygroma
  sons-delto'idien.  62 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Paris, 1899,
  No. 200.
Mornean  (Martial) [1857-    ].   'Des acci-
  dents cons^cntifs a la cauterisation intra-ut6rine
  par le crayon de pate de Canquoin, et de leur
  traitement.   72  pp.  4°.   Paris, 1891, No. 349.
Mornet (Victor) [1869-    ].   * De  la gangrene
  des extre"mit6s dans la grippe.  86 pp., 1 1.  4°.
  Lyon, 1892, No. 739.
-----.   The same.   86  pp.,  1 1.  8°.  Lyon,  A.
  Rey, 1892.
Morning'Side (The) Mirror.  Nos. 1-5, 10, v. 4;
  Nos. 7-12,  v.  15; Nos. 1-4,  6-9,  v. 17; No. 1, v.
  19,  1848-63.  8°.  Edinburgh.
    Conducted by the patients of the lunatic asylum.
Morock (Gottfried) [1875-    ].  'Einige sta-
  tistische Bemerkungen iiber die Eclauipsiefalle
  von 1893-1902.  28 pp., 11.   8°.  Bonn, J. Trapp,
  1904.

Morocco.
    See, also, Cholera (History, etc., of), Leprosy
  (History, etc., of), by localities.
    Raynaud (L.)  Etude sur l'hygiene et la me-
  decine an Maroc, snivie d'une  notice  sur la cli-
  matologie des principales villes de l'empire.  8°.
  Alger, 1902.
    Conrtot. fitude hydrologique de l'Extreme-Sud Ora-
  nais.  Arch, de med. et pharm.  mil., Par.,  1904, xliii, 329-
  340. — i1Iacpher§on  (W. G.)   Medical  report on the
  mission of Sir U. Euan-Smith to Fez in 1892, with one plan.
  Army M. Dep. Rep. 1892, Lond., 1894, xxxiv, 314-379.—
  Madden (T. M.)  Morocco as a health resort.  Med.
  Mai:.,  Lond., 1892-3, i, 835-849. — Quedenfeldt (M.)
  TJeber die Corporationen derTJled Ssidi Hammed-u-Mftssa
  und der Ormfi. im siidlichen Marokko.  "Verhandl. d. Berl.
  Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., Berl., 1889, 572-586.  -----. Ein-
  theilung und  Verhreitung der  Berberbevolkerung  in
  Marokko. Ztschr.  f. Ethnol., Berl., 1888,  xx, 210: 1889,
  xxi, 81; 157.—Raynaud (L.) Les maladies syphilitiques
  et cut*nees  an Maroc.  Bull. med. de l'Alg'erie, Alger,
  1903, 2. s., i,  339-346.—Vincent (L.)  Le Maroc an point
  de vue de la climatologie et de la geographic medicale.
  Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1904, xxvi, 610-620.—Westermarck
  (E.)  The magic origin of Moorish designs. J. Anthrop.
  Inst., Lond., 1904, xxxiv, 211-222, 1 pl.
Morococcu*.
    Unna (P. G.)  Meine bisherigen  Befunde iiber den
  Morococcus.  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1899,
  xxix, 106-113.
Morokliovets  (Lyov [Zakharyevich]) [1848-
      ].    Yedinstvo  prote'inovlkh  tiel;  istori-
  cheskiya  i  eksperimeutalnlya izslledovaniya.
  [Unity of proteids; historical and experimental
  researches. ]   v. 1, pt. 1.   xxvi, 937 pp., 2 pl.,
  1 diag.   8°.   Moskva, 1892.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. Globulin i yevo sochetaniya.  | Globulin  and its
  compounds.]  Pt. 1. Zooglobulin.
    v. 1, pt. 1,  forms v. 3 of:  Trudi fiziol. lab. Imp. Mosk.
  Univ.
-----.   Fiziko-khimicheskiya osnovl biologiches-
  kikh  i vrachebnlkh metodov izslledovaniya s
  fiziologicheskoi tekhnikoi  dlya yestestvo-ispl-
  tatelel, vrachei i studentov.   [ Physio-chemical
  principles  for biological and medical methods
  of investigation;  with physiological  technique
  for naturalists, physicians, aud students.]  2 pts.
  xviii,  1~8  pp., 1 1.; xxiii   (1 1.), 446 pp.   8°.
  Moskva, 1895.
Morokliovets (Lyov [Zakharyevich])—cont'd.
                    CONTENTS.
    Pt. 1. MIcra i izmlereniye: obshtsheye vvedeniye, iz-
  mlereniya obshtshiya, antropometricheskiya i kliniches-
  kiya.  [Measure and measurement; general introduction,
  general measurement, anthropometric and clinical.]
    Pt. 2. Istochniki i izmiereniya raagnitniye,  elektriches-
  kiye i galvanicheskiye i ikh  primieneniye  v biologii i
  meditsinle.  [Sources and measurements; magnetic, elec-
  tric, and galvanic, and their application in biology and
  medicine.]
Moroni (Ciro).   Per la conservazioue  e pietrifi-
  cazione dei cadaveri; processi  del Angelo Comi
  pubblicati  il 18 settembre l88f>  nella  sala  di
  auatomia della  Libera Universita, di Perugia in
  occasione  dell'  xi° congresso dell' Associazione
  medica italiana.  24 pp.  8°.   Perugia,  V. Bar-
  telli, 1885.
Moroni  (Eroole) & Dell'  Acqua (Felice).
  11 veleno americano detto curaro; stndj  speri-
  mentali fisiologici e  tossicologici  applicati alia
  patologia  ed alia  terapeutica.  228 pp.  8°.
  Milano, 1863.
    Repr.from: Ann. univ. di med., Milano, 1863, clxxxv.
Moromis   ( Matthias ).   Directorium medico-
  piaciicum  sive  prseternaturalium  affectuum
  cum simplicium, turn complicatorum, de quibus
  peculiares extant gravissimorum virorum con-
  sultationes,  epistolae,   responsiones,  observa-
  tiones, historian, etc.  Medicis, praesertim tyroni-
  bus, quae  con  similibus in  casibus  imitentur
  exempla prsemonstrantes.  7 p. 1., 400 pp.  12°.
  Lugduni, J. A. Huguetan, 1647.

Morosaki.
    Hyodo (B.) Bericbte iiber die Curorte Japans; Mo-
  rosaki (Provinz Aichi).  [Japanese text.]  Mitt. d. med.
  Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 84-86,  1 ch.
Morot (Ch.)  Des progres de l'hippophagie  en
  France et k l'e"tranger (documents statistiques).
  12 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Troyes, Dufour-Bouquot, 1891.
    Repr. from: Bull, du Com. agric. depart, de 1'Aube, 1891.
-----.   La  viande; son  inspection  et ses inspec-
  teurs.  31  pp.   8°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4* fil^t
  1893.
    Repr. from: Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1893, 3. s., xxix.
-----.   Rapport  sur la re"glementation des motifs
  de saisie dans les abattoirs.  97 pp.  8°.   Besan-
  con. imp. M. Ordinaire,  1897.
    Troisieme Congres national veterinaire,  Paris, novem-
  bre 1897.
-----.   Inspection sanitaire des viandes.   Regle-
  meutation des motifs de saisie dans les abattoirs
  en  France  et a l'6tranger.  2. tirage.  307 pp.
  8°.  Besancon, 1899.
-----.   Les  viandes  impropres  a  l'alimentation
  humaine.  Justification des motifs de saisie ; u€-
  cessite" d'une reglementatiou  uniforme.  1 p. 1.,
  256 pp.  8°.  Paris, J.-B.  Bailliere 4~  fils, 1901.
Morot (P[ierre]).  De  la congestion du foie;  es-
  quisse de s6m6iologie clinique.   32 pp.  8°. Pa-
  ris, O. Doin, l?-89.
Morozoff(A[uton]  P[latonovich]) [1848-   ].
  Populyaruaya besieda  o glaznlkh bolleznyakh.
  [Popular treatise on diseases of the eyes.]  27
  pp.  16°.  Pskov, 1888.
-----.   'Material! dlya farmakologii  ekzalgina
  (methylacetanilid); eksperimentaluoye izslledo-
  vaniye.  [St. Petersburg.]  [Data on  the phar-
  macology  of exalgiu;  experimental research.]
  97 pp.   8-\  Pskov, 1892.
Morozoff (M[ikhail Aleksandrovich] )  [1860-
      ].  Besledi o povalnikh bolleznyakh.  [Dis-
  courses on epidemic diseases.]   107  pp.  24c.
  Moskva, I. D. Sitin 4' Ko., 1890.
Morozoff  (M[ikhail]   S[emyonovich])  [1861-
      ].  *K voprosu oh antropologii, etiologii i psi-
  khologii idiotizma.   [On the question of the an-
  thropology, etiology, and psychology of idiocy.] 
MOROZOFF.
92
MORPHINE.
Morozoff  (M[ikhail]  S[emyonovich])—cont'd.
  44^! pp., 11,4 pl., 1 tab.  8°.' S.-Peterburg, V. P.
  Meshtsherski, 1902.
Morozoff  (N[ikolai]  N[ikitich] )  [1859-    ].
  Massage, gimnastika i ikh dieistviye.  [. . . and
  their effects.]   29  pp.   12°.   Kovno,  G. I. Zad-
  voryanski, 1890.
-----.  * K  voprosn o  vliyanii  gorgyachikh voz-
  dushnikb rimskikh vann  na kharakter bielko-
  vavo obniiena u chakhotochuikh.   [Influence of
  hot  Roman air baths on the character  of albu-
  minous  metabolism in phthisis.]   43 pp., 2 1.
  8\  S.-Peterburg, 1893.
Morozoff (P[avel Ivanovich]) [1846-    ].  Hu-
  manniya trebovauiya voini.  [Humane demands
  of war.]  48 pp.  8°.   Kiev, P. N.  Kushutreff 4"
  Ko., 1890.
Morpaiil (Denis-Alphonse-Francois)  [1826-70],
    See von Siebold  (Eduard Caspar Jacob)  [in 1. s.].
  Lettres obstetricales [etc.J. 12°.  Paris, 1866.
    For Biography, see J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1870-71,
  xxxvii-xxxviii, 192 (Caffe).

Morpeth.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  by localities.
Morpeth (Lord).
    See Kcid (William) [in 1. s.].  A letter to Lord Mor-
  peth [etc.].  8°. London,  1848.

JTIorpIiine [and salts].
    See, also. Atropine  and morphine;  Morphine
  (Deriratives  of); Scopolamine, etc., as anaes-
  thetics.
    Bruning  (K. C. J.)   * Ueber Morphin  und
  Code'in.  8°.  Kiel, 1891.
    Calvet(L.)  Etude exp6rimentale et  clinique
  snr Taction physiologique de  la morphine.  8°.
  Paris, 1877.
    Champomier  (A.)   * De la morphine comme
  auestluSsique en obst6trique.   8°.  Paris, 1898.
    Cheyxe (G.)  * De actioue morphiae, salium
  ejus, et narcotini.   8°.  Edinburgi, 1832.
    Danckwortt (W.)   * Beitrage zur  Keuntniss
  des  Morphins sowie der Bestandtheile der Esch-
  scholtzia Californica.   [Erlangen.]   8°.  Mar-
  burg, 1890.
     Deguise (J.-F.-C.)  fils, Dupuy & Leuret.
  Recherches et experiences sur les effets  de l'ace-
  tate de morphine.   8°.  Paris, 1824.
     Eliassow (W.)   Beitrage zur Lehre  von dem
  Schicksal  des  Morphins im lebenden  Organis-
  mus.   8°.   Kbnigsberg, 1882.
     Gtjinard  ( L. )    * Etude  exp6rimentale  de
  pharmacodynamie comparee sur la morphine et
  l'aponiorphine.   8°.   Lyon,  1898.
     Hess  (E.)   * Untersuchungen fiber die Wir-
  kung von salzsaurem Morphin auf Wiederkaner.
  [Bern.]  8°.  Berlin,  1901.
    Also, in:  Arch. f. wissensch. u.  prakt. Thierh., Berl.,
  1901, xxvii, 233-268.
    Marquis (E.)  * Ueber den Verbleih  des Mor-
  phins  im  tierischen   Organismus.   8°.   Jurjeio
  (Dorpat), 1896.
    Neumann ( M.)  * Untersuchungen fiber die
  Ausscbeidung  des  Morphins  und  Codeius  bei
  Kauinchen.  8°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1893.
    Rosexbach  (O.)   Morpbium als  Heilmittel.
  8°.   Berlin,  1904.
    Ruckert  (J.)  *Der Einfluss des  Morphium
  auf die  Teniperatur  einiger  Warmbliiter.  8°.
  Munchen, 1882.
    Valenciennes (A.-A.)    * Recherches  chimi-
  ques sur l'oxydation  de la morphine  et sur l'ex-
  traction de la castorine.  4°.   Paris,  1861.
    Vellozo d'Oliveira (H.)   Informacao e noti-
  cia  sobre  o tratamento da morfia conforme a
  pratica seguida  pela  illma Snra D. Maria Lniza
  d<j Brito Sanches, redegida  conforme  as suas di-
  recoes.   8°.  Rio de Janeiro, 1880.
Morphine [and salts].
    AdsiiiiM (X. II.)  X'otes on the use of morphine. Clin.
  Rev..  Chicago, 1904, xx. 338-344.—Albi'<-clit.  Ein Fall
  von Idiosynkrasie des Kindes gegen  Morphium.  Wchn-
  sehr. f. Thierh. n. Viehzucht, Miiiicheu, 1895, xxxix, 293-
  297.—Antheaiiine (A.) & ITIouneyrat. Sur quelques
  localisations de la morphine dans l'organisme.   Compt.
  rend. Acail. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxiv, 147.Y—Aslanojjlon
  (P. L.)  Estimation of morphine in opium. Chem. News,
  Lond.,  1903, lxxxviii,  286.—An free lit.  Einigc  Indica-
  tionen fiir die Anwendung von Chloralh\drat uud Mor-
  phium, nehst Bemerkungen zur Anwenduiigsweisc. The-
  rap. Monatsh., Berl., 1888, ii, 53-55.—Bardier (E.) & de
  Fnrnnc. Action de la morphine sur les  echanges respi-
  ratoires du chien. Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol.. Par., 1898,
  10. s., v, 546-548.—Bell (A. K.)  Morphine and its effects.
  Tr. M.  Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1897, 426-431.— Bei-endes.
  Das Morphin una seine Entdecker; Sertiimer; ein Erin-
  nerungs-  und  Lebenshild.  Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix,
  858.—Bcrgell (P.)  Ueber Eortschritte  und Zielc  der
  Erforschung  des Morphins.  Charite-Anu.,  Berl., 1905,
  xxix, 40-45.—Bergell (P.) &  Yl Jim lock (G. L.) Hun-
  dert Jahre chemischer Morphinforschung.  Berl. klin.-
  therap. Wchnsehr., 1905, 787; 794; 818.  Also: Wien. klin.-
  therap. Wchnsehr., 1905, 787; 794; 818.—Biuz (C.)  An-
  tagonismus zwischen Morphin  und Atropin.  Centralbl.
  f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1891, xii, 969-972.  Also, transl:  Te-
  rapia mod., Padova, 1892, vi, 393-399.— Bongault (J.)
  Oxvdation de la morphine par le suede Russula delica Fr.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1902, cxxxiv, 1361-1303.
  Also :  J. de pharni. et chira., Par., 1902, 6. s., xvi, 49-52.—
  Brinda (A.)  Soil' azione respiratoria della morflna e di
  alcuni suoi succedanei; ricerche di farmacologia e terapia
  sperimentale.  Arch,  internat.  de pharmacod., Brux. et
  Par., 1901, ix, 63-92.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1901, xxii, 1069.—Brown (H. E.)  Chemical bib-
  liography of morphine.  Pharm. Arch., Milwaukee, 1898,
  i, 17-24.—Brng (G. A.) A esse of unusual tolerance ot
  sulphate  of morphia.  Boston M. & S. J.,  1882, cvi, 128.—
  Bruylanfs & Druyts (H.)   Le dosage  de la morphine.
  Bull. Soc. med. de Charleroi, 1896,xvii, 41-43.—Caldwell
  (W. C.) it Hibbard (G.)   Action of morphine on respi-
  ration  in the dog. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1892, iv, 499-
  510.—Carr (W.P.)  Case  of morphinism, cigarette smok-
'  ing, dropsy, convulsions; six weeks'  coma, emaciation ot
  two-thirds normal weight,  paralysis of lower extremities,
  and final  recoverv. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond,
  1900-1901, v, 74-77.—Causae (H.)  Sur la constitution de
  la morphine.  Assoc, franc, pourl'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898,
  Par., 1899, xxvii, 128.—Chanoz.  Contribution a, l'etude
  de la triacetvl-morphine.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,Par.,
  1900, 11. s., ii. 397. Also: Lyon med., 1900, xciv, 84-86.—
  Clark (W. A.)  Large doses of morphine. Med. Rec,
  N. T.,  1895, xlvii, 415.—Clift (M. TV.)  The effect of pu-
  trefactive bodies on the chemical tests for morphin.  J.
  Am.  M.  Ass.,  Chicago, 1904,  xlii, 1074.—Cloetta (M.)
  TJeher das Verhalten des Morphins im Organismus und die
  Ursachen der Angewohnung an dasselbe.   Arch f. exper.
  Path. n. Pharmakol., Leipz ,1903, i, 453-480.—Condainin
  (R.)  D'un nouveau mode d'admiuistration de la morphine.
  Lvon  med., 1893, Ixxii, 363-367.  Also: Mem. et compt.-
  re'nd. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1893),  1894, xxxiii, 69-74.—
  Danilevsky (A. Y.)  Izsliedovaniye  dieistviya morfiya
  na tsentralnuyu nervnuyn sistemu lyagushki i visshikh
  zhivotnikh.  [Investigation of the action of morphia upon
  the central nervous system of the frog and highest ani-
  mals.J  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1867, c, 6. sect., 1-
  50.— Decker (C. M.)  An obscure case; remarkable tol-
  erance of morphine in a non babituee.  St. Louis M. & S.
  J., 1888, liv, 341-344.—Bolt (D. B.)  &  Slockinan  (R.)
  On tbe pharmacology of some bodies derived from morphia.
  Tr. ix. Internat. M'. Cong., Wash., 1887,  iii, 47-50. -----
  -----. The formula of morphine. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb.
  (1887-8),  1889, xv, 131-135. Also, Reprint.-----------.
  Pharmacology of morphine and  its  derivatives. Ibid.,
  (1889-90), 1891, xvii, 321-381.—Bowzard (E.)   The de-
  dermination of morphine in opium and  tincture of opium.
  Pharm. J., Lond., 1903, 4. s., xvii, 909. -----. The correc-
  tion for increase in volume in the determination of mor-
  phine  in opium and tincture of opium.  Ibid., 1905, 4. s.,
  xviii,  397.—Drescr  (H.)  Ueber die Wirkung einiger
  Deriviite des Morphins auf die Athiming. Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxxii, 485-521. -Dunning (L. H.)
  Accidents and complications  following abdominal opera-
  tions and the treatment; the danger of morphine.  Indiana
  M. J..  Indianap., 1901-2, xx 411-413. -----. The use and
  abuse of morphin after abdominal section. J. Am. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1902, xxxviii.925-927. — Eddowes(W.) & Jack-
  son (A.) Large doses of morphine. Brit.M.J.-,Lond.,1888,
  ii, 1279.—Elcazai'ian (M.)  A peculiar  case of morphine
  idiosyncrasy, with unusual symptoms.  N.York M. J., 1894,
  lix, 309. — Engelskjo'n (C.)  Mere om morfinterapien.
  Tidskr. f. d.  norske Lsegefor., Kristiauia, 1903, xxiii, 749-
  754.—Ferenczi (S )   A morphium alkalmazdsa oreg em-
  bereknel. [The  employment of morphine by the aged.]
  Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 809-811.—Fettcrolf (D.
  TV.)   The Lloyd reaction for morphin and other alkaloids.
  Am. Med., Phila.,  1905,  ix, 868; 905;  947.  Also: Univ. 
MOEPHINB.                                      93                                     MOKPHLNE.
Morphine [and salts].
  Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 416.—Fourricr (M.)
  Du pouvoir enpneique de la morphine.  Rev. gen. de clin.
  et de therap., Par., 1889, iii, 337.—Flick.  Ilufoperation
  unter Morphiumnarkose bei einem Elephanten. Deutsche
  thierarztl. Wchnsehr., Hauuov., 1901, ix,169-171.—Fubini
  (S.)   Ueber den Einflnss der Alkaloide des Opiums auf
  den  Cheiuismus der Athinung; Experimentalstudien an
  homothermischen  Thiercu.   Untersuch.  z.  Xaturl. d.
  Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1881, xii, 563-594, 1 pl. _____.
  Ueber den Einrluss einiger Opium-Alkaloide auf die Menge
  des durch die  Xieren ausgeschiedenen Harnstoffes. nach
  Untersuchungen am Mensehen und Siiugethieren.  Ibid.,
  1882-8, xiii, 9-27—Fubini (S.) & Bono (G. B.)  Ueber
  die Hohe der todtlichen (iaben einiger  Opium-Alkaloide
  und den Einfluss solcher Oaben auf die Korpertoniperatnr
  beim Meerschweinchen. Ibid., 116-139.—Fubini (S.) &
  Can til (C.)  Uebergang  von Opiunialkaloiden in die
  Milch;  klinische  Beohachtungen  und  Experiiuente  mit
  Morphin.  Ibid.,  1891,  xiv,  396-401. — Gerard (E.) &
  Ricquiet. Oxydation de la morphine et reduction de
  l'ox\ morphine par la pulpe renale.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1904, lvi,904.-----------. Action biochimique
  du rein sur \k morphine et l'oxvmorphino. Echo m6d. du
  nord, Lille, 1904, viii,  292.  — Gonzales (G.)  Sopia gli
  effetti combiuati della  morfina e del sulfonale.  Arch, di
  farm, e terap., Palermo. 1893, i, 395-400.—Gordin (11. M.)
  & Prescott (A. B.)  Eineneue Methode zur Bestimmung
  desMorphingehaltesim Opium. Pharm.Rundschau,Wien,
  1899,  xxv, 478; 497.  Also [Abstr.]: Arch. d. Pharm., Berl.,
  1899,  ccxxxvii, 380-384. — Groom (W. S.)  A large dose
  of morphine.  Med. Rec, NY.. 1894, xlvi, 340.—Guinard
  (L.)  Action physiologique de la  morphine chez le chat.
  Compt, rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1890. cxi, 981-983. -----.
  Etude  de physiologie  comparee sur le morphinisme; la
  morphine chez le pore.  J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon,
  1893,  3.  s., xviii, 199-207. -----. La morphine chez les'soli-
  pedes; citation de quelques tiavaux relatifs k Taction de
  ce medicament chez le  bceuf et le cheval.  Ibid., 385-397.
  -----.  Etude de physiologie compared sur le morphinisme;
  action de la morphine sur la chevreetlemouton.  Province
  med.. Lyon, 1893, vii, 133-135. -----.  A propos de Taction
  excito-secretoire de la morphine sur les glandes salivaires
  et sudoripares. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895,10. s.,
  ii,370-372.  AUo: Lyon med., 1895. lxxx, 12-15.  Also: Mem.
  et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de  L\«>n (1895), 1896, xxxv,
  pt.2,142-144.   Alxo, transl. [Abstr. |: Gazz. d.osp., Milano,
  1895, xvi, 1171. -----.  fitude de pharmacodynamic com-
  paree sur les modifications de la  pression arterielle pen-
  dant la morphiuisation. Compt. rend. Soc-. de biol., Par.,
   1895, 10. s., ii, 551-553. -----. Modifications de la vitesse
  du courant sangnin par la morphine;  mecanisnie deseftets
  circulatoires  produits  par ce medicament.  Ibid.,  572.
  -----.  Action de la morphine sur le peristaltisme intes-
  tinal.  Lyon med.. 1895, lxxix, 419-421. -----. Sur l'etat
  nauseeux et les vomissements provoques par la morphine.
  Ibid., lxxx, 37-49.   Also : Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc.
  med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, 109-122.  [Discussion],
  pt.2, 155. -----.  Action de la morphine sur le  peristal-
  tisme intestinal.   Ibid., pt. 2, 113-115. -----.  Recherches
  de pharmacodynamic comparee sur les actions cardiaques
  de la morphine.  Ibid., 141. -----.  Modifications de la
  temperature pendant le sommeil de la  morphine.  EVho
  med. de Lyon,  1898. iii, 161-166. -----. Des relations phar-
  maco-dynamiques  qui unissent l'apomorphine k la mor-
  phine.  Lyon med.,  1*98, lxxxviii, 285-292. -----.  Effets
  de la morphine sur les animaux  acerebres.  Ibid..  446-
  448.   Also: Mem.  et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon
  (ls98), 1899, xxxviii, pt. 2,  113. -----. La morphine chez
  la marmotte k  l'etat de  veille   Compt. rend. Soc. de Idol.,
  Par., 1900, U.S., ii, 727. — Hedenius (I.) Nyare under-
  sokningar ofver morfinets elimination ur djurorganismen.
  [Modern  researches on elimination of morphia from ani-
  mal  organisms.]   Upsala Lakaref.  Forh., 1891, xxvi, 504-
  509.—Heger. Action de la morphine  dans  Tasphyxie.
  Bull.  Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1900, 4. s., xiv,
  137-142.  -----'. Action  de  la morphine sur les echanges
  respiratoires.   Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux.  Bull.,
  1900. lviii, 6K-70. -----. Morphine et asphyxie.  Ricerche
  di fisiol. e sc. aftini (led. al Prof. L. Luciani . . ., Milano,
  1900, 27-29. — Hirscli (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Wirkung
  des  Morphins auf  den  Magen.    Centralbl. f. innere
  Med., Leipz.,  1901, xxii, 33-47. — Hobr.  Accidn local
  de la morfina en el cerebro del conejo.   Cong,  internat.
  de med.  C.-r. 1003, Madrid, 1904,  xiv, sect, de therap.,
  421. — Holwli (H.)  Ueber den Einfluss des Morphiuins
  auf den  Magenchemismus.   Verhandl. d. nord. Kong. f.
  inn.  Med.  1902, Stockholm,  1903,  iv, 77-86.  -----.  Om
  morfinets.in varkan pa, saltsyreafsondringen i ventrikeln.
  [The  effect  of morphine in the secretion of hydrochloric
  acid  in  the stomach.|   Finska lak.sallsk. handl.,  Hel-
  singfors, 1903, xiv, 317-339.   Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. klin.
  Med., Berl., 1903, xlix, 1-16. — ImpenM (E.)  Ueber die
  Wirkung des Morphins und einiger seiner Abkommlinge
  auf die  Athmung.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1900,
  lxxviii,  527-596, 3 diag.  See,  also, infra, Winternitz.—
  Jncknou (C. Q.)  Morphine as a  cause  of acne rosacea.
  Med.  & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1888, lix,  264-267.—Keil-  I
Morphine [and salts].
  m<• nn (A.)   Morphiumwirkung bei Kreissenden.  St.
  Petersb. med. Wchnsehr.,  1895, n. ¥., xii,  274-277.—Ki-
  in urn (J.)  Moiphiui hydrochioricmii.   Kaneaawa Igak-
  kwai Zashi, 1893,  v, no. 43, 1-4.— Kossa (G.)  Antago-
  nistikus tanulm&nyok a morphiut illetdleg.  [Antagonistic
  teachings in regard to  morphine. ]  Magy. orv. Arch.,
  Budapest, 1892, i, 25-46.— Kotzebue (A. M.)  A ne-v test
  for  morphin.   Phila.  M. J., 1899,  iii, 1015. — Krylow
  (N. W.) Ueber den Einfluss des Morphins auf die  Fort-
  bewegung des festen Magendarminhaltes hungernder ka-
  niuchen.  Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn. 1904, cii, 287-
  304.—Kuder (E.)  A new method of controlling morphine
  sickness, and the nausea incident to chloroform anesthe-
  Bia.  Kansas City M. Rec, 1901, xviii, 220.   J^afargue.
  Sur un moyen de reconnaitre la presence de la morphine
  dans un liquide.  [ Kap.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
  1837, v, 210.—Liamal (A.)  Contribution k I'histoire chi-
  mique et physiologique  de la morphine.   I. Alterations
  des solutions aqueuses des  sels de morphine.  II. Trans-
  formation de la  morphine dans l'organisme.  Bull. Acad.
  roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1888, 4.  s., ii, 639-658.   [Rap.
  de  Du MoulinJ, 621-629. -----.  Alterations de la mor-
  phine  sous Taction des moisissures et des bacteriea a6ro-
  bies.   Ibid., 1893, 4. s., vii,  317-324.   [Rap. de Gille], 274-
  277.  Also:  Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers,  1893,  lv, 193-206.
  -----. Note sur une nouvelle reaction  de la morphine.
  Bull. Acad.  roy. de med. de  Belg., Brux., 1894, 4. s., viii,
  278-282.—Ijeroy (St.)   La morphine et ses sels.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1899, exxviii, 1107-1110. -Leu-
  butcher (G.)   Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss  der
  Opiumalkaloide auf die Darm bewegungen. Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz.u. Berl.,1892, xviii, 179-181.—Lc«rin(L.)
  Wie viel Morphin  darfein  Arzt einem Kranken als Ein-
  zeldosis verordnen ?  Ein gerichtliches Gutachten.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1893.  xxx,  993-996. — Luzzntto ( R.)
  Ueber die Natur nnd die Ursachen der Morphinglykosurie.
  Arch.  f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1904, Iii, 95-
  106. — lijon  (S. B.)   Painful insane impressions due to
  morphia,  J. Nerv. <fe Ment, Dis., N. T.,  1887, xiv, 702-
  706.—MacBougall (J. A.)  On the prophylactic use of
  morphine in cases of severe cerebral injury.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1904, i, 1785-1787. — Marquis (K.T  Ueber den
  Verbleib des Morphins im Organismus der  Katze.   Arb.
  d. pharmakol. Inst. zuDorpat, Stuttg., 1896, xiv, 117-173.—
  Marsh (R.)   Large  doses of morphine.  Brit. M.  J.,
  Lond., 1888, ii, 1386.—Martin (E.)   The use of morphine
  in surgical practice.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, 3. s., xvi,
  585.—Mafthews (H. E.)  Determination of morphine in
  opium; a comparison of Dieterich's  process with that of
  the British Pharmacopoeia.   Chem. & Drug., Lond., 1903,
  lxiii, 245.  Also: Pharm. J., Loud., 1903, 4.  s.,xvii, 149.—
  Mayer (J. L.)  The Lloyd reaction  for  morphine.  Am.
  Drug.  & Tharm. Rec, N. Y. & Chicago,  1901, xxxix, 39.—
  Nied  (L.)   Erfahrungen mit einem Ersatzmittel des Mor-
  phins.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  <u.  Berl., 1900,
  xxvi, 434.—Noc (J.)  Sensibilit6 du  herisson k Tegard de
  la morphine.  Compt. rend. Soc de biol.,  Par., 1902, 11. s.,
  iv,  1177. — Paczkowski.   Schadliche Nebenwirkung
  der  Arzneimittel  (uber  den Gebrauch  des Morphium).
  Kurber. ii. Erfolged. physik.-diatet. Heilfaktoren, Leipz.,
  1899, iii, 241. —Fal (J.)  Ueber eine typische Wirkung
  der Korper der Morphingruppe.  Centralbl. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz. u. Wien, 1902, xvi, 68-72. — Pecus. Sur les pro-
  priet6s therapeutiques des injections de cocaine morphine
  isolees ou associees sur le trajet des nerfs.  [Rev.]  Bull.
  Soc. centr. de  med. vet.,  Par., 1905, lix,  129.—Perez
  rVogucra  (E.) Los nuevos alcaloides  medicinales deri-
  vados  de la morfina. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1900..  xxiii,
  489;  526. Also, transl.: Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo,
  1900, viii, 487-505.— Pignalti Morano (G. B.)  Un caso
  di eritema da  morfina.   Gazz.  med.  lomb.,  Milano, 1898,
  lvii, 157-160.—Pinznni (E.)  Sul passaggio della morfina
  nel latte della donna.  Rassegnadi sc. med., Modena, 1889,
  iv,409; 523.—Kcichert(E. T.)   Aberrant effects of mor-
  phine.   Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v,  554. -----. The
  actions of morphin upon metabolism, with especial refer-
  ence to internal secretion and its bearing upon toxicology.
  Phila.  M. J., 1901, vii, 474-478.  Also: Quart. J. Inebr.,
  Hartford, 1901, xxiii, 179-189. -----. The actions of cer-
  tain agents upon the animal-heat mechanism, with especial
  reference to morphine.   Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-
  4, xvi,  318-327.—Keissmann (C.)  An examination  of
  morphia tablets; are they reliable?  Australas. M. Gaz.,
  Sydney, 1903, j^xii,  1.—Kiegel (F.)  Ueber den Einfluss
  des  Morphiuins  auf die  Magensaftsecretion.  Ztschr. f.
  klin. Med.,  Berl.,  1900, xl,  347-368.  Also [Abstr.]: Ber.
  d. oberhess. Gesellsch.  f. Nat.- u. Heilk.. Giessen,  1899-
  1902, xxxiii,  146.  Also  [Abstr.l: Therap.  d.  Gegenw.,
  Berl.-Wien,  1900, n. F., ii,  337-340.—Rouse  (H.)   Re-
  cherche de la morphine dans l'urine.  Belgiquemed.,Gand-
  Haarlem, 1901,  i, 609.—Boot (F. W.)  The true medici-
  nal, curative dose of sulphate of morphine. N. York M.
  J.,  1896, lxiii,  516.—Kosenbach  (O. )  Energothera-
  peutische Betrachtungen iiber  Morphium als  Mittel der
  Kraftbildung.   Deutsche Klinik, Berl.  &  Wien. 1901-2,
  i,  213-376.—Schryver  (S.  B.) &  I,,ees  (F.  H. )  Re-
  searches on morphine.  J. Chem. Soc. Lond., 1900, lxxviii, 
MOEPHINE.
94
MORPHINE.
Morphine [and salts].
  1024: 1901, lxxix, 563.—Shindelmeizer (I.)  Nleskolko
  slov ob otkritii morfiya v mochle chclovieka.  [On finding
  morphia in human urine.]  Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1897,
  ix,  179.—Smith (K.)  On  the efficacy of small doses of
  morphia (as opposed to the use of expectorants) in the
  treatment of hooping  cough,  chronic  bronchitis,  and
  phthisis.  Edinb.  M. J., 1855-6,  ii, 1001-1010.  Also, Re-
  print.—Sommer.  Zur Indikation und Dosierung des
  Morphins.  Wchnsehr.  f.  Therap. u. Hyg.  d. Auges,
  Dresd., 1905, viii, 337.—Stockman (R.) & Bott (D. B.)
  Pharmacology of morphine aud  its derivitives.  Proc.
  Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1889-90. xvii, 321-381.   Also: Rep. Lab.
  Roy. Coll. Phys. Edinb., 1891, iii, 1-64.  Also: Brit.  M. J.,
  Lond., 1890, ii, 189-192.  Also:  Rep. Scient. Grants Com.
  Brit. M. Ass., Lond., 1891, 102-111.—Stursberg (H.)
  Ueber  die Einwirkung einiger Abkdmmlinge des  Mor-
  phius auf die Atmung.  Arch, internat. de pharmacod.,
  Gandet Par., 1897-8, iv, 325-345.—von Swirsky. [Ueber
  die Mageudarmwirkuug des  Morphins.]   St.  Petersb.
  med.  Wchnsehr., 1904, xxix,  527.—Tappeiner (H. )
  Ueber Einwirkung des Morphins auf die Harnentleerung.
  Sitzuugsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Mun-
  chen, 1899, xv, 14-16.  Also: Miinchen. med. Wcnuschr.,
  1899, xlvi, 876.—Tate (M. A.)  The trausmissibility of
  morphine.  Cinciu. Lancet-Clinic,  1899,  n.  s., xliii, 509-
  512.—Tauber (E.)  Ueber das Schicksal  des Morphins
  im  thierischeu Organismus.   Arch. f.  exper. Path. u.
  Pharmakol., Leipz., 1890, xxvii, 336-368.—Tanszk (F.)
  Adatok a  morphium adagol&s&hoz az aggkorban.  [Con-
  tributions on the giving morphine to the aged.J  Orvos.
  lapja, Budapest,  1900,  xi,  no. 21,  4: 1901,  xii, 3.  Also,
  transl.: Uugar. med.  Presse,  Budapest, 1901, vi,  5-7.—
  Tedeschi (G.)  Ricerche sperimeutali  sull' azione della
  morfina sullo sviluppo e sul decorzo della infezione tuber-
  colare.  Riforma med., Palermo,  1899, xv, pt. 4, 638; 651;
  663.—Trombetta (S.)  Azione della morfina, codeina e
  tebaina sul cuore di rana.  Sicilia med.,  Palermo, 1889, i,
  805-815.—Vahlen (E.) Die chemische Constitution des
  Morphins  in  ihrer Beziehung zur Wirkung. Arch. f.
  exper.  Path.  u.  Pharmakol.,  Leipz.,  1901-2, xlvii, 368:
  1903, 1, 123. -----. Bemerkungen zu meiner Arbeit: Die
  chemische Konstitution des Morphins in  ihrer Beziehung
  zur Wirkung.  Zugleich eine  vorlaufige Zuriickweisung
  der Angriffe von R. Pschorr.  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.,
  Strassb., 1903, xxxix,  95-98.—Vallerani (V.)  Studio
  comparativo sulla codeina  (metilmorfina) e sulla dionina
  (etilmorfina), sia riguardo  alia loro applieazione pratica
  come calmanti della tosse, sia in rappoi to alia loro azione
  generale.  Rassegna san. di Roma, 1905, iii,  249-251.—
  Vamossy (Z.)  Az opium-alkaloid&k hat&sa a belmozg&-
  sokra.  [The  effect of opium alkaloids on  intestinal mo-
  tion.]  Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1897, xxii, 342-344.—
  Vaughan  (V.  C.)  The chemical products of the ana-
  erobic putrefaction of pancreatic and hepatic tissues, and
  their effects upon the tests for morphine.  Tr. Ass. Am.
  Physicians, Phila., 1894, ix, 249-256.—Von Klein (C. H.)
  Administration of morphine by the nostrils.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1890,  xv, 604.  Also: Med. & Surg. Re-
  porter, Phila., 1S-90. lxiii, 508.—Walker (N.)  Morphia-
  erythema, desquamation.   Brit. J. Dermat.,  Lond., 1893,
  v, 212.—Wangerin (A.)  The value of the Lloyd reac-
  tion for morphine.  Am. Druggist, N. Y., 1903, xlii, 66.—
  Winternitz (H.)  Entgegnuug auf die Mittheilung des
  Dr. E. Impens: Ueber die wirkung des Morphins und eini-
  ger Abkommlinge auf die Athmung.   Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol., Bonn,  1900,  lxxx, 344-350.—Worm ley (T. G.)
  Recovery of absorbed morphine from the urine, the blood,
  and the tissues.   Univ. M.  Mag., Phila., 1889-90, ii, 399-
  409. Also, Reprint.  Also: Chem. News, Lond., 1890, lxii,
  65; 79; 99.—Young (O. C.)  On the use of opiates, espe.
  cially morphine.  Ir.  N.  Hampshire M. Soc, Concord
  1901, 168-180.  Also: Med. News, N.Y., 1902, lxxx, 154-157'

Morphine (Antagonisms of).
    See, also,  Morphine   (Hypodermic  use   of);
  Morphine (Poisoning by,  Treatment of).
    Basbford (E. F.)  Untersuchuugen  fiber das Beste-
  hen eines gegenseitigen Antagonismus zwischen Atropin
  uud Morphin.  Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et
  Par., 1901, viii. 311-341, 1 tab.,  1 ch.—Binz  (C.) Ueber
  das Besteheu eines gegenseitigen Antagonismus zwischen
  Atropin und Morphin.  Ibid., 449-453.—Emmerich (O.)
  Die Zusammensetzung des  Antimorphin.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr.,Leipz. u. Berl.,1902, xxviii,584!—Ferreira de
  Abren (Baron de Theresopolis).  De Tantagonisme
  de la morphine  et des alcaloides  des  solan6es vireuses.
  J. d'hyg., Par., 1882, vii, 213-216.  Also, Reprint.—Kossa
  (J.)  Antagonistische Studien  fiber Morphin und Pikro-
  toxin.  Ungar. Arch.  f. Med., Wiesb.,  1892, i, 24-34.—
  Poczobut  (J.)   W sprawie wzajemnego przeciwdzia-
  lania morflny i atropiny.  [On  the  antagonizing action of
  morphia  and atropine.]   Medycyna, Warszawa,  1897,
  xxv, 772-775.—Raaf (B.)   Ceber den  Gegensatz  von
  Atropin  und  Morphin.   Therap.  d.  Gegenw.,  Berl.,
  1904, xiv, 330.—Keichert (E. T.)  Atropin as a physio-
  logical antidote in morphin poisoning.   Therap. Month.,
Morphine (Antagonisms of).
  Phila., 1901,  i,  9-22.  -----. Antagonisms of cocaine  and
  morphine, especially their  actions upon general metab-
  olism, and the employment of cocaine in morphine  poi-
  soning.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1902, 3. s., xviii, 450; 518.—
  Schadlichen (Ueber den) Einfluss des Atropins auf die
  Athmung;  ein Beitrag  zur  Lehre vom Antagonismus
  zwischen Atropin  und  Morphium.   Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1896, xxxiii, 533; 560.

Morphine (Derivatives of).
    See, also, Codein; Heroin;  Narcein; Peronin.
    Bakdet  (G.)   Etude physiologique et clinique
  sur  les alcaloides soporifiques  de l'opium:  co-
  deine, morphine,  narc6iue.    8°.   Paris, 1878.
    Diedrich  (G.)  * Ueber Oxydirnorphin.   8°.
  Gbttingen,  1883.
    Hartwich ([G. E.  G.]  F.)    * Beitrag   zur
  Kenntnis   der  Wirkung des  Morphinchlorme-
  thylat.  8°.  Kiel, 1895.
    Krayevski (V. I.)   *0 sravnitelnora vliyanii
  morfiya i razlichnlkh yevo proi'zvodnikh (hero-
  ina, peronina, dionina  i  kodeina) na dlkhatel-
  nuyu  dieyatelnost   i  obshtsheye  sostoyaniye
  organiztua;  eksperimentalnoye   izsliedovaniye.
  [Comparative influence of morphia and its vari-
  ous  derivatives  (heroin, peronin, dionin,  and
  codein) on the  respiratory activity and general
  condition of the organism;  experimental inves-
  tigation.]   8°.'  S.-Peterburg, 1902.
    Also [Abstr.],in;  Russk.  Vrach., S.-Peterb.,  1902,  i,
  338-340.
    Osovetski (Y.)  * Les nouveaux derives de la
  morphine: heroine,p6roniue,dionine. 8°.  Paris,
  1900.
    Puschmann (A.)   * Ueber Oxydimorphin und
  seine Wirkuug auf den tierischen Organismus.
  8°.  Gbttingen,  1895.
    Sonntag (G.)   * Ueber einige neue Morphin-
  derivate    (Heptabromhomooxydimorphin,   Di-
  bromlioinooxyd.imorphin,Monobenzoylmorphin).
  [Erlangen.]   8°.  Gbttingen, 1895.
    Babel (A.)  Ueber das Verhalten des Morphiums und
  seiner Derivate im  Tierkorper.   Arch. f. exper. Path. u.
  Pharmakol., Leipz.,  1904-5, Iii, 262-270.—Barnes (A. C.)
  Ueber einige krampferregende Morphinderivate und ihreu
  Angriffspunkt. Arch.  f.  exper.  Path. u. Pharmakol.,
  Leipz., 1901, xlvi, 68-77.  Also, transl.:  Therap. Month.,
  Phila., 1901, i, 205-209.—Becker (H.)  Pharmakologi-
  sche Untersuchungen iiber einige Morphinderivate. Arch.
  internat. de  pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1903, xii, 63-97.—
  Bloch (R.)  Wirkung und praktiscbe Verwendung der
  zwei neuen  Morphinderivate Heroin und Dionin.  Heil-
  kunde, Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii, 455-462.—Coblentz  (V.)
  Synthetic  morphine derivatives.  Therap. Month., N. V.
  & Phila., 1902, ii, 277-279.—Bionin as a substitute for
  morphine and codeine. [Edit.]  Merck's Archives, N. V.,
  1900, ii, 96-101.—Breser (H.)  Pharmakologisches iiber
  einige  Morphinderivate.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898,
  xii,'509-512.  Also  [Abstr.]:  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt.  2,  2.
  Hlfte., 34.—Earp (S. E.)  Some  thoughts on morphine,
  codeine, and heroin.  Therap.  Gaz., Detroit, 1903, n. 8.,
  xix,  91.  Also, Reprint.—Fraenkel (A.)  Ueber Mor-
  phinderivate in ihrer Bedeutung als Hustenmittel. Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899,  xlvi, 1525-1529.—Gevaerl.
  Les nouveaux succ6danes de la morphine.  Belgique med.,
  Gand-Haaiiem, 1899, i, 193- 196. — Guinard ( L. )  La
  diac6tyl-morphine dans le traitement de la douleur.  Cong.
  internat.  de med.   C.  r., Par.,  1900, sect, de  therap.,
  550.—HirschlaflT (L.)   Zur ldiniscben Anwendung des
  Morphinheilserums (Eumorphol).   Ztschr. f. Krankeupfl.,
  Berl., 1903,  xxv, 426-431.—Ide.   Morphine  et codeine.
  Rev. med. de  Louvain, 1905, n. s., ii,  111.—ltlanca (P.)
  Contributo alio studio  di  alcuni  derivati della morfina.
  Sperimentale.  Arch, di  biol., Firenze, 1904, lviii, 803-836.
  Also: Studi  sassaresi, Sassari, 1903-4, iii, 140-162.—Mar-
  shall (C.R.) Morphine and its derivatives. Med.Chron.,
  Manchester, 1901, 4. s., i,  42; 115.—Mayor (A.)  Les
  derives de la morphine  utilises en therapeutique; 6tude
  pharmacodynamique. Rev. med.  de la Suisse Rom., Ge-
  neve, 1901, xxi, 668; 705: 1902, xxii, 137; 237, 3 pl. -----.
  Les derives de la  morphine utilises en  therapeutique:
  apomorphine, apocodeine, apodionine.  Ibid., 1903, xxiii,
  660-689.  Also, transl.:  Therap.  Monatsh., Berl.,  1903,
  xvii, 223;  288. — Merck (E.)  Ueber  einige Morphin-
  derivate.  Arch.  d.  Pharm., Berl., 1899,  ccxxxvii,  211 -
  222. — Begenbogen.   Untersuchungen iiber die neue-
  ren Morphinderivate: Dionin. Peronin uud Heroin.  Mo-
  natsh. i.  prakt.  Thierh.,  Stuttg., 1900, xi,  385-402.— 
MORPHINE.
95
MORPHINE.
Morphine  (Derivatives of).
  Salziunnn (W.)   Dionin, ein neues Morphinderivat.
  Wien.  med.  Presse, 1900,  xii,  1098. — 8c.  Ueber die
  stickstofffreien Spaltungsproduktedes Morphins. Pharm.
  Ceutralhalle, Dresd., 1901, n. F., xxii, 747-749.—Sturs-
  berg  (H.)   Ueber  die  Einwirkung einiger Abkomm-
  linge des Morphins auf die Athmung.   Arch.  Inter-
  nat. de Pharmacod., Gand  et Par., 1898,  iv,  325-345.—
  Weigl (J.)   Dionin, ein neues  Morphinderivat.   Wien.
  klin. Rundschau, 1902,  xvi, 922-924.— Winternitz (H.)
  Ueber die Wirkung einiger  Morphinderivate auf die Ath-
  mung des Mensehen.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii,
  469-475. -----.  Ueber die Wirkung einiger  Morphin-
  derivate und ihre therapeutischen Indicationen. Monat-
  schr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol.,  Berl.,  1900, vi,  38-43.—
  Wood (H.  C), jr.  The  newer  substitutes for morphine
  [Peronin, dionin, heroin.]  Merck's Arch., N.Y., 1899, i, 89.

Morphine  (Hypodermic use of).
     See, also, Morphine-habit.
     Alt (K.)   Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung des
  subcutan injicirten Morphium  durch den Magen.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxvi,  560-564.—Bremer (L.)  Mor-
  phine  injections followed  by emphysematous  gangrene
  (malignant oedema).  J. Nerv. & Me'nt. Dis.,  N. Y., 1890,
  xvii, 97-101.—Brinda (A.)  Sul comportaniento del cane
  alle iniezioni ripetute  di morfina,  Gior. d.  r.  Accad. di
  med. di Torino,  1899, 4. s., xlvii, 631-649.— Daly (E. O.)
  Remarks on the hypodermic use of morphia. Med. Chron.,
  Manchester, 18^s-9, ix, 216-221. — Ferrand.  Des injec-
  tions hypodermiques de morphine en cas de  menaces de
  mort (syncope ou asphyxie). Bull. Acad, de med., Par.,
   1899, 3. s., xii, 134-143.  Also: Pratique jour., Lille, 1899,
  iv, 3-14.—Fiessinger (C.)  Les injections sous-cutanees
  de morphine. Rev. g6n.  de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903,
  xvii, 563-565.—Kustermnmi.  Ein neues Instrumenta-
  rium fur Morphium- und Kampherinjectionen.  Deutsche
   Praxis.  Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte,  Munchen, 1902, xi, 510-
   514.  Also:  Hlust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl.,
   1902, xxix, 101-104.—Leech (D. J.)  Two cases of tetanus
  following the repeated injections of morphia. Med.Chron.,
  Manchester, 1896-7, n. s., v, 101. — Martin (A.)  Re-
   cherches  sur Taction physiologique des injections hypo-
   dermiques de chlorhvdrate de  morphine.  Bull. Soc. de
  med. de Par. (1874), 1875, ix, 186-196. [Discussion], 220-
  222.—Rosenthal (J.) Ueber die Ausscheidung des sub-
   cutan  injicirten  Morphiums durch den  Speichel.  Berl.
   klin. Wchnsehr., 1893, xxx, 1189-1192. AIso: Centralbl.
   f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1893, xiv, 8-10. — Singer  (H.)  Zur
   Dosirungsfrage:  Die Morphiumspritze.   Deutsche med.
   Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900. xxvi, therap. Beil., 30.—
   Suarez de Mendoza.  Ce qu'on ne doit pas ignorer
   (anesth^sie);  funestes consequences des injections de mor-
   phine  apres  l'anesthesie complete  par  le chloroforme.
   Arch, de  med. et chir. spec, Par., 1901, ii, 399; 442; 478;
   513.—Thibierge  (G.)  Pigmentations bleues consecu-
   tives k des injections de morphine.  Bull, et mem. Soc.
   med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s.,  xvi, 912-918.

 morphine (Poisoning by).
     See, also, Morphine (Antagonisms of);  Mor-
  phine-habit.
     Foerster (R.)  *Zur Casuistik der kombi-
   nierteu  Morphio-Cocain-Psvcbose.  8°.   Kiel,
   1904.
     Kreissig (C. B.)   "Casus intoxicationis per
  morphium aceticum.   8°.   Lipsiai,  1855.
     Neveu-Derotrie (V.)   *De l'hysterie conse-
  cutive a  l'intoxication par  la morphiue.  4°.
  Paris, 1890.
     Problema(O) medico-legal uoprocesso Urbino
  de Frcitas.  Uma replica.   Pelos Dr. Raymundo
  da Silva Motta, Joaquim dos Santos e  Silva, Au-
  gusto Antonio da Rocha, Francisco Joao Rosa,
  Hugo Mastbaum.  8°.   Coimbra, 1893.
     Sarachoff (G.)  * Ob izmleneniyakh v nerv-
  nikb elementakh tsentralnol nervnoi sistemi pri
  otravleuii  morfiyem.    [On  tbe  chauges in the
  nervous elements in tbe central nervous system
  in poisoning with morpbia.]  8°.   Yuryev, 1894.
     Stumm  (A.)    * Massernalmliches  Exantbem
  nach Morphingebruucb.  8°.   Erlangen, 1888.
     Trial (The) of Carlyle W. Harris for  poison-
  ing his  wife,   Heleu  W. Potts, at  New York.
  Taken from the official stenographer's minutes.
  8U.  New  York, 1892.
     Accidental   poisoning  by  morphine.   Pharm. J.,
  Lond., 1902, 4. s., xv, 270. — Adler (E.)  Ueber transito-
  rische Glycosurie bei einem Fall von acuter Moi phinver-
  giftung.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1900, xxv, 327.—Agnoli
  (J. B.)  Reflexion es sobre un caso de fen6meno  respirato-
Hlorphine  (Poisoning  by).
  rio  de Cheyne-Stokes debido & la administraci6n de una
  pequeiia dosis de morfina.  Cron. med., Lima, 1894, xi, 196-
  201.—Aldrich (C. J.)  Spinal symptoms from morphine.
  Phila.  M. J.,  1903,  xi, 613.—Auerbach (S.)  Der Tod
  durch  Morphiumvergit'tung in  gerichtlich-medicinischer
  Beziehung.  Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1896, 3. F.,
  xi, 253-285.—Bnrtlett (E. J.)  An examination of forty-
  three published  cases of opium or morphine, poisoning.
  Boston M. & S.  J., 1897, exxxvii,  674.—Behr (A.)  Ein
  seltener  Fall von  Morphiummissbrauch.  Wien.  med.
  Wchnsehr., 1894, xliv, 1703; 1752.—Bidone (E.)  Azione
  dei genitali femmiuei negli avvelenamenti  (avvalenameuto
  da morfina).  Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1900, Roma,
  1901, vii, 55-59, 1 pl.  Also: Arch, di ostet.  e ginec, Napoli,
  1901, viii, 129-155, 1 pl. — Boekcr (H.)   A large dose of
  morphine, not followed by symptoms of poisoning.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 501. —Bourkc  (W.)   Notes on
  a case of  morphia poisoning.   South   African M.  J.,
  East London, 1889-90, v, 30. — Bradford <fc  Colcord.
  Report of  au anomalous  case of  morphine  poisoning.
  Indian Lancet, Calcutta,  1899,  xiv, 217. — Bmgl (G.)
  Morphium - Vergiftung.    Friedreich's  Bl.  f. gerichtl.
  Med.,  Niirnh., 1899,  1, 208-212. — Column (H. C.)   A
  case of poisoning with liquor niorphinfe  hydro-chloridi;
  recovery.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1731.—©rothers
  (T. D.)  Dangers from the indiscriminate  use of morphia.
  Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 296-298.—Bale (G. P.)  Mor-
  phin and cocain intoxication.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1903, xl, 1215-1217.—Davidson (A. H.)  [Case  of mor-
  phine poisoning.]  Texas Cour.-Rec Med., Dallas, 1895-6,
  xiii, 200.—Death (The) of Miss Hickman.  [Edit.]  Lan-
  cet, Lond.,  1903,  ii,  1443. — Dotto  (G.)  Sulla resistenza
  della morfina  alia  putrefazione.  Sicilia  med., Palermo,
  1890, ii, 442-444.—Feinberg (I. L.)  Two unusual  cases
  of morphin  poisoning.  Codex med. Phila., 1894-5, i, 328-
  330.—Fotheringham  (J.)  Morphine poisoning in an
  infant.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1898, ii, 1251.—Gerard (E.),
  Delearde & Bicquiet. Sur la recherche toxicologique
  de la morphine.  Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1905, 4. s., iv,  350-355.
  Also: iScho med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 337-339. Also:
  J. de med. de Par.. 1905, 2. s., xvii, 470.  Also: J.depharm.
  et chim.,  Par., 1905, 6. s., xxii, 49-54.  Also: Rev.  de med.
  leg., Par., 1905. xii, 240-243.—Giordano (C. A.)  Per un
  sospettato avvelenamento da idroclorato di morfina; con-
  siderazioni medico-legali.  Corriere san., Milano, 1896, vii,
  no. 25, 4-7. -----. Uiteriori ricerche sulla immuuizzazione
  per  morfina.  Gior. internaz.  d. sc. med., Napoli, 1898,
  n. s., xx, 865-889.—Harris (F. A.)  A  case of possible
  fatal morphin poisoning; a difficult diagnosis.   Tr. Mass.
  Med.-Leg. Soc,  Bost., 19u2,  iii, 171-179.   Also:  Boston
  M.  &  S.  J.,  1902,-.cxlvii, 184-188.  — Hausmann (W.)
  Zur Kenntnis der chronischen Morphinvergiftung. Arch.
  f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1904-5, Iii, 315-325.—
  Heymana.  Toxicite de la  morphine  chez les jeunes
  animaux (d'apres les experiences de E. Marchal).  Bull.
  Acad.  roy.  de med. de  Belg., Brux.,  1901,  4. s., xv,
  816-818.—Ilirachberg.  Morphium vergiftung bei zwei
  Kindern.  Ztschr.  f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1898, xi, 1-4.—
  Hofmann (E.) Eine lethale Vergiftung mit in Chloro-
  form gelostem Morphium mit eigenthiimlichem Verlauf.
  Wien. med. Presse, 1877, xviii, 73; 108.—Inquest on Miss
  Hickmau, M. D.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1381.—von
  Jakach.  Ueber acute Morphinveigiftung.  Prag. med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1897, xxii, 477; 504.—Joflroy (A.)  &  Scr-
  veaux (R.)  Determination de l'equivalent toxique de la
  morphine chez le chien et le lapin ;  sjTmptomes de  l'intoxi-
  cation aigue par la morphine.  Arch, de med. exper. et
  d'anat. path., Par., 1898, x,  485-516.—Johnston (W.)
  A case in which alarming symptoms were produced by
  J of a grain of morphia administered hypodermically.
  Tr. Mississippi  M. Ass., Jackson. 1885,  90.—Katzeii-
  atein. Ein Fall von Morphiumvergiftung im friihesten
  Kindesalter.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 1840-
  1842.—Keen (W. W.)  Spinal symptoms caused by mor-
  phine. Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 538.—Ko»»n (G.)  A mor-
  phin kimutatdsa hullilkban.  [The proof of morphine in
  corpses.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 76; 88.  Also,
  transl.: Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest, 1898, xxxiv,
  265; 291.—Kris ten (J.)   NahodiLl otrava morfiem.  [Ac-
  cidental poisoning by morphine.]  Casop. lek. Cesk., v
  Praze, 1901, xl, 348-351.—Lefort (J.) Etudes chimiques
  et toxicologiques sur la morphine suivies d'observations
  sur son passage dans l'economie  anitnalc.  Bull. Acad.
  de med.,  Par., 1860-61, xxvi, 817.   Also, Reprint.—Iiu-
  catello  (L.)   Sull' avvelenamento acuto da morfina.
  Riv. clin., Milano, 1888, xxiii, 148-168. — I,yon* (J. J.)
  A case of  accidental  poisoning  by sulphate  of mor-
  phia.  N. Oil. J. M., 1869, xxii, 292. — lTIandl (H.)  Ein
  Fall von  Morphiumvergiltuug  nach Einspritzung von
  einem  Centigramm Morphin.   Wieu. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1899. xlix, 1893-1895.—ITIunkovski (A.F.)  K voprosu ob
  izmleneniyakh v tsentralnol nervnol sistenile, obnaruzhi-
  vayemikh sposobom Nissl'ya pri ostrom i khronicheskom
  otravleuii zhivotnikh morfiem.  [Alt6ratious du  systeme
  nerveux central,  constatees par la methode du Nissl dans
  l'intoxication aigue et chronique des animaux par la mor-
  phine.  Extr., 67.]  Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i. bak- 
MORPHINE.
96
MORPHINE.
llorphine (Poisoning by).
  teriol., S.-Peterb., 1898, vi, 3-14, 1 pl. —von Maschkn.
  Vergiftung mit Morphium.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1^X7,
  xii, 437-439.  -----.  Vergiftung eines 6 Tage alten Kindes
  mit  Morphium. Vitljsohr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl.. 1888,  I
  n. F., xlviii, 324-326. — IVInrrojanuis.   L'action cata-  |
  leptique  de la morphine  chez les rats; contribution  a  la
  theorie toxique de  la ratalepsie.  Compt.  rend.  Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1903, lv,  1092-1094 —Mayor (A.)  Toxicite de
  la morphine er de ses derives usuels; action cardio-vascu-
  laire de  la peronine.   Bull.  gen. de therap. [etc.], Par.,
  1902, cxliii,  624-631.  Also:  Nouv. remedes, Par., 1902,
  xviii, 169-176.—Merrill  (Julia D.) Moiphine  poisoning
  in an infant one month old.  Chicago Clin.,  1903, xvi, 84.—
  JHignot (A.)  Une observation d'injection sous-cutanee
  de morphine.  Centie med. et pharm., Ganuat, 1902-3, viii,
  241.—Miiller.  Zwei Fiille akuter Morphiumvergiftuug
  bei Erwachseneu.   Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte,  Berl., 1898, xi,
  72-74.—O'Carroll (J.)  The poisoning case at the Hard-
  wicke Hospital, Dublin.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1888, ii, 904.—
  Patersou  (G.)  Pneumonia; ]>oisoning (?) by a cough
  mixture containing  two drachms of the solution of muriate
  of morphia.  Month. J. M. Sc. Lond. & Edinh., 1846, vi,
    St. 2, 191-196.— Haul (G.)  Angebliche Vergiftung mit
    torphium;  angeborener  hochgradiger Hydrocephalus
  chronicus interuus;  Tod durch akuten Hirndruck.  Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1887, xxxvii, 1153; 1178.— Pouchet (G.)
  Intoxication accidentelle d'un enfant par le chlorhydrate
  de morphine.  Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1895, 3. 8., xxxiv, 83-89.—
  Bipperger  (A.)   Fall  einer Morphiumvergiftiing bei
  einem kleinen Kinde.  N\  Yorker med. Monatschr., 1902,
  xiv,  368-370.— Buneberg  (J. W.)  Ett fall af utbredd
  myokardit, med plotslig  paralysi af hiertat kort efter en
  subkutan morfininjektion.  [Un cas de myocardite Men-
  due  avec paralysie subite du ceeur imrnediatement apres
  une injection sous-cntaueede morphine. Res.] Finskalak.
  sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1882, xxiv,2i2-226.—Scheiber
  (S. H.)   A heveny niorpbin-mergezes eddig nem eszelt
  kdvetkezmenyeinek egy esete.  [Acute poisoning by mor-
  phia with  sequela-  not observed  heretofore.]  Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, lc87,   xxxi,  1525; 1562.   Also, transl.
  [Abstr.|  : Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest, 1888, xxiv,
  87-89. Also, transl. [Abstr.] : Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.,
  1888, xiv. 39-50.—Schreiber (E.)  Zur Behandlung der
  akuten Phosphor- und Morphiumvergiftuug.  Centralbl.
  f. innere  Med., Leipz., 1898, xix, 601-603.^Sehwarlz (B.)
  Idiilt morphium-iiiergezes, mint a  paralysis  progressiva
  kdroka.   [Chronic morphine poisoning as a cause of pro-  '
  gressive  paralysis. 1   Gydgy&szat, Budapest, 1897, xxxvii,  I
  29.—Shtsherbak  (A. E.j   O soderzhauii  fosfornol kis-
  loti v krovi sonnoi ai terii i yaremnoi veni u sobak vo vre-
  mya morfiynavo sua.   [Phosphoric acid in  the carotid ar-  |
  tery aud jugular vein in dogs during morphium narcosis.]
  Vestnik klin. i sudebnoi psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb.,
  1889-90, vii, pt. 2, 254-266.—Single (C. D.)  Acute mor-
  phine poisoning in an infant; recovery.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1902.  xxxviii,  459.—Sweeney (M.J.)  Sixty
  grains of morphine at a dose. Med. Rec. X. Y., 1894, xlvi,
  565.—Thompson  (J. M.)  Report of a case of morphine
  poisoning. Therap. Digest, Kansas City, 1*98-9, i, 20-28.—
  Trsiina ( K. )  Sulle alterazioui  degli elemeu i uervosi
  nell' avveleuaniento per  morfina.   Arch, per le sc. med.,
  Torino, 1898, xxii,  325-339, 1 pl— Troeger.  Die akute
  Morphiumvergiftiing  in  gerichtlich-iuediciuiscber Bezie-
  hung.  Friedreich's Bl.  t. gerichtl. Med.,  Niirnb., 1901,
  Iii, 266; 379; 400: 1902, liii. 62.—Twitchell (J. C.)  Mor-
  phine and ptomaine poisoning.  Med. Sentinel. Portland,
  Oreg., 1903, xi, 404-406.— William* (T. H.)  A case  of
  morphine poisoning.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1889, 3. s.,  v,
  93.—Witthaus (R. A.)   Some toxicological points  in a
  case of homicide by morphin.  Research  Loo'uis Lab. .  . .
  Univ. City X.  York,  1892, ii. 1-14.— Wood (W.  J. X.)
  Death from accidental poisoning. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Loud.,
  1901, xliv, 200.—Zenner  (!'.)  A caseof morphia and atro-
  pia poisoning.  X. Eug. M. Mouth., Danbury, Conn., 1897,
  xvi,  469-471. -----. Cases of combined morphine and atro-
'  pine poisoning.  J.  Xerv. & Meut. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx,
  555-557.

iTIorphine (Poisoning by, Treatment of).
     Andrew* (G.)   Permanganate of potassium as an anti-
  dote for morphine-poisoning.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv,
  316. — Barnes (A. C.)   A  case of morphine  poisoning;
  successful employment of cocaine as an antidote.  Phila.
  M. J., 1901, viii, 1100. — Bokai (A.)   A morphin  egy uj
  ellenmergerdl.   [Picrotoxiu an antidote of  morphine.]
  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest,  1889, xxxiii, 47.   Also, transl.:
  Pest, med.-chir."Pres.se, Budapest, 1889, xxv, 76.—Brown
  (J. C.)  Strychnia vs. morphia.  Tr. Louisiana M. Soc,
  N. Oil., 1889, 116.—Carpenter (J. S. )  Potassium  per-
  manganate as an antidote to morphin.  Med. Xews Phila
  1894,  lxiv, 699-701. —Cruse ( W.)  Zur Behandlung dei-
  Morphinvergiftuug  mit  Atropin.   Arch. f.  Kinderh
  Stuttg., 1893-4. xvi,  67-69.—Barby (J. I.)  A case of mor-
  phine poisoning treated  with  permanganate  of  potash.
  Atlanta M.&S. J.. 1894, n. s., xi, 389-391.—Be Busscher
  (L.)   Encore sur la  pretendue desintoxication de  la mor-
  phine a l'aide du permanganate de  potassium.  Arch, in-
Hlorphine (Poisoning by, Treatment of).
  teruat. de pharmacod., Brux. ct Par., 1904-5, xiii, 309-327.
  -----.  Traitement  de l'einpoisonneinent morphinique.
  Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1904, xi, 543-546.—Emme-
  rich (() )  Znr Kritik iiber  Dr. Hirschlatl's Heilserum
  zur Bekampfung der Morphiumvergiftuug etc., und seine
  praktiscbe Auwcnduufr.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903,
  xxiv, 89-92.—Fell (G. E.)  Forced respiration ; additional
  observations.  Tr. X. Vork M. Ass. 1889, Concord, 1*90,(
  vi, 316-320.—Fin ley (K. P.)  Potassium permanganate
  in morphia poisoning.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1893-4, vi,
  606.—Fletcher (J. II.)  Strychnia au  antidote for mor-
  phine poisoning.  South. Pract., Xashville, 1888, x,  419.—
  Goodrich (H. R.)  Ingestion of enormous dose of mor-
  phin with recovery.  Phila. M. J., 1900, vi,922.— Orissom
  ( W. W. )  A  case  of  poisoning  by morphiue;  recovery
  after six and a half hours' artificial respiration.  St.  Louis
  M. & S. J.. 1870, ix, 353-357.— Ground (E.)  A caseof
  morphia-poisoning treated  by atropine.   Lancet, Loud.,
  1900, ii, 1727.—Hall (J.  X.)  Recovery after ingestion of
  about thirty grains of morphine.   Boston M. & S. J.. 1890,
  exxii, 133.  Harding (L. A.)   Permanganate of potash;
  the new antidote for moiphine poisoning from a  chemical
  point of view.  Med. Rec, X. Y.,  1*94, xiv, 459.—Hirach-
  laflflL.)  Ein Heilserum zur Bekiimpfung der Morphium-
  vergiftiing und ahnlicher Iutoxic.itionen.   Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1902, xxxix, 1149;  1174.—Humphreys (D. S.)
  Caseof morphine poisoning; recovery.  X. Oil. M. & S. J.,
  1894-5, n. s., xxii, 861. — Kipp (A.)  Some  observations
  in treating acute morphine poisoning.   Am.  Pract. &
  Xews, Louisville, 1904, xxxvii, 135.—Korncr (B.)  Hei-
  lung einer Morphiumvergiftuug durch  Injection von Kali
  hypermanganicum.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl.. 1896. xxii, 223. — Kornfeld  ( H.)  Uebermangan-
  saures Kali als Gegengift gegen  Morphium.  Memorabi-
  lien, Heilbr., 1896-7,  n. F., xv, 517. —Levinstein (W. T.)
  Die  Therapie  der Reconvalescenz  nach Morphium- und
  Cocainentziehuiigen.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1888, xiv, 715-717. — Lewis (B.)  Tracheotomy
  in morphine poisoning.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888,
  x, 614.   Also: Weekly  M. Rev.,  St.  Louis, 1888, xvii,
  412. — lVIcGuire (C. M.)  Unsuccessful  employment of
  potassium  permanganate  in  a  case  of  morphine poi-
  soning.  Med. Rec, X. Y., 1894, xlvi,  343. — 1T1 arable
  (T.  II.)  Permanganate  of  potassa  in  morphine poi-
  soning, with report of cases.   Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee,
  Xashville, 1901, 310-321.  Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1901,
  xix,  771-777.—iVIoor (W.)  Le permanganate de potasse
  comme antidote de la morphine.   J. de med. de Par., 1895,
  2. s., vii, 497 — .Vlorgcui-olh (J.)  Zur Frage des  Anti-
  morphinserums.  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1903,  xl. 471-
  474—Penny  (H. T.)  Treatment of cases  of  morphine
  poisoning.  Med. Sentinel, Portland,  Oreg., 1893, i, 299-
  305.—Playfair (D. T.)  The value of oxygen in poison-
  ing  by morphine.  Lancet, Lond., 1898. ii, 545.—Pope
  (P.)   A large quantity of morphia (twelve grains?) takeu
  hypodermicallv  with suicidal intent;   recovery.  Ibid.,
  1894, i, 609— Putnam ( W. E.)   Permanganate of potas-
  sium in morphine poisoning.  Med. Rec, X.Y., 1895, xlvii,
  303.—Kector (J. M.)  Au experiment with permanga-
  nate  of potash as  an antidote  for morphine poisoning.
  Ibid., 1894, xiv, 460.—Sayre (L. A.)  Treatment of mor-
  phine poisoning bv potassium  permanganate.  Am. J.
  Pharm., Phila.. 1898, lxx, 109-111.—Sheen  (A.)  Recov-
  ery from morphiue poisoning after subcutaneous injection
  of atropine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 1040.—Nli w'inski
  (P.)   Ein Fall von Morphiumvergiftuug bei einem einjah-
  rigen Kinde,  durch Eiuspritzung  von Atropin  geheilt.
  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xi, 112.—Speer (A. T.)
  A case of morphine poisoning treated with nitroglycerin.
  X. York M. J., 1890, Iii, 545.—Swciingcn (H. V.)  Xor-
  mal salt solution in morphine poisoning.  Cinciu. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1902, n. s., xlix, 120.—Vanderburg (C. R.)  Mor-
  phine narcosis in  a patient afflicted with multiple spinal
  sclerosis treated by forced respiration.  Columbus M. J.,
  1890-91, ix, 103-106.— Velyamovich (V. F.)  K terapii
  ostrikh otravleniy  morfiyem i opiatami.  [Treatment of
  acute poisoning by morphine and opiaies.]  Prakt. Vrach,
  S.-Peterb., 1902, i,  159; 181.—Veres (M.)   Heveny mor-
  phin-mergezes atropiunal gyogyult  eseto.  [A case  of se-
  vere morphiue-poisouing cured by atropin.] Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1897, xii, 592.—Voorhees (J. D.)   Two cases
  of morphine poisoning treated principally by forced res- '
  piration.  Med.  Rec,  X. Y„ 1895, xlviii, 768.—Wade
  (C. E.)  Morphia poisoning treated by permanganate of
  potassium.   Med.  Sentinel, Portland, Oreg.,  1899, vii,
  398.—Walker  (G. S.)   A  case of morphia  poisoning
  treated by solution  of permanganate of potash, with re-
  covery.  Armv M. Dep. Rep. 1894, Lond.. 1896, xxxvi, 332.
  Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 82. —Walker  (H.  D.)
  Case of attempted suicide by sulphate of morphin treated
  by  permanganate  of potassium;  recovery.  Med. Xews,
  Phila., 1894, lxiv, 380.—Wamaley (J. E.) Morphia poi-
  soning treated with permanganate of  potassium.  Med.
  Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1896, iv. 59 — Weber (L.) Ein
  Fall von schwerer Morphiumvergiftuug durch subcutane
  Einspritzungen vou  hyperniangausaurem Kali  geheilt.
  N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1901, xiii, 173. Also, transl.: 
MORPHINE.                                   97                        MORPHINE-HABIT.
Hlorphine (Poisoning by, Treatment of).
   Med. Rec, X. Y, 1901, lx, 545.—Williams (C. W.) ' Co-
   caine as a superior antidote for morphine poisoning, with
   history of a case.  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii,
   192-194. —Willoughby (E. F.)  Case of poisoning by
   morphia  injection treated by infusion of salt solution.
   Lancet, Lond., 1902.  i, 1316.

Morphine-habit.
     See. also, Foetus (Relation of mother to).
     Calvet (L.)   *Ess;ii sur le morphinisme aigu
   et chronique.  4°.   Paris,  1870.
     Caufeynox.   Les morphinomanes et  les fn-
   ineurs d'opiuin.   Les causes et  les  efi'ets de  la
   morphiuomanie;  supplices et  volupte"s;  opio-
   phages  et fnmeurs d'opiuin.  8°.   Paris, [1903].
     Chavolla (F.)  * Breve estudio sobre la mor-
   fiuoniauia.   8-\   Me'xico, 1886.
     Delorme  (L.-E.)   * Contribution a  l'6tnde
   clinique de la niorphinomanie.  8°.   Paris, 1898.
     Deutsch ( W.)    Der Morphinisrnus.    Eine
   Studie.   8°.  Stuttgart, 1911.
     Farias (E.)  Tebaismo  v morfinismo agudos.
   8;.   Toluca. 1H93.
     Hochstetier (E.)   * Ein Fall von Morphinis-
   rnus mit Chorea iu  der Abstinenzperiode.   l^u.
   Berlin,  1894.
     Hodee  (G.)    * Contribution  a  l'6tnde des
   causes,  de la  prophylaxie  et  du traitement  de
   la niorphinomanie.   4°.  Paris, 1895.
     Lancelin  (L.-E.-R.)    *Morpbinisme  et  in-
   fections; role des leucocytes;  6tude experimen-
   tale.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1902.
     LeCerf (M.-J.)   * Essai  sur la symptoinato-
   logie de la niorphinomanie.  4°.  Paris, 189~>.
     Mace (P.)  * Morphine,  niorphinomanie, mor-
   phinomanes.  8-".  Paris, 1904.
     Maylaender (K. F. A.)  * Selbsterfahrungen
   yviihreud  der Morphiumkrankheit  und  deren
   Behandlung, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
   der secundiiren  Abstiuenzperiode.   8°.  Halle
   a. S., 1**9.
     NoiROT (A.)   * Des troubles genitanx dans la
   morphinomauie.   [Lvons.]  8°.   Saint- Etienne,
   1902.
     Regxier (R.-L.-A.)    * Essai critique sur l'in-
   toxication par  la morphine et snr  ses diverses
   formes.   4C„  Paris, lK'O.
     -----.  The same.  8°.   Paris, 1890.
     Samuel ( C.  )    * Ueber  Morphinisrnus  uud
   Cocainisinus.  [Strasburg.]  n°.  Berlin, 1889.
     Saxdhog (A.)   * Zur  Kenntnis der Synipto-
   matologie  und   pathologischen  Anatomie des
   Morphinistnus.   8°.  Jena,  1893.
     Straub  (P. F.)    * Ueber chronischen  Mor-
   phinisms mit  besonderer Bezugnahnie auf die
   psychischen  Verandernngen.  8°.  Berlin, [1892].
     Veisexburger (R.-H.)   * Considerations sur
   la niorphinomanie.  4°.  Paris, 1894.
     Abraham (K.)  , Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Delirium
   tremens der Morphinisten.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.u. Psy-
   chiat,  Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, n. F., xiii, 369-380.—von
   Adelung (E.)  The morphine fiend.  Life & Health,
   N. Y., 1897, ii, 197-199.—de Almeida (D.)  Um interes-
   sante caso de moiphinomania.  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan.,
   1905, xix, 147.—Anders (J. M.)  The morphine habit.
   Med. Bull., Phila , 1899. xxi,  6-8.—Anlhcaimie (A.) &
   Leroy (R.)  Un  cas de dipsomanie morphinique (mor-
   phino-dipsomanie ou  morphiuomanie vraie).  Rev. de psy-
.   chiat., Par., 1899, n.  s., iii,  339-356.  Also:  J. de med. de
   Par., 1900, 2. s.. xii, 27; 105.—Appleton  (H. L.)  The
   use and abuse of the  morphine sulphate.  Alabama M. J.,
   Birmingh., 1902, xv, 14-17.—Arcangeli (U.)  Andatura
   speciale  ed incurvamento  della cidonna vertebrale nei
  morflnomani.  Bull.  d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. d. Roma,
   1899,  xix, 27-39. — Arnaud  (S.)  Contributo alia psico-
  terapia del morfinismo.  Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1899-
   1900,  vi, 737-740. —  Alyas (M.)  Morfinomanie invete-
  rat&; supresiune rapidii; vindecare.   [.».  .;  recovery.]
  Spitalul, BucurescI,  1894, xiv, 462-467.—Ball (B.)  Des
  lesions de la niorphinomanie, et de la presence de  la mor-
  phine dans les visceres.  Bull. Acad, de rued.. Par., 1887,
  2. s.,  xviii, 525-530.  Also: Encephale, Par., 1887, vii, 641-
  647. -----. Un cas de morphinomanie se terminant brus-
  quement par la mort.  Ann. med.-psych., Par., 1888, 7.  s.,

       VOL XI, 2D SERIES---7
Morphine-habit.
  vii, 82-84.  -----. De la niorphinomanie.  Bull, med., Par.,
  1890,  iv, 905-908. -----. L'abstinence  do  la morphine.
  Ibid.,  917-920.— Barbrau.  Note sur un cas de mor-
  phinisme.   Soc. d. sc. med. do Gannat.  C. r., Par., 1885,
  xxxix, 93-96.—Berillon.  A Iterations de lapersonnalite
  sons I'influence du  morphinisme.   Rev. de l'hypnot. et
  ps.vchol. physiol.. Par., 1899-1900,  xiv, pt.  2, 308-311.—
  Biggs (H. M.)  Morphinism and glycosuria.  Med. Rec.
  N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 707.—Black (J. R.)  Advantages of
  substituting the morphia habit for the incurably alcoholic.
  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1889, n. s., xxii, 537-541.—Boggess
  (W. F.)  Morphinism.  Med. Age, Detroit. 1899, xvii, 881-
  886.—Bojasiriski (M.)  Do dziej6w morfinizmu.   [On
  morphinism.] Medycyna,"Warszawa, 1892, xx,70.—Rice.
  Ein  Fall  von  Morphinism us.   Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1877,  xxvii, 797-800. — Breton  (E.)   Manifestations cu
  tan6es  d'une ».\philis cvoluant chez un morphinomane;
  morphinomanie.  J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1894, vi,
  712-723.—Briand i Tissot (F.)  Morphinisme familial
  par contagion.  Arch, deneurol., Par., 1905, 2.  s., xx, 1-11.—
  Brooks  (W. B.)  The morphine habit.  Tr. Texas M.
  Ass., Galveston,  1892, 128-145.—Brnns (O.)  Impftuber-
  kulose  bei Morphinisrnus.   Munchen.  med. "Wchnsehr.,
  1904, li, 1643-1640.—Bureau.  Accouchement d'une mor-
  phinomane; preuve chimique du passage de la morphine
  k travers le placenta; reflexions.  Bull, et mem. Soc. obst.
  et gynec. de Par., 1895, 356-362.—C.-A. (A.)   Ein Beitrag
  zur Kenntniss des Morphinisrnus.  Deutsche med. Presse,
  Berl.,  1902, vi, 128; 150—Charcot (J.-M.)   fipilepsie,
  hysteric et morphinomanie.  Semaiue med., Par., 1889, ix,
  221.   Also: Abeille med., Par.,  1889, xlvi, 497-499.—
  Chaulet.  Contribution a- I'histoire du morphinisme.
  Tribune med., Par., 1876, viii, 453.—4'houppc (ti.) Mor-
  phinisme et cocaine.   Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1889,  9. s., i,  81. — Coulonjou.  Tetanie grave dans le
  morphinisme.  Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1903, xi,
  131-136. — O rot hers (T. D.)  Morphinism  among phy-
  sicians.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899,  lvi, 784-786. Also,  Re-
  print.   Also: Tr. N.York M. Ass. (1899), 1900, xvi, 223-232.
  -----.  Dangers from  the indiscriminate use of morphia.
  Quart. J. Inebr.,  Hartford, 1902, xxiv, 373-382.—Crowell
  (S. M.) A report of four cases: morphinism, alcoholism,
  etc.  Carolina  M. J.,  Charlotte, 1903,  xlix,  625-628.—D.
  (O.)  Fetal morphin addiction.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1903, xl, 1092.—Ball' Aequa  (E.)  Un caso di morflo-
,  mania;  succession^ morlmsa di  tetano sperimentalmente
  dimostrato traumatica.  Gazz.  med. lomb., Milano, 1890,
  xlix, 311; 323; 331; 344; 353.—Dawson (W.  R.)  Chronic
  morphinism.  Dublin J. M. Sc. 1903, cxvi, 21.—Debovr.
  Un medecin morphinomane.  Med. mod., Par.,  1895, vi,
  389.  -----. La niorphinomanie.  Rev.  prat. d.  trav. de
  med.,  Par., 1899, lvi, 242-246.  Also: Presse med., Par.,
  1899, i, 49-51. -----.  De la morphinomanie; auto-observa-
  tion  d'un  medecin morphinomane.  Presse med., Par.,
  1902, i, 291-293.—Beutsch (W.)  Chronischer Morphinis-
  rnus,  zwei gelungene  Selhstentziehungen.  "Wien. med.
  "Wchnsehr.,  1899,  xlix, 1454 -1457. — Douglas (C.J.)
  Morphinism; its svmptomatology., N. York M. J. [etc.],
  1904, lxxx, 307-309. — Brury (H. C.)   Moiphinomania.
  Tr. Roy.  Acad. M.  Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9,  xvii,  60-86.
  Also: Dublin J. M.  Se., 1899,  cvii, 321-344.—Eberson.
  Ein  seltener  Fall von acuten  Morphinismus.  Therap.
  "Wchnsehr., Wien, 1895, ii, 756.—Emmerich (O.) Ueber
  vveitere Fortschritte, in der Heiluug des chronischen Mor-
  phinisrnus ohne Qualen. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1895,
  xvi, 537.—Engelskjiin.  Nieuwe geneeswijze van chro-
  nisch morphinisme.  Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1905,- lix,
  283-286.—Farez (P.)  Contre la  morphinomanie.  Rev.
  de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1898-9, xiii, 371-
  373.—Faust (E. S.)  Ueber die Ursadien der Gewbhnung
  an Morphin. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.,
  1900, xliv, 217-238. —Fischer (li.)  & Wagner (B.)
  Ueber das Nieolicin, ein angcbliches Heilmittel des chro-
  nischen Morphinismus.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902,
  xlix, 2149.—Foot (A. W.)  On  morphinism.  Dublin J,
  M.  Sc, 1889.  lxxxviii, 457-472.  [Discussion], 531-533.
  Also: Tr.  Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.,  1890, viii, 1-18.—
  Fuller (S. C.)  A phenomenon observed in the blood o)
  morphiuomaniacs. N. Kng.  M.  Gaz., Bost., 1899, xxxiv,
  241-250. — Gamier  (P.)  Morphinisme avec attaques
  hystero-epileptiojues  causees par l'abstinence de la dose
  habituelle du poison.  Soc. de med. ment. de  Belg.  Cong.
  de phreniat. et de neuropathol. 1885, Gand, 1886, 73-86.—
  Oinnnopoulos (A. P.)   'H  /xopcpLt'Ofj.avia.   Takrivb';,
  'A^eai, 1892, xxii, 346-350. — Cinunelli (A.)  Simula-
  zione della paralisi progressiva per morfinismo.  Riforma
  med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt.  3, 183;  I98<—«iles (A. E.)
  Chronic morphiomania, with two illustrative  cases.  Med.
  Chron., Manchester,  1888-9, ix, 221-240.—Gioflrcdi  (C.)
  Ulteriori richerche sulla  imniiinizzazione  per  morfina.
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 500-503.
  Also: Gior. internaz.  d. sc. med., Napoli, 1898, n. s., xx,
  865.  Also,  transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899, xxxi,
  398-411.—<»iltermanu.  Beitrag zur Morphiumentzie-
  hung.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1891, xii, 121-125.—
  Oouzcr.  Journal   d'un  morphinomane.  Arch, d'an-
  throp.  crim,, Lyou & Par., 1896, xi, 75; 220;  313; 432.— 
MORPHIXE-HAB1T.                          98                         MORPHINE-HABIT.
Tlorplmii'-liabit.
  Grippo (F.)  L' ambliopia da  morfinismo cronico.  Ki-
  foima med.. Napoli, 181).">, xi, pt.  4, 122-125.   Also:  Terap.
  clin , Xapoli. 1895, iv, 482-485.-Giiinnril (L.)  ^changes
  gazenx pendant Insommeil morphinism'.  Mem. et compt.-
  rend. Sue. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1898), 1899, xxxviii, pt. 2, 101.
  ------. Etude du morphinisme aigu et chronique  chez le
  chat.   Lyon iueil., 1891, lxvii, 522; 567.—CJuinard (L.) <fc
  Bevay  (F )  Observation d'uu cas de morphinisme chro-
  niipie chez uu chicn. J.denied.vet.et zootech., Lyon, 1894,
  3. s., xix, 261-269. Also: Province med., Lyou, 1894, viii,
  207; 217.—Happel (T. J.)  Morphinism in its relation to
  the sexual functions and appetite, and its effect on  the off-
  spring of the users of the  drug.  Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee,
  Chattanooga,  1892, 162-179. ------.  Morphinism from the
  standpoint of the general practitioner.   J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1900, xxxv, -107-409.—Ileiuiaim (C.)  Epilepsie
  als.V i stinenzerscheinungbei Morpliiumentziehung. Fest- ,
  sehi. . . . d. Piov.-Irren-Aiist.  zu Xietleben h. Halle a. S., j
  Leipz , 18:i7. 407-414.—Henderson (T. B.)   Caseofmor- ,
  phinisin.  Glasgow M. J.,  1902, Liii, 192.—Hitzig (E.)
  Morphium, Abstinenztrscbeinungeu und Magen.  Berl.
  klin.  Wohusehi., 1892.  xxix.  1237-1240.  Also, Reprint.
  Also [Abstr.]:  Deutsche  Med Ztg., Berl., 1892, xiii,  1115.
  Also [Abstr.]: Med.-chir. Centralbl., "Wien, 1893,  xxviii,
  325.— Howard  ("W. L )   Some subjective hints  of the
  morphine habit.  Med. Xews, N. Y., 1904,  lxxxiv, 113.
  Also. Kepi int.  ------. Some facts regarding the morphine
  victim.   Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1904, xxvi, 128-136.—
  Huchard (H.)   L'alluiminurie des morphinomanes et
  faction de la morphine sur la tension arterielle.  Bull, et
  mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.,  1890, 3. s.. vii,  397-402— i
  Hjdc (L. D.)  A contribution to  the study of the  mor-
  phine habit.  Tr. Homeeop. M.  Soc.  N. Y.,  1898,  xxxiii, j
  227-230.  Also: N. Am. J.  Homoeop., N. Y.,  1899, 3. s.,
  xiv.77-81.—luglis,,!.)   Morphinism.  Denver M. Times,
  1902-3, xxii, 3!M-:i95.—Jastrowitz (M.)  Ueber Morphi-
  nisuius.  Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & "Wien, 1904, vi, 412-
  406.—Jones (R.)  Notes on some cases of morphinomania. j
  J. Ment.  Sc. Lond., 1902, xlviii,  479-495— Journal d'un
  morphinoinaue.  Rev. mod. de med. etdechir.,  Par., 1905,
  iii, 319-331.--Kennedy (J.  P.)  Amount  of  morphine
  taken by habitues.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 648.—
  Knerr  (H.)   Morphinism.  Hahneman. Month.,  Phila..
  1905  xl,  342-350.—Kovalevski  (P. I.)  K ucheniyuo
  mortiomanii.  Vestnik ohsh.  big., sudeb. i prakt. med.,
  St.  Peterb.. 1893. xviii, 4.  sect, 85-103.—von Kin lit- :
  Ebing.  Der Morphinisrnus.  Allg.  Wien. med. Ztg.,
  1898, xliii, 47; 59. ------. Ueber  Morphinouipsie.  ""Wien. |
  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1902, xv, 1100-1108.—de La IMnllerce
  (G.)  Morphinomanie. Centre med. et  pharm.. Uannat,
  1904-5, x, 180-182—I.nncereaux (E.)  Du morphinisme
  chrouique.  Inhis:  Lee. de clin. med. ... la Pitie. 8°, I'ar.,
  1890, 42-50. ------.  L'intoxication  par la  morphine, ou
  morphinisme.  Ibid., 8°, Par.,  1892, 77-80.—Lefevre (C.)
  Prophylaxie de la morphinomanie et de la morphino-cocai-
  nomauie.  Ann. de psychiat. et d'hypnol.. Par.,  1892, n. s.,
  ii, 225-238.- Lett (S.j Some  points in the diagnosis of
  morphia addiction.  Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1897-8, xxx, j
  599-601.  Also. 1,'eprint.  Also:  Quart.  J.  Inebr., Hart-
  ford, 1898, xx,427-430.— Levinstein (E.) Die Morphium-
  sucht.  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gi sellsch.. 1875-6,  vii, pt.
  2, 14-23.  Also: Alljr.  Wien. med. Ztg., 1875, xx, 353; 361.
  Also:  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1875. xii, 646: 1876, xiii, 183.
  Also [Abstr.]: Wien. med.  Presse, 1875,  xvi, 964-966.
  Also, transl.: J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1876,
  lxii, 37: 307. ------. Weitere Beitrage zur Pathologie der
  Morphiumsucht und  der  acuten  Morphium-Vergiftung.
  Verhandl. d. Kerl. med. Gesellsch., 1876-7, viii, pt. 2, 49-58.
  Also:  Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1877, xiv,69-72.  Also, transl. :
  Lond.  M.  Rec.  1877. v,  90-92.—Levinstein  (W.) i
  Forsetzung des Berichtesaus der denenser Frauen  Klinik
  iiber friihzeiti 'e  Atrophie  ilea gesammtcn  Genitalappa-
  rates in einem Falle vou Morphiunimissbrauch. Centralbl.
  f. Gyniik., Leipz..  1887, xi,  841-844.— Liiberzon  (E. A.)
  K patologii  zheuskikh polovikh  organovpii khoniches-
  koin niorfini/.mie.  [On the pathology of female sexual or-
  gans in chronic morphinism.]  Yiacb. St. Petersb.. 1894, xv,
  436; 465.— Liitzhdft(F.)  Et Tilttehle af medfodt Morn-
  nisme.  [A caseof congenital inorphiuoiuania.J Hosp. Tid.
  K«.beuh.. 1903. 4. R., xi, 1219-1223. — Lyman.   Morphia
  habit.  Boston  M. &. S. J., 1878, xcviii, 574.—Lyon  (P. H.)
  & Wherry (W.  B.)  A case  of infectious dermatitis in
  chronic morphinism, accompanied  by an  unknown diplo-
  coccus, resembling|M. gonorrhea.  Am. Med., Phila., 1903,
  vi, 401-403.—Mc«Jillivray (D.)  Excessive use of  mor-
  phia, a drachm of the sulphate taken at one dose with im-
  punity   CanadaM. J., Montreal, 1869,v,352-354.— flnrtn
  (G. B.)   Morfinismo  e gravidanza.  Riv. veneta  di sc.
  med.. Venezia, 1888, ix, 332; 433:  1889 x, 483 — flnttison
  (J.B.i   The  prevention of morphinism;  a therapeutic
  revolution:  codeine and narceine, vice morphine.   J. Am.
  M. A-s., Chicago, 1891, xvii,  673.  Also: Dietetic Gaz.,
  X. Y.. 1891, vii. 175-178.  Also, Reprint.  -----. Morphin-
  ism in medical men.  J. Am. M.  Ass.. Chicago, 1894, xxiii,
  186-188.  Also, Reprint. Also:  Atlantic M. Weekly, Provi-
  dence, l8'J5, iii. 403-407. ------. Morphinism in the  young.
  Arch. Pediat., N.  Y.t 1895, xii,  812-816.   [Discussionl, 855.
iff orphine-hahit.
  Also: Atlantic  M. Weekly. Providence, 1896, v.  165-167.
  Also, Reprint.  ------. Moipliiuism  in the old;  cases at
  three score and ten; recovery.  Atlantic M. \Veekl\, Prnvi-
  dence, 18H0, v.  355-357.  Also, Kepiint. ------. The diag-
  nosis of the moiphine disease.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 18911, 1,
  268.   Also, Reprint.-----Morphinism in  women.   At-
  lantic M.  Weekly. Piovidenc-, 1896, v, 389-392.  AIso, Re-
  print. — IMavrojanuis.   F.aides sur le niecanisme de
  l'accoutuniance k la morphine. (ompt. rend. S<ic.  de biol.
  Par., 1902. 11. s., iv, 930-932. — .Menstrual  ( 1'hel func-
  tions of the morphine habitue.  Boston M. A: S.  J., 1904,
  cl, 103.—miller (H.)   Morphomania.  Indiana M. J.. In-
  dianap., 1891-5.  xiii, 464-4';8.—IMorphinomniiia.  Med.
  Summary, Phila.,  1904-5,  xxvi,  163; 1">0;  231. —  .Motet.
  Morphinomanie.  Soc.de me  . leg. de France. Bull, Par.,
  1885, viii,  108-123.  ------.  Sur le coiicours pour  le  prix
  Falret en  1896 [morphinisme et niorphinomanie].   [Rap.]
  Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1896. 3. s.,  xxxvi 529-539.—
  Obersteiner ( H. )   Der  chroniMlie  Morphinisrnus.
  Wien. Klinik,  1883, ix,  (il-84. AUo, transl.: Clin, di Vi-
  enna, Napoli, 1884, i. 291-314. ------. Der  Morphinisrnus.
  Privatheilaust. zu  Ober-Dobling, Leipz. u. Wien,  1875-91,
  120-126. ------. Cocai'n und Morphinisrnus.  Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr.. 1888, i. 399-401. ------. Ueber  Morphinisrnus.
  Med.-rhir. Centralbl, Wien, 1891. xxvi, 665.  Also: Wien.
  med. Bl., 1891, xiv, 733. —Oppenheiuier (L. S.)  Doses
  of morphiue habitues.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 564.—
  Pantzer (II. O.)  An interesting case. [Morphia habit.]
  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 536-539. — Pares y
  Barlra.  La mortiiiomaiiia.  Gac. san. de Barcel., 1902,
  xiv, 27-30.—Passover (L. P.)   K voprosu o niorrjinziule
  i vliyanii yevona polovnyu sferu.  [Morphinism and its in-
  fluence upon the sexual function.]  Vrach, St. Petersb.,
  1892,xiii,446-450.—Patterson (CE.)  Morphineaudother
  drug habits.  Med. Summary, Phila.,  1900-1901, xxii, 165-
  167.—Paulson (D.)  Morphine and  allied  drug habits.
  Chicago M. Recorder, 1901, xxi, 415-426.  Also: Mod. Med.,
  Battle i  reek, Mich., 1902, xi, 49-51.—Phenix (N. J.)  The
  morphine  habit.  Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1896, i,
  206-214.—Pichon (G.)   Morphinisme et diathese.  Ann.
  med.-psych.,  Par., 1893, 7. s., xvii, 203-216. — Pottier.
  Cas curieux de morphinomanie.  J. de med. de Par.. 1903,
  2. s.,  xv, 406-408.—Pouchet (G.)   Morphinomanie et mor-
  phinisme.   Progres med., Par.,  1898, 3. s., vii, 273; 306.—
  Pressey  (A. J.)  Two cases of chronic morphinism com-
  plicated with chronic alcoholism.  Cleveland J. M., 18;)9,
  iv, 531-533. ------. Chionio morphinism.  Kansas  City M.
  Index-Lancet. 1899, xx, 613-616. ------. Report of ten cases
  of morphinism.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 298-
  300.— Prichard (A.H.)  Au aspect of the morphia habit
  in an earlv 81 age.  (Jliu. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 255.—Keale
  (E.)   Secondo caso di pentaglicosuria  o pentosuria in un
  morfiomane con particular  riguardo  alio stato presente
  delle nostre nozioni sull' argomento.   Riv. clin. e terap.,
  Napoli,  1894, xvi, 118-130.—Bemondiuo (P. C.)  The
  hypodermic svriuge and our morphine habitues.  Med.
  Sentinel, Portland, Oreg.,  1896, iv,  4-7.—Kenon.  La
  morphinomanie.  Rev. gen. de clin.  et de therap., Par.,
  1904, xviii, 705.— Richnrdicre.  Sur les accidents  de-
  veloppes par la suppression  do la morphine chez  un mor-
  phiomane  atteiut de pneumonic.   Bull. Soc. med.-prat.de
  Par.  (1886), 1887, n. s., ii, 140-147.—Richardson (B. W.)
  Practical notes ou the morphine habit.  Asclepiad, Loud.,
  1888,  v, 301-315.—Robinovitch  (Louise G.)  Ou mor-
  phinism.  N.York M. J.. 1899, lxix, 298-302.  Also: Quart.
  J. Inebr..  Hartford,  1900, xxii, 150-162.—Rochard  (J.)
  Les morphinomanes et les fnmeurs d'opiuin.  Union med..
  Par.,  1894. 3. s., lviii, 61; 133.—Nchiitze (A.)  Zur Casu-
  istik des chronischen Morphinisrnus.  Charite-Aiui., Berl.,
  1902, xxvi, 474-480.-Senlecq (F.)  Un cas de morphino-
  manie.  Ann. med.-psych.. Par., 1895. 8. s.. i, 24-35.—So-
  kal  (J. B.)  O morfinizmle przewleklvm.  [Chronic mor-
  phinism.]   Przegl. lek.,  Krakow,  1904, xliii,  750-752.—
  Sollicr (P.)  Considerations sur un cas grave de rnorphi-
  cocainomanie.  Progres med., Par., 1900, 3. s.,.xi, 289-293.
  ------. Hysterie et morphinomanie.  Cong.  d. med. ali6-
  nistesetneurol.de France . . .  C.-r.,Par.&. Brux., 1903, xiii,
  v. 2,  551-557.—Stockard (C. C.)  Morphinism.   Atlanta
  Jonr.-Rec. Med.. 1899-1900, i.805-871.—Stuart(W.)  A re-
  markable case of moiphine addiction.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1889, i, 1051.—Taylor (Wr. E.)  Morphinism ; an  unusual
  case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1901, xxxvi, 1776-1778.—
  Toth ( L.)   Megiegyzesek az idiilt morphiuni-mergezes
  iiiagyar&zat&hoz.  [Remarks for the explanation of chronic
  morphium intoxication.]  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest.  1890,
  xxxiv, 218; 231.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir.
  Presse,  Budapest, 1890, xxvi, 601-004.—Van  Bibber (J.)
  Case of morphia habit.   Proc Am. Ass. Cure Inebr., Bait.,
  1874. 22-25.  Also: Arch. Elect roi. &. Neurol., N. Y., 1875,
  ii, 69-72.—Venturi (S.)  Morfinismo in  lipemaniaco.
  Boll.  d. priv. manic. Fleurent,  Napoli, 1888,  xiii  [xiv], 3-
  10 -  Yoisin (J.)  Morphinomanie et  hysterie.   Bull, et
  mini. Soc. med. d. hftp.  de Par., 1890, 3.'s., vii, 367-375—
  Volkovich  (S.)   K kazuistikle morfomanii.   Ejeued.
  jour.  '• Prakt. med.". St. Petersb., 1895. ii. 164.—Wakii.
  Ueber das Verhalten von  Hirn-  und Riickenmarkszellen
  beim chronischen Morpbinismus. [Japanese text.]  Mitt. 
MORPHINE-HABIT.
99
MORPHINE-HABIT.
Iflorphine-hahit.
  d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1905, xix, 39-54.—Walker
  (11. F.)  Some remarks on the morphine habit.  Med. Rec.
  N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 692-694.  Also • (Juart. J. Inebr., Hart-
  ford, 1896, xviii, 234-247.—Wangh ("W. F.) The mor-
  phine habit.  PeoriaM. J., 1897. ii,.i(;<i-374.  Also: Quart.
  J. Inebr., Hartford, 1898, xx. 420-426.—Webster (J. C.)
  The abuses of morphine. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1904, xx,
  345-348.—White  (H.) Morphomania.   Guy's Hosp.
  Gaz., Lond., 1898, xii, 110; 114.—Williams (T.K.)  Mor-
  phomania followed bv rapid  narcosis.  Times & Reg., N.
  Y. & Phila., 1891, xxiii, 217.—Wilson (J. C.) The mor-
  phia habit.'  Coll. & Clin. Rec, Phila.,  1888, ix, 105-109.—
  Wiihlk (A.)  Om Alkaloiderne i Antiinorphin.  [Alka-
  loids iu antimorphine.]  Arch. f. Pharm. og Chem., Ko-
  beuh., 1902,  ix, 321-328.—"Wright (J. T.)  Drug using;
  morphine habituation.  Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1904, xi,
  32-40.— Wright (J. W.)   The morphine  habit.  Proc.
  Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1895.224-237.—Zambaco.
  Sur le morphinisme, ou empolsounemeut chronique par
  la morphine.   Cong. d. med. grecs 1882, Constant., 1883,
  i, 10-17.

Iflorphiiie-habit  (Jurisprudence  of).
    Chambahd (E.)  Les morphinomanes; e"tude
  clinique,  ineMieo-legale et th6rapeutique.  12°.
  Paris, [1893].
    Ckothers (T. D.)   Morphinism and narcoma-
  nias from other drugs;  their  etiology,  treat-
  ment,  and medico-legal relations.  12°.   Phila-
  delphia 4' London, 19U2.
    Guimbail (H.)  Les  morphinomanes.    Com-
  ment on  devient niorphiuotnane; les preilesti-
  n6s;  e~phe"inere volupte" et supplices durables;
  de"sordres  physiques et  troubles  de l'intelli-
  gence;  medecine legale; traitement.  12°.  Pa-
  ris,  \891.
    Pichon  (G.)  Le  morphinisme.   Impulsions
  d61ictueiises, troubles physiques et mentaux des
  morphiiiomaues; leur capacity et leur situation
  juridiqne; cause, deontologie et  prophylaxie du
  vice morphiniqne.   1*2 .  Paris, 1890.
    Rodet (P.)   Morphinomanie et morphinisme.
  Mccurs, sympt6mes, traitement, medecine  )6gale.
  Ouvrage couroun6 par l'Acade'mio de medecine.
  12°.  Paris, 1897.
    Ball (B.)- Les fonctions  intellectuelles,  morales et
  genitales chez les morphinomanes.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et
  psycho], physiol.. Par.. 1890-91, v, 146-150.—Berillon
  (E.)  Li capacite civile des morphinomanes; la  morphi-
  nomanie entraine-t-elle l'iucapacite  de tester?   Ibid.,
  1896-7. xi, 230-233.  AUo: Rev. de med. leg., Par.,  1897. iv,
  103-108.  Also: Rev. de psychiat. Par., 1897, n. s.,  67-72.-
  BlindYE.)  MorphinismusundGesetzgebung.  Polit.-an-
  throp. Rev., Eisenach. & Leipz., 1904, iii, 121-128.—Clc-
  venger (E. C.)  Medico-legal relations of morphinism
  and other addictions.  Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1898,
  xx,  265-272.— (John (E.)  Die civilrechtliche Bedeutung
  der Morphiumsucht.  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1899,
  v, 185; 208.  Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxxiv.
  293; 321; 331.—brothers (T. D.)  New phase of criminal
  morphinomania.  Quart. J- Inebr., Hartford. 1899, xxi, 341-
  351.-----. Morphinism and crime. Alienist &. Neurol.,
  St. Loais. 1901. xxii, 325-331.—Guillon (P.;  Les mor-
  phinomanes et la loi.  J. de med. de Par., 1899, 2. s., xi,
  242-244.—Guimbail.  £tude m6dico-16gale sur un cas
  de morphinomanie conjugate k propos dc l'affaire Wladi-
  miroff.  Ann. de psychiat.  et d'hvpnol., Par., 1891, n. s.,
  38-46.  Also: J. de med. de Par.,' 1891. 2.  s.. iii. 97-102.
  -----. Crimes et delits  commis par les moi pliinomanes.
  Ann. d'hyg.. Par., 1891, 3. s., xxv, 481-5nl. — Kuan (H.)
  Moralisciie Depravation in ethischer und sexuelhr Sphare
  bei  chr.inischem Morphinism us.  Ber. ii.  d. Privatheil-
  anst. f. Gemuthskr. a. d. Erdb( rge zu Wien (1884-90), 1891,
  71-81  Also- Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien,  1891, v,
  462;  509.—Kirkland (J.)   Fnrsythe v. Law.   Lancet,
  Lond.. 1902, i, 695.—liUtaud  <fc Descoust. Questions
  medico-16gales relatives a Tabus de la morphine.  Arch.
  de l'anthrop. crim., Par., 1889, iv. 696-702.  Also: France
  med., Par., 1889, ii, 1421-1426.  Also:  Gaz.  d. h6p., Par.,
  1889, lxii, 1040-1042.  Also, transl.: Cong, internac.  de
  med. hg.. Madrid, 1899, iii, 73-81.—Morphine (The)
  habit: Korsylhe v. Law.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902,  i, 626.—
  Morphinism influei>cing the disposition of property.
  [Edit.]  Qui-rt, J. Inebr., Hartford, 1900, xxii, 179-185.—
  IVerlich.  Simulation von Scbmerzfallen bei einem Mor-
  phinisten.  Allg. Ztschr. f.  Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1905,
  lxii, 146-164.—Roy & Jnqnelier. Aphasie motrice k
  repetition chez une, morphinomane. J. de psychol. norm.
  et path., Par., 1905, ii. 1-15.—Villi neuve (G.)  Remarks
  on a case of morphinism associated with  theft.   Am. J.
  lnsan., Bait., 1899-1900, lvi,  341-346. Also: Montreal M.
  J., 1899, xxviii, 783-787.
Morphine-habit (Treatment of).
    See, also, Alcoholism (Treatment of); Inebri-
  ates (Asylums, etc., for).
    Brill.  Die dauernde Heilung der Morphium-
  sucht und  der Abstinenzerscheinungen durch
  Heilung der Morphium-Vergiftung.   Ihre  Ver-
  hiitung durch Paralysierung der Giftwirkuugen
  (Entgiftung) des Morphiuins, reap, durch Immu-
  nisierung des Organismus als erreichbares  Ziel;
  ein nach Ursacbe und Wirkung bestimmt nach-
  weisbares, in mehr als 80 iirztlichen  Kranken-
  berichtcnbistiitiges Resultat dreijahriges Arbei-
  ten.  h-.  [Fulda], 1903.
    Bkusau (L.-J.)   * Contribution a l'6tude  du
  morphinisme experimental, essai de s6rothe>apie
  et d'opothe>apie.   8°.   Bordeaux,  1-91).
    Deering (B.-T.)  * Sur  le traitement de la
  morphinomanie par la suppression brusque.   4°.
  Paris, 1891.
     -----.  The same.  8°.   Paris, 1891.
     Emmerich  (O.)   Die Heilung  des chroni-
  schen Morpliiiiisinns (Coca'inisinus) ohne Zwang
  uud Qnal.  Fiir Laien und  Aerzte.  8°.  Berlin
  4 Leipzig, 1-94.
    -----.   Erwiderung auf  Herrn Prof. Krajier-
  lin's (Heidelberg) Referat iiber meine Abhand-
  luug: "Die  Heilung des chronischen.   Morphi-
  nisrnus  ohne Zwang uud Qual" (Verlag von  H.
  Steiuitz, Berlin,  1-94).  Gleichzeitig als oft'ener
  Brief au  Prof. Dr. Krapelin.  roy.  8°.   [Ham-
  burg,  1894.]
    Erlenmeyer (F. A.)  On  the treatment of the
  morphine habit.  Transl. from the German.  12°.
  Detroit, 1889.
    Gaillard (R.-H.)  * Essai sur le traitement
  de la morphinomanie.  4C.  Paris, 1894.
    Jennings (YV. O.)   On the cure of the morphia
  habit.   12 .   London, 1890.
    -----.  The same.  On the cure of the morphia
  habit without suffering (physiological  deinor-
  phinisation); with a  note on the physiological
  method of relieving the craving for drink.  2. ed.
  12°.  London, 1901.
    -----.   The same.  3.  ed.,  revised  and en-
  larged.   12°.  London, 1901.
    -----.   The same.   12°.   New  York, 1901.
    -----.  The same.  2.ed.  12°.  New York, 1901.
    -----.   The sum ■.   La gueYison de la morphi-
  nomanie sans  souffranee.  Tradnit  de l'anglais
  par A. Ball.   12°.  Paris, 1902.
    Lange (T.)  * Der chronische  Morphinisrnus
  uud seine Heilung durch die allmahliche Entzie-
  hungs-Cur.  [Halle-Wittenberg.]  8°.    Halle a.
  S., 1^8.
    Leibold (G.)   Die Morphium-Krankheit,  so-
  genannte Morphiumsucht, Morphinisrnus chroni-
  cus, und vcrwandtc Zustande: Cocainismus, Mor-
  phino-Cocaiuismns, deren Eutstehung, Verlauf
  und sichere  Heilung ohne  Qnalen ujid Zwang.
  Eine kritisehe Studio nach  modernen Anschau-
  ungen und neueren Erfahrungen fur Laien und
  Aerzte bearbeitet.   8~.   Berlin, 1899.
    Maylaender  (A.)   "Selbsterfahrungen  wiih-
  rend  der  Morphiumkrankheit und deren Be-
  handlung, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
  secundareu Abstinenzperiode.   8°.  Halle a.  S.,
  1889.
    Mazzarino (G.)  Un caso di morfinismo cro-
  nico grave, guarito.   8°.  Catania, 18D4.
    Schmidt  (C.)   Die  Heilung  der  durch  Mor-
  phiumgenuss  verursachteu  Nervenzerriittung
  und Willensschwjiche.  Eine psychologisoh-me-
  dizinische Ausgabe.  8°.  Berlin, 1887.
    -----.   The same.   2. Auii.   8°.  Berlin, 1888.
    -----.   The same.  La guerison des maladies
  produites par Tabus de la morphine; trait6es sous
  le double point de vue de la psychologie et de la
  medecine.  8°.  Nice, 1889. 
MORPHINE-HABIT.                        100                        MORPHINE-HABIT.
Morphine-habit  (Treatment of).
     Yale (C.-S.)   "Contribution a l'dtudede quel-
  ques intoxications surajout6es a la morphinoma-
  nie;  di- leur traitement.  4°.   Paris, 1895.
     Viguier (F.)  * Contribution a  l'etude de la
  demorphinisation.  8~.   Paris, 1903.
     Abogatlo (E. L.)  Moi-finismo; uu caso cliuico; trata-
  miento; reflexiones.  Crdn. med. mexicaua, Mexico, 1903,
  vi, 137; 167.—A bra 1111*011  (L.)   Hyoscin hydrobromate
  in the treatment of the limrphin habit.  N. Orl. M. & S. J.,
  1903-4, lvi. 406-409.—A hi bom  (M. B.)  New treatment
  for moiphinomania.   Med.  Summary, Phila., 1900-1901,
  xxii, 365-367. -----.  Heroine in the morphine habit.  N
  York M.  J., 1901. lxxiv. 215—Argentina  (G.)   Con-
  tributo  alia immunizzazione per morfina.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1905, xxvi,  484-480. — Bereznitski  (M.  I.)
  Liecheniye  hipnozom  morfinistov,  alkoholikov  i  kuril-
  shtshikov. [Hypnotic treatment of morphinists, alcoholics,
  and smokers.]   Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905,  iv,  192;
  229.—Rerillon.  Le traitement psychotherapique de la
  morphinomanie.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,
  Par., 1892-3, vii,  129-137. ---'■—.  De la suggestion  hyp-
  notique et de la psychoth6rapie dans le traitement de la
  morphinomanie.  Cong, internat. de med.   C.-r., Par.,
  1900,  sect, de psychiat., 474.  Also: Cong, internat. de
  l'hypnot.  exper. et  therap., Par., 1902,  188. — Bering
  (R. E )  The use of hyoscine hydrobromate in the treat-
  ment of the moiphine habit, with report of cases.  Calif.
  State J. M.. San Fran., 1905, iii, 211.—Birge  (W. S.)  A
  new treatment for morphine addiction.  Boston M. & S. J.,
  1904, cl, 401-403. -----. An  honest cure for the morphine
  habit [inandragorin].  Wisconsin M. Recorder, Janes-
  ville, 1904, vii. 199— Bloch (M.)  De la suggestion hyp-
  notique dans la niorphinomanie.   Rev. gen. de clin. et de
  therap.,  Par.,  1890,  iv, 319.—Botkin (I. A.)  Psikho-
  terapiya morfiniznia  i dugigh khronicheskikh otravleniy
  nervnol S'Stemi. [Psychotherapy of morphinism and other
  chronic poisoning of the nervous system.] Trudi Obsh.
  Russk.  vrach. v Mosk. (1896), 1897, xxxv, pt. 2,  137-147.
  [Discussion], 245-248.—Boyd (F. R.)   Treatment of the
  morphine habit.  Med. Rev., St.  Louis, 1895,  xxxi, 64.—
  Brill.  Zur Entgiftuiigs Therapie des chronischen Mor-
  phinismus;  tier direkte Naehweis des mechanischen Ent-
  giftungsvorganges, d. h. der Losung und Ausscheidung
  der Morphin-Ruckstande sowie derjenige fiir die Heil-
  barke.it der  Morphium-Krankheit.   Reichs-Med.-Anz.,
  Leipz., 1903, xxviii, 443-446.—Brooks (W. B.)  A report
  of a very interesting case of the morphine habit, tending
  to illustrate the fact  that diseases of a nervous character
  or  origin  are not a contraindication to  treatment,  nor
  such a serious obstacle as to prevent a speedy  and perma
  nent  cure, but rather the contrary.   Texas  Cour.-Rec.
  Med., Dallas, 1894-5, xii,  92-97. — Buchanan  (J.  M.)
  The treatment of the morphine habit bv hyoscine.  Proc.
  Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., Bost., 1903, x,  442-452.  Also :
  Am. I. Insan.; Bait., 1903-4. lx, 635-643.—Burnett (S.G.)
  Burnett's ami other methods of treating tbe morphine
  habit.  Oklahoma M.  News-Jour.,  1905, xiii, 199-208.—
  Burr  (C.  B )   Concerning morphin  addiction  and its
  treatment.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1902, xxxix, 1589-
  1592.—C. (R.)  Doscasosde morfinomania curados. Rev.
  med.-hidrol. espan., Madrid,  1901,  ii.  109. — Cabezon
  (J. M.)  La morfinomania y su curacidn por  la  dionina.
  An. san. mil , Buenos Aires,  1901, iii, 201-211.—Canierer.
  Die Levinstein'sche  Kurmethode der  Morphiumsucht.
  Med. Cor.-Bl.  d.  wiirttemb. arztl.  Ver., Stuttg., 1877,
  xlvii, 89-91.—farr (W.  P.)  Case of morphinism, ciga-
  rette smoking, convulsions; six weeks' coma, emaciation
  of two-thirds normal weight, paralysis of lower  extremi-
  ties, and  final  recovery.  St. Louis  Clinique, 1900,  xiii,
  416-421.—Caslelain (L.)   Des  cures de demorphinisa-
  tion.  Ann. de ITnst. chir.  de Brux., 1900, vii, 135-145.—
  Catching*) (J. M.)   Treatment of the opium  habit by
  hvoscine hydrobromate.  J. Mississippi M. Ass.. Vicks-
  burg, 1904-5, ix,  163-168.— Colbachini (G. B.)  Mor-
  finomania e sua cura.  Riv. veueta di  sc. med., Venezia,
  1903,  xxxviii, 42;  70.—Coniar  ( G. )   Morphinomanie;
  traitement par la m6thode du  sevrage rapide.  I'resse
  med , Par., 1899, i, 124.—t'omb).  Un cas de morphino-
  cocainomanie gneri  par  la methode  de  la suppression
  rapide.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1891, 3. s.,
  xi, 417-419. -----.  Curabilite  de la  morphinomanie  a
  l'hopital; morphinomanie conjugale guerie par la  methode
  de la suppression rapide.   Ibid., 764-770.—Cottel (\V. I.)
  Morphinism; its prevention and cure.   Am. I'ract. &
  News, Louisville, 1890, n. s., x. 355.—Cramer (H.)  Zur
  Anwendung des Eumorpholshei Morphinisrnus.  Ztschr.f.
  Krai.kenpfl., Berl.. 1903. xxv, 474-477.—Crothers (T. D.)
  Treatment of morphinism.  Canad. J. M. & S.,  Toronto,
  1901.ix,307-317.  Also: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902,12. s., iii,
  24-35.  Also [Abstr.]: Med. News, N. V., 1902, lxxxi, 759.
  -----. Hyoscine in the treatment of morphinism.  Therap.
  Ga/.., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 371.  -----.  The drug treat-
  ment of morphinism.  Am.  Therapist, N. Y.,  1904-5.  xiii,
  135-137.—del Cue to (J. A.) Tratamiento de la  morfino-
  mania. Rev.frenopat.espan.,Barcel., 1903,i,202; 233; 265.—
  Cullerre.   D'un effct paradoxal obtenu  par la  suppres-
jTIorphiiie-habit  (Treatment of).
  sion de la morphine chez certains melancoliques sounds k
  ce medicament.  (long. aim. de  med. nient.  C.-r. 1891,
  Lyon & Par., 1*02, ii. 336-343.—Cure (The) of the mor-
  phine habit by sulphate of codeine.  N. York M. J., 1893,
  lvii,  8-12.—Deleage (F.)   Sur  le traitement  de la mor-
  phinomanie.  Ilev. internat. do therap. et pharmacol , Par.,
  1898, vi, 59; 92.— Oeuiatei* (P.)  Contributo alia profi-
  lassi del morfinismo. Riv. d' ig. e san pubb., Torino, 1899,
  x, 38.—Deutsch (W.)  Zur Erleichterung der Morphin-
  entziehung.  Wien. med. Presse,  1900,  xii, 905-907.—
  Donald (W. M.)  The cause and treatment of morphine
  inebriety.  J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii,  75-79.—
  Douglas (('. J.)  Treatment of morphinism.  Merck's
  Arch.. N.  Y..  1900, ii,  360.  -----. Morphinism  aud  its
  treatment. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1902, xxxvii, 494-502.—
  Dulloeq (P.)  Un cas  de morphinomanie traitee  par la
  suppression rapide.  Bull, et mem.  Soc. m6d. d. hop. de
  Par., 1894,  3.  s , xi, 933-941. — Durante.  La napellina
  nella cura del morfinismo. Cirillo, A versa,  1899, vii, 39.—
  Emmerich (O.)  Morphium, Morphiumsucht und deren
  Heilung.  Deutsche Rev., Stuttg., 1895, xx, 191-203. -----.
  Moderne Gesichtspunkte bei der Behandlung des  chro-
  nischen Morphinisrnus.  Deutsche med. "Wchnsehr.,Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1899, xxv, therap.  Beil., 58.  ----.  TJeber die
  jiingsten Fortschritte der Therapie des chronischen Mor-
  phinismus.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.. 1900. xxi, 241-243.
  -----. TJnsere  heutigen "Wege  uud Waffen iin  Kampfe
  gegen  chronischen Morphinisrnus, seine Prophylaxe uud
  kurze statistische Notizen.   Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1902, lxxi,  61-63. -----. Ueber die Anwendung  des Ex-
  tractum  Fabae Calabaricae bei schweren atonischen Zu-
  standen im peritonealen Complexe, im Verlaufe des chro-
  nischen Morphinismus und die Indicationen dazu.  Ibid.,
  1903, lxxii, 297. — F.ngelskje'n  (C.)   Helbredelse af den
  kroniske morfinisme ved bjaelp af iudvendig morfinbe-
  handling.  [Treatment of chronic morphinism internally.1
  Tidskr. f. d. norske Lajgefor., Kristiania, 1903, xxiii, 473;
  513; 555.  Also, transl.:  Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap.,Wien,
  1903, xxi. 321; 386; 714.—Erlenmeyer (A.) Atropin bei
  Morphinisrnus.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1894, viii, 14-17.
  -----. De la demorphinisation chimique.  Progres med.,
  Par., 1896, 3. s., iv, 65.  Also: Rev. prat. d.  trav. de med.,
  Par., 1896, liii, 266. -----. Die Wirkung des Kampfers in
  der Abstinenzperiode der Morphium-Entziehung.  Therap.
  Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii,  61-64. — Fere (C.)  Le bro-
  misme contre la morphinomanie.  Rev. gen. de clin. et de
  therap., Par., 1898, xii, 673-677. — Fromme (A.) Die
  moderne Behandlung der Morphiumkrankheit.  Balneol.
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1890-91, i, 312; 325; 341; 357.   Also,
  Reprint.  AUo, transl.: Wood's  M. & S. Monog., N. Y.,
  1891, xii, 177-192. -----. Die Abstiueuzcur  beim  Morphi-
  nismus mit Hiilfedes Meco-Narceiques.  Berl.klin.Wchn-
  sehr., 1892, xxix, 710.-----. Dionin uud seine Anwendung
  bei der Abstiueuzkur  des  chronischen  Morphinismus.
  Ibid., 1899, xxxvi, 302-304. -----.  Ueber Morphinm-Ent-
  ziehungskuren  mittels  Dionin.  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.,
  Berl., 1900, lxix, 389; 399. -----.  Brucin, ein neues Gegen-
  mittel  beim Morphinismus.   Munchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1903, 1, 1155-1157.  -----. Die moderne  Behandlung des
  chronischen  Morphinismus.   Berl.  klin.-therap. Wchn-
  sehr., 19n4, 497-503.  AUo : Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnsehr.,
  1904, 497-503.—F11 Ida (H.)  Morphinismus geheilt durch
  Hypnose.  Ztschr. f. Hypnot. [etc.], Berl. 1893-4, ii, 404-
  410.—Fulton (D.)  The treatment of chronic morphin-
  ism,with a report of five cases.  Mod. Med., Battle Creek,
  Mich., 1900, ix, 9-13.—Gilles de la Tourette.  Traite-
  ment de la morphinomanie.   Bull. gen. de  therap. [etc.f,
  Par., 1895, exxix. 221-225. -----.  La morphinomanie et son
  traitement. Bull. m6d., Par., 1896,  x, 975; 1047.  AUo:
  Echo m^d., Toulouse,  1896, 2. s., x, 529;  541; 553; 565.
  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: N.York Therap. Rev., 1896, iv. 14-16.
  -----. Demorphinisation.  J. de med. int., Par., 1900, iv,
  601-005.—Gillespie (R. L.)  Treatment of the morphine
  habit.   Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1902, x, 159-162.—
  Goldan (S.  0.)  Morphine habituation and its treatment
  by hyoscine hydrobromide.   N.York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 12-
  15. — Green (S. H.)  Mental suggestion as an aid in  the
  treatment  of moiphinomania.   Tr. M. Ass Georgia, At-
  lanta, 1895,211-216.  Also: Virginia M. Month., Richmond,
  1895-6, xxii,393-397.  Also: Quart. J.Inebr.,  Hartford, 1900,
  xxii,439-443.—Halleck (Margaret S.) Cases of morphin-
  ism in which  the drug was immediately withdrawn.  Med.
  Rec., N.Y., 1903, lxiii,572.—Hammond (G.M.)  The suc-
  cessful management of the  morphine habit.  Denver M.
  Times, 1892-3, xii, 34-43.—Hare (H. A.)  A new method
  of treating the morphine and alcohol habits. Med. News,
  N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 1076.—Heiberg (P.)  Nogle Bemaerk-
  ninger om den kroniske Morfinisme og dens Behandling.
  [Some remarks ou chronic morphinism and its treatment.]
  Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kobenh., 1901, 5. R., viii, 173-184.  Also,
  Reprint.—Heinrieh (J.)   Das Dionin als Ersatzmittel
  des  Morphins  bei  Entziohungscuren.  Wien. med. Bl.,
  1899. xxii, 247. —HirschialT  (L.)   Ein Heilserum  zur
  Bekampfung der  Morphium-Vergiftung  und  ahiilicher
  Intoxicationen.  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1902),
  1903, xxxiii, pt. 2, 329-348. -----.  Zur klinischen Anwen-
  dung  des Morphinheilserums  (Euniorpbol).  Ztschr. £ 
MORPHINE-HABIT.                        101                        MORPHINE-HABIT.
]Uorphine-habit  (Treatment of).
  Kraukenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 407-473.—Hirt (L.)  Ueber
  chronischen Morphinismus und (lessen Behandlung ausser-
  halb einer Anstalt.   Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1701;
  1741.   Also [Abstr.]: Therap.  Monatsh., Berl., 1898. xii,
  533-538.  AUo: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf.
  u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,  lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 235-237—
  Hodges (J. A.)  Sodium bromide in four cases of mor-
  phine  addiction.  Clin. Bull., Richmond, 1900, v, 167.—
  Hofmann (J.)  Ueber die Anwendung des Kampfers
  bei Morphium-Entziehung.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902
  xvi, 331: 1903, xvii, 204.—Howard  (W. L.) Hypnotism
  versus morphinism.   Bait.  M. & S.  Rec,  1890-91, i, 160;
  197. Also,  Reprint. — Humphreys  (C.  H.)  Bromide
  of potassium for the morphine habit.  Med. Rec, N. T.,
  1898, liv, 455.—Hurd (E. P.) Treatment of the morphine
  habit.   Med. Age, Detroit, 1892, x, 97-99.—Hyatt (J. W.)
  A report of forty-four cases of morphin and whiskey habit
  treated by the hyoscin treatment.   Med. World, Phila.,
  1903, xxi, 198-201.—Irvine (A.)  The  use of permanga-
  nate of potash inthe morphine habit.  Virginia M. Semi-
  Month., Richmond, 1899-1900, iv, 301.—Ivey (W. P.)  The
  Mattison  method in morphinism  Tr.  M. Soc.  N. Car.,
  Charlotte, 1902, xlix, 168-175.  Also : Carolina M. J.. Char-
  lotte, 1902, xlviii, 288-293. Also [Abstr.]: Charlotte[X. C.J
  M. J., 1902, xx, 461-463.—Jennings (W. O.)  The relief
  of the morphia craving bv sparteine  and nitro-glyceriue.
  Lancet, Lond., 1887,  i, 1278-1280. Also, Reprint.'  -----.
  On the physiological cure of the morphia habit.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1901, ii, 360-368.— Joffroy (A.)   De la morphino-
  manie et de son  traitement.  Gazz.  hebd. de med., Par.,
  1899, n.s., iv, 1105;  1153; 1177. -----. A propos du traite-
  ment de la morphinomanie.  Bull, et  mem. Soc. med. d.
  hop. de Par.,  1899, 3.S., xvi, 839-844.-----. Application
  de la methode psychotherapique au traitement d'une mor-
  phinomane presentantdeslesiouscardiaques graves. Ann.
  med.-psychol., Par., 1902,8. s„ xv, 268-273.—Joffroy (A.)
  [et al.].  Traitement de la morphinomanie.  Rev. de  psy-
  chiat., Par., 1902, n. s., v, 21-23.—Johnston (J.)  Treat-
  ment of the morphine habit.  Daniel's Texas M. J., Austin,
  1891-2, vii,  321-324.—Jolly (L.)  Trois  observations de
  traitement  de la morphinomanie  par diminution  pro-
  gressive.  J. de med. de Par., 1899, 2. s., xi, 122.—Jonea
  (J. B.) A successful treatment for morphinism, with re-
  port of case.  Am.  Med, Phila., 1903, vi,  321-323. —de
  Jong (A.)   La suggestion hypnotique dans le traitement
  du morphinisme  et de l'alcoolisme.  Cong, internat. de
  l'hypnot.  exper. et therap.  1900,  Par.,  1902, ii, 178-184.—
  Kandel  (G.)  Un  cas de demorphinisation par  l'he-
  roine   Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1900, cxl, 144-149.—
  Kellogg (J. H.)  Neue und erfolgreiche Behandlungs-
  methode fiir Morphinismus  und  ahnliche Gewohuungen.
  Aerztl. Monatschr., Leipz., 1898, 481-502.—Kelly (H. A.)
  Personal purity.  Health Mag. Wash., 1895-6,  iii,  590-
  596. AUo, Reprint.—Kengla  (L. A.)  Codein in the
  treatment of the morphine  habit. Occidental M. Times,
  Sacramento, 1895, ix, 541-544. — Kionka  (H.)  Neueres
  zur Behandlnug des chronischen Mornhinusmus.  Therap.
  d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1900, n. F., ii, 171.—Kline (G. M.)
  Treatment  of  morphinism,  with results  in  twenty-six
  cases.   Bull. Iowa Inst., Des Moines, 1904, vi, 189-198.—
  Knips-Haase (V.) Zur Therapie  des chronischen
  Morphinismus.  Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1899,
  i, 68;  103. — Kochs  (W.)   Atropin  bei Morphinismus.
  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1893, vii, 539.—Kornfeld  (H.)
  Morphiomanie  und  iibermangansanres  Kali.   Memora-
  bilien,  Heilbr., 1896,  n. F.,  xv, 141-143.—von Krafft-
  Ebing.  Ueber Morphinentwohnung.   Allg. Wien. med.
  Ztg., 1902, xlvii,  185;  195.—Kramer  (A.)  Was  leistet
  Kali hypermanganicum  als Morphiumantidot?  St. Pe-
  tersb.  med. Wchnsehr., 1904, xxix, 44. — Krauss (W.)
  Some considerations in the treatment of morphin habit.
  Memphis  M. Month.,  1807,  xvii,  97-106. — l>anphear
  (E.) Treatment of morphine habit.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1890, xiv, 648-650.—Lie Gendre.   Morphinisme et
  demorphinisation.  J. de med. int., Par., 1905, ix, 29-31.—
  Levinstein.  Diagnostic du morphinisme et son  traite-
  ment.   Rev. med. franc, et etrang., Par., 1876, i, 299-307.—
  li mossier (G.)  A propos du traitement de la morphino-
  manie; demorphinisation au  cours d'une fievre typholde.
  Bull, et mem. Soc  med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s.,  xvi,
  859-864.— liiitaud (A.)  Des troubles fonctionuels de
  l'uterus dans la  morphinomanie; indications therapeu-
  tiques.  Bull. Soc. de  med. de  Par. (1887), 1888, xxii,  124-
  130.  -----.  Le traitement de la niorphinomanie par la
  suppression brusque ou rapide.  Rev. prat, d'obst. et de
  gynec, Par., 1903, 209-213.  Also [Abstr.]: J. de med. de
  Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 264.—I.utaud (A.) & Dcering  (B.)
  Le  traitement de la morphinomanie par la suppression
  brusque.  Ibid., 1899,2. s.,  xi, 61-63.  Also: Repert. de
  therap., Par., 1899, xvi, 45-51.  Also: Rev.  de  psychiat.,
  Par., 1899, n. s., iii,  52-58.—Eiuys (J.)   Un cas  de mor-
  phinomanie gnerie par les injections du phosphate de soude
  augments progressivement et compensant la diminution
  egalement progressive de la morphine. Gaz. d.  hop., Par.,
  1895, lxviii,  38.  itlcBride (J. H.)  The  treatment of
  the morphine habit; can it  be cured?   N.  York M. J.,
  1900, lxxii, 269-272.  Also, Reprint.—iTIacleod (N.) Mor-
morphine-habit  (Treatment  of).
  phine habit of long standing cured by bromide poisoning.
  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 76. -----. Cure of morphine,
  chloral, and cocaine habits by sodium bromide.  Ibid.,
  1899, i, 896-898.—Mann (E. (J.)  The nature  and treat-
  ment of the morphia habit.  Montreal  M. J., 1894-5, xxiii,
  1-6. -----. The outlines  of a new and important treat-
  ment for the morphine habit, ba.sed on a clinical  study of
  one hundred and fifty cases treated at  Sunnyside, private
  hospital  for mental and nervous diseases.  Virginia  M.
  Month.,  Richmond,  1895-6,  xxii, 490-493.—iTIarot (F.)
  Morphinomanie et suggestion; guerison datant  de trois
  ans et demi.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par.,
  1892-3, vii, 233-236.—Mattison (J. B.)  The treatment of
  the morphine-disease.   Therap Gaz.,  Detroit,  1890, 3. s.,
  vi, 599-606.  Also, Reprint.  Also: Indian  M.  Gaz., Cal-
  cutta, 1891, xxvi, 65; 97. -----. The Mattison  method in
  morphinism.   Univ. M.J., Phila., 1893, n.s., i, 33-45. Also,
  Reprint. -----. The modern and humane treatment of the
  morphine disease.   Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 804-806.
  Also, Reprint. -----. The Mattison method in morphin-
  ism.  Ibid., 1902,lxii,827.—Milea (T. W.)  Themorphine
  and whiskey habit; a new treatment.  Eclect.  M. J., Cin-
  ciu., 1902, lxii,  475-579.—Mitchell (E. W.)   Treatment
  of morphio-mania.   Cinciu. Lancet-Clinic, 1891, n. s., xxvii,
  759-762.—Moody (H. A.)  Home treatment  for  the mor-
  phine habit.   Merck's Arch.,  N. Y.,  1902, iv, 470-472.—
  Moor(W. O.) Ueber die Behandlung der akuten Opium-
  und  Morphiuinvergiftungen  mit  Kaliumpermangauat.
  Therad.  Monatsh.,  Berl., 1903,  xvii, 562-568.—Morel-
  Ijavallee (A.)  La morphine remplac6e par l'h6roine;
  pas d'euphorie, plus de toxicomanes; traitement heroique
  de la morphinomanie.  Rev. de med.,  Par., 1900, xx, 872;
  977.—Morphinomanie (De la); traitement  par la sug-
  gestion hypnotique; guerison.   Pratique med.. Par., 1891,
  v, 315-319.— tliiller.  Zur Anwendung des Eumorphols
  bei Morphinismus.  Deutsche Med. Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv,
  462.—IVeues (Ein) Antimorphin.  N. med. Presse, Berl.,
  1902, ii, 211. - Norton  (E.)  The morphia habit  and  its
  treatment.  Med. Mag.. Lond., 1900,  ix, 26-33.—Ober-
  steincr.  Zur Therapie  des  Morphinismus.  Internat.
  klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1891, v, 1840-1843.—Patterson
  (C. E.)  The morphine habit and its cure.  Med. Brief,  St.
  Louis, 1897, xxv, 1041.—Paulson (D.)  Treatment of the
  morphine and allied habits.  Mod. Med. & Bacteriol. Rev.,
  Battle Creek,  Mich., 1898, vii,  177. -----.  The morphiue
  habit and its cure.   Ibid., 254-259.—Pettey  (G.  E.)
  Hyoscine in the treatment of morphinism.  Therap. Gaz.,
  Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 649-052.  Also [Abstr.]: Med. News,
  N. Y., 1903, Ixxxii, 405-407. -----.  Thoughts on the treat-
  mentof morphinism.  Mobile M. &S. J., 1903, ii, 241-252.—
  Pfeiffer (F.)  Eine nene Methode der Behandlung des
  chronischen Morphinismus.  Wien.med.BL, 1900, xxiii, 179-
  181.—Playfair (W. S.)  On the cure of the morphia and
  alcoholic habit.  J.Ment.Sc., Lond., 1889-90,xxxv, 179-184.—
  Pope(C.) Thetreatmentofthemorphinehabit.  Lancet-
  Clinic, Cincin., 1904, n. s., liii, 563-572.  Also: Centr. States
  M. Mag., Anderson, Ind.,  1905, iii, 29-40. Also: Quart. J.
  Inebr., Hartford, 1905, xxvii, 125-143. — Pressy ( A. J.  )
  Morphinism and its treatment.  Cleveland J. M., 1899,  iv,
  20-25.   [ Discussion ], 54. -----. Rational treatment of
  chronic morphinism.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago.  1899,
  xxxiii, 391-393. -----.  Treatment of morphinism; the ne-
  cessity of a more universal knowledge thereof; report of
  cases.  Ibid., 1900, xxxv, 413-416.  —■—. Suggestions for
  lessening the frequency of relapses after treatment of mor-
  phinism.   Ibid., 1901,  xxxvii,  1292-1295. -----.  Static
  electricity in  treatment of morphinism.  Ibid.,  1903,  xl,
  87.  Also:  Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1903,  xxv, 151-155.—
  Richardson (A. W.)  Hyoscin and the morphia habit.
  Queen's M. Quart., Kingston,  Cauad., 1903-4,  n. s., i, 73-
  80.—Richardson (B. W.)  Morphia habitue-i and their
  treatment.  Proc.  M.  Soc. Lond., 1883-4, vii, 82-103.—
  Koberlson (J. W.)   The morphine habit, its causation,
  treatment, and the possibility of  its cure.  Tr. M. Soc.
  Calif.,  San Fran.,  1897, 237-245.   Also: Pacific M. J.,
  San Fran., 1897, xl, 270-278. AUo, Reprint.   Also : Quart.
  J. Inebr., Hartford, 1^97, xix. 226-235.  Also .■ Med. News,
  N. Y., 1898, lxxiii, 257-260.—Kodet (P.)  De l'emploi de
  la napelline pour calmer les souitraueesde la demorphini-
  sation.  Bull. gen. de therap. [ etc. ], Par., 1899,  exxxvii,
  481-488. -----. Des dangers de l'lieroine dans la demor-
  phinisation. Ibid.,  1902, cxliii, 688-692.—Rosenberger
  (R. T.)  The hyoscine, treatment of a  morphine  habitue.
  Med. News, NY., 1902, lxxxi, 1013-1015.—Nehoonjans
  (A.)   Proced6s nouveaux de  sevrage morphiuique.   N.
  medic, Brux.,  1903,  iii, 5;  no. 5. 9. — Schwcig  ( G. M.)
  Caseof cure of the  morphia-habit.  N. York M.  J., 1876,
  xxiii, 495-502. — Smith wick (J. W. P.)   Treatmentof
  opium and morphine habit.   South. M. J., La  Grange,
  N. C, 1901, v, 558-561.—Sollier (P.)  La fonction hepa-
  tique dans la detnorphiuisation.   Cong, franc, de m6d. 1895,
  Par., 1896, ii, 818-825. -----. La demorphinisation; m6ca-
  nisme physiologique; consequences au point de  vue the-
  rapeutique.  Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 201:  ii, 9. -----.
  De l'effet cur.itif de la deinorphinisation sur des affections
  autres que  la  morphinomanie.  Arch. gen. de m6d., Par.,
  1899, n. s., i, 662 - 673. — M t einer  ( M.)  Kanu man Mor- 
MOIIPHINE-HABIT.                       102                             MORPHOLOGY.
Morphine-habit  (Treatment of).
  pbinisten ohne (icgenmittel heilen .'  Arch. f. phvs.-diatet.
  Therap., Berl., 1904, vi, 29S-300.—Wtocknrd (C. C.)  A
  few points in  the treatment of morphinism.   Atlanta  M.
  & S. J., 1896, n. s., xiii, 444. — Mummers ( T. O. )  The
  cure of the morphia habit.  St.  Louis Clinique, 1897, x,
  1-4.   Also [Abstr.]: Pacific Uco.  M. & S.,  San Fran.,
  1896-7, xi, 114.  AUo [Abstr j: N. Eng. M. Mouth., Dan-
  bury. Conn., 1897, xvi, 145.—Tanzi (E.)  Sulla cura sug-
  gest iva del morfinismo.  Terap. mod., Napoli, 1889, iii. 705-
  709.—Teschemacher.   Eiu bemerkenswerter Fall von
  Morphiumeiitziehuug.  Deutsche Aerzte.-Ztg., Berl., 1905,
  35. — Vereo ( J. C.)  Chronic morphinism,  treated  with
  sodium bromide.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii,
  89-91.—Verhoogen (It.)  Traitement  de la morphino-
  manie. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux.  Bull., 1902,
  lx, 3-20.— Voisin (J.) Traitement de la  morphinomanie
  par la suppression brusque du medicament. Bull, et mem.
  Soc. merl. d. hop. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 446-449.—Wag-
  ner (U.)  Ueber Morphiumentwdhnuug.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1888,  xiv. 300.—Waugh (W.
  F.)   The morphine habit; home  treatment.   Med. Brief,
  St. Louis, 1895, xxiii, 1185-1187.—Wcttcrstrand (O. G.)
  Sur le traitement de la morphinomanie par la suggestion
  hypnotique.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,  Par.,
  1890-91, v,  141-145.

Morphinism.
    .See Morphine-habit.

]Horphiiiomania.
    See Morphine-habit.

Ulorphoea.
    Abeille de la Colle (E.-M.-F.)   * Contribu-
  tion a l'<5tude de la  morphe'e.   4°.   Bordeaux,
  1893.
    Louren^o DE Magalhaes (J.)  A raorfia no
  Brazil, especialmente na provincia de  S. Paulo.
  8J.   Rio de Janeiro, 1882.
    Anderson (W.)  Two cases of morphoea, with remark-
  able induration of the subcutaneous fat.  Brit. J. Dermat.,
  Lond., 1894, vi, 44-46.—Brocq &. t'i valte.   Cas de mor-
  phee.  Bull.  Soc. franc-  de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902,
  xiii, 210-215.   Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1902,
  4. s.  iii, 402-407.—Bronson (E. B.)  A case of morphoea.
  J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y.. 1897. xv, 480-482.—
  Campbell (G.)  Morphoea.  Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Mon-
  treal (1892-4), 1895,  vii, 420. — Carr.  Herpetiform  mor-
  phoea distributed by the intercosto-humeral nerve;  ar-
  rested development of mammary gland.  Polyclin., Lond.,
  1901, v, 25.—Cerqueira (A.)  A morphea.  Rev. da Soc.
  de med. o cirurg., Kio de Jan., 1899, iii, 290-294.—Crocker
  (H. R.)  [Case of ulcerating moiphcea.J  Brit. J. Dermat.,
  Lond., 1902, xiv, 174—1> 11 bring (L. A.)  Morphoea with
  maculae atrophies.   Tr.  Coll. Phys. Phila., 1392, 3.s.,xiv,
  22-27.  Also:  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, n. s., civ, 551-553.
  Also, Reprint.—Extrncto da conferencia scientifica in-
  ternacioual sobre a  morphea, realizada em Berlim em ou-
  tubro de 1897.  Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1897-8,  5. s., i, 375;
  406; 443; 493.—Finch (A. F.)  Case of morphoea.  Vir-
  ginia M. Semi-Month.,  Richmond, 1903-4,  viii, 375.—
  Vraenkel  (J.)  A case of morphea [or  disseminated
  scleroderma].  J. Nerv.  & Ment. Dis., N. T., 1902,  xxix,
  281.—Galloway.   [Morphoea involving the distribution
  of right fifth nerve.]  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi,
  20.—Hallopeau  (H.)   Sur un cas  de morphsea alba
  plana. Bull.  Soc. franc,  de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1893,
  iv, 33-38.  -----.  Cas de niorphaBa alba.  Ibid., 45. -----.
  Traitement de la niorphaea alba plana par les bains fara-
  diques. Bull,  et mem.  Soc de therap.,  Par., 1893, 59.—
  Hallopeau  (H.)  & Brodier (L.)   Sur un  nouveau
  cas de inorph6e.  Bull.  Soc. frang.  de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1894, v, 107-110.  Also: Ann.  de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1894, 3. s.,'v, 330-333. — Hallopeau (H.)  &
  IVazare-Aga.   Sur un cas de  inorphcc  avec hyper-
  hemies et iseheiuies intermitteutes quotidiennes.  Bull.
  Soc. frang. dc  dermat.  et  syph.,  Par.,  1900, xi, 37-39.
  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1900, 4. s., i, 226-
  228.—Hutchinson (J.l  [Morphoea, showing the group-
  ing of spots.]  Illust. M. News. Loud., 1889, ii, 106-108.
  —---. On simulations of the ivory patch  of morphoea.
  Arch.  Surg.,  Lond., 1892-3, iv, 363-365.  -----. Case of
  niorphaea in which ivory  patches were arranged in zones,
  in bilateral symmetry, ou shoulders aud hips; symmetry
  not complete;' much pigment deposit.  Ibid., 1893-4, v, 62.
  -----. Herpetiform morphoea in symmetrical zones.  Clin.
  J., Lond.,  1894-5. v, Yi9. -----.  611 morphoea and  allied
  conditions. Arch.  Surg., Loud., 1895,  vi, 350-367. -----.
  Morphoea herpetiformis;  a neurological  study.  Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1895, i, 1191; 1434,  lpl.  -----. Morphoea herpe-
  tiformis, on one foot affecting the region  of the external
  sapliena nerve. Clin../.,  Lond., 1895, vi, 27. -----. An ex-
  traordinary case of  morphea herpetiformis.   Arch. Surg.,
  Lond., 1896, vii, 39-42. -----. Herpetiform morphoea with-
  out  perceptible alteration in the consistency of the skin;
I?lorpho?n.
  said to be congenital.  Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, ix, 188.-----.
  Herpetiform morphoea in zones; morphoea nigricans simu-
  lating leprosy.  Arch. Surg., Loud., 1897,  viii, 77.  -----.
  A case  of herpetiform morpho-a.  Clin. J., Lond., 1900-
  1901, xvii, 63. -----. Herpetiform morphoea involving the
  area of one-fifth nerve; hemiatrophy of face and, in a re-
  markable degree,  of the  tongue.  Polyclin., Lond., 1902,
  vi, 446. -----.  Single patch of zosteriform morphoea iu the
  temporo-malar region.  Ibid., 446.—Jacqnrt J« Gucl-
  liot. Morphee tubereuse.  Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat.
  et syph., Par.,  1902, xiii, 263.— Lehmann.  Morphoea
  heieinem 4jahriijen Knaben.  Munchen. med. AVchnschr.,
  1803, i, Il87.-I.,eigh (R.)  A case of morphoea.  Liver-
  pool vi..Chir. J., 1889, ix, 453— Lourcnco [de iTIaga-
  Ihaes] (J.)  A morphea e contagiosa ?  Brazil-med., Rio
  de Jan.. 1893, viii, 7; 16;  23; 32; 50; 66; 75; 90;  106; 122;
  137; 147; 156; 170; 177:  185; 194;  214; 222. Abo. Reprint —
  mUddletou.  A  case of morphfea.   Tr. Glasg. Path. &
  Clin Soc. (1886-91), 1892,  iii, 262.  Also: Glasgow  M. J.,
  1891, xxxv, 153.—Morrow (P. A.) A case of symmetrical
  morphoea attended with the formation of bullre and exten-
  sive ulceration.  J.  Cutan. <fc Genito-Ur.n. Dis.. N. Y.,
  1896, xiv, 419-427.  [ Discussion], 446-448. AUo, Reprint.—
  Nettlcship (E.)  Case of morphoea in the region of the
  first and second divisions of the  fifth nerve, with  paralysis
  of the infra-ocular branches of the third nerve.   Tr. Clin.
  Soc. Lond., 1882-3, xvi,  199-202. -----. Supplementary
  report on the case of morphoea.  Ibid., 1888-9, xxii, 397.—
  Rendu.  Note snr  la morphee, 011 lepre tubercnleuse du
  Biesil.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1846. xxiii, 410.—
  da Rocha (I.) A colonisacao dos  morpheticos.   Bra-
  zil-med., Rio de Jan.,  1900, xiv, 299.—Savill (T. D. (A
  case of morphoea nigra in a girl aet. 12.]  Brit. J.  Dermat.,
  Lond., 1896, viii,  186-191. — Werneck ITIachodo. A
  morphea.  Rev. da Soc.de med. ecirurg.,Rio de Jan.,1898,
  ii, 38-44.—Whitchouse.  A case of morphoea.  J. Cu-
  tan. Dis. incl.  Syph.,  X. T.,  1904, xxii, 233.—Zarubin
  (V. I.)  Sluchai morphaea. Russk.  J. Kozhn. i  Ven. Bo-
  Hezn., Kharkov, 1904, vii, 245-247.

Morphogeny.
    Bexedikt (M.)  Krystallisation uud Morpho-
  genesis; bioinecbanische  Studie.  8°.    Wien,
  1904.
    Anthony(R.)  fitudesdemorphogenieexperimentale;
  ablation d'un crotaphyte chez le chien.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1902, 11.  s., iv, 1359-1361. -----. De Taction
  morphogeniqne des muscles orotaphytes sur le cr&ne et le
  cerveau des cainassiers  et des primates.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii,  881-883. -----. Organi-
  sation  et morphogenie  des  tridacnides.    Ibid.,  1904,
  exxxviii, 296-298.—Benedikt  (M.)  Krystallisation und
  Morphogenesis. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1365-1368.—
  Davenport (C. B.)  Studies in morphogenesis: II. Re-
  generation in Obelia and its bearing  on differentiation in
  the germ-plasma.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1893-4, ix, 283;  391.—
  Drieach (H.)  Vou der Beendigung morphogener Ele-
  mentarprocesse; aphoristische  Betrachtnngen.  Arch.  f.
  Entweklugsmeehn. d.  Organ., Leipz., 1898, vi,  198-227.—
  Motz-KossowsUa (Mme. S.)  Snr Taction morphogene
  de Teau en mouvenient sur leu hydraires.  Compt. reud.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii,  863-865.—Begnault (F.)
  La morphogenie osseuse  expliqu6e par Tanatoraie patho-
  logique.  Rev. gen. d.  sc. pures et appliq., Par.,  1905, xvi,
  217-227.
Morphologische Arbeiteu.   Hrsg. von  Gus-
  tav Schwalbe.    v.  1-8.   8°.  Jena, G.  Fischer,
  1891-8.
Itlorphologisches Jabrbucb.   v. 14-:U, 18.-8-
  190^.   8°.   Leipzig.
    Continued under title:  Gegcnbaur smorphologisehes
  Jahrbuch.

Morphology.
     See,  also, Anatomy; Biology; Claws; His-
  tology; Hoof; Horn;  Morphogeny;   and un-
  der names of organs, regions, etc., and under names
  in natural  history.
     Boyer (E. R.)  A  laboratory manual in ele-
  mentary biology, an  inductive  study in animal
  aud plant morphology, designed tor preparatory
  and high pcbools.  l'ic.  Boston, 1895.
     Cauus (C.  G.)   Twenty plates, with  explana
  tory references, illustrative of an  introduction
  to  comparative anatomy.   4°.   [London,  182?.]
     Coi.lingwood (C.)  On  bomomorpbism; or,
  organic representative form.   8°.   [Liverpool,
  I860.]
     Repr. from:  Liverpool Lit.  & Phil. Soc  Proc, 1860,
  March 19. 
MORPHOLOGY.                            103                            MORPHOLOGY.
Morphology.
    Cutter (E.)  Partial syllabic lists of tbe clin-
  ical  morphologies  of tbe blood, sputum, feces,
  skin, urine, vomitus,  foods,  including potable
  waters, ice, and tbe air, and tbe clotbiug (after
  Salisbury).   16°.   New York,  18*8.
    De-Giovanni (A.)   Clinica medica  generale.
  Morfologia  del corpo umano.  8°.   Milano, 1*91.
    -----.   Commentarii  di clinica medica  de-
  snnti dalla  morfologia del  corpo umano.  Parte
  generale.   2. ed.   8°.  Milano, 1904.
    Ducci schi (V.)   Evoluzione  morfologica ed
  evoluzione cbimica.  8-\   Bologna, 1904.
    Duckworth  (W. L.  H.)   Morphology  and
  anthropology, a  handbook  for  students.   8J.
  Cambridge,  1904.
    Drv.u. (M.) A: Constaxtin (P.)  Anatomie et
  physiologie  aniinales.   Ouvrage  reciige  confor-
  m6ment aux programmes officiels du 2* Janvier
  1890  pour la classe  de philosopbie et a ceux du
  lo join 1891 pour  l'enseignement secondaire mo-
  derne.  8 .   Paris, 1891.
    Ellenberger (W.) & Mueller (C.)  Hand-
  buch der vergleichenden  Anatomie der  Haus-
  thiere. -\ Aufl.  8-.  Berlin, 1896.
    Forbes  (W. A.)  "The collected scientific  pa-
  pers of the late .  . .  Edited  by F. E.  Beddard;
  with a preface by P.  L. Sclater.   8-.  London,
  I88.-1.
    Gerlach (L.)   Die anatomiach-histologiscbe
  Technik des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts und ihre
  Bedeutung  fiir die  Morpbologie.  Rede.   4°.
  Erlangen, 1904.
    von Goethe (J. YV.)  Samtliche Werke.  Neue
  Ausgabe.   v. 32.  Morpbologie.  16°.   Stuttgart,
  [n. d.].
    Goodsir  (J.) Detailed abstracts of papers ou :
  1. The morphological relations of the nervous
  systems in the annulose aud vertebrate types of
  organization.  2.   The  morphological  constitu-
  tion  of the skeleton of the vertebrate head.  3.
  The morphological constitution of limbs.   Com-
  municated  to the Cheltenham meeting of  the
  British Association, August,  1856.   8°.  Edin-
  burgh, 1857.
     Cutting from: Edinb. N. Phil. J., [1857], n. s., v.
     Haeckel (E.)  Generelle Morpbologie der Or-
  ganismen.   2 v.  *'-.  Berlin, 18W.
    Johnstone (A.;   Zoology  notes for students
  of mediciue  aud  science.   Pt. I.  Morphology,
  histology, physiology; and protozoa to vermes.
  123.  Edinburgh, 1887.
     -----.   Botany notes for  students of medi-
  cine  and science.   4. ed.  Pt.  II.  Systematic
  morphology.  12-.   Edinburgh, 1888.
    Keith (A.)  Human  embryology and morphol-
  ogy.   2. ed.  8G.   London, 1904.
    Kholodovski (X. A.) Konspekt lektsiy srav-
  nitelnoi anatomii,  chitannikh v Imp.  Voyenno-
  Med. Akademii v 1892-3 uchebnom g.   [Lectures
  on comparative anatomy, delivered in  the Impe-
  rial  Military Medical  Academy in the semester
  year 1892-3.]  *°.   St. Petersburg, 1893.
    Langelaan (J.  W.)  Over de methodeu^der
  morpbologie.  n°.   Haarlem,  1903.
    Loeb (J.)  Untersuchuugen zur physiologi-
  schen Morphologie der Thiere.  I. Ueber Hetero-
  morphose.   8°.  Wiirzburg, 1891.
    Macalister (A.)  An introduction  to animal
  morphology and systematic zoology.   Pt. 1.  In-
  vert ebrata.  --.  London,  1876.
    Menzbik  (M.  A.)   Vvedeniye  v izucheniye
  zeologii l sravnitelnol  anatomii.  [Introductory
  to the study of zoology and  comparative auat-
  oiny]  [2.  ed.]  8-.  Moskva, 1897.
    Molecular (The) archetype of organic forms.
  8°.   [Edinburgh, n. d.]
    Cutting.
morphology.
    Monti (Signorina \i.)  Eicerche anatonio-com-
  parative sulla minuta innervazione degli organi
  trofici nei cranioti  inferiori.  8°.   Torino, 1898.
    Morphologischk Arbeiten.  Hrsg. vou Gus-
  tav Schwalbe.  v.  1-8.   s°.  Jena, 1891-8.
    Schumann ( K.  )  Morphologische  Studien.
  8°.   Leipzig. 1899.
    Shore  (T. W.)   Practical exercises in general
  vegetable morphology.   8°.   Southampton, 188G.
    Studies  from the Morphological Laboratory
  in  the University  of Cambridge.  Edited by
  F. M. Balfour.  8°.  London,  1882.
    Taf.\ni(A.)  Biologia.  I primi momenti dello
  svilnppo  dei  mammiferi.  Studi di morfologia
  normale  e  patologica eseguiti  sulle uova  dei
  tojii.   8°.   Roma, 1889.
    Cutting from: Rendic. d.r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc.
  moral, storia e fllolog.,  Roiria, v, 1. semest., fasc. 2,119-125.
    Warner (J.)  Studies  in orgauic morphology.
  8°.   Philadelphia, 18.")?.
    West (J. E.)   Syllabus of vertebrate mor-
  phology; being a  condensed arrangement of a
  few of  the  more important facts regarding  the
  zoology of the vertebrata, specially compiled for
  the use of students preparing  for professional
  examination  iu mediciue  and  science.   16°.
  Edinburgh,  ("1881].'
    Allchiu (W. H.)  The Harveian oration on the study
  of structure  in relation to function.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1903, ii,  1029-1034. Also:  Lancet,  Lond., 1903, ii, 1141-
  1148.—Allen (H.) Morphology as a factor in the study
  of disease.  Tr.Cong. Am. Phys. & Surg., N. Haven, 1894,
  iii,  1-27.  Also: Proc.  Ass. Am. Anat., Wash., 1894, vi,
  9-29.  Also:  Med. News,  Phila., 1894, lxiv, 589-593.—
  Rei'sh (It. S.)  Ueber den Begriff der Heteromorphose.
  Arch" f. Entweklugsmeehn.  d. Organ., Leipz., 18'JC, iii,
  060. — Bertacchini  (P.)   Morfogenesi e teratogenesi
  neglianflbiauuri.  (l»serie: Blastoporeedoccia midollare.)
  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u.  Physiol., Leipz.,  1899,
  xvi, 140-154, 2 pl.—Horner (C.)  Kritische Bemerkungen
  iiber einige vergleichend-morphologiscbe Untersuchungen
  K. W. Verhoeff's.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 290-315.—
  Bower (F. O.)  Studies in the morphology of spore-pro-
  dncing members.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Loud., 1902-3, lxxi, 258-
  264. -----. Plant morphology.  Science, N. Y., & Lancas-
  ter, Pa., 1904, n. s., xx, 524-536.—Cattaneo (G.) Per la
  storia dell' anatomia  comparata.  Boll. d. mus. di zool.
  [etc.J, Genova, 1898, no. 60, 1-6. —Cook (T. A.)  Spiral
  formations in relation to walking, swimming, and flying.
  Lancet,  Lond.,  1904, i, 188.—De-Giovanni (A.)  Pro-
  legomeni di  clinica medica desunti dalla morphologia del
  corpo  umano. Riv. een. ital.  di clin. med., Pisa, 1889-90, i,
  106-110.  -----. Studi morfologici del corpo umano a van-
  taggio della clinica. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed  arti,
  1889-90, 7. s., i, 39;  313.  -----  Fatti acquisiti alia scieuza
  colle iudagini cliniche sull' indirizzo morfologico.  Boll.
  scient., Pavia, 1894, xvi, 35-55.—Delage (Y.) L'anatomie
  comparer et  les bases de  la morphologie  Rev. scient.,
  Par., 1905, 5. s., iv, 129;  167— Dodcrlein (L )  Ueber die
  Beziehunnen nahe verwandter Thierformen zu cinander.
  Ztschr. f  Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1901-2. iv.  394-
  442. — Dollo (L.) Sur la morphologie des cotes. Bull.
  scient. de  la France et de la Belg , Par., 1892, 4. s., iii,
  113-129. — Driesch (H.)  Neuere  Beitrage zur exakten
  Formenkunde in englischer  Sprache.  Arch. f. Eutwck-
  lngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1896, iii,  317-338. -----.
  Neuere Beitrage zur exakten Morphologie in englischer
  Sprache.   Ibid., 1897,  v, 143-107.  -----.  Die Localisa-
  tion morphogenetischer Vorgange; ein  Beweiss vitalis-
  tischen  Geschehens   Ibid., 1899, viii,  35-111. — Du-
  bois  (R.)   Morphologie et  physiologie.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par.. 1905, lviii, 619.—Duuieril.  Rapport
  sur plusieurs memoires d'anatomie comparee de M. Du-
  vernoy; principaleinent sur  les organes genito urinaires
  des b'atraciens urodeles.  [Rap.]   Compt. rend. Acad d.
  sc, Par.. 1846. xxiii, 1122-1126.— Enderlein (<;.)  Znr
  Morphologie  des  Lausekopfes.  Zool  Anz., Leipz., 1905,
  xxviii, 626-643. — Fleishiiinnii (A.)  Historisch kriti-
  sche Betrachtungen [Morphologische Studien iiber Kloake
  und Phallus  der  Amnioten]. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz.,
  1903-4, xxxii. .".8-96.—Foote  (J. S.)  Outline of the tube
  plan of structure of the animal body.   Tr. Am. Microsc.
  Soc. 1903, Lancaster, 1904,  xxv, 63-88, 6 pl. — Gerhartlt
  (IT.)  Ueber Konvergeiizerscheinungen  im Thierrcich.
  Med.  Klin.,  Berl., 1905, i, 500-506. — Goebel (K.)   The
  fundamental  problems of present day plant morphology.
  Science, N. T., &  Lancaster,  Pa., 1905, n. s., xxii, 33-45.—
  Ornwti (B.)  Metodi  e tini  della  morfologia.  Suppl. al
  Pohclin., Roma, 1895-6, ii, 796; 817.—Gregornci (P. N.)
  I fattori morfologici  nella  patogenesi.  Corriere san., 
MORPHOLOGY.
104
MORPHOLOGY.
Morphology.
  Milano, 1901, xii, 209; 286. — Guillaud.  Les principes
  de la morphologic generale en botanique et leur  applica-
  tion k la  classification genealogique du regne  vegetal.
  Gaz. hebd. d.  sc med. de Bordeaux, 1880-81, i, 447; 471,
  1 pl.— II nncke (W.)  Die Formenphilosophie von Hans
  Driesch und das Wesen des Organismus.  Biol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz.,  1894, xiv, 626; 600; 697. -----. Ueber eine Serie
  bemerkenswei ter I alle von Topo-und Alloplasie.  Ibid.,
  1896, xvi, 025-637.—Harmer(S. F.)  On the morphology of
  the Cheilostomata.  Quart..!. Micr. Sc., Lond., 1902-3, xlvi,
  263-350, 4 pl. on 8 1.—Hill (H. B.)  Notes on morphology.
  Am. Pub. Health Ass.  Rep. 1902, Columbus, 1903, xxviii,
  479.  Also, Reprint.—Him (W.)  On the principles of an-
  imal morphology; letter to Mr. John Murray; communi-
  cated by Prof. Sir William Turner.  Proc. Rov. Soc. Edinb.
  (1887-8), 1*89, xv,287-298.—Howes(G.B.) The morpholog-
  ical method and progress.   Nature, Lond., 1902, lxvi, 522-
  530. — Huntington (G. S.)   The comparative anatomy
  and embryology of vertebrates as aids in the teaching of
  human  anatomy in  the medical course.  Am. J. M. Sc,
  Phila.. 18!)*, n. s., cxvi, 629-646. -----. The morphological
  museum as an educational factor in the university system.
  Proc. Ass. Am. Anat. 1900, Wash., 1901, xiv, 27-42.—Hux-
  ley (T. H.)  On the identity of structure of plants and
  animals. In his: Scient.  Mem., 8°, Lond., 1898, 216-220.
  -----. On the common plan of animal forms. Ibid., 281-
  283.—Jaquet (M.)  Contribution k l'anatomie comparee
  des systemes squelcttaire et musculaire de Chimaera collei,
  Callorhynchus antarcticus, Spinax niger, Protopterus an-
  nectens, Ceratodus forsteri ct Axolotl.  Arch. d.  sc. med.
  .  . . de Bucarest,  Par.,  1897, ii, 174: 1898, iii, 300:  1899, iv,
  189, 21 pl.—KopNch (F.)  Gemeinsame Entwicke.lungs-
  formen  bei Wirheltieren und Wirbellosen.   Verhandl. d.
  anat.  Gesellsch., Jena,  1898,  xii, 67-80.—Kit its tier (J.)
  L'origine de l'individualite.  Gaz. hebd. d.  sc. nied. de
  Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 543. — [Leboucq (H)] Le but et
  les tendances de la morphologie humaine.  [Abstr.]  Ann.
  Soc. med.-chir. d'Auvers, 1905, x, 23-26.— Livanow (X.)
  Untersuchuugen zur Morphologie der Hirudineen.  Zool.
  Jahrb.,  Jena. 1903-4, xix,  29-90, 4 pl.—I^ocb (J.)  Ueber
  dynaniische Umstaude, welehe bei der Bestimmung  der
  morphologischen  Polaritat der  Organismen mitwirken.
  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn, 1904, cii, 152-162.—I,hu-
  so n (J.) Nzn.  Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Seg-
  mental Anatomie.  Petrus Camper.  Nederl. bijdr. t. de
  anat., Haarlem  & Jena, 1903, ii,  44-134. —IVIacBride
  (E. W.)  The present position of morphology in zoological
  science.  Rep.  Brit.  Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond., 1896, 833-837.—
  iTIaggi (L.)   L' anatomia  comparata  secondo Vogt  e
  Yung.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Rendic, Milano, 1903,
  2. s., xxxvi, 1123-1128.— ITIetcalf (M. M.)  Note on tuni-
  cate morphology. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895, xi, 277; 329.—
  lVIochi (A.)  La legge di Goethe.   Arch, per 1' antrop.,
  Firenze, 1902,  xxxii, 177-183.— Nansen (F.)  Anatomie
  und Histologic  des Nervensystemes der  Myzostomen.
  Jenaische Ztschr. f.  Naturw.,  Jena, 1887, n. F., xiv, 267-
  321, lpl.—von IVatliusius (W.)  Ueber die Gestaltungs-
  ursachen der Haare, der Eischalen, der Molluskenschalen
  und der Harting'schen Korpercheu.  Arch. f. Entwck-
  lngsinechan.d. Organ., Leipz., 1898, vi, 365-393.—Osborne
  (H. F.)  Trituberculy; a  review  dedicated to  the late
  Professor Cope.   Am. Naturalist, Phila., 1897, xxxi, 993-
  1026, 1 tab.—Parona (C.)  Sulla diotomia delle braccia
  nei cefalopodi.   Boll. d. mus. di zool. [eicj Genova, 1900,
  no. 96, 1-7, 1 pl.—Pettigrew (J. B.) On  the formation
  of crystals, dendrites, and spiral structures, in  relation
  to growth and movement, especially rhythmic movements.
  Edinb. M. J., 1901, n. s., ix, 212; 320.—Babl. Homologie
  nnd Eigenart.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf.
  u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 1, 169-172. -----.
  Ueber einige Prohieme der Morphologie.   Anat. Anz.,
  Jena. 1903, xxiii, Ergnzngshft.,  154-197, 2  pl. —Riley
  (C. V. )  On the causes of variation in organic forms.
  [Abstr.] Science, N. T., 1888. xii, 123-125.—Roux (W.)
  Romotropismus und Allotropi*mus, Homophilie. Allophilie
  und ihre Untcrarten.   Arch. f.  Entweklugsmeehn. d.
  Organ., Leipz.,  1899, viii, 355-359. — Schimkewitsch
  (W.)  Ueber die morphologische Bedeutung der Organ-
  svsteme der Enteropneusteu.  Anat. An/,., Jena, 1890 v
  29-32.—Schlatter (G.)  Monoblasta; Polyblasta; Polycel-
  lularia; pbylogenetische, Studie.  Biol. Centralbl., Leipz.
  1900, xx, 508; 544—Schufeltlt (R. W.)  Notes on horned
  mammals, with  some observations  upon  policerate  or
  multiple-horned sheep.  J. Comp. M. & S., N. Y., 1889, x,
  30-37-  Also, Reprint.—Silvestri (F.)  Circa alcuni oa-
  ratteri morfologici di projapyx e loro importanza  tilogene-
  tica.  Boll. d. mus.  di zool. ed anat. comp. d. r. Univ. di
  Torino,  1901, xvi, no. 399,  1-3 —Sources (On the) of ap-
  parent polymorphism  in plants, etc. Biometrika, Cam-
  bridge,  1901-2, 1, 304-306.—Strasburgcr (E.)   Unserer
  lieheu Frauen Mantel; eine pbylogenetische  Studie. Na-
  turw. Wchnsehr., Jena, 1905, n. F., iv, 49-56.—Sutton
  (J. B.)  Abstract of the Erasmus Wilson lectures on the
  relation of morphology and  pathology.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1890, i, 387-390.-Talbot  (E.  S.)  Anatomic changes in
  the head, face, jaws, and teeth, in the evolution  of man.
  Tr. Fourth Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila., 1905, i, 61-
Morphology.
  72.—Tammies (T.)  Die Periodicitat morphologischer
  Erscheinungeu bei den Pflanzen.  Verhandel. d. k. Akad.
  v. Wetensch.,  Amst., 1902-3, ix, sect. 2, no. 5, 1-148, 1 pl.
  Also [Abstr.]: Versl.  d. .  . . wis-eu nat ink. Afd. d. k.
  Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst.,  1902-3,  xi, 112-114.—Thilo
  (O.)  Sperrvorrichtuugen im Tierreiche.  Biol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz.,  1899,  xix. 504-517.—Toilnro  (F.)  Sull' origine
  filosrenetica  degli  occhi dei  vertebrati, sul significato
  dell' epifisi e ipofisi del loro cervello, della fossa ciliata, e
  della glandola di Hancock dei tunicati.  Atti xii. Cong. d.
  Ass  med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1888, i, 274-276.  Also, transl:
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  1887, ix, 55-57. — Verboeff
  (K. W.)  Ueber die Coxalsacke der Diplopodeu und die
  pbylogenetische  Bedeutung  der Colobognathen.  Zool.
  Aiiz., Leipz , 1901, xxiv, 601-604. -----. Ueber Dermap-
  teren;  veisuch eines  neuen,  natiirlicheren Systems auf
  vergleichend-morphologischer Grundlage  und iiber  den
  Mikrothorax der Insecten.  Ibid., 1902, xxv, 181-208.  See,
  also, supra, Bonier.—Viola (G.)  L' indirizzo  individu-
  alistico  in medicina e  il metodo morfologico  del De-Gio-
  vanni.  Clin. med.  ital., Milano, 1901,  xliii,  777;  795.—
  Wood  (J.)   On a group of varieties of the human neck,
  shoulder.land  chest, with their  transitional forms  and
  homologies in  the mammalia.  Phil. Tr., Lond., 1870,  cxl,
  83-116, 3 pl.

Morphology (Experimental).
    See, also, Embryology (Experimental); Mon-
  sters (Artificialproduction of); Regeneration;
  Regulation of form (Experimental).
    Davenport (C.  B.)  Experimental morphol-
  ogy.  Pt. I. Effect of chemical and physical
  agents upon protoplasm.  8C.   New York,  1897.
    -----.   The same.   Pt. II.  Effect of chemical
  and physical  agents  upon  growth.   8°.   New
  York, 1W99.
    Morgan  (T.  H.)   Regeneration.   8°.   New
  York, 1901.
    Przibram (H.)  Einleitung in die experinien-
  telle Morphologie der Tiere.  8°.  Leipzig 4" Wien,
  1904.
    Atkinson  (G.F.) Experimental morphology. Science,
  N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1897, vi, 538-558.—Braus (H.)
  Versuch einer experimentelleu Morphologie. Miiuchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1903, 1, 2076.— Davenport (C. B.)   Ani-
  mal morphology in its relation to other sciences.  Science.
  N. Y. & Lancaster,  Pa., 1904, n. s., xx, 697-706.—Dewitz
  (J.)  Sur un  cas de modification morphologique experi-
  mentale.  Compt. rend. Sue  de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 302-
  304.—Driesch (H.) Von  der Methode der Morphologie.
  Biol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1899, xix,  33-58.—Giartl (A.)
  Les tendances actuelles de la morphologie et ses rapports
  avec les autres sciences.  Rev. scient., Par., 1905, 5. s., i,
  129; 160.—Hacke (W.)  Entwicklungsmechanische Un-
  tersuchungen. Biol.Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xvi, 529-547.—
  Holmes (S. J.)  The problem of form regulation.   Arch.
  f. Entweklugsmeehn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1903-4,  xvii, 265-
  305.—Morgan  (T. H.)  On analysis of the phenomena
  of organic polarity.  Science, N. Y'. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904,
  n. s., xx, 742-748.—Tous (F.)   La adaptacidn de la estruc-
  tura & las condiciones niec&nicas.  Rev. de cien. med. de
  Barcel., 1902.  xxviii, 369-373.—Wetzel (G.)  Ueber die
  Bedeutung dercirkularenFurche iu der Entwicklung der
  Schultze'schen Doppelbildungen  von Rana fusca.  (Ein
  Beitrag  zur experimentellen Morphologie und  Entwick-
  lnngsgeschichte.)  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1895, xlvi,
  654-673,  1 pl— Zeleny (C.)  Compensatory regulation.
  J. Exper. Zool., Bait.,  1905. ii, 1-102.

Horpholog'y (Periodicals  relating  to).
    Archiv  fur  Entwicklungsmechanik  der  Or-
  ganismen.   Hrsg. von Wilhelm Roux.   v.  1-20,
  1894-1905.   8°.   Leipzig.
    Gegenbaurs   morphologischcs   Jahrbuch.
  Eine Zeitschrift fur  Anatomie  und  Entwick-
  lungsgeschichte.  Hrsg.  von   Georg  Ruge.   [4
  Nos.  form  1 v.]  v. 31-32, Dec. 23, 1902, to Oct.
  28,  1904.  8°.   Leipzig.
    Current.  Continuation of:  Hlorphologisches Jahr-
  buch.
    Journal  of Morphology.   Edited  by  C.  O.
  Whitman,  with the  cooperation  of  Edward
  Phelps Allis,  jr.  v.  1-17, September,  18^7, to
  July, 1901.   8°.  Boston.
    Ended.
    Mokphologisches Jahrbuch.   v.  14-31,  1888-
  1902.   8°.   Leipzig.
    Continued under title: Gegenbaurs morphologisches
  Jahrbuch. 
MORPHOLOGY.
105
MORRIS.
Hlorphology (Periodicals relating to).
    Sitzuxosberichte der Gesellschaft fiir Mor-
  phologie und Physiologie iu Miiuchen.  v. 1-20,
  1885-1904.   8-\  \)[iinchen.
    Zeitschrift  fiir Morphologie  uud Anthro-
  pologie.  Hrsg. von G. Schwalbe.   v. 1-8, 1899-
  19> fi.   roy. 8°.   Stuttgart.
    Current.
MorpllOW  (Mirtcho) [1875-    ].  * Contribu-
  tion a l'etude des nephrites palud^ennes.  82 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.   Lyon, 190.?, Xo. 12.
Morpurgo (Benedetto).   Contributo all' isto-
  genesi del cancro della pelle.   pp. 231-24:?.  8°.
  Siena,  1897.
    Cutting from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. di Siena,
  1897.
Morpurgo (Edgardo).   Esame  dei  carattcri
  almoimi sumatici e fuuzionali in casi di degene-
  razione  psichica e di  arresto di sviluppo men-
  tale con  eredita pellagrosa.   Nota.  13 pp.  8°.
  Reggio-Emilia, S. Calderini 4' figlio, 1^97.
    Repr.from: Riv. sper. di freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1897,
------.  Sulle  condizioni  somatiche  e psichiche
  degli  Israeliti  iu  Europa.  Ill  pp., 2 1.  8°.
  Modena, 1903.
Morpurgo (Eugeuio).  Le operazioni da pra-
  ticarsi sull' apotisi mastoidea devono essere sol-
  lecite o tardive f   11 pp.   81-.  Firenze, 1885.
    Repr. from: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. uaso,
  Firenze, 1SS5. iii.
    See, also, Congres periodique international d'otologie
  ...  2. session. Milan, 1880.  8Y  Trieste,  1882.—lTIucci
  (Domenicol. Trattato delle malattie dell' orecchio [etc.].
  8°.  Milano. 1869.
Morpurgo (L.).
    Co-Editor of: Bollettino medico-chirurgico,  Tunisi,
  1894-5.
Morquio (L.).
    Co Editor of: Revista medica del Uruguay, Monte-
  video, 1902-4.
Morra. (Joseph).   Theses.  3 1.   4°.   Genua,
  1-20.  [P., v. 2145.]
Morra. (Vincenzo).  Su di  un carcinoma  priini-
  tivo della trachea; considerazioni clinico-larin-
  goscojihiche.  31 pp.  8-.    Napoli  4~  Roma, E.
  Detken, 1879.                           a. l. a.
    Repr.from: Gior. internaz.  d. sc. med., Xapoli, 1879,
  n. 8., i.
Morrell  (J. Conyers).    On  the  pollution of
  rivTers and water, and its  prevention,  pp. 101-
  112.  8°.   Manchester, J. Roberts,  [1875].
    Cutting from : Tr. Manchester Statist. Soc, 1875.
Morrell (Robert-Selby).    * Ueber die Configu-
  ratiou der  Khamnose und  Galactose.   30 pp.
  8J.   Wiirzburg, Stahel, 1894.
Morrell  (Charles).   Essais  sur  l'he'te'rog6nie
  dominaute, dans lesquels on examine I'influence
  qu'exerce la lnmiere snr la manifestation et les
  developpeinents de.s  etrcs  organises dont l'ori-
  gine a et6 attribu6e  a cette pr^temlue ge"n6ra-
  tion directe, spontane"e  ou equivoque.  1 p. 1.,
  170 pp., 1 1.  8U.  Liege, H. Dessain, 1838.
    Pages 85-91 are numbered 385-391.
Morren (fidouard).  Remaele Fnsch, sa  vie et
  *es  teuvres.  46 pp., 2 pl.,  port.   8°.  Bruxelles,
  M.  Hayez, 1804.
    Repr.from: Bull. Acad. roy.  d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1863,
  2. s., xvi.

Morrenia.
    Hantzschel  (G. [E. W.])   * Beitrage zur
  Pharrnacognosie der Morrenia brachystephana
  Gr. (Tasi).  [Erlangen]   *u.  Dresden, 1895.
    A rata (P. N.)  La Morrenia brach} Stephana Gr.,vulgo
  tassi, y sus propiedades galactogogas.  An. d. Dep. nac.
  de big., Buenos Aires,  1891, i, 65-73.— Sicardi (G.)
  Studii sul  tasis argentino (Morrenia  brachystephana).
  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, farmacol.,
  134-136.
Morrhuol.
    See, also, Cod-liver oil.
    Chapoteaut's morrhuol  cre"osot6  (morrliuol
  with creasote).  8°.  [n. p., n. d.]
    Clinical notes  on morrhuol, followed by
  some  remarks  on dialysed pepsine and  pepsic-
  peptone.  2. ed.  12°.  Paris, 1889.
    Morhiiuol (Le).  Etudes cliniques.  12°.  Pa-
  ris, 1892.
    Molina (A.)  Del morruol. Ateneo med. parmense,
  Parma, 1890, iv, 118-122.
Morrliuol.  The active principles of cod-liver
  oil; its composition,  preparation, and therapeu-
  tic action.  30 pp.   16°.   Paris, Rigaud 4" Cha-
  poteaut, [1888].
Morrhuol (Le). fitudes cliniques.  48 pp.  12°.
  Paris 4' Nancy, Berger-Levrault 4" Cie., 1892.
------.   The  same.  II morrhuol.   Studii  clinici.
  55 pp.  16°.  Milano, E. Reggiani, 1888.
-----.   The  same.   Das  MorrhUol.    Klinische
  Studien.  (Aus dem   Franzosischen iibersetzt.)
  50 pp.  12°.   Paris 4' Nancy, Berger-Levrault 4?
  Co., 1889.
Morries (John Davie).   Observations  on  the
  chemical aud physiological properties of the etu-
  pyreuniatic oils of foxglove, henbane, and to-
  bacco.  7 pp.   8°.   Edinburgh,  [1833],  [P., v.
  1829.]
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. & S. J., 1833, xxxix.
    See, also, Graves (George).  Hortus medicus, [etc.].
  4°.  Edinburgh, 1834.
Morrill (F[erdinand] Gordon).  The immuniz-
  ing effects of  antitoxin.  14 pp.  16°.  Boston,
  Damrell 4' Upham, 1^9b.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxii.
------.  The treatment of typhoid fever in children.
  4 pp.  8-.  New York, E.  B. Treat, [1897].
    Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. T-, 1897, xiv.
         For what period  of time can immunity
  from diphtheria be couferred by a single injec-
  tion of antitoxin?  The  dosage.   11 pp.  16°.
  Boston, Damrell 4' Upham, 1898.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii.
Morrill (S. E.)  A treatise of practical instruc-
  tions in the medical aud surgical uses of elec-
  tricity, including instructions in electrical diag-
  nosing and a new method of general and local
  electrization.   Also  clinical  experiences of fif-
  teen years.   [Prospectus.]  x (1 1.), 74-99 pp.
  8°.  Kalamazoo, Mich., 1882.
Morrill (Samuel) [1829-1905].
    Obituary. Bull. Harvard M. Alumni, Ass., Bost.
  1905, n.s., no. 1, 87.
Morris (Caspar)  [1805-81].
    iTloiiiw (J.'C.)  Biographical sketch of Caspar Morris.
  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1888, 3. s., x, pp. xxxiii-lx. Also,
  Reprint.
Morris (Charles).  On the  air-bladder of fishes.
  pp.  124-135.  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1885.]
    Cutting from: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1885.
Morris (Edwiu) [1815-90].  A concise practical
  treatise  on  neuralgia; its  various  forms, pa-
  thology, and treatment.  49 pp.  8°.  [London,
  1867. ]
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Loud., 1896, ii, 1264. Also .-
  Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1275.
Morris (F. Baldwin).   The panorama of a life,
  and experience in associating aud battling with
  opium and alcoholic stimulants.   A  treatise for
  tbe cure of opium and  alcoholic  inebriacy.  vi,
  7-107 pp.  12°.  Philadelphia, G. W.  Ward, 1878.
Morris (Henry) [1844-    ].  The profession of
  medicine; the preparation best adapted  for it;
  its  nature and  method.   An address.   27 pp.
  12°. London, Pardon 4'- Son,  1873.
-----.   The anatomy of the joints of mau.  xvii
  (1 1.), 462  pp.,  44  pl.  8°.  London, J.  4-  A.
  Churchill, 1879. 
MORRIS.
106
MORRIS.
Morris (Henry)—continued.
______.  A case of nephrolithotomy, or the extrac-
  tion of a calculus from an  undilated kidney;
  with  au illustration.   17  pp.   8°.   London,
  Snottisiooode 4' Co., 18*1.
    Repr.from: Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1880-81, xiv.
         Remarks on epithelioma and  ichthyosis
of the tongue, based on the records ot  seventy-
five  cases.   58 pp.,  2 pl.   8~.   London,  J.  E.
Adlard, 1884.
  Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1883-4, vi.
       Injuries and diseases of the abdomen.
Mor
   "'—.  Ill UlMyO OH"* wiuvi.'^ " --------—
   In: Internat. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst\ A. Y., 1885,
 v, 853-1113.
-----.  Essentials  of  materia medica, therapeu-
 tics, and prescription  writing, arranged in the
 form of questions and answers;  prepared espe-
 cially for students of medicine.  2. ed.  xvi, 17-
 250 pp.   12°.  Philadelphia,  W.  B.  Saunders,
 1»91.                               ,    .     .
_____  The  same.  5.  ed., rev.  and  enlarged.
 288  pp.  12°.   Philadelphia, W. B.  Saunders,
1898.
W
  The same.  6. ed., thoroughly revised, by
A.  Bastedo.  294  pp.  8°.   Philadelphia,
 W. B. Saunders <f Co., 1904.
____.  Injuries and diseases of the  genital and
 urinary organs,   xvi, 478  pp.  8°.   London,
 Paris 4- Melbourne,  Cassell 4" Co., 1895.
____.  The same,  xiv, 478 pp.  8°.   New  York,
 W. Wood 4- Co., 1895.
       On the origin and progress of renal sur-
 gery, with special reference to stone in the kid-
 ney and ureter aud to the surgical treatment of
 calculous anuria.  Being the Hunteriau lectures
 for 1898.   Together with a critical examination
 of subparietal injuries of the  ureter,  viii, 288
 pp.  8°.  London <f- Paris, Cassell 4~  Co., 1898.
____   The same,  viii, 288 pp.   8°.  Philadel-
phia, P.  Blakiston 4- Co., 1898.
       On the treatment of inoperable cancer.
PP-,
1888.
is (J[ames] Cheston)—continued.
  Biographical sketch of Caspar Norris.  31
 1 pl.  8°.   Philadelphia,  W.  J.  Dornan,
Repr.from: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1887, 3. s., x.
     On vital molecular vibrations.  7 pp.
 Detroit, 1891.
   Repr. from : Am. Lancet, Detroit, 1891, xv.
_____.   The same.   [Abstr.]   [On  vital  molecu-
 lar vibrations.]  11.  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1891.]
   Repr.from: Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1891, xxix.
        On the rise  aud progress of the  medical
 department of the University of Pennsylvania
 pp  101-104.   8\  [New York, 1897.]
   Cutting from: Am. Univ. Mag., N. Y., 189
_____.   Remarks t n influenza
d.]
2 pp.   8°.  [n.p.,
Prison  physicians,
 19 pp.  8C'.  Balti-
Morris (John) [1824-1903].
  their duties aud  iuflueuce
  more, 1886.
    Repr.from: Maryland M. J.. Bait, 1886, xvi.
         dime;  its physiology and pathogenesis
 An address delivered on openiug the debate iu
 the surgical section of the British Medical Asso-
 ciation meeting at Manchester, on Wednesday,
 July 30,1902.  38 pp.  8°.  London, J. Bale, Sons
 4- Danielson, 1902.
    See, also, Couplanil (Sidney)  & Morris (H.)  On
  strictures of the intestines fete.].  8°.  London, 1878.—
  Kraun  (I[gnaz]>.  The etiology, symptoms, and treat-
  ment of gall-stones. 16°.  London, 1890.—Treatise (A)
  on human anatomy [etc.]Y 8°.  London, 1893. -----. the
  same.  3. ed.  8°.  London, 1902.-----The same. Hu-
  man anatomy.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1893.  -----.The same.
  2. ed.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1898.-----The same.  3. ed.
  8°.  Philadelphia, 1902.
Morris (Henry).  A compend of gynaecology, xii,
  9-178 pp.  12°.   Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son
  4- Co., 1891.
------.   Essentials of practice of mediciue; with a
  very complete appendix, on the examination of
  uriue, by Lawrence Wolff.  2. ed., enlarged hy
  some three hundred essential formulae, selected
  from the writings of the most eminent authorities
  of the medical profession, collected and arranged
  by William M. Powell,   xv,  17-368  pp.,  1  pl.,
  48, 60 pp.  12°.  Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders,
  1891.
     See, also, Kiddle (John B[arclay]).  Materia medica,
  [etc.].  8°. Philadelphia, 1886. -----. The same.  11. ed.
  8°. Philadelphia, 1889.
Morris (James) [1826-1900].
     Obituary*  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 121.  See, also,
  Jubilee of James Morris, Dunfermline.   Scot. M. & S.
  J., Edinb., 1899, v, 456, port.
Morris (J[aines] Cheston) [1831-    ].  Uterine
  displacements.  4 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, [I860].
     Repr.from: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1866, xiv.
------.   The milk supply of our large cities; the
  extent of adulteration,  and its consequences;
  methods of prevention.' 24 pp.  8°. Philadelphia,
  [1884].
  How far can medical men aid in its prevention1?
  12 pp.   roy. 8°.  [Baltimore, 18*9. ]
    Repr.from:  Maryland M. J., 1888-9, xx.
    For Biography, see Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 209. AUo:
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1S03, xl, 460.
Morris (John Little).  Pulmonary disease.  An
  original article, with histories of cases.  21.  83.
  Chicago, 1904.
    Repr.from: Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago,  1904, xi.
Morris  (Lewis R.)  The therapeutic  action of
  hot sulpho-saliue waters,  with  some personal
  observations at Glenwood Hot Springs.  16 pp.
  12°.  New York, 1895.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii.
Morris  (Louis-Michel) [1803-    ].    Essai sur
  l'exterieur du cheval.  53 pp., 2 pl.   8°.  Paris,
  Mme. Huzard, 1835.
Morris (Malcolm [Alexander]) [1845-   ].  The
  history and  therapeutical  value of  arsenic  in
  skin diseases.  24 pp.   8°.  London, [1880].
    Repr.from: Practitioner, Lond., 1880, xxiv.
 _____.  A  report on arsenical poisouing hy means
  of wall-papers, paints, etc.  4 pp.   8°.  London,
  1880.   [P., v. 2094.]
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1880, i.
 -----.   E.hics of the skin.   22 pp.  8°.   London,
    W. Clowes 4- Sons, 1884.  [P., v. 2124.]
  ----.   Diseases of the skin; an  outline of the
   principles  and practice of dermatology,   xii,
   556 pp., 8 1., 8 col.  pl.   12°.   London,  Cassell 4-
    Co., 1894 [1893].
  ----.   The same.   New ed.  xv (1 1.), 589 pp., 10
   pl., 10 1.   12°.   London 4- Paris, Cassell 4' Co.,
   1898.
  -----.   The same.   New ed.  xvi, 042 pp., 36 pl.
    12°.  London, Cassell 4- Co., [1903].
  -----   The same,   xii, 556 pp.,  8  1., 8 pl.   12°.
 Philadelphia, Lea Brothers 4' Co., 1894.
----.  The same.  New and revised ed.  xv, 589
 pp., 10 pl., 10 1.  16°.  Philadelphia, Lea Brothers
 4- Co., [1898].
_____.  Ringworm in the light of recent research.
 Pathology,  treatment, prophylaxis.   viii, 142
 pp.  11 1., 12 pl.   8°.    London,  Paris 4' Mel-
 bourne,  Cassell 4- Co., 1898.
   See aUo, Internationaler Atlas vou seltener Haut-
 krankheiten,  [etc.].   fol.  Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1889-
 1892.
See, also:
St. Mary's Hosp.
  Retirement of Malcolm Morris.
Gaz., Lond., 1902, viii, 136.  t
     & Henderson  (G. C.)  The cultivation
and  life-history  of the ringworm  fungus (Tri-
chophyton  tonsurans).   9 pp., 1 pl.   *°.  Lon-
don, [1883].
  Repr.from: J. Roy. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1883, 2. s., iii. 
MORRIS                                    107                           MORRISTOWN.
morris (Moreau) [18^5-1901].
    Obituary.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 845.
  Also: Med. News, X. Y.,  1904, lxxxiv, 614. Also: Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv. 504.
ITIorris (Robert) [1809-1904].
    Tlenioriam (In).  Albany M. Ann., 1905,  xxvi, 44.
Morris (Robert T[uttle]) [1857-   ].   A second
  series of one hundred  consecutive operations
  showing 'the results  of  antiseptic  methods of
  work.   9 pp., 1 tab.   12°.  New York,  1889.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1889, xlix.
-----.  The necessary peroxide  of hydrogen.
  [Also:] Peroxide of hydrogen and ozone.  Their
  autiseptic properties,  by Paul  Gibier.  2 1.  8°.
  [n. p., 1890.]
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1890, xv, and:
  Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvii.
-----.  A fourth series of one  hundred consecu-
  tive operations, showing the results of antiseptic
  methods of work.  21 pp.  8°.  JVipir York, Ket-
  tiner, Lambert 4' Co., 1892.
    Repr.from: Post-Graduate, X. Y., 1892, vii.
-----.  Auother method for palpation of the kid-
  ney.  3 pp.  8C.   [Philadelphia. 1892.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. <fc Gynec, Phila., 1891, iv.
-----.  Is evolution trying to do away with the
  clitoris?  12 pp.   8°.  New York, W. Wood <| Co.,
  1892.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1892, xxvi.
-----.  The prevention of secondary peritoneal
  adhesions hy meaus  of an  aristol  film.  3 pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1892.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, Phila., 1891, i v.
-----.  Appendicitis.   30 pp.  sm. 4°.   Danbury,
  1893.
    Repr.from: X.Eng.M.Month.,Danbury,Conn., 1892,xii.
-----. Appendicitis. Clinical lecture at the New
  York Post-Graduate  Medical  School,  Feb. 11,
  1893.  16 pp.   12°.  [New York, 1893.]
-----.   Infectious  appendicitis.   18  pp.  8°.
  [ Washington, 1895.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893,Wash.,1895, pt.l.
-----.  Lectures on appendicitis, and  notes on
  other subjects.  With  illustrations by Henry
  Macdonald.  viii, 163  pp.  8°.   New York,  G. P.
  Putnam, 1895.
-----.  Correspondence between a layman and a
  surgeon  ou the subject of appendicitis.   16 pp.
  8°.  New York, 1*98.
    Repr.from:  Med. Rec, X. Y., 1898, liii.
-----. Best method in  the treatment of appendi-
  citis.  16 pp.   8y.   Chicago, 1899.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1899,  xxxiii.
-----.  Diabetes in surgery.   4  pp. 12°.  New
  York, 1901.
    Repr.from:  Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii.
-----.  Normal  involution  of the appendix as a
  matter  of surgical interest.  5 pp.   8°.  New
  York, 1902.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,  1902, xlvi.
-----.  Some  of the avoidable causes of disaster
  in appendicitis work.  3 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  1902.
    Repr. from: Tr. South. Surg.  &  Gynec. Ass.,  Phila.,
  1901, xiv.
Morris (Samuel).  *Decatarrho. 5 1.  4C.  Lugd.
  Bat, apud viduam et  hceredes  J. Elsevirii, 1668.
  [P., v. 1916.]
Morris  (Wade A.) [1812-     ].
    [Biography.] Texas Sanitarian, Austin, 1894-5, iv,
  95-98.
Morrison (Henri).  *Le son de percussion am-
  phorique.  132 pp., 2  pl.  8y   Paris,  1903, No.
  230.
Morrison (J. Bennett).
    See Haaa (Sidney V.) & Morrison (J. B.)  A clinical
  study of kryofine.  12°. [New York, 1898.]             '
morrison (Joseph R.) [     -1901].
    Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 538.
Morrison (Roger) [1881-    ].  * Contribution
  a l'etude des hygromas a grains riziformes.   62
  pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1903, No. 54.
morrison (Thomas) f     -1835?].
    Goodwin (G.) [Biography.]  Diet.Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxiv, 112.
morri»ou (William) [1842-1903].
    Obituary. Brit, M. J., Lond , 1904, i, 221.
Morrison  (William Alexander).   The value of
  the stomach-tube in  feediug  after intubation,
  based upon  28  cases;  also its  use  in post-diph-
  theritic  paralysis.   7  pp., 1 tab.   8°.   Boston,
  Damrell 4' Upham, 1895.
    Repr. from: Boston M. &. S. J., 1895, exxxii.
Morrison (William Douglas)  [1853-    ].
    See Ferri  ( Enrico ).  Criminal sociology.  12°.  New
  York, IH96. — LiombroNo (Cesare) & Ferrer© ("Wil-
  liam).  The female offender [etc.].  8°. London, 1895.
Morrison (William H.)  Linear craniotomy for
  defective mental development.   7  pp.   12°.
  New York, Trow, 1891.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xl.
Morrison   (William H. )   Severe  puerperal
  eclampsia.   The immediate induction of labor;
  recovery.  4 pp.  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1«91.]
    Repr.from: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1891.
-----.   Report  of  a case of large intra-cranial
  tumor ( weight, five ounces) compressing  the
  left frontal  lobe.    12 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia,
  1892.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1892, lxi.
-----.   Three cases of cranial surgery.  I. Linear
  craniotomy for defective mental  development;
  report of a case thirteen  months after operation;
  decided mental improvement.   II. Exploratory
  trephining  for  epilepsy; negative  results.  III.
  Trephiniug for abscess of the brain ;  evacuation
  of  one  ounce  of  pus;  recovery.  11  pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1892.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1892, xiii.
-----.   Extra-uterine pregnancy simulated by a
  small tumor of the ovary; operation; recovery.
  4 pp.   12°.   Philadelphia, 1894.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv.
morrison's operation.
    See Liver (  Cirrhosis  of,  Treatment of, Opera-
  tive),
morrison'» pills.
    Trial of Joseph  Webb for manslaughter, at
  York summer assizes,  1834;  containing the brief
  (drawn up by Mr. Finch) and  all the important
  depositions, taken on oath, to prove  that  the
  "universal  medicine,"  if promptly and pleu-
  teously administered,  are in all cases of diseases
  (and particularly in small-pox) almost univer-
  sally efficacious, and  not "deleterious", as  an-
  nounced in  the charge, [etc.].    8°.  London,
  1834.

morris Plains.
    See Insane (Asylumsfor,  Description, etc., of),
  by localities.
Morrissey  (J. J.)   Hereditary  influence and
  medical  progress,   pp. 283-292.   8°.  [Boston,
  1897.]
    Cutting from: The Arena, Bost., 1897, xviii.
Morrisson (Alexander).  Passive congestion of
  the lungs from  heart failure.   47 pp.  8°.  Lon-
  don 4' Bungay,  R.  Clay 4' Sons, [1892].
    Repr.from: Practitioner,  Lond., 1892, xlix.

IVIorristown.
    See Hospitals (Description, etc.,  oj), by locali-
  ties. 
MORRISTOWN.
108
MORSE.
Morristown Meinorial  Hospital.   Annual re-
  ports of the board of directors and officers to the
  public and contributors.  1.-6., 1893-4 to  1899;
  10., 1903.   80.   Morristown,  1895-1904.
    Incorporated Nov. 19, 1892. Opened Oct. 17, 1893.  The
  4.'and 5. reports in one.  The 5. report for 13 months, end-
  ing Dec. 31, 1898.
Morro  (Ernst  Hermann Willy)  [1868-     ].
  * Die Indicationeu  der ventralen Methode der
  Totalexstirpation des  Uterus.  25 pp., 2 1.  8°.
  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4- Co., 1891.
Morroi (Umberto).  Paraplegia  e paralisi del
  ret to e della  vescica da  lesione del  plesso  loni-
  bosacrale.   8  pp.  8°.  Assisi, 1898.
Morroil (A.)  An appeal to the friends  of tem-
  perance, or an  old  subject  exhibited iu a  new
  light.   32 pp.   8°.   Boston, A.  Mudge 4~  Son,
  1875.

morro valle.
    See Hospitals (Management, etc., of), by  local-
  ities.
Morrow (Joseph E.)   A new method of holding
  in place the retained catheter.   4  pp.  8C.   In-
  dianapolis, 1902.
    Repr. from: Med. & Surg.  Monitor, Indianap., 1902, v_
Morrow (Prince A[lhert])  [1846-    ].   Drug
  eruptions; a clinical study of the. irritant effects
  of drugs upon the skin,  vi, 199  pp., 1 pl.  8-\
  Neio York, W. Wood 4-  Co.,  1887.
-----.  The same.  Edited  for the Xew Syden-
  ham Society,  by T. Colcott Fox.
    In: Select. Monog.  8°. London, 1893, cxliii, 355-568.
-----.  Case of tuberculosis papillomatosa cutis,
  with remarks on the  relation of papilloma to
  syphilis, lupus,  etc.   16 pp.,  1  pl.   8°.   New
  York,  W.  Wood  4- Co., 1888.
    Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N.Y., 1888, vi.
-----.  Personal observations of leprosy in  Mex-
  ico and the Sandwich Islands.  15 pp., 1 pl.  8°.
  [New York, 1889.]
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1889, 1.
-----.  Note on a new method of skiu grafting.
  10 pp.  12°.   [New  York, 1891.]
    Repr.from: N. York M.  J., 1891, liv.
-----.  The removal of necrotic and carious hone
  with hydrochloric  acid  aud  pepsin.   1 1.  8°.
  New York, 1892.
    Repr. from: N. York M. J., 1892, lv.
-----.  Some differential  points in the diagnosis
  of syphilis and  tuberculosis,  with  illustrative
  cases.   12  pp.   8\  [New York, 1892.]
    Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1892, x.
-----.  Venereal  memoranda.  A manual for the
  student aud practitioner,  iv (11.), 332 pp.   24°,
  New York,  W. Wood 4- Co., 1894.
-----.  Report of a case of urticaria pigmentosa
  of over  twenty years' duration.   10 pp.   8°.
  New York,  D.  Appleton  4- Co., 1895.
    Repr.from: J. Cutan.&Genito-Urin. Dis.,N.Y.,1895,xiii.
-----.  A caseof symmetrical morphcea attended
  with  the formation of bulla; and extensive ul-
  ceration.   9 pp.   8°.  New York, 1896.
    Repr.from: J. Cutan.&Genito-Urin. Dis.,N.Y.,1896,xiv.
-----.   Notes on syphilis.   Syphiloma  of  the
  nose of unusual form and evolution.  The  diag-
  nostic value  of syphilitic  cicatrices.   Extra-
  genital chancres, prognostic  significance of.
  Professional syphilis.  16 pp.   8°.   Neio  York,
  1896.
    Repr. from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N.Y.,1896,xiv.
-----.   A report  of two cases  of linear  naevus,
  with remarks  on its  nature and  nomenclature.
  12 pp., 2 pl.   12°.  New York,  1898.
    Repr.from: N. York M.  J., 1898, lxvii.
-----.   The prophylaxis and control  of leprosy
  in this country.  21 pp.  8°.   New York,  1900.
    Repr.from: Med. News,  N. Y., 1900, lxxvi.
Morrow (Prince A[lbert])—continued.
-----.   The  prophylaxis of  venereal  diseases.
  20 pp.  12Y   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii.
-----.   Report of the committee of seven  on the
  prophylaxis  of venereal diseases in  New York.
  33 pp."  8°.   New  York,  1901.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix.
-----.   Social diseases  and  marriage.   Social
  prophylaxis,  xxi, 17-390 pp. 8°.  New York 4-
  Philadelphia, Lea Bros. 4' Co., 1904.
-----.   The  same,  xxi, 17-400 pp.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, Lea  Bros. <,• Co., [1904J.
    See, also, Alia* of venereal  und skin diseases,  fol.
  New York,  1888. — Fournier ([Jean-]Alfred). Syphilis
  and marriage.  |etc.l.  8°.   New  York, 1881. -----.  The
  same.  12°. New York, 1882.—System (A) of genitouri-
  nary diseases, [etc.].   8°.  New York, 1894.
Morrow  (W.  C.)   Souvenir of the Hotel  del
  Monte, Monterey, California.  1 p. 1., 31 pp., 3 1.
  4°.  [San Francisco, H.  S. Crocker, 1894.]
morrunibala.
    See  Waters (Mineral), by  localities.
Morsalt (Carl).  *Zur  Histologic der  Herzsar-
  kome.  [Wurtzburg.]  20  pp.   8°.   Munchen,
  C. Wolf 4- Sohn, 1895.
Morschbacli  (August).  * Beitrage  zur  Sta-
  tistik der Diphtherie.   70  pp.  8°.   Gbttingen,
  W. F. Kaestner, 1900.
Morse (Edward S[ylvester]) [1838-    ].   On
  the early stages of an  ascidian (Cynthia piri-
  formis Rathke).  7pp., lpl.   8°.  Boston,[A. A.
  Kingman], 1871.
    Repr.from:  Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1891, xiv.
-----.  On the tarsus and carpus of birds,   pp.
  141-158, 1 pl.   8 \  [New York, 1872.]
    Cutting from: Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., N. Y., 1872. x.
-----.  On a diminutive  form of Buccinum uuda-
  tum (male);  case of natural selection.   4pp.
  8°. Boston,  1876.
    Repr.from:  Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, xviii.
-----.  What American  zoologists have done for
  evolution.   42 pp.  8°.  Salem, Mass., 1876.
    Repr.from:  Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sc, Salem, 1876, xxv.
-----.  A comparison between the  ancient aud
  modern molluscan fauna of Omori, Japan.   11
  pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  4°.  [Tokio,  1879.]
    Repr.from:  Mem. Sc. Dep.Univ. Tokio, 1879.
-----.  The gradual dispersion of certain mol-
  lusks in New England.  8 pp.   8°.   [Salem,
  Mass., 1880.]
    Repr.from: Bull. Essex Inst., Salem, 1880, xii.
-----.  On the identity of the ascending process
  of the astragalus  in birds  with the  interme-
  dium.  10pp., lpl.  4°.  Boston,  1880.
    Anniversary Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1880.
-----.  Notes on the  condition of zoology, fifty
  years  ago and to-day;  in connection with  the
  growth of the Essex  Institute.  9 pp.  8C.   Sa-
  lem, Mass., 1884.
    Repr.from:  Bull. Essex Inst.,  Salem, 1884, xvi.
-----.  Ancient and modern methods of  arrow-
  release.  56 pp.  8°.   [Salem, 1885.]
    Repr.from: Bull. Essex Inst.,  Salem, 1885, xvii.
-----.  Museums of art, and their influences.   13
  pp.  8°.   Salem, [Salem Press Publ. 4- Print. Co.],
  1892.
-----.  Natural selection and crime.  14 pp.  8C.
  New York, 1892.
    Repr. from:  Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y.. 1892, xii.
-----.  Latrines of the East.   18 pp.   8°.   [Bos-
  ton, 1893.]
    Repr.from:  Am. Architect, Bost., 1893.
-----.  If public libraries, why not public mu-
  seums?  pp. 112-119.  8-.   [New York, 1893.]
    Cutting from: Atlantic Month., N. Y., 1893, lxxii. 
MORSE.
109
MORSE.
Morse (Edward S[ylvester])—continued.
-----.   The  same.  pp.  771-780.   8°.   Washing-
  ton, 1895.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from : Rep. U. S. Nat.
  Mus.,  Wash., 1893.
-----.   Address of . .  .,  president of the Ameri-
  can Association for the Advancement of Science.
  43 pp.  8°.   Salem, Mass., Salem Press,  1897.
------.   The utilisation of the sun's rays  in  heat-
  ing  and ventilating apartuieuts.   8  pp.  8°.
  [n. p., n. d.]
    Repr.from: Proc. Soc. Arts  Mass. Inst. Technol.
    See, also. Palaeolithic man in eastern and central
  North America, [etc.]. 8°.  Cambridge, Mass., 1888.
Morse (Frank  L.)   Diphtheria.   23 pp.   8°.
  Boston, 1897.
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. <fc Paediat., Bost.,  1896-7, x.
Morse (Fred W.) & Howard (Charles  D.)
  Poisonous properties of wild-cherry leaves,   pp.
  113-123.  8-.  [Durham, 1898.]
    Forms Bull. no. 56 of: N. H. Coll. Agric. Exper. Station.
Morse (Frederic H.)  Mechanical vibration as a
  physical ageutin the treatment of disease,   pp.
  487-491.  3J.  New York, 1903.
    Cutting [with printed title] from: J.  Advanc Therap.,
  NY Y., 1903.
morse  (Frederick Langdon) [1847-88].
    Rngg (D. F.)  Obituary.  Tr. Vermont M. Soc. 1888,
  Montpelier, 1889, 106-108.
Morse (Henry Lee). .,
    See Randall (B. Alex.) & florae (Henry Lee).  Pho-
  tographic illustrations of the anatomy of the human ear,
  [etc.].  4°.  Philadelphia, 1887.
morse  (John  Frederick-)  [1857-98].
    M. (W. A.)  [Obituary.]  Occidental M. Times, Sacra-
  mento, 189h, xii, 444— Necrology.  Tr. M.  Soc. Calif.,
  Monterey, 1899, xxix, 349.
Morse (John Lovett).  A  bacteriological  study
  of four  hundred cases of inflammation of the
  throat, occurring in diphtheria and scarlet feyer,
  with  especial reference to  pathogenesis.  28 pp.
  8°.  Boston, Rockwell 4~ Churchill, 1894.
    Repr. from: Med. &  Surg. Rep. Bost. Citv  Hosp.,
  1894, 5. s.
------.   Leukemia in infants.   8 pp.   12°.   Bos-
  ton, 1894.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1894, cxxxi.
------.   A clinical and experimental study of the
  leucocytosis of diphtheria.   23  pp.,  1  pl.  8°.
  Boston, Rockwell 4~ Churchill,  1^95.
    Repr.from: Med. & Surg.Rep.Bost. City Hosp.,1895,6.8.
------.   The home  modification  of milk.   8 pp.
  12°.   Boston, 1896.
    Repr. from: Boston M. &. S. J., 1896,  cxxxiv.
------.   A study of the changes produced in the kid-
  neys hy the toxins of the Staphylococcus  pyo-
  genes aureus.  10pp.,2pl.  8°.  New York, 1896.
    Repr.from: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1896, i.
------.   Typhoid fever in childhood, with an anal-
  ysis  of two hundred  and eighty-four cases.   2(3
  pp.   16°.  Boston, Damrell 4~ Upham, 1896.
    Repr.from: Boston M. &. S. J., 1896,  cxxxiv.
------.   The non-operative treatment of phimosis
  in infancy.   6 pp.  12°.  Boston,  1897.
    Repr. from: Ann. Gynaec & Paediat., Bost.,  1897, x.
------.   Precocious maturity.   10  pp.   8y   [New
  York, 1-97.]
    Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv.
------.   A study of the blood in rickets.  23 pp.
  8-.  Boston, 1897.
    Repr.from: Med. & Surg. Kep. Bost.City Hosp., 1897, 8.8.
------.   Acute leucaemia in childhood.  5 pp.  8°.
  New York, E. B. Treat 4- Co., [1898].
    Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv.
------.   A consideration of the Professor Gaetner-
  mother-milk.  5 pp.  16°.  [Boston, 1898.]
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii.
Morse (John Lovett)—continued.
-----.   The principle aud limitations of the home
  modification  of  milk.  7  pp.   16°.   Boston,
  1898.
    Repr.from:  Boston M.  & S. J., 1898, cxxxix.
-----.   Remarks on the classification of the anae-
  mias of infancy, with  a report of a severe case.
  11pp.  8°.   [New York, 1*98.]
    Repr.from:  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv.
------.   A study of thirty-seven fatal cases of cir-
  rhosis of the iiver.  11pp.  *c-   Boston, Munic-
  ipal Printing Office, 1898.
    Repr.from: Med. &Surg. Rep. City Hosp. Bost., 1897,8.s.
------.   Tetany in  infancy, with  a report of six
  cases.   10 pp.   8°.  Chicago, \*9*.
    Repr.from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi.
------.   A case of erysipelas migrans.  6 pp.  8C.
  Boston, 1899.
    Repr.from:  Ann. Gynsec. & Paediat., Bost., 1898-9, xii.
------.   The renal complications of the acute en-
  teric diseases of infancy. 18 pp.  8°.  New York,
  1899.
    Repr.from:  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1899, xvi.
------.   The treatment  of the acne diarrheas of
  childhood.   13 pp.  12°.  Boston, 1-99.
    Repr.from:  Boston M.  & S. J., 1899, cxli.
------.   An analysis of  fifty-one cases of pneumo-
  thorax.  7 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.. 1900, n. s., cxix.
------.   Chronic  enlargement of the spleen in in-
  fancy.  8 pp.  8°.   Boston, 1900.
    Repr. from: Ann. Gynaec. <fe Paediat., Bost., 1900-1901,
  xiv.
------.   Fetal and infantile typhoid.   29  pp.  8°.
  Chicago. Am. M. Ass.  Press, 1900.
-----.   The  frequency of rickets  in  infancy in
  Boston and vicinity.   8 pp.  12°.  Chicago. 1900.
    Repr.from:  J.Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv.
-----.    The leucocyte count  in  serous pleurisy.
  4 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n. s., cxx.
-----.   Rickets.   14 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from:  Phila. M. J., 1900, v.
-----.   An  analysis of thirty-two cases of con-
  genital heart disease.   7 pp.   8°.  New York,
  1901.
    Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii.
-----.   A case of chronic arsenical poisoning in
  an  infant of seven  months.  3 pp.  8°.  New
  York,  1901.
    Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii.
-----.   A case of secondary anemia with splenic
  tumor.  5 pp.   8°.  New York, 1901.
    Repr. from: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1901, xii, no. 11.
-----.   The  diagnosis  of typhoid  fever in the
  laboratory.  7 pp.  8°.  Chicago, 1901.
    Repr.from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii.
-----.    The  feeding  of infants.    10  pp.   8\
  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1901.
-----.    Infantile  atrophy.   m pp.   12°.    New
  York,  1901.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxix.
-----.   Infantile scorbutus.  14 pp.  8-J.  Boston,
  1901.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv.
-----.   A study  of the plantar reflex in  infancy.
  5 pp.  8°.  New York, 1901.
    Repr.from: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1901, xi.
-----.   Three cases of epidemic  cerebro-spinal
  meningitis in infants.   8 pp.  8°.  Boston, 1901.
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. & Pediat., Bost.,  1900-1901,
  xiv.
-----.   Value of  the Widal reaction in infancy
  and childhood.  7 pp.  8°.   Nm York, 1901.
    Repr.from.- Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii. 
MORSE.
110
MORSELLI.
Morse (John Lovett)—continued.
------.   A case of chondrodystrophy fetalis.   7 1.,
  1 pl.  8 .  New York,  1902.
    Repr. from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y, 1902, xix.
------.   Cirrhosis of the liver in  childhood.   10
  pp.  8°.  Boston. Damrell 4~ Upham, 1902.
    Repr.from: Boston M.  &. S. J., 1902, cxlvii.
------.   Notes on some diseases of the kidney and
  bladder in  infancy.   13 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  1902.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii.
------.   Fetal congenital aud infantile typhoid.
  23 pp.  .-D.   New York, 1903.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii.
------.   A note on the transmission of whooping-
  cough by indirect contagion.  4  pp.   12°.  Bos-
  ton. 1903.
    Repr.from: Boston M.  & S. J., 1903, cxlix.
------.   Otitis  media  in  infancy.    7  pp.    8'-•
  Chicago, 1903.
    Repr. from: J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii.
------.   The  relation of chrouic  enlargement of
  the spleen to anemia in infancy.  32 pp., 1 tab.
  8'-.  Boston, 1903.
    Repr. from : Hoston M.  & S. J., 1903, cxlviii.
         A report of eight cases of pneumonia in
 infancy treated with  antipneumococcic serum.
 7 1.   8^.  New York, 1903.
  Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,,1903, xx.
-----.  Retropharyngeal abscess in  infancy. ' 7
 pp.   8°.   Chicago,  1903.
  Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii.
-----.  The treatment  of the acute diarrheas of
 infancy.  13 pp.  8°.  New York, 1903.
  Repr.from: Am. Med.,  N. Y., 1903, v.
-----.  An analysis of one hundred aud eighteen
 cases of lobar pneumonia  in  infancy.   6 1.   8°.
 New York, 1904.
  Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. T., 1904, xxi.
-----.   A case  of traumatic  hemopericardium.
 7 pp.  12°.  Boston, 1904.
  Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl.
-----.   The  diagnosis   of  metapneumonic  em-
 pyema in infancy and early childhood.  6 pp.
 12?.   Philadelphia,  1904.
  Repr.from: Am. Med.,  Phila., 1904, vii.
-----.  Hematuria as the earliest or  only symp-
 tom  of infantile scurvy.  8  pp.  8°.   Chicago,
 Am. M. Ass., 1904.
   Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass.
-----.   Milk laboratories.
                           Chicago, 1904, xliii.
                            3 pp.  8C.  Detroit,
 1904.
   Repr.from: J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii.
-----.  Rheumatoid disease  in  children.  5 pp.
 12°.   Boston, 1904.
   Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1904. clii.
-----.  A study of the caloric needs of premature
 infants.  15 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia,  1904.
   Repr. from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1904, n. s., cxxvii.
-----.  Tonsilitis a cause of acute nephritis.  3 1.
 8 .  New York, 1904.
   Repr.from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi.
-----.  The care  and feeding  of premature  in-
 fants.  10 pp.  8-.  New York, W. Wood 4- Co., 1905.
Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., X. Y., 1905, li.
     Lobar pneumonia in infancy.  7 pp.
12°.
  Philadelphia, 1905.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix.
------.   The treatment of acute nephritis in child-
  hood.  13 pp.   8 .   Philadelphia, J.  B. Lippin-
  cott Co., 1905.
    Repr. from: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., ii.
    See, also, liovett (Robert Wfilliamson]) & IVlor»c
  (John L.)  A tiansient or ephemeral  form of hip disease,
  [etc.).  12°.  Boston. 1*92.
Morse (John T[orreyJ), jr. [1840-   ].  Life and
  letters of Oliver Wendell  Holmes.   2 v.  vi (1
Morse (John T[orrey]), jr.—continued.
  1.), 3">8 pp.; 1  p. 1.* 335 pp., 2 port.  12 .   Bos-
  ton 4- New York, Houghton,  Mifflin .,- Co., 1896.
Morse (Lucius  D.)   On nasal catarrh; its symp-
  toms,  causes, complications, prevention, treat-
  ment, etc., with  illustrative  cases,  viii, 72 pp.
  8 .   Memphis, A. F. Dod 4-  Co., 1876.
Morse (Kobeit M.), jr.   Argument in  favor of
  permitting the manufacture of water gas, before
  the joint standing  committee on manufactures,
  March 12, 1884.  68 pp. 8°.  Boston, Rand, Avery
  <f- Co., 1884.
[Morse (Willard H.)]  A  contribution to  the
  study  of the therapeutics  of pulmonary tuber-
  culosis.  19 pp.  16°.  [Louisville, 1*87.]
    Repr. from [with additions]: Am. Pract. & News, Louis-
  ville, 1887, iv.
Morse (W[illiam] F.)  The disposal of the gar-
  bage and waste of the World's Columbian Expo-
  sition.  16 pp.   8y   Brooklyn, N.  Y., [1893].
    Repr.from: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1893, xxxi.
-----.  Cremation;  the disposal of waste by im-
  proved garbage and refuse destructors.  Disin-
  fection by streaming-steam currents  under low
  pressure.  Sterilization by  formic aldehyde gas.
  24 pp.   8°.   New York, Burr, [1897].
         The  disposal of refuse aud  garbage.  I.
Utilization  of city refuse.  II. Disposal  of or-
ganic waste.  III. Cremation of waste from in-
stitutions.  IV. Sterilization by streaming-steam
currents.  22  pp.  8°.  New York, 1899.
       The next step in the work of refuse and
  garbage disposal.  20 pp.   8°.  New York, 1899.
    Repr.from:  Sanitarian, N Y., 1899, xliii.
-----.   Garbage and  refuse destruction.   24 pp.
  8C.  New  York, 1902.
Morse (William H.) [1874-     ].  *Ein Fall von
  Hydronephrose durch sekundiire Nephrektomie
  geheilt.   30  pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Leipzig, B.  Georgi,
  1900.
Morselli  (Arturo).  Tavole schematiche per le
  preparazioni  anatomiche   di  miologia  ad uso
  delle,  sale di  dissezione.  4 1., 21 pl.  obi. fol.
  Milano, F. Vallardi, [1899].
------.   La tubercolosi  nella etiologia e  pato-
  genesi delle malattie  nervose e mentali.  Studio
  critico  e  sperimentale.   104 pp.  8°.   Genova,
  G. Batta,  1903.
Morselli  (E[nrico Agostino]) [1852-     ].  II
  suicidio, saggio di  stattstica morale comparata.
  Opera premiata dal r. Istituto Lombardo.  xvi,
  512 pp.,  4   1.   8°.   Milano, frat.  Dumolard,
  1879.
------.   Ricerche sperimentali intorno alia azione
  ipnotica e sedativa  della paraldeide  nelle ma-
  lattie  mentali.   II.  Communicazione preveu-
  tiva.   8 .  Bologna 4' Milano, F. Vallardi, ^83.
    Repr.from:  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1883, xiv.
         Sulla  dinamografia e sue applicazioni al
diagnostico dei disordiui motorii nelle  malattie
nervose.  61 pp.,  1 pl., 1 1.  8°.  Reggio-Emilia,
S. Calderini 4" figlio, 1885.
   -.   Sulla dismorfofobia e sulla tafefobia, due
forme  non  per ancora descritte di  pazzia del
dubbio (paranoia rudimentaria).   Nota  clinica
(dall' Istituto  psichiatrico di Genova).  14 pp.
8°.   Genova, Tipog.  d. r. Ist. sordo-muti, 1891.
       Manuale  di  semejotica  delle  malattie
mentali.  Guida alia diagnosi della pazzia per
i  medici, i  medici-legisti e gli studenti.  v. 1.
Generalita.   Esame  anamnestico,  somatico e
fisiopatologico  degli  alienati.  2. ed.   xviii,
557 pp., 1 1., 2 tab.  12°.  Milano,  F.  Vallardi,
[1898?].
       The same.  v. 2. Esame psicologico degli
alienati.  xviii,  852 pp.,  10 pl.   12°.   Milano,
F. Vallardi, [1~94]. 
MORSELLI.                                 Ill                                   MORTON.
Morselli (E[nrico Agostino])—contiuued.
-----.   Linda e Tullio Muni.  Studio psicologico
  e psichiatrico.  xvi. 291 pp., 5 ch.  12°.  Genova,
  1905.
    See,  also, «-m-biijii«'tti (Antonio).  Note ed osserva-
  zioni anatomico-fisiolngiche. 8°.  Torino, 1872.— IjiiNclii
  (Uodolphe).  Lecriinefinancier, [etc.].  8°.  Lyon. 1901.—
  Obici (<>.)  & .Tlnrchesini iG.)  I.e "amicizie"' c'i col-
  leyio.  12°. Roma, 1898.— Picrncciiii (A.)  L'assistenza
  dei  pazzi, [etc.].  16°.  Milano, 1901.—Rossi (P.)  Les
  suggesteurs, [etc. 1.  8-Y   Paris, 1904. — Scabia (L.)
  Trattato di terapia, [etc.].  8°.  Torino, 1900.
-----  &  De Sanctis (S.)  Biografia di uu
  bandito,  Giuseppe  Musolino,  di fronte  alia
  psichiatria ed  alia  sociologia.  Studio medico-
  legal e considerazioni. 424 pp., 8 pl.  8°. Mi-
  lano, fratelli Treves,  1903.
Morsoil (Gualterus S.)  *De  canalis alimenti
  seirrho.  3 p. 1., 31 pp.  8°.   Edinburgi, J. Moir,
  1821.   [P., v. 1904.]
Moi'SUS (Joachinius).
    See Scaligrr  (Julius Caesar) [in 1. 8.].  Epistolia duo
  [etc.].  sm. 4Y Lugd. Bat., 1619.
Mort  du professeur  Louis-Adolphe Neugebauer.
  3 pp.   8°.   Clermont (Oise),  Daii freres, 1890.
    Repr. from: N. Arch, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., l!-90, v.
Mortagne (Henri) [1866-     ].   * De  l'accou-
  cheinent methodiquemeut rapide.  156 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1897, No. 43.
Mortalidad  de  la ciudad de Montevideo du-
  rante  el mes de  diciembre  de 1901-[novieinbre
  del902J.   Nos. 1-12, ano 5.  8°. Montevideo, 1902.
    Bound with: Eev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1902, v.
Mortality (Statistics of).
    See Armies  (Diseases, etc., of);  Children, In-
  fants, Mortality,  etc..  of; Life-tables; Statis-
  tics (Medical); Statistics (Vital).
Mortality among negroes  in  cities.  Proceed-
  ings of the conference for investigations of city
  problems, held at Atlanta University, May 26-27,
  1896.   51 pp.  8°.  Atlanta,  Ga., Atlanta Univ.
  Press, 1896.
    Atlanta University Publications, no. 1.
Morte (Delia)  apparente [etc.].   See P. (G. D.)
Morten (Honnor).   Sketches  of hospital life.
  74 pp.  12°.  London, S. Low, 1888.
-----.   The nurse's dictionary of medical  terms
  and nursing treatment.  130 pp.   16°.  London,
  [1-91].
-----.   The midwives'pocket-book.  93 pp. 16°.
  London, Scient. Press,  1897.
    See, also, Complete (A) system of nursing.  12°. Lon-
  don, 1898.
Mortensen (  H.  Chr. )   Vort  Legeme.   [Our
  body.]  39 pt>.   8Z.   Kjpbenhavn, H. Hagerup,
  1897.
Mortier (Pierre)  [1879-    ].   *£tude sur les
  calculs de  l'uretre prCmembraneux.   83 pp., 1 1.
  8y   Paris, 1902, No. 422.
-----.   The same.  83 pp., 1  1.  8°.  Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere 4'fils, 1902.
Mortification.
    See Gangrene.
de Mortillet (A).
    Co-Editor of: Homme (L') prehistorique, Paris, 1904-5.
de Mortillet (Gabriel) [1821-98).  Le prehisto-
  rique.  Antiquite" de  l'homme.   642 pp.  12°.
  Paris, C. Reinwald, 1883.
-----.   Origiues de la chasse, de la  peche et  de
  l'agricultnre.   1.  Chasse,  peche, domestication.
  xiii, 516 pp.  8C.   Paris, Lecrosnier 4" Babe", 1890.
    Biblioth. anthropologique, xii.
-----.   Anthropologic  de la  Haute-Savoie.   11
  pp., 9 pl.  8y  Paris, A. Hennuyer, 1*92.
    Repr.from: Bull. Soc. d'anthrop.. Par., 1892, iii.
-----.   Formation  de la nation francaise, textes,
  linguistique, palethnologie,  anthropologie. 336
  pp.  8°.  Paris, F. Alcan,  1-97.
de Mortillet (Gabriel)—continued.
    For Biography, see Anthropologie,  Par., 1898,  ix, 601-
  612 (E. Caitailhac).  Also: Arch, per  1' antrop., Firenze,
  1899, xxix, 103-106(E.Regalia).  Also: Bull. Soc.d'anthrop.
  de Brux., 1898-9, xvii, 197-199 (E. Houze).  Also: Bull. Soc.
  d'anthrop. de Par., 18:18,4. s., ix. 451-462 (Herv6 & Capitau).
  AUo: Bull, etmem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par.,  1901, 5. s., ii,
  559-51)2 (Xicole). Also: Rev. mens, de 1'ficole d'anthrop.
  de Par., 1898, viii, 297-300, port.
------.   See, also:
    de  iVIortillet (P.) Liste des publications de Gabriel
  de Mortillet.  Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1901,
  5. s., ii, 448-464.
Mortimer (Cromwell) [      -1752].
    Courtney (W. P.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond.. 1894, xxxix, 118.
Mortimer (J[ohn] D[esinoudJ E[rnest]).  Ten-
  dencies to  consumption;  how  to  counteract
  them,  viii, 138 pp.  8°.   London, [1901?].
Mortimer (W. Golden).  Peru.   History of coca,
  "the diviue plant" of the Incas.   With  an in-
  troductory  account  of the  Incas  and  of the
  Andean Indians of to-day.   xxxi, 576 pp., 1 pl.
  8 .   New  York, J. H.  Vail 4- Co., 1901.
-----.   The same.   Histoire de la coca, la  plante
  divine des Incas.  Traduction de la 2. 6d. (1902)
  par  H.-1J. Gausseron.  328 pp., 1 pl.  roy. 8°.
  Paris, A.  Maloine, 1904.
Mortimer (W[illiam] H[enry]).  Observations
  ou the growth and irregularities of children's
  teeth; followed by remarks  and advice ou the
  teeth in  general. To which  is added a short
  essay on artificial teeth.   2. ed.   xii, 129 pp., 4
  pl.   12°.  London, S. Highley, 1845.
Mortola (Agostino).
    See ©be  (U.)  Sulla incorruptibility dei cadaveri umani.
  8°.  Genova, 1900.
Morton (A[ndrew] Stanford).  Refraction of the
  eye,  its  diagnosis and the  correction   of  its
  errors.  4. ed.  viii, 71 pp., 2 tab.  8°.  London,
  H. K. Lewis, 1891.
-----.   The same.  5. ed.  viii, 72 pp., 2 pl.  12°.
  London, H. K. Lewis, 1894.
-----.   The  same.  6. ed.  3 p. 1., 74  pp.  8°.
  London, H. K. Lewis, 1897.
-----.   The same.  4. ed.  viii, 71 pp., 2 tab.  8C.
  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son 4' Co., 1891.
Morton (Bowditch).
    See Shepherd (Peter).  First aid to the injured, [etc.].
  16°.  New York, 1882.
Morton (Charles)  [1716-99].
    Norgate (C. Le G.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xxxix, 150.
Morton (Daniel).  Reprints of papers read  he-
  fore  medical  societies.  1. Some points regard-
  ing the use of cocaine in urinary surgery.   2.
  La grippe of  the  larynx.  3. Meatotomy ; how
  to perform it.  4.  Urinalysis don'ts.  7 pp.  8°.
  Louisville, Ky., [1892].
-----.   The  future of  medical  colleges   in the
  smaller cities of the United States.  15 pp.  12°.
  New York, 1896.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv.
Morton (Douglas).   How shall  we operate  for
  mammary cancer, and when? 19 pp.  12°.  Louis-
  ville, J. P. Morton 4-  Co., 1891.
    Repr.from: Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1891, xii.
Morton Eden (Francois).  See Eden (Francois
  Morton).
Morton (EdwardReginald).  Essentials of med-
  ical electricity,    xi, 192  pp., 11  pl.   12°.  Lon-
  don,  H. Kimpton, 1905.
Morton (Elizabeth Whitman).   The discovery
  of anaesthesia. W. T. G. Morton and his heroic
  battle for a new idea; how painless  surgery be-
  gan  fifty  years ago.    pp. 311-318.  8°.   [New
  York, 1896.]
    Cutting from: McClure's Mag., N. T., 1896, vii.
Morton (Henry) & Leeds (Albert R.)  The
  student's  practical chemistry.   A text-book on 
MORTON.
112
MORTON.
Morton (Henry) & L.eeds (A. R.)—continued.
  chemical  physics .and  inorganic  and  organic
  chemistry.  311  pp.   12°.  Philadelphia, J. B.
  Lippincott 4" Co., 1866.
Morton  (Henry  H. ) [1861-    ].  Obstetric
  methods in Prague.  6 pp.   12°.  [New York,
  1888.]
    Repr.from : N. York M. J., 1888, xlvii.
-----.   Treatmentof syphilis.  8 pp.  8 ,  [Brook-
  lyn, 1893.]
    Repr. from: Tr. M. Soc. County Kings, Brooklyn, 1893.
-----.   Raynaud's disease, with report of three
  cases.  8 pp.   8°.  New York,  L-94.
    Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. T., 1894,
  xii.
-----.   Bottini's operation for  enlarged prostate,
  with  report of five  cases.    15 pp.   12°.   New
  York, 1*98.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. T., 1898, liv.
-----.   Geuito-urinary  diseases  and  syphilis.
  xii, 372 pp., 5 pl.   8°.  Philadelphia, F. A. Davis
  Co., 1902.
Morton  (Howard Mel.)   The insertion  of an
  artificial globe into Tenon's capsule, with pres-
  ervation of the function of the ocular muscles;
  an operation for  certain cases in which Mule's
  method is inadvisable or impracticable.  6 pp.
  12°.  New York, 1897.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi.
Morton (John).   Annual reports of the medical
  officer of health  to the Guildford  urban  sani-
  tary authority, for the  years  1881;  1886-9.   8J.
  Guildford, 1882-90.
Hlorton  (Lloyd) [1827-88.]
    Obituary notice. Tr. Rhode  Island  M. Soc.  1888,
  Providence, 1889, iii, pt. 6, 569-573, port.
Morton  (Richard) [1637-98].   Phthisiologia,
  sen exercitationes de phthisi tribus libris  com-
  prehensae,  totumque  opus variis  historiis illus-
  tratnm.    11 p. 1., 455 pp.   16°.  Francofurti 4~
  Lipsice, G. W. Kiihn,  1691.
-----.   The same.  Phthisiologia, sive traetatus
  de phthisi, [etc.]. 4  p.  1., 155 pp.,  1 tab.   4°.
  Lugduni, Anisson  4" Posuel, 1718.
-----.   The same. Phthisiologia, or  a  treatise
  of consumptions,  wherein the difference, uature,
  causes, signs, and cure  of all sorts of consump-
  tions are explained.  Containing three books.  I.
  Of original consumptions from tbe whole habit
  of the  body.  II.  Of au original consumption of
  the lungs. III.  Of  symptomatica!  consump-
  tions, or such  as are the effects of some other
  distempers.  Illustrated by particular cases and
  observations added to every  book.   3 p.  1., 360
  pp., 8 1., port.   8°.  London, S. Smith <f B.  Wal-
  ford, 1694.
-----.   The same.  2.  ed.   3 p. 1., 360 pp.,  8 1.,
  port.   12°.  London,  W. 4- J.  Innys, 1720.
-----.   Opera  medica, in  tres  tomos distributa.
  I.  De  phthisi.   II.  De  morbis universalibus
  acutis.  III. De febribus iutlamniatoriis.  Editio
  ultima emendatior.   3v.ini.  sm. 4°.   Venetiis,
  H. Albrizzi, 1696.
-----.   The same.   Quibus additi fuere traetatus
  sequentes:  I.  Gault.  Harris,  De  morbis  infan-
  tum, [etc.].   4°.   Lugduni, Anisson  4'  Posuel,
  1718.
                    CONTENTS.
    1. De morhis universalibus acutis. 2 p. 1., 163 pp., 21.,
  1 tab.
    2. Pyretologia, sive traetatus de febribus inflammato-
  riis universalibus variis historiis illustrata. 14 p. 1., 207
  pp., 4 1.
    3. De morbis infantum [etc.], autore Gualtero Harris.
  2 p. 1., 84 pp., 3 1.
    4. Gul. Cole.   Novae hypotheseos, [etc.].  3 p.  1., 95
  pp., 4 1.
    5. Gul. Cole.  De secretione animali.  3 p. 1., 72 pp.
    6. Martini Lister.  De  morbis chronisis.  3 p. 1., 100 pp.
    7. Martini Lister.  De variolis.  40 pp.
Morton (Richard)—continued.
    8. Thomas Sydenham.  Processus integri, [etc.].  3 p.
  1., 44 pp.
    Bound with his: Phthisiologia, [etc.].  4°.  Lugdvni,
  1718.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog. Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  157 (B. Porter).
Iflorton (Richard)  [1669-1730].
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  158 (B. Porter).
Morton  (Samuel George) [1799-1851].   Intro-
  ductory  lecture to a  course of  demonstrative
  anatomy; delivered Dec.  11, 1830.   16 pp.   8°.
  Philadelphia, Mifflin ,)'• Parry, 1831.  [P., v. 1829.]
-----.   Letter to the Rev. John Bachman on  the
  question of hybridity in animals, considered in
  refrrence to the unity of the  human species.
  19 pp.    8°.   Charleston, S. C, Walker 4' James,
  1850.   [P., v. 1866.]
-----.   Additional observations ou hybridity in
  animals  and on  some collateral subjects; being
  a reply to the objections ot the Rev. John Bach-
  man.   53 pp.   8°.   Charleston, S. C, Walker 4~
  James, 1850.   [P., v. 18H6.]
    Repr.from:  Charleston M. J. & Rev., 1850.
    See, also. Crania Americana, [etc.].   8Y  [New Haven,
  1840.]—Ellin (Benjamin).  The medical  formulary. 7. ed.
  8°. Philadeipliia,l84'd.—.Mackintosh (John).  Principles
  of pathology [etc.]. 8°.  Philadelphia. 1836.— Nolt (J .C.)
  & Oliiltlon (Geo. R.)  Types of mankind,  [etc.]. 8. ed.
  8°.  Philadelphia d-London, 186(1.
    For Biography, see Grant (W. R.) Lecture introduc-
  tory to a course ou anatomy and physiology in the medical
  department of Pennsylvania College, delivered Oct.  13,
  1851. 8°.  Philadelphia, 1852.
Morton (Thomas) [1813-49].  Anatotuia chirur-
  gica del periueo.   Versione  dall' inglese,  con
  note di Giuseppe Bottaui.  72 pp.  8°.  Vienna,
  P. P. Mechitaristi, 1839.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  167 (D'A. Power).
Morton (Thomas) [1836-1905].  An  address ou
  the relation  of public  morals  to the public
  health.  Delivered at the annual meeting of the
  Harveian Society of London.  12 pp.   12°.  Lon-
  don, Brit. M. Ass.,  [1885].  [P., v. -<>290.]
    For Biography, see Brit M. J., Loud., 1905, i, 802.  AUo:
  Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1101.
Morton (Thomas George) [1835-1903].  Case of
  axillary  aneurism.   12 pp.   sm. 8°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1867.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1867, n. s., liv.
-----.   A peculiar and painful affection  of  the
  fourth metataiso-phalangeal  articulation.    10
  pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia, 1876. J
    Repr. [with additions] from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,
  1876, n. s., lxxi.
-----.   On the antiseptic treatment of wounds.
  Clinical  lectures.   31  pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia,
  1887.]
    Repr.from: Phila. M. Times, 1886-7,  xvii.
-----.   The same.  Clinical lectures on the anti-
  septic  treatment of wouuds.   35 pp.   8°.  [Phil-
  adelphia, 1887.]
-----.   Abdominal section for perforated typhoid
  ulcer.  8 pp.  16°.   Philadelphia, 1887.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1887, li.
-----.   The  diagnosis of pericecal abscess,  and
  its treatment hy lemoval of the appendix  vermi-
  form is.                         ^
    In:  Smith (H. H.)  The appendix vermiformis, [etc.].
  12°.  Chicago,  1888, 25-44.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888, x.
-----.   Inflammation of the vermiform appendix;
  its  results,  diagnosis, and treatment,  together
  with the reports of seven cases of excision of the
  vermiform  appendix for  perforative  appendi-
  citis;  with  exhibition  of five of the patients.
  44 pp.  12c. Philadelphia, J. B.  Lippincott Co.,
  1890.
    Repr.from: Tr. Coll. Phy*. Phila., 1890, 3. s , xii. 
MOETON.
113
MORTON.
Morton (Thomas George)—continued.
-----.   Progress in  surgery in 1891.  56 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia. 1^9'2.
    Repr. from: Times  & Reg., Phila., 1892, xxiv.
-----.   Some medico legal experiences in railway
  cases.   16°.   Chicago, 1893.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi.
  ----.   Memoir of  William  Hunt.   20  pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1-97.
    Repr.from: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1897, 3. s., xix.
    See, also, Peri-crecnl inflammation, [etc.].  8°. Phila-
  delphia. Isss  «iin■ ih (Henrv II.)  The appendix vermi-
  formis.  [etc.. |.  1'-'-. Chicago 1888.
    For Rioqruphn. see Am. Sled., Phila., 1903, v, 852.  AUo:
  J. Am.  M. Ass.! Chicago, 1903, xl, 1521.  AUo: Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 864.
-----A- Hunt (William).  Cystic growth within
  the internal condyle of the femur. 8  pp.  8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1893.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1893, xi.
-----& Woodbury (Frank).  The history  of
  the Pennsylvania Hospital.  1751-1895.  Front-
  ispiece, viii, 575 pp., 18 pl.  roy. 8J.   Philadel-
  phia, Times Print. House, 1895.
Morton (Thomas  8.  K.)   Hospital operating-
  table  and ward dressing-carriage.  [Extracts.]
  3 pp.  8C.  [Philadelphia,  1887.]
    Repr.from: Med. News,  Phila., 1887, 1.
------.  Surgical considerations of the abdominal
  complications of typhoid  fever.   12  pp.   16°.
  [Philadelphia, 1887']
    Repr.from: Med. News, Pbila., 1887, li.
------.  Abdominal  section  for traumatism, with
  tables  of two hundred and thirty-four  cases.
  16 pp.  roy. 8°.  Chicago,  1890.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xiv.
------.  The operative treatment of appendicitis.
  9 pp.  8-.  [Philadelphia, 1891.]
    Repr.from: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1891, xii.
------.  Radical  treatment  of hydrocele.    pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1892.]
    Repr. from: Phila. Polyclin., 1892, i.
------.  The treatment of leg ulcers.  7  pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia. 1892.]
    Repr.from: Proc Phila.  Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1892, xiii.
-----.  Metatarsalgia (Morton's painful affection
  of the foot), with  an account of six cases cured
  by  operation.  18  pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1893.
    Repr.from: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1893.
-----.  The same.   Its  causes,  symptoms,  and
  treatment, with illustrative cases and bibliogra-
  phy.   2. ed.  35 pp.  12U.   Philadelphia, 1895.
-----.  The treatment  of burns.   5  pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Phila.  Polyclin., 1893, ii.
------.  Tumors of  the peripheral  nerves; with
  the repoit  of  a case ot sarcoma of the sciatic.
  7 pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1893.
------.  Acetanilid as an antiseptic; with obser-
  vations  upon  its  use in one thousand  surgical
  eases.   6 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia, 1894.]
    Repr.from: Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv.
------.  Conditions justifying removal of the tes-
  ticle in radical operations for inguinal hernia,
  with a report of three successful cases.   11 pp.
  8°.   [Philadelphia,  1894.]
    Repr.from: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1894, lxx.
------.   Fibrous bodies  in  the tunica vaginalis
  testis; with a report of  three cases.  5  pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia,  1894.]
    Repr.from: Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv.
------.   Kocher's method of reducing sub-coracoid
  dislocations of the shoulder; with cases of frac-
  ture iucideut to the procedure in  old  displace-
  ments.  2 1.   8°.   [ Philadelphia, 1894.]
    Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii.
       VOL  XI, 2d  series-----8
Morton (Thomas S. K.)—continued.
-----.   A new method for reduction of fractures
  of the  lower  end of the radius.   3 pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1894.]
    Repr.from: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv.
------.   Treatment  of traumatic  shock.   8 pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1^94.]
    Repr.from: Phila, Polyclin., 1894, iii.
------.   Two cases of congenital hypertrophy of
  the fingers.  6 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia, Lea Bros.
  4- Co., 1894.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv.
------.   A case of abdominal section for multiple
  gunshot wounds of the intestine, complicated by
  tuberculous peritonitis.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv.
------.   Fracture of thyroid and cricoid cartilages
  and hyoid bone; asphyxia; tracheotomy; death.
  3 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1895, xvi.
------.   A successful case  of castration  for  pros-
  tatic  hemorrhage and hypertrophy.   1 1.   8Y
  Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv.
------.   A case of removal of the major portion of
  the lower  jaw for sarcoma.  2 pp.   8°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1896.
    Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v.
------.   Extracts from  the proceedings of the sec-
  tion on general surgery of the College of Physi-
  cians of Philadelphia.  Meeting of May 8, 1896.
  6 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1896.
    Repr. from: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiv.
------.   Modern gastrostomy.  15 pp.  12°.   Phil-
  adelphia, 1896.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1896, lxviii.
------.   Intra-venous  saline infusion  for hemor-
  rhage; with report of a case of  rupture, extra-
  uterine pregnancy, and a case of stab-wound of
  the thorax apparently saved by its employment.
  14 pp.   12°.  Detroit, G. S. Davis. 1896.
    Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897, 3. s., xii.
------.   Extracts from the proceedings of the
  Philadelphia County Medical Society  meeting
  of February 10, 1897.  Presentatiou of cases.  4
  pp.   8°.  [Philadelphia,  1897.]
    Repr.from: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi.
------.   Fractured ribs in tbe aged.  2 pp.   8J.
  [Philadelphia, 1^97.]
    Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1897, vi.
------.   Removal of certain benign breast tumors
  by Thomas' trap-door incision and  hidden cica-
  trix method.  3 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia, 1898.]
    Repr.from: Phila. Polyclin., 1898, vii.
------.   Trans-peritoneal ligation of the iliac arte-
  ries;  with report of seven  new cases and statis-
  tics of twenty-nine operations.   8 pp., 1 tab.
  12°.  Chicago,'1898.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx.
    See, also, VlnsMer ( John IT.) &  lUoi-ton ( T. S. K.)
  Case of carcinoma of descending colon [etc].  8°.   Phila-
  delphia, 1896.
Morton (William J[ames]) [1846-    ].   Ami's-
  tlietic inhalation ; rival claimants to the discov-
  ery.  Dr. Long's claim  criticised;  the priority
  of Dr. Morton's  announcement  maintained.  5
  pp.   8°.  [New York, 1879.]
    Repr.from: N. York Times, Sept. 9, 1879.
-----.   Neurological   specialism.    12  pp.   8°.
  [New York], 1883.
    Repr.from: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. T., 1883, x.
------.   The Ftanklinic interrupted  current, or
  my new system of therapeutic administration of
  static electricity.  8 pp.  fol.  Neio York, Trow's,
  1891.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix. 
MORTON.
114
MOSAN.
Morion (William J[ames])—continued.
-----.   Upon a possible electric polarity of metab-
  olism,  and its relations to electro-therapeutics
  and electro-physiology.  A suggested basis and
  guide for medical treatment by  electric energy.
  32 pp.   12°.  New  York, 1892.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892, xlii.
-----.   Ozone and its  uses in medicine.  58 pp.
  12°.   New York,  1894.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1894, lix.
-----.   Electric medicamental diffusion.  Metal-
  lic electrolysis,  cataphoresis, soluble  metallic
  electrodes, with  illustrative cases  of  tinnitus
  aurium,  trachoma, nasal and post-nasal catarrh,
  urethritis, tonsillitis,  vascular  tumor,  dermoid
  cyst,  iiawi, sycosis, etc.  27 pp.  12°.   Chicago,
  1895.
     Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv.
-----.   Memoranda relating to  the "discovery
  of anaesthesia".   4  galley  sheets.   [New  York,
  1*95.]
-----.   "Cataphoresis", or electric medicamental
  diffusion as applied  in medicine, surgery, and
  dentistry. 267 pp., 1 ch.  8°.  New York, Ameri-
  can Technical  Book Co., 1898.
-----.   Cases of sciatic and brachial neuritis and
  neuralgia; treatment and cure by electro-static
  currents.  Cases compiled from records by  W. B.
  Snow.  24 pp.   12°.   New  York, 1899.
     Repr.from:  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lv.
-----.  Electrostatic  currents and  the  cure  of
  locomotor ataxia, rheumatoid arthritis, neuritis,
  migraine, incontinence of urine, sexual  impo-
  tence, and uterine fibroids.  16 pp.  12°.   New
   York,  1899.
     Repr.from:  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi.
 -----.  The use of electricity in  chronic rheuma-
  tism.  12 pp.  12°.  New York,  1900.
     Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii.
-----.  Radiotheraphy for cancer and other dis-
  eases.  19 pp.   12°.   New York, W.  Wood $ Co.,
  1902.
     Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxi.
-----.  Artificial  fluorescence of living tissue in
  relation  to  disease.  24 pp.    8°.  New  York,
   1901.
     Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc], 1904, lxxix.
 -----.  Memoranda relating to  the discovery of
  surgical anesthesia, and  William T. G. Mutton's
  relation  to this event.  1 p. 1., 21 pp.,  1  pl.,
  port.  8°.  New York, 1905.
     Repr.from: Post-Graduate, N. Y.,  1905, xx.
 -----.  Recent advances  iu electrotherapeutics.
   14 pp.  8°.  New York, 1905.
     Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi.
     For  Biography, see Phys. &  Surg.  America (Watson),
   Concord, N. H., 1896, 81)6-808.
 -----  &. Hammer (Edwin W.)   The X-ray,
   or photography  of the invisible, and its value in
   surgery.  196 pp., 32 pl.  12°.   A^etc York, 1896.
 Morton (W[illiam] J[ohn] T[homas]).  On cal-
   culous concretions iu the  horse, ox, sheep,  and
   dog.   83 pp., 4 pl.  8°.  London, Longman [and
   others],  1844.
 -----.  A manual of  pharmacy  for the student
   of veterinary medicine;  containing  the sub-
   stances employed at the Royal Veterinary Col-
   lege, with an attempt at their classification, and
   the pharmacopoeia of that institution.   7.  ed.
   xv, 568 pp.  12°.  London, Longman [and others],
   1868.
 Morion  (W[illiam]  T[homas]  G[reen])  [1819-
   68J.   Memoire sur la decouverte du nouvel em-
   ploi de l'6ther sulfurique.  Suivi des pieces jus-
   titicatives.  60  pp.   8°.   Paris, E. Bautruche,
   1847.   [P., v. 1748.]
     See, also, Anaesthetics (History of); Ether as anaes-
   thetic  (History of).
Morton (W[illiam] T[homas] G[reen])—cont'd.
    For Biography, see Historical material for the hiog-
  raphy of W. T.  G.  Morton, discoverer  of  etherization,
  with an account of anaesthesis; compiled hy Ben: Perley
  Poore.  inter!.  8°.  Washington. 1856.  See, also:  Phys.
  & Surg America (Watson). Concord, N. H., 1896, 803-806.
  Also: Practitioner,  Lond.. 1896, lvii, 401-407, port.
    For Portrait^ see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
-----.  See, also:
    Proceedings on behalf of the  Morton  testi-
  monial.  8°.  Boston, 1861.
    Photographic copy of diploma to W.  T. G.
  Morton from Washington University, Baltimore.
  fol.  [■«. p., n. d.]
    Photographic copy of tickets of admission to
  lectures at Harvard University, fol.   [n.p.,n.d.]
    Testimonial to Win. T. G.  Morton [in 1. s.].
  Boston, April, 1861.  4°.   [Boston, 1861.]
    Morton (W. J.)   Memoranda relating to the discovery
  of surgical anesthesia, and William T.  G. Morton's rela-
  tion to this  event.  Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 333-
  353, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.
Morton Hospital, Taunton, Mass.  Annual re-
  ports of the trustees and officers to the Taunton
  Hospital  Company.  1.-16., 1888-9  to 1903-4.
  ho.   Taunton, 1889-1904.
    Founded by the  Taunton Hospital Company in 1888.
  Opened January 8, 1889.
Iflorlpn's  disease.
    See Foot (Painful).

mortuary customs.
    See Burial; Cadaver (Care and disposal of).
Mortureux (M.) [1874-     ].  *Des kystes hy-
  datiques de la  rate.  97 pp.   8°.   Paris,  1900,
  No.  35"*.
Morucci  (Andre") [1875-    ].  * Contribution
  a l'6tude de la tuberculose chirurgicale s6nile et
  de  ses localisations osteo-articulaires.  76 pp.,
  11.  8°.  Montpellier, 1903, No. 24.
Morus (Alexander).
    See Ke<li (Pranciscus).  Epistola ad aliquas oppositio-
  ns, [etc.].  16°. Amstelodami, 1675.

morvan.
    Hovelacque (A.)  & Herve (G.)  Recherches eth-
  nologiques sur le Morvan.  Mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par.,
  1894, 3. s.,  i, fasc.  2, 1-256,  portr.--------—.  Notes
  sur l'ethnologie du Morvan.  Rev. mens, de l'Ecole d'an-
  throp. de Par., 1895, v, 117-122.
Morvan   (Jean-Louis)  [1858-     ].   * De  la
  regie a suivre  dans les abces  du  foie ouverts
  dansMes bronches.   43 pp., 11.  4°.  Bordeaux,
  18*8, No. 71.
Morvan  (Jules) [1877-    ].  * De la localisa-
  tion et du  caractere iuflammatoire des lesions de
  l'angine de  poitrine arterielle.  1 p. 1., 116 pp.
  8°.  Lyon, 1899,  No. 47.
morvan's disease.
    See Leprosy (Ancesthetic); Nails (Diseases of);
  Syringomyelia.
de Morvean.
    See  .Spalding  (Lyman).  A new  nomenclature  of
  chemistry,  obi. 8°. Hanover, N. H., 1799.
de  Morville (A.)   Rapport  fait a la Soci6t6
  ceutrale  d'agriculture de Nancy,  snr la question
  de l'ara61ioratiou du service  sanitaire dans les
  campagnes.  6 pp.  8°.   [Nancy, Ve. Raybois 4'
   Cie., 1851.]
Mory  (Emil).   Standesfragen;   Betraclitungen
  eines  Landarztes.   viii, 132 pp.  8~\   Basel, C.
  Sallmann, 1892.
 Mory  (fimile) [1868-    ].  * Les traitements de
  la  chlorose.  77 pp., 1 1.   4°.   Paris,  1893,  No.
  264.
 -----.   The  same.  77 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Paris,  G.
   Steinheil, 1893.
 Mosan (Jacob).
     See Wirsuiig[WirtsEiing]  (Christopher). The gen-
   eral practise of physick [etc.].  fol. London, 1654. 
MOSBACHER.
115
MOSCOW.
Mosbaclier  (V.)   * Ueber  Euchondrom  des
  Oberkiefers.   46 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Wiirzburg, J. M.
  Richter, 1892.
Mosberg (Bernhard).   * Ueber  die  Ausschei-
  dung des Phlorhizins und des  Zuckers in der
  Niere.  47 pp.  8C.   Wiirzburg, Becker, 1*98.
Most'a  ((Jiuseppe).   Dell' aria e de' morbi dal-
  l' aria dipeudenti.   Parte I.  In  cui la teoria di
  eotesti  morbi si stabilisce, fondata su  1' osser-
  vazioue e 1'  esperienza.   Parte II.  In  cui la sto-
  ria e  cura di  questi morbi si stabilisce, fondata
  su 1' osservazione e 1' esperienza.  4 v.   12°. Na-
  poli, A. Pellecchia,  1746-9.
Moscatelli  (Antonio).   Riflessioni fisiologico-
  patologiche,  con  alcune  important!  note.   66
  pp., 11.  12°.  Bologna, Stamperia delle Muse, 1*28.
Moscatelli  (Regolo).   Sopra  1'  esistenza del-
  1'  acetone nell' orina tisiologica dell'  uonio.  4
  pp.   .8°.  [n. p., 1884, vel subseq.]
Moscati  (Giovanni).  Ostruzione di  milza cu-
  rata con antimonio, ed estratto di cicnta.
     In: Rac. di opusc. med. pract.  8°.  Firenze, 1775, iii,
  18S-195.
Moscati  (Pietro)  [1739-1824].   Delle  corporee
  ditferenze essenziali che passano fra la struttura
  de' "bruli e la uinana.  61 pp.  12°.  Brescia, G.
  Ili::ardi, 1771.
-----.   L'ompeudio  di  cognizioni  veterinarie a
  coinodo de' medici e chirurghi di campagna nella
  occasione della maligna  febbre  epizootica di
  tmest' anuo 1795, scritto per online della eccel-
  lentissiiua congregazione municipale  di Milano,
  dal R. P. D. P. M.   168 pp., 2 tab.  8C.   Milano,
  frat. Pirola, [1795].
     See, also, Kanori (G.) Aualisi del preteso genio d' Ip-
  pociate.  8°.   Milano,  1799.
MoscatO (Pasquale).  Sulle localizzazioni mul-
  tiple che 1' infezioue palustre pub piodurre nel-
  1'  organismo umano e piu specialmente sui centri
  nervosi.  61  pp.  8°.  Milano, A. Rancati, 1901.
     Repr. from: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1901, lx.
-----.  .Sulle  osteopatie palustri;  coutribuzione
  alle localizzazioni multiple che  1' infezione palu-
  stre pub  produrre  nell' organismo umano e piu
  specialmeute sui centri uervosi.   Studio clinico.
  52 pp.  8D.    Girgenti, 1902.
MoscliatOS  ( H. )   "Ueber  Additionsproducte
  des  Hexaniethylenauiins.  [Erlangen.]  48 pp.
  8C.   Gbttingen,  W. F. Kaesiner, 1892.
Mosclieles (Robert).   * Ueber die Constitution
  der Tetiinsaiire und ihrer Honiologen.   [Erlan-
  gen.]  27 pp.   8 y  Munchen, F. Mraub, 1888.
Mosclieni  (Domeuico  Luigi).   De'hagni di
  Lucca; trattato.  xiv (1 1.), 312 pp., 1 tab., 1 pl.
  8:\   Lucca. G. Rocchi, 1792.
Moschenross  (Victor).  * Ueber die  Gastro-
  stomie, im Anschluss an einen  in der chirurgi-
  'schen Klinik zu Freiburg nach Witzel operier-
  ten  Fall.  51 pp.   8°.   Freiburg  i. B.,  E. Kath-
  ruff,  1896.
Moscbini (Alfredo).  Diverticolo di  Meckel in
  esomfalo congenito. 12 pp.  8J.  Macerata, fra-
  telli Mancini, 1903.
-----.  La tubercolosi verrucosa.  Studio clinico
  e  anatomo-patologico.   27 pp.    8°.  Macerata,
  fratelli Mancini, 11)03.
Moschkau (Alfred).
     See JiiHt  (Otto).  Oybin im Zittauer Gehirge [etc.].
  8°.  Oybin, [n. d.\.
Moschkowitsch (H. F.)   *Zur Wertbestim-
  miing der Praparate der Folia digitalis.  14 pp.
  8°.   Ziirich, 1903.
     Repr.from: Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1903, ccxli.
Moscllkowsky (Joseph) [ih.10-   ].   * Ueber
  congenitale Steuose der Pulmonalis.   25 pp., 11.
  8°.   Kbnigsberg, Hartung, 1872.
MoscliOS (Christos).  * La langue grecque eu
  medecine.   63 pp.   8°.  Paris, PJ03, No. 271.
MoscllOWitz (Alexis V.)  Tetanus; a study of
  the nature,  excitant, lesions, symptomatology,
  and  treatment  of the disease;  with  a critical
  summary of the results of serum  therapy.  89
  pp.  8°.  [New York, 1900.]
    In: Stud.  dep.  path. Coll.  Phys. & Surg., Columbia
  Coll., N. Y., 1899-1900, vii, no. 8.

mosciiu*.
    See Musk.

moselms  moschiferus.
    Garrod (A. H.)  Notes  on the anatomy of the musk-
  deer  (Moschus  moschiferus).  [From: Proc. Zool. Soc.
  Lond., 1877, 287.] In his: Collect, scient. papers, 8°, Lond.,
  1881,  410-415.—de la Peyronnie.  Description anato-
  mique d'un animal connu sous le nom  de muse.  Hist.
  Acad. roy. d. sc. 1731, Par., 1733, Mem., 443-463, 3 pl.  Also:
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1731, Amst.. 1735, Mem.,
  624-651  6 pl.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in
  Par. . . . Abhandl. 1731, Bressl., 1757, viii, 54-76, 4 pl.
voil Mosclizisker (F[ranz] A[dolph]).  Spec-
  tacles,  why and wheu to use them; or, near aud
  far sightedness; the use  and abuse of glasses.
  vi, 7-55 pp., 1  1.  16°,   Baltimore,  Hedian 4'
  O'Brien, 1«50.
Moscow.   Perepis Moskvl 1882 goda.  [Census
  of Moscow of 1882.]  3 pts.  4°. Moskva, 1885-6.
                     CONTENTS.
    Pt. 1.  Kvartiri i Khozyalstva.  [Dwellings and house-
  holds.)
    Pt. 2.  Naseleniye i zanyatiya.  [Population and occu-
  pations J
    Pt. 3.  Naseleniye  i zanyatiya (po chastyani i  uchast-
  kara); dopolneniye k dannim 1-vo vip. i  tablit-i uvlech-
  nikh. [Population and occupations (by  wards);  supple-
  ment to  the data of pt. 1, and tables of cripples.]
-----.   Otchot uchilishtshnavo vracha N. F. Mi-
  khailova za  1891-2  uchebniy god. [Report of
  the school  physician, N.  F. Mikhailoff, for the
  scholastic year  1891-2.]  15  pp.   4°.  Moskva,
  1892.
-----.   Gorodskaya Psikh'iatricbeskaya Bolnitsa
  imeni Nikolaya Aleksaudrovicha Aleksieyeva v
  Moskvie.   [City  Psychiatric  Hospital < f the
  name  of Nikolai  Alexandrovich  Alekseyeff iu
  Moscow.]   12 maya  1894  g. [po]  1  yanvarya
  1896 g.  [May 12, 1894,  to Jan. 1, 18<J6.]   143, ii
  pp., 7 port, [on 4 1.], 2 pl., 10 plans,  1 ch., 2 1.
  fol.   Moskva, I. N. Kushnereff 4" No., 1896.

UIoscow.
    See, also,  Children (Hospitals, etc., for),  Chol-
  era (History, etc., of), Diphtheria  (History, etc.,
  of),  Epidemics  (History,  etc., of), Hospitals
  (Description,  etc.,  of), Hospitals  (Gynecologic,
  etc.), Hospitals  (Ophthalmic, etc.), Hospitals
  (Orthopwdic), Hygiene (Municipal,  Laws,  etc.,
  of), Hygiene (Public, Laws, etc.,  of), Hygiene
  (Public, Reports  on), Influenza  (History,  etc.,
  of), Insane  (Asylums for,  Description, etc., of),
  Insane,(Care, etc., of), Pest (History, etc., of),
  Prostitution (History, etc.,  of),  Scarlatina
  (History, etc., of), Small-pOx (History, etc., of),
  Statistics  ( Vital), Universities,  Water  (Sup-
  ply of), by localities.
    Tastkvin  (A.)  tfc  Tastevix (F.)  Guide du
  voyageur h  Moscon.   2.  6d.   24°.   Moscou,
  1897.
     Finciter «le Waltlheim (A.) jr. Florula bryologies
  mosquensis.  Hull. Sue. imp.  de nat. de Moscou, 1864,
  xxxvii, pt. 1,1-95: pt.2,1-71.—Klcpl»o«'(N.)  Khamov-
  nicheskiya kazarmi v Moskvie v sunitariioni otnoshenii.
  [The Khamovnich  barracks in Moscow, from ;i sanitary
  point of view.)  Vo.yenno-ined. J., St. Petersb., 1896,
  clxxxvii, 3. sect., 112-180. —von Slrin (Mme.)   Le role
  de la femme dans le.s u-uvres d'assistance et de prevoyance
  ft Moscou depuis 50 ans.  Cong, internat. d'<»uvres et inst.
  fern. 1900, Par., 1902, 210-220. 
MOSCOW.
116
MOSEK.
Moscow .   Bolnitsa dlya chornorabochikh v Mosk-
  vie.   Staro- Yekalerininskoye  otdieleniye.   [Hos-
  pital for Laborers in Moscow.  Old  Katherine
  ward.]   Izvlecheuiye iz  protokolov zasTedaniy
  meditsinskikb  konfeicntsiy .  . .  za  1878 god.
  [Extract from  the reports of the proceedings of
  the  conference for 1878]   1  p. 1., 39 pp.   8°.
  Moskva,  A. I. Mamontoff,  1879.
    Bound with: Med. Ohozr., Mosk., 1879, xi.
MOSCOW.   [Government Zemstro.]  Sanitary Bu-
  reau.  Pravila  po  mediko-statisticheskoi  regis-
  tratsii v zemskikb, fabrichnlkk i drugikh  me-
  ditsiuskikh uchrezhdeniyakh Moskovskoi  gu-
  bernii.   Nomenklatura bolTeznei.  [Rules  for
  medico statistical  registration in the  medical
  institutions of the zenistvo, factories, and others,
  of the government  of Moscow.   Nomenclature
  of diseases.]  2. ed.  vi,  67 pp.   8r.   Moskva,
  V. V. Islenyeff, 1886.
-----.  Obzor dvadtsatipyatilietneT dieyatelnosti
  1865-90  Mosko\skavo zemstva.   Popecheniye
  o  naroduom  zdotovyi (zeinskaya  nieditsina).
  Material obrabotan v gubeinskom sanitaruoin
  bureau.   [Review  of the  twenty-Hve  years'
  activity of the  Mescow zemstvo.  Care of the
  public health.   Data obtained from the Govern-
  ment sanitary bureau.]  iv, 290, 109,  52,  6 pp.,
  1 ch., 11 plans.  8°.   Moskva. D. I. Inozemtseff,
  1892.
Moscow.   Moskovskaya  Gorodskaya  Bolnitsa.
  [Moscow City Hospital.]   Kratkiy meditsiuskiy
  otchot .  . .  za 1879 g.  [Short medical report of
  .  . . for 1879.]   1 p. 1., 34 pp.   8°.  Moskva, A. I.
  Mamontoff 4-Ko., 1880.
    Bound with: Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1880, xiii.
Moscow.  [Municipal Government.] Lyokhoch-
  naya chakhotka  v  Moskvie  1880-89  gg.   La
  phthisie  pulmonaire h Moscou, 1880-89.   Par
  W. N. Schnaubert.  190  pp.,  1 1., 5 diag.   8°.
  Moskva,  1-93.
    Russian text; table of  contents, Russian and French.
------.  Sbornik  ocberkov po gorodu  Moskvie;
  obshtshiya  sviedieniya po  gorodu  i obzor die-
  yatelnosti Moskovskavo Goorodskavo Obshtshe-
  stvenuavo Upravleniya.  [Collection of sketches
  of the city of Moscow; general information  on
  the city, and review of the activity of the Mos-
  cow City Public Government.]  8°.   Moskva,
  1897.
    Contains nineteen articles by different authors.
Moscow.   [ Municipal Government.]   Statistical
  Bureau.  Trudi.  [Papers.]  Pts. 1, 3, & 4.   4U.
  Moskva, M.  P. Shtshepkin, 1882-3.
-----. Statisticheskiy atlas goroda Moskvl. Plo-
  Bhtshad  Moskvl, naseleniye i zanyatiya.  [Sta-
  tistical atlas of the city of Moscow.  The land,
  the  population, and its  occupations.]  1 p. 1.,
  iv, 88, 32 col.,  12 maps, 14 diag.   4°.   Moskra,
  18-7.
-----.  The same.   Atlas  statistique de la ville
  de  Moscou.  Territoire et population.   Expli-
  cation des  diaszrammes  et  des  cartogrammes.
  [Abstract.  Lithographic copy.]  23 pp., lplau.
  4°.   [Moscou,  1890.]
-----.  The same.   16 pp., 1 ch.   12°.  Moscou,
  F. Neuburger, 1890.
-----. The same. Pt. 2.  Vladieniya, stroyeniya,
  kvartiri  i klmzyaistva.  Propri6t6s, batiments,
  locaux, m6nages.   iv (1 l.i, 7vJ  col.,  17 pp., 30
  maps, 7 diag.   4y  Moskva,  1-90.
    Russian text; explanation, Russian and French.
-----.  The same.   Atlas  statistique de la ville
  de  Moscou.  Denxieme  livrais.m.  Propri6t6s,
  batimeiits,  locaux,  menages.   Explication  des
  diagrammes et des cartogiammes.  [Abstract.]
  13 pp., 1 map.  12°.  Moscou, F. Neuburger, 1891.
Moscow.   [Municipal Government.]  Statistical
  Bureau—continued.
-----.   Statistiebeskiya sviedieniya po  gorodu
  Moskvie  za 1890  g.   Dvizheniye naseleni\a;
  tsienl  glavnieishikb  predinetov  potrebleniya.
  Sostavleno . . .  Bulletin statistique de  la ville
  de Moscou, redigc" par le bureau de la statistique
  municipal*'.   Annee  1890.   Mouvemeut de  la
  population, prix des principaux objets  de cou-
  soinmation.  4 1.   fol.  [Moscow,, 1891.]
MOSCOW Lying-in  Hospital.  Short historical
  description  of the ...  of the institutions  of
  Her Majesty the Empress Mary, by P. Dobrynin.
  bioadside, 21 by 28 inches.   Moskra, 1893.
-----.   The  short  statistical table for 25 years,
  1868-92,  by P. Dobrynin.  broadside, 14 by 21
  inches.   Moskva, 1893.
Moscucci (A.).
    See Raimondi (C.) & ITIoscucci (A.)  Sulla effica-
  cia terapeutica del siero autitubercoloso Maragliano.  8°.
  Siena. 1897.
Mosebacll (Oscar) [1877-    ].   * Ueber Ver-
  breitung des Milzbrandes durch Rohwolle, Ross-
  haare  uud  Torfstreu.  24 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Bonn,
  J. frapp, 1901.
Moseder (Job.  Fridericns).  * De  vesicula fel-
  lea.  28 pp.  sm.  4Y  Argentorati, M. Pauschin-
  gerus, 1742.
    See,  also,  Spielmann (Jac. Reinb.) & iTIosedcr
  (Joh. Frider.)  * Examen de compositione  et usu argilla?.
  In: WlTTWKB.  Delect, diss. med. [etc.]. 8°.  Norimb.,
  1779, iii.
Moseley (Benjamin) [1742-1819].   Observations
  on  tbe properties aud effects of coffee.   38 pp.
  8°.   London, J. Stockdale, 1785.
-----.   A treatise ou the lues bovilla or cow pox.
  1 p. 1., 100  pp.   8°.   London, Longman,  1804.
  [P., v. 2013.]
-----.   A review of the report of the Royal Col-
  lege of Physicians of London, on  vaccination.
  86  pp.   8°.  London,  Cuthell <|-  Martin,  1808.
  [P., v. 2013.]
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  174  (N. Moore).
Moseley  (George).  Ou mental disorders; their
  nature, cause, and treatment.  1 p. I., vi, 72 pp.
  8°.   London, H. Bailliere, 1857.
Moseley (N. R.).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Moseley (William E.)  Tbe use of thyroid.   11
  pp.  8C.   New  York, lf-98.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxiii.
----- & Morison  (Robert B.)  Elephantiasis
  Arabum  of  the external  genitals  of a  negress.
  7 pp.   16°.   Philadelphia, 1887.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1887, 1.
Mosclnianii (Henry Colder).
    See  Report of a  series of experiments [etc.].   8:'.
  Philadelphia,  1840.
von Mosengeil  [Carl  Bernhard Georg Fr.]
  [1840-1900].  Leber Sahpynn.  6 pp. 8C.  Ber-
  lin, E. Grosser, 1893.
    Repr.from: Deutsche Med.Ztg., Berl., 1893, xiv.
Mosengel (Henricus Josua).
    See A I berl i (Michael).  *De longaevitateexaeris tenv
  perie.   4°  Halce, Magdeb., [1728].
Mosentlial (Albert J.)  [1877-     ].  * Beitrag
  zur Kenntuiss der weiblichen Genitaltuberku-
  lose aus  der Universitats-Frauenklinik  zu Hei-
  delberg.    [Heidelberg.]   41 pp.   8y    Berlin,
  C.  Groninck, 1903.
Moscr (A[dolpb]) [1810-     ].
    See Dcwtfs (William P[otts|).  Die Kraukheiten des
  Weibes.  8°.  Berlin, 1837.—Encyklopaedie der medi-
  cinischen  Wisseuschafteu. 12°  Leipzig, 1844-9.
Moser  (Alfred).   "Ueber  Eutertuberknlose.
  [Bern.]   27 pp.  8°.   Berlin,L. Schumacher, 1901. 
MOSER.                                     117                   MOSETIG-MOORHOF.
Moscr  (E.)   Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Ent-
  wicklung der Knieschleimbeutel beim Mensehen.
  pp. 267-288.   8°.   Jena, [1891].
    Cutting [oover with printed title] from: Morphol. Arb.,
  Jena. 1891, i.
------.   Ueber das  Ligatnentuin teres des  Hiift-
  gelenks.  Vorliiufige Mitteilung. pp. 82-87.  8°.
  Jena, 1*92.
    Repr.from: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1892, vii.
------.   Ueber das  Ligameutum teres des  Hiift-
  gelenks.   pp. 36-92, 2 pl.   8°.   Jena, [1892].
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Morphol. Arb.,
  Jena, 1892, ii, 1. Hft.
------.   Zur Kasuistik der Siirnhbhlengeschwul-
  ste.  pp. 503-525, 1 pl.  8y  Tubingen, H. Laupp,
  1*99.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Beitr.  z. klin.
  Chir., Tubing., 1899, xxv.
Moser  (Emil).   * Ueber  das Wachsthum  der
  menschlicheu Wirbelsaule.  59 pp.  8°. Strass-
  biir.i, Heitz 4' Miindel, 18*9.
Moser(Ernst).   * Ueber Hydronephrose iu  Folge
  subcntanerMeienverletzung.  56pp.  8-'.  Basel,
  L. Reinhardt, 18*8.
Moser  (Ernst)  [1870-    ].   *Uel>er  Dupny-
  tren'sche Fingercontracturen und deren Opera-
  tioueu.  30 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Berlin, L. Schumacher,
  1^94.
Moser  (Friedrich).   * Ueber   Morbiditiit uud
  Mm latitatbei Abortus.  Gestiitzt  auf 903 Falle
  (Krankeng-schichten  und  Sterbekarten).  £6
  pp.  4y   Bern, Stdmpfti <f- Cie., 1900.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. schweiz. Statist., Bern, 1900.
Moser  (Ge rg).   * Ueber zwei Falle von Apha-
  sie.  [Erlangen, 1890.]  47 pp.  8°.  Augsburg,
  Ge'ir. Reichel, 1-91.
Moser  (HansGustav) [1876-     ].  *Zur Kennt-
  nis der Ovarialhernien.  37 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, E.  Ebering, 189*.
Moser  (I. P.)  Unsere  Frauenkrankheiten und
  ihr<i elektro-homoopathische Behandlung (Sys-
  tem  A. Sauter).   Praktiscbe  Rathschliige  fiir
  Frauen und  Jungfrauen.   viii, 111 pp.   12°.
  Frier,  J. B.  Grachs,  1889.
Moser  (Ludwig) [1805-    ].
    See Burdach (Karl Friedrich).  Die Physiologie als
  Ei fahrungswissenschaft.  8°.  Leipzig, 1835-8.
Moser  (Manfred).  * Ueber Gangrana senilis an
  den oberen  und nuteren Extremitaten.  34 pp.
  *°.  Jena, A. Kampfe, 1894.
Moser  (Paul  Adalbert)  [1863-    ].   * Ueber
  Pneumothorax, nebst einem Falle vou offenem
  Pyo-Pneumothorax.  37 pp., 1 1.  h'y  Greifs-
  wald, 18*9.
Moser  (Victor).  *Vier Falle von Perilymphan-
  gitis duodenalis  nach Galleusteineinklemmung
  an der Papilla Vateri.  35  pp.  8°.   Jena,  B.
  Engan. 1**8.
von' Moser (Waldemar) [1869-    ].  * Das Ver-
  hiiltnis der Blntung zur Verbreituug der Tuber-
  knlose in der  Lunge.  34 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Wiirz-
  burg, J. Seelmeyer, 1905.
Moser  (William) [1868-    ].   * Ueber die klini-
  scben Ausgiinge der Graviditas tubaria.  28 pp.,
  1 1.  8G.   Berlin, C.  Vogt, [1892].
Moses  CEugen).   * Ueber  Verletzungen  des
  Sehnerven bei  Schussverletzungen des Kopfes.
  55 pp.  8°.   Wiirzburg, A.  Boegler, 1886.
Moses  (Felix).   *Zur Casuistik der extrageui-
  talen Syphilisinfektion.   48 pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  8°.
  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904.
Moses  (Georg)  [1870-    ].  * Zur Kenntnis des
  Erythema nodosum.   42 pp., 1 1.   12°.  Berlin,
  C. Vogt, 1894.
Moses  (Georg).   "Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie
  der  Thrombose   der  Vena   centralis  retinae.
  [Wnrtzburg.]  31pp.  8°.  Magdeburg, S.  Salin-
  ger, 1896.
Hoses  (Cratz Ashe) [1839-1901].
    Doixclt (W. B.)  In niemoriara.  Tr. Am. Ass. Obst.
  & Gynec. 1901, Phila., 1902, xiv, 363, port,
Moses (Harry) [1878-     ].  * Beitrag zum We-
  sen der  kongenital-syphilitischen Tibia en lame
  de  sabre.   [Ktinigsberg.]   31 pp.,  1 1.   8°.
  Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1904.
    Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1904, xliv.
Moses (Hermann).   *Ein Fall  von Hemiplegie
  nach  Apoplexie wiihrend  eines  epileptischen
  Anfalles.   24  pp.  8°.  Freiburg i. E., E. Kutt-
  ruff, 1905.
Moses  (Hippolyte) [1864-    ].  *La methode
  sacree (operation de Kraske), et son application
  aux cancers  et retrecissements du rectum.  08
  pp.  4°.  Paris,  1 -92,  No. 346.
Moses (J. YV.)   A treatise  on the  human ear,
  with new views  ou the physiology of the tym-
  panum.  18 pp.  8°.   St. Asaph, 1847.
Moses  (Julius).   * Beitrage  znr Kenntnis  der
  Aetiologie und Genese psychischer Storungen im
  Kindesalter.   50 pp.,  1 1.  8°.  Strassburg i. E.,
  C. Gceller 1892.
Moses (Julius) [1868-     ].   Die  Bluterkrank-
  heit, Haemophilie.  32 pp.   8°.  Greifsivald, J.
  Abel, 1892.
Moses (M. J.)  On the  mechanism of perineal
  injuries. 11 pp.  8°.  New York, W. Wood 4' Co.,
  1876.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. T., 1876, ix.
Moses (Oskar) [1873-     ].  * Ueber postopera-
  tiven Ileus.   75 pp.,21.  8°.  Berlin, E. Ebering,
  1900.
Moses (Paul) [1878-    ].  * Beitrag zur Symp-
  tomatologie der Haematome der  Dura mater.
  11 pp., 2 1.  8°.  Kiel, H. H. Peters, 1904.
Moses (S. Gratz).  Address before  the St. Louis
  Obstetrical  and  Gynaecological  Society.  6 pp.
  8y  St. Louis,  1878.
    Repr.from: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1878, xxxv.

Closes  (Simon) [1840-1902].
    Jacusiel.  [ Bibliography. ]  Berl. Aerzte-Corresp.,
  1902, vii,  225.
Moses Maimonides [ Abu A ill ran MusiiBen
  Meimnn] [1139-1208].  Particula xix de bal-
  neis, quani ipse a Galeno excerpsit.
    In: Balneis (De) omnia quae extant [etc.].   fol.   Vene-
  tiis, 1553, f. 4:S8.
------.  Traetatus maacholoth asurotb,  sive de
  cibis vetitis, iu Latinain linguam  versus notis-
  que illustratus a Marco Wolilike.  11 p. 1., 296
  pp.  8°.   Hafnice, 4' Lipsice, apud vid. B.  H. C.
  Paulli,  1734.
------.  Hygiene Israelite.   Principes de la sante"
  physique et  morale  de  l'homme.   Traductiou
  francaise par  M. Carcousse, avec  la  collabora-
  tion et les annotations du Dr. E.-L. Bertheraud,
  et uneinti'od ctionpar M. Houel.  iii, 51 pp.  8°.
  Alger, M. Ruff, 1*87.
    See, oho, Con ten ta in hoc volumiue, [etc.], fol.  Vene-
  tiis, 1497  —Hoc iu vohunine contincntur [etc.]. fol. Ve-
  netiis, 1508.
    For Biography, see Vellin (D.) &  Abrahams (D.)
  Maimonides.  12°.  Philadelphia,  1903.
------.  See,  also :
    l.olflcii (W. W.)  Mnimonides'  prayer for physi-
  cians. Tr. M.  Soc. W.  Virg.,  Wheeling,  1900,  414.—
  nightman (W.)  Maimonides,  the  physician. Plexus,
  Chicago,  191)2, viii, 245-248.
Moses Taylor Hospital, Scranton.  Annual re-
  ports of the officers to the directors.   4., 1895-6;
  5., 1896-7;  7.-12., 1898-9 to  1903-4. 8°.  Scran-
  ton, 181)7-1904.
von Mosetig - Moorliof (Albert), Ritter
  [1838-    ].   Ueber Anwendung des Jodoforms
  in der Chirurgie.  70 pp.  8°.   Wien, 1881.
    Repr.from: Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1881, xxxi. 
MOSETIG-MOORIIOF.
118
MOSLENEK.
von Mosetig-Moorliof (Albert)—continued.
-----.    Zum Jodoformverhaude.   6  pp.   6-'.
  [Wien, 18-1.]
    Repr.from: Wien. med. "Wchnsehr., 1881, xxxi.
-----.   Der Jodoformverband bei nicbt  fnngo-
  sen chirnrgischen  Erkrankungen.   11  pp.,  1
  diag.   8\   [Wien, 18-1.]
    Repr.from: Wien. med. "Wchnsehr., 1881, xxxi.
-----.   Weitere Mitteiluugen iiber den Jodoform-
 .verband.  18 pp.   8-.  [ Wien, 1881.]
    Repr.from: Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1881, xxxi.
-----.   Handbuch der chirnrgischen Techuik bei
  Operationen uud  Verbiiuden.   3. Aufl.   2 v.
  viii. 440 pp.; vi, 70- pp.   8C.   Leipzig 4~ Wien,
  F. Deuticke, 1-90.                               !
------.   The same.  4. Aufl.  viii, 907 pp.  roy. 8°.
  Leipzig o'' Wien, F.  Deuticke, 1898-9.             j
------.   Die erste Hilfe bei plotzlichen Unglucks- I
  fallen.   Fiir Samariter dargestellt.  2. gauzlich
  nmgearbeitete Aufl.   1 p. 1. (1 1.), 128 pp.  12-\
  Leipzig 4- Wien, F.  Deuticke, 1891.
------.   The same.  3. Aufl.  126 pp.  16°.  Leip- I
  zig 4- Wien, F. Deuticke.  1897.
------.     Kurze Darstelluug der Auatomie und
  Physiologie des  mensehlichen Korpers; fiir Ge-
  bildete aller Stiiude.  2. umgearbeitete und ver-
  inehrte Aufl.  2  p. 1., 123 pp.  12°.  Leipzig  4~
   Wien,  F. Deuticke,  1892.
-----.     Die  Tinctionsbehandlung  inoperabler
  maligner Xeoplasmeu.  30 pp., 3 pl.  8C.  TFiem,
  189-2.
     Forms  1. Hft. of: "Wien. Klinik.
     See. also, A uwlro-IInngary.  Offlcielle Ausstellungs-
  Berichte. Chirurgische Iustrumente.  8°.  Wien, 1873.
  ----.  Militar-Sanitat und freiwillige Hilfe im Kriege.
  8°. Wien. 1874.
MosffOfian (A.)  [1862-    ].  * Etude snr la
  nephrite liee a l'aplasie art6rielle.  106 pp., 1 1.
  4°.  Parts, 1893, No. 68.
Moshngeil (Albert).  * Ueber eineu  Fall  von
  intrainedullaiem Sarkom  des Halstnarkes.  57
  pp.  8-.  Freiburg i. Br., Spei/er 4" Kaerner, 1900.
Mosheim  (Karl [Louis]) [1876-     ].   »Die
  Heilungsaussichteu  der  Lungentuberculose bei
  spontanein uud kiiustlichem Pneumothorax.  39
  pp., 11.  8~.  Marburg, 1905.
     Repr.from: Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk.."Wurzh., 1905, iii.
Mosheim  (Marcus). * Ein  Fall  von  periosta-
  lem Sarcom  der Fibula.   30  pp.  8C.   Wiirz-
  burg, P. Scheiner, 1892.
Moslier  (Eliza  M.)  [1846-     ].  A critical
  study  of the biceps cruris muscle as it relates to
  disease  in  and around the  knee-joint.  14 pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1-91.]
     Repr. from: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1891, xiv.
------.  Habitual  postures of school children, pp.
  339-349.  lpl.   8-.   [New York, 1892.]
     Cutting from: Educat. Rev., X. Y., 1892.
------.   Habits of posture  a  cause of deformity
  and displacement of the  uterus.   16  pp.  8°.
  New York,  1893.
     Repr.from. X. York J.Gymec. & Obst., 1893, iii.
Mosher (Harris Peyton).  The anatomy of the
  operation of reaching the ethmoid cells through
  the antrum.  2 pp., 6  pl.   8~.   Philadelphia,
  1902.
     Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiv.
------.  Measurements for operating distances  iu
  the nose.  6 pp.  83.  Philadelphia, 1902.
     Repr.from: Ann. Surg., Phila.,  1902. xxxvi.
------.  Notes on the management of  the anes-
  thetic in operations  ou the respiratory tract.   5
  pp., 1 pl.   12°.  Boston, 1902.
     Repr. from: Boston M. <fc S. J., 1902, cxlvi.
------.  A self-retaining tongue depressor.  4 pp.
  12°.   Boston, 1902.
     Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii.
Moslier (Harris Peyton)—continued.
------.   The anatomy of the sphenoidal sinus and
  the method of approaching  it from  the antrum.
  40 pp.  8-.   St. Louis,  1903.
    Repr.from : Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii.
------.   The use of Cargile membrane in the nose
  in order 10 prevent adhesions.  4 pp.  12-'.  Bos-
  ton, 1903.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii.
Moslier (J. Montgomery).  Historical sketch of
  the Albany  Medical College,   pp.  39-ti2.  8  .
  [New York, 1897.]
    Cutting from: Am. Fniv. Mag., X. Y., 1897, vi.
------.   Mental wards in general hospitals.  8 pp.
  8-.  [Albami], 1904.
Moslier (Jacob P.) [    -1880].
    See Murray (David).  Eulogy upon Jacob P. Mosher,
  [etc.].  8Y   [Albany, 1881.]
Mosier (Fr.)  Untersuchungen iiber Beschaffen-
  heit des Parotidensekretes und deren prnctische
  Verwerthung. 12 pp.  8J.  [Berlin, J. Sittenfeld,
  1866.]  [P., v. 1899.]
    Repr.from: Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1866, iii.
Moskiewicz (Georg)  [1878-    ].   'Ueberdie
  Beziehungen  des Delirium  tremens  zur  akuten
  Hall acinose derTrinker (Wernicke), akuten hal-
  luciuatorischen Paranoia (Westphal), zum aku-
  ten Wahnsinn der  Trinker (Autoren).   50 pp.,
  1 1.   8°.  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904.
Moskovsko - Peterfourgskoye Meditsin-
  skoye Obshtshestvo.    [ Moscow-St. Petersburg
  Medical Society.]  Dnevnik pervavo syezda . . .
  izdavayemly  pravleniyeni obshtshestva v teche-
  niye syezda.  Pod redaktsiyel K. F. Slavyanska-
  vo.   [Bulletin of the tiist Congress . . ., issued
  by tbe directorate during the meeting.   Edited
  by Slavyanski.]  iii, 158 pp., 1 map.  4°. S.-Peter-
  burg, A". S.  Suvorin. 1886.
Moskovskoye  Meditsiuskoye  Obshtshestvo.
  [Moscow  Medical Society.]  Protokoli.    [Pro-
  ceedings.]  Nos. 1-23, 25-55, 1875-9.   8.   [Mosk-
  ra, 1875-9.]
    Bound >rith : Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1875-80, iv-x, xii & xiv.
Moskovskoye Psikhologicheskoye Obshtshe-
  stvo.  [Moscow Psychological Society.]  Trudi.
  [Works.]   Pt-. 1-4.   8C.   Moskra,  A. Gattsak,
  1888-90.
                     CONTESTS.
    Pt.  1. Arthur Schopenhauer, ocherki yevo zhizni i uche-
  niya.   [. . ., sketches of his life  and teaching.]  vi (11.),
  240 pp., 1 1., port.
    Pt.2. Imnianuel Kant.  Prolegomeni ko vsyakol, budu-
  shtshel nietafizikle niogusli tshel vozniknut v smislle nauki.
  Perev. Vladimiia Solovyova. [Emmanuel Kant.  Prolego-
  mena to every  future metaphysics, which  might arise in
  the sense of a science.  Transl] by Solovyeff.] x (2 1.), 367
  pp., 31.
     Pt. 3. O  svobodle voli:  opiti  postanovki i rlesheniya
  voprosa.   [Freedom of will; attempts to present and
  solve the question.] xxvi (1 1.),  960 pp.
     Pt."4. G. W. Leibnitz. Izbrauniya fllosofskiya sochine-
   niya.  Perev. . .. pod redaktsiyel V. P. Preobrazhenskavo.
   [. . . Selected philosophical compositions.  Transl. under
  the editorship of Preobrazhenski.]  xvi, 363 pp., port
------.  Voprosl tilosofii  i psikhologii.  Pod redak-
  tsiyel prof. X. Y. Grota.  [Philosophical aud psy-
  chological questions.   Edited  by  X. Y. Grot.]
  Nos.  1-24, 26-65, v. 1-13, 1-96-1902.  8-.   Moskva,
   P. N. Kushnereff 4'  Ko., 1890-PJ02.
 Moskovskoye Venerologicheskoye i Deruiato-
   logicheskoye  Obshtshestvo.   [Moscow  Vene-
   real  and  Dennatological  Society.]  Protokoll.
   [Proceedings.]  1891-2;  1893-9.   8 . [Moskva,
   1894-9.]
     Proceedings for 1893-9 bound  irith:  Bibliot.  vrach.,
   Mosk., 1891-9, i-vi.
 Moslener  (Johann  Ludwig Friedrich)  [1872-
       ]. 'Ueber Argyrie.  18 pp., 1 1. 8C.   Kiel,
   P. Peters, 1*99. 
MOSLER.
119
MOSQUITOES.
Mosler  (Hermann).   *Zur Magiietextraktion
  von Eisensplitteru aus dem  Auge.  23 pp.  --.
  Tiibingen, F. Pietzcker, 1-96.
Mosler  ([Karl]  Friedrich)  [1831-     ].   Kli-
  uische  Unteisuchungen iiber  Verhiiltnisse des
  Stotfweehsels  mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
  eiuzelner  therapeutischer  Wege.   pp. 513^547.
  -\   Gbttingen, Vandenhoek tv Buprecht, 1-56.
    Repr.from: Arch. d. Ver. f. gemeinsch. Arb. z. Ford. d.
  wissensch. Heilk., Clotting., 1856, ii.
-----.  Ueber Vorkommen des Typhus recurrens.
  4 pp.  "s-\  [Greifswald, 1>68.]
-----.  Ueber baniorrhagisclie Diathese und da-
  durch contraindicirte operative  Eingriffe bei
  Leukaemie und  ihr  verwandten Processen.  19
  pp.  -?.  [.BeWjn, L. Schumacher.  1-79.]
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,  Berl..  1879-80, i.
-----.  Ueber Behandlung der genuinen ribrino-
  sen Luutrenentziindung.   3 pp.  8°.  [Berlin, J.
  Littenfeld, 1—7.]
    Repr. from : Deutsche med. "Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1887, xiii".
-----  Ueber M\ xoedeni.  3 pp.  8C.   [Berlin,
  J. Littenfeld], 18-8.
    Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.. Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1888. xiv.
-----.  Ueber ansteckeude Formen von Luugen-
  entziiiidung.  18 pp.  8 .   Leipzig  .)• Berlin, G.
  Thieme, 1—9.
    Repr. from : Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1889, xv.
-----.  Ueber Mvxoedem.  27 pp.   8°.   [Berlin,
  18-9.]
    F.rms 14. Heft, of: Berl. Klinik, 1889.
-----.  Zur Abwehr  ansteckender Krankheiteu.
  Zeitgetnasse Rathscblaue fiir Bewohner und Be-
  sucher der Badeorte, in-besondere der Seebader.
  47 pp.  12-.   Greifswald, J.  Abel,  1-98.
-----.  Ueber Entstehung  und Verhiitung der
  Tnberkulose als Volkskrankheit mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung der Errichtnng  von Volksheil-
  statten  iiberall im deutscben Vateiland.  103 pp.
  8-.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1-99.
    See. also, An*zug aus den Krankengeschichten [etc.].
  8°.  Greifsicald. 1888.
-----&  Peiper (Erich).  Thierische Parasiten.
  2 pts. iu  I v.  xii,  345 pp.  8-.  Wien, A. Hol-
  der, 1894.
    Forms v. 6. of: Spec. Path. n.  Therap. . . . Xothnagel,
  Wien.
-----------.  The same.  Bearbeitet von Erich
  Peiper.   2. vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl.   2
  p. 1..  376 pp.  - .  Wien, A. Holder,  1904.
Mosler  (Paul Theodor)  [1861-     ].  'Ueber
  Tnlio-Ovarialcysten.  33 pp.   8-.  Leipzig,  A.
  Edelmann. 1-95.
Mosnay  (Emile-Henri) [1859-    ].  'Contri-
  bution a l'e'tude de la phlegmatia chez les  cblo-
  rotiqnes.  1 p. 1., 60 pp., 1  1.   4°.  Paris, 1—8,
  No. 121.
MoHK'l' (Frantisek Jan) [1707-1876].
    [Biographv.  Casop. 16k. cesk.,vPraze, 1876, xv, 127;
  135;'H4; 151.
Mosiiy (Ernest,) [1-61-   ].   * Etude sur la bron-
  cho-pneuinoiiie  (anatomie pathologique, bacte-
  riologie. prophylaxie); 259 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1-91,
  No. 115.
-----.  Broncho-pneumonie.  183 pp., 1 1.  12°.
  Paris, J. Rueff 4- Cie..  1-92.
-----.  La  protection de la saute" publique.  Loi;
  commentaires de la loi; reglements d'adininis-
  tration.  93 pp., 1 1.  -°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere-
  4-fils, 1904.
    See, aUo. ."Hergier (G[uillaumejE[milej).  Technique
  instrumentale fete.].  8Y  Paris,  1891.
Mosont > Charles).  Sous les pavots; physiologie
  du sommeil.  x. 11-96 pp.  24J.   Paris, A. Dela-
  haye,  i860.
 Jlosquera-Praparate.
     Alt niitrimentuin ant nullum; fachmannische
   Berichte  iiber  die   Mosquera-Praparate.  83.
   [Hamburg, 1-91.]
     Rothe  (C.)   Ueber den Werth und die  An-
   wendung  der diiitetischeu Mosquera-Praparate.
I   8C.   [m. p..  n. d.]
     Agrron.  Die praktiscbe Vei weudung der Mnsquera-
   Fleisch-Praparate iu dt-r Musseu- und Volks-Kinahrung.
   Reichs-Med.-An/.. Leipz.. 1892, xvii, 21-24.   AUo, Re-
   print.—Krauw (E.)  Ueher die Anwendung der diateti-
   schen Musqiiera-Priiparate bei Kindern.  Allg. Wien. med.
   Ztg., 1892, xxxvii, 37-39.  AUo. Reprint.
 Mosquito (The) campaign.   Mayor and health
   officer [New Orleans] gives some practical ad-
   vice for  i he general guidance.  1 galley sheet.
   New Orleans, 1905.
 Mosquito ( O ) como ageute da propagacao da
   febre amarilla.  26  pp.   8C.   Sao Paulo, typog.
   do Diario official, 1901.
 Mosquito/em*.
     See Mosquitoes (Bites of).
 Mosquito Territory.
     Wirkham (H. A.)   Notes on the Soutnoo or Woolwa
   Indians of Blewfiehls River, Mosquito Territory. J. An-
   throp. Inst.. Lond., 1894-5, xxiv, 198-208.
 Mosquitoe*.
     Blaxchakd (R.)   Les moustiques.   Histoire
   naturelle et medicale.  8°.  Paris, 11)05.
     Felt (E. P.)  Mosquitos, or Culicidae, of New
   York State.  -  .  Albany, 19U4.
     New York State Museum.  Bull. 79.  Entomology 22.
     Gilks (G. M.)  A handbook of tbe  gnats or
   mosquitoes, giving the anatomy and life history
   of the Culicidae.  8\ London, 1900.
     -----.   The  same.  Together  with  descrip-
   tion of all species noticed up to the present date.
   2. ed.  8-.  London, 1902.
     Howard (L. 0.)   Mosquitoes; how they live;
   how they carry disease;  how they are classified;
   how they may be  destroyed. 8C.  New York,
   1901.
     James  (8. P.) »fc  Listox (W.  G.)   A  mono-
   graph of the  Anopheles  mosquitoes of India.
   roy. 8~.   Calcutta, 1904.
     Ludlow (Clara S.)  Two  Philippine  mos-
   quitoes.   8°.   [». p., 1902.]
     Cutting from: J. N. York Entomol. Soc, 1902, x, 127-131.
     -----.    Some  Philippine  mosquitoes.   -:.
   .Veic York, 1903.
     Cutting from: J. X. York Entomol. Soc, 1903, 137-144.
     -----.    Concerning  some  Philippine  mos-
   quitoes.   8Z.  London, Out., 1904.
     Cutting from: Canadian Entomol.,Lond.,Ont.,1904,69-72.
      -----.   Mosquito notes.   8->.  London, Out.,
   1904.
     Cutting from: Canadian Entomol., Lond., Out.,  1904,
   233; 297.
     -----.  Mosquito notes.  No. 3.  8°.  London,
   Ont., 1905.
     Cutting from: Canadian Entomologist, Lond., Ont., 1905,
   94; 129.
     Polaillox (H.)  * Contribution a  I'histoire
   naturelle et medicale des moustiques.   8J.  Pa-
   ris. 1901.
     Rich (A. B.)  Our near  neighbor,  the mos-
j   quito.  12-.  New York, 1901.
     Theobald (F. V.)  A monograph of the Culi-
   cidae, or mosquitoes.   Mainly compiled from the
   collections received at the British Museum from
   all parts  of the world in connection with the
   investigation into  the  cause  of  malaria, con-
   ducted by the colonial  office  and the Royal
   Society.   3 v.   - .   London, 1901.
     -----.   Report on a collection of mosquitoes,
   or Culicidae, etc., from Gambia, and descriptions
   of uew species.  4J.  London,  1903. 
MOSQUITOES.
120
MOSQUITOES.
Mosquitoes.
     ------.   Diptera.   Fam. Culicidie.   fol.   Bru-
  xelles,  19i»5.
     Forms fasc.  26 of: Genera insectorum.  Pub. par  P.
  Wytsiiimi.
     A. (P.i  Sur les cousins.  Lyon med., 1898, lxxxix, 321-
  323.—A die (J. K.)  & Alcock (A.)  On  the  occurrence
  of Anopheles (Myozoiuia) listoni in Calcutta.  Proc. Roy.
  Soc. Lond., 1905. s. 11., lxxvi, 319-321.—Aitken (E. H.)
  Notes of a tour in the North Canary District of India in
  search of mosquitoes.  J. Trop.  M.", Lond.,  1902, v, 325;
  341.—Annett  (H. E.) &  Dutlon  (J.  E )  The hiberna-
  tion of English mosquitoes.   Thompson Yates Lab. Rep.,
  Liverpool, 1901. 93-96.----------. A preliminary note
  on the hibernation of mosquitos.  Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1901,
  i,  1013 — Austen (E. E.)  The genus  Anopheles.   Prac-
  titioner. Lond., 1901, lxvi,  334-347. — Bamett (K.  B.)
  Culex lar\;e devouring each other.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1902,  i. N3.Y —Basili (A.)  Appuuti di anatomia dei culi-
  cidi.  Gior. med. d. r. eseroito,  Roma, 1900.  xlviii, 904-
  907. — Bnssett-Smith  (P. W.)  Observations of mos-
  quitoes.  J. Trop.  M., Lond., 1900-1901, iii, 53, 1 pl.—
  Bentlcy (C. A.) Anopheles mosquitos in Tezpur, Assam.
  Indian AI. Gaz., Calcutta,  1902, xxxvii,  15.— Blanchard
  (It. )  Observations snr  quelqaes  nioustiques.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 1045. -----. Note
  sur les  nioustiques de la  Reunion.   Ibid., 1902, 11.  s., iv,
  643. -----.  Nouvelle note sur les moustiques.  Ibid., 793-
  795.—Blanchard  (R.) & Dye (L.)  Note  sur les niou-
  stiques de la Cote d'lvoire.  Ibid., 1903, lv, 570 —Browne
  (().)  Influence of  colour on mosquitoes. J. Trop. M.,
  Lond..  1901, iv, 321. — Cambouliu.   Contribution  k
  l'etude des Anopheles de  1'isthtue de Suez. Compt. rend. I
  Acad. d.  sc, Par.,  1902,  exxxv, 704-706. — Campbell
  (K. N.) <fc Brahmachari (U. N.)   A preliminary report
  ot  observations of  the habits of Anopheles.  Indian M.
  Gaz.. Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 12-15.—Carvalho de Fi-
  gueiredo (A.)  11a existencia  do  Anopheles bifurcatus
  cm Portugal.  Med. contemp.. Lisb.,  1904,  2. s., vi, 184;
  223.—Cassidy (H. F.) & Bnync  (F. C.)  The differen-
  tiation of the live genera ot North American mosquitos,
  with  especial reference to Anopheles.  Am.  Med., Phila.,
  1902,  iii,  874.—Christophers  (S. R.)  The anatomy
  and  histology of  the adult  female  mosquito.   Hep.
  Malaria Com.  Roy.  Soc.  Loud.. 1901,  4.  s.,  3-20,  6 pl.—
  Christy ((.'.)  The resting  position of Anopheles.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1821.—Collingwood (G. T.)   The
  suctorial bulb  in Culex.  Ibid.,  1902, i, 197. —Cropper
  (I.)   An easy method of mounting  mosquitoes.  J.  Trop.
  M., Lond., 1901, iv,  199.-Daniel* (C. \V.)  Distribution
  of  Anopheles in the Lower Shire, Zambesi, and Chinde
  rivers.  Rep. Malaria Com. Roy. Soc. Lond.. 1900, 3.  s.,
  25-30. -----. Distribution of Anopheles breeding grounds
  in the British East  African protectorate.  (Uganda rail-
  way)  Aueust,  1900.  Ibid.,  31-33.  -----. Geographical
  distribution of Anopheles in Africa.  Ibid., 33-45.— Dc-
  bove.  Les moustiques de  Paris.   Hull. Acad, de  med.,
  Par.,  1901,  3. s , xiv, 474-478.—Donitz  (W.) Beitrage
  zur Kenntniss der Anopheles.  Ztschr.  f. H\g. u.  Infec-
  tionskraukh.,  Leipz, 1902, xii, 15:  1903, xliii,  2lo, 2 pl. -
  Dupree (J. YV.) & Morgan (H. A.)  Mosquito  devel-
  opment aud hibernation.   Science, N. T. & Lancaster.
  Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 1030-1038.—Durham (H. E.)   Notes
  on collecting mosquitoes. J. Trop. M.,  Lond., 1903, vi,
  297-299  — Dyar (H. G.)   The eggs of mosquitoes  of the
  genus Culex.   Science. N. Y. & Lane ester, Pa., 1902, n. s.,
  xvi. 672.—Dye (L.)  Notes et observations sur les culici-
  des.  Arch,  tie parasitol., Par.,  lilOY  vi,  359-376. -----.
  Sur la repartition des Anophelinse, ii Madagascar.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. debiol.,  Par.. 1904, lvi, 544— Ftieune &. Ser-
  jjenl (E.)   De l'existence d'Anopheles dans la baulieue
  ile Paris.  Bull. med.. Par., 1902. xvi,  824.—Eysell (A.)
  I'elier das Vorkomnien von Anopheles  in Deutschland.
  Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1900, iv, 353-357.
  ----. TTeberdas Vorkommen der Culicidengattuug Aedes
  Hoffiugg. in Deutschland.  Ibid., 1902, vi, 217.-----.  Be-
  merkungen iiber die Fliigel  der japanischeu  Anopheles-
  Miickcn.   Ibid , 296. -----. Aedes  cinereus Hoffmgg.
  Ibid., 333-343.  -----. Ueber Fang, Aufbewahrung und
  Versand von  Stechmucken.  Ibid.. 1904,  viii. 300-315.
  ----- Siud  die Culiciden eine Familie?  Ibid., 19l)5, ix,
  49-56.—Farabeuf.  Sur les moustiques de  la baulieue
  de Paris.  Bull. Acad, de  med., Par., 1901, 3. s.. xiv,  491.—
  Ficalbi (E.)   Venti specie di zauzare (Culicidae) italiaue
  classate. descritie e indicate secondo la loro distrihuzione
  corogranca.  [From: Boll. d. Soc.  eutom. ital., Firenze,
  IK'M  xxxi.l   Monitore zool.  ital., Firenze, 1900, xi, 69-89.--
  Finlay (C.) padre.  Piezas coustitutivas de la troiupa
  del Culex, mosquito. Arch, de  la  Soc. estud. clin. de la
  Habana, 1901-2, xi,  224-233, 1 pl.   Also: Rev. de med
  trop , Hahana,  1902,  iii, 3-10.— Galli- Valcrio (B.) Sur
  la presence d'oocystes chez Anopheles lutzi.  Centralbl.
  f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903.  xxxv, 85.—G alii-
  Valcrio <B.)  & Bochaz (G.)   Neue  Beobachtungen
  iiber  die Larven von Anopheles und Culex  im Winter
  Ibid., 1902,  xxxii,  601-608.   AUo,  transl.: J. Trop.  M.,
  Lond., 1903, vi, 2-6.----------. Studi e ricerche sui cu'
mosquitoes.
  Heidi dei generi  Cnlex e Anopheles.   Atti d. Soc. p. g.
  studi d.  niahuia, Roma,  1903,  iv, 3: 1904,  v, I.—Giles
  (G. M.)  The mounting of mosquitos.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1900, ii, 459.  -----. Some notes aud queries on  mosqui-
  toes.   Indian  M. Gaz.,  Calcutta,  1900, xxxv,  463-465.
  -----. Notes on Indian mosquitoes.  J. Trop. M., Lond.,
  1901,  iv,  159-162. -----.  On pre-pupal  changes  iu  the
  larvae  of the  Culicidae.  Ibid.,  1903, vi, 185-187. -----.
  Note ou Mansouia  auopheloides.   Ibid.,  329.  -----.
  Cold  weather  mosquito  notes  from  the  United  Prov-
  inces; North-West India.   Ibid., 1904, vii,  1;  22; 49.
  -----. Notes  on  some collections  of mosquitoes, etc.,
  received from  the Philippine Islands aud Angola; with
  some  incidental remarks  upon  classification.   Ibid.,
  365; 381.  Also,  Reprint.—Gonealvea  Cruz  ( O.)
  Contribuicao para o estudo dos culicidios do Kio de Ja-
  neiro.   Brazil-med.,  Rio  de  Jan..  1901, xv,  423-426.—
  Gorham (F. P.)  Notes on mosquitos taken at Provi-
  dence, R. I.,  in 1900.  J. Bost.  Soc.  M. Sc,  1900-1901, v,
  330.—Gray  (St.  G.)   What becomes  of the mosquitoes
  during the dry season?  J. Trop. M., Lond.,  1899-1900, ii,
  250.  -----. Anopheles iu St. Lucia.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,
  1900.  ii,  583.  -----. The  resting position of Anopheles.
  Ibid., 1820.—Griinberg  (K.)  Bericht iiber den Einfluss
  von  Pflauzeu  auf  die  Entwickeluug  von  Moskitos.
  [From:  Deutsches Kolonialbl.,  1903,  xiv.]  Biol.  Cen-
  tralbl., Erlaug., 1903, xxiii,  633. -----. Zur kenntnis der
  Culicidenfauna von  Kamerun  und  Togo.  Zool.  Anz.,
  Leipz.,  1905,  xxix,  377-393.—Guiteras (J.)  Nota pre-
  liininar sobre el  anofeles en Cuba.  Rev. de med. trop.,
  Habana,  1900, i, 17-19.—Hauabusn (K.)   |The produc-
  tion of the Anopheles  punctulaius of Formosa.)   Gun Iga-
  ku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo,  1904,  204-209. -----.  [The pro-
  duction of the Anopheles of Japan.]  loid.,209.— Hernck
  (G. W.)  Notes on the life  history of Anopheles puncti-
  pennis and on the egg-laying of Culex pipiens.  Science,
  N. Y., & Lancaster,  Pa., 1901, n. s., xiv, 329.-Hirsh-
  berg  (L. K.)  & Dohme (G. C.)  The distribution of
  Anopheles in the vicinity of Baltimore. Johns Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii, 45-48, 1 pl.—How to collect
  mosquitoes (Culicidie).  J. Trop, M., Lond.. 1898-9, i, 170.—
  How to dissect a mosquito.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1899. lv,
  896.—Howard (L. O.) Mosquitos (Culicidae spp.). U.S.
  Dep.Agric.   Div. entomol., Wash.,1896,us., Bull, no.4,9-24.
  -----.Notes on house flies and mosquitoes. Ibid., 1898,
  n. s.,  Bull. no.  17, 55-57.—Hunter  (T.)  A study of the
  mosquito.  Mississippi M. Rec, Vicksburg, 1904/viii, 72-
  75.—James  (S. P.)   The  collection  of mosquitos  and
  their larvas.  Indian  M. Gaz., Calcutta,  1899, xxxiv, 431-
  434.—Jennings (E.)  Resisting powers of the larva? of
  Culicida? to  desiccation.  Ibid.,  1904,  xxxix. 5-7.—Joly
  (P. R.)   Souvenirs malgaches;  les moustiques.   Arch.de
  parasitol., Par., 1901, iv, 256-261.—Jordan (E. O.)  Notes
  ou the occurrence and habitat of Anopheles punctipennis
  and Anopheles maculipennis in the valley of the Andro-
  scoggin.  J.  M. Research, Bost., 1902, n. s., ii, 1-24. 1 pl.—
  Jordan (E. O.)  &. Hefleran (Mary).  Observations on
  the bionomics of Anopheles.  J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1905,
  ii, 56-69.—Jo ■■ rd a in (S.)  Note sur un mouvement de
  rotation  singulier de  la tete chez une  larve de Culicide.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol..  Par., 1893,  9. s., v.  249.—Ki-
  noshita.   Uutersnchung  iiber Anopheles.   [Japanese
  text ]  Mitt. d. med.  Gesellsch. zu Tokyo 1902.  xvi, 53-61.
  ----. Mitteilung  iiber  Anopheles. ' [Japanese  text.]
  Ibid., 1903, xvii, 750-796. 1 pl-Kurata (S.)  [Researches
  on Anopheles in Mai/.uru.j  Sei-i-Kwai .M.J . Tokyo. 1903,
  xxii,  no. 253, 9-14.—Kwanuosuke  Suzuki.' Unter-
  suchungen iiber die Anopheles im Wiutersclilafe.  Ibid.,
  1904, xxiii, 48-53. — La hi lie. Aljuuos apuntes zooldgicos
  sobre los mosquitos del pais.  Semana med., Buenos Aires,
  1904, xi, 41.   I, a Hi u in (V A.)   Easy method of mount-
  ing aud  preserving mosquitos.  J. Applied Micr.. Roch-
  ester, 1901, iv, 1129.— L. a vera n (A.)  Sur des ciilicides
  provenant de Hanoi (Tonkin).  Compt. lend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1901,  11. 8., iii, 991-993. ----. Sur des ciilicides pro-
  venant du Haut-Tonkin.  Ibid., 9H3.----. Sur des ciili-
  cides de Diego-Suarez (Madagascar).  Ibid., 1902,  11. s.,
  iv, 235. -----. Sar des culicides du  Cambodge.  Ibid.,
  906-908. -----.  Sur des  culicides  des Nouvelles-He-
  brides.   Ibid.,  908-910.  -----.  Sur  des  culicides de
  1'Aniou-Daria  (Asie  ceutrale).  Ibid.,  910. -----.  Snr
  des culicides de Cochinchiue  et  de  l'Annam.   Ibid.,
  1332-1334. -----. Sur des culicides du Yunnan  (Chine).
  Ibid., 1334.  ----.   Sur  des culicides de Dieuo-Suarez
  (Madagascar) et du  Senegal.   Ibid.,  1903. lv,  149-151.
  -----. Sur des culicides de Cochinchine.  Ibid., 414-416.
  -----. Notes sur des culicides de France, de la Guyane et
  de Grand Bassam.  Ibid.. 1156-1158. -----. Sui des culi-
  cides de  Madagascar  et de Dakar (Senegal). Ibid., 1327-
  1329.  -----.  Sur des  culicides de Rochefort-snr-Mer et de
  Camargue.   Ibid., 1904, lvi, 325.  -----. Sur des culicides
  recueillis dans les regions du Tchad et du Chari, par M.
  le Dr. Decorse.  Ibid., 1069. -----. Sur des culicides du
  Haut-Tonkin.  Ibid.. 1070-1072.— L,ebr< do (M.)  Algu-
  nas observacioncs sobre la anatomia del mosquito, con di-
  bujos originates.   Rev. de tued. trop.,  Habana, 1904, v, 1;
  53; 77;  103, 11  pl.  [English transl., 61-68.]—Lecaillon 
MOSQUITOES.
121
MOSQUITOES.
Mosquitoes.
  (A.)  Sur les rapports de la larve et de la nymphe du cou-
  sin (Culex pipiens L.) avec le milieu ambiant.  Bull. Soc.
  philoniat. de Par., 1898-9, 9. s.,  i,  125-138.—Leicester
  (G. F.)  A breeding place of certain forest mosquitoes in
  Malaya.  J. Trop. M.,Lond.,1903,vi. Y.U   Liston (W.G.)
  The distribution of Anopheles in Ellichpur  cantonment.
  Indian M. Gaz.,  Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi,  129-132.  -----.
  A year's experience of the habits of Anopheles in  Ellich-
  pur.  Ibid., 361;  441; 2 pl. -----. Classification of Ano-
  pheles of India.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 146.—Low
  (G. C.)  The absence of Anopheles in Barbadoes, W. I.
  Brit, M. J., Lond., 1902, i, '.mi—Ludlow (C. S.)  Classi-
  fication, geographical distribution, and seasonal flight of
  the  mosquitoes of the  Philippine Islands.   J. Ass. Mil.
  Surg. U.S., Carlisle, Pa., 1903, xii, 84-107.  Also, Reprint.—
  Lutz (A.)  Techuica seguida nas experieucias feitas com
  mosquitos.  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 465-467.—
  Macloskie (G.)  The poison-apparatus of the mosquito.
  Am. Naturalist,  Phila., 1888, xxii, 884-888.— inlanders
  (N )  On the collection and preservation of phlebotomic
  Diptera.  J.Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond.,1904,iii, 117-130.—
  Mangianti.  Une  page aucienne de I'histoire des mous-
  tiques?  Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de demog.  C.-r., Brux.,
  1903, viii, 99-104.—Mense (C.)   Bitte um Sanmilung und
  Einsendung von Stechmucken.  Arch. f. Schiffs- vi. Tro-
  pen-Hvg., Leipz., 1901, v, 113.—Minot (C. S.)  Notes on
  Anopheles. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc,  1900-1901, v, 325-329, 1
  pl.. 1 1.—Miyashima (P.)  Untersuchungen iiber  Ano-
  pheles.  [Japanese text.]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu To-
  kyo, 1902, xvi,  263-293, 2 pl.—de Moraes  Sarmeuto
   (E.)  Um novo processo de conservaciio dos  culicideos de
  colleccao. Med.  contemp.. Lisb., 1903, xxi, 103.—de  Mo-
   raes  Saruiento & Franea  (I .)   Nota sobre alguns
   culicideos portuguezes.  Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg.
   prat,.  Lisb., 1901-2, xi,  38-43.   Also, transl.:  Compt. rend.
   Soc.de biol., Par., 1902,11. s., iv, 152.—Mosquito work in
   Khartoum and in  the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan generally.
   Repr. Wellcome  Research Lab., Khartoum,  1904,  14-36, 1
   pl.— Mosquitoes.  U.  S. Dep. Agric.  Div.  entomol.,
   Wash., 1896, n. s., Bull, no.5,25-30.—Mosquitos attracted
   by sounds.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,  1901,  ii, 1367 — IVeveu-
   Leniairc (M.)  Description de quelques nioustiques de la
   Guyane. Arch,  de parasitol., Par., 1902, vi, 5-25.  -----.
   Note additionnelle sur quelques moustiques de la Gnyaue.
   Ibid., 613-618.  -----. Sur la classification des culicides.
   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11.  s., iv, 1329-1332.
   -----. Instructions relatives a la recolte des moustiques.
   [From: Bull. Soc. zool. de France, 1902, xxvii |  Arch, de
   med. nav., Par.,  1903. lxxix, 281-285.  -----.  Sur un nou-
   veau moustique appartenant a la sous-famille des Anophe-
   linae (Nvssorhynchus bozasi nov. sp.).  Compt. rend. Soc.
   de biol.,"Par., 1905, lix, 32.—1> ultall (G. H. F.)  Hiberna-
   tion of Anopheles in England.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i,
   1473.  -----. The  influence  of colour upon Anopheles.
   Ibid., ii, 668.   Also:  J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U.S., Carlisle, Pa.,
   1901-2, x, 29 -294. -----. Note on the prevalence of  Ano-
   pheles.  J. H\g., Cambridge, 1905, v, 485-48<. — \utlall
   (G. H. F.) & Shipley (A. E.)  The structure and  biology
   of Anopheles  (Anopheles macnlipennis). Ibid.,  1901,  i,
   269 - 276. -----  -----.  The  structure  and biology of
   Anopheles (Anopheles maculipennis).   Ibid., 451-483,
   4 pl.-----------. Studies in relation to malaria.  The
   structure and biology of Anopheles (Anopheles maculipen-
   nis).  Ibid., 1902, ii, 58-84.—Owen (A. D.)   A breeding
   place  for mosquitos.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii,  1590.—
   Padilla (S. A.)   Los zancudos  (Culex  de  Linneo).
   Juventud med., Guatemala, 1902, iv, 219-223. — Pazos y
   Cabcllero (J. H.)  Apuntes sobre los  anofeles  de San
   Antonio  de los Banos(Cuba).  Numero  101. Anopheles.
   Rev. de med. trop., Habana. 1903, iv, 1-3,  2 pl.------ T>el
   exteriore interior del mosquito; apuntes sobre la anatomia
  y morfologia.   Ibid.. 209-218, 7 pl— Perrone (E.)  Sui
  costumidellelarvedellezanzaredelgenereAnopheles. Atti
  d. Soc. p. g. studi d. malaria, Roma, 1902, iii, 68-101. -----.
   Sui costumi delle zan/.are del genere Anopheles in relazione
  con lebonifiche idrauliche.  Ibid., 1904, v, 49-64.—Peters
   (R. H.)  Mosquitoes  of Belize [British Honduras].  Pub.
  Health Rep.   U. S. Mar. Hosp.  Serv., Wash., 1902,  xvii,
  2174. — Pittaluga  (G.)   Sulla presenza e distribuzione
  del genere Anopheles in alcune regioni della peninsula ibe-
  rica, e suoi rapporti col parassita della  malaria  umana.
  Cong, internat.de med.   C.-r.  1903, Madrid. 1904, xiv, sect.
  d'hyg. [ etc. ],  513-552. — Pouchet ( F.) Sur l'appareil
  digestifdu cousin (Culex pipiens, Lin). [Abstr.J  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1847, xxv, 589-591.—Rees (D. C.)
  An easy method of mounting and preserving mosquitoes.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1468.—Resting (The) position
  of Anopheles.  J.Trop.M., Lond., 1900-1901, iii, 95.—Rob-
  inson  (O. S.)  Anopheles in Singapore.  Brit.  M. J.,
  Lond., 1900. i,  144. -----. The resting position of Ano-
  pheles.  Ibid., ii, 1345.—Ruiz (L. E.)   '1 he mosquitoes in
  MexicoCity. Am.Pub. Hea'th Ass.  Rep. 1903, Columbus,
  1904, xxix, 77-80.—S. (II.)  Les moustiques.  J. de  med.
  int., Par., 1902, vi, 140.—sambon (L. W.)   Notes on the
  life-history of Anoph- les maculipennis (Meigenl.  Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1901, i,  195-199, 2 pl.   Also:  Scient. Am.  Suppl.,
  1902, liv, 22532— Sambou (L. W.) &.  Low  ( G. C.)  On
Mosquitoes.
  the resting position of Anopheles. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900,
  ii, 1158.—Savas (C.)  Des moustiques en Grece.  Grece
  med., Syra, 1903, v, 46.—Sell oo (H. J. M.)   Het voorko-
  menvan distomum in hetlichaam van Anopheles claviger.
  Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v. Geneesk., Amst.,  1902, 2 R.,  xxviii,
  d. 1, 283-286. — Serge ii I (E.) & Sergent  (£.;.  Obser-
  vations sur les Anopheles de la hanlieue de Paris.  Ann.
  de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1902,  xvi, 940-946.-----------.
  Observations  sur  les  moustiques des  environs d'Alger.
  Ibid., 1903, xvii, 60-67.----------. Formation des gites
  ;\ larves d'Anopheles en Algerie.   Ibid., 763-769. -----
  -----.   Pr6sence  d'Anopheles  ( Myzomyia ) hispaniola
  Theobald en Algerie.   Compt.  rend. Soc.  de biol., Par.,
  1903, lv, 1360-1362.-----------. Sur uu culicide nouveau,
  tres commun & Biskra (Grabhamia  subtilis).  Ibid., 1905,
  lviii, 673.—Sforza (C.)  Maceratoi e zauzare nclcontado
  di Bologna.  Riv. d' ig. e san.  pubb., Torino, 1902, xiv, 59-
  63. — Shipley ( A. E. ) &  Wilson ( E.)   On a possible
  stridulating organ in the mosquito (Anopheles maculipen-
  nis, Meig.). Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1901-2, xl. 367-372,1 pl.—
  Simond.   Description  d'un  moustique  dont le male
  possede une trompe en faucille.   Compt.  rend. Soc.  de
  biol.. Par., 1902,  11. s., iv, 1158-1160. — Slingerland
  (M. V.)  Mosquitoes of the United States.  Science,  N.
  York & Lancaster, Pa., 1900, n. s.,  xii, 500-56-'. — Smith
  (F.)  The distribution of mosquito larvae on war depart-
  ment lauds in Sierra  Leone.   Armv M. Dep. Rep.  1900,
  Lond.,  1902, xlii, 495-501—Smilh'( J. B.)   Concerning
  certain mosquito* s.  Science, X. Y.  & Lancaster, Pa., 1902,
  n. s., xv, 13-15. -----. The salt marsh  mosquito,  Culex
  sollicitans Wlk. Ibid., xvi, 391-391.-----. The effect of low
  temperatures ou mosquito larvae.   Ibid., 1903,  xvii, 244.
  -----.  Concerning mosquito migrations.  Ibid., xviii,761-
  764. -----. The mosquito  investigation  in  New Jersey.
  Pop. Sc. Month., N.  Y., 1904-5, lxvi,281-286.—Smith (T.)
  Notes on the occurrence of Anopheles punctipennis and
  A. quadrimaculatus in the Boston suburbs  J. Bost. Soc.
  M. Sc,  1900-1901, v, 321-324.—Soliani (G.)  Osservazioni
  sulle anofele ibernanti nelle case di Mautova.  Corriere
  san., Milano,  1903, xiv, 660.—Soulie  (H.)   Recherches
  sur les  culicides de 1'Algerie.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1902,  exxxv, 118-120. Also:  Union med., du nord-
  est, Reims, 1902, xxvi, 189-192.—Stephens  (J. W. W.) &
  Christophers (S. R.)   Distribution of  Anopheles  in
  Sierra Leone.  Rep. Malaria Com. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1900,
  42-75.-----------. The classification of Indian Anopheles
  into natural groups.  Ibid., 1902,  7. s., 3-14,  4 pl. -----
  -----.  Note on bodies  in salivary glands of Anopheles, etc
  Ibid., 45, 1 pl.—Stephens (J.'W.  W.),  Christophers
  (S. R.)  & James (S. P.)   Note on the occurrence of Ano-
  pheles funestus and  Anopheles costalis in India.  Indian
  M.  Gaz.,  Calcutta,  1901,  xxxvi,  361. — Strahan  (H.)
  Habitat of Culex and Anopheles. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1900-
  1901, iii, 5.—Tabuteau.  Les  moustiques.  Arch. med.
  d'Angers,1902,vi, 35; 113.—Taylor (J. R.)  Observacioues
  sobre los mosquitos de la  Habana,  Cuba.   Rev. de  med.
  trop.,   Habana,  1903,  iv,  101;  145;   165.  Also,  Re-
  print—Testi  (F.)  Sulle zanzare della  cittil di Gros-
  seto.  Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma,  1900, xlviii, 225-
  235.—Theobald (F. V.)  A new Anopheles (A. paludis)
  from Sierra Leone.  Rep. Malaria Com. Roy. Soc, Lond.,
  1900, 75. -----. Notes on a collection of mosquitoes from
  West Africa, and descriptions of new species.  Thompson
  Yates  Lab.  Rep.,  Appendix,  Liverp.,  1901, i-xiv, 3  pl.
  -----.  The  classification  of  mosquitoes.   J. Trop. M.,
  Lond.,  1901, iv, 229-235. -----. The classification of the
  Anophelina.  Ibid., 1902, v, 181-183. -----. A  short  de-
  scription of the Culicidae of India, with descriptions of new
  species of Anopheles.  Proc.  Roy. Soc. Loud., 1902, xlix,
  367-394,1 pl.-----. Reportof a collection of mosquitoes and
  other flies from equatorial  East  Africa and the Nile prov-
  inces of Uganda.  Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep.-sick, com., Lond.,
  1903, no. 3, 33-42, 1 map. -----.  Notes on the genus Stego-
  mvia (Theobald) and its distribution. J. Trop. M., Lond.,
  1903, vi, 237-239.  AUo, transl.: Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1903-4,
  xxxv, 167-170.-----.  A now  culicid genus  from Uganda.
  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 17.  -----. The mosquitoes of
  Egypt,  the Soudan,  and Abyssinia. Rep.  Wellcome Re-
  search  Lab., Khartoum, 1904,  62-83, 2 pl.—Thin (G.)  A
  note on species of Anopheles found amongst mosquitos
  sent from Shanghai and Java.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1900, i,
  307.—Thomson (F.W.)  Notes on the Culicidae of Dehra
  Dun, with a description of a new Mansonia, which mimics
  Anopheles. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 314.—Thomson
   (J.  C.)  Report regarding the  mosquitoes  that occur in
  the colonv of Hong Kong.   Select.  Colon. M. Rep. 1901-2,
  Lond.,  1904, 155-166.— Travels (E. A. O.)  Hibernation
  of mosquitos.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1901, i, 1079.—Tsuzuki
  (J.)  [The  diffusion of  Anopheles.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,
  1902, 1443-1445.—Underwood  (W. L.)  Anew mosquito.
  Science. N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xviii, 182-184.—
  VeiltrilIon  (E.)  Culicides  nouveaux de Madagascar.
  Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1905,  ix 441-450. -----. Note  sur
  une nouvelle espece de moustique  de Madagascar (Stego-
  mvia  lamberti).  Ann.  d'hyg.  et  de  med. colon.,  Par.,
  1905, viii, 217-220.—Vickerstaff  (W. H.)  Habitat of
  Anopheles in Jamaica.  Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1900, i, 1441.— 
MOSQUITOES.
122
MOSQUITOES.
Howquitoe*.
   Wninwright  (J. W.)  Mosquitoes.  Am.  Therapist,
   N. V., 11)04-5, xiii, 229-231.-Wellman (F. C.)  Notes
   from  Angola: On the mosquitoes of Bihe.  J. Trop. M.,
   Loud., 1905, viii. 319.—William- (E. G.) The mosquito.
   Atlanta  Jour.-Rec. Med.,  1902-3,  iv, 8-14. — Wright
   (M. J.)  The resistance of  the larval mosquito to cold;
   notes on  the habits and life-history of mosquitos  in Aber-
   deenshire. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i,  883.—Voting (G. B.)
   Observations on the long life of the larvae of Stegomyia
   fasciata at Louisville, Ky.  Pub. Health Rep.  U. S. Mar.
   Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1904, xix, 360.—Ziemann (H.)  Bei-
   trag zur Anopheles-Fauna West-Afrikas.  Arch.f.Schiff3-
   u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1902, vi, 360.

Iflosquitoes  (Bites of).
     Fere  (C.)  Note sur la  persistance des lesions  pro-
   voquees par la piqure des moustiques et sur la possibility
   de leur reveil a longue echeauce.   Compt. rend. Soc. de
   biol.,  Par., 1899,11. s., i, 567— Flannery (D.)  Immunity
   from  mosquito  bites.    Nature, Loud., 1897, lvi,  53. —
   Glatard.  Traitement des piqures de moustiques par
   l'iode-acetone.  Bull.  med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1904, xv,
   366.—Hone (J. S.)  Dermatitis caused by mosquitoes.
   J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N.  Y., 1903, xxi, 433.—Hyde
   (J. N.)   Unusual lesions of the skin produced  bsr mos-
   quito-bites.  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1892, i, 378-381.—
   Lcpinc (J.) Imm unite contre les piqures de moustiques,
   acquise par la memeet trausmise au  fcetus.  Compt. rend.
   Soc. de biol., Par., 1902,  11.  s., iv, 986.—Manquat  (A.)
   Traitement  des piqures de  moustiques.   Bull.  gen. de
   th6rap. [etc.], 1900, cxl, 676-688. —  Shpindler (V. N.)
   O liechenii uzhaleuiy komarov naftalanom.  [Treatment of
   mosquito bites with naphthalan.]  Vrach. gaz., S.-Peterb.,
   1901,  viii, therap. pt., 19. —Smith (J. B.)   How does
   Anopheles  bite?  Science, N. Y. &.  Lancaster, Pa.. 1905,
   n. s ,  xxi, 71.—Steiner (K.)  Das Moskitofieber. Wien.
   klin.  Rundschau,  1905,  xix, 37; 309. —Voges.  Ueber
   Moskito-Intoxikatiou.   Therap.  Rathgeber, Wien, 1901,
   71-73. — While (C. J.) & Burns  (F.  S.)  Dermatitis
   venenata from mosquitoes. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 749.

Mosquitoes  (Parasites of).
     Dye  (L.)   *Les  parasites des culicides.   8°.
   Paris, 1904.
     Also, in: Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1905, ix, 5-77.
     Blanchard  (R.)  Sul pseudoparassitismo delle  larve
   di zanzara (Culex pipiens).  Monitore zool. ital.,  Firenze,
   1891,  ii,  42-44.—IIuyama  (M.)  [Pathogenic parasites
   from  the mosquito iu Asahojiri.]  Gun Igaku Kwai  Zas-
   shi, Tokyo,  1899, 409-421.—Chatterjee (G. C.)  Para-
   sites in Anopheles. Indian M. Gaz.,  Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi,
   371. —Eyscll (A.)  Wie weist  man  Hamosporidien im
   Culicidenleibe nach?  Arch, f Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg.,
   Leipz., 1902, vi, 160-165.—Fearnside (C. J.)  Parasites
   found ou  mosquitos. Indian il. Gaz.. Calcutta, 1900, xxxv,
   129. — 4»alli-Valerio  ( B. )  &  Kochaz-de  Jo ugh
   /Jeanne). Ueber die Wirkung von Aspergillus niger uud
   A. glaucus auf die Larven  von  Culex  und Anopheles;
   Vorlaufige  Mitteilung.    Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol.  [etc.],
   1. Abt., Jena, 1905. xxxviii, 174-177.—Gros (H.)  Sur un
   acarien parasite des Anopheles.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
   biol.,  Par.,  1904,  lvi, 56.—Johnson (H. P.)   A  new
   sporozoan parasite of Anopheles.  J.  Med. Research., Boat.,
   1902,  vii, 213-219, 1 pl.-La»eran (A.)  De  quelques
   parasites des culicides.   Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.,
   1902,11. s., iv, 233-235.— Leger (L.)   Sur unflagelle para-
   site  de l'Anopheles  maculipennis.    Ibid.,  354-356.—
   Martirano (F.)  L'anopheles claviger ospite di un dis-
   toma.  Policlin., Roma, 1900-lf)0l, vii, sez. prat., 1089-1091.
   Also,  transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt. Jena
   1901, xxx, 849-852.—Orr (H. B.)   A parasite of  the com-
   mon night-mosquito (Culex puneens).  N. Orl. M. & S.J
   1901-2, liv,  359-364.-Perroncito (E.)  Sopra una  spe-
   ciale forma di micosi delle zanzare.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di
   med.  di  Torino,  1900, 4. s., vi, 387.—Ruge (R.)  Der
   Anopheles maculipennis (Meigen) als Wirt eines Disto-
   mum.  Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch Jena
   1903, 174-176.—Sergent (E.) & Sergent (15.)   Note sur
   les acariens parasites  des Anopheles.  Compt. rend. Soc
   de biol..  Par., 1904. lvi,  100-102.—Woldert (A.)  Speci-
   men of the middle intestine of the mosquito (Culex pipiens),
   showing  the zygotes of Proteosoma Labbe. Proc. Path'
   Soc, Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 51-56.-

Hlosquitoes (Protection from and exter-
   mination of).
    ,See, also, Mosquitoes (Bites of).
    Dragon flies  vs. mosquitoes.   Can the mos-
  quito pest be mitigated?  Studies iu tbe  life
  history  of  irritating  insects, their natural  ene-
  mies, and artificial cbecks by working entomol-
  ogists, with au introduction  by Eobert H. Lam-
  born. 8C.   New York, 1890.
iflosquitoes (Protection  from and exter-
  mination of).
    Mosquito (The) campaign.   Mayor and health
  officer  [New  Orleans]  give some practical  ad-
  vice  for  the general guidance.   1 galley sheet.
  New  Orleans,  190").
    National  Mosquito  Extermination  Society.
  Bulletin  No. 1, with  Supplements A, B, (J.  b°.
  [n. p., 1904.]
    Proceedings of the first general convention
  to consider  the questions  involved in mosquito
  extermination, held . .  . December 16, 1903.  b°.
  Brooklyn, 1904.
    Rosenau (M. J.)   Disinfection against mos-
  quitoes with  formaldehyd aud sulphur dioxid.
  8°.   Washington,  1901.
    Ross (K.)  First progress report of the cam-
  paign against mosquitoes in  Sierra Leone.  8°.
  Liverpool, 1901.
    Also [Abstr.], in:  Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1901, xviii,
  905-907.

    -----.  Mosquito brigades and how to organ-
  ize them.  8°.  London, 1902.
    -----.  The same.   8°.   New York, 1902.
    Sergent  (E.)   * Sur la lutte contre les  mous-
  tiques; une canipagne antipaludique en  Algerie.
  8°.  Paris, 1903.
    Smith  (J.  B.)    The campaign against the
  mosquito.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Cutting from: Booklover's Mag., Phila., 1904-5, iv, 169-
  177.
    United States.   Department of Agriculture.
  Division  of  Entomology.   Bulletin No. 25, n. s.
  Notes on the  mosquitoes of the United States;
  giving some account of their structure and biol-
  ogy, with remarks on remedies.  By L. O. How-
  ard.  8°.   Washington, 1900.
    Adie (J. R.)  Lemna minor as a preventive against
  mosquitoes.  Indian  M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 207.—
  Anti-mosquito (The) campaign.  Climate, Lond., 1902-
  3, iv, 317-324.—Berkeley (W. N.)  Morphology of Ano-
  pheles mosquito; habits; modes of destrucliou.  N. York
  State  J M., N. Y., 1903, iii, 269-271. — Blanchard (R.)
  Les moustiques de Paris; leurs mefaits, mesuivs de pre-
  servation.   [Rap.]  Bull. Acad, de  med., Par.,  1901,3.8.,
  xlvi, 223-244.  Also:  Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1901,  iv,
  615-635.—Castor oil plant as a protection against mos-
  quitoes. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash.,
  1903, xviii, 1803. — Celli (A.) & Casagrandi (O )  Per
  la distruzione delle zanzare; contributo alio studio delle
  sostanze zauzaricide.  Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1899, n. s.,
  ix, 317-353. Also. Reprint. — Chaae (H. L.)  Efforts to
  abate  the  mosquito nuisance in Brookline.  Boston M. &
  S. J.,  1903, cxlix, 123-126.—Chase (H. L.) & IVyhen
  (J. A. C.)  Abatement of the mosquito uui>ance in  Brook-
  line.  J. Mass.  Ass. Bds. Health,  Best., 1902-3, xii, 190-
  203. — Chatin (J.)   Les  moustiques  k Paris; moyens
  d'arreter leur developpement.  Ann d'hyg., Par., 1904,
  4. s., ii, 97-108.—Chimeres (Les)  de la croisade  contre
  les  moustiques.  ttemaine  med., Par.,  1905,  xxv,  363.—
  Corput (G. M.) The influence of certain  trees in pre-
  venting the propagation of mosquitoes.  Pub. Health Rep.
  U.  S.  Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1901,  xvi, 2529. — Be-
  struetion (The) of mosquitos.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899,
  ii, 683.—Boty (A. H.)  The elimination of the  mosquito.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 585-588. -----. The
  use of sulphate of copper, alone and in combination with
  lime, for the destruction of mosquito larvae, as a deodorant
  and as a disinfectant.  Am. Pub. Health Ass.  Rep., Co-
  lumbus, O., 1905, xxx, 50-57.  Also:  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905,
  lxvii, 90-92.—Bupree (W. H.)  The mosquitoes of Loui-
  siana and their pathogenic possibilities, with remarks upon
  their  extermination.  N. Oil.  M. & S. J., 1905-6, lviii, 1-
  16.—E. (O. H.)  The fight against mosquitoes.   Indian
  Lancet,  Calcutta, 1903. xxii, 82.—Ebcrle (H. A.)  The
 - 'problem of exterminating mosquitoes; discovery of inac-
  cessible breeding places.  N. York M. J.  [etc.], 1905,
  lxxxi, 848.  Also, Reprint.—Eecles (\V. S.)  Mosquitos,
  and how to avoid their attacks.  Climate, Lond., 1901-
  2,  iii,  135. — Extermination (The)  of the mosquito
  on Long Island.  Scient. Am., N. Y., 1903, lxxxviii. 310.—
  Fermi (C.) & Luinbnii (S.)  Liberazioue di una citta
  delle  zanzare.  Ann. d' ig. sper.,  Roma.  1900, n. s.. x,
  93-102, 1 plan.  Also: Atti d.  Soc. p. g. studi d. malaria,
  Roma, 1901, ii, 10-19, 1 plan.  AUo, transl.: Centralbl. f.
  Bakteriol.  [etc.], 1.  Abt.,  Jena, 1900,  xxviii,  179-185.—
  Gorgas  (w. C.)   Mosquito work in Havana.   Med.
  Rec,  N. Y., 1902, lxii, 81. -----. A short account of the 
MOSQUITOES.                                 123                                MOSQUITOES.
Iflosquitoes  (Protection from and exter-

  mination of).
  results of mosquito work in Havana, Cuba.  J. Ass. Mil.
  Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1903, xii, 133-139.  Also, Reprint.—
  de Gourea (H.)   Campanhacontra os mosquitos.  Bra-
  zil-med.,  Rio de Jan.,  1901, xv,  236-239.—Gray (St. G.)
  Note on the use of kerosene  as a cullcide.  J. Trop. M.,
  Lond., 1903, vi, 313.- Green (E. E.)  Papaw-trees  and
  mosquitoes [no protection).   Nature, Lond., 1902-3, lxvii,
  487. —Harford-Bnttersby (C. V.)  Mosquito destruc-
  tion;  a practical  method  of  sanitary reform.   Climate,
  Lond., 1901-2, iii,  47-52.—Hew lilt  (R. T.)  The  de-
  struction of mosquitoes iu the prophylaxis of mosquito-
  borne diseases.  J. State M., Lond..' 1902, x, 171-173.—
  Blootou (A.)  Notes on the destruction of mosquitoes in
  Bijapur.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904,  xxxix, 205-207.—
  Howard (L. O.)  An experiment against mosquitoes.
  Insect Life, Wash., 1892-4, v, 12-14.—Influencia  (De
  la) de algunas libelulas (pseudo-neuropteros) en la de-
  struccion  de los mosquitos propagadores del  paludismo.
  [From: Gac. med. de Costa Kica.]  Habana med., 1900,
  iii, 85.—James (L. P.) .t Christophers (S. R.)  The
  success of mosquito destruction operations.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1904, ii, 631.—Kohn  (C.  A.)   The use of oils for
  the production of  surface Alms on water.  Ibid.,  1901, i,
  1543.—Kohn Lie (Q.)   What  shall we do about the mos-
  quitoes'  Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, N. Orl., 1902, x,
  1-9. -----. The mosquito question.  Scient. Am. Suppl.,
  N. Y., 1905, lix, 24328-24331.—KozhevnikoflT (G.  A.)
  K voprosu o yestestvenniUh vragakh malyariynikh koma-
  rov.   [Natural enemies of malarial mosquitoes.]  Russk.
  Vrach.,  S.-Peterb., 1905, iv,  806.—Larymorc (H.  D.)
  The mosquito plant [Ocimnm viride].  J.  Trop. M., Lond.,
  1903, vi, 143. — Lnrcran. An sujet de culicides recueil-
  lis a Djibouti et k la Nouvelle-Caledonie.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de  biol., Par., 1901,  11.  s.,  iii, 567-569.—I, a wson
  (G.N.)  What shall we do about mosquitoes?  Yale M.
  J., N. Haven, 1900-1901,  vii, 398-402. — Ingrain  (E.)
  La lutte contre les moustiques; son utilite et ses resultats
  en pathologie coloniale.  Rev. med. de l'Afrique du nord,
  Alger, 1903, vi,  2173; 2183.   AUo, Reprint.—Eegrain
  (E.) & Treille (A.)  La lutte contre les moustiques eu
  Algerie.  J. de med. de Par., 1903, 2. s.,  xv,  521-523.—
  AUo:  Rev. med., Par.,  1904,  xiii, 20.—L,e  Vloal.  Bri-
  gades de moustiques, comment les organiser;  resume du
  travail de Ronald  Ross. Ann.  d'hyar. et, de m6d.  colon.,
  Par.,  1904, vii, 294-301.—McCook (H. C.)  Can the mos-
  quito  be exterminated?  N. Am.  Rev., N. Y., 1889, cxlix,
  363-370.—iVIacdonald (C. J.)   Crete as a station, with
  a mosquito campaign conducted there in 1903. J. Roy.
  Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905,  iv, 31-45— .Mcintosh
  (W. P.)   To guard against the bite of the mosquito.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 784.—Mnnkovski (A. F.)  K vop-
  rosu   o  sredstvakh istrebleniya  komarov, kak raspro
  stranitelt-I  bolotnolikhoradochnavo  zara/.navo  nachala.
  [Methods of exterminating mosquitoes, as carriers of  the
  malarial virus.]  Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 649.—
  ITIanzi (L.)  L'uso delle reti contro gli auofeli 500 anni
  avanti Cristo.  Lavori  d. Cong, di med.  int. 1902,  Roma,
  1903, xii, 474-477. -----. Gli dei  distruttoii degli auofeli
  e 1' uso antico delle fumigazioni e delle reii coniro di essi.
  Arch,  de parasitol., Par., 1904,  viii, 88-109— iVIaroudhis
  (P.)  De I'influence de  la chaux ordinaire  sur les pro-
  nymph es  des  anopheles et des  nioustiques ordinaires.
  Grece med., S\ ra, 1903,v, 47.—Method and means of war-
  fare against mosquitoes at Rio de Janeiro.   Pub. Health
  Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp.  Serv..  Wash., 1904, xix. 384-387.—
  Mosquito war in Bristol, N. J.  N.  York M. J. [etc.],
  1903, lxxviii, 326.—O'Connell (M. D.)  The destruction
  of mosquitos.  Indian M.Gaz.,<.alcutta,1900,xxxv,41; 173.—
  Oninius.  Des proeedes  pour detruiie les moustiques.
  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s..  iii, 5i-9.—
  Pettit.   Mosquitoes killed by fungus disease.  Med. Age,
  Detroit, 1902, xx,  622. — Pontoppidan ( K.) Fra  min
  Tjeneste sum Frivilligi Havanas Mosquito-Jirigade.  [My
  service as a volunteer in the mosquito-bi inade of Havana.]
  Hosp.-Tid.,  Kobenh., 1905, 4.  R., xiii, 533; 565;  594.—
  Problem (The) of mosquito destruction in New Orleans.
  Rep. Bd. Health N. Oil.,  1902-3, 139-165. Also.  Reprint.—
  Prophylaxie des piqures de nioustiques.  Ann. de the-
  rap. dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, ii, 439. — Prout (W.  T.)
  The extermination of mosquitos  in Sierra Leone.   Brit.
  M. J.,  1903, i, 1349.—Bees (I).  (J.)  A holiday in the mos-
  Ztiito-proof house in the Roman Campagna.  J. Trop. M.,
  ond.,  1900-1901, iii, 62. — Biley (C. V.) <fe Howard
  (L.  O.)  Life-history of  and remedies  against  the mos-
 quito.  U. S. Dep. Agric.  Div. entom., Insect Life, 1892, iv,
 329.—Rivas (1).)   Beitrag zur Bekampfung der Anophe-
 les.  Cenlralbl.  f. Bakteriol.  [etc.], 1.  Abt., Jena,  1903,
 xxxiii,  235-239.—Rosenau (M. J.)  Disinfection against
 mosquitoes.   Am. Mouth. Micr. J., Wash., 1901, xxii. 268-
 270. -----. Formaldehyd gas an insecticide for mosquitoes.
 Pub. Health. Rep.  IT.' S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1901,
 xvi, 1669. — Ross (R.)  The extirpation of Culex  at  Is-
 mailia.   Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1903,  ii,  173.   Also:  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1903, ii, 186.  Also: Nature, Lond., 19)3, lxviii, 246.
 -----.  On the logical basis of the  sanitary policy of mos-
 .VI owq iii toes (Protection from  and exter-

   mination of).
   quito  reduction.  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1905, i, 1025-102!).
   Also [Abstr.]:  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1904, lxvi, 557.—Ser-
   Sent  (E.) & Sergent  (E\)  Lo  ricin et le  papnyer
   utilises contre les moustiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
   Par., 1903, lv, 1357-1359.—Shipley (A. E.)   A pot of basil.
   Nature, Lond., 1902-3, lxvii, 205. — Shim (I.)  [The use
   of camphor against the mosquitoes  of  malaria.]  Gun
   Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 637-645.—Sims (B. B.)
   Some observations on a crusade made against the mosquito
   iu Talladega, during summer of 1902.  Alabama  M. J.,
   Birmingh, 1902-3, xv, 345-350.  Also:  Am. Pract. & News,
   Louisville. 1903, xxxvi, 99-104.—Smith (J. B.)  The sani-
   tary aspect of the mosquito questiou.  Med. News, N. Y.,
   1903, lxxxii, 447-450.—Noper (G. A.)  Mosquito destruc-
   tion.   Ibid., 1902, lxxxi. 407-410. -----. Mosquito exter-
   mination in New York  City.  Ibid., 1903, lxxxii, 438-442.—
   Stephens (J. W. W.)  & Christophers (S. R.)  On the
   destruction of Anopheles  in Lagos.   Rep.  Malaria Com.
   Roy. Soc, Lond., 19u0,  3. s., 14-2u. 1 map. — Systematic
   extermination of mosquitoes. [Edit.]  Boston  M. &. S.
   J.. 1901, cxlv, 225.—Tedaldi (G.)  Contributo alio studio
   delle sostanze zauzaiicide.  Atti  d. Soc. p. g. studi d. ma-
   laria, Roma, 1902, iii, 102-114.—Tetradze (A. N.)   Proti-
   vomoskitnayazhidkost Ya l.Malinina. kak srodstvo borbi
   snialyariyel.  [Maliuiu's anti-mosquito liquid as a remedy
   in the  struggle with malaria.]  Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk.
   med. Obsh.,Tiflis, 1904-5, xii, 282-301,1 tab.—Underwood
   (W. L.)  The mosquito nuisance and  how to deal with it.
   J. Mass. Ass. Bde. Health, Bost., 1903-4, xiii. 76-93. -----.
   Mosquitoes and suggestions for their extermination. Pop.
   Sc.  Month., N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 453-466.  Also: J. N. Eng.
   Water Works Ass., Bost.,  1904, xviii, 161-175, 5 pl.  Also,
   Reprint. — Veazie (H. A.)  Some observations  on the
   varieties and habits of the  mosquitoes of New Orleans and
   the remedies.  Tr. LouisianaM. Soc, N. Oil., 1901, 397-123.
   Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1901-2, lv, 155-177.—Waggener
   (R.)  Lime water as a culicicide.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901,
   lx, 305.—Weeks (H. C.)  Some practical suggestions on
   mosquito extermination in  New Jersey.  Med. News, N.
   Y.,  1903, lxxxii, 442-447. Also, Reprint. — Wcgg (J. A.)
   Personal protection against mosquitos.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1901, i, 211.

Mosquitoes as carriers of disease.
    See, also, Fever (Malarial, Transmission of) by
   mosquitoes; Fever (Yellow,  Contagion, etc., of);
   Filaria; Leprosy (Contagion of).
    Berkeley  (W.  N.)   Laboratory  work  with
   mosquitoes.  S°.  New York, 1902.
    Blake (Sir H.  A.)  Ancient theories of causa-
   tion of fever by mosquitoes.   8°.  Colom bo, 1905.
    Repr.from: J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M.  Ass., Colombo, 1905.

    Howard (L. O.)   Mosquitoes as transmitters
  of disease.  4°.   New York,  1901.
    Cutting from: Am. Month.  Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1901,
   xxiv, 192-195.
    Maj. Reed's fine work at Havana;  how  he
  proved  mosquito  theory.   4°.  New  Orleans,
  [1905].
    Sergent (E.)  &.  Sergent (E.)    Moustiques
  et maladies infectieuses.  Guide  pratique pour
  l'etude  des  moustiques;  avec   une  preface du
  Dr. E. Eoux.  12°.   Paris, | 1903].
    Balfour  (A.)   Mosquitoes and steamers.  J. Trop.
  M.,  Lond., 1903, vi, 253.—Baudouin (M.)  Fievre iuter-
  mittente et nioustiques en Vendee; chussous et chessaie.
  Gaz. med. de Par., 1904, 12. a., iv, 385. —Beyer  (G. E.)
  The mosquitoes and their  relation to disease.  Tr. Loui-
  siana  M. Soc, N. Oil., 1901, 371-397.  Also: N. Oil. M. &
  S. J., 1901-2, lv, 131-155. AUo, transl.: Rev. Asoc. med.-
  farm. . . . de Cuba, Habana,  1901-2, ii, 376-395.—Celli (A.)
   lV <»nsperini  (G.)  Statu palustro  ed anofelico (palu-
  dismo)  senza malaria.  Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1902, n.s.,
  xii, 227-257, 1 pl—Chalmers (A. J.)  A theory to  ex-
  plain how man and the Anopheles originally became in-
  fected with the malarial germ. J. Trop. M.,Lond., 1902,
  v, 133.—Cheiuisse (L.) A criticism of the  mosquito the-
  ory of infection in malaria  and yellow fever. Med. Press
  &. Circ, Lond., 1904,  u. s., lxxviii, 33-35.— Clements (J.)
  The mosquito in  disease and otherwise.  Post-Graduate,
  N. Y., 1902, xvii, 103-109.—Coleman (W. L.)  The role
  of the  mosquito in  malaria and yellow fever.  Alkaloid.
  Clin., Chicago, 1905,  xii, 123-12S.—Connection between
  mosquito bite and fever in Cej Ion noted in ancient Sanskrit
  literature.  Pub. Health Rep. U. S.Mar.Hosp.Serv., Wash.,
  1905, xx, 1352.—Craig (C. K.)  The transmission of disease
  by the mosquito. >.'. York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 377; 453.—
  Dastre (A.)  The role of mosquitoes in the dissemina-
  tion of diseases.  [Transl.  from: Rev. d. Deux-Mondes.]
  Scient. Am. Suppl.,  N. Y., 1902, liv, 22274.—Dupuy (J.) 
MOSQUITOES.                               124                                      MOSSER.
Jlosquitoes as carriers of disease.
  Naviies et moustiques (Stegomvia fasciata).  Rev. d'hyg.,
  Par., 1904. xxvi, 289-301.—Fair (V. V.)  O zavisimosti
  mezhiiu bolotnoyu  likhoradko! i komarami Anopheles.
  [Relationship between malarial fever and the mosquitoes
  .. .]  Russk. Vrach,S.-Peterb.. 1902, i, 1320.-Fermi (C.) &
  Cnuio-Bruseo(l7.)  Kicerche sulla diffusione delle larve
  di zanzare malaiifere a Terranova Pausauia enei dintorni,
  in rapporto alle bouiflche.  A ttid.Soc p. g.studi d.malaria,
  Roma, 1903, iv, 531-533.—Fermi (C.) & iHartinetti (P.)
  La diffusione delle larve dianoieli in Porto Torres, dintorni
  eNurra(Sardegna).   Ibd., 534-542.—Cilcs (G. M.) Cold
  weather mosquito notes from India; malaria in TJmritzar,
  and its causes.  J.Trop.M., Lond., 1904, vii, 83; 104; 120; 133;
  149.—<Sa-ldi(E. A.) Os mosquitos no Paid encarados como
  nmacalnmidadepublica. [From: IMarioofficial,Pard.] Bra-
  zil-med.. Uiode Jan.,  1902,  xvi, 480: 1903, xvii, 5; 14; 25; 35;
  43.—<» randy (C. R.)  A modification of the mosquito the-
  ory.  Med. News. N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 880-883.—Gray (St.
  G.) Notes on convevanceof disease bv mosquitoes.  Select.
  Colon.  M  Rep. 1901-2, Lond., 1904,  198-2(Ki.—Oi-ubbs
  (S. B.)  Vessels as carriers of mosquitoes.   [Transl., p.
  334.J Tr. Internat. San.  Convent. Am.  Republics 1902,
  Wash., 1903, i, 160-163.—Guiart (J.)  Les  moustiques;
  importance de leur role en medecine et en hygiene.  Ann.
  d'hyg.  Par., 1900, 3.  s., xliv, 407-442.—Herrera (A. L.)
  La plaga de mosquitos en la ciudad de Mexico en el ano de
  1901.  Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1901-2,
  xvi. 207-228.— Jnsle Navarre (P.)  A theoria dos mos-
  quitos  e  univoca?  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan..  1903, xvii,
  202-205.—King (J.  S.) The mosquito as a carrier of dis-
  ease.  J. Am.  Al. Ass., Chicaeo, 1903, xl, 894-896. — Iia-
  veran (A.)  Anopheles and malaria.   Atlanta Jour.-Rec.
  Med., 1904-5, vi, 153-162.—von Liiistow.  Durch Ano-
  pheles  verbreileto  endemische Krankheiteu.  Verhandl.
  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904,
  ii, 2. Hlfte.,450-454.  Also: Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien,
  1903, x, 14J5-1433.—liiston (W. G.)  The importance of
  the role xdayed by mosquitos in tropical pathology, with a
  brief de>ci iption of the differences between Anopheles and
  Culex and a classification of the Indian Anopheles.  Indian
  M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 127-131.—.TIcCaw (W. D)
  The  mosquito  theory in  text-books.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago. 1905, xiv, 1100.—Menger (R.) The mosquito as
  a transmitter  of micro organisms.  Texas M. J., Austin,
  1900-1901, xvi, 143-149— Vlmiroe (D.)  The mosquito as
  an etiological factorindisea.se.  Texas M. News, Austin,
  1904-5,  xiv. 558-565.—Navarre (P.-J.)  La theorie  des
  moustiques est-elle univoque?  Lyon med., 1900, xcv, 401;
  437.—Ncven-Ijemaire  (M.) & Freyssinge (L.) Role
  des moustiques dans la propagation do la filariose et de la
  fievre jaune.  Med. orient., Par., 1901, v, 241-246.-I»er-
  ronv  (E.)  Sui costumi  delle larve  delle  zanzare  del
  genere  Anopheles in  relazione con le bonifiche idrauliche.
  Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1901, n. s., xi, 1:  1902, n. s.,  xii,
  161.— I*ribble (C. L.) Mosquitoes and disease.  South.
  M. & S., Chattanooga, 1905, iv, 180-183.-Boss (R.)  The
  anti-milarial experiment at Mian Mir,  Punjab, India.  J.
  Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 255.—Sergent (E\)  Sur l'ex-
  istence des  Anopheles en grand nombre dans une region
  d'oii le paludisme a  disparu.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1901,11. s., iii, 857-859. Also : Ann. del'Inst. Pasteur,
  Par., 1901, xv, 811-846.—Nhaw (P. C.)  Mosquitoes at
  sea.  Lancet, Lond.,  1904,  i, 396.—Smith  (F.)  Mosquito
  larvae in mail steamers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1735.—
  Soliani (G.)  L' habitat delle larve di anofele nei laghi
  di Mantova in relazione ad un progetto di bonifica igienica.
  Corriere san.,  Milano, 1903, xiv, 646-648.—Souchon (E.)
  On the transportation of mosquitos by  vessels.  Med.
  Rec. N. Y., 1902, lxii, 8.   Also, Reprint,—Taylor (J. R.)
  The transmission of disease by the mosquito.   J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1905,  xiv,  90-95.— Testi (F.)  Topografia
  anofelica e  bonifica  idraulica.  Gior. med. d. r. esercito,
  Roma,  1902, 1, 449-462.—Treille (G.)  Le moustique con-
  sidere  coiume  agent do propagation des maladies.  Ca-
  ducee,  Par., 1903, iii,' 145-147.—Voges.  Sobre intoxica-
  cidn por los mosquitos. An.d. Circ. med. anient, Buenos
  Aires,  1900, xxiii, 531-536.—Wells (F.)  Mosquitoes as
  hearers of malaria and yellow fever.  Teachers' San. Bull.,
  Lansing,  1903, vi, 33-39.

Mosquitoes und malaria.
    See Role (The) played by the mosquito [etc.]. 8°. New
  York, 1899.

ifloss  (Iceland).
    See Cetraria islandica.

ifloss, Norway.
    Oaltung (J.) Lidt om hygieniskeogsanitaere forhold
  i Moss by.  [Hygienic and sanitary relations in the city of
  Moss.]  Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor., Kristiania <fc Kjo-
  benh , 1890,  x, 321-335.

JIo**  (Charles)  [     -1895].
    Obituary.  Lancet, Lond., 1895, i, 452.
Moss (Edward L[awton]).   A  fragment of hu-
  man skeleton from north latitude 81° 42'.  pp.
  67-71.  8 \   [n. p., 1877.]
    Cutting.
MOSS (Oscar Burnham).
    See IVIalcolm  (John  Gilmore) & IJIoss  (0. B.)  A
  regional and comparative materia  medica.   8°.  New
  York, 1895.
MOSS (William).    Praktische Abhandlnng iiber
  die  physische Erziehung, Nahrnng und Krauk-
  heiten  neugeborner Kinder, Sehwangerer  und
  Kindbetterinneu.  Nebst einem  Zns;itze  ulu r
  die Behandlung und Krankheiteu alt ere r Kinder
  nach der zweyten  englisehen Ansgabo iibersetzt
  und mit eingestrenten  beriohtim nden und prak-
  tischeu  Beinerkiingen versehen.   iv,  4f>4  pp.
  16°.  Leipzig, Giinther'schen Buchhandl., 1799.
    See, also,  Englisehe  (Der)  Kiuderarzt [etc.].  8°.
  Leipzig,  1786.

jflossa (Samuel) [1833-1905].
    Obituary.  Homoeopathic Rec,  Lancaster, 1905, xx,
  217.  Also:   Month.  Homceop.  Rev., Lond.,  1905,  xlix,
  446.
M©sstlorf(Fer<linaud)[1842-    ].   "Ueber die
  Methode, dutch gewaltsame Streclsiing die Con-
  tracturen  des Kuiegelenkes zu heilen.  22 pp.
  8 .   Leipzig, Huethel 4" Legler, 1867.
Mosse  (A.)  [1852-    ].   Eksperinientalnlya  i
  klinicheskiya  izslledovaniya  ob  inflyueutste.
  [Experimental and clinical  researches on influ-
  enza.]  40 pp.  8  .  [Moscow,  189.").]
    Bound with: Bibliot. vrach., Mosk., 1895, ii.
------.  Le  diabete et l'alimentation aux pommes
  de  terre.   vii, 182 pp.  8°.    Paris, F. Alcan,
  1903.

]?Iosse (Bartholomew) [1712-59].
    Goodwin  (G. )   [Biography.]   Diet. Nat.  Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xxxiv, 184.
Mosse  (David)  [1872-     ].    *De Tana!<r6sie
  chirurgicale  par injections  de  chlorhydrate de
  cocaine sous l'araclinoide lombaire.   viii, 9-97
  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Montpellier, 1901, No. 44.
Mosse (Edgard)  [1874-     ].   * Contribution  a
  l'etude de la fievre typho'ide chez les cardiaques.
  65 pp.,  11.  8C.   Lyon, 1899, No. 10:1.
Mosse  (Max).  *Die   Aetherschwefelsauren im
  Ham unter  dem  Einflnss  einiger  Arzneitnirtel.
  [Freiburg  i. B.]    19 pp.  8°.   Strassburg,  K. J.
  Trubner. 1897.
    Also, Co-Editor of: Zentralblatt fiir  normale und
  pathologische Anatomie [etc], Berlin & Wien, 1904.
Mosse (Prosper).   * Etat actuel de l'opothe'rapie
  ovarienne.  Etude  experimentale  et  clinique.
  133 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Toulouse,  1899, No. 318.
Mosseder (Job. Jacobus).   * De deliquio aniini.
  40 pp.  sm. 4°.   Argentorati, lit. G. A. Dalhopffii,
  1692.
Mossel  (F.  B.)   Beknopte  handleiding  bij  de
  beoordeeling van ongeval-patienten voor medici
  bewerkt;  met een  aanhangsel  bevattende  o. a.
  tarieven, kon. besluiten.  alg.   niaatregelen van
  bestuur enz.  1 p. 1., 125 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Gronin-
  gen, P. Noordhoff,  [1903].
Mosselman (G.) & Hebrant (G.)  Pr6cisde
  toxicologic veterinaire.  1  p.  1.,  395  pp.  8°.
  Bruxelles,  H. Lamertin; Paris, Asselin 4" Houzeau,
  1895.
-------------.  Elements de chimie  physiologi-
  que. xi, 263  pp.   8°.   Bruxelles,  H.  Lamertin;
  Paris, G.  Carre,  1^-96.
-------------.   La viande et les  produits qui  s'y
  rattachent dans l'alimentation de l'homme.  72
  pp.  12°.   Bruxelles,  H. Lamertin, 1896.
Mosser (Albert).   * Ueber  rheumatoide  Pur-
  pura.   56  pp.   8°.   Strassburg, C. Miih &• Cie.,
  1899. 
MOSSMAN.
125
MOSTELIUS.
Mobsman (George).
    Goodwin (G )  [Biography.]  Diet. Xat.Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xx\ix, 1*5.
MOSSO (A[ngelo]) [1846-    ].  Sui moviinenti
  idraulici dell' iride e sull' azione dei inezzi che
  servono a dilatare  od a restringere la pupilla.
  22 pp.  8°.   Torino,  V. Vercellino, 1875.
    Repr.from: Gior. d. Accad. di med. di'Torino, 1875,
  xxxviii.
------.   Sopra un miovo metodo  per scrivere i
  moviinenti  dei vasi  sanguigni nell' uomo.   Ri-
  cerche fatte nel Laboratorio risiologico  di  Lip-
  sia.   67 pp.  8°.  Torino,  G. B. I'aracia, 1875.
 -----.   Sull'  azione  fisiologiea dell' aria com-
  pressa.  Esperienze ed osservazioni.   53  pp.,
  1 pl.   8°.   Torino, 1*77.
    Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1877, xii.
------.   Sulla eircolazione del sanyoe nel cervello
  dell' uomo.  Ricerche stigniograhche. 2 p. 1., 127
  pp., 7 tab.   4 .   Roma, V. Salviucci, \*80.
    Repr. from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei. CI. d. sc. lis.,
  matemat. e nat., Roma, 1879-80, 3. s., v.
------.   Coniunicazione nreliruinaro  sulla trasl'or-
  inazione dei corpnseoli rossi  in  leueoeiti sulla
  coagulazione, snpjuirazione  e degeuerazione del
  sangue.   pp. 124-138.  4°.  Roma, V. Salviucci,
  1**7.
     Cutting from: Rendic. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1887, iii.
------.   Discours dans la discussion de la 20e ques-
  tion:  Quels sent hs principes  a recommander
  pour  la redaction d'un reglement  international
  des epidemics?  4 pp.  8~\  Wien, R. Spies 4 Co.,
  18*7.
     Repr.from: Internat. Cong. f. Hvg. u. Demog.  Arb.,
  Wien, 1887, 20. Hft.
 ------.   Uu venin dans le sang des mure'nides.  ~9
  pp.   8-.  Turin. 18-8.
     Repr.from: Arch. ital. de biol.. Turin, 1888, x.
 ------.   Le leygi  della  fatica  studiate nei  mus-
  coli dell' uomo.  Memoria  1.   19 pp.  toy.  8°.
  Roma, l-*9.
     Repr. from : Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei. CI. di sc fis.,
  matemat. e nat., Roma, 1888-9, 4. s., v.
 -----.  La fatica.   lpl., 412 pp.  12-y   Milano,
  frat.  Treves, 1*91.
 ------.  The  same.   Die  Ermiidung.  Aus  dem
  Italienischen iibersetzt von I. Gliuzer.  xii, 333
  pp.   fc.  Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1-92.
 ------.  The same.   La fatigue intellectuelle et
  physique.  Trad, de l'italien  sur la 5. e*d., avec
  autorisation de l'anteur,  par P. Langlois.   xii,
  191 pp.  12°.  Paris, F. Alcan, 1894.
 ------.   La paura.  4. ed., con 1' aggiunta di  un
  capitolo sulla fisionomia  del dolore.  334 pp., 2
  pl.  12°.  Milano, frat. Treves, 1892.
 ------.   The same.   Fear.  Translated, from the
  5. ed. of the Italian, by  E. Lough  and  F. Kie-
  sow.   3 p.  1., 278 pp.  8°.  London, New York 4'
  Bombay, Ijongman [and others], 1*96.
 ------.   Les  pne"iiomeiie.s psydiiques et la tempe-
  rature  du eerveau.  pp. 299-309.  4°.   London,
  Triibner, 1*92.
     Cutting [coverwith printed title] from:  Phil. Tr., Loud.,
  1892, clxxxiii.
 ----—.    L' edncazione fisica della  gioventii.   2
  p. 1.,  235 pp.  12°.   Milano, frat. Treves, 1894.
------.   L'lnstitut physiologique  de l'Universite-
  de Turin.   33 pp.  8*J.   Turin,  J'. Bona, 1894.
------.    La  temperalura  del  cervello.   Studi
   ermometrici.   I p.  1., 197  pp., 5  pl.   8G.   Mi-
  lano,  frat. Treves, 1*94.
 -----.   The  same.   Die Temperatur des Gehirns.
  Untersuchungen.   2 p. ]., 191 pp., 5 pl.,  port.
  *y.  Leipzig, Veit 4- Co., 1*94.
------.   Die  Evolution der Turnkunst.   Offenes
  Antwortschreiben  an  Carl  Euler.  4 pp.  roy.
  8°.  Leipzig, Hesse 4~ Becter, 1*95.
Mosso (A[ngelo])—continued.
-----.  Karl Ludwig.  pp.546; 562.  roy. 8°.  [Ber-
  lin, 1895.]
    Cutting from: Die Nation, Berl., 1895.
------.   Materialismo  e  misticismo.   Discorso.
  52 pp.  8°.   [Torino, 1895.]
------.   Zur Kritik  des  deutschen  Turnens  votu
  physiologist-hen Standnunkt.  Olfenes Antwort-
  schreiben an F. A. .Schmidt in Bonn.  pp. 385-
  389.   8°.  Hamburg 4' Leipzig, L. Voss, 1895.
    Repr. from: Ztschr.  f.  Schulgsndhtspflg., Hamb. u.
  Leipz., 1895, viii.
------.   Fisiologia dell' uomo  sulle Alpi.   Studii
  fatti sul Monte Rosa.  1 p. 1., 374 pp., 1 1.,  1 pl.
  8\  Milano, frat. Treves, 1897.
------.   The same.   Nuova ed.  2 p. 1.,  478 pp.,
  1 pl.  8°.  Milano, frat. Treves, 1898.
------.   The same.   Life of man ou the high Alps.
  Transl. from the  2. ed.  of the Italian by E.
  Lough  Kiesow.   xv,  342  pp.,  1 1., 1 pl.  8°.
  London. T. F. Unwin, 1898.
------.   Mens sana in corpore sano.  363 pp.  12°.
  Milano, frat. Treves,  1903.
------.   Les exercices  physiques  et le developpe-
  ment intellectnel.  Trad, de l'italien par Valen-
  tine  Claudius-Jacquet.   2  p.  1., 294  |>p.  8C.
  Paris, F. Alcan, 1904.
     See, also, Giacomini (C|arlo]) &. ITIosso (A[ugelo]).
  Esperienze sui movimenti del  cervello neb' uomo.  8°.
  Torino, 1876.— I^aboratoire scientifique international
  [etc].  8°. Turin, 1904.
------& Pagliani (Luigi) [et al.].   Ludus pro
  patria: parte  pratica  del corso  magistrate di
   edncazione  fisica  fattosi nella r. Universita e
  nella Societa ginnastica di Torino,  xv, 136 pp.
  16°.  Torino, G. B. Paravia f Co., 1903.
MOSSO (Ugolino).  Sull' azione fisiologiea della
  cocaina.  Ricerche fatte nel laboratorio di fisio-
  logia della r. Universita di Torino.  49 pp.   fol.
  Roma, V. Salviucci, 1*86.
     Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fis.,
  matemat. e nat., Roma, 1886, 4. s.,  iii.
------.  L' azione del  ealdo  e  del freddo sui vasi
  sanguigni.   Nota prima.    23  pp., 2  pl.   8°.
  Torino, E. Loescher, 18*9.
     Repr. from: Atti d. r. Accad. d.sc.di Torino, 1889, xxiv.
Moss  Side.  Report of the medical officer of
  health to the urban disirict council  for the year
  1894.  15 pp., 1 tab.  8°.   [Moss Side, 1895.]

Mosso Santa Maria.
     See Hospitals (Management, etc., of), by locali-
  ties.
Most  (August).   *Therapeutische  Erfolge mit
  Tuberkulin iu refracta dosi  bei Phthisis  puliuo-
  num ans der medizinischen Abteilung des Julius-
  Spitals in Wiirzburg.  [Wurtzburg.] 36 pp. 8 '.
  Breslau, Grosser 4"  Co., 1*92.
Most  (Georg Friedrich) [ 1794-    ].  Die Hei-
  luno; der Epilepsie  durch   eiu neues,  omsses,
  kriiftiges uud wohlfciles Heilmittel.   Mitzahl-
  reiclien Beispielen bestiitiot.  xxiv, 125 pp., 1 1.
  12°.  Hannover, Helwiig, 1822.
------.  De synipathetische niiddelen en genees-
  wij/.en, of het  gebruik van amulet ten,  be/.we-
  ringen, niagtspreuken  enz. in  de geneeskuude,
  onderzocht,  historisch-kritisch  behandeld  en
  naar de natuur verklaard.  99pp.  8°.  's Herto-
  genbosch,  Gebr. Muller,  1844.
Most  excellent  and approved  medicines  and
  remedies, etc.   See R. (A.).
Mostelius   (Thobias) Plavensis.   Exortus et
  distributionis omnium  venarum in toto corpore
  humano,  quemadniodum delineantur in amplis-
  sinio  opere Andrea} Vesalii,  brevissima descrip-
  tio, ita, nt  velut in  tabula cujuslibet vena;  ra-
  mus ad quas partes feratus facile occurrat.   18 1.
  16°,   Witerberga; 1557. 
MOSTKOFF.
126
MOTROKHIN.
Mostk6lT(A.)  Beitrag zur Frage von der Wir-
  kung des Ichthvols bei Lungentuberculose.  7
  pp.  *P.  Berlin', 1901.
    Repr.from:  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, lxx.
da Mosto (Saverio).   Saggio sopra 1' ospitalita
  e gli spedali.  30 pp.   12°.   Venezia, 1792.
Moszeik (Otto) [1863-    ].  *Motphologische
  Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Glycogenansatz in
  der Leber.   38 pp., 1  tab., 1 1.   8°.  Kbnigsberg,
  Hart ung, 1*87.
Mota (Martin).   * Estudio clinico de los estre-
  cb.aintento8  de la utetra y  su tratamiento.  65
  pp.  *c. Me'xico, I. Escalante, 1*80.
Motais [Ernest].   Le docteur Gitepin, oculiste,
  philosophe,  historieu.  Analyse de ses travaux.
  55 pp.  *°.   Paris, A. Delahaye 4" E- Lecrosnier,
  1885.
-----.  De l'heredite de  la myopie.  24 pp.   8°.
  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1*89.
iriotai*' operation.
    s,e, also. Eye (Surgery of).
    Lk«;k (M.-R.)   * De l'operation de  Motais
  (methode de suppteauce physiologique  du  re-
  leveur par le droit superieur).   8°.   Paris, 1903.
Motchane  (Cecile).  * Sur certaines formes des
  contractures dans  l'atltetose.  82 pp., 3 pl.   8J.
  Paris, 1900, Xo. 264.
Motclioulsky (Adele).  * Quelques recherches
  sur les variations de  la  sensibilite cutane'e sous
  l'intlue. <■«■ ile certaines  causes  physiologiques et
  patholngiques.  37 pp., 3  ch.  8°.  Berne, G.
  Iseli, 1900.
Motel  (Frnest) [1863-    ].  "fitude de la  tu-
  berculose de l'intestin grele a forme hypertro-
  nhiipie.  5* pp.  8°.  Paris, 1900, No. 2:15.
Motet  (A[uguste]).  Les alie'ne's  devant  la loi.
  48 pp.   8°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere  4" fils,  1866.
  [P., v. 2250.]
-----.  La  s atistiqtie  generate des aliens de
  1854 a 1866,  publte.e par M. Legoyt.   24 pp.   8°.
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere.  4'fils,  1*67.
    Repr. from: Ann. d'hyg..  Par., 1867, 2. s., xxvii.
-----.  filoge  de  Trelat.  8°.  Paris, E.  Don-
  nand, 1*~0.
    Repr.from: Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1880, 6. s., iv.
-----.  Acces  de  somnambulisme spontane" et
  provoqite; prevention d'outrage public a la pu-
  deur; condamnation, irresponsabilite, appel, in-
  firination et  acquirement.   Relation  ntedico-
  teoale.   16  pp.  1;°.    Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere  &
  fils, 1**1. [P., v. 2273.]
-----.  Des alieites criminels.  16 pp. 8°.   Saint-
  Qnentin, ./. Moureau 4'fils, [1884].
    Repr.from:  Ann. d'hyg.,  Par., 1883, 4. s., xi.
-----.   Sixieme  congres  international  contre
  l'abus des buissons alcooliques (session de Bru-
  xelles,  lf-97). Conference.   28 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  L. Maretheux, 1«97.
Motile (H.)   * Sur l'emploi de l'eserine dans le
  traitement  des  keratites.   76 pp.  8°.   Tou-
  louse, 1904, Xo. 566.
Motlieau (Charles)  [1876-    ].   * Contribu-
  tion a l'etude de la glycosurie alimentaire.  42
  pp.  -~.  Bordeaux, 1899, No. 17.
Motlierby (G[eorge])  [1732-93].  A new med-
  ical dictionary; or, general repository of  physic,
  containing an explanation of the terms  and a
  description of the various particulars relating to
  anatomy, physiology, physic,  surgery,  materia
  medica,  pharmacy, etc.  Each article, accord-
  ing to its importance, being considered in every
  relation to which  its usefulness extends  in the
  healing art.   vi,  303 1., 2 tab., 23  pl.  fol.  Lon-
  don, J. Johnson, 1775.
-----.   The same.   4.  ed., revised  and corrected,
  with  considerable  additions, by George Wallis.
Motlierby (G[eorge])—continued.
  xi, 739 pp., 10 1., 35 pl.   fol.  London, J. John-
  son, 1795.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  193 (G. Goodwin).

]?Iothei'-of-pearl  (\Torkers in).
    (Uomory (C.)  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der chronischen,
  multiplen, recidivierendeu Knochenentziiudiiug der Ptrl-
  mutterdrechsler.  Wien. med.  Wchnsehr., 1901,  li, (I0IJ;
  669.—Jelinek.  Ueber die  Erkrankungen di r  IVrl-
  mutterarbeiter vom  klinischen  und bygieuischen Stund-
  punkte.   Wien. med. Bl., 1884, vii, 1610.—I^evy  (\V.)
  Ueber multiple recidivirende Kuochenentzunduug der
  Perhnutterarbeiter.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1889, xxvi,
  973-975.  AUo: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1889),
  1890,  xx.  pt. 2, 126-132. — Netolitzky.   Pcrlmutter-
  Drechslerei.   Prag. med. Wchnsehr.,  1887,  xii, 75.—
  Tonssaint (H.)  De la conchyolin-ostitis  des toumeurs
  de nacre.  Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.,  Par., 1889, iii,
  97-100.
mother's mark.
    See Fcetus (Maternal impressions on);  Neevus.
Mothers' and Babies' Hospital, Xew York City.
  Annual  reports of the officers to the members and
  friends  for the years 1*94-6; 1*9*;  1899-1900.
  8y   New York, i-95-1900.
    Established in 1882.  Incorporated April 18,1893. There
  is a training school for nurses connected with the hos-
  pital.  Report for 1899-1900, for 21 months ending Oct. 1,
  1900.
Mothers' Lying-in Home, Shad well,  E. Annual
  report of the committee of management to the
  court of governors.  1., 1884-5, 36 pp.   8°.  Lon-
  don,  Penny $ Hull, 1885.
Mother's Magazine.  Devoted to the  interests
  of mothers and the home.  Jean Gordon Mattill,
  editor.   [Monthly.]  Nos. 1-2, v. 1, March, May,
  lr-98.  8J.  New York, G. H. Baker.
Mother's (The) Nursery Guide. Babyhood.  New
  York.
    Title, in July,1892, to November, 1893, of :  Babyhood,
  New York.
Mothes.
    See Kojjier & Molhes [in 1. s.j.  Notice sur les ap-
  pareils [etc.]. 8°.  [Paris, n. d.]
IVloths.
    See Insecticides.
Motiii (E.)  * De la curabilite de l'ascite au cours
  de la cirrhose atrophique.  55 pp.  4°.  Paris,
  1895, Xo. 318.

Motion (Animal).
    See Movement (Organic).
Motohima  (S.)   Shokwa  biroku.  [Surgery.]
  10 v.  *-.  [Kyoto, 1869 f].
Motoki (Z.)   Kaukwa riusei  shindan.  [Diag-
  nosis of diseases of the eye.]   4, 14,  220 pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Tokio, K. Matsumoto, 1893.
Motor centres in the cerebral convolutions; their
  existence and localization.  Report on  the above
  subject  presented Dec. 21, 1874,  by the commit-
  tee appointed by the Xew York Society of Neu-
  rology and Electrology.  J. C. Dalton, J. W. S.
  Arnold, George M. Beard, A. Flint, jr.,  and John
  J. Mason.  18 pp.  8°.  New  York,  D. Appleton
  .,- Co., 1875.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J., 1875,  xxi.

Vlotorineil.
    Dangers of the single L motorman.  [Edit.]   Med.
  News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxiii, 1039.
Motrokhin (M[aksimiliau]  N[ikolayevich] )
  [1856 -     J.   * K  patologicheskpi  histologii
  yai'ehnika pri perevyazkie brlzheiki yevo. Eks-
  perinientalno-nistolojjiclieskoye  izslledovaniye.
  [On the  pathological  histology of the ovary in
  cases of ligature of the niesovariuni.   Experi-
  mental  histological investigation.]  2* pp.. 2 1.,
  1  pl.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  Midler  4-  Bogelman,
  1893. 
MOTT.
127
MOUAT.
Mott (Alexander B.) [1826-89].
    [Biographical notice ]  BostonM. dz. S. J., 1889,cxxi,
  19;t._Obituary notice.  N. York M. J., 1889,1, 214.
Iflott (Armistead B.) [1822-94].
    [ Biography.]   Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Kichmond, 1894,
  xxv, 191."
Mott (Frederick \V[alker]).  Pernicious anaemia.
  8 pp.  8°.  London, Adlard 4' Son, 1889.
    Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1889, i, and Tr.  Path. Soc,
  Lond., 1888-9.
------.  Results of hemisection of the spinal cord
  iu monkeys.   59 pp., 4 pl.  4°.  London, Kegan
  Paul Trench, Triibner 4- Co., 1*92.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Phil. Tr.,Lond.,
  189'.', clxxxiii.
    Also, Editor of: Archives of Neurology  [etc.], Lon-
  don, [1900?].
-----ifc Horsley (V.)  On the existence of bac-
  teria, or ttieir antecedents, iu healthy tissues.  7
  pp., lpl.  8C.   [London, 18*0.]
    Repr.from: J. Physiol., Lond., 1880-82, iii.
    In: Physiol. Lab. Univ. Coll., Lond., iii.
Mott (Henry A.), jr.  The effect of alum upon the
  human  system, when used iu  baking  powders;
  elaborate  experiments upon   living  dogs;  re-
  searches made under the auspices of the Royal
  Baking Powder Co.  60 pp.  8°.  New York,1880.
-----.  A  brief history of  the Mege discovery.
  Oleomargarine butter or  butteriue, microscop-
  ically  and chemically analyzed  by  the  most
  skillful  aud   distinguished  scientists,  demon-
  strating its purity.   36, 14 pp., 1 pl.   8C.  New
  York, 1881.
    See, aUo, Hocarl (J. Hamelin).  Antiseption. roy. 8°.
  [New York, 1880.]
Mott (Valentine) [1785-1-65].   Successful  liga-
  ture of the common  iliac artery.   8 pp.    8°.
  [Philadelphia.  1827.]
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1827, xiv.
------.  Pain and  anaesthetics;  an essay, intro-
  ductory to a  series of  surgical  and medical
  monographs.   Prepared  by request of  the  Sani-
  tary Commission.  2. ed.  16pp.  8C.   Washing-
  ton, MGill 4- Witherow, 1*63.
    See. also, Harwell (Mrs.)  Infant treatment,  [etc.].
  8°.  New York. 1*44. ----. The married woman's medi-
  cal  adviser, [etc.].  12°.  Neio York, 1849.—Francis (S.
  W.)  Memoir of Valentine Mott. 8°.  New York, 1805.
    For Portrait, see Collection of Port. (Libr.).
Motta (Angelo).
    See Amadei  (G.)  Una scoperta mattoide.  8°.  Cre-
  mona, 1889.
Motta (Autonio).    *Paralysias  centraes  na
  syphilis adquirida.  195 pp.  *c.  Rio de Janeiro,
  L. Curvello, 1901.
Motta (Eduardo  Angusto).  Licoes de  pharma-
  cologia e  therapeutica geraes por ...  2. ed.
  x, 747 pp., 1 1.  8-.  Lisboa, 1896.
-----.  Summula das licoes de pharmacologia e
  therapeutica geraes por ...  1 p. 1., 239 pp., 2 1.
  *-'.   Lisboa, J. A. Rodrigues, 1902.
Motta (Emilio).  Bibliografia del suicidio.  viii,
  101 pp.   8°.   Bellinzona, C. Salvioni, 1890.
Motta  di  Livenza.  L' Ospedale comunale
  di Motta di Livenza nel pri mo decennio  dalla
  sua i'ondazione.  Resoconto storico atnmiuistra-
  tivo dal  1° genuaro  1*81  al 31 dicembre  1896.
  [II  segretario rela'ore: Edoardo Tommasini.]
  28 pp.,  2 tab.   roy.  8°.   Oderzo, tipog. G.  B.
  Bianchi. 1891.
Motta Maia.   Contribuicao para o estudo dos
  progressos da  histologia em Franca.  Segundo
  lelatorio semestral  aprezentado a' Facultade de
  medicina do Rio  de Janeiro.   162 pp.,  1 1.,  3 pl.
  *c.   Vienna, Typog. imperial, 1*77.
Motte.  Considerations pratiques sur les mala-
  dies de l'oreille;  polypes du conduit auditif.  53
  pp.   *'-.   [Bruxelles, 1876.]
    In: MfiM. couron. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux.,
  1874-6, iii, 5. fasc.
Motte—continued.
-----.   Massage et hydrotlterapie dans les affec-
  tions uterines.  43 pp.  8°.   Bruxelles, F. Hayez,
  1894.
    In: Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux.,
  1894, xiii.
Motter (Murray Gait).   A  contribution to the
  study  of the fauna of the  grave.   A  study of
  one hundred and titty disinterments, with some
  additional experimental observations,   pp. 201-
  231, 2  tah.  8°.  [Paris, 1898.]
    Cutting from: J. N. York Entomol. Soc, 1898, vi, 201-
  231, 2 tab.
------.   Pure-food  legislation vs. poor-food legis-
  lation. 8 pp.   8°.   Chicago, 1901.
    Repr. from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi.
------.   Medical education, with special reference
  to the subject of physiology. 12 pp.  *J.  Chi-
  cago,  1905.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv.
Mottier (David M.)   Fecundation  in  plants.
  viii, 187  pp.  8°.   Washington,  Carnegie Inst.,
  1904.
Mottiil (Albert) [1867-    ].   * Simulation et
  dissimulation des maladies dans-la marine.  42
  pp., 1  1.  4°.  Pans, 1890, No. 22.
Mott-King" (Allan).  The treatment of uterine
  diseases hy meaus of the hot-air bath and hot-
  vaginal douche.   22 pp.   12°.  Boston, A. Wil-
  liams 4- Co., 1882.
MotllS proprins confirmationis concordiae; inter
  collegium physicoium, et collegium aromatario-
  rum urliis, et eorumdem collegiorum jurisdic-
  tions.  4 1.  4°.  Romce, 1675.
    Bound with: Statuta Collegii  dd. almae urbis, [etc.].
  4°.  Roma;, 1676.
Motz (Boleslas).   * Contribution a  l'6tude de la
  structure histologique de l'hypertrophie de la
  prostate.   Introduction au  traitement  de l'hy-
  pertrophie de la prostate par les op6rations sur
  l'appareil testiculaire.   71pp.  8°.   Paris, 1896,
  No. 69.
MotZ (Guernerius Dethardius).
    See toiler  (Just. Christ.)  [Pr.] praemittitur historia
  amputationum, [etc.].  sm. 4°.  Jence, [1779].
Motz (H.).
    See Johnson.  Compendium [etc.]. 16°. Bonn, 1886.
Motz  ( Karl).   * Die Resection  resp. Amputa-
  tion des  Mastdarms  bei Carcinom,  mit einem
  Fall nach der Heineke'schen Methode  operirt.
  [Erlangen.]   31 pp.   8°.   Esslingen, L.  Harbur-
  ger, 1890.
Mouat (Frederic John) [1816-97].  Observations
  on the nosological arrangement of the Bengal
  medical returns, with a few  cursory remarks on
  medical topography and  military  hygiene.  64
  pp., 2  ch.  8°.  Calcutta,  Sanders 4 Cones, 1845.
  [P., v. 2117.]
-----.   Medical statistics, with especial refei enee
  to cholera and syphilis.   31 pp.   8°.  London,
  Harrison 4' Sons, 1874.
    Repr.from: Tr. Epidemiol. Soc. Lond., 1866-76, iii.
------.   Note ou the statistics of child-birth in the
  lying-in wards of the workhouse infirmaries of
  England  aud Wales for  the ten years  1871-80.
  4 pp.   8°.  [n. p., n. d.]
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1897. i, 628.  Also:
  Bull, de l'lnst. internat. de statist., Rome, 1897,  x, 153-155
  (R. W. Rawson).  Also: Lancet, Loud., 1897, i, 282.  Also:
  Med. Reporter, Calcutta, 1894, iii, 314-316,  port. (B. D.
  Basu).
Mouat (J[ames]).
    See Tilesius von Tilenau (Wilhelm Gottlieb) [in
  l.s.].  Neueste ableitende Behandlungsart der krampf-
  artigen Cholera asiatica.  8°.  Leipzig^ 1831.

Ill ou at {Sir James) [1815-99].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 125.—Obitu-
  ary. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 131. 
MOUBLET.                                 128                              MOULINIER.
Moublet.  Verhandeling  over de afzetting der
  d\e in het gewrigt.  Uit het Fransch vertaald
  iloor David van (iessclier.  11 p. 1., 94 pp.  8°.
  te Amsteldam, J. Morlerre, 1760.
Moucelot (Philippe).  * Dissertation sur la gre-
  nouiliette.  1  p. 1.,  I*  ]ip.  4°.  Strasbourg, an
  Nil I Ll*or>], No. 170.
Moiicliet.  Considerations statistiques et ni6di-
  cales sur les militaires traite"s a l'H6pital de Sens
  de  1875  a 1886.   48 pp.   8°.  Paris, 0. Doin,
  1888.
Moiicliet (Albert) [1869-    ]. * Fractures de
  Pextr6iiiite inferieure de  l'hum6rus avec radio-
  graphics.  302 pp.  b°.   Paris, 1898, No. 87.
-----.  The same.  304 pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1*9*.
-----.  Chirurgie iutestinale d'urgence.  95 pp.
  8°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4-fils, 1903.
    See, also, Zuckerknntll (Otto).  Atlas manuel de chi-
  rurgie  operatoire.  16°.  Paris, 1899. -----. The same.
  2. ed.  12°. Paris, 1900.
Moiicliet (Pierre) [1863-    ].  * De  l'endonie-
  trite au point  de vue anatoino-pathologique.
  37 (.p., I 1.  4°.  Paris, 1**8, No. 82.
Moiiclioil (Emile).   Notice historique sur Au-
  toine Parmentier.  20 pp.  8°.   Lyon, Marie aine,
  1843.  [P., v.  1774.]
-----.  De la magu^sie considered dans ses appli-
  cations,  soit  a  titre d'intermede, soit  comnie
  auxiliaire, soit aussi comnie agent modificateur.
  19 pp.   8°.   [Lyon, Rodanet, 1852.]   [P., v.
  1743.]
    Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Lyon, 1852, iv.
-----.  Essai pratique snr les  sirops alcooliques.
  136 pp.   8°.  Parts, F. Savy, 1860.   [P., v. 1785.]
MoucllOtte (Joseph) [1873-   ].   * Documents
  pour servir 4 l'etude de l'hysterectornie dans
  l'infection  puerperale post abortuin.  212 pp.,
  1 1.  * .  Paris, 1903, No. 412.
Mouclier  (Louis-Marie-Joseph)  [1860-   ].
  * Essai sur I'histoire chronologique de la merle-
  cine grecque depuis les temps les plus  recule*s
  jusqn'a  Hippocrate.   76 pp., 2 1.  4°.  Bordeaux,
  1887, No. 35.
Mouezy (Alexandre) [1871-     ].  *Du traite-
  ment de la luxation de  la hanche en avant.  48
  lip.  8°.   Paris, 1896, No. 63.
Mouflier (Henri) [1865-   ].  * Considerations
  sur l'asepsie et Fautisepsie dans la chirurgie ru-
  rale.  60 pp.   4°.  Paris,  1894, No. 266.
Mougeot (J.-B.-N.)   * Dissertation snr les affec-
  tions gastriques bilieuses.  1  p. 1., 16 pp.  4°.
  Strasbourg, 1816, No. 483.
Mougeot  (Ren6)  [1869-     ].  *De la  chlo-
  rofonnisation  pour  le  diagnostic  de la  cys-
  tite calculeuse.  47  pp.  4°.   Paris,  1893, No.
  401.
Mougin (Joseph). [1855-    ].  *Du calomel en
  therapeutique, principalement dans les maladies
  du foie,  du coeur et du rein.  94 pp. 8°.  Paris,
  1897, No. 188.
-----.  The same.  96 pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1897, No.  188.
Mougiliet (Charles) [1867-    ].   * Quelques
  liactdries des  putrefactions;  contribution a l'e-
  tude de  la pathogenic des empoisonnemeuts par
  les viandes putre'tie'es.  1 p. 1., 63 pp.,  1 pl.  4°.
  Nancy, 1890, No. 326.
-----.  The same.  63 pp., 1 pl.  8°.   Paris, G.
  Masson, 1891.
Moilillac  ( Marie - Joseph - Antoine - Georges)
  [1874-     ].  *De  l'iutroduction  de quelques
  agents the"rapeutiques dans  l'organisme par la
  voie pulmonaire.  66 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1898,
  No. 27.
Mouille (Charles) [1872-     ].  * Des kystes
  hydatiques retro-v^sicaux chez  l'homme.  62
  pp.  8°.   Paris, 1899, No. 157.
Mouille (J[oseph-Marie])  [1871-    ].  * Essai
  sur la pathogenie de la maladie bleue.  69 pp.
  4°.   Paris, 1896, No. 154.
Mouillere  (La).
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Mouisset (FreMeric).  #De la sensation de  flot
  dans les epancbements pleuraux.  104 pp., 1 pl.
  4°.   Lyon, 1-87, No. 389.
Moillaill  (Joseph)  [1^75-    J.   *Sur un pro-
  cede d'auus contre nature, 6tabli au moyen de
  la piuce ent^rotribe du Dr. Siraud.   61 pp., 1 1.
  8C.   Lyon, 1902, No. 118.
Hon Id.
    See Mold.
Mould (John Thomas)  [1817-99].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1139.  Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1136.
[Moule (Henry).]  Mould's patent earth closet.
  26 pp.  16°.   [Hartford, Conn., 1872.]
-----.   Moul6's patent earth system, closets, and
  commodes.  36 pp.  8°.  London, Bradbury,  Ag-
  new 4- Co., [1880].  [P., v. 2096.]
    See, also, India. Reports  from India on Rev. H.
  Monle's dry earth conservatory system,  fol.  [Calcutta,
  1867.]
Moulin (Alfred).   Correlation  des lois  natu-
  relles.  40 pp.   12°.  Paris, chez I'auteur, [«.  d.].
Moulin (Amable)  [1875-     ].  * Des  manifes-
  tations rbuniatoides du surmenage.   79 pp.  8°.
  Lyon, 1898, No. 4.
Moulin (Andre")  [1869-    ].  * Snr  quelques
  derives de la dnlcine, sa recherche et son dosage
  dans  les substances alimentaires.   36  pp., 2 1.
  8°.   Lyon, 1902, No. 9.
du Moulin (Antoine).
    See Indagine (Jean).  La chiromance et  phisiogno-
  une [etc.J.  16°.  Rouen, 1638.
Moulin (Camille) [1876-    ].  * Hydrothe'rapie
  dotnestique;  hygiene de la  peau.  46  pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1900, No. 38.        '
Moulin (Emile)  [1873-    ].  * Contribution a
  I'histoire de l'6rysipele au point  de vue thera-
  peutique.   Traitement des streptococcies  m6di-
  cales.  112 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Paris, 1897, No.  124.
Moulin (Etienne) [1795-1871].  Cours  piatique
  d'accouchemens,  avec une nouvelle nomencla-
  ture des presentations et positons du fcetus, de-
  signee sous lo nom g6ne"rique de pelvi-fcetale.
  4 ff.   fol.   Paris, chez Samson, 1821.
-----.   Un  mot sur le Congres meMical.  14 pp.
  8°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere, 184b.  [P., v. 1733.]
    For Biography, see J. d. conn.  rued, prat., Par.,  1872,
  xxxix, 144 (P.-L.-B. Caffe).
Moulin (F61ix).  * Recherches sur  la solubility
  de quelques tartrates et snr les densitds de solu-
  tions e"tendues.   50 pp., 7 pl.  4°.  Montpellier,
  1893, No. 6.
    ficole de pharmacie.
Moulin (H.)   Jean Hamon, medecin, et l'nn des
  solitaires de Port-Royal.  14 pp.,  11.  8°.   Paris,
  Charavay freres, 1884.
Moulin (Louis) [1866-    ].  *Le dossier de
  l'antimoine.   53 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1900, No.  296.
du Moulin (Nicolas)  [1827-90].
    Univeusite de Gand.   Nicolas du Moulin,
  professeur ordinaire a la  faculty de medecine.
  8°.   [Gand, 1890.]
Moulinie (Charles).  Lettre sur le magii6tisnie
  animal.  25 pp.  8°.  [n. p.,  1*54.]
Moulinie  (Paul-Henri) [1862-    ].  *Les de"-
  gustateurs en Gironde et Falcoolisme profession-
  nel.   45 pp.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1*87, No. 94.
Moulinier (Emile) [1*57-     ].   *Etudesurla
  ligature simultanee de  l'artere  et  de  la veine
  femorales a la baise du  triangle de Scarpa.  56
  pp.  4°.  Toulouse, 1894, No.  47. 
MOULINIER.
129
MOUXEYRAT.
Moulinier  (Pierre-Ren^) [1876-    ].   *Du
  mecanisme des troubles circulatoires dans l'in-
  toxication  diphtherique   experimentale aigue.
  50 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1898, No. 46.
Ifloulins.
    See Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
Moulis (Louis)   "De la coxa  vara syniptoma-
  tique d'arthrite seche.  vii, 56 pp.,  1 diag., 1 1.
  8°.  Montpellier, 1902, No. 93.
Moullade (Achille) [1868-    ].   "Traitement
  du diabete sucre.  66 pp., 2 ch.   4°.  Lyon, 1*92,
  No. 706.
------.  The same.  66 pp.  roy.  8°.  Lyon, Imp.
  nouvelle, 1892.
Moullin (C[harles] W[illiam]  Mausell).  *On
  the pathology of shock.  23 pp.  8°.  London,
  H. G. Saunders,  1880.
------.  Sprains;  their  consequences aud treat-
  ment.  2 p. 1., 268 pp.  8°. London, H. K. Lewis,
  18*7.
------.  The same.  2. ed.   153 pp.  12°.  London,
  H. K. Lewis, 1894.
-----.  The same.
    In: "Wood's M. & S. Monog., N T., 1889, ii, 355-567.
-----.  Surgery,   xxiii, 1413 pp.  8°.  London,
  J. 4- A.  Churchill, 1*91.
------.  The same.  Surgery; a practical treatise,
  with special reference to  treatment; by . .  .,
  assisted by various writers ou special subjects.
  viii, 1180 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston,
  Son 4- Co., 1891.
------.  The same.  2. Am. ed., revised and edited
  by John B. Hamilton, xxiv, 1238 pp., 3 pl.  8°.
  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son 4- Co., 1893.
-----.  The same.  3. Am. ed.   xxiv, 1250 pp., 1
  pl.  8-\  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son Sr Co.,
  1895.
------.  Enlargement of the prostate, its treat-
  ment and radical cure,  viii, 176 pp.  ec   Lon-
  don. H.  K. Lewis, 1894.
------.  The same.  3. ed.  xi, 204 pp., 3 pl.  8°.
  London. H. K. Lewis, 1904.
------.  The same.  3. ed.  xi, 204 pp., 3 pl.  8°.
  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son  4- Co., 1904.
------.  Inflammation of the bladder, and urinary
  fever,  vi  (1  1.), 156 pp.  8°.  London, H.  K.
  Lewis, 1-98.
------.  The same,  vi (1 1.), 156 pp.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, T. Blakiston, Son <f Co., 1898.
Moullin  (J[oseph-Adrien-Marie]) [1867-    ].
  * De la stomatite mercurielle tardive.  69 pp.
  4°.  Paris, 1894, No. 342.
de Moillon (Amadeus).  Delirium tremens po-
  tatorum methodus cognoscendi et medendi.   30
  pp.  8°.   Patvii, ex off. V. Crescinii, 1829.
------.  Nouvelles observations sur la nature et le
  traitement du scherlieyro des environs de Fiume.
  50pp.  8°.  Milan, Fusi, Resnati 4" Cie., 1834.
de Moillon (Amedee-Mathieu).  Du typhus te"-
  tanique, vulgairetnent connu  sous le  nom de
  meningite cerebro-spinale, qui a regne a Trieste
  en 1868.  21 pp.  8°.  Trieste, L. Autrichien, 1868.
Moulon  (Charles)  [1872-    ].   * De  la me-
  trorrhagie d'origine  paludeenne.  63 pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Paris, 1898, No. 477.
Moulonguet (Albert) [1859-    ].  * Extirpa-
  tion de quelques tumeurs de la face par le mor-
  cellement et les pinees emporte-pieces.   45 pp.,
  11.  4°.   Paris,  1889, No. 101.
-----.  The same.  45  pp., 1  1.  8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1-89.
------.  Hysterectomie totale vaginale typique et
  par voies combinees.  2. ed.  31 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1897.
    Repr. [cover with printed title] from: Arch. prov.  de
  chir.. Par., 1897, vi.
    For Biography, see Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1899, viii,
  757-759.
Mollis (Clement) [1858-    ].   * Contribution h
  l'etude de la torsion du  pedicule des kystes de
  l'ovaire.  61 pp.  4°.   Paris, 1*90, No. 152.
Moulsoil  (Richardus).  * De chorea.   40  pp.
  8.  Edinburgi, Abernethy 4'  Walker, 1816.
Moultin (Jas.).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
TI 01191 oil.
    See Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by localities.
Moulton  (A[lbert] R.)  The treatment of mel-
  ancholia.  15 pp.  8°.   [St. Louis, 18*7.]
    Repr.from: Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1887, viii.
------.   A clinical case.  5 pp.   8-.   Richmond,
  1900.
    Repr. from: Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., [TJtica, N.
  Y.], 1900.
[Moulton  (Thomas).]   The myrrour or glasse
  of helth, uecessary and nedefull for every person
  to loke in that wyll kepo the.yr body from the
  sekenes of the  pestylence; and it sheweth howe
  the pianettes reygne in every houre of the daye
  and the nyght, with  the natures and exposy-
  cyons  of the  xii sygnes, devyded by  the xii
  monthes of the yere; and sheweth the remedyes
  for many dyvers infyrmytes and dyseases that
  hurteth the body of man.  [At end:]  Irnprynted
  at London in Fleetestrete at the sygne of the
  George by Wyllyam Myddeltou, dwellynge nexte
  to  Saynte  Dunstone's  Churche.   54  1.  24°.
  [London, W. Myddelton, 1550.]
    Missing signatures: Sig. E, 3, 4, 5; Sig. F, 3; Sig. G, 2, 7.
  ----.   The same.  [At end:] Imprinted  at Lon-
  don in Fletestraet benetbe  the  Conduit at the
  svgne of St. John Evangelyst, by Thomas Col-
  wel.  57 1.  24°.  [London,  T. Colwel, n. d.]
  -----.   The same.  59 1.  'M°.   [n. p., n.  d.]
  ----.   The compleat bone-setter enlarged, being
  the method  of curing  broken bones,  dislocated
  joynts, and  ruptures,  commonly called broken
  bellies; to which is added, the Perfect  oculist,
  the Mirrour of health, the Judgment of urines,
  treating of the pestilence and all other diseases.
  Englished  and enlarged by Robert Turner.  5
  p. 1.,  168 pp., port.   24°.  London, N.  Crouch,
  1666.
    Attributed to Moulton.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  202 (W. Carr).
Mouly (Georges) [1871-    ].   "La  hemic  du
  corps vitre.  72 pp.   4°.  Lyon,  1895, No. 1120.
-----.   La tuberculose  dans  l'armee; les sanato-
  riums militaires.  29 pp.  8°.  Paris, A. Maloine,
  1901.
Mouinalle  (Joseph).  *Zur  Casuistik  der
  Sehnervenverletzungen.  71 pp.  8°.    Giessen,
  O. Kindt, 1901.
mound-builders.
    See Indians (North American).
 noundelord (Thomas) [1550-1630].
    Ifloore (N.)  [Biography.] Diet.  Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xxxix, 204.
Moundlic  (Michel)  [1870-    ].  *Dn deiire
  hypochondriaqne chez les epileptiques.  47 pp.,
  2 1.  4°.  Paris, 1895,  No. 419.
Moundlic  (Samuel)  [1868-    ].  *Du deiire
  syuipathique  au coins des psvehoses.   94 pp.
  4°.  Paris, 189:5, No. 254.
Jlouiieret   ( Jules - Auguste - Edouard)
  [1810-68].
    Caffc (P.-L.-B.)  Necrologie.  J. d. conn. m6d. prat.,
  Par., 1808, xxxv, 416.
I?Iounet (Paul) [1847-     ].
    \ai 11 tray.  [Biography.] Corrcsp. m6d., Par., 1904,
  x, no. 235, 2.
Mouneyrat  (Antoine).   *De  la  medication
  arsonicale.  88 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1902, No. 492.
VOL  XI, 2D  SERIES----9 
MO UNE YR AT.
130
MOUNTAINS.
Mouneyrat (Antoine)—continued.
-----.  Traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire
  par  histog-enol.  :50  pp.  8°.  Paris, Mounier,
  Jeanbin 4' Cie., 1902.
-----.  La purine et ses derives.  98 pp., 11.  8'-'.
  Paris, C. Naud, 1904.
Mounic (Anselme) [1858-    ].  *Des lipomes
  osteo-periostiques du crane et  de  la colonne
  vertebrale.  81pp.  8C.   Bordeaux, 1897, No. 85.
Mounie (Anguste).  # Contribution  a  l'etude
  des pbenoles  a function alcool  tertiaire ou  a
  fonction carbure ethyienique.  58 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Paris, 1903, No. 7.
    Ecole de pharmacie.
Mounier.  Hygiene de  l'oreille.   Soins  pre-
  ventifs  contre les  affections auriculaires.   131
  pp.  16°.   Paris, 1^92.
Mounier (Fernand) [1863-   ].   * Des troubles
  gastric]ues dans  la  neurasthenic   99 pp.  4°.
  Paris, 1890, No. 255.
Mounier ( G. J. D.)   Onderzoek naar de  be-
  teekenis van  de  statistiek  der  venerische en
  syphilitische ziekten  bij de landmacht  in  het
  Koninkrijk der Nederlauden,  ter beoordeeling
  van  de  werking der  plaatselijke verordeningeu
  tot bestrijdiug dier ziekten door reglementee-
  ring der prostitutie.  xxxiii, 130 pp.  8°.   's Gra-
  venhage,,W. A. Beschoor, 1889.
Mounier (Hippolyte) [1874-   ].   *Osteomye-
  lite  bipolaire.   126 pp., 2 pl.  8°.  Lyon, 1901,
  No. 173.
Mouiion  ( Jean - Pierre) [1862-    ].   'Re-
  cherches sur le fonctionuemeut du foie dans la
  grippe (influenza). 76 pp., 1 ch.  4°.  Bordeaux,
  1896, No. 75.
Mount Auburn Cemetery.  See Cemetery of
  Mount Auburn.
Mount Carniel  Hospital, Columbus.  Laying
  of the  corner-stone of the new addition  to Mt.
  Carniel Hospital.  Addresses by Governor Camp-
  bell and others,  broadside, 8 by 15 inches. [ Co-
  lumbus, 1891?]
    Repr. from: Ohio State J.
Mount Clemens, Michigan.
    See Waters (Mineral),  by localities.
Blount Holly.
    See Fever (Typhoid, History,  etc., of), Hos-
  pitals (Description, etc., of), by localities.
Mount  Hope Retreat, near Baltimore.  An-
  nual reports of the  physician to the guardians
  of the institution.  44.-62., 1886  to  1903-4.  8°.
  Baltimore, 1887-1905.
-----.  Bulletins of tbe laboratory of . . .   58 pp.;
  60 pp.   8°.  Baltimore, J. Murphy, 1899-1900.
Mount Lebanon.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  by localities.
Hlount Pleasant.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  by localities.
Mount  Pleasant Hospitals, Washington, D.
  C.  Lithograph by C. Maguus.   [n. p.],  1864.
-----. Lithograph by Chas. Maguus.  [n. p.],
  1804.                               ,
Mount Poeono.
    Judd (L. D.)  Mount Poeono, Pennsvlvania, as a
  health resort.  Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila.,  1896, xii,
  80-87.
Mount Sinai Hospital of the City of New York.
  Annual reports of the president and directors to
  the patrons and members for the years 1885-6
  to 1897-8;  1899-1900  to 1903-4.   8°.  New York,
  1*87-1905.
    They call the report for 1900-1901 the 49., and so continue
  to date.   This recent numbering differs from the earlier
  by at least two years.
Mount Sinai Hospital [etc.]—continued.
------.  Edited for the  medical  board,  v. 1-4,
  1898-1904.  8°.  New York, 1899-1905.
    v. 1 and 2, by P. F. Munde; v. 3 and 4, by N. E. Brill.
Mount Sinai Training School for Nurses, New
  York  City.   Biennial reports  of the  officers to
  the patrons and members for the years 1S89-90;
  1896-7.  49 pp.; 54 pp.  8°.  New  York, 1*91-8.
Mount Vernon, Neio York.
    See Sewage (Disposal of), by localities.

Mountain-elimbing'.
    Bernhahd (O.)  Manuel dtt samaritain, avec
  des considerations particulieres  sur les secours
  a donner aux blesses dans les accidents de mon-
  tagne;  dedie aux  samaritaius,  aux alpiuistes,
  aux guides et porteurs et auxtouristes.  Traduit
  de l'allemand par Garot.   12°.  Samaden,  1896.
    -----.  The same.  First aid  to the injured;
  with special reference to accidents occurring in
  the mountains.  A handbook for guides, climb-
  ers, and travellers.   Translated from the Ger-
  man by Michael G.  Foster.   12°.  London,  1900.
    V.  Ueber Gesundheitsgefahren  in den Bergen und
  ihre Vermeidung   Schweiz. Bl.  f. Gsudhtspflg., Zurich,
  1898, u. F., xiii, 209-213.—Licausi. L' alpinismo, mezzo
  di edncazione fisica nei  giovanni delle scuole secondiirie
  ed universitarie.  Atti d. Cong. ital. p. 1' educaz. fis. 1900,
  Napoli, 1902, 247-259.

Mountain-lever.
    See Fever  (Typhoid, Masked, etc.).

Mountains.
    See, also, Alps;  Altitude;  Andes; Goitre
  (History, etc., of), by localities; Mountain-sick-
  ness.
    Amrein ( O. )  Das Hochgebirge, sein Klima
  und  seine Bedeutuug fiir den  gesunden und
  kranken  Mensehen. Vortrag gehalteti  am 12.
  April  1902 in der ostschweiz. geograph. - coin-
  mere. Gesellsch. in St. Galleu.  8°.  [St. Gallen,
  1902.]
    Casella (L.)  Tables for showiug heights, by
  the observed temperatures of the vapour of boil-
  ing water and of the air, arranged  for use with
  Casella's  hypsometer.   2.  ed.  16°.   London,
  1865.
    Jackson  (R.  M.  S.)   The mountain.  16°.
  Philadelphia, 1860.
    Mamie  (P.-L.)  * Contribution  a l'etude du
  climat de  moutagne.  Son  action sur  le sang.
  [Geneve.]  «c.  DeUmont, 1898.
    Schivakdi (P.)   La montagna  et  le sue  ri-
  sorse terapeutiche.   12°.   Milano,  [1892?].
    Klagovirshtahenski ( N. A.)  Gorniy lager v ur.
  "Tishkon" i vliyaniye yevo na fizicheskoye razviliye
  nizhuikhchinov.  [Mountain camp in .  . ., and its influence
  on the physical development of enlisted men.]  Voyenno-
  med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, ii, med. pt., 312-334.—Burgi
  (E.)  On respiration on mountains.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv.
  Sc. 1899, Lond., 1900, 900. — Caspari (\Y.)  Eine Expe-
  dition  zur Erforsclmng der physiologisehen Wirkungen
  des Hochgebirges.  Deutsche med.  \V ehnschr., Leipz. ii.
  Berl., 1902, xxviii, 101; 154.—Chodounaky (K.)  Hotske
  ponebi.  [Mountain climate.]   Casop.  lek. desk., v Praze,
  1883, xxii, 603;  619; 636. — Egger  (F.),  Hnnhrr  (J.)
  \et al.]  Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss des Hoben-
  klimas auf die  Beschaffenheit des Blutes.  Arch f. exper.
  Path.u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xxxix, 385; 441.—Elude
  sur les variations de poids observees chez "des enfants en-
  voyes  & la  montagne.   Bull, med., Par.,  1903, xvii, 849-
  851.— fiobbi (G.)  Sul contenutoemoglobinico del sangue
  nella cura climatica di montagna. Lavori d. Cong, di med.
  int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 395.— Huguenin.  Lair
  marin  et l'air  des montagnes.   Medecin, Brux., 1905, xv,
  251.—IvniiolF (A.)  Sovremennoye sostoyaniye voprosa
  o vliyanii goruavo klimata na krov.  [Present position of
  the question of the influence of mountain climate on the
  blood.]  Izvlest. Imp.  Voyeuno-Med.  Akad., S.-Peterb.,
  1903, vi, 265-278. — Kabrhel (G.)  Snizenf tlak vzduchu a
  nemoc horskd. [Lowering v the temperature of  the air,
  and mountain  diseases.]  Casop. p. vere.j zdravot., Praba,
  1902, iv, 2-9 —KaiiiTiiinini (F.) Der Winterkurgast im
  Hochgebirge.  Monatschr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Miinchen,
  1905, xii, 25-34.—Korczyifski (L.)  O klimacie g6rskim. 
MOUNTAINS.
131
MOURE.
Mountains.
  [On mountain climate.]  Przegl.lek., Krak6w, 1900, xxxix,
  U73; 284; 302; 318.—1., nqu<i- (B.)  Ueber Wmterkuren
  im Hochgebirge. Deutsche  Med.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1904, xxv,
  777-779.—I,avriuovich (A. N.)  Ob izmleneniyakh sos-
  tava krovi u zdorovikh lvudel pod vliyaniyem gornavo
  klimata.  [Alterations  of composition  of the  blood in
  healthy men  under the influence of mountainous climate.]
  Voyen'no-med. J., St. Petersb., 1899, cxcv, med.-spec, pt.,
  88-113.—IVIcisNpii (E.)  Autikritische Bemerkungen zu
  0. Schaumann's und E. Rosenqvist's Aufsatz:  YVie ist die
  Bliitkdrperclienverinchrung  im  Gebirge  zu  erklaren?
  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 84-87.— .Hicscher (F.)
  & Jnquel (A.)  4. Bemerkungen zur Physiologic des H6-
  henklimas; nach den  hinterlassenen Aufzeichnuugen des
  Autors bearbeitet.  Arch. f. exper. Path. ii. Pharmakol.,
  Leipz.,  1897,  xxxix, 464-490. — ~VIomno  (A.)  La respi-
  ration periodique (pheuomene de Cheyne-Stokes ) telle
  qu'elle se produit chez riiomnie sur les Alpes par l'effet
  de l'acapnie.  [Transl. from: Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc. di
  Torino. 1904, 2. s., lv.]  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1905,
  xliii. sl-133.—Nicolas  (A.)  Contribution h l'etude du
  vent dans les monliignes.  Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et de
  climated.  C.-r.,  Lieiie, 1898, v, 883-889.—Kniikc (K. E.)
  Der Nahrungsbedarf im  Hochgebirgs-Winter.  Munchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 190.', xlix, 7S7-700—Scliaiimaiiii (O.) &
  RoMenqvist (E.)  Wie ist die  Blutkdrpercheuvernieh-
  rung im Gebirge zu erklaren? 'I'heiap. Monatsh., Berl.,
  1900, xiv, 28-32.  See, also, supra, Meissen. —Muchard
  (A. F.)  Pourquoi vat on chereher la sante k la montague?
  Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 159; 165; 169; 173; 177.

Mountain-sickness.
    See, also, Altitude; Ankylostomum;  Dysp-
  noea.
    Lauuext (J.)   *  Contribution a  l'etude du
  mal de.s montagues.   4^.  Lyon, 1890.
    LeGokgeu(V.-P.-M.) Contribution a l'etude
  de  la  pathogenie du mal des montagnes.  8°.
  Bordeaux,  1904.
    Rosanoi-f (M.)  *Le  mal  de  montague.  8°.
  Paris,  1897.
    vox Schrotten (H.)  Znr Kenntnis der Berg-
  krankheit.   8°.   Wien 4~ Leipzig, 1899.
    d'Abbadie (A.)  Sur le  mal des montagnes.  Compt.
  rend. Acad.  d. sc,  Par., 1873, xcvii, 137-140.— Allbiitt
  (T. C.)  Mountain-sickness.  Syst. Med. (Allbntt). N. T.
  & Lond., 1897,  iii,  456-462.—Beaiiiiiniioir.   Mal de
  mont ignes, puna ou soroche; une excursion a Chicla.  J.
  d'hyg., Par.,  1890, xv, 541-544.—Cazanx (M.)  Le mal de
  montagne.  Ann. d'hydrol. et de climat. med., Par., 1897,
  ii, 98-115. — Egli-Sinclair.   Le mal de  montague.
  [Abstr.]  Rev. scient., Par., 1894, 4. s., i,  172-180.—Gold-
  man (H.)  Marasmus montanus.  Wien. klin. Rundschau,
  1902, xvi, 649-652.— Ouglielminelti (E.)  Le mal des
  altitudes; le  mal de montagne compare au mal de ballon;
  observations faites pendant  treize jours au sommet du
  Mont-Hlanc.  Progres med., Par.,  1901. 3. s., xiii, 49'; 73.—
  Ounzburg. Le mal de montagne et la theorie de M. le
  professeur  Kronecker.   Rev. de l'Univ. de Brux., 1904-5,
  x, 25-40.— Kroncrker  ( H. )   Die Bergkrankheit.
  Deutsche  Klinik, Berl.  & Wien, 1903, xi, 17-146. AUo:
  transl: Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1903,  exxxvii,
  1282. See, aUo, supra, Gnnzburg.— I>ayet (A.)   Le  mal
  des montagnes;  des conditions dans lesqufilles il se maui-
  feste, son caractere et sa nature.  Kev. san. de Bordeaux,
  1886, iii, i-5. —von Liebig (G.)  Ueber die  Bergkrank-
  heit und Indiciitionen fiir Hoheukurorte bei Lungenleiden.
  Veriiffeutl. d. Gesellsch. f. Heilk. in Berl.  Balm ol. Sekt.,
  1880, ii, 8-27.   -----. Die Bergkrankheit.  Verhandl. d.
  Cong. f.  innere  Med., Wiesb., 1890, ix, 534-548.  Also:
  Wien. med. Bl., 1890, xiii, 259; 278.  Also [Abstr.]: Inter-
  nat. klin. Rundschui,  Wien.  1890. iv, 701-706. -----. Ue-
  ber die  Bergkrankheit.   Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Ge-
  sellsch.  in  Berl.  Balneol. Sekt.,  1889, xi, 4-13. -----.
  Mountain  sickness.   Twentieth  Cent.  Pract.,  N. Y.,
  1895, iii, 199-231.   Also, transl.: Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off.
  Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1896, xxviii. 455-482. — lioewy
  (A.)  Ueber die. Beziehung der Akapnie  zur  Bergkrank-
  heit.  Arcb. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, 409-430.—Luzzalo
  (O.) Ematuria consecutiva a male di montagna.  Gazz. d.
  osp.. Milano,  1898, xix, 548-550.—Mardiiel (P.)  A pro-
  pos du mal des montagnes.   Lyon m6d.. 1899, xcii,  102-
  105.—iTlo»so(A.) Sul male di montagna, o acapnia.  Ri-
  forma med.. Napoli,  1898, xiv, pt.  4, 445;  457; 469. -----.
  La ressemblance  du  mal  de montagne avec l'empoisonne-
  ment par l'oxyde de carbone, et etudes sur la respiration.
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901. xxxv, 51-74. -----. L'an-
  hydride carbonique comme remede du mal de montagne et
  pourquoi,  dans les ascensions aerostatiques. il doit etie
  respire avec l'oxygene.  Ibid., 1905, xliii, 355-366 -----.
  Le mal de montagne et le vomissement.  [Transl. from:
  Atti d. r.  Accad. d.  sc. di Torino,  1905,  xl.]   Ibid.,
  467-479. — Neuburger (A.) Die, Bergkrankheit.   Hy-
  gien. Kur-  n. Reisebl., Leipz.,  1904, i, 47-50. — Tiiiiis
xMoiintain-sickness.
   (C.)  Ueber Bergsucht (Bergmannsanamie, Cachexia mon-
   tana) und  Ankylostomiasis.  Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien,
   1898, x, 366-369.—Toth (I.)  A selmeczb&nyai banyaaza-
   szaly (Cachexia moutana).  Cong, internat. d'hyg. et  de
   demo-.  C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896,  viii, pt. 3,  41-45.—
   Tronillcl.  Du mal des montagnes.  Dauphine med.,
   Grenoble, 1891, xv, 253-258.—V. (C.) Lo mal de montagne.
   Lyon med., 1890, lxiv, 418; 453.—Vcrgara Lope (D.)
   El mal de las moutanas se debe & perturbaciones ciicula-
   torias.  Au. d. Inst. med. nac, Mexico, 1896, ii, 126-132.
   AUo: Mem. Soc. cicnt. "Antonio Alzate", Mexico, 1895-6,
   ix, 61-72.—Ward (R. De C.)   Sphygmograph curves from
   fifteen thousand seven hundred and  from nineteen thou-
   sand two hundred feet above  sea level.  J. Bost. Soc. M.
   Sc, 1897-8,  ii, 223, 1 pl.
Mountainside Hospital, Montclair, New Jer-
   sey.   Annual reports of the officers  to tbe coiv
   tiibutors.   1.-10.,  1^90-91 to 1900.   8°.   Mont-
   clair, M12-1901.
    There is  a training school for nurses connected with the
   hospital. Eighth report for  15 months ending Dec.  31,
   1898.
M©uquet(A.)  Observations sur  les lois  rela-
   tives aux  diverses  parties de l'art de guerir,  et
   moyens de remedier aux abus qui en  resulteut.
   2*  pp.  8Y   Paris.  Allut, 1807.
Mouquiu-Taudon (A.)  & Revsil  (0.)
   Memoires a  consulter dans  l'aii'aiie de  MM.
   Laurens et Bechade, eieveurs de sangsues.  33
   pp.  4°.  [Paris, Lacour,18b7.]   [P., v. 1726.]

Hour a.
    See Waters (Mineral),  by localities.
Moura[-Bourouillou (Bertrand)] [1825-   ].
   Traite pratique, de laryngoscopie et de rhinosco-
   pie,  suivi d'observations.  198  pp.  8°.   Paris,
   A.  Delahaye, 1864.
-----.  The same.  2. tirage.  198 pp.   8°.  Paris,
   A.  Delahaye, 1865.
-----.   Revue clinique.  Laryngopathies.   Clas-
   sification, statistique.  viii, 109 pp.,  1  1.   8C.
   Paris, A.  Delahaye, 1874.                 a. l. a.
-----.   Genese  et ordre de  succession des vibra-
   tions de la glotte.   10 pp.  8°.   Paris, G. Stein-
   heil,  1889.
-----.   Voix  et registres.  19 pp.    8°.   Paris,
   G.  Steinheil, 1889.
de Mourn Brazil (Jose Cardoso) filho.   * Da
   extraccao da catarata simples sem iridectomia e
   suas  vantagens.  118 pp., 1 1.   roy. 8°.   Rio de
   Janeiro, Leuzinger,  1901.
Mourao Pitta (C.-A.)    Madere,  station medi-
   cale lixe, climat de.s plaines, climat  des altitudes,
   accoinpagne d'un guide-Madere.   101 pp., 1  1.
   8U.   Paris, F. Alcan, 1889.
Mouras (Jules) [1875-    ].   *De la curabilite
   de  la  cirrhose aleoolique, en  particulier par
   Fopotherapie hepatique.    92 pp.    8°.   Paris,
   1901, No.  278.
Mo u rat off  (A.)   See  Muratoff (A[leksandrJ
   A[leksandrovieb]).
Moure (E.-J.)  De  la syphilis et de la plithisie
   laryngees au point de vue du  diagnostic.  180
   pp., 11., 2  pl.   K y   Paris, V.-A.  Delahaye 4- Cie.,
   1879.
-----.  Etude snr les kystes du larynx, vii, 9-92
   pp., 4  1.    8 .    Paris,   V.-A. Delahai/e  4~ Cie.,
   1881.                                     a. L. A.
    Repr.from: Rev. mens, de laryngol. letc.l, Bordeaux,
   1880-81, i.
-----.  Manuel pratique des maladies des  fosses
   nasales et de la cavite naso-pharyngieune.  iii,
   304 pp., 4 [il.   12°.   Paris, O. Doin, !**(>.  a. l. a.
-----.  Contribution a l'etude de la syphilis des
   fosses nasales.   12 pp.  8°.  Paris, 0. Doin, 1888.
    Repr.from: Rev. mens, de laryngol. [etc.], Bordeaux
   (Par.), 1888, viii.
-----.  Contribution a l'etude des corps  etran-
   gers  des  voies  aerieunes.   24 pp.   8°.   Paris,
   0. Doin, 18*9.
    Repr.from: J. demed. de Bordeaux, 1888-9, xviii. 
MOURE.
132
MOURETTE.
Moure (E.-J.)—continued.
------.  Recueil  clinique  sur les  maladies  du
  larvnx et  du nez.  v. 1., fasc. 1 & 2.  225 pp.
  8C."  Paris, 0. Doin, 1884-9.
------.  Do  la mobilisation  de  l'etrier.   11 pp.
  8°.   Paris, 0. Doin, 1-90.
    Repr.from: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1890, x.
------.  Lecons sur les maladies du larynx, faites
  a la Faculte de  medecine  de Bordeaux (cours
  libre).  Recueillies et  redigees par M.  Natier.
  iv, 599 pp.   8°.   Paris, O. Doin, 1890.
------.  Amygdalotomie  et hemorragie.   12 pp.
  8°.   Paris, O. Doin, 1-4)1.
------.  De  l'enseiguernent des  maladies du  la-
  rynx, des oreilles  et du nez en  Allemagne.  47
  8 .   Bordeaux, G. Gounouilhou,  1891.
    Repr. from: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1891, xxi.
------~.  I. Abces  du  larynx dans la scarlatine.
  II.  Un nouveau  cas de  chancre  indure de la
  fosse nasale.   12 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux, Feret 4 fils,
  1*92.
------.  Traitement de l'hypertrophie des amyg-
  dales.  24 pp.  8°.  [Bordeaux, G. Gounouilhou,
  1892.]
    Repr.from: Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor-
  deaux, 1892.
------.  Manuel  pratique des maladies des fosses
  nasales,  de la cavite naso-pharyugienue et des
  siuus de la face.   2. ed.  iii, 610 pp., 4 pl.  12°.
  Paris, O. Doin, 1893.
-----.  Contribution a l'etude de l'ulcere perfo-
  rant de la cloison du nez.  15 pp.  8°.   Paris, 0.
  Doin, 1894.
    Repr.from: Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1894, iii.
-----.  I. De l'empyeme  du  sinus sphenoidal.
  II.  Un cas d'angiokeratome de la corde vocale
  droite.  23 pp.  8°.  Paris 4" Bordeaux, 1894.
                                          A. L. A.
-----.  Du  catarrhe  naso-pharyngien.  15 pp.
  8°.   Paris, [0. Doin], 1^95.
---'■—.  Index bibliographique de la Revue, 1895-
  8.  8°.   Paris, 1895.
    Bound with: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1895-8.
-----.  Diseases of the  uaso-pharynx  and phar-
  ynx.
    In: Twentieth Cent. Pract. 8°.  New York, 1896, vi,
  107-213.
-----.  Diseases of the tonsils.
    In: Twentieth Cent. Pract. 8°.  New York, 1896, vi,
  263-312.
-----.  Empyeme  du  sinus maxillaire chez  les
  enfants.    13 pp.  8°.    Bordeaux 4'  Paris,  G.
  Gounouilhou 4~ O. Doin,  1896.            a. l. a.
------.  Du traitement chirurgical de la surdite et
  des  bourdonnements.   11  pp.   8°.   Bordeaux,
  Freret 4- fils, 1896.
------.  De quelques anomalies de la region mas-
  to'idienue.   12 pp.  8°.   Paris  $• Bordeaux,  O.
  Doin 4~ G.  Gounouilhou, [1896].           a. l. a.
------.  Pathogenie et traitement des deviations
  et eperons de  la  cloison  du nez chez les jeunes
  enfants.  5 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux  4' Paris,  G. Gou-
  nouilhou 4~ O. Doin, 1896.                a. l. a.
    Bound with his: Empyeme du sinus maxillaire, etc.  8°.
  Bordeaux d- Paris, 1896.
------.  Le coryza atrophique et hypertrophique.
  iv, 210 pp.  16°.  Paris, Rneff 4- Cie., 1897.
------.  Traitement de l'ozene, rhinite atrophique
  fetide.   63 pp.   8-.   Bordeaux,  Feret  4-  tils,
  1897.                                          '
------.  Des adenoidites  chez  les adultes.  8 pp.
  8°.   Bordeaux  4"  Paris, Feret et fils 4- O. Doin,
  1898.                                *   A. L. A:
------.  De la  tracheo-thyrotomie dans le cancer
  du  larynx.  20  pp.   8°.   Bordeaux &• Paris,
  Feret etfils $• O. Doin, 189*.              A. l. a.
Moure (E.-J.)—continued.
------.   Sur un cas d'osteo-myeiite aigue du tem-
  poral  consecutive  a l'influenza.   8 pp.   8~.
  Bordeaux 4- Paris, Feret etfils 4- O. Doin, 1899.
                                          A. L. A.
-----.   De la reunion immediate du  pavilion de
  l'oreille apres la cure radicale de l'otorrhee.  7
  pp.  8°.  Paris, 0. Doin; Bordeaux, Feret 4'fils,
  1899.
-----.   Traitement des  tumeurs  malignes  des
  fosses nasales.  20 pp.  8°.   Bordeaux 4~ Paris,
  Feret etfils 4- 0. Doin, 1899.              a. l. a.
-----.   Traite eiementaire  et pratique des mala-
  dies de  la gorge, du pharvnx et du larynx,  iv,
  642 pp.   8°.   Paris, 0. Doin. 1904.
    See, also, ISerjjoiiic (Jean-Alban) & IMoiirc (E.-J.)
  Du traitement par Teleclrolyse [etc.].  8°. Bordeaux <£
  Paris, 1892.—Mackenzie (Sir Morell).  Traite pratique
  des maladies du nez [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1887.
-----& Baratoux (J.)   De l'emploi du chloro-
  hydrate de cocaine coinrae  anesthesique de la
  muqueuse  du  pharynx,  du larynx, du nez, et
  dans le traitement des affections de ces  organes
  et de l'oreille.   7 pp.  8°.  [Bordeaux, A. Bellier
  4-  Cie., 1884.]                           a. l. a.
    Repr. from: Rev. mens, de laryngol. [etc.],Par., 1884,iv.
------ & Liaras (G.)   Traitement chirurgical
  de  quelques paralysies  faciales d'origine opti-
  que.  23 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux 4~ Paris, Feret etfils
  4-  O. Doin, 1899.                        a. l .a.
----- & Raulin  (V.)  Contribution a l'etude
  des manifestations de la syphilis sur les tonsilles,
  pharyngee et preepiglottique (3me et 4me amyg-
  dales).   24 pp.   8C.  Paris,  0. Doin, 1891.
                                          A. L. A.
    Repr.from: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1891, xi.
    AUo, Co-Editor of: Annales de la Policlinique de Bor-
  deaux, 1889-[1891].
Moureal (Joh. Juluis).   * Ueber die Fadcben-
  keratitis.   48  pp., 1 pl.  8°.   Giessen, C.  von
  Miinchow, 1895.
Moureau, Chanoine, &  Lavrand (Hubert).
  Le medecin chretien; lecons pratiques de deon-
  tologie medicale.  vii, 3-304 pp.   12°.  Paris,
  P. Lethielleux, [1901].
Moureaux (Leon)  [1879-     ].    *L'expertise
  medico-iegale dans les cas demort due a l'oxyde
  de carbone.  76 pp.  8°.   Lyon, 1904, No. 76.
Mourek (Jindfich) [   -1896].   O pficinoslovi
  ekzemu.  [The etiology  of eczema.]  pp. 201-
  222.  8°.  v Praze, [1899].
    Forms no. 29 of: Sbirka pfedndsek  a rozpr. z oboru 16-
  karsk., v Praze, [1899].
------.   Skvrny a pl^ty jazyka; zbarveny a barev-
  ny jazyk.   [Spots  and patches of the  tongue;
  discolored  and colored  tongue.]   pp.  199-^42.
  8°.  v Praze, [1899].
    Forms nos. 9-10 of: Sbirka  pfedn&sek a rozpr. z oboru
  lekafsk., v Praze,  [1899], 6. s.
------.   O zooparasitech koznich ze tfidy sporo-
  zoa.  [Skin zooparasites of the class Sporozoa.]
  pp. 143-170.  8°.   v Praze, [1899].
    Forms no. 37 of: Sbirka pfedn&sek a rozpr. z oboru 16-
  kafsk., v Praze, [1899].
    For Biography, see Casop. 16k. cesk.,v Piaze, 1896,xxxv,
  469-471.
Mouret (Louis-Victor)  [1861-     ].  * Contri-
  bution  medico-iegale a l'etude du patronage de
  l'enfance  coupable.  vii, 156  pp.  8°.  Lyon,
  1903,  No. 158.
Mouret (Pierre)  [1862-    ].  *Des  tumeurs
  multiples  sous-coutauees dans  la diathese  sar-
  comateuse.  160 pp.  4°.   Paris,  1888, No. 65.
Mourette  (Ilenri-Charles-Rene) [1868-    ].
  * Essai sur  le  lavage  du  sang.  75  pp.   8°.
  Paris, 1896, No. 40.
-----.  The same.  75 pp.  8°.  Paris, H. Jouve,
  1896. 
MOUREU.
133
MOUSSIEll.
Moil re II (Charles).   Composes pyridiques  et
  hydropyridiqnes.  147 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1894.
   ' Concours.  Erole de pharmacie de Paris.
-----.  *Constantes physiques  utilisees pour la
  determimition des poids moleeulaires. 153 pp.
  8.  Paris, 1^99.
    Concours. ficole de pharmacie.
Moureyre (Alphonse) [18H9-    ].  "'Des mani-
  festations nerveuses de la scarlatine, psychoses
  intra et post-scarlatineuses.  131pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1*99, No. 431.
Mourgue  (Eugene).  Quelques reflexions sur
  l'etat  aetuel de  la  medecine  pharmaeeutique,
  suiviesd'un apereu au sujet de la reorganisation
  de l'enseignement dans les ecoles de pharmacie.
  ti? pp.   .^.  Paris. M. Colas, 1838.   [P., v. 1790.]
Mourgues A:  Maneeau.   Lettres  snr  l'hy-
  giene pratique, par M. Mourgues.  8ur l'iippareil
  de Marsh et  la siu-tte miliaire, par M. Maneeau.
  12 pp.  8~.  Montpellier, J. Martel  aine,   1845.
  [P., v. 1749.]
    Repr. from: J. Soc. de m6d.-prat. de Montpel., 1845, xii.
Mourgues (Albert) [1879-   ]. * Contribution
  a 1'etude des persulfates  alcalins; leur dosage.
  52 pp.   8  .  Montpellier, 1901,  Xo. 19.
-----.  The same.  52 pp.  8°.  Montpellier,  1901,
  No. 19.
Mourgues (L.-E.) [18i;r>-    ]. * Contribution
  a l'etude chimique et physiologique de quelques
  principes immediats  du petsil.  74 pp.,  1 ]., 1
  diag.   3 pl.  4°.  Paris, 1890,  No. 58.
-----.  The same,  75 pp., 4 pl.  4^.   Paris,  G.
  Steinheil, 1891.
    See, also, Gautier ([Smile-Justin-]Armand) & Mour-
  gues (L.) Les alcaloides de l'huile de foie de morue.  8°.
  Paris, 1890.
Mourgues (Pierre-Antoine-Gabriel)  [1876-  ].
  "Contribution a l'etude de.s fractures du carpe
  (etude  anatomo-pathologique).  75  pp.,  6 pl.
  8°.  Bordeaux, 1902, Xo. 97.
Mourie (Pierre-Martial-Xavier-Joscph) [1868-
      ].   * Contribution a l'etude du cancer pri-
  mitif du voile du palais et de  la luette. 64 pp.
  4°.   Bordeaux, 1895, No. 92.
Montier  ( AmeVlee )  [1876-      ].  *L'hemi-
  spasme  facial vrai, non douloureux. 84 pp.  8°.
  Lyon, 1903, No. 14.
Iflourier (Charles) [1858-1902].
    |Biogrnphy.]  France m6d., Par.,  1902, xlix. 314.
  Also: Gnz. med. de Par., 1902, 12. s., ii, 268.-Jayle (F.)
  [Biography.]  Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, annexes,805.
Mourier  (Henri) [1867-    ].  *Sur les  rap-
  l»orts  de l'eczema et du  psoriasis.  66 pp., 1 1.
  4;.  Lyon, 1891. No. 590.
-----.  The same.  66 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Lyon,  1891.
Mouritz (Robert Hanhani).  Runcorn improve-
  ment  commissioners.   Annual  report  of the
  medical officer of health, for the year 1879.    [MS.
  copy.]  fol.
Mouriz y Fernandez:  (Jose)  [1851-    ].
  *l)u sue gastrique; son rAle dans la pathogenie
  et  le diagnostic de l'nlcere tond  de  l'estoinac.
  17(5 pp.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1894, No. 61.
Mourlon  (Michel).  La geologie au Conjjres in-
  ternational d'hygiene, etc., tenu a Ostende,  en
  septeml.rel901.'  pp. 596-601. 8°. Bruxelles,1902.
    Repr. from: Bull. Soc. beige de g6ol.
Mourlot  (Auguste).  'Constantes  physiques
  utilisees pour la determination des poids mole-
  eulaires.   8.5 pp.  b°.  Paris, l<-99.
    Concours.  l?cole sup6rieure de pharmacie.
-----.  *Couranti polyphase* et leurs applica-
  tions.   160 pp.   *'.  Paris, 1904.
   Concours.  ficole sup6rieure de pharmacie.
Mourlot (Camille).   Des  variations de poids
  chez les nouveau ne.s nourris  par  leurs  meres
  pendant les dix  premiers jours.   76 pp.    4°.
  Paris, 1892, No. 261.
Mountain! (Auguste) [1873-    ].  *De l'her-
  niophenyl et de son emploi  pour le traitement
  de la syphilis.  224 pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Lyon, 1902,
  No. 146.
Mouronval (J.-F.-J.).
    See Ijiigol (J.-G.-A.)  Recherches et observations sur
  la gale [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1821.
Mourot  (Achille).  *De  la grande  consoude.
  24 pp.  4°.   Paris, C.  Mare'chal, 1872.   [P., v.
  1707.]
    ficole de pharmacie.
Mourre  (Andre-Marins- Joseph -Emile).  * Le
  purpuradit  he.patique.  66pp.   8°.  Pans, 1900,
  Xo. 73.
Mourret (Adolphe)  [1857-    ].   *  Contribu-
  tion a l'etude de  la  tuberculose  ano-rectale.
  102 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1887, No. 42.
Mourret (Charles)  [1865-    ].  * Considera-
  tions sur les anevrysmes difftis compliquant les
  fractures de la jambe.  78 pp., 11.  4°.  Paris,
  1892. No. 37.
Mourrut (Victor).  "Des  artbrites  rhumatis-
  males et pseudo-rhumatismales  du laryux.   90
  pp.  8°.   Toulouse, 1902, No. 485.
Mom soil (Charles-Joseph)  [1877-    ].  *Des
  procedes operatoires pour atteindre  les  corps
  vertebratix de la region lombo-sacree; nouveau
  procede  de  Fontan pour  la region sacree.   81
  pp., 2 1.,  8 pl.   8°.  Bordeaux, 1901, No. 2.
Mouseler (Fr.)  # Ueber die unmittelhare  Re-
  tention getrenuter Knochen  durch  Invagination
  von Fremdkorperu in die Markhohle.   41 pp.  8°.
  Strassburg, Heitz 4~  Miindall, 1892.
Mousnier (Jules).   * Les champignons dans le
  departement de la Charente-Inferieure.   74  pp.
  4°.   Paris, A. Fillet fils, 1873.  [P., v. 1710.]
    ficole de pharmacie.
Mouson  (Joh. Georg)  [1872-    ].   *Ein Bei-
  trag zur Kenntnis  der Benzimidazole.  36 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.  Erlangen, Junge 4' Sohn,  1904.
Moussard  (Maurice)  [1872-    ].  "De la re-
  section simnltanee  totale des  deux maxillaires
  snperienrs.  80 pp.   8°.  Lyon, 1900, No. 98.
Moussaron  ( Francois-Ceiestin )  [1869-    ].
  *De l'emasculation totale; indications,  tech-
  nique,  resultats.  65 pp., 1 1.  4°.   Toulouse,
  1895, No. 70.
------.  The same.  63 pp., 2 pl.  8°.   Toulouse,
  A. Duclos, [1895].
Moussaud  (Fernand) [1863-    ].   *Des  va-
  rices de la vulve et des hemorrhagies consecn-
  tives a leur rupture.   67 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1889,
  No. 47.
-----.  The  same.   66  pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Paris,  G.
  Steinheil, 1889.
Moussault (Leandre) [1875-    ].    *De la
  doulenr a type hyperchlorhydrique dans le can-
  cer de l'estoinac.  [Paris.]  93 pp.,  11.   8°.
  Nantes, 1902, No. 398.
Mousseaux  (A.) [1872-    ].   * Etude  anato-
  mique et clinique des  localisations cancereuses
  sur les racines  rachidienues et  sur le systeme
  nerveux  peripherique.   174 pp.   8°.   Paris,
  1902, No. 597.
Mousseos (Basile-M.)  Traitement des  fievres
  pernicieuses en  general et de la fievre henioglo-
  binurique en particulier, avec une lettre-prefaco
  de  Laveran.  135 pp., 1 1.   12°.   Paris, Vigot
  freres, 1900.
Mousse t (Jacques-Daniel).  * Les  principes ac-
  tils des capsules surrenales;  leur emploi en the-
  rapeutique.   112 ]ip.   8°.   Paris, 1903, No. 187.
------.  The same.  114 pp.  8°.  Paris, C. Nand,
  1903.

]?Iou**ier (Auguste) [1840-1900].
    Nrcrolotfie.  Gaz. m6d.de Nantes,  1899-1900, xviii,
  294-296. Also: Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1900, 11. s.. iii. 355. 
MOOSSOIR.
134
MOUTH.
^loiifssoir (F.-A.) [1859-    ].   * Le mal de mer
  et le sens de  l'espace.  98 pp., 11.  4 '.  Paris, I
  lr-89, Xo.  135.
------.  Cote medico-leeal  de 1'affaire de Segon-
  zae.  15 pp.   --.   Paris, <>. Steinheil, 1K13.
------.  Fievre bilien-e he'niaturique;  he*mog]o-
  binurie paroxystiqtie a frigore;  liemoglobinurie
  quinique; pathogenic et traitement de. ces affec-
  tions,   vi, 39  pp.   8 .  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1893.
------.  Coup de chabur et coup de soleil.  48 pp.
  > .  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1899.
Mousson-Lanauze [Jean-Baptiste-Onesime-
  Poinpilius].   * A  propos de la loi  sur les acci-
  dents du travail; le medecin et l'incapacite per-
  manente  partielle.  82 pp.,  1  1.   8D.   Paris,
  1902, No. 420.
Moussons  (Andre[-Charles]).  Mal de Bright
  survenant chez  deux enfants  au corns d'un
  purpura rhumatoide.  8  pp.  8U.   [Paris], G.
  Steinheil, [1-91].
------.  Reeueil de  lecons cliniques sur les mala-
  dies de I'enfance.   1 p. 1., 276 pp., 1 phot.   roy.
  8°.  Paris, G. Steinheil,  1893.
------.  Maladies congenitales du coeur.   238 pp.,
  1 1.  12c.   Paris,  G. Masson, [1895].

Hou«»oii» (Louis) [1816-11)05].
    A. (X.)  Necrologie.  J. de med. de  Bordeaux,  1905,
  xxxv, 514.—Necrologie. Progres in6d.. Par., 1905, 3.
  s.. xxi, 451.
MoilSSU (Auguste-Lcopold) [1^64-    ].  "Re-
  cherches sur les fonctions tbyroidienne et para-
  thyroidienne.  74 pp., 1 1.  8-.  Paris, 1897,  Xo.
  505.
    Title-page reads: Moussu (G.).
Mous^il (G.)  Traite des maladies  du betail.
  vi,  772 pp., 4 pl.   8°.  Paris, Asselin 4f Houzeau,
  1902.

Moustache.
    Makchanu (L.)  * De  l'eczema  de la mous-
  tache,  ses rapports avec  les affections nasales.
  [Paris.]  4°.  Troyes, 1*92.
    Audry (C.) & Constant in.  Corne syphilitique de
  la moustache.  Bull. Soc. franc,  de dermat. syph.,  Par.,
  1902, xiii, 408-410.  Also:  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1902, 4. s., iii, 774-776.  Also: J. d. mal. cutan.  et syph  ,
  Par., 1902,  xiv, 659-662.— Bidsbury.   Sycosis de la
  moustache  et de la levre superieure;  son nrigiue nasale.
  France med., Par., 1899, xlvi, 513-515.—iTlilinn. Pelade
  de la moustache d'origine dentaire. Ann. de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1902, 4. s.. iii, 1000.—Sarremone.  De l'etat
  de la iniiqiieuse nasale chez les malades atteints de  folli-
  culite pilaire chronique de la moustache.   Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 1903, xvi, 353-356.—T. (C.)   Une
  nouvelle variete de  rongeurs.  Med. mod., Par.,   1901,
  xii, m'.
Moutafova  (Raiua) [1873-    ].  * Contribu-
  tion k l'etude de la ruptute spontanee du cordon
  umbilical et de l'uccouuhemeiit precipite.  99 pp.
  r=>.  Nancy, 1900,  No. 36.
de  Moutard (Andre-Pierre) [1865-    ].    *A
  l'occasion d'une epid6mie d'ictere observee parini-
  les  troupes tie Brest.  32  pp.  4°.   Bordeaux,
  1^9. Xo.  0t).
Moutard-Martin  [Eugene].  Lecons sur la
  thoracentesis t'aites a l'h6pital Beanjon, et redi-
  gees par M.  Lolliot.  22  pp.   8C.   Paris, J.
  CI a ye, 1867.
Moutet [1867-     ].  *Du debut cardiaque du
  jjottre exophtbalmique.  54 pp., 11.   4°.  Paris
  1—9. No.  23.
Moutet, ne'e Matoussevitsch (Anna) [1-78-
       ].  * Des Hbromyonies  gangrenes non pedi-
  euies de l'uterus et de leur traitement.  64 pp.
  »-.  Lyon, 1904, No. 103.

Mouth.
    See.  also. Gums; Jaws; Lips;  Mouth  (Ab-
  normities, etc, of); Mouth (Hygieneof); Mouth
  t Morphology of);  Mouth during pregnane^,  etc.;
  Palate; Pharynx; Teeth; Tongue; Tonsils.
^loutli.
    Bkoomell  (I.  X.)   Anatomy  and  histol-
  ogy of the mouth aud teeth.  81.   Philadelphia
  18! 18.
    ------.  The same.  2. ed.  so.   Philadelphia,
  1902.
    Dkmme (C.)  * Versuche iiber die Erreichbar-
  keit der Halswirbel,  von  der Mundhohle aus.
  8\   Berlin, [1891].
    Fucns (H.)   * Ueber den  Zungenbelag und
  seine  Bedeutung, nebst  Unterstiehuneoii  tiber
  einige chemische Yorgiinge in  der Mundhohle
  nach  der Nahruugsaufuahme.  8  .  Wiirzburg,
  189-8.
    Lawrence  (Sir W.)   Anatomico-chirurgieal
  views of the  nose,  mouth, larynx, and fauces;
  with  appropriate explanations and references,
  and  au  anatomical  description of  the  parts.
  Xew ed.   fol.   London, 1834.
    ------.  The same.  Description  of the mouth,
  nose,  larynx, and pharynx.  [MS.]  fol.   [n.p.,
  1822.]
    In: Watt (John James).  Anatomico-chirurgieal views
  of the nose, mouth,  [etc.]. fol.   [n. p., 1822], 15-40.
    Parlaghy (A.)  La boucheet les dents.  24-.
  Paris, [1892?].
    Rollaxd (G.)  Anatomie de la bonche et des
  dents en vin«t-einq lecons.  8 .  Paris, 1904.
    Roy  (J.-P.)   *Le   muscle orliiculaire  des
  levres.   4°.  Bordeaux, 1890.
    Sauvez (E.)   Anatomie et physiologie de la
  bouche et des dents.  16°.   Paris,  1896.
    -----.  The  same.   2. ed., par Wicart et G.
  Demerle.  12.   Paris, 1905.
    Schoondermark (J.), jr.  Onze mond en die
  onzerkindereu.   roy.  8°.   Amsterdam, [1904J.
    Stewart (J.)  The mouth;  with special refer-
  ence to the science of dentistry.  12°.  Glasgow,
  [n.d.].
    Suzanne (J.-G.) 'Recherches  anatomiques
  sur  le   plaucher  de  la  bouche;   avec  etude
  anatomique et  pathog6uique  sur  la  grenouil-
  lette commune ou sub-linguale.   4°.  Bordeaux,
  1887.
    AUo, in: Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1887,
  3. S., x, 141; 374, 4 pl.
    Watt (J.  J.)   Anatomico-chirurgieal views
  of the nose, mouth, larynx,  and  fauces, with
  appropriate explanations,  aud references to the
  parts.  An additional anatomical description of
  the parts by William Lawrence.  From original
  drawings bv  T. Baxter.   [MS.]   fol.   [n. p.,
  1822. J
    Zuckerkandl  (E.)   Anatomie der   Mund-
  hohle mit besonderer  Beriicksichtigung der
  Ziihue.   8 \   Wien. 1891.
    Assaky.  Embrvologie de  la  bouche.  Odontologie,
  Par., 18K9, ix, 241-249.—Baer (A.)  The development  of
  the mouth and teeth, based upon original investigation.
  Pacific Dent. Gaz., San Fran., 1905, xiii, 1; 73— Barrett
  (W. C.)   The orbicularis oris and the muscles of expres-
  sion.  Am. J. Dent. Sc, Bait., 1&96-7, xxx, 529-538. Also :
  Dental Keg., Cinciu., 1897,  li, 1-9. Also: Tr. Am. Dent.
  Ass. 1896, Phila., 1897, 83-95.— BerchaiiNki (L.)  1'olost
  rta, kakoehag infektsii. [The mouth a focus of infect inn.]
  Russk. Med., St. Petersb..  1892, xvii, 397-400— Breglia
  (A.)  Nota anatomica sulla capacity del cavn lux-cido.
  Progresso med.,  Napoli,  1891, v. 593;  621. — lirophy
  (T. W.)   Anatomical landmarks of special interest to ilic
  dental and oral surgeon.   Dental Cosmos, Phila., I'.OIl,
  xiv, 935-938.—Bull  (P.)  Kogle eifaringer om ventiikcl
  undersegelser og  prevemaaltider.  [Sur quelques rcsiil-
  tats exp6rimentaux au sujet  des investigations st<nia-
  cales  et  des repas d'essai.   Res..  510.J   Norsk Mug. 1.
  Lfegevidensk.,  Kiistiania.  1900, 4. R., xv, 458-472. (Dis
  cussidiij,  Forh. med.  Selsk. i Kristiania, 1900, 2938.—
  Burnett (F. E.)  The mouth in youth.  Med. Brief. St.
  Louis. 1901, xxix,  1018-1021.—Coraini  (E.)   La bocca
  nell'educazione fisica.  Atti d.  Cong. ital. p. 1' educaz. fis.
  1900, Napoli, 1902, 326-337.—Drpendorf (T.)  Mitteilun-
  gen zur Anatomie und Klinik des  Zahutleisclies uud der
  Wangensehleimhaut nach  inikroskopischen  Untersuch-
  ungen an  verschiedenen  mensehlichen  Altersstadien.
  Habilitationsschrift.   AUo,  Reprint.  Oesterr. • ungar. 
MOUTH.
135
MOUTH.
otolith.
  Vrtljschr.  f.  Zahnh., Wien,  1903,  xix, 9;  247;  337.—
  Dzicr£awski (B.)  Freuula labiorum lateralia.  przy-
  czynek do anatomii jamy ustnej jakotez patogene/.v jej
  owrzodzen.  [. . . Contribution on the anatomy of the'oral
  cavitv, likewise the pathogenesis of its ulceration.]  Gaz.
  lek., Warszawa, 1895, 2. s., xv. 054-660.  Also, transl..- Arch.
  f. path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1M.17, cxlvii. 502-509.— Fa vara
  (G.) Le pieghe laterali del soleo vestibolai e infeiiore della
  bocca nei miimiiiiferi.  Atti r. Ist.Veneto di sc, lett.ed arti
  1899-1900, 8. s , ii, pt. 2, 919-929,1 pl.   Also [Abstr.]: Moni-
  tore zool. ital., Firenze, 1900, xi, 145-147.  :-----.  Contributo
  alia tilogenesi ed all' ontogenesi del vestibolo orale.  Kicer-
  che n.  lab. di anat. norm. d.r. Univ.di Koma, 1900-1901, viii,
  157-179, 1  pl. —Favaro (G.)  [et al.].  Le pieghe laterali
  dei solchi vestibolari della bocca.   Arch, di  psichiat.
  [etc.j.  Torino.  1901, xxii. 34-39.   Also [Abstr.]:  Monitore
  zool. ital., Firenze. 19ol, xii, 61.— Ferrier (P.)  Nature
  de la membrane alveolo-dentaire.  Kev.dostomatol., Par.,
  1901, viii,  106-113, 1 pl.— Hatlden (W. B.)  On a subjec-
  tive sensation of the moutli in women.  Lancet, Lond.,1890,
  i, 183.  — Ilcrbst (E.)  Die  Folgeerseheiuungen des aus-
  seren Luftdrucks in der Mundhohle. Verhandl. de Gesell-
  sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2.
  Hlfte., 433-437.  AUo: Wien. med. Presse, 1903, xliv, 2417;
  2467.—How (W. S.)   New bite-taking means and  meth-
  ods.  Dental Cosmos. Phila., 1894, xxxvi, 692; 781.  Also,
  Reprint—Ito (R.)  [Tbe human mouth in Formosa.]  Gun
  Igaku Kwai Zasshi. Tokyo, 1903, 892-904.—Kienow (F.)
  Zur Psychophysiologic  der  Mdndhohle.   Phil.  .Stud.,
  Leipz., 1>98,  xiv, 567-588.  Also, transl.:  Arch. ital.  de
  biol., Turin, 1898, xxx. 377-398.  Also, transl.: Arch. ital.
  di  otol. [etc.], Torino,  1899-1900, ix, 129-146.  -----. Zur
  Psychophysiologic der Mundhohle, nebst Beobachtungen
  iiber Funktiouen des Tast- uud Schnicrzapparates und
  eiuigen Bemerkungen iiber die wahrscheinlichen  Tast-
   organe der  Zungeuspitze und des Lippenrots.   Ztschr. f.
  Psvchol.  u. Physiol,  d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1903-4, xxxiii,
  424-443.—Kieaow (F.) &  Ilahn (R.) Beobachtungen
   iiber die Empfindlichkeit der hinteren Theile des Mund-
   raumes fiir Tast-, Schmerz-, Temperatur- und Geschmacks-
   reize.  Ibid.,  1901, xxvii, 383-417.  AUo. transl.  : Gior. d.
   r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901,4. s., vii, 292-296.— Ku bo.
   Ueber die Passavaut'sche Wulst.  [Japanese text.]  Mitt.
   d.  med.  Gesellsch. zu  Tokyo, 1902,  xvi, 405-418, 1  pl.—
   Latham  (Vida Annette).  Indications  for  scientific
   progress  in stomatology.  Woman's M. J., Toledo,  1905,
   xv, 169-173. — LazaruN.ltarlow (W. S.)  On the varia-
   tions in the temperature of  the mouth in health  produced
   bv local  application  of heat  and cold.   Lancet,  Lond.,
   1895, ii, 1034-1036.  Also,  Reprint. — Tcbcdinftki (Y. M.)
   Sreda polosti  rta i yeya biologicheskoye ravnovlesiye.
   [The medium of the oral cavity, aud its biological equilib-
   rium.] Zubovrach. vestnik, St. Petersb., 1902, xviii, 667;
   741.—iTIagee (J. M.)  The mouth as an index of health.
   Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1902, xiv, 439-443.  [Discus-
   sion].  470.  AUo: Maritime M.  News, Halifax,  1902, xiv,
   444-449.—Miller.  Studies relating to the question of im-
   munity in  the human  mouth.   Cong, internat. de med.
   C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'odont. et stomatol.,
   117-124. — UIoii vcmcntft (Sur les)  des  levres.  Hist.
   Acad. d. sc.  Par. (1727), 1739, 13-15.  Also: Hist. Acad.
   roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1727, Amst.,1732, 17-20.  Also, transl.:
   K. Akad. d.Wissensch. in Par. .. . Abhandl. 1727, Bressl.,
   175c, vii. 37-39. — Noyes (F. B.)  Early embryonic devel-
   opment and the formation of the  mouth and nose cavities.
   Dental Rev.,  Chicago,  1901, xv,  1124-1134.   [Discussion],
   1174-1176.—Petit.  De quelques unes des fonctions de la
   bouche.   Hist. Acad. roy. d.  sc. 1715, Par., 1741, Mem.,
   140-146.  AUo: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  [de  Paris]  1715,
   Amst., 1719,  Mem., 186-194.  Also, transl.: K.  Akad. d.
   Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1715,Bressl., 1753,461-466.
   ----. De quelquesunes des fonctions de la bouche.  Se-
   conde partie.  Hist.  Acad. roy. d. sc.  1716,  Par.,  1718,
   Mem.,12-22. Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris], 1716,
   Amst., 1719,  Mem., 14-27.   Also,  transl.: K.  Akad. d.
   Wissensch. in Par. .  . . Abhandl. 1716, Bressl.,  1753, 565-
   575. — Pitlcrit (T.)  La  physiouomie de la bouche.  Rev.
   scient, Par..  18>-8.  3. s., xv, 142-148.   AUo, transl.:  Pop.
   Sc. Month., N. Y.. l*>-!)-!l0, xxxvi, 678-687.—Polya (S.J.)
   &  Naviatil.  Vizsgdlatok  a pofa nyalkabartyaVjanak
  nyirokereirol.  [Experiments  on the lymph ducts of the
  buccal mucous membranes.]    Orvostud.  ertek.  gyii.jt.
  Magy. orv. Arch , Budapest,  1902, ii. f.,  iii, 485-500. —
  Schlesinger (H.)  Beitrag zur Physiologie des Trigemi-
  nus und der Sensibilitat der Mundschleimhaut.   Neurol.
  Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1899, xviii, 391-397. — Sfrei (P.)  Der
  Kopf des Mensehen in anatomischer,  histologischer find
  physiologischer Hinsicht,  mit besonderer Beriicksicbti-
  gung  des Mundes und der Zahne.  Zahnkunst,  Bresl.,
  1901, v, Nos. 48; 49; 50: 1902. vi, Xos. 1; 2: 3; 4— Steynor
  (H.)  The oral secretions in health and disease.  Brit. J.
  Dent.  Sc.Lond., 1900, xliii. 193-204.—Sticker (G.)  Neue
  Beitrage zur Bedeutung der Mundverdaining; Schwefel-
  wasserstoffentstehung durch   Speichelwirkung.   Mun-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1896, xliii, 561-564.
Hon til (Abnormities and  deformities  of).
     See, also, Harelip;  Mouth  (Surgery of,  Plas-
  tic); Palate, Tongue, Abnormities oj.
     Franck(L.)   *Ein  Fall  von  doppelter  Lip-
  pen Kiefer-Gauinenspalte mit Defect des Os in-
  tennaxillare und  de.s  Vomer.    8-.    Wiirzburg,
  li?9l>.
     Marc (A.)  Ein seltener  Fall von Mikrogua-
  thie mit Mundvodenspalte.    [Tubingen.]  8U.
  Rudolstadt, [1H92].
     AUo, in:  Arb. a. d. Gel), d. path. Anat. . .  . Inst, zu
  Tubing., Brnschwg.,  1891-2, i, 404-411, 1 pl.
     Recasens (S.)   Notas clinicas.   Ventajas del
  eter sobre el cloroformo con anestesico  general.
  Deformidades consecutivas al  noma de  la  boca.
  Alguuas observationes de quistes dermoideosdel
  ovario.  8°.   Barcelona, 1*97.
     Schroder  (H.)  *Die  kiinstliche  Deforma-
  tion  des  Gebisses.   [Erlangen.]   8°.   Berlin,
  1898.
     Apert (E.)  Duplicite de la luette; bec-de-lievre bila-
  teral de la levre superieure, avec integrite de la gencive et
  de la voute  du palais, et malfoimations dentaires.  Bull.
  et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 231-233. — Bruck
  ( W.)   Die  Regulirung des Mordex  piomiuens.  Wien.
  zahniirztl. Monatschr., 1900, ii, 225-230.—Case ( C. S.)
  Correcting  facial deformities in voung subjects.  Catch-
  ing's Compend. Pract.  Dent. 1896,  Atlanta,  1897, 133-
  139.—Clarke (J.)  A case of macrostoiua with  congenital
  club-hand.  Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901,
  i,  100. — Dieulafe.  Agenesie  des arcades dentaires su-
  perieures et fissure palatine. Toulouse med.. 1903, 2. s., v,
  110.—Fayrer (J.)  Atresia oris.  In his: Introductory
  address  [etc.], 8°,  Calcutta, 1864,  35.— Fein (J.)  Ueber
  die Ursachen des Wolfrachens und  der hinteren Gaumen-
  spaltens. Med. Rundschau, Berl., 1899, Nos. 56; 57; 58; 59.
  AUo:  Zahnarztl.  Rundschau, Berl., 1899, viii,  Nos. 357;
  358; 359; 360; 361. — Griffiths  (G. W.)   A rare  abnor-
  mality of the mouth.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,  1899, ii, 273.—
  Haskell (L. P.)   Peculiarities of  the left side  of the
  mouth.  Dental Summary, Toledo, 1902, xxii, 177-179.
  -----.  Seven peculiarities of the left side of the mouth.
  Dental Rev., Chicago, 1905, xix, 522.— Hatherley (H. R.)
  Mouth deformity  in  early childhood.  N. Zealand M. J.,
  Wellington, 1903, iii,  38-44.—von  Khantz (A.)  Zur
  Behandlung der Verwachsungen im Rachen.  Wien. med.
  Presse, 19oO, xii, 1192-1195.—Koch (T. W. L.)   En geval
  van microstomie.   Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie,
  Bata v., 1889, xxviii, 506-511.— Longhnrst (P. A.)  Anom-
  alies of the labiai fraenum.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1901,  ii,
  14.—JLukens (C. D.)  A few interesting cases of dento-
  facial  deformity.  Items Interest, N. T., 1900,  xxii, 666-
  673.—Navratil (I.)  A case of narrowing of the  mouth
  and oesophagus.  Med.  Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s.,
  lxx, 368.— Bcismann (L.)  Ein Fall von Makrostomia.
  Arch.  f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869,  xi,  858.— Bice ( G. B.)
  The clinical significance of facial and oral deformity.
  Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. T., 1905, xi, 199-204.—
  Stehr.   Beitrage zur  Aetiologie der Deformation und
  Degeneration des mensehlichen Gebisses und ihrer Bezie-
  hung zur Stillungsfrage,  sowie zum  Gesamtorganismus.
  Schweiz. Vitljschr. f. Zahnh., Basel & Geneve, 1904, xiv,
  173 - 208. —  Sutton (J. B. )  On some cases of  congenital
  fissures of the mouth.  Tr. Odout. Soc. Gr. Brit.,  Lond.,
  1887-8, n. s., xx, 97-115.   Also:  Brit. J. D.-nt. Se.,  Lond.,
  1888, xxxi, 101-106.—T. (C.)  Note  bibliografiche iniorno
  alle anomaliedellabocca.   Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna. 1899,
  7.s.,x, 739;  825; 924.—Talbot (E. S.)  Etiology of ii reg-
  ularities of the jaws and teeth.  Tr.ix. Internat. SI. Cong.,
  Wash., 1887, v, 550-563.  -----. Etiology of the irregular-
  ities of the teeth and jaws; arrest of development of the
  superior maxilla.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1888, xi, 829-
  838. Also:  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1888, xxx, 453; 533; 630;
  693; 783; 876: 1889, xxxi,  1; 98.  -----. Classification  of
  typical irregularities  of the maxilla and teeth.  Tr. Am.
  Dent.  Ass.,  Phila., 1889, 81-91.  Also:  Dental Cosmos,
  Phila., 1889, xxxi,  762-768. —Tripier (L.)  Atresie buc-
  cale.  Mem.etconipt.-rend. Soc. d.sc. med. de Lyon (1890),
  1891, xxx, pt. 2, 206-208.—Tuck (W. R.)   Imbecility, and
  its connection with oral  deformities.   Brit. J.  Dent. Sc,
  Lond., 1892, xxxv, 632-638.— Warnekro.ft. ^Die Entste-
  hung der Hasenscharte, des Wolfsrachens und der hin-
  teren  Gaumenspalten.    Zahnarztl.  Rundschau,   Berl.,
  1899, viii, No. 391:   1900,  ix, Nos. 392.  393, 394.  Also,
  transl.:  (!io>. di corrisp. p. dentisti,  Milano,  1900, xxix,
  49-61.—Weber (F.  P.)   Deviation  of  the  tongue and
  soft palate,  due to overaction of the muscles on one side.
  St, Barth. Hosp.  Rep.  1898, Lond.,  1899, xxxiv,   307.—
  Wefttlake (A.)  Correction of deformities of the oral
  region.  Tr. N. York Odont. Soc. 1893, Phila., 1894, 62-67,
  lpl. 
MOUTH.
13(5
MOUTH.
W on til  (Abscess of).
    See Abscess (Sublingual, etc.); Mouth (Inflam-  j
  motion of).

Hon 111  (Actinomycosis of).
    See, also, Tongue (Actinomycosis of).
    Bofttroem.  Aktinomykose dei  Mundhohle und Kie-  I
  fer.  Coi.-Bl. f. Zaliusirzte, Berl., 1896., xxv, 99-102.—Por-
  ter (C. A.) Actiuomvcosis about the  month. Internat.
  Dent. J., Phila., 1900,'xxi, 522-531.  [Discussion], 561.

Month  (Bacteriology  of).
    See, also, Mouth (Diseases of, Causes, etc.,  of);
  Mouth (Gangrene ot', Causes,  etc., of);  Mouth
  (Infection from); Mouth  (Inflammation of, Par-
  asitic);  Mouth  (Inflammation  of,  Vlceratire);
  Mouth (Sublingual growth in); Mouth (Tumors
  of,  Cystic);  Saliva (Bacteriology of).
    Anichkoff-Platonoff (E.  I.)   *K voprosu
  o zagrynznenii liiikioorganizmanii  jiolosti rta u
  bolnikh.   [Microorganisms  in  tbe buccal cavity
  of the sick.]  «-.  Moskra, 1896.
    AUo [Abstr.],in:  Med.Obozr.. Mosk., 1897, xlvii,664-666.
  AUo: Voyenno'uied. J., St. Petersb., 1897, clxxxx, med.-
  spec. pt., 276-291.
    David (T.)  Les microbes de  la bouche.  8°.
  Paris,  1-^90.
    Dcnan (E.)   * Action  de  la fum^e  de  tabac
  sur quelques microbes de  la bouche.  tic.  Nimes,
  1901.
    Dvi yeglazoff (N. M.)   * Materiall  k  izu-
  chcuiyu mikroliov jiolosti rta u bolnikh.  [Data
  on the study of microbes  of  the buccal cavity in
  the sick.]  eK   S.-Peterburg, 1896.
    Freuxd (M.)    *Ein  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis
  chroniogener Spaltpilze und Hues Vorkoinniens
  in der Mundhohle.  8°.   Erlangen, 1H9:J.
    Goadby (K. YV.) The mycology of the mouth.
  A textbook  of oral bacteria.  8°.  London, New
  York 4- Bombay,  190:5.
    Heinricii (G.  [W.])   * Ueber  die Bedeutung
  der Mikroorganismen der  Mundhohle und dei en
  Desintektion.  8°.  Greifswald, 1x91.
    Kneise (A. M.  O.)   * Die  Baktetiendora  der
  Mundhohle  des   Neugeboreneu  vom  Momente
  der Geburt an  und ihre Beziehungen  zur Aetio-
  logie der Mastitis.  [Halle.]   8y  Leipzig, 1901.
    Also, in: Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz.,  1901,
  iv, 130-148.
    Krkihohm ( R. )'    * Ueber  das  Vorkommen
  pathogener  Mikroorganismen  im  Muudsecret.
  [Gottingeu.]  -.  Helmstedt, 1**9.
    Miller (W. D.)   Die   Mikroorganismen  der
  Mundhohle.    Die  ortlichen  und  allgemeiuen
  Erkrankungen, welehe durch dieselben  hervor-
  gerufen werden.   8°.  Leipzig, 1889.
    -----.  The saine.   2. Aufl.   8°.   Leinzia,
  189-2.                                        X  y'
    -----.  Tbe same.  The  micro-organisms of
  the human mouib.  The  local  and  general  dis-
  eases which  are caused by them.  roy. 8°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1-9H.
    Oudsi hans ( S. E.)  De  bacterien  van  den
  inond in  \erband met caries en  amlere  ziekten
  der tanden.   t~°.   Amsterdam, 1h,~7.
    Kosknthal (E.)   *Ein Beitrag  zur Kenntnis
  dei  Bakterien-Flora  der  Mundhohle.  [Erlan-
  gen.]   *J.   Berlin, l-<9:?.
    Yickxtixi (F.)  Bacteria  of the sputa  and
  cryptogainic  flora of the mouth.  Transl.  by
  E. J. Stutter and E.  Saieghi.  -:. London, 1-97.
    See, also, infra.
    Aguillar  <b\)  Un nuovo parassita nel  cavo orale.
  Atti d  \i. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Koma. 1895, v, odont..
  87. — Campo (C.)  I  microrganismi della bocca dei
  neonati  ed il  loro  sviluppo e potere  patogeno in rap-
  porto alle  prime fun/ioni della vita.   Pediatria Napoli
  1899, vii. 229- 247. - Cheatham (W.)   Leptothrix my-
  cosis ot the tonsil,  pharynx,  and base of tongue.   Am.
  Pract.  A News  Louisville. 1893, xv. 361-364. AUo, Re-
  print.— Clioquel (T.)   A few considerations on the lep-
  tothrix buccalis.  J. Brit. Dent. Ass , Lond.,  1897  xviii
Month  (Bacteriology of).
  638-644. AUo, transl.:  Odontologie,  Par.,  1898,  2. s., vi,
  10-15.—Cook (G. W.)  Bacteriological  investigation  of
  220 mouths with special reference to tubercular infection.
  Dental Rev., Chicago,  1899, xiii,  97-104.  [Discussion],
  110-120.—De-Simoni (A.) &. Rovitla (C.)  Contributo
  alia couoscenza della diffusione dei bacilli Himildiurrici
  nella bocca degli iudividui sani.  Stomntol.. Milano, 1904-5,
  iii, 532-536.—Dittrich  (P.)  Die Bedeutung der Mikro-
  organismen der Mundhohle fiir  den mensehlichen Orga-
  nismus. Prag. med. "Wchnsehr., 1890, xv, 475-477.  von
  Dobrzyiiiecki  (A. R.)  Zwei  chromogene Mikroor-
  ganismen der Mundhohle.   Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],
  1.  Abt., Jena, 1897, xxi, 833-835.—Durante (D.)  La
  saccarina nell' antisepsi  della bocca dei bambini;  riceiche
  batteriologiche. Pediatria, Napoli, 1893,  i, 68-75.—Kngi
  (J. S.) Mouth  bacteria and their action  in  producing
  caries of the  teeth.  Tr.  Calif. Dent. Ass., San Fran., 1902,
  xxxi, 42-51.  AUo: Pacific Dent. Gaz., San Fran., 1903, xi,
  8-16.—Fort (A. K.)  Bacteriology and oral hygiene. Tr.
  Nat.  Dent. Ass. 1898, Phila., 1899, ii, 318-330. -----.  A
  review of Dr. Williams' paper, " A contribution to the bac-
  teriology of the human  mouth".  Dental Cosmos, Phila.,
  1899,  xii, 735-743.-Goadby (K. W.)  Further notes on
  the bacteiiologv of the mouth.  Brit. J. Dent. Sc., Lond.,
  1898,  xii, 769-785.— Grimbert <fc  Choquet.  Bacterio-
  logie buccale; presence du coli bacille dans la cavite buc-
  cale.   Odontologie, Par.,  1895,  2.  s., ii, 451-460.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: Bull, et  mem.Soc.de therap.,  Par., 1895, 240-
  242.—Heller.  Ueber den  Soorpilz.  Verhandl.  d. Ver-
  samml. d.  Gesellsch. f.  Kinderh. . . . deutsch.  X a turf. u.
  Aerzte 1889, Dresd., 1890, vii, 115.—Henry  (L.)  Oral
  sepsis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 493-496.—
  Hopkins (S. A.)  A peculiar mouth bacterium. J".
  Bost.  Soc.  M. Sc, 1897-8,  ii, 163-166.  1 pl.—Hoppe (R.)
  Feber  Mundbakterien.  Deutsche  Monatschr. f. Zahnh.,
  Leipz., 1893,  xi, 1-12. — Ilyin  (N.  A.)  K biologii lepto-
  thricis buccalis.  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1894, xv, 931-934.—
  Iviiim (L. T.) Bacteriology of the mouth.  Dental Reg.,
  Cinciu., 1900, liv,  113-122.— Jeannin (C.)   De la flore
  microbienne de la bouche du nourrisson.  Ann. de med. et
  chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 733-749.  AUo: Obstetrique, Par.,
  1904,  ix, 322-340. — Jesensky (J.) Bakterielui antago-
  nismus v during ustni a jeho vyznam  pro lidsky organis-
  mus.  [Bacterial antagonism in the buccal cavity and its
  significance for the human organism.]  Casop. lek. cesk.,
  v Praze, 1902, xii,  619-627.—liebedinsky.  Milieu buc-
  cal, son equilibre  biologique;  affections specifiques  et
  polyniicrobiennes.   Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1900, vii, 481;
  534.   AUo:  Rev.  odont..  Par.. 1903, xxii, 107; 164.—
  Cegry &.  Uubriony (L.)  Infection k  streptocoque du
  foetus par contamination buccale. Presse med., I'ar., 11-94,
  135.—Eievings (A. H.)   Surgical bacteriology of the
  mouth. J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago. 1905, xiv, 458-402.—
  Lewkowicz (X.)  Recherches sur la flore microhit mie
  de la  bouche des nourrissons.  Arch, de med. exper.  et
  d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 633-660, 1 pl.—Linnley (J.
  H.)  Micro-organisms of the mouth.  Ohio ,1. Dent. Sc,
  Toledo. 1892,  xii, 305-320.   Also:  Dent. & Surg. Micro-
  cosm, Pittsburg, 1892-3,  ii, 92-107.—UIa«lz»ar (J.)  Bak-
  teriologisches aus  der stomatologischen Litteratur.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc ]. 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, Refer-
  ate, 489-497. — tlaiol (F.)  Note sur un caractere diffe-
  rentiel d'un streptoi oquede la bouche. Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., I'ar.,  1892, 9. a.,  iv, 851-854.—JTIi Her  (W. D.)
  Zur Kenntniss der Bakterien in der  Mundhohle.  Deut-
  sche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Berl.,  1884, x,  7M. ----. Bio-
  logical studies of the fungi of  the human mouth.  In-
  depend. Pract., N. T., 1885, vi, 227-232.   AUo, Reprint.
  -----. Pathogenic bacteria of the  human mouth,  lnde-
  pend. Pract., N. T., 1888, ix, 2X1; 337. -----. Beitrage zur
  Kenntniss der Mundpilze.  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz., 1888,  xiv, 612. -----. Chroniogenic bacteria of the
  human mouth, their relation to the. different colors id' de-
  cayed dentine.  Inde_pend. Pract., N.  Y., 1888, ix. :i93-397,
  lpl  -----.  Ueber emenpathogenenSpiosspilz dei Mund-
  hohle.  Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz.. 1900, xviii,
  49-53. -----. Die  relative  Immuuitat der Mundgebilde
  gegeniiber parasitaren Einfliissen. Ibid.,  1903, xxi, 3h9-
  40.",.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Oeslerr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh.,
  Wien,  1903, xix, 569.—.Tloiton (H. R.), sr.  The oral mi-
  cro-organisms. Tr.Calif. Dent. Ass.. San Fran., 1891, xxii,
  305-319—Netter.  Microbes pathogenes contenus dans la
  bouche de  su.jeis sains;  maladies qu'ils provoqueut; indi-
  cations pour 1'hygieniste  et le medecin.  Bull.  Soc.  de
  med.  pub., Par.,'  1889,  xii,  139-154.  AUo: Rev. d'hyg.,
  Par.,  1889, xi,  501-576.—IXikolski  (A.)  K vopiosu o
  vliyanii tabachnavo dinia na bakterii v polosti rta.  |In-
  fluence of tobacco smoke  on the bacteria iu the mouth.]
  Voyenno-mi d  J.,  St. Petersb., 1892, clxxv.  3. sect., 237-
  243.—Ok■■ mnra (T.)  [Forms of the bacteria of the hu-
  man  mouth.]  Shikwagakuho, Tokyo. 1903. viii,  no. 9, 5-
  13. — Perrin (L.) & Atilanian. Bacteriologie clinique de
  la lgvre Biiperieure a l'etat physiologique et dans l'eczcina
  pilaire. Bull. Soc. franc,  de dermat. et syph , P<u., 1894,
  v, 391-395.   Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph, Par.. 1894,
  3.  s.,  v. 1023-1027.—Kappin &. Sabot.  Etude  sur la
  flore microbienne  de la cavite buccale du chien a, l'etat 
MOUTH.
137
MOUTH.
 Mouth (Bacteriology of).
   normal.  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi, 356.—Rodella
   (A.)  Einiges zur Techuik der bakteriologischen Unter-
   suchungen der Mundhohle.  < entralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],
   1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 314-317. -----.  Ueber anae-
   robe Mundbakterien und ihre Bedeutung.  Arch. f. Hyg.,
   Munchen u. Berl., 1904, liii, 329-373,1 pl.—Rose (C.)  Die
   pflanzlichen  Parasiten der Mundhohle und  ihre Bekam-
   pfung.  Sitzungsb. d.  Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, iu
   Munchen, 1899. xv, 91-121.  AUo: Med. Rundschau, Berl.,
   1899, Nos. 66; C7;  68; 70; 72; 73; 74;  75.  Also: Zahnarztl.
   Rundschau, Berl., 1899:  viii, Nos. 373;  375; 377;  379; 380;
   384; 388; 389; 390; 391:  1900, ix, 392; 393.  A Uo [Abstr.]:
   J. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1899, xiv, Nos. 31; 32.  AUo [Abstr.l:
   Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi, 1189. — Rough-
   ton (E. W.)  The micro-organisms of the  mouth.  Tr.
   Odont.  Soc.  Gr.  Brit., Lond., 1892-3, n. s., xxv. 71-92,
   6 pl.  Also  [Abstr.]: Brit. J.  Dent.  Sc,  Lond., 1893,
   xxvi, 145-156. — Roj et. Des v6getations de Leptotlirix
   buccalis sur la langue  et  le  pharynx au point de vue
   clinique.  Province med., Lyon. 1896, x, 270-273.—Sana-
   relli  (G.)   Der menschliche Speichel und die patho-
   genen Mikroorganismen der Mundhohle. [Extr.J Cen-
   tralbl. f. Bakteriol. n. Parasitenk., Jena, 1891-2,  x, 817-
   822.—Schniiegelow (E.)  En ny i Muudhulen  forefun-
   den Bakterie. [A new bacterium found in the buccal cav-
   ity.]  Kjebeuh. med.  Selsk. Forh.. 1*90. i,  33-37.  AUo,
   transl: Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl.. 1891. xxv, 102-106.—
   Sfrei (P.)  Ueber Mikroorganismen iu der Mundhohle,
   mit besonderer Beruchsichtigung der Zahnkai ies. Zahn-
   kunst, Bresl., 190(1, iv, No. 7; 8; 9.—Stephens (J. WAV.) &
   Smith  (R. F. W.) Vibrio tonsillaris (Klein), Beschrei-
   bung eines aus der Mundhohle isolierten Vibrios. Cen-
   tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xix, 929-932,
   1 pl.—Tbornbury (F. J.) The bacteria of the mouth;
   of  interest to dentists and others.  Buffalo M.  & S. J.,
   1891-2. xxxi,  715-717.  Also: Ohio M. J., Cinciu.,  1892, iii,
   100.—Tomiyasu (S.)  [Lisleiiue  and pyrozone on oral
   bacteria.]  Shikwagakuho, Tokyo,  1903, viii, no. 4, 1-5.—
   Vicentini (F.)   Della Leptotlirix racemosa; terza me-
   moria sulla flora crittogamica della bocca. Atti d. r. Ac-
   cad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1892. xl\i, 459-502, 1 pl. -----.
   Flore cryptonamique de la bouche et des crachats.  Compt.
   rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1*93, 9. s., v, 838-841. -----. Fur-
   ther remarks on Leptothrix racemosa and the cryptogamic
   flora of the mouth.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1900, xlii, 217-
   223. -----. A few remarks on Crenothrix and Cladothrix
   forms in the mouth, according to Kenneth  W. Goadby,
   of  Guy's  Hospital, London.  Ibid., 717-723. -----. Sui
   batterii degli sputi e sulla flora crittogamica della bocca.
   Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di  Napoli, 1900, n. s., liv, 217-
   258, lpl.  -----. Nuovi appunti sulla Leptothrix racemosa
   e sulla flora crittogamica della bocca.  Gazz. med. di Roma,
   1900, xxvi,393-404.-----. Brevi appunti sulle forme di Cre-
   nothrix e di Cladothrix reperibili nella bocca.  Ibid., 1901,
   xxvii,57-67.  See. also,supra. — Vignal (W.)  Recherches
   sur les micro-organismesde la bouche. itcoleprat.d.hautes
   etudes. Lab.d'histol.duCidl.deFrance. Trav.,Par.,1886-7,
   xi, 65-131, 8 pl. -----. Recherches sur  Taction des micro-
   organismes de la bouche sur quelques substances alimen-
   taires.  Ibid.. 175-208.  AUo: Arch, de physiol. norm, et
   path., Par..  1*87,  3. s., x, 2-6-319.—Vincent (H.) Fre-
   quence du parasitisme  fuso-spirillaire dans les 16sions
   buccales.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905,
   xvi, 101-105.  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1905,
   4. s., vi, 278-282. AUo: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.],
   Par., 1905, xx, 45-47.—Wnshbourn (J. W.)  \ tioadby
   (K. W.)  Some points  in connection with the bacteria of
   the mouth.   Tr. Odont.  Soc Gr. Brit., Lond., 1895-6, n. s.,
   xxviii, 242-266, 3 pl. Also: Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Loud., 1896,
   xxxix, 673,-00.—Watson (G. YV.-)  Micro-organisms of
   the mouth, and their association with disease.   Proc. Scot.
   Micr. Soc. Lond.  & Edinb.,  1899-1903, iii, 125-136,  2 pl.—
   Widal (F.)   Presence des streptocoques dans la bouche
   normale.   Bull, et mem. Soc. med.  d. hop. de Par., 1894,
   3. s., xi, 367-371.—'Widal (F.) & Rczaneon (F.)  Les
   streptocoques de la bouche normaleetpatliologique. Ibid.,
   627-630.—Williams (J. L.)  A contribution to  the bac-
   teriology of the human mouth.  Tr. N. Vork Odont. Soc.
   1899, Phila., 1900,1-42.  Also: Dental Cosmos. Phila., 1899,
   xii, 317-349.  See, also, supra, Fort.—Winfield (J. McF.)
   Afavus-likeeruptionof the oral mucous membrane, caused
   by the Aspergillus nigrescens.  J. Cutan. &. Genito-Urin.
   Dis., N. V., 1897, xv, 13-17.—Wright (A. E.)  On a tryp-
   anosoma-like  organism  found  in  association with some
   chronic  pathological affections of the mouth.  Lancet,
   Loud., 1904, ii, 74—Younger (W. J.)   Surgical bacteria.
   Pacific Stomatol. Gaz.,  San Fran.,  1896,  iv, 1-14.

Mouth  (Cancer of).
    See Mouth (Tumors of, Malignant).

Jflouth (Cicatrices of).
    See Mouth (Surgery of).

Jfloutli (Colloid cysts of).
    See Mouth (Tumors of, Cystic).
Mouth  (Deformities of).
    See Glass-blowers, etc.; Mouth (Abnormities,
  etc., of).

Mouth  (Dermoid cysts of).
    See Mouth (Tumors of, Cystic).

Mouth  (Diseases of).
    See, also. Dysentery (Complications, etc., of);
  Fever ( Typhoid,  Complications  of,  Laryngeal,
  etc.);  Gums (Diseases of);  Jaws (Diseases of);
  Lichen of mucous membranes; Lips (Diseases of);
  Mouth (Actinomycosis of); Mouth (Dryness of);
  Mouth (Gangrene of) [and subdivisions] ; Mouth
  (Hemorrhage from); Mouth  (Inflammation of)
  [and  subdivisions];  Mouth  (Leucoplakia  of);
  Mouth (Perforating disease of);  Mouth (Syph-
  ilis of);  Mouth (Tuberculosis of); Mouth (Tu-
  mors of)  [and  subdivisions]; Mouth (Ulceration
  of); Palate (Diseases of'); Pharynx (Diseases of);
  Skin  (Diseases of)  affecting  mucous membranes;
  Stomatology (Periodicals relating to);  Strophu-
  lus; Teeth (Diseases of); Tongue (Diseases of').
    Arixo  J. y Cancela (J.)  La  boca hum an a
  y sus principales enfermedades.   Representaciou
  gratic;i.  8°.   Bilbao, lf97.
    Beal (G.)   Maladies de la  bouche  et des
  dents.
    In: Manuels de th6rapeutique clinique.  12°.  Paris,
  1902.
    Brandt (L. )  Klinik  der Krankheiteu  der
  Mundhohle, Kiefer und Nase.   Hft. 2. Enipyeuie
  und Cysten.  8°.   Berlin, 1898.
    -----.   The  same.   Hft. 3. Ein Beitrag zur
  Rhinitis   chronica  atrophicans.   Gegen   die
  Mundspulung nach Zahnextraktionen.  8°.  Ber-
  lin, 1900.
    Dubarry  (A.-F.)  'Considerations  a  propos
  de Fatrophie de l'epithe'liiiin buccal.  4°.  Stras-
  bourg, 1868.
    Langhut (T.)  De affectibus oris et  fauciniu.
    In: Rolfinck  (W.)  Epitome  meth. cognosc [etc.].
  sm. 4°.  Jena;,  1655, 97-112.
    Mikulicz (J.) &  Kujimel (W.)  Die Krank-
  heiten des Mundes.  . . .  Mit Beitriigen  von A.
  Czerny .  . . und J. Schaeffer.  8°.  Jena, 1898.
    Oesterreichische Zeitschrift fiir Stomatolo-
  gic.  Hrsg. von H.Tiebitsch[e< al.].  [Monthly.]
  v. 3, 1905.  8°.   Wien.
    Current.
    Stahk (J. C.)  Abhandlung von den Schwamni-
  chen, nebst  einer  Uebersezzung  des  Ketelaers
  und Slevogts von den Schwaninichen, mit ntithi-
  gen  Anmerkungen  begleitet.   1'2^.  Jena, 1784.
    Adam* (E.  H.)  Diseases of the oral mucous  mem-
  brane.  Canad. M. Rev., Toronto, 1896, iii, 174-185.- Al-
  bertin.  Des  ad6nites  g6nienues (adeuites de Poncet).
  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1895, iv, 259-274.—Andrews
  (R.R.)   Chairman's address [on stomatology],  J.Am.M.
  Ass., Chicago,  l«)x,  xxx, 633-636.—Arkovy  (J.)   Teli
  betegsegek a stomatologikus gyakorlatban.  [Winter dis-
  eases in stomatological practice.]  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1897, xii, 07 ; K0; 93.—Audi) (C.)   Sur un ery theme
  fluxionnairo et persistant du pourtour de la bouche.  Bull.
  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 33-35. Also:
  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 64-66.  Also:
  J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1903, xv, 96-98.— Knioii
  (P.)  Rapports  entre l'herpes buccal et certaines formes
  de stomatite.  M6d. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 321.—Bereml
  (M.)  Adatok az lijszuldttek es csccsemok sz&ji dntalmai-
  nak tan&hoz. [Contributions to the knowledge of nu ulh
  affections in the  new-born and nurslings.]   Magy. orv.
  lapja, Budapest, 1902, ii, 759; 781— ISoyliui (J. E.)  Her-
  pes of the  buccal mucous membrane, with presentation
  of patient.   Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cinciu.,  1*92,  xlvii, 114-
  122.  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1M12. xi\, 571-573.—
  Brown (G. V. I.)  Section on stomatology; chairman's
  address.  Ibid., 1899, xxxiii, 57-59.-----.The vital sig-
  nificance of oral disease.  Internat.  Dent. J., Phila., 1905,
  xxvi, 281-289, 29  pl. on 15  1.  [Discussion], 316-320.—
  Bulklcy (L. D.)  The medical relations of ceitain condi-
  tions of  the mouth.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1905, xiv,
  515-519. — 4'nriiionn (M.)  I.igeros apuntes de patologia
  bueal.  Cron. med. mexicana. Mexico, 1904, vii, 184-187.—
  ChnrnkteriBtisehcn  (Die) Veranderungeu  in  der 
MOUTH.
138
MOUTH.
Jl on 111 (Diseases  of).
  Mundhohle bei einigen Ki ankheiten.  Zahnkunst, Bresl.,
  1902. vi. .No. 40—« luilin (P.)   Note Mir uu cas de mela-
  noderniie phthiriasique avec cachexie el pigmentation de
  la muqueuse  buccale.  Aim. dermat. et syph.. Par., 1900,
  4. s.. i, 12I3-121Y  t'henney (P.)  The effect of lesions
  of the oral ca\ity upon  otlier organs and the system at
  large and the relation of the physician thereto.  Texas M.
  J., Austin, 1905-6. xxi, 155-161.—C'hirivino (V.)  Erpete
  flittenoide e necrotico della lingua e cavita. orale.  Gior.
  ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1898, xxxiii. 491-498.—Cormack
  (E. A.)   The mucous membrane of the. mouth,  with special
  reference to  its physiology and  pathology, and  the part
  played by its secretions  in the production of dental caiies.
  Dental Rec.  Lond., 1886, vi, 208-227.   AUo: Am. J. Dent.
  Sc, Bait,  18-HY,  3  s., xx,  49-65.— (oiillion (P.)   La
  bouche  et Its le\res; leurs affections ul»e:< uses; un cas
  d'uleerations labialcs.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1*!»*. lxxi, 588-
  593.—Cruet  (I. i  L'avenir de la stomatologic.  Rev. sto-
  niatol.,  I'ar., 1902,  ix, 417-422.—Dan los  \  Gastou.
  Lymphangieetasies de  hi  muqueuse buccale.  Bull, et
  mem. Soc. nied. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 825-827.—
  Urpnjje (A.)   Maladies de la face, des maxillaires et dela
  cavite buccale; (table).   Compt.  rend. . . .  serv. de chir. k
  Chop. St.-Jean de Bruxelles (1900),  19111, 32.—Dubois
  (P.)  Affections dentaires et buccalesd'origine profession-
  nelle.  Rev.  internat. d'ndont.,  Par., 1893, ii,  529-535.—
  DuC'astel.  Hydroa buccal. Hull. Soc. franc, dedermat.
  et syph., Pat.,1893, iv, 382. Also :  Ann. dedennat. etsyph.,
  Par., 1893, 3.  s., iv, 847. -----. Lymphangites de la mu-
  queuse buccale.  Hull. Soc. frauc.de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1895,vi, 2!i!i.  Also:  Ann. dederuiat. et s.\ ph  , Par., 1895,3 s.,
  vi, 652 — Flnlau (T. S.)  Chrouisch recidivirender Herpes
  der .M undhohle.  Deutsche med.Wchnsehr., Leipz.u. Berl.,
  1891,xvii,731. — Fletcher (M.H.) Section on stomatology ;
  Address of chairman.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1900,
  xxxiv, 1519.—Forchhfimrr (F.)  Diseasesof the mouth
  (non-surgical).   Arch. Pediat., Phila., 1*8*,  v, 519; 591;
  651; 719; 1889, vi, 15; 72; 140; 204;  282;  304;  442; 527;
  605; 687: 1890, vii, 345; 430; 577; 657.—Fournier.  L'hy-
  droabuccal.  Gaz. d. hop., Par.,  1892,  lxv,  913.-----.  De
  l'hydroa buccal. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par.,
  1897, viii, 329.— <»alippe (V.)   De l'obsession dentaire.
  Arch, de neurol., Par., 1*91, xxi, 1-24.—Giuria (P.  M.)
  Malattie delle  ca\it& boccali e  delle glandole  salivari.
  Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano,  [n.  d.], v, pt. 1,
  l-7«— Grammiii,   Einiges iiber  die Kranklieiten der
  Mundhiihle.  Zahnkunst, Bresl.,  1900, iv, Nos. 20; 21; 22.—
  Griffith (F.)  Nevus of the mouth. Am. Med., Phila.,
  1903, v, 486. — Hone le (K.)  Die  Beziehungen der Stoma-
  tologic zu den iibrigeu Fachwisseuschaften der Mediein.
  Wien. zahnarztl. Monatschr., 1902, iv, 201; 253; 291; 336;
  379; 533, 599: 1903, v, 7;  117.—Houmaii  (A.)  Diseases
  and injuries  of the  mouth, aud  dental experience as  au
  army surgeou.   Austral. J. Dent., Melbourne. 1901-2. v,
  244-253.—Honzak  (B.)  Kapitola z  pathologie svalstva
  dutiny Ustni.  [Chapter on tho pathology  of the muscles
  of the oral cavity.]   Shorn, polikliu. 1897, v  Praze, 1898,
  1-17.—Kriiiiw (F.)  Die Erkrankungen der  Mundhohle.
  Spec. Path. u. Therap.....Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, xvi,
  pt. 1, 1;  259. — Latham (V. A.)   Indications for sci-
  entific progress in stomatology.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1905, xiv, 369-373. — I^ederer (W. J.)   Open oral
  questions.  Am. Med.. Phila., 1904, viii, 334.—Lcrinoycz
  (M.) &  Biuozzi.  A  propos d'un cas de zona double
  bucco-pharyngieus; le d^inembremeut de l'herpes du pha-
  rynx.  Bull, et nie-m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. do Par., 1897, 3. s.,
  xiv, 243-261.  A Uo:  Odontologie, Par., 1897, 2. s., v, 379-391.
  AUo, transl. [Abstr.): J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897, xii, 272.—
  Lukasiewicz.   Ueber das an der Muudschleimhaut
  isolirt vorkonnnende Erythema exsudativum  multiforme.
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr..  1896, ix, 483-485.—Madelung.
  Unterlippenfistel.  Arch. f. klin.  Chir., Berl.. 18**, xxxvii,
  271-275,  1 pl.—Mendel (H )   Des determinations bucco-
  pharyiigo-iarynge.esdansl'erytheme,polymorphe.  [Abstr.]
  Arch. g6u. de med.,  Par., 1893, 7. s.,  xxxii, 130-2*5.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Arch, internat. de  laryngol. [ etc. j. Par., 1894,
  vii, 8;  10.-----. Sxvi  multiples de la bouche et de  la
  langue.   Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894,
  v, 95.  Also:  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s.,
  v, 317.— Monti (A.)   Die Kraukheiten des  Mundes'.
  Wien. Klinik,  1897,  xxiii, 1. Supplhft., I -40.  -----. Die
  baufigsten  bei  Kindern  voikommeuden Infectionon der
  Mundesschleimhaut.  Deutsche Klinik,  Berl. & Wien
  1901, vii, 19-33. — tlyjjjje (J.)   Muudhulens  Sygdomme!
  [Diseases of the oral c.i\ ity.)  Med. Aarsskr.. Kj0henh.,
  1893,  vii. 1-17. — Neisser  (A.)  Lippeu-Kkze'me und
  Mundwiisser.   Therap.  Monatsh.,  Berl.,  1898, xii,  79.—
  Oppenheim (M.)  Psoriasis vulgaris der Muudschleim-
  haut.   Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.,  Hamb., 1903. xxxvii,
  489-496. — Partseh (C.)  Die Aufklappung der Schleim-
  hautbedeckung  der  Kiefer.  Deutsche  Monatschr.  f.
  Zahnh..   Leipz., 1905,  xxiii,  593-611. —Patterson  (J.
  D.)  Diseases of the oral mucous  membrane.  Dental
  Cosmos, Phila., 1891, xxxiii, 843-848.   Also : Am. J. Dent
  Sc. Bait.. 1891-2, 3. s., xxv, 553-556.—1»azzi  (M.)  I rap-
  porti della stomtologia  con  la  ginecojatria.   StomatoL
  Milano,  1904-5,  iii, 625-632.—Peckert.  Ueber die Bezie-
  ]H Oil til (Diseases of).
    kuugen zwischen Hatit- und Muudkrankheiten.  Cor.-Bl.
    f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1905, xxxiv,  141-152.— Peters  ((i.)
    Ein Fall von Herpes zoster im Gebiet des Nervus palatiuus
    major.   Festschr. .  . .  d. Prov.-Irren-Anst. zu Nietleben
    b.  Halle a.  S., Leipz..  1*97,  403 - 4U5.—Preiswerk &
    ChoinpiTl.  Infections bueeales et peribuccales.  Rev.
    de stomatol., Par., 1905, xii, 27-40.  AUo, transl.: Gioi. di
    corrisp. p. dentisti.  Milano, 1905, xxxiv, 2-12. - RnM'h
    (C.)  Verrucas mucosa? oris.  Hosp.Tid., Kiobcuh.. 1MI8,
    4. li., vi, I160.-Rebfuss (W. F.) &. Briiikmnini  (L.)
    Oral diseases;  non-surgical and surgical. Items Interest,
    Phila.,  1893.  xv, 1; 65; 129; 193; 257; 321;  385; 4 49;  577;
    705, 19 id. — IChein (M. L.)  The bearing of oral pathology
    ou general medicine.  Albany M. Ann., 1902, xxiii, 249-
    2"iC. — Rosenthal (O.)  Beitrag zu den blasenbildenden
    Att'ectionen der Muudschleimhaut.  Verhandl. d. deutsch.
    dermat. Gesellsch.,  Wien u. Leipz., 1894. iv. 556-504. —
    Koleh (T.  M.)  &  Forchheinier (F.)  Nomenclature
    of  diseases of the mouth.  Arch. Pediat., N.  V., 1*94. xi,
    566.  Also: Tr. Am. Pediat.  Soc,  N.  Y., 1*94, \ i, 51.—
    Ronghton  (E. W.)  On some  morbid conditions of the
I    mouth.  Lancet, Lond., 19(12, ii, 847; 1029;  1 1(18.- Kuault
    (A.)  Maladies de la bouche et  du phaiynx.  Traite de
    med. (Charcot, Bouchard [et al ], Par., 1892, iii, 1-248.—
    Spiogelberj; (J.II.)  Die Munderkraiikungcii im Kindes-
    alter.  KiudiT-Ar/.t, Leipz., 1901, xii, 75-80. -----. Die
    Kraukheiten des Mundes und der Zahue im Kindesalter.
    Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d.  Ge^ainintgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1901,
    i. 219-239.—Nloniatologiai (A) iigyek lijabb fe.jlddes6-
    rol.  [Modern development of stomatology.)  Orvosi hetil.,
    Budapest, 1897, xii,  538; 550. — Teiineson & Daiier.
    Varices lymphatiques de la muqueuse buccale.  Bull. Sue.
    franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1893, iv, 553-55*.  A Un:
    Ann. de dermat.  et 8} ph., Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 1302-1307.—
    Thomayer (J.)  Dalsi piispevky k pathologii svulstva
    dutiny  listni  [Further  contributions to the pathology of
    the muscles  of the oral cavity.]   Shorn, polikliu. 1897, v
    Praze,  1898, 17-19. — Tryd.  Muudkrankheiten iu ihrer
    Bedeutung fiir die zahnarztliche  Praxis.  Deutsche zahn-
    arztl. Wchnsehr.,  Berl., 1905,  viii, 637; 657. — ITnnn
    (P. G.)  Ueber Erkrankungen   der Schleimdriisen  des
[    Mundes. Monatsh. f.  prakt. Dermat.,  Hamb , 1890,  xi,
    317-321.—Winkler (G. H.)  A  pathological condition of
    the  mucous  glands of the  mouih.   Dental  Cosmos,
    Phila.,  1895, xxxvii, 41-46.  AUo, Reprint.

  ltlouth (Diseases  of,  Causes  and pathol-

    ogy of).
      See,  also, Menstruation  (Disordered,  Compli-
    cations of); Mouth (Bacteriology of);  Mouth
    (Gangrene of, Causes, etc., of);  Mouth (Infection
i   from).
      Chemin  (F.)   *De rinflueuce de l'arthritisnie
    sur  quelques  affections  de la cavit6  buccale.
    Hy  Toulouse,  1896.
      Schmitz  (P. )    * Melanoplakie  der   Muud-
    schleimhaut und Morbus Addisonii.  8°.   Bonn,
    1897.
      Tkichet  (H.)   *Des  rapports  qui  existent
    entre  les  diverses  affections  de  la  muqueuse
    hucciile et  l'etat des dents.   [Paris.]   4C.  Cou-
    lommiers, l*i-4.
      Austin  (H.)   Some effects of the  specific infectious
    fevers  upon the mouth,  liental Rec,  Lond.,  1896,  xvi,
    241-249.—Bates (C. P.)  Grip lesions in the oral cavity.
    Items Interest, Phila., 1895, xvii, 138.—Belliuzoua (E.)
    Influenza dell' attivit& uterina nelle varie manifestazioui
    morbose della bocca.  Stomatol.,  Milano, 1902-3, i, 700-708.
    Also, Reprint.—Bierwirth (J.  C.)  Uric acid in its rela-
i    tion  to  disease, with special reference  to the diseases of
i    the oral cavity.  Internat. Dent.  J., Phila., 1901, xxii,  534-
    545.—  ltiiM»euius &  Miegel  (A.)   Der gemeinsame
    Kiankheitserreger der  Mundseuche der Mensehen  uud
    der Maul uud Ivhmenseuehe der Thiere. Deutsche med.
|    Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1*97, xxiii, 65; 91.—Butler
    (C. S )   Pathological conditions  of the mouth due to arti-
    ficial dentures.  West. Dent.  J., Kansas City,  1895, ix,
    406-411.—t'hompret (J.)  Pathogenic genet ale de^ affec-
    tions bueeales.  Arch.  gen. de med., Par., 1903, i, 705-720.
    Also, transl.: Gior. di corrisp. p. dcuiisti, Milano, 1903,
    xxxii,  107-185. — t'hompret (J.)  & de IVevreze (B.)
    Lymphangieetasies de la bouche  (varices lymphatiques) et
    formations nbiiiiocorne.es d'origine infeeiieuse.  Rev. de
    stomatol., Par., 1901, viii, 558-5(1*.—t'laisse  (P.) Ac Dh-
    pre (E.) Ljs infect ions salivaires.  Arch, de med. exper.
    et  d'anat. path.,  Par.,  1894, vi,  41; 250, 2 pl— Comby
    (J.)  Ulceration  sublinguale  et  subglossite  diphtcroido
    independantes de la coqueluche.   Bull, et mC'in. Soc. m6d.
    d.  hop. de  Par.,  1895, 3.8., xii,  809-811. AUo [Abstr.):
    Limousin m6d.,  Limoges,  1896,  xx, 114. — Darier  (J)
    Varices lymphatiques de la muqueuse buccale; examen
,    histologique.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et  syph., Par.,
I    1893, iv, 553-558.  Also: £cole  prat.  d. hautes 6tudes. 
MOUTH.
139
MOUTH.
Hoiith  (Diseases of,  Causes  and pathol-

  ogy of).
  Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France.  Trav. 1891-3, Par., 1895,
  138-142.—Dewey (S. B.)  Degeneration and decay of the
  oral tissues from lack of exercise.  Am. J.  Dent.  Sc.
  Bait.. ls!is-9, xxxii, 512-518.—Du t'nstel.  Lymphau- i
  giectasies  de la  muqueuse  buccale  cousecutives ii des
  erysipeles & r6p£tition.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1895,3. s , vi, 342.—Onnojjier.  Stomatologic; accidents
  muqueux de la dent de >a>_:esse.  J. de med.  de Bordeaux,
  1893, xxiii, 489-491.- K mclyauoll  (E. V.)  Sluchai in-
  fektsionnavo iiorazheniya sli/istoi   obolochki rta.  [A
  case of infective disease of the mucous membrane of the
  mouth.]  Protok. zasaid. Obsh. morsk. vrach. v Kron-
  stadte, 1*91-5, xxxiii. 82.—Etehepareborda (X.)  In-
  fecciones bucahs post-operatorias.  An.  san. mil., Buenos
  Aires,  1903. v. 463-468. — Fordyce (J.   A.)   A peculiar
  affection of the mucous membrane of the lips aud oral ca-
  vity.  J. Cutau. A Genito-Urin. Dis.,  X.  Y.,  1*96, xiv, 413-
  419".  AUo, Reprint. — frenkel.   Influence de la rou-
  geolesurla ie\ivisceuce et l'aggravation de.s infections
  bucco-)iliaryiii;ees.  Couri icr med., Par..  1*!)*, xlviii. 236.—
  Oalippe.  Xote sur la gingivite aitlno-dentaiin infec-
  tieuse.  J.  d. conn.  med. prat., Par., I8s7,  3. s.,  ix.  130;
  141; 154.—tSlavche (E. S.)  K  voprosu o  merkurialnoi
  anginie  |  1-urines (Uniques de l'angine mercurielle; un
  cas d'affection buccale d'origiue prohablement hydrargy-
  rique simulant  l'herpes recnlivaut de la bouche.  Extr.,
  295.]  Russk. arch, liatol. klin. med.i bakteriol., S.-Peterb.,
  1901, xii, 147-156.—Gondby (K. W  ) On the pathology
  of  oral sepsis.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1904, ii, 1363-1307 —
  Hunt (R. F.)  Oral pathology.  Tr. World's Columbian
  Dent. Cong., Chicago, 1894, 362-374.—Hutchiiison (J.)
  Long peisisting liability to sores on the Lps aud iu the
  mouth; ringworm tongue; history of the same conditions
  in  several  members of the family.  Aich.  Surg., Loud.,
  1*92-3, iv,  156-15*.—Joseph  (M.)   Der Zusaiumenhang
  von Miindbohlen-Erkraukungeu mit Dermatosen.  Ztschr.
  f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1904,  i, 284-287.—I,etulle (M.)
  Mal perforant buccal dans le tabes. Bull, et mem  Soc.
  med. d. hop. de Par.,  1894, 3. s.,  xi. 557-559.—Jflikulicz
  (J.) &. Kiiuimel (W.)  Local diseases of the mouth.
  Twentieth. Cent. Pract.,  N.Y., 1897,  ix,  1-94.—Mitchell
   (G.)  Are the morbid processes variously designated inter-
  stitial gingivitis, phagedenic pericementitis, etc., inflam-
  matory or necrobiotic?  Dental Cosmos  Phila , 1901,  xliii,
  227-24*.—.Morris (R. T.)   Infections of the  lymph glands
  of the mouth and throat.  Ibid., 1904, xlvi,449-45L  AUo:
  Brit.  J. Dent. Sc, Loud., 1904. xlvii, 731;  769.—Pease
  (J. L.)  Infectious diseases of the mouth.  Tr. Calif.
  Dent.  Ass., San Fran., 1900,  *u-*6.—Rossi  (A.)  Sulle
  cause delle leucoplasie bucco-linguali. Med. ital., Napoli,
   1905,  iii, 603; 624. — Roy  (M.)  Sur la  maladie  dite du
  caoutchouc Odontologie.  Par.,  19o5. 2. s., xx, ."»:;:;-"IJ* —
  Schneider (K.)  Diabetes niejlitus  und seine Beziehung
  zur Muuderkrankung. Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Xaturf. ii   Aerzte 1897, Leipz., 1*9*.  Ixix, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
  231-235.—Schreibcr (M.)  Ueber die  Beziehungen von
  Krankheitserscheiniingeu auf der iiusseren Ilaut zu deneu
  der Mundschleiiuhaut. Cor.-M. f. Zahnarzte. Berl..  1895,
  xxiv, 289-293.  Also: Zahnarztl. Wchnbl.. Hamb., 1895-6,
  ix.  219.  AUo:  Zahnarztl.  Rundschau, Berl.,  1895, Nos. 139,
  140. — Nebulize (F.i  Ueber Melanoplakie der  Muud-
  schleimhaut uud die  Diagnose  auf Morbus Addisonii.
  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u.  Berl.,  1*9*. xxiv,
  725 72*. — Sebileau (I'.)  Des differentes formes de la
  septicetnie buccale   Presse med., Par., 1901, i,  53-56.—
  Nmilh (A. H.)  Some degenerations and  their signifi-
  cance. II.  Paget's clisease of the oi ;il mucous membrane, i
  Dental Cosmo-, Phila., 1905, xlvii, 178-191— Mmilh (D.D.)
  Mouth infection due to natural teeth.  Proc. Phila. Co. M.
  Soc,  Phila., 1903.  xxiv, 15-27. AUo: Phila. M. J.,  1903, j
  xi,  503; 605. — Molaro.  Sulla questione dell' infezione
  meice goccioline del cavo orale.  Arte med., Napoli,  1900,
  ii, 681-683.— Whitslar (W. H.)  Generation and degen-
  eration of the tissues of the mouth.  Dental  Reg., Cinciu.,
  1895,  xlix,  491-497.— Wickham (L.)   Ulcerations  bue-
  eales  tabetiques.  Bull. Soc. franc, de  dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1894, v, 11-17.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1894, 3. 8., v, 44-49.

JVIoiitli  (Diseases of Diagnosis of).
    Bernabi (C.)   Sul  fondamento d'  una diagnostica
  piofllattica dell' iufezioni d'origiue  boci ale.  Bull.  d. r.
  Accad. med. di Roma,  1892-3, xix, 432-466.   < hiwaki
  (M.)  (The oral  secretions in  health ami disease.]  Shi- I
  kwagakuho. Tokyo, 1900, v, no. 2, 1-7.—Dependorf (T.)
  Mitteiluiigen zur Anatomie und Klinik  des  Zahnfleisches
  und der Wangcusrlileiiiihaiit nach mikroskopischen Un-
  tersuch un v. en an versehiedenen mensehlichen Alterssta-
  dien.   Oesterr.-ungar. Vitl.jschr. f.  Zahnh., "Wien,  1903,
  xix, 9; 247; 337, 2 pl—Fasoli (G.)  Appunti intorno ai
  moderni metodi di ilcerca  istopatologica  nello studio delle
  malattie della bocca e dei denti.  Stomatol., Milano. 1902-3,
  i.557-566.—<*lavehe(E.S.) Kraspoznavauiyu lichen pla-
  nus slizistol rta.  [Diagnosisof lichen of the  oral mucosa.] '
  Protok. Mosk. veu. i dermat. Obsh.,  1898-9, viii,  13-22.—
iVlouth  (Diseases of, Diagnosis of).
  Ooldie (W.) Oral secretions aud their i elation to dis-
  ease.  Dominion  Dent.  J., Toronto, 1902. xiv,  348-357.—
  Inyenkamp.  lirthiimliche Diagnosen bei Mund-uud
  Zaluikraiikheiten.  Prakt. Arzt.  Wetzlar, 1900,  xii, 25-
  31.—Killiau (J.)  Zur Diagnose gewisser  Fruhformen
  von Pemphigus mucosa'.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl.,
  1892, xxvi, 157 159.—Knowle* (W. A.)   Oral secretions.
  Tr. Calif.  Dent. Ass., San Fran., 1882-6. 339-342. —Kyle
  (I). B.)  The chemic pathology of the saliva and pharyn-
  geal secretions (sialo-semeiology) as a means of diagnosis.
  Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass., N.'Y.,  1902,  118-127.— Pet-
  leruti  (G.)  -V .Tlirto (G.)  Sulla reazione del liquido
  orale  in diversi stati morbosi.   Lavori d. (Jong,  di med.
  int. 1889, Milano,1890,ii,362-379.  Also : Incurabili, Xapoli,
  1890, v, 597-617— PoliyevktoflT (A. A.)  Opit bakterio-
  skopicheskavo izslledovaniya pri zabollevaniyakh zleva u
  dletei.  [Bacteroscopic  examination  iu  diseases of th°i
  mouth of  children.J  Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach., Mosk.,
  1893-4, ii,  102-114.—Rodriguez Pinilla.   ;Que era
  esto?  Siglo med..  Madrid, 1904,  li, 40.—Sehrakamp.
  Zur Diffei  etitiahliagnosc der Erkranknug der Mundhohle.
  Deutsche nuil. Wchnsehr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1887, xiii.*92-894.
  Also, Reprint.—tie la Sofa y Lastra (R.)   Lesions de
  la bouche de diagnostic  ineertain.  Arch, internat.  de
  laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1905, xix,  754-757.—Steynor  (H  )
  The oral secreiions in health  and disease.  Brit. J. Dent.
  Sc, Lond.,  1900,  xliii,  193-204.   Also, transl.: Progres
  dent., Par., 1900, xxvi, 243-252.

iflontli  (Diseases of, Manuals  of).
    Barkktt (\V. C.)   Oral  pathology  and prac-
  tice.   A  text-book  for the use of students in
  dental colleges, and a hand-book for denial prac-
  titioners.  2. ed.   *r\  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Bhesgen  (M. )    Krankheits- uud  Behand-
  lung.slehre der Na.seu-, Mund- und  Rachenhohle
  sowie des Kehlkopfes  und der Luftrohe.  2. Aufl.
  8~.   Wien 4' Leipzig, 1891.
    -----.  The same.   Kukovodstvo k patologii
  i terapii  bolleznei nosa, rta, glotki, gortaui i di-
  khatelnavo  gorla.    Perevod  s  3.  niemetskavo
  izd. Ya. I. Katsa;  s predisloviyem A. V. Yakob-
  sona.   [Transl. from the 3. German ed. by Y. I.
  Kats;  with preface  hy  A. V.  Yakobsou.]  8C.
  S.-Peterburg, 1897.
    Caccia  (V.)   Trattato delle malattie  della
  bocca e  dei denti,  con  prefazione di  Giuseppe
  Forlanini.  2 v.  8-.   Torino,  1900.
    CRUET (L.)   Hvgieue et  therapeutique  des
  maladies de la bouche.  Pre'ce'de  d'une preTace
  par le Prof. Lannelongue.   16°.   Paris, lr-99.
    GrCxwald  (L.)  Atlas  der Kraukheiten  der
  Mundhohle, des Rachens  uud  der Nase.  lti  .
  Munchen, 1^9i.
    -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.  12°.  Munchen,
  190-2.
    -----.  The same.   Atlas and epitome of dis-
  eases of  the mouth, pharynx, and nose.   2. ed.,
  revised and enlaiged.  Authorized transl. from
  the German ed., with additions by J.  K. Xew-
  coinb.   12°.  Philadelphia, 1903.
    Hvgiknisciik Fluoscliriften.   Hft. 12. Zahn-
  und Mundkrank.  l(i  .   Munchen, 1902.
    Macrel  ( E. )  Traite"  des  maladies  <le  la
  bouche  (pathologie interne), suivi d'une pre-
  face  d'hygiene  de  cette   cavite".   ^-\   Paris,
  lr93.
    Pheiswerk  (G.)   Atlas-manuel  des maladies
  des dents et de la bouche.    Ed. franeaise j)ar j,
  Chompret.   12°.   Paris, 190.").
    Rosknberg (A.)  Die  Krankheiteu der Mund-
  hohle,  ties  Rachens  Und des  Kelilkopfes.   Mit
  Einschluss der   Untersuchungs- und  Behand-
  lungsmethoden.   Fiir  praktisehe   Aerzte und
  Studirende.  8'.   Berlin, 1^9:}.
    -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8-\   Berlin, 1899.
     -----.   The   same.   Boliezui  polosti  rta,
  glotki i gortaui, so vklyucheniyetn sposobov iz-
  slledovaniya i liecheuiya;  dlya prakticlieskikh
  vrachei i studeiitov.  Perevod so 2. izd. s  predi-
  sloviyem  i  primiechaniyami  Ya.   I.  Katsa.
  [Transl.  from the 2. ed., with preface and notes,
  by Kats.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1900. 
MOUTH.
140
MOUTH.
TIoulli  (Diseases of, Manuals of).
    -----.   The same.   S dobavleniyeni  otdleia
  oh  izsliedovanii pishtshevoda Csostavleu.  avto-
  roni dlya russkavo  izd.).  Perev. s 2. nieuietsk.
  izd. M.  B. Blyumenau.   [\\Titli supplement on
  examination of  the oesophagus, writteu  by  the
  author for  the  Russian ed.   Transl.  from  the
  2. German ed. by .  . .]   8 .   S.-Peterburg, 1901.
    Scekvini  (P.)  Terapia delle  malattie  degli
  organi della bocca.   lbv.  Napoli, 1897.
    -----.   Stoniatojati'ia, trattato  delle malat-
  tie della bocca.   86.  Napoli, 1904.
    Schecii ( P. )  Die Krankheiteu  der Mund-
  hohle,  des  Rachens uud der  Nase.   Mit Ein-
  schluss der Rhinoskopie und der local-therapeu-
  tisclien Technik fiir praktisehe Aerzte und Stu-
  dirende.   8C.  Wien, 1885.
    -----.   The  same.  2. Aufl.   8°.   Leipzig 4~
  Wien, \***.
    -----.   The  same.   4. Aufl.   8\   Leipzig 4"
  Wien, lf*92.
    -----.   The same.  5. viii 1st and ig neu  bear-
  hoi tete Aufl.   h-\   Leipzig 4' Wien, 1h9i».
    -----.   The  same.  6. Aufl.   *'-.   Leipzig 4"
  IHen, 1902.
    de i.a Sota Y  Lastka (R.)   Manual  tetfrico y
  pntetico de las enfermedades de la boca  y de la
  faringe.   2 v.  8°.   Serilla, 1902.
    Viau (G.)   Formulaire pratique pour les ma-
  ladies de  la  bouche  et  des  dents.  16°.   Paris,
  l*9'.i.
    -----.   The same.   Manuel ope>atoire de  l'a-
  nesthdsie  par  la cocaine en  chirurgie  dentaire.
  2. e\l.   1(1°.  Paris,  1895.                          >
    Broca (A.)   Maladies de la cavite buccale.  Trait6de
  chir. iDuplay et Reclus), 2. ed., Par., 1898,  v, 108-118.—
  Forchheinier (F.)  Diseases of the mouth aud dentition.
  Am. Text-Bk.  Dis. Child. (Starr), Phila., 1894, 412-430.
  AUo: Ibid.. 2. ed., Phila., 1898,396-414.—llartmann (H.)
  Maladies du plancher buccal.  Traits d>* cliir.  (Duplayet
  Keclus), 2. ed., Par., 1898, v, 249-259.—Mikulicz  (J.) &
  Kiiiuinel (W.)   Diseases of the  mouth.   Twentieth
  Cent. Pract.,  N. T.,  1896, viii, 1-81. — Partsch.  Mal-
  formations, injuries,  and diseases of the mouth.   In:
  Sy.-t. Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann), 8°, N. Y. & Phila.,1904
  i, 8U7-875, 3 pl.-Seifert (O.)  Behandlung der Erkran-
  kungen der Mundhohle (exkl. Gangran und  Phlegmonen,
  Zahn- und Zahntieisch Kraukheiten).  Handb. d. spec.
  Therap. innerer Krankh., Jena, 1896,iv, 3-50.  Also: Ibid
  2. Aufl., 1898,  iv, 3-47.—Waferhouse (H. F.)   Affec-
  tions of the mouth, palate,  tongue,  tonsil, and pharynx.
  Svst.Surg.(Tieves),Lond.,1890,ii,450-543.— Wills (W. A.)
  Diseases of the  mouth.  Syst. Med. (Allbutt), N. Y. &
  Lond., 1897, iii, 333-359.

Month (Diseases of, Treatment of).
    Benvenuti  (G.)   Alcune note sulla cura delle
  malattie della  bocca e denti.  8?.   Firenze, 1899.
    Dalibon  (P.-C.)   Couseils  pour la  giieYison
  des maladies  de la bouche, et  pour la conserva-
  tion  des  dents  et  des  geucives.  8°.   Paris,
  [18:59].
    Lefekt (P.)  La pratique des maladies de la
  bouche dans  les hdpitaux  de Paris.   Aide-me-
  moire et formulaire.   16°.   Paris, 1*9(>.
    Mazzucchklli  (A.)   Prele/.ione  al corso di
  stomatoiatria.   ■--'.   Pavia,  1887.
    Allaeys (H.)  Des injections de parafine en stomato-
  logic.  Kev. de stomatol.. Par., 1904, xi, 491-514.  -----.
  Note sur  l'emploi de la rainette en stomatologie.  Ibid
  1905. xii. 114-118— Antal (J.) Tjjabh gyrtgyszerek a sto-
  matologiUns g\ akorlatban. [New remedies in stomatolog-
  ical practice.J  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898,  xlii, 16; 28.—
  Artaiilt (S.)   La teinture de myrtille dans la leuco-
  plasie linguale et les stomatites.  ltev.de therap. med -
  chir.. Par., 19(11, lxviii, 685-090.—Bishop (J. A.)  Inju-
  ries and diseases of the mouth, and their treatment.  Tr.
  Am. Acad.  Deut. Sc. 1893, Phila., 1894,  1-22. — It on vet
  (C.)  Stomatologic; application des  iaxons  X.  Progres
  med . Par..  1898,  3.  s., vii. 19*. — I'oulliaux (L.)  Pro-
  getto per 1' istituzinne di una scuola di perfezionaniento in
  stomatoiatria.  (lior. di corrisp.  p. deritisti,  Milano, 1904,
  xxxiii, 269-292.— D'Ajutolo (G.)  Dell' uso dell' acido
  fenico puro, od in soluzione alcoolica < oncentrata, coll'ag-
  giunta di mentolo in oto-rino-stomatojatria.   Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1902, Napoli, 1903, vi, 196.—
 11 OH 111 (Diseases of, Treatment of).
   Emm's (G.F.)  Therapeutic use of the X-ray in the oial
   cavity.   Dental Digest, Chicago, 1904, x, 971-970.  Also:
   Internat. Dent. J.,  Phila., 1904, xxv,  350-362. — Endel-
   ninn (J.)   Notes on systemic and local therapeutics in
   certain oral disorders.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 19n4, xlvi,
   191-196.—G<ippert(F.)  Ueber die Anwendung schmerz-
   stillender Mittel  bei  Mundeikraukungcn der  Kinder.
   Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1899, xlix, 101-110.—lie «en-
   dre (P.)  Les pratieiens et la  bouche. Gaz. d. hop., Par.,
   1905, lxxviii, 531-534. — liCgrand (A.)  Nouvelle contri-
   bution k l'etude de l'eucaine-/3 en stomatologie.  N'ouv.
   remedes, Par., 1898, xiv, 337.— iTIoi-ton (W. J.)  Cata-
   phoric medication of the mouth.  Tr. N.  York Odont. Soc.
   1896, Phila., 1897, 36-50.—Fietkiewicz.  Des rayons X
   en  stomatologie;  communication et projections.   Cong.
   internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 19U0, sect, de stomatol., 259-
   269, 1 pl.—Roy (L. G.)  Lo salicylate  de soude et l'aspi-
   rine dans le traitement des etats fluxionnaires de la cavit6
   buceopharyngee.  Key. med., Par., 1904, xiii, 371.— Ry-
   mcr (J.  F.)  Kelations subsisting  between the medical
   and  dental professions.   Brit. Phys., Lond., 1899-1900, i,
   241-243.—Mtarobinski  (M.  M.)  Prichini durnovo za-
   pakha izo rta i yevo llecheniye (fcetor ex  ore).  [Causes of
   . . ., and its treatment.]  Zubovraeh. vestnik, St. Petersb.,
   1902, xviii, 771-783. — Takahashi (  S.)  [Treatment of
   buccal fistula.]  Shikwa Gaku Kwai Geppo, Tokyo, 1898,
   no.  95, 1-4.

Ifloutli (Dryness of).
    Aretander (II.)  Xerostomia.  [Caseof...]  Ugesk.
   f. Laeger, Kjebenh.,  1890, 4. K., xxi, 429-432.—Chappell
   (W. F.)  Report  of three cases of  xerostomia, or dry
   mouth.   X. York M.  J., 1896, lxiii, 277-279.  Also,  lie-
   print.— Deachamps  (E.)  Du diagnostic des stomatites
   et de l'examen de la bouche chez les enfants.  Tribune
   med., Par.,  1890, xxii. 22;  37.  Also: France,  med., Par.,
   1890, i, 68; 84.—Rick (A.N.)  Zerostomia (dry mouth).
   Dental Brief, Phila.,  1899, iv, 601.—Foy (G.)  Xerostomia.
   Med.  Press  & Circ, Lond., 1889, n.  s., xlvii, 385-387.—
   Frascr (T. R.)  Xerostomia (mouth  dryness), with dry-
   ness of the nose and  eyes.  Edinb.  Hosp.  Rep., 1893,
   i, 149-162.  Also,  Reprint. — Hadden  (YV.  B.)  On
   "dry mouth ", or suppression of the salivary and buccal
   secretions.  Tr.Clin. Soc. Lond., 1887-8. xxi, 176-179.  Also:
   Brain,  Lond., 1888-9, xi,  484-486. — Hamilton (T. K.)
   Case of xerostomia. Australas. M. Gaz.,  Sydney, 1895,
   xiv,480-482.—HarriM  (T.)  On dry mouth, or xerostomia.
   Am. J. M. Sc. Phila,, 1898, n.  a., cxv,  312-317.—Hutch-
   inson (J.)  A  case of " dry  mouth" (aptyalism).   Tr.
   Clin. Soc. Lond., 1887-8, xxi, 180.-----.  A second report on
   "xerostomia", or "dry mouth", with  an additional case.
   Ibid., 1888-9, xxii, 25-27. — Riesman (D.)  Xerostomia
   (drv mouth), with  the report of a case.  Phila. Polyclin.,
   1896, v, 91. —Seifert.  Ueber Xerostomia.  Wien. klin.
   Wchnsehr., 1889, ii, 881. — Nharp ( A. J.)  Notes of a
   case of xerostomia (mouth-drvness).  Lancet, Lond., 1898,
   i, 1114.—Soiiu'is (L. S.)  Xerostoma.  Am. J.  M. Sc,
   Phila. &  N. Y., 1905, n.  s., exxx, 452-459.—Suuinin (H )
   On  xerostomia.  Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1890,  xi,
   219-226.  Also. Reprint.—Tedenat.   Laxerostomie.  N.
   Montpel. med.. 1900, x, 129-135.

ITIoutlt (Examination  and semeiology  of).
    See, also, Mouth  (Diseases of, Diagnosis  of);
   Mouth  (Instruments for).
    Kkakenbekgek  (8.)    * Beitrag  zur  Mikro-
   skopie  einiger  Erkrankungen  der  Mund- und
   Rachenhohle.   8°.   Wiirzburg, 1893.
    Baecarani (U). Ueber die Auskultation der Mund-
   hohle.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1903,1, 210.—Bentzen
   (G.  E.)  Et Par BemaerkniugeromUndersegelseaf Mund-
   og SvaBlghulen.  [On examination of cavitiesot mouth and
   pharynx.] Norsk  Mag. f. Lsegevidensk.,  Christiania. 1890,
   4. R., v, 23-25— BInhin (Agues).  Ueber den E'nfluss
   der Lufttemperatur auf die Temperatur der Mundhohle,
   nebst Bemerkungen  iiber das Messen im  Munde.  Ztschr.
   f. Tuberk.  u. Heilstattenw.,  Leipz.,  1901,  ii,  309-317.—
   Galragni (E.)  Sopra uno speciale  fenomeno apparte-
   nente all' ascoltazione  della hocca  (espiiazione sistolica
   intercisa  o  soffio del cavo orale?).  Clin. med. ital.,  Mi-
   lano. 1904.  xliii, 436-444. —Oazzotti (A.)  Contributo
   all'  ascoltazione della bocca.  Ga/.z. d. osp., Milano. 1899,
   xx,  13.—Gramm (C.  T.)  Oral indications of physical
   conditions.   Interstate M. J., St. Louis,  1901,  viii, SOS-
   SOS.—14. irstein  (A.)   Die Freilegnng  der tie ten  llals-
   theile mit dem Zungenspatel (Autoskopie der Luft.weae).
   Miiuchen med.  Wchnsehr.. 1896, xliii,  719.— Tlajjitot.
   Instructions relatives k l'examen de la bouche et des dents
   dans les  ecoles.  Bull. Soc. de med. pub.,  Par., 1885, viii,
   155-168.  Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par.. 1X85. vii, 558-571.  AUo,
   Reprint. —  RoiiMscau.  De l'u.tilit.6 de  la radioscopie
   buccale, stomatoscopie, chez les enfants.  Gaz. d. mal. in-
   fant, [etc.],  Par., 1899, i, 265. -----.  Radiographic buccale
  [infantile.  Anu. de med. et  chir. inf.,  Par., 1900, iv, 289.—
   Rovida (C.)  Di un  caso  di grave peidita di sostanza 
MOUTH.
141
MOUTH.
Mouth  (Examination  and semeiology of).
  ossea e conseguento deformity facciale per trascurato
  esame della cavita boccale.  Stomatol., Milano, 1902, i,
  249-252.—Nobel (J.)  Oroscopy; items of interest  from
  a dermatoiogical and general standpoint.   Med. Xews,
  N.  Y., 1899, lxxiv,  676-080. -----. Examination of the
  mouth in infancy and  childhood. Ibid., 1901, lxxix, 083-
  685. — Npiess ( G. )■  Die Untersucbungsniethoden des
  Rachens.  Handb. d. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Wien, 1896, ii,
  65-101. -----.  Die Untersuchiing der Mund- und Rachen-
  hohle (einschliesslich  des Nasenrachenrauuies).   Berl.
  Klinik, 1896, 93. Hft., 1-32— Talbot (E. S.)  Oral mani-
  festations and allied states.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago,
  1901, xxxvi, 1758; 1826. ———. Buccal expressions of con-
  stitutional states.  Dental Digest, Chicago, 1903, ix,  1323-
  1327.  AUo: Medicine, Detroit, 1903, ix, 814-816.

iTIoiillt  (Foreign bodies in).
    See Mouth ( Wounds, etc., of).

TI Oil til  (Gangrene  of).
    See, also,  Measles (Complications  of,   Buccal,
  etc.); Whooping-cough (Complications of).
    Bartels  (B.  )  * Ueber Noma.  8°.   Gbttin-
  gen, 1892.
    Beal  (G.)  * De  la gangrene  de  la  bouche.
  4°.   Lille, L-94.
    Brucke ([C.  A.] M.)   * Ueber idiopathische
  gaugranose iStoinatitis.   v\  Berlin,  [1889].
    Frostekus (A.)  * Om Noma, eller vattenkraf-
  tan.   [On noma, or water-canker. ]  s-'.   Helsing-
  fors, 1840.
    Gratiot (J.)   *De quelques formes de stoma-
  tites chez les nouveau-ne\s et  de la  forme n6cro-
  saute eu particulier.   8-.   Paris,  1902.
    Hillebkand  (C. )   *Ein   Fall  von  Ulcus
  noma.  8°.  Greifswald, 1894.
    Jansen (C. L. )   *De  noma.  8°. Berolini,
   1860.
    Juvera (R.)   * Gangrena de  la  boca en los
  niuos.  8°.  Mexico,  1871.
    Kxoepfelmacher  (X.)   * Ueber  den  Wasser-
  krebs der Kinder.  8°.   Erlangen, 18:17.
    Liedhegexek (A.)  *De noma.  8°.   Bonnae,
   1856.
    Monjaras (J. E.)  * De la gangrena de  la
   boca.  16°.   Mexico. 1880.
    Saft(0.)  Ueber Noma.  8.   Halle,  1898.
    . Samei.son (A.)   *De   noma  historica  quse-
  dam.  8G.  Berolini,  [1840].
    Schmidt  (F.)   * Ueber  Noma.    8-.   Jena,
  1896.
    Siewert (R.)  *ZLin Fall von Noma,  aus der
  chirnrgischen   Klinik   zu  Greifswald.   8°.
   Greifswald, 1890.
    Wiegand (V.  I.)   Der Wasserkrebs.   Eine
  Monographic  *:.  Erlangen, 1830.
    Bainbridge (W. S.)  A report of two cases of can-
  crnm oris.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii, 432-435.—
   Baker  (VI.)   Caucrum  oris in the adult.  Illust.  M.
  News, Loud., 1889, iii, 216.—Bar (P.)  De quelques formes
  cliniques de stomatite chez le nouvean-n6, et en particu-
  lier de la stomatite  n6crosante.  Rev. de stomatol.,  Par.,
  1902,  ix,  330-338.—Bardenheuer.  Un  caso  di noma.
  Boll.  d. clin., Milano,  1889,  vi,  548-553.—Bierens  de
  Haan (J.  C. J.)   Ueber eine Stomacaceepidemie  wah-
  rend  des  siidafrikanischen   Krieges.  Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 122.—Bishop (D.
  D.)&Ryan (L.)  Noma and allied diseases of the mouth ;
  a report of three cases, with pathologic examination.  Tr.
  Chicago Path. Soc. (1894-5), 1896, i, 252-264.—Blumcr
  (G.) & IHacFarlane (A.)   An epidemic  of noma; re-
  port of sixteen cases.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901,  u. s.,
  exxii, 527-536.—Blyumenau  (E.  B.)  Sluchai vodya-
  novo  raka  v techeuiye hryushnovo tifa.  [Caucrum  oris
  during typhoid fever.]  Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.". St.
  Petersb., 1901, viii,  81-83.—Brandon  (W. C.)  A case of
  cancrum oris.  Nashville J. M. & S., 1892, lxxii,  100-102 —
  Brooks  (J.)  Gangrenous stomatitis.  Tr. Luzerne <'o.
  M.  Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1899, vii,  54-59.— Briining (H.)
  Ueber fiir  Nomatalle.  Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch.
  Natnrf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz,  1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 251-253.
  [Discussion], 1. Hlfte., 69-71.—Brunard (A.)   Uu cas
  de noma.   Clinique, Brux., 1902, xvi,  8-12. — Burrell
  (H. L.)  A case of noma.  Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi,
  41. — Cameron (R.)   Cancrum oris with its common
  complications.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1901, ii, 1730. — Camp-
  bell (A.M.)  A case of noma.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897,
Mouth (Gangrene of).
  li, 419-421. —Caiicrum oris.  [Case.]  North Lond. or
  Univ. Coll. Hosp.  Rep. 1886, Loud., 1887, 40.—Carafoli
  (P.)  Sopra due casi di noma consecutivi a morbillo.  Riv.
  ital. di terap. ed ig., Piacenza, 1888, viii, 115-123.—Chapin
  (H. D.)   Caucrum oris and tuberculosis.  I'ost-Craduate,
  N. Y., 1891-2, vii, 225-228— Cleveland.  Cancrum oris;
  report of cases.  Cinciu. Lancet &. Clinic,1881,n.s., vii, 29.—
  Cook (W. C.)  Cancrum oris; two  rare cases.  Tr. M.
  Soc. Tennessee,  Nashville,  1887,  281-284.—Camming!)
  (W. M.)  A case of noma.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li, 635.—
  Dalma  (D.)  Stomatis  gangrenosa.  Magy. fogdsz.
  szemle.   A stomatol. [etc.],  Budapest,  1897-8, ii, 15-17.—
  Dnrgcin.  Un cas de stomatite gangreneuse primitive
  suivie de mort, chez l'adulte.   Toulouse med., 19U4, 2. s.,
  vi,  214-216.  Also  [Abstr.]: Languedoc m6d.-chir.,  Tou-
  louse, 1904, xii,  188.—Devos (C.) Noma ou ulcere gan-
  greneux  de  la face; hemorragio; mort;  de  l'antisepsie
  intestinale comnie pr6ventive des troubles generaux pro-
  voques par cette affection.  Presse med. beige, Brux., 1888,
  xl,  169.—Elder (G.)  Case of cancrum oris.  Tr. Med.-
  Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1892-3, n. s., xii, 259-202.  Also [Abstr.J:
  Edinb. M. J., 1893-4, xxxix, 228— 1"elide.  Pall von
  Noma.  Deutsche mod. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898,
  xxiv, 735.—Fiii'her (L.)   A case of stomatitis gangre-
  nosa (noma).   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, 2. s., cxxiii, 643-
  647.—Fleming  (R. A.)  A case of cancrum oris, with a
  short critique ou the disease.   Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc.Edinb.,
  1892-3, n. s.,  xii,  251-259, 1 pl.  Also:  Edinb. M. J., 1893-4,
  xxxix, 220-228, 1  pl.—Fleming (W. P.)  Cancrum oris.
  Daniel's  Texas M. J., Austin,  1890-91, vi, 440-442.—CSal-
  lined (L.) &Francillon (Mile.) Uu casde noma; gu6-
  rison. Bull, et m6m. .soc.  med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s.,
  xix, 797-802.—Galloway  (D. H.)  A case  of cancrum
  oris.  J.  Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 713.—Gon-
  zalez Alvarez.  Gangrena de la hoca; noma.  Rev.de
  med. y cirug. pr&ct., Madrid, 1905, lxvii, 102-104.—Graef
  (H.)  Ein Fall von Noma. Kor.-Bl.  d. allg. arztl. Ver.
  v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1904, xxxiii, 413-416. — Grancher.
  Du noma.  Bull, med., Par., 1887. i, 1051-1053.—Grande
  (E.)  Su di un caso di noma.   Riv. univ. di med., chir. e
  sc. afflui, Roma,  1899, i, 458.—G rawitz (1'.)   Demonstra-
  tion eines Falles von Noma.  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 318.—Haga (E.)  & Kakita
  (S.)  Shubin  no siken.  [Clinical observations on noma.]
  Chiugai  Iji  Shinpo, Tokio,  1893,  no. 290,  5-7.—Hans-
  son  ( H.)  Noma.  Hygiea,  Stockholm, 1893. lv,  405.—
  Herman (M. B.)  Case of cancrum oris. Memphis M.
  Month., 1897, xvii, 217, 1 pl.—Hubbard (A.  H.)  Malig-
  nant noma.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892, xii, 41.—IInddle-
  sion (J. H.)  Two cases of noma.  Pediatrics, N. Y. &
  Lond., 1896,  ii, 321-323. — Kardamates (J. P.)  Ilepl
  ya-yypaii'aiiovs  <TTO|0iaTiTiSos.   'IaTpi/cbj fiijvvTiup, 'ArHji'ai,
  1903, iii,  17-19.— Katsura (H.)  Shihiu no itjisei.  [On
  gangrenous stomatitis.]  Ijishimpo, Tokio, 1893, no. 6, 59-
  64.—Kiugsford (E. C.)   Cancrum oris.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1891, ii, 607.—Kiael (A. A.)  0 raspoznavanii vodyanovo
  raka shtshoki u dletel.  [Diagnosis of noma in children.]
  Med. Obozr., Moak., 1904, lxii, 292-298.—Klautsch (A.)
  Ein Fall von  Noma. Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1898,
  xiv, 1666.  Also: Sitzungsb. d. Aerztl. Ver.  Halle a. S.
  1898-9, Munchen, 1900,13-17. -----. Ueber Noma.   Arch.
  f. Kinderh.,Stuttg., 1899, xxvi, 245-252.—Klickermaim.
  [Fall von Noma.]  San.-Ber. d. Prov. Brandenburg 1834,
  Berl., 1836,  173. — Kohler ( A.)  Gangriin  der Muud-
  schleimhaut nach der Extraction eines  schlechten  Zahns;
  Phlegmone colli; Tracheotomie wegen Erstickungsgefahr;
  Tod 7 Tage  nach der Aufnahme.  Charite-Aun. 1886,
  Berl., 1888, xiii,  518. -----. Ein  Fall von Noma.   Ibid.,
  1889, xiv, 515.—Hosier (H.)  Ett fall af noma hos 44-arig
  qvinna.  [A case of noma iu a woman of 44 years.]  Gdte-
  borgs Lak.-siillsk. Forh.,  1892,  74-80.—Ijiislell  (E. E.)
  A case of cancrum oris affecting both sides.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1902, i, 513.— IiC Count (10. R.)  A  case  of  noma in an
  adult, complicating amebic dysentery.  Phila. M. J., 1898,
  ii, 1307-1309.   Also: Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. (1897-9), 1900,
  iii, 180-184.— Lockycr (C.)  A case  of gangrenous sto-
  matitis;  septicaemia ; death.  J. Brit. Dent. Ass., Lond.,
  1898, xix, 607-611.—McDonald  (J. D.)  bilateral stoma-
  titis gangrenosa.  Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1895, n. s., xiv,
  478.—McGniii' (H.) Case of tuberculosis cured b}'can-
  crum oris.  I'l-Miuith. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Richmond,
  1897, ii, 19. AUo, Reprint.—MacMaster (J.)  Notes on
  a case of cancrum oris.  Australas. M. Gaz., S\ dney, 1897,
  xvi, 534.—Mnugnbi (S. M.)   Sluchai nomi  ii vzroslavo.
  [Noma in an  adult. 1  Vrach. zapiski, Mosk., 1898, v,  18-
  27.—Mnsteriuau (E. W.  G.)  Two cases of spreading
  gangrene around the mouth occurring in adults. St. Bart.
  Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1891, xxvii, 205-210. — Mastri ( C. )
  Sopra un caso di noma in adulto.  Policlin., Roma, 1904,
  xi,  sez. prat.,  339-341. — Matzenauer (R.)  Noma und
  Nosocomialgangran. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u.
  Leipz., 1902, lx, 373-398, 2 pl.—Midglcy (A. L.)  Noma,
  with  report  of a case. Internat. Dent. J.,  Phila., 1903,
  xxiv, 422-124,1 pl.—Minnich (C. S.)  A case of gangrene
  of the mouth.  Cinciu. M. J., 1896, xi, 607. Also:  N. Al-
  bany M. Herald,  1896, xvi, 63.—Murillo (A.)   Noma
  (a prop6sita de un caso en un adulto).  Rev. m6d. de Chile, 
MOUTH.
142
MOUTH.
Moil III (Gangrene of).
  Sunt, de Chile,  1886-7,  xv.  312-314.—Nicolaysen  (L.)
  Om noma.   Norsk Mag. f. Liegevidensk.,Kri8tiania, 1896,
  4. R.. xi. 137-157.— Paget (S.)   Cancrum oris.  Clin. J.,
  Loud., 1897-8, xi, 149—Pantaleonc (It.)  Noma per sifi-
  lide.  Bull.d.r. Accad. med.di Roma, 1897-8, xxiii. 107-177.
  AUo: Clin.dermositilopat. d.r. Univ.di Roma, 1 e97,05-75.—
  Pnssini (K.) A  I,einer (C.) Uebereinen Fall von Noma
  faciei.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xii, 743. — Piatol.
  Stomatite gangreneuse localisee  h, la gencive superieure.
  J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1895, iii, 852. — ltcale
  Id.) Un caso di noma in adulto.   Policlin., Roma, 1903,ix,
  1431. — Bccasens.   Deformidades consecutivas al noma
  de la boca.  Arch,  de  ginccop., Barcel., 1896,  ix,  645;
  677. — Bibeiro Mnreonden  ( F.)   Breves  conside-
  racoes sobre um caso de noma.   Rev. med. de S. Paulo,
  19oi, vii, 345. — Botch.  A  case of noma.  Boston M. &
  S. J., 1888, cxix, 35. — Schild.   Stomacace  gangrenosa.
  Gen.-Ber. d.  k. rhein. Med.  Coll. 1845, Koblenz,  1847, 70-
  72.—Mchiuimelbusch (C.)  Eiu Fall von Noma.  Deut-
  sche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1889, xv, 516-518.—
  Schmidt (C.)   Ueber Noma. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz.,
  1898, xlviii, 72-85,  1  pl. — Schmittlc  (J.)  A case  of
  cancrum oris with seme  peculiarities.  Proc.  Orleans Par-
  ish  M.  Soc. 1897. N.  Oil., 1898,  25-26. — Schmorl  (G.)
  Ueber Noma.  Munchen. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1903, 1,  879.
  Also: Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. HeilkLin Dresd.,
  1902-3, Miiuchen, 1904.150-153.—Scott(N. I.)  Noma.  Cin-
  ciu. Lancet-Clinic,  1891,  n. s., xxvii, 137-144.— Sebilcau
  (I*.) Zwei Fiille von Gangnena oris.  [Transl.from:  Rev.
  de stomatol., Par., 1899.]  J.  f. Zahnh., Berl., 1899, xiv. No.
  13.—Nckiba(F.)  Sliukan.  [On  a caseof noma.]  Chiugai
  Iji  Shiupo, Tokio, 1893, no. 307, 14; no. 308, 20.— Simon
  (P.»  Snr un cas  de noma.  Rev. med. de Test, Nancy,
  1889. xxi, 226-231.—Hnjder  (A. A.)   Unusual case of cah-
  iriiiu oris.  Wash.  M. Aun., 1905-6,  iv. 135 — Stephen-
  won (IJ. B. T.)   Cancrum oris in adult-life.  Brit. Guiana
  M.Ann..  Demerara, 1802, 127-133. — Stokes (W.)  Can-
  crum oi in.  Proc.  Path. Soc.   Dubl., 1862-5, n.  s.,  ii,
  37-39. — Nwoboda.  [Schwero Muuderkrankiing  des
  ersten SiiiudingsaltiTs (die gaugriinose Zahnkeimentziin-
  dnng).]    Therap.  d. Gegenw.,  Berl., 1904,   xiv,  515.—
  Thompson <L. \V.)  A case of gangrenous  stomatitis.
  Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. l'enn. 1893. Phila., 1894. xxix,  155-
  161, 1 pl. Also: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1894, xxix, 102-
  108, 1 pl.—Variot (d.)   Analogie du processus necrosi-
  uue dans le noma et dans la put te taction cadaverique.   J.
  decliu. et de therap. inf.. Par., 1898, vi, 183-180.—Wchrle
  (B.)  Ueber Noma.  Aerzll.  Mitth. a. Baden,  Karlsruhe,
  ^95. xlix,  139;  115. — van  Wely (D. L.)   Noma.   Ge-
  neesk. Courant. Tiel, 1890, xliv,  nos. 11;  12.- West  (R.
  M.)   Two cases of gangrenous stomatitis,  one ending
  fatally.   Lancet, Lond..  1896, i, 704. — Wine (W. B.)   A
  case of cancrum oris following capillary bronchitis; death.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix. 88. — Woronichin  (N.)
  Ueber Noma nach Beobachtungen im Elisabeth-Kiuder-
  Spitale  wahrend 17 Jaluen.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz.,
  1887, n.  V., xxvi, 161-205.—Zadok,   Noma du visage chez
  une petite fllle tuberculeuseau tioisiemedegr6. J. de clin.
  et de therap. inf., Par.,  1897, v, 484-487.—Zholtonozh-
  ski (T.)  Sluchai  vla/.hnol  gangreni rta (noma).  [Case
  of ... ]  _ Sibirsk. Vrach  Vledoin., Krasnoyarsk,  1902-3. i,
  108.—Ziejflcr(P.)  Noma bei einem Erwachsenen.  Miin-
  cheii. med. Wchnsehr.,  1892, xxxix, 107.—Zuseh  (O.)
  Ein Fall  vou Noma mit ausgedehnter  Soorbilduug im
  hohen Alter. Ibid., 1901, xlviii,  785-787.

Mo ii 111 (Gangrene of, Causes and pathol-

  ogy of).
    8kgale (G. B.)   II noma e la sua patogeuesi,
  osservazione  clinica e contributo  sperimentale;
  comunieazione  jireventiva  fatta  al  Cougresso
  medico deoji ospedali civili in sed^nta 20 genuaio
  18S2.   *- .  Genova,  ln-2.
    Alsever (W. D.)   Cancrum oris [bacteriological report
  by  Dr.  Fulton].  Providence M. J., 1904, v,  184-186.—
  Bishop (D. D.) & It) om (L.)   Noma and allied diseases
  of the mouth; a report of three cases, with pathologic ex-
  amination.   .1. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1895,  xxv, 1043-
  lolti.— Brindeau & .Mace.  Streptococcic buccale chez
  uu  nouveau-ne; necrose du  bord alveolaire du maxillaire
  supei ieiir.  Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par.,  1900. iii, 53.—Bruit-
  ing (II.)   Beitriige zur Klinik und  Pathogenese des no-
  maliisen Brandes.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Boil., 1904, lx, 631-
  648, 1 pl. —Buday (K.)   Szdvett.ini 6s bakteriologiai vizs-
  giilotok iis/.kd.i sza,i-es garatgyuladasokn&l.  [Histological
  and hacteiiological  researches on gangrenous mouth and
  throat inflammations.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix
  1;  16; 33; 53: 69: 82.  Also, transl.:  Beitr. z. path. Anat!
  u. z.allg. Path.. Jena, 1905, xxxviii. 255-300, 2pl. —  Comba
  (C.I  Osservazionicliniche, istolo«:i< bee batteriologiche in
  wette  casi  di noma delle guancie; contributo alio studio
  della etiologia e della patogenesi  di questa malattia.   Spe-
  rimentale.  Arch.di biol., Firenze, 1899. liii, 81-121.______.
  Contributo alio studio della etiologia e della patogenesi del
  noma delle guancie.  Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital.'"l898, To-
  ^loulli  (Gangrene of, Causes and pathol-

    ogy °f)-
    ri no, 1900,  iii, 138-140. — I>u ran le (D )   Sulla batlerio-
    logia del noma; ricerche batti-iioscopiche e spoiinientali
    sopra un c.iso grave di gangrena della bocca in bambina
|    con anemia splenica infetti\ a.  Pediatria, Napoli.  1902, x,
    232-244.—Foote (C.J.)  Report of a case of gangrenous
    stomatilis,  with a bacteriological  examination.   Am. J.
    M.Sc, Phila., 1893, n.  s., cvi, 198-204.- <«iiizzcfti (P.)
    Ricerche batteriologiche ed istologicho nel noma.   Poli-
    clin.,  Roma,  1896,  iii-M., 405; 49a, 1  pl.  — —.  Nuove
    ricerche batteriologiche nel noma.  Ibid.. 1897, iv-C, 115-
    121.  ------.  Per  1' etiologia e la  patogenesi  del  noma.
    Ibid., 1898. v, sez. chir.,  445; 528,1 pl.—llofmann (A.) &
    Bluster (E.)  Ein Beitrag zur Bakteriologie der Noma.
    Miiuchen.   med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1907-1909. — Korsh
    (P.P.) K etiologii noml.  [Etiology of noma.]  Bolnitsch.
    gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 1058-1005.—Krahn
    (E.)   Ein  Beitrag  zur  Aetiologie der Noma.  Mitt. a. d.
    Grenzgeb. d. Med.  u. Chir., Jena, 1900, vi, 018-633,  1 pl.—
    Liingard (A.)   Some further notes on the etiology of
    ulcerative  stomatitis, or cancrum  oris.   Lancet, Lond.,
    1888, "iii, 159.— liOiigo  (A.)  Ricerche batteriologiche in
    uu caso di  noma.  Atti  d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901. Firenze,
    1902, iv, 227-232. ------. Ulteiiore  contributo alio  studio
    dell' etiologia del noma.  Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi,  sez.
    med.,  229-248. — iTIoser (W.)  Protozoa in  gangrenous
    stomatitis.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxi, 170.—Perthes.
    Ueber Noma und ihreu Erreger.  Verhandl. d. deutsch.
    Gesellsch.  f.  Chir., Berl., 1899, xxxviii, pt. 2, 63-80, 2 pl.
    Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1899, lix, 111-128, 2 pl.—
    Poggi (P.)  Referto bacteriologico  di un caso di noma.
    Stomatol.,  Milano, 1903-4, ii, 3-12. — Rnnke (II.)  Zur
    Aetiologie  und pathologischen  Anatomie des nomatosen
    Brandes.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1888, xxvii. 309-331.
    ------.  Alt.es und Neues zur pathologischen Anatomic,
    des nomatosen Brandes.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr , 1903,
    i, 13-10. —Boss! (A.)   Ricerche  batteriologiche sul noma
    (cancer aquaticus).  Rifornia med.,  Napoli, 1892, viii. pt. 3,
    459-464.—Strada (F.)   Sulla eziologia del noma.   B 11. d.
    Soc med.-chir. di Pavia, 1903, 118-125.—Trambusli (A.)
    Sulla  etiologia del noma.  Policlin., Roma, 1902. ix, sez.
    med.,  1-11, 1 pl. ------.  Ricerche  batteriologiche  in sei
    nuovi caai di noma.  Ibid., 429-444.  Also: Atti d. r. Ac-
    cad. d. sc.  med. in Palermo (1902), 1903, 29-45. —Walsh
    (J.)  Diphtheria bacilli in noma.  Proc Path. Soc. Phila.,
    1900-1901, n. s., iv,  179-186.

  tIoiiIIi  (Gangrene of, Treatment  of).
\      See, also, Mouth  (Gangrene  of,  Treatment of,
    Operatire).
      Cahall (W. C.) Gangrenous stomatitis treated with
    anti-streptococcus serum.  Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 405-407.—
    Cardnmatis (J.)  Un cas de noma, gueri radicalement
    par une methode particulate.   Bull. Soc. de pediat. de
    Par.,  1903, v, 134.  Also: (Jrec.e med., Syra, 1903, v, 12.
    Also: Med. orient., Par., 1903, vii, 51.—Cavazzani (O.)
    Sulla terapia del noma; considerazioni pratiche.  Riv. ve-
    netadi sc. med., Venezia, 1900, xxxii, 481-498.—Cornwall
    (T. L )  An unusual case of cancrum oris; recovery after
    extensive  loss of tissue.  South. Clinic, Richmond. 1893,
    xvi, 225.—Cousins (J. W.)  Caucrum oris, followed by
    extensive ulceration of the cheek and ankylosis of the jaw;
    recovery.   Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1893, i, 739.—Eliot (L.)
    Stomatitis  gangrenosa; a new treatment.   Med. & Surg.
    Reporter.  Pbila.,  1889,  lx, 225.— Fi-oelich.  Petite fllle
    guerie d'une stomatite gangreneuse.   Soc.  de  m6d. de
    Nancy.  C.-r. . . . Mem., 1895-6,  p. iii. — Galliard (L.)
    Prognose und Behandlung des Noma.  Allg. Wien. med.
    Ztg., 1896,  xii, 498; 510; 522.  Also, transl. [Abstr. |: Med.
    mod., Par., 1896, vii. 577.—Gerloczy (Z.)  Scarlatindhoz
    t&rsult noma gyogult esete;  az ellokodott &llkapocsr£szlet
    helyettesit6se prothesissel.  [A cured caseof noma asso-
    ciated with scarlatina;  with prothesis of dislocated lower
    jaw.J  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1900,  xliv, 31. — Godet.
    L'eau oxygenee dans  la stoniatite gangreneuse.  Anjou
    med., Angers, 1902, ix, 189.—Joachim (W.)  Analyse
    des Noma, dessen Ursache, Wesen und Behandlung mit
    chlorsaurem  Kali.  Ztschr. f. Nat.- u.  Heilk. in Ungarn,
    Pest,  1851-2, ii, 193-195.— Kardamates (I. P.)  Tayypai.-
    vu>&rjs (TTOjLiaTiTis; vofxr) Sfpanevdeio'a. pi£iKu>; fit* t£ias jneOd-
    6ou.   'larpiKT) n-poofios, 'Ep Supu, 1903, viii, 5-8. — Martin
    (E.)  Un cas de noma gueri.  Rev. med.dela Suisse Rom.,
    Geneve, 1897, xvii, 311-316. — Motschan (W. O.)  Hei-
    lung  der  Noma durch rotes Licht.  Berl. klin.-therap.
    Wchnsehr., 1904, 575; 600.—Pctrusehky.  Znr Aetiolo-
    gie und  Therapie der  Noma.   Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch.
    deutsch. Naturf.  u.  Aerzte 1898.  Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2,
    2.  Hlfte., 386-388.—Polynkoff(K. V.)   Sluchai izllcche-
    niya vodyanovo raka.   [Caseof noma cured.] Med.Obozr.,
    Mosk., 1899, Hi, 212.—RazvinoflT (M.)   Sluchai izlleche-
    niya vodvauovo raka.  [Caseof noma enred.]  Feldscher,
    St. Petersb.,  1899, ix, 145.—Kosenbach  (F. J.)   Behand-
    lung der Gangriiu und  Phlegmonen in der Umgebung der
    Mundhohle.  Handb.  d. spec. Therap. innerer Krankh.,
    Jena, 1896, iv, 51-74.  AUo: Ibid., 1898,2. Aufl.,iv,48-70.—
    Bundle  (E.)  Sol. hydrarg. perchlor. in cancrum oris. 
43                                       MOUTH.
MOUTH.
Houlli (Gangrene of, Treatment of).
  Brit. M. J., Loud*.. 1891, i, 354.— Nhvcitaer (R. E.)  K
  voprosu o liechenii vodyanovo raka shtshoki.  [Treat-
  ment of cancrum oris.]  Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1900, v, 270-
  282. — Straiiweu.  Noma gueri par  s6rum antidiphte-
  riqne.  Presse med. beige, Brux., 1901, liii, 420-422.—
  Suckliug(C. W.)  Recovery from cancrum oris. Illust.
  M.  News, Lond., 18*8-9, i, 83. — Sullivan (J. D.)  On
  stomatitis gangrenosa, with special reference to its treat-
  ment with liquor ferri subsiilphatis.  N. York M. J., 1890,
  Iii, 208. — Weill (E.)  Traitement du noma. Med. mod.,
  Par., 1897, viii,  209-211.— Wheaton.(S. W.)  Unusual
  termination of a case of cancrum oris.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1892, ii, 682.— Yates (P.) A Kingsford (C. E.)  Can-
  crum oris, and its successful treatment by the local appli-
  cation  of corrosive sublimate.  Lancet,  Lond., 1889, i,
  880-882.

Ifloulh (Gangrene of, Treatment of, Oper-

  ative).
    Deykolle (E.)   'Contribution a l'etude  du
  noma, et  particulierement de  son   traitement
  chirurgical.  8°.  Lyon,  1S97.
    AkhmetyeflT (M.)  Sluchai vodyanovo raka, razviv-
  Bhavosva poslle kori u dlevochki 5-ti llet i izllechonnavo vi-
  skablivauiyem ostroi lozhechkol.  [Noma developed in a
  girl 5 years old and cured by scraping with a sharp spoon.]
  Dletsk.med.,Mosk., 1899,v, 129-131.—Albertin & Pont.
  Du noma et de son traitement chirurgical.  Province med.,
  Lyon,  1897, xi,  157-161— Andreyeff (A.  N.)  Sluchai
  notuiposliekori; llecheniye: viskablivaniye ostroi lozhkol
  i protiraniye yazvi iodoformom; vizdorovleniye.  [Noma
  after measles; treatment: scraping with sharp spoon and
  rubbing in iodoform in the ulcer; recovery.]  Dletsk. med.,
  Mosk., 1900, v, 133.—Christovitch (Ml)  Guerison d'un
  cas de noma trfes grave par la resection complete du maxil-
  laire sup6rieur.  Bull. g6n. de th6rap. [etc.],  Par., 1890,
  cxix, 423-425.—Cressy (A. Z. C.) Caucrum oris success-
  fully  treated  by excision [and]  cautery.   Ann. Surg.,
  Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 289. — Deyrolle (E.i  Traitement
  chirurgical du noma.  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1898, n. s..
  iii,  820-822.  Also: Rev. illust. de poly-tech. med. et chir.,
  Par., 1898, xi, 263-266.—toii Banke.  Zur chirnrgischen
  Behandlung des nomatosen  Brandes.   Zahnarztl. Rund-
  schau, Berl , 1900, ix, Nos. 436; 439; 440. Also: Verhandl.
  d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Na-
  turf. u. Aerzte 1900, Wiesh., 1901, 147-157. —Springer
  (C.) Zur chirnrgischen Behandlung der Noma.  Jahrb. f.
  Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lx, 613-630.

Mouth (Glands of).
    Rozik.res  (K.)    *De l'e"tat  ponctue'  et des
  glaudes s6bac6es de la muqueuse labio-buccale.
  8-.  Toulouse, 1901.
    Bettmann. Ueber das Vorkommen von Talgdriisen
  in der Muudschleimhaut.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch.
  Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 398-405. — Bordas
  (L.) Claudes mandibulaires et glaudes labiales de Cossus
  ligniperda Fabr.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902,11.
  s.~ iv, 1313-1315.—Calderone (C.)  Contributo alio stu-
  dio delle glandole  a secrezione grassa nella mucosa orale
  dell' uomo.  Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi,
  572-581, 1 pl.— Colonibini.  Ueber einisre fettsecernie-
  rende  Driisen  der Muudschleimhaut des  Mensehen.
  [Transl.]  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb , 1902, xxxiv,
  423-437.—Delbanco (E.)   Ueber das Vorkommen vou
  Talgdriisen in der Schleimhaut des Mundes. Ibid., 1899,
  xxix, 353-367, 1 pl.—Graupp (E.) Anatomische Unter-
  suchungen iiber die  Nervenversorgung der Mund- und
  Nasenhohlendriisen der Wirbelthiere.  Morphol. Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1888, xiv, 436-489.—Heuss (E.)  Ueber postembry-
  onal Entwickelung von Talgdriisen  in der Schleimhaut
  der mensehlichen Mundhohle.  Monatsh. f. prakt. Der-
  mat., Hamb., 1900. xxxi,  501-513. —Montgomery (D.
  W.) &. Hay (W. G.)  Sebaceous glands in the mucous
  membrane of the mouth.  Proc.  Ass.  Am. Anat. 1897,
  Wash., 1898, x, 76-79.  Also, transl.:  Dermat.  Ztschr.,
  Berl.,  1899, vi,  716-719.—IVicola (B.) & Bieca-Bar-
  beris.  Intorno alle glandulae bueeales et molares.  Gior.
  d. r. Accad. di med. di  Torino,  1900,  4. s., vi,  712-731.—
  Bespishi (E.)  Di una speciale modiflcazione di ghian-
  dole della mucosa orale.  Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Mi-
  lano, 1900, xxix, 140-144.—Betzius (G.) Ueber die An-
  fauge der Driisengange und die Nervenendigungen in den
  Speicheldriisen  des Mundes.  [Ai«o;] Ueber die Gallen-
  kapillaren und Driisenbau der Leber.  Biol. Untersnch.,
  Stockholm, 1892, n.  ¥., iii, 9. — Suchnnnek.   Ueber
  gehauftes Vorkommen von Talgdriisen in der mensch
  lichen Mundschleimhaut. Miiuchen.med.Wchnsehr.,1900,
  xlvii, 575.—Zander (P.) Ueber Talgdriisen iu der Mund-
  nnd Lippenschleimhaut.  Monatsh. f.  prakt. Dermat.,
  Hamb., 1901, xxxiii, 104-118.   Also, Reprint.

iflonlli (Gonorrheal disease of).
    See Gonorrhoea (Communication of, Extra-gen-
  ital).     <
.Ho ii til (Hajmorrhage from).
    See,   also,   Artery  (Carotid,  Ligation  of);
  Haematemesis;  HEemoptysis; Menstruation
  (Vicarious).
    Belden  (H. E.)  Controlling hemorrhage of the oral
  cavity.   Dental Digest. Chicago, 1903, ix, 1198-1207. Also:
  Internat. Dent. J., Phila.,  1903, xxiv, 502-511.  AUo: J.
  Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1904.  xlii, 422-425.—Chappell
  (W. F.)  Haemorrhage from a circumtonsillar abscess.  N.
  York M. J., 1901,  lxxiii 371.—Charles (J. W.)  Haem-
  orrhage  from  mouth.  Kansas City M. Index, 1892, xiii,
  172.—Born (R.)  Ueber einige seltene Fiille von Mund-
  blutungen.  Wien. zahnarztl. Monatschr., 1903, v, 75-87.—
  Langinaid  (S. W.)  Submucous haemorrhage of the
  vocal cords. N. York M.  J.,  1897, lxvi, 278; 298.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Bosselti (D.)  Emorragia interna, preceduta
  di  un niese da un' emorragia  nel vestibolo della bocca.
  Odonto-stomatol., Napoli, 1905, iv,  111-113.

Iflontli (Hygiene  of).
    See,  also, Influenza  (Prevention of);  Mouth
  (Bacteriology of); Teeth (Hygiene of).
    Bell (V. C.)  Popular  essays upon the care
  of the teeth and mouth.  16°.   [Buffalo], 1894.
    Benvenuti ((J.)  Norme per  la buoua igiene
  della hocca e per la  conservazioue delF apparato
  dentale.   8°.  Firenze,  1899.
    Bianzino (G.)   Da conservarsi nelle famiglie.
  Manuale dell' igiene della bocca e modo  di con-
  servarsi i denti.   24°.  Torino, 1885.
    Boniquet (J.)  Higiene razonada de la boca,
  6 sea consejos utiles para su conservacidu.  12°.
  Barcelona, 1898.
    -----.  The same.  Pt. 2.   12°.   Barcelona,
  1899.
    Bourdet (A.)   Soins faciles pour  la proprete"
  de  la bouche et pour la conservation des dents.
  24c.  Paris, 1759.
    -----.  The same.   Soins  faciles pour la pro-
  prete"  de  la  bouche, pour la conservation  des
  dents et pour faire  eviter aux  enfans les acci-
  dens de la dentition.  Ouvrage oil  l'ou  donne
  aussi les moyens de  counoitre le charlatanisme
  d'un grand  nombre d'op6rations  qui se prati-
  quent  sur les dents, surtout a leur  renouvelle-
  ment et k leur  arrangement dans la jeunesse.
  24°.  Paris, 1771.
    -----.  The same.   Soins faciles pour la pro-
  prete de la bouche et pour la conservation  des
  dents,  suivis de l'art de soigner  les pieds, coute-
  nant un traite" sur  les cors, vermes, durillona,
  oignons, engelures,  les accidens des ougles et
  leur difformite.  12°.  Lausanne, 1782.
    -----.   The same, Leichte Mittel, den Mund
  rein und  die  Zahne gesund zu erhalten.  8°.
  Leipzig, 1762.
    Bkuneau (J.)   Hygieue pratique de la houche
  et des dents.   16°.   Paris, 1896.
    Coulliaux (L.)   Igiene  della hocca  e  dei
  denti.   Nozione elementari di odontologia.  12°.
  Milano, 1901.
    Dauoy (A.-L.) aine\   Hygiene de  la bouche,
  considerations generates sur  les dents et leurs
  inuladies, etc.   8J.  Limoges 4' Paris,  1851.
    Dellevie  (H.)   * Ueber die  Bedeutung  der
  Antisepsis im Munde.   8°.  Berlin, [1891],
    Didsbuky  (H.)   Hygiene.   Alterations pro-
  fessionnelles  do  la  bouche et des dents.   8°.
  Paris, 18H5.
    Di Taveau.  Igiene della bocca, ossia trattato
  intorno la tiettezza  della  bocca e la conserva-
  zioue de' denti.  Prima traduzione italiana, ese-
  guita dal  G.  Emiliani.   2. ed.   16°.   Bologna,
   1845.
    Fanton.  Le conservateur  de la bouche.  2.
  M.   12°.   Orleans, 1861.
    Feder   (P.)    * Ueber   den   gegenw iirtigen
  Standpunkt unserer Kenntnisse vou der Des-
  iufektion der Mundhohle.   8'-.  Jena, 1900.
    Foulks  (W. C.)  Practical information con-
  cerning the care of the mouth and teeth.  12°.
  Philadelphia,  1883. 
M01TB.                                       144                                       MOUTH.
VI on III (Hygiene of).
    Giiallax (A.)  * De l'antisepsie buccale et na-
  sale.  4°.   Paris,  1^)4.
    (Jreve (H.  (\)   Die Prophylaxie bei  Zahn-
  und Muudkrankheiten.  8°.  Munchen, 1900.
    AUo, transl. in: Prevent, dis., Westmiust., 1902, 707-797.
    Hkukxa znhov i rta.  [Hygiene of the teeth
  and mouth.]   16°.  S.-Peterburg, 1902.
    Krauss (H.)  Die Pflege der  Ziihue und des
  Mundes.    Die  verscliiedenen   Erkrankungen,
  deren Ursache,  Verhiitung und Heilung, nebst
  Augabe von  Hilfs- und  Lindernngsniitteln  iu
  Notfallen.  12°.   Bavensburg, [1*99'!].
    Kcnekt (A.)   In welcher \\eise soil eine ver-
  uiinftige  Mundpfleoe  ansgeiibt werden?  Ein
  Weeweiser zur Eihaltnng der  Ziilme  und  Ver-
  hiitung mancherlei Erkrankungen.  8°.   Leip-
  zig, [1902].
    Kunze (YV.)  * Ueber Desinfectioti der Mund-
  hohle.  8°.   Wiirzburg, 1894.
    Labonne (H.)  Comment on defend sa bouche;
  la lutte pour la conservation des  dents.   2. ed.
  12\   Paris, [1900].
    Laniol (G.)   * De l'autisepsie  buccale,  et
  sp6cialement de ses applications a  l'art  dentaire.
  4U.   Paris, 1895.
    La Tokre (F.)  Igiene della bocca.   Note  e
  ricordi.  16°.   Bergamo, 1^87.
    Lomonaco (A.)  L' igiene della  bocca,  soprat-
  tutto quale protilassi delle malattie da infezione.
  12^.   Napoli,  [189(5].
    Martinez (J. B.)   Tratado de higiene bocal,
  muy util para los senores predicadores, deputa-
  dos,  sen adores, abogados  y denias personas que
  han de  hablar en  publico, y tanibien ^ todas las
  fainilias  que padecen de la boca.  16°.   Barce-
  lona,  1879.
    Parfenovski   ( V.   I. )   * Obezzarazhivaniye
  polosti  itakhimicheskiiui veshtshestvami.  [Dis-
  infecting the  mouth  by  chemical substances. J
  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1894.
    Pa van  (C.)  Alcune norme  igieniche  per  la
  cura della hocca.   16°.  Padova, 1890.
    Pellegrino (II).    Del modo  di pulire  la
  bocca e couservare i  denti.  sm. 4°.  Venezia,
  1790.
    Perl, (R.)   Die Gesundheits- uud Schonheits-
  pflege der Ziihue und  des Mundes.  16°.  Briis-
  sel, 1887.
    Port (G.)   Hygiene der  Zahne und des Mun-
  des im  gesunden  und kraukeu  Zustande.  12°.
  Stuttgart, 1902.
    Hoy  (M.)  Therapeutique de la bouche et des
  dents;  hygiene buccale et  anesthesie  dentaire.
  10°.   Paris, 1-97.
    -----.  The same.   1(y .  Paris, 1904.
    Rose (C.)   Anleitung zur  Zahn-  und  Mund-
  pflege.   8°.  Jena,  1900.
    -----.  The  same.   6.  Aufl.  sm. 4°.  Jena,
  1901.
    Spohr.  Die natnrgemasse Pflege des Muudes
  und  der  Zahne.   Auf Veraulassung des deut-
  schen Vereins fiir volksverstandliehe Gesund-
  heitspflege und Naturlieilkunde hrsg. vom alten
  Wasserfrennd ... .  8J.  Leipzig, 1887.
    Van  Hoeck (J.)   Hygiene  de  la bouche  a
  l'usage des gens du monde.   12°.  Paris, [n. d.].
    Westenberger. Die  Pflege der Mundhohle
  und der Ziihue.   12°.   Leipzig,  1902.
    Arehinnrd (P. E.) Die desinncirende und entwicke-
  lungslieromeude  Wirksamkeit  einiger  gebrauchlicher
  Mundwasser.  Berl.  kliu. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxvi,  611.—
  Arnold (L. H.)  Some phases  of or;d hygiene.  Dental
  Rev..  Chicago, 1902, xvi, 711-717.—Bald win   (C. M.)
  Oral hygiene.  Ibid., 1895, ix, 617-032.—BarrowK (W. A.)
  Oral hygiene and mouth-washes.  Dental Cosmos, Phila.,
  1898, xl,  028-632.—Bethel (L. P.)  Beneficial results from
  oral hygieue and prophylaxis.  Tr. Fourth Internat.  Dent.
  Cong. 1904, Phila., 1905,  ii, 123-127.   Also: Dental Sum-
  mary, Toledo, 1905, xxv, 175-185.—Blache (R.)  Moyen
Month  (Hygiene of).
  pratique d'obtenir l'antisepsie buccale et pharyngee (ca-
  uule abaisse-langue de Guersant).  Med. mod., Par., 1895,
  vi, 737.—BoritiaiiM (A.)  Sulla disinfezione della bocca.
  Stomatol., Milano, 1903-4,  ii, 105-119.  Also: Riv. d' ig. e
  san. pubb., Torino, 1904, xv. 566-582.—Bozo (A.)  L'hy-
  giene bucco-dentaire de l'enfant a l'ecole et dans la familie.
  Progres med.. Par., 1904,3.  s., xx. 33-35. ----.  L'hygiene
  bucco-dentaire des ecoliers.  Key. de stomatol., Pur., 1905,
  xii, 11-18.—B refill (J.) Notes on the necessity of attend-
  ing to the hygiene of the mouth  amongst the pupils of the
  schools.  Am. Pub. Health Ass.  Rep. 1901,  Columbus. <>.,
  1902, xxvii, 280-296.  Also,  transl.: (ion. med. mexicana,
  Mexico, 1902, v, 5-14.—llrezonn y Tablarcs (P.)  La
  higiene de la boca en el soldado.  Rev. de  san. mil., Ma-
  drid, 1900, xiv, 586-593.—Brown (G. V. I.)  Care of ihe
  mouth in  ielation to prophylaxis of the digestive  tract.
  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 468-475.   Also:
  Am. J. Dent. Sc, Bait., 1897-8, xxxi, 97-104.— Kitsch.
  Ueber die Aiiyvendnug von Wasserstoffsuperoxyd  in der
  Mundhohleh, i bestehenden schweren puti iden Zustanden.
  Verhandl. d. deutsch. odont. Gesellsch., Berl., 1889-90, i,
  158-189.—Caliuctte (E.)  Des  infections bueeales et tie
  leur prophylaxie.  Bull, med.,  Par,,  1901,  xv, 297-299.—
  Calvo-Flores (L. A.)  La antisepsia de  la Imea como
  medio de evitar las infecciones locales y geneiales en  los
  ninos; agentes que pueden emplearse y nianeras  de lle-
  varla & cabo. Gac. m6d. de Granada, 1902, xx, 272; 318;
  366.—del Castillo (J.)  Higiene de la boca y la pidctica
  odontifitrica en el ejercito.  Rev. med.-hidrol. espan., Ma-
  drid, 1905, vi, 201-209.— Chiavaro (A.)   Due metodi
  (secco ed  umido) per raftinaie  1' oro.  Stomatol.,  Milano,
  1903-4, ii, 166-172.—Chompret (J.) Hygienedelabouche.
  Pressemed., Par., 1897, 75.—Clemens (T.)  DieVernach-
  lassigung der Mundhohle und des  Rachens  am Eranken-
  bett und in dem Krankenzimmer. Ein Beitrag zur Prophy-
  laxis der Infectionskrankheiten. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.,
  Berl.,  18c9, lviii, 725; 749.—Coraini (E.)   La bocca nell'
  edncazione fisica.  Atti d. Cong. ital. p. 1' educaz. fiz. 1900,
  Napoli,  1902,  i, 326-337.  Also, Reprint.-Cntts  (F. E.)
  Every-day oral antiseptics.  Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1905,
  xxvi,  251-256.—Davy (W. C.)  Oral prophylaxis. Do-
  minion Dent. J., Toronto, 1905, xvii, 157-169.—Fames
  (G. F.)  Oral hygiene.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1902,
  xxxix, 482-485.—Ellison  (A. E.)  On the  effects of the
  most popular mouth-washes upon the substance of the
  teeth.  Treatment, Lond.,  1902-3, vi, 409-416.— Faivre.
  L'hygiene de la bouche dans les colleges.  Kev. d'h\g.,
  Par., 1897, xix, 627-645.—Faught (L. A.)   Oral hygiene.
  Tr. Penn. Dent. Soc, Phila.,  1887, 61-68. -----. Oral
  hygiene.  Dental cosmos,  Phila., 1902, xliv, 1020-1023.—
  Francis (C. E.)  The hygiene of the mouth.  Tr. Am.
  Acad. Dent.  Sc, Phila., 1889-93, 256-272.  Also: Tr. Pan-
  Am. M.Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895,pt. 2, 1881-3.—Galippe.
  Instructions  coucernant les soins a. donner aux dents et k
  la bouche chez les enfants.  Bull. Soc. de me.d. pub., Par.,
  1885, viii, 108-171. -----. De l'hvgieue de la  bouche. Hip-
  pocrate, Par.. 1898, i,  252; 298 i 327.—Goadby (K. W.)
  A plea for oral hygiene.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 440-
  442.—Oodlee (R. J.)  The surgical aspect of oral hygiene
  and oral sepsis.  Ibid., 1367.—Grana (6.) Igiene della
  bocca nelle condizioni normali e nella protilassi delle ma-
  lattie infettive.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d.  gola e d. naso,
  Firenze. 1895. xiii, 183; 208.—Greve (H. C.)  Die allge-
  meine  Prophylaxe der Zahn-  und  Mund-Krankheiten.
  Aerztl.  Rundschau, Miiuchen, 1900, x, 229-233.   Also:
  Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Miiuchen, 19ti0, ix, 441-451.-----
  Mund- und Zahnptiege in ihrer Bedeutung fiir den Schutz
  der mensehlichen Gesundheit. Verhandl. u. Mitth. d.Ver.
  f. off.  Gsndhtsptlg. iu Magdeb. (1900-1901), 1902.  xxviii,
  120-122.—O root.  Ueber den scbadigenden Einfluss von
  Mundwassern auf die Mundschleimhaut.  Deutsche zahn-
  arztl.  Wchnsehr., berl.,  1905,  viii, 765-767. — Guada-
  gnini (A.)  Igiene della bocca in rapporto  ai secreto hoc-
  cali.  Stomatol., Milano, 1904-5, iii,  133-137.—Gnidelli
  (C.) L' igiene della bocca nella protilassi  delle malattie
  infettive.  Corriere san., Milano, 1901, xii,  284; 303; 322;
  343; 363; 384; 400; 405; 417;  449.—II. De  l'antisepsie de
  la bouche.  Union med., Par., 1890, 3. s., xlix. i::8-140.—
  Berber-Berg (C.)  Mundwasser. Zalinar/tl.  Rund-
  schau, Miinchen, 1904, xiii,  699; 724; 748;  772.— Howe
  (P. R.)  The value of dilute saline solutions in oral hy-
  giene.  Dental Cosmos, Phila.,  1905, xlvii,  52-54.— IIu-
  genschmidt (A.-C.)  ittude  exp6rimentale  des  divers
  precedes de defense de la cavite buccale contre l'invasion
  des bacteries pathogenes.  Ann. de 1'Inst.  Pasteur, Par.,
  1896,  x,  545-566.  Also, Reprint.  AUo,  transl.:  Dental
  Cosmos,  Phila.,  1896,  xxxviii,  797-815.   Also,  transl.:
  Catching's Compend. Pract. Dent. 1896, Atlanta, 1897, 322-
  337.—Igiene (L'(  della bocca. Cirillo, Aversa,  1902, x,
  99-104.—von Isoo.  Die Hygiene der Mundhohle.  Med.-
  chir. Centralbl., Wien, lh98, xxxiii, 81-83.—Iznkoff (R.)
  K voprosu o dezinfektsii polostii rta.  [Disinfection of the
  oral cavity.J  Zubovrach.  vestnik, St. Petersb., 1903, xix,
  no. 2, 22; no. 3,  26.—Jung  (C.)  Zur Frage  der  Schiid-
  lichkeit der Muudwiisser.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1894, xv. 697 — linchenevslti  (L.)   Higiena rta i  zubov.
  [Hygiene of the mouth and teeth.]  Feldsche^, St.Petersb., 
MOUTH.
145
MOUTH.
otolith (Hygiene of).
  1895. v, 264-270.—Kent (S.)   The bacteria of the mouth
  and tbe antiseptic properties of odol.  J. Trop. M., Lond.,
  1903, vi,  385-388.—Kesler (B. L.)   The hygiene of the
  mouth.   Dental  Reg., Ciucin., 1901,  lv, 343-355.—Kirk
  (E. C.)  Some considerations  relative to the management
  of the infant month.  Dental Cosmos, Phila.,  1901, xliii,
  462-460.— Krakowski (M.)  Kilka sldw o niezbedncj
  czystosci jamy ustnej przy ogolnem przeciwprzymiotowem
  leczeniu.  [Indispensable cleanliness of mouth by general
  antiseptic treatment.]  Przegl. dent., Warszawa. 1900, iii,
  243-250.—Krauiolin (G.)  A torokoblogetes vedelmere.
  [The protection of the throat by washing out.]   Gydgyd-
  szat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 568. — I^eiihardtson  (A.)
  Nya rou inom munhygieiien.  [Xew remedies for hygiene
  of mouth.] Eira, Stockholm, 1x91, xv,705-772.—Leonard
  (L.)   Recommending oral hygieue. Dental Rev., Chicago,
  1899, xiii, 25-27. — Loewe (M.)  Moderne Mundwasser.
  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc. ],1. Abt,, Jena, 1901, xxx, 831-838.
  AUo: Deutsche zahnarztl.Ztg.,Munchen,1902,Nos.lO; 11.—
  Lynri (S. A.)  O profilaktikle polosti rta.  [Prophylaxis
  of the oral cavity.]   Voyenno-med. J.,  St. Petersb., 1902,
  lxxx, med.-spec, pt., 2792-2806.—iflarcorclli (A.)  Igiene
  della bocca. Monitore med. marchigiano, Loreto, 1889-90,
  iii, fasc.  9, 880-M10.— TI ay lard  (A.  E.)  Disinfection of
  the mouth.  Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1899, iv, 307-312.—
  Miller (W. B.)  On the availability of certain antiseptics
  in the prophylactic  treatment of the oral cavity.  Dental
  Rec. Loud.,  1885, v, 289-294.—Miller (W. D.)  An at-
  tempt to construct  an antiseptic mouthwash.  Independ.
  Pract.. X. T.,  1888, ix, 175-182. -----. The bacterio-
  pathology of the human  mouth  and its  significance in
  relation to systemic  diseases.  Dent. Cosmos, Phila., 1894,
  xxxvi, 980-iVii.  Also:  Dietet. Sc Hyg. Gaz., N.  V., 1895,
  xi, 98-102.—Moderne Mundwasser.  Zahntech. Reform,
  Berl., 1902. xvi, 62.—JJIontefusco (A.)  La disinfezioue
  della bocca. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1897, n. s.,
  xix,  121; 161.—ITIorngas (L.)   Lavados alcalinos  de la
  boca; sus ventajas en las enfermedades febriles infectivas.
  Rev. de med., cirng. y  farm., Barcel., 1899, xiii, 289-295.—
  Miiller.  Wie  man zum Erfiuder  eines Mundwassers
  wird; Aerztliches und Mensehliches.  Aerztl. Rundschau,
  Munchen,  1903,  xiii, 380.— Tluller.  Sollen Seifen znr
  Mundpflege verwendet werden ?  Cong, internat. de med.
  C.-r. 1903, Madrid,  1904, xiv, sect, d'odont.  et stomatol.,
  760-763.—Mundwasser und deren Zubereitung.  Zahn-
  tech. Reform, Berl., 1899, xix, 238-244.—Naegeli-Aker-
  bloin (H.)  Zahne und Mundwasser.  Therap. Monatsh.,
  Berl., 1895, ix, 548-553.—de  Otaola (J.) Algunas con-
  sideraciones sobre el valor del agua fria en la higiene de
  la boca.   Gac. med. d.  Norte, Bilbao,  1895,  i, 125; 132.—
  Paschkis (H.)  Ueber die Anwendung des Saccharins
  in Mundwassern und anderen Mundpraparaten.  Oesterr.-
  ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Wien,  1890, vi, 124-129.—
  Pashntin (I.) Nieskolko slov o  higlenle polosti rta.
  [Hygiene of the oral cavity.]  Voyenno-med.  J., St. Pe-
  tersb., 1899, cxcvi, med.-spec. pt., 402-416.  Also, transl.:
  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, xxi, 133; 145— Pelnar
  (J.)  Bacteriologische Versuche iiber die Wirkung unserer
  Mundwasser.  Wien. klin.  Rundschau,  1902,  xvi,  197;
  222.—Pertat.   Hygiene de la bouche dans l'enfauce.  J.
  de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1899, vii, 785-788.—Pime-
  nides (G.-J.)  Etude  sur la fetidite de la bouche  et de
  l'haleine. Sehweiz.  Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Geneve & Ziirich,
  1891, i, 161; 248.—Polscher (A.)  Ueber die  Zahnwasser.
  Zahntech. Rundschau,  Berl.,  1901, No. 479.—Preuss (J.)
  Die Mundhohle und ihre Organe nach Bibel und  Talmud.
  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.,  1897, xviii, 143; 151;  169.—
  Beagor (F. B.) A plea for the better care of teeth and
  mouth cleanliness.   South.  Pract., Nashville, 1897,  xix,
  279-286.—Bcdard  (C.)  Hygieue de la bouche.  Cong.
  internat. d'hyg.  et de d6mog.  C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896,
  viii,  pt. 2, 567-570.—Kcgister (H. C.)  Oral  antisepsis,
  its prophylactic influence upon local and general diseases.
  Items Interest,  N.  T.. 1905,  xxvii,  187-199.—Keyburn
  (R.)   Prevention of disease  infection by microorganisms
  through the mouth and nasal cavities.  Am.  Med., Phila.,
  1901, i, 602-604.  Also:  Tr.  M. Soc.  Dist. Columb. 1901,
  Wash., 1902, vi,  141-149.—Khein (M. L.) Oral infection
  and  sterilization. J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1904,  xliii,
  660-602.—Bitter (P.)  Die Aufgaben des Pfleirepersonals
  in Krankenanstalten beziigl. der Mund- und Zahnpflege.
  Deutsche Krankeupfl.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, iv, 193-200.  Also:
  J. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1901, xvi, 104;  122.—Boe (J. O.)  Anti-
  septics in the mouth. Internat. J. Surg. & Antisept., N. Y.,
  1888, i, 10-19.—Kose (C.)  Untersuchungen  fiber Mund-
  wasser.  Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1899,
  xv, 415-444.  AUo: Zahnarztl. Wchnbl., Hamb., 1900-1901,
  xiv,  313;  321; 330; 338; 345.   Also: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. In-
  fectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvi, 161-192, 6 pl.   Also,
  transl.: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1900, xlii, 651; 745.  Also:
  Odontologie, Par., 1900, 2. s., x, 487: xi, 9; 71;  143; 161; 219.
  -----. Moderne Mundwasseruntersucbungen.  Centralbl.
  f.  Bakteriol. [etc.],  1.  Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 473-476.—
  Bohland (C. B.)   A few observations  on  oral prophy-
  laxis.  Dental Rev., Chicago, 1905, xix,  605-016.   [Discus-
  sion], 631-650. —Ro vid a  (C.) & Be Simoni (A.) La
  disinfezioue della bocca colle essenze odorose.  Stomatol.,

        VOL  XI, 2D  SERIES----10
Hloiith (Hygiene of).
   Milano, 1903-4, ii, 217; 273. — Ruzickn (V.)  Die hygie-
   nische Bedeutung der Mundwasser.  Monatschr. f. Gsnd-
   htspflg., Wien, 1902, xx, 257-262—Saalfcld (E.)  Ueber
   Muudwassertabletten.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
   Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz.,  1903,  ii, 2.  Hlfte., 483.—
   Seifcrt(R.)  Onderzoekingen van mond-wators.  Nederl.
   tandheelk. Maandhl., Roermond, 1894,  i, 73-79. — Sims
   (S. C.)  The importance of diet in  the  maintenance of a
   healthy condition  of the oral cavity.  Dental Rev., Chi-
   cago,1905, xix, 18-22.—Skottovre (A. J. F.)   Thehygiene
   of the mouth from the individual  and  public health as-
   pects.   Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv,  14-17. — Smith (D. D.)
   Oral prophylaxis.   Internat. Dent. J., Phila.,  1901, xxii,
   817-831.  Also: Dental Digest, Chicago, 1902, viii, 347-306.
   -----. Seven  years' work in oral prophylaxis.  Dental
   Brief, Phila., 1905, x, 326-342.—Somigliana (M.)  Sulla
   medicazione antisettica della bocca.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med.
   internaz. 1894, Roma. 1895, v, odont., 82-87. — Spalding
   (E. B.)  The need of oral prophylaxis, and  some results
   obtained bv it. Dental Reg., Cincin.,  1905, lix, 4112-503.
   [Discussion], 516-532.—Spokes (S.)  Tbe  care of chil-
   dren's mouths.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1374.  Also:
   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904,  n. s., lxxviii,  143.  —
   Steeves (Alice M.) Some facts about oral hygiene. Am.
   J. Nursing, Phila.,  1902-3, iii, 618.—Sticker (G.)  Mund-
   verdauuugundMilchsaurebildung.  Miinchen.med.Wchn-
   sehr., 1896, xliii, 617. — Szana (S.) Eloleges jelentes a
   sz&j- 6s garatiir egy ujabb  fertdtlenito mddszererdl.  [New
   method of disinfection of oral and  pharyngeal cavities.]
   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1893, xxxvii, 522-524.   Also, transl.
   [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1894. xxx, 125-
   128.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,
   1893,  lxii,  1177-1179. — Talbot (E. S.) Oral hygiene.
   Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899,  v,
   odont., 16-20.—Taylor (C.R.)  The  human mouth and
   its hygiene. Tr. Fourth Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila.,
   1905,'ii, 44-56.—Taylor (L. C.)   Sanitary condition of the
   mouth and teeth, with a business method of obtaining the
   same.  Internat. Dent. J., Phila.,  1900, xxi, 531-536.-----.
   Some phases of oral hygiene.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1901,
   xliii, 877-881.—Terrier.  Sur la vulgarisation de la pro-
   phylaxie des maladies  de  la bouche.  Cong, internat. de
   med.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'odont. et stoma-
   tol., 471-477. — Tomiyasu (S.)  [Infection  of the mouth
   and  oral hygiene.]  Shigaku Kensan, Tokyo, 1899, no. 1,
   1; no. 6, 1:1901, 1, 2 pl.—Trick (W. H.)  Mouth-washes
   and  the integrity of the  teeth.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1902,
   cxiv, 417-421. — Turner (W. J.)  The patient's part  in
   keeping the mouth clean.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1904,
   xlvi, 734-736. — ITnnn (P. G.)  Mundpflege und Kali-
   cbloricum.  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.,  Hamb.  u. Leipz.,
   1893, xvii, 466-469.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Zur Mundpflege,
   insbesondere bei Quecksilberkuren.  Ztschr. f. Krauken-
   pfl.,  Berl., 1894, xvi, 245-247. — Vitol (G. I.)  NIeehto o
   poloskaniyakh dlya rta.   [Concerning  mouth washes.]
   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 259; 297.  AUo,  transl.: Den-
   tal Brief, Phila., 1900, v, 322-333.—Wassail (J. W.)  Per-
   sonal care of the mouth.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1901, xliii,
   977-982. -----. Hygiene of the mouth.  Dental Rev.. Chi-
   cago, 1905, xix, 1017-1019.   [Discussion], 1044-105C—Wet-
   zel  (E. J.)  Hygiene  of the mouth.   Dental Cosmos,
   Phila.,  1899. xii,' 1257-1262. — Witzcl  (J.)   Beitrag zur
   Pflege des Mundes und der Zahne, mit besonderer Beriick-
   sichtigung des Kosmodont-Systems. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahiiarzte,
   Berl., 1904,  xxxiii, 285-310.—Wolff (M.) A szdj hygie-
   najd.t'61 az iskol&kban.  [The hygiene of the  mouth  in
   schools.]  Millen. orez&g.fogorvosicong., Budapest, [1896],
   60-65.  Also, transl.: Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d.
   1897, Mosc, 1899, v, odont., 1-5.

Mouth (Infection from).
     See,  also, Mouth (Bacteriology of).
     Hugenschmidt (A.)   * Etude  experimentale
   des  divers proc6de"s de deTeuse de la cavite  buc-
   cale contre Piuvasion  des bact^ries pathogenes.
   4°.   Paris, 189G.
     Krantz (J.)   * Eine seltene Infection von der
   Mundhoule  ausgeheud.   [Erlangen.]  8°.   Bu-
   dapest, 1^-9:!.
     Ritter (P.)   Zahn- und  Mundleiden mit lb-
   zug auf Allgemein-Erkrankungen.    Ein  YVeg-
   weiser fiir Aerzte uud  Zahniirzte.   2. Aufl.  8°.
   Berlin,  1901.
     Ball (M. V.)  The mouth is the via natura for the en-
   trance of disoase.  Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1897, xviii,
   724-728.—Bergtold (W.  H.)  The mouth  as a center of
   infection.  Dental  Cosmos, Phila., 1892, xxxiv,  120-127.
   Also, Reprint.—Boniqnet (J.)  La clinique demoutre la
   solidarity pathologique entre la bouche et le reste de l'or-
   ganisme.  Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r., Par., 1900, sect.
   do stomatol., 120-131. — Clifford (E. L.) Infection from
   the mouth.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894,  xxii, 53-57.—
   Colycr (J. F.) Oral sepsis and its  relatons to general
   disease. J. Brit. Dent. Ass., Loud., 1902, xxiii, 409-427.— 
MOrTIT.                                          146                                          MOUT^.
Hon th (Infection from)
   Faurc.  Un cas d'abces sous-diaphragmatique d'origiue
   stomacale (ncoplasnif ou ulcere).  Independ. med., Par.,
   1900, vi, 321. — Fcisler (J.)  Allgemeine septische Pro-
   cesse. von der Mundhohle eutsprungeii.  Med.-chir. Cen-
   tralbl., Wien, 1891, xxvi, 380; 398; 426.—Foster iS. W.)
   Disease of the oral cavity a  potent factor of general dis-
   ease.  J. Am. M.  Ass.. Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 68.— Frey
   (L.)  Le terrain en stomatologie: I.  Influence du terrain
   sur les troubles bucco-dentaires; II. Influencedes troubles
   bucco-dentaires  snr le terrain.   Rev. trimest. suisse d'o-
   dont., Basel <fc Geneve, 1903, xiii, 258-266.— dalippe (V.)
   A propos des infections d'origiue buccale.  Compt. rend.
   Soc. de biol.,  Tar., 1903, lv, 859-801. — Coodale  (J. L.)
   The local pathology of acute general  infections  arising
   through the lymphoid tissue of  the fauces.   Boston M.  &
   S. J., 1902, cxlvii,349-352. Also, Reprint.—Grain in (C. T.)
   The mouth as an  index to general pathologic conditions.
   Dental Rev., Chicago, 1901, xv, 25-29.—Greve.  Die Be-
   ziehung  der Zahn- und  Mundktanklieite.n  zu Ohr- und
   Naseuleiden.  Reichs-Med.-Aiiz.,  Leipz..   1903,  xxviii,
   427 — Iladerup (V.)  Om Selvinfektion fra Mundbulen.
   [Self-infection from cavity of mouth.J  Skaudiu. Tandla-
   karef., Tid-dcr.,  Kjobenh.',  1892, i, 54-67.  AUo. Reprint.
   AUo [Abstr.]: Ugesk. f. Lieger, Kjobenh., 1892, 4. R., xxvi,
   80-83.— Hart (A. C.)  Some of the pathological condi-
   tions of the oral cavity, and their importance in diseases  of
   the general system. * Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1900,
   xxx, 49-57. 3 pl.—Heist (G. K.)  Systemic  disturbances
   due to pathological conditions existing in the oral cavity.
   South. Dent. J., Atlanta, 1890, ix, 482-486.— Hunter (W.)
   Oral sepsis as a cause of disease.   Brit. M. J., Loud., 1900,
   ii, 215. ----. Oral sepsis as a  cause of  septic gastritis,
   toxic  neuritis, and other  septic  conditions, with  illustra-
   tive cases.  Practitioner, Lond., 1900, lxv, 611-638. Also,
   Reprint.   AUo:  Charing Cross Hosp. Gaz., Blandford,
   1901-2. iii, 34; 60.  -----. Oral sepsis as a cause of disease.
   with illustrative cases; a post-graduate lecture.  Clin. J.,
   Lond., 1900, xvi,  321-327. -----. Discussion on oral sepsis
   as a cause of disease in relation to general  medicine.  Brit.
   M. J., Lond.,  1904. ii, 1358-1371. — Kalivoda (K.)  Die
   Bedeutung der Schleimhaut des  Mundes und des Rachens
   bei Infectiouskrankheiten.   Ungar.  med. Presse, Buda-
    Eest, 1901, vi, 663.—Lambinon,  Danger des infections
    uccales.  J. d'acconch., Liege,  1901,  xxii, 244.—Layton
   (G.)  L'infection d'origiue buccale.  Policlin., Brux., 1897,
   vi, 181-lhY—liebidinsky.   Milieu buccal, son equilibre
   biologique;  affections sp6ciflques et polymicrobienues.
   Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r., Par.,  1900, sect, de  stoma-
   tol., 157-172. —Miller (W. D.)   The human mouth as a
   focus of infection. Dental Cosmos,  Phila., 1891, xxxiii,
   089; 789; 913,  5 pl. AUo. Reprint.  Also: J. Laryngol.,
   Lond., 1891, v, 363-378.  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1891,'ii, 340-
   342. AUo:  Tr. vii. Internat.  Cong. Ilyg.  & Demog. 1891,
   Lond.. 1892, ii, 42-57.—AUo, transl.  [Abstr.J: Zahnarztl.
   Wchnbl., Hamb.,  1891, v. 87; 93.—ITlizuno (K.)  [The
   mouth as the origin of infection.1  Shikwagakuho, Tokyo,
   1903, viii, no. 10, 9-15.—Owen (E.)  Oral sepsis as a fac-
   tor in the causation of disease. Med. Press &Circ, Lond.,
   1903, ii. s., lxxv, 537. — Paterson (D. R.)  Supratonsillar
   fossa  as  the starting  point of infection.   Laryngoscope,
   St. Louis, 1898, v, 15-25. — Penny (A.)   Oral sepsis as a
   factor in  the causation of disease.  Med. Press & Circ,
   Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 506-508. — Ritter (P.)  Fiir das
   Gedeihender Bevolkeruug ist eine viel hohere Wiirdigung
   der Zahn- und Mundhygiene wie bisher uubedingt erfor-
   derlich.  Deutsche med. Wehnschr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1894,
   xx, Ver.-Bcil., 140-148. Also: Verhandl.  d. Ver. f. innere
   Med.  zu Berl., 1894-5,  xiv, 222-239. — Salisbury (J. H.)
   The relation of diseases of the  mouth  to diseases of the
   internal  organs.   Chicago Clinic,  1900, xiii, 493 - 500.  —
   Mehneider.  Ueber die Beziehungen der Mund-  und
   Zahnkrankheiten  zu  Allgemeinerkrankungen des Orga-
   nismus  und nmgekehrt.   Zahnar/.tl.  Wchnbl..  Hamb.
   1895-6, ix, 111.—Turck (F. B.)  Diseases of the month,
   nose, and throat as aetiological factors in  chronic  glandu-
   lar gastritis, with bacteriological  studies of the pharyn-
   geal vault.  N. York  M. J.,  1895,  lxii, 648-652.  Also, Re-
   print. — Wilson  (E.) La  sepsia  oral coino factor etiolo-
   gico.  Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la  Habana,  1901-2,
   xi,  176-191.

Mouth (Inflammation of).
    See, also, Kidney (Inflammation of, Causes, etc.,
  of);  Mercury (Toxicology  of);  Mouth  (Gan-
  grene  of);  Mouth (Inflammation of,  Parasitic);
  Mouth (Inflammation of, Ulcerative).
    Beyer  (A.)  * Beitrage  zur  Aetiologie  der
  Zahnverderbnis und Stomatitis in  Thiiringen.
  b  .  Jena, 1900.
    Beruabei (C.) Sub" etiologia  e terapia delle sto-
   matiti.  Bull. d. Soc.  Lancisiana  d.  osp. di Roma, 1893,
   xiii, fasc. 1, 125-152.—Boennecken.  Ueber Stomatitis
   und deren Behandlung.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
   u. Berl.,  1894, xx, 40.—Charpentier  (C.)  Stomatite
tlouth (Inflammation of).
  6rurique (Artault) ou stomatite causae par des chenilles.
  Odontologie,  Par.,  1901, 2.  s., xii. 221-223 —Cohn (K.)
  Der Einfluss der  Sprosspilze  auf die Eiterungen im
  Munde.  Deutsche Monatschr.  f.  Zahnh.,  Leipz.,  1905,
  xxiii, 662-667.—Colleville.  Sur uu  cas  de stomatite
  epitheliale chrouique traitee par l'eau oxygeu6e et par les
  courauts iuduits.  Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par., ^98, n. s . iii,
  277.—Comby (J.)  Do quelques stomatites de l'enfance.
  Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1888, vi, 385; 433—Des.
  eliamps(E.)  Du diagnostic des stomatites; de l'examen
  de la bouche  chez les  enfants.  Tribune med., Par., 1890,
  2.  s.,  xxii,  22;  37.—Devnux (E.) Alimentation  par  la
  voie nasale dans un casdeglosso-stomatite intense.  Bull.
  med.. Par.. 1904, xviii, 203.—Fiidelmnu (J.)   The met-
  abolic factor  in its bearing upon inflammatory conditions
  of the human mouth; stomatitis,  simplex  and complex.
  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1905, xlvii,  192-195 —Fnriner (F.
  M.)  A modification of Leiter's tubes  for the internal fo-
  mentation of the mouth.  Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1904,
  xlvii.  97-99.—Garrigues (II. J.)   Stomatitis due to the
  irritation of epithelial pearls in the mouths of newborn
  children.  Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1892, xvii, 138-142.
  AUo: Med. News,  Phila.,  1892, lxi, 373.  AUo, Reprint.
  AUo: Med. Rec, N  Y., 1892,  xlii, 411.—Genese (D.)
  Stomatitis from a dental standpoint.  Internat. Dent. J.,
  Phila., 1902, xxiii, 614-646.—Coodale (J. L.)   A consid-
  eration of the pathology of the so-called neurotic inflam-
  mations of the  mouth.  Anu. Otol , Rhinol. & Laryngol.,
  St. Louis, 1901,  x, 123-141.  Also, Reprint.—Hamilton
  (H. D.)  A  rare form of stomatitis with cutaneous compli-
  cations.  Montreal  M.  J., 1893-4,  xxii, 741-743.—Her-
  nandez Briz (B.)  La estomatitis infantil y su  trata-
  miento.  Rev. clin. de 1. hosp..  Madrid, 1891,' iii, 64-68.
  AUo: Rev. de terap. yfarm., Madrid, 1890-91, iv, 107-111.—
  Hirtz (E.)   Les stomatites uremiques et leur diagnostic.
  Semaine med.,  Par., 1902, xxii,  109.  Also, transl.: Gac.
  med. de Granada, 1902,  xx,  169-176.—Hutchinson (J.)
  On  some cases of chronic  follicular  stomatitis.   Arch.
  Surg., Lond., 1895, vi, 368-376.—Ingersoll (L. C.)  The in-
  flammatoryprocesses in the oral tissues,  ix. Tr. Internat.
 .M. Cong., Wash., 1887, v, 530-547. —Jacob! (A.)  Stoma-
  titis neurotica chronica.  Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1894,
  ix, 279-287.  AUo, Tieprint.   AUo: Canada Lancet, To-
  ronto, 1894-5,  xxvii, 202-207.—Jenks  (H. H.)  Note on a
  series of cases of stomatitis.  Arch. Pediat., Is'. Y.,  1905,
  xxii, 837-841.—fjeclercq (L.)   Diagnostic differentiel des
  stomatites iufautiles et leur traitement.  Clinique. Brux.,
  1899, xiii, 621-025.  AUo: J. de med. de Par.,  1899, 2. s.,
  xi, 421-423.  Also [Abstr] :  Rev. prat. d. trav. de  med.,
  Par., 1899,  lvi,  281.—Levy  (F.)  Semeiologie  des stoma-
  tites.  Gaz.d.hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 629-635.—JLnslverk
  (E. Y.)  Sluchai ostravo  vospaleniya  zhelyoz  rotovol
  polosti vslledstviye obrazovaniya  slyunnavo  kamnya v
  pravom Vartonovom kanalle.  [Acute inflammation of the
  glands of the oral cavity in consequence of formation  of
  salivary calculus in Wharton's duct.]   Med. besieda, Vo-
  ronezh, 1904, xviii, 43-45.—iVIainguy.  Stomato-giugivite
  septique oceasionnee et entreteuue par Involution de  la
  dent de sagesse.  Rev. de  stomatol., Par.,  1900, vii,  314.—
  ITIarlyu (G. K.)  Stomatitis following the administra-
  tion of antipyrin.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii,  807.—Wla-
  tousek (J.)  Stomatitis catarrhalis et diphtheritis linguae
  po otrsiveni plynem z kamenneho uhli.  [.. . after poisoning
  by gas from stone coal. J  Casop. lek. fiesk.,v Praze, 1868,vii,
  11; 17.—Munro (J. C.) Cases of acute oral inflammation.
  Med. &, Surg.  Rep. Host. City Hosp., 1900, xi, 104-108.  AUo:
  Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxlii'i. 597.—lVourse (C.) Obstruc-
  tion of  Steno's  duct caused by stomatitis.  Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1900, ii, 663.—Prosad (J.)   Case of severe chronic
  stomatitis.  Indian M.  Rec, Calcutta,  1902, xxiii,  11.—
  Bitter  (P.)  Ueber  Mundentzi'iiidungen.  Zahnarztl.
  Wchnbl., Hamb., 1892, vi, 50—Stein hard t.  Bindehaut-
  und llornhautentziindung im Gefolge von Stomatitis pus-
  tulosa infectiosa.  Ztschr. f. Yeteriuark., Berl., 1905, xvii,
  498.—Susugi  (M.)   [Suppurating infiamroation of the
  buccal cavity.]   Iji Shiubun, Tokio, 1899, 231-240.—Vin-
  cent (II.)  Etiologie  des  stomatites secondaires, particu-
  lierement de  la stomatite mercurielle.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1905,  lviii, 774.—Willcox (R.)  Some im-
  mediate and  remote effects of suppuration in  the mouth
  and jaws.  Brit. Dent. J.,  Loud.,  1903, xxiv, 733-736.—
  Wiukclmann (K.)   Ein Fall von  Stomatitis chronica
  mit  todtlichem Ausgang.  Deutsche  Ztschr. f.  Chir.,
  Leipz..  1894,  xxxix, 117-124.—Wharton (J. C.)   Simple
  stomatitis tieated with  Lilvcothymoline.  Med. Times,  N.
  Y., 1897, xxv, 79.—Zasukhin.   [O  dvukh sluchayakh
  podyazichnol   flegmoni.]    [Two   cases  of  sublingual
  phlegmon.]   Med. pribav. k morsk. sboruiku, St. Petersb.,
  1905, 387.

Mouth (Inflammation of, Aphthous).
     See Mouth (Inflammation of, Parasitic).

Moil III (Inflammation of, Gangrenous).
     See Mouth (Gangrene of). 
MOUTH.
147
MOUTH.
Mouth (Inflammation of,  Parasitic).
    See,  also, Aphthae.
    Armand (M.-T.-L.)   * Recherches bacteriolo-
  giques et cliniques sur la stomatite diphteroide.
  8°.   Bordeaux, 1898.
    Biancale (F.)  La febbre aftosa sul territorio
  romiino  ed il solfato di rame.   8J.  Frosinone,
  1*98.
    Christlieb  ( O. )   * Ueber  Stomatitis  und
  Vulvitis aphtbosa.   8°.   l\'iirzburg, 1895.
    Cocar (G.)  * Contribution a l'6tude du phleg-
  mon infectieux du plaucher de la bouche (angine
  de Ludwig).   8°.   Paris, 1899.
    Cohendy (F.)  * Sur le traitement du mugnet
  chez le nouveau-ne\   8°.  Paris, 1899.
    Daireuva (M. P.)  * Recherches sur le  cham-
  pignon  du mujjuet  et  son  pouvoir pathogeue.
  8°.  Nancy, 1899.
    Gentilhe  (J.-D.)   *De la stomatite imp6ti-
  ginense.   4°.   Bordeaux, 1894.
    Giletti  (A.)  Tricofititisi primitiva della mu-
  cosa boccale.   roy.  8°.   Torino, 1895.
    Guibert(S.)   * De la  perleche. 4°.   Toulouse,
  189(1.
    Hirsch([M.]P.)  * Ueber die aphthose'Mund-
  entziindung.  8°.   Leipzig,  1904.
    Krug (H.)  * Beitrag  znr Stomatitis aphthosa.
  8C.  Kiel, 1901.
    Lebedinsky  (J.)  *Les gingivostomatites et
  le polymicrobisme buccal.   8°.   Paris, lf*98.
    Lebox (G.)   * Etude sur la stomatite herp6ti-
  que chez les enfants.   8-.  Paris, 1893.
    Lecuyer ( A. )   La fievre  aphteuse; sa pro-
  phylaxie et  les moyens rationnels de  l'e*viter.
  8C/  Paris, 1901.
    Ostrovsky (E.)   Recherches exp^rimentales
  sur  l'infection gen6rale produite par le  cham-
  pignon du  niuguet parallele pathogenique entre
  la iualadie  mycotique et l'infection  bacterieune.
  4Z.  Paris, 1896.
    Pineau (J.)  *Le niuguet  infectieux, et plus
  particulieremeut le muguet infectant ou ge"ne"ra-
  lisation du muguet, chez l'homme.  8°.   Paris,
  1898.
    Planche ( R. ) "  *La perleche.   8°.   Paris,
  1897.
    Pommeret (J.)   *La fievre aphteuse;  sa
  nature; ses formes cliniques.  8°.   Paris, 1902.
    Poulaix (E.-A.)   * Contribution a l'e'tude des
  stomatites dans 1'enfance, et en  particulier  de
  la  stomatite dipht6roide  impe'tigineuse.   4°.
  Paris, 1*9-2.
    -----.   The  same.  8°.   Paris, 1892.
    Vallet  (E.-M.-A.)  * Contribution  a l'etude
  de la stomatite  imp^tigineuse, et en particulier
  de ses accidents larynges.   8°.   Bordeaux, 1-95.
    Albert (E.)  Sur une vari6t6 de stomatite epidemique;
  relation de trois 6pidemies.   Arch, de med. et pharm. mil.,
  Par., 1898, xxxi,  89-117.—Alvarez  (B.-G.)   Nature et
  genese des aphtes  de Bednar. Compt.-rend.  Cong, inter-
  nat. de rued. 1897, Mosc, 1898, iii, sect. 6, 376-381.—Apos-
  tolides (E.)  Quelques considerations sur le muguet k
  propos de deux cas d'angine oidienne observes dans le ser-
  vice  de M. le prof. Agr. Roger (Hopital des  infectieux).
  Arch, orient, de med. et de  chir., Par., 1899,  i, 307-316.—
  Artault de Vevey (S.)  Trois  observations de stoma-
  tite erucique provoquee par  les chenilles de Liparis ehry-
  sorrhaea L.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.. 1901, 11. s.,
  iii, 103.—Art hand (G.)  fitude sur lastomatite aphteuse
  et sur son influence dans revolution des affections chro-
  niques. Progres med., Par.,1901, 3. s., xiii, 121-124.  -----.
  Etude snr la fievre  aphteuse k l'etat epid6mique chez
  riiomme.  Ibid., 1902, 3. s., xiv, 417-423.—Balzer (F.) &
  OriflTon  (V.)   Stomatite diphteroide impetigineuse k
  streptocoques.  Rev. mens.  d. mal. de  l'eiif,  Par.. 1898,
  xvi, 23-31.— BazhenoflT (E.I.)  Stomatitis et  angina
  aphtosa.  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1890, i, 793;
  841; 883.—Beco (L.)  Contribution a l'6tude de la stoma-
  tite diphteroide infantile. Arch, de rned. exper. et  d'anat.
  path., Par.,  1896. viii, 433-444.—Belak (A.)   Sepsis  im
  Anschluss an  Pharyngo-Tonsillitis.   Pest,  med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest,  1900. xxxvi, 485.—Bene veil lo (A.)
  Studio sul mughetto dal punto di vista dell' etiologia e
Ho ii 111 (Inflammation of, Parasitic).
  della terapia.  Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1898, Torino, 63-
  65.  Also: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1898, lvii, 419; 427.—
  Bernnbei.  Stomatite aftosa da pneumobacillo di Fried-
  lander.  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1892, xii,
  11.—Bernard (H. W.)  Case of stomatitis  with septic
  rash simulating scarlet fever.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i,
  1203.—Bettniann (H. W.)  Cases of  chronic  aphthous
  stomatitis.  Interstate M. J., St.  Louis,  1902,  ix, 545.—
  Blaschko (A.)  Ueber Strophulus  infantum.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1895. xxxii, 231-234.—Boui-guignon &
  Boiirgiiignon (Hme.)  Formes  microbiennes  du mu-
  guet.  Compt. rend. Soc.de biol..Par.,1904,lvi,80o:  1905,lviii,
  308.—Brindcnu(A.) Stomatite diphteroidedesnouveau-
  n6s (plaques ptei vgoidiennesdeParrot).  Bull. Soc. d'obst.
  de Par., 1899, ii, 308-314.—Bureau (G.) & Fortineau.
  Recherches bacteriologiques sur la perleche. Presse m6d.,
  Par., 1902, ii, 747.—Carbone (T.)   Mughetto  e linfoma
  diffuso.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4.s.,vi,
  625-643. — C'attaert  (P.)   Recherches  concernant  la
  valeur antiseptique de quelques substances surle parasite
  du muguet (Endomyces albicans  Vuillemin).    Compt.
  rend.  Soc.  de biol., Par.,  1900, 11. s, ii, 500-502.  Also:
  Nord med., Lille, 1900, vi, 126.—Chaumier (E.)  Etiolo-
  gie  des  aphtes chez les enfants.  Cong, franc,  de med.,
  Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 585-597.—Concetti (L.)
  Biologie et pathog6nie du muguet.  Arch, de med. d enf.,
  Par., 1900, iii, 449;  517; 590.—Crozat.  Un cas de mala-
  die  aphteuse chez l'homme.  N. Montpel.  nied.,  1899, viii,
  374.—Dan los. M61anodermie parasitaire avec plaques
  pigmentees sur la muqueuse buccale.  Ann. de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1897,  3. s., viii, 1284.—David (T.)  La sto-
  matite aphteuse et  son origine.   Arch. g6n.  de med.,
  Par.,  1887,  ii, 317; 445.  AUo, transl. [Abstr. ]: Tr.  ix.
  Internat. M.  Cong., Wash., 1887,  v,  623.—Deguy.  La
  stomatite diphteroide impetigineuse  de 1'enfance. Rev.
  gen. de clin. et de therap.,  Par., 1899, xiii, 481-485.—Bel
  ftlonaco (C.) Iniezione di siero antidifterico in  un caso
  di afta cachettica seguita  da gnarigione.  Gazz.  d. osp.,
  Milano, 1903, xxiv, 142.—Desfosses (P.)   Traitement de
  la perleche.  Presse med , Par.,1897, 242.—Derail (S. H.)
  Herpetic affections of the mouth and pharnyx in children.
  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1892, i, 1064-1066. Also:  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1892, xix, 769.—Du Fasquier (E.) &
  Voisin (R.)   Les aphtes confluents de  la bouche chez
  l'enfant.  Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1903, xxi, 353-
  364.—Dutt (N. C.)  Jail stomatitis.   Indian  M. Gaz.,
  Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 165-167.— Escherich (T.)  Der
  Borsaureschnuller, eine neue Behandlungsmethode  des
  Soor.  Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien,  1899, n.  F., i, 298-
  300. — Eymeri (G.)  La perleche (etude bacteriologi-
  que).  Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r., Par., 1900, sect,  de
  med. de l'enf., 530-533.—Febre aphtosa n'uma creanca.
  Med.  contemp., Lisb., 1902, xx, 193. — Fest  (F.-T.-B.)
  La  perleche.  Pediatrics, N. V. & Lond., 1896, ii, 69.—
  Fischer (T.)  Ein  Fall von Stomatitis  aus klinischem
  und bakteriologischem  Gesichtspunkt;  Bacterium sto-
  matofcetidum,  ein   aerober  Faulnisserreger.    Ztschr.
  f. Hyg. u.  Infectionskr.,  Leipz.,  1905,  xlix, 329-404.—
  Forchheimer (F.)   The aetiology of  stomatitis aph-
  thosa.   Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N.  Y., 1892, iii, 243-255.
  Also:  Arch. Pediat., N. T., 1892, ix, 330-342.—Foucher
  (A.-A.)   Mycosis  de l'arridre-bouche.   Union  med. du
  Canada, Montreal, 1889, n.  s., iii, 117.—Fraenkel (E.)
  Ueber die sogenannte Stomatitis aphthosa, besonders in
  anatomischer und atiologischer Beziehung. Arch. f. path.
  Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1888, cxiii, 484-504, 1 pl.—Oastou &
  Chompret.   Stomatite aphteuse  ou herpetique.  Bull.
  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1904, xv, 47.  Also:
  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 137.—Good*
  ale (J.  L.)   A case of diphtheria of the floor of  the
  mouth.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1899, vi, 50.—Ordsz
  (G.) Adatok az ujsziilottek szaj|ien6szenek kdroktaiiAhoz,
  megelftzesehez es gy6gykezeles6hez.  [Contributions to the
  pathology of aphthae in the new-born; its prevention and
  cure.]  Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 18U5, xix, 558-562.
  AUo, transl.:  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, n. F., xlii,
  177-194.—Hall (A. J.)  Case of membranous inflamma-
  tion of tongue and mouth, with presence of the  staphylo-
  coccus pyogenes aureus and other micrococci.  Brit. M.
  J.,  Lond.,  1898,  ii,   153. — Hauptmann  (E.)  Zur
  Bekampfung der Aphthenscuche.   Oesterr. Monatschr. f.
  Thierh., Wien, 1900,  xxiv,  298-301.—Heard (R.)  Jail
  stomatitis.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1IH)4, xxxix, 358.—
  Henbner (O.) Ueber einen Fall von Soor-Allgemein-
  infektion.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,Leipz. u. Berl., 1903,
  xxix. 581; 604.  [Discussion], Ver.-Beil.,  217.—Houssay.
  Fievre aphteuse.   Arch, de med.  d. enf., Par., 1903, vi,
  153-164. — Hutchinson  (J.)   On herpetic stomatitis.
  Arch.  Surg.,  Lond.,  1899,  x,  86-91. — Illowny ( H.)
  Thrush.  Med. News,  N.  Y.,  1904, Ixxxiv. 396-399.—
  Jacob! (A.)   Bednar's aphthae.   Arch.  Pediat., N. Y.,
  1900, xvii, 29.—Jurist (L.)   A case of  pseudo-membran-
  ous (diphtheroid) stomatitis, caused by the streptococcus
  pyogenes.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, i898. xxx,  649-651.—
  Kjennerud (I.) Troske. [Thrush.]  Tidsskr. f. Jorde-
  raedre, Kjebenh., 1892-3, iii,  19-22.— Klani.iuii.  Ue-
  ber einen Fall von Mycosis des rechten hinteren Gaumen- 
MOrTH.
148
MOUTH.
Mouth (Inflammation of, Parasitic).
  bogens und der Uvula, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber
  Diphtheric.   Allg. med.  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1882, li,  1041-
  1043. — Kiirt (L.)   Zur  Behandlung des  Soor.  Wien.
  klin.  Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 899.—Labbc.   Traitement
  du niuguet chez les nouveau-nes.  Presse med., Par., 1899,
  ii, 346.— Lcbon (G.)  De  la  stomatite diphtheritique.
  Courier med., Tar.,  1894,  xliv, 65.—JLemaistre (J.)  De
  la perleche.  Cong, internat. de  med.   C. r., Par., 1900,
  sect, de med. de  l'enf, 533-536.—Lie tulle (M.)   Histoire
  pathologique du niuguet bnccopharyngien.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de  biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 691.—Levi  (A.)  Delia
  stomatite aftosa. Sperimentale. Arch, di  biol.,  Firenze,
  1896, 1, 255-283.  Also, transl. :  Wien. med. Bl.,  1897, xx,
  39; 59; 76.—Lewkowicz (K.)  O czystych hodowlach
  pratka  wrzecionowatego, zarazka wrzodnego  zapalenia
  jamy  ustnej.   [Puro cultures of spindle-shaped bacteria,
  the infective  agent of ulcerative stomatitis.]  Przegl. lek.,
  Krakow,  1903, xlii,  197-199. —Lincoln  (R. P.)  Oro-
  pharyngeal mycosis.   Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 556-
  559.—Mace  (0.) Le muguet k forme levure  chez le nou-
  veau-ne.  Obstetrique, Par., 1903, viii, 518-525.  Also:
  Ann. demed.et chir. inf.,Par.,1904,viii, 87-93.—Malherbe
  (H.)  La  perleche.  Gaz. med. do Nantes,  1895-6, xiv,
  69-71. — Mancini (F.)   Un  caso di faringo-stomatite
  fuugosa.  Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1896, 5. s.,  xxi, 317-
  322.—ITJaranlonio (R.)  Mughetto dei brefotrofii.  Atti
  d. Cong,  pediat. ital. 1892, Napoli,  1896,  ii, 303-307.—
  Marco del  Pont (A.), hijo.  Estudio sobre la inmuni-
  dad del muguet.  An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires,
  1904, xxvii, 331-340,  1  pl.— Merlctti  (C.)  Nuovo ed effi-
  cace, metodo di cura del mughetto esperito nel Brefbtrofio
  di Ferrara.   Atti Accad.  d. sc. med. e nat.  in  Ferrara,
  1902-3,  lxxvii, 235-238.  — Mongour  (C.)   Stomatite
  diphteritique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,
  1897, xviii, 536-538.  AUo: Presse med., Par.,  1898, i, 154-
  156.   Also: Bull. Acad, de med..  Par.,  1898, 3. s., xxxix,
  564-571. — Mraeek  ( F.)  Sclerosis ad angulum  oris.
  Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k.  Krankeuanst 1898, Wien u. Leipz.,
  1900, vii, pt.  2, 22H. — IVegrie.   Note sur la  perleche.
  Cong, period, de gvnec,  d'obst. et  de paediat.  Mem.
  et disc.  1895, Par.,' 1896, 1002-1005. — Neuhoff  (F.)
  Aphthous stomatitis.  St.  Louis M.  Rev., 1902,  xiv,
  235-237. — Neumann ( H.)   [Fall von   Bednar'schen
  Aphthen. ]   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1892, xviii, 503.  Also: Verhandl. d.  Ver. f. iunere Med.
  zu Berl.,  1891-2, xi, 282-286. — Oliver (H. R.)   Pre-
  liminary report  on a peculiar infection  of  the mouth
  and throat,  with a new  variety of oidiuin  resembling
  thrush.   Calif. State J. M., San Fran.,  1904, ii, 240.—Ot-
  suki. Untersuchungen  iiber die Aetiologie  der Stoma-
  titis aphtosa.   [Japanese text.]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch.
  zn Tokyo, 1901, xv,  15. Hft., 17-29. -----. Untersuchung
  iiber die Stomatitis aphthosa, mit besonderer Beriicksich-
  tigung der Behandlung.   [Ausz., 10.  Hft.]  [Japanese
  text.]   Ibid., 1903,  xvii,  437; 441.—Pagliari  (F.)  In-
  torno alia profllassi ed alia cura de! mughetto.  Riv. de clin.
  pediat.,  Firenze, 1904,  ii,  721-742.—Perleche.  Osp. d.
  bambini in Milano.  Rendic, 1899-1901,137-140.—Pollak
  (E.) Muguet idiopathique chez des adultes en bonne sante.
  [Transl.]  Arch, internat. de larynaol. [etc.], Par., 1905,
  xx, 419-427.—Ponticaccia (M.)  Ricerche sul  mughet-
  to.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 207-218.—
  Kayuiond (P.)  La perleche en m6decine 16gale.  Bull.
  med.,  Par., 1897, xi,  263-266.—Bocaz.  Des  troubles la-
  ryng6s au cours de la stomatite impetigineuse. Cong. p6-
  riod. de  gyn6c, d'obst. et de paediat.  M6m. et disc. 1895,
  Par., 1896, 996-1001.—de Bothschild  (H.)   Le  muguet.
  Progres med., Par., 1900,  3. s., xi, 132. — Schirmer (A.)
  Ueber einen Fall von  Soormykose beim Gesunden.  J. d.
  Zahnh.,  Berl., 1898,  xiii,  No. 11.—Schmidt (D. D.  S.)
  Fall von Stomatitis aphtosa.  Zahntech. Rundschau, Berl.,
  1902, No. 532. -Sendziak (J.)  Ein ungewohnlicher Fall
  von Soor der Mundhohle, des Nasenrachenraumes und des
  Larynx.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhiuol., Berl., 1896, iv, 421-
  423.  Also, transl.: Gaz. lok., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii,
  146-149.—Sevcstre & <*astou.  Sur une variete. de sto-
  matite diphteroide a staphylocoques  (stomatite imp6tigi-
  neuse).  Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1891, 3. s.,
  viii, 316-333. —Sicgel.  Die Mundseuche des Mensehen
  (Stomatitis epidemica), deren Identitat mit der Maul- und
  Klauenseuche der  Hausthiere  und beider Kraukheiten
  gemeinsamer Erreger.  Thiermed. Rundschau, Halle a. S.,
  1892, vi, 97-101. -----. Die Mundseuche (Stomatitis epi-
  demica, Maul- und Klauenseuche des Mensehen). Arch.
  f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1895, iii, 172-198, 1 pl.—So-
  laro  (A.)  Sulle ulcerazioni degU angoli della bocca dei
  bambini.  Pediatria, Napoli, 1900,  viii, 285-290.—Stembo
  (L.)   Ueber  die  epidemische Stomatitis, die  im Sommer
  1895 in Wilna geherrscht hat.  St. Petersb. med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  1896, n. F., xiii, 204-207.-Stomatite aftosa ed affe-
  zioni croniche.  Gazz.  d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 321-323.—
  Taylor (H.)  Stomatitis pustulosa contagiosa.  Vet. J.,
  Lond., 1902. n. s., v.  341.—Teets (C.-E.) Mycosis bucca-
  lis et  tonsillaris. J. Ophth., Otol., &  Laryngol. N Y
  1898, x, 157-159.—Thiercelin (E\) Contribution a l'etude
  de la stomatite diphtMritique.  France med., Par.  1892,
  xxxix, 385-387.  Also: Courrierm6d., Par., 1892, xlii, 236__
Mouth (Inflammation of Parasitic).
   Tissier (P.-L.)  Le muguet:  diagnostic,  prophylaxie,
   traitement.   Presse  therap.,  Par.. 1904,  i,  225-285.—
   Trauibusti (A.)  Su di un caso di stomatite difteroide
   da oospora.  Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara
   1899-1900, lxxiv, 239-246.   Also: Arch, de m6d.  d.  enf.,
   Par., 1901, iv, 65-72.  Also [Abstr.]: Rassegna internaz.
   d. med. mod.,  Catania, 1900, i, 204.—Trevelj an (E. F.)
   Ou diphtherial  stomatitis.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1900, i,
   898.—Vehslajge (S. H.)  Mycosis  buccalis et tonsillaris.
   Homceop. Eye! Ear <fe Throat J., N. Y., 1897, iii, 38-41.—
   Vladiniirotr (G. E.)  Liecheniye mcJochnitsi i vonyu-
   chavo vospaleniya  rta u  dietel.  [Treatment of aphthas
   and fetid stomatitis  in children.]  Med.  Obozr.,  Mosk.,
   1901, lvi, 640-644.—Voituriez.  La fbivre aphteuse chez
   l'homme.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, i, 569-579.—Vuilie
   min (P.)  Les parasites du muguet.  Gaz. d. mal. infant.
   [etc.],  Par., 1899, i, 89; 98.—Weber.   Fievre aphteuse.
   Bull. Soc. centr. de m6d. v6t., Par., 1899,  n.  a., xvii, 303-
   313.—Weiss (T.) Un cas defifevreaphtense chez l'homme.
   Soc. de med. de  Nancy.  C.-r., 1901-2, 41.— Wiesinger.
   Zerstoruug  des  Mundbodens durch einen entziindlicben
   Prozess.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903,
   xxix, Ver.-Beil., 299.

Mouth (Inflammation of,  Ulcerative).
     Fare  (F.-C.)   * Contribution  a l'6tude de la
   stomatite ulc6ro-membraueuse.  By   Lille, 1898.
     Lesueur (L.)   *Recliercbes sur  la stomatite
   ulc6ro-iuemhraneu8e;  l'augine ulcero-nienihra-
   neuse  a bacilles ftu-iformes et  spirilles et leur
   analogic.   8°.   Paris, 1900.
     Panoff (A.)   * Contribution a  l'6tude de 1'an-
   gine ulcero-membranense chaucriforme et de la
   stomatite ulcero-inembraneuse avec bacilles fusi-
   formes de Vincent et spirilles.  8°.  Nancy, 1899.
     Abel (R.)  Zur Bakteriologie der Stomatitis und An-
   gina ulcerosa.   Centralbl. f.  Bakteriol.  [etc.],  L Abt.,
   Jena, 1898, xxiv, 1-7. — Akholediani ( D. )   Sluchai
   izliecheniya vodyanovo raka.   [ Cancrum  oris  cured. J
   Ejened. jour.  "Prakt. med.", St. Petersb., 1900,  vii, 698.
   AUo, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
   1901, xxvii, 416. -----. Noviy sluchai izliecheniya vodya-
   vovo raka sinim pioktaninom.   [ New case of cancrum
   oris cured by blue pyoktanin.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903,
   lx, 354-356.—Albert.  Stomatite 6pith61iale  6pid6mique.
   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, 3. s., vi. 546-550. Also:
   Bull. Soc. franc,  dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 253-258.—
   Bernahei.  Sulle stomatiti infettive  ulcerose, e le pro-
   priety  febrigene  dei  prodotti dello stafilococco  piogeno
   aureo.   Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1892, xii,
   50-52.—Bernheim (J.)  Ueber einen  bakteriologischen
   Befund bei  Stomatitis ulcerosa.  Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol.
   [etc.],  1. Abt., Jena, 1898,  xxiii,  177-182.   AUo:  Cor.-Bl.
   f.  schweiz.  Aerzte, Basel, 1898, xxviii, 179-181.  Also:
   Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz.,  1898, n. F., xlvi, 434-449.—
   Blair (L.  E.)  A case of recurring membranous stoma-
   titis,  associated with  erythema exudativnm multiforme
   (Hebra).  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904,  xcviii, 305-
   314. AUo: Med. Rec, N.Y., 1904, lxv,729-732. AUo: Am.
   J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1904, viii, 118-
   122.—Bruno (S.)  Sopra  alcuni casi di stomatite ulcero-
   membranosa curati col cromato neutro  di  potassa, e brevi
   considerazioni  intorno alia  patogenesi  ed eziologia di
   questo morbo.  Faro med., Milano,  1888, i, no. 9.—Buard
   & Liaras.  Stomatite nlc6ro-membraneuse.  Bull. Soc.
   d'anat. et physiol.  de Bordeaux,  1897. xviii, 212-214.—
   Carpenter  (G.)  A form of ulcerative  stomatitis in
   children due to dental irritation.   Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lend.,
   1892, xxxv,  913-917. — Cocard.  Un cas de stomatite
   ulcero - membraneuse accompagn6e d'angine de Vincent.
   Arch. med.  d'Angers, 1899, iii, 558-566. — Ball' Acqua
   (E.)  Delia  stomatite ulcerosa.   Pediatria, Napoli, 1896,
   iv, 73-80. — Warier.  Stomatite ulcero-niembraneuse de
   Vincent.  J. de  med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 157. — Bopter
   (C.) Note sur la contagion de l'angine  et de la stomatite
   de Vincent.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902,
   3. s., xix, 403.—Epstein  (A.)  Ueber faule Ecken, d. i.
   geschwiirige Mundwinkel bei Kindern.   Jahrb. f. Kin-
   derh.,  Leipz.,  1900, n. F., li, 317-325, 1 pl.—Kyssnutier.
   De la stomatite uleero-membraneuse.   Dauphin6 m6d.,
   Grenoble, 1892, xvi, 66; 82.—Fotiadcs.   Un cas de sto-
   matite et angine ulcero-membraneuses associees, avec con-
   statation du bacille fusiforme de H. Vincent.   Arch. prov.
   de med., Par., 1899, i, 487-489.—Friihwald  (F.)  Leber
   Stomatitis ulcerosa.   Jahrb.  f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1889, n.
   F., xxix, 200-214— Oalippe (V.)   Des gingivostomatites
   septiques et en particulier de la gingivo-stomafite mercu-
   rielle.   J. d. conn.  med. prat.,  Par., 1890, 5. s., lvii, 188;
   195; 203; 210; 218; 228; 236. -----. Des gingivo- stoma-
   tites septiques,  et  en particulier de la gingivo-stomatite
   mercurielle.  Ibid.,  1892,  5. s., lx, 322;  330; 338. — iiuiv
   zctti  (P.)  Perl' etiologia e  1'istologia patologica della
   stomatite ulcerosa.   Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1899,
   xxiii, 1-23, lpl.—Hare (H. A.)   Ulcerative stomatitis.
   Med.  News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 796. — Ilirtz ( E.)  Les 
MOUTH.
149
MOUTH.
Mouth (Inflammation of,  Ulcerative).
  stomatitesd'apparence pseudo-niembraueuse et leur traite-
  ment; la fetidite do l'haleine.  Odontologie, Par., 1902, 2.
  s., xiv, 585-591.—Hutchinson  (J.), jr.  Ulcerative sto-
  matitis in a child:  miliary tuberculosis.  Tr. Path. Soc.
  Lond., 1886-7, xxxiii, 127.—Jarre.   Traitement des ma-
  ladies inflammatoires  et ulcereuses de la muqueuse buc-
  cale chez l'liomme par l'acide ehroniique.  Cong, internat.
  de m6d.   C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de stomatol., 231-237.  AUo:
  Rev. de stomatol.,  Par., 1900, vii, 546-552. -----. Traite-
  ment des maladies  inflammatoires et ulc6reuses de la mu-
  queuse buccale chez riiomme par l'acide ehroniique.  Rev.
  trimest. Suisse dVdont., Basel & Geneve, 1904, xv, 132-
  147. — Karwacki (L.)   Laseczniki wrzecionowate (ba-
  cilli fnsiformes Vinceut'a) i spiryle w  cierpieniach jamy
  ustuej.   [. . . and  spirillum in diseases  of  the  mouth.]
  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., xxiii,  532; 603.—Kelseh.
  La stomatite uleero-membraneuse 6pid6mique, envisag6e
  au point de vue de la pathogenie et de la pathologic gene-
  rale.  Bull. Acad,  de med ~ Par., 1904,  3. s., Iii,  159-180.
  Also [Abstr.]: Rev. g£n. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904,
  xviii, 517. — Iii in i ( S.)   [ Ulcerous stomatitis. ]  Saisei
  Gaknsha Iji Shimpo, Tokyo, 1903, 231-240.—Kiscl (A. A.)
  Noviy sposob liecheuiya  yazvennavo  stomatita.  [Xew
  method of treating ulcerative stomatitis.]   Trudi Obsh.
  dletsk. vrach., Mosk., 1897-8, vi,61-63.  .1/so:  Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk., 1898, xlix, 11-17.  Also, transl.: Arch.  f. Kinderh.,
  Stuttg., 1899, xxvi, 67-74.  -----. O  Hechenii vodyanovo
  rakaponovomu sposobu. [New treatmentof cancrum oris.]
  Khirurgia,Mosk.,1901,x,146-163.  AJso[Abstr.]: SvezdRos-
  siysk. Kh.irurg. 1900, Mosk., 1901, i, 53-55.-Lebediusky
  &'Lee  (C.)  Contribution Jb l'etude de la stomatite ule6ro-
  membraneuse.  Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1901, viii, 433; 529.
  Also: Rev.odont., Par., 1902, xxi,2; 51.—Le C!nlve.  Sto-
  matite ulcereuse. Gaz.m6d.de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii,(!0-C3.—
   Lee (C.)  Deux cas de gingivo-stomatite ulcero-niembra-
  neuse chez des albiuuinuriques. Rev. odont., Par., 1901, xx,
  174-182.—Lichttvitz\ Mabrazcs. Bacillesfusiformes
  de Vincent dans un cas d'amygdalite ulcereuse et dans deux
  cas de suppuration peri-buccale.  Arch, internat. delarvn-
   jetc], Par., 1899, xii, 134-137.—Loblowitz (J. S.) Ueber
   Stomatitis ulcerosa   Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1902,  Iii,
  2265; 2316; 2374; 2432; 24c7.—IVIcKenzic  (D.)  A fatal
  case of staphylococcus mouth infection (ulcerative stoma-
  titis) following measles in an infant.   Rep. Soc. Study Dis.
  Child., Lond., 1903-4,  iv, 135-138.—ITIalherbe (II.)  Sur
  le traitement de l'angine de Vincent et la stomatite uleero-
  membraneuse.  Gaz. ni6d.de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 174-177.—
   Marshall  (J. S.)  Infectious ulcerative  stomatitis.
   Dental Reg., Cincin.,  1899, liii, 360-368.   AUo: J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago,  1899, xxxiii, 1593-1595.  Also: Ohio Dent.
   J., Cinciu., 1899,  xix, 397-404.—Mayer (E.)  Affections
  of the mouth and throat associated with the fusiform bacil-
  lus and spirillum of Vincent.  Am. J. M. Sc. Phila., 1902,
   n.s., exxiii, 187-193. Also, Reprint.—Melville (S.) Some
   cases of ulcerative stomatitis. WestLond.il J., Lond.,1901,
   vi, 189-191.—Michel (A.)   Caso interessante  di stomatite
  ulcerosa.  Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1900, xxix,
   254-2r.ii.—Moizard Sc Grenet (H.)  Sur la  stomatite et
   l'angine ulcereuses.  Arch, de m6d. d. enf., Par.,  1904, vii,
   577-591.—Morel-Lavallee.  Sur un cas de stomatite
   ulcereuse sporadique rapidement guerie.  J. de med. de
   Par., 1902, 2. s.. xiv, 4*7.— Iloi ian  (K.)  Stomatitis ul-
  cerosa mid Angina Vincenti.  Miiuchen. lued Wchnsehr.,
   1905. Iii, 1584.—.rlotschnii  (W. O.)  Ein Fall des Was-
   serkrebses, gelieilt bei der Anwendung des roten Lichtes.
   Arch. f. Kinderh.,  Stuttg., 1904-5, xl, 241-155.—IXielot &
   iTIarotte.  L'angine et la stomatite a bacilles fusiformes
  de Vincent et k spirilles;  quelques recherches cliniques et
  bacteriologiques.   Rev. de med., Par., 1901, xxi, 317-352.—
  Nicolescu.  Sur le traitement de  la stomatite ulcero-
  membraneuse.  Cong, internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 1900,
  sect, de stomatol., 53-59.—Pagliano (V.) & Francois
   (L.)  Purpura infectieux au cours d'une stomatite ulccro-
  membraneuse.  Presse m6d., Par., 1899, i, 196.—Pott (R.)
  Die Mundfaule der Kinder und ihre Beziehung znr Maul-
  nnd Klauenseuche.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi,
  981-983.  AUo:  Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver.  Halle a. S. 1898-
  9, Miinchen,  1900,  37-46.—Salomon (H.)  Bacteriologi-
  sche Befunde bei  Stomatitis  und  Tonsillitis  ulcerosa.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv.297.—
  Sibley (W. K.)  Neurotic ulcers of the mouth (stomatitis
  neurotica chronica).  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1899,  i, 900.—
  Sircdey (A.)  Traitement de  la stomatite uleero-mem-
  braneuse par des cauterisations avec l'acide ehroniique en
  cristaux.  Bull, et  m6m. Soc.  m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1900,
  3. s., xvii, 963-967.   Also:  Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap.,
  Par., 1900, xiv, 677-679.-----. Stomatite ulcero-niembra-
  neuse, avec bacilles fusiformes et spirilles de Vincent,
  trait6e par le bleu de methylene. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d.
  d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1109-1113.—Siredey (A.)
  <fc iMantoux (C.)  Stomatite uleero-membraneuse sta-
  phylopalatineavec bacilles fusiformes et spirilles de Vin-
  cent; albuminuric   Ibid.,  1093-1097.  Also: Parole.  Rev.
  internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s.,  iv, 164-171.—
  Smithson (O.)  Phlegmonous ulceration of the mouth
  treated with antistreptococcus serum.  Brit. M. J., Loud.,
  1898, ii, 1813—Sokoloff (D.)   Vodyanol rak (noma) u re-
Iflouth (Inflammation of, Ulcerative).
  byonka, izllechonniypriprimieneniikrasnoieleklrieheskol
  lampi. [Noma in a child cured by application of the red elec-
  tric lamp.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900, xi,
  2077; 2132;  2179.   Also  [Abstr.]: Dietsk. med., Mosk.,
  1900, v, 215.—Surmout  (H.)  La  stomatite  ulceio-mem-
  braneuse; ses rapports avec l'angine de Vincent.   Echo
  m6d. du  nord, Lille, 1901,  v,  1-12.—Tobben.  Ueber
  Angina und Stomatitis ulcerosa.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1904,  xii, 554-556.—Tordeus (E.)  De  la stomacace.
  Clinique,  Brux., 1898, xii, 305-312.  Also: J. do clin. et de
  th6rap. inf., Par., 1898, vi, 361-366.—Trinlclti (A.)  Ap-
  pendice alio malattie della cavitit boccale e delle  glandole
  salivari.  Anginadi Ludwig.  Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap.
  med., Milano, [n. d.],  v, pt.  1. 79-101.—Valagussa (F.)
  La formalina nella terapia  delle  stomatiti  ulcero-mem-
  branose dei bambini.  Rassegna  internaz. d. med. mod.,
  Catania, 1900-1901, ii, 216-221.— Vi^dorehik (X. A.)  K
  voprosu o prichinakhidiopaticheskavo yazvennavo  stoma-
  tita.  [Causes of idiopathic ulcerative stomatitis.]  Vrach.
  gaz., S.-Peterb., 1901, viii, 689-691.—Vincent (H.)  Re
  cherches  sur l'etiologie de  la stomatite uleero-membra-
  neuse primitive.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1904,  xvii, 355-370.  Also : Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1904, lvi, 311-313. -----.  Rolede l'infectionfusospirillaire
  dans les lesions ulcereuses de la bouche.  Bull. Soc. franc.
  de dermat. et syph., I'ar., 1905, xvi, 110-112.   Also: Ann.
  de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 326-328.

Houth (Instruments for).
     D' Ajctolo ((}.)   The month-irrigator.   8°.
  Bologna, 1899.
     B'Ajutolo (G.)  L'  irrigatore della bocca.  Bull. d.
  sc. med. di Bologna, 1898.  7. s., ix, 555-562.—Bors (L.)  A
  new mouth gag.  N. York M. J., 1895,lxii,123.—Krichel-
  dorf (II.)   Mnndbeleucbtuugsspatel  mit  ausetzbarem
  Mundspiegel.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1392.—
  Mouth-opener (A) Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii. 1331.—von
  Pirquet (C.) Gefensterter Muudspatelaus Nickeldraht.
  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1904, li, 1693.—I'ossolo (A.)
  Um novo abridor de  bocca.   Rev. med. de S. Paulo, 1905,
  viii, 15. — Bavet.  Une nouvelle lanipe  eiectrique, ex-
  ploratriee aseptisable. Odontologie, Par., 1902,  2. s., xiv,
  431.— Holland.  Ouvre-bouche,  ou b&illon de Brunton,
  modifie par M. F. Robinson.   Ibid., 1903, 2. s., xvii. 616.—
  Boussy. Nouvel  ouvre-bouche. permettant d'ouvrir la
  bouche de l'homme sans  rien y introduire.   Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 442-444. — Ncholze (P.)
  Erfahrungen mit zwei verschiedenen  elektrischen Mund-
  beleuchtungs'- Apparaten.  Zahntech. Rundschau,  Berl.,
  1901,  No.  477. — Sternberg (M.)  Ein neuer  einfacher
  Mundspiegel.  Wien. med. Wchuschr., 1888.  xxxviii, 793.
  Also : Illust. Monatschr.  d arztl. Polytech., Bern, 1889, xi,
  11. — Stranahan (C. W.)   A new  oral speculum.  N.
  York M. J., 1895, lxi,  188.

Hloiith (Leucoplakia of).
     See, also. Mouth (Syphilis  of); Mouth (Tu-
  mors of, Malignant).
     Aufekmann (O.)  *  Ueber Leucoplakia lin-
  gualis et buccalis.   [Bonn.]   8J.   Witten,  1893.
     Borgzinner (P.)   * Ueber Leukoplakia  oris.
  [Wurtzburg.]   8°.   Paderborn,  1891.
     Clemenceau  de  la  Loqukrik  (G.-H.)  De
  la leucoplasie buccale.   8°.   Paris, 1893.
     David (S. )   * Ueber einen  Fall  von  idio-
  pathischer Leukoplakia oris.   8°.   Bonn,  1896.
     Legkand (L.-V.-H.)  "Contribution a l'etude
  de la leucoplasie buccale.  8°.   Paris, 189(5.
     Schoengarth (O.)  * Ueber Leukoplakia lin-
  gualis et  buccalis, insbesondere iiber ihr Ver-
  htiltnis znr Lues.  8°.   Breslau,  [1897].
     Barnard (H. L.)  A case of leukoplakia in  a woman
  who has not smoked,  nor has she suffered from  syphilis.
  Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 48.— Bnrthelcmy.   Note
  sur la leucoplasie buccale.  Cong, franc, de med.   Bapp
  Par., 1899, v, 794.—Beffel  (J. M.) Report of  a case of
  leucoplakia  buccalis,  with remarks on its histopatholocy.
  Chicago Clinic, 1902, xv,129-131.—Benard (P.) Contribu-
  tion k l'etude de la glosso-stomatite epitheiiale superficielle
  (psoriasis buccal de Bazin) et do son traitement  hydromi-
  neral. Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med. de Par., 1887, xxxii, 187-
  292. -----.  Des  stomatites et glossites  leucoplasiques.
  Gaz. med.-chir. de Toulouse, 1892, xxiv. 121; 129;  140; 147;
  153; 163;  171.  Also, Reprint.—Bockhart (M.)  Ueber
  die Behandlung der  Leukoplakia  bucco lingualis.  Mo-
  natsh. f.  prakt. Dermat., Hamb.,  1902, xxxiv, 164-166.—
  Cobb (F. ('.)   Leukoplakia.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.,
  N. Y., 1902,  74-79.   Also: Boston  M. & S. J.,'l902,  cxlvii,
  643, 1 pl.—C'oinbalat (P.)   Nature et traitement de la
  leucoplasie buccale.   Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par.,
  1901, xv, 370-374. — Coquet (A. T.)  Leucoplasia  bucal.
  An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1904, vi,  478-483.—Beubel.
  Traitement de la leucoplasie buccale.  R6pert. de th6rap., 
MOUTH.
150
MOUTH.
Mouth (Leucoplakia of).
  Par., 1898, xv, 594.—E rb (W.)  Bemerkungen iiber die Pla-
  quesnarbeu  (Epitheltriibungen, Leukoplakie)  der  Mund-
  hohle und ihre Ui sachen.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1892,
  xxxix, 739-741.— Fare (C) Leucoplasie buccale; son trai-
  tement.  Ann. med.-chir.  du centre, Tours, 1903, iii, 68.—
  Gan.  A propos d'un cas de  leucoplasie buccale; obser-
  vation d'un cas net de psoriasis buccal.  Odontologie, Par.,
  1904, 2. s., xix, 667-671.—Gaucher (E.) & Sergent (E.)
  Anatomie.pathologique, nature et traitement, de la leuco-
  plasie buccale.  Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path.,
  Par., 1900, xii, 465-501, 1 pl.—Glasgow (W. C.)   A case
  of leucoplakia buccalis;  recovery.  Tr. Am. Laryngol.
  Ass. 1887, N. Y., 1888, ix. 161-103.—Goodalc  (J.  L.)
  Leucoplakia.  Ann.  Otol., liliinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1900, ix, 406-408.—Gradenigo (G.)  Papilloma da leuko-
  plakia oris.  Arch. ital. di  otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo,
  1894, ii,  387. — Guerini (V.)  La leucoplasia boccalo.
  Odontostomatol., Napoli,  1903, ii, 1-11,.  -Jariovsky (V.)
  Leucoplakia lingualis et  buccalis.   Casop.  lek. cesk.,  v
  Praze, 1878. xvii, 305; 393; 401.— Kirehncr.  (G.) Leu-.
  coplakia oris.   Deutsche zahnarztl. Wchnsehr., Wiesb.,
  1898, i, 179-182—tiacoarrct. De la  leucoplasie bucco-
  linn-uale;  coexistence d'un psoriasis lingual et cutan6.
  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898. xviii. 817-826.—
  Licahy (J. W)  Leucokeraiosis buccalis.  Dental Reg.,
  Cinciu.,  1900, liv, 442-449.—Legraud.  La  leucoplasie
  buccale.  [Abstr.]   Clinique,  Brux., 1897,  xi, 307-309.—
   Lie ven  (W.  A.)   Ueber Leucoplakia buccalis.  Med.
   Woche, Berl., 1901, 251-253.  AUo:  Med.-chir. Centralbl.,
   Wien, 1901,  xxxvi, 393-395.—Liuaurr (W.)  Ueber das
  Yei  h&ltniss von Leukoplakia oris und  Psoriasis vulgaris.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 512-
  514. — Marie (A.)  De la  leucoplasie  hucco-linguale.
  Odontologie, Par., 1902, 2. s., xv. 437-444.—Marshall (J.
  S.)   Leucoplakia.   Tr. Dent. Soc.  N. Y., Albany, 1898,
  107-128, 5 pl. — Miller.   Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der
  Leukoplakia  oris.   Verhandl. d. deutsch.  odont.  Gesell-
  sch. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 184-191.—deMole.nes (P.)  Leu-
  coplasie bucco-linguale; symptomatologie,  pathog6uie et
  traitement.   J. do ni6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1898, lxix, 49-
  70.  AUo: Kev. d. mal. canc6r., Par., 1897-8, iii, 181-180.—
   IVeisser (A.)  Demonstration zweier Falle von  Leuko-
  plakia  oris.   Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch.,
   Wien u.  Leipz., 1894, iv, 625-629.— Osier (W.)  Buccal
  leucoplacia.   Montreal M. J., 1895-6, xxiv,  632-635.—
  Perrin  (L.)   Leucoplacie  buccale avec  6tat  papillo-
   mateux  de la langue et debut de degenerescence epi-
   theiiale; decortication de la langue par le thermocauter;
   guerison; pas de r6cidive deux  aus  apr6s l'op6ration;
  6tude histologique par le  Dr.  Marfan.  Cong, internat. de
  dermat, et de syph.   C. r. 1889, Par., 1890, 135-143. -----.
   Les leucoplasies.  Cong,  internat. do med.   C.  r., Par.,
   1900, Sect, de dermatol. et de syph., 464-496.-----. Traite-
   ment chirurgical des leucok6ratoses bueeales.  Internat.
   Cong. Dermat.  Off.  Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 829-841.—
   Philnretopoulos (G.) 2v/n/3oAr) eis ryv  airov&riv twv
   KevKOw\a(riiav tou <rTO/naTos ical T17; SepaTrei'as aiiriov.   'larpi-
   kos iiwvvTwp, 'Adf/vat., 1905,v, 22; 35.   Also, transl.: J.d.mal.
   cutan. et syph., Par., 1905, xvii, 81-92.— Pierce  (N. H.)
   Preliminary note on the  treatment of leukoplakia.  Chi-
   cago M. Recorder, 1897, xii, 178-181.—Boscnbanin  (S.)
   Two eases of leukokeratosis buccalis; comparison with the
   histological changes in a  case of tylosis palmfe et plantae.
   Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait'., 1904, xv, 47-50, 1 pl.—
   Boscnberg  (S.)   Ueber die Wirkung des Perubalsams
   auf die  "idiopathischeu" Leukoplakieen  und  sonstigen
   Epitheltriibungen  der Muudschleimhaut.  Therap.  Mo-
   natsh., Berl., 1888, ii, 449-453.—Shoemaker (J.V.)  Leu-
   coplakia.  N.  York  M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 958-964 —Schiff
   (E.) Ueber Leukoplakia buccalis.  Wien.  klin.  Rund-
   schau, 1895, ix, 113-115.—Schiitz (J.)  Ueber Leukopla-
   kia oris bei Psoriasis und anderen Dermatosen.  Arch. f.
   Dermat.  u.  Syph.,  Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xlvi, 433-446.
   AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch., deutsch.  Naturf.
   u.  Aerzte  lc98, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt.  2, 2. Hlfte., 327.—
   SiiinziaJc  (R.)   Nota  istologica sulla  leucocheratosi
   boccale (psoriasi boccale). Gior. ital. d. mal. ven.,  Milano,
   1894, xxix, 538-544, 1 pl.—Stein (O. J.)  Leukoplakia buc-
   calis, with report of case treated with X-rays.  Tr. Am. La-
   ryngol., Rhiuol.. &Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y.,1903,viii,560-563.—
   Toussaint  (H.)  La leucoplasie  bucco-linguale pr6ta-
   betique  (trophoneurose  muqueuse indicatrice).  Rev.
   gen. declin. etdeth6rap., Par., 1894, viii, 157-160.—Ver.
   sbiiiiu (D.)   K voprosu  o liechenii leuchoplakiae buccalis
   po  sposobu Bockhardt'a.  [Treatment of . . .  by the
   method of. .  .]  Russk.  j kozhn.  i ven. bollezn., Khar-
   kov, 1903, vi, 334-338— Vilauova (I'.)  Estudio clinico
   de la leucoplasia buccalis.  Rev. espan. de sif. y dermat.,
   Madrid, 1901, iii,  237-245.  AUo: Rev. de med*. y cirug.,
   Barcel., 1901, xv, 299-305.

 Iflouth (Lupus of).
     See Mouth (Tuberculosis of).
Mouth (Morphology of).
     Lucas (A. It.)  '•'■'Beitriige znr Kenntniss der
  Mutidyverkzeuge d> r  Trioboplera.  (Aus  dem
  Zoolog.  Institut zu Berlin.)  8°.   Berlin,  ]*9'3.
     Baer  (A.)  Development  of the mouth  and  teeth,
  based upon  original investigation.  Dental Digest. Chi-
  cago, 1905, xi, 325; 429. —Burner (M.)  Ueber  die  Ba-
  ckendriisen der Haussaugothiere.  Arch. f. wissensch. u.
  prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1893, xix, 149-179, 1 pl.—Beard (J.)
  The old mouth aud the new; a study in vertebrate mor-
  phology.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1888, iii, 15-24.  Also: Nature,
  Lond.,'1887-8, xxxvii, 224-229.—Burckhardt (R.)  Das
  Gebiss der  Sauropsiden.  Morphol. Arb., Jena, 1895, v,
  341-385.—Gaupp (E.)  Anatomische  Untersuchungen
  iiber die Xervenversorgung der Mund- und Nasenhohlen-
  driisen der Wirbelthiere.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1888-9,
  xiv, 436-483, 1 pl.—Hofniaim (O.)  Das  Munddach  der
  Saurier.   Ibid., 1905, xxxiii, 3-38, 1 pl.  Also, Reprint.—
  Holl (M.)  Ueber das Epithel  in der Mundhohle von
  Salamandra  maculata.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad.  d. Wis-
  sensch.  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien. 1886, xcii, 187-229, 1 p!.
  -----. Zur Anatomie der Mundhohle von Rana tempo-
  raria. Ibid., 1887, xcv, 47-86, 2 pl.—Keibel (F.)  Zur
  Entwickelungsgeschichte und vergleichenden  Anatomie
  der Nase und des oberen Mundrandes (Oberlippe) bei Ver-
  tebraten.   Anat. Anz.,  Jena, 1892-3,  viii,  473-487. —Rex
  (H.)  Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Muskulatur der Muud-
  spalte der  Affen.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1886-7,  xii,
  275-285, 1 pl.—zur Strassen  (O.) Zur Morphologie des
  Mundskelettes dor Ophiuriden.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901,
  xxiv, 609-620.

Mouth (Perforating disease of).
     See, also, Ataxia locomotor.
     Bai det (li.)  * Du mal  perforant  buccal.
  Hy   Paris, 1898.
     -----.   The same.  8°.   Paris, 1898.
     Baudet (R.)  La resorption  progressive des arcades
  alveolaires et de la voute palatine, ou mal perforant buc-
  cal.  Union  m6d.,  Par., 1894,  3.  s., lviii, 627-631. -----.
  Le mal perforant buccal. Gaz. bebd. de m6d., Par., 1898,
  n. s., iii, 493-495—Berthier (J.-C.)  Sur un  cas de mal
  perforant buccal.  Policlin., Brux., 1899, viii, 95-101__
  Blatter & Foumier (H.-C.)  Un cas de mal  perfo-
  rant buccal.  Odontologie,  Par., 1905,  2. s.,  xx, 213-
  218.—t'apdepont Sc Bodier.  Sur un cas de  mal per-
  forant buccal.  J. d. mal. cutan.  et syph., Par., 1903, xv,
  420-431.   AUo: Rev. de stomatol., Par , 1903, x, 232-242.—
  I'hngnoii (E. P.) Mal perforant buccal.  Am. J. Insan.,
  Bait., 1899-1900, lvi, 347.—Compaired.  Un caso de mal
  perforante de la boca.   Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol.  [etc.],
  Baicel., 1899, x, 164-169. Also,transl.: Re v. helxl.de laryn-
  gol. [etc.], Par., 1900,i,417-423.—Galippe(V.)  Le mal per-
  forant buccal.  J. d. conn. m6d. prat., Par., 1894, 137; 337.
  AUo: Rev. odont,, Par., 1894, xiii,338-350.-----. Note sur le
  mal perforant buccal.   Kev. de stomatol., Par., 1903, x, 467-
  473.—Gaucher Sc Bobrovici.  Mal perforant buccal et
  maux perforants plantaires tabetiques.   Gaz.d. hop., Par.,
  1905, lxxviii, 1239.—Gouguenheim (A.)  Buccal perfora-
  tion opening into the maxillary antrum.  Tr. Am Laryn-
  gol. Ass. 1888. [N. Y.]. 1889, x,60.—Hudelo.  Ulcere de la
  bouche d'origiue tabetique (mal perforant buccal).  Bull.
   Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv, 318-320.—
   Katsura  (H.)   [A case of  perforating ulcer  of rigljt
   angle of mouth.]   Saisei Gakusha Iji Shimpo, Tokyo, 1902,
   113-117.—Letulle (M.)  Mal  perforant buccal.  Presse
  m6d., Par.,  1898,  i, 161.—Marie (P.)   Maux  perforants
  buccaux chez deux tabetiques, dns au port d'un dentier.
   Rev.  neurol.,  Par., 1905, xiii, 549-551.—Mignon. Mal
  perforant buccal.  Bull. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1898,  lxxiii,
   308.—Zandy (C.)  Remarques sur le mal perforant buc-
   cal.  Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par., 1898, n. s., iii, 1204.

 Month  (Sublingual  growth  in)   [Riga's

   disease],
     A in berg (S.)   Sublingual  growth  in  infants (produ-
   zione sottolinguale, Riga s disease, Fede's disease, etc.).
   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., exxvi, 257-269.—Audard
   (E.)  La maladie de Riga.  Rev. mens.  d. mal. de l'enf.,
   Par., 1902, xx, 49-74. — Audry.   Un  cas de  maladie de
   Riga.  Bull. Soc.  m6d. d. hop. de Lyon, 1902, i, 129-131.—
   Berghinz (G.)  Sulla produzione sottolinguale o ma-
   lattia di Riga.  Riv. veneta  di sc.  med., Venezia, 1902,
   xxxvii, 445-449.—Berti (G.)   Sopra ad un caso di malattia
   di Riga.  Bull. d.  sc. med. di  Bologna, 1903, 8. s., iii, 216-
   220,  1 pl.   AUo:  Stomatc.., Milano, 1902-3, i, 685-689.—
   Brun (F.)  La  maladie de Riga; ulceration papilloma-
   teuse du frein de la langue.  Presse med., Par., 1895, 25.—
   Callari (I.)  Sulla produzione  sottolinguale, o malattia
   del Riga.   Pediatria, Napoli, 1900, viii, 145-156.—Cozzo-
   lino (O.)  Ancora dell' eosinofilia nella produzione sotto-
   linguale.  Pediatria,  Napoli,  1905, 2. s., iii,  360-363.— 
MOUTH.
151
MOUTH
Mouth  (Sublingual   groivth  in)   [Riga's

  disease],
  Beutsch (E.)  A Riga-f61e bantalom egy esteiol.  [A
  case of Riga's disease.]  Gyermekgydgyaszat, Budapest,
  1904, 74-77.  AUo. transl.: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1904,
  xl, 168-174.—Fede (F.)  Della produzione sottolinguale,
  o malattia del Riga.  Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1890. Na-
  poli, 1891, 251-260. — Fedele (N.)  Contribuzione clinica
  alia produzione sottolinguale, o morbo del Riga.  Pediatria,
  Napoli, 1900, viii, 157-168. -----. Intorno alia produzione
  sottolinguale, o morbo del Rigao malattia del Fede.   Ibid.,
  1904, 2. s., ii, 46-52. —Franzl (F.)  Contribuzione clinica
  alio  studio della malattia di Riga, o produzione sottolin-
  guale dei bambiui.  Arch  di patol. e clin. infant, Napoli,
  1902, i, 174-176. — Gaspardt (E.) Sc  Santi (E.)  Su di
  un caso di morbo di  Riga curato col  siero  antidifterico.
  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1581-1583.—Gazzotti (A.)
  Morbo di Riga.  Ibid., 1899. xx, 1473-1475. — Giannelli
  (S.) Sc Memini. Contributo clinico alia produzione sotto-
  linguale, o morbo del Riga.   Pediatria, Nadoli, 1900, viii,
  118-138. — Grande (E.)  Su di  un caso di malattia del
  Riga, o produzioue  sottolinguale.  Arch, di patol. e clin.
  infant., Napoli, 1902, i, 217-219. -----. Un 2" caso di ma-
  lattia del  Riga o produzione sottolinguale.  Med. ital.,
  Napoli, 1905, iii, 105.—Guida (T.) La malattia di Riga,
  o produzione sottolinguale;  etiologia e patogenesi; profi-
  lassi. Arch, di patol. e clin. infant.,  Napoli, 1902, i, 54;
  95.—Imerwol.  Un cas de maladia lul Riga.  Bull. Soc.
  d. m6d. et nat. de Jassy, 1902, xvi, 156-158.—Israel (P.)
  Sulla malattia di Fede, o produzione sottolinguale.  Pedia-
  tria, Napoli, 1901, ix, 492-497. — Koelzer (W.)  Produ-
  zione sotto-linguale. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1905, xxix, 265.—
  Meynier  (E.)  Uu caso  di produzione  sottolinguale.
  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 123-128.—
  Michael (May).  Sublingual  tumor in a baby  of 11
  months.  Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1905, xv, 76.—Orta (F.)
  Intorno al morbo di Riga; ricerche cliniche e sperinientali.
  Arch.di patol. e clin. infant., Napoli, 1903, ii, 14-20.—Pesa
  (C.) L' azione meccanica del bordo alveolare  nella pato-
  genesi dell' ulcera da  peitosse dell' ulcera della deutizione
  e del morbo del Riga.   Arch. ital. di pediat., Napoli, 1891,
  ix,  120-124. — Pianese (G.)  Ricerche  cliniche,  anato-
  miche e batteriologiche sulla cosidetta malattia del Riga.
  Riforma med., Napoli, 189.', viii, pt. 1, 627.— Plessi ID. R.)
  La produzione sottolinguale nei bambini.  Pediatria, Na-
  poli, 1904, 2.  s., ii, 898-905, 1 pl.—Bega.  A proposito del
  morbo del Riga.  Gazz. d. osp., Milauo, 1900,  xxi,  224.—
  Biga's disease.  [Edit.]   Brit.  M.  J.,  Loud ,  1902,  ii,
  628. — Biga's disease.  N. York M.  J., 1895,  lxi,  273.—
  Bosi (U.)   Malattia  del Riga.  Gazz.  med. lomb., Milano,
  1900 lix. 361-364.—Bossi.   Note sur  la stomatite follicu-
  laire heterometrique de la ligne mediane de  la voute pala-
  tine, appelee vulgairement, eu Egypte, bouton de l'en-
  fance.  Gaz. med. de  Par., 1862.  xxxiii, 29-31. — Sanger
  (J.)  Una grave affezioneorale egi/.iana. Odonto-stomatol.,
  Napoli, 1904, iii, 70-72. — Sonsino (P.) Sul hrufolo dei
  bambini in  Egitto; a proposito di una comunicazioiie al
  Congreso pediatrico di Roma.  Arch. ital. di pediat., Na-
  poli, 1891,  ix, 12-18.

 Mouth  (Surgery of).
    See, also, Dentistry;  Face,  Jaw, Lips, Sur-
  gery of; Mouth (Gangrene  of, Treatment of, Op-
  erative ); Mouth  ( Surgery of, Plastic); Mouth
  (Tumors  of,  Cystic); Mouth (Tumors of,  Malig-
  nant, Treatmentof, Operative);  Mouth  (Tumors
  of,   Treatment  of,  Opcatire); Mouth (Hounds,
  etc., of); Pharynx, Tongue, Surgery of.
    Civel  (V.)  *De  la  tracheotome  pr6ventive
  avec taniponneuient du  pharynx dans les opera-
  tions inte'ressant la  bouche et la cavit6 pharyn-
  gienne.   4°.  Paris, 1891.
    Garretson (J. E.)  A system of oral surgery ;
  being a treatise  on the  diseases and surgery  of
  the mouth, jaws, and associate parts.  3. ed.  8°.
  Philadelphia,  1*81.
    -----.   The same.  6. ed., thoroughly revised,
  with additions.  8°.  Philadelphia, 18115.
    -----.   The same.   Shikwa zensho.  Rinya
  Kawada, Kametaro Atsnki kio yaku.  [Complete
  book of dentistry.  Transl. by ..  .]  12°.   Tokyo,
  [18H6-7?].
    Grant (II. H.)  A text-book of surgical prin-
  ciples and surgical diseases of the  face, mouth,
  and jaws  for  dental students.   8°.   Philadel-
  phia, 1902.
    Jahn (A. T. F. A.)  *De operatione  synechi-
  aruin oris intemarum.   8°.   Lipsice, 1856.
Mouth (Surgery of).
    Kaposi (H.)& Port(G.)  Chirurgie der Mund-
  hohle.   Leitfadeu fiir Mediziner und Studierende
  der Zahuheilkunde.  8°.   Wiesbaden, 190(1.
    McCurdy (S. L.)  Oral surgery;  a text-book
  on  general  medicine and surgery as  applied to
  dentistry.  12°.  Pittsburg, 1901.
    McQuillen (J. H.)   Eiu Beitrag zur  Chirur-
  gie.  Deutsch von A. Petermaun.  8C.   [Berlin,
  1875.]
    lie pr. from: Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1875, v.

    Marshall (J.  S.)  A manual  of the  injuries
  and surgical diseases  of the face, mouth,  aud
  jaws.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1-97.
    -----.  The siime.   2. ed.   8°.  Philadelphia,
  1902.
    von Mikulicz  (J.) &, Gottstein (G.)   Muud-
  binde beim Operireu.   roy. 8°.   [n. p., n. d.]
    Cutting from: Encycl. d. Chir.

    Neikxuurg (M. I.)   Rukovodstvo k  ehastnol
  khirurgii polosti rta i  okruzhayushtshikh  yeyo
  chastel, dlya zubnlkh vrachel i uchaslitshikhsya
  zubovrachevaniyu.   [Manual on special surgery
  of  the  oral  cavity and surrounding parts, for
  dental  surgeons  and students.]   8°.  Varshava,
  1900.
    -----. The same. 2. ed.  8°.   Varshava,  1903.
    Beretta (A.)  Per la chirurgia della bocca;  speculum
  per operazioni endo-orali.  Stomatol., Milano, 1904-5, iii,
  587-589. — B loch  ( O.)   Praeliniinaar Trakeotomi med
  Tamponade af Farynx og Aditus laryngis ved Operationer
  i Mundhulen m. m.  [Preliminary tracheotomy and tam-
  ponade of pharynx and entrance to larynx iu operations of
  oral cavity, etc.J  Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1893, 4. R., i, 1137-
  1145.—Brandt.  Beitrage zur Chirurgie der Mundhohle.
  Verhandl. d.  Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 19()5,  xxxv,
  pt. 2, 221-236.—Brophy (T. W.)  Conservatism in oral
  surgery.   Dental Summary, Toledo, 1902,  xxii, 241-250.
  -----. Anatomical landmarks of special interest to the
  dental and oral surgeon.  Cong,  intern.it. de med.   C.-r.
  1903, Madrid, 1904,  xiv, sect, d'odont. et  stomatol., 125-
  134.—Brown (G. V. I.)   Some  oral  surgery  cases and
  the lessons they teach.  Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass. '1899, Phila.,
  1900, 383-396.  -----. Description of a case of oral surgery.
  J. Am.M. Ass , Chicago, I960, xxxiv, 601. -----.  A system
  for the surgical  treatment of hare-lip and cleft palate.
  Chicago  M. Recorder, 1903, xxiv, 170-175.   [Discussion},
  224-226.—Brown (H. M.)  A bloodless method  of operat-
  ing on the floor of the mouth.  Railway Surg., Chicago,
  1895-6, ii, 391-393. — Cali (G.)  Alveolotomia.  Odonto-
  stomatol., Napoli, 1902, i, 98-100.— Coleman (A.)   On a
  method of prolonging  anaesthesia  iu  operations in the
  month.   Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1898. xii, 529-532.—
  Cryer (M. H.)  The contributions of dentistrvto surgery.
  Tr. N. York Odont. Soc. 1896, Phila., 1S97,117-129. - Curtis
  (B. F.)  Operations on the mouth and jaws.  Post-tlradu-
  ate, N. Y., 1898, xiii, 189-204. —Curti* ( G. L.) A plea
  for conservative oral surgery, with practical illustrations.
  Dominion M. Mouth., Toronto.  1896, vii, 38; 145.   Also:
  N.  York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 833-837.  AUo, Reprint. -Davis
  (N. S.)  Dental and oral surgery; its relation to ihe gen-
  eral field of medicine and surgery, and the true professional
  status  or rank of the properly educated practitioner of
  dental  and oral suruery.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1900,
  xxxiv,  1519-1522.—Depugc.  Resection de la langue, du
  voile du  palais, de ramygdale et du pharynx par la voie
  buccale.   Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 189K-9, vi, 337-
  339.— DobNon (N. C. )  Cases of  oral surgery. Bristol
  M.  Chir.  J., 18K9,  vii, 108- 113 — Douglas. Crawford
  (D.) Common  surgical all'ections of the mnulh. Di-ntal
  Rec, Lond., 1904, xxiv, 210-219. —Dunn (W. A.)   Surgi-
  cal  diseases of  the mouth, nose,  and throat.  Med. Era,
  Chicago,  1896, xii, 207-209.—Fenger (C.)  A loop around
  the hyoid bone as au aid in narcosis during certain opera-
  tions on  the  lower  jaw and iu the mouth, and in after-
  treatment.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 673-682.  Also,
  Reprint.—Fillcbrown (T.)  Anesthesia for oral  opera-
  tions.  Tr. Fourth Intermit. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila., 1905,
  ii, 202-206.  Also : Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1905, xlvii, 310-
  313.—Fletcher (M. H.)  Oral and dental  surgery.  Tr.
  Pan-Am  M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt.2,1853-1857.  Also:
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 149-151.—Gaston (J.
  McF.)  Cicatricial stenosis of the month. Internat. Clin.,
  Phila.,  1897, 6. s., iv, 234-237, 2 pl. — Giuria.  L' aneste-
  sia  nella stomatologia. Cong, internat.de m6d.   C.-r. 1903,
  Madrid, 1904,  xiv, sect, d'odont. et  stomatol.. 516-519.—
  (wiiadagnini  (A.)   La  disinfezioue nella   chirurgia
  orale.  Rassegna med.. Bologna, no.  9,  2. —  llerzog
  (A. W.)  A new method to facilitate  operations in the 
MOUTH.                                          152                                          MOl'TH.
Mouth (Surgery of).
  mouth, for the purpose of minimizing the danger of aspira-
  tion of blood during general anaesthesia.  N. York M. J.
  [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 1039.—Hewett (A. C.)  Analgesics in
  oral and  minor surgery.   Dental Cosmos,  Phila., 1902,
  xliv, 476-4S4. —Iloiiigmaiiu (F.)  Ueber Anasthesie
  bei Mundoperationeu.  Deutsciie  Monatschr. f.  Zahnh.,
  Leipz.,  1905, xxiii, 461-471. — Hiibner (O.)  Eine  In-
  jektionsmethode  zur Erzielung  von Dentinanaesthesie
  und Schmerzlosigkeit bei kleinereu chirnrgischen Ein-
  griffeu iu der Mundhohle.   Deutsche zahnarztl. "Wchn-
  sehr.,  Berl.,  1904,  vii, 49. — Hugcnschmidt  (A.  C.)
  The hvpodermic use of muriate  of cocaine  in oral sur-
  gery. ' Med.  & Surg.  Reporter,  Phila., 1888, lix, 359-
  361.—Keen  (W. W.)  The advantages of the Trendelen-
  burg posture during  all operations involving directly or
  indirectly the cavities of the mouth, nose, and the trachea,
  with a report of two cases of epithelioma aud sarcoma of
  the tonsil. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 90-102.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Lanwcr«.  De la ligature preventive de la
  carotide  externe daus le traitement des tumeurs de la
  cavite  bucco-pharvngienne.  Rev. internat. de  rhinol.,
  otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, ix,  299-303. -----. De la
  valeur des injections  preventives de s6mm  antistrep-
  tococcique dans les operations qui portent sur la cavite
  buccale.   Ann. Soc beige de chir.,  Brux.,  1900, viii, 217-
  226. — licgraml  (A.)  Solution  auesth6sique-u6mosta-
  tique;  son emploi  en stomatologie. Bull. g6u. de therap.
  [etc.],  Par.,  1899,  exxxviii, 60-66.—Logan (W. H.  G.)
  Antiseptic surgery of the mouth and face.  Tr. Nat. Dent.
  Ass. 1900, Phila., 1901, iv, 83-105.   Also:  Dental Cosmos,
  Phila., 1900,  xlii, 989-995.—Mears (J. E.) Injuries and
  diseases  of the  mouth, tongue, fauces, palate, and jaws.
  Internat.  Encycl.  Surg. (Ashhurst), N. Y., 1895, vii, 743-
  749. — Monnet.  L'hermoph6nyl; ses  applications  en
  stomatologie et on odontologie.   Cong, internat.  de med.
  C.-r. 1903, Madrid,  1904, xiv, sect, d'odont. et stomatol.,
  509-510. —Mudd  ( H. II.)  Surgery of the mouth aud
  tongue.  Syst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila.,  1895, iii,  123-156.—
  Murphy (J.)  A simple means of preventing the entrance
  of  blood  into the trachea during operations about  the
  mouth.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894,  i, 904.—Petersen (F.)
  Scitliche  Durehsagung des Unterkiefers.  Festschr. z.
  Feier . . . Fr. von  Esmarch, Kiel  u. Leipz., 1893,  43-45.—
  Polya  (S.  J.)   Ml'itetileg  gyogyitott heges  szdjz&r.
  [Mouth closed by cicatrices cured by operation.]   Orvosi
  heti szemle, Budapest, 1904, xxxvii, 470.—Price  (W.  A.)
  Skiagraph iii oral and dental surgery.   Am. X-Ray J.,
  St. Louis, 1901, viii, 914, 1 pl.: ix, 930; 947, 2 pl—Robin
  (P.)  Conseils pratiques sur l'emploi du therniocautere en
  chirurgf) buccale et p6ribuccale.  Rev. de stomatol., Par.,
  1902,  ix,  149-154. — Roughton  (E. W.)  Oral surgery.
  Brit. J. Dent. Sc,  Lond., 1895, xxxviii, 676; 721; 779; 817;
  876; 933;  967;  1009;  1071: 1896, xxxix,  1; 56; 111;  145;
  257; 294; 444; 545;  625; 721; 913: 1897,  xl,  58;  97; 447;
  625; 817;  880.—Saengcr (M.) Eine  iiene einfache Vor-
  richtuug zur Beseil igung der durch abnorme Communica-
  tion zwischen Mund uud Mundtheil des Rachens einer-
  seits uud Nase uud  Nasentheil des Rachens auderseits
  bediugten Sprachstorung.  Deutsche  Ztschr., f. Chir.,
  Leipz.,  1896-7, xliv, 417-421.—sanrcz  (E.)  Anesthesie
  locale en odontologie.  Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r. 1903,
  Madrid,  1904, xiv, sect, d'odont.  et stomatol.,  551-553.—
  South on (E.)  Uninterrupted anesthesia in operations
  upon the  face and mouth.  Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii,
  566-569.  AUo, Reprint.—Stokes (W.)   Contributions to
  the operative surgery of the tongue, jaws, and palate.
  Dublin J. M. Sc,  1883, lxxvi, 337-342,  1 pl.  Also,  Re-
  print.— Thornton ( E. Q.)  General  anaesthesia  and
  anaesthesia by cataphoresis, with special reference to their
  application in operations within the mouth.  Dental Brief.
  Phila.,  1902, vii,  421-436.—Weiser  (R.)  Studien  uud
  Beitrage zur Techuik der Mundhohlenchirurgie. Oesterr.-
  ungar. Vrtljschr.  f. Zahnh., Wien,  1901,  xvii, 347-371.
  Also:  Wien.  zahnarztl. Monatschr.,  1901, iii,  345-370.
  Also: Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1902, xxxi, 28-50. AUo
  [Abstr.]: Deutsche  Mouatschr. f.  Zahnh., Leipz., 1901,
  xix, 313-321.  AUo, transl.: Gior.  di corrisp. p. dentisti,
  Milano, 1902, xxxi,  119-139. -----. Etudes  et contribu-
  tions relatives k la technique de la chirurgie  buccale.
  [Transl.]   Rev.  odont, Par.,  1903, xxii,  440-462.—Wil-
  lenis (C.) Injections preventives  de serum antistrepto-
  coccique avant les operations intrabuccales.  Assoc, franc.
  de  chir.   Proc.-verb, [etc.],  Par., 1904,  xvii, 313-315.—
  Wishart (D. J. G.)  Hydrohromic ether; notes  upon its
  use as an anesthetic in adenoids and tonsil operations.
  Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1902, xix,  10-15.

IVIoiilh (Surgery of  Plastic).
     Goldenstein (S.)  Pathologie buccale et naso-
  faciale;  moyens de rein6dier par   l'art prothe*-
  tique  aux difformite's  et destructions.  8°.   Pa-
  ris, 1900.
    Parkinson (G.)  On the  application  of vul-
  canized  india rubber for making  artificial pal-
  ates and for supplying the deficiencies  in jaws
Mouth (Surgery of,  Plastic).
  caused  by surgical operations for  the  removal
  of disease.   lvJ°.   London, 18H9.
    Angle  (E. H.)   Orthodontia;  section of peridental
  {membrane and frenuni labii.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1899,
  xii, 1143-1149.— Bur nez (R.)  Plastyka  blouy sluzowej
  jamy list sposobeni M.  Oberst'a.   [Plastic surgery  of
  buccal mucous membiaue by  Oboist's method.]  Gaz.
  lek., Warszawa,  1893, 2.  s., xiii,  679-685. — Rsirden-
  heuer.  Vorschlane zu plastischen Operatiouen bei chi-
  rnrgischen Eingriffen in  der Mundhohle.  Arch. f. klin.
  Chir., Berl., 1892, xliii, 3. Sc 4. lift., 32-90, 2 pl.—Berger.
  Restauratiou de la voute  palatine et du voile du palais,
  du nez et des voies lacrymales par im appareil piothetique
  nouveau invents  et construit par M. le Dr. Goldenstein.
  Bull.  Acad, de med.. Par., 1900,  3. s., xliv, 298-309.—
  Biondi (D.)  Plastica endorale  con lerabo musculo mu-
  coso liuguale.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1901,
  4. s.. xiii. 6-8.  Also: Clin, chir.,  Milano, 1897, v, 353-365.
  AUo: Riforma med., Napoli, 1898,  xiv, pt. 1,  99; 111.—
  Brown (G. V. I.)   Surgical correction of malformation
  and speech defects due to or associated with  hare-lip and
  cleft palate.  Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 301-
  311, 12 pl. on 6 1.   Also: J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1902,
  xxxviii, 169; 237.—Case (C.-S.) Orthopedie deuto-faciale.
  Odontologie,  Par.,  1902,  2.  8., xiv, 159;  337. — Curtis
  (B. F.)  Noma( ?) with loss of entire right superior maxilla;
  plastic operation to close opening in cheek, and Ksniarch's
  operation on lower jaw for ankylosis.  Ann. Surg., Phila.,
  1897,  xxxi, 241-243.—De  Cortes  (A.)   Plastica della
  guancia e del palato con lembo muscolo-mucoso  liuguale.
  Clin,  mod.,  Pisa, 1903, ix, 270; 277.—Delair (L.)  Pro-
  these bucco-faciale.   Odontologie,  Par.,  1902,  2. s., xv,
  11-13, 2 pl.—Fisenstein (J.)  Velesziiletett nagysziju-
  s&g (makrostorna) mutet Altai gy6gyult esete.   [A case of
  congenital  macrostoma cured  by operation.]  Budapesti
  orv.  ujsag, 1905, iii, 557-559.—Gibson (K. C.)  Oral de-
  formities aud their  correction.  Internat.  Dent. J., N. Y.
  & Phila., 1890,  xi,  385-403,  1 pl.—Goodwillie (D. H.)
  Surgical treatment of hare-lip and cleft-palate in children.
  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y.,  1896,  ix,  583-588.—II ride.
  Prothese buccale.   Gaz. d. hop.,  Par., 1897, lxx, 1424.—
  Heidc  &  Aubenu.  Restauration buccale et faciale.
  Odontologie,  Par.,  1898,  2. s., vi, 5-10,  2  pl— Kminer
  (J.)  Ueber Wolfsrachen  und  friihzeitige Urauoplastik.
  Med.-padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 1900, x,  223; 250; 295.—
  Kioeb (H.  W.)  A means of reducing an  overgrowth of
  the inter-maxillary frenuni, permitting the retention  of
  two  central incisors in  close  apposition.    St.  Louis M.
  Rev., 1901,  xliv, 235.—Corthioir (J.)  Operations plas-
  tiques de la  bouche  (becde-lievre  et  urauo-staphylorra-
  phie).   [Rap.]  J. de chir. et Ann. Soc.  beige de chir.,
  Brux., 1901, i, 288-326.—Man ley (T. H.)   A few clinical
  observations  on operation  for congenital  clefts  in the
  gums, lips, and palate in early  infancy.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1890, xiv, 918-921.—Martin (C.)  Ueber Bucco-
  Facial- und Skelettprothese.  Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl.,
  1905, xxxiv, 44-54.—Martin (C.) Sc Delair  (L.)   Pro-
  these bucco-faciale et squelettique.  [Rap.]  Cong, inter-
  nat. de  m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'odont.
  et stomatol., 11-117.—Mucci  (S.)   La  stomatoplasties
  alia Pozzi in tie indicazioni diverse.   Clin, ostet., Boma,
  1903, v, 350-354.—Prival.  Restauratious bueeales appa-
  reils prothetiques executes dans les hopitaux, notamment
  a l'hopital  de la Pitie.  In hU:  A propos de la "Greffe
  prothesique dentaire?",  8°, Par.,  1886, 17-19.— Rollet.
  Cheiloplastie avec fermeture de la bouche et sonde cesopha-
  gienne.  Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 226.—Rotter (J.)  Plas-
  tische Operationen  in der Mundhohle  und an  der Nase.
  Munchen.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1889,  xxxvi, 516;  535; 550.
  Also :  Verhaudl. d.  deutsch.  Gesellsch.  f.  Chir.,  Perl.,
  1889, xviii,  146-148__Roy (M.)  Die Wichtigkeit tier Pro-
  these  bei  chiruigischen  Eingriffen.   "Wien.  zahnarztl.
  Monatschr.,  1902, iv, 549-554. —Snuer  (C.)   Uisachen
  uud' Behandlung des offei en  Pisses.   Deutsche Monat-
  schr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1888, vi, 453-464.—"Westlnke (A.)
  Correction of deformities of the  oral region.  Med. Rec,
  N. V., 1893, xliv,  644-647.—Wolff (O.)  Schiefer Mund
  nach Halsdriisenextirpation;  operative Heilung.   Cen-
  tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, xxix, 365-367.

Mouth (Syphilis of).
     See,  also, Tongue (Syphilis  of).
     Diday  (P.)   Du  diagnostic des maladies  sy-
  philitiques de  l'arriere-bouche  et  des  regies  a
  suivre  pour  l'exploration de  cette region.   8°.
  [Paris, n. d.]
     Rutgers van der Loeff  (M.)    *Over het
  erste optreden der syphilis  aan  den mond.   8°.
  Leiden, 1"76.
     Ahman  (G.)   Einige  Worte  iiber  die  luetischen
  Scbleimhautaffektionen in der Mundhohle.  J.  f. Zahnh.,
  Berl., 1901, xviii. Nos. 11; 12.—Audry (C.)  Epithelionia-
  tose sur syphilitique de  la bouche.  Bull. Soc. franc, de
  dermat.  et syph., Par., 1904, xv,  111-114.   Also: Ann. de 
MOUTH.                                          153                                           MOUTH.
Mouth  (Syphilis of).
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 266-269.  Also: J. d.
  mal. cutan.'et syph., Par., 1904, xvi, 264-267. — Biddle
  (A. P.)  Syphilis of the mouth as it interests the dentist.
  Dental Digest, Chicago, 1899, v, 788-794. — Bielilovski
  (0. A.)  Sluchai kombinatsii sifilisa i tuberkulyoza zleva
  i gortani.  [Combined syphilis  and tuberculosis  of the
  mouth and pharynx.]  Voyenno-med. J.. St.Petersb., 1894,
  clxxxi,  1. sect., 51-57. — Bcrnning (H. C.)  Syphilis of
  the mouth.  Internat. Dent. J., Phila.. 1905, xxvi, 169-
  175 —Bulkley (L. D.)  Manifestations of syphilis in the
  mouth.   Tr. N. York  Odont. Soc. 1898,  Phila., 1899, 11-26.
  AUo: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 508.   AUo:
  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1898, xl, 431-435. AUo, Reprint.—
  Ceilercreutz (A.)  Eu patient med sedan l&ng fid til-
  baka fortbest&ende syfilitiska papier k muuslemhinnau.
  [Ein Fall vou persist ierenden syphilitischcn Papeln der
  Miindhohlen-Schleimhaut.   Ref., p. clii.]   Finska  liik.-
  sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902,  xliv, 518-521. — Cliauf-
  fa I'd.  Syphilis bucco-pharvng6e.  Ann. de m6d. scient.
  etprat., Par.,  1892, ii, 257; 265. — Chompret  (■}.)   Mal-
  formations bueeales dans l'h6redo-svphilis.   Cong, inter-
  nal, de med.   C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de  stomatol., 146-157.
  Also: Rev. de stomatol.. Par., 1900, vii, 293-299.—Chom-
  pret (J.) & de IVevreze (H.) Leucoplasie buccale aigue
  syphilitique.   Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1901, viii, 494-505.—
  Citelli (S.)   Un caso  di siriloma primitivo del  labbro
  inferiore e della tonsilla destra.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio,
  d. gola e d.   uaso,  Firenze,  1902, xx,  177-179. —Coz-
  zolino (V.)   La  sifilosi bucco liuguale delle gengive,
  delle labbra e delle guancie.  Gazz. med. di Roma, 1891,
  xvii, 481-496.—Curtis (G. L.)  Syphilitic locolosis alveo-
  laris;  pyorrhea  alveolaris.   J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago,
  1900, xxxv, 417.  [Discussion], 486-489.—Drennen (C. T.)
  Care of the mouth and teeth in the syphilitic.  Memphis
  M. Month., 1900, xx, 128-130.—Dunbar (H. G.)  Syphilis
  from a dental standpoint.   Dominion  Dent. J., Toronto,
  1899, xi, 372-374.—Finger (E.)  La syphilis de la bouche
  et ses relations avec  la medecine dentaire.  Odontologie,
  Par., 1901, 2.  s., xiii,  685-692. -----. Ueber Syphilis der
  Mundhohle.   Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,  1901, li, 1947; 2005;
   2117.—Forns.  La sifllis bucal.  Rev. dent. amer.,Filad.,
   1900, viii, 167; 197. — Foamier (A.)   Les plaques  mu-
  queuses bueeales. Gaz. d. hop . Par., 1892, lxv, 1229;  1277.
  AUo: Unionm6d., Par., 1892, 3. s., liv, 877-883.  Also: Nice-
  med., 1892-3, xvii, 17-21.  AUo, transl.:  Brazil-med., Rio de
  Jan., 1893,89. -----. Traitement des syphilides bucco-gut-
  tnrales.  Bull.de laryngol., otol.etrb.inol., Par., 1899, ii, 1-9.
   AUo: Rev.gen.de clin.etde therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 97-100.
   -----.  Syphilides ou  parasyphilides leucoplasiformes de
   la bouche.  Rev. g6n. de clin. et de  th6rap.,  Par., 1899,
   xiii, 129-133. -----. Des relations de la leucoplasie buc-
   cale avec la syphilis et le cancer.  Cong, internat. de m6d.
  C. r., Par., 1900,  sect, de dermatol. et de syph., 496-502.
   Also: Gaz. hebd.  de  med., Par., 1900, n.  s.,  v, 1081-1083.
  AUo, transl.: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 996.  -----.
  Hydroa buccal et syphilis.   Rev. internat. de med. et de
  chir., Par., 1900, xi, 217-219.—Fournier (A.) Sc JLceper.
   Syphilomes multiples de la bouche.  Bull. Soc. franc, de
  dermat.  et svph., Par., 1898, ix,  389-391.  Also: Ann. de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 1014-1016.—«astou
   Sc Nicolau.  Cas  de syphilides  hucco-labiales  liche-
  noides  leucoplasiques.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1903, xiv,  9-12.—Olatzel.  Zur  Differential-
  diagnose  des  Primaraffectes auf der  Muudschleimhaut.
  Arch.  f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl.,  1901, xii, 87-97.—
  GrifBn (E. H.)  Chancre of the mouth,  with statistics
  and a report of twelve cases,  three occurring in children
  in one  family.  Med. Rec,  N. Y.,  1892,  xlii,  393-395.—
  Oriinfeld (J.)   Die Mundpflege bei Sypbilisformen.
  Centralbl. f.  d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1901,  xix, 385;  449.—
  Hitmonic (P.) De  la leucoplasie buccale  dans ses rap-
  ports avec la syphilis.  Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gyn6c,
  Par., 1898, iv,  193-207.—Hugeuschmidt (A. C.)   Syph-
  ilis of the mouth and teeth.  Dental Cosmos,  Phila., i892,
  xxxiv, 673-692.  Also, Reprint—Hutchinson (J.)  Re-
  lapsing herpes of the tongue and mouth, the result of
  syphilis.  Clin.  J.,  Lond., 1895-6, vii, 255.—JTanovsky
  (V.)  Ueher  das  Verhaltnis der Leukoplakia oris zur
  Syphilis.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1899, xlix,  2225; 2268;
  2323; 2377.— Le'gueu.  De la syphilis bucco-faciale.  In-
  d6pend. med.,  Par., 1899, v, 73.—I>eredde Sc Druellc.
  Syphilis tertiaire de  la bouche, due k l'usage du  tabac
  chez une femme.  Bull. Soc franc, de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1899, x,  406-408.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 955-957. — I,icven  (A.)  Die Syphilis
  der Mund- und Rachenhohle.  Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d.
  Otol. u.  Pharyngo-Rhinol.,  Jena,  1900, iv,  27-138, 1 pl.
  -----. On the treatment of syphilitic disease of the  mu
  cous membrane of  the mouth and throat.  J. Laryngol.,
  Lond.,  1903, xviii,  225-234.—I,owenbaeh  (G.)  Ueber
  spitze  Condylome der Lippen - und  Mundschleimhaut.
  Beitr. z.  Dermat. u. Syph.   Festschr.  ...  I. Neumann,
  Leipz. u. Wien,  1900, 450-459,  1 pl.— Lydston  (G. F.)
  Tropho-neurosis of the oral cavity, with especial reference
  to syphilitic  necrosis.  Dental Reg., Cincin., 1890,  xliv,
llouth (Syphilis of).
  421-431.  Also.- J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xiv, 889-
  893.   AUo:  Med. Age, Detroit, 1890, viii, 289-293.—Mac-
  gowan  (G.)   Svphilis of  the  mouth.   South. Calif.
  Pract.,  Los Angeles,  1895,  x,  407-415. — Mainguy.
  Syphilis buccale; necrose de rosinter-maxillaire; destruc-
  tion de l'6pine nasale; perforation de la cloison; ulceration
  et destruction de la luette; division en  rideaux du voile
  dupalais; n6phrite syphilitique.   Rev.de stomatol., Par.,
  1900, vii,488-501.—Marehand.  Syphilides biicco-pharyn-
  siennes et abc6s r6tro-pharyngien.   Gaz.d. lidp., Par.,1895,
  lxviii, 297-300.—Mauriac  ((_'.) Syphiloma des levies et
  de la muqueuse buccale.  ltcho med., Toulouse, 1888, 2. 8.,
  ii, 127; 142; 154;  173.—Meadors (J. T.)   Syphilitic man-
  ifestations in the oral cavity.   Dental  Headlight, Nash-
  ville, 1898, xix, 153-159. -----.  Hereditary syphilitic mani-
  festations in the oral cavity. Ibid., 1900, xxi, 4-9.—Midg-
  ley (A. L.)  Syphilitic lesions of the mouth.  Dental Cos-
  mos, Phila., 1904, xlvi. 200-204.—Molillie (J.)   Note sur
  un cas de glossite et de labialite double  tertiaires. Midi
  med., Toulouse, 1893, ii, 99-101.—Mongour & Verger.
  Stomatite ulc6reuse et angine k bacilles fusiformes; syphi-
  lis coexistante.  Bull. Soc. d'anat.  et physiol. . . . de Bor-
  deaux, 1901, xxii, 174-176.—MoreI-1-.nvallee. Lesions
  syphiloides de la bouche  et de la langue.  Am. d. dermat.
  et  syph.,  Par.,  1893, 3. s., iv, 49-52.  Also: Bull. Soc
  franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1893, iv, 41-41— Mracek.
  Syphilisanstecknng  *in  der Mundhohle.  Spec.  Path. u.
  Therap.....Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, xvi, pt. 1, 247-259.—
  Noble (T. B.)   Subcutaneous  gummata  encircling  the
  mouth; a peculiar manifestation of latent syphilis. Indi-
  ana M. J., Indianap.,  1897-8, xvi,  8. —Pague  (F. C.)
  Syphilitic conditions of the mouth.   Tr. Calif. Dent. Ass.,
  San Fran.,  1898,  139-149.  Also: Pacific Med.-Dent. Gaz.,
  San Fran.,  1898, vi, 599-609.—Perrin (L.)  Utilite de
  l'intervention chirurgicaleprecoce  dans les leucokeratoses
  de la bouche et de la vulve.  Ann. de dermat. et  syph.,
  Par., 1891, 3. s.,  ii, 825-842.— Perrogou  ( L.)  Chancres
  syphilitiques de l'aniygdale  droit et de la levre superieure.
  Gaz. med.  de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi,  275-278. — Bit'hard
  d'Aulnay (G.)  Des accidents bucco-pharynges d'origine
  heredo-syphilitique.  Odontologie, Par., 1895, 2. s., ii, 321-
  328.—Bitter (P.)   Beitrag zur Diagnose und  Therapie
  syphilitischer Affectionen der Mundhohle uud der  Kiefer-
  knochen.   Wien. Zahnarztl. Monatschr., 1899, i. 427-447.
  Also: Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1899,  viii, Nos. 377;
  379; 380; 381; 382.  Also  [Abstr.l:  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt.  2,
  2. Hlfte,432-437.  Also [Abstr.] : Med. Rundschau, Berl.,
  1899, Nos. 68; 69.— Bobbins  (H. A.) Syphilis of the nose
  and buccal  cavitv; ninth paper.   Maryland M. J., Bait.,
  1897, xxxvii,  181-186.  AUo, Reprint.—BosoJimos  (S.)
  Les syphilides secondaires de la  bouche traitees par les
  injections  mercurielles;  champ aphlegmasique  dans  la
  pratique des injections.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1888, 2. s., ix, 525-528. Also: Progres med., Par., 1888, 2. s.,
  viii, 188.—Sendziak (J.)  Ueber luetischen Primaraffect
  in der Mund- und Rachenhohle, sowie in der Nase und den
  Ohren.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 419-427.—
  Sniker (P. M.)  O Hechenii sifiliticheskikh porazheniy
  polosti  rta  i zleva i stomatitov kontsentrirovannim rast-
  vorom khromovol kisloti.   [Treatment of syphilis of the
  mouth and throat and stomatitis by  concentrated chromic
  acid solutions.]   Russk. J.  Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezu., Khar-
  kov, 1904, viii, 152-156.—Somers (L.  S.)   Late consecuti\re
  oropharyngeal syphilis.  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1899,
  viii, 496-499.  Also,  Reprint.—South wick (G. R.) The
  lesions of syphilis of the mouth.  Internat. Dent. J., Phila.,
  1899, xx,  576-581. — Stewart (A.)  Syphilitic ulcer  of
  the  mouth.   Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893, xiii. 44!).—Stew-
  art (W. R.H.)   A peculiar case of syphilis of the mouth.
  Lancet, Loud., 1888, i, 1293.—Texiei- (V.)  Sc Malherbe
  (H.) Syphilis bucco-pharyng6e;  chancres multiples  et
  successifs.   Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2.  s., xxxiii, 767-
  772.—Tlirvcnin,  Trois cas de glosso-labialite tertiaire.
  J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1898, x. 160-163.—Vidal.
  Syphilomo en nappe de la cavit6 buccale.  Reunions clin.
  de  1'Hop. St.-Louis.  C  r.,  Par., 1888-9, 127. — Weaver
  (W. A.) The diagnosis aud prevalence of oral and pharyn-
  geal syphilis. Ilahueman. Month., Phila., 1900, xxxv, 585-
  590. — Weissc (F. D.)  Buccal manifestations of syphilis.
  Dental  Cosmos, Phila., 1898, xl, 436-440.— Wynn (F. B.)
  Oral lesions of syphilis  in relation  to the public  health.
  Tr.  Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1898, 331-338.

]?Ioiitli (Tuberculosis  of).
     Schlepegkell (J.)   *  Ueber Tuberkulose der
  Mundhohle.   8°.  Gbttingen, 1902.
     Schliferowitsch  (P.)  * Ueber  tuberculose
  der  Mundhohle; gestutzt  auf eigene Beobach-
  tungen in den chirurgischen  und  medicinischeu
  Kliniken  in   Heidelberg  und  mit besonderer
  Riicksicht auf die betreffende  Litteratur zusam-
  meugestellt.   8°.   [n. p., n.  d.] 
MOUTH.
154
MOUTH.
^rfoiitli  (Tuberculosis of').
    Takkade (F.)  * De la tuberculose  inocule'e
  par la  muqueuse  buccale;  de 1'efficactte'  des
  phosphates de chaux clans sun  traitemeut.   r<-.
  Paris, ls97.
    Zandy (C.)  * Ueber die Tuberculose der Al-
  veolarfoi tsiitze.   8°.  Bonn, 1-96.
    Barling (G.)  Lupus of the mouth, pharynx, and lar-
  ynx.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1891, i, 1423.—Bean (C. E.)  .Re-
  port of two cases of buccal tuberculosis.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass. 1889, N. V.,  1890.  xi, 11M-116.  Also: N. York
  M.  J., 1889, 1, 286.—Bernheim (S.)  Tuberculose bucco-
  pharyngoe.  Cong. Internat. de med. C.  r.,  Par.,  1900,
  sect, de laryngol., 59-76.  Also: Tiihune med., Par., 1900,
  2. s., xxxiii, 767; 786.  AUo: Med. orient.,  Par.. 1900,  iv,
  305-317. -----.  Buccal aud dental  tuberculosis.   Dental
  Cosmos, Phila., lillll, xliii, 38-41.—Brindel.  Tubercu-
  lose phag6d6uique aigue des gencives, des maxillaires su-
    Eerieur et inferieur (forme ost6omy61itique subaigue), de
    i face interne  des joues et des levies, du voile du palais
  et du larvux.  Mem. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir.  de Bor-
  deaux  (1900), 1901, 358-362. — Campbell  (C.)  Radium
  rays in tubercular ulceration of the mouth and pharynx.
  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1904, xxiv,  294. — Combemale
  (F.)  Snr les ulcerations tuberciileuses de la cavity buc-
  cale.  Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 4-8. -----. De. la
  tuberculose buccale.   Kev. pr.it. d. trav. de med., Par.,
  1897, liv, 129.—Be Buck  (D.) & Vanderlinden  (0.)
  Tuberculose buccale.   Belgique  m6d.. Gaud-Haarlem,
  1897. ii, 577-581.  Also, transl.: Med. Weekbl.,  Amst.,
  1897-8, iv, 565-567.—Derville (L.)  De l'emploi du chlo-
  ropheuol dans le traitemeut des ulcerations tuberciileuses
  du  pharynx et de la bouche.  J. d. sc. nied. de Lille, 1902,
  ii, 193-200.—Bubreuilh (W.)  Lupus erythemateux de
  la  muqueuse buccale.  Ann.  de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1901, 4. s., ii, 231-238.—Dunn (J.)  A case of apparently
  primary tubercular ulcerations of the fauces;  care; treat-
  ment.  Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix,
  486.—Garel Sc Arm and.  Deux cas de maladie  d'lsam-
  bert. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de  Lyon, 1904, iii, 361-363.
  AUo: Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 970-972.—Ctestou Sc Choui-
  pret.  Tuberculose gingivo-palatine probable (cas de di-
  agnostic).  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903,
  xiv, 58-61.   AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4.
  s.,iv, 149-152.—Greve (C.)  Beitrag zur Tuberkulose des
  Mundes.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897,
  xxiii, 564.—Harlamt (W.G. B.)  A report of three cases
  of  lupus of the month.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila.,
  1903, n. s.. v, 192-194 —Keen  (W. W.)  Tuberculosis of
  the tonsil  and soft palate by a method which  avoided
  splitting of the cheek or dividing the jaw.  Coll.  &. Clin.
  Rec, Phila., l>-97, xviii, 29-32.  Also,  Reprint- Koszeg
  (M.)  Tuberculosis mucosas oris et labii.  Orvosi heiil.,
  Budapest, 1899. xliii, 319—Krakht (S. F.)  Sluchai tu-
  berkuloza  slizistoi  obolochki rta.   [Tuberculosis of the
  oial mucosa.1  Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1897-8,
  vii, 89-92.—Mariani (M.)  Nota clinica  acerca del lu-
  pus de la boca y de la faringe.  Arch. hit.  de rinol. larin-
  gol. [etc.],  Barcel., 1896, vii, 121-125 — Miehelson  (P.)
  Ueber Tuberkulose der "Nasen- und  Muudschleimhaut.
  Ztschr.  f. klin. Med., Berl., 1890, xvii, Supplhft.,  202-
  238.— Morestin (H.)  Deux cas de tuberculose labiale et
  labio-gingivale.  Bull, et mein. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1904,
  lxxix, 108-112.— I'alazzolo fN.)  Contributo alio studio
  della tubercolosi della bocca e della faringe con speciale
  riguardo alia sua patogenesi.  Arch. ital. di lariugol.. Na-
  poli, 1892, xii, 11-24.—Pozhariski (I. F.) Pervichuiya
  Dugorchatki slizistol  obolochki polosti rta u chelovleka.
  [Primary tubercles of the oral mucosa in man.]  Pat.-
  anat. kaznist. .  . . Kharkov. Univ.  1902-3, Mosk., 1904,
  41.—Beclus (P.)   Tuberculose buccale.  In his: Clin.
  chir. de l'Hotel-Dieu, 8°, Par..  1888, 202-214.—Bethi (L.)
  Ein Fall von Tuberculose der Mundhohle mit Durchbruch
  in die Xasen- uud Kieferhohle.  Wien. med. Presse, 1893,
  xxxiv, 721-725. — Wato (X.)  [A caso of tuberculosis of the
  mouth.]  Sei-i-Kvvai  M. J., Tokyo. 1904, xxiii, pt. 2,  no.
  266, 9-12. — Sellwabe.  Tuberculose Muudgeschwiire.
  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult.  1899, Bresl.,
  1900, lxxvii, 1.  Abt., med.  Sect., 163.—Thibierge  (G.)
  Tuberculose miliaire en nappe de la muqueuse de la joue
  et des levres.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1*97, 3. s.,
  viii, 286-288.  AUo, in: Bull. Soc franc,  de  dei mat. et
  syph..  Par., 1897, viii, 104-106. -----. Tuberculose en
  nappe de la muqueuse des joues et des 16vres.  Ann. de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s.. viii, 468.   AUo, in: Bull.
  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 149.— Vin-
  cenzo (G.)  Di una localizazione di tubercolosi boccale.
  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902. xxiii, 631.

[floutll (Tumors  of).
    See, also, Calculus (Salivary); Epulis; Gums,
  Jaws, Lips,  Tongue, Tumors of.
    Atkinson (YV. H.)   Tumors of the mouth and
  professional education.  8°.  West Chester, N. Y.,
  1894.
louth (Tumors of).
   Bouilloid (P.)   "Etude  sur les polypes  du
 pharynx buccal.  4L.   Lyon, l*9'.i.
   Emkkic (E.)   *Les papillomas de  la  cavite"
 buccale.   hc.   Ljyon, 190U.
   Guitakd (L.-E.-A.)  * Contribution  a l'e"tude
 ties  polypes  de  la  cavite"   buccale.   h  .   Bor-
 deaux, 18i)o.
   Hillknbrand  (L.)  "Ueber  gutartige  Neo-
 plasmen im hinteren Teile der Muudholile.  i°.
 Wiirzburg, 1*89.
   Knoche (F. F.)   Teller Li pome der  Mund-
 hohle.  [Komi.]  ^  .   Siegburg, 1-**.
   Lichtenacek (K. [L. II]).    * Leber die gut-
 art ijren Geschwiilste der Lvula und des weichen
 Gauiuens.   ri  .   Greifswald,  H'J(i.
   Nikmczyk   (K.  E.)   * Leber  teratoids Ge-
 schwiilste der  Mund-  und  Rachenhohle.   8°.
 Breslau, lrt99.
   Pussaco-LaRcebau  (J.-B.)    * Etude  sur les
 tumeurs be"nignes du pharynx  buccal et infe-
 rieur.   4°.  Bordeaux,  lHllo.
   Wendland  ( H. )   *Differentielle   Diagnose
 iiber  Bau uud Histiogeuese  einer  am  Boden
 der Mundhohle entstandenen  Geschwubst.  8°.
 Wiirzburg, 1888.
   Arnold  (J.)   Ueber behaarte Polypen der Rachen-
 Munuhohle und  deren Stellung zu den Teratomen.  Arch.
 f.path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1888, cxi, 176-210, 1 pl.—Ayerzn
 (A.)  Angioma de la base de la bocca.  An. d. Circ. m6d.
 argent.. Buenos  Aires, 1887, x, 221-231.—Barbe.  Papil-
 lome de la commissure buccale.  Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
 Par., 1902, 4. s.,  iii, 630.  AUo:  Bull. Soc.  fram;. de der-
 mat. et syph., 1902, xiii. 313.—Bell (J.)  A large mouth
 concretion.  Montreal M. J., 1897, xxv, 789.—Bloch (A.)
 Quelques observations  de kystes paradentaires; de leur
 traitement.  Kev. de stomatol.. Par., 1902, ix, 185-194.—
 Bouchet(P.)  Kyste sublingual. Bull. etmem. Soc. anat.
 de Par., 1904, lxxix, 619-622.—Callari (J.) Sc Philipp-
 moii (L.)  Ueber das sublinguale Fibroin  der Siiuglinge
 (subliugualo Production von Fede).   Jahrb. f. Kinderh.,
 Leipz., 1900, n.F.,li, 531-543.—CaNteneda.  Kyste para-
 dentaire infecte  du plancherde la bouche simulant une an-
 gine de Ludwig. Arch, internat.de laryngol. (etc.], Par.,
 1905, xix, 399-401. — Demine  (R.)   Zwei selteue Ge-
 schwiilsto der Mundhohle.   Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl.,
 1892, xxvi, 252.   Also, Reprint.—Beagranges (A.)  Tu-
 meursde la langue, duplancher buccal etdu pharynx; poly-
 pes naso-pharyugiens. leur traitement; procede essentiel-
 leiuent couservateur, permettant cependant une cauterisa-
 tion etticace de la surface d'implantation ; application de ce
 proced6;  gu6rison.  J.  de  m6d. de  Lyon, 1867, viii, 329;
 381. — Bop (G.)  Papillomes de la muqueuse buccale;
 considerations  hi.-dologiques.  Arch.  m6d. de Toulouse,
 1897, iii, 38-44.—Ficux. Tumeursanguinedu plancherde
 la bouche chez un nouveau-ne.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phy-
 siol.deBordeaux,1897,xviii.274.—Friedrichs(A.G.) The
 necessity for the early recognition of morbid growths in the
 mouth.  N. Orl. M. Sc S. J.. 1895-6, n.  s., xxiii. 524-529.—
 Frizzoni (U.)  Un caso di produzione sottolinguale  con
 abbondante accumulo di cellule eosinofile fra gli element!
 del tumore.  Speiimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1903,
 lvii, 159-170, 1 pl.—Godlee (K.J.)  Caseof cystic hygro-
 ma iu an adult.  Tr. Clin.  Soc. Lond , 1894-."), xxviii, 263-
 265. — Hern (W.)  Curious growth in the mouth.  Tr.
 Odont. Soc. Gr.  Brit., Lond.. 1900-1901, n. s., xxxiii, 160.—
 Kahn  (M.)   Ueber  Papillome der Muudrachenhohle.
 Arch. f.  Laryngol.  u.  Rhinol., Berl, 1893, i, 92-104.—
 Klapp (Ii. j   Zur Kasuistik  der Dermoide des Mund-
 bodens.  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1>97, xix, 609-622.—
 K u in mer.  Epulis, remarquable par la coexistence de
 myeloplaxes.   Rev. m6d.  de la Suisse  Bom.,  Geneve,
 1903, xxiii, 517. — Lagrange (F.)  Tumeur enkystfee de
 la bourse s6reuse .lo Fleischmann.   J. de med. de Bor-
 deaux, 1884-5, xiv, 17.—de Larnbric.  Recherches sur
 les tumeurs mixtes des glandules de la  muqueuse buc-
 cale.  Arch. g6n. de med., I'ar., 1890,  i, 537; 671: ii, 34.—
 liOiibry.  Tumeur du plancherde la bouche.  fichomed.
 du  nord, Lille,  1905, ix, 224.— de ITIarchettis (P.)  Tu-
 mor meliceris, a parte suhlingua, nbi raninae, sensim per
 partem dextram colli, juxta jugiilares venas, et carotides
 arterias, ad fauces exporrectus, rcspirationem intercipiens,
 sectione ]>erfecte sauatas.  In his: Obs. med.-chir. [etc.f,
 Bononiae. 1692,73-75.—Maxwell (J. P.) On bsemonhagio
 bulla of tbe mouth and pharynx.  J. Trop. M„ Lond., 1901,
 iv, 211.—Meynier (K)  Sopra un nuovo caso di produ-
 zione sottolinguale con  abbondante eosinofllia nel tumore.
 Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1904, ii,125-129.—Monnier.
 Polypes hbreux de la  face interne de la joue.  Bull.  Soc.
 anat. de Par.,  1896, lxxi,  476.—ITlonod  (C.)  Tumeurs 
MOUTH.
155
MOUTH.
Month (Tumors  of).
  mixtes des glaudes de la muqueuse buccale, par M. de
  Larabrie.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1890, n. s.,
  xvi,48-55.—Oberli (CM.)  Studio anatomo-patologico di
  tumore  da resti paradeutarii.   Clin, chir., Milano, 1904,
  xii, 729-743, 1 pl.— Paotrau (O.)  Fibrome pedicule de la
  gencive inflltrfi de st'-rosite.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896,
  lxxi, 141.— Potherat.   Kyste  dermoide du plancher de
  la bouche. Bull, et mem. Sue. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s.,
  xxviii, 737.—Baach (C.)  Om mulitiple benigue Papillo-
  mer paa Mundslimhinden og deres saudsynlige Oprindelse.
  [On multiple benign papillomata of the mucous membrane
  of the mouth, and probable origin.]  Hosp.-Tid., Kjebenh.,
  1894, 4. R., ii, 1129-1131. -----.  Note sur deux cas de pa-
  pillomes multiples b6nins de la muqueuse buccale; leurs
  rapports avec les vermes communes des mains.  Ann. de
  dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1895, 3. s., vi, 6. — Mabrazes.
  Les polypes de la face interne  des joues.  Gaz. hebd. d.
  sc.  med. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 246-250.   AUo: Med.
  mod., Par., 1896. vii, 594.—Slone (A. K.)  Dental respon-
  sibility  for early diagnosis of tumors of the mouth  and
  jaws.  Tr. Am. "Acad. Dent. Sc, Phila., 1889-93, 147-163.—
  Swain (I.)  Buccal glandular tumours.  Bristol M.-Chir.
  J., 1895, xiii, 94-98, lpl—Treves (F.) Vascular tumours
  of the mouth and tongue.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1887-8,
  xxxix. 97-101.—Vila tiibert (T.)  Breves apuntes sobre
  oncoloi:ia bucal; epulis.  Rev.  de cien. med. de Barcel.,
  1897.  xxiii, 376-383. — Warren (J. C.)  Hemangioma of
  the buccal pouch; two  cases.  Boston M. & S. J., 1897,
  cxxxvi, 355.

 Mouth  (Tumors  of,   Cystic)   [including
  ranula].
    See,  also,  Mouth  (Tumors  of,  Treatment  of,
  Operative).
    Boyer (F.)  * Contribution a l'etude du traite-
  ment de la  gfleuouillette  sus-hyoidienne.   4C.
  Lyon, 1890.
    Cavaud (H.  A.  C.)   *Des kystes  dermoides
  du plancher  buccal.  *~>.   Bordeaux, 1903.
    Caye (A.)  *Des kystes dermoides et muco'ides
  me"dians de  la  laugue  et  du plancher de la
  bouche.  4C. Paris, 1892.
     -----.   The  saihe.   8°.  Paris,  1892.
    Charvilhat (G.)  Contribution a l'e'tude de
  la   grenouillette  sus-hyoidienne.   4°.   Paris,
  1896.
    Dolbeau.   Memoire sur uue varie'te' de  tu-
  mour sanguine, ou grenouillette  sanguiue.   8°.
  Paris,  18f>7.
    Fauhe (L.)   *Des  kystes congenitaux  du
  plancher buccal.   4°.  Lyon,  189:5.
    Fendt (H.)  *Ueber die mediaiun Dermoid-
  cysten des Mundbodens uud des Zuugengruudes.
  [Freiburg.]   8-.   Mainz, 1898.
    Gartner (F.)  * Ueber  Ranula.  8J.   Heidel-
  berg, 1.-90.
    Graberg(G. A.)   * Om grodsvulst.   [Ranula.]
  8°.   Helsingfors, 1860.
    Hoff.mkister ([J.] W.)   * Ueber kongenitale
  Cysten am  Boden  der Mundhohle.   8°.  Mar-
  burg, Mil,
    Maincent (G.)   'Contribution a l'etude de la
  grenouillette sus-hyoidienne.  8°.   Paris,  1^99.
    Mascarel (G.)   * Contribution  a l'6tude  des
  kystes dermoides du plancher de la bouche.   8°.
  Paris,  1899.
    Montade (B.)   * Contribution a l'etude ana-
  tomo-pathologique, pathog6uique et clinique de
  la grenouillette sublinguals   8°.  Paris,  1900.
    Moucelot (P.)   *Sur la grenouillette.   4°.
  Strasbourg, [1«05].
    Poschex (P.)  *Die Ranula und  ihre Thera-
  pie.  [Bonn.]   8°.   Kbln,  1892.
    Rahn ([A. W.]  F.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis
  der Ranula.   8y   Berlin, [ 1890].
    Rocha (J.)   * Ueber  Dermo'ide des  Mund-
  bodens.  8:\   Halle,  1898.
    Saxz de  Bantam aria  (A.)  *Angiomes pro-
  fonds du plancher de la bouche, ou grenouillette
  sanguine.   8°.  Paris,  1898.
    Schub.mehl(F.)  * Ueber Dermo'ide des Mund-
  bodens.  [Freiburg i. B.]  8°.  St. Wendel, 1901.
Mouth  (Tumors   of,  Cystic)  [including

  ranula].
    Sirantoine (L.-A.)   * Etude  critique sur la
  pathog6nie  des  kystes  paradentaires  unilocu-
  lars.  8°.   Nancy,  190:!.
    Thomas (M.)  * L'origine congenitale des gre-
  nouillettes.   H".   Montpellier, 1903.
    Abndie (J.)  Les <;renoiiillettes.  Gaz. d. hop., Par.,
  1903,lxxvi,1301-1309.—Amber};.  A sublingual cyst in an
  infant.  Maryland M. J., rait., 1902, xiv, 544.—Audero-
  diax.  Un cas de grenouillette  aigue.   Bull. Soc. d'anat.
  et phvsiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 73-75.—Andre.  Gre-
  nouillette bilat6rale intermittente.  Bull. m6d., Par., 1900,
  xiv, 21.  -----.  Des kystes dermoides du  plancher de
  la bouche.  Rev. med.  de 1'cst, Nancy, 1897, xxix,  619-
  030. — Bach (J. A. )  A report of two cases  of large
  sublingual dermoid cysts.   Med.  Age, Detroit,  1891, ix,
  298. — Kneb (V.)  Ranula (zabka podjazycnd) neoby-
  6ejne  velikosti  a obsahu.  [Ranula  of unusual  size and
  content.]  Casop. lek.  cesk., v Piaze, 1868, vii, 157.—
  Berruti  (C.)   Cisti da echinococco del pavimesto della
  bocca.  Med.ital., Napoli, 1905,iii,5.—de Bovin(K.) Sub-
  linguites (givnouillettes inflanimatnircs).  Union med. du
  nord-est, Reims, 1898, xxii, 289-294. —Boyer  (F.)  Traite-
  meiitdelagrenouillette sus-hyoidienne latcrale.   Province
  m6d., Lyon, 1897, xi, 112-115.  See, also, supra.—Bridonx.
  Grenouillette sublinguale  recidivee; ablation partielle de
  la poche et cauterisation; guerison.  J. d.  sc.  med. de
  Lille, 1901,ii, 158-160.—C'liavaiinaz(G) Kystedermoide
  du plancher buccal, avec adherence probable  41'os hyoide.
  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de  Bordeaux, 1896,  xvii, 374.
  -----. Deux cas de grenouillette chez l'enfant. Rev. mens.
  de gynec  [etc.], Bordeaux, 1901, iii, 291-293.— Clement
  (R. H.)  Ranula.  Pacific  Stomatol. Gaz., San Fran., 1897,
  v, 100. — Coulhon (P.)  Etude clinique sur la ranule pe-
  trifle.e (grenouillette calculeuse).  Gaz. d. bfip., Par., 1903,
  lxxvi, 265-268. — CiiuimIou (C.  G.)   Report of a  case
  of dermoid cyst of the mouth; critical review of the liter-
  alure.  Am.'J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., cxiii, 491-518.—
  t'uiico (B.) & Veau (V.)  Pathogenie de la  grenouil-
  lette sublinguale commune.  Presse med.,  Par., 1902, ii,
  1047-1049.  AUo: Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1903, lxxvi, 1378.—
  Delfoase (C.)  Grenouillette sublinguale commune chez
  un  enfant de 5 ans.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, i, 220-
  222.— Del ore (X.)  Note  sur une grenouillette  congeni-
  tale; enorme kyste branchial du plancher de la bouche.
  Gaz. hebd. de  ni6d., Par., 1900, n. s.,  v, 217. —  Delore
  (X.) &  Pont  (A.)  Kyste dermoide  snppur6  du plan-
  cher buccal.  Ibid., 1898,  n. s.,  iii. 975-977. — Denncr.
  Kystes du canal de Bochdalek et du canal thyro lingual.
  J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1894, xxiv, 109; 12.1.—Despres.
  Grenouillette sublinguale, recidives multiples; transfor-
  mation  en uue grenouillette sous-maxillaire;  recidives
  multiples; ablation de la grenouillette et de la glande sous-
  maxillaire; guerison. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 549.—
  DiviS (F.)  Zabka podjazy6n4po z&netu sliuovoduVhar-
  touianova, nabubfelost jazyka, z£net mandli a  zlaz  sub-
  maxillarnich.   [Sublingual ranula after inflammation of
  duct of Wharton, swelling  of  tongue, inflammation  of
  tonsils and submaxillary  glands.]   Casop. lek.  cesk., v
  Praze, 1869, viii, 353.—Donauer (J. E.)  Von demsonst
  Ranula, aber von Hippocrate  accurater Hypoglossium
  benannten Mund-Gewachse.  Misc. phys.-med.-math. 1729,
  Erffurt, 1732, 372-380—Du Cane (E.)  A case of double
  acute ranula.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1890, i, 463.—Dujarier
  (C.) Kyste dermoide du plancher de la bouche.  Bull, et
  mem. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1905, lxxx, 171.—Duplay  (S.)
  Grenonillette sublinguale.  Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par.,  1897,
  n. s., ii, 1108-1111.—Ellingcr (R.)  Ueber die Ranula,
  eine Retentionscystenjreschwulst der Unterzuugendriise.
  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Thiermed.,  Leipz., 1892-3, xix, 261-
  273. — Fnlmiy (A.) Sublingual sebaceous or dermoid cyst.
  China M. Miss.  J., Shanghai, 1891, v, 205.—Felizet.  De
  l'operation radicale de la grenouillette; hydrotomie; ex-
  tirpation.  Bull, et mem. Soc. do chir. de Par., 1891, n. s.,
  xvii, 603-605.— Flimi (D. E.)  A rare case of the con-
  genital form of ranula.   Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Irelaud, Dubl.,
  1890, viii, 222-224.  Also: Dublin J. M. Sc,  1890, xc, 312-
  314.  Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1890, n.  s., xlix.476.—
  Fiiderl (O.)  Ueber einen Fall  congenitaler Ranulaglan-
  dulsB Nuhnii.   Arch. f. klin. ChiK, Berl.,  1894-5,  xlix,
  530-540.— Grimond Sc Clermont.   Un cas  de kyste
  dermoide du plancher de la bouche.  Toulouse med., 1905,
  2. s., vii, 238.—Guibe.  Sur la pathogenic  des grenouil-
  lettes.  Rev. d'orthop.,  Par., 1905,  2. s., vi, 141-151.—
  Herbet(IL)  Kystedermoi'dedu plancher buccal. Bull.
  et m6m. Soc.   anat.  do  Par.,  1905,  lxxx,  89. — Her-
  nandez ISi-iz (B.)  Tratamiento  de la lunula en los
  iiifios.  Rev. ciin. del. hosp., Madrid, 1891,  iii, 193-195.—
  Hieguet. Grenouillette congenitale.  Policlin., Brux.,
  1904, xiii,  246.— von  Ilippel ( R. )   Ueber  Bau  und
  Wesen der Ranula.  Arch.  f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1897, lv,
  164-193,  1  pl.    AUo: Arb. a, d.  chir.  Klin. d.  k. Univ.
  Berl., 1897, xii, 100-129, 1 pl.-----. Die Operation der Ra-
  nula.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1897, lv, 893-895.—IIof- 
MOUTH.
156
MOUTH.
tIouIIi  (Tumors   of,  Cystic)   [including

  ranula].
  mokl.  Kanula von  ungewohnlicher Form und Grosse,
  oder anseborene Halscyste? Extirpation; Heilun£r.  Ber.
  d. k. ki Krankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftung  in Wien (1889),
  1890, 287.—Imbert (L.)  i .leanbrau (E.)  Pathogenie
  desgrenouillettes.  N. Montp.-l.  med., 1901, Xlii. 38 .; 430;
  452.  Also: Rev.  de chir..  Par.,  1901, xxi, pt.  2, 131-17.).
  AUo [Abstr.]: Bull, et mem. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi,
  i>o. _____ _____. 1'n < as de grenonillette sublinguale;
  son origine coiinenitalc   Montpel.  med., 1902,  xiv, 193-
  l!is.__________.  Sui la  pathogenie  de la grenouillette
  commune.  Ibid., 1903. xvi, 161-163.—Jaboulay.  Gre-
  nouillette et calc ul salivaire.  Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon,
  1901-2, v, 119.- .leanbrau (E.)   Un cas de grenouillette
  sublinguale; examen histologiquedelapoche: pathogenie.
  N. Montpel. med., 1M>, vii. 676-682.- Johnson (R.)  Sub-
  lingual dermoid.   Tr. Path. Soc  Loud., 1889-90, xii, 280.—
  Lavnl (E.)  Sur la pathogenic  des genouillettes. Bull.
  med.,  Par., 1901, xv. 772.—I-e  Fort.  Kyste dermoide
  du plancher de la bouche.  Bull. Soc. ceu'r. de med. du
  nord,  Lille, 1902, 265. — Legland (A.)  A propos d'uu
  cas de kyste dermoide lateral suppure du plancher de la
  bouche. ' J.d. sc med. de Lille, 1904, ii, 433-447.—Mac he-
  nnud.  Grenonillette.   Arch, de med. nav., Par.,  1900,
  lxxiii. 294.—ITIeunier.  Kyste dermoide de la region sub-
  linguale.  Bull.  Soc.  anat.'de Par., 1881,  lvi,  122-125.—
  ltlintz(W.) Glandulasublingualisund Ranula. Deutsche
  Ztschr.  f. Chir., Leipz., 1899.  li, 1H5-196.—Morestlin (H.)
  Des prolongements de la glande sublinguale, a travers lo
  muscle myelo-hyoidien, et de  leur role dans la pathogenie
  de  la gri-'nouillette sus-hyoidienne.  Bull.  Soc. anat.  de
  Par.,  1897, lxxii, 307-312.  Also:  Gaz. d. h6u.,  Par., 1897,
  lxx, 529-533. -----. K\ste dermoide lateral du plancher
  de la bouche.  Bull.  Soc. anal, de Par., 1898, lxxiii, 585-
  589.  -----. Grenouillette sublinguale.   Bull, et mem.
  Soc. anat. de Par., 1902.  lxxvii, 711-716. -----. Grenouil-
  lettes jumelles.    Ibid., 1904. lxxix.  749-751. — Ozenne
  ( E )  ' Des kystes dermoides subliuguaux.  Arch. gen.
  de med.. Par., 1883, i,  278-302.—Faget (Sir J.)   Large ra-
  nula.   In his: Stud,  old case-books, 8°, Lond., 1891. 152-
  154.—Fatel.  Note sur un  cas de tumeur dermoide du
  plancher buccal.  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1901, x, 477-
  481.—Fenfold (O. C.)   Cysts of the region of the mouth.
  Dental  Rec, Lond., 1898, xviii,  104-111.—Popper.  Ra-
  nula und Epulis.  Med. YVoche, Berl., 1900, 187-190.—Ba-
  nula sublingualis.  Zahnarztl. Wchnbl.,  Hamb., 1898,
  xii, 423; 430.—Beclus (P.)  Kystes  dermoides du  plan-
  cher buccal.  In his: Clin. chir.  de I'Hotel-Dieu, 8°, Par.,
  1888, 189-201.—Beinbach (G.)   Zur Lehre von den sub-
  tingualen Geschwiilsten des Kindesalters.  Beitr. z. klin.
  Chir., Tubing., 1897, xviii,451-460,2pl.—Bobinson (H.B.)
  Dermoid cysts in the floor of the mouth and in the neck.
  St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1888-9, Lond., 1890, n. s., xviii, 153-
  163.—Bother.   Grenouillette, sublinguale chez  un nou-
  veau-n6.  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 118.— Bows
  (J. B.)  Notes on sub-lingual ranula; its etiology  and his-
  tology.  Intercolon. Q. J.M.&S., Melbourne, 1894-5, i, 332-
  339. — Bothamel Sc Cruchet.  Sur deux cas de gre-
  nouillette.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,
  1899, xx,4; 75.—Botondo (C.)   Contribuzione alia casis-
  tica delle cisti  dermoidi del  pavimento  boccale.  Arch.
  internaz. di med. e  chir., Napoli,  1903.  xix,  239-250.—
  Schiller* ( F.)   Grenouillette calculeuse.  Ann. Soc
  med. chir  de Liege, 1903, xlii,  544-548.   Also [Abstr.]:
  Gaz  med.  beige,  Liege,  1903-4,  xvi,  234. — Segala
  F.*talclla(M.)  De la riluula.   Iudepeud. m6d.. Barcel.,
  1893-4, xxv, 239; 251; 263; 275; 289; 302; 311; 357; 369;
  381.—Seiiijciiwsc (B.)  Grenouillette sus-hyoidienne con-
  secutive a une grenouillette sublinguale.   Ann. de la Poli-
  clin.  de Bordeaux, 1897, v, 477-484. — Sisin.  Cystis col-
  loides sublingualis sive ranula.  Voyenno-med. J., S.-Pe-
  terb., 1900, lxxvii, med.-spec pt., 363-367. — Spencer
   (W. G.)  The formation of mucous cysts in  tbe mouth.
  Tr. Path. Soc.  Lond., 1888-9, xl, 400. Also:  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1889, i, 412.—Stephancscu (S.)  Oiite-va cuviute
  asupra tratamentulul chirurgical al rauulelor.  [Remarks
  on the surgical treatment of ranuia.l  Rev. de chir.. Bucu-
  rest.1, 1899, iii, 236-238.—Terrier (F.)  Grenouillette sus-
  hyoidienne.  Bull, et m6m. Soc.  de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s.,
  xxxvi,  525. — Verebcly (L.)  Dermoid tomlflk  a szajii-
  regben. [Dermoid cysts in the cavity of the mouth] G vo-
  gy£szat,  Budapest,  1897, xxxvii, 640-642. — Wharton
   (H. R.)  Cyst, probably dermoid, from floor of mouth.  Tr.
   Path. Soc. Phila.. 1891-3, xvi. 56.—Winkler.  Die opera-
   tionslose Behandlung der Ranula.  Arch. f. phys.-diatet.
   Therap.,  Berl., 1903, v,  323. — Zanardi  (U.)  Sopra un
   caso  raro di ranula congenita di grandi dimensioni.  Gazz.
   med. ital., Torino, 1902,  liii, 163. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Mi-
   lano, 1902, xxiii, 827.

 Mouth (Tumors of, Malignant).
     Bap in ( T.)   * Ein  Fall  von   Lymphangio-
   sarkom  des  Mundbodens,  und  Benierkuugen
   iiber  die  sogenannten   Eiulothelgeschwulste.
   [Heidelberg.]  8°.   Jena, 1896.
     AUo. in: Beitr. z. path. Anat.  u. z. allg. Path., Jena,
   1896, xix, 462-496, 1 pl.
^Ioiilh (Tumors of  Malignant).
     IIanow  (YV.)   * Ueber  multiple  Cavernome
  au Zunge und Lippen.   12°.   Berlin, 1^94.
     Hober (T. )   * Ueber das Mundbodenkarci-
  nom.   8°.   Strassburg i. E., 1898.
     Humbert (M.)  *De  l'epitheiioina sublingual.
  8'-'.   Macon, 1-9H.
     Leroux (F.-J.)   * Contribution a l'e'tude du
  lymphangiome de la cavit6 buccale.  4U.   Bor-
  deaux, lb93.
     Mayer (H.)   "Disseminiertes Carciuom  der
  Mundhohle.  8°.  Munchen,  1904.
     Rothmanx  (M.)    *  Ueber die  Leukoplakia
  lingualis et buccalis in ihrem  Zusamtneuhang
  mit Carcinom.   8".    Berlin,  1889.
     Ruland  (YV.)  *Zur Statistik  der Schleim-
  hautcarcinome des Gesichts.   8°.  Bonn, 1^92.
     YVierenga  (P.)   * Leucoplakia buccalis en
  hare  verhoudiug tot lues  en  carcinoma.   8°.
  Leiden, 1894.
     \Vulff(R.)  * Acht Falle von Waugenschleim-
  hautearcinom.   8°.    Marburg, lb92.
     Ziekens (K.)  #Zur  Prognose des  Mundhoh-
  lenkrebses.  8°.   Bonn, 1900.
     Audry.  Syphilis et cancer de la bouche.  Bull. Soc.
  franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 148.  Also: Ann.
  de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1904, 4. s., v, 352.  AUo: J. d.
  mal. cutan. et syph., Par.,  1904, xvi, 487.—Audry (C.) &
  Iverscne.  Epithelioma  observ6 sur  un  lupus  de  la
  muqueuse bucco-pharyngee.  Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1897, 3. s., viii,  78-80.  Also: Bull. Soc.  Irani;,  de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 41-4i.  AUo:  J. d. mal.
  cutan. etsyph., Par., 1897, ix, 477-479. Also: Arch.mGd.
  de Toulouse,  1897, iii, 295-297.—Barnes (J.  M.)  Leuco-
  placia and its relation to carcinoma.  Dental Digest, Chi-
  cago, 1904, x, 150-156.—Bartha (G.) Carcinoma buccse
  l.sin.; kiirt&s; plastika.  [. . .extirpation; plastic] Or-
  vosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii. 553-555. Also,  transl.: TJn-
  gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 5-9.—Barthelemy
   (T.) Sc Jacques (G.)   Nouvelles recherches sur les "lan-
  gues blanches"  (leucoplasies, syphilis,  cancer).   Cong.
  internat. de med.   C.-r., Par., 191)0, sect, de  dermatol.  et
  de syph.. 502-548.—Itauby (E.) Sc Dalout.  Leuco-
  plasie buccale en voie de transformation epith£liomateuse.
   Echo med., Toulouse, 1899,  3. s., xiii, 567-573.  Also: Tou-
   louse med., 1899, 2. s., i, 171-177.—Bloodgood.   Sarcoma
   in the floor of the mouth; excision followed  by hypertro-
   phy of the left submaxillary gland. Johns Hopkins Hosp.
   Bull., Bait.,  1894,  v, I20.-Bosquier & Cortyl.  Reci-
   dives multiples de cancer des fumeurs.  Bull.  Soc. anat.-
   clin. de Lille, 1893, viii, 164-166.—Boyd (S.)  Epithelioma
   of tongue (far  back), floor of mouth, and jaw.   Clin.  J.,
   Lond., 1902-3, xxi. 308-310. —Boyd (S.) & Unwin (W. H.)
   Ou a series of cases of cancer of the mouth and fauces.
   Practitioner, Lond., 1904, lxxii, 397-415.—Brewer (G.  E.)
   Sarcoma of  the pterygomaxillarv  fossa.   Ann.  Surg.,
   Phila.,  1902, xxxvi. 448.—Bryant  ( T. )   Epithelioma.
   Clin.  J., Lond., 1892-3, i, 3.—Cancer in  and about  the
   mouth. Boston M. A-.  S. J., 1905. clii, 417-425.  [Discus-
   sion], 433.—Carcinom der Muudschleimhaut.   Jahresb.
   ii.d. chir. Abth. d. Spit, zu Basel 1896,  Basel, 1897, 23.—
   Carcinoma of floor of mouth; fatal case.  St. Thomas's
   Hosp.  Rep. 1899, Lond., 1901, 146.—Ceotan (E.) & Vettit
   (A.)  Epitheliomaetleukokeratose bucco-linguale.  Bull.
   Soc anat. de Par.,  1897, lxxii, 320-327.—Chevassu (M.)
   Leucoplasie  buccale et cancer.  Bull, et nieni. Soc. anat.
   de I'ar., 1902, lxxvii, 81-84.-Cobb  (F. C.)  The  impor-
   tance of early diagnosis of  cancer iu and about  the mouth.
   Boston M. & S. J., 1905,  clii, 417.   [Discussion], 433.—
   Coilmn■■ (E. A.)  The use of the X-ray in  the post-oper-
   ative treatment of cancer in the mouth.  Ibid., 424.  [Dis-
   cussion], 433.—Coley (YV. B.)  Carcinoma of  the floor of
   the mouth and tongue.   Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxx, 652.—
   Dawbarn (R. H. M.)  Malignant growths in the mouth.
   Internat. Deut. J., Phila., 1904. xxv, 911-916.—Dennis
   (G. J.)  Report of a case of carcinoma of the  buccal  mu-
   cous membrane with  microscopic exhibit.  Dental Rev.,
   Chicago, 1897, xi, 834-836.   Also:  Am. J. Dent, Sc. Bait.,
   1897-8,3. s., xxxi, 399-401.—Bu Camel. Leucoplasie buc-
   calo; 6pitheliome; gangrene; perforation de  la joue. Bull.
   Soc. franc, dedermat. et syph., Par., 1900, xi, 372-378.  Also:
   Ann. de dermat.  et syph.. Par., 1900, 4. s..  i,  1222-1228.—
   Epithelioma of floor of mouth.  North Lond. or Univ.
   Coll. Hosp.  Hep.  1889, Lond., 1891,  56.—Esqucrdo  (A.)
   La leucoplasia y el epitelioma de la boca.  Rev.  de med. y
   cirug. pra>t., Madrid,  1895, xxxvi,625-634.—Faure (J.-L.)
   Traitement des  tumeurs malignes du  plancher de la
   bouche. Cong, internat. de me>d.  O.-r., Par., 1900, sect.
   de stomatol..  181-1*3. -----. Cancer du plancher de la
    bouche. Tribune ni6d., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxi, 047. — Flo-
   quet.  Epithelioma du plancher de la bouche.   J. d. sc.
    med.de Lille, 1896, i, 581-583 —Fournier.  Ulceroed epi-
    telioma labiale.  Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1895, xii, 517-521.— 
MOUTH.
157
MOUTH.
Mouth  (Tumors of, Malignant).
  Franklin (M.)  Radiotherapy in some malignant condi-
  tions of the mouth.  Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1904, xxv,
  905-910.—Fulton (Mary H.) A case of malignant epulis.
  China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1900, xiv, 88, 1 pl. — Gold-
  stein  (M. A.)  Malignant  growths  of the  mouth and
  pharynx.   Tr. Am.  Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1904,
  N. Y.,  1905, x, 151-159. Also: Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,
  1904, xiv, 582-589. — Gordon (YV.) A case of apparent
  recovery from presumably malignant disease of the mouth.
  Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 713.—Hallopeau & Tostiviut.
  Syphilome ou 6pith61i«me buccal? Aim. do dermat. et
  syph.,  Par., 1899, 3.  s., x, 146.  Also: Bull. Soc. franc,  de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 69.—Harris (T.)  A case
  of carcinoma of the floor of the mouth and its subsequent
  mechanical treatment. J. Brit.  Dent. Ass., Lond., 1896,
  xvii, 227-229.—Heurtaux. Sarcome buccal avec euva-
  hissement ganjjlionnaire.  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1887-8,
  vi, 13.—Hutchinson (J), jr.  The diagnosis of epitheli-
  oma of the mouth from tertiary syphilitic and other lesions.
  Practitioner, Loud., 1903,  lxx, 654-660, 8 pl. —Joshua
   (F. W.)  Apparent recovery from presumably malignant
  disease of the mouth.  Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 821. — Ki-
  parski (R. V.)  K kazuiistikie zlokachestvennikh novo-
  obrazovaniy podyazichnol  zhelyozi.  [Malignant tumors
   of the sublingual gland.]  Yubil. shorn, v chest . . . Skli-
   fosovskavo, S.-l'eterb., 1900, 149-153.—Knowles (YV. A.)
   A case of sarcomatous epulis.  Pacific Dent. Gaz., San
   Fran., 1902, x, 230-232.—ICyuda.  [Carcinoma myxoma-
   todes  of the wall of the buccal cavity.]  Igaku Chuwo
   Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, 425-427. —Jbabit (G.)  Lymphan-
   giome vrai et angio-lymphangiome de  la bouche et du voile
   du palais. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 1057-
   1066. — L.atarjet.  Cancer oro-pharynge.   Lyon med.,
   1905, cv, 548.— lie Dentn. Tumeur du plancher de la
   bouche; cancer de l'os hyoide?  Bull,  et mem. Soc. de
   chir. de Par., 1888,  n. s., xiv, 499. — Lenglct (E.)  Con-
   duite  a, tenir  en presence  dune 16siou neoplasique ulce-
   reuse  indeterminee de la  langue ou de la cavite buccale.
   Presse med.,  Par.,  1902, i, 222.—von Lcyilen (E.) &
   IiOewenthal  (YV.)  Entamoeba buccalis I'rowazek bei
   einem Fall vou Carcinom  des  Mundbodens.  Charite-
   Ann., Berl., 1905, xxix, 1-11, 1  pl. — L.othrop (H. A.) &
   Scannell (D. D.)   The results of treatment of cancer in
   and about the mouth at the Boston City Hospital. Boston
   M. Sc S. J., 1905, clii, 421-424.  [Discussion], 433.—Luca§.
   Two cases of epithelioma.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903,
   xvii, 61-67.—Malignant tumors of the mouth. Am. J.
   Dent.  Sc, Bait., 1895-6, 3. s., xxix, 344-349.—OTaurange
   (G.) & Faguet (C.)  Leucoplasie buccale; epithelioma
   de la joue.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux,
   1889, x, 35-37.  Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1888-9, xviii,
   504.'—JTIaxtield  ( G. A.)  Malignant growths in  the
   mouth, incidental to general practice. Internat. Dent. J.,
   Phila., 1901, xxii, 373-377. — Mermet (P.)  Epulis sarco-
   mateuse  a myeloplaxes;  particularit6s histologiques.
   Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 389-393. — Mongie.
   Epulis d6geu6r6 en sarcome.   Bull.  S>»c. d'anat. et phy-
   siol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xix, 89-90.—Moreatin (H.)  Can-
   cer du plancher de la bouche.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de
   Par   1900, lxxv, 878-883.  -----.  Cancer du plancher de la
   bouche.  Ibid., 1041-1045. -----. Cancer bucco-pharyn-
   gien.  Ibid., 1902, lxxvii, 387-389. -----. Cancer du plan-
   cher de la bouche.  Ibid., 1903, 6. s., v, 512-517.—O'Oor-
   nian (C.)  Epithelioma of the  pharyngo-oral cavity, in-
   vading the larynx.   Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1893-4, xxvi,
   225-227.—Oren (S. A.)  Report on a case of epithelioma
   involving tonsil, faucial pillar, tongue, and buccal surface,
   with treatment and apparent cure. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
   cago,  1901, xxxvii,  378-380.—Pongracz (M.)   Szaj rkk-
   fene tdkeletes gydgyuWsa. |[Cancer of mouth partially
   cured.]  Orvosi tar, Budapest, 1839, ii, 129-132.—Bichet.
   Epithelioma du plancher buccal.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1889,
   lxii, 757.—Biddell (J. H.)  Case of epithelioma.  Glas-
   gow M. J., 1905, lxiv, 279. — Bonghton (E. W.)  The
   ihsidiousness  of cancer of  the mouth.   Practitioner,
   Lond.,1903,lxx,667-672.-Samtcr (E. O.)  TJeberLymph-
   angiome  der  Mundhohle.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.,
   1891, xii,  829-841, 1 pl.  Also, Reprint. — Smith (A.  H.)
   Sarcoma of the mouth, reaching a fatal result in thirty-
   four days. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1888, iii, 13. — Smith
   (M. C.)'  Report of a case of giant  sarcoma.   Internat.
   Dent. J., Phila., 1903, xxiv, 86. — Torek (F.)  Fall  vou
   wiederholter Erkrankung  an  Epitheliom in der Mund-
   hohle.  N. Yorker  med. Monatschr.,  1903, xv, 459.—
   Treves. Removal of a sarcoma of  the pterygoid plate
   through the mouth.  Lancet, Lond.,  1889, i, 682. — Vidal
   Fraxanet (A.)   Epulis sarcomatoso encefaloide; extir-
   pacidn;  curaci6n.   Med.  de los nifios,  Barcel., 1904, v,
   370-378.

  "on111  (Tumors  of,  Malignant,  Treat-

   ment of, Operative).
     Polaillon.    Quelques   reflexions  sur   les
   larges ablations des  cancers de la bouche,  de
   1'iBthme  du gosier et  du  pharynx.  8°.  Paris,
   1886.
otolith  (Tumors   of   Malignant,  Treat-

  ment of, Operative).
    de Robillard (J.)  * Du cancer  du plancher
  de  la bouche et de  son traitement par la  resec-
  tion incomplete de la partie mddiane du  maxil-
  laire inferieuie (avec conservation  de son bord
  inferieur).   8°.   Paris, 1902.
    Battle.   Operation  for extensive epithelioma of the
  mouth.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., lxvi, 595.—
  Blake  (J. A.)   Excision  of external  carotid  for inop-
  erable epithelioma of the floor  of the mouth.  Internat.
  J. Surg., N.  Y., 1900, xiii,  337.—Brewer (G. E.)  In-
  operable cancer of the tongue, floor of the mouth, and jaw
  treated by double external carotid excision. Ann. Surg.,
  Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 567.  -----. Epithelioma of the palate
  and tonsil; von  Langenheck's operation.  Ibid.,  1902,
  xxxvi, 259-261. —Cerne.  Cancer du plancher de la
  bouche;  ablation  par la voie sous-hyoidienne avec resec-
  tion du corps du maxillaire inferieur.  Normandie med.,
  Rouen, 1901, xvi, 142— Cobb (F.) Sc Simmons (C. C.)
  The results in cases of cancer of the tonsils, tongue, and
  jaws, operated upon at the Massachusetts General Hos-
  pital during  the  eight years from Jan.  1, 1892, to Jan. 1,
  1900. Div. Surg. M. Sch. Harv. Univ., Bost., 1904-5, Bull.
  No. iv, 71-81.—Collier(M. P. M.) Operation for removal
  of  malignant  disease of the  glands in the floor of the
  mouth, involving the tongue and lower jaw.  Med. Press
  &  Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 171.—Connor (P. S.)
  Operative treatment of cancer of lips, tongue,  floor of
  mouth, and pharynx.  Ann. Surg., Phila.,  1895, xxii, 445-
  450.__Crile (G. \V.)  Operations for cancer of the mouth
  and neck.  Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass., 1902,  Kansas
  City 1903, iv, 20-38.  Also: Ann. Otol.,  Rhinol. Sc Laryn-
   gol., St.  Louis, 1902, xi, 532-537.  AUo: St. Paul M. J.,
   1902, iv,  536-540.—Beanesly (E.)  Radical operation  for
   cancer  of  mouth.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,  1905,  i, 1270.—
   Ftvald (C.)  Eine Operationsmethode des Carcinoms der
   Mundhohlenschleimhaut.  Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894,
   xxi, 1081-1083.—Oallet.  Epithelioma  du plancher de la
   bouche; operations temporaires  combinees.  Clinique,
   Brux., 1900,  xiv, 453.—Grant (YV. YV.)  Operation  for
   cancer of the mouth.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv,
   962-970.   Also,  Reprint. — Ii a uwers.   De la  ligature
   preventive de la carotide externe dans  le  traitement des
   tumeurs de  la cavite bucco-pharyngienne.  Ann. Soc.
   beige de chir.,  Brux.,  1897-8, v,  241 -246. — Lothrop
   (H. A.)  & Scannell  (D. D.)  The results of treatment
   of cancer in and about the mouth at the Boston City Hos-
   pital.   Div.  Surg. M.  Sch. Harv.  Univ., Bost., 1904-5,
   Bull. No. iv,  82-88.—Newborn (J. L.)  Arsenious treat-
   ment for the removal of tumors from the mouth.  Dental
   Headlight, Nashville,  1899, xx, 8-12. — Morestin (H.)
   Epithelioma  k  debut commissural; envahissement des
   deux levres,  de la peau, des ganglions g6niens inferieur et
   sous-maxillaires, et adherence  k la ni&choire; ablation;
   autoplastic aux d6pens de la joue opposee.   Bull,  et mem.
   Soc. anat.  de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 185-188.—de la  Sota  y
   I^astra (R.)  Epitelioma  difuso de la boca y de la gar-
   ganta;  extirpaci6n total del neoplasma; curaci6n.  Rev.
   de med. y cirug. pr&ct.,  Madrid,  1905,  Ixix, 81 - 86. —
   Syme (G. A.)   Sarcoma of palate, tonsil, and pharynx;
   removal through external incision, with temporary occlu-
   sion of  external carotid, and division  of jaw; recovery.
   Iutercoln. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1901, vi, 184-18/.

  yIomI Ii  (Tumors  of, Treatment of Opera-

   tive).
      See, also, Mouth (Tumors of, Malignant, Treat-
   ment of, Operative).
      Gahtgens (W.)   * Ueber oropharyngeal Tu-
   moren  und ihie  operative  Behandlung.    8°,
   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1903.
      Imbert  ( A.)   * De l'extirpation par  la voie
   buccale des kystes dermoides m6dians du plan-
   cher sublingual.   8°.  Montpellier,  1902.
      Spindler (H.)  * De la grenouillette et de son
   traitement par l'extirpation totale  apres  hydro-
   touiie  du plancher  de la  bouche et  taniponne-
   ment de la poche.   8°.   Paris, 1898.
      Abadie  (J.)  Deux kystes dermoides medians du
   plancher buccal;  avantages de l'extirpation par la voie
   buccale. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat.  de  Par., 1903, lxxviii,
   439-442. — Ama?do (O.)  Les epulis; leur traitement k
   leur debut par le chirurgien-dentiste.  Odontologie, Par.,
   1901, 2. s., xiii, 408-422.—Barth a (G.)   Tumor in bucca;
   exstirpatio;  plastica.   Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii,
   95.—Berger (P.)  Kyste dermo'ide du plancher buccal
   extirp6  par voie  buccale.  Bull, et  m6m.  Soc. de chir. de
   Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 1186-1188.—Bousquet (H.)  Kyste
   6pidermique du plancher de la bouche; ablation;  gueri-
   son. Bull. m6d., Par., 1897, xi, 261-263.—Chavaunaz.
   Kyste dermoide du plancher buccal avec adherence k l'os
   hyoide; extirpation; gu6rison; examen de la paroi kysti- 
MOUTH.
158                    MOUTH-BREATHING.
Mouth (Tumors of, Treatment of, Opera-

  tire).
  que.  Bull.  Soc. d'anat.  et  physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897,
  xviii, 237-239.  Also: J. de med. de Bordiaux, 1S97, xxvii,
  201.—Buinontpnllier.  Remarques et observations sur
  le traitemeut de certaines tnmeuis de la bouche au moyen
  du chlorate de potasse.  Bull.  Acad, de m6d., Par., 1896,
  3. s., xxxv, 236-244.   AUo: Gaz. d.  hop.,  Par., 1896, lxix,
  338-341.— Fell (YV.)  Case of successful removal of a
  growth from the back of the mouth.  N. Zealand M. J.,
  Diinedin, ls88-9, ii, 243—Glassington (C.  \Y.)  Epulis
  and its treatment from i he dental .surgeon's point of view.
  Brit. Dent. J., Loud., 19U3, xxiv, 0:!3-637.—Goris.  Kyste
  dermoide du plancher  de la bouche op6r6 parla region sus-
  hyoidienne.  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
  Par., 1892, ii, 86. — Guinard  (A.)  Kyste dermoide du
  plancher de la bouche; extirpation.  Bull. Soc. anat. de
  Par., 1888, lxiii, 181. — Hern (YV.)   [A pedunculated tu-
  mour removed from the mouth of  an old woman.]   Tr.
  Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit., Lond.,  1892,  n. s., xxiv, 8-11.—
  Ileurlaux.  Kystes dermoides du  plancherde la bouche
  enlev6s par la  caviie buccale.  Bull, et m6m.  Soc.  de chir.
  de Par.. 1891,  n. s., xvii, 507-509. — TlaiwlialI  ( J. S. )
  Aneunsmal tumor of the right alveolar process and vault
  of the mouth treated by injection.  Internat. Dent. J.
  N. Y., 1891, xii. 367-371. ' Also  : Tr.  N. Jersey Dent. Soc.
  1890,  Phila.. 1891,  85-90.— ilono*!  (C.)   Note  sur le di-
  agnostic et le traitement des kystes dermoides du plancher
  de la bouche.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1891,
  n. s., xvii. 482-489. Also: Med. mod., Par.,  1891, ii,  513-
  515__Noyuchi  (H.)  [A few hints on the  etiology and
  treatment of oral tumors.J   Shikwaigaku  Sodan, Tokyo,
  1899, iv, no. 7,  1-5.—Pujebet ((J.)   Kyste dermoide de la
  region sus-hyoidienne droile faisant saillio dans le plancher
  de la bouche.   J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1900, i, 491 -494.—
  Que■■ ii.  Extirpation par la bouche d'un kyste dermoide
  median;  reunion par premiere intention.  Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir. de Par., 1892, n. s., xviii, 387-389.—Schmitt
  (A.) Kyste dermoide sublingual prispourune grenouillette
  sus-hyoidienne; extraction totale de la poche.  Z&itZ., 1891,
  n. s.. xvii, 22-30. — Sebilenu (P.)  Grenouillette  sup-
  puree; incision et maisupialisation; translation chirurgi-
  eale du canal de Wharton.  Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1903,
  x, 403.—Verneuil.   Remarques sur l'extirpation de cer-
  taines tumeurs intra-bueeales.  Bull, et mem.  Soc.  de
  chir. de Par.. 1893, n. s., xix, 643-664.

Mouth (Tumors of)  in animals.
     Pick (L.)  Zur Frage vom Vorkommeu des Carcinoms
  beiVogeln;  grosser Plattenepithelkrebs des Mundhdhlen-
  bodens bei  einem Huhn. Verhandl. d.  Berl. med.  Ge-
  sellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904,  xxxiv,  215-218.—Stewart  (S.)
  Papillomatous tumors in a horse's mouth.  Am. Vet.Rev.,
  N. Y., 1903-4,  xxvii, 339-341.

Mouth (Ulceration of).
     See,  also,  Measles  (Complications of, Buccal,
  etc.); Mouth (Gangrene of); Mouth (Inflamma-
  tion of, Ulcerative).
     Bauronicz  (A.)  Ein Fall  von Geschwiiren  der
  Schleimhaut der Mundhohle  unbekannterTJrsache. Arch.
  f. Laryngol.  u.  Rhinol., Berl.,  19(11, xii. 141-143.—Be-
  lorme.  Ulcerations bueeales. Bull, et mem.  Soc.  de
  chir.de Par., 1902,n. s.,x-viii,413.—ITIasucei (P.)  Sulle
  nlcerazioni benigne di Hervng.  Rassegna brit. internaz.
  d. mal. d.naso,  gola e orrecchio,  Napoli, 1891, iv,78-S(j.—Se-
  journet.  De quelques ulcerations de la muqueuse  buc-
  cale chez les enfants.  France m6d., Par., 1890, i, 181-183.—
  Webb (T. L.)  The removal of portions of suspicious
  growths or ulcers in the mouth for  microscopical  examin-
  ation.  J. Brit. Dent.  Ass., Lond., 1902, xxiii, 438-440.

Month (Wounds and injuries  of).
     Barker (A. E.)  Revolverschussinden Mund: Hirn-
  erscheinungen am 28. Tage, Entdeckung der Kugel auf
  dem Corp. callosum durch Rcintgen-Strahlen; Entfernuug
  derselben am 69. Tage durch den Scheitel; Heilung.  Ver-
  handl. d.  deutsch. Gesellsch.  f. Chir., Berl., 1899, xxviii,
  pt. 2, 157-172.—Berard (L.)  Coup do revolver  dans la
  voute palatine.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc.  m6d. de
  Lyon (1898),  1899, xxxviii, pt. 2, 146.—Borri (L.)  Un
  caso raro di ferimento per arma da fuoco nella cavita. boc-
  cale.  Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1897, i, 197-199.—B rough-
  ton-Head (L. C.)   Two cases of bullet wound in the
  mouth. J. Brit. Dent. Ass.,  Lond.,  1902,  xxiii, 435-438.—
  Coustenu (J.) Plaie par arme a feu ayant int6ress6 la
  region bucco-pharyngienne,  avec fracture compliqu6e de
  latroisieme vertebre cervicaleet signesdecompi ession 1116-
  dullaire et de meningite spinale.  Ann. d. mal. de  l'oreille,
  du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi, pt. 2, 148-159.— Bel-
  rue.  Plaie du plancher de la bouche, de  la langue et de
  la voute palatine par une cartouche  dite de  greves; con-
  siderations sur les blessures produites par les anciens et
  les nouveaux fusils.  Aich. m6d. beiges, Brux., 1899, 4. s.,
  xiii, 150-161.—Fischer.  Ueber Wiindbehandlung der
  Mundhohle.  Ztschr. f. YVundarzte u. Geburtsh., Winuen-
  den, 1883, xxxiv, 239-244.—Formad (H. F.)  Gunshot
Mouth (Wounds and injuries of).
  wound of mouth.  Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 36.—
  Froloir(V. I.)  Povrezhdeniye vistrlelom v rot ruzhel-
  nim zaryadom drobi, potrebovavsheye perevyazki sounol
  arterii.   [Small-caliber gun-shot injury of the mouth  ne-
  cessitating ligation of the carotid aiterv.]  Voyenno-med.
  J., St.  Petersb., 1904, ii, med.-spec, pt., 82-s5.-GB.rel.
  Corps  etranger  de  la bouche extrait  avec un  aimant.
  Lyon med., 1900, xciv, 490-492.—Giuria (P. M.)  Contri-
  buto alio studio delle ferite  d' arma da fuoco nella cavit&
  boccale.  Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1897, i, 193-197..-----.
  Contributo alio studio delle ferite d' arma da fuoco nella
  cavitil  boccale.   Ibid.,  1899-1900,  iii," 140. — Hassler.
  Plaie'perforante de la joue et du pilierant6rieur gauche et
  penetrante de l'amygdale gauche par 6p6e-baionnet to d'in-
  fanteiio.   J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx, 263.— I-aw-
  Icy-Vork  (E. )   Proposed new  method for treating
  wounds in the mouth. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1901,  vii,
  385-1188.—Scheuer (A.)  Eine .seltene YYrlelzung durch
  einen Fremdkdrper.  YVien.  zahnarztl. Monatschr., 1903,
  v, 87-90.—Mhteinhaus (N. A.)   Sluchai ognestrielnol
  rani polosti rta.  [Gunshot  wound of the oral cavity.]
  Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1901,  vi, 134— Tomaselli Pera-
  toner (V.)   Corpo  estraneo  nella cavita orale.  Rifcima
  med., Napoli, 1897,  xiii,  pt.  4, 292.—Wagnier.  Corps
  etranger  enfonc6 dans la cavite buccale et sorti au bout de
  dix mois  dans la region cervicale post6rieure.  Rev. de la-
  ryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1890, x, 396-399.

Mouth during pregnancy  and lactation.
    Beers (AY.  G.)   Observations in the  mouth during
  pregnancy and the  catamenia.  Tr. N. York Odont. Soc.
  1885, Phila.,  1886, 83-91.   AUo: Dental Cosmos, Phila.,
  1885, xxvii,  479-487.  Also, Repriiit.^Johnson (C.  B.)
  Stomatitis matcrnn.   Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1894,
  xliv, 290-290.—Marshall (J.  S.)  The teeth  and oral
  cavitv  of pregnant women.   Dental Reg., Cincin., 1890,
  xliv,'109-117.—That (On)  kind of aphtha peculiar to fe-
  males, particularly those in  the puerperal state.  Boston
  M. Sc S. J., 1847, xxxvii.  173-176.—Wright (C.  O.)  Sto-
  matitis materna.  Tr. Obst. Soc Cincin., 1877-9, i. 42-45.

Mouth-breathing*.
    Fitzgekai.I) (W. H.)   Mouth-breathing.  12\
  [Hartford? 1905.]
    Mader (L.) Ueber Naseu- und Mundatmung
  mit besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  ihrer  Bezie-
  hungen zur Infektion.    8°.  Halle a. S.,  1903.
    Whiting (G. F.)  A wonderful truth.  Mouth
  breathiii"  and the evils which  it entails.   .<0.
  London, [1^9 ].
    Ballenger (YV. L.) A physiological statement explan-
  atory of  some of the symptoms of mouth-breathing.   Tr.
  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii,
  115-120.  AUo: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1902, xi,  470-47*4.  [Discussion], 573. — Bowen  (J.J.)
  Mouth-breathing. Brooklyn M. J., 1899, xiii. 27-44. —
  Brady  (W. J.)  Some observations on mouth breathing.
  Items Interest, N. T., 1903. xxv, 803-832.—Bresgcn (M J
  Ueber  ilie Bedeutung behinderter Nasenathmung fiir die
  korperliche,  die geistige und die sprachliche Entwicke-
  lung der Kinder.  Gesundheit, Frankf. a. M., 1891, xvi,
  241-244. — Bunch  (J. L.)  On mouth-breathing.  Edinb.
  M.  J.,  1899, n. s., vi, 56-60.—Carmody (T. E.)  Notes on
  mouth breathing.  Items Interest, N. V., 1905, xxvii, 200.—
  Cobb (C. M.)   Mouth breathing.  Atlantic M. Weekly,
  Providence, 1896, vi, 209-217. — Collier (M.)  Mouth-
  breathing, and  its relation to diseases of the throat,  ear,
  nose and accessory cavities. J. Laryngol.,  Lond., 1901,
  xvi, 21-35. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1478-1482.  AUo:
  Med. Press &  Circ, Lond., 1900,  n.  s.,  lxx, 586; 614.—
  Crawford (J. M.)  Mouth-breathing.  Tr. M. Ass.
  Georgia,  Atlanta, 1899,  302-305.  Also: J. Am.  M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1899, xxxii,1157.—Be Blois (T. A.)  The mouth
  breather.  Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1896, 7. s.,
  160-166. —French  (T. R.)   Mouth-breathing; its causes,
  effects, and  treatment.  Pathologist,  Brooklyn,  1882, ii,
  133-142.  Also, Reprint.-----. A device to prevent mouth-
  breathing during sleep.  N. York M. J.,  1W)2,  lv, 436.—
  Freudenthal (W.)  The  control of mouth breathing.
  Med. Rec, N. T., 1898, liv. 467. — Gleitsiiiauu (J.  \V.)
  Mundathiuung. ihre Ursachen, practische Bedeulung  und
  Behandlung.  N. Yorker med. Presse, 1880. ii, 1-5.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Gordon (N. R.)   The evil results from mouth
  breathing, and relief therefrom.  Times Sc  Reg., Phila.,
  1890, vii,  79.—Guye (A. A. G.) Over het ademhalcn door
  den mond en over de middelen daartegen. Nederl.Tijd-
  schr. v.  Geneesk., Amst.,  1874, xi, 737-742. -----. Sur la
  respiration par  la bouche, au point de vue de l'hygiene.
  Cong,  internat.  d'hyg. et  de (16mog. 1884, La Haye, 1885,
  ii, 119-126.  AUo, Reprint,  Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1884,
  vi,  868-870. -----. Het  aanzetten van tandsteen  aan de
  snijtanden, tengevolge van  habitucele mond-ademhaling.
  Handel, v. h. Nederl. Nat.- en Geneesk. Cong., Haarlem,
  1895, 420-427. — Halasz (H.)  Az  orrdugulas  folytan
  t&tott sz4ju gyermekekrol.  [Mouth-breathing in children 
MOUTH-BREATHING.                   159                                MOVEMENT.
Mouth-breathing.
  from the occlusion of the nostrils.] Budapesti orv. ujs&g,
  1903, i, 594; 619; 639. — Ingersoll (J. M.)  Some of the
  causes and effects of mouth breathing.  Tr. M. Ass. Centr.
  N. Y. 1899,  Buffalo, 1900, vi, 14-18.  Also: Buffalo M. J.,
  1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 414-418.—Iredell (('. L. M.)  Mouth
  breathing.  Austral. M. J., Melbourne, lc80,viii, 123-129.—
  Jenkins (N. B.)  A bridle for the control of mouth
  breathing.  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1898, liv, 394. — Koeruer
  (O ) Enuresis nocfurna bei Mundathmern.  Centralbl. f.
  klin. Med., Leipz., 1891, xii, 417-419.— Kopka  (P.)  Ue-
  ber die Bedeutung behinderter Nasenatmung und  die
  Nachteile eines on'enen  Mundes. Bl. f. Taubst. - Bild.,
  Berl., 1897,  x, 333; 342. — Lederman (M.  D.)   The in-
  fluence of mouth breathing upon thedeutal arch.  N. York
  M. J..  1901, lxxiv, 55-57 —.Haun (J. E.)  Mouth breath-
  inland its physiological effects.  J.Ophth.. Otol., &. Laryn-
  gol, X. Y.. i899. xi. 306-310. — Miller (C. M.)  Mouth
  breathing.  Old Dominiou J. M. &. S., Richmond, 1902-3,
  i, 135-139.—Prideaux (\V. de C.) Mouth-breathing and
  its consequences.  J. Brit. Dent. Ass., Lond., 19ia, xxiv,
  125-137. — Boe (J. O.)  Mouth-breathing;  its  injuiious
  effects. Am. J.Nursing. Phila.,1903-4,iv,87-90— «"*< b< ib
  (G. F.)  Mouth breathers.  Illinois M.  Bull.,  Chicago, ]
  1904  iv 266;  298.— Smith (A.)   Shut  vour mouth!
  Pub. Health,  Loud.,  1874,  ii.  353. — Talbot (E.  S. )
  Mouth-breathing not the cause of contracted jaws and
  high vaults.  Tr. Am. Dent. Ass., Phila., 1891,  xxxi, 67-
  99.  AUo: Dental  Cosmos, Phila.. 1891,  xxxiii, 919-945.
  AUo, Reprint.  Also. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1891, xvii,
  505-509. — Tello (\V.)  Li respiracion bucal  habitual.
  [From : Seniana m6d., Buenos Aires.]  An. med. gadita-
  nos, Cadiz, 1897-8. xvi. 259-2U4.  AUo, Reprint.—Traut-
  mann (G.)  Bedeutung der nasalen Atmung in ihrer
  Schutz- und Heilwirkung auf Krankheiteu. Miiuchen.
  med. "Wchnsehr.. 1903, 1, 559.— Tufts (S. W.)  The  con-
  trol of mouth-breathing at night. Am. Med., Phila., 1903,
  v, 169.—Visick (H. C.)  A consideration of the relation-
  ship between superior  protrusion and mouth-breathing.
  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.. 1902, xvi, 16-19.—Wagner (C.)
  Habitual mouth-breathing: its causes, effects, and treat-
  ment.   Med. Rec.. X. Y., 1881, xix, 667-669.
 Mouth Oil (Joseph)  [1-70-    ].   * De  la tor-
  •siou  du pe*dicnle dans les kystes de l'ovaire.
   64  pp.  8°.   Paris, 1897, No. 255.

 Mouth-washes.
    See Mouth (Hygiene of).
 IttoHtier (Georges)  [1872-    ].  *De la sialor-
  rhee  nre'mique.   55 pp.  8-'.    Paris, lr~98,  Xo.
  471.
 ITIoutin  (Lucien).   * Le diagnostic  de  la sug-
  gestibility.    110 pp., 1 1.   4 .   Paris, 1896, No.
  557.
 Mouton  (A.) [1862-   '  ].   *De  la  suture des
  neri's, et en particulier de  la suture  secoudaire.
  59 pp.  4-.   Paris, 1-90, No. 259.
 fTIouton  ( Charles-Cauiille ).   I.  Comment  re-
  connaltre si l'acide  snecinique  du commerce
  n'est  pas falsi fie" avec du  sulfate  acide de po-
  tasse et de  l'huile  de succin ?  II.  [etc.].    17
  pp.   4 = .  Paris, 1*3*, No. 20(3.
 Mouton (Ernest).  Des diverses methodes d'an-
  tisepsie dans le traitemeut de la tuberculose
  pulmonaire.  16 pp.  8'-.   Paris,  J.-B.  Bailliere
  ffils, 1888.
 fTIoutOli (Eugene.   (La physionoinie comparee.
  Traite"  de lexpression  dans l'homme,  dans  la
  nature et daus Part.   2 p. 1., 595 pp., port.   8°.
  Paris, P. Ollendorff, 18-5.
 -----.   Le devoir de pnnir.   Introduction a I'his-
  toire  et a la the"orie du droit de punir.   1 p. 1.,
  330 pp.  12-.  Paris, L. Cerf, 1—7.
 mouton  (Georges)  [18-1-     ].   * La  syphilis
  du maxillaire superieur envisaged  specialement
  dans  ses rapports avec les  affections du  systeme
  dentaire.  80 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Nancy, 1905, No.  13.
 mouton  (Gustave-Heuri)   [1*74-     ].   * Des
  hi-mies adhe"rentes  par glissement du  gros  in-
  lesiin; leur therapeutique.   82 pp., 1 1.   8'y
  Lille, 1--99. No. 126.
 mouton (J. Th.).
    See  Zijn de terreinen aan en achter  [etc.].   roy. 8°.
  '* Gravenhar/e, 1903.
 mouton  (Johannes Martinus  Cornells).  * De
  yvaarde van het tuherculinum als diagnosticum.
  iv, 115 pp.   8°.  Den Haag, Mouton Sr Co., 1^97.
moutoilliet (E.), pere.  Notice  sur la morve
  chronique et  le farcin  des chevaux, et traite-
  ment pr^servatif de ces deux maladies. , 16 pp.
  8y   Paris, 1843.
moutray (C[harles] D[rummond]).  On brain-
  strain, including some practical hints and amus-
  ing  experiences.    viii, 47 pp.   8°.   London,
  Bead, Brooks <f  Co., 1881.
moutrier (Michel) [1869-     ].   * Chancre
  tnberculeux de  la  verge.  72 pp.   4°.  Paris,
  1*96, No. 306.
moilVCinent (Le) hvgi&iique.   v. 4-21, 1888-
  1905.  8J.  Bruxelles/
    Current.
mouveinent  (Le) me'dical.   [Three  times a
  month.]  v. 3, 1865.  8-'.   Paris.
    VTant nos. 1-4, 10, 16.
mouveinent (Le) me'dical.   Le g^rant: J.-B.
  Bailliere.   [Monthly.]   No. 6, v. 7, June, 1905.
  4\   Paris.
    A special number of: j?Ioia (Le) scientifique.
mouwen (Matthseus).   *l)e strnctura et  usu
  renum.  8 pp.   4°.  Traj. ad llhenum,  G.  van
  de Water, 1714.   [P., v. 2244.]
de mouxy (Louis-Joseph) [1876-    ].   *Le
  rhumatisme  tuberculeux  au sanatorium d'Hau-
  teville.  68 pp.   8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 127.

^louzaia ville.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
moiizard.  [Rapport  sur l'ouvrage intitule":]
  Ve  la cure radicale dS la tumeur et de la fistule
  du  sac lacrymnl, par le docteur Al. Magne.  8
  pp.   8°.  [Paris,  F.  Malteste  $  Cie.,  1*57.]
  [P., v. 1768.]
    Repr.from: Union m6d., Par., 1857, xi.
IVIouzels (Baptiste-Armand-Paul) [1876-     ].
  * Etude  clinique  des   complications orbitaires
  des  dacryocystites.  66 pp. 8^.  Bordeaux, 1903,
  No.  67.
mouzin.  De l'emploi  de l'aimant dans le trai-
  tement  des  maladies.    78  pp.    8°.   Paris,
  Foriin, Masson $ Cie., 1843.
mouzin Lizys (Roger)  [1866-     ].  * Etude
  me~dico-le"gale sur la responsabilite' profession-
  nelle  des medecins, chirurgiens,  accoucheurs.
  84 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 576.
-----.   The  same.   84 pp.    8°.   Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere $ fils,  1*99.

Jloveineut  (Organic).
    See, also, Cilia, etc.;' Locomotion; Muscles.
    Alleke (G. A. N.)   Over  bewegiug  en  rust.
  8C.   Haarlem,  1800.
    Bakthez (P.  J.)  Neue Mechanik  der will-
  kiihrlicheu Beweguugen  des  Mensehen und der
  Thiere.   Aus dem  Franzosischen iibersetzt vou
  Kurt Sprengel.  8°.  Halle, 1*00.
    Bkkvor (C.  E.)  The  Croonian  lectures on
  muscular movemeuts and  their representation
  in  the  central  nervous  system.   *-.   London,
  1904.
    AUo [Abstr.], in: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1357;  1417;
  1480; 1715; 1783:  ii, 12.
    Braune (C.  W.) &  Fischer  (O.)  Bestim-
  mung der Triigheitsmnmente  des  mensehlichen
  Korpers  und seiner Glieder.   roy. 8°.  Leipzig,
  1892.
    Repr. from: Abhandl. d.k. sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissen-
  Bch. zu Leipz., 1891-2, xxxi.  Math.-phys. CI., xviii, Xo. 8.
    Caillibaud  (G.-F.)   *L'acte   du relever a
  l'6tat normal et duns quelques e"tats pathologi-
  ques. *°.  Bordeaux,  1903.
    Campailla (T.)  Del motn dejrli animali;  dis-
  corso.   Parte   prima.  De' moviinenti  iuterui.
  16°.  Palermo,  1710.
    Chandezon. Principes d'anatomie et  de  phy-
  siologie applique's a l'etude du mouvement.   *°.
  Paris, [1905]. 
MOVEMENT.                                 160                                 MOVEMENT.
Movement (Organic).
    Choulaxt (L.)   Ueber die willkiihrliche Be-
  we«mi^ des Mensehen.  8°.  Leipzig, 18'A'>.
    Demexy (G.)   Mecanisme et Education des
  mouvements.   8°.  Paris, 1904.
    Endtz (J.  A.)  *De motu corporis animalis,
  sine  conscientia, voluntario.   8°.    Groningue,
  [1825].
    Gabarret (J.)   *Des mouvements  de  rota-
  tion chez les animaux.  8°.   Castres,  1877.
    Gesxerus  (J. H.)  Meditatio medica de moti-
  bus corporis  humaui variis.  sm. 4°.   Hanovice,
  1701.
    Lazurski  (A. F.)   *0 vliyanii mishechnikh
  dvizheniy  na  cherepno-niozgovoye  krovoobra-
  ehtshenive.  [Influence of muscular movenients
  on  the  circulation  of the blood in the brain.]
  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1900.
    Marey (E.-J.)  Du mouvement dans les fonc-
  tions de la vie; lecons  faites  au  College  de
  France.  8°.   Parts,  1866.
    Meyer (G. H.)   Die Entstehung unserer Be-
  wegungen.  8°.   Berlin, 1868.
    Muybridge  (E.)   Descriptive  zoopraxogra-
  phy, or the science of animal  locomotion made
  popular.   *°.   [Philadelphia],  1893.
    Pa yen  (E.)   * Quelques  considerations  au
  sujet de I'influence des mouvements sur la circu-
  lation veineuse des membres.   4°.  Paris, 1886.
    Petitus (P.)  De motu animalium spontaneo
  liber unus: in quo par^im Aristotelis de hujus
  motus  principio sententia  illnstratur,  partim
  nova musculorum motus ratio indagatur.  16°.
  Parisiis, 1660.
    Savory (W.  S.)   On  motion in  plants and
  animals.   8°.  [London,  1862.]
    Schnetter  (C. L.)  Dis. phys.  de motu, qui
  secundum, et  qui  supra  naturam est.   sm. 4°.
  Erffurti, [1711].
    Schoppmann   (P.   C.)  *De motu  elastico
  parti um solidarum  corporis  humani.    sm. 4°.
  Heidelbergaz,  1727.
    Specht  (K.)  * Ueber das Verhalten der Tem-
  peratur nnd des Pulses vor  und nach  Korper-
  bewegung bei Gesundenund Kranken.  8°.  Er-
  langen,  1904.
    Stepaxoff  (W.  J.)  Alphabet  des  mouve-
  ments du corps humain.  Essai d'enregistremeut
  des niouveineuts du corps humain au moyen des
  signes musicaux.  8°.  Paris,  [1891].
    Weckher (J.) * De motu bona, medicina cor-
  poris.   16°.   [ Vindobonw], 1769.
    Weiss (J.  C.)  *De flexibilitate actionum  in
  corpore humano.  sm. 4°.  Altorfii, 1776.
    Woodworth  (R. S.)  The accuracy of volun-
  tary movements.   8°.   New  York  §■  London,
  1899.
    Adanikicwicz (A.)  Ueber die physiologischen Quel-
  len uuphysiologischer Bewegungen.   Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,
  Berl., 1903, xlviii, 245-249. — Angler (R. P.)  Die Scha-
  tzung von  Bewegungsgrossen bei  Vorderarmbewegun-
  gen.  Ztscbr. f. Psvchol. u. Pbysiol. d. Sinnesorg., Leipz.,
  1905,  xxxix, 429-447. — Anbert (H.)  Die Beweguugs-
  empfiudung. Arch. f. d. ges. Pbysiol., Bonn, 1886, xxxix,
  347: 1886-7,  xl, 459. —du  Bois-Reyniond (R.)  Ueber
  die "Wirkung der "Wadenmuskeln beim Stehen und beim
  Erheben auf die Fussspitzen.  Monatschr. f. orthop. Chir.
   [etc.], Berl., 1901, i, 113-119. —Brown (A.  C.)  Our sen-
  sations of motion.  Nature, Lond., 1889, xl, 449-453. Also,
  transl.: Rev. scient., Par., 1889, xliv, 545-551.—Rrown-
  Sequard.  Theorie des mouvements involontaires,  co-
  ordonnes, des  membres et du tronc chez l'homme et  les
  animaux. Arch, de physiol. norm,  et path.,  Par., 1890.
  5. s., ii, 411-424. -----. Sur la dur6e du travail de produc-
  tion des mouvements  involontaires, coordonnes.  Ibid
  1892,  5. s., iv, 703-709.—Chambers.  Of the reduction of
  the motions of animals to the laws of mechanicks.  Philos.
  hist.  & mem.  Roy. Acad. Sc. Par. abr. . . . 1699 to 1720,
  Lond., 1742, i. 336-346.—Cook (0. P.)  Stages of vital mo-
  tion.   Pop. Sc. Month., N. T., 1903, lxiii, 14-24— Deineny
  (G.)  De la forme exterieure des muscles de l'homme. dans
  ses rapports avec les  mouvements executes (experiences
  faites par la chronophotographie).  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
Movement (Organic).
  sc., Par.,  1891, cxiii.  657-659. — Ducceschi (V.)  Una
  legge del  movimento animate.   Ztscbr. f. allg. Physiol.,
  Jena, 1902-3, ii, 482-501.—Fere (('.)  L'energie etla vitcsse
  des mouvements volontaires.  Kev. phil., Par., 1889, xxviii,
  37-68. -----.  L'energie des mouvements volontaires et la
  sensation de poids.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1890,
  9. s., ii, 255-257.—Ferri (L.)  Dei moviinenti appareuti;
  osservazioni di fisiologia sulla sensazione visiva di movi-
  mento.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1890, 3. s.,
  xxxviii, 172-180. — von Foller.  Ein Maassstab fiir die
  sogenaunte grobe  motorische Kraft.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1893, xii, 773-776.—Haughton (S.)  On some ele-
  mentarv principles in animal mechanics.  Proc. Roy. Sue.
  Lond., 1867-8, xvi, 19: 1869-70, xviii, 22; 257; 359: 1871-2,
  xx, 328: 1875-6, xxiv. 42:  1876-7, xxv, 131: 1879-80, xxx,
  219; 359.—Ilaycraft (J. B.)  Upon the production  of
  rapid voluntary movements.   J. Physiol.,  Lond.,  1898,
  xxiii, 1-9.—llenlc (J.)  Ueber die Grazie.   In hU: An-
  throp.  Vortr., Brnschwg. 1876,  i, 1-19___Imbert (A.)
  Notions de mecaniqueanimale. N. Montpel. m6d. Suppl.,
  1893, ii, 73-103.—Johnson (W. S.)  Researches in prac-
  tice and habit. Science,  N.  T.  Sc Lancaster, Pa.,  1899,
  n. s., x,  527-529.—Judd (C. H.)  An experimental study
  of writing movements.   Phil. Stud., Leipz..  1902, xix,
  243-259. — Lrnba (J. H.) Sc  Hyde (Winifred). An ex-
  periment  in learning to make hand movements.   Psy-
  chol. Rev., N. T. & Loud., 1905, xii, 351-369.—Levy (M.)
  Ueber  Mitbewegungen.    Arch. f.  Kinderh.,  Stuttg.,
  1900, xxx,  114-127. — Lyon  (E.  P.)  A contribution  to
  the comparative physiology  of compensatory motions.
  Am. J. Physiol., Best'., 1899-1900, iii, 80-114.—McCallum
  (H. A.)  The, meaning of vital  movements.  Canad. Pract.,
  Toronto, 1893, xviii,  815-818./—Marey (E.)  Photo-
  graphic analysis  of the  movements of  athletes.  Na-
  ture, Lond., 1901, lxiv, 377-379.—Marinesco (G.)  Con-
  tribution k l'etude du mecanisme des mouvements volon-
  taires et des fonctions du faisceau pyramidal.  Semaine
  med., Par., 1903, xxiii,  325-329. — Merzbaclier  (L.)
  Untersuchungen iiber die Regulation der  Bewegungen
  der Wirbelthiere;  Beobachtungen an Froscheu. Arch. f.
  d. ges. Pbysiol., Bonn, 1901, Ixxxviii, 453-474.—Ostwald
  (W.)  Zur Theorie der  Richtungsbewegungen schwim-
  mender niederer Organismen.  Ibid., 1903, lxxxxv, 23-65.—
  Powell  (J. W.)   Certitudes and illusions; an illusion
  concerning rest.  Science, N. T. &  Lancaster, Pa., 1896,
  n: s., iii, 426-433.—Radcliffe (C. B.)  On the electrical
  basis of vital motion.  Lancet,  Lond., 1888, i, 59-61.—
  Randolph  (N. A.)  A note on the irradiation of motor
  impulses.   Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1887, 3. s., ix, 83-94.—
  Rennie  (G. E.)   The physiology  of voluntary  move-
  ments.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 135-141.—
  Rudneflf (V. I.)  O bistrotie prostleishikh prolzvoluikh
  dvizheniy; flziologicheskoye  izsliedovaniye.  [Rapidity
  of simple  voluntary movements; physiological investiga-
  tion.]  Nevrol. Vestnik,  Kazan, 1902, x, no. 4,35-45.—
  Sanderson (J. B.)  Relation of motion in animals and
  plants to  the electrical phenomena which are associated
  with it.  Rep. Smithson.  Inst. 1899, Wash.,  1901, 329-351,
  5 pl.—Sergi  (G.)   Dei moviinenti primordiali negli orga-
  nismi elemental!.  Riv.  di sc. biol., Torino, 1899, i, 382-
  392. — Steiner (J.)  Ueber  Zwangsbewegungen.  Ver-
  handl. d.  x. internat. med. Cong. 1890,  Berl., 1891, ii, 2.
  Abth., 49.—Tucker (M.  A.) Comparative observations
  on  the involuntary movements  of adults  and children.
  Am. J. Psychol.,  "Worcester, 1896-7, viii, 394-404, 4pl.—
  vou Uexkiill (J.)  Studien iiber den Tonus:  II. Die
  Bewegungen der Schlangensterne.  Ztschr. f. Biol., Miin-
  chen & Berl., 1904, xlvi, 1-37.—Volkniniin (A. W.) Von
  der Drchbewegungen des Kdrpers.   Arch. f. path. anat.
  [etc.], Berl., 1872, lvi, 467-504,1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Wal-
  ton (li.)  La photographic du mouvement.  Rev. scient.,
  Par., 1903, 4. s., xix, 769-777.—"Ward (H.  L.)  The flight
  of birds.   Science, N. V., 1891, xvii, 45.—Warner (P.)
  Muscular movements in man, and their evolution in the
  infant;  a study of movement in man and its  evolution,
  together with inferences  as  to the properties of nerve-
  centres and their modes of action in expressing thought.
  J.  Ment.  Sc. Lond., 1889, xxxv, 23-44.  AUo, Reprint—
  Winslow.  Sur la  rotation, la pronation, la supination
  et  d'autres mouvements en rond.  His. Acad. roy. d.  sc.
  1729, Par., 1731, M6ra., 25-31.  Also: Hist. Acad.roy. d. sc.
  [de Paris] 1729, Amst., 1733,  Mem., 33-41.   Also,  transl.:
  K. Akad.  d. "Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1729, Bressl.,
  1755, 439-445. -----.  Sur  les mouvements de la fete,  du
  col et du  reste de  l'6pine du dos.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.
  1730, Par., 1732, Mem., 345-356.  AUo: Hist. Acad' roy. d.
  sc. [de Paris] 1730, Amst., 1733,Mem.,492-508.  AUo,transl.:
  K. Akad.  d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1730, Bressl.,
  1755,  653-665.  -----.  Observations anatomiipes  sur  la
  disposition naturelle que nous avons  it fane certains
  mouvements avec  les deux mains a la fois, ou avec les deux
  pieds klafois, plus facilement  en sens contrairequ'en meme
  sens; et sur la difficult^ naturelle de faire k la fois avec les
  deux mains, ou avec les deux pieds, certains mouvements
  differents, dont l'alternative n'a aucune difficult6.   Hist.
  Acad roy. d. sc. 1739. Par., 1741, Mem., 14-23.  Also: Hist.
  Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1739, Amst., 1743, Mem., 18-31.— 
MOVEMENT.                                161                      MOVEMENT-CUKE.
Movement (Organic).
  Zuckerkandl (E.) &  Erbeu (S.)  Untersuchungen
  iiber die Physiologie der willkiirlichen Bewegungen am
  Lebenden.' Wien. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1897, x, 709-711.—Zu-
  maglini & Rravella.  Ospedale maggiore di San
  Giovanni Battista e  della citta di  Torino; ambulatorio
  kinesiterapico; 1" resoconto clinico-statistico trimestrale.
  Cnione med. ital., Torino, 1901, v, 234.

Movement (Sense of).
    Souriau  (P.)   *De motus  perceptione.  8°.
  Paris, 1881.
    Babinaki (J.) Sur le r61e du cervelet dans les actes
  yolitionuels nfecessitant une succession rapide de mouve-
  ments (diadococinesie).  Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 1013-
  1015. — Demoor.  Importance of  movements from the
  psychological standpoint.  [Abstr.]  Am. Phys. Educat.
  Rev., Brooklyn, 1901, vi, 289-292. —Fere ( C.)   Note sur
  lavaleurmecauiquede la representation mentaledu mouve-
  ment.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 737-
  739. -----. Note sur la dureede rinflueuce des excitations
  sensorielles sur les mouvements volontaires.  Ibid., 1905,
  lviii, 436-439.— von Fragstein. Ueber Synkinesien bei
  intaktem Nervensystem an der Hand eines selbstbeobach-
  teten Falles.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
  1901, x, 348-358.—Judd (C. H.)  Movement and conscious-
  ness.  Psychol. Rev., N.Y. & Loud.,  1905, [Monog. Suppl.],
  vii, 199-226.—Judd  (C. H.). McAllister (C.N.)  &
  Steele ("W. M.)  Analysisof reaction movements.  Ibid.,
  141-184, 1 pl.—Miiratoff (V. A.)  K ucheniyu  o nasilst-
  vennikh dvizheuiyakh.  [Forced movements.]  Protok.
  zasied. Obsh.  Nelropat.  i Psikhiat. p. Imp.  Moskov.
  Univ., 1897-8, 30-34.—Stratum (G. M.) Visible motion
  and the space threshold.  Psych. Rev., N. Y.  Sc Loud.,
  1902, ix, 433 - 443. — Thilo (0.)  Passive Bewegungen.
  Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1902. ix,  79-94, 2 pl.—
  Titchener (E. B.) "Were the earliest organic movements
  conscious or unconscious ? Pop. Sc.  Month., N. V., 1901-2,
  lx, 458-469.—Zhukovski (M. N.)  O pamyati passivnikh
  dvizheniy.   [On the memory of  passive  movements.]
  Obozr. psichiat,, nevrol. [etc.]. S.-1'eterb., 1899, iv, 382-
  386.—Zuckerkandl (E.) Sc  El-ben (S.)  Zur Pnysiolo-
    §ie der  willkiirlichen Bewegungen; iiber die  Lage der
    chwerlinie zur Achse des Kniegelenks beim Aufrecht-
  stehen.  Wien. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1903, xvi, 642-644.

 Movement-cure.
    See, also, Massage; Mechanotherapy;  Vi-
  bration-cure.
    Bernard (F.)  Observations on the treatment
  of spinal and other  deformities, paralysis, and
  some chronic complaints by the movement cure.
  12°.  Manchester, 1857.
    Brief description  of the Swedish movement,
  massage, and mechanical vibration for the treat-
  ment of diseases, as used by Prof. Hartvig Nis-
  sen, of Stockholm, Sweden, and Profs. S. Weir
  Mitchell, Hammond, Graham,  Taylor,  Schrei-
  hert,  and  others.  Compiled  by J.  A.  Stucky,
  and Mrs. A. Bealert.   12°.   Lexington, Ky., 1889.
    Edelman (H.)  Geneeskundige kammergym-
  nastiek  voor  het  mannelijk  en  vrouwelijk
  geslacht,  van  verschillende leeftijdeu,  met 42
  figureu en  een voorword van S. Sr. Coronel.  8°.
   Feendham, [1«90].
    Faure  (M.)  Conf6rence sur l'6ducation du
  monvement.  8°.   Montpellier, 1903.
    Gary (L.-P.-L.)  * Historique critique de la
  kinesitherapie; l'ceuvre de Ling;  l'ceuvre  de
  Zander.  8°.   Bordeaux,  1900.
    Hartelhys (T. J.)  Traitement des maladies
  par la gymnastique sue"doise.  Traduction  fran-
  caise  de la 3. et derniere e"d. sn&loise par Emile
  Fick  et Charles Vuillemin.  8°.  Paris, 1H94.
    -----.   The same.  Lehrbuch der  schwedi-
  schen  Heilgymnastik.   Deutsche  Ausg., iiber-
  setzt uud hrsg. von Chr. Jiirgensen und Prelh-r.
  8C.   Leipzig, 1890.
    -----.   The same.  Swedish movements, or
  medical gymnastics.   Transl.  hy A.  B. Olsen,
  with  introduction  and notes  by J.  H.  Kellogg.
  8°.  Battle Creek,  1896.
    L6pez Baron (F.)   *Ligeras  consideraciones
  sobre  algnnos puntos del  estudio de la gimnasia.
  8°.  Me'xico, 1881.

       VOL XI, 2D SERIES----11
Eoveiiient-enre.
  Maandschrift gewijd aan deheilgymnastiek.
 Onder redaktie van E. Minkinan.   v. 1-13, 1891-
 190.1.  8°.  Anthem.
  Moller  (F.)  Die Heilkraft gewisser  Bewe-
 gungen  des Korpers bis in die spiiteru Lcbens-
 jahre znr giinzlichen Vertreibuug hartniickiger
 Hainorrhoiden,  Gicht, Rheumatism us,   Hypo-
 chondrie,  Schwindel, Nervenschwiiche,  Btiist-
 beschwerden,  und  mehrerer  anderer  durch si-
 tzende oder  unregelinassige  Lehensweise  ent-
 standenen   Kraukheiten,   nebst   Angabe  der
 bewahrten  einfachen und naturgemiissen  Mittel
 dagegen.   Nach funfzigjahrigen  Erfahrnngen
 fasslich dargestellt  von eiuem Nichtarzte.   6.
 Aufl.  12°.  Leipzig, 1856.
  -----.   The  same.  10. Aufl.   8°.  Leipzig,
 1870.
  Morozoff (N. N.)  Massage, gimuastika i ikh
 dieistviye.   [. .. and their effect. ]  8°.  Kovno,
 1890.
  Nissen (H.)   A B C of the  Swedish  system of
 educational gymnastics; a practical hand-hook
 for school teachers and the home.  12°.   Phila-
 delphia cj- London, 1891.
  Revue de cin6sie  et d'e"lectroth6rapie.  Re"d.:
 Rene" Mesnard [et al.].  [Monthly.]  v. 1-7,1899-
 1905.  8°.  Paris.
  Current.
  Roth (M.)  Hand-book of the movement cure;
 a description  of the positions, movements, and
 manipulations used  for preventive and curative
 purposes, according to the system of  Ling and
 the works  of  Rothstein, Neumann, and others,
 [etc.].  8°. London, 1856.
  Schreber (D. G.  M.)   Kinesiatrik, oder die
 gynmastische Heilkunde.  Fiir Aerzte und ge-
 bildete  Nichtarzte nach  eigenen Erfahrnngen
 dargestellt.  roy. 8°.  Leipzig, 1852.
  -----.   The same.  Manual popular de gim-
 nasia, de sala  medica e" higienica, seguido de sus
 aplicacioues £ diversas  eufermedades.  Tradu-
 cido por Esteban Sanchez  de  Ocana.   12°.  Ma-
 drid 1899.
  Taylor  (C. F. ) & Fisher ( W. R.)  Papers
 on the therapeutic value of localized movements.
 8°.  Philadelphia, 1871.
  'Thooft (G.)  * De efficacia motus ad curandos
 morbos.  4°.  Lugd. Bat, 1731.
  Wide (A.)  Handbok i mediciusk gymuastik.
 [Handbook of medical gymnastics.]   8°.  Stock-
 holm,  [1895-6].
  -----.   The same.  Handbok i mediciusk och
 ortopedisk gymnastik.  [Haudbook of medical
 and orthopaedic gymnastics.]   2.  upplagan.  8°.
 Stockholm,  [1902.]
  -----.   The  same.  Traite"  de gymnastique
 medicale sue"doise.  Trad nit, annot6 et augmeute"
 de plusieurs chapitres sur les  affections abdo-
 minales  et gyn6cologiqnes,  par  M.  Bourcart.
 Preface de  Fernard Lagrange.  8°. Paris, 1^98.
   -----.   The same.   Handbuch der  medici-
 nischeu Gymnastik  fiir Aerzte, Studierende und
 Gymnasten.  8°.  Wiesbaden, 1"<97.
  -----.   The  same.  Hand-book of medical
 gymnastics.  8°.  London,  1*99.
  Bosai (P.)  Nuovi sistemi di ginnastica medico-niec
 canica.  Arch, di  ortop., Milano,  1899, xvi, 251; 411.--
 Bntoroki  (A. D.)  Osnovi shvedskol pedagogichesko)
 gimnastiki.  [Principles of Swedish pedagogic gynmas
 tics.J  J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb.
 1898, viii, 797-812.—Colombo (C.)  Effetti fisiologici della
 kinesiterapia; azione della ginnastica medica.  Gazz. med.
 di Torino, 1898, xlix, 24; 47.—»> Ajutolo (G.)  Della
 ginnastica attiva degli arti inferiori nei convalescenti;
 sua  utility;  mezzo semplicissimo per eseguirla.  Soc.
 med -chir. di Bologna.   Resoc.  (1894).  1895, 59-62. —De
 ITIuliter.  Indications du traitement cin6sith6rapique
 dans les suites  d'accidents.  Scalpel, Li6ge, 1903-4, lvi, 
MOVEMENT-CD EE.                        162                                MOVEMENTS.
Movement-cure.
  324:  331;  ::01. — Bujardiu - Beaumetae.   Hygienic
  therapeutics; a lecture on kinesithcrapy.  Therap. Gaz.,
  Detroit, 1887. 3. »., iii, 361-309.—Encbuskc (C.J.)  The
  gymnastic progression of the  Ling system.  Proc. Am.
  Ass. Adv. Tliys. Educat, Ithaca, 1890, v, 21-35.  Also, Re-
  print.— E.xniniiia  voor  heilgymuastiek  en  massage.
  [Rap.l   Maand.schr. gcw. a. de  heilgymn.. Arnhem, 1898,
  viii,  89-108.—Ferencay (M.)  Zur  Heilgymnastik der
  Chinesen. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898,
  xxiv, 337.— Frank  (A.)  Nachtrag zu:  Wie -wird die
  (Tebungstherapie von Frenkcl in Hciden gehandhabt?
  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 11)02. xxvii, 13; 28;  38; 51;  65; 77.
  Also, Reprint. —Fretin.  Kinesie preoperatoire.  Rev.
  de cinesie, Par..  1900, ii, 79-82.—Gail (J.)  Die Uebuug
  in ihren therapeutischen Beziehungen.   Ztschr. f.  diiitet.
  u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1898, i, 101-112.—Ganiba  a
  (L.)  La cinesioterapia ed i suoi progressi.   Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1897, xviii,  958-961.—«»ijiiipucr.  Die Verwen-
  dung acustischer Siuueseindriicke bei  der Behandlung
  centraler Be.weguiigsstorungen; ein weiterer Ausbau der
  compensatorisclien  Uebung.stherapie.  St.  Petersb. med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1897, u. F.,  xiv,  28.Y—CJuinifouil (H.) Le
  mouvement;  etude  physio-th6rapique sur  1'exercice.
  Monaco-med.,  1900, iv, no. 51, 6; no. 52, 5. — Herz (M.)
  System der  gvmnastischen   Heilpotenzen.  Zlschr.  f.
  dnitet.  u.  physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 187-197.—
  Ilonig.  Di  un nuovo sistema di nieccano-terapia per
  la cura di disturbate funzioni.  Arch, di ortoji., Milano,
  1895, xii, 145-182.—Jacob (P.)  Ueber compeiisatorische
  Uebuugstlierapie.  Compt.-rend. Cong,  internat. de med.
  1897, Mosc., 1899,iv, sect.7,472-487.  A too [Discussion]: Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xxxv,  84— Kellgrcn (A.)  New
  movements  in the  manual treatment.  Atti d. xi. Cong.
  med. internaz. 1894,  Roma,  1895,  iv, chirurg. [etc.], 451-
  4f>4.—Iii*ch (E. H.)   Ueber die Verbinduug der Bewe-
  giin;:stheiapie mit der  Balneotlierapie.  Veidffentl.  d.
  Hufeland. Gesellsch. iu Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch., 1899, xx,
  43-54.  AUo [Abstr.]: Deutsche, med. Wchnsehr.,  I.eipz.
  u. Berl., 1899, xxv, therap. Bei!., 21— Kohnstanim (O.)
  Ueber Koordinalion, Tonus und Hemmunsr, nebst Bemer-
  kungen zur  Bewegungstherapie.  Ztschr. f.  diiitet.  u.
  physik. Therap.. Leipz., 1900,  iv, 112-122. — Kiuluii-
  berg  (H.)  Ueber das none  System  der niaschiuellen
  Gymnastik.  Ztschr.  f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1899, vii,
  411-428.—Lagrange (F.)   La gymnastique francaise  et
  le traitement des maladies.  Progres med., Par., 1894, 2. s.,
  xix, 441-443.—von Lcydcn Sc Jacob (P.)  Bericht iiber
  die Anwendung der physikalischen Heilmethoden auf der
  i.  meilieinischen  Kl nik und  Poliklinik.  Charit6-Ann.,
  Berl., 1898.  xxiii,  151: 1899,  xxiv, 101.—IVIeanard (R.)
  Considerations gem-rales sur la cin6sith6rapie.  Rev. de
  cinesie, Par., 1899, i, 33-38.— OTii Her  (G.)  Ein neuer
  Freiturnapparat, Autogymnast.  Monatschr. f.  orthop.
  Chir. [etc.],  Berl., 1905, v, 41-43 —itluskat (G.)  Schwe-
  dische  Heilgymnastik. Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1904, xxx,  282.—IVissen (H.)   On the Swedish
  movement and massage treatment.   Maryland  M. J.,
  Bait., 1887-8, xviii, 381-389.   Also, Reprint.  Also: Med.
  Bull., Phila., 1888,  x, 103-110.  AUo [Abstr.]: J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1888,  x,  423-426.—Snquet.  Un  voyage
  medical en Scaudinavie au point de vue de la gymnastique
  curative suedoise, avec quelques reflexions sur l'hygiene
  de ces  pays.  Gaz. m6d. de Nantes,  1895-6,  xiv," 1-4.—
  Sarbo (A.) Ueber  die compensatorische Uebungsthe-
  rapie.  Ungar. med.  Presse, Budapest, 1899,  iv, 849.—
  Stadelmann ( H. )  Beitrage  zur Uebungstherapie.
  Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 1233-1236.—Wide (A.)  Om
  sjukgymnastikens utveckling och utofning nu for tideu.
  [Gymnastics for  patients, its development and practice
  now-a-days.]  Forh. allm. svens. lak.motet. 1887,  Stock-
  holm,  1888,  ii, 103-110.  -----. Entwickelung und Ver-
  wendbarkeit der schwedischen Heilgymnastik in  kurzer
  Uebersicht.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894,
  iii, med. int., 195-214.

Movements  (Associated).
     See, also, Tics.
     Brisseau  [ P. ]   Trait6  des mouvemens sim-
  patiques, avec une explication de ceux qui arri-
  vent dans  le vertige, Pepilepsie, l'affection  hypo-
  condriaqne,  et  la   passion  hysterique.    16°
  Mons, 1692.
     Foerster (O.)   Die Mitbewegungen bei Ge-
  snnden, Nerven- uud Geisteskranken. 8°.  Jena
  1903.                                              '
     8k ill (K.)  * Zur Lehre der Mitbewegungen.
  [Wurizbing.]   8°.   Stuttgart, 1893.
     Anglade Sc Jacquin.  Un cas de tic  de la tete asso-
  cie aux emotions et a 1'ecriture. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d  de
  Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 199-201.— Beer (B.) Ueber Mit-
  bewegniigsphanomene.   Wien.  med. Bl., 1899, xxii, 3; 35.—
  Bertolotli (M.)  Contributo  alio studio  dei movimenti
  associati.  Gior. d.  r.  Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4.  s.,
  xi, 202-210.  -----. Etude sur la  pandiculation automa-
Movements (Associated).
  tiqne des h6mipl6giques (contribution k l'etude des mouve-
  ments associes).   Rev. neurol., Par.,  1905, xiii, 953-959.—
  Biaagi (C.)  Balbuzie e movimenti associati.  Tribuna
  med , Milano 1904, x, 353-359.   Also  [Abstr.]: N. progr.
  internaz. med.-chir., Napoli, 1904, i,  198.— ItriNNaud &
  Sicard.  Mouvements associes chez  uue organopathiqne,
  sans hemiplegie.  Rev.  neurol..  Par.,  1905,  xiii,  244.—
  Chase (W. G.) «The use of  the biograph in medicine.
  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1905, cliii, 571, 1 pl. — Bebray.  Pa-
  thogenic de la deviation conjuguee des veux et de la tete.
  J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 90-99.—Be Benzi (E.)  Mo-
  vimenti coordinati riflessi di natura  morhosa.  Riv. clin.
  e terap., Napoli, 18S4, vi, 51-54.—Fuchs (A.)  Mitbewe-
  gungen bei intaktem Nervensvstem.  Wien. klin. Rund-
  schau,  1905, xix, U01.— Iliimill  (S. McC.)  &  Posey
  (W. C.)  Associated movements of the head and oyes in in-
  fants. Am.J.M.Sc., I'hila. & X. Y., 1904, n.s., exxviii, 875-
  885.—Hnnnu(G ) Sc ITIcdcn (K.)  Contributo alio studio
  dei movimenti associati.  Boli.elin.-scient.d.Poliambul.di
  Milano, 1900, xiii, 257; 289.  AUo,transl.: Rev. de psychiat.,
  Par., 1902, n. s., v, 112-127.—I^evy (M.)  Ererbte Mitbe-
  wegungen.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xx, 605-608.—
  EiewisfE.R.)  Report of a case of pseudo-torticollis, with
  abnormal associated movements of head and eyes.  Ophth.
  Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 22-25.—Osipoff(V.P.')  Kvoprosu
  o koordinatsii dvizheniy; vliyaniye odnikh dvizheniy na
  odnovremenniya s nimi drugiya dvizheniya.  [Coordina-
  tion of movements; influence of certain movements ou si-
  multaneous other movements.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan,
  1904, xii, no. 2, 233-262.—Ovio (G.)   Movimenti degli oc-
  chi e movimenti del capo  combinati.  Arch, di ottal..  Pa-
  lermo,  1903-4, xi, 190-197.—Posey (W. C.)  Associated
  movements of head and  eves.   ,T. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1902, xxxix, 1365-1367.—Sabraz<-M (J.)Sc Deaqueyroux
  (J.) Mouvements athetoides stereotypes des doigts asso-
  cies a, la parole chez un tabetique.  Gaz.  hebd. d. sc. nied.
  de  Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 123-125.—Htouer (G. W.)  In-
  voluntary associated action of  the fingers and thumbs of
  both hands.  Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1891-2,
  Wash.,  1893, 114-117.—Thomayer (J.)  O pohybech
  sdruzenych.  [Note sur les mouvements associes.] Shorn.
  lek., v Praze, 1887, v, 48-60.

movements (Automatic or habitual).
    See Tics.

Movements (Choreiform).
    See Tics.

movements (Coordination of).
    See Coordination of movements.

movements (Disordered).
    See, also, Chorea; Convulsions;  Miryachit;
  Spasm; Synkinesis; Tics.
    Alexander  (C. )    *Zur   Lehre  von  den
  Zwangsbewegungeu.   [Leipzig.]   8°.   Breslau,
  [1880].
    Audiffrent (G.)  Des mouvements  irresisti-
  bles.  Sc.   Paris,  1879.
    Faure(M.)  L'e"ducation du  mouvement.  8C.
  Montpellier, 1903.
    Foerster (O.)   Die Physiologie und Patholo-
  gie der Coordination.  Eine Analyse der Bewe-
  gungsstorungen liei den Erkrankiinjien des Cen-
  tralnervensystems und ihre rationale Therapie.
  8°.  Jena,  1902.
     Be  Buck.  Parakinesen en synkinesen.  Handel, v.
  h. vlaamsch nat. -en geneesk. Cong.,  Antwerpen. 1899, iit,
  113.—Bromnrd (G.l  Etude psychologique sur la stereo-
  typic   Rev.  de psychiat., Par.,*1904, 278-292.—Fnure
  (M.)  Resultats de la reeducation dans le traitement des
  troubles du mouvement.   Cong, internat. de m6d.  C.-r.
  1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de neuropath, [etc.], 397-417.
  Also: Ibid., sect, de th6rap., 252-265.—Fere (C.)  Note
  sur l'ivresse motrice.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1900, 11. s.,  ii, 739-742. -----. Note sur le r61e des atti-
  tudes et des mouvements associes dans le travail a l'ergo-
  graphie. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 596.—Forster (O.)  Das Wesen
  der choreatischen Bewegungsstorungeu.   Samml.  klin.
  Vortr., n. F., Leipz.,  1904, No. 382 (Innere Med. No.  113,
  259-294).—Gaz (M.)  Fra i reattivi  dell' incoordinazione
  dei movimenti; fenomeni del piede sollevato e cause che
  lo influenzano.  Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1904, xxv, 921-925.—
  Glower (W. R.)  On athetosis and post-hemiplegic dis-
  orders of movement.   Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1876, lix, 271-
  375,1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Iiuet (W. G.) Heterotopisehe
  Innervation (eine bis jetztnicht beschriebene Erscheinuug
  im Gebiete des M. cucullaris].   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1904. xxiii,  1085-1088.—Jcntsch   ( E.)   Ueber  einige
  merkwiirdige mimische  Bewegunsen  der Hand.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1904, xxvii,
  751-759.—Uluskens (L. J. J.)  Studies on the mainte- 
MOVEMENTS.
163
MOYNAO.
Movement* (Disordered).
  nance of the equilibrium of motion and its disturbances,
  so-called forced movements.  J. Physiol.,  Lond., 1904,
  xxxi, 204-221.—Sommer.  Die Analyse von Bewegungs-
  storiin'-eu Uei Nei von- und Geisteskranken.  Verhandl. d.
  Cong. f. innc% Med., Wiesb., 1901, xix, 425-4:10.—Spillcr
  (\V. G.) Symptomatology, pathology, and  treatment of
  choreiform movements.  J.  Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1905,
  xliv, 433-437.  [Discussion], 444-140—Nt«'in  (C.) Eine
  ausset gewohnliche Form von Bewegunjisstdruiig mit myo-
  tonischer Reaction.  Wien. klin.  Rundschau, 1897, xi, 85;
  103; 124.
Mover.  Compendio de medicina practica.  96
  pp., 1 col. pl.   16°.   Barcelona, [Heinrieh fy Co.,
  189:5].
MoviHiento medico.   Revista  quinzenal  de
  medicina e chirurgia.  Kedactores: Daniel de
  Mattos,  Sousa Refoios, Serras e Silva, [et al.].
  v. 4-5.   May 1, 1904-5.  8°.  Coimbra.
    Current.
Mouat (J[olm] Lancaster] G[ough]).
    See Alphita.  A medico-botanical glossary [etc.].  4°.
   Oxford, 1*87,
Mowbray (G[eorge] M.).
    See Conspectus (A) of five pharmacopoeias.  4°. Lon-
   don, 1847.
Mowbray (John).   Midwifery brought to per-
  fection by  manual  operation, illustrated in a
   lecture, containing  I. The reasons and motives
   for  instituting  and undertaking the  perform-
   ance of a compleat course of midwifery.  II.  An
   enquiry into the merit of such a new and labo-
   rious enterprize.  III. A  disquisition upon the
   excellency of the art  of midwifery  in its own
   nature   IV.  The regular method aud different
   steps to be taken in order to qualify and accom-
   plish pupils both in the theory and practice of
   this most useful science.  xviii, 46  pp.   8°.
   London, J. Holland, 172b.
------.  The female physician, containing all the
   diseases incident to  that  sex, in virgins, wives,
   and widows;  together with  their  causes and
   symptoms, their degrees of danger, aud respec-
   tive methods of prevention  and cure. To which
   is added the whole  art of  new improved mid-
   wifery, comprehending the necessary qualifica-
  tions of a midwife, and particular directions for
  laying women in all ca.-es of difficult  aud pre-
  ternatural births, together with  the  diet  and
   regimen of lioth the mother and child,  xxiv,
  42U pp., 2 1.  8'-.  London, S. Austen, 1730.
Mower  United  .States Army General Hospital,
  Philadelphia.  Rules aud  special orders.  39 pp.
  8°.  Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott, 1865.
Mowris (J. A.)   An expose; of surgical seduc-
  tion!  As practiced  by physicians who specialize
  on female diseases.   Medicine and morals, No. 5.
  The uterine specialty.   2 1.  8°.   [n.p., n. d.]
Mo wry (William A.)  The educational  value of
  the,  typewriter  in  schools,  pp. 625-637.   8°.
  [Xew York, 1891.]
    Cutting from: Education, N. T., 1891.
JHoxa.
    See,  also,  Epilepsy (Treatment  of);  Gout
  (Treatment of, Special, etc.).
    Lkcointe  (L.-M. )   * Dissertation  nie'dico-
  chirurgicale sur l'emploi du nioxa.   4°.  Stras-
  bourg,  1812.
    Anonyme.  Tentamen de  ustiouis usu in  morbis sa-
  nandis.   Rec. d. pieces ... p. le  prix de l'Acad. roy. de
  chir., Par., 1759, iii, 445-487. —Knott (J.)  Curiosities of
  ancient  Japanese medicine: I. Moxa; the almost unique
  therapeutic weapon of the  Japanese surgeon of the past
  generation; one of the two surgical remedies of the former
  Japan.  St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, Iii, 88-92. — I^augier
  (P. C.)  Observations sur quelques bons effets du moxa.
  Ann. clin. Soc. raed.-prat, de Montpel..  1818, 2. s., i, 219-
  226 — Okada (E.)  Ueber die Nadel- und Moxentherapie
  der Japaner.  [Japanese text.]  Shiukeigaku Zasshi,  To-
  kyo, 1904-5, iii, 241-247.  Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. d.
  Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904, vii, 401-406.
jVIoxon (Henry James) [     -1903J.
    Obituary.  Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1844.
Ifloxon (Walter) [1836-86].
    See Willi* (Samuel)  & IHoxon (Walter).  Lectures
  on pathological anatomy.  2. ed.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1875.
  -----------. The same.  3. ed. 8°. London di New York,
  1889.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  242 (N.  Moore). Also: Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1887,3. s.,
  xxix, 1-38 (R. C. Lucas).  Also: Med. Mag., Loud.. 1892-3,
  i, 803-815.
-----<V Ooodhart  (James  F.)   Observations
  on the presence of bacteria  in the blood  and in-
  flammatory products of septic fever, and on the
  cultivation  of septicaemia.   32 pp.  8°.   [Lon-
  don, 1875.]
    Repr. from: Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1875, 3.  s., xx.
Moxter  (Wilhelm)  [1871-    ].    * Ueber   die
  oculo-pupilliiren Symptome bei Lahinnngen der
  oberen Extremitiit (Klnmpke).  30  pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Berlin, C.  Vogt, [1894].
Moy (Charles).   * L'ur6throtomie   interne  ac-
  conipagnant siinultan6ment l'ouverture du foyer
  dans le traitement de Pinfiltration  d'urine.  33
  pp.  8J.   Paris, 1897, No. 521.
Moyaiio y Moyaiio (Pedro).  Compendio de
  zootechnia especial, con un prdlogo tie  D.  Ale-
  jandro Elola y Cajal.  xvi, 211 pp.  8°.  Zara-
  goza, 1897.
-----.   Zootecnia  general, escrita  con arrejjlo &
  las ideas modernas de la ciencia, de gran utilidad
  para  los veterinarios, gauaderos y aficionados &
  estos estudios.  Leyes y preceptos generates de
  prehistoria, historia, especializaci6n,  climato-
  lojjia,  brotnatologia,  dinamologia,  taxonomia,
  etnologia,  cenomenesis, genealogia y  fomenta-
  ci6n zoote"cnica.  2 p. 1., 444 pp.   8°.   Madrid,
  A. Mene'udez, lh97.
------.   La  tuberculosis  bacilar  de Koch en los
  aniinales dom^sticos considerada  bajo el doble
  pnnto de vista de la policia sanitaria y de la
  higiene  alimenticia  del hoinbre.    Ptologo  del
  Dr. Luis del Rio y de Lara.   2. ed.   vi, 114 pp.,
  1 1.  12°.   Zarag'oza, M. Salas, 1900.
Moye (Albert).  * Ueber die Darstellung hoherer
  Moniimine der Fettreihe vermi telst der "Men-
  diu.Vschen Reaction".   25pp.  8°.   Bern, Rieder
  <$■ Simmen, [1890].
Moye  (Georges-Camille-Marcel)   [1873-     ].
  *Les expertises mddicales devant les tribnnaux
  civils.  66 pp., 2 1.   *°.  Bordeaux, 189*, Xo. *'J.
------.   The same.  74 pp., 1 1.  16°.   Paris, L.
  Larose cf- Forcel, 1899.
Moyens (Des) de  conserver  la sante' des lilancs et
  des uegresaux Antilles[etc.].  See Bertin  [N.].
Moyer (Harold N.)  Catarrhal gastritis.  9 pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1892.]
    Repr.from: Med.  News, Phila., 1892, lx.
------.   Tlie relation of the med caleditor to orig-
  inal communications.  5 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia,
  1901.
    Repr. from: Ann. Gynsec. & Pffldiat., Bost., 1900-1901,
  xiv.
    AUo, Editor of: Medicine, Detroit, Mich., 1895-1905.
Moyes (John) [1848-95].  Medicine aud kindred
  arts in the plays of Shakespeare,  xiv (I 1.), 123
  pp.  12°.   Glasgow, J.  MacLehose  <) Sons,  1896.
    For Biography, see Glasgow M. J., 1895,  xliii, 434-436.
Moyle (Joannes Antonius).   Do medica inercurii
  virtute ejusque applicatione in luem veneream.
  31 pp.   8°.  Erlangw, typ. Hilpertianis, 1814.
Jfloylc (John) [     -1714].
    Ijaugliloii (J. K.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat.  Biog.,
  Lond.,  1894, xxxix, 244.
Moynac (Le"on)-   Manuel  de pathologie ge'ne'-
  rale et  de  diagnostic.   4. 6d.   787 pp.   12°.
  Paris,  G. Steinheil, lc91. 
\
MOYNAC.                                   164             MR. EDWIN CHADWICK.
Irloynac (Leon)—continued.
------.   The same.  5. e"d., revue et consid6rable-
  ment  augmented par  C. Hillemand et R.  Pe-
  trucci.  1054 pi>.  8°.   Paris, G. Steinheil, 1898.
------.   The same.  6. 6d., revue et cunsid6rable-
  ment  augmented par Constant Hillemand.  2 v.
  1 p. 1., 751 pp.; 1 p. 1.,  827 pp.  8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1903-4.
 -----.   The same.  Elements de pathologie et de
  clinique chirurgicales.   8.6d.   3 v.  8°.  Paris,
  G. Steinheil, 1903.
Moynet  (Jeau) [1880-    ].   *P6ricardite  in-
  flanimatoire d'origiue  tuberculeuse.   Tubercu-
  lose  inflammatoire.  56 pp.   8°.   Lyon, 1904,
  No. 78.
IHoviiht (Claude-Eugdne) [1827-     J.
    Dagron.  PJoge. J. dem6d.de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 58.
Moynicr (Joseph) [1789-1867].
    **'afle (P.-L.-B.)  Necrologie. J. d. conn. med. prat.,
  Par., 1867, xxxiv, 191.
IVIoyiiiliaii (B[erkelcy] G[eorge]  A[ndrew]).
  On retro-peritoneal hernia, being the Arris and
  Gale  lectures on "The anatomy and surgery of
  the peritoneal  fossae", delivered  at the Royal
  College of Surgeons of England,  viii, 170 pp.,
  2 pl.  8°.  London, Bailliere, Tindall 4 Cox, 1899.
------.   Gall-stones and their surgical treatment.
  386 pp., 6 pl.  8°.   Philadelphia, W.  B. Saunders
  f Co., 1904.
------.   The same.  2. ed., revised and enlarged.
  458 pp., 9 pl.  »Y   Philadelphia, W.  B. Saunders
  4 Co., 1905.
-----.   Abdominal operations,   ii, 694  pp.   8°.
 , Philadelphia 4 London,  W. B. Saunders 4  Co.,
  1905.
    See,  also, Robson (Arthur William Mayo) Sc iTIoyni-
  han (B. G. A.)  Diseases of  the stomach,  [etc.].  8°.
  London, 1901.---------. The same.  2. ed.  8°.   New
  York, 1904.---------. The same.  8°. New York, 1901.
  ---------. Diseases of the pancreas, [etc.].  8°.  Phil-
  adelphia <& London, 1902.----------. Diseases of the
  stomach, [etc.].  8°.  London, 1904.
IVIoyobaiiiba.
    See  Fever (Yellow,  History, etc., of),  by local-
  ities.
ITIoyrapiiaiiie.
    Ooll (F.) Le moyrapuame, drogue du Br6sil.  Atti d.
  xi. Cong. med. internaz., Koma,  1894, iii, farmacol., 116.
Moyroud (FreMenc) [1872-    ].  *De l'evacu-
  ation  immddiate de l'intestin  dans la  creation
  d'un anus colique.  47  pp., 3 1.  8°.  Lyon, 1899,
  No. 176.
Moytaiit (Frangois) [1735-1802],
    Hubert.  Notice historique sur M. Moysant.
  12°.  Caen, [1814].
Moyzes (Pierre-Joseph-Felix-d'Artagnan-Louis)
  [1876-    ].  * Recherches sur l'etat des r6flexes
  tendinenx, des r6flexes cutan6s, des  r6flexes
  pupillaires et de quelques sensibilit6s viscerales
  profondes  dans le diabete.   51 pp. 8°.  Bor-
  deaux, 1902, No. 32.

Mozambique.
    See  Fever (Malarial, History, etc.,  of),  by
  localities.                      J
Mozart (Wolfgang Amadeus)  [ 1756-91J.
    Cierber (P. H.) Mozart's Ohr.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1898,  xxiv, 351.—Iloll  (M.)  Mo-
  zart'sOhr; cine anatomische Studie. Mitth. d. anthrop
  Gesellsch. in Wien, 1901, n. F., xxi, 1-12. Also: Mitth. d.
  Ver. d. Aerzte in Slcierraark, Graz, 1901, xxxviii, 125-134.
fflozer  ( Friedrich Hermann  Karl  Emanuel)
  [1-y0-    ].   * Febcr  die Beweglichkeit  des
  Herzens  bei  Lageveriinderungen des Korpers
  29 pp. >0.  Marburg,  1904.
ITIozes (Laszlo).  A  Gy6gynlt Elmebetegeket
  Segelyzo  Egylet Budapesten  Alakulasa es mii-
  kode"se tortenet6nek Rovid Viizlata.  [A short
]TI6zes (Laszlo)—continued.
  sketch of the origin of the Budapest Benevolent
  Society for Aid of Recovered Lunatics.]   24  pp.
  8°.   Budapest,  1894.
    Hungarian, German, French, and English text.
Mozkin (Israel)  [1*70-    ].  * Ueber Konden-
  sationsproduktc von Phosphaten, Arsenaten oder
  Nitraten der Alkalicn mit Chromaten oder Snl-
  faten derselben.   70 pp., 1  1.  12°.   Berlin, C.
  Vogt, 1-94.
Iflracek (Frauz) [1848-    ].  Atlas of syphilis
  aud  the venereal diseases,   including a brief
  treatise on  the pathology and treatment.  Au-
  thorized transl. from  the German.  Edited by
  L. Bolton Bangs.  16, 122 pp., 71 pl., 71 1.  12°.
  London, Bebman Publ.  Co., 1898.
-----.  The same.  16,  122 pp., 71 pl., 71 1.  12°.
  Philadelphia, W.  B. Saunders, 1898.
------.  The same.   Atlas manuel de  la syphilis
  et des maladies vene"riennes, pathologie et thera-
  peutique.  Ed. francaise, par Emile Emery,  vi,
  420 pp, 71 pl.   12°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere cf fils,
  1899.
------.  The same.   2. 6d.  francaise.  viii, 428 pp.
  (including plates).  8°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere &
  fils, 1904.
------.  Atlas der  Haut-Krankheiten,  mit einem
  Gruudrissder Pathologie und Therapie derselben.
  xix,  173 pp., 102  pl., 55 1.  12°.  Munchen, J. F.
  Lehmann, 1899.
------.  The same.   Atlas und Grundriss der Haut-
  Krankheiten.   2. vielfach verbesserte und erwei-
  terte Aufl.   xix, 284 pp., 115 pl., 115 1.   8°.  Miiu-
  chen, J. F. Lehmann, 1904.
------.  The same.  Atlas of diseases of the skin,
  including an epitome of pathology  and treat-
  ment.   Authorized  transl.  from  the  German.
  Edited by Henry W. Stelwagon.  199 pp., 6.") pl.,
  64 1.  12°.   Philadelphia, W.  B. Saunders, 1899.
------.  The same.  Atlns and epitome of diseases
  of the skin. Authorized transl. from the Ger-
  man ed. by Henry W. Stelwagon.  2. ed., revised
  and  enlarged.  273 pp., 113 pl.  12°.  Philadel-
  phia, H. B.  Saunders 4 Co., 1905.
------.   The  same.  Atlas-manuel des maladies
  de la peau, pathologie  et therapeutique.  fid.
  francaise, par  Lucien Hudelo.  x, 416 pp., 102
  pl.   12°.  Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere 4 fils, 1900.
------.  The  same.  2. 66.. frangaise, par Lucien
  Hudelo et H. Rubens Duval,  xii, 580 pp., 115
  pl.   12°.  Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere 4 fils, 1905.
Irlraz (Al.)  Pistel krale Ludvika XIV.  Spolu
  obrazy francouzske' chirurgie v minulych  sto-
  letich.  [The  fistula, of Louis XIV.   Contempo-
  rary pictures of French surgery in the past cen-
  turies.]  pp. 219-240.  8°.  v Praze,  [1899].
    Forms no. 40 of: Sbirka pfedn£&ek a rozpr. z oboru 16-
  kafsk., v Praze, [1899].
------.   Ueber abnonnc Mitosen im Hoden  von
  Astacus.  7 pp., 1 pl.   8°.  Prag, F Rivndc, 1901.
    Repr.from: Sitzuugsb.  d. k.-bobm. Gesellsch. d. Wis-
  sensch., Prag, 1900, No. 5.
Iflrazek (Vojtech).   Soupis celiR'jsich la^zefi-
  skych lecebuych  a klimatickych mist v Evrope
  a sev. Africe.  [List of the more prominent bath-
  ing, curative,  and climatic  resorts  iu Europe
  and northern Africa.]  pp. 41-110, 149-232, 267-
  354.  «°.   v Praze, 1900-1901.
    Forms nos. 2, 3, 6, and 7 of: Sbirka pfednAsek a rozpr. z
  oboru lekafsk., v Praze, 1900-1901, 9. s.
------.  K fysiologickym ucinum piti vod horkycli.
  [The physiological effects of drinking hot water.]
  30 pp., 2 ch.  8°.  v. Praze,  cesM Akad., 1902.
    Forms no. 9 of: Eozpr. cesk6 Akad., cis. FrantiSka Jo-
  sefa [etc.], v Praze,  1902-3, 2. t., xi.
Mr. Edwin Chadwick, C. B.   [Biography.]
  pp. 57-59, port.   fol.   London, 1889.
    Cutting from: Municip. Rev. & Local Gov. Gaz., Lond.,
  1889, n. s., xii. 
MROCHKOVSKI.
165
MUCK.-
Jlrochkovski  (I[gnatiy]  I [ ldefonsovich ] )
  [1856-    ].  * Material! k ncheniyn o neorgaui-
  zovannlkh fermentakh.   [Data on unorganized
  ferments.]  50 pp., 1 1.   8.   S.-Peterburg, 1889.
Mroiig"OVius  (Avgust  [Ynliyevich])  [1855-
       ].   * Sravnitelnoye  vliyaniye  priesnikh i
  Druskenikskikh  mineralnlkh tyoplikk vann na
  davleniye kr'ovi  v luchevol arterii chelovleka i
  na mlshechnuyu silu.   [Comparative inllnence
  of fresh-water and hot Druskeniki mineral baths
  upon radial blood pressure aud muscular force.]
  54 pp., 11.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, M. M. Stasyulevich,
  18**.
Mrs. Gladstone's Free Convalescent Home for
  the Poor.  Annual reports of  the committee of
  management to  the  subscribers.   1.-35., 1*6?-*
  to  1901.  12°.  London, 1869-1902.
    Founded in  the spring of  1867.  The 25. report  for 9
  months, ending Dec. 31, 1891.
UIl'S. Kitto's  Free Convalescent Home,  South
  Park, Reigate, Surrey.   Annual  reports of the
  committee to the subscribers.   1.-7., 1872-8; 9.-
  14., l**0-*5.   12°.   London,  1873-86.

 jflr*.  Stephen's medicines.
     See  Calculus ( Urinary, Treatment  of).
Mrs. W. D, Herrick's Home School for Deli-
  cafe and Nervous Children and Youth, Amherst,
  Mass.   [Circular for  the term of 1892-3.]   3 1.
  24-.   [Amherst, 1*92.]

 HI sc he no.
     See  Waters  (Mineral),  by  localities.

Ifluawin.
     Jacobsohn  ( H. )    * Untersuchungen  iiber
  Muawin.  8°.  Dorpat, 1892.
Mucci (Domenico)  [     -1*85].   Spostamenti
  uterini e loro conseguenze; guarigione coi mezzi
  meccanici.  8 pp.  8°.  [Milano, Fava 4 Guara-
  gni, 1871.]  [P.,  v. 1851.]
    Repr. from: Riv. clin., Bologna, 1871.
------.  Guarigioui ottenute colla  cura elettrica.
  17  pp.  8°.   Milano, frat. Bichiedei, 1874.   [P.,
  v.  1851.]
    Repr.from:  Ann. univ. di med., Milano, 1874, ccxxvii.
    See. aUo, Jonrdanet (Dfenis]) & Bert (Paul).  Fon-
  damenti e studii flsiologici [etc.].  12°.  Roma, 1879.
IVIucci (R.).
    Editor of: Clinica (La) moderna, Firenze, 1895.
Mliccio (Vinccnzo).   Note di oculistica.  47 pp.
  12  .   Modica, 1901.
Muccioli  (Adolfo ).   Tossicologia  moderna.
  Manuale di  patologia  e  terapia tossicologica
  per i medici, farmacisfi, chimici e studeuti.  xix,
  670 (ip.,  1 1.   8°.   Roma, 1895.
-----.  I veleni dei  batterii (tossicologia bat.
  terica),  con  speciale  considerazione  alia pato.
  logia e terapia  generale delle malattie infettive
  vii, 200 pp.   8°.  Citta di Casiello, S. Lapi, 1898]

Iflucedin.
    Arloing (F.)  Action de la mucidine sur les microbes
  a6robies et ana6robies.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1902, 11.  s., iv, 306-308. — Lepine (J.)  Action  anti-
  hemolytiquede la mucidine pure.  Lyon med., 1902, xcviii,
  282. -----. Inactivit6 de  la mucidine sur la tuberculose
  experimentale.  Ibid., 283-285.

Iflucedinese.
    Urn nipt (E.)  Sur le myc6tome k grains noirs, maladie
  produite par une muc6din6e  du  genre Madurella n. g.
  Uompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, lviii, 997-999.—Pot-
  ties (C.)   Sur une nouvelle esp^ce de muc6din6e simple,
  la Capsellosporium calvilbe aestivalis.  J. de pharm., An-
  vers, 1902, lviii, 284-289.
OTucel (Marcelo).  * Apuntes sobre la intluencia
  de  la  sitilis en  la nutricion.  68  pp.,3ch.   8°.
  Mexico, F. Diaz de Le6n, 1883.
ullich  (Hans)  [1880-      ].   * Ueber Todes-
  ursacheu bei Neugeborenen mit besonderer  Be-
  riicksichtigun<r  ihrer forensischen Bedeutung.
  72 pp.   ~°.  Wiirzburg, Memminger, 1903.
Itlucha (Hermann).   * Ueber  Psychosen  nach
  Influenza.   34 pp.  8°.  Gbttingen, W.  F. Kaest-
  ner, 1891.
ffluche  (Klara).  Over den  physieken en  mo-
  reelen invloed der nioeder or haar kind voor de
  geboorte.    ix,  11-48 pp.  8°.  Amsterdam,  Sey-
  fardt, [1889].
-----   Was hat (due Mutter  ihrer erwachsenen
  Tochter zu ssigen?   1 p. 1., 115 pp.   12°.  Leip-
  zig, T. Grieben,  1900.
 -----.   The  same.    Belehrung   iiber  das  Ge-
  schlcchtsleben nach seiner physischen und ethi-
  schen Scite. 2. And.  1 p.  1., 112 pp.  12°.  Leip-
  zig, T. Grieben,  1902.
-----.   Hygiene der Ehe.  28 pp.   16°.  Oranien-
  burg,  W. Moller, [1905].

iTIueilagines.
     roil Tapprincr (H.)  Ueber die Wirkung der Mu-
  oilnginosa.   Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi,  1230;
  1274.

Mhiein.
     See. also, Fever (Yellow, Diagnosis, etc.,  of).
     Arloing (F.)  Recherches sur le pouvoir bactericide
  de la niucine.  J. de physiol. et de path. g6n , Par., 1902,
  iv, 291-304.  -----. Recherches  sur le pouvoir antitoxique
  dela  niucine. Ibid., 305-307. — €hiltendcn (R. H.) &
  Cries  (W. J.) The  mucin of  white fibrous  connective
  tissue.  J. Exper. M. N. T.,  1896, i, 186-201. AUo, Re-
  print. — Clowes  (G. H. A.) Sc Owen  (Alice G.)   Meta-
  chromatism  of mast-cell granules and mucin. J. Med.
  Research, Bost.,  1904, xii, 407-431. —  Folia (O.)  Zur
  Kenntniss des sogenanuten thieriseheu  Gum mis.  Ztschr.
  f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1897, xxiii,  347YS62. — Fried
  (G. A.) Sc CJies(W. J.)  Does muscle contain mucin?
  Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost.,  1901-2, p. x.—Haminar-
  sten (O.) TJndersokningar af mucin frSri submaxillaris-
  korteln.   [Investigations of mucin from  submaxillary
  glands.]  Upsala  Lakaref.  Forh.,  1887-8, xxiii, 211-218.
  Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,  1887-8,
  xii,  163-195. —Hari (P.)  A thioninual val6 nyiikfest6s
  (Hoyer)  modosit&sa.   [The  method of mucin' coloring
  (Hoyer) by thionin.]  Orvostud. ertek.  Gyiijt. Magy. orv.
  Arch., Budapest, 1901, ii. f., ii, 472-479.—ili'iit (G.j  Ein
  Sauerstofferreger  in Mucinsubstanzen.  Foisch.-Ber. ii.
  Lebensmittel, Miiuchen,  1896, iii, 446-418. — Hoyer (H.)
  Ueber den Nachweis des Mucins in Geweben mittelst der
  Fiirbemethode.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1890, xxxvi,
  310-374. —Liepine (J.)  Sur Taction antitoxique de cer-
  tains mucines.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11.
  s., iii,  1052.  -----. Sur les propriety  antihe,inolytiques
  de certaines mucines.  Ibid., 1053.— Lerenc (P. A.)  On
  mucin. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1900, p.viii. _____.
  Preliminary communication on the, chemistry of  mucin.
  J.Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa.,  1900,  xxii, 80-85.  AUo,
  transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900-1901, xxxi,
  395-406.—.Levin (I.)  Physiological studies on niucine!
  Am. J. Physiol.,  Bost., 1900,  iv,  90-95. Also [A bstr.]:
  Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost.,  1900, p. xxix. — IVIorner
  (C. T.)  Ueber eineimHiihnereiweiss in  reichlicher Menge
  vorkommeude Mucinsubstanz.  Ztschr. 1'. physiol. chem.,
  Strassb., 1893-4, xviii,  525-532. — lHiillcr (!•'.)  Beitrage
  zur  Kenntnis des  Mucins und  einiger damit verwandter
  Eiweissstoffe.  Ztschr.  f. Biol., Miiuchen u. Leipz., 1901,
  n. F.,  xxiv.  468-564. —  IVcwcomb (J.  E.)  The employ-
  ment of mucin in atrophic conditions of the nose and
  throat.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904,
  xiii, 558-564. — Rcttger (L. F.)  'Mucin as a bacterial
  product.  J.  Med. Research, Bost.,  1903, x, 101-108 __
  Richards  (A. N.) & Gics (W. J.)  Methods of prepar-
  ing  elastin, with some facts regarding ligament  mucin.
  Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1901-2  p. xi. —Nluarf-
  Iiow (W.)   Mucin in  desiccation, irritation, and  ulcera-
  tion of mucous membranes.  Lancet, Lond., 1901.  ii, 972-
  975.  -----.  The topical application of  mucin in certain
  affections of the nose, throat, and ear.  Ibid., 1902, i, 961.
  -----  Mucin and malignancy;  facts and theories.  Ann.
  Otol., Rhinol. & Larygol., St. Louis. 1902, xi, 678-692.—
  I  nnn (P. G.) Ueber  spezifisclie Farbung des Mucins.
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1895, xx, 365-375.—
  Walthanl.  Ueber antibaktcriellc Schutzwirkung des
  Mucins.  Centralbl. f.  Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena,
  1895, xvii, 311-315.

ITIiieinaciiiia.
     See Thyroid gland.

tIih iiiiii  i,t.

     See Urine in disease.

muck.
    See ITIoers &  ITIuck. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
 Osteomalacic.  8°.  [Leipzig, 1869.J 
MUCK.
166
MUCOUS.
Murk (Karl August Julius Bertram Otto) [1^71-
      ].   *"i?eitrag zur  Kenntnis der  Acardiaci.
  34 pp., 1 pl.   8°.   (ireifswald, J. Abel, 1K17.
Muck«') (Floyd S.)  Hay fever and  asthma; a
  permanent cure by  means of nasal surgery.  15
  pp.   1-y   St. Paul, 190^.
    Repr.from:  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul,  1902, xxii.
IVIllckle (Alexander).
    See rloi-fit  (Campbell).  Chemical  and pharmaceutic
  maiiipiil ilioiis [etc.J.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1849.

Mucocele.
    See Ethmoid bone (Diseases  of); Frontal si-
  nus  (Distension of); Lacrymal  organs (Tumors
  of).

Mucoid*.
    See Mucus.

Miico-meiiibraiious enter o-colitis.
    See Enteritis (Membranous).

Muconiycosis.
    See Hand (Fungus disease of);  Mucor.

Mucor.
    Bakthklat (G.-J.)   * Les niucorineVs  patho-
  genes et les mucormycoses chez  les animaux et
  chez riiotnme.   8J.   Paris, 1903.
    AUo, in: Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1903, vii, 5-116.
    Tsionglinski (A.)   *K  ucheuiyu  o  plles-
  nevikh  mikozakh.   Eksperinientalno-patologi-
  cheskoye  i/.slicdovaniye.   [ On mucormycosis.
  Experimental - pathological  researches.]    sy
   Varshava, 18rt9.
    Heauverie (J.)  Les mycoses, etparticuli^rement les
  mucor-mycoses. Lyon m6d., 1903, c, 728-733.—Clirzaszcz
  (T.)  Die chinesische Hefe,  Mucor Cambodja, eine  ti ch-
  nische Pilzart; nebst einigen Beobachtungen iiber Mucor
  rouxii.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901,
  vii, 326-338,  2  pl. -----.  Zum  Fehlschlagen  der  Spor-
  angienbei Mucor rouxii. Ibid., 1902, xxxii, 100.—Cocconi
  (G.)  Ricerche intorno ad una nuovamucorinea del genere
  Absidia  van Tgh.  Mem. r. Accad.  d. sc. d. Ist. di Bo
  logna, 1899-1900, 5.  s., viii, 85-90, 1 pl.—Dauphin  (J.)
  Nouvelles recherches sur l'appareil reproducteur des mu-
  corinees.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc. Par.,  1905,  cxli,
  533.—Klisifh (It.)  Omukoromikozakh.  [Mucoromyco-
  ses.]  Univ. Izviest.  [Protok. flz.-med.Obsh.,1898-9,ii,i33-
  138], Kiev, 1900, xl. — Kostytschew ( S.)   Untersuch-
  ungen iiber die Atniung und alkoholiscbe Garung der Mu-
  coraceen.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena,
  1904, xiii, 490; 577.—Ijichtheim (L.)  Ueber pathogene
  Mucorineen und die durch sie erzeugten Mykosen des Ka-
  ninchens. Ztschr.  f. klin. Med., Berl., 1883, vii, 140-177,
  4pl.— liiicet (A.) & C!ostautin.  Contributions&l'6tude
  des miicoriuees patlmgenes.  Arch,  de  parasitol.,  Par.,
   1901, iv,  362-413. — Tudwig (F.)   Bemerkung zu W.
  Holt?.' Arbeit  iiber Baunifliisse.  Centralbl. f. Bakte-
  riol. [etc.], 2.  Abt., Jena, 1901,  vii,  599.— Tloiiiii  (F.)
  Osservazioni intorno ad una nincorinea.   Rendic Accad.
  d. sc. d. Ist. di liologna, 1901-2,  n. s., vi, 81-88, 1 pl.—
   Schoatakowitarli ( \V\)  Vertieter der Gattung Mucor
   in • Ist-Sibirien. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Weimar, 1902, viii,
  62-65.—Viiillciiiin (P.)  Le Lichtheimia ramosa (Mucor
  raniosus  Lindt), champignon pathogene. distinct du L. co-
   rvmbifera.   Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1904, viii, 562-572.—
   Wchmir (C.)  Zum  Fehlschlagen der  Sporangien bei
  Mucor rouxii.   Centralbl.  f.  Bakteriol.  [etc.J,  2.  Abt.,
  Jena. 1901, vii, 599. -----. Ueber Kugelhefe und Garung
  bei Mucor javanicus.   Ibid.,  1904,  xiii, 277-280. _____.
  Versuche iiber Mucorineengiirung.  Ibid., 1905, xiv, 556:
  xv, 8.—Winkler (W.)  Eine Alkoholhefe aus Mucor.
  Ibid., 1902, viii, 721; 753, 2 pl.

Mucous  colitis.
    See Enteritis (Membranous).

Mucous  glands.
    See Mucous membranes.

Mucous  membranes.
    See, also, Genito-urinary organs; Intestines;
  Mucus; Respiratory organs.
    Derbk  (M.)   "Ueber  das  Verkommeu  vou
  Ptiasterepithel    in   cylinderepitheltragenden
  Schleimhiiuten.   8°.   Kbnigsberg,  1892.
    Fabris (F.N.)   *Brevi cenui auatomo-pato-
  logici sulle  membraue mucose.   8y   Padova
  1856.                                              '
Mucous membranes.
    Laxkovski  (V. N.)   *Slizistaya  (bokalovid-
  naya) klletka,  yeya  stroyeniye  zhiznediuyatel-
  nost, proiskhozhdeniye i uvyadaniye.  [The mu-
  cous (goblet) cell; its structure, vitality, origin,
  and decay.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1891.
    de Marree  (L. J.)   *De membranis  mucosis
  in statu sano et morboso.  8°.  Lugd. Bat., 1836.
    Ottiger (H.)   * Ueber  die Bildung  Reiskor-
  perchen  in  den  Schleimbeuteln.  8'Y  Zurich,
  1894.
    Polto (D. S.)  Esame dell' opinione del chia-
  rissimo professore De Michelis sulla  natura mu-
  cosa della inembrana interna vasale.  12°.  To-
  rino, 18:57.
    Repr.from:  Bepert. d. sc. fis. med. del Piemonte, 1857.

    Simon (M.)   * Ueber das niikroskopische Ver-
  halten des (ilykogeus in normalen mensehlichen
  Schleimhiiuten.   8°.  Kbnigsberg, 1901.
    Andeer (J. J.)   Recherches sur les ostioles des mu-
  queuses.  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1897, exxiv,
  1545-1548.—liarbcra.  Temperatura della mucosa o del
  contenuto gastrico, del retto e della vagina dopo varie ali-
  mentazioni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 524.—Ronmu-
  lino (D.)  Contributo  alio studio dei tessuti mucosi.
  Arch, per le sc. med , Torino e Palermo, 1893,  xvii, 423-
  430.—Carnot (P.)  Sur Involution des greffes de mu-
  queuse biliaire.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1905,
  lviii, 41-43.—Conte  (A.)  Sur  l'absorption  des virus par
  les muqueuses. Compt.  rend. Soc de biol , Par.,  1893,
  9. s., v, 859-861.—Cornil (A.-V.) & Carnot (P.)   Rege-
  neration cicatricielle des conduits  muqueux et de leur re-
  vetenieut6pith61ial.  Arch, de med. exp6r. et d'anat. path.,
  Par.,  1898, x, 779-815, 4 pl-----------Regeneration
  cicatricielle des cavit.es muqueuses et de leur reveteiuent
  Epithelial.  Ibid., 1899, xi, 413-433, 2 pl.----------.
  Sur la regeneration des muqueuses.  Bull. Acad, de med.,
  Par., 1898, 3. s., xl, 47-56.  AUo [Abstr.J: J. d. conn. med.
  prat., Par., 1898, 242; 252. — Dcbore  (M.)  Memoire sur
  la couche endotheliaio sous-6pi  heliale des membranes mu-
  queuses.  iScole prat. d. hautes etudes.  Lab. d'histol. du
  Coll. de France.  Trav., Par., 1874, 15-22, 1  pl.—Donne.
  Mouvements  vibratiles a  la  surface  des muqueuses.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1837, v, 477.—FIoui-ciin.
  Recherches sur la structure des membranes muqueuses.
  Examinat. med., Par., 1841, i, 302-305.—Olande (Sur la)
  pituitaire. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1707, Par., 1708, 16-18.
  Also: Hist. Acad. ro>. d. sc. (de Paris] 1707, Amst., 1708,
  19-24.  AUo, transl.:' K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . .
  Abhandl. 1707, Bressl.. 1751, iii, 22-24.—Hannover (A.)
  Ueber Eutopbyleii auf den Schleimhaiiten  des todten und
  lebeuden mensehlichen Kdrpers.  Arch. f. Anat., Physiol.
  u. wissensch.  Med.,  Berl., 1842,  281-295,  1 pl.—Ilcrx-
  heimer (K.)  Ueber eigenthuni'.iche Fasern in der Epi-
  dermis und im Epithel gewisser Schleimhaute  des Men-
  sehen. Arch.  f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien, 1889, xxi, 645-
  656, 1 pl.—Ingcrsoll (-1. M.)   The cleansing of mucous
  membranes.   Cleveland J. M., 1897, ii, 131.—Kulchitaki
  (N.K.)  Stroyeniye i dleyatelnost slizevikh klletok v /,he-
  lyozakh i v epitelialnikh pokrovakh.  [Structure  and ac-
  tivity of mucous cells in glands aud epithelial coverings.]
  Duevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat  Pirogova,
  Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 6, suppl., 1-5.—Kiittre/ Observation
  sur la glande pituitaire d'un homme.  Hist. Acad. roy. d.
  sc. 1707, Par., 1708, M6m., 125-140.  Also : Hist. Acad. 'roy.
  d. sc. [de Paris], 1707, Amst., 1708, Mem.,  162-180.  Also,
  transl.:  K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par.  . . .  Abhandl.
  1707, Bressl., 1751, iii, 24-40.—Malato C'alvino (V. E.)
  Sul potere attenuante e niicrobicida delle mucose.  Arch.
  ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1898-9, viii, 169;  322.—IVlanley
  (T. H.)   A few notes on the general and special features
  of theauatomy and histology of mucousmembranes.  Med.
  & Surg. Reporter, Phila.,  1896, lxxv,  735-737.—Pnneth
  (J.)   Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatze des Herrn  Schieffer-
  decker "Zur Kenntniss  des Banes der Schleimdriisen".
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1884, xxiv, iis. —l»anl*«'ii (E.)
  Bemerkungen iiber Secretion und Bau von Schleimdriisen.
  Ibid., 18S6,  xxviii,  413-415.—Putelli (F.) Ueber das
  Verhalten der Zellen der Riechschleimhaut bei Hiiliner-
  embryonen friiher Stadien. Mitth. a. d.  embrovol. Inst.
  d. k.'k. Univ. in Wien  (1888),  1889,  n.  F.,  3. Hit., 26-29.
  Also, in: Med. Jahrb., Wien,  1888, n. F., iii,  183-186.—
  RoNenberg (L.)   Ueber Nerveuendigungen  in der
  Schleimhaut  und im Epithel  der Saugethieizunge.  Si-
  tzuugsb. d.  k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,
  Wien, 1886, xciii, 164-198, 2 pl. AUo,  Reprint.—Schicf-
  ferdcclter (P.)  Zur Kenntniss des Banes der Schleim-
  driisen.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat.; Bonn, 188.1-4, xxiii, 382-
  412,  2 pl.—Seideninnnn (M.)  Beitrag zur Mikrophy-
  siologie der Schleimdriisen.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat.
  u. Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1893, x, 599-613, 1  pl.—Sebatttian.
  UeberdieReproductionderSchleimhaute.   Arch. f. Anat.,
  Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1835, 609-612.—Stohr 
MUCOUS.
167
MUCUS.
Mucous membranes.
  (P.)  Ueber Schleim-Driiseii.   Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med.
  Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1884, 93-104. -----. Ueber Scbleim-
  Driiseu.  Fest-Schr., Albert v. Kolliker, Leipz., 1887, 421-
  444,1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena,  1887, ii, 372-
  374.—Siichaniick (H.)  Beitrag  zur Frage von  der
  Spezitizitiit der Zclleu in der tierischeu  und mensehlichen
  Kit'chschleimhaut.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1891, vi, 201-205.—
  Treves (M.)   Ricerche sulla  seusibilita. termiea delle
  varie mucose.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xxii,
  459-461.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin.
  1901-2, xxxvi, 191.

Mucous membranes  (Diseases of').
    See, also, Skin (Diseases of) affecting mucous
  membranes.
    Emploi (De 1') du remede  contre les glaires,
  et observations sur ses effets.  8°.   Paris,  an
  XIT [18U5].
    Holthof  (F.)   * Ue iis vitiis, qtne a  nimio
  nuico esse couBuescunt, et qua  ratione  iisdem
  medendum sit.   sm. 4°.  Mogilalia}, 17;>7.
    Low(W. S.)   Mucous membranes normal and
  abnormal,  includiug  mucin  aud  malignancy.
  8°.  London,  1905.
    Ohloff (E.)   * Ueber Epithelmetaplasie und
  Krebsbildung an der Schleimhaut vou Gallen-
  blase  und Trachea.   8~.   Greifswald,  1891.
    Allen  (H.)  Clinical signs  common to mouth, nose,
  throat, and ear; the cephalic mucous membrane.  Univ.
  M. Mag., Phila., 1890-91. iii, 277-290.—Audry (C.)  Note
  sur le tissu elastique de quelques muqueuses normales et
  pathologiques  (joue, urethre, etc.).  Ann. de dermat. et
  syph.,  Par.,  1894,  3. s., v, 1321-1324. -----. Ueber  eine
  Verandernng der  Lippeu- uud Mundschleimhaut. beste-
  hend in der Entwickelung  atrophischer  Talgdriisen.
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1899, xxix, 101-104.—
  Bates (W. H )  Treatment of chronic inflammation of
  the mucous membraue of tbe eve, ear, and throat.  Vir-
  ginia M. Month.,  Richmoud, 1892-3,  xix,  222-232.—Boy-
  fan (J. E.)  Venous cavernoma of a mucoid tissue.  Cin-
  ciu.  Lancet-Clinic, 1894, n.  s.,  xxxiii,  630.— Breitung
  (M.)  Ueber instrumentelle innere Vibrationsmassage dei1
  Schleimhaut.   Illust. Monatschr. d. ai ztl. Polyteeh., Berl.,
  1899, xxi,  133-135.—Carson (J. K.)  Inflammatory  dis-
  eases of the mucous  membranes, with report of cases.
  Calif. M. & S. Reporter,  Los Angeles, 1905, i, 116.—Cor-
  nil (V.) & Carnot (P.)  Reparation des cauanx et cavi-
  t6s;  processus de  regeneration  de leurs  muqueuses.
  Presse m6d..  Par.. 1898,  ii,  217-219.—Ewer (L.)   Die
  Schleimbautruassage.  Therap.  Monatsh., Bei 1., 1893, vii,
  110-113— Frazer (T.  H.)  The pathology of catarrhal,
  suppurative, and  diphtheritic  inflammations of  mucous
  membrane; their  differential  diagnosis  and treatment.
  Alabama M. Sc S. Age, Auniston, 1893-4, vi, 401-412.—
  Hitschmaim (F.) Sc diiiflenthal (O. T.)  Ueber die
  Schaumorgane  uud die bakteriellen Schleimhautemphy-
  seme.  Sitzungsb.d. k.Akad. d.Wissench.  Math.-naturw.
  CL, Wien, 1901, ex, 93-188.—Hollopetcr (W: C.)  Mu-
  cous disease; with a report of two cases and a post-mor-
  tem.  Proc Phila. Co.  M. Soc, Phila., 1892, xiii, 307-311.—
  Horowitz (F.)  Wa-Mrstoffsuperoxyd  bei Sehleim-
  hauterkrankungen.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1897, xlvii,
  382-384.—Josserand  (K )  Anemie grave de nature h6-
  morragique par angiomas miliaires des muqueuses.  Bull.
  Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1902, i, 241-247.— Korsakoff
  (X. S.)  Sluchai slizistavo otyoka v rannem dletskom voz-
  rastie.   [GSdema of mucosa in early childhood.]  Dletsk.
  med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 87-9:;.—Kyle (D. B.)  General con.
  siderations of mucous membranes, with especial reference
  to local  manifestations of constitutional  lesions.   Tr.
  Berks Co. M. Soc. 189s.  Reading, Pa., 1899, 84-89.—I.alter
  (C.)  Innere Schleimhautmassage  und Piuselungen;  Er-
  widerung auf O. Cbiari's AngrifT.   Wien. med. Presse,
  1892, xxxiii, ls69, 1912.  — Lcudel  (T.-E.)  Hypertrophic
  polypiforme de  la muqueuse.   In his: Etudes de path.
  et de clin. m6d., 8°, Par., 1891, iii, 670-673. — Overend
  (W.)  A case of myxasthenia, with remarks  on kindred
  affections.  Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1486-1488.—Posncr
  (C.)   Untersuchungen  iiber   Schleimhautverhornung
  (Pachydermia mucosae).  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl.,
  1889, cxviii. 391-413. 1 pl.  AUo [ Abstr.J: Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1889, 349.—Power (II.  D'A.)  Defective metabo-
  lism in relation to the mucous membrane.  Pacific M. J.,
  San  Fran., 1900, xliii, 816-81Y—Bona (S.)  A r6giek gan-
  graen&s-phagi-daeniaVdiphtheriils  sankerenek, nosocomi-
  als  gangraenajdnak 6s  sebdiphtheriajduak,  a Viucent-
  anginanak, a stomacaceuak, a nomdnak, a stomatitis mer-
  curialis  iiszk6s6d6s6nek 6s a tiidogaugraen&nak  aetiolo-
  giaja.hoz.  [The et lology of old gangrenic-phagedenic-diph-
  theritic chancres, hospital gangrenes  and  traumatic diph-
  therias, Vincent's  anginas, stomacaces, nomas, spacelus
  of mercurial stomatitis and  pulmonary gangrenes.]   Or-
  vosi hetil., Budapest,  1903,  xlvii, 566-583.—Rose (A.)
Mucous  membranes (Diseases of).
  Carbonic acid as a local  application  to chronically in-
  flamed mucous surfaces.  Ann. Anat. & Sum., Brooklyn,
  N. V., 1883, viii, 254-261.  AUo. Reprint.—Sawyer (J.P.)
  The importance  of  determining  reflex irritation in the
  treatment of certain catarrhal diseases.  Tr. Ohio M. Soc,
  Toledo, 1894, xlix, 332-337.—Schmidt (A.)   Die Schleim-
  absonderuug uud ihre  diaguostische Bedeutung  fiir die
  Entzundung'en der  Sehleimhaute.  Samml.  klin. Vortr.,
  n. F., Leipz, 1898,  No.  202 (Innere Med.,  No. 60,  1115-
  1133).— Striitor (M.)  Bijdrage tot de pathologic en thcra-
   iiie der slijmbenrsaandoeniugen.  Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en
   .ab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1902, ix, 215-243.—Tliorcl
  (C.) Ueber  die hyalinen Kdrper der Maiden- und Darm-
  schleimhaut. Arch, f.  path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, cli,
  319-345, 1 pl— Wijcyesaltcrc (W. A.)  Tabes mesen-
  teric^ and Ceylon sore-mouth and diarrhoea; the  differen-
  tial diagnosis and  treatment;  complications and  their
  treatment and results.  J.  Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 119-
  123.—Yale  (A.  W.)  Mucous membranes;  their patho-
  logic conditions  and treatment.   Med. Council,  Phila.,
  1903, viii, il46-249.  Also, Reprint.

Mucous  membranes (Grafting of).
    See Mucous membranes (Surgery of  Y

Mucous  membranes (Surgery of).
    See, also, Conjunctivitis (Plastic surgery  of).
    Ophoves (P.)   *Ein Beitra«  zu  den  Sarco-
  men der Sehleimhaute.  8°.    Wiirzburg, 18V2.
    Djatschenko (E.)   Experinientelle LTntersuchung
  iiber Transplantation der Sehleimhaute.  Centralbl. f. d.
  med. Wissensch., Berl.,  1890,  xxviii, 641; 657.—Podrez
  (A. G.)  O shvle slizistikh  obolochek.  [On suturing
  mucous membranes.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb.,  1895,
  i, 449-459.   Also, transl.  [Abstr.]:  Centralbl. f. Chir.,
  Leipz., 1895, xxii, 369.—Wolflcr (A.)   Ueber die Tech-
  nik uud den  Werth von Schleimhatitiibertragiingen.  Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1888, xvii,  pt. 2,
  166-179, 1 pl.  [DiscussionJ, pt.  1,  47.  Also: Arch. f.
  Klin. Chir.,  Berl., 1888. xxxvii, 709-722,  1 pl.

Mucus.
    See, also, Mucin;  Saliva.
    Hanisch (V.)   * Beitrag zur  Kenntnis   der
  Configuration  der Schleitnsaure.   Einige Deri-
  vate des Amidoacetals.   8-\   Berlin,  1.-94.
    Landel (G.)   * Recherches  snr les caracteres
  micro-chiiniques  du  mucus dans les  tissus  uor-
  inaux de quelqins vertelires et dans  les  tissus
  pathologiques de l'hoiume.   8C.  Paris, 1897.
    Nitschke ( E. )    *De custode  errante Hel-
  montii, sive prodnctione muci depravata.   8°.
  Lugd. Bat., 1670.
    Charrin & Moussu.   Action du  mucus sur l'orga-
  nisme.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, exxxii, 164-
  166.  Also:  Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par.,  1901, 11. s.,
  iii,  60-62.-----------.  Proprietes coagulantesdu mucus;
  origines et consequences.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par.,
  1901, exxxii,  578-580.—Creighton (C.)  Note on certain
  unusual coagulation - appearances found in  mucus  and
  other albuminoid fluids.   Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1876-7,
  xxv, 140-144.—Cutter (W. D.)  &' Cries  (W.J.)  The
  composition  of tendon mucoid.  Am. J.  Physiol., Bost.,
  1901-2, vi, 155-172.—dies (W.J.) Further mucoid studies.
  Proc. Am. Physiol.  Soc, Bost., 1902, p. xiii.—Hansen
  (E.  C.)  Ueber die in dem Schleimflusse lebender Biiumd
  beobachteten Mikroorganismen.  Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol.
  u. Parasiteuk.,  Jena, 1889, v, 632;  663;  693. — Kossel
  (A.) Ueber Scbleiin und schleiiubildende Stoffe. Deut-
  sche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. n.  Berl., 1891, xvii, 1297-
  1299.  Also : Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl.,
  1891-2,  xi, 110-146.   (Discussion],  150-153.  — Posner
  (E. R.) Sc dies (W. J.)   A preliminary study of the
  digestibility   of  connective  tissue   mucoids in  pepsin-
  hydrochloric acid.   Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1904, xi, 330-
  350. ----- -----. Do the mucoids  combine with other
  proteids?  Ibid., 404-436.—Schroder  (B.)   Ueber den
  Schleim und seine  biologische  Bedeutung.   Biol.  Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.. 1903, xxiii,  457-468.—Seidenmanii (M.)
  Przyczynek   do   mikrofizyologii gruczoi6w  sluzowyeh.
  [Contribution to the micro-physiology of mucous glands.]
  Pam. Towarz.Lek., Warszaw., 1894, lxxxx, 249-274, 1 tab.—
  Sussdorf  ( M. )  Eine  mikrocliemiscbe  Reaction auf
  thierischen   Schleim.   Deutsche  Ztschr. f.  Thiermed.,
  Leipz.,  1888-9, xiv,  345-359. — CI I ma an.   Untleerung
  vou  Schleimconcretionen   bei  emem  Xeugeboreuen.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx,  37.—
  Wurtz (R.) Sc  I.>ei'iiioycz (M.)   Du pouvoir bacteri-
  cide du mucus humain  et en particulier du mucus nasal.
  Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., Par., 1893,  9. s., v, 756-758.—
  Yataevich (M. V.)  O sakharle slizistikh veshtshestv
  zhivotnavo  organiznia.   [Ou sugar  of the mucous sub-
  stances of the animal organism.]   Arch. biol. nauk . . ., 
MUCUS.
168
MUDS.
Mucus.
  S-Peterb.,  1896-7, v, 371-386.  Also,  Reprint.   Also,
  transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1897, v, 378-394.

Mud-baths.
    See Baths (Mud, etc.); Moor-extract.
Itludd  (Henry  H[odgen])  [1844-99].   Rapid
  lithotritv.  11 PP-  12°•   Chicago  4  St.  Louis,
  J. H.  Chambers 4 Co., [188:5].
    Repr.from: Weekly M. Rev.. Chicago, 1883, viii.
------.   A new  method of incision of the intestine.
  7 pp.   12'-'.   Chicago, 1888.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888, xi.
------.   Lacerations of the kidney, Avith a neph-
  rectomy.  6 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia,  1889.]
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1889, n. s., xcvii.
------.   The  Hodgen  suspension-splint.  16  pp.
  12°.   [Philadelphia], 1890.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvi.
------.   Echinococcus  multilocularisof the brain.
  10 pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1892.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, n. s., ciii.
------.   Surgery of the mouth and tongue.
    In:  Syst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila., 1895, iii, 123-156.
    For  Biography,  see J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago,  1899,
  xxxiii, 1374.  Also: Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1899, x, 634-
  645, port.  Also: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1899, xl, 410.  AUo:
  St.  Louis M.  Sc S. J., 1899, lxxvii, 307 (I. R. P.).  AUo:
  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri 1900, St. Louis, 1901, 330.  AUo: Tr.
  Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1900, xviii, 424.
Mlldge (John) [1720-93].   A  radical and expe-
  ditious cure  for  a recent catarrhous  cough;
  preceded  by  some  observations on respiration,
  with occasional  and  practical remarks on some
  other  diseases of the lungs.  To which is added
  a chapter on the  vis vitas, so  far  as it  is  con-
  cerned in preserving and reinstating the health
  of an  animal.   Accompanied with some stric-
  tures  on the treatment  of  compound  fractures.
  3. ed.   xvi  (2 1.), 252 pp.   12°.   London, J.  Wal-
  ter  [and others],  17^0.
    See, also, Coxe (Edward Jenner).  A practical treatise
  on medical  inhalation, [etc.].  8°.  Philadelphia, 1854.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  254  (T. Seccombe).
Hill die (Robert).   Man iu his  physical structure
  and adaptations,  xi, 294 pp.  12°.  Boston,  Otis,
  Broaders 4  Co., 1838.

Muds (Mineral,  Analysis  and  therapeutic
  use of).
    See,  also,  Baths (Mud,  etc.); Fangotherapy.
    Hamberg (N. P.)  Undersokning af badgytjan
  vid Mai strand.  [Investigation of the mud iu
  baths at Marstrand.]  4°.   Stockholm, 1878.
    Helmkamfp  (H. )   Moor   und  Moorbader.
  Theorie und Praxis.  8°.   Leipzig, 1903.
    Mkrzheyevski  (V.  O.)  Gryaze-liechebnitsa
  "Romasaar"  v  g. Arensburgie;   zamietki  po
  gryazeliecheniyu.   [Mud-bath sanitarium  .  .  .
  in Arensburg; notes  on mud-bath treatment.]
  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1899.
    Stcherbakov  (A.)   Les stations de  houes
  minerales de  la  Russie d'Europe.   8°.   Moscou
  1897.
    AntsifcroflT (N.)  K voprosu o vozstauovlenii linian-
  nol  gryazi.  [Quelques contributions relatives k l'etude
  de la reduction de laboue des lirnans.  Extr., 298.]  Russk.
  arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol.,  S.-Peterb.,  1900, ix,
  251-263.—Badacl  (C.)  La cura coi fanghi.  Idrol. e cli-
  mat., Firenze, 1900, xi, 106-115.—Baginsky (A.)  Die
  Limaneund Limankuren in Odessa.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1900, xxvi, 516; 534.—Barthc.  De
  lillutatiou  partielle (applications locales de bones) aux
  thermes de Dax.  Mem.  et  bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de
  Bordeaux (1885), 1886, 330-366. — Baudouin (M.)   His-
  tologie et bacteriologie de.s boues extraites a 10m de pro-
  fondeur d'un  puits  fun6raire gallo-romain k ia necropole
  du Bernard (Vendue).  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par.,
  1904, exxxviii, 1001-1003.—Benignetti (D.) Di un germe
  termotilo isolato dai fanghi d' Acqui.  Riv. d' ig. e san
  pubb.,  Torino, 1905, xvi, 449-455. — Bukhshtab (B. G.)
  K voprosu oprolskhozhdenii i obrazovanii sakskol gryazi.
Muds (Mineral, Analysis and  therapeutic
  use of).
  [Origin and formation of the Saki mud.]  Farm, vestnik,
  Mosk., 1900, iv, 287; 305; 3L'3.—Cattam-o.  A proposito
  di un  fango termale radioattivo.  Rendu, d. Ass. med.-
  chir. di Parma, 1904, v. 125-127. — Colombo (C.)  Les
  boues nieilicinales naturelles  et leurs applications ther-
  miques 6quivalentes.   Gaz. d. eaux, Par.,  1905,  xlviii,
  25.—Cuq (P.)   Note sur les boues de Balarucles-Baiiis]
  ficho  m6d. d.  Cevennes,  Ninies, 1901, ii, 314-316. — Be
  Oiovanni (A.)  I fanghi di  Abauo.  Gazz. d. osp., Mi-
  lano,  1901,  xxii, 1573-1575. —  Bu  Pasquier (E.)  Lea
  boues min6ralesdu sud-ouest de la France. [Rap.] Ann.
  d'hydrol. et de climat. med.. Par., 1902, vii, 161; 193; 225.—
  Poss.  Das chemische Hauptagens  des  Bademoors und
  dessen Ersatzmittel. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch.
  in Berl., 1901,323-329. Also [Abstr.]:  Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,
  Berl., 1901, xxii,673.—Fournier.  Bains de boues de Dax.
  Bull. me,d. d. Vosges, Epinal, 1900-1901, xv, no. 56, 35-45.—
  Glel in a ■■ (G.)  Mekhauicheskiy, mikroskopicheskiy  i nii-
  neralogicheskiy analiz liechebnikh gryazei Kuyalnitskavo
  i  Kbadjibelskavo limauov,  podpochvennol  bituminoznol
  i peschan stol glini i proiskhozhdeuiye pervikh iz poslled-
  nei.  [Mechanical, microscopical, and  mineralogical analy-
  sis of the medicinal muds of the Kuyalnitsk and Khad.jibei
  mud-baths; subsoil bituminous and sandy clay, and deriva-
  tion of the first from the second.]  Med. Obozr'., Mosk., 1900,
  liii,433-443.-----. Chtotakojrellechebnayagryaz?  [What
  is medicinal mud?]  Ibid., lvi,  513-521.—Grebner(F. A.)
  K voprosu o tekhnikle i fiziologicheskom dleistvii mlest-
  nikh gryazevikh  vann.   [Technique and physiological
  action of local  mud baths.]  Terapiya, S.-Peterb.,  1904, i,
  373; 408. — Ilcilzniann  (J.)  Ueber  Anwendung der
  Bailer mit Moorextrakten bei Frauenleiden.   Frauenarzt,
  Berl.,  1890, v, pt. 2, 385; 433; 481.  AUo, Reprin t.— Hoff-
  mann (G.) Das Eisenmineralmoor  und seine Wirkun-
  gen.   Med. Rev. f. Balneol., Wien, 1890, i,  21. — Kar-
  czewski (R.)  Szlara  ciechociiiski.  [The mud  of  Cie-
  chociuek.]  Wiadomoscifarm., Warszawa, 1904, xxxi, 249-
  251. — Kisch.  Demonstration eines neuen  Instruments
  zur rationellen.Verordnung von Moorbadern.   Veroffentl.
  d. Gesellsch. f. Heilk. in Berl.   Balneol. Sect., 1881, iii, 4-
  14. —  Ijarauza.   Des bons effets des boues  vegeto-
  min6rales nuturelles de Dax  dans le  traitement de la
  retraction de l'apon6vrose palmaire, des sinovites chro-
  niques et de l'intluration plastique des corps caverneux
  chez les artbritiques.  Cong, internat.  de  m6d.   C. r.
  1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect,  d'hydrol. med., 106-120.—
  liebedinzev  (A.)  Physikalis'ch-chemische Untersu-
  chungen der Odessaer Limane  in ktzten Jabren.  Compt.
  rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 4b,
  45-50. — l,imanUiir  (The) in Odessa.   Lancet,  Loud.,
  1900, ii, 1083.—lioebel (A.)   Die  Fortschritte  in der
  Technik und in den Heilauzeigen der Moorbader. Berl.
  klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., 1905, 88-94.  Also:  Wien. klin.-
  therap. Wchnsehr., 1905, 88-94.— Cudwig (E.)   Ueber
  einige Moore, welehe zu Baderu verwendet werden.  Beitr.
  z. Geburtsh. u. Gynak. Rudolf Chrobak ... 60. Geburtst.
  fete.|. Wien, 1903, ii, 246-265.—Ulierzcjewski  ( W. 0.)
  Der Einfluss der Arensburger  Moorbader auf die Korper-
  metamorphose.  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1885, n. F.,
  ii, 137; 147.—IVenadovich (L. F.)  Kauchnoye opredle-
  leniye  temperaturi.  konsistentsii i prodolzhitelnosti fran-
  tsenbadskikh gryazevikh vann pri liechenii  zabolievaniy
  zhenskol polovoi  oblasti.   [Scientific estimation  of  tem-
  perature, consistency, and  continuance of  Franzensbad
  mud baths in thetrea'tment of diseases of the female genital
  organs.]  J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1902, xvi,
  516-558. -----.  A franzensbadi mooifiirdok hatdsa az an-
  yageserere.  [The effects of the Franzenbad mud baths on
  metabolism. ]  Diaet. 6s phvsik. gy6gyit6m., Budapest,
  1905, 15-17.—Pinali (R.)  Fanghi artificial!. Boll. med.
  trentino, Trento, 1903, xxii, 109-112.—Pins (E.)   Thera-
  peutische Wirkung des Mineralmoors und dessen Surro-
  gate:  Mattoni's Moorsalz und Moorlauge.   Wien.  med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1890, xl, 260;   307. — Pokrovski ( A. N.)
  Llecheniye  goryachimi  glinyauimi  vannami; kliniche-
  skoye  izsliedovaniye.   [Treatment by  hot  mud  baths;
  clinical research.]  Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1899, ii, 89;
  129.—Predtechenski (V. E.)  Rolnizshikb organizinov
  v protsessle  obrazovaniya liechebnol gryazi Sakskavo
  ozera.  [Le r61e des microorgauismes dans la formation de
  laboueni6dicaledulacdeSaky. Extr., 206.)  Russk. arch.
  patol., klin. med. ibakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, vii, 149-165.—
  Sabanieicv.   Du traitement aux bains  des Limans.
  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc,  1898, ii,
  sect. 4a, 40-43. — Salvagnini ( U.)  Nuovo contributo
  alio studio dell' azione del fango termale di Abauo in  giue-
  cologia.  Idrol. e climat.,  Firenze, 1904, xv, 110-114.—
  Savage ( W. G.)  Bacteriological  examination of tidal
  mud as an index of pollution of the river.  J. Hyg., Cam-
  bridge, 1905, v,  146-174. — Schnckelt.   Ueber Indika-
  tionen und Erfolge der Moorbader.  Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl.,
  Berl.,  1902,  xxiv,  133-140. — Shtsherbakoff  (A. I.)
  Gryazellechebniya mlestnosi Yevropelskol Rossii.  [Mud
  baths of European Russia.]  Bibliot. vrach., Mosk.,  1898,
  v, 391-433,  1 map.—Soboleff  (N. )  O khimicheskom 
MUDS.                                       169                                  MUHSAM.
Muds (Mineral, Analysis  and therapeutic
  use of).
  sostavie gryazi i vodi ozera Djanibek Sor (iz gruppi ozer
  borovikh).  [On the chemical composition of the mud and
  water of the lake . . .  (from the group of borax lakes).]
  Protok. Omsk. med. Obsh.. 1895-6, xiii, 55-63, 1 map. —
  Steinsberg (L.)  Moorbader als Schonungs- und Ue-
  bungstherapie.  Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1905,
  xxiii, 236-241.—Stiller.  Stebener Eisen-Mineral-Moor,
  dessen Zusamensetzung und Wirkung. Aerztl. Int.-111.,
  Miiuchen, 1881, xxviii. 135-137.  Also, Reprint.—Tarngi
  (B.)  Note teorico-pratiche sulla cura coi fanghi. Idrol. e
  climat,. Firenze, 1902, xiii, 138-148.—Tliiroux (II.) Les
  bains de boues.  Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et de climat.
  C.-r., Liege, 1898, v, 167-215.—Weber (C.)  The thermal-
  mud treatment  of Homluirg.  Treatment, Lond., 1904-5,
  viii, 332-334. — Wobr (F.)  Schlamm-Behandlung:  Tren-
  cs6n-Tepliczer Schlamm,  seine Wirkung  und Anwen-
  dungsweise.   Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl..  1902, 165; 170;
  175;  181.—Zilberberg (L. A.)  Spetsificbui li bakterii
  limannoi gryazi ?  [Sur la sp6citite soi-disantedes bacteries
  de la bone des limans. Extr.. 338]  Russk. arch, patol.
  klin. med. i bakteriol.. S.-Peterb., 1902, xiii, 313-325.
Ittiicke (Die),   v. 29,  1889.   8C.  Bonn.
Miigge (Felix Georg Karl Hans Julius Ludwig)
  [1877-    ].  * Zwei Fiille von  Dystrophia mus-
  culorum progressiva.   '29  pp., 1 1.  8-'.  Berlin,
  G. Schade,  1902.
Miigge ([Karl Wilhelm Theodor] Hans) [  1806-
      ].  *Die operativen Methoden der  Behand-
  lung schwerer Fiille von Platfuss mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung der suprumalleolaren Osteoto-
  mie.   "27  pp., 1  pl.   8~.   Greifswald,  J.  Abel,
  1893.
Miiglich ([Gustav] Theodor) [1864-    ].   *Ue-
  ber Spoutanheiluug der Netzhautablosung.  110
  pp., 1 \.,2 pl.   8'-'.  Marburg  F. Sbmmering, 1891.
von  der  Miihl  (Ed.)  * Bromo-quiuolones  et
  Uroiuo-carbostyriles.   40  pp.  8°.   Geneve,  C.
  Zoellner, 1904.
Muehl (Gustav Hermann) [.1855-    ].  * Rudi-
  ineiitiire Entwickelung von Uterus und Vagina.
  :?3 pp.  *-:   Greifswald, J. Abel, 1902.
Miihl (Gustave-Adolphe).   'Dissertation snr  le
  racbitisine.   1 p.  1.,  90  pp.   4°.   Strasbourg,
  1847. 2. s., No. 174.
Miihlbock  ( Josephus ).   * De hypertrophia
  cordis.  30 pp., 1 1.  *D.   Vindobonce,  1p33.
von  zur  Miihleu  (Alexander).   * Untersu-
  chungen iiber den Urogenitalapparat der Uro-
  delen.  62 pp., 2  1., 1 pl.   8°.  Jurjew (Dorpat),
  H. Laakmann, 1893.
von znr Miihleu (Friedrich).  * Ueber  zwei
  neue Arzneimittel: das Tolypyrin und Orthoto-
  lypyrin.   SI  pp.,  1 1., 1  ch.  n°.   Jurjew,  H.
  Laakmann, 1894.
■-----.  The  same.   [Abstr.]   1 1.  8°.   Berlin,
  E. B. Xaehf, 1-94.
    Repr.from: Allg. med.  Centr-Ztg., Berl., 1894, lxiii.
Von zur Miihlen (Richard).   * Ueber die Ge-
  rinnnngsfiihigUt'it  des Blutes.   107  pp.   8°.
  Jurjew, H. Laakmann, 1894.
Mtihleiibein (Leo).   "Kliuische Betrachtung
  der iu der .Strassburgcr gynaecologischen Klinik
  seitdem Jahre l~88beobachtetenDernioidcysten.
  70 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Strassburg i. E., C. Muh 4- Co.,
  1*98.
Miihlenbroek  (Friedrich).  * Ueber den Ein-
  fluss  der einseitigen congenitalen oder erwor-
  benen Hiiftgelenksluxation auf das knocherne
  Becken.   [Wurtzburg.J   34  pp.  8°.   Trier, E.
  Herziq, 1892.
Miihlenhardt (Walther) [1875-    ].   *Ein
  Fall   von   weichem Sarkom  des Femur   und
  Beckens.  20  pp., 1 1.  8°.   Kiel,  H.  Fiencke,
  1900.
Miihlenkainp  (Vincenz) [1876-     ].   *Zur
  Kiisuistik   der Embryome.   23  pp., 2 1.   8°.
  Greifswald, J.  Abel, 1905.
Miihlens (Hermann) [1877-    ].  *Vier Falle
  von Abscessus intrahaepaticus autsubphrenicus.
  40 pp. 8°.  Bonn, P. Hauptmann, 1902.
Miihlens (Peter)  [1874-     ].  * Beitrage znr
  Osteomyelitis mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
  der Therapie.  51  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Bonn, J. Bach
  Wwe., M)7.
Miihlhaus (Oscar) [1873-    ].  * Zur Behand-
  lung der Aorten-Aneurysmen.   33  pp., 1 1.  *°.
  Kiel, H. Fiencke,  1-98.
Miillling (Raul)  [1874-    ].  *Die Uebertra-
  gnng von Krankhcitserregern durch  Wunze und
  Blutegel.   23 ]>p., 3 1.   8°.   Kbnigsberg i. P.,
  M.  Liedlke, 1899.
von der  Miihll  (Paul).   * Die  quantitative
  Pulsanalyse  mit  dem  Sphygmochronographen
  von Jaquet. und ihre Verwerthung zu diagnosti-
  schen Zwccken.  [Basel.]  31pp.  8°.  Leipzig,
  J. Ii. Hire: hfeld, 1892.
Muhlmaiiu.  Die Heilnngder Flechten, Grinde,
  Schorfe,   Gesclnviire,  Scropheln,  Verschwind-
  flechte, Finnen und Sonimerflecken im Gesicht,
  rissiger Haut, kriitzartiger  Hautaus.schlage, der
  Gicht und der alten Rheuniatismus, nebst An-
  gabe der Ursachen dieser Krankheiteu.  4. Aufl.
  615 pp.   12°.  Hannover,  P.  Klemann, [1891, vel
  subseq.].
------.  Der Bandwurm.   Die Spulwiirmer und
  die Madenwiirmer, ihr Vorkommen, ihr verderb-
  liches Wirken  und ihre bequeme  Eutfernung.
  45 pp.   12°.  Hannover,  P.  Kleemann, [n. d.].
Miihlmaini (L. Johann).  Geistlicher  Noth-
  uud Todes-Schirm, oder die gewisseste Htilffe
  mid bewehrteste Artzeney  wider die schadliche
  Seuche der Pestilentz und alle andere Furcht
  und Gefahr  heilsamlich  zu  gebrauchen, genom-
  men aus dem 91. Psalm,  und in Lehr- und Trost-
  reichen Andachten gczeiget.  Zu dieseu gefahr-
  lichen Zeiteu mit somlerbaren Gebeten und Lie-
  dern vermehret von M. Salomon Liscovio.  224,
  86 pp., 7 1.  16°.   Leipzig, C. Klinger, 1680.
Miihl in a mi (Moissey)  [1867-     ].   * Ueber
  Hirnpigtnente.   29 pp., 1  1.   8°.   Berlin,  G.
  Schade, [1892].
------.  Ueber die  Ursache  des  Alters.  Grund-
  ziige der  Physiologie  des Wachsthums  mit be-
  sonderer Beriicksichtigung des  Mensehen. xii,
  195 pp.   8°.   JHesbaden,   J.   F.  Bergmann,
  1900.
Miihlreiter (E.)   Anat< mie des-mensehlichen
  Gebisses; mit besonderer Riicksicht  auf die Be-
  diirf'nisse  der Zahnersatzkunde.   2. iiberarbei-
  tete und vermehrte Aufl.  vi (1 1.), 160 pp.  8°.
  Leipzig, A. Felix, 1891.
Miihlstadt (Hans) [1868-    ].  *Beitragzur
  Kenntnis der Wirkung des Sabadillin.   14 pp.,
  I 1.  8°.   Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 1892.
Mil 111  (Max) [1868-   ].  * Ueber die Gefahren
  der Nasinirrigationen fiir das Ohr.  25 pp., IL
  8°.   Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4 Co., 1893.
Miihry (Georg Friedrich).
    See Portal (Antoine).  Beobachtungen iiber die Xatur
  und Behandlung der Luugensehwindsucht.  2v.ini.  8°.
  Hannover, 1799-1802.

IUiihsam (Adolf) [1878-    ].  * Ueber Indika-
  tionen zur Einleitung des  Aborts.   62 pp.  8°.
  Berlin, J. Harruitz, 1904.
Miihsuin (Ernst) [1876-    ].   *Ein  Beitrag
  zur Histologie der  Mycosis fungoides.   37 pp.,
  1 1.  *'\   lireslau, B. Nischkoiosky,  1902.
OTiihsain (Hans (iuntlicr) L1876-     ].   * Ueber
  nnkomplicirte kongenitale  Defekte in der Kani-
  mersclicidcwand  des llcrzens.  18 pp.,  1 1.  8  .
  Kiel, P. Peters, 1900.
Miihsam (Richard) [1872-    ].  #Ueber den
  Fnndort   des Bacillus  pyoc.vaneus  und  seine
  Farbiirodnction bei der Symbiose mit  anderen
  Mikroorganismen.   30 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Berlin, C.
  Vogt, [1893].
    See, aUo,  Sonncnburg (E.)  Sc IVIiihsam (R.)  Com-
  pendium der Operations- und Verbondstechnik.  2. Teil.
  8°.  Berlin, 1903. 
MfvHSAM.
170
MULLER.
Hiihsam  (S[iegfried])  &  Bagiusky (A.)
  Die  Hiiusapotheke, enthaltend die  iinentbelir-
  licheu Hansmittel.   28 pp., 2 1.   12y   F.erlin,
  )I. Hampel, [n. d.].
Miihsam  (Wilhelm Fritz) [1874-    ].   * Bei-
  tra«• zur Quecksilberbchandlung  der multiplen
  Sklcrose.   21 pp., 1 1., 1  tab.  8°.  Kiel, P. Pe-
  ters, 1M>7.
von  der Miilbe (Arthur)   *I)ie Mnskel-Guni-
  inata und ein neues Gumma des Myocardium.
  26 pp.  8 .  Wiirzburg, F. Itohrl, 18*8.
Miilberger (Arthur)  [1-77-     ].   *Dreiund-
  fiinfzig Fiille von Sectio alta; ein  Beitrag zur
  Statistik des hohen Sttinschnittes.   38 pp., 1 1.
  *°.   Munchen, C.  Wolf 4 Sohn, 1902.
Miilfarth (Martin Lconliard) [1869-    ].   * Ue-
  ber  nialigne  Geschwulste  des  Naseurachen-
  rauiuea.  [Bonn.] 2-1 pp.  8°.  Kbln,.P. Brandts,
  1893.

^Iiilliausen.
    See Sewage (Disposal of), by localities.

JTIiilheiiu.
    See Water (Supply of), by localities.
Mulhens  (Anton) [1871-    ].   * Ueber Anle-
  gung der  Blascnbauchfistel  nach Prof. Witzel.
  31 pp.  *°.  Bonn, A. Henry, 1896.
Miilhens  (Carl  Emil) [1874-     ].   * Gelenk-
  sensibilitiit  und  Koordinationsstorungen, ein
  kasuistischer Beitrag.  35 pp., 1 1.,  2 pl.  8°.
  Bonn, Hauptmann, 1898.
Miillabfnhr  und  Mullbeseitigung; ein  Bei-
  trag znr Stiidtehygiene, unter  Benutzung meist
  aiutlicher Qnelleu bearbeitet von B.  Rohrecke.
  Vervollstiindigt durch Th. Weyl's Aufsatz: Die
  Mullfrage  in Paris.   Anhange.   222 pp., 3 1.;
  102 pp.  8°.   Berlin, H. R.  Mecklenburg,  1901.
    Anhang: 1.  Verorduungen, Vertrage und Bedingungen
  fiir die Vergebuug der Abfuhr und Sammluug des  Haus-
  miilles.  2. Gefasse und Geratbe zur Sammlung, Wagen
  und Sehiffe zum Transport des Hausmiilles.
Mullein  (Hubert)  [1868-     ].    * Ueber ein
  grosses iutraparietales  Uterussarkom.  25 pp.,
  1 1.   8°.  Greifswald,  H. Adler, 1897.
Muller.
    See Taschenbuch sammtlicher syphilitschen Krank-
  heitsformen, [etc.].  24°.  Ludwigsburg, 1841.
Miiller.   Ueber  die  Fortschritte  iu der  Wund-
  behandlung.  26 pp.  8°.  Halle,  1888.
    Forms 3. Hft., v. 1, of: Thiermed. Vortr., Halle.
-----.   Die  oberfliichlichen  Hauteutziinduugeu
  (Hautkatarrhe)  und  ihre  Behandlung.  40 pp.
  8°.   Leipzig, A. Felix, 1890.
    Forms 2. Hft., v. 2, of:  Thiermed. Vortr., Leipz, 1890.
Muller  (Ducts of).
    Amann (J. A.), jr. Beitrage zur Morphogenese der
  Miiller'schen Gauge und iiber accessorische Tubenostieu.
  Arch. f. Cynaek., Berl., 1892, xlii, 133-191, 4 pl.—Burger
  (H.)  Het onstaan van  den Miillerschen gang bij de am-
  nioten. Handel, v. h. Nederl.  Nat.- en Geneesk. Cone.
  's Gravenhage, 1893, 239-242.—QIacser (E.) Ueber  das
  operative Vorgehen  bei rudimenliirer Entwicklung  der
  Miiller'schen Ganjre.  Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1892
  xvi. 649-657. — Klein (G.)  Ueber die  Beziehuugen  der
  Miiller'schen zu den Wolff'schen Giingen bei einigen Sau-
  gern und beim meuscblicheii Weibe.  Monatschr. f  Ge-
  burtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1898, viii, 193-19.).—Kocks (J.)
  Ueber den Zusamrnenhang des Miiller'schen Ganges mit
  der Vorniere.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gyniik
  1891, Leipz , 1892, iv, 418-424.—Landan  (L.) & Pick (L.j
  Ueber die mesonephrische Atresie dei Miiller'schen < lauge
  zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den  mesonephrischen
  Adenomyomeii des Weibes und zur  Klinik der Gynatre-
  sieen.  Arch, f. Gynaek., Berl., 1901, lxiv, 98-l.-)0, 1 pl —
  y,0"*ar<|- TIarlin (K,)  Cas ,,e Persistauce du conduit
  de Muller, avec anomalie de developpement de l'utricule
  prostatique chez un enfant de six aus. Bull. Soc. anat de
  «•!','; lf!79; liv-529. - Rabl (H.)  Die Entwickelung des
  Muller schen Ganges bei Salamandra muculosa.  Anat
  Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, Emnzngshft., 136-139. _____  Ue-
  ber die Vorniere und die Bildung des Miiller'schen Ganges
  bei  salamandra maculosa. Arcb. f. mikr. Anat  Bonn
  1904, lxiv, 258-359, 6 pl.-Tobler (Maria).  Ueber einen
i^I iii lei* (Ducts of).
   Fall von C\ste des Miiller'schen  Ganges;  Vereiternng
   derselben durch Einbruch eines Dannabscesses. Beitr. z.
   path. Anat. u z.  allg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiv. 189-198,
   1 pb — Watson (J. H.)   Some observations on the origin
   and nature of the so-called hydatids of Morgagni found iu
   men and women, with especial reference to the fate of the
   Miillerian duct in the epididymis.  J. Anat. Sc I'hyaio)
   Lond., 1901-2, xxxvi, M7-1G1.— Wilnon (G.)  The devel-
   opment of the Miillerian ducts of reptiles. Tr. liov. Soc.
   Edinb.  (1898-9), 1900, xxix. til3-G21, 2 pl.  AUo [Abstr. |:
   Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, Lond. & Edinb., 1895-9, ii, 217-223.
Miiller (A.)  * Ueber einen  Fall  einer phthi-
  sischen Psychose.  17 pp.  f~.  Wiirzburg, Stiirtz,
  1886.
Mueller (A.)  On ichthyol and its use in medi-
  cine and surgery.  8 pp.  8°.  [Sydney, IKK).]
    Repr.from: Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1890, ix.
-----.   On snake-poison.  Its action and its anti-
  dote,  v, 85 pp., port.   8°.  Sydney,  L. Bruck,
   1893.
Miiller (Achatins).   *De astrobolismo.  711 pp.
  4°.  Francof. ad Viadr., J.  Ceepselius,  [1690].
  [P., v. 1914.]
Miiller (Achilles).  *Hundert Fiille  vou  Peri-
  typhlitis aus der Basler chirnrgischen  Klinik.
   [Basel.]  85  pp.  8-.   Berlin, L.  Schumacher,
  1902.
Miiller (Adam Arnold Alfred)  [1877-    ].  * Bei-
  trag zur Casuistik der Luxationen  des Fnss-
  gelenkt-s nach hinten.  '.18 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin,
   G. Schade, 1902.
Miiller (Albert).  Cantonale Corrcspoudeuzen.
  3 pp.  8°.  Basel, 1891.
    Repr.from: Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1891, xxi.
Miiller (Albert).  * Ueber  einen Fall  von Seh-
  nervengeschwnlst.  15  pp.  8°.  Jena, ls9t'>.
Miiller (Albert) [1875-     ].  *Zur Lehre der
  Dystrophia  mnscularis  progressiva:  juvenile
  Form mit Beteiligung  der  Gesichtsmuskulatur,
  und hereditiire  Form.  [Kiel.]  41 pp., 1 1.   8J.
  Lubbecke, F. Werneburg, 1902.
Muller (Albert Wilhelm) [1844-   ' ].   * Ueber
   Fulvtrverbiennnng  mit  letaleni Ansgang.  20
  pp.  8°.  Leipzig, J. Kleinhardt, 1870.
Muller (A[lbert] W[ilhelm] K[arl]) [1^69-    ].
   * Statistik der  Verletzungen  durch  Schlangen-
  biss iu Pommern, nebst einem Anhange iiber die
   Verbreitung der Kreuzotter  in Pommern.  106
   pp.  8°.  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1895.
Miiller  (Alexander).  *Ein  Fall  von Abortus
   einer Drilliugsschwangerschaft  bei  RetrnhVxio
   uteri.   16 pp.,  1  1., 1 pl.  8°.   Wiirzburg, A.
   Boegler, 1890.
Miiller (Alexander).
    See Pransnitz (W.)  Zur Einfiihrung der Schwemm-
   kanalisation in Munchen, [etc.]. 8°.  Munchen. 1891.
Miiller (Alfred).  * Ueber  Bursitis   ischiadica.
  20 pp.  8°.  Freiburg i. B., C. Stroolcer, lf-95.
Muller (Alfred) [1876-    ].  * Ueber Abscha-
   tzung  der Erwerbsbesehraukung durch Schiidi-
   guug des Sehorgans bei  Unfall-Verlctzten  der
   landwirtschaftl. Berufsgenossenschaft.  [Tiibin-
   gen.]  20 pp. 8°.  Cannstatt, L. Boscheuyir, 1901.
Miiller  (Alfred [ Albert  Werner Maria  Alex-
   ander]) [1858-    ].  * Ueber eiuen Fall von
   Blutuug aus der Vena  jugularis interna  bei
   Paracentese des Trommelfells.   25 pp., 1 1.  8 \
   Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer  4 Co., 1890.
Muller  (Alwiu) [1844-    ].  *Der  Mittdohr-
   katarrh und dessen  Behandlungsveise.  16 pp.
   8°.  Leipzig, C.  G. Xanmunn, 1870.
Miiller  (Andreas Christoph.)   * Disp. anat. de
   intestinis quam in florentissima lencorea.   16 1.
   sin. 4 :.   Wittebergoe, J.  Haken, 1664.
Miiller ([Andreas] Friedrich) [1867-    ].  * Bei-
   trage   zur  Kenntniss  der Schadelbriiche  bei
   Kiudern.  34 pp., 1  1.   8°.  Berlin,   G. Schade,
   [1892]. 
MULLER.
171
MULLER.
Miiller (Andres).  Pastor Felke und seine Heil-
  methode.   2 v. in 1.  3 p. 1., 168 pp.; 3 p. 1., I
  305 pp.,  port.   12c.  Homberg  a.  B.,  E.  Hadt-
  stein,  1899.
Mueller (Anton).   * Experimenta circa chylum.
  64 pp.   8°.  Heidelbergoj, typ.  J.  Engelmanni,
  IHlil.  [P., v. 1570.]
Miiller (Anton Statins).
    See Schwt'ukeii (M. W.)  Abhandlung von dem gros-
  seu W'asserschierling, [etc.].  8°. Miinster diLeipzig, 1770.
Miiller  (A[rnold])  [1868-1901].  *Ein Beitrag
  zur Aetiologie des Lymphosarcoms.  37 pp.   8°.
  Zurich, 1894.                                C.
    For Biography, see Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel,
  1901, xxxi, 222-224 (T. Schseppi).
Mueller (Arlhur).   * Die Neniatoden der Siiuge-
  thierlungeu  uud  die  Lungenwurinkrankheit.
  [Munich.]  64 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, J. B. Hirsch-
  feld, 1889.
Mueller (Arthur).  Geburtshilfliches  Taschen-
  phantom, zur Darstellnng des Beckeuausganos-
  Mechanismus der   Koiitlageu und  der Opera-
  tionen bei  denselben, nebst  einer  Besprechung
  der Eintheilung, Diagnose, Pathologie und The-
  rapie der  Kopflagen.  51 pp., 3 pl., 1  phantom.
  12°.  Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1899.
Miiller (Arthur).   * Zur  Histogenese der mela-
  notischen Tnmoren und ihrer Mctastasen.  32
  pp.   8°.  Wiirzburg, F. Scheiner, 1899.        -*
Miiller (August) [1810-75].   Ueber  die crste
  Entstehung organischer Wcsen und deren Spal-
  tung in Arten.  2. vermehrte Aufl.  48 pp.   8°.
  Berlin, A. Charisius, 1869.
    Forms 13. Hft. of:  Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensch.
  Vortr., Berl.
    For Biography, see Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Berl.,
  1875, i, 37.
Muller (August) [1859-1904].
    J.  [Biography.]  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel,
  1904. xxxiv, 804.
Miiller  (August) [1864-     ].   *Brillenglaser
  und  Hornhautlinsen.   31  pp.   8°.   Kiel, L.
  Handorff, 18&9.
Miiller (August).   * Ueber die  topographischen
  Beziehungen des Hirns zum Schiideldach.   60
  pp., 2 pl.  4°.  Bern, Schmid, Francke 4~ Co., 1889.
Muller  (August).   *Periodische Katatonien.
  [Zurich.]    52 pp.   8J.   Herisau, Schlapfer 4"
  Co., 1900.
Miiller (August) [1875-    ]. *Zwei  Falle von
  Extranterinschwangerschaft  kombiniert  mit
  Myoma uteri.   32 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Munchen, C.
  Wolf 4 Sohn, 1901.
Muller  (August).   Durchfall (Diarrhoe)  und
  clironische   Stuhlverstopfung.    29 pp.    16°.
  Berlin. W. Moller, [1903].
Miiller (Balthasar).  Ein neuer niitzlicher und
  bewahrter  Tractat, von  recbtem  wahreu Ge-
  brauch,Natur, Krafft und Vermogen der gemein-
  sten  und gebrauchlichsten  als  147 distilirten
  Wasser, wie dieselbe von  den edelsten und fiir-
  treflichsten  Krautern, itzo  gemeiniglich  von
  fleissigeu  Haushaltern, nicht allein bereit und
  ausgebrant, sondern  auch von  manniglichen
  vor allerhand inneiiiche und eusserliche Leibes-
  Gebrechen gleich eiuer Haus-Apotheken konuen
  dienstlich  geniitzet und  gebrauchet  werden,
  allcs  aus langwiriger  Erfahrnng, auch von be-
  riihmten und erfahrnen Medicis  approbiret und
  bewehrt befunden, znvor in Druck nie verferti-
  get.  3  p. 1., *0  pp.. 4 1.   16°.  Budissin-Zittau
  B.  Kretzschmar, 1664.
    Bound with: Abnoldus de Villa Nova. Practica me-
  dica [etc.].  16°.  Franckfurt, 1619.
Miiller  (Bernhard).    * Ueber  Drainage  der
  Harnblaae.   30 pp.  8°.  Wurzburg, P. Scheiner,
  1892.                                           J
Miiller (Bernhard) [1872-    ].  *Giebtespa-
  thooiiomonische  Kennzeichen  der  Lues  here-
  ditaria?  31 pp.  8°.   Wurzburg, 1898.
Miiller (Bonavenluro).  * De niorbillis.  20 pp.
  sm. 4°.  Jena; Krebs, 1689.
Miiller (Bruno Guido)  [1877-    ].   * Ueber den
  augeborenen  und  erworbenen  Hochstaud des
  Schnlterblattes.   42 pp.,  1  1.  8°.  Leipzig, B.
  Georgi, 1902.
Miiller (C).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).  Also:
  Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Professoreu (Die) [etc.], iii.
Miiller (C.)  * Ueber  die Luxation  des Semi-
  lunarknorpels uud  Gelenkinause.  25 pp.   8°.
  Miiuchen, C.  Wolf 4 Sohn, 1901.
Miiller (Camille).   * Pityriasis versicolor  und
  Micrnsporon furfur. 32 pp., 3  pl.   8°.  Strass-
  burg i. E., C.  Muh 4 Co., 1903.
Miiller (Carl) [1866-   ].   * Beitrag zur Kennt-
  nis <lcs  chronischen Ascites bei Kindein mit
  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der "priinaren"
  Bairchfelltuberculose.   [Freiburg  i.  B. ]   32
  pp., 11.   8°.  Frankfurt a. M., Gebr. Knauer,
  1890.
Miiller (Carl).  * Beitrag  zur Statistik der ma-
  lignen  Tnmoren.   29  pp.    8°.   Bern, Suter c)
  Lierow, 1890.
Miiller (Carl).  "Ueber den plastischen Ersatz
  der Schleimhaut durch iiussere Hant.  [Erlan-
  gen.]  25 pp.  8°.   Schotten, W. En gel, 1895.
Muller ([Carl] Adolf) [1870-     ].   *Znr  pa-
  thologischen  Bedeutung  der  Driisen  in  der
  mensehlichen Gallenblase.  21pp., II.  8°.  Kiel,
  L. Handorff, 1895.                            C.
Mueller  (Carl  Albert) [1842-     ].   * Ueber
  YVt'sen  und  Behandlung  des Tetanus.  16  pp.
  8J.  Leipzig, C. G. Nanmann, 1866.
Miiller (Carl Bernhard)  [1874-    ].   * Ueber
  einen  Fall  von Polyserositis.  22 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Munchen, C. Wolf 4 Sohn, 1902.
Miiller (Carl Caesar) [1876-    ].  * Ueber Ke-
  ratitis parenchymatosa als Teilserscheiuung der
  hereditareu Syphilis, mit statistischeu Augaben
  aus der koniglichen Augenklinik  zu Kiel.   16
  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1901.
Mueller (Carl Friedrich)  [1825-1901].
    Co-Editor of: Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche und prac-
  tische Thierheilkunde, Berlin, 1875-1900.  AUo, Co-Editor
  of:  lTIitthcilungeu  aus der thierarztlicben Praxis im
  preussischen Staate, Berlin, 1874-0.
    See, also, Kllenberger (W[ilhelmp & Mueller (C.)
  Handbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Hausthiere.
  8. Aufl.  8°. Berlin, 1896.— Curl I (Ernestus Fridericus)
  [in 1. s.].  Handbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie [etc.].
  roy. 8°.  Berlin. 1873.  -----. The same. 6. Aufl. roy. 8°.
  Berlin, 188.").—Handbuch der vergleichenden Anato-
  mie. 9. Aufl.  8Y Berlin, 1900.—Lciscriug (A[ugust]
  G[ottlob| T[heodor]), ITluellcr (C.) Sc  Ellenbcrger
  (W.)  Handbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Haus-
  Saugetbiere.  7. Aufl.   8°.  Berlin, 1890.—Kolon (Fried-
  rich [Heinrieh]). Handbuch der gerichtlichen Thierheil-
  kunde.  8°. Berlin, 1889.
    For Biography, see Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh.,
  Berl., 1901', xxvii, 3. Hft., pp. i-x.
Miiller (Carl Friedrich) [1868-     ].  * Beitrag
  zur Lehre von der  Aphthongie.   SOpp., 1 1.  8°.
  Berlin, G. Schade, [1892].
Mueller (Carl Friedrich Gustav). * De diaguosi
  coxarioruni morboruni graviorum.  27 pp.  8°.
  Lipsiaj, O. Leiner, 1846.
Miiller ([Carl] Georg)  [1869-   ].  " Bakteriolo-
  gische  Luftuntersuchungen im Operationssaale
  der chirnrgischen  Klinik  zu Halle a. S. als Bei-
  trag zur Frage der Luftinfektion in der Chirur-
  gie.  24 pp., 2 1.   8J.   Halle a. S., Beyer 4 Bonn-
  ger, 1893.
Miiller (Carl Jacobi).   * Ueber die Exstirpatio
  uteri vaginalis.   [Leipzig.] 24  pp.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, [G. Beimer], 1881.   '
    Repr. from: Deutsche med. "Wchnsehr., Berl., 1881, vii. 
MfLLER.
172
MULLER.
niillor (C[arl] J[oh.] G[eorg]).   Die Cholera
  in  Riga im J ah re 1848.  Collectivarbeit znsain-
  mengestcllt von . .  .  134 pp., 1 ch.  f*<-\   Riga,
  F. Gbtschel. 1849.  [Also, in: P., v. 171.]
Miiller (Carl  Ludwig) [1.-62-     ].  * Beitrag
  zur Aetiologie und Operation  des Strabismus
  convergens.  26 pp., 1 1.  - .  Marburg, G. Schir-
  linq, 1—9.
Mueller  (Carl Moritz).  * De pneumonia mfan-
  tium.  24 pp.  8°.   Lipsice, W. Staritz, 1847.
Miiller  (Carl Rudolf)  [1861-    ].  * Ueber
  Aphasie  na<h Kopfverletzungen.  35 pp.   8°.
  Berlin, M. Xiethe, [1886].
Miiller (C[arl] W[ilhelm]).  Beitrage zur prak-
  tischen  Elektrotherapie in  Form  einer  Casui-
  stik.  xviii, 5-1 1h pp.  *c.  Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg-
  mann, 1891.
[von Miiller (Carl Wilhelm Christian)] [1755-
  1-17].  Beschreibung  der  Epidemic,, -welehe im
  Friihjahr des 1782. Jahrs iu mehreren Gegcn-
  deu von Europa geheirschet  und unter dem Na-
  iiipii der  russischeu  Krankbeit  bekannt gewor-
  den.  63 pp.  12'-".   Giessen, 1782.
    Far Biography, see Richter (Augustus  Gottlieb) [in
  1- 8-1-
Mut'ller (Carolus Conradus).   * De  spina ven-
  tosa et de osteogenia.   [Marburg.]   41 pp.  8\
  Ca^sellis, D. A. Geeh, 1835.
Miiller (Casparus).   *Crisiuui salutarium im-
  pedimenta.   21)  pp.  sm.  4°.  Heidelberg,  J. B.
  Wiesen, 1780.
Muller (Chr.).
    C<>-Editor of: 3Iittheilungen  des schweizerischen
  Apotheker-Vereins, Basel, 1X51.
Miiller (Christiau Friedrich) [1838-    ].   *Ein
  Beitrag znr chirnrgischen Pathologie tier Vena
  femoralis.   38 pp.,  1 1.   h  .  Leipzig, O. Wigand,

Miiller (Christian Wilhelm) [1872-    ].   "Ue-
  ber  Metreuryse.   [Bonn.]   32 pp.  8 .   Kbln,
  P.  Gehly, 1898.
Muller (Clotar  [Moriz]) [    -1877].  Der ho-
  moopathische Haus- und  Familien-Arzt.   Eine
  Darsteilung der Grundsatze  und  Lehren der
  Honioopathie zur sicheru Heilung der Krauk-
  heiten.   2.  Aufl.  xvi, 192 pp.  8-.  Leipzig,  O.
   Wigand,  1*(\~).
    Interleaved copy.
------.  The  same.   9.  Aufl.   xii, 372 pp.  16°.
  Leipzig,  0.  Wigand,  1874.
------.  Charakteristik von  dreissig der wichtig-
  stcn homOopathisehen Heilmittel  behufs  ihrer
  Anwendung  in  den  gewohnliclisten Erkran-
  knngstallen.  104 pp.   16°.  Leipzig,  Taschner 4'
  Co., 1-73.
------.  Znr Richtigstellung des Urtheils.   19 pp.  j
  8  .  Leipzig, Leopold 4" Bar,  [v. d.].
    Repr.from: Internat. homoop.  Presse, Leipz.
    See. also,  Hundertjabrigen  (Zum)  Geburtstage
  Samuel Hahnemann's.  8°. Dessau, 1855.—Trinks (Ca-
  rolus Fridericus Godofredus) [in  1. s.J.  Haudbuch der
  homoopathischen Arzneih.,ttellehre[etc.]. 3v. 8°.  Leip-
  zig, 1847-8.
Miiller (Conradin).  *Ein Fall von  Aneurysma
  arteriaj femoralis traumaticum und  gleichzeiti-
  <iem Aneurysma arcus aorta?.  1 p.  1.,  16 pp. 8°.
  Jena, H. Pohle,  1-8<J.                         c.
Miiller (Ed.)   Kurze Anleitung fiir eine  tirzt-
  liche Biickruhruug.  36pp. 12°. Herborn, Beck,
  11*97].
Miiller (Edmund).   * Ueber  das Vorkommen
  uinl die Verteiluug des Glykogeus in Geschwul-
  sten.  30 pp.  8a.  Zurich* O. Fussli, 1899.
Miiller (Eduard).   * Ueber den  Einfluss vou
  Chloralhydrat und  Morphium, Antipyriu, Chi-
  nolin, und Chinin auf die  Kohlensiiureausschei-
  duug des tierischen Organismus. [1890.]  64 pp.
  8°.  Erlangen, Junge 4 Sohn, 1891.              J
Muller (Eduard).  * Zur Hydrographie des west-
  lichen und siidlichen mittelfiiiiikischeu Keuper-
  nndJnragebittes.  38 pp.? 1 map.  8J.  Erlangen,
  E. T. Jacob, 1^93.
Miiller (Eduard).   * Ueber ein Sarkoni  in  der
  Gegeud der  manulichcn Brust.   29 pp.   8  .
  Wurzburg, P. Scheiner, 1805.
Miiller (Eduard).
    See Preuaoiiche Gebiihrenordnung fiir pract. Aerzte
  und Zahnarzte voni 15. Mai 1896. 3. Aufl.  12°.  Herborn,
  1898.
Miiller (Eduard).   Die  multiple Sklerose  des
  Gehirns  und  Ruckenniarks.   Ihre Pathologie
  und Behandlung kliuisch bearbeitet.  Mit einem
  Vorwort von  Adolf von Striimpell.  viii, 395 pp.,
  5 pl.  8°.   Jena, G.  Fischer, 1904.
Miiller  (Eduard  Emil).  * Ueber das Vorkom-
  nieu von Sporen im  Sauglingsdarin.  44 pp.  8-.
  Erlangen, Junge ft Sohn, 1>~98.
[TineHer (Eduard Theodor) [1*2*-    ].  * De
  resectione ossiiim carpi et inetacar]ii. [Leipzig.]
  21 pp. 8  .   Misnia; A.  C.  Caio, 18.">2.
Miiller (Emil) [1822-97],  Berufsarten und Luu-
  genschwiudsucht im Kauton Zurich.  Einosani-
  tarisch-sociale Skizze.  35 pp.   8°.  Winterthnr,
  Bleuler-Hausheer 4 Co.,  1875.
------.   Die Verbreitnng  der  Lungenschwiud-
  sucht in  der  Schweiz.   Bericht der von  der
  schweizerischen  naturforschendeu  Gesellschaft
  zu  Untersuchungen  dariiber niedergesetzten
  Koinmission.   83  pp.,  18 1.   4°.  Winterlhur,
  Bleuler-Hausheer ft Co.,  1870.
    For Biography, see Verhandl. d.  schweiz.  natnrf. Ge-
  sellsch., Bern, 1898, lxxxi, 3:25-329 (A. Muller).
Miiller  (Emil) [1859-    ].   Om arthrectoinia
  genus ved tnberkul0s arthroitis.  1 p.  1., 281 pp.,
  I 1.  8C.   K^benhavn, F. H. Eibe,  1889.
Miiller (Erich) [1870-    ]. * Ueber Reduktion
  von Orthonitroienzonitril.    43  pp., 1 1.   8-Y
  Berlin, G. Schade,  1805.
Miiller (Erik). Liirobok i anatomi lor sjnkgyni-
  naster.   [Manual  of anatomy for health gym-
  nasts.]   3 p. 1., 267  pp., 1 1.  8°.   Stockholm, A.
  Bonnier, [1905].
Muller (Erik  [Gottlieb])  [1866-    ].   *Om
  inter- och intraeellulara kortelgangar.   [On in-
  tercellular and intracellular  glandular  ducts.]
  1 p. 1., 58 pp., 1  1., 3 pl.  4°. Stockholm, Sam-
  son 4 Wallin, 1894.
------.  Beitrage zur Anatomie  des mensehlichen
  Foetus    74  pp.,  10 pl.   4°.  Stockholm, P. A.
  Norstedt 4' Sbner, 1897.
    Repr.from:  K. Vetensk. Acad. n. Handl., Stockholm,
  1897, xxix,  no. 2.
Miiller (Ernst).   Ueber das Verhalten der Kor-
  peiteniperatur bei subkutanen Fracturen.  pp.
  19-43.  8°.  [Tubingen, H. Laupp, 1886.]
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Beitr. z. klin.
  Chir., Tiibing., 1886,  ii.
Miiller (Ernst) [1856-     ].   Ueber Riickgrats-
  Verkriimmuug.  85pp.  8°. Tubingen, IL Laupp,
  [1889].
Miiller (Ernst).   * Ueber die Wirkung des Atro-
  pin ant das gesuude und krauke menschliche
  Herz. 120 pp., 1  1., 2 tab.  8°.   Dorpat, Schna-
  kenburg, 1891.
Muller (Ernst).  *Zur Statistik der Aneurys-
  mi'U.  16 pp.  *D.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1902.
Miiller (Erust).   * Ueber  die Lage der skolio-
  tischen Abbiegungen iu den  verschiedcneii Al-
  tersjahren.  [Zurich. ]   24 pp.   8°.   Stuttgart,
  1904.
Miiller (Ernst) [1878-     ].   * Ueber die Licht-
  absorptiou wiisseriger  Losungen von   Kupfer-
  und  Nickelsalzen.   46 pp., 1  1.   8-\  Berlin,  0.
   Francke,  1903.
Muller (Ernst F.)  Drei Monate ohne Gruud
  im Irienhause.   Erlebnisse  eines preussischen 
MULLER.
173
MULLER.
 Muller (Ernst F.)—continued.
   Staatsbiitgers im letzten Jahrzehnt des neun-
   zehnten .lahrhunderts als Beweis fiir die Noth-
   wendigkeit einer schleunigen Reform des Irren-
   wesens.   98 pp.  8°.  Dresden, O. Damm, \89*.
 -----.   Irreniiizte auf Irretnvegen.  OU'ener Brief
   an Herrn  Univcrsitiitsprofessor  und Medicinal-
   Rath  C. Wernicke in  Breslau, betrelt'end  den
   Fall Miiller-Breslau.  32 pp.  8-'.  Dresden, 0.
   Damm, 1899.
 Miiller (Ernst  Gustav)  [1867-    ].   * Ueber
   Darmwandbriichc.   29  pp.,  1  1.  8y  Halle a.
   S.,  Wischau 4 Wettengel, 1894.
 Miiller ([Ernst]  Martin)  [1867-    ].    * Zur
   Casuistik und Symptomatolgie der  Muskelechi-
   nococccn.  50 pp., 1  1.  8J.   Halle a.  S.,  C. A.
   Kaemmerer ft  Co., 1893.
 Miiller (Eitgen)   [1869-    ].   * Ueber  einen
   Fall von  Ovarialabscess.   31 pp.   8°.   Bonn,
   J.  Bach Wwe., 1895.
 Miiller (P. G. J.).
     See IVIitteilungen aus Finsens Medicinske Lysinsti-
   tut. 8°. Jena,  1903.
 Miiller (F. X.)  * Ueber multiple Fettgeweb-
   nekrose im Pankreas und in der Nachbarsehaft
   desselben.  75pp.  8C.   Wurzburg, J. B. Fleisch-
   mann,  1898.
 Miiller (Felix).  * Ueber die Resistenz des Diph-
   therielicilserums gegeniiber verschiedenen physi-
   kalischen und cheniischen Einfliissen.   [Bern.]
   20 pp.   8C.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1-98.
 VOil MuelCer  (Ferdinand). Baron [1825-96].
   Brief excerpts from  Prof. Carl vou Naegeli's
   recent work on  the minutest fungaceous organ-
   isms in relation to  infectious diseases  and  sus-
   tenance  of health.  20  pp.   8°.   [Melbourne,
   Stillwell, 4 Co.,  1878.]
     Repr.from.: Austral. M. J., Melbourne,  1878. xxiii.
 -----.   Encalyptographia.   A descriptive  .atlas
   of the eucalypts of Australia and the adjoining
   islands.  5. decade.  131., 11 pl.   4 .  Melbourne,
   J. Ferres 4- G. Robertson, 18*0.                   !
 -----.   The same.   6. decade.  18 1., 11 pl.  fol. j
   Melbourne, J.  Ferres,  1**0.
 -----.   The same.   8. decade.  101., 11 pl.  fol. |
   Melbourne, J.  Ferres,  18*2.
 -----.   Select extra-tropical plants readily eligi-
   ble for industrial culture or naturalisation, with
   indications of their native countries  and some
   of  their   uses,  ix,  403  pp.   8-.   Sydney,  T.
   Richards,  1-81.
 -----.   The  same,   viii, 449  pp.  8G.  Detroit,
   G.  S. Davis. 1*84.
 -----.   Systematic  census of Australian  plants
   with chronologic, literary, and geographic anno-
   tations.   Part I.  Vasciculares.  viii,  152  pp.
   4C.  Melbourne, McCarron, Bird 4" Co., 1882.
    See, also.  Plant*  collected in Capricornic Western
   Australia, [etc.]  [in 1. s.|. 8°.  Melbourne, 1886.—Witt-
   stein (G. C.) [in  1.  s.].  The organic constituents of
   plants, jetc.].  8°.  Melbourne, 1878.
    For Biography, see Austral.  Med. Gaz.,  Sydney, 1896,
   xv,  490.  Also: Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1896, ii,'l545.  Also:
   Nature, Lond., 1890, liv, 596 <\V. B. Hemsley).
 Miiller (Ferdinand)  [18-0-     .]  * Ueber die
   Loslichkeit  des  Zinns durch  Weinsaure  unter
   verschiedenen Bedinguugen des praktischen Le-
   bens.  24  pp.   8°.    Wiirzburg,  F. Staudenraus,
   1905.
 Miiller (Ferdinand Theodor Richard) [1871-   ].
   * Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Fremdkorper in
   corpore vitreo.  27 pp.  8°.  Greifswald, J. Abel,
   I9"0.
Mueller (Fr. E.)  Was miissen die Berufsgenos-
  senschaften von den Aerzten verlangen?   32 pp.
  12°.  Lubeck, M. Schmidt, 1900.
Muller  (Francesco).  Sull' istituzione di un uffi-
  cio  sanitario ed epidemiologico  internaztonale
  permanenie.   14  pp.  12°.   Vittorio, L.  Zop-
 pelli, 1898.
 Muller  (Franciscus Ignatius).  *De febribus
   intliiinniatoriis.  22 pp., 11.   sm. 4°.  Erfordiw,
   H. IL Xonnius, 1777.
 Miillt'i*  (Franz).   Lehrbuch  der  Physiologie
   der Haussiiiigethiere fiir Thierarzte  und Land-
   Avirthe.  x, 355pp.  8°.  Wien, If. Braumiiller, 1862.
 Miiller  (Franz).   * Ein  Fall von Arthritis.  30
   pp.  8°.   Wiirzburg, Bonitas-Bauer, 1887.
 Miiller (Franz).  Ueber llypnotismus und Sug-
   gestion, sowie deren therapeutische Anwendung
   in  der iirztlichen Praxis.  20 pp.  8°.   Wien, M.
   Perles, 1889.
    Repr. from: Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., "Wien, 1889, vii.
 Miiller (Franz).  "Ueber die Hnbhohe  des uu-
   belasteten  Muskels bei verschiedenen Teufera-
   turen.   24 pp.  8°.  Wiirzburg, F. Scheiner,  1897.
 Miiller (Franz).  "Die morphologischen Veran-
   derungeu  der Blutkorperchen  und des  Fibrins
   bei der  vitalen   extravasculiiren  Gerinnung.
   [Heidelberg.]  8°.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1898.
 Muller (Franz).  * Ueber chronische Anamie im
   friihen Kindesalter  und ihre  Behaudlung mit
   Eisenmilchzucker.  29 pp., 1 1.  8C.   Munchen,
   Kastner  4' Lossen. 1900.
 Muller  (Franz) [1871-    ].   * Ueber  Uteius-
   ruptur;  nach den  Beobachtungen der Hallenser
   Frauenkliuik  1894-1900  mit besonderer Beriick-
   sichtigung der Therapie.  49 pp., 11.   8C. Halle
   a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer  4~ Co., 1901.
 Miiller  (Franz Carl).   Die letzten Tage Konig
   Ludwig II. von Bayern.  Nach eigenen Erleb-
   nissen geschildert. 2. unveranderte Aufl.  Ip. 1.,
   53  pp.  12°.  Berlin, Fischer, 1888.
 -----.  Alexandersbad und seine Heilmittel.  100
   pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Munchen, C. Gerber, 1889.
 -----.  Psychopathologie des Bewusstseins; fiir
   Aeizte und Juristen bearbeitet.  vi, 190 pp.   8°.
   Leipzig,  A. Abel, 1889.
 -----.  Balneotherapie.  Ein  knrzes Lehrbuch
   fiir Studirende und Aerzte.  viii, 452 pp.  12°.
   Leipzig,  A.  Abel, 1-90.
 -----.  Hydrotherapie.  Ein kurzes Lehrbuch fiir
   Studirende und Aeizte.  x, 568 pp.  16°.  Leip-
   zig, A. Abel, 1890.
 -----.  Klimatothetapie, mit einem Anhang: Die
   Hilfsmittel  der Balneotherapie.   Ein  kurzes
   Lehrbuch fiir Studirende und Aerzte.   v, 220 pp.
   16°.  Leipzig, A. Mciner, 1-94.
 -----.  Die  balneologische  und  Hydropatische
   Behandlung  der  Neurasthenic.   50  pp.  8:.
   Halle a.  s., C. Marhold, 1897.
    Forms 2. Hft. of: Arch. d. Balneoth. n. Hydroth.,  Halle
   a. S., 1897.
    Also. Editor of: Archiv der Balneotherapie  und Hy-
   drotherapie, Halle a. S., 1897.  Also, Editor of: Ralueo-
   logiachcN  Centralblatt,  Leipzig,  1890-93.  AUo, Co-
   Editor of: Deutsche Praxis, Miiuchen, 1904-5.  Also,
   Editor of: iVIonntschrift fiir praktisehe Balneologie
   Miiuchen, 1890.
    See, also,  Handbuch  der Neurasthenic, [etc.]. 8°.
   Leipzig, 1893.
 Miiller (Franz [Hubert]).   Franz Miiller,  Be-
   sitzer eines Sanatoriums iu Godesberg am Rhein,
   contra Otto Emmerich,  Baden-Baden, dirigie-
   renden Arzt der Heilanstalt fiir Ncrven- beson-
   ders  Morphinmkranke.  8 pp.  8°.   Hamburg,
   Gebr. Liideking, [1902].
 Mueller (Franz Paul Clans) [1874-  ].   * Ueber
   die Tysou'schen  Driisen  beim  Mensehen  und
   einigen Siingetieren.   [Halle a.  S.]  22 pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Guben, A. Koenig,  1902.
Miiller  (Franz  Werner).   * Bakteriolo»ische
  und klinische Beitrage  zu  den Mittelolireite-
  rungen.  41 pp.  8°.  Jena, B. Engau, 1891.  c.
Mueller (Fridericus)   [1839-    ].  * De resec-
  tionibus, pnecipue de  resectione aiticulationia
  cubiti.  42 pp.  8°.  Berolini, G. Lange,  [1804].
Miiller (Friedrich). Anatomische und physiolo-
  gische Darstellung des mensehlichen  Auges.
  viii, 152  pp.   8°.   Wien, J.  G. Heubner, 1819. 
MULLER.
174
M0LLER.
 Miiller  (Friedrich)  [1834-    ].   Allgemeine
   Ethnographic.  2. Aufl.  xa, 621pp.  8°.   Wien,
   A. Holder, 1879.
 Miiller (Friedrich) [185--    ].   Einige Fragen
   des Stoffweclisels und tier Ernahrung.
     In:  Samml. klin.  Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1900, No. 272
   (Innere Med., Xo. 80, 17-50).
     See,  also,  Tlittheilungen  aus der medicinischen
   Klinik zu Wiirzburg [in l.s.]. 8°.  Wiesbaden, 1885.—Sei-
   fert (Otto) &  iHiiller  (Friedrich).  Taschenbuch  der
   medicinisch-klinischen Diagnostik [etc.].  2. Aufl.  12°.
   Wiesbaden, 1886.-----------[in 1. s.]. The same. 4.
   Aufl.   12°.  Wiesbaden, 1887.----------[in 1.8.].  The
   same.  5. Aufl.  12°.  Iff esbaden, 1889.----------[in 1.
   s.].  The same.  6. Aufl.   16°.  Wiesbaden, 1890. -----
   -----.  The same.  7. Aufl. 12°.  Wiesbaden, 1891.-----
   -----.  The same.  10. Aufl.  8°.  Wiesbaden. 1899.-----
   -----.  The same.  11. Aufl.  8°.   Wiesbaden, 1904.-----
   ----- [in 1. s.J.  The same.  Manual  of clinical diagno-
   sis.  8°.  Edinburgh,  1X87.-----------[in 1. s.]. The
   same.  12°.  New for k di London, 1887.----------. The
   same.  2. English ed. 12°.  New York & London, 1890.
   ----------. The same.  Manuel de diagnostic m6dical
   [etc.].  12°.  Louvain<£-Paris, 1902.—Untersuchungen
   an zwei hungernden Mensehen.  8°. Berlin, 1893.
 Miiller (Friedrich).  * Antisepsis in der Geburts-
   hiilfe.   29 pp. 8°.  Wurzburg, Becker. 1888.
 Miiller  (Friedrich).   * Der  heutige Stand der
   Kenntnis von dem Wesen der Diphtheritis und
   ihrer  Bekampfung.'   [Erlangen.]  32 pp.   8°.
   Hersbruck, K. Pfeiffer, 1893.
 Miiller  (Friedrich).   * Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss
   der Fermentwirkung des mensehlichen Mnnd-
   speichels.  39 pp.  8°.  Freiburg i. B., C. Leh-
   mann's Nachf, 1898.
 Miiller  (Friedrich).   * Die  Ausscheidung  des
   Methylenblaus durch  die Nieren.   [Freiburg i.
   B.]  32 pp.   8°.  Naumburg  a.  S.,  G.  Pdtz,
   1899.
 Miiller  (Friedrich).   * Ueber einen  Fall von
   ausgedehnter Kiefernekrose  nach Zahnextrak-
   tion.   20 pp.   8°.  Freiburg i. Br., A. Mehlhase,
   1905.
 Miiller (Friedrich Alois)  [1879-   ].  * Quan-
   titative  Untersuchungen iiber  Absorption  im
   Ultraviolet.   34   pp.   8°.   Erlangen, Junge  4
   Sohn. 1903.
 Miiller (Friedrich Andreas Wilhelm) [ 1861-    ].
   * Ueber  Schussverletzungen der Genitalien und
   des Damnies.  32 pp.   8°.  Berlin, M. Niethe,
   [1885].
 Miiller ([Friedrich Carl] Adolf)  [1870-      ].
   * Zur pathologischen Bedeutung der Driisen  in
   der mensehlichen  Gallenblase.  21 pp., 1 sheet.
   8°.  Kiel, L. Handorff, 1895.
 Miiller (Friedrich Ernst) [1838-    ].  * Ueber
   die  Hasmatocele   retrouteriua.    27 pp.    8°.
   Leipzig, L. Schnauss, 1862.
 Miiller (Friedrich Max) [1823-1900].  Three  in-
   troductory lectures on the  science of thought,
   delivered at the Royal Institution, London,   vi,
   3-28 pp.   8°.  Chicago, 1888.
 Miiller (Friedrich W.) [1873-    ].  * Ueber die
   Entwicklung und die morphologische Bedeutung
   der "Pseudobranchie" nnd ihrer Umgebung bei
   Lepidosteus osseus. [Berlin.]  41 pp., 11    8°
   Bonn, F. Cohen, 1897.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1897, xlix.

 -----.   Ueber die Lage des Mittelohrs im Schadel.
   35 pp., 17 pl.   fol.  Wiesbaden, J.  F. Bergmann,
   1903.                                         '
Miiller (Friedrich Wilhelm).  Deutschu  shiu-
  shin yakufu.   [German  clinical pocket  phar-
  macopoeia.]   Transl.  by W. Okochi.   11, 316
  60, 9 pp.   12°. Tokio, H. Iya, 1881.
    Japanese text.

-----.   Ueber  die  dermaligen  Behandlnngs -
  Methoden.der  venerisclieu Kraukheiten.  64 pp
  8U. Munchen, M. Ernst, 1886.
    See, aUo, Jeannel (Jfulien-Francoisl).  Die Prostitu-
  tion [etc.].  8°.  Erlangen, 1869.
 Miiller (Friedrich Wilhelm Albert) [1856-    ].
   * Beitrag zur  Statistik der Aetiologie der Ne-
   phritis.   [Gottingen.]  45 pp.  8°.  Haseliinne,
   A.  Lammersdorf, 1901.
 Miiller (Friederich Wilhelm  Karl) [1874-    ],
   * Ueber Tetanus puerperalis.  26 pp,  8°.  Greifs-
   wald, J. Abel, 1897.
 Miiller (Fritz).  * Ueber Gangriin von Extremi-
   taten  bei Neugeborcnen.   37  pp.  8°.  Strass-
   burg, C. 4 J. Goeller, 1899.
 Miiller (Fritz) [1877-   ].  * Ueber die Geburt
   beim kyphotischen Becken.  38 pp., 2 pl., 1 tab.
   8°.   Kbnigsberg, L. Krause 4 Ewerlien, 1901.
 Miiller (Fritz).   * Beitrage zur  Kenntniss der
   Grasroste.  [Bern.]  36 pp.  8C.   Cassel,  Gebr.
   Gotthelft, 1901.
   Repr.from:  Botan. Centralbl., Cassel, 1901, x.
 Miiller (Fritz) [1868-    ].    * Casuistischer
   Beitrag  zur Indication und  Ausfiihruug der
   knochennaht   bei Fracturen.   [Kiel.]  23 pp.
   8°.   Halberstadt, H. Meyer, 1901.
 Muller (G.) Das chemische Laboratorium der
   Universitat Greifswald.  8 pp., 6 pl.  fol.  Ber-
   lin, Ernst 4 Korn, 1864.
    Repr. from: Ztschr. f. Bauwesen, 1864, xiv.
 Miiller (Georg).   * Ueber die vaginale Total-
   exstirpatiou des Uterus wegen  Carcinom bei
   Schwangerschaft.   Nebst  einem  casuistischen
   Beitrage dazu.   [Wurtzburg.]  30 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Freiburg i. B., H. M. Poppen 4 Sohn, 1889.
Miiller (Georg).  * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
   Histologie der  acuten Milzschwellung.  [  Frei-
  burg i. B.]   63 pp., 1 pl.   8°.   Gleiwitz,  Neu-
  mann, 1890.
Muller (Georg).  Die Krankheiten des Hundes
  uud ihre  Behandluug.  xvi, 434  pp.   8°.  Ber-
   lin, P. Parey, 1892.
-----.  The same.  Diseases of the dog and  their
  treatment.  Transl., revised, and augmented by
  Alexander Glass,  xvii,  17-419 pp.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, W. H.  Hoskins, 1897.
-----.  Theorie  und  Praxis der thierarztlichen
  Wnndbehaudlung unter gleichzeitiger Beriick-
  sichl«ignng der neuesten Forschuugen auf dem
  Gebiete der Bakteriologie als Supplemeutheft
  zu Stockfleth's  Chirurgie.  v, 86 pp., 1 tab.  8°.
  Leipzig, C. A. Koch, 1892.
 -----.  Lehrbuch der  Pharmakologie fiir  Tier-
  arzte.  Auf Gruudlage des Arzueibuches fiir das
  Deutsche Reich und  der  Pharmacopoea  Aus-
  triaca, so  wie mit Beriicksichtiguug der Phar-
  makognosie, pharmaceutischeu  Chemie  und
  Toxikologie.  viii,  501  pp.  8°.  Dresden, G.
  Schbnfeld, 1894.
----—.  Tierarztlche  Rezeptier-  und Dispensier-
  kunde.  2. Aufl.  vi,  310  pp.  16°.  Berlin, P.
  Parey, 1901.
Muller (Georg).   Die  schlechte Haltung der
  Kinder nnd deren Verhiitung.  2 p. 1., 65 pp.
  8C.   Berlin, A.  Hirschwald, 1893.
-----.  The  same.  Spinal  curvature  and  awk-
  ward deportment, their causes aud prevention
  in children.   English ed., edited aud adapted
  by Richard  Greene,   viii, 88 pp.  12°.  London,
  1894.
-----.  Kurzgefasstes Lehrbuch der Nachbehand-
  lung von Verletzungen, nebst  einer Anleitung
  zur  Begutachtuug von  Unfallfolgen.  viii, 264
  pp.   8°.   Berlin, 0. Enslin, 1898.
-----.  Cursus  der  Orthopiidie  fiir praktisehe
  Aerzte.   Zehn Vorlesungen.   viii, 115 pp. 8°.
   Berlin, 0. Enslin, 1902.
Muller (Georg).  * Ueber  die Lagen der Klein-
  hirnseitenstrangbahn   und  des   Gowers'schen
  Btindels  vom oberen  Halsmarke an  und  iiber
  deren  Endigung  nach  Versuchen  am Hunde.
  32 pp., 1  1., 2 pl.  8°.   Strassburg i. E., C. 4 J.
   Goeller, 1900. 
MfjLLER.                                  175                                   MULLER.
Miiller (Georg).  * Ueber Agglutiuiue normaler
  Thiersera.   [ Bern. ]  29 pp., 1 pl.,  1  1   8°.
  Darmstadt, V. Sachs, 1901.
Miiller (Georg) [1-77-    ].   * Ueber die Aetio-
  logie  der bei Infektionskrankheiten  anftreten-
  den pneumouisclnn Prozesse.  46 pp.  8°.  Strass-
  burg i. E., C. Miih ft Co., 1903.
Miiller (Georg).  * Ueber Haufigkeit und Aus-
  gange der Cholelithiasis.  Nach den  Sections-
  berichten des  Krankenhauses r.  d. I.  in den
  Jahren  1901 bis Juni 1904.  42 pp., 1 1. 8°.
  Miinchen, V. Zimmermann, 1904.
Miiller  (G[eorg] E[lias]).    * Zur Theorie der
  sinnlichen  Aufmerksanikeit.   1  p.  1., 136 pp.
  [Gottingen.]  8°.  Leipzig,  A. Edelmann, [1874,
  vel subseq.].
-----.   Theorie der  Muskelcontraction.   Pt.  1.
  x, 336 pp.  8-.   Leipzig, Veil ft Co., 1891.
-----»t  Pilzecker (A.)  Experinientelle Bei-
  trage zur Lehre vom Gedachtniss.  xiv, 300 pp.
  8°.  Leipzig, 1900.
    Forms Ergnzngsbd. 1 of: Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol.
  d. Sinnesorg.
Miiller  (Georg  Ferdinand Otfried) [1873-    ].
  * Beobachtungen iiber spontane Blntsedimenti-
  rung.   41 pp., 1 1., 1 diag.   8°.  Berlin, Gebr.
   Unger, 1-98.
Miiller  (Georg H.) [1868-    ].  *Ein Fall von
  Deriuatoniyositis chronica.   32 pp.  8°.   Bonn,
  E. Heydorn, 1894.
Mueller (Georg.  Henricus).   * Diss,  sistens se-
  rieni  experimentoruni in musculis et nervis ani-
  nialium  quorundatn iustitntorum, horumque or-
  ganorutu functionem f. etfectus natnralis  illus-
  trantinm.   2 p. 1., 20 pp.  sm. 4°.   Stuttgard'ar,
  tup. Academicis, 1793.
Miiller ([Georg  Wilhelm]  Adolf) [1878-    ].
  * Zur Casuistik der Schadelverletzuugen mit be-
  sonderer Beriicksichtigung atiBgedehnter prae-
  duraler  Haematome.  29 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Kiel,
  P.  Peters, 1902.
Miiller (Gerhard Andreas) [1718-62].  Schreiben
  an  einen guteu Freund von der Ursache nnd von
  dem Xutzen der Electricitiit,  als ein Anhang der
  Untersuchung der wahren Ursache von Newtons
  allgemeiner Schwere.   1 p.  1., 55 pp.  4°.   Wei-
  mar,  S.  H. Hoffmann, 1746.
Muller ([Gottfried] Karl [ Rudolf]) [1869-    ].
  * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung des Methyl-
  coniiiichlonnethylat.   24 pp. 8J.  Kiel,  A.  F.
  Jensen,  1-93.
Muller (Gottlieb).
    SeeOeheiiiminsederNaturfetc..]. 12°. .BeWin,1804.
Mueller (Gustav Anton)  [1832-    ].   * De
  hvdrope ovarii.  31 pp.  8°.  Berolini, G. Schade,
  [1857].
Miiller (Gustav Eberhard) [1877-    ].   * Ueber
  multiple primiire Carcinome. 28 pp.  8°. Tu-
  bingen,  F. Pietzcker, 1902.
Muller (Gustav [Joseph Ferdinand]) [1808-   ].
  * Drei Fiille von  "Coxa vara".  33 pp., 11.  8°.
  Kiel,  P. Wegehaupt,  1895.
Mueller (Gustav [Ludwig]) [1856-    ].  *Zur
  Behan Jung der qneren  Kniescheibenbriichc
  mitfels Naht.  64pp., 21. 8°. Kbnigsberg i. Pr.,
  M.  Liedtke, 1889.
Miiller (H.) *Eiu Fall von arteriellem Rankeu-
  angioin  des  Kopfes.  13 pp.  8°.   Tubingen, H.
  Laupp,  1891.  •
    Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1891, viii.
Miiller  (Hans) [1876-   ].  * Carcinoma ven-
  triculi kompliciert  mit Pericarditis hsemorrha-
  gica  und Pachymeningitis chronica luemorrhica
  interna.   20 pp.  8C.   Tubingen, F. Pietzcker,
  1902.
Muller (Hans) [1880-    ].   * Zur Behandlung
  der Scheidenatresie bei funktionierendeiii Ute-
  rus.  48 pp.  8°.  Wurzburg, C. J. Becker, 1904.
Miiller  (Haus  August  Otto  Ernst Hermann)
  [1878-    ].  * Eiu Beitrag zur Lehre vom indu-
  zierten Irresein.  18 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Kiel, Schmidt
  4 Klauniq, 1904.
Miiller (Hans Bruno) [1878-    ].   * Zur Aetio-
  logie  und Symptomatologie  der  Migriine.  44
  p >., 2 1.  8°.   Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905.
Miiller (Hans Gcorgj  [1878-    ].   * Ueber die
  Behandlung   mittelschwerer   nnd   schwerer
  frischer Puerpeialiieberfalle durch conservative
  Methoden. 23  pp., 12 tab., 1 1.  8°.  Marburg,
  Koster 4 Schell, 1903.
IVIiiflBer (Heinrieh) [1817-89J.
    IVekrolog.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxxvi,
  217.
Miiller (Heinrieh) [1820-64 ].
    See  Kolliker ([RudolfJ  A[lbert]) & Miiller (H.)
  Note sur la structure de  la retine humaine.  4°. Paris,
  1853.
Miiller (Heinrieh).  *Beitrag znr Lehre von der
  acuten Leukaemie. 37 pp.  8°. Gbttingen, Die-
  ierich, 18-9.
Mueller  (Heinrieh).  * Ueber die behaarten
  Rachenpolypen.  43 pp., 1 pl.   8°.   Giessen, von
  Miinchow, 1899.
Miiller (Heinrieh).  Ein Beitrag zur Losung der
  sozialen Frage, Verhiitung der Konzeption durch
  ein absolut sicheres,  unschiidliches, deu Sitten-
  gesetzen nicht zuwiderlaufendes Mittel.  15 pp.
  8°.   Leipzig,  E. Demme, 1900.
Miiller (Heinrieh) [1878-    ].  *Ueberdiein
  der.Kieler chirnrgischen Klinik in deu  Jahren
  lr-99,  1900 und  1901  beobachteten Falle  von
  Kryptorchismus.   33  pp., 11.  8°.  Kiel, Schmidt
  4 Klaunig, 1902.
Muller  (Heinrieh)  [1880-    ].   * Ueber das
  Vorkommen  pathologischer Veranderungen an
  den Nieren von Kiilbein, Rindern  uud Hunden.
  30 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Wiirzburg, A. Boegler, 1904.
Muller  (Heinrieh) [1880-     ].  *Zwei  Falle
  von  priinarem Lungencarcinoni.   50 pp.  8°.
  Freiburg i. Br., Speyer 4 Kaerner, 1904.
Miiller (Heinrieh Elias Robert Karl) [1875-    ].
  * Ueber die  Verwendbarkeit  und Verwendung
  des Mnrphyknopfes in der Magendarmchirurgie
  auf  Grund der in der Gottinger  chirnrgischen
  Klinik  vou  Ostern  1898 bis  Januar 1903 ge-
  machten Beobachtungen.  230 pp.   8°.  Gbttin-
  qen,  W.  F. Kaestner, 1903.
Miiller  (Heinrieh [Ernst])  [1878-    ].  #Eiu
  Fall  von  Obliteration  der Vena  cava  inferior
  und   der  Vena}  hepaticie.    36 pp.,  2  1.  8°.
  Greifswald, H.  Adler,  1905.
Miiller  (Heinrieh [Franz]) [1807-    ].   "Bei-
  trage zur Alkalescenzbestimmnng  des  Blutes.
  35 pp.  8°.   Greifsuald, J. Abel. 181)5.
Miiller  (Heinrieh Friedrich).  *Descript:o ana-
  tomica pulli  gallinacei extremitatibus supeillnis
  pnediti simul cum disquisitione physiologica  de
  ortu uionstroruni  duplicium parasiticorum.  12
  pp., 1 1., 2 pl.  4°. Kilia; C. F. Mohr, 1859.
    In: Scheift. d. Univ. zu Kiel, vi, 1859, vii, med. x.
Mueller (Heinrieh Rudolph).  *De eorum, qute
  vel e levioi i  vulneratione inter dissecanda cada-
  vera accepta proveniuut, differentia et  uatura.
  36 pp.  4°.   Lipsice, Hirschfeld, 1831.
Miiller (Hermann).
    See Kicorfl (Philippe).  Praktiscbe Abhandlung iiber
  die venerischen Krankheiten, [etc.]. 8°.  Leipzig, 1838.
Miiller  (Hermann).   "Ueber Thoracodidymi.
  38 pp.  8°.  Miinchen, F. Strauh, 1879.
Miiller (Hermann).   *Eiu Beitrag zur Lehre
  von den  Knorpelgeschwiilstcn im Anschluss  an
  einen Fall von Enchondrom  des  Beckeus.  50
  pp.   8°.  Wurzburg, P. Scheiner, 1892.
Miiller (Hermann) [1867-     ].  * Ueber  Para-
  phenylphenylenhydrazin.   [Berlin.] 40 pp., 21.
  8°.  Leipzig, Gressner 4 Schraum,  1894. 
MULLER.                                   176                                   MULLER.
Miiller  (Hermann)  [1871-     ].  *Beitrag zur
  Lehre von den YVirbelfi akturen nnd ihrer opera-
  tiven Behandlung.  3-pp., 11.  8-\  Halle a. S.,
  C  A. Kaemmerer 4' Co., 1895.
Miillor  (Hermann).   * Ueber operative Behand-
  lung bei  Empycm  des  Processus  niastoideus.
  37 pp.   8■-.   Wiirzburg, Kohl ft Hecker, 1895.
Miiller  (Hermann)  [1-62-     ].  * Die Leitung
  der Geburt in der Greifswalder konigl. Universi-
  tiits-Frauenklinik im Jahre  1903.  28 pp., 2 1.
  *;.  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903.
Miiller  (Hermann Franz) [1866-98].  Ein Bei-
  trag znr  Lehre vom  Verhalten der Kern- zur
  ZelTsnbstanz wahrend der Mitose.   10 pp., 1 pl.
  8°.  Wien, F. Tempsky, 1891.
    Itepr.  from:  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1891, c.
    For Biography, see I»och (R.)  Hermann Franz Miiller-
  WortedesGedachtnisses. 8°.  171671,1898. See, also: Mitth.
  d.  Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1898, xxxv, 123-127
  (A. Rollett).  AUo: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii, 722-
  72."> (H. Xothnagel). Also: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898,
  xii, 715.  Also: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xi, 1004-1006
  (H. Nothnagel).  Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxix,
  1761.
------&P6cli(R.)  Die Pest,  x,  353pp., 1 pl.,
  1 tab.   n-.   Wien. A. Holder,  1900.
    Forms pt. 4 of: Specielle Path. u. Therap., Wien, 1890, v.
    See, dlso, I»c«ffalle (Die) iu Wien. Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1898, xxxv, 9*6.
Miiller  ([Hermann] Ludovicns)  [1827-     ].
  *De iridis  motu.  28 pp., 1  1.  8°.  Bonnw,
  Kriiger, 1851.  [P., v. 1897.]
------.  Ueber die Bacterien als Krankheitserre-
  ger.  32 pp., 1  pl.   8°.  Minden i.  W., I. C. C.
  Brims, 1885.
Miiller  (Hermann  Ludwig Karl)  [1874-    ].
  * Ueber vordere traumatische  Huftgelenksluxa-
  tionen,  insbesondere solche des hiiheren Alters.
  19 pp., 2 1.   8°.   Kiel, Schmidt ft Klaunig, 1902.
Miiller  (Hermann [Wilhelm  Christian Adolf])
  [1865-    ].   * Teller die Einwirkung von Ben-
  zoin auf substituirte Harnstoffe und Thioharn-
  stoft'e.   42 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Bonn, C. Georgi, 1892.
Miiller  (Hugo) [1865-    ].  * Eiu Beitrag zur
  Lehre  vom  menstrualen Irresein.  31 pp.  8°.
  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1889.
Miiller  (Hugo [Gottfried Arthur]) [1868-    ].
  * Ueber Arsenmelanose.  28 pp., 2 1.  8°.  Berlin,
  G. Schade, [18<)2].
Miiller (Hugo  [Otto])   [1879-    ].   * Ueber
  Kontusioneii des Bulbus mit pathologisch-anato-
  mischer Untersuchung zweier durch Koutusion
  verletzter Bulbi.   40 pp.   8°.  Halle  a.  S.,
   Wischan ft Burkhardt, 1904.
von Mueller (Iwan [Eduard Philipp]) [1830-
       ].   Galeni libellum  qui  inscribitnr  'On
  apioToc.  larpbc nal (piXdaotyoc recensuit  et explana-
  vit.  28 pp.   4°.   Erlangce,  typ.  P. A. Junge et
  filii, 1873.
------.  The same.   Talnvoi) brt 6 aptaroc larpbc /cat
  <t>Moo<j>oc.    Galeni  libellus  quo  demonstratur
  optimum medicum euudem  esse  philosophuin.
  Recognovit  et  enarravit ...   2. ed.  52 pp.  8°.
  Erlangw, snmpt. A.  DeicJierti,  1^75.
----—.   Galeni libellum  qui inscribitnr Uepl rye
  rdijeuc tuv ISiuv 3i(3Muv recensuit et explanavit.
  [Programma.]  27 pp.   4°.  Erlangce, 1874.
------.  Galeni  libellum Ilepl "eduv  recensuit.  19
  pp. 4°.  Erlangce,  Junge et filii, 1879.
------.  Ueber  Galens Werk  vom  wissenschaft-
  lichen Beweis.  76 pp.  roy. 8°.  Miinchen, 1895.
     Repr.from: Abhandl. d. k. haver. Akad. d. Wissensch
  1. CI., 1895, xx, 2. Abth.
     See, also, Galen (Claudius).  De placitis  Hinpocratis
   [etc.].  8°.  Lipsiai, 1874.                  vv

Miiller (J. B.)  Abhandlung  iiber verschiedene
  Krankheiteu,  welehe  urspriinglich aus  einer
  Schiirfe entstehen, als verschiedene Hautkrank-
  heiten, Scrophelu, Lustseuche, Krebs und Gicht
Miiller (J. B.)—continued.
  nebst beigefiigter Heilart uud deu bewiihrtesteu
  Recepten.   vi, 260 pp.   12°.   Frankfurt, Jage-
  rische Buchhandl., 1796.
Miiller (J. C)  Bidrag  til Puerperalfeber-Epi-
  demienies Historie.  [Contribution  to  the  his-
  tory of puerperal-fever epidemics.]  20  pp.,  1
  tab.  8°.   Kjfibenham, B.  Lunos,  1840.
    Repr.from: Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kjobenh., 1840, iii.
Miiller ([J. H.] Rpchard]).   Grossherzoglich
  hessisches Bad  Bad-Naulieitn bei Frankfurt  a.
  M.  Seine Kurmittel und Wirknngen.  2. Anil.
  58 pp., 1 1.   24y  Friedberg  ft Bad-Xauheim,  C.
  Bindernagel, [1894].
------.   The same.   3.  And.    iv, 58 pp.   16°.
  Friedberg 4' Bad-Xauheim, C. Bindernagel, [1897?].
------.   The same.  5. Aufl.  iv. fi5 pp.   8J.  Fried-
  berg 4' Bad-Xauheim, C. Hindernagel,  [n. d.].
------.   The same.  6. Aufl.  iv, 56 pp.   12°.  Bad-
  Xauheim,  C. Bindernagel, 1902.
Miiller (J. O.).
    Editor of: Zeitschrift des Vereins der homoopathi-
  scheu Aerzte Oesterrichs, Wien, 1857.
Miiller (J. P.)  Mit system 15 minutters dagligt
  arbijde for snndhedms skyld.  [My systtni  of
  fifteen minutes'  daily exercise  for the presenta-
  tion of health.]   5.  Anfl.   89 pp., 1 pl., port.
  8°.  Kfbenhavn,  Tilge, 1905.
Miiller (Jacob Alexander).  * Ueber den Borueo-
  tal>i,  oder Minjak Tangkawnng.  21  pp.   8°.
  Erlangen, E. T.  Jacob, 1892.
Miiller (Jakob).  * Ueber Thrombose der Hirn-
  gefiisse.   25 pp.  8°.  Wiirzburg, H. Stiirtz, 1888.
Miiller (Jakob Wurm).   See Worm Muller.
Mueller  (Joannes Christophorus).   *  De geni-
  talium  evolutione.  11  pp.,  1  pl.   4C.  Haloj,
  typ. F. A. Grunertz patris filiique,  1815.   [P.,
  v. 1598.]
Miiller (Joannes Georgius Julius).  *De caussis
  cur feiuinue in Germania partibns laboriosis pise
  alius gentibus niagis siut  obnoxiie.   30 pp.  4°.
  Helmsladii, ex. typ.  viduas Schiiorriai, 1761).
Mueller  (Jodocus) [1848-     ].  *Beitragzur
  Lehre vom Coloboma bulbi.   21 pp.,  1  1.  8°.
  Bonn, J. F. Carthaus, [1874].
Miiller (Job.)   *De alexipharmacis.    22 pp.
  sm. 4°.   Lugd.  Bat., A. Elzevier,  1703.    [P., v.
  2242.]
Miiller (Joh.) [1801-58].   Pathologie  und Se-
  miotik.   Vorlesungen.   [Collegienhefte. ]  MS.
  157 1.  4°.  [Bonn], 1829.
------.  Progress of the anatomy and  physiology
  of the nervous system during the year 1836.   8°.
  Philadelphia,  Haswell,  Barrington  4  Haswell,
  1838.  [P., v. 381.]
     In: ESSAYS on physiol. Sc hyg.,  Phila., 1838,  229-240.
------.  Physiologie du systeme nerveux, ou  re-
  cherches et experiences sur  les diverses classes
  d'appareils nerveux, les monveniens, la voix, la
  parole, les sens et  les faculty's intellectuelles.
  Traduite de l'allemand sur la 3. 6d.  par A.-J.-L.
  Jourdan.  2 v.  vi, 640 pp.; 644  pp., 4 pl.   8°.
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere, 1840.
------.  Manuel  de  physiologie.  Traduit de l'al-
  lemand  sur  la 4.  6d.  (1844), avec  des annota-
  tions par A.-J.-L. Jourdan.    2 v.  iii, 745 pp.;
  800 pp., 4 pl.   8o.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere, 1845.
------.  Embryology, with the physiology of gen-
  eration.   Transl. from the German,  with noies,
  by William  Baly.   xi,  1421-1671  pp.; 33-132
  pp.,  2 pl.   8°.  London,  Taylor [and  others],
  1848.
------.   Catalog der  hinterlassenen Bibliothek
  des am 28. April 1858 in Berlin verstorbenen  . . .
  309 pp.   8°.  Bonn, C.  Georgi,  1858.   [P., v.
  1519.]
     See. also, Baly (William)  Sc Kirken  (William  Sen-
   house).  Recent advances in the phvsiology of motion
   [etc.].  8°. London, 1848.—Bm-dach (Karl Friedrich). 
MTJLLEE.
177
MULLEB.
Miiller (Job.)—continued.
  Trait6 de physiologie |etc.].   8 v.  8°.  Paris,  1837.—
  Wagner (Rudolph).  Zur vergleichenden Physiologie
  des Blntes, [etc.].  8°. Leipzig, 1833.
    For Biography, see Johannm miiller.  16°.  Co-
  blenz, 1899.  See, also: Arch, de parasitol., Par.. 1902, v,
  95-116 (M. Liihe).  Also: Clin. Sketches, Lond.. 1896. iii, 84,
  port. Also: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896, vii,
  16-18 (W. B. Piatt).  AUo:  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901,
  xiv, 702-705 (S. Fuchs).
        See, also :
    Walsh (J. J.)   John Miiller,  father of mod-
  ern German medicine.   8°.  Xew York, 1903.
    Cutting from: Messenger, N. Y., 1903, 5. s., iii, 6u8-093.
    Virehow  (R.) [etal.].   Zum Gedachtuiss.   Arch. f.
  mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900, lv, pp. i-x.
Miiller  (Job.)    * Ueber Ovarientumoren als
  Complication vou Schwaugerschaft und Geburt.
  24 pp.   8°.  Munchen,  1881.
Miiller  (Job.)  Die  wisseuschaftlichen  Vereine
  und Gesellschaften Deutschlands im ueuuzehn-
  ten Jahrhundert.  Bibliographic ihrer Verof-
  fentlichuugen seit ihrer Begriindnug bis auf die
  Gegenwart.   xxi (1  L), 878 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Ber-
  lin. A. Asher,  1883-7.
Muller  (Job.)  * Zur Anatomie des Chinipanse-
  Gehirus.  [Freiburg i. B.]   1 p. 1., 173-187 pp.,
  2 pl.  4°.  Braunschweig, F. Yieweg 4 Solin,1887.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1887, xvii.
Miiller (Job).  Das gestorte Nerven- und Sexual-
  Svstein.   20.  Aufl.   95 pp.   16°.   Berlin, F.
  Stahn, [1889].
Miiller  (Joh.)  *Thrombenbildung im  Herzen.
  24 pp.   8C.   Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1889.
Muller  (Joh.) [1864-     ].  "Ueber  Tuberku-
  lose der Augenbindehaut.   28 pp.  8°.  Tubingen,
  H. Laupp, jr., 1890.
Miiller  (Job.)   * Ueber die Diffusion des Am-
  nion iaks durch  Wasser  und  durch  Alkohol.
  [Erlangen.]   32  pp., 1 pl.  8°.   Leipzig,  J. A.
  Barth, 1891.
Miiller (Joh.)  * Untersuchungen iiber Nephritis
  bei Typhus abdominalis.  48 pp., 11.   8°.  Frei-
  burg i. B., H. Epstein, 1891.
Muller  (Joh.)  * Beitrag zur  Kenntniss der In-
  fluenza.  Nach den  selbstgemachten Erfahrun-
  geu  aus den Epidemien 1891-2  uud  1893-4 im
  Stadt- und Landkreise Offenbach.  35 pp.  8°.
  Wurzburg, Becker, 1894.
Miiller   (Job.)    *Stoff'wechseluntersuchungen
  bei einem Falle von progressiver Muskelatro-
  phie.  40 pp.  8°.  Wurzburg, H. Sturtz, 1896.
Muller  (Joh.)   Anasthetika.   * Ueber die ver-
  schiedenen,  gebrauchlichcn Anasthetika,  ihre
  Wirkungsweise uud die Gefahren bei ihrer An-
  wendung.  Welches Anasthetikurn eignet sich
  am besten fiir den Gebrauch  im Felde?  viii
  (1 1.),  188 pp.  8°.  Berlin, Mitscher 4 Rbstell,
  1898.
Miiller  (Joh.)   Die Galleusteinkrankheit und
  ihre Behandlung.  pp. 25-61.   8°.  Wurzburg,
  A. Stuber, 1900.
    Forms  2. Hft,, v. 1. of:  Wiirzb. Abhandl. a.  d. Ge-
  samtgeb.  d. prakt. Med., Wiirzb.. 1900.
Miiller (Joh.)  Der Bau und die Thatigkeit des
  mensehlichen  Korpers, nebst  einem Anhange:
  Ueber die erste  Hilfe  bei  Ungliicksfallen fiir
  Turnanstalten.  2  p.  1.,  144 pp.  8°.  Berlin,
  Mitscher 4- Rbstell, 1901.
Miiller (Joh.) [1873-    ].  *Kasuistischer Bei-
  trag zur Lehre  von der  Pseudologia phantas-
  tica.  32 pp.,  1 1. 8°.  Berlin, G. Schade, 1901.
Muller  (Job.)   * Ueber   abgeheilte   Lungen-
  tuberkulose.   [Erlangen.]  30 pp., 11.  8°.  Ro-
  stock, C. Hinstorff, 1903.
Muller (Joh.)  [1877-   ].  *Uebereine eigen-
  artige  Form  mechanischer  Behinderung der
  Wendung auf den Fuss durch eine uutere Extre-
  mist.   30 pp., 3 1.  8°.  Halle a. S., Plbtz, 1903.
       VOL XI, 2D SERIES-----12
Muller (Joh. Christianus).  Praxis medica im-
  perfecta sive fuudameutorum medicorum dispu-
  tabilitas, quam brevissiinis hisce liueis adum-
  brare, imprimis vero horum omnium sententiam
  a uobilissimo Bisioli,  expetere voluit.   43 pp.
  12°.  Parmce, ex typ. A. Pazzoni 4' P. Montis Soc.
  1696.
Miiller  (Job. Fridericns)  [1730-    ].   *De
  statu  mixto somui  et vigilia^  quo donnientes
  mull a vigiluntium munera  obeunt.   4°.   Got-
  tingiv, 1756.
    In: Richter (G. G.) Opusc. med. 4°. Francofurti<&
  Lipsice, 1780, ii, 196-219.
Miiller (Job. Georg).  *Dedisposifione ad mor-
  bus hereditaria.   1 p.  l.,28pp.  4 .   Goettinga;
  H.  M. Grape, [1794].
    In: Collect, diss. med. in  Acad., Gcetting., 1795, ii,
  pt. 2.
Miiller ([Job.  Gottlieb]  Hugo)  [1877-    ].
  * Ueber die  Heilung  von  Wunden bei  asepti-
  schem und antiseptischem  Heilverfahren und
  bei primarer und sekundarer Naht. 66 pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Kbnigsberg i. P., O.  Kiimmel, 1904.
Muller ([Job.] Gustav)  [1868-    ].   * Ueber
  Morbiditiit  uud  Mortalittit  in der Marbnrger
  Entbiudungsanstalt im Decennium 1883-93.  37
  pp.  8°.  Marburg, 0.  Ehrhardt, 1894.
Muller (Joh. Jacob).   *Diss. med. sistens ca-
  sum rarissimum  uteri in  partu  rnpti.  3 p. 1.,
  36 pp.  sm. 4°.  Basilece, ex  off. vidua;  J. Christ,
  1745.
Muller (Joh.  Jacob).  * Ueber die Behandluug
  grosserer Perforations-Verletzungen des Bulbus
  durch die Naht.  53 pp.  8°.   Giessen, von Mi'tn-
  chow, 1897.
Muller  (Joh.  [Karl  Hermann])  [1866-    ].
  *Eiu Fall von spontauer Uterusruptur.  32 pp.
  8°.   Greifswald, J. Abel, 1891.
Muller (Job.  Matthias).   Casus medico-chirur-
  gicus de eftraetura cranii subsecutis gravissimis
  symptomatibus divina gratia ex  voto  curatis,
  cum notis de capite ejusque affectibus, iu quibtis
  extracta plurimoruin aiictorum anatomica atque
  practica, interque  hsec  Theoph. Boneti Sepul-
  chreti  seu   anatomise practice,  cum  addita-
  mentis Joh. Jac. Mangeti, liber i,  a sect. 1 ad.
  21,  et liber ii, sect. 2, wc kv ovvdfei et velut in
  tabula, nee non in calce casuum medico-chirur-
  gicorum de capitis prsecipue passionibus, rario-
  ruul, Deo benedicente feliciter curatorum decas.
  40 p. 1., 135, 40 pp., 4  1.  16°.  Suevo-Hallensis,
  G.  M. Mayer, 1712.
Muller (Joh. Nicolaus).  * Ueber Neuralgia und
  Gliom des  Gehirns.  23 pp.   8°.   Wurzburg, A.
  Boegler, 1887.
Muller (Joh. Oswald Oskar) [1860-    ].  * Ue-
  ber das seros-purulente Oedem.   32 pp.   8°.
  Berlin, O. Lange, [1883].
Miiller (Job. Paul). * Disp. med. de phrenitide.
  13 1.  8°.   Helmcesladi, 1643.  [P.,  v. 243.]
Muller (Joh. Phil. Jacob).   *Casum magnetismi
  animalis vermibus producti cum aunexa epicrisi
  de magnetismi animalis natura in genere propo-
  nit.   19 pp.  16°.   Marburgi, J. C.  Krieger, 1819.
Muller (Joh. Valentin) [1756-1813].    Medizi-
  uisches praktisches Handbuch der Frauenzim-
  mer-Kraukheiten zum  Gebrauch der Aerzte und
  verehelichten Danien.   Pts. 3 & 4.  1  p. 1., 320
  pp., 6 1.; 1 pl., 416 pp.   12°.  Frankfurt 4 Leip-
  zig, Jdger, 1794.
    Forms pts. 3 aud 4 of: Anleitung nach denen bewahr-
  testen Grundsatzeu ausiibender Aerzte Kiudbetterinnen
  in denen vorkommenden Kraukheiten zu behandeln.  12°.
  Frankfurt & Leipzig, 1794.
------.   Der Arzt fiir venerische-verlarvte Krank-
  heiten, oder  medizinisch-techuische   Abhand-
  lung, woriuuen aus praktischeu Wahrnehmun-
  gen die iu dieser Materie  herrschenden  Vor- 
MULLER.                                  178                                  MfLLER.
iVIiiller (Joh. Valentin)—continued.
  urtlieib- widerlcgt, und ein angemessener  Hei-
  lungsplan dargestellt wird, zur Beruhigung al-
  ler  venerischer Krankeu entworfen.  xxiv, 378
  pp.   80.   Frankfurt a. M., Andrea, 1808.
    Also, Co-Editor of: .TIediciniacliew Wochenblatt fur
  Aerzte. Wundarzteund Apotbeker, Friiukfurta.M..1783-9.
Miiller (Joh. Wilhelm).  Vita humana  ex  fune
  pendens, h. e.  de funiculo umbilicali  humano
  eumque ligandi  necessitate, cum famose istius
  objcctionis,  cur  in brutis,  funiculo non ligato,
  nulla tamen snperveniat heiuorrhagia ? tentata
  resolutione.  18 pp., 1  pl.  8°.   Tttbinga>,  typ.
  J. C. Reisi, 1592.
    AUo, in:  Hallee (A.)  Disp.anat. select. 4°. Qottin-
  gm, 1750, v,  563-584, lpl.
Miiller (Josef).   Ueber Gaiuophagie;  ein  Ver-
  such zum  weiteren Ausbau der Theorie  der Be-
  fruchtung und Vererbung.  64 pp.  8U. Stutt-
  gart, F. Enke, 1-92.
Miiller (Josef).   Ueber Ursprung uud  Heimat
  des  Urmenschen.  62 pp., 11.  8°.  Stuttgart, F.
  Enke, 1894.
Miiller (Josef Friedrich).  " Kliuischt s und Bak-
  teriologisehes iiber Helmito].  [Zurich.]  21pp.
  8°.  Berlin,  190.1.
    Repr.from: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl.. 1903.
Muller (Joseph)  [1872-    ].   ' Ueber  die  Re-
  sultate der Diphtlierie-Behandlung  in der cbi-
  rurgischen Klinik zu Halle vom 1. April 1890 bis
  1. April 1896.  24 pp., 2 1.   8J.   Halle a. S., C. A.
  Kaemmerer 4' Co., 1896.
Miiller (Joseph) [1878-     ].  * Beitrag zur Be-
  tciliguug  des Auges an  der Pseud'deukainie
  (pseudoleukiiinischer Sehnerventumor).  50 pp.
  8°.  Freiburg i. B., Speyer 4' Kaemer, 1903.
Miiller (Joseph  Ludwig)  [1876-    ].   * Ueber
  congenitale  Sacraltuinoreu.  [Munich.]  30 pp.
  8\  Bayreuth, L. Ellwanger, 1901.
Miiller (Julius).  * Ueber  einen  Fall von Ulcus
  rodens.  [Wurtzburg.]  25 pp.  8°.  Alsenz, P.
  Stross, 1889.
Miiller (Julius).  * Beitriige zur Tuberculose des
  Calcaneus.  67 pp.  p .  Gbttingen,[W. F. Kdst-
  iier], 1894.
Miiller  (Julius) [1874-     ].  *Ein Fall  von
  acuter  Strophanthusvergiftung.   29 pp.,  1 1.
  8.  Berlin, E. Ebering, 1898.
Muller (Julius) [1876-   ].  * Ueber einen Fall
  von Poliosis rheumatica.  36 pp.   8~.  Freiburg
  i. Pr., U. Hochreuther, 1904.
Miiller (Julius [Friedrich Gustav]) [1861-    ].
  * Eine Schussverletzung des Gehirns.   30  pp.,
  1 1.   8°.   Berlin, G.  Schade, L1890].
Miiller  (Karl).  * Beitrag  zur operativen  Be-
  handlung  der Endometritis.  46 pp.  -~. Wiirz-
  burg, P. Scheiner, 1-92.
Mueller (Karl) [1865-     ].   * Die Diingungen
  uud  die  Diingungskosten  in  viehlosen  Wirth-
  schaften   gegeuiiber  denen  in   viehhaltenden
  WiithM-haften.  [Jena.]  vi (1 1.), 165 pp., 1 1.
  8-.  Merseburg, F. Stollberg, l8i»4.
Miiller (K[ar'l]), Kolli & Wulflf.  Das  Kur-
  ptuscheiei- und  Geheimmittelunwesen im  Her-
  zogruin  Oldenburg.   B.richt  erstattet von der
  ad hoc gewahlten Kotnmissiou. 24 pp.   8°.  Ol-
  denburg, A. Littmann, l!)03.
Miiller  ([Karl  Adolf]  Johannes) [1864-    ].
  " Zwei  Fiille von Actinomycose  und Carciuom,
  nebst  einigen anderu  Beitriigeu zur Casuistik
  der  mensehlichen  Actinomycose.  30 pp.,  1 1.
  8\  Berlin,  G. Schade, [1-8-].
Miiller (Karl August).  * Ueber  multiple Kno-
  cin-n- und Gelenktuberkulose.   Ein Beitrag zur
  Lehre von der individuellen  Organdisposition
  fiir  tuberkulo-e  Erkianknngen.   [Frlangen.]
  17 pp.  8°.  Lucka, Berger  4 Behrend, 1898."
Miiller ([Karl August] Friedrich).   *Zur  Sta-
  tistik der Steisslagen ; 495 Fiille aus der gebutts-
  hiilflichen Klinik und Poliklinik zu Halle a. S. 48
  pp.  8°.  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4 Co., 1902.
Miiller (Karl  Erdmann  Franz) [1867-   ].
  * Zur Casuistik des pulsiereuden Exophthalintis.
  94 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4
  Co.,  1891.
Miiller (Karl  [Gustav]) [1865-    ].   * Ueber
  Sensibilitat bei Tabes  dorsalis.   31 pp.   8 .
  Berlin, M. Niethe,  [1889].
Miiller (Karl Wilhelm Hermanu Ludwig) [1873-
      ].   *Eine  Geburt  bei  Uterus septus.   36
  pp.,  1 1.  8°.  Marburg, 1897.
Muller (Kaspar) [1875-    ].   * Ueber Heruia
  diaphraginatica wtihrend der Schwangerschaft
  und  der  Geburt.  29 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Berlin, G.
  Schade, [1901].
Muller (Kunibert).   * Bestimmungen  des  Ge-
  wichtes des Magens und  Darmes bei mageren,
  mittelfetten und fetten Tieren uud  Gewichts-
  bestimmungeu  des Mageu- und Danninhaltes,
  soweit  die  letzte  Fiitternng  bekannt  ist.
  [Hern.]  28pp., 11.  8-".  Guben, A. Koenig, 1904.
Muller (Kurt [Adolf]) [18ti7-    ].  "Die Sekre-
  tionsvorgange  im  Paukreas   bei  Salamandra
  maculata.   33 pp., 1  1.   8°.  Halle a. S., C. A.
  Kaemmerer 4" Co., 1890.
-----.   Der Milzbrand der Ratten. 82  pp.  8~.
  Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1893.
Muller (L.-A.-C.-F. )   * Dissertation  sur  le
  spastue en g6ue"ral, et l'affection vaporeuse en
  particiflier.   1 p.  1., vi, 7-100 pp.  4°.   Stras-
  bourg, 1813,  No. 393.
Miiller (Leo).   * Beitrag zur Unterscheidung
  zwischen Typhusbacillns  und Bacter. coli com-
  muue.   [Jena.]   23 pp., 1 pl.  8 .  Emmendin-
  gen, A. Dblter, lr-94.
-----.   The same.  23 pp., 1 pl.   8-.  Karlsruhe,
  O. Xemnich, 1894.
Muller (Leo Theodor Robby) [1877-    ].  * Ue-
  ber drei Falle  vou  Chorea chronica  progres-
  siva  (Chorea hereditaria;  Chorea Huntington).
  [Heidelberg.] 25pp., 11.  8°.   Leipzig, A. Pries,
  1903.
Miiller (Leonhard Wilhelm) [1851-    ].  *Ein
  Fall  von Rigor  mortis des geburtsreifen  Fotua
  im Uterus.  13 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Marburg, R.  Fried-
  rich,  1*80.
Miiller (Leopold).  Ueber Ruptur  der  Corneo-
  scleralkapsel durch stumpfe Verletzung.  1 p. 1.,
  141 pp., 9 pl.  e-\   Leipzig 4 Wien, F. Deuticke,
  1895.
Miiller (Ludwig).  Placenta previa, die  vor-
  liegende  Nachgeburt,  ihre Entwickluug  und
  Behandlung.  3 p. 1., 343 pp.,  1  tab.   roy. 8°.
  Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1877.
Miiller (Ludwig).  * Tuberkulose  der Brust-
  driise.  34 pp.  8°. Wiirzburg,  F. Scheiner, 1-93.
Miiller (Ludwig)  [1877-    ].   * Ein  Fall  von
  Duodenalcarciuoni mit Euteroauastomose  zwi-
  schen  Anfangsteil des  Duodeuums  und  dem
  Coecum.  18 pp., 1 1.   8-.   Miinchen, C. Wolf 4
  Sohn, 1904.
Miiller (Ludwig  Robert).   * Untersuchungen
  iiber  die Anatomie und Pathologie des  unter-
  sten  Riickenmarksabschnittes.   [Erlangen.] 94
  pp.,  6 pl.   8°.  Leipzig, A. Pries, l-'.t?.
Miiller (Martin).  * Ueber einen  Fall  von En-
  docarditis  ulcerosa aorte mit  Perforation der
  Pars  membranacea  septi  und Bildung  eines
  Aneurvsnia valvulare  an  dei  Tricuspidalis.
  [Zurich.]  20pp.,2pl.  8-.  Einsiedeln, [1904 ?].
Muller (Martin Arnold)  [1873-    ].  * Ueber
  die Behandlung der Lyuiphdriiseu-Tuberkulose.
  22 pp., 6 1.  8J.  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4
  Co.,  1896. 
MULLER.
179
MULLER.
Muller ([Martin] Paul).
    See ISranne (Christian Wilhelm). Das Venensystera
  [etc.J.  8°. Leipzig, 1889.
Miiller (Max).   * Beitrage  zur Kenntniss  der
  Metastasenbildung maligner Tuiuoren, nach sta-
  tistischen  Zusammenstellungen aus  den  Sek-
  tionsprotokolleu des Bernischen pathologischen
  Institute.  64 pp.   8°.   Bern, L. Scheim 4" Co.,
  1892.
Miiller (Max).   * Zur Kenntnis von Pyrazolon-
  derivateu aus /3-Naphtylhydrazin.   37 pp.  8°.
  Jena, G. Xeuenhahn, 1*92.
Miiller (Max)  [1869-    ].   * Ueber den  Ein-
  fluss von  Fiebertemperaturen auf die Wachs-
  thumsgeschwindigkeit  und  die  Viruleuz  des
  Typhusbacillus.   [Breslan.]  40 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Leipzig, Veit ft  Co., 1895.
Miiller (Max).   * Ueber einen Fall von Syringo-
  myelic mit  Anostnie.  28 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Jena,
  B. Engau, 1896.
Miiller (Max) [1876-    ].   "Beitrag zum Ver-
  halten vou Salzen in Acetou.   37  pp., 1 1.  8\
  Giessen, von Miinchow, 1904.
Miiller (Max  Emil Diouysius ) [1878-    ].
  * Ueber das Wachstum uud  die Lebenstatigkeit
  von Bakterien  sowie den Ablauf fermentativer
  Prozesse bei niederer Temperatur unter speziel-
  ler Beriicksichtigung  des  Fleisches als Nah-
  rungsmittel.   [ Giessen. ]    74  pp.,  1  1.   8°.
  Miinchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1903.
Miiller (Maximilian) [1879-    ].  *Beitragzur
  Lehre  von  der chronischen  ankylosierenden
  Eutziiudung der Wirbelsiiule (Spondylose rhizo-
  melique).   [Leipzig.]  24 pp., 3 pl.   8°.  Ber-
  lin, M. Boas, 1905.
Miiller (Maximiliauus  [Gottholdus Ephraimus]
  Julius) [1841-    ]. *De parametritide acuta.
  3  p. 1., 39 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Vratislavice, ex off. A.
  Xeumanni, [1865],
Miiller  (Moritz)  [1850-      ].  * Beitrag  zur
  Dipbtheritis  und  Tracheotomie.  29 pp., 1  1.
  12-.   Berlin,  G. Schade, 1880.
Miiller (Moritz [Wilhelm])  [1784-    ].
     See Miebenhaar (Fredericus Julius) [in 1. s.].  Der
  Hahnemannianer  als  Geschichtschreiber und  Critiker
  [etc.]. 12°. Leipzig, 1831.
Miiller (N. J. C.)   Neue Methoden  der Bakte-
  rienforschung.   1   p.  1.,  176 pp., 40  pl.  8J.
  Stuttgart, E. Nagele, 1897.
Muller  ( O. )   Verwaltungs-Nachrichten  iiber
  das kouigliche Charite"-Kraiiketihaus.   48 pp.
  8°.  Berlin, A.  Hirschwald, 1903.
     Repr. from: Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1903, xxvii.
Miiller (Oscar).  * Ueber den Einfluss  einiger
  pharmakologischer  Mittel  auf Secretion und
  Zusammeusetzungder Galle.  39 pp.  8°.  Dor-
  pat, H. Laakmann,  1890.
Miiller (Oscar).  * Ein Beitrag zur  Frage der
  Entwicklung des Magenkrebses aus dem Ruuden
  Magengeschwiir.   33  pp.   8C.    Wurzburg,  F.
  Fromme, 1894.
Miiller  (Oskar) [1859-     ].  * Beitrage zur
  Behandlung des Klumpfusses.  29 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Berlin, G. Schade,  [1885].
Muller  (Oskar  Friedrich   Ferdinand  Hans)
  [187(1-    ].    *Die Behaiidlungsmethoden der
  Kniescheibenbriiche.  36 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Berlin,
  J. Slttenfeld, [1892].
Muller (0si;ar Johannes Osivald)  [1860-
  1901].
     [ Biography.]  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr.,  Berl.,
  11101, xxx, 539-543.
Miiller  ( Ottilie ).   Auleitung zur   hauslit hen
  Krankenpflege.  45 pp.  8°.  Berlin, M. Harr-
  witz  1903.
Miiller  (Otto)   [1864-    ].   *Zwei  Fiille von
  gleichzeitiger Resection des  ii. und  iii. Trige-
  miuusastes an  ihrem Austritt aus der Schiidel-
Miiller (Otto)—continued.
  basis.   29  pp.,  1  1.   8°.   Berlin,  G. Schade,
  [1888].
Miiller  (Otto)  [1865-    ].   * Ueber die als
  "Maladie  des  tics  convulsifs"  beschriebene
  Krankheit.  29 pp., 11.  8°.   Berlin, G. Schade,
  [1889].
Miiller  (Otto).  *Zur allgemeinen  Pathologie
  der septischen Exantheme.  35 pp.  8°.   Wiirz-
  burg,  Becker, 1889.
Muller  (.Otto).   * Ueber recidiviereude  Chon-
  drome.   [Erlangen.]  44 pp. 8°.  Mengering-
  hausen,  Weigel,  1893.
Muller (Otto) [1872-    ].  Ein Fall von hoch-
  gradiger Atrophic der linken Lunge mit coni-
  peusatorischer Hypertrophic der rechten.   28 pp.
  8°.   Greifswald, J. Abel,  1895.
Miiller  (Otto).  * Beitrage  zur Lehre von der
  Entstehung von Knorpelgeschwiilsten  aus bei
  der Kuochenbildung iibriggebliebenen Knorpel-
  resten.   [Bern.]  8°.   Leipzig, W.  Engelmann,
  1898.
    Repr. from: Arch. f. Entweklugsmeehn. d. Organ.,
  Leipz., 1898, vi.
Miiller  (Otto).   *Versuche  iiber den Kohlen-
  siiuregehalt der Luft in einigen Siileu der opti-
  schen Werkstatte von Carl Zeiss.    [Jena.]  22
  pp.  8°.  Naumburg a. S., H. Sieling, 1898.
Muller  (Otto Friedrich).   Von  Wiirmern des
  siissen und salzigen Wassers, mit Kupferu.  200
  pp., 20  pl.  4°.  Kopenhagen, Heineck 4 Faber,
  1771.
Muller  (P. A. E.)   Hvor for  bliver Honningen
  nu  saa  meget  efter spurgt?   Smaa Pluk om
  Honuingens  store Vaerdi baade  som Naerings-
  middel og som Lsegemiddel, tillige om dens An-
  vendelse i  den daglige Husholduing.  [Why is
  honey inquired after  so much  now? A small
  amount of honey is of great value, both as a food
  material and for medicine, as well as for use in
  daily housekeeping.]   32 pp.   12°.  [Kj<j>ben-
  havn, 1891.]
Miiller (Pascal).  * Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis des
  Morbus Addisonii.  26 pp.   8°.   Zurich, Ascli-
  mann 4 Scheller, 1902.
Miiller  (Paul).   * Beitrage  zur  Statistik der'
  mehrfachen Schwangerschaft.  1  p. 1.,  31 pp.
  8-.   Jena, H. Pohle, 1889.
Miiller  (Paul).  *Milztnmoren bei acuten In-
  fectionskrankheiten und die Resultate der Pal-
  pation  derselben.   41 pp.  8°.   Wurzburg, A.
  Boegler, 1889.
Muller  (Paul).
    See  Moller (Johannes) & ITIiiller (Paul).  Kompen-
  diuni der Anatomie, [etc.].  12°.  Leipzig, 1903.
Miiller  (Paul)  [1865-    ].   "Eiu Beitrag zur
  Symptotuatologie  und  Behandlung der tele-
  angiektatischen Uterusmyome (aus  der Konig-
  licheu Frauenklinik zu Breslau).   30 pp., 1  1.
  83.   Breslau, C. Diilfer, 1892.
Muller  (Paul) [1863-     ]. * Ueber Augen-
  Erkrankungen bei und  nach  Maseru, nach der
  Literatur uud  eigenen Beobachtungen  znsatn-
  mengestellt, nebst Bemerkungen zur Therapie.
  [Leipzig.]   50 pp.  8°.  Breslau, 1891.
Miiller  (Paul).  * Ulcus ventriculi et duodeni
  traumaticum.  [Leipzig.]  31pp.   8°.  Breslau,
  Genosseiischafts-Buchdr., 1894.
Miiller  (Paul).  *Zur symmetrischen Gangrtiu
  (Raynaud'sehe Krankheit).  40 pp.  8°.   Jena,
  li. Engau, 1^95.
Muller (Paul).   *DarniverschIuss durch Pseudo-
  ligament  mit   eigentiimlicher  Lagcrung  des
  Darms.   [Freiburg  i. Br.]   30 pp., 1  1.  *°.
  Stettin, H. Siemssen, 1904.
Miiller  (Paul  August  Gustav)  [1870-    ].
  * Ueber Nasenrachenpolypen.  31 pp., 1 1. 8°.
  Leipzig, H. Otto, 1896. 
Ml LLER.
180
MULLER.
Miiller (Paul Erust Oscar) [1866-    ].   * Ueber
  Stickstoffaufnahnie und Stickstoli'aussckeiduug
  bei  chronischer Nephritis.  29 pp., 1  1.   8°.
  Berlin, O. Franeke, [1891].
Miiller  (Paul Samuel).  Leges naturae tensio-
  nem et laxitatem nbrarnm totins corporis hu-
  mani  inter se semper esse proportionates sta-
  biliet.   [Hallce.]   23 pp.  4°.   Ex off. Fiirstenia,
  [1757].   [P., v. 1950.]
Miiller (Paul Th.)  Vorlesuugen iiber Infektion
  und Immunitat.   vi, 252 pp.   8°.  Jena, G. Fi-
  scher, 1904.
Miiller (P[eter]) [1836-    ].   Untersuchungen
  iiber die Verkiirzung der Vaginalportion in den
  letzten  Monaten der Graviditat.   8°.   [ Wiirz-
  burg, I860.]
    Cutting from: Beitr. z. Gehurtsk. u. Gynaek., Wiirzb.,
  1868-9, v, 191-346, 1 pl.
------.  Die acute Fettentartung der Neugebor-
  nen.
    In:  Handb. d. Kinderkr.  ( Gerhardt), Tiibing., 1877, ii,
  186-196.
        Die Pnerperalinfection des Neugebornen.
   In: Handb. d. Kinderkr. (Gerhardt), Tiibing., 1877, ii,
 159-185.
-----.   Ueber Exstirpation des Uterus.  12 pp.
 8°.   [Basel, 187*.]
   Repr.from: Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1878, viii.
       Ueber die Exstirpation  extraperitoneal
 gelagerter Ovarial- und Parovarial-Geschwiilste.
 11 pp.  8°.  [Basel, 1879.]
  Repr.from: Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1879, ix.
-----.  Ueber die Wirkung des Pilocarpin auf
 den Uterus.   8pp., lch.  8°.   [Wurzburg, I860.]
  Repr. from: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch.  in
 Wiirzb., 1880, n. F., xiv.
       Eiue  Modification  der vaginalen  Total-
 exstirpation des Uterus.  11. 8°. [Leipzig,1882.]
   Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1882, vi.
-----.  Die  Unfruchtbarkeit der Ehe.   xv, 193
 pp.   8°.  Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1885.
        Bemerkungen iiber physiologische  und
the uterns.
  In: Cycl. Obst. & Gynec., N. T., 1887, xi, 1-265.
       Die  Krankheiteu  des weiblichen  Kor-
pers in ihren Wechselbeziehnngeu  zu den Ge-
schlechtsfunctionen.  In 23 Vortragen.  xxvii,
508 pp.  8°.  Stuttgart, F.  Enke, 1886.
      Ueber Behaudlung des Abortus.
pathologische Involution des puerperaleu Ute-
rus.  17 pp.  4°.   Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1887.
k  Repr.from .- Fest-Schr., Albert v. Kolliker, Leipz., 1887.
       Sterility.   Developmental anomalies  of
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1896, No. 153
  (Gynak., No. 55, 551-568).
    See, aUo, Handbuch der Gehurtshiilfe. 8°.  Stutt-
  gart, 1888-9.—Pozzi (Samuel).  Lehrbuch der kliniscben
  und operativen Gynakologie, [etc.].  8°. Basel, 1892.
Miiller (Peter)  [1877-    ].  * Ueber Schuss-
  verletznngen der Halswirbelsaule.  28 pp., 2 1.
  8C.  Kiel, Schmidt 4 Klaunig, 1904.
miiller (Petrus).  Tract, jurid.  de jure prajg-
  nautium.   Vom  Rechte  schwangerer Weiber.
  140 pp.  sm. 4°.  Jenw, imp. F. Bortoletti, 1732.
Miiller  (Philippus).    Miracula  et mysteria
  chymico-medica  libris  quinque . . . enucleata.
  2. ed.   Accesserunt his 1. tyrociuium chymicum,
  2. novum lumen chymicum.  10 p.  1., 493 pp.,
  21.  24°.   [Friburgi], imp. C. Bergeri, 1614.
Miiller (Reiner) [1879-    ].  * Ueber subnor-
  mal Korpertemperatureu, ihr Vorkommen und
  ihre Behandlung.  30 pp., 2 ch., 1 1.   8°.  Kiel,
  P. Peters, 1903.
Miiller (Reinhold  [Friedrich]) [1877-    ].
  *Die  Gallensteiuoperationen der chirurgischen
  Klinik zu Kiel aus den Jahren 1899-1901.   62 pp
  1 1.  8-.   Kiel, K. Jansen, 1902.
Uliiller (Richard) [1848-1902].
    [Biography.]  Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 880.
Miiller (Richard) [1869-   ].  * Experinientelle
  Untersuchung iiber die Entstehung der streifeu-
  formigeu Hornhauttiiibungen nach Staarextrak-
  tion.  21pp., lpl.  8°.  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1894.
Miiller (Richard  [Emil])  [1864-   ].  *Zur
  Lehre  von der hereditiiren Syphilis.  Ein  Fall
  von verschieden intensiver Vererbnng der niiit-
  terliclien  Syphilis auf zwei Zwilliugsfriiehte.
  37 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin, L. Schumacher, 16*8.
Muller ([Richard] Rudolf)  [1865-   ].  *Ein
  Beitrag zur Casuistik  der iuterparietalen Her-
  nien.   23 pp.  8°.   Kiel, H.  Fiencke, 1901.
Miiller (Robert).  * Ueber die Cirrhosis  hepatis
  im Kindesalter.  39 pp.  8°.  Gbttingen, W.  F.
  Kaestner, 1S82.
Miiller (Robert).  Uebersichts-Tafeln zur Kran-
  kenpflege,  fiir  Schwestern   zusauimcngestellt.
  viii,  80  pp.   12°.  Braunschweig,  F.  Vieweg  ft
  Sohn, 1900.
Miille  (Robert Franz) [1871-  ].  * Ueber das
  Verhalten  der  Leukocytose nach  Bakterien-
  inji-ktionen.   33 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin, C. Vogt,
  [1894].
Muller (Rudolf).  * Ueber Tetrahydro-/?-Naph-
  tylaniiu.  [Erlangen.]  49  pp.  8°.  Miinchen,
  M. Ernst, 1888.
Miiller (Rndolf) [1868-     ].  *Ein Fall  von
  vielfachen Misbilduugen.   24  pp.  8°.  Kiel,
  Schmidt 4 Klaunig, 1893.
Miiller (Rudolf).  Die Influenza  und ihre Be-
  ziehung zu den weiblichen Generationsorganeu.
  53 pp.   8°.  Halle a. S., K. Marhold, 1896.
    Forms 8. Hft., v. 1, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d.
  Geb. d. Frauenheilk. u. Geburtsh., Halle a. S.
Miiller (Rudolf)  [1872-    ].   * Beitrag zur
  Kenutnis der  Wirkung   des  cyanmilchsauren
  Kalium.  26 pp.,  1  1.  8°.  Kiel, A. F.  Jensen,
  1897.
Miiller (Rudolf).  Entstehungsgeschichte des
  Roten  Kreuzes und der Genfer Konvention, mit
  Unterstiitzung ihres Begriinders, J. H. Dunant.
  Im Anschluss an eine  Eriunerung an Solferino
  von J. Henry Dunant,  mit Abschuitten  aus des-
  sen Denkwiirdigkeiten.  1 p. 1., 454 pp.,  11.   8°.
  Stuttgart, Greiner 4 Pfeiffer,  1897.
Muller (Rudolf).   * Ueber eine  seltene Form
  von  Papilloma  ovarii (oberiiachlich wucliern-
  des, eroffnetesKystoma papilliferum mit Bildung
  einer grossereu peritonealen Metastase).  26 pp.
  8°.  Wurzburg, A. Boegler, 1898.
Muller (Rudolf Bernhard Erich)  [1876-    ].
  *Die primare fibrinose Pneumonie in der Got-
  tinger medicinischen Klinik vom 1. April 1886
  bis 1.  April 1900.   42 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Gbttingen,
   W. F.  Kaestner, 1901.
Muller (Rudolf Friedrich)  [1878-    ].  *Die
  Mischgeschwiilste  der  Blase  im Kindesalter.
  66 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904.
Muller (Rudolph  Luuwig) [1846-   ].   "Ueber
  Masernepidemien.    16 pp.   8°.   Leipzig,  H.
  Springer, 1870.
------.  Beitrage zur  Lehre von der Verdaunng
  uud  Resorption.   39  pp.  roy.  8°.  [Leipzig,
  1878.]
     Repr.from: Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1878, clxxix.
Miiller  (S.)   Zeitgemiisse  Mittheiluugen  be-
  ziiglich  der Cholera-Epidemie, iu denen nebst
  belehrenden  und  beruhigenden   Eiorternngen
  folgende, die hohe  Regierung, die Gemeinden
  und jedeu Einzelnen sehr nah beriihrenden Fra-
   gen beantwortet werden, als: 1. Ob die Cholera
   ansteckend sei ?  2.  Ob uud wie man den Aus-
   bruch und die Verbreitung dieser furchtbaren
   Epidemie verhiiten  konne? 3. Ob die bisheri-
   geu Massregeln, als: Contumaz-Hauser, Grenz-
   Cordons, etc., zweckmassig seien 1  In  populii-
   rem  Style auch fiir  Laien geschrieben. 2 p. 1.,
   51 pp.  8°.   Pest, Kunosy 4 Re'thy, 1872. 
MULLER.                                  181                                  MUNCER.
Miiller  (Sigfrid).   Periostale Aplasie  mit Os-
  teopsathyrosis unter dem Bilde der sogenannten
  fotalen  Rhachitis.  48 pp.   8°.  Miinchen, J. F.
  Lehmann, 1893.
    Miinchen. med. Abhandl., 40. Hft.
Miiller  ([Theodor  Louis Albert]  Carl) [1870-
      ].   " Zur Behandlung beweglicher Scolio-
  seu.  39 pp.  8°.  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1895.
Miiller  (Victor  Ludwig Friedrich  Wilhelm)
  [1871-   ].  * Ueber Coma diabeticnm im An-
  schluss  au die Narcose.  32 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Bonn,
  J. Bach, 1894.
Miiller  (Victor  Peter)  [1877-    '].   *  Znr Ka-
  suistik  der  Geburten bei Entwickluugsiehleru
  der weiblichen  Genitalien.   27 pp., 2 1.  8°.
  Bonn, S. Poppen, 1903.
Miiller  (Vilnius).  Orvosi niagyar nyelv, orvosi
  magyar nemzeti irodalom.   [The  Hungarian
  medical language, national  Hungarian medical
  literature.]   6 pp.   fol.   Budapest, Budapesti
  ore. ujsdg, 1903.
    Bound with: Budapesti orv ujsitg, 1903, i.
miiller  (Volradus Casimir).   * De pathematibus
  hystericis.   1 p. 1., 4*  pp., 1 1.  4°.   Giessw, ex
  off. lirauniana,  [1767].
Miiller (Walter) [1879-   ].  * Ueber schweren
  Gangriin der Bauchdecken  iufolge lokaler Eis-
  applikationen und das Zustandekemmen der-
  artigerVerauderungeu  im Tierversucb.  18 pp.,
  11.  8°. Halle a.S.,C. A. Kaemerer 4 Co., 1903.
Muller  (Walther).  * Beitriige zur Lehre von
  der Addison'schen  Krankheit.  57 pp.,  1  tab.
  8°.  Gbttingen,  W. F. Kaestner, 1900.
Muller  (Walther [Riidiger Eduard Karl Johan-
  nes]) [1872-   ].  * Ueber Veranderungeu des
  Xervensystems bei Leukaemie.  30pp.,  11.  12°.
  Berlin,  C.  Vogt, 1896.                       C.
ITIiiller  (Werner) [1876-   ].   * Ueber einen
  Fall von geheilter subcutaner  Milzruptur.  20
  pp., 11.  8°. Miinchen, Kastner 4  Callwey, 1904.
miiller (Wilhelm).  Beobachtungen des patholo-
  gischen Instituts zu Jena.  pp. 323-495, 1 pl.
  8°.  Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1871.
    Cutting from.- Jenaische Ztschr. f. Med.  u. Naturw.,
  Leipz., 1870-71, vi.
-----.  Ueber die  Stamniesentwicklnng  des Seh-
  organs  der  Wirbelthiere.  lxxvi pp., 5 pl. 4°.
  Leipzig, F.  C. W. Vogel, 1874.
    Date on cover:  1875.  This forms pt. 2 of:  Beitr. z.
  Anat. u.  Physiol, als Festgabe C. Ludwig, Leipz.
-----.  Maunergehirn uud Frauengehirn in Thii-
  ringen.  16  pp.   8°.  Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1898.
    See, also, von Rardeleben (Karl).  Anleitung zum
  Praeparieren auf dem Seziersaale. 8°.  Jena, 1896.
miiller  (Wilhelm).   * Ueber traumatische Rup-
  tur des Herzens und  der  grossen  Gefasse.
  [Freiburg i. B.]   59  pp.   8°.   Minden i. W.,
  J. C. C. Bruns,  1887.
miiller  (Wilhelm).   * Ueber einen Fall von Ar-
  throdese im Talocruralgelenke  mit  Nagelung.
  [Wurtzburg.]   43 pp.,  1 tab.  8°.  Kbln-Deutz,
  J. Dietz 4 Baum,  1888.
Miiller  (W[ilhelm]).  Ueber die heutigen Ver-
  fahren zur Pseudarthroseuheilung.
    In:  Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1896,  No. 145
  (Chir., No. 41, 395-432).
miiller  (Wilhelm).   * Beitrag  zur operativen
  Behandlung der Retroversio-flexio uteri. 57 pp.,
  11.  8°.  Wurzburg, Becker, 1896.
miiller (Wilhelm).  * Zur normalen und zur pa-
  thologischen Anatomie des mensehlichen Wurm-
  fortsatzes.   30  pp.,  1  1.  8°.  Jena,  G. Fischer,
  1897.
miiller (Wilhelm). * Ueber Cystenleber. [Bern.]
  28 pp., 1 pl.   8°.  Berlin, G. Reimer, 1901.
    Repr. from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl., 1901,clxiv.
Muller  (Wilhelm)  [1870-    ].  # Ueber Me-
  treuryse.  [Leipzig.]   44 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Ross-
  wein i. S.3 A. Haubold, 1903.
Miiller (Wilhelm [August]) [1864-    ].   *Ex-
  perimentelle  Beitrage zur Kenntnis der  Fluss-
  saurewirkuug.   51 pp.  8°.  Greifswald, J. Abel,
  1889.
Muller (Wilhelm Benno)  [1873-    ].  * Es soil
  die Kon figuration der vorderen Bauchwaud und
  namentlich die  Lage  des Nabels in der Norm
  und bei moglichst vielen Abdominalerkrankun-
  gen genau festgestellt und  untersucht werden,
  wie weit die gewonnenen  Daten zur Aufstellung
  diagnostischer   Grundsiitze verwendbar  sind.
  129 pp.,  1 pl.  8°.   Leipzig, A. Hoffmann, 1900.
Miiller  (Wilhelm  [Gustav Heinrieh])  L1868-
      ].  * Ein Fall vou Missbildung am Becken-
  teil  des  weiblichen  Urogenitalapparates.   26
  pp., 1 1.,  1 pl. 8°.  Marburg, R. Friedrich, 1895.
Mueller (Willy).    *Die gutartigen  Tumoren
  der Zungenbasis.   Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie
  und  Therapie der  Zungenbasis.   71  pp.  8°.
  Wiirzburg, A. Boegler, 1895.
-----.   Die  physikalische Therapie im  Lichte
  der Naturwissenschaft.  122 pp.   8°.  Jena, G.
  Fischer,  1904.
Muller  de  la  Fuente (E.)  Das  Wildbad
  Schlan^enbad uud  seine  Heilfactoren.  63 pp.
  8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F.  Bergmann, 1901.
Mullerheim (Beuno) [1864-     ].   # Beitrag
  zur Wirkung der Anaesthetica dolorosa.   31 pp.
  8'.   Berlin, G. Schade, [1888].
Miillerlieiin (Robert) [Nathan]).   Die Sym-
  plnseotomie.
    In: Samml.  klin. Vortr., u. F., Leipz., 1894,  No. 91
  (Gyniikol., No.  34, 1-53).
-----.  Die aussere Untersuchung  der  Gebiireu-
  den.   36  pp., 1 pl.   8°.  Berlin, O.  Coblentz,
  1895.
-----.  Verwerthung der Rontgenstrahlen  in der
  Geburtshiilfe. 9 pp.  8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1898.
    Repr.from: Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1898, xxiv.
-----.  Die Wochenstube  in  der  Kunst.   Eine
  kulturhistorische Studie.  xvi, 244 pp.  roy. 8".
  Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1904.
Miiller-Kypke ([Friedrich Gustav] Arthur])
  [1867-    ].   *Aus  dem Revocativum  memoriae
  des Johaunes de Sancto  Amando (xiii.  Jahr-
  hundert). Ueber die Ars parva Galeni.  36 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.   Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1893.
Miiller-L.yer  (F[ranz]  C[arl]) [1857-    ].
  Experinientelle Untersuchun»en zur Amblyopie-
  frage.  pp. 400-428.   8°.  [Leipzig, 18^7.]
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Physiol. Abth.,
  Leipz., 1887.
Miillern  (Johann Ernst).  Untersuchungs-Be-
  richt von dem neu entspruiigenen Atzenschwen-
  der Gesund-Brunneu  oder  Blauen  Wasser  im
  Manssfeldischen  bey  Danckeroda.    38  pp.
  sm. 4°.  [Hartzgeroda, 1728.]
von Miillern  (Karl).   Anleitung zur  kliui-
  schen Blutuntersuchung, mit besonderer Be-
  rueksichtigun<r  der Farbetechnik.  45 pp.  8°.
  Leipzig,  M. Miillern-Schbnenbeck, 1904.
miillner  ( H[einrich] ).  Zyvei Aufsiitze iiber
  das Stethoskop.  27 pp.   8°.   Munchen, Seitz 4'
  Schauer, 1894.
Miiinlcr (Joh. Ludwig Conrad).
    See Physikalidchc und medicinische Abhandlungen
  [etc.] [in 1. s.l.  8°.  Riga, 1782-3.
Miincer  (Paul).   Lib.  II. Von  den gifftigen
  Fiebern uud  der Pest, so wol ihren bosen Zu-
  fiillen, also geschrieben, dass eiu jeder dieselben
  leicht erkenuen, fiir  deuselben  sich  und die
  seinen verwahren, und im Fall derNoth gebtihr-
  lichen curiren  konue; sambt  notigem   Uuter-
  richt in der Vorrede,  woher es komme, dass die
  Medicina  entweder  gar veracht, oder in eine
  Pfuscherey verkehret werde,  und wie dem ab-
  zuhelft'en sey?  30 p. 1., 506 pp., 3 1.  12°.   Leip-
  zig, J. Eyerings Erben 4- J. Perfext, 1621. 
MUNCH.
182
Mt'NSTER.
miincll  (A. W.).
    See Wpitnl zu Ba-el.  Jahresberiehte ulter die clnrur-
  -l-clie Abtheilung.  - .  Basel, 1S71-M.
Miincll  (Kuyen).   *Ein  Fall  vou Sarkom  der
  1'ortio  vaginalis  uteri.   37 pp.  8°.   Freiburg
  i. li., Spei/er ft Kaerner, 1899.
Miincll  (Fetdiuaud)  [1^58-    ].  * Der tiefe
  yueiNtand bei Hiuterhauptslage.  1 p. 1., 39 pp.
  f°.  Marburg, R.  Friedrich, 16*9.
Miincll  (Francis).  Die Topographie der Papil-
  len  der  Zunge des Mensehen  und  der 8;iuge-
  thiere.  pp. 605-690, 2 pl.  8°.   Jena, [1*96].
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Morphol. Arb.,
  Jena, 1896, vi.
Miincll  (Francis E.)  * Ueber die Entwicklung
  de-s  anssereu  Ohres.   [Strasburg.]  27 pp.  8°.
  Jena, G. Fischer, l-W.
Miincll  (G. N.)  Die  Zaraath (Lepra)  der he-
  braischeu Bibel; Einleitung iu  die Geschichte
  des  Aussatzes.  4 p. 1., 167 pp., 2 pl.  8U. Ham-
  burg 4' Leipzig, L. Toss, 1893.
    Forms  16. Htt. of: Dermat. Stud.
    See,_aUo, i'liiikh (Grigoriy Nikolayevich).
Miincll  (Georg)  [lf-71-     J.   "Beitrage  zur
  Kenntnis der Wasseraufnahme trauspirierender
  Landpflanzen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
  der  immergriinen Gewachse.  40 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Erlangen, A.  Vollrath, 1900.
Muench (Hugo).  Physical  culture, a national
  want.   Au address.   4 1.   8°.   [n. p.], Xorth-
  Am. Turner-Bund, [1890].
Miincll  (J. C.)  'Diss, sisteus animadveisioues
  nonnnllas de tunioribus cysticis, aunesa ennar-
  ratione  succineta operationis  steatom.-itis.   22
  pp., 1 pl.  sm. 4-.  [Wirceburgi,J. Schueighauser,
  Uls].
Miincll   (Karl Ludwig)  [1874-    ].   * Ueber
  einen Fall von Perforation der Harnblase durch
  einen papillomatoseu Auswuchs einer Dermoid-
  cyste des  linken Ovariums.  [Tiibiu»en.]  22
  pp.   8°.  Wien 4 Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1901.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. d. Heilk., Wien Sc Leipz., 1901, xxiii.
Muencheliofe (C. W. F.).
    See Brnda (Carl) <fc Guenther (Paula).  An atlas of
  practical histology, [etc.]. 8^.  CUveland, [1896?].
Miinchener  antliropolngisehe   Gesellschaft-
  Verhandlungen.  Nov. 3-Dec.  28, 1888.  42 pp.
  8°.  Munchen, 188*.
    Bound vrith.- Beitr. z.  Anthrop. u. Urgesch. Bayerns,
  Miinchen, 1888-9, viii.
Miinchener medic iuische  Wochenschrift.  v.
  36-53, lf-0-1900.   4°.   Munchen.
    Current.
------.  See, also:
    Mkkkel (G.) Vom aerztlichen Intelligenzblatt
  zur Miinchener  mediziuischen Wochenschrift.
  Festrede.  Geschichtliche und statistische  Mit-
  teilnngen  iiber  die  Miinchener  medizinische
  Wochenschrift.   12=.  Munchen, 1903.
IHiiiiclmig-eii.
    See Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by localities.
Ifliiiiclimeyei'% disease.
    See Muscles (Ossification of).
miinchow (Emil) [1-03-    ].  *Casuistische
  Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Coutusionsamaurose
  2- pp.. 2 I.  8C.  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmertr ft
  Co., 1-92.                                   '
Muencke, Gebriider.  Technisches Institut zur
  Herstellnng  von  chemischen, bacteriologischen
  und Sterilisir-Apparaten.  221pp.  roy. 8-.  Ber-
  lin.  W. Senss, [n.  d.].
Miinden (Max) [1865-    ].   *Ein eigenthiini-
  licher  totlich  verlaufender Fall von  Trauma
  11 lip.. 11.   *>.  Kiel, P. Peters, 1-9*.
Miiiidheini (Max).   "Erfahrnngen mit intra-
  veuosen  und subcutanen  Infu>ionen von Koch-
  salzlosiiug bei  acuter  Anaemie.  51  pp.   6'-
  Wiirzburg, F. Rohrl, 1888.
Miindheilll (Max).  *Die durchsclinittliche
  Heilungsdauer  der  UnterBchenkelbriiche  bei
  verschiedener Behandlung oder bei der Behand-
  luug mit der dorsaleu G\ pshanfsehieue.  39 pp.
  8C.   Wiirzburg, Becker, 1-92.
Miindler (Walther).  *Drei Fiille von Aktino-
  mykose de.s Kehlkopfes.  [Heidelberg.]  17 pp.
  8C.   Tiibingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1^91.
Miinker (Heinrieh) [1865-    ].  * Zur Kennt-
  nis  der Biazoleue.   38  pp.  8°.   Lrlangen, A.
  Vollrath, 1895.
Miinnieli (J[oh. Gustav  Adolf]).   Ueber  die
  Verwendbarkeit desnassen Carboljuteverbaudea
  in der Kreigsckirurgie und iiber einige Yersuche
  zur Herstellung billiger trockener antiseptischer
  Verbande.  35 pp.   8°.  [Berlin, E. S. Miller ft
  Sohn, 1877.]
    Repr. from: Mil.-arztl. Ztschr., "Wien, 1877.
Ifliinster.
    See Fever (Typhus, History, etc., of),  Hos-
  pitals  (Ophthalmic, etc.),  Scarlatina (History,
  etc.,  of),   Sewage (Disposal  of),  Statistics
  (Vital), by localities.
Mil lister, Westphalia. Wir, Frantz Arnold . . .,
  Bischoff zu Minister und Paderborn, . . . thuen
  kundt  und fiigen jedermanniglichen hiermit zu
  wissen  .  . .,  dass in  einigen  . . .  nicht  weit
  eutferneten Landen  einige austeckende  hose
  Kranckheiten . .  .  sick  wiederumb  hervorthue
  und eusseren  solle [followed by quarantine in-
  structions].  3 broadsides,   fol.  Munster, 1713.
Miinster  ([Wilhelm Gottlieb] Hermann) [1847-
      ].   Die intrauterineu  Injectionen im Wo-
  chenbett.   30 pp., 3  diag.  8°.  [Stuttgart, F.
  Enke, 1^77.]
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f.  Geburtsh. u.  Gynak.,  Stuttg.,
  1877, i.
    See, also,  Hildcbrandt (Hugo) [in 1. s.]. Die  neue
  gyuakologiscne Universitatsklinik, [etc.J.  hY Leipzig,
  1876.
Miinster  (Joannes Ludovicus).
    See Sebizius (Melchior) [in 1. s.].  Exercitatioues
  medicae xviii. sm. 4°.  Argentorati, 1623.
Miinster. Kbnigliche Medicinal-Collegii.   Saui-
  taets-Berichte  vou  deu  Jahren  1830-32.   8°.
  Munster, 1^*32-4.
    Reports for 1830-32 bound in 1 v.
Miinster* Regierungsbezirk Munster.  General-
  Benchfc iiber das otfentliche Gesnndheitswesen,
  erstattet vom Regiernngs- und Medicinal-Rathe.
  1.,  1880;  2.,  1881; 4.,  1883-5.  8°.  Munster,
  1881-7.
    Reports  for 1880 and 1881, by F. Hoogeweg; 1883-5 in
  1, and by F. Holken
Miinster  (Government  of).  Hochfiirstl. Miin-
  sterische Tax-Ordnung, wornach die  im hiesigen
  Hoch-Stifft gniidigst privilegirte Apothecarii die
  Medicamenta tarn simplicia  quani composita aut
  chimica hiufiihro verkauffen sollen.  38 pp., 6 1.
  fol.  Munster, J. X. Nagel, 1739.
    Bound with:  HochfIJkstl.  Miinsterische Medicinal-
  Ordnung.  fol. Munster,  1749.
------.  Hochfiirstl.  Miinsterische Medicinal-Ord-
  nnng.   Deren im hiesigen Hochstifft privilegir-
  ten Medicorum, Apotheeariorum, Chirurgorum,
  Materialisteu,  Hebammen,  etc.  Amt und  re-
  spective Gebiihrniissen  enthaltend,  nebst  bey-
  gefugten  Dispensatorio .  .  ., und  Taxe  deren
  Artzneyen.  1 p. 1., 32 pp.   fol.  Miinster,  Frau
   Wittibe Xagel, 1749.
------.  Nucleus  chymico-pharmaceuticus prefer
  Augustanam dispensatorio Monasteriensi  inser-
  viens in duas partes divisus. eujus prior ut gene-
  ralis continet idiomate eermanico et ordine al-
  phabetieo explicatioues instructivas terininnruin
  et  vasomtn  chymico-pharmaceuticorum   . .  .
  Altera  ut specials idiomate  latino processus
  chymicoset composition's pharmaceuticas parti-
  culares Angustana? vel non insert.-is . . .  Confe- 
MUXSTER.                                 183                                  MUGDAN.
Miinster (Goverumeut of)—continued.
  cit  Ilermanuos  Paulus Ignatius  Zur  Miihleu. j
  86 pp.   tbl.   Monasterii  Westphalia',  rid. Xagel,
  [n.  d.].                                        '
    Bound with: Hochfubstl. Miinsterische Medicinal- J
  Ordnung.  fol. Minister, 1749.
Miinsterinaiiu (Christian [Heinrieh]) [1*67-
      ].   "" Leber  das Creolin (Pearson).   (Beob- j
  achtungen aus den Jahren 1891 und 1892.)  41
  pp.  8J.   Berlin, G. Schade, 1895.
Milliter (Frederik).   Om  en Votivgemme med
  en ^EsUiilapisk Slange.  [On a votive gem with
  au ^Esculapian serpent.]   18  pp.  4-'.  [Kjfben-
  havn. 1828.]
    Cutting from: Sel. hist, og phil. Skr., iv. Deel, Kebenh.
-----.  Om malerier  paa Vaser og  om  andre
  Konstvjerker, som  forest ille Memnous Historic.
  [Ou paintings ou vases  and on  other works of
  art, representing Memnon's history.]  pp. 307-
  346, 3 pl.  4°.   [Kjijtbenharn, n. d.]
    Cutting from: Sel. hist, og phil. Skr. iv, Deel.
    Bound with the preceding.
Miinter (Friedrich [Paul]) [1878-   ].  *Ueber
  die Verletzung  des  Kniegelenkapparates  durch
  Mantelgeschosse.   38  pp.,  11.  8C.  Berlin, 0.
  Fran eke, 1903.
Muenter (J.)   Sur l'ergot du seigle et sur les
  sclerotium en  general, cousid6r6s au point de
  vue niorphologique.   8 pp.   8-.   [Bruxelles,
  Hayez. 1857.]
    Repr. from: BulL Acad.roy.de Belg.,Brux.,1857,2.s.,xi.
Miintner (Otto).   * Congenitale Luxation des
  Radiuskopfckens mit Vererbung.   [Erlangen.]
  13 pp., 2 pl.  .-c.   Wurzburg,  H. Stiirtz,  1899.
MiilltZ  (A.)   Recherches  sur l'alimentation et
  sur la  production du  travail.  61  pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Paris, J. Tremblay, 1660.
    Repr.from:  Ann. Inst. nat. agron., Par., 1878-9, iii.
miillZ  (Martin) [1785-1-48].  Handbuch  der
  Anatomie des  mensehlichen  Korpers.   2., 4., 5.
  Th. >-.  Landshut 4' Wiirzburg, J. Thomann 4"
  C.  W. Becker, 1821-36.
                    CONTENTS.
    2. Th. Gefasslehre, oder Lehre von dem Herzen.  Lands-
  hut. 1821.
    4. Th. Lehre von dem Hirne, dem Riickemnarke und
  den Nerven [etc.].  Wurzburg, 1835.
    5. Th. Lehre von den Sinnesorganen, von den Knochen
  nnd Bandern.   Wurzburg, 1836.
-----.  Lehre  von den Sinnesorganen, vou  den
  Knochen und Bandern des mensehlichen Korpers
  iu anatomischer, physiologischer und practischer
  Hinsicht bearbeitet.  vi, 567 pp.   8°.    Wiirz-
  burg, 1836.
miinz (P.)  Handbuch der Ernahrung  fiir Ge-
  sunde und Magenkranke.  Mit  besonderer Be-
  riicksichtigung   der  jiidischen Speisegesetze.
  188 pp.  8°.  Mainz, J. Wirth, 1901.
Miinzel (Alfred) [1868-    ].  * Ueber die Prii-
  fungsinethodeu  der Drucksinuempfindung.  30
  pp., 1 1.  8J.  Berlin,  G. Schade, [1892].
miinzer (E[gmund]).
    See Singer (J.) Sc jTIiinzer (E.)  Beitrage zur Kennt-
  niss derSelinervenkreuzung. 4°.  Wien, 1888.----------.
  Beitrage zur Anatomie des Centralnervensystems, [etc.].
  4°.  Wien, 1890.
miinzer (Max).  * Ueber  Vorfall der Schleim-
  haut der  weiblichen  Harnrohre.  41 pp.
  Erlangen, Junge 4' Sohn, 1888.
miinzliuber (Alphouse).  *Sur une nouvelle
  syuthese du  tetrapheiiylme'thane et ses derives.
  63 pp.  8U.   Geneve, L. Regqiani, 1904.
muuzinger (Wilhelm)  [i869-     ].   * Ueber
  die  diagnostische Bedeutung des  Nachweises
  von Salzsaure im Magensaft.  59 pp., 1 tab.  8°.
  Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1894.
M iter in aim (Antou  Heinrieh  Moritz) [1866-
      ].  * Beitrag sur Lehre von der Endocarditis
  ulcerosa im Puerperium.  34 pp., 1 1.  6°.   Ber-
  lin,  O. Francke, [1890].
Miiry  (A.)   *Zur  Prophvlaxe  der  Mastitis.
  [Basel.]   16 pp.  8y  Leipzig,  A.  Georgi, 1901.

^liirzzusclilag'.
    See Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
Mues (Carl).  *Znr  Casuistik  der Dermatitis
  herpetiformis.  [Wurtzburg.]   32 pp.  8°.  Pa-
  derborn, A. Pape, 1891.
Mues (Karl) [M56-    ]•   "Ueber die  histolo-
  gischen  Vorgiinge  bei der   Resorption  von
  Frenidkorpern  aus  dem  Unterhaut/ellgewebe.
  Ueber  die Resorption von Agar-Agar.  36 pp.,
  11.  8°.   Bonn, C.  Georgi, 1890.
Miiseli (Matliias).
    See Zacharias (Johannes) Sc JTIiisch  (Mathias).
  Koustruktion und Handhabung [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig,19tio.
Miissle (Heinrieh).  *VergleichendeGeschuiacks-
  priifung zwischeu Alkoholen, Glycosen und Sac-
  c'harosen.  28 pp. hD.  Wurzburg, Etlinger, 1-91.
Mutter (Thomas D[ent])  [1811-59].  Lecture,
  introductory to a course ou the principles and
  practice  of surgery  in the Jefferson  Medical
  College,  delivered Nov. 1, 1847.   26 pp.   8°.
  Philadelphia, Merrihew  4' Thompson, 1847.  [P.,
  v. 1893.]
-----.   Charge  to  the  graduates  of Jefferson
  Medical  College,  of Philadelphia.  Delivered
  March 8, 1851.   28 pp.  8-.  Philadelphia, T. K.
  ft P. G. Collins, 1851.  [P., v. 1983.]
-----.  Catalogue of the Pathological Museum of
  ...  60 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia,  1856.
    See. aUo, Salt (The) sulphur and iodine springs, [etc.].
  S=>.  Washington, 1867.
[Miitter  Museum controversy.]   Petition  of
  William  Hunt  [et ai.].  15 pp.   8°.  [Philadel-
  phia, 1884. J
-----.   In re petition Mutter committee, court
  common  pleas, No. 2.  31 pp. 8°.  [Philadelphia,
  1**4.]
Miitzel (Max).   * Ueber Spondylitis traumatica.
  [Wurtzburg.]    41 pp.  8C.  Schabmiinchen,  A.
  Weiss  1696.
Muftetus [Mullet, Monet, Moufet,  etc.]
  (Thomas) [1553-1604].  De jure et pnestantia
  chymicorum medicamentorum  dialogus apolo-
  geticus.   Accessernnt etiaui epistolse qiiaedain
  medicinales ad medicos aliquot conscriptae.   195
  pp.  16°.   Francofurti,  apud haired. A.  Wecheli,
  1584.
-----.   Health's  improvement; or, rules com-
  prizing and discovering the nature, method, aud
  mauner of preparing all sorts of foods  used in
  this nation.  Corrected and enlarged by Chris-
  topher Bennet; to which is now prefixed a short
  view of the author's life  and writings, by Mr.
  Oldys; aud an introduction by R.James,  xxxii,
  398 pp.   12°.  London,  T. Osborne,  174ti.
    See, also, Hippocrates. Nosouiantica Hippocratea,
  [etc.].  16°.  Francofurdi, 158f.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxviii,
  101-103 (S. Lee).
Mufredat tibb wa 'ilm tedavi.   [Medical  de-
  tails and  therapeutics]  2 v.   200 pp.; 27, w7-j
  pp.  8°.   [n.p.], A. H. 1291.
    Turkish  text.  v. 1  is said to be  the  translation and
  revision of Achmad Bey; v. 2. of Radusi  Sa'adatlu Ach-
  mad Ramzi. Issued under the auspices of the Royal Col-
  lege of Medical Science, and the Royal Medical College,
  Constantinople.
Mllgdan  (Martin)  [18C9-    ].  * Ueber die
  Constitution des Diinethylconiius  uud  des  Di-
  methylpipecolins.  [Breslau.]   52  pp., 1 1.  8-'.
  Berlin, E. Wertheim, 1894.
Mugdan  (Otto).  Das Krankenversicherungs-
  gesetz vom 15. Juli 18~3 in  der Fassung der No-
  velle vom 10. April lr92 und die mit der Kran-
  keuversicherung zusammenhaugenden  Bestim-
  mnngen auderer Reichsgesetze, nebst einem An-
  hang enthaltend: Entwurf eines Kassenstatus,
  Vertrage zwischeu Aerzten und Krankenkassen, 
MTJGDAN.
184
MUIR.
Mngdnii (Otto)—continued.
  Satzungen  und  Instruktion eines Vereins  frei-
  gewiihlter Kasseniirzte; Kommentar fur Aerzte.
  iv  (11.), 2^2 pp.   8°.  Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1900.
.-----.   Kommentar fiir Aerzte  zum  Gewerbe-
  Unfallversicherungsgesetze  mit  Gesetze,  betr.
  dieAbaiiderungderUnl'allversicherungs-Gesetze
  vom 30. Juni 1900 in der Fassung der Beknunt-
  machung vom  5.  Juli 1900 (R.-G.-Bl. 1900,  S.
  573 ff.).  viii, 215 pp.   8°.   Berlin,  G.  Reimer,
  1902.
Muggeilthaler (August) [1876-    ].   * Ueber
  eiuen Fall von  Galleitkrebs der Mamma.   23
  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Miinchen, C.  Wolf 4 Sohn, 1901.
Mllggia (Alberto).  Antipiretici e  mezzi anti-
  piretiei  nella pratica  infantile.   164 pp.   8°.
  Milano, F.  Vallardi, [1902].
    Forms conf. 36 of: Conf. clin. ital., Milano, [1902], iii.
Mugliai (Augiolo).  Cancrena  del  colon tras-
  verso.  4 ]ip.  8°.  [Firenze, Cennini, 1885.]
    Repr.from: Sperimentale, Firenze, 1885,  lvi.
------.   Contributo  alia  artroectomia sinoviale
  del ginocchio.  12 pp.  8°.   [Firenze, 1885.]
    Repr.from: Sperimentale, Firenze, 1885, lvi.
         Einia inguino-properitoneale;  gangrena
dell'intestiuo; resezioue; guarigione.  7pp.
Xapoli, A. Bellisario 4~ Co., 1886.
  Repr.from: Ril'orma med., Napoli, 1886, ii.
      I microrganismi della osteomielite acuta
 e delle suppurazione  acute del tessuto congiun-
 tivo.  17 pp., 11.  8°.  Milano, F. Vallardi, 1886.
   Repr.from: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1885, vi.
-----.  La  chirurgia  operativa del  can ale ali-
 mentare.  2 p. 1., 168 pp. 1| 1.  12°.  Milano, F.
 Vallardi, [1888].
-----.  Patologia e terapia chirurgica del pan-
 creas.  71 pp. 8°.  Arezzo, Gagliani, 1889.
  —.  The same.   65 pp.  8°.   Milano, 1889.
    Forms no. 9, 5. s., of: Collez. ital. di lett. s. med., Mi-
  lano.
------.   Considerazioni  sull' asepsi in tie  opera-
  zioni  abdominali;  amputazione sopravaginale
  dell' utero; ovariotomia-isterectomia vaginale.
  8 pp.   8°.   Roma, I. Artero, 1892.
------.   Dieci casi di eruia inguinale operati ra-
  dicalmeute  col  processo  proprio.   7  pp.   12°.
  Arezzo, 1894.
Mngnerot (Louis) [1862-    ].  *Du tremble-
  nient  mercuriel, et  de son  traitement par les
  ageuts esthdsiogeues.  52 pp.  4°.   Paris, Lw87
  [1889], No.  169.
Mugniery  (Joseph).  * Lavages intra-oculaires
  apres l'extraction de la cataracte.   94 pp.  4°.
  Lyon, l8;-<9,  No.  456.
Mugrauer (Richard Eduard) [1866-     ].
  * Ueber einen Full von Herzhypertrophie infolge
  iibermiissiger  korperlicher Anstrengnng  beim
  Radfahreu. 22  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Munchen, C. Wolf
  4 Sohn, 1903.
Iflugnet.
    See Aphthae;  Mouth (Inflammation of, Para-
  sitic).
Muhaiuined  Ibn  Shin.   See Achmet f.
  Seirim.
Mulilianiinad Em in  Fehmi.   Hakayik
  tababet.   [Medical  truths.]   88 pp.   8°.  [Is-
  tanbul], Mekteb  tebbiye shahane, A. H. 1287.
    Turkish text.  Issued by the Royal Medical College.
------.   'Um hefzi sehhat.   [Hygiene.]   *8 (6 1.),
  864 pp.; 4 p. 1.,  534 pp.   8°.   [Istanbul], Mekteb
  tebbiye shahane, A. H. 1289-91.
    Turkish text.  Issued by the Royal Medical College.
Miililiammad Hafaz.   Kavanin jerrahin.
  [Surgical laws.]  8 (2 1.), 208, 14 pp., 7 pl.; 300
  pp.  ho  [n.p.,n.d.]
    Turkish text.  Abd Ajnz as-Sayyid Mulihammad Hafaz
  is mentioned  at  end of v. 1 as translator.  Probably is-
  sued under  the  auspices of the Royal Medical College
  Constantinople.                                 '
Miililiammad Iliralin.  Zubdet al-kimia.
  Jild evvel wa sani.   [Compendium of chemistry.
  v. 1-2.]  20 p. 1., 204 pp.   8°.   Istanbul, A. H.
  1291.
    Turkish text.
Mu111 (Arnold).  * Ueber Ostitis  und Periostitis
  nonpuruleuta (Periostitis  albuminosa, Oilier).
  22 pp.   8°.  Bonn, E. Heydorn, [1893].
Mulllack  (Gustav) [1855-    ]. * Ueber  irre-
  ponible Nabelbruche.   30 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Berlin,
  G. Schade,  [I860].
Muhlberg (W[illiam]).
    See Porter (William Townsend) Sc iTIuhlbfrg (W.)
  Experiments on  the prolonged  inhibition [etc.],  8°.
  Boston, 1900.
Muhlenberg Hospital, Plainfield, New Jersey.
  Organization, history, purposes, and work [with
  the treasurer's report from 1*77 to 1884],  56 pp.
  8°.  Xew York,  C. G. Crawford, 1884.
    Incorporated May 10,  1877. Opened December, 1881.
------.   Annual reports of the officers to the board
  of governors.  9. - 24.,  1889-90 to 1904-5.  8J.
  New York, 1890-1905.
------.   By-laws of the .  . .  Constitution and by-
  laws of the Woman's  Auxiliary Board.  June,
  1904.   21 pp.  12°.   New York, ^Wynkoop Hallen-
  beck Crawford Co., 1904.
Muhlius (Benedictus).  Medicinisch-physicali-
  sche und chymische Untersuchung des  Pyrmon-
  tischen Neu-Brunnens der mit dem Selter-Bmn-
  nen fast gleich kommt; uebst specieller Vermel-
  dung   dessen  Gehalts-Theilen  und generaleu
  Anzeige derer  innerlichen  Krtifte  in  allerlei
  Kraukheiten, in einem  Briefwechsel mit wey-
  laud J. P. Seip  entworfen und als  ein Anhaug
  zu desselben  Pyrmonter-Brunnenbeschreibung,
  mit einem umstandlichen Register hrsg.  8 p. 1.,
  57 pp., 10 1.  12°. Hannover, N. Fbrsters 4 Sohns
  Erben, 1764.
    Bound with : Seip (J.  P.)   Beschreibung der Pyrmonti-
  schen Mineralwasser fete.].  12°.  Hannover, 1750.
Mulir (Lambert).  * Ueber einen Fall von Defect
  des ganzen  vordereu  Septums  ventriculorum
  cordis  mit Persisteuz  des  Truncus arteriosus
  communis  und  Defect des  Septums atriorum.
  33 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Wurzburg, Becker,  18*9.
Muijsken (Frans Pieter Anue).   * Serum-thera-
  pie tegeu  diphtherie.   3  p.  1., 78 pp., 12 tab.
  roy. 8°.  Utrecht, J.  van Boekhoven, 1896.
HI nil  (William) [1843-97].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1127.
Mniller (Job. Fridericus).  *De  luxu  gravissi-
  morum morborum  fonte.   3  p.  1.,  48 pp.  8°.
  Lipsiai, Sommer, [1787].
Muilllian (Gisbertus  Verzyl).   *Diss. in qua
  disqueritur:  an ex celebrata  hactenus opinione
  de  plethora  nniversali,  vel particulari,  vera
  fluxus menstrui causa explicari  possit.   1  p. 1.,
  59pp.  4°.  Leido3,HMostert, 1772.  [P.,v. 1930.]
Muir (E. Stanton).   Manual of materia  medica
  and pharmacy.   Specially designed for the use
  of practitioners and medical, pharmaceutical,
  dental, and veterinary students.  3. ed., revised
  and enlarged.   192 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, F. A.
  Davis Co.,  1904.
Muir (G. W.) • Letter  to the lord provost, the
  magistrates, and council of the city of Glasgow,
  describing a  plan   for the  purification  of the
  Rivers Clyde aud Kelvin by the  district collec-
  tion of sewage  and the construction of  sewage
  precipitation  works for the city and suburban
  burghs, with estimates for the cost of the same,
  and an appendix of  letters  addressed at various
  times to the Lord Provosts Collins and Ure and
  the editor of the Glasgow Herald on the sewage
  question and  plan showing the  arrangement of
  the districts, with  the course of the  proposed
  sewers and precipitation works.   31 pp., 1 map.
  8°.  Glasgow, W. Porteous 4 Co., 1881. 
MUIR.
185
MULDER.
 Muir  (Joseph).   lutrabrouchial medication.  8
  pp.  12°.  New York, 1896.
    Repr.from: Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., X. Y., 1896, ix.
 -----.   Re-infection in consumption.  3 pp.  12°.
  Chicago, 1896.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii.
 Muir  (M[atthew] M[oncrieff] Pattison) [1848-
     ].   Practical chemistry for medical students,
  specially arranged for the  first  M.  B.  course.
  64 pp.  16°.  London, Macmillan 4' Co., 1678.
 -----.   The  same.  [2. ed.]  75 pp.   16°.  Lon-
  don, Macmillan ft Co., 1862.
 -----.   A treatise on the principles of chemistry.
  2. ed.  xxvii, 490 pp.  8°.  Cambridge, University
  Press,  16*9.
 -----.   The  story  of the  wanderings of atoms,
  especially those of carbon.   192 pp.   16°.  Lon-
  don, G. Xewnes, 1699.
 -----.   The story of alchemy  and the beginnings
  of chemistry.  185 pp., 17 pl.   16°.  London, G.
  Xewnes,  1902.
 -----.   The elements of chemistrv.  xiv, 554 pp.
  8-.  London, J.  4 A. Churchill,  1904.
 -----.   The  same,  xiv,  554  pp.   8-\  Philadel-
  phia, P.  Blakiston's Son ft Co., 1904.
    See, aUo, Walls (Heuryl [in 1. s.]. Dictionary of
  chemistry [etc.]. 2. ed.  4 v.  8°. London, 1890.
 -----A. Wilson  (David Muir).   The elements
  of thermal  chemistry,  xvi, 312 pp.   8°.  Lon-
  don, Macmillan 4' Co., 1885.
 Muir  (Robert) &. Kitchie (James).  Manual
  of bacteriology,   xvi, 519 pp.  8°.  Edinburgh,
   Y. J.  Pentland. 1897.
 -----------.  The same.  2.  ed.  xviii (11.), 564
  pp.  12°.  Edinburgh ft London, Y. J. Pentland,
  1699.
 -----------.   The same.  3.  ed.  xviii (1 1.), 548
  pp.  >-.  Edinburgh ft London, Y. J. Pentland,
  1902.
 -----------.  The same.   Am.  ed. (with  addi-
  tions), revised and ed. from 3. English ed.  by
  Xormau MacLeod Harris,  xx, 565 pp.  8°.  Xew
   York. Macmillan Co., 1903.
 ITInir (Sir  William) [1820-1905j.
    Death of Sir William  Muir. Med. Press & Circ,
  Lond., 1905. u. s., lxxx, 69.
 Iflnir (William Scott)  [1853-1902].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., L.md., 1902, i, 1065.  Also:
  Canad. J. M.  Sc S., Toronto, 1902, xi. 260.  Also: Canad.
  Pract. Sc Rev.. Toronto, 1902, xxvii, 228.   Also: Dominion
  M. Month., Toronto, 1902, xviii, I'll. Also: J. Am.M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1902, xxxviii, 953.  AUo: Med. News. N.  T.,
  1902, lxxx, 705.  AUo: South.  Calif. Pract., Los Angeles,
  1902, xvii, 156-158.
 t!iiii'a  Pnaina.
    Kleesattel (H.)   * Beitrage zur Pharmako-
  gnosie  der  Muira  Puama.   [Erlangen.]   8y
  Ulm,  1892.
    Also [Abstr.], in: Her. d. pharm.Gesellsch., Berl., 189.1,
  iii. 67-77.
 Mnirhead (Archibald L.).
    See Houghton (E. Mark) Sc IVliiirhead (A. L.)  A
  contribution to the study of strychnin-tetanus.  12°.
  Philadelphia,  1895.
 Uluirlieacl (Henry) [1814-90].
    Dyer  (H.) Memoir of Henry Muirhead.   8°.
  Glasgow, [1890].
 Mukhai-Sukwan.  Jendai  shiuron.  [New
  manual  of human anatomy.]   2, 1, 2, 1, 3, 71 1.
  8°.  Shanghai, [1852].
 -----.  Bakubutsu shinben.   [Xew manual  for
  general scientific  information.]   1, 2, 58, 1,  25,
  2,231.   8J.   Shanghai,  [WW].
Milkhiirinski (M. A.)  Kratkoye rukovodstvo
  k izucheniyu massage'a.   [Short text-book for
  the study of massage.]  f78 pp., 1  1.  8°.  S.-Pe-
  terburg, [S.  Zolotukhin], 1902.
    Another copy, bound with: Med. J. Oksa, S.-Petersb.,
  1902, v.
Mukhin (Al[ekslei Ivanovich]) [1871-    ].
    See Pirojjoir (~N. I.)  Razsuzhdeniye o trudnostyakh
  [etc.J.  K°.  S.-Peterburg, 1897.
Mukhin (Ivan Feodosyevich) [1858-    ].  *Pa-
  tologo-anatomicheskiya  izmieneniya krovi  i
  zheludochuo - kishechnavo  kanala  pri ostrom
  otravleuii sierno-karbolovoyu smiesyu.  Ekspe-
  rimentalnoye  i patologo-anatomicheskoye izlie-
  dovaniye.   [Pathologo-anatomical  changes in
  the blood, stomach, and intestinal canal in acute
  poisoning by  sulpho-carbolic mixture.  Exper-
  imental and  pathologo - anatomical  investiga-
  tion.]  32 pp.,  1 1.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  V. P.
  Meshtsherski, 1896.
Mukhin  (N[ikolai  Ivanovich])  [1863-      ].
  * K ucheniyti  o histologicheskom  stroyenii pro-
  dolgovatavo mozga.   [Histological structure of
  the medulla  oblongata.]   64 pp.,   4  pl.   8°.
  Kharkov, I.  M. Varshavchik, 1892.
-----.  Toksicheskiy spastieheskiy  paralich.   Pa-
  ralysis spinalis spastica toxica.   1 p. 1., 217, ii
  pp.  8°.   Kharkov, A. Darre, 1894.
-----.    Nevropaticheskaya   naslledstvennost;
  ocherk po obshtshei  etiologii nervnlkh boliez-
  uei.  [Neuropathic heredity;  on  the general
  etiology  of  nervous diseases.]   221  pp.   8°.
  [Varshava, 1900.]
    Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1900.
-----.   Ocherk psikhologii samoubiystva.   [Psy-
  chology  of  suicide.]   69 pp. 8°.   [Varshava,
  1903.]
    Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1903.
Mill (Pierre-Le"on) [1875-    ].   * Les  id6es de
  Descartes   sur   la   physiologie  du  systeme
  nerveux.  54 pp.,  1 1.  8°.  Bordeaux,  1896,
  No. 34.
Mulattoes.
    See Negro.
Mulberry.
    Albekti  (J.)   Dell' epidemica  mortalita  de'
  gelsi, e della cura e coltivazione loro.   Trattato
  di . . .   4°.  Salb, 1773.
    Raffeneau de Lile  (A.)  Lettre  sur le mu-
  rier multicaule, ou murier des Philippines, en
  re"pouse a Achille Bege",  preTet de l'He"rault.  8°.
  [Montpellier, 1835.]
    Repr.from: Bull. Soc. d'agric. du d6partement de l'H6-
  rault, 1834.
Mulder.  De  bouw en  de inwendige organen
  vau  het  kinderlijk  lichaam door  bewegbare
  platen aanschouwelijk  voorgesteld.   Met  ver-
  klarenden tekst.  29 pp., 1 superimposed pl.  4°.
  's-Gravenhage, Gebr. Belinfanle, [n. d.].
Mulder (Claas).  Populaire  scheikundige  les-
  sen, gehouden bij het  Genootschap  ter Bevor-
  dering vau de Natuurkundige Wetenschappen te
  Groningen.  1.-3. les. 94 pp.  8°.  Braunschweig
  1810.   [P., v. 2156.]
Mulder (Dedericus).  *De  rabie hydrophobica.
  12 pp., 2 1.    4°.  Lugd.  Bat., A.  Elzerier, 1707.
  [P., v. 2245.]
Mulder  (E.)  Over  een  ketou-verbinding  af-
  geleid vau wijnsteenzuur.  41 pp.  8°.   Amster-
  dam, J. Muller, 18<J3.
    Forms no. 7 of: Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v. "Wetensch.,
  Amst., i, 1. sect.
-----.   Vervolg van  het  ouderzoek  betrefl'ende
  het ketonzuur afgeleid van  wijnsteenzuur, en
  over het parabrandig-druiveuzuur.   42 pp.  8°.
  Amsterdam,  I. Miiller, 1894.
    Forms no. 8 of: Verhandel.  d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
  Amst., ii, 1. sect.
-----.   Electrolyse vau  eenige zilver-zouten, en
  over de  reactie  van waterstofsuperoxide  met
  zilveroxyde, zilverbioxyde,  enz.   50 pp.   8°.
  Amsterdam,  J. Muller, 1903.
    Forms no. 4 of: Verhandel.  d. k. Akad. v. "Wetensch.,
  Amst., 1902-3, viii, 1. sect. 
MULDHK.
186
MULLER.
Mulder (E.)—continued.
-----A: Herillga (J.)   Over  een peroxy-sal- j
  peterzuurzilver.   (Ecrvte verhandeling.)  43pp. I
  8°.   Amsterdam, J. Miiller.  1896.
    Repr.from:  Verhandel.  d. k. Akad. d. Wetensch.,
  Amst.. 1890, iii, no. 8.
______ ______,   Over een  peroxy- saltpeterzuur
  zilver.   (Tweede  verhandeling.)   39 pp.   P:.
  Amsterdam, J. Miiller,  1-96.
    Repr.from:  Verhandel.  d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
  Amst., v, no. 1.
[Mulder (Gerardus Job.)] [1802-1-80].  Tweede
  haarleiiiniermeerbrief uau deu beer J. van Geuns,
  14 Oct. 1839.   21 pp.   8°.   Rotterdam, M.  Wijt
  4 Zonen,  1-39.
------.   Over de waarde der uatuurknndige  we-
  tensehappen voorde geneeskunde; uitgesproken
  bij de opening der scheikundige lessen aan de
  Utrecht>che  Hoogeschool  1842.   35  pp.   >--■.
  Rotterdam,  H. A. Kramers, 1842.  [P., v.  2165.]
------.  Het  streven der stof naar harmouie; eene
  voorlezing.   2. druk.   40 pp.   8C.  Rotterdam,
  H. A. Kramers, 1844.   [P., v. 2165.]
------.  Besmettelijkheid der cholera.  20 pp.   8  .
  ['s Grarenhuge, 1*49.]   [P., v. 182.]
    Repr.from: Nedeil. Lancet, 's Gravenh., 1849, 2. s., iv.
------.  Eerste  bijlage  tot  de  afkoop van  het
  gradeerwerk  te Kutwijk.   82 pp.  8\  Rotter-
  dam, H. A. Kramers, 1851.   [P., v. 2156.]
------.  De geneeskunst-oefenaren naar de Neder-
  laudsche wetten.  vii, 246 pp., 2 1.   8C.   Rotter-
  dam, H. A. Kramers 4' Zoon. 1-78.
[-----A- van der Fant(D. ¥.)]   De cholera
  in Rotterdam.   In 4 pts.  172 pp.   -c.  Rotter-
  dam, M.  Wijt ft Zonen, 1832.
Mulder (Gezienus Hendericus).   *Casuistische
  bijdrage  tot   de  diagnose  der bovenbuikstu-
  moren.   2 p. 1., 105 pp., 2 1.   -c.   Amsterdam,
  H. Eisendrath, 1897.
Mulder (Heim-m).   De Maatschappij  tot  Ou- I
  derstand der bliuden  van Antwerpen.  24  pp.,
  1 pl.  8"'.  Antwerpen, I. Putzeys, 1904.
    Dutch and French text.
Mulder (Johannes).  Laudatio funebris Georgii
  Coopmans  Franequera> in celebri  dicta paue-
  gyri, a. d. xxii Septemhris lf-00.   56 pp.,  4 1.
  4J.   Leorardiw, D. van der Sluis, 1800.   [P., v.
  1941.]
Mulder (M[arten] E[dsge]).   Eenige beschou-
  wiugen omtrent  het onderwijs in  de  oogbeel-
  kunde.   32 pp.    8J.   Groningen, P. Xordhoff,

------.  Unser Urteil iiber Vertical bei Neigung i
  Kopfes  nach  recbts  oder  links.   12 pp.   61-.
  Groningen, P. Xoordhoff, IKK
Mulder  (X.  C.)   * Ueber  eine herzlose Miss- :
  geburt.  [Freiburg.]   2 p. 1., ,-1 pp., 2 pl.   8°. I
  Leiden, P. J.  Mulder, 1-91.
Mulder (Xicolaus).   Oratio, de meritis Davidis
  Meese, turn botanicis,  turn aliis.   30 pp.   4°.
  Grouingu: I.  Oomkens, 1*23.   [P., v. 1941.]
Mulder (YV. H. L. Borgerhoff).   Gids voor  den
  hospitaalsoldaat.   69 pp.,  26 pl.   8°.    Breda,
  1901.
-----.  Gids voor  den  ziekendrager.  55 pp., 22
  pl.   12-.  Breda, Koniukl. Mil.  Acad., 1901.
Hule.
    dk Xanzio (F.)  Intorno al  concepimento ed
  alia figliatura di una  inula; memoria.  roy. 8-\
  Xapoli, 1*46.
    Repr.from :  Atti d. vii. Adun. d. scienziati ital. in Na-
  poli.
    Conic viii a.  l,<«biT. Htude sur un hybride issu
  d une mule feconde et dun cheval.   Kev. scient., Par
  1893, li, 144-147.—Ueuiarchi ((}.)  11 mulo; importauza
  economica, produzione ed allevamento.   Medico vet
  Torino,  18S3, xxx, 145; 241: 289; 383; 433, 2 pl. —Ellis
  (K.  W.l   Lactutiou iu a virgin mule.   Am. Vet.  Uev
  W. 1900-1901, xxiv, 749-Falcone (G.)  Etiologia e
  patogenesi del cosidetto attossicamento degli ibridi equini
 Hule.
   o moria dei iuuli neonati.  trior, d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet.
   ital., Torino,  1900,  xlix, 7-'2-735.— Padi-r (J.i  De la
   temperature normale chez le mulet.  Hull. Soc. centr. de
   med. vet., Par.,  1900. n.  s., xviii. 886-8SS.— iteprodur-
   tirv (A) mule.  Vet. J. Sc Ann. Coin]). Path., Loud., 1899,
   xlviii, 193-IU7.- do la Sagra (R.)  Snr une mule mere,
   observer k, Mont-de-Marsan.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
   Par , 1808. lxvi, 858.
 Millie (Diseases of).
     Pi-iiiy;l<- (I!.i  Notes on a  peculiar disease affecting
   mules, resembling scurvy.  Vet. J. <fe Ann. Comp. Path.,
   Lond., 1K85, sx. 210-244.
 iVIlile (Parasites of).
     Giles (G. M. J.)  On a new sclerostome from the large
   intestine of mules.   Scient. mem. med. off. India,  Cal-
   cutta, 1892, vi, 25-30, 1 pl.
 Mule (fhnile) [18(57-    ].  "Lase'rotherapiedans
   la syphilis.  81 pp., 11.  4-.  Paris, 1-iMi, Xo. 347.
 IUnlerius (Nicolans)  [1564-1G30].
     For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
 Mulert  (Franz [Johannes  Gottlieb]) [1860-   ].
   * Ueber  die  Heilung der bacillaren  Lungen-
   Schwindsucht.  32 pp.  8-.  Greifswald, J. Abel,
   1891.
 Mulert  (Gotthold).   * Ueber elektrisehe  Rei-
   zung des Halssympathicus.  24  pp.   8 .   Ro-
   stock C. Boldt, 1893.                          c.
 Mulert  (Gustav  Martin)  [1870-     ].   * Eiu
   Fall von Pankreascyste.   24 pp.  8 .   Leipzig,
   Ramm 4 Seemann, 1>94.
 Mules (P[hilip]  H[enry]) [1-^43-1905].  How
   we see now;  a popular lecture on the eye.  De^
   livered  under the auspices of the  Bowdon Liter-
   ary, the Warrington Literary and  Philosoph-
   ical, and other soci ties.   35 pp.   12°.  Manches-
   ter, [1866].
     For Biography, see Lancet,  Lond., 1905, ii, 865.
 Ulnles's operation.
     See Eye (Artificial);  Bye (Evisceration of).
 Mulcur.   Commuuicatiou sur  la  station  cli-
   matcrique d'altitude de Thorenc dans les Alpes-
   Maritimes.  8 pp.  8-.  Grasse,Crosnier fils, 1901.
 Mlllford (H[enry] Jones).   A test  of  Wilson's
   cyrtometer.  1 1.  83.  [New York, 1800. ]
     Repr.from: J. Nerv. Sc Meut. Dis., N. Y., lf-90, xvii.
     AUo, Editor of: Alpha Omega DeltaBul'etin, Buffalo,
   N. Y., 1903.
 Mill hall (J[oseph]  C.) [1851-1900].   The geu-
   eral health and  the  upper air-passayes.  11 pp.
   8°.   Xew York, 1698.
     Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii.
     For Biography, see Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, viii,
   74.  Also: Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1900, xi, 48.
 Mulliane (L. W.)  Leprosy and the charity of
   the church.  155 pp.  8 .  'Chicago 4 Xew York,
   D. H. McBride <f- Co., 1896.
 Mullieron  (John J.).
     See Lrnin (LpmisJ).  The untoward effects of drugs.
   2. i d. 83.  Detroit, 1883.
 UIiiDlaramiy.
     Quintan (F. J. 1!)  Mullaranny, County  Mayo, con-
   sidered as a winter health resort lor  invalids.  Dublin
   J. M. Sc, 1899. cvii, 177-180.
 Mullatera (Giovanni  Tommaso).   Del niagne-
   tisino animate e degli effetti ad es.so  attribuiti
   nella cura delle umane  iuhrmita.  60  pp.   16°.
j   Biella,  A. Cajani, 1785.
 Mulle (Anie"d6e)[l*7ri-     ]•  "Accidents menin-
   gitiques au cours des infections intestinales des
   enfants.  72 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1901, No.  175.
 Muller  (Armin).  * Ueber das  Carcinom  der
   Nebenniere.  28 pp., 1 1.   >-.  Genf, 1*95.
 Muller (Emestus Henricus).
     See Wedel (Erne.stns Henricus). De peritonei), sm. 4-.
   Jenm, 1696.
 Muller (G.)   'Contribution a  le'tude clinique
   de  la diurese.   3  p. 1., 9-242 pp.  8->.  Geneve,
1   F.  Taponnier, 1900. 
MULLER.
MUMFORD.
Muller  (Henri)  [1878-    ].   'Contribution  a
  l'etude  des  cals vicienx dans les  fractures de
  l'extre'niite' inferieure  de l'huine'rns chez  les en-
  fants.  206 pp.  80.  Lyon, 1904, No.  59.
Muller  (Janus Adanuis).   * De cephalagia.   1
  p.  1., 36 pp.  8-\  Lugd.  Bat., J. W.  ran Leeu-
  wen, 1820.
 Muller (Joannes Felix Sebastian).  * De glan-
  dulis et vasis lymphaticis.   40 pp.  sm. 4°.
  Giessw, ex off.  Brauniana, 1765.
Miiller  (Joh.  Henricus).   * De  spina  ventosa.
  1 p. 1., 19 pp.   4°.   Groningaj, T. Spoormaker,
  1774.  [P., v.  1933; 1943.]
Muller  (Joh.  Jacobus).  * De spasinorum sub-
  jecto.  201.  sm.4°.   Wittebergo?, J. Borckartdus,
  1676.
Muller  (Joh. Jacobus).   # De  hydrope.  8  1.
  sm  4C.   Ultrajeci, typ. Appelarianis,  1682.
Muller (Le\>n).  * Contribution a l'etude du trai-
  temeut  de la  syphilis  par  les injections de
  cyanure de mercure.  62 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1901,
  No. 124.
Muller  (Lncien-Diendonn6) [1878-    ].   * Des
  causes de  l'iire'ductibilite'  primitive  des luxa-
  tions du coude et  de leur traitement.   70 pp.,
  4pl.  8°.  Lille, 1904, No.  34.
Muller  (Otttnar).   * Ein  Fall von  primiirem
  Tubencarcinome.   [Wurtzburg.]  19  pp.  8°.
  Miinchen, M. Ernst, 1896.
Muller  (Paulus Christianns).    * Diss. med.
  segrum  haemoptysi  laborantem sisteus.   2 p. 1.,
  24 pp.   4C.   Lipsiw,  lit.  Schniebesianis,  [1728].
  [P., v. 1922.]
    For Biography, see Schacher (Polycarp Gottlieb).  4°.
  [Lipsice.  1728. |
Muller  (Petrus Joh.)  * Specimeu  exhibens ob-
  servationes  quasdam  therapeuticas  de libra
  astringeuda.  1 p. 1., 34 pp., 3  1.  8°.   Groningas,
  apud vid. B. van der Kamp, 1822.  [P., v.  1966.]
Muller  (Pierre-Louis) [1-69-   ].  *De la
  pleur6sie dans  l'arte>io-sclerose.  54  pp.  4-.
  Paris, 1891, No. 37.
Muller  (Raymond)  [W9-    ].  'Mortality
  dans ^hospitalisation infantile.  102  pp.,  I  1.
  8-.   Lyon,  1904, No. 87.
Muller  ( Regnerus  Lambertus ).  * Theses  nie-
  dicae.  13 pp.  8'-.   Groningw, W. van Boekeren,
  1815.  [P., v.  1959.]
Muller  ( Wilhelmus   Henricus).   *Exercitatio
  anatomica de thymo.   8 1. 4-\  Lugd. Bat., A.
  Elzevier, 1706.   [P., v. 1918.]
------.  * De aukylosi.  14 pp.,  1 1., 1 pl.  4J.
  Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1707.   [P., v. 2243.]
Muller  (Wolffgang Sigismnndus).  * De erube-
  sceutibus et venarum  capitis subitaueo tumore.
  Lipsiai,  1739.
    In: HALLEE.  Disp. anat. [etc.].  4°.  Oottingee, 1747,
  ii, 785-808.
Muller-Darier [Albert]  [1864-    ].  * Etude
  sur les  propri6te"s thelapeutiques du salophene.
  66 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1893, No. 340.
-----. The  same.  66 pp., 1  1.  8-.   Paris,  G.
  Steinheil, 1893.
Muller-Schiriner (Auguste).
    See Hack (Wilhelm  [August Heinrieh]). Du traite-
  ment [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1887.
Mulliez (Louis) [1867-    ].  *De l'extirpa-
  tion dans  les synovites  a grains  rizif'ormes.
  92 pp.   3pl.  4°.  Paris, W9:i, No. 201.
MulliRen  (Samuel Parsons).   A method of the
  ideutilication  of pure organic compounds by a
  systematic analytical  procedure based on phys-
  ical  properties  and  chemical reaction,  v.  1.
  xii, 264 pp.  8C.  New York, J. Wiley 4 Sons, 1904.
I?Iullilt  (John Francis Langan)  [1850-
  1902].
    Obituary.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1902, i, 5G5. Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 781.
li ii 11 in gar.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of)',
  Small-pox (History, etc., of),by localities.
Mulliiigfar District Lunatic Asylum.   Aunual
  reports  of the medical  superintendent  to the
  committee of management, for the years 1900-
  1901 to 1904-5.  8".  Mullingar, 1901-5.
MllllillS (George Lane).   Epidemic diseases and
  their  prevention  in  the eastern  suburbs  of
  Sydney.   8 pp.  sm. 4-.   [Si/dney, J. W. Eedy],
  1895.
------.  Notes  on hydatid disease in New South
  Wales.  4 pp., 1  map.   roy. 8C.   Si/dney, J. W.
  Eedy ft Co., 1*95.
    Repr.from: Austral. M. Gaz., Melbourne, 1895, xiv.
------.  Cancer in  New South Wales.  8 pp.  8y
  Melbourne, 1896.
    Repr.from: Austral. M. Gaz., Melbonrne, 1896, xv.
------.  Tuberculosis and  the public health.  23
  pp.  16c.  Sydney, J. Sands, 189*.
Mullins (James)  [p*eud.].
    See (Pechey (John)] [in 1. s.]. Some observations
  made upon the Cylonian plant, [etc.}.  sm. 4°.  London,
  1095.
Milton (Paul) [1872-     ].  * Applications medi-
  cales de la cryoscopie.  151 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1901,
  No. 387.
------.  The same.   151 pp.  8°.   Paris,  G. Stein-
  heil, 1901.
    See,  also, Sobotta (J.)  Atlas-mamiel, [etc]. 8°.
  Paris,  1903. — Slohi"  (Ph.)  Manuel techuique d histo-
  logic, [etc.]. roy. 8°.  Paris, 1904.
Hill Hanoi ski   (Pompei   YaJcovlevich)
  [1839-97].
    [In memoriam.]  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1898,  iii, 101.—
  [Nekrolog.]  Vrach,  St. Petersb., 1897, xviii, I486.—
  Zenenko" (V.  N.)  [Iu  memoriam.]  Bolnitsch. gaz.
  Botkina,  St. Petersb., 1898, ix, 177-180.
Multnnovski   (Ya[kov]    Ya[kovlyovich] )
  [1*57-    ].   * K voprosu o  prouitsayemosti
  dlya bakteriy stTenok kishechnika pri neprokho-
  dimosti yevo.   [On the penetrability of the walls
  of the alimentary canal to bacteria, Avhen other-
  wise impenetrable.]  58  pp., 3 1., 2 pl.   8°.  S.-
  Peterburg, A. S. Suvorin,  1895.
Mnlthaupt (KarlBernhard) [1859-   ].   'Bei-
  trag zur Lehre von der  Aktiuoinvkose.   16 pp.,
  2 1.  8C.  Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 186*.
Hlnlvaney (Peter) [      -1905].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1377.

 flnlj ptol.
    Marshall (R. H.)  A case of diphtheria treated -with
  mulyptol.  Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1495.
Mlllzer (Max).  *Toxicologische Studien iiber
  das Natriumnitrat mit  Beziehung auf andere
  Natronsalze.   42 pp.   8°.   Wurzburg,  P. Schei-
  ner, 1^92.
Mulzer  (Paul [Karl August] ) [1877-    ].
  * Ueber die Behandlung der Aortenaneurysmeu
  und schwerer Bliitungen  mit Gelatineinjektioneu
  und iiber  die Gefahr der Infektion mit Tetanus.
  [Leipzig.] 47 pp.   8G.   Wittenberg, Herros6 4
  Ziemsen, 1901.
Muuiaw  (H. A).
    Editor of: Medical (The) and Scientific News, Elk-
  hart, Ind., 1896.
Muuiby (B[onner]  H[arris]).   Report  on  the
  health of Portsmouth for the year 1888.   57 pp.,
  1 map, 1 diag. sm. 4'-.   Portsmouth, H. Nichol-
  son, 1889.

HI ninby (Langton Philip) [     -1903J.
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1674.
Mumford (J[ames] G[regory]).  Salol; its an-
  tiseptic use iu diseases  of the  genito-urinary
  system.  A report of nine consecutive  cases.  4
  pp.  16°.   Boston, 1890.
    Repr. from: Boston M. & S. J., 1890, exxii. 
MUMFORD.
188
MUNARET.
Miuuford  (J[ames] G[regory])—continued.
-----.  Pr.icturesof the skull.  Conclusions drawn
  from three hundred  cases.  13 pp.   8°.   Boston,
  i*m.
    Repr.from: Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1893, exxviii.
-----.   Compound fractures.   A  study  of three
  huudred cases.  16 pp.  12°.   Boston, 1894.
    Repr.from: Boston M. Sc S. J., 1894, exxx.
-----.   Sir Astley Cooper,  Bart.   Au estimate of
  his character and career.  22 pp.   12°.   Boston,
  1*9*.
    Repr.from: Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1898, exxxix.
-----.   On a certain  lack of mechanical  facility
  iu surgeons.   4 pp.   8°.   St. Paul, 1900.
    Repr.from: St. Paul M. J.,  St.  Paul, Minn., 1900,  ii.
-----.   Is there a decudence of our ethical stand-
  ard?   10 lip.   8y  St. Pan 1,  Minn., 1901.
    Repr.from: St. Paul M. J.,  St.  Paul, Minn., 1901,  iii.
-----.   The story of  the Boston Society for Med-
  ical Improvement.   25 pp.   12°.  Boston, 1901.
    Repr. from: Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1901,cxliv.
-----.   Clinical talks on minor surgery.   4 p. 1.,
  115 pp.  12°.  Boston, [1903].
-----.   A narrative of medicine in America.  508
  pp.   8\   Philadelphia, J.  B.  Lippincott Co., 1903.
Munimeltiiey  (Paul) [1866-     ].   * Beitrag
  zur Behandlung der  Coxitis.  101 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Kiel,  P. Peters, 1895.
MuiiiinciihoflT  ([Friedrich]  August).   'Bei-
  trage zur  Kenntniss  iiber Lupus der Sehleim-
  haute.   39 pp., 1  1.   8°.   Bonn,  C.  Georgi, 1889.
Mil III inert ([Josef Franz] Richard) [1877-    ].
  * Beitrag zur  Aetiologie der Blutungen in Pons
  und  Kleinhirn.   50 pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  8°.   Greifs-
  wald, J. Abel,  1904.
Mummery (J[obn] Howard).   Some points in
  tbe structure  and development of deutiue.  pp.
  527-545, 4 pl.   sm. fol.  London, 1891.
    Cutting [cover with printed  title] from: Phil. Tr.  1891,
  Loud., 1892, clxxxii.
Mummery ([John]  P[ercy]  Lockhart).   The
  after-treatment   of  operations.  A manual  for
  practitioners  and house surgeons,   vii, 221 pp.
  12°.  London, Bailliere, Tindall 4 Cox, 1903.
-----.  The same.  2. ed.  ix, 240 pp.   8°.  Lon-
  don,  Bailliere, Tindall ft Cox, 1904.
-----.   The same,  vii, 221 pp.   12°.   Xew York,
   W. Wood ft Co., 1903.
-----.  The same. 2. ed.  ix, 240 pp.  8°.   Xew
   York, W.  Wood ft Co.,  1905.

Hliimiiiies [and mummy].
    See, also, Cadaver (Jurisprudence of).
    Bruckmannus (F. E.)   Epistola  itineraria
  Iii de mumia Brunsvicensium ad . . . I. D. Kohl.
  4°.   Wolffenbuttelw, 1736.
    Hertzog (C.)  Mumiographia  medica, oder
  Bericht  von egyptischen  Mumien an Hn. Frie-
  derichen,  Hertzogeu  zu Sachsen.   16°.   Gotha,
  [1716].
    Mombeii (A.)   Demumiisin praxi medica non
  facile adhibendis; respondente Johanne Adolpho
  Gladbach.  sm. 4J.   Helmstadii, 1735.
    Moriggia (A.)  Osservazioni e note sperimen-
  tali  sulle  mummie di  Fereutillo.   fol.   Roma,
  16*7.
    Repr. from .- Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fis.,
  mat. e nat., Roma.  1887, 4. s., iv.
    Noyes (I.  P.)  The  Peruvian  mummy.   8°.
   Washington, 1-98.
    Pinza  (G.  )   La  conservazione  delle teste
  umane e le idee ed i  costumi coi quali si  con-
  nette.  8°.  Roma, 1898.
    Saxiu (A. F.)   Intorno ai  metodi di riduzione
  a solidita lapidea dei corpi  animali dei Signori
  Angelo  Comi e  Bartolomeo Zanon.  8°.   Bel-
  luno,  1839.
I Hliillllllies [and mummy].
      Badaloni (G.)  Sulla mummiticuzionc dei cadaveri;
    studi intorno al terrenodel cimitero del Precetto iu Fereu-
    tillo.  Atti e rendic. d. Accad. nied.-cliir. di Perugia, 1S95,
    vii, 3-32.—Ba<likoflT(P.)  RIedkiy sluchai mumitikatsii
    trupa.  [Rare  case of mummification  of  a dead body.]
    Vestnik obsh. liig. sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., lh'wi,
    iii, 3. sect., 15-lS.—Berruti (S.)  Sopra una mummia
    umana naturale couservata nel gabinetto fisiologico della
    r. University di Torino.  Gior. d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di
    Torino, 1860, 2. s., xxxix, 449-460.—Biondi (G.)  Con-
    tributo  alio studio  sulla causa della niummincazione.
    Gior. internaz. d. sc. med.,  Napoli. 1903, n. s., xxv, 937-
    941.—Blumenb^ch (G. F.) Osservazioni sopra alcune
    mummie egiziane nperte in Londra.  Ann. di cliim. e storia
    nat., Pavia, 1796, xi, 196-223.—ChuguiioH" (S.)  O oatu-
    ralnol inumii,  natdcnnoi v g. Tomslde.   [On  a  natural
    mummy found in the city  of Tomsk. ]   Trudi  Tomsk.
    Obsh. Yestestvoisp.. 1889-90, ii, 107-122— Clendinncn
    (F. J.)  Skiagram of hand of Egyptian mummy, showing
    abnormal  number of sesamoid bones.  Intercolon. M. J.
    Austialas.,  Melbourne,  1898,  iii,  106. — t'oi-i-ado ((i.)
    Ricerche su di una mummia rinvenuta a Ca^liari e conside-
    razioni  sulla  causa della  mummiticaziom>.  Atti  d. r.
    Accad.  med.-chir. di Napoli, 1899. n. s., liii, 407-503.—Dc
    Blasio (A.)  Mummie e cranii dell' antico Peril.  Rev.
    mens, di psichiat. forense, Napoli,  1900, iii, 169-189.—Dc
    Rivero  (M.)  Sur les jeux des  momies p6ruvieiines.
    [Abstr.]  Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv,517.—
    Fish (P. A.)  The mummification of small  anatomical
    and zoolouical specimens.  Proc.  Ass. Am. Anat.  1897,
    Wash.,  1898, x, 59-61— Frcnzel  (J.)  Ueber  Mumifica-
    tion vou  Vogeln  und  anderen  zoologischen  Objecleu.
    Zool. Anz., Leipz.. 1888, xi, 7(10-711.—Gnj. Rapport sur
    un memoire de fidouard de Rivero, relatif aux  momies
    du Perou.  Compt.  rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par.,  1857, xliv,
    1197-1208.— Herdman. Note on some mummy  cats,
    etc., from  Egypt.  Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc ,  1889-90,  iv,
    95.—Hiigomirnq  (L.)  Sur des poissons 6gyptiens mo-
    mifies depuis  deux mille ans.  J. de pharm. et chim.,
    Par., 1901, 6. s., xiv, 440-443.—Inquest ou  a mummy.
    [Edit.]  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 669.—
    Konig (H.) Leichenauseiuem Salzschacht.  Pest, med.-
    chir.  Presse, Budapest, 1890, xxvi, 691.—l.umb (D.  S.)
    Mummification, especially of the brain.   Am. Anthrop.,
    N. T., 1901, u. s.,  iii, 294-307.—Lannelongue. Kyste
    dermoide sur une momie de la femme d'un Pharaon.  Bull.
    Soc. dep6diat. de Par., 1899, i, 136.—LemaiiT (P.)  La
    mumie  dans Part de gu6rir.  Gaz. hebd.  d. sc. ni6d. de
    Bordeaux,  1902, xxiii,  487.—Lorthioir. Sur une t6te
    momifi6e,  Cbancha, de l'Amerique du Slid.   Bull. Soc.
    d'anthrop. de Brux., 1887-8, vi, 406-413, 1 pl—iTIacnlis-
    ter (A.)  Notes on  a mummy in the possession of Lord
    James Butler.  Proc Rov. Irish Acad. (Literature), Dubl.,
    1879-88, 2. s.,  ii,  253-262.—lHengedoht (H. W.)  The
    mummy in law and medicine. Phj siciau & Surg., Lond.,
    1900,  i,  330.—ITleyer (J.)  Ueber die  biologische Unter-
    suchung von Mumieu-Material vermittelst der Prazipitin-
    reaktion.   Miinchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,   1904, li, 663.—
    Mitchell (J.  K.)  Study of a mummy affected with  an-
    terior poliomyelitis. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 914.—Mum-
    mied  heads'.  [Edit.]   Med. Age,  Detroit,  1897, xv,
    433-436.   AUo: Scient. Am.,  N. Y., 1897, xliv [Suppl.],
    18163.—Parish (W.)  On the artificial eyes of certain Pe-
    ruvian  mummies.  Tr. Ethnol. Soc. Lond., 1866, n.  s., iv,
    59.—Peruvian  (A)  mummy.  [Edit.]  Brit. M.  J.,
    Lond.,  1901, ii, 1878.—Salkowshi (E.)   Chemische Un-
    tersuchung der Mumienbmden und  der  Masse aus der
    Mundhohle.  Verhandl. d.  Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop.,
    1896,  214-219. -----. Weitere Untersuchungen von aus
    der Schadelhohle  von Mumienkopfen  entleerten Massen.
    Ibid., 1897, 138-140.—SchweinAirth (G.)   Neue For-
    schungen   in  Aegypten und  die Einbalsaniirnng von
    Kopfeu im Alterthum.  Ibid., 131-138.—Sehrt (E.)  Zur
    Fermentwirkung des Muroienniuskcls.  Berl. klin. Wchn-
    sehr., 1904, xii,  497.—Thezard. Analyse  d'un  os de
    momie  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par.,  1895, exx, 1126-
    1128.—Uhlenhnth.  Ueber die  Bestimmung der Her-
    kunft von Mumienmaterial mit Hilfe spezifischer Sera.
    Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905. xxxi, 213-
    215.—Vram (U.  G.)  Una mummia  frammentaria della
    Columbia.  Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1904, xxx, 375-
    389.

  i?Iii nullification.
      See Mummies.

  jtfnnips.
      See Parotitis (Epidemic).

  Mlimssen (Jacobus).   *De  plethora? differen-
    tiis.    36 pp.   4°.   Lipsiai, ex off. Langenhemia,
    1766.  [P., v. 1984.]
  Milliard (Henri) [187;">-     ].   * De la tubercu-
    lose  primitive des  ovaires    36 pp., 2  1.    8°.
    Lyon,  1899, No. 97. 
MUNARET.
189
MUNDE\
Munaict [Jean-Marie-Placide]  [1805-     ].
  Impressions de lecture.   21, 11 pp.  8°.  [Lyon,
  A. Vingtrinier,  l>53-8.]
    Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Lyon, 1853, v: 1858, x.
------.   Lettre sur l'hippophagie,  a M. Rey.  15
  pp.  12°.  Lyon, A.  Vingtrinier, 1858.
------.   Notes historiques  et uie~dieales sur le per-
  chlorure de  fer.  14 pp.   8°.   Paris, V. Masson
  ft fils, 1861.
    Repr.from : Gaz. hebd. dem6d., Par., 1861, viii.
------.   Causerie sur  la  m6decine dosim^trique.
  8 pp.  8°.   [Lyon, C. Riotor, is??.]
    Repr.from: Lyon med., 1877, xxv.
    See, also, Mayor  (Matbias[-Louis]).  Nouveau mode
  de traiter les fractures, [etc.]. 8°.  Lyon, 1847.
de Munari (Antonio).
    See Bocumeiiti comprovanti la viriu medica del vero
  febbrifugo [etc.].   16-.  Venezia, 1857.
Mlinblit (Ch.) [Is!?-   ].  * Ueber die Conta-
  giositiit der Syphilis und ihre Dauer.  31 pp.
  8-\  Berlin,  <i'.  Voqt, 1896.
Muucaster (Mag'ruder) [1859-1901].  The im-
  portance of pleasant medication.  8 pp.  12°.
  New  York, ls94.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1894, lx.
    For Biography, see Tr. M.  Soc. Dist. Columb. 1901,
  Wash., 1902, vi, 324 (E. O. Belt).
Muncaster (S[tuart]  B.)  A new method of
  treatment for chronic intraocular diseases, such
  as atrophy of the optic nerve, choroidal .troubles,
  etc.   3 pp.  8J.  Chicago, 1902.
    Repr. from: Opbth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi.
Munch [Francis-Ernest].  * Considerations ex-
  perimeutales et cliniques snr certaines functions
  attribnees  an  rein.   48 pp.   8-.   Paris,  1902,
  No. 292.
Munch-Petersen (Harald [Findanus]) [1871-
      ].   Hudreflexerne   og deres  Nervebaner.
  [Cutaneous reflexes and their  nerve paths.]
  175 pp., 4 pl., 4 tab.  8-.  Kfibenhavn, J. Lands,
  1901.
Munck  af   Rosenschold   (E[berhard]
  Z[aeharias])  [1775-1837].  Forslag till  ham-
  mande af den pa Here orter nu harjande koppfar-
  soten, herrar kyrkoherdar i Skaue och Blekinge
  tillcgnadt af . . .  [Proposition to check the pre-
  vailing small-pox  epidemic,  dedicated to the
  clergy in Skane and Blekinge.]  31 pp.  16°.
  Lund, J. Lundblad, 1802.
Mlincke (G[eorg] W[ilhelm)].   Handbuch der
  Naturlehre.  1. Theil, welcher dieExperimental-
  physik enthalt. vi, 368  pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Heidel-
  berg. C. F. Winter, 1829.
Mund  (Emil).   'Poliomyelitis  anterior  acuta
  bei Erwachsenen.  28 pp., 1  1.   *-.  Erlangen,
  Junge 4" Sohn,  1^97.
Mund  (Friedrich).   *Vergleichende Versuche
  iiber halogenhaltige  und  halogenfreie  Inhala-
  tionsanaesthetica.   44  pp.  8°.  Gbttingen,  W.
  F. Kastner, 1896.
Mund  (H.)   Einfiihruug  in  die  naturgemasse
  Gesundheitspflege  und  arzneilose  Heilkuude.
  3. Aufl.  32  pp.  16°.  Hannover, Schmorl  4 von
  Seefeld, 16*6.
Mund  (Peter).   *Ein Fall vou vergeblich ver-
  suchtei- vaginaler  Totalexstirpation des Uterus
  durch sofortige Koeliotomia abdominalis gliick-
  lich  beendet.    [Munich.]  27 pp.  6C.  Guben,
  A. Koeniq, 1900.
IVIninlay (Henry)  [1623-82].
    Porter (B.)   [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,  Lond.,
  1894, xxxix, 297.
Munde (Carl).  Vattenliikareu, eller anvisning
  till gruudligt  botande  af de vanligast  fore-
  kommande sjukdotnar, sasom, gikt, rheumatism,
  hamorroider, hypokondri, magsjukdotnar och
  svag matsmaltning, veneiiska  akommor, lind-
  sjukdomar, febrar, inflammationer, skrofler, ko-
Muude (Carl)—continued.
  lera, influenza och en miingd andra, saviil akuta
  som  kroniska akommor; jemte en utforlig  be-
  skrifning ofver Priessnitz'ska kurmetoden samt
  bad- och  brunusinrattningen  vid Griifenberg.
  En handbok for helsans atervinnande och  be-
  varande.  3. svenska  upplagan, bearbetad  ef-
  ter 5.  originalnpplagan, och  med  tillagg ur
  fdrfattarens senast utgifna " Hydrotherapies".
  [The  water physkiau, or  directions for  the
  radical cine of common diseases, such ns gout,
  rheumatism, piles, hypochondria, stomach dis-
  eases and  bad  digestion, venereal  affections,
  skin diseases,  fevers, inflammations, scrofula,
  cholera, influenza, and  many other  acute and
  chronic affections; with a complete description
  of Priessnitz's method of cure with  the bath aud
  spring arrangements of Griifenberg. A hand-
  book for restoring health and preserving it.   3.
  Swedish ed., compiled from  the 5. original edi-
  tion with the addition  of the  author's  latest
  published "Hydrotherapy".]  xii,  238 pp.  8°.
  Stockholm,  W. Isberg, 1842.
-----.  Hydrotherapies, oder die Kunst, die Krank-
  heiteu des mensehlichen  Korpers ohne Hilfe von
  Arzneien, durch Ditit, Wasser, Scbwiizen, Luft
  und Bewegung zu heilen und durch < ine ver-
  niinftige Lebensweise zu verbiiten.  Eiu  Hand-
  buch fiir Nichtarzte, hesonders fiir Gichtkranke.
  2.  Aufl.  xxiv, 456 pp.  12°.   Dresden 4 Leipzig,
  Arnold, 1846.
------.  Hydriatic treatment  of  scarlet fever in
  its different forms, or how to save,  through a
  systematic application of the water-cure,  many
  thousands of lives and healths, which now  an-
  nually perish.  Being the result of twenty-one
  years' experience, and of the treatment and cure
  of several  hundred  cases  of eruptive  fevers.
  xi, 12-92 pp. 8°.  Neio York, W. Radde, 1857.
------.  Hydrotherapie.   Ein Lehr- und  Hand-
  buch fiir Gebildete aller Stiinde.  Nach dem Tode
  des Verfassers neu hrsg. von Artur Pollack.  13.
  Aufl. vi(ll.), 419pp.  8°.  Lnpzig, Arnold, 1890.
    See, also, Comaro (Ludwig).  Letztes und sicherstes
  Mittel [etc.].  12°.  Gotha, 1842.
Munde (Paul F[ortnnatus]) [184(5-1902].  Report
  on diseases of women for the year 1874.   31  pp.
  8°.  New York, 1875.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1875, viii.
------.  The  reposition of retro-displacement of
  the gravid  uterus by posture and atmospheric
  pressure.  10 pp.  8°.  New York, W. Wood 4'Co.,
  1876.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. T., 1876, ix.
------.  The  dull  wire curette in  gynecological
  practice.  15 pp.   8°.  Edinburgh, Oliver 4 Boyd,
  1878.  [Also, in: P., v. 2093.]
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. J.,  1878-9, xxiv.
------.  The value of electrolysis in the treatment
  of ovarian tumors.  *9 pp.  8°.   [Boston, 1*76.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc. 1877, Bost., 1878,  ii.
------.  The diagnosis and treatment  of obscure
  pelvic  abscess in  women, with  n marks on  the
  differential  diagnosis between pelvic peritonitis
  and  pelvic  cellulitis.   29 pp.   8°.  New  York,
  G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1880.
    Repr. from .- Arch. Med., N. T., 1880, iv.
------.  Prolapse of  the ovaries.   47 pp.   8C.
  [Boston. 1881).]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec Soc. 1879, Bost., 1880,  iv.
------.   The curability of uterine displacements.
  24 pp.   8°.  New York, W. Wood ft Co., 1681.
    Repr.from.- Am. J. Obst., N. T., 1881,  xiv.
------.   Four  cases of Alexander's  operation of
  shortening the round ligaments of the uterus for
  retroversion.  5 pp.  8°.  [ Sandy Hook, Conn.,
  1885.]
    Repr. from.- N. Eng. M. Month., Sandy Hook, 1884-5, iv. 
Ml'XDft.
190
MUNICIPAL.
Munde (Paul F[ortuuatns])—continued.
------.   Drainage  after laparotomy.   18 pp
  [New York, l.-*7.]
8°.
   Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc. 1*87, N. T., 1888, xii.
-----.  Iutrapdvic kidney mistaken for diseased
 uterine  appendages;  abdominal nephrectomy;
 recoverv.   9 pp.   1-°-  [-Vete  York, 1888.]
   Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1888, xlviii.
-----.  Laparotomy for reduction of an inverted
 uterus.  6  pp.  12-.  New York, 16*8.
   Repr. from : N. T. M. J., 1888, xlviii.
-----.  A year's work in laparotomy.   (Forty-
 five  operations.)  4?  pp., 2 1.,  4 pl.  8°.  New
 York, W. Wood ft Co., 16*6.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1888, xxiii.
-----.  Clirouic endometritis  and  chronic vagi-
 nitis. A clinical  lecture.  7  pp.   8°.  Boston,
 18*9.             *
   Repr. f non : Ann. Gyntec, Bost., 1888-9, iii.
_____.  The methods and limitation of treatment
 for  uterine fibroids.   10 pp.   *-'.  Philadelphia,
 W. J. Dornan.  188<».
   Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1889, xiv.
-----.  A rare case of adeno-inyxosareoina of the
 cervix  uteri.   9  pp.,  3 1.  *-.  XTew  York, W.
 Wood ft Co., 1**9.
   Repr.from: Am.  J. Obst., N. Y., 1889, xxii.
-----.   Tbe present  treatment  of uterine dis-
 placements.  14 pp.  - .  Xew York, 1895.
   Repr from: Am. Gynsec ^ Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, xxxii.
       A report of the <r\nccological service of
  Mount Sinai  Hospital, New York, for the twelve
  years from Jan. 1, 1**3, to Dec.  31, 1894.  116
  pp.  f-'.  New Yox,k, W. Wood ft Co., 1*95.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. Obst. N. Y., 1895, xxxii.
------.   Torsion of the pedicle  of an  ovarian tu-
  mor,  lb pp.  *-.  New York, D. Appleton 4'Co.,
  1899.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J., 1899, lxix.
    See, also, Cnzvnux (Pierre]).  The theory and prac-
  tice of obstetrics, [etc.].  8. Am. ed.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  1886.—Mann  (Matthew D.)  A case of  fatal  primary
  hemorrhage letc ].   s°.  New  York, 1882. — Tliomax
  (T|heodore] Gaillard) [inl.s.]. A practical treatise on the
  diseases of women, [etc.]. ^.  Philadelphia, 1891.
    For Biography, see Am. J Obst.. N. Y., 1902, xiv, 556-
  561, port. (W. M. T'olk).  AUo: Boston  M Sc  S. J., 1902,
  cxlvi,  185.   AUo:  Gaz. de gynec.,  Par., 1902, xvii. 111.
  AUo:  GynaeUolo._'ia,  Budapest,  1902, 26  (Temesvary).
  AUo:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii.  469.  AUo:
  Med. live, N. Y., 1902, lxi, 265.  Also: Med. News, N.Y.,
  1902, lxxx. 327.  AUo: N. York J. G-vnsec. Sc Obst., 1893,
  iii, 887. port.  AUo: N. York M. J.. 1902, lxxv.294  AUo:
  Progres med.  beige. Brux., 1902. iv, 84 (J.).  Also:  Tr.
  Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1902. xxvii, 427-440, port. (M. D.
  Mann).  Also,  Reprint.
    For Portrait, see Collection of  Portr. (Libr.).
    AUo, Editor of: .Mount Sinai Hospital Reports, New
  York, v. 1, 1898; v.  2, 1899-1901.
Mundella (Aloisius).
    See Oiiiequastionesmedica? [etc.]. 16°.  Patavii, 1567.
Mumligl  (Joseph).  [Feber  die  Abstammung,
  Verbreitungnnd AusartungnnsererHausthiere.]
  Eiuladungsschrift zu der  am 24. August  von
  10-2 Uhr stattlindendeu (imntlichen Jahrs-Prii-
  fung  so wie zu der am 31. von 10-11 Fhr vor-
  zunehinenden  Preis- Vertheilung an der  k.  b.
  Central-Veteriniir-Sehnle.   7(i pp.   16°.   Miin-
  chen,  /'. Storno, 1816.
------.   Allgemein-nosologische Grundlinien, oder
  Grundziige des krankeu Lebens unserer Haus-
  saugethiere fiir Menscbenarzte  und Thieriirzte.
  lxxxii, 172 pp., port.  8y  Miinchen, 1*22.
Millidiiihis (Mundinus).
    See  II o tin a n ■■ (Caspar).  lie geueratione hominis
  [etc.].  sm  fol. Franeof. adMvenum, 1629.
Muiidimis  de Lentils.   See  Mondino   da
  Luzzi.
Mlllldo  (El) nierlico.  Director: Ram6n Audet.
  [Daily.]   Nos.  1-f.s, Jan.  18  to April 15, 1890.
  fol.   Madrid.
    Want nos. 7, 31, 53, 59-61.
Mumloi'flF (George  Theodore).   The  value  of
  electrolysis in the treatment of  urethritis chro-
  nica glandularis.   15 pp.  lb  .  Xew York, Publ.
  Print. Co., 189*.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv.
------.   Hereditary abnormity of the little finger.
  3 pp.   *c.   Xew 'York,  1904.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx.
         The Kollmann five-glass test. 7 pp.  12°.
  New York, 1904
    Repr.from: Med. Rec. N. Y., 1904, lxv.
MuiMlt  (August) [1864-    ].  * Ueber  Hyper-
  hidrosis capitis  unilateralis.   70 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4 Co., 1888.
Mlllldt  (Richard)  [1877-     ].  "Ueber  Carci-
  nonientwickelung  in Fibromyomen  des Uterus.
  [Tubingen.]   1(5 pp.,  1  1.-,  1 pl.  8°.  Braun-
  schweig, A. Limbach, 1901.
von M[und]y  [Jaromir], Freiherr [1822-94].
  L'indiife'rence  de  not re siecle  pour  l'infortune
  des albums.  8 pp.   *-.  Bruxelles, Tircher, i860.
    For Biography, see Dr. J. Ulumlv.  Eine biogra-
  phische Skizze.  8°.  Leipzig, 1889.  See, also: Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1894,  xxxi, 837. Also: Cor.-Bl. f.  schweiz.
  Aerzte,  Basel. 1894,  xxiv, 740.  Also:  Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1894,  xx, 766  (R.  Chaias).
  Also:  Tidskr. i mil. Helsov., Stockholm, 1894. xix, 356-360
  (E. Edholm). Also: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1894, vii, 663.
------&  Zipperlillg (H.) Organische Bestim-
  mungen  und  das  Keglemeut fiir den  inneren
  freiwilligeti Sanitiitsdienst im Kriege, dann  die
  Beschreibung  der Sanitiits-Zuge des souvera-
  nen Maltesei-Ritter-Ordeus, G. v. O. B.,  etc.  4.
  Aufl.   viii, 91  pp.,  1 1., 8pl.   8°.  Wien, L. W.
  Seidel 4 Sohn,  1889.
Munger  (Carl E.)  A  physiological  solvent in
  the treatment  of pus cases. 6 pp. 12°.  Boston,
 , 1901.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S.  J., 1901, cxliv.
Munich.
     See, also, Children (Hospitals, etc., for), Chol-
  era (History, etc.,  of), Epidemics (History, etc.,
  of), Fever (Typhoid,  History,  etc.,  of),  Fever
  (Typhus,  History,  etc., of), Hospitals (Descrip-
  tion,  etc., of),  Hospitals (Gynwcologic, etc.),
  Hospitals  (Management,  etc.,  of),  Hospitals
  (Ophthalmic, etc.), Influenza (History, etc., of),
  Meningitis  (Cerebrospinal,  History, etc.,  of),
  Scarlatina (History, etc., of), Sewage (Disposal
  of),  Small-pox  (History, etc.,  of),  Statistics
  (Vital), Universities, by localities.
     Drkyims (M.)   Epidemiologische Beobach-
  tungen aus Miinchen fiir den Zeitraum  1888-92.
  8°.   Munchen, 1804.
     Entwickling  (Die) MUncheus  unter  dem
  Einflusse der  Naturwissenschaften withrend der
  letzten   Dezennien.   Festschrift der 71.  Ver-
  sammlnng deutscher Naturforscher  uud Aerzte,
  gewidmet von der  Stadt Miiuchen.   4°.  Miin-
  chen, 1*99.
     Kuranstalt  Neuwittelsbach  bei  Munchen.
  Aerzflicher Berieht der  . .  .   4.-6., 1*89-91.
  Hrsjr.  von  R.  von Hoesslin.   81-.  Miinchen,
  1890-92.
     ------.  Prospect.  4°.  [Miinchen, n. d.]
     ------.  The same.   4°.  [Miinchen, n. d.]
     Oelsner (G. )   "Epidemiologische  Skizzen
  aus Munchen.   IV. Folge.  »°.  Munch u,  1904.
     VON  PkTTEXKOFER (M.) &  VON ZlKMSSKN (H.)
  Munich  a healthy  town.  Reprinted from  the
  Scientifical Review of the "Miiuchner neueste
  Nachrichten".  8°.  Munich, 1**9.
     Bnrker (L.  F.)  A winter semester.   [Munich.]  J-
   Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904,  xliii, 673-07".. —«tern  (A.)
   Zur ethnographischen Futersuchung des Tastsinnes der
   Miinchener Stadtbevolkerung. Beitr. v.. Anthrop. u. Ur-
   gesch. Bayerns, Miinchen, 1894-5,  xi, 109-143, 2  pl.
 Municipal hygiene.
     See Hygiene (Municipal). 
MUNICIPAL.
191
MUNK.
Municipal (The) Record and Sanitary Journal.
  [Monthly.]  v.  1,  March,  1902,  to February,
  1903.  8 .   Glasgow.
    Continuation of:  Snnitnry (The) Journal, Glasgow.
  Continued under title:  County (The) aud Municipal
  Record.
Munier (Ferdinand-Jules) [1878-    ].  * De la
  valeur  de  l'electrolyse  line'airo  dans le traite-
  ment des r^treci-sements de l'urethre.  74 pp.,
  1 1.  8\  Xancy, 1904, No. 29.
Munier (Joh. Alcidins).  De  venis tarn lacteis
  thoracicis, quain lytnphaticis,  novissime  reper-
  tis.  Sylloge anatomica in  qua qmecunqne ha-
  bentur, versa pagina indicabit.  Opera et studio
  Jo. Alcidii Munieri.   11 p. 1., 224 pp., 3 pl.  16°.
  Genua;, imp. B. Guaschi, 1654.
------.  The  same.  [Incomplete  copy, wanting
  title-page, preface,  and index.]
■------.  Auctariolum in  quo celeberrimoruni ali-
  quot virorum  sentential  de lacte, et lacteis in
  thoracc, recensentur.
    Jn his: De venis tam lacteis thoracis, quam lymphaticis,
  [etc.].  16Y   Genual, 1654, 211-224.
Mlllliei* ( Lncien-L6on  )  [1*74-     ].  * Contri-
  bution a l'etude  des formes ciiniques et dn diag-
  nostic  du  cancer de l'cesophage.  60  pp.   8°.
  Bordeaux, 1*9*, No. 29.
Muniz (Manuel A.) [1*61-97].  Higiene piiblica.
  Junta supreina de sauidad.  24 pp.  8°.  Lima,
  1694.
    For Biography, see Monitor m6d., Lima, 1897, xii, 180-187.
Muniz  Barretto.  See  Barretto (Francisco
  Muniz).
Munk (Esriel) [1*67-     ].  * Des Samaritaners
  Marqah Erziihlung iiber den Tod Moses'.  [Ko-
  nigsberg i. Pr,.]   1 p. 1., 61 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin,
  H  Itzkowski, [1890].
    Hebrew and German text.
Mllllk (Gulielmus).   *De sanguine,   v, 30 pp.,
  1 1.  *~.  Lugd.  Bat., J. H. Gebhard 4 Soc, 1837.
ill till k  (Herbert) [1875-    ].   *Die Erschei-
  nungen  kurzer  Reizung des Sehorgans.  [Got-
  tiugen.]  44 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1900.
Munk (Hermann) [1839-   ].   Zur Anatomie
  und Physiologie  der qinrgestreiften Muskellaser
  der Wirbelthiere, mit Anschluss  von  Beobach-
  tungen fiber die  elektrischen Organe der Fische.
  14 pp.  8C.  [Gbttingen, 1858.]  [P., v. 1896.]
    Repr. from: Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch.
  u. d. Georg-Aug.-Univ.. Gotting., 1858.
------.   Ueber  die  Kehsphiiren der Grosshirn-
  rinde.   pp. 4*5-507, 1 pl.  8°.   [Berlin, 1*60.]
    Cutting from.- Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Acad. d. Wis-
  sensch., Berl.. 1880.
------.   Ueber  die  Functionen der Grosshirn-
  rinde;  gesamnielte Mittbeilungen  mit Anmer-
  kungen.   2. Aufl.  2 p. 1., 320 pp., 1 pl.   8°.
  Berlin,  A. Hirschwald, 1890.
------.  Ueber die Ansdehnnng der Sinnesspharen
  in der Giussbirnrinde.   15 pp.  8°.   Berlin, 1899.
    Repr. from: Sitzungsb.  d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wis-
  sensch. zu Berl., 1899.
------.  The  same.  2. Mitth.  24 pp.   4°.  Ber-
  lin, 1900.
    Repr. from: Sitzungsb. d.  k.  preuss. Akad. d. Wis-
  sensch. zu Berl., 1900, xxxvi.
------.  The  same.  3. Mitth.  35  pp.   8C.  Ber-
 . Un, G. Reimer,  1901.
    Repr. from: Sitznngsb. d.  k. preuss. Akad. d. Wis-
  sensch. zu Berl., 1901. xlviii.
------.  Die physiologische Gesellschaft zu Ber-
  lin.  Rede zur Feier  des 25jahrigen Bestehens
  der Gesellschaft gehalten am 24. November 1900.
  31pp.   8°.  Berlin. A. Hirschwald, 1901.
------.  Ueber die Folgen des  Sensibilitatsver-
  lustes der  Extremitat fiir deren  Motilitat.  40
  pp.   8°.   Berlin,  G. Reimer, 1903.
    Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d.  k. preuss.  Akad.  d. Wis-
  sensch. zuBcrl., 1903.
IVlunk (Hermann)—continued.
------.   Lemen und Leisten.   Rede.  27 pp.  8 .
  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1903.
Munk (Hugo)  [18(i5-     ].   * Ueber das Ein-
  legen von Elfenbeinzapfen in die Markbohle der
  Riihrenknochen  bei  der Operation  der  Pseud-
  art.hrose und bei dislocierten Prukturen.  14 pp.
  8C.   Tiibingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1*90.
Munk (I[innianuel]) [1852-1903].   Julius Schif-
  fer.   2 pp.  8°.  Berlin, 1*86.
    Repr. from.- Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1888, xiv.
------.   Rundschau  anf dem  Gebiete der Ernah-
  rungslehre.  8  pp.   8°.   [Berlin, J. Sittenfeld,
  1888.]
    Repr. from:  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1888, xiv.
------.   Neuere  Arbeiten auf  dem Gebiete der
  Nieienphvsiologie.   f>  pp.  8°.   Berlin, J. Sit-
  tenfeld, [18*9].
    liepr. from:  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1889, xv'.
------.    Ueber  den  Nahrwerth  des  leimfreien
  Fleiscbpeptons (Albumosepeptons)  von  Ant-
  weiler beim  Mensehen.  6 pp.   8°.   Berlin, J.
  Sittenfeld,  [1889].
    Repr.from:  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1889, xv.
------.   Ueber den Nahrwerth und die Verwend-
  barkeit der Peptmipraparate.  12 pp.  8°.   Leip-
  zig 4 Berlin, G. Thieme, 1889.
    Repr. from:  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1889, xv.
------.   Physiologie des Mensehen  und der Sauge-
  tbiere.  Lehrbuch  fiir Studirende und Aerzte.
  3. Aufl.   viii, 615 pp.   8°.   Berlin, A. Hirsch-
  wald, 1892.
------.   The  same.   4. Anfl.   viii, 633  pp.  8°.
  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1897.
------.   The  same.   5. Aufl.   viii, 634  pp.  8°.
  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1899.
------.   The  same.   6. Aufl.   viii, 642  pp.  8°.
  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1902.
------.   Eiuzelernalirung uud Masseuernahrung.
  iv,  141 pp.  8°.  Jena,  G. Fischer, 1893.
    Forms 1. Lfg. of: Handb. d. Hygiene, iii, 1. Abth.
    See,  also, Untersuchungen an  zwei hungernden
  Mensehen.  8°. Berlin. 1893.
    For Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903. xl, 770-
  772  (It. du Hois Reymondl.  Also: Deutsche med. VVchn-
  schr.,  Leipz u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 616 (H. Boruttau).  Also:
  Zentrallil. f. Physiol.,  Leipz. u. Wien, 1903, xvii, 251-257
  (P.  Sehultz).
-----& Uffelinann (J.)  Die  Ernahrung des
  gesunden und  kranken Mensehen.  Handbuch
  der  Diiitetik  fiir  Aeizte,  Verwaltungsbeamte
  uud Voisteher von  Heil- und Pflege-Anstalten.
  2. Aufl.  viii, 600 pp.   *-.   Wien ft Leipzig, Ur-
  ban 4 Schwarzenberg, 1*01.
------.   The same.   Bearbeitet von  I. Munk und
  C. A. Ewald.  3. Aufl.   viii, 591 pp.  8°.   Wien
  4' Leipzig,  Urban 4 Schwarzenberg, 189[5].
Munk (Jacob).  Noch eiuinal Lysol und Creolin.
  1  1.  fol.  Hamburg, 1*95.
    Repr. from:  Aerztl. Pract., Hamb., 1895, viii.
Munk (Maximilian).   Die Hygiene  des  Schul-
  gebiindes.   175 pp., 1  1.  8  .  Briinn, Karafiat
  4 Sohn, 1905.
------.   Die Zahnpflege in Schnle  und Haus.  12
  pp.   12°.  Briinn, Karafiat 4" Sohn, 1905.
Munk (Will.)   "Ueber Pruritus  vulvae  mit
  Carcinom der Vulva.  21pp.  12°.   Stadtamhof,
  J. ft K. Mayr, 1*9*.
Munk (William)  [1816-98].  The  life  of Kit-
  Henry Hal ford, bait   xv, 284 pp., 2 port.  8°.
  London <p New York, Longman [and others], 1*95.
    See, also, ITlsit-niichacl  (William) [in 1. s.J.  The gold-
  headed cane  sY   London,  1884.
    For  Riography,  see Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1898,  ii, 1914.
  Also:  Lancet,  bond.,  1898. ii  1818.  Also: Diet. Nat.
  Biog.,  Lond., 1901, Suppl. iii, 212 (N. Moore). 
MUNKENBECK.
192
MUNKO.
Muiikenbeok  (Ludwig  Wilhelm  August)
  [l*i><»-    ].  'Ueber  ein  primiires  Carcinom
  .les PancteaS-Schwanzes.  [Marburg.]  32 pp.,  |
  1 1.  *->.  Schwerte, C. Saatmann, 1890.           ■
Mtlilkert  (Anton).   * Beitrage  zur  Syntbese  I
  von  indendeiivaten.  [Erlangen.]   34 pp.  8 .
  Miinchen, J. Fuller, 1891.                     C.

Mnnkevich(AntonLeopoldovich)[183l-

'  971.
    «4ht*li<-pano»«ki (G. R.)  [In memoriam.]  Vrach,
  St. Petersb., 1898, xix, 28.
Miiiiii (('[urtis]  E.)  Sand filtration.  11  pp.
  8°.  Topeka, 1900.
    Repr.from: Tr. Santa Fe R. R. M. & S.  Soc, Topeka,
  1900.
Miiiiii (H[oward] E.)   Pathology of cancer.  7
  pj>.  8°.   Toledo, Samsey ft Fister, 1*94.
    Repr.from: Med. Compend, Toledo, 1894.
IH il ii ii (William  P[hipps]) [1865-1903].   Diph-
  theria;  a clinical study.  42 pp.   12°. [Phila-
  delphia, 1893.]
    Repr. from.- Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii.
------. Legislative  restriction of the  practice of
  medicine.   8 pp.   8C.   Pittsburgh, 1893.
    Repr.from: Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1893, vii.
------. The operative treatment of inflammatory
  phimosis  and  the  i^e of the  sharp curet  and
  stroug bichlorid solution for chancroids.  4 pp.
   12°.  [Philadelphia, 1894..]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv.
------.  Phimosis and the conditions that it com-
   plicates in the adult.  8 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia,
   Lea Bros,  ft Co., 1*04.]
    Repr.from- Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv.
     For Biography, see Colorado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 174.
   AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 793.
Mil ii n it'll (Antonius Everhard).  *De mensium
   suppressione.   24 pp.   4°.  Traj. ad  Rhenum, G.
   van de Water,  1703.
Munnicks(Johaunes) [1652-1711J.  Dissertatio
   de minis, earundumque inspectione.  9 p. 1., 75
   pp.  24°.   Traj.  ad Rhenum, R. a Zgll, 1674.
------.  Cheirurgia ad praxin hodiernani adornata
   in  qua veternm pariter ac neotericorum dog-
   mata dilucide exponuufur.  front., 2 p.  1., 295
   pp.  8°.  Amstelodami, et denuo Neapoli, exp. B.
   Gessari,  1735.
------.  * De alitura fcetus  in  utero.  4 1.   4°.
   Ullrajecti,  M.  a Dreunen. 1770.  [P.,  v. 1931.]
 Mlliniiks (Jacobus).   Diss. med. de atropa bel-
   lad'Uia, pnecipue exhibeus ejus vires veuenatas,
   ac medeiidi rationes, septem  observationibus
   contirinatas.   1 p. l.,58 pp., 3 1.   4°.   Groningoj,
   T. Spoormaker, [_1803].  [P., v. 1948.]
 ------.  "Observationes varke.    3 p. 1., 78  pp.,
   7 1., 4 pl.   4°.   Groningce, W. Kamerling, 1805.
   [P., v. 1932; 194<i;  194*.]
 Munuiks (Wynoldus) [1744-1806].    * De sum-
   mis quas anatome habet deliciis.   1  p. 1., 50 pp.,
   1 1.  4°.   Groningw,  H. Spandau, 1771.   [P., v.
   1942; 1945.]

 Ill ii noil' (Jean-Pierre)  [1768-1 SOIL
     I'aflfe.  N6crologie.  J. d. conn. m6d. prat., Par., 1861,
   xxviii, 83.
 Munoz (A.)   Gota, litiasis,  artritismo y otros
   estados  dependientes de  la  llamada dititesis
   tirica; breves  observaciones  acerca de su natu-
   raleza y tratamiento.  16 pp.   *c.   Madrid, R.
   For nny,  1900.
 Munoz (Alonso).
     See dc I'niiiavo  (Andres). *T rat ados  breves de alge-
   bra y garrotillo.  16°.  VaUncia, 1621.
 Miinoz  (Clodoaldo Garcial.   Elementos de hi-
   giene del  embarazo, parto y puerperio y medios
   sencillos de corregir sus molestias.   50 pp.  12°.
   Madrid, B. Bordadores,  1903.
Munoz (Enrique M.)   *E1 tabaquillo, su estu-
  dio qnimico-industrial.   16 pp.   *°.   Mexico,
  J.  (umplido,  l*7t'i.
Munoz (Ignacio).  *Contribnci6u al estudio de
  la  poliocncefalitis  de  los centros psico-motores.
  41  pn.   *°.   Mexico, 1*92.
Munoz (J.) & Molina. (R.)  Formulario inig-
  iioii.  Guia <le  la  visita lo mas nucvo y mas
  piiictico publioado hasta el dia; coleeeion orde-
  mida de los tratainientos in sis eficaces empleados
  en las diversas enfermedades )»or las eminencias
  me"dicas.   240 pp.  l(i°.  Madrid, [n. d.].
Munoz (Luis).  Replica del . . . al articulo que,
  sobre la vacuua animal, le dirigid el Sr. Angel
  Iglesias.   23 pp.   8-'.   Me'xico, J.  Cnmplido,
  1808.  [Also, in: P., v. 21*5.]
------.  Algunas retiexiones sobre las cuestiones
  mfis importantes  que se retieren  a  la  vacuna.
  78 pp.   8 .   Me'xico, J. M. Lara, l*(i9.
------.  Resumen de los trabajos sobre la vacuua
  humana y de  las  observaciones recogidas du-
  rante los aiios de  1869-71.  11, 12, 22 pp.   8 -\
  Me'xico, J. M. Fernandez de Lara, 1-70.
------.  Reflexiones  acerca de un hecho en el cual
  pudieran apoyarse aluunas personas  para ase-
  gurar  la existencia de  la vacuua sifilitica.  22
  pji.  8°.  Mexico, J. M.  Fernandez de Lara, 1*72.
Munoz (Miguel).   Metodo sencillo, claro y facil
  de asistir a los ninos en la actual epidemia de
  viruelas  naturales, arreglado  &  las nuevas y
  majores doctrinas  me\licas del dia.  44 pp.   8G.
  Me'xico, C. Thomas Uribe y Alcalde, 1830.
     In: Medicina. Varias recetas.  MS.  8°.  [n.p., n. d.]
Munoz  (Ricardo  Jos6  Gorriz).    See Gorriz y
  Munoz.
Munoz  del Castillo (Jos6).   Filtros para
  agua potable  en  las  fuentes publicas.   16  pp.
  8°.  Madrid, R. Rojas, 1900.
------.  El vanadio  en  Espana; primera nota re-
  lativa  al  hallazgo de dicho elemento quiinico
  bajo la forma de "vanadinito" eu Santa Marta
  (Badajoz, Extreinaduro).   15 pp.  8°.  Madrid,
  A. li.  Velasco, 1900.
Munoz de Luna. (Ramon Torres).  See Torres
  Munoz de Luna (Ramdn).
Munoz P. Orea (Manuel).   Cuadros  sin6pti-
  cos  de  anatomia  humana.   Pr61ogo  del  Don
  Arturo Nunez Garcia.  3 p. 1., 64 pp., 1 pl.   fol.
  Salamanca, A. Pinto, 1901.
Munoz y Revilla (Luis G.)  * Breves apuu-
  tes sobre el tratamiento de las  frenopatias.   52
  pp.  8°.   Me'xico, F. Diaz de Leon, 1875.
Mil tiro  (iEneas).   The locust  plague  and its
  suppression,  xvi, 365 pp., 1 pl., port.  8°. Lon-
  don, J. Murray, 1900.
Muuro (Alex.).
     See Coutts (F.) Ziektebehandeling met als zuiver, etc.
   8°.  Nijmegen, [1871, vel subseq.].
 Muuro (Alexander Campbell).  Annual reports
   on  the  health and   sanitary  condition of the
   borough of  Jarrow.  9.-15., l8*3-*9.  *-\  Jar-
   row-on-Tyne, b-84-90.
 Mlllli'O (Arcliibald Campbell).   County borough
   ot South Shields.  Annual reports of the med-
   ical officer of health.   8.-15., 1**2-9.  8C.  South
   Shields, 1883-90.
 Mlllli'O (H.  M.)  The formation aud destruction
   of nitrates  and  nitrites iu artificial  solutions
   aud in river and well waters,  pp. 632-6*1.  8C.
   London, Harrison ft Sons, 1886.
     Cutting from: J. Cliem. Soc. Lond., 1886, xlix.
 Himi'O (James).
     .11 unro (James).  Ohituarv.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905,
   i, 226.
 Mlllli'O (John C.)  Inguinal colotomy for malig-
   nant adenoma of rectum.  With autopsy.  7 pp.
   16°.  Boston, Damrell ft Upham, 1893.
     Repr. from: Boston M. <!c S. J., 1893, exxviii. 
MUNRO.                                     193                                   MURALT.
Muuro (Johu C.)—continued.
-----.  Some indications  for external  urethrot-
  omy.  8 pp.  8°.  Boston, 1893.
    Repr.from: Boston M. Sc S. J., 1893, cxxviii.
-----.  Laminectomy.   ~4 pp.   12°.   Chicago,
  1900.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Cbicago, 1900, xxxiv.
-----.  Surgical treatment of hemorrhagic pachy-
  meningitis.  11  pp.  8°.  Boston, 1902.
-----.  The clinical diagnosis of typhoid perfora-
  tion.  17 pp.  12°.  Boston, 1903.
    Repr. from: Boston M. Sc S. J., 1903, cxlviii.
-----.  Empyema  from a surgical  standpoint.
  6 pp.  8°.  [Philadelphia, ISO'S.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix.
    See, also. Lovett (Robert \V.) & Munio (John C.)  A
  consideration of the results [etc.].  8°.  Philadelphia, 1887.
Munro (Pierre).
    See Traite 616mentaire de  matiere  m6dicale  [etc.],
  8°.  Montreal, 1870.
Munro  (Robert)  [1835-     ].   Paget's disease
  of the nipple.  8 pp.   12°.   Glasgow, A. Mac-
  doiigall, 1881.
    Repr.from: Glasgow M. J., 1881, 4. s., xvi.
-----.  Tbe scientific basis of medicine.  36 pp.
  !*c.  Glasgow, A. Macdougal, 1885.
    Repr.from: Glasgow M. J., 1885, 4. s., xxiii.
-----.   Address to the  anthropological section of
  tbe British Association.   11 pp.  8C. 'London,
  Spottiswoode ft Co., 1893.
Munro (Walter Lee).  The physician upon the
  witness stand.   30 pp.  12°.   JVieto York, 1897.
    Repr.from: N.  York M. J., 1897, lxv.
Munro  (W[illiam]).   Leprosy.   95 pp.   8°.
  Manchester, J. Heywood, [1879?].
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1878-9. xxiv.
    See. also, Verdes Montenegro (J.)  Bubonic plague.
  8°.  London, 1900.
Munroe (Henry) [1818-87].   On the physiolog-
  ical action of alcohol.   30  pp.   c°.   London,
  F. Pitman, 1865.  [P., v.  2193.]
Munscll  (Victor)  [1877-     ].   * Ueber einen
  Fall von  spoutaner  circumscripter  Hautgan-
  graen.  32 pp.  8°.  Strassburg i.  E.,  C. Miih 4
  Co., 1902.
ill ii itson (C. W.).
    Editor of: People's (The) Dental Journal, Toledo, O.,
  1888.
Mil ll SO ll   (Edward L[yman] )  [1868-     ].
  Emergency diet for the sick in the military ser-
  vice.   45  pp.   16°.  Washington,  Govt.  Print.
  Office, 1699.
-----.   The theory and practice  of military hy-
  giene,   xii, 971 pp.,  8 pl.  8°.  Xew York, W.
   Wood 4 Co., 1901.
Munson  (J. F.)  A study of the stomach func-
  tion in pulmonary tuberculosis.  7 pp. roy. 8°.
  New York, 1905.
    Repr. from: N.  York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi.
Van Munster  (Jacobus  Henricus).   * De in-
  flainmatione.   1 p. l.,30 pp., 11.  4°.   Groningce,
  J. Dikema, 17?5.  [P., v.  1938.]
de  Mu liter (L.)  Statistique  des  affections
  traitees a  la policlinique de  cine'sithe'rapie a la
  Faculty de me"decine de Liege  du 12 octobre 1901
  au ler Janvier.   19 pp.  4C.  [Liege, 1903.]
Mlllltlie (Axel).  Letters from a mourning  city.
  [Naples  during the cholera epidemic of 18*4.]
  2. ed.  221 pp., 1  pl.  8°.  London, J. Murray,
  1899.
Milnting (Ahrahamns).  Aloidarium,  sive aloe's
  mucronato folio Americanse majoris, aliarumque
  ejusdem  speciei historia, in  qua  lloridi illius
  temporis, loci,  naturae, culturse, necnon quali-
  tatum ratio paucis enarratur.   33 pp., 9 1.,  8 pl.
  4°.   [ Amstelodami], 1680.
    Bound with the following.
-----.  De  vera antiquorum  herba  Britannica,
  ejusdemque  efficacia  contra  stomacaccen, seu
       VOL XI,  2D  SERIES----13
Munting (Abrahamus)—continued.
  scelotyrbeu, Frisiis et Batavis de Scheubuyck.
  dissertatio historico-medica.   12 p.  1., 231 pp.,
  24  pl., port.   4°.   Amstelodami,  H.  Sweerts,
  [16e0].
-----.   Naauwkeurige  beschryving  der aardge-
  wassen, waar in de veelerleyaart en bijzondere
  eigenschappen der  boonien heesters, kruyden,
  bloemen,  met  haare vrugten,  zaden,  wortelen
  en  bollen, neevens  derzelver  waare  voort-tee-
  ling,  gelukkige aanwinning, eu heylzaame ge-
  neeskrachteu,  na een  veel-jarige oeffeniug  en
  eigen ondervinding, in drie onderscheide boeken,
  naauwkeuriglijk beschreeven  wordeu.   front.,
  929 pp., 32 1., 245 pl.   fol.  te Leyden 4 V Utrecht,
  P. van Aa 4 F. Halma, 1696.
Muiltillg (D. K.), jr.  * Ueber Combination von
  Uterus- und  Ovarialgesebwiilsten.   [Freiburg
  i. B.]   49 pp.  8°.   Zwolle, La Riviere 4 Voor-
  hoeve, 1889.
-----.   De vertegeuwoordiging der homoeopa-
  thie iu de medische facnlteit te Budapest, en de
  " Voordrachten over homoeopathie" van Profes-
  sor Stokvis.  69 pp.  8°.   Zwolle, La Riviere 4
  Voorhoeve, 1891.
Mimting (Willem de Koniug).  See de  Koning
  Munting (Willem).
Muutinglie  (Bernhard Ida  Kiers).   *Theses
  medica'.   15 pp.   8°.  Groningos, W. van Boeke-
  ren, 1614.   [P., v. 1959.]
Muntinghe  (Hyleko).   * De  functione pla-
  centae.  2 p. 1., 16 pp., 4 1.  8°.  Groningce,  H.
  Eekhoff, 1810.  [P., v. 2071. J
Munziiiger  (Eugen).  Festspiel  zur  L. Ver-
  sanimlung  des iirztlichen  Centralvereins  26.
  Oktober 1895 in Olten.  14 pp.   12c.  Basel, 1695.
    Suppl. to: Cor.-Bl.  f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1895, xxv.
Murach (Franz) [1872-    ].   * Ueber Produkte
  der alkalischen Hydrolyse  des  Blutalbumins.
  [Erlangeu.]   44 pp., 2 1.  8°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr.,
  1900.
Murad Ibrahim (Jussuf Bey).   "Die physi-
  kalische Untersuchung der Milz, nebst Beobach-
  tungen fiber die Verschieblichkeit normaler und
  vergrosserter Milzeu.  119 pp.   8°.  Munchen,
  Kastuer 4 Lossen,  1902.
Muradoff(Minas Ivanovich)  [1864-    ].  *K
  voprosu o vliyanii razlichnikh priyomov paste-
  rizovaunavo vinogradnavo  soka na obshtshiy
  azotoobmien, vies tiela i kishechnoye gniyeuiye
  u  zdorovavo chelovleka  pri   smieshannoi  pi-
  shtshie (materiall dlya ratsionalnavo razrieshe-
  niya  terapevticheskavo znacheniya liecheniya
  vinogradom).  [Influence of variously  pasteur-
  ised  grape juice on general nitrogenous metab-
  olism, body weight,  aud  intestinal putrefac-
  tion in the healtby man in mixed food; data on
  the rational estimation of the  therapeutic value
  of grape treatment.]   144 pp.  8J.  Yuryev, Shna-
  kenburg, 1900.

Iflnraena.
    Coutierc (H.-M.)  Sur la non-existence dTun appareil
  k venin chez la raurene H616ne.  Compt.-rend. Soc. de
  biol., Pnr., 1902, liv, 787.
Muiai (J.).
    See International Health Exhibition, London, 1884.
  A descriptive catalogue [etc.].  8°.  London, 1884.
Murai (Sunosuki) &  Marnyania (Jochiro).
  Kcnyuho.   [Methods of examining  milk.]   2,
  88 pp., 2 tab.  8°.   Tokyo, 1891.
VOli Muralt (Job.)  [1645-1733].   *Exercitatio
  anatomica de experiments novissinie factis.   13
  pp.   sm. 4°.  Monspelii, D. Pech, lb70.   [P., v.
  2153.]
    See, also, Valentini  (Michael Bernhardus) [in 1. «.].
  Praxeos medicinae infallibilis [etc.].  Pars altera chirur-
  gica.  sm. 4°.  Francof. ad Ma-niim. 1715.
    For Biography, see Abbilfl. . . . d. Arznk.verd.Gelehr-
  ten [etc.].  4°.  Augsburg, 1805, 95, port.
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). 
MU R ALT.
194
MOKCHISON.
von  Mural I (Ludwig).  * Ueber  congenitalen
  Dei'ekt  der Tibia,  mit  anatomischer  Unter-
  sucliung eines Falles vou totalem congenitalem
  Tibiadefekt.   1 p.  1., 28 pp , 2 pl., 11.   4 .
  fa**< I, T. ti. Fischer ft Co.,  1-95.              c.
    Also forms 5. Hit. of:  Bibliotheca medica.  fol.  Cassel,
  1896.
von  Muralt (Willy).   * Ueber  verschiedene
  Forinen  der  Knocbenresorption durch Metasta-
  sis  maligner Tnmoren.   30 pp., 3  pl.  *J.   Zu-
  rich, Poli,<iraph.  Inst., 1901.
de Muralto (Job. Conradus).  * De iliaca pas-
  sione.   23 1.  sm.  4-.  Basileoe, ex off. E. ft J. G.
  Regum, 1093.  [P., v. 2129.]
Murani (Oreste).   Sperimenti sui raggi Ront-
  o-e11.  19pp.,0pl.   4-\   Milano,  U. Hoepli, 1-06.
    Forms fasc. 1 of:  Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Cl. di
  lett. e sc. matemat. e  nat., Milano, 1896, 3. s., ix.
Murari  Dalla Corte (Girolamo).  Clotilde,
  ossia la sci.perta dell' acque termali di Weissem-
  burgo;  novella.  50 pp.   8-.  Mantova, L. Cara-
  ntnti, 1-21.
Murat  (Fruest) [1871-    ].   * Contribution a
  lV'tudo des manifestations  extra-ge'nitales de la
  blennorrhagie;  la gonococcie.  82pp.,lch.   4~\
  Bordeaux, 1-96,  No.  102.
Murat (Leopold) [1877-     ].  * De l'itnperfora-
  tion et du r^trecisseinent des voies  lacrymales
  chez les enfants en has age.  50 pp.  8°.  Bor-
  deaux, 1902, No. 18.
Murat  (Louis)  [1874-    ].   * Contribution a
  l'etude de l'ence'phalite aigue primitive a forme
  hemorrhagique.   8<> pp., 1 1.   8°.  Lyon, 1897,
  2. s., No. 142.
Murat (Paul) [1*77-    ]•  * Etude  clinique de
  l'arrbe~nal  comme specifique de la malaria.  41
  pp., 3 1.  -°.  Montpellier, 1902, No.  13.
Muratet (Lcon-Marie-Paul-Arnaud)  [1874-   ].
  * Contribution a l'etude des rapports mime'riques
  des diveis elements  figures du  sang chez l'ein-
  bryon  et le ftetus  humains jusqu'a la naissance,
  leurs variations dans certaines conditions patho-
  logiques.  3* pp.  8  .  Bordeaux, 1902, No. 98.
MuratolT  (A[leksandr]   A[leksandrovich])
  Ll8.")(i-    ].  Zamietki ob akusborsko-ginekolo-
  gieheskikh  klinikakh v  Vienie.   [Remarks ou
  tbe obstetrical aud  gynecological  clinics in Vi-
  enna.]   23 pp.  -i°.   Moskva, A. I. Mamontoff 4'
  K.. 1—3.
    Bound with: Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1883, xx.
-----.  Etude sur la  grossesse ovarienne.  12 pp.
  8°.   [Havre, Lemale 4 Cie., 18-9, rel  subseq.]
-----. Meditsinskiy otchot ZhenskoiLiechebnitsl
  i Rodovspomogatelnavo Zavedeniya s bezplat-
  nimi koikami za  1**0-8 godl.  [Medical report
  of the Woman's Hospital and Lying-in Institute
  with Free Beds, for 18-6-8.]  1-4 pp., 2 1.   *y
  Moskva, E. Lissner 4 Y.  Roman, 1-90.
-----.  Ocherki  klmichesUikh liablyudeniy nad
  vuiematochnol  bereinenuostyu.   [Sketches of
  clinical  observations  ou  extra-uterine preg-
  nancy.]  iv,  375 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1896.
-----.  Vvedeniye v  kurs akushorstva i  giueko-
  logii v svyazi s klinicheskimi metodanii prepo-
  davaniya.  [Introduction  to the  course of ob-
  stetrics and  gynecology  in  connection  with
  cliuical methods  of instruction.]  26 pp.   8\
  [ Yuryev, 1-9*.]
    Bound tvith: Vchen. zapiski imp. Turyev. univ., 1898, vi.
-----.  Klinicheskiya  lektsii po  akushorstvn i
  ginekologii.   [Clinical  lectures  on  obstetrics
  audgvuecologv.]  Pt. 1.  268pp.,21. 8°. [Yur-
  yev, K. Mattistn, 1900.]
    Bound with: Fchen.zapiski imp. Yuryev.univ.,1900,viii.
MuratolT (Vladimir [Aleksandrovich]) [1867-
       ].  Vtorichniya pererozhdeniya pri ochago-
  vlkh stradauiyakh  dvigatelnol sferl mozgovol
MuratolT (Vladimir [Aleksandrovich])—cont'd.
  kori.   Experimental no-pat ologicbeskoye izslle-
  dovaniye.   [Secondary degeneration  in focal
  diseases of the motor region of the cortex cere-
  bri.  Experimental  pathological research.]  vi,
  158 pp.,  1  1.,  1  pl.   *  .  Moskra, I. N. Kushne-
  reff 4 Ko., 1-93.
-----   Intellektualnlya fuuktsii golovnovo moz-
  ga.  [Intellectual functions of tbe brain.]   22
  pp.  8-\   Kazan, 1896.
    Another copy, bound  tvith:  Nevhol. Vestnik, Kazan,
  1896, iv, no. 1.
-----.   Klinicheskiya lektsii  po ne.rvnlm  boliez-
  nyani dietskavo vozrasta.  [Clinical lectures on
  nervous  diseases of childhood.]  1 p. 1., 190, iv
  pp.  8C.   Moskra, A. A. Kartseff, 1-9*.
-----.   Klinicheskiya lektsii po nervnlm i  du-
  shevntm  bolb-znyam.    [Cliuical  lectures  on
  nervous aud mental diseases.]   Pt.2.  239 pp.,
  8 pl.  *-.  Moskra, A. A. Kartseff, 1699.
    Bound with preceding.
Mliratori (Francesco).
    See Scelta, compendio et raccolta [etc.]. sm. 4°.  Bo-
  logna, 1630.
Mliratori  (Lodovico  Antonio) [1672-1750].
  Del governo della peste, e delle maniere di guar-
  darsene; trattato diviso in  politico, medico ed
  ecclesiastic",  da  conservarsi ed aversi  pronto
  per le'occasioni, che Dio  teuga senipre lontane;
  coll' aggiunta iu questa uuova edizioue di  un
  dettaglio della  peste  di  Marsiglia, colle  note
  dell' istesso  autore, e di  alcune  ricette  del
  famoso Vallisneri.   xxii, 427  pp., 1 1.   16°.
  Modena.  B. Soliani; Najwli, F. C.  Mosea, 1710.
-----.  The  same.  Li tre governi,  politico,  me-
  dico ed ecclesiastico, utilissimi anzi necessarj in
  tempo  di peste, autenticati da guauto e accaduto
  in moltissime citta e provincie, secondo 1' oppor-
  tunity usata  nelle precauzioni e rimedj.  3. ed.
  xxii (1 1.), 332  pp.  8°.  Milano, frat.  Vigoni,
  1721.
-----.  The  same.   Del governo della  peste, e
  delle maniere di guardarsene;  trattato diviso in
  politico, medico ed ecclesiastico, con le aggiunte
  fatte posteriormente dall' istesso autore, e messe
  tutte a  suo luogo,  ed  in fine  la relazione della
  peste di  Marsiglia gia  stampate iu Modena nel
  1714 e  1721.  xxviii, 128, 152, 104, xlvii pp.   16°.
  Roma, G. Mainardi, 1743.
-----.  Dettaglio della peste di Marsiglia, pubbli-
  cata da  i medici che hanuo operato in essa, con
  alcune osservazioni  et  alfie giunte da unirsi al
  trattato Del governo della  peste.  34 pp.   8°.
  [Milano, frat. Vigoni, 1721.]
-----.  Delhi  foiza  della fantasia umana:  trat-
  tato.  4. ed.   3 p. 1., 20*  pp.    l(i~.  Venezia,
  G. Pasquali. 176ti.
     See, also, Torti (Francesco! [in 1. s.]. Therapeutics
  specialis [etc.].  4°.  Venetiis. 174:i.-----The same. 8°.
  Leodh, 1821.
     For  Biography,  see .HajjSJ'orn (A.)   Ludovico An-
  tonio Minatori, igienista.  8°. Milano, 1893.
Murauye (Heraku).
     See Ki (Tei) [in 1. s.J.  I gaku riiu mon.  8Y  [Kioto,
  1711.]
Muravski   (V[atslav-Yakov  ]   I[osifovich] )
  [1*65-    ].  * K voprosu o vliyanii khroniches-
  kavo otravleniya alkoholein i sivushnim maslom.
  na pochki u zhivotnikh.  [On the intluence of
  chronic poisoning  by  alcohol and whisky upon
  the kidneys of  animals.]  40 pp.   8~.  S.-Peter-
   burg, 189o.

 HI lira vyeff   ( Vasiliy    Vladimirovich )
   [18G8-1903].
     Molclinnoflf(M.)  Nekrolog. J. nevropat. i psikhiat.
      Korsakova, Mosk., 1903, iii, 1267-1275 [port, in  text].
 Murchison  (Charles) [1830-79].  On the ex-
   periments of Casimiro Sperino,  of Turin, on tbe 
MUEOHISON.                              195                                     MUBIER.
Murcllison (Charles)—continued.
  subject of syphilization.   4 pp.   *  .   [Edin-
  burgh.  Murray ft  Gibb,  1852?]   [P.,  v.  155*;
  1991.]
    Repr.from: Rep. Physiol. Soc. Edinb.
------.   On gastro-colic  fistula;  a collection of
  cases and observations  on its  pathology, diag-
  nosis, etc.   35 pp.   8^.   Edinburgh, Murray 4*
  Gibb, 1*57.   [P., v.  1991;  2194.]
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1857-8, iii.
------.   On the period of incubation of typhus,
  relapsing fever, and  enteric fever.   20 pp., 1 1.
  -s.   [London, 1871.]   [P., v. 2291.]
    Repr.from : St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond.,1871,n.s.,ii.
------.    Report   of  the lion, secretary  of the
  Syme  meinorial  fund.  32  pp.   8~.   [London,
  T. Richards. 1*71.]
■-----.   Cliuical lectures on diseases of the liver,
  jaundice, and abdominal  dropsy, including the
  Crooniau lectures on functional derangements
  of the liver;  delivered at the  Royal College of
  Physicians  in 1874.   2. ed.  xvi (1 1.), 644 pp.
  8-.   New York,  W. Wood ft Co.,  1*77.
------.  Le typhus exanthema tique. Trad, del'an-
  glais et aunote'  par T.-H. Thoinot et H. Dubief.
  vii, 459 pp., 1  1-,  2 pl.   8\   Paris,  O.  Doin,
  1896.
    Set, also, Correspondence and editorial comments
  [etc.] [in 1.8.].  8°.  [London, 18(>3!]—Frerichs (Fried-
  rich Theodor).  Atlas of pathological anatomy, [etc.]. 4C.
  Brunswick, London <£ Edinburgh. 1861-2.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  316 (J. F. Payne).
Jlurcia.
    Siret (H.) Sc Siret (L.)   Les premiers habitats des
  provinces de  Murcie et d'Alm6rie. Rev. d'ethnog., Par..
  18-s vi.  181-214.
Ifliircler.
    See Homicide; Insanity (Homicidal); Juris-
  prudence (Medical).
Murderer  (A) punished and pardoned;  or, a
  true, relation of  a  wicked life, and  shameful-
  happy  death of  Thomas Savage,  imprisoned,
  justly  condemned, and  twice executed at Rat-
  cliff for his bloody  fact  in killing  his fellow-
  servant, on  Wednesday, Oct. 2-1, 166*.  To which
  is annexed   a sermon preached  at  his funeral.
  4- pp.   16°.  London, 166*.
Murdoch (Donald).  Remarks upou the origin
   of the tirst-aid movement.   10 pp.  12°.   [II-
  fracombe], 18*9.
Murdoch  (Frank H.)   Stomach  digestion.  7
  pp.   lO.    Pittsburgh,  Murdoch, Kerr  4'  C°.,
  1*06.
    Repr.from: Pittsburgh M.  Rev., 1896, ix.
-----.   Tbe  diagnosis aud treatment of chronic
  gastric catarrh.   7 pp.  12 y  New York, 1897.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J.,  1897, lxvi.
-----.   The  use and  abuse of the stomach  tube.
  5 pp.    12.   Neio York,  1697.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1897, lxv.
------.   Nervous dyspepsia, with  report of cases.
  10 pp.   12°.  New York, 1896.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1898. lxviii.
-----.   The  diagnosis of gastric ulcer,  with re-
  port of cases.  5 pp.   8.   Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1900. v.
------.   Further remarks on orthoform iu the di-
  agnosis of gastric ulcer.   5 pp.  12J.  New  York,
  1904.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y., 1904.  [In: Tr. Am.
  Gastro-Ei-terol. Ass., 1905, no.  12.]
Murdoch (J[ames]  B[issett])  [1830-96].   Sur-
  gical  clinics  at the Western Pennsylvania Hos-
  pital  before the  students of the Western Penn-
  sylvania  Medical College.  59 pp.   12J.   Chi-
  cago, Office Am.  M. As*., 18*9.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1889, xii.
Murdoch (J[ames] B[issett])—continued.
------.   A contribution to the  study of amputa-
  tion at  the  hip-joint.  15  pp.   8'•--'.   [Philadel-
  phia, 1*93.]
    Repr.from:  Ann. Surg., Phila., 189:i. xvii.
    For Biography, see Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1896, x, 313.
    For Portrait, see Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1890, i, opp. 224.
  Also: [Off. Tr.] Nat. Ass. Railway Sing., Chicago,  1891,
  iv, facing p. 25.
Murdoch (Russell).   Ear instruments.    1  1.
  *J.  New York,  1**8.
    Repr.from:  N.  York M. J., 1888, xlvii.
Mlirdock Free Surgical  Hospital for Women,
  Boston.   Report of vhe . .  ., for the year 1**7-*.
  64  pp.,  1 1., 4  pl.   8~.    Boston, Rockwell  4'
  Churchill, 1***.
    Closed in July, 1889.
------.   [Homoeopathic department.] Annual re-
  port of the .  . ., for the year 1**7-8.  10 pp., 1 1.,
  4 pl.  * '.  Bos*on, Rockwell ft Chun hill, 188*.
Mure (B.).
    See Jahr (G[ottlieb] Hfeinrich] G[eorg]).  Pratica ele-
  mentar de homoeopathic, [etc.].  *Y Rio de Janeiro, 1844.
Muren  (C Morgan).
    Co-Editor of: IVew Vork Lancet, 1*98.
Murer (Robert) [1*72-    ].  *De la  levure de
  biere dans le traitemeut de  la vaginite blenuor-
  ragique.  49 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Paris, 1699, No. 17.
biuret.
    See Water (Supply of),  by localities.
Muret(Edouard). Quelques mots sur uue 6norme
  tumeur de la region late'rale du cou.   8 pp.  8°.
  [Neuchdtel, F. Marolf, 1*01.]
    Repr. from:  l5cho m6d., Neuchat., 1861, v.
Muret  (Ernest) [1878-    ].  * Traitemeut des
  tistnles dentaires et des tistules mentonnieres en
  particulier.  66 pp., 11.  8 . Paiis, 1903, Xo. 281.
Muret (H.)  Quelques mots sur la nouvelle doc-
  trine m6dicale  nominee homoeopathie.  24 pp.
  8°.  Lausanne, Hignon 0.1116, 1833.
Muret (Maurice).  * Des positions fransversales
  du sonimet   au detroit  infe"rieur  dn  bassin.
  [Lausanne ]  45 pp.  8°.   Geneve, Aubert-Schu-
  chardt,  lr-94.

UIu rex.
    Dubois (R.)  Sur le mecanisme intime de la forma-
  tion de la puurpre chez Murex  brandaris. Compt. rend.
  Soc. de  biol.. Par.. 1902,11. s., iv. 82. -----. Sur la ph.\ sio-
  logie comparee de I'organe purpurigene du Murex truncu-
  lus et du Murex brandaris. Ibid., 657.—Galeotti (G.)
  Sc Zsird© (E.)  Su di un microrganismo patogeno isolato
  dal Murex  brodatus;  contributo alia  eonoseenza  delle
  infezioui alimentari.  Snerimentale. Arch,  di biol., Fi-
  renze, 1902, lvi, 5-32.—Tiberti (X.)  Intorno all' azione
  di un microrganismo pntOLreno isolato dal Murex branda-
  ris sui  tessuti animali.  Ibid.,  434-446.  Also: Atti  d.
  Accad.  med.-iis. florent. 1902, Fireuze, 190.1, 41-4(>.  AUo,
  transl.:  Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u.path. Anat., Jena, 1902,
  xiii, 626-633.

Jin rex ide.
     Finckh (C.)   * leber das Murexid und einige
  ihm   nabesteheiide   Harnsiiuredcrivate.   8°.
  Munchen. 1903.
Mlll'IVee  (J[anies] B.)  A  case of abdominal
  pregnancy (extra-uterine) of  fifty-five  years'
  duration.  8  pp.  8°.  [Nashville, 1886. ]
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1886.
MlirgTie  (Claude)  [ 1873-    ].   * Etude clinique
  sur le traitement des 6panchements pleur6tiques
  par l'antipyriiie.  66 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Li/on, 1900,
  Xo. 125.
Murie (James).  On  the occurrence  of u'strus
  tarandi Linn, in a reindeer in  the society's gar-
  dens,   p. 591.  8J.  London, 1866.
    Repr. from : Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1866.
Murier (Elie-Ferdinand)  [1873-    ].    "De
  l'emploi de la vapeur d'eau comme adjuvant  de
  la sdrotheiapie dans le traitement dn  croup.  80
  pp. 8-Y   Paris, 1897, No. 399. 
MUKILLO.                                  196                                   MUKPHY.
Murillo (Adolfo).   Hygiene et  assistance pu-
  bliqueauChili.  Traduction d'Einile Petit, viii,
  459 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Paris], A. Roger 4F. Cherno-
  ritz, 16*9.
-----.  De la eclampsia en la Maternidad de San-
  tiago, y en especial de la eclampsia tardia.  14
  \s\>?  tf3.  Santiago,  Chile, 1806.
Murillo (Francisco).  Curacion de la difteria.
  Fundamentos  de la seroterapia y guia pra"ctico
  parasuaplicaciou.   2. ed.   viii, 07 pp., 11.  16c.
  Madrid, A.  Ruiz de  Castroviejo, 1895.
Murillo (Geronymo).
    See ISalen (Claudius).  Tlierapeutico methodo [etc.],
  16°.  Zarayoca, li;.">l. —Hollerius Stempanus (Jacobus).
  Tratado de la materia decirnrgia [etc.].  16°.  Valencia,
  [n. d.\.
Murillo (Luis  G.)   * Breves  apuntes sobre la
  pingiiica.   42 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Mexico, 1*92.
Murino [Alessio].
    SeeColera. Suffumigiquarantenemiasmi, [etc.].  16°.
  Roma, 1884.
Murisier(E.)  Les maladies du sentiment reli-
  gieux.   2 p. 1., 174 pp., 1  1.  12°.  Paris,  F.
  Alcan, 1901.
Murjas (Ernest) [1878-    ].  *Du traitement
  des abces ossifluents par la ponction simple.  84
  pp., 11.  8\   Lyon, 1901. No. 165.

Murmurs.
    See, also, Auscultation; Blood-vessels (Mur-
  murs in);  Heart (Murmurs of); Heart  (Mur-
  murs of, Exocardiac); Spleen (Murmurs of).
    Ginsox (G.  A.)   The  cephalic murmur.  8°.
  [n. p., n. d.]
    Valkxtix (P.) *Du double souffle intermit-
  tent, crural  et  de sa  pathogenie.  8°.   Lyon,
  1904.
    Ceraulo (S.)   Suffio splenico.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
  1903, xxiv, 81.—Calliard (L.)   Plessim6trisme  hydro-
  a6rique a la base du thorax, a gauche. Cong, franc, de
  med. 1895, Par., 1890, ii, 6is.— Liicae (A.)  Studie iiber
  die Natur und die VVahrnehmung der Gerausche.  Arch.
  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, Suppl.-Bd., 396-408.—Rosten-
  bach (O.)  Ueber pseudopulmonale und pseudopleurale
  Gerausche (Muskelknacken und Muskelknarren).  Wien.
  klin. Kuudschau, 1899, xiii, 417-419.—Scheele (L.)  TJeber
  einige seltenere  Nonnengerausche und ihren diagnosti-
  BChen Wertii.  Internal. Beitr.  z. inn. Med. (Leyden),
  Berl.,  1902, ii, 41-58.
Murphy (Charles J.)  Lecture delivered  before
  the National Agricultural .Society of  France at
  the International Congress of Miller-', held at
  Paris, in August, 18*9, on American Indian corn
  (maize) as  a cheap, wholesome, and  nutritious
  hum in  food.  9b' pp.  8\   Edinburgh, R.  Grant
  4 Son, 1*90.
Murphy (CharLs W.)  Abortion; accompanied
  with  unusual  reflex motor disturbance of the
  arm.  2 1.   8°.   [St. Louis,  1*92.]
    Repr.from: St. Louis Clinique, 1892, vi.
-----.  The  coal tar deriva ives;  their use  and
  abuse.   1 1.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1892.
    Repr.from: Med. &  Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1892, lxvii.
-----.  The sequela?  of  la grippe.   21.   8°.  [St
  Louis, 1892.]
    Repr. from: St. Louis Clinique, 1892, v.
Murphy (Claudia Q.).
    Co-Editor of: Woman's (The) Medical Journal, To-
  ledo, O.,  1893-8.
Iflurpliy  (Daniel) [     -1905].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1905,  ii, 215.  Also-
  Lancet, Loud., 1905, ii,  260.
Murphy (Edward William) [1802-77].  Chloro-
  form; its properties and safety  in  child  birth.
  viii, 72 pp.   12°.    London, Walton 4 Maberlu
  1855.                                         *'
Murphy (Fred T.)   Experiments with the  Mc-
  Graw elastic ligature.   5pp.,2pl.   4°.  Boston,
  Old Corner Book Store,  1904.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl.
Murphy (James) [185:5-1905].  A case of divided
  uterus and vagina.   4 pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne, M. 4' M.  W. Lambert, 1877.
    Repr.from: Rep. Proc. Northumb. Sc Durham M. Soc.
  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1876-7.
------.   Case  of successful  double ovariotomy
  done  antiseptically.   4 pp.  8°.   London, I87«i.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1879, i.
------.   The  treatment of placenta prsevia.   15
  pp., 1 tab.  8°.  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, l*f5.
    Repr.from: Rep. Proc. Northumb. Sc Durham M.Soc,
  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1884-5.
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 1301-1303
  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1620.
Murphy (John A.) [18L»3-1900J.
    [Obituary.]  Cincin. L meet Clinic.  1900, n. s., xliv
  227; 405.
Murphy (J[ohn] B.) [1857-    ].   Cholecysto-
  intestinal,  gastro-intestinal,  entero-intestinal
  anastomosis and approximation without sutuies.
  (Original research.)   47 pp.   12c.  New York.
  1892.
    Repr.from:  Med. Rec., N. T., 1892, xlii.
-----.   Appendicitis;  with original report  aud
  analysis of one hundred and forty-one histories
  and laparotomies for that  disease under  per-
  sonal observation.  56 pp., 1 tab.  11°.   Chicago,
  1894.
    Repr. from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii.
-----.   Intestinal  approximation;   pathological
  histologv of  reunion  and  statistical  analysis.
  24 pp.   roy. 8°.  New York, Trow Co., 1894.
    Repr.from:  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv.
-----.   Operative surgery of the gall tracts, with
  original report of twenty successful cholecyst-
  enterostomies  by means  of  the  anastomosis
  button.  51pp.  8C.   [Chicago, 1894.]
    Repr.from:  Chicago M. Recorder, 1894, vi.
-----.   Appendicitis;  further  consideration  of
  this subject, with tabulated report of cases not
  previously published.  21 pp., 1 1.  12°.  [ Phila-
  delphia, Lea Bros, ft Co., 1895.]
    Repr. from:  Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi.
-----.   Surgical clinic and d« monstration.  24
  pp.  8-y  Chicago, 1*95.
    Repr.from:  Chicago Clin. Rev., 1895.
-----.   Traumatism of the urinary tract.   47 pp.
  12°.  Chicago.  1895.
    Repr.from:  Railway Surg., Chicago, 1895-6, ii.
-----.   Fibromyoma   complicating  pregnancy;
  fibroma of vaginal wall.   12 pp.   8°.   Chicago,
  1806.
    Repr.from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi.
-----.   Ileus.   36 pp.   8-.   Chicago, 1896.
    Repr.from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi.
-----.   Surgery of the Gasserian ganglion, with
  demonstration anil  report of two cases.  12 pp.
  12°.  Lincoln,  1896.
    Repr.from:  "West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1896, i.
-----.   Resection of arteries and veins injured  iu
  continuity;  end-to end   suture;  experimental
  and clinical research.  31  pp.  8°.  New York,
  1897.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li.
-----.   Surgery <>f the lung.   144 pp., 12 pl., 1 tal.
  8°.  Chicago, 1898.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi.
-----.   The same.   64  pp., 12 pl.  roy. 8°.   Chi-
  cago, 1898.
    Repr. from: J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1898, xxxi.
-----.   Tuberculosis of the  testicle, with special
  consideration of its conservative treatment.  56
  pp.  8-,  Chicago, 1900.
     Repr. from: J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1900, xxxvii.
-----.   Fibroma of the mesentery.   13  pp.  12u.
  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1901, lxxix. 
MURPHY.
197
MURPHY.
Murphy (J[ohn] B.)—continued.
-----.   Resection of  the rectum per vaginam.
  19 pp.  8C.   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J.,  1901, vii.
-----.   The prostate.   44 pp.  8°.  Chicago, 1902.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii.
-----.   The  diagnosis of gall-stones.   24 pp.,  1
  tab.  8°.   New York, 1903.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii.
-----.   Report of a case of typhoid perforation
  with  peritoneal infection, and  five  other con-
  secutive cases of general suppurative peritonitis;
  all recovered.   13 pp.  8°.  Chicago, 1903.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl.
-----.   Tuberculosis of the female genitalia and
  peritoneum.   119 pp. 8°.  [Chicago], 1903.
-----.   Two thousand operations  for appendi-
  citis,  with  deductions  from  his  personal  ex-
  perience.   24 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,  1904.
    Repr. from: Am. J. M.Sc, Phila., 1904, n. s., cxxviii.
    AUo, Editor of: International Clinics, 1901-5.
    For Biography, see Internat. Clin., Phila.,  1902, 12. s., ii,
  247. 1 pl., port. (G. Hinsdale).
    For Portrait, see Chicago Clin. Rev., 1893-4, iii. Also:
  Plexus, Chicago, 1899-1900, v.
------& UfelF(J. M.)   Perforating ulcers of the
  duodenum.   43 pp.   8°.   New York, 1902.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi.
Murphy (M. J.).
    Co-Editor of: Suggestions, Chicago, 1898.
Murphy  (Patricius).  *De asthmate.   1 p. 1.,
  34 pp. 8C.  Edinburgi, Abernethy 4"  talker, 1820.
Murphy  (P[atrick]  J.)  Chylous ascites.  49
  pp.   8C.   Washington, [1887].
-----.   Report  of the Columbia  Hospital  for
  Women  and  Lying-in-Asylum.  22  pp.   8°.
  Cincinnati, 1888.
    Repr.from: Obst. Gaz., Cincin., 1888, xi.
------.   Cesarean section vs. embryotomy.  7 pp.
  [Cincinnati, 18*9. J
    Repr. from: Obst. Gaz., Cincin., 1889, xii.
Murphy (Shirley Forster).  Annual reports of
  the medical officer of health on  the vital and
  sanitary condition of Saint Pancras,  London.
  23.-29., 1878-84.  8°.  London, 1879-85.
------.   International  regulations for  epidemics.
  pp. 22-31.   8°.  Wien, 1-87.
    Forms pt. 3, 20. Hft., of: VI. Internat. Cong. f. Hyg. u.
  Demog. zu Wien.
------.   Annual  report of the medical officer of
  health of  the administrative county of London,
  for the year 1894.  70 pp.,  1 ch.,  16  diag.   fol.
  London, E. Stanford,  1895.
------.   Disinfection and  destruction of infected
  articles.   Dec.  12, 1894.  13 pp.  fol.  London,
  E. Stanford,  1895.
    Bound with: London  County Council.  Public Health
  Department.  Ann. rep. med. off. health for 1894. App.
  no. 4.
------.   Memorandum  hy the medical officer of
  health on  the  distribution  of enteric fever in
  London in 1894, considered in relation to water
  supply.  July  8, 1895.  4 pp.,  1 map,  5 diag.
  fol.  London, E. Stanford,  1895.
    Bound with: London  County Council.  Public Health
  Department.  Ann. rep.  med. off. health  for 1894. App.
  no. 2.
------.   Report of the medical officer of health on
  a recent  outbreak of scarlet  fever  at  Black-
  heath.  May 31. 1894.  4 pp.   fol.  London, E.
  Stanford, 1895.
    Bound with: London County Council.  Public Health
  Department.  Ann. rep. med. off. health  for 1894. App.
  no. 1.
------.  Report of the  medical officer on the san-
  itary  condition of bakehouses. Feb. 1, 1894.
  5  pp.   fol.  London, E. Stanford, 1895.
    Bound with: London County Council.  Public Health
  Department.  Ann. rep. med. off. health  for 1894. App.
  no. 5.
Murphy (Shirley Forster)—continued.
------.   Sanitary inspectors.  Report of the med-
  ical officer of health, submitting a return  show-
  ing  particulars  as to  the  sanitary inspectors
  in the  several districts of the  administrative
  county of London.   Dec. 10, 1894.  12 pp.  fol.
  London, E. Stanford, 1895.
    Bound with: London County  Council.  Public  Health
  Department.  Ann. rep. med. off. health for 1894.  App.
  no. 11.
------.   Report of the medical officer of health,
  submitting  a tabular  statement showing  the
  by-laws und regulations which  are in force in
  the several  sanitary districts of the county of
  London.  7 pp.   fol.  London, J. Truscott 4 Son,
  139(5.                               '
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.]. 4., 1895.  Lond.  App. no. 6.
------.   Disinfection  and destruction  of infected
  articles.   13 pp.  fol.  London, J.  Truscott  4
  Son, 1806.
    Rep. med. off.health, [etc.]. 4., 1895.  Lond.  App. no. 2.
------.   Memorandum by the medical  officer of
  health on the observations of the sanitary com-
  mittee  of  the Lambeth vestry  on Dr. Hamei's
  report.  6 pp. fol.   London, J.  Truscott 4' Son,
  1896.
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.]. 4.,  1895.  Lond.  App.no. 3.
------.   Sanitary inspectors.   Report  of  the med-
  ical officer of health, submitting a return  show-
  ing particulars as to sanitary inspectors in  the
  several districts of the administrative county
  of London.   12 pp.   fol.  London, J. Truscott  4"
  Son, 1896.
    Rep.med. off. health, [etc.]. 4., 1895.  Lond.  App.no. 5.
-----.   Diphtheria.  Memorandum by the med-
  ical officer of health on a  local prevalence of
  diphtheria iu Camberwell.   3 pp.  fol.  London,
  J. Truscott 4 Son, 1897.
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.]. 5.,  1896.   Lond.  App.no. 1.
------.   The recent  outbreak  of diphtheria  in
  Lewisham.  Medical  officer to  report on  the
  report  of  the medical officer  of the  London
  school hoard as to an outbreak of diphtheria in
  Lewisham.   8 pp., 1 diag. fol.   London, J. Trus-
  cott 4 Son, 1897.
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.]. 5.,  1896.   Lond.  App. no. 3.
------.   Accommodation  of women and children
  in common lodging-houses  and  shelters in Lon-
  don.  Report by the medical  officer of health.
  13 pp.  fol.   London, J. Truscott ft Son, 1898.
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.]. 6.,  1897.  Lond.  App.no. 3.
------.   Diphtheria and  elementary  schools.   19
  pp., 8  diag.  fol.  London, J.  Truscott .p Son,
  189-.                                  /
    Rep. med. off.health, [etc. 1. 6.,1897.  Lond.  App.no.l.
------.   Houses let in lodgings.   Further report
  by the  medical officer of health as to the opera-
  tion of by-laws dealing with houses let in lodg-
  ings  in the  several  sanitary  districts of  the
  county of London.   10 pp., 1 diag.  fol.  Lon-
  don, J.  Truscott 4 Son,  1898.
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.J. 6., 1897.  Lond.  App. no. 2.
------.   The inspection  of milk and  meat.  Re-
  port by the medical officer on the statements of
  deputations  who attended before  the public
  health  committee,  on  3d   November,  1-98, on
  the question of the proposed abolition of private
  slaughterhouses  iu  Loudon, aud on the  repre-
  sentations subsequently made to the committee
  on the  subject.   7 pp.   fol.   London, J. Truscott
  4 Son, 1899.
    Rep.med.off. health, [etc.]. 7., 1898.  Lond.  App.no.3.
-----.   Slaughterhouses.  Report by the medical
  officer of health  as to  the  provision of public
  slaughterhouses  in  the Administrative County
  of London.   15  pp.,  1 map.   fol.   London, J.
  Truscott 4 Son, 1899.
    Rep. med. off. health, [etc.]. 7., 1898.  Lond.  App.no. 2. 
MURPHY.
198
MURRAY.
Murphy ( 8hirley Forster)—continued.
------.   The London life table, b-91-1900.  27 pp.,
  3 diag.   fol.   London, J. Truscott ft Son, 1902.
    Rep.med.off.health, [etc.]. 10.,1901. Loud. App.no.l.
------.   Sanitary officers.  Report by the medical
  officer on tue sanitary staffs of the metropolitan
  boroughs,  ii,  16 pp.   fol.   London, J. Truscott
  ft Son, 1002.
    Rep.med.off.health, [etc.]. 10., 1901. Lond. App.no.4.
------.   Scarlet  fever in London.   Report by the
  medical officer as to certain recent local preva-
  lences of scarlet fever in London.   4 pp., 3 diag.
  fol.  London, J. Truscott ft Son, 1902.
    Rep.med.off.health, [etc.J. 10.,1901. Lond. App.no.2.
    See, also, Nichols (D. C.) & Murphy (S. F.)  Parish
  of St. Mary. Rotherhithe.  Report, [etc.]. fol.  London,
  1889.—Treatioe (A) on hygiene, |etc] [iu 1. s.J. 8°.
  London.  1892. -----  [in 1. s.].  The same.  8°. Phila-
  delphia, 1892.
    For Biography, see Rev. d'hyg., Par.. 1902, xxiv, 818-823.
Murphy (Walter C).
    Editor of:  Health (The), Sanitation, and Climatology
  of the Southern States, Washington, D. C, 189.").
Murphy's anastomosis buttons, for intestinal ap-
  proximation, etc., without  sutures.  8 pp.  8°.
  London, Down Bros.,  [n. d.].
Murphy's button.
    See G-astro-enterostomy  (Methods,  etc.,  in);
  Hernia (Treatment of, Operatire, Methods,  etc.,
  in); Intestines (Anastomosis of)  with  Murphy's
  button.
Murray  (Adolphus) [1751-1803].   [Pr.] de ova-
  riorum substantia variis sa>pe corrupta morbis.
  3 I.  fol.  Upsaiive, J.  Edman, [1780].
    See, aUo, Kir re hen (Peter).   Abhandlung von deu
  wahren Kennzcichen [etc.], 8°.  Gbttingen, 1775.
Murray  (Alexander] Jfames]).   The  cattle
  plague; its history, treatment, and prevention.
  20 pp.   12°.  London, Taylor  <)'• Francis, 1865.
Murray (Audreas Joh. Georgius).  Commentatio
  ile  ndintegratione partium  corporis  animalis
  nexu suo sol ut arum vel amissaruin. 63pp.,2pl.
  4 .   Gottinga;, J. C. Dieterich, [1787].
Murray (Annie) [1622-98].
    Van de Warkcr (E.)  Annie Murray; the  first
  trained nurse.  Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xviii,
  235-245.
Murray  (Charles).
    See DcbalcN in Parliament, [etc.].  8°. London,  1808.
Murray (David).  Eulogy upou Jacob P.Mosher.
  4 pp.   8°.  [Albany,  1884.]
-----.  Semi-centennial anniversary of the  Al-
  bany Medical College, March 21,  1889.  Histor-
  ical address.   29  pp.  r->°.   Albany, Burdick  &-
  Taylor, 1889.
Murray  (Dionysius).   * De  tabe mesenterica.
  2 p. 1., 20 pp.  8°. Edinburgi, Abernethy 4 Walker,
  18-2(1.
Murray  (Dwight  Henderson).   Rectocolonic
  lavage, with description of new and  improved
  tubes.  10 pp.   12°.   New York, 1904.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.|, 1904, lxxix.
Murray (FrancisW.)  Anthrax maligna.  10pp.
  12°.  New York, 1**9.
    Repr.from: K. York M. J.. 1889, xlix.
Murray (George R[edmayne]) [1865-     ].  Dis-
  eases of the thyroid glaud, including myxcedema,
  cretinism, exophthalmic goitre, goitre, etc.
    In:  Twentieth Cent. Pract., >T. Y., 1895, iv, 089-821.
-----.   Organotherapy.  Xo. 5. The Goulstouian
  lectures on the  pathology of the thyroid gland.
  37 pp.  8^.   Chicago, Armour 4 Co.,\l699].
    Repr. from: Lancet, Loud., 1899, i.
Murray (Qustavus Charles Philip) [1831-
  871.
    Obituary.  Brit. M.  J., bond., 1887, il  441.  AUo-
  Lancet, Loud., 1887, ii, 394.—Williams (J*)  Obituary.
  Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1888), 1889 xxx, 1(>6.
 Murray (H[ubert] Montague).
     See Gifen (T[homas] Henry).  An introduction to
   pathology [etc.].  8. ed.  8°.  London, 1895. -----.  The
   same.  7. Am.  ed.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1895. -----.  The
   same. 8. Am. ed. 8°.  Philadelphia <& New York, 1898.—
   Quain (Richard).  Quain's dictionary of medicine. 3. ed.
   8°.  London, 1902.  -----. The Maine.  8°.  Xew York
   1903.
 Murray  (Sir James)  [1788-1871].
     O'Donoghnr ( 1). J. )  [Biography.J   Diet. Nat.
   Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,  378.

 Murray  (James) [      -1897j.
     Obituary.  Brit. M.  J., Loud., 1897, ii, 1763.  Also:
   Lancet, Loud., 1897, ii, 1566.
 Murray (Joannes Andreas) [1740-97].
     See  IjiimseuN • ( Carolus ).   Systema  vegetabilium
   [etc.].  8°.   Gottingce dk  Gotha>,  1774. -----. The same.
   8°.  Gottingce, 1784. -----. The same.  8°.   Gottingce,
   1797.—Itoiteii von  KoHciiMlcin (Nils).  Anweisung
   zur Kenntniss  und Cur  der Kmdei kraukheiten.   12°.
   Gotha di Gottingen, 1766.
 Murray (John) [     -1820].  A system of ma-
   teria  medica and pharmacy, including transla-
   tions of the  Fdinburgh,  London,  and  Dublin
   pharmacopoeias.   From the 4. aud  latest Edin-
   burgh ed.   With notes and  additions by John
   B. Ueck.  vi,  278 pp.  8°.  New  York, E.  Duy-
   ckinck et al., 1828.
 ------.    Descriptive  account  of  a new  shower
   bath, constructed on  a principle not hitherto
   applied to  that machine; also an apparatus  for
   restoring suspended animation.   2. ed.  41 pp.,
   lpl.  8C.  London,  Whittaker 4 Co., 1831.
     For Biography, see l)ict. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
   388 (B. B. Woodward).
 Murray (John)  [1798-1873].   A probationary
   essay ou the formation and  solution of urinary
   calculi.  35 pp.  8°.  Edinburgh, I'. Neill, 1826.
 Murray (Johu).   Remarks on the disease called
   hydrophobia;   prophylactic and curative,   ix
   (11.), 86 jip. 8°.  London, Longman [and  others],
   1830.
 ------.  A treatise  on  pulmonary consumption;
   its  prevention and remedy.  x, 156 pp.   8°.
   London,  Whittaker, Treacher 4 Arnot, 1830.
 -----.   The same.   2. ed.   xxiv, 186 pp.   8°.
   London, Longman [and others], 1831.
 ------.   The plague  and quarantine.  Remarks
   on some epidemic aud endemic diseases (includ-
   ing the plague of the  Levant), and the means of
   disinfection; with a description of the preserva-
   tive phial.  Also a postscript on Dr. Bowring's
   pamphlet,   viii,  54 pp.,  1  pl.    8°.   London,
   Relfe 4 Fletcher, 1839.   [P., v. 640.]
 ------.   Practical observations and researches on
   ventilation and disinfection, inclusive of other
   essential  provisions  connected   with sanitary
   regulations, and the  health of towns.  34  pp.
   8°.   London, Whittaker 4  Co., 1850.  [P.,  v. 149.]
 Murray (John).   On  the topography of Meerut,
   and the principal diseases  which  prevailed in
   the 1st  brigade of horse artillery at that place.
   Printed by order of government.  59 pp., 1 plan.
   8°.   Calcutta,  G. H. Huttmann, 1839.
 ------.  Topography and diseases of Futtebpore
   Seekree.   Repiinted  from  the  selections from
   public  correspondence.    8 pp., 1 inap.   8  .
   [Agra,  1852.]   [P.,  v. 952.]
 ------.  Report  on the attack of cholera in  the
   Central Prison at Agra in 185(5.   23 pp., 1  tab.
   8 .   Agra, Secundra Orphan Press, 1856.  [Also,
   in: P., v. 859.]
 ------.   Report on the attack of epidemic cholera
   in Agra and central India during the year 1861
   [with app.].   11 pp.,  1 1.  8J.  [Agra, R. Miller,
   1861.]  [P., v. 1025.]
I ------.  Report on the attack of epidemic cholera
   in the Agra and Gwalior circle  during the year
   1862.  [With an appendix.]   5, iv pp.   6  tab.
I   8.   [Agra? 1863. J 
MURRAY.
199
MURRAY.
Murray (John)—continued.
_____.  Observations on the pathology and treat-
  ment of cholera, the result of forty years' expe-
  rience,  vi, 58 pp.   12°.   London, Smith, Elder 4-
  Co., 1874.
_____.  The same.  2. ed.  1 p. 1., 58 pp.  12°.
  London, Smith. Elder 4 Co., 1884.
Murray (John) [1809-98]. Report on the treat-
  ment of epidemic cholera, from information col-
  lected  by the governments of Bengal,  Madras,
  Bombay,' X.  W. Provinces, Punjab, Oudb, and
  Central India, by  order of the government of
  India.   Calcutta," 1st June,  1869.   85 pp.   fol.
  Calcutta, Superintendent of Government Printing,
  1869.
 _____.   On the Delhi and  Oriental sore.  11 pp.,
  12 pl.  8J.  London, Whiting 4' Co., 1884.
    Repr from: Tr. Epidemiol.  Soc, Lond., 1884,  n. s., ii.
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 578.  AUo:
  Med. Reporter, Calcutta.  1895, vi,  14, port. (B. D. Basu).
  Also: Tr. Epidemiol. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, n.  s., xvii.  121.
 Murray (John).   On three  peculiar  cases of
  molluscum fibrosum in children in yvhich one or
  more of the following conditions were observed :
  Hypertrophy of the  gums; enlargement of  the
  ends of the fingers and  toes; numerous connec-
  tive tissue tumours on the scalp and other parts
  of  the surface of the body, with various superfi-
  cial affections of the skin.  19  pp., 1 pl.  8°.
•  London, J. E. Adlard,  1873.
    Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1873, lvi.
 Murray (John).  The second siege of Paris.  The
   ambulances  and  hospitals of  Paris  under  the
   Commuue.   1 p. 1.   24 pp.  8°.  London, T. Rich-
   ards, 1871.
 Murray  (John).   Case  of gastric  carcinoma
   treated  successfully with platinic chloride.  8
   pp.  16°.  [n. p., 1901.]
 Murray  (J[ohn]  A.)  Ligation of  the  dorsal
   vein of the penis for functional impotence, with
   a report of five cases  8  pp.  12°.  Chicago, 1897.
     Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix.
 Murray (John (C[arrick]).  Smokiug;  when in-
   jurious, when innocuous, when beneficial, with
   a  compendium  of tbe  temperaments, shewing
   how they are influenced by  tobacco,  viii, 64
   pp., 1 tab.  12J.  London, Simpkin,  Marshall  4
   Co.. 1671.
 Murray (John Ivor) [1824-1903].
      Obituary. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1903, ii, 339.  AUo:  Lan-
   cet. Lond., 1903, ii, 504. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,
   1903, n. s., lxxvi, 158.
 Murray (J[ohn]  Jardine).  Remarks of a case
   of spurious  menstruation  during  pregnancy.
   [Also:] Premature expulsion of triplets.  10 pp.
   8°. Edinburgh, Murray 4 Gibbs, 1858.
      Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1858, iii.
 -----.  Remarks on two cases of poisoning by
   opium in  young  children.   8 pp.  8C.  Edin-
   burgh, Murray 4' Gibbs, 1858.
      Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1858, iii.
 -----.  Case of extraction from the pharynx  of a
   needle which had penetrated the neck.   12 pp.
   8y  Edinburgh, A. Jack, 1859.
 -----.  The danger of ill-constructed  and neg-
   lected cisterns.  8  pp.   8°.  London, G.  Wake-
   ling, 1872.   [P., v. 2037.]
      Repr.from: Lancet, Loud., 1871, ii.
 M,irray (Paul) [1865-    ].   'Recherches snr
   la  dur6e de la d61ivrance chez les  primipares  et
   les multipares.  Conduite a tenir dans les divers
   cas.   54 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Paris,  1890, No. 370.
 Murrav (Robert) [1822-      ].
      Pilcher (J. E.)   Brigadier General Robert Murray,
   Surgeon  General of the United States Army, 1883-6.  J.
   Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle. Pa., 1904, xv, 439-443.
     For Portrait, see:  Collection of Portr.  (Libr.).
Murray {Robert)  [1846-      ].
    [Biography.]   Halsovannen,  Stockholm, 1896, xty
  221-223.
Murrav (Robert B.) [1845-1903].
    Obituary. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 851.
Murray (Robert Lathrop).
    See Appeal (An) to the  British nation,  [etc.j.  8°.
  London, 1815.
Murray (R[obert] Milne) [1855-1904].  On some
  of the physiological  and therapeutic  effects of
  water  at* different temperatures, with  special
  reference to obstetric and gynaecological prac-
  tice.   22 pp.,  3 pl.   8°.   Edinburgh, Oliver 4
  Boi/d, 1886.
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1886-7, xxxii.
-----.  On  the treatment of pelvic disease by
  electricity.   25  pp.   8°.   Edinburgh, Oliver 4
  Boyd, 1890.
    Repr.from: Edinb. M. J., 1890, i.
-----.  The axis-traction forceps; their mechan-
  ical principles, construction, and scope.  30 pp.,
  2 pl.   8°.   Edinburgh, Oliver 4 Boyd, 1891.
    Repr.from: Tr. Ediiib. Obst. Soc, 1890-91,  xvi.
-----.  On some changes in the medical curricu-
  lum, and some aspects of the woman's question.
  24 pp.  8°.  Edinburgh, Darien Press, 1892.
-----.  Contribution  to a discussion on the rela-
  tive  advantages of forceps  aud version as  a
  means of extraction in cases of moderate pelvic
  deformity.   8 pp.  8°.  London, J. Bale 4" Sons,
  1896.
    Repr. from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii.
-----.  On forceps with adjustable axis-traction;
  and on forceps for occipito-posterior positions of
  the vertex.  11  pp., 5 pl., 1  1.  8°.  Edinburgh,
   Oliver 4 Boyd, 1896.
    Repr. from: Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1895-6,  xxi.
    See, also, Pajot  (Charles) [in 1.  s.].  The  progress  of
    festation. 8°.  London, [1887].—Witkowski (Gustave
    ules A.) [in I. s.].  A movable atlas [etc.].  tbl.  London,
   [1887].
     For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 521, port.
   AUo:  Scot. M. Sc S. J., Edinb., 1904, xiv, 260-262, 1 pl.
   (G. L. G.)
     For Portrait, see Stud. Photog. Album.  8°.  [Edin-
   burgh, 1903.]
 Murray (R[obert]  W[illiamj).  Hare-lip  aud
   cleft palate.  29 pp., 7 pl.  8°.   London, J. ft A.
   Churchill, 1902.
 Murray (Thomas).   *Tentainen medicum de
   enteritide.   3  p.  1., 22  pp.   8°.  Edinburgi,  J.
   Moir, 1823.
 Murray (William).   Treatise on emotional dis-
   orders of the sympathetic system of nerves,   x,
   118 pp. 8°.  London, J. Churchill 4 Sons;  Phil-
   adelphia, J. B.  Lippincott 4 Co., 1866.
 -----.   The  same,  viii, 95 pp.  8 .   New York,
   A. Simpson 4' Co., 1867.
 -----.   The  same.   2. Am. ed.   iv, 92  pp.  8°.
   New York, Moorhead, Simpson 4' Bond, 1868.
 -----.   On  eating and  drinking.   24 pp.   16°.
   London, W. Scott,  [1891].
     In: Health lect.  16°. London, [1891].
 -----.   Illustrations of the inductive  method  in
   medicine.  2 p. 1., 158 pp.  12Y  London, H.  K.
   Lewis, 1891.
 -----.  Rough notes ou remedies.  3. ed.   x(ll.),
   142 pp.  8°.  London, H. K. Lewis,  lh99.
 -----.  The same,   4. ed.   x (11.), 176  pp., 1 map.
   12°.  London, H.  K. Lewis, 1901.
 -----.  Papers on physiology, medicine, and thera-
   peutics.  2 p.  1., 58 pp.   16^.   Neibcastle-on-
   Tyne, J. M. Carr, [n. d.].
 Murray (William Fettes)  [1838-97].
     Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1763.
 Murray (William H.).
     See Hale (F. Efdwin]).  Anromia.  8°.  [n. p., 1899.] 
MURRAY HILL.
200
MURRELL.
Murray Hill reservoir.  The danger of  its re-
  moval  demonstrated.   5 pp.   8°.   New York,
  S.  W. Green,  1*70.
Murray (The)  Iron Works Co., manufacturers
  of ice "and refrigerating  machines.  Catalogue
  29.   46 pp.  8°.  Burlington, Iowa, [n. d.].

Murrav Islands.
    Hunt*(A.  K. i  Ethnological notes on the  Murray
  Islands, Torres Straits.  J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1898-9,
  n. s.. i 5-19.—TI vers (C. S.)  The conditions of life on a
  Torres Straits isiand.  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1899, Lond.,
  1900, xxxv 91-99.  ----. Some emotions in the  Murray
  Islander.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc., Lond., 1901, lxxi, 801.
Murray a.
    Labokde(E.)  * Etude botanique etchimique
  des Murraya exotica etkcenigii.   8°.  Toulouse,
  1897.
Murrell (William)  [1853-    ].  Nitro-glycerine
  as a remedy f >r angina  pectoris.  26 pp.  8°.
  London, T. Richards. 1H79.
    Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1879, i.
-----.  Massage as a mode of treatment.   3. ed.
  vi (11.), 143 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston,
  1887.
-----.  The same.  Massotherapeutics, or  mas-
  sage, as a mode of treatment.   4. ed.  vi (1 1.),
  236 pp.  12°.  London, H. K. Lewis, 1889.
-----.  The same.   5. ed.  vi, 264 pp., 1 1.  12°.
  London, H. K. Lewis, 1890.
-----.  The same.   4. ed.  vi (1 1.), 236 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son  ft Co., 1889.
-----.  The same.  5. ed.  vi (1 1.), 264 pp.  12°.
  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son ft Co., 1890.
-----.   The  same.  La pratique du massage,
  action   physiologique,  emploi  therapeutique.
  Ouvrage traduit par le Dr. O. Jennings, avec une
  introduction parle Dr. Dnjardiu-Beaunietz.  168
  pp.  12-.   Paris, J.-B.  Bailliere 4~ Jils, 1868.
    Petite bibliothfeque medicale.
-----.  The same.   Die  Massotherapie,  oder die
  Massage als Behandlungsmethode.  Autorisierte
  Uebersetzung nach der 4. And.  des Originals von
  Otto Rntb, mit  einer Einleitung zur  franzosi-
  schen rebeisetzung des Werkes von Dnjardin-
  Beaumetz.  2 p.  1., vi,  148  pp.  8°.  Berlin, L.
  Heuser, 1*90.
-----.  The same.   Massage,  kak  method He-
  cheniya.  Perevod  s 3vo  angliyskavo izd.  S. E.
  Serebrennikova.  [Transl. from 3. English ed. by
  S. E. Serebrennikoff.]   82 pp.,  1 pl.   8°.  S.-Pe-
  terburg [Kttiuger], 1888.
-----.   Chloride of ammonium  in  the treatment
  of chronic brouchitis  aud winter cough.  4 pp.
  12°. London, [1*69].
    Repr. from: Med. Press Sc Circ., Lond.,1889, n. s., xlviii.
-----. Chronic bronchitis and its treatment; a
  clinical study.   3  p. 1., 176 pp.  12°.   London,
  H. K. Lewis,  1889.
-----.  The same.  2 p. 1., 176  pp.  12°.  Phila-
  delphia, P. Blakiston, Son 4 Co., 1889.
-----. The same.
    In: Wood's M. & S. Monog., N.T., 1890, vii,409-495.
-----.  What to do in cases of poisoning.   6. ed.
  1 p. 1., 230 pp.  24°.  London, H. K. Lewis,  1689.
-----.  The same.  7. ed.  1 p. 1., 276 pp.  24°.
  London, H. K. Lewis, 1893.
-----.  The same.  8. ed.  290 pp.  24°.  London,
  H. K. Lewis,  1897.
-----.  The same  9.  ed.   290 pp.,  4 pl.   16°.
  London, H. K.  Lewis, 1900.
-----.  Abstract of a  lecture  delivered  at the
  Westminster Hospital  ou the  value of tar and
  apomorphine in the treatment of winter cough
  31 pp.   16°.  [London,  1*90.]
-----.  Die systematisehe Behandlung der An-
  gina pectoris mit Nitroglycerin.  21.  4°.  [Ber-
  lin, 1h<)0.]
    Repr.from: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1890, iv.
Murrell (William)—continued.
-----.   On the action of apomorphine and apo-
  codeine with reference to their value as expecto-
  rants in the  treatment of  chronic  bronchitis
  12 pp.  8°.  London, 1891.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i.
-----.   First  aid  iu cholera.   Hanging  card.
  London, Griffith Farran 4' Co., [1893].
-----.   First aid  in poisoning.   Hanging card.
  London, Griffith Farran ft Co., [1893].
-----.   Aids to forensic medicine and  toxicology.
  New ed.  vi, 9-114 pp.   16°.  London, Bailliere,
  Tindall ft Cox, 1894.
-----.   The same.   6. ed.   xi, 110 pp.  12°.   Lon-
  don, Bailliere, Tindall 4  Cox, 1903.
-----.   On the use of the common ragwort  in the
  treatment of disorders of menstruation.   11.  8°.
  [Loudon, 1894.]
    Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1894, n. 8., lvii.
-----.   Clinical lectures on  the  prevention of
  consumption.   Delivered  at the Westminster
  Hospital.  98  pp.  {2°.  London, Bailliere, Tin-
  dall 4 Cox, 1895.
-----.   The same,  viii, 103 pp.  12c.  New York,
  W. Wood 4 Co., 1895.
-----.   A manual  of pharmacology  and  thera-
  peutics.  657 pp.   12°.  London,  Bailliere, Tin-
  dall 4 Cox, 1896.
-----   The same.  Revised by Frederick A. Cas- .
  tie.  vi, 516 pp.   8°.  New York, W.  Wood 4 Co.,
  1896.
-----.   Aids to materia medica.  Pt. I. Introduc-
  tion, and inorganic  materia medica.  vii,  91 pp.
  16°. London, Bailliere, Tindall 4 Cox; Edinburgh,
  Glasgow, 1898.
-----.   The same.   Pt. II.  Drugs  and vegetable
  origin,   viii, 9-133  pp.   16.  London,  Bailliere,
  Tindall ft Cox, 1899.
-----.   On  a  case of diabetes  mellitus treated
  with thyroid gland.   11 pp.  12°.   London, Bail-
  Here,  Tindall ft Cox, 1*98.
    Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1848, n. s., lxvi.
-----.   On the action of some essential oils and
  other volatile substances  on the growth  of the
  bacillus tuberculosis and in the treatment of
  phthisis.  7 pp.   12°.  London, 1899.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i.
-----.   A case of enteric fever of three months'
  duration.  5 pp.   12?.   London, 1900.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i.
-----.   Organic iron in secondary ausemia.   4 pp.
  12°.  London, Bailliere,  Tindall ft Cox, 1900.
    Repr. from : Med.  Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxix.
-----.   Three cases of phthisis treated with "tu-
  berculin R".  8 pp.  12°.   London, 1900.
    Repr.from: Lancet,  Lond., 1900, ii.
-----.   Jam, marmalade,  and  glucose.   2. ed.
  12  pp.   12°.  London, Bailliere. Tindall 4  Cox,
  1901.
     Repr.from: Med. Press Sc Circ., Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxi.
-----.   The value  of age and sex as etiological
  factors in the differential diagnosis of gastric
  ulcer and carcinoma.  7 pp.   12u.  London, Bail-
  Here,  Tindall 4 Cox, 1901.
    Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii.
-----.   A case of acute Banti's  disease.   8 pp.
  12°.  [London, 1902.]
    Repr.from: Lancet,  Lond., 1902, i.
-----.   A case of  ulcus  carcinomatosum  of the
  pylorus.  8 pp.   12°.   [London, 1902.]
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1902, i.
-----.   A case of splenic leukaemia.   10 pp.  12°.
  London, 1902.
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii.
-----.   Some cases of cirrhosis of the liver with
  ascites, including one of Banti's disease, treated
  surgically by the establishment  of  a  collateral 
MURRELL.
201
MUSOARI.
Murrell (William)—continued.
  circulation.   17  pp.   12°.   London, Bailliere,
  Tindall 4 Cox, 1902.
    Repr.from: Med. Press &. Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiii.
------.   A case of influenzal arthritis.  7 pp.  12°.
  London, 1903.
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii.
.-----.   A case of osteo-myelitis of the tibia, simu-
  lating acute rheumatism.  4 pp.   12°.  London,
  1903.
    Repr.from: Med. Press .Sc Circ, Lond., 1903, n. 8., lxxvi.
------.   Diseases  commonly mistaken for  rheu-
  matism.   12 pp.  12°.  London, 1903.
    Repr. from: Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv.
------.   A clinical lecture on some pneumonias,
  delivered at the  Westminster Hospital.   12 pp.
  12°.  London,  Bailliere, Tindall 4-  I ox, 1904.
    Repr.from: Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1904, n.s.,lxxvii.
------.   The comparative advantages of inorganic
  and organic iron in the  treatment  of anaemia.
  8 pp.   8°.   London,  1904.
    Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n.s., lxxviii.
------.   Some phases  of syphilis,  especially the
  larval syphilis of woman.  12pp.   12°.  London,
   Bailliere, Tindall 4  Cox, 1905.
    Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, lxxx.
    See, aUo, Fothergill (J[ohn]  Milner). The  practi-
  tioner's handbook of treatment, [etc.J.   4. ed. 8°. Lon-
  don & New York. 1897.
    For Biography and Portrait, see Prov.  M. J., Leicester,
  1891, x, 193, port.
-----  &  Spencer  (Walter).  A case of lym-
  phatic leukteinia, or lymphocythaBmia, treated
  surgically by the establishment of  a collateral
  circulation.  7 pp.   12°.   London, 1900.
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1900, i.
-----------.   Two cases of gangrene of the lung
  treated by  partial  excision.   7 pp.   12°.   Lon-
  don, 1900.
    Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii.
Murrey (Thomas J.)  Cookery for invalids.  32
  pp., 1 1.  16°.   New  York, White, Stokes 4- Allen,
  1667.
Murri (Augusto)  [1841-     ].  Sulla genesi del
  fenomeno di  Cheyne-Stokes.  69  pp.  8°.  Bo-
  logna, 18*3.
    Repr.from: Riv. clin., Bologna, 1883, 3. s., iii.
------.   Se e come  1' opera dei medici riesce utile
  parole dette inauguraudo  1'  anno scolastico
  1883-4.  27 pp.   8°.    Bologna,   F. Vallardi,
  [1884].
    Repr.from: Riv. clin., Bologna, 1884, iv.
------.   Sul meccanismo dell' antipiresi Cairinica.
  8 pp.  8°.   Bologna, Gamberini S/- Parmeggiani,
  1884.
    Repr.from: Bull.  d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1884, xiii.
------.   Emoglobinuria e  sifilide.    42 pp.   8°.
  Bologna, [1885].
    Repr. from : Riv. clin., Bologna, 1885, v.
-----.   Sul  meccanismo della funzione centrale
  del respiro; considerazioni.  18 pp.  8°.   Bolo-
  gna, F. Vallardi,  1884.
    Repr.from: Riv. clin., Bologna, 1884, 3. s., iv.
------.   Su di alcune  anomalie dell' impulso car-
  diaco; fatti e conclusioni.  45 pp.   8°.  Napoli
  4 Milano, L. Vallardi, 1887.
    Repr.from: Morgagni, Milano, 1887, xxix.
------.   Scritti medici.  A cura del  comitato pro-
  motore  delle  onoranze  19 gennaio  1876-19
  gennaio 1902.  3 v., paged consecutively,  xxv,
  1607 pp., 26 ch., 3 pl., port.  roy.  8°. Bologna,
  Gamberini 4" Parmeggiani, 1902.
------.   Tnmori intracranici. 57 pp.  8°.  Milano,
  F. Vallardi, [1902?].
    In:  Tbatt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [1902?],
  ii, pt. 4.
Murri (Augusto)—continued.
-----.  II pensiero scientifico e didatico della cli-
  nica  medica  bolognese.   94 pp.  8°.  Bologna,
  M. Oschi, [1905].
    .For Biography, see Bull. d. sc.  med. di Bologna, 1902,
  8. s., ii, 01-64, port.  Also: Gazz.  d. osp., Milano, 1902,
  xxiii, 57-60.
------.  See,  also:
    Peste (Per le) giubilari di Augusto Murri.  Arch.
  ital. di med.  intern., Palermo, 1901," iv,  263-418. — Ono-
  ranze (Le).  Gazz. med. d.  Marche, Porto Civitauova,
  1902, x, no. 2, 1-3.
Murrill (Tinl I.)   Alkaloidal estimation;  a
  bibliographical iudex of  chemical research, pre-
  pared from original literature for the committee
  of revision.  58 pp.   8°.  A nn Arbor, 1898.
Mlirsiuua (Christian Ludewig)  [1744-1823].
  Medicinisch-chirurgischc Beobachtungen, nebst
  einigen Annierkungeu daruber.  2v.ini.  xviii,
  221 pp.; vi, 1  p. 1., 184 pp.  12°.   Berlin, C. E.
  Himhurg, 1782-3.
Mursilina (Max).   * Casuistischer Beitrag zur
  Behandlung des  Cervixcarcinoms bei gravidem
  Uterus.   22 pp., 1 1.  8C.   Wurzburg, J. M. Rich-
  ter, 1891.
Murua y Valerdi  (Agustin).   Tendencias de
  la  terapeutica moderna.   Conferencia.   4 pp.
  roy. 8°.   Madrid, 1897.

Murure [vegetable mercury].
    C/'atliclineau (H.) &  Rebourgeon (C.)  Snrl'6corce
  de murur6, ou le mercure v6g6tal.  Ann. de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 458; 724.
MurzayeflT (B[oris Viktorovich]) [1870-    ].
  Boliezni domaslmikh zhivotnikh, usloviya raz-
  vitiya ikh  i  mieri borhl s nimi.   [Diseases of
  domestic animals,  conditions of their develop-
  ment, and  measures against them.]  ii, 125 pp.,
  1  1.,  3  pl.   8°.   S.-Peterburg,  A.  I.  Osipoff,
  1900.
Musa (Antonius).  Libellus utilissitims de  be-
  tonica, quern  Antonio  Musa?  quidam,  nonnulli
  Apuleio adscribendum autumant.
    In: Re (De) medica [etc.].  fol.   [Basileat, 1528, ff. 124-
  125.
------.  De herba vetonica liber i.
    In: Hoc (In) opere contenta. 12°.  [Zurich, 1537, 1-7.]
------.  See,  also:
    Spalikowski (E.)   * Antonius Musa et Phy-
  drothe'rapie a Rome.  8°.   Paris, 1896.
Musanti (Einilio).  Contribute alio studio del-
  1' azione terapeutica  della fenocolla in rapporto
  alia etiologia della malaria.  51 pp.   8°.   Came-
  rino, Savini, 1*98.

Muscae volitantes.
    Bkeuner (J.)   Abhandlung iiber  das Mii-
  ckensehen  in  diagnostischer  und  iitiologischer
  Beziehung.  12°.   Wien,  1833.
    Barrett (J. W.)  Muscse volitantes.   Austral. M. J.,
  Melbourne, 1889, n. s., xi,  394-398. — Buch (M.)  Om
  mouches  volantes (muscno  volatiles), fliegende Miicken,
  rorliga skotom,  myodesopsi.  [Ueber Mouches volantes
  (Muscae volatiles, fliegende Miicken, bewegliche Skotome,
  Myodesopsie). Ref., p. i.] Fiiiskalak.-siillsk. handl., Hel-
  singfors. 1903, xiv, 501-514. AUo, transl.: Deutsches Arch.
  f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1903,  lxxviii, 110-127.  AUo, transl.
  [Abstr.J: St.  Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1903, n. P., xx,
  225. —Gould (G. M.)  A study of inuscse, with sugges-
  tions as  to the physiology of intraocular nutrition, the
  etiologv of cataract, glaucoma fete.]. Med. News, Phila.,
  1895, lxvii, 2f 1-288.  Also, Reprint. — Ilirschberg (J.)
  Blutige Miicken.  Centralbl.  f. prakt. Augenh.,  Leipz.,
  1891-2, 242-244.—Pratt (F. P.) What are the muscle voli-
  tantes?  An entoptical study.   Med. Rec. N. Y., 1897, Iii,
  512-515.—TrotiMMeaii (A.)  Que penser des mouches vo-
  lantes? Rev. g6n.de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1899, xiii, 641.
Muscari  comosum.
    Curci (A.) Ricerche farmocologiche sul muscari co-
  mosum.  Ann. di chin, ed i farm., Milano, 1888, 4. s., vii,
  314-322. 
MTSOAKLN.
202
MUSCLE.
tIiim .-iriii.
    See, also.  Atropine; Fungi  (Toxicology of);
  Heart t Lfleet* of drugs on).
    Sc hmikdlberg (O.) A Koppe (R.)  Das Mus-
  carin,  das  giftige  Alkaloid  des Fliegenpilzes
  (Agaricua mnscariiis L.), seine Darstellung, che-
  mischen Eigenscbaften,  physioloyischen Wir-
  kungen,toxikologische Bedeutung und seiuVer-
  haltniss zur Pilzvergiftung im Allgemeinen.  *~.
  Leijizio, l*t>9.
    AUo [Kev.J, in: Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par.,
  1874. 2. n . i, 715-721 (J.-L. Prevost).
    Iter^^rini (E.i Ex]ierimenteller Beitrag zur Theorie
  der Muscarine irkung.  Centralbl. f.  Physiol., Leipz. u.
  Wien  1891-2, v, 770-781.  Also: Klin.  u. exper. Stud. . .  .
  Liib. v. Ha »cli. lYrl., 1892, ii,.34-40. — C us liny (A. It.)
  Teller die Wirkung des Muscarins auf das  Froschherz.
  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1892-3, xxxi,
  432-453.—von C'yon (E.)  Ueber den  Antagonismus zwi-
  schen  Jodothyrin-Atropin uud  JodnatriumMuscarin.
  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz.  u. Wien, 1898,  xii, 387-389.
  -----. Joduatriiimund Muscarin.  Arch. f.d. ges.Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1898, lxx, 643.—CtasUell (W. H.) On the action of
  muscarin upon the heart, and on the electrical changes iu
  the non-beating cardiac muscle brought about by stimula-
  tion of the inhibitory and augmentor nerves.  J. Physiol.,
  Cambridge, 1887, viii, 404-415, 2 pl. — Pettit (A.) &  CJi-
  rnrd (J.) Processus s6cr6toires  dans les cellules de re-
  vetemeut des plexus choroides des ventrioules lat6raux,
  cons6eutifs k l'administration de muscarine  et d'ether.
  Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1901. 11. s., iii, 825-828. —
  Kademaker (C. J.)  The toxic action of muscarine; its
  separation from organic matter.  Am.  Pract.  & News,
  Louisville, 1891, n. s., xii, 326.

Muscat.
    India.  Medico-topographical report on Mus-
  cat, by  Surgeon C. T. Peters,  fol.    [Calcutta,
  1875.]
Muscatello (G.)  Studi  sul cefalocele e sulla
  spina bifida,  vii (1 1.), 206 pp., 1 pl.   8°.  Ca-
  tania, N. Giannotta, 1900.
------.   Sulla organizzazione del  trombo.  pp.
  205-212,'1 pl.  4°.   Milano,  U. Hoepli,  1903.
    Forms fasc  11 of: Mem. r. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e  lett.
  CI. di sc. matemat. e nat., Milano,  1903, 3. s.. x.
------& Ottaviano (I.)  Delia piemia  stafilo-
  coccica.  Ricerche sperimentali.  Nota  prima:
  Sulla patogenesi  della piemia.   51 pp.   8°.
  Catania,  N. Giannotta, 1900.
M use III n ge I- (Vincentius).
    Por Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Muscidse.
    Perez  (C.)  Sur le tissu adipeux imaginal des musci-
  des.  Pioc.-verb. Soc. d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux,
  1902-3,110.----. Sur l'histolyse musculaire chez les mus-
  cides. Ibid., 1903-4, 68-70.  -----.  Sur la metamorphose
  des muscles abdominaux chez les muscides.  Ibid., 75.
MiiMcincae.
    Amaun.  Methodes de preparations microscopiques
  pour l'etude des muscin6es.   J. de microg., Par.. 1888, xii.
  527-529.
Muscle (Comparative anatomy of).
    See Muscle (Histology  of);  Muscles (Mor-
  phology of);  Muscles (Nerves of).
Muscle (Chemistry of).
    See, also, Cadaver (Attitudes of); Extracts
  (Animal);  Fatigue; Glycogen, etc.; Muscle
  (Force,  etc., of); Musculamin;  Rigor mortis.
    BaImakoff (N. F.)  * Organizovaunlye blelki,
  zhellezo  i fosfor niishts v razlichnlye  period!
  pervavo  vozrasta u  dletel  i felyat  (materiali
  k biologii mlshts).   [Organized  albumins, iron,
  and  phosphorus of muscles, in  various periods
  of early age iu children and calves; biology of
  muscles.]  8C.   S.-Peterburg, 1904.
    Boldt  (H.)  *Glycogeiibestimmung im  Mus-
  kel uach Nervendurchschneidung.   8°.   Wiirz-
  burg, 1898.
    Eisexlauek  (I.)   *Weitere   Beitrage  zur
  Kenntnis  des  Haemoglobingehaltes  der  Mus-
  kelu. *c.   Wurzburg, 1904.
Muscle (Chemistry of).
    Gotschlich (E.)  * Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss
  der Saurebilduug uud des Stoffumsatzes im qucr
  gestreiften  Muskel.   [Breslau.]    * .   Bonn,
  1p94.
    Also, in: Arch. f.d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894,lvi,355-388
    Halliburton  (W. D.) Biochemistry of mus-
  cle and nerve.  Ten lectures.  8  .  London, 19<>4.
    -----.  The same.  *\  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Hkmala (R.)   * Experinientelle Bcitra'ee zur
  Muskelcheinie und  zur  Kenntniss der kliniscli
  verwertheteu Nitroprussidreactionen.  8°. Jena,
  16*6.
    Ilyin  (M. D.)   Organizovaunlye blelki  ml-
  shechnavo volokna (niiozinl i  miostrominl) i ikh
  geneticheskoye otnosheniye.  [Organized albu-
  mins of muscular fibers (myosines and myostro-
  utines)  and  their  genetic  relationship.]  *°.
  S.-Peterburg, 1900.
    Imhof (A. L.)   MYoitere  Studien  iiber den
  Haemoglobingehalt der Muskeln, mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung im Freien lebender, wilder
  Tiere.  8°.   Wiirzburg, 1903.
    Krimmacher  (O. [H.])   "Ueber  den Ein-
  fluss der Muskelarbeit auf die Eiweisszersetzung
  bei gleicher Nahrung.  *y.  Bonn, 1690.
    Landsberger  (R.)   *reber  den  Xaehweis
  der sauren Reaktion des Muskels mit Hiilfe von
  Phenolphtalein.  [Wurtzburg. J   8°.  2?onn,1891.
    Also, in:  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1891,1, 339-363.
    Laxgemeijer  (E. G.)  *Over  den  invloed
  vau  suikergebruik   op  den  spierarbeid.  8^.
  Amsterdam, 1895.
    Mai (E.)  * Untersuchungen  iiber den  Zu-
  ckungsablanf bei Aenderuug des Wassergehalte.s
  des Muskels.  6 '.  Wurzburg, 1903.
    Manche (E.)  * Ueber die  das Muskelglyko-
  gen betretfenden  Angaben von Weiss und Chan-
  delon. *  .   Marburg, 1868.
    Mandelbatm  (S.)  *Weitere Beitrage  zur
  Kenntnis iiber den Hamoglobingehalt  der Mus-
  keln.  8°.   Wiirzburg, 1901.
    Meyerhold(F. A.)  *Ein  Beitrag zur Kennt-
  nis  der  sauren  Reaktion der Muskeln.  *°.
  Erlangen,  1892.
    Monari (A.)  Mutamenti della  composizione
  chimica dei muscoli nella fatica.  8°.   Torino,
  1667.
    Repr. from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1887, xxii.
    See, also, infra.
    Schelske.  Ueber  die  chemischen  Muskel-
  reize.  8°.   [Heidelberg, 1859?]
    Repr. from: Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb.
    Schmelz (C.)  Experinientelle Kritik  der im
  medicinischen Laboratorium  zn Kouigsberg  i.
  Pr. von M. Lanes unter Leituug von O. Minkow-
  ski  ausgefiihrten, den  Ursprung des  Muskel-
  glykogens  betreffendeu  Arbeit.  8°.  Marburg,
  1888.
    Stadtfeld ( H. )   * Weitere Beitrage  zur
  Kenntniss des Hamoglobingehaltes der Muskeln.
  8°.   Wurzburg, 1901.
    Stern (H.)  * Einige  Untersuchungen iiber
  chemische Unterschiede zwischen den roten und
  weisseu Muskelu des  Rindes.   8°.   Wurzburg,
  1904.
    Stokvis (B. J.)  "Over den  invloed van het
  gebrnik van suiker op den spierarbeid."  roy. * .
  Amsterdam, 1895.
    Repr.from:  Versl. . . . d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.  Afd.
  Natuurk., Amst., 1895.
    Werner (A.)  * Ueber rote und weisse Mus-
  kelu und deren Hamoglobingehalt.  8°.   Wiirz-
  burg,  1899.
    Wortz (E.)  "Ein  Beitrag znr  Chemie der
  roten und  weissen  Muskelu.   8°.    Tubingen,
  1889. 
MUSCLE.
203
MUSCLE.
Muscle (Chemistry of).
    AbeloiiN (J.-E.)  Dosage des matieres extractives r£-
  ductrices dans les muscles.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1896, 10. a.,  iii, 578-580.—Argiitini*ky (P.)  Mils-
  kelarbeit und Stickstoffumsatz.  Arch. f.d.  ges. Phvsiol.,
  Bonn, 1889-90. xlvi. 552-5*0. 1 pl.—Beck «'.) & Bene-
  dict (H.)  Ueber deu Einfluss der Muskclai beit auf die
  Schwefelaussclieidung.   Ibid. _1893, liv, 27-01,  1 diag.—
  Bencdiceuti (A.) & Olinrio.  L' acido fosfoeai nico
  dei muscoli nell' avvelenamento da mercurio e da piombo.
  Gior. d.  r. Accad. di med. di Torino,  1900,  4. s., vi, 526-
  540.— Bernxtein (J.)  Ueber die Sauerstoffzehrung der
  Gewebe.  Abhandl. d. naturf. Gesellsch.  zu Halle, 1888,
  xvii,  213-244.  Also: Uuteisuch. a. d. physiol. Inst. d.
  Univ. Halle, 188s, 105-136, 1 pl.—Blouie (R.)  Beitrage
  zur Chemie des quergestreiften Muskels.  Arch. f. exper.
  Path. u.  Pharmakol.,  Leipz., 1890-91,  xxviii,  113-125.—
  Bliiineiilhal (A.)  Ueber die Wirkung verwandter
  chemischer Stofl'eauf den quergestreiften Muskel.  Arch.
  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1SH5-6, lxii, 603-621.—du Boim-
  Krymond.  Ueber die angeblich saure  Reaction  des
  Muskelfleisches.   Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  zu Berl., 1859, 288-325. — Bon ami i (A.) & Irlodiglinni
  (E.)  Influenza del gas illuminaute, dell' ossido di c'arbonio
  e dell' acetilene sugli eritrociti e sull' acido fosfocarnico
  dei muscoli.  Arch, farmacol. sper.. Rortia, 1904, iii, 203;
  259— Boruttau (H.)   Vergleichende Untersuchungen
  iiber den  Chemisnius   im  Herz-   und  Kdrpcrmuskel.
  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1893-4, xviii, 513-524.—
  Bottazzi(F.)  Zur Chemie der glatten Muskeln.  Cen-
  tralbl. f.  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901, xv,  36.  AUo,
  transl.:  Atti d. Accad. med.-lis. fiorent. 1901,  Firenze, 1902,
  24.—Botlazzi (F.) &Ducceschi (V.)  Lesostanze pro-
  teiche del miocardio.  Morgagni. Milano, 1897, xxxix, pt.
  1, 596-611.  Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1897-8,
  xxviii, 395-402.—Brunton {SirT.L , Si Bhodes(J. H.)
  Ueber ein glycolytisches Enzym in den Muskeln.  Cen-
  tralbl. f.  Physiol'., Leipz.  u. Wien,  1898,  xii, 353. -----
  -----. On the presence of a glycolytic enzyme in muscle.
  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901, lxviii, 323-326.- Cadeac &
  Maignon.  De  la production de glycose par les muscles.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.. 1902,  cxxxiv,  1443-1445.
  ----------. Etude comparative de l'activit6 product lice
  de  glycose  par les  muscles stries, le myocarde et les
  muscles  liases.  Ibid..  1903, cxxxvi,  120-122.—Camus
  (J.)  Sc Pagniez.  Fixation de l'oxyde de carboue  sur
  rhe,moglobine du muscle.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1903, lv, 837-839.-----------. Hypohemoglobinie muscu-
  laire.  Ibid., 1904, lvi,  644-646.—Chau veau  (A.)  Sur
  la  nature du processus chimique qui preside & la trans-
  formation du potentiel auquel les muscles empruntent
  l'6uergie necessaire k leur mise en travail.   Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc.  Par., 1896, cxxii, 1303-1309. -----. Influence
  de la substitution de  l'alcool au sucre alimentaire, en
  quantite isodyname, sur la valeur du travail musculaire
  accompli par le snjet, sur son entretien et sur sa dfpense.
  Ibid., 1901. exxxii. 110-114.—Cook (Elizabeth).  Experi-
  ments upon the osmotic properties  of the  living frog's
  muscle.   J. Physiol., Lonn., 1898, xxiii, 137-149.—Cunco
  Sc Worms.  Sur un memoiie de M. le Dr. Gr6hant au
  dosage comparatif d« l'acide carbonique content! dans les
  muscles et les  tissns.   Bull. Acad, de  m6d.,  Par., 1891,
  3. s.,  xxv, 'Xl-'.'S^. — Dnnilevuki  (A. I.)  Otnosheniye
  anatomicheskol i  khimicheskol differentsirovki glavnikh
  blelkovikh veshtshestv  mishechnoi tkani k kharakteru
 . yeya dleyatelnosti.  | Relation of the anatomical aud chem-
  ical differentiation of the principal albuminoid substances
  of tbe muscular tissue to the character of  its activity.]
  Fiziol. sbornik (Danilevski),  Kharkov, 1888, i,  331-346.—
  Delrez (L.)  L'autolyse du tissu musculaire etuiliee par
  la  methode  cryoscopique.   Arch,  internat.  (!>■  physiol.,
  Liege & Par., 1904,  i, 159-171.—Etard (A.) Sc Vila (A.)
  Snr la presence de la cadav6rine  dans les prod nits d'hy-
  drolyse  des muscles.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d.  sc,  Par.,
  1903, cxxxvi,  12<-5. — Flaum (M.)  Chemiczny sklad wl6-
  kien migsuych.   [Chemistry of muscular  fiiues.]  Gaz.
  lek., Warszawa, 1893. 2. s., xiii, 227-229. —von l-'iirlh (O.)
  Ueber die Eiweisskdrper des Mnskelplasmns.  Arch. f.
  exper. Path.  u. Pharmakol.. Leipz.,  1895, xxxvi, 231-274.
  -----. Ueber die  Eiweisskdrper  der Kaltbliitermuskcln
  und ihre Beziehung zur Warmest aire.  Ztschr. f. phvsiol.
  Chem., Strassb.,  1900. xxxi, 3118-352.— CSaiilrelet  (J.)
  De la presence de l'acide lactique dans les muscles des
  invert6br6s  et  des vert6br6s iiiierieurs.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 417.—Giraldi (E.)   In-
  fluenza della morte a della putrefazione sul  potere ridut-
  tore dei muscoli; esperienze fatte coll' apparecchio Bufa-
  lini.  Arch, dl psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1905, xxvi, 155-161.—
  QlaM (E.)  Zur Frage der Sarkolyse.  Erste Mitteiliing
  iiber quergestieifte Muskeln und deren Zerfallsprodukte
  im follikulareu Gewebe der Tonsille.  Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1905, xxvi, 155-171, 1 pl.—«>irimtli» (A. B.)   On the chem-
  istry of invertebrate muscle.  Chem. News Lond., 1905,
  xci,  146.—GulewitMch (\Y.) Sc Aiuiradzibi (S.i   Zur
 Kenntniss der Extractivstotl'e der .Muskeln.  Ztschr. f.
 physiol.  Chem., Strassb, 1900, xxx.  565-573. — l-ule-
 witHch  (W.) & Krimberg (R.)  Zur Kenntnis der Ex-
 traktivstoffe  der  Muskeln.  2.  Mitteiliing. Ueber  das
Muscle (Chemistry of).
  caraitin.  Ibid., 1905, xiv, 326-330 —Hamburger (H.J.)
  Over de lymphproducte bij spierarbeid.  Handel, v. h.
  Nederl. Nat.- en  Geneesk.  Cong.,  's-Giavenhage,  1893,
  209.—Harley (V.)  Sugar as a food in the  production of
  muscular work.  Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1893-4,  liv. 480-
  487.—11 elite r  (A.)   Beitrage zur Chemie des querge-
  streiften Muskels mit Beriicksichtigung der Todteustarre
  und einiger Vergiftuugen.  Arch. t. exper. Path.  u. Phar-
  makol.,  Leipz., 1892-3,  xxxi, 225-280.—Ileuze (M.)  Bei-
  trage zur Muskelehemie der Octopoden.  Ztschr. f. phy-
  siol.  Chem., Strassb., 1904-5. xliii, 477-193— Hericourt
  (J.) Sc Bichet (C.)  De la preparation et de la  composi-
  tion  du plasma musculaire.  Compt. lend.  Soc. de biol.,
  Par., I90n,  11. s., ii, 560-5H3.—Moppe-Neylcr (F.)   Ue-
  ber Muskelfaibstoffe.  Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb.,
  1889-90. xiv, 106-108. —loleyko (Mile. J.)  Ergographie
  du sucre.  Soc. roy. d. sc. m£d. et nat. de Brux. Bull.,
  1905, lxiii. 2-10.— Jakubbwitsch (W.)  Ueber  die che-
  mische  Zusanimensetzung  der embryonalen  Muskeln.
  Arch.  f. Kinderh.,  Stuttg., 1891-2,  xiv,  355-359.— Jo-
  hansson (J. E.)  Ueber das Verhalten der Kohlensaure-
  Abgabe und  der lviii pertemperatur bei  mdglichst voll-
  staudiger Ausscliliessung  der  Muskelthatigkeit. Noid.
  med.  Ark., Stockholm,  1897, n. F.,  viii, Festbd.  Axel
  Key . .  ., uo.  22, 1-14.  Also, transl.: Hygiea, Stockholm,
  1898, lx, 250-204.  -----.  Untersuchungen iiber die Kohleu-
  saureabgabe  bei Muskelthatigkeit.   Skaudin.  Arch  f.
  Physiol.. Leipz., 1900-1901, x\, 273-307. — Johniinaoii
  (J.  E.)  Sc  Kornrn  (G.)  Wie wird die Kohleusaure-
  abgabe  bei Muskelarbeit von der Nahrungszufuhr beein-
  flusst?  Ibid., 1902, xiii, 251-268.-----------. Die  Ein-
  wirkung verschiedener Variabelen auf die Kohleusaure-
  abgabe  bei positive!- Muskelthatigkeit.  Ibid.. 1903, xiv,
  60-81.—KashkadamoflT (V. P.)  Material! k izuche-
  nhu khimicheskikli izmieneniy mishts pod vlij'aniyem
  dleyatelnosti.  (On the chemical changes in muscles un-
  der the  influence of activity.)   Vrach, St. Petersb.. 1897,
  xviii, 5.—Kalz (J.)  Die mineralischen Bestandtheile des
  Muskelfleisches.  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn, 1896,
  lxiii,  1-85. — Kipiaui   (Mile. Varia).   Ergographie
  du sucre.  Ann. Soc  rov.  d. sc. m6d.  et nat. de Brux.,
  1905, xiv, 55-92. — Kliig  ( F.) <fc  Olsavszky (V.)
  Einfluss der  Muskelarbeit auf die Ausscheidung  der
  Phosphorsaure.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn., 1893, liv,
  21-26.—Kruiumacher (O.)  Versuche  iiber deu  Ein-
  fluss der  Muskelarbeit auf die Eiweisszersetzung beim
  Mensehen.  Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol.  u. Phy-
  siol,  in  Miiuchen  (1893), 1894,  ix, 114. -----. Drei Ver-
  suche iiber den Einfluss der Muskelarbeit auf die Eiweiss-
  zersetzung.   Ztschr. f.  Biol., Miinchen  u.  Leipz., 1896, n.
  F., xv,  108-138.—Kiilz (E.i  Ueber Glykogeubildnng im
  kiinstlich durchbliiteten Muskel.  Ibid.,  1890, n. F., ix,
  237-246.—KurayeflT (D.  I.)  O  blelkovom sostoyanii
  mishts  pokolnikh I dieyatelnikli.  [On the albuminous
  condition of resting anil active  muscle.J  Vrach, St. Pe-
  tersb., 1895, xvi, 1083.—Landsberger (R.)   Ueber den
  Nachweiss der sauren Reaktion des Muskels mit Hiilfe
  von  Phenolphtalein.   Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1891-2,  ]. 339-363.-L.ee (F. S.)  Sugar and muscle fa-
  tigue.   Science, N. Y. Sc Lancaster, Pa., 1900, n. s., xii,
  303.—Lehmann  (K. B.)  Ueber den Hamoglobingehalt
  der Muskeln  uud seine Bedeutung.   Sitzungsb. d. pliys.-
  nied. Gesellsch. zu  Wiirzb..  1903, 68-72. -----.  Unter-
  suchungen  iiber den  Hamoglobingehalt der Muskeln.
  Ztschr.  f. Biol., Miinchen u.  Berl.,  1903, xiv, :!J4-34.">.—
  Levy (L.) Ueber Farhstoft'e in den Muskeln.  Zischr. f.
  plnsiol. Chem, Strassb., 1888-9, xiii,  309-325.- Locke
  (K. S.)   Note on oxalates and muscle-rigor.   J. Physiol.,
  Cambridge,  1894. xvii.  293-J95.—Loeb (J.)  Ueber  die
  Aehuliclikeit der Fliissigkeitsresorption in Muskelu und
  in Seifen.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, lxxv, 303-
  309.  AUo. transl. in his: Stud. Gen.  Physiol., Chicago,
  1905,  pt. 2, 510-517.—.Tlacleod  (J. J.  R)  Zur Kenntniss
  des Phosphors im  Mm kel.  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.,
  Strassb., 1899, xxviii. :.3.">-."i58.—.Tlniguan (F.)   Produc-
  tion  d'alcool  et  d'aceione par les muscles.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 19o5, cxl, 1124-1120.—ITInlassez (L.)
  Injections soits-cutances dc sue musculaire.   EYolo prat.
  il. nautes etudes.  Lab. d'histol.  du Coll. de, France. Trav.
  1900,  Par., 1902, xviii. 21.—llarinelli iG.i   Influenza del
  cloruro  di sodio sulla composizione chiraica dei muscoli.
  Arch, di farm, e terap, Palermo,  1902, x, .Vi-O'.i.— VI ays
  (K.)  Ueber  uucoagulirbare  Eiweisskdrper der  Mus-
  keln.  Ztschr. f. Biol., Miincben u. Leipz., 1897, n. F., xvi,
  268-297.   Hillik. n (C. S.) & Ntiles (P. G.)   On the sup-
  posed equivalence of sodium and lithium ions in  skeletal
  muscle.   Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1905, xiv. 359-365.—Mor-
  ner (K. A. H.)  Im Muskelplasma ausge8,chie<lenes Krea-
  tiu.  Skaudin. Arch. f. Physiol.,  Leipz.. 1893-5, v, 272.
  -----. Beobachtungen iiber den Muskelfarbstoff.  Nord.
  med. Ark., Stockholm,  1897, n. F.. viii, Festbd.  af Axel
  Key  . .  ., no.  2. 1-8, 1 pl.— Moleschott (J.) Sc Bat-
  tislini  (A.)   Ueber die chemische  Reaction der quer-
  gestreiften  Muskeln und verschiedener Theile des Ner-
  vensystems wabrend der Ruhe nnd nach der Arbeit.  Un-
  tersuch. z. Naturl. d. Meuseh. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1882-8,
  xiii, 275-326.  Also, Reprint.— Tlomiri (A.)  Mutamenti 
MUSCLE.
204
MUSCLE.
M11 s c I e  (Chem is t ry of).
  della composizione chimica dei muscoli nella fatica.  Ann.
  di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1889, 4. s., x, 84-112.  See, also,
  supra.— .Vlornt Sc Dnfourt.  Consommatiou du  sucre
  par les muscles;  engine probable du glycogene muscu-
  laire.   Arch, de phvsiol. norm, et path., Par., 1892, 5. s.,
  iv, 327-336.  AUo: Lyon med.. 1892, lxix, 179-184. -----
  -----.  Sur la  consommatiou  du  glycogdne des muscles
  pendant l'activit6 deces organes.  Arch, de physiol. norm.
  et path.. Par., 1892, 5. s .  iv, 457-404.—Tlosso (C.)  Sugar
  as a food for muscular l issue.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1895, ii,
  rjSL'.—.TIosso  (U.) & l*aoIetti (L.) Influence du  sucre
  sur le  travail  des muscles.   Arch.  ital. de  biol.. Turin,
  1894, xxi, 293-300.—Miiller (M.)   Ueber den Gehalt der
  mensehlichen Muskeln  an Nucleoli.  Ztschr. f. phvsiol.
  Chem., Strassb., 1896-7. xxii. 5G1-506.—ITIunk (I.)  Ueber
  Muskelarbeit  uud  Eiweisszerfall.   Arch.  f.  Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1890, 557-563.  -----. Muskelarbeit nnd Eiweiss-
  zerfall;  Bemerkungen zu deu neuesten Versuchen von
  Chauv.au.  Ibid.,  1896,  372-379. — IVI ver hold (F. A.)
  Ein Beitrag zur  Kenntniss  der  sauren Reaktion des
  Muskels.  Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlaug.. 1892,
  24. Hft., 128-155. — Nencki  (M.) Sc Kowarski (A.)
  Ueber  das  Vorkommen von  Harnstoff  im  Muskel der
  SSugethiere.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol.. Leipz.,
  1895, xxxvi, 395-399.—Osborne (YVY A.) Sc Xobcl (S.)
  The  sugars of  muscle.  J. Physiol., Loud., 1903,  xxix,
  1-8.—©ttolenghi (S.)   La tossicita dei  muscoli rigidi.
  Terap.  clin., Palermo. 1898, vii, 590-593.—Panel la (A.)
  L' acido fosfocarnico dei muscoli dopo la morte.  Arch, di
  farm, e terap., Palermo, 1902, x,  323-361. Also, transl. :
  Arch. ital.  de  biol., Turin, 1903. xxxix, 263-283. -----.
  L'acido fosfocarnico  dei muscoli bianchi e rossi.  Arch.
  di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1903, xi, 91-103. Also, transl.:
  Arch. ital.  de  biol., Turin, 1903, xxxix, 443-451. -----.
  Acqua  e nueleone nei muscoli  lisci.  Pel giubil. didat. d.
  Camillo Bozzolt.....1879-1904, Rac. di scntti med. [etc.],
  Torino, 1904, 221-234.  AUo, transl.: Arch, ital.de  biol.
  Turin,  1904-5,  xlii, 368-382.— Panormoflf (A.  A.)  O
  sakharle v mishtsakh.  [Sugar in muscles.]  Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk.,  1892, xxxviii,  804-812.   AUo, transl.: Ztschr. f'.
  physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1892-3, xvii, 590-606. —Pekel-
  hariug (C. A.)  Ueber das Vorhandciisein eines Nucleo-
  proteids in Muskeln.  Ztschr.  f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,
  1896, xxii, 245-247. —I»fliijjer (E.)   Eine neue  Methode
  zur  quautitativeu  Bestinimung des  Zuckers,  als  Fort-
  setzung meiner Untersuchungen iiber die Quelle der Mus-
  kelkraft.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897,lxvi,635-640.
  Also  [Abstr.]:  Siiddeutsrhe Apoth.Ztg., Stuttg.,  1897,
  xxxvii, 3x9—Przibram (H.) Vcrsuch zur chemischen
  Charakterisieruug  einiger Tierklassen  des  natiirlichen
  Systems auf Grund ilires Muskelplasmas.  Beitr. z. chem.
  Phys. u. Path., Bi nschwg.. 1902, ii, 143-147, 1 tab.— Pulle
  (A. W.) Sc Werthcim  Malomonson  (J. K. A.)  Een
  geval  van  myokymie.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,
  Amst.,  1899, 2. R., xxxv,  d. 1, 393-399.—Bicliet (C.)  Du
  serum musculaire.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1900,
  exxxi, 1314-1316.-----. De la  toxicite du s6rum muscu-
  laire en injection  intraveinense.  Compt. reud. Soc de
  biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 633-535.  -----.. Des variations
  des extraits musculaires avec la temperature d'extraction.
  Ibid , 635-037.—Botoudi (G.) Di alcune modiflcazioni
  chimiche del musculo dopo il iavoro studiate col reattivo
  del Florence.  Riv. di med. leg., Milano,  1898-9, ii, 215-
  217.—Bumpf (T.) <fc ttchiimiii  (O.)  Ueber chemische
  Aenderungen der Musculatur bei der Entartuugsreaction
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,  I.eipz.. 1901, xx, 445-454__
  Schafler (J.)   Ueber Sarkolvse beim Mensehen.  Ver-
  handl. d. anat. Gesellsch.. Jena, 1892, vi, 254-258.  Also-
  Sitzungsb. d.  k. Akad.  d. Wissensch.   Math.-naturw
  CI Wien.  1892, ci. 293-298. — Schenck (F.)  Muskel-
  arbeit und Glycogenverbrauoh (Entgeguung an Seegen)
  Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1896,  lxv, 326-3*9 —
  Schmidt-Nielsen (S.)  Om autolysens forhold til  mus-
  kelsaftens dannelse.  [ Die Autolyse in  ihrem Verhalten
  zur Bildnng von Muskclsaft.  Uebcis., p. xxvii I  Upsala
  Lakaref. Forh.,  1902-3, n. f., viii,  571-577. Also  transl ■
  Beitr. z. chem. Phys.  u.  Path., Brnschwg., 1003 iv  18''-
  184-—***■••«•»burg.  Ueber  deu  Einfluss des'Zuckers
  auf die Leistungsfabigkeit der Muskeln.  Deutsche  mil -
  arztl. Ztschr., Beil., 1896, xxv, 337-357.—Seegen.  Mus-
  kelarbeit und Glykogenverbrauch.  Arch,  f  Phvsiol'
  Leipz.. 1895  242: 1896  383; 511.   Also  [Abstr.]: Centralbl
  f  Physiol.,  Leipz. u.  Wien, 1895, ix,  193-196. ----- 1st
  Muskelglykogen die  Kraftquelle  fiir  normale Korner-
  arbeit    Ccimalbl. f. Physiol.,  Leipz. u.Wien, 1896  x 189-
  i;),'- -•**■«;«'"'•"'«•  (M.)   Ueber Fleisehsaure.  Arch  f
  Physio .. Le,,,z, 1894  40M18.  -----. Zur Keuntniss dei'
  t.xt.mtivstonedes Muskels.   Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem
  Strassb., 1899, xxviii, 524-529.-Slosse.   Sur le chiniisme
  musculaire   boe roy. d.  sc med. et nat. de Brux. Bull.,
  1900, lvin, 122-128------. Contribution a l'etude du chi-
  rnisme des muscles.  Anu. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de
  i&« I  '  a1'  faC8C' "• 1I-tM:-»PS«» (K.) Ueber die
  Einwirkung der Serumglobuline auf die Gerinnung des
  Muskelplasmas.   Beitr.  z. chem.  Phys. u.  Path   Brn-
  schwg  1901, i, 78—Stewart (G. N.) The effect on the
  molecular concentration  aud  electrical conductivity of
 Muscle  (Chemistry of).
   muscle! extracts of removal of the proteids.  J. Phvsiol
   Lond., 1899, xxiv, 460-403. — Stewart (G.N.) & Soil-
   iii a ■■ ■■  ff.)  The proteids of muscle.  Ibid., 427 -459.—
   Steyrer (A.)  Ein Beitrag zur Chemie  des entartefen
   Muskels.   Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg. 1903
   iv, 234-246. — Tarozzi (G.)  L' acido fosfocarnico dei
   muscoli nel diginuo.  Gior. d. r Accad. di  med. di Torino
   1899.  4. s.. v, 240 248.  Also, transl.: Arch ital. de biol '
   Turin, 1899-1900, xxxii. 370-378.—Tissot (J.)  Recherches
   sur les  echanges gazeux  des  muscles  isotes du  corps
   Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1895, 5. s., vii. 4«9^
   483. -----.  Sur les ^changes gazeux des  muscles'isoles du
   corps k l'etat  de repos et a l'etat de travail.  Ibid., 492-
   499. -----.  Variation des echanges gazeux d'un  muscle
   extrait du corps pendant les jours qui suivent son extrac-
   tion.   Ibid., 641-653. -----. Sur le d6gagement d'hydro-
   gdne  et  d'azote par les  muscles  isol6s  du corps.  Ibid.
   663-674. -----. Sur la signification dud6gagement d'acide
   carbonique, par des muscles isol6s du corps, comparer  &
   celle de l'absorption de l'oxygdne.  Compt. reud. Acad. d.
   sc, Par., 1895, exx, 568-570.  Also:  Compt. rend.  Soc de
   biol..  Par., 1895,  10. s., ii.  158-160.  -----. Sur  la part res-
   pective que prennent les actions purement physiques et
   les actions pbysiologiqnes,  au d6gagement d'acide carbo-
   nique par les muscles isol6s du corps.  Compt. rend. Acad
   d. sc. Par., 1895, exx, 041-043.  -----. Nonvelles expeii'
   ences sur la signification de l'absorption d'oxvg^ue par les
   muscles  extraits du corps.   Compt. rend. Soe.de biol
   Par.,  1895, 10.  s., ii, 449.— Unna (P. G.)  Die spezifische
   Farbung der glatten Muskelfasern.   Monatsh. f. prakt.
   Dermat., Hamb., 1894, xix,  533-537. — Vay ( F.)  Ueber
   den Clykogen-iehalt  der Muskeln nach  Neivendnrch-
   schneidung.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol.,  Leipz.
   1894, xxxiv,  45-64.—Velichi (J.)  Zur Chemie der glatten
   Muskeln. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1898, xii,
   351.—Vincent  (S.) Sc Lewis (T.)  The proteids ot un-
   striped muscle.  Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, pp.
   xix-xxi.   AUo, transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Oheni., Strassb
   1901-2. xxxiv,  417-429. —Vogel  ( R.)  Uutersuchungen
   iiber Muskelsaft. Deutsches Arch. f.  klin. Med.  Leipz
   1901-2, lxxii, 291-326.—Voit (E.)  Ueber den Einfluss der
   Muskelarbeit auf die Eiweisszersetzung.   Sitzungsb. d.
   Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen,  1890, vi, 36-
   38. —Wertber (M )  Ueber die Milchsaurebildung und
   den Glycogeuverbrauch im quergestreiften  Muskel bei der
   Thatigkeit  und  bei  der  Todteustarre.  Arch. f. d ges
   Physiol., Bonn, 1889, xlvi, 63-92.—Weyl (T.)  Historische
   Notiz  zur Muskelchemie.   Ztschr. f.  physiol.  Chem.,
   Strassb., 1882-3, vii, 85.  AUo, Reprint,—Whitfield (A.i
   Note on the chemistry of muscle.  ,T. Physiol., Cambridge
   1894, xvi, 487-490. — Wiuternitz  ( H.)  Ueber neuert!
   Arbeiteu zur  Chemie des Muskels  und zur  Nahruugs-
   mittelcheinie des Fleisches;  zusammeufassendes Beferat.
   Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1896, vi, 821-8J8.—Woerner (E.)
   UeberKreatinundKreatiniuimMuskelund Harn.  Arch.
   f. Ph.\siol., Leipz., 1898, 266.—Zen neck (G.)   Ueber die
   chemische Reizung nervenhaltiger uud uervenloser (cura-
   risiiter)  Skeletmuskeln.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
   1899, lxxvi, 21-58.

Muscle (Development, growth,  and regen-
   eration of).
    Askanazy (M.)  *Zur Kegeueration  der quer-
  gestreiften Muskelfasern.  8°.  Kbniqsberq i. Pr.,
   1890.
    AUo, in:  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1891, exxv,
   520-542, 2 pl.
    Askanazy (S.)  ' Ueber die Regeneration glat-
  ter Muskelfasern.  8J.   Kbnigsberg,  [1891].
    Coco (A. M.)  Regenerazione delle fibre mus-
  colari striate.   4°.  [Catania, n. d.]
    Repr. from: Atti di Accad. Gioenia di  sc.  nat. in Ca-
   tania, 4. s., ix.
    Felix (W.)   * Ueber Waehstbiuu der quer-
  gestreiften  Musculatur  nach   Beobachtungen
  am   Meuschen.   [Wurtzburg.]   8°.   Leipzig,

    von Franque (O.)   #Beitriige  zur  Kenntnis
  der Muskelknospen.   6°.   Wurzburg, 1890.
    ------.  Tbe same.   8°.   Wurzburg,  1890.
    Also, in:  Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,
   1890-91, n. F.,  xxiv, 19-48, 1 pl.
    Lingxau  ([J.]  A.)   * Ueber  die  Bedeutung
  der   Muskelkorperchen  fiir  die  Regeneration
  nach Verletzungen.   8  .  Kbnigsberg, 1890.
    Nauwerck (C.)    Ueber Muskelregeneration
  nach   Verletzungen.    Experinientelle   Unter-
   suchung.  6°.   Jena, 1890.
    Pyankoi k  (G. [A.])   *K voprosu o  regene-
  ratsii  hijiertrotirovannol  gladkol   mishechnoi 
MUSCLE.
205
MUSCLE.
Muscle  (Development, growth,  and regen-

  eration of).
  tkani.   [Regeneration of hypertrophied smooth
  muscle tissue.]  8.   S.-Peterberg, 166*.
    Robert  ([A.]  F.)    * Ueber Wiederbildung
  quergestreiften  Muskelfasern.   8°.    Kiel, 1690.
    Roule  (L.)   * Etude sur  le d6veloppemeut et
  la structure  du tissu musculaire.   [Paris.]   4°.
  Toulouse,  1891.
    Steidkl (E.)   * Zur Kenntniss der Regenera-
  tion  der  quergestreiften Musculatur.   [Tiibin-
  gen.]  8\   Stuttgart, l8,s~.
    AUo [Rev.], in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u.  Physiol., Jena,
  1888, ii, 493-499.
    Anderson  ( R.  J.)   Muscle  forming or moulding.
  Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de
  physiol. [etc. |,  156-167.—Aswailourolf (K.)  Comparai-
  son du d6veloppement  des  muscles chez l'enibryon hu-
  main et chez les animaux a  l'6tat adnlte.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s., v, 677.—Bordier (H.)  Ef-
  fets de la galvano-faradisation rythmic sur la nutrition et
  le d6veloppement  du muscle de l'homme.  Arch, d'elec-
  tric. m6d.,  Bordeaux, 1902, x, 331-334. AUo :  Lyon med.,
  1902,  xcix, 147-151.—Calderara (G.)   Contributo alia
  conoscenza dello sviluppo della fibra muscolare striata.
  Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo, 1893, xvii, 89-97.—
   Favaro (G.)  Ricerche intorno alio sviluppo dei muscoli
  dorsali, laterali e prevertebral! negli amnioti.   Arch.  ital.
  di anat.  e  di embriol.,  Firenze,  1903, ii,  518-577, 3 pl.—
  Fox (W.)  On the development of striated muscular
  fibre.  Proc. Roy. Soc.  Loud.. 1865, xiv,  374-376.—« a-
   leotti (G.) & Levi (G.)  Beitrag zur Keuntniss der Re-
   generation der quergestreiften Muskelfasern.  Beitr. z.
  path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1893, xiv. 272-287,1 pl.—
   Gaule  (J.)   Ueber  eigenthiimliche  Wachsthumsvor-
  gange in den Muskeln.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
   u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 723-725. -----. Der Einfluss des Ner-
   vensystems  auf die Wachsthumerscheinungen in  deu
   Muskeln.   Ibid.,  725-727. — Uodlewski  ( E. ), jun.
   Poczatkowy  okres rozwoju tkauki miesuej  prazkowanej
  zwierzijt kre.gowych.  [Initial phases of development of
   the  striated  muscular  tissue  in  vertebrate  animals.]
   Rozpr.  wydz.  matemat.-przyr.  Akad. Umiej.. Krakdw,
   1901, 3. s., i, B,  149-162, 1 pl.   Also, transl.: Bull, internat.
   Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie,il901,146-158,1 pl.  -,----. Rozwdj
  tkanki  mi^snej w  miesniaeli szkieletowych i w sereu
   zwierzat ss^cych.  [Development of muscle tissue iu the
  skeletal  muscles  and  the heart of mammals.]   Rozpr.
   wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1901, 3. s., i,
   B. 450-496,  2 pl.—Goldstein (K.)  Die Abhiingigkeit der
   Mnskulatnr  vom Zentraluervensystem wahreud der  Em-
   bryoualzeit;  eine Erwiderung an Prof. Neumann.  Arch.
  f. Entweklugsmeehn.d.Organ., Leipz., 1904, xviii,584-592.—
   von  Kahlden  (C.)  Ueber  Regeneration  der quer-
   gestreiften Muskeln; zusammenfassendes Referat.  Cen-
   tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1893, iv, 826-842.—
   King (W. H.)  Some  observations on the influence of
  electricity in muscular development.  Tr. Nat. Soc. Elec-
   trother., N.  T., 1894, 25-35.  -----.  The  cliuical  uses of
   electricity in  muscular  development.   Ibid., 73-79.—
   Kirby  (E.)  Experinientelle Untersuchungen iiber die
   Regeneration des quercestreiften Muskelgewebes.  lieitr.
   z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1891-2, xi, 302-319,
   2 pl.—Krosins; (R.)  Ueber die Riickbildung uud  Ent-
   wickelung der  quergestreiften Muskelfasern.  Arch.  f.
  path. Anat.  [etc.],  Berl.,  1892,  exxviii, 445-484,  1 pl.—
   l.asio (G.)  Sulla rigenerazione del sistema muscolare
  striate  Boll.  d. Soc. med.-chir.  di Pavia, 1H99, 125-142, 1
  pl.—lieven (L.)  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber
  die Degeneration der quergestreiften Muskelfaser unter
   besonderer Beriicksichtigung derKaryokinese. Deutsches
   Arch. f.  klin. Med.,  Leipz., 1888, xliii', 165-176.— I,uca*.
   C'hampioiiiiiere.  Sur l'emploi de fils  m6talliqut-s
  perdus dans les muscles et les parties molles pour les repa-
  rations musculaires.  Bull. Acad, de med.,  Par., 1898, 3. s.,
  xxxix, 354-358.—Lydston (G. F.)   Muscle  building as
  illustrated by the modern  Samson. Sandow.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1893,  xxi, 419-422. —.Tleek  (A.)  Prelimi-
  nary note on the post-embryonal  history of striped muscle
  fibre in mammals.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897-8, xiv, 619-621.
  Also: J. Anat. &  Physiol., Loud.,  1898-9,  xxxiii, 596-608.
  -----.  Further note  on the post-embryonal  history of
  striped muscles in mammals.  (In reply to B. Moipuigo.)
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898-9. xv, 474-476. — ITIorpurgo (B.)
  Sullo sviluppo postembrionale dei  muscoli volontari  dei
  ratti albini.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1898,
  4. s., x, 749-756.  Also, transl.:  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898,
  xv, 200-206. -----. Sul tapporto fra la moltiplicazione dei
  nuclei e 1' accrescimento in hunghezza delle fibre musco-
  lari  striate.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit, in Siena, 1899,
  4. s., xi, 149-154.—Nussbaum (M.)  Ueber Muskeleut-
  wickelung.   Verhandl.  d. anat.  Gesellsch., Jena, 1896, x,
  64-67.—Robert (F.)  Versuche  iiber die  Wiederbildung
  quergestreifter  Muskelfasern.  Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z.
Muscle  (Development, growth, and regen-

  eration of).
  allg. Path., Jena, 1891, x, 169-186, 2 pl—Roule (L.)   Sur
  le d6veloppement des fibres musculaires.  Compt. reud.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1891, cxii, 245. —Savory (W. S.)  On
  the development of striated muscular fibre in mammalia.
  Phil. Tr., Lond., 1855, 243-258, 2 pl. — Mchuyten (M. C.)
  Over de toeuame der spierkracht bij kiuderen  gedureude
  het  schooljaar.  [Sur l'accroissemeut de la force muscu-
  laire des ecoliers k travers  l'annee scolaire.   Res..  127.]
  Paedolog. Jaarb., Antwerp., 1904, v, 118-155. —Stilling
  (H.)  &  Pfitzner  ( W.)   Ueber die  Regeneration  der
  glatten Muskeln.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1886, xxviii,
  396-412.—Towle (Elizabeth W.)  On muscle regenera-
  tion in the limbs of Plethedon.  Biol. Bull., Bost., 1900-
  1901, ii, 289-299. —Valcnti  (G.)  Sopra le prime  fasi di
  sviluppo della muscolatura degli arti.   Mem. r. Accad. d.
  sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, 5. s., viii, 403-414,  1 pl.—
   Valle (V.)  Annotazioni intorno alia rigenerazione dei
  muscoli volontarii.  Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc., lett. ed arti,
  1899-1900, 8. s., ii, pt. 2, 677-081.   Also:  Arch,  per le sc.
  med., Torino, 1900, xxiv, 151-171, 1 pl.—Volkmaun  (R.)
  Ceber die Regeneration des  queigostieiften Muskelgewe-
  webes beim  Mensehen  und Saugethier.  Beitr. z. path.
  Anat. u. z. allg. Path.,  Jena,  1892, xii, 233-332,  6  pl.—
   Windle(B. C. A.)   On the embryology of the mammalian
  muscular svstein.  Tr. Royal Irish Acad. (Science), Dubl.,
  1880-80, xxviii, 211-240, 2 pl.—Zaborowski ( T.)  Expe-
  rimentelle  Untersuchungen iiber die  Regeneration  der
  quergestreiften  Muskeln.  Arch.  f. exper. Path. u. Phar-
  makol., Leipz., 1888-9, xxv, 415-440, 1 pl.

Muscle (Effect of drugs  on).
     See, also, Curare; Fatigue.
     Loeb (S.)   * Znr physiologischen  Wirkung
  der Monobroniessigsjiure  auf die quergestreifte
  Muskulatnr.  8C.   Wurzburg, 1*99.
     Pelikan  (C.) &  Kollikek  (A.)   Untersu-
  chungen  iiber  die  Einwirkung einiger  Gifte
  auf  die  Leistungsfahigkeit  der Muskeln.   8°.
   [ Wiirzburg,  18f>8. ]
     Repr.from : Veihandl.d.phys.-med.Gesellsch.in Wiirzb.
     Pfleideker (A.)   * Ueber den Einfluss  ver-
  schieden   grosser Dosen  von Alkohol auf  die
  Mtiskelzuckung.  8°.   Greifswald, 1902.
     Acquaderni (A.)   Azione della cocaiua e del cloruro
   di  bario sulla curva automatica  della  fatica  muscolare.
   Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s., xi, 580: 1901, 8. s., i,
   76, lch.  Also [Abstr.]: Soc.med.-chir. di Bologna.  Resoc.
   (1900), 1901, 42-44.— Alurraldc (M.)  Estudio  experi-
   mental de la accidn del curare sobre los mdsculos estriados.
   An. d. Circ. med. argent.,  Buenos Aires, 1898, xxi,  442-
   457.—Beck (G.)  Ueber die Wirkung des  Atropins  und
   einiger anderer Alkaloide auf die spontanen Bewegungen
   der glatten Muskeln.  VorlauflgeMitteilung. Zentralbl.f.
   Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1905, xix, 497-502.—von Bvkay
   (A.)  Die Wirkung einiger schwerer Mctalle auf die
   Structurder quergestreiften Muskulatur. Pest.med.-chir.
   Presse, Budapest, 1897, xxxiii, 750.—Boltazzi (P.)  Ue-
   ber die Wirkung des Veratrius und anderer Stoffe auf die
   quergestreifte, atriale und glatte  Musculatur. (Beitrage
   zur Physiologie  des Sarkoplasmas.)   Arch. f. Physio?.,
   Leipz., 1901, 377-427, 5  diag. — Buchanan  (Florence).
   The efficiency of the contraction  of  veratrinised muscle.
  J. Physiol., Lond., 1899-1900, xxv, 137-150.—C'avazzani
   (A.)  Dell' azione dell' ossalato potassico sul plasma mus-
   colare quale contributo alia dottrina  della contrazione, e
   di  un nuovo iintagonismo farraacologico.  Riforma med.,
   Napoli,1892, viii,pt. 2.662; 675. Also, Reprint.—(leghorn
   (A.) & Lloyd (H. D.)  The effect of carbon dioxide aud
   oxygen on  smooth muscle.  Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Boat.,
   1901-2, ii.  xvi.  AUo: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v,
   367. — Clement (E.)  Action de l'acide foimique sur le
   systeme musculaire.  Lvon  m6d., 1903, ci, 161-106.  Also:
   Acad. roy. de Belg.  Bull, de la cl. d. sc. Brux., 1904, 1039.
   AUo: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1904. exxxviii, 785-
  787. -----. Note complemeutairo  sur  Taction de l'acide
   formique sur  le  systeme musculaire.  Lyon  med., 1905,
   civ, 384-395.— Cashing (II.)  Concerning  the poisonous
   effect of pure sodium chloride solutions upon the nerve-
   muscle preparation.  Am. J. Phvsiol., Best.,  1901-2, vi,
  77-90. — Denny  (S.) Sc Orandis (V.) Contribution a
  l'etude de la fatigue; action  de radr6nalnie sur la function
  du muscle. [Transl. from : Kev.  sud.-am. de cienc. med.,
   1903.]  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1904, xii, 225-233.—Uo-
   ■iiith (J.)  & liiikaes (II.)  Die elektrische Erregbaikcit
  der Nerven und Muskeln unter Curare  Wirkung.  Ztschr.
   f. klin Med., Berl .1900, xii,441-450 —Ficlt (A.) iiBohm
  (R.)  Ueber die Wirkung des Verati ins auf die Muskelfaser.
   Arb. a. d. physiol Lab. d. Wiirzb.  Hochsch.. 1872-8,2. Lfg.,
   142-154, 1 pl.—Filippi (E.) Influenza della immersione
  del inuscolo iu vari liquidi sopra la curva automatica della
   fatica.  Arch, farmacol. sper.. Roma, 1902, i, 49-66.—For.
   ■niinek (E.)  O pusobeni soli ammonatych na ob&h krev- 
MFSCLE.
206
MUSCLE.
HiiM*le {Effect of drugs  on).
  in a soustavu s'valolivbnon.  ['I'he actiou of ammonia salts
  on the  circulation of the blood and the system of voluii-
  tarv  muscles.]   Rozpr. cesk6 Akad. cis. Frantiska Josefa
  [etc ] v Praze, 1S90-1900, 2. t., ix, no. 10,1-33, 1 ch.  -----.
  () pusob.-ni soli ammonatvch na  svab.hybuou  soustavu
  nsi.  [The action of ammonia salts on the system of volun-
  tarv muscles of dogs.]   Ibid., n... 21, l-3.-Frank (O) Sc
  Vo'it(F.)  Der Ablauf der Zersetzungen im  tierischen
  Organismus bei  der Ausselialtung der Muskeln dutch
  Curare   Ztschr. f. Biol.. Munchen u. Leipz., 1901, n. if.,
  xxiv 309-362.—von Fiirth (O.)   Ueber die Einwirkung
  von i'.iften auf die Eiweisskorper des Muskelplasn as und
  ihre Be/.iebung zur Muskelstarre.  Arch. f. exper. Path.
  n. Pharmakol.. Leipz.,  1896,  xxxviii, 389-412. - Garrey
  ( W  E )  Twitchings of skeletal muscles  produced by
  salt-solutions with special reference to twitchings of mam-
  malian muscles.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1905, xm, 186-
  191  — tJregor  (A.)  Ueber den  Einfluss  von Veratrm
  und Glycerin auf die Zurkuimscurve functionell verschie-
  dener Muskeln.  Arch. 1. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904, ci,
  71-102, 2 pl. — Gnenther (A. E.)  A  study ot the com-
  parative effects of solutions of potassium, sodium and cal-
  cium chlorides on  skeletal and heart muscle.  Am.  J.
  Phvsiol., Bost..  1905-6,  xiv. 13-104. — Hellsten  (A. F.)
  Ueber den Einfluss v«>u Alkohol,  Zucker und Thee auf
  die Leistungsfahigkeit des Muskels.  Skandin. Arch, f
  Physiol., Leipz..  19»4, xvi, 139-221, 1 pl. AUo.  Reprint.—
   Hober (R.)  Ueber den Einfluss vou Alkalisalzen auf
  den Kuliestrom des Froschiuiiskels. Zentralbl.  f. Physiol.,
  Leipz. n. Wien, 19i>4, xviii, 499. — Howell  (W. H.)  The
  action of oxalate solutions on nerve and  muscle  irritability
  ami rigor mortis. .1.1'hysiol.,Cambridge, 1894, xvi,476-486.—
  Hurthle (K.)  Uchcr die Reizwirkung des  Ammoniak
  auf Skelettmuskeln   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1903,
  c. 451-454, 1 pl -loteyko [Mile. J.) & Ntefnnowska
  (Mile. M.) Influence des auesth6siques sur l'excitabilite
  des  muscles et des nei fs.   Inst. Solvay.  Trav. de lab.,
  Brux., 1901, 249-312.  AUo, Reprint. — Lahounsi'.  In-
  fluence de ranhydride carbonique sur la contractility isoto-
  nique du muscle stiie.  Bull. Acad. roy. de ni6d. de Belg.,
  Brux.,  1898, 4. s., xii. 206-221.-l.ee (F. S.) Sc  llarrold
   (C. C.)  The action of phlorhizin on muscle.  Proc. Am.
   Physiol. Soc, Bost. 1900. p. ix.—I,ee  (F. S ) i Salnnt
   (W.)  The action of alcohol on muscle.  Am. J. Physiol.,
   Bost, 1902-3,  viii, 00-74.  AUo  [Abstr.]:   Proc.  Am.
   Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1901-2, p. xiii.— I„illie (R.)  On dif-
  ferences in the effects of various salt solutions on ciliary
  and ou muscular movements in Arenicola larvae.  Am. J.
   Physiol.,  Bost.,  1901-2,  v. 56-S5.  -----. On  the effects of
   various solutions on ciliary aud muscular movement in the
   larvse of  Arenicola and Polygordius.  Ibid.,  1902-3, vii,
   25-55. — Ijivon  (C.)  Recherches sur  Taction  de l'acide
   salicylique sur la contractility musculaire.  t5cole .  . . de
   m6d. et de pharm. de Marseille.  Lab. de Livon.  Trav.
   de phvsiol. exper. 1890-91. Par., 1892, 1-14.—Locke (F. S.)
   The action of sodium  oxalate ou voluntary muscle.  J.
   Physiol.. Cambridge. 1893, xv, 119.—lVIastri (C.)  Azione
   della veratrina e della caffeina sulla curva automatica della
   fatica muscolare.  Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s.,
   xi, 5s.': 1901, s. s., i, 17.  AUo: Soc. med.-chir.  di Bologna.
   Resoc. (1900), 1901, 44-40.— Tlonari (A.)  Variazioni del
   glicoj:eiio, dello  zucchero e dell' acido  lattico dei  muscoli
   nella fatica.  Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1889, 4. s.,
   ix, 351-366.— Overend (W.)  Ueber den  Einfluss des
   Curare und Veratrins auf die. quergestreifte Musculatur;
   ein Beitrag zur Muskelphvsiologie.  Arch. f. exper. Path.
   u. Pharmakol..  Leipz ,  1889. xxvi, 1-21. —Overtoil (E.)
   Beitrage zur allgemeine Muskel-uud Nervenphvsiologie.
   Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn. 1902, xcii, 115; 346.  Also,
   in:  Arb. a. d. pbysiol. Lab. d. Wiirzb. Hochscb.. 1899-1902,
   Nos. 9-10.—Pekelharing (C. A.) Ueber deu Einfluss
   von mit Fnrfurol verunreinigtem Alkohol auf die Muskel-
   arbeit.   Onderzoek. ged. iu h. physiol. Lab.  d. Ulrecht.
   Hoogesch..  1902, iv, 147 -155. — Peres r£uniga (E.),
   Christian!  \- loteyko [Mile.) Influence des venins
   glandulaires sur la contraction musculaire.  [Kap.] Cong.
   internat. de med. ('. r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol.
   [etc.], 13-3>J._Prantner (J.) & Mtowasscr  (It.) Ueber
   ilen-Einfluss dts Zuckers auf die Muskelerniiidung.  Cen-
   tralbl. f. innere  Med.,  Leipz., 1899, xx, 169-lS.'. —Pugli-
   atti (V.)  Contributo sperimentale alio studio dell' azione
   di alcuni veleni  sulla eccitabilita elettrica. diretta e indi-
   retta (stimolo  sul nervo). dei muscoli voloutarii.  Gazz. d.
   osp., Milano. 1900, xxi, 70Y— Kossi (C.)   Ricerche speri-
   mentali sulla fatica dei muscoli  umani sotto 1' azione dei
   veleni nervosi.  Riv. spec, di freniat.. Reggio-Emilia, 1894,
   xx, pt. 2, 442-480. —Bow (R.)   On some  effects of  the
   constituents of  Ringer's circulating fluid ou skeletal mus-
   cular contractions in  Raua hexadactyla.  J. Physiol
   Lond., 1903. xxix, 440-450. -----. On some effects of  the
   constituents of Ringer's  circulating  fluid on the plain
   muscle of Rana tigrina.  Ibid.,  1903-4,  xxx,  461-475.—
   Nantesson (C. G.)  Ueber deu  Einfluss  einiger Chiiia-
   Alkaloide auf  die  Leistungsfahigkeit  der  Kaltbliiter-
   muskelu.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.,
   1*92, xxx, 411-447. -----. Einfluss des Chiuins auf die
   Leistungsfahigkeit von Warmbliiteimuskeln.   Ibid., 448-
 Jluscle (Effect of drugs on).
    462.  -----.  Einiges iiber die Wirkung des Glycerins und
    des  Veratrins auf  die  quergestreifte  Muskelsubstauz.
    Skamliu. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, xiv, 1-47. — Manzo
    (L.)   Sull'acido carbonico quale uno dei fattori della latica
    muscolare.  Ricerche di iisiol. e sc. attini ded. al Prof. L.
    Luciani .... Milano, 1900,  73-81, 2 ch..  1  pl. —Mel.....i-
    bnrg.  Ueber die  Bedeutung  von Kola. KafiVe. Thee,
    Mate und Alkohol fiir die Leistung der Muskeln.  Aich.
    f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1899, Supnl.-Bd., 289-313. - Nobic-
    raiis'ki (W.)  O wplywe §rodk<5w farniakologu-znyi li na
    sile.  me^niowa. ludzi.  [On the  influence  of  drugs  upon
    human  muscular strenglh.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1896,
    2. s., xvi,  86-95.—Solger  (B.)  Zur Kenntniss der Wir-
    kung des Aethylaleohols auf die Gewebe (Knorpel- uud
    Muskelgewebe).  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1892, xxxix,
    343-352.—Mpaila (G.)  Azione dell' anidride carbouica
    sulla curva  automatica della fatica muscolare.  Arch, di
    farm, e terap., Palermo, 1901, ix,  133-153.  AUo, transl.
    [Abstr.]:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902, xxxvii, I29-13K.—
I    Stiles (P. G.)  On the influence of calcium aud potassium
    salts upon the tone of plain muscle.  Am.  J. Phvsiol.,
    Bost., 1902-3, viii,  269-272.—Wehmeyer (E.)  L'iiction
    de l'oxyde de carboue et d'autres gaz sur les muscles de
    l'Astacusfluviatilis.  Arch. ital. debiol., Turin, 1900-1901,
I    xxxiv, 405-408. — Wild (R. B.) &  Piatt  (I. N.)  The
    action of acids upon voluntary muscles and blood vessels.
    Brit. M. J., Lond , 1902, ii, 1238-1242.— Zoethont (W. D.)
    Tbe  effects of potassium and  calcium ions on striated
    muscle.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1902-3, vii, 199-202. -----.
    The  effects of various  salts on the tonicity of skeletal
    muscles.  Ibid., 1903-4, x,  211-221.

 ITIuscle (Electric phenomena of).
      Deiiedat (X.-F.)   * Influence  des  diff6rentes
    formes de l'6lectricit6  d'nsage  courant eu 61ec-
    troth6rapie sur  la  nutrition du  muscle.   4°.
    Bordeaux,  1894.
      Kick (A.)   Beitrag  zur Physiologie des Elek-
    trotontis.   8°.   [Zurich], 1866.
      Repr. from: Vrtljschr.d.Zurich.naturforsch.Gesellsch.,
    1800, xi.
      Forster (E. R.)  * Versuche iiber das Verhal-
    teu des Muskels  wenu Muskel und Nerv zugleich
    electiisch durchstromt werden.  8°.  Strassburg
    i. E.. 1901.
      Leicher ( D. )   # Ueber  den  Einfluss  des
    Durcbstromungswinkels   auf  die  elektrische
    Reizung der Muskelfaser.  4°.  Halle a. S.,  1867.
      AUo, in:  Abhandl. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle, 1888,
    xvii, 109-134.  AUo, in: Untersuch. a. d.  physiol. Inst. d.
    Univ. Halle, 1888, 1-26.
      LoNGET (A.) <&. Matteucci (C.)  Sur la rela-
    tion qui  existe eutre  le sens du  courant 61ec-
    trique et les contractions musculaires dues  a. ce
    courant.  (Premier memoire.)  nc. Paris,  1^44.
      Loven  (C.)   Om nwiskeltonen  vid intermit-
    tent elektrisk retning; sanit om  nagra  i  sam-
    manhang dermed  staende  elektrisk - akustiska
    foreteelser.   [Muscular sounds  in intermittent
    electric  irritation  and   some  electro - acustic
    phenomena connected therewith.]  8°.   [Stock-
    holm,  1881.]
      Cutting from:  Gfversigt af Kongl.  Vetensk.-Akad.
     Forh.,  Stockholm,  1881, no. 1, 37-59.
      Mi'ller (J. W.)  Versuche. iiber die Einfliisse
    der Warme und  cbemiscber  Agenten  auf die
    electroniDtorisehen Kriil'te der Muskeln und Ner-
    ven.  8°.   Wiirzburg,  ]*6*.
      Pfalz  (G.)   * Ueber  das  Verhalten  glatter
    Muskeln  verschiedener Thiere gegen Tempera-
    turdifierenzen uud  elektrische Reize.  *z.  Kb-
     nigsberg,  1882.
       Riviere (P. )   * Variations  6iectriques  et
     travail  m^canique  du muscle.  >-c.   Bordeaux,
     1898.
      Also, in: Ann.  d'electrobiol. [etc.]. Par., 1898, i, 492-
     523, 1 pl.
      Schreuder (H. W.)  *Die  electro-muscnlare
     Sensibilitat.   8J.  Freiburg i. B.,  1892.
       Wolff (L.)   * Versuche  iiber Doppelreiznng
     bei isometrischer Muskelthatigkeit,  nebst Be-
     schreibung eines neuen Spannuiigsmessers.  8°.
     Wiirzburg,  1889.
       Allard.   Tonus musculaire et t6tanos 61ectrique.
     Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'eleetrother., Par., 1903, x, 234-238.— 
MUSCLE.
207
MUSCLE.
iflnsfle (Electric phenomena of).
  Alurralde (M.)  Un nuevo estado electrotdnico en los
  nnisculos.  An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1896,
  xix, 409-492. -----. El cle< tiodiagndstico y  una nueva
  mutacidn de  la excitabilidad  galvanomuscular  al  es-
  tado fisiologico.  Prim. reun. d. Coin:, cient.  lat.  amer.,
  Buenos Aires.  1898. iv, 677-084, 5 ch. -----. Nuevas in-
  vestigaciones sobre la excitabilidad electtica y la fatiga
  muscular experimental.   Rev.  IlieroAm. de cien. med.,
  Madrid. 1900, iv, 327-3.12.  Also, transl.  [Abstr.]: Cong.
  internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 1900. sect, de physiol., 226.—
  Bnbinski (J.) De la contractility electrique des mus-
  cles stries apres la mort.  Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., Par.,
  1899.  ll.s., i, 343-346. — Hardier (E.)  &  i'lnzet (J.)
  Sur les reactions £leetriques du muscle  lisse (muscle  de
  Miiller).  Ibid., 1902. 11.  s., iv, 1045.—Bernstein (J.)
  Neue Theorie der  Erregungsvorgiinge unit cleUtrischeu
  Ersclieinungeu  an  der Nerven-  und Muskelfaser.  Ab-
  handl. d.  naturt. Gesellsch. zu  Halle, 18S8, xvii,  135-211.
  Also:  Untersuch. a. d. physiol.  lust. d. Cuiv. Halle, 1888,
  27-103.  -----.  Ueber deu zeitlicben Verlauf der Depolari-
  sation im Muskel.  Ibid., 1890. 2. Hft., 193-219,1 pl. -----.
  Ueber die Methode der Rheotomversuche und iiber den
  Einfluss der Belastung auf die negative  Schwankung des
  Muskels.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1897, lxvii, 349-
  372—Bernstein  (J.) Sc  T'schermak.  (A.)   Ueber die
  Fragt : Praexistenztheorie oder Alterationstheorie  des
  Mu.-UeUtreiue.-.  Ibid., 1904, ciii, 07-83. 1 tab.—Bieder-
  inunn (W.)   Ueber Hemmung^erscheinungen bei elek-
  triscber Keizung quergestreitter Muskeln und iiber posi-
  tive kathodische Polarisation.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d.
  Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1886, xcii, 142-182,
  1  pl. -----.  Zur Lehre von der elektrischen  Erregung
  quergestreifter Muskelu.  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1890, xlvii, 243-273. 1 diag.—da  Bois-Bcymond (E.)
  On secondary electromotive phenomena in muscles, nerves,
  and electrical  organs.   [Transl. from:  Sitzungsb. d. k.-
  preiiss. Acad. d. Wissensch. zu  Berl., 1883, xvi.]  Transl.
  For. Biol.  Mem., Oxford, 1887.  163-225.   See, also, infra,
  Hering. -----. Vou der inuereii negativen Polarisation
  der Muskelu. Arch. f.Physiol.,Leipz.,1891,402-475. -----.
  Bemerkung uber die vermeintliche Unerregbarkeit des
  Nerven gegen die Stromschwankung seines eigenen Mus-
  kels.  Ibid.. 1901,  lM-lsO.—Bordier (H.)   fitude gra-
  phique de la contraction  musculaire produite ]iar l'6tin-
  celle statique.   Arch, d electric, med., Bordeaux, 1894, ii,
  513-523.   Also: Lyon med., 1895,  lxxix, 137-148.   AUo
  [Abstr.]: Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., I'ar., 1894, 10.  s., i.
  801-so:; —Bottazzi (P.)  Contributions to the physiology
  of unstriated muscular tissue.   Part IV. The action of
  electrical stimuli upon the oesophagus of Apl} sia depilans
  and Aplysia limacina.  J. Physiol., Lond.,  ls97-8,  xxii,
  481-506. —Broea  (A.) Jt Bichet (C.)  Note sur  les
  effets thermiques de la  contraction musculaire, studies
    Ear les mesures thermo-edectriques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
    iol.. Par., 1890, 10. s., iii, 406-408.—Brock (W.)  Ueber
  gewisse Coutractionsphaiiomene der Muskelu bei Reizung
  mit dem faradischen Stronie.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1892, xi, 313-316.—Brtinings  (W.)  Beitrage zur Elek-
  trophysiologie.   I.  Mittheilung.  Vorbeinerknngen.   Ue- i
  ber den Rubestroni des Froschniuskels.   Arch. f.d. ges.
  Physiol.,   Bonn,  1903,  xcviii,  241- 2K1. — Buchanan
  (Florence).  The electrical response of muscle in different
  kinds of persistent contraction.  J. Physiol., Lond.. 1901-2,
  xxvii, 95-160, 8 pl —Cagney (J.)   A problem in the elec-
  trical leactious of muscles.  Lancet, Loud., 1891, i, 1306.—
  lapparelli  (A.)  Sulla eccitazione  unipolare, simul-
  tanea  dei  nervi e  dei muscoli.   Atti d. Accad. Gioenia
  di sc.  nat. iu  Catania,  1H85, 3. s., xviii, 61-64.— Ca-
  priati (V.)  Influenza della elettricita  sulla forza  mus-
  colare.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, ls99, n. s.,
  liii, 305-341, 2ch. AUo: Ann. dinevrol., Napoli, 1899, xvii,
  17-40.   Also: Arch. d'61ectric.  m6d., Bordeaux, 1899, vii,
  522-534.  AUo:  Gior. di elett.  med., Nocera infer., 1899-
  1900, i,  114;  156.   AUo [Abstr.]: Riv.  sper.  di freniat.,
  Resgio-Emilia, 1901,  xxvii,  285 -293. — C iiniii ini (A.)
  L' ergografla crurale (elettrica e volontai  i:i) in talune con-
  dizioui normali e patologiche.   Rassegna di sc. med., Mo-
  dena, 1901-2, xvi, 13-46.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, it.il.
  de biol., Turin, 1902-3, xxxviii,  211-232. —Charpentier
  (A.)  Conduction nerveuse et conduction muscnlaire des
  excitations 61ectriqucs.  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
  1901, exxxii, 794.—I'lnzet (J.)  Sur la loi d'excitation des
  nerfs et des muscle*.  Arch, d'electric.  med., Bordeaux,
  1902,x. 15-18.  AUo | Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 952.—C'ourtade (I).)  De la valeur
  respective des contractions produites surle gastrocne-mien
  de la grenouille par les excitations d'oiivcrture et de fer- !
  nietuie des courants d'indiiction.   Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol.. Par., 1891, 9. s., iii. 789-791.  -----. Modifications que
  suliit l'excitabilite galvanique et faradique musculaire par
  la section et l'irritation du nerf.  Arch, de physiol. norm.
  et path. Par., 1892, 5. 8., iv,514-521.------Rapjiort t ntre la
  contraction volontaire et les reactions electriques neuro-
  musculaires.   Bull.  off. Soc. franc. d'electroth<;r., I'ar.,
  1904, xi, 92-95.   Also: Ann.d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1904,
  vii, 15-17.— Da awe (F.)  Influence de la direction  du
  courant electrique sur la contraction du muscle gastrocne-
^Iuwcle (Electric phenomena of).
  mien.  Ann. Soc. de med.de Gand, 1903, lxxxii. 167-1*6__
  Besprctz (C.)  Note relative k l'61ectricite developp6e
  dans la contraction musculaire.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1849, xxviii, 653-658.—Dionisio (I.)  Delle  liiodiri-
  cazioni quantitative della eecitabilitit galvauica muscolare
  nell' uomo sano prodotte da correnti galvauiche continue,
  interrotte,  commutate dal  bagno caldo, fieddo, dalla
  iperemia  provocata ad arte e dal lavoro muscolare, Mor-
  gagni, Napoli, 1888, xxx,  11-26. — Bonnier (E.)  Note
  sur un nouveau signe 61ectrique musculaire.   Compt. reud
  Soc. do biol., Par., 1891,  9. s., iii, 050-059.  Also:  Bull.
  med. du nord, Lille, 1891,  xxx,. 441-444.  -----. Un point
  d'electrophysiologie; le muscle, lorsqu'on  1'excite Cdectri-
  quement  par l'intermediaire de son point detection, re-
  pond-il k  une excitation directe, ou bien k une  excitation
  indirecte? •  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.J, Par.,  1898,  i, 483-
  491.—Dnchcnnc.   Recherches faites k  l'aide du galva-
  nisme sur les propri6t6s  vitales  du systeme musculaire
  dans l'etat de saut6 etdemaladie.  [Abstr.]  Compt. rend.
  Acad, d  sc.  Par., 1849, xxviii, 779. — Burand.   Action
  directedel'clectricitfisurlacontractioumusculaire. Ibid.,
  1862, lv, 833. —Ourig (A.) Ueber die elektromotorischen
  Wirkungen  des wassorarmen  Muskels.   Arch. f.  d. ees.
  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1903,  xcvii, 457-479,  1 pl.— Engelimiun
  (T. W.)   fitudes comparees  sur 1'action electrique  des
  muscles et des nerfs.   Arcb. neeil. d. sc. exactes [etc.], La
  Haye, 1878, xiii, 305-312.   Also, Reprint.  -----. Sur I'in-
  fluence du sang, et des nerfs surle pou voir electromoteur des
  sectionstransversalesartific'ielesdesmuscles.  Arch, neerl.
  d. sc. exactes [etc.]. La Haye, 1878, xiii, 428-436.  Also, Re-
  print. -----. Die Blatterscbicht der electrischen Organe
  von Ra.ja in  ihren  Kenetisehen  Beziehuugen  zur quer-
  gestreiften Muskelsubstauz.  Arch. f.d. ges. Physiol.. Bonn,
  1894, lvii, 149-480, 1 pl. AUo: Onderzoek. ged. in h. phv-
  siol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1894-5, 4. R., iii, 307-350,
  1 pl.—Flora (U.)  Sull' importauza pratica della reazione
  elettrica  miastenica.   Lavori d. Con.  di med. int. 1902,
  Roma, 1903, xii, 314.  -----. Ricerche sperimeutali  sul-
  1' affaticamento elettrico  muscolare e sulla reazione elet-
  trica miastenica.  Riv. crit.  di clin. med., Fiienze, 1902,
  iii, 280-293, 4 ch. -----. II tetauo faradico nello studio di
  alcuni fenomeni nerveo-muscolari.   Ibid., 1903.  iv, 801-
  807.— Froinnianii (C.)   Spontan eintretende  und durch
  inducirte Striime bewirkte  Veranderungen der Muskel-
  kornervon Krebsen.   Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., 1884,
  n. F., x, 115.— ftaleotti (G.)   Sui  fenomeni elettrici dei
  muscoli  degenerati.   Ann. di elett. med. [etc], Napoli,
  1905, iv,  201-216. — Garten (S.)   Ueber rbythmische,
  elektrische Vorgange im  quergestreiften  Skeleltmuskel.
  Abhandl. d. math.-phys.  Ci.  d. k. siiclis. Gesellsch. d. Wis-
  sensch.,  Leipz.,  1901,  xxvi,  329-414, 9 pl., 4 diag. -----.
  Experitneutelle  Nachprufung der Untersuchung   von
  Herren Prof.  Bernstein und  rschermakiiber die  Frage;
  Praexistenztheoiie oder  Alterationstheorie des Muskel-
  stromes?  Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1904, cv, 291-307,
  3 pl. — Gotschlich (E.)  Ueber einige Beziehuugen der
  Saurebildung des gereizten  Muskels  zur  Reizgrosse.
  Ibid., 1894, lvi, 363-370.—ft regor (A.)  Untersuchungen
  iiber die  Topographic der elektro niuskuliiren Sensibili-
  tat, nebst Beitragen zur  Kenntnis ihrer Eigenschaften.
  Ibid., 1904, cv, 1-54, 1 pl.  Also: Ztschr.  f. Elektrother.,
  Leipz., 1905,  vii, 1-5. — ftroedel.  Ueber den Einfluss
  von Badern  auf die elektrische  Erregbarkeit der Mus-
  keln und Nerven.  Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. (iesellsch. in
  Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch., 1889, xi, 47-57.   Also: Deutsche
  Med. Ztg.. Berl., 1HS9, x,  403-405. — ftruenhagen (A.)
  Zur Phvsik des Elektrotonus.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1884-5, xxxv, 527-536. — ft nil loz  (T.)   Action du
  courant continu sur  la respbation du muscle pendant sa
  survie.  Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1900, ex xx, 200-203.
  -----. De  Taction du courant continu sur la nutrition du
  muscle pendant sa survie. Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc. |, Par.,
  1901, iv, 275-290. -----. Sur  une reaction electrique  des
  nerfs et des  muscles  restes longtemps  inactifs.   Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 1054-1050. -----. Sur la
  determination quantitative de l'exc tabibte Electrique de
  muscles  alien's  testes longtemps inactifs.   Ibid.,  lvii,
  153. — IInycriiI'l (J. B.)   Muscular contraction following
  lapid electrical stimulation  of  central nervous system.
  Proc. Roy.  Soc. Edinb.   (1889-90), 1891,  xvii,  178-180.—
  Medley  (W. S.)  Practical muscle testing.   J. Phys.
  Therap.,  Lond., 1902, iii,  6; 61. — tiering ( E.)  Ueber
  du  Bois-Re\ mond's Untersucliung der secundar-elektro-
  motorischen Erscheinungen  am Muskel.   Sitzungsb. d. k.
  Akad.d. Wissensch., Wien, 1«S3 -4, lxxxviii. 445-471. AUo,
  transl.:  Transl. For. Biol. Mem., Oxford,  1887,229-251.
   -----. Ueber das electromotorische Verhalten curarisirter
  Muskeln nach galvanischer Durchstidmung.  Arch. f. d.
   ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894,  lviii, 133-154.—Hermann (L.)
  UnterMiclumgen iiber die Polarisation der Muskeln und
  Nerven.  Ibid , 1888, xlii, 1-83. -----.  Noeh einmal das
  galvanische  Wogen  des  Muskels.  Ibid., I sun, xlvii, 147-
  154. -----.  Das Capillar-Electrometer  und  die  Actions-
  stronie des Muskels.   Ibid.,  1896, lxiii, 440-400.—Hober
  (R.) Ueber den Einfluss der Salzeauf den Ruhestrom des
  Froschmuskels.   Ibid., 1905, cvi, 599-035. — Holmgren
   ([A.] F.)  Ueber die negative Schwankung des Muskel- 
MUSCLE.
208
MUSCLE.
MiiM'le (Electricphenomena of).
  stroin. s im nerveufreieu Muskelgewebe.   Centralbl. f. d.
  med Wissensch., Berl., istit. ii. IsO.  AUo,  Reprint. —---.
  Ueber  die  elektiische Stromschwankuiig am  thatigen
  Muskel.  Centralbl. f.  d. med. W i-seusch., Berl., 1864  n,
  •»i)l—'>93   AUo, Reprint.  Holmgren (J. F.)   Studier
  of ver  muskelstromats  natur och qvantitativa bestam-
  mande iemie narliggande fr&gor.   [Quantitative deflnition
  of the nature of the muscular current with other questions
  connected therewith.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh.. 1893, xxviii,
  604-628.—Hoorwcg (J. L.i  Ueber  die elektrische Er-
  icguug des  .Muskels.  Arch. f. d. yes.  Physiol., Bonn,
  1904  ciii. 113-123.— Hiiet (E.)  Sui l'exploraiion electro-
  diagnostique de l'excitabilite galvanique des nerfs et des
  muscles-  le voltinetre doitil etre substitute au milliam-
  peremetre?  Bull. off. Soc. franc;, d'electrother., Par., 1900,
  vii 121-134. —loteyko (Mile. J.)  Recherches sur la  fa-
  tigue nevro-musculaire et sur l'excitabilite electrique des
  muscles et des nerfs. Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat.de
  Brux., 1900,  ix, fasc 4, 1-72, 2ch.  Also,  Reprint. -----.
  He l'excitation des muscles et des neifs par les courants
  faradique.s dc  fermeture et d'ouverture.  Ann. d'electro-
  biol.  |etc], I'ar., 1902, v, 373-381.—Jensen (P.)  Ueber
  das Verhaltniss der mechanischen und elektrischen  Vor-
  gange im enegten Muskel. Arch. f. d.  ges.  Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1«99, lxxvii, 107-155.   Also, Reprint.  Koilis (T.)
  The  electrical resistance in dying muscle.  Am. J.  Phy-
  siol., Bost.,  1901-2, v, 207-273.— von Koran ri (A.) &
   Vas (F.) Uiiti-rsuchungen  iiber  den  Actionsstrom des
  quergestreiften Muskels.   Aich. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
   1892-3, liii, 361-374, 'J pl.—von Kries (J.) Sc Metzner
  (R.)   Ueber den Eintluss der Reizungsart auf das  Ver-
  haltni-svon Arbeitsleistung und Warmebildung im  Mus-
   kel.  Centralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, vi.  33-
  36.—I^ahousse  (E.)  Contribution  &  l'etude  des  ph£-
  uomenes polaires des muscles.   Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc de
   Belg., Brux., 1890, xxxii, 545-562. Also: Ztschr. f. Biol.,
   Miinchen u  Leipz., 1897, n. F., xvi, 492-504— Lapicque
   (L.) &. I^apieque (Mme. L.)  Variation de la loi d'exci-
   tation e'cctiique pour les muscles de la grenouille suivaut
   la rapidite de la contraction.  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol.,
   Par.,  1903, lv, 445-448.  -----. -----. Oscillogrammes de
   diverses  ondes electriques appliquees k  l'excitation mus-
   culaire.  .1. de physiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1904, vi, 847-
   854.  AUo [Abstr!]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903,
   lv, 1082. — liaquerriere & Belherm.  Remarque  au
   sujet de la theorie  de Mile. Iotevko sur le mecanisme de la
   R.' D.  Bull  off. Soc. frang. d'electrother., Par., 1904, xi,
   240-250.— I.obb (II.)   On the contractility of healthy and
   paralysed muscles as  tested by electricity.  Proc' roy.
   Soc.  Lond., 1K62-3, xii.650.—Loeke (F. S.)* Of the action
   of ether  on contracture and of positive kathodic polariza-
   tion of vertebrate voluntary muscle.   J. Exper. M., N. Y.,
   1896. i, 630-655, 4 pl.  AUo Reprint. — IiOeke  (F. S.) &
   Szymniiowski  (Z.)  Zur Kenntniss des polaren Ver-
   sagens der elektrischen Muskelerrcgung.  Arch. f. d. ges.
   Physiol., Bonu, 1900, lxxix. H9-110—l.oeb ( J.)  Physio-
   logische  Untersuchungen iiber  Lueuvvirkungen.  Ibid.,
   1897, lxix. 1: 1898,  lxxi, 457.  -----. Ueber Jonen, welehe
   rhythmische Zuckungeu der Skelettmuskeln hervorrufen.
   Beitr. z.  Physiol.  Festschr. z. Adolf Kick . . ., Brnschwg.,
   1899, 99-119. -----. On the production and suppression of
   muscular twitchings and hypersensitivenessof the skin by
   electrolytes.   In his: StudJien. Ihysiol., Chicago, 1905, pt.
   2,748-705.—Marie&C'luzet.  Sur les reaction Electriques
   des muscle et des nerfs aprfes la mort.  Arch. m6d. de Tou-
   louse, 1899,  v, 459-401.—Marques (H.)  Rapport  sur la
   notation des rcsultats dun exameu electrique  des muscles
   et des nerfs.  [Rap.|.  Arch, d'electric.  med., Bordeaux,
   1905, xiii, 520-537.— Matthias ( F.)  Ueber graphische
   Darstellung der Actionsstroine des Muskels.   Arch. f. d.
   ges. Physiol..  Bonn, 1892-3, liii, 70-sJ, 1 pl.—May (W. P.)
   The influence in voluntary muscle of the intra-polar length
   on the excitatory effect of the constant current. J. Phy-
   siol.. Lond.,  1900-19(11,  xxvi,  72-78 —  Mendelssohn.
   Recherches sur les variations  de l'etat  electrique  des
   muscles chez l'homme saiu et malade.  Arch. d'electric.
   med., Bordeaux, 1900. viii, 1-13.—Miiller (H. F.)  Ueber
   die  Stdruugen  der elektromusculaien  Sensibilitat  bei
   Lasionen gemischter  Nerven; zugleich  ein  Beitrag  zur
   Theorie  de.s Kraftsinns.  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med. lv.
   Festschr. . . . F. A.vou Zenker [etc. |,Leipz.,1895,550-602.—
   Milnk  (H.)  Ueber  die Priiexistenz  der elektrischen
   Gegeusiitze im Muskel und Nerven.  Arch. f. Anat., Phv-
   siol.  u. wissensch. Med., Berl. u. Leipz., 1868, 529-583.—
   IVarbut (V.)  Elektricheskaya vozbudimost mishts u
   novorozhdennikh v svyazi so stroyeniyem mishts l nerv-
   nikh volokon.  (Electrical excitation of muscles in the
   new-born in connection with the structure of muscles and
   nerve fibers. ]  Kev roi. Vestnik. Kazan,  1902, x, no. 2.  147;
   no. 3, 32, 0 diag.—New (J.  S.)    Apparatus to show polar
   stimulation of muscle.  Proc.  Physiol.  Soc, Lond., 1899
   p. xxv.—Nicolaides (R.)  Ueber den zeitlicben Verlauf
   des  Muskelstroines.   Arch. f.  Phvsiol., Leipz.. 1889 73-
   76.—Novi (I.) Sc Brugia (R.)  Aenderungen in der Zeit
   der  Muskelreaction wahrend des Elektrotonus gesunder
IfliiNcIe (Electric phenomena of).
   und  geschiidigter  Nerven.   Untersuch.  z. Naturl.  d.
   Mensch. u. d. Thiere. Oiessen.  1*92, xiv. 559-5*9,  1 p).—
   Oker-Blom (M.)  Die elektromotorischen Ersclieinun
   gen am  ruhenden  Froschmuskel.   Arch. f. d. ges. Phy-
   siol., Bonn, 1901, lxxxiv, 191-259.—Overton  (E.)  Ueber
   reversible  Aenderungen in der Spauuung uud Richtung
   des Demarkationsstromes nach Ersatz derOcwcbelymphe
   der Muskeln durch andereLosungen. Sitzungsb. d.pliys.-
   med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1905, '_'-7.—Parsons  (J.  H.)
   A  physical explanation of  muscle  and  nerve currents.
   Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1892, pp. v-viii.—Pisnni (IJ.)
   L'influenza dell'elettricitfl sul lavoro  muscolare.  Arch.
   internaz. di med.  e  chir., Napoli,  1903, xix, 677-691.—
   Preycr (W.)  Ueber  elektrische  Miiskelreizung.  Je-
   naische  Ztschr. f. Naturw.. Leipz.  1874,  viii. 281  liHi'.
   Abo, Reprint.—von  Begeczy (E. N.)  Die Bestimmuug
   der Entstehungsstelle der Erregung im Muskel bei  der
   Reizung mit inducirten clectrisehen Strdmeu.  Arch.  f. d.
   ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1888, xliii, 533-584.— Kemak.   Sur
   les contractions toniques des muscles peudaut la galvani-
   sation des nerfs antagonistes.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc,
   Par., 1855, xii, 1089— Boncoroni (L.)  L'eccitabilitii
   elettrica dei nervi e dei muscoli nei casi di coutratture di
   antica data residue a lesioni  centrali o  perifericlie.  Ann.
   di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 261-282.—Both (J.)  Ue-
   ber die Wirkung hdchster electrischer Reizfrequenzen auf
   Muskeln und  Nerven.  Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
   1888, xlii, 91-103, 1 pl— Bouxeau (A.)  Sur taction des
   courants de polarisation musculaire comme excitants de la
   contractility.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de  biol., Par., 1893, 9. s.,
   v,  758-701.—SamojIofT (A.)  Ueber die eigentliche elek-
   tromotorische  Kraft  des  muskularen  Demarkations-
   stromes.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, lxxviii, 38-
   52.—Sanderson (J. B.)  Note on the electromotive prop-
   erties of muscle.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1876-7, xxv,  435-
   439.-----. The electrical response to stimulation of mus-
   cle, and  its relation to the mechanical response.  Internat.
   med.-phot. Monatschr., Leipz., 1895, ii, 233;  257; 295, 1 pl.
   AUo: J.Physiol., Cambridge, 1895-0, xviii,  117-159. 4 pl.
   -----. The mouophasic and diphasic variation of the sar-
   torius.  J. Phvsiol.,  Lond.,  1898-9, xxiii, 324-358, 1 pl,
   -----. Ueber die  Anwendung des Capillarelektronieters
   fiir  das Studium der  muskularen Einzelschwankung.
   Centralbl. f.  Physiol., Leipz. u. \v  ien,  1898-9, xii,  177-
   181.—Schnyiler (L.) Influence du courant galvanique
   sur la force musculaire.  Ann.  d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par.,
   1902, v.  517-525,  1  ch.  Also: Arch,  d electric,  med..  Bor-
   deaux. 1902, x, 609-616.  Also: Compt.-rend. Cong, intei-
   nat. d'electiol. et de, radiol. med. 19112. Berne, 1903, ii,  107-
   115.—Sehott (J.) Ein Beitiag zur elektrischen Reizung
   des  qiiergeslreiften   Muskels  von  seinen  Nerven  aus.
   Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1890-91, xlvii, 354-385.
   Also, Reprint.—Sewall (H.)  A note on the cause of the
   failure of very rapid electrical stimulation to produce tet-
   anus in muscle.  J. Pbysiol., Cambridge, 1888, ix,  92-98.—
   Sgobbo  (F. P.)  Manifestazioni elettriche  ottenute nel-
   1' uomo ci 1 lavoro muscolare.  Gior. di elett. med., Napoli,
   1904. v,  145; 193; 241.—Storey (T. A.)   Variations in the
   amplitude of the contractions of human voluntary muscle
   in response to graded variations in the strength of the in-
   duced shock.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1902-3, viii, 435-440.—
   Strnnss-Durckheim.  Elecuo-aimant represents par
   la fibre musculaire. Compt.  rend. Acad.  <l.  sc,  Par.,
   1849, xxviii, 209.—Tehiriev (S.)   Physiologie generale
   des muscles et des  nerfs; le telephone comnie indicateur
   d'une excitation nerveuse.  J. de physiol. et de path,  gen.,
   Par., 1902, iv, 801-864.  -----.  Les  proprietes  electro-
   motrices des muscles et des nerfs.  Cong, internat. de  med.
   C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv. sect, de physiol.  Ietc.|, 96.—Ti-
   gerstedt (R.) Sc Willhard (A.)  Die Muskelziickung
   iu ihrer Abhiingigkiit  vou der Sliirke  elektiischer Rei-
   zung.   Mitth. v. physiol. Lab. d. Carolin. med.-chir.  lust.
   in  Stockholm, 1883,  3. Hft., 1-20, 3 pl.   AUo, Reprint.—
   Tissot (J.)  Sc C'onlejean (C.)  Sur les efl'ets de la rup-
   ture du circuit sensitivonioteur des muscles dans sa por-
   tion centripete.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., I'ar.,  1895,  10.
   s., ii, 569-571.—Velichi  (J.)  Unter,suchungen iiber daa
   elektrische  Verhalten des  kiiustliclien  Langsschnittes
   quergestreifter Muskeln.   Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900,
   29-38.— -Wedensky (N.)   De Taction excitatrice et inhi-
   bitoire  du courant electrique sur Tappareil ueuro-muscu-
   laire.   Arch, de physiol. norm, et  path., Par., 1891, 5. s.,
   iii,  687-096.—Weiss (G.)  Experiences sur l'electrolyse
   des muscles.   Rev.  g6n. d. sc. puns et appliq., Par., 1890,
   i, 82-84. -----. Action du courant continu sur les  muscles.
   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 189C, 10. s., iii, 347.----;.
   Iufluence de  la section transverse, des muscles sur l'exci-
   tation  electrique.   Ibid., 189S, 10. a., v, 25-27.-----Ex-
    citation  des  nerfs et des muscles par des ondes de ties
    courte  duree. Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc, Par., 1901,exxxii,
    999.----.  A propos de l'excitation electrique des  nerfs
    et des muscles.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1905, lix,
    126-1.'s.—Xoethont (W.  D.)   Further experiments on
    the influence of various electrolytes ou the, tone of skeletal
    muscles.  Am. i. Physiol., Bost., 1903-4, x, 373-377. 
MUSCLE.
209
MUSCLE.
i?lu*cle  (Force and mechanics of).
    See, ii?so, Exercise; Fatigue; Muscle (Con-
  tractility of); Occupations.
    Atwatek (\Y. O.) & Sherman  (H. C.)  The
  eifect of severe aud prolonged muscular work on
  food consumption, digestion, and  metabolism;
  aud tbe mechanical work aud efficiency hy  bi-
  cyclers, hv  R. C.  Carpenter.  8°.   Washington,
  1901.
    Bilderdyk  (I.)  * De  actione  musculorum.
  4°.  Lugd. Bat., 174-">.
    du  Bois-Reymovd (R.)  Specielle  Muskel-
  physiologie oder Bewegungslehre.  8°.  Berlin,
  1903.
    Borelli (J. A.)   Von der wundersamen Macht
  der Muskeln . . .   Aus des Borell seineiu vor-
  trefflichen Werck "Von Bewegung der Thiere",
  in einem kurtzen Auszug furstellet, und zugleich
  des uneudlicben Gottes allgegenwartige Regie-
  rung aus solchen  gantz  besonderen  mechani-
  schen Wiirckungen erweiset Silvester Heiurich
  Schmidt,  fol.  [Heilssbronn], 1706.
    Brisbar (J. M.)  * Qusestio medica eaque phy-
  siologica de motu mnsculari.  sm. 4°.  Monspelii,
  1699.
    Burker (K.) Der Muskel und das Gesetz von
  der Erhaltung der  Kraft.   Nach einem popular-
  physiologischen Vortrage.  8°.  Tubingen, 1902.
    Cerchi (J.)  Thesis   [de  priecipuis   motus
  muscularis effectibus]. 4°.  Genua?, 1809.
    Chauveau  (A.)   Le  travail  musculaire et
  l'energie qu'il repre'sente.  8C.  Paris, 1891.
    Danilewsky (B.)  Versuche, die  Giiltigkeit
  des Prinzipes der Erhaltung der Energie bei der
  Muskelarbeit experimentell zu beweisen.   8°.
  Wiesbaden, l6f9.
    Dementyeff (E. M.)   * Razvitiye mlshech-
  noi sill  chelovieka v svyazi  s obshtshim yevo
  fizicheskini razvitiyem.   [Development of mus-
  cular power in man in connection  with his gen-
  eral physical development.]  roy. 8°.  Moskva,
  1669.
    Engler (G.)  *Diss. physiologica qua theo-
  rise, de proxima motus muscularis causa, veteris
  ac recentioris ayvi, praecipme  exponuntur.  sm.
  4°.   Vratislaviw, 1816.
    Feuerstein (F.)  * Zur Lehre von  der abso-
  luten Muskelkraft.  8°.   Tubingen, 1889.
    Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges.Physiol.,Bonn,1888,xliii,347-367.
    Fick (A.)   Experimenteller Beitrag zur Lehre
  von der Erhaltung der  Kraft bei der Muskel-
  zusammenziehung.  8°.   [ Wien, 1869. ]
    Cutting from: Untersuch. a. d. physiol. Lab. d. Ziirich.
  Hochsch., Wien, 1869, i.
    Frankland (E.)  On the source of muscular
  power.  8°.   [London, 1866.]
    Also, transl. [Abstr.] in : Rev. d.  cours scient. [etc.],
  Par., 1866-7, iv, 81-91.
    Galen  (C.)  De  motu musculorum libri duo,
  Nicolao Leoniceno iuterprete.  24°.   Lugduni,
  1549.
    -----.   The same.  Du mouvement des mus-
  cles, livre deux, nouvellenient traduict de latin
  en francoys  par Jehan  Canappe.  16°.  Lyon,
  [1541].
    -----.  The  same. [Deux livres, traiduits
  par Jean Canappe.]
    In: Opusc. de divers autheurs med.  32°.  Lyon, 1552,
  386-492.
    Gevaerts (J.)   De spieren als werktuigen
  van onzen arbeid.  8°. Antwerpen, [1901].
    Gottsched (J.)  De motu  musculorum  ex
  fundamentis  physico-mcchauicis  demonstrata,
  respoudente Reiuholdo Wagner,  sm. 4°.  Regio-
  monti, 1694.
    Grohmann (F.  W.) * Ueber die Arbeitslei-
  stung der am Ellbogengelenk wirkendeu Mus-
  keln.  8°.  Leipzig, 1902.
Jluscle (Force and mechanics of).
    Hammarstkn (O.)  Om  naringsamneuas  be-
  tydelse for mnskelarbetet.  [The significance of
  the nutrient material for muscular work.]  8°.
  Upsala, 1901.
    Hartmann (J.J. K.)  * Beitrage zur Mecha-
  nik des quergestreiften Muskels.   8°.   Tubin-
  gen, 1903.
    Haughton (S.)   "Outlines  of a new theory
  of muscular action.   [Dublin.]  16°.  London,
  1863.
    -----.  The  same.  Esquisse  d'une  th6orie
  nouvelle de  Taction  musculaire.  Traduite de
  l'anglais par E. Verrier.  8°.   Paris, 1864.
    Heaton (C. W.)  On the function of the blood
  in muscular work.   12°.  [Loudon, 1867.]
    Repr. from: Phil. Mag., Lond., 1867.
    Kashkadamoff (V. P.)  *Analiz pokoinlkh i
  rahotayushtsliikh mishts lyagnshek.  [Analysis
  of the muscles of frogs at work and at rest.]
  8". S.-Peterburg, 1897.
    Kurayeff (D. I.)  *0 bielkovom sostoyanii
  mishts  pokoinlkh  i dieyatelnlkh  (materiali k
  yroprosu oh  istochnikakh  mlshechnoi  rabotl).
  [On the albuminous condition  of muscles at rest
  and active (data on the question of sources of
  muscular work).]  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1690.
    Kvyatkovski (V. K.)  *Nablyudeniya  uad
  izmieneniyem otuosheniya  mezhdu mlshechnoi
  siloi i visotoi krovyanovo davleniya  pod vliya-
  niyem  zabolievauiy  i  mekotorlkh  terapevti-
  cheskikh protsedur.  [Observations on the al-
  tered  relationship between muscular force and
  height of blood pressure under the  influence of
  diseases and various  therapeutic  procedures.]
  8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904.
    LaulaniE (F.)  Energ^tique musculaire . . .;
  avec une preface de A. Chauveau.  8°.  Paris,
  [1898].
    Lecocq (A.)  * De  la resistance  musculaire.
  8°. Paris, 1903.
    Mackall (L.)  The action  of the voluntary
  muscles.  8°.  [Georgetown, 1862.]
    M'Kendrick  (J.  G.)  Human  muscle  as a
  transformer of energy.  8°.  [Glasgow, 1891.]
    Mackenzie (W.)   A short description of  the
  human  muscles, in an  order  of dissection  by
  which the whole may be  examined upon one
  subject; to which is added a table of the com-
  bined actions of the muscles,  24°.   Glasgow,
  1823.
    Manca  (G.)   Studi  sull' allenamento.   8C.
  Torino, 1892.
    Repr. from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1892,xxvii.
    Mantovani (G.)  Influenza  degli eccitamenti
  meccauici sul lavoro muscolare.  8°.   Empoli,
  1902.
    Ott (F.)  * Ueber physiologische und patho-
  logische Warniesteigerung dutch Muskelarbeit
  unter gleichzeitiger Beriicksichtigung  gewisser
  anderer  iiusserer   Einniisse.   fol.   Munchen,
  189.').
    Primer (K. F.)   * Ueber die Bedeutung  der
  Selbstunterstutzung des Muskels fiir die Sum-
  mation.  8°.  Marburg, 190f>.
    Schnyder(L.)  * Muskelkraft und Gaswech-
  sel.  [Bern.]  8°.   Munchen, 1896.
    Also, in: Ztschr. f. Biol.,  Munchen u.  Leipz., 1896, n.
  F., xv, 289-319.  Also, Reprint.
    Schulz (O.)  Die Quelle der Muskelkraft.  8°.
  Erlangen 4 Leipzig,  1901.
    Siebert (T.)  * Ueber absolute Muskelkraft.
  8°. [Kbnigsberg, 1898.]
    Storch (E.)  Muskelfunction und Bewusst-
  sein.  Eine Studie znm Mechanismus der Wahr-
  nehmnngen.  8°.   Wiesbaden, 1901.
    Cutting from: Grenzfrageu des  Nerven- und Seelen-
  leben, Wiesb., 1901, 1. Hft., 44-86.
VOL  XI, 2d  series---14 
MUSCLE.
210
MUSCLE.
Hu*cle (Force and mechanics of).
    Yacciiini (L.)   * De motu  vitali  in ninsculis
  voluntari's considerate).   4 .   Henna', 1SUI.
    Action (Sui 1') des muscles.  Hist. Acad, roy.d.sc. 1720,
  Par.. 1722.  18-22.  AUo: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris]
  17'd Amst  1724.24-29.  Also, transl.: K.  Akad. d. Wis-
  sensVh. in I'ar___Abhandl. 1720, Bressl., 1754, v, 399-403.—
  Action (SurT) des muscles.  Hist. Acad. d. sc. 1724, Par.,
  1726,30-34.  AUo: Hist. Acad.d. sc. [de Paris] 1724, Amst.,
  1731,  42-48.  AUo. transl.: K. Akad.  d.   Wissensch.  in
  Par'.. . Abhandl. 1724, Bressl., 1755, vi, 319-32:!.—Aleznis.
  Note sur quelques adaptations fonctiounelles des muscles
  des membres.   Compt. rend. Soc. lie biol., Par., 1900, 11. s.,
  ii, !i'.»8.— Aniabilino  (I). R.)   Appunti  di ergografla
  sulla influenza delle eccita/ioni sul lavoro muscolare. La-
  voro,  Pavia, 1902. i, 241-244.—Anthony  (R.)  Adapta-
  tion des muscles k la compression; diti'6reiits degr6s  et
  nouveaux  exemples.   Coinpt. rend. Soc.  de biol.,  Par.,
  1902, 11. s., iv, 265. -----. Un tactenr primordial  de  la
  localisation des tendons, dans les muscles de mouvement
  angulaire.   IUd.. 1182.—Anzoletti  (A.)   Intorno al
  potere dei muscoli  nel determinate la forma delle ossa.
  Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1903, xx, 241-257.—Athannsiu
  (I.)   Recherches sur le  fonctionneiuent des  muscles
  antagouistes dans les mouvements volontaires.   Compt.
  reud.  Acad.  d. sc.  Par..  1902. cxxxiv. 311 -314— von
  Bardeleben (K.)  Muskeln und Muskelmechanik (1900
  nml 1901|.  Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklnysgesch.  1901,
  Wiesh.,  1902,  xi, 36-84  -----.  Muskelsvstem  und Me-
  chanik.  Ibid., 1903.  Wiesb.,  1904, xiii,'115-164.—Bar-
  kow (11.)   Zur Lehre von der  Muskelthatigkeit.  Arch.
  f. Anat. n. Physiol., Leipz.. 1830 29-31.—Bee vor (O. E.)
  On some points in the action of muscles.  Brain, Lond.,
  1891-2, xiv, 51-62. -----. A  lecture on  the  action  of
  muscles.  Clin. J., Loud., 1902, xx, 257-261.—Bernstein
  (J.) Sc Tschermnk (A.)  Ueber die Beziehung  der nega-
  tiven  Schwaukung  des Muskelstromes zur Arbeitslei-
  stungdes Muskels.   Arch. f. d. ges. 1'hysiol., Bonn, 1902,
  lxxxix, 289-331, 5  tab.. 1 pl.—Boriiste'iii  (K.)  Eiweiss-
  mast uud Muskelarbeit.  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f.
  vaterl. Cult. 1899, Bresl., 1900, lxxvii. 1. Abt., med. Sect.,
  69-75.  Also: Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900-1901,
  Ixxxiii, 540-556.— Bossi.   Einflnss der Menstruation, der
  Schwangerschaft, der Geburt und des Puerperalstadiiims
  auf die Muskelkraft.   Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1903, lxviii,
  612-641.— Boltazzi (F.)  Sur le developpement embryon-
  naire de la fonction  motrice dans les  organes k cellules
  musculaires (resume,  de 1'aiiteur).   Arch. ital.  de biol.,
  Turin, 1890-7, xxvi, 443-465. -----. Sui movimenti  auto-
  matici di certi muscoli  striati.  Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di
  Genova, Siena, 1904, xix, 184. — Bonrn  (W. P.)   The
  influence of muscular work on the rate of the pulse.   Am.
  Phys. Educat. Rev.. Brooklyn, 1903, viii, 232-236, 2 diag.
  on 1 1.—Brnniie (W.) &. Fischer (O.)  Bemerkungen zu
  E. Fick's Arbeit: "Ueber die  Methode der Bestimmung
  von Drehungsmomenten." Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs-
  gesch., Leipz..  1889,  Suppl.-Bd., 213-221.  See,  aUo, in-
  fra. — Breilmann  (M.)  Ueber das Gesetz  der  Syn-
  ergien im mensehlichen Organismus.  Russ.  med. Rund-
  schau,  Berl., 1902-3,  223.— Broca (A.)  Sc Bichet (C.)
  Experiences ergographiques pour mesurer la puissance
  maximum d'un muscle en regime rfegulier.  Compt. rend.
  Acad.d.sc, Par., 18H8, exx vi, 356-359.----------. De I'in-
  fluence de la frequence des mouvements et du poids sou-
  leve sur la puissance maximum du muscle en regime r6«u-
  lier.  Ibid., 485-488.----------. De rinflueuce des inter-
  mittences de repos et de travail sur la puissance  moyenne
  du muscle.  Ibid., 656-659.----------. De quelques con-
  ditions du  travail musculaire chez l'lioinme; etudes ergo-
  metriques.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1898
  5. s., x. 225-240. — Brodie (T.  G.)   The work of muscle.
  Proc.  Physiol.  Soc.  [Loud.], Cambridge,  1895,  vi-viii.—
  Bum (A.)  Ueber Muskelmechanik.  Wien. med. Presse
  1898, xxxix, 1081-1087.—BurlakolT (V. M.)  O vliyanii
  mishechnol raboti na  usvoyeniye  (i obmlen) azotistikh
  veshtshestv.  [Influence of muscular work on the assimila-
  tion aud metabolism of nitrogenous substances.]  Vrach,
  St. Petersb., 1888, ix,42; 66.—Camerauo(L.)  Recherches
  Bur la  force absolue  des muscles invertebres.   [From:
  Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1*92-3, xxviii  ]  Arch
  ital. de biol.,  Turin,  1893, xix, 1-12. — Capriati  (V)
  Ueber den Einfluss der Electricitiit auf die Muskelkraft.
  Ztscln. f. Electroth.. Cobb-nz & Leipz., 1900, ii, 11-24.—
  1'ai'vallo (J.) & Wei«» (G.)   Sur la force limite du
  muscle. Compt. reud. Soc. de biol., Par.,1898,10. s.,v,690.—
  ( a«|>uri (D.)  Horvath's Lehre von  der Muskelkraft
  Aer/.tl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, iii, 237-240. _____.
  Ueber Eiweissumsatz und -Ansatz bei  der  Muskelarbeit
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900-1901, Ixxxiii, 509-539.—
  Castex  (E.)  Representation  du travail statique et du
  travail dynamique du muscle.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., J
  Par., 1900, 11. s., ii. 568.—Chauveau (A.)  Comparaison
  de l'echaiiffeiuent qu'eprouvent les muscles dans les cas
  de travail  positif et de  tiavail  negatif.  Compt.  rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, exxi, 26-30.  -----. Comparaison
  de 1 eriergie mise en  ceuvre par les muscles dans les cas
  de travail  positif et de travail  negatif correspondant.
JIu*cle (Force and mechanics  of).
  Ibid.,  91-97. -----. La depense energelique respective-
  ment engagee dans  le  travail positif et  dans le ti avail
  n6gatif des muscles, d'api c,s  les echanges  nspiratoires-
  applicatious  k  la verification  experimentale de la loi de
  l'equivalence dans les transformations de  la force chez
  les etres  organises; exposition des principes de la  me-
  thode qui a servi k cetle verification.  Ibid., 1896, exxii
  58-64.-----._ Le travail musciilaire  n'emprunte rieu do
  l'euergie  qu'il  depense  aux matieres  albuminoi'des  des
  humeurs  et  des elements  anatomiques  de rorganisme.
  Ibid., 1896, exxii, 429 4!."». -----. Du travail niecaniquede
  cause  puremeut exterieure,  execute automatiquement,
  sans d6peu.se siippleinentaire d'energie int6rieure. pur des
  muscles en 6tat de contraction  statique: le travail positif
  diminue  et  le  travail  n6gatif augmente rechauflement
  musculaire resultant de cette  depense interieure.   Had
  1897, exxiv, 596-602. -----. fitude physique de l'6lasticit6
  acquise par le tissu musculaire en etat de tiavail plnsio.
  logique.   Ibid.,  1898, exxvii.  983-992. -----. l.e  travail
  musculaire et sa depense energelique dans la  contraction
  dynamique avec raccourcissement  gradtiellenieut decrois-
  sant des muscles, s'eniployant au refrenement de  la de-
  scented'unechargc(travailr6sistant).  Ibid.. 1904, exxxix,
  108-114. -----. Critique des experiences  de Hirn  sur la
  thermodyiiamique et le travail chez  les  elres vivants;
  comment  elles auraient d<i etro institutes pour aboutir k
  des conclusions exactes sur la valeur de l'euergie que le
  travail m6canique preud ou donne aux muscles, suivant
  qu'il est positit on negatif.  Arch,  de phvsiol. norm, et
  path., Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 229-238.—Chauveau  (A.) &
  Contejean (C.)  Lo  travail  musculaire  emprunte-til
  directement de l'6nergie aux albuminoi'des  des alimentsI
  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc. Par., 1896, exxii, 504-511.—
  Chauveau (A.) & Kaufmann.  Experiences pour
  la determination du  coefficient de l'activite nutritive et
  respiratoire des muscles en reposes et en  travail.   Ibid.
  1887, civ,  1126-1132.  Also, Reprint.----------. Nou-
  veaux  documents sur  les relations  qui existent entre le
  tiavail chimique et le travail m6canique du tissu muscu-
  laire; du coefficient (le  la quantite de travail mecanique
  produit par les muscles qui fonctionnent utilement dans
  les  conditions physiologiques de l'6tat normal.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1887, cv, 328-336.   AUo. Reprint.
  AUo [Abstr]:  France med., Par.,  1887, ii,  1165-1169.—
  Collier (W.)  The effects of severe muscular exertion,
  sudden aud prolonged, iu voung adolescents.  Bi it. M. J.,
  Lond., 1901, i, 383-386.—Colucci (C.)  Per  la semeiotica
  della forza muscolare dal punto di vista  clinico e  psieo-
  fisiologico.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di  Napoli. 1902,
  n. 8., lvi,  15-32. Also:  Arte med., Napoli, 1902, iv, 529;
  549.—Coop (S.) Sc Simonelli (L.)   Ritmo naturale  nei
  muscoli volontari.  Ann. di nevrol., Napoli, 1900, xviii,
  310-316.—Cowl. Ueber das mechiuiische Latenzstadium
  des  Gesammtmuskels.   Arch. f.  I'hysiol.,  Leipz., 1889,
  563-568.—Danisch (O.)  Ueber Mitb'ewegungen in sym-
  inetrischen Muskeln an nicht gelabmten Gliedern.  Ztschr.
  f. klin. Med., Berl., 1891, xix, Suppl.-Hft,, 170-180.- Daw-
  son (G. E.)  The muscular activities rendered necessary
  by  man's early  environment.   Am.  Phys. Educat. Rev'.,
  Brooklyn, 1902,  vii. 80-85.—Doimal-C'attin.  Snr un
  dynamomfetro musculaire.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1904, lvii, 617-619.—Bonders (F. ('.)  Spierarbeid  en
  warniteontwikkelimr in  verband met de  vereischte voe-
  dings-beginseleu. Nedert. Arch. v. Genees- eu Natuurk.,
  Utrecht,  1865 i, 58; 236.  AUo, Reprint.  Also,  transl.:
  Dublin Q. ,T. M  S.-., 1866,  xii,  238-252. Also, Reprint.—
  Dreser (H.)   Ueber die Messung der (lurch pliarmako-
  logische Agentien bedingteu Veriiuderuugen der Arbeits-
  griisse und  der Elasticitatszustaude des  Skeletmuskels.
  Arch. f. exper.  Path. u. Pharmakol.,  Leipz., 1890,  xxvii,
  50-92.—Engelmann (T. W.)  Notiz  zu A. Fick's  Be-
  merkungen  zu  meiner  Abhandlung iiber den Ursprung
  der Muskelkraft.  Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1893,
  liv, 108. -----. Ueber  einige  gegen meine  Ansicht vom
  Ursprung der Muskelkraft erhobene Bedenken.   Ibid.,
  637-640. -----.  Ueber  den Ursprung der  Muskelkraft.
  Onderzoek. ged. in h. phvsiol.  Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch.,
 , 1893, 4. R.. ii, 211-277.  Also, Reprint.  .1 Uo. transl.:  Arch.
  n6erl.il.se.  exactes [etc.], Harlem. 1893,  xxvii, 65-148.—
  Ewald (J. R.)  Das  Kopfschwingen. Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol., Bonn, 1888-9, xliv, 326-345.—F^re (C.)  La  dis-
  tribution de la  force musculaire dans la main et dans le
   fiied, etudi6e au moyen d'un nouveau dyuamomfetre ana-
   ytique.  Compt. reiid. Soc. de biol., Par., 1889, 9. s., i, 399-
  408. -----. Note sur la dynamoinetrie comparee des fle-
  chisseurs  des doigts et  de.s eievateurs m&choire.   Ibid..
  1891, 9. s., iii, 663-665. -----. Les mouvements volontaires
  du cremaster.  Ibid., 1899, 11. s., i, 970-973. -----. L'in-
  fluence des excitations sensorielles  sur le travail.   Ibid.,
  1900, 11.  s., ii, 813-815.  -----.  Note sur  la rapidite  des
  effets des excitations sensorielles surle travail  Ibid., 845.
  -----. L'influence de quelques excitations  d6plaisautes
  sur le travail.  Ibid., 1083-1085. -----. L'influence sur le
  travail volontaire d'un  muscle  de l'activite d'autres mus-            ]
  clea.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, I'ar., 1901, xiv, 432-461.
  -----. L'influence. sur le travail d'un groupe musculaire,
  du travail pr6alabled'autres groupes musculaires.  Compt. 
MUSCLE.                                         211                                         MUSCLE.
Muscle (Force and mechanics of).
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 60-63. -----.  Quelques
  illusions de repos dans le tiavail ergographique.  Ibid.,
  lix, 285-287.—Fiek (A.)  Eiiiiii'' Bemerkungen  zu Engel-
  maim's Abhandlung iiber den Ursprung der Muskelkraft.
  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1892-3, liii, 606-615.  See,
  also, supra.  —---. Noch einige Bemerkungen  zu Engel-
  manns  Scbiift  iiber  den  Ursprung  der  Muskelkraft.
  Arch. t. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1893, liv, 313-318. -----.
  Ueber Arbeitsleistung des Muskels durch  seine  Yerdi-
  cknng.  Verhandl. d. phvs.-med.Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb..1895,
  n. F.. xxix, 255-264. — Fick (A. E )   Ueber die Methode
  der Bestimmung von Drchiuigsmomeiiten. Arch. f. Anat.
  u. Entwcklngsgesch..  Leipz.,  1889.  Supple.-Bd.,  79-85.
  ____. Ueber die Metnodedcr Bestimmung von Drehungs-
  momenten der Muskeln.  Ibid.. 281-284.  See, also, supra,
  Braune  <W.) Sc Fischer (O.) — Fischer (O.)  Die Arbeit
  der Muskeln und die lebeudige Kraft des mensehlichen
  Korpers. Abhandl. d. math.-phys. ( 1. d. k. siichs.  Gesellsch.
  d. Wissensch.. Leipz.. 1893. xx. 1-83, 2  pl. Also. Reprint.
  -----Beitriige zu einer Miiskeldynamik : Ueber die Wir-
  kungsweise  eiugelenkiger Muskeln.   Abhandl. d. math.-
  phys. CI. d. k. siichs. Gesellsch. d.Wissensch., Leipz.,1895,
  xxii, 49-197,  8  diag. -----. Beitrage  zur Muskelstatik:
  Ueber das Gleichgewicht zwischen Sch were und Muskeln
  am zweigliedrigen System.  Ibid., 1897,xxiii.267-368,7 diag.
  -----. Beitrage zu einer Muskeldynamik : Ueber die Wir-
  kung der Schwere und beliebiger Muskeln auf das zwei-
  gliedrige System.  Ibid., 468-558, 4 diag. -----. Ueber
  Grundlageii  und  Ziele der  Muskelnieehanik.   Arch. f.
  Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch.,  Leipz.,  1896, 363-377. -----.
  Ueber die  Drehuugsmomeute  ein- uud mehrgelenkiger
  Muskelu.  Arch. f. Anat.  u.  Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz.,
  1894, 105-147, 3 pl. — Fleischer (F.)   Ueber einen netieu
  Muskelindicator und  iiber die negative Schwaukung des
  Muskelstroms bei verschiedener Arbeitsleistung des Mus-
  kels.  Arch.f. d.ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxix, 360-378.—
  Flint (A.)  On the source of muscular  power.  J. Anat. &
  Physiol.,Lond., 1877-8, xii,91-141.  AUo, in his: Collect, es-
  8 iys, 8°, N. Y., 1903, ii. l-56.-Fodor (G.) & Tibald (M.)
  A fokozott izommunka befolyasa a nitrog6n es  phosphor-
  sav kivdlastasra.  [The  influence of  the degree  of  the
  work of the muscles on the secretion of nitrogen aud phos-
  phoric acid.]  Magy. orv.  Arch., Budapest,  1895, iv, 445-
  449.—Foerstner (<l )   Beitrage zur Physiologie und Pa-
  tholgie  der  Coordination; die Synergie der Agonisten.
  Monatschr. f. Psychiat u. Neurol., Berl., 1901, x, 334-347.—  I
  Fotheriugham (W. B.)  The effect of muscular work  j
  upon  the alkalinity of the blood.  Lancet, Lond., 1896.  i,  |
  lu2o. — Frank (O.)  Thermodynaraik des Muskels.  Er-
  gebn. d. Physiol.. Wiesb., 1904, iii,  2.  Abt.,  348-514.—
  Frentzel (j )  Ein Beitrag zur Frage nach der  Quelle
  der Muskelkraft.  Arcb. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897,
  lxviii, 212-221. — Ficnlzel (J.) <fc Beach (F.)  Unter.
  Nuchum.'en  zur Frage nach der Quelle der Muskelkraft.
  Ibid., 1900-1901,lxxxiii,477-508.— «ad(T.) EinigeGrund-  ,
  gesetze  des Euergieurasatzes im thai igen Muskel.  Arch.  I
  f. Physiol., Leipz.. 1894, 387-400.—€iad  iJ.) Sc Hermans
  (J. F.)  Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Lei-
  Btungsfabigkeit der Muskelsubstanz.   Ibid., 1890, Suppl.-
  Bd., 59-115, 5 pl. — daertner (G.)   Ueber die  therapen-
  tische Yerwendungder Muskelarbeit und einen neuen Ap-
  parat zu ihrerDosirung. Wien.med. Bl.,1887, x,  1554; 1582.
  AUo: Allg.Wien.med. Ztg.,1887, xxxii,607; 621.—Oanike
  (E. A.)  K analizu pokoinlkh  i rabotavshikh mishts lya-
  gushki.   [Researches ou the muscles of the frog when at
  rest and at work.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb.,
  1900, x,2261-2265.  AUo: Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb.,
  1901-2, ix, 273-286, 1 pl.   Gautier (A.) Chimie  biolo-
  gique; mecanisme de  l'effort  et  du  travail musculaire.
  Kev. scient., Par., 1891, xlviii,  545-551.—CJrasset (J.)  La
  force de situation fixe.  Rev. scient., Par., 1904, 5. s., ii, 33-  i
  37. —Wrebner  (F.) Sc Oriinbaum  (It.)  Ueber die  lie-
  zichungeu der Muskelarbeit zum Blutdruck.  Wien.med.
  Presse, 1899, xl, 203:1-2043.—drehant (N.)  Sur un nou-
  vel appareil destine k mesnrer la puissance musculaire.  I
  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc , Par.. 1891, cxiii,  212.-----.
  Myographe dvnamometriqiie.   J. de I'anat. et physiol.,
  [etc.], Par., 1890, xxvi, 42P424.-«rehant (N.)  Sc Quin-
  qiiaud (C.)  Mesure de la puissance musculaire chez les
  animaux soumis k un certain nombre  d'intoxications.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par.,  1891, cxiii,  213.—Grif-
  fiths  (W.)  On the rhythm of muscular response to voli-  I
  tional impulses in man.  J. Physiol.,  Cambridge, 1888, ix,
  39-54,  1 pl.—4»riinbaum  (R.) Sc Amson  (H.)   Ueber
  die  Beziehungeu  der  Mu'skelarbeit zur Pulsfrequenz.
  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1901. lxxi,  539-580.—
  Halipre (A.)  Synergies  fonctionnelles.   Normandie
  m6d.,  Rouen, 1896, xi,  369-374. — Hamburger (II.  ./.)
  Untersuchungen iiber die Lyinphbilduiig, insbesondcie
  bei Muskelarbeit.  Ztschr. f.  Biol., Miinchen u.  Leipz.,
  1893-4. n. ¥.,  xii, 143-178.—Haycraft (J. B.)  On the na-
  ture of a voluntary muscular movement.  Proc.  Roy. Soc.
  Edinb. (1889-90),  1891,  xvii,  176-178.—Hedley (\V.  S.)
  Practical muscle testintr.   J. Ph\.-,. Therap., Lond., 1902,
  iii, 6;  61; 136;  196.—Heinemnii  (H.  N.)  Experimen-
  telle Untersnchungen am Mensehen iiber den Einfluss der
  Muskelarbeit auf den Stoffverbrauch  uud die Bedeutung
Jluscle (Force and mechanics  of).
  der  einzelnen  Nahrstotfo als  Quelle der Muskelkraft.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900-1901, lxxxii,441-476.—
  Henry (C.)  Recherches experimeutales sur l'entraine-
  ment musculaire.  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1891,
  cxii, 1473-1486. -----.  Surle travail statique du muscle.
  Ibid., 1903, cxxxvi, 41-44. -----. Nouvelles  rechetclns
  sur le travail statique du muscle.  Ibid., 1904,  «xxxviii,
  917-919. —■——. Sur les  lois des travaux dits  statiques
  du muscle.  Ibid..  1731-1734.— Henry (C.)  & loteyko
  (Mile. J.)  Sur une relation entre le travail et le tiavail
  (lit statique, 6nerg6tiquemeut equivalents k 1'ergographe.
  Ibid., 1903, exxxvii, 1285-1288. -Ileiing  (II. E.)  Ueber
  die Wirkung  zweigelenkiger Muskeln  auf drei Gelenke
  und iiber die pseudoantagonistisclie Synergie.  Arch. f.d.
  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896-7, lxv, 627-637.  -----. Beitrag
  zur  Frage der gleichzeitigen Thiitigkeit antagonistisch
  wirkender Muskeln.   Ztschr. f.  He-ilk.,  Berl.,  1895, xvi,
  129-142.—Hermann  (L.)  Die Abldsung der Ferse vom
  Boden.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1895-6, lxii, 603-
  |621.  -----.|Zttr Messunir der Muskelkr ft am Mensehen;
  nach Veisuchen von C. Ilein iindTh. Siebert.   Ibid., 1898,
  lxxiii, 429-437.—Hei-zen (A.)  Letravail musculaire dans
  ses rapports avec la loi de l'equivalence  thermodyuami-
  que.  Bull. Soc. \ audoise d. sc. nat., Lausanne, 1887, xxiii.
  HS-48—de la  Hire.  An inquiry into  the strength of
  man to move burdens, either by lifting, carrying, or draw-
  ing, considered absolutely and with comparison to that of
  animals which carry and draw, as horses.  Philos. hist. Sc
  mem. Roy.  Acad. Sc.  Par. abr.  . . . 1699  to  1720, Lond.,
  1742, i,  100-109, lpl.—Hofbuuer(L.)  Ueber Leistungs-
  differenzendesquergestreifen Muskels und ihre Ursachen.
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1897, x, 1066.—Holmes  (J. G.)
  The capacity of a human muscle for work.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 1532-1537.—I mlach (F.)  On the
  motility of the  involuntarv muscle cells. Liverpool M.
  Chir. J., 1899, xix. 145-150!—loteyko  (Mile. I.)  Effets
  du travail de certains groupes musculaires sur d'autres
  groupes qui  ne  font aucun travail.  Compt.  rend. Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1900, exxxi. 917-919.—Jaek (\V. R.)  On the
  analysis of voluntary muscular movements by certain new
  instruments.  .1. Anat. Sc Phvsiol.,  Lond.,  1894-5, xxix,
  473-478.—Jastrow (J.)  Further  study of involuntary
  movements.  Pop. Sc.  Month., N. Y., 1892. xii, 636-643.—
  Johansson (J. E.)   Ueber die Einwirkung der Mus-
  kelthatigkeit auf die Athmung und  die  llerzthatigkeit.
  Skandin.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.,  1893-4, v,  20-66.—
  Kaiser (K.)  Untersuchungen  iiber den Ursprung der
  Muskelkraft. Ztschr. f.  Biol., Miinchen  u.  Leipz., 1898,
  n. F , xviii.  358-419,  1  pl.  -----. Ueber  Hebelschleu-
  derting. (Entgegnung an Fr.  Schenck.)  Ibid.,  1899, n.
  F., xx, 399-404.—KashkadamoA" (V.  P.)  Ob izmle-
  neniyakh mishts pri ikh dleyatelnosti.  [On alterations in
  muscles during action]  Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.-
  Peterb., 1896-7,  333-345.—Kaufmann  (M.)  Influence
  des mouvements musculaires physiologiques  sur la circu-
  lation art6rielle et cardiaque.  Arch, de phvsiol. norm, et
  path., Par., 1892, 5. s., iv. 495-499.—Kellogg (J. H.)  A
  dynamometric study of the strength of the several groups
  of muscles, and the relation of corresponding homologous
  groups of muscles iu man. Rep.  Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897,
  Lond., 1898, lxvii, 812.— Kirkor (M.)  0 zmianach szyb-
  kosci rucbu kiwi w mieAniach prazkowauycli podczas ich
  czynnosci dowolnej i ogruchowej.  (Ueber die  Veiande-
  ruugen der  Geschwindigkeit  des Blutstromes in den
  quergestreiften   Muskeln wahrend ihrer willkiirlichen
  und reflectorischen Thatigkeit.)  Bull,  internat Acad. d.
  sc. de Cracovie,  1901, 473-476.— von Kunut (A.)  Theo-
  rie der  Protoplasma-  uud  Muskelbewegung.   Arch. f.
  Entweklugsmeehn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1905, xix. 446-473.—
  Koliseh (R.)  Bemerkungen zu Johannes Miiller: Stu-
  dien iiber die, Quelle der  Muskelkraft.  Zentralbl. f.  Phy-
  siol., Leipz.  u.  Wien, 1903-4, xvii, 754.—Koraen (G.)
  Ueberdie Kohlensiiureabgabebei Muskelarbeit.  Skandin.
  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, xvi, 381-389.— Koster (W.)
  La determination du maximum de force du muscle vivant.
  Arch, neerl. d. sc exactes [etc.],  Utrecht, 1866. i, 11-28.—
  von KriesfJ.)  Untersuchungen zur Meehanik des quer-
  gestreiften Muskels.  Arch. f. Phvsiol.. Leipz.,  1888, 537:
  1892,  1: 1895, 142— Kroneeker Sc Culler.  Effets du
  travail  de  certains groupes  musculaires  sur d'autres
  groupes qui ne font aucun travail. Coinpt rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par., 1900, exxxi, 492.—Kuraycir (D.)  O vozstanov-
  lenii  plotnikh i  bielkovikh  veshtshestv rabotavshikh
  mishts vo vremya otdikha posllednikh.  (On  the renewal
  of solid materials and albumins during  rest of muscles
  which had been at work.]  Russk. arch, patol., klin. med.
  i  bakteriol.,  S.-I'eterb.,  1896, ii, 697-713.  Also,  transl.
  [Abstr.]:  Ibid.,  724.—liangcndorflT (E.)   Ueber  Mus-
  kelarbeit.  Deutsche Rev., Stuttg., 1895, xx, 214-224.—
  l/nziirmki (A. F.)  O vliyanii mishechnikh dvizheniy na
  eherepnomozgovoye krovoobrashtsheniye.  [Influence of
  muscular  movements on  the ein illation  of the  brain.)
  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina. St. Petersb., 1900, xi. 1321; 1380.—
  Ijebedeff(N. N.)  Izmiereniya mishechnoi  sili u rabo-
  chikh kirpichnavo  zavoda.  I Measurements of muscular
  force in laborers of brick works.] Vestnik obsh. big., su-
  deb.  i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1903, pt. 2, 349-353.— I,e 
Ml'SOLE.
212
MUSCLE.
.Unwell'  (Force and mechanics of).
  Hello.  De Taction des organes  locomoteurs agissant
  pour proiluiro les mouvements des animaux.  .1. de I'anat.
  et physiol.  [etcl. Par., 1809, xxxv, 607-617. —von Eiebig
  (G )   Saiierstoft'aitfnahme u.id  Muskelkraft  unter ver-
  schiedeneni I.uftdiucke.   Sitzunysb. d. Gesellsch. f. Mor-
  phol.  u.  Phvsiol. iu Miinchen (1894), 1895.27-39.  -----. I
  Versuche iiber  die  Muskelkraft unter erhohtem  Lntt-
  dnieke.  Ibid.. (1897). 1898, xiii, 101-105. -----. Die Mus-
  kelkraft unter dem erbohten Litftdruck.  Ibid., 1900, xvi,
  22-26.   Also: Miinclicii.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  liiOil,  xlvii,
  608.- Eocb (J.) & ron Koranyi (A.)  Ueber den Ein-
  fluss di r Si-liwerkraft auf den zeitlicben Verlauf der ge-
  radliuiyeii  Willkiii bewegungen unseres Arinia,  Arch. f.
  d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, l88'.l-90, xlvi, 101-114. 1 pl.— Lom-
  bard (W. P.)   The action of two-joint muscles.   Am.
  Ph.\s.  Educat.  Rev., Brooklyn, 1903, viii, 141-145.  -----.
  The tendon action and level age of two-joint muscles of
  the hind leg of the frog, with  special  reference  to the
  spring movement.   Contrib. Med.  Research (Vaughan),
  Ann Arbor, Mich., 1903, 280-301, 1 1., 1 pl.-E.ucas (K.)
  On the gradation of activity in a skeletal muscle-fibre.  J.
  Physiol., Lond., 1905-6, xxxiii, 125-137.—McCurdy (•!. 11.)
  The effect of maximum muscular effort ou blood-pressure.
  Am. J. Pbysiol.,  Bost,, 1901-2, v, 95-103.— tlaiun (G.)
  Esperienze intorno all' influenza del digiuno  sulla forza
  muscolare.  Riv. veneta  di sc. med., Venezia, 1894, xxi,
  515-541. — .TIarey.   La chronophotoeraphie  appliqtiee k
  l'etude des actes musculaires dans la locomotion.  Coinpt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, exxvi, 1467-1479.—biasing
  (E.)  Ueber das Verhalten des Blutdrucks des jungen und
  des bejahrten Mensehen  bei  Muskelarbeit.  Deutsches
  Arch.  f. klin. Med., Leipz..  1902, lxxiv, 253-295, 1 pl.—
  iTIendelMMohn (M.)  Sur les types pathologiques de la '
  eourbe de  secousse  musculaire.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d.
  sc, Par., 1891,  cxiii, 296.—JTletzncr  (R.)   Ueber  das
  Verhaltniss von  Arbeitsleistung und Warmebildung im
  Muskel.  Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz.,  1893,  Suppl.-Bd., 74-
  152, 1  pl. — iVIeycrntein &  Thiry ( L.)   Ueber  das
  Verhaltniss der  bei der  Muskelthatigkeit auftretenden
  Wiirmeproduction zu der geleisteteu Arbeit.   Ztschr.  f.
  rat. Med., Leipz. u. Heidelb., 1863,3. s., xx, 45-74.— de ITIo-
  (icrcs.  Memoire sur Taction des muscles, dans lequel on
  tache de satisfaire par des voyes simples et purement m6-
  chaniques,  aux diflicultes  proposees par M. Winslow dans
  son memoire de 1720.  Hist. Acad. roy.d.sc.,1724, Par.,1726,
  M6m.,18-38,1 pl.  AUo: Hist. Acad. iby.d.sc,[dePaiis]1724,
  Amst., 1731, Mem., 24-55,  1 pl.  Also, transl.: K. Akad.d.
  Wissensch. in Par. .  . . Abhandl. 1724, Bressl., 1755, vi, 324-
  345, 1  pl.—Miiller (E.)  Zur Frage der Beeiuflussung der
  Knochengestaltung  durch Muskeldruck.   Centralbl.  f.
  Chir.,  Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 713-716. — Miiller (J.)   Stu-
  dien iiber  die Quelle der Muskelkraft,   I. Mitteilung.
  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 282-302.—Hovi (I.)
  Sul tempo di eccitamento latente dei riflessi inuscolari.
  Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1888. 6. s., xxi, 5-12. -  Oddi
  (R.)  & TnrnHi (L.)   Le  modificazioni dello scambio
  materiale nel lavoro muscolare.   Bull.  d. r. Accad. med.
  di Roma, 1892-3, xix, 57-79.  Also, transl. [Abstr.] :  Arch.
  ital. de biol., Turin,  1893,  xix, 384-393. — ©seretzkow-
  wky (A.) Sc Kracpelin  (E.)  Ueber die  Beeiuflussung
  der  Muskelleistung  durch verschiedene  Arbeitsbedin-
  eiinsen.  Psychol. Arb.,  Leipz., 1899-1901, iii, 587-690.—
  Reach (F.)  Zur Frage nach der Quelle der Muskelkraft.
  Wien.klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xii, 609-611. —Regnault(F.)
  Role  des muscles dans  la morphogenie osseiise.  Bull.
  et 1116111. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1901, 5. s., ii, 614-618. —
  Paton  (D. N.)  Muscular energy; the present state  of
  our  knowledge  in regard to  its source.   Edinb.  M.  J.,
  1894-5, xl, 1081-1091.—Patrizi (M. L.)   Oscillazioni quo-
  tidiane del lavoro muscolare in relazione alia temperatura
  del corpo.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1892, 3. s.,
  xl, 108-124.—Peigerovc (M.)  Novapozoroviui osubsti-
  ttici svalove.  [Later remarks on muscular substitution.)
  Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1905, xiv, 82-86.—Pfliiger (E.)
  Die Quelle der  Muskelkraft,  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1891-2,1,98-108. -----. Einige Erklarungen,  betref-
  fend   meinen  Aufsatz  '.'Die  Quelle  der  Muskelkraft.
  Vorlaufiger  Abriss".  Eine  Antwort an Professor  J.
  Seegen.   Ibid., 1, 330-338. -----.  Zweite  Antwort an
  Professor  Seegen betreffend  Muskelkraft uud  Zucker-
  bildung.   Ibid., 1, 396-422. -----.  Nachschrift zu dem
  vorhergehenden  Aufsatze, betreffend eiu  neues  Grund-
    esetz der Erniihrimg  und die Quelle  der Muskelkraft.
    bid., li, 317-320.—Plateau (F.)  Recherches sur la force
  absolue  des  muscles des iiivert6bres.  lr° partie: Force
  absolue  des  muscles adducteurs des mollusques lamelli-
  branches.  Bull. Acad. my.  d.  sc. de Belg., Brux., 1883,
  3. s.,  vi,  226-259,  1 pl.  Also,  Reprint,  -----. Recherches
  sur la force absolue des muscles des invert6br6s(deuxieme
  partie);  force absolue des muscles fl6chisseurs de la pince
  chez  les crustaces decapodes.  Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc  de
  Belg., Brux., 1884, 3. s., vii, 450-474, 1 pl.  A Uo, Reprint.—
  Kicrardi (P.)  Nuove ricerche intorno agli sforzi mus-
  colari di compressions  Arch,  per T anthrop., Firenze,
  1889,  xix,  433-439.   AUo: Rassegna di sc.  med., Modena'
  188i,  iv, 592-598—Richer (P.)  Du mode d'action des  '
iTliiwflc (Force and mechanics of).
  muscles antagonistes dans les mouvements tio.s rapides,
  alternativemeut de  sens  inverse.  Compt. rend. Soc.  do
  biol., Par., 1805, 10.s., ii, 171-173. —Kieger(K.)   Hallung,
  Heizung und Bewegung der Muskeln.  Verhandl. d. phys '•
  med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,  1MI2-3. 11.  F., xxvi, 123-170.
  Also, Reprint.—.SaulcNNon (('. G.)  Beitiiige zur Kennt-
  niss der Einwirkung  einiger Variabeln  auf die  meclia-
  nische Leistungdes Muskels.  Skandin. Arch. I. Pliyainl.,
  Leipz.,  1889. i, 3-66.   AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:  lliol. Fonn]
  Fdrhandl.  Verhandl. d. biol. Ver. in Stockholm. 1888-0, j,
  106-111. -----. Studien iiber die allgemeine Mcchanik des
  Muskels.   Skandin.  Arch. f. Phvsiol.,  Leipz., 1891-2 iii
  381: 1892-3,  iv, 46. — Mihcnck  (F.i   Notiz  betrefl'eixi
  Kaiser's Contractionstheorie.  Arch.  f.  d. Physiol., Bonn,
  Ixxi, 604-606. — Mchultz  (P.)   Ueber deu Einfluss der
  Temperatur  auf die  Leistungsfahigkeit  der  liinirs-
  gestreifteu Muskeln der Wirbelthierc.  Arch. f. Physiol
  Leipz.,  1897, 1-28, 2 diag.—Schulz  (F. N.)   Ueber die
  Quelle der Muskelkraft.   Naturw. Wchnsehr., Jena. 1904
  n. F., iii, 353-359.—Hcripl 11 re  (E. W.), Mmilh (T. L.j
  Sc Brown (Emily  M.)   On the education of muscu-
  lar  control  and  power.    Stud.  Yale Psychol. Lab., N.
  Haven, J894, ii, 114-119. — Ncegen  (J.)' Bemerkungen
  zu der von Prof.  Pfliiger auf meinen offeuen  Brief gege-
  benen Antwort.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1891-2,
  1, 383-395. — Speck (('.)   Ueber  die Quelle der Muskel-
  kraft.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1895, 463-498.—Tangl
  (F.) Sc Zuntz  (N.)  Az izoinmunka  befolyiisa a v6rnvo-
  mdsta.   [The  influence of  the work of the muscles  on
  blood pressure.!   Magy.  orv. Arch., Budapest, 1898, vii,
  206-222.—Thoinayer (J.)  De la substitution  muscu-
  laire.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1897,  v, 129-132.—Tiasot (J.)
  Action  de la decompression  sur lintensite des echanges
  respiratoires pendant le travail musculaire.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 685-687. — Treves (Z.)
  Ueber die Gesetzo der willkiirlichen Muskelarbeit. Arch.
  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, lxxviii, 163-193,6 diag.  AUo,
  transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1900, xxxiii, 87-117, 5ch.
  -----. Sulle leggi del  lavoro muscolare.  Arch, per le sc.
  med., Torino, 1898,  xxii, 373-410, 2 ch.  AUo, transl.:
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1898-9, xxix, 157-179: xxx,  1-34,
  1 ch., 2 pl. -----. L'euergie de contraction dausle travail
  musculaire  volontaire et la fatigue  nerveuse.  Arch, di
  flsiol.,  Firenze. 1903-4, i. 171- 98. — Tnchermak  (A.)
  Ueber den Einfluss localer Belastung auf die  Leistungs-
  fahigkeit  des Skeletmuskels.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1902, xci, 217-247. — Verrier.  De l'aquapuucture
  et d'un proc6d6 de ieiducation des muscles dans linco-
  ordination motrice  des  membres  sup6rieurs.   Cong. d.
  m6d. ali6nistes et neurol. de France . . .  Proc verb, [etc.]
  1895, Par., 1896, ii, 442-448.—Voit (C.)  Ueber die Ent-
  wicklung der Lehre  von der Quelle der Muskelkraft und
  einiger Theile  der Ernahiung seit 25 Jahren.   Ztschr. f.
  Biol., Munchen, 1870, vi, 305-401.   AUo, Reprint. — We.
  dennky  (N.)   Des  relations entre  les processus  ryth-
  miques et  l'activite  fonctionuelle de  l'appareil ueuro-
  musculaire excite.  Arch, de phvsiol. norm, et path., Par.,
  1892, 5. s.. iv, 50-59.—Wiener (6.) Einfaches Verfahren,
  den Pnnkt maximaler Arbeitsleistung eines Muskels an
  experimentell gefundeueu Curven zu coustruiren.  Arch*
  f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.,  1890, xxvii, 255-260.—
  von Willebrand (E. A.)   Ueber Blutveriinderungen
  durch Muskelarbeit.  Skaudin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.,
  1903, xiv, 176-187.—Winslow.  De  Taction des muscles
  en general, et de l'usage de plusieurs en particulier.  Hist.
  Acad. roy. d. sc. 1720,  Par., 1722, Mem., 85-94.   AUo: Hist.
  Acad. roy.  d. sc. [de Paris) 1720, Amst., 1724,  M6m., 103-
  115.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d.  Wissensch.  in Par. .  . .
   Abhandl.  1720, Bresl., 1754, v, 404-413. — Woodworth
   (R.  S.)  On  the voluntary control of the force of move-
  ment.  Psychol. Rev., N. Y., 1901, viii, 350-359.-Hanle-
  deschi.   De la mesure des limites de la sensibility nervo-
  musculaire de l'homme etudi6e comparativement k sa force
  m6cai)ique.  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d.  sc. Par., 1K58, xlvii,
   117  —Zuckerkandl Sc Erben.  Zur Physiologie  der
  willkiirlichen  Bewegungen  (auf Grnndlage  von Unttr-
   suchungen am Lebenden).  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898,
  xi, 1-8.—Zuntz (N.)  Ueber die Bedeutung der verschie-
   denen Niihrstoffe als Erzeuger der Muskelkraft (nach  mit
   den  H. II. Dr. Joh. Frentzel  und Dr. Walter  Loeb aus-
   gefiihrten Yersuchen).  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1894,541-
   543.  -----.  Ueber  den  Stoffverbrauch  des  Hundes  bei
   Muskelarbeit.  Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1897,  lxviii,
   19l_211.  -----.  Ueber den  Werth der wichtigsten  Niihr-
   stoffe fiir die Muskelarbeit nach Versuchen am Mensehen.
   Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1897, 535-544. -----. Ueber die
   Bedeutung der verschiedenen Nalustoffe als Erzeuger der
   Muskelkraft.  Arch.  f. d. ges. Phvsiol.. Bonn.  1900-1901.
   Ixxxiii, 557-571. -----.  Ueber die Waimeregulation bei
   Muskelarbeit, nach in Gemeinschaft mit Dr.  Bischoft*an-
   gestellten Versuchen.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1903,
   xxiv, 265-267.

 ITIuscle (Growth  of).

     See Muscle (Development, etc., of). 
MUSCLE.
213
MUSCLE.
Muscle (Histology of).
    Baum (J.)   * Beitrage zur Keuutnis der Mus-
  kelspindein.    [Wurtzburg.]   8  .    Wiesbaden,
  1899.
    Bottazzi (F.)    Contributi alia fisiologia del
  tessuto di  cellule muscolari.   [Pts. 1-3.]  roy.
  s\   Firenze,  1897.
    Also, transl.  [Abstr.]  in:  Arch. ital. de  biol., Turin,
  1899, xxi, 97-126.  See, also, infra.
    BkIcke  (E.  [W.] )   Untersuchuugen  iiber
  den Bau der  Muskelfasern uiit Hiilfe des polari-
  siiten  Licbtes, augestellt vou  . .  .  fol.   Wien,
  1858.
    Repr.from: Denkschr. d. math.-naturw. CI. d. k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch., Wien, 1858.
    Forster (Laura).  * Zur  Kenutuiss der Mus-
  kelspindeln.   12°.  Berlin, 1894.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Anat. [etc.],  Berl., 1894, exxxvii, 121-
  154, 1 pl.
    Fredericq (S.)   Generation et structure  du
  tissu ninsculuire.   Hc.   Bruxelles,  1875.
    Hauck (L.)  * Untersuchungen zur normaleu
  und patbologischeu Histologic der quergestreif-
  ten  Musoulatur.    [Erlaugen. ]    8°.   Leipziii,
  1900.
    AUo,  in: Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1900,
  xvii, 57-70.
    Heiderich ( F. )   *Glatte  Muskelfasern  im
  rnheiiden und tbatigen  Zustande.  8\   Gbttin-
  gen, 1903.
    Also, in: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1902, lxii, 449-478.
    Home (.S'trE.)   Observations on tbe structure
  of  muscles.   Read  before  tbe Royal Society,
  Nov. 11, 1790.  4°.   [London, 1790.]
    Keinath (K. T.)  * Ueber  den mikroskopi-
  scbeu Nachweis von Fett in uormalen Muskeln.
  [Freiburg i.  Pr.]   P°.   Tubingen,  1904.
    vox  Kolliker  (A.)  Zur Kenntniss der quer-
  gestreiften Muskelfasern.   8°.  [ Leipzig, 1888.]
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool.,Leipz.,1888, xlvii.
    Kornilovich (X. P.)   *0 tonchaisliem stro-
  yeuii sokratitelnavo vesbtsbestva poperechno-
  polosatikk  mishts u  niekotorikh  zhivotnikh.
  [Minute structure of tbe contractile substance
  of  striated muscles iu  certain animals.]   8°.
  Yuryev, 1903.
    Kuhne (W.)  Ueber  die  gerinnbare Substanz
  der Muskeln.  6Z.   Berlin,  1851).
    Cutting from: Monatsb. d. k.  Akad. d. Wissensch. zu
  Berl., 1859, 493-497.
    Levy (L.)  * Ueber den Farbstoff der Mus-
  keln.   8°.  Strassburg, 16**.
    Mayeda (R.)    * Ueber   die Kaliberverhalt-
  nisse der quergestreiften Muskelfasern.   [Stras-
  burg.]   8°.  Miinchen, 1890.
    Munk  (H.)  Zur  Anatomie und Physiologie
  der  quergestreiften   Muskelfaser  der  Wirbel-
  thiere,  mit Anschluss von Beobachtungen iiber
  die elektrischen Organe der Fische.   8,J.  [Gbt-
  tingen,  1858.]
    Repr.from.- Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. u.
  d. Georg-Aug.-Univ., Gotting., 1858.
    Muskel.   12°.   [Berlin, 1805.]
    Cutting from: Kriinitz.  (ikon, technol. Encykl., Berl.,
  1805, xcviii.
    Schauwienold  ( A.)    * Neue  Beitrage  zur
  Kenntnis der Muskelzabigkeit  inbesondere Uber
  die Veriinderung derselben  beim Abhiingen des
  Fleisches.  8°.  Wiirzburg, 1899.
    •Stuart (A.)  * De  structura et motu muscu-
  lari.  4°.   Lugd. Bat., 1711.
    St ndevall  ( C. )   Om  muskelbyggnaden  i
  foglarnes extremiteter.   [Structure of muscles
  in extremities of birds.]  12J.   Stockholm, 1855.
    Repr.from: Nat.-forsk.-sallsk. forhandl., 1851.
    Wkrner (G.)    "Zur  Histologic der  glatten
  MuKkulatur.   8°.   Jurjew, 1894.
    Antfla* (J.)  Sur l'histogenese des muscles imaginaux
  des hym6uopteres. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,
jyfuscle (Histology of).
  11.  s.,  i,  947-949.  -----.  Nouvelles observations sur les
  metamorphoses internes :  I. Tissu musculaire.  Arch.
  d'anat. micr.. Par.,  1902,  v, 78-121, 1  pl.—Apathy (S.)
  Ueber die Muskelfasern von Ascaris, nebst Bemerkungen
  iiber die von Lumbricus uudHirudo. Ztschr. f. wissensch.
  Mikr.,  Brnschwg., 1893-4, x, 36; 319, 1 pl—Arnold (J.)
  Ueber feinere Structur und Architectur der Zellen.  III.
  Theil:  Mnskelgewebe.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1898,
  Iii,  762-773,  1  pl.—Babinski  (J.)   Faisceaux  neuro-
  museulaires  (critique  du travail  de M. Eichhorst sur la
  "neuritis fascians").  Arch, de  m6d.  exper. et d'anat.
  path., Par., lotsw, i, 416-420, 1 pl.—Ballowitz (E.)  Ueber
  den feiueren Ban der Muskelsubstanzen.  Arch. f. mikr.
  Anat.,  Bonn, 1*92, xxxix, 291-324, 2 pl.— Karfurth  (D.)
  Ueber  Zellbriicken  glatter  Muskell'usern.  Ibid., 1891,
  xxxviii, 38-51, 1 pl.  .Ito [Abstr.): Verhandl. d. x. inter-
  nit, med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 1. Abth., 7.—Balail-
  lon (E.)   Role du noyeau dans la formation du reticulum
  niusculaiio  foudamental  chez  la larve de  Phrygane.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.  Par.,  1891, cxii, 1370-1378.—
  Bnn■■■  (J.)  Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Muskelspindein.
  Anat.  Hefte, Wiesb.,  1900,  xiii, 249-305, 4  pl —Bazin.
  Structure de la fibre musculaire.   Coinpt. reud.  Acad. d.
  sc, Par.. 1837, v, 804.—Benda (C.)  Ueber den feinern
  Bau dei -glatten Muskelfasern des Mensehen.  Anat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1902, xxi, Ergnzngshft., 214-220.—Bicdcrmaun
  (W.)  Zur Kenntniss der Nerven undNervenciidiguiigen in
  den quergestreiften Muskeln der Wirbellosen.  Sitzungsb.
  d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI. 1887, Wien,
  1888, xevi, S-39, 2 pl— Birncnfeld (Bianca).  I)as anato-
  mische Verhalten  der  Muscularis  mucosas in  Beziehung
  zu  ihrer  physiologischen Bedeutung.  Arch. f.  d.  ges.
  Physiol., Bonn, 1903,  xcviii, 389-402.—Birmingham
  (A.)  On the arrangement of the muscular fibres (1) of the
  stomach, (2)  of the upper end of the oesophagus.  Brit. M.
  J.,  Lond., 1898. ii,  698.—Blanchard (It.)  De la  pre-
  sence des muscles stri6s chez les mollusques   Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvi,  425-427.—Bogdanow
  (E.) Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Fette des Mus-
  kels.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxviii, 408-430.—
  Bornand  (E.)  Sur la nature et  l'origiue de la game de
  sarcolemme  chez les poissons.  Bull. Soc. vaudoise d. sc.
  nat. .Lausanne, 1887, xxiii, 1-19.2 pl.—Bottazzi (F.)  Con-
  tribution a la physiologie du tissu musculaire lisse.  Arch.
  ital. de biol..  Turin. 1900, xxxiii, 189-210.  See, also, supra.—
  Bottazzi (F.) Sc Oriiiibnuni (O. F. F.)  On plain mus-
  cle.  J. Physiol.. Lond.,  1899, xxiv, 51-71.   AUo, transl.:
  Arch. ital. d- biol.,  Turin. 1900, xxiii, 253-281. — Bow-
  man (Sir W.)  On  the minute structure and movements
  of voluntary muscle. Phil. Tr., Lond.. 1840,457-501,4 pl.—
  Bronshtein (O.  J.)  O prichinakh  nezakhvativaniya
  endotellem  kapillyarov   mishechnoi  tkaui  inorodnikh
  chastits, tsirkuliruyushtshikh v Krovi.  [ Pourquoi 1'endo-
  thelium des  capillaires du tissu musculaire n'englobe-t-il
  pas les corpuscules circulants dans le sang? Extr., 205.]
  Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i. bakteriol.,  S.-Peterb.,
  1899, vii,  129-149.— Browicz.  O znaczeniu zmian istoty
  kitowei beleczkdw miesnych serca  |On significance of
  changes of cement substance of muscular cellular trabecu-
  lum.]  Przegl. lek.,  Krakow, 1893, xxxii, 493; 505. Also,
  transl.: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.), Berl., 1893, cxxxiv, 1-
  10.—BiitNchli (O.) & Schcwiakoflf (W )  Ueber den
  feiueren Ban der quergestreiftenMuskeln von Arthropoilen.
  Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1891-2, xi, 33-39— (a|iiiiio
  (M. A.)  Sul valore della plastica a tessuto muscolare
  striato.   Morgagni.  Milano.  1901, xliii, 24; 65. 4 pl.—Car-
  vallo (J.) & \Vci«s» (G.)  La  densite  des  muscles dans
  Ias6rie desverte.bres.  .1. de physiol. et de path, gen.. Par.,
  1899, i, 204-208.  i'hI'iHlomanoN (A. A.) & SIioskiici'
  (E.)  Beitrag znr  Kenntniss der Muskelspindein.   Si-
  tzungsb.  d.  k. Akad.  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,
  Wien,  1891,  c, 417-435, 4 pl.  AUo. Reprint —C^iaceio
  (G. V.)   La  scoperta dei  muscoli  rossi e biancln  del co-
  nigho rivendicata a  Stefano Lorenziui.  Rendic r. Accad.
  d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1897-8, n. s., ii, 115-117. —Cipol-
  Ione (L. T.)  Nuove  ricerche sul fuso neuro-muscolare.
  Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898,  iv, 461-514,  1 pl — Clay-
  pole (Edith J.)  Notes ou comparative histology of blood
  and muscle.   Tr. Am. Micr. Soc,  Buffalo. 1896,xviii,49-71.
  Also, Reprint.—Cybulski (N.) Tkanka miesna.  [Mus-
  cle.] Podrecz. histol. ciala ludzk., Warszawa, 1901,111-121.
  -----. MieAnie. jako  narzady.   [Muscles as  organs]
  Ibid., 541-544.— Dc Bruyne  (C.)  P.enchtigung zu H.
  Boheman's  vorliiufiger  Mitteiliing  iiber  lutercellular-
  briicken  und Saftriiume  der  glatten  Musculatur.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena,  1894-5, x, 561-565,  -----. Contribution  k
  l'etude de l'union intime des fibres musculaires  lisses.
  Arch, debiol., Gand, 1892, xii, 345-380,  1 pl.—Dc Buck
  (I>.) Sc Dc  .floor  (L.)   Apropos de certaines  modifica-
  tions nucl6airos du  muscle.   Belgique  m6d., Gand-Haar
  lem, 1901, i.  513-519. Also: J.  do neurol.. Par.,  1901, vi,
  41-45.—Durante  (G.)   La fibre musculaire strict'; sa
  regression cellulaire; transformations et multiplication de
  la fibre contractile.  Presse, m6d., Par., 1900. i, 137-141.—
  Emery  (C.)  Intorno all' architettura dei fascetti mus-
  colari striati di alcuni vertebrati.  Mem. Accad. d. sc. d. 
Ml'SCLK.
214
MUSCLE,
Hu*clc {Histology of).
  1st. (li Bologna, 1881-2, 4. s.. iii,613-618. 1 pl.—Eiiderlcin
  ((}.)  Beitrag zur Keuntniss des Banes der querge-treil
  ten Muskeln  bei  den Insekten.  Arch. f.  mikr.  Anat..
  Bonn, 189!», lv, 144-150, 1 pl. — Kwnld (J.  R.)   Ein Bei
  trag zur  Erkenntniss der  Querstreifung des  Muskels.
  nach  Versuelien  von ll. Oppenheimer.   Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol.,  Bonn,   1892,  Iii,  1*6 -190. — Eyclchymer
  (A. ('.)   The cytoplasmic  and nuclear changes in the
  striated muscle cell of Necturus.  Am. J. Anat.,  Bait.,
  1904  iii. 2K5-310, 4 pl.  -----.  Nuclear changes in the
  stiiated  muscle  cell  of Necturus.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena,
  1902, xxi,  379-385.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]: Proc. Ass. Am.
  Anat., Bait., 1902-3, p. xiv.  J/.v., [Abstr.]:  Am. J. Anat.,
  Bait., 1901-2. i. 512.—Felix (W.)  Die Lange der Muskel-
  faser bei dem Mensehen und einigeu Saugethieren.  Fest-
  Schr.. Albert v. Kolliker, Leipz., 1887, 281-289.  -----. Tei-
  lungsiisclreinungen an quergestreiften  Muskeln inensch-
  licher Embryonen.  Verhandl.  d.  anat. Gesellsch.,  Jena,
  1888,  ii,  192.— Fol  (H. )  Sur la  repartition du  tissu
  musculaire  stri6  chez divers iuvert6br6s.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1^8, cvi, 1178-1180.—Forster (Laura).
  Note  on fietal muscle spindles. J. Phvsiol., Lond., 1902,
  xxviii, 201-203.—Fusari (R.)   Sulla impregnazione cro-
  moargentica delle fibre muscolari  striate dei mammiferi.
  Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1894, lxvii, fasc.
  1, 17-19.   AUo, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1894,
  xxii,  89-08.  -----.  Aucora sulla impregnazione cromo-
  argeniica  della fibra muscolare striata.  Atti Accad. d. sc.
  med.  e  nat.  in Ferrara, 1894, lxvii,  fasc. 1, 69-73.  Also,
  transl: Arch.ital.de biol., Turin,  1894, xxii, 91-95. -----.
  Sulla struttura della fibra muscolare striata.  Atti Accad.
  d. sc. med.  e nat. in  Ferrara, 1894, lxviii, 180-183.  AUo,
  transl.: Arch. ital.  de biol., Turin, 1894,  xxii, 95-98.—
  Uagc (Susanna P.)   Form, endings^ and relatious of stri-
  ated muscular fibres  in the muscles of minute animals
  (mouse, shrew, bat, and English sparrow).  Microscope,
  Detroit, 1«KY viii, 225;  257. 5  pl.  Also [Abstr.]:  Proc.
  Am. Soc.  Micr. 1887. Peoria, 1888, 207. -----.   The  intra-
  muscular  endings of fibres in the skeletal muscles of the
  domestic  and laboratory animals.  Proc. Am. Soc.  Micr.
  1890, Wash., 1891,  xii, 132-139.-----.  Platinum chlorid
  for demonstrating the fibrils of strated muscle  J. Ap-
  plied. Micr., Rochester, 1898, i,  3.  Also, Reprint.— liar-
  nirr (O.)  Sur l'apparence de  pouts iutercellulaires pro-
  duite entre  les fibres  musculaires  lisses par la presence
  d'un r6seau conjouctif.  J. de  I'anat. et physiol. [etc],
  Par.,  1897,  xxxiii, 405-420,  1 pl— Godlcwski (E.), jr.
  O rozmnazaniu iader w micsniach pra/.kowanyeh zwierzat
  kregowych.   (Ueber  die  Keruverinehrung in deu  quer-
  gestreiften Muskelfasern der Wirbeltlnero.)  Bull.internat.
  Acad. d.  sc. de Cracovie.  1900, 128-136, 1  pl.   Also, Re-
  print.—Ooodniaii (J. H.)   Ou the connective tissue  iu
  muscle.  Am. J.  Physiol.,  Bost.,  1900-1901, iv, 200-203.—
  Green (<i. D.)   The histological  differences between the
  light  aud dark muscles of the fowl.   Maryland il.  J.
  Bait., 1896,  xxxv, 349-351. — Grrgor (A.')   Ueber die
  Vertheilung der  Muskelspindein  iu der Musculatur des
  mensehlichen Fbtus.  Arch.f. Anat. u Entwcklngsgesch.,
  Leipz., 1904.  112-196, 5 pl. - Omni (A.)  Sur quelques
  points del'histologie des muscles dis I 'irrhip6des.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par.. 1896, exxiii, 68-70. -----. Con-
  tribution  k l'histologie des muscles.  Proc.-verb. Soc. d.
  sc.  phys.  et nat.  de  Bordeaux. 1896-7, 70-75. — Ilalban
  (J.)  Die  Dicke  der  quergestreiften Muskelfasern  und
  ihre Bedeutung.   Anat. Hefte,  Wiesb., 1893-4, iii, 267-308,
  1 pl.—Haswell  (W. A.)  A comparative  study of stri-
  ated muscle.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc,  Lond , 1889-90, xxx, 31-
  50,  2  pl.—Hay (J.)   Red  aud pale muscle.   Liverpool
  M.Chir. J., 1901,  xxi,  431-452, 9 pl. - Haycraft (J. B.)
  On the cause of the striation of voluntary muscular tissue
  Quart. J.  Micr. Sc,  Loud., 1881. xxi, 307-329.    AUo, Re-
  print. -----. On the minute structure of striped  muscle,
  with  special reference to a new method ot investigation
  by  means of impressions  stamped in  collodion.   Proc.
  Roy.  Soc. Lond.,  1891, xlix, 287-303, 1  pl.  Also, transl.:
  Ztschr.  f.  Biol.. Miinchen u. Leipz., 1891, u. F, x, 105-129
  1 pl — lleidenhain (M.)   Struktur  der kontraktilen
  Materie.  Ergebn  d  Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch  1898
  Wiesb. 1899, viii, 3:  1900, Wiesb . 1901, x. 115— Henne-
  bei-jg (B.)  Das Bindegewebe in dei- glatten Mnskulatur
  und die sogenanuten Intercellularhriieken.  Anat Hefte
  Wiesb., 1900, xiv, 301-314. 1 pl.-lloehl (E.)  Ueber das
  "V erhaltniss des Bindegewebes zur Musculatur.  Arch  f
  Physiol.,  Leipz., 1898  392. - Hofmann (F. B.)  Uebei-
  scheiubare Hemmuiigen am Nervmuskelpriiparate  Ver-
  handl. d.  Gesellsch.  deutsch   Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1903
  Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte.,411 -Iluber7,G. C.) Sc De  Witt
  (Mrs. Lydia M. A.)  A contribution ou the motor nerve-
  endings and on the nei ve endings in the muscle-spindles
  J. <'omp. Neurol., Granville,  O., 1897-8,  vii,  169-230, 5
  P'~ Hurthle.   Demonstration  mikrophotographischer
  Momeiitbilder lebeuder und fixirter Muskelfasern von
  Hydrophilus. Arch. ital. de biol, Turin.  1901-2, xxxvi,
  52,-lljin  (M. D.)  Orgaiiizovanniye blelki mishechnavo
  v<>lokna i ikh  geneticheskove  otnoshenive.   (Organized
  albuminates of muscular fibres  aud their genetic rela-
  tion.]  Idlest. S.-Peterb. biol. lab., 1900, iv no  2 30-^ —
JIll*t'le (Histology  of).
  Jensen (P.)  Ueber den  Aggiegatzustand  des Muskels
  und der lebeniligen Suhstanz iibeihaupt.   Arch. f. d. ges.
  Phvsiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxx, 176-228. —Johnson  (O.)   The
  Lumleian lectures on the muscular arterioles: their stiuc-
  ture and function in health and uncertain morbid states
  Brit. M. J. Lond.,  1877. i,  443; 473; 503; 539; 577: li. 523.
  Also, Kepriut.—Jourdan.  Sur la structure  des fibres
  musculaires  de quelques  ann61ides |poI\chetes.  Compt.
  rend. Acad.d.sc, Par. 1887, civ, 795-797. — Katz (Louise).
  Histolysis of muscle in the transforming toad (Bulb lenti-
  ginosusi.   Science, N. V. \ Lancaster, Pa., I9n0, n. s., xii,
  304. -- Kcrschni-r ( L.)  Ueber die Fortschritte in der
  Erkenntnisdei Muskelspindein.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1892-3,
  viii, 449-458.   AUu [Abstr.| :  Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch.,
  Jena, 1892. vi, 85-89.—Knoll (I'.)   Ueber hello und triibe,
  weis-e und rothe quergestreift Musculatur.  Sitzungsb.
  d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. 01. 1889, Wien,
  1890. xcviii, 456-464.   Also, Reprint.-----. Zur Lehre von
  den doppelt schraggestreiften Muskelfasern.  Sitzungsb.
  d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.' Math.-naturw. 01. Wien, 1892,
  ci, 498-514, 2pl.  Also, Reprint.- von Kolliker.  t'ebcr
  den Ban der quergestreiften Muskelfasern.  Sitzungsb. d.
  phys.-med. (lescllsch. Wiirzb.,  18S8, xv,  132-138.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Koranyi (A.) i Va« iV.)  Stroboskopische
  Untersuchungen an  den  quergestreiften  Muskelfasern.
  Ungar. Arch. f. Med., Wiesb.. 1802, i, 143: 378, 1  pl.  AUo,
  transl.: Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1892, i, 162; 504,  1
  pl.—von Kostanecki (K.)  Zur Keuntniss der Tuben-
  muskulatur und ihrer  Fascien.  Arch.  f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn,  1888, xxxii, 479-592. —Kunkel (A.J.)  Studien
  iiber die quergestreifte Muskelfaser.  Fest-Schr., Albert
  v. Kolliker. Leipz., 1887, 223-234. — l/ahoiissc.   La cause
  de  l'escalier des  muscles  stri6s.  Ann. Soc. de med. de
  Gaud,  1900, lxxix, 147-154, 1  ch.— I<avdovski (M. D.)
  Mishechnaya  tkan.   [Muscular tissue.]  Osnov. k izuch.
  mikr. anat. chelov. i zhivotu., S.-Peterb., 1887-8,  274-319.—
  Leathn  (J.  B.)  On  the percentage of  fat in different
  types of muscle.   Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1904, p. ii.—
  von Lcnhossek (M.)  Das Mikroceutrum der glatten
  Muskelzellen.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899,xvi, 334-342. —Lots
  (F.)  Die glatte  Muskulatur, ihre Biologie  uud  Gymna-
  stik.  Deutsche raed.-Ztg.,  Berl.,1904, xxv, 631-642.—Muc-
  Callum (J. B.)   On the histogenesis of the striated mus-
  cle fibre, and the growth of the human sartorius muscle.
  Johns  Hopkins Hosp.  Bull., Bait.,  1898,  ix, 208-215.—
  Marceau (F.)  Sur la structure des muscles de l'Ano-
  mia ephippium.  Compt.  rend. Acad.  d.  sc,  Par., 1904,
  cxxxix, 548-550.—Marchesiui (R.)  Ricerche sulla fibra
  muscolare.  Boll. d. Soc. rom.  per gli stud,  zool., Roma,
  1896, v, 198-210.-Marchesiui (It.) & Ferrari (F.)  Un-
  tersuchungen iiber die glatte und  die gestreifte Muskel-
  faser.   Anat. Anz., Jena. 1895, xi, 138-152, 2 pl.—Mar-
  shall (C.  F.)  Further observations on the histology of
  striped muscle.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1890, xxxi, 65-
  82, 1 pl.  Also: Stud. Physiol. Lab. . . . Owens Coll.. Man-
  chester, 1891. i, 207-224, 1 pl.  Martinolti (0.)  Delia rea-
  zione delle fibre  elastiche coll' uso del nitrate d' argento;
  rapporti fra il tessuto  muscolare ed il tessuto elastico.
  Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino,  1888, i, 135-159, 2 pl.  Also,
  transl.: Arch. ital. de biol..  Turin, 1889, xi, 253-271, 2 pl.
  -----. Anomalie di struttura della fibra muscolare striata.
  Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 115.  ----.  Con-
  tributo alio studio dell' apparato reticolare nei muscoli
  striati di alcuni  mammiferi.  Ann. di freniat.  [etc.], To-
  rino, 1903, xiii, 208-212.   Also:  Gior.  d. r  Accad. di med.
  di Torino.  1904, 4. s., x.  48  52.—Mcllnnd (B.)   A simpli-
  fied view of the histology of the striped muscle fibre.  Stud.
  Bi..l. Lab. Owens Coll /Manchester, 1886. i, 225-241, 1 pl.—
  Mihajlovits (N.)  Beitrag zur Kenntniss des inneren
  Bancs der qiiergestreifteii Muskelfasern.  Oentralld.  f.
  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien  1891-2, v, 265-270.— Mingaz-
  zini (P.)  Contributo alia conoscen/.a della fibra musco-
  lare striata.   Anat. Anz., Jena, 1889, iv, 742-74*.  llor-
  pnrgo (B.)   Ueber die Verhaltnisse der Kernwucliemiig
  zum Langeuwachsthum au  den quergestreiften Mu-Kel-
  fasern der weissen Ratten.  Ibid., 1899, xvi, 88-91.— Mor-
  purgo  ( B.)  &  Biudi  ( F.)   Leber die numerisrhcD
  Schwaukungen der Kerne in den quergestieiften Muskel-
  fasern des Mensehen.  Arch.  f. path. Anat. [etc.],  Berl.,
  1898, eh, 181-188.-----------. Sulle variazioui del nu-
  mero dei nuclei  nelle fibre  muscolari striate dell' uomo.
  Arch, per le  sc. med.,  Torino. 1898. xxii,  183-192,  1 ch.
  Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  1898,  xxix, 180-
  188. -  Motta-<'oco (A.)  Caratteri morfologici ed era-
  briologici  delle  fibre muscolari  striate  a grosso e  pic-
  colo calibro.   Monitore zool. ital.. Firenze, 1899, x, 1«9-
  201. -----. Sulla pntesa esistenza di  un  reticolo  nella
  fibra striata.  Rassegna  internaz.  d. med. mod., Cata-
  nia, 1900, i, 351-356.   Also,  transl.: Beitr. z. path. Anat,
  u. z. allg. Path.. Jena.  1901,  xxix, 151-162.- Munch (K.)
   reher  Nucleinspiralen  im Kern  der glatten  Muskel-
  zellen.  Arch. f.  mikr  Anat., Bonn, 1903. lxii, 41-54, 1 pl.
  -----. Die sogenannte Querstreifung der Muskelfaser der
  optische Ausdruck ihrer spiraligen anisotropen Durchwin-
  dung.  Ibid.,  c5-107,1 pl.—Negro (O.) Contributo all'is-
  tologiadel sarcolemmadelle fibre muscolari striate.   Gior.
  d. r. Accad. di med.  di Torino, 1896, 3. s., xliv, 545-548.— 
MFSCLE.
215
MUSCLE.
Muscle (Histology of).
  Nelson (E. M.)  Striped muscle fibre of pig.   J. Quekett
  Micr. Club, Loud., 1892. 2. s„ v, 1-3, 1 pl.  - IVorncr (C.)
  Zur Untersuchuug der Muskelfasern bei Rindern.  Ztschr.
  f. wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg., 1896, xiii, 205-207.— Nuss-
  bauin (M.)   Nerv und Muskel.  Arch.  f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn,  1896, xlvii, 416-446,  1 pl. — Ognctr(J.)  Prof. Gil-
  son's Cellules musculo-glandulaires  Biol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1899, xix. 136-141. — Paneth (J.)   Die Entwicke-
  lung von quergestreiften Muskelfasern aus Sarkoplasten.
  SitzTungsb. d. k. Akad. d.  Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,
  Wien, 1886, xcii, 236-269, 3 pl.  Also, Reprint.—Pan kill
  (E.)  Bliedniya i krasniya mishtsi krolika,  kriviya ikh
  sokrashtsheniy i strukturniya osobennosti.  [Pale and red
  muscles of  the rabbit, curvatures  of their contractions
  and their structural peculiarities.]  Arch. vet. nauk, St.
  Petersb., 1904, xxxiv, 301-320. — Perez (C.)  Sur l'histo-
  lyse musculaire chez les  insectes.   Compt. rend. Soc.  de
  biol., Par.,  1900, U.S., ii, 7. — Pick (F.)  Die Muskel-
  spindein und ihre Function;  zusammenfassendes Referat.
  Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena. 1900, xi, 266-
  280.—Pilliet (A.)   Gaines concentriques autour de corps
  neuro-mnscnlaires   Bull. Soe. anat.de Par., 1890. lxv, 275.—
  Pilliet (A. H ) iStudes sur la constitution de la fibre mus-
  culaire striee. Ibid., 1892, lxvii, 566-573.  AUo: Coinpt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., 321-324.—Preuant (A.)
  Sur les  fibres stri6es  des invert6br6s.  Compt. rend.
  Soc.de biol., Par., 1903. lv, 1041-1044.  -----. A  propos des
  disques  N  de la substance musculaire  stride et  d'une
  communication  receute de  M. Reliant.  Ibid., 1905, lviii,
  332-334.  -----.  Sur les fibres  striees des  invert6br6s.
  Bibliog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1901, ix, 228-231.—Rackow
  (■I.)  Beitrag  zur Histologie und Physiologie des glatten
  Hautmuskel*  des Pferdes.  Arch.  f. wissensch. u. prakt.
  Thierh., Berl., 1898, xxiv, 273-284.—Ramon y Cajal (S.)
  Observations  sur la texture des fibres  musculaires des
  pattes et des  ailes des insectes.  Internat. Monatschr. f.
  Anat. n. Physiol., Leipz., 1888, v, 205; 253, 4  pl. — Kan-
  vier (L.)  be quelques faits relatifs  a l'histologie et k la
  physiologie des  muscles  stries.   EVole  prat.  d. hautes
  Itudes.  Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de  France.   Trav., Par.,
  1874, i. 1-11, I pl. -----. Du spectre produit  par  les mus-
  cles stries.  Ibid.. 275-281. — Reese (A. M.)  A method
  of demonstrating involuntary  muscle fibres.  J.  Applied
  Micr., Rochester, 1903, vi, 2220. — Benaut (J.)  Sur  les
  disques accessoires de la zone des disques minces des fibres
   musculaires striees.   Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
   1905, lviii, 184-187.-----. Seconde note snr les disques  N,
  accessoires des disques minces.  Ibid., 390-393.—Renaut
   (J.) & Dubreuil <G.)  Sur la cloison, ou strie sarcoplas-
   mique, ordonnatrice transversale, de la substance  contrac-
  tile des muscles stries.  Ibid., lix, 189-191.—Retzius (G.)
  Muskelfibrille und Sarcoplasma.  Biol. Untersuch. Stock-
  holm, 1890, n. F., i,  51-88, 3 pl. -----. Verzweigte  quer-
  gestreifte Muskelfasern.  Ibid.. 1894, n.  F.,  vi, 65, 1 1., 1
  pl.—Robin (C.) Sc Reynal.  Note sur l'6tat dela graisse
  dans les  muscles.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol. 1864. Par.,
   1865,4. s., i, 157-159.  AUo. in: Robin (C.)   Mem.s. lacon-
  stit. de divers tissus, 8°,  Par.,  1865. 43-45.—Kullini (A.)
   Considerazioni critiche sui  recenti studi  dell' apparato
  nervoso nei fnsi muscolari.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena, 1893-4,  ix,
  80-88. -----. Ueber die Fusi neuromuscular!, oder  die
  Muskelspindein  der Sanger.  Verhandl. d.  phys.-med.
  Gesellsch. zu  Wiirzb., 1900-1901,  n. F., xxxiv, 14.'—Ruge
   (G.)  Znr Strukturlehre von Mnskelindividuen. Morphol.
  Jahrb., Leipz., 1895, xxiii, 325-328. — Rutherford (W.)
  On the structure and contraction of striped muscular fibre
  of the crab and lobster.  Proc. Roy. Soc.  Edinb. (1889-90),
  1891, xvii, 146-149. -----. On the structure and contrac-
  tion of striped muscular fibre.  J. Anat. Sc Physiol., Lond.,
  1896-7, xxxi, 309-342, 3 pl. — Santesson (C. G.)   Einige
  Worte iiber Neubildung von Muskelfasern und iiber die
  sogenannten Muskelspindein. Biol.Foren.Fdrhandl. Ver-
  handl. d.biol. Ver. in Stockholm, 1890, iii, 26-30.—Schafer
  (E. A.)  On the minute structure of the muscle-columns
  or sarcostyles which  form  the wing.muscles of insects.
  Proc. Roy.' Soc. Lond., 1891, xlix. 280-286. 2 pl. -----.  On
  the structure of cross-striated muscle.  Internat. Monat-
  schr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1891, viii, 177-238, 3  pl.
  -----.  The minute structure of the muscle-fibril.   Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi. 474-477. — SchaflTer (J.)  Beitrage
  znr Histologie uud  Histogenese der quergestreiften Mus-
  kelfasern des Mensehen  und  einiger Wirbelthiere.   Si-
  tzungsb. d. k. Akad.  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,
  Wien, 1893, cii, 7-148, 6 pl.   AUo, Reprint. -----. Ueber
  die Verbindung der glatten  Muskelzellen unter einander.
  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1898, xv, 36-41. — Schepilewsky (E.)
  Ueber die Bestimmnng  des Bindegewebes  im  Muskel.
  Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen u. Leipz., 1898-9, xxxiv, 348-360.—
  Schieflcrdeckcr.  Ueber eine neue Methode der Muskel-
  untersuchung.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 273-276.—Sch later (G.)  Histolo-
  gische Untersuchungen iiber das Muskelgewebe.   1. Die
  Myofibrille des Hiibnerembryos.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1905, lxvi, 440-468,  3 pl.  -----. Zur Frage der  so-
  genannten Spiralwindung der Muskelzellenkerne.  Anat.
Muscle (Histology  of).
  Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, 337-345. — Schultz (P.)   Die glatte
  Musculatur der Wirbelthiere (mit Ansnahme der Fische).
  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.,  1895, 517-550, 2 pl. -----.  Die
  langsgestrcif'te  (glatte)  Musculatur  der Wirbelthiere.
  Ibid.,'  1897,  307-328.  -----.  Quergestreifte und langs-
  gestreifte  Muskeln.  Ibid., 329-335.—Schwalbe (G.) &
  Msiycda (R.)  Ueber die Kaliberverhaltnisse der quer-
  gestreiften Muskelfasern des Mensehen.  Ztschr. f. Biol.,
  Miinchen u.  Leipz., 1890, n.  F., ix, 482-516, 2 pl.—Sher-
  rington.  Sensory organs  of voluntary muscle.  Liver-
  pool M.-Chir. J.,  1898, xviii, 216.—Sihler (C.)  Ueber
  Muskelspindein und intramuskulare Nervenendigungen
  bei  Schlangen  und Froschen.   Arch.  f. mikr.  Anat.,
  Bonn,  1895,  xlvi,  709-723, 1 pl.  -----. Die Muskelspin-
  dein, Kerne  und Lage der  niotorischen Nervenendigun-
  gen; zugleich ein Nachtrag zu der Arbeit: Ueber Muskel-
  spindein, etc  Ibid., 1900, lvi,  334-354, 1  pl. -----. The
  sensory end-organs of voluntary muscle.  Cleveland M.
  Gaz.,  '1895-6,  xi, 595-600.—Spalteholz (W.)   Die  Ver-
  theilung der Blutgefasso  im Muskel.  Abhandl. d. math.-
  phvs. CI.  d.  k. siich.  Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Leipz.,
  1887-8, xiv, 507-534, 3 pl.—Npiller (W. G.)  The, nemo
  muscular  bundles  ( Musktl-Knospen, Muskelspindein,
  faisceaux  neuro-musculaires).   J.  Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,
  N.  T.,  1897,  xxiv, 626-630.—Stewart  (C.  C.)  Mam-
  malian smooth  muscle; the cat's bladder.  Am. J. Phy-
  siol., Bost.,  1900,  iv,  185-208. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am.
  Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1900, p. xxv.—Tayler (Louise).  The
  striped muscle fibre; a few points in its comparative his-
  tology.  Am. Month. Micr. J.,  Wash., 1897, xviii, 73-79,
  1 pl.—Terre (L.)   Contribution k l'etude de l'liistolyse
  et  de l'histogenese  du tissu musculaire  chez l'abeille.
  Compt.  reiub Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 890-898.—
   Tourncux  (F.)   Sur la structure des fibrilles des mus-
  cles jaunes du dytique et de  l'hydrophile k l'etat de repos.
  Ibid., 1893, 9. s., v, 289.—Tourncux (F.) &  Barrois
  (T.)  Snr  l'existence de fibres musculaires striees dans le
  muscle adducteur  des valves che:'.  les pectinides, et sur
  les mouvements natatoires qu'engendre leur contraction.
   Ibid., 1888. 8. s., v, 181-188.—Triepel (H.)  Zn den Zell-
  briicken in der glatten Musculatur.   Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1897, xiii,  501-503.  -----. Der Querschnittsqiiotient des
  Muskels und seine Bedeutung.   Anat.  Hefte,  Wiesb.,
  1903, xxii, 251-305.—Trinchese (S.)   Contribuzione  alia
  conoscenza dei  fusi muscolari.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc d.
  Ist. di  Bologna,  1889  |l89ti],4.  s., x. 715-725. 1  pl.  AUo,
  transl.: Arch.ital.de biol., Turin, 1890-91, xiv, 221-230.—
   Van <»chuchteii (A.)  fitude sur la structure intime
  de la cellule musculaire stride.  Cellule, Lien e & Louvain,
  1886, ii, 289-453, v,  6 pl.  AUo: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1887, ii,
  792-802.   Also: Arch.  f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1888. 560-564.
  -----. l5tude sur la structure intime de la cellule muscu-
  laire stri6e chez les vert6bres.  Cellule, Lierre Sc Louvain,
  1888, iv, 245-316  ii, 2  pl.  -----. Cellules musculaires
  stri6es ramifie-es et auastomos6es.  Verhandl. d. anat. Ge-
  sellsch., Jena, 1889, 100-105.  -----. Les noyaux des cel-
  lules musculaires stri6es de la grenouille adulte.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1889, iv, 52-64.—Veratti (E.)  Ricerche sulla
  fine struttura della fibra  muscolare striata.  Mem. r. Ist.
  Lomb. di sc.  e  lett.   CI. di  sc. matemat. e nat., Milano,
  1902, 3. s., x.  87-133. 4 pl.   Also : R. Ist.  Lomb. di sc.  e
  lett.  Rendic,  Milano, 1902. 2.  s.,  xxxv, 279-283.  Also,
  transl. : Arch, ital.de biol., Turin, 1902, xxxvii, 449-454.—;
  Villard.  Note sur l'etude des fibres musculaires lisses,
  en particulier par deux nouvelles methodes de coloration.
  Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 130-132. —Volpino (G.)
  Sulla struttura del tessuto muscolare liscio.  Arch, per le
  sc. med., Torino, 1899, xxiii, 241-255, 1 pl.  Also  [Abstr.]:
  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med.di Torino, 1898, 4. s.,  xlvi, 212 —
   Walbjinin (().) Untersuchungen iiberdie quergestreifte
  Musculatur mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Fett-
  infiltration.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1899, clviii,
  170-198.—Warringsholz  (C.  H. )   Beitrag znr ver-
  gleichenden  Histologie  der quergestreiften Muskelfaser
  des Pferdes.  Rindes, Schafes und Schweines und Beobach-
  tungen der Nehonscheibe und Mittelscheibe beim  Pferd
  und  Schwein.  Arch. f.  wissensch.  u.  prakt. Thierh.,
  Berl., 1903, xxix,  377-394, 1  pl.—Weber (E.)   Note sur
  les  noyaux des  muscles sfri6s chez la  grenouille adulte.
  ficole prat. d. hautes etudes.  Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de
  France.  Trav., Par., 1874, 208-214.—Wythe (J.  A.)  The
  ultimate structure  of  striated  muscle.   Occidental M.
  Times.  Sacramento, 1892,  vi, 612-617. — Vakubovich
  (V.)  K ue.heniyii o kolichestvennom sostavle embrional-
  nikh mishts.    [Quantitative composition of  embryonal
  muscles. |   Med.  Obozr.,  Mosk.,  1891, xxw.  779-784.—
  Zoth  (().)  Versuche iiber die beugeiide  Structur  der
  quergestreiften  Muskelfasern.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d.
  Wissensch.  Math.-naturw.  CI., Wien, 1890, xcix, 421-443,
  1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.

Muscle (Irritability of).
     See, also.  Muscle (Contractility of);  Muscle
  (Electricphenomena of). 
MUSCLE.
216
MUSCLE.
Jlnsc'lc*  [Irritability of).
    Mangold (E. L. K.  YV. F.)  * Ueber  die post-
  niottale Erregbarkeit tier quergestreiften Warm-
  bliUertnuskeln.   [Jena,]   6-.  Altenburg,  1903.
    Meckel  (K.)   *Reizui)g.svcisucbe  am 1111-
  belasteten Muskel.   8C.   Wiirzburg, 1^97.
    Mokgkx  (B.   F.)    * Ueber Reizbarkeit  und
  Starre der  glatten  Muskeln.  4°.   Halle  a. S.,


    Poliakoff (Sarah).   * Die Erregbarkeit von
  Nerv und Muskel perfundierter Frosche.  [Bern.]
  - .   Munchen, 1903.
    AUo, in: Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1903, xiv,
  23-64.
    Rosxer (A.)   * Ueber Erregbarkeit verschie-
  fleiiai'tiger  qiiergestreif'ter  Muskeln.   8°.  Tu-
  bingen, 1900.
    Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1900, lxxxi,
  105-130.

    Schottelius   ( E. )   * Ueber   Summations-
  ersclieinnngen  bei  Zeitreizen.    •-u.   Freiburg
  i. B., 190H.
    Wolff (L.)   * Versuche iiber  Doppelreizung
  bei  isometriscber Muskelthatigkeit, nebst Be-
  scbreibnng eines neuen Spauuung.smessers.  8°.
   Wiirzburg, 1—*(J.
     Zi'.xneck (G.)  * Ueber die chemische Reizung
  uervenhaltiger   und  nervenloser  (curarisirter)
  Skeletinuskelu.    Hy   Tubingen, 1899.
    Adamkicwicz (A.)   Prawidlowa  czynuoso  mieSni
  uwarzaua jako skuttk r6wnowagi dwoch przeciwnych po-
  budzen nerwowych, a bezlad ruchowy  i  niedowlad kur-
  czowy roieAni jako ostateczny skutek znichniecia tej r6w-
  nowagi.  [Normal muscular function considered as the re-
  sult of an equilibrium  of two antagonistic innervations
  and the atonic ataxia and spasmodic paresis of muscles as
  the two terminal effects of a disturbance of that equilib-
  rium.]  Rozpr. . .  . wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umij. w
  Krakow., 18K1, viii, 185-208.—Auerbach (L.)  Ueber die
  Wirkungen  topischer  Muskelreizung;  Experimentelles
  und  Pathologisches.  Abhandl.  d. schles. Gesellsch.  f.
  vaterl. Kult.   Abth. f.  Naturw. u. Med., Bresl., 1861, 291-
  326. — Busier (A.) Ueber den Einfluss  der Reizstiirke
  und der Belastung auf die Muskelcurve.   Arch. f.  d. ges.
  Physiol , Bonn. 1904, cii, 254-268.— Biedermann (W.)
  Ueber secundiire  Erregung vom  Muskel zum  Muskel.
  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. 01.,
  Wien, 1888, xcvii,  145-160.—Boycott  (A. E.)  Note on
  the muscular response to two stimuli of the sciatic nerve
  (frog).  J. l'hysiol., Loud., 1899, xxiv, 144-154.—Brown-
  Sequard (C.-E.)   Recherches sur les lots de lirritabilitej
  musculaire, de la rigidite  cadaveriqne et de la putrefac-
  tion.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1857, xiv, 460-464.
  -----.  On the relations between muscular irritability, ca-
  daveric rigidity, and putrefaction.  Proc Roy. Soc. Lond.,
  1860-62, xi. 204-214.—C nivallo (J.) Sc Weiss (G.)  Ue-
  ber den Widerstand der Muskeln gegeu die Zerreissung
  im  Zustande der Ruhe und Erregung.   Arch. f.  d. ges.
  Physiol., Boun, 1899, lxxv, 591-598.— <'u«uiii£ (II.) Dif-
  ferences entre l'irritabilit6 des nerfs et idle des muscles.
  [Transl. from: R.  Accad.  d.  Lincei, x.j   Arch. ital. de
  biol., Turiu, 1902, xxxvii, 63.- Usiua (O. L )  The irrita-
  bility of the  facial muscles; a study of its physiological
  causes  aud clinical  significance.   N. York M. J. [etc.],
  1903, lxxviii,  161-164— Engelmanu (T. W.)   Versuche
  iiber  irreciproke Reizleitnng in  Muskelfasern.  Onder-
  zoek. ged.  in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1896,
  4. R., iv, 54-73, 1 pl. AUo, transl.: Arch.  f. d. ges. Phy-
  siol., Bonn, 1895-6, lxii, 400-414,1 diag.  Also, transl.: Arch.
  neerl.  d.  sc. exactes [etc.],  Harlem, 1896, xxx, 165-183.
  -----■ Over de snelheid waarmede prikkels van verscb.il-
  lende sterkte door de  spie rvezelen worden voortgeplant.
  Vcr.-l. . . . d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.  Afd. Natuurk., Amst.,
  1*97. 4 s..  v, 331-335— Eiigclmauu  (T. \V.)  &  W:il-
  Icring (H. W. F. O.)  Ueber den Emtluss der Reizstiirke
  auf die Fortpflanzungsgeschwiudi^keit der Erregung im
  quergestreiften Froschmuskel.  Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol.
  Bonn, 1897, lxvi,571-604,diag.—Fick(A.)   Zur verschiede-
  nen Erregbarkeit funktionell verschiedeneiNeiveumuskel-
  praparatc. Ibid.. 1882-3.xxx,597-C01.—Frieiluianu (M.)
  Experimenteller Boitiag zur Lehre von der Erhdhung der
  mechanischen Mnskelericgbarkeif.  Neurol. Centralbl.
  Leip/.., 1887,vi, 4*9-19'.—«,;abricbcvski (G.)  O  vozbii'-
  dimosti mishts v zavisimosti ot flzicheskikh i khimiches-
  kikh svolstv miozina.  [Excitability of muscles depending
  from  physical and chemical properties of myosin.]  Trudi
  li/iol.  lab. Imp. Moskov.  Univ. (1887),  1888, i, 1-140.—
  4;ad (J.)  Zur Theorie der Erreiriiiigsvorgauge im Mus-
  kel _  Arch. f. Physiol.. Leipz.,  1893, 164-175. — <Jildc-
  meisler  (M.)  Untersuchungen  iiber indirekte Muskel-
  erregung, und Benierkun<;en zur Theorie derselben.  Aich
  f. d. ges.  Phvsiol., Bonn, 1904, ci, 203-225.—Orutzner
Jlusclt' (Irritability of).
  (P).  Eine historische Bemerkung, betreffend die Reiz-
  iibertiagung vou Muskel zu Muskel.  / bid., 1899,lxxvii,2ti-
  28.  ----. Ueber die Aenderung  der Erregbarkeit  des
  quergestreiften Muskels nach Ausschaltung oder Durrh-
  schiieiduug seines  Nerven.  Arch.  f. Psychiat.  Berl
  1898-9, xxxi, 865.—Ileitler (M.)  Ueber'die  Wirkung
  thermischcr und mechanischei'  Einfliisse auf den Tonus
  des  Herzmnskels.  Centralbl. f. d. ges.  Therap. Wien
  1894,  xii, 193-213.—loteyko  {Mile. I.) Sur l'excitabilite
  des muscles d6generes.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neu-
  rol.  de France . . .   C.-r., Par. Sc Unix., 1903, xiii, 42*-
  431.—Kaiser (K.)   Ueber die Fortleitung der Erregung
  im  wasserstarren Muskel.  Ztschr. f.  Biol., Miinchen u
  Leipz.. 1894. n. F., xiii. 244-249. — Kipinni (V.)  De
  l'excitabilite des muscles k l'etat  normal et  k l'6tat
  pathologique d'apre-s I. loteyko.   Rev. de m6d., Par
  1905,  xxv, 434-450. — Kiiline (W.)  Sur l'irritation chi-
  mique des nerfs et des  muscles.  Compt. rend.  Acad.
  d. sc. Par., 1859, xlviii, 406; 476.  ----. Secondare Er-
  regung vom Muskel  zum Muskel.  Ztschr. f. biol.. Miin-
  chen u.  Leip/.., 1887, n. F.,  vi, 383-422.  -----. Ueber
  secundiire Muskelerregung.  Ibid.,  18c9-90, n.  F.  viii
  203-226,  2 pl.—Kurtschinsky  (B.)   Zur Frage  der
  queren Miiskelerregbarkeit.  Arch. f. Physiol..  Leipz.,
  1895,  5-52.—Lapicque (L.) & Lapicque (Mine. L.)
  Duree des processus d'excitation pour ditt'6rents muscles.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 501-503.  AUo:
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 1905, cxl, 801-804.—L,evi (R.)
  Ueber die Beeinflussuug  der physiologischen Erregbar-
  keit.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1903,  xxii,  401-408.—
  E<oeb (J.)  On an apparently new form ot  muscular irri-
  tability (contact irritability?) produced  by solutions of
  salts (preferably sodium salts) whose  anions are liable to
  form insoluble calcium componds.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost.,
  1901-2, v, 362-373.— I.ou^et (F. A.)   Recherches exp6ri-
  mentales sur les conditions n6cessaires a  l'entretien et k
  la manifestation de l'irritabilite musculaire, avec applica-
  tions k la pathologie.  Examinat.  med., Par.. 1841, i, 277;
  290. — Mangold  (E.)  Ueber die  postmortale Erregbar-
  keit quergestreifter Warmbliitermuskelii.  Arch.f. d. ges.
  Pbysiol., Bonn, 1903. lxxxxvi 498-512.  AUo [Abstr. |: Cen-
  tralbl. f.  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1902,  xvi, 89.—Mor-
  gen  (B.)   Ueber Reizbarkeit uud   Starre der  glatten
  Muskeln.  Untersuch. a. d. physiol. Inst. d. Univ. Halle,
  1890,  2. Hft., 137-169,  2  pl.  See, aUo,  supra.— Vliin*< r
  (E.)  Ueber secundiire Erregung vou Muskel zu Muskel.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1889-90, xlvi, 245-258.-
  IVicolai (G.  F.)  Der Einfluss  der  Spaunung auf die
  einzelnen  Componeuten  der Erregbarkeit des  Skelet-
  muskels.   Arch. f.   Physiol.,  Leipz., 1905, 493-512.—
  von  Regeczy ( E. N.)  Die  scheinbare Latenzperiode
  der Erregung  bei directer  Muskelreizung.  Arch. f. d.
  ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1888, xliii,  584-616,  1  pl. -----.  Uj
  m6dok az ingeriilet tovaterjed6si sebesseg6nek  megha-
  t&roziisiira az izomban.  [New  methods  for defining the
  velocity  of irritation  current  in  the muscle.]  Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1888, xxxii,  1-6.  AUo, transl.: Arch.f.
  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1888-9, xliv, 117-127.—Kiehct (C.)
  Note sur quelques  faits  relatifs k l'excitabilite muscu-
  laire.  In his:  l'hysiol.  Trav. du lab., 8°, Par., 1895,  iii,
  408-411.—Krhenck   (F.)   Ueber die  Summation  der
  Wirkung von Entlastuug  und Reiz im Muskel.  Arch. f.
  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894, lix. 395-402—Sherrington
  (C. S.)  Note on the knee jerk and the correlation of action
  of antagonistic muscles.  Proc.  Roy. Soc.  Loud., 1892-3,
  Hi,  556-564, 1 pl. -----.  Further experimental note on the
  correlation of action  of antagonistic muscles.  Ibid., 1893,
  liii, 407-420.  AUo, Reprint.   AUo  [Abstr.]: Brit. M.  J.,
  Lond., 1893, i, 121*  -----. On  reciprocal innervation of
  antagonistic muscles.  Proc. Ro\. Soc. Loud., 1*96-7, lx,
  414:  1897-8, lxii,  183.  Also  [Abstr.]: Thompson Yates
  Lab.  Rep. 1898-9,  Liverp., 1900,  i.  175. -----.  Further
  note  on the sensory nerves of  muscles.  Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Lond., 1897, lxi, 247-249. — Shmulcvich (Y. M.)  O vli-
  yanii soderzhauiya krovi v mishtsakh na ikh razdrazbi-
  telnost.  [Influence of the amount of blood in muscles on
  their irritability.]  Voyenno-med. J.,  St. Petersb., 1878,
  exxxi, 2. sect.,'73-104:'exxii, 2. sect.. 31-66.—Stewart
  (C. C.)  The second  maximum in the  response of muscle
  to  stimulation   Proc. Am.  Physiol. Soc,  Bost., 1902, p.
  xxiv.—Storey (T. A.)  The immediate  influence of  ex-
  ercise upon the irritability  of  human voluntary  muscle.
  Am. J. Physiol.. Bost., 1903, ix,  52-55.—Tnmmnuii (G.)
  Bemerkungen zu den Versuchen von  Nasse uber die Er-
  haltung der Reizbarkeit von Froschmuskeln in Salzliisuu-
  gen.  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1891, 1,  626-620.—
  Tissot  (J.)  Recherches sur l'excitabilite des muscles ri-
  gides. Arch,  de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1894, 5. s.,
  vi,  860-868.—Veress (E.)  Marche de la rigidite dans le
  muscle strie.   Arch, internat. de  phvsiol., Liege \: Par.,
  1904-5, ii, 138-152. —Zoelhout  (W. D.)  On the contact
  irritability of muscles.  Am. J. Pbysiol., Bost.,  1902-3,
  vii, 320-324. -----. On the  production of contact irrita-
  bility without the precipitation of calcium salts.  Ibid.,
  1903-4, x, 324-334.

JI ll sc I e (Xon-s'r ia ted).
     See Muscle (Histology of). 
MUSCLE.
217
MUSCLE.
Ill use I e (Physiology of).
    See, also, Cadaver (Experiments on);  Creatin,
  etc.; Dynamometer; Heat (Animal); Muscle
  (Chemistry  of);  Muscle  (Contractility  of);
  Muscle (Development, etc..  of); Muscle (Effect
  of drugs on);  Muscle (Electric phenomena of);
  Muscle (Force, etc., of);  Muscle (Histology of);
  Muscle (Irritability of); Muscle (Tonicity of);
  Muscles (Nerves of); Muscular sense; Nervous
  system.
    CiiAssAiN<i(J.-E.-A.)   * Contribution al'dtude
  ile la technique inyographique.  Sc.  Paris, 1901.
    FlCK (A.)  Myographisehe Versuche am lebeu-
  deu  Mensehen.  f  .   Wurzburg, [IS-?].
    AUo, in:  Arcb. f. d. ges. Physiol.. Bonn, 1887, xii, 176-
  189.  See,  aUo. infra.
    FiusT (M.)   *Zur  Physiologie der glatten
  Muskelu.   [Jena.]   8-.   Bonn, ls*9.
    Also, in:  Arch. f. A. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1889-90, xlvi,
  367-382.
    Herr  (M.)   * Morphologie et function,  dans
  le systeme musculaire de la vie de relation chez
  l'homnie.   4C.  Lyon, 16*9.
    Hosch  (G.)   * I'eber  deu  Einfluss  der  Deh-
  nnng auf  den  Ruhestrom  des  Muskels.   £c.
   Wiirzburg,  1>99.
    Hough  (T.)  Ou the  respiratory  function  of
  some muscles  of  the higher  mammalia.   -10.
  Manchester, [n. d.].
    Cutting from: Stud. Biol. Lab. Owens' Coll., Manches-
  ter, v.
    Pro (K.)  * Ueber den Einflnss von Muskel-
  anstrenguug  auf  die Korpeitemperatur.   8°.
  Erlangen,  1899.
    Kohnstamm (O.  [F.])  * Die Muskelprocesse
  im  Lichte des  vergleichend  isotouiscli-isonie-
  triscben  Verfahrens.  [Berlin.]   8:.   Leipzig,
  l>9:i.
    AUo, in:  Arcb. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 49-77.
    Matthias  (F.)   * Ueber  graphische Darstel-
  lung der Actionsstrome de.s  Muskels,  besonders
  am lebenden Meuscheu.   6°.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr.,
  1891.
    Muller  (F.)   * Ueber  die Hubhohe des un-
  belasteten  Muskels bei verschiedenen  Tempera-
  turen.  ^-\  Wurzburg, 1«97.
    Myothermische  L'ntersuchuugen   aus  den
  physiologisehen  Laboratorien  zu Zurich und
  Wurzburg  von Billroth,  Blix [et  al.].  Gesam-
  melt hrsg. vou A. Fick.   8°.   Wiesbaden,  1889.
    Oppenheimer  ( R. )    *Zur  Lehre  von  der
  physiologisehen Bedeutung  der  Querstreifung
  des Muskelgewebes.  [Strasburg.]  8°.  Mann-
  heim, 1894.
    Rosenthal (I.)   Allgemeine Physiologie der
  Muskeln und Nerven.   2. Aufl.  12°.  Leipzig,
  1899.
    -----.   The same.    General  physiology  of
  muscles and nerves.  12°.  New York,  1881.
    Silbergleit(IL)  * Versuche mit dem Masso'-
  schen Ergographen.   8°.   Miinchen, 1899.
    Stier(.S. )  * Experimentelle Untersuchungen
  iiber das Verhalten der quergestreiften Muskeln
  nach Lasiouen des Nervensystems.  [Bern.]  8°.
  Berlin, 1896.
    Storrixg (G. W.)  ' Experimentelle Beitriige
  zur Thermodynatnik des Muskels.    [ Wurtz-
  burg.]  8°.  Leipzig, 1H97.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1895, 499-516.
    Strasser (H.)   Zur Keuntniss  der  funktio-
 nellen Anpassung  der quergestreiften  Muskeln;
 Beitrage  zur einer  Lehre  von dem  kausalen
 Zusammenhang in deu Entwicklungsvorgiingen
 des Organismus.  6-.  Stuttgart, 188:?.
   Winkler (J.)   * Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie
 der glatten Muskeln.  [Tiibingeu.]  8°. Leipzig,
 [n. d.].
   Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,1898,lxxi,357-398.
Jluscle (Physiology of).
    Wille (J.)   * Ueber  einen  neueu Apparat
  zur Anstellung vou Sumniatiousversucheu.   8Y
  Wiirzburg, 1697.
    il'Ai'Nonvnl (A.)  La fibre musculaire est directement
  excitable par la lumiere.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1891, 9. s., iii, 318-320.  Also: Arch, do physiol.  norm, et
  path., Par., 1891, 5. s., iii, 598.—Asher (L.j  Beitrage zur
  Physiologie der motorischeu Endorgaue.  Ztschr. f. Biol.,
  Miinchen u. Leipz.,  1895, n. F., xiv, 473-510,1 pl.—Axcn-
  feld (D.)  L' azione della luce ultra-violetta sulla corrente
  propria (lei muscolo. Ann. d. fac. di med. e mem. Accad.
  med.-chir. di Perugia, 1898, x. 148-152.—Itclmoiido (E.)
  Curva miograticae curva ergografica.  Riv. di patol. nerv.,
  Firenze, 1904, ix, 81-87.—Bernard (C.)  Analyse physio-
  logique des propi ietes des systemes musculaire et nerveux
  au moyen du curare.  Compt. rend.  Acad.  d. sc, Par.,
  1856, xiiii. 825-829.— BcniNtcin (J.)   Die  Euergie des
  Muskels als Obertliiehenenergie.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn,  1901, lxxxv.  271-312.-----. Bemerkung zur Wir-
  kung der Obeifliicbenspaniiung im  Organismus.  Eine
  Entgegnung [an M. Ilcidcnhaiii].   Anat. Hefte,  Wiesb.,
  1905, xxvii, 823-827.—Itcrliu.   M6moire sur l'usage des
  enervations des  muscles  droits du  bas-ventre.   Hist.
  Acad, roy.d. sc. 1746, Par., 1751, 393-403.—Biederiunun
  (AV.)  Zur Physiologie der glatten Muskeln.   Arch. f. d.
  ges.  Physiol.,'Bonn, 1889, xiv, 369: 1889-90,  xlvi, 398.—
  Blix (M.)  Die Liinge und die,  Spannuug des Muskels.
  Skandin. Arch.f. Physiol., Leipz., 1891, iii, 295-318.  -----.
  Studien iiber Muskelwarnie.  Ibid.,1901, xii, 52-128, 3 pl —
  Boliu (J.)   The  physical  processes  involved  in the
  nutrition of muscle, as influenced by alternating activity
  and  rest.  Rep. Am. Ass. Adv. Phys. Educat. 1895, Con-
  cord, 1896, x,  83-89.—Bouhdflcr  ( K. )  Ueber einige
  physiologiscke Eigenschaften diinn-  und dickfaseriger
  Muskelu bei Amphibien.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol , Bonn,
  1890, xlvii, 125-146.—Bottazzi (F.)  Contributions k la
  physiologie du tissu des  cellules musculaires.  [ Transl.
  from: Piibblicaz. d. r. Ist. di studi sup.]  Arch.  ital.  de
  biol., Turin, 1899, xxxi, 97-126. -----. Le oscillazioni del
  touo atriale negli anflbi. con una  teoria sulla funzioue del
  sarcoplasma  nei tessuti muscolari.   Morgagni, Milano,
  1897, xxxix,  535-556.— Brinck (Julia).  Report  on ex-
  periments on nutrition of muscle.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891,
  ii, 181-183. Also: Rep. Scient. Grants Com. Brit. M. Ass.
  1891-3,  Lond., 1894, ii. 65-70. — Brinton (J. H.)  Re-
  markable case of  voluntary control  of  muscles.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1891, lix, 599.— Brota (A.) Apercu sur la
  therniodynamique du muscle.  Assoc.franc. pom l'avance.
  d. sc.  C'.-r. 1898, Par., 1890. xxvii. 117.— Broilie (T. G.)
  & Bichardson (S. "W. F.)  The  changes in length of
  striated muscle under varying loads brought about by the
  influence of heat.  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1897, xxi, 353-
  372.— Budington (R.  A.)  Some  physiological charac-
  teristics of anneli I muscle.  Am. J. Physiol.. Bost., 1902-3,
  vii, 155-179.—Burch  (G. J.) Sc  Hill (L. E.) On d'Ar-
  souval's physical theory  of the negative variation.  J.
  Physiol., Cambridge, 1894, xvi, 319-324,1 pl.—Biirkcr (K.)
  Experimentelle  Untersuchungen  iiber  Muskelwarme.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1900,  lxxxi, 399: 1901,
  lxxxviii, 107.  -----. Eine neue Therniosaule  zu ruyother-
  mischen Untersuchungen.  Ceutralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz.
  u. Wien, 1899,  xiii, 485-488.  -----. Experimentelle Un-
  tersuchungen  iiber  Muskelwarme.  4. Abhandlung. Me-
  thodik; Vorversuche; Einfluss  der  Jahreszeit  auf die
  Warmeproduktion;  WirUungsgrad des Muskels.  Arch.
  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cix, 217-276. —Busch  (F. C.)
  On the resonance of nerve and muscle.   Rep. Brit. Ass.
  Adv. Sc. 1899, Lond., 1900, 894. — tapobianco (F.) La
  ergografia del gastrocnemio nell' uomo.  Ann. di nevrol.,
  Napoli, 1901, xix, 131-134, 1 ch—Carvallo (J.) Sc Weiss
  (G.)   Sur les erreurs comtnises dans revaluation de la
  section  transversals des muscles.   Compt. rend. Soc de
  biol., Par., 1898,  10.  s., v. 1105-1107.  AUo • J.  de  physiol.
  etdepath. gen..  Par., 1899, i, 217-220. — Chapman (H.
  C.) &■ Brubacker (A. P.)  Researches on general nerve
  muscle  physiology,  made in the  laboratory of the Jeffer-
  son  Medical College.  Proc. Acad.  Nat. Sc. 1888, Phila.,
  1889,  106-112.   AUo,  Reprint. — Chapman (II. G.) The
  physiological properties  of the  muscle of Echidna hys-
  tn'x.  J. Physiol., Lond.,  1900-1901, xxvi. 380-393.—Char-
  pcuticr (A.)  Caracteres  differeutiels des radiations
  physiolngiqiies  suivant leur  origiue musculaire ou ner-
  veuse.   Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1904, exxxviii,
  45. — Charpy.   De Taction de la volout6 sur les mus-
  cles.  Arch med. do Toulouse,  1904,  x, 145;  180; 207.—
  Chassaing (J.-E.-A.)  Sur une cause  d'erreur dans les
  traces myograpliiqiies.  Coinpt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1900,  11. s., ii, 646 —Chauveau  (A.)  Quelques  particu-
  larit6s de Pel isticite du  muscle expliqueos par la com-
  paraison du cas ile la substance musculaire en action avec
  celui  des matiferes inei'tes.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par.,  1898, exxvii,  1180 -1189. — Cohiihciin (0.) Die
  Koblehydratverbrennung in den Muskeln und ihre Be-
  eiuflussung (lurch das Pankreas.   1. Mitteiliing.   Ztschr.
  f.  physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903-4, xxxix, 336-349.—Cooke
  (G. H.) The action of  various stimuli ou  non-striped 
MUSCLE.
218
Ml'SOLE.
Jlii»rl(' (Physiology  of).
  muscle.  J. Anal, A: Physiol., Lond., 1890, xxiv, 195-209,
  1 pl   AUo: Stud. Physiol.  Lab.  . .  . Owens Coll., Man-
  Chester, 1891, i, 178-193, 1 diag. —Curtis (J. G.)   The use
  of excised mammalian muscles Yi purposes of demonstra-
  tion.  Proc. Am. Phvsiol. Soc,  IY-t   1900, p. xi.—Czer- j
  miik  (J.)  Az  izoinidomutato.   |The niyoehroiioscoiiii.] |
  (irvosi hetil., Budapest, IM'.l. v. YY r,i;3—DanilcwsUy
  (B.)   Thermodynamische I'litersucliuugin d.r Muskeln.
  Arch. f. d. ges.' Pbysiol, Bonn, 1879-80. xxi. 109:  1889. xiv,
  344.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]:  Dnevnik sye/da Obsh. russk.
  vrach. v  pamvat Pirogova, S.-Peterb..  1888-9. iii.  33.
  [Discussion],  176.—Dean (H. R.)   The isometric  value
  of active  muscle  excited  directly  and  imliiectly.  J.
  Physiol..  Lond., 1901, xxvii. 257-268.— Uelezinier (M.)
  De I'analyse  nivographiqiie.  Limousin med.,  Limoges.
  1897, xxi,  123; 132;  152.— Denioor (J.)  Dissociation des
  phenomdues de  sensation et de reaction dans le muscle.
  Ann. Sec  rov. d. sc. med. et nat ile  Brux., 1901,  x, fasc. 1,
  pt.2, ]-::2 5 ch.   AUo: Inst. Sulvay.   Trav. de lab., Brux.,
  1901, iv, 177-2U8.   Also  Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
  19(H-2, xxxvi, 78.— DcZilwa (L. A. E.)  Some  contribu-
  tions to the physiology of unstriated muscle.  J. Physiol.,
  Lond , 1901. xxvii, 20('l-223.— DoiiIrn (S.)   Leber einige
  Einwirkiiiigeii auf  die  Delinungscurve  des  Muskels. |
  Arch. f. Ph.\ siol . Leipz., 19113, 419-424. —Fick <A.)  Keue
  Beitrii"e  znr  Kenntniss von der Warnieentwickiung im
  Muskel.   Arch. f.d. ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1891-2, li, 541-
  569.  -----. Myographi.-che  Versuche am  lebenden Men-
  sehen.  Ibid.. 1895, l\, 578-58*.  N,v. also, supra. — Filehne
  (\V.) & li ion Un ill.)  Uebor die lilutgase normaler und
  morphiuisirter iu Ruhe und Muskelthiitigkeit und  iiber
  die  liedcutung  des  Lungenvagus und der centripetalen |
  Miiskelnerven fiir  deu Arterialisationsgrad des Aorten-
  bluts.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1895, lxii. 201-248.—
  Fletcher (\V.  M.)  The survival respiration of mu cie.
  J. Phvsiol., Lond., 1898, xxiii, 10-99. -----. 'the influence
  of oxygen upon the survival respiration of muscle.  Ibid.,
  1902, xxviii, 354-359. -----.  The relation of oxygen to the
  survival metabolism of muscle.  Ibid., 474-498.—Flora
  & Brunazzi.  Alcune ricerche di  fisiologia e  patologia
  muscolari.  Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1902. Firenze,
  1903, 11—Foster (M.)   On the effects produced by freez-
  ing  on the physiological properties of muscles.  Proc.
  Roy. Soc. Lond', 185U-60, x, 523-52*.—Frank (O.)  Ske-
  lettmuskel  uud  Herzmuskel.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Xaturf. ii. Aeizte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte.,  499. — Freuml  (W.)  Zur  Physiologie  des
   Warmbliitermuskels.   Beitr.  z.  chem   Phys. it. Path.,
  Brnschwg., 1903, iv, 438-441. —von  Frcy".  Einige Be-
  merkungen iiber den physiologisehen  (juerschnitt  von
  Muskeln.  Sitzungsb d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,
  1905. 33-37. -FriihIirh iF. W.)  Em Beitrag zur allge-
  ineincn Muskehihvsiologie; vorlautige  Mitteilung.  Zen-
  tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u.  Wien, 1905, xix. 67-70.—Gad
   (J.)   Zu  Schencks Einwand  gegt-n Allen's Versuche.
  Arch. f.  Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1897.  3:i6-:>39 — Oaule  (J.) I
  Ueber den  Einfluss der Jahreszeit  auf d is Gewicht der
  Muskelu  bei  Froscheu.   Arch. f. d. ges.  Pbysiol., Bonn,
  1900. Ixxxiii, 81. ldiag.—Ciaulhier (A.) Sc Lniuli (L )
  Sur  les produits du fonctionnement des tissus, et particu-
  lierement des muscles, separes de l'etre vivant;  methode
  analytique.  Gaz.  med. de Par.. 1892,  8  s., i,  401-403.
  Also:  Ann. de chim. et phys.. Par., 1893, 6. s., xxvm,  28-
  70.  -----  -----.  Phenomenes de  la  vie restdtielle du
  muscle separe de l'etre vivant; action physiologii|iu: des
   bases musculaires.  Compt. rend. Acad  d  sc Par.  1892,
  cxiv, 1449-1455.  Also: Gaz. ui6d  de Par.,  1892. 8. 8., i,
  593-595— Goldschcidcr (A.)  Sc  Blecher (A.)  Ver-
  suche  iiber die  Emptindung des Widerstamli s.   Arch. f.
  Physiol , Leipz.. ls9:i, 536-549—«iot»ehlich (E.) Ueber
  deu  Einfluss der Warme auf Lange  uud Dehnbarkeit des
  elasttscben Gewebes und des quergestreiften  Muskels.
  Arch.f. d. ges  Physiol., Bonn,  1893, liv,  109-164 3 diag.
  -----. Bemerkungen  zu einer Angabe von Engelmaun,
  betreffend den Einfluss der Warme auf deu todtenstarreu
  Muskel.  Ibid.,  lv, 339-344. — drchanl.   Mesure  du
  plus grand effort (pie puisse prodmre  un muscle isol6 k
  1 aide  d'uu lnyoilynaiuometre a sonnerie.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol.. Par.,  Is97.  10. s., iv  '_*'.»(, — <; ruriihn^cu
  (A.)  Xoch einmal uber die Beziehuugen  zwischen 'iVin-
  peratur  und  Muskelsp.tinning.   Centralbl. f.  Physiol.,
  Leipz. u. Wien, )89:i-4,  vii, :;ui.—Criitzner  (P.)  Die
  glatten Muskeln   Kigebn. d. Physiol..  Wiesb., 1904,  iii,
  2. Abt.,  12-88. —IliillNlen  (K.i  Analyse vou Muskel-
  curveu.   Skandin Arch.f. Physiol., Leipz., 1901-2, xii, 129;
  341.— II ii I'll  (J.)  Leber den Kinlluss von  Wasser  und
  anisotouischen  Kochsalzlosungen  auf  die Grundfuue-
  tioneu der quergestieifteti Muskelsubstanz und  der moto-
  rischen Nerven.  Arch. f. Physio).,  Leipz.. 1904, 65-93.—
  Ilalperu (J.)   MieJMowv wplyw wzmozouej czynnoAci
  roiesni na nieprawidlowe odzywanie skory.  [influence of
  local muscular  action augmented by abnormal nutrition
  of the  skin.)   Medycyua,  Warszawa,  1904, xxxii   730- •
  733.—Harrison (R. G.)  On the differentiation of' mus-
  cular tissue when removed from the influenceof the nerv-
  ous .-\ stem.   Proc. Ass. Am. Anat., Bait., 1902-3, p. iv.—
  ■ In iii; ton  ( S.)   Esquisse dune  th6orie  nouvelle de
Jlu*cle (Physiology of).
  faction musculaire.  [Trad, de l'anglais par E. Verrier.]
  France med., Par.,  1864. xi. 84; 92;  101; 109.   Also, Re-
  print.— lleideuhniii (M.)   Die allgemeine Anleitung
  derOliirtliiclienkriittc uud die Anwendung der Theorie der
  Obertliichenspauuiinfi auf die  Selbstordnung sich beriih-
  render Fut'cliiiiigszefieu.  Anat. Hefte. Wiesb., 1904, xxvi,
  197-314.—Ilelier (H.)   Sur lo pouvoir reditctetir des tis-
  sus; le muscle.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.  Par.,  ih!l9.
  exxviii, 687-689.—Henri (V.)  Etude physiologique des
  muscles longitudinaux chez le Stichopus regalis.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., I'ar.. 1903, lv, 1194.—Henry <('.)  Sur
  une relation de l'6nergie musculaire avec la sensibility et
  sur les lois des variations de cette encrgie en function du
  temps.   Compl. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.. 1896, exxii, 136(1-
  1363. — lining  (II. E.)  Beitrag zur  txpciimentellen
  Analyse coord nirter Bewegungen.  Arch. f. d. ges. Phy-
  siol.,'Bonn,  1898, lxx,  559-623. — Heurteloup.  De  la
  niyol6the, ou onbli du muscle.  Coinpt. nnd Acad d.sc,
  Par., 1860,1,180.—Hill (A K.i A: Wntamihc (R.)   Sen-
  sorial and  muscular reactions.  Am. J. Psycho]., Worces-
  ter. 189^-4, vi, 242-240.— luibert (A.)  Sui  la dept use in-
  utile d'energie due k la forme de certains muscles.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii. 402-404.  Also: N.
  Montpel. med.,  1901, xii, 641-643. — loteyko (MIU. J.)
  Les lois de l'ergographio; 6tude physiologiqtio et mathe-
  matique.   [Rap.  de L. Fredericij. 455-457. |  Acad. rov. de
  Belg.  Bull,  de la cl. d. sc,  Brux.,  1904,  557-726,  4 ch.
  -----. La duality fonctioimelle du muscle.   Gaz.  m6d.
  beige,  Liege, 1903-4, xvi. 352.  AUo: 3. med. de Brux.,
  1904, ix.  367.—JcndraNNik (K.)  Da* Prinzip der Bewe-
  giingsiiiirichtung des Organismus ; Beitrage zur allgemei-
  nen und speziellen Muskelphysiolugie.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1904,  xxv.  347-397. — Jensen (P.)
  Ueber den Aggregatzustand des Muskels und der lebeu-
  digen  Substanz  iiberhaupt.   Arch.  f. d. ges. Phvsiol.,
  Bonn. 1900, lxxx, 176 -228.—JonchiniNthal (J.)  De l'a-
  daptation spontauee des muscles aux chaugementsde leur
  fonctiou.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1896, exxii, 889-
  892.  -----.  Ueber  selbstiegulatorische  Vorgiinge am
  Muskel.  Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stutlg.. 1895-6, iv, 169-
  181. Also  [Abstr. |: Arch.f.  Physiol.. Leipz.,  1896.  338-
  344. — Johansson (J.  K.) & Horarn ((;.)  Unteisii-
  chungen iiber die Kolilensaureabgalie bei statischer und
  negativer  Muskelthiiligkeit.   Skandin Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz.,  1902,  xiii, 229-250. — Kaiser <K.)   Ueber Feder-
  curven  uud  Hebelschleuderimg.  (Entgegiiuug  an Fr.
  Schenck.)  Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz.. 1896, n. F.,
  xv, 352-359, ldiag. -----. Wie gelangen wir zu physika-
  lischen Vorstellungeu  iiber  die  Vorgiinge  im  thatigen
  Muskel?   Ibid.,  1900, n. F., xxii, 217-227.—Hnufniann
  (M.)  Dztsiejszy poglad na fizyjologiczne dzialanie iuie,sie-
  nia.  [Modern view on  the physiological activity of  mus-
  cle.]  Przegl. lek.,  Krakow,  1890,  xxix,  196;  209;  224.
  -----Recherches cxperimentales sur la circulation  dans
  les muscles en activity  physiologique. Arch, de physiol.
  norm, et path., Par.. 1892,5s., iv, 279-294.—Belling ((}.)
  Physikalische Untersuchungen iiber allgemeine  Kragcu
  der Muskelphysiologie.   Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1903, liii,
  512; 561. — Kohler (A.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss der ele-
  mentaren  Zusammensetzung  und  Veibrenuungswaiine
  der Muskelsubstanz verschiedener  Thiere.   Ztschr.  f.
  physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900-1901, xxxi, 479-519. —Kohn-
  slamm (O.)   Entgegnung auf F. Schenk's "Kintluss
  der Spaunung auf die Erschlaffung des Muskels  ".   Cen-
  tralbl  f. Physiol., Leipz. n. Wien, 1893-4, vn,  455-461.—
  Ijee ( F. S j  The  survival of mammalian  muscle  after
  somatic death.   Proc. Am.  Physiol. Soc.  Bost.,  1900,
  p. xxix. — I.efeuvre (C.)   Appareil gchematique  pour
  l'etude de la cause et des variations de la pSriode latente
  du muscle.  J. de physiol. er de path. gen.. Par., 1903, v,
  1017-1023.— Iicfeuvre fils.  Appareil sehematique ser-
  vant k moutrer quelques particularity du fonctionnement
  du muscle strie.   Bull. Soc scient. et ruGd. de l'ouest. Ren-
  ues, 1903, xii, 545-554.  Also: Trav. scient.  Univ. de Ren-
  nes, 1903, ii,  443-452. —  E.efcvre  (J.)  Sur quelques con-
  sequences de l'application de la foriuule de Chaveau aux
  etres vivants.  Coni))t. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1904, lvi,
   1014-1016.— liewshnft (P.)  Die  Bestimmung der  Func-
  tion der Muskeln   Anat, Hefte, Wiesb., 1903, xxi. 29-59.—
   I.hotali  von  lihota (C.)  Uutersuchuugeii liber die
   Veranderungeu der M uskelfunction in einer Kohleudioxyd-
  atnuisi>harc  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz.,
   1902, Suppl.-Bd., 45-58, 4 diag. -----. Recherches experi-
  meutales sur la conservation du potentiel musculaire dans
  i'atmosph&re de Panlivdride carbononique.  J. de physiol.
  et  de  path,  gen., PaV.,  1902.  iv.  976-981.  AUo [Abstr [:
   Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc , Par.,  1902, exxxv, 348.-----
  Ueber die  Fiiiictiousanderungen des Warmbliitermuskels
  beim Sauerstoffniangel.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn,
   1903, lxxxxiv, 622-639, 4 diag.  Locke (F. S.)  Die Wir-
   kung  der  physiologisehen  Koclisal/ldsung  auf   quer-
  gestreifte Muskeln.  i6trf.,1893,bv,501-521,l diag— I-ioeb
   (J.)  Ueber  die  Aehnbchkeit der Fiiissigkeitsresorption
  iu  Muskeln und in Seifen.   Ibid.,  1899, lxxv. 303-309.—
   I.ohiuaiin (A.)  Untersuchungen iiber die Verwerth-
  barkeit eines Deiphininprapaiates au Stelle des Curate in
  der niuskelphysiologiscnen Techuik.  Ibid., 190'2, lxxx xii, 
MUSCLE.
219
MUSCLE.
Hu»cle (Physiology of).
  473-478.—Lorrnz (H.)  relur Zerfall und AViederersatz
  der Skelettniusculatur in physiologisehen und pathologi-
  schen Zustiinden.  Wien. klin. Rundschau,  1901, xv, 733-
  736 — l.ujjinto (L )   Studi sperimentali sulla forma (bd
  sollevatnento ergogralico.   Riv. di patol. nerv.,  Firenze,
  1903, viii, 385 - 396. —  Vlauouyrier  ( L.)  La palpation
  mcthodique,  comnie procede d'etude  des actions muscu-
  laires.  < ompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 508-510.—
  .TIayeda (It.)  Ueber die Kaliberverhaltnisse der quer-
  gestreiften Muskelfasern.  Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen u.
  Leipz.,  1890, n. F., ix,  119-152. 2 pl. — iUellzer (S. J.)  A
  Auer  (J.i   T'clier  die Resorption aus  den Muskeln.
  Zeutralbl. f. Physiol.. Leipz. u. Wien. 1904-5.  xviii, 089.—
  AUo.  trautl :  "Proc. Am. Phvsiol. Soc. Bost.. 1904-5, p.
  xxxii. — .Merrier (G.E. ) Mvographe clinique   Arcb.
  d'electric med, Bordeaux, 1894, ii, 300 -303.  -  Vlirkor
   XI.)   O  zmianach szybkosci  ruchu kiwi w mieSniach
  prazkowanych 1 odczas ich czynnosci dowolnej i odrucho-
  wej.  [Alterations iu  the rapidity of the current of the
  blood in stiiated muscles in voluntary and reflex action.]
  Rozpr.  wydz.  matemat. przvr.  Akad.  Umiej.,  Krakow,
  1901, 3.  s., B, 669-693,  3 pl.—IVIorigyia  (A.)  Die Ueber-
  hitzung von  Muskel- und Nerveutasern.   Untersuch.  z.
  Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere,  C.iessen,  1891, xiv, 382-
  395.—IVieolaides  ( R.)  Ueber eine einfache  Vorrich-
  tung, die DehnungscnrvedesMuskelsdarzustellen.  Arch.
  f.  Pbysiol., Leipz.. 1896,  193.—Overton (E.)  Beitrage
  zur allgemeiuen  Muskel- und Nervenphvsiologie.  Arch.
  f.  d.  ges. Phvsiol.,  Bonn, 1902,  xeii, 115;  346: 1904, cv,
  176.—Pari (G. A.)  Sull' allungaiueuto  riflesso dei mus-
  coli dello scheletro.  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1904,
  iv, 127-149. — Pembrey (M. S.)  On  the relation of mus-
  cular activity to the regulation of heat-production.  Proc.
  Physiol. Sec. [Loud.J, Cambridge, 1895.  p. iii. —  Philip
  (A." P. W.)  On the relation'which subsists between the
  nervous and muscular systems in the more  perfect  ani-
  mals, aud the nature of the influence  by which it is main-
  tained.   Phil. Tr., Loud., 1833, 55-72.—Piotrowsky (G.)
  Ueber  die Ilemniungserscheinungen in quergestreiften
  Muskeln.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, vi,
  597-604.—Poole (P. W.)  On the necessity for a modifica-
  tion of certain physiological doctrines legarding the inter-
  relations of nerve and  muscle.  Tr. ix. Internat. M.Cong.,
  Wash., 1887.  iii. 255-284.  AUo: Med.  Reg.. Phila., 1887, ii,
  374; 399; 417: 439; 467.  AUo. Reprint.— Post (Sarah E.)
  Muscle control.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. T., 1888, xv,
  690-694. — vou Regeczy (K.N.)  Experimentelle Bei-
  trage zur Frage der Bedeutung des Porret'schen  Muskel-
  phanomens.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn. 1889, xiv,
  219-281.— Rehns (J.)  Contribution  & l'etude des muscles
  privilegies quant k l'oxygfeue disponible.  Arch, internat.
  et Pharmacol., Brux. et'Par., 1901, viii, 203-2U5.— Kichet
  ((' )  Le frisson mnsculaite comnie procede thermogene.
  Coinpt.  rend. Soc. de biol..  Par., 1894, 9. s., vi, 151.—
  Rickcr(G.) JcEIIenbeck (J.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss
  der Veranderungeu des  Muskels nach der Durchschnei-
  dnng seines  Nerven.   Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl.,
  1899.  clviii, 199-253. — Rieger  (C.)   Ueber Muskelzu-
  stande.  Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol,  d. Sinnesorg., Leipz.,
  19i3, xxxi. 1, 2pl.: xxxii, 377.—Rohmann  (F.)  Ueber
  die Reaction  der quergestreiften Muskeln.  Arch. f. d.
  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1891-2,1, 84-98.--RohdefE.)  Apathy
  als Reformator der Muskel- nnd Nervenlehre.  Zool. Anz.,
  Leipz.,  1894, xvii, 38-47. — Rollett (A.)  Zur Kenntniss
  der physiologisehen Versebiedenheit  der quergestreiften
  Muskeln der Kalt- und Warmbliiter.   Arch. f.  d. ges.
  Physiol.. Bonn, 1898. lxxi,  209-236, 1  pl.  -----. Physiolo-
  gische Versebiedenheit der Muskeln der Kalt- und Warm-
  bliiter.   Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien,  1900, xiii,
  721: xiv. 435. -----.  Ueber nette Beitiage zur  Muskel-
  Physiologie.  Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aeizte in Steiermark 1887,
  Graz. 1888. xxiv, 151-155— Rouxeau (A.)   A propos du
  paradoxe de Weber.   Arcb. de  physiol. norm, et path.,
  Par.,  1893, 5. s., v, 47-56. — Royer (Mine.  Clemence).
  Variability morphologique des  muscles sous l'influence
  des variations  fonctionnelles.   Bull. Soc  d'anthrop. de
  Par.,  1887, 3.  s , x, 1.43-649—Maiidcrson (J.  B.)  Photo-
  graphic determination of the time-relations of  the changes
  which take place in muscle during the period  of  so-called
  latent stimulation.  Proc. Roy. Soc Lond., 1890-91, xlviii,
  14-19.   AUo,  Reprint.   Also, transl.  [Abstr.]: Centralbl.
  f.  Physiol.,  Leipz. u. Wien,  1890-91, iv, 1*5-189. -----.
  Note on the influence of  temperature  on the  monophasic
  variation of muscle.  Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1899. p. v.—
  ftch^nck (F.)  Beitiage zur Kenntniss von  der  Zusam-
  menziehungdes Muskels.  Arch. f. d.'ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1891-2,1, 166-1*8, 1 pL -----. Ueber den Einfluss dei Span-
  nung auf die Wiirmebildung des  Muskels.  Ibid., li. 509-
  540.-----. Eiu Apparatzur Verzeichnung von Liinge und
  Spannung des  Muskels.   Ibid., 1892, Iii, 108-117. -----. j
  Ueber deu KrschlafFungsprocessdes Muskels.  Ibid., 117-
  125. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntniss vom Einflnss der Tern- j
  peratur auf die Thatigkeit des Muskels.  Ibid., 456-474.
  -----. Ueber den Einfluss der Spannung auf die Eischlaf- j
  fung des Muskels.   Ibid., 1893-4,   lv,  175-191. -----.
  Notiz   betreffend  Registrirung  der Muskelspannung.
  Ibid., 621-625. -----.  Uber die Wiirmeentwicklung des I
i?Iu*ele (Physiology of).
  tliiitigen  Muskels  bei  verschiedenen  Temperaturen.
  Ibid..  1894, lvii,  572-605.  -----.  Ueber den  Eitiiluss der
  Spannung auf die  negative  Schwankung des  Muskel-
  stroms.  I bid., 1896, lxiii, 317-354, 2 diag. -----. Kleinere
  Noti/.en zur allgemeinen Muskelphysiologie.   Ibid., 19u0,
  lxxix.  333-359. -----. Ueber den  Aggregalzustand der
  lebendigeu Substanz.besonders des Muskels.  Ibid., lxxxi,
  581-594. -----. Erwiderung an O. Kohnstamm in Saehen
  " Spannung und  Ersehlaffung d<s Muskels ". CenOalhl.
  f. Physiol.,  Leipz.  it. Wien, 1893-4, vii, 549-555.   Scliiti
  (M)   Allgemeiues zur Muskelphy siologic   lulu*: Ges.
  Heitr.  z. Physiol.. 8'.  Lausanne, 1*91, ii,  1-124, 1 diag.—
  Nchmulevitseh (J.)  Decertaines ptoprietes physiques
  et pbysiologiques (les muscles,  ("ompt. rend. Acad, d.sc,
  Pur. ArU9, lxviii.936-938.—Schultz (P.) Zur Physiologie
  der  langsgestreiften (glatten) Muskeln der Wirbelthiere.
  Arch.  1.  Physiol., Leipz.. 1903, Suppl.-Bd., 1-148, 12 pl.—
  Ncrjfi (S.) ' Sull' atti vita, muscolare volontaria nella Tes-
  tndo gra'ca.  Arch, di faun. sper. [etc.], Siena, 1905, iv,
  179-187.   AUo. transl.:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1905-6,
  xliv, 30-38, 1 )>1.  Mmilh (T. L.)   On  muscular memory.
  Am. J. Psychol.. Worcester, 1895-6,  vii,  453-490.—von
  Mobicrnuski (W.)  Die Aenderutig  in den Eigenschaf-
  ten  des Muskelnerven mit dem Warmegrad.  Arch. f.
  Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1890, 244-251. 1  pl.—Spalteholz  (W.)
  Die Vertheilung  der Blutgefiisse im Muskel.  Abhandl.
  d. math.-phys. CI. d. k.  siichs. Gesellsch d. Wissensch.,
  Leipz., 1887,  xiv, 519-528, 3 pl. — Staffel ( F.)  Einige
  Bemerkungen iiber tlieaktiv-exzentriscne Muskel funk tion.
  Aerztl. Monatschr.,  Leipz.,  1898,  201-210.—Stier  (S.)
  Experimentelle Untersuchungen  iiber das Verhalten der
  quergestreiften   Muskeln  nach  Lasionen  des  Xerven-
  systems.  Arch.  f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1896, xxix, 249-298.—
  Ntraub  (W.) Zur Muskelphysiologie des Roienwurms.
  Arch.  f.  d.  ges. Physiol.,  Bonn,  1900,  lxxix, 379-399.—
  Swinton (A. A. C.)  Rays proceeding from active mus-
  cles and nerves.   Lancet,  Loud., 1904, i, 685.—Tchriev
  (S.)  Physiologie generale des muscles  et des nerfs; varia-
  tion negative du courant musculaire et nerveux et sa
  signification.   J. de physiol. et de path. geri., Par., 1902,
  iv, 829-836.— Thunberg ( T.)  Den  isolerade grod-
  muskelns gasutbyte i dess beroende af olika temperaturer.
  [Der Gasaustausch des isolierten  Froschniuskels in seiner
  Abhiingigkeit vou verschiedenen Temperaturen.  Uebers.,
  p. xviii.]  Upsala Lakaref. Forh.,  1903-4, n. f., ix, 340-346.—
  Tissot  (J.)  Kecherches sur la respiration musculaire.
  Arch,  de  pbysiol. norm, et path., Par., 1894, 5. s.,  vi, 838-
  844.  -----.  Recherches experimeutales sur les conditions
  qui modifient la  valeur et la  duree normales des pheno-
  mein-s thermiqites dans le muscle en activity. J. de phy-
  siol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903,  v, 2.-3-292.—Toulouse
  (E ) Sc Vurpas (0.)   Contribution experimentale a la
  connaissance  de  la vie et do la  reaction musculaires.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 408-410.—
  Treves  (Z.)  Risposta alia  memoria del  prof.  E. Bel-
  mondo dal titolo: Curva miografica e  enrva crgogralica.
  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1904,  ix,  237-2-10.— Vcrwej
  (T.)  Ueber die Thiitigkeitsvorgange ungleich temperirter
  motoriscber Orgnne.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 504-
  524. — Vcrworn (M.)   Zur Physiologie der  nervosen
  Hemniiingserscbeinungen.  Ibid.,  1909,  Suppl.-Bd., 105-
  123.—Vincent (S.) & Lewis (T.)  Observations upon
  the chemistry and heat rigor curves of vertebrate muscle,
  involuntary and voluntary. J. Physiol.. Lond., J9U0-1901,
  xxvi, 445-464. — Vvedcnski (N. E.)  O fiinktsionalnikh
  razlichiyakh mezhdu mishtse\ u nornialnoyu i mishtseyu
  beznervnol.  [On the functional differences between nor-
  mal muscle  and that without nerves.]  Vrach, St. Pe-
  tersb., 1895,  xvi,  115.—Waller (A.  D.)  Utilization of
  the (esophageal muscle of the cat  for purposes of class-
  demonstration.   Proc.  Physiol.  Soc.  Loud., 1904-5. pp.
  xxxi-xxxiv.—Walsham  (II.I  &.   Tlillcr (L.)   Rays
  proceeding  from active  muscles and nerves.   Lancet,
  Loud., 1904, i. Kil— Wedeii-ky (N.)  De Paction exeita-
  trice et iuhibitoiredu uerf en ilessechement sur le muscle.
  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par.. 1891), cxi, 984-986. -----.
  Des differences fonctionnelles cntre le muscle normal et
  le muscle enerve.   Ibid.. 1894, c\ix,  1230-1233.—Weiss
  (G.)   Sur l'adaptation fouctionnelle des muscles.  Arch.
  de physiol. norm, et path., Par.,  1897, 5. s.,  ix. 504-510.
  -----. Influence des variations  de temperature  sur les
  periodes  latent es du  muscle,  du  nerf et de  la  nioelle.
  Coni]it. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11.  s., ii, 51-53.
  -----. Sui- une exception apparente de l'adaptation lone-
  tionnelle des muscles.  Ibid., 1901,  11.  s., iii, 294.-  Wert-
  heim Nalomonsoii (J. K. A.)  Een niewe prikkelings-
  wef.   Versl. d.  . .  . wis- en natuurk. Afd. d.  k. Akad.
  v. Wetensch., Amst., 1902-3, xi, 472-478. -----.  Afleiding
  van de wet  van  AVeber uit de  prikkelingswet.   Ibid.,
  539-542. -White (Francis E.)  Muscle and mind.  Pop.
  Sc. Month., X. Y., 1889,  xxxv, 377-392.—Zuutz  ( N.)  &
  (>eppert (J.)  Zur Frage von der Athemregulation  bei
  Muskelthatigkeit.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1*95
  lxii, 295-303.

JIuscle (Plasma of).
     See  Muscle  (Chemistry of). 
MUSCLE.
220
MUSCLES.
Muwclc (Regeneration of).
    See Muscle (Development, etc., of).

Mu*cle (Serum of).
    See Muscle (Chemistry of).

Muscle (Smooth).
    See Muscle (Histology of).

Muscle (Sounds of).
    See Muscle (Contractility of).

Muscle (Striated).
    Sec Muscle (Histology  of);  Muscles (Nerres

  of)-
Muscle (Thermal energy of).
    See Muscle (Chemistry of); Muscle (Contrac-
  tility of);  Muscle  (Force,  etc.,  of);  Muscle
  (Physiology of).

Muscle (Tonicity of).
    See, also, Muscle (Effect of drugs on).
    Bailly  (E.)    * Tonicite"   musculiiire.    4°.
  Strasbourg, 1^70.
    Kcxdt ( W.)    * Ueber  Myotonia  congenita
  (Oppenlieini).  8°.   Leipzig, 1905.
    Laxgklaax (J.W.)   * Over spier! onus.   8°.
  Amsterdam, 1900.
    Also [Abstr.], in:  K. Akad.  v. Wetensch. te  Amst.
  Versl , 1900-1901, ix, 281-285.  Also [Abstr.], in: Akad. v.
  Wetensch. te Amst.  Proc. sect, sc, 1900-1901, iii, 248-251.
     Benedicenli (A.)  La tonicite des muscles 6tudi6e
  chez l'liomme.  \Transl.from: Mem. d. r. Accad. d.  sc.
  di Torino. 1895, 2.S..  xlvi.l  Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin,
  1890, xxv, 385-417. ------. Recherches sur la tonicit6 mus-
  culaire.  | Transl. from : Atti il. r. Accad. d.sc. di Torino,
  1897, xxxii.)   Ibid.. 1K97-8. xxviii, 127-145. — CJonstcn-
  noiix ((>.) Sc Zimmcrn (A.)  Sur la mesuredu tonus mus-
  culaire.  Cong. d. med alieuistes et neurol. de France . .  .
  C.-r., Par. Sc Brux., 1903.  xiii, v. 2.534-537.   Also: Rev.
  neurol., Par.,  1903, xi, 8*1-884.  AUo [Abstr.]: Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 710.— t'rocq (J.)  Phy-
  siologie et pathologie du tonus musculaire, des reflexes et
  de  la contracture.  J. de neurol., Par., 1901, vi, 301-549.
  AUo: Rev. neurol., Par., 1901, ix, 794-822.  AUo [Rap.]:
  Arch.deneurol., Par., 1901, 2. s., xii, 314-328.  AZso[Kap.j:
  Bull, med.,  Par., 1901, xv, 705-710.  See, also, infra,  De
  Buck. — von Cyon (E.)  Ueber den Tonus der willkiir-
  lichen  Muskeln. In his: Ges.  physiol. Arb., 8°, Berl.,
  1888, 205-215—De Buck (D.)  A propos du rapport de
  M. le Prof. Crocq sur la  physiologie et la pathologie du ,
  tonus musculaire, des reflexes et de la contracture.  Bel-
   gique med.,  Gand-Haaiiem, 1901, ii,  257; 289; 321; 353.—
   Be Kenzi (E.) Sc Coop (S.)  Sulla relazione frairiflessi
   elatonicita mnscolaie.  Atlid.r. Accad. med.-chir. di Na-
  poli, 1899, n.s., liii, 453 : 1900, n. s., liv. 155,1 pl. —Fano (G.)
   Di una ntiova teoria del Prof. Angelo Mosso sulla tonicity
  muscolare fondata sulla doppia  innervazione  dei muscoli
   striati.  Arch.di tisiol.. Firenze. 1903-4,i,550-552.—Fracn-
   kel (J.) Sc Collins (J.i   Muscle tonus and tendon phe-
   nomena.  Med. Rec, X.T., 1903. lxiv, 929-933.—Cirassct.
   L'appnreil nerveux du tonus.  Cong. d. med.  alienistes et
   neurol. de France . . .  Proc-verb, [etc.]. Par., 1901, xi,
   451-465—Herz (M.) Leber die Auscultation des norma-
   len uinl pathologischen Muskeltones,beziehungsweiseMus-
   kelgerausches. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 3.— Jen-
   <li-:i>«ili (E.)  Ailat az izomtonus tan&hoz.   [Contribu-
   tion lo the study of myotonus.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
   1896, xl, 367-369.  AUo, transl. : Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
   1896, xv, 781-787.  AUo,  transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med.
   Presse, Budapest,  1896,  i, 133.—Iiangelaan (J. W.)
   Leber Muskeltouus.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1901, 106-
   138, 2 diag.  ------. Weitere Untersuchungen uber Mus-
   keltouus. Ibid., 1902, 243-263.  AUo,  transl.: K. Akad.
   v.  Wetensch. te Amst.   Versl., 1901-2, x,  46-56.—l.,c-
   wandowsky (M.)  Leber den Muskeltonus, insbeson-
   dere seine Beziehung zur Grosshirnriude.  J. f. Psychol.
   u. Neurol., Leipz., 1902. i, 72-80.— Link (R.) Klinische
   Untersuchungen iiberden Muskelton.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 50-54.—Mosso (A.)  Description d'un
   mvotonomfetre pour gtudier la tonicite des muscles chez
   rhomme.  [Transl. from : Mem. d. r.  Accad.  d.  sc. di
   Torino,  2. s., xlvi.] Arch.  ital.  de biol.,  Turin, 1896,
   xxv, 349-3*4.  ------. Theorie de  la tonicite musculaire
   bas6e  sur  la double innervation  des  muscles  stries.
   [Transl. from: Rendic.  d. r. Accad. d.  Lincei, 1904, xiii.l
   Ibid., 1904. xii, 183-191.-.lluskens (L. J.  J.) Muskel-
   tonus und Sehnenphanomene.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz
   1899. xviii. 1074-1086.  Also, Reprint—lluskens (L. N.)
   Recherches  sur la tonicite. musculaire de l'liomme et sa
   signification.  Belgique m6d., Gaud-Haarlem, 1899, i, 33-
   36.—Storey (T. A.)  Tonus  rhythms iu normal  human
Muscle (Tonicity of).
  muscle and iu the gastrocnemius of the cat.   Am. J.
  Physiol., Bost., 1904-5, xii, 75-84.—Mtrnub (M )  De spier-
  ton us nit ecu klinisch oogpunt.  Handel, v. h.  Nederl.
  Nat.- en  Geneesk.   Cong.,   Utrecht, 1891, 331. —von
  I cxkiill (J.)  Studien iiberden Tonus.  Ztschr. f. Biol.,
  Miinchen it. Berl.. 1902-3, xliv, 269:  1904-5, xlvi, 1;  372,
  lpl. — Virchow (R.)  Tonus und Atonie.  Arch. f. path.
  Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1853, vi, 139.  AUo, in his: Ueber die
  Erregbarkeit  [etc.],  8°, [Wiirzb., 18531,  7.—Wedenski
  (N.)   Dn rythine musculaire dans la contraction normale.
  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1891, 5. s., iii, 58-73.

Muscle (Transplantation of).
    Ahciiangelskaya (Catherine).   Sur la trims-
  plantation mnsculo-tendineuse.  8°.   Lausanne,
  1901.
    Cnpurro  (M.)  Ueber den Werth der Plastik mit-
  telst quergestreiften Mnskelgewebes.   Arch. f. klin. Chir.,
  Berl.. 1900, lxi, 26-102, 2 pl.—Ooldthwait (J. E.) The
  direct transplantation of  muscles in  the treatment of
  paralytic deformities; five cases of transplantation of the
  sartorius muscle. Boston M. Sc S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 489-
  491.—Grisorovich (N.  A.) K voprosu o peresadkle
  mishts.   [On transplantation of muscles.]  Raboti hosp.
  khiiurg.  klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1903, ii,  74-80.—Mil-
  debrnndt.  Ueber eine neiie Methode der Muskeltrans-
  plantation.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxviii, 75-
  84.   AUo [Abstr.]: Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1905,  xxxi,  1578.—Magnus (R.)  Ueber Muskel-
  transplantation.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1890,xxxvii,
  515-517.—Rydygier. Ueber Transplantation von ge-
  stielten Muskelfappen.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1898, xlvii.  314-316.  Also: Compt.-rend.  Cong, internat.
  de med. 1897, Mosc,  1899, v. 587-589.—Sch anz (A.)  Er-
  fahrnngen  mit Sehnen-  und  Muskeltransplantatlonen.
  Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1903-4, xii, 45-51.

Muscle (Work of).
    Nee Muscle  (Force, etc., of).

Muse Be-heat in!».
    See, also, Massage.
    Klemm (C.)  Muscle-beating; or,  active and
  passive  home  gymnastics, for healthy  and  un-
  healthy people.   1-2°.   Xew  York, 1888.
    Chandler (Jennie).  Muscle-beating as a cure for
  gout, rheumatism, and promotive of longevity, or the case
  of Admiral Henry.  J. Hyg.,  N. Y., 1897, xlvii, 169-173.

Muscle-reading.
    See Telepathy.

Muscles.
     See, also, Anatomy (Artistic); Coordination
  of  movements;  Dynamometer;  Effort;  Exer-
  cise; Muscle  (Eorce, etc.,  of); Muscles (Ab-
  normities of);  Muscles (Individual, etc.); Mus-
  cles (Jurisprudence of); Muscles (Morphology
  of); Muscles (Nerves of'); Muscular sense.
     Bknezach (C.)  The  muscles of  the  human
  body accurately delineated,  fol.   London, 1819.
     Botto  ( G. )   *Esperimento  pubblico sulla
  miologia.   roy. 8°.   Genova, 1808.
     Browne (J.)   A compleat treatise of the mus-
  cles,  as  they  appear  in  humane   body,  aud
  arise in dissection; yvith diverse anatomical ob-
  servations  not  yet  discover'd.   fol.  London,
  1683.
     -----.   The same.  Mypgraphia  nova; or, a
  graphical description of all the muscles in the
  humane body  as they  arise in dissection . .  .
  Together with a philosophical and mathematical
   account of the mechanism of muscular motion,
   and an accurate and concise  discourse of the
   heart and  its  use, with the circulation  of the
   blood, etc., and with a compleat account of the
   arteries and veius, as  to their outward coats,
   proving them to be  made with circular fleshy
   fibres,  by whose contractions  their truuks be-
   come narrowed,  and the fluid particles  of the
   blood are sent forwards into all the parts of the
   body.   Digested  into their new method  by the
   care and study of John Browne,  fol.   London,
   1GIK
     Cowper (YV.)   Atlas belonging to his Myoto-
   nia reformata.  fol.  London,  17:14. 
MUSCLES.                                   221                                    MUSCLES.
Muscles.
    Douglass (J.)   Descriptio comparata iuuscu-
  lorum  corporis  huinani et  quadrupedis; eorum
  inventores, ortus;  progressus, iusertiones,  ac-
  tiones,  ac  difl'erentias exhibens.   Cui  adces-
  sernnt:  Historia musculorum  feniime singula-
  riuni;  tabula,  explicans niuscnloruin noiniua.
  Versio Latina.   Editio altera and emendatior.
  8°.  Lugd. Bat., 173^.
    -----.   The  same.  Nauwkeurige  beschry-
  ving wegens den  oorsprong, loop, inplanting en
  werking der spieren  van 's mensehen lichaam,
  in vergelyking van die  der honden, benevens
  eenige de vrouwen in 't byzonder  eigeu.   . .  .
  Met aantekeningen van den  Heere  Bernhard
  Siegfried Albinus onder byvoegiug van N. B. de
  kringswyze  moeder-spier,  in  't Nederduytsch
  gebragt door Jan van der Hulst.  16°.  Leyden,
  1732.
     Dumas (C.-L.)  SyBteme nie"thodique  de no-
  menclature et  de classiiicatiou  des muscles  du
  corps  humain;  avec  des  tableaux  descriptifs
  propres  a rappeler leurs  noms anciens, leurs
  nonis nouveaux,  bur situation, leurs attaches,
  leur direction,  leur  com position,  leur  figure,
  leurs connexions  et  leurs  usages; on y a joint
  un dictionnaire coutenant  totite la synouymie
  des muscles.  4°.   Montpellier, an V [1797].
     Gautier [d'Agoty  (J.)]    [Myologie du tronc '
  et des extr^mites, en tableaux qui repre"senteut
  les parties dissequees et preparees par  Duver-
  ney.]   eleph. fol.   [Paris,  1748.]
     Gerlach (L.) & Schlaginweit (F.)   Skelet-
  tafeln zum Einzeichneu der Muskeln bei Vorle-
  suugen iiber Myologie.  4°.  Erlangen, 1692.
     -----  -----.   The same.   2. unveriinderte
  Aufl.  4°.  Erlangen,  1893.
     -----  -----.   The same.  3. verniehrte  und
  verbesserte Aufl.   4°.  Erlangen, 1895.
     ------------.   The same.  4. Aufl. 4°.  Er-
  langen, 1897.
     Innes (J.)  A  short description of the human
  muscles,  arranged as they  appear on  dissection.
  Together with their several uses aud the syn-
  onytna of the best authors.  7. ed.   12°.  Lon-
  don, 1813.
     -----.  The same.  8. ed.  24°.  London, 1815.
     -----.  The same.  Description of the human
  muscles, as they appear on  dissection; with their
  several uses.  A new ed.  12°.  Glasgow,  1824.
     Mackall (L.)   The action of the  voluntary
  muscles.   Extract from  an  unpublished work.
  8C.  [Georgetown, 1602.~\
     Molixs (W.)   MvonoTofiia; or, the anatomical
  administration of all the muscles of an humane
  body  as  they  arise  iu dissection;  as also an
  analitical table, reducing each muscle to his use
  and part.  Collected  for private use and pub-
  lished for the general good  of all practitioners iu
  the said art.   24°.  London,  Ki4h.
     Plates of the  muscles  of the human body,
  drawn  fiom  nature  and engraved  by  George
  Lewis; accompanied by explanatory references;
  designed as a guide to the  student of anatomy,
  and a book of reference for the medical practi-
  tioner.  4°.  London,  1*'A4.
     Plempius  (F. ) Verhandeling  der  spieren.
  By de welcke angewesen wort, wat in hun onna-
  tuyrioe toe-vallen en te voorseggen en te hant-
  wercken staet.   16°.   Dordrecht, 1G45.
     Quaix  (J.)   The muscles  of the human body
  in a series of plates, with references and physio-
  logical comments,  fol.   London, 1836.
     Soem.merring (S. T.)  Muskellehre, oder von
  den Muskeln, Sehnen  und  SchleiniHacken.   12°.
  Frankfurt a. M.,  1791.
     Stenon (X.j   Elementorum myologiaa speci-
  men,  seu  musculi  descriptio  geometrica,  cui
Muscles.
  aceedunt causis carcharise dissectum caput, et
  dissectus  piscis  ex  cauum  genere.   roy. 8°.
  Florenlia; 1667.
    Traite  d'anatomie humaine, public  sous la
  direction  de  Paul Poirier  par A.  Cliarpy, A.
  Nicholas [et al.].  2 v.  roy. 8°.   Paris, 1^92-6.
    Bellini. Observations anatomiques sur les insertions
  des muscles. Bull. Soc.  anat. de  Par.,  1892, lxvii, 456-
  465.—Chaine  (J.)  Localisation des muscles polygns-
  tiiques.   Compt. reud. Soc. de biol.,  Par.,  1904, lvii, 596.
  -----.  Sur 1'orientation des muscles  polygastriques.
  Ibid., 1905, lviii, 517. -----. Caractferes des muscles poly-
  gastriques.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1905, cxl, 593-
  595. -----.  Propositions  concernant  la r6forme g6n6rale
  de la nomenclature myologique.   Bibliog. anat., Par. &
  Nancy, 1905, xiv, 106-123.—Clinmiaigiiac (E.)  Note
  sur le systdme musculaire.  Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1834,
  2. s., iv, 465-482.  AUo, in his: Extrait  [etc.], 8°,  [Par.,
  1834], 8-11.—de Closmadcuc.   Des muscles polygas-
  triques.   Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1893, 4. s., iv, 50-
  58.—Durante (G.)  R6gression cellulaire de la fibre
  musculaire stri6e; m6tamorphoses et multiplication de la
  fibre contractile adulte.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par.,
  1900, lxxv, 166-181, 1 pl.—Eljjnit (J.)  Hygiena svalstva.
  [Hygiene of the musculature.]  Casop. p. verej. zdravot.,
  Praha, 1901-2, iii, 11; 37.—tJaglio (G.)  Sulle alterazioni
  istologiche e funzionali dei muscoli durante 1' inanizione.
  Arch, per le sc. med., Torino,  1883-4,  vii, 301-310.—Hal-
  bei'tNinn (H. J.)  De musculus thoracicus.  Versl. d. k.
  Akad. v.  Wetensch.  Afd. Natuurk.,  Amst., 1861, xii, 164-
  180.—Ileidenhain  (M.)  Erlauterungen  zu einer Serie
  neuer Modelle der Korpermusculatur. Verhandl. d. anat.
  Gesellsch., Jena, 1899, xiii, 57-60.—Heiidriclisou (W.
  F.)  A study  of the musculature of the entire  extra-
  hepatic biliary system,  including that  of the  duodenal
  portion of the  common  bile-duct and of the sphincter.
  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, ix, 221-232, 4pl.—
  JTendrassik (E.) A szervezetizom beiendez6s6nek ala-
  pelveirol  6s az  egyes  izmok miikodeserol.  |The elemen-
  tary principles  of the arrangement of the muscles of the
  organism aud the  function of the individual  muscles.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 344.—Kemcbner (L.)
  Bemerkungen iiber ein besonderes Muskelsvstem im will-
  kiirlicheu Muskel.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1888^ iii,  126-132.—
  Lie Double.  Dix muscles nouveaux dans l'esp6ce hu-
  maine.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Put., 1896, 4. s., vii, 248-
  264.—Lesshaft.  Leber das Verhaltnis  der Muskeln zur
  Form der Knochen und der Gelenke.  Verhandl. d. anat.
  Gesellsch.,  Jena,  1892, vi,  178-180.—Portal.  Observa-
  tions anatomiques pour  servir k I'histoire des muscles.
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1770,  Par., 1773, 246-249.— Ke-
  gnault  (F.)   Cause de la transformation tendineuse des
  muscles.  Bull, et ni6ni. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, 5. s.,
  iv, 64-69.—Thomayer  (J.)  O ochrnuti svalstva  beder-
  niho. [The protection of the  loin musculature. 1  Casop.
  16k.  6esk.,  v  Praze,  1888, xxvii,  1-4— Triepel (H.)
  Ueber  das Verhaltnis zwischen Muskel- und Sehnen-
  querschnitt. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, Ergnzngshft.,
  131-137.— Weiss (G.)  Recherches  sur les muscles  de
  l'embryon.  J.  de phvsiol. et de path. gen.. Par.,  1899, i,
  665-672, 1 pl.—Winiille (B. C. A.) Sc Pai-Mons (F. G.)
  On some points in comparative myological nomenclature.
  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1896-7,'xxxi, 522-529.—Win s-
  low. De Taction des muscles en g6n6ral et de l'usage de
  plusieurs en particulier.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1720, Par.,
  1722, M6m., 85-94.

 Muscles (Abdominal, Atony  of).
     See, also, Enteroptosis.
     Dennece (J.)   * Du role de l'insumsance mus-
  culaire dans la pathogenie des eventrations.  6°.
  Paris, 1902.
    Dienot (M.)   *Les d6s£quilibre's du ventre;
  6tude m6dico-psychologique.  8°.   Lyon, 1904.
     Monteuuis  (A.)   Abdominales  ni6connues;
  les de"s6quilibi'6s  du ventre sans ptose; thera-
  peutique  patbogenique.   Lettre-prei'ace par H.
  Huchard.  12°.   Paris, 1903.
    Rose  (A.)  «fc Kemp (R. C.)   Atonia  gastrica
  (abdominal  relaxation).   12°.   New York, 1905.
    Bed da rd (A. P.)  The importance of strong abdom-
  inal muscles.   Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1902, lvii,  171-
  185.—Frnncine (A. P.)  Marked diastasis of the recti
  muscles.   Ann. Gynec.  & Pediat., Bost.,  1904, xvii,  98-
  100.—Fricdjung (J. K.)  Die Diastase der Musculi recti
  abdominis  in  der Pathologie des Kindes.  Verhandl. d.
  Veisamiiil. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.  . . . deutsch. Naturf.
  u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 170-177.  AUo: Verhandl. d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903,
  ii, 2. Hlfte., 313-318.—Frigyeni (J.)  Operation einer
  hochgradigen  Diastase.  Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,  Buda-
  pest, 1904, xl,756.—OlenariKF.) Traitement des  ptoses. 
MUSCLES.
222
Ml" SO LES.
MiincIck (Abdominal, Atony of).
  Medecin. Unix., 1903, xiii,  385.— .HcKej nold» (R.  P.)
  ilia-tasis  of the abdominal  (recti! muscles.  Tr. Sect.
  livnec. ( oil. Phys. Phila., N. Y., 1902, viii, 67-72.  Also:
  Am  J. Obst:.  .N.  Y..  1902, xlvi,  814-819.  [Discussion],
  849 — .Tluwkat. Leber einen Fall von abnorm beweg-
  licher liauchmuskulatur.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.
  f.  Chir.,  Berl.. 1903, xxxii. pt.  1.  223-225.—Nlcrn (H.)
  Abdominal supporters.   Med. Rev. of Rev.,  N. V., 1905, xi,
  514-518.
Muscles (Abnormities of).
     Bahtels (<>.)    "Eine seltene  Thoraxmi>sbil-
  dung  mil  congenitalen  Muskeldefekten.    FY
  Kiel, 1>94.
     Caradonna (G.)    Di  alcune  varieta  musco-
  lari  ilell' uomo osservate nell' Istituto anatomico
  della  r.  .Scuola  stiperiore  di  medicina  veteri-
  naria  di Milano.   ^  .   Palma, 1*97.
     CniNNi (L.)   Varieta muscolari;  capo aeces-
  sorio  avambrachiale  dell'  abduttore  del mi-
  guolo. Flessore soprani)umerario falaugineo del-
  1'  indice.   8-.  Napoli,  1900.
     Civinini (F.)  Descrizione  e dimostrazione di
  una straordinaria o forse nnova anomalia  del
  nniHColo biachiale interno.   r-r.  Pisa,  lt*3f>.
     Repr.from: N. Gior., d. letter., no. 79.
     Grcber  (YV.)   Monographic  iiber  das Cor-
  ]iusculum triticeum und iiber die   accidentelle
  Muskulatur der Liganienta hyotbyreoidea late-
  ralia.   (Nebst eiitem Anhange mit Bemerkungen
  iiber die:  Musculi  thyreoidei marginales infe-
  riores, (iruber.)   4°.  St. Peterburg,  1876.
     Kepr. from: M6m. Acad. imp. d. sc. de St. Petersb.  Sc.
  math., phys. et nut., 1876, 7. s., xxiii, no. 2.
     Le Double (A.-F.)   Traite" des variations  du
  systeme  urns ulaire de l'homme et  de leur  si-
  giiilic.itiou  an  point  de  vue  de  l'anthropologie
  zool()gi(|iie.   Avec  une preface de E.-J.  Marey.
  2  v.   6Y   Paris, 1~(.»7.
     Sieburgh  (L.J.)   * Ueber congenitale uud
  erworbene Defekte der  Brustmuskeln.  [Heidel-
  berg. ]  8°.   Haag,[1690].
     Smith ((1. K.)  An  account of some rare  nerve
  and muscle anomalies,  with remarks ou  their
  siguilicance.  6°.   (Sydney, n. d.]
     Stechk (H. O.)   * Beitiage zur Kennmis der
  knugenitalen  Miiskeldefekte.  [Muuich.]  c:.
  Leipzig, 1U05.
     SiomwsKY (A. J.)   *Drei  seltene Anoiualien
  des  M.  biceps   brachii.    [Greifswald.]    8°.
   Wiesbaden,  1899.
     Also, in: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 11-99, xii,  299-336, 2 pl.
     Tkntchofe (C.)    * Absence cong6uitale  du
  grand et du petit pectoral.   *c.  Paris, 1900.
     Adachi (B.) Muskelvarietaten.  Ztschr. f. Morphol.
  n. Anthrop.,  Stuttg., 1900, ii, 221. ------. Hautigeres Vor-
  kommen des  Musculus sternalis bei  Japanern.  Ibid.,
  1904,vii, 133-141.- Alessiu(S.)   Auorualiile muschiulul
  unghiulariil  omophitulul.   [Anomalies of the muscular
  attachments  of the scapula.]  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1904,
  xxiv, 362-367.—Alii* (E. P.), jr.  An abnormal musculus
  obliquus superior in Carcharias.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899.
  xvi,  605-607. — AltulthoflT (N.)   Otsutstvivo bolshol  i
  maloi gruduoi mishtshi. [Absence of pectoralis major and
  minor.]  Khirurgia. Mosk.,  19(lo,vhi, 312-318.—A ncel (P.)
  Anomalies du muscle digastrique.   Bibliog. anat.,  I'ar. \-
  Nancy, 1901, ix, 144-146.— Audrmon (R'.  J.)  A  discus-
  sion  ou the significance of muscular anomalies.  Internat.
  Monatschr. f. Anat. u.  Physiol., Leipz.,  1899, xvi, 55-62.
  AUo, Reprint. —Anthony (R.)  Modifications muscu-
  laires eonsecntives k des variations osseuses d'origiue con-
  genitale ou traumatique  chez un  renard.  Bull, et 1116111.
  Soc  d'anthrop. de Par., 1901, 5. s., ii, 490-505.—A uvray.
  Dedoublemcnt du muscle droit interne de la cuisse.  Bull
  Sue.  anat. de Par., 1898, lxxiu, 134.— Aznm (J.) \ Cum.
  leret  (J.)  Absence congenitale des pectoraux.  Presse
  mid., Par., 1897, 53-55 — Bnraduc Sc Crouzon.  Mus-
  cle acromio-claviculairc.  Bull.  Soc. anat.  de Par., 1894
  lxix, 164— Bardeen  (C. R.)  Variations  in the internal
  architecture of the musculus obliquus abdominis externus
  in certain  mammals.   Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii 241-
  249 -Bnrdclcbcn (K.)  Diemorphologische Bedeiitung
  des Musculus  sternalis".  Ibid , 188*. hi, 324-333. —Bar-
  nnbo  iV.)  Di tre anomalie niuscolan dell' arte toracico
  (in. picolo rotondo e m.  bicipit, -i.   Boll.  d.  Soc. zool. ital
  Roma,  1902, 2. s., in, 85-107, 3pl. — Bednrt.  Quelques
  Milwcles (Abnormities of).
    cas lares d'anomalies mnseulaires observes a Toulouse an
    laboratoire d'anatomie   Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par.. 1892,
    4. s., iii, 376-379. — IJcnn*wi ill )   Di un inuscolo sopra
    numerario.  Clin, mod.. Pisa, ls!i9, v, 78. — Bcrjrony.oli
    (G.)  Una rara varieta  muscolare.  Boll, scient.,  I'avia
    1894, xvi, 101-103.— Bing 1R.1 Leber anueborenc Mus
    keldefecte.  Arcb. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 19ti2, clxx,
    175-228, 1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.—Bone.  Ueber einige M11 s-
    kelvarietiiten, den Pectoralis major, Latissimus dorsi und
    Achselhogen betreffend.  Morphol. Jahrb.. Leip/., 1904,
j   |xxxii, 588-601.—du Koim-Rcymoiiil  (R.)  Rescluei-
    bung einer  Anzahl Muskelvarietaten  an  einem Indivi-
    dnum.  Anat. Anz., Jena,1894, ix, 451-455—Botewcu (II.)
    Anomalii niusoulare.  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1898  xviii,61-63.
J    ------. Cate-va vaiietati  ale  muschiulul piramidal  la om.
    Ibid., 119-121.—Bouchard.  L'hoiunie-protee; explica-
    tions doun^es a MM.lesetudinuts. J.demed.de Bordeaux,
    1887-8, xvii, 228-230.—Borcro  (A.)  Contributo alia casis-
    tica delle anomalie muscolari.  Gior. d.r. Accad. di med. di
    Torino, 1896,3.8., xliv, 168-180.------. Fasci accessor! del m.
    bicipite crurale e dei gemelli della gaiuba. f A list r. I Suppl.
    al  Policlin.,  Roma. 1895-6, ii, 381. ------. Kascio  anomalo
    delin.giande pettorale.   [Abstr.]  Ibid., 381. — Bowman
'    (II. M.)  A  case of congenital absence of both  pectoral
    muscles. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1891, xxx, 125-127.—
    Brail ley ((). C.) An unusual muscular arrangement.
    Vet. J., Lond., 1900, n. s., i, 265.—Brook* (H. St. J.)
    Variations iu the nerve-supply of the lumbrical muscles
    iu the hand and foot, with some observations  on the in-
    nervation  of the  perforating flexors.  Tr.  Acad. M.  Ire;
    land, Dubl.,  1887, v, 340-350.  1 pl —Bruns  <H. D.)  Mus-
    cular anomalies.   N. Orl. M. Sc S. J., 1899-1900. Iii, 256-
    272.—Bryce (T. II.)  Note on a case of pectoralis minimus.
    Proc. Anat.  Soc.  Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1896-7,  pp. ii-
    iv.------. Note on a group of varieties of the pectoral sheet
    of muscle.  J. Anat. Sc  Physiol., Loud., 1899-1900, xxxiv,
    75-78.—Burkard (O.)  Zwei  seltene Anomalien an der
    Musculat ur der tiefen Lage der Hinterseite des Lnterschen-
    kels.  Arch. f. Anat. 11. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1902,
    344-346.—C'abibbe (G.)  Sopra una rara anomalia sim-
    metrica dei flessori del piede  riscontrata in un pazzo. Atti
    d. r. Accad. d. fisiociit. in Siena, 1902, 4. s.,  xiv, 353-359.—
    Calori (L.) Di alcuni nuovi musculi soprannumerarii
    degli arti.  Mem. Accad. d.  sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1866, 2.
    s.,  vi, 137-147. 2 pl. ------. Sopra il  inuscolo episternule e
    le sue auatomicbe interpretation!   Ibid., 1888-9. 4. s., ix,
    131-140, 1 pl.  Also, Reprint.—C'nuiiieii (A.)  Contribu-
    tion a l'etude  du palmaire   cutane de  1'adulte et  de ses
    principales anomalies.  J. de  m6d. de Bordeaux, 189(1,
    xxvi, 392. ------.  Note sur une anomalie du muscle riso-
    rius de Sautorini et du triangulaire des ldvres; leurs
    rapports avec le peaussier du  con.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et
    pbjsiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx,  208.  ------.  Un cas d'exis-
    tence du muscle nianieiix.   Ibid., 264. — C'annieu |A.]
    & Gciidrc. Note sur une anomalie du grand  adducteui.
    Gaz.  hebd.  d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1899,  xx, 187.—Cn-
    pelle (\V.)  Ein  Fall von Defekten  in der Sehultergiirtel-
    luuskulatur  und ihre Kompeusation.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.
    Nervenh., Leipz., 1905, xxviii, 252-272.—Cavalic (M.)
    Anomalie du muscle transverse de l'ahdomfii.  Toulouse
    med., 1899, 2. s., i, 25.  Also:  Echo iiu-d., Toulouse, 1899, 2.
    s.,  xiii, 253.— C'eceherelli ( G.)  Su di alcune anomalie
    dei muscoli pellicciai della faccia e del inuscolo omoioideo.
    Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit.  in Siena, 1903, 4.  8., xv, 511-
    517-  4'haiiic (J.)  Anomalie  musculaire chez le  cheval
    (anastomose entre le geniohyoidien et le g6nio-glosse).
    Proc.-verb. Soc. d. sc. phys. et  nat. de  Bordeaux, 1898-9,
    111-113. ------.  Sur uue anomalie  du disiastrique  de
    l'homme.  Ibid., 1900-1901, 114-116.—Chii-.lin.il (II. A.)
    Two instances in which the musculus  sternalis  exi&tt d;
    one  associated with other  anomalies.   Johns  Hopkins
    Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, ix, 235-240. 1 pl.  AUo. Reprint —
    ChudziiiMki (T.)  Quelques  observations snr le muscle
    juineau de la jambe.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de I'ar..  18114. 4.
    8.,  v. 480-499.—Cinque (G.) [et al.}.   Su talune  anomalie
    muscolari trovate durante gli eseici/.u di  dissezione.   Si-
    cilia med., Palermo, 1889, i, 489-198.—Ciure.  [Muscle
    surnum^iaire situ6 audevant  du  sternum.]   Bull.  Soc.
    anat.de Par., 1863, xxxviii, 59.—Clarke (J. J.)  Congen-
    ital shortening of one rectus abdominis muscle.  Tr. Clin.
    Soc.Lond..1902-3 xxxvi,J25— Col*on(L) Le muscle radio-
    carpien(radialisinternusbrevis). Aun.Soc.demfed.deGand,
    1889, lxviii. 78-87,1 pl. — Craig (J.D.) Anomaly of the long
    tendon of the biceps muscle of the arm. Albany  M. Ann.,
    1899, xx, 440-148.  AUo: Med. Rec, N. T., 1899, lvi, 514.
    ------. Muscular anomaly; complete absence of  the long
    tendon  of tbe biceps muscle of the left arm.   Albany M.
    Ann.,  1902,  xxiii, 318-Crawford  (D.  G.)   Congeni-
    tal^) abseuce of intercostal muscle.  Indian M. Gaz., Cal-
    cutta, 1903. xxxviii, 172. —Crerar  (J. W.)  Note  on the
    absence of the subclavius muscle.  J. Anat.  &  Physiol.,
    Lond., 1891-2, xxvi, 554. —Cunningham (D.  J.)  The
    musculus sternalis.  Ibid.,   1887-8, xxii. 391-407,  1 pl.—
    Cuyer (E.) Anomalies musculaires.   Bull. Soc. d'an-
    throp. de  Par.. 1893, 4.  s . iv,  465-469.— Dniuxcli.  Ue-
    ber  anatomische  Befunde bei  sogenannten congenitalen
I    Muskeldefecten.  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere  Med., 
MUSCLES.
223
MUSCLES.
Muscles (Abnormities of).
  Wieab., 1891, x, 519-522.— Bnrnigucz (E.)  Sc Cnbou-
  gle (J.)  Sur uu  cas de  muscle costo-aponevrotique.  J.
  de med. de Bordeaux,  1888-9, xviii, 60.— Davoli (V.)
  [Curiosa anomalia congenita; brevita esagerata dei mus- j
  coli che muovono latei abnente e in alto la commessura la-
  biate sinistra (m. zigomatici, canino e risorio del  Santo-
  rini).]  Corriere san., Milano. 1904, xv, 537.— Debierre. I
  Des  anomalies des muscles  coexistantes  et correlatives
  des anomalies des nerfs.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1888. 8. s., v, 86-90. -----. Anomalie des muscles radiaux
  extemes et du  long  abducteur du police de  l'homme.
  Ibid., 547-550.—Dclitziu  (S. N.)   Ueber einen supernu-
  meraren Muskel des Unterscheukels (Musculus soleus ac-
  cessorius?), welcher den  Nervus tibialis durchbohit.   In-
  ternat. Monatschr. f. Auat. u. Phvsiol.. Leipz., 1901-2, xix,
  349-354, 1 pi.— BclmnN (J.) .t CSodlcwaki (E.)   Note
  surle muscle thenar cutane..  Montpel. med., 1905, xx, 371.—
  D'Eranl (T.)  I'asci  anomali del m. sternomastoideo.
  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di  med. e nat., Napoli, 1892-3, iii, 149-
  158,1 pl.— Be volo.  Difetto congenito dei muscoli grande
  e piccolo pettorale.  Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1898, v,
  39-41.—Dwight (T.)  Observations on the psoas parvus
  aud pvramidalis ; a study of variation.  Proc. Am. Phil.
  Soc. Phila., 1893. xxxi. 117-123.—Killer (P.)  Leber  die
  Herkunft undEntstehungsursache des Mu.-eulus sternalis.
  Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.!'. Anthrop. [etc], Miiuchen,
  1900. xxxi, 150-154.  .Uso [ Abstr.]: Miiuehen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1900,  xlvii.  1441. -----. Der Musculus  .•-ternalis,
  seine Ursache nnd Eut«tehung, nebst Bemerkungen iiber
  die Beziehuugen zwischen  Nerv  und Muskel.  Ztscbr.
  f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1901, iii, 21-92, 2  pl.—
  EidIicn ( H.)   Ueber  ein  Zwischenmuskelbiindel  im
  Gebiete  des M. pectoralis major   und latissimus  dorsi.
  Anat. Anz., Jeua, 1892-3, viii, 387-397.—Fppingcr (H.)
  Ein neuer abnormer, quergestreifter Muskel (M. diaphrag-
  matico-rctromediastinalis) bei Missbildungen des Her/.ens
  und der  grossen Gefasse und  seine Beziehuugen zu letz-
  teren.  Wien.  klin. Wi hnsohr., 1889, ii, 291; 320; 337; 359;
  402.—Fainnel (G.)  Note sur un  cas d absence complete
  du sterno-cleido-mastoidien et du peaucier   Bull.et me.ni.
  Soc.  auat. de  Par.,  1899, lxxiv. 150.— Fajardo (F.)  A
  proposito di un' anomalia  muscolare.   Policlin.,  Roma,
  1901, viii sez.  ( hir., 152—Fallot.  Absence congenitale
  des muscles pectoraux.  Marseille med., 1899, xxxvi, 729-
  731, 1 pl.—Faiio.  [Anomalie musculaire au (levant du
  sternum.)  Bull. Soc. auat.de Par., 1854. xxix, 325.—Fere
  (C.)  Note sui une anomalie musculaire chez deux epilep-
  tiques.   N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1889, ii, 92-95,
  2 pl. -----. Note snr une anomalie musculaire unilaterale
  che/. uu epileptique dont les convulsions predominaieut
  du cote  de l'auomalie.  Ibid., 1891. iv,  456-463.— Fick
  (R.)  Drei Fiille von  Musculus sternalis.  Anat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1891, vi. 601-606. -----.  Notiz iiber einen M. ster-
  nalis.  Arch. f. Anat  u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1899,
  193.—Flfiiiming (P.)  Abnormal muscles.  Proc. Anat.
  Soc. Or.  Brit. Sc Ireland, Lond., 1896-7, p.  xxxi.— Flint
  (J. M.)   On the  use of  clay models to  record  muscular
  variations found in the  dissecting room, with a note on
  two classes of m. sternalis aud its influence on the giowth
  of m.pectoralis major.  J.Med. Research, Bost., 1902. viii,
  496-501,  1 pl.—Forlin  &  Chaplain.  Absence con-
  genitale du deltolde.  Normandie med.. Rouen, 1903, xviii,
  299.—Frank* (K.)   Muscular anomalies.  Proc.  Path.
  Soc. Dubl., 1877-80,  n.  s.. viii. 70.—Fusari (R.)  Delle
  principali varietk muscolari  occorse  nel piimo biennio
  d' msegnamento  anatomico nell' Univeisita di Ferrara.
  Mem. Accad.  med.-chir.  di Ferrara, 1892-3,  lxvi, fasc. 1-
  2, 3-29.—<»eipel.  Em Fall von angeboreueni Mangel der
  Muskeln der oberen Extremitaten und Schultern.  Miin-
  chen. med. Wchuschr., 1899,  xlvi,  318.—van Ctelderen j
  (D. N.)   Een subcutaan,  uitrukken van deu musculus
  indicator.  Nederl. Tijdsrhr.  v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1904,
  2. r., xl, d. 2, 161-16 : —<»cnilre.  Note sur uue anomalie
  du grand adducteur.  Bull. Soc.  d'anat.  et physiol. de
  Bordeaux, 1899, xx. 130. — Grntea.  L'n  cas d'anomabe
  du petit zygomatique.  Ibid., 261.  ---- .  Anomalies mul-
  tiples des muscles extenseurs  des doigts  sur uu  meiue
  sujet.   Ibid..  287.  -----.  Muscle petit  pectoro-6pitro-
  cbhSen.   J. de ni6d. de Bordeaux,  1900, xxx, 235. — Ge-
  rard (•■.) Note sur une anomalie exceptiounelledu muscle
  omo-hyoidien.   Bihbog. anat.. Par.  &. Nancy, 1899. vii, 269-
  276.  -----. Le muscle ancone de  l'homme.  Ibid., 1903,
  xii,  217-234.— Oiaunclli  (L.)  Sopra  alcune  anomalie
  muscolari.  Atti d. i.  Aicad. d. fisiocrit.  in Siena, 1898,
  4. s., ix, 65-72. -----. Sopra una non comune anomalia  del
  musculo  pronatoro rotondo.  Ibid., 4. s., x, 55-58, 1 pl.—
  Gilia (P.)  Note sur  un muscle  costo-basilaire chez le
  cochon d Inde.  Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s.,
  iv,10]8. — 4« iuri.-i.  Ill un inuscolo jjuteo-perineale. Boll.
  d.r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1886, n,  11.—Griffith (F. W.)
  Musculus supraclavicular!* proprius  of  Gruber.  Proc.
  Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit.  Sc  Ireland, Lond., 1896-7,  p. xxiii.
  -----.    Note on a case of muscular abnormality  ob-
  served  durinsr life.  J. Anat.  Sc Physiol., Lond., 1901-2,
  xxxvi, 387.—Gruber  (W.)  Ein  Tensor  capsute  radio-
  carpabs dorsalis, vorher mcht gesehen.  Arch.  f.  path.
  Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1886,  cm,  474.  -----■. Reduction des i
Muscle* (Abnormities of).
  Ulnaris internus digiti v. auf einen Muskel in der Vola
  maims; vorher nicht gesehen.  Ibid., 1888, cxiv, 303-365.
  lpl. AUo, Reprint. -----. EiuMusculuspiso-metacarpiis,
  Ibid., 365-367,1 pl. -----. Ein Musculus rectus femoris
  accessorius;  vorher  nicht  gesehen.   Ibid..  367,   1  pl.
  -----. Vagiua propria im  Ligamentum carpi dorsale  fiir
  den Bauch  des Extensor  digitornm longus manus zum
  Zeigetinger beim Mensehen,  und dieselbe analoge Vajiiua
  fiir den Bauch desselben Muskels fiir die 2. Zehe des Vor-
  (lerfusses bei  Phascolarctos cinereus.   Ibid., 369-371.
  -----. Theilung der Vagina  am Ligamentum  der Fascia
  cruralis iu der Fussbeuge in zwei secundiire Vacina)  fiir
  deu Musculus extensor  digitoium longus pedis bei dem
  Mensehen uud bei Siiueethieren.  Ibid., 371-374.—Guiin-
  biirg (F.)  Zur Casuistik  der  augeborenen  Muskel-
  anomalien.  Klin.Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg.,1889,xxvii,
  263-265.-<Juibe  (M.)   Anomalie du jambier anterieur.
  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.,  1897. lxxii, 231. -----. Anomalie
  des peroniers lateraux.   Ibid.. 305.—Ilnbw.   Abdomen
  obstipum (angeborene Verkiir/.ung des Musculus rectus
  abdominis).   Ztschr.  f.  orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1899,  vii,
  304-308. -von llnflTncr (II.)  Eine seltene doppelseitige
  Anomalie des Trapezius.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat.
  ii.  Physiol., Leipz., 1903, xx, 313-318, 1 pl.—Hagmau
  (A.)  l'n cas de  developpement incomplet  du  muscle
    fraud pectoral chez ungarcoudeonze ans.   Rev. d'orthop.,
    'ar., 1892, iii, 321-329.—llalbcrlwmn (II. J.)  Over eeue
  verbinding tusschen de breede rugspier en de driehoofdige
  armspier  bij deu mensch; een analogon van den bij die-
  reu voorkoiueuden musculus anconseus  quintus.  Versl.
  . . . d. d. Akad. v. Wetensch.  Afd. Natuurk., Amst., 1856,
  iv, 238-240, 1 pl. -----. Musculus supinator brevis acces-
  sorius.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1862,  vi,
  609.  AUo,  iu his: Ontleedk.  Aanteeken., Amst.  1862,
  5-6.—llalipre (A.) 6c Cauehois (A.)  Muscle pr6-
  sternal unique.   Normandie  med.,  Rouen, 1903,   xviii,
  453-455.  Also [Abstr.]:  Rev. m6d. de Normandie, Rouen,
  1903. 433.—llannema  (L.)   On  an uncommon form of
  musculus sternalis.  Petrus Camper.  Nederl.  bijdr. t. de
  auat., Haarlem Sc Jena, 1903-4, ii,  537-545.—II an gli (P.)
  A  muscular anomaly in  the horse.  Vet. J.. Loml., 1905,
  n. s., xi, 324.—Mellon (E.) & £.nbougle (J.)   Quelques
  anomalies musculaires.  J. de m6d. de  Bordeaux, 1888-9,
  xviii, 259; 274: 288.  AUo [Abstr.] : Gaz. hebd.  d. sc. med.
  de Bordeaux. 1889, x, 305.—Hepburn (D.)   Complete
  separation of the two heads of the  biceps flexor cruris
  muscle.   J.  Anat.  &   Physiol.,  Loud.,  1892-3,  xxvii,
  282-284—Herve  (G.)   Variations correlatives: biceps
  k  quatre  chefs;  trajet d6vie  du nerf musculo-cutan6.
  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1889. 3. s., xii, 405-410.—
  Hofniann.  Ein  Fall  von  angeboruem   Brustmus-
  kehlefect mit  Atrophie des Amies uud  Schwimmhautbil-
  dung. Arch. f. path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl.,  1896,  c.xlvi, 163-
  172.—Huntington  (G. S.) Present problems of  myo-
  logical research aud the significance and  classification of
  muscular variations.   Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1901-2, i, 511:
  1902-3, ii, 157, 7  pl. -----.  The  derivation and  signifi-
  cance of certain supernumerary muscles of the pectoral
  region.  J. Anat. Sc l'hysiol., Lond..  1904-5,  xxxix,  1-54,
  14 pl.—HulchiiiMon (J.)  Congenital deficiencies in  the
  pectoral muscles.  Arch. Surg., Lond., 1893-4, v, 342-344.—
  Jeanne (A.) Un cfis  de muscle presternal.   Bull. Soc.
  anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 438-440.—.Sclgersina. (G.)  Een
  geval van abnormaal symetrisch samenweikende spieren.
  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk., Amst., 1896, 2. R., xxxii,
  d. 2, 606-611.—Jung (A.)  Eine noch nicht beschriebene
  Anomalie des Musculus omobyoideus.  Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1892, vii, 582-584.—.Iiivara  (E.)  Contribution k l'etude
  des anomalies musculaires.   Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894,
  lxix, 728.—Kalischcr (S.)   Ueber angeborene Muskel-
  defecte.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1896,  xv,  685;  732.—
  Killer (N. W.)   Two cases of supernumerary radio pal-
  mar muscle;  muscle  supernumerane radio-palmaire of
  Testut.  J. Anat.  & Physiol., bond., 1901-2,  xxxvi,  7(1.—
  Keith (A.)  Note on the  supracostalis  anterior.  Ibid.,
  1893-4. xxviii, 333. -----. (Fibrous band lying  on the dor-
  sum of the scapula superficial to the fascia covering  the
  infraspinatus.]  Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr.  Brit, ^v  Ireland,
  Lond., 1 HlMi. ].  xi\ —Kirschbaum (R  R.  II.)  &  dc
  Koniug iVIuuting (D.  K.)  Congenital defect vau de
  sterno-costale aldeeiing  van deu  m  pectoralis major en
  van den m. pectoralis minor.  Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl ,
  Amst., 1898, ii, 222-233,  2 pl.—Knoll (.1. F.)   Abnormal-
  ities in human myology.   Proc. I!o\. Irish Acad. (Science),
  Dubl., 1877-83, 2. a, iii,  407-127.' Also, Reprint. -----.
  Musculai anomalies,  including those of the diaphragm,
  and subdiaphragmatic regions of the human body.   Proc.
  Roy. Irish Acad. (Science). Dubl., 1877-83. 2.  s., iii, 627-
  641.—Kobler (G.)  Eiu Fall von angeboreueni Mangel
  der Musculi pectoralis  der  rechten  Seite.  Wien.  klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1888,  l, 724.—Koganei, Arai   & Mkiki-
  ■iniui.  Varietatenstatistik  der Muskeln.  [Japanese text
  with German abstract. ]  Mitt. d.  med. Gesellsch. zu  To-
  kyo,  1903,  xvii,  127-139.—Krcutzer   (F.i   Varietiiten
  der Kaumuskeln.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb  ,  1895-6, vii, 009-
  636.—Kums (G.-E.)  Contribution k l'etude des anoma-
  lies musculaires de la region anterieure de l'avant-bras: 
MUSCLES.
224
MUSCLES.
Muscles  (Abnormities of).
  Le long adducteur du  petit doigt chez l'liomme.  J. de
  1'anat. et physiol. |etc]. Par., 1899, xxxv, 677-693, 2 pl.—  ,
  Kulezycki (W.)  Accessorische  Sehuen des  .Muse.
  extensor digitorum communis  beim Pferde uud die mor-
  phologisehe  Bedeutung  derselben.   Oesterr.  Ztschr. f.
  wissensch. Vcterinark.,  Wien, 1889, n. F., iii. 151-159, |1
  pl__[Lnbouglc.]  L'homme-prot6e  k l'Kcole de mede-
  cine  de Marseille.   Marseille med.,  1888,  xxv, 30-35.
  -----.  Anomalie du long ahducteur du pouce.  Bull. Soc.
  d'anat.  et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 42. — Liifite-
  Dupont.  'Muscle doiso-6pitrochl6eii.  I bid., 1899, xx,
  275.  AUo:  J  de  med.  'de Bordeaux.  1899, xxix,  413.
  -----.  Duplicite du pyramidal.  J. de m6d. de Bordeaux,
  1899, xxix,413. —Lambert (0.)  Considerations nouvelles
  k  propos d'un nouveau  cas de muscle prcsternal.   Bull.
  Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1894, 4. s., v, 237-241.—Laurent
  (H.)  Leber einige Muskelvarietaten.  Auat. Anz.. Jena.
  1896,  xii, 1(18-172.—Lcdouble  (A.  F.)  Contribution k
  1'e.tude des anomalies des muscles.  Mem. Soc. d'anthrop.
  de Par., 1883-8,  2. s., iii,  369-375.  -----. Contributions k
  I'histoire des anomalies musculaires; muscles de la nuque
  et du dos.   Rev. d'anthrop.. Par., 1888, 3. s., iii. 429-455.
  -----.  Sur  trente-trois muscles presternaux.   Bull.  Soc.
  d'anthrop. de Par., 1890, 4. s., i.  533-554.  -----. Anomalies
  du couturier ( sartorius ).  Ibid.,  1891, 4. s., ii, 792-801.
  -----.  Les anomalies du muscle grand dorsal.  Ibid.. 1893,
  4. s.,  iv, 626-653. -----.  Sur le muscle prC'Sternal.  Ibid.,
  1894,  4. s., v, 480-483. -----. Des variations  du systeme
  musculaire cie l'homme.  Cong, internat. de med.  C. r.,
  Par.,  1900, sect,  d'anat.,  30-4X  Also:  Bibliog. anat.,  Par.
  Sc Nancy, 1900, viii. 297-308.— Levi (G.)  Di un' associa-
  zione di'due variazioni  muscolari nello stesso  individuo
  (m. coiaco-biachialesnperioreesotto-spinale superficiale).
  Atti  d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent.  1900,  Firenze,  1901, 20-
  22—von Limbeck (R.)  Eiu  Fall von completem Cu-
  cullaiis-Defect.   Prag.  med. Wchnsehr., 1889, xiv,  419-
  421.— Lionli (G.)  Su di un muscolo condro-costo-epitro-
  cleare.   Policlin., Roma, 1901-2,  viii,  sez. prat., 1345.—
  Lombard.  Muscles presternaux.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et
  physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii,  30-32— Luboneh  (W.)
  Ein M. coraco-antibrachialis beim Mensehen;  Beitrag zur
  Morphologic des M. biceps bracbii.   Morphol. Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1899, xxvii, 309-316.—Mncalister (A.)  Notes on
  muscular anomalies in human auatomv-  Proc. Rov. Irish
  Acad.,  Dubl..  1864-7,  ix,  444-467, Tpl. -----. Further
  notes on muscular anomalies in human anatomy, and their
  bearing upon homoty pical myology.   Ibid., 1866-70, x,
  121-164.—yiagmiN (F.)  Eiu Fall von multiplen congeni-
  talen Couti actureii iiiit Muskeldefecten.  Ztschr. f. orthop.
  Chir.. Stuttg.,  1902-3, xi, 424-432. - iHarrix  Sc  Corner
  (E. M.)  [Omo-trachelian muscle.] Proc. Anat. Soc. (Jr.
  Brit.  & Ireland, Lond.,  1900-1901, p. iii. —Matas  (R.)
  Accessory fasciculus of the soleus in both legs of the same
  subject, associated with  absence  of the plantaris in both
  extremities.  N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1888-9, n. s., xvi, 581-584.—
  IVIatura (E.)  Ein Fall von vollkonimeuem Defect des
  Musculus pectoralis maior und minor, nebst Bemerkungen
  iiber die respiratoriscbe Thatigkeit der Intercostalmuskel.
  Jahrb.  d. W ien, k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien  u. Leipz.,
  1899,  vi, pt.  2, 282-287.— Mazzone  (F.)  Una rara ano-
  malia del inuscolo flessore superficiale comune delle dita.
  Ann. d. fac. di med. e mem. a.  Accad. med.-chir. di Peru-
  gia, 1899, xi, 240. — ITIichel  (M.)  Two cervical muscle
  anomalies m the negro.  Med. Rec. N. Y., 1892, xii, 125.—
  ITIonestie (F.)  Anomalie double de l'insertion externe
  du petit pectoral.  Bull. Soc. anat.-clin. de Lille, 1891, vi,
  203-205.  AUo: J.  d.  Sc. med.  de Lille, 1892, i, 113.—
  JVIonzioln ..v IVIourhnrd.   Faisceau sui-numeraire de
  l'adducteur  du pouce.  Toulouse  ui6d., 1902,  2. s., iv, 46.
  Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s, xvi, 118.—Moody
  (R. O.)   A note pu the occurrence of tin scapuloclavicular
  muscle.  [Abstr.]   Proc. Ass. Am. Anat., Wash.,  1894,
  vi, 46.  Also: Tr. Pan-Am M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt.
  2, 1165.—ltloreira (•!.)  Musculo acron-io-clavicularis.
  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1894, 377-379.—IVIoreMin (IL)
  Anomalies du muscle  digastrique.   Bull. Soc. anat. de
  I'ar.,  1894, lxix, 653-657. -----. Anomalie de l'extenseur
  commuu des orteils.   Ibid.,  844. -----.  Anomalie du
  muscle brachial  ant6rieur.  Ibid., 1015. -----. Muscle
  ilio-rotulieu  surnumeraire.  Ib\d.,  1895, lxx, 44. -----.
  Anomalie de 1 accessoire du long fl6chisseur commuu des
  orteils.  Ibid.,  46. -----. Muscle  accessoire  du  long
  ftechisseur commuu des orteils.   Ibid., 1896,  lxxi, 34.
  -----.  Extenseur  commuu des  doigts represents par
  quatre  muscles distmcts;  muscle extenseur  piopre ou
  court extenseur de l'auirulaire;  faisceau  surnum6raire
  du long  abducteur  du  pouce.   Ibid., 37.  -----. Ad-
  ducteur du  petit doigt presentant un chef anti-brachial.
  Ibid., 626.  -----. Insertion  antibrachiale  du muscle
  court flechisseur du petit doigt.  Ibid., 671-674. — ill or i
  (A.)    Di  una  varieta  anatomica  dell' aponeurosi del
  muscolo grande obliquo.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx,
  1441 -1443. -----. Mancanza del  muscolo grande petto-
  rale.   Monitore  zool.  ital., Firenze, 1902, xin,  13-17.—
  Iilouchet  (A.)   Anomalies  musculaires.   Bull.  Soc.
  anat.  de Par., 1898, lxxiii, 146-148.—Neumann (H.)  [Fall
Muscle*  (Abnormities  of).
  von kongtnitalen Muskeldefekten.l   Mitt. d. Gesellsch.
  f. inn. Mid. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904. iii, 164-166.—Neu-
  "layer (H.)  Ueber einen Musculus thyreoideus trans-
  versus.  Monatschr. f.Obrenh., Berl.. 1894.xxviii, 307-311. —
  Newmark (L.)  Zwei Fiille von partielhm Defekt des
  M.  cucularis.   Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1899,   xviii,
  1011 - 1014. — Nota*  acerca  del  hombre-proteo.   Ret!
  valenc. de cien. m6d., Valencia,  1904,  vi, 379-:;82.—Oltci--
  sleiner  (H.)  RiicUenmarksbefund bei  Mnskehb fek
  ten.  Wien.  klin. Rundschau, 1902,  xvi, 302-304.   AUo,
  Repiint.—Orru  (E.)  Su  di  uu muscolo  sopranunie
  rario  e  sulla disposizione delle aponevrosi (lei  dorse
  della  mano nell'  uomo.  Monitore  zool.  ital.,  Firenze,
  1902,  xiii,  84-87. — Osier (W.)   Congenital  absence
  of the abdominal muscles,  with distended and hypertro-
  phied urinary bladder.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.
  1901, xii, 331-333.  AUo: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc., N. Y., 1902
  xiv, 223-228. — Par»ons (F. G.)  On the morphology of
  the musculus sternalis.   J.  Anat. Sc Physiol., Lond.. 1892-
  3, xxvii, 505-507.—Pearl (R.)  On two cases id'muscular
  abnormality  in the cat.  Biol. Bull., Woods Holl,  Mass.,
  1903, v, 336-341. — Perier.  Note sur un muscle  suruu-
  m6raire  de la region  carotidienne.  Dauphin6 med., Gre-
  noble, 1903, xxvii, 73.—Petit  (A.)  Anomalie musculaire.
  Progres med.. Par., 1880, viii, 699. — Petrini (P.)  Ano-
  malia muschilor digastricl;  pantece  anterior  .supranume-
  rar; muschiii  tri^astric.  Spitalul, Bucuresci. 1898, xviii,
  32-34.— Philip.  Anomalie du palmaire cutan6.   Bull.
  Soc. d'anat.  et physiol.  de  Bordeaux,  1899, xx, 44.—
  Picou (R.) & Delanglade.  Insertions inl'erieiires du
  muscle long peronier lateral; anomalie decemuscle.  Bull.
  Soc. Hnat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 160-164.—Piollet.  Muscle
  presternal.  Lyon med., 1903, ci, 832-834. — Plelh (V.)
  A case of supernumerary muscle   in  the foreaim (M.
  accessorius ad flex. profuiuL).   Plexus, Chicago,  1900-
  1901, vi, 103-105. — Poirier (P.)  Quadriceps crural;  in-
  sertion  rotulienne.  Bull. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1888, lxiii,
  318-324.—Poland (J.)   Variations of tbe external ptery-
  goid muscle.  J. Anat. &  Physiol.. Lond., lt-89-90, xxiv,
  567-572. — Popoft'fF.)  Ob anomaliyakh m. m. sterno-
  hyoidei i stylo-hyoidei  u sobak i m. stylo-hyoidei u ba-
  rana.    [Anomalies of the  sterno-hyoid and stylohyoid
  muscles in dogs and of the stylohyoid muscle in a ram.]
  Vet. Vestnik, Kharkov,  1889-90,  viii,  2. sect.,  65-09.—
  Picniio (J.  A.)   Cuadrigemino de  la cabeza.   Rev. de
  med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1896, i. 127-130.—Princetenu.
  Faisceau du  long supinateur  tenseur de  l'apon6vrose
  antibrachiale  posl6rieure; insertion  non d6crite du long
  abducteur du pouce.  Bull. Soc.  d'anat. et  physiol. . . .
  de Bordeaux,  1892, xiii, 17-23.  Also: J. de med. de Bor-
  deaux, 1892, xxii, 106. — Kaybaud (A.)  Note  d'autop-
  sie; sur uu cas d'absence  congenitale des muscles pec-
  toraux.  Marseille  med., 1900, xxxvii, 344. — Kegnault
  (F.)  Hypertrophic pathologique des apophyses d'inser-
  tion musculaire.  Bull.  Soc. auat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 735-
  740.—Kegnier.  Anomalie du muscle couturier.  Bull.
  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890,  xi. 237.—
  Re ill (R. W.)  ISupraclavieularis muscle.  J. Anat. &
  Physiol.,  Lond., 1888-9, xxiii,  353. — Riexmnn  (D.) &
  Wood (H. C), jr.  A  case of unusual development of
  the platysma myoides.  Univ.  Penu.  M.  Bull.,  Phila.,
  1902-3, xv, 96. — Rocher.  Muscle  digastriqne  occipito-
  facial.  J.denied.deBordeaiix, 1903, xxxin, 528. — Rocher
  & Desourtcaux.  Muscle epitmehleo cubital.   Bull.
  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi. 183.—
  Roubinovileh (J.)  Muscle  pre-steinal ehezl'hoinnie.
  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1888, lxiii, 222-224.  Also: Progres
  med., Par., 1888, 2. s., vii, 283.—Rozenel  (A. I.)   Otsu-
  tsviyeport. sternocostalis bolsboi . ;., vsel ipalnl. grudnoi
  mishtshi, ravnomlernoye ukorocheniye paltsevikh falang
  na  pravol rukie, i proch.;  kak prizuaki | sikhicheskavo
  virozhdeniva  u  dushevno-bolnovo.   [Absence of  sterno-
  costal portion of pectoralis  major, of  the entire pectoralis
  minor,  equal  shortening of the phalanges of  the light
  hand, etc., as signs of psvehical degeneration in  the men-
  tally  diseased.)   Trudi  V  syezda Obsh. russk.  vrach. v
  pamyat  Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894, l.  590 — Riiekerl (J.)
  Leber angeborenen Defect der Biustmuskeln.  Sitzungsb.
  d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. ii. Physiol, in  Munchen, 1890, vi,
  57-62.— Rudini (A.)   Sul  muscolo interiligastrico di Bi-
  anchi e sull' aponeurosi soprajoidea  od  intermediojoidea.
  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in  Siena, 1902  4. s., xiv, 191.
  -----.  Alcuni casi di spostamento in alto del teudine m-
  termedio del m. digastrico, in relazione al tnangolo lpo-
  glosso |oideo o di Hueter. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol.,
  Firenze,  1903, ii, 59-65. —  Sainati (L.)   Di un  caso di
  mancanza del gran pettorale, osservato sul viveiite.  Poli-
  clin.. Roma,  1900, vii, sez. chir., 428-430.- Nrhein (M.)
  A h6naljszor fejl6de.se 6sa mellizmok veleszul.tett  hiauya.
  [The develoi>ment of the hair of the armpits and defect of
  the breast muscles.]  GydgyAszat, Budapest, 1903, xlm, 86;
  103.  AUo. transl.: Med. Bi., Wien, 1903, xxvi, 176; 195 —
  Schlcsiiigcr.  Ein Fall  von  augeborenem Defecte des
  Musculus pectoralis major  dexter.  Wien.  med.  Bl., 1894,
  xvii. 262.—Schullz (J.)  Zwei  Musculi sternales.   Auat.
  Anz., Jena, 1888,  ill, 228-234.—Shepherd (F. J.)  The 
MUSCLES.                                       225                                      MUSCLES.
-----------------------------------------------------------#----
Muscles (Abnormities of).
  musculus sternalis  and its  nerre-supplv.   J.  Anat. &
  Phvsiol., Lond:, 18S8-9, xxiii, 303-307.—Siraud.  Ano-
  malie du muscle digastrique.  Province med., Lyon, 1895,
  ix, 219.—Smith (E. B.)  Muscular anomalies; with notes
  on the origin and function of the ligamentum  posticum
  Winslowii.  Proc. Auat. Soc. Gr. Brit. Sc Ireland, Lond.,
  1893, pp. xxiv-xxx.—Souligoux (C.) Du petit muscle
  coraco-brachial de Cruveilhier.   Bull. Soc. auat. de Par.,
  1894, lxix, 214-216.—Souque* (A.)  Absence cong6nitale
  des muscles grand  et petit pectoral.  X. iconog. de la
  Salpetriere, Par., 1902, xv, 131-137, 2  pl.  Also  [Abstr.]:
  Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 159-161.—Srb (J.)   Anomalie
  svalu co prek&zka pfi podvazovdni  tepny hniitni zadni.
  [ Anomaly of muscle vfrom obstruction by bandage of arteria
  tibialis  postica.J  Casop.  16k. cesk., v Praze,  1863, ii,
  186.—Stange  (P.)  Ueber einen Fall von fast vollstau-
  digem Defect  des rechten Musculus  cueuilaris und  des
  rechten Musculus sternocleidomastoideus. Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1896, xxii, 412-414.—Slcche
  (O.)   Beitrage zur  Kenntnis der kongenitalen Muskel-
  defekte.   Deutsche Ztschr.  f.   Nerveuh.,  Leipz., 1905,
  xxviii, 217-251.—Sleiner  ( W.  R.)  Dermatomyositis;
  with  report of a case  yvhich presented a  rare  muscle
  anomally but once described in man.  J. Exper. M., N. V.,
  1901-5, vi, 407-442, 4 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: J. Bost. Soe. M.
  Sc, 1900-1901,  v, 355-366.  AUo, Reprint.-Stern (S.)  A
  nagy mellizom rez leges s a kis mellizora teljes hidny&nak
  esete.  [Defect of the major and absence of minor pectoral
  muscle.]   Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1890, xxxiv, 255.  AUo,
  transl. | Abstr. |: Pest, med.-chir.  Presse, Budapest, 1890,
  xxvi,  073. — Mtumme (E. G.)  Ueber die symmetrischen
  kongenitalen Bauchmuskeldefekte und iiber  die Kombi-
  nation derselben  mit  anderen  Bildunssanomalieu  des
  Rumpfes (Hochstand, Hypertrophic   und Dilatation  der
  Blase, Ureterendilatation,Kryptorchismus, Furchennabel,
  Thoraxdeformitat, etc.).  Mitt. a. d. Greuzgeb. d. Med. u.
  Chir., Jena, 1903, xi. 548-590.—Susloff (K.)   O tretyel
  golovkle ikronozhuavo muskula (M.  gastrocnemius  ter-
  tius Krause).   Izvlest. Imp. Voveuno-Med. Akad., S.-Pe-
  terb., 1902,  iv. 393-399.— Tnnibioni  (R.) &  Lam-
  branzi (R.)  Una anomalia del muscolo pellicciaio. Boll.
  d. manic, prov. di Ferrara,  1899, xxvii, 11-16.—Taylor
  (A. E.)  Case of clavicular insertion of the pectorali s minor.
  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1897-8, xxxii, 218.—Tenchini
  (L.)   Di un nuovo muscolo soprauniimerario della reirioue
  posteriore dell' antibraccio umano (M. extensor  digiti in-
  dicia et medii) consociato ad  un fascicolo mauidio.  Moni-
  tore  zool. ital., Firenze,  1902, xiii, 57-66,  1 pl.— Teraen.
  Observation de deux cas d'absence congenitale partielle
  des muscles pectoraux.  Union med. du nord-est, Reims,
  1894, xviii, 130-132.—Testut (L.)  Nouveau cas de muscle
  chondro-epitrochl6eu.   Bull.  Soc. d'anat. et  physiol.  . . .
  de Bordeaux, 1881, ii, 245. -----.  Muscle surnum6iaire
  sterno-costo-epitrochleen d6pendant  du grand  pectoral.
  Ibid.. 246. -----. Classification des muscles claviculaires
  sunium6raires.  Ibid.,  247.-----.  Note snr un muscle
  axoldo-basilaire observ6 chez l'homme.   Ibid.,  1882, iii,
  241. -----. Note sur quatre cas de muscle court coraco-
  branchial observes chez l'homme.  Ibid., 255-259. -----.
  Les anomalies  musculaires chez les nfegres   et  chez les
  blancs.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Histol., Berl.,
  1884, i, 285-291.  -----. Anomalie musculaire  resultant de
  la fusion de deux muscles  surnum6raires, l'accessoire du
  soI6aire  et le long accessoire des flechissenrs des orteils.
  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi,  077-679.—Thigpen
  (F. M.)  Notes on an anomalous muscle found in dissec- j
  tion of the posterior part  of the leg of an  adult white
  (male) subject; an independent fibular flexor  proprius of
  the second toe;  with remarks by R. Alatas. N. Orl. M. &
  S. J., 1888-9. n. s., xvi,  584-591.—Thomson  (A.)  Fre-
  quency of the  psoas parvus, and, if possible, to  note  the
  nerve-supply.  J. Anat.  &  Physiol.,  Lond., 1892-3, xxvii,
  187-189.  -----. Question I: State in  each subject exam-
  ined, particularly noting the sex, whether the following
  muscles are present or  absent on one or other side, or
  both:  (a) pyramidalis abdominis;  (b) palmaris  Imgus;
  (c) plantaris.   [Rep.]  Ibid., 1894-5, xxix, 36-43.—Toldt
  (K. ), jun.  Assymetrische Ausbildung der Schlafen-
  muskein bei einem Fuchs infolge einseitiger Kautatigkeit.
  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 176-191.—Tyrie (C. C.  B.)
  Musculus saphenus.   J. Anat. &  Physiol., Lend., 1893-4,
  xxviii, 288-290.—Urso (G.)  Sopra una anomalia dei mus-
  coli della gamba.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 18.—
  Vannucci (G.)  Di una anomaliadel muscolo digastrico
  accompagnata dalla presenza del muscolo mento-joideo di
  Macabster.   Bull. d. sc. med.di Bologna, 1889, 6. s., xxiv,
  106-113.—Varaglia (S.)  Sul siguificato d'un prolunga-
  mento fibroso che dal m. pectoralis major va  alia capsula
  dell' articulatio hnmeri nell' uomo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di
  med.di Torino, 1899,4. s., xlvii, 417-420.—Villemin (P.)
  Anomalie musculaire de la r6gion cervieale.   Bull. Soc.
  Anat.  de Par.,  1888, lxiii,  204.—Vincenzi (L.)  Ueber
  eigentiimlicbe Faserendigungen im  Trapezkern.  Anat.
  Anz.,  Jena, 1899, xvi,  376-380.—Vital! (G.)  Varieta
  muscolari dell'  avambraccio e della niauo.   Atti  d. r.
  Accad.  d.  fisiocrit. in  Siena, 1903,  4. s.. xv, 373-380.—
  Voivenel (P.)   Anomalies vasculaires et musculaires,

       VOL XI, 2d  series----15
Muscles (Abnormities of).
  trouv6es sur un meme sujet.  Toulouse m6d., 1901, 2. s.,
  iii, 65-67, 5 pl.  Also:  Echo med., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv,
  161-163— Vollbracht.   [Defekt des linken Musculus
  pectoralis major und des linken Musculus serratus anticus
  major.]  Mitt.  d. Gesellsch. f. inn.  "Med. u. Kinderh. in
  Wien, 1904, iii, 167.— Walsh (J. J.)  Muscular anoma-
  lies.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8. x, 229-231.  -----. A
  sternalis muscle.  Ibid., 231.— Weber (A.)  &  Collin
  (It.)   Un  muscle  hiim6ro-transversaire  observ6 chez
  l'homme  Bibliog.  anat.,  Par. & Nancy, 1905,  xiv, 190-
  192.—Widal &,  Lemierre.  Absence congenitale du
  muscle petit pectoral  et du chef  sterno-costal du grand
  pectoral.  Bull, et 1116111. Soc. med. d. hop.  de Par., 1902,
  3. s., xix,  880-884.—Williston  (S. W.)   The sternalis
  muscle.  Proc. Acad.  Nat. Sc.  Phila., 1889,  pt. 1, 38-41.—
  Wilinart (L)  Un muscle anormal aurioulo-stylo-glosse.
  J. de med., chir. et pharm icol., Brux., 1895,788. — Wilnon
  (J. T.)  Two cases of variation in the nerve-supply of the
  first lunibrical muscle in  the hand.  J. Anat.  Ac Physiol.,
  Lond., 1889-90, xxiv, 22-26.—Windlc (B. C. A.)  A note
  on the musculus sternalis.  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1889, iv,
  715-719.—Wood  (J.)  On some varieties in human myol-
  ogy.  Proc. Roy.  Soc. Lond., 1863-4, xiii, 299-303.  —'■—.
  Variations in human myology observed during the winter
  sessions  of 1865-68 at King's College,  London.   Ibid.,
  1866-7, xv,  229;  518: 1867-8.  xvi,  483, 3  ch.—Young
  (R. B.)  Absence of the subclavius muscle.  In : Mem.
  [etc.] in anat., 8°, Loud. Sc Edinb., 1889, 184—Zaunini
  (P.)  Un muscolo sopranoumerario nella regioue gambale
  doll' asino.  Arch, scient.  d. r. Soc. ed Accad.  vet. ital.,
  Torino, 1905,  iii, 7-9.—Zicgler.  Anomalie musculaire;
  petit palmaire  bicipital.    Bull. Soc.  d'anat.  et physiol.
  .  . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 297-299. — Zieliriski (K.)
  Przypadek wrodzonego braku wielkiego i malego miesnia
  piersiowego.  [Case of consreuital absence  of major and
  minor pectoral muscles.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1892, 2. s.,
  xii, 297-302.—Zimuiermaun (A.)  Ein  Fall  von con-
  genitalem Mangel des Musculus pectoralis  major und
  minor mit Flugnautbildung.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,
  Basel, 1893, xxiii, 358-364.—Zinn (W. )  Einseitiges Feh-
  len des Platvsma myoides.  Centralbl.  f.  allg.  Path. u.
  path. Anat., "Jena, 1892, iii, 849-851.

Muscles (Abscess  of).
     See Muscles (Inflammation of).

Muscles (Atrophy  and  degeneration of).
     See also,  Atrophy  (Muscular)  [and  subdivi-
  sions] ;   Dystrophy  (Muscular );   Myopathy
  (Primitiveprogressive);  Paralysis (Local).
     Hedley (W.  S.)   Practical muscle testing and
  the treatment of muscular atropines.  8C.   Lon-
  don,  1897.
     Heydrich  (E.)  * Beitrag zur Lehre der hya-
  lineu Degeneration der quergestreiften Mnsku-
  latur.  8°.   Strassburg, 1867.
     Overwun  (G. N. C.)   * Degeueratie-reactie
  bij nriuiair eu secundair spierlijden.  8°.   Delft,
  lejlH.
     Pingel (C. [W.  H.])  * Ueber zwei Fiille von
  isclitimisclier  Muskellantnung.   8°.   Greifswald,
  1692.
     Sainton (P.)   *L'aiiivotropliie, type Cbarcot-
  Marie.  8\   Paris, 1699.
     Abadie (J.)  Contribution k l'etude de la valeur diag-
  nostique de la reaction du degenerescence dans les cas
  d'amyotrophio progressive.  N. Montpel.  nnd., 1900, xi,
  516; 558.—Annequin.  Contribution a l'ctuilo  de l'atro-
  phie du muscle rhomboide independaute de toute autre 16-
  sion  musculaire de 1'epaule.  Arch, de med. et pharm.
  mil., Par., 1890, xv, 257-269.—Aussct (E.) Sur  uu cas
  d'amyotrophies progressives des deux membres inf6rieurs
  et du membre sup6rieur droit chez uue fillette  do dix ans
  (probabilite. d'une  forme  anormale du  type juvenile de
  Erb).   Echo med.  du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 557-560.—Bat-
  leu (F. E.)  Experimental observations on early degener-
  ative  changes  in  the sensory  end organs of  muscles.
  Brain, Lond., 1898, xxi, 388-404, 3 pl.  Also: Proc.  Roy.
  Soc. Lond., 1898, lxiii,  61.—Bax.  Amyotrophic muscu-
  laire primitive, type Erb.   Gaz. m6d. de Picardie, Amiens,
  1903, xxi, 102-106.—Bird (F. L>.)  Case of wasting of the
  muscles supplied  by  the  ulnar nerve.  Austral.  M. J.,
  Melbourne, 1890,  n. s.,  xii, 299.— Bizzozero (G.)  &
  Golgi  (C. )   Ueber die  Verandorungen des  Muskel-
  gewebes  nach  Nervendurchschneidung.    Med. Jahrb.,
  Wien. 1873, 125-127. AUo, in:  Bizzozero.  Opere scient.,
  1862-79, Milano,  1905, i, 309-311. —Boinet Sc Delahaye.
  Myopathic k type Landouzy-Dejerine avec atropine consi-
  derable des fesses  et  des cuisses.  Marseille m6d.,  1895,
  xxxii, 116.—Bolli  (V.)  Contributo alio  studio  clinico
  delle amiotrofie progressive  Moriragni, Milano, 1902, xliv,
  1-26.—Caullery(M.) Sc  ftlcsnil (F.)  Sur le role des 
MUSCLES.
226
MUSCLES.
Muscles (Atrophy  and  degenerotion of).
   phagocytes dans la d6g6nerescencc des  muscles chez les
   crustaces.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii,
   9. — t'cna*.  Myopathic atrophiante scapulo-humorale et
   fessiere aymptoiiiatiipi" d'une phtisie latente. Loire med.,
   St. Etienne, 1896, xv, 1-10.—Cestan  (Ii.) & Huet  (E.)
   Note a propos de la topographic railiculaire des atrophies
   musculaires myelopathiqucs. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere,
   Par.. 1902,  xv. 182-181.—Cluzet (J.)  Etude experimen-
   tale sur la forme et la signification histologique de la reac-
   tion de degenerescence des muscles.  Ann.  d'electrobiol.
   [etc.], Par.. 1900, iii, 253-256.— C'omby (J.)   Amyotrophic
   Bpinale diffuse des nouveau-n£s.  Bull, et mem.  Soc. m6d.
   d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3. s, xxi, 1197-1199.—Coucelli  (L.)
   Sulla amiotrotia idiopatica diffusa.  Pediatria, Napoli, 1899,
   vii,  193-211.—Bebedat (X.)  Appareil inverseur-inter-
   ruptour rapide;  considerations eleetrophysiologiques  sur
   la deg6n6rescence musculaire.  Ann. de  la  Policlin. de
   Bordeaux, 1900, 113-117.  Be Buck  &  Be ITloor.   Le
   role du noyau dans la regression musculaire.  Belgique
   med., (land-Haarlem, 1903,  x, 615-619.  AUo:  Cong. d.
   m6d. alieuistes et neurol. de  France . . .  C.-r., Par. Sc
   Brux.. 1903, xiii,  v. 2, 432-434.-Burnnte (G.)  De la de-
   generescence dite granuleuse proteique de la fibre muscu-
   laire striee;  tumefaction, trouble et d6sintejration granu-
   leuse. Bull,  et mem. Soc. auat. de Par.,  1900, lxxv,  101-
   122, 2 pl. — Ewposito (G.)  Contributo clinico alia couo-
   scenza delle amiotrofie da trauma nervoso periferico. Ras-
   segna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1903-4, v,  157-159.—
   Giordano (D.)  Atrotia dei muscoli della spalla e del
   braccio;  guarigioue col  massaggio.  Arch, di ortop., Mi-
   lano, 1888, v, 437.—Oray (L. C.)  Our present knowledge
   regarding muscular atrophies and hypertrophies.  N.Vork
   M. J., 1888, xlvii,  533-541.  Also,  lieprint.—CJuerrini
   ((!.)' Sulla funzione dei muscoli degenerati.  Sperimen-
   tale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 187-200, 1 pl. AUo,
   transl.: Arch. ital.  de  biol. Turin, 1905, xliii, 433-436.—
   Harrinon ( G. C.)  Atrophy of  the deltoid;  six cases
   successfully treated by passive circumduction of the limb.
   Lancet, Lond., 1889, i. 321.—Horsley  (V.)  Short note on
   sense organs in muscle and on the preservation of muscle
!   spindles  in conditions of extreme muscular atrophy fol-
   lowing section of tbe motor nerve.   Brain, Lond., 1897, xx,
   375, 2 pl.— II ul<  Iimimoii (J.) Wasting  of the quadriceps
   extensor of the  thigh.  Arch.  Surg.,  Lond., 1897, viii,
   2:13.  loteyko (Mile. J.)  Sur l'excitabilite  des muscles
   degeiicivs.   Progres med.,  Par.,  1903, 3. s., xviii,  137.
   -----. Mecanisme physiologique  de  la reaction de  d6-
   geii6re.sct-iice it s muscles.   Bull.  Acad. roy. de m6d. de
   Belg., Brux., 1903, 4. s., xvii, 1051-1066, 1 pl.   [Rap. de E.
   Masoin]. 101'-1013.  Also:  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.J, Par.,
   1903, vi, 677-096.  Also [Abstr.J:  Pressem6d. beige, Brux.,
   1904, lvi. 83. —JuarroN (C.)  Dos casos  de amiotrotia;
   consideracioues  acerca de ellos.  Rev.  de med. v cirug.
   pract., Madrid.  1903, lviii, 401 ; 441. —  Kennedy (R.)
   Complete atrophy of the deltoid, with vicarious  restora-
   tion of function.  Olasjjow M. J., 1898, xlix, 53.—Khari-
   tonovski (X.)  Sluchai atrophias musculorum  lipoma-
   tosae.  Dnevnik Kazan  Obsh. vrach. pri imp. Univ., 1888,
   xii, 30-34.—Krnusc (F.)  Ersatz  des gelahmten Quadri-
   ceps femuris durch  die Flexoren des Unterschenlsels.
   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.. 1902, xxxix, 108.—Legry (T.)  Des
   amyotrophies  dans les  maladies  geuerales  chrouiques.
   Gaz. d. hop.. Par,,  1889,  lxii.  873-880. — 1TIanu  (L.)   Die
   physikalische Therapie  der Erkrankungen dei  Muskeln;
   B. Physikalische Therapie der Muskelatrophie.   Handb.
   d. physikal. Therap.,  Leipz., 1902, pt. 2, i, 61-73. — ,TIay
   (W. P.)  On the  supposed  reversal of the law of contrac-
   tion iu degenerated muscle.  Brain, Lond., 1902, xxv,  133-
   139.— Tliuiu (K.)  [Onesided sclerosis of  muscl-. with
   wasting  away]  .Tuntendo Iji  Kenkiu  Kwai Zasshi,  To-
   kyo. 1903, 1-29.-Y\o*ti ((}.)  Bicerche sperinientali sulle
   cause e sulla natuia della degeuerazione eerea dei muscoli
   yolontarii;  contributo alia conoscenza delle metamorfosi
   ialine (Recklinghausen).  Sperimentale.  Sez.  biol.,  Fi-
   renze, 1894, 316-341, 1 pl. — Petersen (F.)   Leber ischa-
   mische Muskellahmung.  Arch. f. klin., Chir., Berl., 1888,
   xxxvii,  675-677. — Repiquel.   Degenerescence disse-
   miu6e des fibres musculaires chez le veau. J. d. med.
   vet. et zootech., Lyon. 1888. :;. s., xiii,  457-461. — Roper.
   Wasting of the ini i insic muscles of the hand.  Brit. M J
   Lond., 1892. i. 229.—Ro*»oliino (G. I.) Atroncheskaya
   miotoniya (k teorii miopatiy). [Atrophic myotonia; on the
   theory of myopathy.]  J. nevropat. i psikhat. . . . Korsa-
   k..va.Mosk..l901,i,956-970— Bot(V.K)  Sluchai misbech-
   nol atr.itii perifericheskavo tipa, oslo/.hneunol svoyeabraz-
   uimi spastichcskiiui yavleniyami.   [Muscular atrophy of
   peripheral type, complicated yvith peculiar spastic phenom-
   ena.] Ibid., 1903, iii, suppl., pt. 2, 42.—Ruiz Arnan (B.)
   Sobre uu cast, de amioirofla  miopatica.  Bol. Asm-. m6(l.
   de Puerto-Rico. San Juau, P. R., 1903, i,  68-73. — Rumpf
   (T. ) Weitere  Mitteilungen uber Muskeldegeueratiou.
   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte, 1903
   Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte, 81. — Mano  (F.)   Les amyotio-
   ptnes progressives.  [From: J. med.de Brux., 1897.] ' Bull
   Soc. de  med. d'Anvers, 1897, lix, 31-36. — ttchultlics*
   (W.) Demons ration iiber Muskeldegeueratiou.   Cor.-Bl. '
   f. schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel, 1903. xxxiii,  376.—Ncott (J. A.) j
   iatty substitution of the dorsal muscles of  the pig.   Tr.
 Muscles (Atrophy  and  degenerotion  of).
    Acad; M.  Ireland,  Dubl., 1887, v, 289-292, 1 pl. — Mi mo-
    nelli (I..)   Kitiuonatuiale nell' ntrofia muscolare.  Gior.
    internaz. d. sc.  med..  Napoli, 1901, n. s., xxiii, 217-220.—
    Sterne (A. E.)  Clinical lecture  oil trophic muscular
    affections,  with demonstrations of a case of hemiatrophy
    corporis, a condition heretofore undescribed.  Indiana M.
    J., Indianap., 1894-5, xiii, 389-396,  1 pl. — Stuparicb.
    Degeneratio cerea musculi pectoralis majoris dextri trau-
    matica.  Wien. med.  Presse,  1901,  xlii,  1459. — Van
    HaelstfA.)  Uncas d'amyotrophie myopathique.  Bull.
    Soc. de med. de Gand, 1902, lxix, 255-261.  Also: Belgique
    m6d., Gaud-Haarlem, 1902, ix, 163-169. — Vicq-d'Azyr.
    Sur une oxtr6niit6  iuferieure dont les  muscles  ont 6t6
    chang6s en tissu graisseux, sans aucuue  alteration dana
    la forme ext6rieure.  Mem. de matliemat. et de phys. .  . .
    Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1774, 301-304. — WillianiH (L.)
    Cases of muscular  atrophy.  Polyclin., Loud., 1904, viii,
    106-108.—Winkler (C.)  Over atropine en hypertrophie
    van spieren.  Handel,  v.  h. Nedeil. Nat.- eii (ieneesk.
    Cong., Leiden, 1889, ii, 206-215. — Wood (II. C.) Si Der-
    cmn(f.X.I  Pseudo-muscular atrophy.  Therap. Gaz.,
    Detroit, 1885. 3. s., i, 153-155.—Zelyoniy (G. P.)   Noviy
    vid zernistavo pererozhdeniya popereclmo-polosatikh mi-
    shechnikh  volokou.  [New variety of granular degenera-
    tion of transversely striated muscular fibres.]  Russk.
    Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii,  672.

 Muscles (Calcification of).
      See Muscles (Comretions in).

 Muscles (Ciliary).
      See Ciliary  body.

 Muscles (Concretions in).
      See, also, Muscles (Ossification of).
      Armanni (L.)  Su di un  calcolo in  sede  inusltata.
    [Rap.]  Atti d. r. Acc.id. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1896, n. s.,
    1,91. — IVakayama. Sc Ashiwara.  [Calcification  of
    the muscles and the primary rupture occurring iu tabes
    dorsalis.]   Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1902, 211-237. — Pandolfi
    (E.)  Di un calcolo in  sede inusitata.  Atti d. r. Accad.
    med.-chir. di Napoli, 1896, n. s., 1, 92.—Beis (O. M.)  Un-
    tersuchungen  iiber  die Petrificirung der  Muskulatur.
    Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1893, xii, 492-584, 3 pl.  -----.
    Neues iiber petrilicirte Muskulatur, etc.  Ibid., 1898, Iii,
    262-268.—Shiiyeninoff S. P.)  K  voprosu ob otlozhenii
    izvesti  v  poperechnopolosatikh  mishtsakh.   [On the
    deposit of calcium  in transversely  striated  muscles.]
    Bolnitsch.  gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb.', 1897, viii, 969; 1014;
    1057.  AUo, transl.: Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Berl., 1897, xviii, 79-
    103. — Tanaka (V.)  [On  the calcareous degeneration
    of the  muscles.]  Tokyo  Iji-Shinshi, 1898, 1096-2000.—
    Virchow (R)  Lebeud versteinerter Mann.   Verhandl.
    d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1898, 344.

 Muscles (Contractility of).
      See, also, Muscle (Effect of drugs on);  Muscle
    (Electric  phenomena  of); Muscle  (Tonicity of);
    Muscles (Atrophy,  etc., of).
      [Aldini ((}.)]   Dell'  uso  e  dell'  attivita del-
    1' arco couduttore uelle contrazioui dei muscoli.
    8^.   Bologna,  171)4.
      Boseck (K.)   * Ueber deu  Einfluss der Teui-
    neratur uud der Belastung anf die Zuckuug des
    Muskels.   8°.   Wurzburg, 1690.
      Bradt (W.)   * Ueber die Wiiriuebildung bei
    sumiuiertenZuckungen des Muskels.  6^.   Wiirz-
    burg, 1893.
      David  (J.)  * Versuche iiber  deu  zeitlichen
    Verlauf  der   tetauischen  Erregungsvorgiinge
    am  blntditrcbstrointeii  Kanincheumuskel, aus-
    gefiikrt  unter Teilnalime und Leitung des Dr.
    Schoenleiu.   *">.   Wurzburg,  1-(JU.
      Feseu  (A.)   * Ueber  deu  Einfluss  der  Span-
    nung  aHt" den zeitlicben Verlauf  der  Coutrac-
    tionswelle des Muskels.  12°.  Wiirzburg, 1896.
      Fkeisfeld  (F.)  * Ueber Ausclilagzuckungen.
    8°.   Wiirzburg, 1«<U.
      Gekber(E.)   *Die  Sumination  von Muskel-
    zuckungeu bei  Zeit und  Momentanreizen.  8°.
    Freiburg  i. B., 1903.
      Gotz  (S.)  * Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Zu-
    nahnie der Zuckungsboben durch  leberlustung
    und  Ueberspannung.   8°.   Wiirzburg,  1667.
      Heile.manyv (P. H.)   * Das Verhalten der Mus-
    kelgefjisse wahreud der Contraction.  8°.   Leip-
1    zig, 1901.
      AUo, in: Arch. f. Auat. u. Entwcklngsgesch.,  Leipz.,
    1902,  45-53. 
MUSCLES.                                     227                                     MUSCLES.
Muscles (Contractility of).
    Ki.ixgenbikl (A. V.)   *Uutersuchungen iiber
  Muskelstarre  am  quergestreifen  Muskel.   8-.
  Halle a. S., 1*87.
    Koch (D.)  * Ueber fibrilliiro Muskelzuckun-
  geu.  s  .   Wurzburg,  1696.
    Mai  (E.)   * Uutersucbungen iiber den  Zu-
  ckungsablauf bei xVciidcrung des Wassergehaltes
  des Muskels.  8-.  Wiirzburg,  1903.
    Makshall (C. F.)   *On  tbe  histology   and
  pathology of  striped muscle,  with a theory of
  muscular  contraction.   [Victoria  University.]
  6 -'.  London, 1890.
    Masciiinsky  (F.)   * Ueber  den Eiufluss  der
  Spannuugsaudernng  auf  die  Verkurzung  des
  Bluskels.  8"'.   Wiirzburg,  1895.
    Mkyer (W.)   * Ueber die (iipfelzeit bei  iso-
  touischen und  isometrischen  Doppelzuckuugeu.
  b-.  Wiirzbnrq, 1>97.
    Patrizi  (M. L.)   La  dottrina della  contra-
  zione  naturale  e  il  tremore  muscolare.  k;,
  Milano, 1-9:1.
    Paukil   ( E.)  #Die  Zuck.uugsformen   von
  Kaniuehenmuskeln   verschiedener  Farbe   und
  Structur.   [Hern.]   8°.   Leipzig, 1900.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, 100-120, 2 pl.
     Pompiliax (Mariette).   * La contraction mus-
  culaire et les  transformations dc l'euergie.  8°.
  Paris, 1KI7.
     Keuter (R.)   * Ueber die sogenauuten ditoni-
  schen  Zuckungen.   [Wurtzburg.]  rt°.   Halle,
  1699.
     Rhkixboldt (M.)  *Ztir Mecbanik der Mus-
  kelzuckutig.  P2°.  Freiburg i. B., 1892.
     Rollett (A.)  Untersuchungen  iiber Contrac-
  tion  und  Doppelbreclmng  der  quergestreiften
  Muskelfasern.   43.   Wien,  1891.
     Hepr.from: Denkschr. d. math.-naturw. CI, d. k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch., 1891, lviii.
     Schoexlein (K.)   Ueber das Verhalten der
  Wiirmeentwickelung in Tetanus  verschiedener
  Reizfrequeuz.  Habilitationsschrift.   8y  Halle,
  l-*%.
     ------.   The same.  8°.  Halle,  1883.
     AUo, in:  Ber. ii. d. Sitz. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Ilalle
   (1883), 1884, 40-86, 2 ch.
     Sogalla  (B.)  * Beitrage zur mecbanischen
  Analyse der Mnskclzuckungskurven.  8°. Wiirz-
  burg, b— 9.
     Tigekstedt  (R.)   Undersokning  om inus-
  kclryckuingens  latenstid.   [Researches  on tbe
  time (if latent  irritation in  muscular spasms.]
  f  .  Stockholm, 1H8.">.
     Vvedexski (N. E.)  O  sootnosheniyakh  me-
  zlidn  ruzdruzheniyem   i  vozbiizhdeuiyem  pri
  tetanusle.   Ueber  die  Beziehungrn  zwischen
  Reizung und  Erregung  im  Tetanus.   8°.  S.-
  I'eterburg, 16*'<\.
     Waplek  (IL)   * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
  tetanischen Erregungsvorgiinge  am Froschmus-
  kel.  mo.   Wurzburg,  1691.
    We her (E. F.)  Kritische und experimentelle
  Widerlegung  der v«m Volkmaun gegen die  Un-
  tersuchungen des Verfassers iiber (lie  Elasticittit
  der Muskeln aufgestellt.cn  Einwurfe und Beob-
  achtungen.   *P.  [Leipzig,  1 *.'><!.]
    Cutting from: Per. ii. d. Verhandl. d. k. sachs. Gesellsch.
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-phys. CI., Leipz., 1856, viii, 167-196.
    Wicke (!'.)  "Ueber  den  Einfluss  der Tem-
  peratur auf die isonictrische Zuckung des Mus-
  kels und das Verhaltnis  der letzteren zur Teta-
  nushohe.  hc.   Wiirzburg, 1897.
    Aduceo (V.)  Contributo alia fisiologia del tetano dei
  muscoli striati.  Gazz. d. clin., Torino, 1885, xxii, 135; 152.
  Also, transl.:  Arch. ital.  de  biol., Turin, 1886,  vii,  292-
  305.—Allen  (F.J.) The causation  of  muscle  sounds.
  Proc. Physiol.Soc, Lond., 1898, p. xxxi.  Also: J. Phvsiol.,
  Lond.. 1898, xxii, 433.—Allen (K.)  Die longitudinale At-
  traction wiihrend der isotonischen Muskelzuckung. Arch.
  f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1896, 291-301, 1 pl. — A may a  ( S. )
Muscles (Contractility of).
  Ueber die  negative Schwankung bei isotonischer  uud
  isometrischer Zuckung.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1898, lxx, 101-121.—Aether (L.)   Ueber die Latenz der
  Muskelzuckung.  Ztschr.  f. Biol., Miincheii u. Leipz.,
  1894, n.  V., xiii, 203-211, 1  diag.  -----. Eiu  Beitrag zur
  Mecbanik der Muskelzuckung  bei directer Reizung de.s
  Sartorins.  Ibid., 1897, n. F., xvi, 447-465—A ubcrt (P.)
  De la dilatation des sphincters et (lel'exteiisiondesmuscles.
  Lyon med., 1879, xxx, 553-559.— Bnllowitz (E.)  Kibril-
  liire Struktur und Coutraktilitat.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1889-90, xlvi, 433-404.  Also: Verhandl.  d.  anat.
  Gesellsch., Jena, 1889, 121-124.—Baslcr (A.)  Ueber den
  Einfluss der Reizstiirke auf dieTetanuskurve des Frosch-
  sartorius.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1904, cv, 344-
  364.—Beaunis (II.)  Recherches physiologiques sur la
  contraction  simultan6e des  muscles  autagonistes, avec
  quelques applications k la  pathologie.  Arch, de physiol.
  norm, et path., Par., 1889, 5. s., i, 55-69. — Beclard (J.)
  De la chaleur produite pendant lo  travail de  la  con-
  traction musculaire.   [Abstr.]  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1860, 1, 471.— Bernstein  (J.)   Ueber Erzeuguug
  von Tetanus und die Anwendung des akustischen Strom-
  uuteibrechers.   Arch.  f.  d. ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn.  1878,
  xvii,  121-124. -----. Ueber die Beziehuugen  zwischen
  Contraktion und Starre des  Muskels.  Untersuch. a. d.
  physiol. Inst, d. Univ. Halle,  1890, 2. Hft., 173-182.-----.
  Ueber den mit einer Muskelzuckung verbundenen Schall
  und das Verhaltniss desselbeu zurnegativen Schwankung.
  Ibid., 183-191. -----. Das Beuguugsspektrum des quer-
    festreiften Muskels bei der Contraktion. Arch. f. d. ges.
    hysiol., Bonn, 18!C>,  lxi, 285-290, 1 pl. -----. Ueber die
  Lateuzdauer der Muskelzuckung.  Ibid., 1897, lxvii,  207-
  218.  -----.  Zur Theorie der Muskelkontraktion.  Kann
  die Muskelkraft (lurch osmotischen Druck oder Quellungs-
  druck erzeugt werden?  Ibid., 1905, cix, 323-336.—Biz-
  zozero (G.)   Sulla vitality degli elementi contrattili.
  In his:  Opere scient. 1862-79, Milano, 1905, i, 183-194.—
  Blazck (B.)  Eiu automatischer Muskeluuterbrecher;
  eine ueue Methode zur I'liifung der  Muskelzuckungen.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1901, Ixxxv, 529-535. —
  Blix (M.)  Die Lange und  die Spannung  des Muskels.
  Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1891-2, iii, 295: 1892-3,
  iv, 399: 1894, v, 150; 173, 5 pl. -----. Zur  Frage: Wann
  der  Euergieumsatz bei der Muskelcontraction auch von
  der  Spannung abhangt.  Ibid., 1895, vi, 240-251.—Bohr
  (C.)   Ueber den Einfluss der tetanisirenden Irritamente
  auf Form und Grosse der Tetauuscurve. Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz.,  1882, 233-284, 2 pl.—Boruttau (II.)  Ueber das
  Verhaltniss der Reizschwelle fiir die Muskelkontraktion
  zur Reizschwelle fiir die Aktionsstrdme des  Nerven, resp.
  Muskels.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896,  lxv, 1-7.
  -----.  Versuche  iiber die  Ursache  der sekundaren
  Zuckung.  Ibid., 20-25. -----.  Die Bedingungeu fiir das
  Eiutreten der secundiiren Zuckung.  ('entralbl. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz. u. Wien, 1898, xi, 793-795.—Bottazzi (P.)  Ke-
  cherches sur la genese du t6tanos musculaire.  Arch. ital.
  de biol.,  Turin, 1904-5,  xlii,  169-183. — Broca  (A.)  &
  Biehet (C.)  De  la contraction  musculaire ana6rohie.
  Arch, de physiol. norm, et  path., Par., 1896, 5. a., viii, 829-
  842.-----------. De l'influence de la circulation sur les
  ph6uom6nes thermiques  de la  contraction musculaire.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 421. -----
  -----.  Contraction acrobie et  contraction ana6robie des
  muscles. Ibid., 843-846.— Brodie (T.G.) A new method
  of studying the elasticity  of  muscle.  Brit. M. J.. Lond.,
  1893. ii, 678. -----. The'extensibility of muscle.  J. Anat.
  Sc Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 307-3-9, 2 pl. — Biodic
  (T. G.) & Biehardaon (S.  \V. F.)  A study of the phe-
  nomena and causation of heat-contraction of tbe skeletal
  muscle.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1897, lxi, 78.  Also: Phil.
  Tr.  Lond., 1899, cx'ci,  H, 127-146.—Brown (T. L.)  The
  rapidity of muscular contractions;  a novel way of measur-
  ing the same.  Tr. Acad. M. Cincin.,  1WI7-8, 70 74. Also:
  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, xxxviii, 54«-551.  [Discussion],
  5G4.—B licit miiHlcr |G. A.)  Ueber eine ueue Beziehung
  zwischen Zuckung und Tetanus.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz ,
  1886, 459-475.—Campbell (J. P.) Experiments on tet-
  anus and the velocity of the contraction wave in striated
  muscle.  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Stud. biol. lab.,  Bait.,
  3 "87-8, iv,123-145,2 pl., ldiag.—Carnevale-Arella (A.)
  Ipotesi  sulle contrazioni  muscolari.  Gior. d.  sc  med.,
  Torino, 1*41, x, 33-37.—Carvallo(J.) Sc Weiss  (G.) In-
  fluence de la temperature  sur la disparition et la r6appa-
  ritiou de la contraction  musculaire.  J. de physiol. et de
  path, gen.,  Par., 1899,  i,  990-1000. -----  -----. Sur  la
  hauteur de la contraction musculaire aux diveises temp6-
  ratures.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 660-
  662.-----------. Influence de la temp6ra!ure sur la con-
  traction musculaire de la grenouille.  .1. de physiol. et de
  path, gen.,  Par., 1900, ii, 225-236. — C'harpentier (A.)
  Influence des efforts musculaires sur la sensation de- pres-
  sion et sur la contraction volontaire localis6e.  Compt.
  reud. Soc. di biol., Par., 1890,9. s., ii, 219-222.—Chauveau
  (A.)  Sur les convulsions  des muscles de la vie animate
  et snr les signes de sensibility prodiiits chez le cheval par
  l'excitation  m6cauique localis6e de la surface de la moelle
  epiniere.  Coinpt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1861, lii, 209- 
MUSCLES.
228
MUSCLES.
Mu*cle*  (Contractility of).
  010_____i)6 l'encrvatioii partielledcs muscles; modifi-
  cations .niello app.-rte dans les caracteres de la contrac-
  Uo,  otale  corollai.esrelat.ls au mode de distribution des
  nei Is miiMulaires et  k  l'etendue du champ d activite des
  plaques motrices terminales.  Arch, de physiol. norm  et
  path.,  Par., 1889,  5. s.,i, 121-140.-----. L'6l.istieite active
  du muscle et l'euergie consacree a saci Saturn dans let-as
  de contraction statique.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 1 ar.
  1890 cxi  19-'»6  _____. L'elasticite  active du muscle  et
  l'euergie' eonsacree a sa creation dans le cas de contrac-
tion  dynamique.  I bid., 89-95.------ Participation des
plaques motrices  terminales des nerfs musculaires k la
depense d'6ner"ie qu'entraine la contraction; influence
exerce-e sur i'6chauffement  du muscle par la nature et le
nonibre des chansienieiits d'6tat qu'elles excitent dans le
faisceau contractile.  Ibid., 146-152. -----.  Les lois  de
l'echaiiffement   produit  par  la contraction  musculaire
d'apres les experiences sur les muscles isoles; perturba-
tions que l'allongenient de ces muscles, sous linfluence
dun accroisseiiient de la fatigue ou  de la charge, mtroduit
dans les phenomenes theruiiipies normanx  de la  contrac-
tion. Arch,  de physiol. noim. et path., Par., 1891, 5. s.,
iii 20-40.  AUo  [Abstr.] :  Verhandl. d. x. internat. med.
Cong. 1890,  Berl., 1891, ii, 2.  Abth., 3-6. -----. Forces
lieesa l'etat d'61asticit6 parfaite que la contraction dyna-
mique cree dans la substance musculaire; travail physio-
logique intime coustitu6 par cette creation.  Compt. rend.
Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1900, exxx, 757-764. -----.  L'elasticite
du muscle en etat. de contraction dynamique au point de
vue  de l'6nerg6tique musculaire. J. de physiol. et de path.
g6n., Par., 1900, ii, 313-327. -----.  Confrontation des d6-
tenninatious 6nerg6tiques tirees de l'etude de l'elasticite
du muscle avec les faits do  l'experience.  Ibid., 328-338.
-----. La contraction musculaire appliqu6eau soutien des
charges sans deplacement (travail statique du  muscle);
confrontation de ce tiavail interieur avec la depense ener-
getique qui l'en^endre; influence de la valeur de la charge.
Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1465-1470.
_____. Influence de la discontinuite du travail dn muscle
sur la depense d energie qu'entraine la contraction statique
appliquee k l'equilibration simpled'une resistance.  Ibid.,
1561-1567.-----. Le tiavail musculaire et sa depense 6ner-
g6tique dans la  contraction dynamique, avec raccourcisse-
ment graduellemeut croissant des muscles s'employant au
soulfevement des  charges  (travail  moteur).   Ibid., 1669-
1675.-----.  Comparaison de la depunse des muscles fl6chis-
seurs et des muscles extensenrs de l'avant-bras. applique.8,
chaque groupe isoKJnicnt, k la production du memo travail
ext^rieur continu alternate emeut moteur et  resistant.
 Ibid., exxxix,  525-531. -----. La discontinuity des tra-
vaux exterieurs des muscli-s, comparee k la discontinues
de leurs travaux interieurs, au point de vue de la depense
d'6nergie qu'entraine la contraction.   Ibid., 557-562.—
 Chauveau (A.) Sc  Laulanic  (F.)  De I'ela8ticit6 et
 des  forces des tensiou  dans les muscles eu etat de contrac-
 tion statique volontaire.  J. de physiol. et de path. g6n.,
 I'ar.  1899, i, 157-180.—Chauveau (A.) & Ti**ot (J.)
 L energie depens6e par le  muscle en contraction statique
 pour le soutien d'une charge, d'apres les echanges respira-
 toires.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxiii, 1236-
 1241. -----  -----. Effets de  la variation  combinee  des
 deux facteurs de la d6pense 6nergetique du muscle sur la
 valeur des 6changes  respiratoiies, temoins de  cette d6-
 pense, dans le  cas de contraction  statique; confirmation
 des renseignements donn£s par l'etude isol£e de ces deux
 facteurs  (poids de la charge, desire,  de raccourcissemeut du
 muscle) sur les rapports de la depense avec la valeur de la
 force e.lastique  qui en r6sulte. Ibid., 1897, exxiv, 16-21.—
 C leghorn (A.) & Stewart (C. ('.)   The inhibition time
 of a voluntary muscular  contraction.  Am. J.  Physiol.,
 Bost, 1901-2, v, 281-2S6.—Clopatt (A.)  Zur Kenntniss
 des Eintiusses  der Temperatur auf die Muskelzuckung.
 Skaud. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, x, 249-334, 1 diag.—
 Cyon (E.)  Sur la secousse musculaire  produite  par
 1 excitation  des racines de la moelle £pini£re.  Compt.
 rend. Soc. de biol. 1876, Par., 1877, 6.  s.,  iii, 134.  Also,
 transl. in his:  Ges. physiol.  Arb., 8°, Berl., 18ss, 217.—
 Bi- Buck.  Commentaire du rapport  de Crocq  sur  la
 physiologie et  la pathologie du tonus inusculane, des re-
 flexes et de la contracture.   Bull. Soc. de med  il<- (land.
 1901, lxviii, 347-377.—Bella Torre (C.E.)&Slefaiielli
 (P.)  Influenza  della  circolazione  sulla  cent rat t ilita
 muscolare.   Ann.  di farmacot.  e chim.,  Milano. 1899,
 ii,  417-420. —  Bontas (S. A.)   Le la courbe  de l'elas-
 ticite des muscles avec  et  sans  nerfs.  Arch. ital.  de
 biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 110-112. — Butto  (U.)  Sur
 les   lois  des   secousses  musculaires.   [  Transl.  from:
 Rendic.  d.  r.  Accad. d. Lincei.  1*97, vi.J  Ibid.,  1897-8,
 xxviii, 269-283.—Kngcliiiaini  (T. W.)   Nouvelles re-
 cherches sur Its pli6noinenes microscopiques  de la  con-
 traction  mu-iculairi'.   Arch. n6erl. d. sc.  exactes [etc.],
 Harlem,  1ST*  xiii 437-404.  AUo, Reprint. -----. Re-
 cherches inicromeLriques  sur la contraction des tibres
 musculaires.  Aich. n6erl.  d. sc.  exactes  [etc.], Harlem,
 1881, xvi. 279-302.  AUo,  Reprint.  ---.  On the  nature
 of muscular contraction.  Proc Rov- Soc.  Loud., 1895, lvii,
 411-433.— Ewuld (J. E.) Sc llolinqven (F.)  Andrar
JIiiNCles (Contractility of).
  en  muskel  sin volvin  vid sainmandragningeu ?   [Does
  a  muscle change  its volume in  contraction)]   I Kev.]
  Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1888, xxiii, 594-601.—Fere  (C.)
  L'influeiice  des mouvements du regard sur le travail ergo-
  graphique.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol.,  Par., 1905, lviii,
  352-355.—Fere (C.) A. l*apiu (E.)  Note sur la contrac-
  tion idiomusculaire comme moyen  d'6tude  anatomique
  des muscles sur le vivant.  J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.],
  Par., 1901,  xxxvii, 540-549.—Fick (A.)  Versuche iiber
  isometi ische Muskelzuckungeu.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1889, xiv. 297-304. -----. Neiie Beitrage zur Kennt-
  niss von der Wiirnieentwicklung im Muskel.  Ibid., 1892,
  li, 5ll-",ii!i—Ficli (E.)  Ueber einen neiien Apparat zur
  Erzeuguns:  summit ter Zuckungen.  Ibid., 1897. lxix,  132-
  136.—Fleinehl  vou JTIarxow  ( E.)  Das Zuckungs-
  gesetz.  Arch. f. Phvsiol., Leipz.,  1882, 1-27.   AUo.in hu:
  Ges. Abhandl., 8°,  Leipz., 1893, 354-358.—Forster  (K.)
  Die Kontraktion der glatten Muskelzellen und der Herz-
  muskelzelleu.  Anat.  An/..,  Jena, 1904,  xxv, 338-355.—
  Franz (S. I.)  On the methods of estimating the force
  of voluntary muscular contractions, aud ou fatigue.  Am.
  J.  Physiol., Bost, 1900-1901, iv, 348 :!72.—von Frey (M.)
  Versuche zur Auflosung der tetanischen  Muskelcurve.
  Beitr. z. Physiol.  Carl Ludwig z. s. 70. Geburtst. [etc.I,
  Leipz., 1887,55-67. -----. Ueber zusammeugesetzte Mus-
  kelzuckuugen.  Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1888, 213-234.-
   Frohlich (F. W.)  Leber die Abbiingigkeit der niaxi-
  malen Zuckungshdhe des ausgeschuitteiien Muskels vou
  der Lage der Reizstelle.  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena,
   1905, v.^317-322,  1 pl. — Funaoka (E.)  Ueber  die Zu-
   ckungsform verschiedener Froschmuskeln.   Verhandl. d.
   phys.-med.  Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1904, n. F., xxxvii, 1-
   1]._Qoldscheidcr.   Ueber eine  Beziehung zwischen
   Muskelcontraction und  Leituugsfahigkeit des Nerven.
   Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,  Berl., 1891,  xix, 164-193. — Ooltz
   (F.)  Neue Versuche iiber Erregung von Reflexerschlaf-
   fung  und  Reflexkrampf rhyihmisch thatiger Muskel-
   apparate.  Centralbl. t. d. med. Wissensch.. Berl., 1864, ii,
   690.   Also, Reprint. — tirandis  (V.)  Di un metodo
   per calcolare 1' energia totale sviluppata dal muscolo du-
   rante la coutrazione  per mezzo  dell'  ergografo.  Arch.
   per le sc. med., Torino, 1902, xxvi, 269-300. AUo, transl:
   Arch.  ital. de  biol., Turin,  1902-3, xxxviii, 337-368.-
   Grumhagen (A.)  Ueber  die Warmekontraktur der
   Muskeln.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1893, lv, 372-
   377.—Haycraft (J. B.)  Voluntary and reflex muscular
   contraction.  J. Phvsiol., Cambridge.  1890, xi, 352-368, 1
   pl.—Bering (IL  E.) Sc Sherrington  (C. S.)  Ueb< r
   Hemmuiig  der Contraction willkiirlicher Muskeln bei elek-
   trischer Reizung der  Grosshirnrinde.   Arch. f. d. ges.
   Physiol., Bonn,  1897,  lxviii,  222-228.—Hermann (L.)
   Die Antworteu der  Herren J. Tarchanoff  und  E. vou
   Fleischl auf zwei Prioritatsreclamationen.  Ibid., 1880-81,
   xxiv  300-306. — Herringhani- (W. P.)  On  muscular
   tremor.  J. Phvsiol., Cambridge, 1890, xi, 478-485.—Her-
   zen (A )  Contractilit6 musculairedirecte  et indirecte.
   Intermed.  d. biol.. Par.,  1897-8,  i, 349-351.—Hofmann
   (C. F.)  Zuckungs- und  Ge-websbeschaffenheit des ent-
   nervten  Kaltbltitermuskels.  Arch.  f. exper. Path. u.
   Pharmakol.,  Leipz.,  1893-4,  xxxiii. 117-140, 2 pl.-Hof-
   mann (F. B.)   Ueber den  Einfluss der  Reizstiirke auf
   den Tetanusverlauf bei iudirecter Reizung.  Arch. f. d.
   ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903, lxxxxv, 484-532.—Imbert (A.)
   Sur le mecanisme de la contraction musculaire.  Compt.
   reud.  Acad.  d.  sc, Par.,  1895, exxi, 904-906.-----Le
   mecanisme de la contraction musculaire d6duit de la con-
   sideration  des forces  de tension  superticielle.  Arch, de
   physiol. norm, etpath., Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 289-301. ---—.
   Mecanisme de la contraction musculaire.   Presse med.,
   Par., 1898, ii, 127.— imbert (A.) & «agniere (J.) Etat
   variable des muscles  ai til's pendant la duree d'une con-
   traction k  rergographc.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
   1903, cxxxvi, 1712.—loteyko (Mile.  J.)  Etudes sur la
   contraction  tonique  du  muscle  stri6 et ses  excitants.
   Mem. couron.  Acad. roy. de med.de HAs„ Brux., 1903,
   xviii. fasc.  i-ii,  1-100.   [Rap. de E. Masoin. J  Bull.
   Acad. loy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1903, 4. s., xvii,  25-29.
   _____. s'ur  quelques  faits d'excitabilit6 et de contracti-
   lit6musculaiies.   Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1903,
   lv. 833-835.   See,  also,  infra, Lapicque  & Lapicque.—
   JanicN (A.)  Some new points  in connection with mus-
    cle contraction.    Proc. Roy.  Soc. Kdinb.  (1888-9)  1890,
|    xvi,  385-389, 1 diag.  Also: Rep. Lab.  Rov. Coll. Phys.,
    Edinb., 1890, ii,  118-121, 1 pl.—Jensen (1'.)  Zur Ana-
    lyse der  Muskelcontraction; iiber den Einfluss des As-
    similirungsmateriales  uud  der Dissimilii ungsproducte
    auf die Muskelcurve.  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn,
    1901, lxxxvi, 47-91, 3 diag.   Also,  Reprint.—Jobert (de
    Lamballe).  De la contraction rhythmiquo  musculaire in-
    volontaire et de Taction musculaire volontaire;  contrac-
    tion involontaire rhythmique du court peronier lateral
    droit.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlvm, 7oi-
    764— Kaiwcr (K.)  Zur Analyse der Zuckungscurve des
    quergestreiften  Muskels.  Ztschr. f.  Biol., Munchen u.
Leipz., 1896, xxxiii,  157-177, 2 diag. -   -. Ueber Icder-
curven  und  Hebelschleuderuiig.  (Entgegnung  an *r.
Scheuck.)  Ibid., 352-359. -----. Unteisuchungen uber 
MUSCLES.
229
MUSCLES.
Muscle* (Contractility of).
  die Natur  der bei der Contraction  des quergestreiften
  Muskels wirksamen Kraft.  Ibid., 360-377, 2 diag. -----.
  Hebelschleuderung und  zweiter Fusspuukt.  (II. Ent-
  gegnung an  Fr.  Schenck.)  Ibid.,  1897,  xxxv, 94-100.
  _JI__. xJeber die Elasticitat des thatigeu Muskels. Ibid.,
  1899, xxxviii, 1-15. -----. Ueber die Torsiouselasticitat
  des contrahii ten Muskels. Centralbl.  f. Physiol., Leipz.
  u. Wien, 1900, xiv, 1-3—Kaufman n (M.)  La contrac-
  tion musculaire est-elle accompagn6e d'une  production
  d'uree? Compt. rend. Soc. de  bioi., Par.,  1895, 10. s., ii,
  148.—Kemp (G. T.)   Some observations on tho laws of
  muscular stimulation and contraction, made on tho mus-
  cles of the terrapin.   Johns Hopkins Univ.  Stud. biol.
  lab., Bait., 1887-8, iv,  109-122, 2 pl.,  1 diag.—Knoll (P.)
  Zur Lehre von den Structur- und Zuckungsversschiedeu-
  heiten  der Muskelfasern.  Sitzungsb. d. k.  Akad. d. Wis-
  sensch.  Math.-naturw.  CI.. Wien,  1892,  ci,  481-497,  3
  diag.  A Uo, Reprint.—von ICries (J.)  Leber summirte
  Zuckungeu   und  uuvollkonnnenen  Tetanus.   Ber.  d.
  naturf. Gesellsch.  zu  Freib. i. Br., 1887, ii, 37-42.—Kro-
  necker (H.)  & Stirling (W.)  The genesis of tetanus.
  J.  Physiol., Lond., 1878, i. 384-420.-----------. On the
  so-called "initial contraction ".   Ibid., 421-426.—Ijuiiz
  (0.) Ueber den Ursprung der Muskelzuckungen bei der
  experimentelleu Tetanie thvreopriva.  Mitth.  a. Klin. u.
  med. Inst. (L Schweiz,  Basel n. Leipz., 1895, 3. R., 511-527,
  3 diag.— liapicque  (L.) Sc Lapicque (Mme. L.)   Sur
  la contractilite et l'excitabilite de divers muscles.  Compt.
  reud.  Soc.  de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 308-311.-----------.
  Snr la contractility et l'excitabibte de divers  muscles; res-
  ponse  a Mile.  J. loteyko.  Ibid., 1089.—Lednc (S.)   Va-
  riation de la pression osmotique dans le muscle par la con-
  traction.  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1905, cxl, 1190-
  1192.—Eiefevre (J.)   Sur quelques consequences de l'ap-
  plication de la formule de Chauveau aux  etres vivants.
   Ibid.,  1904, lvi, 947. -----. Essai d'extension de la formule
  dite de Chauveau aux  inoteurs animes, a l'aide des etudes
   classiques de M. Chauveau sur la mecanique musculaire.
   Ibid.,948-950.—Lewandownk}'(M.) Der Coutractions-
   verlauf eines glatten Muskels vom Warnibliiter bei Rei-
   zung seines Nerven.   Arch. f.  Physiol., Leipz., 1899, 352-
   359.—Lhotiik (K.)   O  fysiologicke  koutraktufe (pfis-
   pevek k theoiii funkce svalove).   [Physiological contrac-
   tion (contribution  to the theory of muscular functions).]
   Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze. 1902, xii.  587-594.—von  Ciie-
   big (G.)  Leber die  Kraftveranderung  der Muskeln in
   verschiedenem Zustande der Verkiirzung.   Sitzungsb. d.
   Gesellsch.  f.  Morphol. u. Physiol,  in Munchen (1894),
   1895, 40-46.—£<ocke (F. S. I   A help in the measurement
   of the  latent period on the curve of muscular contraction.
   Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond, 1904, pp. xxxv-xxxvii.—t.oeb(J.)
   On ions which are capable of calling forth rhythmical con-
   tractions in skeletal muscle.  InhU: Stud. Gen. Physiol.,
   Chicago, 1905, pt. 2, 518-538— LoginoflT (V.)   K voprosu
   o vliyanii  teruperaturi na velicliinu latentnavo perioda
   i for'mu krivol sokrashtsheniya poperechno-polosatikh
   mishts.  [Influence of temperature upon the latent period
   and form of curvature of contraction of transverse striated
   muscles.]   Lchen. zapiski Kazan. Vet. Inst., 1903, xx, 1;
   211; 315, 1  pl., 13 diag.  Also [Outline]: Nevrol. Vestnik,
   Kazan, 1902, x. no. 4,  46-48— Lombard (AV. P.)  Some
   of the influences which affect the power of voluntary
   muscular   contractions.   J.  Physiol.,  Cambridge, 1892,
   xiii, 1-58,  2 pl.—liucas (K.)  On the influence of ten-
   sion upon the contraction of skeletal muscle at high tem-
   peratures.   Itrid..  Lond., 1903-4, xxx, 443-448.—Lngaro
   (E.)  Sui rapporti fra il tono muscolare, la coutrattura e
   lo stato dei riflessi.  Riv. di patol. nerv.,  Firenze, 1898,
   iii,  481-500.—Lugiato (L.)   II  tempo  di contrazione
   muscolare  latente studiato  coll' ergografo  nell' uomo.
   Ibid.,  1904, ix, 1-13.—M'Bougall (W.)  On the struct-
   ure of cross-striated muscle, and  a suggestion as to the
   nature of  its contraction.  J. Anat. Sc Physiol., L,ond.,
   1*06-7, xxxi, 410; 539, 2 pl.  -----. A theory  of mus-
   cular contraction.   Ibid., 1897-8, xxxii, 187-210.—Malm-
   Ntiom (A. F.)   Leber  den Einfluss der  Temperatur
   auf die Elasticitat des  ruhenden  Muskels.   Skandin.
   Arch.  f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1895, vi, 236-239.—Marceau
   (P.) Sur le mecanisme de la contraction des fibres mus-
   culaires lissesdites ^.double striation oblique ouk fibrilles
   spiraiees, et  en particulier de  colles des muscles adduc-
  teurs  des lamellibranches   Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc,
  Par., 1904, exxxix, 70-73.—Tlarie\v  Cluzet.  De la con-
   tractilite des  muscles  apres  la  mort.  '/'ompt. rend. Soc.
  debiol., Par., 1899,11. s., 1,441.—Martinm (F.)  Historisch-
  kritische  und experimentelle Studien zur Physiologie
  des Tetanus.  Arch.  f. Physiol.. Leipz.,  1883. 542-594.
  AUo, in: Arb. a. d. spec physiol. Abth. d. physiol. Inst. d.
  Lniv.  Berl., 1883, No. 21.—Mays  (T. J.)  Is there a fun-
  damental difference between  the contraction of the heart
  and ordinary striated muscle?  Tr.  Coll. Phys. Phila.,
  1890, xii, 147; 154.  AUo,  Reprint.— MeigN  (E. B.)  On
  the mechanism of  the contraction  of voluntary muscle of
  the frog.   Am. J. M. Sc.,  Phila. & N. Y., 1904,  n. s.,
  exxvii, 667-677.  AUo, Reprint.  -----.  The mechanics of
  muscular  contraction.   Univ.  Penn. M.  Bull., Phila.,
  1904-5, xvii, 417. -----. A mechanical theory  of museu-
Muscles  (Contractility of).
  lar contraction, and some new facts supporting it.  Am. J.
  Physiol., Bost.,  1905-6, xiv,  138-150, 1 pl.—Meyer (E.)
  Ueber den Einfluss der Spannungszunalmie  wahrend der
  Zuckeu auf die Arbeitsleistung  des Muskels uud den
  Verlauf der Curve.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898,
  lxix, 593-612, 2 pl.— Tlinot  (C. S.)  Experiments on tet-
  anus.   J.  Anat.  Sc l'hysiol., Lond., 1878,  xii, 297-339,
  lpl.—Miiller (G. E.)  Die  Theorie  der  Muskelcontrak-
  tion.   Nachr. v. d.k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. u. d.Gcorg-
  Aug.-Univ.,  Gotting.,  1889, 132-179.   AUo, Reprint.—
  Miiller (R.)  Untersuchungen iiber die  Muskelcontrak-
  tion.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cvii, 133; 297.
  Ottolenghi (S.) Latossicit&deimuscolirigidi. Riforma
  med., Palermo, 1898, xiv, pt. 4, 770-773.— Patrizi (M. L.)
  Sur la contraction  des muscles stri6s  et sur les mouve-
  ments du  'Bonibyx mori".  [Transl.  from: Atti  d.  r.
  Accad. d.  sc.  di Torino,  1892-3, xxviii.]  Arch.  ital. de
  biol., Turin, 1893, xix, 177-194. -----. Sur la contraction
  musculaire des  marmottes  dans le  sommeil et dans  la
  veille.  (Resum6 de l'auteur.)  [From: Atti d. r. Accad.
  d.  sc. di  Torino, 1893-4, xxix.J    Arch. ital. de  biol.,
  Turiu, 1894, xxi, 86-92,1 ch.—Patrizi (M. L.) & Mens!
  (E.)  La contrazione  artiflciale dei muscoli voluntari nel
  neonato umano.  Gior.  d. r. Accad. di  med. di  Torino,
  1894,  3. s.,  xlii, 49-63—Pi y  Wuner.  Graficas de la con-
  traccion muscular de la rana.  Cong,  internat. de m6d.
  C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv,  sect, de physiol. [etc.],  139-145.—
  Poinpilinn (Mile. M.) Influence du poids tenseur sur
  la chaleur  d6gag6e par le muscle pendant la contraction.
  Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1897, exxiv, 1175-1177.—
  Radclifle (C. B.)  The physical  theory of muscular
  contraction.   Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. (1854-5), 1856, vii, 183-
  188.— Knnrier (L.)  Des muscles de la vie animale k
  contraction brusque et a. contraction  lente, chez le li6vre.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc,  Par.,  1888, cvii, 971. -----.
  Observation microscopique  de  la  contraction des  fibres
  musculaires vivantes, lisses  et stri6es.   Ibid., 1890, ex,
  613-617.   AUo:  J. de niicrog., Par., 1890, xiv, 230-334.—
   von Regeczy  (E. N.)  Ueber die durch die negative
   Schwankung des Muskelstromes in einem anderen Mus-
  kel direkt ansgeloste secundare  Zuckung.  Arch.  f. d.
   ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1888-9, xliv, 469-511, 1 pl.—Keid (J.)
   On the relation between muscular contractility and the
  nervous system.  Edinb. Month. J. M. Sc, 1841, i,  320-329.
  Also, in his: Physiol., anat.  & path, research., 8°, Edinb.,
   1848,  1-16.—Richardson (S. W.  F.) Sc Brodie (T. G.)
   The  influence of temperature upon the extensibility of
  muscle.  Proc.  Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1896, pp. xi-xiii.—
  Richer (P.)  Note sur la contraction musculaire physio-
  logique.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1894, 9. s., vi, 68-
   70. -----. Sur la valeur relative des diverses formes de la
   contraction  musculaire physiologique;  contraction sta-
   tique, contraction dynamique et  contraction fr6natrice.
   Ibid., 147-149.  -----.  Note sur la tension musculaire dans
   les conditions physiologiques.  Ibid.,  149-151.— Richet
   (C.) Sc Broca (A.)  Contraction  musculaire ana6robie;
   action de  l'eiectricite sur le muscle  priv6  d'oxygfene.
   Arch, d'electric. ni6d., Bordeaux, 1897,v, 3-5.—Roi let (A.)
   Ueber die Streifen  N (Nebenscheiben), das Sarkoplasma
   und  die Contraction  der quergestreiften Muskelfasern.
   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1891, xxxvii,  654-684, 1 pl.
   -----. Ueber die Contractionswellen uud ihre Beziehung
   zu der Eiuzelzuckung  bei deu quergestreiften Muskeb
   fasern.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1892, lii,  201-238,
   1 pl.  -----. Untersuchungen iiber Kontraktion und Dop-
  pelbrechung der quergestreiften Muskelfasern.  Biol. Cen-
  tralbl., Erlang., 1892, xii, 8-26. -----. Ueber die Verander-
  lichkeit des  Zuckungsverlaufes   quergestreifter  Mus-
  keln  bei fortgesetzter periodischer  Erregung und  bei der
   Erholung  nach derselben. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
   1896,  lxiv, 507-568,  4 diag.—Schenck  (F.)  Ueber die
   Summation der Wirkung von Entlastung  und Reiz im
   Muskel,nebst einigen  Bemerkungen zur Coutractionstheo-
   rie.  Ibid., 1892-3, liii, 394-421. -----. Ein einfacher Ver-
   such zur Demonstration des Einflusses der Spannung auf
   den  Ablauf  des Contractionsproi esses.  Ibid.,  1893-4,
   lv, 626-630.  -----. Ueber  Anschlagzuekungen.   Ibid.,
   1894,  lvii, 606-616.  Also: Sitzungsb. d.  phys.-med. Ge-
   sellsch.  zu Wiirzb.,  1894, 110-126.  -----. Weitere Un-
  tersuchungen  fiber den Einfluss  der Spannung  auf den
  Zuckungsverlauf. Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1895,
  lxi, 77-105. -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Natur eini-
  ger  Dauercontractioiicn  des Muskels.   Ibid.,  494-535.
   -----. Kritische Bemerkungen zu Seegen's Abhandlung
   "Muskelarbeit und Glycogenverbrauch".  Ibid.,  535-543.
  -----. Zur Frage: Ob der physiologische Contract ionsact
  von der Spannung  beeinflusst wird ?  Ibid., 1895-U, lxii,
  499-512.  -----.  Ueber Kaiser's  Theorie  der  Muskel-
  zuckung.  Ibid., 1896, lxiii, 355-361. -----. Ueber den Ein-
  fluss der Spannung des  Muskels auf die Fortpflanzungs-
  geschwindigkeitderCoutractionswelle.  Ibid.,lxiv, 179-181.
  ------Leber die < ■ i pfclzeit bei sutumirten isotonischen und
  isometrischen Zuckungen. Ibid.,628-638.-----. Nochmals
  fiber Kaiser's Theorie der Muskelzuckung. Ibid., lxv, 316-
  325. -----. Dritte Abhandlung fiber Kaiser's Theorie der
  Muskelzuckung.  Ibid., 1897, lxvii, 492-504. -----. Zur
   Theorie der "negativen Schwankung".  Ibid., 1898, lxx, 
MUSCLES.                                      230                                      MUSCLES.
Muscle* (Contractility of).
  121-125. -----.  Apparat zur Registriruug der Muskel-
  arbeit.  Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,
  1899 37-42.  -----. Ueber die Dehnbarkeit des thatigen
  Muskels.  Beitr. z. Physiol.  Festchr. z. Adolf Fick ....
  Brnschwg., 1899,1-30.-----. Ueber die Torsiouselasticitat
  des contrahirten Muskels. Arch. f.-d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1900, lx xxi, 595-603.-----. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Sum-
  mation der Zuckungen.   Ibid., 1903, lxxxxvi, 399-439.—
  Nchipilod' (Catherine).   Etudes sur la contractility des
  muscles stries; faisant suite aux:  Recherches sur la nature
  et les causes de la rigidite musculaire.  Rev. med. de  la
  Suisse Rom.,Geneve-, 1894,xiv,269; 34Y—Sehocnlcin (K.)
  Versuche iiber deu zeitlichen Verlauf des Muskelstroms im
  Tetanus.  Arch. f. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1889, xiv, 134-194, 2
  pl.—Scott (W. E.)  The sound of muscular  contraction.
  Iowa M. J., Des Moines,  1903, ix, 283-285. — Seegen (J.)
  Die Kraftquelle fiir die Leistunscen des tetanisirten Mus-
  kels.   Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1894, viii, 465;
  497. -----.  Glykogenverbauch bei titanischer Muskel-
  reizung. Ibid.,  1896,  x,  185-189. - Xieemann (J.)  Ue-
  ber den Einfluss von Spaunungsanderungen auf den Ver-
  lauf der  Muskelzuckung.  Sitzungsb.  d. Gesellsch.  z.
  Befdrd.d.  ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1903), 1904, 72-75. -----.
  Ueber den Einfluss der Belastung auf den Koutraktions-
  akt.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904-5, cvi, 420: 1905,
  cvii, 447, 2 pl.—Spingarn (A.)   The inhibtion of the con-
  traction of  striated muscle.   Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii,
  268-271 —Starke (P.)  Arbeitsleistung und Warmeent-
  wickelung bei der verzogerten Muskelzuckung.  Abhandl.
  d. math.-phys. CI. d.  k. siichs. Gesellsch. d.  Wissensch.,
  Leipz., 1890-91,  xvi, 1-146, 9 diag.—Stern (V.) Studien
  iiber den  Muskelton bei Reizung verschiedener Antheile
  des Nei veiisystems.  Arch. f.  d.  ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn,
  1900, lxxxii, 34-56.—Stevens (X. M.)  On the force of con-
  traction of the  frog's gastrocnemius  in rigor, and on the
  influence of chloretone on that process.   Am. J. Physiol.,
  Bost.,  1901-2, v, 374-386.—Storey (T. A.)  The daily va-
  riation in the power of voluntary muscular  contraction.
  Am.  Phys. Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1902-3, vii, 188-211.
  -----. The influence of  fatigue upon the  speed of volun-
  tary contraction of human muscle.  Am. J. l'hysiol.,Bost.,
  1902-3, viii, 355-375. — Strieker (S.)   Das  Zuckungs-
  gesetz; nach  neueu  TJntersuchungen   dargestellt.  Si-
  tzungsb. d. k.  Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,
  Wien,1881,lxxxiv,7-93. A Uo, Reprint.—Tigerstedt (R.)
  Leber die Lateiizdauerder Muskelzuckung.  Biol. Fdren.
  Fdrhaudl.   Verhandl. d. biol. Ver. iu Stockholm, 1888-9, i,
  94-99.—Tissot (J.)  Les lois du  mouvement 6nerg6tique
  dans  les muscles eu  contraction volontaire  (contraction
  statique)  6tablies d'apres l'etude des 6cbanges respira-
  toires.  Arch, de physiol. norm,  et path., Par., 1897, 5.  s.,
  ix, 78-89. -----.  Recherches exp£rimentales sur la crea-
  tion de l'elasticite et l'euergie qui lui a donne naissance
  dans  les muscles en contraction volontaire.  Ibid., 90-95.
  -----. Nouveaux moyens d'6tude de l'elasticite  et des
  forces de tension dans les muscles en contraction statique
  volontaire.  J. de phvsiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1899, i,
  181-190. -----. Recherches exp6riiuentales sur les modifi-
  cations apportees dans  les plieuome.nos thermiques nor-
  maux de la contraction musculaire par le refroidissement
  spontane et passif des animaux auestbesies et morphinisms.
  Ibid., 1903, v, 307-316. -----. Sur l'influence de la dimi-
  nution de 1'oxyge.ne dn sang  sur  les ph6nome,nes thermi-
  ques  normaux  de la  contraction musculaire.  Ibid., 317-
  322.—Tourtieux (F.)  Sur les modifications structurales
  que presentent  les muscles jaunes du dytique pendant la
  contraction. J. de I'anat. et physiol.  [etc.],  I'ar.,  1892,
  xxviii, 573-581, 1 pl.—Traube (L.)  Ein Paar Bemerkun-
  gen fiber Tetanus.   In his:  Ges. Beitr. z. Path. u. Phy-
  siol., 8°, Berl., 1878, iii, 561—Treves (Z.)   Sui rapporti
  che corrono tra la curva  del sollevamento ergogra-
  tico e la  curva  della contrazione muscolare  volontaria.
   Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1904, ix, 14-17.—von IJex-
  kiill  (•).)   Ueber secondare  Zuckung.   Ztschr. f Biol.,
  Miiuchen u. Leipz., 1891-2, xxviii, 540-549. -----. Ueber
  die Bedingungeu fiir das Eintreten  der secundareu Zu-
  ckung.  26t<i.,1897,xxxv.l83-191.— Waller (A. D.)  The
  muscular sound  during galvanotonic contraction.  Proc
   Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1891, p.  lvi. -----. On  the inhibi-
  tion  of voluntary and  of electrically excited muscular
  contraction  bv  peripheral  excitation.   Brain,  Lond.,
   1892,  xv, 35-64.— Warren (J. W.)  Ueber  den Einfluss
  des Tetanus der Muskeln auf die in ihm enthaltenen Sau-
  ren.   Arch. f.  d. ges. l'hysiol., Bonn, 1880-81, xxiv, 391-
  406.-  WcdeiiHky (N.)   L'elasticite du muscle diminue-t-
   elle pendant la contraction?  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
   Par.. 1893, cxvii, 1*1-184. — Weiss (G.)   Du  choix d'un
   systeme de mesures dans lYtude de la contraction muscu-
   laire.  Arch, d'electric  med., Bordeaux, 1898, vi, 89-97.
   -----. Influence du  poids tenseur sur la contraction iso-
   ni6trique.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1898, 10. s., v,
   114- Wiener (H.)   Erklarung der Umkehr des Muskel-
   zuckungs^esetzes bei der Entartungsreaction,  auf experi-
   nieuteller und kliuischer Basis.  Deutsches Arch. f. klin.
   Med., Leipz., 189*. lx, 264-316. -----. Erklaiung der Um-
   kehr des  Zuckuiig^gi-setzes bei der Entaitungsreaction.
  Prag. med. Wchnsehr.,  1898, xxiii, 313.—Wood worth
jflnscles (Contractility  of).
   (R. S.)  Studies in the contraction of smooth nms< le
   Am. J. Physiol., Bost.. 1899-1900, iii, 26-44. —  Vaiior.
   ski (V. L.) K voprosu o sposohakh  izucheniya elastich-
   nosti.  (On the  methods of studying elasticity.]   Arch.
   lab. obsh.  patol. p. Imp.  Varshav. Univ., 1896, iii, 29-
   46.—Veo  (G,  F.)  On  the normal duration and signifi-
   cance of the "latent period of excitation" in muscle-con.
   traction.   J.  Physiol.,  Cambridge,  1888,  ix, 396,  2 pl. ■
   1889, x, 149.

Muscles (Contracture and spasm of).
    See,  also,  Chorea;  Cramp;  Fever (Typhoid,
   Complications of); Muscles (Syphilis of); Mus-
   cles  (Tremor of); Neck (Contracture,  etc.,  of);
   Occupations;   Spasm;  Thomsen's   disease;
   Tics.
    Gaillard (F.-L.)  Etude sur  la contraction
   umsculaire  a  propos du jugement  de la croix,
   des affections  siuiulees  et  des luxatious.  8°.
   Poitiers, 1864.
    Hernandez (J. B.)  'Estudio de la contrac-
   ciou  muscular.   8°.   Mexico, 1877.
    de Magxeval (G.)   *Des myotonies atrophi-
   ques.  8°.   Lyon, 1904.
    Pei.ossier (L.)   * Des  retractions isolees ties
   muscles fl^cbisseurs des  doigts,  ot en  particu-
   lier de  leur traitement non sanglant (uie'tbode
   de  Claude Martin).   8°.   Lyon, 11MM.
    Pravaz (J.-C.-T.) Observation de contracture
   du trapeze simulant uue  deviation de la  colonne
   vertebrale  et  terminee  par la   guerison.  8-.
   Lyon, 1874.
    Wilson (J.  A.)   On spaBm,  languor, palsy,
   and  other  disorders,  termed  nervous,  of the
   muscular system.   8°.   London, 1843.
    Babinaki (J.)  Spasme du trapeze  droit et tic de la
   face.   Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii,  752-754.—Barnard
   (H. L.)  Two cases of contracture of the flexors of the fore-
   arm treated hy tendon lengthening.   Lancet, Lond.. 1901,
   i, 1138-1140.—Basset (H.) fils.  Observation de rigidite
   spasmodique couge-uitale.   Bull.  Soc. med. de Toulouse,
   1892, ii, 257.— Baxter (E. B.)  A case of paroxysmal  clonic
   spasm of left rectus abdominis, with symptoms pointing to
   the existence of gross intracranial disease.  Brain, Lond.,
   1892,xv,525-530.  AUo, Reprint.— Bechtereff(V.M.) Ue-
   ber Myotonic und ihre  Behandlung.  Therap. Wchnsehr.,
   Wien, 1897, iv,  513-537. -----. Sliotoniya, kak bollezu .
   obmlena.  [Myotonus as a disease of metabolism.] Obozr.
   psichiat.,  nevrol.  fetcl,  S.-Peterb., 1898, iii, 263-268.
   AUo,  transl.: Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1900, xix,  98-
   102. -----. Zuckungen der Platysmamyoides und einiger
   Halsmuskeln.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u.  Neurol.,  Berl.,
   1903,  xiv, 310.  -----. O misheckuom valikle pri miotonii.
   [Muscular wave in  mvotony.J  Obozr.  psichiat., nevrol.
   [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1903, viii,  814.  Also, transl.: Neurol.
   Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 255.—Berg (J.)  Spasmus
   muse, sternocleidomastoideus.  Rap. f. k. Seraflmerlasar.
   1886,   Stockholm, 1887,  13.—Borgherini (D.  A.)   Mio-
   tonia essenziale e stati criotanici.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
   1900,  xxi, 1068-1070.—de Brim  (H.)  Etude sur la  myxo-
   derinie  contracturaute hemorragique.  Bull.  Acad, de
   med.. Par., 1896, 3. s..  xxxv,  504-517.—Bychowski (Z.)
   Ueber Hypotonic und Hypertonic bei einer und derselben
   Kranken.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  19d4, xxiii, 786-
   792.—f abot (A. T.)   A case of uniform contraction of
   all the flexor muscles in the forearm, relieved by au open
   incision.  In  his: Surg, papers, 8:, Bost., 1899, 52-54.—
   Capozzi (D.)   Un caso di  polimioclono.  Boll. d. clin.,
   Milano, 1893,  x, 1-8.— t'arriere.  Contracture hysteri-
   que du splenius; contracture du mass6ter;  de.g6uerescence
   de ce muscle.   Bull. Soc d'anat. et phjsiol. de Bordeaux,
   1896,  xvii, 288-291.   Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1896,
   xxvi, 490. Also: Gaz. d>. hop. do Toulouse,  1897,  xi, 99-
   103— thalin (P.)  Note  sur un cas de trismus mental.
   Rev.  neurol.,  Par., 1900,  viii,  310-314.—(hipault (A.)
   Sur le traitement chirurgical des affections spasmodiques
   localisees; tortico is spasmodique,  contracture des ad-
   ducteura, etc.  Med.   mod..  Par., 1903,  xiv,  121-123.—
   I'hornoflf  (V. E.)  O muskulnom spazmie  gmdnikh
   dletel i ob otnoshenii yevo k drugim boliezmain.  [Mus-
   cular spasm in nurslings and its  relation to other diseases ]
   Dletsk.  med.,  Mosk.,  1899, iv,  307-318. — <'hurton.
   Functional flexor  spasm  of right hand of  ten  >tar»
   duration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i. 422— Collins (J.)
   A case of myotonia.  Post-tlraduate,  N. Y., 1905. xx,
   516-519, 2 pl. — C'lirsehinaiin (H.)  Untersuchungen
   iiber die idiomuskulare Lebei ej-regbarkeit (idiomuskularu
   Kontraktion  Schiffs).   Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.  Nervenh.,
   Leipz., 1905,  xxviii, 361-403.— Danillo  (S.  N.)   O  mio-
   tonii kak priohinie  negodnosti  k  voyennol sluzhble.
   [Myotonia as a cause  of unfitness for military service.] 
MUSCLES.
231
MUSCLES.
Muscles (Contracture and spasm of).
  Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pnmyat Pirogova,
  S.-1'eterb., 1888-9, iii,  243 245. — David.   Contracture
  spasmodique  du psoas iliaque gauche  datant de 4 ans;
  gu6rison en une seule stance.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psy-
  chol.  ph.xsiol.,  I'ar.. 1896-7, xi, 268. — Dre'liiiiami (G.)
  Zur operativen  Behandlung  der  iscliiiiiiischcu Muskel-
  kontraktur.  Zentralbl.  f.  phvs.  Therap.  u. Unfallh.,
  Berl. u  Wien. 1905, i, 257-259.- Duck worth (Sir D.) &
  Tooth (11. IL)  Two cases  of general spastic rigidity.
  St. Barth. Hosp.  Rep., Lond., 1892, xxviii,  263 - 2H0.—
  Dusc (G.) & Astolfoni (G.) Di  un caso di miotonia
  essenziale.  Riv.  sper.  di freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia.  1900,
  xxvi. 420-438.—Ebers.  Demonstration eines durch Ope-
  ration geheilten Falles vou chronischein Krampf der Hals-
  und NackenMuskulatur.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1902,
  xxxvi,  307-309.— En gelcn.  Ein Fall  von  Myotonic.
  Aerztl.  Rundschau, Miiuchen. 190">, xv, 85. — Fisher
  (K.I).)  Myotonia or listeria.  J.  Nerv. Sc Meut. Dis.,
  N. V., 1902, xxix, 727.—Flesch.   [Fall von  primarer par-
  tieller fuuktioneller Koutraktur des Cucullaris.)  Mitt. d.
  Gesellsch. f.  inn. Med.  u.  Kinderh. in  Wien, 1904, iii,
  218.—von Frey.  Beobachtungen iiber den Vorgang der
  Wannestarre.  Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch.  zu
  Wiirzb., 1905, 37-43.— Fuiikei (tf.)  Klonische Krampfe
  in der Rectus abdominis.  [Japanese text.) Saisei Gakusha
  Iji Shimpo, Tokyo, 1899. 672-676.—Oennari  (C.)  Sopra
  una nuova forma di coutrattura muscolare  generalizzata
  e permauente,  a base ereditaria.  Gior.  d. r. Accad. di
  med.  di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 413-424.—Gerard-ITIar-
  chant.  Note  sur les  contractures  musculaires pas-
  Bageres.  Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1893, iv, 249-253— (jlynu
  (T. R.)  Muscular irritabilitv, with spasm.  Liverpool
  M.-Chir.  J., ^93. xiii,  425-427. —Oregor (K.)   Ueber
  Muskelspasmen und Muskelhypertonie im Sauglingsalter
  und ihre Abhiiugigkeit von der Ernahrung.  Monatschr.
  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1901, x, 81-94.—Hnjos (L.)
  Myospasmia spinalis ejiy esete.   [A caseof. . .]  Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 382.—Heiderieh (F.)  Glatte
  M ul k el laser n im ruhenden und thai igen Zustande.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena,  1901,  xx, 192.—Horn. Zuckungen  (motus
  convulsivi musculorum  totius  corporis).   San.-Ber. d.
  Prov. Brandenburg  1835,  Berl., 1837, 208 — Humphry
   (Sir M. G.)  Abnormal  muscular contractions and their
  effects.  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond.,  1893-4. xxviii, 453-464.
  AUo: Lancet, Lond.. 1894.  i, 1233-1236.—Hunting (W.)
  Spasm of  the levator humeri.  Vet. Rec, Loud., 1903-4,
  xvi, 608. — Hutchinson  (J.)   Long  persisting  tonic
  spasm of one steruo-cleido-mastoid, possibly in associa-
  tion with  morphoea.  Arch. Surg., Lond.,  1891-2, iii, 238.—
  Jackson (T. W.)  An unusual  case of extreme flexion
  of the head of doubtful causation.  Cleveland J. M., 1896,
  i, 414-417.  Kashida  (K.)   Ein Fall von  Accessorius-
   Krampf.   [Japanese text.]  Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu
  Tokyo,  1895, ix.  11. Hft.,  18-23.  1 pl —Kasparek (T.)
  Intencni  kfece.  [Muscular rigiditv.)  Casop. lek. cesk.,
  v Praze,  1891,  xxx, 249;  274.—Krebs.   [ Krampfhafte
  Haltung  des Kopfes nach links,  bedingt  (lurch einen
  Krampf wahrscheinlich  in dem  Sternoeleidomastoideus
  und dem oberen Theile des Cucullaris.]  Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1903, xl, 485.—KulneflT (N.)   Myotonia periodica.
   Nord. med. Ark.,  Stockholm, 1902,  3. f., ii,  afd. 2,  no. 10.
   1; no.  14, 21.—Lagrange (F.)  Des spasmes toniques
  du muscle ciliaire chez les enfants  et de la valeur de la
  skiascopie dans l'oeil atropinise.  Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1899,
  exxii, 29-46.— I.amy (H.)  Hemispasme  clonique faciale,
  spasmes clouiques  chez l'homme et chez le chien.  Kev.
  neurol., Par., 1905,  xiii, 754-756. — I\,aniiois (M.)  Myo-
  tonie avec atropine  musculaire.   N. iconog. de la Salpe-
  triere, Par., 1904, xvii, 450-458, 2 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Kev.
  neurol.,  Par.,  19u4, xii,  907. -----. Myopathic avec
  spasmes localises.  Bull. Soc. m6d. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1905,
  iv, 19-21. — .Marina (A.)   Delle niiospasie in generale e
  della miospasia atetosica in particolare.   Policlin.,  Roma,
  1901-2. viii, sez.  prat., 577-579.  AUo, transl.: Rev. hebd.
  de med.,  Par.,  1902,  n. s., vii,  663.—^Mendelssohn (M.)
  Nouvelles recherches cliniques sur les vaiiations patholo-
    fiques de la conrbe. de secou^se musculaire.   Rev. neurol.,
    ar., 1903. xi, 132-135.— Tlurii (A.) Policlonie  e coree.
  Policlin.,  Roma. li-99, vi, sez. med., 4x1; 529.  Also, in his:
  Scritti  med.. Bologna, 1902,  iii,  1389-1446. —IVageotte-
  Wilbouchewitch (Mine.)  Kaideur juv6nile.   Rev.
  de m6d., Par., inu", xxv, 313-344.— Newmark (L.) Ein
  Fall von  primaretn tonischem Gcsichtskrampf mit Mus-
  kehvogen.  Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1903, xxii, 461.—
  IViessen (W.)  Ischamische Muskellahmung und  Mus-
  kelcontiactur in Verbindung mit Sensibilitatsstorungen.
  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.,  1890, xvi, 786-788.—
  ftilscu (E.) Sluchai miotonii. [Myotonus.]  Med. Sbor-
  nik Varshav. Uyazd. voyenn. hos)>'., Vaishava, 1901, xiv,
  nos. 1-2,  pt. 1, 6-12. — N'ovc-Jos sera nil.  Retraction
  des flediisseurs trait£e et guerie par la methode Martin.
  Bull.  Soc. de chir.  de Lyon.  1903, vi, 335.   Also: Lyon
  m6d., 1904, cii, 30.—Oppenheim (H.)  Leber allgemeine
  und '.ocalisierte Atonic  ib-r Muskulatur (Myotonic)  im
  friihen  Kindesalter.  Monatschr.  f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol.,
  Berl., 1900, viii, 232.—Ostino (G.)  tTn caso di crampi
  clonici dei muscoli palatini  con rumore obbiettivamente
Iflnscles (Contracture and spasm of).
  percepiblle.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.],  Torino, 1900-1901,
  x, 26.—P«tel (M.) & Viannay (C>  De la retraction
  isoiee des muscles flediisseurs des doigts.  Gaz. d. hop.,
  Par.,  1903,  lxxvi, 541, 573.-Placzek.   Ein  Fall von
  Masseterkrampf.  Verhandl. d. Berl.med. Gesellsch. 1897,
  Berl.,  1898,  xxviii, pt. 1.,  246.- Popoff (N. M.) Pro-
  dolzhitelnaya kontraktura zhevatelnikh  mishts.   [Con-
  tinuous contraction of muscles of mastication. |   Nevrol.
  Vestnik, Kazan, 1899  vii, no. 2, 181-209— Przhevalski
  (B. G.)  K voprosu o patogenezle i llechenii  stolkikh bo-
  Hezneniiikh lokalizirovannikh svedeuiy mishts nervnavo
  proiskhozhdeniya poslie travmi oblasti sustavov; hyper-
  myotonia reflexa localis.   (Pathogenesis and  treatment of
  diseased localized muscular contraction of nervous origin
  after  injury in the region of joints.]  Russk. chir. arch.,
  S.-Peterb.,  1904,  xx,  302-314.—Bandall (H.  E.)  On
  therapeutic  action of nitroglycerine, a valuable drug for
  relieving muscular spasms.  Therap. Month., Phila., 1901,
  i, 239-241.—Remak.  Zur Pathologie  des   Melker-
  krampfs. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1889,
  xv, 250.  AUo:  Verhandl.  d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl.,
  1888-9, viii, 234-239.—Roily. Weiterer Beitrag zur con-
  genitalen Muskelstarre.  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1901, xx, 170-179—Rossolimo (G.)  De la myo-
  tonic  atrophique; contribution  k la theorie des myopa-
  thies.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1902, xv, 63-77,
  1  pl. — SneMger (A.)   Ueber myotonische  Pupillen-
  bewegung.  Neurol. Contralbl., Leipz., 1902,  xxi, 837-839.
  -----. Ueber die Bezeichnung "Myotonische Pupillen- l
  bewegung".  Ibid., 1137—Sarbo  (A.)  Clonusos  r£g6i-
  zomgorcs egy esete.  [A case of clonic spasm of  the mas-
  seter  muscle.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 492.—
  Sanndby (R.)  Caseof muscular hypertonicity.  Brain,
  Lond., 18>7-8, x, 497.—Mchenek (F.j  Ueber den Einfluss
  der Spannuiigszunahnie und dor Entspannungauf die Con-
  traction.  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol.. Bonn, 1898, lxxii, 186-
  189. — Schott  (A.)   Partielle  Myotonie mit Muskel-
  schwund.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,  1901-2,
  xxi, 261-266.—Schultze (F.) Ueber Poly-, Para- und Mo-
  noclonien und ihre Beziehungen zur Chorea.  Ibid., 1898,
  xiii.409-421.—Smith (E.N.) Abnormal muscular contrac-
  tions.   Lancet,  Lond., 1904, i,  1269-1272.—Smith  (N.)
  Spasmodic action of the lower jaw of six  years'  duration
  cured  by operation.  Ibid., 1892, ii, 717.—Svoboda (F.)
  Nepopsan^ dosud druh kfeedi svalu k&poveho a zdvihace
  lopatky.  [Description of a species of spasm  of M. cucul-
  laris  and M. serratus anticus magnus.]  Shorn, polikliu.
  1897,  v  Praze,  1898, 19-28.—Sym  (W. G.)   Spasmodic
  contraction of the right inferior rectus muscle.  Tr. Med.-
  Chir.  Soc.  Edinb.,  1901-2, n. s., xxi, 207. — Terrillon
  (O.)  De l'iutervention chirui gicale  dans  certains cas de
  retractions musculaires succcdant k la contracture spas-
  modique.  N. Iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1888, i,
  142-154,  2  pl.   AUo,  in  his: OSuvres,  8°,  Par., 1898,
  i, 278-298. -----. Traitement chirurgical des retractions
  musculaires succ6daut aux contractures  spasmodiques.
  N. Iconog. de  la  Salpetriere,  Par.,  1891, iv.  249-254.
  Also, in his: GEuvres, 8°, Par.,  1898. i, 271-277. — Tes-
  saroli  (C.)   Un  caso di spasmo clonico funzionale
  dello  eterno-cleido mastoideo.  Gazz.  med. cremonese,
  Cremona, 1898,  xviii, 165-167.—Tomson (B.)   A case
  of hereditary  muscular  spasm.  Tr.  Clin. Soc. Lond.,
  1890-91,  xxiv, 259-264, 1 pl.—Vcrhoogen (R.)   La con-
  tracture hystero-trauniatique des masseters.   Belgique
  m6d., Gaud-Haarlem,  1897, ii, 449-454. — Vosburgh  (H.
  D.)   Hyoscyamia  in  subsultus tendinum.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1881, xix, 136.— Walton (G. L.)  Contribution to
  the study of the myospasms: myokymia, myoclonus multi-
  plex,  myotonia  acquisita,  intention spasm.  J. Nerv. &
  Ment. Dis., N.  Y., 1902,  xxix, 403-418.—Weisenburg
  (T. H.)  Triceps, biceps, and finger clonus.  Ibid.. 1903,
  xxx,  681-683.—Wertheim Salomonson (J.  K.  A.)
  Een atypisch geval vau myotonia.  Psvcbiat. en Neurol.
  Bl., Amst., 1897, 4-19, 3  pl.—Wilsoii (J.  G.)  An un-
  usual case of spasms affecting the voluntary muscles.   N.
  York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 770.

Jliiscles (Degeneration of).
     See Muscles (Atrophy, etc.,  of).

Ifluscle* (Diseases and pathology of).
     See,  also,  Ataxia   (Hereditary);  Atrophy
  ( Muscular )   [ and  subdivisions ];  Dystrophy
  (Muscular); Muscles (Abdominal, Atrophy of);
  Muscles  (4trophy, etc., of); Muscles (Concre-
  tions in); Muscles (Contracture,  etc., of); Mus-
  cles  (Hypertrophy of); Muscles (Inflammation
  of);  Muscles (Ossification in); Muscles (Para-
  sites in);  Muscles (Syphilis of);  Muscles (Tre-
  mor of);  Muscles (Tuberculosis of); Muscles
  ( Tumors of);  Myopathy (Primitive progressive).
     Basler (A.)  * Ueber die Ait  des Absterbens
  verschiedener  quergestreifter  Muskeln bei  er-
  hobter  Temperatur.  8°.  Tubingen, 1902. 
MUSCLES.
232
MUSCLES.
Jl u»clc* (Diseases and pathology of).      ■
    Padf.r  (J.) A Cadkac (C.)   Pathologie  chi-
  rurgicalc  des tendons, de^  muscles  et des nerfs.
  12°.  Paris,  19< ">.
    Encyclopedic veterinaire.
    Knox (K.)  Cute of painful crepitatiou  in the
  course  of the  radial extensor  muscles of the
  carpus.  - .   Edinburgh, [18:i.ri,  vel subseq.].
    La  NiCtA (K.)   * Ueber die   Veriinderungen
  der Muskel la sern bei Cireulationsstorungen, bei
  Lyinphstauung insbcsondere.   (Experimentelle
  Beitiii-c)   [Ziirich.]   ^.   Chur, 1895.
    Laval  (J.-1L)   Essai sur les maladies par in-
  stability  d'energie musculaire.   12c.   Montpel-
  lier, [n. d.].
    Lokenz-(H.)  Die Muskelerkrankungen.   8°.
   Wien, 1-9-'.
    ()15KHM)5rffer (E.)  * Experinientelle Unter-
  Biicliiingcn iiber Coagiilationsnekrose des quer-
  gestreiften  Muskelgewebes.    [Munich.]   8°.
  Jena, 1901.
    AUo,  in: Beitr. z.  path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena,
  1902, xxxi,  103-120, l pl.
    Plkmpii s (F.)   Verhandiiugh der spieren by
  de  welcke aenghewesen wort wat in bun onuae-
  turige  toevallen en te vooisegghen eu  te hant-
  wercken staet.   lf>c.  /' Amstelredam, 16:50.
    Kindskopf  (C.)   * Leber das Verhalten der
  Muskelfasern  in  Bcztig   auf Vacuolenbildung
  und  Hypertrophic  nach   Nervendurchsehnei-
  dung.   8-.  Bonn, 1890.
    SciiAEi'i eu (W.)  * Ueber die histologischen
  Veriiiideruiigen  von   quergestreiften   Muskel-
  fasern  in der Peripherie von Geschwiilsteu.   b°.
  Berlin, 1^7.
    Also,in:  Arch.f. path.Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1887,cx,443-502.
    Babes  Sc  JTIarincsco. Sur la  pathologie des ter-
  minaisons  nerveuses  des muscles  des   animaux et de
  l'homme.   Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc, Pur., 1889. cix, 575-
  577. AUo: France m6d., Par., 1889,ii, 1470-1473.—Batten
  (F.  E.)  The muscle-spindle under  pathological condi-
  tions.   Brain,  Lond., 1897, xx, 138-179, 8pl.—Burzio (F.)
  Contributo sperimentale alio studio della palologia del
  tessuto muscolare.  Ann. di freniat.  [etc.], Torino, 1897,
  vii, 42-46.  AUo:  Riforrna med., Napoli,  1897, xiii,  pt. 1,
  334-336.—Basse (O.)  Pathologic der willkiirlichen Mus-
  kulatur.  Ersiebn.d. allg. Palh. u. path. Anat. [etc.], 1903,
  Wiesb., 1904, ix,  1203-1228.—Carpenter (A.)   Cases  of
   muscular anaesthesia?  In his: Malignant pustule, 8°, ',
  Croydon, 1874, 27-39.—Cassirer (R.) Casnistische Mit- j
  tcilunyen aus dem Gebiete der Muskelpathologie.   Mo-
   natschr. f. Psychiat. u.  Neurol., Berl., 1898, iii, 491-506:
   iv,  21-30.—Cfsler (J.)  O pome.ru pathologick£ch  zm&n
  svalstva hi tanovi'ho k  z&konu Semon-Rosenbachovu.
   [The relation of the pathological changes .of the muscular
  tissue to the law of Semon-Rosenbach. Casop. lek.  cesk.,
   v Praze, 1904,  xliii. 490; 511.—Comisso  (E.)  Sulle alte-
   razioni dei muscoli in seguito all' accorciamento.  Arch.di
  ortop., Milano, 1905, xxii, 167-189. 1 ch.—Cruchet.  Mus-
  cles pseudo-hypertrophies  et atrophias provenant  d'une
  myopathic primitive.  J. de ni6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv,
   560.—Cnrschmann (H.)   Ueber eine besondere  Form
   von schwieliger Muskelentartung.  Miinchen. med.Wchn-
  sehr., 1897, xliv, 1311-1314.—Dargein & Combeleran.
   Myopathic primitive.   Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse,
   1905,xiii, 100.  Also: Toulouse meu.,1905,2.8.,vii,126-129.—
   De Back (D.) Sc I>e Moor  (L.)   La sarcolyse dans la
   regression musculaire.  Belgique med.,  Gand-IIaarlem,
   1903, x, 67.—Dujardin-Bcaumetz ((J. S.)  Diseases of
   the muscles.  Twentieth Cent. Pract., N.  Y.. 1895, ii, 575-
   622.—Eiehhorst (H.)  Beitrage zur Pathologie der Ner-
   ven und Muskeln.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1890,
   exx, 217: 1891, exxv,  25, 1 pl.—Friedlander (R.) Die
   physikalische Therapie der Erkrankungen der Muskeln.
   A.  Physikalische Therapie  des Muskelrheumatismus.
   Handb. d.  physikal. Therap., Leipz.,  1902, pt. 2, i, 50-60.—
   Fiirstner.  TJeher  einige seltenere Veriinderungen  im
   Muskelapparat.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1895, xxvii, 614-
   030.— 1'ujiuatni (A.)  Leber Muskelkern-Veranderung;
   Nachtrag  zu: Ueber die histologische Veranderung des
   Muskelgewebes bei der Lepra und  iiber eine besondere
   Wiicherung und  Hvperchromatose  der  Muskelkerne.
   Arch. f. path. Anat".  [etc.], Berl.,   1900, clxi, 577-579.—
   (lehrinann. Muskelinsufflcienz und ihre Folgen.  Ver-
   handl.  d. Berl. med.  Gesellsch. (1887), 1888, xviii, 23-30.
   AUo:  Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1888,  xxiii,  2.14; 266.—
   Oibney (V. P.)   Muscular deformities of nervous origin,
   and their treatment.   N. York M. J., 1889, xlix, 468-471.—
   Goodhart (S. P.)   Two  interesting cases of muscular
JHHscles (Diseases and pathology of).
  disease.  Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1894-5, i, 294-298.-He-
  denius (P.)   Oefversigt af nyare bidrag till detviirsirim-
  miga musklernas pathologiska anatomi.  [Review of  re-
  cent contributions to pathological anatomy of transversely
  striated muscles.)  Lpsala Lakaref. Forli., ''HGH-l, ii. 342-
  375.   Also, Reprint. — Hcrz (M.)  Leber die Auscul-
  tation des normalen  und  pathologischen  Muskeltones,
  beziehungsweise Muskelgerausches.   Wien. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1900, xiii, 1178.—Inglis (D.)  A contribution to the
  pathology of trophic disorders of the muscular system,  J.
  Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1888, xv,  477-488.—Jaeobi
  (G. B.)  A condition of the lower limbs often mistaken  for
  phlebitis.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1904,  ii,  1730.—Jaeoby
  (G. W.)  Diseases of the muscles.  Text-book nerv. Dis.
  Am.  authors  (Dercum) Phila.,  1895, 857 - 879. — Joa-
  ehimsthal.   Functionelle Formveranderungen an den
  Muskeln.  Arch. f. klin.  Chir., Berl., 1897,  liv, 503-527.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1897,  xxiii, Ver.-Beil., 191.— Klee (F. E.)   Hundrede og
  tredive Tilfaelde af Muskel- og Bindevsevsintiltrationer hos
  Kvinder iagttagne i Seksaaret  1899-1904 paa  Silkeborg
  Vandkuranstalt saerlig med Hensyu til iEtiologi og Ssede.
  [One hundred and thirty cases of  infiltiation of the mus-
  cles  and connective tissue in women observed in  the  six
  years 1899-1904, at the  Silkeborg  Water-Cure  Institute,
  with  special reference to its etiology and seat]  Ugesk.
  f. LaBger, Kohenh.. 1905, 5. R., xii,  773-782.—Knoll (P.)
  Zur Lehre von den krankhaften Verandeiungen der quer-
  gestreiften Muskelfaser.  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere
  Med., Wiesb., 1891, x, 298-301.—Knoll (P.) <fc Haucr
  (A.)   Ueber das Verhalten der protoplasmaarnieii und
  protoplasmareichen,  quergestreiften  Muskelfasern unter
  pathologischen Verhaltnissen.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d.
  Wissensch.  Math.-uaturw. CI., Wien, 1892, ci, 315-348, 8
  pl.   AUo, Reprint.—Kobler (G.)  Leber einen kompli-
  zirten Fall von neuro-nniskularer  Erkrankung.   Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr.,  18s9,  xxxix,  676;  719; 767; 808; 846.
  Also: Beitr. z. Kinderh.  a. d.  i.  off. Kinderkr.-Inst, in
  Wien, 1890, 86-105.—Kouindji  (P.)   La contracture
  musculaire et son traitement par le massage methodique.
  J. de physiotherap., Par., 1905, iii, 142-150.—Krause (P.)
  Beitrag zur Kenntnis  der posttyphosen Muskelerkran-
  kungen.  Centralbl.  f.  Nervenh.  u.  Psychiat., Berl. u.
  Leipz., 1902. n. F., xiii, 513-516.—Krauss (E.) Beitrage
  zur Muskelpathologie, histiologischc und chemische Un-
  tersuchungen  nach Tenotomie und  Neurotomie.  Arch. f.
  path  Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1888, cxiii, 315-332,1 pl.-l.arBt.
  Quelques  maladies du systeme musculaire; leur  61ectrn-
  th6rapie.   Rev. internat. d'61ectrother., Par., 1890-91, i,
  129-136. — Lenhartz  ( H.)   Behandlung der Muskel-
  erkrankungen.  Handb. d. spec. Therap. inner. Krankh.,
  Jena, 1896, v, 180-186.  Also: Ibid., 1898, 2.  Aufl., vi, 559-
  564.—Lioeser.  Ueber  das kombinierte Vorkommen von
  Myasthenie und  Basedowscher Krankheit,  nebst Bemer-
  kungen iiber  die okularen Symptome  der Myasthenie.
  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl..  1904, xii, 368-375.--Iiorentzrn
  (C.)  Om smerlende Inflltrater i Hud og Muskier og deres
  Symptomer.  [Painful infiltrationsoftheskinand muscles,
  and their symptoms.]  Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kobenh., 1905, 5.
  R., xii, 463; 4*1. —Molliere (D.)  L6sions tropbiquea
  remarquables des muscles de la iambe.  M6m. et compt.-
  rend. Soc. d. sc.med. de Lyon (1887), 1888, xxvii, pt.2, 50.—
   Monnier (L.)  Note sur deux cas de retraction muscu-
   laire et d'impotence fonctionnelle gu6ris par le massage et
   l'61ectrisation. Bull, et me.m. Soc. de m6d. prat, de Par.,
   1888, 820-824. -----. Note sur un cas d'impotence  des
   pelvi-trochanteriens gauches, chez une jeune  fllle de 14
   ans guerie par la faradisation, flagellation et la marche
   nie.thodique.  Ibid., 930-940.  Also: Ann. d'orthop. et do
   chir. prat., Par., 1889, iii, 85-94.— von Mosengeil (K.)
   Exigeiithiimliche Maceration quergestreifter Musculatur
   in der Niihe  einer Quetschwunde.  Arch. f. klin. Chir.,
   Berl., 1871, xii, 1064-1070,  1 pl. — Miiller (L. R.)  Unter-
   suchungen iiber die quergestreifte JUusculatur bei Kran-
   ken  und Gesunden.   [Rev.|  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1900, xlvii, 1047-1049. — Olt.  Die Stieptokokken in  den
   Muskeln.  Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl.,
   1897,  xxiii.  57-72. — Paetzold.  Muskelsequester nach
   Pneumokokkeninfektion.  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
   1904, xliii, 668-675. — Patrizi (M. L.)   Circa  il mec-
   canismo dell'  azione fisiologiea del massaggio sui  muscoli.
   Rassegna di  sc. med., Modena,  1900-1901. xv.  60-64.—
   Pauzat (J. E.) Ai crepitant de  la jambe.  Arch, de
   med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1892,  xx,  306-318. — Pean.
   Maladies des  muscles et de leurs annexes.  In his: Lemons
   de clin. chir., etc.. 8°, Par., 1888, 550-567.—Raymond (P.)
   Les  mvopathies essentielles.  Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1888. lxi,
   1057-1065 — Kcgnier (P.)  Ueber die Bedeutung  und
   Wichtigkeit  der  physiologisehen und niorphologischen
   Aupassung  der Muskeln in  der Pathogenese und  in
   der Behandlung gewisser Beweglichkeitsbeschrankungen.
   Monatschr. f.Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1901,viii, 257-263.  ----_.
   Des impotences fonctionnelles par adaptation physiologi-
    que et morphologiquedes muscles.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.
    de  Bordeaux, 1901,  xxii. 518-522. — Reibmayr (A.)
    Ueber Massage bei Muskelerkrankungen. Wien. med.
    Wchnsehr., 1887, xxxvii,  1667; 1705; 1736.—Schaffer (K.) 
MUSCLES.
233
MUSCLES.
JlliscBes (Diseases  and pathology of).
  A labeses izomsorvad£s credeterOl.   [The origin of tabetic
  affections of the muscles]  Mauy.  orv. Arch., Budapest,
  1896, v, 161-173. — Wchultze (F.)   Beitiage  zur Muskel-
  pathologie.  Deutsche Ztscbr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1894-5,
  vi, 65-75. —---. Beitriiijo zur Myopathologic. lbid.,'M5-
  2.">1.—Senator (H.)   Leber einige  .Muskelerkrankungen.
  Aerztl.  Rundschau, Munchen,  1899, ix, 484-486.   Also:
  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1899, xxxvi, 634-636.  — Mtierlin
  (R.) Ueber einen Fall  von septischer Totalnekrose der
  Muskeln.   Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1892, exxviii,
  205-211,  1 pl.—Stoner (G. W.) A. Inglis  (D.)  Involun-
  tary associated  action of tho fingers and thumbs of both
  hands.   Physician & Surg., Detroit  Sc Ann  Arbor, 1892,
  xiv, 529-532. — Ntrnnss.   Demonstration eines Patienten
  mit  Froriep'scher Fascien-Muskelsclnviele.   Berl.  klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1900, xxxvii, 35(1. — Thorel (C.)  Pathologie
  der Skelettiuusku'atur.  Ersiebu. d. allLr.  Path. u. path.
  Anat. [etc.], 1899. Wiesb.,  1901, vi,  6.77-706.—Tramonti
  (E.) un caso di miopatia primitiva cou deficienza men-
  tale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905,xxvi, 6 i3-605.—Tripels-
  Dcntzkof.  El niasaje > la kinesiterapia en las afecioues
  del  sistema muscular.  Siglo iue.d., Madrid.  1905, lii, 512-
  514.—VerziloflT (V. M.)  O fibrillyarnom  stroyenii nerv-
  nikh klietok  spinnovo  mozga v  oduom  sluchaye mio-
  patii. [Fibrillary structure of the nerve cells of the spinal
  cord in  a case  of myopathy.]  J.  oevropat. i psikli. . .  .
  Korsakova, Mosk.. 1003,v,623-62l>.—Vignolo-L,utati (C.)
  Experimentelle Ileitrage zur Pathologie der glatten  Mus-
  culatur  der Haut. Arch.  f. Dermat. u. S\ph., Wien u.
  Leipz., 1901, Lii, 323-362. 2 pl.—Walton (G. L.) Sc Car-
  ter (C. F.)  Cases illustrating the  less common types of
  muscular disorder; coexisting peroneal  aud  carpal  atro-
  phy; hereditary atrophy;  Thomseii's disease; paramyo-
  tonia.  Internat. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1892, i, 4.">9-464,  2 pl!—
  Wallev (T.)   Muscular lesious in the horse. J. Comp.
  Path, a; Therap., Edinb. & Lond.. 1889,ii, 218; 291.—West-
  bury (H.)  Researches in  the direction of obtaining radio-
  graphs and fluoroscopic examinations of the  muscles and
  ligaments.  Am. X-Ray J., St. Louis, 1901,  ix, 1003-1005.

Muscles (Dislocation  of).
    See Tendons (Dislocation of).

JtIuscBc* (Exhaustion of).
    See, also,  Fatigue.
    Bkplkk (O. F. K.)    * Suinmationsversuche am
  ermiideten Muskel.  8C.   Marburg,  1904.
    Ioteyko  ( Jos^jihiue).    *  La fatigue  et  la
  respiration  Alimentaire du muscle.  4 .   Paris,
  189(>.
    Koxopasevitch (P.  A.)  * Dalnielshiye  mate-
  rial! k  fiziologii  uiishechuoi  ustalosti u ehelo-
  vleka.   [Physiology of nuiseular exhaustion  in
  man.]   Hc.   S.-Peterburg,  1*92.
    Macjgioua  (A.)   Le  leggi della fatiea studiate
  uei muscoli delP uomo.   Memoria ii.   4 .   Boma,
  1**9.
    Repr.  from:  Atti d. r. Accad. d.  Lincei.  CI. di sc. fis.,
  matemat. e nat., Roma, 1^8*, eclxxxv. See, also, infra.
    Wulfi" ( G. )   * Ueber  die   Ermiidung  der
  Nervcnendorgaue   und des  Muskels.   [ Wurtz-
  burg;.]   * .    Leipzig, l*9l>.
    Aars  (K.-B.-R.)  Sc l.arguier des Bancels (J.)
  L'effort  musculaire  et la  fatigue  des  centres nerveux.
  Annee psycho]., Par., 1901. vii, 187-205.—Busier (A.)
  Ueber das verschiedene Verhalten des Sartorius und Gas-
  trocnemius  des Frosches bei Ermiidung. Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol., Bonn,  1904. cvi, 141-159. — Blazek (B.)  Eiu
  automatischer Muskelunterbieclier;  eine  neue  Methode
  zur  Priifung  der Muskelznckungen.  Ibid., 1901,  lxxxv,
  529-535.  See. also, infra,  Novi.—  Bloch (A.-M.)  Eu-
  quete sur la fatigue musculaire professionnelle.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 548-551.— Bi-amlis (A.)
  Ueber die Lrsacben der  Muskelenniidunir  nach fremdeu
  und eigenen  Untersuchungen.   Ztschr. f.  orthop. Chir.,
  Stuttg., 1893-4. iii. 366-386.—Bum (A.)  Ueber periphere
  nnd centrale Ermiidung.  Wien. med. Presse,  1896, xxxvii,
  1497-150.">.—CarvaNo (J.) & Weiss <G.)  Influence de
  la temperature sur la fatigue et la reparation du muscle.
  Compt.   rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1899, 11.  s.,  i, 610.—
  Fletcher  (W. M.)  Tho  osmotic  properties of muscle,
  and  their modifications in fatigue and rigor.  J. Physiol.,
  Lond.. 1903-4, xxx, 414-438.   Also [Abstr.]:  Proc. Physiol.
  Soc, Lond , 1902, p. xii.—Frcntzel (J.)  Ueber den Ein-
  fluss der Nahrstoffe auf die Belebung ermiideter Muskeln.
  Arch, f   Physiol., Leipz.,  1899.  383-388.  -----. Ergo-
  graphische Versuche iiber die Nahrstoffe als Kraftspender
  fiir ermudete Muskeln.  Ibid.,  Ic99, Suppl.-Bd., 141-159.—
  Ton Frey  (M.)  Dehnnngsversuche gelahmter Muskeln.
  Verhandl.d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz.,
  1903,  lxxv,  2.  Hlfte.,  pt. 2, 410.—  I  rohlich ( V.  W.)
  Ueber die scheinbare Steigerung der Leistungsfahigkeit
Muscles (Exhaustion of).
  des quergestreiften Muskels im  Beginn der Ermiidung
  (Muskeltreppe), der  Kohlesaurewirkung und  der Wir-
  kung anderer Narkotika (Aether,  Alkohol).  Ztschr. f.
  allg. Physiol.,  Jena,  1905, v, 288-316, 3 pl.—4> ilia an
  (l\ K.)   Hie effect of fatigue on  the nuclei of voluntary
  muscle  cells.  Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1902-3, ii, 227-230.—
  Crdiuez Uenila (J.)  Nota sobre la fatiga de los iniiscu-
  los.  Cuiresp.  med., Madrid, 1902,  xxxvii, 2116.—(Aottm
  (M.)  Dehiiungsversuclie gelahniter Muskelu.  Ztschr. f.
  Biol., Miinchen u. Leipz., 1904, xlvi, 38-60.  Henry (C.)
  it loteyko (Mile. J.)   Sur  une loi de  decroissance de
  l'effort a lcigouraphie.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.  Par.,
  1903, cxxxvi, 833-835.—Hough (T.)  Ergographie studies
  in neuro-muscular fatigue. Am. J. Physiol., Lost., 1901-2,v,
  240-266. -----. Ergographie studies in muscular soreness.
  Ibid , 1902-3, vii,  76-92.  Also: Am. Phys. Educat. Rev.,
  Brooklyn, 1902, vii, 1-17.   AUo  [Abstr.]:  J. Host. Soc.
  M. Sc,  1900-1901, v, 81 92 — Imbert (A.) & Cingnicic
  (J.)  Sur les caracteres graphiques de la  fatigue dans les
  mouvements  volontaires  chez  l'homme.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc. Par.,  1903, cxxxvi, 1349-1351.—loteyko
  (Mile. J.)  EliVts  iihysiologiques  des  ondes induites de
  fernnture et de rupture dans la fatigue et l'anesth6sie des
  muscles.  Ann. Soc. rov. d. sc med. et nat. de Brux., 1901,
  x, fasc.  4, pt. 2, 1-38.—loteyko (Mile. J.) Sc Richet (C.)
  Reparation de  la fatigue musculaire  par la  respiration
  61ementaire du muscle.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par.,
  1896, 10. s., iii,  146. — Kipiani  (Mile. V.)  Les lois do
  la fatigue.   Rev. scient., Par., 1905, 5. s., iv, 367; 398.—
  Kraepelin (E.)  Ueber Ermiidigungsmessungen. Arch.
  f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1903, i, 9-30.—I^ahy (J.-M.)  Les
  modifications des echanges nutritifs chez  lhomme sous
  l'iufluence de la fatigue  musculaire.  Rev. scient., Par.,
  1905, 5.  s.,  iii,  201; 230;  267.—L<ee (F.  S.)  Nature of
  muscle  fatigue.  Am. J.  Physiol., Bost.,  1898-9,  ii, p. xi.
  -----. Some of the physical phenomena of muscle fatigue.
  Proc. Am.  Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1904-5, p. xxviii.  Also:
  Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 74.   AUo: Science, N.  Y. &
  Lancaster, Pa.,  1905, n. s., xxi,  106.—liee (F. S.) & ttalant
  (W.)  The causes of muscle fatigue.  Arch. ital. de biol.,
  Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 39. — Lohuiann (A.)  Ueber die
  Beziehuugen zwischen Hubbdhe uud Zuckungsdauer bei
  Ermiidung des Muskels.  Arch. f. d. ges. Pbysiol., Bonn,
  1902, lxxxxi, 338: Ixxxxii, 387.—bombard (YV. P.)  The
  effect of fatigue  on  voluntary  muscular contractions.
  Am. J.  Psychol.,  Worcester, 1890,  iii, 24-42.  Also. Re-
  print.— Lusiui (V.)  Azione dei purpurati acidi di sodio,
  potassio e animouio sulla fatica  muscolare.  Atti  d. r.
  Accad. d. fisiocrit. di Siena, 1895, 4. s., vii, 339-350. -----.
  Sul decorso della fatica muscolare  nelle raue; ricerche
  sperimentali.  Ibid., 1898, 4. s., ix. 149-153.—ITIaggiora
  (A.) Ueber die Gesetze der Ermiidung; Untersucliungeu
  an  Muskeln  des  Mensehen.  Arch. f. Phvsiol.. Leipz.,
  1890, 191; 342.  See,  also, supra. — Maggiora  (A.) A:
  Vinaj  (G. S.)  Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss hydro-
  therapentischer Einwirkungen auf die  Widerstandskraft
  der Muskeln gegen die  Ermiidung.  Bl. f. klin. Hydro-
  therapy Wien, 1892, ii, 1: 1893,  iii, 119. — Tlosso (A.)
  Ueber  die  Gesetze der Ermiidung; Untersuchiiugen au
  Muskeln des Mensehen.  Arch.f. Physiol., Leipz., 1890,89-
  168.—Miiller (R.)  Ueber den Verlauf der Erniiidnngs-
  reihe des quergestreiften Froschmuskels bei Eiuschaltung
  von lteizpausen.  Centralbl. f. l'hysiol.,  Leipz. u. Wien,
  1901, xv, 425-432.— IVovi (I.)  Die automatische Curve
  der Muskelermiidung; Erwiderung zu der Mittheiluii!*
  des Ilerrn Boleslaw Blazek : Ein  automatischer Muskel-
  uuterbrecher.  Arch.f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1901, lx xxviii,
  501-505.—IVovi (I.) &. liiicinui  (L.)  Azione della tun-
  peratura sulla  curva  automatica  della fatica  muscolare.
  Bull. d.  sc. med. di Bologna,  1900. 7. s., xi,  409-433, 5 ch.
  AUo [Abstr.] : Soc. med.-chir. di Bologua.  Resoc (1900),
  1901, 40-42. — I*a»anisi (R.)  Sulla  curva della fatica
  muscolare.  Arch,  farmacol. sper., Roma,  1903, ii, 307-319,
  1  ch.  AUo: Arch, di  faun,  e terap., Palermo, 1903,  xi,
  307-319,  1 ch—Patrizi (M. L.)  L' azione del caldo e del
  freddo sulla  fatica dei muscoli nell' uomo.  Gior. d. r.
  Accad. di med.  di Torino, 1892, 3. s., xl, 917-927. -----.
  Un instrument (crg08t6lhograpbe) pourmesurer la fatigue
  des muscles respirateurs chez l'liomme.  [Transl. from .-
  Mem.d. r. Accad. di sc.,lett. ed arti in Modena, v.]  Arch.
  ital. de  biol., Turin,  1904,  xii, 215-224.—Sclii-ller (\V.)
  Ueber eine mikroskopische Erscheitiung am  ermiideteii
  Muskel.  Miinchen.incd. Wchnsehr., 1902,xlix, 998.  Also:
  Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte  1903,
  Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 432. -----. Welteres iiber mikro-
  skopische Ersclieiiiiiii!:en am  ermiideteii Muskel.  Wien.
  klin. Fvuudschau,  1903, xvii,  333 -337. — Kchcnck (F.)
  Ueber den  Verlauf der  Muski lermudung bei  willkur-
  licher Erregung und bei  isxmeti ischem Contraotiousaet.
  Arch. f. (1  ges. Physiol., Bonn.  1900,  lxxxii,  384-398.—
  Mimonelli (L.) La curva della fatica col ritino naturale.
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900,  x, 523. -----.
  Sulla  fatica c sul  ritmo nei muscoli  volontarii.  Gior.
  internaz. d. sc.  med.,  Napoli,  1900, n.  s.,  xxii, 835-840.—
  Soeor  <fe  Braileano (C.)  Quelques recherches sur la
  fatigue  musculaire chez  1'homme.  Bull. Soc. d. me-rt. et
  nat. de Jassy, 1902,  xvi, 1-28.—Treves (  Z.)  Idces nou 
MUSCLES.
234
MUSCLES.
 ^IiimcDcs (Exhaustion of).
   velles en ergographie.  Rev. gen. d. sc. puics et appliq.,
   Par.,1904. 2. s., xxxvi, 774; 824 — In verrieht (H.)  Leber
   kraukhiifte MiiskelermiidbarkeitlMvastlieui,■).  Festschr.
   z. Feier il. 50. Besteli. d. med. Gesellsch  zu Magileh., 1898,
   i.Vh'j.  1 pl.  Also: Centralbl. f. innere  Med., Leipz., 1898,
   xix, 329-343.

 ill use Des (Foreign bodies in).
     See Muscles ( Wounds, etc., of).

 .Till we Des (Hemorrhage into).
     See Muscles (Wounds, etc.,  of).

 JillwcDew (Hernia of).
     See, also, Muscles (Rupture of).
     Bio.n (A.)   * Etude snr lets hernies musculaires
   vruies du jamhier anteVieur.   8J.   Paris, 1899.
     Dusatls (B.)  * Un cas de  hemie musculaire.
   8°.  Montpellier,  1901.
     Hat s.mann  (A. [P.])   "Hernia  muscularis
   des Musculus tensor fasciae  latte.   H .   Greifs-
   wald, 1904.
     Momtchiloff (C.)  * Hernie musculaire vraie
   et nseudo-hernie niusculaire.  8°.   Paris, 1899.
     Mokange (O.)  * Etude sur la  heruie  muscu-
   laire.  4°.   Paris, 1894.
     Ceding (P.)  *Eiu Beitrag zur Keuntuis der
   Hernia muscularis uuter  Beriieksichtiguug der
   in  der Litteratur aufgezeichneten  Palle.   8°.
   Kiel,  189.").
     Suhi'ltzen  (G. P. W.)  * Beitrag zur  Lehre
   vou deu Muskelhernien.   8°.  Berlin, [1887].
     Vouelpoel  (E.)   * Hernise uud  Pi-eudo-ller-
   nia3 niuseulares.   8C.  Freiburg i.  B., 1898.
     Andre.  Hernie musculaire vraie de l'extenseur com-
   muu des doigts; cure radicale. Arch. dem6d. et pharm.
   mil. Par., 1895, xxv, 301.—Bonnet.  Essai sur les her-
   nies musculaires.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. me-d. de Montpel.,
   1886, viii,  352; 304.—C'ahicr. Quelques  remarques sur
   les myooeles,  particuli^rement sur la hernie du muscle
   jamhier ante.rieur.  Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par.,
   1903, xii, 23-37.—Choux.  De la cure  radicale  des her-
   nies musculaires.  Rev. de chir., Par., 1893, xiii, 485-507.—
   Dethy (A.)  Hernie musculaire doubles.  Arch. me.d.
   beiges, Brux., 1890,  3. s., xxxviii, 229.—Dupont. Des
   hernies  musculaires.   ibid., 1888, 3.  s.,  xxxiii,  289-
   294. — Florschiitz.   Zur  Casuistik  der  Muskelher-
   nien.   Cor.-Bl.  d. allg. arztl. Ver. v.  Thiiringen, Wei-
   mar, 1896, xxv, 94-97.—af  Forsclles  ( A.)  Ett fall
   af muskelbrack.  [A case of muscular  hernia.]   Finska
   lak.-sallsk.  handl.,  Helsingfors,  1895, xxxvii, 259-267.—
   Guermonprez.  Un cas de hernie musculaire.  Bull.
   Soc. auat.-clin. de Lille, 1887, ii, 76.—Guinard (A.) Des
   hernies musculaires.  Gaz. hebd. denied., Par., 1888, 2. s.,
   xxv, 214-217.—Harlmann  (H.) Note apropos d'un cas
   de  hernie musculaire.  Rev.  de chir., Par., 1893, xiii, 508-
   511.—Ilurtrel (E.)  Observation de hernie musculaire de
   la region posterieure de la euisse.  Gaz. m6d. de Picardie.
   Amiens, 1890. viii, 132.—Ianni (G.)   Sulla patogenesi
   delle lacerazioni aponevrotiche e delle  ernie  muscolari.
   Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 543;  555; 566.—I,e-
   gueu  (P.)  Des hernies musculaires.   Assoc, franc,  de
   chir. Proc. verb, fete], Par., 1895,  ix, 699-702.—Leh.
   maun (R.)  Beitrag zur Casuistik der Muskelhernien.
   Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1897, iv, 379.—Me Wil-
   liams (C. A.)  Hernia of the adductor longus muscle
   with operation.  Med. Rec., N. Y.,  1901, lix, 468.   iTIaz-
   zucchelli.  Ln caso di ernia mnscolare  alia coscia des-
   tradaferita; cucituradeimarginiaponeurotici;guari<Mone
   Boll. d. clin.,  Milano, 1889, vi, 385-392.—JTIorestin (H j
   Hernie musculaire.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.  1895 lxx
   108-110.—Nimier (H.)  De  la cure radicale des hernies
   musculaires.   Mercredi med.. Par.,  1892, iii, 25.—Para-
   dies (P.)  Zur Kasuistik der Muskelhernien.  Internat
   med.-phot. Monatschr., Leipz., 1895, ii, 161-168.—Santo-
   vecchi (R.)  Ernia muscolare del luugo-dorsale e del
   sacro-lombare; cura radicale;  guarigione.  Atti e rendic
   d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia,  1892, iv, 188-194—Te-
   denat.  Lipomes et hernies musculaires.  N. Montnel
   me I   lh92  i, 148-156.   AUo, in his: Lee. de clin. chir!
   [etc.], 8 , Montpel. & Par., 1900, 11-21.

Muscles (Hydatids in).
    Cardot  (J.)  "Contribution  a  l'etude  des
  kystes hydatiques musculaires.   8''.   Montpel-
  lier, 1904.
    (Jros(G.)   * Contribution a FeLiide des kystes
  hydatiques musculaires.   e.   Paris,  le99.
    Herber (H.)  * Leber einen Pall von Muskel-
  echinococciiH.   8-'.  Berlin, [1888],
Muscles (Hydatids in).
    Heyn  (J.  G.)  "Ein Beitrag zur  Lehre  vom
  Muskel-Echinokokkii8.   12.   Berlin. 1KM.
    Lelsmann (K.)   * Ueber  deu  Ecliinokokkus
  der   willkiirlichen   Muskeln.   S  .   Ciittiuaen
  1*96.                                          ^  '
    MAiidlKT  (E.)   * Kystes hydatiques des mus-
  cles volontaires;  histoire  naturelle  et clinique
  4°.    I'oris, 1*68.
    ------.   The  same.   >  .   Paris, lre<*.
    MOller ([E.]  M. )   *Ztir Casuistik  nnd
  Sytnptoniatologie der Muskelechinococcen.   (^
  Halle a. S., 189:1.
    Rosenthal (C. [G. M.])   "Ueber  den Echi-
  noeoeeus der Muskeln.  f~.   Berlin,  [1*6*],
    Schellk  (E.  [T. ])  * rebcr  den  Muskel-
  echinococcus.   *'-.   Berlin,  [1896].
    Steinbrick  (A.)  *Ein   lie it rag  zur  Lelirc
  vom Muskelecbinocoecus.   8°.  Greifswald, 1-H9.
    Tavel(E.)  "Leber den Muskelechinococcus.
  8°.   Berlin, [16*0].
    Abadie.  Kyste  hydatique   musculaire.  Montpel.
  m6d., 1902, 2. s.. xv, 1238.—Amata (F.)  Due casi di cisti
  da echinococco  nei muscoli.  Arch, interna/,, di med. e
  chir., Napoli, 1896, xii, 212-215. — Baietta (li.) Sl Kizzini
  (A.)  Sopra un caso  di echinococco muscolare.  Gazz. <l.
  osp.,  Milano, 1898, xix, 33-35— Baldacci  (A.) Ui  uu
  caso di cisti da  echinococco dei muscoli del dorse Ibid.
  1901, xxii, 507-509.—Ball (C. B.)  & Wcott  (J. A.)  Case
  of hydatid tumour  of the deltoid muscle.  Tr. Roy. Acad.
  M. Ireland. Dubl., 18*8, vi, 356, lpl.  Also: Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1888,  i,  537.  AUo: Dublin J. M.  Sc, 188(j,  3. s.,
  lxxxvi, 132-134.—Bardeleben.   Echinococcus  in  der
  Muskulatur des rechteu Oberschenkels.  Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Lepz.  u.  Berl., 1888,  xiv, 640.  Bullmorc
  (C. F.;  Case of hydatid cyst occurring in the lumbar
  region.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,'1883,  i,  1064.—C'laisse (A.)
  Sc Dartigues. Kyste hydatique inclus dans le muscle
  grand fessier.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Tar., 1899, Ixxiv,
  976.—!>' Auria (S.)   Un caso di cisti da  echinococco
  muscolare.  Policlin., Roma, 190J-3,  ix, sez. prat., 656-
  659.—Fossard. Un cas de kyste h\datique du  muscle
  grand  dorsal.   Bull. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1898, lxxiii, 602.—
  Frigoli (L.)  Cisti da echinococco del massetere.  Bull.
  d. clin., Milano, 1902,  xix, 356-361. —«erulanos  (M)
  Das Vorkommen  von  multipleu  Muskelechinokokken,
  nebst Bemerkungen  iiber die Verbreitung der htztereii
  im Organismus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz..  189i\
  xlviii, 372-398.—Holder (T. J.)   Hydatid disease of niu»-
  cles of arm.  St Barth. Hos^i. Hep. 1«96, Lond., 1897, xxxii,
  187.—Jacobelli (F.)  Su di uu  caso di ciste d' echino-
  cocco a sviluppo esogeno localizzata nella  guaina dello
  psoas iliaco.  Riforma  med., Napoli,  1896, xii, pt. 4, 158-
  161.—Lannelongue.  Kyste hydatique des muscles de
  la euisse.  Bull, et ni^hi. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1888, n. s.,
  xiv, 117-119.—Lecreur (A.) Kyste hydatique suppui-6 du
  grand  pectoral.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897,  lxx, 109.—Mn-
  rotta (R. A.)  Un caso de quiste hidiitico del ileopsoas.
  An. d. Circ. mGd. argent., Buenos Aires, 1904, xxvii, 49-52,
  1 pl. — lTliUhalkin (P. N.)  K kazuistikle mishech-
  navo  ekhiuokokka.   [ Muscular  echinococcus. ]  Med.
  Obozr., Mosk.,  1897,  xlviii, 247-250.— Palmier! (D.)
  Cisti  da echinococco del gran pettorale.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1899, xx, 1632-1634.—Pinntclle (L.) cV I,criche
  (R.)  Sur un cas de kyste hydatique des muscles ptfry-
  goi'diens.  Arch. gen. de nie.d., I'ar., 1904,  ii, 2265-2267.—
  Poncet.  Kyste hydatique du   muscle grand  dentell.
  Lyon me-d., 1892, lxxi, 480.—Beboul (J.)  Sur quelques
  cas de kystes hydatiques des muscles. Assoc, franc, de
  chir.   Proc.-verb. [etc.], 1894, Par., 1895, viii, 199-202.—
  Ripuult (II.)   Kyste  hydatique sous-tendineux du droit
  interne.  France m6d., J'ar.,  1895, xlii,  67. — Bocnta-
  gliala (R. S.)   Un caso de quiste hidatidico intramus-
  cular de localizacidu  rara.  An. d.  Circ.  m6d. argent.,
  Buenos Aires,  1902, xxv, 658-660.—Roche (F.)  Kystes
  hydatiques musculaires.  Marseille med.. 1898, xxxv, 705-
  709.—Nabadini &.  Ferrari.   Kystes hydatiques du
  grand  adducteur droit  et du tissu cellulaire de la region
  lumbosacral'.  Bull. m6d. de 1'Algerie, Alger,  1904,  xv,
  264.—Schwartz.  Kyste hydatique du moyen adducteur
  de la euisse.  Rev. geu. de  clin. et de therap., Par., 1894,
  viii,  577-579. — Mengeusse (B.)   Kyste  hydatique  sup
  pure du  couturier.  Ann. de la  Poiiclin. de Bordeaux.
  1900,  122-127.— Solieri (S.)  Contributo alia diaguosi
  dell' echinococco muscolare.  Arch, internaz. di  med. e
  chir., Napoli, 1903,  xix, :s-.j.—Nonlie. Kyste hydatique
  alv6olaire des muscles do la  tcsse.  Bull,  et mem. Soc.
  auat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 470.—Tedennt.   Kyste hyda-
  tique des muscles  de la masse  commune.  X. Montpel.
  m6d., 1892,  i, 6-13.  AUo, in his: Lee. de clin. chir. [etc.),
  8°, Montpel. & Par., 1900,1-10.—Thiery Sc Lecwur (A.)
  Kyste  hydatique suppurfi du grand pectoral.  Bull. Soc.
  auat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 764.—Valeggin (T.)  Cisti da 
MUSCLES.
235
MUSCLES.
Jluscles (Hydatids in).
  echinococco nei muscoli.   Gazz.d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii,
  453-455.—Zonder (N.)   Contributo alia casistica  delle
  cisti idatidee  dei muscoli.   Pratico, Firenze, 1896-7,  i,
  uo. 7, 1-3.

Jlusdes  (Hypertrophy   of)   [including
  pseudo-hypertrophy].
    See,  also.  Dystrophy ( Muscular); Muscle
  (Atrophy, etc.,  of); Myopathy  (Primitive  pro-
  gressire).
    DE Boer (A. II.)  * lhie gevallen van pseudo-
  spierhypertrophie.  *-'.   I'trecht,  187fi.
    Hrekde (W.  M. C.)   *Ein  Fall  von Pseudo-
  hypertrophic der  Muskulatur  luit nngewohn-
  licber Eokalisatiou der Pseudohypertrophic.  8i;.
  Jena, 1903.
    Crux (J.)  *Zur Casuistik der Pseudomuskel-
  hypertrophie.   8•'.  Berlin, [1^80].
    Duda  (L. [G.  J.])   *Ein  Fall  vou Pseudo-
  hypertrophic der Muskelu.   8 .  Berlin, [1869].
    Leisner  ([E. A.]  F.)   * Zur Lehre von  der
  Pseudohypertrophic der Muskeln.  8C.  Berlin,
  [1888].
    Potjan  (H.)    * Ueber  P.seudohypertrophia
  musculorum bei  Erwaebsenen.  8°.  Wiirzburg,
  1880.
    Schenk (T.1   * Ein Fall  von Pseudohypertro-
  phic  der  Muskelu mit  Beteiligung der Serrati
  autici und in it Entartungsreaktion.  8-.   Bonn,
  1690.
    >trauss(S.)  * Leber Pseudohypertrophic der
  Muskelu.  - •'.    H'iirzburg, 1*99.
    Alcksamlroff (L. P.)   Sluchai lozhnoi  uiishechnol
  hipertrofii.   [Ca'se  of pseudo • muscular  hypertrophy.]
  Dietsk. med.,  Mosk., 1896, i,  212.—Annequin.  Contri-
  bution a 1'e.tude des myopathies pseudo-hypertiophicjues
  des membres  int'erieurs d'origiue infectieuse, lieurotique
  ou vasculaire,  independantes des  dystrophies cougeni-
  tales.  Arch, de med. et  pharm. mil.. Par., 1892. xix, 99:
  249. — Annanni  (L.) Un caso di pseudo-ipertrofia mus-
  colare; reperto auatomico ed istologico.  Gior. d.  Ass.
  napol. di med. o nat., Napoli.  18*0-90, i, 84-92, 1 pl.  -----.
  Uu caso di  pseudo-ipertrofia muscolare.  Ibid., 1903, xiii,
  358-366.—Anerbach (L.)   Zur Frage der wirklichen
  oder scheiubaren  Muskelhypertrophie.   Centralbl.  f. d.
  med. Wissensch.,  Berl.,  1889, xxvii. 802.—Bekhteretl
  ( V.)  O miopaticheskol hipertrofii  mishts.  [Myopathic
  hypertrophv of muscles.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.],
  S'-Peterb,  1906, x, 176-184.— Boccardi (G.)  Note sul
  reperto microscopico in un caso di pseudo-ipertrofia  mus-
  colare.  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1889-90,
  i, 419-454, 1 pl.—C'ruchet (R.)  L'opotheiapie thymique
  daus la myopathic  pseudo-hypertrophique.  Gaz. hebd. d.
  sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901,  xxii, 473.—Curschmnnn
  (H.)  Ueber Mnskelhypertrophieii hyperkiuetischeu Ur-
  sprungs bei toxischen Polvneuritiden.   Miinchen.  m.d.
  Wchnsehr., 1905, lii,  1627-1631 —Cutler  (K. G.)  A case
  of pseudo-muscular hypertrophy in  an adult.  Boston M.
  &. S. J.. 1890,  exxiii, "465.—D'Auria  (S.)   Contributo
  clinico sulla pseudo-ipertrofia muscolare.   Morgagni. Mi-
  lano, 1901, xliii, 767-771.—Dem in e (It.)  Eiu eigenthiim-
  licher Fall  von angeboreuer halbseitiger Miiskelhyperiro
  phie. Med. Ber. ii. d. Thatigk. d. Jenuer'schen Kindersp.
  in Bern (1889), 1890.  44-51, 1 pl.  AUo: Wien. med.  Bl..
  1891, xiv, 17-19. — Dricuiu (F.  X.) A case of psendo-
  muscular hypertrophy affecting the muscles of the fore-
  arms, especially the flexor group.  Med.  News, Phila.-
  1886, xlix, 543.  [DiscussionJ,  553.—Donalh (G.)  Izom,
  pseudoln pertrophia  egy   esete.   [A case  of muscular
  pseudo-hypertrophy.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii,
  420;  435." Also, transl.: Wi.u. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1898, xi,
 846-849. AUo,  transl. [ Abstr. J: Ungar. med. Presse, Buda-
 pest, 189S, iii, 1124. — Eshncr (A. A.)  A case of pseudo-
  muscular hypertrophy.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Lis., N. Y.,
 1895, xxii,  280-283.—Fulda  (F.) Ein  Fall  vou wahrer
 Muskelhypertrophie, nebst Bemerkungen iibiv die l.ezie-
 hungen der  wahren Hypertrophic zur Pseudohypei trophie
 der Muskeln.   Deiitsches  Arch. f.  klin.  Med..  Leipz.,
 1*94-5,  liv,  525-536, 1  pl.- <»otlardi  (L.)   Pseudoiper-
 trofia o atrofia lipomatosa, o cirrosa dei muscoli congenita.
 Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.J, Roma, 1898, xlvi, 473-480.—
 C»rosse  ( F.)   I)ie  Verirrbsserung  der  Muskeln  durch
 Arbeit, ein Irrtum.  Hygieia, Stutttr., 1898-9, xii.257-275.—
 Hashimoto  (T.)  Ueber  Pseudoiuuskelhvpci trophie.
 Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.. 1887,  xii. 261-264. — IIedit
 (H.)  Zur Therapie der Muskelhypertrophieen.  Arch.f.
 Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1*9*, vii, 469-474.—Ivanoff
 (S. 1.)   Pseudohypertrophia  musculorum.  Vrai h. gaz.,
 S.Peierb., 1901, viii,  591— Jacobi  (A.)   Pseudo-iiyper-
 ^Iiiscles  (Hypertrophy   of)    [including

   pseudo-hypertrophy].
   trophy in a girl.  Tr. N. York Obst. Soc.  (1876-8),  1879,
   i, 407-410.   Also: Am. .1. Obst., N. V., 1878, xi, 789-792.—
   Katieie  (V.)  Slucaj pseuohypertrophi.je musculorum.
   [Case of . . .]  Lie6. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1898,xx,273-275.—
   Iioeb (J.)  Ueber die Entstehung der Activitatshyper-
   trophie der Muskeln.   Arch.  f.  d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn,
   1894, lvi, 270-272.—Matsumoto (M.) Kiuiku bitai sit-
   sukeu.  [Muscular hypertrophy.]   Rikukun Kunik. Kai
   Zatj, Tokio, 1893, no. 64, 399-405. — Million (A.)  Hy-
    Eertrophio partiello des muscles strips.   Hull, et mem.
    oc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 765-772.—IVIiyakc
   (IL)  & Nagatomi (J.)  [Four cases  of pseudohyper-
   trophia musculorum,  and  its microscopic  investiga-
   tion.]  Chiugai  Iji  Sbinpo, Tokio,  1897,  xyiii, no. 403,
   26-37,  1 pl. —Morison  (A.)  Case of  unilateral hy-
   pertrophy of  the accessory muscles of respiration. Tr.
   Clin.  Soc.  Lond.,  1898-9,  xxxii,  273. — -florpurgo
   (B.)  Sulla  natura  della ipertrotia funziouale dei  mus-
   coli volontari.  Arch,  per le  sc. med., Torino, 1)^95, xix,
   327-336.   Also:  Atti Accad.  di sc. med.  e nat. in Fer-
   rara, 1894-5, lxix, 329-339. -----.  Sulla  ipertrofla fnn-
   zionale dei muscoli volontari.  Arch, per le sc. med.,
   Torino, 1898, xxii, 141-181, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. ital.
   de biol., Turin, 1898, xxix, 65-191.  AUo, transl.: Arch. f.
   path.  Anat. [etc.],  Herb,  1897,  cl, 522-554, lpl.  -----.
   Ult6riori ricerche sulla natura dell' ipertrofla funziouale
   dei muscoli volontari.  R. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in  Siena.
   Proc.  verb.,« 1898,  87. — IVothnagel.   Pseudohyper-
   trophia muscularis.   Allg. Wien.  med.  Ztg., 1896, xii,
   200;  213— Op pen lie ■ in  (IL)  Sc Kicmcrling  ( E. )
   Ueber  das  Vorkommen vou  Hypertrophic der  Primi-
   tivfasern in Muskelpartikeln, welehe dem lebenden Men-
   sehen excidirt wurden.  Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch.,
   Berl., 1889,  xxvii, 705; 737.—Osier (W.)  Enlargement
   and congestion of the right arm following exercise of its
   muscles.   Med. News, Phila., 1888, lii, 330. — Pal  (J.)
   Ueber  einen  Fall  von Muskelhypertrophie  mit  ner-
   vdsen  Symptomen.    Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1889, ii,
   195-197.'—Pekelharing (C. A.)  Een  geval  van
   ziekelijko verauderiugeu in het ruggemerg bij pseudo-
   spierhvpertrophie.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,
   1882,  2.  s.,  xviii, 417-426.  Also, Reprint.—Pitres  (A.)
   Sur un cas de  myopathic pseudolnp>rtrophique.  M6m.
   et  bull.  Soc.de  med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898),  1899,
   229-244.  Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 1-6.—
   Poncet (A.)   Hypertrophie  musculaire  essentielle don-
   nant  lieu k uue erreur de  diagnostic.  Lyon  med.,  1905,
   cv, 194-198. -----.  Hypertrophie  musculaire partielle
   donnant lieu a, des erreurs de  diagnostic.  Bull, et mem.
   Soc. de chir. de  Par., 1905, n. 8.,  xxxi, 788-793. — Preisz
   (H.)   Histologische  Uutersuchung  eines  Falles von
   Pseudohypertrophie  der Muskelu.  Arch.  f.  Psychiat.,
   Berl.,  1888-9,  xx,  417-432,  1  pl—Bampoldi (V.)  Di
   una forma frusta e atipica di pseudoipertrofia muscolare
   progressiva.  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1891,  liii, 2-5.—
   Banieri.  Di un raro caso di pseudoipertrofia muscolare
   in un adulto. con contributo alia sua patogenesi.  Riforma
   med., Napoli,  1893,  ix,  pt.  4,592; 603.—Busloff (I. A.)
   Sluchai lozhnoi mishechnoihipertrofii (pseudohypertrophia
   muscularis).  [Caseof. . .] Med.Obozr.,Mosk., 1893,xxxix,
   23-25. — Mchultzc.   Voistellung  eines  Kranken  mit
   Pseudohypertrophie der Muskeln.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
   sehr.,  Leipz. u.  Perl.,  1892, xviii, 1045.—Shugcno (H.)
   Casei kiuiku bitaisei sitsuken.  [Clinical observations on
   pseudo-hypertrophy of the muscLs.J  Jundendo Ijikenku
   Kwai  Il'oko, Tokio, 1893,  no. 150, 34-39. — Sieard.
   Hypertrophie  musculaire acquise du membre superienr
   droit chez un athc-tosique.  Rev.  neurol., Par., 1905,  xiii,
   121-123.—Slembo (L.)  Nimmt das Herz au der Pseudo-
   hypertrophie in den Fallen vou Muskelpsendohypertrophie
   Theil oder nicht?  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr..  Leipz. u.
   Berl., 1899, xxv, 47K.—Mtevens.  Muscular pseudo-hvper-
   trophy.  St. Louis  M.& S. J., 1881, xl, 434-436.—Stoia-
   noff (D.) A.  Viauey.   Lii cas de myopathic pseudo-hy-
   pertiophiipie.  Arch. in6d. de Toulouse, 1899, v, 325-330.—
   Talma  (S.)  Dystrophia  muscularis  hyperplastics
   ("waln-r,"  Muskelhypertrophie).    Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.
   Nervenh., Leipz , 1891-2, ii, 197-209.—Timasheff (S. M.)
   Sluchai lozhnoi mishechnoihipertrofii.  [Case of pseudo-
   muscular hypertrophy.]  Dletsk.  med.,  Mosk., 1898, iii,
   204-208.—Tobler (L.)  Ueber funktionelle Muskelhyper-
   trophie mit Kontraktur durch exzessive  Masturbation;
   Beobachtungen  iiber  Masturbation bei   Madchen  im
   friihesten Alter.  Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr.,  1905, lii,
   576. — Van  l>uysc.   Hypertrophie musculaire  vraie
   hereditairo.; 1'homme  muscle.  Flandre med., Gand, 1895,
   ii. 321-331, 1 pl. — Yanchevski (M. I.)  Sluchai lozhnoi
   hipertrofii mishts u  bolnovo B-va.   [Muscular pseudo-
   hypertrophy.!   Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med.  Obsh.,
   lifiis,  1900-1901,  xxxvii, 274-282.

]?IuscDes (Individual and  regional).
    See, also, Muscles (Morphology of);  Muscles
   (Nerves of); and under names of muscles. 
MUSCLES.
236
Mr SOLES.
Jlusdes (Individual and regional).
    Birtkli.i  (1».)   II muscolo t( mporale superti-
  eiaie.   roy. (*■'.   I'isa,  1H~9.
    Wide (A.)  " <>m annmusklernas verkningar;
  gyninastiskt-anatoniisk studie.  [The functions
  of tbe arm muscles.]'  8 .   Upsala, 1>SG.
    Adolphi (II.)  Ueber den Ursprung des Musculus pi-
  riformis am Korper (b-s niensclilichen Kreuzbeines.  Auat.
  Anz., Jena. 1902, xxii, 2:;9y'4y —Alczais.  Quelquesadap-
  tations fonctionnelles du deltoiile et du flechisseur perf'o-
  i.mt ib-s doigts.  Marseille m.'-il., 1900, xxxvii, 617-621.—
  Banilera  (J. M.)  Accion del musculo  crico-tiroideo.
  (iai'.iueil . Mexico, 1893, xxix, 4-7.—  Bianchi ( S. )  Sul
  muscolo inti rdigistrieo.   Monitore zool. ital., Siena, 1890,
  i, 39-44.- Bock (I'.)  Xotc snr l'origiue  du muscle riso-
  riusde Santoriui.  J. de med., chir. et pharmacol., Brux.,
  1888, lxxxvi, 602.—du Bois-Bejuiond (R.)  Ueber die
  Wirkung der Wadcnmuskelu beim Stehcn und beim Er-
  hebeu auf die 1'iissspitzeii.  Deutsche Med. Ztg., Berl.,
  1901, xxii, 793.—Bolk (L.)  Die Homologie der Brust-
  und Rauchmiiskelu.   Morphol. Jahrb.. Leipz., 1899, xxvii,
  317-321. —Bovero (A.)  Osso sesamoideo nel tendine del
  musculo corto  supinatore.  [Abstr.]  Suppl. al Policlin.,
  Rum.i, 1895-6, ii, 381. —Caiiiiicn.  Note Mir un   °>oma-
  lie  ilcs  muscles  zygomatiques.   Hull.  Soc.  u'an..t. et
  lihysiol. de  Bordeaux,  1*99,  xx,  lss. — Cannieu  &
  <^( iiIcn.  Contribution k  1'e.tude du muscle fronto-occi-
  pital dans ses iapports avec le pannicule charnu ou peau-
  cier du corps.  Gaz.  hebd. d. sc. med. de  Bordeaux, 1900,
  xxi, 437.----------. Note sur uu muscle digusti hpie bi-
  pectoral transverso-oblique.  Ibid., 461.—C'apobianco
  (F.) La ergografia  del gastiocnemio nell' uomo.  Moni-
  tore zool. ital.,  Firenze, 1901, xii, 196.  AUo, transl.: Arch.
  Ital. de biol., Turin,  1902. xxxvii, 123-125.—(Jhudzinski
  (T.) Quelques observations sur  le grand droit de l'abdo-
  men dans  les  races  humaines.   Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. do
  Par., 1895.  4. s., vi, 522-540—B'Evant  (T.)  I muscoli
  tensori della sinoviale radio-bicipitale.  Gior. d. Ass. na-
  pol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1901, xi, 270-279. — Eisler (P.)
  Der M. levator glamlula; thyreoideae uud verwandte prae-
  larynseale Muskelbildungen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii,
  183-196.—Eschcn (J.) Musculus iliopsoas som Rotator.
   ... as  rotator muscle. J   Biblioth.  f.  Laeger, Kjebenh.,
   893, 7. 11., iv, 198-204.— Fngaa (P. J.)   On tbe  pies-
  ence of the  palmaris longus, plantaris, and pyramidalis.
  Tr.  Rov. Acad. M.  Ireland. Dubl., 1894,  xii, 403.—Fal-
  cone (C)   I muscoli frontale e sopraciliare nella espres-
  sione dei seutimeuti.  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat.,
  Napoli, 1890, vi. 212-245.—Fiorani (P. L.)  II  muscolo
  ileo-capsulofemorale.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia,
  1901, xxxiv, 211-248,  1 pl.—Fischer (O.)   Das statische
  und das kiuetische Maa.ss fiir die Wirkung eines Muskels,
  erliiuiert an ein- uud zweigeleukigen Muskeln des Ober-
  schenkels.   Abhandl. d.  math.-phys. CI. d. k. sachs.
  Gesell-ch.  d. Wissensch.,  Leipz.,  1902,  xxvii, 483-588, 12
  pl —Franeois-Franck (C.-A.)  Nouvelles recherches
  sur faction de.s muscles respiratoires,  executees ii l'aide
  de la photogiaphie instaiitanee et de la chronophotogra-
  phie avec le magnesium a, deflagration lente.  I. Les cotes
  et les muscles intercosteaux (technique).  Compt. rend.
  Soc.de biol., Par.,  19()4, lvi, 12-15. —Fukala (V.)  Ueber
  die  pbysiologische Bedeutung des Briicke'schen Muskels.
  Wien. med. Presse,  1898, xxxix. 790; 846.— Fusari (R.)
  Contributo alia couoscenza morfologica del muscolo tem-
  ]i >rale.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1897, viii, 213-221.—
  Halbertsma (H.  J.)  Anatomische  en  pbysiologische
  besehouwing der voorhoofdsspier  (m. frontalis).  Vt rsl. d.
  k. Akad. v. Wetensch.  Aid. Natuurk., Amst., 1858.vii, 1-9.
  -----.  Musculus pyriformis fissus.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
  Geneesk., Amst., 1862, vi, 609.  Also,in his: Ontle'edk. Aan-
  teeken.,  Amst. 1862. 3-5.—Hijjgins (IL)  Tbe popliteus
  muscle.  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix,469-473.—
  Klaatsch (H.)  Uer kurze Kopf des Musculus biceps fe-
  moris und der Tenuissimus; ein  stammesgeschichtnebes
  Problem.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1900,  xxix, 217-281, 2
  pl.—Leboucq (H.)   Les muscles achlucteurs du pouce'et
  du gios orteil.   Arch.de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 41-59.—lii-
  vini (F.)   Contribuzione  alia  morfologia  del m. rectus
  abdominis  e del m.  supra costalis nell' uomo.  Monitore
  zool. ital., Firenze, 1904, xv, 148-151, — TlacC a lima „L B.)
  Ou the histogenesis of the  striated muscle libre, aud the
  growth of the human sartorius muscle.  Johns Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, ix, 208-215.   Also, Reprint.— TIc-
  .Uiii'i'ich (J. P.)  The phylogeny of long flexor muse les
  Am. J. Anat., Bait.,  1901-2, i, 511.  -----. The phylogeny
  of the palmar musculature.   Ibid., 1902-3,  ii,  463-504.
  :-----._ The phylogeny of the crural flexors.  J bid., 1904-5, ]
  iv, 3:t-76. -----. The  phylogeny of the  forearm  flexors'
  Contrib. Med.  Research (Vaugban), Ann Arbor Mich
  19u3. 395-421.—.UcU nrrich  (J. P.) &  Waterman
  (R.  N.)  Xotc on the occurrence  and significance of the I
  musculus tibio-astragalus  anticus.   Am. J. Anat., Bait
  1901-2. i, 512.—Mercer (J.)  On  the structure and uses
  ot the lingualis muscle aud its relations  to those  of the
  panuiculus cariM.sus.  Lond. M. Gaz., 1840-41, xxviii 340-
  349.  Also. Reprint.—Orrii  (E.)  Osservazioni  morfolo-
  giche sui muscoli spiualiposteiiori. Sperimentale.  Arch.
UIuscBe*  (Individual and regional).
   di biol., Firenze,  1903, lvii. 435-448.—'Farhon  (C.) &
   (Goldstein  (M.)  CercetArl asupra locilis.iiiimel spinale
   a muschilor  pectorall la  om  .si  la came. ' [Researches
   on the. localisation of the spinal and pectoi al muscles in men
   and dogs.]  Romania med., Bucuresci, 1SI00, viii, 348-351__
   Parsons (F. G.)  The meaning of the expansions of the
   gracilis and  semiteiidinosus.  Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit.
   Sc Ireland, Lond., 1903-4, p. ii— Fnterson (A. M.)  The
   pectineus muscle and its nerve-supph.   J. Anat. & Phys-
   iol., Lond., 1891-2,  xxvi, 43-47. — Picou (R.)   Insertions
   inferieures du long peronier lateral.   Bull. Soc. anat. de
   Par.,  1894, lxix, 254-259. Also: Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1*94,
   v, 216-220.—Qucitschius  (A.  P.)   Utruni  panniculus
   carnosus in homiue  de.tur nee ne? et  au  integuiueiitniii
   musculnrum  recte cognominetur commune, aut vocatiir
   panniculus carnosus'/   Selecta  med.  Francof, Francof.
   ad Viadr., 1740-43. ii, 256-258.—Shackleton (W.)  Re-
   port on the presence of the palmaris longus, plantaris, and
   pyramidalis abdominis.  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.,
   1894, xii, 401.—Thomas (E. W.)  Rotators of the femur,
   and their other functions.   Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i,
   1-13.—Weidenfeld  (J.)   Versuche  iiber die  respira-
   torische Function  der Intercostalmuskelu.   1. Abhand-
   lung.  Der Einfluss der Intercostalmuskeln auf die Capa-
   citat  des Thorax.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
   Math.-naturw. CI.. Wien. 1892,  ci,  421-442, 2  tab.  AUo,
   Reprint.— Wilmart (L.)   D'une action des muscles in-
   terosseux dorsaux de  la main  et  du  pied.  J. de m6d.,
   chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1895, 547.  -----. De Taction
   des muscles lombricaux.  Ibid., 785-788.

JTIuscfle* (Inflammation of).
    See,  also,  Gonorrhoea (Compilations of.  Ar-
   ticular, etc.); Muscles  (Ossification  of);  Mus-
   cles  (Syphilis of);  Muscles (Tuberculosis of).
    Cayet (A.-J.-B.-J.)   *De  la myosite  aigue.
   8°.   Paris,  1896.
    Hi'Liscii  (M.)   * Ueber Myositis  fibrosa spe-
   citica.   8°.   Berlin, [1891].
    Kadkr (B.)   *Klinische  Beitrage zur Aetio-
   logie  und Pathologic der sogenannien  primaren
   Miiskelentzundungen.   6°.   Breslau, 1697.
    Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med.  u. Chir., Jena,
   1897, ii, 617-688.

    Kaiserling  (O.)   *Zur  Lehre  der  chroni-
   schen  Myositis.   H°.   Leipzig, 190^.
    Larger (J.-E.-L.)  *De la poly myosite aigue
   primitive, iufectieuse.   [Paris.]  4-.   Dijon, 1691.
    Meitzen  (W.)  * Leber  zwei  Fiille  von  Der-
   matotnyositis.  8C.   Kiel,  1898.
    Merkel  (O.)   *Zur Kasuistik  der  Myositis
   rheumaticn.  8°.   Munchen, 1901.
    Millet-Horsin  (P.)  * L'angiomyosito  (der-
   matomyosite d'Unverrieht).   8°.  Lyon, 1902.
    Pirox  (F. L.  E.)   *Des myosites suppureeH
   et du paludisme.   4C.   Bordeaux, 1887.
    Schnell  (C.)    * Leber   Polymyositis.  8°.
   Wiirzburg, 1*92.
    Suard  (P. M. E.)  * Contribution a l'etude de
   la myosite aigue suppuree.   4C.   Bordeaux, 1887.
    Scter (G.)   * Leber Polymyositis acuta  pri-
   maria.  8J.  Zurich, 1690.
    A bra m (J. H.)  Inflammation of the muscles,  with
   special reference to two cases of infective myositis.  Lan-
   cet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1341. — Adolph (F.)   Ein Fall von
   Muskelabszess.   Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u.
   Berl.,  1903, xxix, 320. — Bacialli (P.)  Contribuzione
   alio studio della patogenesi e delle altera/.ioni istologiche
   del tessuto muscolare nella poliiuiositc acuta piimaria.
   Policlin., Roma, 1902,  ix, sez.  med.,  16-30.—Bncr (J.)
   Leber akute Polymyositis. Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr,
   1904. li, 151—Barao dc Malioia.  Myosite  suppurada
   dos musculos rectos do abdomen;  incisao;  cura.   Rev.
   d. cursos prat, e theor. da Fac. de med. do Rio  de Jan.,
   1866,  iii, 49-52.— Batten  (F. E.)  A case  of  myositis
   fibrosa, with  pathological  examination.  Tr. Clin. Soc.
   Loud., 1903-4, xxxvii, 12-22, 2 1.. 2 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Bi it.
   M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1333. — Bauer (J.)  Eiu Fall  von
   acuter hiimorrhagischer Polymyositis.  Deutsche* Arch.
   f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxvi.  95-102,  2 pl. —Bcrgeon.
   Myosite secondaiie suppuree chezle cheval; infect ion pyo-
   einique g6n6ralis6e;  mort.   .T. de med. et  zootech., Ljon,
   1903, 5. s., vii, 718-723.—Bertelsmann.   Ein Fall von
   interstitieller und  parenchymal dser Myositis (sogenannte
   rheumatischer Muskelschwiele).  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
   sehr.,  1898, xiv, 1020-1022.—Bevill (C.)  A case of poly-
   myositis with a rare complication, blindness.  St. Louis
   M. Rev., 1904, 1, 290.— Bigg* (M. H.)  Myositis fibrosa.
   Univ. Penn.   Contrib. William Pepper Lab., Phila., 1902, 
MUSCLES.
237
MUSCLES.
Muscles  (Inflammation of).
  no. 3.  Also,  Reprint.  AUo: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila.,
  1901, xiv, 353-358. —Boeek (C.)  Et Tilfadde af Polymio-
  sitis acuta med Ldgang i Helbredelse.   [Caseof..., ter-
  minating favorably.J   Norsk  Mag.  f.  Lajgevidensk.,
  Christiauia,  1891,  4.  IL,  vi, 931-940.—Boisson  (A.)  &
  Sinioniii (J.)  Des myosites  inl'ectieuses.   Arch, de
  med. et  pharm.mil., I'ar., 1895, xxv, 122-132. — Bonnet
  (L.-M.)   La derniatoinvosite aigue.  Gaz. d.  bop., Par.,
  1900, lxxiii, 433-442.  Also: Lyon med., 1901, xcvii, 10-14.—
  Bozzolo (C.)  Sulla polimiosite  iufettiva.   Lavori  d.
  Cong,  di med. int.,  Milano, 1891, iv, 178-184. — Braucr
  (L.)  Perimyositis crepitans,  Mitt, a. d. Grenzgeb.  d.
  Med. u. Chir'., Jena, 1902, x, 758-762.—Brulia-Falii-a'iiN
  (M.)  Fall af septisk polymyosit.   [A caseof. .  .J  Tid-
  skr. imil. H lsov., Stockholm, 1899, xxiv, 42-49 —Brunon
  |R.)  Reflexions a, propos d'un nouveau cas de myosite in-
  fectieiise aigue.  Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1889, iv, 1; 25.
   ----.  Quelques recherches sur la nature microbienne et
  la pathogenie de la myosite infectieuse primitive.   Ibid.,
  1891.  vi,  293;  317. — Busch.   Ein Fall von multipler,
  acuter, eiteriger  Myositis ohne vorausgegangene  Yer-
  letzung.  Wien. med". Presse. 1890, xxxi, 1004.—i'adcnc.
  Sur la myosite de l'ilio-spiual.  J. de med. vet. et zootech.,
  Lyon.  1900, 5. s., iv, 396-398.—4 autani (A.)  Sulla dor-
  matomiosite.   Arte med., Napoli, 1899, i, 621-021. — Cat-
  tail i  (G.)  Delia  miosite lombare intersti/.ialo acorso
  rapido  (miosite puruleuta).  Gazz. d.  osp.. Milano, 1883,
  iv, 197; 210; 219; 243; 267; 275; 282;  323.  A Uo, Reprint—
  Christen (W.)  Eiu Fall vou Polymyositis acuta.  Cor.-
  Bl. f. schweiz.  Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii,  822. — Codina
  Castellvi (J.)  La  polimiositis aguda.  Rev. de med. y
  cirug.  pract.., Madrid.  1904, lxv, 321; 304. — Decousser
  (D.)  Contribution k l'etude de la myosite blennorragique.
  Nord med., Lille, 1905, xi,  169-177.—Dclassus.   Panni-
  culite;  myo-cellulite; cellulite pelvienne. J. d. sc. med.
  de Lille, 1900, ii, 361; 385. — B-iamnntbcrgcr.  Abces
  intra-musculaire d'origine  grippale.  Bull, et mem. Soc.
  de med.  et chir. prat, de  Par., 1894, 104. — Dieulafe.
  Synovite fongueuse  de l'extenseur coiumuu des orteils.
  Arch,  m6d.de  Toulouse, 1897, iii, 337-340.—Doumcr (E.)
  Note sur le traitement par refHuvation de la myosite rhu-
  matismale subaiuue  et chronique.   Bull.  med. du nord,
  Lille, 1891. xxx, 289-303.— Drobnfy (B. A.)   Vliyaniye
  yedinichuavo  razmikatelnavo induktsionuavo udara  na
  mishtsu pri vospalenii yeya (materiali k ucheniyu o funk-
  tsii misbtsi pri degenerativnikh protsessakh v nel).  [In-
  fluence of a  single crushing induction blow on the mus-
  cle iu its inflammation (data on the  function of muscle in
  its degenerative  processes).]   Russk.  med. vestnik,  S.-
  Peterb.,  1902,  iv, no. 20,  1-34. — Dnplay (S.)   Sur le
  phlegmon de la gaine des muscles  grands droits de l'ah-
  domen (myosite des grands droits).   Union med., Par.,
  1895, 3. s., lix, 601-604.— Fajersztajn (J.)  Polymyositis
   {irimaria; przyczynek kliuiczny i auatomo-patologiczny.
   . . . ;  cliuical  and patho-anatoinical contribution.]  Gaz.
   ek., Warszawa. 1899, 2.  s., xix. 695; 723; 755; 789; 807;
  834; t-65; f.%5;  910;  943; 967; 990;  1048.—Fenoglio (I.)
  Sulla polimiosite.  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1888, Mi-
  lano, 18*9. i, 265-274.   Also:  Riv. clin., Milano,  1890,
  xxix, 497-527. — Forchheinicr (F.)  Dermatomyositis.
  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila.,  i903, xviii, 184-191.—
  (wagliardiui (T.)   Ascesso cronico  del muscolo mas-
  toido-omerale sinistra.  Mod. zooiatro, Torino, 1902, xiii,
  182-184.—Georgiyevski (K. N.)   Po  povodu sluchaya
  polymyositis ha>moiThagica acuta.  [Apropos of a case
  of. . .']   Bolnitsch.  gaz.  Botkina,  St. Petersb., 1901, xii,
  696-702.—Gluziuski (W. A.)   Przyczynek do patologii
  ukladu  mie/sniowego  (polymyositis  acuta  progressiva
  infectiosa).  Przegl. lek., Kra'k6w, 1889,  xxviii,  1;  17.—
  Ooldenblyum  (M. A.)  Sluchai  ostravo dermato-
  miozita.  [Acute  dermatomyositis.)  Russk. Vrach, S.-
  Peterb., 1905, iv, 116-150.—Goldflam  (S.)  O zapaleniu
  8cie.gna  i pochewki  scie.gnistej glowy  dlugiej  mi^suia
  dwuglowego ramieuia  (tendovaginitis  capitis longi m.
  hicipitis).  Mechcyna, Warszawa,  1900,  xxviii,  893-897.
  AUo, transl.:  Miincheii.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1900,  xlvii,
  1822.—Gougfl  (A.)  La  polymyosite.   Presse  in6d.,
  Par., 1894, 277;  293.—CSowers'(&ir W. R.)  A lecture  on
  polymyositis.   Brit.  M.  J., Lond., 1899, i, 65-67.  Also,
  tranxl.:  Wien.  med. Presse, 1899,  xl. 2173-2180. — Oils-
  senbauer  (C)  Ueber  die,  Veriinderungen des quer-
  gestreiften  Muskelgewebes bei der traumatischen Enf-
  ziindung.  Arch. f.  klin. Chir.,  Berl., 1871, xii, 1010-1047,
  lpl.—Hackenbrueh (P.)  Ueber interstiticlle Myosi-
  tis und deren Folgezustand, die sogenannte rheumatische
  Muskelschwiele.  Beitr.  z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1893, x,
  73-101.—Hang.  Beitrage zur infektiosen Polymyositis
  ex otitide.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol.  Gesellsch , Jena,
  1895, iv,  33-40. — llcino (N.)   [Contribution to  ascitic
  myositis of the armpits.]   Gun  Igaku  Kwai Zasshi, To-
  kyo, 1898, 915-922. — Herzog.  Ein   Fall von  Neuro-
  myositis.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898,
  xxiv, 588. -----. Ein  Fall von intermittirender Myositis
  interstitialis.  Ibid.,  0U5.—Ilnatek (J.)  Polymyositis
  acuta  hemorrhagica.  L6k. rozhledy,  Praha, 1904, xii,
  529-537.   Also,  transl.:  Wien.  med.  Presse, 1905,  xlvi,
  917-925.—Hobbs (J.)  Note sur la myosite infectieuse
Muscles (Inflammation  of).
  d'origiue  traumatiquo.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de
  Bordeaux,  1897,  xviii, 69-72, 1  pl.—Hoffmami.  Neu-
  romyositis  multiplex.   Arch.  f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1894,
  xxvi, 585.—llogucr  (R.)   Ou cellulitis or panniculitis
  adiposa and myitis occurring as usual  complications to
  gynecological diseases.  Med. Times Sc Reg., Phila., 1896,
  xxxi,  325-331.  Also,  Reprint.   Ilonsell  (B.)   Zur
  Kenntnis der sogenannten primaren Myositis puruleuta.
  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir.. Tiibing., 1901. xxxi, 117-138.—IInet
  (W.G.)& \Vestermnu(C.W. J.)  Ken geval van polymyo-
  sitis acutainfectiosa. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst.,
  1900, 2. R.,  xxxvi, d. 2, 721-729.—Ichigawa A-. rVaka-
  m lira.  [A caseof acute polymyositis.)  Gun IgakuKw.ii
  Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, 251-264,'1 ch. — Ito (IL) <fe  14 a mi-
  ll aha.   Observations of  infective  myositis  in Japan.
  Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyd, 1904, xxiii, 28; 33; 43.—Ito(IL)
  Sc Kounka (S.)  [Contribution to the kuowledgeof infec-
  tious myositis iu Japan.]  Juntendo Lji Keukiu Kwai Zas-
  shi, Tokyo, 1903, 883-902.  AUo, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr.
  f.Cbir., Leipz., 1903, lxix, 302-317.—Jacoby (G. W.)  Sub-
  acute  progressive polymyositis.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.,
  N. Y., 1888, xv, 697-726.  [Discussion], 756-762.  J.Uo,  Re-
  print.   Also, transl.: Med. Monatschr., N. Y., 1889, i,  10-
  32.—Janowsky  (T.  G.)  Sc Wyssokowicz  (W.  K.)
  Ein Fall von Dermatomyositis.   Deutsches Arch. f. klin.
  Med.,  Leipz., 1901, lxxi, 493-512.—Jeney.  Fall vou Myo-
  sitis suppurativa  idiopathica.   Militaerarzt,  Wien, 1903,
  xxxvii, 86.   Also:  Wien. klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1903, xvi,
  963.—Jollasse (O.)   Leber acute primaro Polymyositis.
  Mitt. a.d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1X97.i,326-345.   Also,
  in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1895-6, Hamb. u.
  Leipz., 1897, v, pt. 2, 326-345. — Kader  (B.)  Kliuische
  Beitrago  zur  Aetiologie und Pathologie der sogenannten
  primaren Muskelentziiudungen.   Mitt, a  d. Grenzgeb. d.
  Med. n.Chir., Jena,1897, ii, 617-688.—Kell (J. B.)  Report
  of three cases of polymyositis acuta;  with report of post-
  mortem on one case.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi,
  967-970.—Kiug (A. F. W.)  Notes on an unusual case.
  [Inflammation of muscle.]  Indian  M.  Gaz.,  Calcutta,
  1897, xxxii, 38.—Kjcllbcrj;.  Les myitis  et  les panni-
  culites du tronc ;*letir importance au point de vue gyn6-
  cologiquc.  Gaz. hebd. de  m6d., Par., 1899, n. s.,  iv, 1057-
  1060.—Hotly in (O.)   Polymyositis  s.  dermatomyositis
  acuta.  Sbirka  pfedu.-isek  a rozpr. z oboru lekaisk., v
  Praze, [lr<99],  uo. 51. 1-16. — Koriubczi (E.)   Strepto-
  coccusinfectio altal okozott polymyositis  (polymyositis
  streptomycotica).  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 421.—
  Koi'iiiloli'lA. A.)  Polymyositis primaria.  Protok. za-
  sied. Obsh. Neiropat. i Psichiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ.,
  1895-6,58-61.  Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz  , 1896, ix. 119-138— l.aqucr  (B.)  Ueber acute iuter-
  mittirendo  Mouomyositis  interstitialis.   Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii. 442.— Lazareflf (E.
  G.)  Polymyositis primaria acuta.  Ejem d. jour. "Prakt.
  med.", St. Petersb.,  1899, vi, 645-651).—I,c Dentn,  Les
  phlegmons de la gaine des muscles droits.  Rev. g6n. de
  clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii,  837. —Lie  tIoiiic.
  Frfiqueuce des abegs k Tahiti, phlegmons dans les games
  musculaires:  psoitis,   diagnostic  et  traitement.   Ann.
  d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 118-128.— Lcpine
  (R.)  Polymyosito(deruiatomyosite; angiomyosite).  Rev.
  demed.. Par , 1901, xxi, 426-428.— Levy.Dom (M.)   Eiu
  seltener Fall von Polymyositis und Neuritis.  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1895, xxxii, 761.—Lewy (B.)  Zur Lehre von
  der primaren acnten Polymyositis.  Ibid.. 1893, xxx, 420;
  449; 475.—Lindner  (it.)  'Ueber Myositis.  Ibid., 1891,
  xxviii, 1173-1175.  AUo, transl.: Med. &  Sing. Reporter,
  Phila., 1892, lxvi, 481-484.—Liplyavski (S. G.)  Neuro-
  myositis na pochvle zatyazhnavo alkoholiziua.   [. . .  fol-
  lowing chronic alcoholism.]  Vrach, St. Petersb.,1901,xxii,
  1409-1411.— Litchfield (W. F.)   A case of widespread
  interstitial  myositis in a child.   Australas. M. Gaz..Syd-
  ney, 1903, xxii, 516.—Lowenfeld (L.)  Ueber einen Fall
  von Polymyositis acuta. Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1890,
  xxxvii, 531; 549.—Lundberg (I.)  Fall af niyiter i mus-
  culus psoas major.  [Caseof myitisof. . .]  Upsala Liikaref.
  Forh., 1887-8, xxiii, 381-383. — ITInrtinez Vargas (A.)
  Miositis del semiteudinoso; supuracidn; contractura; iuci-
  si6u ; curacidn radical. Med.de los niiios, Parcel., 1903, iv,
  329-331. -----.  Miositis agudas.  Rev. de  med. y cirug.
  pract., Madrid, 1905,lxvii, 209-224.— Tlarlinolli (C.)  Ue-
  ber Polymyositis acuta, verursacht durch einen Staphylo-
  coccus.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898,
  xxiii,  877-880. -----.  Sulle alterazioni risconstrate nella
  miosite acuta sperimentale prodottadauna varieti\di stari-
  lococco.   Ann. di freniat.  [etc.], Torino,  1900,  x, 265-274,
  1 pl.—IVIatthe* (M.)   Sammelreferat iiber multiple Myo-
  sitiden.  Centralbl.  f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena,
  1898, i, 05-74.—ITIery,  Teri-ien  Sc ftcnevrier.   Poly-
  myosite infectieuse aigue b6nigne chez un enfant de neiif
  aus.  Bull,  et m«"'iu. Soc. med. d.  hop. de Par.. 1904, 3. s.,
  xxi, 1115-1119.   Also [Abstr.]:  Rev.  gen. de  clin. et de
  therap.,  Par.. 1904, xviii,  774. — Mctchnikofl" (K.) &
  Mo nil a ke witch (J.)  La phagocytose musculain ; con-
  tribution  a, l'etude  de l'inflammation parenchymaleuse.
  Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1892, vi, 1-20, 3 pl.—miiller
  (A. G.)  Rheumatic myositis; subacute and chronic.  Tr. 
MUSCLES.
238
MUSCLES.
Muscles (Inflammation of).
  Med Chir. Soc. Edinb..  1*97-*.  u.  s.,  xvii, 198-203.—
  Miosite suppurativa  del  gran  pettoiale; guangione.
  Sued  Lotti in Poutedera.  Sez. chir..  Pisa, 1888, 171.—
  ITIiyakc (II.I  Wanosei kinven ni zukete.  [On suppu-
  rative myositis )  Chiuuai Iji Sbinpo, Tokio,  1893, no. 324,
  4; no. 325, 11— .Uiynke (li.) A; IVagaloini (J.)   [Sup-
  plemental notes on acute myositis. |  Ibiii., 1898, xix. no. I,
  25; no. 2, IS:  no. 3. 23; no. 4,  32.-  Tlossdorf.  Degenera-
  tive Myositis pareiichymatosa.   Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f.
  Nat.- u.  Heilk. in  Dre'sd., ^7-8. 70-73.—Tloyer (H. X.)
  Simple myositis as an occupation disorder,  Internat. M.
  Mag., Phila., 18'.i7-8, vi, 403. —.Tlurrell  (W.)   Dermato-
  myositis, or acute polymyositis.  Med. Press Sc Circ., Lond.,
  1905, n.s.  lxxix,  2u7. —.Myositis.   | Edit. ]   Univ. M.
  Mag., Phila., 1899-1900, xii, 39-42— IVeubaur (W.)   Ein
  Fall von akuter Dermatome ositis.   Centralbl.  f. innere
  Med., Leipz.,  1899, xx, 289-299. — Neumann (II.)   Ein
  hochst eigenthiimlicher Fall von  Polymyositis snhacuta
  suppurativa.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl.,
  1895, xxi, 3*6-388.—JVcurentter (B.)   Traumatica /.kubt
  svalu kvceluo-bederniho se zrnatosti jater koniplikovan$r.
  {Traumatic myositis of iliolumbar  muscle  with granu-
  lar complications of the liver.]   Casop. lek.  cesk.,  v
  Praze 1877, xvi. 1-7.—Nojjuchi (S.)   [A caseof purulent
  myositis alter bei iberi.]  Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo,
  1901. 685-688.—von IVoordcn (W.)  Zur acuten Entziin-
  dung der langeu  Bicepssehnc und ihrer  Scheide.  Berl.
  klin" Wchnsehr..  1*93, xxx, 840. — Oppenheim ( H.)
  Leber die Polymyositis.  Ibid., 1903, xl, 381; 416.—Otto
  (C.)  Et abort'i-t  Tilfselde af Polymyositis  parenchyma-
  tosa acuta i  Tilslutning til Ulcus gaugra-uosum penis.
  [An aborted  case of polymyositis  parencliymatosa acuta
  in consequence of ulcus ^aniiianosuni penis.]  Hosp.-Tid.,
  Kjobenh., 1895,4. R., iii. 407-513. —Parkin (A.)  A case of
  simple myositis.  Quai t. M..I.,Shellield, l«!)(i-7.v,356-358.—
  Patron .TI (A.)  Contribuci6u al estudio de la miositis
  esclerotica.  Gac.  med., Mexico, 1899, xxxvi, 550-555.—
  Ffeiflfer (R.)  Die Polymyositis resp.  Dermatomyositis
  acuta.  Centralbl. f. allg ,  Path. u. path. Anat., Jena. 1896,
  vii,  M-91.-Picchi (L.)  Ln caso di  dermatomiosite.
  Atti d. Accad.  med.-fls.  fioreiit. 1902, Firenze, 1903. 22-25.
  AUo: Sperimentale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze,  1902, lvi, I
  468-471.—Plehn (A.)  Ein  neuer  Fall von  Polymyositis
  acuta mit Ausgaugiu Heilung. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Perl., 1889, xv,227-229.  AUo. Reprint.—Prandi
  (A.)  Leila polimiosite  primaria.   Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
  1904, x\v, 1544.— Preobrazheuski (P. A.) & JTIargu-
  lis (M. S )  K ucheniyii o poliomiozitle.  [On polyomyo-
  sitis.]   J. nevropat. i psikhiat. .  . .  Korsakova,  Mosk.,
  1904, iv,  841;  pt. 2, 58.  AUo. transl.:  Rev. de med.,  Par.,
  1904, xxiv, 705; 85L— Prinzing (A.)  Ein Fall von Poly-
  myositis acuta hu'inorrhagica.  Munchen.med. Wchnsehr.,
   1890, xxxvii,  *4ii-K4!i.----. Uu caso di polimiosite acuta
  emorragica.  Boll.  d. cliu., Milano,   1894, xi,  104-108.—
   Bedtenbacher ( L.)   Polymyositis;  Ausgang in Ne-
  phritis.  Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenaust. 1898, Wien
  u. Leipz., 1900, vii, pt. 2, 37-39.—Beymond (C.)   Myo-
   site chronique.  Rev. med. de la  Suisse  Rom., Geneve,
   1892, xii, 721-729.— Bosenblalh (W.)  Ein seltener Fall
  von Erkr.inkung der kleinen Arterien der Muskeln und
  Nerven,  der  kliuisch  als  Dermatomyositis  impouirte.
   Ztschr.  f. klin. Med..  Berl., 1897,  xxxiii,  547-562, 1 pl.—
   Saltykow  (S.)  TJeber  Muskeleiterung.  Verhandl.  d.
   deutsch. path. Gesellsch.  1901,  Berl., 1902, 122-124,  1 pl.
   -----.  Ueber Entzunduug der quergestreiften Muskeln.
   Arcb. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, exxi, 118-141,1 pl.—
   Nalo (K.)  [Researches on suppurative  inflammation of
   the muscles.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1902, 465; 535.—Scherb
   (G.)  Myopathia primitive avec cypho-scoliose  mous-
   trueuse  et retraction de tons les fhSchisseurs;  pas de par-
   ticipation de  la face.  Rev. neurol..  Par, 1900, viii, 218-
   224.—.Nehlesinger (H.)  Zur Lehre  von der ba'mor-
   rhagisehi u  Myositis.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1899, xiii,
   433-435.—Mehiiller (A.)  Polymyositis im Kindesalter.
   Jahrb.  f. Kiudeih., Berl., 1903,' lviii, 193-217.—Senator
   (H.)  Ueber acute multiple  Myositis bei Neuritis.  Deut-
   sche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 188H, xiv, 449.  Also,
   Reprint. -----. Leber  acute  Polymyositis und Neuro-
   myositis.  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl.
   1893, xix, 933-936.—Sick (K.)  Akute rezidivierende Poly-
   myositis in  epidemischem Auftreten.   Munchen.  med.
   Wchnsehr., 1905, lii, 1092; 1152.—Stapfer (H.) Note sur
  la cellulite et relation d'un cas  de  iuyo-eellulite des fibres
   deltoi'dieiuies poste.ro-laterales.   Rev.  de cinesie.  Par.
   1904, vi, 92-99.—Slorelli (T.)  Su di un caso di polimio-
   site primal i.i acuta.  Puglia med., Bari, 1899, vii, 219-223.—
   *itrinii|H'lI  (A.;   Zur Keuntniss der primaren acuten
   Porymxositis.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.Nervenh., Leipz., 1891,
   i, 479-505. —Mlruppler (T.)  Zur Pathologie der multi-
   plen nichteiterigeii  Myositis.  Deutsches Arch. f.  klin.
   Med., Leipz., 1900,  lxviii, 407-419, 1 pl.— Tauaka (N.)
   [Inflammation  of subscapular muscles.]   Chiu"ai  Iji
   Sbinpo,  Tokio, 1896, xvii,  no. 401,   1-5. -----. [Acute
   myositis below and between the shoulder blades.)  Gun
   Igaku  Kwai  Zasshi Tokyo, 1899. 1216 1221.-Tedenat
   (E.)  Myosite suppuree.   Inhis: Lee. de clin. chir. |etc.)
   *  Montpel.  A; Par.,  1900, 63-71.—Thayer (W. S.)   A
Mlisd€»s (Inflammation  of).
  c»s*> of acute  hemorrhagic  polymyositis  (polymyositis
  hemorrhagic*, Lorenz).  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila.,
  19(12, xvii, 368-377.  AUo: Boston M.  & S. .1., 1902, cxlvii,
  313-317. — Thiele.   Zur Aetiologie der  Polymyositis
  acuta.   Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1890, xiii, 573-575—T bo-
  re I (C.)  Neuromyositis.  Ergebn.  d. allg. Path.  u.  path.
  Anat. [etc.] 1899, Wiesb., 1901,vi. 692-694.—T rink lor (X.)
  K kazuistikle  7>olymvosilis  acuta.   [Case of. .  .J  Chir.
  Vestnik, St. Petersb." 1893, ix, 77-82.- Trzebihski (S.)
  Rozsiane zapalenie inie.sni ostrawe i  pr/ewleUle (poly-
  miositis acuta  et chronica).   Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1889,
  2. s.. ix, 378-385.—Veroii IL.)  Observation de  myosite
  infectieuse aigue.   Arch, de m6d.  et pharm.  mil.,  Par.,
  1888, xi, 481-485.—Vincent (H.)  Polymyosite infectieuse
  aigue a. recidives.   Bull, et mem. Soc. med.d. hop. de Par.,
  1903, 3. s., xx. 633-638.—Visokovich (V. K.) Sc Vanov-
  ski (F. G.) Dermatomyositis.  Bolnitsch. gaz.  Botkina,
  St. Petersb., 1900, xi,  2221; 2209. —Weasel (C.)   Om deu
  akute primaere  Polymyositis.   Hosp.-Tid., Kjebenh., 1895,
  4. R.. iii, 1125-1140.'

Muscles (Jurisprudence of).
     Okamoto  ( T. )  Leber das Spektrum von  Leichen-
  muskeln.   Vrtljschr.  f. gerichtl.  Med., Berl.,  1904, 3. F.,
  xxvii, 49-51.
Muscles (Morphology of).
     See, also, under names of muscles.
     IIaack (K.)    * Vergleicheude  Untersuchun-
  i;eu iiber die Muskulatur der Gliedmassen und
  (les Stammes  bei der Katze,  dem  Hasen  nnd
  KanincUen.   [Hern.]   r"-.  Langensalza, 1903.
     -----.  Tbe same.   ■•< .  Berlin,  1903.
     Gutting from: Tierarztl. Hochschule, Dresden, 1903,103-
  160, 3 pl.
     Lartschneider (J.)   Die Steissbeinmuskeln
  des Mensehen  uud  ihre  Beziehungen  zum  M.
  levator  ani  und  zur  Heckenfascie;  eine  ver-
  gleicbend-anatoinische Studie.   4°.   Wien, 189b.
     Repr. from: Denksch. d. math.-naturw. CI. d. k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch., Wien, lxii.
     Reiser (E.)  "Vergleicheude Untersuchungen
  iiber  die  Skeletmuskulatur vou  Hirsch, Eeb,
  Schaf und  Ziege.  [Bern.]   *-.   Langensalza,
  1903.
     -----.  The same.   6°.  Berlin,  1903.
     SchnkidemChl (G.)   Kepetitorium der Mus-
  kellehre bei den Haussaiioetbieren, gleichzeitig
  ein Leitfadeu fur  die  PraparirUbungen  fur Stu-
  dirende  und  Thierarzte.   2. Aufl.   16°.   Han-
  norer, 1^94.
     Alezais.  Le fhichisseur superficiel des doigts chez le
  chat.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 556. -----.
  Les adducteur*  du  maki.   Ibid., 1904,  lvi, 537-539.—
  Anthony (R.)   Introduction k l'6tudo experimentale de
  la morphogenie;  moditications  cousecutives a l'ablation
  d'un crotaphyte chez le chien. et considerations surle rfile
  moipliogen6tiqiie de ce  muscle.   Bull, et  me.m. Soc. d'an-
  throp. de Par., 1903, 5. s., iv, 119-145.— Banchi (A.)  Un
  muscolo manidio  a due faSci.  Monitore zool. ital.,  Firenze,
  1305, xvi, 138. — Kiriiiingham (A.)  The homology and
  innervation of the Achsclbogcn and  pectoralis  quartns,
  and the nature of the lateral cutaneous nerve of the thorax.
  J. Anat. Sc  Physiol., Lond., 1888-9, xxiii, 206-223.— Bolk
  (L.)  Ueber eine Variation des kurzen Kopfes  des Biceps
  femoris beim Orang; ein  Beitrag  znr Moiphologie dieses
  Muskels.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz.,  1898, xxvi, 274-281.—
   Byrnes (Esther  F.)  Experime .tal studies ou the de-
  velopment of limb-muscles  in  amphibia.  J.  Morphol.,
   Bost.. 1897-*, xiv,  no.  2, 105-140, 3  pl. — Cannieu  Sc
   Philip.  Recherches  sur  le palmaire  cutanc du singe
   cercopitheque.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,
   1899.  xx,  155. —  4'hnine (J.)   Remarques sur la mor-
   phologie  generale  des  muscles.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d.
   sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 822-S24. -----. Sur la signification
   morphologique de  certain muscle rudimentaire des mani-
   miferes.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 205.
   -----. Simples  remarques anato piques sur la formation
   tendineuse du depresseur de la machoire inffirieure des
   oiseaux.   Ibid., 9*7. -----. Observations sur  le mylo-
   byoidien des oiseaux;  comparaison  de ce muscle avec le
   niylo-hyoidien do re.cb.idn6.  Proc.-verb.  Soc. d.  sc. phys.
   et uat.de Bordeaux. 1898-9,  113-117. -----. Sur les con-
   nexions du mylo hyoidien et du pcaucier chez les oiseaux.
   Ibid., 1898-9,'13S-140. -----. Myologie de la region sus-
   hyoidienne de  la  pirate (Camelopardalis  girafta, Gin.)-
   Ibid.,  1902-3,  9-11. -----.  Connexions particulieres du
   sterno-hyoidien  et dn  stylo-hyoidien chez une  girafe (Ca-
   melopardalis giraffa, Gin.).  Ibid., 89.-----. Observations
   sur le muscle transverse del'hyoide des batraciens.  Ibid.,
   Hl_115. _____.  Observations sur les intersections tendi- 
MUSCLES.                                      239                                      MUSCLES.
Muscles (Morphology of).
  neuses des muscles polygastriques.  Compt. rend. Acad. I
  d. sc. Par., 1905, cxl, 1419-1422. -----. Sur une cause de va-
  riation d'orientation des muscles polygastriques.   Compt. ]
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 787. — Debierre (C.)
  A propos de la morpholoirie de la musculature de rbonime. j
  Ibid., 1890, 9. s., ii, 149-15L—1>'Krant (J.)  Sul signifl- |
  cato morfologico  del  in.  tibialis anticus.  Gior. d. Ass.
  napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1899, ix, 294-304, 1 pl.—Dn-
  pny (P.)  Anatomie comparee des muscles du lire.  Bull.
  et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx. 549-551.—Forster
  (A.)  Die Insertion des Musculus semimembranosus; eine
  vergleichend-anatomische Betrachtung.  Arch.  f. Anat.
  n. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1903, 257-320, 2 pl.—Calin
  (C.) Sur uu nouveau muscle de la te.to du chien.  O.lou-
  tologie, Par., 19,04, 2. s.. xviii,  183. — Onule (J.)  Leber
  die geschlechtliche  Differenz  der Muskelu bei Froschen.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn. 1900, Ixxxiii, 83-88, 1 diag.—
  Genles.  De quelques dispositions sp6ciales des muscles
  du membre posterieur chez les singes cercopitheques.  J.
  do med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 490.—Gilis (P.)  Anato-
  mie des  scaldues  (costo-trach6liens) chez les ruminants.
  les  solip6des et  les caruassiers.   Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 461-467. — CJronroos (H )  Die
  Musculi biceps brachii und latissimo-condyloideus bei der
  Affengattung Hylobates  im Vergleich mit den  eutspre-
  chenden Gebilden der Anthropoiden und des Mensehen.
  Abhandl.  d. k. preuss. Akad.  d. "Wissensch.. Berl., 1903,
  Auhaug, 1-102, 3 pl.—Hanghton (S.)  On the compara-
  tive in\oloe\ of certain birds.   Proc.  Roy. Irish Acad.,
  Dubl., 1*04-7. ix,  524-526. — von  Hieiing (II.)   The
  musculus crucilorniis of the  order  Tellinacea.   Proc.
  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila., 1900, 480.   Kahn (R.  IT.)  Ein
  Beitrag zur Lehre vou den Pilomotoren.   Arch. f. Phy-
  siol., Leipz., 1903, 239-250, 1 pl. — Klaatsch (II.)  Der
  knrze  Kopf des  Musculus  biceps femoris  und  seine
  morphologische Bedeutung.   Cor.-Bl.  d. deutsch. Gesell-
  sch. f.  Anthrop.  [etc.], Munchen, 1900,  xxxi,  145-150.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Miinchen. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1900,  xlvii,
  1441. — Kolster  (R.)  Vergleich end anatomische  Stu-
  dien iiber deu M. pronator teres der Saugetiere.  Anat.
  Hefte, Wiesb., 1901, xvii, 671-834, 3 pl. — I-ickley (J. D.)
  On the morphology of the human intertransverse muscle.*.
  J. Anat. & Pbysiol., Lond., 1904-5. xxxix, 90-98.—Livini
  (F.) Contribuzione alia morfologia del in. rectus abdomi-
  nis e del m. supiacostalis nell' uomo.   Arch. ital. di anat.
  e di emhriol., Firenze. 19u5, iv, 81-115,1 pl.—JIacalister
  (A.)  The anatomy of Cha-ropsis liberiensis.   Proc. Roy.
  Irish  Acad., Dubl.. 1870-79. 2. s., i. 494-500. -----. The
  muscular anatomy of the civet and tayra.  I bid., 506-513.—
  JlcClure  (C. F*. W.)  On  tbe pieseuce of a  musculus
  coraco-oleeraualis in the domestic cat  (Felis domestica).
  Anat. Anz., Jeua, 1900, xvii, 357-360. —-Mackintosh
  (H. W.)  On the  muscular  anaiomy of Choliephus didac-
  tylus.  Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Dubl., 1875-7, 2. s.,  ii, 66-78,
  1 pl.-----.  Ou the myology of tbe genus Bradypus. Ibid.,
  1870-79, 2. s., i, 517-529'.—.tlaj (A.)  Contributo alio studio
  dello  sviluppo della musculature negli arti; osservazioni
  Bui polio  (Gallus  domesticus).   Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di
  Pavia, 1901, 206-218, 1 pl. — Marceau (V.)  Sur les fonc-
  tions respectives des deux parties des muscles adducteurs
  chez leslamellihranches.  (-ompt. reud. Acad. d.  sc, Par.,
  1904. exxxvili,  1343-1345.  -----. Sur la  structure des
  muscles du mauteau des c6phalopodes en rapport  avec lour
  mode  de  contraction.  Ibid.,  1905. cxli,  279.—Jflarion
  (G. E.)  Mandibular aud pharyngeal muscles of Acanthias
  and Raia.   Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1905, xxxix, 891-924.—
  ITIanrer  (F.)  Der Aufbau und  die Entwicklung der
  veutralen Rumpfmuskulatur bei den urodeleu Amphibien
  nnd deren Beziehung zu den gleichen Muskeln der Sela-
  cbier und  Teleostier.  Morphol. Jahrb.,  Leipz., 1891-2,
  xviii, 76-179, 3 pl.  -----. Die Elementeder Riinipfmusku-
  latur  bei  Cyclostomen und hoheien Wii belthieren;  ein
  Beitrag zur Pbylogeuie der quergestieiflen Muskelfaser.
  Ibid.. 1894, xxi. 473-619, 4 pl.— .Tlaziarski  (S.)  O sto-
  sunku miesni do  nask6rka u skorupiak6w.  (Sur les rap-
    Sorts des muscle set de  la cuticule chez les crustac6s.)
    ull. internat. Acad.d. sc.de Cracovie, 1903, 520-531 lpl.—
  ITlichaelis (P.)   Beitrage zur vergleichenden Myologie
  des Cynocephalus  babuin, Simia  satyrus, Troglodytes
  niger.  Arch. f. Anat. n. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1903,
  205-256. — Uorra (T.)  I muscoli cutanei della  mem-
  braua alare  dei  chirotteri.  Boll. d. mus. di zool. ed anat
  coiii]i. d. r. Univ. di Torino. 1899. xiv, no. 356, 1-6. 1 pl. —
  Pappeuheim.   Leber  die Muskelfasern  des Meso-
  metriums der Saugethiere.  Arch. f.  Anat., Pbysiol. u.
  wissensch. Med., Berl., 1840, 346-349, 2 pl.—Paravicini
  (G.)   Intorno alia miologia  della regione glossojoidea
  del  knimano (Alligator lucius Cnv.).   Boll, scient., Pa-
  via, 1899, xxi, 81-87. 1 pl.—Parsons (F. G.)   The mus-
  cles of mammals, with  special  relation  to human  my-
  ology.   J. Anat.  Sc Physiol.,  Lond.,  1897-8, xxxii, 428;
  721.—Keg ■■ a n 11 (F.)  Surface d'insertion osseuse des
  muscles (morphologic).   Bull.  Soc. auat. de Par., 1896,
  lxxi. 800-802.—Roi lett (A.)  Leber die Flossenmuskeln
  des Seepferdchens (Hippocajnpus antiquorum ) und iiber
  Muskelstrnctur im Allgemeineu.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
JIilscllcs (Morphology  of).
  Bonn, 1888, xxxii, 233-266, 2 pl.— Kosenfeld (M. C.)  Zur
  vergleichendeH Anatomie des  Musculus tibialis posticus.
  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1898, xi, 359-390, 2 pl.—von Snnr
  (G.)  Zur  vergleichenden  Anatomie der  Brustmuskeln
  und des Deltaumskels.   Arch. f. Anat  u. Entwcklngs-
  gesch., Leipz., 1903, 153-204, 2 pl.— Seydel (O.)   Ueber
  den  Serratus  posticus  und seine  Lagebeziehuug  zum
  Obliquus abdominis und Intercostalis externus bei  Pro-
  simiern und Primaten.   Morphol. Jahrb.,  Leipz., 1891-2,
  xviii, 35-75, 2 pl.  -----. Ueber die, Zwischensehnen  und
  deu nietameren Aufbau des M. obliquus thoraeo-abdomi-
  nalis  (abdominis) externus der Saugethiere.  Ibid., 544-
  604,2pl.— Sncthlage(E.)  Leber die Frage vom Muskel-
  ausatz und der Herkunft der Muskuluttr bei den Arthro-
  poden.  Zool.  Jahrb, Jena, 1905,  xxi,  495-514,  2 pl.—
  Varaldi ( L. ).  Ricerche sulla anatomia coniparata dei
  muscoli tibiali antero-laterali nell' uomo  e nei mammiferi.
  Mod.  zooiatro, Torino, 1901, xii,  164; 182;  231; 245;  291;
  302; 343; 366. -----. Ricerche sulla anatomia comparata,
  dei muscoli estensori delle dita  della imuio nell' uomo e
  nei mammiferi domestioi.  Ibid.,  1902,  xiii, 398-408.—
  Windle (B. C. A.)  Notes on the limb myology of  Pro-
  cyon cuncrivorusand of the Ursidae. J. Anat. & Physiol.,
  Lond., 1888-9, xxiii, 81-89.  -----.  On  the myology of
  Dolichotis  patagouiea and Dasprocta isthmica.  Ibid.,
  1896-7, xxxi, 343-353.—Windle  (B. C. A.) &  Parsons
  (F. G.)  On the morphology of  the femoral head of the
  biceps flexor cruris.  Proc. Auat. Soc. Gr. Brit. Sc Ireland,
  Lond., 1899-1900,  pp.  v-ix.— Zuckerkandl  (E.)  Zur
  Morphologie des  Musculus ischiocaudalis.   Sitzungsb. d.
  k. Akad.  d. Wissensch.   Math.-uaturw. CI., Wien, 1900,
  cix, 661: 1901, Cx, 47, 4 pl.

Uluscles (Nerves  of).
     See,  aIso, Muscles (Morphology of); Nerve-
  endings;  and under  names of muscles.
     Cipollone  (L.  T.)  Ricercbe sull' anatomia
  normale e patologica delle tenninazioni nervose
  nei museoli striati.  roy. 8°.  Botna,  1697.
     Hkymans (J. F.)   Meinoire  d'anatomie  gene"-
  rale presents au concours de  1S88 pour la colla-
  tion des bourses de voyage et agr6<5  par le jury.
  Expose" de l'6tat actuel <le nos connaissauces et
  observations persounelles  sur  la terminaison des
  nerfs daiis les muscles  lisses de lit sangsne, prd-
  c6des de la bibliographie des  travaux parus sur
  l'inuervation des muscles lisses en gen6ral.  roy.
  ~°.   Bruxelles, 1889.
     Krause (W.) Ueber die Endigung der Muskel-
  uerveu.   12°.   Gbttingen,  18G'.l.
     See, also, infra.
     Kuhxe(\V.)  Die Endignngs-weise der Nerven
  in den  Muskeln und das doppelsinuige Leitungs-
  vermogen der  motorischen  Nerveufaser.   8°.
  Berlin, 1H59.
     Cutting from: Monatsber. d. k.  Akad. d. Wissensch.
  zuBerl., 1859. 395-402.
     Ramox y Cajal (D. S.)  Estudios auatomicos.
  Observaciones  microscopicas  sobre las termina-
  ciones  ncrviosas en  los  niuscnlos voluntarios.
  8°.   Zaragoza, 1881.
     Rauber (A.)  Ueber die  Eudiguug  seusibler
  Nerven in Muskel und Sehne.  rov. 8\   Stutt-
  gart, 1882.
     Itepr. from: Beitr. z.  Biol.  Juhilaumsschr. f. von Bi-
  schoff.
     RtiKiNi (A.)   Sulla  line anatomia  dei  fusi
  neuro-inuscolari del  gatto e sul loro signijicato
  fisiologico.  6J.  Siena, lr-96.
     Also, transl. in: J. l'hysiol. Lond., 1898,  xxiii, 190-208,
  2 pl.  Also,  Reprint.
     AlbanfNc (M.)  Sulla disposizione delle fibre  nervose
  motrici pei flessoi i e gli estensori nello sciatico della rana.
  Arch, di farm,  e  terap., l'alermo, 1894. ii, 720-724.  AUo,
  transl.:  Aich. ital.dcbiol., Turin,  1896, xxv,  195-198.—von
  Kardcleben  Sc Frohse. Ueber die  Iuuervirung von
  Muskeln, insbesoudere an den mensehlichen Gliedmassen.
  Verhandl.  d. anat. Gesellsch.,  Jeua, 1897, 38-43. — Beale
  (L. S.)  The distribution of nerves to voluntary muscle,
  including  tho discussion of the  following questions: Do
  nerves terminate in free ends?  Or do they invariably
  form circuits and never end? Arch. Med., Lond.,  1865, iv,
  161-189.  Also,  Reprint.  -----.  On the distribution of
  nerves to the elementary fibres of striped muscle. Proc.
  Roy. Soc. Lond., 1859-60,'x. 519: 1862-3, xii, 136.  ----. On
  the ultimate nerve-fibres distributed  to muscle and some
  other tissues, with observations  upon the  structure and 
MUSCLKS.
240
MUSCLES.
JIllsclcs  (Xerres of).
  probable mode of action of a nervous mechanism; being
  the Croon ian lecture  for 1805.  Ibid.,  1865,  xiv, 229-268.
  _____. Further observations in favour of the view that
  nerve-fibres  never end in voluntary muscle.  Ibid., 668-
  671, 1 pl— Biedermann (W.)  Zur Kenntniss der Ner-
  veii und Nervenendigungen in den quergestreitten  Mus-
  keln  der  Wirbelloseu.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad.  d. Wis-
  sensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.. Wien. 1887-8, xcvi, 8-39, 2 tab.
  AUo, Reprint.-Blocq (P.) & Jlarinesco (G.)   Sur la
  morphologic des  faisceaux  neuro-musculaires.   Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1890, 9. s., ii, 398-401.—du Bout-
  Kcymond  (R.)  Ueber  das angebiiche Gesetz der reci-
  proken Innervation antagonistischer Muskeln.  Arch. f.
  Anat. u.  Entwcklngsgesch, Leipz., 1902, Suppl.-Bd,  27-
  44._Brooks (H. St. J.)  First dorsal  interosseous mus-
  cle supplied  by the median nerve.   Med. Press & Circ,
  Lond., 1888,  n. s.,  xiv, 165.—t'ainii*  (J.) &. Pagnicz
  (P.)   Influence du systeme nerveux sur la teiieur du mus-
  cle en h6moglobine.  Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1904,
  lvii,  121-123.—Cavalie.  Sur les termiuaisons nerveuses
  motrices et sensitives dans les muscles  strips, chez la tor-
  pille  (Torpedo marmorata).   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1279.  -----. Sur les terminaisons ner-
  veuses motrices dans les muscles  strips chez le lapin.
  Ibid., 1280. -----.  Note sur le developpement de la partie
  terminate des nerfs moteurs et des terminaisons nerveuses
  motrices dans les muscles stri6s,  chez le poulet.  Ibid.,
  1904,  lvi, 269. -----. Note sur les terminaisons nerveuses
  motrices  dans  les muscles  stries,  a  l'6tat normal (lapin,
  torpille, hydrophile d'eau douce).   Cong, internat. de m£d.
  C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'anat.,  105-109.  -----. Note
  sur les rapports des terminaisons nerveuses motrices avec
  les fibres  musculaires striees chez le lapin et chez la tor-
  pille.  Ibid., 122. — t'eceherelli (G.)   Sulle  terminazioni
  nervose k paniere del Giacomiui, nei muscoli  dorsali degli
  anfibi anuri  adulti.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903-4, xxiv, 428-
  435.—(/'hiarcntone (U.)   Ricerche istologicbe sulla ter-
  minazioue nervosa motrice  nei muscoli striati.  Arch, di
  psichiat.  [etc.], Torino, 1897,  xviii, 608— Cipollone  (L.
  T.)  Nuove ricerche sul fuso nenro-muscolare.  Ricerche
  n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1896-8,  vi, 157-
  200,  1 pl.   Also,  Reprint.   Osservazioni e note sui fusi
  neuro-niuscolari.  Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1904, ii,  77-
  92. — «Joco (A. M.) Sc Distefana  (S.) Contributo alio
  studio delle  terminazione  nervose nei muscoli biancbi.
  Anat. Auz., Jena, 1902-3, xxii, 457-466.—t'ornil.   Sur les
  recherches relatives k la morphologie et la pathologie des
  terminaisons nerveuses dei muscles,  par MM. Bab6s et G.
  Marinesco.   [Rap.]  Bull. Acad, de  m6d., Par., 1890, 2. s.,
  xxiii, 633-637.—Coi-oiiiiiian (E.)   Procedimieuto para
  teiiir con el veide de  metilo las termiuaciones de  los ner-
  vios en los miisculos.   Rev.  de cien. m6d. de Barcel., 1896,
  xxii, 49-51.—Coiicn (E.) Sc  Shnte (D. K.)   Neuro-myol-
  ogy;  classification of the muscles of the human body with
  reference  to  their innervation, and new nomenclature of
  the muscles.   Med. Rec, N. T.,  1887, xxxii,  93;  121.—
  Crevntin  (F.)   Su di  alcune particolari forme di ter-
  minazioni nervose nei muscoli che muovono 1'  occhio.
  Bull.  d. sc.  med. di  Bologna, 1901,  8. s., i, 103.— von
  Csiky (J.)  Die Nervenendiguneen in den glatten  Mus-
  kelfasern.   Internat.  Monatschr. f. Anat.  u.  Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1897,  xiv, 171-184, 1 pl.—Cunningham  (D.  J.)
  The value of nerve-supply in the determination of muscu-
  lar homologies and anomalies. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond.,
  1890-91, xxv, 31-40. — Enahl (A.)   Ueber d'ie Endiiruug
  der motorischen Nerven in den quergestreiften Muskeln.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Ph\ siol., Bonn, 1876, xii, 529-548, 2 pl.  AUo,
  Reprint.— Einer (S.)  Bemerkungen iiber die Innerva-
  tion   des  Musculus  cricothvreoideus.  Arch. f.  d. ges.
  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1888,  xliii, 22-29. — Ferrarini  (G.) Sc
  Ventura (C.)  Sul modo di comportarsi  delle termina-
  zioni nervose nei muscoli degli arti sottoposti  all' imnio-
  bilizzazione   Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1905, xxii, 32-59,
  4 pl.—Fletcher (W. M.)  Preliminary noteon the motor
  and  inhibitor nerve-endings in smooth  muscle.   Proc.
  Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1898, pp. xxxvii-xl. — Frohse (F.)
  Ueber die Verzweignugder Nerven zuund in den mensch-
  lichen Muskeln.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1897-8, xiv, 321-343.—
  Fusari  iR.)  Contributo alio studio delle  terminazioni
  nervose nei  muscoli  striati di Ammocoetes branchialis.
  Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1905,  xxix, 413-427, 1 pl.—
  Galcazzi (R.)   Des 616ments nerveux des muscles de
  fermeture ou adducteurs des bivalves.  \Transl. from:
  Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc.  di  Torino, xxiii.]   Arcb ital
  de biol., Turin,  1888, x, 388-393, 1 pl.—Gaupp (E.)   Be-
  merkung iiber die Innervation des Musculus rectus media-
  lis oculi bei den Anuren.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1903-4, xxiv,
  296.—Giacomiui (E.)   Sulla maniera oude i  nervi si
  termiuauo nei mi.icommi e nelle est remits delle fibre mus-
  colari dei  miouieri uegli anfibi urodeli. Atti d. r. Accad.
  d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1898, 4. s.,  x,  105. -----. Sulla ma-
  niera onde i nervi si terminano nei miocommi  e nelle estre-
  miti delle fibre muscolari dei niiomeri nei  selaci.   Ibid.,
  560-562.—Gra bower.   Ueber  Nervenendigungen  im
  mensehlichen Muskel.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1902,
  lx, 1-16, 3 pl.—IIuber (G. C.)  Observations on  the  de-
  generation and regeneration of motor and sensory nerve
JIuscBes  (Nerves of).
  endings  in  voluntary muscle.  Am.  J.  Physiol., Bost
  1899-1900, iii, 339-314. -----. Sensory nerve-endiugs  in
  striated muscle.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1M18
  xxii,326-335.  Also, Reprint. -----.  Noteon tliestriictiire
  of the motor nerve endings iu voluntary muscle   Am  J
  Auat., Bait., 1901-2,  i, 520.—Huber (G. C.) lV Be Witt
  (Lydia M. A.)  The innervation  of motor tissues, with
  especial reference to nerve-endings in the sensory muscle-
  spindles.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Loud., lklh, lxvii,
  810.   AUo: J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, is'.w,  vii, 169-23o]
  3 pl.—KalliiiM (E.)  Endigungeu motorisclier Nerven  in
  der Muskulatur  der Wirbeltiere.   Ergebn. d. Anat   u
  Eutwckhies-osch.. 1896, Wiesb.,  1897, vi, 26-43.—KaU
  zeaateiu (J.)   Ueber die Innervation  des M. crico-
  thyreoideus.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1892, exxx,
  316-331. -----. AVeiteie Mittheilungen iiber (lie Innerva-
  tion des M.  crico-thyroiileus.   Ibid., 1894, cxxxvi, 203-
  216.—Kemp (G. T.)  Ou the  separation  of motor  aud
  trophic nerves of muscle; also a  contribution  to  our
  knowledge of the heat-regulating mechanism of warm-
  blooded  animals.  Therap. Gaz.,  Detroit. 1889,  3. s.,  v
  86; 155. — Kerschner (L.)  Bemerkungen  zu  Angelo
  Ruffini's  Aufsatz:   Considerazioni  critiche  sui  recenti
  studi dell' apparato nervoso uei  fusi  muscolari.   Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1893-4, ix, 553-562. —Kolliker (A.)  On the
  termination of nerves in muscles, as observed  in the frog;
  and ou tho disposition of the nerves in  the frog's heart.
  Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond.. 1862-3, xii, 65-84. -----. Inervi
  dei muscoli.   Verhandl. d. anat.  Gesellsch.,  Jena,  1900,
  xiv, 206-210.— Kovalevski (N. O.) &  Navrolwki. Lu-
  tersnehungen fiber  die scnsibleu  Nerven der Muskeln.
  Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1878, x\i   145-148.
  Also,  in: Kovalevski (N. O.)  Trudi, 8°, Kazan,  1895, no.
  12, 38-42.—liran»c (W.)  Die Nerveneiidigung in  deu
  Muskeln.   Internat. Monatschr. f.  Anat.  u. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1888,  v, 64; 97, 3 pl. -----. Ueber die Endigung
  der Muskelnerven.   Zischr. f. rat.  Med., Leipz. Sc Hei-
  delb., 1863, 3. R.,  xx, J-18.  See,  also, supra. — Ki-eb*
  (P.)   Die Nervenendigungen im Musculus stapedius mit
  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung der bei der Farbung an-
  gewandten Technik.  Arch. f.  mikr.  Anat,  Bonn, 1905,
  lxv, 704-727, 1 pl.—Laiulaucr  (A.)   Leber sensible mid
  vasomotorische Nerven der Muskeln.   Ungar.  Arch.  f.
  Med., Wiesb., 1892-3, i, 452-467.— Lcrin«ohn (G.)  Leber
  das Verhalten der Nervenendigungen in den ausseren
  Augenmuskelu des  Mensehen.  Atch. f. Ophth., Leipz.,
  1901, liii, 295-305, 1 pl.— Mangold (E.l  Uiitersuchuiigeii
  iiber  die Endigung  der Nerven in  den  quergestreiften
  Muskeln  der Arthropoden.  Ztschr. f.  allg. Physiol.,
  Jena, 1905, v,  135-205.—IVIazzoni (V.)   Composizione
  anatomica dei nervi e loio modo di tenniiiare nei  muscoli
  delle cavallette (OEdipoda fasciata Siebold).  Mem. Accad.
  d. sc.d. Ist.di Bologna, 1889,4. s..ix, 547-550, 1 pl   Holla
  Coco (A.) & Distefano (S.)  Contributo alio studio delle
  terminazioni nervose nei muscoli striati biancbi.  Ras-
  segna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1901-2, iii. 409-414.—
  Mouret(J.)  Rapportsdu muscle pyramidal  avec lenerf
  sciatique. N. Montpel. med., 1893, ii, 230-233,1 pl —Negro
  (C.)   Prova diretta dell' ameboismo nervoso nelle termina-
  zioni nervose motrici dei muscoli striati.   Lavori  d. Cong.
  di med. int.  1898, Roma,  1899, ix, 464.-----Diraostra-
  zioui  istologicbe di terminazioni nervose motrici  nei mus-
  coli striati.   Arch.ital.de biol.. Turin, 1901-2. xxxvi, 177.—
  NusNbaum (M.)  Nerv und Muskel: Abhiiugigkeit des
  Muskelwachstums  vom  Nervenverlauf.   Verhandl.  d.
  anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1894, viii, 179-182.—Obrcgia (A.)
  Ueber die Nervenendigungen in den  glatten Mu.skelfaseru
  des Darms beim  Hunde.   Verhandl. d. x  internat. med.
  Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii,  1. Abth., 148-150.-O«lier (R.)
  Terminaison des nerfs moteurs dans h-s muscles  stries de
  l'liomnie.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 1361.—
  Onanoflf(L) Sur la nature des faisceaux neuro-muscu-
  laires.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1890, 9. s., ii, 432.—
  tinodi  (A.)  Ueber die Innervation  und Funktion des
  Musculus cricothvreoideus. Ungar. Arch. f. Med., Wiesb.,
  1894,  iii,  72-82. — Par lion (C.) Sc Pardon (Mme. Cons-
  tance).  Recherches sur les centres spinaux des  muscles
  de la jambe.  J. de neurol., Par., 1902, vii, 323-333. —Pari
  (G. A.) Sc Farini (A.)  Contributo alia conoscenza del-
  1'  innervazione dei  muscoli antagouisti  dello scheletro.
  Atti r. 1st. Veneto di so., lett.ed arti, 1904-5,lxiv, pt.2,929-
  945.   Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch.ital.de biol., Turin, 1905,
  xliii, 441-452.—Perroncito (A.)  Sulla terminazione dei
  nervi nelle fibre muscolari  striate.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir.
  di Pavia, 1901, 32-43.  AUo: R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e  lett.
  Rendic, Milano,  1901. 2. s., xxxiv, 164-170.  AUo, transl:
  Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 245-254. ---r.
  Studii ulteriori sulla terminazione dei  nervi nei muscoli a
  fibre  striate.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir.  di Pavia, 1902. 153-
  183. 2  pl. AUo, transl.: Boll. Arch. ital. de  biol.. Turin,
  1902-3. xxxviii, 393-412, 2 pl.  AUo, transl. [ Abstr.J: Gazz.
  med.  ital., Torino,  1903, liv,  511. -----. Ricerche sugli
  organi nervosi terminali dei muscoli striati e  dei  tendinL
  Sperimentale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze.  1903, lvii, 748-750.—
  Pighini (J.)  Zwei vergesscne Arbeiten von Giovanni
  Inzani  iiber  die Nervenendigungen  in den  Epithelien.
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1901, xxxii, 337-342.— 
MUSCLES.
241
MUSCLES.
JInsclcs (Nerves of).
  Pilliet.  Note sur des corps neuro-musctilaires a, enve-
  loiipe semhlable a celle des corpuscules de Pacini.  Com pt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1890, 9. s., ii, 313.—Polimanti
  (O.)   Sulla distribuzione funziouale delle radici motrici
  nei muscoli degli arti. Sperimentale.  Sez. biol., Firenze.
  1894,  xlviii. 275-285.  AUo. transl. : Arcb. ital. de biol.,
  Turin, 1895, xxiii,  333-341.—PoloumordwinoH' (I).)
  Recherches sur les terminaisons nerveuses sensitives dans
  les muscles strifes volontaires.  Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc,
  Par-, 1899, cxxviii, 845.—Pngliesc (V.)  Suf centro psico-
  motore dei muscoli snperiori della faccia.  Riv. di patol.
  nerv., Firenze, 1898, iii, 49-55.—Regaud (C.) & Favre.
  Recherches sur les fuseaux neuroinusculaires des ophi-
  diens. Biuliog. anat.. Par. & Nancy, 1905, xiv, 298-310.—
  Kot (V. K.)   Sluchai riedkavo  razvitiya  proizvolnol
  mishechnol innervat-ii.   [Rare development of voluntary
  muscle  innervation.]  Protok. zasied.  Obsh.  Nelropat.  i
  Psikhiat. pri  Imp.  Moskov.  Univ., 1895-6.  111-114.—
  Kouget (C.)   Structuie iutime des fibres terminales des
  nerfs moteurs des muscles stries des amphibiens.  Arch.
  de physiol. norm, et path., Par., Ib97, 5. s., ix, 245-260, 2
    §1. —■---.  Sur la structure intime des plaques terminales
    es nerfs moteurs des muscles stries.  Compt. rend. Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvii, 699. -----. Terminaison des nerfs
  sensitifs musculaires sur lesfaisceaux stri6s.  Ibid., 1896,
  cxxiii, 127.—Kiillini (A.)   Sulla flue anatomia dei fusi
  neuro-muscolari del gatto e sul loro significato fisiologico.
  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze,  1896, vii, 49-52. -----. Sur
  un reticule nerveux special et sur quelques corpuscules de
   Pacini qui se  trouveut  en connexion avec  les organes
  musculo-tendineux du chat.  [Transl. from: Atti d.  r.
   Accad. dei LinceK  i-]  Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin, 1892-3,
  xviii, 101-105. -----. Sur  la  terminaison nerveuse dans
  les faisceaux musculaires et sur leur signification physio-
   logique.   [Transl. from: Atti d. r. Accad.  dei Lincei.]
   Ibid., 100-118. -----. Observations ou sensory  nerve-
   endings  in  voluntary muscles.   Brain,  Lond., 1897, xx,
   368-374.  -----.  Brevi considerazioni intorno  a Ile recenti
   ricerche del Dr. G. Romero  sulle terminazioni nervose nei
   muscoli  pellicciai  dorsali  della "talpa romana" Oldf.
   Thorn.   Bibliog. anat., Par. &  Nancy,  1904, xiii, 161.—
   Saudulli (A.)   Le terminazioni del nervi  nei muscoli
   striati voluntarii e le loro alterazioni dopo lo recisioue dei
   tronchi nervosi, studiate nella rana. Gior. d. Ass. napol.
   di med.  e nat., Napoli, 1892-3, iii, 105-135, 1 pl.—Sano
   (F.)  Considerations sur les noyaux moteurs medullaires
   innervant les muscles.   J. de neurol., Par., 1901, vi, 281-
   294.  [Discussionl. 299.—Sanlesson (C. G.)  Einige Be-
   obachtungen fiber dieErmiidbarkeit der niotorischen Ner-
   venendigungen und der Muskelsubstanz.  Skandin. Arch.
   f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893-5, v, 394-406.—Schultz (P.)  Die
   Nervenendigungen  iu den glatten Muskelfasern. Cen-
   tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1897, xi,  52L—Sere-
   reanu  (G. C.)  Muscnil masticator! cu nervii lor.  [The
   muscles of mastication and their nerves.]  Spitalul, Bu-
   curesci, 1903, xxiii, 433-441— Sherrington (C. S.)  On the
   anatomical constitution of the nerves  of muscles.  Proc.
   Physiol. Soc,  Lond., 1^94, p. xix. -----. On  reciprocal
   innervation of  antagonistic muscles.    Proc. Roy. Soc.
   Lond.,  1896-7,  lx, 414: 1897-8, lxii, 183: 1898-9, lxiv, 179:
   1899-1900,  Ixvi, 66: 1905, lxxvi, ser. B, 160; 269.—Sihler
   (C.) A description of a simple  and  reliable method  to
   trace the nerves in the muscle.  Cleveland M.  Gaz., 1894-5,
   x,255-264. AUo: Am.Month.Micr. J.,Wash., 1895, xvi,172-
   182. — Somiuariva (D.)   Contributo  alio  studio delle
   terminazioni nervose nei muscoli striati.  Monitore zool.
   ital., Firenze, 1901, xii, 360-373.—Spampani (G.)  Con-
   tributo  alia conoscenza delle  terminazioni  nervose nei
   muscoli  striati dei mammiferi.  Ibid., 1898, ix, 176-178, 1
   pl.—ron Than ho tier (L.)  Ueber die Nerveuendigung
   der quergestreiften  Muskelfasern und iiber  Re-und De-
    feneration derselben im lebcnden Kdrper.   Auat. Anz.,
    ena, 1892, vii, 635-638.  -----. Neuere  Untersuchungen
   fiber den Bau und die Nervenendigung der quergestreiften
   Muskelfasern.  Ungar.  Arch. f. Med., Wiesb.. 1892, i,
   235-251,  1  pl.—Waldeyer  (W.)  Ueber die Endigung
   der niotorischen Nerven  in  deu quergestreiften Muskeln.
   Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1863,  i,  369-372.—
   Weiss  (G.) Sc Dutil  (A.)  Sur le developpement des
   terminaisons  nerveuses (fuseaux neuro-musculaires  et
   plaques  motrices)  dans  les  muscles  k fibres  striees.
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, cxxi, 613-615. -----
  -----. Recherches sur le fuseau neuio-musculaire.  Arch.
   de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1896, 5. 8., viii, 368-379,
   2 pl. AUo [Abstr.]: Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,
   10. s., iii.  290.—Wilson  (J.  G.)  The relation of the
   motor endings on  the muscle of the frog to  neighboring
   structures.  J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Granville, O.,
   1904-5, xiv, 1-16, 2 pi.

 Muscles (Ossification in).

     See, also, Muscles (Ossification in, Traumatic).
     Bremig  (J. )   * Ueber  Myositis   ossificans,
  nebst Mitteilung von 3 Fallen solitarer Myositis
  ossificans  aus  der Greifswalder  chirurgischen
  Klinik.   8°.   Greifswald, 1897.
Jluscles (Ossification in).
    Blrgerhout (H.)   *Algemeene progressieve
  Bpierverbeeniug zoogeuaamde myositis ossificans
  progressiva multiplex.  8°.  Leiden, 1898.
    Capmas (A.)   * Pathoge"uie des oste"omes mus-
  culaires.   ^ \  Lyon, 1690.
    Castkrkt  (C.)  * Contribution a  l'6tude des
  oste'oines musculaires.   8J.   Lyon, 1902.
    Crozk  (P.)    * Ost&unes  niusenlaires,  leur
  6tude chez la femnie.   8°.  Lyon, 1899.
    Illmanx  (A.)  * Zur  Casuistik der  Myositis
  ossificans.  8°.   Kiel, 1901.
    Itzerott  (K.)   "Beitriige zur sogeuannten
  Myositis ossificans.   8°.   Leipzig, 191KL
    Kulisch (O.)   * Ueber die  Genese des Exer-
  cierknochens.  .*" .   Freiburg i. B., A895.
    Nisslm (J.)  * De  la myosite  ossifiaute pro-
  gressive.  8°.  Paris, 1898.
    Reidhaar (L.)  *  Ein  Fall von Myositis ossi-
  ficans progressiva.   [Basel.]  8°.  Liestal, 16*~>.
     Roth  (A.)   * Myositis  ossificans multiplex
  progressiva.   [Erlangen.]   8°.   Munchen, 1898.
    Also,in: Miiuchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv, 1238;
   1279.
     Salmax (W.)   * Ueber die Myositis ossificans.
  8°.   Berlin,  [1893].
     Schwickkratii(T.)  * Myositis-ossincanspro-
  gressiva.   8°.   Wurzburg, 1901.
     Albertin.  Note sur un cas d'osteome de l'extr6mite
   iuferieure du muscle grand adducteur.  Proviuce m6d.,
   Lyon, 1890, iv,  399.—liatut.  Ost6ome du brachial an-
   te'rieur.  Bull.  Soc. de  chir.  de  Lyon, 1899-1900, iii, 138-
   142.  Also: Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1900, xxxvi,
   504-514. -----. Des ost6omes musculaires.   Bull. Soc.
   m6d.-chir.  de la Drome  [etc.], Valence & Par.. 1902, iii,
   57-62, 1 pl.—Beddard  (A. P.)   A case of myositis ossi-
   ficans.   West  Lond. M.  J., Lond.,  1905, x, 36.—Beevor
   (C.  E.)  Ossified scalenus medius.  Tr. M. Soc. Loud.,
   1889-90, xiii, 505.—Bender (X.)   Ost6ome du biceps deve-
   lopp6 autour d'un  corps etranger.  Bull,  et m6m. Soc.
   anat. dePar., 1900,  lxxv, 752-754.—Bennett.  Extensive
   osseous depositions, implicating the articulations  and
   muscles.   Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1871-4, n. s., v, 94-98,
   1 pl.—Bcrjjer.  Sur l'ost6ome des  cavaliers.  Bull, et
   mem.  Soc. de  chir. de Par., 1893,  n.  8., xix, 758-767.—
   Bernacchi (L.)  Sopra  un caso di miosite  ossificante
   progressiva.  Arch, di ortop., Milano,  1892, ix, 185-225.—
   Berthier (A.)  Etude histologique et experimentale
   des ost6omes  musculaires.   Arch,  de m6d. exper. et
   d'anat. path., Par., 1894, vi, 601-632, 1 pl.—Boks (D. B.)
   Beitrag znr Myositis ossificans  progressiva.  Berl. klin.
   Wchnsehr., 1897,  xxxiv, 885; 917; 942.— Bollinger.
   Demonstration  eines  Falles vou  Myositis  progressiva
   ossificans.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr.,. 1895, xlii,  151.
   AUo: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1894), 1895,  iv,
   185.—Boppe.  Deux cas d'osteome musculaire;  opera-
   tion; guerison. Arch, de ni6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1892,
   xix, 125-131.—Borchard.  Beitrag zur Myositis ossifi-
   cans.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxviii,  17-
  37.—Brennsohn  (J.)   Zur Casuistik der Myositis ossi-
   ficans multiplex (progressiva).   Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,
   1892,  xxix, 1163-1165. —Burton-Fanning  (F.  W.)
   A case of myositis ossificans.   Lancet, Lond.,  1901, ij,
   849.—Cahen (F.)   Ueber Myositis ossificans.  Deutsche
   Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1890-91, xxxi, 372-382, 1 pl.—de la
   Camp.   Ein Fall  von  Myositis ossificans.  Fortsehr. a.
   d. Geb. d. Rdntgenstrahle'n,  Hamb., 1897-8, i, 179,  1 pl.—
   Carpenter (G.)  Sc Edmunds (W.)  A case  of myo-
   sitis ossificans.  Rep.   Soc.  Study Dis. Child.,  Loud.,
   1901-2, ii, 96-98, 2  pl.—Carter (W.)  A case of myo-
   sitis ossificans.  Lancet, Lond.,  1894, i,  327.—Chau vel.
   De l'osteoine des muscles do la euisse, chez les cavaliers,
   parle Dr. A. Schmit.  [Rap.| Bull, et 1116111. Soc. de chir.
   de Par., 1890, n. s., xvi,  215.—Coniby Sc Davel.  Myo-
   site ossifiante  progressive.  Arch, de med. d. enf., Par.,
   1904, vii, 418-422. Also:  Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos
   Aires,  1904, xii, 599-6U6.   AUo  [Abstr.]:  Bull. Soc.de
   pediat. de  Par., 1904, vi. 29.—Cord i I lot  (E.)  Osteome
   bilat6ral du moyen  adducteur.  Arch, de med. et phariu.
   mil., Par., 1895, xxvi, 427-429.—Crawfurd (R.) & Lock-
   wood (II.)  A case of myositis ossificans progressiva.
  Lancet,  Lond., 1899, i,  1021-1024.  Also  [Abstr.J:  Tr.
   Clin. Soc.  Lond., 1898-9,  xxxii, 61, 1 ]., 1 pl.—Dclormc.
   Vaste osteome (In  moyen adducteur.   Bull, etiuetn. Soc.
   de chir. de Par., 1893,' n. s., xix. 227-229. — Be Kcnzi
   (E.)  Un caso di polimiosite ossificante progressiva.  N.
  riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vi, 393-406.  AUo: Atti
  d. r. Accad. med.-chir.  di  Napoli, 1903, n. s., lvii, 238-
  244.  Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1903, xxiv, 1187-1192.—
   Deutsch  (I.)  Myositis  serosa utiln fell6pett  myositis
  ossificans  circumscripta.  [. . . developed after . .  .]   Or-
  vosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 130.  Also, transl.: Un-
VOL  XI, 2D  SERIES----IG 
MUSCLES.
242
MUSCLES.
JIiikcIcn (Ossification  in).
  gar. med. Presse.' Budapest,  1902,  vii,  175T 177. — De
  Witt (Lydia M.)  Myositis ossificans, -with a report of
  two cases.  Am. J. M. Sc. Phila.,  1900, n. 8., exx, 295-
  309.— Bieterieh.  Leber Myositis ossificans.   Deutsche
  mil.-iirztl. Ztschr.,  Berl., 19o4, xxxiii,  13-20.—Eichhorst
  (H.)  Ueberdie Bi /iehungen zwischen Myositis ossificans
  und Riickenroarkskrankheiten.   Arch.  f.  path.  Anat.
  [etc.], Berl., 1895, exxxix, 193-212. — Elhogen (C.)  Ein
  Beitra" zur Casuistik der Myositis ossificans traumatica.
  Militaerarzt,  Wien,  1900.  xxxiv, 153-157. — Kymeri.
  Ost6ome du moyen adducteur;  operation.  Arch, denied.
  et  pharm. mil., Par.,  1898, xxxii, 273-276.-Faulkner.
  Case of myositis ossificans.  JSsculap. Soc. Abstr. Tr.,
  1895-8, Lond.,  1899  vi, 34.—Favier (IL)  De l'osteomo
  des muscles adducteuis  chez  les cavaliers (osteome du
  cavalier).  Aivh de med. et pharm. mil., Pur., 1888, xi,
  393; 499.—Fenojjlio (I.I  Polimiosite ossificaute; para-
  lisi 'muscolare ischeinica;  polimiosite.  In: Tratt. ital.
  di  patol.  e terap.  med.. 8°, Milano, (1892J, ii.  pt.  4, 319-
  3H8  -Ferron.  Osteome des cavaliers.  Mem. et  hull.
  Soc.  de  med.  et chir.  de  Bordeaux  (1893),  1894,  219-
  227.—Fcrraton.  Myosite ossifiante jirogressive.  Rev.
  d'orthop..  Par.,  1903,2.  s., iv, 362-366. — Fittig  (().)
  Bemerkuug  zu  einem Fall  von  Myositis  ossificans.
  Fortscbr. a.  d. Geb. d. Routgenstrablen,  Hamb.,  1902-3,
  vi  260, 1 pi. — Fletcher  (M.)   A  case of myositis os-
  sificans.  Rep. Soe. Study  Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901,
  56_58. — Fraenkel.  Mikroskopische Priiparate eines
  bei   einer  Operation   gewonnenen  Muskelsequesters.
  Sitzungsb.  d. Aerztl.  Ver.  Niirnb.,  1900,  Munchen,
  1901, 59.—Gaulhier.  Osteome  du  moven  adducteur.
  Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi,  13.—Ocmmel (H.)
  Myositis  ossificans progressiva.   Wien. klin. Rundschau,
  1899, xiii, 576;  597.—Gibney (V.  P.)  A case of myositis
  ossificans with multiple exostoses.  N. York  Polyclin.,
  1893, ii, 161.—Graham (C.)   Myositis ossificans progres-
  siva, with report of case.  St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn.,
  1901, iii, 22-21. —(jSriinbaum (R.)  Leber traumatische
  Mnskelverknocherimgen.   Wien. med.  Presse, 1901, xlii,
  14-20.—Gurpiu.  Osteome du brachial anterieur.   Bull.
  Soc. anat.de Par., 1893, lxviii, 275-278.—IIaltenhoflT(G.)
  De l'ossification progressive des muscles.  Arch. gen.  de
  med..  Par.,  1869,  6. s.,  xiv,  567-585.  Also,  Reprint.—
  Hamilton (E.)  Extensive osseous depositions, impli-
  cating: the articulations  and  muscles.  Proc. Path. Soc.
  Dubl., 1871-4, n.  s.. v, 92-94.—Helferieh (H.)  Ein Fall
  von sogennannter Myositis ossificans progressiva.  Aerztl.
  Int.-Bl.,  Munchen, 1879, xxvi,  485-489.  Also, Reprint.
  -----. Vorstelluug eines Kranken mit allgemeiner Myo-
  sitis ossificans.  Verhandl.  d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.,
  Berl., 18K7, xvi, pt. 1,  26-28.—Ilerbet (IL)   Ost6oines
  des muscles obturateur  interne et pyramidal du  bassin.
  Bull, et  mem.  Soc  anat.  de  Par.,  1903, lxxviii, 869.—
  Herbet (II.)  Sc Gandy (C.)   Osteome du brachial an-
  terieur.  Ibid., 871-874.—Herringham (W. P.)  A case
  of myositis ossificans progressiva.  Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond.,
  1898-9, xxxii,l-5,ll., lpl. —Hochhalt (C.)  Myositis ossi-
  ficans multiplex progressiva esete.  [Case of .  . .]  Orvosi
  heti szemle,  Budapest, 1894, ix, 650.  AUo, transl.: Pest.
  med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1894, xxx.545. — Hoffmann.
  Zwei  Fiille  von   Exerzirknochen im linken  Oberarui.
  Deutsche mil.-iirztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi, 190-194.—
  Horand (R.)  Myosite ossifiante diffuse progressive, ou
  maladie de Muncbineyer.   Bull.  Soc de cbir. de Lyon,
  1905, viii, 50-55. — Hutchinson (J.)   Some examples
  of  myositis ossificans.   Arch.  Surg., Lond., 1896, vii, 133;
  324. -----. Myositis ossificans in a child, confined to the
  pronatores radioruiu teretes.  Clin. J., Lond., 1895-6, vii,
  358. — Jaboulay.   Osteome du brachial auterieur en
  voie de resorption.  Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon (1898-9),
  1900, ii.  305.—Jacqiicuiet.   Fibro-sarco'me ost6oide
  primitif  intra-musculaire.   Datiphino  m6d..  Grenoble,
  1904. xxviii, 49-60, 2 pl. — Jardry.  Myosite ossifiante
  du  brachial  anterieur apres  hematome chez  un hemo-
  phile.  Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1904, 2. s., v, 553-558,  2  pl. —
  Jones  (R.)  Myositis  ossificans.   Liverpool M.-Chir.
  J., 1899, xix. 317-320.  AUo [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1899, i, 602.—Kctli (K.)   Myositis  ossificans egy esete.
  [A case of . . .]   Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1894,  iii,
  484 - 492. — Kisel ( A. A.)   Sluchai narostayusbtsbavo
  mnozbestvenuavo  vospaleniya mishts u rebybnka 1 g.  i
  7 m. (myositis ossificans progressiva multiplex).   [. . . in
  a child of 1 year and 7 mouths.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893,
  882-884—Kohts.  Demonstration eines Falles von  Myo-
  sitis ossificans progressiva.   Verhaudl. d.  Versamml. d.
  Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Katurf. u. Aerzte 1885
  Dresd.,  1886, iii,  93, 1 pl.—Krusche (A.)  Przypadek
  poste[>owego  kostnieuia  uiiesni  (myositis  ossificans pro-
  gressiva).  C'/.asopismo lek., Lodz, 1903, v, 365-370.—I>a-
  lesqae.  Osteome du droit  interne  chez un cavalier
  Mem. et  bull. Soe. de  med. et chir. de Bordeaux ('l888j'
  1*mi. 681-687.— Lehmann (C.)  Ein Fall  von Myositis
  ossificans lipomatosa.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz
  u.  Berl.,  1888, xiv, 733-735.  AUo. transl.: Boll. d. clin.
  Milano,  1888,  v,  502-506. - Lendon (A. A.)  Myositis
Uliiscle* (Ossification in).
  ossificans.  Tr. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. 1887, Ade-
  laide.  1*88, i,  109-121,  6 pl.  Also, Reprint. —lii'-pine.
  Myositis  progressiva  ossificans.  Mem. et compt.-rciid.
  Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, pt. 2, 131-135.—
  Lexer (E.)  Das Stidium  der hindegewebigen  Indura-
  tion bei Myositis progressiva ossificans.  Arb. a. d. chir.
  Klin. d. k. Univ., Berl., 1895, ix, 71-85, 1 pl.  Also: Arch.
  f.  klin. Chir.,  Berl., 1895,  1, 1-15, 1  pl.—I.insninyrr.
  Ein Fall von Myositis ossificans progressiva. Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1894, vii, 11-13— Locluvood  (IL)  A case
  of  myositis  ossificans  in a  boy  nged 4J.   Quart. M. J.
  Sheffield,  1896-7,  v, 230-234, 3 pl.—Maajj (W.)  Ein Fali
  von Osteoidtumor in der Muskulatur des Oberschenkels.
  Arb. a. d. Geb. d- path. Anat. . .  . In-t. zu Tiibing., Leipz.,
  1904-5, v,  102-110.—.tlncdonald (R. G.)  A case of myo-
  sitis ossificans.  Brit.  M. J.. Loud.,  1891,  ii, 478. AUo:
  N.  Zealand M. J., Duuedin,  1890-91, iv. 179.—iTIartfnez
  Angel i A.)  Un caso de miositis osificante. Siglo med.,
  Madrid, 1*98. xiv, 657-660. — IVIascarrl.  [Osseous tumor
  of  the  abductor  of the thigh.]  Bull.  Soe.  anat. do Par.,
  1841, xvi, 396. — iVIaunz (C.)   Myositis  ossificans pro-
  gressiva.   Ann.  d.  .stiidt. allg.  Krankenh.  zu Miinchen
  (1893), 1895, vii, 105-137.—Tlenard Sc Tillaye(P.)  Sur
  un cas de myosite ossifiante  progressive. Rev. d'orthop.,
  Par., 1902, 2. s.,  iii, 199-216.—Michel! (F.)  Sulla cosi-
  detta miosite ossificante multipla progressiva.  Clin. med.
  ital., Milano,  1902, xii, 643-665— lUiehclsohn (J.)  Ein
  Fall von Myositis ossificans progressiva. Ztschr. f. orthop.
  Chir., Stuttg.,  1903. xii, 424-444.—Morcstin (H.)  Oste-
  ome du premier adducteur.  Bull.et mem. Soc.anat.de Par.,
  1902, lxxvii, 595-597.—Morian.  Ein  Fall  von Myositis
  ossificans progressiva.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899,
  xlvi, 215.   Also [Abstr.]: Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,  lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
  123-125. — ITIiinro  (F.)  A case of  ossifying myositis;
  operation.  Lancet, Lond.,  1891,  i, 427. — .Tlyosite ossi-
  fiante progressive multiple.  Hop. d'enf. S-teOlsja  k Mosc.
  C.-r. (1887-93),  1894. 145-148— rVakayaina.  Zur Kennt-
  niss der Miiskelverknocherungeu.  [Japanesetext.] Mitt.
  d.  med. Gesellsch.  zu  Tokyo,  1902,  xvi, 1. Hft.,  1-20.—
  lYicolaysen (L.)  Myositis ossificans progressiva. [Res.,
  483-485.]  Norsk  Mag.  f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1899,
  4. R., xiv, 468-475, 1 pl.—iVishiiio (I.)  [A case of ossify-
  ing myositis  from  external  injury.]   Gun  Igaku Kwai
  Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, no. 126, 75-78.— IVissiiu (J.)  Un
  cas do  myosite  ossifiante progressive.  Bull. Soc. anat.
  de  Par.,  1898, lxxiii,   201-208. — Novc- Josseiaiul.
  Myosite  ossifiante  diffuse  progressive, ou maladie ile
  Miinchmeyer.  Lyon med.,  1905, civ,  536-540. — rVovf-
  Josserand  &  Horand (R.)  Sur  un cas de myosite
  ossifiante diffuse progressive.   Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1905,
  2. s., vi, 235-243. —Onishi  (K.)  [Several cases of myo-
  sitis with bony metabolism.|  Gun Igaku  Kwai Zassbi,
  Tokyo, 1898, 555-5i>4.— Oriou  (A.)  Ost6ome  du muscle
  vast'e externa no  pr6sentant aucun rapport ni  avec le p6-
  rioste ni  avec l'os sous-iacent.   Arch, de m6d. et pharm.
  mil., Par., 1895, xxv, 137-141.—Orloff (L. V.)   Ob osteo-
  makh v privodyashtshikh mishtsakb u kavaleristov (Rei-
  terknochen Billroth'a).  [Osteomata in abductor muscles
  of  cavalrymen.|   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1888, ix, 387; 410.—
  Paget (S.)  A case of myositis  ossificans.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1895, i, 339-341. AUo [ Abstr.J: Tr.Cliu. Soc. Lond., 1895-6,
  xxix, 221. — Peehkranc (S.)   Przyczynek do  nauki  o
  kostnieiaceni zapaleniu mie,sni (myositis ossificans). Gaz.
  lek., Warszawa,  1901,  2. s., xxi, 705-712. — Pelrulis
  (S. K.)  Myositis ossificans  progressiva. Dnevnik Obsh.
  vrach.  pri imp.  Kazan, univ.,  1899,  1-5. — Pinter (G.)
  Einige  neue Falle  von Myositis ossificans progressiva.
  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.,  1884,  viii, 155-174.  Also, Re-
  print.— Pollard  (B.)  A  case of  myositis ossificans.
  Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 1491. — Babek (L.)  Przypadek
  posteoowego kostnieuia mieSni.   [Myositis ossificans pro-
  gressiva.]  Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1891, 2. s., xi,  896-908.
  Also, transl. [Abstr.]:  Arch. f. path.  Anat. [etc.], Berl.,
  1892, exxviii, 537-541, 1  pl.—Bager (W.)  Om saakaldet
  Myositis  ossificans multiplex progressiva.  [On so-called
  . .  .| Bibliot. f.  Laager, Kjebenh., 1902, 8. R., iii, 1-36, 5pl.
  AUo, transl.: Ztscbr. f. orthop.L'hir.. Stuttg., 1901, ix.380-
  416.—Bamonet (F.)   H6niato-o.steome du moyen adduc-
  teur.  Arch, de  med. etpharm. mil., Par.,  1893, xxi, 456-
  467.—Batheke (P.)   Leber die Ursache  des gelegent-
  lichen  Auftreteus  vou Kuorpel bei der  Myosites  ossi-
  ficans.    Arch. f. Eutwcklngsmechn. d. Organ.,  Leipz.,
  1898, vii, 398-404.—Beynier.  Les ostyomes musculaires.
  Presse in6d., Par., 1899, i, 285-287.—BivaIta  (F.)  Su  di
  un caso di miosite ossificante diffusa  progressiva.  Lavori
  d.  Cong,  di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 482-487  Also: Poli-
  clin.,   Roma,  1902,  ix,  sez.  med., 161-174  — Kolleslon
   (H. D.)  Progressive myositis  ossificans, with references
  to other  developmental diseases of the mesoblast. Clin.
  J., Lond., 1900-1901, xvii, 209-214. — Rnolle.  Osteome du
  brachial  auterieur.   Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1902-3, vi,
  53.—Salman.   Klinische und anatomische Beitrage zur
  Myositis ossificans.  Deutsche mil.-iirztl.  Ztschr., Berl.,
  1898, xxvii, 65-85.—Salvetti (C.) Ueber einen Fall fort- 
MUSCLES.
243
MUSCLES.
Muscles (Ossificationin).
  scbreitender  Myositis ossificans multiplex progressiva.
  Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxix, 317-329.—Schmit
  (A.)  Un  nouveau cas d'osteome  du moyen adducteur.
  Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1892, Xix, 131-134.—
  Sch■■!/: (O. E.)  Ueber Myositis ossificans im Gebiete
  des Ellbogengelenkes.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xvii,
  394.—Seun (N.)  Myositis,ossificans.   Columbus  M. J.,
  1895, xv, 145-148.-----. Myositis ossificans.  Illinois M. J.,
  Springfieid, 1904-5, n. s., vi, 74. — Severeano.   Ossifica-
  tion du brachial auterieur.  Bull, et mem.  Soe. de chir. de
  Bucarest, 1904-5, vii, 49. — Sicur.   Quatre observations
  d'ost6omes musculaires.  Assoc, franc, de  chir.  Proc-
  verb. [etc.l 1894, Par., 1895, viii, 191-199. — Soncini (E.)
  Un caso di miosite  ossificante progressiva.  Arch, di or-
  lop.. Milano, 1903, xx,  109-118. — Sfavrovski (V.  N.)
  Sluchai okostenievayushtshavo m'iozita zhcvatelnol mish-
  tsi-  [Ossifying myositis of the masseter.j  Raboti hosp.
  khirurg. klin.  Dyakonova,  Mosk..  1903, ii, 81-84.—Stem-
  pel (W.)   Die sosenan nte Myositis ossificans progressiva;
  eine Studie auf Gruud eines von Anfang an  beobachteten
  Falles. Mitt.  a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898,
  iii, 394-445, 7 pl. — Stonham (C.)  Myositis ossificans.
  Lancet,Lond.,1892,ii,1485-149L—Studsgaard (C.) Myo-
  sitis ossificans progressiva.   Nord. med. Ark.. Stockholm,
  1891,n.F.,i, 4. Hft.,1-5.—Srensson (I.) Fall af Myositis
  ossificans progressiva multiplex. [Caseof...]  Arsberiitt.
  f. SabbattsbergsSjukh.i Stockholm (1890), 1891, xii, 67-72.
  AUo: Hygiea, Stockholm,  1891, liii, 285-290. — Tanaka
  (M )   [Observations of ossification of the muscles.] Gun
  Igaku Kogofu, Tokyo, 1902, pt. 4,  192-210.—Thorel (C.)
  Myositis ossificans.   Ergebu. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.
  [etc.] 1899, Wiesb., 1901, vi,  748-755— Townscnd (W. R.)
  Myositis  ossificans.   Vermont M.  Month., Burlington,
  1904,  x,  180. — Tubenthal.   Myositis  ossificans oder
  Osteosarkom ?  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902,
  xxxi, 479-483. —Van Ar8ilale(W. W.)  Ossifying hema-
  toma.  N. York M. J.,  1891, liv,  638. — Virchow (R.)
  Ueber Myositis progressiva ossificans.   Verhaudl. d. Berl.
  med.  Gesellsch. (1894). 1895, xxv, pt. 2, 145-150.  [Discus-
  sion], pt.  1, 172-174.—Vito (M.) Un caso di miosite ossi-
  ficante.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1889, x, 554. — Weil (A.)
  & iVissiin (J.)  De la myosite ossifiante progressive.  N.
  iconog. de la Salpetriere,'Par., 1898, xi, 114;  154;  276; 387,
  4 pl.— Wilkinson ( G.)   A case of myositis ossifi-
  cans  progressiva.    Quart. M. J.,  Sheffield, 1900-1901, ix,
  24-28, 1 pl.

 JTIuscles (Ossification in, Traumatic).
     Agricola (B.)   * Ueber trauniatische Myositis
  ossificans.  8°.   Freiburg i. B., 1903.
     vax der Brielk (Gr.)  *Ein  Fall vou Myositis
  ossificans traumatica.  8:.   Leipzig, 1901.
     Eichhorx  (O.  [W.])   * Ueber  die trauma-
  tische Myositis ossificans.   8°.  Leipzig,  1904.
     Werner  (W.)   * Ueber  Myositis ossificans
  traumatica.   8°.   Miinchen, l'.»04.
     Barnard  (H. L.)  [Myositis  ossificans traumatica.]
  Clin. J., Loud., 1904, xxiv,  14.—Rcriult (F.)  Zur Frage
  der Betheiligang des  Periosts bei  der  Muskelverknoche-
  rung nach einmaiigem Trauma.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.,
  1901, lxv,  235-255, 2 pl.—Binnie (J. F.)  Myositis ossifi-
  cans traumatica. Tr. Am. Surg.  Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi,
  376-396, 2 pl.  Also:  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 423-
  440, 1  pl. — Bode (O.)   Zur  Frage der Contusionsexos-
  tosen  des Oberschenkelknochens  (Myositis ossificans).
  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir., Leipz.,  1905, lxxviii, 546-554.—
  Bond■ n (P.)  Des osteomes intra-musculaires d'origiue
  traumatique.  Gaz.  d. hdp., Par.,  1899, lxxii, 1169-1177.—
  Baaing.  Myositis ossificans traumatica.  Med. Rev.,
  Haarlem,  1905, v, 571-578.—Cahier (L.)  Sur les myost6-
  omes traumatiques, particulierement sur leur pathogenic et
  leur traitemeut operatoire.  Rev. de chir., Par., 1904, xxix,
  356; 602; 768; 827.—Eve (F.)  Case of myositis ossificans
  traumatica. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 232-234.—
  Folct(IL) Myosteomestraumatiques.  Bull.med., Par.,
  1905,xix. 7(17-771.  Also: l5cho m6d.dunord, Lille, 1905, ix,
  433-443. — Frank (K.)   Beitrag zur traumatischen Mus-
  kelverkuocberung.   Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxvi,
  883-904.—Graf.  Zur Casuistik der traumatischen ossifi
  cirenden Myositis.   Ibid.,  1902, lxvi, 1105-1112.—CJriiu-
  bauni (R.) Ueber  trauniatische  Muskelverkniicheruu-
  gen. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlii, 14. -----. Weitere Bei-
  trage  zur Kasuistik der Myositis ossificans traumatica.
  Ibid., 1905, xlvi, 1855;  1916.  — Haga Sc Fujimura.
  Ueber Myositis ossificans traumatica (Reit- und  Exercir-
  knochen).  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903-4, lxxii, 64-78,
  2 pl.—Heine (O.)  Ein  Fall von Myositis ossificans trau-
  matica.   Monatschr.  f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1905, xii, 244-
  248.—Hutchinson (J.), jr.  Case of myositis ossificans
  following injury.  Tr. Clin. Soc Loud., 1898-9, xxxii, 230,
  1  pl.—Jones (R.) & Morgan (D.) On  osseous  forma-
  tions in muscles due to injury (traumatic myositis ossifi-
  cans).  Arch. Rceutg. Ray, Lond.,  1904-5, ix, 245: 1905-6,
UIuscles  (Ossification in, Traumatic).
  x, 10; 46; 72; 99, 3 pl.—Katae  (A.)  Un cas de myosiite
  ossifiante au niveau  d'un moignou  d'amputation.   Pro-
  gres ni6d., Par., 1901, 3. a., xiv, 97.—liienbock (li.)  Zur
  radiographischen Anatomie und Klinik des traumatischen
  intramusknliircn Osteoms. Wieu. klin. Rundschau,  1903,
  xvii, 845; 867; 885. -----.  The clinical value of radiogra-
  phy in traumatic infra-muscular osteomas.  Med. Press &
  Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxix, 3; 25.—MacCeod (D.J. E.)
  Traumatische spierverbeeninsr.  Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr.,
  Haarlem, 1902, vi, 109-132.—ITIarchetti (O.)  Sopra un
  caso di  osteoma traumatico del  m.  hrachiale anteriore.
  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1905, xi, 13-18. —ITfish (V.)  Okostenle-
  niye m. brachialis  intend, kak oslozbneniye, vivikha v
  loktevom sustavle kzadi.  [Ossification of ... as a compli-
  cation of backward  luxation at tho elbow joint.]   Vo-
  yenno med. J.,  St.  Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec pt.,
  1943-1954.  AUo, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1899,  liv, 207-215.—.Tlorel  (G.)   Un  cas  d'osteome du
  grand dorsal d'origiue traumatique.  Montpel. m6d.,  1905,
  xxi, 160-162.—IVIouissct.  Traumatisme ancien du coude;
  volumineux,  ost6ome du brachial ant6rieur.  Bull. Soc. de
  chir. de Lyon, 1903, vi, 365.—Miiller (G.)  Zur Kasuistik
  der Myositis ossificans traumatica.   Monatschr. f. Unfall-
  heilk.,' Leipz., 1905,  xii, 145-148.—IVadler (R.)  Myositis
  ossificans  traumatica mit spontanem  Zuriickgang  der
  Miiskelveikndcherungen.   Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.  Chir.,
  Leipz.,  1904, lxxiv,  427-433. —rVaegeli (H.)   [Myositis
  ossificans traumatica.]  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel,
  1904, xxxiv, 277.—IVakayama (M.)' Ueber die Histolo-
  gie und Histogenese des 1> jonetirknocheos (ein Beitrag
  zur Lehre von den  traumatischen Muskelverknocherun-
  gen).  [Japanese text.]  Mitt. d.  med. Gesellsch. zu To-
  kyo, 1901, 15. Hft.,  1;  16. Hft., 31;  19. Hft., 23.—Over-
  man.   Ueber Myositis ossificans  traumatica.  Deutsche
  mil.-iirztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi, 553-574.—Pick.  Ein
  Fall von Myositis  ossificans traumatica.   Jahresb. d.
  schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult, 1898, Bresl., 1899, lxxvi,
  1. Abt., med.  Sect, 105-108.—Pincas (L.)  Die soge-
  nannte   Myositis progressiva ossificans multiplex,  eine
  Folge  von  Geburtslasion.  Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.  Chir.,
  Leipz.,  1896,  xliv, 179-240. — Kammstedt ( C.)   Ueber
  traumatische Muskelverknooherungen.   Arcb. f. klin.
  Chir.,  Berl.,  1900, lxi, 153-172, 1 pl— Bioblanc.   Re-
  marques sur quelques observations do ruptures et  d'oste-
  omes musculaires d'orisine traumatioue.  Bull, de l'Hop.
  civ. franc, de Tunis,  1902, v, 55-74.—Bollet (E.)   Oste-
  omes intra-musculaires, d'origiue  traumatique chez une
  jeune fille.  Province m6d., Lyon, 1898, xii,  595. — Both-
  schild  (O. )   Ueber Myositis  ossificans  traumatica.
  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir.. Tiibing., 1900,  xxviii, 1-28, 6  pl.—
  Schmidt (G.)   Der typische Bajonettirknochen  am lin-
  ken Oberarm.   Deutsche mil.-arztl.  Ztschr., Berl.,  1902,
  xxxi, 237-247.—Schiuiz.   Beitrag zur Myositis ossificans
  traumatica.  Ibid., 1901, xxx, 581-588.—SchulzfF.)  Zur
  Kenntniss der sogenannten traumatischen Myositis ossifi-
  cans.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxiii, 541-555.—
  Strauss (M.)  Zur Kenntniss der sogenannten Myositis
  ossificans traumatica.  Arch. f.  klin. Chir., Berl.,  1905,
  lxxviii, 111-170. — Taylor (W. J.)  Myositis ossificans;
  with a report of two cases, one traumatic, the other  non-
  traumatic.  Ann. Surg.. Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 825-833,  1 pl.
  [Discussion], 958-900.  Also:  Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg.,  1904,
  vi, 57-67. — V'nlpiiis (O.)  Eine eigenthiimlicbe Form
  intramuskularer Kuochenbildung nach Trauma.   Ver-
  einsbl. d. pfalz.  Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1901, xviii, 262-264.
  -----. Zur Kenntniss der intramuskularen Knochenbil-
  duns nach Trauma.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvii,
  715-723.—Wo Iter (O.)   Ueber Myositis ossificans trau-
  matica mit Bildunsrvon Lymphcysten.   Deutsche Ztschr.
  f.  Chir.,  Leipz., 1902, lxiv,' 318-351.
]?Iuscles  (Paralysis of).
     See Muscles  (Atrophy,  etc.,  of);   Muscles
  (Wounds, etc., of);  Paralysis (Local).

Ifliiscles  (Parasites in).
     See, also, Muscles (Hydatids in); Psorosper-
  mia.
     Bovero (R.)  Cysticercus cellulosse dei muscoli super-
  ficial!.  Gazz. med. di Torino, 1895, xlvi. 939-943.  AUo:
  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med.  di Torino, 1895, 3. s., xliii, 656-
  660. — Bnrtseff (N. I.)  Sluchai tsistitserka vooruzhon-
ITIiiscIes  (Pain in).
     See, also, Rheumatism (Muscular).     ,
     Elgart (J.)  Vy'znam myalgii u akutnich chorob in-
  fekfinich.  [The  significance of myalgia in acute infec-
  tions diseases.]  Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1901, xl, 873-
  875.  -----.  Ueber idiopathische und  symptomatische
  Myalgien (Myopathien).  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901,
  xiv,  888-892. — de Grandmaison  (F.)  Lo  syndrome
  musculaire de la goutte  musculaire.;  la rayalgie; la con-
  tracture; rimpotence; amyotrophic; iatetaniemusculaire.
  Rev. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1903, 2. s., i, 329-343. 
MO SOLES.
244
MUSCLES.
HiikcIcm (Parasites  in).
  navo tslepenya v lx.lshoi grudnol mishtsle.  [( ysticercus
  ot tani.i solium in the pectoralis major muscle.] \ oyenno-
  med .1.  St. Petersb.. 1903, ii, med. pt., 760-764.—I)aniel-
  seu (W )   Der Cisticercus  cellulosie im Muskel.   Beitr.
  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1904, xliv, 238-253. — Hochc (L.)
  Sarcosporidies dans un  mnscle biiinain.  Bull, et mem
  Soc. anat. de  Par., 1900, lxxv, 1065. - Olt.  Die Muskel-
  aktinomyccten (Duuker'sche Strahlenpilze).  Verhaudl. d.
  Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897,
  lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 012-615.—Owen (R.)  Ein micro-
  scopischer  Binnenwurm in den mensehlichen Muskeln.
  Arch. f. Anat.. Physiol,  u.  wissensch.  Med., Berl.,  183o,
  526-528 -Paron:i (C.l A: Cuueo (A.)  Cisticerco mter-
  muscolare  diffuso in una  donna.  Boll. d. mus. di zool.
  [etc.]. Genova, 1897, no. 56. 1-8.— Pfeifler (L.)  Ueber
  einige ueue Formeu von Miescher'schen Schliiuchen nut
  Mikro-. Mvxo- und Sarcosporidieninhalt.  Arch. f. path.
  Anat. [etc.], Berl.. 1890, exxii, 552-573, 1 pl.—Pluymcrs
  (L.) Des sarcosporidies et de leur role dans la pathogenie
  des myosites.  Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par.,
  1896, viii, 761-783. — Prenant (A.)  Sur des  corps  par-
  ticuliers situes dans le tissu conjonc.tif d'un muscle lisse.
  Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, liv, 809. — Bobin-
  noii (II. B.)  Cysticercus cellulosse from human muscle.
  Tr. Path.  Soc.'Lond., 1888-9,  xl,  388-390.   AUo: Lancet,
  Lond., 1S89, i, 936.

JIiiKCles (Pathology of).
    See Muscles (Diseases,  etc., of).

HI ii mc les (Radiography of).
    See Muscles (Diseases, etc., of); Muscles (Os-
  sification in, Traumatic).

Hluscle* (Rupture of).
    See, also, Base-ball;  Fever  (Typhoid, Compli-
  cations, etc., of); Foot ( Wounds, etc., of);  Foot-
  ball;  Sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle; Tendons
  {Rupture  of).
    Amiauu (G.-J-.M.)  * Quelques cousideratious
  sur les ruptures musculaires.    4J.    Bordeaux,
  1^7.
    Eickhr (C.)    * Ein  Beitrag  zur  Casuistik
  der subcutaueu Ruptureu des Musculus  biceps
  brucbii.    [Giessen.]   H .   Miinchen-Gladbach,
  190:i.
    Faucompre (A.-E.)   * Quelques cousid6ra-
  tious a propos du  traitemeut des ruptures mus-
  culaires.   4 .   Lille, 1895.
    Harting (F.  K.)    * Ueber  subkutane  Mus-
  kelruptnren  uud  Muskelhernien.   8°.  Leipzig,
  18%.
    Levy  (S.)    * Ueber Muskelverletzungeti mit
  Auftiliriuig eines Falles vou Muskelausreissung.
  8°.  Wurzburg, ls94.
     Limasset (K.)   * Contribution  a l'etude du
  traitement des ruptures musculaires.  8°.   Lyon,
   1X77.
     Neste   (F.)  "Die  subcutane  traumatische
   Rtiptur  am Musculus biceps brachii.   8°.   Ber-
   lin, lHDG.
      Welcker  (P.)   * Contribution a l'6tude des
   ruptures musculaires.  f-J.   Paris, 1900.
      A His (O. H.)  Subcutaneous rupture of thigh muscles.
   Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi,  450.—Apolanl.   Zwei
   Falle  von Zerreissuug des Musculus plantaris longus.
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1*H7, xxiii, Ver.-
   Beil., 156.—Bai-sis (A.)  Ueber die subcutnue Ruptur
   des langen Bicepskopfcs.  Wien. med. Presse, 1806, xxxvii,
   1565-1570.—Kazy.  Rupture de la longue portion  du bi-
   ceps brachial  droit; suture  musculeuse; resection du
   tendon; gu6rison.  Bull, et  mem.  Soc.de chir. de Par.,
   1895, n. s., xxi, 156-159. — Berne  ( G.)   Du traitemeut
   massotk6rapique de certaines ruptures  musculaires du
   membro inferieur.  Rev. de therap. m6d.-chir., Par., 1895,
   lxii, 208-211.  AUo: Kev.  d'hyg. th6rap., Par.,  1895, vii,
   259-264.— Bilhaut (M.)  Rupture de l'aponevrose du
   muscle triceps brachial;  hernie musculaire.   Ann. de
   chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1903,  xvi, 353-357.—Kleynie (P.)
   Un cas de rupture  du droit ant6rieur de la euisse.  Li-
   mousin m6d., Limoges, 1900, xxiv, 312.—Carvallo  (J.) &
   Weiss (G.)  Resistance k la rupture des muscles k l'etat
   de repos  ou de contraction.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol..
   Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 122-124.   AUo: Rev. de cinesie, Par.,
   1899, i, 22-24.—Charles (R. H.)   Rupture  of the rectus
   muscle; operation: recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta,
   1899, xvii, 61U—t'hislett (H. R.)  Rupture of the ilio-
   psoas muscle;  recovery.  Clinique, Chicago, 1900, xxi, 448.
Muscles (Rupture of).
  Also: Railway Surg., Chicago, 1900-1901, vii, 159.—Colli-
  (P.)  A propos d'un cas de rupture sous-cutame totale du
  triceps  humeral.  Bull. m6d. du  nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv,
  177-184. -----. Rupture  musculaire; suture du muscle;
  gu6rison.   Gaz. d. hop. Au Toulouse, 1895, ix, 180.— Davit
  (W. R.)  Two cases of laceration  of the flexor metatarsi.
  Vet. Rec,  Lond., 1902-3,  xv, 129.— Oelorme.  Rupture
  musculaire totale du moyen adducteur;  mode particulier
  de suture;  succe-s immeidiat;  insucces definitif. Bull, et
  m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., lt<94, n. s., xx, 705-707. -----.
  Rupture ancienne du moyen adducteur trait6e avec succis
  par la suture.  Ibid., 1897, n. s., xxiii, 249-251.—Demon.
  lia (A.)  Rupture partielle, centrale, du grand droit an-
  terienrdelabdomen; h6niatomecons6cutif.  Lnioumed.,
  Par., 1893,  3. s., lvi,  481-488.— Unpin.   Traumatisme ab-
  dominal ; ruptures musculaires et aponevrotiques.  Tou-
  louse m6d., 1899, 2. s., i, 75-77.—Diiplay.  Des ruptures
  musculaires.  M6d. mod., Par.,  1893, iv, 146.- Ki*en-
  ilrath  (D. N.)  Extensive  subcutaneous laceration of
  the  abdominal muscles.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix,
  979-981,1  pl. — Fiille.   Ruptur des Musculus  biceps.
  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901,  xxvii,
  266.—Oaule  (J.)  Die trophischen  Verauderungen und
  die  Muskelzerreissuugen.  Centralbl. f.  Physiol., Leipz.
  u. Wien, 1893-4,  vii, 646-654.  See,  aUo, infra, Bering.
  -----. Die Unterscheidung der trophischen Veriindenin-
    £en und der Muskelzerreissungen. Centralbl.f. Physiol.,
    ,eipz. u. Wien, 1894, viii, 162-166. — Oibbon (F. W.) A
  case of rupture of the rectus femoris  muscle. Lancet,
  Lond., 1888, i, 1294. — Oibbon (J. H.)  Rupture of the
  plantaris muscle (lawn-tennis leg or coup de fouet).   Proc.
  Phila. Co.  M. Soc, Phila., 1900, xxi,  79-82. AUo: Phila.
  M. J., 1900, v, 1150.—Golcbiewski. Ein Fall von Rup-
  tur  des Musculus erector trunci. Arch. f. Unfallheilk.,
  Stuttg.. 1897, ii, 07.—IIahn  (B.)  Zwei Fiille von subku-
  tauer Zerreissung des  Musculus  biceps brachii.  Wien.
  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1904, xvii, 793-796.—Hamilton (J. B.)
  A case of rupture of the sheath  of  the  adductor longus
  muscle.  Med. News, Phila.,  1891, lviii, 409.—Harrison
   (J.)  Complete rupture of abdominal muscles.  Am. Vet.
   Rev., K. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 1181.—Hcring (H. E.)  Ueber
  das Vorkommen von Muskelzerreissungen an gefesselten
  Kaninchen.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1893-4,
   vii, 517-521. -----.  Erwiderung auf Prof. Gaule's Bemer-
  kungen iiber die bei gefessrlten Kaninchen vorkommeuden
   Muskelzerreissungen.  Ibid., 853-857. — Hickin (H. J.)
   Rupture of muscular fibres in the calf of the leg. China.
   Imp. Customs.  Med. Rep., Shanghai, 1902, 60. issue, 29.—
   Hochstetter (A.  F. R.)  Subcutane Ruptur  des langen
   Kopfes des Mnscul. bic.  brachii, seouudaro Naht.  Wien.
   klin. Wchnsehr., 1890,  iii, 399.— Huzza (T.  II.)   Sub-
   cutaneous rupture of muscles.  Internat. J. Surg., N. Y.,
   1890, iii, 199.—Jcney.  [Fall von subkutaner Ruptur des
   M. rectus abdominis. J  Militararzt, Wien, 1903, xxxvii, 159.
   Also: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903, xvi, 1028.—Koch (PL)
   Ueber  cine trauniatische subcutane Durchtrennuug des
   langen  Tricepskopfes  am linken Arme.  Munchen  med.
   Wchnsehr., 1894, xii, 698.  AUo:  Sitz.-Protok. d. Aerztl.
   Ver. Niirub. 1894, Miinchen, 1895,24.—Kornfeld.  Rente
   in zwei Fallen von Zerreissung des Biceps.  Monatschr. f.
   Unfallheilk.,  Leipz.,  1899, vi, 411-413.  — I,eibold  (G.)
   Ein Fall von subcutaner Ruptur des Musculus erector
   trunci.  Arch. f. Unfallheilk., Stuttg.,  1897,  ii, 57-66.—
   ■ iieber.   Zerreissung  einger Muskclbiindel (les  Mus-
   culus triceps brachii.   San.-Ber. d. Prov. Brandenburg
   1838, Berl., 1842,  110.— Linden.  [Eupartiel ruptur i m.
   gastrocnemius jamte ett hamatoiu.]  [A partial rupture in
   the musculus gastrocnemius, together with a bsematonia.]
   Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Hel6ins;for8,  1897, xxxix, 33-
   35. — Loos.  Ueber subkutane  Bicepsruptnren.   Beitr.
   z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,  1900-1901, xxix, 410-449.—I.utz.
   Zerreissung  des  M.  serratus  thoracis  beim  Pferde.
   Monatsh.  f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg.,  1902-3, xiv, 296-306.—
   I>yol.   Rupture  du  moyen adducteur.  France  med.,
   Par., 1890, i, 24. — .flichaux.   Ruptures musculaires;
   osteomes des cavaliers; hernie musculaire. Bull, et mem.
   Soc. decbir. de  I'ar.,  1893, n. s., xix, 711-725.—IUisinon.
   Rupture du moyen adducteur do la euisse gauche  I iait6e
   par I'excision de la partie globuleuse dn muscle.  Bull, et
    mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901,  n. a., xxvii. 906.—.Mohr
    (H.)  Zum Entstehuugsinecbauismus  der Bisse  des ge-
    raden  Bauchmuskels.   Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz.,
    1902, ix, 398-400.—Morestin (IL)   Rupture du droit au-
    terieur de la euisse.    Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par.,
    1902, lxxvii, 334-337.—Moussu (G.) Double  rupture dea
    muscles jumeaux.   Rec. de  med. v6t.,  Par., 1904,  lxxxi,
    545-551.—Miiller (G.)   Ein Fall von ausgedehuter Rup-
    tur des Musculus abdominalis obliquus externus.   Monat-
    schr. f. orthop. Chir. [etc.J, Berl., 1904, iv,175.-Orlon"(S.)
    Sluchai   raziiva m.  m. ancomri  u loshadi.  [Rupture
    of anconei muscles in a horse.]  Leben. zapiski  Kazan.
    Vet.  Inst.,  1892,  ix,  265-268. — Pugensteeher (E.)
    Ueber Sehnen- und  Muskelrisse  am Musculus  biceps
    brachii.   Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1895, xxxii, 353-355.—
    AUo:  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1900,  xlvii,  572.—Pas-
    sover  (L.  P.)  K  kazuistikle  podkozhnavo razrlva 
MUSCLES.
JIiiscIcs  (Rupture  of).
  mishts.   [Subcutaneous muscular rupture]   Voyenno-
  med. J.. St.  Petersb., 1901,  lxxix, med.-spec,  pt..' 1959-
  iy64—Pean.  Desrupturesmusculaires.  In his: Lecons
  de clin. chir.  [etc.], 8Y Par., 1888, 172-203.—Phillips
  (L.)   Fracture  of  gastrocnemius  and soleus muscles.
  Med.  Century,  Chicago,  1*95,  iii, 451.— Pollalschck
  (R.)  Ein Fall von subcutaner Zerreissung des Musculus
  adductor longus.  Wien.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1905, lv, 317-
  321.—Poper (P. G.) O podkozhnikb razrivakb prvamol
  mishtsi zhivota.  [Subcutaneous ruptures of the  rectus
  abdominis muscles]  Vrach. Gaz.,  S.-Peterb., 1904, xi,
  570-572. — Rieochon.   De quelques ruptures muscu-
  laires professionnelles.  Poitou med., Poitiers, 1888, iii,
  377-379.—Roberts  (J. B.)  Substitution of muscular
  bellies in  traumatic rupture of extensor muscles in the
  forearm.   Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xliv, 55-57. — S c liii tier
  (E.)  Leber  subcutane  Muskelrisse  und deren  Foljie-
  zustande, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Aetiologie der Du-
  pnvtren'schen  Strang-C'outractur.  Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl.
  Med., Berl., 1902,  n. F., xxiii, 268-280.—Mcllerbeck.
  Operation eines  Muskelbruchs.  Deutsche  mil.-arztl.
  Ztschr., Berl..  1891. xx,  551-554.—Shoemaker  (J. V.)
  Rupture of  the  plantaris muscle.   Med. Bull.,  Phila.,
  1895, xvii, 164-168 — Mpaulding (F. H.)  A case of rup-
  ture  of  biceps muscle.  Phvsician Sc Surg ,  Ann  Arbor,
  Mich., 1888, x, 539—Stendel.   Zur  Behandlung und Ope-
  ration der Muskelbriiche.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
  1902, xxxiv,  611-623. — Mtieda (A.)  Zur Casuistik der
  isolirten subcutanen Rupturen des Musculus biceps bra-
  chii  und iiber einen Fall von  Sai toriusriss.   Deutsche
  Ztschr.  f.  Chir.. Leipz., 1902,  lxv, 528-540.—Styx.  Fall
  von  doppelseitigem Muskelbruch  der Adduktoren der
  Oberschenkel.  Deutsche  mil.-arztl.  Ztschr.. Berl., 1888,
  xvii, 437-439.—Thomas (T. X.)  Rupture of the termi-
  nal expansion of the extensor communis digitornm.   Lan-
  cet,  Lond., 1896, i, 1283. — Triepel.  Leber  subkutane
  Muskel-  und   Sehnenzerreissungen.   Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl.,  1902,  xxviii, Ver.-Beil.,  15.—
  Wallace (F.  G.)   Rupture of the terminal expansion of
  the extensor communis digitornm.   Lancet, Lond., 1896,
  i, 549. — YValser.   Subcutane  Ruptur  des linken M.
  biceps brachii.   Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in  Steiermark
  1888, Graz, 1889, xxv, 115-117. — Wells (II. G.)  Rup-
  tured rectus abdominalis muscle.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,
  1899-1901,  iv, 4*3.—Wilson (R.)  Report of a case of
  rupture of the biceps muscle of both arms.  Med. Xews,
  Phila., 1889, lv, 372-374.—Wvnants (F.)  Geueezingvan
  de gebrooken pees van de rente spier der dye.   Verhandel.
  uitgeg. d.  de Holland. Maatsch. d. Weetensch. te  Haar-
  lem, 1765,  viii, pt. I, 464-474.

 Muscles  (Spasm  of).
    See Muscles (Contracture, etc., of).

 Uluscles  (Surgery of).
    See, also, Muscle  (Transplantation of);  Mus-
  cles (Concretions i?i); Muscles (Contracture, etc.,
  of); Muscles (Diseases of); Muscles (Hernia
  of); Muscles (Hydatids in); Muscles (Inflam-
  mation of); Muscles (Ossification in); Muscles
  (Rupture of);  Muscles (Tumors of);  Muscles
  (Tumors of, Malignant); Muscles (Wounds,  etc.,
  of).
    Sant (F.)  Alcune operazioni di tenotomia e
  miotomia, con un cenno storico intorno alle se-
  zioni tendinose e  muscolari.  8°.  Roma, 1844.
    Briicher, sr.  Ueber  subcutane Mvotomie.   Berl.
  thierarztl. Wchnsehr., 1892, viii,  433-436.—Costa (C.)
  Miorrafla  dei  muscoli  retti addominali.  Rendic. clin.-
  chir. . . .   Osp.  Sant' Andrea Apostolo in Carignano  1891,
  Genova, 1893,18.—Crowley (D.D.)   Suturing of muscles
  and tendons.  Calif. State J. M., San Fran.,  1902-3, i, 48-
  56.—Deshin (A. A.) K voprosu o mishechnol plastikie.
  (Plastic  surgery of muscles.]  Khirurgia,  Mosk., 1900,
  viii,  99-120.—Dubois.  Suture musculaire.  Bull.  Soc.
  de med. et chir. de La Rochelle, 1891, 98-101.—KrylisUi
  (L.)  O  przenoszeniu czynnosci  mie.sni  w celach  lecz-
  niczych.  [Transposition of muscular  attachments  as a
  therapeutic measure.]  Medycyna, Warszawa, 1895, xxiii,
  297-299.—Lange (F.)   Ueber ungeniigende Muskelspan-
  nung und ihre  operative Behandlung.  Miinchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 525-528.—I., igorio (E.)  L' impiego
  della foglia d' oro nelie operazioni di plastica muscolare e
  bndinea.  Med. ital., Napoli, 1905, iii, 437; 461.— I.ncas-
  Championnierc.  Sur l'emploi de fils m6talliques per-
  dus dans les muscles et les parties molles pour les repara-
  tions musculaires. Ann. de chir. et  d'orthop., Par., 1898,
  xi, 109-114. Also: J. de med.  et chir. prat.,  Par., 1898,
  lxix, 289-293.—Monks (G. H.)  Surgery of the muscles,
  tendons,  and  bursae.   Internat. Text-Bk. Surg. (Warren
  & Gould), Phila.,  1899, i, 753-772.—Til mann.  Die Elas-
  ticitat der Muskeln und  ihre  chirurgische  Bedeutung.
  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxix,  410-446, 2 pl.—Vve-
  denski  (A. A.)  Plasticheskiya operatsii na niishtsakh
245                                      MUSCLES.
Muscles (Surgery of).
  i sukhozhiliyakh v sovrenionnol khirurgii.  [Plastic oper-
  ations on the  muscles and tendons in modern  surgery.]
  Med. Obozr.,  Mosk.,  1899, li, 186-211.— Wollenberg
  (G. A.)  Die Arterienversorgung von Muskeln  und Seb-
  nen.  Ztschr. f. orthop.  Chir., Stuttg., 1905, xiv, 312-331.

Muscles (Syphilis of).
    Bier (A.)   * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Syphi-
  loiue der iiusseren Muskulatur.   8°.  Kiel, 1668.
    Also, in: Mitth. a. d. chir. KKn. zu Kiel, 1888, 159-194.

    Derekoff (X.)   *Ein Beitrag zur Kenutnis
  der circumscripteu  Muskelgummata.  [Halle.]
  HO.   Wiirzburg,  1901.
    Dieckhofer (C.)   * Ueber Muskelgummata.
  8°.   Berlin,  [169:\].
    Gillet (C.-G.-A.)   * Contribution  a l'6tude
  des myosites   syphilifiques diffuses  et   gom-
  nieuses.   8°.  Xancy, 1899.
    Neubelt (H. E.)   * Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der
  Muskelounimata und  ihrer  Beziehung zu Trau-
  men.   8 y   Kiel, 1900.
    Frost (J.)   * Contribution a  l'etude des myo-
  pathies  sypbilitiqiies  (contracture  du biceps).
  4C.   Paris,  1691.
    ------.  The same.  8°.   Paris, 1891.
    Ei'schhoff  (C.  [M. J. II.])   * Ueber Syphi-
  lonie  des  Musculns stemo-elcido-mastoideus,
  nebst zwei Fallen.   8°.   Greifswald, 1890.
    SCHULZ (M. [G.])   * Ueber Syphilom des Mus-
  culus  sterno-cleido-mastoideus.  nebst Mitthei-
  lung vou zwei Fallen aus der Greifswalder chi-
  rnrgischen Klinik.   8°.   Greifswald, 1^97.
    Technau  (M. O. C.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis
  der Muskelgummata.  8°.   Greifswald, 1902.
    Audry (C.)  Sur la nature et le traitement de  la con-
  tracture syphilitique du  biceps.  Bull.  Soc. franc,  de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 303. — Bergounioux.
  Myopathic syphilitique  secondaire  du  biceps brachial
  du  cote gauche chez un hysterique.  Bull, et m6m. Soc.
  m6d. d. hop.  de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 193-196.—Bouis-
  son  (F.) M6moire  sur les  tumeurs syphilitiques des
  muscles et de leurs annexes. Gaz. med.  de Par., 1846,
  3. s.,  i, 542; 563; 583;  594. AUo, Repiiut.—Brain well
  (B.)  Syphilitic myositis;  very  large gumma of tbe left
  calf in a patient the subject of inherited svphilis.  Clin.
  Stud., Edinh., 1905-6,  iv, 90-92.—Bullitt (J. B.)   Syph-
  ilitic degeneration of the muscles. Louisville J. S. &' M.,
  1898,  v,  199-202. —Bunch (J.  L.)  Case of syphilitic
  pseudo-contracture of tbe biceps.  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond.,
  1904. xvi, 172-175.— Basse (O.)   Ueber syphilitiscbe Ent-
  ziindungen der quergestreiften Muskeln.  Arch. f. klin.
  Chir.,  Berl., 1903, lxix, 485-503, 1 pl.—Claiborne (J. H.)
  Late lesions of svphilis in the extrinsic muscular system.
  N.  Albany M.  Herald,  1897,  xvii, 137-139.—Eger (M.)
  Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der  circumscripteu Muskel-
  gummata, im Anschluss an eine  Beobacbtung soldier in
  uer Halsmnskulatur.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl.,  1896,  xxii,  565.— Fordyce (J.  A.)  Myositis
  syphilitica.  J. Cutan. Dis. incl.  Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi,
  159-161, 1 pl. — Frugiuele (C.) & Bevacqua (A.)
  Esoftalmo per gomma dei muscoli  ostrinseci.  Gior. d.
  Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1901, xi, 378-404, 1 pl.—•
  Graragna,  Un caso di coutrattura sifilitica del mus-
  colo adductor longus.  Riforma  med., Romn, 1902, xviii,
  pt.  2, 63.—Haga (S.)  [Diagnosis of syphilitic tumors of
  the muscles.J  Tlun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo,  1900, 477-
  482.  Also: Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo,  1900, xiv,
  597-602.  Also: Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1900, no. 572, 372-377.—
  Ilerrick (J. B.)  Polymyositis  acuta, with report of a
  case presumably of syphilitic origin (myositis syphilitica).
  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, n. s., cxi, 414-430.  Also, Re-
    Erint.—Iloclisiiiyii' (C.) Ein Fall von Polymyositis
    eredo-syphilitica im Siiuglingsalter.  Wien. med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  1905, lv, 1369-1372. — llonsell (B.)  Beitrag zur
  Kenntnis der diffusen, syphilitischen Muskelentziindung.
  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898, xxii, 502-516.—Kiihler
  (R.)  Muskel-Sypbilis.   Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr, 1892, xxix,
  162.  [Discussion], 174.—Kollinjjer (A.)  Myositis gum-
  matosa.  Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1890, xxix, 628-630.—
  Lang (E.) Sc I  llniami (K.)  Syphilis des Bewegungs-
  apparatus. Ergcbn. d. allg. rath. u. path. Anat. [etc.]
  1896, Wiesb.,  1897, 289-309.—Laplace.  A case  of spe-
  cific myositis simulating retroperitoneal sarcoma.  J.
  Med.-Chir. Coll., Phila.,  1900, i, 7.—L,e Bentu (A.)  Tu-
  meur syphilitique des muscles de la partie superieure et
  externe du mollet; gu6rison par le traitement sp6cifique.
  Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1890, 7. s., vii, 121-123.—Lewin (G.)
  Myositis syphilitica diffusa s. interstitialis.  Charit6-Ann.,
  Berl., 1891, xvi, 753-799.   Also, Reprint.—Mutzcnaucr 
MUSCLES.
246
MUSCLES.
Muscle* (Syphilis of).
  (R )  MuskelsvphilisimFriihstadium.  Monatsh. f. prakt.
  Dermat., Hamb., 1902,  xxxv, 465; 523,  1 pl.->eumana
  (I )  Beitrag zur Keuntniss  der  Myositis  syphilitica.
  Vrtljschr. f. Dermat., Wien, 1888. xv,  19-32,  1 pl. —----.
  Die sviiliilitisi-hen Erkrankungen der Muskeln  und ihrer
  Anhii'ii"■■•   Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1896, xii, 267; 279; 291;
  301 —Oslermaver (M.)  Adatok a syphiliticus izomloh
  (myositissypliiliiica)ismertehez. [Contributionstoknowl-
  edge of. ■'.[  Gyogv&szat, Budapest. 1893, xxxm, 13-16.
  AUo, transl: Arch.'f. Dermat.  u. Syph., Wien, 1892, Er-
    §nzn<*shft. ii 13-23.   Also, transl.:  Beitr. z. Dermat. u.
    yphT  Wien u. Leipz.. 1892, iii, 13-23.  Also,  transl. [Ab-
  str ]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest. 1893, xxix, 289-
  292.—Pecirka (F. O.) Pripa<l,piijicii6ho zanetu svalu.
  [Case of venereal myositis. J   Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze,
  1884, xxiii, 363-365.—Perez rVoguera (E.)  Contractnra
  muscular  sifilitica.  Med. mil. espan.,  Madrid,  1897-8, iv,
  05; 99.   Also [Abstr.]: Corresp. med., Madrid, 1900, xxxv,
  318.—Symouds (C. J.) Syphilitic myositis of  the  ex-
  tensor  cruris.  Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond., 1901-2, xxxv. 176.—
  Syphilonie de.s Muse sternocleidomastoideus.  Jahresb.
  ii. d. chir. Klin. d. Univ. Greifswald 1889-90,  Leipz., 1892.
  36.—Tacelli (G.)  Due casi  di sifilide  muscolare (con-
  trattura del»bicipite  brachiale destro-gomma  dello stemo-
  cleido-mastoideo  destro).  Gior.  internaz. d.  sc. med.,
  Napoli, 1905, n.  s., xxvii,  153-161. — TikhoflT (P.)  K
  voprosu o sifllisle mishts v  khirurgicheskoi  praktikle.
  [Syphilis of muscles in surgical practice.] Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk., 1893, xl. 191-196.—Van Harlingen (A.)  Three
  cases of syphilitic muscular contraction.  Am. J. M. Sc,
  Phila., 1880, n. s., lxxix, 399-405. Also, Reprint.

Muscle* (Tremor of).
    Worbes (C. A.)  * Das Krankheitsbild "Myo-
  kymie".   [Jeua. J  8°.   Erfurt,  1901.
    Bianronr (G.)  Contributo clinico alio  studio della
  miokimia  (Kny e Fr.  Schiiltze).  Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1898, xxiv, 313-340.—Baly (R. M.)  A case
  of myokymia.  Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 447. AUo:
  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis , N. T., 1903, xxx, 361. -----. Pri-
  mary myokymia; with report of a case.  Med. News, N.V.,
  1904, lxxxv, 12-14.—Eilsall (D. L.)  Two cases of violent
  but transitory myokymia and myotonia, apparently due to
  excessive hot weather.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. Sc N.  T.,
  1904, n. s., exxyiii, 1003-1011. — Grawitz (E.)  Vorstel-
  lung eines Krankeu  mit multiplen fibrillaren Muskelcon-
  tractionen, sogenannte Myokymia.   VerhancH. d. Berl.
  med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl.,' 1904, xxxiv. 304-306. —Mei-
  nertz (J.)  Zur Casuistik der Myokymie.  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.,1904, xxiii, 101-106.— iTIills iC. K.)  A case
  of myokymia; with  remarks upon the different forms of
  tonic and clonic myospasm.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. T.,
  1905, xxxii, 122. — Pini (P.)   Contributo alia  casuistica
  della miokimia.  Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1904, v,
  399-401. — BusselI  (J. S.  R.) Case  of myopathy with
  marked fibrillary twitchings.   Med. Press Sc  Circ, Lond.,
  1901, n.s., lxxi, 57. —Savill (T. D.)  On muscular tremor
  and  clonic spasm.   Clin. J..  Lond., 1898, xii, 508:  1898-9,
  xiii, 15; 33.—Scliultzc (F.)   Myokymie (Muskelwogen)
  besonders an den Lntcrextremitaten.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz.. 1894, vi, 65-70.—Walton. Myoky-
  mia.  Boston M. Sc S. J.. 1902. cxlvi, 382.—Williamson
  (R. T.)  Myokymia, or persistent  muscular  quivering.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900. ii, 1705. — Wolfcudeu  (R.  NT)
  & Williams (D.)  A note on the rhythm  and char-
  acter of certain tremors. Ibid . 1888, i, 1049.

Muscles (Tuberculosis of).
    Cornet (J.-L.)   * Considerations  sur  la tu-
  berculose des muscles et les alt6rations des tibres
  musculaires dans  celtc   affection.  8°.  Paris,
  1899.
    Grout (C.)   *  Contribution a l'etude clinique
  de hi myosite tuberculeuse.  8J.  Paris, 18{)7.
    Hk.mery (M.-L.-E.)  *De la  tuberculose des
  muscles.   *°.   Paris, 1897.
    Plantard (G.)   * De la tuberculose primitive
  des muscles.   8°.   Paris,,1901.
    Rosenberger  (Trau Sophia).  * Beitrag zur
  Tuberculide der quergestreiften  Muskeln.   [Frei-
  burg i.  Br.]  SY   Kiiln,  1905.
    Kosenkeld (M.)  *Ein Beitrag  zur Casuistik
  der haniatogenen Muskeltuberculose.  [Wurtz-
  burg.]   >3.   Kbnigsberg,  189.">.
    Zeller (E.  J.)   * Ueber primare Tuberkulose
  der  quergestreifton Muskeln.   s .   Tiibinacn.
  1903.
    AUo, in:  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxix 633-
  653.

    Abadie(.L)  Un cas de tuberculose musculaire.  Mont-
  pel. med., 1903, xvii, 34-39. — Alessandri (R.)  Miosite
Jluscles (Tuberculosis of).
  tubercolare circoscritta del piccolo obliquo e del trasverso
  con sintomi di compressione del sigma colico. Bull. d. r.
  Accad.  med.  di  Roma,  1905, xxxi, 37-44.— Itrins-
  ula dc  (W.  B.)   Primary  tubercular  myositis.  Tr.
  M.  Soc. N. Y.,  Albany,  1904,  xcviii,  366. — t'ndiol,
  Gilbert Sc  Bogcr.  Sur  la cirrhose  musculaire tu-
  berculeuse.  Cong. p. l'etude  de la tuberculose 1893,
  Par.,  1894, iii,  464-469. — Courtin.  Polymicro-adenite
  tuberculeuse  et tuberculose  musculaire.   M6m. et bull.
  Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 164-178.—
  Courliu (J.) & Laffargne. Tuberculose musculaire,
  h6matog^ne non suppuree,  d6velopp6e parall61emeiit avec
  de la micropolyad6nopatbie.  J.  de m6d. de Bordeaux,
  1900, xxx, 659-661.—Belorme.  De  la myosite  tubercu-
  leuse.   Cong, frang.  de chir.  Proc.-verb,  [etc.], Par.,
  1891, v,  555-559.—Berscheid (G.)  De la tuberculose
  musculaire.  Policlin., Brux., 1903, xii, 25-32.   AUo: Rev.
  internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1903, ii, 85-91.—Glin.  Trou-
  bles musculaires  pr6coces au voisinage des foyers tuber-
  culeux.  [Abstr.]   J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1900,
  lxxi, 529-533. — Hiller (T.)   Ueber Tuberkulose der
  Banchdeckeumuskulatur.  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
  1899, xxv, 826-834. — Hisnshi (H.)  [Tubercular  myosi-
  tis.] Iji Kwai Ho Ogata  Boyo-in . . ., Osaka, 1899, 307-
  309. — Kaiser (Frida).   Zur Kenntniss der primaren
  Muskeltuberculose.  Arch.  f. klin. Chir.,  Berl., 1905,
  lxxvii. 1033-1072.—Ii anz (O.) Sc de Qneivaia (F.)  Le-
  ber hamatogene Muskeltuberculose.  Ibid., 1893, xlvi, 97-
  138. — Iiejnrs (F.)  Tuberculose musculaire k noyaux
  multiples du triceps crural.  Rev. de la tuberculose, Par.,
  1899,vii, 223-232.-----. Tuberculose musculaire primitive
  k foyers multiples.  Semaine, m6d., Par., 1904, xxiv, 169-
  172.  Also, transl.: Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s.,
  lxxvii, 657-659.—©jjslon.  A case of tubercular disease
  of muscle. Lancet, Loud., 1891, ii, 425. — Orloff (V. X.)
  T. naz. pervichnaya  bugorchatka mishts tulovishtsha  i
  konechnostel.   [So-called  primary tuberculosis of the
  muscles  of the  trunk  and  extremities.]   Khirurgia,
  Mosk., 1899, vi, 345-361. — Petit  (R.) Sc  Guinard (L.)
  Deux cas de tuberculose musculaire.  Gaz. hebd. de me.d.,
  Par., 1899, n. s., iv, 505-507. — Peugnicz.  Tuberculose
  primitive de la bourse s6reuse du jumea.11 interne.  Gaz.
  m6d. de Picardie, Amiens, 1891,  ix, 116-118.— Pilliet
  (A. H.)  Tuberculose des muscles strips chez le  singe;
  forme speciale de la  tuberculose dans le  foie. Bull. Soc.
  anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 522-527. — Poucet.   Tuberculose
  primitive des muscles de l'avant-bras.  Lyon m6d., 1905,
  cv, 149-151. — Beverdin  (J.-L.)  Note dans un  cas de
  tuberculose musculaire primitive.  Cong, frang. de eliir.
  Proc.-verb. [etc.],  Par., 1S91, v, 560-568.  AUo: Rev. nnd.
  de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1891, xi, 484-493.—Saltykow
  (S.)  Ueber Tuberculose quergestreifter  Muskeln. Cen-
  tralbl.  f. allg. Path.  11. path. Anat., Jena, 1902, xiii, 715-
  71S.—Sicur.  Synovite primitive tuberculeuse des p6ro-
  uiers.  Me.m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de Lyon
  (1896),  1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 123-127.

Muscles (Tumors of).
     See,  also,  Muscles  (Syphilis of);  Muscles
  (Tumorsof, Malignant); Sternocleidomastoid
  muscle  (Hamatomaof); Tendons  (Tumors of).
     Auregan (P.-M.)   * fitnde snr les hematomes
   musculaires.   4°.   Bordeaux. Ih9l.
     Bonnet (P.)   * Contribution a 1'eLude de l'an-
  giome primitif des muscles stries.   4°.  Toulouse,
  1894.
     Carrive (J.)   * Sur un  point particulier  de
  Involution des h6tnatomes musculaires;  h6ma-
  tomes du psoas.   8D.   Lyon, 1897.
     Despres  (A.)   * Des tumeurs  des muscles.
  8°.   Paris, 1866.
     Germe (A.)   * Contribution  a l'etude  des an-
  giomes primitifs des muscles strips.  8C.    Paris,
  1900.
     -----.  The same.  8C.  Paris,  1900.
     Mexdelssox (O. )   * Ueber primares caver-
  noses Haeniangiotn der quergestreifteu Muskeln.
   [Freiburg i.  Br.]   8°.  Breslau, 1903.
     Meyer (E.)   *  Beitrag zur Casuistik  der pri-
   maren  Muskclangiome.   8°.   Berlin, 1696.
     Petersen (L.)   * Ueber das Angioma caver-
   tiosiira iu den Muskeln.  8~.   Kiel, 1894.
     Eigollet-Akdillaux (F.-G.-L.-P.)  *Sur un
   cas d'hematome consecntif a  un librome calcific"
   du quadriceps  crural.   8°.  Paris, 1901.
     Aihisa (T.)  [Remarks on tumors of the tunics of the
   muscles.]  Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900,
   393-400. — Auvray.  Kyste synovial  d6veloppe  dans
   l'epaisseur du muscle sous-epineux et de son tendon d in- 
MUSCLES.
247
MUSCLES.
Muscles  (Tumors of).
  sertion humerale.  Bull. Soc. anat. dePar., 1897, lxxii, 86-
  89.—Bajardi (D.)   Contribuzione alio studio degli an-
  giomi muscolari primitivi.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1900, vi, 339;
  349; 359—Baraduc.  Kyste de la partie sup6rieure du
  muscle sol6aire.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 419.—
  Borchardt ( M. )   Ganglienbildung in der Sehne des
  Musculus triceps brachii;  ein  Beitrag  zur Pathogenese
  der Ganglien.  Arab. a. d.  chir.  Klin. d. k. Univ.  Berl.,
  1901, xv,l67-179, 1 pl— Bouchet (P.)  Kyste de la bourse
  sereuse du biceps femoral.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de
  Par.,  1904, lxxix, 617-619. — Busachi (T.)   Ueber die
  Neubildung  von  glattem Muskelgewebe  (Hypertrophie
  und  Hyperplasie, Regeneration,  Xeoplasie).'  Beitr. z.
  path.  Anat. u. z. allg. Path.,  Jena, 1888-9, iv, 99-124,  1 pl.—
  Buscarlet.  Kyste muqueux intra-musculaire; ablation
  du muscle.   Bull". Soc. anat. de Par.,  1889,  lxiv, 74.—
  C'avnzzani  (G.)  Alcune osservazioni di  tumori dei
  muscoli.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxiii, 165-
  177.—Cernezzi  (A.)  Leiomioma del  muscolo bicipite
  brachiale.  Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 908-
  911.—foriiil.   H6matomes  intra-musculaires.  Bull.
  Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 382-385.— Cornil &  Ton-
  pel,  Des h£matomes en general, et des hematoines mus-
  culaires en particulier.  Arch. d. sc. m6d. . . . deBucarest,
  Par.,  1896,  i,  489-504, 1  pl.—Be Buck  (11.) Sc  Van
  Haelst (A.)  Apropos d'un kyste musculaire; contri-
  bution k l'anatomie pathologique du muscle.  Bull.  Acad.
  roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1901. 4. s., xv, 791-802, 2 pl.
  [_Rap. de RoninieLiere], 765.  AUo: Belgique m£d.,  Gaud-
  Haarlem, 1902, ix,  35; 51.—De  Morgan (C.)  Remarks
  on some cases of vascular  tumours seated in  muscular
  tissue.  Brit. Sc For. M.-Chir. Rev.,  Lond., 1864, xxxiii,
  187-199. A Uo, Keprint. — Flcsch (J.l  Hamatoma mus-
  culi recti abdominis tranmaticum.  Wien. med. BL, 1901,
  xxiv,  455. — Fujinaiui  (A.)   Ueber das histologische
  Verhalten des quergestreiften  Muskels  an  der Grenze
  bosartiger Geschwiilste.   Arcb. f. path.  Anat.  [etc.],
  Berl.,  1900,  clxi,  115- 158, 1 pl. — Hendrix.  Sarcome
  du  perone.  Policlin.,  Brux., 1905, xiv, 73. — Honsell
  (B.)   Leber einen  Fall von Fibromyoaneiom  des Mus-
  kels.   Beitr. z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1901,  xxxii, 259-
  270.—Keller  (K.)  Zur Kasuistik  und  Histologie der
  kavernosen Muskelangiome. Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir.,
  Leipz., 1904, lxxvi, 574-580.—Kirmisson  (E.)  Angiome
  calcific du triceps crural gauche; importance de la radio-
  graphic pour le diagnostic.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de
  Par.,  1905, n. s.. xxxi, 19-22.—IT! ah ar (V.)  Note sur un
  cas d'angiome musculaire.  Bull, et me.m. Soc. anat. de
  Par.,  1904, lxxix, 81-83.—Margarucci  (O.)  Angioma
  cavernoso, ossifico, primitive del muscolo gemello surale.
  Per  il xxv anno  d. insegu. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ.
  di Roma.  Roma,  1898,  iii, 351-376.  -----.  Sull' angioma
  primitivo dei muscoli volontari.  Policlin., Koma, 1902, ix,
  sez. chir., 533-549. — .Mitchell  (R.)   Case of intermus-
  cular synovial cyst associated with  traumatic knee-joint
  disease; recovery.  Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, ii, 219.—
  IMonzardo (G.)  Contributo alio studio degli augiomi
  primitive dei muscoli volontari.  Riv. veneta di sc. med.,
  Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 542-557,  1 pl.—itlorestin (EL)
  Kyste intra-musculaire.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895,
  lxx, 107.—irlnscatello (G.) Sull'angioma primitivo dei
  muscoli volontari.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1894,
  xx, 112; 220.   Also, transl.: Arch. f. path. Auat.  [etc.],
  Berl,  1894, exxxv, 277-291, 1 pl.—Piollet (P.)   Lipome.de
  la face palmaire du  medius. Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1901,
  41-45.—Power (D'A.)  Cases of inter-muscular synovial
  cysts, with remarks on their mode of origin.  Illust. M.
  News, Lond., 18*9, ii, 145-153, 1 pl.—Pnpovac (D  )  Ein
  Beitrag zur Casuistik und Histologie dcrcavernoseu Mus-
  kelgeschwiiLte.  Arch. f. klin. Chir.. Berl., 1897, liv, 555-
  567,1  pl.—Riethns (O.)  Ueber primaro Muskelangiome.
  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1904, xlii, 454-485.—Kitsch I
  (A.)  Ueber Lymphangioma der quergestreiften  Mus-
  keln.   Ibid.,  1895, xv,  99-146,  5 pl.-Roberts (J. B.)
  Venous angioma  of the  flexor muscles of the fingers.
  Phila. M. J.,  1901, vii, 737.—Rosciano (G. D.)  Angioma
  muscolare primitivo del  muscolo retto addominale sinis-
  tro.  Clin, chir., Milano, 1904, xii, 900-903. — Shcild (A.
  M.)  Tumour of  the gracilis femoris  muscle.   Tr. Path.
  Soc. Lond., 1889-90, xii, 307.  Also: Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1889, ii, 1152. -----.  Sequel to a case of excision of the
  entire gracilis femoris muscle  for tumour nearly four
  years  ago.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1892, ii. 1160. — Sutter (H.)
  Beitrag zu der Frage von den primaren Muskelangiomen.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxvi, 368-393,1 pl.—
  Teevan (W. F.)  On tumors in voluntary muscles; with
  an analysis of sixty-two cases, and remarks on the treat-
  ment.  Brit. & For. M.-Chir.  Rev., Lond., 1863, xxxii,
  503-517.  AUo. Reprint. — Thier.v  (P.)  Kystes cre-
  tifbis  des muscles de nature indeterminee, et probable-
  ment d'origine parasitaire.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891,
  Ixvi, 73.—Tison  (E.)  Tumeur du muscle jumeau in-
  terne;  gue-rison par le traitement mercuriel  et iodure.
  Bull. Soc. de m6d. prat, de Par.,  1890, 259.—Tonarelli
  (C.)  Contributo alio studio clinico ed ietologico dei tu-
  mori dei muscoli.  Clin, chir., Milano, 1902, x, 950-964.—
Muscles (Tumors of).
  Varnek (L. N.)  Angioma hypertrophicum m. recti ab-
  dominis. Laitop. Khirurg. Obsh.'v Mosk., 1896, xv, 49-51.—
  Vidal  (Pl C.)  Myoma. J. Cutan. & Ven. Dis., N. T.,
  1885, iii, 260-263.—Vigilant.  Fibrosarcome  k marche
  lelite, d6velopp6  dans les  muscles et apon6vroses qui
  s'-insdrent sur le bord externe de l'hum6rus, au voisinage
  de l'epicondyle.  Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii,
  695.—Vincent.  Tumeur embryonnaire du muscle stri6.
  M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1894), 1895,
  xxxiv, pt. 2, 115-117.

Muscles (Tumors of, Malignant).
    Borie (A.)   *Le sarcome  d'origiue primitive
  intra-musculaire.   Etude  clinique.   Hu.  Lyon,
  1900.
    C'uambe (P.)  "Contribution a l'etude du sar-
  come primitif des  muscles.   4°.  Paris,  1895.
    -----.  The same.  8°.   Paris, 1*95.
    Cristiani (H.)   "Contribution  a  l'6tude du
  developpement des  tumeurs ma'lignes daus les
  muscles strips.   [Bern.]  8°.   Paris, 1887.
    D'iiam (A.)   * Beitrag zur traumatischen Ent-
  stehnng des  Muskelsarkoms.   6~.    Wiirzburg,
  1697.
    Genevet  (E.)    * Etude  anatomo-pathologi-
  que du rhabdomyome en general, et en  particu-
  lier du rhabdomyome malin.   8°.  Lyon, 1900.
    Also,  in: Rev. de chir., Par., 1900, xx, pt. 2, 16-40.
    Glittox (E.)    "Contribution a  l'e'tude du
  sarcdme primitif  des muscles  de la vie de rela-
  tion.   4y   Paris,  1694.
    No ve- Josser and  (A.)   "Etude  sur  les  tu-
  meurs   conjunctives   des  muscles  strips, et en
  particulier sur le  fibrome dissociant a Evolution
  maligne.  4°.  Lyon, 1895.
    Richoux (F.)    "Les sarcomes musculaires;
  re"stiltats operatoires e"loigues.   8°.   Lyon,  1901.
    Schlieter (P.)   "Zur  Lehre vom  Muskel-
  sarcom.   8°.    Wurzburg, 1891.
    Schultze (K. S.)   "Ein  Beitrag  zur Histo-
  genese des Myosarkom.  8°.   Munchen,  1901.
    ScuwfiBEL (L.)   "Zwei  Falle  von Fibrosar-
  kom der Quadricepssehne.  8J.   Wiirzburg,  1901.
    Biagi (N.)  Del sarcoma dei muscoli.  Policlin., Koma,
  1901, viii, sez. chir., 291-300. — Dent (C. T.)  Sarcoma of
  the rectus abdominis muscle.   Tr.  M. Soc. Lond., 1896,
  xix, 423.—Ellington (G. H.)  Conclusion  of the case of
  sarcoma of the  infra-spinatus muscle shown in a former
  session.  Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 200-203. — Fujinami
  (A.)  Ein Rhabdomyosarcom mit  hyaliner Degeneration
  (Cylindroin) im willkiirlichen Muskel (Beitrage zur pa-
  thologischen  Anatomie  des quergestreiften  Muskels).
  Arch. f. path. Anat. fete], Berl., 1900, clx, 203-226, 1 pl.—
  Guillemot (L.)   Sarcome dn deltoide droit.  Bull. Soc.
  anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 510-514. — Honsell (B.)  En-
  cbondrom des Deltalmuskels.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tii-
  bing., 1899, xxiii, 210-214. — Iselin.  Sarcome du triceps
  brachial;  generalisation  pleuropulmouaire tr6s rapide.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par.,  1899, lxxiv, 925-928.—
  Jacohslhal (H. )  Leber  Geschwiilste  des Musculus
  psoas und Musculus iliacus internus.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxviii, 38-49. — Ijonguet (L.) Sc
  Liandcl (G.)   Sarcome  k my6loplaxcs de la gaine des
  pe.roniers lateraux.  Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path.,
  Par., 1895, vii, 753-771, 2 pl. — Mnct'onnick (A.)  A
  case of recurrent  sarcoma of tbe serratus magnus.   Aus-
  tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898. xvii, 295. — ITIeriel.   Sar-
  come du  iumeau  interne.  Toulouse m6d., 1901, 2. s., iii,
  148-150.  — niermet  (P.) Sc  I>:i< our (R.) Sarcome du
  muscle  biceps crural;  extirpations; recidives; osteosar-
  come secondaire.  Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 181)6, lxxi, 431-
  436. — Montane. Dissociation  des faisceaux primitifs
  dans le sarcome musculaire du cheval.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., P..r., 1894, 10.  s., i, 448. — Noble (G. H.)  Re-
  moval of psoas  and iliac muscles of the left side for sar-
  coma.  Atlanta Jour.-Rec.  Med., 1904-5,  vi. 162-165.—
  Petit (J.) & Lieccnc (I'.)  Sarcome hematode d6velopp6
  dans le muscle vaste interne.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de
  Par., 1900, lxxv, 514-547. — PoIIonmoii (A.)  Un cas de
  cancer musculaire. EYho m6d. de Lyon, 1896, i 151-154.—
  Keboul (J.)  Myxome kystique  colloide de l'exteuseur
  common des orteils.   Assoc. franc, pour l'avauce. d. sc.
  C.-r. 1898, Par.,  1899, xxvii, 196, pt. 2, 631.—Regain! (C.)
  Du  fibrome musculaire dissociant k Evolution  maligne.
  Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 58-
  83, 2 pl.—Kocher (L.)  Cysto-sarcome du mass6ter; con-
  siderations cliniques  sur les tumeurs de ce muscle et sur
  les sarcomes musculaires en g6n6ral chez l'enfant.   J. de 
MUSCLES.
248
MUSCILAK.
Mil telex (Tumors of Malignant).
  med. de  Bordeaux,  1904.  xxxiv,  901; 921.  [Discussion]
  ■i"8 — Ruotte.  Sarcome musculaire developpe dans el
  nectine;  ablation du muscle et de ses insertions au sque-
  lette pelvien.  Bull. Soc.  de  chir. de Lyon, 1899-1900, in,
  150-156. — Nnlvo (V.)  Un caso di sarcoma a piccole cel-
  lule rotonde dei muscoli estremamente maligno.  Policlin.,
  Roma,  1904, xi. sez. prat.,  973.—Schoofs (L.)  Contribu-
  tion a l'etude du sarcome primitif intra-musculaire.  Ann.
  de I'lnst. chir. de Brux., 1896, iii, 121-125.  Also: Presse
  med. beige, Brux., 1896, xlviii, 297. — Vilpclle.  Myxo-
  sarcome du grand pectoral.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.. 1887,
  lxii, 472.

Mu*cle* (Wounds and  injuries of).
     Sie,   also, Muscles  (Hernia  of);  Muscles
  (Ossification in,   Traumatic); Muscles  (Rupture
  of); Tendons (Rupture, etc., of).
     Brandt  (A.)   *Eiu Fall  von  traumatischer
  Miiskellahmiin^.  8°.  Strassburg, 1889.
     Foixitski  (X.  I.)  *K   voprosu  o  vliyanii
  nervov  na  zazhivleniye  traumaticheskikh  po-
  vrezhdeniy proi'zvolnlkh mishts.   [On the in-
  fluence  of'the nerves upon  the healing of trau-
  matic injuries of voluntary muscles.]   8°.  S.-
  Peterburg, lfOfi.
     Rcrgcr.  Corps etrangers extraits de la synoviale des
  flechisseui'8 des doigts.  Bull,  et mem.  Soe. de chir. de
  Par., 1900, n.  s.. xxvi, 1088.—Championniere.  Repa-
  ration  d'un muscle par des fils metalliques fix6s par un
  autre fil metalliuue place perpeudiculairemeut dans le corps
  du muscle.  Bull. m6d., Par., 1898, xii. 301.  Also: Gaz. d.
  bop.,  Par., 1898, lxxi,  400.—C'havannnz.  Section de
  I'extreinite inferieure  du tendon  extenseur de  l'index
  gauche datant de quatre mois;  intervention;  guerison.
  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . .  . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi,
  39.—Deeref.  Pron6stico y tratamiento de  las  roturas
  tibrilares musculares.  An.  r. Acad, de med., Madrid,
  1905, xxv, 222-2:<3.—Densusinnu (Mile.)  La  repara-
  tion des plaies aseptiques des  muscles. Bull, et mem.
  Soc. anat. de Par,  ls'.ui,  lxxiv, 684.—Ehret (II.)  Ueber
  eine functionelle Lahmungsform der  Peronealmuskeln
  traumatischenUisprunges. Arch. f. Unfallheilk., Stuttg.,
  1K!>7, ii, 32-56.^Froinoiil.  Piece osseuse trouvfie daus
  hi fesse  d'un ssujet.  Bull. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1895, lxx,
  3H2-395.B-Knnak.   Die subkutauen  Verletzungen dor
  Musk. In.  Veriitf.iitl. a. A. Geb.  d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl.,
  1900, 16.  Hit., 1-123. — Kriinoflf(A. P.) K voprosu oh
  izvlechenii pul iz pod mishts.  [Extraction of bullets from
  under  muscles.]  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xi,  263-265.—
  Lnnc (VC. A.)  Injuries and diseases  of muscles  and
  tendons.   Syst. Surg. (Treves), Lond., 1896, ii, 1-37. Also :
  Ibid.. Phila.,  1896,  ii, 1-37.-  Lehmann (It.)  Ein  Fall
  traumatischer Muskelerkrankung.  Monatscher. f.  Un-
  fallheilk.,  Leipz.,  1902, ix, 106-108.—Potter (S.  O. L.)
  Traumatism ot muscle as a factor of internal disease, espe-
  cially  of psoas abscess.   Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1889,
  xxxii,  65-71.—It och (M.)  Trepidation  6pileptoide du
  pied, uuilaterale et transitoire, consecutive k uue blessure
  des muscles  du niollet.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom.,
  Geneve.   1905,  xxv, 722-725.—Sanderson   (J.  B.)  Sc
  Biirch  (G.J.)  On the localization of tbe effect of injury
  in  muscle.  Proc  Physiol.  Soc. Lond., 1893,  p. xvii.—
  Mini Hi  (A. II.)  IntrauniMulur  hemorrhage from muscu-
  lar action.  Med. Rec. X. Y., 19(15, lxvii, 163-165.  AUo,
   Repiiut.—Takahashi  (IL)   [Remarks on  muscular
  seh-ro-ds  from  so-called  external injuries.]  Gnu Igaku
  Kwai  Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, 491-500.—Tedeuat.  Contu-
  sion des  muscles.  N. Montpel. m6d., 1892, i, 96:i-U73.  AUo,
  inhU: Lee. de clin. chir. [etc.], 8°, Montpel. &. Par.,  1900,
  35-49.—Tilmaiin.  Leber  traumatische  Schadigungen
  des M. cucullaris und  ihre Diagnose.  Monatschr. f. Un-
  fallheilk., Leipz.. 1900,  vii, 137-145.

Miisele-toiiii*.
     See Muscle (Tonicity of).

MiiSCOVillS fHenricus Eruestus).  *De  vermi-
  busintestinonim.   15 1.   sm. 4-.   [Wittenbera],
  106-,.
Itluscroit (C[harles] S[iduey])  [18:20-88].   Ex-
  section   of  the  ulua.  8 pp.  6'-.   [Cincinnati,
  1870.]
     Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet Sc Obs., 1870, n. s., xiii.
     For Biography, see Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1888, n. s., xx
  550.

Museulaiiiiii.
     Etard (A.) & Vila (A.)   Sur la musculamine,  base
  derivee  des  muscl.-s.  Compt.  rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par
  1902,  exxxv, 698-700.- Posteruak  (S.)  Quelques re-
  marques sur la musculamine, base deriv6e des muscles.
  I bid.,  865.
Muweulai* atrophy.
     See Atrophy (Muscular); Atrophy  (Muscu-
  lar, Arthritic).

M ii we ii I a l* sense.
     Cherechewski  (J.)   *Le sens musculaire et
  le sens des attitudes.   -^ .  Paris, 1897.
     Claparede (E.)  *Du sens musculaire a pro-
  pos de quelques cas d'h6miataxie post-heiniple'-
  gique.  8°.   Geneve, li?97.
     COCRGEON (J.-E.-C.-J.)   *L'explorat ion phy-
  siologique et clinique  du sens musculaire.   8°.
  Paris,  1901.
     Goldschkider (A.)   Physiologie des Muskel-
  sinnes.   8°.   Leipzig, 1898.
     Hocheisen (P.  [K.  F.])   * Der Muskelsinn
  Blinder.   8C.  Berlin,  [181W].
     Also, in :  Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg.,
  Hamb. u. Leipz., 1893, v,'239-282.

     Lamacq (J.-fi.-L.)   * Etude critique du  sens
  musculaire.   4°.  Bordeaux,  1891.
     Anton  (G.)  Beitrage zur  klinischen BeurtheMung
  und zur Localisation der Muskelsinnstorungen im Gross-
  hirue.  Ztschr. i. Heilk., Berl., 1893, xiv, 313-348, 1 pl.—
  Reaunis (H.)  Une experience surle sens musculaire.
  Bull. Soc. de psychol. pbysiol., Par., 1887, iii, 14-16. -----.
  Recherches sur  la memoire des sensations musculaires.
  Ibid., 1888, iv, 29-34.—Binet (A.)  Le probleme du sens
  musculaire d'apres les travaux r6cents sur 1'hvsterie. Rev.
  phil., Par., 1888, xxv,  465-480.—Rloch (A.-M.)  Kxperi-
  ences sur les sensations musculaires.   Rev. scient., Par.,
  1890, xiv, 294-301.—Ronnier (P.)  A propos du soi-disant
  sens musculaire.  Rev. neurol.,  Par.,  1898, vi,  97-100.—
  Rouchaud.  Perte  du sens  musculaire  aux  doigts
  des deux mains avec integrite de la sensibilite des mus-
  cles de la  main et de l'avaut-bras.  Rev. de med., Par.,
  1903, xxiii,  839; 968:  1904,  xxiv, 591.—Bourdon  (B.)
  L'etat actuel de la question du  sens  musculaire.  Rev.
  scient.. Par., 1904, 5. s., ii, 97; 134.-Rundy (Elizabeth).
  Loss of muscular  sense.  Phila.  Polyclin., 1896, v, 173-
  175.—Charpcntier  (A.)   Influence  des efforts muscu-
  laires snr les  sensations de poids.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1890, 9.  s., ii, 212-214.— Claparede (E.)  Sur
  l'exploration clinique  du sens musculaire.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1904, xii, 901.—Finzi  (J.)  I fenomeni e le dottrine
  delsensomuscolare.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,
   1897, xxiii,201; 468.—Glcy (E.) & ITIarillier (L.)  Expe-
  riences sur le sens musculaire. Bull. Soe.de psychol. phy-
  siol , Bar.,  1887, iii. 24-26.—CJoldscheider (A.) Unter-
  suchungen iiberden Muskelsinn. Arch.f. Physiol., Leipz.,
   1889, 369: Suppl.-Bd., 141.  Also [Abstr.]:  Arb. a. d. erst.
  med. Klin,  zu Berl., 1891. ii, 233-304.—Grasset.  Etude
  clinique do la fouction kinesthesique (sens musculaire);
  mesure de  la sensation  d'ninervation  motrice daus un
  membre immobile tendu; seuil des poids percus sans pres-
   sion cutan6e et  sans mouvements (actifs ou  passifs) du
   membre; kinesihesiometre  indiquant  la  sensation  mini-
   male d'allegement.  N. Montpel. m6d., 1900, xi, 487-496.—
   Hitzig (E.)   Ein  Kinesiaesthesiometer, nebst einigen
   Betnerkunsren iiber den Muskelsinn.   Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1888, vii. 249; 283— Jacob) (C.)  Lntersuchuugen
   iiber deu Kraftsinn.   Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma-
   kol., Leipz., 1893, xxxii, 49-100.—Marimo (F.) II senso
   muscolare.  Clin. mod.. Pisa, 1902, viii. 511; 519; 530.—ltlu-
   ratofT (V. A.)   K lokalizatsii  mishechuavo  soznaniya,
   po povodu sluchaya travmaticheskavo porazbeuiya golov-
   novo mozga.  [Ou localization of muscular consciousness,
   apropos of a case of traumatic injury of the brain.]  Obozr.
   psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.], S.-Peterb*.,  1897, ii,  481;  566.—
   Noiszewski (K.)  Poczucie mie.8iiiowe i uczucie iner-
   wacyi.   [Sensation of muscles and nerves.]   Now. lek.,
   Poznah, 1904, xvi, 445-449.—Pick.  Leber die Conscience
   musculaire Ducbeune's.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1891,
   x, 455. -----. Ueber die  sogenannte Conscience muscu-
   laire (Duchenne).  Ztschr. f. Psychol.u. Physiol, d. Sinnes-
   org., Hamb.  u.  Leipz., 1892,  iv,  161-210. — Preaton
   (G. J.)  Some contributions to the study of the muscular
   sense.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment, Dis., N. Y., 1892, xix, 608-619 —
   Redlich (E.)  Ueber StSrungen  des Muskelsinues und
   des stereognostischeu Sinnes bei der cerebralen  Hemi-
   plegie.  Wien.  klin. Wchnsehr..  1*93, vi, 429; 450;  477;
   493; 513; 532; 552.—Reid (J.)  The muscular sense.  J.
   Ment. Sc, Lond.,  1901. xlvii, 510.- Rigg* ( C. E. )  Ex-
   treme loss of muscle sense in a phthisical patient.  J. Nerv.
   & Ment. Dis., X. T., 1891, xviii, 437-439.— Robertson
   (G. C.)   Miinsterberg on "muscular sense''and  "time-
   sense". Mind,Lond. & Edinb.. 1890,xv,524-536.—Ruflini
   (A.)  Sopra due speciali modi d' innervazione degli organi
   di Golgi con riguardo speciale alia struttura del tendinetto
   dell' organo musculo-tendineo ed alia maniera di com por-
   tarsi delle fibre nervose vasomotorie nel perimisio del
   gatto; considerazioni flsiologiche sul senso specilicomuscu-
   lare.  Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 
MUSCULAR.
249
MUSEUMS.
Muscular sense.
  1897-8, vi, 231-253, 1 pl.—Santesson (C. G.)  Om kraft-
  sinnet.  [On muscular sense.]   Upsala Lakaref. Forh.,
  1893-4, xxix, 491-498.—Schacfer (K.)  Ueber die Wabr-
  nehmung eigeuer passiver Bewegungen durch den Mus-
  kelsinn.  Arch.  f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1887, xii, 566-
  640.__Starr (M. A.)  The muscular sense and its location
  in the brain cortex.  Psychol. Rev., N. T. Sc Loud., 1895,
  ii, 33-36.—Starr (M. A.) Sc lVIcCosh (A. J.) A contri-
  bution to the localization of tbe muscular sense.  Am. J.
  M. Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cviii, 517-520.—Toulouse &
  Vaschide. Nouvelle ni6thode pour la mesure de la seu-
  sibilite musculaire.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902,
  cxxxiv, 1458.—Verger (H.)  Sur lo sens musculaire, k
  propos de quelques travaux recents.  Arch,  de  neurol.'
  Par., 1899, 2. s., viii, 461: 1900, 2. s., ix, 32.
 Iff usee de I'Hopital Saint-Louis.  Catalogue des
  inouluges colones.   DresstS  paries soins de M. le
  tlocteur Henri Feulard, chef  de  cliuique de  la
  faculte.   1 p. 1., xiv, 199 pp.   8°.   Paris,  G.
  Steinheil,  lc89.
 ------.  Icouographie des  maladies  cutan6es  et
  syphilitiques, avec texte explicatif.  Par Ernest
  Besnier et Fournier [et al.].   Fasc. 1-50.  34ti
  pp., 50 pl.  fol.  Paris, Bueff <f Cie., [1895-7].
 ------.  The same.   A pictorial atlas of skin dis-
  eases and syphilitic  affections;  in  photolitho-
  chromes from models in the Museum of  the Saiut-
  Louis Hospital, Paris.  With explanatory wood-
  cuts and text, by Ernest Besuier [et al.].  Edited
  aud annotated by J. J. Priugle.  268 pp., 48 pl.
  fol.   London if Philadelphia, 1895-7.
 Musee Vrolik.  Catalogue de la collection d'ana-
  tomie humaine, cornpar6e  et pathologique,  de
  MM. Ger et W.  Vrolik, par J.-L. Dusseau.  xvi,
  4(34 pp.  8°.  Amsterdam,  W. J. de Boever Krbver,
   1865.
 Musehold (P[aul]) [1861-    ].  Die Pest und
  ihre Bekampfung.   x, 305 pp., 4 pl.   8°.  Berlin,
  A. Hirschwald, 1901.
     Bibliothek von Coler, v. 8.
 Museum anatoniicutu  Holmiensi, quod  auspi-
   ciis  augustissimi  regis Oscaris primi  edideruut
  professores regise  Scliolse medico-chirurgicas Ca-
   rolioeusis.  Sectio pathologica.  Fasciculis i: s,
   contineus casus, x  cum xii tabulis.   fol.  Hol-
  mice, ex off. Xorstedtiana, 1855.
 museum diluviauutu quod possidet Joh. Jaco-
   bus Scheuchzer.   107 pp., 2  1.   16°.   Tiguri,
   typ. H. Bodmeri, 1716.
 Museum Journal of the Eoyal College of Sur-
  geons of England.  Parti.   70 pp.  a°. London,
   Taylor <$• Francis, 1>-9<J.
 Museum royal  d'histoire naturelle.  Instruc-
   tion pour les voyageurs  et pour les employe's
   dans les  colonies" sur  Ja maniere de  recueillir,
   de couserver et d'envoyer  les objets d'histoire
   naturelle.  Redige snr l'invitation de  son excel-
   lence le  Ministre de la .marine et des colonies.
   3. eVl.  61 pp.  6'-.  Paris, A. Belin, 1827.  [P.,
   v. 1530.]
 Museum Senckeubergianum.   Abhandlungeii
   aus  dem  Gebiete  der beschreibeuden  Natur-
  geschichte.  3 v.   4°.   Frankfurt a. M., 1833-9.

'Museum*.
     See, also, Museums (Anatomical,  etc.); Mu-
   seums (Anthropological, etc.); Museums (Med-
  ical).
     British Muselm (natural history).  A general
  guide,  with plans  aud views  of the building.
  8°.  London,  1889.
     Catalogue (A) of the curious musaeum of the
  ingenious Edward Barnard, surgeon (deceas'd),
  consisting of great variety of rarities, natural
  and artificial; among which are three very curi-
  ous  human skeletons, divers other skeletons, a
  collection of foetus's,  quadrupeds, reptiles,  in-
  sects, and other preparations, [etc.].   8°.   [Lon-
  don, 1737.]
.VI IIM'IIIII*.
    Climie  (A.)  Museum  case  locks.  8°.  Ann
  Arbor, [1881].
    Field Columbian Museum,  Chicago.  Guide
  to the . . ., with diagrams and. descriptions.  2.
  ed.  1-2°.   Chicago, 1894.
    -----.  Publications.  1-15,  17.  8°.  Chicago,
  1894-6.
    -----.   Annual  exchange catalogue for the
  years 1896-7; 1897-8.  12°.  Chicago, 1896-7.
    [Fleming (I.)]  Proposal to establish a mu-
  seum of the natural productions of Scotland, in-
  cludiug its rocks, soils, and minerals, together
  with its plants and animals, recent and extinct.
  16°.   Edinburgh,  1849.
    Goode (G. B.)   The principles of museum ad-
  ministration.   8°.  York, 1895.
    Kepr.from: Ann. Rep. Mus. Assoc, 1895.
    Great Britain.  Report of the commissioners
  appointed to inquire into the constitution and
  government of the British Museum, with min-
  utes of evidence,  fol.  London, 1850.
    -----.  British Museum. Index  to report and
  minutes of evidence,  fol.  London, 1850.
    Great Britain.  Pricy Council Office. Commit-
  tee of Council on Education. Report of the com-
  mission on the heating, lighting,  and ventila-
  tion of the South Kensington Museum; together
  with minutes  of evidence and  appendix. 8°.
  London, 1609.
    ------.'  South Kensington Museum.  Confer-
  ences held in  comn ction with the special loan
  collection  of  scientific  apparatus.   1876. 8°.
  Piccadilly, [1876].
     Harvard University.  Museum of Compara-
  tive  Zoology.  Memoirs  of the  Museum of  Com-
  parative Zoology,  v. 14, No. 1.  Pt. II—I. Stud-
  ies  from   the  Newport  Marine  Laboratory.
  Communicated hy Alexander Agassiz.    XVI.
  The development  of  osseous fishes.  II.  The
  pre-embryonic stages  of development.   Pt.  I.
  The history of the  egg  from fertilization to
  cleavage.   By Alexander  Agassiz aud  C. O.
  Whitman.  4°.  Cambridge, 1889.
     Jellett (J. H.)  Address delivered before the
  Royal  Irish Academy  at the stated meeting
  on Wednesday,  Nov.  30,  1870.   12°.  Dublin,
  1870.
     Laurie (T. )   Suggestions  for  establishing
  cheap popular and educational museums of scien-
  tific and  art collections  and industrial produc-
  tions and inventions in all towns, villages, and
  districts;   also for their classification, arrange-
  ment, and exposition  on a new plan, making
  available for pupils in lower and middle class
  schools and colleges, mechanics' institutes, sci-
  ence and art classes, and for the instruction and
  recteation of the general public.  8°.  London,
  [«. d.].
     Lewis (J.)  (Suggestions to collectors [of zoo-
  logical specimens]. 8°.   [n. p., n. d.]
     Lloyd  Mycological Museum, Cincinnati. Re-
  port.  2., 1895-6.   8°.   [Cincinnati, 1897.]
     Meyer  (A. B.)  Ueber einige seltene Exem-
  plare von Rackel- uud Birkwild im Museum Fer-
  dinaudeum zu Innsbruck.  8°. Innsbruck, 1889.
     Cutting from:  Ferdinandeums-Ztschr., 3. F., 33. Hft.,
  225-235.
     -----.   A description of museum  wall and
  free-standing cases and desks made  entirely of
  glass aud  iron.  8°.   [n. p., 1891.]
     Cutting from:  Ann. Rep. Mus. Assoc, 1891,112-119,1 pl.
     -----.   Ueber Museen des Ostens der Vereiuig-
  ten  Staateu von  Nord-Amerika.  Reisestudien.
  I-II.  roy. 4°.  Berlin, 1900-1901.
     Also, in:  Abhandl. u. Ber. d. k. zool. u. anthrop.-ethn.
  Mus. zu Dresd., Berl., 1901, ix, No. 1-72.  Beihl't,, 1-101. 
aU'SEUMS.
250
MUSEUMS.
Jllltflllll*.
    Monroe (W. S.)  Educational museums and
  libraries of Europe.  8°.  Xew York, 1890.
    Cutting from: Educat. Rev., X. Y., April, 1896, 374-391.
    Morse  (E. S.)   Museums  of  art,  and  their
  influences.  ■--.   Salem, 1*92.
    MtsKiM diluvianum quod possidet Joh. Jaco-
  bus Scheuchzer.  16.  Tiguri, 1716.
    Mrsia mskunde.  Zeitschrift fiir Verwaltung
  und Techuik  olfentlicher  uud privater  Samm-
  lungen hrsg. vou Karl Koetschau.   [4 Nos. form
  lv.]  v. 1,  1905.  4-\   Berlin.
    Current.
    Nktto  (L.)   Le  musee  national de  Rio-de-
  Janeiro et son influence sur  les sciences natu-
  relles au Brdsil.   -J.  Paris, 1*89.
    Xlumanx (L.) &, Solbeikax (J.-L.)  Descrip-
  tion de l'aquarium du  Museum d'histoire natu-
  relle de Paris.  *c.  [Angers, 1*5*.]
    Repr.from: Ann. Soc Liun6enne de Maiue-et-Loire, ii.
    Olivcs  (J. B.)  De reconditis et prajcipuis col-
  lectaneis ab . . . FranciscoCaUeolario Veroneusi
  iu mutreo  adservatis.  8-.   I'eronw, 1593.
    Paver  (J.)  *Des classifications et des me-
  thodes en histoire naturelle.   4-.   Paris,  1844.
    ficole de pharmacie de Strasbourg.
    Pennsylvania Museum and School of Indus-
  trial Art,  Philadelphia.  Circular of the  com-
  mittee on  instruction, 1891-2.  r-.  Philadelphia,
  1891.  •
    Royal  College of Surgeons of England, Lon-
  dou.   Descriptive aud illustrated catalogue of
  the historical series  contained in the museum of
  the ...  v.  1. Elementary tissues of vegetables
  aud animals.  4 \   London, 1850.
    -----.   The  same.  v.  2. Structure  of the
  skeleton of  vertebrate animals.  4°.  London,
  1*55.
    -----.  Directions for collecting  and preserv-
  ing animals; addressed by the board of curators
  of the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
  in London to professional, scientific, and other
  individuals, with au invitation for contributions
  to the museum of animal and vegetable produc-
  tions, fossil  remains,  anatomical preparations,
  casts, models, paintings, drawings, or engrav-
  ings, which may conduce  to  the illustration of
  the animal ceconomy in its healthy aud  morbid
  conditions,   sm. 4J.  London, 1*35.
    -----.  Descriptive  catalogue of  the fossil
  organic remains of  plants contained in the mu-
  seum of the Royal College of Surgeons of  Eng-
  land.  4°.   London,  1*55.
    -----.  Descriptive  catalogue of the speci-
  mens  of natural history iu spirit, contained in
  the museum of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons
  of England.  Vertebrata:  Pisces, reptilia, aves,
  mammalia.   *°.  London, 1*59.
    Smithsonian  Institution.  Reports  of the
  executive  committee  of the  board of regents,
  l-,-4-:>, b~rC,-6, 18*6-7.  ,--'.   Washington,  18-5-7.
    Smithsonian  Institution.  United States Xa-
  tional Museum.  Bulletins Nos. 1-3*, 40-53.  Pt.
  1.  •-  .  Washington, 1-75-1905.
    -----.  Proceedings, v. 1-27,1>7*-1904.  8°.
  Washington, 1*79-1904.
    -----.  Appendices  [to  the   Proeeediugs].
  Nos. 1-20.   8°.  [ Washington, l-*l-3.]
    -----.  Reports upon the condition and prog-
  ress of the F. S. National Museum,  for the years
  1*64 to  1901-2.  By the Assistant  Secretary  of
  the Smithsonian Institution.  20 v.   8°.   Wash-
  ington, 1*85-1904.
    -----.  New  building for the United States
  National Museum.   Letter from the Secretary of
  the Smithsonian Institution,  tiansmittiiig plans
  for a new building  for the U. S. National  Mu-
jyfuseiiiiis.
  scum.   57. Cong., 2. sess.   11. R. Doc. No. 314.
  Jan. 23,  1903.  8°.  [ Washington, 1903.]
    United  States.  Congress.   Senate.  A bill to
  provide  for the  erection of an additional tire-
  proof building  for the Natioual  Museum.  52.
  Cong., 1. sess.  S. 175*.  Jan. 21,1*92.  Introd.
  by  Mr. Morrill, and  rep. by him Feb. 26, 1*92.
  2 pp. roy.  8°.  [ Washington, 1*92.]
    United  States.  Congress.  House of Repre-
  sentatives.  A bill to provide for the  opening of
  the National  Museum during a greater number
  of hours iu every week.  52. Cong., 1. sess.  II. li.
  2762. Jan. 11, lk»2.  Introd. by Mr. Crain.  roy.
  8°.   [Washington,  1-92.]
    United  States.   Department of the Interior.
  United States National Museum.  Bulletins.  Nos.
  1-38, 40-48, 50-52.   Published under the direc-
  tion of the Smithsonian Institution.   8°.  Wash-
  ington, 1875-1902.
    Zoologische  Mittheiluugeu aus  Tirol.  Der
  43.  Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und
  Aerzte gewidmet  vom  Tirol. Vorarlb. Landes-
  Museum (Feidiuandeum)   zu  Innsbruck  1-69.
  8°.   Innsbruck,  L-69.
    Fabrc-Doiuergue. Sur la conservation en collec-
  tions des animaux colores. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol.,Par.,
  1889, 9. s., i,  38.—Flower.  The Oxford University Mu-
  seum. Nature, Lond., 1891, xliv, 619-621.—Ooode <G. B.)
  The museums of the future.  Rep. U.S.Nat. Mus., Wash.,
  1888-9,427-445. -----. Tbe relationships and responsibili-
  ties of museums.  Science,  N. Y. &. Lancaster, Pa., 1895,
  n.s.,ii, 197-209.—Gratacap (LP.) Formative museum
  period.  Ibid . 1901,n. s.. xiv, 168-178.-----. Tbe museum.
  J. Applied Micr.. Rochester, 1902, v, 2069: 1903, vi. 2117;
  2169; 2221; 2262; 2323; 2381; 2417; 2455; 2503: 2555; 2600.—
  de Ilnller (E.)  Lettres sur le iuus6um.  Rev. internat.
  d. sc, Par.,  1878, i, 63; 93;  125;  186; 252; 349.—Hough
  (W.) The preservation of  museum specimens from  in-
  sects, and  the effects of dampness. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
  Wash., 1886-7,549-558.-----. The preservation of museum
  specimens.  Science, N. Y., 1902, n. s., xvi, 210. — Ij. (H.)
  Le musee des passions humaiues et le mus6e de psycho-
  logie.  Rev.  de l'bypnot. et psychol. pbysiol., Par.. 1902-3,
  xvii, 33-36. — ill a re ii we (J.) Zum SOjabrigen Jubilaum
  des  Germanischen Museums.   Med. Wocbe, Berl , 1902,
  233-236.—iTIayer (A. G.) The status of public museums
  in tbe United States.  Science, N. Y. <fe Lancaster, Pa.,
  1903,'n. s.,  xvii, 843-851. — .Tloise ( E. S.)  If  public
  libraries, why not public museums I  Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
  Wash., 1893, 771-780.—Molt (F. T.)  Report of the com-
  mittee, appointed for  the purpose of preparing a  report
  upon the  provincial museums of the  United Kingdom.
  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1867, Loud., 1888, lvii, 97-130.—
  True (F. W.)  An account of the United States National
  Museum.  Rep. Smi^hsou.  Inst., Wash., IS96, 287-324.—
  Vignoli  (T.)  I musei moderni di storia naturale.  R.
  1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Rendic, Milano, 1900, 2. s., xxxiii,
  246; 332; 504.

Museums (Anatomical and pathological).
    See, also, Anatomy (History, etc.,  of); Anat-
  omy (Institutes,  etc.. of); Anatomy (Patholog-
  ical); Pathology (Institutions, etc., for).
    Beck (M.), Shattock (S. G.) & Stonham (C.)
  Descriptive catalogue  of  the specimens  illus-
  trating  surgical pathology iu  the  museum  of
  University College,  Loudon.  Pts. 1  & 2.  *-.
  London,  lr*l-7.
    Blancken  ( G.)  Catalogus antiquarum  et
  uovaruui reruui  ex longe dissitis terrarnm oris
  congestis, quaruni visendaium copia Lugduni in
  Batavis in anatomia piiblica, curiosis spectatori-
  btts datur.  8C.   Lugd. Bat., 1700.
    Buys (D.)  Mus^e scolaire universel, Utrecht.
  Catalogue d'osteologie  anatomique et d'anato-
  mie humaine.  Preparations naturelles et artifi-
  cielles.   8C.   Utrecht, [1**1].
    Catalogue of  an  extensive and  valuable
  pathological museum, comprising thirteen hun-
  dred specimens, preparations, and illustrations
  iu medical aud  surgical pathology; to which is
  added a  smaller  collection,  containing very val-
  uable specimens in comparative anatomy, which 
MUSEUMS.                                  251                                 MUSEUMS.
Tluseuilis (Anatomical and pathological).
  will be sold by auction hy Maclachlan, Stewart
  &  Co., Edinburgh.  8°.  Edinburgh, [n. d.].
    Catalogue (A) of a very select and valuable
  anatomical  museum, consisting of upwards  of
  seven hundred specimens in  anatomy aud mor-
  bid anatomy, collected during  more than forty
  years' public practice . . ., which will be sold bv
  Messrs.  Wheat-lev & Adlard, Apr. 22 A:  23, 1*31.
  8°.  London, [1*31].
    Cekutti  ( F.  P.  L.)   Pathologisch - anato-
  niisches  Museum,  enthaltend eine Darstellnng
  der vorziiglichsteu krankhaften Veriinderungen
  und Bildungsfehler der Organe des mensehlichen
  Korpers, nach iiltern und neuern Beobachtungen.
  5.  Hfte. in 2 v.  8°.  Leipzig, 1821-4.
    Descriptive catalogue  of  anatomical  and
  surgical preparations in wax, papier mach6, and
  leather,  with a valuable and rare cabinet  of
  original specimens of bones, illustrating an in-
  teresting series of diseases, casualties, and mal-
  formations; also a collection of oil paintings of
  anatomical and pathological subjects, by Sully.
  Collected by William Gilson, the property of the
  late Charles Bell Gilson, aud now offered for sale
  at the museum of this college.   [Richmond, Ya. ]
  8J.  [Richmond, Ya., n. d.]
    Descriptive catalogue  of  the  pathological
  specimens contained in the museum of the Royal
  College of Surgeons of England.   By Sir James
  Paget, Bart., with the assistance of James Fred-
  eric Goodhart  and Alban  H.  G.  Doran.  v. 1.
  General pathology.   2. ed.  8J.  London, 1*82.
    -----.  The  same.  v. 2.  Morbid conditions
  of the blood, the organs of motion, and  tbe skel-
  eton.  8°.   London, 1883.
    Devergie (M.-G.-A. )   Musee  de  l'hdpital
  Saint-Louis.  8°.   Paris, 1*77.
    Great Britaix.  Army Medical  Department.
  Catalogue of the Pathological Museum at Netlev.
  8°.  London, 1891.
    -----.  Descriptive catalogue of the patho-
  logical  specimens contained  in the museum  of
  the armv  medical department, Netley.  3.  ed.
  v. 1, by Sir W. Aitken.   8°.  London,'l692.
    Gruber(W.)  Beitrage zur Anatomie, Physio-
  logie, Chirurgie, etc.  Zweite Abtheilung, ent-
  haltend  die Monographic eines inerkwiirdigen  ]
  osteosclerotischen Kopfes des auatomisch-physio-
  logischen Museums iu Prag.  4°.   Prag, 1*47.
    Repr.from: Abhandl. d. math.-naturw. CI. d. k. bdhm.
  Gesellsch. d. "Wissensch., Prag, 1847, 5. F, v.
    vax der Hoevex & Buys, Rotterdam  Cata-
  logue d'anatomie  humaine.  Anatomie normale
  et pathologique.  Preparations naturelles et ar-
  tificielles.  8°.  Rotterdam, [18-0].
    Kohler (J. V. H.)  Besekreibung der physio-
  logisehen und pathologischen Praparate, welehe
  in der Sammlung des Herrn  Hofrath Loder  zu
  Jena enthalteu sind.  8°.   Leipzig, 1794.
    Loxdox Hospital Medical Col lege.  A descrip-
  tive catalogue of the pathological museum ot'tlie
  London Hospital.   8°.  London, 1890.
    Royal  College of  Surgeons of Edinburgh.
  Descriptive catalogue of  the  auatomical  and
  pathological specimens in the museum of the . . .,
  by  C. W.  Cathcart.   v.  1. The  skeleton  and
  organs of motion.   * .  Edinburgh, 1*93.
    Ruysch (F.)  Observationum anatomico-chi-
  rurgicarum  ceuturia;  accedit  catalogue rario-
  rum, qua;  in museo  Ruyschiano asservantur;
  adjectis ubique iconibus aeneis naturalem magni-
  tudinem reprassentantibus.   4°.   Amstelodami,
  1691.
    -----.  The  same.  4°.  Amstelodami, 1721.
    Ryder (J. A.)  The synthetic museum of com-
  parative anatomy as the basis for a comprehen-
  sive system of research.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1893.
Museum* (Anatomical and pathological).
    Saixt Bartholomew's  Hospital, London.  A
  description of the preparations contained in the
  museum  of St.  Bartholomew's Hospital.  Pub-
  lished by order of the governors.  Pt. I. Prepa-
  rations illustrating the natural structure of or-
  gans in the human body.  Pt. II. Preparations
  illustrating the changes produced by disease in
  the organs of the human body.  Pt. III. Prepa-
  rations illustrating the form, structure, and dis-
  ease of organs in the bodies of animals.  Pt. IV.
  Miscellaneous articles.  4°.   London, 1*31.
    -----.   A descriptive catalogue of the draw-
  ings and photographs of diseased  or  injured
  parts (Series LVII) in the museum of St. Bar-
  tholomew's Hospital.   2. ed.   8°.  London, 1893.
    -----.   Addenda for the years 1881-93 to the
  descriptive  catalogue  of the anatomical  and
  pathological museum  of Saint Bartholomew's
  Hospital.  8°.   London, 1894.
    Saixt George's Hospital, London.  A supple-
  mentary catalogue of the pathological museum
  of  St. George's Hospital; a  description  of  the
  specimens added  during the  years  186'i-*l, by
  Isambard Owen.  8°.  London, 1*82.
    Virchoyv  (R.)  Die  Eroffnung des patholo-
  gischen  Museums  der  konigl.  Friedrich-Wil-
  heltns-Universitat zu  Berlin  am 27. Juni 1899.
  4°.  Berlin, 1*99.
    -----.  Das neue  pathologische Museum der
  Universitiit zu Berlin.   8°.  Berlin,  1901.
    [Walter (J.  G.)]   [Collection of 113 letters,
  by Thouret, Thos.  Young,  Berends,  Osiander,
  Vrolik, Goercke [et al.], official orders and auto-
  graph letters of Frederic William III (of Prus-
  sia), newspapers, bills of accounts, MSS., etc.,
  addressed to, and written by . . ., the founder of
  the anatomical  museum (in  Berlin), concerning
  the latter, from the years 1797-1810.]   fol.  [Ber-
  lin, n. d.]
    Zoja (G.)   II gabinetto di anatomia umana
  della r. Universita di Pavia.  fol.   Pavia, 1*89.
    Abbott (Maude E.)   Museum notes (notes on speci-
  mens of interest and upon work done in the pathological
  museum, McGill University. Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx,
  522-532, 4 pl.—Carruceio (A.) Ricordi del 7" Congresso
  medico-internazionale, e note sui priucipali ruusei anatomo-
  zoologici d' Inghilterra e  di Scozia.  Spallanzaui, Modena,
  1881, 2. s., x, 465; 653.—Catalogue analytique du cabi-
  net d'anatomie pathologique fonde k l'hopital Saint Jean
  & Bruxelles. Arch, de la m6d. beige, Brux., 1842, vii, 90;
  164: 310; 402: viii, 38.—Dwight (T.)  An example of a
  proposed arrangement of specimens of a single structure
  for museums.  J. Med. Research, Bost , 1903, ix, .'!2l-:i_'8.
  Also, Reprint.—Oalt (H.)  On a new method of preserv-
  ing museum specimens.  Glasgow M. J., 1902, lvii, 30-32.—
  Goodhart (J. F.)  List of specimens added to the patho-
  logical museum during  the  year  1885-6.  Guy's Hosp.
  Rep., Lond., 1887, 3. s., xxix, 233-239.—Havelburg (W.)
  Professor Virchow's pathologic-anatomical museum.  Pub.
  Health Rep. U. S. Mar.-Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1902, xvii,
  1977-1980.—Hunterian (The) museum of the Royal Col-
  lege of Surgeons; recent  additions to the pathological sec-
  tion. Lancet, Lond., 1863, ii, n. s.,  519-522.—Iwi-acl (O.)
  Das  pathologische Museum der koniglichen Friedrich-
  Wilhelms-TJniversitat zu Berlin.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1901, xxxviii, 1047-1052.—Iiamb (D. S.)  Round or square
  jars for museum  specimens.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1903, xii, 1027.—fiavista (R.)  Discurso pronuueiado . . .
  en la inaii<:uracidn del Museo anatomopatologico  en  el
  Hospital de San  Andr6s.  Kev. quincen. de auat. patol.
  [etc.j, M6xico,  1896, i, pp. vii-xxix.  -----.  Informs rinde
  al  C. ministro de instruccion piiblica de  las labores
  ejocutadas  en el Museo  de anatomia patoltigica. desde su
  fundacidn hasta la fecha, y proyocto de reformas para su
  transforniaci6n en Instituto anatonio-patolduico.  Rev. de
  anat. patol. y clin., Mexico, 1899, iv, 321.—t^eboucq (H.)
  Le ranrf'i) anatomique de  l'Univeisit6 de (land. Livre
  jubil. publie par la Soc. de med.  de Gand [etc.], Gand,
  1884, 73-97. Also, Reprint.—liiwt of specimens added to
  the pathological museum during the years 1883-4 to 1896.
  Guy's Hosp. Rep.,  Lond., 1884-9K, 3. s., xxvii-xxxviii, pas-
  sim. — RlaliyetT (N. M.)  Katalog preparatov niuzeya
  normalnol anatomii Imperatorskavo Tomskavo Universi-
  teta. [Catalogue of specimens cf the museum of normal
  anatomv of tbe Imperial Tomsk  Universitv.]   Izvlest.
  Imp. Tomsk. Univ.,  1896,  x, no. 11, 1 -22. — lVIcars
/ 
MUSEUMS.
252
MUSEUMS.
Museums (Anatomical and pathological).
  (W  P )  Tbe local museum of anatomy  and pathology.
  Rep. Proc. Northumb. Sc Durham M. Soe., Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne. 1887-8. 113-118. —Minot (C. S.)  The Har-
  vard eiiibrvological collection.  J. Med. Research, Bost.,
  1904-5 xiii! 499-522, 1 pl. — tIiiwciiiii of Human Anat-
  omy at Cambridge.  Lancet, Lond., 1S93, ii, 1532.—©.(Vi.)
  A morning in tbe Hunterian Museum.   Phila.  M. J.,
  1899 iv  233. — Premiers (Les) mus6es anatomiques.
  Chron. med..  Par., 1902, ix, 718.—Prieto (I.)  Resena
  de los trabajos verincados durante cl mes de abnl  [and
  May and junej   en el Museo  anatonio-patologico  del
  Hospital S. Andres.  Rev. de anat. patol.  y clin., Mexico.
  1898, iii, 375; 464; ">21; 603; 684.—Pulido (A.)  Los mu-
  seos anatomiios  de Europa.  Siglo  med., Madrid, 1889,
  xxxvi, 721 : 737: 753- -----• El museo del doctor Velasco.
  I&id.,'769-771.—Nangalli  (G.)  Lna questione di pro-
  priety scientilica; nel museo d'anatomia patologira del-
  f University ticinese non si trovano esemplari dell' illustre
  prof. B.  Panizza.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Rendic,
  Milano, 1890, 2. s., xxiii, 360-373.—Shatfock (S. G.)  A
  notice of the more interesting of the, additions made to the
  museum during the preceding year.  St. Thomas's Hosp.
  Rep., Lond., 1887, n. s., xvi, 253-258.—Tonssaint  (M.)
  El Museo anatomo-patol6gico; fundaci6n e historia.  Rev.
  quincen. de anat. patol. [etc.J, Mexico, 1896, i, 531-538.—
  /ahornki (W.)  Gabinet  anatomiczny  Uuiversytetu i
  Akademii Medyko-Chirurgicznej  w Wilnie.  [Anatomical
  cabinet of the University and Medico-Cbirurgical Acad-
  emy of Vilna.]  Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1900, iv, 267-276.—
  Zoja (G.) Statistica dei  preparati anatomici esistenti
  nei  vari istituti.  Boll, scient., Pavia, 1888, x, 33-35.

Museums  (Anthropological   and  ethno-
  logical).
    See,  also,  Craniology;  Ethnography (Muse-
  ums, etc., relating to).
    Harvard  University,  Cambridge.    Pea-
  body Museum of American Archatology and Eth-
  nology.   Archaeological  and ethnological  papers
  of the Peabody Museum, Harvard University.
  v. 1, Nos. 1-6.   *y   Cambridge, 18*8-98.
    -----.  Memoirs of the ...  v. 1, Nos.  1-5.
  4°.   Cambridge, 1690-*.
    -----.  Reports of the curator  to the presi-
  dent of the  university.   1.-34., 1866 to  1899-
  1900.  *.  Cambridge,  1868-1901.
    Abbott (W. L.) Ethnological collection in the U. S.
  National Museum from Kilima-Njaro, East Africa.  Rep.
  L. S. Nat. Mus. 1890-91, Wash., 1892, 381-428.—Azoulay.
  Sur  la maniere dont a  6t6 constitn6 lo rnus6e  phouo-
  graphiqne de  la  Soci6te d'anthropologie.  Bull, et m6m.
  Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1901, 5. s., ii, 305-320—Balfour
  (H.) The relationship of museums to the study of anthro-
  pology.  J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1904,  xxxiv, 10-19.—
  Dorney (G. A.)  Notes on the anthropological museums
  of central Europe. Am. Anthrop.. N. T., 1899, i, 462-474.—
  Holmi'K (W.  H.)  Classification and arrangement of the
  exhibits of an anthropological museum.  J. Anthrop. Inst.,
  Lond., 1902, xxxii, 353-372.   Also: Science, N. Y. Sc  Lan-
  caster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv. 487-504.—Inauguration du
  musee d'anthropologie a la  Faculty  libre. J. d. sc. m6d.
  de Lille. 1902, ii, 67-70.—Kramer (A.)  Der Neubau des
  Berliner Museums fiir Volkerkunde im Lichte der ethno-
  graphischen Forschung.  Globus,  Brnschwg., 1904, lxxxvi,
  21-24.—von LnKchan, Ziele uud Wege eines modernen
  Museums fiir Volkerkunde.  Ibid., 1905, lxxxviii, 238-240.

Museums (Medical).
    Sec  also,  Bacteriology  (Laboratories, etc.,
  for); Museums (Anatomical, etc.).
    American Medical Association.  Memorial to
  the  Senate and House of Representatives of the
  United States,  [with accompanying] documents
  with reference  to the proposed building for the
  Army Medical  Museum  and Library of the Sur-
  geon-General's Office.  8°.  [n. p.,  18*4 ?]
    Bertrand-Rival (J.-F.)   Precis  historique,
  physiologique  et moral des principaux objets
  en circ  prepares et colnries  d'apres nature, qui
  composent le musdiim  de .  . .   8°.   Paris, an V
  [1801].
    British Medical  Association.   Forty-first,
  forty-third,  and fifty-fourth annual  meetings,
  Edinburgh,   1873;  1875;  1886.  Museum cata-
  logue.   12c.  [v. p., 1*73-86.]
    Correspondence (The),  etc., relative to cer-
  tiin casts and  drawings presented by the  com-
^Iiiseuiiis (Medical).
  mittee of the Free Hospital for Incurables to
  the Norfolk  ami  Norwich  Hospital Museum.
  8-.   London,  [1854, vel subseq.].
    Documents with reference to proposed build-
  ing for the Army Medical Museum and  Library
  of the Surgeon-General's Office.   8°.  Washing-
  ton, 18*3.
    Gids voor de bezoekers van  het geschiedkun-
  dig medisch-pharniaeeutisch  museum  in het
  stedelijk  museum  Paulns  Potterstraat te Am-
  sterdam.  12°.   Amsterdam,  190").
    Great  Britaix.   Secretary of State for  War.
  Medical Department.   A catalogue of the collec-
  tion of mammalia and birds in  the  museum of
  the army  medical  departmeut   at  Fort  Pitt,
  Chatham.   8°.   Chatham, 1838.
    [Mutter Museum  controversy.]   Petition of
  William  Hunt  [et  al.].    8°.   [Philadelphia,
  1684.]
    -----.   In re  petition  Mutter   committee.
  Court common pleas, No. 2.  8°.   [Philadelphia,
  1*84.]
    Museum Journal of the Royal  College of Sur-
  geons of England.  Pt. 1.  8°.  London, 1892.
    Trinity Medical School.   Museum catalogue.
  A classified list of specimens,  models, plates,
  etc.   8°.  Toronto, [1886?].
    United States.   Message from the President
  of the United States, transmitting a communi-
  cation from the Secretary of War, with accom-
  panying papers, recommending   an  appropria-
  tion for the purchase of a site and  the  erection
  of a fire-proof building to contain the  records,
  library, aud  museum of the Surgeon-General's
  Office.   47.  Cong., 1.  sess.  Senate Ex.  Doc.
  No. 65. Jan.  19, 1882.  8°.   [Washington, 1882.]
    -----.   Message  from the President of the
  United States,  transmitting a letter from the
  Secretary of  War of the 13th instant, inclosing
  one from the  Surgeon-Genet al of the  Army, sub-
  mitting a special estimate for funds,  iu  the sum
  of $200,000, for  the erection of  a suitable fire-
  proof building  to  contain the records, library,
  and museum of the Medical Department of the
  Army, Dec. 19, 1883.  8°.    [ Washington],  1883.
    United States.   Congress.  Joint resolution
  authorizing the Secretary of War to purchase
  sublot 27 and part of sublot 2*, in square 327,
  Washington,  D. C, for the purpose of enlarging
  the grounds  of the Army Medical Museum, and
  to secure the  same from accident or loss by fire.
  45.  Cong., 2. sess.  H. R. 97.  In the H. of  Rep.,
  Jan. 28, 1878.   Introd. by Mr. Lindsay,  roy. 8°.
  [Washington,  1878.]
    -----.   Au act  authorizing  the erection of a
  fire-proof building in the city of Washington,
  to contain the  records, library,  and museum of
  the Army Medical Department.   48. Cong., 1.
  sess.   S. 403.   H. R., June 4,  1884.   roy. 8°.
  [Washington,  1884.]
    -----.   An act  providing for the erection of
  a building, to contain the records, library, and
  museum of   the Medical  Department,  United
  States Army.  48. Cong.,  2.  sess.    H. R.  48.
  In  the Senate U.  S.,  Feb. 17,  1885.  roy.  8°.
  [Washington,  1885.]
    -----.    The same.   Rep.  by Mr.  Morrill,
  Feb.  25,  1885.  [Washington, 1885.]
    United States.   Congress.  House of Repre-
  sentatives.   Fire-proof  building  for  the   Army
  Medical Department.  Report from the  Com-
  mittee  on  Public  Buildings  and Grounds, to
  whom was referred a message from  the  Presi-
  dent  of the Utiited States, transmitting a com-
  munication from  the Secretary  of War, recom-
  mending an appropriation for the purchase of  a 
MUSEUMS.
253
MUS HET.
Jlusen ills (Medical).
  a site and the  erection  of a  fire-proof building
  thereon,  iu  the city of  Washington, to contain
  the records, library,  and museum  of the Sur-
  geon-Geueral's Office, Feb. 28, 1*83.   Rep.  by
  Mr. Shallenberger.   47. Cong., 2. sess.   H. R.
  Report No.  1995.  8-\   [Washington, 1663.]
    -----. A bill to  provide for the erection of a
  building to contain the records of the library
  and museum of the Medical Department, United
  Slates Army.   48.  Cong., 1.  sess.  H.  R.  48.
  Dec. 10,  1883.  Rep., with amendments, July 2,
  1884.   Introd.  by  Mr.  Rosecraus.   roy.  8°.
  [ Washington, 1884.]
    -----.  The same.   Report  of the Committee
  on Public Buildiugs aud Grounds, to whom was
  referred  the bill (H.  R. 48) providing for the
  erection  of  a building to contain the records  of
  the library  and museum of the Medical Depart-
  ment,  United  States  Army.  4*. Cong., 1. sess.
  [Rep.  No. 2041.]  Rep.  by Mr.  Stockslager Jtily
  2, 1884.  8J.   [ Washington, 1**4.]
    -----.  A bill authorizing  the  erection  of a
  fire-proof building in  the city of Washington, to
  contain the records, library,  and museum of the
  Army  Medical Department.   4*. Coug.,  1. sess.
  H. R.  2272.  Jan. 7, 1884.  Introd.  by Mr. Rob-
  ert■ T.  Davis,   roy. 8°.  [Washington, 1884.]
    United   States.    Congress.    Senate.  A bill
  authorizing the erection of a fire-proof building
  in the city of Washington, to contain the records,
  library,  and museum  of the  Army  Medical De-
  partment.   48.  Cong.,  1. sess.   S. 403.  Dec. 5,
  1883.   roy.  8  .   [Washington, 18*3.]
    -----.   The  same.   Rep.  by  Mr.  Mahoue
  May 2*,  1884.  roy. 8C.   [Washington, 1864.]
    United   States.  Xavy  Department.  Bureau
  of Medicine and  Surgery.  Catalogue of the ex-
  hibits  of the Museum  of Hygieue.  Compiled by
  Philip S. Wales.  *-.    Washington,  1893.
    United  States.   War Department.  Surgeon-
  General's Office.   Letter from  the  Secretary  of  ,
  War,  transmitting a  request of the  Surgeon-
  Geueral  for an  appropriation for building the
  Army  Medical Museum.  50.  Cong., 1. sess.   S.
  Ex. Doc. Xo. 200.  June 25, 1888.   8C.  [ Wash-
  ington, 18*8.]
    University College, London.   Descriptive
  catalogue of the specimens illustrating the pa-
  thology  of  gynaecology and  obstetric  medicine
  contained in the museum of the University Col-
  lege, London.   By  John Williams  and Charles
  Stonham.   8°.   [London],  1891.
    Abbott (Maude E.)  The museum  iii  medical teach-
  ing.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv. 935-939.—Army
  (The) Medical Museum, at Washington, U. ('.  West. il.
  & S. Reporter, St. Joseph, Mo., 1894, vi, 30-34.—IBccli-
  ter ew  (W.)  Musee psychiatrique  et neurologique  de
  l'Academie imperiale de m6decine de Saint-Petersbourg.
  Ann. me,d.-psychol., Par., 1898, 8. s., vii, 173-175.—Bill-
  ings (J. S.)   On medical museums, with special reference
  to the Army Medical Museum at Washington.  Mary-
  land M. J., Bait., 1888, xix,  407; 421. AUT>: Med. News,
  Phila.,  1888, liii, 309-316.  Also, Reprint.  Also: N. .York
  M. J., 1888, xlviii. 309-320.  Also : Tr.  Cong. Am. Phys.
  Sc Surg., 1888, N. Haven, 1889, i, 355-386.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Dwight (T.) Recent additions to the Warren Museum
  of the  Harvard  Medical  School.  J. Bost. Soc.  M. Sc,
  1899-1900,  iv, 1-4.  Also,  Reprint.—Hutchinson (J.)
  The Bradshaw lecture on museums in their  relation to
  medical education and the progress  of knowledge. De-
  livered at the  Royal College of Surgeons of England, on
  Thursday, December 6, 1888. Illust.  M. News,  Lond.,
  1888-9,  i,  251: ii, 1257.—Hutchinson  (W.)  How to
  make medical museums more valuable.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1899, lv., 312-314.—Jehle  (L.)  Das gewerbehygienische
  Museum in Wien.  Cong, internat.  d'hyg. et de demog.
  C. r., 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt.  3,  108-111.—1TI usee de
  I'ficole de m6decine et de pharmacie Saint Antoine.  Nor-
  mandie  med., Rouen, 1905,  xx, 218; 247.—New  (The)
  buildings  for human anatomy and  physiology at Cam-
  bridge.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1891, i, 1399.—Regnault (F.)
  Les muse.es v6t6rinaires.  Corresp. m6d.,  Par., 1901, vii,
Museums (Medical).
  no. 164, 12.—Senn (N.) The Pirogoff Museum, St. Peters-
  burg.  Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 305.   AUo, Reprint.—
  Smart (C. S.)  The Army Medical Museum aud the Li-
  brary of the Surgeon-General's Office. J. Mil. Serv. Inst.
  U. S., Governor's Island, N. Y. H, 1896, xix, no. 83. 288-
  299.—Smith  (T. C.)  The obstetrical and gynecological
  treasures  of the Ariny Medical Museum.  Am. J. Obst.,
  N. Y., 1900, xii, 57-63. Also, Reprint.—Specimens added
  to the museum during the years 1881-1904.  St. Barth.
  Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1882-1905, xviii-xl, passim.—Stokvis
  (B. J.)  Het Koloniaal-geneeskundig Museum te. Amster-
  dam.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1891, 2. R.,
  xxvii, pt. 2,245-252.—Temporary Museum, Ontario Den-
  tal Society. Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1892, xiv, 328.
UIuseumskuiMle.   Zeitschrift  fiir Verwal-
  tung und  Technik  offentlicher  uud privater
  Samuilnngen hrsg. vou Karl Koetschau.   [4 Nos.
  form 1 v.]  v. 1, 1905.  4°.   Berlin,  G.  Reimer.
    Current.
Musgl'ave (A.)  History of a singular case of
  tendency to plethora, more particularly during
  the periods of gestation and the puerperal state;
  illustrating the signal  advantage to be  derived
  from a decided and reiterated  use of the lancet
  in cases of this description.  21pp.  12°.   [Lon-
  don, J. Moyer, 1824.]
Ulusgrave (Guilhelmus) [1657-1721].  De ar-
  thritide  symptomatica dissertatio.  10 p.  1., 251
  pp., 14 1.  12°.  Exonice, sumpt.  Leo  §  Bishop
  Soc,  1703.
-----.  De arthritide auomala, sive interna dis-
  sertatio.  Ut  et  Eichardus  Mead,  de  imperio
  solis ac lunie  iu corpora humana,  et morbis inde
  orinudis.  2.  ed.  (J p.  1.,  391 pp.,  8  1.  12°.
  Amstelasdami, apud Wetstenios, 1710.
PFIusgrave (Percy).  Cyto-diagnosis.  A study
  of the cellular elements  in serous effusions.  A
  preliminary report.  12 pp.   12°.   Boston, 1903.
    Repr.from : Boston M. Sc S. J., 1903, cxlviii.
-----.  The  examination of pleural fluids, with
  reference to their etiology and  diagnostic value.
  50 pp., 3 pl.   8°.   [Boston], 1904.
Jflusgrave (Samuel) [1732-80].
    Courtney (W. P.)  [Biography.]  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xxxix, 423.
Jlusgrave (William) [1655S-1721].
    Courtney (W. P.)   [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xxxix, 427.
Irlusjjrave (William  E.)  Sprue, or psilosis, in
  Manila.   35 pp. 8°.  Philadelphia, 1902:
    Repr. from: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii.
    See, also, Strong (Richard P.) & ITIusgiave (W. E.)
  The occurrence of Malta<(ever [etc.]. 8°.  Philadelphia,
  1900.
-----& Clegg (Moses  T.)   Trypanosoma  and
  trypanosomiasis, with special reference  to surra
  in the Philippine Islands. 248 pp.  8D.  Manila,
  1903.
    Forms no. 5 of: Dept. Interior.  Bureau of Govt. Lab.
  Biol. Lab., 1903.
-----------.   Pt.  1. Amelias;  their cultivation
  and etiologic significance.  Pt. 2.  Treatment of
  intestinal amebiasis (amebic dysentery) in the
  Tropics,  hy W. E. Musgrave.  117 pp., IG pl.  8°.
  Manila, Bureau of Publ. Printing,  1904.
    Forms no. 18 of: Dept. Interior. Bureau of Govt. Lab.
  Biol. Lab., 1904.
-----it Williamson (Norman E.)  A prelim-
  inary report on trypanosomiasis of horses in the
  Philippine  Islands.  26  pp.  8°.  Manila, 1903.
    Forms no.  3:  Dept. Interior.   Bureau of Govt. Lab.
  Biol. Lab., 1903.
de  Musgrave-CIay [Charles-Ken<§]  [1848-
      ].  Etude snr la contagiosity  de la  phthisie
  pulmonaire.    114  pp.,  11.  8°.   Paris, V.-A.
  Delahaye <$•  Cie., 1879.
II usliet (  William) [1716-92].
    Scott (L.  M. M.)   [Biography.]  Diet.  Nat.  Biog.,
  Loud., 1894, xxxix, 432. 
MUSHET.
254
MUSIC.
1Iii>Im I  (William  Boyd)  [1828-87J.
    [Obituary.]  Lancet, Lond., 1888, i, 351.

^lusli rooms
    See Fungi.

Husic.
    Sir. also, Singing;  Voice.
    Aiky (G. B.)   Ou sound and atmospheric vi-
  brations, with the  mathematical  elements  of
  music.   2. ed.   12°.   London, 1^71.
    Bartholinus  (C.)   De  tibiis veterum, et ea-
  rn m  antique-  usu  libri tres.   Ed.  altera.  16°.
  Amstehedami,  lti79.
    Blaskrxa (P.)  La teoria  del suouo nei suoi
  rapporti  colla  ninsica;  dieci  conferenze.   8J.
  Milano,  187 7>.
    -----.  Tbe  same.  The theory  of  sound  iu
  its relation to music.   8-.   Xew York,  I860.
    China.   Inspector-General  of Customs.  Impe-
  rial  maritime customs.   II. Special series.  No.
  6. Chinese music.   By  J. A. Vau  Aalst.   4°.
  Shanghai,  1-64.
    Kirchekus (A.)  Musurgia universalis,  sive
  ars magna consoni et dissoui in x libros digesta,
  qua universa  souorum doctrina, et  philosophia,
  niusieieque tam theorii :e quam practice scientia
  summavarietatetraditur.  2 v. fol.  Ronue, 1650.
    Sax  (A.) jr.   La   musique instruinentale  au
  point <le vue de l'hygieue  et  la creation  des
  orchestics fdminius.   8°.   Paris, 1863.
    Bnlto■■■■ (IL)  The old British " pibcorn ", or "horn-
  pipe", and its affinities. J. Anthrop. Inst., Loud., 1890-91,
  xx. 142-154. 2 pl.—Cross ^C. R.) & .Hillcr (\V. T.)  On
  the ]>resent condition  of musical pitch in  Boston and vi-
  cinity.  Am. J. Otol.,  N.  T., 1880, ii, 249-263.—Decorse.
  Psvchologiecoloniale; la musique chez lesnoirs. Rev.mod.
  de'uied. et  de chir.. Par., 1905, iii, 251-253.—Drobisch
  (il. W.)  Ueber musikalische Tonbestimmung uud Tem-
  peratur. Abhandl. d. math.-phys. CI. d. k. siichs. Gesellsch.
  d. Wissensch.,  Leipz.,  18.VJ-5,  ii, 1-120,  1  pl. — Els-
  berg (L.)  The explanation of musical harmony.  In: N.
  Y. Tribune, Lectnre sheet no. 5, p.2.—<» iiillcmin (A.)
  Les  premiers 6l6ments  d'acoustique  musicale.  Voix,
  Par., 1902, xiii, 35-40.—K«cnig (R.) Tableau generale des
  nombres de vibrations de  la s6rie des sons musicaux.  Pa-
  role.  Rev.  internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, xii, 654-
  664.—IVIcilccins (Les) et la musique. Chron. med.. Par.,
  19U3, x, 223-227.—.Ilcjer (M.)   Some points of difference
  concerning  the theory of  music.   Psychol. Rev., N. Y.,
  1903. x, 534-550.  -----. Znr  Theorie japanischer Mnsik.
  Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1903,
  xxxiii, 289-306.—Preyer (W.) Conibiuatinnstone.  Si-
  tzungsb. d. Jeniiiseh. Gesellsch. f.  Med. u. Naturw. 1878,
  Jena, 1879,  74-77. -----.  Die Theo ie der musikalischen
  Consonanz.  Ibid., 67-71.  -----. Ueber den Ursprung des
  Zahlbegriffs ans dem Tonsinn und iiber das Wesen der
  Piiinzahleu.  Beitr. z. Psychol, u.  Physiol, d.  Sinnesorg.,
  Hamb. u. Leipz., 1891, 1-30.—Spencer (H.)  The origin
  of music.  Mind, Lond. Jc Edinb., 1890, xv, 449-468.—Vin-
  cent (A.-J.-H.)  Sur la  theorie de la gainme et des ac-
  coids.  Compt. rend.  Aead.  d.  sc. Par.,  1855, xii,  808;
  1206. — Wciiimaun (F.)  Zur Struktur der  Melodie.
  Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1904,
  xxxv, 340; 401.

i?lu*ic (Perception  of, Disordered).
    See, also, Aphasia in relation to music,  etc.
    Brox-islavvski  (V.-H.)   * Contribution   a
  l'etude de l'amusie et de la localisation des cen-
  tres musicaux.   8:.   Bordeaux, 1900.
    Dobberke  (F. C.)   * Ueber vokal uud instru-
  mental musikalische  Storungen bei der Aphasie
  [Freiburg.]   8°.   Haag, 1899.
    Alt (F.)   Ein Beitrag zu den  musikalischen Horsto-
  rungen.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1901,
  x, 123-132. -----. Ueber  Storungen des  musikalischen
  Gehors. Monatschr.  f. Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1902,  xxxvi 197-
  223.  AUo:  Wien. klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1902, xv,  763;' 795.
  -----. Ueher Melodientaubheit.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh
  Berl., 1905, xxxix, 251-253.—D. (L.)  L'amusie.  Courrier
  med., Par.,  1899, xlix, 131— Donath (J.)  Beitrage zur
  Lehre von  der  Amusie,  nebst einem  Falle  von histru-
  nientaler Amusie bei beginnender  progressiver  Paralyse
  Wien. klin. Wchnfchr., 1901, xiv, 935-939.—Duprat (E j
  A propos de la  surdite  tonale. Rev. de psychiat  Par
  1904, 236-239.-Ferrari  iG. ('.) Le facolta musical! e le
  loroalteia/.ioni seeon.lo gh si udi piu recenti.  Riv. sper
  di freniat.. Reggio-Emilia. 1*90. xxii, 324-340.—Knaiicr!
I?Iii*ic  (Perception of, Disordered).
  Ueber gewisse. den aphatischen analoge Storungen des
  musikalischen  Ausdrucksvermogens.   Deutsche   med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz.u. Berl., 1897,xxiii, 737-739.— Wiirtzcii
  (C. H.)  Einzelne Formen von  Amusie, durch Beispielo
  beleuchtet.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,  1903
  xxiv, 465-473.

Music  (Physiology and psychology of).
    See, also, Idiots (Physical  and mental condi-
  tion  of); Musicians; Sound (Perception of).
    Billroth (T.)  YVer ist  mnsikalisch ?  Nach-
  gelassene  Schrift  hrsg. von Eduard Hanslick.
  3. Aufl.   12^.  Berlin, 1898.
    Destolches (L.)  * La musique et  quelques-
  uns  de ses  effets seusoriels.   8°.   Paris, 1899.
    Dogel  (I. M.)   Vliyaniye muzlki  na chelo-
  vieka i zhivotnikh.  [Influence of music on man
  and  animals.]   8C.   Kazan, 1888.
    -----.   The same.   2. ed.  roy. 8C.  Kazan,
  1898.
    Guenon (A.). Influence de la  musique sur les
  animaux, et en particulier  sur le cheval.   16°.
  [Paris],  1898.
    Guibaui)  (M.-P.)   * Contribution  a l'etude
  exp6rimentale de  l'influence de  la musique sur
  la circulation et la respiration.   8°.  Bordeaux,
  1896.
    Hklmholtz (H.)  Die  Lehre  von  den Ton-
  empnnduugen als  pbysiologische Gruudlage fiir
  die Theorie der Mnsik.   8°.  Braunschweig, 1863.
    -----.   The  same.   2. Ausg.   8°.   Braun-
  schweig,  1865.
    -----J  The same.  Th6orie physiologique de
  la musique, foudce  sur l'etude des sensations au-
  ditives.   Traduit de l'allemand  par G.  Gueroult
  avec le concours, pour la partie musicale, de M.
  Wolff.   8-\  Paris, 1606.
    Patrizi  (M.  L.)   La nova   fisiologia  della
  emozione musicale.  *a.  Torino, 1903.
    Repr. from: Riv. musicale ital., Torino, 1903.
    Bernstein  (A.)   Bemerkung zu  der  Arbeit von
  E. Storch: Ueber die Wahruehmiing niiisikalischer  Ton-
  verhaltnisse.  Ztschr. f. Psychol, u.  Physiol, d. Sinnes-
  org., Leipz., 1902, xxviii, 261. — Biuct (A.) & Courtier
  (J.)  Influence de la musique sur la respiration, le cabin-
  et la circulation capillaire.  [From: Annee physiol.,  1S97,
  iii.]  Rev. scient., Par., 1897, 4.  s., vii,  257-203'.—Bleyer
  (J. M.)  Some observations on the analogy between  color
  and music.  Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Thro;it J.,  N. Y.,  1905,
  xi, 83-91.—Blumer (G. A.)  Music in its relation to the
  mind.  Am. J.  Insan., Utica, N. Y.,  1891-2, xlviii, 350-
  364.—Bruhat (J.)  Influence de la musique sur les ani-
  maux, et en particulier surle cheval. J. d'hyg., Par., 1898,
  xxiii, 217-222.—Cecca (R.)  Considerazioni  intorno ai
  cosi detto orecchio  musicale basate sull' intima struttura
  del sistema  nervoso centrale.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.J,
  Torino, 1901-2, xii, 273-308, 2 pl.—Darlington (L.) &
  Talbot  (E. B.)   Distraction  hy musical sounds; the
  effect of pitch upon attention. Am.J.Psychol..Worcester,
  1897-8, ix, 336-345. — Dniibi'c»*c.   Memoire musicale.
  Arch, de psychol., Geue-ve,  1903-4, iii, 200. — Dn urine
  (L.)  Experiences de psychologie musicale objective.  Rev.
  de l'hypnot. et psychol.' physiol., Par., 1898-9, xiii, 176-179.
  -----'. L'hypn'otbine  et la  psychologic musicale.   Rev.
  phil., Par., 1900, 1, 390-395. -----. Des images suggerees
  par l'audition musicale.  Ibid., 1902. liv, 488-503.—Dogel
  (I.)  Vliyaniye muziki na nervnuyu sistemu chelovleka i
  zhivotnikh.  [Influence of music upon the nervous system
  of man and animals.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1MI8, vi,
  no. 1, 148-165.  AUo. transl.: Medycyna, Warszawa, 1898,
  xxvi, 1Q3-203. —Dutto (U.)  Influence de la musique snr
  la thermogenese niiiinale.  [Pes.] Arch, ital.de biol., Tu-
  rin, 1896,  xxv.  189-194.—Ebhanlt (K.)  Zwei Beitrage
  zur Psychologie. des Kythinus und des  Tempo.  Ztschr. f.
  Psychol,  u.  Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1898, xviii, 99-
  154. _ Fere <C.)  Sc J nel I (Marie).   L'action physiolo-
  gique des rythmes et des intervalles musicaux.  Rev. sci-
  ent., Par., 1902, 4. s., xviii, 769-777.— Ferraml.  Essais
  ph\ siologiqties sur la musique.  Bull. Aead. de med., Par.,
  1895, 3. s.. xxxiv, 226;  276.  AUo: N. Montpel. med., 1895,
  iv, 739; 757;  778; 802; 819; 842; 862.  Also: J. d'hyg.,  Par.,
  1896. xxi, 133; 145;  158.—von Frnnkl-Hochwart (L.)
  Ueber den Veilust des musikalischen Ausdrucksveimo-
  gens.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1891, i. 283-
  299.—CJalleraiii (G.) Natura psieo-meccaniea di alcune
  sensazioni e i appresentazioni musicali;  analisi del prodotto
  geniale.  Gior. u. r. Accad. di med.di Torino, 1902,4. s., viii,
  133-148,1 pl. -----. Ancora sulla natura psico-meccanica 
MUSIC.
255
MUSIC.
Music (Physiology  and psychology  of).
  di alcune sensazioni e rappresentazioni musicali.  Boll. d.
  Soc. Eustachiana, Camerino, 1903, i, nos.  4-7, 1-23.—Gar-
  bini (A.)  Evoluzione del senso croniatico nella iiifanzia
  (da esperienze  fatte sopra 600 bambini negli anni 1891-3).
  Arch, per 1' authrop., Firenze, 1894, xxiv, 71; 193.—Cillct
  (P.)  Essai psychologique sur le rcve musical.  Rev. de
  l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1902-3, xvii, 334-338.—
  (•uibauil (M.)  De 1'iutlueucede la musique snr la circu-
  lation.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix. 472-
  476.  See, also, tupra.—Guilleniin.  Les premiers 616-
  nients de l'acoustique musicale.  Voix, Par., 1902, xiii, 137;
  217; 265; 289; 357.—Hclmboltz (H.)  Des causes physio-
  logiques de 1'harmonie  musicale. [Transl.]  Rev. de, cours
  scient. [etc.]. Par., 1866-7, iv, 177-189.—Heniineter (J. C.)
  Theodor Billroth, musical and surgical philosopher; a bi-
  ography, and a review of his work on psychophysiological
  aphorisms on music.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,
  1900,  xi, 297-317. — Hcricourt (J.)  Iiapport entre les
  sentiments, la  musique et  la geste;  les  experiences  de
  A.  de Rochas; la mimique dans l'etat d'hypnose; sugges-
  tions verbales  et  suggestions inusicales.  Ann. d. sc.
  psych.,Par.. 19()0,x, 143-156.—Ingegnicroa (J.)  Psicopa-
  tologia del lenguaje musical; aniusia pura total hist6rica.
  An. d. Circ. med.  argent., Buenos Aires. 1902, xxv, 145-
  162. -----.   Notas sobre el  inecanismo fisioldgico del len-
  guaje musical.   Semana med., Buenos Aiies, 1904, xi, 1211-
  1214.-----.  Las pertuibaciones generales  del  lenguaje
  musical.  Arch. dc  psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires,
  1905, iv, 3-21. —Jcntsch (E.)  Musik  und Nerven;  die
  Naturgeschichte des  Tonsinus.   Grenzfr. d.  Nerv.- u.
  Seelenleb., Wiesb., 1904,  29. Hft., 1-46. — f.ngelouze
  (E.)   Euseignement musical et hypnotisme.   Lev.  de
  l'hypnot.  et  psychol. physiol., Par., 1896-7, xi, 236-238.—
   l>nrionotr (V. E.)  O muzikalnikh voobshtshe i tono-
  vikh v chastnosti tsentrakh gidovnavo  mozga.   [On mu-
  sical centers in general, and  tone centers in especial, of the
  brain.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1899, xx, 304-308. — Lar-
  roque (F.i  Sur les impressions musicales (physico et
  psychophysiologic). Compt. rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1901,
  exxxii, 330. — de la  I>anreiicic (L.)   Psicologia del
  gusto musical.  [Transl. from: Mercurede France.] Arch.
  de  psiquiat.  v  criminol.. Buenos Aires,  1903, ii, 633-636.—
  ITInckcnd i ick (J. G.)  1st die Haut fiir Mu.sik empfind-
  lich?  Deutsche Rev..  Stuttg., 1897, xxii, pt. 1, 283-289.—
  Mancinelli.  L' azione efficace della musiea  negli eser-
  ciziiginnastici ela ginnastica musicale.  Atti d. Cong. ital.
  p. 1' educaz. fis. 1900, Napoli, 1902, i, 262-267. — Jleyer (M.)
  Elements of psychological  theory  of melody.  Psychol.
  Rev., N. Y., 1900,'vii. 241-273. -----. Experimental studies
  in the psychologv ot music.   Am. J. Psychol., Worcester,
  1903. xiv,'456-47N—i"Ve« inglon (II. H.)'  Some mental as-
  pects of music.   J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1897. xliii. 704-723.—
  Patrizi ill. L.)  Primi esperimeuti intorno all' influenza
  della musiea  sulla  circolazione del s.iusme nel  cervello
  nmano.  Arch.di psichiat.fete],Torino. 1*96,xvii,390-406.—
  PelnarlJ.)  Citlivostprochveniladicky.  [Sensitiveness
  to musical vibrations.]  Casop. lek. cesk.,v Praze, 1903, xlii,
  1200-1202.—<|uix (F. H.)  Onderzoek overde gevoeligheid
  van het oor door de toonladder (hasgedeelte en  niiddeu-
  octaven).  Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1901, 2. s.,
  xxxvii, d. 2. 1374-1383. — Rosenthal (W.)  Neue  Bei-
  trage zur  Musik- nnd Hoitheorie.  Biol. Centralbl.. Er-
  lang., 1902, xxii, 666-089. — 4amojloflT(A.)  Einige  Be-
  merkungen zu  dem Aufsatz von E. Storch:   Leber die
  Wahrnehmung  musikalischer Tonverhaltnisse.   Ztschr.
  f. Psychol, ii.  Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz.,  1902, xxix,
  121. — Wpirtotr (L) O vliyanii muziki na  mishechnuyu
  rabotu.  [Influence of  music on muscular work.]   Obozr.
  psichiat., nevrol. [etc.l, S.-Peterb.. 1903, viii,  42.")-448.—
  Spitzer (L.) Die  Physiologie in fler Musik.  Allg. Wien.
  med. Ztg., 1894, xxxix,'321; 330.—Sterling (\V.)  Z fizyo-
  logii i iiatologii muzyki.   [Physiology  and pathology of
  music]   Kr.vt.  lek., Warszawa, 1898, ii, 202;  232; 208.—
  Ntorch (K.j   Theorie der musikalischen  Tonwahrneh-
  niuugen.  Centralbl. f. Nei-venh.  u.  Psvchiat.,  Coblenz
  Sc Leipz., 1901. n. F.. xii, 529-544. -----. Leber die Wahr
  nehmung musikalischer Tonverhaltnisse.  Ztschr. f. Psy-
  chol,  n. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1901-2,  xxvii, 361-
  386.  Also: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult.
  1901,  Bresl..  1902. lxxix, med. Sect., 143-154.   See; also,
  supra, Bernstein. -----. LeberdieWabinehmung musika-
  lischer Ton verhaltnisse; Antwort an A. Samojloff.  Ztschr.
  f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1902, xxix,
  352-357. — Stumpf (('.)  Die Unmusikalischen  und  die
  Tonverschmelzung.  Ibid..  1898, xvii, 422-435. -----. Le-
  ber das Erkenneu von  Intervallen  und Accorden  bei sehr
  kurzer Dauer.   Ibid.,  1901, xxvii.  148-186. —  SnddiUli
  (W. X.)  A study in the  psychology of music.  Sugges-
  tion, Chicago, 1902, ix, 92-101.—Sugar (M.)  Aphorisinen
  beim  Concerte  Jan Kubeliks.  Klin.-therap. AVchnschr.,
  Wien, 1901, viii, 279; 309. — de TarchanoflT (I.) Influ-
  ence de la musique sur l'liomme et sur les  animaux. Atti
  d. xi. Cong. med. internaz.,  Roma, 1894,  ii, flsiol.,  153-157.
  Also: Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1894, xxi, 313-317.—Va-
  lent!  (A. 1  Alcune considerazioni sulla psicofisiologia
  della  musiea.  Riy. mens, di neuropat. e psichiat., Roma,
Music (Physiology and psychology of).
  1900-1901, no. 11, 18-23.—Vaschide (N.) &'Vurpns (C.)
  Du role de l'etat moteur dans l'emotion musicale.   Compt.
  rend. Soc. dc  biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1430-1432. -----
  -----. De l'excitation sexuelle dans l'emotion musicale.
  Arch, d'anthrop. crim.,  Lyon & Par., 1904, xix, 370-376.
  ----------. Du coefficient sexuel  de l'inipulsion musi-
  cale.  Arch, de neurol., Par., 1904, 2. s., xvii, 365-377.—
  Wnrthiu (A. S.)  Some physiologic effects of  music in
  hypnotized subjects.  Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 89-92.
  AUo, Reprint.—Kambiaiichi (A.)  Dell' influenza della
  musiea sulla vita.  Gior. d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Torino,
  1861,  2. s., xii, 241-258— Zwnnrdcmakcr (H.)  Sc Quix
  (F. H.)  On/.e gehoorschei-pte voor  de tonen van midden-
  octaven en discant.   Nederl. Tijdschr.v. Geneesk., Amst.,
  1902,  2. R., xxviii, d. 2, 417-429.

jflusic (Therapeutic use  of).
     See, also, Insanity (Treatment of, Mental, etc.);
  Tarantism.
     Guiuiku (C.)  #De la possibility d'une action
  th6rapentique dc la musique.   8°.  Paris, llJ04.
     Nicolai (E. A.)   Die Verbindung  der Mnsik
  mit  der  Artzneygelahrtheit.    16°.   Halle  im
  Magdeb., 174T).
     vox Rodt(W. E.)   * Mnsik  und Narkose.  8°.
  Bern, 1903.
     Holland.   Influence de la musique  sur  la
  guerison  des maladies.   6^.   Sens, 18o2.
     Cutting from: Bull. Soc. arch6ol. de Sens,  1852, 117-144.
     VAX  Swieten (P.)   * Spec,  sisteus mnsicse in
  medicinam  influxum   atque   utilitatem.   4°.
  Lugd. Bat., 1773.
     Verdiek (X.)   * Sur quelques effets physiolo-
  giques de la musique; contribution k  l'etude des
  bases physiologiques de  la  musicoth6rapie.  8~J.
  Toulouse, 1903.
     Ziliotto (P.)   *De musices in  hominem  sa-
  num et tegrotautem influxa.   8°.   Patavii, l8'A2.
     Beauvois.  La niusicoth6rapie; la gu6iison des mala-
  dies par la musique de Frederic  Erhardt Niedten  (1717).
  Rev. internat. de th6rap. phys., Rome,  1902, iii, 73;  97;
  121. — Bezchinski  (S. M.)  Sluchai uspleshnavo pri-
  mieneniya muziki s llechebnoyu  tselyu.  [Case of success-
  ful application of music in curing disease.]  Ejened. jour.
  "Prakt. med.", St. Petersb., 1896, iii, 1-3. — Birman.
  Musique et mSiotherapie.  ,j. de m6d. int., Par., 1905, ix,
  63;  80. — Blackmail  (J.  G.)   Music and medicine.
  Med. Mag., Lond., 1-92-3, i,  628-637.— Boiic- Hayes
  (Emma L.)  The therapeutic value of music.  Hoinreop.
  Eye,  Ear & Throat J., N. T., 1900, vi, 290-294.—Bruck
  (A.)  Die Musik als Ileilmittel.  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr.,
  Wien, 1902, ix, 501-507. —Doming (J. L.)  The use of
  musical  vibrations before and during  sleep; supplemen-
  tary employment of chromatoscopic figures; a contribu-
  tion to the therapeutics of the emotions.  Med. Rec, N".
  Y., 1899, lv, 79-86. —Davison (J. T. R.)   Music iu medi-
  cine.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1159-1162.—Dixon (J. H.)
  Music and medicine.   Med. Mag., Lond.,  1900, ix, 290-
  300.—Edwards (W. M.)  Treatment of disease by music.
  Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 305.—Fovenu ile C'oiirmel-
  les.  Chromo et inusieotheiapie; du rapport des sept cou-
  leurs primitives avec les sept tons de la musique, en  1738
  et en 1903.  Rev. internat. de therap. phys., Rome, 1903,
  iv, 217-221.- Friedreich (J. B.) Einige Worte iiber die
  Anwendung der Musik bei psychischeu Kranken.  In his:
  Analekt. z. Nat.- u. Heilk., 8°, Ansbach,  1846, 3.  Hft.,  57-
  61.—Oilman (B. I.)  Report oil an experimental test of
  musical expressiveness.  Am. J. Psychol..Worcester, 1891-
  2,iv,558: 1892-3,v,42.—(Guerison  extraordinaire par uu
  concert do musique.]  Hist. Acad, roy.d.sc.1707, Par.,1730,
  7-12. Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1707, Amst.,
  1708,  8-10.  Also, transl.: Philos. hist. & mem. Roy. Acad.
  Sc. Par. abr. . . . 1699 to 1720, Lond.,  1742, iii, 9-10.—[Guc-
  ri«on extraordinaire par la musique.]  Hist. Acad. roy.
  d. sc. 1708, Par. 1730, 22.  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  [de
  Paris] 1708, Amst.,  1709, 27.   Also, transl.:  Philos. hist.
  Scmem. Roy. Acad. d.Se. Par. abr. .  . . 1699 to 1720, Loud.,
  3741,  iii,  68.— Harford (F. K.)   Music in illness.  Lan-
  cet, Lond., 1891, ii, 43.—Ilcriimnn (A. L.)   Hygiene of
  music.   J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 939. — van
  llonin (P. G.)  Waai Homing  einer genezing van eene
  bijzondere. zenuwzietke door de muzijk.  Natuurk. Ver-
  handel. v. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem,
  1817, viii, 227-233.—lluchard (H.)  La musique en thera-
  peutique.  Rev. gen.  de clin. et  de th6r:ip., Par., 1905, ix,
  pt. 2, 216.—LiciiicnIc (H.)  Suggestion musicale et psy-
  chotherapie.  Voix, Par., 1902, xiii, 349-356.  Also: Rev.
  de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., I'ar., 1902-3, xvii, 172-
  177.—.Ylerz(C.H.)  Music in medicine.  Cincin. Lancet-
  Clinic,  1892, n.  s.,  xxix,  845-848. — Miukcvich (I.I.)
  Muzika kak meditsinskoye sredstvo naXavkazie.  [Mu- 
MUSIC.
256
MUS KENS.
Mu»ic (Therapeutic use of).
  sic  is  i niedkiiial  icmedv in the Caucasus.]  Protok.
  zasaid. kaYha/sk. med.  Obsh., Tiiiis.  lMU-.'i. xxix,  499-
  -,nr — Oilier (P. V.)   The influence of music in hospitals.
  Bull. Iowa  Inst., Des Moines, 1900, ii. 70-72. -- Biera y
  Villaret (A.) La  nuisica y la medicina.  Kneiclopedia,
  I la u-el.  1889,  ii, 317-325. — Shoemaker (J. V.)   The
  therapeutic  benefit  of music.  Med.  Bull.,  Phila.. 1901,
  xsiii ">'i(i-"94. — Unzer (J- A.)  Von der Musik.  Arzt,
  Hamb.,  1769, iii, 457-471.—Vigna  ( C. )  Lnportanza
  fisiologiea e terapeutica  della  musiea.  Atti. d. Cong. d.
  Soc. freniat. ital. 1*86, Milano, 1887, v, 99-105.—Wiimner
  1*3.)  'lie influence of  music and its therapeutic value.
  \. York M. J., 1889, 1, 258-260.

Musician*.
    Cohii (H.)  Die Augen der Musiker.  Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1892, xxix, 270.—Bauriac  (L.)   Etudes sur la psy-
  chologie dumusicien. Kev. phil.. Par.. 1893, xxxv, 449; 595:
  1895, xxxix, 3L 25S: 1896. xlii, 1; 155.-----. EssaisuiT esprit
  musical. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,Par.,1904-5,
  xix, 374.__Bichet (C.)  Lu cas remarquable de pr6cocit6
  musicale.  Ann. d. sc. psych.. Par., 1900, x, 324-331.

li u*iciail* (Xeuroses and  disorders of).
    See, also,  Drummer's paralysis;  Flute-play-
  ers;  Horn-players; Music (Perception  of, Dis-
  ordered);  Pianists;   Singers  (Vocal disorders
  of); Violinists.
    liwiinth (G.)  Adal^kok a zongoraz6k 6s hegediisok
  foglalkozilsi neurosis&hoz.  [Appendix on the neurosis
  of violinists and piano players. |   Magy. orv. lapja Bu-
  dapest.  1901,  i, no. 1,  5.   Also, transl.  [with  addi-
  tions] : Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, lii, 355-359.—Diims.
  Leber  Tromiulerlahniuugen.  Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1895,  Leipz.. 1896, lxvii. pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte., 352-354. —  Fiwcher (H.)  Beitrag zum Kapitel
  der Erkeiuuing der verschiedenen lleiufsarten in foro: Der
  Musiker. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl.  Med., Niirnb., 1902,
  liii, 379-390.—[Oelineau.] L'epilepsie de quelques mu-
  sicieus cG16bres. [Abstr.] Courrier med., I'ar., 1901, li,
  48-50.—Grori'o. Di una rarissima forma di discenesia
  funziouale (discenesia del labbro inferiore in un suonatore
  di boinbardone).  Riv. gen. ital. di clin. med., Pisa, 1889-
  90, i, 110.—Liloyd-Tuckey. Quelques exeuiples de trou-
  bles  observes  chez  des musicieus. Rev.  de l'hypnot. et
  psychol. physiol., Par.,  1893-4,  viii,  85-88.— TlnuiciiM
  (II. T.)  Om Beska'ftigelsesueuroser ved Ldovelse af Mu-
  sik.  [Occupation neuroses  among musicians.]  Lgeskr.
  f. Lseger, Kobeuh., 1900. 5. R., vii, 1134-1141.—Prat.  De
  la surdite chez les musicieus. J. d'hyg., Par., 1875, i, 6-11.
  AUo: Ann.  de psychiat. et d'hypnol., Par., 1894, n. s., iv,
  180-184.—Stern (E.)  Ueber einige Haiitkrankheiten der
  Musiker; eiu  Beitrag zu den professionellen Dermatoseu.
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1891, xxxviii, 739. — Zablu-
  ilontiki (J.) Ueberanstrengung beim  Schreiben und
  Musizieren.  Bl. f. VolksgsndhtspiL,  Munchen, 1901, iv,
  113-118.

Ulusiel (Josef) [1875-   ].   * Ueher die Behand-
  lung chrouischer Empyeme.  60 pp.  8°.  Bres-
  lau, 1903.
Musillami (Salvatore). Sulla genesi dei toni e
  dei rnmori di sofflo del cuore.  Brevi osservazioni
  per 1'apprezzameuto clinico di questi ultimi. 21
  pp.   8-.   Palermo, Carini, 1895.
IU u si il (Edmond-filoi-Marie-Joseph) [1868-    ].
  * De la folie consecutive aux traumatismes ope-
  ratoires sur  le systeme genital de la femme.  95
  pp.   4C.   Lille, L-95,  No. 99.
Musings (The) of a medical.  No. 1.  15,11pp.
  '->0.  Edinburgh, J. Thin, [n.  d.].
IUtisinovich  (S[ergiel]   A[leksandrovich] )
  [1*63-    ].   * K voprosu oh usilennom vldiele-
  nii  mikroorgauizmov  pochkami.    [Increased
  eliiuinution  of microorganisms by the kidneys.]
  46 pp., 1 1.   8°.   S.-Peterburg, Bussel, 1899.
Irllisitanus (Carolus)  [1635-1714].   Mantissa,
  qu;e  locupletiori  penn non adhuc cognita, vul-
  gataqne medicamenta congerit sive conquisita,
  sive propria industria excogitata, et experientia
  probata, eorumdem usu, atque operandi rationa-
  bili energia.   1 p. 1., 47 pp., 1 1.  16^.  Neapoli,
  M. A. Mutio, 1701.                          *   '
    Bound vith: Mvnsicht (Hadrianus). Thesaurus (etc 1
  16°.  Neapoli,  1701.

------.   Chirurgische  und physicalische Waag-
  Schaale der  Venus-Seuche, oder  Frantzoseu
rtlusituiius (Carolus)—continued.
  Kranekheit, darinnen  nicht ullein ihre Art  nnd
  Zustand  gemeldet,  sondem auch alle Zeicben,
  Ursachen, Vorher- Verkundigungen und Cm en
  untcrsuchet und angewie.scn werden.  Ncbenst
  einer neu-erfnndenen  Artzney,  solche Kianck-
  heit gliicklick zu cnrireTi.   5  p. 1., 324 pp., G 1.
  1-2 .   Hamburg, H. C. Paulli, 1T0-.
------.  The same.  Traite de la  maladie veneri-
  enne, et des remede.s qni conviennenf a sa gu<5ri-
  son.  Nouvellenient traduit, avec des remarques
  par D[evaux].  2 v., '21 p. 1.. 424 pp.;  3 p.  1., 42:!
  pp.   16°.   Trevoux.  E.  Ganeau, 1711.
------.  See, also :
    FicM»ingci'  (C.) La therapeutique de Carlo Musi-
  tano (1635-1714).  Gaz. med. de Par., 1896, 9. s., iii, 405.
  Also,  in hU: Therap. d.  vieux  inaiti es, 8°, I'ar.,  1897,
  183-188.

Musk.
    See, also, Moschus moschiferus.
    Grubissich(V.)   Del muschio.  8-:.  Padova,
  [1856].
    Hermans (F. )   Untersuchungen  iiber  den
  Einfluss  de.s  Moschus  auf  Tiero.  [Bonn.]  *  .
  Coin, 1688.
    Pommikk (P.)  'Contribution a  la connais-
  sance du  muse artificiel.   [ Bern. ]   8\  Mul-
  house, 1^97.
    Arkhangelsk! (K. F. )  Mozhet li musk us imlet
  znacheniye, kak  vozbuzhdayushtsheye? [Can musk act as
  an excito-motor?]  Vrach,  St. Petersb., 1896, xvii,  1235;
  1305.—Crookshank (F.  G.)  A note on the therapeutic
  value of musk.   West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1904, ix, 20-23.—
  Galeatius (D. G.)  De moscho. Bononiensi so. et art.
  Inst,  comment., Bononias,  1755, iii, 177-193. — Jloticho
  (De).  Ibid., 72-77. — de la Peyronnie.  Description
  anatomique d'un animal connu sous le nom de muse. Hist.
  Acad. roy. d. sc. 1731, Par., 1733,  M6m„ 443-463,  5 pl.
  Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1731,  Amst.,  1735,
  Mem.,624-652, 5 pl.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  in Par. . .  . Abhandl. 1731,  Bressl., 1757, viii, 54-76. 3 pl.—
  Raiinoudo (L.)  II eastoreo  ed il muschio nella medi-
  cina antica e moderna   Progresso med., Torino, 1905, iv,
  43-48.—Tichomirow (W. A.)   Sur le mode de l'investi-
  gation du  muse eu Chine  et sur le muse de la Slb6rie.
  Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de th6rap.,
  257-259.—Wall (J.)  Of the extraordinary effects of musk
  in convulsive disorders.  Phil.  Tr.,  Lond., 1743-50. xi,
  1044-1050.  Also, transl. in: Collect, de diff. pieces [etc.],
  Par., 1761, i, 25-30.
Musk at  (Gustav)  [1874-     ].  *Dio congeni-
  talen  Luxationen im  Kniegelenk.   37 pp., 1 1.
  8 .   Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1K)7.
------.   Die Briiche der Mittelfnssknochen in
  ihrer  Bedeutung fiir die Lehre von der Statik
  des Fusses.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n.  F.,  Leipz., 1899, No. 258
  (Chir., Xo. 76, 1387-1402, 1 pl.).
------.   Ueber  den Plattfuss. 25 pp.  8 . Berlin,
  H  Komfeld,  1905.
    Forms 200. Hft. of : Berl. Klin.

Musk-deer.
     See Moschus moschiferus.
Muskel.  pp. 684-770.  12°.  [Berlin, 1805.]
    Cutting from: Kriinitz.   Oekon.technol. EncykL.Berl.,
  1805, pt. 98.
Muskens (L. J. J.)  Over  de  moderne leer der
  hartswerking en de functie van  hartzenuwen.
  19 pp.   8°.   Haarlem, de erven F. Bohn, 1897.
    Forms no. 4 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt.,
  Haarlem, 1897, iv.
------.   On  the  development of disturbances of
  sensation in diseases of the spinal cord.  3 pp.
  8C.   London,  1899.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii.
------.   Muskeltonus und Sehuenphtinomene.  13
  pp.   8:.   Leipzig, Metzger <$■ Wittig,  1>99.
    Repr.from: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1899. xviii.
------.   Waarnemiugen ointreut de physiologie en
  pathologie  der  dwaugbewegingeu  en  dwang-
  standen  eu daarmede verwaute afwijkingen in 
MUSKENS.
257
MUSSER.
MuskeaiS (L. J. J.)—continued.
  de mnetvatie der oogballen.   24 pp., 3 pl.   roy.
  & \  Amsterdam, J. Muller, 1902.
    Repr. from:  Veihandel.  d. k. Akad.  v. Wetensch.,
'  Amst., 1902, viii. uo. 5.
------.   Studien iiber segmentale Scbmerzgefulils-
  sfornngen  an Tabetischen  nnd Epileptischen.
  80 pp., 1 pl.,  2 tab.  8-\   Berlin, [1903].
    Repr. from :  Arch.  f. Psychiat., Berl., [1902-3], xxxvi.

ITIllskett (Philip E[dward]).   Prescribing and
  treatment  in  the diseases of infants and  chil-
  dren.  '2.ed.   xiv (11.), 315 pp.  24°.  Edinburgh
  if- London, Y. J. Pentland, 1892.
------.  The same.   3.  ed.   xvii,  334 pp.   24°,
  Edinburgh $•  London, T. J. Pentland, 1*94.
------. The same,   xii (11.), 293 pp.  24°.  Phila-
  delphia,  P.  Blakiston, Son cf Co., 1891.
------.  The art of  living iu Australia (together
  with three hundred Australian cookery recipes
  and accessory kitchen information, by Mrs.  H.
  Wicken, lecturer on cookery  to the Technical
  College, Sydney),  xxix, 431 pp.  12°.  London,
  Lyre cjf- Sp'ottiswoode, [1893].

Muskoka.
     Elliott (J. H.)   The climatology of Muskoka, Ontario,
  Canada.  Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1904, xx, 26-37, 3
  pl. AUo, Reprint.   Also: Canad. Pract. \ Rev., Toronto,
  1905, xxx. 113-Hodgetts (C. A.) & Aiuyot (J.  A.)
  Report on the  sanitary conditions  of the Muskoka  and
  Kawartha Lakes District.   San. Jour. Prov. Bd. Health
  Ontario, Toronto, 1904, xxiii,  142-150.

Ultiskokil  Cottage Sanitarium,  Gravenhurst.
  [Circular of the management.]  1 1.  8°.   To-
  ronto, J. L. Jones, [1897?].
     See, also. National Sanitarium Association, Toronto.

Muskrat.
     de Reaumur.  Extrait  de divers mfemoires de Sar-
  razin, sur le rat musqu6. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.,1725,Par.,
  1727, M£m ,323-345, 4 pl. AUo, transl.: Hist. Acad. roy.
  d. sc. [de Paris] 1725. Amst.,  1732,  Mem., 464-495, 4 pl.
   AUo, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. iu Par.. . . Abhandl.
  1725, Bressl., 1755, vii, 574-594,4 pl.—Trutat (E.)  Recher-
  ches pour servir a I'histoire du desman des Pyrenees.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1889, 9. s., i, 286-289.

HI ii so I i n o (G iuseppe).
     Moksklli  (E.) & De Sanctis (S.)   Biografia
  di  un  handito,  Giuseppe Musolino,  di  froute
  alia  psichiatria   ed  alia  sociologia.    Studio
  medico-iegale  e  considerazioni.    8°.   Milano,
  1903.
     Patrizi  (M. L.)  La fisiologia  d' un handito
  (Musolino);  experiment! e commenti.   8°.   To-
  rino, 1904.
     Lombro§o (C.)  Giuseppe Musolino.  Arch,  di  psi-
  chiat. [etc.J.  Torino,  1902, xxiii. 1-10. — Irliiwolino,  the
  brigand.  [Edit.] Lancet,  Loud., 1902, i, 1841.—Spitzka
  (E. C.) Fallacies of the Lombroso doctrine as evidenced
  in their  application to the case of Musolino, the bandit.
  Med.  Critic. X. Y., 1902,  ii, 732-745.  Also, Reprint.—
  Tamburini  (A.)  11 processo Musolino e le perizie  psi-
  chiatriche.  Riv. sper. di  freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1902,
  xxviii, fasc. 2-3, 395-397.

Muspratt  (James Sheridan) [1821-71].   Theo-
  retische, praktisehe und analytische Chemie in
  Anwendung auf Kiinste nnd Gewerbe.  Encyclo-
  padisches Haudbach der technischen Chemie,von
  F. Stohmann  und  Bruno Kerl.  4. Aufl., unter
  Mitwirkung von  E. Beckmann, R. Biedermann
  [et al.].   v. 1-8.   4°.  Braunschweig, F.  Vieweg
  $ Sohn, 1888-1905.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xxxix,
  434 (P. J. Hartog).

Musquetier (H. A.)   De praktijk  der gezond-
  heidswet (wet van den 21. Juni 1901, Staatsblad
  No. 157).   viii, 42 pp.   8°.   's-Gravenhage, Gebr.
  Belinfante,  1904.
MllSSa (Ferdinando Edoardo).   Eaggnaglio  sul
  cholera asiatico in  Racconigi, ai cittadini  astesi
  ofierfo dal loro compatriota.   33 pp.   16°.  Asti,
  tipog. Garbiglia, 1835.

       VOL  XI, 2D SERIES----17
UIussclieuDroek (Jean).
    See IVliiNKchcnbrock (Petrus).  Essai de physique
  [etc.|.  4:.  Leyden, 1739.
vau  Mussclieubroek (Petrus)  [1692-1763].
  Elementa physicae  conscripta in usus  academi-
  cos.  6 p. 1., 495 pp., 20 pl., 1 map.   8°.  Lugd.
  Bat., S. Lnchtmans,  1734.
------.  The same.  Essai de physique,  avec  une
  description  de  nouvelles  sortes  de  machines
  pneninatiques et  un  recueil d'experiences  par
  J [can] V[an] M[usschenbroek].  Trad, du hol-
  landois par Pierre Massuet.    2 v.   xxv (1 1.),
  502  pp., 9 pl.; 503-914  pp., 19 pl.,  1 map, 15 I.;
  63 pp., 3 pl.,  8 pp., 1 1.   4°.   Leyden, S. Lncht-
  mans, 1739.

Mussels.
    de  Hkide  (A.)    Auatome mytuli,  belgice
  mossel, elegantem  structuram  ejus  partiuni et
  mirabilem quendam  motum  exponens.   16°.
  Amstelodami, 168(5.
    Anting (K.) Leber die Entwicklung des Bojanus'-
  schen Organs uud des Herzens von Mytilus ednlis Linn.
  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1900, xxiii, 529-532. — rVagel  (W. A.)
  Beobachtungen iiberden Lichtsinn augenloser Mu.schchi.
  Biol. Centralbl , Leipz., 1894, xiv, 385-390. — Simpson
  (C. T.)  Synopsis of the  Naiades, or pearly  fresh-water
  mussels. Proc. L. S.Nat. Mus.,Wash., 1900,xxii,501-998.—
  Thibert (C.)  Note sur  Taction  physiologique de la de-
  coction de moules (Mytilus  edulis).  Acad. rov. de Belg.
  Bull.dela cl. d.sc, Brux., 1901. 494-499.—Zardo (E.)  Di
  un microrganismo isolato dal Mytilus edulis.  Sperimen-
  tale.  Arch.di biol., Fireuze,1901,'lv,177-213. AUo. transl. :
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 380-396.

Mussels (Poisonous).
    Heckel (£.)  'Essai sur la  moule  commune
  an point de vue zoologique et toxicologique.  4C.
  Montpellier, 1867.
    Oui (M.-L.-J.)  *fitude sur quelques manifes-
  tations morbides  observeVs  chez les trieurs de
  monies des environs de Chatelaillon (Charente-
  Inferieure); contribution aux etudes  d'hygiene
  professionnelle.   [Bordeaux.]   4°.   Rochefort-
  sur-Mer,  1890.
    Dubrisay  (J.)   De l'intoxication par  les  moules.
  Union med., Par., 1888, 3. s., xlvi, 409-412.— Oriffiths
  (A. B.) The poisoning of  a family by mussels.   Chem.
  News. Lond, 1890, lxii,  17. — Gscll.  Leber  Muschel-
  vergiftungen.  Ber. . . .  d. St. Gallisehen naturw.  Ge-
  sellsch. (1898-9), 1900,  252-266.—Hill (E.  B.)  A case of
  death from mussel poisoning.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i,
  301.—Joiii'dnin (S.)   Note sur l'intoxication par les
  moules.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1891, cxii,  106-
  108.— Ijinilncr (G.)   Beitrag zur Kennzeichuung gif-
  tiger Miesmiiseheln und znr Ermittelungder veranlassen-
  den  Lrsachen des Muschelgiftes. Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,
  Berl.. 1888,  ix, 585; 597. —liustig (A.)  I microrganismi
  del Mytilus edulis.  Arch,  per le sc. med., Torino.  1888,
  xii,  323-331.  Also, transl.: Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin,
  1888, x, 393-400. — lVIoebring ( P. H. G.)   Mytulorum
  quoruindam veiienum et ab  eo natas papulas  cuticulares
  epistola. Acta Acad. nat.curios, Norimb., 1744, vii [app.1,
  113-14(1.—HIusxcl poisoning.  Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 472.—
  IVetter. De la vente des moules en toute saison.   Kev.
  d'hyg., Par., 1890, xii, 297-301. — Permcneau (W.) .A
  fatal case  of poisoning by mussels, with remarks on the
  action of the poison; illustrated by two slighter eases oc-
  curring at the  same time.  Lancet. Lond., 1888, ii, 568.—
  Plumert  (A.) Leber giftige Seetiere im aligemeinen
  nnd  einen Fall von Massenvergiftung durch Seeniuscheln
  im besonderen.  Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz.,
  1902, vi, 15-23. — Kolfc (R.)  Two eases of poisoning by
  mussels; one fatal. Lancet,Lond., 1904, ii,593.—Sclmiiilt-
  ninnu.   Miesmuschelvergiftung zu Wilhebiishafen im
  Herbst 1887. Ztschr. f.Med.-Beamte, Bei I., 1888, i, 19;  49.—
  Williams (J. W.)  A tumour in the fresh-water mussel
  (Anodontn cygnea, Linn.).  J. Anat. & Physiol., Loud.,
  1890 xxiv, 307.—Wolff(M.) Mittheilungen iibererneutes
  Vorkommen giftiger Miesmiiseheln in Wilhelmshaven.
  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1887), 1888, xviii, 144-
  146

Zinsser  (Francis Martin)  [1850-85].
    Obituary. Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1886, xviii, 243.
Musser (John H[err])  [1856-    ].  On  par-
  oxysmal   fever,  not   malarial.   pp.  301-315.
  8°.  Philadelphia,  W. P. Kildare, 1864.
    Cuttinq [cover with  printed title] from: Proc. Phila.
  Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1884, vi. 
MUSSEli.
258
MUSSER,
iHii*M»r  (John H[err])—continued.
------.   A moditication of the sphygmograph, he-  i
  ing a change in the  base of tbe  instrument  of
  Pond.  4 pp.   ■"-'.   [Philadelphia, 1^*4.]
   Repr. from: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1884, 1.
------.   [Collection   of  30  monographs.  ]   ^~.
  [Philadelphia, 1--84-93.]
------.   Three  cases  of idiopathic  ametuia, with
  remarks; and  an analysis of the eases hitherto
  published in  America.'  15 pp.  fcK   [Philadel-
  phia,  1—.").]
   Repr.from: Med. <fc Surg. Reporter, Phila.. 1885, li.
------.   Ou the value of the  oil of  eucalyptus  in
  some malarial affections.   4 pp.  4 .  [Detroit,
  l *•«;.]
   Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1886, 3. s., ii.
------.   Some reinatks on  tbe  treatment  of the
  summer gastro-intcstinal  diseases of childhood.
  10 pii.  12-.   Detroit, G. S.  Dads, 1*6.0.
   Repr.froox.- Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1886, 3. s., ii.
------.   Remarks on  vomiting,  physiological aud
  clinical.  8 pp.  8-.  Philadelphia, 1667.
   Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila.,  1887, xix.
------.   Some cases  of purpura  hemorrhagica,
  and  leucocytliiemia,  from  private  practice,  j
  8pp.   8 .  Philadelphia, W. J. Dornan, 18*7.
   Repr.from : Tr. Phila. County M. Soc. Phila., 1887, viii.
------.   The  treatment  of the  final  stages  of
  phthisis.   8 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, W.  J. Dor-
  nan, 1-67,
   Repr.from: Tr. Am. Climat. Ass.,  Phila., 1887, iv.
------.   Two  cases  of malignant  endocarditis.
  105-11(5 pp.   *K   [Philadelphia, 18*7.]
   Cutting from:  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1887, 3. s., ix.
------.   Case of tubercular pericarditis; unusual
  amount   of  effusion;   accidental  paracentesis
  pericardii.  Notes of the  treatment of peritoni-
  tis.   14 pp.   8^.  Philadelphia,  1**6.
   Repr.from : Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1888, 3. s., x.
------.   Memoranda of the  life and works of Ben-
  jamin Rush.   7 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia,  W.  J.
  Dornan,  1***.
   Repr. from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1888, ix.
------.   Tbe  oil of eucalyptus in some forms  of
  malaria.  8 pp.  L2J.  Philadelphia, 1889.
   Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1889, lv.
------.   Primary cancer of the  gall-bladder and
  bile-ducts.   45  pp.  *-.   Philadelphia,  W.  J.
  Dornan, 1*69.
   Repr.from.-  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1889, iv.
------.   Some  clinical  remarks  on  dysentery.
  9 pp.   8°.  [Philadelphia, 1890.]
   Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1890-91, iii.
------.   Tuberculous ulcer of the stomach.   8 pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia,  1890.]
   Repr.from:  Phila. Hosp. Rep.,  1890, i.
------.   On the gastric  disorders  of  pulmonary
  tuberculosis.   7 pp.  8°.    [Philadelphia,  Univ.
  Penn. Press, 1>91.]
   Repr.from:  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1891-2, iv.
------.   Grave  forms of  purpura hemorrhagica.
  12 pp.  *-.   [Philadelphia,  1891.]
   Repr.from: Tr. Ass.  Am. Phys., Phila., 1891, vi.
------.   Note on pernicious amemia and chlorosis
  in the negro.  2 pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia, 1891.]
------.   Whooping-cough:  its management; its
  climatic  treatment.  4 pp.  8°.  [Philadelphia,  I
  W. B. Saunders, 1891.]
   Repr.from:  Climatologist, Phila., 1891, i.              '
------.   The  address in  medicine.  The  limita-
  tions  and the powers  of therapeutics.   11pp.  I
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1892.]                         ]
   Repr.from:  Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1892, xxiv.
------.  The  same.   8 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia,
  Univ.  Penn. Press, 1892.]
   Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila,, 1891-2, iv.
Mussei"  (John ITferr])—continued.
------.   Universal  melanotic  sarcomata.   6  pp.
  -<-.  Philadelphia, l8il',>.
   Repr.from: Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1892, ii.
------.   Notes on the summer diseases of the gas-
  tro-intestinal  tract in  children.   l(i  pp.   1(5
  Detroit. G. S. Davis, 1692.
   Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit. 1892, 3. s., viii.
------.   Notes  on  the  treatment  of dysmenor-
  rhcea.   13 pp.  16°.   Detroit, G. S. Paris, 1h1I-_>.
   Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1892, 3. s.. viii.
------.   The uses of fever  heat; the occasional
  dangers of antipyretics in typhoid fever.   12 pp.
  f°.  Philadelphia, 1-92.
   Repr. from: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1892, 3. s., xiv.
------.   The same.  8 pp.   12 .   [Philadelphia,
  Lea Bros. <,• Co., 1692.]
   Repr.from: Med. News,  Phila.,  1892, lx.
------.   The mild character and diminished  prev-
  alence of syphilis,  and  the  infreijucncy of vis-
  ceral syphilis.  6 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,  1*94.
   Repr.from: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians.  Phila.,  1*94. ix.
------.   The same.   8 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 161)4.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Pfiila., 1894, lxv.
------.   Notes  on  tuberculous pleurisy.   5  pp.
  8 .  Philadelphia, 1894.
    Repr.from: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, iii.
------.   A practical treatise on medical  diagnosis
  for students and  physicians,  viii, 881 pp., 2 pl.
  8°.  Philadelphia, Lea  Bros. # Co., 1894.
------.   The same.  2. ed.  xii,  13-938 pp.  *-\
  Philadelphia $  Xew York,  Lea Bros, cy  Co.,  1690.
------.   The same.  3. ed., revised and  enlarged.
  xv, 16-1082 pp., 48 pl.   8-.  Philadelphia $ Xeiv
  York, Lea Bros, e,- Co.,  [l'-OH].
------.   The same.   4. ed.   xi, 17-1105 pp., 49 pl.
  8°.  Philadelphia cy Xew York, Lea  Bros. 4'- Co.,
  1900.
------.   The same.   5. ed., revised  and  enlarged.
  xi, 17-1213 pp.,  03 pl.  8°.  Philadelphia, Lea
  Bros.  <,• Co.,  1904.
------.   A case of aspiration broncho-pneumonia
  in an infant.  2 pp.  8°.   Xew York, 1895.
    Repr. from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1895, xii.
------.   A  case of secondary  carcinoma  of  the
  bones.  Multiple fracture; associated  duodenal
  ulcer;  polyuria.  9pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1-95.
    Repr. from: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1895, 3. s., xvii.
------.   Subdiaphragmatic abscess due to abscess
  of the pancreas, with remarks on effusions in the
  lesser peritoneal  cavity.  r>  pp.  8\   Philadel-
  phia, 1895.
    Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1894-5,  vii.
------.   A  case of secondary carcinoma  of  the
  bones; multiple fractures; associated  duodenal
  ulcer;  polyuria.  8 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, Uni-
  versity of Pennsylvania Press, 1895.
    Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1895-6, viii.
------.   A protracted case of typhoid fever;  some
  features of treatment.  5 pp.   8y  Philadelphia,
  1895.
    Repr.from: Tr. Phila. County M. Soc, Phila., 1895,xvi.
------.   Angina pectoris;  its relation to dilatation
  of the heart,  10 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1-97.
    Repr.from:  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians. Phila., 1897. xii.
------.   The same.  9  pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia],
  1897.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1897, n. 8. cxiv.
------.   On the disappearance  of endocardial mur-
  murs  of organic origin.  6  pp.  n~.   [London,
  1897.]
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii.
------.   The diagnostic  importance  of fever in
  late syphilis.   11 pp.   *°.   Philadelphia,  Avil
  Print.  Co., 1898.
    Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1892-3, v. 
MUSSER.                                     259                                     MUSSET.
Ulusser (John H[err])—continued.
------.   The essential of the art  of medicine.  28
  pp.   12°.  Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1*96.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx.
----—.   The same.   27 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,
  1*98.
    Repr. from: Phila. M. J., 1898, i.
------.  • Renal   calculus.  14  pp.  8°.  Philadel-
  phia,  1898.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1898, i.
------.   Amyloid disease of the liver,  with an ab-
  normally enlarged left lobe.  0 pp.  P20.   Pitts-
  burg, 1899.
    Repr.from: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1898-9, ii.
------.   Cancer of tin common  bile-duct.   4 pp.
  8C.  Philadelphia, 1899.
    Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1899, xi-xii.
------.   Diagnosis  of medical and surgical  dis-
  eases of the liver and  biliary passages.  11 pp.
  8-.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1900, vi.
------.   The indications for the use of alcoholic
  stimulants in typhoid fever.   5 pp.  12°.  De-
  troit,  W. M.  Warren, 1900.
    Repr. from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, 3. s., xvi.
------.   Subpectoral abscess.   11pp.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1900, xv.
------.   On the use and abuse of lavage.   5 pp.
  8\  Detroit, W. M. Warren, 1900.
    Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, 3. s., xvi.
------.   On the use of  antitoxin in  diphtheria,
  with  special  reference to small aud frequently
  repeated  doses.   13 pp.  8?.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag.. Phila., 1900, xiii.
------.   Notes on the fever of Hodgkin's disease;
  recurrent (Riickfall)  fever;  Ebsteiu's disease.
  18 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from : Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901, xvi.
------.   The same.   15 pp.   8\  Philadelphia,
  1902.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii.
------.   Notes on tropical dysentery.  8 pp., 1 ch.
  8J.  Chicago,  1901.
    Repr.from:  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi.
------.   On streptothrical infections.  16 pp.  8y
  Philadelphia,  1901.
    Repr. from:  Phila. M. J., 1901, viii.
------.   Chronic myocarditis.   1. Morbid  anat-
  omy and physical signs.  15 pp.  8-.  Xew York,
  1902.
    Repr.from:  Med. News,  N. Y., 1902, lxxx.
------.   Clinical expression of chronic myocardi-
  tis.  27 pp.  6'-.   New York, 1902.
    Repr.from:  Med. News, N. T., 1902, lxxx.
------.   The medical and surgical aspects  of the
  diseases of the gall bladder and bile ducts;  diag-
  nosis  of affections of the gall bladder and bile
  ducts,  pp.  120-142,  5. ch.  *■'-.  Xew  Haven,
  1903.
    Cutting [cover with printed titlej from : Tr. Cong. Am.
  Phys. & Surg., N. Haven, 1903.
■------.   Primary cancer of the lung.  19 pp.  12J.
  Philadelphia, 1903.
    Repr.from: Univ. Penn. M. Bull.,  Phila., 1903.
------.   Abdominal pain.  11pp.  8G.  [Philadel-
  phia], 1904.
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc.  N. Y., Phila., 1904.
■------   Motives in  medicine.   13 pp.  12°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1904.
    Repr.from: Univ. Penn. M. Bull.,  Phila., 1904.
------.   Some aspects of medical education, presi-
  dent's address.  23 pp.  12 y   Chicago,  Am. M.
  Ass. Press, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii.
------.  The treatment of pneumococci infection
  of the lung, or croupous pneumonia; a clinical
Ulusser (John H[err])—continued.
   lecture.  14 pp.  s°.  Philadelphia, J.  B. Lip-
  pincott Co., 1904.
    Repr. from: Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1904, 13. s., iii.
    See, also. Peri-caecal inflammation [etc| 8°.  Phila-
   delphia. 1888.—SpillerfW. G.). iTIiinser (J. H.)  [et al.].
   A ease of intradural spinal cyst [ete.].  12°.  Philadelphia,
   1903.
    For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl,
   1363.  AUo:  Phila. M. J.,   1903. xi,  846.  AUo: Post-
   Graduate, N. T., 1904, xix, 701. port.
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
------  &  Keen  (W.  VV.)   Perforating gastric
   ulcer;  posterior gastroenterostomy;  Fowler's
   position.  4  pp.  12'-".   Chicago,  Am.  M. Ass.,
   1904.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii.
------A: Kelly (Aloysius O. J.)  Hemoglobinu-
   ria  complicating typhoid  fever.   6 pp.  8°.
   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from : Phila. M. J., 1901, vii.
-----»&. Morton (Thomas  S. K.)  Case of car-
   cinoma of descending colon; excision and  anas-
   tomosis; recovery. -5 pp., 1 pl.   8°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1890.
    Repr.from: Lniv. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, viii.
-----, Pearce  (R. M.) &. Gwyn  (Norman).
   Two  cases of streptothrical infection;  demon-
   stration of a streplothrix, or branched tubercle
   bacillus, in the  sputum.  Abscess of  the  brain
   due to  a  stteptothrix.   8  pp., 4  pl., 1 ch.  8J.
   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Tr.  Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901, xvi
------& Sailer (Joseph).  A case of leucaemia.
   7 pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia],  1890.
    Repr.from: Tr.  Ass. Am.  Physicians, Phila., 1896, xi.
-------------.   A case of Malta fever.  7 pp.  b°.
   Philadelphia, 1896.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1898, ii.
-------------.   Hemorrhagic  diathesis in typhoid
   fever.  21.  8°.  Fhiladelphia,  1899.
    Repr.from: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1899, viii.
-------------.   Melalgia paresthetica.  25pp.  8:.
   New York, 1900.
    Repr.from: J. Nerv. &Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii.
-----& Steele (J. Duttou).  A case of aneurism
   of  the abdominal aorta  with thrombosis of the
   right  renal  artery.  4 pp.   8°.  [Philadelphia],
   1896.
    Repr. from: Internat. M.Mag., Phila., 1896-7, v.
-----------.   Symposium on the  pathology of
   the diseases of the cardio-vascular .system.  The
   myocardium.  7 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, [1898].
    Repr. from: Proc Path. Soc, Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i.
-----------.   Some  cases  of dilatation  of the
   stomach.  10 pp.  8-.   Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr. from : Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n. s., cxix.
-----& Swan (John M.)  A clinical study of
   Widal's serum diagnosis  of typhoid fever.  7 pp.
   12°.  Chicago, Am. M.  Ass.,  1897.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix.
-----& Ulloui  (J. T.)   A  case of status lym-
  phaticus.  23  pp.   12°.   Detroit,  E.  G.  Swift,
   1904.
    Repr. from: Medicine, Detroit, 1904, x.
-----& Wharton (Henry R.)  Perforating ul-
   cer of the stomach; operation;  recovery.   5  pp.
  *<-.   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii.
-----& Willard (De Forest).  A case of  ab-
  scess  of the liver following amoebic dysentery.
  6 pp.  8C.   [Philadelphia, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Phila. Co.  M. Soc, Phila,, 1893, xiv.
de Husset (Alfred) [1810-57].
    Derniere (La) maladie et la mort d'Alfred deMusset,
  racont6es par un t6nioin de  sa vie.   Chron. m6d. Par.
   1897, iii, 289-298.— liClcbure i K  } Musset sensitif. Ann.
  d. sc. psych., Par., 1899, ix, 13; 80— iTliclmnt.  Lne ob-
  servation d'incompatibilite sexuelle.   Chron. mGd., Par.,
  1904, xi, 426-429. 
MUSSET.
260
MUSTARD.
 Mussel (Ch.).
     See  l'onchct (F61ix-Archimede), Joly (X.) Sc Mus.
   net (Ch.) [in 1. s.].  Experiences sur l'heterogenie, [etc].
   4Y  I'aris, [1863J.
 illii'ssct (H.-J.-M.-Hyacinthe).  Traite des mala-
   dies  nerveuses ou nevroses, et en particulier de
   la paralysie et de ses varietes, de  l'hemiplegic,
   de la paraplegic, de la choree ou danse de Saint-
   Guv,  de  1'epilepsie, de l'hyst^rie, des n6vralgies
   internes et externes, de la gastralgie, etc.   410
   pp.   8->.  Paris, A. Oppert, 1840.
 Musseler (Lathrop).
     See  4^i'eenc (Charles Lyman).  Relation of druggist
   and physic-inn.  12°.  Chicago, [1892].
 de Musset-Patliay (Victor-Donatien).
     See die 4»irni'<lin ([Louis-]Stanislas[-Cecile-Xavier]).
   Lettre sur la mort de J.-J. Rousseau, [etc.].  8°.  Paris,
   1825.

 ifliDsset'* sign.
     See, also. Heart (Diseases of, Valvular, Aortic).
     Lai-rant  (P.)   *Le  signe  de  Musset;  sa
   valeur clinique.   8-.   Lyon. 1902.
     Frenkel (H.) & La ton (G.)  Etude graphique des
   oscillations rythrai(pies de la te'te chez les aortiques (signe
   de Musset). ' Compt. rend. Soc. cie hiol., Par., 1902, 11. s.,
   iv, 658-600.— Ilei/o^ (15.)  Die pulsatorisclie Erschiitte-
   rung des Ko]ifes (das sogenannte Musset'sche Symptom).
   Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1903, xxix,
   229.— liniii-enI \ .Tlirnbail. Le signe de Musset et
   son explication physiologique.  Toulouse ni6d., 1903, 2. s.,
   v, 53-57.
 MllSSey (Lincoln).
     Co-Editor of: Western Medical and Surgical Gazette,
   Denver, Col., 1897.

 Iff ussey (Reuben D.)  [1780-1866].
     Hnmilton (J. B.)  Life and times of Reuben D. Mus-
   sey.  Columbus M. ,L, 1896,  xvi, 241-251.  Also: J.Am.
   M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xxvi,  649-652.
 MtlSSi (Ubaldo).  Ricerche chimico-legali  sul-
   1' avvelenamento acuto per cocaina.  10 pp.   8°,
   Firenze, 1*86.
 -----.   Sulla  disinf'ezione   dei  tubi  e serbatoi
   dell'   acqua  potabile di  Firenze.   4 pp.   8°.
   Firenze, G.  Civelli, 1894.
 -----.   Considerazioni  chimico- igieniche sulle
   acque minerali,  naturali  e artificiali.  11 pp.
   8°.   Firenze, (i. Civelli, 1896.
     Repr.from: Gior. d. Soc. fiorent. d' ig., Firenze, 1894.
 -----.   The same.   16 pp.  10c.  Firenze, 1698.
     Repr.from: Italia termale.

 -----.   Analisi chimiche  comparative, e conside-
   razioni igieniche  sul pane in generale nonche
   su quello  integrate ed "antispire".   11pp.   8°.
   Firenze, G. Civelli,  1698.
     Repr.from: Gior. d. Soc fiorent. d' ig., Firenze, 1898.
 -----.   Metodo sollecito e pratico per la steriliz-
   zazioue dell'  acqua e dei  recipienti  di vetro
   12 pp. 8°.  Firenze, G. Civelli, 1901.
 -----.   Metodo per  sterilizzare i  vegetali verdi
   crudi.  7 pp.   so.   Firenze, G. Civelli, 1901.
 Mussius (Petrus).   *De tracheotomia  et laryn-
   gotomia.  7 pp.  4°.   Genua;, 1809.  [P., v. 2148;

 Musso (Enrico).  Nevralgie e reumatismi curati
   coll'  elettricita  e specialmente col  jodoformio
   24 pp.  8°.   Torino, Roux <$■ Favalle, 1881.
MUSSO (Giovanni).   II cacio.   Tecnologia, chi-
   inica   e microbiologia generale  del caseificio.
   63 pp.  8C.  Roma,  Unione tipog.-editrice, 1667
    Repr. from: Suppl. ann. a. Encici. di chim.

-----.   La vigilanza  sanitaria  sull' annona ed i
  laboratorii cbimici  per 1' analisi  delle  sostanze
  alimentari e  le ricerche  sulle condizioui  i«rie-
  niche  dei  comuui.   2 p. ].,  141 nD   i  l  °w0
   Torino, 1869.                         .....
—-----.   Sulla composizione  delle  acque lorde di
  Torino, sulla contaminazione che producono nel
Musso (Giovanni)—continued.
   Po,  e  sulle  questioni  relative  al loro  smalti-
   niento e impiego nell' agricultura.   pp. 97-176
   8  .   [Torino, 1891.]
     Cutting from.-  Ann. r. Accad. d' agric,  Torino,  mil.
   xxxiv.

     See, also, iTlaggiora (Arnaldo) Sc Museo (G.)  ('ami
   fresche.  roy. SY  T<n inn. 1893. -----, -----& Revelli
   (C. A.)  Le conserve alimentari.  8°.  Torino, 1896.

----- A-  Ballario (F.)  Sulla  contaminazione
   del  sottosuolo  di  Torino,   pp.  61-93,  1  diag
   1 plan.  8°.   [Torino, 1891.]
     Cutting from:  Ann. r.JAccad. d'agric,  Torino,  1891,
   xxxiv.

-----A-. Tanzi (E.)   L' influenza della sugges-
   tione nell' ipnosi isterica.  Nota clinica e speri-
   mentale.   40  pp.    8C.   Milano,  F.  Vallardi,
   [1888].
     Forms no. 6 of: Collezione italiana di letture sulla medi-
   cina, Milano, 4. s.

Mlisso  (Luigi  Alberto).   Manuale  pratico per
   I'  ispezioue delle derrate alimentari  secondo le
   leggi e regolamenti aventi vigore in Italia,  viii.
   344 pp.  12°.   Torino, 1899.

Miissoorie.
     Morton (J.)  Mussoorie as a health resort.  Indian
   M. Pec, Calcutta, 1895, viii, 211-213.

Mussy  (Jean)  [1804-     ].   "Contribution  h
   l'etude des erytlieines infectieux,  en  particulier
   daus la diphtcrie.   90 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Paris, l8<)2,
   No. 110.
-----.  The same.   90 pp.,  1  1.   8°.   Paris, G.
   Steinheil, 1692.
Mussy (Jean-Jnles-Louis) [1877-     ].   * De la
   radiographic Bt6reoseopique par  la m6thode des
   r6seaux.   45 pp.  8°.  Nancy, 1904, No.  4.

ITIust.
     Ivanoff (M.)  Izmieneniya azotistikh  veshtshestv
   ovsa pod vliyani'em pllesuevleniya. [Alterations in the
   nitrogenous matter of oats under the influence of niusti-
   ness.]  Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1898, xxviii, 2. sect.,
   49-65.

Mustafa Hanii pacha.  Kanoun sehhi.  [Hy-
   gie'nic  regulations.]   8,  198 pp.   69.   [Istam-
   bul],  A. H. 1287.
    Turkish text.   Forms v. 1 of: Hazing funoun [treasury
   of sciences].

Mustard.
    Astieh (H.)   Etude sur la moutarde au point
  de vie therapeutique;  des meilleurs proced6s de
  preparation du sinapisme, et  des cas oil son ap-
  plication est utile.   8°.  Paris, 1872.
     Berthelot (M.) & ile liiien (S.)   Production  arti-
   ficielle de l'essence de moutarde.  Ann. do chim. et phys.,
   Par., 1855, 3. s., xliv, 495-501.  Also, Keprint. —IScylhien
   (A.)  Ueber gefarbten Senf.  Ztschr.  f. Lntcisuch. d.
   Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1904, viii, 283-285.—
   Bisserie (H.)  Snr l'emploi de l'essence de moutarde en
   therapeutique; ses avantages dans la m6decine (1'nrmee,
   et principalement dans les approvisionncments de reserve.
   Arch, de m6d. et  pharm. mil., Par., 1892, xix, 491-495.—
   Bohriscli (P.)  Ueher den Nachweis einer kiinstlicheu
   Farhung des Senfs.  Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs-
   u. Genussmittel, Perl., 1904, viii, 285.—Collin (E.) fitude
   sur les diverses  nioutarcles  blanches  et noires du  com-
   merce.  Compt.  rend.  Cong, internat.  de  pharm.  1900,
   Par., 1901, 225-229.-Dor (L.)  L'essence  de  moutarde
   comnie liquide  conservatcur des  pieces  anatomic|iies.
   Lyon m6d., 1905, civ, 1030.—Hnrlwiili (C'.j & Vnillc-
   min  (A.)   Beitrage  zur Kenntniss  des Senfsamens.
   Apoth.-Ztg., Berl.,  1905,  xx,  162-lliL—Ilnmellioff (E.)
   Die Bestimmung des  Senfoles.  Ztschr.  f. Untersuch. d.
   Nahrungs- u.  Genussmittel.  Berl., 1898, 235-239.—I.nid-
   law (A. H.) &. I..aidlaw (F.) Mustard in  therapeutics.
   Med. Standard, Chicago, 1^93, xiii, 6-9.   Also,  Keprint.—
   lieecli (A. E.)  Composition and  adulteration of ground
  mustard.  J. Am. Chem.  Soc, Easton,  Pa., 1904, xxvi,
   1203-1210, 1 pl. —Rcorscr (P.) Sur le dosage de l'essence
  de moutarde.  J.  de pharm. et chim., Par., 1902, 6. s., xv,
  361-373. 
MUSTAKD.
261
MUTILATION.
Mustard (Toxicology of).
    Kolbe (E.)  Ueber Senfvergittung.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 237-239.—Poison-
  ons mustard.  Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 386.—Roub (F. J.)
  Poisoning hv feeding on Sinapis  nigra.  Am. Yet. Rev.,
  X  Y  1902  xxvi, 437-439.  AUo: J. Comp. Med.  & Vet.
  Arch.', Phila., 1902,  xxiii, 242-244.—Simon (C. E.)  A
  case of acute gastro-enteritis due to mustard.   Med. Rec,
  X. T., 1894, xiv, 346.

Mustard-plasters.
    Faivre. Eruptions neuro-m6dicameutenses [applica-
  tion de sinapismes Rigollot].  Poitou med., Poitiers, 1903,
  xvii  148.—Gerrard (A. '\V.)  Notes on charta sinapis.
  Pharm. J., Lond.,  1904, 4. s., xix, 805. — Tliomayer (J.)
  O niistuiui ucinku sinapismu.  [The  local effects of sina-
  pisms. ]   Casop. lek. cesk. v Praze, 1882, xxi, 627-630.

Mustela/emr.
    Robinson (A.)  Observations upon the development
  of the common ferret, Mustela ferox. Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1892-3, viii, 116-120.

Mustelus.
    See Sharks.
Musterle   (Friedrich).   * Zur Anatomie  der
  uniwallten Zungenpapillen  der Katze und  des
  Hundes.   [Bern.]   25  pp.,  1  pl.  8°.  Berlin,
  1903.
    Repr. from: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl.,
  1903. xxx.
Mustinger (Joh.  Casparus).   *  De  luxationi-
  bus.   36 pp., 1 1.   sm.  4°.  Argentorati, lit. D.
  Maagii,  [1713].
Mlisuineci (Pancrazio).  Rendicouto statistico
  delle  malattie  oculari   curate dal 1° genuaro
  1672  al  31 decembre 1874.   80 pp.    8C.  Mes-
  sina, 1875.
Musv (A.-J.)  * Du pneumothorax dans la fievre
  typho'ide.   34 pp.,  1 1.   8°.   Paris, 1900, No. 560.
Muszkat  (Alexander)  [1880-    ].   * Ueber
  Hiiftgelenksresection bei Arthritis  deformans.
  34 pp?, 11.  8°.   Freiburg i. B., Speyer cf Kaerner,
  1904.
Muszkat  (Arthur)  [1865-     ].   * Das Wahr-
  scheinlichkeitsgesetz und seine  Storungen  in
  Messnngsreihen der rothen Blutkorperchen.  38
  pp., 11.   8  .  Breslau, P. Schatzky, 1889.
von Mutacli  (Alfred).   * Beitrag zur  Geuese
  der congenitalen Cystennieren. [Bern.]  43pp.,
  2 pl.  8D.   Berlin,  1895.
     Repr. from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [eta. j, Berl.. 1895, cxiii.

 Mutase.
     Koch (E.)  Leber Mutase.  Centralbl. f. innere Med.,
   Leipz., 1899, xx, 601-604.

 Mutation.
     DeVries(H.)   Species and varieties;  their
  origin by mutations.   Lectures delivered at the
  University of California.  Edited by D. T. Mac-
  Dougal.   8°.   Chicago, 1905.
     Bonvier (E.-L.)  Sur le genre  Ortmannia Rathb. et
   les mutations de certains Atyides.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
   sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 440-449. — Castle (W.  E.)  The
   mutation theory of organic evolution, from the standpoint
   of animal hreed'ing.  Science, N. Y. Sc Lancaster, Pa., 1905,
  n. s., xxi, 521-525. — Cockcrell (T. D. A.)   De Vriesian
   species.  Nature, Lond., 1902, lxvi, 174.  -----. Mutation.
   Ibid., 1904-5, lxxi, 366.—Con klin (E. G.)  The mutation
   theorv from the standpoint of cytology.   Science, N. T. &
   Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 525-529.—Dastre (A.)  A
   new theory on the origin of species.   Rep. Smithson. Inst.
   1903, "Wash., 1904, 507-517.   Also [Abstr.J:  Scient.  Am.
   Suppl. N. T., 1904, lviii, 24198. — Davenport (C. B.)
   Evolution without mutation.  J. Exper. Zool., Bait., 1905,
   ii, 137-143.—Driesch (H.)   Zur Mutatioustheorie.  Biol.
   Centralbl.,  Erlang.,  1902, xxii, 181-190. — Dwight (T.)
   Mutations.  Science,  N. Y. Sc Lancaster, Pa., 190o, n. s.,
   xxi, 529-532. Also, Reprint. — IInbrccht (A.  A. W.)
   Hugo de Vries's theory of mutations.  Pop. Sc. Month.,
   N. Y.  1904, lxv, 205-223.—Jordan  (D. S.)   Some experi-
   ments of Luther Burbank.  Ibid., 1904-5, lxvi, 201-225. —
   Keller (C. i  Die Mutationstheorio von de Vries im Lichte
   der Haustiei "eschichte.  Arcb.f. Rassen- und Gesellsch.-
   Biol., Berl., 1905,  ii, 1-19. — rlacilougal (D. T.)  Muta-
   tion in plants.  Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1903, xxxvii, 737-
   770.— Tletcalf (M. M.)  Mutation and selection.  Sci-
   ence, N. Y. Sc Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., xix, 74-76.—
   JIoll (J. W.)  Die  Mutatioustheorie.  Biol. Centralbl.,
Mutation.
  Leipz., 1901, xxi, 257: 289: 1902, xxii, 505; 537; 577.—UIoll
  (J \Y ) Sc de Vries (H.)  Die Mutationstheorie. Ibid.,
  1904  xxiv  145; 193; 225— Murdoch (J.)  Atavic muta-
  tion!  Science. N. Y. Sc Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s.,  xvii,
  234 —Mutation (The) theory  of  organic evolution.
 ' Ibid., 1905, n. s.. xxi, 521-543.—de Vries (H.)   Die Mu-
  tationeu und die Mutationsperioden bei der Entstehung der
  Artcn. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte
  1901  Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, 202-212.  AUo, transl.: Science,
  N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 721-729.— Web-
  ber (H.J.)  The mutation theory of de Vries.  Biol. Bull.,
  Wood's Holl,Mass.,1904-5, viii,246.— Wcldon (F.R.)  1 ro-
  fessor do Vries on the origin of species.  .Biometrika, Cam-
  bridge, 1901-2, i, 365-374, 1 pl.—Wheeler (W. M.) Ethol-
  ogy aud the mutation theory. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster,
  Pa„ 1905, n. s., xxi, 535-540.—White (C. A.)  Aggregate
  atavic mutation of the tomato.  Ibid., 1903, n. s., xvn, 76-
  78. -----. The mutations  of Lycopersicum.   Pop. Sc.
  Month., N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 151-161. — Wright (J.)  The
  theory of mutation in its relation to medicine.   Med.
  News, N. Y., 1904,  lxxxv, 49-51.-----The  mutation
  theory,  hetero-genesis,  spontaneous generation, and the
  evolution of morbid germs.  St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, li,
  145-150.
Mutatione (De) urinarum morbosa.   14 pp.  8°.
  [n.p.,n. d.]   [F., v. 222~>.]
Mutelet (Marie - Leon - Camille)  [1873 -     ].
  "Contribution & 1'eLude de  la  tuberculose dif-
  fuse  chez l'enfant (a l'exclusion de la tubercu-
  lose miliaire aigue').  104 pp.   8°.  Nancy, 1898,
  No. 10.
Muter  (John).  Pharmaceutical and medical
  chemistry  (practical   aud   analytical).   Ar-
  ranged on the principle of  the course of iustruc-
  tiou giveu in the laboratories of the  South Lon-
  don School of Pharmacy.   2.  ed., re - arranged.
  xi, 216 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, 1881.
     See, also, Reports on Van Houtten's cocoa,  [etc.]  [in
  1. s.]. 8°. [London, 1888.]
Mutermilch (Jules).   Trachoma.   15 pp.   8°.
  Nashville, A. R. Gray cf Son, 1893.
     Repr.from:  Ophth. Rec, Nashville, 1892-3, ii.
Mutert  (Adolf) [1869-    ].   * Beitrag zur Kennt-
  nis  der Wirkung des  Strychninchlormethylat.
  30 |»|>., 11.  8°.  Kiel, A. F. Jensen, 1894.
Mutford and Lothiugland General  Dispensary
  and Infirmary.  See Lowestoft Hospital.
Mutli (Franz).  * Untersuchungen iiber die  Ent-
  wickelung der Inflorescenz  und  der Bliithen,
  sowie  iiber die  angewachsenen Achselsprosse
  von Symphytum officinale. Habilitationsschrift
   zur Erlaugung der Veuia  legendi fiir Botauik.
  61 pp., 7 pl.   8°.  Munchen, V. Hbfling, 1902.
     Repr. from : Allg. botan. Ztg , 1902.
 Mtltll (Heinrieh).   * Ueber einige  cyauhaltige
   Doppelsalze des Silbers und Quecksilbers.  36
   pp.  H°.  Bern, S.  Collin, 1895.
 Mllth  (Hierouymus)    * Eiu  Fall von  Magen-
   krebs  bei einem 24jahrigen Manne.   21  pp.   8°.
   Wiirzburg, Becker.  1894.
 Mllth (Zacharias Conradus).
     See Albcrti (Michael).   * De abortus violenti modis et
   signis.  4°.  Halat Magdeb., [1730].
 Muttimami (Arthur)  [lh75-    ].   * Ein Fall
   vou professioneller  Parese  im  Peronealgebiet.
   35 pp.  8°.   Bonn, K. Probing, 1900.
 Muthmann (Etigen).   * Ueber die erste An-
   lage der Schilddriise und  deren Lagebeziehnng
   zur  ersten Anlage des  Herzens bei Amphibieu,
   insbesondere bei Triton alpestris.   [Munich.]
   47 iip.  Hy   Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1904.
 Muticnzo (A.)  A few words  on Tumpico and
   its marshes.  11pp.  8°.   [Mexico,  1692.]
     Am. Pub. Health Ass.  Rep., Mexico, 1892.

 VI ut il:t lion.
     See, also,  Cadaver;  Circumcision  (Ritual);
   Eunuchs; Genitals (Operations on,  Ceremonial,
   etc.); Genitals ( Wounds,etc., of); Infibulation;
   Insane (Injuries of), etc.; Sadism; Skoptzy;
   Testicles (Excision of).
     Christia.ni (L.)  * La (^figuration.  8°.  Lyon,
   1902. 
MUTILATION.
262
MUTUAL.
Jliitilation.
    AiiNehiitz  (W.)   Leber  Selbstverstiimmelungen.
  Beitr. /.. klin. Chir', Tiibing., 1901, xxxi, 670-682.—Rer-
  gouiiioux.  Relation de cinq cas de  mutilations vo-
  lontaires des doigts. Caducee, I'ar.,  1904, iv, 35. -Bo-
  land iK. H.)  Self-castration resulted to as a remedy for
  seminal emissions.  South. M.  Kee., Atlanta, 1888, xviii,
  4 :-4> — ISonnel.   Leber Veierhung von Verstummelun-
  gen.   Verlmndl. d. Miinchen. anthrop. Gesellsch., 1888, 15-
  26— ltoimelte.   Mutilations et maladies provoque.es en
  Algerie.  Caducee,  Par.. 1903, iii, 260.—Derome.  Deux
  cas tvpiques d'antoniutilation.  Lnion med. du Canada,
  Montreal. 1895, n.s., ix, 159.—Effect (The) of mutilations
  on longevity. [Edit.)   N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiv, 407-
  409— l-pplin.  Geschiehte einer Selbst-Castration.  Ab-
  handl.  d. iihvs.-med.  Soc. zu  Eilang.,  Numb.,  1812, ii,
  132-134.— Fliisiac  (E.)  Ein Fall von  Selbstveistiimme-
  hing.   Arch. I. I"sychiat.. Perl., 1880-81, xi, 184-193.  Also,
  Reprint.— Fredericq (L.) L'autotomie. ou la mutilation
  active.  I'niv. de Lies;e.  Inst, de phvsiol. Trav. du lab.
  deL6on I-'ivclencci, Par.: Liege, 1887-8, ii, 201-221.—Fren-
  zcl  (J.)  Leher  die  Selbstverstiimmelung  (Autotomie)
  der Thiere.  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn, 1891-2, 1,
  191-214. — Ilsijjen  (B.)  Die kiinstlichen Verunstaltuu-
  gen des Korpeis bei den Batta.  Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl.,
  1884, xvi. 217-225, 1  pl.—Hebbert (C. A.)   An exercise
  in forensic medicine.  Part II.  [Instances of mutilation.]
  "Westminst. Hosp.  Rep., Lond.,  1889.  v, 151-161.— Ho-
  in a ■■« (J.)   The relation of bodily mutilations to longev-
  ity.  Boston M. &  S. J.,  1901. cxlv, 152-155.  AUo, Re-
  print.— Kleemann.  Selbsteastration.  Gen.-San.-Ber.
  v. Schlesien f. d. Jahr 1831, Brest, 1833, 264.—Laurent.
  Cas d'insensibilite physique.   Cong. d. m6d.  ali^nistes et
  neurol. de France ...   C. r. 1896, Par.,  1897, ii, 101.—L,e-
  benheiui. Selbst-Castration.  Gen.-San.-Ber.v.Schlesien
  f. d. Jahr 1834, Bresl., 1837, 115.—deeper (R. R.)  A ease
  of acute delirious mania leading  to mutilation.  Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1382.— Manonrrier (L.)   Remarques
  sur le  T sincipital, mutilation piehistorique.  Trav. de
  neurol. chir., Par., 1898, iii, 1-9.—lTIilner (E. A.)  A sin-
  gular case of self-mutilation.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i,
  1225.—Porter (J. H.)  Notes  on the artificial  deforma-
  tion of children among savage and civilized peoples.  Rep.
  L. S. Nat. Mus. 1886-7, Wash., 1889, 213-235.—Puccioni
  (N.)  Delle deformazioui e mutilazioni artificial] etniche
  piii in uso.  Arch, per 1' antrop., Firenze, 1904, xxxiv, 355-
  -102. 4 pl.— Ki jiijenbach (E.)  Die Selbstverstiimmelung
  der Tiere.  Ki-gcbn. d. Anat. u.  Entwcklngsgesch.  1902,
  Wiesb., 1903. xii,  782-903. -----.  Beobachtungen  iiber
  Selbstverstiimmelung.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 58i-
  593.— Kivet (V.)  Ablation volontaire des deux testieules
  etsection transversale du cou;  guerison rapide.  Arch.de
  m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1892, xix, 394-400.—Bust (M. A.)
  Remarks on certain mutilations and artificial deformities,
  including trepanning, foot deformities, etc.  Virginia M.
  Month., Richmond. 1887-8, xiv, 171; 251.—Solbrig. Ein
  Fall  von  Selbst-Kastration.  Ztschr.  f. Med.-Beamte,
  Berl., 1902, xv, 565-567.—Walton (E. M.)  An interesting
  case ot self-mutilation.  Med. Age, Detroit,  1890,  viii,
  277.— Tnrtierc  (E.)   Mutilation volontaire de  l'index
  droit;  aptitude  militaire  eonseive-e.  Arch, de  med.  et
  pharm. mil., Par., 1891, xviii, 402.—Thesing. Autotomie
  oder Selbstverstiimmelung bei Tieren.  Naturw. Wchn-
  Bchr., Jena, 1905, n. F., iv, 321-325.

 Mutilation  (Criminal).
    See, also, Sadism; Sexual instinct (Perver-
  sions of).
    Millant (R.)   *Castratiou criminelle et  ma-
  niaque (6tude historique et medico-iegale).  8°.
  Paris, 1902.
    Pitoiset (G.)   *Da depecage criuiinel.   Hc.
  Paris, 1901.
    de  Saint-Vincent (A.)  Du depecage erimi-
  nel.   8°.   Lyon, 1902.
    Nina Rodriguez.  La psicologia del d6pecage cri-
  minal. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1903,
  ii, 385-422.—Prieur (A.)  Essai sur  la psychologie du
  depecage criminel.  [From:  Mercure de France. 1901, v.]
• Rev. de psychol. clin. et therap., Par.,  1901, v, 204; 242.—
  Tableau  synoptique  des depecages criminels commis
  depuis 1888 jusqu'eu  1902.  Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon
  A:. Par., 1902, xvii, 241-260.

Mutisia viciafolia.
     Liotard (E.)   Note sur  le Mutisia vicisefolia.  Nice-
  me.d.,  1888-9, xiii,  184.—Run by (H.  H.)   Scale-flowers
  (Mutisia vicisefolia, Cuv.). Drug. Bull., Detroit, 1888, ii,
  367-370.

ill u tis m.
    See,  also, Aphasia;  Deaf-mutes;  Hysteria
  (Manifestations of) by disorders of special senses.
    Levy  (G.)    *Les  enteudants-nmets  (alalie
  idiopathique de  Coen).  8°.  Lyon, 1900.
TlllllMII.
     Hcrillon. Un casde mutisme prolonge.  Rev.d'hvg.
  et de med. inf. [etc.]. Par., 1004, iii, 342— (JhONal (U. X.)
  Sudden loss  of speech; recovery.  Indian Lancet. Cal-
  cutta,  1896,  viii. :iH4. — <»iilzmann  <H.)  Mutism and
  aphasia.  Phila. M. J., 1902, x, 54-5*.—de JiiN-ieu.  ob-
  servation sur la maniere dont une fllle sans langue s'acquite
  des fonctions qui dependent de eel organe.  Hist. Acad.
  roy. d.sc. 1718, Par., 1719, Mem., 6-14.  Also : Hist. Acad.
  roy.  d. sc.  [de ParisJ, 1718, Amst., 1723, Mem.,  6-16.
  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. "Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl.
  1718, Bressl., 1754, v,73-80.--1, a nnoi«(M.)& Feu il hide.
  Mutisme chez un deg6uere, datant de seize mois;  gueri-
  son par la suggestion.  Hull. Sec. mGd. d. hop. de I,yon,
  1905, iv, 33-37. AUo : Lyon med.,  1905, civ, 256-260.   [Lis-
  cussion], 238.—I/nrraiid (H.)  Mutit6 chez des enten-
  dants. J. d. sc. med.  (le Lille,  1X96, ii,  361-368.  Also:
  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xvi, pt. 2, 1028-
  1035. — Rigbetti  ( R.)  Sordomutismo e mutismo eon
  audizioue (sordita psichica).   Riv.di patol. nerv., Firenze,
  1900. v, 337-360.—Sedillot.  Observation de mutite  et
  d'aphonie completes, datant de donze ann6es, rapidement
   Bue,ries par  l'application  do  l'61ectricit6  d'inductiou.
   ompt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1855, xii, 1107-1109.

Irl ii tins (J. Cajetanns).   * In  asphyxin specimen.
  26 pp., 11.  4°.   Genua:, 1810.   [P., v. 2152. J
ITIllfke  (Emil)  [1875-     ].  * Kin   Fall  von
  Hemiplegie uud  Aphasie mich Ligatur der Ar-
  teria carotis communis  sinistra.   [Groifswald.]
  24 pp., 2 1.   8°.    Potsdam, A. W. Hayns, 1901.
IVIlltOllUS   ( Nicolans ).    'MiBpt6aTELorexvia, hoc
  est, de Mithridatii legitima coustructione Nicolai
  Mutoni collectanea: sub  limatn et incudem revo-
  cata;  polita, einaculata, annotationibiis  atque
  controversiis, utilibus juxta  ac necessuriis, locu-
  pletata, et in publicum uovissime producta; cum
  auctario gemiuo: quorum prius exbibet Anpoaua
  medico-philosophicum,   de  opii  usu, qualitate
  calefaciente, virtute narcotica, et  ipsum  corri-
  gendi modo: Posterius:  Alarpif/T/v de opobalsamu
  Syriaco, Judaico,^Egjptio, Peruviano, Tolutano,
  et Europseo, per Micbaelem Doringiuin.  15 p. 1.,
  390 pp., 51.  16°.  Jenuw, typ. J. Bertmanni, 1620.
    See,  also, de lYIanliis de Bosco  (Joannes Jacobus).
  Lumiuare majus [etc],  fol. Venetiis, 1566.

ITIlltril (figide).   Rapport sur  les memoires eu-
  voyes  au   concours  ouvert  par la  Soci6t6 de
  medecine de Nlmes, pour l'aun6e  1852, au snjet
  de la  question suivante: 1°.  Le tartre stibie" et
  l'ip6cacuanha  employes  h hautes doses dans le
  traitement des  maladies de poitrine, out  ils  le
  meiue mode  d'action  therapeutique?   2°.  S'il
  n'en est pas ainsi, preciser les cas qui reclament
  l'une ou Fautre de  ces  medications.  38 pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Montpellier, J.  Martel aine,  1852.
     Repr. from: Rev. de th6rap. du  midi, Montpel., 1854,
  vi-vii.
Mutterer  (Moritz).  * Ueber Strychnintherapie
  bei  peripheren  Liihmungen,  im  Anschluss an
  einen Fall von traumatischer Radialisliihmung.
  28 pp., 11.   8C.    Strassburg i. E., C. Goeller, 1895.
" MlltterscllUtz."  Zeitschrift zur Reform der
  sexuellen   Ethik.  Hrsg.  von  Heleue Stocker.
  [12  Nos. form 1 v.]   v.  1, 1905.   8'-\   Frankfurt
  a. M.
     Current.
IVIutual  Aid Association  of  the  Philadelphia
  County Medical  Society.  Charter aud by-laws.
  25 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,  Collins, 1878.
     Instituted May 6, and incorporated Sept. 25, 1878.

-----.   The same.  Charter and by-laws.  36 pp.
  12J.   Philadelphia,  Collins, 1684.
-----.   Annual  reports  of the officers.   2.-12.,
   1879-80 to 18*9;  14.-16.,  1891  to 1893-4; 18.,
   1*95-1);  19.,  1896-7;  21.-25..  1898-9  to 1902-3;
  27., 1904-5. v.  a.   [Philadelphia, 1880-1905.]
IVIutual  Aid  Association of the  Philadelphia
  County Medical Society for the  Relief  of the
   Indigent  Widows and Orphans of Physicians.
   Addresses delivered at the public meeting held
   December  16, 1891.  11pp.  8C.  [Philadelphia,
   1692.] 
MUTUAL.
263
xMYA.
llutual  aid associations.
    See Societies for mutual aid.
Mutual Benefit Life Insurance Company, New-
  ark, N. J.   Life insurance, its nature, origin and
  progress;  a plain exposition of the principles of
  life  insurance, manner of calculating  tables of
  premium,  sources of profit, etc., containing also
  tables  of  mortality,  annuities, expectation  of
  life, compound interest, and rates of premium,
  together with much other valuable information
  for parties  connected with the business of life
  insurance, as well as for policy holders.  v(l 1.),
  7--7pp., 11., 9 tab.   12°. New York, J. A. Gray,
  1?5*.
 -----.  Mortality and sanitary record of Newark,
  N. J., [during the past 20 years].   A report pre-
  sented to the president and  directors.  January,
  1*80.  By Edgar Holden.   25 pp.. 4 maps,  9
  diag., 1 tab.  4°.  [Newark, I860.]
 Mutual Life Insurance  Company of New York.
  Report  on  the vital statistics of the United
  States.  By James Wynn.  v, 9-214. iv pp.  4°.
  New York, H. Bailliere, 1-57.
 -----.  Instructions to  the  medical  examiners.
  1* pp.   12°.   New York, H. Anstice j- Co.,  18*0.
 -----.  Insured lives as affected bv gout.   [By E.
  J. Marsh.]  18 pp.   8°.  New York, 1-95.
 ■-----.  Reports on  asthma  and on biliary and
  renal colic aud calculus.  [By E. J. Marsh.]  12
  pp.  .-c.   New York,  1895.
 -----.  Svphilis as affecting life insurance risks.
  [By E. J.  Marsh.]  13 pp.   >-\  New York, 1*95.
 -----.  Value of family history and personal con-
  dition  in estimating a liability to consumption.
  23 pp.   83.   New York, 1.-95.
 -----.  Mortality from casualties.   [By Elias J.
  Marsh.]   36 pp.  *.  New  York, 1896.
 -----.  Mortality from suicides.  [By E. J. Marsh.]
  16 pp.   6~.   New York, 1696.
    See. aUo,  Plain directions for accidents, emergencies,
  [etc.j.  Plain directions for the care of the sick, [etc.]
  finl. s.].
 Mutze  (Osw.).
    Co-Editor of: Spiritiach-rationalistische Zeit-
  schrift, Leipzig Sc Nevr York, 1873.
 Mutze-Wobst (Hugo) [1847-     ].
    M. Generalarzt  Mutze-Wobst.  Deutsche mil.-arztl.
  Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 798.
 IVIuus (\[ieis]  R[othenborg])  [1*66-    ].  De
  saakaldte  emhryouale  Blandingssvulster.  Et
  Bidrag  til nyresvulsternes Pathologi.  [The so-
  called  embryonal mixed cysts.  A contribution
  to the  pathology of the kidneys.]  206, 4 pp.,
  4 pl.  * .   Kfbe'nharn, E. Bojesen,  1900.
-----. The same.  Ueber die sogenannten em-
  bryonalen Mischgeschwiilste der Niere.   ix, 140
  pp., 4 pl.  4C.  Stuttgart, E. Nagele, 1901.
    Forms 14. Hft. of: Biblioth. med., Cassel, Abt. C.
Huxart (Albert) [1-76-     ].   * De la phlegma-
  tia alba dolens dans la fievre  typho'ide.   xi, 13-
  54 pp.,  11.  6'-.  Montpellier, 1699,  No. 15.
?Iiij bridge (Eadweard).  Descriptive zooprax-
  ography, or  the  science of animal locomolion
  made popular, with selected outline  tracings
  reduced from some of the illustrations of "Ani-
  mal locomotion,"  an electro-photographic inves-
  tigation of consecutive phases of animal move-
  ments,  commenced  1872, completed 1**5, and
  published  1--7 under the auspices of  the Uni-
  versity of  Pennsylvania.   1 p. l.? 14 pp., port.
  12°.  [Philadelphia], 1893.
------.  Animals in motion.   An electro-photo-
  graphic investigation of consecutive phases of
  animal progressive  movements.   264  pp. [in-
  cluding 95 pl.J, port. obi. 4°.  London, Chap-
  man $• Hall, 1899.
-----.  The human figure in motion.  An electro-
  photographic investigation of consecutive phases
JVIliy bridge (Eadweard)—continued.
  of muscular actions.   284  pp., port.   obi.  8°.
  London, Chapman $• Hall, 1901.
Uluycelo (Jose).   * Elefanciasis de  los Grie-
  gos.  3* pp.  8y  Mexico, 1872.  [Also, in:  P.,
  v. 21*3.]
de Muyuck (J[acob-Jean]).  De  la  contagio-
  nabilite de la plithisie pulmonaire,  fondee prin-
  cipalemeut snr des faits pratiques.  94 pp.   8°.
  Gand, F. $ B- Gyselynck, 1852.
Muys  (Johannes).   Podalirins redivivus, sive
  dialogus  inter   Podalirium  et Philiatrum  in
  quo juxta norniam philosophiae solidioris, mulfa
  medico-chirurgica  illustrantur  et examinantur.
  7 p. 1., 137 pp.   24°.   Lugd. Bat., P.vander Au,
  1686.
-----.  Der  treu-gesinuete Sainaritter,  das  ist:
  Johannis Muys, Mediein. Doctoris zu Arnheim;
  verniinfftige Praxis der  Wund - Artzney,  oder
  fiinff Abhandlungeii, nach denen festen  Griinden,
  der neuen wahren Philosophic erklaret.  Anjetzo
  von vielen grossen Fehlern  geliiutert, und  mit
  zwey neuen  ins Teutsche  iibersetzten  Abhand-
  lungeii vermehret:  Denen,  obengedachten  Au-
  toris  sogenandte  Podaliiius Redivivus,  oder:
  Gespriich zwischen dem Podalirio und  Philiatro
  beigefiiget  ist.   11 p.  1., 456  pp.,  24  1.  16°.
  Berlin, R. Volckern, 1694.
    See. also, Valentini (Michael Bernhardus) [in 1. s.].
  Praxeos medicinaj lufallibiiis [etc.].  sm. 4°.  Francof. ad
  Moenum, 1715.
Iflliys (Wyerus Gulielmus) [1682-1744].   Investi-
  gatio  fabricse,  quae in partibus mnsculos com-
  poneutibus  extat.  Dissertatio  prima  de carnis
  musculosae  fibrarumque caruearum structura,
  quatenus sine vasis sauguiferis,  nervis,  uervosis-
  que viilis,  atque membranis spectautur.  75 1.
  431 pp., 3 pl. 4°.  Lugd. Bat., J. A. Langerak, 1741.
ITIuyscliel (Carolus).  De mediciuae veterinarian
  intra illud temporis spatium, quod ab a. 1825 ad
  a. 1835 effluxit, conditione et incrementis.   pp.
  327-452.  4°.   Vilnce, [1835, re?  subseq.].
    Cutting from: Collect, med.-chir. Viinse.
ITIuzard (Francois)  [1873-     ]. *Dn  syn-
  drome de  Landry. 10*  pp.  *-.   I/yon, 1899,
  No. 124.
Muziarelli (G[iacomoJ).  Contributo al risa-
  namento dell'  ospedale di  Speilo.   16 pp., 2
  plans,  roy. 8C.   Foligno, F. Campitelli, 1890.
ITIuzi© (Carlo).  Nuovo memoriaie pei  medici
  practici.  xx, 400 pp.  12°.  Venezia, C. Ferrari,
  1900.
-----.  Le malattie  dei paesi caldi, loro  protilassi
  ed igiene.  Con un'appendice:  La vita nel Bra-
  Bile; regolameuti di sanita publica  contro le  in-
  fezioni esotiche.  xi, 560 pp., 11 tab.  24°.   Mi-
  lano,  U. Hoepli,  1904.
ITIuzio (Luigi).   Tesi.  3 1.  4C.  Genova, 1627.
  [P., v. 2145.]
-----.   Considerazioni di L. M. sopra una lettera
  del professor Giovanni  Rossi, Toscauo, concer-
  nente  a Girolamo Segato.  20 pp.  8°.   Modena,
  E. Soliani, 1*36.  [P.,  v. 905.]
My doctors.  By a patient.  1 p. 1., 103  pp., 1 pl.
  12c.  London, Skeffington <$■ Son, 1894.
]Hya (Giuseppe).  La febbre mi bambini.  Con-
  feienza popolare.   41 pp.  8°.   Firenze, G. Bar-
  ber a, 1896.
    Also, Co-Editor of:  Rivista di clinica pediatrica, Fi-
  renze, 1903-4.
-----& Devoto (L.)  Malattie  dei reni.   vii,
  400 pp.  8-.  Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.].
    Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n.  d.], v, pt. 3.
----- & Pratesi  (C.  G.)   Cenno statistico.
  Sui casi curati nel r. Stabilimento termale della
  Grotta Giusti di  Monsummano  durante il quin-
  quennio  18*9-93.   8 pp.   12°.  Pescia, E.  Ci-
  priani  ip Co., 1*94. 
MYALGIA.
264
MYCOSIS.
Myalgia.
   'See Muscles (Pain in); Rheumatism (Mus-
  cular).

Mvanovski  (Osip  Ignatyevich)  [1804-

  791.
    NliniigclNki (M.)   [Biography.]  In his:  Istorich.
  ocherk  k'uf. bosp. terap. klin. Imp. Voyen.-Med. Akad.
  . . ., 8 .  S. Peterb., 1897, 93-160, port.
myasiiikoff(N[ikolai] N[ikolayevich]) [1869-
      ].   *Bryushnotifoznaya  palochka i bacte-
  rium coli commune; opit sravnitelnavo  izuche-
  niya.  [Bacillus typhosus aud the bacillus  coli;
  a comparative study.]   66 pp.,  1 1., 1 tab.  8°.
  S.-Peterburg, I. Goldberg, 1895.
Myasoyedoff(A[ndrei] N[ikolayevich]) [1867-
      ].   * Materiali  k voprosu  o  vliyanii tireoi-
  dina na obmieu i  usvoyeniye azotistikh  chastei
  pishtshi u zdorovlkh lyudei.  [Influence of thy-
  reoidinon metabolism and assimilation of nitrog-
  enous  parts of food in healthy men.]   65 pp.
  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1899.

Myasthenia.
    See Muscles (Exhaustion of).

Myasthenia gravis.
    See Paralysis (Bulbar, Asthenic).

Mycelium.
    See Fungi.

Mycenae.
    Keinach (S.) Les d6convertes de Vaphio et la  civili-
  sation iTivctnifiine d'apres des publications r6centes.  An-
  thropologic, Par., 1890, i, 552-565.

Mycetoma pedis.
    See Foot (Fungus, disease of).

Mycetozoa.
    Avers (H.)  Methods of study of the myxamcebffl and
  the pla.smodia  of the  Mycetozoa.  J.  Applied  Micr.,
  Rochester, N. T., 1898, i,'1; 15.— Tliller (C.  O.)  The
  aseptic cultivation of Mycetozoa. Quart. J. Micr. Sc,
  Loud., 1898-9, xii, 43-51,2 p!. —Plenge (J.E. H.)  *Leber
  die  Verbindnngen zwischen Geissel   und Kern bei den
  Schwarmcrzellen der Mycetozoen und bei Flaggellaten
  uud iiber die an Metazoen aufgef'undeuen Beziehuugen der
  Flimiherapparate zumProtoplasmaund Kern. Verhandl.
  d.  naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelberg,  1898-1901,  vi,  n. s.,
  217-275.
IVIyckert  (Oskar Johaun August) [1876-    ].
  * Die  Behandlung   der  uicht   komplizierten
  Fraktnren am oberen Eude des Humerus.   44 1.,
  11 pl. on 6 1., 3 1.   8-\   Leipzig,  B.  Georgi,  1903.

Mycology.
    See,  also. Fungi.
    Lafar(F.)  Technical mycology; the utiliza-
  tion of microorganisms  in the arts and manu-
  factures.  A practical handbook ou fermentation
  aud fermentative processes for the use of brewers
  and distillers, analysts, technical.and agricul-
  tural chemists, pharmacists, aud  all  interested
  iu  the industries depeudent  on  fermentation.
  Transl. by Charles  F.  C.  Salter,   v.  2. Eumy-
  cetic fermentation,   pt. 1.  8°.   London, 1903.
    Kellernian (W. A.)'  Index to North American my-
  cology; alphabetical list of articles, authors, subjects, new
  species and hosts. J. MycoL, Columbus, 1902, viii no 61
  22;  74                                           '

Mycoplasm.
    Freeman ;E. M.)  Mycoplasm. Nature, Lond. 1902
  lxvi, 7.—Ward (H. M.) On the histology of Uredo dis'.
  persa, Erikss., and the mycoplasm hypothesis.  Phil Tr
  Loud., 1904, cxcvi, 29-46, 3 pl.

Mycorrhi«ae.
    Magxis (YV.)  "Studien  au der  endotrophen
  Mycotrbiza von Neottia nidus avis L.  [Bonn 1
  8'-.   Leipzig, 1900.
    Galland.  Sur la nature des champignons des  myco-
  rhizes endotrophes.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par. 1904
  lvi,  307-309— .Hangin  (L.) Observations anatomiques
  sur les mycorhizes  (communication preliuiinaire).  Cin-
  quanten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 399-406.
Mycosis.
    See,  also, Actinomycosis ;  Air - passages
  (Bacteria, etc.,in); Heart (Inflammation of, Malig-
  nant); Pharyngomycosis; Saccharomycosis;
  Staphylomycosis.
    Lesage (P.)   *De la possibility de quelques
  mycoses  dans la  cavit6 respiratoire  bas6e sur
  l'hygroinetrie de cette cavita.  8°.   Paris,  1899.
    Mace (T.-C.)   * Etude sur  les mycoses expeii-
  mentales (aspergillose et saccharomycose).  8°
  Paris,  1903.
    Also, in: Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1903,  vii, 313-369.
  Also, Reprint.
    de Benrmann  Sc Kainond.  Abc6s sous-cutane.s
  multiples d'origiue myco.sique.  Bull. Soc.  franc, de der-
  mat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 252.  Also:  Ann. de dermat
  et syph., Par., 1903,  4. s., iv, 584; 678.—Bodin (E.)  &
•  Snvoure(P.) Recherches experinien tales sur les mycoses
  internes.  Arch,  de  parasitol., Par., 1904, viii, 110-136.—
  Branlt (J.) <fe Rouget (J.)  fitude clinique et bacteri-
  ologique d'une pseudo-mycose observ£e en Alg6rie.  Arch.
  de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1897, ix, 125-143.—
  Curgenvcn (J. B.)  Remarks on gastro-intestinal my-
  cosis," caused by the smaller fungi or moulds.  Btit.  M. j.
  Lond., 1884, i, 1137-1139.  Also, Reprint.—Olauberman
  (I. A.)  K voprosu o yavleniyakh miaza po povodu dvukh
  nablyudeniy v Tauzskol bolnitsle.  [On the phenomena
  of mycosis;  apropos of two  cases. ]  Vrach. zapiski,
  Mosk.,  1899, vi, 16; 31.—Guberman (M.O.) K voprosu
  o mikozakh.  [Mycoses.]  Pat.-anat. kazuist. .  . .  Khar-
  kov. Univ. 1902-3, Mosk., 1904,  27-29. —Ilerzfeld (J.)
  Ueber zwei Falle von Mykose.  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.,
  1897, xxxiv, 990.—Laplace (E.)   Surgical mycoses. N.
  York M. J., 1890, lii, 169. — fiCsagc (P.)  Contribution a
  l'6tude  des mycoses dans les voies respiratoires; role du
  regime  hygroni6trique dans la genese de ces  mycoses.
  Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1904, viii,  353-443.—von itlose-
  tig.  Eine neue Behandlungsmethode mykotischer Er-
  krankungen.  Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1893, vii,
  2i4-218.—IVcisscr (A.)  Ueber  einen sogennnnten My-
  cosis-Fall  im Anschluss an Psoriasis; eigenartige  Haut-
  reaction durch Kalte  und Jodkali-Einwirkung (mit Kran-
  kendemonstration).  Verhandl. d.  deutsch. dermat. Ge-
  sellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1894, iv, 571-581. —Ross.  Vor-
  lauflge  Mittheilung uber einige Falle vou  Mycosis im
  Mensehen.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk.,  Jena,
  1891, ix, 504-507. —Ronx (G.) & Linossicr. Sur la
  mycose experimentale due  au champignon  du  muguet.
  Mem. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de Lyon (1889), 1890,
  xxix, pt. 2, 193-196.—Roux (J.) Sc Pavkot (J.)  Pura-
  sitisme des centres  nerveux par mycose.   Presse  m6u.,
  Par., 1898, i. 102-104. —Schmidt  (R.)  [Eine bisher un-
  hekannte Gram-positive Mykose.]   Mitt. d. Gesellsch.  f.
  inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 69. -Stheeman.
  Eenige  bloedmycosen.  Nederl. Tijdschr  v. Geneesk.,
  Amst.,  1904, 2. r., xl, d. 2, 936.—Verdun   Mycose renale
  chez une carpe commune (Cypriuus carpio L.).  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv,  1313. — Wright (J.)
  Mvcose du nez et de la gorge.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,
  dularynx [etc.], Par., 1895, xxi, pt. 2, 254-260.

Mycosis (Intestinal).
    See Anthrax (Intestinal).

Mycosis fungoides.
   "AbramIcheff (P. P.)   * K  voprosu o  mycosis
  fungoides Alibert'a.   8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1895.
    Bruhann (E. A.)  ** Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik
  und Arsenbehandlung der  Mycosis  fungoides.
  8°.  Halle a. S., 1903.
    Hoffmann  (A.)   "Zur  Differeutialdiagnose
  zwischen Mycosis fungoides  und Sarcoma cutis.
  [Munich.]  8°.   Breslau, [1902].
    Klbkl ( R. )   * Ein Fall  von  Mykosis  fun-
  goides.  8°.  Tubingen, 1893.
    Schumacher  (W.)   * Ueber  Mycosis  fuu-
  goides.  8°.  Bonn, [1890].
    Volckers (A.)  Ueber Granuloma fungoides
  (Mykosis fungoides der Haut).  8°.  Munchen,
  1893.
    Witkowski (A.)  * Ueber Mycosis fungoides.
  8°.  Heidelberg, 1902.
    Wolteks  (M. )   Myocosis  fungoides.   4°.
  Stuttgart, 1899.
    Angagneur (V.)  Mycosis fongo'ide h6nin.   M6m. et
  compt. reud. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de  Lyon (1889), 1890, xxix,
  pt. 2, 35. -----.  A propos  d'un cas de mycosis fongoide
  anormal.   Ann.  de  dermat. et syph., Par.,  1899, 3. s., x,
  445-450. Also:  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1899, x, 207-221.—Azua y Snares (J.)  Ln caso atipico 
MYCOSIS.                                        265                                         MYCOSIS.
M v cosi* fungoides.
  demicosis t'ungoidc.   Rev. de med. y cirug.  pr&ct., Ma-
  drid.  1894. xxxv.  561-570.—Baldwin (L. B.)   Mycosis
  tungoidcs.  J.  Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1900,  xxxiv, 292-
  '_>94. —Ita.«ch (I.)  A mycosis fungoides egy ritk&bnlakja.
  | Case of  a  rare  form of...]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1891,  xxxv,  466.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:  Pest. med. chir.
  Presse, Budapest,  1891, xxvii, 1014.—Bayet (A.)  Cas de
  mycosis fongoide.  Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph.  Hull.,
  Brux., 1901-2, ii, 98.—Beloi  (J.)  Traitement'du mycosis
  fongoide pur la radiotherapie.  Presse med., Par., 1905, i,
  253-255.  Also : Bull. Soe. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,
   1904,xv,50.  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,1904. 4.s.,
   v, 140. — Beamier (E.)  Lymphomatoso cutaue-e genera-
   lisee, ou derinatite lyrophoide g6n6ralisee, avec  nodules,
   plaques et tumeurs;  lvmphodermie peruicieuse de Kaposi.
   Reunions elin. de l'Hop. St.-Louis.  C. r., Par., 1888-9,
   138-144.  -----. Mycosis fongoide;  maladie d'Alibert.
   Mus. de l'Hop. St.-Louis.  Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph.,
   Par., [1896]. 95-102,  1 pl.  AUo, transl.: Pict. Atlas'Skin
   Dis. Sc Syph. . . St. Louis Hosp., Lond.; Phila, 1895-7,
   83-90, 1 pl.  - Besnier (E ) Sc Hallopeau (H.)  Sur les
   ervthroderniies du mycosis  fongoide.  Internat. dermat.
   Cong.  Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. 1892, VVien  u. Leipz., 1893,
   161-179.   AU" : Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1892, 3. s.,
   iii, 987-HHi::.—Biildle (A. P.)   A study of mycosis fun-
   goides.  Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1900,
   xxii,  7-13.  '[Discussion], 33-36.—Bigg* (G. P.)  Tumors
   of the skin;  mycosis fungoides.  Proc.  X. York  Path.
   Soc. (1894).  1895.'  100-101.—Blanc (H. VT.)  Report of a
   case  of the  mycosis fongoide  of Alibert.  J.  Cutan. £
   Genito-Urin.  Dis., X. Y..'"1888. vi, 256; 281: 1889, vii,441.
   AUo  [Abstr.]: Select, niouog. on dermat., Lond., 1893, 317-
   340, 2 pl. — Bon amy &  Hsilherbc  (H.)  Ln cas de my-
   cosis fongoide.  Gaz. med. de Nantes. 1895-6. xiv, 84; 96;
   1896-7, xv. 91.—Bonlenaz  (G. C.i   Mieosis fungoides;
   observacion clinica.   Semaua med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi,
   893-908. — Bovero  (R.)  Ln caso di micosi  fongoide.
   Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s.. vii, 739-
   752.—Bowen (J. T.)  Mycosis fungoides and sarcoma-
   tosis.  J. Cutan.  Sc  Genito-Urin..  X. Y., 1897,  xv, 65-73.
   Also.  Reprint.  AUo [Abstr.]: Tr.  Am.  Dermat.  Ass.,
   N. Y., 1896,  22-24.—Bozzi  (E.)  Di un caso  di  micosi
   fungoide.   Policlin.. Roma,  1904, xi. sez. chir.. 97-116.—
   Braiidwciner < A.)  Zur  Kenntnis der  Mykosis  fun-
   goides.  Monatsh. f. prakt.  Dermat.,  Hamb.,  1905,  xii,
   415-439.— Brcakey (YV. F.)  A case of mycosis fungoides.
   J. Cutan. &  (lenito-Uriu. Dis..  X. Y., 1902. xx, 316-334.—
   Brocq (L.) & .Tlatton.  Cas de mycosis  fongoide.  Ann.
   de dermat. et syph.. Par.. 1801. 3. s., ii, 583-597.  AUo : Bull.
   Soc. franc- de  dermat. et syph., Par.. 1891. ii,  308-311.—
   Brodicr(L.) Mycosis fongoide.  Gaz. d.hop.. Par., 1893,
   lxvi, 1113-1122.—Brnchet.  Mycosis fongoide.  Ann.de
   dermat. et syph.. Par.. 1889, 2.  s.. x.  579-583.  Also:  Re-
   unions clin. de l'Hop. St.-Louis.   C.-r.. Par., 1888-9, 169-
   174.—Bulkier.   Case of mycosis fungoides.  J. Cutan.
   Dis. inch Syph.. X. Y., 1903, xxi, 511.—Carrier (A. E.)  A
   case of mycosis fungoides treated by the X-ray.  Ibid.,
   1904,  ii,  73-77. 1  pl.—Ciarrocchi  (G.)  Sulla mycosis
   fungoide in  rapporto alia sarcomatosi cutanea primitiva.
   Atti d. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital.  1887, Pavia, 1889, ii. 403.—
   Crull.  FjII von Granuloma  fungoides  (Mykosis fun-
   goides Alibert).   Kor.-Bl. d. allg.  mecklenh.  Aerztever.,
   Rostock, 1897, 440-446.  Also: Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1897,  xliv, 627-629.  — Csillag (J.)  Adatok a mycosis
   fungoides tan&hoz.   [Contributions to  the knowledge
   of . .] Magy. orv.  lapja, Budapest,  1902, ii, 119.—Dan-
   loss.  Mycosis fongoide.  Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par.,
   1902,  4. s., iii,  155.  AUo: Bull. Soc.  frang. de dermat. et
  syph.. Par., 1902, xiii, 49.  -----. Mycosis fongoide <l evo-
  lution rapide.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s.,
   iii, 1168-1173.  AUo:  Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph.,
   Par.,  1902, xiii, 544-549.  -----. Deuxieme communication
   k  propos d'un cas de mycosis fongoide.  Ann. de dermat.
  et syph.,  Par., 1903, 4. s., iv,  239-243.  Also: Bull. Soc.
  frang. de dermat. et  syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 105-109. -----.
  Mycosis fongoide ou sarcome.  Ann.  de dermat. et syph.,
  Par.,  1903, 4. s., iv, 300-305.  Also: Bull. Roc. franc, de der-
  mat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 139-144. —De-Amici* (T.)
  Micosi fungoide  di  Alibert.  Atti d. Cong. d. Ass. med.
  ital. 1HS7.  Pavia, 1889, ii. 362-366.—Biehl <A.E.)  A case
  of mycosis fungoides.  Buffalo M. J., 1901-2, n. s., xii, 658-
  660— Dockrell  (M.) A caseof mycosis fungoides.  Tr.
  M. Soc. bond., 1894-5, xviii, 369. — Bonitz (W.) & lins-
  sar  (O )  Leber  Mycosis  fungoides  (Granuloma  fun-
  goides).  Arch. f. path.  Anat.  [etc.J,  Berl., 1889,  cxvi,
  301-309, lpl. — Donlrelepont.  Leber  Mycosis  fun-
  guides ; Beobachtungen aus der Klinik fur syphilitische
  und Hautkrankheiten in Bonn.  Klin. Jahrb., Berl.. 1890,
  ii, 693-715.— Onbois-Haveiiith.  Mycosis  fongoide
  traite par les rayons X.  Presse med. beige,  Brux..  1904,
  lvi, 139.  -----. Ln  cas  de  mycosis fongoide: guerison
  symptomatique par  les rayons  X.  Ibid.. 423-425. — l>u-
  breuilh  (XV.)  Un  cas de mycosis fongoide.  Ann. de la
  polyclin. de Bordeaux,  1889,  i.  52-57. —----.  Sur un  cas
  de mycosis fongoide. Mem.  et bull. Soc. de ni6d. et chir.
  de Bordeaux  (1895).  1896. 289-297. Also:  J.  de med. de
  Bordeaux,  1895, xxv, 278-281.  -----. Mycosis fongoide
Mycosis fungoides.
  d'emblee.  Mem.  et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir.  de Bor-
  deaux (1897), 1898, 34-37.  Also [Abstr.]: J. de med. do
  Bordeaux,  1897,  xxvii,  112.   -----.  Mycosis fongo'ide.
  M6m. et bull.  Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1899),
  1900, 125-128.  -----. Mycosis  fongoides.   J.  de  m6d.
  de Bordeaux,  1899, xxix',  219   Also:  Gaz.  d. hop. de
  Toulouse,  1900, xiv,  25. — Fabre  (I'.)  Sur le mycosis
  fongoide; coup d'ceil  r£capitulatif sur les observations de
  mycosis fongoide  publiees jusqu'il cejour.  Gaz.  m6d. de
  Par., 1884, 7. s., i,  409; 421.—Fenlard (H.)   Mycosis fon-
  goide foi me it tumours d'emblee. Mus. de l'Hop. St.-Louis.
  Ieouog. d. mal.  cutan. et syph., Par., [1896], 119-126, 1 pl.
  Also, tranrl.: Pict. Atlas Skin Dis.  Sc Syph. ... St. Louis
  Hosp.,  Lond.; Phila.,  1895-7, 105-111.—Fiocco  (G. B.)
  Osservazioni intorno ad un caso di micosi fungoide.  Riv.
  veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1905, xlii, 289-313. —Fox.  A
  case of mycosis  fungoides.  J. Cutan. Dis. inch  Syph.,
  N. Y., 1903, xxi, 326.—Francois (P.)   Ln  cas de myco-
  sis  fongoide.  Ann. Soc. de  med.  d'Anvers. 1905, lxvii,
  113 —Galloway (J.) Sc ITIaeleod (J. M. H )  Mycosis
  fungoides;  an  examination of three eases.   Brit. J. Der-
  mat., Lond., 1900,  xii,  153; 187,  2 pl.— Gastou.  Mycosis
  fongoide. erythe.me permanent et n6oplasies  rernitteutcs.
   Ann. de dermat. et s\ph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 599.  Also:
  Bull. Soo. frang. de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1902, xiii, 282.—
  Gnstou & Nabniciiiiii.  Mycosis fongoide.  Bull Soc.
  frang. de dermat.  et syph.,.Par., 1900, xi, 114-119.—Gau-
  cher,  Le mycosis  fongoide; p6riode premonitoire et
  peviode d'etat.  Gaz.  d. hop.,  Par.,  1905, lxxviii.  171-173.
  -----.  Le mycosis fongoi'de;  marche, diagnostic, traite-
  ment.  Ibid.,'2'.n.  AUo: Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi,  81.—
  Gaucher  Sc Lnraprre.  Mycosis  fongoide, k forme
  cyanotique.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, 4.  s., ii,
  555-558.   AUo: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. etsyph.,  Par.,
  1901, xii, 283-286.  — Gaucher Sc Boslainc.  Mycosis
  fongoide circin6.  Ann. de dermat.  et syph., Par., 1903, 4.
  s., iv, 598.  AUo:  Bull. Soc. frang.  de  dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1903, xiv, 266. —Gebele (H.)   Ueber Mycosis fun-
  goides.  Beitr. z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxviii, 530-
  539.—Greig (D. M.)  A case, of mycosis fungoides.   Brit.
  J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 251-258, 3 pl.—Hall (F. de H.)
  A case of mycosis fungoides.  Tr.  Clin. Soc. Loud.,  1895,
  xxviii, 268-272. — Hallopeau (H.)  Deuxieme note sur
  un cas de mycosis fongoide d'emblee, compliqu6  de  gan-
  grene massive  avec denudation  du squelette.  Ann. de
  dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 357-359.  Also:  Bull.
  Soc.  frang. do dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv,  154-156.
  -----. Xonvelles  etudes cliniques sur le mycosis fongoide.
  Atti d. xi. Cong.  med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, der-
  mat., 138-140. ----. Troisieme note sur un cas de mycosis
  fongoide.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, 3. s., vii,
  1427.  Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat  et syph.,  Par.,
  1896, vii, 570. -----. Sur  quatre cas (deux  anciens et  deux
  nouveaux) de mycosis fongoide.  Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 1115-1128.  Also: Bull. Soc. fraiig. de
  dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1897, viii, 397-410. -----. Nouvelle
  6tude sur un cas  de mycosis fongoide.  J. d. mal. cutan.
  et syph., Par., 1898, x, 289-293. -----. Mycosis fungoides.
  Internat, Clin., Phila., 1900,  9. s., iv, 297-309. — Hallo-
  peau (H.) Sc Barrie.  Sur un cas de mycosis fongoide.
  Ann. de dermat. et  syph.. Par., 1892. 3. s., iii,  524-528.
  Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii,
  220-224.—Hallopeau (H.) &  Barthelcmy.  Note sur
  un casde mycosis fongoide. Ann.dedermat. et svph.,Par.,
   1898, 3. s., ix, 127-131.   AUo:  Bull.  Soc. frang. de dermat.
  et syph-, Par., 1898, ix, 42-46.  AUo: J. d. mal. cutan. et
  syph., Par., 1898,  x, 562-566.— Hallopeau  <H.) &  Bu-
  reau (G.)   Sur un cas do mycosis fongoide avec pouxsees
  bnlleuses.  Ann.  de dermat. et syph.. far., 1896, 3. s., vii,
  547-555.   AUo: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat, et syph.,  Par.,
  1896, vii,  247-255.-----------. Sur un mycosis fongoide
  avec localisation initiale, eruptions polymorphes  et  vege-
  tations axillaires et inguinales.  Ann. de dermat. etsyph.,
  Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 1082-1084.  AUo: bull. Soc. frang. de
  dermat. et syph., Par.,  1896,  vii,  480-482.-----------.
  Deuxi4me note sur un mycosis fongoide (pouss6es  6ry-
  th6mateuses, a?d6mateuses,  bulleuses  et suppuratives,
  gaugr6ne, eudo-pericardite).   Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 1264-1269.  Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de
  dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1896, vii, 496-501.-----------. Sur
  un cas de mycosis fongoide  avec masque sp6cial et pru-
  rigo.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 52-
  55.  A Uo : Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897,
  viii, 15-17.-----------.  Deuxieme note sur un  mycosis
  fongoide (pouss6es 6ryth6mateuses, (edeniatcuses, bulleu-
  ses et suppuratives,  gangrene, eudo-pericardite).   J. d.
  mal. cutan. et  syph., Par., 1897, ix,  216-222.-----------.
  Surun casde mycosis fongoide avec masque special et pru-
  rigo.  Ibid., 414-416.-- Hallopeau (II), Bureau (G.)
  Sc Weil (E.)  Quatrieme note sur un cas de mycosis fon-
  goide (eruptions psoriasiformes; neoplasiessous-cutanees;
  16sions renales; teutatives d'inoculation k un macaque).
  Ann. de  dermat.  et  syph.. Par., 1897,  3. s.. viii, 571-574.
  AUo: Hull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph., I'ar., 1897, viii,
  258-262.—Hallopeau (H.) A; Fouquet.  Siiruncasde
  mycosis fongoide avec 16sions impetiginiformes et lym-
  phangite secondaire.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, 
MYCOSIS.
266
MYCOSIS.
Mvcoki* fungoides.
  4*s., ii, 1091-io94.  Also: Bull. Soc.  frang. de dermat.  et
  sy ph.,Par.,1901,xii.488-491.—Hallopeau (H.)&Guille-
  iiioI  (A.)   Sur deux  auciens  et deux nouveaux cas de
  mycosis fongoide.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.. 1895,
  3.'s. vi  540-545.  Also: Bull.  Soc.  bang, de dermat.  et
  synli.,  Par., 1895,vi, 247-252.— Hallopeau (H.) .V Jenn-
  h'c'Iiiic (E.)  Sur  la forme eryfhroderuiique genCraiisee
  du  mycosis fongoide et sur les poussges aigues qui sur-
  viennent dans le cours de cette maladie.   Bull. Soc. frang.
  de  dermat. et syph., Par.,  1891, ii, 436-443.-----------.
  Ln cas de mycosis fongoide avec gangrene progressive,
  localisation palatine et induration sclereuse presque  gen6-
  ralis6e de la peau.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892,
  3. s.. iii, 1262-1268.  Also: Bull. Soc. frang.  de dermat.  et
  syph.,  Par.. 1*92, iii, 496-502.-----------. Deuxieme note
  sur uu cas do mycosis fongoide avec localisation palatine et
  induration  sclereuse de la langue; resultats de l'autopsie.
  Anu.de dermat.etsvph.. Par.. 1893,3. s., iv, 277-281.  Also:
  Bull. Soe. frang. do dermat. etsyph., Par.. 1893, iv, 142-146.—
  Hallopeau iU.i &. Lamttc.   Deuxieme note sur uue
  lymphodermic  incdiane  de la  face.   Ann. de dermat,  et
  syph.,  Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 310-342.   Also: Bull. Soc. frang.
  de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 158-160.—Hallopeau
  (H.) & Lrmierrr.  Nouvelles 6iiidessurl'erythroderuiie
  preniycosiqne.   Ann. de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1900,4.s.,i,
  762-767.  AUo:  Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1900, xi, 219-224. -----. Troisieme  note  sur im cas de
  mycosis fongoide; poussee terminale en foyers multiples.
  Ann.  de dermat.  et  syph., Par., 1900, 4.'s., i,  513-517.
  Also: Bull. Soc.  frang. de dermat. et syph..  Par., 1900, xi,
  g;j_97.-----------.  Suruu nouveau cas d'erythrodermie
  premyoosiqiie.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1900,4. s., i,
  873-876.  Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph.,  Par.,
  1900,  xii, 288-291. — Hallopeau  (IL),  Lcreddc  &
  L.afHtte.   Nouvelle  etude sur  uu cas de mycosis fon-
  goide.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 6.-
  74.  AUo: Bull. Soc. frang.  de dermat. et syph.. Par., 189.-,
  ix,  35-39.—Hallopeau (H.) & Phulpin.  Sur un cas
  de  mycosis fungoide d'emblee, complique de gangrene
  massive avec. denudation du squelette. Ann. de dermat.
  et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 1255-1262.  Also: Bull. Soc.
  frang.  de  dermat. et  syph.,  Par., 1892.  iii,  489-496.
  AUo: J. A.  mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1893, v, 143-150.—
  Hallopeau (H.) Sc Salmon.   Sur trois cas de my-
  cosis   fongoide.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1895,
  3. s., vi, 331-339.  Also:  Bull.  Soc.  frang. de dermat.  et
  syph.,   Par., 1895, vi,  122-130.  — Hansteen ( H.)   To
  tilfaelde af Mycosis fungoides.  [Sur deux cas de mycosis
  fungoides.   R6s.,  1183.]  Norsk. Mag. f.  Lsegevidensk.,
  Kristiauia,  1903, 5. R., i,  1128-1137. —Hnslund.  My-
  cosis  fungoides.   Hosp.-Tid., Kjebenh.,  1889, 3. R., vii,
  683; 709.  AUo:  Kjebenh. med. Selsk, Forh.,  1889, 90-95.—
  Heuni (E.)   Lyinphosarkom oder Mycosis fungoides.
  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv,
  sect. 8, 292-299. -----. Zwei weitere Falle von  Mycosis
  fungoides.   Cor. Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1899,  xxix,
  179.—Hobbs.  Un cas de mycosis fongoide.  Bull. Soc.
  d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894, xv, 131-134.—Ho.
  dara  (M.)  Un  cas de  mycosis fongoide.   Internat.
  phot. Monatschr. f.Med. [etc.], Leipz., 1896, iii, 325-327,1 pl.
  Also:  Gaz. m6d. d'Orient, Constant.,  1896-7, xxxix, 200-
  203. -----. Emploi interne de l'ichthyol. dans trois cas de
  mycosis fongoide et examen heinatologique de deux cas
  de  mycosis a la periode de  debut.   J. d. mal. cutan.  et
  syph.,   Par., 1904, xvi, 590-595.—Huic  (Lily H.)  Suc-
  cessful X-ray treatment of mycosis fungoides.  Proc. Scot.
  Micr.  So... Lond. Sc  Edinb., 1903-4, iv, 39-43, 2  pl.—
  Ilui< Iiiiimoii (J.), jr.  A case of mycosis fungoides (?).
  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond.,  1895, vii, 69-72,  1 pl.—Hyde
  (J.N)   Mycosis, fungoides.  Clin.  Rev.,  Chicago. 1898-9,
  viii, 249 251. Jaeobi (M.) Zur Kasuistik der Mykosis
  fungoides.   Dermat.  Ztschr.,  Berl.. 1897.  iv,  46-49.—
  Jadassohn.   Ein sehr  eigenartiger Fall vou Mycosis
  fungoides.  Lor.-Ill. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii,
  20.—Jamieaon (TV. A.)  Observations on a case of my-
  cosis fungoides.  Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1892-3, n. s
  xii, 93-108, 1 pl.  Also: Edinh. M. J., 1892-3, xxxviii, 808-
  821, 1 pl. -----. Two  cases of mycosis fungoides.   Med.
  Press  A; Circ.  Lond., 1902, n.  s.,  Ixxiv,  517. _____.
  Mycosis fungoides aud its treatment by the X-rays.  Brit!
  J. Dermat., Lond.,  1903,  xv, 1-10, 2 pl._____.' l A case
  of mycos's  fungoides iu the  erythrodermic stage.] Tr.
  Med.-Chir. Soc.  Edinb.. ]9o3-4, n.  s., xxiii, 7—Jamie-
  son (W.  A.)  &  Huic (Lily H.)   The erythrodermic
  stage of mycosis  fungoides and  the effect of the X-rays
  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 125-135, 4 pl.—Joseph
  (M.)   Ueber  Mycosis fungoides.   Festschr. . . . Mori a
  Kaposi z.  Prof, Jubil., Wien u.  Leipz.,  1900, 183-19K  2
  pl.—Kaposi (M.)  Eiu  Fall  von  Lymphodermia perni-
  ciosa.   Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.,  1899, xliv, 579.-----  My-
  cosis  fungoides; ungeheilt.  Jahrb. d. Wien. k.  k  Kran-
  kenaust. 1895, Wien n. Leipz., 1897, iv. pt. 2, 127 _____
  Mycosis fungoides; Tod.   Ibid.. 1897, Wien u. Leipz.. 1899-
  vi,pt.2.91. -----  Mycosis fungoides: Besserung.   Ibid'
  92-Karvoneu  (J. J.)  Mycosis fungoides-tapaus.  [A
  case of .   .]  Duodecim, Helsinki, 1902, xviii, 497;  (160.—
  Koch (I. M.)   A report  of two  cases of  lymphoderma
MycO*i*  fungoides.
  perniciosum.   Med. Bull.,  Phila., 1*92,  xiv,  179-182.—
  KrasnoglazofT (V. P.)   Sluchai mycosis  fungoides
  Alibert'a.  [A case  of. . .]  Russk. j.  ko/.hn. i ven.  bo-
  llezn., Kharkov,  1903,  v, 611-618. — I,edermnun  (IJ.)
  Zwei Falle von  Mycosis fungoides.   Arch. f.  Dcrniat
  u. Syph., Wien, 1889, xxi, 683-713, 1 pl.—KukaHicivic7.
  Leber das erste unci zweite Stadium der  Alibert'schen
  Dermatoso ( Mycosis fungoides).  Arch. f.  Dermat. u.
  Syph.,  Wien u.  Leipz.,  1896,  xxxvii,  141-166, 1 pl._
  licreddc.  Sur uu cas  de mycosis fongoide.   Ann. de
  dermat.  et syph.,  Par., 1895. 3.  s., vi, 207.  Also: Bull.
  Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1895, vi,  57.—.Mc-
  Donnell (R. A.)   A case of mycosis fungoides.  J. Cu-
  tan. & Genito-Urin.  Dis.. X. Y., 1894, xii. 12-15.—Mac-
  leod (J. M.  H.)  A case of lymphoderinia  in  localised
  patches.  Polyclin., Lond., 1903,'vii, 85.—iVIallierbe (A.),
  lTIonnier (U.) Sc ITIalherbe (II.)  Ln  cas de mycosis
  fongoide avec envahissement des visc6re>.  Arch. prov. do
  m6d., Par., 19n0, ii, 97-123.  AUo: Gaz. mod. do Nantes, 899-
  19U0, xviiiY230; 238. — Malherbe  (II.)  Le  mycosis fon-
  goide.  Progres med., Par., 1895,3.8.. ii. 193-196.—IVIaria-
  nelli (A.)  Sopra un caso di granuloma fungoide (micosi
  fungoide di Alibert). Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1892,
  xxvii, 173-190.—ITIarkley (A. J.)   Mycosis fungoides
  aud the  X-ray.  J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph..  N. Y., 1905,
  xxiii, 440.—Jlarwh  (J. P.)   A case of mycosis fungoides
  svmptomatically cured hy means of X-rays.  Am. .).  M.
  Sc, Phila., 1903,  n.  s.,  exxvi, 314-318— Martin-Roux
  (H.)  Mycosis fongoide a ulcerations profondes et multi-
  ples traite et gueri  par les toxiues solubles  du strepto-
  coque de l'erysipeie.  Rev. de med., Par., 1905, xxv, 345-
  367.—Melvin (G. G.)  Mycosis fungoides.  Am. J. Der-
  mat. Sc Geuito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis. 1899, iii, 42-44.—Mew-
  born.   A case of  mycosis fungoides in  the  lichenoid
  stage (premveosic).  J.Cutan. Dis. inch Syph., N. Y., 1905,
  xxiii, 316-318.—IVeisser (A.)  Mycosis fungoides.  Deut-
  sche med. Wchnsehr., Berl. u. Leipz., 1893, xix, 114.  AUo,
  Reprint. -----. Fall von Mycosis fungoides.  Jahresb.
  d.  schles.  Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult.  1896,  Bresl., 1897,
  lxxiv, 1. Abt., med.  Sect., 153.—Ormerod (J. A.)  Case
  of mycosis fungoides.  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1902,
  xxxvii,  257-261. — Ormsby (O. S.)  Preliminary report
  in  the  caso  of a  patient  in  the practice of Hyde and
  Montgomery, in  the prefuugoid stage of mycosis fun-
  goides,  treated with radiotherapy.  Mediciue,  Detroit,
  1903,  ix, 904-906.—Parfianovitch  (N. A.)   Sluchai
  lymphodermise perniciosae.  [Caseof...]  Protok. zasaid.
  Obsh. Kalnj. vrach., Kaluga, 1889, xxvii, 9-11.—Pavloff
  (T. P.)   Sluchai mycosis fungoides.  [Caseof. . .]  Pro-
  tok. russk. sif. i dermat.  Obsh. 1892-3, St. Petersb., 1894,
  viii, 100-102.—Payne (J. F.)  Mycosis fungoides.  Syst.
  Med. (Allbult), Lond., 1899, viii,  884-888.—Pclagalti
  (M.)  Mykosis fungoides und Leukamie.  Monatsh. f.
  prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1904, xxxix. 369; 433.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Philippson (L.)  Zwei Falle von Mycosis fun-
  goides.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1892, xxix, 975-979. AUo:
  Arb.  a.Unna's Klin. f. Hautkr. iu Hamb. 1892-3, Berl., 1894,
  28-39. -----. Di un caso di micosi fungoide tipica con  lo-
  calizzazioni interne  (o con pseudo leuccmia delle glandole
  linfatiche,delle tonsille.del legatoe della milza).  Gior.ital.
  d.mal.ven.,Milano, 1895,xxx.445-474.—Pick.  Mittheilnng
  eines Falles  von Mycosis fungoides, mit Krankendeniou-
  stration. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch.,Wien,
  1899,  i,  284. — Po»pieloff(A. I.)  Sluchai mycosis fun-
  goides Alibert'a.  [Caseof...]  Russk. J. Ko'zhn. i Ven.
  Boliezn., Kharkov, 1903, v, 751-762.— Pyc-Smith (P.  H.)
  A case  of mycosis fungoides of Alibert;  granuloma fun-
  goides.   Tr.  Clin. Soc. Loud., 1891-2, xxv, 84-87, 1 1., 1 pl.
  -----.  Mycosis fungoides.  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1896,
  viii, 360-367.  Also (Abstr.]: Brit.  M.  J., Lond., 1891, ii,
  1311.—Quinqunud (C.-E.)  Mycosis fungoides  und  die
  haniori'hagische Form derselben.  Wien. klin. Rundschau,
  1895,  ix, 340-342.—Quinquaud  (C.-E.) &. J,ere<lde.
  Note sur deux cas de mycosis fongoide.  Ann. de dermat.
  et syph., Par., 1893,  3. s'., iv, 1276-1288.  AUo:  Bull. Soc.
  frang. de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1893, iv, 527-539.—Be
  boul (J.)  Un cas de mycosis fongoide ou de sarcomatose
  cutan6e traite, avec succes, par le  naphtol caniphr6 (pan-
  sements et iniections interstitielles).  Gaz. d. hop., Par.,
  1890,  lxiii, 1281.   AUo: J.  d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par.,
  1890-91.  ii, 335-339.—Reildingius ( R. A.)  En geval
  van mycosis fungoides.  Nederl.  Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1890, 2. R., xxvi, 165-175.—Rciil il.)  Mycosis fun-
  goides, or Alibert's disease.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i.482.—
  Riecke(E.)  Zwei Falle von Mycosis l'nngoides.  Arch.
  f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.. 1903.  l.wii, 193-226, 3
  pl.—Riehl.  Ueber Mycosis fungoides d'embl6e.  Inter-
  nat. dermat.Cong. Ber.'ii.d. Verhandl. 1892. Wien u. Leipz.,
  1893,  187-191. -----. Ein Fall von  Mykosis fungoides.
  Wien. klin.Wchnsehr., 1903, xvi. 633. -----. [Fall von My-
  kosis fungoides.]  Ibid., 1315.—Roberts (L.)  A case of
  mycosis fungoides.  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1895, vii, 143-
  145.  AUo: Lancet. Lond., 1895, ii, 1283-1286.  Also: Liver-
  pool  M.-Chir. J., 1895, xv, 465-469.—Bona (S.)   Beitrage
  zur Lehre der Mycosis fungoides.  Beitr.z.Dermat.u.Syph.
  Festschr. ... I. Neumann, Leipz.  u. Wien, 1900, 779-789.
  -----.  Mycosis fungoides d'Alibert.  Orvosi  hetil., Buda- 
MYCOSIS.                                       267                                       MYCOSIS.
Id V cos is fungoides.
  pest, 1898, xlii, 561.—Roux & PoIIonsou (A.)  Mycosis
  fungoide ou sarcomatose cutanee?  Mem. et compt.-rend.
  Soc. d. sc. m6d. de Lyon (1893), 1894, xxxiii, pt, 2,194-196.—
  Nchafler.  Eine Patientin mit Mycosis fungoides.  Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. derinat. Gesellsch.. Wien u. Leipz.,
  1901, vii, 295-298. — Nchiele (W.)   Fin  Fall von Mycosis
  fungoides.   St.  Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, xxix, 535-
  538.—Schiffmncher (J.)   Beitrag  zur Kasuistik und
  Therapie der Mykosis  fungoides.  Deutsches Arch. f.
  klin. Med. Leipz.. 1900, lxviii, 590-603,lpl.—Scdcrholm
   (E.)   Ett fall af Mycosis fungoides med allmiin  kortel-
  svulst.  [Cas de mycose fongoide k tumeurs ganglionniures
  geii6ralis6es. C.-r., no. 38, 18 ]  Nord.  med. Ark.. Stock-
  holm, 1897,  n. F., viii. Festbd. Axel Key . . ., no. 20, 1-9.—
  Seiuyonoff (F. Y )   Sluchai mycosis fungoides.  [Case
  of . . .]  Trudi V svezda Obsh. ru^sk. vrach. v paniyat Pi-
  rogova, S.-Peterb.,1894, ii, 185-191.—Shoemaker (J. V.)
   Mycosis fungoides; with reference to a case.  J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago. 1898, xxx, 892-895.  AUo, Reprint.—Nipiicz
   (G.)  Ein Fall  auf Gruud von Mykosis fungoides ent-
   standener  Geistesstorung.  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat.
   [etc.], Berl., 1903, lx, 632-638, 1 pl.  Also [Abstr. | :  Pest.
   med.-chir.  Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 1082.—Non-
   nenberg  (E.)   Przypadek  cierpien a  znanego pod mia-
   nem  "mycosis  fungoides".   [Case of . . .]   Medycyua,
   Warszawa,  1900, xxviii, 470-480.   Also, transl.: Monatsh.
   f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1901, xxxiii, 605-609.—Stainer.
   [Case of mycosis fungoides.]  Brit.  J.  Dei mat., Lond.,
   1903,  xv, 137. -----.  [Case of mycosis fungoides appar-
   ently cured by X-rays.]  Ibid., 212.—Ntclivagoii (H.W.)
   & Hatch (I. L.)  A study of mycosis fungoides, with a
   report of two eases.   J. Cutan. <fc Genito-Urin. Dis., N.Y.,
   1892, x, 1; 51, 1 pl. Also [Abstr. 1  : Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass.,
   N. Y., 1891, xv. 66-70.— Stoweis (J. H.)  Mvcosis fun-
   goides.  Tr. Dermat. Soc. Gr. Brit., Lond., 1902-3, ix, 50-
   66.  AUo:  Brit. J. Dermat.,  Lond., 1903, xv, 47-63.—Stn-
   kovcnkoll'(M. I.)  Mycosis fungoides Alibert'a, granu-
   loma fungoides Auspitz'a, limphadenia  cutis.  Dnevuik
   syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v Pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb.,
   1888-9, iii, 341-343  Also: Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1889, xxxi,
   371-377.—Suber (H.)  Ett fall af mycosis fungoides.  [A
   case of. . .]  Hygiea, Stockholm,  1904, 2. f, iv. 321-330. —
   Takehashi (K.)  [A caseof mycosis fungoides.]  Oka-
   yaina Igaku Kwai Zasshi, 1895, no. 63, 4, 1 pl.—Taylor
   "(G. S.)  A case of mycosis fungoides.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1894, ii, 693.—Tennesou.  Un cas de mycosis fongoide.
   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 31-33.  AUo :
   Bull Soc. frang  de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1892, iii, 6. -----.
   Mycosis fongoide. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893,
   3. s., iv, 848. Also: Bull.  Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph.,
   Par., 1893,  iv, 383. — Thomson (P.  J.) Mycosis fun-
   goides (?).  Internat.  Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. u. Leipz.,
   1895,  pl  xxxii, with text.—Towle  (H. P.)   A  case of
   mycosis fungoides.  Boston  M. & S. J., 1904, cli,  629.—
   Ullmanu (J.)  Ein  Fall von Mykosis fungoides. Mo-
   natsh. f  prakt. Dermat. Hamb.,  1904,  xxxix, 631-636.—
   Velhagen.  Beitrag zur Kenntniss  der Mycosis fun-
   goides. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1902, lv, 175-190.—Vidal.
   Observation de lymphodermie perniciense. Reunions clin.
   de l'Hop St. Louis.  C. i ., Par., 1888-9, 145-154. — Vila-
   nova y Maasanet (P.)  Un caso de mycosis fungoide.
   Gac.  med.  de Granada, 1896,  xiv, 293-295. — Vollmer
   (E )  Ueber Mycosis fungoides Alibert.  Arch. f. Dermat.
   u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.. 1901, lviii, 59-68, 3 pl.— Wcnde
   (G. \V.)  Mycosis fungoides; with a report of case.  Buf-
   falo M. J.,  1896-7, xxxvi, 832-836. — Whitfield (A.)  A
   caseof mycosis fungoides.  Brit. J. Dermat., Loud., 1898, x,
   153-158, 1 pl— Wickham (L.)  Erythroderniie gen6rali-
   s6e du mycosis fongoile; type scarlatiniforme.  Ann. de
   dermat. et syph.. Par., 1894, 3. s.,v,451-455. Also: Bull. Soc.
   frang. de dermat. et  syph.  Par., 1894, v. 136-139. -----.
   Sur des  nodules  uitradermiques  non  saillants. k surface
   plaue, faisant corps avec  l'6piderme,  rencontres daus le
   mycosis  fongoide. Ann  de dermat.  et syph., Par., 1896,
   3. s.. vii, 1425.   Also.  Bull Soc. frang. de dermat. etsyph ,
   Par.,  1896, vn, 568.—Zimmermann (K.)  Mycosis fun
  goides   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 91; 106.

Mycosis fungoides  (Causes  and  pathol-

  ogy  of).
     Malherbe  (H.)    *Du  mycosis fongoide,  et
  specialement des erythrodermies pr^mycosiques.
  4°.   Paris, 189").
     Matza  (A.-G.)   * Contribution  a l'etude du
  mycosis fongoide  (symptomatology,  anatomie
  pathologique).  8°.  "Paris, 1900.
     Muhsam (E.)   "Em  Beitrag  znr Histologie
  der Mycosis fungoides.   6°.   Breslau,  1902.
     Robilliard  (A.-J.-A.)    * Du  mycosis   fon-
  goide,  et  sp6cialement de la forme dite  a tu-
Iflycosi*  fungoides  (Causes  and pathol-

  ogy of).
  meurs  primitives   d'emblee.   8°.    Bordeaux,
  1699.

     Sereni (S.)   Micosa fungoide.   Ricerche mi-
  oroscopiche o batteriologiche.  8°.  Roma, 1903.
     See,  also, infra.
     Aberastury (M.)  Contribucion al estudio histoKigico
  de la micosis fungoide.  Rev.  Soc. med.  argent.,  Buenos
  Aires,  1905, xiii, 65-92.—Allgeyer (V.)   Micosi fungoide
  e leucocitosi linfatica.  Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1901,
  xxv, 235-256, 2 pl.—Besnier  (E.)  Deux  observations
  nouvelles pour servir k  I'histoire clinique  du  mycosis
  fongoide ot particulierement de  la p6riode pr6mycosique
  de cette maladie.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892,
  3. s., iii, 241-252.  AUo: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et
  syph.,  Par., 1892, iii, 106-119.  Also: J.  A. mal. cutan. et
  syph.,  Par., 1892, iv, 314-326.—Besnier  (E.) & Hallo-
  peau (11.)   Sur un cas de mycosis fongoide d'6mbl6e avec
  lesions aigucs  multiformes;  verification  histologique.
  Ann. de derinat.  et syph., Par., 1897, 3. 8.. viii, 743-750.
  Also:  Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii,
  343-35U.—Konani) & Malherbe (H.)  Un casde my-
  cosis fongoide; erythroderniie  premycosique ecz6mati-
  forme, neoplasies ulc6r6s.   Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-6,
  xiv, 84; 96,  1  pl.— Breila.   Eritemi  e microorganismi
  nella micosi fungoide.  Internat. dermat. Cons.  Ber. ii. d.
  Verhandl. 1892, Wien u. Leipz., 1893,180-187.—Be Amicis
  (T.)  Four recent cases of mycosis fungoides of Alibert;
  with an examination as regards the existence  of para-
  sites.   Tr. ix. Internat. M. Cong., Wash., 1887, iv, 275-
  292,  5 pl.—Dubreuilh (W.)  Mycosis fongoide;  p6riode
  pr6niycosique ayant dur6 trente  ans.  Ann. de la Policlin.
  de Bordeaux, 1893, ii, 225-227. Also: J. A. mal. cutan. et
  syph., Par., 1893, v, 408-410.—l>u Caslcl.  Dela periode
  pr6mycosique.  Ind6pend. m6d.,  Par., 1896,  ii, 193. Also,
  transl.: Gazz. d.  osp., Milano, 1896,  xvii,  1116. — I>u
  t'aslcl Sc I..eredde.  Mycosis fongoide; anomalies de
  la p6riode  pr6mvcosique.  Ann. de dermat. et  svph.,
  Par., 1898, 3. s., lx, 253-258.  Also:  Bull. Soc. frang. de
  dermat. etsyph., Par., 1898, ix, 132 137.—Fox (T. C.)  A
  case of mycosis (granuloma) fungoides with a premycosic
  stage  of universal dermatitis.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894,
  ii, 692.—Gaston  Sc Umbert.  fitude histologique d'un
  cas  de  mycosis  fongoide  (lymphodermie perniciense).
  Ann.  de  dermat.  et. syph., Par.,  1903,  4. s., iv, 407-411.
  AUo:  Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph., I'ar., 1903, xiv,
  197-201. — Oaueher (E.)  Note sur l'anatomie patholo-
  gique et la nature du mycosis fongoide.  Cong, internat.de
  m6d.  C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de dermatol.  et de syph., 743-
  745.  -----.  Erytheme pr6mycosique.  J. d. mal. cutan.
  et syph., Par., 1904, xvi, 831.—Geyer.  Mittheilung iiber
  die in den letzten Jahren an  der  kdniglicben Universi-
  tatsklinik fiir Hautkraukheiten zu Breslau (Prof. Neisser)
  heobachteten  fiinf  Falle  von  Mykosis fungoides,  mit
  Demonstration  histolo;iischer Praparate.  Verhaudl.  de
  deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1898, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi,
  568-570.— Hancock (J. C.)   Mycosis fungoides; case
  report with  autopsy and histologic report. J. Am. M.
  Ass.,  Chicago, 1904.' xlii,  705-708. — Hutchinson (J.)
  Granuloma fungoides; suggestion as to the nature of the
  premycosic  stage.   Polyclin.,  Lond.,  1903, vii,  244. —
  Hyde (J. N.) & Montgomery  (F. H.)  The so-called
  premycosic stage of mycosis fungoides;  a contribution to
  our  present  understanding  of this disease.   J. Cutan. &
  Geuito-Lrin. Dis.,  N. Y., 1898, xvi, 423-428.  Also: Boston
  M. Sc  S. J., 1898, exxxix,  321.-----------.  A contribu-
  tion to the study of the so-called premycosic stage of my-
  cosis fungoides.   Tr.  Am.  Dermat  Ass. 1898, Concord,
  N. H., 1899, xxii, 42-59.  Also: J.  Cutan. Sc  Genito-Urin.
  Dis. N. Y., 1899, xvii. 253-265.—I>nffittc.  Examen  his-
  tologique d'un cas de mycosis fungoide.   Ann de  dermat.
  et syph , Par., 1897. 3. 8., viii, 726.  Also.-  Bull. Soc franc.
  de ileimat  et syph.. Par., 1897. vin, 326. -----.  Presen-
  tation  d'une malade atteinte de mycosis fongoide; etude
  clinique et histologique.   Ann. de  dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1895, 3. s., vi. 554-557.  Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de  dermat.
  et syph.. Par., 1895, vi, 261-265.— Lcrcdde & Weil (E\)
  Etude histologique de trois cas  de mycosis  fongoide ter-
  mmes par la mort,-  rapports  du  mycosis, de la lyniph-
  adenieetde la Ieuc6mie.  Arch,  de med.  exp6r. et d'anat.
  path..  Par., 1*98, x, 124-145.—Morrow  (P. A.)  Mycosis
  fungoides, more especially the pre-fungoidal stage; clinical
  history of two cases.  J.  Cutan. Sc Geuito-Lrin.  Dis., N.
  Y., 1896, xiv, 465-476,1 pl.—Philippson (L.)  Histologie
  du mvcosis fongoide typique.  Ann. do dermat. et syph..
  Par., 1892, 3. a., ni, 528-539.  Also: Bull. Soc.  frang. de
  dermat. et syph.. Par , 1892, in,  224-235. - Posada (A.)
  Un nuevo caso de oncosis  fungoidea con psorospermias.
  An. d.  Circ. m6d. argent, Buenos Aires, 1892, xv, 585-597.—
  Rosa  (J. B.)  Mycosis in mail; a bacteriological study.
  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1890-91, x, 130;  160.—Sereni 
MYCOSIS.                                      268                                  MYDRIASIS.
Jlycosis  fungoides  (Causes  and pathol-
  ogy of).
  (S.)  Mykosis  fungoides; niikroskopische und bakterio-
  logische Untersuchungen.   Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1904,
  xi, 41-68.  See.  also, supra. — Vidal.  Parasites dans le
  sang d'un  malade atteint de  mycosis  fungoide.  Bull
  Acad, de m6d., Par..  1892, 3.  s., xxvii, 440.— Vilanova
  Ha-iiiK't il'.)  La  micosis fungoide, enfermedad infec-
  ciosa.  Coiii;. internat. de med.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904,
  xiv, sect, de  dermat. et syph., 313-321, 1 pl.—Wernicke
  (R.i  Leber einen Protozoenbefund bei  Mycosis fun-
  ■;oides(0-  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena,
  1892, xii, 859-861,  1 pl.

1I\cosis fungoides (Diagnosis and semei-
  ology of).
    See Mycosis fungoides  (Causes, etc.,  of).

Jly cosis furfuracea.
    See Pityriasis.

Jlyctophtuii.
   * Brauer  (A.)   Die Gattuug Myctophum.  Zool. Anz.,
  Leipz., 1904,  xxviii, 377-404.

Mydriasis and mydriatics.
   * See, also,  Atropin; Belladonna  (Effects of)
  on  the eye; Conjunctivitis  (Toxic); Duboisia,
  etc.; Ephedrin; Euphthalmin; Eye (Accommo-
  dation, etc.,  of, Disordered);  Eye (Diseases of,
  Treatment of); Homatropin; Hyoscin; Hyos-
  cyamin;  Methyl-atropin; Mydrol;  Scopo-
  lamin;  Scopolein.
    Delerse (H.)  *De la mydriase daus quelques
  alfectidus encephaliques et ce're'brospinales.   4°.
  Paris, 1866.
    Dufaure  de  Citres (P.)  * Etude  sur  le
  role de la paracentese de la chambre ante"rieure
  et de lak6ratotonne dans la mydriase  par l'atro-
  pine.   8°.   Lyon,  1904.
    Fures Y Vilar  (N.)   Utilidad de  la atrophia
  eu  oftalniologia.   8°.  Madrid, 1878.
    Frenoy(E.)  *De la  mydriase.  4y   Stras-
  bourg, 1865.
    Grube  (F. J.  A.)  *Vergleicheude Untersu-
  chungen liber die Wirkuug  des Atropin, Hom-
  atropin uud  Eumydrin auf das Auge.  8°.   Gbt-
  tingen, 1904.
    Kuyper(A.  H.)   *Demydriaticis.   8°.  Traj.
  ad Rhenum, 1859.
    DE Lapersoxxe (F.)   Sur la pathogenie de
  certaines  formes  de  mydriase.   8°.   [Paris,
  1890.]
    Percepied(E.)  *De  la mydriase.   4°.  Pa-
  ris, lr-76.
    -----.   The same.  8°.   Paris,  1870.
    Pruvost (E.-M.-J.)  "De la mydriase essen-
  tielle.   4°.  Lille, 1890.
    8teiani (U.)  Come si modifichi  la reazione
  della pupilla all' atropiua in seguito  all' uso pro-
  luugato della  sostanza;  contributo  alio  studio
  dell' adattamento.   roy. 8°.   Ferrara, 1903.
    Stocker (F.)   *Welchen  Einfluss  iiben  die
  Mydriatica und Myotica auf  deu  intraocularen
  Druck  unter   physiologisehen  Verhaltuisseu ?
  (GekrdntePreisschrift.)  8°.   Berlin,  1667.
    Sunkel  (G.)  * Ueber Mydriasis.   8°.  Mar-
  burg, [1856].
    Vigneres (U.)  * Contribution a l'etude de la
  mydriase a bascule  (illegality pupillaire  a  bas-
  cule).  -~ ;.   Toulouse, 1904.
    Anderson (H. K.)  The action of eserine and atropine
  upon the denervated sphincter iridis. Proc. Physiol. Soc.
  Lond., 1904,  pp. xxii-xxiv.—Armaignac.  De l'emploi
  methodique de l'atropine pour remplacer liridectomie dans
  certains cas  de synechie posterieure et d'opacite partielie
  des cristallins.  Rev. g6n. d'opht., Par., 1898,  xvii, 279-
  .'81.-Alkin (C.) Case of mydriasis. Med. Press & Circ
  Lond., 1889,  u.  s., xlviii, 463.-Baldwin  (E. H.)  Indi-
  cations aud contraindications for the use of the mydriatic
  Horuceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y.. 1902, viii, 263-266.—
  Bandelier.  Spastische Mydriasis (lurch Fremdkorper
  im Ohr.  Miinchen. med. "Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 875-877.—
  Bartholow  (R.)  A few observations on the mydriatic
mydriasis and mydriatics.
  alkaloids.  Med. Xews, I'hila., 1891, lix, 671.—ile lloitlo
  (V.)   (Quelques considerations sur Taction de l'atropine et
  de l'eserine sur la conjonctive oculaire.  Arch, ifoplit
  Par., 1886, vi, 363-367.—Bonnier.  Sur un cas de my-
  driase reflexe d'origiue labyrinthique. Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1897, 10.  s.,  iv, 53.—dc  Bourgon (C.)
  Etude gen6rale sur les anciens et nouveaux  myiuiatiques
  d'origiue veg6tale; methode.experimentale; applications
  des principesdecettemethodekrephedrine.  Rec. d'opht
  Par., 1898,  3. s., xx, 398; 512.— Kradfield (J. A. L.)   My-
  driatics aud myotics in general practice.  Tr. M. Soc. Wis-
  consin, Madison, 1898,  xxxii, 479-482. — Brandenburg.
  Mydriasis spastica per reflexum.   Klin.  Monatsbl. f. Au-
  genh., Stuttg., 1893, xxxi,  139-141.—Brnndex (S.) Astig-
  matiscbe Accommodation unter dem Einfluss einseitiger
  Einwirkung von Homatropin  und Eserin.  Arch. f. Au-
  genh., Wiesb., 1904, xlix, 255-306. — Brav (A.)  The use
  of atropine in ophthalmic practice.  Med.-Chir. J., Phila.,
  1905, vi, 29-35.  Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1904,  3. s.,
  xx, 236-240. — C'arlini (V.)   Midriasi intermittento di
  natura isterica.  Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1905, 2177-2186__
  Carra.   Mydriase  unilat6rale;  troubles  oculaires re-
  flexes d'origiue nasale. Fiance med., Par., 1898,  xiv, 481-
  483.—Cnttaneo (A.) Di alcuni  midriatici  ad azione fu-
  gace (niidrina, midrol, etc.).  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1898, ii, 251;
  266.—Cheatham (W.)  An obstinate caso of mydriasis.
  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1887, iv,  359-362.—Collins (E.
  T.) Atropine irritation.  Ophth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1888,
  xii, 164-178.—Colter (R. O.)  Correcting the whole error
  of refraction,  and the necessity for the use of a mydriatic.
  Tr. M. Ass.  Georgia, Macon, 1889, 81-90. — Dabney (S.
  G.)  Mydriatics; their use and abuse in ophthalmic prac-
  tice.   Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1893, n. s., ii, 289-
  292.—Daricr (A.)  Ln nouveau mydriatique, le broniure
  de methyl-atropine pouvant remplacer k la fois l'boniatro-
  pine et l'euphtalmine. Clin.  opht..  Par., 1902,  viii, 317-
  319.—Dcaily (C.)  The  necessity for mydriatics in cor-
  recting refraction.  Homceop.  Eye, Ear  & Throat J., N.
  T., 1901, vii,  393-399.—Deane '(L. C.)   The misuse of
  atropineineye diseases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905,
  iii, 330.—Dor (L.)  Question pos6e aux physiologistes
  relativement k l'interpi'6tation qu'il convient de donner de
  faction de l'atropine, l'6s6rine et la pilocarpine sur la toni-
  cite du globe oculaire. Province ni6d.,  Lyou, 1900, xiv,
  256.—Eaton  (F. B.) A changeable stop  disc,  for sub-
  jective refraction  tests under mydriasis.   Ophth.  Rec,
  Chicago, 1902, xi, 363.—Erdelyi'(J.) & Hermann (E.)
  A mydriaticumok elettam hatdsa.  [The biological effectsof
  mydriatics.]   Szeraeszet, Budapest, 1902, 32; 49;  67; 78.—
  Filoinusi-Guelfi (G.)  Sulla prova fisiologiea negli av-
  velenamenti per afcaloidi  midriatici. Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio Emilia, 1890, xvi,  pt. 2. 255-281, 1 pl. — Frenkel.
  La mydriase  a bascule ou  megahte pupillaire k bascule.
  Arcb. med. de Toulouse, 1904, x, 454, 4.71; 495.   Also.- Arch.
  d'opht.,Par., 1904,xxiv,596; 655.-<*essner(C.) Leberdie
  springende Mydriasis.  Munchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1901,
  xlviii, 429. — Olick (S.)   Some unexpected  effects from
  atropin and belladonna.  Am. Med., Phila.,  1903, v, 987.—
  Goux (L. J.)  Refraction and  the  use of mydriatics.
  Physician  Sc  Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1904. xxvi, 149-
  152.—Grandclement.   Signification  au  point de vue
  medical et gravite du symptome  mydriase monoculaire
  chez l'adulte.   Lyon m6d., 1900, xciii, 557-559.—Hale (A.
  B.) Euphthalmin as  a  mydriatic for the general practi-
  tioner  Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4.  v, 539-541. Also:
  Medicine,  Detroit, 1903, ix,  532-534.—Hutchinson (J.)
  Long persisting  mydriasis of one eye only  with coldness
  of the opposite hand.  History of headaches in  boyhood.
  Arch. Surg., Lond., 1889-90, l, 349.—Jackson (E.)   The
  choice of  drugs to dilate the pupil.   Med.  News, N. Y.,
  1899. lxxv, 204-207.  Also .- Med. World,  Lond., 1898-9, iii,
  659-062. -----. How to use mydriatics.   Proc. Phila. Co.
  M. Soc, Phila., 1891, xii, 241-245.  Also : St. Louis M. Sc S.
  J., 1891, lxi, 73-77.  Also. Times Sc Reg., N. T.  Sc Phila.,
  1891  xxiii, 23. -----.  Alarming and dangerous doses of
  the mydriatics.  Tr.  M.  Soc. Penn., Phila.,  1884, xvi, 332-
  339.  AUo, Reprint.— James (B.  W.) Mydriatics,  myot-
  ics, and local anaesthetics   Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat
  J. N. Y.,  1900, vi, 80; 99— Kircher (A.) Ueber die
  mydriatisch  wirkenden  Alkaloide einiger  Daturaarten.
  Arch. f.  Pharm.,  Berl.,  1905. ccxlin, 3u9 - 320. — Klein
  (A. A.)   Should  opticians  use  mydriatics?  Optic. J.
  Suppl., N.Y., 1899, v, 9; 43; 82.—Robert (R.) Ou the dis-
  covery of the mydriatic action of the  solanaceae.  Therap.
  Gaz..  Detroit, 1886, 3. s. n, 445-448.   AUo, Reprint.—
  de Lapfrxonuc (F.)  Sur la pathogenic, de  certaines
  formes de  mydriase.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1890, x, 430-434.
  AUo: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1890, viii, 83-
  88 — Lnutcrer  (J.)  Chemical and  physiological  notes
  on native  and acclimatised mydriatic plants of Queens-
  land.   Australas.  AI.  Gaz.,  Sydney,  1895, xiv, 457-460.-
  Liunell (E. H.)   Objections to the use of mydriatics in
  the treatment of error's of refraction.   Homceop. Eye, Ear
  & Throat J., N. Y., 1901,  vii, 399-410.—I.ydeckcr (W.S.)
  Why I do  not use a mydriatic.  Optic. J.; X. Y., 1898-9, iv,
  104-108.— McConachie (A. D.)  Tho  use and abuse ot
  atropine in ocular therapeutics. Maryland M. J., Bait.,1899, 
MYDRIASIS.                                   269                               MYELOCYTES.
mydriasis and mydriatics.
  xii, 195-197.—.TIeGee (J. IJ.)  Therapy of the mydriatic
  drugs.  Cleveland M. Gaz.  1897-8, xiii,  1-5.—ltlnlgat.
  Mydriase spon tanee; gu6risonpar les injections dc strych-
  nine.  Rec. d'opht.. Par., 1894, 3. s., xvi,  714-716.—iTIar-
  quez (M.)   Contribiieion al estudio comparative de  los
  efectos de algunos medicamentos midriilsicos.  Rev. Ibero-
  An. de cien. med.. Madrid, 1903, x, 86- 110. — Tin it in
  (E.)  Traitement de la mydriase.  Kev.  mens. d. mal. d.
  yeux, Marseille, 1889, ii, 67-69. — lTlelchior  ( N.  G.)
  Etudes sur  la  mydriase  et la  dilatation  de la pupille
  en seneral.  Ann. d'ocnl., Brux., 1844. xii,  5; 101, 1 pl.—
  ;tlikla*zewski (W.)  O nierownosci zmiennej  zre-
  nic (mydriasis  saltans v.  alterrans).  Kron.  lek., War-
  szawa, 1900,  xxi, 1;  49— Mitchell (S.)  Spasmodic  my-
  driasis a sexual neurosis.   Am. J.  Ophth., St. Louis,
  1891. ix, 11.—ITIiiller (G.)  Yernleichende  Versuche mit
  eiuigen pupillenerweiternden  Mitteln.  Ztschr. f. Thier-
  med., Jena. 1905, ix, 406-413.—Norris  (W.  F.)  Duboisia
  as a mydriatic,  with remarks on  its  physiological  and
  toxic effects.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,  1879, n. s., lxxvii,
  446-4Y1.   AUo, Reprint.—Oliver (C. A.)  The  so-called
  mydriatics;  their actions, their uses, and their dangers in
  ophthalmology.  Ann. Ophth., St.  Louis,  1903,  xii.  589-
  613.  AUo, transl.: Wchnsehr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Au-
  ges, Wiesb., 1903-4, vii, 161-165.  See, alsn, infra, Treut-
  ler. -----.  The mydriatic drugs and their active princi-
  ples; the ophthalmologic relations.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1903, xl, 493-495.—Ott (I.)  A new mydriatic  and
  narcotic: Astragalus niollersimus,the "loco'plant. Med.
  Rec, N. Y.,  1888, xxxiii, 197.—Phillip* ( W. L.)  A case
  of idiosyncrasy  to homatropine and  atropine.   Ophth.
  Rec, Chicago.  1903,  xii, 5.—Pilgrim (M.  F.)  Do myd-
  riatics injure or benefit  the  eye?  A review of results
  in one hundred  consecutive cases.  Refractionist, Bost.,
  1895-6, ii, 49-58.—Pooley (T. R.)  Traumatic mydriasis.
  Am. J.  Ophth.,  St.  Louis,  1890, vii, 88.—Biegcl  (W.)
  Ueber  die springende Mydriasis.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xvii, 169.—Bisley  (S. D.)   The
  mydriatics;  the motive and method for their employment
  in the correction of errors of refraction.  Ophth. Rec, Chi-
  cago, 1902, xi, 1-8. -----. The comparative valueof theiuyd-
  riatics.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Bost., 1880-84, iii,  228-257.
  AUo, Reprint.  -----. The mydriatics  in ophthalmology.
  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v, 239-247.  Also, Reprint:—
  Roosa (D. B. St. J.)  Intestinal disturbance caused by
  the use of a  mydriatic. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895, 4. s.,
  iv,  299.—Rothholz.  Atropin und  Eserin.  Ztscbr. f.
  prakt. Aerzte, Fraukf. a. M.. 1896, v, 631-636.—Saundby
  (R.) Two cases of temporary mydriasis.  Birmingh. M.
  Kev.. 1889,   xxvi, 18-20.—Schaumau  (O.)  Ueher  die
  Haufigkeit  uud  klinische Bedeutung  der  Pupilleudiffe-
  renz nebst eiuigen sp. ciellen Bemerkungen  iiber die soge-
  nannte springende Mydriasis.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.,
  1903, xlix, 61-89.—Schlotterbeck (J. O.)  The mydri-
  atic alkaloids.  Am. J. Pharm., Phila.,1903,lxxv,454-459.—
  Schmidt (E.)   Leber die Alkaloide einiger mydriatisch
  wirkendei Solanaceen. Arch. f. Pharm., Berl., 1905, ccxliii,
  303-309.—Schultz (P.)  Ueher die Wirkungsweise der
  Mydriatica und Miotica.   Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898,
  47-74, 1  pl.—Schwarz.  Zur Differeiitialdiagnose zwi-
  schen spastischer. organisch-paralytischer  und medica-
  inentbser Mydriasis.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
  341-344. —Snellen  (H.), ,ir.  Mydriatics and myotics.
  Syst. Dis. Eye  (Norris <fc Oliver), Phila.,  1897, ii, 31-46.—
  Sperino (C.)   Osservazioni di dilatazione idiopatica per-
  mauente della pupilla (midriasi) guarita colla segala  cor-
  nuta.  Gior.  d. sc. med., Torino, 1840, vii, 5-19.—Starkey
  (H. M.)  The use of a mydriatic after the asie of forty-five.
  J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1903, xl, 1075;  1135.   Also, Re-
  print.—Stefan i (L.)  Come si modifichi la reazione della
  papilla all' atropina in sesruitoall' uso prolungato della sos-
  tanza; contributo alio studio dell' adattamento.  Arch, di
   fisichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1903, xxiv, 432.—Takasawa (T.)
   A case of traumatic mydriasis with accommodation paraly-
  sis.] InouyeGankwaDosokwaiKwaiHo, Tokyo, 1901,1182—
  1187.—Taylor  (L. H.)  Insanity following a mydriatic;
  cause or coincidence?  Ann. Ophth. Sc Otol., St. Louis,
  1894, iii, 253.—Tissot (J.)  Mydriatiques et myotiques.
  Presse med.,  Par., 1903, ii, 592-594.—Trentler.  Bemer-
  kungen zu dem Aufsatz von C.  A. Oliver iiber: Die  so-
  genannten Mydriatika, ihre  Wirkuugen, ihre Anwendun-
  gen uud ihre Gefahren. Wchnsehr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d.
  Auges,  Dresd., 1904, vii, 185.— Vinci (G.  )   Ueber die
  Wirkungsweise des  Euphthalmin-', nebst Bemerkungen
  iiber die  Bedeutung  der Amygdalylgruppe fiir  die inv-
  driatische Wirkung.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 189^9, xiii,
  665-670.— ViiMinski (V  P.)  O dielstvii  bromistavo
  nietil-atropina na glaz.  [Action of methyl  atropine bro-
  mide ou the eyes. | Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903. ii, 794-
  796. AUo: Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1903, xx, 565-571.—de
  Vooght (P.) Observation d'un cas de mydriase monocu-
  laire tre.s prononc6e, non acconipagn6e do trouble de la
  vision, 8'irveniie a la suite de l'adniinistration d'un vomi-
  tif.  Ann. d'ocul., Brux., 1844, xii, 171-173.— Vrcven (S.)
  Contribution k l'etude des principes mydriatiques tir6s des
Mydriasis and mydriatics.
   solanac6es.  Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1898,
   4. s., ii, 775-782.—Wadsworth (0. F.)  Mydriasis of one
   eye with intact accommodation lasting four months after
   application of homatropine to both eyes.  Tr. Am. Ophth.
   Soc, Hartford, 1889, 408-411. — Walker (Gertrude A.)
   Mydriasis a necessity  to accurate refraction.   Med. Sc
   Surg.  Reporter, Phila., 1896,  lxxv, 230-233— Webster
   (D.)  A case in which atropine dropped into the eyes for
   refractive purposes produced  constitutional poisoning.
   Ophth. Rec, Nashville, 1891-2, i, 312-314.—Wernicke
   (0.)  Consideraciones sobre los nuevos midrid,ticos. An.
   d. Circ. m6d. argent., Buenos A'ires, 1898, xxi, 112- 116.—
   Wood (C. A.)  Experiments to determine the  compara-
   tive cycloplegic valuo of homatropine plus cocaine discs
   and solutions of  scopolamine, atropine and duboisine.
   Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi,
   sect.  11,  271-273.—'Wood (H. C), jr.   The physiologic
   action of tho mydriatic alkaloids. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
   cago,  1903, xl,  489-493.—Wormlcy (T. G.)   Notes on
   some of the chemical properties of the mydriatic alkaloids.
   Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1894,  4.  s., xxiv, 513-516.   Also,
   Reprint.—Wright (It.)   Note  on  the occurrence and
   distribution of a mydriatic  alkaloid in Lactuca muralis.
   Merck's  Rep., N. Y, 1905, xiv,  209. — Ifanushevski
   (Y. V.)  Sravnitelnoye  ispitaniye midriaticheskavo dlel-
   stviya atropini methylonitrici (eumydrini) i atropini sul-
   furic!.  [Comparative mydriatic action of .  . . and . . .]
   Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1904, xvi, 1027-1029.

Mydriatics.
     See Mydriasis, etc.

Mydrol.
     Kuzmitski(S. F.)   * OdTeistvii midrola (iodo-
   metil-fenil-pirozola) na  glaz;  klinoko-eksperi-
   mentalnoye izsliedovaniye.   [Action of mydrol
   (iodo-methyl-pbenyl-pyrazol) ou tin- eyes; clin-
   ical   and  experimental  investigation.]    8°.
   S.-Peterburg, 1904.
     Albertoni (P.) Mydrol  (jodmethylsaures  Phenyl-
   Pyrazol).  Therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1896, iii, 1224-1226.

Myelaemia.
     £ee Leukaemia (Spleno-medullary).

Myelasthenia.
     See Neurasthenia (Spinal).

Myelen.
     Elsaesser.  Mvelen, ein neues Organpraparat.  Cen-
   tralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, ii, 253-255.

Myelin.
     Dhcre (C.)  Sur l'extensiou  de  la  myeiine dans le
   neviaxe chez des sujets  de  diff6rentes  tailles.  Compt.
   rend.  Soc de  biol., Par., 1903. lv.  1158-1160. —EHer-
   in a ii n (V.)  Untersuchungen iiber Markscheideufarbuu-
   gen, mit Beitrageu zur Chemie der M velinstoffe.   Skandin.
   Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, xiv, 337-370.—CJad  (J.) &
   Heyiiinns (./. F.) Leber das Myelin, die myelinhaltigen
   und myelinlosen Nervenfasern. Arch. f.  Pbysiol., Leipz.,
   1890, 530-550.— Kaiserling  (C.)  & Orgler (A.)  Leber
   das Auftreten  von Myelin in Zellen und  seine Beziehung
   zur Fettmetamorphose.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,
   1902, clxvii, 296-310. — Liebreich (O.)  Ueber die Eut-
   stebung der  Myeleii-Fornien.  Ibid.,  1865, xxxii, 387-389.
   Also,  Reprint.—Rainey (G.) On the artificial produc-
   tion of certain organic forms and the manner in which they
   are produced, with an introduction by W. W. AVagstaffe.
   St. Thomas's  Hosp. Rep.,   Lond., '1897,  xxiv, 75-84.—
   Wlasxnli (It.) Die Herkunftdes Myelins; ein Beitrag
   zur Physiologie  des  nervosen Stiitzgewebes.  Arch. i.
   Entweklugsmeehn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1898, vi, 453-493, 4 pl.

Myelinization.
     See  Nerve-fibres.

Myelin*.
     See  Marrow  (Diseases  of); Spinal cord  (In-
  flammation of).

Myelocene.
     See, also. Marrow (Therapeutic use of).
     Weidler (W. B.)  The use of  mvelocene in  catarrhal
   deafness.  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1903-4, vii, 530-533.
Myelocyte.
     See Nerve-cell (Histology, etc., of).

Myelocytes.
     See, also,  Marrow;  Myelocythemia.
     Cabot (R. C.)  The myelocyte of Ehrlich.  Boston M.
   Sc S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 4-9.—C!hatin (J.)  Recherches sur 
MYELOCYTES.
270
MYERS.
Mvelocvtes.
  les myelocytes des invertehres.  Mom. . . . Soc. philomat.
  [etc.]. Par. 1^--, 87*-107*, 1 pl.-----■ Sur la structure
  du noyau daus les myelocytes des gasteropodes  et des
  annelides.  Compt. iend. Acad. d. sc. Par..  1899.  cxxix,
  r,54. _____  Les myelocytes du bulbe olfactif.  Ibid., 1903,
  exxxvii, 4*9-492. --Jolly (J.)  Sur les mouvements des
  myelocytes.   Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s.,
  iii, 1069-1072.  — Sehindier (C.)  Untersuchungen iiber
  das Anftreten  dei Myelocytes  im Blute; zugleich eiu
  Beitrag zur HSmatologie infectio.-er und anderer Krank-
  heits/.u.-tiinde.  Ztscbr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 512-
  574. — /elen-ki (T.) Sc  C'jbalski (T.)  O  pojawianiu
  sie ci.ih k s/.piku kostnego (myeloeytdw) we kiwi  nienio-
  wfecei.   [Appearance of myelocytes in  the  blood  of in-
  fants.]  Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1904, xliii, 397; 413; 424; 440.
  Also, transl.: Jahrb. f. Kinderh , Berl., 1904, lx, 884-915.

Myeloeythaemia.
   * Morel fc.)  Les alterations du  sang dans la  my61o-
  cyth6mie.  Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 26.
  -----. [Deuxieme coninmnicatiou sur les alterations du
  sang duns la niyelocytheinie.]  Arch. m6d. de Toulouse,
  1905, xi. 69-71.

Myeloid  tumors.
    Sec Tumors (Sarcomatous,  etc.).

Myeloma.
   *See, also,  Femur (Tumors of, Malignant).
    Ewald (K.)  Ein chirurgisch interessanter Fall von
  Myelom.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1897, x, 169— lie crick
  (J. B.) Sc Hektoen (L.) Myeloma; report of a case.
  Med.  News,  Phila., 1894,  lxv,' 239-242. — Senator (H.)
  Asthenische  Liihmung, Albumosurie uud multiple Mye-
  lome.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899,  xxxvi, 161-164.  [Dis-
  cussion], 176.  Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. nitd.  Gesellsch.
  (1899), 1900, xxx, pt. 2, 73-82.  [Discussion], pt, 1,81-84.—
  Sternberg  (C.)  M\elom.  Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d.
  Med.  u.  Chir.,  Jena.'1899. ii, 855-867. -----. Beitrag zur
  Myelomfrage.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. path.  Gesellsch.,
  Jeua, 1904, xv, Ergnzugshft., 34-36.— Verebely (T.)  A
  niyelom&rol.  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix. 48; 66, lpl.

Myeloma  (Multiple) tcith albumosuria.
    Bhcjitold ((J.)  * Leber das multiple Myelom.
  8°.   Wurzburg, 1902.
    Elmxuek (A.)  "Ueber das Vorkommen des
  Beuce Jones'neuen Korpers  im Ham bei Tnmo-
  ren des Kiiocbenmarks, und seine diaguostische
  Bedeutung.  *.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1898.
    Funkexsteix (O.)   *Eiu  Fall von multiplem
  Myelom.  8-.   Strassburg i. E., 1900.
    Heldt (A.) * Beitrag zur traumatischen Ent-
  stehung yon Tnmoren, im  Anschluss  an  einen
  Fall  von muMplcn Myelomen.  8°.   Munchen,
  1902.
    AbrikoHofl"(A. I.)  K patologicheskol anatomii per-
  vichnol innozhestveiiuol mieloml kostnavo mozga.  [Path-
  ological anatomy of primary multiple myeloma of the bone
  marrow.]  Khirurgla. Mosk., 1903, xiii, 219-258.  Also,
  transl.: Yirchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. fete], Berl., 1903,
  clxxiii, 335-354.—Konarili (E.)  Contributi  c.linici alia
  conosceiiza della malattia del Kahler (mielomi multipli
  con albumosuria).  II. 1st. Lomb. di sc.  e lett.  Rendic,
  Milano. 1903,  2. s., xxxvi,  839-856—Bozzolo (C.)  Sulla
  malattia  di Kahler.  Clin. med. ital., Milano. 1898, xxxvii,
  1-10.  AUo: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Koma. 1898,
  viii.  208-219.   Also [Abstr.]: Arch, internaz.  di  med.  e
  chir., Napoli, 1897, xiii, 409.—Brailshaw (T. K.)  Mye-
  lopathic  albumosuria.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J.,  1902, xxii
  321-330.  AUo [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1304.—
  Binduhaw (T. K.) Sc Warrington (W. B.)  [Morbid
  anatomy aud  pathology of Dr. Bradshaw's case of myelo-
  pathic albumosuria.]  Lancet, Loud., 1899, i, 766.   Also:
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 662.—C'aporali (K.)  II morbo
  del Kahler.  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli
  1900. x, 261-284. 1 pl.-C'crvellini (F.)  Di uu caso di
  malattia  di  Kahler.  Liv. veneta di  sc, med., Venezia
  1902, xxxvi,  522-528. — Collin*  (J.) Multiple  myeloma
  (Kahler s disease); a contribution to its symptomatology
  and  its  morbid anatomy. Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxvii
  641-645. — O' Alloceo (O.)  Sulla malattia  di  Kahler
  (mielomi multipli con albumosuria).  Arch, ital di med
  int., Palermo, 1900, iii, 82-109.-----. Contributo alia sarco-
  matosi sistematica midollare delle ossa (mielomi multipli)
  Riforma  med.,  Palermo, 1900, xvi,  pt.2, 758; 770.   AUo-
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x 258-'>66 —
  Donetti (E.)  Sulla  malattia di Kahler. Boll, d clin
  Milano, 1902, xix 123-130. AUo: Riv. crit. di clin. med"'
  Firenze, 1901, ii, 789-794.—Ellingcr. Ueber Albumosurie
  bei Knochenraarkstumoreu.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 219.—Hamburger
Myeloma  (Multiple)  with  albumosuria.
   (L. P.)  Two examples of Pence Jones' albumosuria asso-
   ciated  with  multiple  myeloma;  a preliminary report.
   Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,  1901, xii, 38-45.— J el -
   linek (S.)  [Eiu Fall vou multiplem Myelom.]  Med. Bl.,
   Wien, 1903, xxvi, 505.  Also: Wien. kliii. Wchnsehr., 1903'
   xvi, 937.   AUo: Wien.  klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii,  656.—
   Jorhiiinim (G.) &. Schauim (().)  Zur  Kenntniss des
   Myeloms  und der  sogenannten Kahler'schen Krankheit
   (multiple  Myelome, einbergehend  mit Bence-Jones'scher
   Albumosurie).  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1902,xiv,445.—
   Kahler  (0.)  Zur Symptoniatologio des multiplcn Mye-
   loids; Be o bach tu n g von Albumosurie.  Prag. med. Wchn-
   sehr., 1889, xiv, 33; 45.  Also: Wien.med. Presse, 1889, xxx,
   209; 253.—ITIacC'alluin (W.G.)  A case of multiple my-
   eloma.   J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1901-2. vi. 53-63, 2 pl.—.fly.
   clopathic albumosuria.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1898-9,
   xi, 452-454.—Pntein (G.)  A propos de l'albumosuiie de
   Bence-Jones. (.'ompt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par.,  1904, lvii,
   632.—Primarily multiple proliferations of bone-marrow;
   myeloma.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv,  690.—
   R'ibbert(IL) Ueber das Myelom. Centralbl. f. all".
   Path. u. path. Anat.. Jena, 1904, xv. 337-340. —  Selieele
   &. Herxheimcr.  Ueber einen bemerkenswerthen Kail
   von multiplem Myelom  (sogeuannter Kahler'schen Krank-
   heit).  Ztschr. f/klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 57-90. 1 pl._
   Seegelken.   Ueber  multiples   Myelom  und  Stnff-
   wecliseluntersuehungenbei demselben.  Deutsches  Arch.
   f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1896-7, lviii, 276-286, 2 pl.   Ven-
   turi (T.)  Di un caso di mielomi multipli  (morbo di Kah-
   ler?).  Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 1, 675  6s7 —
   Verco (J. C.) A case of myelopathic albumosuria.  Aus-
   tralas.  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 185-193.—Vigniu-d
   (P.) &  Callavardin (L.)  Du  mye,oloiue multiple des
   os avec albumosurie; contribution k l'61ude des tumeurs
   primitives multiples du squelette.  Rev.  de cbir..  Par.,
   1903, xxiii, 91-124.—Weber (F. P.)  A case of multiple
   myeloma (myelomatosis) with  Bence-Jones proteid in the
   urine (myelopathic albumosuria of Bradsbaw, Kahler's
   disease) and a summary  of  Bence-Jones albumosuria;
   with a report on the chemical pathology, by R. Hutchi-
   son and J. J. R. Macleod.  Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1903,
   lxxxvi,  395-470,4 pl.  AUo, Reprint.  Also: Am.  J. M.
   Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1903, n. s., exxvi, 644-665.  AUo: J.
   Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. &  Lond., 1903-4, ix, 172-191.—
   Wright (J. H.)   A case of multiple myeloma.  Tr. Asa.
   Am. Physicians, Phila., 1900, xv. 137-145. 3 pl.   AUo:
   Contrib.  sc. med.  . . .  pupils W. H.  Welch, Bait., 1900,
   359-366, 3  pl.  AUo: J.  Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900, iv, 195-204,
   3 pl.—Zimiiiigci- (G. F.)   Multiple myeloma.  Am.
   Med.. Phila., 1904, vii, 637.

Myelomalacia.
     See Spinal cord (Softening of).

Myelomeningitis.
     See Meningitis (Spinal).

Myeloplave*.
     See,  also, Bone  (Absorption of); Leukaemia
   (Causes,  etc.,  of).
     Berthier.  Origine des myeloplaxes.   Cong.franc.de
   m6d. 1894, Par., 1895, 642-646.'

Myers  (Arthur Thomas)  |1851-94j.
     Church  (W. S.)   Obituary.   Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond.,
   1894, lxxvii,  37.—Obituary.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1894,
   i, 223.

Myers (Bernard).  Home nursing,   xi, 131 pp.
   12c.   Loudon, Bailliere, Tindall <f- Cox, 1903.
Myers (Burton D.)   * Beitrag zur Kenutniss des
   Uhiasmas  und  der Comiuissuren am  Boden des
   dritten Ventrikels.    32 pp.   8J.   Leipzig, Veil
   .y Co., 1902.
     Repr.from:  Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1902.

Myers (Frederic William Henry) [1843-1901].
     See Ourney (Edmund), Myers (Frederic W.  H.) &
   Poll more (Frank).  Phantasms  of the living.  8°.  Lon-
   don, 1886.----------------.  The same.  Les hallucina-
   tions, [etc.].  8°.   Paris, 1891.
     For  Biography,  see Ann. d. sc.  psych.. Par., 1901, xi,
   173; 179 (C. Ric'het & A. Erny).   Also: Diet. Nat.  Biog.,
   Loud.,  1901, Suppl. iii,  215-218  (A. Sidgwick).  AUo:
   Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1901-2, xvii, 1-36, port.

-----.   See, also:
     Flournoy (T.)  F. W. H. Myers et  son  ceuvre pos-
   thume.  Arch,  de  psychol., Geneve, 1903, ii, 269-296. -
   James  (W.)  Frederic Myers's  service  to psychology.
   Pop. Se. Month., N. Y., 1901, lix, 380-389.

Myers (G. AY.).
     /S'eeLommCl (E[ugen]|.  Experimental physics fete.].
   8°.  London <£  Philadelphia, 1900. 
MYEES.
271
MYIASIS.
 Myers (Harry C.) [1864-    ].   * Ueber Dichlor-
   methylparaconsiiure.   17  pp.   8°.   Strassburg,
   J. H E. Heitz, 1891.
 Myers  ( Randolph  M. )    Cramps as  affecting
   stokers.  3 pp.   16°.   Richmond, Ya., 1697.
     Repr.from: VirginiaM. Semi-Month..Richmond, 1897,ii.

 Myers (Reuben 8.)  [1839-19041.
    'Lapp ( IL)  [Obituary.]  Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s.,
   xliv, 531-533.
 Myers (T. Halsted).   The prognosis of pressure-
   para lysis.  4 pp.  8C.  [Philadelphia, 1890.]
     Repr.from: Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1890, iii.
 Myers (T[alleyrand] D.)   Some of the peculiari-
   ties of the climate of California, and their rela-
   tion  to the treatment of consumption  of the
   lungs.    14 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, W. F. Fell S-
   Co., 1891.
 -----.  A study of the modern pathology and the
   treatment  of chronic granulation of  the eye-
   lids.  12 pp.   8J.   Philadelphia,  TV. F.  Fell <f-
   Co., 1891.

 Myers (Walter) [1872-1901].
     Nuttall (G.  H. F.)   In  memoriam.  J. Hyg., Cam-
   bridge, 1901, i, 285-287, port. AUo, Reprint. Also: Thomp-
   son Yates Lab. Rep.. Liverp.. 1901, iii, 165-167. — Obit-
   uary.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1901, i, 310.

 Myers (Wilbur Fislc) [1855-1905].
     Obituary. X. York M. J.  [etc.],  1905, lxxxii, 812.
 Myers (William H.)   The limitation  of craniot-
   omy.  8 pp.  8-.  New York, 1895.
     Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. <fc Obst. J., X. Y., 1895, vii.
 Myers (W[illiam] Wykeham).   Observations on
   ftlaria sanguinis  honiinis iu south  Formosa.  25
   pp., I ch.  4°.   Shanghai,  18*1.
 Myevre  (Jean-Baptiste-Louis).    * Dissertation
   sur  l'hydropisie  ascite et l'emploi des purgatifs
   dans cette maladie.    17 pp.  8°.  Montpellier,
   G. Izar $ A. Ricard,  an XII [1804].
 Mygge  ([Lauritz] Johannes) [1850-     ].   Om
   den  saakaldtc alkaliske  Uringjaering  og  dens
   Forhold  til  BherebetiBtidelsen;  en kritisk Un-
   ders0gelse.  [The so-called  alkaline  urine fer-
   mentation, and  its  relation  to cystitis;  a crit-
   ical  examination.]    80  pp.    8°.   Kjpbenhavn,
   E. Bagges, 1869.
 -----■.  Rontgeu StraalernesAnvendelse i Lsegevi-
   deuskaben og deres Betydning for sauime.  [The
   use of the  Koutgen rays in medicine, and their
   significance  for  the same.]  127 pp.   8°.  Kjfi-
   benham, H.  Hagerup,  1899.
    See, also, Christensen (A.) Sc ITlygge (J.)  Om vaer-
   dien af de kliniske metoder [etc.].  8°. Kjebenhavn, 1888.
 My si nd  (Holger  [Rasmus Emil]) [1839-     ].
   Den medfjjdte D0vhed.  Et Bidragtil D0vstum-
   hedens ^Etiologi  og Pathogenese.   [Congenital
   deafness.  A contribution to  the etiology and
   pathogenesis of deaf-mutism.]   137 pp., 11.  8°.
   Kjebenhavn, F. Hegel <f S0n, 1889.
-----.  The  same.   Die  angeborene  Taubheit.
   Beitrag  znr  Aetiologie  und  Pathogenese der
   Taubstnmmheit.   2 p. 1., 119 pp.  8°.   Berlin,
   A. Hirschwald, 1890.
-----.  D0v.stuinhed saerligt i Danmark.   [Deaf-
  mutistn, particularly iu Denmark.] 2 p. 1., 22(3
  pp.   8C. Kjebenhavn, A.  F.  Host.  $ Sons, 1*93.
-----.  Taubstnmmheit.  vii, 278 pp.   8°.   Ber-
  lin Sf Leipzig, 0.  Coblentz, 1894.
-----.  The  same.   Deaf-mutism,  vii, 300 pp.
  12c.   London, F. J. Rebman, 1894.
■-----.  Kortfattet Fremstilling af de 0versteLuft-
  vejes  Sygdomme.  [Short exposition  of the dis-
  eases of the upper air-passages.]  xi, 206 pp.
  sm. 4°.   Kjebenhavn, Nordiske Forlag,  1900.
-----.  The same.   Kurzes Lehrbuch der Krank-
  heiteu der oberen  Luftwege.   xi, 252 pp.  8°.
  Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 1901.
Ulyiasis.
    ■See, also, Antrum (Foreign bodies in);  Audi-
  tory canal  (External,  Insects, etc.,  in);  Flies;
  Insects  in  the body;  Intestines  (Larva; in);
  Nose (Larvoj in); Parasites; Skin (Larvw in);
  Stomach (Larva' in),
    Cllss  (F.)  *Ueber  Myiasis  interna  et  ex-
  terna.  8°.  Tubingen, 1902.
    Lallier (P.)  "Etude snr  la myase du tube
  digestif chez l'homme.   8°.   Paris,  1897.
    Sandahl  (O. T.)  Om  iusekters  forekomst
  inom den meuskliga orgauismen; en zoologisk-
  medicinsk studie.   [Insects in the human organ-
  ism;  a zoologico - medical  study.]   8°.  Stock-
  holm, 1867.
    Adams (J. L.), jr.  Tropical cutaneous myiasis in
  man.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 947-949.—Ales-
  sandrini (G.)   Raro  caso di parassitismo nell' uomo
  dovuto alia larva di una mosca (Sarcophaga afhnis Meig).
  Boll. d. Soc. rom. per gli stud, zool., Koma, 1895,  iv, 278-
  289.—Amado (S.)  Scolecliiasis.  Correio med. de Lisb.,
  1878, vii, 3; 21; 45.—Arnold (F.)  An unknown larval
  parasite.  Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 960.—Balzcr  (F.) &
  SchiinpflT (M.)  Contribution k l'6tude des dermatoses
  vermineuses superflcielles (myiases).  Ann. de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 792-790.—von Bassewitz (E.)
  Os muscideosperante a pathologia humana; monographia
  das myiasis.   Rev. med. de S. Paulo, 1901,  vii, 140; 100.—
  Brunotle (C.)  Contribution k l'e-tude  de la myiasis.
  Lull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1904, ix, 143-150.—Carpi
  (L.)  Breve aggiunta all' articolo sopra un caso di roiasi
  intestinale nell' uomo, pubblicato nel numero precedente
  di maggio.  Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 398-400.—
  Chambers (G.)  Larva migrans.  DominionM.Month.,
  Toronto, 1899,  xiii, 289.—Christian (G. W.)  An enemy
  of the bovine attacks tbe human  family.  Daniel's Texas
  M. J., Austin, 1887-8,  iii,  45.—Cipriani (A. G.)  TJn
  caso  di  flstola retto-vacinale prodotta  da  myasis ab
  ingestis.  Morgagui, Milauo, 1902, xliv, 384-388.—Condo-
  relli (M.)  Caso di myiasis nell' uomo per larva cuticolare
  di Hypoderraa bovis (De Geer).  Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital.,
  Roma, 1904, 3,  a., v, 171-181.—Daniels (C.  W.) Myiasis.
  Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1898, x, 50-52.—Depied.
  La Lucilia hominivorax  au Tonkin.  Arch, do m6d. nav.,
  Par., 1897,  lxvii, 127-129.— Dubi cuilli (W.)  Les  Dip-
  teres cuticoles chez l'liomme. Arch, de m6d. exp6r. et
  d'anat. path.,  Par., 1894, vi, 328-350.—Ferrari.  Urn
  caso de myasis e tinha favosa em uma creanca.  Brazil-
  med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 216.—Fiegeiibaum (E. W.)
  Screw-worms.  Times & Reg., N. T. Sc Phila., 1890, xxi,
  202.—Fischer (D.)  Ett fall af myfasis.   [Case  of. . .]
  Eira, Stockholm, 1889, xiii, 151.—Gaeitncr (G.)  Leber
  die  sogenannte Fliegenlarvenkrankheit.   Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1902, lii, 113; 164.—Goldstein  (M. A.)  On
  the treatment of  human patients affected  with screw
  worm. L.  S. Dep. Agric. Div. entomol., Wash.,  1891-2,
  iv. 275.—domicile (It.) The man-infesting bot.  Ibid.,
  ^9-90, ii.  386.—Giickel (E.)  Ueber Fliegenlarven im
  mensehlichen  Organismus.   Centralbl. f.  Chir.,  Leipz.,
  1898. xxv, 181.—Guthrie (L.)  A toad whose mouth and
  nostrils were attacked during life by the larva) of blow-
  flies.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xliii, 235-237.—Hanby
  (E. L. K.)  Case of infection with the rat-tailed larva of
  the drone fly.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1800.—
  Hector (E. B.)  A case of subcutaneous myiasis. Lan-
  cet, Lond.,  1902, i. 1175.—Henneberg.  Toil durch Flie-
  genmaden (Myiasis externa).  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903,
  xl,  228.—Hofiiiann.   Leber einige  an  mensehlichen
  Leicnen  beob.ichtete  Fliegenlarven.   Miiuchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1886, xxxiii, 245.—IIniton (D.  M.)  Myiasis;
  the accidental parasitism of dipterous larvie in the human
  body.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1902, xxii, 55-06.—Joseph
  (G.)   Ueber Vorkommen nnd Entwickelung von Biesflie-
  genlarven im  subkutanen Bindegewebo des Mensehen.
  (Zugleich  Zuriickweisung  der  Ausfiille  des Gyrana-
  si al-Professor  Mik gegen  meiue  Abhandlung:  Ueber
  Fliegen als Schadlinge  und Parasiten des  Mensehen.)
  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1887, viii, 51.—Kane (Eliza-
  beth R.)   A grub supposed  to have traveled in the hu-
  man body.   U. S. Dep. Agric.  Div. entomol..  Wash.,
  1889-90, 'ii, 238. — Katsnrata (F.)  Intai komon yori
  kitaru niusca vomitoria no yuso ni  zukete.  [On the ova
  of the bluebottle fly, or musca vomitoria,  in the  human
  anus.]  Okayama  Igakukwai Zashi, 1893,  no. 45,  1-5.—
  Kjclgaard.   Meunesket som V:ert for Oksebrenise-
  larven. [ Man as a host for gadfly larva;.] Ugesk. f. Laeger,
  Kobenh.,  1904, 5. R., xi, 535.—Liangstcin.   Ein Fall von
  Pseudoparasitismus.  Prag.  med. Wchnsehr., 1888, xiii,
  555.—Ije I> an tec (A.) & Boyr.  Note sur  une myase
  observ6e chez l'homme en Guinee francaise.   Compt. rend.
  Soc.  de biol., Par., 1904,  lvii, 602.  Also: Caducee, Par.,
  1905, v, 9.—Liclcan (P.  S.)  Notes on  myiasis. Brit. M. 
MYIASIS.
272
MYOCLONUS.
 Jlvia*i*.
   jT, Lond.,  1904,  i, 245.—Leon  (N.)  Quelques cas  de
   nivase observes en Roumanie et leur traitement par les
   paysans. Arch, de parasitol.. Par., 1898, i, 314-317. -----.
   La frequence de Sarcophaga Wohlfahrti en  Roumanie.
   Bull. See d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1905, xix, 1-3. — Lind-
   say (J. W.)  Myiasis: the Lucilia macellaria; the screw
   worm.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 220.— I-ortct. Nou-
   veau  parasite de l'homme (Helophilus horridus Lortet).
   J. de med. de Lyon. 1800, v, 23-27, 1 pl—de Magalhites.
   Subsidioao estudo das myasis; o borne; uma nova phase
   uo estudo do berne.  Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1897-8, 5. s., i,
   508-520.- .Tlatas (R.)  A man-infesting bot.  U.  S. Dept.
   Agric.  Div.  entomol., Wash., 1888-9, i, 76-80. - itlaz-
   zotti (L.)  Sulla preseuza di larve di mosca nell' interne
   del corpo niuaiio. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna
   (1901-3)  I'.iuj  1  0. s, i, 237-252.  Also [Abstr.]:  Rendic,
   r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1903-4, n. s.. viii. 78.—
   Mitchell  i W. C.)  Infection  with  fly larvae.  Denver
   M. Times, 19H4-5, xxiv, 048-652. — KTajjel (O.) Ein Fall
   von Myiasis dermatosa cestrosa.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
   sehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1897,  xxiii, 629. — IVaseimento
   Gnrsel.  Intervenciio cirurgica e myasis.  Brazil-med.,
   Rio de  Jan.,  1903, xvii, 185. — Osborn  (II.) Another
   human bot-fly. U. S. Dep. Agric.  Div. entomol., Wash.,
   1888-9, i, 226.—Ozanne (G.)  A few remarks and illustra-
   tive cases of myiasis.  Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Deuerara,
   1899. xi,4-7.—Parona(C.) LarvadiDermatobia (Torcel)
   nell'uomo.  [From:  Bull. Soc. entomol.ital., 1892.|  Mus.
   di zool. d. r. Univ. di  Genova, 1893. no. 9, 1-3. — Peiper
   (E.) Flicgenhuven als gelegentliche Parasiten des Men-
   sehen   Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg.. Berl.,  1900, 221; 24S: 272;
   293;.'(17.  AUo, Reprint,—Phoustanos (I. A.) Mviacris.
   'lmpiKJi npooSos, 'Ev'S.vpui, 1902, vii, 177-181.—Qneremon
   Cortina.  Ln  caso  notable de miasa.  Rev. de med. y
   cirug. piiict., Madrid, 1002, lvi, 210-212.—Roorda Wnii't
   (J. A.)  De vliegenziekte in Cordoba en haarbehandeling.
   Kederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xii, d. 2,
   905-916.—Saitta(S.)  Mvasisda Cephalomya ovis.  Gazz.
   d. osp.. Milano,  1903, xxiv,  1357-1359.—Sanchez (J.)
   Scolecliiasis myiasis, enf'ermedades producidas eu el hom-
   bre por los insectes.  Inhis: Zool. ni6d. mexic.,80, M6xico,
   1893, 113. -----. Myiasis producida por la nueva espeeie
   Lucilia  versicolor Jimenez.  Ibid., 122. -----.  Myiasis
   cutanea. Ibid.,  lY-Namlahl (O.  T.)  Om insekters
   forekomst inom den menskliga organismen.  [Presence of
   insects iu human onianism.l   Ilygiea, Stockholm, 1887,
   xlix,532: 5i)3. — »crew-woriu(The)fly. U. S.Dep. Agric.
   Div._ entomol.. Wash., 1896, Bull. no.  5, n. s.,  123-133.—
   Sniith  (A.J.)   Notes upon several  unusual larval in-
   sects occurring as parasites in man.  Med. News, N. Y.,
   1902, lxxxi,  1060. — Stephens (J. W. W.)   Two cases
   of intestinal mviasis.   Thompson Yates Lab. Rep., Liv-
   ern., 1905, vi, 119-121.—Stuart (A.)   Note on  derma-
   tobia  noxialis.  J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1905,
   xvii, 54H. — Su in in a  (H.) On the pseudo-parasitism  of
   Diptera in  man.  St. Louis M. Sc S. J., 1889, lvi, 201; 265;
   347.  Also, Reprint.—Swincrton (J. R.)  A man-infest-
   ing bot.  L. S. Dep. Agric.  Div.  entomol.,  Wash., 1897,
   n. s., Bull. no. 7,86 —Topsent (E.)  Sur uu cas de myase
   hypodermique chez l'liomme.  Arch, de  parasitol., Par.,
   1901, iv, 609-614. — Vara I la  (J. V.)   Algunos casos  de
   miasis.  An. d.  Circ. med. argent.. Buenos Aires, 1904,
   xxviii, 140-143— Wash burn (E. L.) A parasitic mag-
   got, Gastr.iphilns epilepsalis (?) in the skin of an infant.
   J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1904. xlii, 172. — We 11 in an (F.
   C.)  Myasis and its prophylaxis.  J. Trop.  M., Loud.,
   1905, vni. 327.—Wilms (M.)  Myiasis dermatosa (estrosa.
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii
   524-526.

IVlylabris.
    See Blisters ( Pharmacy,  etc., of);  Canthar-
  ides.

Myles (Robert C.)   Diagnosis of  the diseases
  of the  accessory  sinuses, and  their  treatment.
   14 pp.  roy. H .  New York,  1811.").
    llejir. from: N. York Polyclin., 1895, v.

Myle* (Sir Thomas) [1857-      ].
    [Biography.]  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 78.

iTlyle* (William) [1817-92].
    In memoriam.  Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., Jackson, 1893
   xxvi. 115.

Mylins ([Alhertus] Oscar) [18-29-      ].    * De
  aneui vsmatibus  nonnulla.   32 pp.   8°.   Bero-
  lini, G. Schade, [l*ti4].
Mylius (Couradus  Christianus).   *De peruione.
   111.  4y  Lugd. Bat., apud viduam et  hared.  J.
  Elseririi, ItiTl.   [P., v. 1915.1
Mylins (E.).
    See Sehule der Pharmacie. [etc.].  8°.  Berlin, 1893
   —---• Tbe  same.   2. Aufl.  8?.   Berlin, 1898-9. _____
   The same.  3. Aufl.  8?.  Berlin, 1903
  IVIylius (Guilielmus).  * De glandulis.  1(5 1.  4-.
i    Lugd. Bat, A. Elzevier,  1098.   [P., v. '2-244.]
  Irlylins (Joannes Guileliuus).    "De libne aiin-
I    plicis natura.   28 pp.   12°.  Argentorati, P. J,
    Dannbach, 1792.
  IVIylius (Joannis Daniel).
      See Bornetlii» (Duncanus) Scotus.  Iatrochymicns,
    [etc.].   4°.  Francof. ad Moenum, 1621.
  Mylins (Leonhard Henricus) [1G96-1721].  *De
    anatomia  et  physiologia  in  genere.   23  pp.
|    sm. 4°.   [Lipsue], lit. I. Titii, 1715.  [P., v. 2000.]
  Mynas (Miuo'ide).   Talnvov elaarwyr/ dia?.eKriKf/.
    F.i<pe6eioa Kara ttjv niXevoei  rov  vTtovpyov  ttjc  6-q-
    pdoiov iraideiac coipov Bt?.?.epaivovg.  2 I., 46 1.,  105
    pp., 1 1.  8°.  "Ev Uapioiov (Didot freres), [1S44].
  Mynderse (Barent A.) [1829-87].
      Hammer (C.)  Obituary.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Syra-
    cuse, 1888, 546-548.
  ffIynlieff(A.)  Ueber deu Einfluss der Influenza
    auf Menstruation,  Schwaugersehaft  und Wo-
    chenbett.  Deutsch von Mensiuga.   4 pp.   8°.
    [Berlin,  Heuser, 1890.]
      Repr.from:  Frauenarzt, Berl., 1890, v.
  -----.   Eine  gehurtshilfliche Mitteilung.  [Aus
    dem Hollandischen  durch  Mensiuga.]   12 pp.
    8°.  [Berlin, Heuser, 1690.]
      Repr. from:  Frauenarzt,  Berl., 1890, v.
  -----.   Hydrorrhcea  gravidarum.    20 pp.   8°.
    Berlin  dr Neuwied, L. Heuser, 1690.
  -----.   Zur Therapie  hei Albuminuric und Ne-
    phritis  der Schwangereu.   12 pp.   i» .   Berlin
    i)- Neuwied, Heuser, 1891.
      Repr.from:  Frauenarzt, Berl., 1891 vi.

  Tlynors (Robert) [1739-1806].
      Goodwin (G.)  [Biography.] Diet.Nat. Biog.,Lond.,
    1894, xl, 13.
  von Mynsicht (Hadrianus) [     -1668].  The-
    saurus medico-chymicus, hoc  est: seleetissinio-
    rum pharmacorum  conficiendorum  secrctissinia
    rafio, propria laborum experieutia,  multiplici
    et felicissima  praxi  contirmata et antea  nun-
    qnam  edita: sed nunc una  cum  remedioruiu
    virtute, usu, et dosi doctrine et sapientiie filiia
    fideliter revelata et  communicata.  Cui  in fine
    adjunctum  est  testamenfum   Hadriaiieum  de
    anreo philosophornm lapide, cum  duobus indi-
    cibus.   1:5 p. 1., 404 pp.   sm.  4°.   Hamburgia,
    ex bibliopolio Frobeniano, 1631.
  -----.  The same.  Accessit etiam D. Caroli Musi-
    tani, mantissa, atque Andrea) Bartimelli auctua-
    rium, denitiue Hieronymi  Piped  corollarium,
    opus hac iu novissima imprcssione variis errori-
    bus expurgatum.   9 p. 1., 412 pp., 27 1.  lliY
    Neapoli, ex off. M. A. Mutio, 1701.
  Mynter (Hefmau) [1845-1903].   Stricture of tbe
    trachea.  7 pp.  8°.  [Buffalo,  1*61.]   A. L. a.
      Repr.from:  Buffalo M. Sc S J.. 1880-81, xx.
  -----.   Appendicitis and its surgical treatment,
    with a report  of seventy-five  operated  cases.
    303 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co.;
    London,  1697.
  -----.   ^Etiologien og  Patolojjien af  Appendi-
    citis og deres  Iudllydelse  paa Hehandlingen.
    [Etiology  aud  pathology  of  appendicitis and
    their influence ou the treatment.]  27 pp.   6°.
    Kebenharn, I. Cohen, 19()i'.
      Repr.from:  Hosp.-Tid., Kjobeuh., 1900, viii.
      For Biography, see Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 246.  AUo:
    Buffalo  M. J., 1902-3. n. s., xlii, 611.   AUo: Buffalo M. J.,
    1903-4, n. s.. xliii, 452-456 (H. R.  Hopkins).  AUo: J.Am.
    M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 529.  AUo: Med.  Rec, N. Y.,
    1903, lxiii. 263.

  Myocele.
      See Muscles (Hernia of).

  Myoclonus.
      See,  also,  Muscles   ( Contracture,  etc., of)]
    Myoclonus (Familial); Paramyoclonus multi-
    plex. 
MYOCLONUS.                                 273                                  MYOPATHY.
Myoclonus.
   'Bernard (R.)  Myoclonic du type Bergeron chez un
  d6g6n6r6 hysterique.  K. iconog. de la  Salpetriere, Par.,
  1901, xiv,  316-326.—Cade (A.)  Myoclonic  k  type de
  chor6e de Bergeron et hysterie.  Bull. Soc. ui6d. d. hop.de
  Lyon, 1902, i, 396-399.  AUc : Lyon ni6d., 1902, xcviii, 992.—
  ■lead  (H.)  Case  of myoclonus.  Brain,  Lond.,  1905,
  xxviii,  362.— Ilnchard (II.)  & Fiessinycr (N.)  Le
  syndrome  myoclonique.  Rev. de m6d., Par.,  1905, xxv,
  741-753.— I^evi (L.) &Bonniot.  Myoclonotouieacquise.
  Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1905,  iv, 569-594,
  4 ch. — Moreira (J.)  O lngar das mioklonias em neuro-
  pathologia.  Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1901-2, 5. s., v, 22;  101;
  309.—Raymond.  Des myoclonies.  Progres ni6d., Par.,
  1895, 3. s.,  i, 425-430. AUo': Semaine med.. Par., 1895, xv,
  121-124. AUo, transl.: Gazz.  d. osp., Milano, 1895,  xvi,
  1237-1240.—Soury  (J.) Les myoclonies; physiologie pa-
  thologique.  Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1897,8.8., v, 399-421.

Myoclonus  (Familial).
     Lundborg (H.)  Die progressive Myoklonus-
  Epilepsie (iTnverrieht's MyoMonie).   8°.   Vp-
  sala, [190:?].
     Clark  (L. P.)  A case of Unverricht's type of family
  myoclonus, but without epilepsy.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis!,
  N. Y.,  1905, xxxii, 36.—Faber (K.)  Om familiar Myo-
  kloni (Unverneht).  Hosp.-Tid., Kebeuh., 1901, 4.  R., ix,
  633; 649. AUo, transl.: Internat. Beitr. z. inn.  Med. (Ley-
  den), Berl., 1902, i, 133-150.— Luiidborg (H.)  Leber die
  Beziehnngen der Myoclonia faunliaris zur Myotonia  con-
  genita.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.. 1902. xxii,
  153-162. -----.  Foitsatta studier och ron rorande den
  familiara myoklonien  och darmed besliiktade  sjukdomar.
  [Fortgesetzte Studien  uud Erfahrungen betreffs der fanii-
  liareu  Myoklonie und damit  verwandter Krankheiteu.
  Uebers., p. xix.]  Lpsala Lakaref. Forh., 1901-2, n. f., vii,
  367-377. -----. Ar Lnverrichts s. k. familiara myokloni
  en kliuisk  entitet, som  eger berattigande inom nosologien ?
  [1st Lnverrichts sogenannte  familial e Myoklonie  eine
  klinische Entitat, die iunerhalb der Nosologic berecbtigt
  ist? Uebers., p. xxi.]   Ibid.,  1902-3, n. f., viii, 415-424.
  -----.  Tankar rorande den progressiva myoklonus-epi-
  lepsiens patogenes.   [Gedanken  iiber die  Pathogenese
  der progressiven Myoklonus-Epilepsie.  Uebers., p. xxvi.]
  Ibid., 567-570.  Also,  transl.:  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1904, xxiii, 162-167 — Unrerricht.   Ueber familiare
  Myoclonie   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,  1895,
  vii, 32-67.

Myoctonin.
     Einberg (F.)   * Beitrage zur Kenntniss  des
  Myoctomus.  8°.   Dorpat, 1887.

Myodesopia.
     See Muscae volitantes.

Myodynamics.
     See Heart (Force of); Muscle (Force, etc.,  of).

Myogen.
     von  Cyon (E.)  Myogen oder Nenrogen?  Arch. f. d.
  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 19ol, lxxxviii, 225-294, 1 diag.—Flei-
  scher. Ein Fortschritt auf dem Gebiete der Ernahrungs
  therapie;  Dr. Plonnis'Myogen und Hamatin - Eiweiss.
  Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1903, xiii, 421.—Neumann
  (R. O.)  Ueber Myogen, eiu neues Eiweisspraparat. Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1903, 1,  106-108.

Myograph.
     See, also, Muscle (Force, etc., of).
     Mares  (F.)   Em  neues Federmyographion.
   8°.  [Prag, 1^)1.]
     Repr from: Sitzungsb.  d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wis-
  sensch., Prag.
     Bufalini  ( G.)   Nuovo  miografo.   Sperimentale.
  Arch, di biol., Firenze,  1899, liii, 40-49.—Grchant.   Sup-
  port destine k maintenir le bras dans l'application du
  myographe dynamom6trique.   Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1892,  9. s., iv,  161.—Hall (W. S.)  Tbe frog-board
  myograph.   Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. Sch., Chicago,
  1901-2, iii, 453-456__Hlahalanobis (S. C.)  A new form
  of myograph, and its uses.  Proc. Roy.  Soc. Edinb., 1899-
  1901,' xxiii, 02-67.—Peyrou &  Turc'hini.  Resultats de
  mesnres faites  avec  le  myographe   dynamom6trique.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 162.—Pom-
  pilian (M.)  Un nouveau myographe.  Ibid.. 1902, 11. s.,
  iv, 488-490.—Putnam (J. J.)   Description of a modified
  pendulnm-mvograph.  J. Physiol., Loud., 1879-80, ii, 206-
  208. — Zanietowslti.  Ueber die Verwendbarkeit von
  Kondensatorentladungen zur klinischen Myographie. Zt-
  schr. f. Elektrother., Leipz., 1904, vi, 364-381.

Myoidema.
   " Bernstein (A.N.)  Mlshechnly valik i yevo patologi-
  cheskoye  znacheniye  v  klinikle dushevnlkh bolleznel.

        VOL XI,  2d series----18
Myoidema.
  [La myo'id^me et sa valeur pathologique dans les maladies
  mentales.  Extr., 592.]  Russk. arch, patol., klin.  med. i
  bakteriol., S.-Peterb.,  1899, viii, 561-581.—Ivanoff (E.
  N.)  K  voprosu o diagnosticheskom znachenii mishech-
  navo valika  u dushevno-i nervno-bolnikh.  [Diagnostic
  value of myoidema in mental  and nervous  diseases.]
  Protok. zasaid.  Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1903-4,
  xl, 447-465.—IVIanaseiin (M. P.) O mishechnom valikie
  v periodic polovol zrielosti.   [ Myoidema in the  period
  of sexual maturity.]   Russk. med. vestnik, S.-Peterb.,
  1901, iii, no.  4, 1-19.—Shively (H. L.)  A  clinical study
  of myoidema with especial reference to its occurrence
  in pulmonary tuberculosis.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905,
  lxxxi, 5S-62.

Myokymia.
    See Muscles (Tremor of).

Myology.
    See Muscles.

Myoma.
    See  Muscles (Tumors  of);  Tumors (Myom-
  atous) ; Uterus (Tumors of).

Myomectomy.
    See Muscles (Tumors of); Uterus (Tumors of,
  Treatment  of, Operative).

Myopathy.
    See Muscles (Diseases, etc., of).

Myopathy (Primitive progressive).
    See, also, Dystrophy (Muscular).
    Jacquemet (M.)    Myopathic primitive pro-
  gressive devolution  anomale.   8°.   Grenoble,
  1903.
    Meerwein (H.)  * Das Verhalten von  Herz
  uud Zunge bei den primaren  Myopathien, spe-
  ziell  hei  der Pseudomuskelhypertrophie  der
  Kinder.   8°.   Basel,  1904.
    Orsaud  (P.)  * Contribution   a  l'etude  des
  myopathies.   8°.   Montpellier, 1902.
    Alfaro (G. A.)  Sobre algunos casos de miopatia primi-
  tiva progresiva.  Rev. Soc. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires,
  1899, vii, 29-38— Allard (F.)  Myopathic primitive; exa-
  mens electriques; amelioration par le sue musculaire.
  Rev.neurol.,Par.,1898,vi,703-709.  Also\ Abstr J -. Cong. d.
  m6d. ahenistes et deneurol. de France . .  1898.  C.r.,Par.,
  1899, ix, 520-522.— Alurralde (M.)  Un caso de miopatia
  primitiva progresiva.  An. d. Circ.  med. argent., Buenos
  Aires,  1898,  xxi, 577-597, 2 pl.. 2 ch.—Annequin. Con-
  tribution & l'etude des myopathies pseudo-hypertropbiqnes
  d'origine neurotique.  M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc.
  med. de Lyon  (1890),  1891,  xxx, 220-236.  AUo, Reprint.
  AUo:  Lyon med., 1890,  lxiv,  251;  289.  — Ayerza (A.)
  Miopatias primitivas.  An. d. Circ.  m6d. argent., Buenos
  Aires,  1894,  xvii, 455-461.—Babes (V.)  L6sions bistolo-
  giques des muscles dans les diff6rentes formes de myopa-
  thies primitives.  Arch. roum. de m6d. et chir., Par., 1889,
  ii, 17-33, 3 pl.—Babinski (J.) Sc Onanoff.  Myopathic
  progressive  primitive; sur la correlation qui existe entre
  fa  predisposition de  certains muscles  k la myopathic
  et la rapidite de leur developpement. Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1888, 8.s., v, 145-151.   Also, Reprint.  Also:
  Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1888, 7. 8., v, 87-89.-Barlow (T.) &
  Batten (F. E.)  Case of myopathy, ■with autopsy, in a
  boy set. 5; sequel to a case shown as living specimen  be-
  fore the Clinical Society,  November, 1894.   Tr. Clin. Soc.
  Lond., 1898-9, xxxii,  98-106, 5 1., 5 pl. — Batten  (F. E.)
  On myopathy.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1902-3,  xxi, 193-198.—
  Bcevor (C. E.)  A case of myopathy,  facio-scapulo-
  humeral type.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1895, xxviii, 245-247.
  -----. On cases of myopathy.  Practitioner, Lond., 1899,
  lxii, 663-670. -----. [Myopathy ]   Clin. J., Lond., 1902,
  xx, 189.—Blocq (P.) Sc IVIarincHco (G.)   Sur un cas de
  myopathie primitive progressive du type Landouzy-D6je-
  rine; autopsie.   Arch, de neurol.,  Par., 1893, xxv,  189-
  210.—Brisaaud (E.) & Souquett  (A.)  Myopathie pri-
  mitive  progressive  avec attitudes vicieuses  extraordi-
  naires.  Bull, et ni6m.  Soc. m6d. d. hop.de Par., 1894, 3. s.,
  xi, 241-243, 1 pl. Also: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,
  1894, vii, 171-183, 2 pl.—Cannae (C.)  De  l'analogie des
  dififereuts types de  myopathie essentielle;  contribution
  |clinique k l'etude des formes de transition (types mixtes).
  N. Montpel.  m6d. Suppl., 189:',, ii,179-206,1 pl.—Carrierc
  (G.)   Snr  nn  cas d'amyotrophie  myopathique pseudo-
  hypertrophique.  Nord med., Lille,  1904, x, 73-79. — Ccs-
  tan (R.) Sc Lejonne  (P.)  Un cas  de myopathie avec re-
  tractions,  examen anatomique.  N. iconog. de la Salpe-
  triere, Par., 1904, xvii, 343-353,1 pl.—Collins (J.)   A case
  of primarymvopathy in the form of muscularjpseudo-hyper-
  trophy.  Pediatrics, N. Y. Sc Lond., 1896,  ii, 224-227.— 
MYOPATHY.
274
MYOPIA.
M vopal hy  (Primitive progressive).
  CouhoI (G.) *Lu  cas de  myopathie progressive.  Bull.
  Aead. roy. de med. de Belg., Biux., 1896, 4. s., x, 315-320.—
   Dnxuin  (F. X.i  A ease of myopathy limited to the
  face.  ,1. Xew. A: Ment. Dis , N- Y , lnOO, xxvii, L.s. -----.
  A case of  mvopalliv of late  and gradual development,
  but  with relatively rapid changes  under observation.
   Ibid.,  1901.  xxviii,  165-107. — Deutsch (K.)  Pseudo
  hvpertrophia musculorum progressiva esete.   [A case
  of. . .]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 300. — Uil-
  lot.  Myopathie pseudo-hypertrophique familiale. type
  de Duchenne. Bull. med. de  PAlgerie, Al<:er, 1904, 24.—
   Cilorienx (Z.)  Sc  Van  Ochuchtcii (A.)   Ln cas de
  myopathie   primitive progressive  (type  facio-scapulo-
  humeral) avec pseudohypertrophic des muscles des meni-
   ores inl'6rieurs et attitude vicieuse extraordinaire.  Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1896,  iv, 225- 235. — (Joinbniilt (A.)  Sur
  l'etat des nerfs peripheriques dans un cas de myopathie
  progressive.  Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path , Par.,
   1889 l,  587; 633, 1  pl. - iiowers  (Sir W. R.)  On my-
   opathy and a distal form.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 89-
   112.—<» u iii ©ii (G.)  Deux cas de  myopathie progressive
   du  type Landouzy-Dejeriiie avec pseudo hypertrophie de
   certains muscles.   N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1893,
  vi, 8-20,  2 pl —Ouinon  (G.)  Sc Souqnes (A.)  Defor-
   mations thoraciques daus la myopathie progressive primi-
   tive.  Bull. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1891, lxvi, 348-350 —Ilal-
   lion.   Myopathie primitive et 16sions osseuses; fracture
   spontan6e probable.  Franceme-d.et Paris med., Par., 1891.
  xxxviii, 737-739—Maushalter (P.)  Ln casde myopa
  thie primitive progressive. Rev. de med., Par , 1895, xv,
   305-308.—Hue I (E.) Examen de l'excitabilite electrique
  des nerfs et des muscles daus un cas de myopathie prinn-'
  tive progressive   N. iconog. de la Salpetrieie  Par., 1894,
   vii, 160-170.—Jacquemet.   Myopathie primitive pro-
  gressive d evolution anomale.   Daupbine med., Grenoble,
   1903, xxvii, 193-209, 2 pl—Joffroy (A.) Sc Achard (C.)
  Myopathie primiave debutant k l'age de 55 aus  chez une
  femme hysterique  et syphilitique.  Arch, de m6d. exp6r.
  et d'anat path  Par., i889. i, 575-586.— I>aignel- L,a-
  vastine.  Myopathie primitive progressive.  Arch. gen.
  de med.. Par., 1901, n. s.,  v, 185-194.— I.e lYoir (P.)  <fe
  Bezancon (P.)  Observation de myopathie progressive
  primitive type t'acio-scapulo humeral de Landouzy Deie-
  nne  Rev  de med., Par..  1890, x, 307-314.— I,cpine (R.)
  Myopathie progressive ameiior6e par la medication thy-
  roidienne  Lyon med., 1896, lxxxii, 35-37.  Also: Gaz. d.
  hop  de  Toulouse,  1896,  x, 339 — I. eric he.   Myopathie
  primitive du type  Landouzy-Dejerine.  Lyon  m6d , 1904
  eu, 147— Lion (G ) & Game (G.»  Deux cas de myo-
  pathie primitive non herCditaire.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med.
  d. hop de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 4 - 13. —  I.onde ( P. )  &
  irleigc  (H.)  Myopathie  primitive  g6u6ralisee.  N. ico-
  nog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1894, vii, 142-159, 2 pl.  AUo,
  transl.:  Internat.  med.-phot. Monatschr., Leipz. 1894, i,
  173; 200 — l.ucatello (L.)  Note istologiche sopra alcune
  distrofie muscolari.  Lavori d. Cong. d. med. int  1888 Mi
  lano, 1889. i,  320-322.—L.uiaada  (E.)  Contributo alio
  studio delle miopatie primitive progressive.  Clin, mod ,
  Pisa, 1898.  iv, 395-401.—lTIaggioni  (V.)  Di  un caso di
    Eseudoipertrofia muscolare progressiva associata ad atro-
    a della coscia destra ed arto  superiors destro.  Gazz d.
  osp.. Milano, 1902, xxiii. 1336-1338. —iTIarie (P.) & Ona-
  notf.  Sur la deformation du  ci&ne  constatee dans cer-
  tains cas de myopathie  progressive  primitive.   Bull, et
  m6m. Soc.  med.  d. hop. de Par , 1891, 3. s., viii, 85-87 —
  marie  (T.) &  Sorel  (E.)   Diagnostic  et  traitement
  electrique des myopathies.  Cong, franc, de med.  C.-r.,
  Par., 1902, ii, 476-437. AUo. Arch. m6d. de Toulouse. 1902,
  viii,  385-397. — lUarinesco  (G.)   Sur l'angiomyopathie
  (myopathie  d'origiue vasculaire).   Semaine m6d.,  Par.,
  1896, xvi, 65-68.  AUo [Abstr.]: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par.,
  1896, xliii, 400-402 —Jlcijje (H.) Les alterations de la face
  dans la  myopathie progressive.  J. d. conn. m6d. prat.,
  Par., 1894, 265.—Monssous (A.)   Myopathie progressive
  primitive.   Mem.  et bull. Soc. de m6d.  et Chir. de Bor-
  deaux  (1894), 1895, 655: (1896), 1897, 520:  (1898), 1899,475.
  Also: J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1894, xxiv, 539:  1896, xxvi
  538:  1899, xxix, 6.—Ord (W.M.)  On a case of myopathy.
  Polyclin., Loud., 1900, ii, 85-90. — Palmer (F.S.)  Pri-
  mary progressive  myopathy.   Westminst. Hosp. Rep.
  1902, Lond.,  1903,  xiii, 48-65.—Paviot.   A propos de
  l'angiomyopathie.   Province m6d., Lyon,  1896,  x, 102.—
  Pennato (P.)  Due casi di  miopatia' primitiva (pseudo-
  ipertroflca).  Clin. med.  ital., Milano,  1898, xxxvii, 36-
  38.— Penrose  ( F.)  Muscular dystrophy.   Tr. Cliu
  Soc. Lond., 1893-4, xxvii, 262___Perrin'(M.)   Deux
  cas de  myopathie  primitive   progressive.  Bull.  med.
  Par., 1904, xviii, 61-63.  Also:  Ann. de m6d. et chir. inf'
  Par., 1904, viii, 117-123. - Pilliet (A.)   Un cas de myo!
  pathie pseudo-hypertrophique avec atropine des membres
  superieurs  et troubles de l'intelligence.   Rev.  de m6d
  Par.. 1890, x, 399-408.—Pitres (A.)   Sur un cas de myo!
  pathie pseudo-hypertrophirpie.  Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par.
  1899, n. s., iv, 25-28—I»ii I n a in (J. P.)   A case of hered!
  itary muscular dystrophy. Boston M. & S. J.  1889 exx
  301-305.  Also: J.  Nerv.' & Ment.  Dis.,  N. Y., 1889, xvi|
  133-140.—Bayinond. Myopathiescapulohum6rale; pro'-
Myopathy (Primitiveprogressive).
  cede chirurgical poor remedierft l'impotenco des membres
  superieurs.  Lull. Acad, de iu6d., Par., 1904. 3. s., li, 391-
  395. —Bicher (P.)  De la station et de la marche chez les
  myopathiques.  X. iconog. de  la Salpeiru'-ie,. Par. lt-94
  vii, 129-141,  1 pl—Bicher (P.) Sc »l«ijjc (H.)  l)e <,uei!
  ques modes dc station chez les myopathiques   Internat.
  med.-phot.  Monatschr.,  Leipz.,  '1894,  i, 321-331. ____!
  -----. De la station sur les talons chez lis m.\opatliiques.
  Rev. neurol., Par., 1894,  ii, 345-353.—Roiriibnch  (0.)
  Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung und lSeliaiidlung tunc-
  tioneller Myopathies   Therap. d. Gegenw , Berl -Wien,
  1903, n. F., v, 145-158— Sabrazcs A BrengncN. Myo!
  pathie  primitive et  progressive  avec  autopsic  iforme
  tardive;  type humero-scapulo-facial).   N.  iconog de  la
  Salpetriere,  Par., 1899, xii. 48-56, 1 pl.—Sachs (B.I Mus-
  cular dystrophies.  Boston M. Sc S. J.. 1888  cxix 581-583.
  Also: Med.  Xews. Phila., 1888  liii, 507-569. -----. On
   fniuiary progressive myopathy   Med News, 1'li'ila. 1890,
   vi, 605-667.—Schnltze (K)  Ueber  Combination  von
  faniiliiirer progressive!- Pseudohypertrophie der Muskeln
  nut Knocheuatrophit) und von Knoclienati opine nut der
  Spondylose rhizoiueii(|ue bei zwei Geschwistein  imit  Sec-
  tionsb'efund  in  einem  der Falle)   Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.
  Nervenh., Leipz .  1898-9  xiv,  459-468. —Smith  (F. J.)
  Two cases of idiopathic myopathy   Abstr Tr Huntenan
  Soc, Lond . 1897-8,187.  Also: Huntenan J  Lond., 1897-8,
  187.— Spiller (W G>  Two cases of muscular dystrophy
  with necropsy  [Abstr |  J.Nei v.& Ment Dis.,NY.,1900,
  xxvii, 47-49—Spillmann  (P ) Sc IlaiiNhalter  (P.)
  Lne observation de  myopathie progressive  primitive,  k
  type facio scapulo humeral  Mem. Soc  do m6d. d« Nancy
  (1887-8),  1889,  52-59.   Also:  Rev  med   de  lest  Nancy,
  1888, xx,  400-406.  Also: Rev  de med.   Par..  1888  viii,
  451-458,----------. Deux cas de myopathie primitive
  progressive   Rev.  de  med ,  Par  1890,  x,  471-482.—
  Talma <S  ) Dystrophia ninsciilans bypei plastica (ware
  hypertrophie der spieren).  Nederl  Tijdschr. v Geneesk.,
  Amst..  1892, 2. R. xxvin. pt.  1  395^-407 -Taylor  (J.)
  A caseof muscular dystrophy  Internat M. Mag., Phila.,
  1893-4, u, 1091-1097 1 pl — Toinii (K  i  Miopatias pro-
  gresivas primitivas   An  d  Circ  m6d  argent., Buenos
  Aires,  1894.  xvii, 559-579. Also.  Semana mCd., Buenos
  Aires, 1894, i, 422-425— Troisier (E ) Sc Guinon (G.)
  Deux nouveaux cas de myopathie  progressive  primitive
  chez le p6re  et la fille.  Rev  de ni6d.  Par.,  1889, ix, 48-
  59 —Upson (H. S )   On two cases of muscular dystrophy.
  N. York M.  J.,  1890, lii, 202-204.-Westphal (C.) Zwei
  Schwestern mit Pseudohypertropie der Muskeln   Charite-
  Ann, Berl.,  1887  xn, 447  Also, m hu.  Ges Abhandl.,
  8° Bei I.  1892, n  780-788.—White (W  H.)  A caseof
  muscular dystrophy   Tr  Clin Soc  Lond.  1893-4, xxvii,
  263-266,  1 1.  2  pl -  Wiersma (E )   Miopathie (type
  Landouzy-Dejerinei met hypertrophie van den musculus
  serratus  anticns major,   Handel  v h. Nederl.  Nat.- en
  Geneesk. Cong , s Gravenhage 1893, 378-380.

Myopathy (Pseudohypertrophic).
     See Myopathy (Primitive progressive).

Myopia.
     Bkauns (A.  E.)   "  Ueber  die Sehscharfe  bei
  Myopie ohue  Correctiou    4U   Marburg,  1875.
     Herrnheiser (I.)  Das  kurzstchtige  Auge.
  8\  Breslau, 1898.
     Jankowski (B.)  " Beitrag zur Myopie-Frage.
  8°.  Bern, 1893.
     AUo, m: Mitth. a. Klin. a. med. Inst. d. Schweiz, Basel
  u. Leipz , 1893, 1. R.,  2. Hft.. 183-237.

     Katz (J.)  Ueber die  Kurzsichtigkeit; offene
  Worte  an eine Berliuer Zettuug.   8°.   Berlin,
  1891.
     Leale (G.)   Sulla miopia, cenni.  8°.  Ge-
  nova, 1868.
     Manguis (J.-P.;   * Coutributiou  a l'etude de
  la myopie  nionolaterale.   4°.  Paris,  1«93.
     -----.  The same.  8°.   Paris, 1893.
     Ott  (F.)  * Uebei  die  hochgradige Myopie.
  8°.  Strassburg, 1891.
     Ritterich (F.)   Anvisuing till  syuena bibe-
  hallaude jemte  undvikande  och  botaude  af
  narsyuthet; afvensoui otu valet och begagnandet
  af glasogon.    [Directions for the preservation
  of tbe eyesight aud the prevention and  correc-
  tion  of  myopia; also the  selectiou  and  use of
  spectacles. ]  12c.   Stockholm,  [1853].
     Schmidtlein (A.)   * Beitrag  zur  Lebre vou
  der hochgradigen Myopie.  8°.   Tubingen, 1902.
     Weiss (L.)  Ueber das Gesichtsfeld der Kurz-
  sichtigeu.   8°   Leipzig <y Wien, 1898. 
MYOPIA.                                        275                                       MYOPIA.
Mvopia.
'   *A«her(W.)  Monoculares und binoculares Blickfeld
  eines Myopischen.  Arch. f.  Ophth., Leipz., 1898, xlvii,
  318-338.—Ask (F.)  Om Stillings narsynthetsteori. [Stil-
  ling's theory of myopia.]   Hygiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. f.,
  iv, 304-320.—Berry (G. A.)   On myopia; a criticism of
  the discussion at Birmingham. Ophth. Rev., Loud., 1890,
  ix,  327-333. — Bnhtz.  [Progressive Myopie].   Kor.-Bl.
  d. allg. mecklenb. Aer/.tever., Rostock, 1905, No. 255, 102.—
  Barchartlt (il.)  Leber den Nachweis vorgetiiuschter
  Schwachsichtigkeit.  Aerztl.  Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1896,
  ii, 100-103.—Cereseto (V.)  La retina del miope 6 1' unico
  oggetto che 1' ipermetrope possa vedere  senza correggere
  la sua ametropia.   Osservatore, Torino, 1888, xxxix, 385-
  395,__('liiiboi'iie (J. A.) Tbe causes,  prevention,  and
  manasement of myopia.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1903,
  xii, 1324-1330. -Clolburu (J.  E.)   Progressive  myopia.
  Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1894, xliv, 420-428.—t'*a-
  podi  (I.)  A kbzellittos&g  oszt&lyoz£sa.  [The classifi-
  cation of mvopia.]   Szem6szet,  Budapest,  1899,  70—
  Deeren.  Quelques  reniar<iues  sur la  myopie.  Rec.
  d'ophth., Par.,  1891,  3.  s.,  xii,  13-16.—Fukala (V.)
  Mehrjahrige Beobachtungen an wegen holier Myopie ex-
  trahirten Augen.   Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesell-
  sch  Stuttg.,  1893,  xxiii.  191-209. -----. Beitrag zur
  hociigraditren Myopie.  Ibid..  1896, Wiesb.,  1897, xxv,
  265-273.—Greeff (R.)  Leber die Bedeutung der Linse
  bei  Myopie.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1895,
   xxxiii, 360-370. — Hamburger  (C.)  Erwiderung auf
   den Aufsatz Prof. Stillings: Zur  Myopiefrage. Klin.
  Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1904,  xlii, 129. — Heine.
  Klinisches  und Theoretisches zur  Myopiefrage.  Arch.
  f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1903-4, xlix,  14-40, 3 pl.-----
   Leber excessive  Myopie.  Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh.,
  Leipz.. 1904, xxviii, 261-263. — Hamnielsheim.  Ceu-
  trale Sebscharfe  nnd periphere  Helligkeit.    Arch.  f.
  Augenh., Wiesb., 1900, xlii, 246-24S.— Inouye.  Leber
  einige Myopie veranlassende Momente.  [Japanese text.]
   Mitt. d.  med. Gesellsch. zu  Tokyo, 1900,  xiv,  141-143—
   Issekutz (L )   A senilis myopiar61.  [Myopia senilis.]
   Szemeszet, Budapest, 1888, 89-92.—Itayser (B.)  Leber
  Kurzsichtigkeit;  Bemerkungen zu  dem gleichbetitelten
   Aufsatz von  Prof.  Konigshbfer.  Med.  Cor.-Bl.  d. wiirt-
   temb.  arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1905, lxxv, 777-781.—Kiinigs-
   hofer.  Ueber Kurzsichtigkeit.   Ibid.,  404-471.—Ho-
   moto. [Miscellaneous records of myopia.] Nippon Gan-
   kwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, ix, 373-377.—Ii an-
   dolt. La myopie.  Rev. internat. d. sc, Par., 1879, iv,
   524-532. — Lange (0.) Zur Frage  nach dem Wesen der
   progressivenMyopie.  Arch.f. Ophth., Leipz., 1905, lx, 118-
   126.— Martin  (G.)  De  la myopie nionolaterale.  Ann.
   d'ocul.. Par., 1894, cxii, 5-20—Schoeii.  Ueber die me-
   chanischen Verziehuniren bei  Myopie.  Cong,  internat.
   de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d oplital., 6. —Seggel.
   Zur Kurzsichtigkeitsfrage.   Miiuclicn. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1888, xxxv, 5; 26. -----.  Zur Myopiefrage; eine Entgeg-
   nung an J. Stilling.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg.,
   1904, xlii, 127. -----.  Leber dei Eutstehung und Bedeu-
   tung der Kuizsichtigkeit;  eine  Entgegnung  an  Prof.
   Stilling.  Ibid., 244-253. -----. Erwiderung auf das vou
   J.  Stilling  an mich znr Verstandigung gerichtete Wort.
   Ibid., 1904-5, xliii, 97. -----.  Zur  Frage nach dem Wesen
   der progressiven  Myopie.  Munchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,
   1905, lii, 847-851.—Smith (P.)  On myopia; a reply to Dr.
   Berry's criticism.  Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1890, ix, 345-351.—
   Sou's. Mvopie.   Mem.  et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de
   Bordeaux (1894), 1895, 579-589.  AUo: J. de med. de Bor-
   deaux, 1894,  xxiv,  405; 416.—Stilling (J.) Ein Ruck-
   blick  auf die Myopiefrage.  Ztschr.  f. Augenh., Ber).,
   1903, ix, 1-29.-----Die dunklen Punkte in der Myopie.
   lehre. Ztschr. f.  Schulgsndhtspflg.,  Hamb. u. Leipz., 1895,
   viii, 1-18.  -----. Zur Myopiefrage.  Klin. Monatsbl.  f.
   Augenh., Stuttg., 1904, xlii,557-560.  See, aUo, supra, Ham-
   burger; aUo, Seggel.-----. Zur Verstandigung; ein Wort
   an GeneralarztSeggel. Klin.Monatsbl.f. A ugenh., Stuttg.,
   1904-5, xliii, 95-97. — Szili (A.)  A rovidliitdsag k6rde-
   s61iez. [On myopia.]  Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1888, xxvm,
   255; 267. — Taeke (R.)  De la myopie.  Ann. de 1 Inst.
   chir. de Brux.,  1897, iv, 213-220. — Triepel (H.)  Ueber
   Sehleistung bei Mvopie.   Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1894, xl, 5.
   Abth., 50-101. ---'—. Zur Sehleistung der Myopen.  Ibid.,
   1895. xii, 3. Abth., 139-157.—Turquan (V.)  La myopie
   en France.  Nature. Par., 1901-2, xxx, 266-268—Weill-
   hold (M.)  Leber den gegenwartieen  Stand der Lehre
   von der Kurzsichtigkeit.   Naiurw. Wchnsehr., Jena, 1904,
   n.  F., iii, 822-824. — Wood (C. A.)   Myopia.   Tr. West.
   Ophth., Otol. [etc.] Ass.  Ophth. Div., St. Louis, 1898, 97.

 Myopia (Cases  and statistics of).
     See, also, Myopia (Feigned).
     \Veinbich (J.)   * Ueber hochgradige Myopie
   bei der Landbevolkerung. [Freiburg i. B.]  8°.
   Laupheim, 1866.
     Ber^meister (0.)   Fall  von Myopia progressiva.
   Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Kraukenanst.  1897, Wien u. Leipz.,
   1899, vi, pt. 2, 231.—Blanco (T.)  Casos de miopia nota-
   bles.  Arcb. de oftnl. Hispano Am.,  Madrid, 1901, i,  195—
Myopia  (Cases and statistics of).
  Bock (E.)  Beitrag zur Statistik der Kurzsichtigkeit.
  Oesterr. San.-Wes.,  Wien, 1895, vii, 37-39—Botvinnik
  (N. P.)  Materyali k voprosu o blizorukosti  u yevreyev.
  [Myopia among the Jews.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1899, xx,
  1226-1232.— Bruns. A high degree of myopia occurring
  in an unlettered mulatto field-hand.  N. Orl. M. Sc S. J.,
  1888-9, n. s., xvi, 111—tihanvel (J.)  De la myopie;  ses
  rapports avec l'astigniatisme;  etude  statistique et clini-
  que.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1888, viii, 193; 301.— Oemido-
  vich (B. B.)  Sluchai lozhnoi visokol blizorukosti.  [Case
  of false high  myopia.]   Voyenno-med. J.. St. Petersb.,
  1898,  cxcii, med.'-spec. pt., 1093-1098.-«oldzicher  (V.)
  Legnagyobbfokii  rovidhitiis esete.  [A case of extreme
  mvopia.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii, 243. — Her.
  te'l  (E.)   Leber Myopie;  klinisch-statistische Mittei-
  lungen.  Arch. f. Ophth.,  Leipz.,  1903, lvi, 326-386.—
  Hutchinson (J.)   High degree of myopia, station-
  ary through a long life, and in spite of much use of the
  eyes  and enfeebled  health.   Arch. Surg., Lond., 1890-91,
  ii, 357.— tlciling (C. H.)  Medicinisch-statistischer  Bei-
  trag  zur Frage iiber die Kurzsichtigkeit.  Mag. f. d.
  Staatsarznk., Leipz., 1846, v, 84-92. — lTIohr (M.)  Len-
  cserovidl£t6sAg esete.   [ Case of  myopia lentis. ]   Gy6-
  gy^-zat, Budapest, 1890, xxx, 198.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1890, xxvi, 436— JVuel.
  Une curiosite physiologique de l'oeil myope.  Bull. Acad.
  roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1890,  4. s., iv, 300-306.  Also:
   Ann. d'ocul., Brux., 1890, civ, 43-48.—Proskauer (T.)
  Ein Beitrag zur Myopiestatistik.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz.,
  1891, xxxvii, 2. Abth., 199-219.—Ramirez (M.)  Miopia
  adquirida en la edad avauzada (consideraciones sobre ella).
  Bol. Asoc. med. de Puerto-Rico, San  Juan, P. R-, 1903, i,
  21-24.—Roscher (A.)   Myopie-Statistik ausdei'Riickert-
  schen A.ugenklinik  in Zitt'au, ein  Beitrag zur Frage der
  Vollkorrektion.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1902,
  xl, 191-200. —Schlesinger (J.)   Tausend  Falle hoch-
  gradiger Myopie.  Beitr. z. Augenh.,  Hamb.  u. Leipz.,
  1900, 45. Hft.,  127-163.—Widmark (J.)  StaRstiska
  studier rorande narsyntheten.  [Etudes statistiques  sur
  la myopie.  C.-r., no. 38, 13.]  Nord. med. Ark.,  Stock-
  holm, 1897, n. f., viii, Festbd. Axel Key . . ., no. 15, 1-13.
  Also, transl.:  Mitt. a.  d. Augenk. d. Carolin.  med.-chir.
  Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1898, 17-30.

 Myopia (Causes  of).
    ' See,  also, Glaucoma (Treatment  of, Operative,
  Sequela*, of); Myopia (Causes of') in school life;
  Myopia (Heredity in);  Myopia  (Pathology of);
  Myopia (Traumatic).
     VON Aklt ([C] F.)   Ueber die Ursacben  und
  die Eutstehung der  Kuizsichtigkeit.  8°.  Wien,
   1876.
     Bergstrand (A.)   * Studier ofver niyopiens
  etiologi.   [Studies  on  the etiology of myopia.]
  8°.  Lund, 1877.
     Cohen  (0.)   * Ueber die  Gestalt der Orbita
  bei Kuizsichtigkeit.    [Strasburg.]   8°.  Wies-
   baden, 1886.
     Also, in:  Arch. f. Augenh.,Wiesb., 1888, xix, 41-62, 1 pl.
     Also, transl. [Abstr.] in: Arch.  Ophth.,  N. T.,  1889,
   xviii, 251-254, 1 pl.
     Cohn(M.)   *I. Ueber  centrale Linsemnyopie
   infolge Sklerose des Liusenkerns.   II. Ueber
   Riickbildung  von  Cataracta  traumatica.    8°.
   Freiburg i. B., 1902.
     Foktix (P.)   * De la myopie  acquise dans les
   16siouscicatriciellesdelacoinee.  8°.  Paris, 1902.
     Gariply (E.)   * Du rapport  dos taies de la
   cornde avec la myopie.   8°.   Toulouse, 1903.
     Kkotoschin (A.)   * Anafomischer Beitrag zur
   Entstelmng   der  Myopie.    [Strasburg.]    8°.
   Wiesbaden, 1890.
     Also, in:  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1890-91, xxii, 393-
   422, 1 pl.
     Liebe (C. F. W.)  * Bemerkuugen  iiber  Sta-
   pbyloina  sclerotica; posticum incipiens und  pro-
   gressive My opie.  8°.   Leipzig, 1802.
     Stilling (J.)   Untersuclmiigen iiber die Ent-
   stebung  der  Kurzsichtigbeit.    8y   Wiesbaden,
   1687.
     ------.    Schiidelbau   und  Kurzsicbtigkeit.
   Eine anthropologische Untersuchung. 8°. Wies-
   baden, 1888.
     Tscherning (M.)  Studier over myopens tetio-
   logi.  [Studies on tbe etiology of myopia.]   12°.
   Kjebenhavn, 1682. 
MYOPIA.
276
MYOPIA.
Myopia  (Causes of).
   " Van Di.k k(L.T.)  *Statistisch onderzoek der
  niet  door  overlading  met sclmolwerk  ontstane
  bi.jzieti(lheid.   6~<.   Amsterdam, 1904.
    Appenzrllcr itl.)  Voriibergehende Myopie bei Dia-
  betes niellitus.  Centralbl. f. prakt. Angcuh., Leipz., 1896,
  xx, 139.__Bargy (M.)  Un cas de coloboma bilateral de
  l'ir'is avec cataracte pyramidale donble et myopic forte.
  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1905, cxxxiv, 285-288—Barrett (J. W.)
  The production of mvopia in an adult  by excessive liter-
  ary work.  Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1888, n. s.. x, 101.—
  Batten (R. D.)  Myopia the result of constitutional dis-
  ease.  Ophth. Rev., Loud., 1892, xi, 1-23. — Bitzos (G.)
  Pathogenie  de la myopie.  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1895,  cxiv,
  247-270.   AUo:  Gaz. med.  d'Orii nt,  Constant.,  1x95-6,
  xxxviii, 150; 165. — C'ohn (11.)  Lie  neuesten Forschun-
  gen iiber die Entstehung der Kurzsichtigkeit.  Breslau  j
  iirztl. Ztschr., 181-9, xi, 117.—Connor (L.)  Astigmatism
  as a factor in the causation of myopia.   Am. Lancet, De- I
  troit,  1895, n. s., xix, 1-4.   AUo, Reprint.— Bespagnet.
  Nouvelle cause de myopie; cas de medecine legale.  Rec.
  d'opht., Par., 1x94, 3. s., xvi, 168-181. — Bujardin.  Ln
  cas de inyipie diaheHque.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille,  1900, ii,
  49-53. — Fl.xclinig  (A.)  Leber Glaskdrperablosung.
  Wien.  med. Presse, 1904.  xiv, 2397-2400. — Ferri (L.)
  Contribuzione alio studio della genesi della miopia.  Ann.
  di ottal., Pavia, 1887-8, xvi,  503-509.  AUo: Rendic. d. I
  Cong. d. Soc. ottal. ital. 18r>7.  Pavia, 1888, 130-136. -----.
  Sulla  genesi della  miopia  negli adnlti e  nell' infanzia.
  Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1x9(1. xxv, 113-122.  Also: Gior. d. r.
  Accad. di med. di Torino, 1X90, 3. s., xliv, 129-140. — Fc-
  vrier (L.)   Recherches sur la pathogenie de la mvopie.
  Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1896, cxvi, 160-186. — Frenkel (H.)
  Sur les rapports de  la myopie avec les taies d;» la corn6e
  (contribution k l'6tude de' la myopie acquise).  Ibid., 1901,
  exxxii, 174-198. — Fnkala (V.)  Ueber die Ursache der
  Verbesserung der Sehscharfe bei  hdchstgradig myopisch
  geweseneu  Aphaken; Beitrag zur Ursache tier  hoebst-
  gradigen Myopie.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1891-92, xxiv,
  161-168. —---.  Der schiidliche Einfluss der Accommoda-
  tion auf die  Zunahme der hdchstgradigen Myopie.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1892. xxix, 558-560. AUo, transl.:  Am. J.
  Ophth., St.  Louis, 1891, viii, 81-80. — 4»<-i loll.  Beitrag
  zur Arbeitsmyopie.  Ber. ii. d. Versamml.  d. ophth. Ge-
  sellsch., Stuttg., 1892, xxii, 172-182. - Green (J.)  On  a
  transient myopia occurring in connection with iritis.  Tr.
  Am. Ophth.  Soc, Bost., 1887, iv, 599. — Gutlmaim (E.)
  KlinLcli-statistische Beitrage zur Aetiologie  der hoch-
  gradigen  Kurzsichtigkeit.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1902,
  liv,  2U8-299.— Hamburger (C. )    Stilling's  Theorie
  und wie ihr  Autor sie verteidigt.   Ophth. Klin., Stuttg.,
  1905, ix, 281-297—Hirschberg (J.)   Diabetische Kurz-
  sichtigkeit.   Centralbl.  f. prakt.  Augenh., Leipz.,  1890,
  xiv, 7. — Ilosch (G.)   Zur  neuesten  Theorie der pro-
  gressiven  Kurzsichtigkeit  von Prof.  Lange.   Arch.  f.
  Ophth., Leipz., 1905, lxi, 227-236, 1 pl. — IgnatyeA" (F.
  E.)   Sluchai visokol stepeni blizorukosti v svyazi s vop-
  rosom ob etiologii  miopii.  [High degree of'myopia in
  connection with the question of its etiology.1  Voyeuno-
  nied. J.. St. Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec, pt., 693-
  697. — Keferslein.  Ueber die  Entstehung  der Kurz-
  sichtigkeit.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxvi, 545-548—
  Kesaler (H. J.)  Myopia acquisita ten gevolge van aau-
  doening der  lens.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,
  1894,2. 11., xxx, 167-169.—Kirchner (M.)  Untersuchun-
  gen iiber die Entstehung der Kurzsichtigkeit.  Ztschr. f.
  Hyg., Leipz., 18*9, vii, 397-504. 3 plans.—Martin (G.) Eti-
  ologie de la  myopie. l5cho med., Toulouse, 1889, 2. s., iii,
  181; 193; 205.-----. Roledudyiiainismedanslamyopiepro-
  gressive.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 191-
  194.—Myope et bossu par flexion de la fete.  Bull, d'ocul.,
  Toulouse,  1901, 3. s., xv, 73-75.—Myopie des liseurs; di-
  latation de l'ceil par flexion de la tete pendant la lecture.
  Ibid.. 75-x3 —>eubnrger (S.)   Leber Kurzsichtigkeit
  b'-i  Diabetes niellitus.   Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Numb.
  190'i, Miinchen. TJo:;. 74-79.  Also: Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1903, 1, 506— Pfalz (G.)  Leber  die Entwickelong
  jugendlich myopischer Augen unter dem standigen Ge-
  brauch vollcorrigirender Gliiser.  Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d.
  ophth.  Gesellsch. 1901,  Wiesb., 1902,  xxix,  103-113.—
  Pfliiger.   J.   Stilling's  Untersuchungen  iiber  die
  Entslehuug  der  Kurzsichtigkeit, kritisch  beleuchtet.
  Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtapflg.,  Hamb.,  1888,  i, 135-142.—
  Pront (J. S.)  Remarks upon the relation of disease of
  the heait to short-sightedness. Brooklyn M. J.. 1(<98, xii,
  298-304—Ritchie (F. G.)  A case illustrative of the part
  played by the extrinsic muscles of the eye in the develop-
  ment of malignant myopia.  J. Ophth , Otol., <fe Laryngol.
  N. V., 1890,  ii, 52-54—Risley (S. D.)   Hypenmuopic
  refr.ictiou passing while under observation into  myopia.
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Bost. 1887, iv, 520-531.— Roll mer.
  Pathogenic de la myopie.  Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1X97,
  xxix, 51l: 549— Kollanil.  Ln liseur devenu myope a,
  1 age de 29 aus.   Bull, d'ocul.. Toulouse, 1900, 3. s., 1-3.—
  Roiuano-4 ataiiia (A.)  Miopia e conformazione del
  cranio; osservazioni antropologicbe.  Atti d. r. Accad. d.
  sc. med. in  Palermo (1890), 1891,  127-135.  AUo: Sicilia
Myopia (Causes of).
   med., I'aleimo. Ix9n, ii, MU-8H7.—Walzmann (M.)  Die.
   Atrophic dei Aderhaut iin Uurzsii htigeii Aoge.  Arch. f.
   Ophth..  Leipz., 1902, liv.  ::;7  410. 2 pl.— Schiipriuger
   (A.)  Zur Erklarung der t inositol isclien M\opie hei 11 it is,
   nebst  Beiuerkiingi-n iiber  diabetische  Kurzsichtigkeit]
   X. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1893, v,423-42*.  AUo, transl. ■
   N. York M.  J.,  l/«y:s, lviii,  405-408.   AUo,  Reprint.—
   Mchmidt-Rimpler (H.) Kurzsichtigkeit und Augen-
   hdhlenbau.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 18 9, xxxv, 1. Abth
   200-219.   Also: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Refold, d. ges
   Naturw.  zu Marb.  (1889), 1890,  1-10.— Schnabcl (I.)
   The anatomy of staphyloma posticum,  and the relation-
   ship of the condition to mvopia.  | Transl.]  Sysf. Dis. Eye
   (.Vorris Jt Oliver), Phila., 189x.iii, 395-411,2 pl.  Hehnabel
   (I.)  &  Hermheiscr.   Leber  Staphyloma  posticum,
   ('onus uud  Myopie.   Ztschr.  f.  Heilk.,  Bei I., 1895, xvi,
   1-48, 3 pl.—Nchoen.  Leber Staphyloma posticum, Conns
   und Mvojiie.   Ibid.,  1897, xviii,  397-404.—Schubert.
   Ueber die Ursachen der Kurzsichtigkeit.   Miiuchen. med.
   Wchnsehr.,  1897, xliv,  213.  Also: Sitzungsb. d.  aerztl.
   Ver. Niiriib. 1896, Miinchen, 1897, 07.—de Wchweinitz
   (G. E.)   The development of  myopia as  au ocular swup-
   toni of diabetes niellitus.   Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1897, vi,
   634. — Meggel.   Leber die Abhangigkeit der  Myopie
   vom Orbitalbau und die Beziehuugen des Conus zur Re-
   fraction.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz.,  1890,  xxxvi, 2. Abth.,
   1-65.  -----. Leber deu Einfluss der Beleucbtung auf die
   Seh-icharfe.und die Entsiehung von Kurzsichtigkeit.  Si-
   tzungsb. d.  iirztl. Ver. Munchen  (1897), 1x98, vii, 125-147.
   AUo: Miinchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1x97, xliv, 1011; 1041.—
   Stilling (I.)   Auch noch einmal Myopie uud Orbitalbau.
   Fortschr. d. Med., Berl.,  1X89, vii, 861 — Nulzer (D.-E.)
   Quelques faits relatifs au d6veloppement de  la myopie.
   Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.. Par., 1x9;;, xi, 346-350.
   AUo: Rev. gen. d'opht., Par.,  1893, xii, 294-297.—Trous-
   seau (A.)  Les causes de la  myopie.  Med. mod., Par.,
   1895,  vi,  169.—Velhagcn (('.)   Entsteht hochgradige
   Myopie  durch Iuzucht ?   Klin.  Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,
   Stuttg.,  1894,  xxxii, 80-87.— Verdewe.   Genesi della
   miopia.   Ann. di ottal., Pavia, lxxii, xv, 507-521.  AUo:
   Rendic. d. Cong. d. Soc. ottal. ital. 1886, Pavia, 1887. 72-86.—
   Weinland (E.  F.)  Zur Aetiologie der Myopie.  Beitr.
   z. Augenh., Hamb.  u. Leipz.,  1897, xxvi, 1-28—Weiss
   (L.)   Zur Beziehung der  Form des Orbitaeinganges zur
   Mvopie.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1888, xxvi,
   349-356.—«'id in a rU  (J.)  Zur Aetiologie der Kurzsich-
   tigkeit.  Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst.
   zu  Stockholm, Jena, 1902,  4.  lift., 61-94.  AUo, transl.
   [Abstr.]: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1903, xx, 9-i7.  AUo,
   transl. [Abstr.]:  Brit.  M.  J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1435-1437.—
   Wolff (J.)  1st die  Inzucht ein Factor in der Genese der
   deletiireu Myopie?   Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,  1896,
   xxxiii. 63-71.

Myopia  (Causes of) in school life.
     See, also, Myopia (Prevention of) in school life.
     Axenfeld  ([ K. ] T. [ P. P. ] ).   * Untersu-
   chungen mebrerer Marburger Sebulen auf Kurz-
   sichtigkeit.   8°.   Marburg,  1K10.
     i>e.7ong(W.)  * Beitrag  zur Entwicklungs-
   gescbichte der Myopie, ge.stiitzt   auf  Untersu-
   cbung der Augeu vou '39'AO  Scbiileru uud Scbii-
   leriuuen.  [Freiburg.]  8°.   Leiden,  16*9.
     ScHiESS-GrEMi'SELS (H.)  Die Kurzsicbtigkeit,
   ihre  Ursachen uud  Folgeu, mit besonderer Be-
   riicksichtigung der Schule.   8°.   Basel, 1809.
     "Wingekath  (II. 11.)   Kurzsicbtigkeit  und
   Schule.  ft-.  Berlin, 1890.
     Auk (F.)  Studien iiber die Myopie in den vollstandi-
   gen hohereirj Lehranstalten fiir Knaben (Hogre allnianna
   laroverk) Schwedens.  Nord. med. Ark.,  Stockholm, 1904,
   3. f., iv, afd. 1, no. 10, 1-70.—Ball (J. M.)  Myopia in the
   public schools.  Med. Foitnightly, St. Louis, 1894, vi, 430-
   444.—Birubaeher.  ReteratiiberScbulmyopie. Mitth.
   d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz,  1!H)0,  xxxvii, 97-
   100.—Be .TIets. La myopie k l'6cole.  Ann. Soc. demed.
   d'Anvers, 1X91, liii,  315-326. -----. La  myopic scolaire.
   Ibid.,  1894,  lvi,  135-145. —Be  Bidder.   La  mvopie
   scolaire.  Clinique, Brux.. 1905, xix, 212-214—Bowling
   (F.)  Mvopia in the schools of Cincinnati.  Times & Keg.,
   N. Y. &'Phila., 1891, xxiii, 61-63.  AUo, Reprint. — Hoor
   ( K.)  Weitere  Beitrage  zur  sogenannten  Arbeits- oder
   Scbulmyopie.   Wien.  med. Wchnsehr., 1895, xiv, 769-771.
   Also  [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest, 1895,
   xxxi, 812. — KiernlflT (B. F.)   Progressive mvopia in
   school children.  South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1891,
   vi, 472-481.—Korii  (T.)  Die Mvopie in  den Sebulen von
   Kaiserslautern.  Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal,
   1891,  vii, 69-92. - Kuwahara.   [Students'  myopia.]
   Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, ix, 193-
   219.—Iiavrentyeff(A.)  Rlborukost shkolnavovozrasta.
   [Myopia  of school  age.]   Duevuik syezda Obsh. russk.
   vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., lxxo-9,  iii, 89; 156. 
MYOPIA.
277
MYOPIA.
Myopia (Causes  of) in  school life.
   bi-iciission].'24r>.  AUo:  YYstnikobsh. hig. sudob. iprakt.
  Ined., St. Petersb., l-.-'J. iii, 2. sect., 198-214— I ,ed better
  (S L.)  Myonia in tbe Birmingham  public schools.  Ala-
  bama M. <fe S. Age, Aunistou. 1893-4, vi, 299-307.  AU<>:
  Ti. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery,  1894, 370-376.—.tlar-
  liii (G-.)  fitiologie et prophy laxie de la myopie scolaire.
  Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1893),
  1X94, 566-589.   AUo . J.  de med. de Bordeaux,  1893 xxiii,
  528;  540.— Jlotais.  La myopie et l'6cole eu France.
  Cong, internat. d'hyg.  et de' d6mog. Compt.-rend. 1889,
  Par."" 1x90. 181-191.  AU»: Assoc, franc, pom l'avanee. d.
  sc.  C.-r.. Par, 18-9. xviii,  pt.2, 725-727.— Oefele.  My-
  opie  der Kills, hrittengelehrten.  Tanus. Amst., 1902. vii.
  363.—Ohlemaiiii (M.)  Beitragzur Schuliuvopic.  Arch.
  f. Augeuh..  Wiesb., 1892-3, xxvi. 10X-180.—Peters (A.)
  Leber autosuggerirte Myopic bei SchulUiiidcrn. Ztschr.
  f. Augenh..  Berl.,  1899. ii,  240-2".J. — Bogers (F. T.)
  Myopia  aud its relation to school life.   Ti.  Rhode Island
  M. Soc, Providence, 1903-4. vi. 612-619.  AUo: Providence
  M. J., 1903. iv, 126-132.— Koiniee.   Quelques elements
  statistiques relatifs k la mvopie dans les 6coles. Bull, et
  mem. Soc. frang.  d'opht.,  Par.. 1893, xi. 351-359. -----.
  De la myopie scolaire.  Mouvement hyg.. Brux., 1899. xv,
  25; 57.—RoMmini (G.  B.)  La miopia nelle scuole.  Cor-
  riere San..  Milano, 1893, iv, no. 7,  1— Naltiui.  Sulla
  miopia nelle scnole di Parma.  Ann.  di ottal.. Pavia, 18X7-
  8,xvi,471-47.;. — «*chniidt-Kiiupler(H.)  Zur Frage der
  Schul-Myopie. Arch. f.  Ophth.. Leipz., ],»x5, xxxi.4. Abth.,
  115:  1889. xxxv. 4. Abth . 249. -----. Neuere Lntersu-
  chongen beziiglich der  Sehulmyopie.   Sitzungsb. d. Ge-
  sellsch. z. Befbrd. d. ges.  Xatnrw. zu Marb. (1890). 1891,
  6-11. -----.  Zur Myopiefiage.  Ztschr. f.  Si hulgsnd-
  htspflg., Hamb. u. Leipz.. IX'.i:;, vi. 457 :  ^94. vii, 193.  See,
  aUo, infra. Stilling i J.  >— Schuabel (J.)   Leber Schul-
  mvopie.  Wien. med. Ptv-«c. 1890. xxv vii, 7'.).';; y>i>.—Seg-
  gel.  Scbadigung des  Lichrsinnes  bei deu Myopen; mit
  Zugrundelegung eines iu Gruppe E des 1. iuternationalen
  sclialhvgienischen  Kongres.se> in Niirnberg  gehaltenen
  Yortra'ges.  Arch. f.  Ophth., Leipz.. 1904,  lix, 107-130.—
  Stilling (J.j  Die Myopiefrage mit besonderer Riicksicht
  auf die  Schule.  Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtsptig.. Hamb. u.
  Leipz.,  1*93  vi, 377-390. -----.  Noclimals  zur Myopie-
  frage;  Ei widening  an   Professor  Schmidt - Rimpler.
  Ibid.. 5x5-588. — Stoeber (A.)  De la myopie scolaire.
  Rev. med. de lest. Nancy. 1888, xx,  205; 244;  358.  Also,
  Reprint. — Mnlzer.  De  la myopie dans les e-coles  de
  Geneve.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Kom., Geneve. 1893, xiii,
  24-37.—Widmark (J.)  Om fbrekomsteu af narsynthet
  i Djursholius skola jamte uiigra dai till knutua betrak-
  telser.  [The  prevalence of myopia in the school of Djurs-
  holm, with some remarks on it."|  Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1904,
  2. f., iv,  628-645.  AUo.  transl.: Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d.
  Carolin. med.-chir. Inst zu Stockholm, Jena, 1904, 6. Hft.,
  25-40.

Jlyopia (Complications  of).
    Peklmaxx (A.)    *Zur Anatomie des  haeruor-
  rhagiscben  Glaukoms im myopischen  Auge.   rJ.
  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1903.
    Schweizer (A.)   * Ueber die deletaren Folgen
  der  Myopie, iusbesondere die  Erkranknug der
  Macula lntea.   [Zurich.]    ■--.   Wiesbaden, 1690.
    Baldrian (K.)  Welehe Nachteile kann Kurzsichtig-
  keit  im  Gefolge haben?  Arch. f. soziale Med. u. Hvg.,
  Leipz.,  1905, i, 328-331.—Berger (E.)  Leber die Han-
  figkeit der  spontanen Xetzhautablbsungen  bei hochgra-
  diger Kurzsichtigkeit.  Wchnsehr.  f. Therap. n. Hyg. d.
  Auges, Bresl.. 1902-3, vi. 185-187. — Beltreiuienx.  Lu
  reil myope peut-il de ven ir em met rope.' Bull, et m6m. Soc.
  franc d  opht., Par., 1899. xvii, 438-444.—C'abannes (C.)
  Sc Picot fils.   Considerations k propos de quelques cas de
  glaucome chez les  mropes.  Clin, opht.,  Par., 1901, vii,
  241-245.   AUo: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901,
  xxii, 445-448 —Chacon (A.)  Miopia de los hipermeJro-
  pes.  Gac. m6.1.. M-xico 1903,2.s.,iii,347; 359.—Chance
  (B. K.)  Rare forms ol  localized  posterior  staphvlomata
  in myopic ryes. Phila.  M. J., 1902, x, 1013-1015—Cirin-
  cione.   Sirabismo convergent* mostruoso in un miope.
  Clin,  ocul.,  Palermo,  1900.  30. —Feilchenfeld  (H.)
  Kur/.sic.htigkeit und Charakter.  Med. Klin.. Berl., 1905,
  i, 757-759.— Frohlich  (Y.)  On spontaneous  and post-
  operative detachment of the retina in mvopie eves. Arch.
  Ophth.,  N.  V.. 1899,  xxviii. 611-618— Fromaget (C.)
  La myopie et ses dangers.  J. de la sante. Par . 19ul  xviii,
  pt. 2, 45.—Heine.  Hvdrophthalmus uud  Mvopie.  Ber.
  ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch 1900, Wiesb., 1901,
  xxviii, 176-1*0,  l pt—IIutchiiiMOii (J.)   Myopia and
  syphilitic choroiditis together.   Arch. Surg.. Lond.. 1891-
  2, iii, 74-76.—Kamphercttein.  Glaukomatdse Skleral-
  e\kavation  im Bereich des Konushocbgradig myopischer
  Augen.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xii,
  491-499.— Jlaaselon  (J.)  De la sc)6rectasie nasale dans
  la mvopie.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. franc, d'opht.,  Par., 1894,
  xii. 167-176.   AUo: Ann. docnl.. Par., 1894. cxii, 20-29—
  Pignatari.  Contribution k la pathogene.se du decolle-
  [flyopia (Complications of).
    ment de la ri-tine daus la mvopie.  Rec. d'opht.. Par., 1893,
I    3. 8., xv, 650-658—Boosn (D. B. St. J.)  Lenticular in\o-
|    pia as a cause of so-called second sight.  Med. Rec, N. Y\,
i    1897, li, 5.   MantON Fernandez (-1.)  Algunos casosde
    miopia sciuidos de desprendimieiito ib- la retina, evitables.
    Arch, de l.i Soc.  estud. clin. de la Habana.  1899-1900. x,
    74-83.—Sanz  Blanco.  Consecuenciaa  de la  miopia.
    Rev. espec. med.  La  oto-rino-laringol. espan., Madrid,
    1901, iv, 421-424.—Wchweizcr (A.) Leber die deletaren
    Folgen der Myopie,  iusbesondere  die  Erkrankiing der
    Macula  Int. a.   Arch. f. Augenh.,  Wiesb..  18x9-90,  xxi,
    399-4::o.—Wen n (A.)   Astigmatismus der Hornhaut und
    centralc Chorioiditis der Mvopen.  Ibid., 1903, xlviii, 191;
    213.  Also [Abstr.]: Ophtlii Klin., Stuttg.,  1904, viii, 2-5.—
    Webster  (D.)  Progiessive myopia with  astigmatism.
    Arch. Pediat.,  X. Y.. 1894, xi, 363.—Wherry (G.)  The
    evil effects of constipation upon myopic eves.  Practi-
    tioner. Lond., 1894. liii. 350-355.

  Jlyopia (Diagnosis and semeiology of).
      Giese (J.J   " Leber deu ophtbalinoseopischen
    Befuud bei Myopie.  Eiu Beitrag zur Lelire von
    der Myopie.   -'-.   Kiel,  1-U1.
      Straumaxn  (H. )   * Ueber ophtbalmoscopi-
    scheu Befuud  uud  Hereditatsverhaltnis.se  bei
    der  Myopie.   Beitrasi zur  Lehre von der Ent-
    stebung  und  dem  Wesen  derselben.  [Basel.]
    ^ .   Waldenburg, 1--7.
      Batten (R. D.)  The diagnosis and prognosis of path-
    ological myopia.   Lancet. Lond., 1893, ii. 139.   Also: Med.
    Press Sc Lire,  Loud.,  1X93.  n. s., lvi,  XI.— Bemicheri
    (L.)  Examen  ophtalmoscopique k l'image renvers6e sur
    les \ eux fortemeut myopes.  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1895, cxiv,
    109^117.  AUo:  Bull." et 1116m.  Soc. franc, d'opht., Par.,
    1895, xiii. 290-304.—Berby (H.)  Macular changes as in-
    fluencing the prognosis in advancing  mvopia.  Tr. Am.
    Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1891, vi, pt. 1, 17-23—Donaldson
    (E.)  The vision of myopes.  Lancet, Lond.. 1903, ii. 1118.—
    Oaupillat.  Myopie subjective de 5 dioptrics dans un
    ceil de 60 ans, objectivemeut emmeLrope;  phtnoni£ne du
    a une bosselure de la oristilloide  post6rieuie  que .j'appel-
    lerai cristallocele denticone postcrieur). Clin. opht.. Par.,
    1901. vii, 265. — Heiurich  (W.)  Zur Kenntniss  der
    Myopie.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz.. 1890. xlii, 188-192.—
    Herbst.   Ueber Akkommodationskrampf und abnormn
    Akkommodationsspannung beiMvopen.  Klin. Monatsbl.
    f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1904-5, xiiii. 77-x5.—Lohnxteiu (R.)
    Eine Methode zur objectiven Bestimmung der Refraction
    bei hochgradiger Myopie.  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,
    19ol, lxx, ll_'x—yiiller (G. V.)  Cases of myopia in which
    the subjective test and estimation by retiuoscopy showed
    consideiable dinVreuce iu the amount of tin- error of re-
    fraction.  Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1898, ii. 4?o—yiittendorf
    (W.  F.)  Svmutomatic  mvopia.   Tr.  Am.  Ophth. Soc,
    Hartford, 18-^"v, 70-80.—Petrini (U.)  Esame dell'oc-
    chio miope  ad  immagine diritta.  Boll. d.  Osp. di  S. Casa
    di Loreto. Loreto. 1887-8,  i.  448-450— Randall  (B. A.)
    The curvilinear reflection of Weiss as a prodromal  sign
    of myopia.   Med. News.  Phila.,  1889,  liv. 152-155.  Also
    [Abstr.]: J. Am. M.  Ass.. Chicago, 1893.  xxi,  639.—
    .Schocn.   Eine neue Verzerrungserscheiiiuiig  am kurz-
    sichtigen Auge.  Ber. ii. cl. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch.,
    Rostock.  1889, xx, 85-92. — Ue hi to (T.i   [The field of
    vision of mvopia.]  Inouye Oaukwa Dosokwai Kwai Ho,
    Tokvo, 1x99. 211-232. — Valk  ( F.)   The  prognosis of
    myopia.   Ophth. Rec, Chicago.  1902, xi,  417-426—Wet-
    tendorfer ( F.)   Leber konzentrisch-zonulare  Gesichts-
|    felddefekte  des myopischeu  Auges.  Beitr. z.  Augenh.,
    Hamb. n. Leipz., 1902, 49. Hft., 17-66, 8 pl.

  Jlyopia (Feigned).
      Axiuaun.  Zur hysierischen  Myopie der Scbnlkinder.
    Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl..  1904. xxx,
    1968.—1>nnn  (J. W.)   Pseudo mvopia.   South.  Illinois
    J. M. A: S., Metropolis, 1901-2, ii. 291-294.—Feilehenfeld
    ( W.)  Vortiiuschung  von  Mwipic  bei  Schulkindern.
    Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,  Lei])/, u. Berl.,  1904, xxx,
    1541.—Tokaoiki (A. A.)  Dba  sluchaya  proi/.volnol
    blizorukosti.  [Two cases of voluntary myopia.]  Protok.
    zasled. Ob>h. Neiropat. i Psikiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ.,
    1895-6. 70-7*.

j  Jlyopia (Heredity of).
      Bo( k  (A.)   * Untersuchungen  iiber die Erb-
    liehkeit der Myopic.  >s-\  Kiel,  1*9*.
      Leiimaxx  ( W. )  * Ueber  Hereditiifsverhalt-
    nis^e und opbthalinoscopisehen Befuud bei  der
    Myopie.   Ein Beitrag zur Lelire von der Myopie.
    8J.   Kiel,  1-"J0.
      Willfuhr  (G.)   *Ein Beitrag  zur Erblich-
    keitssfatistik der Myopie.   8°.   Kiel,  1^9(!.
      Jnval,  Sur l'h6re(lile de la  myopie.  Bull. Acad, de
    med..  Par..   1891, 3. s.,  xxvi.  2041210. — flacLelione 
MVOPIA.
278
MYOPIA.
Miopia (Heredity of).
  (X  M)  Xotes of a mvopie family. Opbth. Rev., Lond.,
  1H'I7 \vi, 207-211— .Hotais.  De l'herGdite. de la myopie.
  Arcii.  d'opht- Par.,  18X9, ix, 321-341.  AUo, Reprint—
  IVuel (J.-P.)   D'une apparence opbtalmoscopiipie de l'ceil
  myope; contribution k la connaissance de la predisposition
  h.'r<-di!aire a la myopic  Bull, et ni6m. Soc. franc, d'opht.,
  Par 1x90 viii 165-183.  AUo: Arch,  d'opht.  Par., 1891,
  xi, 56-73.   Also, Reprint —Wray (C.)  The probable role
  of heredity in the development of myopia.   Tr. Ophth.
  Soc. TL Kingdom, Lond., 18x7-8, xviii, 342-346.

Myopia (Pathology of).
    Billkr (E.)  *Die  Beziehuugen  des  Conus
  und <br physiologLschen  Excavation zum  Seh-
  vermogen  auietropischer Augen.   8°.  Leipzig,
  1894.
    MarsChke(E.)  * Beitrage zur pathologischen
  Anatomie der Myopie uud des Hydrophthalmus.
  s .  Breslau, 19H1.
    AUo, in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,Stuttg., 1901, xxxix,
  705-730, 3 pl.
    Weiss  (L.  )   Ueber  das Vorkommen  von
  scharfbegrenzten Ektasien im Augengrundo uud
  Uoer partielle Farbenbliudheit bei hochgradiger
  Myo]iie.  8°.   Wiesbaden,  1897.
    Baas (K.L.)  Zur AnatomieundPathogenesederMyo-
  pie. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1892-3.  xxvi, 33-55, 1 pl—
  Birch-Hirschfcld (A.) Zur Frage der elastischen Fa-
  sern in der Sklera hochgradig myopischer Augen.  Arch.
  f. Ophth.,  Leipz., 1905, lx, 552-556, 1 pl.—Botto (M.) Ri-
  cerche  sulla posizione ed estensione della regioue ciecadel
  Mariotte  negli occhi  miopi.  Aim. di  ottal., Pavia, 1903,
  xxii, 42-53. AUo: Rendic.d. Cong. d. Ass.offal, ital. 1892,
  Pavia,  1893,  xiii,  98-109.—Brugger.  Die kraukhaften
  Veranderungeu des Auges bei Kurzsicbtigkeit uud ihre
  Bedeutung fiir das Sehen. Deutsche  mil.-arztl. Ztschr.,
  Berl., 1899, xxviii, 385-404.—Cantonnet (A.)  La  tache
  de  Mariotte  et  la region de  Mariotte  chez le  myope.
  Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1903, xxiii, 525-550.—Elschnig (A.)
  Die elastischen Fasern in der  Sklera myopischer Augen.
  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz.,1905, lxi, 237-244, l'pl.  AUo.- Wien.
  klin. Rundschau,  1905, xix, 508.—Fuchn (E.)  Der ecu-
  trale schwarze Fleck bei Myopie.  Ztschr. f. Augenh.,
  Berl., 1901, v, 171-178, 1 pl—Hamburger (C.)  Die
  anatotnischen und physiologisehen Grundlagen der Prof.
  Stillingscheu  Theorie iiber Entstehung und Bedeutung
  der Kurzsichtigkeit.  Ibid.. 1904, xii, 351-367—Hansell
  (H. F.)   Some lesions of high myopia clinically considered.
  Ophthalmol., Milwaukee, 19u4-5,  i. 041-645—Heine (L.)
  Beitrage  zur  Anatomie des myopischen  Auges  (aussere
  Form, Ciliarmuskel, Opticuseintritt, Maculaerkrankung,
  spontangeheilte  Ablatio  retime).  Arch.  f.  Augenh..
  AViesb., 1X9X-9, xxxviii, 277-290, 5 pl. -----. Weitere Bei-
  trage zur Anatomie des myopischen Auges (For  . Ciliar-
  muskel, Opticus,  Macula-Erkraukung).   Ibid.,  1899,  xl,
  160-173, 3 pl. -----. Neuere Arbeiten  iiber die Anatomie
  des knrzsichtigen Auges.  Klin. Monatsbl.  f. Augenh.,
  Stuttg., 1899,  xxxvii ,4112-476. -----. Mittheilung betref-
  fend die  Anatomie des myopischen Auges (beginnender
  Conus,  ringtormiger Conus).  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
  1901, xliii, 95: xliv, 66, 7 pl. AUo [Abstr.l: Cong,  inter-
  nat. d'opht. d'TTtrecht.   Compt.-rend., Amst., 1900, 241-
  243. -----. Leber Zerreissungen der  Elastica im  knrz-
  sichtigen Auge.   Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesell-
  sch. 1902.  Wiesb., 1903, xxx, 333-338, 2 pl.  AUo, transl.:
  Arch. Ophth.. N. Y., 1902, xxxi, 539-544,  1 pl.—van der
  Hoeve (J )  Verne vorticosie chorio-vauinales  bij myo-
  pic Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. R.,
  xxxix,  d. 1,   25-29.   Also, transl.: Arch.  f.  Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1902-3, xlvi, 353-356, 2 pl—Hotta (G.)  Leber
  die pathologisch-auatomischen Veranderiiugen hochgradig
  myopischer Augen (lurch Glaukom.   Klin. Monatsbl. f.
  Augenh.,  Stuttg., 1904, xlii. X4-94. — Juler (H.) Pe-
  culiar  symmetrical changes in the choroidal coats in a
  case of high myopia.   Tr. Ophth.  Soc. L. Kingdom,
  Lond.,  1893-4, xiv, 99.— Kitamura (S.i & Senha (K.)
  [High  degree myopia  of  the background of  the eye,
  ■with ectasia.]  Nippon  Gaukwa Gakukwai Zasshi To-
  kyo, 1903. vii, 884-892. — KiotOMchiu (A.)   Auato-
  mischer Beiirag  zur  Eiitstehun- der  Myopic  Arch  f
  Augenh., Wiesb., 1890-91, xxii, 393-422, 1 pi.  AUo, transl.':
  Arch. Ophth., X. Y.. 1892, xxi, 33-38, 1 pl._K.rug (E.)
  The black spot  at. the macula lutea  in  myopia.  N.
  York Eye Sc  Ear Iutirin.  Rep., N. Y., 1904, xi, 27-33.—
  Otto.  Beitrag zur Kenntniss  der Yeranderungen am
  Hintergrmid hochgradig km zsichtiger Augen.  Ber. ii. d
  Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1895, xxiv. 139-^
  149. — Komaiio-4 .itniiia (A.)  Contributo anatomico
  alio studio della  miopia.  Siciiia  med.. Palermo, 1889. i
  593-626, 1 pl..  7 tabs—Nnlzuiauii (Ml   Die Chonoiiial'-
  verandernngen bei hochgradiger Mvopie. Ber. ii. d Ver-
  samml.  d. ophth.  Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb., 1902, xxix, 122-
  143.—Stilling (J.)  Zur Anatomie des  myopischen Au-
  ges. Ztschr. l. Augenh., Berl., 1905, xiv, 23-31.—Sy mens
Myopia  (Pathology of).
   (H.)  Anatomischer Befuud bei einem myopischen nasalen
   Conus.  Arch. f. Augenh.. Wiesb., 1901-2, xliv, 336-338—
   Thomson (W. E.)  A;  Ballantyne (A. J.)  Chorio-
   vaginal veins in the myope and hypermetrope.  Tr. Ophth.
   Soc. L. Kingdom, Loud.,  1902-3, xxiii, 273.—Wei** (L.)
   Leber das Vorkommen von scharfbegreuzten Ectasien am
   hinteren Pol bei hochgradiger Myopie.  Arch. f. Augenh
   Wiesb., 1891,  xxiii, 194-202, 1 pl.   AUo,  transl.:  Arch'
   Ophth., N. Y.,  1892, xxi, 511-515,  1 pl. -----. Leber das
   Vorkommen von scharfbegrenzten Ektasien am  hinteren
   Pole  bei hochgradig  myopischen  Augen.  Verhandl. d.
   Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897
   lxviii, pt. 2, 2.  Hlfte., 327.

Myopia  (Prevention of).
     See, also, Myopia (Prevention of) in school life;
   Myopia (Treatment of).
     de Joigny (H. B.)   * Pathogenie et prophy-
   laxie de la myopie.  Verres  spbdriques prisma-
   tiques.   8°.   Lyon, 1891).
     See, aUo, infra.
     DE Micas.   Comment on se  defend  contre la
   myopic  12°.  Paris, [1901].
     Ratuld  (L.  M.)  * De  la myopie,  quelques
   considerations  sur son etiologie et  sa prophy-
   laxie.  4°.   Paris,  16*9.
     Bowling (F.)  The prevention  of myopia.  J. Am.
   M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1891,  xvi, 42-46.  Also,  Reprint.—
   Buane (A.)   Some considerations  on the hygienic and
   prophylactic treatment of myopia.   N. York M.  J., 19(12,
   lxxv, 983-986.   AUo,  Reprint. — Fukala (V.)   Leber
   einige Mangel  bei Bestimmung holier Myopiegrade uud
   deren Beseitigung.    Wien. med. Presse,  1896,  xxxvii,
   1597;  1635.—ile Joigny (H. B.)  Pathog6nie  et  prophy-
   laxie de la myopie.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.. 1902,
   exxxv, 1231.  See, also,  supra.—Kmrpflrr,  Contribu-
   tion k l'6tiologie et k la prophylaxie de la myopie d'apre.8
   la statistique des yeux myopes observes k la Clinique oph-
   talmologique de Nancy, pendant l'annge 1891.  Rev. med.
   de Test, Nancy, 1892, xxiv, 613-625, 1 diag.—I.andrn.
   gin.  Hypoth&se d'un traitement prophylactique  de  la
   myopie.  Union m6d.  du nord-est, Reims,  1x96,  xx, 149-
   151.— Ogike (R.)  [Contribution  to the prophylaxis  of
   myopia. ]   Chiba Igakukwai Zasshi,  Tokyo, 1898. no. 38,
   1-8.— Poeller  (F.)  Experimental-Beitrage zur  Myopie-
   Hygiene.  Arch.  f. Hyg., Miinchen. u. Leipz., 1891, xiii,
   235-343.— Roi land (E.)  Comment  on defend l'ceil du  li-
   seur de la myopie;  de ses progres, de ses complications.
   Bull,  d'ocul.,'Toulouse, 1900, 3. s„ xiv, 61; 73; 85: 1901,
   3. s , xv, 1.  AUo, Reprint.—Muffa (G. A.) The  preven-
   tion of myopia.  Homieop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y.,
   1902, viii, 279-285.

Myopia (Prevention of) in school life.
     [Couste(E.)]  Appendiceal^ notice: "Sur  la
   myopie dans les e"coles et sur son pr6ventif par
   la reTorme des methodes de  lecture  et  d'e"cri-
   ture".   8°.   Quimper, 168:1.
     VON HiPi'EL (A.)  Ueber den Einfluss  hygie-
   nischer  Massregelu  auf die  Scbulmyopie.   sm.
   4°.   Giessen,  1*8U.
     Schi0tz (H.)  Om NsBisyuthed og deus Fore-
   byggelse specielt med Hensyti til Skoleungdom-
   meu.  [Myopia, with special regard lo its  pre-
   vention in schools.]   8°.   Kristiania, 1887.
     Repr. from:  Aarbog f.  Norsk Forening f. Sundheds-
   pleie, 1886.
     Tkeichler (A.)  Die  Verb ii tun g der  Kurz-
   sicbtigkeit durch Reform der Sebulen.  3.  Aufl.
 ■  8°.   Staefa,  1886.
     AYi:x (J.)   Ueber Kurzsicbtigkeit der .Tugend,
   ihre  Entstehung,  Verhutung  und Beseitigung.
   8°.   [struubing], 1872.
     Bourgeois  (A.)  Expos6 des methodes destiuees k
   empAcher le developpement de la myopie scolaire. Cli-
   nique, Brux., 1904, xviii,  373-378.  Also:  Lnion  med.  du
   nord-est.  Reims,  19o4, xxviii, 77-82.—Coda  (S.)  Mezzi
   pratici per impedire lo sviluppo e la diffusione delle ma-
   lattie contagiose  oculari nelle  scuole, e per pre venire la
   miopia sola-tica. Corriere san.. .Milano, 1903, xiv, 582-
   58s. —Cohn (H.) Lie arztliche Leberwaehung der Schu-
   len zur Verliiitung der Verhreitung  der Kurzsichtigkeit.
   Wien. med. Bl., 1887. x. 1208; 1248.  -----. Ueber  den Ein-
   fluss  hygienischer  Massregelu  auf  die  Schulniyopie.
   Ztschr. "f. Schulgsndhspflg., Hamb.  u. Leipz., 1890, iii, 2-
   21.  AUo. Reprint.  See, aUo,  infra, von Hippel  (A.)—
   Berby (II.)  The prevention of near-sight in the young.
   Boston M. Sc  S. J.. 1880, cii, 533-535.  AUo, Reprint—
   QorecUi.  Prophylaxie de la myopie  dans les  ecoles. 
MYOPIA.
279
MYOPIA.
Mvopia (Prevention, of)  in school  life.
  platicieu, Par.,  1891, xiv,  97-101.—von Hippcl  (A.)
  Noch eiumal iiber den Einfluss hygienischcr Massregeln
  auf die Schulmyopie. Ztschr. f. Schulgsmlhtsptlg., Hamb.
  u. Leipz., 1890, iii, 141-148.  See, also, supra, Colin (IL)—
  Mancini (P.)  Dei mezzi piu pratici per impedire lo svi-
  luppo e la diffusione delle malattie contagiose oculari nelle
  scnole, e per preveuire la miopia scolastica.  Corriere san.,
  Milano, 1902, xiii, 710-717.—Marl In (G.)  Influence des
  exercices physiques dans la prophylaxie de la myopie sco-
  laire.  itcho'med., Toulouse, 1894,2. s., viii, 145; 157;  169.—
  Piazza (L.)  La profllassi della miopia scolastica e delle
  oftalmie contagiose nelle scuole. Corriere san., Milano, 1902,
  xiii,567-573.  AUo: Boll, d'ocul.,Firenze, 1902, xxi, 3u9; 324;
  349; 365.—Sand (G.) Laniyopie; ecrituredroite,Mirpapier
  droit, corps droit. Ann. d'ocul.,Par.,1893,cix, 54.—Nclierk
  (E.)   Beitrag  zur  Heilung der  Sehulkurzsichtigkeit.
  Deutsche med. Wchnschr.,Laipz.u. Berl., 1895,xxi,533; 557.—
  Siebenhnar(F.J.) EinleiteudeMaassregelnderkduigl.
  siichsischen Regierung znr kiinftigen Abhiilfe der so hau-
  flg  vorkommendeu Kurzsichtigkeit unter den Schiilern
  der Gymuasieu des  Landes.  Mag. f.  d. Staatsarznk.,
  Leipz., 1846, v, 172-174.—Trompetter.  Aerztliche Rat-
  schlage fiir kurzsichtige Schulkinder.   Ztschr. f. Schul-
  gsndhtspflg., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1896, ix, 192.

Myopia (Traumatic).
    Bouchakt (A.)  * Des me"canisiues compares
  de  la myopie traumatique  et de l'accommoda-
  tiou.  8°.   Lyon,  1698.
    Alonso (A.)  Ln caso de quemadnra de un ojo con
  potasa cdustica  y de miopia traumatica.  An. de oftal.,
   Mexico,  1902-3,  V,  385-387.  AUo:  Aich.  de oftal. His-
  pano-Am..Madrid, 1903, iii. 538.—Bourgeois (A.)  Myo-
  pie traumatique, par propulsion du cristallin  en avant,
  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1904, exxxii, 267-273.  Also:  Bull. . t
  meni. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1904, xxi, 171-178.—Ba-
  rter.  De la myopie traumatique par distension on de-
  cbirnre de la zonule.  Clin, opht., Par., 1899,  v, 85-87.—
  Be IVIets.  Contribution k l'6tude de la n6vrose traumati-
  que; un  cas de myopie spasmodique.  Ann. Soc  de med.
  de Gaud, 1904, lxxxiv, 35-40.—Freukel (H.)   EHude sur
  les myopies  traumatiques.  Ann.  d'ocul.,  Par.,   1905,
  cxxxiv, 1-32.  AUo: Arch.  med. de Toulouse, 1905. xi,
  397; 427.—von Groluian.  Ein merkwiirdiger Fall von
  traumatischer Myopie.  Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte,  Frankf.
  a. M., 1896, v. 287.—GJncnde (C.)  La myopie traumati-
  que par distension de la  zonule de Zinn. Marseille m6d.,
  1900,  xxxvii, 449-455. Also: Rec. d'opht,  Par., 1900, 3.
  s., xxii, 581-587.

Myopia (Treatment  of).
    See, also,  Myopia (Cases, etc.,  of);  Myopia
  (Treatment of, Operatiee).
    Bourgeois  (A.)   Rapport sur  la correction
  totale de la myopie.   6°.  Paris, 1905.
    Fukala(V.)   Heilung hochstgradiger Kurz-
  sicbtigkeit, nebst Angabe einer  leichtfasslicben
  Methode zur schnellen  Berechnung der Axen-
  lange, optiscben  Constanten  des  Auges   und
  Bildgrosse.  *:.   Leipzig Jf-  Wien, lr96.
    Jonas (E.)   Heilbarkeit  der Kurzsichtigkeit
  und ihre Behandlung.  8°.   Liegnitz,  1900.
    Lepri.vce (A.)  La  myopie. son  traitement,
  son hygieue.   1'<2J.   Paris, 1901.
    Moohex  (A.)   Die medicinische  und  opera-
  tive Behandlung  kurzsichtiger Storungen.  8°.
  Wiesbaden, 1897.
    Rollaxd (E.)   La myopie  des liseurs (exces
  d'allougement de l'ceil), sa  cause; ses  dangers;
  sa cure.  8°.   Toulouse,  1^99.
    Abarca (M.  G.)  Tratamiento optico de  la  miopia.
  An. de oftal., Mexico,  1903-4, vi,  184-193.—Amat (C.)
  Sur la correction complete de la mvopie.  Bull.  g6n. de
  therap. [etc.].  Par.,  1902, cxliv,  539-548.—Ancke. Die
  medizinische  und operative Behandlung  kurzsichtiger
  Storungen von  Prof; Mooren.   [Abstr.]  Med. Neuigk.,
  Miinchen, 1897,  xlvii, 2-4.— Baker (A.  R.)  Myopia.
  Cleveland M. Gaz.,  1889-90,  v,  525-535.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Bane (W. C.)   Myopia and its treatment.  Colorado M.
  J.,  Denver,  1902, viii,  345-347.—Bates (W.  IL)   The
  vision of a case of myopia improved by treatment without
  glasses.  Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1891-2, xviii, 941-
  943.  AUo [Abstr.]: N. York M. J..  1891, liii, 455. -----.
  Treatment of mvopia without glasses.  Med. Rec, N. T.,
  1894, xiv, 104-106.—Becker. Myopie,  durch  den  Mag-
  not geheilt.   Ausz. a. d. Med.-Ber. d. k.  preuss. M.d.-
  Coll. cl. Prov. Sachsen 1833, Magdeb., [18341, 47.—Bet-
  treinienx.   La gu6rison de la myopie sans operation.
  [Rap. de  Panas.]  Bull.  Acad,  de me.d., Par.,  1900, 3. s.,
  xliii, 505-5H7. — Bijlsma (R.)  De volkomen correctie der
  myopie.  Med. Weekbl.,  Amst., 1902-3, ix, 521-526.  Also,
Myopia  (Treatment of).
  transl. [Abstr.]: Wchnsehr. f. Therap. n. Hyg-d. Auges,
  Dresd., 1902-3, vi, 209.— Itiwwcll (E. J.)   The hygienic
  medicinal and surgical treatment of myopia.  Homoeop.
  Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1*99, v, 65-77.—Boueheron.
  Myopie h6r6ditaire;  sou traitement dans  I'adolescence.
  France med., Par.,  1889. ii, 1027-1029.—Bravais.  Du
  traitement de  la myopie progressive  et  du  choix  des
  verres correcteurs  dans cette affection.   Bull, et mem.
  Soc. franc, d'opht.,  Par., 1890, viii, 142-161.  Also:  Rev.
  g6n. d'opht.. Par., 1890, ix,  213-215. —Bruns Sc Bobin.
  Two  cases of myopia, and their indications.   N. Orl. M.
  Sc S.  J., 1903-4,'lvi, 893-895. — Cannes (The), preven-
  tion,  aud treatment of myopia.  [Discussion.]   Ophth.
  Rev., Lond., 1890,  ix, 313-327.—Chavez (L.)  Algunas
  consideraciones sobre  el tratamiento del queratocono y la
  miopia.  Gac. med., Mexico, 1901, 2. s., i, 165-167.—Che*
  vallereau  (A.)  De  la correction totale de la  myopie.
  Bull, ot mem. Soc. franc- d'opht.,  Par., 1902, xix,  529-
  517.  Also:  Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1902, exxviii,  186-193.—
  Clarke (E.)  Summary  of twenty years' treatment of
  myopia.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1904, ii, 1302. — Coppez
  (II.)  Sur les causes et le traitement de la myopie. Bull.
  Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1904, lxii, 145-101.—
  Crocker (F. S.)  Progressive axial myopia, its preven-
  tion aud cure by appropriate  treatment of the  internal
  and external recti muscles; with report of cases.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 607-G10.—Cure (De  la) de la
  niyopie par le nasalorexis. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1899, lviii,
  75. -Derby (H.)  On  the atropine treatuieut of acquired
  and progressive myopia.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. 1874, N. Y.,
  1879,  139-146, 8 tab.  AUo, Reprint.—Biscussiou on the
  diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment  of pernicious myopia.
  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1162-1165. — Bomec.  Du
  massage-pression daus le traitement de la myopie, senl ou
  associ6 k d'autres modes de traitement.  Clin, opht., Par.,
  1904, x, 123;  139.—Bor (H.) De la correction totale de la
  myopie.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1897, xv,
  175-186. -----. Correction totale ou partielle de la myo-
  pie.  Province m6d.,  Lyon, 1899,  xiii, 61-63.  -----. La
  correction totale de la myopie.  Ibid., 97; 123.—Bulaney
  (N. T.), jr.   Myopia; its treatment by systematic devel-
  opment of the ciliary  muscle.   Ophth.  Rec,  Nashville,
  1894-5, iv, 178-182. — Ettiuger  (J.)  KrotkowzrocznosC
  i jej leczenie. [Mvopia and its treatment.] Pam. Towarz.
  Lek.  Warszaw., 1900, xevi, 387-410. — Fano.  Note sur
  l'impossibilitg.  pour  certains  myopes,  de trouver  des
  verres n6gatifs qui leur perniettent de voir  les objets
  eioignes.   J. d'ocul. et chir., Par., 1889-90, ix, 81-84.—
  Friedmann (A. C. H.)  Full-correction and under-cor-
  rection of myopia.  Interstate M. J., St. Louis. 1902, ix,
  434-436.  Also: Ophth.  Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 573-575.—
  GS-. (E.)  Sur la correction de la myopie.  Policlin., Brux.,
  1902,  xi, 124-126. — Gairilncr  (XV. T.)  A very simple
  contrivance  to aid  myopic a.d  other failing eyes, espe-
  cially in reading.  Lancet, Lond.,  1904, ii, 980. — Giale-
  zowski.  Etuile sur quelques variet6s graves de myopie
  et sur les moyens de les guerir.   Rec. d'ophth., Par., 1890,
  3. s.,  xii, 513; 577.  -----. Des alterations de la fovea  cen-
  tralis daus la myopie, et de leur traitement.  Ibid.,  1902,
  3. s.,  xxiv, 145-150.—Glaupillat.  Myopie accus6e des
  deux yeux depuis  l'&ge de six aus chez un sujet de trente
  ans, corrig6e par le port permanent de verres variant de
  3.50 &.6dioptries, suivantles distances, disparue complfete-
  mc nt par suite de paralysie double de l'accommodation.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1891, ix, 301-306.—
  Harlan (G. C.)   Constant correction of  high  mvopia.
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1892, vi, 373-387.—Heine
  (L.)  Ueber  Yollkorrection der  Mvopie.  Ber. ii. d.  Ver-
  samml. (1. ophth.  Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb., 1902, xxix,  111-
  121. — Ilellron.  Entstehung und Behandlung der Kurz-
  sicbtigkeit.  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1905,  xlii, 332-334.—
  Hirschberg (J.)  Die Behandlung der Kurzsichtigkeit.
  Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1904, viii, 825-890.—Hub-
  be!!  (A.  A.)  The non-surgical treatment  of  myopia.
  Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1898, vii, 614-621. — Jackson  (E.)
  The full correction of myopia.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hart-
  ford,  1892, vi, 359-373.  Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,  1893
  n. s.,  cvi, 297-306. -----. The  optical treatment of  very
  high myopia. Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvii,
  7-11.   [Discussion], 30.  AUo: Proc. Phila. Co. M.  Soc,
  Phila., 1897, xviii, 104-167.-----. The full correcii-n o
  myopia.  Ophth.  Rec, Chicago,  1902, xi, 57G-582.—Jac
  quean (A.)  A propos de la correction totale de la  m\o-
  pie.   Province med., Lyon, 1899,  xiii, 88; 111.—Kawad-
  moto (K.)   [Twelve cases of myopia cured by massage.]
  Dai Nippon  Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo,  1898, ii,
  260-275.—Kellogg (F. S.)  Subconjunctival injections of
  bichloride in the deep-seated disturbances of myopia.  Ti.
  West. Ophth.,  Olid, [etc.], Ass. Ophth. div.', St. Louis,
  1897,  156- 158. — Koster (W.)  Gzn.  Letterproevcn ter
  bepaling van den visus  bij myopie in het punctual rcino-
  turn.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1901. 2. R.,
  xl.d.l, 658-660.—Itubli (F.) O korrektsii miopii. iCor-
  rection of myopia.]  Vestnik  oftalmol.,  Kiev, 1903. xx,
  362-368. — Kiniiya (M.)  [Treatment of myopia.]   Dai
  Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo,'1897, i,  408-
  417.—Kunn (C.)   Leber die  moderne Behandlung der 
MYOPIA.
280
MYOPIA.
Hvopia (Treatment of').
  Ivurzsithtigkeit.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 319.
  _____.  Zur Behandlung der Mvopie.  Allg. Wien. med.
  Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 401; 413.—Lester (C. A.)  Tbe correc-
  rion of refraction in mvopia.  Ciucin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899,
  n. s.. xliii, 437-410 —Eiiebreich (R.)  Zur Behandlung
  der Kurzsichtigkeit.  Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na-
  turr. u. Aerzte  P.i02. Leipz., 1903, ii, 2.  Hlfte., 366-371.
  AUo: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg.,  1902, xl, pt. 2.
  289-297.  AUo: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 607-609.
  Also, tranU.:  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1902, cxxviii, 321-330.
  AUo.transl.: Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1903, xxii. 31-38— l.oba-
  noff(S. V.)  O korrektsii pri blizorukosti. [Correction
  for myopia.]  Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903,  x, 585 - 020. —
  iVIiyashita  (S.)   [Massage in myopia.]  Dai Nippon
  Gankwa  Gukukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, ii,  111-124.—
  .Motais. Traitement de  la myopie progressive  par le
  reculement tendineux et apon6vrotiquc  Bull, et  me.ni.
  Soc. franc d'opht., Par., 1890, viii, 161-105.—.Tlotoyania
  (K.)  [Remarks on some experience of the massage  treat-
  ment of myopia.)  Dai Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi,
  Tokvo, 1899, iii, 114-123.—Nishimura Sc Yokoyama.
  [Researches on antipvrine injections in myopia.]  Chiugai
  Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1903, 808-815.—Pfalz.  Die Bedeutung
  der optischeii Emmetropierung fiir die Behandlung der
  Kurzsichtigkeit. Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lii, 843-
  817. — Pie un off (A. I.) Podkonyunktivalniya inyektsii
  rastvorov sulyomi pri blizorukosti.  [Subconjunctival in-
  jections of solutions of sublimate of mercury iu myopia.]
  Dnevnik  syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v paiuyat  Pirogova,
  Kiev, 1896,"vi, no. 1, 54-56.  [Discussion], no. 7, 1-3.   AUo:
  Meditsina. St. Petersb., 1896, viii, 315-317.—Pooley (T. R.)
  The prevention and correction of myopia.  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1898, 7. s.. iv, 312-315. —  Prokopenko (P.)   K
  voprosu o poluol korrektsii pri  blizorukosti.   [Complete
  correction in myopia.]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev. 1903, xx,
  473-494.— Kainow (J.)   Tratamiento optico de la miopia.
  An. de oftal.. Mexico,  1903-4,  vi, 217-233. — Bainsay
  (A.M.)   M\opia and its treatment.  Glasgow M. J., 1902,
  lvii, 81-04.—Biehey (S. O.)  A contribution to the man-
  agement of initial myopiaacquisita.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,
  Hartford, 18811, 306-313.  Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.. 1889,
  n.s., xcviii. 300-305.—Bislcy  (S. D.)   A clinical study;
  the result of treatment and  optical corrections in arresting
  the progress of myopia.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford,
  1894,  168-176.  Also: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1894, xxiii, 247-
  256. -----. The genesis and treatment of the myopic eye.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1296-1299. — Bol-
  land (E.)  De la pieveiition et de la cure de la myopie;
  re.sultats eloi"n<>8 du nasalorexis.  Cong, internat. de m6d.
  C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, d'ophtal., 308-317. — Buiz ( P.) &
  Kwnig (E.)  Pathoi:6nie et traitement de la mvopie pro-
  gressive.   Rec. d'ophth.. Par.,   1888,  3. s., x, 224-241.—
  Massaparcl  (G.)   K liecheniyu miopii.  [Treatmentof
  myopia. ]    Voyenno-med.  J., St.  Petersb., 1902.  lxxx,
  med.-spec pt., '4138-4141. — Saltier ( H.)  Leber  die
  Grundsatze bei  der Behandlung der Kurzsichtigkeit.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 621;
  601.—SchefTels (O.)   Heilung kurzsichtiger  Netzhaut-
  abliisung.  Fiinfz. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. ges. Med.  Festschr.
  .  . . d. Ver. d. Aerzte d. Rgrugsbz. Diisseld., Wiesb., 1894,
  280-294  —.•ichlcgeKH. T.)  Correction of myopia.  Optic
  J., X. Y., 1900, vii,  513-515.—Schmidt-Biinpler.  Be-
  merkungen zur Behandlung der Kurzsichtigkeit.   Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904,  li,  1715. — ttchuabel (I.)
  Leber Myopieheilung.  Ophth. Klin.. Stuttg.. 1898, ii, 196-
  198.  AUo: Wieu. med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xlviii, 1105-1112.—
  Schreiber (P.)  Wie korrigiert man die Kurzsichtigkeit
  am zweckmiissigsten ?  Kliu.Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,Stuttg.
  1902,  xl,  179-191. —KegseI.  Meine Erfahrungen iiber
  Eiutritt und Fortschreiteu der  Myopie, sowie uber den
  EiuflussderVollkoiTektion auf letzteres. Arch. f. Ophth.,
  Leipz.,  1903, lvi, 551-581. —Sean (A.)  Astigmatisme de
  la cornSe  et choroidite centrale  des myopes; indications
  therapeutiaues.  Clin,  opht.,  Par., 1903, ix, 395-397.—
  de Wpeville.  Myopie forte avec lesions choroidiennes;
  injections sous-coujonctivales  iodo-ioduiees;  re.sultats.
  Ibid., 1905, xi, 39-42. — Minith (P.)  Intioduction to a
  discussion on  the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of
  pernicious myopia.  Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1901, xx. 331-339.
  AUo: Brit. M. J..  Lond., 1901, ii, 1162-1164. — Suarez
  de Jleudoza.  Sur le traitemeut non operatoire  de la
  myopie progressive.  Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.
  Par., 1901, xviii, 381.  Also: Arch, de m6d. et chir. spec.
  Par., 1901. ii. 507.—[Taeke.]   Causes et therapie  de la
  myopie.   [ Abstr.|  Bull, d'ocul., Toulouse, 1902, 3. s., xvi,
  01-67.—Thomson (E.  S.)  Myopia and myopic astigma-
  tism; notes on treatment.   Post Graduate, N. Y., 1899
  xiv, 994-999. —Tim be rui an (A.)  Excessive myopia; its
  causes and treatment, with report of a case   Columbus M
  J., 1899, xxiii,  289-296.—Trompelter (J.)  Veroidnun-
  gen fiirKurzsichtige. Beitr. z. Augenh.  Festschr..   R
  Forster . . . Wiesb., 1895, 09-72.—Vacher & Bailiiarti
  Influence  de la correction totale de la myopie sur la pro-
  gression.  Bull, et mem. Soc. frang. d'opht., Par.. 1902,
  xix, 518-529.  Also: Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1902, cxxviii, 194-
  204-----------. Deuxieme note sur linfluence de la cor-
  rection totale de  la myopie, sur  sa progression et sur le
jflyopia (Treatment of).
  decollemeut de la rctine.  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1905, cxxxiv,
  330-338.—Valude.  fitude, clinique et therapeutique de
  la myopic   Lnion med., Par..  1893, 3. s , lv, 349; 361.—
  Van den Bersh.  La correction optique de la myopie.
  Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1902, liv, 625, 629—de Wecker
  (L.)  & iVIasselou  (J.)  Des avantages de  l'usage d*s
  verres convexes pour la vision edoiguee chez los myopes.
  Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1895, cxiii,  83-86.  AUo.transl.: Ann.
  d'ocul., N. Y., 1895, cxiii, 83-86. — Widnmrk (J.)  Om
  konektion af hoggradig narsynthet genom linsens aflags-
  nande ur dgat.  (On the correction of extreme myopia by
  means of revulsive lenses to the eye.]  Hygiea, Stockholm,
  1894, lvi, 23-35.—von Wiser.  Einige Bemerkungen zur
  Behandlung  der Kurzsichtigkeit.  Kinderarzt, Leipz.,
  1903, xiv, 2-10.

Jlyopia (Treatment of,  Operative).
    Bailliakt (P.)   * Traitemeut chirurgical de
  la myopie,  en particulier par la suppression du
  crystallin.   8°.  Lyon, 1900.
    Basso (D.)   Contribute clinico alia cura  ope-
  rativa  della  miopia  eccessiva.   8°.   Pavia,
  1900.
    Baudot  (E.)   * Traitement de la myopie tres
  forte par la suppression  du  cristallin ou l'abla-
  tiou.  8°.  Paris,  1896.
    Baylac  (H.)  * Etat actuel do la  pathog6nie
  et de la cure op6ratoire de  la myopie  axile.  8°.
  Toulouse, 1899.
    Bouchard (A.-H.)  * De la suppression dn
  cristallin transparent comme  traitement de la
  myopie forte ou progressive. 4-.  Paris, 1892.
    Chaufour (E.)   * Contribution a  l'6tude dn
  traitemeut de la myopie forte, en particulier par
  l'extraction du cristallin.   8°.   Lyon, 1904.
    Fukala  (V.)  Heilung•bochstgradiger Kurz-
  8icbti»keit durch  Beseitigung der  Liuse.   8°.
  Leipzig •$• Wien, 1891.
    Gerhardt (H.)   * Bericht liber  52  Myopie-
  operationen.  8°.   Giessen,  1899.
    Glauning (W.)   * Ueber die conservative und
  operative Behandlung der Myopie.  8°.   Erlan-
  gen, 1690.
    Gueutal (O.-B.-A.)  * Des indications de l'ex-
  tractioiis du criatalliu transparent en dehors de
  la myopie forte.   8°.  Nancy, 1900.
    Haedicke (J. V. A.)  * Beitrag zur operativen
  Bebandluug   hocbgradiger   Kurzsicbtigkeit.
  [Berlin.]   8°.   Potsdam,  1898.
    Hayder (R.  [G.  K. A.])  'Beitrag znr Be-
  handlung; bochstgradiger My opie d u rch Aphakie.
  8°.  Greifswald.  1896.
    Hubkr(F.)  * Ueber Spatresultate der Myopie-
  operatiou.   8°.   Hamburg cf Leipzig,  1905.
    AUo in: Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1905,64.
  Hft., 1-58.
    Kamm  (F.)  *Die  operative Behandlung der
  hochgradigen Myopie in der Universitats-Klinik
  fiir  Augenkrankheiten  zu   Strassburg.   8°.
  Strassburg i. E.,  1901.
    Klahe(B. J. H.)  * Ueber Lisenentfemting bei
  excessiver Myopie.  8°.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1902.
    Klinkowstein (Rotuaua).   * Bericht iiber 50
  von O. Haab ausjrefiihrte  Myopie-Operatiouen.
  [Zurich.]  8°.  Zurich-Oberstrass, 1699.
    Kohnk (G.)  * Ueber Myopie-Operationeu in
  der  Tiibinger  Augeu-Klinik.   8°.    Tubingen,
  1900.
    Leers  (O.)  * Die operative Behandlung hoch-
  gradiger  Kurzsicbtigkeit.   8-.   Freiburg i. B.,
  1896.
    Lehardy  (C.-J.-M.-E.)  Contribution  a
  l'etude de  l'extraction du cristallin transparent
  dans la myopie progressive.   8°.  Bordeaux, 1901.
    Levi (E.)   *Die  Indieationeu  nnd  Contra-
  indicationen  der  operativen  Behaudlnug  der
  hocbgradigen  Kurzsichtigkeit.  8°.   Strassburg
  i. E., 1900.
    de Lrsi (T.)  *La myopie forte et son traite-
  ment chirurgical.   8-.  Paris, 1900. 
MYOPIA.
281
MYOPIA.
Ulyopia (Treatmentof, Operative).
    MaBkchal (U.I  "Du  traitement chirurgical
  de la myopie forte  par  lextractiou du  cristallin
  transparent.   "■".   Paris, 1*9*.
    Mathiku (H.)   * De  la suppression du cristal-
  lin transparent dans le traitement de  la myopie
  stationnaire elevee et de  la  myopie progressive.
  C-\   Paris,  1899.  ■
    Mazuuier (H.)   * Du traitement operatoire
  de  la  myopie forte  (suppression  du  cristallin
  transparent).   8:.   Nancy, 1-97.
    Xiebihr ([F.] M.)   * Beitrag  zur Lehre von
  der operativen  Behandlung  der  Myopic.    8C.
  Halle,  1694.
    Niemkyer (K. L. W. F.)    * Statistisclie Ue-
  bersicht iiber  die in der  Hallenser Universitiits-
  Augen-Klinik  beobaehteten   Fiille  von  hoch-
  gradiger Myopie, mit Beriicksicbtigung der In-
  dikationsstelluug  fiir  die   Fukala-Operation.
  8°.   Halle a. S.,  1904.
     Osswald (A.)   * Ueber Lichtsiunstorung uud
  Erythropsie bei  operierten  Myopen.   [Zurich.]
  8 \   Hamburg <$' Leipzig, 1900.
     Also, in: Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb. n. Leipz., 45. Hft.,
  55-114.
     Pflvoer.   Suppression  du  cristalliu trans-
  parent.  8-.   Parts, 1899.
     Reinhardt  (J.)    * Ueber  die  Fukala'sche
  Operation bei hochgradiger Mvopie.   8°.   Kiel,
   1696.
     Thee (H.)   * Ueber  die  Fukala'sche  Opera-
  tion bei hochgradiger Mvopie.   8  .   Kiel,  1898.
     -----.   The same.   8-.   Kiel, 1699.
     A. (G.)  La  soppressione del cristallino  trasparente
  nel trattainento della miopia.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix,
   594.—Alouso (A. F.)  El  tratamiento de la miopia fuerte
   par la  extraccion del cristaliuo  transparente.  An. de
  oftal., Mexico, 1903-4, vi, 265-274.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:
   An. de oftal., Mexico, 1900-1901,  iii, 355.— Alt IA.) A
   contribution to the experiences in removing the lens in
   bigh-grade myopia.  Am. J. Ophth., St.  Louis, 1895, xii,
   165-167. — Asayania (Y.)  Kinshian  susitsuteki  ryoho
  sitsnken. [Opeiative treatment of myopia.]  Kyoto Igak-
  kwai Zashi, 1893, no. 69, 1-6.—Ascher (J.)  Beitrage zur
  operativen Behandlung der hochgradigen Myopie.  Beitr.
   z. Augenh.,  Hamb. u. Leipz., 1896, 23. Hft!,  21-30.  AUo
   [Abstr.]: Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch.  deutsch.  Naturf. u.
   Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897,  lxviii, pt.2, 2. Hlfte.. 345-350.
  -----.  Weitere  Beitrage zur operativen Behandlung der
  hochgradigen Myopie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Be-
   handlung weicher Stare.   Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1898. ii,
   252. — Axenfeld.  Eine  Bemerkung  zur Statistik der
  Myopieoperation.  Klin. Monatsbl. f.  Augenh., Stuttg.,
   1903, xii,  60-62.—Badal.  Traitement chirurgical de la
   myopie; la r6fraction statique avant et apr6s l'extraction
   du cristallin.  Gaz. hebd.  d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1901,
   xxii, 326.—Bajardi  (P.)  Sull' estrazione del cristallino
  trasparente nella miopia di  alto  grado.  Cong. d. Ass.
  oftal. ital. Itendic, Pavia, 1898, xv, 97.-----. Contributo
  alia cura  chirurgica della miopia di  alto grado e progres-
   siva.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900. 4. s., vi.
  304-306.—Baker (L. Y.)  The treatment of high myopia
   by aphakia.   J. Ophth.. Otol. &  Laryngol.,  N. Y., 1896,
  viii, 294-299. — Barnes (J. L.)  Eemoval of the lens in
  myopia.  Med. Kec, N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 925-930.—Barrett
   (<L W.)  Extraction of lens for high myopia.   Intercolon.
  M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1898, iii, 659-662.—Barrett
   (J. \V.) Sc Orr (\V. F.)   Good result following extraction
  of lenses for high myopia.  Ibid., 1903,  viii, 527.—Basso
   (D.)  L' operazione del cristallino nella cura della miopia
  eccessiva. Atti Cong, region, ligure, Genova, 1900,  vi, 82-
  84. -----. L' operazione della miopia mediante la  disois-
  sione e 1' estrazione combinate del  cristallino trasparente.
  Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1901, 385-391.  -----. Sni metodi opc-
  rativi per la correzione della miopia grave.  Ibid., 1902,
  1105-1112. ----. Ln metodo rapido per la cura chirurgica
  della miopia eccessiva.  Mem. d.  Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital.
  1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 198-216.  Also:  Ann. di ottal.,  Pavia,
  1903, xxxii, 289-307.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Cong. d.  Ass.  oftal.
  ital.  Rendic. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi,25-28.-----. Ln nuovo
  metodo rapid > per la cura chirurgica della miopia.   Ann.
  di ottal., Pavia,  1902, xxxi,  659-662.—Beard (C. H.) Op-
  erative aphakia  in malignant myopia.  Ophth. Rec, Chi-
  cago, 1902, xi, 71. — Benedetti  (A.)  A proposito  del
  trattameuto della miopia forte, per mezzo dell' estrazione
  del cristallino trasparente.   Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di
  Roma, 1905, iii, 105-107.—Benson (A.  H.)  The surgical
  treatment of  short sight.   Med.  Press  Sc Circ,  Lond.,
  1904, n. s., lxxvii, 573-575— Bettremieux.  Ketour d'un
  ceil myope k l'enunetropie; essais de cure radicale  de la
Myopia (Treatment of, Operative).
  myopie.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. franc,  d'opht.,  Par., 1898,
  xvi, 403-408. — Bisscll (E. J.)  Extraction of the lens
  for extreme  myopia; a case.  Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N.
  Y., 1897, xxxii, 197-201.   Also:  J. Ophth., Otol. &. Laryn-
  gol., N. Y., 1897, ix, 279-283. — Bjerke (K.)  Leber die
   lU'iechnung  des  Brechwerthes der Linse nnch Myopie-
  operationen.   Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz.,  1903, lv. 389-413.
   -----.  Oie  operative  Beseitigung der  durchsichtigen
  Linse wegen hochgradiger Myopie.  Ztschr. f. Augenh.,
   Berl., 1902, viii,  130-175. — Borysiekiewicz.  Leber
  operative  Behandlung  der  Myopie.  Mitth.  d. Ver.  d.
   Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1899. xxxvi, 1-4.—de Britto
   (V.)  Contribuicao ao estudo do  tratamento  da myopia
   por meio da suppressao  do cristallino; algumas observa-
   coes ipie attestam a efflcacia deste novo metodo therapeu-
   tico. Brazil-med., Kiode Jan., 1899, xiii, 188; 198 — Brans
   (H. IL)   Removal of the lens  in high mvopia.  Am. J.
   Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv,  313-316.  Also: Lancet, Lond.,
   1899, ii, 1358. -----. Two cases of discission ot the lens
   in high  myopia.  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis,  1899, xvi, 72-
   75. -----. Removal of  the lens  iu  high myopia.  Ann.
   Ophth., St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 41-56. -----. Notes on forty
   cases of  extraction of the lens in cases of high mvopia.
   Brit. M.  J.,  Lond.,  1902, ii, 1441.—Bruno Sc  Kobin.
   Dislocation of lens into anterior chamber in high myopia;
   recovery after removal with scoop.  N. Orl. M. & S. J.,
   1901-2, liv, 587.—Biirstenbinder.  Operative Behand-
   lung hochgradiger Myopie durch Entferuung der Linse.
   Cor.-Bl. d. allg.  iirztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1896,
   xxv, 214-223.—Bull (C. S.)  The operative treatment of
   myopia of high degree by  the removal  of the  crystalline
   leiis.  Tr. N. York M. Ass. (1899), 1900, xvi,  59-73.   AUo:
   Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi,  81-85.  Also,  Reprint.—
   Cabannes Sc l^afou (0.)  Extraction du cristallin dans
   la myopie forte.  Gaz. hebd. d.  sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905,
   xxvi, 319.—Carter (R. B.)  A case of operation  for ex-
   treme myopia.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 87.—Clinillous
   (F.) Le traitement correcteur de la myopie au congres de
   la Society francaise d'ophtalmologie.  Gaz. med. de Nantes,
   1905, 2.  s., xxiii, 441-454.—Chauvel.   Sur une note  de
   M.  le Dr  Vacher, concernant  l'extraction  du cristallin
   transparent  comnie moyen prophylactique et traitement
   de la myopie tres forte progressive.   [Rap.]  Bull. Acad.
   de m6d., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii, 749-753.—Chavez (L.)
   Ln caso de miopia tratado por la extirpaci6n del cristaliuo.
   Gac. m6d., Mexico, 1899, xxxvi, 159. -----. Miopia tratada
   por la supresi6n del cristalino.  I bid., 421-426.—G'ohn(tL)
   Operative Heilung holier  Kurzsichtigkeit.  Centralbl f.
   Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, i,  219-223.   Also:  Gartenlaube,
   Leipz., 1896, 856-864.  -----. Fall vou hochstgradiger ope-
   rativ geheilter Myopie. Jahresb d. schles. Gesellsch. f.
   vaterl. Kult. 1896, Bresl., 1897,  lxxiv, 1. Abt.,  med. Sect.,
   100.—Collins (Sir W. J.)  Ablation of the crystalline
   lens to rectify high myopia. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1620.—
   Cross (F. R.)  Discussion on the operative treatment of
   high myopia.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc. L. Kingdom, Lond., 1898-9,
   xix, 160-246. -----. The operative treatment  of eyes ex-
   hibiting high degrees of myopia.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii,
   17-22.  [Discussion]. 27.—Csapodi (I.)  Myopia oper&lt
   esete.  [Two operations for. .  .]   Cry6gydszat, Budapest,
   1899, xxxix, 187.  Also: Orvosi hetil". Budapest, 1899, xliii,
   98.—Bagilaiski (V. A.)  Operativnoye llecheniyo viso-
   kikh stepenei blizorukosti.  [Operative treatment of high
   degrees of myopia.]  Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1901,  iv,
   649-677.—Bi'schainps.  L'operation  de la suppression
   du cristallin transparent comnie cure radicale de la myopie
   forte.  Dauphine med.,  Grenoble,  1899, xxiii, 241-247.—
   Biseussion  (A) on the operative treatment  of high
   myopia.   Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1896,  ii,  631-636.—Bisler
   (D. D.)   Desyat  sluchayev operativnavo liecheuiya viso-
   kikh stepenei blizorukosti.   ['Pen cases of operative treat-
   mentof high degrees of myopia. J  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1897,
   xviii, 702-704. — Bistlcr.   Leber die operative Behand-
   lung der bochstgradigen Kurzsichtigkeit. Med.Cor.-Bl.d.
   wurttenib.arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1897, lxvii, 229-233.—Bono-
   van (J. A.)   Operative  treatment  of myopia.   Ophth.
   Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 10.—Bransnrt. Troisi^me con-
   tribution au traitement do la myopie progressive par l'iri-
   dectomie et  de la scl6rotomie.  Bull, et in^in. Soc. franc.
   d'opht..Par., 1897,xv,163-175. —Bubnrry(J.)  Traitement
   op6ratoire.de la myopie forte progressive par I'ablation du
   cristallin. Normandie med., Rouen, 1895, x, 419-423. —Eiu-
   im it (IY)   Fiinfzig Operationeu gegen Mvopie (lurch
   Lva< uatiolentis.  Arcb.f.Ophth.,Leipz., 1903,1 v,358-379.—
   Englaender (A.)  De l'extraction du cristallin dans un
   cas de myopie forte.  Gaz. ni6d. d'Orient, Constant., 1901-
   2, 759-Tti::. —tOperon.  De la correction op6ratoire de la
   myopie forte. Arch, d'opht.. Par.. 1895, xv, 750-763. -----.
   Noch einmal die operative Correction  der  hochgradigen
   Myopie;  Antwort  an   Herrn Otto.   Arch.  f.  Ophth.,
   Leipz., 1898, xliv, 1. Abth., 108-110.—Eskelin (Karolina).
   Ett med linsextraktion behandladt fall af hdggradig myopi.
   [Lens extraction  for a case of myopia of  high  degree.]
   Finska lak.-sallsk. handl..  Helsingfors, 1895,  xxxvii, 495-
   510.—Fage.  Traitement operatoire de, la  myopie forte.
   Gaz. med. de  Picardie,  Amiens, 1899, xvii, 01—04. -----.
   Myopie trait6e par l'extraction du cristallin transparent. 
MYOPIA.
282
MYOPIA.
Mvopia  (Treatment of Operative).
  Ibid., V.wi xx. 526.— Feinstein (L.)  Oleczenin krotko-
  wzrocznosci metoda operacvjna,  [Operative treatment of
  mvopia.]  lvryi.lek.. Warszawa. 1897, i, 235-24(1. — Fi se her
  (til  Operation der  Kurzsichtigkeit  und  Ablosung der
  Netzhant.  Ceniralbl. f.  prakt,  Augenh.. Leip/.,  1899,
  xxiii, 79-82.—dc Font-Bcnulx.  Resultats de I'abla-
  tion  ilu cristallin transpaieut Cms la myopie foite   [Lap.
  de Cbauvel.l  Bull. Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1905. 3. s., liv, 398-
  401— Fricdeiibcrjj (K.)  High degree of myopia cured
  bv operation.   Year  Bk. M. Ass. (iv. N. York, 1902, 139—
  Fricdcnwald I A.)  Removal of the crystalline lens for
  hi"h degrees of myopia.   J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. &
  Surg.. Bait.. 1901-2,  iv, 33-35— Frohlich (C.)  Beitrag
  zur chirurgiscben  Bebandliing hochgradiger Kurzsichtig-
  keit. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1897, xxxv, 267-281.   Also.
  transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Ophth., N.Y., 1901, xxx, 61.—Frost
  (W.  A.)   The operative treatment of  myopia.  Edinb. M.
  J., 1898, n.  s.,  iv,  323-333. -----. The optical effect of
  removal  of the lens  in  myopia.  Lancet, Lond.,  1899,
  ii,155. • ----.  The operative treatment  of high myopia.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904. ii, 1300.—Fuehs (E.)   Zur opera-
  tiven Behandlung hochgradiger Kurzsichtigkeit.  Wien.
  klin Wchnsehr., 1899, xii. 125. — Fukala (V.)  Opera-
  tive Behandlung der hochstgradigen Mvopie durch Apha-
  kic.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1«90, xxxvi,  2. Abth., 230-
  244.  AUo, transl.: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1890, vii, 347-
  360.  -----.  Die iiescliwerden hochsigradiger Myopen uud
  die  durch die  Aphakie  eizielten  Vortheile.   Internat.
  klin. Rundschau, Won, 1891, v,  341;  381; 428.  -----. A
  cliuical lecture on'the advantages of aphakia  in seveie
  myopia.   Med. Press Sc Circ,  Lond., 1891,  n. s.,  li, 553-
  555.  -----.  Leber die Indicationeu   und  Contraindica-
  tionen der Operation hbchstgradiger  Myopie durch Dis-
  cission.   Aerztl. Centr.-Anz.,  Wien,  1894. vi, 522-524.
  -----. Correction hochgradiger Myopie durch Aphakie;
  Wahl des Operationsverfahrens, mit Riicksicht auf die
  pat hologisch-anatomischen Veranderungeu der Chorioidea.
  Tr Internat. Ophth.Cong., Edinb.,1894, viii, 181-190.   Also,
  transl.: Pizegl. lek., Krak6w, 1*95, xxxiv, 1U5-107. -----.
  Beitrag zur Oeschichte der operaiiveu Behandlung der
  Myopie.  Areh. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,  1894, xxix,  42-50.
  —■---. Zur Frage der Prioritat  der  operativen Behand-
  lung hochgradiger Myopie.  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1894, n. F"., xi,  129.  -----. Bemerkungen zur Operation
  hochgradiger Kuizsichtigkeit (lurch  Discission und Ex-
  traction der Linse;  iiber die Lage der Cardinalpuukte
  und  Berechnung  der  Bildgrosse.  Aerztl. Centr. - Anz.,
  Wien,  1K95  vii, 402;  420;  435; 451;  467;  483;  499; 515;
  533;  546.  -----. Zur Verbesseruug der Sehscharfe  nach
  Myopieoperationen.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 1.
  Abth.,  206-217. -----. Zum Werth der Myopieoperatio-
  nen  und  zur Berechnung der Achsenlange des menseh-
  lichen  Auges.  Aerztl.   Centr.-Anz.,  Wien,  1897, ix,
  285-287. -----.  Gegenwartiger Stand  der  Myopie-Opera-
  tionen.    Wien. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1898, xlviii,  642;  702.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Compt.-reud. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897,
  Mosc,  1898, vi, sect. 11,  153-160. -----. Zur Geschichte
  der  Heiluug hochgradiger Myopie durch Linsenentfer-
  nung.   Wien. med.  Presse, 1898, xxxix, 214-220. -----.
  Ricbtigstellung zu F. Otto's Publication im Arch.f. Ophth.
  Arch f.Ophth., Leipz., 1898, xiv, 228-230.—«alezowski.
  Etiologie  de la myopie, traitement des formes graves par
  l'excision des  lambeaux  corn6ens.   Bull, et  ni6m. Soc
  franc, d'opht.. Par.,  1887, v, 257-205. —Oelpke (T.)  Die
  operative Correction hbchstgradiger  Myopie.  Verhandl.
  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte'1896, Leipz., 1897,
  lxviii, pt.2, 2. Hlfte., 337-345.  -----. Leber die detinitiven
  Erfolge der Phakolyse.  Verhaudl. d. (iesellseh. deutsch.
  Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1903,  Leipz., 1901,  ii, 2. Hlfte.. 302.—
  Oelpke (T.)  A-  Bihler (W.)   Die operative Behand-
  lung der  myopischen  Schwachsichtigkeit; kliuische Er-
  fahrnngen und theorctische Betrachtungeu.   Beitr. z.
  Augenh.,  Hamb.  u.  Leipz., 1897, 28.  Hft.,  593-764.—
  Ciepncr (B. R.)   O leczeniu kr6tkowzrocznosci  wyso-
  kiego slopuia  za  pomoca. usuwauia  soczewki.  [On tho
  treatmentof hirh degrees of myopia bv  extracting the
  crystalline lens ]  Medycyna, Warszawa", 1896, xxiv, 691-
  696— Oiuestous.  Myopie forte ;  extraction du  cris-
  talliu transparent.  Bull. Soc.  d'anat. el  physiol. . . . de
  Bordeaux. 1900, xxi. 31-3::.—Uirginoff  (T.)  Operativ-
  noto Ueeheuie na gollemoto kusoglledstvo.   [Operative
  treatment for  excessive  mvopia. |   Med. shorn, Soflya,
  1899, v, 641-05*.  4^oldzieher <W.)   Die operative Be-
  seitigung der  Myopie.  Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,  Buda-
  pest, 1897.  \xxiii.  1(167-1069.  AUo:  Pract. Arzt,  Buda-  I
  pest, 1898, ix. no. 2, 3.  -----. Myopia excessiva sikeresen
  operalt esete.   [Successful operation for...]  Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1*97,  xii, 534.  Also:  Orvosi heti s/emle
  Budapest. 1897, xxiii, 590-592. Also, transl.:  Lno-ar  med'
  Presse, Budapest. 1897,  ii, 1074. -----. Tulsagos  rovid-
  liitas miatt sikeresen  operalt 26 eve* no.   [Successful op.
  eration  tor excessive  myopia in a woman 26 years old  ]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii, 570.   Also, transl ■  Pest
  med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest, 1897, xxxiii,  1223.  _____
  Vorstellung einer vor  drei Jahren wegen  hbchstgradiger
  Myopie operirten Kranken.  Pest,  med.-chir. Presse
  Budapest, 1897, xxxiii,  1123. -----.  Siilyos szemfeu6ki
Jlyopia (Treatment of  Operative).
  elvaitoz&sokkiiljilrolegnngvohb foki'i myopia miatt operfilt
  egyen.   [Important removal  ot Yi>.e of e\e  by operation
  for excessive myopia. |  Orvosi lietil.. Budapest', 1*99, xliii,
  112.   AUo: Gyogyas, at. Budapest, 1*99. xxxix. 234._____!
  A myopia  ellenes operatio \ egeredmenyi -irol.   [The final
  result of operation for myopia ]  Oivosi hetil,  Budapest
  1899, xliii,  248; 259.  Also: Orvosi  heti szemle.  Budapest'
  1889, xxvi,  681; 724.  Also, transl., Pest. med.-chir. Presse]
  Budapest,  1899, xxxv, 944-948. -----. Anatok a mvopia
  oper&l&sanak  technik&j&hoz.   [Contributions  on the  op-
  erative technique  of myopia.]  Orvosi hetil, Budapest,
  1899, xliii,  620.   Also: Orvosi  heti szemle, Budapest, ]*99J
  xxvii, 600.  -----. Myopia-operatio esretina-leval&s.  [  . . .
  and removal of ... )  Orvosi  heti szemle, Budapest, 1900,
  xxix, 596.— Ordsz (E.)   A nagyfokrt  lovidWlas operativ
  kezei6seuek kerdese. [The question of the opeiative treat-
  ment of excessive myopia.]  Szeni6szet, Budapest, 1895,23.
  -----. A lovidliitsis operdl^sa.  [Operation loi  mvopia.J
  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest,  1897, xii, 571.  (Discussion), 583.
  AUo: Szeni6szet, Budapest, 1898, 1-4.  AUo, transl..- Pest.
  med.-chir.   Presse,  Budapest, 11S98,  xxxiv.  748;  770.—
  f» nil baud (G.)  Ln cas de  cure radicale de myopic  par
  Text raction  du cristallin  transparent.    Gaz. med. ne
  Nantes,  1898-9, xvii, 219-221.—Haight (A.  T.)  Opera-
  tive treatment in high degrees of myopia.  Illinois M. J.
  Springfield, 1899-1900, xlix, 212-216.   Also: ,1.  Am.  M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1899,  xxxiii,  144-147.—Harlan (H.)  A
  contribution to the question of  removal of the lens in
  myopia.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1*96, xxvii,  1133.—
  Hertcl (E.)   Ein Beitrag  zur Frage i'er  Mvopieopeia-
  tion.   Arch.  f. Ophth.,   Leipz.,  1899, xlviii,' 420-426. —
  Hess (C.)  Ueber neuere  Fortschritte iu  der  opera-
  tiven  Behandlung  hochgradiger  Kurzsichtigkeit.   Zt-
  schr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frank!', a. M.,  1897, vi,  409-474.—
  von  Hippel (A.)  Leber  die  operative  Behandlung
  hochgradiger Myopie.  Ber.  ii.  d.  Versamml.  d.  ophth.
  Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1895, xxiv, 17-25.  (DiscussionJ. 32-42.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.. 1894, xii. 156.
  Also  [Abstr.]:  Sitzungsb. d. Ver. d.  Aerzte  zu Halle a.
  S. 1893-4, Miinchen, 1895,  iv, 44.-----.  Leber die operative
  Behandlung  hochgradiger Kurzsicbtigkeit.   Deutsche
  med.  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.  Berl., 1897,  xxiii, 395-400.
  -----. Ueber  die dauernden Erfolge  der Myopie-Opera-
  tionen.  Cong, internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht.  Compt.-rend.,
  Amst, 1900, 438-449.  Also: Arch.  f. Ophth., Leipz., 1899,
  xlix,  387-404.   Also: Ztschr.  f. Augenh.,  Berl., 1899, ii,
  Ergnzngshft., 47-50.  -----.  Mvopieoperation  und Ketz-
  hautablosung.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1905, xxxi,  1032-1034.-Hirschbcrg (J.)  Ueber die Ver-
  minderung der Kurzsichtigkeit dun h Beseitigung der
  Krystall • Linse.  Centralbl.   f.  prakt. Augenh., Leipz.,
  1897,  xxi, 65-73.—Hori (M.)   Beitrag zur operativen Be-
  handlung  der  hochgradigen Myopie.  Arch. f. Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1*94, xxix, 142-16'.—Horn (E.)  Ein Beitrag zur
  Frage der Myopieoperation.   Ztscbr. f.  Augenh., Berl.,
  1900,  iii,  683-738.—Hiibuer.   Die operative 1 ehandluug
  der  hochgradigen Kurzsichtigkeit.  Beitr. z.  Augenh.
  Als  Festg. ... A.  von Hippel,  Halle a. S.,  1899, 3-26.
  \Also:  Samml.  zwangl. Abhandl.  a. d. Geb. d. Augenh.,
  Halle a. S., 1899,  iii, 3.  Hft.,  1-26.— Jaboulay. Des
  effets de la section du sympathique cervical sur la vision
  chez  l'homme, et, en particulier, de son influence favo-
  rable sur la mvopie. Trav. de neurol.  chir., Par., 1*98,  iii,
  281-283.—Jackson (E.)  Removal of the  clear crystal-
  line  lens for  high myopia.  Ophth. Rec., Chicago, 1898,
  vii, 55-62.  -----. The operative treatment of high myopia.
  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s.,  iii, 97-104.  AUo :  Progr.
  Med., Phila. Sc N. Y., 1899, ii, 451-453. -----. The amount
  of myopia correcte I  bv removal of the crystalline lens.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 707-709.—J essop
  (W. H.)   Removal of the lens in  high myopia.   St. Barth.
  Hosp. Rep. 1899, Lond., 1900, xxxv.  242-244. — Jocq«.
  Ein Verf.ihren, diedurchsichtige Linse ra-ch znr vollstau-
  digen Durchtriibung zu bringen, ohne die Kapsel zu zer-
  reissen.  Ophth. Klin.,  Stuttg., 1899. iii, 24H-250. AUo
  [Abstr.]:  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1899. ii, Ergnzugshf't.,
  52.  Also,  transl.:  Clin.  opht. Par.,  1899,  v,  184-186.—
  Kaelin - Bcnziger.   Die  operative Behanilluug  der
  hochgradigen Kuizsichtigkeit (Phakolyse).  Allg. Wien.
  med. Ztg.,  1900,xiv, 488-490.  Also:  Paracelsus   N Privat-
  krankenh. u. Augenheilaust.   I.  Ber. 1896-8, Lin.-ieileln,
  1899,  41-47.-Kayser (B.)  Leber die operative Behand-
  lung  der hochgradigen Kurzsichtigkeit.   [Fiom:  Wiirt-
  temb. Correspond.]  Aerztl.  Buudschau. Miim hen, 1896,
  vi, 817-819.  Also: Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttcmb.  iirztl. Ver.,
  Stuttg.,  1896,  lxvi, 377-3*0—lioenig  (K.)  Traitemeut
  chirurgical de la myopie forte par l'extractioii du cristal-
  lin transparent.  Progres med..  Par..  1899. 3. s.. ix, 257-
  262.—Bollock (0. W.)  Notes  upon  the surgical tieat-
  meutof a case of high mvopia.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. Hart-
  ford,  1900,  ix, pt. 1, 100-101.   AUo: Carolina M. .1.. Char-
  lotte, 1900. xiv. 175-179  -----. Further remarks upon the
  surgical treatment  of high  myopi \  with  the  report of
  an additional  operation.   Ophth.  Rec, Chicago. 1901, x,
  473. — lingrange ( F.)  Traiteiuent (b  la myopic  par
  l'extraction du cristallin transparent.   Mem. et bull. Soc.
  de med. et chir. de Bordeaux  (1896), 1897,  355:  (1897), 
MYOPIA.
283
MYOPIA.
llyopia  (Treatment  of, Operative).
  189*. 377.  Also  [Abstr.]: J. do med. de Bordeaux, 1898,
  xxviii, 33. -----.  Myopie  et extraction  du  cristallin.
  M6m. et bull. Soc.  de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1901),
  1902, 138.  AUo: Gaz. hebd.  d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903,
  xxiv, 6". -----. Traitement de la myopie forte par l'ex-
  traction  du  cristallin transparent;  resultats  eioignes.
  Ann. d'ocul.,  Par.,  1904, exxxii, 241-252. -----. Myopie
  forte; extraction du cristallin transparent de l'ceil droit.
  Gaz. hebd.  d. sc. med.  de  Bordeaux, 1904.  xxv, 598.—
  L<aska (R.)  Operative Behandlung der Mvopie.  Mili-
  taerarzt,  Wien,  1899, xxxiii,  165-167.—Leber  (T.)  Be-
  merkungen  iiber die Sebscharfe hochgradig myopischer
  Augen vor und  nach operativer Beseitigung der Linse.
  Arch.  f. Ophth., Leipz., 1897, xliii,  1. Abth., 218-251.—
  Levi (E.)  Der heutigo Stand der operativen  Myopie-
  behandlung; zusanimenfasseiide Darstellung.  Berl. klin.-
  therap. Wchnsehr., 1904, 265-2i;s.  Also:  Wien.  klin.-the-
  rap. Wchnsehr., 1904, 264-2t;8 — I,yutkevieh (A. G.)  Ob
  operativnom llcchenii blizoi-uko>ti.   [Operative treatment
  of myopia.]  Vestnik oftal mol., Kiev, 1901, xviii, 445-448.
  [Discussion],  452-454. — .Hackay ( G.)   The surgical
  treatment of high  myopia.  Edinb.  Hosp. Rep., 1900, vi,
  330-339.—Maddox (E. E.)  A new operation for moder-
  ate short sight.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1001.—JEa-
  gen (O.) Der heutige Stand der operativen  Behandlung
  hochgradiger  Myopie nach  Fukala.  Wien. med. Presse,
  1898, xxxix, 9; 52;  98; 141—yieighan  (T.  S.)  Extrac
  tion of the lens for  high degrees of myopia.   Glasgow M.
  J., 1894,  xii, 168-175.—de iTlets.  Le traitement chirur-
  gical des mvopies extremes.  Ann. Soc. ni6d.-chir. d'An-
  vers, 1897, 233-248.—Itleyerhof (M.)  Die Myopie-Opera-
  tionen der Bromberger Augen klinik.  Arch. f. Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1901, xliv, 135-152.—ittiyashita (S.)  [The effect
  of the operation for mvopia and of the refraction after the
  operation.]  Tokyo  Iji-Shinshi, 1897, no. 1000,8-13.—Mohr
  (M.)  Myopia operfilt esete.  [Case of operation for . . .j
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 123.  Also: Orvosi heti
  szemle,  Budapest,  1899, xxvi, 340;  366.  AUo:  Gy6gya-
  szat, Budapest,  1899, xxxix, 250.—yiotais.   Traitement
  de la myopie progressive par le reculement  tendineux et
  apou6vrotique.  Rev.  gen.  d'opht., Par.,  1890,  ix, 215-
  218.—Motoyama (T.)  [The operative treatment of my-
  opia.]  Inouye Gankwa Dosokwai Kwai no,  Tokyo, 1899,
  250-257.— TI iintendam (P.)   De operatieve behandeliug
  der zware myopie.   Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,
  1898, 2. R., xxxiv, d. 2, 1057-1074.—rYcsic (D. P.)  Opera-
  tivno lefienje velike kratkovidosti.  [Operative treatment
  of excessive mvopia.]  Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd,
  1899, v, 439-443.—Noyes (H. D.)  Remarks on cases of
  high myopia; report of one case submitted to operation by
  removal  of both crystalline  lenses.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc'.,
  Hartford, 1897-8, viii, 330-333. — Otto (F.)   Beobachtun-
  gen iiber hochgradige Kurzsichtigkeit und ihre operative
  Behandlung.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 2. Abth.,
  323; 3. Abth., 543,  2 pl.  See, also,  supra, fiperon; also,
  Fukala.  -----.  Berichtigung  der sogenannten  Richtig-
  stellung  des  nerrn  Fukala  zu   meiner   Abhandlung
  uber operative  Behandlung  hochgradiger Kurzsichtig-
  keit.  Ibid., 1898,  xlvii, 244-248.—Panas.   Du traite-
  ment chirurgical de la myopie.  Bull. Acad, de med., Par.,
  1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 891-899.   AUo: Arch.  d. d'opht., Par.,
  1897, xvii, 65-74.  Also:  France m6d., Par.,  1897, xliv, 2-
  4.—Peck (E. S.)  A case of high myopia, with successful
  operation.  Post-Graduate,  N. Y., 1905,  xx, 223-229.—
  Pergens(E.)  Zur Correction der Kurzsichtigkeit durch
  Aphakie.  Klin. Monatsbl.  f. Augenh.,  Stuttg.,  1895,
  xxxiii, 42-45. — Peters.   [Spatresultate  der Operation
  bei hochgradiger Myopic]   Kor.-Bl. d. allg.  mecklenb.
  Aerztever.,  Rostock'. 1905,  No.  251, 13.—Pfliiger.  Be-
  merkungen  zur operativen  Behandlung  hochgradiger
  Kurzsichtigkeit. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesell-
  sch., Stnttg., 1892 xxii, 118-132. -----.  Myopia maxima
  behandelt mit Aphakic   Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz.
  1894, Roma. 1895, vi, oftal., 56-71.  Also: Arch. f. Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1894. xxix. 61. -----.  Behandlung hochstgradiger
  Kurzsichtigkeit mil telst Entfernung dor Linse.  Cor.-Bl.
  f. schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel, 1895, xxv, 642-648. -----. De la
  correction operatoire de la  myopie  forte.  Bull, et mem.
  Soc. franc, d'opht.,  Par., 1896, xiv,  142-156.  -----. Sup-
  pression  au cristallin transparent.  Ibid., 1899, xvii. 1-
  235,  I pl., 5 tab. — Pope (It.)   A  case of removal of
  the  transparent  lens (by artificially made cataract) for
  high myopia.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 213.
  -----. Two further cases of removal of the transparent
  lens for  hbgh myopia.  Ibid., 551. — Bau.   Star-Auszie-
  hung bei Starkster Kurzsichtigkeit.  Berl.  klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1899, xxxvi, 724.—Bay (J. M.)  Removal of lens for
  high myopia.  Louisville Month. J. M.  Sc S., 1904-5, xi,
  277. — Bichey (S. O.)  A contribntion to tbe management
  of initial myopia aequisita.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1889,
  n. s., xcviii,'360-365. Also, Reprint.—Bfmovich (F.F.)
  K kazuistikle operativnavo liecheuiya visokikh stepenei
  blizorukosti.  [Operative treatment  of high degrees of
  myopia.J  Kazan.  Med.  J.,  1902, ii, 607-611.  -Bogman.
  Traitement  operatoire  de  la myopie.   Belgique  m6d.,
  Gand-Haarlem, 1898, ii, 705-719.  AUo: Ann. d'ocul., Par.,
  1899, exxi, 1-15.  Also, transl: J. Ophth., Otol., & Laryn-
Jlyopia (Treatment of,  Operative).
  gol., N. Y., 1899, xi, 286-300.—Boh mer.   L'extraction du
  cristallin transparent contre  la  myopie  forte.   Soc. do
  med. de Nancy.   C.-r. . . .  Mem.,  1896-7, 39-59.   Also:
  Lev. med. de Test,  Nancy, 1897, xxix, 447; 479; 570.—
  Sachsalber (A.)  Ueber  Operation der hochgradigen
  Myopie.  Wien med.  Wchnsehr.,  1902;  lii,  1833;  1901.
  Also: Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in  Steiermark,  Graz,  1903,
  xl,  125-133.- Salzmann (M.)   The visual  effect of the
  removal of the lens in high degrees of mvopia.  Ann.
  Ophth., St. Louis, 1897, vi, 436-446. — Nattier (H.)  Ue-
  ber die operative Behandliing der hochgradigen Myopie.
  Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth.  Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1895,
  xxiv, 25-42. -----. Leber ein  vereinfachtes Verfahren
  bei der operativen Behandlung der Myopie und die damit
  erreicbten Ergebnisse.  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien,
  1898, v, 1312-1314.  Also: Ungar. mod. Presse, Budapest,
  1899, iv, 234-236.  AUo: Ber. ii.  d.  Versamml. d.  ophth.
  Gesellsch., Heidelb.,  1898, Wiesb.,  1899, xxvii. 207-217.—
  Saltier (R.)  Thesurgicaltreatnientofexcessivemyopia.
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-8, viii, 338-341.   Also:
  Ophth.  Rec, Chicago, 1898, vii, 487-489.—Sarage  (G. C.)
   The operative treatment of high degrees of mvopia.  Tr.
  M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1901, 78-84.—Schanz (F.)
  Ueber  die Zunahme der Sehscbarfe bei  der operativen
  Besoitigung  hochgradiger  Kurzsicbtigkeit.  Arch.  f.
  Ophth., Leipz., 1895,  xii, 1. Abth., 109-118.—Scheflels
  (0.)  Zur Casuistik  der Dauererfolge in der operativen
  Behandlung der Kurzsichtigkeit.   Klin. Monatsbl.  f.
  Augenh.,  Stuttg., 1898, xxxvi,  337-350.  AUo,  transl.:
  Am. J.  Ophth.,  St.  Louis, 1899, xvi, 11-21.—Scheide-
  niann.  Ueber  die  Operative Behandlung  hochgra-
  diger Kurzsichtigkeit.  [Abstr.]  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1897, xxxiv,  510. — Schmidt -Simpler   ( H.  )   Die
  operative  Behandlung hochgradiger  Kurzsichtigkeit
  uud ihre Tndicationen.  Therap.  d.  Gegenw., Berl.-Wien,
  1899, n. F., i,  155-164. -----. Einige Bemerkungen iiber
  die  Fukala-Operation.  Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz.,   1904,  ii, 2.  Hlfte., 303.—
  Schnabel  (I.)  Ueber Myopieheiluug.   Wien.  med.
  Presse,  1898, xxxix,  901-903—Schneide'man  (T. B.)
  The proposed operative treatment of high myopia.   Proc.
  Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1897, xviii, 167-171. — Schoen
  (W.)  La refraction desyeux myopes avant et dansl'apha-
  kie.  Aich. d'opht.,  Par'., 1896, xvi,  344-352.—Schrader.
  Die operative   Behandlung der hochgradigen  Myopie;
  Sammelreferat.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1*99, i, 56-76.—
  Schreiber (P.)  Die  Indication der Myopie-Operation.
  Festschr. z. Feier d. 50. Besteh. d. med. Gesellsch.  zu
  Magdeb., 1898,  149-160. — Schweigger.  Correction der
  Myopie durch  Aphakie.  Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth.
  Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1892, xxii, 115-118. -----. Operative
  Beseitigung  hochgradiger  Myopie.   Allg.  Wien.  med.
  Ztg., 1893, xxxviii, 243; 256.  AUo:  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix,  465. — Scott (K.)  Re-
  moval of the transparent lens from tbe eye in high de-
  grees of myopia.  Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii,  805.—Second!
  (R.)  Sulla  cura chirurgica della miopia.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1898, xix, 921-924.  Also:  Atti Cong, region, li-
  gure 1898, Savona, 1899, iv, 20-28. — Seidemnauu (M.)
  Operacyjne leczenie silnego krdtkowidztwa.   [Operative
  treatmentof severe myopia.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1899,
  xx, 109-115.—Sc mi (A.)  Beitrag zur operativen Behand-
  lung der hochgradigen Kurzsichtigkeit.  Arch.f. Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1901, xliii. 241-281.—Sherer (J.  W.)  The opera-
  tive treatment  of high myopia.  Kansas City  M. Rec,
  1902, xix, 295-298. —Shreder  (F.  Y.)  [ voii Schroder
  (T.) in German].  Operativnoye  izllecheniye naivisshikh
  Htepenel  blizorukosti  poaredst vom  izvlecheniya  khrus-
  talika.   [Operative  treatment of very high degrees of
  myopia by excision  of the  lens.]   Med. Obozr.,  Mosk.,
  1891, xxxv, 1143-1154.  Also, transl.: St. Petersb. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1891, n. F., viii,  251-256.  -----. O rezultatakh
  operativnavo liecheuiya naivisshikh stepenei blizorukosti
  posredstvom izvlecheniya khrustalika.  [Results of opera-
  tive treatment of very high degrees of myopia by extracting
  the crystalline lens.]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1894, xi, 101-
  117.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v
  pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894, i, 432-435.   Also, transl.
  [Abstr.]: Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1894, vi, 37;  54.—
  Sikldssy (G.)  A kozell&tdsag  oper&hisa.   [The opera-
  tion for myopia.]  Budapesti orv. u.jsdg, 1904,  ii, 493; 514.—
  Silex  (P.)  Die operative Behandlung der hochgradigen
  Myopie.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl.,  1899, xiii,  593-599.
  -----.  Die operative Behandlung der hochgradigen Kurz-
  sichtigkeit.   Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz.,  19114, xvii, 49-
  52. — Silvestri (A.)   La cura  chirurgica  della  miopia.
  Settimana med.  d. Sperimentale,  Firenze, 1896,1,211; 253;
  265.—Snell (S.)  On  removal of the crystalline  lens in
  high degree of myopia, as illustrated iu sixty cases.  Am.
  J. Ophth., St.  Louis,  1904,  xxi,  118-121.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1904, i.  486.   Also, transl. [Abstr.]:
  Clin, opht., Par., 1904, x, 127.—Soler Arrugaeta (D.)
  Consideraciones sobre  la cxtraccidn del  ciisialiiio eu la
  miopia fuerte.  Union med., L6rida, 1897, ii. 10-12.— Sour-
  dille (G.)  De l'extraction du cristallin transparent dans
  la myopie forte.  Gaz. ni6d. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 202-
  204.—Stafford (H. E.)  The extraction of clear lenses for 
MYOPIA.
284
MY OSTEOMA.
mvopia  (Treatment of Operative).
  myopia.  Report of live cases.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, At-
  lanta 1894  155-1 ".8.  AUo: South. M. Rec. Atlanta,  1894,
  xxiv. 296-299.  Also:  N. York Polyclin., 1894, iii, 172.—
  Mtevenson <K.)  Removal of the crystalline lens in high
  myopia:  spontaneous cure of divergent strabismus.  Liv-
  erpool M.-Chir. J., 1898, xviii, 329-332. — Sticren (E.)
  Removal of the crystalline lens in high myopia.  Penn. M.
  J..  Pittsburg, 1903-4,  vii, 629-631. — Stood (W.)   Zur
  Myopieoperation.  Wien. med. Presse,  1898, xxxix,  15*3;
  1623.   Also [Abstr.]: Verhaudl.  d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,  lxx. pt. 2, 2.  Hlfte.,
  204. — *zili i A.)  A rovidldtdsdg operalasa kerdeserol.
  [Theque-tion of operation for myopia.] Orvosi heti szemle,
  Budapest. 1*99, xxvi, 339.—Tacke (R.)  La myopie, ses
  causes, sa guerison par la methode operatoire.  Ann. de
  I'lnst. chir. de Brux., 1894, i, 1-22— Terlinck.  L'opera-
  tion de la myopie.  Clinique, Brux., 1905, xix, 361-365.—
  Tersou (J.)   La  suppression du cristallin transparent
  dans la myopie elevee.  Arch. m6d. de Toulouse, 1899, v,
  236-244.—Thier.  Die operative Correction hochstgradi-
   fer Myopie (lurch Discission der Linse.   Deutsche  med.
   Vchnschr..  Leipz. n. Berl., 1893, xix, 717-720.  Also: Wien.
  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1894, vii, 399-402. -----. Beobachtungen
  iiber  operative Correction  der Myopie.  Tr. Internat.
  Ophth. Cong., Edinb., 1894, viii, 173-181. —Thilliez (L.)
  Traitemeut de la myopie forte par l'extraction du cristallin
  transparent.  Pratique jour.. Lille, 1895-6, i, 254-256.—
  Thorner  (W.)  Leber  die Operation der hochgradigen
  Kurzsichtigkeit.   Charity-Ann.,  Berl.,  1905,  xxix,  644-
  657.—Tiinberiiiaii (A.) Excessive myopia; indications
  for operation, aud results which we may reasonably expect;
  report of a case. Ann.Ophth., St. Louis, 1899, viii, 488-497.
  Also.- ,i.  Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1*99,  xxxiii, 1128-1130.—
  Trousseau  (A.)  Traitemeut operatoire de jla myopie
  par l'extraction du cristallin transparent.  Presse m6d..
  Par., 1899, i, 160. -----. Du traitement  chirurgical  de la
  myopie.  Gaz.  hebd. de me.d.. Par., 1900, n. s., v, 685-6*7.
  -----. La suppression du cristallin  transparent dans le
  traitement de la myopie.  Presse m6d., Par., 1903, ii, 829.—
  True (II.)  Traitement chirurgical et curatif de la myopie
  dans  les myopies fortes  et le  keratocone.  N. Montpel.
  m6d , 1892,  i.  167-173.  -----.  L'aspiration-succion  dans
  l'extractioii myopique du cristallin.  Clin, opht..  Par.,
  1901,  vii,  322.—ETrdarcnuu  (C.)  Tratamentul miopiel
  prin  estractiunea cristalinnlui transparent.   Rev. san.
  mil., Bucuresci, 1899-1900, iii,  231-234. — Iliac a  (C.)
  Contribucion ai estudio del tratamiento do la miopia pro-
  gresiva  por la extracci6n  del cristaliuo  transparente.
  [An&lisis por Santos Fern&udez.J  An.  med. gaditanos,
  Cadiz, 1899-1900,  xviii, 112-114.-Vaeher  (L.)  De l'ex-
  traction  du  cristallin transparent  comme moyen prophy-
  lactique  de la myopie trfes forte, progressive, et du decolle-
  ment de  la r6tine.   Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.,  Par.,
  1896,  xiv, 126-142.  Also: Compt.-reud.Coug.iuteruat.de
  med. 1897,  Mosc,  1898, vi, sect. 11, 160-178.  Also:  Rev.
  gen. d'opht.. Par.,  1896,  xv, 260-263.  AUo, transl.:  Ann.
  d'ocul., N. Y., 1896, cxvi, 5-20. -----. Cinquifeme note sur
  la suppression  du  cristallin transparent dans la myopie
  tr6s forte; resultats eioignes;  indications; contre-indica-
  tions. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1899, exxi, 413-430.— Vclha-
  gen.  Erfahrungeu iiber die Behandlung der hochgra-
  oigcii Myopie  durch  Liuseuextraction.   Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899,  xxv, 491-495. — Voigt.
  Leber die operative Behandlung hochgradiger Kurzsich-
  tigkeit mittels der  primaren Linearextractiou der klaren
  Linse und ihre Erfolge.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1902, liv,
  227-255.—Vossius (A.)  Weitere Mitteiluugen iiber die
  operative Behandlung der  excessiven Myopie.  Beitr. z.
  Augenh., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1897, 29. Hft., 1-18.  -----.
  Weitere  Erfahrungeu iiber die Myopieoperation.  Ber. d.
  oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u.  Heilk., Giessen,  1897-9,
  xxxii, 199-201.—Walter (O.)  Ob operativnom llechenii
  visokikh stepenei blizornkosti.  [Operative  treatment of
  high  degrees of  myopia. J   Yuzhno-russk.  med.  gaz.,
  Odessa, 1*96, v, 557-560.— Weeks (J. E.) Extraction of
  tho crystalline lens in high  degrees of myopia.   Med.
  News, N. Y., 1896, lxix, 490-49*. — Weilnn'd (C.)   What
  amount of axial myopia theoretically produces emmetropia
  fordistance after removaloftbecn stalline?  Ann. Ophth
  St. Louis, 1899. viii. 353-356. — Wcsthoflf(C. H. A.) Do
  operatieve bchandclingdermyopie. Med. Weekbl., Amst.,
  1897-8, iv, 473-476.—Wilmer (\\\ II.)  A contribution to
  the surgical treatment of excessive myopia, with report of
  an additional case.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-8,
  viii, 333-337. -----. A case of excessive myopia treated by
  extraction of the tiausparent lens. Arch. Ophth., N. Y.
  1*9*.  xxvii, 65-67.—Wiiigciiroih  (E.) Neuere Erfah-
  rnngen iiber die operative Bihandlung  der  hochgradigen
  Kurzsichtigkeit.  Aerztl. Mitt. a. Baden, Karlsruhe 1904
  lviii, 205-210.—Wolffliu (E.)  Zum gegenwartigen Stand
  der Myopieoperation.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel
  1904,  xxxiv, 199-204.-  Wolfe (J.  R.)  Extraction of
  the transparent crystalline lenses in cases of strou" my-
  opia.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i, 305. — Wray (C.)   The
  extraction  of transparent lenses in high myopia.   Tr
  Ophth. Soc. L. Kingdom,  Loud., 1894-5, n. s., xiv 233-
  238.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 489.—
Iflyopia (Treatment of, Operative).
   Wiirdeinann  (II. V.)   Surgical  treatment  of  higli
   myopia.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1407-1471
   [Discussion],  1473-1476.  AUo: Tr.  West. Ophth.,  Otol
   [etc.] Ass.  Ophth. Div., St. Louis, 1899,61-63.  AUo: Am
   J. Ophth.,  St. Louis, 1899, xvi. 127.  Also: Ann. Ophth
   St. Louis. 1899. viii, 167-181.—Wiirdemaun (H. V.) &
   Black  (N. M.)  Surgical treatment of high myopia.  J
   Am  M. Ass..  Chicago, 1903, xii, 1321-1324.  [Discussion),
   l32*-i:;:;o.—Zanotli (A.)  Du traitement operatoire de la
   myopie  forte  progressive  par  l'extraction du  cristallin
   transparent.   Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1898, cxix,  140-144. —
   Ziinuirrinanu (W.)  Die  operative Heilung hochgra-
   diger Kurzsichtigkeit durch Entfernuug der Linse.   Me-
   morabilien. Heilbr., 1896-7,  n. F.,  xv,  388-397.  AUo:
   Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1897, ix, 125-127.  -----.  Bei-
   trag zur Casuistik derMyopieoperationen.  Ophth. Klin.
   Stuttg., 1899, iii, 197-201.

myopia in children.
     See, also, Myopia  (Causes  of)  in school life;
   Myopia  (Feigned);  Myopia (Prevention of) in
   school life.
     Fovenu de Courmelles.   La myopie  chez les en-
   fants au Congres des societes  savantes du 4 avril  1902.
   Ann. de med.  et chir. inf.. Par.,  1902, vi, 343-349. — Fro-
   ■naget  (C.) &  Ginestous (E.)  Deux  cas de myopie
   61evee chez de jeiines enfants.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de
   Bordeaux.  1903, xxiv, 496.

iflyopia in troops.
     See, also, Armies (Recruiting of).
     liuainiira (J.)  Kuuakusha no kinshishu.  [Myopia
   among the members of the military bands.] Rikuknn
   Kuuik.  Kai Zatji,  Tokio,  1893, no.  65, 442-445.— Ni-
   mier.   De la myopie  chez les candidats  anx ecoles
   militaires.   Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1891, xvi, 15-18.— White-
   head (EL R.)  Clinical lecture on the influence of myopia
   on military service.  Armv M. Dep. Rep. 1892, Lond., 1894,
   xxxiv, 400-405.

myosin and myosinose.
     Chittenden (R. H.) & Cummins (G. W.)  The na-
   ture and chemical  composition of the myosin of muscle
   tissue.  Stud.  Lab. Physiol. Chem. 1887-8,  N. Haven,1889,
   iii, 115-138. AUo: Tr.  Connect. Acid. Arts & Sc,  N
   Haven, 1890, viii, 115-138. — Banilevski (A. I.)  Soder
   zhaniye miozina i miostromi v mishtsakh v zavisimosti ot
   ikh pokoya, dleyatelnosti i drugikh usloviy; referat ra-
   boti N.  Selikhovskavo.  [Amount  of  myosin and  myo-
   stroma in  muscles depending  upon  rest, activity, and
   other conditions; review of the work of N. Sel ikh 6 v ski.]
   Fiziol. sbornik (Danilevski), Kharkov, 1*88, i, 346-366.—
   Ilyiu (M.  D.)  Organizovanniye blelki mishechnavo vo-
   lokna (miozini i miostromini) i  ikh  geneticheskoye  otno-
   sheuiye.  [Organized albumins of muscular fiber (myosins
   and  myostromins)  and  their genetic relation.]  Izvlest.
   S.-Peterb.  biol.  lab., 1900. iv,  19-63. — Kiihne (W.) &
   Chittenden (R. H.)  Mvosiu  und Mvosinosen.  Ztschr.
   f. Biol., Miinchen u. Leipz., 1888-9, u. F~, vii. 358-367.   AUo,
   transl.:  Tr. Connect. Acad. Arts Sc Sc,  N.  Haven,  1890,
   viii, 139-147.  AUo, transl. :  Stud.  Lab. Physioi. Chem.
   1887-8, N. Haven, 1889, iii, 139-147.

JJIyosis  and myotics.
     See, also, Arecolin; Eserin; Muscarin; Pilo-
   carpin.
     Bajardi (P.)  Ricerche sperimenlali sull' azione fisio-
   logiea di un nuovomiotico (tetrametilcianpiridone).  Gior.
   d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900,4. s., vi, 241-247, lpl.—
   Grandclement  (G.)  Indications des myotiques,  en
   particulier de  l'eserine, dans les affections du globe ocu-
   laire.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1887, v, 240-
   244—Iladdaeus. Zur Frage der Eutstehung der Mio-
   sis bei der reflektorischen  Pupillenstarre.  Centralbl. f.
   Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,  Berl. u. Leipz., 1905, xxviii, 129-
   132.—Salgd (J j A sziv&rv&uyh&rtya mozgisi zavaranak
   egy neme.   [On acauseof contraction of the pupil (iritis).]
   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1886, xxx, 985-989.

myositis.
     See Muscles (Inflammation of).

myositis  ossificans progressiva.
     See Muscles (Ossification of).

myositis  syphilitica.
    'See Muscles (Syphilis of).

myospasia.
     See Muscles (Contracture, etc, of).

myosteonia.
     See Muscles (Osteoma of). 
MYOTHERAPY.
285
MYRIAPODA.
myotlierapy.
   * See Physiotherapy.
Irlyotlierinisclie   Uutersucliungen  aus  deu ,
  physiologisehen Laboratorien  zu  Zurich  und
  Wiirzburg vou Billroth,  Blix [et al.].   Gesam-
  melt  uud hrsg. von  A.  Fiek.   2 p. 1., 293  pp.,
  2 pl.   8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1669.
myotics.
    See Myosis, etc.
myotonia.
    See  Ataxia (Hereditary); Muscles (Contrac-
  ture, etc., of).
myotonia congenita.
    See Thomson's disease.
myotonus.
    See Muscle (Tonicity of).
Ulyrdacz (Paul)  [1847-     ].   Ergebnisse der
  Sanitsits-Statistik des k. k. Heeres iu deu Jahren
  1870-8*2.  Mit vergleichender Beriicksichtigung
  der Jahre l»>3-5,  sowie der Sntiitats-Statistik
  fremder Ariueen.  Nach deu mili tar-statist ischen
  Jahrbiichern und  auderen  anthentischen Quel-
  leu.  vii, 3:14 pp., 14 ch.,  3 diag.  8°.  Wien,
  L.  W. Seidel 4- Sohn, 1667.
■------.   Die Verbreitung  dei zu Kriegsdiensten
  untauglich  machendeu  Gebrechen der  Wehr-
  pflichtigen  in Oesterreich-Ungarn.  pp. l-'2ti, 3
  maps.  ^c.    Wien, 1887.
    Forms pt. 1, 25. Hft., of: VI. Internat. Cong. f.  Hyg.
  n. Demog. zu Wien.
------.   Ergebnisse  der  Sanitiits - Statistik des
  k. k.  Heeres in den  Jahren  Lr-3-7.   1.  Theil.
  Ergebnisse der Kecrutirungs-Statistik.  42 pp.
  6'\   Wien, A. Holder, 1669.
    Also forms Xo. 3 of: Samml. med. Schrift., Wien.
------.   Leitfadeu  fur den  Blessiertentriiger  in
  hundert Fragen uud Antworten.  Mit Zugrunde-
  leguug des "Leitfadens fiir den Kranken frage 1"
  des koniglick preussischeu  Oberstabsarztes Vil-
  laret fiir die k.  und k. osterreichisch-ungarische
  Armee.  24 pp.  12°.  Wien, J. Safdf, 1893.
------.    Sanitiits - Geschichte  dee   Krimkrieges
  1*54-6.  1 p. ]., 57 pp.  *-.   Wien, J. Safdf, l>-95.
    In:  Handbuch fur k. und k. Militararzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   Das deutsche Militar-Sanitiitswesen.  Ge-
  schichte uud gcgenwartige Gestaltung.  1 p.  ].,
  99 pp.  8\    Wien, J. Safdf, 1896.
    In:  Handbuch fiir k. und k. Militararzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   DasrussischeMilitar-Sanitiitswesen.  Ge-
  schichte und gcgenwartige Gestaltung.   64 pp.
  8°.  Wien, J. Safdf, 1?96.
    In:  Handbuch fiir k. und k. Militararzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   Sanitats-Gescbichte  des  Feldzuges  1859
  in Italien.  66 pp.   8°.   Wien, J. Safdf, 1896.
    In:  HANDBUCH  fiir k. und k. Militararzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   Sanitiits-Geschichte  des  deutsch-frauzo-
  sischen Krieges  1870-71.  Unter Mitwirkung von
  Johann  Steines.  iv  (1  1.),  156 pp., 1 ch.  8°.
  Wien, J.  Safdf.  1896.
    In:  Haxdbuch  fiir k. nnd k. Militararzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1398, ii.
------.   Das  franzosiscbe  Militar-Sanitiitswesen.
  Geschichte und gegen\vartigev Gestaltung.    2.
  Aufl.   61  pp.  8C.   Wien, J. Satdf, 1697.
    In: Handbuch  fiir k. und k. Militararzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   Das  italienische  Militar-Sanitiitswesen.
  Geschichte  "nd  gegenwiirtige Gestaltung.   67
  pp.  6'-'. Wien, J. §afdf, 1697.
    In: Handbuch fiii k. und k. Militararzte. 8°. Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   Sauitats-Geschichte  der  Feldziige  1864
  und 1866 in  Diinemark, Bohinen  uud  Italien. 1
I?IyrdRCZ (Paul)—continued.
  Mit Beniitzung der Acteu des k. und k. Kriegs-
  archi vs.  125 ]>p., 2 ch.  8 .   Wien, J. Safdf, 16§7.
    In: Handbuch fiir k. und k. Militiiriirzte.  8°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
------.   Sauitats-Geschichte  des  rnssisch-tiirki-
  scheu Krieges 1877-8 in Bulgarien und Annenien.
  1 p. 1., 118 pp.   so.  Wien, ,/. Safdf,  1896.
    In: Handbuch fiir k. und k. Militararzte.  f°.  Wien,
  1898, ii.
    AUo, Co-Editor  of: Jahrbuch fiir Militar-Aerzte,
  "Wien, 1879-88.
    See. also, Handbuch fiir k. und k. Militararzte.  roy.
  8°.  TTten, 1893. -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.  TTi'e?i,
  1899.  -----. The same.  v. 2. 8°.  TTten, 1898.
Wlyrepsus  (Nicolaus).   Liber de  coiiipositione
  medicatiientoriim  secundum  loca; translatus e
  Grseco in Latiuum a Nicolao Ehegino Calabro,
  ante hac nusqnam impressus, cum  brcvissimis
  annotatiouibns locortiui difficilium Joannis Agri-
  cohe Ammonii.   266  1.   4°.  Ingolstadii, A. Weis-
  senhorn,  1541.
------.   Medicameutoruni opus, in sectiones qua-
  draginta octo digestum, hacteuus in Germauia
  non  visum,  omnibus turn medicis,  turn sepla-
  siariis minim in  modum  utile,  a  Leonharto
  Fuchsio . .  . e Greco in Latin 11m  reeeus con-
  versum, luculentissimisque annotationihus illus-
  tratum.  7 p. 1.,  MO  pp., 4 1.  fol.  Basilece, per
  J. Oporinum, 1549.
    Boundwith: Manardus (Joannes).  Epistolarum medi-
  cinalium libri viginti [etc.].   fol. Basttece, 1549.

myriachit.
    See Miryachit.

Myriapoda.
    See, also, Peripatus;  Scolopendra.
    Bollmann (C. H.)   The Myriapoda of North
  America.  Edited by  L. M.  Uuderwood.   S-.
  Washington,  1893.
    Fraundorffer (P.)   Ouiscographia curiosa,
  sive  traetatus  physico-inedico-pharmaceuticus
  de  asellis   vulgo  millepedibus.   24°.   Bruno:,
  1700.
    Rothenbuhler (H.)  * Ein Beitrag zur Kennt-
  nis der  Myriapodenfauna der  Schweiz.  [Bern.]
  8°.  Geneve, 1899.
    Cutting from: Rev. Suisse de zool., 1899.
    de  Saussure  (H.)   Note sur la  familie des
  Polydesmides, piincipalement au point  de  vue
  des especes ame'ricaiiies.   6~.  [n. p.], 1859.
    Cutting from: Linnsea entomologica, 1859.
    Blnncharil (It.) Surle pseudo-parasitisme des myria-
  podes chez l'homme.  Arch, de parasitol.,  Par., 1898,  i,
  452-490.  -----. Nouvelles  observations sur  le pseudo-
  parasitisme des myriapodes  chez l'homme.  Ibid.,  1902,
  vi, 245-250. — Brdlemauu (H. W.)  Myriapodes re-
  cueillis au Pari  par E.-A. Goeldi,  directeur du  Mu-
  see. Zool. Anz., Leipz.,  1903, xxvi, 177-191. —Carlson
  (A. J.)  Contributions to the physiology of the ventral
  nerve-cord of Myriapoda (centipedes aud millipedes).  J
  Exper. Zool.,  Bait., 1904,  i, 269-287. — Casaaet Sc de
  lYabian.  Deux cas de pseudo-parasitisme des Myria-
  podes chez l'homme (Chietechelyne vesuviaua et Hiinan-
  tbarium Gabrielis).  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d.  de Bordeaux,
  1905, xxvi, 437.—Chnuil>erlin (It. V.)  Myriapods from
  Beulab, New Mexico.  Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila.,  1903,
  lv, 35-40— Dubosiq (O. )  La glaude veninieuse des
  Myriapodes chilopodcs.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
  1H91, cxix,352-351.— Faes (H.) Quelques nouveaux Myrio-
  pedes du Valais.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv, 256-260.—
  HenningM (K.)  Zur Biologie der Myriopoden. a) Be-
  inerkungen iiber Glomeris marginata Villers.  b) Geruch
  und Gernchsorgane  der Myriopoden.   Biol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1904, xxiv, 251; 274. '-----. Das Tomo.svarv'sche
  Oigan der Myriopoden. Ztscbr.f. wissensch. Zool.. Leipz..
  1904. lxxvii, 26-52, 1 pl.—ITIeves (F.) Sc von KorllYK.)
  Zur Kenntniss der Zelltheilung bei Myriopoden. Arch
  f. mikr.  Anat., Bonn, 1900-1901, lvii," 481 -486, 1  pl.—
  ITIniioz Kiuiiow (E.)  Nota acerca de un  caso de para-
  sitismo accidental de un myriApodo en la espeoie liumana.
  Arch, de-parasitol., Par.,  1898.  i, 491.— Park (J. T.)
  Poisonous qualities of a  northern centipede.  IT. S.  Dep.
  Agric.  Div. entomol., Wash., 1891-2. iv. 147— Plateau
  (F.) Les myriopodes  marina et la resistance des arthro-
  podes k respiration aerienne k la submersion.  J. de I'anat.
  etphysiol. [etc.], Par., 1890,  xxvi, 236- 269.—vom Rath 
MYRIAPODA.
286
MYSOPHOBIA.
 llyriaporia.
   (O )  Die sinni'soi'gane der Antenne und der TTnterlippe
   di-r Cbilogiiathen.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1886, xxvii,
   4111-437. 1 pl.— Kosxi (G.)  .sullaorgauizzazione dei miria-
   podi.  Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma,
   19o2  ix 5-^- 2 pl.—Ninclair (F. G.)  Myriapoda. Cam-
   bridge Nat. Hist., Lond., 1895, v, 27-80. — Smith (A. J.)
   &.C'ni'li» (K. K.)  Note upon a case of pretended expec-
   toration  "!' Myiiapods. Med. News, N. Y., 1901. lxxix,
   hl8.__Ntcill (F.i  1'eber die (leschlechtsverhaltnisse der
   M\ riapoden uud eiuijier audercu wirbellosen Tbiere, nebst
   Bemerkungen zur Theorie der Zeugung.  Arch. f. anat.,
   Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1842. 238-280, 3 pl.—
   Verhoeff(K. \V.)  Zur vergleicbeuden Morphologie der
   Chilopoden.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv, 118-120.

 iflyrica cerifera.
   * Schneider (G.)  * Ueber den Talg  der Myrica
   cerifera.   [Krlangen.]   8C.  Stuttgart, [1886?}.
    Burnett (J.  A.)  Myrica cerifera.  Chicago M.
   Times, 1904, xxxvii, 464-466.
 ^lyrick.
    See Cheney  & My rick.  Druggists' hand-book,
   [etc.].  IL'  . Boston, 1»7Y

 Jl y riiigectomy.
    See Membrana tympani (Surgery of).

 Hyriiigiti*.
    See Membrana tympani (Inflammation of).

 .Hyi'ing'oiiiycosis.
    See Auditory  canal  (External,  Parasitic  dis-
   ease of i;  Membrana tympani (Diseases of).

 Myringoplasty.
    See  Membrana  tympani  (Perforation  of);
   Membrana  tympani (Surgery  of).

 ".yraotliela phrygia.
    Hardy (W. B.)  On some points in the histology and
   development of Mvriothela phrygia.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc,
   Lond., If91, xxxii,' 505-537, 2 pl.

 Hyriotonia.
    See Osmosis.

 iTIyristica.
    See Nutmeg.

 IVIyi'iiiecobiiis fasciatus.
    L.echc(W.)  Beitrage zur Anatomie des Myrmecobiua
   fasciatus.  Biol. Fdren. Forhandl.  Verhandl. d. biol. Ver.
   in Stockholm, 18U0-91,  iii, 1:16-154.

 ?l > rmccophag a jubata.
    Forbes (TV. A.)  On some points in the anatomyof the
   great ant eater (Myrmecophaga jubata).   In hU: Collect.
   scient. papers,  8°, Lond.,  1885  296-312,  1 pl.—Zucker-
   kandl (E.) Ueber die Ohrtrompete des Ameisenfressers.
   Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904,  xxxviii, 1-7.

 jflyrmica rubra.
    Janet(C.)  Anatomie du gasterde la Myrmica
   rubra.  6'J.  Paris, 1902.

 tI> i  inn hia .
    Janet (C.)   Sur une cavite du tegument servant,  chez
   les Myrmicinaj, a etaler, au contact de l'air, un produit de
   secretion.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d.  sc, Par., 1898, cxxvi,

 lYIyronin.
    Egbert (R.)  Ueber Myronin.  Dermat. Ztschr., Berl
   1*94-5, n 143-146.—Muller  (G. J.) Zur therapeutischen
   \ ei weudbarkeit des Myronins.  Ibid., 560-564.
Iflyrosiii.
    Spatzier (W.)  * Ueber das Auftieten und die
  physiologische Bedeutung  des Mymsins  in der
  Plianze.   [Erlangen.]   8C.    Berlin, 1693.
    Repr.from: Jahrb. f. -wissensch. Bot., xxv.

Ifly rosy Ion.
    Germann(H.)  *Pharmacognoatische Studieu
  iiiier die  Friichte von  Myroxvlon  pereira\   8°.
  Zurich, 1697.

Iflyrrh.
    See, also, Diphtheria, Fevers, Treatment of.
    Kohlkr (O. )   * Heitrage  zur  cheniischen
  Keuntniss der Myrrhe.   [Erlauijeu.'l  8°   Ber-
  lin, 1890.                        n   J
Jlyi-rh.
    Aleoek (F. H.)  Myrrh and its officinal preparations
  Pharm. J., Lond., 1904, 4. s., xix, 894-896. -----.  Noteon
  the ash of myrrh.  Pharm. J., Lond., 1905, 4. s., xxi. 12*.—
  K.nhn (M.)  Ueber neue Myrrhenpraparate.  Miinchen
  med. Wchnsehr., 1892, xxxix, 551.

Itlynour or glasse of helth, [etc.].  See [Moul-
  ton  (Thomas)].

jHyrtiHiiM.
    See, also,  Diabetes, Eczema,  Treatment of.
    Ilcise (R.)  Zur Kenntniss des Heidelbeerfarbstoffes.
  Arb. a. d. Gsudlitsamte, Berl., 1894, ix, 478-491.—Jacob*
  (S.)  Een geneesmiddeluitdekeuken: decoctum fructuum
  myrtillorum.  Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst.
  1905, 32-34.—Onieis (T.)  Studien iiber die Entwicklung
  der Frucht der Heidelbeere  (Vacciniura myrtillus) sowie
  die Pi oducte  der Gahrung des Heidelbeersaftes.   Mittb.
  a. d. pharm. Inst. n. Lab. f. ang. Chem. d. Univ. Erlangen
  Miinchen, 1889,  2. Hft., 273-279.                     '

Myrtle  (A[ndrew] S[cott]).   Chronic diseases
  best fitted for treatment  by the  Harrogate min-
  eral  springs.  1 p. l.,92pp.  12°.  London, Bail-
  Here, Tindall <f  Cox, 1870.
-----.  Notes  ou gout.   6 pp.   12°.   [London,
  1881.]
    Repr. from: Med. Press <fe Circ, Lond., 1881, n. s., xxxii.
------.  Case of  sweating to death.  8 pp.  8°.
  [London, 1885.]
    Repr. from: Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1885, n. s., xxxix.
------.  Clinical  remarks ou secondary  syphilis.
  11 pp.  8°.   London,  T.  Danks, 1885.
    Repr. from: Med.Press&Circ, Lond., 1885, n.s., xxxix.
         Harrogate  aud  its waters.   7  pp.  8°.
Leicester,  W. H. Lead, [1885].
  Repr. from : Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1885, iv.
     & Myrtle (James Aitken).   Practical ob
  servations on the Harrogate mineral waters, and
  chronic  diseases;  with cases.   4.  ed.   6 p. ].,
  242 pp.  16°.  Harrogate, R. Ackrill, 1893.
Myrtle (James Aitken) [1861-1901].
    See Myrtle (Andrew Scott) <fe Myrtle (James Aitken).
  Practical  observations on the Harrogate mineral waters,
  [etc.].  16°.  Harrogate, 1893.
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1450. A Uo:
  Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1722. AUo: Med.  Press Sc Circ,
  Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxi, 649.

Myrtol.
    Artnult dc Vevy (S.)  Le myrtol en injections hypo-
  dermiques.  Rev. de th6rap. m6ii.-chir., Par., 1896, lxiii,
  171.—Clohen (S. S.)  Myrtol in affections of the respira-
  tory tract. Merck's Arch.. N. Y., 190(1, ii, 436-438.

Myrtu* cheken.
    Weiss (F.)  On the chemical constituents of cheken-
  leaves (Myrtus cbeken, Spreng). Therap. Gaz., Detroit,
  1888, 3. s.,'iv, 308-310.

HIySing  (Johannes  Emil Friedrich) [1872-    ].
  * Eiu  Fall eines intraprrepntial  gelegenen  go-
  norrhoisihen Lvmphtiimors.    14 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Kiel, I\  Peters, 1900.
MySliwiec  (Victor).    *  Operations-Methoden
  znr  Exstirpation  hochsitzender  Kectumcarci-
  nome.   [Erlangen.]   30 pp.   8°.  Breslau, A.
  Neumann,  1889.

Misophobia.
    Buckmaster (S. B.)  A case of niysophobia.  West.
  M. Reporter, Chicago, 1892, xiv, 196. — C'levinjjer (S. V.)
  Mvsophobia.  Ibid..  1894,  xvi,  242-245. — Hammond
  (\V. A.)  Mysophobia.  Indepeiid. Pract., Ball., 1880. i,
  115-125.—Hughes (C. H.)  The trepidations and phobias
  of cerebral neuratonia; timor contaminations (fear of con-
  tamination).  Alienist Sc Neurol., St. Louis, 1899, xx, 82-
  85.- yimlilen (J.)  Mysophobia;  a case.  J. Sc. Med.,
  Chicago, 1808-9, i, 145-149.—Noern (G.)   Sulla misofobia.
  Pisani. Palermo, 1898, xix, 29-41.—Punioii (J)  Myso
  phobia; with report of a case.  J.  Nerv. i: .Ment. Dis.,
  N. Y.. 1901,  xxxii, 617-626.—Russell (I.) My-.upb.obia;
  melancholia, with  filth  dread; mania contaniiuationis.
  Alieni-t & Neurol., St. Louis, 1880, i, 529-533.   AUo,  Re-
  print.—Sezuin (E. C.)  A  case of mvsophobia. Arch.
  Med., X. Y., 1880, iv, 102-104.—Sha w (J. C.)  A case of
  mvsophobia.  Ibid.,  1881,  vi,  199.  -----. Mysophobia
  (Grubelsucht;  Zwangsvorstellungen;  folie  du  doute;
  folie du toucher).  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1891, iii, 257-
  268.—Weill (E.) & Lannois (M.)  Note  sur un caa 
MYSOPHOBIA.
Hysophobia.
  dMiaphephobie.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de
  Lyon (18921. 1893, xxxii, 91-97.  Also: Lyon med., 1892,
  lxxi, 217-223.

Mysore.
    .See Statistics (Vital), by localities.
UlyStt'l'C (Le) (les m;igne"tiseurs et  des somnam-
  bnles de voile anx Ames droites et vertueuses;
  par un  honiine  du m <nde.  55 pp.  so.  J'aris,
  Leg rand, 1615.
Mysteres  (Les) de  la maisou de la verveine.
  Ailaptc de l'anglais par  Jenn de Villiot.  Illus-
  i rat runs par Adolphe Lamhrecht.   154 pp., 1  1.
  8Y   Paris,  Carrington, 1901.
    Documents sur la flagellation k travers le monde.
Mystic  Oral  School  for the Deaf, at  Mystic,
  Connecticut.   Annual and biennial  reports of
  the officers to the governor of the  State, for the
  years 1895-6  to  1897-8; 1902-3;   1903-4.   8'.
  New London,  1897-1904.

Mystics and mysticism.
     See, also. Ecstasy.
    Charbonniek.  Maladies et facultes diverses
  des mystiques.   8°.  Bruxelles, 1875.
    Cloitre (J.-D.-G.)  * De3g6n6resceuce et mys-
  ticisme.  8y   Bordeaux, 1902.
    Gaubert (L.)   *De  la catalepsie  chez les
  mystiques.   83.   Paris,  1903.
    AUo, in : Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2.  s., xxi, 734; 829;
  855; 1001.
    Hoar  (R.)  *Der  augebliehe   Mysticismus
  KaDts.   [Bern.]  8C.  Brugg, 1895.
    Schiller (E.)  *Das  mystische Leben  der
  Ordenssch western  zu   Toss   bei   Wintertlrur.
  [Bern.l  8°.   Zurich, 1903.
    Godfernaux (A.)  Sur la psvchologiedu mysticisme.
  Kev. phil.,  Par., 1902, liii,  15n-17u.— Leuba (J". H.) On
  the psycholegv  of a group of Christian  mystics.  Mind,
  Lond. & Edinb.,  1905, n.  s., xiv, 15-27.  -----. Les ten-
  dances  religieuses chez les mystiques  chr6tiens.  Rev.
  phil., Par., 1902, liv, i, 441. -----. A propos de l'6rotoraa-
  nie des  mystiques Chretiens.  Ibid., 1904,  lvii, 70.—de
  lVloiitmornnd (B.) Asc6tisme et mysticisme.  Ibid.,
  242-262.  -----.  Les mystiques en dehors  de l'extase.
  Ibid., lviii, 602-625. -----. Les 6tats mystiques.  Ibid.,
  1905,lx, 1-23. — Riehet (C.)  A propos du mysticisme mo-
  derne;  repliqne k M. Ifosenbach.   Ann. d. sc. psych.,
  Par., 1892, ii,  293-201.—Rozenbakh (P. Y.)  Sovremen-
  niy niistitsizm.  [Contemporary mysticism.] Vestnik klin.
  i sudebnoi psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb., 1891-2, ix,
  pt. 1, 75-124.   Also. Reprint.  Also, transl.: Rev.  phil,
  Par., 1892, xxxiv, 113-158.— Sciamanna (E.) II  misti-
  cismo nella scienza.  Gazz. med. di Roma, 1895, xxi,533-548.
Mysus (Georgius Forbergius).
    See Paracelsus (Aureolus Theophrastus).  De natura
  rerum libri septem.  24°. Basilece, 1573.
Myszynska (Antoinette) [1865-    ].  *  Con-
  tribution a 1'e'tude du traitement  des nephrites
  infect ienscs  par la  teinture  de  cantharides.
  99 pp.   6\   Paris, 1896, Xo. 24.

Mythomania.
    See, also,  Insane (Inveracity  of); Liars  (Pa-
  thological).
    Dnprc  (E.)  La mythomanie; 6tude psychologique et
  m6dico-lejrale du mensonge et de la fabnlation morbides.
  Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix, 263; 285; 311.

Mytilotoxism.
    See Ptomains; Shellfish (Poisonous).

Illytiliis edulis.
    See Mussels.

I?Iytolin.
    Heiibner (W.)  Mytolin,  ein  Eiweisskorper  ans
  Muskdn.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.,
  1905, liii, 302-312.

iVlyxasthenia.
    See Mucous membranes (Diseases of).

IUyxidiimi.
    Lareran(A.) SurleMyxidium danilewskyi.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 27-30.—Prenant
  (A.)  Striation et ciliation de la partie adberente du Myxi-
  dium lieberkiihnii.  Ibid., 1902, liv, 844-840.
MYXCEDEMA.
Ulyxine glutinosa.
    Maam (O.)  Ueber ein  Pankreas-iihnliches Organ bei
  Mvxine.  Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol.
  in'Muiuheii (1896), 1897, xii,  46-5-.—Rcid (E. W.)  Mu-
  cin granules of myxine.  J. Pbysiol., Cambridge.  1893.
  xiv, 340-346. -----.  Chemical note on the secietion of
  myxine glutinosa.  Ibid.,  1893-4, xv, 488-493.—Retziug
  (A.)  Beitrag zu der Anatomie des A der- und Nerven-
  systems der Myxine glutinosa.  Arcb. f. Anat. u. Pbysiol.,
  Leipz., 1820.386-404,lpl.—Retains (G.) Ein sogenannten
  Caudalherz bei Myxine glutinosa. Biol.Untersuch.. Stock-
  holm, 1890, n. F., i, 94-96, 1  pl. Also, transl : Biol.  Fbren.
  Fbrhandl.  Verhandl. d. biol. Ver. in Stockholm, 1891, iii,
  79-84, I pl. -----. Ueber die Ganglienzellen der Cerchro-
  spinalganglieu und  iiber  subcutane Gauglienzelleii bei
  Myxine glutinosa.  Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm,  1890, n.
  F.\ i, 97-93, 1 pl. -----. Zur Kenntniss des central, n  Kiv
  vensysteins von Myxine glutinosa.  Ibid., 1891, n. I>\, ii,
  47-53, 2 1., 2 col. pl. -----.  Ueber  die Hvpopbysis von
  Mvxine.  Ibid., Jena,  1895,  n. F., vii. 19-21, 1 1.,  1 pl.—
  Schrcincr (A.) Sc Schreiner (K. E.)  Ueber die  Eut-
  wickelung der niannlichen Geschlechtszellen von Myxine
  glutinosa (L.).  Arcb. de biol., Liege Sc Par., 1904-5, xxi,
  183-314, 12 pl.—Schreiner (K. E.)  Ueber das Geuera-
  tionsorgan von. Myxine glutinosa (L.).  Biol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz.,  1904, xxiv, 91; 121; 162. — Memon (R.)  Das Ex-
  cretioussystem der Myxinoiden.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1897,
  xiii, 127-137. — Spengel  (J. "W.)  Die Excretionsorgaue
  von Myxine.  Ibid., 49-60.  -----.  Semon's Schilderung
  des  Mesonophroa von Myxine.  Ibid., 211-216.

IVlyxiiioBflei.
    Aycra (H.) & Jackson (CM.)  Morphology of tbe
  Myxiuoidei.  I. Skeleton and musculature.  J. Morphol.,
  Bost.,  1900-1901, xvii, 185-226, 2 pl.—Fiirbrinjjer  (M.)
  Zur systematischen Stellung der Myxinoiden und zur
  Frage des alten und neuen Mundes.   Morphol. Jahrb.,
  Leipz.,  1900,  xxviii,  478-482. — Worlliington (Julia).
  Contribution to our  knowledge of the Myxinoids.   Am.
  Naturalist, Bost., 1905, xxxix, 625-663.

Myxofoacteria.
    Raur (E.) Myxobacterien-Studien.  Arch. f. Protis-
  tenk., Jena., 1904, v,  92-121, 1 pl.

myxochondroma.
    See Brain  (Tumors  of);  Tumors (Myxochon-
  droma! ous).

ITIyxocystis Mrazeki.
    Hci»e (E.)  Sur Myxocystis mWtzeki  Hesse,  micro-
  sporidie  parasite de  Limnodrilus hoffmeisteri Clap'.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par.,  1905, lviii, 12.

Myxredenia.
    See,  also, Acromegaly;  Cretinism;  Goitre
  (Exophthalmic);    Infantilism;   Myxoedema
  (History, etc., of);  Myxcedema   (Post-opera-
  tive); Myxoedema in  animals; Myxcedema in
  infants, etc.; Myxcedema  and insanity.
    Bayon (P. G. E.)  Eziologia, diaguosi e tera-
  pia del cretinismo, con particolare riguardo  alle
  altre  malattie  della  glandola tiroide, gozzo  e
  mixedema.  6''--.   Torino, 1904.
    Behrend (P. M.)   * Beitrag  zur Lehre vom
  Myxoedem.  8°.   Leipzig, 1895.
    B6hmcke(C. A.B.)  *Znr Mvxodemfrage.  8°,
  Berlin, [1890].
    Clinical Society   of London.   Report  of a
  committee of the . . .,  nominated December 19,
  1883, to investigate the subject of myxcedema.
  Suppl. to v. 21.   8°.   London, 1888.
    Kokth  ( P. K. A. )   * Ueber Myxoedem.  *c.
  Greifswald, 1902.
    Leick  (B. [C. N.])   * Ueber Myxoedem.  8°.
  Greifswald, 1894.
    Lipschitz (B.)  * Ueber Myxodem.   8L'.   Ber-
  lin, 1897.
    Mackew.  # Contribution h l'6tude du myxoe-
  deme.   4°.  Paris,  1888.
    Mendel (K.)  * Myxodem  und  Cretinismus.
  12°.  Berlin, 1896.
    Nieper (C.)  * Ueber Myxoedem.   8°.   Bonn,
  [1893J.
    Ord (W. M.)  On myxcedema and allied  dis-
  orders, being the  Bradshaw lecture  delivered at
  the Roval College of  Physicians on November
  10, 1*9*.   8^.  London, 1.-9H.
    Also  [Abstr.], in:  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1473-1479.
  Also [Abstr.], in: Lancet,  Lond., 1898, ii, 1243-1248. 
MYXCEDEMA.
288
MYXCEDEMA.
Hi \<r<lcin:i.
   " Ponm)ORF( W.)   * Ueber das Myxoedem.   8  .

  Jena, 1—9.
    ReimkksiE.)  * Ueber  Myxodem.  S  .   Ber-

  lin, 1H99.
    Schwehdt (C. )   Beitrage  zur  Aetiologie,
  Symptoinatologie und  Therapie der Krankheit
  Enteroptose-Basedow, Myxoedeni-Sclerodermie.
  -c.  .Jena,  1-97.
    Thijueiujk (<;.)   Le myxcedeme.  s-.   Paris,
  1896.
    Vekjikhres (F.)  Studier over Myxtedemet.
  [Studies  on myxoedema.]   8°.    Kjobmhavn,
  1895.
    Acuiia (L. M.)   Mixedema.  Rev. Soc. med. argent.,
  Buenos Aires, 1896, v, 3-14.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Semana med.,
  Buenos  Aires,  1895,  ii, 386-388. — Barron (A.)    On
  myxoedema.   Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893,  xiii, 135-149.—
  Batten (F. E.) Caseof a child with Graves' disease and
  myxcedema (?).  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 223.—
  Bcrghinz (G.)  Mixoedenia.  Riv. veneta di sc. med.,
  Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 323 -326.—Bircher  (H.)   Das
  Mvxbdem unddiecretinische Degeneration. Samml. klin.
  Vortr., Leipz.. 1890, No.357(Chir..No.ll0,3393-3424,2pl.).—
  Bolte.  Beitrag zur Kasuistik des Myxodems.  Charite.-
  Anu., Berl., 1904. xxviii, 643-648.— Brazil iiiltotT (B. P.)
  Chto  takoye  miksedema?   [What  is myxoedema?]   No-
  vosti med., St. Petersb., 1890, 11-28.—Cnopf sen. Ueber
  Cachexia tbyreoidea.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1897,
  xliv, 581-5X5.  Also: Sitzungsb. d. Aerztl. Ver.  Niirnb.
  1897,Miinchen. 1H98. 1-15.—Combe (A.)  Le myxcedeme.
  Rev. med. de la Suisse  Rom., Geneve, 1K97, xvii, 61; 163;
  255;  362; 405.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]:  Memorabiliet',
  Heilbr , 1897, n. F., xvi, 65;  197.—Comby (J.)   Mongo-
  lisme infantile.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.,
  1905, 3.  s., xxii, 935-937.—Conclusion*  of the myxoe-
  dema committee, read  by Dr. Old.  Biit.  M. J., Lond.,
  1888, i, 1162.  Also: Lancet, Loud., 1888, i, 1078.—Corhin
  (T. W.)   On myxcedema.   Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney,
  1894, xiii, 155.—Debore.   Myxcede-me.   Ann.  de  m6d.
  scient. et prat.. Pur., 1894, iv, 201.—©'Evelyn (F. W.)
  Myxcedema.  Purine M. J., San Fran., 1893, xxxvi, 469-
  476. — Donovan ( C.)  Myxoedema.  Indian M. Gaz.,
  Cak'Utta,]905,xl,413.—Drewitt (F.D.)  Myxcedema.  Tr.
  Clin. Soc, Lond., 1883-4, xvii, 49-51,1 pl.  Also, Reprint.—
  Drobnik.    O  cbarlactwie   61uzowo - opuchlinow6m.
  [M\ xcedematiccachexia.]  Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw.,
  1889. lxxxv, 1; 197.—Duke (E.)  Myxcedema.  Birmingh.
  M. Rev., 1893, xxxiv, 86-89.—Flifystrup (A.)   Om
  Myxedem.  Med. Aarsskr., Kjebenb., 1893,  48-60.—Had-
  den  (W.-B.)  Du myxcedeme.   Progrfes  mril., Par., 1880,
  viii, 603; 625.  Afoo, Reprint — Hibberd (J. F.)  Myxe-
  dema.  Tr. Indiana  M. Soc.  Indianap., 1889, 26-38.  Also
  [Abstr.]; N. Fug.  M. Month., Danbury, Conn.,  1889-90,
  ix. 343-345.—van  der  Hoeren (L.)  Over myxoedema.
  Geneesk. Courant,  Tiel,  1890,   xliv, nos.  14;  15;  16.—
  Jiirgens (M.)  Myxoedem.   St.  Petersb. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1889, n.  F.,  vi, 447-449.-Kazanski (M. V.)  0
  zoble i  kre.tiniznile.   [Goitre and  cretinism.] Dnevnik
  Obsh. vrach. pri imp. Kazan, univ., 1900, 164-192.—King-
  man (E.)   Remarks on  myxedema.  Tr. Rhode Island
  M. Soc.  1896, Providence, 1897, v, 345-352.—Kiacl (A. A.)
  Myxcedema.   Otchet . . . Dletsk. bolu. Sv. i ilgi  v Mosk.
  (1895). 1896, ix. 149:  (1890), 1897, x, 152. — Korczyriski
  (L.)  Kilka uwas; o obrze.ku sluzakowym (myxoedema).
  Przegl.  lek., Krak6w. 1896,  xxxv,  57. -----.  Einige Be-
  nierkurgen iiber das Myxodem.   Wien. med. Presse, 1898,
  xxxix. 1417; 1464.— Kovalevski  (P.)  Myxcedeme ou
  cachexie pachydermique  (Charcot).   Arch, de neurol.,
  Par., 1889, xviii. 246; 422. — Krnepelin (E.l  Zur Myx-
  odemfrage.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1890, ix, 65-72.
  -----. Ueber Myxodem.  Deutsebe.s Arch. f. klin. Med.,
  Leipz.,  1891-2  xlix,  587-603. — Krowczyriski  (2.)
  Myxoedema.   Medyeyna. Warszawa, 1892, xx,  129-132.—
  Ii a n da u (L.) Ueber Myxoedema.   Verhandl.  d. Berl.
  med.  Gesellsch. (18S7)  188*, xviii,  pt. 2, 25-29.— Lanz,
  Progenitor  Thyreopriver.   Arch.  f. klin. Chir., Berl.,
  1904, lxxiv,  8^2-889.  -----. Ouderzoekingen  naar de
  afstammelingen van tbyreopriven.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
  Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. r., xl.  d. 2,1248-1260, 1 pl.  Also,
  transl. : Beitr. z. klin. Chir.,  Tiibing., 1905,  xiv, 208-224.-
  Lardy (K.)  Du  invxrcdeiue.   Gaz. med. d'Orient,  Con-
  stant., 1WI5-6.  xxxviii, 129-135.— lieichtenstern (O.)
  Znr  Geschichte  der Myxodenifrage.   Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1894, xx, 251.   Ley.  Un cas
  de myxcedeme.  J. d. neurol.,  Par., 1905, x. 511-513.—
  LiedlolT (A. G >   Cretinism.  St. PaulM. J., St  Paul,
  Minn.. 1905, vii. 892-899.—Loraml (A.)  Mvxo-deme et
  maladie du sommeil.   Presse med.. Par., 19o">, 787.—.?Ic-
  Oregor (G. W.)   Mvxcedenin. Tr.  N.  Hampshire M.
  Soc, Concord, 1896, ]L>1-128.  Also:  Columbus M. J.,  1896,
  xvii,  151-156—.tlngiins-Iiivy (A.)  Ueber Myxodem.
  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904.  lii, 201-256. 3 pl., 1 diag.—
  .Tlarncr (G. P.)   Myxcedema.  Proc.  Kansas M. Soc,
   —-----------------------j--------   --------


Iflyxcedeuia.
  Topeka,  1894, 113-124. — Itlarvin (J. B.)  Myxedema.
  Am. Pract. Sc News, Louisville, 1901, xxxi, 378-391.—
  Maxwell (T.J.)  Myxoedema.  Iowa M. J., Des Moines
  1895-6, i, 325-331.—IHeltzer (S. J.)  Ueber Myxoedem!
  N.Yorker med. Monatschr., 1894, vi, 135-154.  Also, tranxl
  [Abstr.]: Med. Age, Detroit, 1896, xiv, 129-132.— Tlemlei
  (K.)  Ein Fall vou niyxoedematdsem Cretinismus.  Berl
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1896,  xxxiii, 1000-1003. — lTlosler (F.j
  Ueber Myxodem.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 18K8,
  cxiv,  442-460,  lpl.  Also: Wien. med. Bl., ISMK, xi, 897'
  934.  Also: Berl.Klinik, 1889,14. Hft., 1-27.  Also [Abstr.];
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1888,  xiv, 411.
  AUo,  Reprint.  AUo [Abstr.):  Wien. med. Presse, 18X9,
  xxx, 15.  AUo [Abstr.j: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1889^
  xxiv, 160. -----. Ueber das Myxoedem.  Verdandl. d. x.
  internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl.', 1891, ii, 5. Abth.. 134-138.
  Also:  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1891,  v,  401.— ITIuijn.
  Cretinisme.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1905,
  2. r., xii, d. 1, 702-704.—itlnrrny (G. R.)  Diseases of the
  thyroid  gland including myxcedema,  cretinism  exoph-
  thalmic  goitre, goitre,  etc.  Twentieth  Cent. Pract.
  N. T., 1895,  iv,  689-821. — Nixon  (C. J.)  Myxcedema.
  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.,  1889, vii, 55-58. Also:
  Med.  Press &Circ, Lond., 1889, n. a., xlvii, 457— Orbeli
  (D.I.) K uebeniyu o kretinizmle.  [On cietinisiu.]  Vent-
  nik Idiotii i Epileps., S.-Peterb., 1903, i, no. 8, 6-10; no. 12,
  4-9.—Ord  (W.  M.)  Ueber das Myxoedem.  Verhandl.
  d. x.  internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 5. Abth.,
  132-134.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1890, xl,  1745. -----. Myxoedema.   Syst. Med. (Allbutt),
  N. V.  <fc Lond., 1897, iv. 469-484.—Pel (P. K.) Myxce-
  dema.  Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, eu Lab. v. de prakt., Haar-
  lem, 1895, ii, 1-32, 2 pl.  Also, transl.: Samml. klin. Vortr.,
  n. F., Leipz., 1895, No. 123 (Innere Med., No. 36, 255-288,
  2pl.).—Pfannenatill (S. A.)  Om myxodem.  Hygiea,
  Stockholm, 1897, lix, pt. 2, 537-581.—Plaiitciign(H.J.M.)
  Kretini-me.  Album d. Nat.,  Haarlem, 1904, 368-376.—
  Politick.  Zur Lehre  vom  Myxoedem.  Verhandl. d.
  deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1898. Berl.. 1899, 21-48.—Prich-
  ard (E.  T.)  Myxoedema.  China M. Miss. J., Shanghai,
  1889-90,  iii,  146. — Prochazka  (F.)  O  myxoedemu.
  Casop. lek.  cesk., v Praze. 1899, xxxviii, 659; 677; 697.
  Also,  transl. [Abstr.]:  Wien. klin.  Rundschau,  1899, xiii,
  461.—Rennie (G. E.)   Myxoedema.  Australas. M. Gaz.,
  Sydney, 1894, xiii, 2-6.—Schwas*.  Zur Myxodenifrage.
  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1889,  xxvi,  403. — Slonimsky
  (J. T.) Cretinism.  Med.-Chir. J., Phila., 1904, v, no. 6, 9.—
  Smith (H. H.)  Myxoedema.   Med. Age, Detroit, 1897,
  xv, 545-547. — Steincr. Ueber Myxoedem.   Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1891, xvii, 1070-1072.—
  Stengel (A.)  Myxcedema. Progr. Med., Phila. & N. T.,
  1899, ii, 353-359.—Thayer(A. S.) Myxcedema.  Tr. Maine
  M.  Ass., Portland, 1901-3, xiv,  601. — Thibierge (G.)
  De la  cachexie pachydermique,  ou nivxcedrine. Gaz. d.
  hop.,  Par.,  1891, lxiv, 117-126.  Also: Gaz. d. hop. de Tou-
  louse,  1891,  v,  42;  51;  59; 67; 76;  84. — Cjfnlusy (J.)
  Ueber das  Myxo-Oedem.  Med.-chir.  Centralbl., Wien,
  1888,  xxiii. 27;  39.—Vanderlinden (0.)  Du myxce-
  deme.  Belgique m6d., Gaud-Haarlem,  1896, iii, pt. 2, 495-
  498 — Verco (J. C.)  Myxcedema.  Australas.  M. Gaz.,
  Sydney, 1894, xiii, 156-159.—Virchow (It )  Ueber Myxoe-
  dema.  Verhandl. d. Berl.  med. Gesellsch. (1887), 1888,
  xviii, pt. 2, 1-16.—Walker (E. W.)  Myxoedema.  Cin-
  cin. Lancet-Clinic, 18H8, n. s., xxi, 1-3.  [Discussion], 17.—
  Weygandt  (W.)  Zur  Frage  des  Kretinismus.  Si-
  tzungsb. d. phys.-med.  Gesellsch.  zu Wiirzb ,  1903, 4-12.
  Also:  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc],  Berl., 1903, lx, 933-
  939. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Lehre vom Cretinismus.
  Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb..  1904, n. F.,
  xxxvii, 13-66, 2pl.  -----. Der heutige Stand  der Lehre
  vom Kretinismus.   Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d.
  Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S.,  1904. iv. 6.-7. lift., 1-74.-
  White  (W. H.) Myxcedema.  Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,
  1901, xv, 285-293.— Wichmann (R.)  Weitere Mitthei-
  lungen iiber Myxodem.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1X93, xix, 259.

]Wy\4E4lcma  (Blood in).
    *Schneii)F.k (A.)   * Die  Zusaniinensetzung des
  Blutes  der  Frauen  vergliclieu  mit  <lerjeni<j;eii
  der  Manner, nebst  einer Analyse  des  Blutes
  dreier  an  Myxoedem  erkrankter Frauen.   8\
  Dorpat, 181)1."
     yi a mo in (P.) Note sur les modifications de la quan-
  tit6 relative d'oxybemoglobine coutenue dans le sang (les
  jnyxoeiie-matenx."  Coinpt. rend. Soc de  biol.. Par.. 1895,
  10.8., ii. 73.—Prout (T.P.)  A caseof myxo'denia, with a
  study of the blood and urine during treatment.  Am. J.
  M. Sc,  Phila., 1901, n. s., exxii,  766-770.-Traina  (R.)
  Ueber das Verhalten der weisxen Blutkorpcrchen bei der
  Kachexia thvreopriva.  Centralbl. f. alln. Path. u. path.
  Anat.. Jena, 1901, xii, 289-294.—Vaqucz (H )  Modifica-
  tion du sang dans le myxcedeme infantile.  Ecole prat. d.
  hautes etudes.  Lab. d'histol.  du Coll. de France.  Trav.
  1894-5, Par., 1898,  99-104. -----. Examen du sang de in- 
MYXCEDEMA.
289
MYXCEDEMA.
jflyxoedeina  (Blood in).
  jets myxiedemateux.   Bull, et mem. Soc. ui6d. d. hop. de
  Par., 1897. 3. s., xiv, 88-92.  AUo: Progres med., Par., 1897,
  3. 8 . v. 180-182.

Jlyxcedeiiiii  (Gases of).
   * See, also, Myxcedema (Causes, etc., of); Myx-
  oedema (Conqilications of); Myxcedema (Diag-
  nosis, etc., of); Myxoedema (History, etc., of);
  Myxcedema  ( Post - operative );  Myxcedema
  (Treatment of); Myxcedema (Treatment of) with
  thyroid extract; Myxcedema in animals; Myx-
  cedema  in  infants, etc.; Myxcedema  and in-
  sanity.
    Lindner t, Gertrud  Hildegard  ).    * Kasuisti-
  sclier Beitrag zur Mysodeml'rage.   S°.  Halle a.
  S., 1904.
    Abrahams (R.)   A case of myxcedema.  J. Cutan.
  Sc  Genito-Urin. Dis.,  N. Y., 1896, xiv. 357-360.—Ander-
  son (J.)   A case  of myxcedema.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,
  1884-5, xviii,  21-24.  Also, Reprint. —Beadles (C. F.)
  Two cases of myxcedema.   Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900,
  li, 247-268.— Beaten  (H.). jr.  Clinical report of a case of
  myxedema.  Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1900. ix, 27.—Bell
  (R. E.)  A case of myxcedema.  Boston M.  Sc S. J., 1894,
  cxxx,364.—Benedict (F.H.) Myxedema.  Wisconsin M.
  Recorder, Janesville,  1904, vii, 6.—Bevill (C.)   A case of
  myxedema.  St. Louis M. & S. J., 1901, lxxxi,  15.—BiaJo-
  brzeski (A.)  Dwa przypadki obrzeku Slozowego (myx- I
  cedema).   [Two cases of. . .]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1901,
  2. s., xxi, 757-763.— Bloom (H. C.)  A case of myxedema, j
  Phila. Polyeliu., 1895, iv,  523-525.— Bondou  (P.-A.)
  Deux cas frustes de myxcedeme spontanea de  l'adulte. |
  Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1898, lxx, 241-275. —Briquet.
  Myxcedeme de  l'adulte.  Presse m6d., Par., 1897, ii, 213-
  216. — Buchanan (R. M.)  Case of myxcedema in an
  early stage.  Glasgow M. J., 1893, xxxix, 440-442. —Buz- j
  dygau (M.)  Myxcedema.    Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1891, I
  xxx, 52; 65; 82; 95.  AUo.transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., ,
  1891, iv,  570-573.—Campana  (R.)  Mixcedema.   Clin.
  dermopat. e sifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Genova (1883), 1884, i, |
  13-32. 1 pl.—Cardile(P.) Sc Fiorentini (P.)  Sopra un
  caso di  mixcedema acquisito.  Clin.  med. ital., Milano,
  1902. xii. 1-12.—Clarke (J. M.)  A case of myxcedema. i
  Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1889, vii, 258-261.—Clemesha  (J. C.)
  A case of myxedema.   Buffalo M. J., 1898-9, n. s., xxxviii,
  179-182.—Cocking.  Myxcedema.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,
  1889, i, 478.—Colvin (A.'L.) & Evans (E.)  A case of I
  myxoedema.  Montreal M. J., 1897, xxvi, 108. — Connal
  (J. G.)  Case of myxoedema, with dullness of hearing and
  tinnitus, in a man.  GlasgowM. J., 1898,1,278-284.  [Discus-
  sion], 297.—Cutler (E. G.)  Myxedema.  Boston M.& S.J.,
  1901,cxlv.542.— Da Costa(J.M.) Myxcedema.  Internat.
  Clin.,Phila..1900,10.s.,iii,91-94,lpl.—Da vel. Atiroidemia
  (mixcedema); consideraciones generates; presentacion de
  nn  enfermo (variedad congenita).  Rev.  Soc. m6d. argent.,
  Buenos Aires, 1899,  vii, 220-230.—Da vies (A. T.)  Cases
  of myxcedema.   Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond.,  1888-9,  xxii, 327:
  1891-2, xxv, 285;  306.  AUo [Abstr.l: Illust.  M.  News,
  Lond., 1889, ii, 54.  AUo [Abstr.]: JEsculap. Soc. Abstr.
  Tr. 1889-92,  Lond., 1897, iv, 45.  Also  [Abstr.]: Abstr. j
  Tr. Hunterian  Soc,  Lond., 1898-9,  117.—Day (J. R.) !
  Myxoedema.  J. Brit. Homceop. Soc, Loud.,  1895, iii. 239-
  246, 1 pl.—DeboTC.   Myxcedeme spontan6 de  l'adulte.
  Presse med., Par.. 1898, i, 233.—Dent (E. A.)  Notes on
  a case of myxcedema.  Lancet, Lond., 1897,  ii,  310.—
  Duckworth (Str 1) ) Sequel to a case  of myxoedema
  reported to the Society November, 1880.  Tr. Clin. Soc.
  Lond, 1891-2, xxv. 224-226.—Dukhoniu (F.V.)  Sluchai
  miksedemi.  [Case of myxcedema. | Trudi Obsh. nevropat.
  i psichiat.. Mosk.,  1893-4, 83-88.—Dyson (W.)  A case
  of myxoedema.  Sheffield M. J.,  1892-3, i, 30-35, 1 pl.—
  Fshner (A. A.)  Report  and  exhibition of a case of
  myxedema.  Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1899, xx, 203-
  210.  AUo: Internat.  M. Mag., N. Y.,  1899, viii, 822-826.—
  Ferenczi (A.)  Zwei Falle von Cretinismus.  Ungar.
  med. Presse,  Budapest.  1903, viii, 138.—Fieldstad (A.
  H.)  Notes on a case of mvxindema.  Australas. M. Gaz.,
  Sydney. 1904, xxiii,  463. — Fin lay (D. W.)  On a case of
  myxoedema.   Internat. Clin., Phila.,  1892, 2. s.,  ii, 1-7, 1
  pl., 1 diag—Flynn.   Case of myxoedema.   Rep. Proc.
  Northumb. Sc Durham M. Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
  1888-9, 98.—Fox (C. J.)  Report of a case of Hiyxredema.
  Maritime M.  Neyvs,  Halifax, 1895, vii,  233. — Oautier
  (L.)  Symptomes de myxcedeuue au debut chez une femme
  ant6rieureineiit  atteinte de goitre  exophtalmique.   Rev.
  med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1898,  xviii. 625-628.—
  Godart- Danhienx.  Un cas de  myxcedeme.  J. de
  med., chir. et pharmacol.,  Brux., 1895, 643-645. — «ow-
  ans.  Case of myxcedema  in a man.  Rep.  Proc. North-
  umb. Sc Durham M.  Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  18x5-6,
  91-93.—(Julian (A. G.) Two  cases of cretinism.  Liv-
  erpool M.-Chir. J.,  1904,  xxiv, 104-112.— HalbertfH.
  V.)  Myxcedema.  Clinique, Chicago, 1895, xvi, 385-394. —
  Hayes (W. A.)  Case of myxoedema.  Bristol M.-Chir.

       VOL XI, 2D SERIES----19
Jlyxflcdema (Gases of).
  J., 1884, xii, 230-232.—Hebb (R. G.)  Case of myxoedema
  in the male.  Brit.M.J., Lond.,190l,ii,981.—Ilciniau (H.)
  A case of cretinism.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxii, 846-
  848.—IIibbei'<l (J. F.)  Myxoedema; report of a case.
  Am. Lancet, Detroit, 1889, n.s., xiii, 245.   Also: St. Louis
  M. Sc S. J., 1889, lvii, 104-107.  Also: N.  Orl. M. & S. J.,
  1889-90,  n. s., xvii. 173-177. — Hirsch.  Ein Fall von
  Myxoedem.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1888, xxv,  195-197.—
  Hirtz (E.)  Snr un cas de myxcedeme de l'adulte.  Rev.
  gen. de  clin. et  de therap.,  Par.. 1898,  xii, 257-259.—
  Hodge (G.)  Myxedema.  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y.,
  1896, ix,  724. — HoIiiincii (C.)  .Et Tilfselde af Myxce-
  dema.   Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Christiania, 1890,
  4. R., v, 159-165.—Hubbell (G. R.)  Myxoedema, with a
  report of two cases.  Pacific M. J., 1896,'xxxix, 617-628.--
  Hutchinaoii (J.)   A myxedema narrative.   Arch.
  Surg., Loud.,  1898, ix,  350. — Jauicke  ( O.)   Ueber
  Myxo'dem, mit Demonstration eines einsohlagigen Falles.
  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1890, Brest,
  1891, lxviii, med. Abth., 19.—Joscfron  (A.)  Tva fall af
  myxodem.   [Two cases  of  . . .]   Hygiea, Stockholm,
  1904, 2. f., iv, 995-1009. — Kazem-Bek (A.  N.)  Slu-
  chai  miksedemi.   [Case of  myxcedema.]  Bolnitsch.
  gaz. Botkina, St.  Petersb.,  1897. viii, 68-73. -----.  Dva
  novikh sluchaya  miksedemi.   [Two new cases of myxoe-
  dema. ]   Kazan.  Med.  J., 1901,  i, 230-242. — Kenny
  (F. II.)   A case of myxoedema.   Austral. M. J., Mel-
  bourne, 1893, n. s., xv, 634-641. — Kirk ( R.)  Notes on
  cases of myxcedema.  Lancet, Loud., 1893,  ii, 713-745.—
  Korozyriaki  (L.)  Kilka uwag o obrzeku Sluzakowym
  (niyxiedeina).  [Contribution to . . .]  Przegl. lek..Krakdw,
  1896,  xxxv, 57; 69; 83; 95; 108. — Kovalevski  (P. I.)
  K uehenivu o myxodem'Ie.  Arch, psichiat.  [etc.], Khar-
  kov, 1888,'xii, no. 1, 1-22. —Krauss (W. C.)  Observa-
  tions on a case of mvxeedema.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,
  N. Y., 1893, xx, 685-688. — I.aflenr (H. A.) A case of
  myxoedema.  Montreal M. J., 1904, xxxiii, 182-184, 1 pl.—
  Fa nib (Isabel H.)  Case of sporadic cretinism.   Wash.
  M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 174-177.—Larrabee (R. C.) Myx-
  edema.   Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 540.—Fiszt  (X.l  A
  myxcedem&rdl, h&rom eset kapcs&n.   [Myxoedema, after
  three cases.]  Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1900,  xl, 740; 760.
  Also, transl.:   Pest,  med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest, 1901,
  xxxvii, 721.—Eioe^vy  (A.)  Ein Fall von Myxodem  bei
  cretinartigem Zwerchwuchs.  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1891,
  xxviii, 1130-1132.—Foreland (B. G.) Myxedema. Am.
  Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 865. —M'Gregor'(G. W.)  Myx-
  oedema.  Med.Age,Detroit,1897.xv, 175.—.TI an a use (W.)
  Ueber Myxoedem.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1888, xxv, 585-
  587.  Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1888), 1889,
  xix,  188-191__Maxey (E. E.)  Myxoedema; report of a
  case.  Med. Sentinel,  Portland, Oreg., 1895, iii,  465-468.—
  Mendel.  Ein Fall von  Myxodem.  Verhandl.  d. Ver.
  f. innere Med. zu  Berl., 1892-3, xii, 162-166.  [Discussion],
  218.  AUo: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1893, xix, 25.—Menrionidi  (I.)  Un  cas do mixoedem.
  Spitalul,  Bucuresci, 1890, x, 75-79.—Merrill (Julia D.)
  Mongolian idiocy.  Pediatrics, N.  Y., 1905, x\ii, 432-434—
  Metcalf (II.)  A case of myxedema.  Tr. Rhode Island
  M. Soc 1896,  Providence, 1897, v,  341-344.  AUo: Boston
  M. & S. J., 1896, exxxv, 440.—Middleton (G. S.)   A case
  of myxoedema.  Glasgow M. J.,  1898, 1, 335. — Miele.
  Overtwee gevalleu vaumyxoedeem. Handel, v.b. vlaamsch
  nat.-en geneesk.  Cong., Antwerpen,  1899, iii, 106-111.—
  Milyanich ( P. )  Sluchai miksedemi.  [Case of myx-
  oedema.]   Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1890, xxxiv, 493-495.—Mori
  (C.)   Ueber einen Fall von Myxodem.  Praji. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1902, xxvii, 503.—Miller (J.  S.)   To Tilfselde  af
  Myxoedem.  [Two cases of. . .]   Hosp.-Tid., Kjebenh.,
  1897, 4. R., v, 715-721.—Murray (G.)   Myxoedema,  Rep.
  Proc. Northumb.  & Durham  M.  Soc,  Newcastle-upon-
  Tyne, 1890-91, 91-93. — IVixon (C. J.)  A  case of myx-
  cedema.  Tr. Acad. M. Ireland. Dubl.. 1887, v, 9-18. Also:
  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1889, lxxxvii, 369-372.   AUo [Abstr.]:
  Lancet, Lond., 18S9, i, 793.—IV u in ad a (S>  [An observa-
  tion  of inyxcedetna.]  Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi,
  Tokyo, 1900, 209-217.  Also: Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio.
  1900, xxi, 32-42.—Oliver.  [Myxcedema; two  patients.]
  Rep.  Proc. Northumb.  & Durham M.  Soc, Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne, 1882-3, 42-16. -----. Myxcedema.  Internat.
  Clin., Phila., 1892, 2. s., ii, 8-2(1,2 pl., 1 diag.—Old  (W.M.)
  Recent cases of  myxcedema.  St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.
  1889-90, Lond., 1891, n. s., xix, 125-135, 1  pl. —Pasteur.
  Myxedema.  Middlesex Hosp. Rep. 1892. Lond., 1894, 72-
  74—Pedenko  (A.  K.) Sluchai  miksedemi.   [Case  of
  myxcedema.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900, xi,
  1737-1743.—Pel.  Myxcedema.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge-
  neesk., Amst, 1904, 2. R., xl, d. 1, 315.—Fratolongo (P.)
  Un caso clinico di mixoedenia. G azz.d. osp.. Milano, 1888, ix,
  43.— KaiiiMcy (W. It.)  A case of inyxoedema, with some
  observations regarding its course and treatment.   North
  west.  Lancet,  St  Paul, 1900, xx, 45-47.— Itobin (A.j £
  Feredde  (E.)   Observation d'un cas  de  myxo'deme.
  Bull. Sue fniuc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 303
  306.  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1892, 3. s., iii,
  701-704.—Kothwell (W. J.)  A case of myxcedema.  Tr.
  Colorodo M. Soc, Denver, 1895, 253-256.  Also: Denver M. 
MYXCEDEMA.
290
MYXCEDEMA.
ITIvxccdenia (Cases of).
  Times,  1895-6,  xv, 94-97. — Budenko (T.I.)  Sluchai
  miksedemi.  [Case of mvxiedema.J  Protok. zasaid. Kav-
  kazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1896-7,  xxxiii, 417-428.—Buh-
  rah (J.)  [Myxedema.)  Maryland  M. J., Bait.. 1897-8,
  xxxviii, 245. —  Ryan  (J. P.)  Notes  on cases  of  myx-
  cedema  Intercolon. M.J.Australas., Melbourne,  19*2, vii,
  438-444.—Manrsi (S.) Missoedema spontaneo degli adulti.
  Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii. 223-229. — Sane-
  yoNhi. A case of myvedema.  Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo,
  1N-8, vii, 131-134. — Saunders (A.)  A case  of  myx-
  cedema.  West  Loud. M.J., Lond., 1903, viii, 123.—Savill
  (T. D.)  A case of myxcedema in the male. Proc. M. Soc.
  Lond., 1886, ix, 41-45. -----. Myxcedema in the male.
  Tr. M. Soc. Loud., 1890, xiii, 487, 2 pl.  AUo:  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1889, ii, 1220.  AUo: Lancet,  Lond., 1889, ii,  1118.
  AUo: Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1889, n. s., xlviii, 657.—
  Scmoii (F.)  A caseof myxcedema. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.
  1880-81, xiv, 61-67.  AUo, Reprint.—Senator.  Ein Fall
  von Myxoedem.   Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.,   1887, xxiv,
  154. AUo: Verhaudl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1887), 1888,
  xviii, 17. — ShatalotT (N. F.)  Svoyeobrazniy  sluchai
  miksedemi.  [Peculiar case of myxcedema.]   Vrach. Za-
  piski, Mosk., 1894, i. 309: 339.  Also [Abstr.]: Protok. za-
  slcd. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp.  Moskov. Univ.,
  1894-5, 4-9. — Sill (E. M.)  Sporadic cretinism:  observa-
  tions based on sixteen personal cases.  Med. News, N. Y.,
  1905. lxxxvi, 833-838. — Spillmann.  Un cas de myxoe-
  denie.  Soc. de med. de Nancy.   C.-r. . . . Mem., 1898-9,
  p. xc—Stalker (A. M. )  Caseof myxcedema.  Lancet.
  Lond., 1891, i, 82.—Stewart (G.)  A case of myxoedema.
  Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb., 1887-8, n. s., vii, 49-51.  AUo:
  Ediub. M. J., 1887-8, xxxiii, 933.  — Takaki.  [Demon-
  stration of a case of myxiedema.]  Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo,
  1903, xxii,  no. 253, 1-7.—Thompson (W. G.)  Report of
  a case of  inyxoedema.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., '
  1803,viii, 372-379.  AUo:  Med. Rec.., N.Y., 1893, xliv, 174.—
  Thomson (J.)  Case of myxoedema.  Edinb. M. J.,
  1887-8, xxxiii, 933. — Tresilinn (F.)  A case  of myx-
  cedema. Brit.M.J,Lond.,1889, i, 642.—Varney (Edith C.)
  A case of myxoedema.  N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1896, xxxi,
  425-427. — Vigdorehik (N. A.)   [Sluchai myxoedema'.j
  Sibirsk. Vrach.  Yledom., Krasnoyarsk, 1904, ii, 204-206.—
  Vinton (Maria M.)  A case of myxoedema.   Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1892, xii, 250. — Voisin (J.)  Un  cas de  nanisme
  par inyxoedcme.  J.  de med. int.,  Par., 1903, vii,  43.—
  Walker  (C. R.l   Case of myxoedema.   Illust. M. News,
  Lond.,  1888-9, i, 133.—Warfvinge  (F. W.)   Ett Fall af
  Myxcedema.  [A case of . . .]  Arsberatt. f. Sabbatsbergs
  Sjukh. i Stockholm [1886], 1887, 88-94.  — Watt (A.)  A
  case of  myxoedema.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1888, xxxiii,  97.—
  West (J.  0.1  Presentation of a  case of cretinism.  Pe-
  diatrics, N. Y.,  1905, xvii, 434-436.

JTIyxcrcleina (Causes and pathology of).
    See, also, Myxcedema (Blood in); Myxoede-
  ma (Post-operative);  Myxoedema (Urine in).
    Chabrand   (J.-A.)   Du  goitre  et  du cr£ti-
  nisme endcSmiques et de leurs  v6ritables  causes.
  ii-\  Paris, l*ti4.
    Deshakkes (J.-M.-J.)  "Contribution a FeStude
  clinique  et pathogeinique du  myxcedeme.   8°.
  Paris, 1H9SI.
    Felix  (E.)   *Le myxcedeme associe"  a  la  ma-
  ladie de  Basedow.  4°.   Paris, 1896.
    Gimlktte (J. D.)   Myxcedema and the thyroid
  gland.   16°.  London,  1895.
    Hillel  ( H. G. )   * Myxcedem,  Syphilis  und
  Tabes dorsalis.   [Leipzig.]   8°.   Berlin,  1902.
    Stahl (F. C.)  Neue Beitriige  zur Physiogno-
  mik und pathologischen Auatomie der  Idiotia
  endemica (geuaunt Cretiuismus).   4°.  Erlanaen,
  1646.                                           y  '
    -----.  The  same.   2.  Aufl.  8°.   Erlangen,
  1851.
    von  Wyss  (R.)   * Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der
  Entwickeluug  des Skelettes vou Kretineu  uud
  Kretinoiden.   [Bern.]  fol.   Hamburg, 1899.
    AbrikossoflT (A. I.)  Anatomische Befunde in einem
  Falle  von  Myxoedem.   Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat
  [etc.], Berl., 1904, exxvii, 426-435.— Allara  (V.)  Sulla
  causa del  cretinismo.  Morgagni,  Milano, 1899,  xii, 775-
  793.—Bayon (P. G.)  Sulla pathologia del  gozzo'e del
  cretinismo.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.],  Torino, 1904,  xxv
  351-353. -----.  Ueber augebliche verfrubte Syuostose bei
  Kretmen und die  hypothetischen Beziehuugen der Chon-
  drodystrophia fetalis zur  Atbyreosis.   Beitr. z path
  Anat. u. z. allg.  Path., Jena,  1904, xxxvi, 119-130. —___
  Ueber das Centralnervensystem  der Cretinen.  Neurol
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 338-343.  -----. Ueber die
  Aetiologie  des  Schilddtuseuschwunds  bei  Cretiuismus
  und Myxodem.   Ibid., 792-796. -----.  Hypophysis  Epi-
^lyxoeclema (Causes  and pathology of),
  physis und peripherische Nerven bei einem Fall von Cie-
  tinismus.   Ibid.,  1905, xxiv, 146-150. — Beadle* ((J. F.)
  Myxcedema; a report on three  fatal cases, one of them
  associated with trichinosis.  Tr. Path.  Soc. Loud., 1897 *
  xlix, 262-289, 1 pl. — Beeearia ( V.)  Osservazioni oftal
  mometriche inunamalataaffetta da mixoedenia, pereffi tto
  di compressionediretta sul cervello  Gior.  d. r.  Accad. di
  med. di Torino. 1891, 3. s., xxxix, 89-96. AUo: Rendic d
  Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1890, Pavia, 1891, xii, (19-76.  AUo '•
  Ann. diotlal., Pavia, 1891-2, xx, 96-103.— Beck (C.) Ueher
  die histologischen Veranderungen der Haul hei Myxodem.
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat, Hamb., 1897, xxxiv. 597-61l!
  AUo [Abstr.]: Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1897. xliv, 868.—
  Beeror(C.E.) Caseof myxoedenia.orstagnant oedema af-
  tererysipelas.  Proc.M.Soc.Lond., 1S87-8,xi.314— Benda
  (C.)  Demonstration mikroskopischer Praparale von Cre-
  tinhypophysen.   Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1900-
  1901, 1902, xxxii, pt. 1, 2. — Boncour  (G.-P.)  Squelette
  complet de myxcedemateux; mecanisme de quelques de-
  formations  craniennes.  Bull, et me.ni. Soc d anthrop. de
  Par., 1903, 5. s.,iv, 429-432.—Borntraeger. Myxoedem
  und Unfall.  Aerztl. Saehverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1900. vi, 472__
  Bouissou.  Polysarciecongenitale; myxcedeme; goitre-
  lesions ce.rebrales.  Bull. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1887  lxii'
  113.—Boyce (R.) Sc BciuIIcn (C. F.)  Enlargement of
  the hypophysis cerebri in myxoedema; with remarks upon
  hypertrophy of the hypophysis, associated with changes
  in the thyroid body.   J. Path. <fe Bacterid., Edinb.  &
  Loud., 1892-3, i, 223-239, 2pl.   Also, Reprint.----------.
  A further contribution to the study of the pathology of
  the hypophysis  cerebri.  Ibid., 359-383, 1 pl.—Briquet.
  Rapports en tie la maladie du sommeil et It- myxcedeme.
  Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 139.— Brissaud (E.)  Myxce-
  deme  thyroldien  et  myxcedeme parathyroidien.  Ibid.,
  1898, i, 1-3.—Buchanan (R. M.)   A case of myxoedema,
  with  microscopic examination  of thyroid gland.  Tr.
  Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1891-3, iv, 150-155.  Also: Glas-
  gow M. J., 1892, xxxviii, 329-333.— Biirckharilt (O.)
  Cas de myxoed^me gu6ri  par la thymidine; mort par broil-
  cho-pneumonie; autopsie;  absence totale de corps thy-
  ro'ide.   Rev. m6d. de la Suisse  Rom.,  Geneve,  1895, xv,
  341-346. — Burghart.  Myxoedem auf seltener Basis.
  Charite-Ann., Berl.,  1897, xxii, 143-14!). —  G'alderonio
  (F.)  Stati mixedematosi e fibromi molli cutanei (affinity
  morfologica e patogenetica).   Riforma med., Roma, 1902,
  xviii, pt. 2, 099; 711.—Caiiipnna.  Mixedema idiopatico.
  Ibid.,  Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 1, 700.—Canter (C.)  Myxcs-
  d6me  et goitre  exophtalinique.  Ann.  Soc. m6d.-chir. de
  Li6ge, 1894, xxxiii, 12-25 —Ceiial (V.  (}.)  Contribuci6n
  al estudio del mixedema familiar por herencia beteromorfa.
  Rev. Ibero-Am. de  cien. m6d.,  Madrid,  1901, v, 43-51.—
  De Dominicis (N.)  Mixedema ( diabete tiroideo?);
  patogenesi  e terapia.  Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Na-
  poli, 1900, iii, 52-54.—DourdouA (G.  N.)  Contribution
  k la pathogenie du myxcedeme et de la maladie de Basedow;
  qnelques experiences relatives k la fonction de la glande
  thyroide.  M6d. mod., Par., 1894, v, 307.—Ewald (C. A.)
  Ueber physiologische Pathologie des Myxoedems.  Compt.-
  rend. Cong, internal, de m6d. 1897, Mosc.  1899, ii, sect.
  3, 177. — Foster (N. B.)  Myxcedema following exoph-
  thalmic goitre.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s.,
  exxix, 606-608.—Oley (E.)  Physiologie pathologique du
  myxoed6me. Compt.-rend. Cong,  internat. de m6a. 1897,
  Mosc, 1H99, ii, sect. 3, 179-194— Oordinier (H. C.)  Re-
  port of two cases of myxoedema, with one autopsy.  N.
  York M. J., 1892, lvi, 169-172.—Cowan  (B. C.)  Myxce-
  dema  and its relation to Graves' disease.   Lancet, Lond.,
  1895, i, 478-480.— Greenfield.   Pathology and morbid
  anatomy of myxoedema.  Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1892-
  3, n. s., xii, 132. — Gr^u (K.)  Myxodem;  Hypertrofl af
  Hypophysis  cerebri.  Norsk  Mag.  f.  Liegevidensk.,
  Christiania, 1894, 4. R., ix, 734-739.—Halliburton (W.
  D.) Mucin in myxoedema; further analyses. J. Path. &
  Bacteriol., Edinb. &Lond.,1892-3, i, 90-94.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Hamlin (H.)  Mvxiedema as a form of anaemia. Tr.
  Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1898, xiii, 113-119.—Heller (S.)
  Die Ursachen des Cretinismus.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1898, xxiii,  385.—Hcrtoghe (E.)  Paludisme et niyxce-
  deme.  Progrfes med. beige, Brux., 1902, iv, 9. — Hertz-
  bcrger (L.)  Schildklierfuuctie, myxoedeem en morbus
  Basedowii.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1902,
  2. R.,  xxxviii,  d.  2,  1220; 1274.—Hiibener.  Zwere-
  wuchs mit volligem Mangel der Schilddriise.  Jahrb. a.
  schles. Gesellsch.  f. vaterl. Cult. 1898, Bresl.. 1899, lxxvi,
  1. Abt.. med. Sect, 176.—Hun (H.) Sc J'liuldcn (T.M.)
  Myxoederna; four cases, with two  autopsies; with a re-
  port of the microscopical examination.  Am. J. M. Sc,
  Phila., 1888, n. a., xevi, 1;  140, 3 pl.  Also, Reprint.- Hunt
  (J. R.)  Pathological study of a case of myxcedema asso-
  ciated with tuberculosis of the adrenals; with remarks on
  the nervous system.  Ibid., Phila. &  N. Y., 1905, exxix,
  243-252.  AUo,  Reprint—Ibarguren  (A.)  Sobre nu
  caso de mixcedema seguido de autopsia.  An. d. Cirr.me.il.
  argent., Buenos Aires,  1896,  xix,  9-22.—Iniredy (15)
  Basedow-k6r kapesan kifejlbdott  myxoedema esete.  [A
  case of myxcedema developed  after Basedow's disease.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 604.—Kieuinger (J.) 
MYXCEDEMA.
291
MYXCEDEMA.
Ulyxcrdema (Causes  and pathology of).
  Myxodem in Folge  angeborenen Schilddriiseiimangels.
  Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1895. xxxvi, 25-27.— Kohlcr (R )
  Myxodem, auf Syphilis berubend.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1892.  xxix,  743!  -----. Myxodem  auf seltener  Basis.
  Ibid., 1894, xxxi, 927.—Houses (A. P.)  Alio n-epijnwtis
  iSjOTraOoOs fiufoiSijuaTOS.  'laTpiKT) irpooSos, 'Ec  -vpu>, 1901,
  vi, 176.—Illinois (M.)   De la cachexie pachydermique
  (myxcede.nie). et de ses rapports avec les affections de la
  glande thyroide.  Arch, de m6d. exper.  et  d'anat. path.,
  Par., 1889, i, 470; 590—1,111111 (J. R.)   A larynx from
  myxoedema, female patient.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.. 1889-
  90 xii,32.—iTIacllwaine (S. W.)  Myxoedema in  mother
  and  child.  Brit.  M.  J., Lond., 1902, i, 1261.—.Tinrfan.
  Thyroidite  lhuinatisniale  avec  myxcedeme  et vitiligo.
  Gaz. d. mal. infant,  [etc.],  Par., 1900, ii, 155.—Tion go 111-
  (C.)   Maladie du  sonmieil et inyxoedcme.  Presse m6d.,
  Par., 1898. ii, 172.—lTInratow ('W.)  Zur  Pathologie des
  Myxodems.  Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1898, xvii, 930-
  934.—IVess (R.  B.)  Case of inyxoedema complicated with
  cardiac disease, with an account of the  post-mortem ex-
  amination.  Glasgow M. .T., 1897.  xlviii, 94-105.  [Discus-
  sion], 117.—Nesteliastlivtsi'tl'fA. A.)  K etiologii zoba
  ikretinizma.  [Etiology of goitre and cretinism.]   Trudi
  Obsh. vrach. g. Kazani, 1872-:!, v, 1. sect..  116-138—Op-
  penheimer.  Myxcedema and exophthalmic  goitre in
  Bisters.  Johns Hopkius Hosp.,  Bull., Bait., 1895, vi, 33-
  35. —Pel  (P. K.)  Familiares  Vorkommen  von  Akronie-
  galie und Mvxodem auf luetischer Grundlage.  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr..'1905, xlii, Fest.-Nuin.,  25-28—Fineles (F.)
  Die Beziehuugen  der Akromegalie zum Myxodem  und zu
  anderen Blutdriisenerkrankungen.  Samml. klin.  Vortr.,
  n. V., Leipz., 1899, no. 342 (Innere Med., No. 73,1421-1450).—
  Ponlick (E.)  Myxodem und Hypophysis.   Ztschr.  f.
  klin. Med., Berl..  1899, xxxviii. 1-25, 6 pl.  ----. Ueber
  Myxodem nnd dessen  Beziehungen  zur  Akromegalie.
  Ailg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, lxix,  121.  Also: Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl.,  1900,328-
  334.   AUo: Jahresb. d. schles.  Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult.
  1899, Bresl., 1900, lxxvii,  1. Abt., med. Sect.,   172-176.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf.
  n. Aerzte 1898,  Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 6.—Pyc-
  Smith (R. J.)  A case of myxoedema; with microscop-
  ical  examination of thyroid body bv A.J. Hall.  Sheffield
  M. J., 1892-3, i, 35-41, 1 pl.—Batjen (E.)  Myxoedema
  idiopatliicnm.   Festschr. z. Feier d. Sujahr. Stiftungsf. d.
  arztl. Ver. zu Hamb., Leipz., 1896, 447-460, 2 phot.—Regis
  (E.)  Sc Gaidc  (N.)   Rapports entre la maladie du sum-
  med et le myxoeddme.  Presse m6d., Par., 1898, ii, 193.—
  Bo in me (R.)  Pathogenie: De la  cachexie pachydermi-
  que  (myxred&me)  dans ses relations avec la physiologie de
  la glande thyroide.  Tribune  med.. Par., 1889,  2.  s., xxi,
  261;  292.—Sajous  (C. E.  de M.)  Myxoedema  in its re-
  lations to the adrenal system.  Month. Cycl. Pract. Med.,
  Phila., 1905, xviii, 55-5Y — Shattock (S. G.)  Carcinoma
  of the thyroid  from a case of  myxedema.  St. Thomas's
  Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1887, n. s., xvi, 255.—Shields (E.)
  A case of cretinism following an attack of acute thyroi-
  ditis.  N. York M. J., 1898,  lxviii,  476.—Smith  (J. L.)
  Myxoedema and the thyroid  gland.  Med. Mag.,  Lond.,
  1893-4, ii,  124 -134. — Smith (T. F. H.)   Enlarged thy-
  roid; disappearance of gland followed by myxoedema.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i.  14. — Vassale (G.)  L' ipoflsi
  nel  mixedema  e  nell' acromegalia.   Riv. sper.  di  fre-
  niat., Reggio-Emilia, 1902, xxviii, fasc 2, 25. — Vassale
  (G.)  Sc Bernardini (C.)  Un caso di mixedema, con
  autopsia.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894,
  ii, patol. gen. ed anat. patol., 162. — Verrier (E.) Rap-
  ports qui peuvent   exister entre  la  maladie  du  som-
  meil  et le  myxoede.me.   Echo m6d.  de Lyon, 1899, iv,
  267-275.—Weygandt (W.)  Ueher Virchow's Cretinen-
  theorie.  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii,  290; 352;
  ii!H   Whip ha 111 (T.)  A case of  myxoedema;  with mi-
  croscopic  appearances in  some of the organs.  Proc. M.
  Soc  Lond.,  1885,  viii, 263-272, 2  pl., 1 ch.— Whitwell
  (J. R.)  The nervous element in myxoedema.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1892. i, 430-432.

Myxoedema (Complications  of).
    See, also, Idiots (Mental and physical condition
  of);  Infantilism; Myxcedema in infants, etc.;
  Myxcedema and insanity.
    Bakowski (T.)  Rzadki pryzypadek obrz^ku sluza-
  kowego (myxoedema).  [Rare  case of . . .]  Przegl. lek.,
  Krak6w,  1893,  xxxii, 645.—Batten (F. E.)  Cretin with
  marked cyanosis of extremities. Tr.Clin. Soc. Lond., 1902-
  3, xxxvi, '264.— Bourne ville.  La scoliose myxced6ma-
  teuse.  Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1902, xv, 209-212.
  AUo: Progres  med., Par.,  1902, 3.8., xvi, 38. — Brain-
  well (B.)  Typical and severe case of sporadic cretinism
  in which the patient menstruated regularly.  Clin. Stud.,
  Edinb., 1903-4,  n. s., ii, 329-331.  Also: Lancet,  Lond.,
  1898,  ii, 1547.—Burchard (O.)  Ein Fall von  Akrome-
  galie combinirt  mit Myxoedem. St. Petersb. med.  Wchn-
  sehr., 1901, n.  F., xviii, 481-484.—C'hipault  (A.)  La
  scoliose myxcedemateuse.  Bull. Soc. de  pediat. de Par.,
  1902,  iv, 105-109. — Clark (A. C.)  Case of  mycedema,
 ^lyxoedema (Complications of).
   with tumour of tbe brain.  Edinb. M. J., 1890-91, xxxvi,
   1012-1016.—Be Greift (R.)  Polype de l'oreille et myxo-
*  deme.   Ann. Soc. de m6d. d'Anveis,  189C, lviii, 229-233.—
   Dczon (G.)  Siirdi-mutite temporaire chez une myxoe-
   d6mateuse k type fruste.  Rev. bebd.de laryngol. [etc.],
   Par., 1901, ii, 555-558. — Brury (H. C.)  A Mal case of
   inyxoedema.  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1904, xxii,
   59-63.   Also: Dublin  J. M. Sc, 1904, cxviii, 1-5. — Far-
   lowfJ.W.)  A caseof myxoedema of tbe throat.  N. York
   M. J.,  1896, lxiv, 421. — Grandclcment.   Coexistence
   du mycederne et de la keratite parenchymateuse   Lyon
   med., 1899, xci, 43-47.—Grant (D.)  A case of deafness
   due to  myxoedema.   J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 310.
   Also: Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 211.—Habermann (J.)
   Zur Lelire der  Ohrenerkrankungen infolge  Kretinismus.
   Arcb.  f. Ohrenh., Leipz,  1904, lxiii, 100-112.  AUo |Ab-
   str.] : Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904,
   xiii, 25.—Hamiuersehlag (V.) Die eudemischc, con-
   stitutionelle Taubstummlieit und  ihre Beziehuugen zum
   endemischeu Cretinismus.  Monatschr. f. Gsiidhtspflg.,
   "Wien,  1902, xx, 57-76. —Haw (W. 11.)  lLr-morrhage in
   myxcedema.  Lancet, Lond., 1*88.  i, 41.—HCbcr!  (P.)
   Rachitisme tardif au  cour.s du myxiedeme.  Rev.  d'or-
   thop., Par., 1905, 2. s., vi, 543-545, 1  pl. — Heiberg (P.)
   Et Tilfselde af Myxoedem kompliceret med et  bullest
   Hududslet. [Acaseofmyxoedemacomplicatedbyabullous
   cutaneous eruption.]   Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kjobenh.,  1905,
   5. R., xii, 397.—Hcrrgott (A.)   Myxcedeme, parturition
   et 6clampsie.  Ann. de gynec. et  d'obst., Par., 1902, lviii,
   1-13.   Also: Rev. m6d. de  Test, Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 549-
   560. A Uo  [Abstr.]: Soc.dem6d.de Naucy.  C.-r., 1901-2,
   127 - 130. — Hcrtoghe (E.)  Vegetations  adenoides et
   niyxcedeane.  Ann. Soc. in6d.-chir. d'Anvers, 1898, 71-80,
   2 pl.—Hooper (J. W. D.)  A case of anorexia nervosa,
   which later developed myxoedema, followed by safe partu-
   rition.   Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne,  1903,
   viii, 474-477.—Kirk (R.)   On acute affections of the skin
   and mucous membrane of the mouth in an early stage of
   myxoedema; primula obconica an  alleged exciting cause in
   one case.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 579-582.—Koguchi (T.)
   [A caseof degeneration of the optic nerve in myxoedema.]
   Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1904, xxv, 150-166. — I-oital-
   Jacob &  Sabarcanu  (G.)   Myxcedeme acquis au
   corns d'une cirrhose hypertrophique pigmentaire non dia-
   b6ticiue. Bull, et 1116m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 375-
   380.—Mackenzie (H. W. G.) A case of myxoedema as-
'   sociated with tubercular disease of the lungs and larynx.
   Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xliii, 184.  -----. Myxoedema;
   fatal case.  St.  Thomas's  Hosp.  Rep., Lond., 1894, n. s.,
   xxii, 136.—ITIirallie (C.)  Un cas de deviation complexe
   duracbis (scoliose in edominante) danslemyxoede,nie.  Gaz.
   me.d.  de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix,  186.—IVess  (R. B.)  A
   case of myxoedema complicated with cardiac disease.  Tr.
   Med.-Chir.  Soc. Glasg., 1895-7, i, 327-338.—Osier (W.)
   An acute myxedematous condition, with tachycardia, gly-
   cosuria, melaena, mania,  and death.  J.  Nerv.  Sc Ment.
   Dis., N. V., 1899, xxvi, 65-71.  Also, Reprint.— Keymond
   (C.) MixoBdema con malacia delle ossa del cranio.  Atti
   d. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1889, ii, 334-341.—
   Schenk (A. H.)  The course and  treatment of  myxoe-
   dema with spontaneous dislocation of the hip-joint; report
   of a case.  Tr.Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1898, 135-141.  Also:
   Texas  M. News, Austin, 1898-9, viii, 1-5.  Also: Med. Age,
   Detroit, 1899, xvii, 206-208.—Shaw (H. B.)  An anomalous
   case of myxoedema.  Edinb. M. J., 1903, n. s., xiv, 318-322.—
   Strasser (A. A.)  A study of metabolism in a case con-
   joining myxedema and diabetes niellitus.  ,1. Am.M. Ass.,
   Chicago, i905, xliv, 705-773.—Szantd (M.)   Myxicdem&s
   alapu atrophia uteri 6s ovarii esete. [A case of inyxoedema
   from...] Gy6gv&szat,Budapest,1901,xli,473.  Also,transl.:
   Pest. med.-chirr Presse, Budapest, 1901, xxxyii, 997-1000.—
   Taylor (S.)  On  cases of inyxoedema aud bulbar paral-
   ysis.  Polyclin., Lond., 1900, ii, 32-34.—Thomas.  Vege-
   tations  et myxcedeme.  Marseille  m6d., 1900, xxxvii, 679-
   683. AUo:  Rev. hebd. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1900, ii,
   648-650.—Tresilinu (F.)  A fatal  case of  myxoedema.
   Med. Press & Circ, Loud., 1895, n. s., lix, 270.—Wagner
   Augeu-Erkrankung bei Myxoedem.  Klin. Monatsbl.  f.
   Augenh., Stuttg., 1900, xxxviii, 473-476.—Wahrer (C. F.)
   A case of perinephritic abscess  complicated with myx-
   edema.   Am. J.  Surg. Sc Gynec, St. Louis, 1900, xiv, 6.

 Myxcedema (Congenital).
      See Mycedema in infants,  etc.

 JUyxoedeilia (Contractile).
     * See  Muscles  (Contracture, etc., of).

 jTIyxcedeina (Diagnosis  and  semeiology

   on
      See,  also,  Goitre  (Exophthalmic,   Diagnosis,
   etc.,  of);   Infantilism;  Myxcedema   (Blood
   in); Myxcedema   (Trine in);   Myxoedema in
   infants, etc.;  Myxcedema and insanity. 
MYXCEDEMA.
292
MYXCEDEMA.
Jlyxerdenia (Diagnosis and  semeiology


    Atlas (Ah) of illustrations on clinical medi-
  cine, surgery,  ami pathology.   Myxcedema.  Pl.
  I-J.   fol.  London,  1904.
    J.U'Ql'EMKT   (P.)   * Dn   myxcedeme;   ses
  formes  frustes; son association  an  goitre  ex-
  ophtalmique.   8y   Montpellier, 11)00.
    Adiposis  dolorosa: A  myxoedcmatoid dystrophy.
  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 135.—Agote
  (L.)  I)iagn6stico precoz del mixedema congenita.  An.
  d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902,  xxv, 345-349.—
  Anders (J. M.)  A  report of two cases  of myxedema;
  with remarks  on an anomalous type.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1897,  xxix, 63-65.—Apert (E.)  Le myxcedeme
  et I'achondroplasia sont deux affections totalement difffi-
  rentes.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de  biol., Par.,  1902.  11. s., iv,
  127-129.-----Myxcedeme fruste,  croissance tardive,
  diab^te.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1904, xvii, 173-
  180, 1 pl.—de Bary (J.)  Kaebitischer Zwergwuchs, En-
  docarditis chronica, das Bild  infantilen Mvxodems  vor-
  tauschend.  Arch. f. Kinderh.,  Stuttg., 1899, xxvi,  253-
  260.— It ay on (G. P.)  Beitrag zur Diagnose nnd  Lehre
  vom Cretinismus unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
  Differential-Diagnose mit anderen Eormen vou Zwerg-
  wuchs und Schwachsinn.  Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesell-
  sch. zu Wiirzb., 1903-4, n. F., xxxvi, 1-120.—Beck (S.)  A
  Mr szbveti elvdltoz&sai myxoedemdndl. [Changes of the
  skin in myxoedema]  Magy. orv. Arch.,  Budapest, 1898,
  vii, 1-17, 1 pl.—Berkeley  (H.  J.)  On myxoedenia-like
  conditions in the  negro. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass.
  [Utica, X. Y.], 1897, iv, 318-329, 1 pl. Also: Am. J.Insan.,
  Bait., 1897-8, liv, 415-426, 1 pl— Bienfait (A.)  L'bypo-
  thyroldie chronique.  Gaz. med.  beige, Li6ge, 1899-1900,
  xii, 93-96.—Binet (A.) Sc Simon  (T.)   Mitteilungen
  iiber die  neuen Methoden der Diagnose des Kretinismus,
  Schwachsinns  uud  niangelhafter Entwicklung.   Eos,
  Wien,  1905, i,  247-251.—Brauiwell  (B.)  Myxoedema.
  In his: Atlas of clin.  med., fol., Edinb., 1891, i, pt. 1, 1-16,
  3 pl.  -----.  The  clinical features of  myxoedema.  Tr.
  Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb.,  1892-3,  n.  s.,  xii,  121-132.  Also:
  Edinb. M. J., 1892-3,  xxxviii,  985-995.—Campbell (J.)
  Myxcedema; an anomalous case.  Montreal M. J., 1888-9,
  xvii, 256-259.—Chapman (C.  W.)  The early diagnosis
  of m3-xoedema.   Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 877. -----. A case
  of myxcedema without loss of hair. Ibid., 1905, ii, 220.—
  Cleveland (A. H.)  A case of myxedema with promi-
  nent nasal symptoms.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx,
  542.—Curti*  (H. H.)  Tbe throat appearances in myx-
  cedema.  Ibid.,  1894,  xxiii, 486-I>'Aiulolo (G.)  Delle
  alterazioni mixedeniatose della laringe. Atti d. Cong. d.
  Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 239-244.—
  Delia.  ScbSrodermie ou myxcedeme.  Bull. Soc.  franc.
  de dermat. et  syph., Par., 1899,  x, 296.  Also:  Ann.de
  dermat. et syph.,  Par.,  1899, 3. s., x, 568.—De Sanctis.
  Sopra alcuni casi di mixedema frusto.  Bull. d. Soc. Lan-
  cisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1901-2, fasc. 2, 147.— Dubois.
  Havenith.   Un cas  de mvxeed^me tardif.   Policlin.,
  Brux.,  1905, xiv, 135.—Enibley (E. II.)  A case of myx-
  oedema; with symptoms simulating ovarian tumor.   Aus-
  tral. M. J., Melbourne, 1895, n. s., xvii, 277-280.—Ewald.
  Vorstellung eines  Fallesvon Mvxodem fruste. Verhandl.
  d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1900), 1901, xxxi, pt. 1, 236-238.—
  Faisans Sc Audistere.  Psoudo-myxced^me syphiliti-
  que precoce.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par.,
  1901, 3. s., xviii,  449-458.—Forme (Sur  uue) fruste de
  myxcedeme:  l'adipose douloureuse. Semaine ni6d., Par.,
  1898, xviii. 484.  Also, transl: Arte nied..Napoli,1899,i,501-
  505.—Fuchs (E.)  Vier Fiille von Myxodem; nebst Bei-
  tragen zur skiagrapbischen Differentialdiagnose der ver-
  schiedenen ForiiieuverzogerteuLaugenwaebstums.  Arch
  f. Kinderh.,  Stuttg.,  1905, xii, 60-81.—Gamier (M.) &
  liebrel.  Exploration  des fonctions  renale, intestinale
  et bepatique  chez un myxoedSniateux.   Bull, et mem. Soc.
  med. d. hop. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 797-800.—Henry
  (F.P.)  Acaseof myxcedematoid dystrophy (paratropby).
  J. Nerv. & Ment.  Dis.. X. Y., 1891, xviii,"l54-162.  [liis-
  cussiou],  193.— Herrman  (C.)   Important  differential
  points in the diagnosis of sporadic cretinism, mongolism,
  achondroplasia and rachitis.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y™, 1905'
  xxii, 493-508. — Hertoghe (E.)  De  l'hypothyroidie be-
  nigne chronique, on myxcedeme fruste.  Bull. Acad, roy
  de iu6d. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 231-283,  23  pl
  [Rap. de Verriest], 194-203. Also: N. iconog. de la  Sal-
  petriere, Par.,  1899, xii, 261-311,  7  pl.   AUo  [Rap. de
  Ley):  Ann. Soc. de med. d'Auvers,  1899, lxi,  285-293.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par.,  1899^  n.  s.  iv
  1201-1206. — Hitsebmaun (R.)  Augenuntersnchnngen
  bei Cretinismus,  Zwergwuchs und verwandten ZustSn-
  den.  Wien. klin.Wchnsehr., 1898, xi, 655-666.— Jolly (A.)
  Some unusual symptoms in a case of myxedema.  J Am
  M. Ass., Chicago.  1899, xxxii, M4-816.  'AUo: VirginiaM
  Semi-Month., Richmond, 1899-1900. iv,  12-15— Kimball
  (R. B.)  A ease of myxoedema with unusual features and
  rapid recovery.   Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1893, xliv, 814.—Kirk
  iTlyxccdeiiia  (Diagnosis and semeioloqy


    (K.)  Caseof modified cretinism.   Glasgow M.J., 1*99, In
    133.—Koplik (H.) Sc Lichtenstcin (J.)   A contribu- '
    tion to the symptomatology of cretinism and other forma
    of idiocy.  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. X. Y., 1901, xiii, 250-2.53.—
    Kuh (S.) Unusual cases of myxedema. J.Nerv. & Ment
    His.. X. Y., ]*!i'.i. xxvi, 569-571.  Also:  Phila. M. J., \m\
    in,  .82-7K4.—lifblanc (P.)  Achondroplasia et myxu-'
    dime.  Coinpt. rend. Soe. de biol . Par., 1902,11. s., iv,"**.—
    • '"•wis (II. W.)  The mental state in  myxoedema.  Lan-
    cet, Lond., 1904, i, 1117 —.TlncI I ivainc (S. W.)  A caseof
    myxoedema, with epileptiform a'tacks.  Guy's Hosp.Gaz.,
    Lond.. 1894, n. s., viii,  14!i. — rVove-.losseraad A Ho-
    rand  (R.)  Chondrodystrophie ou achondroplasie et na-
    nisme  d\ sthyroidien myxcedeniatcnx.   Lyon m6d., 1905,
    civ, 926-935.   Also: Bull. Soc. de chir.  de Lyon. 1905, viiij
    94-104. — Oppenheimer (A. R.)  Myxo'dema and ex-
    ophthalmic goitre  in  sisters, with remarks  on the symp-
    tomatology of  the latter disease.   J. Xerv. Sc Ment. Dis.
    N. Y.,  1895, xxii, 213-222.-Osier. An acute myxedem-
    atous  condition  occurring in  goitre.  Johns Hopkins
    Hosp. Bull., Bait.,  1892,  iii. 42.— Paget (A> J.)  Swell-
    ings above the clavicle.  Inliis: Stud, old ease-books 8D
    Lond.,  1891, 136-138.—Philippen (J.) & Vanderniis^
    sen.  Xotes cliniques sur le myxcedeme. Progres med
    beige,  Brux.,  1900. ii, 161-164. — Poynton  (F. J.i  Ou
    cretinism and  allied conditions.  Clin. J., Lond., 19dl-2,
    xix, 295-301.—Kaymond.  Un cas deniyxa-d&me fruste!
    J. demtd. int.. Par.. 1902, vi, 217— Konline (R.)  L'hy-
    pothyroidie benigne chronique, ou le myxoed^me fruste.
    Tribune med.,  Par., 1899, 2. s., xxxi, 966-970.—Rubbens
    (A.) Un cas de ruyxoedeme fruste. Bull. Soc. de m6d. de
    Gand, 1903, lxx, 55-58.—Savill (T. D.)  A case of myx-
    oedema, or stagnant oedema, after erysipelas. Proc. M.
    Soc. Lond.,  1887-8, xi, 312. — Schlagenhaufer  (F.)
    Ueber ein nainentlich in der Haut sich ausbreitendes mu-
    cocellulares Xeugebilde (k la Krukenbergscher Tumor)
    [klinisch Myxoedem vortanscbend].   Centralbl.  f. allg.
    Path. u.  path. Anat., Jena, 1904, xv, 611-616—Shen (N.
    E.)  Dva sluchaya miksedemi s riezkoyn otstalostyu raz-
    vitiya.   [Two cases  of nivxcederua with  development
    fallen sharply behind.]   Med. Obozr., Mosk.,  1899, lii, 617-
    632.—Shinidt (A. K.)  K ucheniyu o miotonii;  mioto-
    niya n miksedematika.   [Myotony in  myxoedema.]   J.
    nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1904, iv, 1106-
    1121, 1 jd.—Sonnnerville (D.)  A case of brain tumour
    simulating myxcedema.  Brit. M.  J.,  Lond.,  1900, i, 141.—
    Starr (M. A.)  Myxedema and its differential diagnosis
    from chronic nephritis.  Cresset, N. Y., 1902-3. vi, no. 4,
    5-10.  AUo :  Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 649; 683.  AUo,
    Reprint. — Sutphin  (P.  C.)   A  probable case of myx-
    cedema.  Gaillard's M. J., X.  Y.,  1890, li, 69-72.—Tain-
    bi'oui (R.) & Lanibranzi (R.)  Intorno ad una varieta,
    di mixedema frusto. Boll. d. manic, prov. di Ferrara, 1899,
    xxvii, 153-160.  AUo: Riforma med., Palermo,  1899,  xv,
    pt. 3, 265-267.   AUo: Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1899, iv,
    216-227.—Vires  (J.)  Du myxoedfeme.  In hU:  Lee.  de
    clin. med., 8°, Montpel. & Par., 1900, 171-195,  2 pl.—Wes-
    singer (J. A.)  Myxoedema, with photographic illustra-
    tions.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1894, xviii, 232-236, 1
    pl.  AUo: N.  York M. J., 1894,  lx,  102-104.—Wyllys
    (W.)  Three cases of myxoedema of varied type.  Lancet,
    Lond.,  1901, i, 1331.—Zacher.   Ceber eiiien Fall von
    Pseudo-Myxodem.  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl.,
    1901, lviii, 766-769.

  Iflyx oedema (Experimental).
      See  Myxcedema  (Post-operatire);  Thyroi-
    dectomy (Experimental, Effects of).

i  Myxoedema  (Heredity in).
      <SeeMyxcedema (Causes, etc., of).

  Ulyxoedema  (History  and  geographical

    distribution of).
      See,  also,  Abendberg;  Goitre (History, etc.,
    of).
      Cordier (E.)  Les cretins des Pyrenees.   8°.
    [n.  p., n. d.]
      Cutting.
      Wilson (A. M.)   Myxcedema and  the  effects
    of climate  un the disease.   16°.   London, 1894.
      Acromegaly and my xoedema in the middle ages.  [Ed-
    it.]  Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 167.—Baglietto (M.)  Algn-
    nos datos estadisticos sobre el  bocio y el cretinismo en la
     Srovincia de Asturias.  Actas v mem. d. ix. < ong. internac.
     e big. y demog. 1898, Madrid* 1900, xii, 288-292. - Balp
    (S.)  Dati statistici ed eziologici sull' endemia gozzo-cre-
    tinica nella provincia di Torino.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di
    med. di Torino,  1894,  4. s., x,  189-226.—Bifli (S.)  Sul
    cretinismo nella valle  Camonica.   Gazz. med. ital. lomb.,
    Milano, 1860, 4. 8., v, 405-409.   AUo, in his:  Op. couipl.,
    8°, Milano, 1902, ii, 35-87. -----.  Cenni sul cretinismo in 
MYXCEDEMA.
293
MYXCEDEMA.
Jlvxoedema  (History  and  geographical

  distribution of).
  val D'Aosta.  Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1861, 4. s.,
  vi, 33-43.  Also, in his:  Op. compl., 8°, Milano, 1902, ii, 89-
  108. — Cretinismo  (Del) inLombardia; relazione della
  commissione nominata dal r. Istituto Lombardo di scien-
  ze e lettere.  In: Biffi (S.)  Op. compl., 8°, Milano, 1902,
  ii, 109-224.—Cummins (H. A.)  Myxoedema in Thibet.
  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1891, i, 755. — Dnuskoflf (N. A.)
  Priuralskiy kretinizm.  [Cretinism of the Urals.]  Vestnik
  Idiotii i Epileps., S.-Peterb., 1903, i, no. 12, 1-4.—Ham-
  ilton (H.)  Myxcedema in  India.  Indian M. Gaz., Cal-
  cutta, 1905, xl,  114. — Harsu  (M.)   Ueber die Verbrei-
  tung  des Kretinismus in  Rumanien.   Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1902. xxviii, 494. — Haus-
  halter (P.) & Jeandelize (P.)  Notes  snr  un eentre
  ancien d'end6mie cr6tino-goitreuse dans une commune de
  Meurthe-et-Moselle.  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1902, n. s.,
  vii, 481-484.—Hiroisc (S.)  [Investigations on the prev-
  alence of myxoedema in the eastern highlands and south-
  ern lowlands  fronting  the  interior  of Formosa.]   Gun
  Igakn Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo,  1900, no. 109, 21-56. — Hope
  (C. H. S.)  Myxoedema in  India.  Indian M.  Gaz., Cal-
  cutta, 1905, xl,  37. —Hutchinson (J.)  On English cre-
  tinism.  Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 73-75.—Ilgovski (I.)
  Sviedieniya o rasprostranenii  zoba i kretinizraa v nleko-
  torikh  mlestnostyakh  Krasnoufimskavo   i  Permskavo
  nyezdov Periuskoi  gubernii, sobranniya v avgustle i sen-
  tyabrle mlesyatsakh 1899 goda.  [Data on goitre and cre-
  tinism in some parts of Perm government, collected  in
  August aud September, 1899.]   Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri
  imp. Kazan, univ., 1900, 81-125. — Kandaratski (M. F.)
  Geograficheskoye rasprostraneniye eudemii zoba i kreti-
  nizina na Uralie.  [Geographical distribution of the en-
  demic of goitre  and cretinism  in  the  Ural.]  Dnevnik
  Syezda Obsh.  Russk Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan,
  1899, vii, 313-318. — Kishima (M.)   [Great increase  of
  myxcedema  in a village.]  Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, To-
  kyo. 19U0, no. 109, 57-62. — Kblle (F.)  Ueber  Dr. Gug-
  genbiihl und seine Kretinenheilaustalt auf dem Abend-
  berg.  Ztschr.  f. d. Behandl.  Schwachsinn. u. Epilept.,
  Dresd., 1899, n.  F., xv, 92; 113. — MacPhedran (A.)
  Sporadic cretinism  in  Ontario.  Canad. J. M.  Sc S., To-
  ronto,  1898.  iv, 275-282.  AUo, Reprint. — yiayet (L.)
  Nouvelles recherches sur la repartition geographique du
  goitre et du cretinismo.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de
  Par., 1901, 5. s., ii, 431-436.  AUo: Proyince med., Lvon,
  1902, xvi. 26-29. — Tliiiiaion (L.)   Protilassi del creti-
  nismo endemico.   Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii,  sez. prat.,
  477.—Orbeli  (D. I.) Zob  i kretinizm v Svanetii.  [Goi-
  tre and cretinism  in Svanetia.] Vestnik Dushevn. Bo-
  Uezn., S.-Peterb., 1904, i, no. 1, 1-30. — Osier (W.)  Spo-
  radic cretinism  in America.   Tr.  Cong.  Am. Phys.  &
  Surg., X. Haven, 1897, 169-206.— RegiianIt (F.) Myxce-
  deme.   Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1896, 4. s., vii, 385-
  389- -----. Le dieu 6gyptien B6s etait mvxeedemaueuse.
  Ibid., 1897, 4.  s., viii, 434-439.— Smith (H. A.)  Myxoe-
  dema iu India.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1905, xl,  37.

 ^lyxoedema (Infantile).
     See Myxcedema in infants, etc.

 Jlyxoedema   (Post-operative)  [cachexia

  strumipriva].
     See, also, Goitre (Treatment of, Operative, Se-
  quela? of); Myxcedema (Treatment  of) with  thy-
  roid  extract;  Thyroidectomy  (Experimental,
  Effects of).
     Hasselmaxx (A. L.)   *Do  myxcedema expe-
  rimental.  4°.  Bio Janeiro, 1900.
     Kasche (H.)   "Kacbexia  thyreopriva  und
  Myxodem.   8J.   Berlin, [1893].
     Lardy (E.)   Contribution  a I'histoire de la
  cachexie thyreoprive.   8°.  [Bale, 1892, vel sub-
  seq.]
     de  Quervain  (F. )    * Ueher  die  Veriinde-
  ruugeu  des  Ceutraluervensystems   hei  experi-
  menteller Kachexia thyreopriva der  Thiere.  8°.
  Berlin, 1893.
     Vollmanx  (S.)  * Ueber einen Fall  von ge-
  heiltem Myxoedem nach Kropfexstirpation.  6°.
   Wurzburg, 169:>.
     Angcrcr.  Cachexia thyreopriva; Besserung durch
  Verfuftern  roher  Schafschilddriise.   Munchen.   med.
  Wchnsehr., 1891, xii, 556. — Baldi (D.)  Sull' opacamento
  del cristallino in caui tiroidettomizzai i e sulla cura tiroidea
  nella cachessia strumipriva.  Ricerche di fisiol. e sc. affini
  ded. al Prof.  L. Luciani  .... Milano, 1900,  171-177.—
  Brian (E.) Sc Sargnon.  Myxn-de-nic post-op6ratoire
  chez un goitreux; grande amelioration par 1'iodothyrine
  deBaumann.  Gaz.  hebd. de med., Par., 1898,  n. s., iii,
irlyxoedema  (Post-operative)   [cachexia

  strumipriva].
  613-615.—Brissaud Sc Souques (D.)  Un cas de myxce-
  deme op6ratoire. traite par l'iugestion de glande thyroide
  de mouton.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France
  .  . .  Proc.-verb.fetc] 1894, Par., 1895,v, 518.—Bruns (P.)
  Zur  Frage der lOntkropfungs-Cachexia.  Beitr. z.  klin.
  Chir., Tiibing., 1887,  iii, 317-338, 1 pl.—Casclli.   Sui
  postumistrumiprivi.  Riforma med., Xapoli, 1889, v, 591.—
  Coronedi (G.)  Sc Tlarclictti (G.)  Mixoedema speri-
  mentale.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1904, xii, 433-
  448,  1 pl.—Forster  (K.i  Weitere Beobachtungen  an
  einem Fall von Myxoedema operativum.  Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipzl u. Berl.,  1897, xxiii,  248-250.—Has-
  kovec (L.)  Note  snr l'examen microscopique  des  or-
  ganes de trois lapins, morts de  cachexie  thyr6oprive.
  Compt. rend. Soc. cie biol., Par., 1895, 10. s.,ii, 192.—Haus-
  halter (P.) & Jeandelize (P.)   Retard de d6veloppe-
  ment et  etat cretinoide k la  suite de la thyroidectomie
  chez un agneau et chez un lapereau. Ibid., 1902,11. s., iv,
  597-600.-----------. Retard de developpement et 6tat
  cr6tinoi.de k la suite de la thyroidectomie chez un jeune
  chat et un lapereau.  Ibid., 600.—Ilopinaiiu.  Opera-
  tives Myxodem schwerer Art von  ungewohnlich langer
  Dauer.  Deutschomed.Wchnsehr.,Leipz.u.Berl.,1893,xix,
  1357.—Horsley (V.)  Xote on a possible means of arrest-
  ing the progress of myxoedema, cachexia strumipriva, and
  allied diseases.  Brit.M. J.,Lond.,1890,i,287.  AUo.transl.:
  Wien. med. 151., 1890, xiii, 116.—lieichtenstern (O.)  Ein
  mittels Schilddriisen injection und Fiitterung erfolgreich
  behandelter Fall von Myxcedema operativum.   Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. n. Berl.,  1893,  xix, 1297;  1333;
  1354.— liCiizi (L.)  Due strume a sede  rara (linguale e
  soprajoidea) per anomalia di sviluppo dello intiero abbozzo
  tiroideo mediano primitivo; ablazione; myxoedema. Speri-
  mentale.  Arch.di biol.,Firenze, 1905, lix,'392-396.—Levin
  (I.)  Mucinaemia, and  its role in experimental thyroprivia.
  Med. Rec,  N. V., 1900,  lvii, 184.  Also: Proc. N. York
  Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 109.—Mills (W.)  Experi-
  mental  cachexia strumipriva  (thvroidectomicaj.  Canad.
   Pract.,  Toronto,  1895, xx, 719-728.—Tloussu.  Sur la
  fonction thyroldienne; cr6tinisme experimental sous ses
  deux formes typiques. Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par.,
  1892,  9. s., iv, 972-979.—JVotkine (I. A.)  Pathogenic de
  la  cachexie  strumiprive;  la thyroproteide.    Semaine
  m6d., Par., 1895, xv, 138.  Also, transl.: Med. Week,  Par.,
  1895,  iii, 205.—Pallcske.  Heilung  eines operativ ent-
  standenen Myxodems durch Fiitterung mit Schafsschild-
  driise.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl.,  1895,
  xxi, 103.—Puglicse  (A.)  Ueber die Wirkung von  Thy-
  reoidea-Praparaten bei Hunden nach Exstirpation der
  Schilddriise. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxxii,
  305-316.—Reverdin  (J.-L.)  Contribution  k l'6tude  du
  myxcedeme cons6cutif k l'extirpation totale ou partielle
  dii corps thyroide.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve,
  1887, vii, 25-49.  Also, Reprint.—Sabrazes (J.) & <Ja-
  bannes (C.) Myxcedeme operatoire, tetanie et troubles
  psychiques aggraves par une grossesse et termin6s par la
  mort aprfes raccouchement.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor-
  deaux, 1900, xxi, 100;  112.— Sacchi (E.)  Di un caso di
  mixedema operativo curato con successo col trattamento
   tiroideo.  Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1894, ix, 100-
   109,  1 pl.  Also: Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1894,
  xx, pt. 2,182-192,1 pl.—Sargnon.   Myx<ed6me post-op6-
  ratoire.  Lyon med., 1897, lxxxvi, 441.—Setti(G.)  Di una
  sindromedi mixoedema post-operatorio guarito spontanea-
  mente.   Riv. veneta  di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii,
  433-439.—Sonnenburg.  Acutes  operatives Myxoedem
   behandelt mit  Schilddrusenfiitterung.  Verhandl.  d.
   deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.,  Berl., 1894, xxiii,  497-503.
   [Discussion], pt. 1, 160.  AUo: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.,
   1894, xlviii, 857-863.—Staufler.  Myxcedeme et cachexie
   strumiprive.  [Transl.]  Art  med., Par., 1905, ci,  14-39.—
   Talmon-dros.  Ueber Cachexia strumipriva, Struma,
   Myxodem und deren Behandlung (lurch Scbilddriisenfiit-
   terung.  Ztschr.  f. Wiindarzte n.  Geburtsh.,  Fellbach,
   1895, xlvi,  195-208.—Trombetta.   Alia estirpazione to-
   tale del gozzo e la cachexia strumipriva.  Arch, ed atti d.
   Soc. ital. di chir. 1886, Roma, 1887, iii, 13-51.—Zeldovieh
   (I.  B.)   Sluchai strumas accessorise baseos linguae; raz-
   vitiye miksedemi poslle  udaleniya yeya.  [. ..; devel-
   opment of mvxa'dema after its removal.]  Protok. i  trudi
   russk. chir. Obsh. Pirogova 1896-7, St. Petersb., 1898,  xv,
   pt. 2, 9-26.  [Discussion], pt.  1,  27.  AUo: Lai top. russk.
   chir.,"S.-Peterb., 1897, ii, 357-374.

 Jlyxoedema (Semeiology of).
     See Myxcedema (Diagnosis, etc., of).

 Jlyxoedema  (Treatment of).
     See, also, Myxcedema  (Treatment of)  with thy-
  roid extract; Myxcedema in infants,  etc.
     Breard (J.)    * Contribution   a  l'6tude  du
  myxcedeme spoutane" et de sou traitement.    8°.
  Paris, 1899. 
MYXCEDEMA.
294
MYXCEDEMA.
Jlvvoedcma  (Treatmentof).
   *Guerin  (E.)   "Contribution  a  l'etude  du
  traiteinont du myxiBdeme.  4  .   Paris, 1894.
    Rot (V.  K.)  () uiiksedemie i yeya  liechenii.
  [Myx(»denia  and its treatment.]   8°.   Moskra,
  189; 5.
    Anderson (T. McC.)  The treatment of myxcedema.
  Practitioner, Lond., 1893.1. 36-44.—Beck (S.)   A bdrszo-
  veti elv&ltoz&sai myxoedeimiual.  [Removal of tho  skin
  tissue in  mvxiedema.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898. xlii,
  45 _Braniwell (B.)   On the treatnieut of myxiedema.
  [Abstr]  Clin.  Stud.,  Edinb., 1902-3, i,  261-269.—Bu-
  chanan (R. J. M.) Myxcedema treated with colloid ma-
  terial.  Brit, M. J.,  Loiid., 1899,  i,  1460-1462.  Also:  Liv-
  erpool M.-Chir. J.,  1899, xix, 209-215. — I'ouibcinale.
  Traitement du myxcedeme et des hypothyroidies.  Echo
  med. du nord,  Lille, 1900, iv, 539-549. — Davies (A. T.)
  Myxoedema aud the recent  advances in  its therapeutic
  treatment.  Internat, Clin.,  Phila., 1893,  3. s., ii, 74-83.
  -----. A clinical review of the treatmeut of myxoedema,
  and its bearing on certain other diseases.  Ibid., iii, 12-
  21.__Davison (D. T.  R.)  Nuovo tratamiento del myx-
  oedema; su aplicaci6n  al cretinismo end6mico en alguiias
  provincias de la Repiiblica Argentina.  An. d. Circ m6d.
  argent., Buenos Aires, 1893, xvi, 209-216.—Da visson (A.
  H.)  A case of cretinism showing the results of one year's
  treatment.  Phila. M. J., 1902, x,  602-604.—Fioras© (P.)
  &  Frigo ( E.)  Missoedema e  sua cura.  Riv. veneta
  disc, med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 59-69.   AUo:  Boll. d.
  clin., Milano, 1903, xx, 212-219. — von Oernet (R.)  Ein
  Beitrag zur  Behandlung des Myxddems.   Deutsche Zt-
  schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1891, xxxix, 455-466. — Oluziiiski
  (W. A.)  ()  dzialaniu  fizyologicznem wyci^g6w z  uad-
  nercza.  [Physiological action of extract of  suprarenal
  bodies.]   Przegl. lek., Krakrtw, 1895, xxxiv, 124.— Gray
  (E. K.)   A case of  myxoedema,  with treatment,   Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii,'69. — Haskovec  (L.)  Die The-
  Tapiedes Myxiidems.  Centralbl. f. d. (Irenzgeb. d. Med. u.
  Chir., Jena.  1901. iv, 257-267.—Horsley (V.)  Further
  note on the possibility of curing myxoedema.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1890. ii, 201. —Kent  (S. T. A.)  Cretinism, with
  report of  case and treatment.  Virginia M. Semi-Month.,
  Richmond, 1902-3, vii,388-390.—Kinuicutt (F. P.) Myx-
  oedema; the  functions of the thyroid gland, and the pres-
  ent method of treatment of myxedema.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1893, xliv, 449-455.— Lundie (R. A.)  The treatment  of
  myxcedenia.  Tr. Med.-Chir.  Soc. PMinb., 1892-3, u. s.,xii,
  133-143.  AUo: Edinb.  M. J.,  1892-3, xxxviii, 996-1005, 1
  tab.—Maehado (V.)   L'etat actuel de la roentgenologic
  dans l'etude du niyxoedeme.  Fortsehr. a. d. Geb. d. RSnt-
  genstrahlen,  Hamb., 1905-6, ix, 32-34, lpl.—Mackenzie
  (H. W. G.)  Thetreatment of myxcedema.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1892, ii, 999. -----. Clinical lecture on myxoedema and the
  recent advances in its treatment.   Ibid., 1893, i, 123-125.—
  ITIaepherson (J.) [ Treatment  in myxoedema. ]  Tr.
  Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb., 1891-2, n. s., xi,  99-103.—Mag-
  uus-licvy (A.)  Die Therapie des Mvxoedem.  Therap.
  d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 52; 110.—itlarie (P.)  Recti-
  fication au sujet da cas de myxcedeme traite par le Dr Can-
  ter et presents k la Societe des hopitaux  daus sa seance
  du 18 mai 1894.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med.  d. h6p. de Par.,
  1894, 3. s., xi, 371.—Tlcndel (E.) Drei Fiille von geheil-
  teni  Myxodem.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u.
  Berl., 1895, xxi, 101-103. AUo: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere
  Med. zu Berl., 1894-5.  xiv. 151-159.  AUo [Abstr.]: Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1895. xxxii,  109.—Monro (T. K.) Myx-
  oedema before and after treatment.  Glasgow M. J., 1896,
  xlvi, 297. — Murray  (G. R. )  The treatment of myx-
  n'dema and cretinism.   Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1130-1132.—
  Patialii (F. J.) Myxodemasta.jasen terapiasta.  [Myx-
  cedema and its treatment.]   Duodecim, Helsinki, 1893, ix,
  137-148.—Palmer (II. B.)  How much may  we expect
  from the treatmentof cretinism?  J. Med.  & Sc , Portland,
  1899-1900, vi. 116-119.—Poneet (A.)  Thyroldo-erethisme
  chirurgical pour myxcedeme et perversion mentale.  Mer-
  credi m6d., Par., 1893, iv, 465. — Porteous (J. L.)  Myx-
  edema, its  history,  etiology, pathology,  and  treatment,
  with particulars of a case  successfully treated.   Am.
  Therapist., N. Y., 1893-4, ii,  1-9.  AUo, Reprint.—Pos-
  pieloflT(A. I.)  Sovremenniy  vzglyad  na p;itogenez i
  terapiya  miksedemi, iii slizistavo otyoka kozhi.  [Con-
  temporary view on the pathogenesis and therapy of myx-
  edema.]   Med. Obozr., Mosk ,  1><93, xl,  899-904.  ___'—.
  K voprosu o patogenezle i terapii slizistavo atyoka kozhi
  (myxedema).  [On the pathogenesis and treatmentof . . .]
  Protok.  Mosk. ven.  i derinat. Obsh., 1893-4, 6-10.  AUo •
  Ibid. (1K93-4),  1895, iii, 8-13.— Pufawski (A.)  Etyolo'-
  gia i leczenie obrz^ku gluzowego  (myxoedema); o leczeniu
  ptvnami tkankowymi  w og61nosci (Gewebssafttherapie).
  [Etiology and treatmentof myxcedema; on treatment with
  tissue fluids.)  (i;iz. lek. Warszawa. 1894, 2. s. xiv 808-
  8.11;  848;  **2. X*chlc«iiijjcr ( H.)  [Fall von  Pseudo-
  hypertrophia muscularis, bei welchem ein  komplizieren-
  dea Myxiidem (lurch Tliyreoidbehandliing  rasch  geheilt
  wurde.]  Mitt, d. Cose! Ycb. f. iun. Med. u. Kinderh. in
  Wien, 1905, iv, 219.- Mclnuidt (J. J.)  Ueber Myxiidem-
Hyxoedema (Treatment of).
  behandlung; Vorstellung von siiontanem  Myxodem  mit
  Zwergwuchs.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl
  1894, xx, 800-809.—Seholz (W.)  Erwiderung auf  den
  vorsteheuden Aufsatz; Beitrag  zur  Behandlung des en-
  demischen Kretinismus von  J. Wagner  von  Jauregg.
  Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Gratz. 1903, xl,
  275.— Nchiitze (K.)  Die Hydrotherapie des Myxiidems.
  Veroffentl. d. Ilufeland. Gesellsch. iu Berl., 1900, 253-260.
  AUo: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, xxi, 617.—Nhniidt
  (A. N.)  K ucheuiyu o miotonii; miotoniya u miksedema-
  tika.  [Myotony in a myxoedematous patient.]  J. Nevro-
  pat. i psikhiat . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1903, iii, snppl. pt
  2. 87-89.—Striih (K.)   Zur  Behandlung des Myxiidems.
  Bl.  f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1895, v, 186.—Vcrnieh-
  ren (F.) Om  Myxedembehaudling.  [Treatmentof...]
  Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1893, 4. R., i, 125-132.  AUo, transl.:
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 255-
  257.  Also, transl.: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 275.—
  -----.  Nogle  Beniaarkninger  om Behandlingen af Myx-
  odem.  [ Observations on treatment of  . . .]   Hosp.-Tid.,
  Kjobenh., 1893, 4. R., i, 389-391.—Wagner Ton Jau-
  regg (J.)   TJeber endemischen und  sporadischen Cre-
  tinismus und  dessen Behandlung.   Wien.  klin.  Wchn-
  sehr., 1900, xiii, 419-427. -----. Zur Behandlung des ende-
  mischen Cretinismus.  Ibid., 1902, xv, 651.-----. Beitrag
  zur Behandlung des endemischen Kretinismus. Mitt. d.
  Ver. d.  Aerzte in  Steiermark, Gratz,  1903,  xl, 271-275.
  See, also, supra, Seholz.
^lyxoedeiua (Treatment of) with thyroid

  extract.
    See, also, Cretinism ( Treatment of) with thyroid
  extract; Myxcedema (Urine iu); Myxcedema
  in infants, etc.;  Myxcedema and  insanity; Thy-
  roidism.
    Buschau  (G.)   Ueher  Myxodem  und  ver-
  wandte  Zustikule,  Zugleich  eiu  Beitrag  zur
  Schilddriisenphysiologie und Scliilddriisentliera-
  pie.  Eine Monographic.  8°.   Leipzig  4' Wien,
  1690.
    Derrien  (A.)   fitude  historique et critique
  sur le traitemeut  du myxcedeme  par  les  injec-
  tions  de  liquide  thyro'idien.    4°.   Paris, MI3.
    Gaide  (L.-J.)   *Du  traitement thyroidicn
  dans le goitre, le myxcedeme et le creiinisuie, et
  en particulier daus le cr6tiuisme ende"mique.  4°.
  Bordeaux, 189">.
    Pitrk (M.)  * Contribution a F6tude du traite-
  ment du myxcedeuie par la medication thyroi-
  dienue.  4°.  Lyon,  1835.
    Rave  (J.)  * Traitement chirurgical des ac-
  cidents iuyxcede'mateux  et cretino'ides  par  le
  thyro'ide-dre'thistue.  4°.   Lyon, 1894.
    Abraham* (R.)  Myxoedema treated with thyroid
  extract; report and  presentation of  a case.  Med.  Rec.,
  N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 429-431. —Adam (J.)  Two cases of
  myxoedema treated by thyroid feeding.  Glasgow M. J.,
  1893. xl, 196-19H—Ag'afonoff (B.)  Sluchai miksedemi i
  llecheniye yevo tireoidinom.  [Case  of myxoedema, and
  its  treatment by thyreoidin.]  Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri
  imp. Kazan, univ., 1897, 171-202.  AUo, Reprint.—Aimed
  (S.)   Om  Behandling af Myxoedemet  med meget  sniaa
  Thyreoidindoser.   [The treatment of  myxiedema by very
  small doses of thyreoidin.)  Hosp.-Tid., Kabenh., 1904, 4.
  R., xii, 1209-1213.—Aiidersson (J. A.) Ett fall af myx-
  odem behandladt med tbyreoideatabletter.  [ A ease of
  myxoedema treated by thyroid tablets.]  Hygiea. Stock-
  holm,  1896, lviii,  303-326.  -----.  Kliniska  iakttasrelser
  ofver jodothyriuets terapeutiska inverkan pfi, myxodem
  jemte  bidrag  till kaunedomen  om den totala  aniuesora-
  sattningen vid denna sjukdom fore och under dess bchaiid-
  ting med jodothyrin och tbyreoideatabletter.  [Clinical
  observations on the therapeutical effects of iodothyrin in
  myxiedema, with a contribution to the knowledge of the
  total metabolism in that disease before and under its treat-
  ment by iodothyrin and thyreoidea tablets.]  Ibid.. 1898,
  lx, pt. 2, 259-304.  -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntniss
  des Eiufiusses der Scbilddrusenbehandlung auf den Stick-
  stoffwechsel  in  einem Falle von  Myxiidem.  Skandin.
  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, xiv, 224-234.—Anderson
  (W. M. A.)'  A case of myxiedema in the adult, following
   bronchocele in the child; successfully treated by hypoder-
  mic injections of thyroid juice, and by feeding with thyroid
  glands of the calf; with notes on the treatment of obesity
  and chlorosis.  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1893, vii, 68-70.
  Angerer.  Cachexia thyreopriva; Besserung durch Ver-
  fiittern roher Schafschilddriise.   Munchen.  med. Wchn-
   sehr., 1894. xii, 556.  Also:  Sit/.ungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miiu-
   chen (1894), 1895, iv, 81-83.—Aumoh (G. E.)  Treatment
   of myxoedema by thyroid juice.  N. Zealand  M. J., Dun- 
MYXCEDEMA.
295
MYXCEDEMA.
Jlyxoedema (Treatmentof) icith thyroid

  extract.
  edin, 1893, vi, 169-176.—Arnozan (X.)  TJn cas de myxce-
  deme gueri par la medication thyroldienue.  J.  de ru6d.
  do Bordeaux, 1894,  xxiv, 397.—Ay res (S.)    A case of
  myxcedenia treated by sheep's th\ reoid.  .1. Nerv. & Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1894, xxi, 481-485—Baber (K. C.)  Feeding
  with fresh thyroid  glands in  myxiedema.  Brit. M. J.,
  Loud.. 1893, i,"lO.  Also, trantl.: Rev. internat. de rhinol.,
  otol. et laryngol., Par., 1MU, iv, 25.—Baduel, Daddi &
  Marchetti.  Ricerche sul ricambio niateriale in un caso
  tipico di mixoedema in relazione colla cura tiroidea.  Clin.
  mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 325-332.—Balzer (F.)  Myxcedeme;
  traitement par l'iujectiou du  corps thyroide frais.  Bull.
  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 169.  Also :
  Ann. de dermat. et s\ph., Par., 1*95, 3. s., vi, 378.—Bar-
  ron (A.)  Two eases of myxoedema treated by thyroid
  injections.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, ii, 1384.— Barton
  (J. K.)  Case of ni vxuedema treated by injection of sheep's
  thyroid  at Mentone.  Dublin J.  M. Sc, 1893, xcv,  431-
  433.—Beadles (C. F.)  A case  of myxoedema with in-
  sanity treated by the subcutaneous injection  of thyroid
  extract.  Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1892. ii, 1386.—Beatty (W.)
  A case of myxoedema successfully treated by massage and
  hypodermic  injections  of  the thyroid  gland of a sheep.
  Ibid., i,  544. -----.  A case of myxoedema  successfully
  treated by injections of extract of sheep's thyroid.  Tr.
  Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.. 1892-3, xi, X7-92.  Also:
  Dublin S. M. Sc, 1893, xcv, 375-379.— Bee lire (A.)  Un
  nouveau cas de myxcedeme gn6ri  par  ralimentatiou  thy-
  roldieune; le thyroidisme dans ses rapports avec  la mala-
  die  de Basedow et avec l'hysterie.   Bull, et  1116111.  Soc.
  med. d. hop. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 631-646, 1 pl.—Benson I
  (J. H.)  Case of myxoedema of long standing treated by
  administration of  thyroid extract by mouth.   Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1893,  i, 795. — Bettencourt  ( R.  ) Sc  .Serrano
  (J.-A.)  Un cas de myxoedeme (cachexie pachydermique)
  traits par la greffe hypoderniique du corps thyroide d'un
  mouton.  Assoc,  frang. pour  l'avance.  d. sc.   C.-r. 1890,
  Par., 1891, xix, pt. 2, 683-690.   Also,  transl.: J. Soc. d. sc.
  med. de  Lisb.,  1891, lv, 3-14.— Bezy <fc  Stoianofi.
  Du  traitement  thvroldien dans  le  myxcedeme  fruste.
  Presse m6d., Par.'  1901,  ii,  61-63. — Bonney ( S. G.) j
  An usually successful case of thyreoid treatment in a case i
  of myxoedema.  N. York M. J.. 1898, lxvii, 464-466. Also,
  Reprint.—Bouchard. Deux cas de myxo'deme traites
  par les injections de sue thyroidieu.  Bull. med.. Pur., 1892,
  vi.1263. AUo: Mercredimed.,Par..1892,iii,473. —Bourne-
  ville.  Trois  cas d'idiotie  mixcedeinateuse  traites par
  l'ingestion tbyroidienne.  Cong. d. med. alieiiistes et neu-
  rol. de France . . .   Proc.-verb, [etc.]  1895, Par., 1896, ii,
  151-170.—Bourneville Sc Laurem,  Idiotie myxoede-
  mateuse; traitement tbyroidien.  Progres med., Par., 1901,
  3. s.. xiii. 369-374.   AUo, Reprint.-----------. De  quel-
  ques formes de nanisme et  de leur traitement par la glande
  thyroide.  Progres med.,  Par., 1904, 3.  s., xix, 385;  403;
  420: xx,  19; 36; 177; 196;  209.—Bramwell  ( B. )   The
  thyroid treatmeut of myxoedema and sporadic cretinism,
  with notes of twenty-three cases of  myxcedema and  five
  cases of sporadic cretinism treated by thyroid  extract.
  Edinb. Hosp. Rep. 1895, iii, 116-249.  -----. Typical myx-
  oedema;  illustrated  bv the remarkable  effects of thyroid
  treatment.  Clin.  Stud.,  Edinb.,  1902-3,  i, 241.—Brin-
  saud (E.| §ouqncn (A.)   Un casde myxcedeme conge-
  nital traite et gu6ri par l'ingestion de corps  thyroide de
  mouton.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de  Par., 1894,
  3. s.. xi, 236-241,  1 pl.—Brown  (Ethel  D.)   A case of
  myxiedema;  three aud a half months' treatment with  thy-
  roid  glands.  Med.  Rec, N.  Y.,  1893, xliv,  142.—zum
  Buach (J. P.)   Die Schilddriisenbehandlung bei Myx-
  oedem und verschiedenen Hautkrankheiteii.  Dermat. Zt-
  schr., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 433-459.— Buys <E.)  Contribution
  k l'etude du principe antimyxcedemateux de la glande
  thyroide.  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par.,
  1895,  v,  85.—Bychownki  ( Z. ) Przypadek myxoede-
  matu leczonego tyrcoidyna. oraz  kilka uwag o myxoede-
  macie w ogdle.   [Un cas de myxcedeme traite par la thy-
  roidine;  quelques considerations Apropos du myxcedeme
  en g6n6ral. R6s., pp. xxxvi-xxxviii.]  Przegl. chir..War-
  szawa, 1896-7, iii, 147-172.—Calvert (J.)  A case of myx-
  oedema treated with the fried thyroids of sheep.  Tr. Clin.
  Soc. Lond., 1892-3,  xxvi, 237.—Campbell  (W. M.)   Case
  of myxoedema with glycosuria treated with thyroid ex-
  tract.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1894, xiv, 452-454.—Carter
  (B.C.)  A case of myxoedema with insanity treated by in-
  jection with extract of thyroid gland.   Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1892,  i, 805.— C'hopinet.   Myxcedeme ou cachexie pa-
  chydermique observee chez une jenne fllle de vingt-trois
  ans; guerison presque complete ail moyen  des  injections
  Hous-cutanees d'extrait liquide du corps thyroide de mou-
  ton.   C.mpt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1892, 9. 8., iv, 602-
  607.—CloiiHton (T. S.)  The mental symptoms of myx-
  oedema, aud the effect on them of the thyroid treatment.
  J. Ment, Sc, Lond.. 1894.  xl, 1-11.—Cocking (W.  T.)
  Notes of a case of myxcedema, treatment bv thyroid-feed-
  ing.   Sheffield M. J., 1892-3, i, 312-314, 1 pl — C'orkhill
  (•J- G. G.)  Myxoedema, with  enlarged  thyroid,  treated
Myxoedema (Treatment of) with  thyroid

  extract.
  by subcutaneous injections of thyroid extract; recovery.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i,  8.—Cowles (W. N.)  A case
  of myxoedema  treated by  thyroid extract.  Boston M. &
  S. J.,' 1894,  exxx, 167. — Crary (G. W.)  A case of myx-
  oedema treated with thyroid extract by the stomach, and a
  description  of the method of preparing the extract.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii, 739-743.— Cristinni  ( H.)  La
  guerison du myxo'deme par la greffe thyroldienue.  Se
  maine  m6d.. Par., 1904, xxv,  109-112. — Csabay (O.)
  Myxoedemdrol  es paizmyrigy  kivouattal val6 gyogyke-
  zeleserol  k6t  eset kapesdn.   [Two cases of  treatnieut
  of myxiedema  by thyroid gland extract.]  Orvosi  hetil.,
  Budapest, 1896, xl,  14-16.   AUo, transl.: Pest,  med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1896, xxxii, 409; 437.—Cunningham
  (R. H.)  A  case of myxcedema treated with  thyroid ex-
  tract and with thyrocolloid.'  J.  Nerv. & Ment.  Dis., N.
  Y., 1898, xxv, 458-463, 1 pl.—Dandoia.  Angiome volu-
  mineux gu6ri par les injections d'alcool; myxcedeme sou-
  mis a\ ec succes k ralimentation tbyroidienne.   Ann. Soc.
  beige de chir., Brux., 1)^94-5, ii, 152-156. — Da vies (A. T.)
  A case of myxoedema iu a male successfully treated by in-
  jections of  sheep's thyroid juice.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,
  1891-2, xxv, 306, 1  1., 1 pl.  Also, Repiint. -----./A case
  of myxoedema  iu a male treated by dried thyroid extract
  given by the mouth.  Tr.  Clin. Soc. Loud., 1892-3, xxvi,
  234-236. -----. A caseof myxoedema treated by giving the
  dried thyroid extract by the mouth  Ibid., 236.  -----.  A
  case of myxoedema after thyroid treatment. Ibid., 1893-4,
  xxvii, 275.  -----.  On  the  treatnieut of myxoedema and
  certain  skin affections by the thyroid extract.  Abstr. Tr.
  Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1893-4, 70-77.—Bay (J. R.)  Cre-
  tinism and  the thyroid.    Month. Homoeop. Rev., Lond.,
  1903, xlvii, 320-347. — De Becker.   Traitement d'un cas
  grave de niyxoedeme par ingestion de glandes  thyroides
  du mouton;  guerison.   Presse med. beige, Brux., 1894, xlvi,
  225.— De Boeck. Un cas de myxoedeme avec troubles
  psyebiques, traite par les injections de sue tbyroidien. J.
  de"med.,cbir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1892, xciv, 484-488.—De
  Dominicia (N.)  Tiroide e  mixedema; cura tiroidea;
  trasfusione  di siingue; innesto di  tiroide.  Atti d. r. Ac-
  cad.  med.-chir. di Napoli,  1899, n. s., liii, 628-632.—De
  Windt (J.) Un cas de myxoedeme traite par la glande
  thyroide en nature recidive; guerison. Ann.Socdeiu6d.
  de Gaud, 1896. lxxv, 216-221.— Dodge (F. A.)   Cretinism.
  Northwest.  Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 397-400.—Dun-
  lop (G. H.  M.)  Six cases of myxoedema treated  by thy-
  roid feeding. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1892-3. n. s., xii,
  151-160.  Also: Edinb. M. J., 1892-3, xxxviii,  1005-1014.—
  Dupaquier (E.M.)  Thyreoid medication in myxoede-
  ma.   N. Orl. M. & S.  J.,  1895-6,  n. s., xxiii, 513-516__
  Fisenatadt (M.)  Sluchai mixedemi, llechonnol tireol-
  dinom.   [Case of myxcedema  treated with thyreoidin.]
  Med. Obozr., Mosk.. 1894, xlii, 1027-1031.—Elaiii (G.) A
  case of myxoedema treated with thyroid extract.   Lancet,
  Lond., 1893, ii, 631.—Elder (M.)   A case of myxoedema
  treated  with thyroid extract-. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i,
  697.—Evans (M. H.)  Cretinoid myxedema, or arrested
  development causing degeneracy, treated bv  desiccated
  thyreoids.   West.  M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1901,  vi, 137-
  139.—Ewald (C. A.)  Ueber einen  durch die Schilddrii-
  sentherapie geheilten Fall von  Myxodem, nebst Erfahrun-
  geu iiber anderweitige Anwendung von Tbyreoideaprapa-
  ratcn.  Verhandl.  d. Berl. med. Gesellsch.  (1894), 1895,
  xxv, pt. 2, 284-300.  [Discussion], pt. 1, 179.  A Uo: Berl.
  KHn. Wchnsehr., 1895,  xxxii, 25; 55. -----. Ueber Myxo-
  dem; Organotherapeutisches.  Deutsche Klinik, Berl. u.
  Wien, 1901,  35-54.—Fcnwick  (H.)   Myxoedema  treated
  by injections of fresh thyroid juice.  Lancet, Lond., 1892,
  ii, 94i.—Ferricr  (D.)  Notes  of  a case of  myxoedema
  treated  by  thyroid  extract;  complete recovery.  Clin.
  Sketches,' Lond., 1895, i, 36-38.—Fitz (R. H.) "The sig-
  nificance of albumosuria in medical practice; suggested by
  a fatal caseof albumosurie myxoedema treated with thy-
  roid extract. Am. J. M. Sc,  Phila., 1898, n. s., cxvi, 30-
  42.—Foratcr (F.)  Ueber einen  durch Schilddriisenflit-
  terung erfolgreich behaudelten Fall von Myxoedema ope-
  rativum.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897,
  xxiii, 181:   201.—Fox (E.  L.)  A   case  of  myxoedema
  treated  by taking extract of thyroid by the month.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1892,  ii, 941.—Fox  (H.)  Myxoedema, ap-
  parently cured  by treatment with crude thyroid glands.
  Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc,  Lond., 1893-4, 51-53.—Frnwcr
  (C.)  The treatment of myxoedeina with thyroid  gland.
  Atti d. xi. Cong, mod. jnternaz., Roma, 1894, iii, farmacol.,
  117.—Friend  (S. II.)  The thyroid-gland treatment of
  cretinism ; wilh report of a  case.  Med. News, Phila., 1897,
  lxxi, 719-724. AUo, Reprint.—«asne(G.) &Ijondc(A.)
  Application dela radiographic  & l'etude d'un cas de myxoe-
  demo (developpement du systeme osseux sous l'influence
  du traitement  thyroidieu).  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc,
  Par., 1898, exxvi, 923.—Ghistellini (G.)  I prepariti ti-
  roidei nella cura del mixedeina.  Clin. med. ital.,  Milano,
  1905, xliv, 416-433.—Godnrt-Dauhicux.  Uu  cas de
  myxo-deme avec ascite traite par l'extrait tbyroidien. J.
  de m6d., chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1895, 433-441.—Haig 
MYX(EDEMA.
296
MYXCEDEMA.
Jlyxocdeiiia (Treatmentof) with thyroid

  extract.
  (A.)  The effect of thyroid extract in myxoedema compli-
  cated by angina pectoris.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1895, ii, 873.—
  Hale(G. E.)  Four cases of myxiedema  treated by in-
  jections of thyroid  extract.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, ii,
  'l4->8 —Harold (J.) A case of myxoedema treated by
  thyroid gland.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1894, ii, 434-436. -----.
  Cases  of myxiedema treated by thyroid gland.  Practi-
  tioner, Loud., 1894, liii. 100-105.—Harris (T.) Sc Wright
  (G. A.)  Myxiedema treated by thyroid  grafting.  Lan-
  cet. Lond., 1892, i, 798.—Henry (J. P.)   A case of myx-
  edema cured by thyroid extracts.   Brit.M. J., Lond., 1893, i,
  737—Hessler (R.)  Myxedema; cured by desiccated thy-
  roids;  with  reports of two cases, one with a temperature
  of 93 degrees, one with an attack of thyroid intoxication.
  Indiana M.  J., Indianap.,  1903-4, xxii. 485-487.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Hilbert (P.)  Ueber die verschiedenen Formen
  des Myxoedema und die Resultate ihrer Behandlung mit
  Schilddriisennriiparaten.   Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1897-8,
  ii 601 674 — llolnian (C.) Case of myxoedema treated by
  thyroid feeding. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1893,i, 114.—Houel(E)
  Note sur une malade presentaut  uu 6tat  general cachec-
  tiquc particulier (myxoedeme) atuelioree par des injections
  d'extfait de corps thyroide.  N. Montpel. in6d., 1895, iv,
  271-282.—Hun  (H.)  The treatment of myxoedema by
  feeding with the thvroid  gland.   Albany M. Ann., 1894,
  xv, 1-7.  AUo, Reprint.  — Kinnientt (F. P.)   Myx-
  cedema; the functions of the thyroid gland, and the present
  method of treatment of myxcedema.  Tr. Ass. Am. Phy-
  sicians, Phila.,  1893, viii, 309-332.—Klce (F. E.)   Et Til-
  fielde af Myxoedem; Restitution ved smaa Doser Thyreoi-
  din i et lfengere Tidsrum.  [A case of myxoedema; cure
  by  small doses of  thyreoidin taken  for a considerable
  time. |  Ugesk. f. Larger, Kehenh., 1896, 5.  R., iii. 145-151.—
  Laache (S.)  Ueber Myxodem und (lessen Behandlung
  mit innerlichdargereichterGlandulatbyreoidea.  Deutsche
  med.  Wchnsehr!, Leipz.  n.  Berl.,  1893,  xix, 257-259.—
  Lni'ticii (A.)  Et TilfaBlde af Myxodem, behaudlet med
  Fodring med Glandula tbyreoidea.  [Case of. . . treated
  by feeding with . . .] Hosp.-Tid., Ejebenh., 1893, 4. R., i,
  1009-1015.—licchien (C.)   Un cas de myxoedeme  spon-
  tan6 des adultcs, precede d'acces de tetanic; gu6rison par
  la medication tbyroidienne.  Clinique, Brux.,  1899, xiii,
  280-282.— I-eichteiiwtcin  (().;   Ueber Myxodem und
  iiber   Entfettungscuren   mit   Scbilddrusenfutterung.
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 932.—
  Iiittle (J.)   Sequel of a  case of myxoedema treated by
  thyroid juice.   Tr. Roy.  Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894,
  xii, 48-51.  Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1894,  xcvii,  293-295__
  Loop (R. G.)   Report of a case of myxcedema, with re-
  marks on thyroid feeding.   N. York State J. M., N. Y.,
  1905, v, :i73-375.—fjiindic (R. A.)  A case of myxoedema
  treated with thvroid extract and thyroid feeding.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond.,  1893, i, 64.—McOee  (J. B.)  A case of
  cretinism and thyroid extract.   Cleveland  M. Gaz., 1900-
  1901, xvi, 65-67, 2 pl.—Mackenzie (II.  W. G.l A case
  of myxrrdema treated with great benefit by feeding with
  fresh thyroid  glands.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, ii,  940.—
   »l :«< l>h< rwon (J.)  Notes on  a case  of myxoedema
  tieated by thyroid grafting.  Edinb. M. J.,  1891-2, xxxvii,
  1UJ1-1024.—Magnus-I^evy (A.)  Giiswechsel und Fett-
  umsatz bei  Myxoedem und Schilddriiseufiitterung.   Ver-
  haudl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 137-165.
  -----. Ueber Organotherapie beim endemischen Cretinis-
  mus.  Allg.med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903,lxxii, 629.  Also:
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903, xl, 733-735.  Also: Verhaudl.
  d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904. xxxiv, pt. 2, 350-
  357.  [Discussion],  pt. 1,  246-249.—Marie  (P.)  Presen-
  tation  d'une mvxoedemateuse gu6rie pur  l'ingestion de
  glandes thyroides de mouton.  Bull, et num. Soc med. d.
  bop. de  Par.,  1894, 3.  s., xi, 334-336—liarie (P.) Sc
  C'rouzon (O.)   Sur un cas de niyxoedeme chirurgical de
  l'adulte  considerablement  am61ior6 par  l'iodothyrine.
  Ibid.,  1903.  3. s., xx, 676.—Marie (P.) & Ouerlain (L.)
  Sur un cas de gu6rison dn myxcedeme par l'ingestion de
  glande thyroide de  mouton, et sur les accidents qui peu-
  veut survenir au cours du traitemeut tbyroidien.  Ibid.
  1894, 3. s., xi, 83-87.—Marie (P.)  & Jolly (J.)  Un cas
  de myxoedeme gn6ri par  l'emploi  de la thymidine (iodo-
  tbyrine).   Ibid., 1896, 3. s., xiii,  812-817.—Menke (W.)
  Schilddriise und Myxoedem.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898
  xxxv.  u:i2.   AUo: Verhandl.  d.  Berl.  med. Gesellsch!
  <189si, 1889,  xxix, pt. 2, 413-418.—Merklen (P.) Sc Wal-
  ther  (C.)   Snr un cas de  myxcedeme  aui61ior6 par la
  greffe  thyroldienue. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de
  Par., 1890, 3. s., vii. 859-870.  AUo: Mercredi m6d. Par
  1890, l, 571-575. — Middleton (G. S.)   A case of myx-
  oedema successfully treated with thvroid gland; relapse
  .after cessation of treatment, and death  from tumour of
  the_ mediastinum.  Glasgow M. J., 1894,  xlii, 43,i_44'j._
  Miller(A.C)  Caseof myxoedema cured by thyroid feed-
  ing.  Edinb. M. J., 1893-4, xxxix, 215-219, 2 pl.— Miller
  (H. T.) Failure of thyroid extract in a case  of myxoedema.
  Med.  Rec,  N. Y.,  1895,  xlviii, 24. - Monestie.  Myx-
  cedeme generalise, gu6ri par la thymidine Bouty.  J. d ac.
  m6d. de Lille. 1904, ii, 586—Murray (G. R.)  Remarks on
jfly \ oedema (Treatment of) with thyroid
  extract.
  the treatment of myxredema with thyroid iuice.  Brit M
  J., Lond., 1892, ii, 449: 1895, i, 334.—Musser (J. H.)  Note
  on thyroid extract in cretinism.  Internat. M. Mag., N. Y
  1900, ix, 804.-rVnpier (A.)  Two cases of myxoedema';
  one treated by means of subcutaneous injections of an ex-
  tract of sheep's thyroid.  Tr. Glasg.  Path. &. Clin. Soc
  1891-3, iv, 144-150, I ch., 1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Glasgow
  M. J.,  1902, xxxviii, 161-165, 1  ch., 1 pl. -----.  Patient
  who had recovered from myxoedema under thyroid treat-
  ment;  reference to six other cases similarly treated suc-
  cessfully.  Tr. Glasg.  Path. Sc  Clin.  Soc,  1893-5, v 104-
  122.   AUo [Abstr.]: Glasgow M.  J., 1894, xlii,  81-99.-
  IVielaen (L.)  Et Tilfaslde af  Myxodem  helbredet ved
  Fodriug med Gl. thyreoidea.  [Case  of .  . .  treated by
  feeding  with . . .]   Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1893, 4. s.,
  i, 132-153.  AUo,  transl.:  Monatsh. f.  prakt.  Dermat'
  Hamb., 1893,  xvi, 403-415. -----.  Behandling af Myx-
  odem med Pil. glandular  thyreoideas siccatse.   [Treat-
  ment of . . .  with . . .]  Hosp.-Tid.,  Kjebeuh., 1893, 4. R.,
  i,  1189-1198.  Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.
  Hamb., 1894,  xviii, 115-125.—Notkin (J. A.)  Ueber die
  Wirksamkeit des Tbyrojodins bei der Cachexia  thyreo-
  priva.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1896,  ix, 980-982. — Old
  (W. M.) &: White (E.)  Observations on a case of myx-
  oedema treated by administration of the thyroid gland of
  the sheep, with special reference to changes occurring in
  the urine.  Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond.,  1893-4,  xxvii,  37-47,  1
  pl.—Organoterapi  mot myxodem  (slemsvullnad); tre
  fall  af andesvagbet  botade med  skoldkcirtel-extrackt.
  [Organotherapy against myxoedema; three cases of weak
  mind cured bv thyroid extract.]   Hiilsovannen,  Stock-
  holm, 1898, xiii, 325-329.—Owen (J. L.)  A case ot myx-
  oedema, treated by injection of thyroid extract. Sheffield
  M. J., 1892-3, i, 3i5, 1 pl.—Palmer (H. B.)   Treatment
  of myxoedema with preparations of the thvroid gland.  J.
  Med. & Sc, Portland,  1894-5, i, 229-232.—Pasteur (W.)
  Du traitement du niyxoedeme par  les preparations thy-
  roidiennes.  Rev. med. de  la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1894,
  xiv,35-50. AUo.transl.  [Abstr.]: Tr.Cliu. Soc.Lond.,1892-
  3,xxvi,230-234.—Pfannenatill (S. A.) Tva fall  af myx-
  odem bebandlade med thyreoidintabletter.  [Two  cases of
  . . . treated with . ..] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1897,lix,pt.2,582-
  597.—Pollaci (G.)  Ricerche ematologiche sn due casidi
  mixedema cretinoide  prima e dopo la cura tiroidea.  Ri-
  forma  med.,  Napoli, 1897,  xiii, pt.  4,  242;  254.—Popoflf
  (L. V.)  Po povodu oduovo slucbaya miksedemi,  liechon-
  navo preparatami shtshitovidnol zhelyozi.  [Ou a case of
  myxoedema treated with preparations of thyroid extract.1
  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899,  x, 1; 58; 101.—
  Poapieloff (A.  I.)   Dalnlelshiya  nablyadeniya nad
  llecheniyem miksedemi tireoidinom.   [Further observa-
  tions on' the treatment of myxoedema with thyreoidin.]
  Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1893-4,  108-111. AUo:
  Ibid. (1893-4), 1895, iii, 133-136.  AUo: Med.Obozr. Mosk.,
  1894,xlii,326-328.  AUo, transl.: Monatsh.f.prakt.Dermat.,
  Hamb., 1894, xix, 537-541.—Poyntou (F.J.)  Two cases
  of partial cretinism which developed  swelling of  the thy-
  roid on cessation of treatment by thyroid  extract.  Brit.
  M. J.,  Lond.,  1902, i, 1143.—Presence (The) of arsenic in
  the, normal thyroid gland ;  a  sidelight  on  a cure  of myx-
  edema.  Homeop. World,  Lond., 1900, xxxv, 11.—Price
   (E. O.)  A case of cretinism treated with  thyroid gland.
  Indiana M. J., Indianap.,  1902-3,  xxi,  149-153. —Put-
  nam (J. J.)   Cases  of  myxcedema  and acromegalia
  treated with  benefit by sheep's thyroids; recent obser-
  vations respecting the pathology of the cachexias follow-
  ing  disease  of the thyroid;  relationship of myxoedema,
   Graves's disease and  acromegalia.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physi-
   cians,  Phila., 1893,  viii, 333-360.   AUo, Reprint.  AUo:
   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893. n. s., cvi, 125-148.  Also, Re-
   print.—Raven  (T. F.)  Myxcedtma treated with thyroid
   tabloids  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 12. -----. Rearowtk
   of hair in myxoedema  under treatment with thyroid tab-
   loids.  Ibid.. 1897, ii, 274.—Raynaud (L.)  Un cas de
   myxcedeme infantile traite et ties am61ior6 par  l'extrait
   tbyroidien.  Bull. m6d. de 1'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 633-
   637.—Rcinliugcr (P.) Un cas de myxoedeme spontan6
   de l'adulte; gu6rison par le traitement thyroidieu. Arch.
   de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1899, xxxiv, 144-150.—Robin
   (V.)  Myxoedeme congenital traite par des injections hy-
   podermiques  de sue tbyroidien et par  la greffe des corps
   thyroides.  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1892,  2. s., xxix, 451-
   453.—Rogers (J. K. P.)  Myxoedema successfully treated
   by desiccated thyroids.  Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland,
   1895, xii, 166-172.—Rossi  (G.)  Di un caso di mixedema
   curato e guarito colla somministrazione di tiroide. Ras-
   segna di sc.  med., Modena,  1897-8,  xii,  132-138.  AUo:
   Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1899. xvi, 65-70.—Roy- Wylie (J. I )
   Notes on a case of myxoedema treated by thyroid gland ex-
   tract.  South African M. J., Cape Town, 1895-6, iii, 237-
   239.—Salter (P. H.)  A case of myxedema treated by thy-
   roid extract.  West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1898, iii, 57.—
   Sasaki (T.) Mittheilung iiber einen  durch Thyreoidin-
   Behandluug  geheilten  Fall  von  Myxoedem  (Cachexie
   pachydermique,  Charcot).  Shinkeigaku  Zasshi, Tokyo, 
MYXCEDEMA.
297
MYXCEDEMA.
Jlyxoedema (Treatment of) with thyroid

  extract.
  1904-5, iii, auppl., 35-50, 1 pl—Saundby (R.)  Case of
  myxoedema, treated by thyroid gland. Birmingh. M. Rev.,
  1893, xxxiii, 278-283.—Ncholz (\V~.)  Ueber die Behand-
  lung der Cretins mit Schilddiiisen-Substanz.  Verhandl.
  d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb.,  1902, xx, 475-478. -----.
  Beitrage znr Lehre  vom  Kretinismus,  mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung des Stoffwechsels und der Schilddi iisen-
  Therapie. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz,
  1903, xl,  93-98.—fSchotlen  (EA  Ueber Myxodem und
  seine Behandlung mit iiinerlicber Dai reichung von Schild-
  driisensubstanz.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1893, xl, 981;
  1002.—Shapland (J. D.)  The treatmeut of myxoedema
  by feeding with the thyroid gland of the sheep." Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1893, i, 738.—Nhnttuek (F. C.)  Four cases of
  myxoedema treated by thvroid extiact.   Boston M.& S J.,
  1894, exxx, 177-180.  Also,  Reprint.— Shaw  (J.  C.  )
  Cretinoid myxedema and its  treatment by thyroid gland.
  Brooklyn M. J., 1897,  xi, 1-19.—Silva (B.) 'l'n  caso di
  mixoedenia, curato coll' innesto sotto-cutaneo delle tiroidi
  di montone.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia (1891), 1892,
  no.  2,  50-52.—Simon (P.)  Un  cas  de  myxoedeme con-
  genital traite par la medication tbyroidienne. Cong, frang.
  de  m6d., Par. Sc Nancy, 1896-7,' iii, fasc.  2, 426-429 —
  Sinkler (W.)  Myxedema and its treatment bv  thyroid
  extract.  Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 141-143.—Sta'nsncld.
  Case of myxoedema with restless melancholia treated by
  injections of thyroid juice; recovery.  Brit. M. J , Lond.,
  1892, ii, 451.—Starr "(H.. A.)   A contribution to the sub-
  ject of myxoedema, with the report of three cases treated
  successfully by thyroid extract.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians,
  Phila.. 1893. viii. 361-371.  AUo: Med.  Rec,  N. Y.,  1893,
  xliii, 705-708. — Stewart (G.)  The treatment of myx-
  oedema by  thyroid  feeding; its advantages  and risks.
  Practitioner.  Lond..  1893, li, 1-8. —Taty Sc Gucrin.
  Myxoedeme et goitre simple traites par la medication tby-
  roidienne.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France
  . . .  Proc.-verb. [etc.J 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 170-176.—Tay-
  lor (J.)  A cretin treated bv thyroid feeding. Pediatrics,
  N.  Y. &• Loud., 1896. i, 299-301. -----. Cretinism  and
  thyroid extract.  Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 570.—Thom-
  son (J.)  Note  on  a case of myxoedema which ended
  fatally shortly after the  commencement of thvroid treat-
  ment.  Edinb. M. J., 1892-3,  xxxviii,  1014-1018.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc  Edinb., 1892-3, n. s., xii,
  162-168. — Treupel  (G.)  Stoffwechseluntersuchung bei
  einem mit Jodothyrin (Thyrojodin) bebandelten Falle von
  Myxoedem und  Mitt heilung einiger Thierversuche mit
  Jodothyrin (Thyrojodin).  Munchen. med.  Wchnsehr.,
  1896, xliii, 885.—Tuttle (G. M.)  A case of cretinism after
  fifteen months' use of thyroid  extract.  Med. Rev., St.
  Louis, 1898, xxxvii, 331.   {'Discussion], 346-349.—Vail in
  (E.) Le traitement culinau e  du myxoedeme. Rev. d'hyg.,
  Par.,  1893, xv,  478-486. — Vamosay (Z.)  A glandula
  thyreoidea a therapiiban. [. .  . as therapeutical agent
  (thyreoidin in myxoedema).]  Ujabb. gyogyszer.  6s gy6-
  gynmd.,  Budapest, 1894, i, 1.— Vermehren (F.)  Stoff-
  wechselnntersuchungen  nach Behandlung mit Glandula
  thyreoidea  an  Individuen  mit  und  ohne  Myxodem.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,.Leipz.  u. Berl., 1893,  xix,
  1037.—Wagner Ton Jauregg (J.)  Ueber Behandlung
  des endemischen Kretinismus mit Schilddriisensubstanz.
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xvii, 835-841.—Walla (F.X.)
  Cretinism and thyroid treatment, with report of a case.
  J. Am. Mt, Ass.,  Chicago, 1900, xxxiv,  169-171.—Wich-
  mann  Ut.)  Ein Fall von  Myxodem,  gebessert (lurch
  Injectionen mit Schilddriisensaft.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 26-28.— Widal & Javal.
  Des echanges nntritifs chez un iuyxcedemateux soumis au
  traitement thyroidieu.  Coinpt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par.,
  1902, 11. s., iv, 495-498.— Woodman (J.)  Myxredema;
  a case treated by thyroid extract.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896,
  1, 613-615. AUo, Reprint.—Woods (J. F.)   Myxoedema
  treated by thyroid extract.  Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc,
  Lond., 1893-4, 50.

illyxocdema (Urine in).
    Hanshalter (P.) Sc Ouerin.  Troubles des echanges
  nntritifs dans le myxcedeme infantile, 6valu6s d'apres les
  resultats de I'analyse urinaire.   Rew  mens. d. mal. de
  l'enf.,  Par., 1902,  xx, 211-215.—Hertoghe & Masoin
  (P.  D.)  Note sur des recherches preliminaries sur la toxi-
  cit6 urinaire dans le myxoedeme.   Rev. neurol., Par., 1896,
  iv,  485.—Knopfelmacher (W.)  Alimentare  Glyko-
  snrie und Myxodem.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xvii,
  244-247.—Michel (L.)  Un cas de myxoedeme infantile;
  composition chimique des  urines de la malade.   Soc.de
  m6d. de Nancy.   C.-r., 1901-2, 89-91.—IVapier (A.)  Diu-
  resis and increased excretion of urea in the thyroid treat-
  ment of myxoedema.  Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 805.—Ord
  (W. M.)  & White (E.)  Clinical remarks  on  certain
  changes observed in the urine in myxoedema after the ad-
  ministration of glycerine extract of thyroid gland. Brit.
jHyxoedeitia (Urine in).
  M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 217.-----------. Observations on
  a  case of myxoedema treated  by administration of the
  thyroid gland of the sheep, with special reference to
  changes occurring in the urine.  Tr. Clin. Soc, Lond., 1894,
  xxvii, 37-47.  Also, Reprint.

illyXODdema in animals.
     See, also,  Myxcedema, (Post-operative).
     Bradley  (O. C.)  Myxoedema in the horse.  Vet. J. &
  Ann. Comp.  Path., Lond., 1893, xxxvi, 309-311.—Selig-
  ■nann (C.G.)  Congenital cretinism in calves.  Tr. Path.
  Soc. Lond., 1903-4, lv, 1-20.  Also: J. Path. Sc Bacteriol,
  Edinb. & Lond., 1903-4, ix, 311-322, 4 pl.   Also [Abstr.]:
  Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1903, p. ix.

itlyxoedeiiia in  infants,   children, and

  adolescents.
     See,  also,  Infantilism;  Myxoedema  (Blood
  in);  Myxcedema  (History,  etc.,  of);  Myx-
  cedema (Urine in).
     BenoIt (J.)   * Contribution a l'6tude du myx-
  cedeme  chez l'enfant et de  ses formes frustes.
  H°.  Montpellier, 1903.
     Breitkl,  (H.)  * Du  myxcedeme spontan6 chez
  l'enfiint.  8°.   Paris, 1903.
     Gautier (C.)  * Du  myxcedeme  spontane'  in-
  fantile.  8°.   Lyon, 1899.
     Kirmse (K. A.)  * Ueber infantiles Myxoedem.
  8°.  Leipzig, 1903.
     Malinvaud (J6.)   *Du myxcedeme fruste chez
  l'enfant.  8°.   Toulouse, 1901.
     Weirich  (J.)   * Ueber  zwei  Falle von ange-
  boreuem   Myxoedem.    [Jena.]  8°.   Coburg,
  1901.
     Wichmann  (C.  H.)    * Ueber  sporadischen
  Kretinismus.  8°.  Kiel. 1896.
     Abercrombie (J.)   A case of myxoedema in a young
  subject.  Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond., 1890,  xxiii, 240.— Abra-
  hams (B.)   A caseof myxcedema in a child.  Ibid., 1898-
  9, xxxii. 225-227.—Abt (I. A.)  Sporadic cretinism.  Clin.
  Rev., Chicago, 1901, xiv, 359-361.—Acker (G. N.)   Case
  of myxoedema in a child three years old.  Wash. M. Ann.,
  1903, ii, 292. -----. A caseof infantile myxedema,  arch.
  Pediat., N. T., 1904, xxi, 347-349.—Agote (L.)  Historia
  clinica de un caso de mixedema infantil.   Rev. Soc. m6d.
  argent., Buenos Aires, 1899, vii, 231-248. -----. Diagn6s-
  tico precoz del mixedema  congenital.   Semana  med.,
  Buenos Aires, 1903,  x. 668-670.  AUo, transl..- Ann. de
  med. et chir.  inf., Par., 1903, vii,  726-731.  AUo, transl.:
  Arch, de med. d. enf, Par.,  1903,  vi, 540-545.—AU (K.)
  Zur SchilddriisenbehandlungdesangeborenenMyxodems.
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1238-1240.— Ander-
  son (W.)  Patient with congenital  myxcedema shown
  after treatment by thyroid extract. Glasgow M. J., 1895,
  xliii, 291-293.— Argutinsky (P.)  Ueber einen Fall von
  Thyreoaplasie (angeboreneiu Myxodem  und iiber  den
  abiiormen Tiefstand  des  Nabels  bei diesem Bildungs-
  defekt.  Beil.klin. Wchnsehr., 1905.xlii,1098-1102.—Arno-
  zan.  Un cas de myxoedeme.  M6m. et bull. Soc. de med.
  et chir. de Bordeaux (1894),  1895, 466-472.—Barbour
  (P. F.)  A case of sporadic cretinism. Pediatrics, N. Y.,
  1901, xi, 327-333. -----. Treatmentof a case of sporadic cre-
  tinism.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1902, 3. s., xviii, 655-658.—
  Itnrtz (R.)  Atbyreosis im Kindesalter.  Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl.,  1903, xxix, 352-354.—
  Rayon (H.)  On so-called intra-uterine cretinism and its
  supposed identity with endemic aud  sporadic cretinism.
  Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1051.—Beard  (F. M.)  Cretinism,
  with report <>!' a case.   Am. Pract.  & News, Louisville,
  1903, xxxvi, 20-28.— Bel frage (K.)  Fall af myxiedema
  infantilis. [Caseof...]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1900, lxii, pt.
  2,  395-398.—Bendix. Demonstration eines Falles von in-
  fantilem Myxodem.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1905, xxxi,42.—Beuilez. Mixoedema cong6nitode
  lainfancia. Rev.de mod. y cirug. pr&et., Madrid, 1904, lxiii,
  27.—BierhoflT (F.)  The  recognition and treatment of
  early myxedema in childhood.  J. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898,
  xxxi, 1208-1211. — Bdkay (J.) Sporadikus  cretinismus
  gy6gyult esete.  [ A case  of.  . . cured. ]   Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 196.  AUo, transl.: Pest, med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 798.  Also, transl.: Ungar.
  med. Presse,  Budapest,  1903, viii, 225. — Borobio  (P.)
  Mixedema cong6nito.  Clin,  mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 156-
  166.  -----.  Mixedema cong6nito curadoconla tiroidina.
  1 bid., 1904, iii, 13-15. — Bourneville.  Contribution k
  l'6tude de la cachexie pachydermique (idiotie myxced6ma-
  teuse).  Progres med., Par., 1890, 2. s., xi, 513; 'xii, 3; 61;
  126; 147. -----.  Nouvelle observation d'idiotie niyxced6- 
MYXCEDEMA.
298
MYXCEDEMA.
JI y.\ oedema  in  infants,   children,   and

  adolescents.
  mateuse (cachexie pachydermique).  Arch,  do neurol.,
  Par., 1890, xix, 217-229.------Cas  de myxoedeme con-
  genital.  Progres med., Par., 1895, 3. 8., ii, 33; 49.  —.---.
  Nouveau cas d'idiotie  avec  cachexie   pachydermique
  (myxoedeme  infantile);   apres  le  traitement.   Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,  10. s., iii, 098-701.  -----.
  Trois cas d'idiotie inyx<ede.mateuse traiies par l'ingestion
  tbyroidienne.  Arcn. de neurol.,  Par., 1896, 3. s., i, 1-28.
  Also : Recherches clin. et the.rap. sur I'epileps. [etc.J, 1895.
  Pai., 1896, xvi, 168-195, 1  diag. -----. Cinq cas d'idiotie
  mvxoedemateuse; traitement par l'ingestion do  glande
  thyroide.  Bull,  et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1896,
  3. »., xiii, 32-39. -----. De Taction de la glande thyroide
  sur la croissance et l'obe.site chez les  idiots myxiedema-
  teux, obeses ou atteints  de nanisme.  Cong. d. m6d. alie-
  uistes et neurol. de France ...  C. r. 1896, Far., 1897, ii, 372-
  379.  -----.   Idiotie niyx(ed6mateuse (myxcedeme infan-
  tile): traitemeut  par l'ingestion  de glande thyroide du
  mouton. Bull, et mem.  Soc. m6d. d.  hop. de Par., 1897,
  3. s., xiv, 63-87.  Also:  Progres  med., Par., 1897, 3. s., v,
   145; 163. -----.  De l'idiotie mongolienne.  Cong. d. m6d.
  alienistes et neurol. de  France ...  C. r., Par. Sc  Brux.,
  1903, xiii, v.  2, 282-287.  -----.  Fin  de  I'histoire  d'un
   idiot myxoed6mateux.  Arch, de  neurol., Par., 1903, 2. s.,
  xvi,  97-126. — Bourneville Sc Laurens.   Idiotie
   niyxoechSmateuse  ;  traitement tbyroidien.   Recherches
   clin.  et tb6rap sur I'epileps. [etc.],  1900,  Par., 1901, xxi,
   22-44.-----------. Idiotie inyxoedemateuse;  pleurisie;
   mort.  Ibid., 155-165. — Brnmwell (B.)  Clinical re-
   marks on a caseof sporadic cretinism.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1894, i, 0-11.  -----. A  very aggravated case of sporadic
   cretinism; slight improvement under thyroid treatment.
   Clin. Stud.,  Edinb.. 1903-4, n. s.,  ii,  331-338. -----.  Pho-
  tographs of a case of sporadic cretinism; the infantile form
  of myxoedema; a form of pathological dwarfism;  due to
 ■ defective or  arrested  thyroidal secretion, aud character-
   ized by arrested  bodily, mental, and  sexual development.
  Ibid.,' 325-331. -----,  The treatment  of  sporadic cretin-
  ism.  I bid.,  389-392. — Briquet.   Myxoedeme infantile
  spontane.  Presseni6d., Par., 1899, i. 105-107.—Brissaud
   (E.)  De 1'infantilisme myxoed6mateux.  N. iconog. de la
   Salpetriere, Par., 1897, x, 240-262. -van  Bruggen (A.
  C.)   Een  geval van  congenital  myxoedeem.   Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 2, 131-
   141,  1 pl. — Burnett  (S. G.)  A  case of infantile myx-
  edema or cretinism.  Kansas City M. Rec, 1900, xvii, 256-
  258.—Buys. Deux cas  de myxoedeme infantile  traites
    Sar l'extrait  tbyroidien;  considerations.   Bull Soc. beige
    'otol.  et de laryngol.,  Brux., 1896-7, ii, 15-18.   AUo:
  Policlin., Brux.,' 1X97, vi, 24-26.—Cuille.  A  cretin.
  Post-Graduate, N. T., 1901, xvi,  755.—Calabrese (A.)
  Contributo  alio  studio  del  mixoedema   infantile e  del-
  1'  azione della tiroide.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Na-
  poli,  1899, n. s., liii, 51.V608, 2 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Gazz. d.
  osp., Milano. 1899. xx, 1190-1192. — Canipana  (Mile.)
  Sur  un cas de myxcedeme congenital.  J. de m6d. de Bor-
  deaux,  1904,  xxxiv, 928-930.—Campbell (G. G.)  A case
  of sporadic, cretinism.  Maritime  M.  News.  Halifax, 1899,
  xi, 314-316, 3 pl.   Also: Montreal M. J., 1899, xxviii, 594-
  596j  2 pl.—Carre-Smith (R.)   A case of  sporadic  cre-
  tinism  showing  improvement uuder thvroid treatment.
  Rep. Soc. Study, llis.  Child., Lond., 1901-2, ii, 218-222.—
  Cazal.  Myxo'deme  infantile; paralysie du plexus bra-
  chial d'origiue obstetricale.  Toulouse m6d., 1904, 2. s.,
  vi,  56-60. — t'enijn.   Infantiel myxoedeem.   Nederl.
  Ti.idschr. v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1903, 2. R.,  xxxix,  d. 1,
  917.—Chullan  de Belial.  Une  observation de myx-
  oedeme congenital.  Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et
  de p;ediat. 1898.  Mem. et disc,  Par., 1900, ii, 796-801.—
  de la Chapelle (A.)   Ett fall af iufantilt myxodem.
  [Myxoedeme infantile.  Res., p.lxvii.]  Finska lak.-sallsk.
  handl., Helsingfors, 1900, xlii, 717-744,  1 pl. -----. Infan-
  tilt  myxiidem.   [Drei Falle von infautilem Myxodem.
  Ref, p. lxxx.]  Ibid., 1903, xiv, pt, 2,  645.—Clarke (J.F.)
  Two cases of infantile myxedema.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1904,  xlii.   768.   AUo: Pediatrics, N.  T. 1904 xvi
  l'.»«-202.—Clarke (J.  F.) Sc JVIcGrew (W.)  A sporadic
  case of infantile  myxedema resulting  in a cretinoid con-
  dition.   Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1902, xxi, 342-349.—
  Cohu (Ml   Diagnose und Therapie des infantileu Myxoe-
  dems.  Deutsche med. Presse, Berl.,  1901, v,  13— Comby
  (J.)   Un cas de m\xcedeme congenital chez une fillette de
  seize mois;  k I'autopsie, absence  de corps thyroide et de
  thymus.  Arch, de med. d. enf.,  Par., 1898, i,544.  _____
  Myxiedeme chez  uue fillette de deux ans et demi; traite-
  meut par le  r6gime thyroidien; amelioration.  M£d inf
  Par., 1894,  i, 578-580. — Cooper (St. C.)   Sporadic  cre-
  tinism.  Proc Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock 1899 xxiv
  84-94.  AUo: MemphisM. Month., 1899, xix,256-260,1 pl.J
  Crary (G. W.)   Myxoedema,  acquired  and congenital
  and  the use of the thyroid extract.  Tr. N. York Acad'
  M. (1893),  1894,  2.  s.,  x, 477-504.  AUo: Am. J  M  Sc '
  I'lula., 1x94, n. s.. cvii, 515-531.  AUo, Reprint—Cruchet!
  Myxwdeme congenital gueri par l'extrait  tbyroidien. J
  de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 866__Dalsjo (0.)  Ett
jylyxoedema   in  infants,  children,  and

  adolescents.
  fall af l&ggradigt infantilt myxodem med utbredd psoriasis.
  [A case of low degree infantile myxoedema  with diffuse
  psoriasis.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1903,  2. I., iii, pt. 2, 337-
  349, 1 pl.— Bandois.  Un cas de myxo'ilenie infantile.
  Rev.  med., Louvain, 1894-5, xiii, 49-55.— D' Andrea (C.)
  & Piernecini (A.)  Tre casi di idiozia mixoedematosa
  fain i gli a re, sottoposti alia cura interna tiroidea.  Setti-
  mana med.  d. Sperimentale. Firenze,  1X97, li, 317-319. —
  Bavisson (A. H.)  [A case of cretinism.]  Pediatrics,
  N. T., 1902,  xiv, 103-105. — Debove.    Myxcedeme con-
  genital et myxoed&mc fruste.  Presse m6d.,  Par., 1901, i,
  225-227. — Bemarec (Emma W.)   A case of sporadic
  cretinism. Med. Herald, St.  Joseph,  1901, n. s.,  xx, 395-
  399.   AUo:  Woman's  M. J., Toledo, 1901, xi,  215-219.—
  De Vriese  (Bertha).  Contribution k l'etude du traite-
  ment tbyroidien daus le myx(edeme  infantile.  Ann. Soc.
  de med. de Gaud,  1904, Ixxxiii, 58-63, 2 pl. — Be Witt
  (J. P.)  Sporadic cretinism; with report of cases.  Cleve-
  land  M. J.,  1903, ii, 365-368. — Bunlop (G. 11.  M.)   A
  cretin aged 9.   Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1901-2, n. s.,
  xxi, 247.—Egise (B. A.)  Sluchai miksedemi u dlevochki
  2|tlet.  [Myxoedema in a girl 2J years old.]  Dletsk. med.,
  Mosk., 1900, v, 24-29. — Eiigelmaim (Rosa).  Sporadic
  cretinism in children, with report of a case from  the
  United Hebrew Charities Dispensary.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1903,  x), 430-435.  AUo, Reprint. — Estcvez.
  Mixedema cong6nito.  Semana mod., Buenos Aires, 1903,
  x, 968.— Fagge (C. H.)  On sporadic cretinism occurring
  in England.  Med. Chir. Tr., Lond.,  1871, liv, 155-169,1 pl.
  Also, Reprint.— Fairre.  Deux cas de myxoedeme infan-
  tile.   Poitou med.,  Poitiers,  1903, xvii, 99-105. — Fatjo
  (S.)   Algunas consideraciones sobre  el mixedema en la
  infancia, seguidas de un caso de mixedema infautil con-
  ge.nito. Med. de los nifios, Barcel., 1901, ii, 71-77.—Fen-
  lard (H/)  Cas de  myxoedeme congenital chez  un sujet
  feminin 4g6 de 19 ans et demi.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat.
  et syph.. Par., 1890, i, 232-237— Filatoff (N. F.)  Sluchai
  miksedemi u rebyonka 2J Het. [Myxoedema in a child 2J
  years old.]  Protok. zasled. Obsh. "Nelropat. i Psikhiat.
  pri Imp.  Moskov.  Univ,  1894-5, 15-18. — Finlayson.
  Case of a cretin child under thyroid treatment.  Tr. Glasg.
  Path. Sc  Clin.  Soc, 1895-7, vi, 51-54.— Fletcher (F.)
  Sporadic cretinism, with report of a case.  Columbus M.
  J., 1903, xxvii, 549-552.  -----. Cretinism; synonyms: in-
  fantile  myxedema,  juvenile myxedema, cretinoid idiocy.
  Phagocyte, Columbus. 1904-5, ix, 63-66.—Frauteoff (P.)
  D\a  sluchaya miksedemi.  J Two cases of myxoedema.]
  Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1903. viii, 11-21.—Freeman (R.G.)
  Sporadic cretinism.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,1900, xvii, 595.—
  Guddie (I). W.)  Cretinism, with  report of a sporadic
  case.   Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1900, n. s., viii,
  148-152.   Also: Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1900-1901,
  vii, 375-379.—Galceran (A.)  Tratamiento de la idiocia
  mixoedematosa con la ingesti6n de substancia tiroidea.
  Gac.  med. catal., Barcel., 1896, xix,  76-78.—Garre (C.)
  Myxodem beim Kinde.   Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
  1890,  vi, 478-484.—Getzowa (Sophia).  Ueber die Thy-
  reoidea von  Kretinen  und  Idioten. Virohow's Arch. f.
  path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxx. 51-98,  1 pl. — Gia-
  nasso (A. B.)  Su un caso di mixoedema congenito.  Ri-
  forma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 990-995.—Gordi-
  nier  (H. C.)  Sporadic cretinism, with report of three
  cases.  N. York  State J. M., N. Y., 1903, iii, 391-395.—
  Gordon (A.)  Myxedema complicated with  diabetes
  mellitus occurring in  two children; effect of thyroid ex-
  tract upon both diseases; remarks on the pathogenesis of
  diabetes.  Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii,  229-231.—Graan-
  boom.   Sporadisch  cretinisme.   Nederl.  Tijdschr. v.
  Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xii,  d.  1,  1021. — Graham
  (C.)  Cretinism, with  a report of a case of  the  sporadic
  variety.  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 483-486.
  AUo: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1900, ix. 228-235.— Grand Cle-
  ment.  Observation d'une jeune fille atteinte tout k la
  fois de myxoedeme et de keratite  parenchymateuse, pour
  servir k determiner l'6tiologie du myxoedeme et le meilleur
  mode de traitement de la k6ratite parenchymateuse. Ann.
  d'ocul.. Par., 1899, exxii, 274-278. — Griiiieberg. [Myx-
  idiotie; Scbilddriisentherapie. ]   Munchen.  med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1903, 1, 969.—Guthrie (L.)  A  case of myxoedema
  in a  boy  aged  six  years.   Rep.  Soc.  Study Dis. Child.,
  Lond., 1900-1901, 93-95.—Haenel (H.)  Vorstellungeiuea
  Falles von infantilem Myxodem  (sporadischem Kretinis-
  mus).  Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd.
  1903-4, Miinchen, 1905, 131-134.  Also [Abstr.]: Munchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 732.—Hall (A.)  Case  of spora-
  dic cretinism, in which a relapse occurred owing to omis-
  sion of thyroid extract.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1902, i, 1259-
  1261.—Haskovec  (L.)  Pfipad sporadicke.ho kretinismu
  16deny praepar&tem ze zl&zy stitn6.   [Case of  sporadic
  cretinism treated by a preparation of the thyroid gland.]
  Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1895,xxxiv,501; 521. — llaus-
  halter.   Un  cas  d'infantilisme myxced6mateux.   Soc.
  de med. de Nancy.   C.-r., 1901-2, 53. -----. Hypertrophie
  des parois du gros intestin chez une  fillette myxoedema-
  teuse.  Ibid., M6m., 1902-3,155.  Also: Rev. m6d. de Test, 
MYXCEDEMA.
299
MYXCEDEMA.
Ulyxoedema  in  infants,  children,  and
  adolescents.
IUvxcedeiiia  in  infants,  children,  and

  adolescents.
  Nancy,  1903, xxxv, 440.—Hantefeuille.   Observation
  d'une malade atteinte d'infantilisme iucoiuplet par insuffi-
  sance thyroldienne.  Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1903,
  xxi, 323-331.—Heller <T.)  Ueber die geistige Entwicke-
  lung eines mit Thyreoidin bebandelten cretiuosen Kindes.
  Jahrb. f.  Psychiat., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxi.  365.  Also:
  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 87.—Hcll»trom (G.)
  Om idioti med myxodem och dess bebandling med skiild-
  kortelpreparat.   [idiocy with myxoedema and their treat-
  ment hy thyroid-gland preparations.]  Hygiea, Stockholm,
  1898, pt. 2, 235-358, 1  ch. Also, Reprint. — Hermann.
  Sporadic cretinism.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1900, xvii, 596.—
  Hertoghe (E.)  Diagnostic de la possibility d'une reprise
  de croissance dans les arrets ou retards notables dus au
  myxoedeme, k l'hyperazoturie et au rachitisme.  Bull. Acad.
  roy. de med. de  Belg., Brux., 1896, 4.  s., x, 564-569, 8 pl.
   [Rap. deVan den Corput], 524-535.  -----. Le myxcedeme
  franc et le myxoedeme fruste do  l'enfaiice.  X. iconog. de
  la Salpetriere, Par., 1900. xiii,  411-414, 4 pl.—Heubner.
  Fall von  infantilem Myxoedem.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1904, xii, 1179.—Hirsh (J. L.)  Case of cretinism.  Mary-
   land M. J., Bait., 1903, xlvi, 283. — Hougardy (A.) &
   Eangstein (L.)  Stoffwechselversuch an einem Fall von
   infantilem Myxodem.  Jahrb. f.  Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxi,
   633-656. — Hutchison  ( R.)   Infantile  myxoedema.
   Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 104. - Immerwol (V.)   Du
   myxoedeme infantile.  Med. inf., Par., 1894, i,  558-566.
   Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz.,
   Roma,  1894,  iii, pediat., 141-143.—Jackson (J. M.)   A
   case of myxedema and arrested development.  Boston M.
   <fc S. J., 1901, cxliv, 494.—Jacobs  (H. B.) Four cases of
   sporadic cretinism.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1901, xliv, 97-
   107.—Jaunin  (P.)  Observation d'un nain  myxredenia-
   teux traite par les preparations tbyroidiennes.  Rev. med.
   de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1896, xvi, 34-38. —Jellinee
   (E. O.)   Sporadic cretinism.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,
   1898, xxxi, 1304.—Jenz.  [Ueber sporadiscbeu  Kretinis-
   mus und Behandlung mittels Schilddriisenpraparaten. ]
   Kor.-Bl. d. allg.  mecklenb. Aerztever., Rostock,  1904, No.
   242, 1621-1631.—Kassowitz (M.)   Infautiles Myxodem,
   Mo'ngolismus und Mikromelie.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1902, lii, 1049; 1105; 1155; 1202; 1256; 1301; 1357; 1409; 1452.
   AUo [Abstr.]: Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u.Wien, 1902, xxi,
   371; 378.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii,
   1929-1932.—KelIv(W.D.)  Cretinism.  St.Paul M. J., St.
   Paul, Minn., 1902, iv, 324-328.—Kiefer (F. J.)  Cretinism;
   synonyms: sporadic cretinism, cretinoid idiocy, myxedem-
   atous idiocy with pachydermatous cachexia.  Am. Pract.
   & News,  Louisville, 1904, xxxviii, 417-419.—Kixel (A. A.)
   Sluchai miksedemi u dlevochki 5 liet.   | Myxoedema in a
   girl 5 years old.]  Protok. zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psi-
   khiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1894-5, 55: 1895-6, 33.   Also:
   Trudi  Obsh. dietsk.  vrach. 1895-6, Mosk.,  1897, iv, 103-
   105. -----. Sluchai  slizistavo otyoka u malchika  3 Het.
   [Myxcedema in  a boy  3 years old.]  Trudi  Obsh. dietsk.
   vrach., Mosk., 1896-7, v, 3-5.   [Discussion],  41-43.  -----.
   Sluchai vrozhdennol miksedemi  u dlevochki 2 Het.   [Con-
   genital myxoedema in a girl  2 years old.]   Ibid.,  1897-8,
   vi, 37.   AUo, transl.: J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par.,
   1897, v, 367. —Knocpfelmacher.  [Rezidiv nach kon-
   genitalem Myxodem.]   Mitt. d. Gesellsch.  f. inn. Med.
   n. Kinderh. in Wien,  1905, iv, 41. -----. [Zwei Kinder
   mit kongenitalem  Myxodem. ]   Ibid., 206. —  Koplik
   (H.)  The ultimate results of thyreoid therapy in sporadic
   cretinism.  N. York  M. J., 1898, ixviii,84-89.—Korolkoff
   (P. Y.)  Dva sluchaya miksedemi u dietel.   [Two cases
   of myxcedema in children.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina,  St.
   Petersb., 1901, xii,  1661; 1710.—Korsakoff (N.  S.)   [Slu-
   chai slizistavo otyoka.)  [Case of myxoedema.J   Trudi
   Obsh. dletsk. vrach.. Mosk., 1897-8, vi, 84-88. — Lange
   (J.)  Ueber  Myxodem des  friihen Kindesalters.  Ver-
   handl. d. Yersaniiul.  d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . .  . deutsch.
   Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Wiesb., 1899, xv, 268-279.   Also:
   Miinchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi, 315-318. —Eebre-
   ton.  Myxiedfeme infantile; traitement thyroldien. Bull.
   et mem.  Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 965.—Ee-
   breton  & Vaquez.   Un cas  de myxoedeme  infantile;
   traitement tbyroidien ; modifications du sang. Ibid., 1895,
   3. s., xii, 22-29.— I„cclercq-Bciiicur.  Un cas de myx-
   ced6mecong6nitalet(lemala(lie(lc Little. Clinique, Brux.,
   1904, xviii, 321-336. — Eendou  (A. A.)  Myxoedema and
   sporadic cretinism.  Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney, 1894, xiii,
   152-155. — Eeroy (R.) Idiotie myxoedemateuse.  Bull.
   Soc med.  de l'Yi nne 1903, Auxerr'e, 1904,  xliv, 22-37.—
   Eeszynsky (W. M.)   A case of sporadic myxoedematous
   cretinism.  Post-Graduate, N. Y.,  1X94, ix, 4KS-415.  Also,
   Reprint. — Eindsey (C.)  A case of sporadic cretinism.
   Med. Standard, Chicago, 1902, xxv, 231. —  Eoewy (A.)
   Ein Fall von Myxodem bei  cretinartigem  Zwergwuchs.
   Verhandl. d. Beii. med. Gesellsch. (1891), 1892, xxii, pt. 2,
   182-188.  [Discussion], pt. 1,204.— Eugaro(E.)  Sul cre-
   tinismo  sporadico.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1905, x,
   1-42.—Maccone (L.)  Contribute alio studio delle altera-
   zioni istologiche nel  mixoedema infantile. Pediatria, Na-
   poli, 1904, 2. 8., ii, 413-418. —McCrae (J.)  Sporadic cre-
tinism in  Canada.  Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx, 604-608.—
Mann (M.)  Ein Fall von Myxoedema. Pest, med.-chir.
Presse, Budapest, 1895,  xxxi,  1103. — Marfan.   Myx-
cedeme congenital.  Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1900,
ii, 153-155.—Marfan (A.-B.) Sc Guinon  (L.)  Cachexie
pachydermique sans  idiotie chez  un enfant. Bull. Soc.
anat. de Par., 1893, lxviii,  658-669. — Marie.  Le  myx-
oedeme infantile.  Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par.,
1903, xiv, 56-59. — Meige  (H.) Sc  Feindel  (E.)  Infan-
tilisnie myxoedemateux  et maladie de Recklinghausen.
N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,  1903, xvi,  232-237, 1 pl.
Also:  Cong. d. ni6d. alieuistes  et neurol.  de France. . . .
C.-r., Par.  & Brux., 1903, xiii,  v. 2, 490. — Mendel (K.)
Erfolg der Organotherapie in einem Falle von infantilem
Myxodem.  Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1903, viii, 1-5.—
Middleton.  A case of sporadic cretinism.  Tr. Glasg.
Path. & Clin. Soc, 1895-7, vi, 12-16.—Mikhailoff (P. P.)
Sluchai miksedemi u malchika odnovo goda desyati mle-
syatsev.  [Myxcedema in  a boy 1 year and 10  months
old.]   Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1902, vii, 124.—Millet (C. S<)
Cretinism.   Med.  Communicat. Mass. M.  Soc, Bost.,
1899-1901, xviii, 943-951.   Also: Boston M. Sc S. J., 1901,
cxlv, 400-402.— Mills  (C. K.)  Cretinism.  Am.  Text-
Bk. Dis. Child. (Starr), 2.  ed.,  Phila., 1898, 680-686, 1 pl.
-----. Cretinism.  N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 325-327.—
Mogridge (G.) Sporadic cretinism.  Bull. Iowa Inst.,
Des Moines, 1899,  i, 314-317,  2 pl.—Moncorvo  filho.
Iustituto  de proteccao  e assistencia k  infancia  [myx-
oedema].  Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan.,1905,
ix, 33-39__Monro (T. K.) Case of sporadic cretinism,
with skiagram showing delayed ossification  of the bones.
Glasgow M. J., 1905,  lxiii,  120-124.—Morse (J. L.)   Two
cases of sporadic  cretinism. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost.,
1899-1900, xiii, 490-497.—Moiisnous (A.)  Idiotie niyxoe-
d6mateuse.  Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor-
deaux (1897), 1898, 41-44.—Miiller (O.)  Djelovanje thy-
reojodina ii tri slncaja idiotije (myxcedema).  [The  effect
of thyreoidin in three cases of myxoedema.] Lie6. viestnik,
u Zagrebu, 1902,  xxiv, 121-127.   Also, transl.: Wien. med.
Wchnsehr., 1901,  lii, 460-464.— Muggia (A.)  Contributo
alio studio del mixoedenia infantile.   Morgagni, Milano,
1899, xii, 435-448.—Murdoch  (J. M.)  The thyroid treat-
ment of sporadic  cretinism and imbecility in America.  J.
Psycho-Asthen.,  Faribault, Minn.. 1899-1900, iv, 81-91.—
Ness (B.)  Case of sporadic cretinism. Tr.  Glasg. Path.
& Clin. Soc, 1895-7, vi, 10-12.—Neumann   (H.)  Ergeb-
niss der Schilddriisenbehandlung bei sporadischem Creti-
nismus.  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1900, xxxvii, 1121-1124.
 [Discussion], 1161-1164.   AUo: Verhandl. d. Berl. med.
 Gesellsch. (1900), 1901, xxxi, pt. 2, 405-415.  [Discussion],
pt. 1,  211-219.—Newell  (F. F.) A typical  case of  spo-
radic  cretinism.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiv, 896.  Also:
 Chicago, Clinic, 1904, xvii,  265.—Nicholson (H. O.)  Case
 of a child cretin where  the effects of thyroid treatment
 upon  the bodily and mental  condition were remarkably
 rapid  and complete.  Arcb. Pediat., N. Y., 1900, xvii, 431-
 437.   AUo: Northwest.  Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx,  228-
 230.—Noica.  Un caz de idiotie mongoliana.  Spitalul,
 Bucuresci, 1904, xxiv, 434-439.—rVolen (W.)  Myxoedeem
 bij  kinderen (sporadisch cretinisme, myxoedemateuse
 idiotie, infautiel  (congenitaal)  myxoedeem) en myxoedeem
 bij volwassenen (spontaan myxoedeem (cachexie pachyder-
 mique) en cachexie strumipriva)  In  his: Klin. Voordr.,
 8°, Leiden, 1903,  81-125,  10 pl.  -----.  Mongoloide idiotie.
 Ibid., 151-162, 1 pl.—Northrup (W. P.)  Infantile myx-
 oedema (two cases).   Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1894, xi, 793-
 801, 1 pl.   AUo:  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1894, vi, 109-
 116, 1 pl.—Noycs (W.  B.)   Sporadic cretinism.  Arch.
 Pediat., N. Y., 1900, xvii, 596-598.—Obregia (A.),  Par-
 hon  (C.) & Florinu (S.)  Note sur un cas de myxce-
 deme infantile avec quelques considerations sur la  patho-
 genie du myxoed6me.  J. de  neurol., Par., 1905, x,  301-
 306.—Oddo (C.) Un nouveau cas d'idiotie niyxredema-
 teuse traite avec succ.es par la methode tbyroidienne. Mar-
 seille m6d., 1895, xxxi,  193-210.  AUo.-'MiiA. inf., Par.,
 1895,  ii, 3-18.— Orban  (R.)   Myxoedema infantile.  Or-
 vosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 767.   AUo, transl.: Pest.
 med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 264.—Ord  (W. M.)
 Sc Ord  (W. W.)   Sporadic  cretinism (congenital myx-
 oedema or myxoedema of childhood).  Syst. Med. (Allbutt),
 N. Y. Sc Lond.. 1897, iv,  487-489. — Osier (W.)  Case of
 sporadic cretinism (infantile myxcedema) treated success-
 fully  with thyroid extract. Arch. Pediat., Phila.. 1895, xii,
 105-108.  AUo, Reprint.—Packard (F. A.) & Hand
 (A.), jr.  A contribution to the pathological anatomy of
 sporadic cretinism.  Am. J.  M.  Sc,  Phila., 1901, exxii,
 289-297.  Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1902, xiv, 245-
 260.—Pappalardo (F.) Un tipo  singolare di cretino
 microcefalo.  Riv. veneta  di sc. med., Venezia, 1902, xxxvi,
 115-123.—Patterson (A. G.)  Sporadic cretinism.  Tr.
 ReadingPath.Soc, 1896-7,ii,37^5,4pl.—Peli(G.) L'idio-
 tismo mixedematoso.  Bull. d. sc. med. di  Bologna, 1891,
 7.  s.,  ii, 163-174.—Peterson  (F.) Sc Bailey (P.)  Re-
 sults  of thyreoid treatment in  sporadic cretinism.  Pedia-
 trics, N. Y. & Lond., 1896, i, 385-396.—Pikovski (Y.)  Slu- 
MYXCEDEMA.
300
MYXOMYCETES.
Myxoedema  in  infants,  children,   and

  adolescents.
  chal miksedemi n rebyonka dvukb Het i dvukh mleayatsev
  [Myxcedema in a child two years  and two months old.]
  Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1903, viii,  163-178. — Pillsbury
  (F A )  Cretinism aud its treatment.  Ann. Gynec & Pe-
  diat., Bost., 1898-9, xii,522-538.—Pineles(F.)  Ueber Thy-
  reoplasie (kongenitales Myxoedem) und infantiles Myx-
  oedem.  Wien. klin. Wrhuschi., 1902, xv, 1129-1136. AUo
  1 Abstr I- Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.
  . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 167-169.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.
  Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903,  ii, 2.  Hlfte.,  313.—Pipping.
  Iufantilt myxoedem.  [Ein  Fall  von  infantilem  Myx-
  oedem.  Ref.,  p. xcii.]  Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Hel-
  singfors, 1902, xliv,  271-273.—Pollaci  (G.)  Due casi  di
  idiozia mixedematosa. Riforma med., Napoli,  397-402.—
  Pope (F. M.) & Clarke (A. V.) Cases of acromegaly
  and infantile myxiedema occurring respectively in  father
  and  daughter.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1900, ii,  1563,  1 pl.—
  Polier (F.)  Degenerescencepigmentaire parh6matolyse
  chez  un nourrisson myxoedemateux atteint de gastro-
  enterite. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv,  1643.—
  Power (D'A.l  A case of sporadic cretinism.  Rep. Soc.
  Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 157.—Proehazka
  (F.) ' Zdr&va o v^sledcich  lecby zl&zou  stitnou v pripade
  infantilniho myxoedemu.   [Report on results  of tbe treat-
  ment of a case of infantile my xoedema by tbe tin roid gland.]
  Casop. 16k.  desk., v Praze, 1900,  xxxix, 697; 725,  4 pl.—
  Putnam  (W. G.)  A caseof sporadic  cretinism.  Mari-
  time M. Xews, Halifax, 1899, xi,  312.  Also: Montreal M.
  J., 1899, xxviii, 592, 1 pl.—Quincke (H.)  Ueber Athy-
  reosis im Kindesalter.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1900, xx\i,  787;  805.—Banschburg (P.)   A
  szorv&nyos cretinismus (gyerniekkori myxoedema, myx-
  oedemds idiotia)  kores gy6gytanarol.  [Pathology and
  treatment of ... J  Gyermekorvos, Budapest,  1903, no. 4,
  1-10.  Also, transl.: Ungar. med.  Presse, Budapest, 1904,
  ix, 249;  207.—Raymond  (F.)  Du myxoedeme infantile
  et des autres formes de myxoedeme; pathogenie et traite-
  ment.  Rev. internat. de th6rap. et pharmacol., Par., 1898,
  vi, 1; 41.—Raymond (F.) &Cuillain (G.)  Sclerose en
  plaques chez  un infantile myxoedeniateux.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1904, xii, 767.—Raymond (F.) Roubinovitch (J.)
  Nouveau cas  de  myxcedeme congenital. Bull, et mem.
  Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 331-342.—Regis
  (E.)   I"n cas  type de myxoedeme congenital (cr6tiuisme
  sporadique) au debut du traitement thyroidieu.  Mem. et
  bull. Soc. de med. et chir.  de Bordeaux (1894), 1895, 763-
  770.  AUo: J. de m6d.  de Bordeaux,  1895,  xxv,  14-16.
  -----. Myxoedeme congenital am61ior6 par le traitement
  tbyroidien.  J. de med. de Bordeaux,  1895, xxv,  115.
  Also: Gaz. d. hop.de Toulouse, 1895, ix, 148. -----. Nou-
  veau cas de  myxoedeme infantile notablement am61ior6
  par le traitement thyroidieu.  J.  de med. de Bordeaux,
  1895, xxv,-254. Also:  M6m. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir.
  de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 263-267. -----. Un  cas type  de
  myxoedeme congenital am61ior6 par le traitement thyroi-
  dieu. M6m.  et bull.  Soc. de ni6d. et chir. de Bordeaux
  (1895), 1896, 90-93. -----.  Myxoedeme infantile et radio-
  graphic Roentgen; diagnostic de la possibilite d'une reprise
  de croissance; existence de cotes cervicales.   Ibid. (1897),
  1898, 117-120.  -----. Myxoedeme infantile.  J. de m6d. de
  Bordeaux,  1903,   xxxiii,  659.—Rehn  (H.)   Ueber  die
  Myxoedemform des Kindesalters  und die Erfolge ihrer
  Behandlung mit Schilddriisenextract;  mit Krankenvor-
  stellung.  Verhandl. d.  Cong. f.  innere Med., Wiesb.,
  1893, xii, 224-229. -----.  Ueber  Cachessia  thyreopriva
  congenita und deren Behandlung mit Schilddriisenextract
  nach einjahriger  Beobachtung an  zwei Kindein.   Atti d.
  xi.  Cong. med. internaz., Roma,  1894,  iii, pediat., :>!.—
  Riis (C.)  Et Tilf'selde af  infantilt Myxoedem, behandlet
  med. I'ilul. gland, thyr.  sice  [A case of. .  . treated by
  ... J  Hosp.-Tid., Kebenh., 1899, 4. R., vii, 29: 1900, 4.R.,
  viii,  365,  3  pl.—Robin   (V.)  Myxoedeme congenital
  traite par des injections hypodermiques  de sue thyroidieu.
  M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc.  d.sc. med. deLyon (1892), 1893,
  xxxii,  65-73.—Rocaz Sc  Cruchet.  Myxoedeme con-
  genital; stomatite pseudo-membraneuse a coli bacilles;
  broncho-pneumonie; autopsie.  Arch,  de m6d. d. enf.,
  Par.,  1903,  vi, 97-104.—Roquc.   Myxoedeme chez une
  jeune fille.  Lyon m6d., 1893, lxxii, 615-618.—Russoflf
  (A. A.)  Sluchai slizistavo otyoka u 2J  lietnei dlevochki.
  | Myxoedema in a  girl 2J years old.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Bot-
  kina. St.-Petersb.,  1898,  ix, 1049-1654. Also, transl:
  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1901, n. F., liii, 335-340.—Sara-
  bia.  Mixoedema  cong6nito.  Rev.  de  med.  y  cirug.
  pract., Madrid, 1904,  lxii,  422-424.—Schielc (W.)  Ein
  Fall von infantilem Myxodem, behandelt mit Thyreoidea.
  St.Petersb. med. Wchnsehr.,1899, n. F., xvi, 166.—.Schiff-
  machei' (J.)  Zur Casuistik des sporadischen Cretinis-
  mus.  Heutsches Arch.f. klin. Med.,Leipz., 1901, lxxi, 470-
  483—Siegeit (F.)  Zur Pathologie der infantilen Myx-
  idiotie, des sporadischen Cretinismus oder infantilen Myx-
  oedems der Autoren.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1901, n.F.,
  liii, 447-464.  Also: Verhaudl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f.
  Kinderh. . . .  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Wiesbaden,
illy xoedema  in  infants,  children,  and
  adolescents.
  1901, 243-249.—Sinkler  (W.)  A case of sporadic cretin-
  ism.  Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 1063-1065.—Sklarek (P.)
  Ein Fall von angeborenem Myxoedem; Besserung durch
  Behandlung  mit   Schilddriisentabletten.   Berf klin.
  Wchnsehr.,  1899, xxxvi,  342.  AUo: Verhandl. d. Berl
  med. Gesellsch.  (1899), 1900, xxx,  pt. 2, 111-117.—Snow-
  ball (W.)  Sequel of a  case  of  congenital myxoedema
  Intercolon. Q. J. M. & S., Melbourne, 1894, i, 269.—So be!
  (J.)  Enlargement  of the  sublingual  veins iu infantile
  myxoedema.  Med.  Rec,  N. Y.,  1901, lix, 552__Spicer
  (C. R.)   Mongolian imbecility. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903,
..  xv, 393-396.—Stacchini (C.)  Nota sopra mi caso d' in-
  fantilismo missedematoso.  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int.
  1901, Roma, 1902, 517-519. -----.  Infantilismo mixedema-
  toso; cura tiroidea.  Riv. sjier. di  freniat., Reggio-Emilia
  1903, xxix, 360-365. —  Stephenson (S.)  Myxoedema as-
  sociated with  ectropium  in a  girl twelve years of age.
  Rep. Soc. Study Dis.  Child., Lond., 1900-1901,  i, 12-15__
  Stooss.  Mehrere Falle  von Myxoedem nnd Kretinismus.
  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel,. 1903, xxxiii,  329-332.—
  Sugden (D'A.)   Sporadic  cretinism,  or  myxoedema.
  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 122. —'Thayer.
  Sporadic cretinism.  Tr.  Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1901-3,
  xiv, 002.—Thibierge (G.)   Un cas d'infantilisme myxoe-
  demateux.  Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de  Par., 1898,
  3. s., xv, 699-704. — Thiemich (M.)  Sektionsbefund bei
  einem Falle von Mongolismus. Monatschr. f. Kinderh.,
  Leipz. u. Wien, 1903, ii, 134-140.—Thiry (C.)  Presenta-
  tion d'une fillette de  10  ans, myxoedemateuse.  Soc. de
  m6d. do Nancy.  C.-r. .  . .   M6m., 1898-9, pp. xci-xev.—
  Thomson (J.) On a caseof myxoedematoid swelling of
  one-half of the body in a sporadic cretin.  Edinb. M. J.,
  1891-2, xxxvii, 249-253, 1 pl—Tibbies (W.)   Sporadic
  cretinism.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904,  i, 1426. — Tissier.
  Sur un  cas  de myxcedeme. Bull. med. d. Vosges, Ram-
  bervillers, 1888-9, iii,  no.  11, 48-61.—Townsend (C. W.)
  A case of congenital cretinism. Boston M. Sc S. J., 1899,
  cxl, 37.— Van Gchnchlen.  Deux cas de myxoedeme
  infantile.  J. de neurol.,  Par.,  1898, iii,418-427.—Videla
  (J. A.)  Contribuci6n al estudio del mixoedema congenita.
  Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 41; 74; 92.—Vladi-
  miroflf (G. E.)  [Myxodema u dlevochki 6 Met.]  J. .  . in
  a girl 6 years old.]   Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach.,  Mosk.,
  1896-7, v, 39-41. — Voisin  (J.) Idiotie myxoedemateuse
  am61ioree par  la greffe tbyroidienne et  par l'alimentation
  thyroidienne.  Bull, et ni6m. Soc. m6d. d.  h6p. de Par.,
  1894, 3. s., xi, 187-189.  -----. Deux cas d'idiotie myxoede-
  mateuse;  la  facon d'administrer la glande thyroide k
  l'6tat frais.  J. de  m6d.  int., Par., 1903, vii, 95-97.—von
  Wngner-vou Jlauregg (J.)  Myxoedem und sporadi-
  scher Kretinismus.  Klin.'therap.  Wchnsehr., Wien, 1902,
  ix, 1676-1680.-----.Ueber Myxodem  und sporadischen
  Kretinismus.  Wien.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1903, liii, 65; 134;
  176.—Walls  (F. X.)  Report of a case of sporadic cre-
  tinism.  Bull. Northwest.  Univ. M. Sch., Chicago, 1899-1900,
  i, 161-165.—Weygandt.  Zur Frage des  Kretinismus.
  Wien. klin. Rundschau,  1903, xvii, 600.—White (F. W.)
  A case of sporadic cretinism.  Boston M.  & S. J., 1899,
  cxl,  257.  Also, Reprint.  — Wolfstein (D.I.)   Infantile
  myxoedema.  Am.  J.  M.  Sc, Phila.,  1898, n. s., cxv, 300-
  311.—Wood (A.  J.) Notes  on  three cases of sporadic
  cretinism.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1899,
  iv, 569-575, 1  p. -----. Two cases of sporadic cretinism.
  Ibid., 1901, v, 286-288. -----. Sporadic cretinism.  Ibid.,
  1904, ix, 387-393, 1 pl.

Ulyxoedema  and insanity.
    ~ Alexander (J.  W.)  Note on  a case of myxoedema oc-
  curring in an insane  patient.  Med.  Chron., Manchester,
  1893, xviii, 175-178.—Beadles (C. F.)  The thyroid treat-
  ment of myxoedema  associated with insanity.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1894, i, 400.—Mackenzie  fj. C.)  Myxoedema and
  its insanity.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1889-90, xxxv, 206-212,
  lpl.—Marr (H. C.)  A case of myxoedema, with insanity,
  treated by thyroid feeding and thyroid extract.  Glasgow
  M. J.,  1893,  xl, 125-128. — Pilcz (A.)  Znr Frage  des
  myxodematosen Irreseins und der Schilddrusentherapie
  bei Psychosen iiberhaupt.   Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u.
  Wien, 1901, xx, 77-101. — Schinid (H. E.)  Report of  a
  case of myxcedemal insanity. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol.
   Ass., 1900, vii, 339-344.

Myxolipoma.
     See Tumors (Lipomatous).

Myxoma.
    * See Tumors (Myxomatous).

myxomatosis.
     See Tumors (Myxomatous).

jJIvxomveetes.
    * Macbride  (T.  H. )   The  North American
  Bliiue-mounds.   Being a list  of all species of 
MYXOMYCETES.
301
MZAB.
Jlyxomyeetes.
  Myxomycetes  hitherto described  from  North
  Auiericn, iucludiug Central America.   8°.   New
  Tori;  1.^99.
    Artault  (S.)    Myxomycete dans un oeuf.   Compt.
  rend.  Soc de  biol., Par..  1893, 9.  s., v, 79.—Morgan
  (A. P.)  The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio.  J.
  Cincin. Soc, Nat. Hist., 1892-3, xv, 127: 1893-4, xvi, 13;
  127, 5 pl. — Pinoy.   Necessite d'une symbiose  micro-
  bienne pour obtenir la culture des myxomycetes.  Compt.
  rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 580.—Podivys-
  sotzki (W.)  Myxomyceten, resp. Plasmodiophora bras-
  sicse Woron. als Erzeuger der Geschwiilste  bei Tieren.
  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],  1. Abt., Jena,  1900, xxvii,
  97-101. -----. Ueber die experimentelle Erzeugung von
  parasitaren Myxomyceten-Geschwiilsten verraittelst Im-
  pfung von Plasmodiophora brnssica.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,
  Berl., 1902, xlvii,  199-207, 1 pl.—Sturgis <W. C.)  Notes
  on some type-specimens of Myxomycetes in the New York
  State  Museum.   Tr. Conn. Acad. Arts Sc Sc, N. Haven,
  1899-1900, x,  pt. 2, 463-490.

Myxosarcoma.
   * See Tumors (Sarcomatous).

Ulyxosporidia.
    Cohn (L.)    * Ueber die Myxosporidien von
  Esox lucius und Perca fluviatilis.  8°.  Kbnigs-
  berg,  lb95.
    i'ohn (L.)  Znr Kenntniss der Myxosporidien. Cen-
  tralbl.  f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 628-
  632.—CSurley (R. R.)   On  the classification of the Myxo-
  sporidia, a group of protozoan parasites infesting  fish.
  Bull. U. S. Fish.  Com. 1891, Wash., 1893,  xi, 407-420.—
  Henneguy (F.)  &.  Thelohan  (P.)  Myxosporidies
  parasites des muscles chez  quelques crustac6s decapodes.
  Ann. de microg., Par., 1892, iv, 617-641, 1 pl.—Laveran
  (A.) Sur nne myxosporidie des reins de la tortue.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s.,  iv, 725. — Laveran
  (A.) & Mesnil (F.)  Sur une myxosporidie des voies hi-
  liaires  de l'hippocampe.  Ibid., 1900, 11. s.,  ii,  380-382.
  ----------. Sur la multiplication endogene des myxospo-
  ridies.  Ibid., 1902, 11. s., iv, 469-472.—Mazzarelli (G.J
  Intorno al mixosporidio della pseudodifterite  degli agoni
IVIyxosporidia.
  e al suo  ciclo di sviluppo.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze,
  1905, xvi, 227-229. — Perugia (A.)  Sulle myxosporidie
  dei pesci marini.  Boll, scient., Pavia, 1890, xii, 134: 1891,
  xiii, 22, 1  pl.—Sehuberg (A.) & Schroder (O.)  Myxo-
  sporidien aus dem  Ner\Teusystern uud der Haut der Bauch-
  forelle (Myxobolus neurobius n. sp. und Ileuneguya Niiss-
  lini n. sp" j.   Arcb. f. Protistenk., Jena,  1905, vi, 47-60,
  1 pl.—Thelohau (P.)  Recherches sur le developpement
  des spores chez  les myxosporidies.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1890, 9. s'., ii, 602-604.  -----. Nouvelles re-
  cherches  sur les spores  des  myxosporidies (structure et
  developpement).  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1890,
  cxi, 692-695. -----. Observations sur les myxosporidies et
  essai de classification de ces organismes. Bull. Soc. philo-
  niat. de Par., 1891-2, 8. s., iv, 165-178.  -----. Myxospori-
  dies de la v6sicule biliaire des poissons;  especes nou-
  velles. Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par.,  1892, cxv, 961-
  964.—Zschokke  (F.) Die Myxosporidien der Gattung
  Coregonus.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jeua,
  1898, xxiii, 602;  646; 699.

iVIyzostoiiia.
   * Beard (J.)  The nature of  the hermaphroditism of
  myzostoma.   Zool. Anz., Leipz.,  1904, xvii, 399-404.—
  It ran ■■  (M.)   Die Myzostomiden.  Centralbl. f. Bakte-
  riol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1888,  iii, 183; 210; 248.— Ca-
  razzi (O.)   Ricerche embrioiogiche  e citologiche sul-
  1' uovo di Myzostoma glabrum Leuckart.   Monitore zool.
  ital., Firenze, 1904, xv, 62; 87, 1 pl.—Clark (H. L.)  A
  new host for Myzostomes. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv,
  670.—von Stummer-Traunfels (R.)   Beitrage  zur
  Anatomie und  Histologie der Myzostomen.   Ztschr. f.
  wissensch.  Zoo).,   Leipz., 1903,  lxxv, 496-595,  5 pl.—
  Wheeler ( W. M. )   Protandric hermaphroditism in
  Myzostoma.   Zool.Anz., Leipz., 1894, xvii, 177-182.  -----.
  The maturation, fecundation and early cleavage of Myzo-
  stoma glabrum Leuckart. Arch, de biol., Gand & Leipz.,
  1897-8, xv, 1-77, 3 pl. -----. J. Beard on the sexual phases
  of Myzostoma.  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1899, xxii, 281-288.


     Huguet.  Les conditions g6nerales de la vie au Mzab;
  la medecine et les  pratiques mldicales indigenes.  Bull, et
  m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, 5. s., iv, 219-260. 
/ 
N.                                                                             NADAILLAC.
N. (G.)  Istruzioui e regolamenti di privata sani-
  taria qnarautina da osservarsi iu caso di conta-
  gio per tenere lontano dalle proprie abitazioui
  il  cholera-morbus e qnalunque  altra malattia
  contagiosa.   24  pp.   8°.  Milano, A.  Bonfanti,
  1*M.
N. (N.)-
    See Bazzicaluve (Ascanius Maria).   Nuovo trat-
  tato della peste [etc.].  12°. Lucca, 1721.
N.(N-).
    See Oalenista (II) confnso [etc].  16°.   [Verona,
  1691 ?] -----.  The same. 16°.  Venetia, 1697.
Naab (Jakob Paul).   *Die chirurgische Behaud-
  lunjr  der Xasenracheufibrome.   [Heidelberg.]
  26 pp.   8°.   Tubingen, Laupp, 1898.
Naaldeilberg"  (Albertus).  * Specimen sistens
  observationem de  lethali  inter  parturiendum
  uteri ruptura.   31 pp., 1 1.   8-\   Leovardia, D.
  ran der bluis, 1801.   [P., v.  1958.]
Nabotli (Martinus)  [1675-1721].   De sterilitate
  mulierum.  Respoudente Joh. Ernesto Kruschio.
  14 1.  4°.  Lipsias, recusa 1709.   [P., v. 1922.]
rVacattel (Lootri).   Raccolta  medica et astro-
  logica; divisa iu doi discorsi, 1'uno per Hippo-
  crate  contro Galeuo, dell'  abuso commune  di
  cavar saugue col salasso nelle febri, 1' altro per
  Hippocrate  et Aristotele  contro li astrologhi
  gindiciarij cost in generale come per uso di medi-
  cina.   A' piedi  dell' uno e  1'  altro discorso si
  trovano aimesse varie opportune consideration
  delle medesime  attineuze.  6 p.  1., 390 pp.   4°.
   Venetia, li Guerigli, 1645.
IVaccai'i (Fortunato Luigi).  Lettera sopra un
  brnco.   7 pp.  6°.  [Treviso, Andreola, 1821.]
    Repr. from: Gior. s.  sc. e lett. d. Prov.  Venete, no. 5.
    See, aUo, Nardo (Gio. Domenico).  Lettera al Signor
  . .  . sulla preparazione e conservazione  dei  crostacei.  8°.
  Treviso, 1822.
Nacciaronc (Amletto).
    See von §chriin (Otto).  Le tre conferenze [etc.].  8°.
  Xapoli, 1899.
Nacciaroiie (Ugo).  Manuale di dermatologia
  ad uso dei medici pratici  e  degli sttidenti.  xv,
  403 pp.   12°.   Milano $■ Napoli, E.  Villardi,
  [1697].
-----.   Manuale  delle malattie  veneree  e  sili-
  litiebe  ad uso dei medici pratici e degli studenti.
  xi, 19* pp.  12°.  Milano, E. Vallardi, [1897].
rVaceff(D[enisterR.]).
    See Fick (Adolf).  Ueber die Schwankungen des Blut-
  diuckes [etc.].  8°.  [Wurzburg, 1873.]
Nachbar (John).
    See von  Limbeck (Rudolf R.) The clinical pathol-
  ogy of the blood. 8°.  London, 1901.
IVacliricIlt  von  dem herzoglich medizinisch-
  chiriirgischen Klinikum  in Jena.  Hr.sg.  von
  C.  E.  Fischer.   1. Lfg.  32 pp.   16°.  Jena, J.
  Fromann,  1*04.
Nacliricllt von der Kriebelkrankheit, welehe in
  dem Herzogthum Ltiueburg iu den Jahreu 1770
  nnd 1771 gr.issiret und wie sie geheilet worden.
  1 p. 1.,  78 pp.  16-.  Zelle, C. Csellius, 1771.
rVachi'icIlt  von dem Leben  und Wirken  des
  koniglich siichsischen Hof-  und Medicinalraths
  Burkliard Wilhelm  Seiler.   Nebst Bildniss uud
  Facsimile.  24 pp., port.  4°.  Dresden, 1844.
\H4-liricliten liber deutsche Alterthumsfunde.
  Hrsg. von der Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthro-
  pologie, Ethuologie  und Urgeschichte uuter Re-
  daction von R.  Virchow  und  A. Voss.   [Bi-
  monthly.]   v. 1-13, 1890-1902.   8  .  Berlin.
Nachl'ichten vou dem Fachinger Wasser, des-
  seu Bestandtheilen uud Heilkraften, so wie von
  der Lage des  Gesuudbrunuens zu Fachingen.
  Ein kurzer Auszug aus den neuesten und beaten
  Schriften dariiber.  40 pp.  24°.  Wiesbaden, L.
  Schellenberg, 1822.
Nacllt (Albert) [1878-   ].  *Die bei Erkran-
  kungen  der  Meningen  beobachteten Erschei-
  uungen  mit spezieller  Beriicksichtigung der
  okularen Symptome.  70 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin,
  S. Karger, 1904.
Nachtel (Henri).  L'orgauisation a Paris d'am-
  bulances urbaines analogues a celles des grandes
  vii les d'Ame'rique.  Premier secours  aux mala-
  des et blesses tomb^s sur la voie publique, dans
  les ateliers,  usiues, etc.  Avec une lettre de Vic-
  tor Hugo.  32 pp.   8°.   Paris,  Q.  Masson,
  1884.
Nachtigaller ([Hermann] Auton) [1870-   ].
  *Ein  Fall von  habituellem Hydrops  fcetus.  28
  pp., 2 1.  8°.  Berlin, C. Vogt, 1890.         c.
Nachtigal  (Gustav) [1834-85].
    [IVekrolog.]  Deutsche med. "Wchnsehr., Berl., 1885,
  xi, 332.
Nachtigal  [Richard] [1845-    ].  Ueber Kin-
  dererniihrung und den Wert der Praparate aua
  reiner Alpeumilch fiir dieselbe.   20 pp.  8°.
  Stuttgart,  W. Kohlhammer,  1888.
Nachtigall (Paul [Aloysius]) [1873-  ].  *Ein
  Fall von medianer Nasenspalte.  23 pp., 11., 1 pl.
  8C. Breslau, 1905.
\a< litslKMin  (Hubert)  [1865-     ].   *Zur
  Kenutniss  der Biologie  der  Cholerabacterien.
  [Bonn.]  34 pp., 2 1.  8°.   Siegburg, W. Beckin-
  ger, 1886.
rYachtwanderer.   pp. 370-434.  12c. [Berlin,
  1805.]
    Cutting from:  Kriinitz. Okon. technol. Encykl., Berl.,
  1805, pt. 100.
i\acke  (Karl  Friedrich Ernst)  [1875-    ].
  * Ueber das  Verhaltniss der Wirkungsstlitke der
  Narcotica zu der Grosse des Teiluugscoefucienten
  bei verschiedenen Temperaturen.  19 pp., 2 1.
  H°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1901.
IVacIte  (Wilhelm).   * Symptoniatologie  der
  Lungensyphilis auf  anatomischer Grundlage.
  54 pp.   h!y  Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1898.
Naclc Hei'rera (Juan).  *Las peptonas  con-
  sideradas desde el punto  de vista quitnico-biold-
  gico v dc sus aplicacionesme'dico-farmac^uticas.
  1 p. 1., 76 pp.   12°.  Madrid, 1892.

Nacquart  (Jean-Baptiste)  [1780-1853].
    4'aflc. [ X6crologie.]  J.  d. conn. m6d. prat.,  Par.,
  1853-4, xxi, 226.
IVacre.
    See Mother-of-pearl (Workers in).
de Nadaillac [Jean-Francois-Albert Du Pou-
  get], Marquis [1818-    ].   De l'aft'aiblissement
  progressif de la natalite* en France; ses causes et
303 
NADAILLAC.
304
NAEGELE.
de I¥adaillac [Jean-Francois-Albert Du Pou-
  get], Marquis—continued.
  ses consequences.  30 pp.  *°.  Vendome, Lemer-
  cier, 1885.
    Repr.from: Bull. Soc. arch6ol., sc. etlitt.du Vendomois.
------.  Le probleme  de la vie.  1 p. 1., 295 pp.
  12-'.  Paris, G. Masson, 1893.
------.  Manners  aud  monuments  of prehistoric
  peoples.  Transl. by  Nancy  Bell (N. D'Anvers).
  xi, 412 pp.   ?-\  New Tori;  G. P. Putnam's Sons,
  1694.
        Inhumation and incineration in Europe.
    In: Moore (C. B.) Certain aboriginal mounds on the
  Georgia coast,  fol.  Philadelphia, 1897, 139-142.
Nadal (Victor).  La ]iharmacie  a  travers les
  siecles et la Pharmacie ceutrale du Nord.   24
  pp.  12°.  Paris, P. Lemaire, [n. d.].
\adau   des   l»lets   (Etienne - Louis )
  [1821-62].
    C'afle.  Necrologie.  J. d. conn. mod. prat., Par., 1862,
  xxix, 207.
IVadaild (Francois) [1864-   ].  * Contribution
  a la suture immediate de la vessie.  60 pp.   4J.
  Bordeaux, 1894, No. 26.
IVadault de BufTon (Benjamin) [1&04-    ].
  Des usines sur les cours d'eau, developpemeuts
  sur les lois et reglements  qui r^gisseut  cette
  matiere.  2  v. xvi, 540 pp.; 586 pp.,  1 1.  6°.
  Paris, Carilian-Goeury $• V.  Dalmont, 1840.
IVadault  de Buffon (Henri) [1831-    ].
  Traite" des eaux de source et des eaux thermales,
  a l'usage des magistrats, juges de paix,  avocats,
  etc.   xv, 634 pp., I 1. 6°.  Paris, Cotillon & Ms,
  1H70.
IVadbyl (Adalbert).   * Ueber das Euchondrom.
  [Wurtzburg.]  32 pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  8°. Munchen,
  M. Erust, 1891.
IVadel (Sophie).   * Contribution a l'etude de la
  rhinite seche ante"rieure  ecze"uaateuse.  47 pp.
  Hc.   Geneve, 1897.
Nadelmaiin (Hugo).   * Ueber  die Schleim-
  endosperiue der Leguminosen. [Erlangen.]  1
  p. 1., 83 pp., 3 pl.  8°.  Berlin, G. Bernstein, 1»90.
    Repr. from: Jahrb. f. wissensch. Botan., Berl., 1890, xxi.
rVadheruy (Ignaz [Floriau]) [17^9-1867].  Dar-
  stelluug  des  Physikatswesens in  den oster-
  reichisch-deutschen  Erblandeu, mit  Beziehung
  auf die diessfalls  erlassenen Gesetze, fiir Kreis-,
  Bezirks-, Stadt- und Wundarzte, dann  Apothe-
  ker, offentliche Sanitatsindividnen und Behorden
  iiberhaupt.  xvi, 119 pp.  12°.   Wien, Schmidt's
  Buchhandlung, 1831.
Nadiein  (M.)  New  apparatus for  house  and
  city sanitation  and  economical  caualization.
  15 pp., 1  pl.  rtc.  Chicago, 1?93.
rYadig (Albert).  * Ueber  Carcinointnetastasen
  iu  beideu  Ovarien.  34 pp., 11.   r-c.   Zurich.
  O. Fiissli, 1900.                               '
Nadkarni (K.).
    Editor of: Doctors' Magazine, Tardeo,  Bombay. 1892.
IVadler (Robert).  * Statistischer Beitrag zu dem
  Verlaufe  der Mortalitiit  an Diphtherie, Keuch-
  husten, Scharlach und Masern iu der Schweiz in
  den Jahren 1876-1900. 82 pp. 8y  Bern, Stampfli

Hadporozhski (I[van] P[orfiryevich]) [1866-
      ].  Zapiski farmakologii.   [Notes on phar-
  macology.]  3 pts.  iu 1 v.  8'~.  S.-Peterburg
  1666-9.
        K  voprosu  ob  izmieneuiyakh  krovi
l  krovetvornikh  organov  pri otravleuii  tri-
kliinami;   eksperimentalnove  -rzslledovauive
[Changes in the blood and blood-makino- organs
in trichinosis; experimental research.]" 56 pp
U.  1 pl.   *-.  S.-Peterburg, V. P. Meshtshersk'i,

  Sec, also, Brandt (E. K.) Lektsii po sravnitelnol
anatomii, [etc.].  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1887-8   ""^Mteinoi
Kadson (Georgiy A.)   Des cultures  du dictyo-
  stelium mucoroides Bref., et des cultures  pures
  des amibes en g£ne"ral.  [O kulturakh dictvo-
  stelium mucoroides Bref., i o chistikh kulturakh
  ameb voobshtslie.]  38 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, V.
  Demakoff, 1699.
    Repr.from: Scripta bot., Bot. zap., xv.
Nadvrotski (G[erasim] A| fanasyevich]) [1847-
      ].   O khudol iii durnol bolie/.ui i o mlerakh
  k yeya preduprezhdeuiyu; obshtshedostupulya
  besiedl o sifiliste.   [The foul disease, and meas-
  ures to prevent it; popular talks on  syphilis.]
  ii, 85 pp.   8°.  S.-Peterburg, N. A. Lebedeff, 1^92.
Nadyozhdin  (Grigoriy Grigoryevich)  [l>f>l-
      ].   * Materiali dlya   otsleuki  srednyavo
  kamnesiecheniya po Dolbeau-AUarton'u.  [Me-
  diau lithotomy by  the method of. . .]  248  pp
  8°.  S.-Peterburg, A. Transhel, 1891.
rVadyozhin  ( A[leksandr]. N[ikolayevicli ] )
  [1860-    ].  *Patologo-auatomicheskiya izmlc-
  ueniya  kroveuosnlkh  kapillyarov serdtsa  pri
  yevo  hipertrofiyakh.   [ Pathologo -anatomical
  alterations of the blood capillaries of the heart
  in its  hypertrophies.]   33 pp., 4 ].,  1 pl.   r^.
  S.-Peterburg, 1896.
Nacke (Paul [Adolf]) [1851-    ].  Verbrechen
  und Wahusinn beim Weibe, mit Ausblickeu aul
  die Criminal-Anthropologic iiberhaupt.  Kli-
  nisch-statistische,  anthropologisch-biologische
  und  craniologische Untersuchungen.  xi, "ii)?
  pp., 2 tab.  8°.   Wien & Leipzig, W. Braumiiller,
  1894.
------.   Die Unterbringung geisteskrauker Ver-
  breeher.   57 pp.  8°.  Halle a.  S., C. Marhold,
  1902.
------.   Ueber  die sogeuannte  Moral insauity.
  3 p. ]., 65 pp.  8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann,
  1902.
    Forms 18. Hft. of: Grenzfr. d. Nerv.- u. Seelenleb.
fXaef (Johannes).  *Die spastische  Spiualpara-
  lyse im Kiudesalter.  138 pp.  ~-.   Zurich, Ziir-
  cher $■ Eurrer, 1885.
Naef (Max).  * Eiu Fall von temporarer, totaler,
  theilweise retrograder Amnesie (durch  Sugges-
  tion geheilt).  [Zurich.]  39 pp.  8D.   Leipzig,
  J. A. Barth, 1898.
r¥aegel (Joseph)  [1874-    ].  *ITeber das Diph-
  theriegift, seine Konstitution, Herstellung und
  Wirkuugen.   43 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Marburg,  H.
  Bauer, 1901.
Nagele (Franz  Karl) [1777-1851]. Lehrbuch
  der Geburtshulfe fiir Hebammeu.  2. vermehrte
  und verbesserte  Aufl.  xvi, 406 pp., 1  pl.  8C.
  Heidelberg, I. C. B. Mohr, 1833.
------.   The same.  3.  vermehrte und verbesserte
  Aufl.   xvi, 406 pp., 1 pl.  8~.  Heidelberg, I. C.B.
  Mohr, 1836.
------.   Katechismus
                     der Hebaninieukunst  als
Anhang  zu dem  Lehrbuche der Geburtshulfe
fiir Hebammen.   Fiir Lehreude  uud Lernende.
8. Aufl.  124 pp.   6°.  Heidelberg, J. C. B. Mohr,
1850.
  Of the natural progress of labour.
[n. p., 1847, vel subseq.]
4-2 pp.
Lelir-
    See, also, von Fettling (Hermann [Joh. Karl]).
  buch der Geburtsbilfe. [etc.]. 8°.  Tiibingen, 1883. -----.
  The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.  Tiibingen. 1889.—I. a roth (Sla-
  muel]-G[uillaume]).  Sur la force (l'absorption. 8°.  [Pa-
  ris, 1829. J
Naegele  (Herm.  Fr[anz  Joseph]) [1810-51].
  Lehrbuch der Geburtshulfe.   4. vermehrte Aufl.
  besorgt von Woldemar Ludwig  Grenser.  xv,
  736 pp.  6°.  Mainz, V. V. Zabern, 1-51.
------.   The same.   5. Aufl., den Fortschritteu der
  Wissenschaft entsprechend bearbeitet uud ver-
  mehrt  vou  Woldemar  Ludwig Grenser.   xvii,
  799 pp.  8-.  Mainz, V. V. Zabern, 1603.
-----.   The  same.  6. Aufl.   xix, -15 pp.  8-.
  Mainz, V. V. Zabern, 1607. 
NAEGELE.
305
N.EVITS.
IVaegele (Herm. Fr[anz Joseph])—continued.
■-----&> Grenser (W. L.)  Traite* pratique de
  Part des accouchemeuts.   Traduit sur la ti. et
  derniere e"d. allemaude, amide" et mis au courant
  des derniers progres de la science,  par G.-A. Au-
  benas.  Ouvrage pre"ce\16 d'une introduction par
  J.-A. Stoltz.   xxviii, 724 pp.   8-. Paris, Lon-
  dres 4- Madrid, J.-B. Bailliere $ fils, 1869.
Naegele (Otto) [lf76-    ].   " Ueber Zungen-
  sarkom  mit besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  des
  Kiudesalters.  33 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Kiel, P. Peters,
  1900.
Xaegeli (August).  * Kommt bei der Laennec'-
  schen Lebercirrhose anfangs eine Vergrosserung
  der Leber vor?  [Tubingen.]  19 pp.  r^3.  Leip-
  zig, G. Thieme, 1693.
von Nageli (Carl  [Wilhelm]) [1*17-91].  Gat-
  tungen einzelliger Algen physiologisch und sys-
  tematisch bearbeitet.  139 pp., 8  pl.  4C.  [Zu-
  rich, 1649.]
-----.  A mechanico-physiological  theory of or-
  ganic evolution.    1 p. 1., 53 pp.  8C.   Chicago,
  1-96.
    See, aUo, Mueller (Ferdinand).  Brief excerpts [etc.].
  8°.  [Melbourne, 1878.]
    For Biography, see Goebel (K.)  Gedachtnisrede auf
  Karl von Nageli.  4°.  Munchen, 1893.  See, also: Sitzungsb.
  d.  arztl. Ver. Munchen (1891), 1892, i, 96-103 (Buchner).
  AUo: Proc.  Roy. Soc. Lond., 1892, li,  pp.  xxvii-xxxvi
  (S. H. V.).
-----.  See.  also:
    Festschrift zur Feier  des fiinfzigjahrigen
  Doctor-Jnbilaums Prof. Karl  Wilhelm von Nii-
  geli in Miinchen  und  Geheimrath Prof. Albert
  von Kolliker  in  Wurzburg gewidmet  vou  der
  Universitat, demeidg. Polytechnikum, derThier-
  arzneischule  in Zurich,   8.  Mai  1890,  9.  Juni
  1891.  fol.   Zurich, 1.-91.
-----& Schwendener (S.)  The microscope
  in theory and practice.   Transl. from the Ger-
  man,  xi, 382pp.   8-.  London, S. Sonnenschein,
  Loury 4' Co., 18-7.
iVaegeli (H. H.)  Een woord aan de geneeskun-
  digen  en  het  publiek  over  koepokinenting.
  22 pp.  8-.  Breda, Broese $• Co., 1644.
IVaegeli (Hans).  * Zur Aetiologie  und Therapie
  der Angina lacunaris.   [Bern.]   18 pp.   8°.
  Basel, J.  Fr eh tier, 1-91.
Naegeli (Otto).  Therapie von Neuralgieu und
  Ncurosen durch  Handgriflfe.   2 p. 1.,  114 pp.
  8:. Basel cf Leipzig, C. Sallmann,  1694.
-----.  Behandlung uud Heilung von Nerveulei-
  den und Nervenschmerzen durch Haudgriffe.
  Fiir Aerzte und Laien gemeiuverstandlich dar-
  gestellt.  vi (1 1.), 146 pp.  8°.  Jena,  G. Fischer,
  1899.
Naegeli-Akerblom (H.)  Ausgedehnte Ge-
  hirnruptur  par coutucoup ohne  Schadelkno-
  chenfractur.  3 pl.  n-.  Berlin, 1694.
    Repr.from: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1894, lxiii.
IN'aegelin  (Charles).  "  Sur  une observation
  d'onyxis  par intoxication professionnelle (tein-
  tures a base d'auiline). 51 pp., 1 pl.  6Z.  Paris,
  190:?, No. 467.
Naegelshach (Wilhelm  Theodor) [1873-    ].
  * Ueber die wahrend der letzten 12 Jahre in der
  Erlangcr chirurgiachen Klinik znr Behandlung
  gelangten Oberkiefertumoren.  74 pp., 1 1.  -".
  Erlangen, Junge 4' Sohn, 1-99.
TOilier (Georg)  [    -1901].
    Krecke.  [Biography.] Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1901. xlviii, 1973-1976, port.
IVahrwert der  Nahruug.-mittel.   broadside fol.
  [n. p., 19U2.]

Nievo-carcinoma.
   Joseph (M.)  Ueber Xaevocarcinome. Beitr. z. Der-
  mat. u. Syph.  Festschr. ... I. Neumann, Leipz. n.  Wien,
  1900, :;o7-:;(i<J, 1 pl.—Pollitzer (S.)  A case of naevus can-
  cer; metastasis;  operation; cure.  Am. J. Dermat. Sc
jYaevo-carcinoiiia.
  Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1900,iv, 116.—Ravogli (A)
  Multiple nodular melanocarcinoma of tbe skin from a nae-
  vus.  J. Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis , N. Y., 1901, xix, 265-
  274. -----.  A further report on nasvo-carcinonia.  Ibid.,
  1902, xx, 510-523.  AUo: Tr. Am. Derinat. Ass. 1902, Chi-
  cago, 1903, 169-180, 1 pl.—Tailhefer (E.)  Le nasvocar-
  cinome.  J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1897, ix, 129-146.—
  Unnn (P. G.) Najvi und Nsevocarcinome.  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1893, xxx, 14-16.  AUo: Arb. a. Unna's Klin.
  f. Hautkr. in Hamb. 1892-3, Berl., 1894, 54-61.

Naevus.
    See, also, Angiectasis;  Angioma; Conjunc-
  tiva,  Pace, Tumors of; Fcetus  (Maternal im-
  pressions on);   Pigmentation  (Abnormal,  etc.);
  Telangiectasis;  Trelat's sign.
    Gkimaud (L.)  * Hypertrophie  partielle  con-
  genitale du corps avec ua±vus.  S-.  Paris, 1901.
    Hiteff  (I.  )   * De'g^ne'rescence maligne des
  naevi.  8C.  Montpellier, 1904.
    Jaxsen(J.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Nievi.
  8J.  Bonn, lc91.
    Kochmanx  (M.)  * Ueber  Nrevi  vasculares,
  nebst zwei  Fallen  von spontaner Riickbildung
  derselben.   t--.   Wurzburg, 1889.
    Konig ( R. )   *Die  Leistungen  des Wachs-
  thuinsdrucks in und neben einem Naevus fibro-
  sus cutis.   8~.   Wurzburg,  lr-90.
    Krause  (C. C.)  "Dissertatio de qusestione:
  Quainam sit causa prozima mutans corpus fcetus,
  non tnatris gravidas, hujus mente a causa qua-
  dam violentiore commota, et quidem, cur id tiat
  in ea parte corpusculi, foetus ad quern in sno
  corpore mater manum adplicuit?  4°. Petropoli,
  [1756].
     -----.    The same*   Abhandlung  von  deu
  Muttermalern, welehe mit dem, vou der kaiserl.
  Akademie der Wisseuschaften zu St.  Petersburg,
  auf das Jahr  1756 ausgesetzten Preise gekront
  wordeu; nebst einer anderen Abhanrllung, welehe
  die gegeuseitige Meynuug behauptet.  Aus dem
  Lateinischen  iibersetzt von C. A.  Wichmann.
  4G. Leipzig, 1758.
    Lelong  (F.)  * Etude  des  nsevi  dans  leurs
  localisations et leurs rapports avec le  systeme
  nerveux, notamment avec les nie"tauieres.  8°.
  Paris, 1899.
    -----.  The same.  83.  Paris, 1899.
    Lixke (J.)   *Zur Kasuistik der  Nrevi.  8~.
  Munchen, 1867.
    Michkl ( E. )  * Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis der
  N«vi.   8y  Bern,1*9*.
    Muller (J.  V.)  * Diss. med. sisteus uaevorum
  origines.  4L.   Jenas, [1778].
    Rheixdorf  ( A. )   * Naevus  pigmentosus.
  Beziehuugen desselbeu zu  Sommersprossen uud
  Chromatophoromen.  8°.   Berlin, 1905.
    Roderkr (J. G.)   * Dissertatio de qmestione:
  Q n ten am sit causa proxima mutans corpus foetus,
  non matris  gravida, hnjus  mente a causa qua-
  dam violentiore commota, et quidem, cur id fiat
  in ea parte corpusculi fcetus, ad quern in suo
  corpore mater  manum adplicuit?
    In: Kkause (C. C.)  Diss,  de  quaestione: Qusenam
  [etc.].  4Y  Petropoli, 1758, 53-87.
    -----.   The  same.   Abhandlung  von  den
  Muttermalern, [etc.].
    In: Kkause (C. C)  Abhandlung von  den Mutter-
  malern, [etc.]. 4°. Leipzig, 1758, 54-58.
    Seemer (H.)  * Zur  Casuistik der Nasvi.  8°.
  Wurzburg, 1669.
    Septalius (L.)  De nsevis.  16°.  Mediolani,
  1606.
    Abbe  (R.)  Extensive naevus.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1889,
  xxxv,81.—Abesscr (M.) Ueber die Herkunft und Bedeu-
  tung der in den sogenannten Nusvi der Haut vorkommen-
  denZellhaufen. Arch.f.path.Anat. fete], Berl.,1901,clxvi,
  40-66, 1 p!.  Also, Reprint.—Audry (C.) Ueber die epi-
  theliale Natur der Xaevuszellen.   Monatschr. f. prakt.
  Dermat., Hamb., 1900, xxx, 409, 1 pl. -----. Vermes digi-
  t6es d6veloppees sur un naevus pigmentaire.  J. d. mal.
VOL  XI, 2d  series----20 
N.EVUS.
30i
cutan. etsyph., Par., 1905, xvii, 417-420.—Handler (V.)
Zur Histologie des Naevus sebaceus.  Arch. f. Derinat. u.
Syph., Wien  u. Leipz.,  1899, xlix,  95-106, 2 pl.—Bar-
thclemy Sc L.evy.  Etude statistique sur les naevi chez
l'adulte.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901,
xii. 389.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, 4. s.,
ii,(i85.—Barton (J. K.)  Lipomatous nievus.  Proc. Path.
Soc. Dubl., 1875-7, n. 8., vii, 139-141.—Bauer (A.)   Notes
sur la valeur s6ine.iologique des naevi capillaires seniles.
Arch. gen.  de med., Par.,  1904, ii, 2120-2124.—Besnier
(E.) Sc Bnillielcmy (T.)   Naevus vasculaire de  la re-
gion  cubitale; troubles fonctionnels de '/articulation cn-
bito-humerale; tumefaction pericnbitale ambigue;  radio-
graphic.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1897, 3. s., viii,
643-647.—Bologniiii (P.)  Di un nevo radicolare.  Pe-
diatria, Napoli,  1900,  viii, 413-419, 1  pl.—Boyd (S.)  A
submaxillary  naevus with misleading history.  Clin. J.,
Lond., 1897,  x, 186— Brainc & Peyrou.  Tumeur erec-
tile de la face.  Ann. de  la Policlin. de Par., 1896, vi, 97-
99.—Bra ni I  (J.)  Observation  de  naevus  de la  main
gauche avec  troubles tiopho-neurotiques.  Bull.  Soc.
franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897,  viii, 379-381.   Also:
Ann. de  dermat et syph., Par., 1897,  3. s.,  viii, 779-781.—
Brocq (L.)  Uu cas d'angiok6ratonje.  Bull. Soc. franc.
de  dermat.  et syph.,   Par., 1892, iii, 344-346. -----. Epi-
theliomes kystiq'ues benins (naevi epitheliaux  kystiques).
Ibid., 1897, Viii, 124-126.  Also : Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 289-291.—Bronson (E. B.)  A case
of naevus vascularis.  J.  Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N.
V., 1897, xv, 476-478.—Bureau (M.) & Bureau (G.)
Un cas de mevus a com6doiis.   Bull. Soc. franc, de der-
mat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 270-278.  Also: Ann. de der-
mat.  et syph., Par., 1903, 4.  s., iv,  608-610.   Also: Gaz.
med. de Nantes,  1903, 2. s., xxi, 813-817, ] pl.—Buschke
(A.)  Ueber eiuo au der Brust lokalisierte'bemerkeuswerte
Naevusform.  Arcb. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.,
1905, lxxv,  51-56.—C'luUoii  (II.  H.)  Congenital  marks
on lips and chin.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1893-4, xiv,  229.—
Bade (C. T.)  Naevus of tbe face or so-called adenoma
sebaceum with well marked associated lesions of fibroma
molluscum.  J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N.  Y., 1905, xxiii,
544.— Darier (J.) Cas de naevi vasculaires verruqueux
de la face; affection confondue avec les ad6uomess6bac6s.
Bull. Soc.  franc, de dermat.  et syph., Par., 1890, i, 217-
220.—Belbauco  (E.)  Epithelialer  Najvus.   Monatsh.
f. prakt. Dermat.,  Hamb., 1896, xxii, 105-120,  1 pl.—Du-
bois (C.)  Najvus verruqueux geu6ralis6.   Kev. m6d. de
la Suisse Rom.,  Gen6ve, 1903, xxiii, 570-577.—Buplay.
Naevi vasculaires du membre  inferieur droit et de la por-
tion  inferieure correspondante de l'abdomen avec  hlmi-
hypertrophie partielle du corps.   Gaz. hebd. de  m6d.,
Par., 1892, 2. s., xxix, 284-286.—Du Prcl (K.) Les naevi
ou  marques de naissance.  Ann.  d. sc. psych., Par., 1901,
xi,  257-269.—Dyer (I.)  Naevus.  N. Orl. M. Sc  S. J.,
1894-5, n. s., xxii, 811-817, 1  pl.   AUo, Reprint.—Eich-
borst (hi.)   [Fall von einem Riesennaevus.]  Cor.-Bl. f.
schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 432.—Fiocco (G. B.)
Un  caso di nevo-sudorale  in un vecchio  (sinngoma).
Gior. ital. d. mal. ven.,  Milano, 1904, xxxix,  331-357, 1 pl.—
Filzpatrick (H. P.)  Birthmarks.   Am. X-Ray J.,
Chicago, 19U4,  xv, 228-230.—Fleury (C.)   A propos d'un
cas de tumeurs vasculaires volumineuses chez un enfant
de 5 mois.  Bull. m6d. du nord, Lille, 1891,  xxx, 339-345.—
Foster (B.)  Rapid growth of a naBvus vasculosus.  J.
Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis.,  N. T., 1895, xiii, 110.—Fox
(G.  H.)  Vascular naevus.  Am.  J.  Obst., N. T.,  1896,
xxxiv, 548-554, 1 pl.—Frederic  (J.)  Zur Naevusfrage.
Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien Sc Leipz.,  1904, lxix, 323-
340.—Froelich.   Tumeur  6rectile de la main et de tout
l'avant-bras chez un enfant de deux mois.   Rev.m6d.de
Test, Nancy. 1897, xxix, 754-759, 1 pl. — Fujisawa (K.)
Sogenaiinter Mongolen-Geburtsfleck der Kreuzhaut bei
europaischen  Kindern.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh.,  Berl.,  1905
lxii, 221-224.—Gassmann (A.)  Piinf Falle von  Naevi
cystepitheliomatosi disseiuinati (bidrad6nomes  Jacquet et
Darier, etc.).  Arch, f.  Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.,
1901,lviii, 177-200,3pl. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.deutsch.
dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u.  Leipz.,  1901,  vii, 142-144.__
Gaucher  (E.)   Vascular naevus verrucosus of tb6 leg.
Pict. Atlas Skin Dis. & Syph. ...  St.  Louis  Hosp.
Loud.; Phila., 1895-7, 259-264, I pl.  AUo, transl.: Mus. de
l'Hop.St.-Louis. Icouog.d.nial.cutan.et svpb.,Par.,[1897?]-,
291-'_:97,1 pl.—Gaucher (E.) feLacapOc,  Naevus vas-
culare verruqueux de la fesse en large plaque.  Bull. Soc.
franc.de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 259.—Gaucher
(E.) & Tremolieres.  Naevus angioniateux de la face.
Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 544.
AUo: Ann. de dermat.  et syph., Par., 1902,4. s., iii, 1168.—
Gerhardt (C.)  Eeuermal uud Ueberwachsthu'm.  In-
ternat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, i, 171-176.—
Gilchrist (T. C.) Two cases of melanocarcinouia, pri-
mary in the skin, one of them in a negro; with the pathol-
ogy and some observations on the structure of moles.  J.
Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xvi, 419-422.—
Giovanniui (S.) Un caso di nei.   Gior. d. r. Accad di
nied. di Torino, lt<95, 3. s., xliii. 676-680. —  Hallopeau.
Lecons sur  les  maladies cutanees et syphilitiques; les
N.EVTJS.
IVaevu*.
  naevi.  Progres med., Par., 1891, 2. s., xiv, 17-21.  Also: .1
  d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1891, iii, 369-378. — Hallo-
  peau (H.) <fc Lebret.  Sur nu naevus pachydermique de
  la main.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904
  xv, 28.  AUo:  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v'
  73.— Hallopeau  (H.) & Trastour.  Sur un  cas de
  naevus angioniateux de l'avant-bras avec hypertrophic et
  byperkeratose. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.
  1900, xi, 150-152.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par'
  1900, 4. s., i,  632-634. — Herrmann (H.)  Zur Naevus-
  frage.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien n
  Leipz., 1901,  vii, 209-214. — Hodara (M.)  Sur la patho-
  logie des naevi mous et des  uaevo-carcinomes.  Gaz. m6d
  d'Orient, Constant., 1897-8, xl, 94-99. -----.  Examen his-
  tologique d'un cas de naevus lin6aire verruqueux unila-
  t6ral (naevus nerveux ou naevus syst6matis6).  J.  d. mal.
  cutan. et syph., Par.,  1905, xvii, 561-578.  Also, transl.:
  Monatsh. f.  prakt.  Dermat., Hamb.,  1905,  xii, 39-51. —
  Hutchinson (J.)  Infective angeioino, or naevus-lupus
  Arcb. Surg.,  Lond., 1891-2, iii, 105-16K, 1 I., 1 pl.  -----. On
  the spider-naevus. Ibid., 1892-3, iv,73.—Jacksoa ((1. T.)
  Naevus lipomatod.es;  a report  of  a  case.  J. Cutan. &
  Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1895, xiii,66-68.  AUo,Reprint.—
  Jadassohn  (J.)  Beitrage zur  Kenntniss der NaBvi.
  Vrtljschr. f.  Dermat., Wien, 1888, xv, 917-952. — Jessett
  (B.)  Case of  large naevus.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1887, i,
  937.—Judalewitsch (G.)   ZurHistogenesederweicheii
  Naevi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1901,
  lviii, 15-58, 3 pl. — Klippel (M.) &  Trenaunay (P.)
  Du naevus variqueux ost6o-hypertrophique.   Arch. gen.
  de in6d., Par., 1900, n. s., iii, 641-672.  Also:  Rev. gen. de
  clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 65-70. — Kopp (('.)
  Zur Kasuistik des Naevus  vasculosus verrucosus faciei
  (Darier).  Deutsches Arch. f. klin.  Med., Leipz., 1905,
  lxxxiv, 135-142.—Kroinayer (E.)  Zur Histogenesis der
  weicheu Hautnaevi; Metaplasie von  Epithel zu  Binde-
  gewebe.  Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1896, iii, 263-275, 2 pl.—
  Latronche.  Naevi multiples de la face dorsale du pied
  et de la face  externe de la jambe gauche chez une petite
  fllle de quatorze ans.  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv,
  669. — liChiiinnii (R.)  Die dnnkeln Geburtsflecke in
  Argentinien  und Brasilien.  Globus,  Brnschwg., 1905,
  lxxxviii, 112. — Lenorniant (C.) Sc  Lccenc (P.)  Un
  cas de naevus angioniateux verruqueux diffus du membre
  inferieur.  Bull,  et m6m. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1904, lxxix,
  739-741. — liindstrem (A. A.)  Naevus vasculosus et
  hemiatrophia dextra.  Univ. Izvlest., Kiev [Protok. Fiz.-
  med.  Obsh. 1897-8, 25], 1899, xxxix. — Little (J. F.)  A
  case of naevus involving tbe whole of the right side.  Tr.
  Clin. Soc. Lond., 1892-3, xxvi, 243-246, 1 1., 1 pl.—Lbblo-
  witz.  Ein  Fall von  schwimmhosenartigem Naevus gi-
  gantaeus, pigmentosns, verrucosus, pilosus.  Verhandl. d.
  deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, vii, 247-
  252. — Lowenbach (G.) Beitrag zur  Histogenese  der
  weichen  Naevi.  Arch.  f. path. Auat. [etc.], Berl.. 1899,
  clvii, 485-518, 1 pl.—M'Gregor (A. N.)  A  large diffuse
  venous naevus.  Glasgow M. J.,  1904, lxi, 34-37.  -----.
  Further report ou the cases of large venous naevus of the
  thigh  and varicose veins of the anterior abdominal wall.
  Ibid.,  lxii, 41. — Makins (G. H.)  A case of extensive
  deep naevus  of the forearm.  Tr. Clin. Soc, Lond., 1896,
  xxix, 249. —  Marshall (R. J.)  On  a case of multiple
  vascular naevi, with subsequent disappearance of many of
  them.  Glasgow M. J., 1893, xxxix, 105-107.—Maude (A.)
  Naevus and maternal impression.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1890,
  i,  953. — Mendes  da  Costa (S.)  Een geval van naevi
  sebacei.  Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1897, 2.
  R., xxxiii, d. 1, 244-247.—Mensiuga.   Naevus maternua
  (Teleangiektasie, Angiom) und Impfung.  Internat. klin.
  Rundschau, Wien, 1890,  iv, 746. — Migliorini (G.)  Ri-
  cerche intorno ai nevi molli ed ai tuniori pigmentati. Gior.
  ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1904, xxxix, 441; 566; 686, 7 pl.
  Also, transl.: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u.  Leipz.,
  1904, lxx, 413-435, 4 pl.—lTIillcr (C.^O.)  Nevi;  a clinical
  lecture.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,  1904, n. s., lii, 451-453.—
  Moller (M.)  Naevusstudien.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph.,
  Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lxii, 55; 371.—Morison (J. R.)  Case
  of congenital tumour on the face of a child,  with  reports
  by J. H. Targett and J. W. Ballantvnc.  Edinb. M.J.t 1896,
  xlii, 130-133, 2 pl.  AUo, Reprint.—Murray (H. M.) Note
  on the distribution and functional importance of large
  naevoid growths.  Internat. M.Mag.,Phila., 1893,ii,689-691,
  1 pl.—Murray (J.)  A case of swelling of the thigh [cav-
  ernous ntevus]. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1901,v, 54-56.—
  IVache (P.)   Ein Beitrag  zur Pathogenese des  Nsbvus
  vascularis.   Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1905, xxiv,  930-
  938.—Neumann (I.)  [Ein Naevus giganteus.]  Wien.klin.
  Rundschau,1903,xvii,383—Oltramarc.  [Naevus vascu-
  laire tubereux dc la face.l  Rev. med. de la  Suisse Rom.,
  Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 40.—Orth (J.)  Die Entstehung der so-
  genannten weichen Na-vi der Haut unddieHerkuul'tderin
  ihnen enthalteneu Zellenhaufen.  Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch.
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-phys. Kl., Gotting., 1901,  112-114.—
  Patterson (A. li.)  Spontaneous cure of a naevus ma-
  ternus;largevasculartumoroccupying sideofneck. South.
  M. Rec, Atlanta, 1894, xxiv, 477. — Pazzi (M.)  Eclu-
  mosi fetale d'origine congenita.   Boll. d. levatr., Bologna, 
NEVUS.
307
NAEVUS.
 1898 i 193-200—Pelagatti (M.)  Sull'adenoma sebaceo
 di Balzer (nevo sabaceo molteplice).  Anniv. (Nel xxv)
 di insegn.  clin. d. prof.  A. Riva, Parma, 1902,  145-160,
 1 pl__Pezzoli (C.)  Zwei Falle von sogcnanntera Ade-
 noma  sebaceum  (Hallopeau - Leredde's  Naevi  syme-
 triques de la face).  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien  u.
 Leipz., 1900, liv, 193-210, 2 pl.—Pope (II. C.)  A case  of
 venous and lymphatic naevus of both cheeks in a boy aged  I
 14   Tr.  M.  Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxvi, 338.— Potter (It.
 P.)  Nfevus of face.  Illust. M. News, Lond.,  issn,  iv, 0.—
 Primrose  (A.)  Naevus lipomatodes.  Canad.  J.  M.  A:
 S., Toronto,  1904,  xv, 236-239.—Prissmanu  (S.)  Eiu
 Fall von Naevus papillaris pigmeutosus progredieus (Ich-
 thyosis hystrix).  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, n.  I
 F., xix, 329.—Purcell (F.  A.)  A case of najvus.  Illust.
 m! News, Lond., 18S9. v, 75. —Rejjnnult. Une observa-
 tion de naevus generalise.  Hull. Soc. d'anthrop. de I'ar.
 1895,  4. a.,  vi,  418.— Kiecke (E )  Niovus vasculosus
 giganteus.  Arch. f. Dermat. u.  Syidi., Wien u.  Leip/..
 1902, lxiii, 259-266, lpl.  -----■ Zur Naevusfiage.   Ibid..
 1903,  lxv,  65-96, 2 pl. — Roxburgh (A. B.)  Cases  of
 naevo-lipoma in children.   Rep.  Soc. Study  Dis.  Child.,
 Lond.. 1900-1901,  i,  140.—Roze (F.l  Un cas de  naevus
 osteo ii.vpeitropbique.  Rev. neurol., Pai., 1904, xii, 1251-
 1253.__Sacchi (E.)   Di un caso di endotelioma sviluppa-
 tosi sopra un angioma.  Rassegna di  sc. med., Modena,
 1892, vii, 445-454, 1 pl. — Scheltema (J.)  Een geval van
 naevus parakeiatodes.  Med.  Weekbl.,  Amst., 1897-8,  iv,
 701.-Scheuber (A.)  Ueber den Ursprung der weichen
 Naevi.  Arch. f. Dermat.  u Syph..  Wien u. Leipz., 1898,
 xliv,  175-188,  2  pl. — Schiitz (J.)  Naevusbilder und
 -Betraclitungen.  Ibid., 1902,  lxiii, 63-74. 5 pl.—Seifert.
 Ein Fall von Naevus vasculosus mollusciforniis.  Arch. f.
 Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, li\. 197-200, 1 pl.—
 Selhorst (S~. B.)  Naevus acneifonnis unilateralis.  Brit.
 J. Dermat. Lond., 1896, viii. 419, 1 pl. — Semi  (N.)  Ar-
 terial nevus. Med.  Standard, Chicago, 1902, xxv, 179.—
  Spitzcr (L.)  Spontane Involution eines Rieseunaevns.
 Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xii, 24-26.—Squire (B.)  A
 hitherto undescribed variety of birthmark.   Brit. M. J.,
 Lond., 1893, i. 1265.—Sloewer.  Ueber Wucherung des
 Bindehautepithels mit cystischer Entartung  uud ihre Be-
  ziehniigzum Naevus.  Arcb. f. Ophth., Leipz.,1902, liv, 436-
  443,lpl.—Thibierge (G.) Naevus acneique unilateral en
  bandes et en plaques (naevus k comedons).  Bull. Soc. franc.
  de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 531-536.  AUo: Ann. de
  dermat. et syph.. Par., 1896. 3. s., vii, 1298-1303.—Unna (P.
  G.)   Zur epithelialen Abkunft der  Naevuszellen.   Arch.
  f. path.  Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1896, cxliii, 224.  AUo, Reprint.
  -----. Dieepitheliale Natnrder Naevuszellen.  Verhandl.
  d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, 57-61.  AUo: Arb. a.Unna's
 Klin. f.  Hautkr. in  Hamb .  Berl.. 1897, 29-35.  Also:
  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1897.  xviii. 505.—Viannay.
  Naevus  du membre superieur a distribution metamerique.
  Lyon med., 1904, cii, 466-468.—Whitfield  (A.)  On the
  origin of the so-called naevus cells  of soft moles and the
  formation of the  malignant growths derived from them.
  Brit. J. Dermar., Lond., 1900, xii, 267-276, 2pl.—Wolters
  (M.) Naevi svringoadenomatosi.  Arch. f. Dermat. u.
  Syph., Wien Sc Leipz., 1904,  lxx, 375-410, 3 pl.—Young
  (A. A.)  Subcutaneous cavernous naevus of  temporal and
  palpebral regions.  Glasgow M. J., 1899, lii, 436.

IVaevus (Complications of).
    Delisle (R.)   "De la transformation maligne
  des luevi.   6C.  Paris, 1900.
    Dorson (P.)   * De  la transformation  maligne
  des  nievi  pigtnentaires.   6°.  Montpellier, 1900.
    Marcus (S.)   * Ueber einen mit  Melanosat-
  com uud  Leukosarcom  couibinierten Pigment-
  naevus.   8J.   Wurzburg, 1903.
    Rave (W.  J.  O. )   * Ueber die Entstehung
  von  Melanosarkomeu  aus Naevis nach Trauma.
  8C.  Kid,  M)9.
    Rexoll (J.-A.)  "Des 6pitheliomes deVelop-
  pes sur les naevi.   8°.  Paris, 1^92.
    Abel.   Multiple  Melanosarcome  (im Anschluss  an
  einen Naevus).  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (i892),
  1893, xxiii. pt. 1, 268. — Abercrombic (P.  H)  A case
  of naevus involving the uvula, palate, fauces, tongue, and
  larnyx.  J.  Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 25.—Audry (C.)
  Veri-ues digitus developp6es sur un naevus pigmentaire.
  Bull. Soc. franc, de  dermat. et  syph.. Par.,  1904, xv, 335-
  338.  AUo:  Ann. de dermat.  et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v,
  1023-1026—Azua.  Sarcoma melanicodesarrolladoacon-
  secuencia de un traumatism!) en un na;vus piguientario.
  Rev.de med. y cirug. pract.,Madrid, 1896,xxxviii,336-338.—
  Biiuniler (C.)  Ueber einen Fall  von wacbsendem  Pig-
  mentnaevus mit eigenthiimlichen hydropiscben Erschei-
  nungen  (Anasarka und vorwiegend einseitiger  Pleura-
  erguss).  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii,  329-332.
  AUo, Reprint.—Beier (E.) Ueber einen Fall von Naevus
  subciitaneus (Virchow) mit hochgradiger Hyperplasie der
  Knaueldriiseu.  Arch. f. Derinat.u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.,
Waeviis (Complications of).
  1895, xxxi. 337-343. — Bellamy (E.)   A unique case^of
  naevus.  Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, v. 32.— Bcsn ter (E.)
  &. Barthelcmy ( T.)   Naevus vasculare  de la region
  cubitale; troubles  fonctionncls de l'articulation eubito-
  humerale ;  tunn faciion  pericubitale   arabigne;  radio-
  graphie.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897,
  viii, 297-301.—Bid well (L. A.)  Rodent ulcer occurring
  in a "birthmark".  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.,  1893-4,  xiv,
   18" — Bowen (J. T.)   Ulcerated nevus vascularis.   Bos-
  ton M. Sc S. J., 1904, cl, 565.—Brandt (W.  J.)  Ulcerat-
  ing nfevus of tbe lip in  a child, producing harelip;  spon-
  taneus cure.  N. York M. J., 1897. lxv, 828.—Buchanan
   (G.) Specimen of naevus becoming sarcomatous.  Tr.Glasg.
   Path.  &. Clin. Soc, 1893-5, v, 163-165.—Carlton (J. M.)
   A queer case  [of birthmark].   Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1902,
   xxx, 81.—CJopello (O.)  Sarcoma embrionario desarro-
   llado en un  naevus.  Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires,
   1904, xii, 317-325.—Diibrenilh \- Rocher (L.)  Carci-
   nome  hemorragiqiie (16velopp6 sur un naevus vasculare.
   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux. 1900, xxi,
   136-142.  AUo: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.  de Bordeaux, 1900,
   xxi 208-210.  AUo: .T. de m6d.  de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx,
   416-418. — Fieschi (D.)   Contributo  alio studio del tu-
   niori maligui  da nei materni.   N.raccoglitoremed., Imola,
   1901, iii, 339-358.— Oalezowski.  Naevuscougenitalsoiis
   forme  de couperose occupant  la  face, le frontlet  le cun
   chevelu, avec buphtalmie monoculaire.  Bull. Soc. franc.
   de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 121. Also: Ann.  de
   dermat.  etsyph., Par., 1898,  3. s., ix, 242— Gaston (P.)
   Naevi vasculaires zoniformes avec troubles tropbiques con-
   seeutifs. Bull. Soc. frang. do dermat. et syph., Par., 1894,
   v, 193.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s.,
   v, 655.—Gilchrist (T. C.)  Are malignant growths aris-
   ing from pigmented moles of a carcinomatous or of a
   sarcomatous  nature?  Report of  two  cases (one in a ne-
   oro), with a study of the histogensis of pigmented moles.
   J. Cutan. Sc  Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 117-131. — Guil-
   lnin (G.)  Sc Courtellemont (V.)  Un cas de naevus
   du  membre  superieur  avec varices et  hypertrophie  os-
   seuse.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1904,  xii, 771-775. — Hallo-
   peau Sc .feanscline ( E.)   Sur un n.evus lich6noide
   eu  serie  lin6aire  correspondant  aux  lignes de Voigt.
   Bull  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 514-518.
   Also:  Ann. do dermat. et syph., Par..  1894,  3. s., v, 1273-
   1277. — Hjelinmaii (J. Y.j   Ett siillsynt fall af naevus.
   [Rare case of nievus.]  Finska  lak.-sallsk. hand]., Hel-
   singfors, 1893, xxxv, 711.—Hutch ins (M.  II.)  The his-
   tory,  treatmeut, and pathology of an uncommon evolution
   from a naevus teleangiectodes.  N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi,
   385-387.—Hutchinson (J.)  Spontaneous obliteration of
   a large naevus after an attack of acute  inflammatory swell-
   ing.  Arch. Surg., Lond.,  1898, ix, 258— Huttou.  Gen-
   eralized naevoid condition.  Brit. M. J.,  Loud.,  1903, i,
   255.__Kiranoflf(D.)  Sluchai ot glaucoma v zavisimost
   ot naevus  vasculosus.   [Glaucoma resulting from  .  . .1
   Med. napried., Softya,  1900, i,  688. — Lannoit Sc Ber-
   noud.  Euorme naevus angiomateux  de la face avec  b6-
   miple"ie spasmodique et 6pilepsie.  N. iconog. de la Sal-
   petriere, Par., 1898, xi,  446-453, 1 pl.—Lcspinnr.  Naevi
   sysWmatises avec  developpement exag6r6 asymetrique
   des parties atteintes; lesions concomitantes.  Soc. beige
   de dermat. et de syph.   Bull., Brux., 1901-2, ii, 3-6.—kit-
   tle (G.) [Epithelioma developed in the site of a naevus.J
   Brit.  J. Dermat., Lond., 1903, xv, 457.  — ITIorestin ( H.)
   Sarcome nielanique developp6 sur un naevus.  Hull, et
   m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 447.—ITIorgan (J. H.)
   Case of inflamed naevoid  of the leg, complicated  by sub-
   cutaneous haemorrhages.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1890, xxxiii,
   264.__IVettlcship (E.)  Naevus ? lymphatic, affecting the
   brow, orbit,  aud exterior of  the eyeball,  with lamellar
   cataract; no cataract in the other eye.  Tr. Ophth. Soc.
   U. Kingdom, Lond., 1883-4, iv, 47, 1  pl. —  Omnia (II.)
   [A case of facial naevus subsequently affecting the whole
   body,including the mucous membrane.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,
   1899,  84-86.—Paget (S.)  Ulceration of naevi.  Lancet,
   Lonil., 1890.  ii, 1026.—Parker (K.)   Case of obstinate
   sore  after  naevus.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1889, ix, 446.—
   Pollitzer  (S.)   A case of naevus cancer; metastasis;
   operation; cure.   Tr.  Am.  Dermat.  Ass.  1900, Chicago,
   1901,  155-159.—Ransom (C. C.)  An unusual  case of
   naevus iiuius lateris. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis.,N.Y.,
   1896,  xiv, 141-140.—Reboul (.T.)  Sur les transformations
   et degenerescences des naevi.  Arch.  g6n.  do ni6d., Par.,
   1893,  i, 393;  572: ii, 141;  300; 427. — Reynolds  (H.J.)
   Report of au unusual case of naevus.   J. Cutan. Sc Genito-
   Urin.  Dis.,  N. Y.,  1888, vi,  337-333. — Ruthcrfurd.
   Painful subcutaneous  tumour occurring in the midst of
   naevoid tissue.  Glasgow  M. J.,  1898.  1,  213-215. — Sachs
   (O.)   Heitrage zur Histologie der weichen Naevi (ein Fall
   von spitzeni  Condvlom am  kleinen  Finger der rechten
   Hand,  xanthomartigen Naevus  verrucosus der  rechten
    Achselhohle und mehreren iiberden  Korper zerstreuten
    Nevi lineares).   Arch.  f.  Dermat.  u. Syph., Wien &
    Leipz., 1903, lxvi, 101-126, 2 pl.—Srhambci-g (J. F.) &
    Hirsehler (Rose).  Epithelioma of  the forehead having
   its origin in a papillary naevus.  J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph.,
   N. Y., 1905,  xxiii, 425-427, 3 pl.-Stiles (II. J.)  Mixed 
KEV US.
308
N-KVUS.
i\H'Vii* (Complicationsof).
  (cutaneous and  subcutaneous) naevus.  Tr. Med.-Chir.
  Sue.  Edinb.,  1901-2,  n. -., xxi.  242. — Taylor (H.)
  Naevus verrucosus associated with certain  anomalies of
  pigment.  N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 597. — Thomson.
  Carcinoiue developp6 sur uu  naevus du dos  Soc. beige )
  de dermat. et de syph.  Bull., Brux.. 1901, i, 86— Villard
  (E.)  Ancien navus de la  face ayant pris uu developpe-
  ment moustrueux.  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1892, i, 392-
  398.-tVacbch  (L.)   Ueber die aus weichen  Naevis
  eutstandeneu bosartigeu Geschwiilste.  Arch. f. Dermat.
  u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1899. xlix, 249-264, 2 pl.—White
  (J. M.)   Case of diffuse  spreading superficial  naevus.
  Scot, M. Sc S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 312-315. —Whitehead
  (U. H.)  A contribution to the study of malignant tumors
  arising in congenital moles.   Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull.,
  Bait., 1900, xi, 221-224, 1 pl.

IVaevii* (Linear).
     Kohxlkix  (<;.)  *Ein Fall von Na-vus line-
  aris verrucosus.  8°.   Miinchen, I'.Hl'J.
     Strasskr  (P.)   * Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis der
  systeniatisierten Na-vi.    6:.    Heidelberg,  1901.
     Aso, in: Arch.  f. Derinat.  u. Syph.,  Wien u.  Leipz.,
  1903, lxvi  21-40, 1 pl.
     Barhaiu (C. li.)   Report ot a case of navus unius
  lateris.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, lxiii, L'OO.—Batut.  Des
  nicvi systematise. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par.. 1904,
  xvi, 414-426.—Buri (T.)  Ein Fall vou Naevus verrucosus
  linearis.   Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1899, xxix,
  l-.t. 2 pl.—CHilenotr (M. A.) K kazuistikie sistemati-
  zirovaimikh  rodimikli pyaten i otak uazivayemikh shtri-
  khoviilnikh zabollevaniyakh kozlii.  [Systematized birth-
  marks and so-called stroke-marked diseases  of the skin.]
  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lix, 263-274.—Domini  (H. Z.)
  Znamie. macierzyste jednostronne  (naevus unius latins).
  Medycyna, Warszawa, 1893,  xxi,  195-197. — Dyer (I.)
  Some cases  of bilateral linear nevus, sometimes called
  nevus uniuslateris.  J. Cutan. &. (lenito-Uiin. Dis., N. V ,
  1899, xvii, 489-493.   Also [Abstr.]; X. Oil.  M. Sc S. J.,
  1899-1900,  lii, 95-97.—Fticnuc (O.)  Nevus pigmeutaire
  verruqueux developpe. sor les territoires des branches du
  plexus cervical superficiel.   Bull. Soc. franc., de  dermat.
  et svph.,  Par., 1894, v, 185-188.  Also: Ann. de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 550-553. -----. Des naavi daus
  leurs rapports avec lea territoires nerveux ; essai de patho-
  genic et d'6tiologie.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,
  1897, x, 263-281, 2 pl.— Foilisch.  [Fall  vou Nfevus pa-
  pillaris unius lateris.] Mitt. d. Oesellsch. f. innere Med.
  u. Kinderh. in Wien,  1905, iv. 125-127.—Galewsky (E.)
  Sc Schlossmann (A.)  Ueber Naevus linearis.  Deut-
  scbes Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz.. 1896, lviii,  85-136, 1 pl.— \
  Hallopeau (H.) Sc  Weil (E.)  NaBvi systematises me-
  tam6riques.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1897. viii, 171-176.  Also: Ann. de  dermat. et svph., Par.,
  1*!)T, 3. s., viii, 483-489.— Hodara bey.   Un  cas  de
  naevuslineaire verruqueux unilateral.  Gaz. meil.d'Oiient,
  Constant., 1902-3, 123; 179.—Jadassohn  (J.)   Beiner-
  kuiigen zur Histologie der systematisirteu Na-vi und iiber
  Talgdiiiscn-Naevi.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u.
  Leipz.,1895,xxxiii. 355-372. lpl.-----. Zur Localisation der
  systematisirten Naevi.  Ibid., 373-408, 1 pl.—Kollinger
  (A.)  Naevus unius lateris (von I'aerenspiung). Casop. 16k.
  fiesk ,vPraze,189l.xxx,313-315. — L,iltlc(G.)  Nievusunius
  lateris.  Brit.J. Deimat .Lond.. 1903,xv,169.—I.ynnts(A.)
  Sluchai me vua verrucosus unius lateris (von Biirenspning),
  najvus  linearis  verrucosus (Piina).  s. ichthyosiformis.
  [Caseof...] Med. Obozr. Mosk. 1893, xl, 449-457. Also,
  Reprint.   AUo. transl: Dermat. Ztschr., Berl.. 1894, i,142-
  15(1,  1  pl.— Montgomery  (I). W.)  The  cause of the
  streaks in navus linearis.  J. Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis.,
  N. V.,  1901,  xix,  455-464.   Also: Tr. Am.  Dermat. Ass.
  1901, N.  Y.,  1902,  17-27, 2  pl.-Morrow  (P. A.)  Two
  cases of linear navus, with remarks ou its nature and
  nomenclature.  Tr. Am. Dermat.  Ass., N.  Y., 1897, xxi,
  14-16.  AUo: N  York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 1-4, 1 pl. Also,
  Keprint.— Okamurn  (T.)  Zur Kenntniss der syste-
  matisirten N;evi uud ibres Ursprungs.  Arcb. f. Dermat.
  u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, lvi, 351-370, 4 pl.—Pol-
  land (R.) Eiii Fall von systematisiertem Naevus. Ibid
  191)5. lxxv, 267-272.—Poynton  (F. J.)  (Multiple linear
  bard naevus.]  Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1901,  xvi, 178-180.— I
  Reekzch (P.)   Zwei Fiille vou Naevus linearis unius
  lateris.  Charit6-Anu., Berl.. 1903,  xxvii, 173-179.—Saal-
  feld (E.)   Doppelseitiger  Navus verrucosus (Nerven-
  naevus).  Dermat. Ztschr., Bell., 1894, i, 36-44.—Soko-
  lotr (Y.  N.)   K  voprosu  ob etiologii naevus  linearis.
  Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezu., Kharkov, 1903. v, 227-
  229. — Wpietschha  ( T. )    Ueber sogenannte  Nerven-
  Nii-vi.   Arch. f. Dermat, u. Syph., Wien u.  Leipz  1894
  xxvii. 27-45.  1 pl.  AUo [Absti.j: Wien. med. Wchnsehr '
  1894, xliv, 1429.—Wc««c <W. F.)   A case of naevus unius
  lateris.   Milwaukee  _M. J., lwiT, v,  191— Werner  (A.)
  Zur  Kenntniss  der  s\ stematisirten  Naevi;  casnistische
  Beitrage.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.
IVaevus (Linear).
  1895, xxxiii, 341-351, 2 pl.—Zliivull (S. O.)  Dva slucliaya
  naevus linearis < svstemalisirte Xicvi).   [Two cases of
  . . .]  Protok. Mosk. ven.  i  dermat.  Obsh.,  1897-8, vii
  212-221.

UTaeviis (Pigmentary).
     See, also,  Ephelis;  Naevus (Linear).
     Bossis (G.-L.-M.)  *Des mevi pigmeutaires.
  [Bordeaux.]   8.  Nantes, 1903.
     Filacdeac (G.)  "Etude sur les nu-vi, et par-
  ticulierement  sur  les  naevi  pigmeutaires.  4 .
  Paris, 1*93.
     Heinz (F.)   *Neue Beitrage zur Kenutnisdcr
  Histologie  der  Nsevi pigmentosi.   8°.   Wiirz-
  burg, 1*98.
     Hugies (M.-L.-A.)   *Desu3avi pigmeutaires
  taches de naissance, signes, envies).   Anatomie
  descriptive  et  microscopique,   diagnostic, pa-
  thogenie et traitemeut.   4C.   Paris, 1890.
     -----.  The same.   8°.  Paris, 1890.
     Klke (H.)   * Ueber Pigmentmaler.   8°.  Er-
  langen, 1H90.
     Rai(\V.  T.)   *De mevis maternis.   8°.  Al-
  torfii,  [174-2].
     Keinhardt  (P.)  *Felier Nevus pilosus und
  zwei ueue Fiille von Schwiiiunhosen-Nsevus. 8°.
  Jena, 1*9.").
     Kuland  (J.)   * Naevus  verrucosus  pilosus.
  H~.   Wurzburg, 1687.
     Sanders (R.)   A treatise of the moles of the
  body of mau and woman illustrated,   fol.   Lon-
  don, 1(>">3.
     Thienkl (A.)   *Ein  Fall von schwiminhosen-
  artigem Na-vus pigmentodes pilosus mit Carci-
  noma nielanodes.   8°.  Greifswald,  1892.
     Trank (E.)    * Ntevi pigmentosi dissemiuati
  bei hoehgradigem  stetig  znnelimendem ilydro-
  cephalus eines neugeborenen Kiudes.   8°.   Miin-
  chen, 1903.
     Abbe (R.)  Pigmented hairy mole of face.  Internat,
  Clin., Phila,,  1*93, 2. s., iv,  208.—Allen (S. P.) Na-vus
  maternus.  X. York M. J., 1895, lxi,  431.—Aronheiin.
  Ein Fall von ausgedchutem Naevus pilosus verrucosus bei
  einem 2£jahrigen Madchen. Med. Woche, Berl., 1904, v,
  211-213.—Baumler.  Ueber einen  Fall von wachsen-
  dem Pigineutnaevus mit eigenthumlicben bydropischen
  Erscheinmiiieu  (Anasarka  und vorwiegend  einseitiger
  Pleuraerguss).   Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii,
  329-332.—Bniiiierman (G.  G.)   Naevus pignientosus.
  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1*9(1, ii,  1297.—Bnrthelemy.  Note
  sur les cphelides (ephelides et najvi).   Bull. Soc. train;, de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1900, xi, 231-233.  AUo: Ann.  de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1900.,  4. s.,  i, 774-776.—Birehcr
  (M. O.)  Zur Aetiologie des Nsevns pilosus pigmentosum
  cougenitus, extensus.  Arch.  f. Dermat. u.  Syph., Wien
  u. Leipz., 1897, xii.  195-224,  1  pl.— Brault (J.)  Najvi
  verruqueux zoniformes  si6geai.it  k la face  dorsale des
  mains.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894,  3. 8.,  v, 831-
  834.—BrtcheflT (A. A.)  Dvasluchaya rodimikh pyaten:
  1) na-vus pilaris  pignientosus et  verrucosus i 2)  nseyus
  verrucosus et ichtyosiformis.  [Two  cases of congenital
  naevus;  . . .]  Russk. J. Kozhn.i Ven. Bolie/.n.. Kharkov,
  1904, viii, 45-47.—Bunts (F. E.)  A case of hairy mole of
  the face.   Cleveland J.  M.,  1900, v,  17-19.—C'anlrcll
  (J. A.)  Hairy  moles.  Kansas City  M. I!ec , 1895, xii,
  409-412.—Coh'n (M.) Zur Anatomie der Epbcliden. Lenti-
  giues uud Nievi pigmentosi.  Monatsh. 1' piakt Hernial.,
  Hamb, 1891, xii, 119-144.  1  pl— DiiiiIon.   Nsevi pig
  ineut6s et pilaires.   Bull. Soc. franc- de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1895, vi, 200.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  18!»5, 3. a., vi, 553— Dauvergne.  N»vi pigmentairea
  multiples.   Lyon  med.. 1903," c,  1093. —Bent  (C.  T.)
  Hairy  mole of face.  Tr. M.  Soc. Loud., 1890, xix. 423.—
  Eiciihoir  (P.J.)   Ein  Fall von  tierfellahnlichem Nte-
  vus f)ilo<us-mol]uscifoniiis.  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.,
  Hamb., 1«89, ix, 48:i-4.«5. 1 pl.—Fabry (J.)   Ueber einen
  selteuen  Fall von Navus  pilosus.  Arch. f.  Dermal, u.
  Syph.. Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lix, 217-228, 1 pl.—Ficlt (J.)
  Zur Kenntniss der weichen pigmentirlen Na-vi.  Ibid.,
  323-358, 2. pl. —Foster (B.)  A unique case of congenital
  multiple nevus  pigmentosus.  Internat. M. Mag . X.  \ .,
  1899. viii. 357-359.   Also: J. Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis.,
  N. V.,  1899.  xxii,  132-134— Fox  ((1. H.)   Na-vi, pig-
  mented and hairy.  Am. J. Obst.. N. Y., 1896, xxxiv, 227-
  231. 1 pl.—Gaucher A: C'rouzon.  Na-vus veiTuqueux
  zouifoime du thorax et du membre superieur droit. Bull.
  Soc. franc,  de dermat. et syph..  Par., 1902, xiii, 7-9.— 
N.EVUS.
309
N7EVUS.
.\aevus (Pigmentary).
  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 50-
  52.—Green (L.)  Uebei' Nsevi pigmentosi und deren Be-
  ziehung zum Melanosarcom.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],
  Berl., 1893,  cxxxiv.  331-336.— linden  (A.)  Zur Kennt-
  niss des halbseitigen Nfevus verrucosus. Festschr. z. . .  .
  Prof.-Jubil  v. Walter Heineke, Miiuchen,  1892.  131-138.
  AUo: Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1892, xxxix. 329-331.—
  Hutchinson (J.)  Outbreak of a large crop of pigment
  moles; remarks as to possible connection with melanosis.
  J. Cutan. M. Lond., 1867-8, i. 170. -----.  A hair growing
  mole, asserted to  be of icceiit origin.  Arcb. Surg., Lond.,
  1895  vi, 70 — .lumicwoii (W.  A.)   [Case of naevus  pi-
  losus.]  Tr. Med.-Chir.  Soc.  Edinb., 1903-1, n. s., xxiii,
  215.— Joseph  (M.)  Ein Fall  von .sehwinimhosenarti-
  gem thierfellahnlichem  Nievus piliferus  pigmentosus.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr. Leipz u. Berl.,  1889, xv. 48'.'.—
  Khashlshinski  (P. S.)  Sluchai naevi pilif'eri (mela-
  noma) po Joseph'u.   [Case of.  . .]   Protok. zasaid. Kav-
  kazsk. med. Obsh., Tifiis. 1902-3, xxxix, 536-539.—Ku-
  dish (V.  M.)  Nievus pigmentosus pilosus verrucosus.
  Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezn., Kharkov, 1904, viii, 42-
  45.—Liaivrcnce ( H.)  Caseof multiple pigmented moles.
  Austral. M. J.. Melbourne, 1894. u.  s.. xvi, 520.— l,iu<l-
  strem  (A. A.>   Naevus verrucosus pigmentosus et  ma-
  crosomia partialis.  Univ. Izvlest.,  Kiev iProtok. Fiz.-
  med.  Obsh. 1897-8, 23-25],  1899,  xxxix.— TI ami nott
  (A. Y.)  Sluchai obsbirnavo rodimavo pyatna u rcbyonka
  (naevus pigmentosus permagnus s. nigrismus partialis).
   Case of congenital ... in a child.]  Protok. zasaid. Kav-
  kazsk. med. Obsh . Tifiis, 1894-5, xxxi, 230.—ItIcikkim-i-
  (P.)  Ueber Naevus verrucosus. Dermat. Ztschr.. Berl.,
  1894-5, ii, 478-485, 1 pl.—Moller (J.)  Grosser schwimm-
  hosenartiger Naevus pilosus mit Pigmentsarkoni.  Wien.
  med Wchnsehr., 1889, xxxix, 465-468.—Miiller (J.)  Ein
  Fall von Nievus verrucosus unius  lateris.  Arch. f. Der-
  mat. u. Syph., Wien, 1892, xxiv. 21-31.2 pl.—Neumann.
  [Ein Naevus pigmentosus pilosus.]  Ibid., Wien u. Leipz.,
  1903. lxvii, 119.—Ohuiann-Bnniesnil (A. H.)   Naevus
  pignientosus.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 189.1, 3. s.,i. 345-348.
  —:—. Naevus pilosus.   Ibid.,  1898, 8. s.,  iii. 330-335, 3
  pl.—Petersen (W.)  Ein Fall von multiplen Knaueldiii-
  sengescbwiilsten unter dem Bilde eines Navus verrucosus
  unius lateris.  Arch. f.  Dermat. n. Syph., Wien, 1892,
  xxiv, 919-930,1 pl.— Pfnundler.  [Fall eines Niivus pig-
  mentosus, villosus et verrucosus; Hypertrichosis auf pig-
  mentierter uud warzig entarteter Haut.]  Mitt. d. Yer. d.
  Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1905, xlii, 37-40.—Plonski.
  Ueber Naevus verrucosus. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl.. 1903,
  x, 390-392.—Ran wom (C. C.)  An unusual case of naevus
  unius lateris. J.  Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis.. N. Y., 1896,
  xiv,  142-146.  Also, Reprint.—Rohring.   Ein Fall  von
  umfangreichem    behaartem  Naevus.  Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 943.—Boat. Vor-
  stellung eines Falles von Naevus  pilosus.   Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1899, xxxvi, 531.   AUo:  Verhandl.  d. Berl.
  med. Gesellsch.  (1899), 1900, xxx, pt. 1, 177-179.—Snal-
  feld (E.)  Ein Fall von Naevus verrucosus unius lateris.
  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,  1892, lxi, 2u9I.  Also,  Re-
  print.—Sprecher.  Caso raro  di neo pigmentario.  In-
  ternat. phot. Monatschr. f. Med. [etc.], Diisseld.,  1897, iv,
  117-120. — Taylor (H.)  Naevus verrucosus associated
  with certain anomalies of pigment.   Lancet, Lond., 1902,
  i, 87.—Tdroit (L.)  Nievus pigmentosus esete.  [A case
  of. . .]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii,  540.—Variot.
  Recherches sur les naevi pigmentaires circonscr ts et  dif-
  fus.  Gaz. med.  de Par., 1890, 7. s., vii, 73; 85— Veiel.
  Ein  Fall von Naevus verrucosus.   Arch. f. Dermat. u.
  Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1896, xxxvi.  3-6,  2 pl.—White-
  locke (A.)  Case of naevus pignientosus et verrucosus.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1027.—Zerenin (Y. P.)  Nae-
  vus maternus pigmentosus.  Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v
  Mosk. (1896), 1897, xxxv, pt. 2,116-119.  [Discussion],  197.

Haevus (Treatment of).
    See,  also, Naevus (Treatment of,  Operative);
  Naevus (Treatment of) by electrolysis, etc.
    Lambert (F. W.)   * Das Eaukenangiom nnd
  seine Behandlung.   8°.   Berlin, [189.3].
    Alger (E.M.)  On the treatment of birthmarks.  Med.
  News, N. Y., 1896, lxix, 201-203.—Bayet.  Sur le traite-
  ment des naevi vasculaires.  J. de m6d., chir. et pharma-
  col.,  Brux., 1894, 194.—Beck (C.)   Ueber einen  interes-
  santen Fall von  Naevus papillomatosus universalis;  Be-
  handlung mit Thyreoidin.   Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.,
  1901, xxxii, 433-441.—Beecher  (A. C. W.)  Large naevus
  of the forearm;  treatment.  Times Sc  Reg, Phila., 1889,
  xx,  320.—Brault  (J.)  Ablation des tatouages par  les
  piqures serrees au chlorure de zinc; application de la ni6-
  thode a la guerison des naevi.  Bull. Soc. franc- de dermat.
  et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 25.—Brunton (J.)  The treat-
  ment of naevus by  the  external application of sodium
  ethylate.   Proc.  M.  Soc. Lond., 1877-9,  iv, 161-164.—
  Capitan.  Traitement des naevi.   Med. inf., Par., 1905,
IVaevus (Treatment, of).
  454-456. — t'ohu ( C.)   Die Behandlung der Pigment-
  maler  mit 30pt'o/.entigein Wasserstoffsuperoxid Merck.
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903, xxxvii, 301.—
  Dauiloiw.   Angiome volumineux gueri par les injec-
  tions d'alcool; myxredenie sounds avec succe.8  a  l'aliinen-
  tation tlivroiilienne.  A nn. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1894, ii,
  152-156.— Dicinv.  Zur  Heilung der Naevi vasculosi und
  der Trichophviie.  Monatsh. f. prakt. Der in at., Hamb., 1905,
  xl, 545. —Elliot (G. T.)  Adeuo-cystoma intracanaliculare
  occurring in  a nievus unius lateris.  J. Cutan. Sc Genito-
  Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xi, 108-173. —Fargeaud (A.)  Des
  naevi materni, des tumeurs e-rectiles cons6cutives; de leur
  traitement.  J. Soc. de med.et ph.irin.de la Haute-Vienue,
  Limoges, 1889, xiii, 76-81.—Froehlich (VV.) Beitrage zur
  Behandlung der Miiler (Pigment-,  Warzen- und Gefiiss-
  miiler).   Aerztl. Pract., Hamb., 1890,  iii, 135;  145; 101.—
  (Gaudier.   Le traitement des naevi.  Gaz. m6d. belgo,
  Liege. 1904-5, xvii, 123-126.  A Uo: J. de m6d. int., Par., 1904,
  viii, 374-377.—4«otthcil i W. S.)  On naevus and the best
  methods of curing it.  Internat. J. Surg., N. Y.,  1889, ii, 102-
  106.—Griffith (F.)   A case of naevus of the scalp and
  nose treated by hot water  injections.  N. York M. J., 1903,
  lxxvii, 770.—(wi-omn.  Du traitement de.s angiomes chez
  les jeunes enfants.  Rev. med. de Test, Nancy,  1888, xx,
  1; 37.—Holgate (T. H.)  The treatment of naevus by
  the iutra-injection of alcohol.   Arch. Pediat., Phila., 1889,
  vi. 379-384.  AUo, Reprint.—Hutchinson (J.)  Naevus
  of face cured by cauterisation.  Arch. Surg., Lond., 1893-4,
  v, 2 pl. with 11. of text—.Jnlunsy (J.) Lupus vulgaris,
  lupus erythematodes, ekzema chronicum, hypertrichosis
  es naevus vasculosus R6ntgenf6nynyel kezelt esetei .  . .
  [Treatment by the Routgen rays of cases of .  . .]  Orvosi
  hetil.,  Budapest, 1899,  xliii, 537; 551;  568. — Kcllock
  (T.H.)  On naevi and their treatment.  Clin. J., Loud., 1901,
  xviii, 17-23.  Also:  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s.,
  lxxii, 53-55.—Iiapeyre-Viguier.  Des tumeurs orec-
  tiles de la face et de leur traitement par la ligature mul-
  tiple.  N. Montpel. med..  1893, ii, 965-970. — Legrnnd.
  Ablation de neut loupes opereo k 1'aide de la cauterisation
  liu6aire remplacaut Taction  du  bistouri.  Compt. rend.
  Acad.  d.  sc,  Par., 1855, xii, 546. —IiOiigfellow (R. C.)
  The prognosis and treatment of naevus pigmentosus.  Tr.
  OhioM. Soc, Cincin., 1893, 139-143.  Also: Cinciu. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1893,  n.  s.,  xxxi,  719-721. — Lord (J. P.)   The
  treatment of  nevi.  West. M.  Rev., Lincoln,  Neb., 1903,
  viii, 168;  171. — McArthiii- (L. L.)   Removal  of birth-
  marks.   Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii. 961.  Also:  Illi-
  nois M. J., Springfield, 1903, n. s., iv,  735. — Marshall
  (J.) The naevus maternus (or mark of the mother) cured
  by  vaccination.   Lond. M. Sc S. J., 1830, v,  52-58.—Mills
  (A.)  Les naevi chez les enfants; leur constitution et leur
  traitement.  Clinique, Brux., 1904, xviii, 521-526. — TVeis-
  wauger (C. S.)  The removal of pigmentary nevi and
  chloasma.  Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1905, xii, 141-144.—
  Beboul (J.)  Sur les transformations et d6g6n6rescences
  desnaevi; considerations therapeutiques.  Marseille med.,
  1893, xxx, 185-202. — Richardaou (B. W. )  The ethy-
  lates of  sodium  and of potassium in the  treatment  of
  naevus.  Asclepiad, Lond., 18>-'8, v, 229-233.—Squire (B.)
  Two cases of port-wine mark treated with a  view to ob-
  literating the mark without leaving a scar.  Proc. M. Soc.
  Lond., 1877-9,  iv, 127.—Trimble (W. B.)   Nfevus pilosus
  pigmentosus and other skin lesions treated with liquid air.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 58-60.— Variot.  Le deta-
  touage dans les naevi.  J.  de med. int., Par., 1904, viii, 355.
  —---. Le traitement de naevi ci icon merits.  Rev. g6n.  de
  clin. et de th6rap., Par.. 1904, xviii. 759.—Wnterhouse
  (H.  F.)   Remarks on the treatment of naevi.  Clin. J.
  Lond., 1897, x, 278-284.— Wharton  (Ii. R.)  The treat-
  ment of naevus.   Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1895, xxvi. 181-
  186. AUo:  Therap. Gaz., Detroit,  1895, 3. 8., xi, 442-444.

IVaeviiS (Treatment of Operative).
     Parker (R. W.)  On the  treatment  of nsevns
  by  excision ;   with a clinical  analysis   of  five
  hundred aud  sixty-four  cases  of najvus.   8°.
  London, 1886.
     Briddon  (C. K.)   Removal of a very large naevus by
  excision.  N.  York M. J., 1890, li, 505-507.—Hammond
  (F. A. L.)  Case of large naevus; excision;  recovery.  In-
  dian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 338.—Jonas (A. F.)
  Operative treatment for the cure of vascular nevi.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1894, lxv,  543-545.  Also, Reprint. AUo:
  Omaha Clinic, 1894-5, vii,  321-324.—O'Neill (H.)  Treat
  ment of large arterio-venous naevi by excision.  Dublin
  J.  M.  Sc, 1893, xcv, 17, 1  pl.  Also,  Reprint.—Rohc
  (G. H.)  On a painless and efficient method of extirpating
  vascular  and pigmented naevi.  Tr. M.  Sc  Chir.  Fac.
  Maryland, Bait., 1889,  249-256.  Also: Maryland M. J.,
  Bait., 1889, xxi, 141-144— Slier well (S.)  A suggestion
  for operative  procedure on erectile naBvi over the f'onta-
  nelles.  Tr. Am. Dermat.  Ass., 1892, N. Y., 1893, xvi, 117-
  119.—Teale  (T. P.)   On enucleation of naevus. Med.- 
N.KVUS.
310
NAFTA LAX.
l\srvu* (Treatment of, Operative).
  Chir. Tr. Lond., 1866-7, 1,  57-63.  AUo, Reprint.—Tu-
  iiiaaii  (C.|  Estirpazione  di  teleangeetasie.   Riforma
  meil.. Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3. 159.

Nievus  (Treatment  of)  by   electrolysis,

  phototherapy, and radiotherapy.
     Dickson (C.  11.)  The  early  electrolysis  of
  naevus.  1*>.   Toronto, 1^97.
     Repr.from.: Tr. Am.  Electrother. Ass., 1897.

     Gessler(T.)  *Zur elektrolytischen Behand-
  lung der Angioine.   8°.   Tubingen, 1*69.
     Heins  (F. )   *Du  traitement  des  tumeurs
  6re<-tih-s par I'electrolyse.   -I  .   Paris, 1892.
     -----.   The same.  -'■Y   Paris,  1*92.
     Apostoli (C)   Note sur  trois  cas interessants de
  naevus traites et guerispar la galvanopuncture.  Compt.-
  rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc,  1899, iv, sect.
  8, 490-493.—Bayet.  La cure des naevi vasculaires par
  I'electrolyse et les  scarifications Hn6aires.   J. de m6d.,
  chir. et pharmacol., Brux.,  1894, 81-86.—Bergonie (J.)
  Volumineux angiomo de la  levre; traitement par I'elec-
  trolyse mono  et bipolaire;  guerison  persistant 20 mois
  apres la cessation du traitement.  Arch, d'electric. m6d.,
  Bordeaux, 1893. i, 36-40.—BogrcffiS L.)  Oprimlenenii
  radiyadlya liecheniya vrozbdeuuikhpigmentnikhpyaten.
  [Radium iu the treatment of congenital pigmented na-vi.]
  Russk. j. kozhn. i  ven. boliezu., Kharkov,  1905, ix, 71.—
  Bonlicr  (II.)  Gu6rison  d'un naevus  vasculaire plan
  etendu par  la photo-tb6rapie.  Arch,  d'electric.  m6d.,
  Bordeaux, 1904,  xii. 095-697.—Bories.  Traitement des
  tumeurs erectiles par I'electrolyse.  Cong, franc, de chir.
  Proc.-veib.  (etc.],  Pai., 18SK, iii, 595-000.—Boudet de
  Paris. Technique de l'electroh se ni6dicale; modifica-
  tions appoilees au traitement  des tumeurs erectiles par
  l'electrieite. IMd.,18s8, iii. 433-443.—Broeq(L.)  Naevus
  vasculaire plan  traite  par  1'electrolvse  negative.   Bull.
  Soc. franc.de dermat. et svph.,  Par.,  1897,  viii, 328-330.
  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 728-
  730 —Billiard  (Rose T.) The  electrolytic treatment of
  naevi;  with cases.  South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1894,
  ix, 133-137.—C'agney (J.)   A clinical lecture on the re-
  moval of naevi by electrolysis.   Clin. J., Lond., 1894-5, v,
  77-83.—Cros (O.)   De I'electrolyse bipolaire applique-eau
  traitement des angiomes et desinevi materni.  Ann. d'elec-
  trobiol. [etc.], Par., 1899,  ii,  54-71.—Dickson (C. R.)
  Electrolysis in the treatment of naevus.  Dominion M.
  Month., Toronto, 1898,  xi,  1-8.  AUo, Reprint.— Dowd
  (C.  N.)  Two facial angiomata successfully  treated by
  electrolysis.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y„ 1898,  xv,  14-20.—
  Duncan (J.)   On the  electrolysis  of vascular tumours.
  Edinb.  Hosp. Rep.,  1894,   ii, 490-504. — Foveau de
  Coni'inellcN.   Traitement  61ectrique  des  tumeurs
  6rectiles (naevi, angiomes).   Ann.  de m6d.  et  chir.
  inf., Par., 1898, ii, 846-850.— Fox (G. H.)  The removal
  by electrolysis of an extensive hairy naevus of the face.
  Tr. M. Soc. N.  Y., Phila.,  1893.  360-362, 2 pl.  Also: J.
  Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis.,  N. T., 1893,  xi, 165-167, 2 pl.—
  Fiennil (L.)   Ein mit Rbutgeu-Strahleu behandelter
  Fall von Naevus pigmentosus  piliferus.   Wien.  med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1897,  xlvii, 42S; 856.—Hoyt (W. F.)  Re-
  moval of moles  by electricity.  Columbus M. J., 1888-9,
  vii,  391.—Jones (H. L.)  The  treatment of naevus by
  electrolysis.  St. Barth. Hosp.  Rep.,  Loud., 1894, xxx,
  205-210.  -----. On the treatment of naevi by electricity.
  Clin. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 25-28.—Jutassy (J.)  Radi'o-
  tberapie eines Naevus flammeus. Fortscbr. a. d. Geb. d.
  Riiutgenstrahlen,  Hamb.,  1898-9, ii, 213-216.—Carat.
  L'eleetrolyse  dans  la  cure  des  tumeurs 6rectiles et des
  naevi materni.  Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par.,  1890, ii, 356:
  1891, iii, 3.—I.evaek (J. R.) The treatmentof naevus by
  X-rays.  Scot. M.  Sc S.  J.,  Edinb.,  1904, xv, 33-36.—Mc-
  Donnell (A.J.)   Electrolvsis of nievus. Australas. M.
  Gaz., Sydney, 1893, xii. 330-332. —Marshall (L. W.)
  Treatment of naevi  by electrolysis.  Lancet,  Lond., 1889,
  i, (3. — Nn olson  (YV. P.)  Treatment of  nievus  by
  galvanopuncture.  Tr.  South. Surg. & Gvnec. Ass. 1894,
  Phila., 1895, vii,  91-97.-Redard  (P.)  Traitement des
  tumeurs erectiles par I'electrolyse.  Tr. ix. Internat  M.
  Cong  Wash., lh*7.iii,577-579. Also, transl.: Arch, di patol.
  inf., Napoli, 1888, vi. 23-27.  -----.  De  l'eleetrolyse dans
  le traitement des angiomes.   Rev. prat. d.  trav.de med.
  Par.. 1896 liii, 305.-«chwartz (E.)  Du traitemeut des
  tumeurs erectiles pai l'eleetrolyse.  Cong, franc de. chir
  Proc -verb,  (etc.] Par.. 1888, iii,  428-433.-Sharpe (Mari
  garet  M.)   High-frequency  currents in the treatment of
  chilblains and na-i us.   Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond  1904-5
  F- 50;-W"i«c (II. E.)  New painless method of reu.ov-
  £gvrfa,ConJ  ,,.,.,:"!,^";\bv elect i.,h sis.   J.  Electrother.,
  N. Y., 189o. xm, 115-117 -Zu.nl, lovich (M. D.)  Najvus
  vasculosus llechonuiy svietom.  [ . . . treated with light 1
  Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezn., Kharkov,  1903, v  618-
  b20.
Nafalan.
    Hezel (P. F.)   * Ueher Naplita und  Nafalan
  [Giess.cn.]   8°.  Stuttgart, 1904.
    Also,  in: Monatschr. f.'prakt.  Tierh., Stuttg- 1904-5
  xvi, 93-132.
    Honigsc hiuicd  (E.)  Das Xafalan (Retortenmarke)
  nnd seine therapentische Anwendung.  Med.  Bl. Wien
  1903,  xxvi,  Oil;  i;l>7.—Kolbl  (F.)   Uel.er  Nafalan!
  Deutsche  med.  I'resse,  Berl.,  1903,  vii,  155 -157. —
  Itinera (J.)  Velier die  tlierapeutischeii Erfolge dea
  Nafalan (Retorten-Marke).   Deutsche Aertze-Ztg., Berl.,
  1905, 149-151.  von Liixer (lv.)   Einiges  iiber Natulan
  (Retorten-Marke) in der  landarztliclien  Praxis.  Ibid
  1904, 29.—Munk (J.)  Jegy/etck a  nafalan gytigyerte'
  kerol, tbbb eset kapesnn   [Observations on the curative
  value of nafalan, after  another  case.]   Budapesti orv
  u.jsag,  1904, ii, 689-691.—Rohleder.  Das Nafalan und
  die  napbtiialbaltigen  Salben  in  der dermatologisclien
  Praxis.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 036-642.—
  Saalfcld (E.)  Ueber  Nafalan  und Nafalauprfi|i:iiute.
  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, lxxiii,  61-63.— Tar-
  rasch  (G.)  Nafalan. Reichs-Med. - Anz.,  Leipz.,  19114,
  xxix, 86. — Waldmann (F.)  A nafalan alkalmazasa a
  mindennaiios gyakorlatban.  [The employment of nafalan
  in everv-day practice.]   Budapesti orv. ujsiig, 1905, iii. 53-
  55. — Wischnowitzer (S.)   Methodisches und  Tech-
  nische zur therapeutist-hen Verwendung des Nafalan (Re-
  torten-Marke). Prag. med.Wchnschr.,1903,xxviii,637; 653.

Naftalan.
    See,  also, Haemorrhoids (Treatment of).
    Naftalan.  Extract  from the minutes of the
  Imperial Caucasian  Medical Society of the 1st
  of June, 1H9G.  8°.  Dresden, [n. d.].
    Naftalan  in  the treatment of  eczema  aud
  allied,  diseases.  Extracts from the minutes  of
  the Imperial  Caucasian  Medical Society,   sm.
  4°.  Madras, 1899.
    Aufrecht.  Ueber Naftalan.   Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.,
  Berl., 1898, lxvii,  1119.— Averbakh (D. I.)  Naftalan pri
  liechenii  ekzemi. [.  . . in the,  treatment of eczema.]
  Prakt. Vrach,  S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 627; 653; 070.-Bloch
  (R.)  Naftalan bei Brandwunden uud anderen  Hautaffec-
  tionen.  Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii, 401-405. ----.
  Weitere Mittheiluugen iiber die  praktiscbe Verwendung
  vou Naftalan.   Wien. med. Wcbnsc.hr.,  1900, 1, 372; 431.—
  Briill (L.)  Die Wirkung des Naftalans.  Reichs-Med.-
  Anz.. Leipz., 1900, xxv, 369.—Eberson (M.) Zur thera-
  peutischeu Verwendung des  Naftalan. Aerztl. Centr.-
  Anz., Wien, 1899, xi, 161.—Fricke.  Ueber Naftalan und
  seine Verwendbarkeit bei Hautkrankheiten.  Ztschr. f.
  prakt. Aerzte,  Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 41; 84.—Friede-
  berg.  Zur Anwendung des Naftalan. Centralbl. f. in-
  nere Med., Leipz., 1899, xx,  801-805-Oernsheim (F.)
  Unsere Erfahrnngen mit  dem Naftalan.  Klin.-therap.
  Wchnsehr., Wien, 1899, vi, 1241-1246.—Cioldmau (A.J.)
  Naftalan  i jego zastosowanie. [. . . and  its  use.]  Medy-
  cyna, Warszawa, 1899, xxvii, 352  355. — (joldniann (J.
  A.)  Der  therapeutische Effekt des Naftalan in der all-
  tremeinenPraxis. Deutsche Aerzte-ZtK.. Bcil., 11)05,7-10.—
  Oriinfeld  (J.)  Das Naftalan in der  Therapie.  Wien.
  med. Bl., 1899, xxii,  459;  482.—Hallopeau (H.)  Des
  r6sultats  donii6s par l'emploi du  naftalan dans quelques
  dermatoses.  Bull. Soc. franc, de  dermat.  et syph..  Par.,
  1900, xi, 156.   Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1900,
  4. s., i,  638.—Hcngst (A.)  Ueber Nafta'lau.  Berl. tier-
  arztl. Wchnsehr., 1904,  676. — Isaac  (R.) Ueber Naf-
  talan.   Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896,
  xxii, 845.—King (A.)   Der Werth des Naftalan in der
  Therapie.  Wien. med.  Presse. 1899, xl, 735;  777.   AUo,
  Reprint.  AUo :  Kinder-Arzt. Leipz., 1899, x, 224; 241.—
  Holbl (F.) & dernsheim (F.)   II naftalauo nella cura
  delle dermatosi  specialmente dell'  eczema.  [ Transl. ]
  Terap.  clin.. Palermo, 1899, viii, 433-439.—Malfshcff (I.
  M.) O naftalaule v primlenenii k llecheniyii nlekotorikli
  kozhnikb bollezncl.  [Naftalan in the  treatment of skin
  diseases.]  Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1897-8, vii,
   153-160.— Marer (J.)   Ueber Naftalanbehandlung (les
   Ekzems.   Prag. med.  Wchnsehr.. 1899,  xxiv,  528-530.
  Also:   Med. Cor.-Bl. f. d. Krankenh. . .  . Deutschl.. Berl.,
   1900, 25.—Merlin.   Versuche mit Naftalan.  Wien. med.
   Wchnsehr., 1899, xliv, 206-208. — lUeyer (V.)  II naftalan
   e le sue applicazioui terapiche.  ila/z.  internaz. di med.,
   Napoli, 1904, vii, 53-56.   Also, tr.insl.: Aerztl. Rundschau,
   Munchen, 1904, xiv, 483-486.— Pnschkis (H.)   Die \ er-
   ordnunjrsweisen des Naftalan.  Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien,
   1899, xi,  467-470.  Also:  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,
   1899, lxviii, 911:  923. — Petrasko (J.)  Vorlaunge Mit
   theilung iiber  das Naftalan.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
   Leipz.  u. Berl., 1899, xxv, therap. Beil., 75.—Pezzoli <L.|
   Ueber Naftalan. Therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1897, iv, 6-7-
   679. — Poslavski   (V. P.)   Obezzarazhivayushtsbiya
   svolstva  naftalana.   [Disinfecting qualities of naftalan.J 
FAFTALAX.
311
NAGEL.
 NafHaDaii.
   Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tifiis, 1897-8,xxxiv,
   521-5:10.—Biehin (W.) Erfahrungeu mit Naftalan. Deut-
   sche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix, 1017. — Rohleder.  Die
   Anwendung des Naftalan in der dermatologisch-syphili-
   dologischen Praxis. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb.,
   1898, xxvii, 105-114. -----. Die Anwendung des Naftalan
   in der allgemeineu arztlichen Praxis.  Therap. Monatsh.,
   Berl., 1899, xiii, 378-386. — Rosenbauin (F. G.)  Krat-
   koye sobbshtsheniye o dlelstvii naftalana, sredstva, do-
   bivayemavo na Kavkazle.  [Short communication on the
   action  of naftalan, a remedy obtained  in  the Caucasus.]
   Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med.Obsh., Tifiis, 1896-7, xxxiii,
   145-151. -----. Ueber Naftalan.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
   sehr., Leipz. ii. Berl., 1898, xxiv, therap. Beil., 28.  AUo,
   Reprint. Also, transl.: Therapist, Loud., 1898, viii, 255.—
   Saalfeld (E.) Ueber Naftalan.  Dermat. Ztscbr., Berl.,
   1898, v,  708-775. — Sagebiel (H.)  Beobaebtnngen  iiber
   die Wirkung der Naphthalanbebandlung bei ekzematbsen
   Erkrankungen  des ausseren Ohres.   Miinchen. med.
   Wchnsehr., 1900, xlvii, 1664.— Slocker (E.)  Dei nafta-
   lan en las afecciones pruriginosas.  Rev. valeuc. de cien.
   ni6d., Valencia. 1900, ii, 97-99. -----. Nuevas aplicaeiones
   del naftalan en las afecciones cutaneas. Rev. espec. m6d.
   La oto-iino-lariugol. espaii., Madrid,  1901, iv,  25-28.—
   Spiegel (L.) & Naphtali  (M.)  Untersuchungen iiber
   Naftalan. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 140-143.—
   Sukhoff (A. A.) O  naftalanle i yevo llechebnom zna-
   chenii pri rozhle i niekotorikh kozhnikhzabollevaniyakh.
   [Naftalan and its medicinal value in erysipelas and other
   cutaneous diseases. J  Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Morsk. vrach.
   v Kroustadt, 1898-9, xxxvii, 43-45. — lTuna (P.  G.)  Das
   Wesen  der Naftalanwirkung.  Monatsh. f. prakt.  Der-
   mat., Hamb., 1900, xxx, 321-323.  AUo, Reprint.—Varga
   (G.) Gy6gykiserleteknaftalannal.  [Therapeutical experi-
   ments with naftalan.]  Gyogyiszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix,
   372; 389. AUo.transl.: Po.-t. med.-chir. Presse. Budapest,
   1899, xxxv, 697; 720; 750— Veh merer.  Ausder Praxis;
   znr Wirkung des Nat'talaus.  Aerztl. Prax., Wiirzb., 1899,
   xii, 102.  Also, Reprint. — Weinberg (M.)  Erfahrun-
   gen mit Naftalan.   Heilknnde,  Berl., 1905, 161-164.—
   Will ins.  Ueber Naftalan.   Allg.  med. Centr.-Ztg.,
   Berk, 1899, lxviii, 685. — Zikmund (K.)   Vysledky po-
   kusn s naftalanem.  [Results of experiments with nafta-
   lan.]  Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1899.  xxxviii, 441-444.
 Nagai  (K.).
    See International Health Exhibition, London, 1884.
   A descriptive catalogue [etc.].  8Y  London, 1884.

 Nagana.
    See,  also, Trypanosoma,  etc.;  Tsetse  fly.
    Baldwin (F. A.)  The pathological anatomy of ex-
   perimental nagana.  J. Infect. Dis., Chicago.  1904, i, 544-
   550.  AUo, Reprint.—Be rVobele (J.) Sc Ooebel (O.)
   Action des rayons de Rdntgen et du radium sur les trypa-
   nosomes de la nagana.  Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1905,
   cxxxiv,  216-218. Also : Arch, d'electric. m6d., Bordeaux,
   1905, xiii. 785-787.—Keruiorgant. Le nagana au Chari.
   Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 574-577. AUo .-
   Caducee, Par.,  1902, ii, 323-I,acommc (L.)  Trypano-
   so ne du nagana chez le chat. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. liop. de
   Lyon, 1905, iv, 320-322.  AUo: Lyon m6d., 1905, cv, 820.—
   I.arcran (A.) & Mesnil (F.)   Le nagana et le mal de
   Caderas  sont   deux  eutites morbides bien  distinctes.
   Compt.  rend.  Acad.  d. sc,  Par., 1902,  exxxv,  838-840.
   ----------.  Recherches sur  le  traitement et la pre-
   vention  du nagana.  Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1902,
   xvi, 785-817.— Mark I.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Nagana\
   infektion bei Meerschweinchen.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.
   [etc], 1. Abt., Jena,  1904, xxxvii, 530-537.—Vallee &
   Carre.  Sur ies rapports qui existent entre le  surra et
   le nagana, d'apres une exp6rience de Nocard.  Compt.
   rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 624.
 Nagano.  Beobachtungeu an einer Thiry'schen
   Fistel  beim Meuschen.   pp. 393-404.   8°.'  Jena,
   G. Fischer, 190-2.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Mitt. a. d.
   Crenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1902,  ix.

 Nagano.
    See "Waters (Mineral), by localities.

 Nagas.
    See, also, Craniology (Ethnologic).
    Furneaa (W. H.)   The ethnography of the Nagaa of
  eastern  Assam.  Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1902,  xxxii, 445-
  466,  3  pl.—Peal (S.  E.)  Ein Ausflug nach Banpara.
  [Transl.from: J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xii, pt. 1, 9-31.]
  Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1898, xxx, 281-371.

Nagasaki.
    See Hospitals (Naval, etc.), by  localities.

Nagase  (Rio).
    See Kwaju  (Nishiro) &  IVngaae  (Rio).  Nippon-ni
  oite keru mei.ji sanjiu [etc.].   8°.   [Tokyo. 1898.]          I
 I¥agayo (Sensai) [1839-1902].
     Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1623.
 Nagayo  (Shokizi).   * Ueber die Einwirkung
   der casuistischen  Alkalien  auf  das  Pepsinfer-
   ment,   '26 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Wurzburg, Stahel, 1693.
 Nagel   (Adolf).   *Epideniiologischer   Bericht
   iiber die Diphthcrie-Epideniie zu  Ingolstadt vom
   November lS88-October 18*9.  47 pp., 1 pl.  8°.
   Wurzburg, J.  M. Bidder,  1690.
 Nagel  (Albrecht)  [1S33-    ].   Einige  Bemer-
   kungen iiber  die pi-riodische Angeneiitzundung
   derPferde. 18 pp. *\  Berlin, J.  Sittenfeld, 1863.
     Repr.from: Mag. f.d. ges. Thierh., Berl.,  1803, xxix.
 ------.   Strychnin als Hcilmittel bei Amaurosen.
   2 1.  8°.  [Berlin, H. S. Hermann, 1870.]
     Repr. from:  Centralbl.  f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl.,
   1870, v.
 ------.   Die Vorbildung zum medizinischen  Stu-
   dium und die Frage  der Schulrefortn.  19 pp.
   8°.  Tubingen, H. Laupp, 1690.
 -----&  Ileimami.   Ein  pathologisches Cir-
   culationsphatioinen  iu der Horukaut. 2 1.  8°.
   [Berlin, H. S. Hermann, 1876.]
     Repr. from:  Centralbl.  f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl.,
   1876, xi.

 van der Nagel (Bartholomeus Cornells).  *On-
   derzoekingen  over virulentie-opwekking bij sa-
   prophytische  bacterien.  [Utrecht.]  93 pp.  8°.
   Botierdam, C.  A. Terneden, 1902.
 Nagel  (Emil).   Die  Seekrankheit.   Ihre Ur-
   sachen, Behandlung und Verhiitung.   Ein Rath-
   geber fur Jedermann.   39  pp.   12°.   Berlin,
   Denicke, 1876.
 Nagel (Emil).  * Ein  Beitrag zur  Statistik der
   Uterusfibromyome.  29 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Freiburg
   i. B., C. Strbcker, 1891.
 Nagel (F.)  *Ein  Fall von Myomotomie  wah-
   rend der Schwangerschaft.  [Erlangen.]  24 pp.
   8°.   Biidingen, Heller,  1897.
 Nagel  (Joseph)  [1874-     ].   Drei   Fiille  von
   Kaiserschnitt  mit querem  Fundalschuitt.  24
   pp., 2 1.   8°.   Greifswald, J. Abel, 1900.
 Nagel (Joseph Darwin).  Nervous aud  mental
   diseases.   A  manual  for students and  practi-
   tioners.  With an appendix on  iusomuia.  Se-
   ries edited by Victor  Cox  Pedersen.  276 pp.
   12c.  Philadelphia $• New Tori; Lea Bros. &• Co.,
   1904.
     See, also,  Doubleday (Edwin T.) Sc IVagel  (J. Dar
   win). Practice of medicine. sm.4°. Philadelphia, [1892]!

 Nagel (Konstantin  LKonstantinovich])  [ 1860-
       ].   *0 kolebaniyakh kolichestva krovi v
   golovnom  mozgu  pri   razlichnlkh usloviyakh.
   [Fluctuations of the quantity of blood  in the
   brain under  different  conditions.]  159 pp., 4
   diag.  8°.   Moskva,  18>9.
 IVagel (Leo).  * Die  Viehversicherung, ihr  We-
   sen uud ihre Entwicklung.  [Bern.]  103 pp.
   8J.  Brugg, Effingerhof, 1901.
 JYagel (O.)  Ueber die Erfolge der Hauttrans-
   plantationen  nach Thiersch.  24  pp.   8°.  Tii-
   bingen, H. Laupp, jr., 16*9.
     Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1889, iv.

 IVagel (Rudolf).   Der moderne Gespensterglau-
   ben, geuiiunt  Spiritismns.  vi (1  1.), 66 pp.  8°.
   Leipzig,  Breitkopf <)  Hdrtel, 1880.
 rVaffel (Wilhelm) [1856-     ].  Harn- und Ge-
   schlechtsorgane.   viii, 159  pp.    8°.   Jena, G.
   Fischer,  189(5.
     Forms 1. Abth. of: Handbuch der Anatomie des Men-
   sehen.  Hrsg. von Karl von Bardeleben, 8°, Jena,  1896,
   viii, pt. 2.

------.  Die Gynakologie des  praktischen Arztes.
   viii, 375 pp., 2 pl.  8°.   Berlin, H.  Kornfeld, 189*.
------.  The same.  Gynakologie  fiir Aerzte  und
   Studierende.  2. verbesserte und vermehrte Aufl.
   ix, 4-J0 pp., 27  pl.  roy. 8°.  Berlin, H Kornfeld,
   1904. 
NAGEL.
312
XAIDIXA.
\;i^<>| (Wilhelm)—continued.
----—.  The same.  Ginekologiya; dlya vrachel i
  studeutov.  Perevod s niemetskavo I. I. Mokr-
  zhctskavo. pod  redaktsiyeyn i s dopolueniyami
  V. S. Gruzdeva.   [Transl. from  the German by
  Mokrzhetski, under  the editorship  of and  with
  additions bv Gruzdeff.]  viii, 349 pp.   —\   _<.-
  Peterbnrg.  V. S. Ettinger, 1900.
    Issued by : Prakt. med.
-----.  The same.  Perevod s niemetskavo V. M-
  (istrovskavo.    [Transl. from the  German  by
  Ostrovski]  313 pp., 1 1.    8-\   S.-Peterburg,
  [M. I. Minkof], 1900.
    Issued by : Sovrea.. med. i hig
------.  Operative Geluirtshiilfe fiir  Aerzte  und
  Studirende.  viii, 367 pp.  -?.  Berlin, H. Korn-
*Zum
1.  8°.
   t'ehl.  1902
.\agel (Wilhelm [Erich])  [1-68-     ].
  Stand der  Leptothrixfrage.   34 pp.. 1
  Halle a.  S., C. A. Kaemmerer <t- Co.,  1-94.
Aajfel (Wilibald  A.)  Vergleicliend physiolo-
  gist-he und anatomische Untersuchungen  iiber
  den Gerucus- und Geschmackssinn und  ihre Or-
  gane, mit  einleitenden  Betrachtuugeu  aus der
  allgenieinen vergleichenden Sinnesphysiologie.
  Gekronte Preisschrift.   viii, 7 pl.    8-".  Stutt-
  gart,  E. Nagele,  lf-94.
    Forms 18. Hft. of: Biblioth. Zool. (Leuckart Sc Cbnn).
------.   Der  Lkhtsinn augeuloser  Tiere.   Eiue
  bioloiiische studie.   12U  pp.   -  .  Jena,  G.
  Fischer, 1-90.
------.   Tateln zur Diagnose der Farbeublindheit.
  14 i>p., 12 pl.  24c.   Wiesbaden, J. F.  Bergmann,
  1898.
------.   Die Diagnose der  praktisch  wichtigen
  angeborenen Storungen des Farbensinue.s.  40
  pp., 1 pl.   --.   Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann,  1-99.
rVagrelJUS (BartholouiaMis).
    See  Sebizius (Melchior), jr. [in 1. s.|.  Disp. de vari-
  ous [etc.].  I. sm. 4D.  Argentorati, 1642.
Nagelschmidt(CarlFranz) [1875-   ].  •Pso-
  riasis uud  (ilycosurie.   [Kiel.]   15 pp.   8~.
  Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1900.
------.  Ueber Inimuuitat bei Syphilis, nebst Be-
  merkungen  iiber Diagnostik und  Serotherapie
  der Syphilis.  70 pp. ,--. Berlin, A. Hirschwald,
  1904.
>ag:eotte  (Mme.)  [nee  Wilboucliewitch]
  [1804-    ]. * Traitement antiscptiqne des bril-
  lnres.  127 pp.   4-.  Paris, 1-93. No. 207.
Xageotte t.lean)  [1866-    ].   * Tabes et pa-
  ralysie g^Mierale.  160 pp., 2 1., 10 pl.  4-'.  Paris,
  G. steinheil, 1693, Xo. 93.
-----.  The same.  160 pp., 2 1., 10 pl.  8°.  Paris,
  G. Steinheil. 1-93.
    —.  Note sur les formations  cavitaires
                                            par
 periuevrite dans les  nerfs  radiculaires.   5 pp.
 s-\   Paris, L. Maretheux, 1902.
   Repr.from: Compt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1902,11.s., iv.
-----.  Note sur  les lesions  radiculaires et gan-
 glionnaires du tabes; reponse a AndnS Thomas
 et Georges Hauser.   2 pp.   s-\  Paris, L.  Mare-
 theux, 1902.
   Repr.from: Compt.rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1902,11. a., iv.
-----.  A propos des lesions radiculaires du tabes;
 deuxieme  reponse a  Thomas et Hauser.  3 pp
 -Y  Paris, L. Maretheux, 1902.
   Repr. from.- Compt.rend.Soc.debiol.,Par., 1902,11.s.iv.
-----.  Nevrite radiculaire subaigue; degeneres-
 cences consecutives dans la moelle (racines pos-
 terieures)  et  dans  les nerfs  peripheriques (ra-
 cnies anteri.-ures).  12pp.   8-.  Parts, 1903.
   Repr.from: Kev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi.
-----.  Pathogenie du tabes  dorsal.  71 pp.. 3 pl
 12-.   Parts, C. Naud, 1903.
-----.  La  structure  fine du  systeme  nerveux
 60 pp., 11.  8-.  Paris, A. Maloine,  [1905].
 rVageotte (Jean)—continued.
 ----— vV Jamet.   Cytodiagnostic  du  liqnide
  cephalo-rachidieu daus quarante-cinq cas d'affec-
  tions nerveuses et mentales (e"pilepsie, ve"sanif s,
  paralysie generale, lesions en foyer).  4 pp.   ■«-.
  Paris, L.  Maretheux, 1902.
    Repr fr< in :  Bull, et mem. Soc.  med. d. hop. de Par
  1902, 3. s.  xix.
 Wager (Felix  R.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis -el-
  teuer Abdominaltumoreu (Lymphangioendothe-
  lionia  cysticnm  abdominis).  35 pp., 2 pl.   8C.
  Jena, G. Fischer, 1904.
 XaSfjjar (Elie) [1-71-    ].   TFolie  et  tabes.
  131 pp.  4 .   Paris, 1-96, Xo. 3-4.
 liable  uTolin  T.) The acting assistant surgeou
  of the United States Army in the war of the rebel-
  lion.   16  pp., 1 1.  12-'.* New York. Trow, 1-90.
    Repr.from:  Med. Rec.  N. Y.. is9u, xxxvii.
 -----.   The status of acting assistant sunjeous of
  the United States Army who  served in the late
  civil war. Being a reply to the ruling of tbe
  War Department in a communication sent  by
  Hon.  L. A. Grant, Assistant Secretary  of War,
  to Hon.  E.  J.  Demphv, Member  of Congress
  March 28. 1-92.  90 pp.  8:.  New York, M. B.
  Brown, 1-93.
 Nagorsen (Fritz)  [1874-    ].   *Ein  Beitrag
  znr Kenntuis von Wiibelsjiuleuveikriimmungen.
  Ein seltener  Fall vou Skoliosc.  37 pp., 11.  8°.
  Greifswald, C. Sell,  1-97.
 rVagour (Paul).
    See Lanrrnt (finiile)  & IVagour (Paul).  L'occnl-
  tisme et l'amour.  12°.   Paris. 1902.
Nagtglas  (F[rederik]).   Zelandia illustrata.
  Verzameling   van kaarten, portretten, platten
  enz. betrelfende de oudheid eu geschiedenis van
  Zeeland, toebehoorende aau het Zeeuwsch  Ge-
  uootschap der  Weteuschajipeti.    37  pp.
  Middelburg, J.  C. if W. Altorffer, 1?85.

Xag*iiali«m.
    Briulon (D.  G.)   Kagualism; a study  in native
  American  folk-lore and history.  Proc. Am.  Phil. Soc.,
  Phila., 1894, xxxiii, 11-73.
Nail lit (Georg).  * Ueber die Herkunft und Auf-
  o;abe des  Fruchtwassers.   27 pp.   -  .   Wiirz-
  burg, A. Boegler, 1686.
Natl ill (Jacob).  * Aetiologie  uud  Genese  der
  Ruptura periuei centralis.  39 pp.   --.   Strass-
  burg, C. Goeller,  l?9f>.
Nail ill (Johauu Adam  Manfred)  [1867-    ].
  ^Ein Fall vou  Lymphangioma periuei et scroti.
  15 pp., 1 1.  8-.  Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1-94.
IValliil  [Nikolaus].   Tbe election of a consump-
  tive sanatorium for the people. Transl. and pub-
  lished, withau introduction,by William Calwell.
  52 pp., 3 pl.  8-.  Belfast, Mayne  A Bond, 1-9-.
    Transl. from: Ztschr. f. Krankenpti., Berl., 1898, xx.
> all ill mac lie r (Heinrieh Karl)  [18T3-   ].
  * Zwei Fiille  von primarein  Carciuom der Vulva.
  21 pp., 1  1.    8°.   Kiel,  Schmidt   $  Klaunig,
  1901.
 Nallliys  (Alexaudrus  Petrus)  [1737-94].   De
  qualitate noxia aeris in nosocomiis et carceribus,
  ejusque reniediis.  7 p. 1., 104 pp.  -~.  Harlemi,
  J. Bosch, 1770.   [P., v. 1-5-.]
-----.   ^De religiosa plantarum conteniplatione,
  acerrimo ad  divini  numinis amorein et cultnm
  stimulo.   1 p. \., 56 pp.  4C.   Traj. ad  Bhenum,
  A. van Paddenburg, 1775.   [P., v.  1942.]
         Disserfatio  chemii-a  de  aqua?  origiue,
  ex basibus  aeris puri  et  intiammabilis, secum
  invicem combiuatis.  106 pp.  - :.  Traj. ad Bhe-
  num, 1789.  [P., v. 1858.]

Aaidina.
    Nchuiidt  (0.)  Beitrage znr Anatomie und Physio-
  logic der Xaideu. Arch. f. Anat., Phvsiol. n. wissensch.
  Med., Berl.. 1846. 406-420, 1 pl. 
>'AIGEOy.
313
SAILS.
Xai^eou •Jules-Alfred)  1793-1S31'".
     >ecrol«|;iev  J. d. conn. med. y:at.  Pa:." 16-52-J,
  is'. 1h

Xail-bitin?.
    Berillon (£.1 De l'onychopt ag e  - a f re quence chez
  Y- dr^-rnerc-  et son traitement ;•-'  L Y.^rapique.  Ann.
  iir j.svthiat- et dhvpnoL. Par.. :»Y n. - . iii.  334: 356.
  .lUc.-Bev.de l'hypnot- et i-~y-:l:«-Y physio... I'ar., li»93-4,
  viii. 1-17.  AUo. rranrf..- Zts-.-;.r. f. Hypnot. 'etc.],  Berl..
  :-■ -4. .j. 151-171. —:---. FiT-mcnce de l'onychopLd^ie el
  ■ '-.-»     :  des  ant">matiqne- c-.ez ie-  degtneres.  Rev.
   p.    •• l  i. et psycboL p"  siol.. Par . 1894-5,  ix,  170 —
  BonrTc  Y.)  La - Y_e-Y-■:.  . y. norique comme tra:ie-
  ment«.    «ychopha_ -   ..-'...■- reflexions su: ce -y:.-
  drome c"i.s:dere c©n.ne t^r-r <'.e  :--.-;neres.cDce.   I liuL,
  lt98-9. xiii, 76-79.

Xail-makei'*.
     Report irf the Lancet specia; -anitary • ■ i£T_.5-Y>r.  on
  the .'-.-..:.  And nail  makers of Crad'.ev  lieat:.  .;:.•; x.~:jt-
  boarhood.   Lancet. Lond., :;-CJ i. 41'7: "49.

Xail*.
     St-..  al*o. Nails   (J»ri'prod"»c-  of);  Nails
  (Morphology of i: Nails i .» me^'logy of).
     Lat-th (E.-A.)   M»:!ii<>:r-  sur  >\.ve\-  -.• ■• nts
   d'anat'-::.:-.   >\ir la di-p--:t:<>n drs on_- -s  -t
   de-noils.  4 .  >.sbomrg, 1-:y
     Ludwig (C. G.)   Dc ortn  er structure un-  '
  guium.  4:.   [Lipsiee, ".74-."]
     n:h>'VT'.tEN ( R. )  "Onvcbograpl.;-cL-  Stu-
  dien.   *'-.  Greifswald,  1903.
     B.  A  K.I  Concemius the  .: Tti  of t ae E:._e:-:.,i:'
   IY    !•:   ::&>•»   v.  413.— Beuedict i A.  L    1Y

   ll— Bloch (A.-M.    £-""-   e ...:>- l-.-- OL.,:e-
   '     t. renc >-:■. de b    P.:  :*;"•. .' ::  _r3-_Z"—ron
   Brunn.   Ueber >:nichtui  _  l 1 W cnsi  nudeiX/;-.
   Y-:„  l   ■ ". GesellB«-h. dei  -Y >•"-."::   .-. • -■;:- It::
   '.- -'  i" :  - t. '_'. 1. Hlfte., '. ." — C lean lin»-»» < : -  - :  .-
  of Indi?:?  ifomen. Indian M  Y    '_ A .-.;-• a    _   r. .:
   ':'. — Dixey (F. A.) Preliminary note on the relation of  j
  ti- .n^^aY  :iu:i totbe i^-'io-t-uru .if th- :.  al \. :.Aa:.v.
  Pr-:-:.  k-~. -■:-:. L--nd.. l-YJ-3  ':::. '/si. — Doyiel   a.  -
  Dt y-r-'-A^-^di^uLg-ii ii..  Naj^lhrtt ■ .---  Mr:- :.e:_.
  Arc...  I ::-::.  Anat.   B-.ci;  1904.  ixir,  IT;-".?* 2 pl.—
  Eger. C^berXagelveTauierjn^en  nach acuten ~Kz  :.A
   ie:-L  I>:  klin. W"cL&~:hr.  I9«)5.  xlii.  C-07-O"9. — ?Ii-
  ■ akoff i ? A.)  O  noghtyakh i.h-i-.vle.jbe-k-.:  r  -::
   H:-_-~ r.:.;-: nails.]   Me>l Ol-ozr., Mosk.. !«-<. I  : -"'.--
  ??".—Tleleachatl i-J.i  Urber -iie vei L-'nien Theile de*  I
  mensc-. ichen Ki *rs.  Ui-i; ci  E-XaY-'.  <L Mensch.
  n. d.  Tbiere. F;        1"... '. ■'■  :-. T.-':. -----. TTeber
  die Erzra^cs.g   »n  1"  . i-" t   . Ha: ■'.-:.  .nd Fnasen.
  Ibid..  G:ess--ii  1-:   xv i-Y —Okamira.  Ueljer den
  V^rLorrinngspro es dea 1  „-.-   [Jap.: — *--"".  Mitt.
  d. :i.ed. ije-telbch. zn ".      "r"" :cv,8.Ii" "-- —Ortega
   iR.   K-et-t --I..-:  .  -i  i.   Railn   -  :_-.  -Yi:a.-o
  1WS-3. :i  45.— Poro-z ii    j nAbC' --:.•:-■ Xa> -.
  Monatsh  f. pr.k:  L' r at.. Hamb.  !»'". xii hi!. — Ke-
  gnaalt iF.  Accroi-.seinentdeai :._'.e»de  .'.u.iv  i;iL  |
  S-:«..-i anth:'-p. • e Par-  ;»&- 4. -  :x   - —»hoeuiak(-r
   ■J. V  i  Sotu- notes  :. tLe :.ai-.  J. A    IT  A--  '.'  .
  tag',  l-r-9, xv. 4." — ^periri* -".r .  S :.i»  :-:  -.:::u:.e ■'.-
  tessuto elastico n«        .n_Yale.   Gior. d. r. Acc-ad. d»  .
  m«rd. di Torino, i -IC. xlL fas*-. <?-'. 2.  A i>  Reprint.— I n n a
  iP. G i  Imt >"a_"rl.  Monat>h.  t. ].: :k- Dermat.. .  ^
  !*»:•. Tiii, T&: 129.  AUo. transl .  --ircr.  n.on--_-. on der-  '
  ■at..Lond_i2?".lll-113.—Vitali  iG.i  Le espar-ioni ner-
  vo-* e !-  ^i:a:.-l -le dei c-rn.a -o"T.--.LgU'rale n-r'J  uomo.  ,
  Anat. A-z JrLa 1904.  xxv. jTC-^-ij

\ail« [Abnormities 0/  .
     Brunao.   ?:----.•.ra": in ■": u:. onj'ed'ort'-il del5c-nti-
  EKrties - -  i.-:._-.   J; .  . .-  'I- m-':. <"- P.on*-n (1^92). 1^3,
  '-. ■*., vi. ::  -—Eichhorot  .i    Ai.g-ooirner Xagelman-
  ;«•!.  CVntra,.bL  t klii   M-4. Ltipz  1*% xiv. 289-291.—
  Freche.   Ojci'.i.. ■ ;.:-.  A::  ae •'-:• -." r" svph.. Par..
  l&tri. 4. a., iii  r.'J-AT — Heller  T.)  J-.._- seltene De-
  fcrrmitat der F1ij_-- rLa.'-l X■■:'.     ":. a)   I'  rmat. Ztscbr.
  Berl..  1A0T  iv. 4--YJ0.—.lame- 7 i.   Y--: arkable mal-
  f'-:xutior. ol iLg-r-i.ai:-. Ii. .-t. M. Xews. Lond., Ie89. iv,
  i:< - Jamiooi A.i  ( -L.-enital malformation of nails.
  lr  ::e-  < Y:r  .--<. Edinb..':?;.-*. n. .-.. xiL 191-193.—
  *niith ~r7.li.   Acaa»-of annornialityor •.e-.:._e: nail-
  J .\:.*i. cc  i>~L.y-.■■'... \j,\A  1W1-? xxvii, i>A-i>- —."iviiip.
  ••■.   Cong«i:tal <i-rt"ormity of  •':.- ^»ila  --l"-•■ 'l'.-gr :■:.■--
  eis).  Lanc-rt. Lord . :»»^. L  T.-2 —Ti»»eraud  .-   .- .:
  on «as ilanonvcbie congenital*..  Ljiremeil., st -J::-llt
  l-:-.4. xxiii. 117-119.

\aiN  (Atrophy of;.
    See Nails (Diseases of, Trophic).
lail* (I>iseu8es  of,.
   S-e. also. Confectioners: Exostosis  Subum-
 gual : Favus:  Nails  I-iro  ing\:  Nails  (I>t-
  ro'ring.  Tre-i.tmtut of  : Nails   Seme'"A<gy  of  ;
 Occupations:  Paronychia:  Pregnancy ■ Com-
 plic  - ■ n- o/  : Skinners.
   Axgce  . £. <   * Du panaris ost^omyelitiqne.
 -:.  Lyon, l-.'7.
   Boyer  (C.-M.-J.)   * De  la triehophytic  un-
 gueale.   roy.-:.   Bordeaux, l-9">.
   Chau-sexde (H •   * Du  mal des coufiseurs,
 CYvxis et perionvx s   :..;.,,ion:.els.   4:.  Lyon,
 l-:.'.
   Forret  (P.)    *De i'->:iy-hogiyjiLose.
 Paris, vy.>3.
   Fraxc u- de Fraxkexav (G. F.)  Onyxologia
 cnrin*a.  -:\e de  ungnibns.  tractatio   jibysico-
 medica, uon tantutu eonim  physioi-giam. nlii et
 de eoruiljus, -std  et lati.old^iaiii  ac thc-rapiam
 tradeia^.  obsc-rvaticn iliu-  oppido  raris.   sn.. 4-.
 Jena; l>"'>y.j.
   GaRMJER  G.    * Le pauuris de M rxan loea-
 li-se au pied.   --.  Lyon, 1~'SJ.
   Heller i'J.)  Die Krai k.eite.i der Xag-..  -'-.
 Berlin.  19<X>.
   Heyxemanyv CT. F. E.    *ra--:isrisx.-Le  Dei-
 triig- znr Kenntiiis dc-r Xa_derkrankuugen.  --'.
 Kiel, ld04.
   KaTo  T.    *Da«  Pauaritiuui  und  seine Be-
 cleutnng fiir  die Geurauehsfahigkc-it der Hand.
 -:.  E,  angen. 16-9.
   Le~pixa~-e   [H.-]£.'  'Contribution alt ..-;
 d»r< onyc-i...i:;yr,.s^s tricophytiq'ic et r'avinue et
 de la iirla'ie  u.gueaic.   4-.  Bordeaux.  1--9.
    ------.   The sane.   -:.  Paris, 1--9.
   Levrier 'A.-H.)  * Contribution a l'etude de
 l'eczema <U-s ■:.g'.e»,  4:.  Bordeaux, >y .
   Louazel  H.f   * Contri'u'ition  a  rer:.(.ie de la
 maladie de Morvan.  4Z.   Paris,  l->'
   ------.   The same.   -:.  Paris. 1-!y.
   vi.x  Meyer  'E.i  ~ Bcrzi^h'\\.-z cl-r:  Tnbercu-
 iose  znr  Uyv- L.a  iual;gLa.    "H^iiieiber^.'"  6-.
 Berlin, 1—7,"
   Abo. in: Arch. f.  path. Anat. [etc.J,  Berl., IssT. criii,


   Naegeltx (C.)   * Snr une ob-irrvationd'onyxis
 parintoxi- aticm pr-'lV-sios.nelle teinture* al-a-e
 d'aniliue).   -'-.  Paris. VM)3.
   Bokoch C.)  ' LVberdie ciYi .. ^scben Affek-
 tioi^n  des Nageigiieds  mit i-^-"Ldeirr Betiick-
 ■sicbT:ir ;:._' der  g^-chwulstbildendeu  Prozesse.
 6-.  Boon. 1—9.
   Yixcext (J.)   * Des  tunieurs sous-ungn^ales
 do'li-mrcuses.   -  .  Lyon, l&vO.
   Ziems-ex  (F.  M.;  * Uelier das  Panaritinin
 mit  l>evjuderer Beriieksicb.tiu'|iiiz seiuer Hanri^-
 keit  nnd  Behandlu: _r  beim  Miiitiir  seit  dem
 Jai.re l-'JU.  --.   Berlin.  19<J4.
   Abadie.  ( n.y. ;;- _--yT-:.'-s-  Montpel.m^d. 19>yj. 2. .».,
 xv. 114-.'.—.4ieroli  E    I:.'-ic:;e sa !'i»ti .  _:a jiatfjl^
 Zica  ■'-'. •-ii-.:;.--  :.■-'.  id:.a:itiniu.  P'-i.. ii:...  I:.:j.a. ic&c;.
 i::-C, 44>—;•> .—Alexaudre.  Sur un  cas 'i  - :.y  :-.':"■".
 j.Lo-;-.  K-- >'.e  <'..:■.  Pa:. '..•  ,  xxiii. 317-  ..."—Aufi.
 iu«(T.  Yd • as ile i.ai i-i.e- -ie  >'"r\an.   Ar... de dermat.
 et syph.. Par.. 1*95, 3. s.. vi. "17. — Arnozau X.)  Tri-
 chophytie ungneale et crytL-::.- t: c. ■ ;:  - : ■.'.- dn dos
 des mains: presentation de n.a". a:-.  Mm. e: "n ill. S- ..-.
 de ruwl. et  chir.  de Bordeaux YY.   'J7-30. — Arrou.
 Traitement •'.■ - ;> .: i-:-   i'Y ■'  .Yn. d>- clin. et  de ■:--_-ra:>.
 Par.. 1897. n  Y"— Audry .r.,  Le-ic-u-  de- (n..- i»i
 coure d'une  :■*■'.•-:•■ viti.._• ri~u.~e _t;:jeralisee.   Bull. Sx.
 franc, de dermat.  rt !>y(>h. Par., iC-.-'J liii *  Ai<   Ann.
 de dermat. et sypb.. Par.. l>-2. 4. a., ii;  ".-;   A .'<.  J. d.
 mal. c .tan. et syph.. Par.. 1!> 2 xiv )/s4-l- —Balzcr Jc
 l.aachcry.  OnvchogTypbose C'^rme.  hu'.i  S<x franc.
 de dermat. et  s\ph..  Par.. >C<'  x. 156.  Al-    Arm. de
 ilern.at. et svph.'.  Par.. 1899. ::.  -.  x. 365.— Balzer  F . i
 ^Icrcicr  «U.#  OnychoiTy;. ..s- hvpertr-'phique.  Bail.
 Soc.  :    l de  tierriiat. et syph.. Par., 1 <"i  ix,  163-166.
 Alto        de         et syph.. Par  : -&» 3. a., ix. 345-
 JW.-B;i r<lt n lit u< i. Behandlung ■"•-- Panaiitinm p.ra-
 U: d  nosum und teL .lnoeum.  Miini ben. med. Wchnsa Lr., 
NAILS.
314
NAILS.
Rail* (Diseases of).
  1900,  xlvii,  1363-1365.  AUo:  Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte., 67-71.—Beach (G.W.)  Traitement des panaris;
  un pansement huniide qui preseute certains avantages sur
  cenx qui sont geneialeuient employes.  Presse med., Par.,
  1896,  p. cccliv. — Bcrgh  (R.)  Tjeber das sypbilitische
  Nagelleiden und das syphilitische  Panaritium.  Syphili-
  dol.. Erlang., 1K(>2,  iii, 425-429.—von  Berg maun  (E.)
  Om liebandling af panaritium.  [The treatment of panari-
  tium.)  Allni. sven. Lakartidn.,  Stockholm, 1904, i,  385-
  395.  'Also, transl.:  Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild.,  Jena, 1904,
  i, 4-9.—Bering (F.)  Zur Kasuistik der Nagelerkran-
  kun^cn.   Miinchen. med. "Wchnsc.hr.,  1903,  1,  1777.—
  BiclMrhowNkv (M.)  Ein Fall von Morvan'scher Krank-
  heit.   K.iu.il. (Yntralhl., Leipz., 1896, xv,  450-454.—Bil-
  lard.  Sur un cas de psoriasis primitif et isol6 des ongles.
  J. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1897, ix, 276-278.—Binaud
  (W.)   Onvxis unilateral des deux gros orteils opere par
  le procede  de Quenu; guerison par premiere intention au
  bout de neuf jours.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et  physiol. . . . de
  Bordeaux, 1893, xiv, 182.  Also:  Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse,
  1894,  viii,  57. — Bosc  &  Galavielle.   Onychoniycose
  tricophytique (etude anatomique et biologique du cham-
  pignon).  Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii,
  fasc. 2, 524-527.—Bougie (J.)   Troubles  trbphiques du
  squelette de la main et des doigts dans un  cas de panaris
  profond du niedius.   Bull, et me.ni. Soc. auat. de Par., 1901,
  lxxvi, 80-82, 4 pl.—Broca.  Sur un casde  panaris analge-
  sique (de Morvan).   Bull. Soc. clin. de Par., 1885, ix, 82-
  88. — Bussicre.   Psoriasis des ongles.   J. de  med. de
  Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv,  432.—Cabanes.   Le  panaris des
  doigts.  J. de la  saute, Par., 1901, xviii, pt. 2, 122-124.—
  Campana (It.)  La pitiriasi ungneale da microsphoron
  furfur; diflieolta di avere oolture pure di  detto paiassita
  saprogeno.  Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Koma, J903, xxix,
  133. -----. II microsphoron  furfur nelle unghie  (pitiriasi
  versicolore ungneale).  Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di
  Roma,  1903, xxi, 13-18,  1 pl. -----. La pitiriasi ungueale
  da microsphoron furfur; difficolta. di avere culture pure
  di detto parassita saprogeno.  Ibid., 119. — Centri  (R.)
  L' onicogrifosi trieofitica.  Gior. ital. d. mal. ven.. Milano,
  1898,  xxxiii, 5-13.—Clcjat.  Sur un  cas de trichopbytie
  ungueale.  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 25.—Cohn
  (T.j  Neuere Arbeiten iiber Erkrankungen  der Nagel.
  Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1901-2, v, 106-172.—Coulouma
  (E.)    De  l'ouyxis  et  du perionyxis syphilitiques.   N.
  Montpel. med.,' 1894, iii, 1039-1048.—Crequy.  Affection
  iudeterminee des  ongles.  Bull.  Soc. franc. <le dermat. et
  syph.,  Par., 1901, xii,  282. — Banlos. Affection  inde-
  termin6e des ongles.  Ibid., 1899, x, 330.  AUo: Ann. de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1899,  3. s.,  x, 659.  -----. Uu cas
  de  paronyxis tuberculeux d'iuoculation.   Ann. de  der-
  inat. et  syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 219-221. — Davian
  (G.)  Comment inciser un panaris.  Arch. gen. de med.,
  Par.,  1903, i,  728-732.— Deeleiuan ( M.)   Gewehrol
  und Panaritium; eine railitararztliche Studie.  Deutsche
  mil.-arztl.  Ztschr.,   Berl.,  1901, xxx, 93-101. — Deli.
  guy.   L'eezema  des  ongles.   Bull. Soc. de  med. de
  Par. (1887), 1888, xxii, 228-232.—Domke.  Zur  Patholo-
  gie und Therapie der Fingerpanaiitien. Med. Rundschau,
  Berl.,  1897-8, 203; 221;  241.— Drcuw. Ein neuer Nagel-
  parasit. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903, xxxvi,
  341-360,1 pl.—Dubrueilh (W.) Panaris infectieux. Gaz.
  med. de Par., 1890, 7. s., vii, 133.  -----.  Deux cas d'ony-
  choniycose;  presentation  des  malades.   Mem.  et  bull.
  Soc.  de med.  et   chir.  de  Bordeaux  1890-91, 24-28.
  ----- Traitemeut des onychomycoses par la pommade
  au pyrogallol.  J. de med. de Bordeaux,  1894, xxiv, 569-
  571.   Also: Mem.  et hull. Soc.  de med. et chir. de  Bor-
  deaux (1894),  1895, 751-758. -----.  Psoriasis primitif des
  ongles.  Arch. clin. de  Bordeaux, 1895, iv,  427-429. AUo,
  transl.:  Monatsh.  f.  prakt. Derinat.,  Hamb.,  1896, xxii,
  464-467. -----. Tricopbytie ungueale. Bull.  Soe. d'anat.
  et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1895, xvi,  2.—B-ubrcuilh (W.)
  Sc Free lie  (U.)   Eczema des.ongles.  J. med. de  Bor-
  deaux, 1901, xxxi,  249-253. — Biibendorfer  (Emma).
  Ein  Fall von Onychomycosis  blastomycetica.  Dermat.
  Centralbl., Berl., 1904, vii, 290-302.—Dnplan.  Panaris
  gangreneux; infection  purulente; endocardite ulcereuse.
  Lyon  med., 1894, lxxvii, 331-334.  AUo : Mem. et compt.-
  rend. Soc. d. sc. med. deLyon (1894), 1895, xxxiv, pt. 2, 137-
  140.—Buret.  Ouychogrypose.  Bull. Soc anat.-clin. de
  Lille, 1893,  viii, 54— Dyachkoff (N. N.)   Sluchai sifiliti-
  cheskavo porazheniya vsiekh nokhtei i ikh okruzhnosti s
  odnovremennini porazheniyem serdtsa i pochek. [Svphilis
  of the nails and their .surrounding parts, with simultaneous
  disease of the heart and kidneys.)  Prakt. Vrach. S.-Peterb.,
  1905, iv, 557;  577.—Believerria (E.)  Ein histologischer
  Beitrag zur Kenntnis des gesunden und kranken Nagels.
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamh, 1895, xx, 78-93.—Ehr-
  mann (0.)  Beitrag zur Kasuistik seltener Nagelkrank-
  heiten;  Onychoschisis   symmetrica  (symmetrische La-
  mellenbildung oder  Flacbenspaltung der Nagelplatte).
  Ibid.,  1902, xxxiv, 74-70.—Eisner (F. W.) Two cases of
  fungus disease of  the nails (onychomycosis);  (1)  tinea
  favosa  unguium;   (2)  tinea  trichophytina unguium  et
Yails (Diseases of).
  universalis.  Austral. M. J., Melbourne,  1891, n. s., xiii.
  479-483.—Ercolani (G. B.)   Dell' onychomykosis  del-
  1'uomo e dei solipedi.  Memoria del Prof. ...  Mem. Accad.
  d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1875, 3. s., vi, 363-381, 1 pl.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Esquerilo (A.)  El panadizo.  Rev. de med.'
  cirug. y farm.,  Barcel.,   1899,  xiii,  353:  1900,  xiv,  l.-l
  Fabry (J.) Ueber Onychomycosis  favosa.  Arch.  f.
  Dermat. u. Syph., "Wien,  1890, xxii, 21-30, 1 pl.—Faggc
  (C. H.)  On  some affections of the nails.  Guy's Hosp
  Rep.,  Lond.,  1870. 3. s., xv,  551-561. Also, Reprint.—
  Fournier (H.)  Etude sur la tricopbytie des ongles.  J.
  d. mal. cutan.  et syph., Par., 1889-90,  i,  3-11. _____\
  Note sur  le  traitement  des alterations  ungueales  par
  la cauterisation ignee.   Ibid., 1902, xiv, 11-16.— Free lie
  (D.)   Quelques  cas  de psoriasis  uugueal.   Ann.  de
  la  Policlin.  de  Bordeaux,  1897,  v.  517-527.  -----.
  Tricopbytie  familiale des  ongles.  Mem. et bull.  Soc.
  de med.' et chir.  de  Bordeaux  (1897),  1898.  183.  ----.
  Coalonychie.   Bull. Soc. frang.  de  dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1902, xiii, 130-135. — Galewsky.  Ueber beiufliche For-
  malinerkrankung  der Nagel.  Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f.
  Nat.- u. Heilk. iu Dresd.,  Munchen, 1904-5, 25-29.—Gas-
  par in i (A.) Delia cura medica dell' onichia laterals.
  Gazz.  d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 109-112.—GaMou &
  Vieira.  Alterations ungueales avec eburnation chez un
  polyurique congenital.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1901, 4. s., ii, 646.—Gaucher (L.)  Nouvelle methode de
  traitementdu panaris; technique.  Rev.med. de l'Afrique
  du nord, Alger,  1902, v, 1846-1851.—Gombault.  Sur un
  cas de maladie de Morvan suivi  d'autopsie.  Gaz. d. hdp.,
  Par., 1889, lxii, 459. — Gottheil (W. S.)  Onychia syphi-
  litica nnd rupia.  Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1892, v, 150.—
  Gottstein.  Ueber  neuere Behandlungsmethoden  von
  Panaritien undPhlegmonen. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch.^
  f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 54-61.—
  Grimlon (J.)  Parasitic diseases of the nails. J. Cutan.
  & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. T.,  1901, xix, 516-521.  AUo:  Tr.
  Am.  Dermat. Ass.,  1901, N. T., 1902,  111-117. — IIaim.
  Beitrag zur Statistik der Panaritien und zu deren Behand-
  lung unter Kontrolle der Rontgenstrahlen.  Deutsche mil.-
  iirztl.Ztschr.,Berl., 1903,xxxii,297-304.—Hallopeau (H.)
  Sur  une corne ungueaie.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et
  syph.. Par., 1893, iv, 361.— Hallopeau (H.) Sc Fouquet.
  Sur une variete  d'onychomycose.  Ibid.,  1902, xiii, 4-7.—
  Also:  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 47-50.
  ----------.  Sur un  nouveau cas d'onychomycose.  Bull.
  Soc. frang.  de dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1902, xiii, 252.—
  Hallopeau (H.) & I>c Daman)'.  Sur une parakera-
  tose generalisee des  ongles.   Ibid., 1895, vi, 246.  Also:
  Ann. de dermat. et  syph., Par., 1895,  3. s., vi, 538-540.—
  Hardaway (W. A.)  The treatment of diseases of the
  nails.   J. Cutan. Sc  Genito-Urin.  Dis., N. T., 1901, xix,
  522-527.  Also:  Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1901, N.  Y., 1902,
  130-145.—Harlxcll (M. B.)  Disease of the nails accom-
  panied bv arthritis of the distal joints of the fingers and
  toes.   Univ.  Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 260-262.—
  Hau (V.)  Panaris diphterique.  Lyon med., 1900, xciii,
  109-118.— Hau  (V.)  & Bevol  (L.) ' Cinq nouveaux cas
  de  panaris dipbteriques et d'inoculalions  sous-epider-
  miques de la dipht6rie.  Ibid., 1903, ci, 253-257.—Heller
  (J.)    Zur  Histopathologie  einiger  Nagelerkranknngen.
  Dermat. Ztschr.,  Berl.,  1898, v, 741-750.  -----. Zur Pa-
  thologie der  Nagelerkrankungen.  Monatsh. f.  prakt.
  Dermat., Hamb., 1898, xxvii, 1^3-175. -----.  Die Ouycho-
  pathologie, Demonstration von  105 Photogranimen und 74
  Glasdiapositiven.  Verhandl. d. deuisch.  dermat. Gesell-
  sch. 1898, Wien u. Leipz.,  1899, vi, 277-294. -----. Zur
  Casuistik  der  Nagelerkrankungen.   Dermat. Ztschr.,
  Berl.,  1901, viii,  249: 1903, x, 346. -----. Zur pathologi-
  schen Anatomie der  Syphilonychia ulcerosa unguium he-
  reditaria.   Arch. f. Derinat.  u.  Syph., Wien u  Leipz.,
  1903, lxv,  235-246, 2 pl.—Herz  (M.)   Onychngraphie.
  Wien. med. Presse,  1896, xxxvii,  409-412.—Hoffmann.
  Nagelfavus.    Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1904,  xii, 959.—
  Iliickcl (A.)  Zwei Falle von schweren symmetrischen
  Panaritien auf tiophoneurotischerGrundlane.  Munchen.
  med. Wchnsehr.,  1889, xxxvi,  461: 463. — Hutchinson
  (J.)   Cases illustrating diseases of the nails.  Arch. Surg.,
  Lond., 1890-91,  ii. 237-253. -----.  On corns under the
  nails.   Ibid., 1891-2,  iii,  85. -----. Psoriasis of the  nails
  of all  the fingers and toes.  Clin. J., Lond., 1894-5, v, 338.
  -----. Eczema  of the nails. Med. Piess & Circ, Lond..
  1895, n. a., lx, 2; 489. -----. A case of true psoriasis of
  the  nails;  the patient's father the subject  of psoriasis.
  Arch. Surg., Lond.,  1897, viii,  370-372.  -----. Disease of
  the nails aud fingers beginning iu childhood; family his-
  tory of skin disease;  a modified form of psoriasis.  Ibid.,
  1898, ix. 374.  -----.  A  clinical study of diseases of the
  nails.   Ibid., 1899, x, 140; 193;  289, 3 pl.:  1900, xi, 26; 252
  2 1.,  2 pl. -----. List of drawings illustrating diseases of
  the  nails, etc., in my museum.  Ibid., 160-164, 4 1., 4 pl.
  -----. On  diseases' affecting the nails.   Med. Press  &
  Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s.,  lxviii,  79.—Inghram (W. H.)
  A case of onychogryphosis with coruu cutaneum.   At-
  lanta  M. Sc  S. J., 1895-6, n. s., xii, 75-79.—Jaboulay.
  Panaris tuberculeux avec  ablation de ganglion epitro- 
NAILS.
315
NAILS.
Rails (Diseases  of).
  chleeu tuberculeux.   Lyon med.,  1901, xcvi, 254-256.—
  Jackson (G. T.)   Some  cases  of diseased  nails.   J.
  Cutan. Dis. inch Svph., N. Y., 1905, xxiii, 153-157, 2 pl.-
  .1 antes (D.)   Case  of onychomycosis.  Med. Press &
  Circ   Loud.,  1893, n. s.,  lv, 91   Johnston (W.  G.)
  Parasitic onychia.   Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1887-
  9) 1890 iv 1.—Joseph (M.)  I'eber  Nagelkraukheiten.
  Berl  Klinik, 1902,  173.  Hft.. 1-34.—Keye* (E. L.)   Me
  galonvchosis.   Med.  Rec, X. T.,  1898,  liii,  587-589.-
  Klotz.  Disease of the nails.  J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin.
  Dis,  N. Y- 1888,  vi, 311.— liollmniiii (O.)  Ein  Fall
  vou  Panaritium  syphiliticuni.  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1890, xxxvii,  488.—Ii a fosse.  Observations sur les
  echiiiioses gangrene-uses,  vuls-aii-einent  appelees maux
  d'aveuture.   In his: Obs. . .  . d'hippiat., 12°, Par., au ix
  [1801J, 95-104.— dc  l>a Harpe (E.)  Note sur l'eezema
  des ongles.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1889.
  ix, 78-81, 1 pl. — liCspinusse (E.)   Trichopbytie un-
  gueale; ervtheme trichophytique  chronique.   Ann.de la
  Policlin.  de  Bordeaux, 1889,  i,  119-124. — Ijeviseur
  (F J)  A case of favns of the nails.  J. Cutan. & Genito-
  Urin.  Dis., N. Y,  1898, xvi, 224-226.  -----.  The treat-
  ment of favus of the nail.   Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1899,
  9. s., iii, 105, 3  pl.   Also, Reprint.  -----. The  clinical as-
  pect and  treatment of some  affections of the finger nails.
  J. Cutan. i Genito-Urin. Dis., N.  Y., 1902, xx,  502-510.
  AUo: Tr. Am. Dermat.  Ass. 1902, Chicago, 1903, 84-96,
  1 pl.  AUo.transl.:  Allg. Wien.  med. Ztg.,  1903, xlviii,
   292; 302.  AUo, transl.: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1902.
  xiv] 475-481. — Majnoni (R.)  Ceutododici casi  di pate-
  reccio.  Boll,  clin.-scient. d.  Poliambul. di Milano, 1899,
   xii,  353-308.  AUo  |Abstr.]: Corriere  san., Milano, 1900,
   xi,122.—Malherbe (H.)  Cauterisations ignees et gue-
   rison dans uu cas d'onvchose ancieune.  J. d.  mal. cutan.
   et syph., Par., 1902, xiv, 929-932.  AUo: Gaz. med. de
   Nantes, 1903. 2. s.,  xxi, 798-801. — Mansuroff (N.)  Slu-
   chai  sifiliticheskavo stradauiya noghtei (onychia syphi-
   litica). In his: Klin, shorn, po  derinat. i sif., St. Petersb.,
   1889,22-24, lpl.—Marberger (S.)  Panaritiumokesazok
   kezelese.  [Panaritium and its treatment.]   Magy. orv.
   lapja, Budapest, 1902, ii, 201. — Martel.  Cor,  durillon
   sous-ungueal  ou hypertrophie  ungueale.  Rev.  internat.
   d. sc. med., Par., 1888, v, 217-224—Meneau.  Contribu-
   tion a l'etude  du psoriasis ungueal.  Ann. de dermat. et
   syph., Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 418-434.—Mormet  (P.) Exos-
   tose  sous-ungueale;  structure  osteo-fibro-cartilagineuse.
   Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 186-190. — Meyer (F.)
   Fall  von  gonorrhoischem  Panaritium.   Deutsche  med.
   Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl.,  1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 226.—
   Mignon (A.) Du panaiis  infectieux.  Bull. nied., Par.,
   1890, iv.  385. —Monic.  Panaiis k 6volution anormale.
   Bull.  Soc. d'anat.  et physiol. .  . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi,
   367.—Morvan.   De l'onyxis malin et  de son traitemeut
   par 1'iodoforiue.  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1888, 2. s., xxv,
   360;  372.—Miiller (C.)  Zur Kasuistik der kongenitalen
   Onychogryphosis.   Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr..  1904, li,
   2180-2182. — IVakamura (T.)  [Panaritium.]  Iji Shin-
   bun, Tokio, 1902, 1450-1458.—IVeuberger.  Ein  Fall von
   Onychomycosis trichophvtina.  Derinat. Ztschr.,  Berl.,
   1904, xi,  .549-553, 1 pl. — ©hmann-Dumesiiil (A. H.)
   Koilonychia and its  successful  treatment, with the report
   of some cases.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St. Louis, 1902, xiv,
   155-168.  AUo: St, Louis M. & S. J.. 1902, lxxxii, 289-301.
   Also: Am. J.  Dermat., St. Louis. 1903, vii. 24-31.—Oli ver
    (T.)   Case  of tricopbytie onychomycosis,  or infective
   growth involving the matrix of the nails.  Lancet, Lond.,
   1896, i, 619. — Oppenheim (H.)   Ueber Hyperesthesia
   unguium (Onychalgia nervosa).  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat.
   u. Neurol.,  Berl., 1903,  xiii, 265-269. — I»aiiten* (G.)
   Traitement du panaris par la methode oxygenee.  Clinique.
   Brux., 1904, xviii, 1008-1010. — Feraire (M.)  Panaris
   tuberculeux.   Bull, et mem. Soc. auat. de Par., 1901. lxxvi.
   298-300.— Pollilzer (S.)  Inflammatory affections of tbe
   nails.  J. Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xix, 503-
   511.  AUo: Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass.  1901, X. Y.,  1902, 117-
   125.—Poncet.  Panaris nerveux.  Mem. et compt.-rend.
   Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1888),  1889, xxviii, pt. 2, 14-16.
   -----. Note  relative k nne  variete d'onyxis propre aux
   confiseurs.  Bull.  Acad, de med.,  Par., 1889, 3. s., xxi, 330-
   332.—Poor (F.)   Eczema unguium localisatum.  Dplgo-
    zatok  az egyet. horkort. intezetb., Budapest,  1903. 9.—
    Pi-ouff. Un cas de maladie de  Morvan (panaris analge-
   Bique). suivi  d'autopsie;  examen  anatomique par  MM
   Gombault et  Reboul.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de
   Par., 1889, 3.  s., vi, 213-221.  Also: Gaz. hebd. de med.,
   Par., 1889. 2. s., xxvi, 308; 318. — Rcclns (P.)  De l'anal-
   gesie localisee par la cocaine; incision du panaris.  Bull.
   Acad, denied., Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 183-191.-----. Traite-
   meut du panaris.   Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par.,
   1905,  xix, 225-227. — Rensscn (W.)   Het  panaritium.
   Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1895-6, ii, 41-44.— Bicdel. Ueber
   die Behandlung des Panaritium.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
   sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi. 8-13.—Robbins (F. W.)
   Syphilitic onychia.  Physician  Sc Surg., Detroit Sc Ann Ar-
   bor, 1901,xxiii, 306-309. —Rothbart (J.)  A panaritiumok
   6s azok kezelese.   [Panaritia and their treatinent.1 Magy.
lYails (Diseases of).
  orv. lapja, Budapest, 1902,ii,135-137.—Routier.  Plaques
  de gangrene dans les regions des nerfs radial et axillaire a
  la suite d'un  panaris de la phalangette du pouce.  Bull, et
  mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,  1888, n. s.,  xiv. 790.—Sabou-
  raud.  Traitement de  l'onyebomycose  trychophytique.
  Bull. Soc. franc, dc dermat. et syph., Par.,  189ri, vii, 2.—
  Sabrazcs (J.)  Eczema primitif des ongles.  Ann. de la
  Policliu.de Bordeaux, 1889-91, i, 183-188.-----.  Nature des
  onychomycoses demontrce  par la culture et les inocula-
  tions.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894, xv.
  134. Also: Compt, rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1894, cxix, 172.—
  Sacchetti (A.)  Contributo clinico alia cura del paterec-
  cio. Arch,  internaz. d.  spec, med.-chir., Napoli, 1893, ix,
  277-285.—Nchmitt (A.)  Ueber die Behandlung des Pa-
  naritium.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1893, xl, 26-28.—
  Nchnabcl (J.)  Ueber die Behandlung des  Panaritiums;
  eine Bemerkung zur Abhandlung von A. Schmitt in No. 2
  dieser "Wochenschrift.  Ibid.SA.—Schulze (O.)  Ein Bei-
  trao- zur Behandlung der Panaritien.   Munchen. med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1901, xlviii, 428.—Schuster (S.)  Ueber die
  Behandlung des Panaritium ossale.  Wien. med.  Wchn-
  sehr.,  1898,  xlviii,  544. — Sccheyron.   Troubles  tro-
  phiques de  la main (panaris  analgesique)  consecutifs h
   une plaie de  la paume de la main.   Bull. Soc. clin. de Par.
   (1886), 1887, x,  1-6. — Seitz  (J.)  Diphtheriebacillen in
   einem' Panaritium.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel, 1899,
   xxix  641-045.—Scnfft (A.)   Uebei'  Panaritien.  Med.-
   chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1896, xxxi. 704— Sheild (M.)  Dis-
   eases of the nails.  Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1899, viii,
   787-791.—Shoemaker (J. Y.) Diseases of the nails.  J.
   Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis., N.Y., 1890, viii, 334;  388; 419;
   470. _____.  Tieatment of diseases of the nails.  N.  Eng.
   M. Month.,  Danbury, Conn., 1893-4. xiii, 197-203.   Also:
   Med.  Bull.,  Phila., 1894, xvi, 125-129. -----. Diseases of
   the nails.  Internat. Cliu.,  Phila., 1896, 6. s., iii, 332-336.—
   Sick (C.)   Melanosatcom, ansgehend von einer pigmen-
   tirten Stelle des linken Daumenuagels.   Jahrb. d.  Hamb.
   Staatskrankenanst. 1889, Leipz , 1890, i, pt. 2, 268. — So-
   bolctf" (L. A.)  Po povodu sluchaya boliezni Morvan'a.
   1A propos of a case of Morvan'a disease. |   Russk. J. Kozhn.
   i Ven.BolIezu., Kharkov, 1904, viii, 298-302.—Springer.
   Traitement  de deux cas de panaris sous-ungueal  sans ope-
   ration par l'electricite statique.   Ann.  med.-chir. du cen-
   tre, Tours, 1904, iv, 119.—Terzaghi (R.)  II microsphoron
   furfur uelle unghie.  Clin, derinosifilopat.  d. r. Univ. di
   Roma, 1905,  xxiii.  68-71.—Thcvenot (L.)  Panaris acti-
   noiu ycosique de l'anuulaire droit.  Presse med., Par., 1903,
   ii, 658.  Also [Abstr.J: Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 361.—Thi-
   riar (J.)  Uucas de panaris analgesique (maladie de Mor-
   van).  Clinique, Brux., 1889, iii, 465-468.—Tronchet. Pa-
   naris symetriques superficiels chez une hysterique.  Bull.
   Soc. de med. et chir. de La Rochelle, 1891, 64. -----. De
   l'onyxis rhumatisiual.  J.de m6d.de Bordeaux, 1896, xxvi,
   63-66.  Also:  Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de  Bor-
   deaux (1896), 1897, 25-34.—Tsivinski.  Sluchai onycho-
   mycosis.  [Case of . . .J  Prorok. Obsh. Moghilev. vrach.,
   Moghileffn. D., 1899, 112-115.—Frdareanu  (C.)   Pana-
   ritiu da degetul mijlociu de la mana stanga in  timpul unel
   blenoragil acute.  [Panaritia of the  middle finger of the
   left band during acute gonorrhea.]   Rev. san. mil., Bucu-
   resci, 1898-9, ii,  132-134.—Valerio (X.)  Cu caso di oni-
   cogrifosi delle estivmita inferiori.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
    1895,  xvi. 1597.—Vogt  (A.)   Panaritiet hos vor Fiskeral-
   mue'.   [Panaritium among our fishermen.]  Norsk Mag. f.
    La-gevidensk.,  Kristiania, 1806,  4.   R.,  xi,  51-54.—
    Waclsch  (L.)  Ueber Koilonychia und Platonychia he-
    reditaria.  Arch.  I'. Dermat.  u.  Syph., Wien u.  Leipz.,
    1903 lxvii, 251-258.—Walsh (D.)  Kingwonn  of the nails.
    Lancet,Lond., 18'ji, ii. 1247.—Wechselmanii (W.)  Ue-
    ber Onycboschisis lamclliua.  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.,
    Hamb., 1902,  xxxv,  233.—While (C.  J.)  The  clinical
    study of four hundred and eighty-live cases of nail disease.
    Boston M.  &  S. J.,  1902,  exhii. 537-542.  Also. Reprint.
    Also: Tr. Am.  Dermat. Ass. 1902, Chicago, 1903,  77-83, 1
    tab.—Willelt (E.)  Carcinoma arising in the bed of the
    thumb-nail. Tr.  Path.  Soc.  Lond., 1894-5,  xlvi, 152.—
    Wilson (A. G.)  Three  cases of hereditary hyperkera-
    tosis  of the nail-bed.  Brit. J. Derinat., Lond.,  1905, xvii,
    13, lpl.—Wohl (M.)  Zwei  Fiille vou Clavi syphilitic!.
    Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 269-271.

  IVaiBs (Diseases of,  Trophic).
      Aclaml.  Symmetrical tiopbic lesions of nails.  Lancet,
    Lond., 1890, i, 052.—Arnozau.  Presentation de malade:
    chute spontanee des ongles aux mains et aux pieds; pelade
    de la barbe  et  des  secondes phalanges.  J. de med. dc
    Bordeaux, 1887-8, xvii, 608-610.   Also: Mem. et bull. Soc.
    de med. et chir. de Bordeaux  (1888), 1889, 478; 695.—Ash-
    mcnil (A. S.)  Antirheumatic treatment  of psoriasis of
    the finger nails.  J.  Cutan. Dis. incl. Sypb., N. Y., 1905,
    xxiii, 480-482.—Audry (C.)  Pelade  des  ongles.   Bull.
    Soc.  franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.. 1899, x,  465-468.
    Also: Ann. de derinat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s.,  x, 1087-
    1090.  Also : J. d. mal. cutaii. et syph., Par., 1900, xii, 161-
    1G5.__BieUehowMky.   Ueber eine seltene  Form von
    Atrophic der Nagel.  Jahresb. d.  schles. Gesellsch.  f. 
NAILS.
316
NAILS.
\ail*  (J>iscttses of, Trophic).
  vaterl. Knit. 18*9. Presl., 1*90, lxvii,44. -Brnuns(T.) Zur I
  Kenntnis der Lcukouvcbie.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph..
  Wien u. Leipz., I!>u3. lxvii, 63-72. — t'aslerel.  Altera-
  tion des ou"les d'origiue inconnue (decollemout spontanea, |
  Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par-, 1«90, 3. s., vii, 1419-1423.
  ______. Sur une alteration singuliere du .systeme  uugueal
  (decolii'iiii-nt  -pnntane).   Arch.  med. de Toulouse,  1897,
  iii 24-29 —Colliiicau ^ Thibierge iG.)  Dystrophic j
  ungueale  "encraliM >•.   Hull.  Sue.  franc, de dermat,  et j
  syph  Par. 1897, viii. 418: 1898, ix,  436.   AUo:  Ann.  de
  dermat. et >\ ph.. Par., 1*97, 3. s., viii, 1135-1137: 1898, 3. s.,
  ix, 1144.-Colombia! (P.)  I'u caso di leucouichia (cani-
  ties unguium).   Kil'orma med., Napoli, 1*94, x, pt. 3, 2-5.
  Also:  Atti (I. xi. (ong.  med.  internaz. 1*94.  Roma.  1895,
  v  derniHt.. 237-241.—Duhreiiilh  (W.) & Freehe.
  Onychorrhexis.  Internat. Cong. Dermat.  Off. Trans. 1896,
  Lond., 1*98, iii.  845-853.------------. Decollement des
  ongles. J. de  med. de  liordeaux,  1901,  xxxi, 445; 461.
    "_________.  Sideratiou ou arret de croissance  brusque
  des ongles.  Ann. de derinat. etsyph., Par., 1901. 4 s.. ii,
  414-419.— Ourniid.   Decollement des ongles.   Mem. et
  hull. Soc. de med. et chir. do  Bordeaux (18*8), 1889, 613-
  619.  AUo: J.  de med. de Bordeaux, 1*88-9, xviii, 183.—
  Fcer ' K )  Nagelvcraudernngeu nach Schailach  und Ma-
  seni.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1973.—Forch-
  hei me i' (I. )   Eiu Fall von Leukonychie, veibtindeu mil
  Koilonvchi.'.  Dermat. Centralbl., Berl.,  1898, ii. 33-37.—
  Ciiovannini  (S.)   Canities unguium.   Internat.  Atlas
  selt.  Hautkr.,  Hainb. u.  Leipz.. 1891, pl. xix, with  text.
  ------. Un caso di canizie ungueale.  Riforma med., Na-
  poli,  1891,  vii, pt.2,  865-867.— If eidingsleld  ( M. L. )
  Leueopathia unguium.   J. Cutan.  & Genito-LTiiu.  Dis.,
  N. Y., 1900, xviii, 49U-499.—Joseph (M.)  Leukonychie.
  Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1898, v, 651-654.—Krakht (S. F.)
  Dva  sluchaya idiopaticheskol atrolii noghtei.  [Two cases
  of idiopathic atrophy of the n.iils. |  Protok. Ylo.-k. ven. i
  dermat. Obsh., 1895-6, v, 73-77.— I,even (L.)  Alopecia
  areata totalis (maligna)  mit Nagelatrophie.  Monatsh. f. I
  prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1902, xxxv,  v, 149.— Liindslrem
  (A. A.) Atrophia unguium idiopathica.  Univ.  Izvlest.,
  Kiev  [Protok.  Fiz.-nied. Obsh., 1897-8,  30],  1899, xxxix.
  ------. Atrophia unguium mycotica (onychomycosis  fa-
  vosa).   I bid., 31.—Montgomery (D. W.)   A case of he-
  reditary and continuous shedding of the linger nails.  J .Cu-
  tan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis.. X. Y.. 1*97, xv. 252-256.   [Discus-
  sion].374.  AUo [Discussion]: Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass., NY., I
  1*97. xxi, 2*.— .Tlorison (It. B.)  Leueopathia unguium, j
  Yrtl.jschr. f. Dermat., Wien, 1888, xv, 3-7, 1 pl.—ITloty Sc
  Fronioiil.  D\ atrophic ongueale hysterique. Bull. Soc.
  ceutr. de med. du nord,  Lille,  1898, 2. 8.. ii,  33-41.  Also:
  EVho med. du nord. Lille, 1898, ii, 43-45. — I'ernel (G.)
  Trophic disturbances of the nails.  Tr. Dermat. Soc. Gr.
  Brit.....Lond., 1901-2, viii,  51.— I'faliler (G. E.)  A
  case  of chronic pyogenic onychitis cured by the X-ray.  J.
  Cutan. Dis. iucl. Syph., N. V., 1905, xxiii, 356. 1 pl.—Kist
  (E.)   Dystrophic ungueale douloureuse, ii evolution pro-
  gressive, accompagnee d'arthropathies.   Bull. Soc. franc.
  de dei mat. etsyph.. Par.. 1897. viii, 415-417.  Also: Ann.de
  dermat. et syph.. Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 1132-1135.—Sher-
  well.  Onvchoatrophia. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin.  Dis.,
  N. V.,  1*88,  vi, 310.—Smith  (J.  S. K.)   Symmetrical
  partial detachment of finger  nails from their matrices.
  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1*98, i, 552. — Stout ( F. J. )  Leuko-
  patllia unguium.   Med. Xews,  Phila.,  1894, lxiv, 212.
  Also, Reprint.—Sykcs (\V.)  The white specks in nails.
  Brit.  M. J.. Loud., 1897, ii, 1260. —Unna  ( P. G.)  Leu-
  couychieuud Leucothrichie. Internat. Atla-sselt.  Hautkr.,
  Hamb. u.  Leipz., 1891, pl. xix, with text.—Verstraeten
  (C.)   Lesion  trophique  de  l'ougle;  communication pre-
  liniinaire.   Bull. Soc. de med.  de Gand, 1893, lx. 230.—
  Viilal.   Lesions  trophiques  d'origiue  congenitale  a
  marche progressive.  Ann.  de dermat. et syph..  Par.,
  1*89, 2. a.,  x 577-579.— White  (C. J.)   Dystroph a un-
  guium et piloriuu hereditaria.  J.  Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin.
  His., X. V.  1896, xiv, 220-227. — Kcisler  (J.)   Trophic
  aftections  ot  iho nails.   Ibid., 1901, xix, 511-515.  AUo:
  Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1901, X. Y.,  1902. 125-130.

Aai9* (Dystrophy of).
    See Nails  (Diseases of, Trophic).

\ail* (Ingrowing).
    See, aho, Nails {Ingrowing,  Treatment of).
    Klippkl (G.)  *Incarnatio unguis.  [Wurtz-
  burg.]   vr.   Schweidnitz, [16*9].
    Schxittek  (H.)  Unguis iucarnatus; Aetiolo-
  gie,  Pathologie,  Therapie  ties  eiugewaelisenen
  XageK  s  .   Basel, 1*96.
    AVaill ( G.  A.)    * Pathologie  nouvelle  de
  l'ougle iucarue"; etiologie.   4°.  Lyon, 16*9.
    Anyei (T.)  Sur l'ongle incarne. Bull, et mem. Soc.
  rte chir. d.- Par., 1**9, n. s., xv, 594-598.—Kenneft (C. F.)
  Ingrown toe  nails.   Internat. J. Surg.   X.  V.,  l*9n.  iii,
  175.—Bloeb (O.)  Peina-rkuinger om dm  iugroede Negi
A ail* (Ingrowing).
  paa  Stortaaen (unguis iucarnatus; ongle incarne;  in.
  growing nail;  eingewachsener  Nagel).   | OIi.miivations
  on the ingrowing nail ol  the great toe.]  Hosp.-Tid., Kia-
  beub.,   1*95,  4.  R.,  iii,  401-416.    AUo. transl.:  Kev.
  d'orthop., Par., 1894. v, 427-444—C'hipault (A.)  Ongle
  incarne; arthrite phalango-phalanginieiiiie;  transforma-
  tion en mal perforant.  Hull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1889, lxiv
  579-584.—C'oeheme.  Contribution a. l'etude de  la patho'-
  genie de l'ongle incarne.  1'nioii med. du nord-est, Reims,
  1903, xxvii, 269-271. —1>idiot.   Memoire sur l'ongle  in-
  carne.   Union med. de la  1'iovence,  Marseille, 1867,  17-
  28. — Duplay.  De  l'ongle  incarne.   Tribune  med.,
  Par..  1891,  2. s.. xxiv, 014.    AUo,  transl.: Brazil-nicd'
  Rio de Ian..  1*91,  328.—Fell  (W.)  On  in-growing toe-
  nail.  X. Zealand  M. J.,  Dunedin,  1896, ix, 150-152.—
  (aci-stcr (A. G )  Ingrowing toe-nail.  Inteinat. Clin
  Phila.,  1893.  3. s., i, 21*. — ii innt (II. II.)  Ingrowing
  toenail.  Ibid., 1*97, 6. s., iv, 215-117.—Hickman (J.W.)
  Inverted toe  nail.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1879,
  xl,  527—Keyser  (C.  R  )   Ingrowing  toe-nail.   Med!
  Times &. Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 19n2, xxx, 739.—Kovaleuko
  (G.)   Vrostuniye noghtya.  incarnatio  unguis.  Feldscher
  St.  Petersb..  1897, vii,'198-200.  Kudrynshoff (A.  I.i
  Viosshiy noghot. [ ingrown toe nail. ]  Vrach. St. Petersb.
  1900, xxi, 424. —.Vloflnt (R. C.)   In-growing toe nail.  Tr!
  Homieop. M.  Soc. X.  V., Rochester, 1890,  xxv, 223-227.—
  Nicaise (E.) ' De 1 ongle  incarne.   Rev. de chir.,  Par.,
  1*93,  xiii,  945-951.—Oehler  (R.)    Der eingewachsene
  Nagel   Allg. nnd. (Ynn.-Ztg., Berl..  1900; lxix. 860.—
  Ongle (Del') incarne; causes, symptomes et traitement.
  Concours med., Par., 1891,  xiii, 515.  Also:  Nice-med.,
  1*91-2, xvi, 33-41.— Harry (T. W.)   A case of congenital
  ingrowing toe-nails.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1016.—Phil-
  lips (G. M.)   Ingrowing nails.   St. Louis AI. Era, 1*95-6,
  v. 05-68.—Poncct (A.)  Pathogenic de l'ongle  incarne.
  Cong,  franc,  de chir.  Proc. verb,  [etc.], Par.,  1*8*.  iii,
  578-580— Porter (F. J. TVr.)   Ingrowing toe-nail.  JJrit.
  M. J.,  Lond.,  1901, ii, 476.—Prineetenu.  Nouveau pro-
  cede operatoire pour  la cure radicale de  l'ougle  incarne.
  Cong,  internat. de med.  C.-r. 1903,  Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect.
  de chir. gen., 942.—Rec I us (P.)  Des ongles iucarnes.
  In his: Clin.  chir. de l'Hotel-Dieu, 8°. Par., 1888, 552-565.—
  Keguault  (F.)  Le microbisme  dans l'ongle  incarne.
  Assoc,  franc, pour l'ava- ce. d.  sc.   C.-r.  1894, Par., 1895,
  xxiii,  pt. 2,  855-859. —Schon  (J.)  Incarnatio unguis.
  Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kjobenh., 1892,  4. R.,  xxv, 267-274.—
   Tillaux.   I.'ongle  incarne.  Ann. rued.-chir.,  Dour,
   1904, xii, 160-162.  AUo: Rev. g6n.  de clin. et de therap.,
  Par., 1904. xviii, 278-280.

Nails (Ingrowing, Treatment of).
    Amia-rd (J.)  * Du  traitement tie  l'ongle in-
  carne'.  4°.   Paris, 16e9.
    ------.  The same.  8°.   Paris, lo69.
    Also, transl. in: Wood's M. Sc S.  Monog., N. Y., 1890,
  vii, 391-408.
    Ayjik (H.)   * Contribution   a  l'etude  et  an
  traitctniiit de l'ongle incarne.   t*-'.  Paris, 1901.
     Benoit (A.-J.-L.-F.)   * Etude  sur  le choix
  d'un traitement de l'ougle incarue\   4°.   Paris,
  1*89.
     Bknox (H.-E.)   * Traitement  de  l'ougle in-
   carne.   Nouveau proce\l6 operatoire.  4C.   Bor-
  deaux, 16-7.
     Blanc (C.)   * De l'ongle incarne; etude cri-
   tique sm  so divers traitements.  !^J.  Paris, 1902.
     Bussat  (F.-J.)   * Traitement  chirurgical  de
   l'ongle inearth  (procede de Qu^nu).  4°.   Paris,
   186*.
     Cutting  (B.  E.)  Infleslied toe-nail; its rad-
   ical relief.   16°.  Boston, 1893.
     Dklaroix (S.-A.)   *De  la cauterisation par-
   tit-lle  de la  matricc de l'ongle daus l'ougle  in-
   caru<?.   4:.   Strasbourg, 16(\9.
     Kisskn  (L\ )  Nouveau procede  operatoire
   pour  la  cure radicale de l'ougle  incarne (pro-
   cede   du  professeur  tigrege   Priuceteau).   8-.
   Bordeaux, 1902.
     Gaillakdik (L.)  *De l'ongle  incarne  et  de
   sa cure radicale.   4-\   Toulouse,  1694.
     Neitzeut (O.)   #  Zur Aetiologie und Therapie
   des Unguis iucarnatus  mit besonderer Beriick-
   sichtigung der  Kosenbacb'sclien  Operation uud
   ihrer Dauererfolge.  8:.  Bonn, 1902.
     Righi  (G.)  La cura incruenta dell'  ungliia
   iucarnata.   Studio pratico  sopra trenta osserva-
   zioni clink-he.  12°.   Legnago, 1890. 
NAILS.
317
NAILS.
IVails (Tngroicing,  Treatment of).
    SchCtte  (C.  H.   (_'.)  * Zur Anatomie und
  Therapie deseingewaebsenen Nagels.   s--.   Ber-

  lin,  [1«931.
    Amat (C.)  Traitement de l'ongle incarne.  Gaz. med.
  de Par., 1889, 7. s., vi, 589; 601.—Andrews  (J. L.)  The
  treatment of ingrowing and ingrown toe nails.  N. York
  M.  J., 1897, lxvi, 385-387.—Anger <T.)  Traitement  de
  l'ongle incarne.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 18M>, lxii, 760.—AmIic
  (E. O.)  A suggestion for the treatment of ingrowing toe-
  nail.  South African M. J., Capetown, 1893-4, i, 154-155.—
  Kucso (V.)  Ueber das Eiuwachseu des Nagels und die
  san ft est e Methode, dasselbe zu heilen.  Ztschr. f. Nat. u.
  Ileilk. in  Uugarn, Pest, 1850-51, i, 353-357.—Battams
  (J.  S.)  The treatment of ingrowing toe-nail.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1889, i, 833—Baumgartucr.  Die  chirurgiscbe
  Entfernung des Nagels.  fieri, klin. Wchnsehr., 1902,
  xxxix, 142-144.—Berdyayeff ( A. I.)   Ortopedicheskiy
  metod llecheniya vrostayushtshavo noghtya.  [Orthopedic
  method of treating ingrown nail.]  Voyenno-med. J., St.
  Petersb., 1901. lxxix, med.-spec, pt, 3231-3238. — Blanc
  (C.)  Traitement de l'ongle incarne par le nitrate de plomb.
  J. de med. de Par., 1902, 2. s., xiv, 274.  Also : Repert. de
  therap., Par., 1902, xix, 522.— BomnIoii  (A.) Du traite-
  ment de Tousle incarne par la poudre d'indigo.  Echo med.,
  Toulouse, 1891, 2.  s..  v, 277; 289. — Cart ledge (A.M.)
  Operation for  ingrowin.; toe-nail.  Internat.  (,'lin., Phila.,
  1895,  5. s., ii, 216. — C'ibert.   Traitemeut de 1 ongle in-
  carne par le nitrate de jdomb.  Dauphine med., Grenoble,
  1898,  xxii, 241-243. —Cure of ingroiviii!: toenail.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago,1904, xliii, 1642. — Dardignac (J.-J.-A.)
  Reflexions sur l'ongle incarne; quelques-uues  de ses causes
  et sa cure radicale.   Rev. de chir., Par.. 1895. xv, 353;
  513. — Dowd (C.  N.)  Report of twenty-nine cases of
  ingrowing toe-nails  operated upon by Anger's method. I
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii, 472.—Duma*.   Note sur le I
  traitement de l'ongle incarne.  Arch, de med. et pharm. I
  mil.,  Par., 1k~8, xi,  480. — Fiacher.   Therapemisches
  Verfahren des eingewachsenen  Nagels  der grosseu Zehe
  mittelst  Argent, uitr. und Heftpflasterstreifen.  Ztschr.
  f. Wundarzte  u. Geburtsh., Wiunenden, 1882. xxxiii, 213.
  -----. Eingewachsensein des Nagels der grossen Zehe in
  dasFleisch; Operation nach  Dupuvtren. Ibid., Hegnach,
  1887,  xxxviii, 299-302. — Foote (E. M.)  Ingrowing nail;
  a comparison of methods of operation. Med.  News, N. Y.,
  1899,  lxxiv, 200-204.   [Discussion], 223.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Gabriel (C. L.)  Ou the treatment of ingrowing toenail.
  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1880-90, ix, 7-9. —tiautier
  (V.)  Du  traitement de l'ongle incarne.   lie ho  med.,
  Neuchat..  1857, i. 3-11.   AUo,  Reprint. — Howard
  (W. IJ.)  Ingrown toe nail; its  surgical  treatment.  N.
  York  M. J.. 1893, lvii. 579-581.—Jay (F. YV.)  Operation
  for ingrowing toe-nail.   Omaha Clinic,  1MI7, x, 40-44.—
  JolniNton (F.)   Operation for ingrowing toe-nail, with
  hypodermatic injection  of cocaine, followed by collapse
  and gangrene.  Med. News,  Phila.. 1888. liii, 208.—Julie.
  Note sur  la cure  radicale de l'ongle incarne; nouveau
  procede eciinoinii|ue.  Loire med., St.-fitienne, 1900, xix,
  223-228.—Kane  (E. O.  N.)  Relapseless cure of ingrow-
  ing toe-nail.  Med. Sl Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896. lxxv, j
  613.—Kcucrvoii  (V.)  Operations for ingrowing toenail
  and hallux valgus.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 682- '
  696.   Also, Reprint.— King(C)  Treatment of ingrowing
  toe nail.   N. Albany M. Herald, 1894, xiv, 30-32. —Mac
  C'ullum (J. G.)   A simple but effectual method of treat- ,
  ment for inin'owing toe nail.  Mass. M.J.', Bost.. 1899, xix, |
  9.—iVIcWilliams (C. A.)  The treatment of  injrovving
  toe nail.  N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 1115-1117.— Malice
  (J. J. E.)   Treatment of ingrowing toe-nail.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1891, xxxix, 151.—.Halle.  Addition a une prece-
  dente note concernant un perfectionnement de 1'operatioii
  pour  l'avulsion de.s ongles incarnes.  Compt. rend. Acad.
  d. sc. Par., 1848, xxvi. 361. — Tlaitcl (L.)   Traitemeut
  de l'ongle incarne par de simples pansements.  Loire med.,
  St.-Etienne, 1904, xxiii, 25; 241. — .TIazzucchclli (A.)
  Sul nuovo piocesso di Stoo([uart nella  cura chirurgica
  dell' unghia iucarnata. Ann. univ. di med.e chir., Milauo,
  1888, eclxxxv, 353-359.—Mcisenbach (A. II.)  Removal
  of ingrowing toe-nail; a simplified operation  by means of
  a new instrument.  Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1895. xxxii, 67.
  [Discussion], 72.  AUo, Reprint. — .'lilliken (S. K.)  An
  operation for ingrowing toe-nail.   N.York Polyclin., 1893, j
  ii, 70.— Monprofit (A.)   Traitement de  l'ongle incarne
  par le nitrate  de plomb; procede des Drs. Cnailloiix et
  Tardif (de Longue, Maine-etL.iire).  Arch. prov. dechir..
  I'ar.,  1899, viii, .550-553.— .Tlonlagnon.   Traitement de
  l'ongle incarne, par la poudre d' ndigo.  jScho med., Tou-
  louse. 1890, 2. a., iv. 89-91.  Also:  Loire med.,  S'  Etienue,
  1890, ix, 8-11.—l'arlt (R.)  Ingrowing toe-nail and other
  diseases of the nails.  Med.  News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 602-
  604.  -----.  Two  further suggestions  for the relief of
  ingiowing toe-nail.  Ibid., 1*94,  lxiv,  110. — Poyndcr
  (G. F.)  The treatment of ingrowing toenail.  Urit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1889, i, 995.—1'iirckhauer (H.)  Zur Behandlung
  (les eingewachsenen Nagels.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1890, xxxcii, 118.—Kicard(A.)  Du traitement do  l'ougle
  incarne.  <iaz. d. hop., Par., 1888, lxi, 920-922.—Richard-
  won  (B. \V.)  Treatment of ingrowing toe-nail.   Ascle-
Nails (Ingrowing,  Treatment of).
  piad, Loud., 1890, vii, 334.—dc Boulet (A.)  An opera-
  tion for ingrown naii.  Am. J. Surg. & Gynec., St. Louis,
  1903, xvii, 82.—Staple (J. D.)  The treatment of ingrow-
  ing toe-nail.  Med. Times &, Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1894, xxii,
  399. — Tardif.   Traitement de l'ongle incarne,  par lo
  nitrate  de  plomb. Anjou med., Augers, 1898, v,.69-71.—
  Tailor (H. L.)  Ingrown toe-nail mechanically treated.
  Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1896, ix, 106-109.  Also .- Am.
  Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1890, ix,  848.   Also, Reprint.—
  ThoiunH (W. s.)  [et al.].   How do vou treat ingrow-
  ing toenail?  N.  York M. J.. 1903, lxxvii, 1117;  1175.—
  Tillaux.  L'ongle incarne et son traitement.  Med.mod.,
  Par., 1904,  xv,  153. — Tonser  (S.)  Ingrowing toe nail;
  Cutting's operation, with Thiersch's skin-grafting  on  tho
  second day ; complete healing in a  week; report of four
  cases.   N.  York  M.  J., 1894,  lix, 624. — Yicuase.   Re-
  marques a,  propos du  proc6de de Benjamin Anger pour
  l'operation de l'ongle incarne.  Bull. Soe. de med. de Tou-
  louse, 1892, ii, 72-75.— Webb (G. B.)  A simple method
  for the treatment of ingrowing nails; a clinical sugges-
  tion.  Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 829.

Nails (Jurisprudence of).
     See,  also, Finger-prints.
     Kxnmeii des ongles en medecine legale.  J. de med.
  de Par., 1900, 2. s.. xii. 37.  Also: Rev. de med. leg.. Par.,
  1900, vii, 37. — .Ilinakow (P. A.)   Ueber die Niigel  der
  Menschenhand.   Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl.  Med., Berl., 19(0
  3. F., xx, 213-228.

Nail* (Morphology  and development  of).
     vox  Kollikkr  (A.)   Die Entwicklung  des
  uteusehliehen  Nagels.  6-\  [n. p., n. d.]
     Repr.from: Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., xlvii.
     Vigener (J.)   * Kiu Beitrag zur Morphologie
  des Nagels.   h .   Jena, 1890.
     Also, in: Morphol. Arb., Jena, 1896, vi, 555-604.
     Curtis (F.)  Du developpement de l'ongle humain jus-
  qu'a la naissance. J. de I'anat. et  phvsiol. [etc.J, Par.,
  1889, xxv, 125-186, 2 pl.  Also [Abstr.J: Bull. med. du nord,
  Lille, 1889, xx viii, 337-342.—Clay (U.)  La morfologia delle
  unghie  nel degenerato.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino,
  1905, xxvi,  1-28. — von  Kolliker (A.)   Ueber  die Ent-
  wicklung der Niigel.   Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch.
  zu Wiirzb.. 1888, 53-01.  AUo, Reprint!—Loboueq  (H.)
  Ueber Nagelrudimente au der fotalen Flosse der Cetaceen
  und Sirenier.  Anat.  An/..,  Jeua,  1889, iv,  190-192.—
  liesbre.  Communication sur le developpement de l'on-
  gle chez les ongules.   Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Lyon, 1892,
  xi, 89.—Okauuira  (R.)   [The development of the  hu-
  man nails.]  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1901, xxii, 145;
  227. AUo, transl.:  Arch.f.  Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u.
  Leipz.,  1900, lii, 223-252, 3 pl.—Pollitzer (S.)  Ueber die
  Natur der von Zander im einbryonaleu Nagel gefundeneu
  Kornerzelleu. Monatsh.  f. prakt. Dermat., Hainh., 1889,
  ix, 346-348.

Nails (Semeiology of).
     See,  also, Diabetes (Diagnosis, etc., of);  Lep-
  rosy (Diagnosis,  etc.,  of)',  Nail-biting; Occu-
  pations (Diseases, etc., of).
     Blkcii  (E.)  * Tractalio de mutationibus un-
  guium inorbosis.  4-.  Berolini, 1810.
     Dimo-Dimitkokf.   *  Contribution  a  l'etude
  des .sillons pathologiques des  ongles.  d?.   Ge-
  neve, 1U03.
     Scaffiliono (11.)   De  uaturali  ex  unguium
  inspeetione  pnesagio  connnent.   sm. 4°.  Bo-
  nonia', 1(329.
     Delnmare (G.)  Troubles trophhiues  des ongles  au
  cours de l'hvsterio et de la maladie de Raynaud.  N. ico-
  nog. de la  Salpetriere, Par.,  1896, ix.  370-374, 2 pl.—
  Heller (J.) Das Verhalten  der Nagel bei Krankheiteu
  des Ciesanitorgauismus.   Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903,
  xvii, 501-503. — Hutchinson (J.)  Diseases of the nails,
  with special reference to  their significance as symptoms.
  Brit. J. Dermat.. Lond.,  1899, xi, 301-311. — Patezou.
  Note aur l'arret de nutrition  des ongles dans les maladies;
  loi de  leur accroissement.  Bull. med.  d. Vosges, Rani-
  bervillers, 1893-4, viii, 70-79.—Pierret.  Les sillons ma-
  ladifs des ongles (sillons de Beau) chez les alienes et les
  nerveux.   Bull.  Soc. mod. d. hop. de Lyon,  1902, i, 410-
  420. AUo: Echo med.,  Toulouse, 1902,  2. s.,  xvi, 547;
  572.—Savill (T. D.)  The nails as an index  of disease.
  Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 637.—T re ven (M.l   Intorno alia
  frequenza ed al signiticato della striatura ungueale tras-
  versa nei normali. nei criminali e negli alienati.  Arch, di
  psichiat. [etc. J,  Torino, 1901.  xxii, 549-558.  AUo, transl.
  [Abstr.]: J. Ment. Path., N. Y., 1901-2, i, 215-218.  -----.
  Les caracteres anthropologiques des ongles.  Psychiat. en
  Neurol. 111.. Amst., 1901, v. 392.—WagNtiilic ( W.W.)  On
  '•russ  furrows iu the nails.    St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.
  1888-9,Lond.,1890,n. s.,\viii,173-178._Willts (S.) [Trans-
  verse furrows on the  nails.J  Lancet. Lond., 1888, l, 574. 
NAILS.
318
NANCKEDE.
A ail* (Shedding of).
    See Nails (Diseases of, Trophic).
rVaima (Galib) [1879-    ].   -Du b^gaiement.
  108 pp., 2 1.  8°.  Montpellier, 1903, No. 16.
Nairn an  (Simon)  [1873-     ].    *Ein  Beitrag
  zur Casuistik des Leberechinococcus.   29 pp.,
  I 1.  8"-'.  Berlin, E. Ebering, 1902.

TVaires.
    See Hygiene (Naral).
Nairn (Katharine).
    See Trial (The) of Katharine Nairn, [etc.].  8°. Edin-
  burgh <& London, 1765.
Nairoims Banesius  ([Antonius] F[austus])
  [1035-1707].   Desaluberriuiapotione cahve, seu
  cafe,  nuncupata discursus, linguae ChaldaicaB,
  seu Syriaea-  iu  aluio  Urbis archigyinnasio  lec-
  toris  ad etuiuentiss. ac revereudiss. principem
  Jo. Nicolaum.  57 pp.  16°.  Bomw, M. Herculis,
  1671.
------.   The same.   A discourse on coffee; its de-
  scription and vertues.  Written in Latin by . .  .
  [Transl. by G. C.  B.]  2 p. 1., 31 pp.  12°.  Lon-
  don, G. James. 1710.  [P., v. 1240.]
Naisiiiith (W[illiamj  J[ohn])  [1847-    ].  A
  group of surgical operations in tbe Ayr County
  Hospital,  1888-9.   18 pp.  8°.  Ayr, [1890].
Najera (Manuel).  * Breves consideraciones so-
  bre el tratamiento del tifo exantem^tico.  53 pp.
  8-.  Me'xico,  II. Arquero <$• Co., 1893.

\a j manowicz (Rrzysztof) [1590-1651].
    [Portrait.] In: Album wyhitnych lekarzy polskich.
  8°.  Poznan, [1904].
Nakagawa (A.).
    See Kita.iato (S[hibamiro]) & IVakagawa  (A.)
  Plague.  In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1898, xv,
  325-352.

Nalchik.
    Kobilin (A. A.)  Noviy kurort Nalchik i sravnitelniy
  obzor klimaticheskikh stautsiy Chornomorya.  [The new
  health resort, Nalchik, and a comparative review of the
  Black Sea climatic resorts.] J. russk. Obsh. okhran. na-
  rod. zdrav.,  St. Petersb., 1903, xiii, 203-210.
TValdoni (A.)  A proposito della convenienza ed
  utilita o meuo di erigere un piccolo ospedale nel
  castello di Soci.   17 pp.   12°.   Bibbiena, Borghi,
  1690.
------.  L'  euioglobina  nella cura delle oligoetnie
  ed  oligociteinie.  29 pp.,  1 1.  8°.  Milano, De-
  santi 4'- Zuliani,  1^91.
    Suppl. to: Igiene in famiglia., no. 2.
IValecsow.
     [Chmielkwski (K.)]  Nale,cz6w i  jego oko-
  lice;  przewodnik  informacyjny dia  leczacych
  sie. i  lekarzy.  [. . . and its environs;  guide for
  patients  aud  physicians. ]   12c.   Warszaiva,
  1897.
    IVIalcivNki (B.)  Przyczynek do klimatologii i zdro-
  wotnosci Naleczowa i jego okolic. [Climatology and health
  of Naleczow aud its neighborhood.]  Zdrowie Warzawa
  1901, xvii,  758-768. -Pnlawslti (A.)  Sprawozdanie
  lekarskie z zakladu lecznicy.ego w Xaleczowle za rok 1901-3
  [Medical report of Naleczow for 1901-3.] Ibid., 1902-4
  2. s., ii-iv, passim.
Wall (Samuel).  Aids to obstetrics.   3.  ed.  viii,
  9-142 pp.   IIP.  London, Bailliere, Tindall <f- Cox,
  [1888].                                        '
Nallinger (John David).
    See We*tiihal (Andreas) [in 1. s.J. Existentiam due-
  tuum hepatico-cysticorum [etc.].  4°.  Gryphiswaldice,

Aalpussc (Valentin).   * Etude  historique et
  npcratoirc de la hernie inguinale; sa cure radi-
  cale par le procede" du professeur Berger   149
  pp.   ■-'-.   Paris, 1899, Xo. 297.

\ama Land.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
IVamias (Giacinto) [1810-74].   Di alcuni effetti
  dell' clettrico sopra 1' animale ecouoniia e segna-
  tamente nelle  nmane  infermita.   33 pp.   8°.
  Venezia, Andreola, 1841.
------.  Sulla malattia bronzina o dell' Addison, e
  le capsule  soprarrenali.  23 pp.  8°.   Venezia,
  Andreola, 1857.
    Repr. from: Gior. veneto di sc. med., 1857, 2. s., ix.
------.  Delia  presente  epidemia di morbillo  in
  Venezia e  delle medecine e de' provvedimenti
  piu valevoli a limitarne il danno.  19 pp.   8°.
  [Venezia, 1861.]
    Repr. from: Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc. lett. ed arti, 1861.
------.  Sulla tubercolosi dell' utero  e degli  or-
  gani  ad esso attineuti.  Memoria seconda.  20
  pp.   fol.   Venezia, G. Antonelli,  1861.
    Repr.from: Mem. r.  Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti,
  1800, ix.
------.  Storia naturale del cblera.  Lettura fatta
  all' Ospedale civile  di  Venezia.   04 pp.   16°.
  Firenze, [Murate], 1867.
    La scienza del popolo, 2. s., ix.
    For Biography, sec Ziliotto (P.)  Commemorazione di
  Giacinto Namias.  8°.  Venezia, 1874.
Namiot (Mairitn [Maier]) [1872-     ].  * Ueber
  Ptosisoperationeu mit besouderer  Beriicksichti-
  gung der Operationsmethoden von Heisrath und
  Hess.  [Freiburg i. Br.]  30 pp., 1 1. 8°.  Ber-
  lin, E. Ebering, [1904].
Namlede  (K.)  Yadovitlya svoistva tabaka i
  posliedstviya kureniya.  [Poisouous  qualities of
  tobacco  aud  consequences of smoking.]   vi, 32
  pp.   16°.  S.-Peterburg, Y. Shtauf, 1890.
\ :i uiniack (Charles E.)  The state care of con-
  sumptives.   7 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1900, v.
------.  Diagnosis and treatment of gastric ulcer.
  13 pp.  12°.  New York, A. B.  Elliott, 1905.
    Repr. from: N. York  M. J. [etc.], 1905, Ixxxiii.

A.i in m*.
    See, also, Diphtheria (History, etc., of), Fever
  (Typhoid, History, etc., of), by localities.
    Haibe (A.) Etude sur les eaux  alimentaires et l'etat
  sanitaire de la Province de Namur.  Mouvement hyg.,
  Brux., 1905, xxi, 154-163.

Aaitara*.
    See Ulcer (Endemic).
Nanard.  *£tude sur  certaines ulcerations du
  inuseau de tanche de nature tuberculeuse.  74
  pp.   4°.  Paris, 1893, No. 92.
Nancrede (Charles  B[eylard]) [1847-    ].   In-
  juries and diseases of bursie.
    In: Internat. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst),  N. T., 1882, ii,
  691-733.
------.  The  same.   Blessures  et  maladies   des
  bourses sereuses.
    In: Encycl. internat. de chir. (Ashhurst), Par.,  1884,
  iii, 105-147.
------.  Some  of  the facts  of Listerism,  with a
  commentary.  20 pp.  8°.   New York, G. P. Put-
  nam's Sons, 1882.
    Repr.from: Arch. Med., N. Y., 1882, viii.
------.  Injuries of the head.
    In: Internat. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst), N. Y., 1885,
  v, 1-109.
------.  The same.  Lesions traumatiques de la
  tete.
    In: Encycl. internat. de chir. (Ashhurst), Par., 1886,
  v, 3-110.
------.  Kecent advances in the surgery of  the
  brain aud its coverings. 28 pp.   16°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1866.
    Repr.from: Med. Xews,  Phila., 1888, lii.
------.  Two successful  cases  of brain surgery.
  14 pp.  lti°.  [Philadelphia,  1888.]
    Repr.from:  Med. News, Phila., 1888, liii. 
NANCREDE.
319
NANNOTTI.
Nancrede (Charles B[eylard])—continued.
-----.   Essentials  of  anatomy, including  the
  anatomy of the viscera; arranged in the form of
  questions and  answers prepared especially  for
  students of medicine.   3. ed.,  revised and en-
  larged, based on  the last edition of Gray's anat-
  omy,  x, 16-388 pp., 30 pl., 30 1. 12°.  Philadel-
  phia,  W. B. Saunders, 1890.
-----.  The same.  4. ed., revised  and enlarged
  by an appendix,  containing hints ou dissection,
  by J.  Chalmbeis Da Costa, based upon the  last
  edition  of Gray's anatomv.  x, 387 pp., 30 pl.,
  301.  8°.   Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1891.
-----.  The same.  5. ed.  x, 17-388 pp., 30 pl.,
  18 1.  8°.   Philadelphia, IV. B. Saunders, 1895.
-----.  The same.   0. ed., thoroughly revised by
  Fred. J. Brockway. 419 pp.  8\  Philadelphia,
  JT. B. Saunders, 1899.
-----.  The  same.   7.  ed.,  thoroughly revised.
  419 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,  W. B. Saunders, 1904.
-----.  Annual  address of the orator of the sec-
  tion  of  surgery.   The modern auti-bacillary
  treatment  of tubercular joint disease.  12 pp.
  8C.  [Detroit, 1692.]
    Repr.from: Proc. Mich. Med. Soc, Detroit, 1892, xvi.
-----.  Surgical cases illustrating some facts of
  cliuical interest.   10 pp.  8J.  [Lansing, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Lansing, 1893, xvii.
-----.  Surgical treatment of cervical, thoracic,
  and abdominal aneurism.   10 pp.   8°. [Phila-
  delphia,  1893.]
    Repr.from: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1893, xviii.
-----.  Lectures upou the principles of surgery,
  delivered at the University of Michigau.  With
  an appendix containing a re"sume" of the princi-
  pal views  held  concerning inflammation  by
  William A. Spitzley.  398 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  W. B. Saunders, 1699.
-----.  The same.  2. ed.,  thoroughly  revised.
  4U7 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia cy London, W. B. Saun-
  ders $■ Co., 1905.
-----.  The laws  of physics  and ballistics  the
  true explanatiou  of the lodgment and deflection
  of the majority of modern small-arm projectiles,
  not the  ricochet hypothesis.   7 pp.   8°.  Car-
  lisle, 1903.
    Repr.from: J. Ass.  Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1903, xiii.
----- &  Hatchings (W. H.)  Boiling as a
  method  of  sterilizing  catheters.   12 pp.  8°.
  New York, 1903.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii.
Nancy.   Recherche de nouvelles eaux de source.
  Avant-projet de captation des eaux souterraines
  de la  foret de Haye (partie sud-est).  Rapport
  pr6sente"  par M.  Imbeaux, inge"nieur-directeur
  du service municipal.  51  pp.,  8 plans,  1 map.
  8-.  Nancy, Imp.  Nance'ienne,  1897.
JVancy.
    See,  also,  Deaf-mutes (Asylums, etc.,  for),
  Diphtheria (History, etc., of), Epidemics (His-
  tory, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History, etc., of),
  Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hygiene (Mu-
  nicipal, Laws, etc., of), Influenza (History, etc.,
  of), Insane (Asylums  for, Description, etc., of),
  Leprosy (History,  etc., of), Prostitution (His-
  tory, etc., of), Sewage (Disposal of), Small-pox
  {History, etc., of), Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
    Coste.  Essai  snr les moyens d'ameliorer la
  salubrite" du sejour  de Nancy. 8°.  Nancy, 1774.
    Simonin  (J.-B.)  pere.  Recherches  topogra-
  phiques et mddicales sur Nancy.  8°.   Nancy cf
  Paris, 1854.
    fixtrait du rapport sur le service departemental de
  l'assistance puhlique.  Rap. gen. trav.  Cons, d'hyg. pub.
  de Meurthe-et-Moselle, Nancy, 1880, 61-71: 1881, 69-72.—
  Organisation et  distribution des secours niedicaux
  aux malades indigents.   Ibid., 1876, 120-126.   ,
 Nancy.   Bureau  d'hygiene.  Bulletin hebdoma-
  daire de statistique demographique et nie'dicale,
  diessc sur les documents officiels.  15. ann6e,
  1893, 6.-9. semaines; 20.  aun6e,  1898, 36.-39. se-
  maines.   8C.   [Nancy, 1893-8.]
 ]\aiicy (School of).
     See Hypnotism (History, etc.,  of).
 rVaiii«m.
     See Dwarfs; Infantilism; Myxoedema (Com-
  plications of); Thyroid gland (Extract of).
 Nanking.
     ITIacltliu (W. E.) Medical report on Nanking. China.
  Imp. Customs.  Med. Rep. 1901, Shanghai, 1903, [61. & 62.
  issues], 15.
 IVankivell  (C[harles] B[enjamin]).  Observa-
  tions on the provision of medical attendance on
  the independent poor by  provident dispensaries.
  7 pp.  8°.  London, T. Bichards, 1871.
     Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1871, ii.
 Nankivell (Herbert).  On the position of thera-
  peutics as a  science and an art, being the Presi-
  dential address, delivered at the British Homoeo-
  pathic Congress, held at Norwich, September 25,
  1885.  23 pp.  8°.  London, E.Gould 4-Son, 1885.
 Nan ni (Pietro) [1677-1717].
     Medici (M.)  Pietro Nanni.  In his: Delia vita e degli
  scrit. degli anat. e med. in Bologna, 4°, Bologna, 1853, no. 5,
  1-26.
 IVaimiiiga  (Joannes Goldschmid).  * De fabri-
  ca et fuuctione processus vermiformis intestini
  coeci.  2 p. 1., 58 pp.,  1 pl., 4 1.  8°.   Groningw,
  apud vid. M. van Heijningen Bosch etfil., 1840.
 Namiings (Joh.  Philippus).   * Over de  aan-
  wending van het  kreosoot bij longtuberculose.
  [ Leiden. ]   2 p. 1.,  55  pp.   8°.   Rotterdam,
  J. de Jong, [1888].

 IVannizzi (Vincenzo) [1763-1838J.
     [Biography.] Quadrohiog. . . . med.e chir.lucchesi,
  Lucca, 1843, 26.
 Nannoni (Angelo)  [1715-90].  Trattato  chirur-
  gico sopra la semplicita del medicare i mali d' at-
  teuenza della chirurgia; in questo trattato come
  nel restante del libro si trovano  riunite molte e
  varie esperienze,  osservazioui e ragionamenti,
  cose tutte che molto giovauo per lo stabilimento
  del buon metodo di medicare i  mali apparteueuti
  al chirurgo, introdotto alia lettura del seguente
  trattato con un discorso fatto sopra alcuni seguiti
  dopofiuitalastampadelpresente libro.  xxxxiii,
  490 pp., 2 pl.   4°.  Firenze, F. Moiicke, 1761.
 -----.   Trattato chirtirgico delle malattie  delle
  mammelle. ix, 120pp. 16°. Venezia, N.Zatta, 1763.
    See, also, Bi-ambilla (Gian-Alessandro).  Riflessioni
  fisico-inedico-chirurgiche [etc.'].  4°. Milano, 1769.
 Nannoni (Lorenzo) [1749-1812].  Trattato del-
  1'  idrocele.   Tradotto  dall'  idionia  inglese  da
  Tommaso Alghisi.   75  pp.  16°.  Milano,  1779.
 -----.   Trattato di chirurgia, e di lei respettive
  operazioui.   6 v.  sm. 4°. Siena, L.  & B. Bindi,
  1785-6.
 NaiiiiOtti (Angiolo).  Clinica chirurgica prope-
  deutica della r. Universita di  Pisa.  Resoconto
  sommario, 1892-4.   80  pp. 8°.  Pisa, T. Nistri &•
  Co., 1894.
-----.   Ricerche sperimentali  sulle  esclusioni
  complete ed incomplete del colon. Primo contri-
  buto clinico  alia  cura chirurgica  della  entero-
  colite cronica ribelle.   14 pp.   8°.  Firenze, L.
  Niccolai, 1901.
    Repr.from:  Clin, mod., Firenze, 1901, vii.
-----& Baciocclii(0.) Ricerche sperimentali
  sugli effetti  della hiparotomia nelle peritoniti
  tnbercolari.  Nota preveniiva.   8 pp.  8°.   Na-
  poli, 1893.
    Repr. from:  Riforma med.,  Napoli, 1893, ii. 
NANNOTTI.
320
NAPHTHA.
Nannotti (A.) & Baciocclii(0.)—continued.
_____________.  Sugli effetti della laparotomia nelle
  peritoniti tnbercolari; esperimenti.  5- pp., 2 pl.
  roy. *-.  Tixa, T. Nistri 4' Co., 1895.
    Repr.from: Ann. d.  Univ. toscana, sc. cosmologiche,
  [1895], xx.
Naiiocephalu*.
    See Macrocephalus.
Nanosomia.
    See Dwarfs;  Infantilism.
Nausea  (Fridtjof) [1861-    ].  The structure
  and coinhinatiou of the histological elements of
  the central nervous  system,  pp. 29-214, 1 1., 11
  pl.   8°.  [Bergen, 1887.]
    Cutting from: BergensMus. Aarsher. 1886, Bergen, 1887.
NanterillOZ (Augnste) [1877-     ].   "Contri-
  bution  a l'etude  du  traitement de  Fatrophie
  tab^tique des nerfs optiques.  Des daugers de la
  medication ioduree.   47 pp.   8J.   Lyon, 1893,
  No. 153.
JVanterre.
    •See, also, Epidemics (History, etc., of), by lo-
  calities.
    Bokies (E.)  Apercu  me'dical sur la maison
  ddpartementale de Nanterre;  hygiene g4n6rale,
  chantt'age,  ventilation,  disinfection,  vidauge.
  8\   Paris, \6*6.
Nantes.   Rapport g6ne"ral  sur  les  travaux du
  conseil de salubrite"  de Nautes pendant I'anne'e
  18-27.   143 pp.   yantes, de Vimp. de Mellinet-Ma-
  lassis, 1828.   [P., v.  1788.]
Nantes.
    See, also, Cholera (History, etc., of),  Diph-
  theria (History, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, His-
  tory, etc., of), Hygiene (Municipal,  Laws, etc.,
  of),  Influenza (History, etc., of), Insane (Asy-
  lums for, Description, etc., of), Small-pox (His-
  tory, etc., of). Statistics (J Ital), Water (Sup-
  ply °f)i Waters (Mineral), by localities.
    Bektin (G.)   Etude snr la situatiou sanitaire
  de l'arrondissemenr  de Nantes pendant 1'antnSe
  1893.   Influenza,  fievre  typho'ide, diphth^rie,
  rongeole,   scarlatine,   cholera,  variole.   8°.
  [Nantes], 1^94.
    Chachereau.  Situation sanitaire de Nantes
  pendant l'annee 1895.  8°.  Nantes, 1896.
    Repr.from: Proc.-verb. Soc. de med. (Soc. Acad.), 1896.
:V'i ii ti coLc
    See Small-pox (History, etc., of), by  localities.
Nantucket.  Statement of the  receipts and ex-  I
  penditures of the town and  county of Nantucket  I
  for  the year  1879-80.  19 pp.  8°.  Nantucket,
  Hussey j- liobinson, 1880.
Nantucket.
    William* (H.)  Nantucket  and the  ocean climate.
  Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 51-61.
Nantwiclt.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
IVautwicll (Tbe) briue and  medicinal  baths;
  particulars of  their curative properties  and of
  brine treatnieut.  32,  12 pp., 1  J.   12°.   Nant-
  wich.  ]**'.!.
Nana (Constantin-G.)  'Purpura chronique,  a
  graudes ecchymoses.   113 pp.  8 >.   Paris. 1900
  No. 326.                                 '     '
Nairn (Jean-Georges)  [1862-    ].   * Notes sur
  le cholera de 1892 observe" a l'Hdpital Neeker
  139 i»p.   4°.  Paris,  1893, No. 85.
de Nanzio (Ferdinando).  Intorno til concepi-
  mento ed alia  figliatura di una mula.  Memo-
  ria.  1 p. 1., 17 pp., 2 pl.  roy. 8°.  Napoli, stamp.
  e cartiere del Fibreno, 1846.
    Repr.from: Atti d. vii.  adunanza d.sc. ital. in Napoli.
Napa.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  by localities.
Napa  State Hospital.  See  California.  Napa
  State Hospital.   Also,  California.   State Com-
  mission in Lunacy, 1896-7 to 1899-1900.
r¥apalkoff(N[ikolaI]I[vanovich]) [1868-    j.
  Khirurgiya serdtsa  i okoloservechnol  sumki.
  [Surgery of the heart and pericardium. ]  1 p. 1
  72 pp.   8°.  S.-l'eterburg. J'. S.  Ettinger,  1902.
    Forms pt. 23 of Russk. khir.
    See, aUo,  Lektsii operativnol khirurgii [etcl.  8J
  Moskra, 1901-3.
Napheys (George H.) [1842-76].  Modern med-
  ical therapeutics; a compendium of recent for-
  uiuke and specific therapeutical directions from
  the  practice of  eminent contemporary  physi-
  cians, American  and  foreign.   5. ed., enlarged
  and  revised,  xv, 598  pp.   8-'.  Philadelphia,
  D. G. Brinton, 1878.
-----. The  same.  7.  ed.   xvi,  612  pp.  8°,
  Philadelphia, D.  G. Brinton,  1*62.
-------. The same.  Modern  therapeutics, med-
  ical  and surgical, including   the  diseases  of
  women and children.  A compendium of recent
  formulae and therapeutical  directions from the
  practice of eminent contemporary physicians,
  American, and foreign.  9. ed., revised  and en-
  larged.   2 v.  xx, 17-1034 pp.;  xix, 17-1112 pp.
  8°.   Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son $ Co., 1892-3.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. General medicine, and diseases of children,  hy
  Allen J. Smith and J. Aubrey Davis.
    v. 2. General surgery, gynecology, and  obstetrics,  hy
  Allen J. Smith and J. Aubrey Davis.
------.  Handbook of popular medicine, embrac-
  ing the  anatomy and  physiology of the human
  body;  illustrations  of  home   gymnastics;  in-
  structions  for nursing  the  sick; the domestic
  treatment of the ordinary diseases and accidents
  of children and adults; plan for a family health
  record, etc.  With over  300  choice dietetic aud
  remedial recipes, and more than 100 engravings
  on wood.  Especially adapted  for general and
  family  instruction  and reference,  xv,  xxiii,
  24-408 pp.,  port.   12°.  Philadelphia,  H.  C.
  Watts Co.. 1882.
    See, aUo, Brinton (Daniel Gfarrison]) Sc IVapheya
  (Geo. H.)  The laws of health [etc.]. 12°.  Springfield,
  Mass., 1870.
Naphol.
    See Cholera (Prevention of);  Cholera (Treat-
  ment of).

Naphtha (Toxicology of).
    See, also,  Naphthalin, Naphthol,  Toxicol-
  ogy of.
    Kuptsis (I. D.) * Dalmelshiya izslledovaniya
  otnositelno  vrednikh  svoistv nefti  i yeya pro-
  duktov dlya rib i zhivotnikh; materiali po vop-
  rosu o  neobkhodimosti  ograzhdeniya Volgi  i
  drugikh russkikh rick ot zagryazneniya neftya-
  nlnii produktami  s  sanitarnol  tochki zrieniya.
  [Further investigations concerning  noxious
  properties of naphtha and its products  for fish
  aud animals; data on the necessity of guarding
  the Volga and other  Russian rivers from  being
  polluted with naphtha products, from  a sani-
  tary point of view.]   [Yuryev.]  8°.  S.-Tetir-
  burq, 1901.
    AUo [Outline], in: Vrach, St. Petersb.,  1900, xxi, 726-
  728.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.] in: Pharm. Centralhalle,
  Dresd.. 1902, u. F.,  xxiii, 217-l"Jj.
    BrrtheiiMou (L.)  Die Xaphtaindustrie in sanitarer
  Beziehung.  Deutsche  Vrtljschr. f.  (iff. Gsudhtsliiitlg
  Brnschwg., 1*9* xxx. 315-3.'i9.—Chittenden (K. H.) a:
  Farlow (J.  W.)  Case of alleged napbtha poisoning in
  a rubber factory, with an inquiry into tbe effects of  tbe 
NAPHTHA.
321
NAPHTHALOL.
Naphtha (Toxicology of).
  inhalation of naphtha vapor.  Boston M. & S. J., 1892,
  cxxvi, 621-624.  AUo, Reprint. — Douthwaite (G. H.)
  Notes on a case of poisoning by coal tar naphtha.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1901, i, 245.—Finlayson (J.)  Fatal case of poi-
  soning with  naphtha vapour.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1903, i,
  540.—Nikolaki  (D. P.)  O ueschastnikh slucbayakh s
  raliochimi na neftyanikh proraislakh.  [On the unfortunate
  accidents to laborers on the naphtha works.]  Obsh.-san.
  obozr., S.-Peterb., 1897, ii, 86; IOC—Vaishavski  (Y.)
  K statistikie professionalnikh  povrezhdeniy glaz na nef-
  tyanikh  promislakh.  [Statistics of professional diseases
  of the eyes  ou the naphtha works.]  Vestnik oftalmol.,
  Kiev, 1903. xx, 351-361.

Naphtha ("lYood).
    See Methyl-alcohol.

Naphtha (Workers in).
    See Naphtha (Toxicology of),

Naphtha and derivatives.
    See, also, Burns;  Nafalan;  Naftalan.
    Bertenson  (L.)  Bakinskiye neftyauiye pro-
  mlsll i zavodl v  sanitarno-vrachebnom  otuo-
  shenii.   [The  naphtha  industries and works of
  Baku from a  sanitary medical  point  of view.]
  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1697.
    Harris  (C.  E.)   * Zur Kenntniss des  o-Naph-
  tylendiamins.  [Erlangen.]  8-\  Munchen, 1892.
    Jolles (O.)  * Ueber a  und /J Xaphtylglycin
  und deren  Derivate.   [Erlangen.]  8C.   Kbnigs-
  berg, [1891].
    Junk  (A.)   *Zur Kenntnis der Naphtaziue.
  8°.   Erlangen, 1892.
    Kubel (E.)  * Ueber p-Tolyl-o-naphtylendia-
  min und einige  Derivate des p-Phenyl-o-naph-
  tyleudiamins.  8°.  Erlangen, 1893.
    Lauterwein (C.)  * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
  Hydroxylainiuderivate   des   a-Naphtylphenyl-
  ketous.  8°.   Erlangen, 1895.
    Rother  (P.)   * Ueber  Acetnaphtalid  und
  einige Derivate desselbeu.   4°.  Kiel, 1874.
    Spalvingk (G. G.)  * Dalnieishiya izslledova-
  niya otnositelno  dezinfitsiruyushtshikh  svoistv
  nafteuovikh kislot i ikh  solel.  [ Further in-
  vestigations  of the  disinfecting  properties of
  naphtha acids and their salts.]  [Yuryev.]  8,
  Riga, 1902.
    Weinhart   (P.)  * Ueber   a-Nitroso-3-naph-
  tylaminsulfosaure 1, 2, 6  und Para-Naphtylen-
  diatnin.  8°.   Erlangen, 1892.
    Cadeac  Sc Guinard (L.)  Naphtocresol.  Mem. et
  compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1892), 1893, xxxii,
  pt. 2, 76-78.—Khlopin (G. V.)  Azotistiya osnovaniya
  bakinskol nefti,  ikh khimicheskiy sostav i fiziologiche-
  skiya svolstva.  [Nitrogenous bases of Baku naphtha, their
  chemical composition, and physiological properties. ] Vest-
  nik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1900, pt.
  2, 1006-1023.— Kiipzia (J.)  Die Desinfektionsmittel aus
  der  russischen Naphtha.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.],
  1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 263-270.—Ville (J.)  Les com-
  poses naphtaliques  en medecine.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.
  de Montpel., 1888, x, 290-293.

Naphthalan.
    See Naftalan.

Naphthalin  (Toxicology of).
    See, also, Cataract (Causes, etc., of).
    Kolinski (I. [V.])  * Materiali k ucheniyu  o
  dieistvii naftalina na  glaz i o tak nazlvayemol
  naftaliunol kataraktie.   [Action of naphthalin
  on the  eye and the so-called naphthalin cata-
  ract.]   8°.  Varshava, 1889.
    Pradel (A.  A.)  * Recherches sur la toxicity
  des  vapeurs naphthaliniques.   8°.   Bordeaux,
  1900.
    Snellen' (H.), jr.   *Netvlies-aandoeningen
  bij naphtaline-vergiftiging.   8°.   Ulrecht, 1892.
    Chambrelent.   Sur quelques accidents dus aux ema-
  nations de la naphtaline employee comme disinfectant et
  parasiticide des depots d'objets de literie et de vetements
  an Montde-Piete. Gaz. hebd.  d. sc. med. de Bordeaux,
  1896, xvii, 208. — Oatti (A.)  Sulla presenza e sul valore

       VOL  XI, 2D SERIES----21
Naphthalin (Toxicologyof).
  di uu' ossidasi nella patogenesi della cataratta naftalinica.
  Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 610-641.—Han ke (V.)
  Die Nitronaphthalin - Triibung  der  Hornbaut, eine Ge-
  werbekrankheit.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xii, 725.—
  Hclbron  (J.)   Beitrag  zur Frage der Naphthalin-
  wirkung auf das Auge.   Ztschr. f. Augenh.. Berl., 1899, ii,
  433-442. — lii-zeuiuH  (A.)   Ein Fall von Naphthulin-
  Ciitaractam Mensehen. Klin.Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,Stuttg.,
  1902, xl, 129-140. — xTIa«hub. Ueber  den Einfluss des
  Naphthalins auf das Seborgan.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl.,
  1887, i, 387-389.  Also, Reprint. — Miyake  (R.)  [Re-
  searches on a case of naphthalin  cataract.]   Cbiugai  Iji
  Shinpo, Tokio, 1902, xxiii, 505;  C02.  Also: Geihi Iji, Tokyo,
  1902, no. 71; 2; no. 72, 3, 1 pl. — NamJi (L.  F.) Naphtha-
  lene poisoning.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1903, i,  251.—Otte
  (J. A.)  Poisoning by  naphthalin.  China M. Miss. J.,
  Shanghai, 1897, xi', 212.  AUo: Med. Rec., N. Y., 1898, liii,
  641.—Peters (A.) Ueher Veraudeiungen an den  Ciliar-
  epitbelien bei Naphthalin- und Ergotiuinvergiftung. Sit-
  zungsb. d.  ophth. Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb.,  1903,  20-25.
  [Discussion], 31. — Sala (P.)  Ueber Veranderungeu  an
  deu  (Jiliarepithelien bei Naphthalinvergiftiing.  Klin.
  Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xii, 1-11.—Salflner
  (O.)  Zur Pathogenese  des Naphthalinstares. Arch. f.
  Ophth.,Leipz., 1904, lix,  520-552, lpl.—Schiele (A.) Zum
  Fall einer Naphthalinkatarakt beim Mensehen.  Wchn-
  sehr.  f. Therap.  u. Hyg.  d.  Auges, Bresl.,  1902-3,
  vi, 25.  Also:  Med.-chir. Centralbl.,  Wien, 1902. xxxvii,
  562.—Viviani (G.) La cheratite naftalinica.  Boll. clin.■
  scient. d.Poliambul.di Milano, 1902, xv, 141; 153.—White
  (R. P.) Sc Hay (J.) Some recent inquiries and researches
  into the poisonous properties of naphthalene and the aro-
  matic compounds.  Lancet, Loud., 1901, ii,  582-584.

Naphthalin and derivatives.
    See, also, Fever (Typhoid,  Treatment of,  Anti-
  septic) ; Gangrene (Treatment of).
    Benjamin (M.) & Tonnele (T.)   On the con-
  stitution of the naphthalines and  their  deriv-
  atives.  (Translated from  the German.)  12°.
  [n. p., n. d.]
    Biermann (H.)    *Zur  Kenntnis der  Thio-
  semicarbazide der Naphtalinreihe.  12°. Berlin,
  1874.
    Doebbelin ([C. T. D.] F.)  * Ueber das a  a-
  Dioxvnaphthalin  und   seine  physiologisehen
  Wirkuugen.  8C.  Berlin, [1888].
    Engelke (E.-F.)   *Sur quelques  p6ri-d6riv6s
  de la naphtaline.  8°.  Geneve, 1902.
    Kalle (W.)   * Ueber  die  Umwaudlung vou
  Naphtalinderivaten  iu o-Oxy-o-Toluylsaure und
  in p-Oxy-o-Toluylsaure und  iiber einige  Deri-
  vate dieser Sauren.   8°.  Erlangen,  1895.
    Kaulings  (A.)   * Beitrag  zur  practischen
  Verwerthbarkeit des Naphtalins.   8°.  [Frei-
  burg i. B.], 1887.
    Kielbasinski (W. F.)  * Ueber einige Naph-
  taliusubstitutionsprodukte.  [Bern.] 8y  Karls-
  ruhe, 1894.
    Schreiber (W.)    * Ueber  einige Nitroderi-
  vate des Naphtalins. 8°.   Karlsruhe,  1895.
    Severn (C.)   * Ueber die  Mouosulfosauren
  des a-Nitronaphtalins uud ihre  Derivate.   8°.
  Halle a.  S., 1892.
    von Zakrzewski  (S.)  * Ueber 2. 3 Naphta-
  liuderivate.  [Karlsruhe.]  8°.  Posen, 1894.
    Fdlefsen.  Ueber  das  Verhalten des Harnes nach
  Naphthalingebrauch. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med.,
  Wiesb., 1888,vii,435-445.—Fubini (S.) &Faiiinan (E.)
  Contributo alia mancanza di assorbimento  della naftalina
  nel tubo gastro-enterico  sano.  Riv. gen. ital. di clin. med.,
  Pisa, 1890, ii, 2. — Gaglio (G.)  Ricerche fannacologiche
  sulla naftalina. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1888, lxi, 282-294.—
  Lazzaro (C.)  Sulla  pretesa azione antelmintica della
  naftalina. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1892,  4.  s., xv,
  289-292.—Przewoski.  D/.ialanie naftaliny w chorobach
  pecherza.  (Action of naphthalin in diseases of the bladder.]
  Now.lek., Poznah, 1904,xvi,119-121.—Yakovlyoll"(N. I.)
  O llechenii v Rizhskol tyuremnol bolnitsle  ran i yazv naf-
  talinovimi  podushkami. [On the  treatment  of wounds
  and ulcers in the prison hospital of Riga  by naphthalin
  cushions.]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1899, xx, 96.

Naphtha Bol.
    Orenouillet (A.)   Le betol comme antiseptique in-
  testinal; sou elimination. J. de pharm. et  chir., Par.,
  1890, 5. s., xxii, 200-203.— Kobert (R.)  Ueher Naphtalol
  oder Betol.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1888, ii, 220-222. 
XAPHTHAQUINONE.
322
NAPHTLIYLAMIN.
Aaphthaquiiioiie.
    .Iaxkklkwkv. (B.)   "  Ueber  das al-a*- Naph-
  tochiiioiichlorimid.  8-.   Karlsruhe, 1692.
    Fln-lich (P.) A;  Herter (C. A.)   Teber einige Ver-
  \veudun<'en  der Nhphtochiiiousulfosaure.   Ztschr.   1.
  pbysiol. Chem.. Strasb., 1904, xii, 379-392. — Herter (C.
  A ')  The color reactions of napthaguinoue sodiuiu-mono-
  sulphonate and some of their biological applications.  J.
  Exper. M„ N. \'.. 1905, vii, 79-110.

lYaphtha-w orks.
    See Naphtha (Toxicology of).

fVaphthol.
    See, also, Fever (Typhoid, Treatment of,  Anti-
  septic) ;  Microcidine.
    Drkschkk (0.)  Ueber  p-Amido-o-Nitro-a-
  Naphtol.  8 .  Erlangen, 1*94.
    Gouzy (P.)  * Contribution a l'6tude clinique
  et  experimentale  du   naphtol camphr6.    8°.
  Toulouse, 1-99.
    Kernbatm (A.)   * Ueber die Constitution der
  /3-Naphtolcarbonsaure; Schmp. 216°. 8°.   Bern,
  L-9'2.
    Loewe (E.)  # Zur Constitution des Dinitro-
  0-Naphtol.   8°.   Berlin, [\*92].
    Marki'sfeld (J.)  * Ueber  einige  Derivate
  des  "J.4  l)iamido-l-Naphtols und des Oxynaph-
  tochinons.   [Bern.]  8°.  Berlin, 1895.
    Pouillot (R.)   * Du  naphtol camphre'  et de
  sou  emploi en  chirurgie.  [Paris.]  41-.   Ver-
  sailles, 1889.
    Anotta.  De l'eau boriquee napbtolee; accroissement
  de solubility du naphtol p.  Compt. rend.  Soc.  de biol.,
  Par., 1890, 9. s., ii. 618-020. — Baylac (J.)  Des dangers
  du naphtol camphre..  Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1904,  x,
  349-359.—Du ('awtel & €ritzman (D.)  Etude  sur  le
  pouvoir antiseptique des naphtols. Compt. rend. Soc.de
  biol., Par., 1888, 8. s.,  v, 821-824. — Dujardin - Bean-
  metz & Mtacklcr.  Sur uu derive soluble du jS-naplitol.
  Comp. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvi, 1477.—Eillef-
  ■en  (G.)  Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung uud
  den Nachweis des /3-Naphthols im Harn nach Einluhrung
  kleiner Dosen von Naphthalin,  Benzonapbtbol und  /3-
  Naphthol.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u.  Pharmakol., Leipz., '
  1905, lii, 429-458. — Gagnoiii.  La cura delle pleuriti e
  peritouiti tubercolari coll' iniezioni di naftolo canforato.
  R. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena.  Proc. verb.,  1897, 130.—
  van der Hoeve (J.)  Schadelijke working van 0-naphtol
  in therapeutische doses op de retina.  Nederl. Tijdschr.  v.
  Geneesk., Amst., 1901, 2.  R., xxxvii,  d.  2,  267-271.—
  Joi-inmch  (A.)  Ilt-action  permcttant de  distinguer
  rapidement le naphtol a du naphtol p.  J. de pharm. de
  Li6ge, 1902, ix, 33-35. — Laiirendeau (A.)  Des injec-
  tions de naphtol camphre daus les ganglions et  dans les
  abces tuberculeux.  Bull. med. de Quebec, 1904-5, vi, 407-
  411. — Licuiaire (P.) Sur les injections huileuses naph-
  tolees camphrees. Gaz .hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux,
  1903. xxiv, 634.— Lesajjc (J.) Modifications  urinaires
  cons6cutives k l'ingestion du naphtol. Compt. reud. Soc.
  de biol.,  Par., 1904, lvi, 1026-1028. — Maximovitch (J.)
  Des  proprietes antiseptiques du naphtol-a.  Compt. rend.
  Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1888, cvi.  366; 1441.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Trance med.,Par., 1888, i, 253-255.—Meyer (A.)  Napbtol-
  blau als  Reagens auf Bakterienl'ett.  Centralbl. f. Bak-
  teriol.  [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 578.—Ogier (J.)
  Coloration des pdtes  alimentaires;   emploi du  sulfocon-
  jugue de naphtol.  [Bap.]   Rec. d. trav. Coniite consult.
  d'hyg. pub. de France, 1901, Par., 1903, xxxi, 3-6.—Poir-
  son.  Le naphtol en chirurgie.  Rev. de therap. med.-
  chir., Par., 1889, xxxvii, 291.—Shoemaker (J. V.)  The
  beta-naphtbol vs. hydro-naphthol contention.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1889,  xii, 654-656.  AUo: Therap. Gaz.
  Detroit, 1889, 3. s.,  v, 669-674. — Mtackler Sc Dubief.
  Note sur quelques experiences relatives k une solution  de
  naphtol /Spur.  Bull, gen de therap. [etc.], Par., 1892, exxii,
  256-258. — Villents  (G.)  [Willenz  in German]. Far-
  makologoeksperimentalniya izsklledovaniya naftola i /3-
  oksinaftovoi  kisloti.   [ Pharmacologo-experimental  re-
  searches on  naphthol aud  /3-oxy-naphtholic acid.]  Arch.
  vet.  nauk, St. Peterb., 1888, i, 3. sect., 1-39.  AUo, transl.
  [Abstr.]: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1888, ii, 20; 67; 116.—
  Waldefk.RouNtrau.  Coloration des pates alimen-
  taires; emploi des derives jaunes sult'oconiuguesdu naph-
  tol.  Rec. d. trav. Comite  consult, d'hvg.'pub. de  France
  1901, Par., 1903, xxxi, 565.—Wesen berg (G.)  Ueber die
  Beeinunussuug der Bakterien durch  Epicarin und 0naph-
  tol.   Aeratl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1900, x, 433-435.—

IVnplitliol  (Toxicology of).

     Couxeai'X ( P. - M. -J. )    * Contribution   a
  l'etude  des accidents d'intoxication par le naph-
Aaplitliol (Toxicology of).
  tol cainphre" dans le traitement des tuberculoses
  chirurgicales.  8°.  Bordeaux, 190'i.
    Robuaz  (L.)    * Accidents  prodiiits  par  le
  naphtol camphr6 en  injections intersticielles  et
  intra-cavitaires.   sc.   Montpellier, 1901.
    Baatz (M.)   Nierenentziiuduug iu Kolge von Naph-
  tholeiureibung.   Centralbl. f.  innere Med., Leipz., 1*91,
  xv, 857-861.—C'alot.  Sur la toxicite du naphtol camphre
  et les raisons qu'on a de s'en servir. [Rap. de A. Guiuanl.]
  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s.. xxx,  1049-
  1054.—Cn/.iu &  Ilallion.  Des dangers dc 1'emploi  du
  naphtol caniphre dans la pratique  courante.  Semaine
  med.,  Par., 1904, xxiv, 417-419.- Dcwcsqucllc (E.) Sur
  la toxieite du naphtol /3  camphre.  Aich. gen. de med.,
  Par.. 1905, i, 92-110.  Also: J. de mid. de I'ar., 1904, 2.  s.,
  xvi, 492. -----. Toxicite  et posologie du naphtol /S cam-
  phre.   Bull med., Par.,  1905, xix, 60— DcNguin (L.)
  Le  naphtol  j8 comme antiseptique; intoxication grave,
  suivie de guerison.  Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1890,  lii,
  109-113.—(wiiiiiarri (A.)  Des intoxications par le naph-
  tol camphre.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de I'ar., 1904,
  n. s.,  xxx, 498-512.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Rev. g6n. de clin. et
  de therap., Par.,  1904, xviii, 338.— Lagache. Intoxica-
  tion par le naphtol  camphre.  Clinique, Brux., 1903, xvii,
  609-611.—I. em a ire (P.)   Les  intoxications par le naph-
  tol  camphre; symptomatologie; pathogenie;  traitement.
  Gaz. hebd. d. sc.  med. de Bordeaux, 1904,  xxv, 207-270.—
  Lesage (J.) Sur la toxicite des naphtols.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1904,  lvi,  852.  -----. Toxicite des
  naphtols a et/3 chez le chat. Ibid., 853-855. ----. Etude
  experimentale des  phenomdnes toxiques provoqueN par
  l'ingestion du naphtol.  Ibid., 972-974. -----. Noir ani-
  mal contre-poison des naphtols.  Ibid., 1028.  AUo:  Bull.
  Soc. ceutr. de med. vet., Par., 1903, 8. s., x, 77.—Ncla-
  ton.   Sur les intoxications par le naphtol oaniphre.  Bull.
  et mem. Soc. de  chir. de  Par.,  1904, u. 8., xxx, 529-538.—
  Nettcr.  Danger des injections de naphtol camphr6 dans
  les cavites sereuses; un cas de mort chez un enfant.  Bull.
  et mem. Soc. med. d. hop.  de Par., 1895, 3. s.. xii, 396-405.—
  Re bo ul  (J.)  Note sur  la toxicit6 du naphtol camphre.
  Bull et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,  1904, n. s., xxx, 546.—
  Siuiling-liarsen.  Et tilfaelde af akut forgiftning med
  camfernaphthol.   [Sur un cas  de  d'intoxication par  le
  naphtol camphre.  Res., 942.]   Norsk. Mag. f. Laegevi-
  densk., Kristiania, 1900, 4. R., xv, 893-900.

\:i|>Iilli> I a m in.
     See, also, Naphthol.
    Brand (F.)   * Ueber o-Nitrobenzyl-a-naphtyl-
  amin  und o-Nitrobenzyl-yS-naphtylamin  und
  einige Derivate derselben.   8°.   Erlangen, 1893.
    Cantor (M.)   "Beitrag zur Kenntnis des  o-
  und. /3-Dinaphtylamins.  ft0.   Erlangen, 1892.
    Fuhner (H.)  * Ueber einige Kondensationen
  mit Benzol-azo-a  naphtylamm.   [ Ki langen. ]
  8°.  Jena, 1692.
     Hardin (A.)   * Ueber  das /?-Nitroso-a-napu-
  tylamin.   (■* -\  Erlangen, 1888.
     Landenberger (D.)    " Ueber Aethylideu-a-
  Naphtylamin,  BenzyliaVn-a-Xaphtylamin, Ben-
  zylideu-.i-Xaphtylamin und einige Derivate der-
  selben.   [Bern.]   ^'.  Munchen, 1890.
     Muller (K.)  * Ueber Tetrauydro-/3-Naplity]-
  amiu.  [Erlangen.]   h '.   Miinchen, 1888.
     Spielvogkl (M.)   'Ueber  einige Nitrouaph-
  touitrile, -Amide  nnd -.Sauren,  sowie iiber die
  Darstellungen uud  Nitrirungen  von  einigen
  Naphtylaminderivaten.    [Bern.]   8°.   Karls-
  ruhe,  1895.
     Szymanski (S. E.)   * Ueber zwei  ueue Nitro-
  /3-Naphtylamiue und deren Derivate.   [Bern.]
  8D.  Karlsruhe, 1892.
     \Ve<;e(W.)  * Verbindungen des Monomethyl-
  /S-Naphtvlamin's.   [Erlangen.]  6°.  Wiesbaden,
  1893.
     "Wehrspaxx (G.)   * Ueber  einige Nitrosovet-
  bindnngen des ;i-Naphtylamins.   *°.  Erlangen,
  16**.
     Ott (1.)  How does  betatetrabydronaphthylaniin  ele-
   vate  the  temperature of the body I  Med.  Bull., Phila.,
   1897,  xix, 458.   Also, Reprint. -----.  The thermogenic
   action  of betatetrahydro - naphthvlamitt.   Med.  Bull.,
   Phila., 1898, xx, 411-417.—Pitini  (A.)  Sulla  tossicita
   dell' a-naftilammina.  Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo,
   1897,  v, 573-580.  Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
   1898,  xxix, 132-138.—Pitini (A.) Sc Itlantla (G.)  bill-
   1'  azione  fisiologiea  del cloridrato  di  uattilammina a. 
XAPHTHYLAMIN.
323
NAPLES.
VapliHivlaiiiin.
  Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 431-454.—Stern
  (R.)  Ueber den Einfluss des Tetrahydro/3-Naphtylaiiiins
  auf den thierischen Stoffwechsel.  Arch. f. path. Anat.
  [etc.], Berl., 1890, cxxi, 376-378.
Napias ( Henri )  [ 184*2-1901 ].  L'hygiene sco-
  laire en France; le batiment scolaire; le niobi-
  lier; hygiene de la vue; dnree des classes; snr-
  menage;  colonies  de vacances;  maladies  con-
  tagieuses a  l'ecole;   inspection m6dicale.   pp.
  29-58.   8°.   Wien, 18-7.
    Forms pt. 3, 12. Hft., of: VI. Internat.  Cong. f. Hyg. u.
  Demog. zu Wien.
------.   L'assistauee publiqne  dans le  departe-
  ment de  Sambre-et-Loire.  Avec  une lettre de
  Henri  Monod.   vii, ^8  pp.   8°.  Paris, Lecros-
  nier ^  Babe',  1890.
------.  L'hygiene des  creches.   48  pp.   8°.   Pa-
  ris, P. Dupont  1691.
    Repr.from: Rev. d'hyg.,  Par., 1891, xiii.
------.  Rapport et projet de reglement pour l'ap-
  plicatiou de la loi dn 12 jnin lt93.  50 pp.  8°.
  Melun, Imp.  administrative, l*9'i.
■-----.  Reglementation  des creches publiques et
  privies.  Rapport pre'sente' par . .  .  28 pp.  8°.
  [Melun, 1690.]
    See, also, Fairre (Paul). Notions el6tnentaires d'hy-
  giene, etc.  12°.  Paris. 1899.
    For Biography, see Brit. M.  J., Lond..  1901, i, 1179.
  AUo: Lancet,  Lond.,  1901,  i, 1306.  Also: Gac. med. de
  Par., 1901, 12. s., i, 141.  AUo: Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix,
  annexes, 297.   Also: Presse med., Par.,  1901, i, annexes,
  S. 175.  AUo: Progres med.. Par.,  1897, 3.  s., v, 154 (J.
  Noir).  Also: Rev. d'hyg.,  Par., 1901, xxiii, 385 (E. Val-
  liu).  AUo: Rev. d'hyg.,  Par., 1901,  xxiii, 516-531 (A.-J.
  Martin).
Napias ( Louise ).   *  Action  de  la  bacte'ride
  charhonneuse  sur  les hydrates de carbone. 27
  pp., 2  1.  8C.  Sceaux, 1900, No. 1.
    Ecole de pharmacie de  Paris.
Napier (A[lexauder] D[isney  Leith]).  Fibrin-
  ous  polypoid uterine  tumour;  and  puerperal
  albuminuria.  26 pp.   12°.  Edinburgh, Oliver $•
  Boyd, 1884.
------.  Notes on the  treatment  of uterine pro-
  lapse,  with an account  of a new modified meth-
  od of anterior colporrhaphy.  12 pp.  8°.   Edin-
  burgh,  Oliver $• Boyd,  1867.
------.   The thermometer in obstetrics and gyn-
  aecology.   30  pp., 1  ch.   8C.   London,  H. K.
  Lewis,  1^90.
    See, aUo, Smith  (Mrs.  Henry)  Sc Napier (Leith).
  The Hospitals Association. The  registration of  mid-
  wives.  8°. London, 1891.
Napier (Antoine-Georges) [1876-     ].  * Trai-
  tement des  tumeurs  malignes  inoperables ou
  re"cidivantes  par les  sels  de quinine ( me"thode
  de Jaboulay).   71pp.   *-.  Paris, 1901, No. 564.
Napier (Richard)  [1559-1634].
    JLee  (S.)  [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894,
  xl, 72.
Napier (Sir Richard) [1607-76].
    I>ee (S.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894,
  xl, 72.
Napier (William).   Report and papers  of sug-
  gestions on the proposed gathering grounds for
  the supply of the metropolis from the soft water
  springs ;  addressed  to the  general  board of
  health.  74 pp. 8°. London, W. Clowes# Sons, 1851.
Napieralski (Thadee-Felix) [1875-    ].   *Le
  vertige voltaique  dans  les lesions de l'appareil
  auditif.   56  pp., 11.  8°.  Paris, 1901,  No. 475.
Naples.   Studi  e proposte per la esecuzione del
  progetto  definitivo della  fognatura  generale
  della citta di Napoli.   cl, 208 pp., 12 pl., 2 maps.
  fol.  Napoli,  F.  Giannini $ figli, 1888.
Naples.
    See, also, Children (Hospitals, etc., for), Chol-
  era (History, etc., of), Epidemics  (History, etc.,
  of), Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of), Fever
lYaples.
  (Typhoid, History, etc., of), Fever (Typhus, His-
  tory,  etc., of), Hospitals  (Description, etc., of),
  Hospitals (Gynwcologic, etc.), Hospitals (Man-
  agement, etc., of),  Hospitals  (Ophthalmic, etc.),
  Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), Influenza
  (History, etc., of), Insane (Asylumsfor. Descrip-
  tion, etc., of). Leprosy (History, etc., of), Sew-
  age (Disposal of), Small-pox (History, etc., of),
  Statistics  (Vital), Universities,  Water (Sup-
  ply of),  by localities.
    Bessone (G.)  Relazione  sullo stato igienico
  sanitario della provineia  di Napoli  nel 1892.
  Letta nella sednta  del consiglio provinciate sa-
  nitario del 27 niarzo 189:5.   8°. Napoli, l-SKI.
    Cutting from: Fogl. period, d. prefett. di Napoli.
    Candela (N.)  Assistenza pubblica  esposta ai
  medici  provincial  secoudo i programmi  gover-
  nativi.   8°.   Napoli, 1890.
    Coscioni (G.)  Couferenza tennta innanzi la
  Confederazione delle trentotto societa  operaie
  della provineia di  Napoli nell' assemblea gene-
  rale del 28  novembre 1884 sul progetto igienico
  economic© per attuare rapidamehte la prossima
  e la remota boniticazione dei fondaci e bassi di
  Napoli rnerce 1' asfalto di Laviauo.  8°.  Napoli,
  1864.
    Guioth (A.)  * De l'influence du sejour dans
  le royannie de Naples sur les troupes francoises,
  et des moyens qui ont 6t6 les plus  efflcaces con-
  tre les  maladies auxquelles elles ont  6te" expo-
  sees dans ce climat.  4°.   Strasbourg, 1817.
    Pignataro  (D.)  Riflessioui  politiche su le
  pubbliche opere di beneticenza.  12°.   [Napoli,
  n. d.]
    Pipe (A.)  II medico di letto, o  sia disserta-
  zione storico-medica su 1' epidemica costituzione
  dell'  anno 1764, iu  questa citta di Napoli acca-
  duta,  12°.  Napoli, 1766.
    Turchi(M.) Sulla igiene pubblica della citta
  di Napoli.  Osservazioni e proposte.  2. ed.  Con
  agginnta d' una proposta di riforma alia legge
  municipale di  Napoli,  e d' una  esposizione di
  progetti di napoletani  architetti per  1' amplia-
  mento e migliorameuto della citta di  Napoli.
  12°.  Napoli, 1862.
    Armanni (L.) Di alcune forme morbose occorse in
  Napoli nella estate del 1896.  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med.
  enat., Napoli, 1903, xiii, 367-374.—Fazio (E.)   11 clima
  e la salubrita. di Napoli rapportati all passato ed all' avve-
  nire igienico della citta.. Gior. di clin., terap. e med. pubb.,
  Napoli, 1890, xxi, 327; 353: 1891, xxii, 6; 08; 108. AUo:
  Biv. internaz. d' ig.,  Napoli,  1890, i, 322; 392; 447; 505.
  AUo.  Reprint.—diambarba  (F.) II risauamento di
  Napoli.  Iugegner. san., Torino, 1904, xv, 12; 213.—Herd-
  man (W. A.)  The  greatest biological station in the
  world. Pop. Sc. Month., N. T., 1901, lix, 419-429.—Man-
  fred! (L.) Sull' aliment azione delle classi  povere del po-
  polo in Napoli.  Ann. d. Ist. d' ig. sper. d. Univ. di Roma,
  1893, u. s., iii, 37-113.—Passaro  (E.)  La  persistenza
  della pioggia nel  clima di Napoli.  Riv. internaz. d' ig.,
  Napoli, 1893, iv, 42; 111. -----. Climatologia di isapoli.
  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, vi, idrol.
  e climatol., 70.  -----. Climatologia del golf'o di Napoli.
  Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat., Parma,  1898, v, 155-
  163.  AUo: Idrol. e climat.,  Eirenze, 1898,  ix,  46-49.—
  Quelqiics mots sur Naples m6dicale.  J. d. conn. med.
  prat., Par., 1891, 5. s.,xii [3. s., xiii], 285; 291.—Sehneer.
  Die jetzigen Gesnndheitsverhaltnisse von Neapel.  Mo-
  natschr.  f. prakt. Balneol., Miinchen,  1898,  iv,  10-12.—
  Spatuzzi (A.)  La pubblica assistenza degl' infermi po-
  veri in Napoli.  Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli,
  1903, xix, 293; 357; 421; 534. -----. II clima del  golfo di
  Napoli.  Riv. d' ig. prat, e sper., Napoli, 1888, i, 33; 145:
  1889, ii, 1; 41. -----.  11 risanamento di Napoli. Ibid.,
  1888, i, 43; 99. -----.  I caratteri etnograiici  della popo-
  lazione napoletana ed  il risauamento igienico, economico
  e morale. Gior. di med. pubb., Napoli,  1893, xxiv,  310;
  321.—Symons (H. B.)  A note on Naples.  J. Balneol. &
  Climat., Lond., 1905, ix, 28-32.
Naples (Province of).   Rapporto sul cholera di
  S. Giov. a Teduccio nel  1865 alia  commissione
  medica di vigilanza per la provineia di Napoli.
  [Pasquale  Pepere,  relatore.]  24 pp.  8°.  Na-
  poli, frat. de Angelia, 1865. 
NAPOLEON  I.
324
NARCEINE.
\apoleon  I.
    Anthmmahciu (F.)  Deruiers niomens de Na-
  poleon.  2 v.   8°.   Paris 4~ Londres, 1825.
    Andrew* (E.)  The diseases, death and autopsy of
  Napoleon 1.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv, 1081-
  1085.  .1 Uo, transl.: Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1890, xxi, 484;
  498_____Napoleon's alleged epilepsy.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1896, xxvi,  055.—Barral (G.)  La  sante  de
  Napoleon I" (d'apres des documents nouveaux et inedits).
  Chron. med., Par., 1900, vii, 34; 104; 227; 322.— Kandonin
  (M.)  Remarques cliniques sur la derniere maladie et la
  mort de Napoleon I". Gaz. med. de Par., 1901, 12. s., i,
  81_84._de Iteauregard (F.)  Lettre d'un  medecin de
  Napoleon I" a M. Thiers. Chron. med., Par.,  1903, x, 046-
  648.—Boiigon. QuelquesnianiesdeNapoleonl".  Ibid.,
  1904, xi, 490. -----. Napolfion k Waterloo et ses 4 henres
  desommeil.  Ibid., 1905, xii, 57.—Broadbciit(*irW.H.)
  Clinical thermometry in the case of the first Napoleon.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, KI3.—Cabanes. Les supersti-
  tions de Napoleon I".  Chron. med., I'ar., 1896,  ii, 263;
  334; 487; 513.—Callamand (E.)  Lesblessuresdeguerre
  de Napoleon. Ibid., 1901, viii, 129-134. -----. Les heures
  de def'aillance de Napoleon.  Ibid., 1904, xi, 801-806.—
  Colgaii (J. F. E.)  Napoleon's heart,  Phila. M. J., 1899,
  iv, 1045. — Correspoudance de Guillaume Warden,
  chirurgien k bord du vaisseau de sa majest6  britannique
  le Northumberland, qui a conduit Napoleon Bonaparte k
  l'ile de Sainte-Helene.  [Transl.]  Chron. med., Par., 1897,
  iv, 353; 417; 449; 513; 577: 1898, v,  71: 1899, vi, 225; 551;
  737._Franck (E.)   Das Carcinom im Hause  Napoleon
  Bonaparte; Mediciniscb-Historisches aus der Familie des
  ersten  Consuls.  Med. Woche, Berl.,  1904,  v, 110; 119;
  131.—Frolieh (H.)  Das gesundheitliche Befinden  Na-
  poleon s I. im  russischen Feldzuge 1812. Militaerarzt,
  Wien, 1891, xxv, 65-68.—Gillmor (B. F.)  The warrior
  microbe; or the gonococcus at Waterloo.  Med. Herald,
  St. Josepli, 1902, n. s., xxi, 138-146. -Lombroso.  The
  epilepsy of Napoleon.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1898,
  xxxi, 725-728.  AUo.transl.: Deutsche Rev., Stuttg., 1898,
  xxiii, 60-73.—Napoleon I" et les medecins.   Monaco-
  med., 1901, v, no. 77, 7.—Nota (a proposito del polso raro
  di Napoleone 1°). Boll. clin.-scient. d. Poliambul. di Mi-
  lano, 1902, xv,  109-111. — Ollivier.  Memoire  sur  les
  mesures qu'il convient de piescrire lors de l'exhumation
  des restes de 1'empereur Napoleon.   Ann. d'hyg., Par.,
  1841, xxv, 11-26. AUo, Reprint.—Proal L.)  Napoleon
  I" etait-il 6pileptique?  Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon Sc
  Par., 1902, xvii, 261-206.—Souvenir* iutimes sur Napo-
  leon  par un  chirurgien de la marine anglaise.  Chron.
  m6d., Par., 1897, 353;  417; 449; 513; 577; 737:  1898, 71.

Napoleon II.
    Cabanes.  L'Aiglon; comment est mort  le due de
  Reichstadt?  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1900, lxxiii, 303-310.

Napoleon III.
    C. (A.)  La mort de Napoleon III est-elle due au chloro-
  forme?  Chron.med., Par., 1896, ii, 353-357.—Callamand
  (E.)  A propos de la mort de Napol6on III.  ibid., 1901,
  viii, 153.—Cclineau. La mort de Napoleon III.  Ibid.,
  127.—duepin (A.)  La maladie, l'operation et la mort de
  Napoleon III.  Ibid.. 33-44.— Palasciano (F.)  La ma-
  lattia e la morte di Napoleone III. sotto 1' aspetto degli
  interessi della medica professione.   In his ■ Mem. ed oss.,
  8°, Napoli, 1896, ii, clin.  chir., 388-400.—See  (G.)  Le
  calcul vesical de l'ex-Empereur Napoleon III.  J. d. conn.
  med. prat., Par., 1873, xl, 7-9.

Napoleon  -  Louis -   Bonaparte,
  Prince [1804-31].
    Pascallkt  (E.)  Notice  historique  sur  son
  altesse  inrpenale  et  royale  Monseigueur  le
  prince Napoleon-Louis-Bonaparte, grand-due de
  Berg.   8°.   Paris, 1854-5.
    Cutting from.- Rev. gen. hist., biog., n6crol., sc. et lit-
  teraire, etc., 1854-5.

Napolino (Virginio).
    See C'iaceri (Giuseppe) & rVapolino  (V.)J Reso-
  conto sanitario [etc.],  fol.  Modica, 1888.

------& Ciaceri (G.)  Resoconto amministra-
  tivo sanitario dell' Ospedale  degli onesti ed Al-
  bergo dei poveri in Modica.   21 pp.  fol.  Mo-
  dica, T. Avolio, 1890.
Napolitano (Nicola).
    -See <»ubitosi (Samuele). Lezioni di terapia clinica
  [etc.].  8°.  Xapoli, 1896.

Napp  (Hermann)  [1869-     ].   * Beitrage  znr
  Symptoniatologie  und  Epidemiologic des Icte-
  rus  catarrbalis  bei Kindern.  30 pp.,  1  1.  s°
  Bonn, J. Bach Wwe., 1*93.
Napp  (Otto).   * Ueber  die Bildung  polypiiscr
  Adenome und Carcinome in atrophiscber Magen-
  Bchleimhaut.  37  pp.  8°.  Freiburg,  Speyer  $
  Kaerner, 1900.
Napper (Albert) [1815-94].  On the advantages
  derivable to the medical profession and tbe pub-
  lic from the establishment of village  hospitals,
  with general instructions concerning costs, plans,
  rules,  etc., aud an  appropriate dietary.  20 pp.
  8 -'.   London, H. K. Lewis,  1864.   [P., v. 2291.]
    For Biography, see  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1894,  ii, 1211.
  Also: Lancet,  Lond., 1894, ii, 1253.
Naqiiet ([Joseph]  A[lfred])  [1834-    ].  Des
  sueres.  82 pp.  8°.  Paris, F. Savy, 1863.  [P.,
  v.  1767.]
    For Biography, see Med. mod., Par., 1897, viii, suppl., 49.
Naquet (Paul)  [1867-     ].   'Contribution  a
  1'6'tude des hernies  de l'appeudice verniiculaire,
  et de  leurs complications.  120 pp.  6°.  Paris,
  1900, No. 126.
Naraiii (Ram).
    Editor of: Practical (The) Medicine, Delhi, India,
  1904-5.
Naranjo (Carlos).
    Co-Editor of: Revista medico-quinirgica, Quito, 1896.
Naranovicli  [Pavel Andreyevich] [1801-74],
  Auatomicheskoye  opisaniye  bliznetsov,  sros-
  shikhsya golovkami.  [Anatomic description of
  twins, grown together  by the head.]  16 pp.,
  4 pl.  8°.  Sanktpeterburg, Y. Trei,  1^56.
Naratli  (Albert).   Der  Brouchialbaum  der
  Siiugethiere und des Mensehen.   viii, 380 pp.,
  7 pl.  4°.  Stuttgart, E. Nagele, 1901.
    Forms 3. Hft., Abth. A, of:  Bibliotheca medica.
Narbekoff(Ivan Vasilyevich) [1859-   ].   *Pa-
  tologo - anatomicheskiya  izmieneniya  pecheni,
  pochek i serdtsa pri  otravlenii   sulfoualom;
  eksperimentalnoye iszliedovaniye.   [Pathologo-
  anatomical alterations in  tbe liver, kidneys, and
  heart  in poisoning by sul phonal; experimental
  research.]   74 pp., 11.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, P. P.
  Soikin, 1897.
Narbel (C.)   * Recherches sur Pe'clairage natu-
  rel dans les 6coles de Neuchatel.   [Bern.]  64
  pp., 8 pl.  8°.   Vevey, A.  Roth, 1894.
Narhona (Luis).
    Editor of:  Roletfn  medico-farniaceutico, Zaragoza,
  1895-6.
Narboni (Albert)  [1865-    ].  * Considerations
  sur les r6cidives de  la  fievre typhoide.  70 pp.
  4°.  Paris, 1894, No. 356.

Narbomie.
    See  Fever (Malarial, History,  etc., of), by lo-
  calities.
Narbomie  (Paul) [1873-    ].   * Kystes du ca-
  nal  de Niick.   73 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 223.
Narbut (S[tanislav] 0[nufriyevicli]) [1842-   ].
  * K  voprosu o vliyanii visokoi i nizkol tempera-
  tur  pishtshi i pity a na  usvoyeniye  azotistlkh
  chaste! u zdorovlkh lyudei.  [Influence of bigh
  and low temperature of food and drink ou assim-
  ilation of the nitrogenous parts in healthy men.]
  32  pp., 2 1.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, M.  M. Stasyule-
  vich, 1887.
Narbut (V.  M).
    See  Fenwick  (Soltau).  Razstrolstva pishthi \ are-
  niya[etc.|. 8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1901.

Narceine.
     See, also,  Narcyl.
     Salazar  y Murphy  (A. M.)   * Estudio  sobre
  la  acci6n fisiologiea y terape'utica de  la nar-
  ceina.  8°.   Mexico, [1875].
     Wendel  (W.)   * Ueber die Wirkung des Nar-
  cein]»henylhvdrazous.   8°.   Berlin, 1604.
     Abogado (E. L.)  Narceina.  Cron. m6d. mexicana,
   Mexico, 1898-9, ii, 220-222.—I.croy (E.)  Sur la narceine. 
NARCEINE.
325
NARCOTIC-HABIT.
\arceinc.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, exxix, 1259-1261.—
  Wangerin (A.)  Ueber Farbenreaktionen des Narceins.
  Pbarm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 916.

Narcissus.
    Ehrhardt (E.)   * Chemische  Untersuchung
  der wesentlicben  Bestandtbeile des  Luecojum
  vernum uud des Narcissus  poeticus.   8°.   Jur-
  jew, 1893.
    Vaniauchi.  Ueberdas alkaloid der Narzisse.  [Japa-
  nese text.]  Mitt.  d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi,
  590-593.

Narcoform.
    Madzsar (J.)  Narkosen mit Gemischen von  niedri-
  gen Siedepunkten   (Somnoform-Narkoform).  Deutsche
  zahnarztl. Wchnsehr., Berl., 1904, vii, 251-254.

Narcolepsy.
    See, also, Hysteria (Manifestations of), by dis-
  orders of nervous system; Sleeping-sickness.
    B6hm(H. J.)    * Ueber Narkolepsie.  8°.  Ber-
  lin, [1893].
    Dufosse (M.)  * Etude sur la narcolepsie. 4°.
  Paris, 1*68.
    Fuket (L.)  * De la narcolepsie.   8°.   Paris,
  1901.
    Lesly (Catherine).   * De la narcolepsie.  4~.
  Paris, 1896.
    -----.  The same.   8J.   Paris, 1896.
    Samain (G.)    * Contribution  a l'6tude  de la
  narcolepsie;  ses   rapports  avec  l'hyste'rie  et
  l'6pilepsie.  4°.    Paris, 1894.
    Akhasheflf. K kazuistikle narkolepsii.  [Case of nar-
  colepsy.]  Med. Sbornik Varshav. TJyazd.  voyenn. hosp.,
  Varshava, 1896, ix, 51-53. — C'arriere. Snr un  cas de
  narcolepsie.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,
  1897, xviii, 309-311.—Caton (R.) Narcolepsv.  Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1889, i, 358.  Also:  Med. Press Sc Circ, Loud.,
  1889, n. s., xlvii, 165.—C'liaviyiiy.   Narcolepsie  (somraeil
  pathologique).  Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de  Lyon, 1904, iii,
  409.—Dowsley (D. H.)  Narcolepsy; brief report of a
  case in practice.   Canada  Lancet, Toronto, 1888-9, xxi,
  71.—Ewen (C.)  A case of narcolepsy- Boston M. Sc S.
  J., 1893,  cxxviii, 569.— Fellows  (H. B.)  Narcolepsy.
  Clinique, Chicago, 1890, xi,  157-160.—Foot (A. W.)  Nar-
  colepsy (sudden periodical sleep-seizures).  Tr. Aead. M.
  Ireland, Dubl., 1887, v, 1-8.—Oelineau.  Observation de
  narcolepsie.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par.,
  1893-4, viii, 332-335. — Gerard  (G.)  Un  cas de narco-
  lepsie.  Nord med.,  Lille,  1903,  ix,  128. — Guleke (H.)
  Znr Aetiologie der  Narkolepsie.  Miinchen. med.  Wchn-
  sehr.,  1902, xlix, 1621. — Ilecht (A.)  Ein casuistischer
  Beitrag  zur Aetiologie der Narcolepsie.  Aerztl. Prakt.,
  Dresd.; 1897, x, 167-172. — Lamacq (L.)  A propos de
  quelques cas de narcolepsie.   Rev. de med., Par., 1897,
  xvii, 699-714.—Legraiid.  Un cas de narcolepsie.  Bull.
  Soe. clin. de Par., 1887 (188*).  xi, 156-165. — E.evi (L.)
  Somnolence et narcolepsie hepatiqii"e>.   Arch. g6n. de
  med.,  Par., 1896, i,  58-64.— I.oewenfeld  (L.)  Ueber
  Narkolepsie.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 1041-
  1045.—Ijoghtsbiloff (P. A.)  K kazuistikle narkolepsii.
  [Cases of narcolepsy.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1895, xvi, 673.
  -----. K voprosuonarkolepsii.  [On narcolepsy.]  Ejened.
  jour. "Prakt. med.", St. Petersb., 1897, iv, 325-329.—Mac-
  Corinac (J.McG.)   A caseof narcolepsv.   Brain, Lond.,
  1899, xxii, 469.  AUo: Lancet, Lond., 1899,  ii, 565.—Mey-
  er* (S. J.)  Narcolepsy. Am. Pract. Sc News, Louisville,
  1905, xxxix, 420-422.—Ouchterlon y (J. A.)  Narcolepsy,
  with report of cases.  Ibid., 1901, xxxii, 59-65.—Ribakoff
  (F. E.)  K voprosu o narkolepsii.  [On narcolepsy.] Pro-
  tok. zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i  Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov.
  Univ., 1895-6, 96-102. AUo: Arch,  psichiat. [etc.J, Var-
  shava, 1896, xxviii, no. 2., 58-77.—Stern (H.) A  contri-
  bution to tbe pathogenesis of narcolepsy and other forms of
  morbid sleepiness.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxi,47-50.—Tsi-
  trin (M. G.)  K voprosu o narkolepsii.  [On narcolepsy]
  Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb.,  1902, ix, 483-486. —Vigdorchik
  (N. A.)  Sluchai  narkolepsii,  izllecbonnol  atropinom.
  [Narcolepsy treated with atropine.]  Ibid., 1903, x, therap.
  pt., 46.—XcltNcr (S. Y.) K kazuistikle vnezapnol nepreo-
  dolimol sonlivosti (narkolepsii).  [Case of sudden narco-
  lepsy.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 293-295.

lYarcoiupaiiia.
    See Narcotic-habit.

Narcosis (Medullary).
    See Injections  (Spinal, Subarachnoid).
Narcotic-habit.
    See,  also,  Cannabis  indica;  Chloral - habit;
  Chloroform - habit;  Cocaine-habit;  Ethero-
  mania; Haschisch; Morphine-habit; Opium-
  habit; Opium-smoking.
    Collins (S. B.)   Theriaki: a treatise  on  the
  habitual  use of narcotic  poison;  how the hab.it
  is formed, its consequences and cure.   8C.   [La
  Porte,  Ind., 1889.]
    Aikiu (J. M.)  The drug habit; its cause and restric-
  tion.  Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 332. -Bacon (C. S.)
  'I oxic habit and toxic occupation aspecs.  Obstetrics, N.
  Y., 1901, iii, 11-16.  [Discussion], 32-30.—Baker (L. W.)
  Drug habituation.  Alienist Sc Neurol., St. Louis, 1892, xiii,
  276-285.  AUo, Reprint.—■ Beirao (C.)  Cocaiuoniania e
  morphino-cocainismo.   Med.  coutenip.,  Lisb.. 1898,  xvi,
  329; 344. — Kouclil (K.)  Tv& fall af s. k. narkosforlam-
  ning.  [Two cases of so-called narcotic paralysis.] Finska
  lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1897, xxxix, 1095-1106.—
  Buniigardner  (E.)   [Dangers of self-drugging.]  Tr.
  Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1902, 93-99.—Calhell (D. W.)
  Poisoning by narcotics.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1890, xxiii,
  33. — Child (W.)  The use and abuse of narcotics and
  alcoholics. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1889, 46-
  58.—C'oi-bns  (B. R.)  Some factors in the causation of
  drug habits.  Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii, 14-17.—
  Coronedi (G.)  I veleni  sociali.  Studi sassaresi,  Sas-
  sari, 1901, i, sez. 2, fasc 1, 1-11. — Crothcrs (T. D.) A
  history of text-book teachings of alcohol and narcotics in
  common schools.  Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv,
  43-52. -----. The recognition of drug addictions in life
  insurance.  Med. Exam.  Sc Pract., N. Y., 1905, xv, 541-
  545.—Davis (N. S.)  Are  narcotics and anesthetics, as
  opium,  tobacco,  cocaine,  alcohol, ether,  and chloroform,
  capable of filling any natural want, instinct, or physiolog-
  ical process in the healthy human body?  Bull. Am. M.
  Temper. Ass., Battle Creek, 1898, v, 65-71.—Dewey (R.)
  Addiction to drugs, especially in reference to the medical
  profession.  Med.  Age, Detroit, 1900,  xviii, 321-325.—
  Dyinock (W.)   On the narcotics and spices of the East.
  J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1890-92, ii, 36-54. -----. On the
  use of  ganja and bhang in the East as narcotics. Ibid.,
  469-483. —Eberle (E. G.) Sc Gordon (F. T.)   Report of
  committee  on the  acquirement of drug  habits.   Am.
  J. Pharm., Phil., 1903, lxxv, 474-488. — Evans (T. H.)
  Narcosomania, with report  of twenty-one cases; a mono-
  graph.  Med. Times, N. Y, 1905, xxxiii, 2; 36; 65; 97.  AUo :
  Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1895, xxvii, 118-124.  -----. Pa-
  limpsests of parasthenics.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1905, xxxiii,
  353: 1906, xxxiv, 11.—Fall (D.)  Alcohol and narcotics.
  Proc. San. Convent. Holland,  Lansing, 1892, 38-47.   Also,
  Reprint.—Hntchins (F. F.)  The psychological aspect
  of tbe drug habit.  Med. &.  Surg. Monitor, Indianp., 1905,
  viii, 131-134.—Ilynson (H. P.)  Report of committee on
  acquirement of the drug habit.  Am. J.  Pharm., Phila.,
  1902, lxxiv, 547-554.  Also:  Sanitarian, N. Y., 1903, li, 39-
  44. — Jcllid'e (S. E.)  Hypnotics, analgesics, and  resul-
  tant drug addictions.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl,
  571-574. — Hrniiim (F.)  Ueber  Narkosenlahmuugen.
  Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1895, 139 (Chir., No. 38,
  299-320).  Also, transl. [Abstr. ]: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897,
  xxv, 203-208. —Jiegrain.  Etude sur les poisons de l'in-
  telligence.  Ann. med.-psych., Par., 1891, 7. s., xiv, 30;
  215; 377: 1892, 7. s., xv, 52;  215. —lett (S.)  Narcotic ad-
  diction.  Canad. M. Rev., Toronto, 1895, ii, 1-5.  Also, Ke-
  print.— l>yon (S. B.)  Some drug and alcoholic habitues.
  N. York M. J. |etc], 1904, lxxix, 644-646.   Also, Reprint.—
  Melanin (J. S.)  Narcotics  and  narcosis in children.
  Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1893, x, 467-479.—Madden (J.)   The
  effects of stimulating narcotics; a social question.  Tr. M.
  Soc. "Wisconsin, Madison, 1898, xxxii, 89-94. — Mattison
  (J. B.)  The etiology of narcotic inebriety. Weekly Med.
  Rev., St.  Louis, 1893, xxvii,  107.   AUo, Reprint. -----.
  Narcotic  inebriety in America.  Med.  Leg.  J., N. Y.,
  1897-8, xv, 221-223.—Mills  (C. I).)  The predisposing and
  acquired characteristics of the alcohol and drug habitue.
  Columbus M. J., 1905, xxix, 487-492.—Mills ((!. K.)   Mor-
  phinomania, cocomania, and general narcomania, and some
  of their legal consequences.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905,
  15.  s., i, 159-176. — rVickerson (H. M.)  The relation of
  physicians to the drug habit.  J. Med. Sc Sc, Portland,
  1899-1900, vi, 49-52. — Pettey (G. E.)  The narcotic drug
  habits and their treatment.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1901,
  3. s., xvii, 655-662. -----. Drug habit; review of articles
  by  Drs. Hare and Lott.  Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi,
  735-740. — Reynolds (C.  V.)  Drug habits.  Charlotte
  [N. C] M. J., 1899, xiv, 314-319. — Shoemaker (J. V.)
  The abuse of drugs.   J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii,
  1405-1408.—Sollicr (P.)  Les toxicomanes. Cong, franc.
  de  med.  Rapp.,  Par., 1899, v, 576-582.—Sterne (A. E.)
  Have drug addictions a pathologic basis?  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1905, xliv, 609-612.  Also .- Quart. J. Inebr.,  Hart-
  ford, 1905, xxvii, 157-165. — Sudduth (W. X.)  The psy-
  chology of narcotism. J.  Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1896, 
NARCOTIC-HABIT.                       326                                NARCOTICS.
\arcotic-liafoil.
  xxvii. 796-798.—Miockard (C. C.)  Some points of gen-
  eral  interest iu regard to drug addictions.  Tr. M. Ass.
  Georgia, Atlanta,  1900, 373-376. — Wilson  (W. J.), jr.
  The prevention of drug habits.  J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit,
  1904, iii, 392-396.

I¥arcotic-liabit  (Institutes for treat-

   ment of).
    See, also, Inebriates (Asylums,  etc., for).
    Brooklyn Home for Habitues.   Opium, chlo-
  ral,  cocaine.   [Brief account  of the  home, its
  advantages, and tbe treatment pursued.']  1G°.
  [Brooklyn, 1892].
    Hart.man  (S. B.)   The  narcotic  habit, as
  treated at the Surgical Hotel.  16°.  Columbus,
  [n.d.].
    Maplewood Institute, Lebanon, O.   £ Circu-
  lar letter of the president,  J. L. Stephens.]  4°.
  [Lebanon, 18110.]
    Crothers (T. D.)  Drug habits and their treatment.
  Med. Standard, Chicago,  1901,  xxiv, 181; 242; 300;  362;
  411.  A (so. Reprint. -----. Sanitarium treatment of drug
  habits, iled. Standard, Chicago, 1901, xxiv, 07-70.

Narcotic-habit (Jurisprudence of).
    See, also, Morphine-habit (Jurisprudence of).
    Asahara (S.)  pThe regulation of the use of intoxica-
  tion hy narcotics.]  Kyoto Igakkwai Zasshi, 1901, 709-740,
  1 tab.— Beal (J. H.)  Draft of a proposed anti-narcotic
  law.   Am. J. Pharm., Phila.,  1903, lxxv, 488. — Deavor
  (T. L.)  The criminal use of narcotics.  A. O. D. Bull.,
  Buffalo, 1903, i, no. 11, 6-10.—Orinnell (A. P.)  Stimu-
  lants in forensic medicine;  a review of drug consumption
  in Vermont.  Med. Leg. J., N. Y.,  1901-2, xix,  211; 420.
  AUo, Reprint. — Kerr (X.)  Criminal  responsibility in
  narcomania.  Bull.Iuiernat. Med.-Leg. Cong. 1889, N. Y.,
  1891,  113-119.  AUo: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1889-90, vii, 319-
  325.  Also: Times  Sc  Reg., Phila., 1889, xx, 751-753.—
  Mason (L. D.)  Patent and proprietary medicines as the
  cause of the alcohol and opium habit, or other forms of
  narcomania, with somo suggestions as to how the evil may
  be remedied.  Quart. J.Inebr., Hartford, Conn., 1903, xxv,
  1-13.   Also, Reprint.—Mattison (J. li.)  The medico-
  legal statu* of narcotic inebriates.   Med.-Leg. J., N. Y.,
  1890-7, xiv, 227-230. -----.  Narcotic abuse aud the public
  weal.  Med. News, N. Y., 1903,  lxxxii, 638.—Pettey (G.
  E.)   A plea for a more just judgment of narcotic drug
  users.  Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 330-334.  Also: Char-
  lotte  [N. CI M. J.,  1904, xxv, 225-232. — Bamos Mcjia
  (J. M.) La obsesion del envenenamiento; morfin6manos;
  enterdmanos;  alcoholistas:  quinofagos;  histericos alcan-
  foristas; fumadores de incienso.   Arch, de  psiquiat. y
  criminol.,  Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 321-332.

Narcotic-habit (Treatment of).
    See, also, Narcotic-habit (Institutes for  treat-
  ment of).
    Coats  (O. P.)  The  system of cure  for  the
  opium-morphine or cocaine habit  iu auy form of
  addiction.  '24°.   Kansas City, [n. d.].
    Fromme (A.)  Der Missbrauch von Morphium
  und  Coca'in und seiue schonende Behandlungs-
  weise.  12°.  Leipzig, 1899.
    Gebhardt ['YV.]  Die  radikale Heilung  der
  Trnnksucht,  der Morphiumsucht nnd  anderer
  clnonischer Vergiftnngen  mit Schlaf- und  Ge-
  nnssmitteln,  iusbesondere  auch  der Tabakver-
  giftungen.  8°.   Leipzig, [u. d.].
    Bnrmester.  Ueber  die Notwendigkeit der Alko-
  holenthaltsamkeit  bei der Nach behandlung  der  narko-
  tischen Suchten. Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1901, ii, 361-377.—
  C'oe (H. W.)  The curability of drug cases.   Med. Sen-
  tinel, Portland. Oreg., 1899, vii, 242-247.  Also, Reprint.—
  Crow ell (S. M.)  A modern method of treating morphiue
  whiskey,  and other drug  addictions.  Carolina  M.  J '
  Charlotte, 1904, 1, 894-897.  Also: Charlotte IN. C.J M. J.'
  1904,  xxv, 16-18.  AUo: Virginia M. Semi-Month. Rich-
  mond, 1904-5, ix, 103-105. -----.  A rational method of
  treating whiskey and drug addictions.  Charlotte  N CI
  M.J., 1904, xxiv,  19-23.—Dercuni (F. X.)   The drug
  habits. Syst. Pract. Therap.  (Hare), Phila., 1897,  iv, 795-
  817.—Enlind (K. A.)  Alcoholism and drug habits; their
  pathology  and treatment.  Med. Rec,  N. Y.  1904 lxvi
  296.— KilcmiM v<  i (A.)  Behandlung des chronischen
  Morphinismus uud Cocainismus.  Handb. d. spec Therap
  innererKrankh.. Jena, 1894, ii, 335-372.  Also: Handb d
  Therap. iunerer Krankh., 2. Aufl., Jena, 1897, ii, 587-617.—
  French (J. M.)  Some practical conclusions in the treat-
  ment of drug patients.  Medicine, Detroit, 1899, v, 36-41.—
  C»ol<lau  (S. 0.)  The gradual restriction method  of cure
 Narcotic-habit (Treatment of).
   in morphine, cocaine, and other drug addictions. Therap
   Gaz., Detroit,  1904, 3. s., xx, 89.—<»iiillon (P.)  Les toxi'
   comanes et la legislation; necessite d'une loi (l'assistauee
   Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1900, vii, 54-60.—Kellogg (J. H j
   The treatment of drug addiction.  Am. I'ract. & News
   Louisville, 1903, xxxvi, 10-20.  Also: Mod.  Med.  Battle
   Creek, Mich., 1903,  xii, 73-79. Also:  Quart. J.'Inebr
   Hartford, 1903, xxv, 30-43.—Tell (S.) Narcotic addiction!
i   Canad. M. Rev., Toronto, 1895, ii, 1-5. -----. The prog!
   nosis  of drug habits, with some reference to treatment
   Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1900-1901, xxxiii, 1-4. —I^iyJ
   ingston (A.  T.)  Ergot in alcoholism, morphinism, and
   the general class of drug-habit cases. Med. News, N V
   1904, Ixxxiv, 445-448.  Also:  N. York State J. M.  n' y''
   1904, iv, 28-33.—liOtt (M. K.)  The drug habit; it's treat!
   ment.  Texas M. J., Austiu, 1902-3, xviii, 173-178.—Mat-
   tiMon (J. B.)  A case of double narcotic addiction, opium
   and alcohol, imbecility; recovery.  Canada Lancet, Mon-
   treal,  1884-5, xvii, 101-104.   Also, Reprint. -----. The
   curability of narcotic inebriety.  Cleveland M. Gaz_ 1891-2,
   vii, 535-547. Also, Reprint. -----. The post-active treat-
   ment of narcotic habitue-s.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895
   xxv, 1119. -----. Treatment  of narcotic inebriates.  Am'
   Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 449.—Paulson (D.)  Management
   of the victims of drug habits.  Med. Standard, Chicago
   1901, xxiv,  130-132.  AUo: Quart.  J. Inebr„ Hartford'
   1901, xxiii, 164-171.—Pettey (G. E.)  Narcotic drug addic-
   tions; pathology, treatment,  prognosis.  Colorado Med
   Denver, 1903-4, i, 424-427.—Bbu  (A.)  A plea for early
   treatment of the alcohol, morphine, cocaine, and allied
   narcotic drug habits.  Am.  M. Compend, Toledo, 19B3,
   xix, 25-29.   AUo: Regular M. Visitor, St. Louis, 1902, iii'
   261-268.—Rivers (H. T.) & Stewart (P. H.)  The drug
   habit aud its treatment. Am. Pract. Sc News, Louisville,
   1900, xxx,  85-91. — Russell (H. C.)   Hyoscine in the
   treatment of drug habits. Med.  Rec,  N. Y., 1902, lxii,
   S48.—Searles (F. R.)  Modern treatment of drug habitua-
   tion.  Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 436.—tttockard (C.C.)
   Some cases of drug habit.  Atlanta M. & S. J., 1898-9, n. s.,
   xv, 80-85.—Wetterstrand  (O. G.) Om behandling af
   kronisk morfin-, opium-,  kokain-  och kloralintoxikation
   med hypnos och suggestion.  [The treatment of chronio
   morphine, opium, cocaine, and chloral intoxication by hyp-
   notism and suggestion.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1896, lviii,
   363-378.

 Narcotics.
     See, also, Anaesthetics;  Belladonna; Boldo,
   etc.; Chloral;  Cocaine;  Codeine;  Conium;
   Hyoscyamus; Hypnotics;  Hypodermic injec-
   tions;  -Morphine;   Narcotic-habit;  Opium;
   Opium  (Alkaloids  of);   Papaverine;  Sleep
   (Disorders of); Stramonium.
     Anema  (P.)   * De zetel  der alkaloiden bij
   enkele narkotische plauten.  8°.   Utrecht,  1892.
     Diehl (D. [H. J.])  * Vergleicheude Experi-
   mental-Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Starke der
   narkotischen  Wirkung einiger Sulfone, Siinre-
   amide und  Glyceriuderivate.   8°.   Marburg i.
   H, 1894.
     Dunzelt  (W.)   * Vergleichende Expeiimen-
   talnntersuchungen iiber die Starke der Wirkung
   einiger Narcotica.   8°.   Marburg, 1P(J(>.
     Frankel  (A.)   * Die Wirkung  der Narcotica
   auf die niotorischen  Vorderhornzellen des Kii-
   ckenmarkes.  8°.  Berlin, IKK
     Galanti  (G.)   * Dell' azione  dei narcotici.
   8°.  Pavia, 1849.
     Kirk.   Narcotism.  12°.  [Manchester, n. d.]
     Kokdes (R.)   * Vergleicbung der wichtigeren
   narcotischen Extracte der russisclien  Pharina-
   copoe mit den  anderer Phatmacopoen unter be-
   sonderer Beriicksichtigung des Alkaloidgehaltcs.
   [Dorpat.]  8°.  St.  Petersburg, 16*6.
     Liebeailt  (A.  A.)   Le  somineil  provoqu6 et
   les 6tat8 analogues.  8°.   Halle a. S„ 1894.
     -----.  The  same.    Der kiinstliche  Schlaf
   und die  ihm  ahnlichen  Zustiiude.  Autorisirte
   dentsehe Ausg. von  Otto Dornbliith.  8°.  Leip-
   zig 4- Wien,  1892.
     Michael  (E. A.)   * De vegetabilibus narcoti-
   cis pharmacopce* anstriacse phytologice et phar-
   macologic  cousideratis.   8°.   Vindobonae, 1829.
     Moll (F.  C.)   * De pharmaco-posologia reme-
   dioruni  simpliciter narcoticorum.   8°.  Vindo-
|   bonce, 1835.
/ 
NARCOTICS.
327
NARCYL.
  Kocbaui> (F.-M.-A.)   * Quelques propositions
sur l'usage exterieur des substances narcotiques.
4.   Montpellier, [1.-05].
  Schiei.f. (O.)   * Flier den Einfluss der Schlaf-
mittel  auf  die  Mageuverdauung.   TErlangen.]
8C.   Brandenburg a.  H., 1*91.
  St tnVARZ (F.)  * Kritische  Studien  iiber die
Wertbestinininngsmethoden   der  uarkotiseben
Extrakte mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung  des
Extractum  Strychni, sowie iiber die Trenuungs-
methoden von Strychnin und  Brucin.  8  .   Er-
langen,  1*92.
  Tuaite theorique et  pratique du haschich et
autres substances psychiques; cannabis, plaules
narcotiques,  aiiesthesiqnes,   herbes niagiques,  I
opium,  morphine, ether, cocaine, fornmles et re-  I
cettes  diverses,  bols,  pilules,  pastilles  eleetu-
aires, opiats.   12 \   Paris,  1>9">.
  Zachrissox (F.)   Till fragau om narkosernas
skadliga efterverkniugar.   [The question of the
injurious  after effects of narcotics.]   8C.  Stock-
holm, 1>9;>
  AUo, in: Hygiea, Stockholm, 1895,  lvii, pt. 1, 569-639.
  Abonyi.  Ueber Narcotica. mit  besonderer Beriick-
sichtigung  de.s  Bromathyls.  Wien. Klinik, 1891, 1. Hit.,
]_66.—Adams (J.  F. A.) Substitute for opium inchrouic
diseases.  Boston M. & S. J., 1889, cxxi. 351-356,—Albn-
nese (M)  Contributo alio studio dei narcotic! della serie
grassa.   Arch, di farm,  e terap., Palermo,  1897,  v,  417-
432.—Altan (A.)  Contribution & l'etude de quelques ex-
traits narcotiques.  Rev. pharm. Gand, 1899, n. s., v, 203;
229; 261;  335.—Rauin (F.)   Ein physikalisch-ehemiseher
Beitrag zur Theorie der Narcotica.   Verhandl.  d. Ge-
sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.  Aerzte  1898, Leipz., 1*99, lxx,
pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 357-359.—Rell (T. J.)   Narcotics.   South-
west. M. Sc S. Reporter,  Fort "Worth, 1895-ti, i, no. 11, 44-
48.—Berillon (E.)   Interpretation physiologique de
Taction curative du sommeil provoque basee sur l'examen
de la tension arterielle.  Rev. de 1  hypnot. et psychol.
physiol..  Par.,  1897-8, xii,  20- 22. —  Rlodgctt (A. N.)
Unusual susceptibility to sedative  remedies.  Boston M.
&. S.  J.,  1888, cxix. 201. — Hresler.  Znr combinirten
Verwendung  der Narcotica und Hypnotica.   Deutsche
med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 601.—Rutler  J
(G. F.)   Hypnotic  eumulative  action as  a therapeutic
guide.  Am.  Med., Phila., 1905. x. 236-23*.—Cluuclcw-
sky (J. K.)  Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkung einiger
neuerer Schlafmittel.  Therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1895, ii,
145-153.—Contributions  k l'etude  de quelques extraits
narcotiques.  Schweiz. Wchnsehr.  f. Chem.  u. Pharm.,
Zurich, 1899, xxxvii. 334-340.— Cramer (A.) Untersu-
chungen  iiber die  Einwirkung einiger der gebriiuchlich-  |
sten Schlafmittel auf den Verdauuugsprocess.  Therap.
Monatsh., Berl., 1888, ii, 359-363. — Dehio (II.)   Erfah-
rnngen iiber  einige  neuere Schlafmittel.   St.  Petersb.
med. Wchnsehr., 189c n. F., vii, 295-298.—Dieballa <Y.)
Nehiny  narkotiknm  quaniitativ  behatAs&rol a  szivie.
[The quantitative effect of some narcotics on  the heart.]
Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1895, xxxix, 292-295.  Also, transl. :
Pest,  med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi. 737-742.—
Roi  (K.)  Mashuho.  [On narcotics.]  Ztschr. d. med.
Gesellsch. zu  Tokio, 1893, vii, Xo. 11,  1-6. — Fgasae (E.)
Les nouveaux hvpnotiques: hyoscine, byoscyamine, chlo-
ralamide, chloral-urethane ou ural, ethyl-chloral-utethaue  ,
ou somnal, hydrated'amylene.  Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.],  I
Par., 1889, cxvii, 385; 451; 491.'. - Faithful (It. L.)  The  j
use and  abuse  of  narcotics, hypnotics, and  analgesics.
Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 18!i8, xvii,,3:14-336.—Fischer
(E.)  Sc Ton  IVIeriug (J.)   (Yliei- eine ncue  Classe von
Schlafmitteln.  Therap. d.  Gegenw.,  Berl. Sc Wien, 1903,
n. F., v, 97-101.  Also,  transl.:  (iyogy&szat, Budapest,
1903, xliii, 580-583. — Frcudenbei-g.  Moderne Schlaf-
mittel.  Reichs-Med.-Aiiz.,  Leipz.,  1905, xxx,  263-265. —
Fuchs  (G.)  Sc Schultze (E.)  Beziehungen zwischen
cheniischerKoustitution und bypnotischer Wirkung; eine
neue Reihe von Schlafmitteln.   Miinchen. med. Wchn-
sehr.,  1904,  li, 1102-1105.—Hegelc.  Schmerzlose Opera-
tiouen durch ortliche Betiiubuiig, nebst einem Riickblick
anf die  Betaubiingsinittel  der  alten und  neuen  Zeit.
Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh.,  Fellbach, 1898, xlix,
1-28.—Heufeld (J.)  Eiu  ueuer Narkosenkorb.   Wien.
med. Wchnsehr.. 1891,  xii,  474.—Koch (E.)  Sc Fuchs
(G.)  Die Schlafmittel und  ihre physiologische Wirkung
(Demonstration  an Thieren).  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere
Med., Wiesb.,  1902, xx, 577-582.—Krueg (J.)   Ueber  I
Anwendung und AVirkung von Schlaf-, Berubigungs- und
Erregungsmitteln,  iusbesondere bei Neurosen und I'sy-
chosen. "Internat.  klin. Rundschau,  Wien, 1891, v, 1916;
1960; 2002. - Kiihner.  Alte und  neue  Schlafmittel.
A,ch.  f.  phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl.,  1903, v, 129-131.—
Lerebuullet (L.)  Les medicaments  hypnotiques, ou
Narcotics.
   somniferes.  (Jaz. hebd. de med.,  Par., 1885, 2. s.,  xxii,
   706; 723; 737.— I.evchenko (G. V.)  Ob  izmleneniyakh
   mozgovovo krovoobrashtsheniya vo vremya  sna, vizvan-
   navo mortiyeni i khloralhidratotu.   [Changes in the cir-
   culation of the brain during sleep, produced by morphine
   and chloral  hydrate.]  Protok. zasaid. obsh. psichiat. v
   S.-Peterb. (1898). 1899, 10-13.—I.eiviu (L.)  Narkotische
   Genussmittel und die Gesetzgebung.  Berl. klin. Wchn-
   sehr.,  1891, xxviii.  1197-1201.—Lofwy (A.)  Ueber den
   Einfluss einiger Sehlafniittel auf die Erregbarkeit des
   Athemcentruins, neb*! Ileobachtiuiiien iiber die Iutensitat
   des (iaswechsels im Schlafe beim  Mensehen.  Yenitfentl.
   d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl.  Vortr., 1891-2. 67-80.
   Also: Berl.klin. Wchnsehr., 1891,xxviii,434-43Y—.Tinas*
   (T. A.)  Ueber  neueste Schlafmittel. Berl.  klin. Wchn-
   sehr.,  1905,  xlii, 400-402—.11 cl..ain (J.  S.l  Narcotics
   and narcosis in children.  Arch. Pediat., N. V., 1893, x,
   467-479.  AUo,  Reprint.—Marshall  (C. R.)  On  the
   mode of action  of narcotics.  Med. Chron.,  Manchester,
   1901-2, 4. s., ii, 104-115.—Motet.  Les poisons psychiques;
   morphine, cocaine, chloral, etc.  Gaz. d. hop.  de Toulouse,
   1890, iv, 97;  105.—Parry (L. A.)  Two  cases showing
   Cheyne-Stokcs respiration in connexion with the admin-
   istration of  chloroform and  morphine.  Lancet,  Lond.,
   1896, i, 161.—Pcchnikoff (I.  E.)  NIekotoriya dauuiya
   k sravnitelnol  farmakologii   snotvornikh  veshtshestv.
   [Comparative pharmacology of somnifacients.]  Kussk.
   Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904. iii,  953.—Pilcz.  Studie iilierdie
   gebrauchlichsten Schlafmittel.  Med. Neuigk ,  Miinchen,
   1897, xlvii, 177;  187.  AUo: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1897,
   x, 118-124.—R. (A.)  The dosage of narcotics and analge-
   sics.  Internat.  M.  Mag.,  N. V..  1900, ix,  678.— Rayner
   (H.)  Sleep iu relation to narcotics.  [Abstr.]  Med. Mag.,
   Lond., 1902. xi, 602-610.— Richardson (B. \V.)  Chloral
   and other narcotics.  Contemporary Review, 1879, xxxv,
   719-735.  Also, Reprint. — Salkowski  (E.) Ueber die
   Wirkung einiger Narcotica auf den Eiweisszerfall.   Cen-
   tralbl.  f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1889, xxvii, 045-947.—
   Schmitz.   Neue Sehlafniittel.  Jahrb.d.Naturw., Freib.
   i. Br., 1890, 409-412.—Schneider (F.)  Ueber das Wesen
   der Narkosen im Allgemeineu mit besonderer Beriicksichti-
   gung der Bromather-Narkose.   Deutsche Monatschr. f.
   Zahnh.. Leipz., 1890, viii, 155; 217; 380. Also, Reprint.—
   Soukhanolf(S.) Contribution aUetudedesmodifications
   que subissent les prolougements dendritiques des cellules
   nerveuses sous linfluencedes narcotiques.   Cellule, Lierre
   & Louvain, 1898, xiv, 385-395.—Springer (E.)   Aus dem
   Gebiteder Arzneimittellehre: Neuere Schlafmittel.   Zen-
   tralhl.  f.  d.  ges.  Theiap., Wien, 1904, xxii,  511-513.—
   Stoner (A.  P.)  A brief r6sum6 on the action of some of
   the important somnifacients;  with clinical notes on a new
   hypnotic.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 594.—Tani-
   jjuti (K.)  Ueher den Einfluss einiger Narcotica auf den
   Eiweisszerfall.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1890,
   exx, 121-131. — Thorns (H.) Wertbestimtnung der uarko-
   tiseben Extrakte in chemischer uud pharmakologischer
   Hiusicht.  Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 389-391. AUo:
   Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1903), 1904,  i,
   131-139.—Walsh  (I).)  The  prescribing of  narcotics.
   Birmingh.  M. Rev., 1891, xxix, 287-293.—Werner (Marie
   B.)  Some contraindications for the use of opiates.  Ann,
   Gvniec. Sc Piediat.,  Phila., 1891-2, v, 263-267.   Also:  Buf-
   falo M. &  S. J., 1891-2, xxxi,  581-58(1.—Wiechowski
   (W.)  Ueber den Einfluss der Analgetica auf die intra-
   crauii'lle Blutcirculatiou.  Arch. f. exper.  Path. u. Phar-
   makol., Leipz., 1902, xlviii, 376-409.

]Yarcotile.
     FuMtham (T.)  Narcotile,  bichloride  of methyl-ethy-
   lene, a new  general anaesthetic.  Lancet,  Lond., 1903,  i,
   1091.—fioldan  (S. O.)  The hyper-volatile  anaesthetics,
   with special  reference to the surgical and dental uses of
   the bichlorid of inethylethvlene (narcotile).  Dental Brief,
   Phila., 1904, ix, 651-6*59. —Logan (G. F.) Narcotile and
   kelene.  Ibid , 1903, viii, 948-953. — Weld (F. A.)  Nar-
   cotile as a general  anesthetic.   Dental Digest, Chicago,
   1904, x, 157-164.

Narcotine.
     Beckkr (F.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Nar-
   cotins und seiner  Derivate.   8°.   Berlin, 19(W.
    Crawford  (A. C.) A:  Uolime (A. R. L.)  Contribu-
   tions to the pharmacology  of narcotine.  Proc.  Am.
   Pharm. Ass., Bait.,  1902, I, 472-478. — Frerichs   (G.)
   Ueber  die Einwirkung holier Temperaturen auf Alkaloide
   beim Schmelzen derselben.  1. Mitteilung. Narkotin und
   Hydrastis.   Arch. f. Pharm., Berl., 1903,  eclxi, 259-270.—
   Roberta (Sir W.)   On anarcotine, a neglected alkaloid
   of opium.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1895, ii, 405.  Also:  Med.
   Press Sc Circ, Loud., 1895, n. s., Ix, 130.

Narcyl.
    Debono.   fitude  th6rapeutique du   narcyl.    M6d.
   orient., Par., 1905, ix, 25-29.—Noe (J.)  Proprietes phar-
   macodynamiques du narcyl (chlorbydi ate d'ethy(narceine;
   deductions tlierapeutiqiies).  Arch.  gen.  de ined.,  Par.,
   1904, i, 362, 411, 478.-Pouchet (G.) & Chevalier (J.) 
NAKCYL.
328
NASH.
 \ai*cyl.
   Etude " pharmacodynamique  du  narcyl  (chlorhydratc
   d'ethvlnarceine).  Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1905,
   lxxii,* 1-10.
 Nardclli (Antonio).   Licbreich inuanzi alia te-
   la pia razionah- clinica di  Mariano  Semmola e
   1' etologia terapeutica batteriologica di Roberto
   Koch.  16 pp.   8°.  Bologna, ditta N. Zanichelli,
   D-91.
 ------.  Per nn caso di spondilite cervicale.  Nota.
   16 pp.  8°.  Bologna, ditta N. Zanichelli, 1892.
 Nardelli (Raffaele).  Ira o epilessia larvata ?
   Perizia freniatrica iu causa d' assassinio.  45 pp.
   8°.  Alba, Paganelli, 1890.
 Nardi (Alfonso). Annotazioni relative ad alcuni
   casi di clinica chirurgica e di operativa.  42 pp.
   8°.  Bologna, Gamberini 4~ Parmeggiani, 1902.
 Nai'di  (Dotninicus).  Disst-rtatio  de onanismo
   conjugali.  146 pp.  sJ.  Tolosw, E. Privat, lh?(>.
 Nardi (Ernesto).  Rendiconto  igienico-sanitario
   dell' orfanotrolio maschile di  Milano nel  trien-
   nio lf6(]-6.  30 pp., 1 1., 5 tab.  8°.  Milano, G.
   Agnelli, 1869.
 Nardini  (V.)  Dell' utero didelfo in rapporto
   alle fuuzioni fisiologiche.   48 pp.   8°.  Modena,
   1898.
 [Nardo (Giovauni Domenico).] Lettera al signor
   Fortunato Luigi Naccari sulla preparuzione e
   couservazione dei  crostacei.  3 1.   8  .  Treviso,
   F. Andreola, 1822.
    Repr.from: Gior. d. sc.  e lett. d. Prov. Venete, No. xi.
 Nar<lucci (Mariauus).   Manustuprationis  cri-
   tica- historia.
    In: Rac di opusc.  med.-prat., Firenze, 1775, ii, 245-261.
 Narducci (Pietro).  Sulla fognatura della citta
   di Roma.  Descrizioue tecnica.  [Con] atlante
   annesso alia descrizioue tecnica.  124 pp.,  8 pl.
   1 map.  8°.  Roma, Forzani cf-  Co.,  18h9.
 Naregauiia.
    Schoengut (S.) Tinctura Naregamia), ein neues Ex-
   pectorans.  Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1890, viii,
   129-134.—Sehuchardt (B.) Naregamia alata. Cor.-Bl.
   d. allg. aiztl. "Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1890, xix, 46.
 Nargol.
    Schwarz (L. E.)  Some observations on the efficacy
   of nargol iu ophthalmic practice. Medicine, Detroit, 1902,
   viii, 211, 1 pl.
 Narjoux (Joseph) [1867-    ].  *De la syphilis
  secondaire de la conjouctive.  74  pp.,  11.  4°.
   Lyon, 1895, No. 1087.

 Narkiewicz-Joriko  (Witold)  [1834-
  98j.
    Krauisztyk (Z.)  [In  memoriam.]  Kryt. lek., War-
   szawa, 1898, ii, 351-353.
 Narodetzki  (Aaron)  [1864-     ].  *De  l'ar-
  rachemeut sous-cutan6 des insertions  des ten-
  dons exteuseurs des doigts snr la phalangette.
  48 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1891, No. 371.
 Narodno  zdravlje;  lekarske  pouke  narodu.
  Dodatek  Srpskom arhivu za celokupno  lekar-
  stvo, organ u Srpskog lekarskog drustva.  [Pub-
  lic health; medical  instruction for the people.
  Supplement to: Servian archives of all branches
  of medicine; organ of the Servian Medical So-
 • ciety.]  v. 3-6,  1898-1901.  Editor: Jovan Da-
  nic\  8-  .  Beograd.
Naroduoye zdrav'ie.  [Public health.]  Edited
  by V. I. Ramm.  [Weekly.]  v. 2-3, 1901-2.  4°.
  S.-Peterburg.
Narragansett (District of), Rhode  Island.  A
  manual  of sanitary rules and  regulations  rela-
  tive to the health of the . . ., made by the coun-
  cil of said district June 25, 1889.  With  direc-
  tions for making and the use of  disinfectants,
  by W. Thornton Parker, health officer.  17 pp
  12°.   Wakefield,  Times Print, 1889.
 Narrative (A) of the  origin and foundation of
   the Hospitals Association.  With an  account of
   the inaugural  meeting  held at  the Mansion
   House, on the 1st of February, 1S.«<4.   12°.  Lon-
   don.
 Narrative of privations and sufferings of United
   States officers [etc.]. See United States. Sani-
   tary Commission [in 1. s. ].
 Narrative (A) of the  proceedings of the black
   people  [etc.].   See Jones  (Absalom)  oV   Allen
   (Richard).
 Nartowski (Mieczysiaw).  Elekrodiagnostyka
   i elektroterapia dia uzytkn ucznidw  i lekarzy.
   [. . .  for students and  physicians.]  vii,  375
   pp., 6  pl.   8°.   Krakow,  S. A. Krzuzanowski.
   1901.

 Narzan.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
 Nassi fever.
    See Nasha fever.
 Nasal  catarrh.
    See Catarrh (Nasal, etc.).
 Nasal  duct.
    See Lachrymal organs.
 Nasal  index.
    See Nose (Anthropology of).

 Nasality.
    See Voice (Nasal).
 Naschold (Christophorus Erhardus).
    See Krafft (Georgius Wolffgang).   De observation^
  bus meteorologicis geueratim [etc.J.  4°.  Tubingoe, [1747J.
Nascimbene (Amilcare).
    Editor of: Bollettino terapico-farmacologico, [etc.],
  Milano, 1895.  AUo, Editor of: Progresso (II) terapeu-
  tico, Milano, 1898-9.                   v

 Nash (David H.).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).  See,
  also: N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury.   Also:  Centen.. ..
  Fairfield Co. M. Ass., Danbury, 1892, 104, xi pp.
Nash (E.)  The farmer's practical horse farriery.
  14.  thousand, revised.   197 pp.   8°.   Auburn 4"
  Buffalo, J. E. Beardsley, [n. <?.].
Nash (E. B.) Leaders in typhoid fever.  135 pp.
  12°.  Philadelphia, Boericke 4~ Tafel, 1900.
Nash (Francis Smith).  Reminiscences, medical
  aud hygienic, of the Arctic.  12 pp. 12°.  Rich-
  mond, 1897.
    Repr. from: Virginia M.Semi-Month.,Richmond,1897,ii.
Nasli (Henry S.) [1832-1901].   Loosening teeth,
  or chronic alveolitis (pyorrhoea alveolaris, phag-
  edenic pericementitis, Rigg's disease,  etc.).  Its
  causes,  clinical  history,  and treatment; with
  general directions for the care of the teeth.   Iu
  two volumes, v. 1.  299 pp.  12°.  New York, B.
  F. Welles, 1897.
    For Biography, see Dental Cosmos, Phila.,1901,xliii, 1226.
Nash (Richard) [1673-1761].
    See IVew (The) Bath guide, [etc.] [in 1. a.].  16°. Bath,
  1801.
Nasli (W. C.)  On the observations of rainfall
  made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in
  the years 1841 to 1879.  7 pp.   *-.  [n. p., 1879,
  velsubseq.]  [P., v. 2031.]

Nash  (William) [1840-1902].
    Obituary. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1902, i, 241.  Also:  Lan-
  cet, Lond., 1902, i, 270.

Nash (William  B.).
    For Portrait, see Collection of  Portr. (Libr.). Also:
  N. Eng.  M. Month,  Danbury, Conn.   Also: Centen. .  .
  Fairfield Co. M. Ass., Danbury, 1892, 104, xi pp.

Nash (William  H. H.) [1837-1902].
    Obituary. Columbus M. J.', 1902, xxvi,  291. 
NASHA.                                       329                          NASOPHARYNX.
Nasha fever.
     Fci-Eiaiiriez (L.)  Nasha fever.  Tr. Indian M. Cong.
   1894, Calcutta, 189,"), 153-15."..— lVInnson (P.)  Nasba fever
   (nasa,  nakra).  In  his: Trop. Dis., Lond., 1903, 278.—
   Tlitra (X. C.)  Nasa fever (nakra).  Tr.Indian M.Cong.
   1894, Calcutta, 189;">,  155.  Also: Med. Age, Detroit,  1895,
   xiii, 739.
Nasha  Pishtsha.   lllyustrirovaiiuiy  zhur-
   nal obshtshepoleznikh svledieniy v  oblasti pita-
   niya i domovodstva.   [Our Food.   Illustrated
   journal of generally useful information in mat-
   ters of food  aud  housekeeping.]   [Mouthly.]
   1891-3, v.  1-2.   Editor: M. A. Ignatyeff.  fol.
   S.-Peterburg.

Nashville.
     See, also,  Dentistry (Colleges,  etc., for),  In-
   sane  (Asylums for, Description,  etc., of), Sta-
   tistics (Vital), by  localities.
     YVinchell  ( A. )  The  sanitary  geology  of
   Nashville, or  the geological structure  of Nash-
   ville in relation to drainage, springs, wells,  aud
   cellars.  8°.  [n.p., n. d.]

Nashville.  Board of Health.   Official  reports.
   [Monthly.]   Accompanied by  monthly meteoro-
   logical reports from the U. 8.  Weather Bureau.
   January, 1888, to October, 1905.   4°.   Nashville,
   1888-1905.
     Prior to January, 1899, called condensed monthly state-
   ment of mortality.
■------.   Aunual reports of the health officer to the
   board of health.   19.-24., 1893-S; 26.-29., 1900-
   1903.   roy.  "° &  8-.  Nashville, 1894-1904.
     Report for 1893 is roy. 8°.
------.   Hot-weather care  of infants and youug
   children.  Circular of  the health  department.
   Adapted from the circular of the Chicago depart-
   ment  of health.  1. ed.   ~ pp.   1H°.  [Nashville,
   189>.]
Nashville (The) Journal of Medicine and Sur-
   gery.   N. s., v.  42-46,  July,  1888-90;  v. 69-97,
   lt-91-1905.   r-3.   Nashville, "Tenn.
     Current.
Nasi (Luigi).  Ovariotomia esegnita in Modena
   il 28 giugno 1883  dal prof.  Giovanni Bezzi.  7
   pp. 8°.  [Modena, Vincenzi, 1-83].
     Repr.from: Spallanzani, Modena, ^3, 2. s., xii.
------.  Appunti di medicina operativa.   1 p.  1.,
   224 pp.   8Z.   Torino,  S. Pizzolotti,  [ 1895,  vel
   subseq.].

Nasielsk.
     See Cholera (History,  etc., of),by localities.
Nasiloff(I[van]  I[vanovich]) [1843-     ].
     See IWalgaigne (J. F.)  [in 1. s.J.  Rukovodstvo k
   operativnol cbirurgii,  [etc.].  8°.  St. Petersburg, 1883.
Nasmith (G. G.)   The chemistry of wheat glu-
   ten.   22 pp.   8°.   Toronto, 1903.
     Forms no. 4 of: Univ. Toronto.  Stud. Physiol. Ser.
Nasmith  (John) [      -1619?].
     Henderson (T. F.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,
   Lond.,  1894, xl, 112.

Nasmyth's membrane.
     Smith  (A. H.)   Concerning,  Nasmyth's  membrane.
   Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1901, xliv, 289-294.
Naso-Albanese  (Francesco).   Alcune  con-
   siderazioni di  clinica sifilopatica e di sifilotera-
   pia, a  proposito d' un caso di  sifilide ad  evolu-
   zioue rapida con  affezione gommosa del palato e
  perforazione della volta.  Uranoplastia; protesi
  meccanica.  28 pp. 8°.   Napoli, Pontieri, 1694.
Nasonoff(N. V.)   K  anatomii i  biologii  krug-
  llkh chervei.  [Anatomy and biology  of round
  worms.]  2 pts.   43 pp., 1 1., 2 pl.;  26 pp., 2 pl.
  8°.  [Varshava, 1899.]
    Bound with: Vabshav.  univ. izvlest., 1898-1899.
■-----.   K stroyeniyu kishechnavo kanala uasle-
  komlkh.  [Structure of  the intestinal canal of
  insects.]  40 pp.,  2 pl.   8°.   [Varshava, 1899.]
    Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1899.
Nasoil©ff(N. V.)—continued.
-----.   K  stroyeniyu  i  razvitiya  naruzhulkh
  pokrovov  naslekomlkh.   [Structure  and de-
  velopment of the external coverings of insects.]
  44 pp., 4  pl.  8°.   [ Varshava, 1901.]
    Bound tvith: Varshav. univ. izviest., 1901.

Nasopharynx.
    Escat  (J.-M.-E.)  "Evolution et  transforma-
  tions  anatomiques de la  cavite"  haso-pharyn-
  gienne.  4°.   Paris,  1694.
    -----.   The same.  8°.  Ports,  1894.
    Maiikxau  (C.)  *  Ueber die  sogenannte Ver-
  tebra  prominens  im  Nasenrachenraum.   8°.
  Heidelberg, 1900.
    Also [Abstr.], in: Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryn-
  gol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 435-442.

    Neumayer  ( H. )    Hygiene  der  Nase,  des
  Rachens   und  Kehlkopfes  im  gesunden  und
  kranken  Znstande.  12°.  Stuttgart, [1903].
    Buys.   Le naso - pharynx  des nouveau -nes;  etude
  d'anatomie.  Bull. Soe. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1900, v,
  129-134. — Com-tade  (A.)  Coneernant l'etude de  la
  fonction respiratoire du  rhino-pharynx, mensuration gra-
* phique de la permeabilite des fosses nasales.  [Rap.  de
  J.-V.  Laborde.]  Bull. Acad, de uaed., Par., 1902, 3.  s.,
  xlviii, 17-21. Also: Tribune med.. Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv,
  594.—Escat  (E.)  L'apoiievrose  de  la cavite naso-pha-
  ryugienne  et l'espace retro-pbarynge; considerations ana-
  tomiques et chinirgicales.  Arch. m6d. de Toulouse, 1895,
  357; 380. AUo: Pi esse med.. Par., 1895, 217-220.—Fie und
  (H. W.)  Die Veranderungeu des Naseii-Rachenrauines
  bei Sehwaugeren, Gebarenden und Wochuerinnen.  Mo-
  natschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1904, xx, 210; 383.—
  Harke (T.)  Ein  neues Verfahren, die Nasen-Rachen-
  hoble mit ihren pneumatischen Auhangen am Leichnam
  ohne  aussere Entstellung freizulegen.  Arch. f. path.
  Anat.  [etc.J, Berl.,  1891, exxv, 410-413. — Hopmann.
  Ueber plastische Abdriicke des Nasenrachenraums bzw.
  der Choanen.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma,
  1895, vi, laringol., 156-159.  Also  [Abstr.]: Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,  1894, xx, 709.—Hutch-
  inson (W.) Nature's tnermo-barometer, or the condition
  of tbe naso-pharyux as an index.  Tr.  Iowii M. Soc, Cedar
  Rapids, 1890, viii, 101-113.— Kafeinann ( R.)  Ueber
  rhino-pharyngologische Unterrichtsniethoden.  Miinchen.
  med. Wchnsehr.," 1902, xlix, 1842. — Kiis* (G.) & Pissot
  (L.)  D'un prolougement observe sur les cartilages late-
  raux du nez de l'embryoii humain.  Bibliog. anat.,  Par. &
  Nancy, 1899, vii, 53-55. —Moure (E.-J.) & Lafuiellc
  (E.)   Sur quelques particularites morphologiques du naso-
  pharynx ctudiees au point de vue clinique.  Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1901, ii, 689; 721. — Paget (S.)
  A short note on tbe  nose and naso-pharynx.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1905, i, 643-645.—Patcl (M.)   Le naso-pharynx;
  (anatomie  et physiologie).   Province m6d.,  Lyon, 1902,
  xvi, 397; 411; 423.^-Peixoto (A.)   Inspeccao do naso-
  pharynge por um novo processo de autop.sia.  Gaz. med.
  da Bahia,  1901-2, 5. s., v, 3- 12. — Poclchcn (R.) Zur
  Anatomie  des Naseurachenraumes.  Arch, f.  path. Anat.
  [etc.], Berl., 1890, cxix,  118-126, 1 pl.  See. aUo,  infra,
  Ziem.— Scheicr(M.)   Zur Section des Nasenrachen-
  raums.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.  Aerzte
  1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt.2, 2. Hlfte., 365-367.  Also:  Arch.
  f.path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.. 1899,clvii,339-345. AUo: Ztschr.
  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,  1899, xxxvi  169-171.  AUo, transl.:
  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 392-399.—
  Sudler (M.S.) The development of the nose, and of tbe
  pharynx and its derivatives in man.   Am. J. Auat., Bait..
  1901-2, i, 391-416.—Ziem (C.)  Bemerkungen zu dem Anf-
  satze  des Herrn Dr. Poelehen zur Anatomie des  Naseu-
  rachenraumes.  (Dieses Archiv Bd: 119, S. 118.)  Arch. f.
  path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1890, cxix, 569.

Nasopharynx (Abnormities of).
    Bayer.  Un  cas de diaphragme membraneux con-
  genital du pharynx nasal  chez une jeune fllle de  16 ans.
  Bull.  Soc.  beige  d'otol.  et  de  laryngol., Brux., 1898, iii,
  33.—Hopmauu (C.)  Anomalien der Choanen und des
  Nasenrachoniaums.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
  1895, iii, 48-67. -----.  Anomalien des Nasenrachenraums,
  erlautert an zwei Fallen von Naseneiterung mit sogenann-
  ten Reflexneurosen.  Miinchen.med.Wchnsehr.,1901,xlviii,
  1605-1607.  AUo, transl.:  Parole. Rev. internat. dc rhinol.
  [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s.,iv,470-477.—Major (G. W.)  A rare
  anatomical abnormality of the nasopharynx; with reports
  of three observations.  Montreal M. J., 1889-90, xviii, 410-
  413.—Mueller (H.) Demonstration einer eigentumlichen
  Anomalie im Nasenrachenraum.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siid-
  deutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 413-416.—Pey-
  ser.   | Um egelmassiger Sebiefstand des weichen Gaumeus
  mit Verlagerung der rechten  Tonsille und des hinteren
  Gaumenbogcns in den Nasenrachenraum.) Verhandl. d.
  laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, 16.—Polyak
  (L.)  Az orrgaratiir oldaldivertieulumairtil.  [ The side 
NASOrilARYNX.                           330                           NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharvnx (Abnormities of).
  diverticulum  of the nasopharynx.]   Gyogyiiszat,  Buda-
  pest 1J-9U  xxxvi. .-,M-5M;.-f*teiii (C.)  Eiu Fall von an-
  ..(•burenei-diapliragmaartiger M.-mbranbildung mi Naseu-
  rm henraum.  Wien. klin. Rnidsclmu 1905, xix, 741.
Nasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations of).
    Ahkls  (G.)    Die  Hyperplasu-  der  Kachen-
  t.msille  und  die  adeuoiden  Vegetationen des
  Na^enrachenrauiiies.   12J.  Leipzig, [1*97].
    _____,  The same.  Adenoidnlya razroshtshe-
  niya nosoglotochuavo prostranstva i hipt-rpla-
  ziya glotochno!  mindaliui.   Perev.  s.  niemet- I
  skavo A. V. Zakher.   [Transl. from the German
  by Zakher.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg, M>9.
    Bakatoi'x  (J.)   Contribution  a l'etude des
  maladies  de la cavite" naso-pharvngieune.   Des J
  tumeurs adenoides.   8°.   Paris, 16*4.
    Bartoli (L.)   Des vegetations  ade"noides du
  pharynx nasal.   * \   Paris, 1893.
    Chatellikr (H.)   Maladies dn pharynx na- j
  sal.  Des tumeurs adenoides.   16°.   Paris, 1890.
    Cuvilliek  (H.)  Des  vegetations adenoides
  chez l'adulte.  *~.   Paris, 1691.
    Fu'AXo (G.)   * Vegetazioni  adenoidi del cavo ,
  uaso-faringeo.   Tcsi  per  la libera docenza  in j
  oto-rino-laringojatria.  ~l  .  Palermo, 1^94.
    Gallois (P.)   La   scrofule  et les infections
  adeuoidiennes.   12 .   Paris, 1900.
    Halbkis  (J.)    Die adeuoiden  Vegetationen
  des Nasenracheurauines (Hyperplasie  der Ton-
  sil la pharyugea) bei  Kindern  nnd Erwachsenen
  und ihre Behandlung . .  .  Nebst  einer Ueber-
  sichts-Tabelle iiber  die 18^1  bis  1*91  bcobach-
  leteu nnd  behandelteu   einschlagigeu Krank-
  heitsfa'llc.  f^0.   Miinchen  4'Leipzig, [1*92].
    Lath  (C.)  * De l'adenoidite aigue primitive
  ou  atnvgdalite pharyng6e aigue.   4°.   Toulouse,
  1890.
    Lcewenbehg (B.)   Les tumeurs adenoides du I
  pharynx nasal;  leur  influence sur l'audition, la
  respiration et la phonation;  leur  traitement.
  b\   Paris, 1K79.
    Monbouyhan  [J.-J.-E.]   * Les tumeurs du
  naso-pharynx;  etude clinique et therapeutique.
  4-.   Paris, ls9.~>.
    Panse  (R.)  * Ueber  adenoide Wucherungeu
  im Nasctirachenraume.  8-.  Halle a. S., 1888.
    Parker  (C.  A.)    Post-nasal  growths.   8°.
  London,  1894.
     Scholz (C.)    * Ueber adenoide Vegetationen
  im  Nasenrachenraume,  besonders  bei  Erwach-
  senen.  8J.  Breslau, 1888.
     Simpson (G. A. G.)  Adenoid growths  of the
  naso-pharynx.   Diagnosis, symptoms and treat-
  ment.   8°.   New York, 1905.
     Stock  (P.)    * Ueber adenoide Vegetationen
  im Nasenrachenraum.  8°.   Wurzburg, 1869.
     Wingrave (YV.)    Adenoids.   12°.   London,
  1900.
     -----.  The same.  12°.   Chicago, 1904.
    Adenomata of the naso-pharvux.  Union Mission Sc
  Hosp., Phila., 1894, 33-39. — Aguirre Velasquez (E.)
  Algo sobre vegetaciones adenoideanas.  Juventud med.,
  Guatemala, 1902, iv, 266-275.—Arrowsmith (H.)   A
  clinical study of seven  hundred and one cases of naso-
  pharyngeal adenoids, observed  in two thousand dispensary
  patients.   N. York H. J., 1897, lxvi, 285.—Arslan (T.)
  Contribution statistique  a. l'etude  des vegetations ade-
  noides du rhino-pharynx. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du
  larynx [etc.], Par., 1895, xxi, pt. 2, 509-519.  Also: Cong.
  internat. d'otol.  C.-r. 1895, Florence, 1897, v, 38-48.  _____.
  Ueber adenoide Wucherungen des Nasenraehenraumes.
  Arch.  f. Ohrenh ,  l.eipz., 1897,  xliii. 205-207.—Arthur
  (It.)  Concerning adenoids.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney,
  1901, xx, 08-71.—A ne (ti.) Adenoidniya razrasbts'heuiya
  v nosoglotochnoi polosti. [Adenoid tumors of the naso-
  pharynx.]  Yubil. shorn, v chest .  . . Sklifosovskavo S -
  Peterb.,  1900,  1-45.—Bacon  (W. T.)   Adenoid vegeta-
  tions.  Proc. Connect. M. Soe., Bridgeport,  1891, n. s., iv
  253-262— Ball (J. B.)   Remarks  on  cases  of  adenoid
  vegetations.  Practitioner. Lond., 1892, xlviii, 1-13.—Ball
  (J.  H.j   Adenoids.  IIomoBop.  Eye, Ear Sc Throat  J
  N. T., 1904, xi, 132-136.—Baracz'(E.)  0  wegetacyjacli
\a*opliary n\  (Adenoid vegetations of).
  adenoidowych jamy nosopolykowe;.  [On adenoid vegcia
  tious iu pharyngo-nasal cavit \.]  Wiadomosci lek., Lwow
  1890, iv, 291-297. —Barrett (J. \V.)  The discussion
  on post-nasal  growths.  Intercolon. M. J. Austral. Mel-
  bourne, 1898, iii,  381-384. — Baratow (1).  M.)   Ade-
  noids iu the adult. N.  York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 899-
  901.  Also, Keprint. — Bauer (L.)  A csccseuiokori ade-
  noid vegelatiokrol.  [Adenoid  vegetations of nurslings.]
  Gyermekgy6gy&szat, Budapest,  1901,  17-20. — Bcau-
  Holeil.  Vegetations adenoides du naso-pharynx.  Bull.
  Soe. d'anat. et physiol.  de  Bordeaux, 1894, xv, 123-129.—
  Bei-ini  (F.)  Adenoiditis agudas.   Rev.  de med.  y
  cirug., Barcel., 1904,  xviii, 126-131.—Bcrminghaiu (E.
  J.)  Adenoids iu the nasopharynx.  South. M. liec. At-
  lanta, 1896, xxvi, 53-57. — Betas  (O.)  Uber  adenoide
  Vegetationen   im   Nasenrachenraum.   Memorabilien
  Heilbr., 1894-5, n. F..  xiii. 5)9-534.    AUo:  Med.-chir'
  Centralbl.,  Wien. 1895, xxx, 269-273.- Bishop (S. S.)
  Adenoid vegetations  iu the vault of the pharynx. N. Al-
  bany  M.  Herald, 1890,  xvi, 228-231.  Also,  Reprint—
  Blitz (A.) Adenoids. Med.  Sentinel, Portland, Oreg.,
  1904, xii, 62-69.—Bobone (T.)  I/involution preeoce du
  tissu adenoidien sur  la Kiviera. Kev. internat. do therap.
  phys., Turin,  1901, ii,  1-4— BomvoiiIi (F. H.)   Ade-
  noma at the vault of tbe pharynx. Am. J. Otol., N. Y.,
  1882,  iv,  37-44.  Also, Repiiiit. — Bottonie  (F. A.)
  Adenoids  in the nasopharynx;  a  plea for their  more
  general recognition.  N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 698-701.—
  Bonlaj,  Vegetations  adenoides et  hygiene sociale.
  Presse m6d., I'ar., 1904, ii, annexes, 489. — Bowlby (A.)
  Ou adenoids.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1902, xx, 401-405.—Broca.
  Considerations sur les vegetations adenoides du  naso-
  pharynx.  Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb, [etc.], Par.,
  1895, ix, 850-852.—Bronner (A.) On some common dis-
  eases  and growths  of tbe naso-pharynx aud their im-
  portance in relation  to the diseases of the ear, nose, and
  throat.  Quart. M.  J., Sheffield, 1*93-4, ii.  1)3-117-
  Brown (C.W. M.)  Adenoid vegetationsof the pharvnx.
  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 191)5, 3.8., xxi, 7-11.—B row u (K.J.)
  Naso-pharyngeal adenoid hypertrophy.  Tr. Minn. M. Soc,
  St. Paul, 1892, 178-183.   [D"iscussi u]', 210-218.— Brown
  (J. E.) Adenoid vegetations.  Columbus M. J., 1897, xix,
  417-427. — Bi'iimier ( L.)  Az adenoid vegetatiokrdl.
  [Adenoid vegetations.]  Budapesti orv. u,js£g, 1904, ii, 904-
  900.— Burger (n.)  De statistiek der adenoide vejietaties.
  [Rap.] Nederl. Tiidsehr. v.Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2.r.,xli,
  d. 1, 1328-1352. — Campbell (\V.) Adenoids.  Clin. J.,
  Lond., 1897, x, 315-318.—Casselbcrry (\V. E.)  Adenoid
  hypertrophy in tbe naso-pharynx. Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chi-
  cago, 1890, 302-317, 1  pl.— Casaiani-Ingoni (A.)  Del-
  1' importanza  delle vegetazioni adenoide del  riuofaringe
  nella genesi di malattie auricolari.   Arch. ital. di otol.
  [etc.], Torino, 1898, vii, 24;  ls6.—Castcx (A.)  Tumeurs
  adenoides  (complications,  indications  et resultats opera-
  toires).  Rev. gen. diclin. etde therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 369-
  372.—Castex (A.) Sc JTIalherbe. Contribution iW'etude
  des tumeurs adenoides.  Bull, med.,  Par., 18!l4. viii, 205;
  219.—Cavallaio (G.)  Le vegetazioni adenoidi iu rap-
  porto col mascellare superiore. Stomatol., Milano, 1903-4,
  ii, 565-573.—  Chaumier. D< s tumeurs adenoides du
  pharynx  nasal.  Gaz.  d. bop..  Par.,  1890,  lxiii. 287.—
  [Cheval.]  De l'aih'-noidite.   Soc. my. d. sc. m6d.et nat.
  de Brux.  Bull.,  1900, lviii, 75-79.-Clark <C. E.)  Ade-
  noid vegetation of tbe naso-pharynx, with report of cases.
  Kansas City M. Index, 1896, xvii, 244-247.—Cobbledick
  (A. S.)  Some points of interest in the study of post-nasal
  adenoids.  Clin. J., Lond., 1900-1901,xvi, 59-64.—Corwin
  (A. M.)  Etiology and prognosis of adenoids. J. Am.
  M.  Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv. 1207-1210. —Crowley (R.
  H.)  Adenoid vegetation.  Pediatrics,  N.  Y. &  Lond.,
  1897,  iii, 385-395.—Czarda (J.) ()  adenoidnich novot-
  varech dutiny uosohltaiiove. [Adenoid new growths in
  rthe naso-pharyngeal cayitv.]  Casop. 16k. cesk., v. Praze,
  1882, xxi,  561-504.—Oab'ney (S. (».)   Adenoid growths
  of the nasopharynx.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1890, 0. s.. ii,
  318-321.   AUo: Pediatrics, N. Y. Sc Lond., 1896, ii, 177 —
  Daniel (P. L.)  Adenoids: from toe practitioner's point
  of view.  Practitioner, Lond.. 1903. lxx. 409-489.— Danzi-
  ger (F.)  Ueber adenoide Vegetationen.  Monatschr. f.
  Ohrenh., Berl., 1900,  xxxiv, 16-19.—Beath (The) of Fran-
  cis II; a historical case of adenoid growths.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., .11-94, i, 867.—We dreift  (R.)   Quelques notes  de
  lecture au su jet des vegetations adenoides pendant 1'anuce
  1899.  Ann.Soc.dcmed.d'Anvers, 1900.lxii, 13-24. —Bela-
  van (D. B.)  Tbe ultimate prognosis in neglected aih noid
  hypertrophy.  Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong., 1893. "Wash., 1895,
  pt. 2, 1558-1561.  AUo: N. York Polyclin., 1896, viii, 179.—
  Delie.  Remarques snr les vegetations adenoides  des
  adultes.   Bull. Soc.  beige d'otol. et de larynsrol., Brux.,
  1898, iii, 100-107.   AUo: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et
  laryngol., Par., 1898,  ix,  372-378.—Delsaiix.  \ cg.-ta-
  tions adenoides et coutre-Tespiiateiirs.  1'ivssc oto-laryu-
  gol. beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 437-440.—l>e Bona (F.)   Le
  vegetazioni adenoidi del rino-faringe in relazione al servi-
  zio militate.  Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1900,  xlvin,
  135-146.—Beschnnips.  Note sur quelques points spe-
  ciaux relatifs au diagnostic et au traitement des vegeta- 
NASOPHARYNX.                            331                             NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of).
  tions adenoides du pharynx nasal.  Daupbine-med., Gre-
  noble,  1891, xv, 129-134.—Besimoni  (A.)   Contributo
  alio studio clinico delle vegetazioni adenoidi secondo lo re-
  centi vedute dell' Hertogue.   Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d.
  gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1899,  xvii, 49-58.—B-ial (E. A.)
  Adenoids.  Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii,  90.—
  Discussion on indications for and methods of operation
  for post-nasal adenoids.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897, xii,
  306-315.—Dmochowski (Z.)  Wyrosle adeuoidalue  w
  jamie nosogard-aelowej.  [Adenoid vegetations in the
  naso-pharyngeal space.]   Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw.,
  1892, lxxxviii, 629: 1893, lxxxix, 48—Douglass (II. B.)
  Adenoid tissue iu nasopharynx.  Post-Graduate,  N. Y.,
  1905, xx, 750-753. — Dubar.   Vegetations  adenoides  et
  audition a, l'ecole; inspection  otologique complementaire;
  hygiene et  prophylaxie.  Cong, d'hyg. scolaire [etc.]  1903,
  Par.,1904. i,207-215.—Dubroff(I. A.) Obadenoidnikbraz-
  roshtsheniyakh v nosoglotoebnom prostranstvie. [On ade-
  noid growths in the naso-pharynx.]  Ejened. jour. " Prakt.
  med.", St. Petersb., 1890, iii, 145-147.—Eliot (j.) Post-nasal
  adenoids.   Virginia M.  Semi-Mouth., 1897-8, ii, 008-010.—
  Elwood (C.R.)  Adenoids.   Physician & Surg., Detroit
  & Ann Arbor, 1903,  xxv, 149-154.—Engstadt (J. G.)
  Adenoids.  Am. J. Surg. Sc Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, xviii,
  11-13.—Evans (T. C.)   Adenoid  growths  of the naso-
  pharynx.   Tr. Kentucky M. soc, Louisville, 1895, n. s., iv,
  288-295.  AUo:  Am. Pract. Sc  News, Louisville, 1895, xx,
  290-296. -----. Adenoid growths of the naso-pharynx  as
  factors in dental diseases and deformities.  Dental Digest,
  Chicago, 1896, ii, 373-378. — Felix ( E.)  Die adeuoiden
  Vegetationen.  Berl. Klinik, 1901,  155. Hft.,  1-19. — Felt
  (C. L.)  Adenoid  vegetations.  Memphis Lancet, 1899,  ii,
  182-1S7.—Fischer (J. F.)  De ved adenoide  Vegetationer
  direkte fremkaldte Symptomer, Felgesygdomme og Kom-
  plikationer.  [The symptoms,  sequelae, and complications
  called forth directly by adenoid vegetations.]   Ugeskr. f.
  Lajger, Kebeuh., 1903, 5. R., x, 385-399: 1904, 5. R., xi, 751-
  702.  AUo, transl.: Arch. f. Ohrenh.. Leipz., 1904, lxii, 186-
  210. — Floyd (IJ. L. W.)  Adenoids; their symptoms, re-
  lations they  sustain to acquired deaf-mutism, and treat-
  ment.  Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic,  1903, n. s., li, 53-57.—Fou-
  cher.   Vegetations adenoides du  pharynx.   Union m6d.
  du Canada, Montreal.  1892, n. s.. vi, 113-128. — Fraukel
  (B.)  Ueber adenoide Vegetationen.  Veroffentl.d. Gesellsch.
  f. Heilk.inBerl.<1884), 1885,110-141. — Francis (A.) Notes
  on adenoids.  Australas. M.Gaz., Sydney, 1899, xviii, 338-
  340.— Franks (K.)   On adenoid vegetations in the naso-
  pharynx.  Tr. Rov. Acad.M.IrelandDubl.,1894-."),xiii,126-
  143.  Also: Dublin J.  M. Sc, 1895, xcix. 212-224, 1 pl.—
  Freudenthal (W.)  Adenoids.  J.Am.M.Ass.,Chicago,
  1903. xl, 362-305.— Ton Gaman (B.)  Ueber die ade-
  noiden Vegetationen.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
  1896, xlii,  817-821. —Garbini (G.)  L' ipertrofla del-
  1' amigdala faringea (vegetazioni adenoidi) nelle provincie
  di Messina e di Reggio Calabria. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.],
  Torino, 1899-1900,  ix, 204-208. -Garzia (V.)  Un  caso
  raro di adenoma naso-faringeo.  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital.
  dilaringol.  [etc.] 1895, Firenze, 1890, ii, 67-71.  Also: Ci-
  rillo, Aversa, 1897, v, 22-25.—Gellc  (G.)   Des  adenopathies
  dans les affections des fosses nasales et du rbinopharynx.
  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1905,  xx, 1-39.—
  Giles (W. A.)   Post-nasal vegetations.  Tr.  Intercolon.
  M.  Cong.  Australas.  1887, Adelaide, 1888, i,  161-166.—
  Gorhani  (G.  H.)  Adenoid  growths of the post phar-
  ynx.  Tr. Vermont M. Soc, Burlington, 1900,  131-139.—
  Gouguenheiui.  Des vegetations adenoides.  Gaz.  d.
  hop., Par., 1892, lxv, 97-100. — Goureau.  La scrofule
  et l'adenoidisme.  Actualit6 med., Par., 1904,  xvi, 1-31.—
  Gradcnigo ( G. )  Sulla iperplasia adenoidea (vegeta-
  zioni adenoidi della rino-faringe).   Atti d. Cong. d. Soc.
  ital.  di laringol. [etc.] 1897, Firenze, 1899,  iii, 36-131.—
  Gi-azzi (V.)   Sulle vegetazioni adenoidi in  generale
  e piu particolarmente sui loro rapporti  colle otopatie.
  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 40; 49; 69; 75.—Guement. De
  l'influence exercee par  la presence de v6getations  ade-
  noides  sur  l'augmentation  de volume  des  amygdales.
  Ann., de la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1893-4, iii, 95-101.—
  Guillaume.  Sur les vegetations adenoides du pharynx
  nasal, et en particulier sur leur diagnostic et  leur traite-
  ment par le doigt.  Rev.  de laryngol.  [etc.],  Par.,  1894,
  xiv, 953-957.—Guye.   Adenoid vegetations  in the vault
  of the pharynx.  Tr. Internat. M. Cong., Lond., 1881, iii,
  290.  Also, Reprint. -----. Les vegetations adenoides du
  pharynx nasal; expose  destine aux  institutenrs et  aux
  parents.  Arch, internat.  de laryngol.  [etc.].  Par., 1904,
  xvii,  186-192.—Hamilton (T. K.)  Post-nasal growths.
  Intercolon.  M.  Cong.  Tr., Melbourne,  1889, ii, 782-789.
  -----.  Naso-pharyngeal adenoid  growths.   Intercolon.
  M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1898. iii, 373-380. -----.
  Post-nasal growths; arejoinder.  Ibid.,  1903, viii, 562-570.
  See, also, infra,  Hughes.—Hanger (V. M.)   Adenoids;
  the harm they do and what to do with them.  Virginia M.
  Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 467-470.—Harrison
  (H.  A.)  Adenoids from the  standpoint of  the general
  practitioner.  Hahneman. Month.,  Phila.,  1905,  xl, 600-
  603.—Hedinger  (A.)   Die  adenoiden  Vegetationen.
Nasopharynx (Adetwid vegetations of).
  Med. Cor.-Bl.  d* wurtteiub. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg.,  1885, lv,
  205-271.—Heermann.   Die adeuoiden  Wucherungeu
  des  Nasenrachenrauins mit  besonderer Wiirdigung der
  Griinde fiir die hanflge Wiederkehr dieser Bildungen bei
  ein und demselben Individuuin.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl.,
  1898, xii, 426-432.—Hellat (P.)   Ueber adenoide Wuche-
  rungeu bei Erwaclisenen.  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1898, n. F., xv, 227; 235.—llelliuaun.   Neueres  iiber
  adenoide  Vegetationen.   Ztscbr.  f.  iirztl. Land praxis,
  Frankf. a. M., 1895,  iv, 289-292.—Helme (F.)   Des ade-
  noidites.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1895, xxi,  pt. 2, 120-149.—Hoopes (Fannie  E.)  Adenoids
  and  malformations.   Dental  Cosmos, Phila.,  1901,  xliii,
  723-727.—Huber (F.)  The  diagnosis  and treatment of
  adenoids by the general  practitioner.  Arch. Pediat., N.
  Y., 1901, xviii, 181-188.—Hughes (W. lv.)  Adenoids  in
  adults.  Intercolon.  M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1901, vi,
  39-45. -----. Post-nasal  growths; a criticism  and a com-
  parison.   Ibid.,  1903, viii, 521-525.  See,  also, supra, Ham-
  ilton.—Hugueiiiii (P.)  Les tumeurs adenoides.   Con-
  cours med.. Par., 1896, xviii, 112-116.—Ingals (E. F.)
  Adenoid vegetations.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900, 9. s.,
  iv, 290-296.—Iredell  (C. L.  M.)  Naso-pharyngeal ade-
  noid growths.   Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne,
  1898, iii, 323-331.—lames (J. A. J.)  Adenoids of the
  nasopharynx.  St. Louis Clinique, 1896, ix, 621-626.-----.
  Some remarks on adenoids, with cases.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1897, li, 552-554.   Also: Tr. M. Ass. Missouri 1896-7, Kan-
  sasCity, 1898, 278-287.—Kafemann.  Rapportsdu tissu
  adenoi'de de la voute du pharynx avec les paresthesies de
  la gorge  et du nez.  Rev. internat. de rhinol.,  otol.  et
  laryngol., Par., 1893, iii, 13-17.—Kanasugi (H.)  Biinko
  no miakusei jojoku bitai ni zukete.   [On adenoid growth
  iu the nasal cavity.]  Tokyo med. Wchnsehr., 1892, No.
  761,  11-16. — Katz (I. I.)   Ambulatorniya nablyude-
  niya nad  adenoiduimi razroshtsheniyami v nosoglotoch-
  nom prostranstvie.   [Passing observations ou  adenoid
  growths in the naso-pharynx.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1898,
  xix,  617;  667.—Kimball (I. E.)   Adenoids from the
  standpoint of hemorrhage.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900,
  ix, 330.—von  Klein  (H.)  Post-nasal vegetation.   Atti
  d. xi. Cong. ined. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, vi, laringol.,
  164-166.—Knight (C. H.)  Adenoids in  the naso-phar-
  ynx. Internat. Clin., Phila.,  1895, 5. s.,  i, 332-338. Also:
  N. Eng. M.  Month., Danbury, Conn., 1896. xv. 99-104.
  -----. Adenoids in the rhinopharyux.  Internat. J. Surg.,
  N. Y.,  1903,  xvi,  136.—Kruck  (E.)  Delle vegetazioni
  adenoidi naso-faringee iu Lombardia.   Atti d. Cong. d.
  Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1889, ii, 299-301.—I,aaser.
  Die adeuoiden Wucherungeu.   Aerztl. Monatschr.. Leipz.,
  1900, 55-72.—Iialatta (G.)  Sulla  frequenza della iper-
  plasia adenoidea nella provineia di Parma.  Rendic d.
  Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, Roma, 1900, i, 30-32.—Lapslcy
  (It. M.)  Adenoids.  Pediatrics, N. Y., 1901, xi, 173-175.—
  Licriche  (L.)  Le lymphatisme et les vegetations ade-
  noides.  Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1901, iii, 241-243.—
  Lichtwitz IL.) Jc Scbi'azes (J.)  Examendu sang (for-
  mule hematologique) chez les adenoidiens, apres l'opera-
  tion.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xiii,
  12-19.— liima (C.)   Vegetacoes  adenoides.  Med. mod.,
  Porto, 1894, i, 10; 19.—Ijimie'll (E. H.)  Naso-pharyngeal
  adenoids.   N. Am. J. Homu'op., N. Y., 1902, 1, 217-222.—
  lioewenberg.  Des vegetations adenoides de la cavite
  pharyngo-nasale.  J. de therap.,  Par., 1881, viii,  845-850.
  AUo, Reprint.—Logan (J. E.)   Adenoid growths; with
  special reference  to adult conditions.  Tr. Am. Laryngol.
  Ass., N.  Y.,  1903, xxv,  191-198.  [Discussion],   201-205.
  AUo:  Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis,  1903,  xiii,  829-834.—
  Iiubet-Barbon.  Des vegetations adenoides  du  pha-
  rynx nasal.  Gaz. d.  hop., Par., 1889, lxii, 613-619.—L.u-
  lilinski(W.)  Einige Bemerkungen iiber adenoide Vege-
  tationen.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1904, xii, 758-761.—Liuc
  & Dubief.  Les tumeurs adenoides du pharynx  nasal
  aux  diff6rents Ages.  Arch, de laryngol., de rhinol. [etc.],
  Par., 1890, iii, 191-201, lpl.   Also, Reprint.—M'Bride
  (P.)  Sc Turner  (A. L.)   Nasopharyngeal adenoids; a
  clinical and pathological study.  Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s.,
  i, 355; 471; 598, 2 pl.—JTlcCaw  (J. F.)  Adenoid vege-
  tations of  the pharynx.  N. Vorlc M. J., 1898,  lxvii,  604-
  607.  Also, Reprint. — ITIaedouald  (G.)  On  certain
  points in  the physics of adenoids.  Med. Mag., Lond.,
  1898, vii, 354-364.—.Mackenzie (J. N.)  Adenoid growth
  in the post-nasal space.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1892, 2. s.,
  ii, 330-333. — McKinney  ( R. )  Fallacies concerning
  adenoids.   Memphis  M.  Month.,  1902,  xxii,  412-418.—
  ITIcReynolds (J. O.) Adenoid vegetations in the naso-
  pharynx.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 467.—
  Marfan. V6g6tationsadenoides; impetigo;  bronchites
  a, repetition.  Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.],  Par.,  1900, ii,
  139.—Marsh  (F.)  Adenoid  hypertrophy  in the  naso-
  pharynx.  Birmiugh. M.  Rev., 1891, xxx, 269-274.—ITla-
  sini (G.)  Sc Genta (S.)   Adenoidismo.   Atti  d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv; 230-
  232. -----      .  Sur les  veg6tations adeuoidiennes;
  adenoidisme.  Ann.  di lariugol.  [etc.],  Genova, 1900, i,
  254-273. —  ITIears  (J. E.)  Naso- or  retro-pharyngeal 
NASOPHARYNX.
332
NASOPHARYNX.
.Yawopliarvnx (Adenoid vegetations of).
  -rowths.  Tr. a'iii. Surg. Ass., J'hila., 1893, xi,  245-251.
  AUo, Reprint— Mendel (II)  A propos deB vegetations
  adenoides.  Ann.  d.  mal. de  l'oreille, du  larynx [etc.],
  Par  1899 xxv, 234.—Meniere (E.)  Tumeurs adenoides
  du pharynx nasal.  Independ  m6d.. Par., 1899,  v, 245.—
  Merrick  (S. K.)  Adenoid   vegetations of  the naso-
  pharynx. Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1897, 6. s.,  iv, 318-329,
  1 pl.—Meyer (W.)  Adenoide Vegetationer,  deres  Ud-
  bredelse og  Alder.  [Adenoid vegetations, their  dissemi-
  nation and  age.]  Hosp.-Tid.,  Kjobenh.,  1895, 4. R., iii,
  145; 173.  AUo, transl.:  Arch.  f. Ohrenh.,  Leipz., 1895-6,
  x\t i_-j4.  -----. La medecine  dans  I'histoire;  les vegeta-
  tions a<16noides ont-elles tonjours  existe?  Chron. med.,
  Par., 1898, v, 721-730.  See. also,  infra, Potiquet. — Mi-
  chael.   Adenoide Vegetationen des Nasenracheuraumes.
  Wien. Klinik, 1885,  xi,  363-375.   AUo, transl.:  Clin, di
  Vienna, Napoli, 1886, iii, 317-331—Michel-Bansae (A.)
  Vegetations adenoides.  Ann.  d.  mal. de l'oreille,. du
  larynx [etc.], Par., 1893, xix, 564; 966— Middleton Cruz
  (L. E.)   Las vegetaciones adenoideas de la faringe nasal;
  su frecuencia en Chile.  Rev. med. de  Chile,  Saut. de
  Chile, 1*97,  xxv,  385; 419; 449—Moll (H. C.  H.)  De
  adenoide vegelaties.   Med. Weekhl., Amst..  1904-5, xi,
  541_54r..— Monaco (G.)  Las vegetaciones adenoideas en
  el ejen-icio practicode la medicina.  Semana med., Buenos
  Aires, 1903, x, 956-966.—Morton (J.  P.)  Adenoid vege-
  tations.   Canad. Pract.  & Rev., Toronto, 1900, xxv, 420-
  425.—Moure. Les adenoidites chez les adultes.  Compt.-
  rend. Cong, internat.  de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi,  sect.
  12a, 2-8.  AUo: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.l, Par.,  1898,
  xviii, 129-137.  AUo, Reprint.  Also,  transl.:  Independ.
  med., Barcel., 1897-8.  xxix,  273-276.—Munger (C. E.)
  Report  of an unusual case of naso-pharyngeal adenoids.
  Ann. Otol.,  Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St.  Louis, 1902, xi, 207-
  208.  AUo:  Tr Am.  Lar.yni.-ol.. Rhinol. & Otol. Soe. 1902,
  N. Y., 1903,  viii, 344-34?*.—Musaoii (Emma E.)   Adenoid
  vegetations of the  naso-pharynx.  Rep.  Proc. Alumna;
  Ass. Woman's M. Coll.  Penn.', Phila.,  1890, xv, 95-102.—
  Nakamura (V.)  Statistiscne Studien iiber die adenoi-
  den Vegetatiouen iu Japan.   [Japanese text.]   Dai Nip-
  non  Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai  Kwai  Ho,  Tokvo,  1904, x,
  4. Hft.,  28-84.—IVeale (J. E.) Adenoid  vegetations of
  the naso-pharynx.  South  African M. J., Cape Town,
   1895-0, iii, 289-292.—IVeubauer (A.)  Az adenoid vege-
  tatiokr61 s azok  befolydsarol a halloszervre.  [Adenoid
   vegetations and their influence on the auditory organs.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 217.—Nikitin (V N.)
  O vliyanii na obshtsheye  sostoyaniye  organiziua  uveli-
  cheniya  otdlelnikh  chastel glotochnavo limfaticheskavo
   knltsa voobshtshe i adenoidnikh razrasbtsheniy nosoglo-
   tochuoi  polosti v  chastnosti.   [Influence  on the general
   condition of  the  organism of the increase of  separate
   parts of  the pharyngeal lymphatic ring  in general, and
   adeuoid  growths ot  the nasopharynx  in  particular.]
   Prakt. Vrach.  S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 467; 492.  AUo, transl. .-
   St.  Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1903,  xxviii,  275; 283.—
   North (J.)   Adenoid vegetations of  the nasopharynx.
   Internat. M.Mag., Phila.. 18112, i, 1167-1172.—O'Kiiicaly
   (F.)  Hypertrophy of the adenoid tissue in the naso-phar
   vnx; an  aualvsis  of one hundred  cases.   Tr. Indian M.
   Cong. 1894,  Calcutta, 1895, 194-197.  Also: Indian M.  Gaz.,
   Calcutta lr-95, xxx,  330-334.   Also:  Indian Lancet, Cal-
   cutta, 1898,  xi, 546-549.—Orescu (C.)  Vegetatiunileade-
   noide.  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1902, xxii, 546-549.'— Owen
   (E.)  Post-nasal growths, or adenoids.  Practitioner.Loud.,
   1893,1,191-201.  Also, Reprint.— Paget (S.)   Adenoids.
   St. Barth. Hosp. J.. Lond., 1899-1900,vii, 103-105.—Parker
   (E. F.)  Adenoid  growths iu the nasopharynx, with illus-
   trative cases.  North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1896, xxxviii,
   189-195. — Patrzek.   Adenoide  Vegetationen  des Na-
   senracheuraumes bei Erwachseiien.   Deutsche Med. Zl"
   Berl., 1890,  xi, 841.—Peltesohu (F.)  Ueber die adenoi-
   deuVegetiouen des Nasenrachenraums.  7i/i<2.,1898,xix,500;
   510— Fhocas.  Des vegetations adenoides.  Nord  med.,
   Lille, ^90,  ii, 185.—Poll.  Sur la distribution  du tissu
   adenoide dans la muqueuse nasale.  Arch, internat.  de la-
   ryngol.  [etc.],  Par., 1905, xix, 132-136. — Potiquet.  Les
   vegetations adenoides ont-elles toujours existe .'   Reponse
   de M. le Docteur Potiquet.  Chronique med.. Par., 1899,
   vi, 3-10.  See, also, supra, Meyer.  — Potter  (E. F.)  A
   case of persistent adenoids iu amiddle-aged woman.  Brit
   M. J.,  Lond.,  1900, i. 1404.   Also: J. Laryngol., Loud.,
   1900, xv, 296— 4|uaife (W. F.)  Further notes upon ade-
   noid hypertrophies.   Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney, 1896,
   xv, 51-55. — Quesse.  Epilepsie  und adenoide Vegeta-
   tionen.   Verhandl.  d. Cong. f. innere Mid., Wiesb., 1900
   xviii, 621-627.—Ramiro de Azcvcdo.   Das vegetacoes
   adeuoides. seu valor clinico, e da neccssidadc de uma in-
   terveneao radical.  Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1902-3, xxxiv, 193;
    :4-;  133; 489.—Rauge (P.)   La  decouverte des vegeta-
   tions adenoides.   Bull,  med., Par..  1896, x, 163-165.—
   Kauliu (V.)  Des tumeurs adenoides chez les adultes
   Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par..  1890. x. 431-435. — Kenner
   (W. S.)   Adenoid vegetations of the naso-pbarnyx   Buf-
   falo M. <fc S. J., 1889-90. xxix. 523-534. — Reynold* (J
   F.)  Adenoids.  West Virg. M. Sc S.  Mouth., Huntington"
.\a*0|»hary ii\ (Adenoid vegetations of).
   1904-5, i, 7-10.—vou Riniseha.  Ueber adenoide Vege-
   tationen.   St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1901, n. F., xviii,
   553-557.  AUo: Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen,  1902,  xii'
   137-140.  Also: Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1901-2, n. F., xix]
   275-284.— Robak (S.)  Ob adenoidnikh  razrashtsheni-
   yakh  v nosoglotochnom  prostranstvie.   [ On  adenoid
   growths iu the nasopharynx.]   Trudi Kharkovsk. med
   Obsh. (1897), 1898, ii, 203-218. — Schaille (J. E.)  Post-
   nasal adenoid hypertrophy; with especial reference to the
   importance of its early recognition by the family physi-
   cian.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1896, i, 40-55. -----.'On
   adenoid vegetations in the naso-pharyngeal cavity; their
   pathology,  diagnosis, and  treatment;  Wilhelm Meyers's
   oiiginal paper, republished with  annotations.   St.'Paul
   M. J., St. Paul, Minn.,  1905, vii, 11-34, port.   Mcliafler
   (M.)  Ueber 1000 adenoide Vegetatiouen.   Verhandl.  d.
   Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte,  1890, I.eipi., 1891,
   lxiii, pt. 2.  351-366—Scheppegrcll (W.)  Adenoids in
   the  negro.   N.  York M.  J.   [etc.], 1905,  lxxxi, 448.—
   Segura (E. V.)  Consideraciones pr&eticas sobre vege-
   taciones adenoideas.   An. d. Circ. m6d. argent., Buenos
   Aires, 1899, xxii, 245-265, 2 pl.—Seifert. Ueber adenoide
   Vegetationen.   Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch.  za
   Wiirzb., 1890, 16-21. — Shearer (T.  L.)  Adenoids  in
   adults.  Hotnceop  Eye, Ear,  and Throat J., N. Y., 1905,
   xi, 410-425.—Mheild iA. M.)   Remarks concerning ade-
   noid growths of the naso-pharynx.  Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7,
   viii, 392. -----. On adenoids and affections of the tonsils.
   Ibid., 1904-5, xxv, 33-41. — Sherman (F. M.)  Adenoid
   vegetations.  Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1896, cxxxiv, 438.—Shi-
   manski (E. V.)  K voprosu ob adenoidnikh razrashtshe-
   niyakh. [Adenoidgrowths.] Voyenno-med.J.,St.Petersb.,
   1903, iii, med. pt.,  695-704. -----. Zur Frage der ade-
   noiden  Wucherungen.   Deutsche  Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904,
   xxv, 965.—Sikkel (A.)  De adenoide vegetaties der neus-
   keelholte.  Med.Weekbl., Amst., 1896-7, iii, 27; 51; 88; 116;
   140. — Sisson (E. O.)  Adenoid vegetations.  Tr. West.
   Ophth.,Otol. [etc.], Ass.  Otol., Laryngol. Sc Rhinol.Div., St.
   Louis, 1897, 5-10.   Also:  Ann. Otol.. Rhinol. & Laryngol.,
   St. Con is, 1897, vi, 166-172.   AUo:  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
   1897, ii,  333-338.   AUo,  Reprint.—Nnowba 11  (AY.)   A
   note on post-nasal growths.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas.,
   Melbourne, 1898, iii, 331.—Southey  (R.)   On  adenoid
   disease.  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1873,  ix, 46-70.
   Also, Reprint.—Spicer (S.)  Post-nasal adenoid hyper-
   plasia (adenoid vegetations, or post-nasal growths).  Clin.
   J., Lond., 1893,  ii, 396; 401.—Stawell (R. R.)  Naso-
   pharyngeal adenoid growths.  Intercolon. M. J. Austia-
   las.,  Melbourne, 1898, iii,  257-268.  [DiscussionJ, 417.—
   Stecnaon (C. L.)  Adenoid vegetations of  the naso-
   pharynx, especially lymphoid hypertrophies and their re-
   lations to life  insurance.  Med.  Exam. &  Pract., N. Y.,
   1904, xiv, 85-87.—Stewart (W. R. H.)   Adenoid growths
   in the naso-pharynx, commonly called post-nasal growths.
   Lancet,  Loud.,  1890,  ii,  614-616.   Also [Abstr.]: Med.
   Press <fc Circ. Loud., 1890,  n.  s., xlix, 322 -Straight
   (H. S.)  Notes on posterior adenoid growths and au unus-
   ual case.  West. Reserve M.  J., Cleveland, 1894, ii, 97-
   99. -----. Facts  not generally appreciated concerning
   adenoid growths.  Cleveland J-. M., 1899, iv, 31-34.  Also,
   Reprint.—Strazza (G.)   Levegetazioniadenoididelcavo
   retronasale.  Gazz. med. lomb.,  Milano, 1889, xlviii, 328;
   347; 355.—Stucky (J. A.)   Nasopharyngeal  adenoids.
   Laucet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n.s., lv,437-442.—Swain (H.
   L.) Adenoid tissue in the nasopharynx and pharynx.   N.
   York M. J., 1890, lii, 316-319.  Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.
   1890, N. Y., 1891, xii, 41-51.  AUo, Reprint.—Syinonds.
   Adenoids in tbe naso-pharynx.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,
   1890, n. s., iv, 215; 225, 1 pl. — Symposium on ade-
   noids.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol., Rhinol.. Sc Otol. Soc. 1900, N.
   Y., 1901, vi, 119-137.—Taylor (P. R.)   Adenoids of the
   pharynx.  Am. Pract.  Sc News, Louisville, 1902, xxxiii,
   211.—Tcdenat (E.)  Des v6g6tations  ad6noIdts  du
   pharynx  nasal.   Montpel. m6d.,  1884,  2. s., ii, 137-154.
   AUo, in his: Mem. de chir., 3. ed., 8°, Montp«.l., 1892, 1. s.,
   73-90 —Tissot.  De l'hypertrophie du tissu adenoide du
   naso-pharynx, et en particulier de l'amygdale pharyng6e.
   Arch, de  med. nav., Par., 1893,  lx,-346-357.—Tommasi
   (J.)  Settantotto casi di vegetazioni  adenoidi  nella  pro-
   vineia di Lucca.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli. 1900, xx,
   101-122.—Townsend (I.) Adenoid growths of the naso-
   pharynx.  Tr. Homieop. M. Soc. N.  Y.,  1895.  xxx,  196-
   201.  AUo: Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1895,
   i, 72-78.—liuiiuela (E.)  De las vegetaciones adenoideas
   de la faringe nasal. Rev.  de  laringol., otol. y rinol., Bar-
   cel., 1888-U, iv, 167-177.—Vacher (L.)  Sur les vegeta-
   tions adenoides chez l'adulte.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,
   du larynx [etc.J, Par., 1899, xxv, 715-724—Vaquier (L.)
   Amygdale pharyngoe  normale  et  vegetation  adenoide.
   Arch, internat. tie laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1903, xvi,  699-
   704.—Weil (E.)  Ueber  adenoide Aregetationen.   Med.
   Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver.. Stuttg., 1888, lviii, 209-
   211.—Whitcis (AV.  R.)  Adenoids.  Dental Cosmos,
   Phila., 1902, xliv, 574-580.—Wilkin (G. C.)  The preva-
   lence of adenoids iu country districts.  Med. Press Sc Circ-
   Lond., 1905, n.  s., lxxix, 589.—Williams (R.)   Post, 
NASOPHARYNX.
333
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations of).
  nasal growths.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893, xiii, 43-18.—
  Wrdblewski (W.)  Wyrosle  adenoidalne w  nosowej
  rze.8ci gardzieli (vegetationes adenoideas in parte nasali
  pharyngis).  Gaz. lek., "Warszawa, 1889,  2. s., ix, 670;
  098; 741; 781; 828.—Yearsley (M.)  Post-nasal growths.
  Med. Repr., Lond.,  1896, vii, 33. -----. An analysis of
  three hundred  and seven consecutive cases of adenoids.
  Treatment, Lond., 1901-2, v, 101-109.—Kapparoli (I,.)
  Frequenza e importanza delle vegetazioni adenoidi del cavo
  naso-faringeo.  Atti d. x. Cong, interprov. san. d. alta
  Italia 1902, Mantova, 1903, 345-354.—Zaun (G. F.)   Ade-
  noid vegetations.  Milwaukee M.  J., 1904, xii, 13-15 —
  Xwilliuger (H.)  Adenoide Vegetationen und Stottern.
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 1041.

Nasopharynx (Adetwid  vegetations of,

   Causes  and pathology  of).
    Gocrc(L.)  *L'amygdalede W. Meyer.  Bac-
  teriologie (201 cultures, 12 inoculations)  des tu-
  meurs ade'uoides,  rapports avec les deformations
  de  voftte palatine  et les deviations dentaires.
  8°.  Paris, 1697.
    Hopmanx.   Die  adenoiden Tumoreu als Teil-
  erscheinnng der Hyperplasie des lymphatischen
  Raclienringes und in  ihren  Beziehungeu  zum
  iibrigen Ktirper.  8°.  Halle a. S., 1695.
    Kambouroff  (S.)   * Contribution a  l'etude
  des vegetations adeuoi'des sypbilitiques et tuber-
  culeuses.   8-\  Lyon, 1,^97.
    Beausoleil (R.)  Presentation de vegetations ade-
  noides; considerations sur ces tumeurs.  J. de  med. de
  Bordeaux, 1894, xxiv, 393-395. —Bloch (E.)   Zur Aetio-
  logie der adenoiden Vegetationen.  Verhandl. d.  deutsch.
  otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1900, ix, 71-77—Bobone (T.) L' in-
  voluzione precocedel tessuto adenoide sulla Riviera.   Boll.
  d. mal. d. orecchio. d.  gola e d. naso, Firenze. 1900, xviii,
  49-55.  Also, transl.: Internat. Otol. Cong.  Trans. 1899,
  Lond., 190(1. vi, 47-54.  Also,  transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Otol.,
  N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 422. —Bonne (G.)  Die klinische Be-
  deutnng des Eczema seborrboicum. insbesondere fiir die
  Entstehung der Nasen-Rachenvegetationen nnd der Car-
  cinome.  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr.,  Wien, 1902, ix, 385;
  420.—Brindel. Resultats  de l'examen histologique de
  64 vegetations ad6noides.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1890,  xvi, pt. 2, 881; 913.  Also, Reprint.—Cobb (J.
  0.)   Adenoids as a route  of tubercular  invasion.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903,  xl, 593.—Do adenoids (naso-
  pharyngeal) occur in natives of tropical countries?  [Edit.]
  J. Trop. M., Lond.,  1901, iv. 180.—Dobisch  (A.)   Drii-
  senschwellungen am Halse bei adenoiden Wucherungen.
  Prag. med. Wchnsehr.. 1897,  xxii, 272.—Donogany (Z.)
  Adenoid vegetati6k  tubercnlosus alapon.  [Tuberculous
  adenoid vegetations.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii,
  48.  AUo, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903,
  xxxix. 41.—Ktievant (R.)  La question des vegetations
  adenoides tuberculeuses. Province med., Lyon, 1897, xi,
  110-112.—Ilelme (F.) La question des vegetations ade-
  noides tuberciileuses.  Union med., Par., 1895, 3. s., lix,
  421-425.—Jncquin  (P.)  Anatomie pathologique des ve-
  getations adenoides; pathogenie  de leurs complications;
  leur traitement.  Union m6d. du nord est, Reims, 1895, xix,
  101; 161.—Jtankelevitch (S.)  Hemorragies et 6pistaxis
  ayant pour cause les v6g6tations adenoides.  Rev. hebd. do
  laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1897, xvii. 481-484.— Ijernioycz (M.)
  Des vegetations adenoides  tuberculeuses  du pharynx
  nasal.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d, d. hop. de Par., 1894, 3. a.,
  xi, 559-573.  AUo:  Ann. d. mal. de  l'oreille,  du larynx
  [etc.]. Par., 1894, xx, 979-994.  Also [Abstr.]:  Mercredi
  med., Par., 1894, v, 357.—L«cwis  (F. P.)  Adenoids in re-
  lation to structural changes.   Buffalo M. J., 1901-2, n. s.,
  xii, 732-740.  AUo: Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1902,  xxiii,
  393-405.   [Discussion], 421-426. — JLichtwitz (L.) Sc
  Sabrazes (J.)  fitat du sang (formule h6matologique)
  chez les ad6uoicliens.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1899, xii, 494-501. — Masucci (P.)   La teoria tiroi-
  diana  applicata alle vegetazioni  adenoidi del cavo naso-
  faringeo.  Incurabili, Napoli, 1902, xvii, 705-713—ITIcrlo
  (C.) Contributo alio studio della  ematologia ntll' ade-
  noidismo dell' infanzia. Pediatria,  Napoli, 1903, xi, 524-
  543.—JVckam (L.)  Basalioma adenoides cysticura esete.
  [A case of. . .]  Budapest sz6kesf. kozk6rh. 6vk.,  1900,
  219-236. — O'Toole (M. C.)  Questions regarding the
  etiology of adenoid  vegetations  as found in the  naso-
  pharyngeal cavities.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx,
  542.—Poli (C.)  Lesioni dell' orecchio medio  da vegeta-
  zioni adenoidi; etiologia e anatomia patologica.  Boll. d.
  mal. d  orecchio, d. gola e d.  naso, Firenze, 1904, xxii, 73-
  92, 2 pl.— tfcnix  (F. H.)  Tuberculose in adenoide vegeta-
  ties.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1903. 2. R.,
  xxxix, d. 2,  274-276.—Richardson (C. W.)  Pathology
  of adenoid growths.   Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol.
  Soc. 1900, N. Y., 1901, vi, 130-137.'  Also: Laryngoscope,
  St. Louis, 1900, ix, 327-329. Also, Reprint.—Riviere (A.)
Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations  of,

  Causes and pathology of).
  La scrofule et les vegetations adeuoides.  Lyon m6d., 1900,
  xcv, 433-437.—Viollet (P.)  Recherches siir la structure
  histologique des vegetations adenoides du naso-pharynx;
  signification des 616ments granuleux; cellules 6osinophiles,
  Mastzellen, qu'on  y  rencontre.   J. de I'anat. et pbysiol.
  [etc.], Par., 1903, xxxix, 97-125, 1 pl.—Wagnier.  Con-
  tribution a. l'etude des rapports des  tumeurs ad6no'ides
  uasopharyngiennes avec l'otite moyenne purulente chro-
  nique.   Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.],  Par., 1891,  xi, 481-487.—
  Zwilliuger (H.)  Az adenoid vegetatiok tuberculosisd-
  r61 egy eset kapesan.  [. .  . in tuberculosis, after a case.]
  Orvds'i hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 811.

Nasopharynx (Adetwid vegetations  of,

  Complications  and  sequela.' of).
     Aton (E.)  *De quelques troubles anormaux
  dns a la presence de vegetations adenoides dans
  le naso-pharynx  de l'enfaut.  8°.  Montpellier,
  1903.
     Bertaud du Chazaud  (J.-X.-B.-E.)  * Vege-
  tations adenoides et incontinence d'urine.   8°.
  Bordeaux, 1902.
     Dkglaihe (L.)  * Contribution  a  l'etude  des
  troubles nerveux eu rapport avec la presence de
  vegetations  adenoides dans le pharynx  nasal,
  cbez l'enfan.t en particulier.  8°.   Paris, 1^97.
     Delacour (J.)  Le syudrome  adenoidien;
  ozene; vegetations adenoides; appeudicite chro-
  nique.   6°,  Paris, 1904.
     Gallois (P.)   La scrofule et les infections
  adeuoidiennes.   Augtnente d'une preface par E.
  Gaudier.   2. ed.   12°.   Paris, 190.).
     Groc (E.)  *Des troubles gastro-intestinaux
  cbez les adenoidiens.   Etude patbogenique.   8°.
  Lyon, 190f).
     Judet  de la  Combe (M.-L.)   * Vegetations
  adenoides  et degenerescence.   4°.   Bordeaux,
  1894.
     Lepoutre (J.-J.)  *De l'astbme adenoidien.
  bY  Lille,  1898.
     Lucas (R.)   *Des vegetations adenoides, de
  leurs  rapports  avec  les affections de l'oreille.
  8°.  Paris, 1898.
     Ragoxeau (J.)  *Les tumeurs adenoides de
  la cavite naso-pbarynoienne et  les  laryngites
  stridnleuse8.  4°.  Paris,  1890.
     Tilliek  (J.)  * Contribution  a l'etude   des
  troubles  nerveux dus  a la presence  des vegeta-
  tions adenoides.  8C.  Parin, 1904.
     Archambaiilt (P.)  L'avenir de l'enfant  porteur de
  v6g6tations adenoides.  Gaz. d. mal.  infant, [etc.], Par.,
  1900, ii,  145-149.—Arrowaniith (H.)  A cliuical study
  of seven hundred  and one cases of naso-pharyngeal  ade-
  noids, observed iu  two  thousand dispensary patients.
  N. York M. J., 1897,  lxvi, 285.  Also, Reprint.—Arslan
  (Y.)  Rapporto delle vegetazioni adenoidi colle affezioni
  oculari.  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di  laringol.  [etc.]  1899,
  Empoli, 1900, iv, 232-235.   Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.],
  Torino,  1899-1900, ix, 416-420.—Bates ("YV. H.)   Adenoids
  as a cause of chronic deafness in adults.  Boston M. &. S.
  J., 1893, cxxviii, 645.   AUo: N. York M. J., 1893, lvii, 583.—
  Bcnoit (F.)  Conjonctivites phlyct6nulaires et tunieurs
  adenoides.  Gaz. med. beige, Li6ge,  1900-1901, xiii,  114-
  116. — Bilhaut (M.) Influence des  adenoides  sur les
  deviations du  squelette d'origiue ost6omalacique ou tu-
  berculeuse, indications th6rapeutiques.  Anil, de chir. et
  d'orthop.,  Par., 1898, xi,  193-205.  Also:  Bull. g6n. de
  th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxvi. 91-108.—Blanks (J. H.)
  Adenoid vegetations  in tbe vault of  the pharynx;  with
  especial references to their influence on tbe ears and men-
  tal and  physical  conditions of their victims.  Alabama
  M. Sc S. Age, Birniingh., 1898-9, ii,  375-380.—Bonain.
  Des troubles caus6s par les vegetations adenoides chez les
  adolescents et les adultes.   Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1897, xvii, 1153-1158.  Also:  Rev. internat. de rhinof.,
  otol.  et  laryngol., Par.,  1898,  viii,  309-313. — Bonlai.
  Spasmes laryng6s causes par des vegetations adenoides.
  Arch, internat. de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 572-574.—
  Braialin  (W. C.)   Ear  diseases coexistent with  ade-
  noids of the nasopharynx;  an analysis  of  110 cases.
  Phila. M. J., 1899,  iii, 450-452. -----.  Effects of adenoids
  on the ear.  Brooklyn M. J., 1900. xiv, 520-523.  [Discus-
  sion], 529-533.—Brindel.  Les v6g6tations  adenoides;
  revue generate sur les d6sordres qu'elles  entrainent;
  toucher  digital et ad6notomie.  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 
NASOPHARYNX.
334
NASOPHARYNX.
Aa*opharynx (Adenoid  vegetations  of,

   Complications and sequela  of).
   1901, xxxi, 125-128. -----.  Sur deux cas d'adenoidite calcu-
   leuse.  Gaz. hebd. d.'sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 374-
   376.   Also:  Mem. et bull. Soe. de mfid. etchir.de Bordeaux
   (1901), 1902,220-225.—Calhoun (A. W.)  Adenoid vegeta-
   tions! with especial leference to their influence upon the
   car.  Tr. M Ass.Georgia. Atlauta.1899,350-356.  Also:  Vir-
   ginia M. Seini-Mouth., Richmond. 1899-1900, iv. 270-272.—
   I iiH-iillicii) ("W.E.l  Facial and thoracic deformities in-
   cut nt to obstruction by adenoid hypertrophy in the naso-
   pliaryux.  ,J.  Am. Al. Ass.. Chicago,  1890, xv, 417-420.—
   t'BNNiani-lngoni  (A.)  Dell' importanza  delle vegeta-
   zimii adenoidi del rinofiiringe nella genesi di malattie au-
   ric.l.iri. Arch.ital.diotol.[etc.].Torino, 1898.vii. 24: 186.—
   Chauveau.  Regression  rapide  des vegetation  ade-
/  noides.  France med., 1899. xlvi, 545.—Citelli (S.)  Vege-
   tazioni adenoidi esordomutismo.  Boll. d. mal.d. orecchio,
   d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1904, xxii,  141-150. — Conkey
   (C. D.)  The remote sequels of adenoids.  Wisconsin M.
   J., Milwaukee, 1903. ii. 360-366.—Coolidgc (F. S.)  Ade-
   noids as an etiological  factor  in orthopedic deformities.
   Tr.  Am. Orthop. Ass.,  Phila., 189S, xi, 185-190.  AUo:
   Medicine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 560-503.—Coppcz  (H.)  Cou-
   jonctii'ite folliculaire et vegetations adenoides du naso-
   pharynx.  Rec. d'opht. Par., 1899, 3. s.,  xxi,  100.—Cory
   (E. II.)  Adenoids and their complications.  Hot Springs
   AI. J., 1902  xi. 18»-191. — Couparil.  Des accidents lo-
   caux et genera nx causes par les tumeurs adenoides.  Gaz.
   d. hop., Par..  1892. lxv,  1399.-  Davenport (R. G.)   Ear
   sequel* of  adenoids; a report, of cases.  Colorado Med.,
   Denyer, 1905, ii, 296-298— Belie.  Vegetations adenoides
   da pharynx nasal; r6cidives sarcomati uses ;  mort subite.
   Rev.delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 18!)1, xi, 545-548.—Dewvaux
   ^ dripat.   Vegetations adenoides avec  troubles  as-
   phyxiques graves et albuminuric  Arch. med. d'Angers,
   1904, viii, 416-421. — Drinkwatcr (H.)  Hemorrhage
   from adenoid vegetations of the naso-pharynx.  Brit. M.
   J., Lond., 1893. i, 132'J. —  Dunn (J.)  Comments on the
   sequels of neglected adenoids.  Virginia M. Semi-Month.,
   Richmond, 1904-5, ix,  8-11. —  Duplaix.  Les  tumeurs
   adenoides et les acces de stiidiilisme.  Gaz. d.  hop., Par.,
   1892, lxv, 1125-1127.—Dyagelofl*.  Abscessus retropha-
   ryngcalis poslie vospaleniya adenoidnikh vegetatsiy.   [. .  .
   following inflammation of adenoid growths.]  Kjened. jour.
   " Prakt. med", St. Petersb., 1898, v, 909.—Fames (<i. F.)
   The relation of adenoid vegetations to irregularities of the
   teeth and associated parts.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1896,
   xxvi, 323-326.   Also, Reprint.—Eticvant.  Incontinence
   d'nrine el vegetations adenoides.  Lyon m6d., 1902, xcix,
   258-261.—E wing (F. C.)  A case of suppurating ears of
   more  than  twenty years' duration, with  impending in-
   sanity, cured  by the removal of adenoids.  Interstate M.
   J., St. Louis,  1900, vii, 4*3. — Felici (F.)  Une complica-
   tion  rare  des  vegetations  adenoides.  Cong, internat.
   d'otol.  et de  laryngol.   C.-r.,  Par.,  1889,  331-335. AUo,
   transl.: Rev.  de laringol., otol.  y rinol., Barrel., 1889-90, v,
   81-84.  AUo, transl.:  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d.
   naso, Firenze, 1890, viii, 21-25.—Fischer  (J. F.)  Om de
   adenoide Vegetationer i Nssesvslget som Aarsag til Enu-
   resis.   [Adenoid vegetations iu the nasal cavity as a cause
   of enuresis.]  Ugeskr. f. Laager. Kebenh., J901', 5. R., viii,
   889; 913. — Fraukenberger (0.)  Adenoide Vegeta-
   tionen bei  Taubstumnieu.  nebst  einigen  Bemerkungen
   iiber die Aetiologie der Taubstummheit.  Monatschr. f.
   Ohrenh., Berl., 1896, xxx, 429-447.   Also, transl.: J. d. sc.
   med. de Lille, 1896, ii, 497-508.  AUo, transl.: Ann. Otol.,
   Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,  1897,vi, 395-416.—Oallois
   (P.)  Nephrites et endorardites  chez les  adenoidiens.
   Bull, med., Par., 1*97, xi, 901-904.—Garten (M. H.)  Ade-
   noids neglected and some of the results.  West. M. Rev
   Lincoln, Neb., 1899. iv, 303-365.—Gctchell (A. C.)  Ade-
   noid  growths; their relation  to deaf-mutism; reports of
   cases.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1899, xxxii, 465-467.—
   Gillette (A. J.) Torticollis due to adenoid vegetations
   and  chronic hypertrophy  of the tonsils.  Tr.  Am. Orthop
   Ass. Phila., 1*80. ix, 171-174.   Also: N. York M. J., 1896,
   lxiv, 15s. — Glcilwiiianu (J. W.)   Influence of adenoid
   vegetations ou the growth and  configuration  of the upper
   maxilla and the nasal septum.  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1897,
   xii, 357-361.—C*r?nbech (A. C.)  Om Ganedeformitet ved
   de adenoide Vegetationer i Nssesvslgrummet.  [Deform-
   ity of palate  with adenoid vegetations of nasopharynx  1
   Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1893,4. R., i, 273-282. _____-  OtnFor-
   holdetmellem Enuresis Mocturnaog adenoide Vegetationer
   [The relation between . . .]  Ugeskr. f. La-ger, Kobenh
   1898, 5. R., v, 1153-1158.   Also, transl..- Arch. f. Laryneoi'
   n. Rhinol., Berl., 1894, ii,  214-224.-Grossard.  Begaye-
   ment et v6getations adenoides.  Arch, internat. de laryn-
   gol.  [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 443. —Guillaume.  Vegeta-
   tions adenoides  du  pharynx nasal ayant  determine des
   accidents c6r6belleux  reflexes;  6crasement;  guerison
   Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1894, xviii, 191.—Haight
   (A. T.)  Naso-pharyngeal  adenoids as a causative factor
   in ear  diseases.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1899, xxxiii,
   1577-1579.  Also: Internat. Otal. Cong. Trans., 1899, Lond.'
]\asopharyn\  (Adenoid  vegetations  of,

   Complications und sequela'  of).
   190u,  vi  :,t 60. — Ilarlantl (W. G.B.)  Adenoids as a
   cause of  enlarged tonsils  and other pathological  condi-
   tions. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. a., xix. 581. — Heath
   (A. C.)   Adenoids and their relation  to  general  dis-
   ease.   Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii. 316-319.—
   Hcrtoghe (E.)  Vegetations adenoides et niyxa-dime.
   [Bap. de Rommelaere. 261-263.J  Bull. Acad. roy. de med
   de Belg., Brux . 1898, 4. s .  xii,  396-315.  Also, Reprint.—
   Holz (B.)  Heilung zweier Fiille von Exophthalmos hi-
   lateralis und eines Falles von Chorea durch Entferniing
   der adenoiden Vegetationen. Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1905,
   xlii, 91-93.— Jnnkelevitch.  Des vegetations adenoides
   chez  l'adulte.   Un cas d'adenoidite avec poussAe aigue et
   laryngite  seche consecutive.  Arch, internat. de laryngol.
   [etc.],  Par., 1899, xii, 251-254.  AUo:  Rev. hebd.  de la-
   ryngol. [ etc. ], Par., 1899, xix, pt.  2, 139-146. —  Kayner
   (R.)  Ueber das Verhaltniss der Oziina zu den adenoiden
   Vegetationen.   Wien.  klin. Rundschau, 1897,  xi,  138.__
   Kerrison (P. D.)   Pharyngeal adenoids, their frequency
   and sequels.  N. York M.'J., 1901, lxxiii, 193-196.—Kim-
   ball (I. E.)  Adenoids from the standpoint of hemorrhage.
   Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1900, X. V., 1901,
   vi,  128-130. * [Discussion]. 133-137. -Kruch  ( E.)  Le
   vegetazioni adenoidi naso-faringee come causa frequente
   di malattie auricolari.   Gazz. med.  ital. lomb., Milano,
   1888,  xlviii, 91.—Cake  (R.)  Deaf-mutism ; an attempt to
   explain the occasional cure following removal of  adenoids.
   Treatment, Lond., 1899-1900, iii, 369-371. — Lunge (V.)
   Om adenoid Habitus.   [The adenoid habit.]  Ugeskr. f.
   Lsger,  Kobenh., 1897, 5. R., iv, 1-8. — Iiarge ( S.  H.)
   The dangers of adenoids.   Cleveland M. J., 1903, ii, 368-
   370.—Cavrand (H.) Vegetations adenoides et surdi-mu-
   titc.  Cong.internat.d'otol.  Compt.-rend., Par., 1889,297-
   305.  Also, Reprint. -----.  Tumeurs adenoides; deux reci-
   dives succe.-sives dans un cas et une seule recidive dans un
   autre cas.   Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1892, xii, 353-358.—
   ■iazariiH (J.)  Die adenoiden Vegetationen und ihre Be-
   ziehungen zurdilatativen Herzschwache.  Internat. Beitr.
   z. inn. Sled. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, i, 307-323.—Lerici-msiii
   (M. D.) Adenoids a contributive factor in aural affections.
   Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1*95. pt. 2, 1642-1646.—
   Le Gendre (P.l  Les vegetations adeuoides et la scro-
   fule.  Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1899, xv, 12-17.—
   Loeb (II. W.)   Mouth-breathing caused by adenoids and
   its relief.   Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1*97, xxxv, 20.  [Discus-
   sion], 29.—I.oe wen berg.  I'eber den Zusainmenbaiig
   von Thoraxdeformitaten uud adenoiden Wueherungen des
   Xasenracheuraumes. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
   u.  Berl.,  1903, xxix, 527.—liHzzati (A.)  Vegetazioni
   adenoidi e sordita.  Gazz. med. di Torino, 1*97. xlviii. 574-
   579.—.TIcCaw (J. F.)   Adenoids in relation to audition
   and cerebration. Med.  News, X. Y., 1903, Ixxxiii, 298.—
   McKay (F.  S.)  The  specific influence of adenoids on
   the occlusion of the teeth and on the facial lines.  Dental
   Brief, Phila.,  1905, x,  385-402.— tlikcown (D.)  Diffi-
   culties and insufficiency of the commonly accepted theory
   of adenoid deafness.  Brit.  M.  J.. Lond'., 1901, ii. 896-898.
   -----. Difficulties and insufficiency of the stenosal theory
   of adenoid deafness.  Ibid., 1903, ii, 1145-1147- iTIaknen
   (G. H.)  A case of stammering due to adenoid vegetations,
   and the result of treatment.  Coll. & Clin. Bee. Phila.,
   1890,  xvii. 131-133.   Also:  Therap. Gaz., Detroit,  1896. 3.
   s.,  xii,  361-363. — ITIarcel (E.)  DouS, casuri  de vege-
   tatiuni adenoide ale faringelul nasal; aprosexia.  Spitalul,
   Bucuresci,  1889.  ix, 371; 574. — iVIazzco (P.)  II  farin-
   gismo cronico negli adenoidei.  Gazz. internaz. di med.,
   Napoli, 1905, viii, 41.—Melzi  (U.)  Sulla  deformazione
   del naso  per  polipi mncosi.  Arch. ital. di otol.  [etc.l,
   Torino-Palermo,  1902,  xiii,  42-46.   Also, in  his: Note di
   clin.  e  terap.  [etc.], 8°, Milano, 19H3, 21-24, 1 pl. ---—.
   Incontinenza  notturna  d'  orina e vegeta/.ioiii  adenoidi.
   Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1903,  xxiv, 877.—ITIillciier (J. H.)
   Adenoid vegetations and  their influence on the palatal
   arch.  Dental Cosmos,  Phila.,  1901, xliii, 404-408.  AUo:
   Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 666-668. —Milligan  (W.)  Naso-
   pharyngeal adenoid vegetations and their relation to mor-
   bid affections of the car.  Internat.  Clin., Phila., 1*96, 6.
   s., ii, 326-331.—.Minor  (J.  C.)  Subsidence of enlarged
   cervical glands on the destruction of post-rhinal growths.
   Memphis J. M. Sc, 1890-91, ii, 357.—-M on ten > oh I (E. A.)
   Complication  following removal of adenoids.  Pediatrics,
   N.  Y., 1902, xiii, 335.—rVcubancr (A.)  Az adenoid ve-
   getatiok  6s azok  befolyasa a balhjszervre.   [Adenoid
   vegetations and their effects ou the organs of  hearing.]
   Gy6gvaszat.  Budapest, 1900.  xl, 772;  790. —  Noqiiel.
   Arrets de developpement et deformations provoqu6s par
   l'hypertrophie dn tissu  adenoide du pharynx nasal;  pre-
   sentation dun jeune homme de 24 ans, portcur de ces ar-
   rets de developpement et de cos deformations.  Bull. med.
   du  nord,  Lille, 1891, xxx.  113; 131 — Opdrke  (R.)  The
   close analogy of trachoma to adenoids.  Med. Hec., N. Y-,
   1903,  lxiii, 14.  — Parinentier.   Nevrose pharyngo-ceso-
   phagienue et vegetations adenoides.  Progres med. beige,
   Brux., 1902, iv, 94.—Payne (P. M.)  Adenoids and hyper- 
NASOPHARYNX.
335
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx  (Adenoid  vegetations of,

  Complications and sequelw  of).
  trophied faucial tonsils as portals of infection; a plea to
  the <-eneral  practitioner for their early recognition and
  removal.  Texas M. J., Austin, 1902-3, xviii, 193-195.—
  Phillip* (W. (!.)  Some observations upon the sequels
  of adenoid  or  lymphoid tissue  in  the naso-  and oro-
  pharynx.  Hental Cosmos, Phila., 1899, xii, 743-750.  Also:
  Tr. N. York Odont. Soc, 1899, Phila.,  1900, 115-124.  Also,
  Reprint.— Plottier (A.)  Vegetations adenoides et diph-
  terie.  Bull, de  laryngol.. otol. et rhinol., Par., 1899,  ii,
  38-47.  AUo. transl.: Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1899, Hi-
  ll*.__Poll  (C.)  Afecciones del oido medio en los adenoi-
  deos.  Rev.  espec. med. La oto-rino laringol.  espan., Ma-
  drid, 1904, vii,  1-4.—Powell (F. A.)   Naso-pharyngeal
  adenoids as  a causative elemeut in aural affections.  Tr.
  Iowa M.  Soc, Des Moines, 1900, xviii, 347-353.—Prota
  (G.)  Laringismo stridulo e vegetazioni adeno;di; contri-
  buto clinico di 10 casi.  Boll. d. mal. d.  orecchio, d. gola e
  d. naso, Firenze, 1905,  xxiii.  36; 4Y —Pujjnat (A.)   De  '
  quelques  complications des vegetations adenoides.  Rev.
  med. de la  Suisse  Rom., Geneve, 1903. xxiii,  611-618.—
  Redard (P.)  De l'obstruction nasale, principalement
  par les tumeurs adeuoides  dans leurs  rapports avec  les
  deviations de  la colonne vertebrale  et les deformations
  thoraciques. Gaz. med. de Par., 1*90, 7. s., vii, 134-137.—
  Regis.  Vegetations adenoides et degenerescence.  Mem.
  et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1894), 1895, 528-
  538.— Regnault.  Troubles oculaires occasionnes par
  les vegetations  adenoides du nasopharynx.   Rev. iu6d.,
  Par., 1904. xiii, 529-531.—Regnier (L.-R.)  Contribution
  a. l'etude des troubles nerveux en rapport avec hi presence
  de vegetations adenoides dins le pharynx nasal de l'en-
  fant. "Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902,
  xxviii,  118-121.—Reinhard.  Ueber  gleichzeitigen Be-
  fund von Fremdkorpern der Nase bei  adenoiden Vegeta-
   tionen.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903-4, lx, 35.— Royet.
   Des troubles  de mentalite au corns des maladies des
   cavites uaso-pharyngiennes.   Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvii,
   697.__Sanger (F. D.)   Additional points on  the relation
   of adenoids to ear trouble.  J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. Sc
   Surg., Bait., 1899-1900,  ii, 41-44. —Schadle (J. E.)  Torti-
   collis  and adenoid growths.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago.
   1896, xxvi, 1118.—Schamberg (M.I )  Naso-pharyngeal
   adenoids and  their  relation  to oral deformity.   Dental
   Brief. Phila., 1902, vii, 181-188.—Siebeumaiiii.  Ueber
   adenoiden Habitus und Leptoprosopie, sowie iiber das kurze
   Septum der Chamaeprosopen.  Verhandl. d.  Ver. siid-
   deutsch.  Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,  159-166.—
   Smith (E.)  Adenoid vegetations and laryngeal stridor.
   Lancet, Lond.,  1898. i. 783.—Spear (E. D.)   Earache in
   children; its relation  to adenoid disease.  Ann. Gynsc.
   Sc  Psdiat..  Bost..  1896-7,  x, 489-493.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Spicier (F.)   [Kombination von adenoiden Vegetationen
   mit beiderseitigem Exophthalmus.]  Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f.
   inn. Med. u.  Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 95.—Stiel (A.)
   Adenoide Vegetationen und Mittelohrkatarrh.  Ztschr. f.
   iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1905,  ii, 741-745.—Straight (H. S.)
   A case of headache due to adenoid growths.   Med. News,
   Phila., 1895. lxvii, 519.—Takabatake.   Beitrage  zur
   Kenntniss der adenoiden Kachexie.  1. Blutuutersuchun-
   gen bei Kindern vor und nach der Entfernung adenoider
   Vegetationen  aus  dem Nasenrachenraum.  2. Kommt die
   orthotische (cyklische)  Albuminuric bei Kindern  mit
   adenoiden Vegetationen hautig vor?  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh.,
   Wiesb., 1903,  xliv, 384-388.—TetercvyatnikoflT (I.  N.)
   0 chastotle zabollevaniya  adenoidami. ikh svyazi s ush-
   nimi stradaniyami  i ob aprozeksii u uchashtshikbsya.
   [Frequency of adenoid disease, its  connection with  dis-
   eases of the ear, and aprosexia in students.]   Med. Obozr.,
   Mosk., 1900, liii, 256-262.—Thomas.  Disparition d'un
   strabisme divergent apres curettage du nasopharynx et
   de l'oreille  du lneme cot6 chez un adenoidien de dix ans.
   Rev.hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, 6.—Thomp-
   son (J. A.) Deformities or  defects in devolopnienMrom
   adenoids.   Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic.  1901, n. s.. xlvi, 30i-3l2.
   [Discussion],  315-317.—Variot, I;C  ITIarc  lladour
   (H.) Sc Roger (P.)  Rapport de.s vegetations adenoides
   avec les troubles digestifs et les retards de  la croissance
   cbez les nourrissons.  Bull. Soc. de  pediat. de Par., 1905,
   vii  191-201.— White (J. A.)   Adenoids and enlarged ton-
   sils. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5,  ix, 217-
   220.   AUo,  Reprint.—Wilson iN. L.)  Adenoids as a
   source of general infection.  J.  Mod.  Soc.  N. Jersey,
   Newark, 1904-5, i, 74.— Wood ward (J. II.)  Pharyngeal
   adenoids and  hypertrophied tonsils.   Med.  News, N. Y.,
   1901, lxxviii, 287-291.—Wroblevrski (L.)  Contribution
   S, l'etude des vegetations adenoides; les v6g6tations ade-
   noides chez les sourds-muets.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.l,
   Par., 1892, xii, 257-271.—Yearnley (M.)  The importance
   of removing adenoids in acquired  deaf-mutism.  Treat-
   ment, Lond.,  1900-1901,  iv, 554 -559. — Ziiiiiiiermann
   (G.) Organerkrankungen  in Folge von geringen Wuche-
   rungeu im Nasenrachenraum.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz.,
   1897. n.  F., xliv,  222-230.   Also  [Abstr.]: Jahresb. d.
   Gesellsch.  f.  Nat.- u. Heilk. in  Dresd.,  1896-7, 21.—
Nasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations  of,

   Complications and sequelw of).
   Zwilliugcr (H.)  Az adenoid vegetatiok s a siketu6-
   masa^.   [Adenoid vegetations  and deaf-mutism.]  Gyd-
   g.wiszat, Budapest, 1901, xii, 772-774.   AUo, transl. [Ab-
   str. J: Ungar.  med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 7.-----.
   Az ligynevezett adenoid  vegetatiok 6s az  enuresis  uoc-
   turna.'  [The so-called adenoid vegetations and enuresis
   nocturna.]  Budapesti orv.  ujsag.,  1903, i,  313.   AUo,
   transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse.  Budapest, 1903, xxxix,
   955-957. -----. Adenoid-vegetati6k es a dadog&s.  [Ade-
   noid  vegetations and  stammering.]    Orr-, g6ge-6s fiil-
   gy6gy., Budapest,  1903, 8.

Nasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations of,

   Diagnosis and se neiology of).
     Bkrtuand  (<J.)   * Vegetations  ade"noides  de
   l'adolesceuce  et tie Page  adulte.  Essai  de di-
   vision clinique.   8°.   Paris, 1-4)7.
     Dui'.vrziKT (P.)   * Contribution a l'etude de
   l'astlime chez les enfants porteurs de v6g6tations
   adeuoides.  4C.   Paris, lb94.               ,
     Gukneau (C.-H.)   * 12fcude clinique des v6ge"-
   tations adeuoides du pharynx nasal chez le uour-
   risou.   «-.  Paris, 1897.
     Ai-i-owsmith (II.)  Adenoids; symptomatology and
   effects on tbe general  system.  Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv,
   515-520.  [Discussion], 529-533.—Arslan (Y.)  Di alcune
   forme liflesse delle vegetazioni adenoidi.  Atti d. Cong. d.
   Soc.  ital. di laringol.  [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 235-
   237.__Bar (L)  Chute de vegetations adenoides dans le
   larynx; considerations diverses.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol.
   [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, 609-611.—Carriere  (G.)   Vegeta-
   tions adenoides; albuminuric.  Nord  med., Lille, 1904.x,
   49-52.—Chanipeaux.   Du facies adenoidien; le facies
   adenoidien n'est pas uu signe certain d'adenoides.  Arch.
   internat. de  laryngol. [etc.],  Par.,  1901, xiv,  144-148.—
   Chappell (W. F.)   Remarks on the diagnosis ot ade-
   noids  in  infaucv.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass., N.  Y.,
   1901, 39-46.—Clevenger (VV. F.)   The  importance  of
   early recognition and treatment of adenoid hypertrophy.
   Indiana M. J.. Indianap., 1896-7, xv,48.—Courtade (A.)
   De la respiration  buccale chez les adenoidiens.  Rev.  de
   th6rap. med.-chir., Par., 1899, lxvi, 43-45. —»e  Stella
   (H )   fitude  clinique des vegetations  adenoides.  Ann.
   Soc.  de m6d. de Gaud, 1899, lxxviii, 153-173. — Farlow
   (J. W.)  On some forms of adenoid disease which are often
   overlooked, andon conditions which may simulate adenoid
   disease.  Boston M. ,\; S. J., 1898, cxxxviii, 365.  [Discus-
   cussion], 375-378.—Finder (G.)  Eine eigenthiimliche
   Form  von  adenoider  Nasenraehenvegetation.   Arch.  f.
   Laryngol. u.  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1904, xv, 366-368. — Gallois
   (P.)'  Les infectious  adeuoidiennes (on sp616opathiques).
   Cone, internat. de med.  C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, int.,
   60-75— Oleilsmanu (J.-W.) Influence des vegetations
   ad6noides surle developpement et la configuration du ma-
   xillaire superieur et de la cloison nasale. Ann. d. mal. de
   l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii, pt. 2, 25-30.—
   Cwoldntcin (M. A.)  Importance of early diagnosis ot ade-
   noid vegetations.  Memphis  Lancet, 1900, iv. 121 - 125.—
   Gonrcnn.  Les adenoidiens a. type catarrhal.  Actualit6
   m6d., Par., 1902. xiii, 163.—Grant (D.)  Remarks on post-
   nasal adenoids; conditions simulating their presence or
   their recurrence ; method of operating.  J.  Laryngol.,
   Lond., 1897, xii, 415-419.—Green (V.)  Adenoids; a clin-
   ical  study.  Homcop. J. Obst., N. Y, 1893,  xxv, 218-226.—
   Hatfcdorn (M.)   Der  sogenannte  adenoide Habitus.
   Ztscbr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii. 574-579.—
   Henucbcrt (C.)  Remarques cliniques snr  les vegeta-
   tions adenoides.  Clinique,  Brux.,  1902, xvi,  639; 663.—
    Kanexuxi (E.)  [A  case  of  hemorrhagic  vegetation
   arising from the nasal septum.]  Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-
   Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1900, vi, 440-444. —Kanto-
   rowicz (A.)  Beitrag zur  Diagnose der adenoiden Wu-
   cherungen.   Arch.  f. Laryngol.  u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1898,
   viii.  558".—Knight (C. H.)  Adenoids.in  the  naso-phar-
   ynx; clinical lecture delivered  at  the New York Post-
   Graduate Medical School.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895,
   5. s., i, 332-338. — Labonrc (J.)  Principalis types  cli-
   niques des vegetations ad6uoides.  Nord med., Lille 1905,
   xi^ 78.—Ijange (V.)  Ueber  adenoiden  Habitus.  Berl.
   klin. Wchnsehr.,  1897, xxxiv, 5-7.— I.enhardt (C.)  Le
   temperament adenoidien.  Rev. med.d ■ Normandie, Rouen,
   1900, 533-537.—licvy (M.)  Die adenoiden Vegetationen,
   ihre'klinische  Erscheinung und Bedeutung.   Sammel-
   referat.  Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1898, xxv, 80-91.—
   McKeown (D.) Headachesand othernervous symptoms
   in relation to post-nasal adenoids. Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,1900,
   ii, 894.—IMatier (M.)  Faux adenoi'disme par insufflsauce
   respiratoire chez des n6vropatb.es; troubles de  la voix par-
   16e et chantee; considerations generates sur la valeur  res-
   pective au point de vue therapeutique des pror.6d6s m6di-
   caux ou chirurgicaux  et des exercices physiologiques. 
\
NASOPHARYNX.                           336                            NASOPHARYNX
Nasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations  of,

  Diagnosis and semeiology of).
  Parole.  Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.]. Par., 1901, n. s., iii,
  321-348. AUo.  Reprint. — IVauwelaers.  Fi6vre  gan-
  glionnaire ou adonoldite aigue.  Clinique. Brux, 1905, xix,
  641; 661.— Ooliuo (G.) A'. Gilardoni (E.)  La varieta
  morfologica  adenoidea.  Gior. med. d. r.  esereito, Roma,
  1902, I, 113-139, 1 ch.   Also (Abstr.]: Arch. ital.  di otoi.
  [etc.], Torino, 1901-2, xii, 1,-9-192.—Kicei  (C. A.)  Sin-
  tomatologia  rara delle vegetazioni adenoidi;  un  caso di
  astenopia accomodativa ed uno di em of toe.  Boll. d. mal.
  d. orecchio. d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1901, xix, 103-109.—
  Rice (C. E.) How shall tbe diagnosis of post-nasal ade-
  noids be made in young children when rhinoscopic exami-
  nation is impossible?  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.. N.Y., 1903,
  xxv, 198-205.  Mchndle (J. K.)  Postnasal adenoid  hy-
  pertrophy, with especial reference to the importance of
  its early recognition by the family physician.  Laryngo-
  scope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 46-55.  Also, Reprint.—Schiffers
  (F.)  Maladie ad6noIdienne et insufflsauce respiratoire.
  Scalpel, Liege, 1903-4, lvi.  362. — Siebenmann.   Ueber
  adenoiden Habitus und Leptoprosopie,  sowie iiber  das
  kurze  Septum  der  Chaiuaeprosopen.    Miiuchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1897, xliv, 983-985.—Smith (O. L.) Adenoid
  growths and mouth-breathing.  Clinique, Chicago, 1898,
  xix,  7-16.—Thomas.  Reflexes adenoidiens;  hoquet,
  photophobie.  Rev.  hebd.  de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,
  1900, i,  97-101.— Winckler  ( E.')   Zur Diagnose  der
  adenoiden Vegetationen.   Wien.  med. Wchnsehr., 1891,
  xii, 912-915. — Wingrave ( W.)  Note snr certains
  6tats  pathologiques simulant  les vegetations adenoides.
  Parole.  Rev.  internat.  de  rhinol.  [etc.],  Par., 1901.
  n. s., iii, 671-675.  AUo, transl.:  J. Laryngol., Lond.. 1901,
  xvi, 505-508.  Also,  transl: Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1901, ii,
  892—Woods (H.) Occasional hardness of hearing some-
  times the only symptom of post-nasal vegetations.   Mary-
  land M. J., Bait.,  1891-2, xxvi, 177-180.—Zwaardema-
  ker (H.) Cz.  Overde domineerendetonen derresonantes,
  benevens eenige opmerkiugen over de zoogenaamde dood
  spraak der adenoid lijders.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1898,  2. R., xxxiv, d. 1, 788-800.

JVasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations  of,

  Treatment of).
    See, also. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of',
  Treatment of,  Operative).
    Cuvilliku  (H.)   * Contribution a I'e'tude des
  \6g6fcation addiioides chez l'adulte.   4°.   Paris,
  1890.
    Enijel (R.)   * Uelnr  adenoide Wucherungeu
  im Nasenrachenraum   und deren  Behaudlung.
  *°.  Bonn, 16*9.
    Lautenbach (L. J.)  Treatment of nasophar-
  yngeal adenoids.   D2-.   [n. p.], 1899.
    Marage (R.-M.)    Traitement  medical  des
  vegetations adeuoides.  6J.   Paris, 1695.
    d'Arbois  de Jubainville.   Les  adenoidiens aux
  eaux de  Brides et de Salins-Moutiers.   Gaz. d. mal. infant.
  [etc.], Par., 1905, vii, 75-77.—Barr (T.)  A lecture on tbe
  treatment of adenoid growths in the nasopharynx.  Lan-
  cet, Lond., 1895, ii,657-659.—Barrett(I.W.) Personal ex-
  perience of postnasal adenoids and their treatment.   Iu-
  t.rcolon. M. J. Australas..  Melbourne, 1903, viii, 457-463.—
  C'haumier (E.)  Ce qu'il fant penser du traitemeut des
  vegetations adeuoides par la r6sorcine.  Cong, period, de
  gynec, d'obst. et de paediat.  M6m. et disc. 1895, Par., 1896,
  795-798. — Courtade (A.)  Traitement des vegetations
  adenoides.  Bull. gen. de  therap. [etc.],  Par., 1896, exxx,
  401-413.  -----. Des v6g6tatious adeuoides dans leurs rap-
  ports avec le traitement du lymphatisme.  Ibid., 1898,
  exxxv, 227-233.—Cousins (J. W.)  The treatment of post-
  nasal adenoids.  Brit.M.J., Lond., 1905, i, 182. Also: Med.
  Press &. Circ, Lond., 1905, n. a., lxxix,  153.—We Koaldes
  (A. W.)  Adeuoid growths of the uaso-pbarynx and their
  treatment.  Tr.  Louisiana M. Soc. 1892,  N. Oil., 1893  72-
  91, 3 pl.  AUo: N. Oil. M. .V S. J., 1892-3, n. s., xx, 83-99,
  3 pl.  Also, Reprint—Dickson  (J. F.)  Adenoids and
  their treatment.  Pediatrics, N. Y.,  1903, xv, 324-331.—
  Uionisio  (I.)   Sulla cura  delle vegetazioni adenoidi
  del cavo faringo-nasale.  Sordonmto, Milano-Roma, 1891
  ii, 349-354.—Freer  (O. T.)  The treatment  of  adenoid
  vegetations of the nasopharynx. J. Am.M. Ass.,Chicago
  1900, xxxv, 1340-1346.—Hardie (T. M.)  The treatment
  ot adenoid vegetations.  N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1893, v,
  209-216. — Heline.   Le traitement  des vegetations ade-
  noides.  Pratique m6d., Par., 1896,  x, 289; 305.  Also: Rev.
  internat. de  rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1896,  vi,  129-
  147. — Muber  (F.)   Practical points iu the treatment
  of adenoids.  Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1898,vi, 303-305.—
  kiiufiiiniiii.  Role des instituteurs daus cbaque com-
  mune pour depister les vegetations adenoides.   Anjou
  m6d., Angero, 1904, xi, 347-351.—Klemperer (F.)   Die
  Bedeutung und  Behandlung der adenoiden  Vcgetationeii
Nasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations of
   Treatment of).
  des Nasenrachenraums.  Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien
  1899,  n.  F.,  i,  394-398.—Kytariolos  (E.)   IIepi -r^
  avaifxaKTOV dcpaircia? T^s vneprpoQias  T»js  <t>a.ppvyyiaiaf
  i/uvySaArjs xai Tuc aSevoeiBCiv avrf/^ e/c/3Aaa-Tr)<rea>c 7; oyxiiv.
  'IarptKos  ixijvvriap, 'A^fjpat. 1902,  ii,  77-79. — lifipeyre.
  Traitement medical des vegetations adenoides.  Bull. Soc.
  de p6diat. de I'ar.. 1901, iii  223-227.   AUo: J. de  m6d.  et
  chir. prat., Par., 1902, lxxiii, 49-55.—liiiuteubaeh (L.J.)
  Treatment of nasopharyngeal adenoids.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1899, xxxiii,  1261-1263.—de Cavarenne (E.j
  Traitemeut des v6g6tatious adenoides d'api^s le rapport
  de M. Helme.  Presse med., Par., 1896, 213-215. — Lcduc
  (S.)  Traitement de l'adenoidite ai^ue.  Gaz.  m6d. de
  Nantes, 1901-2. xx,  367.—Leriche. De l'hypertrophie
  du tissu adenoide et des vegetations nasophai vngiemu-s
  aux eaux sulfureuses.   Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med. de Par.
  C.-r., 1895, xl, 367-377.  Also: Gaz.  d. mal. infant, [etc 1
  Par., 1901. iii, 243-245.—ITIeKinley (W. E.)  Treatment
  of adenoids by the general practitioner.  Am. J. Surg.  &
  Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5. lviii. 45-47. Also:  Cincin. Lan-
  cet-Clinic, 1904,  11.  s.,  liii,  157-162.—.rlasini (G.) La
  prova del vesicante nelle vegetazioni adenoidi.  Atti d.
  Cong. d. Soc ital. di larin-iol. |etc.j  19U2,  Xapidi.  1903, vi,
  106-111.—Parkinson (J. P. 1    The local treatment ot
  adenoids.  Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child.. Lond., 1901-2, ii
  134-137.  Also: Clin. J., Lond.,  19ul-2, xix, 414.—Peano
  (M.)  Uu  caso di enflsema polmouare ed asma infantile da
  vegetazioni adenoidi della riuofaringe  curato colla iodi-
  pina. Pediatria, Napoli,  1903,  2. s., i, 30-38.—Pierre.
  Traitement de l'adenoidite chronique infantile.  Arch, in-
  ternat. de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 370-372.—Ra-
  mirez  Santald (A.) Resultailos terapeuticos del le-
  grado eu  las vegetaciones adenoideas.  Med. mil. espan.,
  Madrid, 1901-2,  viii, 389-392.—Key (J.  G.)  Adenoide
  Vegetationen.  Uebersicht der jet/.igen Kenntnisse iiber
  dieselben; ihre grosse  Bedeutung  fiir den  Kinderai/.l;
  vereinfachte  Therapie  derselben.   Jahrb. f. Kinderh.,
  Leipz., 1897.  xiv, 316-331.—Riviere (A.)  Les vegeta-
  tions adenoides du  pharynx nasal et  leur  traitement;
  (6tude clinique d'apres une  serie  d'operations  person-
  nelles).  ficho m6d. de Lyon, 1900. v, 321; 353: 1901, vi,
  35;  289.—Rousseaux (L.)  Curettes electriques  pour
  les vegetations adenoides du pharynx nasal;  instruments
  nouveaux. Clinique, Brux., 1891, v. 369-373.  Also: Rev.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1891, xi,  335-339.—Tcxier (V.)
  Des vegetations adenoides du pharynx nasal; celles qu'on
  opere etcellesqu'onn'operepas.  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-
  6, xiv, 60-64.—Waterhou»e(H.F.)  Adeuoid vegetatious
  in the naso-pharynx, and their treatment.  Clin. J., Lond.,
  1896-7, viii, 276-283.—Winslow (J. R.)  The treatmeut of
  adenoid vegetations. J. Eve, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait.,
  1904. ix, 1-7.—Yonge  (E. S.)   The  treatment of hyper-
  trophied tonsils and  post nasal adenoids.  Med. Brief, St.
  Louis. 1899, xxvii, 516-520.

Nasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations of,
  Treatment of,  Operative).
    Se.e, also, Nasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations
  of) in children.
    Giese  ( [W.]  F. )   * Ueber die  Erfolge der
  Operation  adenoider Vegetatiouen in der Kicler
  Polikliuik   fur Ohrenkrankheiteu.   8C.   Kiel,
  189(i.
    Koppe (M.)  * Ueber adenoide Vegetationen
  und dereu Entfernung.  6°.   Kiel, \*9i.
    Maunus (Mme.)   * Etude clinique des tumeurs
  ade*noides, leur traitement chirurgical; resultats
  post-op6ratoires.   4°.  Paris,  l^ila.
    Rabat (A.)  *R6snltat operatoire de deux
  cents observations  de  v6g6tations  aderio'ides.
  8°.   Toulouse, 1901.
    Schuberth ( C. )  * Ueber   Entfernung  ade-
  noider Vegetationen im  Nasenrachenraum uiit-
  tels gerader Zange.  8D.   Miinchen, 1699.
    YVillemin (G.)   *Du traitemeut post-op6ra-
  toire des  vegetatious ad6noi'dcs  du pharynx
  nasal;  accidents  conse"cutif8.   i^y   Paris, 1>97.
    Zandek (G.)  *Ueberdie unangenehmen Zu-
  fiille bei der Operation adenoider Wucherungeu
  im Nasenrachenraume.   8°.    Wiirzburg,  189"\
    Ai"«lau (Y.)  Chirurgia dei tumori adenoidi.  Boll.d.
  mal. d. orecchio. d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1904. xxii, 49-61.—
  Arthur (U.)  An unusual sequela of the adenoid operation.
  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901. xx,529.-----. The choice
  of an anaesthetic in the adenoid operation.   Ibid., 1902, xxi,
  369-371.  [Discussion], 379.—Bacon (G.)  A case of mas-
  toid disease  following  an operation for the removal^ of
  adenoid vegetations.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, Wash. & New 
NASOPHARYNX.
337
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx  (Adenoid  vegetations  of

  Treatment of  Operitive).
  Lond., 1892, v, 213-215.   Also, Reprint. — Ball (J. B.)
  The indications for operation in cases of  adenoid vegeta-
  tions  of the naso-pharynx.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1898-9, xiii,
  161-165. —Bar (L.l  Considerations  sur  l'ablatiou  des
  vegetations  adenoides.  Nice-med..  1895-6, xx, 33-37.—
  Barnhill (J. F.)  A practical note on tho use of adren-
  alin chloride  in operations for adenoids.  Med. Sc Surg.
  Monitor, Indianap., 1903,  vi, 257.—Barth  ( E.)   Zur
  Technik der  Operalion  der adenoiden Vegetationen des
  Nasenrachenraums uud des peritonsilliiren Abscesses der
  Gaumeninandeln.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1899,  xxv, 222.—Beausoleil.  H6morragie secon-
  dare consecutive a l'ablatiou des vegetations  ad6noides.
  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1895, xxv, 265-267.  AUo .- Rev. de
  laryngol. [etc.l, Par., 1895, xv, 503-509.—Bellevue (M.)
  R6sultits*imm6diats cons6cutifs &  l'ablatiou de vegeta-
  tions ad6noides.   Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.l, Far., 1903,
  i,  243-250.—Berini (F.)  jEs conveniente auestesiar los
  enfermos que han de ser operados de vegetaciones ade-
  noides?  Rev. de  med. y cirug.,  Barcel.,  1904, xviii, 312-
  315.—Bliss  (A. A.)  The recurrence of nasopharyngeal
  adenoids after operation  for excision.  N. York M. J.,
  1898, lxviii, 617-619.  [Discussion], 638-643. A Uo, Reprint.
  AUo: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1898, N. T., 1899, xx, 89-94.
  [Discussion],  106-120.—Brady (A. J.)  Retrospect of
  personal experience of the removal of post-nasal growths.
  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1903, viii, 449.—
  Brandegee (W.  P.)   A new  adeuoid  forceps.   Med.
  Rec, N. Y.,  1895, xlviii, 175.—Brindel (A.)   Etude cli-
  nique sur les vegetations adenoides;  a. propos  de 618 cas
  operes du 1" novembre 1894 au 1" novembre 1896 dans le
  service  du Dr. E.-J. Moure.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1897, xvii, 417; 449.  AUo, transl.: Allg. Wien. med.
  Ztg., 1900, xiv,  26; 38; 50.—Broeckaert.  Accidents
  rheumatismaux a la suite de l'operation des v6g6tations
  adenoides.   Bull. Soc. beige d'otol.  [etc.], Brux., 1901, vi,
  82-84.  AUo: Belgique m6d., Gand Haarlem, 1901, ii, 609-
  612.—Bulson (A. E.), jr.   Alarming hemorrhage follow-
  ing excision  of tonsils and adenoids.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1903, xiii, 219-221.—Burger (H.)  Doodelijke bloe-
  ding  na adenotomie.   Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v.  Geneesk.,
  Amst.,  1903, 2. R.,  xxxix, d. 2, 278; 827.  AUo, transl.:
  Presseoto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 125-132.—Carle
   (F. C.)   The technique of the operation for adenoids and
  enlarged tonsils, with  some practical suggestions.  Lan-
  cet, Lond., 1905, i, 1265.—C'artaz (A.) De la persistance
  des troubles phonetiques apres l'ablatiou des vegetations
  adenoides.  Arch, de laryngol.,  de  rhinol. [etc.l,  Par.,
  1887-8,  i, 55 - 59. -----. De quelques complications de
  Pop6ration  des tumeurs  adenoides du  pharynx  nasal.
  Ibid., 1890, iii, 121-137.  Also: Rev. de  laryngol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1890, x, 457-473.—Castex (A.)   Tumeurs adenoides
   (complications, indications et resultats operatoires).  Bull.
  de laryngol.. otol. et rhinol., Par., 1899, ii, 10-20.—Chap-
  pell (W.  F.) Traumatism during adenoid operations.
  Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1902, viii, 1064-1066.-Cha-
  ▼asse.  Morcellement des amygdales  et ablation des
  vegetations  adenoides  chez l'homme adulte.  Bull, de
  laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1905,  viii,  92-106. — Che-
  valier (P.)  De  rh6morragie comme  complication de
  l'ablation des v6g6tations adenoides.  Ibid., 1900, iii, 117-
  126.—Chiari (0.)   Ueber die Operation der  adenoiden
  Vegetationen.  Wien.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1894, vii, 420-423.
  AUo: Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, vi,
  laringol., 139-141. — Chowela  (R.)  Einiges iiber die
  Technik der Operation  der adenoiden  Wucherungen.
  Monatschr.  f. Ohrenh.,  Berl.,  1897,  xxxi,  536-542.—
  Claoue.  L'instrument de choix pour la cure des vege-
  tations  adenoides.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix, pt. 2, 314-323.  -----.  Ablation des
  vegetations adenoides.  Gaz.  hebd.  d. sc.  med. de Bor-
  deaux, 1904, xxv, 402-404.—Clevenger (W.  F.)  Opera-
  tive treatment of adenoid hypertrophy in the vault of the
  pharynx. Indiana  M. J., Indiana])., 1902, xxi,  238-241.—
  Concanon (J. J.)  On  retronasal adenoids; their re-
  moval without anaesthesia, and a new instrument for more
  effective and rapid operation.  N. York  M. J., 1897, lxv,
  791-793.—Corradi (C.)  Uno strumento per Ja cura delle
  vegetazioni adenoidi.  Arch, internaz. di laringol., rinol.,
  otol. [ete.], Napoli, 1889, v, 93-96.   Also, transl.: Arch. f.
  Ohrenh., Leipz.,  1889,  xxviii, 23-25.  -----.   Delia fre-
  quenza delle vegetazioni adenoidi nello spazio  naso-farin-
  geo in Italia; metodo operatorio preferibile.  Boll. d. mal.
  d. orecchio, d. gola e d.  naso, Firenze, 1894, xii, 285-297.—
  Courtade (A.)  Etude sur l'emploi de la pince ou de la
  curette dans l'op6ration des v6g6tations adenoides.   Bull.
  et mem. Soc.  de med. et chir. prat, de Par., 1894,101-104.—
  Davis (A. M.)  A device for the operation on postnasal
  adenoids.  N.York M.  J. [etc.J, 1905,  lxxxii,  154.   Also,
  Reprint.—Davis  (F. W.)  Enlargement of the thyroid
  gland disappearing after removal of  adenoid vegetations.
  Cincin. Lancet-Chnic, 1902, n. s.. xlviii, 677.—Davis (H.)
  On the question of anaesthetics in operations for adenoid
  growths of the naso-pharvnx. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1890, i,
  835.  Also, Reprint.—Delavan  (D. B.)   Present meth-
]¥asopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of

   Treatment of  Operative).
   ods for the operative treatment of pharyngeal adenoids.
   N.  York  M. J., 1898, lxviii, 619-623.  [Discussion], 638-
   643.  AUo: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1898, N. Y., 1899, xx,
   94-120.—Dcuker (A.)  Ein neues Instrument zur Entfer-
   nung adenoider Vegetationen.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz.,
   1898, xliv, 97-100. -----. Zur Operation der adenoiden Ve-
   getationen.   Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u.
   Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 305-307.  AUo:
   Therap.  Monatsh.,  Berl., 1899, xiii, 312-315.— Depan-
   ghcr  (M.)  Ueher  ein zweckmiissiges Instrumeut zur
   Entfernung adenoider Vegetationen.  Wien. klin. Rund-
   schau, 1903, xvii, 851.—Eaton (F. B.)   The frequency of
   adenoid growths in  the, naso-pharynx and the necessity of
   removing  them.   Proc. Oregon M.  Soc.  1890,  Portland,
   1891, xvii, 43-47.—Escat (E.)  A quoi expose  un curet-
   tage trop  chirurgical du naso-pharynx;  r6trecissement
   cons6cutif a, l'ablation de vegetations adenoides.  Arch.
   internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 40-44.—Fein
   (J.)  Zur Operation der adenoiden W ucherungen im Na-
   senracben.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1902, xiii,
   124-139. -----. Instrument fiir die Operation der adenoi-
   den  Wucherungeu  im Nasenrachen.  Illust. Monatschr.
   d. iirztl. Poly tech., Berl., 1902, xxiv, 185-188.  Also: Wien.
   Min. Rundschau, 1902, xvi,  834.—Ferreri (G.)  Sur  le
   torticolis post-op6ratoire des adenoidiens.  Arch, internat.
   de  laryngol. [etc.l,  Par.,  1904, xviii, 744-749.—Ficano
   (G.)  L' estirpazione dei tumori adenoidi  naso-faringei e
   narcosi con bromuro d' etile.  Sicilia med., Palermo, 1890,
   ii, 116-119.—Elatau (T.)  Ein Fall von Shock und As-
   phyxie bei der Entfernung adenoider Vegetationen.  Ver-
   handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii, 41-
   43.—Fouclier (A. A.)  A few modifications in the oper-
   ating process of adenoid  tumors. Ann. Ophth. Sc  Otol.,
   St. Louis, 1895, iv, 222-224.—French (T.  R.)  Improved
   forceps for the removal of adenoid growths.  Tr. Am. La-
   ryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi, 48-50.  Also:  N. York M.
   J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 858.—Fridenberg (P.)  The neces-
   sity for supplementarv measures after the removal of ade-
   noids.  Arch. Pediat.' N. Y., 1904. xxi, 266-269.—Garel
   (J.)  Nouvelle anse electrique pour  l'ablation des vegeta-
   tions adenoides.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.J,
   Par., 1899, xxv, 148-157.— Garrison (J. B.)  The  value
   of the removal of adenoids from the naso-pharynx.  Ho-
   mceop.  Eye, Ear Sc Throat  J., N. Y., 1901,  vii,  86-92.—
   Gaudier (H.)  Quelques reflexions a. propos  de 157 cas
   de vegetations adenoides oper6s d'octobre 1896 a, septembre
   1897.  Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 552-556.—Gibson
   (J. L.)  Adenoid vegetations in the naso-pharynx,  with
   special reference to position for operating.   Australas.
   M. Gaz., Sydney, 1890-91,  x,  70-72. -----. On the impor-
   tance of removing adenoid vegetations from  the fossae of
   Rosenmiiller.  Intercolon.  M.  J.  Australas., Melbourne,
   1899, iv,  65-69. — Gleitsmanu (J. W.)  On the use  of
   A. C. E. mixture and ethyl bromide  in operations for ade-
   noid  vegetations.   Tr.  Am. Laryngol.  Ass.,  N. Y.,
   1901, 184-191.  AUo: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx,  683-686.—
   Goldschmidt (A.)  Der Einfluss der Entfernung der
   adenoiden Vegetationen des  Nasenrachenraumes auf Er-
   krankungen, die durch sie veranlasst oder verstarkt wer-
   den.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 693-696.—Gold-
   smith  (P.  G.)  A fatal  case of secondary  hemorrhage
   four days following the removal of  adenoids.  Canad. J.
   M. & S., Toronto, 1902, xii, 279.   Also: Montreal M. J.,
   1902, xxxi, 807 -----. Report of a fatal case of  secondary
   hemorrhage, four days following the removal of adenoids.
   Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1903, xiii,  170.—Goureau.
   Faut-il operer les ad6noides?  Actualitemed., Par., 1896,
   viii, 129;  101. — Gradenigo (G.)   Ablation des vegeta-
   tions ad6no'ides.  Arch. g6n. de m6d., Par., 1903, ii, 1889.—
   Gradle (H.)  The operation for  adenoid growths in the
   pharynx, and a new instrument.  Chicago M. Rev., 1899,
   xvi, 35-38.  [Discussion], 83-87. — Gronbcch  (A. C.)
   Nogle Bemeerkninger om Operation af adenoide Vegeta-
   tioner.   [Some  remarks  on . . .]  Ugeskr.  f.  Lseger,
   Kebenh., 1902, 5.  R.,  ix,  265-278. —Hagedorn  (M.)
   Enfemt man adenoide Wucherungen bes.ser ohne oder
   mit Chloroform-Narcose?  Aerztl. Prakt., Dresd., 1897, x,
   171-180. -----. Ueber den Zeitpunkt der operativen Be-
   handlung der adenoiden Vegetationen.  Ztschr. f. prakt.
   Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 37-41. -----. Scbwere
   spontane Nasenblutung nach einer  Ausiaumung adenoi-
   der Vegetationen.  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl.  a. d. Geb.
   d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund-  u.  Halskr., Halle a. S., 1901, v,
   120-124.—Halasz (II.)  Adenoid vegetatiok Altai okozott
   8uketn6mas£g  miitet  Altai  gyogyulAsa.  [Deaf-mutism
   caused by adenoid vegetations; cured by operation.]   Gyd-
   gyAszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii,  602-606.  Also, transl.:
   Ungar.  med. Presse,  Budapest, 1898,  iii,  1023-1025.—
   Hardie (T. M.)  Adenoid vegetations; the  anaesthetics1,
   the instruments, the operations; with special  reference to
   operation  under bromide of ethyl anaesthesia.  Ann.
   Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1896, v. 619-636.—Hartmann
   (A.)  Die Operation  adenoider Wucherungen  unter di-
   rekter Besichtigung mit gerader Zange.  Deutsche med.
   Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl.,  1897, xxiii, therap. Beil., 69.
vol  xi, 2d series---22 
NASOPHARYNX.
338
NASOPHARYNX.
IVasopharyiix (Adenoid vegetations of,

   Treatment of,  Operative).
   AUo: Compt.-rend. Cong, internal dem6d.  1897  Mosc.,
   180* vi sect 12a 8-10.  AUo: Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl.
   Polytec'h., Berl., 1898, xx, 79.-Hnug.  Ueber eiue neue
   Zange zur Entfernung der adenoiden Vegetationen.   Arch.
   f. Ohrenh.. Leipz.. 1899, xlvii.  227-229. - Helsmoortel.
   Deux cas d'hemorrhagie secondane k 1 ablation de vegeta-
   tions adenoids.  Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Auvers, 1896, 55-
   57   llso ■ I'.el'ique m6d., Gaud-Haarlem, 1896, in, 486-
   488—Heiinebcit (C.) Sc Jauquet (E.)  Cure radicale
   des  tumeurs adenoides;  technique operatoire. Clinique,
   Brux   1896. x.  476-484. — Ilermet.  Doit-on toujours
   operer les vegetations ad6noi'des *  J. de clin. etde therap.
   inf  Par.  1^94, ii,  1053-1056. — Hcrz  (M.)   Powiklania
   przy operacyi wyrosili adenoidalnych.   [Complications in
   operations i'or adenoid growths.]   Gaz. lek., Warszawa,
   1903 2. s., xxiii, 453; 485; 516; 545.—Messier.  Leber die
   Operation  der adenoiden Vegetationen mit  dem   neuen
   Schiitz'schen  Pharyngotonsillotom.   Miinchen.   med.
   Wchnsehr.,  1895, xlii,  559.   AUo: Sitzungsb. d. Ver. d.
   Aerzte zu Halle a.  S. 1894-5, Miinchen,  1897, v, 42-45.—
   Ilewctson (H. B.)  On the removal of adenoid vegeta-
   tions in the naso-pharynx, with  a description of  a new
   form of scraper.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i, 752.— Hickey
   (P. M.)  Operation for adenoids.  Detroit M. J.,  1904-5,
   iv, 6-9.—llinkel  (F. W.)  Report of a death following
   immediately an operation for nasopharyngeal adenoids
   under chloroform, with remarks on chloroform anaesthesia
   in this  operation.  N. York  M. J., 1898, lxiii, 614-617.
   Also, Keprint.  Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xiii. 382.
   AUo: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1898, N. Y., 1899, xx, 80-89.
   (DiscussionJ, 106-120. — Hobbs (A. G.)  Adenoids, with
   a description of new instruments for their treatment.  J.
   Laryngol.,  Lond.,   1*"9."), ix,  105-109.  AUo,  Reprint.—
   Holingcr (J.) Tbetechnic of adenoid operations. Chi-
   cago M. Recorder.  1899, xvi, 234.  [Discussion], 262-265.—
   Holmes (C. R.)  The proper  position of the patient in
   the operation for the removal of  adenoids under general
   anaesthesia. Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1905,  xv, 350-354.
   AUo, Reprint. — Holmes (('.  R.) &. Garlic It  (H.  S.)
   Accidents  attending adenoid operations. Laryngoscope,
   St.  Louis, 1901,  x, 346-348.—Hopmanu.  Zur Operation
   und Statistik der  adenoiden Tnmoren  des  Nasenrachen-
   raums.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.. Berl., 1885. xi, 572-574.
   AUo,  Reprint.—Huber (F.)  Persistence  of symptoms
   after removal of adenoids and tonsils;  causes of.   Pedia-
   trics, N. Y.. 1901. xi, 161-165.  -----. Urgent adenectomy.
   Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 899. — Hudson  (A. A.)
   Post nasal adenoids; their relation to deafness, and their
   treatment bv operation; wilh notes on a number of cases so
   treated.  South African M. J., Cape Town, 1899,vii.58-60.—
   Huntington (E. A.)   Mental and moral effects of the re-
   moval of adenoids.  Am.Med., Phila., 1905, x,870-872.—In-
   dications du traitement operatoire des vegetations ad6-
   noi'dvs dn pharanx nasal.  Rev.odont., Par, 1895, xiv, 343.—
   Jack (F.  L.)  Adenoid growths in  tbe naso-pharynx;
   results of their removal in  seventy cases  of middle-ear
   disease.  Boston M. &  S. J., 1890, exxiii, 297-299.  [Dis-
   cussion]. 301.  AUo, Repriut.—Jacoby(A)  Eine Zange
   zur Entfernung adenoider Vegetationen, sowie einer sol-
   chen mit Gaumendecker.  Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch.
   Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, Kolu, 1889, lxi, 249-251.— JTousset.
   Contribution au traitement  des  adenoides;  enretage du
    cavum en mettaut  l'oper6 dans la  position dCclive, ou posi-
    tion de Roser.  Nord med., Lille, 1898, iv, 211-215.— Justi
    (G.)  Geschichtliches iiber den scharfen Loffel zur opera-
    tiven Entfernung der adenoiden Neubilduugen im  Nasen-
    rachi-nratline.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1901, li, 1170-1174.—
    Kalin ( M.)  Des accidents desagreablcs qui accompa-
    gnent l'operation  des v6g6tations adenoides.  [Transl.]
    Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii,  401-405.—
    Kantorovich (A. V.) K  kazuistikle izliecheniya enu-
    resis nocturnaa udaleniyem adenoidnikh razroshtsheniy.
    [Cure of .  . . by removal of adenoid  growths.]   Prakt.
    Vrach, S.-Peterb.,  1902, i, 859.—Katz (L.)  Eiue runde
    Curette zur Entfernung adenoider Vegetatiouen.  Therap.
    Monatsh.,  Berl., 1896, x,  ;'05. — Kellogg (F. B.)  Two
    cases  of secondary  ha?moirbage following operation for
    adenoids.  Homa-op. Eye, Ear  Sc Throat J., N. Y..  1905,
    xi, 137-142.—King (G.)  A method of rapid extirpation
    of  nasopharyngeal fibromata,  with report of cases.  N.
    York  M.J. [etc.l, 1903, lxxviii, 1176-1181.— Kirstein
    (A.)   Zur Operation der  adenoiden  Vegetationen  des
    Nasenrachens.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1896,  xxxiii, 189.—
    Knight (C. H.)  A case of torticollis following the re-
    moval of adenoids of the rhino-pharynx,  with remarks on
    nasal reflexes.  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1894,  vii, 348.
    AUo:  Ann. Ophth.  Sc Otol., St.  Louis, 1894, iii,  161-167.
    AUo, Reprint. —Krakauer.   Zur  Operation der ade-
    noiden Vegetationen im Nasenrachenraurae. Berl. klin.
    Wchnsehr.. 1889,  xxvi,  91.—Cabarre (E.) L'ablation
    des vegetations adenoides par la curette eiectro-theimo-
    caustique.  Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx fete] Par
    1903, xxix, 429-431.—Cange (V.)  Einige  kritische Be-
    merkungen iiber  den Krankheitshegriff:  die adenoiden
Nasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations of,

   Treatment  of Operative).
Ip Vegetationen im Naseuracbenraume,  nebst einer neuen
*q OperationsMetbode.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1880,
   xiv, 17-26.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Ueber Anwendung des
   Chloroforms bei der Operation vou adenoiden Vegetationen
   im Nasenrachenraume.  Therap.  Monatsh.,  Berl., 1897,
   xi, 300-311.—Liarscn (A.)  Klorofonuuarkose ved Opera-
   tion for adenoide Vegetationer.  [Chloroform narcosis  in
   operations  for adenoid  vegetations. ]  Hosp.-Tid.,  Kje-
   benh., 1894, 4. R.,  ii. 968-971.—li a ufls (F.)  Prolapsus
   ani geschwunden  sofort nach operativer Entfernung von
   adenoiden Vegetatiouen des Nasenrachenraums.  Arch. f.
   Laryngol. u. Rhinol, Berl., 1898, vii, 457-461.—I,cidi <C.)
   La sindrome adenoidea studiata  an cento casi operati  in
   serie.  Atti Cong, region, ligure, Genova,  1900, vi, 91-93.
   Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1612.— Lenzmann
   (R.)  Zur Frage der Operation der adeuoiden Vegetationen
   des Nasenrachenraums, besonders  mit Riicksicht auf die
   Narkose bei derselben.   Therap. Monatsh.,  Berl.. 1897, xi,
   465-471. — Cichtwitz (L.)   Exostose de  la voute pha-
   rvngee enlev6e par hasard avec des v6g6tations adenoides.
   Arch, clin.de Bordeaux, 1897, vi, 94-97.  Also:  Arcb. inter-
   nat.delaryngol.[etc.],Par., 1897,x,25-28.—dii htivitz(L.)
   & Sabrazes (J.)  Etat du sang (formule hematologique)
   chez les  adenoidiens, avant et apres l'operation.  Gaz.
   hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1900,  xxi, 183-189.—f.nc.
   Des  operations  incompletes  de  vegetations adenoides.
   Arch, do laryngol., de  rhinol.  [etc.], Par., 1889. ii, 78-81.
   Also: Union  m6d., Par., 1889.  3. s., xlvii, 787-790.  AUo:
   Bull. Soc. de  med. de Par. (1889), 1890,  xxiv,  94-97.—
   McKcowu (D.)  Auditory results of removal  of post-
   nasal adenoids: modified operation. J. Laryngol., Lond.,
   1900. xv, 498-501.  Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900,
   ii. 645. —Major (G. W.)  Au adenomatous.  Tr.  Am.
   Laryngol. Ass. 1888, [N. Y.], 1889, x, 207.— Martin (W. A.)
   Hemorrhage following adenoid operations.  Laryngoscope,
   St. Louis, 1899, vii, 24-26. -----. Antero-posterior curette-
   forceps  for  removal of adenoids.  Ibid.,  1900,  ix, 116.
   -----. A new adenoid  curette forceps.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
   Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1442.—Massier.   L'operation des
   vegetations adenoides a, Londres (notes de voyage). Arch.
   internat. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1904, xviii, 574-581.—
   Mayer (E.)   Adenoid vegetations; how and when shall
   we  operate for  them?  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1899,
   xxxii, 463-465.  AUo, Reprint.—Meniere (E.)  Observa-
   tion d'un cas de cephaiee quotidienne  datant de deux ans,
   gu6rie par la cauterisation nasale et l'ablation des masses
   adenoides.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1889, lxii, 920. -----. Sta-
   tistique de  1,115 operations de tumeurs adenoides. Ibid.,
   1891, lxiv, 1298-1300.  AUo, Reprint.—Michael (.1.) Bop-
   pelmeissel  zur Behandluug adenoider Vegetationen des
   Nasenrachenraumes.  Illust.  Monatschr. d. iirztl. Poly-
   tech., Bern u. Leipz., 1881, iii, 163.  Also, Repiint.—Moller
   (J.)  Bemerkungen iiber die seitlichen adenoiden Vegeta-
   tionen  im Nasenrachen, nebst Beschreibung eines neuen
   Instrumentes  fiir deren  Entfernung.  Arch. f. Ohrenh.,
   Leipz., 1902-3, lvii, 178-187. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de
   l'oreille, du larynx [etc.l,  Par., 1903, xxix,  pt. 2,  149-154.
   AUo, transl.: Hosp.-Tid., Kobenh., 1903,4. R.. xi. 517-525.—
   Morgenthan (G.)  Ethyl bromide anesthesia in post-
   nasal adenoid growths.  Chicago M.  Recorder, 1895, viii,
   203-211.  Also : J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 349-
   352— Moritz (S.)  Choice of an  anaesthetic  for removal
   of naso-pharyngeal adenoids.  Med.  Chron., Manchester,
   1894, n.  s., "i, 352-355.—Mygind (II.)  Om Kloroform-
   narkose ved Operationer for adenoide Vegetationer.  [Chlo-
   roform  narcosis in operations for adenoid vegetations.]
   Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1894, 4. R.,ii, 893-898.  -----. Et Til-
   faelde af plndselig Kollaps med Stansing af Respirationen
   og Cvanose (Glottispasmei) som  Folge af Adenotomi for
   adenoide Vegetationer;  Trakeotomi; Helbredelsc.   [A
   case of sudden collapse with stopping of respiration aud
   cyanosis (spasm of tbe glottis?)  as sequela of adenotomy
   for adenoid vegetations;  tracheotomy; recovery.  Ibid.,
   1902,  4. R.,  x,  465-470.  AUo,   transl.:  Monatschr.  f.
   Ohrenh., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 180-184.—Newcoiiib (J. E.)
   The occurrence of hemorrhage after  operation for the  re-
   moval of adenoid tissue from  the  nasopharyngeal vault;
   with the report of a fatal case.  Am. J.  M. Sc, Phila.,
   1893, n. s.,  cvi, 574-579.—Nichols (J. E.)   A new naso-
   pharyngeal forceps.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890. xxxvii, 483.—
   Okuneff (V.)  K voprosu ob udalenii hipertrofiiovannol
   adeno'idnol tkani iz nosoglotochnol polosti, osobenno  pri
   stradaniyakh ukba.  [Ou the removal  of hypertrophied
   adenoid tissue from the naso-pharyngeal cavity, especially
   in  diseases of the ear.]  Voyenno-med.  J.,  St. Peterb.,
   1896, clxxxvi, 1. sect., 740-759.—Piaget.  Hemorrngie
   grave consecutive k l'ablation de vegetations adenoides
   chez nn hemnpbiliquc.   Rev. hebd. de  laryngol. [etc. I,
   Par.,  1898,  xviii,  1339-1343. — Posthuinu*  Meyjes
   (W.)   Het verwiideren  vau  adenoide vegetaties.  >-■
   derl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst., 1893, 2.  R.,  xxix,
   pt. 1, 399-405. — Potter (E. F.)   Some details in  the
   removal of adenoids.  Clin. J.,  Loud.,  1902-3  xxi, 152-
    154.—Preble (W.)  Secondary hemorrhage following tne 
$9                            NASOPHARYNX.
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations  of

  Treatment of, Operative).
  removal of adenoid vegetations.  Boston M. & S. J., 1898,
  cxxxviii, 467.—Proben (C. J.)  The removal of adenoid
  growths of the naso-pharnyx.  N. Vork M. J., 1898, lxvii,
  °45-252.  [Discussion],  260.   Also: Soe. Alumni  Citv
  Hosp., N. Y., 1897, 150-163. —Kichards (G. L.) Is the
  adenoid operation a justifiable surgical procedure; aud if
  so, shall it be done in accordance with the rules of general
  surgery?  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1903, xl, 368-371.—
  Richardson (C. W.)  Some remarks on the operative
  methods in the treatmentof adeuoid growths.  Ibid., 1893,
  xxi, 764.—Ripault.  Ablation de vegetations adenoides.
  Gaz. m6d. de I'ar., 1893, 9. s., i, 65.—Riviere (A.)  Re-
  flexions sur 152 ablations de  vegetations adenoides prati-
  qu6es  au dispensaire  general  pendant  l'ann6e. Lyon
  m6d., 1900,  xcv, 48-54.—Koure.  Du morcellement "des
  vegetations  adenoides; technique,  resultats.  Bull.  Soc.
  med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.l. Valence & Par., 1901, ii,
  157-166.—Bousseaux (L.)  A propos de l'operation des
  v6g6tations adenoides du pharynx nasal.  Glinique, Brux.,
  1892,  vi, 289-297.  Also: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.].  Par.,
  1892,  xii, 389-399Y [Discussion],  419. — Kudlofl'  (P.)
  Ueber die Operation der adenoiden Vegetationen am han-
  genden Kopfe iu Narkose.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,
  1900, xxxvi,  237-246.  Also,  transl.: Arch.  Otol., N. Y.,
  1901. xxx, 199-204.  Also,  transl:  Internat. Otol. Cong.
  Trans., 1899.  Lond., 1900, vi,  116-121.—Samson (W. S.)
  A new adenoid  curette.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901,
  xxxvii, 1263.—Schmicgelow (E.) Ein Fall von  primarer
  todtlicher Blutung nach der Entfernung von adenoiden
  Vegetationen.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1897, xxxi,
  115-117.  AUo, Reprint.—Schramm (C.)  Sepsis after
  operation for adenoids.  Med. News,  N. Y., 1904, Ixxxv,
  185.—Sedziak  (J.)  O wynikach  operacyjnego leczenia
  t. zw. wyrosR adenoidaluych w jamie noso-gardzielowej.
  [On the results of operative treatment of adenoid growths
  of the naso-pharynx.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897,  2. s.,
  xvii, 658-665.  AUo, transl: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1898, vii, 443-449. -----. Contribution to the treat-
  mentof deaf-mutism by operation on tbe so-called adenoid
  vegetations.   J.  Laryngol.,  Lond.,  1897,  xii, 173-175.—
  AUo: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897,  ii,  235-237. -----.
  Contribution to the complications following extirpation of
  so-called adenoid vegetations.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898,
  xiii, 276-278.—Seifert. Ueber die Operation der adenoiden
  Vegetationen. Aerztl. Prax., Wiirzb., 1898, xi,  81-84.—
  Shearer (T. L.)  Some observations concerning the sur-
  gical treatment of naso-pharyngeal adenoid growths.  Ho-
  mceop. Eye,  Ear  Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1900, vi, 133-144.—
  von Shtein (S.)  Shtshiptsi dlya udaleniya hiperplyazi-
  rovannoi nosoglotochnoi zhetyozi (vegetationes adenoides).
  [Forceps for removal of. . .]  Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1891,
  l, 97-100. — Shurly (E. L.)  Remarks  on the after-effects
  of operations for the removal of adenoid tissue at the vault
  of the pharynx.  J.  Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi,
  1313. — Simpson (G. A. G.)   Adenoid  growths of the
  nasopharynx;  when  and how to operate.  West Lond.
  M. J, Lond., 1904, ix,  80-89.   |Discussion], 116-120.—
  Smith (E.)   A case of laryngeal stridor;  removal of ade-
  noid  vegetations.  Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 552. — Smith
  (G.)  Respiratory education  after removal of post-nasal
  adenoids and of the  tonsils.   Med. Times Sc Hosp. Gaz.,
  Lond.,  1896, xxiv, 307. — Snydacker  (E. F.)  Practical
  points  on adenoids and adenoid  operation.   Chicago M.
  Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 596-599. — Stenger.  Die Anwen-
  dung der Narkose bei Entfernung der adenoiden Vegeta-
  tionen  im Nasenrachenraume.   Internat.  Centralbl.  f.
  Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, ii, 499-506. —Suarez de Mendoza.
  De la n6cessite d'une intervention radicale et opportune
  dans les vegetations adenoides,  et des  funestes cons6-
   uences de cette affection abandonn6ea. elle-meme. Arch.
   em6d. et chir. sp6c, Par., 1902, iii, 35; 67;  99;  131;  163;
  195; 227; 259; 291:  1903, iv, 87;  136; 184; 219; 257;  335;
  366; 400: 1904, v, 35; 83; 115; 147;  181; 211.  -----.  L'a-
  nesthesie generale dans l'operation des vegetations ade-
  noides doit-elle etre la regie ou l'exception ? Assoc. franc.
  Proc-verb. [etc.], Par.,  1904, xvii, 283-294.  Also [Abstr.]:
  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par.,  1904, vii, 254.—
  Teets (C. E.)  Adenoids and the proper method for their
  removal.  N.  Am. J. Homoeop., N.Y., 1896,3.S., xi,606-610.—
  Thomson  (St.  C.)  An  adenoid  curette.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond.,  1905,  ii, 135.  Also: Lancet, Lond.,  1905, ii,  228.
  -----.  Cessation of epilepsy consequent on removal of
  adenoids.  Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 630-632, 1 pl.—
  Toti (A.)   Sull'  estirpatione delle vegetazioni  adenoidi
  naso-faringee e la loro frequenza in Firenze.  Riv. di patol.
  e  terap., Firenze. 1895, ii, 70-74.—Urbantschitsch  (E.)
  Auffange- und Schutzvorrichtungen bei der operativen
  Entfernung adenoider Vegetationen.   Monatschr. f. Oh-
  renh.,  Berl.,  1904, xxxviii,  180-190. — Waxham (F. E.)
  Adenoid vegetations; treatment and exhibition of instru-
  ments.  Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver,  1896, 80-88.  Also:
  Denver M. Times, 1896, xvi, 93-96. — Weaver (H. S.)
  Adenoid vegetations and a plea for their early removal.
  Tr. Homceop. M. Soc.  Penn. 1899, Phila., 1900, 300-308.
JVasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations of,

   Treatment of,  Operative).
   AUo: Hahneman.  Mouth., Phila., 1900, xxxv. 116-122.—
   Wilson (A.)  Operations on post-nasal adenoids from the
   anaesthetist's  standpoint.   Med. Chron.,  Manchester,
   1894-5, n. s., ii, 321-327.—Wingrave (V. H.  W.)  A case
   of persistent superficial nasal by peraemia in a man aged 21
   years cured by removal of adenoids.   Lancet, Lond., 1903,
   ii, 1718.—Wishart (D. J. G.)   Observations on adenoids
   and enlarged tonsils and  their removal.  Montreal M. J.,
   1899, xxviii, 764-768.   Also: Canada Lancet, Toronto. 1899-
   1900, xxxii, 19-22.  AUo:  Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 564.
   -----. Hydrobromic ether: notes upon its use as an anes-
   thetic in adenoids and tonsil operations.  Ann. Otol., Rhi-
   nol. & Laryngol., St.  Louis, 1902, xi, 494-500. — Wiirde-
   mann (H. V.)  The operative treatment of pharyngeal
   adenoid.  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1898, xxxii, 440-
   451.—Zaufal (E.)  ManuelleExtraction eines ungewohn-
   lich  grossen fibrosen Nasenrachen-Polypen.  Prag. med.
   Wchnsehr., 1893, xviii, 119-121.  Also, Reprint.

Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of)

   in children.
     Boyals (A.)   * Do  l'emploi du  broinure  d'e"-
   thyle comme iinesthe'siciue  pour l'op6ration des
   vegetations adcSnouU-s du  pharynx nasal chez
   l'enfant.   4°.   Paris, 1890.
     Burger (H.)  Het  schoolonclerzoek der ade-
   noide vegetaties.  8°.   Amsterdam,  1904.
     Guye  (A.  A. G.)   De adenoide  vegetaties in
   de neuskeelholte  bij  schoolkindereu.  (Inlich-
   tingen   voor  onderwijzers  en  ouders.)   12°.
   Amsterdam,  1903.
     Astier.  Observation de v6g6tations adenoides chez un
   enfant de six semaines. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc. j,
   Par.,  1892, v, 344.—Bauer (L.)  A csecsembkori adenoid
   vegetatiokrol. [Adenoid vegetations of nurslings.] Gyer-
   mekgyogy&szat, Budapest, 1901, 17-20.  -----.  "V&lasz
   Neubauer Adolf dr. fiil-es g6georvosnak '• A csecsmokori
   adenoid vegetatiok czimii kozlemenyemre tett megjegyz6-
   seire".  [Answer to the observations of Adolf Neubauer
   on my article entitled "Adenoid vegetations in nurslings".
   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 400. — Boulai.  Note
   sur le traitement  des vegetations adenoides duraut les
   premieres  annees  de  l'entance.  Rev. hebd.  de  laryngol.
   [etc.], Par., 1904, ii, 177-188.—Brault (J.)   Tumeur ma-
   ligne du naso-pharynx chez une petite fille de trois ans et
   demi.   Ann. a. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx  [etc.], Par.,
   1898,  xxiv,  476-480. — Brindel.  Suites eloign6es de
   l'operation  des vegetations adenoides.   Rev.  hebd. de
   laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1899, xix, pt. 2, 369-389. —Burger
   (H.)  De  staatsenquete omtrent de  veelvuldigheid van
   hetvoorkomenvan adenoide vegetaties bij schoolkinderen.
   [Rap.]  Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,  1905, 2. r.,
   xii, d. 1, 1328;  d. 2.  [Discussion], 161-164. — Buys (E.)
   Ueber die Indicationen der Abtragung adenoider Vege-
   tationen bei Kindern.   [ Transl. from:  J.  m6d., 1901.]
   Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 72.— Calmettcs (R.) &
   Lnbet-Barbon.   Nouveau procede pour op6rer les
   vegetations ad6uo'ides du  pharynx nasal chez  l'enfant
   (proc6d6 de Moritz Schmidt).   Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par.,
   1890, 2. s., xxvii, 399-401.—Chappell (W. F.)   Remarks
   on the diagnosis of adenoids in infancy.   Laryngoscope,
   St. Louis, 1901, xi, 203-209.—Vhaumicr (E )  Del'utilite
   de la connaissauce des tumeurs adenoides  du  pharynx
   nasal pour les medecins d'enfauts. Med. int., Par., 1894, i,
   694-698.—Clement (G.)  Diagnostic des vegetations ade-
   noides; leur operation chez l'enfant.  Rev. internat. de
   m6d.  et de  chir., Par., 1903, xiv,  147-149. — Cuvillier
   (H.)   iStude sur les v6g6tations adeuoides pendant la pre-
   miere ann6e de 1'enfance.  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat.
   de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1898, iii, sect. 6, 371-374.  -----. Note
   sur le traitement des vegetations adenoides pendant la
   premiere ann6e de 1'enfance.  Arch,  internat. de laryn-
   gol.  [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 933-936.  -----.  V6g6tations
   adenoides chez le nouveau-n6.  Cong, internat. de m6d.
   C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de rhino-laryngol, 44;
   Beet,  de p6diat., 729-732. — Doig (R.  L.)  Adenoids
   from  tbe standpoint of the parent and the general prac-
   titioner.   Calif. State J. M., San Fran.,  1905,  iii, 323.—
   Donovan (J. A.)  Adenoids;  the cause of  children's
   disease  most frequently overlooked.   Med. News, N. Y.,
   1905, lxxxvii, 835-838. — Dunn  (J.)  Adenoids of  the
   naso-pharynx  in  children; their effects  and treatmeut.
   Virginia  M.  Month.,  Richmond,  1891-2,  xviii, 437-
   452. — Gattcschi (F.)   Le vegetazioni  adenoidi naso-
   faringee in  relazione  ad alcune malattie  dell' infanzia ;
   efficacia dell' iutervento  chirurgico.   Arch. ital. di otol.
   [etc.], Torino,  1901-2, xii, 665-476. -Gerkcn (N.A.)  Ob
   adenoidnikh razroshtsheniyakh  glotki kak  dletskoi bo-
   liezni shkolnavo vozrasta.  [ Pharyngeal  adenoids as a
   disease of school  age.]   Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri imp.
   Kazan, univ., 1899, 91-101. —fOordillo (L.)  Las vegeta- 
NASOPHARYNX.                            340                             NASOPHARYNX.
Yasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations of)

  in  children.
  ciones  adenoideas  eu la infancia.  An. d. Circ. m6d.  ar-
  gent., Buenos Aires, 1900, xxiii, 24;  71. —Goureau (T.l
  Influence  des ad6noides  sur l'intelhgence de 1 enfant.
  Actuahte  med,  Par., 1900, xii, 52-58. —Ouye (A.-A.-G.)
  Les vegetation* adeuoides a l'ecole.   Scalpel,  Liege, 1903-
  4, lvi, 61-6::. — Ilalasz (H.)  Az  adenoid vegetatiok Altai
  okozott gveiinekkori uagyothallasrol.  [Deafness in chil-
  dren caused by adeuoid vegetations.]   Gyogyiszat,  Buda-
  pest, 1904, xliv, 484.—Halsted (T. H.)  Adenoids in the
  naso-pharynx in children.  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1892. xlii.
  183-186. —____. Anesthesia in children with adenoids and
  in the adenoid operation, with special reference to the
  dangers of chloroform in children of tbe lymphatic diathe-
  sis. "Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soe,  1900, N. Y.,
  1901, vi, 119-127.    [Discussion i, 133-137.  AUo: Phila.  M.
  J.,  1900, vi, 859-862.—Heivilt (J.)  Adenoid  growths as
  a cause of ear disease  in  children.   N. York Eye Sc Ear
  Infirm. Rep., 1893, i, 91-97. — Hobbs (A G.)   Mouth
  breathing iu children, particularly as a result of adenoids.
  Ann. Gynoc.  Sc Pediat.. Bost.. 1897-8  xi. ,.">:! - 75Y  AUo:
  Atlanta' M. & S. J., 1898-9. u. s., xv.  217-222. — Hooper
  (F. H.) Adenoid vegetations in children;  their diagnosis
  and treatment.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1888, exviii, 261-268.
  Also. Reprint. -----. The mechanical effects of adenoid
  vegetations  in children.   Med. & Surg. Rep. City Hosp.
  Bost.,  lf*9.4. s., 58-71.  AUo, Keprint.—Hopkins i F.  E.)
  Adenoids and hypertrophied tonsils iu children.  N. York
  M.  J.,  1897, lxvi, 8:i2-.»::7. — Huber (F.)   Polyuria and
  incontinence   of urine; symptoms of adenoids.   Arch.
  Pediat.  N. Y.  1899, xvi' 260-262. — Hutchison (R.)
  On  some of the medical aspects of adenoid vegetations as
  exhibited in infancy aud childhood.  Clin.  I., Lond.. 1901-
  2.  xix. 230-237.—Jarecky (H.)  Adenoids  in  infants.
  N.  York M.  J. [etc.],  1904,  lxxx, 309.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Jauqnet.   De  l'adenotomie dans la premiere enfance.
  Bull. Soe. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1899,  iv,  78-83.—
  Jousset (A.) Vegetations adenoides du pharynx nasal
  chi  i le nourrisson.  EVho med. dn nord, Lille. 1897, i, 480-
  484. — Kittredge  (F. E.)  Adeuoids and their complica-
  tions in children.  Tr. N. Hampshire M.  Soc, Concord,
  189s. l'jo-238.   AUo:  N. York M. J., 1898.  lxviii, 702-706.
  Also. Kepi int. —Kyle (D. B.)  Constitutional manifesta-
  tions due to infectious processes of the adenoid structure
  in  children.   Tr.  Am. Laryngol.,  Khinol. Sc Orol.  Soc.
  1902, X. V., 1903, viu, 23-28.—Lautcubach (L. J.)  The
  recognition and prompt removal of post-nasal  adenoids in
  children.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.. Chicago,  1903, xl, 841-845.—
  Ijcnart (Z.) Hans Wilhelni  Meyer 6s az adenoid vege-
  tatiok  kor- es gycigytauanak  niai alliisa.   f.  . .  and the
  present position of the pathology and treatment of adeuoid
  vegetations.   Orvosi hetil.  Budapest,  1899,  xliii,  434;
  415.—Lichtwitz iL) i: Mabrazes (J.)  Bliitbefund
  (hamatologische Formel) bei mit  adenoiden Vegetationen
  behafteten  Kindern und  dessen  Veranderung nach  der
  Operation.  Arch.  f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1900, x,
  278-287.—Lirbmannf A.)  HocbgradigesNaselniufolge
  adenoider Vegetationen  bei  einem  lOjiihrigen Knaben.
  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,  1897.  lxvi.  239. — Lubet-
  Bnrbon.    De  quelques troubles provoques par vege-
  tations adenoides chez  les enfants du premier age.  Rev.
  mens. d. mal. de  lent'., Par., 1891, ix. 499-512.  AUo, Re-
  print.— llaal^e <C. U.)  Nogle Tilfadde af Spasmus
  glottidisog Konvulsioner hos Bern helbredte ved Fjaernel-
  seu af adenoide Vegetationer.  [Some eases of . . . in chil-
  dren, cured by the removal of the adenoid vegetations.]
  Hosp.-Tid.. Kvbeuh., 1902,4. R.. x, 72i»-7:!U.— II aim.  Ab-
  lation de vegetations adenoides.   Rev. odont., Par., 1901.
  xx, 444-447 — TIa**ei  (F.) Le vegetazioni adenoidi  del
  cavo naso-faringeo nei pupaiiti.   Arch. ital. di laringol.
  Napoli, 1901.  xxiv.  10S-114. —Moure (E.-J.)  Des vegeta-
  tions adeuoides chez les nourrissous.  J. de med. de Bor-
  deaux. 1905,  xxxv, 621-623.   AUo,  transl.: Allg. Wien.
  med. Ztg., 1905, 1.  609.—IVatier  (M.) Fausses recidives
  de vegetations adenoides; inetiicacite complete de trois in-
  terventions successives chez le meme enfant; origine et
  traitement  respiratoires.   Parole.  Kev. internat  de rhi-
  nol. [etc.]. Par.,  1902, n. s., iv,  577-0n.;.—>cnban< i (A.)
  Megiegyzesek Bauer Lajos dr.  egyetemi tauarseg6d A
  csecsemokori adenoid vegetatiokr61 czimii  k6zlemeny6re.
  [Observations on the article  of Lewis Bauer entitled:
  Adenoid vegetations in nurslings]   Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1901. xiv, 385— >onliuan. Tumeur maligne naso-
  pharyngienne cbez une enfant.  Lvon med., 1904. ciii J27-
  230— Ollivier (A.)  Des tumeurs ad6noides du pharynx
  nasal ch / les enfants.  par le Dr. Edouard  Cbaumier  (de
  Tours), au  nom  d'une  commission . . . Auguste  Ollivier
  rapporteur   Bull.  Acad,  de med..  Par.,  1891, 3. s. xxv'
  121-126. -Pai -ous (A. C.)  A c.iseof adenitis in  an iu-
  tant: operation;  recovery.  Lancet,  Loud., 1899, i, 1029.—
  Ploltier (A.)  Des vegetations ade-noi'dcs  clans leurs
  rapports avec certaines maladies infectieuses de 1 enfance
  Rev. hebd. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.. 1899, xix, pt. 2 449-
  469.-Uny (J. M.)  Adenoid growths iu the  dome of the
  naso-pharyngeal  space, with particular emphasis upon
Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of)
   in children.
   their influence on  tbe  ear diseases of childhood.  Am
   Pract. .V News. Louisville, 1894,  xvii, 369-377.  port.—
   Roberts (X. S.)  Adenoids in young infants.  V York
   Eye & Ear Innrni. Rep., 1894, ii, 87-90.—Schadlc (J. E.)
   Adenoid growths  iu  children.  St. Paul M. J  St Paul
   Minn.,  1903,  v,  1-21 —Will (E. M.)  Adenoids, as seen
   from the psBcliati ist'.-  standpoint;  tbe frequency in child-
   hood and importance of early  diagnosis and treatment;
   based on 1,000 personal  cases  operated.  N. YoikM.j!
   [etc.], 1905, lxxxii. 317-320   AUo, Reprint— «*mith (E.)
   Adenoid growths  in children.  Lancet. Loud..  1895  i
   1298-1300.—Smith (O.  L.)  Post-nasal adenoid growths
   of children.  J. Ophth.. Otol.  Jt Laryngol., X. Y., 1900,
   xii, 141-145.—Takabatake.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss
   der  adenoiden  Eaehexie.  I. Blutuntersuchungen  hei
   Kindern vor nnd  nach der Entfernung  adenoider Vege-
   tationen aus  dem  Nasenrachenraum.   II. Komint die
   orthotische  (cyklische)  Albuminuric bei Kindern  mit
   adeuoiden   Vegetationen   hau fig   vor.'   Zeitschr.   f.
   Ohrenh..  Wiesb.,   1903,  xliv,  384-3*8.   AUo, transl •
   Arch. Otol.,  N.  Y.,  1905,  xxxiv,  37-39.—Teniae
   (R. J.)   Adenoids in children; a plea for early recognition
   and treatment.  Charlotte [N. C]  M. J., 1904,  xxv, 251-
   254.—Thomas.   V6g6tations adenoides  chez les uou-
   veau-ues.  Marseille  rn6d.,  1899,  xxxvi,  74-76.—Valdn-
   meri (A.)  Le vegetazioni adenoidi nei bambini lattanti.
   Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 387-389 —
   Warfield (C.)  Adenoid vegetation iu the naso-pharynx
   of children.  Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1903,505-513.—
   Well* (S. W.)  Adenoids; importance of early recogni-
   tion and removal in children.  N.  York State J.  M., N.
   Y., 1904, iv, 319-321.—Wilkin (G.  C.)  The national im-
   portance of the thorough aud systematic  removal  of ade-
   noids in childhood.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 766.

JVasopharynx (Cancer of).
     See Nasopharynx (Tumors  of, Malignant).

JVasopharynx (Diseases of).
     See, also, Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of)
   [and subdivisions];  Nasopharynx (Inflamma-
   tion  of); Nasopharynx   (Syphilis of); Naso-
   pharynx ( Tumors of); Nasopharynx  (Tumor-
   of, Malignant);  Pharyngeal  bursa  and its diss
   eases;  Singers.
     Aguilu (M.)  Un caso de erisipela de la mucosa naso-
   faringea. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca,
   1899, xvi. 265-268.—Anderson(\V. S.)  Lymphoid hyper-
   trophy  iu the nasopharynx.   Harper Hosp.  Bull.,  De-
   troit, 1895. vi, 1-8.   -----. Record  of cases of  lymphoid
   hypertrophies in the naso-pharynx.  Ibid., 1899-1900. x,
   1 i 1—114.—Browned.)  An anatomic point iu the etiology
   of nasopharyngeal disease.  Phila. M. J., 1899,  iv, 403.
   -----. Chronic hypertrophy of the fancial and pharyngeal
   lymphoid or adenoid tissues.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond.,
   1902, n. s., lxxiii. 696.—C'itelli (Si  Cannula per il lavag-
   gio e la medicazione del faringe nasale attraverso  il naso.
   Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli,  1904, xxiv, 1-3.—Depier-
   ris.  Du traitement tlieuual, par applications locales snr
   le rhino-pharynx.  Ann. d. mal. de  l'oreille,  dn  larynx
   [etc.], Par.,  i9o2,  xxviii. 428-440.—Donncllan  (P.'S)
   Nasopharyngeal mycosis, with report of a case.  Phila. M.
   J., 1900, vi, 1096. —Fage.  Influence  des maladies de la
   cavite naso-pbary ngienne sur les affections des yeux el d- s
   oreilles.  Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1895, xiii. 5-K—
   Gallois (P.)  Albuminuric d'origiuerhino-pharyiigienue
   guerie eu trois jours par le siphon de Weber.   Bull gen.
   de tb6rap. [etc.'],  Par..  1902,  cxliv. 93-97. — «elle (G.)
   Rapport sur les adenopathies dans lis affections des fosses
   nasales et du rhino-pharynx.  Pratique med., Par.. 1905,
   xix, 49-56.—Hopkins (F. E.)  The recurrence  of lym-
   phoid hypertrophy of the nasopharynx.   Manhattan Eye
   i- Ear Hosp. Rep.. X. Y.,  1895, ii. 84-93.  Also: X. York
   M. J. 1895, lxi, 109-113.  AUo. Reprint. — Huber  (F.)
   Nasopharyngeal disease in pediatric practice; a  clinical
   study.   Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc,X.Y., 1900  xii, 81-93. AUo:
   Arch. Pediat., X.  Y., 1900,  xvii, 570->2.   Also: Internat.
   contrib. med. lit.   Festschr. . . . Abraham Jacobi X. Y,
   1900,170-181. -----. Nasopharyngeal disease and t-nluigcd
   cervical glands.   Pediatrics, N. Y., 1902, xiv, 467-470. —
   Hiitehinsou (W.)  The  conditions of the nasopharynx
   as aniudex of disease.  Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvi, 556-
   559. — Jannlka  (F.)  Rbiuopharvngolith.  Casop.  16k.
   cesk. v Praze, 1896, xxxv, 36-38. — Jensen (P. C.)  Dis-
   eases of the  nasopharyngeal  portion of the respiratory
   tract, their relation to and ulterior effects upon the yen-
   eral health.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, Ik'.C xix. 4m'-4»9.—
   Ijaker(C)  Acute Retronasalaffection mit  typhoiden
   Erscheiniiugen: Loealtherapie; rasche  Heilung.   Wien.
   med. Presse, 1890, xxxi, 657: 700. — I.ane (W. A.)  Dis-
   cussion  ou the value of respiratory exercises in the naso-
   pharyngeal lesions in childhood. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1902.u, 
NASOPHAEYXX.
341
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx  (Diseases of).
  687-692.  AUo: Brit. J. Dent. Sc. Lond., 1902, xiv, 918-925. |
  AUo: Pediatrics, NY., 1902, xiv, 333-340. [Discussion], 275.
  AUo, transl.: Parole.  Rev. internat. tie rhinol. [etc.], Par.,
  1902, n. s., iv,715-723.—Ijeavell (H.N.) Adenoid anesthe-
  sia.  Am. Pract. & News. Louisville, 1904, xxxvii, 69-72.—
  liiiiifoidnoye  razrastaniye nosoglotki.    [Lymphoid
  hypertrophy of tho naso-pharynx.]  Otchot  o dievateln.
  khirurg. klin.  [etc.] v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901, 52. — Luc
  (H.) Note sur un cas de tuberculose nasopharyngienne.
  Arch, de laryngol., de rhinol., [etc.]. Par., 1889, ii, 19-25.—
  Mackenzie (J. N.)  Some points in the pathology and
  treatment of disease of the nasal pharynx.  Tr. Am. La-
  ryngol. Ass. 1889, N. Y., 1890, xi, 42-44.  [Discussion], 55.
  Also:  J.  Laryngol., Lond..  1889, iii. 445-447.  AUo: N.
  York  M. J., 1889, 1, 371. — .Ualhcrbc ( A. )  Les  rhino-
  pharyngitis;  principaux  types  cliniques cbez l'enfant.
  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1905, viii, 134-137.—
  Marsh (F.)   Chronic hypertrophy  of the  faucial and
  pharyngeal  lymphoid  or adenoid tissues.  Birniingh. M.
  Rev., 1902, lii,  1; 65.   AUo:  Lancet,  Lond., 1902, i, 1587;
  1751. — Martens.   Ueber  chronischen  Nasen-Rachen-
  katarrh.  Reichs-Med.-Anz.,Leipz., 1903,xxviii,3; 27. Also,
  Reprint.—Meadors (J. T.)  Malocclusion result ot mis-
  directed physiological  forces, consequent to pathological
  conditions of the nasal canity and pharvnx.   Dental Sum-
  mary, Toledo, 1904, xxiv, 370-374.—Molillie (J.)  Obli-
  teration de l'orifice pharyngien des trompes,  consecutive
  an retrecissement annulaire de l'isthme naso-pharyngien.
  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1904, vii,  187. —
  Moure  (E.  J.)  Diseases  of  the naso-pharynx and
  pharynx.   Twentieth Cent. Pract.  N. Y., 1896, vi, 107-
  213.—Musson (Emma E.)  Observations on some path-
  ologic conditions of  the nasopharynx.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1898, xxx, 539-542.—Neumann (R. O.)  Kapsel-
  tragende pathogene  Streptokokken  im  Rachennasen-
  raum.  Centralbl. f.  Bakteriol. [etc.]. 1. Abt., Jena, 1904,
  xxxvii,  4M-485. — Parmentier.  Goitre et affections
  rhino pharyugees.   Progres m6d. beige, Brux., 1902, iv,
  93.—Patterson (A.  B.) General  remarks  on some  of
  the pathological conditions of the naso-pharynx.  Atlanta
  M.  &S. J., 1890-91, n. s., vii, 452-456. — Peltesohn (F.)
  Ueber  die  Angina  lacunaris  des   Nasenrachenraums.
  Samml.  zwangl. Abhandl. a. d.  Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-,
  Mund-u Halskr.,  Halle a. S., 1901, v, 182-189.—Poeschel
  (H.)  Zur  Behandlung der Erkrankungen  des Nasen-
  rachenraumes.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1888,  xxxv,
  233.—Royet.  Sur la forme la pins habituelle des troubles
  de meutalite qui se produiseut au cours des maladies des
  cavites naso-pharyngiennes.  Arch, de neurol., Par., 1903,
  xvi,x 268-271.—Spencer (H.  X.)   The treatmentof naso-
  pharyngeal diseases and their aural sequences.  Internat.
  M. Mag., Phila., 1893, ii, 918; 1018,-Ntucky (J. A.)  The
  naso-pharynx in measles and  scarlet lever.  Tr. Kentucky
  M.  Soc, Louisville,  1893, u. s..  ii, 322-328.   AUo: Am.
  Pract. Sc News, Louisville,  1893. xvi.  57-61. — Trant-
  mann  (F.)  Die Krankheiteu des Naseniacbenraumes.
  Handb. d. Ohrenheilk.  . . . Schwartz.-.  Lei])/,., 1893,  ii, 93-
  167. —Waldmann ( F.) &  •»< hullioi  (V.)  Rhino-
  pharyngologia  tapasztalatok.  f. . .  experiences.]  Gy6-
  gyaszat, Budapest, 1901, xii, 70-73.— Weil (M.)  Ueber
  Nasen- und Rachenblutungen.   Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.,
  1904, xlix, 551;  563; 575.—Welsh (D. E.)  The relation-
  ship of naso-pharyngeal disease and catarrh of the middle-
  ear.  Times & Reg., X. Y. Sc Phila., 1890,  xxi,  522.—
  Zappert (J.)  Ueber einige  dem  Kindesalter eigen-
  thiimliche Erkrankungen der Nase und des Rachens (mit
  Ausschluss  der Anginen).  Deutsl-he Klinik, Berl., 1905,
  vii,  561-616.—Zuppinger.  [Primarer Schleimhautlupus
  der Nasen-Rachenorgaue.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med.
  n. Kinderh.  in  Wien, 1904. iii, 175.

Nasopharynx  (Foreign bodies in).
    See Nose (Foreign bodies in).

Nasopharynx  (Inflammation of).
    Attias (I.)    * De  la  rhino-pharyngite  et
  amygdalite  chronique  et de ses consequences
  chez les enfants.   8°.  Paris, 1901.
    Deglaire  (A.)    "Des  inflammations  chro-
  niqties du  nasopharynx; pharyngothe'rapie.  4°.
  Paris, 1^96.
    -----.   The same.  6°.  Paris, l-<9(>.
    Ardenne (F.)  Sur un cas d'abces chronique  de  la
  voute du naso-pbarynx.  Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1898, xviii, 177-185.—Andat.  De la rhino-pharyn-
  gite chez les enfants.  Rev.  prat, d'obst. et de paediat.,
  Par., 1898, xi, 275-296.—A viragnet IK. C.)  Des troubles
  digestifs lies k la rhino-pharyngite et a l'amygdalite chro-
  niques.   [Rap.  de L. Guinon, 1900, ii,  52-57.]  Bull. Soc.
  de pediat. de Par., 1899, i, 199-208. -----. De la rhino-
  pharyngite et de ses complications chez les enfants.  Bull.
  m6d., Par., 1901, xv, 69-71.  AUo: Voix,  Par., 1901, xii,
  82-92.—Claude (II.)  Nevralgie occipitale etrhumatisme
  acbilleen dans  un cas de rhino-pharyngite  purulente.
  Bull, et mem.  Soc. m6d. d. hop.  de Par.,  1904, 3. 8., xxi,
Nasopharynx  (Inflammation of).
  401-404. — C'liuc  (L. C.)   Naso-pharyngitis; its causes
  and treatment.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc. Indianap., 1898, 196-
  201. — Coffin.   Un cas de rhino-pharyngite a fausses
  membranes.  Gaz.  d. mal. infant, [etc.],  Par., 1903, v,
  361.—Dcpierris.   Le traitement local des rhino-pharyn-
  gites dans les stations thermales.  Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1901,
  xliv, 17: 1902, xiv, 113. Also:  Cong, internat.  de  med.
  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hydrol. med., 257-266.—
  Ferras.   Traitement des rhino-pharyngites.  M6m. et
  bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 267.—
  Croldsmith (P. G.)  The  causation and treatment of
  postnasal  discharge.  Am. Med.,  Phila., 1903, vi, 550.—
  Good.  Du  traitement de  la  rhino-pharingite par les
  douches sulfureuses relro-nasales k Enghien.  Cong, in-
  ternat. d'hydrol. et de climatol.  C.-r., Li6ge,  1898, v, 713-
  719.  Also: Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1898,  ix, 440.—
  Knight (C.  H.)   Exostosis of the septum as a cause of
  chronic nasopharyngitis.  Manhattan Eye Sc Ear Hosp.
  Rep., N. Y., 18!"7, iv, 70-74.—.""Joiners (L. S.)   The treat-
  ment of chronic naso-pharyngitis.  Memphis Lancet, 1898,
  i, 16-21. Also, Reprint.—Stucky (J. A.)   Lithemicnaso-
  pharyugitis due to systemic disturbance.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol., Sc Otol. Soc. 1904,  N. Y., 1905, x, 336-340! —
  Teets (C. E.)  Nasopharyngitis, or chronic rhino-pharyn-
  geal catarrh.  J. Ophth., Otol.,  & Laryngol.,  N.  Y., 1904,
  xvi, 119-122.

Nasopharynx  (Surgery of).
    See  Nasopharynx  (Adenoid vegetations  of,
  Treatment of, Operative);  Nasopharynx (Tu-
  mors   of,  Treatment of,  Operative);   Nose  (Sur-
  gery of).

Nasopharynx  (Syphilis of).
    Ehrenfkif.I)  (M.)   * Beitrage znr  Lues  des
  Nasenrachenrauines.   [Leipzig.]  8°.  Breslau,
  1895.
    Mignakd (E.-G.-J.)   * Contribution a l'6tude
  de  la  syphilis  tertiaire du  naso-pharynx.   8°.
  Bordeaux, 1903.
    Baumgartea (E.)  Gumma der Nase und des Nasen-
  rachenraumes.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxxix, 2083.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest,  1890,
  xxvi.  265.  Also,  transl.:  Orvosi  hetil.,  Budapest,  1889,
  xxxiii, 417. — Cozzolino (V.)  Patogenesi della sifilosi
  naso-faringea.  Riv. clin. d.  Univ. di Napoli, 1889, x, 69-
  71.—Denis (M.)  Syphilis her6ditaire k manifestationa
  naso-buccales simulant des vegetations adenoides; surdi-
  mutit6  consecutive.  Bull, de laryngol.,  otol. et rhinol.,
  Par.,  1903, vi,  279-284. — Dieu.   L6sions tertiaires du
  naso-pharynx.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903,
  xxiv, 337-354.—Donnrllan (P. S.)  A case of hereditary
  syphilis of the nasopharynx at puberty.  N. Am.  M. Rev.,
  Frederick,  Md., 1899, vii, 55-58. -----. The diagnosis and
  treatment of nasopharyngeal syphilis.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol.,  <fe Otol. Soc. 1900^ N. Y., 1902,  vii, 32-38.—
  Fischenich  (F.)   Die  Syphilis  des  Nasenrachens.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 423-447.—
  Garel (J.)  Syphilis h6reditaire simulant  des vegeta-
  tions adenoides.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896,
  xvi, 721-728.—Gcrber,  Syphilisd'es Nasenrachenraumes.
  Arch. f. Dermat.  u. Syph., Wien, 1892, 2.  Ergnzngshft.,
  3-11, 1  pl. Also:  Beitr. z.  Dermat. u.  Syph.,  Wieu u.
  Leipz., 1892, iii, 3-11, 1  pl. — Kahn  (M.)  Syphilis des
  Nasenrachenraums und Otalgie.  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  1894, xii, 760.— Kohler (G. H.)  Chronic abscess
  of the  naso-pharynx.  Med.  Dial, Miuneap., 1903, v, 66.—
  Kyle (D. B.)  Etiology and pathology of  catarrhal  con-
  ditions of the nasopharynx.  Internat. M. Mag.,  1903, xii,
  86-88.—Lanreim  (G.) i  Pierra  (L.)   Les infectious
  naso-pharyngees et leurs consequences cln-zlenouveau-ne.
  Obstetriqiie, Par., 1905, x, 208-234.—.Mackenzie (J. N.)
  Syphilitic fibroid degeneration of  the nasal passages and
  pharynx.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1889, iii, 139.—IVapicr (A.)
  Case of lupus of naso-pharynx in a syphilitic  subject,
  treated mainly by tuberculin.  Glasgow M.  J.,  1897, xlvii,
  142-144.—I'ercepied (E.)  A propos du traitement local
  des  rhino-pharyngites  chroniques aux eaux  minerales.
  Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1901, xliv, 57.— Kcnner (W. S.)  Ter-
  tiary syphilis of the nose and pharynx.   N.  York M. J.
  [etc.],  1904,  lxxix, 385: 450; 483; 546. — Richardson
  (C. W.)  Etiology of catarrh of the nasopharynx.  Inter-
  nal. M.  Mag., N.  Y., 1903, xii, 65-67.  Also, Reprint.—
  Schuster. Bemerkungen zur  Behandlung  der Nasen-
  hohlensyphilis.  Arch. f. Dermat.u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.'
  1894, xxvi,  187-193.—Stueky (J. A.)  Litbemic naso-
  pharyngitis and other  manifestations of  systemic  dis-
  turbances.  Tr.  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., Sc Otol. Soc. 1902,
  N. Y., 1903, viii, 539-545. Also:  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,
  1904, xliii, 1140-1143. AUo [Abstr.]: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. &
  Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904,  xiii, 127.   [Discussion],  147-
  151.—Vaughan (P. T.) Syphilitic manifestations in the
  nose and pharynx.   N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx,  160-
  162. 
NASOPHARYNX.
342
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx (Tntnors of).
    See, also, Nasopharynx (Adeuoid  >-eyetutions
  of);  Nasopharynx  (Tumors   of,  Malignant);
  Nasopharynx (Tumors of, Treatment of, Opera-
  tive); Nasopharynx (Tumors of) in children.
    Albkkcht (T.)   * Ueber  Tnmoren des Nasen-
  rachenraums.   *  .   Halle a. S.,  1901.
    Ui'Ism.ixg (-M.)   * Ueber Nasenrachenfibroine.
  8°.  Bonn, l!Hh>.
    Joen  (E. )    Die  Neubildungen der Nasen-
  hohlen und  des Nasenrachenraumes, unter be-
  sonderer Beriicksichtigung der  giitartigen (mit
  Ausschluss  der adenoideu Vegetationen).   8°.
  Jena, IH96.
    Latoiu (A.-D.)  *Des  polypes fibreux  naso-
  pbaryngiens; siege, diagnostic, traitemeut.  8°.
  Bordeaux, 1901.
    Mathikl" (I).)    * Contribution a 1'cStude des
  fibroine.s naso-pliaryngieus.   *u.   Lyon, 190I1.
    Monbouvkan.    Les tumeurs rates du  naso-
  pharynx;  6tude clinique et thCrapeutique.  8°.
  Paris, 1-95.
    Mullkr (P.  A. G.)    *Nasenrachenpolypen.
  8J.  Leipzig, 1896.
    Kammklt  (  W. )   *Ein  Beitrag   znr  Beur-
  tbcilnng  der  klinischen  Nasenrachenpolypen.
  [Wurtzburg.]   8°.   Giebichensteiu, 1888.
    Schukiber  (K.)   * Ueber  Gescliwiilste  des
  Nasenrachenraums.  rfc.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1896.
    Schkoder ( [F.  W.]  H. )    "Ueber Nasen-
  rachentibrome.   8°.| \Bonn, 1-91.
    Arslau  (Y.)   Sui neoplasmi del rinofaringe.  Arch.
  ital. di otol. [etc.]. Torino, 1898, vii, 33; 161.—Bnbcock
  (W.D.)  A large  naso-pharyngeal polyp; a myxofibroma.
  South. Calif.  Tract., Los Angeles, 1890, v,  1-3—Bark
  (J.)  Naso-pharyngeal polypi  with  frog-face deformity.
  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1889, ix, 437-441. -----. Naso-
  pharyngeal  fibro-myxoma.  Ibid., 1891, xi, 274.—Bartle
  (P. J.)   Benign growths of the  post-nasal space.   Okla-
  homa M. News-Jour., 1902, x,  224-227.—Baumgnrten
  (E.)  Ein Fall von Nasenrachenfibroin.  Arch. f. Ohrenh.,
  Leipz., 1895,  xxxix,  28-30.  -----.  Neubihlungen des
  Nasenrachenraumes.   Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
  1903, xxxix, 64.  -----.  Eine  seltene Nciibildung des
  Nasenracbeuraumes.   Ibid., 1905,  xii,  12. — Becher.
  Ueber tlen Zusammenhang von Thoraxdefonnitiiten, Sko-
  liosen und  adenoiden Vegetationen  des Nasenrachen-
  raumes.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903,
  xxix, Ver.-Beil., 134.—Bonachi. Fibromes naso-pliaryn-
  giens. Bull, it mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1904-5, vii,
  67.—Booth (J. M.)  Fibrous tumor of the naso-pharynx.
  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1894, 4. s., i, 339-344.—Boreiius
  Fall af niis svalg-fibroid (sarkom).  [Case of naso-pharyn-
  geal  fibroid.]   Hygiea, Stockholm, 1894, lvi,  327-331.—
  Boncliauil.  Polype tibro-muqueux naso-pharyngien;
  acres  caraeterises par des phenomenes  congestifs, des
  hemorrhagic* et uue augmentation mornentane-e du volume
  de la tumeur; atrophic progressive spontan6e.  J. d.sc.
  med. de Lille, 1890. ii, 481; 505.   AUo:  Rev. de chir., Par.,
  1890, x, 563-576.-Boulai (J.)   Polype naso-pharyngien
  gu6ri par ponctions au galvano-cautere.   Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. (etc.]. Par., 1902, xv, 107-110.—Boursier (A.)
  Sur un cas  ae polype naso-pharyngien.   hi  his: Lec.de
  clin.chir., 8°, Par., 1887,89-101—Brisson(J.)  Pathogenie
  des deformations de la face dans les polypes naso-pharyn-
  giens.  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1899, viii, 630-637.—
  Broca.  Polype muqueux naso-pharyngien.  Gaz. hebd.
  de med., Par., J897, xliv,  37. AUo: Rev. prat. d. trav. de
  med., Par., 1897, liv, 50.—Cavaillon (P.)  Sur un cas de
  fibrome  naso-pharyngien  a  prolongemeuts multiples
  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1903, xii, 329-340.—C'happell
  (\V. F.)  Four unusual  tumors in  tbe naso-phai ynx
  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1904,  xiv, 631-635.  Also '• Tr
  Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi, 217-222.—Chau-
  veau iC i   Contribution & l'historique des polypes naso-
  pharyngiens jusqu'a. Levret.  Arch, iuternat. di; laryngol
  [etc.]. Par., 1902, xv, 292-303—Chavasse.  Polype uaW
  pharyngien.  Bull, etniem. Soc.  de chir. de Par  1902 n
  s., xxviii. 975-980— Cheatham (W.)  Naso-phiiryngeai
  tumor.  Louisville Month. J. M. Sc S., 1901-2, viii  4.55 —
  * Inevcr (D.  \V.)  Nasopharyngeal'polypus  Moil &
  Surg. Rep. City Hosp. Bost., 1889, 4. s., 32. — Chevalier.
  Cue observation de fibromyxome du nasopharynx   Bull"
  il<- laryngol.,  otol. et rhinol.,  Par.,  1902  v   96-101 —
  C'oolulge (A.) jr.  Tumors of  the naso-phai\nx. Bos-
  ton  M. A  h.  J.,  1898, cxxxix.  491.—Dabney (S G )
  Myxoma of the  nose  and nbro-myoxoma of  the naso-
  pharynx.  Am. Pract.  A: News, Louisville,  189''  n  s
  ?™A 2,57-260.  AUo:  Med.  &  Surg.  Reporter, 'Phila''
 .1892,  lxvii,  645-648. - Bownie (W.)  Demonstration
Nasopharynx  (Tumors of).
  of a variety of polvpi  removed from tho naso-pharynx
  Glasgow M.  J.,  1901,  lv, 356-362.  -----.  Large'pol-
  ypus occupying  the  naso-pharynx.   Ibid., lvi, 192-
  204. — Dudley (\V.  F.)  Lymphoid  growths of  the
  nasopharynx.  Brooklyn M.  J.,  1901, xv,  586-592. —
  Dunn(M'.A.) Fibromataof the nasopharynx. Clinique
  Chicago, 1896,  xvii, 612-621. — Fischer (E.)  Un cas  de
  polype  naso-pharyngien. Presse  oto - laryngol. hei "6
  Brux., 1903, ii, 636-638. — Flatau (T.  S.)   Ueber eineu
  Fall   von   auffallend   grossen   Naseiiracbenpolypeii.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 205.—
  Gaudier.  Fibrome naso-pharyngien. Bull. med. du
  nord, Lille,  1904, viii,  513. — Gaudier Sc BciiiiidI.
  Kyste du naso-pharynx.  fieho med. du nord,  Lille,  l!)u5
  ix,  615.—Glas (E.)  Zur Pathologie der  Naseuracliin'
  tumoren.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, lii, 2172; '_Y'3l.—
  Grant  (D.)  A case  of a post-nasal  growth hanging
  down into the oro-pharynx.  J.  Laryngol.,  Lond., 1897
  xii, 493,1 pi.—Halasz (II.) Ein seltenerFall von Nasen-
  Raehenfibrom.  Wien.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1901, li, 1951;
  2008.—Harris (T. J.)   Papilloma of the  nasopharynx
  simulating  epithelioma.  J. Laryngol.,  Lond., 1905, xx
  359-361.  Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1905 xxvii'
  209-211.—llcllat (P.)   Drei  Falle  von Nascnracheu!
  geschwiilsten.   St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1901, u. F.
  xviii, 357-361. — Heurtaux.  Des polypes uaso-pharyn-
  giens.  Gaz. med. de Nantes,  1888-9, vii, 73-76.—Hie-
  guet.  Polype fibro-muqueux  naso-pharyngien.  Bull.
  Soc.  beige d'otol. et do laryngol., Brux.,  1898, iii, 42.—
  Kingston.   Tumeurs  fihreuses  naso-pharyngieunes.
  Gaz. med. de Montreal, 1889, iii, 249-252.—Holmes (C. R.)
  Enormous naso-pharyngeal soft fibroma; with a general
  discussion of the different varieties of this class of neo-
  plasms.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., Sc Otol. Soc. 1902,
  N. Y., 1903, viii,  503-538.  Also: Ann.  Otol.,  Rhinol.  &
  Laryngol., St.  Louis, 1902, xi, 295-323.  Also:  J. Laryn-
  g-il., Lond.,  1902, xvii,  399-419,  4  pl. — Huntly (W.)
  Nasopharyngeal polypus. Med. Rec,  Calcutta, 1890,  i,
  243.—Ingals  (E. F.)   Nasopharyngeal fibromata.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1888, xi, 803-805. AUo, Reprint.
  -----. A nasopharyngeal fibroid tumor.  N. York M. J.,
  1896, lxiv, 383-385.  AUo : Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y.,
  1897, 90-95.  [Discussion], 101.-----. Fibrous tumor of
  the nasopharynx;  sequel.  N. YorkM. J., 1899, lxx, 882.—
  Ingersoll (J. M.)  Nasal polypi  in the nasopharynx.
  Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland,  1900, 290-292.  AUo: Cleve-
  land J. M.,  1900, v,  445-447.  Also: Lm-yngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1900, ix, 111-113.—Ivins (II. F.)  Enchondromii of
  tbe naso-pharynx.  Hahneman. Month., Phila.,  1891, xxvi,
  391-394.—Johnston (R. McK.)  On a case of tumour of
  the naso-pharynx.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1888, ii,608.— Jon-
  cheray.  Kyste du cavum.  Arch. med. d'Angers, 1902,
  vi, 564-567.—Jones (W. S.) Unusual morbid growths in
  the nose and mouth.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit,  1894, 3. s., x,
  159.—Kammerer  ( F.)  Grosses Nasenrachenfibrom.
  N. Yorker med. Monatschr , 1905, xvii, 111— Kayser (K.)
  Apfelgrosser Tumor aus dem Nasenrachenraum (fibroser
  Polyp).  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1891,
  i, 824.—Kellogg (F. B.)   A case of fibroma of the naso-
  pharynx.  Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1901, ix,
  301-303—Lie  IVoueiic (L.)  Contribution  k l'etude des
  polypes naso-pharyngiens. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par.,
  1902,  xi, 51-57.—Lincoln  (It. P.)   Naso-pharyngeal
  polypi, with demonstration of cases. St. Louis  M. <fe S. J.,
  1879, xxxvii, 461-469,  lpl. AUo, Reprint. — Iiipschcr.
  Polypus cavi nasopbaryngealis.  Pest, med.-chir. I'resse,
  Budapest, 1904, xl, 1184.—Lorb (H. W.)  A case of rhino-
  pharyngeal fibroma, with projections  extending to both
  anterior nares.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., Sc Otol. Soc.
  1898, N. Y., 1899, iv, 58-60.  Also: Ann. Otol  Rhinol.  &
  Laryngol., St. Louis, 1898, vii,  293-296.—Mr Bride  (P.)
  Fibro-mucous polypi of  tbe naso-pharynx.   M. d. < liron.,
  Manchester, 1895-6, n. s.,iv, 340.— McKay (N. K.i  <"ases
  of fibroma of the nasal passage and naso-pharynx.  Mari-
  time M. News, Halifax, 1897, ix, 15-21.—Makiicn (G. H.)
  A naso-pharyngeal tumor; with exhibition of patient.  Tr.
  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii,
  86-91.  AUo: Am. Med., Phila., 1902. iv, 822.—von ITInn-
  goldt. DieFibroidedesNaseurachenrauiues. Jahresb.d.
  Gesellsch.f. Nat.-u.Heilk. in Dresd.,1894-5,70-73. —Mann
  (J. E.)  Fibromata of na>o phaiynx.  J. Ophth., Otol. &
  Laryngol. ,N.Y., 1896, viii, 9-14. — Martin (W.)  Angioma
  of the naso-pharynx.  Med. News, l'hila., 1895, lxvi, 98.—
  Massci (F.)  Sulla cura dei grossi tnniori naso-faiingti.
  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], Firenze, 1892,
  i, 67-69.—Mercer (W. F.) Pharyngeal  aud naso-pharyn-
  geal growths.  Tr. M.  Soc. Virg. 1900, Richmond, 19ul,
  194-212. — Merrick (S.  K.)   Some observations on  fi-
  broma of the nose and naso-pharynx, « ith report of three
  cases.  Tr. M.  & Chir. Fac. Maryland, Bait.. 1891, 52-67.—
  Molliere (D.)  Note sur un cas de polype naso-pliarv n-
  gien.   Mem. et compt.-rend.  Soc. d. sc. med. de  Lyon
  (1886), 1887, xxvi, pt. 2, 248-251.—Monnier (L.)  Pol.\po
  fibro-myxomateux, avec d6geuerescence kystique du naso-
  pharynx.  Bull. Soc.  auat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 473-475.—
  Murrell (T.  E.)   Nasopharyngeal  fibromata.   J. M.
  Soc. Arkansas, Little Rock, 1890-91, i, 108-120.—Nasen- 
NASOPHAEYNX.
343
NASOPHARYNX.
Nasopharynx (Tumors of).
  rachenflbroid.  Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abth. d. Spit, zu
  Basel, 1901, 45.—von Nnvratil.  Polypus fibrosus cavi
  naso-phanngealis.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
  1905, xii. 64.—Neubauer (A.)   Orrgarat polvpus  ritka
  esete.   [A singular case of naso-pharyngeal polvpus.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 816.—Nihill (J. E.)  A
  case of fibrous polypus of the naso-pharynx.   A ustral. M.
  J., Melbourne, 1895, n. s., xvii, 252-254. —Onodi.  Nasen-
  rachengeschwiilste.   Pest.   med.-chir.   Presse,  Buda-
  pest,  1903.  xxxix. 66. — Otte (J.  A.)   Nasopharyngeal
  tumor.  China  M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1902,  xvi, 126 —
  Poisson (L )  Note sur un cas de polype fibreux naso-
  pharyngien. Gaz. nied. de Nantes, 1888-9, vii, 49.—Poli
  (C.)   Sul luogo di impianto dei polipi naso-faringei.  Boll.
  d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1892, x, 241-
  247.—Polyak (L.)  Adenoma papillare partini cysticum
  nasopharyngis  esete 6s  adenoma nasopbaryugis esete.
  [A case  of . . . and a case of . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1900,  xliv,  157.—Qunife (W.  F.) A case of tumour in
  nasopharynx.  Australas  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1888-9, viii,
  128.—Quinlan (F. J.)  Benign tumors of the naso-phar-
  ynx.  Laiyngoseope, St.  Louis, 1902, xii, 840-851.   Also,
  Reprint.—Pischel (K.)  Fibroma of the nose and naso-
  pharynx.  Occidental M. Times, San Fran.,  1904,  xviii,
  32.—Baoult (A.)  Polype fibro-muqueux de la  cavite
  naso-pbaryngienne.   Rev.  med. de  Test,  Nancy,  1894,
  xxvi,581-584.—Button (J. L. L.)  Naso-pharvngealpoly-
    §i.  Tr. South  Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass. '1884-6, Ma-
    ras,  1887,  i, No. 8. 16-20.—Boncalli (F.)  Sopra due
  casi di fibroma  naso-faringeo. Boll. d. Soc.  med. piov. di
  Bergamo,  1891,  ii,  3-5. — Bontaler  (S.)    Dwa rzadkie
  przypadki miesaka jamy noso-gardzielowej (sarcoma cavi
  nasopharyngei).  [Two  rare cases of. .  .]   Czasopismo
  lek., L6d'z, 1899, i,  273-277.—Boure.  [Polype volumi-
  neuxdu naso-pharvnx.]  Bull. Soc. m6d.-chir.de la Drome
  [etc.]. Valence  & Par., 1904. v, 87, 1 pl.   Also:  Ann. d.
  mal. de l'oreille, du pharynx [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 300.—
  Scheppegrell (W.)  Case of fibrous tumor filling naso-
  pharynx.  Proc Orleans Parish M.  Soc, 1893, N. Orl.,
  1894,'i, 48. — S^dziak (J.)  Przyczynek do kazuistyki
  guzow w jamie nosogardzielowej.   [Tumor in the naso-
  pharyngeal cavity.]   Kron. lek.. Warszawa, 1894. xv, 365-
  369. Also, transl. [with additions]: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par.,  1894.  xiv, 462-467.    Also,  transl:  Monatschr. f.
  Ohrenh., Berl., >94,  xxviii, 182-186.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Shah (T. M.)   A case of naso-pharyngeal tumour.  Med.
  Reporter,  Calcutta,  1895, v,  64.—Sheild (A. M.)  Two
  cases  of multiple naso-pharvngeal polvpi.  Practitioner,
  Lond., 1894, liii,429-433.—Shields (C.'M.)  Nasopharyn-
  geal fibromata.   N. YorkM. J., 1896, lxiv,  354-356.  AUo:
  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1897.  95-102.—Simpson
  (W. K.)  A case of naso-pharyngeal polvpus.  N. York
  Eye Sc Ear Infirm. Rep., 1897, v,  164-166. — Stonham
  (C.)   On periosteal fibroma of the base  of the skull, or
  naso-pharyngeal polypus. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond.,
  1888, iv, 61-78.—Story (J.  B.)  A case of naso-pharyn-
  geal growth.  Tr. Otol. Soc. U.  Kingdom, Lond., 1902,
  ui. 115.—Taconnet.   Fibrdme naso-pbaryngieu.   Nord
  m6d.,  Lille,  1904,  x, 248. — Texier ( V.)   Polype  fibro-
  muqueux volumineux du naso-pharynx. Rev. hebd. de la-
  ryngol.[etc.],Par.,1900,ii,145-152.—Thorner(M)  A naso-
  pharyngeal polvpus of enormous size.  Tr.  Am. Laryngol.,
  Rhinol., & Otol"Soc. 1898, N.Y., 1899.iv, 183-187. Also: Cin-
  cin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s., xii,  363.  Also: Med. News,
  N. Y., 1899. lxxiv, 74.—Unge (H.)  Fibroma cavi  naso-
  pharyngeal.   Hygiea,  Stockholm, 1889.  li,  269.—Van
  den Wildcnberg (L.)  A propos d'une tumeur du ca-
  vum.  Ann. Soc de m6d. d'Anvers, 1904, lxvi, 349-351.—
  Vaquier.  Fibrome  naso-pharyngien.  Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 3903, xvi, 404-410— Villemin.
  Polype nasopharyngien.  Bull. Soc.de pediat. de Par., 1902,
  iv, 209-211.  Also: Parole.  Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc. |,
  Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 422-424.— Vincent.  Fibrome naso-
  pharyngien k siege anormal (sinus maxillaire, fosse pterigo-
  maxillaire. orbite et fosse zygomatique) s'etaut developpe
  sans heniorrhagies notables et accompagn6 de troubles
  oculaires particuliers et graves; ablation & l'aide  de la
  r6section  temporaire  de  la paroi  anteTo-externe  de
  l'antre d'Hisihmore; hemorrhagie grave pendant l'opera-
  tion; persistance des troubles visuels (atrophic papillaire,
  cecite).   Bull.  Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1899-1900, iii, 231-
  240. — Viollet (P.)  Examen anatomo-pathologique d'un
  polype fibreux naso-pharvngieu.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat.
  de Par.,  1901, lxxvi, 716-719. - Warden (C.)  A case of
  fibro-mucous polypus of the naso-pharynx.  Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1888, ii, 609. -----. A case of fibro-mucous polypus
  of the nasopharynx.  J.  Laryngol., Lond.,  1890, iv, 280-
  282. Also:  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1890,  n. s., xlix,
  657.—Weiulechner.   Ein sehr blutreicher, zu gefiihr-
  lichen  Xa^enhlutungen Anlass  gebender  Nasenrachen-
  polyp mit in die linke Nase und in die linke Highmorshohle
  reichenden  Fortsatzen.   Griindliche  Entfernung  der
  gesammten  Neubildiing  unter Gewaltanweuduug auf j
  stumpfe  Weise nach  vorlaufiger Unterbindung heider Ar-
  terias carot. externa-.  Aerztl. Ber. d. k.  k. allg. Kran-
  kenb. zu Wien (1886), 1888, 209.—Willis (J. L. M.)  Post-
  nasal fibroma.  Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1901-3, xiv, I
Nasopharynx (Tumors of).
  610.— Woods (R.H.)  A case of nasopharyngeal fibroma.
  Tr. Roy. Aead. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894, xii, 194-202.  Also:
  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1894,  xcviii, 283-288.—Woodson (L. G.)
  Fibroma of the naso-pharynx, ^vith report of case.  Ala-
  bama M.  Sc S. Age. Anniston, 1897-8, x, 255-260.  Also:
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis. 1898, v,  86-90.—Wright (J.)  A
  cyst of the nasopharynx and a cyst of the  oropharynx.
  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895, N. Y., 1896, xvii,  171-176.
  AUo:  N.  York M. J., 1895, lxii, 705-707. -----. Remarks
  on the etiology of nasal polypi.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1899, vi, 209-216.  [Discussion], 241-244.  AUo: Brooklyn
  M. J.,  1900, xiv, 511-515.  [Discussion],  529-533. — Zol-
  linger (II.)  Orrgaratiiregi ujk6plet  szovettani keszit-
  meuye. [Histological products of new growths of the naso-
  pharyngeal space.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902,  xlvi, 67.

Nasopharynx [Tumors  of Malignant).
    See,  also.  Nasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations
  of), Nasopharynx  (Tumors of),  in children.
    Laval (F.)  * Des tumeurs uiiilijriies du naso-
  pharynx.    (Etude  clinique.)   8°.   Toulouse,
  1904.
    Also, in: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905,
  xix, 55-75.

    Mclfarth  ( M. L. )   * Ueber  maligne  Ge-
  schwiilste des Naseurachenrauuies. [Bonn.] ^  .
  Ebln, 1.-9:1.
    Baron (B.)  Case of naso-pharyngeal malignant dis-
  ease.  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1903, xvii, 248-250.—Baum-
  gnrten (E.)  Az orrgaratiireg  rossziudiilatu iijk6plete
  nek esete. [Malignant new growth of the nasopharyngeal
  cavity.J   Orvosi  hetil.,  Budapest,  1903, xlvii, 64.  AUo,
  transl..- Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903,xxxix,65.—
  Brown   ( E.  J.)  Epithelioma of the  naso-pharynx.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, v, 219.—Bush (F.)  Sar-
  coma  of  the naso-pharynx.  Guv's Hosp.  Gaz., Lond.,
  1891, n. s., v, 13.—Citelli'fS.) & Calamida (U.)  Sui sar-
  comi  primitivi  del  faringe  nasale.  Arch.  ital. di otol.
  [etc.], Torino, 1902-3, xiii, 385-398.—Cobb  (F. C.)  Ma-
  lignant growths  of the nose and nasopharynx.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc  Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y.,  1905, x, 147-
  151.—t'ompaircd (C.) Contribution  k l'etude  clinique
  des tumeurs malignes du nasopharynx.  Arch, internat.
  de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 368-394. Also,  transl. :
  Clin, mod., Zaragoza,  1905, iv, 845;  885.—Uenime.  Sar-
  kom des Nasenraeheus.  Veihandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch.
  zu Berl. (1897), 1899, viii. 23-25. — Dobson  (L.)   A case
  of lympho-sarcoma of the nasophaivnx.   West  Lond.
  M. J., Lond., 1904,  ix, 107.—Etievant (L.) Quelques
  consid6rations sur les phenomeues aspbyxiques provoques
  paries polypes naso-pharyiigiens; un casde paresthe.sie du
  fenioro-cutan6 exterue accompagnaut un lymph o-sarcome
  du pharynx.  Rev.  internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
  Par., 1896, vi, 92.—Fischer (A.)  Sarcoma  nasopharyn-
  geale oper&lt esete.  [An operation for . .. ]   Orr-, gege-es
  tiilgycigy., Budapest, 1903, 12. AUo,  transl.: Pest, med.-
  chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix,  505.  -----. Polypus
  sarcoinatosus nasopharyngeal operalt  esete.  [A case of
  operation for ... J  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest,  1903, xlvii,
  63.   AUo. transl.  : Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903,
  xxxix,  62. — Flatau.  [Maliguer  Nasenrachentumor.]
  Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii,
  18-20.—Fox  (S. A.)   Naso-pharyngeal carcinoma; re-
  port of a case, with a consideration of the treatment of this
  disease.   Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., | Phila. |, 1890, 313-317.  Also :
  N.  York  M.  J.,  1890,  li, 259.   AUo, Reprint.—Gellat
  (P.  P. )   Sluchai raka nosoglotocbnavo prostraustva.
  [Cancer of the nasopharynx.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900,
  xxi, 1019-1021.—Ilengst (I). A.)  Sarcoma  of the naso-
  pharynx;  with report of a case.  Tr.  Am. Laryngol.,
  Rhinol., & Otol. Soc 1898,  N. Y., 1899, iv, 78-81. ' Also :
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1*08, v, 43-46.—Howe  (A. C.)
  Malignant  neoplasms of  the nines and nasopharynx.
  Brooklyn M.  J., 1903,  xvii,  75.—Hubbard (T.)  "The
  history and necropsy of a case of fibro-sarcoma of the naso-
  pharynx and middle cerebral fossa; associated conditions;
  ethmoiditis; empyema of the sphenoid cell,  otitis media,
  pachymeningitis.  Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1897, xxvi, 168-174.—
  Ingals (E. F.)  Fibro-sarcoma  of naso-pharynx.  Inter-
  nat. Clin.,  Phila.,  1891, iii,  336-342. — I wanicki (S.)
  Przyczynek  do  kazuistyki  nowotwor6w zlosliwych  w
  jamie  nosogardzielowej.  [Malignant neoplasms  in  the
  nasopharyngeal cavity] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1895, xvi,
  204-209.—Jackson (('.) Primary carcinoma of tbe naso-
  pharynx;  a table of  cases.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1901, xxxvii, 371-377.   [ Discussion], 370.  Abo, Reprint.—
  Jacques (P.) Cancer du pharynx nasal simulant des ve-
  getations adenoides.  Rev. med.cie Test, Nancy, 1900, xxxii,
  16-18.—Jacques (P.) Sc Bertenies (U.)  Deux cas de
  tumeurs malignes du  rbino-pharvnx.   Bull,  de laryngol.,
  otol. et rhinol.,  Par.,  1903, vi, 241-251.  — Kiusugi (E.)
  [On a case of sarcoma of the nasopharyngeal cavity simu-
  lating malignant ulcer of this cavity.]  Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-
  In-Ko-Kwa Kwai Ho, Tokyo, v, nos. 1-2, 1-14. — Ituh 
NASOPHARYNX.
344
NASOPHARYNX.
Aa-oopharvnx  (Tumors of Malignant).
  (L.I.  Piinr.n' cancer of the naso-pharynx cured by in-
  jections of alcohol.  Med.  Rec. X. V.. 1>H7. li  548-550.
  Also, Reprint—livings (A. H.)  Sarcoma of the nasal
  and nasopharyngeal cavities.  Am. J. Mug.  A  Gynec.
  St Louis.  >:'>-?.  xii, 109-111.— Logan (.I.E.)  .-arcoma
  of the n.isoi uarvnx, with report of a case.  Tr. Pan Am.
  M. Conn. > -3, Wash., 1895, pt. 2, 1545-1550.— L. un in (V)
  Dva sluchava zlokacbestvennikh novoobrazovauiy v n-iso-
  glotochnem* prostranstvie n dleti I.  [Two cases of niali2:
  nant new growths in the nasopharynx in children.]   Trudi
  Obsh. dietsk. vrach. v S.-Peterb.  (1894-5). 1,-96. ix-x, 41-
  4g__YlrBride.  Case of epithelioma confined  to  the
  nasopharynx. Brit. M.  .1., Loud.,  1891,  ii,  131o._.Uc-
  Burney'(C 1 Non-recurrence of sarcoma of  naso-phar-
  ynx three  v. mis after operation.  Med. Rec. N. Y.. 1896,
  xlix 2o4.—'.ll'Kevnolds (J. O.)  Sarcoma of the naso-
  pharynx \vi;hn p<>ft of cases.  Tr.  Am. Laryngol.. Rhinol ,
  Sc Otol. Soc.  19CO. N. V., 1901. vi. 1 ln-112.—Merniet  (P.)
  Fibro-sarcome des fosses nasales faisant saillie dans le
  phaivn..  Bull. Soc. anat.  de I'ar.  If94, lxix. 533-537.—
  JVa*o-pharyugeal sarcoma. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.,
  Lond.,  H'<!4, n. s., xxxi. 179.—von  Xavratil.  Carcinom
  der Nase, des Rachens und der Highmorshbhlo. Pest, med.-
  chir. Presse. Budapest. 1902, xxxviii, 871. -----. Epithel-
  carcinom der Highmorshohle. der Nase nnd des  Nasen-
  racbens.   Ibid.. 942—Petit (G.)  Voltimineux myxosar-
  come  du nasopharynx chez une vac-he.  BuU. et m6m.
  Soe. anat.  de Par.. 1902. lxxvii, l'-0.— Pierre.  Lympho-
  sarcome du  naso-]diarvnx.  Arch, internat. de laryngol.
  [etc.]. Par., 189*, xi, 398-400. — Quinlan  (F. J.)  Malig-
  nant tumors of the  nasopharynx.   Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1903, xiii, 346-356.—Bice (G. B.) Report of a case
  of lympho-sarcoma of the naso-pharynx and left tonsil,
  and of an angio-sarcoma of the nasopharynx.  Homceop.
  Eye Ear Sc  Throat J., N. Y . 1902, viii, 163-lt>7. — Ron-
  call! (F.i  Contribuzione alia casuistica dei tumori ma-
  li "ni del cavo naso-faringeo, con alcune  considerazioni.
  Aich. it.il. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1893, i, 162-165.—
  Narcoma  of naso-pharvnx;  fatal case, with necropsy.
  Pup. Sup.-rv. Sur--Gen. Mar. Hosp.. Wash.. 1890-91,  xix,
  151.—Sarkom des Nasenrachenraums. 1 Fall.  Jahresb.
  ii.d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, zu Basel (1892). 1894. 19.—Senator
  (M.i Schmidt (M.i  & Mpiess (G.)   Ein Fall von Spiu-
  (h-lzellensaiUoni im Nasenrachenraum eines funfjahrigen
  Knaben.   Iieiitsc lie med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903.
  xxix 4--0.—Nimpsoii i W. K.)  A case of sarcoma of the
  naso-pharvnx. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv,
  206-209.  '|Disciissiiin], 216-220.  AUo: Med. Brief, St.
  Louis. 1903,  xxxi, 1654-1656. — Stenger.   Zur Kenntnis
  der Fiiihsymptome maligner Tnmoren des Nasenrachen-
  raumes.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. n. Berl., 1905,
  xxxi, 502-504. -----.  Maligner Tumor des Nasenrachen-
  raums; eitrige Mastoiditis.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904,
  lxi. 247-250.—Thompson (J. A.) Sarcoma of the naso-
  phaiynx cured by injections of formalin.  Laryngoscope,
  St  Louis.  1900. ix, 192. — Zwillinger (H.)  Rosszindu-
  latii ujkepl>-t latsz.it^t kelto nagyfoku triltengese az orr-
  garatiiivg lymphoid s/o\etenek.  [Malignant greatly hy-
  pertrophic!  r.e\v growth appearing in the lymphoid tissue
  of  the nasopharvuge.il space.) Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1901, xiv, 497.

Nasopharynx  (Tumors  of   Treatment

  of Operative).
     Set, also, Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations
  of, Treatment of, Operative).
     Bkikr (L.)   * Eiu  Fall  von Xasenracheu-
  fibroui,  geheilt durch die teniporare  Resektion
  der Gaunienplatte  nach  Partsch.  8°.  Leipzig,
  190T>.
     Breyl  (H.)   * Ueber  Fibrome  der  Nasen-
  Racheuhohle  und  ihre  Tberapie.   6C.   Bonn,
  1-9-.
     (Jhristophle (F.)   * La voie  naso-inaxillaire
  daus  l'ablatiou des tumeurs du naso-pharynx.
  by  Paris, 1903.
     Delort (P.-O.)  * Consid6rations sur les ope-
  rations que u^cessitent les polypes naso-pharyn-
  gieus.   4;.  Strasbourg,  1-6M.
     Dexarie (J.)   *De quelques methodes sim-
  ples  pour l'ablation des  polypes naso-pharyn-
  gieus.   v.  Lyon,  lt-97.
     Gaithier (F.-M.-J.-P.)  Des  insertions vraies
  des polypes iibreux  nasopbaryugiens et de leur
  traitement.  4°.   Bordeaux,  1904.
     Hkitmann (F.)  " Seclis Fiille vou typischen
  Xasenrachenfibroiden beobacbtet und operirt iu
  der Gottinger  chirurgischeu  Klinik.   [Gottin-
  gen.]  --.  Oldenburg, 18--.
Nasopharynx  (Tumors  of   Treatment
  of  Operative).
    Julliex (E.)   * Les proce\le"s  (l'ablation des
  polypes nsiso-pbaryngiens.  4~.  Paris, l-92\
    -----.   The same.   -  .  Paris, 1*'J2.
    Lichtwitz.   De lVxtirpation rapide di-s pscu-
  do-t olypes naso-pliar\ ngieus.   -  .   Paris,  1*9*.
    MlG(iK  (M.)    "Leber Nascuracbeupolypen
  uud iIn-© Bcbaudlangohue Priiliniinaroperation.
  "-.  Kbnigsberg, [1-91].
    Much (H.)  * Die  Xaseuracheupolypen   uud
  ibre  operative Bebaudluug.    *c.    Strassburg,
  1-93.
    Xaab (J.  P.)   Die  chirurgische  Behandlttug
  der  Xasenraeheufibroiue.   [Heidelberg.]
  Tiibingen, l-9-\
    AUo, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898, xxii, 761-788.

    Xormand (J.-F.-M.)  " Contributiou a l'6tude
  du traitemeut  par r^h-ctrolyse des polypes naso-
  pharyugiens.  4-.  Bordeaux, 1-9-2.
    Rouairoux  (M.)  * De  la rbinotomie m6diane
  comme  op6ration pieliminaire pour aller a la
  recherche de.s  tumeurs siegeant daus la cavit6
  naso-pharyngieune.  4J.   Paris. 1-91.
    Schoexfelder (H. F.  M.)   * Ueber typische
  Xaseuracheupolypen  und  ihre intrauasale Be-
  handlung.   -  .   Breslau,  1*96.
    Annandale  (T.)   On the removal by operation of
  naso-pharyngeal  tumours.   Lancet. Lond., 1889, i, .162.
  ------On  the  removal of tibnuis  or naso-pharyngeal
  polypi.  I bid , lf94, i, :;y^.—Knracz (R.)   Nowy gpos6b
  operowania polipow noso-gardzielowych.   [New method
  of operating  for naso-pharyngeal  polypi.J  Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa, 1888. 2. s., viii, 675-679. ------. Zur Operations-
  methode  von  Nasenrachenpolvpen.   Centralbl. f.  Chir.,
  Leipz., 1891,  xviii,  HI3-316.—Banmgarten (E.)   Ein
  geheilter Fall einer Ncuhildung des Nasenrachenraumes.
  Pest. med. - chir.  Presse,  Budapest, 1903, xxxix. 1040.
  Also, transl..- Orr-, gege-es fiilgy6gy., Budapest, 1904,131.—
  Bobonr (T.) Due casi di polipo naso-faringeo operati  e
  guariti colla semplice ustione galvanica.  Boll. d. mal. d.
  orecchio, d. gola e  d. naso, Firenze, lh93,  xi, 204-210.—
  Bonaio (A.)  Polype naso-pharyngien; operation par
  voie buccale  et  par voie  externe.  Arch, internat. de
  laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1905, xx, 463-465.—Bousquet (H.)
  Polype naso-pharyngien k prolongements  multiples; ope-
  ration; mort.  Bull, et mem  Soc. de chir.de  I'ar., 18^,
  n. 8., xv, 617. — Boval.   Operation d'une tumeur de la
  cavity naso-pharyngienne.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1892, xii.  521-524.—Bowlby (A.)  Kibroaugeiomaof tbe
  naso- pharynx. excision of upper  jaw and removal of
  growth after ligature of the external carotid artery.  Lan-
  cet,  Lond., ls'.ij,  ii.  '.113. ------. Pulsating  fibro-angeioma
  of naso-pharynx: removal of tumour after resection of the
  hard palate and division of the soft palate. Ibid., 914.—
  Bi-nun  (M.)   Blutlose Operation eines Nasenrachen-
  polypeu; nachfiinfTagen starke Hamon basic; Bellocque'-
  scbie Iodoformgazc-Tamponade  mit uachlriiglicher  Gal-
  vanokaustik; vollstiindige Heilung.  Internat. kliu. RuDd-
  schau.Wieii, 1^9. iii, 4(13.—C'apart.  Deux cas de polypes
  fibreux naao-pharyngiens trsutes par I'electrolyse.  Ann.
  d. mal. de l'oreille'. du larynx fete.]. Par.,  1*95, xxi, pt.
  2, 261— Cestan (K.i   Fibrome  naso-pharyngien; ex-
  tirpation par  les yoies  naturelles;  guerison.  Toulouse
  med., 1901, 2. s., iii, 294-296. AUo .- Echo med., Toulouse,
  1902, 2. s., xvi, 31-33.—Charles (J.)  Tumeurs du naso-
  pharynx extraites  par la voie bucco-pharyngee.  Bull, de
  laryngol., otol. et rhinol..  Par., 1904, vii.  22-27.—Cha-
  vaswe.  Polypes du  naso-pharynx extiaits par la  voie
  bucco-pharyngee.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1903, xvi, 10-15.—Chibret. Extirpation d'ungros polype
  naso-pharyngien par lamethodedeDorjen[Doyen]. Assoc.
  franc, de chir. Proc.verb. [etc.]. Par., 1898, xii, 182-185.-
  C'lark (H.)   Adenoma of the nasopharynx in relation  to
  bronrbitis and asthma.  Buffalo M. Sc S. J., 1892-3, xxxii.
  581-596— Clinton (H. H.)   A case of nasopharyngeal
  tumour affecting the base of the skull; removal  without
  external incision; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1m<8, ii, 1059.—
   Cohen  (J. S.)  Electrolysis in rhiuo-pharyngeal growtha
  inoperable by direct  access.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc,
  Phila., 1895, xvi.  1*5-187.—Compaired (('.) Voluminoso
  fibroma  naso-fariugo; operacion : curacion.  Siglo mea.,
  Madrid,  1898, xiv,  5-7.  AUo: Regeneraci6n  med.,  Sala-
  manca, 1898.  iv, 17-22.  AUo,  transl: Ann. d.  mal.  de
  l'oreille, dn larynx [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix, 362-373.------
  Volnmiuoso epitelioma naso-faringosinusial doble; opera-
   ciones;  curaci6n; probables  reproduccion y muerte del
   enfermo, dada la completa ansencia de noticias postenorcs.
   Si'-lom6d., Madrid. 1903.1, 118-123.-Conslantine»cu
   Sc Dimitriu (D.)  Polip fibros naso-fariiigian; extracpe 
NASOPHARYNX.                             345                             NASOPHAKYNX.
jYasopliarynx  (Tumors  of,  Treatment

  of,  Operative).
  pe cale bucala.   [Fibrous naso-pharyngeal  polypus;  ex-
  traction by the mouth.]  Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci, 1901-2,
  v, 104-107.—Custoilia.   Ueber die operative Behandlung
  der Naseurachentumoren.   Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
  1905-6, xlvii, 37-161.—D'Aguanno (A.)  Asportazione
  rapida di un tumore dello spazio naso-faringeo.  Atti d. r.
  Accad. d. sc.  med. in Palermo (1898), 1899, 61-64, 1 pl.—
  Danbarn (R. H. M.)  Ligation of both external carot-
  ids for inoperable naso-pharyngeal sarcoma.   Ann. Surg.,
  Phila., 1896. xxiii, 189-192.  -----. Caseof sarcoma of naso-
  pharynx unsuccessfully treated by erysipelas  toxines,
  carotid ligation and  excision  of the upper  jaw.   Ibid.,
  xxiv,  44.— Delavan (D. B.)  The treatment of naso-
  pharyngeal  fibromata.  Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass., N.  Y.,
  1901, 223-249.  -----. Additional notes upon the treat-
  ment of naso-pharyngeal fibromata.  Ibid., 1903, xxv, 135-
  138.   [Discussion], 149.—Delie (A.)  Considerations  sur
  le traitement operatoire des polypes fibreux  naso-pbaryn-
  giens. Ann. d. mal.  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1899. xxv, 330-336.—Demarquay.  Memoire snr l'abla-
  tion des polypes  naso-pharyngo-maxillaires  k l'aide d'un
  nouveau procede  osteoplastique. Compt. rend. Ac-ad. d.
  sc.  Par.. 1862. lv,  317-319.—Depnge  (A.)   Note sur un
  cas d'extirpation d'un polype naso-pharyngien par la voie
  naso-buceo-jugale (methode nouvelle).   J. med. de Brux.,
  1904. ix, 372.—Doyen  (E.)  Extirpation  extemporauee
  paries voiesnaturelles, des gros polypes naso-pharyngiens.
  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, x, 246-251.—
  Egiili (F.)  Fibroma  naso-faringeo operate con metodo
  rapido.  Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1894, xx, 41-43.
  ----. Due casi di fibroma naso-faringeo operati  con  me-
  todo rapido.   Atti d. Cong. d. Soe. ital. di laringol. [etc.]
   1897, Firenze, 1899, iii,336-341.—Escat.  Extraccion de los
  fibromasnaso-faringeosporlasviasnatnrales. Arcb.lat.de
  rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1900, xi, 199-204.  AUo: Oto-
  rino-laringol. esp;m., Madrid, 1900. iii, 21-36.   Also, transl.:
   Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1900, xiii, 89-110.—
   Faure (J.-L.)  Polype naso-pharyngien, oper6 par voie
   naso-maxillaire.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir.  de Par., 1904,
   n. s.,  xxx, 1108. — Forguc (E\)  Revue critique sur le
  traitement chirurgical  des polypes  naso-pharyngiens.
   Gaz. hebd.  d. sc.  med. de Montpel., 1889, xi, 457; 469.—
   Foster  (H.)  Report of  a ease of removal of  a myxo-
   fibroma from tbe naso-pharynx.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
   1900,  ix,  33. — dandier.   Un cas  de fibrome  naso-
  pharyugien chez uue vieillo  femme;  traitement par le
  curettage du  naso-pharynx;  guerison.   Bull. Soc. beige
  d'otol. et de laryngol.,  Brux., 1*96-7, ii, 118-121.  AUo:
  Echo med.  du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 339— Ganlt (E. L.)
   Case of tumour of the right side of the naso-pharynx, as-
   sociated with partial ophthalmoplegia  on the same side.
  Intercolon.  M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1899, iv, 228.—
  Gamier (V.) Polype fibreux naso-pharyngien enleve au
  moyen du serre-nceiidconstricteur de Maisonneuve.  Echo
  med.. Neuchat., 1861, v, 593-597.  AUo. Reprint.—Rood.
  willie (D. H.) /Fibroid tumors of the naso-pharynx  aud
  the method of treatment by the means of the electro-cau-
  tery.  Am.  Med.-Surg.  Bull.,  N. Y..  1894,  vii,  1475-1478.
  AUo, transl:  Rev. internat. de  rhinol.. otol. et laryngol.,
  Par.. 1895, v, 97-100.—(wroiakopff (YV.)  Beschreibung
  eines Falles von einem Nasenrachenpolvpen,behandelt und
  geheilt mittels Elektrolyse.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl.. 1899,
  xiii,664.—Hubs.  Exstirpation eines von der Scbadelbasis
  ansgehenden Angiomyxofibromes des Nasenrachenraumes
  mittelst  temporarer  Resection des harteu Gaumens (Cha-
  lot).   Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir., Leipz., 1897, xlvii, 100-
  102.—Hamilton (T. K.)  A  retrospect of personal expe-
  rience of the treatment of post-nasal growths. Intercolon.
  M.J. Australas., Melbourne, 1903,viii, 437-449.—Hender-
  son (W. H.)   Notes on an interesting case of naso-pharyn-
  geal polypus,  successfully removed.  Indian Lancet, Cal-
  cutta, 1898, xi, 549.  Also:  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898,
  xxxiii, 256.—Ingal* (E. F.)  Clamp-forceps for removal
  of naso-pharyngeal tumors.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N.
  Y., 1903, xxv,  132-134.  Also:  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago,
  1903, xl, 1583.—laaia (G.)  Fibroma polilobare del cavo
  naso-faringeo, enucleate per le vienaturali.   Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laryngol. [etc.]  1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 211.—
  Isch-Wall.  Extirpation rapide d'un gros polype naso-
  pharyngien avec  prolougement  extra-cr&nien, sans resec-
  tions osseuses. Assoc, frang. de chir.   Proc.-verb, [etc.],
  Par., 1897, xi, 269.— Ivinw  (H. F.) Chromic acid  in post-
  nasal tumors.  Tr.Homceop.M. Soc.Penn,Phila.,1887,xxiii,
  58-62. —Jackson (C.)  Fibroma of the naso-pharynx;
  tracheotomy;  external carotid ligation ; extirpation.   La-
  ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 267-270.  AUo, Keprint.—
  JacqucN.  Polype  fibreux naso-pharyngien; operation;
  guerison.   Soc. de m6d. de Nancy.  C.-r., 1899-1900,  pp.
  lvii-lix.—Jousact Sc Trouchand.  Extirpation extem-
  poranee, par la bouche, d'un fibrome  naso-pharyngien
  (methode  de Doyen).  Echo med. dunord,  Lille, 1898, ii,
  128-131.—Kacser (M.l  Exstirpirter Naseurachenpolyp.
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse. Budapest,  1903, xxxix, 1105.—
  Kijewaki (F.) Sc Wroblewnki (W.) Kilka uwag w
Aa«o|>liai*yiix  (Tumors  of,  Treatment

  of,  Operative).
  kwestyi operowania guz6w jamy  nosogardzielowej. [Op-
  eration  for  tumors of  the naso-pharynx.]  Gaz.  lek.,
  Warszawa,  1893, 2. s., xiii, 334; 360; 390.   Also, transl:
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,  1894, ii,  78-105.—
  King ( G. )  A method of rapid extirpation  of naso-
  pharyngeal fibromata, with report of cases.  Tr.  Am.
  Laryngol. Ass.,  N.  Y., 1903, xxv, 139-150.  Also: N. York
  M. J.  [etc.l  1903,  lxxviii,  1176-1181.  Also, Reprint.—
  Laurent.  La resection temporaire du maxillaire su-
  perieur  dans l'extirpation  des  tumeurs   naso-pharyn-
  giennes.  Rev.  internat. de  rhinol., otol.  et  laryngol.,
  Par.,  1897,  vii,  197. — Cichtwitz.   De   l'extirpation
  rapide  des  pseudo-polypes naso- pharyngiens.   Arch.
  internat. de la  laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1898, xi,  558-567.
  Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. do Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 604-
  607.   Also, transl: Rev. de laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1898,
  xiii.  568-578. — liineoln (R. P.)   Removal of  a naso-
  pharyngeal tumor  by the galvano-cautery tcraseur, with
  exhibition of cases. N. York M. J., 1^94, lix, 653.—Eilo-
  bet (A. F.)  Polipos naso-faringeos; exoftalmia consecu-
  tiva; extirpaci6n total por las vias naturales.  An. san.
  mil., Buenos Aires, 1902,  iv, 1136-1141.— Lnc (H.)  Fibro-
  sarcome naso-pbaryngo-maxillaire chez un jeune  homme
  de 17 ans;  extraction par la brfechede Moure etendue k la
  paroi nnterieure du sinus maxillaire.  Bull, de laryngol.,
  otol. et rhinol., Par., 1905, viii,  181-184.—.Haas (F.)  Zur
  Operation  der  Naseniachentumoren.   N.   Yorker  med.
  Monatschr.,  1902,  xiv,  143-150.  [Discussion],  177-179.—
  IT1 ni sou lieu vc (J.)  Note sur un nouveau procede pour
  l'extirpation des polypes naso-pharyngiens.   Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 292-294.—Manhenke. Ein
  Fall von Pvamie nach Operation eines Nasenrachenpoly-
  pen.   Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 310-312.—Melzi
   (U.)   Naso-pharyngeal fibroma cured by meansof galvano-
  cautery puncture.  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1903. xviii, 403.—
  Mikhailoflf (N.  N.)  K  tekbnikle udaleniya  nosoglo-
  tochnikh opukholel.  [On the technique of the removal of
  nasopharyngeal tumors.]  Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb.,
  1895, i,  372-381. —  Mikhalkin (P.)  Llecheniye fibroz-
  navo nosoglotochnavo polipaelektrolizom.  [Treatmentof
  naso-pharvngeal polypus bv electrolysis.]   Med.  Obozr.,
   Mosk.,  ]8~99,  li, 911-914.  —'Moore (W.)  Case of naso-
  pharyngeal tumor;  removal after osteoplastic resection of
  upper jaw.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1899,
  iv, 166-171. — Moure.  Polype fibreux naso-pharyngien
  extirpe  par la voie palatine.  Mem. et bull.  Soc. de m6d.
  et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899,  395; 460.—Naumann
   (  G.  )  Fibrosarcoma nasopharyngeal:  galvanokaustik;
  helsa.  f. . .; recovery.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1891,liii, 541.—
   Navratil (I.)  Fibroma cavi nasopharyngealis  operalt
  esete.  [...; operated case.]  Orr-,g6ge-6s fiilgyfjgy.,Buda-
  pest,  1904,  228.  AUo, transl:  Pest. med.-chir.   Presse,
  Budapest, 1904,  xl,  604.—Niculescu (D.)  Studiu asupra
  tratatueutului fibromelor nazo-faringieue precedat de oob-
  servatiune.  Spitalul. Bucuresci,  1894, xiv, 16; 41;  64.—
   Okada (W.)  [Gangrene  and extirpation of polypus of
  naso-pharyngeal cavity.]  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio 1900,
  xxi, 1441-1444.—Oilier.  Ablation des tumeurs naso-pha-
  ryngiennes par l'osteotomie verticale et bilaterale du nez et
  son renversement de haut en has.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1889,
  lxii, 536.—Pappanicolaou.  Contribution k l'etude du
  traitement chirurgical des fibromes naso-pharyngiens par
  les voies naturelles. Grece med.. Syra, 1901, iii, 82-85.—
  Payr (E.)   Ueber neuere Methodon  zur operativen Be-
  handlung der Geschwiilste des Nasenrachenraumes, mit
  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der Kocher'schen  osteo-
  plastischen Resektion beider Kiefer.  Arch. f. klin. Chir.,
  Berl., 1904, lxxii, 284-319.—Pean. Polype naso-pharyn-
  gien fibro-muqueux, implante sur 1'orifice posterieur de la
  fosse nasale  droite; extirpation avec notre forceps-scie.
  lnhis:  Lecons  de  clin. chir. [etc.], 8°, Par., 1888, 652.—
   Perry  (F. F.)  Notes  on  an  interesting  case of  naso-
  pharyngeal polypus; removal and  recovery.  Indian Lan-
  cet,  Calcutta, 1898,  xi, 182.  Also: Indian  M. Rec, Cal-
  cutta, 1898, xiv, 229.—Picquc.  Polype naso-pharyngien;
  tracheotomie  preventive; tamponnemeut   du  pharynx;
  extirpation par la voie palatine; guerison.   Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 258-264.   [Discus-
  sion], 270-275.  Also: Ann.  d. mal. de l'oreille, du laryux
  [etc.]. Par., 1893, xix, 507-512. -----. De la voie nasale
  (incision mediane)  pour l'ablatiou des  tumeurs  naso-
  pharyngiennes (morcellemeut, tamponnemeut du pharynx),
  par  Gaudier.  [Rap.] Bull, et mem.  Soc. de  chir. de
  Par., 1897,  n.  s., xxiii, 790-793.—Piatt ( W. B.)  Fibro-
  adeno-enchoudroma of the naso-pharynx;  longitudinal
  division of the soft  palate; removal of the tumor;  primary
  union.   Med. News,  Phila.,  1888, lii,  605. — Porchcr
  (W. P.)  Posterior naso-pharyngeal libro-myxoina of un-
  usual size;  successful removal.  Tr. South  Car. M  Ass.,
  Charleston, 1888, 85-87. — ProcbMtiny.  Zur Operation
  maligner Nasenlachentumoreu.   Verhandl. d. Ver. siid-
  deutscb. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 103-108.—
  Puig y Falco (C.)   P61ipo fibroso naso-faringeo; ex-
  tirpaci6n y  curacion.  Gac.  de oftal.,  otol. y laringol., 
NASOPHARYNX.
346
NASSE.
Nasopharynx (Tumors  of  Treatment

   of,  Operative).
  Madrid, 1888, iii, 205-208. - Quenu.  Polype naso-pha-
  ryngien- operation par la voie palatine; restauration im-
  mediate du voile du palais.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de
  Par., 1894, n. s.. xx, 519-523.—Recanatesi (A.)  Sopra
  tre casi di mixofibromi naso-faringe i operati con metodo
  rapido.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix,
  32i_;t3l. _____. Voluminoso  fibroma  naso-faringeo estir-
  pato per la via orale.  Boll. d. mal. el.  orecchio. d. gola e d.
  naso  Firenze, 1901. xix,  110- 114. — Rosenberg (A.)
  [Nasenracbenpolyp.]  Verhandl. d.  laryngol. Gesellsch.
  zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii. 2.— Kothenaicher (L.)  Ab-
  norm grosser Nasenracbenpolyp; operirt im May 1894;
  Zeichnung in uaturlicher Grosse nach dem seit zwei Jah-
  ren  iu  Alcohol  liegenden  Praparate.   Monatschr.  f.
  Ohrenh., Berl., 1897, xxxi. 153. — Sargnon*.  Un cas de
  fibrome naso-pharyngien volumineux;  ablation  par voie
  palatine; traitement chirurgical de ces  tumeurs en gene-
  ral;  avautages  de  la voie palatine  dans certains  cas.
  Province med., Lyon,  1896, x, 469-471— Schmithuisen.
  Die unblutige Operation des typischeu  Nasenraobenpoly-
  pen.  Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf. u. Aerzte
   1898, Leipz., 1899,lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 313-316. AUo; Wien.
   med. Wchuschr., 1899, xlix, 1151 - 1153. — Sebileau  (P.)
   Fibrome naso-pharyngien extirpe par la voie retro pala-
   tine.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, 1047-1051.—
   Stoker (W. T.)  On the  removal of nasopharyngeal
   tumours.  In his:  Atacta cbirugica, 8°, Dubl., 1884, 33-
   40.-----. A method of removing naso-pharyngeal tumours
   to prevent bleeding from the pedicle.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1895, ii, 1100. —Stucky (J. A.)  Naso-pharyngeal fibroma;
   exhibitionsof specimens and new forceps.  Tr. Am. Acad.
   Ophth. [etc.].  Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St.  Louis, 1903, 57-70.
   Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903,  xiii, 861-870.  Taft
   (W. F.)  Operation for nasopharyngeal tumor.  Chicago
   M. Obs., 1898, i,  288.—Tnnturri (D.)  Cronaca di una
   lezione intorno all' asportazione dei tuiuori del cavo naso- j
   faringeo per le vie  naturali. Boll. d. ord. d. san. d. prov.
   di Teramo, 1902, ii, 18-20. — Thudichum  ( J. L. W.)
   Fibromata of the naso-pharyngeal space; their successful
   treatment by new methods.  Lancet, Loud., 1891, i, 246.—
   Till hod' (P.)  O llecheuii nososrlotochuikh fibrinozuikh
   polipov eleUtrolizom i operatsiyel Oilier.  [On  the treat-
   ment of nasopharyngeal fibrous polypi by electrolysis and
   Ollier's operation.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1897, xlvii,  357-
   369. — Tilley (II.)  Case of  vascular naso-pharyngeal
   fibroma of extensive origin finally removed by a combined
   operation through the soft aud hard palate, and extensive
   removal of anterior wall of  left supra-maxillary  bone.  J.
   Laryngol., Lond, 1903, xviii, 45-48.  AUo [Abstr. 1:  Tr.
   Clin. Soe. Lond., 1903-4, xxxvii, 212.—Tirifahy. Polype
   naso-pharvnyien; resection temporairede l'auvent nasale.
   Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1888, 4. s„ ii, 393:
   [Discussion], 1892, 4. s., vi, 223;  289.—Verneuil.  Sur le
   traitement des polypes naso-pharyngiens.  Bull, et mem.
   Soc. de chir. de  Par., 1894,  n. s., xx, 802-811. — Viollct
   (P.)  Cure radicale d'un casde polype  fibreux  naso-pha-
   ryngien et d'une otorrh6e chronique ancienne  couipliquee
   de paralysie faciale et de vertige.  Bull. m6d. de Quebec,
   1902-3, iv, 115-121.— Wagnier.  Traitemeut des fibro-
   myxomes naso-pharyngiens. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
   1892, xii, 382: 1893, xiii, 961.—Walsham (VV. J.)  Three
   cases of large naso-pharyngeal polypi; with remarks on the
   removal of such growths.  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond.,
   1892, xxviii, 69-72.—Wintdow (J. R.) Tumorsof thenaso-
   pharynx;  tbeir treatmeut through the natural orifices. J.
   Eye, Ear Sc  Throat Dis., Bait.,  1898, iii, 261-288, 1 pl.—
   \Vooster (D.)  A caseof naso-pharyngeal  polypus re-
   moved  by Trelat's  method.  Occidental M. Time's, Sacra-
   mento, 1890, iv,  125.—Wyeth  (J. A.)   Tbe removal of
   large neoplasms of the nasopharynx and antrum maxillare.
   N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 445-447.

 Nasopharynx (Tumors of) in children.
     See, also. Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations
   of) in children.
     Boehxcke  (G.  F. A.)  * Electrolyse  und  ju-
   veuile Fibrome  dea Naseuracheurauines.   8°.
   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1^97.
     Butzon (F. H. J.)   * Ueber  Naseupolypen im
   Kindt-suiter.   8°.   Strassburg i. E., 1903.
     Guve  (A. A. G.)  Ue adenoide vegetaties iu
   de  uciiskeelholte  bij   schooikiuderen.   Voor-
   dracht met  lichtbeelden in  eeue onderwijzers-
   vergadcriug.  121-.  Amsterdam, 1903.
     Bcckmniiii.  [Juveniles Naseurachenfibrom.]  Ver-
   handl. d.lar.\nyol. Gesellsch.  zu Berl. (1897),  1898, viii,
   22.—tJriinwald  (L.)   Bemerkungen  zur Behandlung
   desjuveuileii Nim nracheiisarcoms. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh
   Berl., 1891, xxv, 171— Halstead (T. H.)  Sarcoma of the
   nasopharynx in a child two years old. Tr. Am. Laryngol
   Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1897, N. Y., 1898, iii, 62-66.—Hans-
   berg.  Heilung eines grosseu typischen Xasenracheu-
   polypen.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1891  xxv  46- 75
 ITasopharynx (Tumors of) in  children.
  -----. Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen des Horrn Griiu-
  wald zu meinem Aufsatz  "Heilung eines grosseu typi-
  schen Xaseuracheupolypen".  Ibid., 217-220.— MucCoy
  (A.)  A caseof myxoma of the nasopharynx in a child six
  years old.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1890, X.  Y., 1891, xii,
  33-35.—Mcheimnann.  Demonstration eims Sarcomsdes
  Nasenrachenraumes  bei einem  4jahrigen Kinde.  Ver-
  handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1894). 1895, xxv, pt. 1,127.—
  Taiituri-i (D.)  A proposito di uu voluminoso tumore
  nel cavo naso-faringeo di un bambino.  N. progr. internaz.
  med.-chir., Napoli, 1904, i, 104.—Watson (\V. S.)   A case
  of naso-pharyneeal polypus in a girl:  removal by theMiaro
  and springeatch  forceps.  Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xv,
  444-447.— Wilson (W.)  Caseof fibromata in the naso-
  pharynx of a child.  Birmingh. M. Rev., 1900, xlvii, 229-
  231, 1 pl.—Wolfenden (N.)  Au unusually large naso-
  pharyngeal polypus in a girl aged fifteen.  J. Laryngol.,
  Lond., 1891, v, 186.
Nasra (Alexandre) [1868-     ].  "Contribution
  a l'6tnde clinique des n6vroses post-infec-tieuses
  (hysterie, netirastbe'iiie, livstero-neurastbdiiie).
  loll pp.  4 .   Paris,  1890, No.  1411.
Mass  (Lncieu).   *Les  eiupoiaounements  sous
  Louis XIV, d'apres les documents ine'dits de l'af-
  faire des  poisons, 1679-82.   204 pp.,  1  pl.  8°.
  Paris, 169*, No. 458.

Nassau,  Bahama Islands.
    Fisk (S. A.)   Some notes on Xassau.  Tr. Am. Climat.
  Ass., Phila..  1903, xix,  9-20.  Also: Am. Med..  Phila.,
  1903, vi, 443-445.—Hughes (O.  J. D.)  Nassau and the
  Bahama Islands. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, lii, 773.

Nassau, Germany.
    See, also, Small-pox (History, etc., of), by lo-
  calities.
    Kunge  (F.)  Nassau au der Labn.  Beobach-
  tuugen auf dem  Gebiete der Kaltwasser-Kuren
  und der sogenannten Naturheiliuethoden.  16°.
  Wiesbaden, 1869.
    ------.   Kurmethoden uud  Kurerfolge iu der
  Bade-Austalt  zu Nassau a. d. Labn fiir  Hydro-
  und Elektrotberapie,  1869.   16c.   Frankfurt a.
  M., 1870.
    -----.   Beobachtungen auf dem Gebiete der
  Wasserkureu  und anderer  physikalischer Heil-
  methodeu.  16°.   Wiesbaden, 1872.
Massauer (Max).  *Eiu Fall  beginuender Tu-
  berkulose der Gebarmutterschleimhaut bei  fort-
  geschritteneni Cancroid  der Portio  vaginalis,
  31 pp.  8°.   Wurzburg, Becker, 1694.
-----.  Doktorsfabrten. AeiztlichesundMensch-
  liebes.   139 pp.  8°.   Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1902.
Nasse ([Christian] Friedr.) [1778-1*.">l].   Hand-
  bucb der  allgemeinen Tberapie.  1 v. in 2.  vi,
  vi, .X4 pp.  8°. Bonn, T. Habicht,  1h40-4;">.
-----.  Die Untersucbung  des Scheintodes vom
  wirklicben  Tode;  zur  Bcrnliigung  iiber  die
  Gefabr,  lebendig  begraben  zu warden.   1 p. 1.,
  66 pp.   12°.   Bonn,  T. Habicht, 1<A.
    See,  also, Abercrombic (John).  Ueber die Krank-
  heiteu [etc.]. 8°. Bonn,  1821.—Ii rimer ([Job.  Franz]
  W[enzel)).  Untersuchungen iiber die  nachste Drsacbe
  des Hustens [etc.].   8°.  Leipzig, 1819.—Osborne (Jona-
  than) [ml. s.]. Pathologie und Therapie  der Wasser-
  sucht. 8°.  Leipzig, 1840.
Nasse (D[ietricb]) [1860-98.]   Die Exstirpation
  der  SelluIter   und ihre  Bedeutung  fiir  die Be-
  handlung der Sarkotne des Humerus.
    In:  Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1893, No. 86 (Chir.,
  No. 23, 507-518).
------.  Ueber   multiple cartilajjinare  Exostoseu
  und multiple Encboudromc
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1895, No. 124 (Chir.,
  No. 34, 209-234).
------.  Die  gonorrhoiscben   Entziinduugcn der
  Gelenke,  Sebnenscbeiden und Schleiuibeutel.
    In: Samml. klin.Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1897, No. 181 (Chir.,
  No. 51, 739-770).
    For Biography, see Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv,
  1282 (A. Schmitt).
LVasse (Dietrich  H. K.)   Cliiriugischc Krank-
  heiteu der unteren  Extremitaten.  354 pp.  - .
  Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1897. 
NASSE.
347
NATHAN.
 Nasse (D[ietrich])—continued.
 _____& Boicliardt (M.)  Verletzungen und
   Erkrankungen des Fnssgelenks und Fusses.
     In:  Handb.  d. prakt. Chir. .  . . Bergmann [et al.].
   2. Aufl. 8°.  Stuttgart, 1903, iv, 861-1006.
 Nasse (Hermann) [1807-92].  Ueber den Einfluss
   der Nabrung auf das Blut.   99 pp.  8°.  Mar-
   burg, Elwert,  1850.  [P., v. 1891.]
 -----.  Ueber  die Ausflnssgeschwindigkeit  des
   Blutes aus den Halsgefasseu der  Hunde und
   iiber die Moditication derselben durch Infusion
   von Koclisalz in die  Gefasse.  8°.   Bonn, 1880.
     Cutting [cover with printed title] from.- Arch. f. d. ges.
   Physiol., Bonn,  1880, xxii, 512-559.
 ■-----.  Die  c iseureicheu Ablagerungen im thie-
   rischen Korper.
     In:  Medicinischk Fakultat  zu Marburg.  Zur Erin-
   nerung an Wilhelm Roser. roy. 8°.  Marburg, 1889, 1-25.
     For Biography, see Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1892, xxix, 712.
 Nasse (Karl Friedrich Werner) [1822-89].
     Editor of:  Bericht iiber die psycbiatrische Literatur
   im 1. Halbjahre 18SI!.  8°.  [Berlin, 1884.]
 Nasse (Otto [Job. Friedrich]) [18119-1903].  *Die
   Schleimhaut der iuneren weiblichen Geschlecbts-
   theile im Wirbelthierreich.  39 pp.  8°.  Mar-
   burg,  C. L.  Pfeil, [L-62].   [P., v. 1894.]
     For Biography, see Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904,
   ci, 1-22, port. (O. LangendorfT).  AUo: J. Am. M. Ass.,
   Chicago, 1903, xii, 1219.
 Nastavleniye o mierakh lichnavo predokhra-
   neuiya ot cbolcr'i.  [Instructions about personal
   prophylactic  measures against cholera.]  4  pp.
   8°.   [St. Petersburg, 1892.]
     Repr.from: Pravit. vestnik, 1892.
 Nast-Kolb (Alban).   *Zwei Falle von retro-
   uterineiu subperitonealem  Tumor.   16 pp.  8°.
   Tiibingen, F. Pietzcker, 1899.
 Nastolnaya kniga-dlya  zapislvaniya bolnikh
   i neobkhodimlkh  spravok na  189-g.  [A table-
   book  for recording tbe patients and  necessary
   data for  . . .]  280 pp.  sm. 4°.   S.-Peterburg,
   X. P.  Petroff,  [1889].
 Nastyukoff(M[ikhail] M[ikhailovich]) [1865-
      ].  * K voprosu ob etiologii i  klinicheskoi
   bakteriologii  influents!.  [Etiology and cliuical
   bacteriology  of influenza. ]   91 pp., 2 1.  8°.
   S.-Peterburg, M. Y. Minkoff, 1894.
 Nasiia.
     5ee  Coatimondi.
 Natal.
     See, also,  Buffalo  Biver;  Cape Colony; Lep-
   rosy (History, etc., of), by localities.
     Johnstox (C.)  Observations on  health and
   disease, and on the  physical economy of human
   life, in Natal.   8°.   Natal,  I860.
     Manx (R. J.)  On the temperature of the air
   in Natal,  .South Africa, from observations taken
   at Pietermaritzburg (2,095 feet above  the level
   of tbe sea, and in latitude 29  36' 13" S.) during
   the ten years  1858-67.  8°.   [n. p.],  1870.
    Repr.from: Proc. Meteor. Soc, 1870.
    Colenao (Harriette E.) Sc Werner (A.)  White and
   black in Natal.  Contemp. Rev., Lond. Sc N. Y., 1892,  lxi,
   205-213.
NatalelBi (Francois)  [1875-    ].   * Etude cri-
   tique sur  les traitements  actnels de la luxation
   congenitale de la hauche.   52 pp.   8°.   Lyon,
   1897, No. 28.
Natali (Salvatore).  Topografia e statistica me-
   dica di Senigallia.   114 pp., 4 maps, 5 tab.  8°.
  Milano, G. Civelli, 1889.
Natalidad y  mortalidad de la Habana en 1878,
  con deduccion de los 2,913 que fallecieron en los
  bospitales militares, procedentes del interior de
  la  isla.   1  1.   8°.   [Habana,  1879, vel  subseq.j
  [P., v. 866.]
Natalini  (Giovanni).  Diaguosi  differenziale e
  cura d«gli essudati  pleuritici.   35 pp.   12°.
  Orvieto, E. Tosini, 1890.
 Natalucci (Giuseppe).  Quattordici casi  di re-
   cidive di morbillo raccolti nel comune di Merca-
   tello, e  ne' suoi dintorni.   16  pp.  8°.   Civita-
   nova-Marche, D. Natalucci, 1889.
 -----.  Un caso di febbre isterica.  21 pp.  12°.
   Civiianova-Marche, D. Natalucci, 1895.
     Repr. from: Gazz. med. d. Marche, Civitanova-Marche,
   1895.
 -----.   Sull' epidemia  di   tifo a Monsaiupie-
   trangeli.  11pp.  8°.  Recanati, L, Simboli, 1903.
     Also, Co-Editor of: Onzzctta. medica delle Marche,
   Civitauova, 1891-1901.
 NatailSOll (A[bram]).  * De  Fop6ration radi-
   cale de la hernie inguinale chez les enfants. Ses
   suites imme'diates et e'loigne'es; ses indications et
   ses coutre-indications.   53 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1895,
   No. 113.
 NatailSOll (Alexander  [Vladimirovitch] [1862-
      ].   * Ueber Glaucom in aphakischen Augen.
   74 pp., 3 1.  8°.   Dorpat, C. Mattiesen, 1889.
 -----.  Glaznulya  boliezni  v ikh  svyazi  s ob-
   shtshimi zabolievaniyami organizma.  [Diseases
   of the eyes in connection with general constitu-
   tional diseases. ]  324,  iv pp.  8°. S.-Peterburg,
   [ V. S. Ettinger ], 1895.
     Issued by: Prakt. med,
 -----.  Uchebnik  glaznlkh  bolieznei dlya feld-
   sherov,  feldsherits  i feldsherskikh uchilishtsh.
   [Manual of diseases of tbe eyes, for feldshers and
   feldsher schools.]   viii, 134 pp., 11.  8°.  Mos-
   kva, O. O. Gerbek, 1902.
 Natanson (Autou  [Erich]) [1862-    ].   *Bei-
   trage  zur Kenntniss  der  Pyrogallolwirkung.
   2  p. 1., 93 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Dorpat, C. Mattiesen,
   1888.
 NatailSOll [Isidor] [1867-   ].  * Contribution
   a  l'etude de l'arthrodese dans le pied-bot paraly-
   ttqne.  55 pp.   4°.   Paris, 1892, No. 336.
 Natanson (Ladislas).   Sur  la  conductibilite"
   caloritique d'un gaz en mouveinent.  pp. 137-146.
   8°.  Craeovie,  1902.
     Cutting [cover  with printed title] from: Bull. Acad. d.
   sc. de Craeovie.  CI. math., 1892.
 Natanson (LudwiJc) [1822-96].
     Kramsztyk (Z.)  Ludwik Natanson; waponinienie
   po§miertne.  [In  memoriam. | Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1896,
   2.  s., xvi, 631-634. — Szwajcer (J.)  [In memoriam.]
   Medycyna, Warszawa,  189G, xxiv, 598-603.
 Natanson ( Matviei Semyouovich ) [1861-   ].
   * Patologo-auatomicheskiya izmieneniya  avto-
   maticbeskikb  nervnlkh uzlov  serdtsa  pri voz-
   vratnoi  goryachkie.   [Pathologo - anatomical
   alterations of  the  automatic ganglia of the
   heart  in  relapsing fever.]  73 pp., 11., lpl.
   8°.  S.-Peterburg, E. Amhold, 1896.

 Natchez.
     See Fever (Yellow, History, etc., of), by  local-
   ities.
 IVates.
     See Buttock.
 Natll [Friedrich Wilhelm Reinhold] [1830-     ].
   Zwangs- Abimpfung nnd Iuipfungs-Modus.  11
   pp.  8°.   [Berlin, Ii. Boll, 1876.]
    Repr. from: Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. u. off. Med., Berl.,
   1876, n. P., xxv.
 Nathan   (Hermann).  *Ein  Fall von  Sinus-
   tlirombose und Meningitis im Anschluss an ei-
   trige Mittelolirentziiudung.  21 pp.  8°.   Wiirz-
   burg,  F. Bbhrl,  1-V9.
 Nathan  (Joseph).   *Die Influenza in ihren Be-
  ziehuugen zum Gehororgan.  [Wurtzburg.]  29
  pp. 8C.  Bingena.Bh., Boryszewski A'- Polex, 1897.
Nathan  (P. W[illiam]).  A case of cerebral di-
  plegia (so-called spastic spinal paraplegia) with
  pseudo-hypertrophy.  7 pp.  12°.  New York,
  1904.
   Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix.
   A Uo, Editor of:  Progress of Medicine, San Francisco,
  1899. 
NATHAN.
348
NATIONAL.
Nathan (Rudolf)  [1*77-    ].  * Ueber compli-
  cierte Scbadelfraktureu.   44  pp.   8°.  Bonn, J.
  von dem Walde, 1902.
Nathan (Wilhelm).  * Ist bei Myomeu wahrend
  der (Jraviditat die supravaginal!! Uterusainputa-
  tion indicirt ?  25 pp.  "°.  Wiirzburg, F. Bbhrl,
  1H ■"■J*"'
Nathan  (Wilhelm) [L-64-     ].   * Ueber  das
  Verhalten der Muskelfasern in Bezug auf Vacuo-
  leiibildung  nnd   Hypertrophie  nach   Nerven-
  durcbschncidung.  27 pp.  8°.  Bonn, C. Georgi,
  1^9.
Nathan Littauer Hospital, Gloversville.  An-
  nual report ot tbe executive committee and offi-
  cers to tlie members of the association.   4.,
  lH9."i-6.  33 ]ip.  8-.  Gloversville, Collins $• Lean-
  ing, 1896.
NathailSOll  (Arnold Ferdinand)  [1865-    ].
  *Beruht die  nach  Phosphorvergiftung eintre-
  tende Fettleber auf einer Fettiufiltratiou oder
  Fi-t (metamorphose?   31   pp.   8°.  Berlin,   G.
  Schade,  [H~9J.
Nat ha ll SO ll (Felix) [1870-    ].   * Zur Kennt-
  nis der Derivate  des  Diketohydriden.   35  pp.,
  1 1.  -:.   Berlin, L. Schade, [1893].
Natliuiison  (J«>su6-G.)  [1866-     ].  * Etude
  critique de  la trepanation dans la  paralysie  ge-
  nerale.  68 pp.  8~.  Parts, 1-97, No. 494.
Nathanson (Max).   * Ueber ceutralen Zerfall
  eiues Lterusmyoms.  [Erlangen.]  23  pp.   8°.
  Berlin, H  Schmidt, 1890.
Nathhoi'St (Job.  Theophilus).  Descriptio arte-
  riariim  corporis humani  in tabulas redacta, cu-
  jus pattern  piimain . . . publice ventilaudam ex-
  hibit.  23  pp. 4J.   Cpsulia; J. Edman, [1780].
NatllUSius (Fridericus Guilelmus) [1815-    ].
  * De ery>ipelate typhoso.  53 pp.,  1 1.   8C.   Be-
  rolini, F. <i. Nietack, [1856].
von NatllUSius (Simon).   *Einiges iiber  den
  Einfluss der Oxalsaure iu Futterstoffen.  Nach
  Versuchen  an Schafeu.   54 pp., 1  1.   Habilita-
  tionsschrift.  8 .   Breslau, B. Galle, 1897.
Von  NatllUSius I.W.)  Untersuchungen iiber
  Harting'scht- Kcirperchen.  pp. 602-648,1 pl.  8°.
  Leipzig, 1890.
     Cutlingfrom: Ztschr.f.wissensch.Zool.,Leipz.,1890,xlix.
Nati (Piero).  Breve discorso intorno alia  natura
  del popone, e sopra il cattivo uso del ber fresco
  con la  neve.   17 pp.  24"-.  Fiorenza,  G. Mare-
  scotti, 1576.
     Bound with the following.
------.  Modo  facile et ispedito  da conservarsi
  sano ne' tempi pericolosi della pestilenza.   Con
  altri trattati  che  si conteugono nella faccia se-
  guente.  14 1.  24°.  Fiorenza, G. Marescotti, 1576.
Natier (Lebn-Alphonse) [1879-   ].  * Les com-
  plications  nerveuses des fractures  du  coude.
  88 pp.  -3.  Lille, 1904, No. 39.
Natier (Marcel) [1860-    ].  * Fievre des foins;
  pathogenie et traitement. 159 pp. 4°.  Paris,
  16*6, Xo.  76.
-----.  The same.  159 pp.  8C.  Paris, 0. Doin,
  1866.
------.  Policlinique de Paris.   Service de rhino-
  logie, d'otologie et de laryngologie.  Statistique
  du  service pour  1'aunee 1890-91.   13  pp.   8°.
  Paris, Daix freres, 1891.
-----.  The same.  1891-2.  91 pp.   12°.  Paris,
  189.").
------.  Quelques cas de  corps  (Strangers de l'o-
  reille (chez des  enfants); considerations sur le
  traitement. 23 pp.  8°.  Paris, La  Semaine med.,
  1892.
     Repr.from: Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1892, ii.
------.  Pbarvngites  hemorrha^iques.   24  pp
  f-3.  Paris, 1893.
     Repr.from: Kev.  internat. de rhinol., otol. et larvnaol..
  Par., 1893, iii.                             J  s '
Natier (Marcel)—continued.
-----.   Des polypes de la cloison  des  fosses na-
  sales.  16 pp.  s .   Paris, 1893.
    Repr. from:  Ann. de la Policlin. de I'ar., 1893, iii.
------.   fipislaxis spontaneous  (a repetition).  35
  pp.  8°.   Paris, 1699.
    Repr. from:  Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.J,
  Par., 1899, i.
------.   La neurasth6nie et certaines affections du
  nez et de la K°rge.   ^ PP-   ^°.  Paris, 1899.
    Repr. from: Parole.  Kev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.],
  Par., 1899, i.
------.   Faux  adenoidisnie par insufflsauce reapi-
  ratoire  chez des nevropathes.   Troubles  de la
  voix pariee  et  chante>.  Consid6rations ge"u6-
  rales  sur la  valeur respective  au point de vue
  therapeutique des  pi-oceiles m6dicanx ou ohirur-
  gicanx  et des exercices physiologiques. 32 pp.
  8°.  Paris, 1901.
    Repr.from:  Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.],
  Par., 1901, iii.
------.   A propos de l'article  de J. Thomson et
  L. Turner sur l'etiologie du stridulisme congeni-
  tal chez l'enfant.  7 pp.  8;.  Paris, 1901.
    Repr. from: Parole.  Rev. internat. de rhinol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1901, iii.
 ------.   Syphilis tertiaire du nez ehez une jeune
  fllle.  Infection, au conrs de l'allaitement, par
  la nourrice.   Seqnestres et  polypes muqueux.
  24 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1901.
    Repr. from: Parole.  Rev. internat.de rhinol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1900, ii.
------.  Neurasthenic  et respiration; education
  physiologique  de  l'enfant.   20 pp.,  1 1.   8C.
  Paris, 1903.
    Repr. from:  Bull. Soc. m6d. d'arrondissement de Par.
  [etc.], 1903.
------.  La surdite,  son diagnostic et sou prognos-
  tic etablis au moyen de l'enquete  par les diapa-
  sons.  14 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1903.
------.  Quatre cas  de surdite deja  ancienne trai-
  tes sans succes a  plusieurs reprises, diagnostic
  des lacunes  auditives au moyen des diapasons;
  reeduction physiologique Hie l'oreille (presenta-
  tion des  malades).   31 pp.  8°.    Paris,  Daix
  freres, 1904.
    Repr.from:  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de med. et  chir. prat.
  de Par., 1904.
------.  Surdite  bilaterale ancienne, vertiges et
  bourdonnements;  traites  et considerable-merit
  ameiiores par les exercices acoustiques au moyen
  des diapasons;  reeduction physiologique de
  l'oreille.  16 pp.   8°.   Paris, Daix freres, 1904.
    Repr.from: Bull, et m6m. Soc. de m6d. et chir. prat, de
  Par., 1904.
 ------.  Surdite et fievre typboide.  Destruction
  totale du tympan  droit par otorrhee chronique.
  Traitement  par les  exercices  acoustiques au
  moyen des diapasons. Reeduction physiologique
  de l'oreille.  7 pp.  83.  Paris, 1905.
     Also,  Co-Editor of: Parole (La),  Paris, 1899-1903.
  Also, Editor of: Revue internationale de rhinologie, oto-
  logic et laryngologie,  Paris, 1892-8.
     See, also, Moure (E. J.)  Lecons sur les  maladies dn
  larynx [etc.).  8°.  Paris, 1890.
 Natili (Peter).  Aerztlicher Ratgeber der Electro-
  Physiopathie.   4. Aufl.  218 pp.  12°.   Munchen,
  Staegmeyr, 1892.

 National Academy of Dental Science.
     Unitkd States.  Congress.  Senate.  A  bill to
  incorporate  the  National  Academy of Dental
  Science.  50. Cong.,  1. sess.  S. 2941.   May 14,
  1888.  Rep.  made by Mr. Call.  roy. 8°. [Wash-
  ington, 1888.]
 National Academy of Sciences.   Memoirs,  v.
  1-2; Nos. 1-8, 13,  v. 3; v. 4-7; Nos. 1-7, v. 8; v.
  9.  8°.   Washington, 1866-1905.
 -----.  Proceedings,  v. 1.  406 pp.  8°.   Wash-
  ington, 1877-99. 
NATIONAL.
349
NATIONAL.
 National Academy of Sciences—continued.
 .-----.   Annual reports.  1879-80; 1882; 1888-94;
   1896-1901; 1904.  8°.  Washington, 1880-1905.
 -----.   Investigation of the scientific and eco-
   nomic relations of the sorghum sugar industry,
   being a  report made iu  response to a request
   from  the Hon. George B. Luring, IT. S. Commis-
   sioner of Agriculture, by a committee of the Na-
   tional Academy  of Sciences,  November, 1882.
   152 pp.  8°.  Washington, Govt. Print. Office, 1883.
 .-----.   Biographical memoirs,   v. 2.  1 p. 1., 388
   pp.   8°.   Washington, Judd <j- Detiveiler, 1886.
 -----.   Letter from the Secretary  of  the Navy,
   transmitting, in compliance with Senate  resolu-
   tion  Feb. 2, 1886,  report of. . . upon  the pro-
   posed new Naval Observatory.  49. Cong., 1. sess.
   S.  Ex.  Doc. 67.   Feb.  10, 1886. 36 pp.  8°.
   [Washington, 1886.]
 -----.   Constitution and membership.  June 10,
   1888.   23 pp.   8°.  Washington,   Judd 4'- Det-
   weiler, 1888.
 .-----.   The  same.  May  5, 1893.   24  pp.   8°.
   Washington, Judd $• Detweiler, 1893.
 ---—   The same.   May 10, 1895.  24 pp.  8°.
   Washington, Judd 4' Detweiler, 1-95.
 ■-----.   Standards for electrical measure.  Febru-
   ary 20, 1895.  9  pp.  8°.   Washington,  Judd $•
   Detweiler, 1895.
 National Association of Dental Faculties.  Pro-
   ceedings of annual meetings.  4,  1887; 5, 1888;
   7-15,  1890-08.  8C.  Chicago, 1888-98.
 -----.   History  of  tbe  National Association of
   Dental Faculties (United States).  With con-
   stitution and codified by-laws 1893.  24 pp.  8°.
   Indianapolis, Baker 6r Bandolph, [n. d.].
 National  Association  of  Master Builders of
   Great Britain.  Established 1878.   Rules.  8 pp.
   8°.   [London, 1878.]
 National Association of Master Plumbers of the
   Uuited States of America.  Proceedings of the
   third  annual convention of the . .  ., held at St.
   Louis, Mo., June 23-26,1885.  214 pp.   8°.  Cin-
   cinnati, Keating Sr Co., 1885.
 National Association  of the  Late Volunteer
   Medical Officers of  tbe United States Army and
   Navy. Constitution and bv-laws.  Adopted May
   3, 1870.  7 pp.   8°.  Washington,  1870.
 National Association for the Promotion of So-
   cial Science.  On a constant water  supply for
   London;  being a  reprint, by permission,  of
   papers by J. F. Bateman, Thomas Beggs, and
   William Rendle.  Printed for gratuitous circula-
   tion and  for distribution by vestries and  boards
   of works.  42 pp.   8°.  London, Office of  the So-
   cial Science Association, 1867.   [P., v.  2041.]
 National Association  for Providing  Trained
   Nurses for the Sick Poor.  Report of the sub-
   committee  of reference and inquiry.  119 pp.
  8°.  London,  Spottisivoode Sr Co., 1875.
 National Association  of  Railway  Surgeons.
   [Official  transactions.]   1891-3, 4.-6. meetings.
  8°.  Chicago, 1891-3.
 National Association  for  Supplying  Female
  Medical Aid to the Women of India.
    See " Counter of Dufferin's Fund".  Annual reports.
  roy. 8°. Calcutta, 1890-91.
 National Association of United States Pension
  Examining  Surgeons.   Transactions,   v. 1-2,
  1903-4.  215 pp.;  187 pp.  8.  R ochester. 1903-4.
 National Board of Health.
    See  Hygiene (Public,  Laws, etc., of),  by lo-
  calities.
National (The) Board of  Health Magazine.  A
  review of  sanitary and   therapeutic  science.
  Allen  H. Still, editor.  [Monthly.]  v.  9-10,1895-
  6.  8C.  New  York.
    Continuation of: Doctor (The) of Hygiene. In 1896
  became quarterly.
National (The) Bulletin of Charities and Cor-
  rection.  Published quarterly by  the National
  Conference of Charities and Correction,  v. 1-5,
  November, 1896, to November 30, 1901.  8°.  St.
  Paul, Minn.;  Chicago.
National  College of Electro-Therapeutics, In-
  dianapolis.   Announcement  for  1897.   32 pp.
  obi. 16°.  Indianapolis, [1896].
National College of  Pharmacy,  Washington,
  D. C.  Review of Dr. Squibb's proposed  plan for
  the future revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia,
  being  a  special report upon this subject by the
  committee of National College of Pharmacy on
  theU.  S. Pharmacopoeia, and resolutions  adopted
  by the National College of Pharmacy, Washing-
  ton, D. C, at  a special meeting held May 28,
  1877.  1  p. 1., 8 pp.  8°.  [Washington], Judd $•
  Detweiler, 18??.
-----.  Annual circulars for  the sessions of 1885-6
  to 1905-6 (14.-34.).  8°.   Chicago, 1885-1905.
    List of students and graduates for the sessions of 1884-5
  to 1904-5 in announcements for subsequent years.  List of
  alumni, 1873-1905, in announcement for 1905-6.
National Confederation  of State  Medical Ex-
  aminers  and Licensing  Boards.  Transactions.
  1897, 1899, 1900.  8°.  Easton, Pa., 1897-1900.
National Conference of Charities and Correc-
  tions.  Report of  the  standing  committee on
  crimes and penalties.  15 pp. 8°.  [Boston, 1883.]
-----.  Proceedings, 1888-1905.   18 v.   8°.  [v.
  p.], 1888-1905.
-----.  Charity organization.  Reports  and pa-
  pers presented by the  committee ou  charity
  organization of the 17th National Conference of
  Charities and  Corrections,  aud a paper by Mrs.
  Charles L. Lowell.  Baltimore, May 14-21, 1890.
  53 pp.  8°.  Boston, G. H. Ellis, 1890.
    Repr.from: Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost., 1890, vii.
-----.   First announcement of 19th conference,
  Denver, Colorado, June 23  to 29, 1892.  14 pp.,
  1 1.  12°.  [Boston, 1692.]
-----.   Report of standing committee on  munici-
  pal and county charities (including public out-
  door relief).   79 pp.  8°.  Boston, G. H. Ellis,
  1898.
National Conference of State Boards of Health.
  Subject: The  threatened extension  of Asiatic
  cholera to North America, and tbe  action neces-  '
  sary to prevent  or limit  a cholera  epidemic.
  24 pp.  8°.  Springfield, III., 1884.
-----.   An abstract of tbe proceedings.   Printed
  for  distribution by the State Board of Health
  of Kentucky.   66 pp.  8°.   Bowling Green,166b.
-----.   Proceedings.   7.  annual  meeting, 1890.
  72 pp.  8°.  Columbus, Ohio, 1890.
National Convention of the Bureaus of Statis-
  tics of Labor  iu the  United States.   Proceed-
  ings at the  annual session.  With papers  read
  before  the convention.  4., 1886; 6.,  1888.  8°.
  Des Moines, 1880-8.
National Convention of Cattle Growers.   Pro-
  ceedings of. . ., under the auspices of the  Con-
  solidated Cattle  Growers'  Association  of the
  United States.  91 pp., 10  I.   8'-'.    Chicago, J.
  Mori is, 1887.
Natioual Convention  for  the  Suppression  of
  Insect  Pests and Plant Diseases by Legislation.
    See United Niates.  Department  of Agriculture.
  Proceedings. 8°. Washington, 1897.
National Dental Association (late  Southern).
  Proceedings of the ... in connection with the
  Georgia  State  Dental  Society  and  the North
  Carolina and South Carolina Dental Assocations,
  1879.   96 pp.   8C.  Athens,  Ga.,  Yancey <f Cran-
  ford, 1881.
-----.   Transactions of the .  . .,  including min-
  utes of the convention, resulting in  the forma-
  tion of the National Dental Associatiou,  and the 
NATIONAL.
350
NATIONAL.
National Dental Association—continued.
  lirst meetirn-, held  at  Old Point Comfort, Ya.,
  August 5 and 6, 1897.  Proceedings of the second
  annual session, held at Omaha, Neb., commenc-
  ing August 30, 1.-98.  Proceedings of the first
  annual session of tbe Southern Dental Associa-
  tion  branch of the National  Dental  Associa-
  tion! held  at  St. Augustine, Fla.,  commencing
  February 22, 189-.   xii. 406 pp.   8°.  Philadel-
  phia, S. 'S.  White Dent.  Mfg. Co., 1899.
_____  Report  of the committee  on history.  22
  pp. V.   [n.p., 1899.]
National  Dental  Hospital,  Loudon.    Ireas-
  urer's financial statements for the years 1-87;
  18-8.  2  sheets; 2 sheets.   MS.  fol.   London,
  1888-9.
_____.  Annual  report of the committee of  man-
  agement to the governors and subscribers.  33.,
  1894.  47 pp.  8°.   London, J. Bate <f- Sons, 1895.
-----.  Prospectus for the session of 1893-4.  52
  pp.  8°.   London, J. Bate <f- Sons, 1893.
National  (The)  dispensatory.  See Stille (Al-
  fred), Naisch (John M.) [it al.].
National (The) Druggist,  v. 13-24, July, 1888,
  to June,  1894.   4°.   Saint Louis.
National Eclectic Medical Association.  Trans-
  actions, 1888-9 to 1904.   v. 16-32.   8<Y   [v. p.],
  18-9-1901.
National  (The)  Eclectic  Monthly  Medical
  Journal.  A. F. Stephens, editor and publisher.
  v. 1, May to November, 1903.  8°.   Saint Louis.
    Ended.
National  Florence Crittenton Mission.   Four-
  teen years' work  among  "erring girls", as con-
  ducted  by tbe .  . ., with practical suggestions
  for the  same,   vi, 209 pp.   8C.    Washington,
  [180?].
National (The) formulary of unofficial prepara-
  tions.  Revised ed.  By authority of the Amer-
  ican Pharmaceutical Association,  xiii, 195 pp.
  80.  [n.p.], lr-96.
National  Geographical  Magazine, v. 11, Nos.
  10-11, 1900. 8°.   Washington, 1900.
National  (The) Guard  Gazette.   Devoted  to
  the interests of national guardsmen.  Edited by
  Edward T. Miller [et al.].  [Monthly.]  No. 4,
  v. 1, April, 1897.   8°.  Columbus, 0.
National  health service.   4 pp.    8°.   [San
  Francisco,  1888.]
    Repr.from : Pacific M. Sc  S. J., San Fran.,  1888, xxxi.
National (The) Heating  and Ventilating Com-
  pany operating the Timby  system of heating,
  cooling,  ventilating, and disinfecting.   8 pp.,
  2 pl.  8°.  Washington, 1889.
National  Homoeopathic Hospital Association of
  Washington, D. C.  By-laws, rules, and regula-
  tions.   19 pp.   *•'.   Washington, T.McGillSr Co.,
  1886.
-----.  By-laws, rules, and regulations.  Adopted
  Jan. 21, 1889.  27 pp.  8°.  [ Washington], Gib-
  son Bros.,  [1889].
-----.  Appeal  to  homoeopathic physicians and
  friends of homoeopathy in the United  States in
  behalf of  the  National Homoeopathic Hospital,
  Washington, D. C.  Including first report of La-
  dies'  Aid  Association of . . .,  the constitution,
  and a list  of officers, members, and subscribers.
  16 pp.   12°.   Washington, B. S. Adams, [1887].
-----.  Annual reports of the board of trustees
  and officers to the association.   7.-11., 1888-92;
  13., 1*94;  15.-18., 1896 to 1898-9.  8°.   Washing-
  ton, 1889-99.
     Incorporated  June  10, 1881. The 16. and 17. reports in
  one. Tho 17. report for 6 months, ending June 30, 1898.
National Homoeopathic Medical College, Wash-
  ington,  D. C.   Annual  announcement  for the
  session of 1895-6 (3.).  26 pp.  8°.  Washington,
  Beresford, 1895.
National Hospital for Diseases of the Heart and
  Paralysis, London.  Statement  of receipts,and
  expenditure for the year L--5.   4  1. 8  .  [Lon-
  don, 16*0.]
-----.   Annual reports of the committee  to the
  ooveinors and subscribers.   30., 18-.">;  32., 1-87.
  85 [ip.; 77 pp.  8^.  London, J. Sheldon, 18*6-8.
National Hospital for the  Paralysed  and Epi-
  leptic  (Albany  Memorial), Blootnsburv.  An-
  nual reports of the board of management to the
  governors  and subscribers.  22.-45., 1880-1903.
  8°.  London,  1881-1904.
-----.   Building of a new  country and conva-
  lescent home.  "A hospital garden."   [Special
  donations solicited to lay out and  stock the gar-
  den.   B. BurfordRawlings.]  4 pp.  12°.  [Lon-
  don, 1895.]
—i----.   Erection  of a new  country and conva-
  lescent home.  Appeal for £1,500, the balance of
  the sum  required  for  building  and equipment.
  July 1,1895.   3 pp.  4°.  [London, 18<J5.]
-----.   ''Things seen  are greater than  things
  heard."  Being  glimpses at suffering borne in
  the wards of the .  . ., and the efforts  made  for
  its relief.  By B. Burford Rawlings.  front., 28
  pp.,  2 1.  sm. 4°.   London, Chiswick Press, 1895.
-----.   Echoes of many voices, being the last ap-
  peal of the nineteenth century on behalf  of one
  of the greatest of the charitable  institutions to
  which it has given birth.  15 pp., 2 pl.  8°.
  London, Chiswick Press, 1899.
National (The) Hospital Record.   Detroit.
    Title, after 1899, of: National  (The) Hospital and
  Sanitarium Record, Detroit.
National (The) Hospital and Sanitarium Rec-
  ord.   Devoted to  the hospital, sanitarium, aud
  pure food interests of the United States.  [Month-
  ly.]  v. 1-9, August, 1897, to November, 1905.  4°.
  Detroit, Mich.
    Current.  In 1900 title became: National (The) Hos-
  pital Record.
National incorporation for the American Med-
  ical Association.   18 pp.  16°.  New York, 1903.
    Repr.from:  N. York State J. M., 1903, iii.
National  Indian  Association in Aid of Social
  Progress and Education in India.  Journal.  No.
  171.   Match,  1885.  pp.  105-156.   8°.  London,
  C. Kegan Paul, Trench $ Co., [1885].
National Institute  of  Pharmacy,  Chicago.
  Special  announcement.   October,  1888.   4°.
  [Chicago, G.  P. Engelhard A- Co.,  1888.]
-----.   Semi-annual  announcement  for  1891-2
  (2.).   16  pp.  8°.  Chicago, G. P. Engelhard $
  Co., 1891.
    A system of home  study.  Lectures  semi-monthly by
  mail. '
National Jewish  Hospital for  Consumptives,
  Denver.  Annual reports of the executive com-
  mittee to the association.  1.-3.,  1900-1902.  6°.
  [Denver, 1901-3.]
National (The)  leprosy fund.  Prize essays on
  subjects connected with leprosy.  8°.  London,
  Adlard cy Son, 1895.
                     CONTENTS.
    No. 1. On the history of the decline and final extinction
  of leprosy as an endemic disease in  the British Islands.
  By George Newman.                          .  .
    No. 2. Conditions under which leprosy has declined  in
  Iceland.  Bv Edward H. Ehlers.
    No. 3. Leprosy in South Africa. By  S. P. Impey.
    No. 4. On spontaneous recovery from leprosy.  By a. tr.
   Impey.
 National Liberator.  A philanthropic  religio-
   political journal.   Published  by the National
   Constitutional Liberty  League,  Boston, Mass.
   J. Winfield Scott, managing editor.  [Monthly. J
   Nos. 1-2, v. 1, November to December, 1888.  fol.
   Boston.
     A continuation of:  medical (The) Liberator. 
NATIONAL.                               351                             NATIONALS.
National Medical  College, Chicago.   See  Na-
  tional Medical University, Chicago.
National Medical  College, Washington.  Ad-
  dresses  delivered  at the  sixty-fourth annual
  commencement of the National Medical College
  (medical department of Columbian  University)
  by \V. W. Godding and W.  L. Cissel, March 17,
  1-80.   15  pp.   8°.   Washington,  W.  H. Moore,
  1886.
National Medical College.  Medical Department
  of Columbian University.  Annual announcements
  and catalogues for the sessions of 1888-9 to 1893-
  4 (67.-72.).  8C.  Washington,  1888-93.
    List of students for the sessions  of 1887-8 to 1892-3, in
  announcements for subsequent years. For continuation,
  see  Columbian University,  Washington.   Medical
  School.
National (The) Medical Dictionary.   See Bill-
  ings (John Shaw).
National Medical Exchange.   [Monthly.]  No.
  2, v. 1,  September, 1888.  fol.  Pittsburgh, Pa.
    An advertisement.
National (The)  Medical Review.  Charles H.
  Stowell, editor aud  publisher.  [Monthly.]  v.
  1-11, March, 1-92, to July, 1901.  8°.   Washing-
  ton, D. C.
    Ended.  In  Xovember, 1897, G. "W. Johnston and T. E.
  McArdle became editors. After February, 1898, has sup-
  plement: Military (The) Surgeon.
National Medical University, Chicago.  Annual
  announcements for the  sessions of 1891-2 (1.);
  181)7-8(7.);  1901-2 to 1903-4 (11.-13.).   8\  Chi-
  cago, 1891-1903.
    Organized in 1891 as the National Homeopathic Medical
  College.  The word "Homeopathic'' dropped from title in
  1895. In 1900 the present title was adopted. List of grad-
  uates from 1892 to 1903, in announcement for 1903-4.
National  Mosquito  Extermination  Society.
  Bulletin No.  1.   25, 8  pp., 3 1.   8°.   [n.p.],
  19H4.
National Orthopaedic  Hospital (for  the De-
  formed), London.  Account of the  receipts and
  payments for the years 1885; 1886.  2 sheets;
  2 sheets,  fol. & 8°.  [London, 1886-7.]
——.   Annual reports of the committee of man-
  agement to the governors and subscribers.  49.,
  1885; 51., 1887; 53.-68., 1889-1904.  8°.   London,
  1886-1905.
-----.   [A brief record of the past, and appeal to
  the public for a more generous support.]  16 pp.
  8°.   London, McCorquodale <f  Co., [1894].
National (The)  Popular  Review.  An  illus-
  trated journal of preventive  mediciue and ap-
  plied sociology.  Edited by  P. C.  Remondino.
  [Monthly.]  2 v. annually,  v. 1-7, July, 1892,
  to August, 1895.  8°.   Chicago <Sr San Diego, Cal.
    Ended.
National (The) Prison Association of the United
  States of America.  Fourth report of  proceed-
  ings.   First annual report (second  series), with
  the constitution and miscellaneous  papers.  222
  pp.  roy. 8°.   New York, C.  G. Burgoyne, 1884.
-----.   The restoration of the criminal.  A ser-
  mon by Frederick Howard Wines, preached on
  Prison Sunday, Oct. 21, 1888, at  Springfield,
  Illinois.  With an appendix containing the con-
  stitution and  a list of officers and  members of
  the association.  22 pp.  8°.  Springfield, H. W.
  Bokker, 1*66.
-----.   Cincinnati  Prison Congress, September
  25 to October 1, 1890.   [Programme.]  15 pp.
  8C.  [Cincinnati, 1890.]
National Pure Food Convention.  Proceedings
  of the .  . ., held at Washington, Wednesday,
  January 19,  1887.  11 pp. 4C. New York, 1887.
National Pure Food and Drug Congress. Jour-
  nal of proceedings of the . . ., held in Washing-
  ton, D. C, March 2-5, 1898.   54 pp.  8°.  Wash-
  ington, 1898.
National (A) quarantine system essential to the
  safety of the people.  Report of the special com-
  mittee of the New York  Board of Trade aud
  Transportation on  quarantine.  Adopted Janu-
  ary 6, 1893.   With  the  correspondence.   8°.
  [New  York, 1893.]
National Sanatorium for Consumption and Dis-
  eases  of  the  Chest,  at Bournemouth, Hants.
  Statement of income and  expenditure for  the
  years 1883-8.  MS.   4°.  [London, 1884-8.]
-----.  Annual reports of the committee of man-
  agement to the governors aud subscribers.  30.,
  1884;  34.-42., 1888-96; 44.-47., 1898-1901.  8°.
  Bournemouth $■ London,  1885-1902.
-----.  Annual medical reports of the open-air
  treatment of consumption at tbe . .  ., for  the
  years 1900-1901;  1901-2. 2 1.; 8 pp.  8°.  [Lon-
  don, 1901-2.]
National Sanitarium Association, Toronto.  An-
  nual reports of the secretary and medical officers
  to the president  aud board of trustees.  1.-7.,
  1897-8 to  1903-4.  8°.   Toronto, 1898-1904.
    The following institutions are conducted by the associa-
  tion:  Muskoka Cottage Sanatorium, and Free Hospital
  for Consumptives, near Gravenhurst, Ontario.
National (The) Sewerage  aud Sewage Utiliza-
  tion Company.   The West system.  6 pp., 3 pl.
  8°.   New  York, W.  E. Badeau, [1886?].
-----.  The West system of sewerage disposal and
  utilization.   20 pp.  8°. New York, [1888].
National  Society  of  Electro - Therapeutics.
  Transactions.  1893; 1894; 1895. 8°.  New  York,
  A. L. Chatterton $■ Co.,  1893-5.
National Society for the  Employment of Epi-
  leptics.   Report of proceedings  at a meeting
  held at the  Mansion House, January 25, 1893.
  With an  introduction showing the objects and
  scheme  of tbe society.  31 pp.  8°.   London,
  1893.
National Soldiers'  Home.
    See Soldiers' Homes.
National Temperance League. Annual report
  of the executive committee for the year 1890-91.
  30 pp.,  11.   8°.  London, Barrett, Sons & Co.,
  1891.
National (The)  temperance  offering  and Sons
  and  Daughters of Temperance gift.   Edited by
  S. F. Carey,  x, 320 pp., 3 pl., 10 port.  8°.   New
  York, Vandrien, 1851.
National Temp<  ranee Society. Liquor laws of
  the United  States.  Prohibition,  license,  local
  option,  tax,  and civil  damage laws.    138  pp.
  *°.   New  York, The Society, 1877.
National University, Washington. Medical and
  Dental Departments. Annual announcements for
  the sessions  of 1888-9  to 1898-9(5.-15.);  1900-
  1901 to 1902-3(17.-19.).  8°.   Washington, 1888-
  1902.
    List of graduates from 1885 to 1895, in announcement for
  1895-6.
National Veterinary College of Washington,
  D. C.  *See Columbian  University, Washington,
  D. C.  Veterinary School.
Nationale Tentoonstelliug van Vrouweuarbeid.
  [Verslagen der  congressen  gehouden bij gele-
  genheid van de  .  . .]   Nos.  1-12.   July-Sep-
  tember, 1898.  12°.  Amsterdam, 1898-9.
                    CONTENTS.
    No. 1. Besprekingen over vakopleiding voor vrouwen.
    No. 2. Besprekingen over maatschappelijk werk.
    No. 3. Congres voor  Weezen-opvoeding.
    No. 4. Driedaagsche samenkomst tot  bevordering der
  openbare decency.
    No. 5. Enkele afzonderlijke besprekingen.
    No. 6. Onderwijs-congres.
    No. 7. Dienstbodencongres op 21. Augustus 1898.
    No. 8. Verslag van de driedaagsche samenkomst .. . ter
  bespreking  van deu arbeid der vrouw op maatschappelijk
  gebied. 
NATIONALE.
352
NATURAL.
Nationale  Tentoonstelling  [etc.]—continued.
    No. 9. Besprekingen over  den maatschappelijken toe-
  stand der vrou wen.
    No. 10. Besprekingen over woning-hygiene, zieken- en
  wijkverpleging.
    No. 11. [Wanting.]
    No. 12. Besprekingen over de taak van moeders en op-
  voedsters.
Nativel (R.) [1858-    ].  *De la chylurie in-
  teriropicale (lymphurie), eu particulier aux lies
  de la  Reunion  et  Maurice.  76 pp.   8°.   Paris,
  A. Parent, 1886, No.  108.
Nati-axs (Charles) [1822-1901].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1308.
Natt  (Hugo)  [1881-    ].   *Inwiefern konuen
  durch  Hirntumoren functiouelle  Geisteskrank-
  heiten  vorgetiiuscht werden?  [Giessen.]  42
  pp.,  2 1.  8°.   Frankfurt a.  M.,  B. Baumbach,
  [1905].
Nattan-L.arrier (Louis-Adrien-Albert).  *Les
  premiers stades de l'hereclil 6 maternelle.   85 pp.
  8°.  Paris, 1901, No. 489.
-----.   Les medications  preventives.  SCrothe"-
  rapie et bacte"riotherapie.  Preface par Netter.
  96 pp.  8\  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4~ fils,  1905.
Natterer (Martin).  * Ueber Irradiationshallu-
  cinationen.   50 pp.  8°.  Freiburg, E. Kutruff,
  1699.
-----.   Kurze  Darstellung des preussischen Ge-
  setzes, betreffend  die iirztlicben  Ehrengerielite,
  das  Umlegerecht uud  die Kassen  der Aerzte-
  kammern vom  25. November 1899; giltig ab 1.
  April 1900.  Nebst  einem Auszug aus den Ver-
  ordnuugen  iiber  die  arztlicbe  Standesvertre-
  tuug.   Mit  erlauternden  Bemerkungen  von
  Dr. ...  48 pp.  8-\ Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1892.
Nattilli (F.)   Contributo  alio studio dei  tumori
  maligni epibulbari.  18  pp.,  1 1.,  5 pl.  8°.
  Genova, P. Pellas, 1895.
Nattress (William).   Public school, physiol-
  ogy, and temperance.   Authorized by the educa-
  tion department (Ontario),   vi, 7-196 pp.  12°.
   Toronto, W. Briggs, [1893].
 Nattus (Jacques).  Abus de l'hygiene  et  des
  medicaments,  ou moyens anti-hygi6niques de
  se conserver  la saute",  ix,  124 pp., 1 1.  16°.
   Paris, 1892.
-----.  Hygiene des fiance's.   130 pp., 1 1.  16°.
  Paris, Soc. d'e'd. scient., 1893.
 Natiirliche  (Die) Franz  Josef-Bitterquelle.
  Chetniscue Untersuchuug, von H. von Fehling.
  Pbysiologische und medicinische  Bearbeitung,
  von Carl Ferdinand Kunze.   32 pp.   12°.  Bu-
  dapest, [1882, vel subseq.].
 -----.  The same.   Chemische und  geologische
   Verhaltnisse,.  Urtheile von  Autoritaten   der
   Mediein  und   Chemie  iiber  das Franz Josef-
   Bitterwasser.   Pbysiologische und medicinische
   Bearbeitung.   2. Aufl.  32 pp.  12°.   Budapest,
   [18*0].
 -----.   The same.  3.  Aufl.   51 pp.,  6  1.  24°.
   Budapest,  [1888].
 Natiirliche (Die) Heilweise.  Ratgeber fiir ge-
   snnde und krauke  Mensehen.  Dargestellt und
   hrsg.  von  C.  Sturm.   Mit  einer  Ergiinzung:
   Die  naturgemassen Bebandlungsmethodeu  der
   Kraukheiten in systematiscber Schilderuug, von
   G. Lebnert.   v. 1.  viii.  1588 pp., 30 pl., port.
   8°.   Stuttgart 4- Leipzig, [1901].
 Natiirliches   Mineral-Wasser der Carolaquelle
   in Riippoltsweiler (Ober-Elsass).   7 pp.  16°.
   Strassburg, A. Dusch 4- Cie., [1891].
 Natura exenteratur [etc.].   -See |Philiatros
   [pseud. ].
 Naturiii'ztliche  Hausbibliothek.  v  1-6
   JS^'iuJS11 Prager' 8°*  LeiPzi9>  R- Kossberg,
  aturarztliche  Hausbibliothek — continued.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. Die Storungen dt'' Periode  und die lieseliwc-rden
  der Frauen iu den Wechseijahrcn; ihre Ursachen, Verliii-
  tung und naturgemasse llch.mdlung.  vi, 59 pp.
    v. 2. Der Weissfluss der Fiauen und Juugtiaiieu  nnter
  besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Entzundungeu der weib-
  lichen Unterleibsorgnne; ihre Ursachen, Verhiitung und
  naturgemasse Behandlung.  42 pp.
    v. 3. Kinderlose Ehen, deren Ursachen und Verhiitung;
  nebst Anhang: Ueber die verschiedenen  Verrahreu zur
  Vermeidung der Empfangnis. vi, 38 ]>p.
    v. 4. Die Verlageriingen  and Geschwiilste der  weib-
  lichen Unterleibsorgane. Ihre Ursachen, Verhiitung und
  naturgemasse Behandlung.  37 pp.
    v. 5. Die Leiden der Frauen vor, wahrend nnd nach der
  Niederkmift.  57 pp.
    v. 6. Blutaimu* und Bleichsucbt, deren Ursachen, Ver-
  hiitung und naturgemasse Behandlung.  27 pp.
Naturarztliclie  Zeitschrift.  Organ fur  Kor-
  per- und Geistespflege in gesunden uud kranken
  Tagen nach den Gruudsatzen  wissenschaftlicher
  Naturheilmethode.   Hrsg.  von  Max   Bohtn.
  [Semi-monthly.]  v. 1-3, July,  1889, to June,
  1892.  8°.   Chemnitz.
    Ended.  In July, 1891, became monthly.
Natural (The) bitter water  of  Friedricbshall,
  one of the most popular of the numerous mineral
  waters  of  Germany.  8 pp.   8J,   [Hildburg-
  hausen, F. W. GadowfSon, 1872.]   [P., v. 2092.]
Natural history.
    See, also, Materia medica; Zoology; Zoology
  (Medical).
    Agassiz  (L. J.  R.)    Contributions   to   the
  natural history of the United States of America.
  5 v.  fol.  Boston, 1857-77.
    v. 5 by Alexander Agassiz.
    -----.  Natural  history illustrations.  Pre-
  pared  under the  direction of .  .  ., 1849.  The
  anatomy of Astrangia danse.  Six lithographs
  from drawings  by  A.  Sonrel.  Explanation of
  plates, by J.W. Fewkes.  4°.   Washington,  1669.
    Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1889, no. 071.
    -----  & Baikd  (S.  F.)   Natural   history
  illustrations.   Prepared  under  the  direction
  of . . ., 1849.  Six species of North  American
  fresh-water fishes.  Six lithographs from draw-
  ings by A. Sourel.  Explanation of plates, by
  David Starr Jordan.  4°.  Washington, 1669.
    Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1889, no. 672.
    Albertus  Magnus.   Incipit  liber   Alberti
  Magni  animalium primus qui est  de conunuui
  diversitate animalium.  Traetatus  primus de
  coiiimiiiii diversitate in membris  et vita.   [In
  fine:] Accuratissiine autem emendatus fuit liber
  iste per  sollertissimiim philosophum  Marcum
  Antouium  Zimaram pbilosophiam  Padua? pu-
  blico profitentem,  Deo laus et honor adsit.   Ve-
  netiis impeusa heredum quondam nobilis viri
  Domini  Octaviaui  Scoti civis Modcetiensis: ac
  sociorum 17 Maii,  1519.  fol.
    Aristoteles.    Naturgeschichte   der  Thiere.
  Uebersetzt  uud   mit  Aumerkungen begleitet
  von Friedrich  Struck.  16°.  Frankfurt a. M.,
  1816.
    Balfour ( B. )   Some resemblances   betwixt
  plants and animals iu respect of their nutrition;
  with some remarks on the position of the natural
  history scieuces  in medical education.   Address
  to  the medical studeuts at  the  opening of the
  winter session, University of Glasgow, 1879.  ■*-.
   Glasgow, 1879.
     Biberg(L)   * (Economia naturae.
    In: Selects ex . . . Caroli LinnsBi diss, ad  nat. hist.
   pertinentes.  4°.  Grcecii, 1704, i.
    du  Bois-Reymond  (E.)   Ueber die  Grenzen
   desNaturerkeunens. 3. Aufl. 8-.  Leipzig, 1873.
    Bollettino  della Societa di  nattualisti  in
   Napoli.  v. 3-5.   8°.  Napoli, 1889-91. 
NATURAL.
353
NATURAL.
Natural history.
    Bondt (N.)  Verhandeling over de overeen-
  komst tusschen dieren eu planten.  8°.   Lugd.
  Bat., [1790].
    Bonnet (C.)  Contemplation de  la  nature.
  2. e"d.  2 v.  8°.  Amsterdam, 1769.
    van Breda (J. G. s.)  Oratio de educations
  vere liberali, et historian natnralis studio, inpri-
  mis ad illam condncente.  Publico dicta Fraue-
  qneras.   4-\  Leovardias, 161*.
    Brookes (R.)  A uew and accurate system of
  natural  history.  3. ed.,  corrected.  6 v.   12°.
  London,  1782-91.
    Buffon.  System of natural  history,  includ-
  ing the history of the elements, the earth, moun-
  tains, rivers,  seas, winds,  whirlwinds, water
  spouts,  volcanoes,  earthquakes,  man,  quad-
  rupeds, birds, fishes, shell-fish, lizards, serpents,
  insects,  aud vegetables; with anecdotes, and
  illustrations from later writers.  2 v.   8°.  Man-
  chester, 1606.
    Burmeister  (H. )  Lehrbuch  der  Natur-
  geschicbte.  12°.  Halle, 1830.
    Camerarius (J.)  Symbolorum et emblema-
  tum centurise  tres.   I. Ex herbis et  stirpibus.
  II.  Ex animalibus quadrupedibus.  III. Ex vo-
  latilibns et  insectis.  Editio  secunda,  auctior
  et accuratior.  Accessit  noviter   centuria  IV.
  Ex aquatilibus et reptilibns.  sm. 4C.  [n.p.],
  1605.
    Canevari (D.)  De primis rerum natura fac-
  tarum principiis commentarius.  In  quo  quaj-
  cunque ad corportim naturalium  ortus,  et inte-
  ritus cognitionem desiderari possunt, accurate,
  sed breviter explicantur.   Huic  accessit com-
  mentarius alter, iu quo quidquid  de  corporum
  natura factorum principiis  generatim jam per-
  quisitum, discussumque est, id totum una corpo-
  ris  huinani; tandemque ipsius  hominis procre-
  atione,  clarius  elucescit, exprimitusque.   fol.
  Genevw,  1626.
    Chadbourne (P. A.)   [Natural history cata-
  logue.]  6'J.  [n.p., n. d.]
    Cutting.
    Charleton  (G.)  Onomasticon zoicon, plero-
  rumque  animalium differentias et nomina pro-
  pria pluribus liuguis exponens;  cui  accedunt
  mantissa anatomica;  et quaedam de variis  fos-
  silium generibus.  4J.  Londini, 1668.
    Clusius (C.) Exoticorum libri decern;  qui-
  bus animalium, plantarum,  aromatum, aliorum-
  qne peregrinorum fructuum histories describun-
  tur. Item  Petri Bellonii observationes eodem
  Carolo Clusio  interprete.  Series  totius operis
  post prefationem indicabitur.  fol.  Lugd. Bat.,
  1605.
    Condition and  doings of the Boston  Society
  of Natural History as exhibited by the  annual
  reports of tbe curator, secretary, and treasurer,
  May, 1887.   8°.  Boston,  1687.
    Cooke (M. C.)  The student of nature.  8°.
  [■». p.], 1881.
    Cuvier (G.)  Extrait d'un rapport  sur  l'6tat
  de I'histoire naturelle et  sur ses accroissements
  depuis le retour de la paix maritime.  8°.  Paris,
  1824.
    Dallet  (G.)  Le  centenaire  de  la  science
  1789-1889.  Le moude vu  par les savants du
  xixe siecle.  Ampere, Arago [et al.].  roy. 8°.
  Paris, 1890.
    Duvernoy (G.-L.)  Reflexions  sur les  corps
  organises et les sciences dont  ils sont  l'objet.
  Premier extrait.   8°.   [n.p., n. d.]
    Catting.
    -----.  The same.  Deuxieme me'moire.  8°.
  [n. p., n. d.]
    Cutting.
       VOL  XI, 2D SERIES---23
Natural history.
    Foquaud (J.)  Nouvelle dootrine sur le sujet
  de la conuoissance naturelle de l'auimal, ou il est
  traits, par occasion et d'une facon aussi nouvelle,
  des principes et des causes.  12°.  Paris, 1658.
    FOURCROY.   El6meus d'histoire naturelle et
  de chimie.  6 v.  4. 6d.   8°.  Paris, 1791.
    Freke  (H.)   Tabular view of the  relation
  which subsists  between  the three kingdoms of
  nature, with regard to organization,   broadside.
  4°. [n.p.], 1862.
    Gandini (C.)  Osservazioni, riflessioui, uuove
  scoperte  sul vero  priucipio,  e  sulle  leggi  piu
  semplici  de' movimenti auimali; sulla  natura
  speciale dell' uomo; sull' azione fisica sopra di
  esso di tutti gli oggetti, e siugolarmeute delle
  passioni dell' animo e de' vantaggi, e de' danni,
  che da queste derivano, col metodo pih sicuro
  di guarire le malattie  che da esse procedouo.
  8°. Genova, 1772.
    Gaxot (A.)  Handboek der natimrkunde voor
  deu beschaafden stand;  naar A. Ganot, door Th.
  van Doesbnrgh.  12°.   Rotterdam, 1862.
    Grottewitz  (C. )  Die  Naturgeschichte im
  19. Jahrhundert.   12-.  Berlin, 1902.
    vox  Haartman (C.)   [Historia et  scieutia
  natune.]  Respoudente W. S.  Schildt.   sm. 4°.
  Helsingforsiw,  [1835].
     Hebert (L.)   * Etude sur les classifications,
  et en particulier sur la  methode naturelle.  4°.
  Paris, 1854.
    l?cole dc- pharmacie.
    von Hellwig (T. A.)  Curieuse physicalische
  Beschreibung der dreyen beseelten Natur-Reiche
  als Regni animalis, Regni vegetabilis, Regui mi-
  ueralis woraus solche bestehen und von welcher
  Seele  jedes sein  Leben,  Fortpflantzung  uud
  Wachsthum babe [etc.].  24°.  Franckfurt 4"
  Leipzig, 1718.
    Hernandez   (F.)   Historia?  animalium et
  mineralium  Novae Hispaniae  liber  unicus, in
  sex traetatus divisis.  fol.  Bomce, 1651.
    Hooker (W.)   The  child's  book of  nature.
  For the use of families and schools, intended to
  aid mothers aud teachers in training children in
  the observation  of  nature.  In three parts.
  Pt. III.  Air,  water,  heat, light, etc.   sm. 4\
  New York, 1874.
    Hortus sanitatis.  De herbis et plantis.  De
  animalibus et reptilibus.  De avibus et volatili-
  bus.  De piscibus et natatilibus.   De lapidibus
  et in terrae venis nascentibus.   De minis et
  earuin  speciebus.   De facile   acquisibilibus.
  Tabula  medicinalis cum directorio geuerali per
  omnes traetatus.  fol.  Venetiis, 1511.
    -----.  The  same.  fol.  [n. p., n. d.]
    -----.  The  same.   [De herbis  et  plantis.]
  4U. [n. p., n. d.]
    Howden (J.  C.)  The aims of a naturalists'
  field club.  An address to tbe Montrose Scientific
  aud Field Club, 27th Jan., 1885.  8°.  Montrose,
  [1885].
    Hunt  (T. S.) The relations  of the natural
  sciences.  8°.   [Montreal, 1882.]
    Repr.from: Canad. Nat.,  Montreal, 1882, x.
    Illinois.  Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
  History, Normal, III.  Bulletin.   Vol. II.  Arti-
  cle I. Descriptive catalogue of  the North Amer-
  ican Hepaticae,  north  of Mexico.  By Lucien M.
  Underwood.  8°.  Peoria, 1884.
    Illinois.  Natural  History Survey of Illinois,
  State Laboratory of Natural History.  The orni-
  thology  of  Illinois.   Pt.  I. Descriptive  cata-
  logue.   By R. Ridgway.   Pt. II.  Economic
  ornithology.  By S. A. Forbes,  v. 1. 8°.  Spring-
  field, 1889.
    Ilmoni(L)  [Scientia naturae.] Respondente
  O. E. A. Hjett.   sm. 4°.  Helsingforsice, [1846]. 
NATURAL.
354
NATURAL.
\atural history.
    Jameson [R.]   Syllabus of lectures on natu-
  ral history, delivered in the Museum of Natural
  History.  8°.  Edinburgh, [n. it].
    Jonstonus (J.)  Thaumatographia naturalis
  in decern classes distiucta in quibus admirauda
  i, cceli; ii, elementorum; iii,  meteorortim; iv,
  fossilium; v,  plantarnm; vi, avium; vii, qua-
  drupedum; viii, exanguium;  ix,  piscium;  x,
  honiinis.  24°.  Amstelodami, 1661.
    Kiranus,  King of Persia [pseud. ].   Kirani
  Kiranides et ad eas Rhyakini Koronides.  Quo-
  rum ille in quaternario  tam librorum, quam ele-
  mental,  e totidem Unguis,  primo de  gerunds
  xxiv, herbis xxiv, avibus xxiv, ac piscibus xxiv,
  quadrifariam semper, et fere inixtim ad tetra-
  pharmacum  constitnendum agit; iude libro ii,
  de animalibus xl, lib. iii de avibus xliv, sigilla-
  tim, et lib. iv. de lxxiv piscibus  iterum, eorum-
  qne viribus medicamentosis, [etc.].  16°.  [Lip-
  sice ?] cera C. 1638.
    Kuhner (A.)  Handbuch der Naturheilkunde
  auf wissenschaftlicher  Grundlage sowie  nach
  eigeneu laugjiihrigen  Erfahruugen bearbeitet.
  8°.  Berlin 4' Leipzig, 1891.
    Linnaeus  (C.)   Systema  naturae per regna
  tria naturae,  secundum  classes, ordines, genera,
  species, cum characteribus, differeutiis, synony-
  mis, locis. Ed. 10.  v.  1.   8°.  Holmias,  1758.
    M'Bain (J.) Inaugural  address to the Royal
  Physical  Society (session  civ,  1874-5).   8°.
  [Edinburgh, 1875 ?]
    M'Intosh  (W. C.)   Introductory lecture to
  the course of natural history.   8°.  [n.p.], 1882.
    de Malbos (J.)  Vie de l'homme qui s'occupe
  de l'e"tude des sciences naturelles; devant servir
  d'introduction a un ouvrage sur les harmonies
  de toutes les formations du globe.  8C.  Tou-
  louse, 1854.
    Memoirs for a natural history  of animals, be-
  ing the anatomical  descriptions  of several ani-
  mals dissected by the Royal Academy at Paris.
  Englished by A.  P.  roy. 8°.  [n. p.], 1687.
    -----.  The same.   Memoirs for a natural
  history of animals, containing the anatomical
  description of several  creatures dissected  by
  the Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris, where-
  in the construction, fabrick, and genuine use of
  parts are exactly and finely delineated  in cop-
  per plates, and the whole euriched with many
  curious, physical aud  no less usefull anatom-
  ical remarks,  being one of the most considerable
  productions of that academy.  Done into Eng-
  lish  by  a fellow of the  R. S.   ...  roy. 8°.
  London, 1701.
    Muncke (G. W.)  Handbuch der Naturlehre.
  1.  Theil,  welcher die Experimentalphysik  ent-
  hiilt.  8°.  Heidelberg, 1829.
    Naturalist's (The) Library.  Conducted by
  Sir  William  Jardine.  7 v.  16°.   Edinburgh,
  1835-41.
    Want v. 3.
    Oken (L.)  Allgemeine Naturgeschichte  fiir
  alle Stande.   7 v. in 12.   8°.  Stuttgart, 1833-41.
    Perez (J.)   * 1. these:  Recherches sur  l'au-
  guillule terrestre.  2. these. Propositions de zo-
  ologie,  de botanique et de g^ologie donndes par
  la facult6.  4°. ^Paris,  1866.
    Pickering  (C.)  The geographical distribu-
  tion of animals and plants.  4°.  Boston, 1854.
    Plinius ( Cajus Secundus ).  Historiae mundi
  libri  xxxvii.   . . .   Omnia quidem  multorum
  antehac doctorum hominum, uovissime vero la-
  borious observationibus conquisita, et solerti
 judicio pensitata  Jacobi  Dalecampii   medici
  Cadomeusis.   fol.  Lugduni, 1587.
    —----.  The same.   4  v. in 2.  8°.   Lipsice,
  183o—6.
Natural  history.
    -----.  The same.   Caius Plinius Secundus
  Naturgeschichte.  Uebersetzt und erlautert vou
  Ph. H. Kiilb, etc.
    In:  ROmische  Prosaiker in neuen Uehersetzuneen
  12°. Stuttgart, 1856, No. 215, 4249-4380.
    -----. The same.   Naturgeschichte iibersetzt
  vou Gottfried Grosse.   12 v.  8°.  Frankfurt  a
  M., 1781-8.
    -----.  Naturalis  historia?  cum  interpreta-
  tione  et   uotis integris   Johannis  Harduini
  itemque  cum  commentariis et adnotationibna
  Hermolai Barbari, Pintiaui, Rhenaui, Geleuii,
  Dalechampii, Scaligeri, Salmasii, Is. Vosii, J. F.
  Gronovii  et variorum volumen primum  [deci-
  mum] recensuit varietatemqne lectionis adjecit
  Job. Georg. Frid. Franzius.  10 v.  8°.  Lip-
  sice, 1778-91.
    Rentsch. (S.) Homceogeuesis.  Beitrage zur
  Natur-uudHeilkunde. ErstesHeft. Gammarus.
  ornatus und  seine Schmarotzer.  4°.  Wismar,
  1860.
    Romanes (G.J.) Essays. Edited by C. Lloyd
  Morgan.  8°.   London, 1897.
    Rosa (V.)  Metodo  di preparare e conservare
  gli animali  per un gabinetto di storia naturale.
  8°.  Pavia, 1817.
    Schmidt  (J. C.)  *De analogia regni vegeta-
  bilis cum auimali.  sm. 4°.  Basilea;, 1721.
    Schouw (J. F.)  Die Erde, die Pflanzen und
  der Meusch.  Naturschilderungen aus  dem Dii-
  nischen, unter Mitwirkung des Verfassers, von
  H. Zeise; mit  der Biographie des  Verfassers,
  vou P. L.  Moller und  seinem  Portrait  nach
  Marstrand.   2. Aufl.   8°.  Leipzig, 1854.
    Selectee ex amcenitatibus academicis  Caroli
  Linnaei, dissertationes ad  universam naturalem
  historiam pertiuentes, quas edidit,  et addita-
  meutis auxit L. B. et S. J. 3 v.  4°.   Grascii,
  1764-9.
    Shufeldt (R. W.)   Contributions to science,
  and bibliographical rCsume" of the  writings of
  . . ., 1881-7.  8°.  New York, 1887.
    Smellie (W.) The  philosophy of natural his-
  tory.  With an introduction and various addi-
  tions and alterations, intended to adapt it to the
  present state  of knowledge, by John Ware.  2.
  ed.  8°.   Boston, 1827.
    -----.  The same.   Stereotype ed. 12°. Bos-
  ton, 1844.
    Swedenborg (E.)  Regnum animale anato-
  mice, physice et philosopnice  perlustratum.  3
  pts. in 1 v.   4°.  Hagce  Comitum  4  Londini,
  1744-5.
    Tammen (H. H.) & Co.   Western Echoes.  De-
  voted to mineralogy, natural history, botany,
  etc.   [Catalogue.]   8°.   Denver, [1889?].
    University  of  Pennsylvania.    University
  Marine Biological Association, Sea Isle  City,
  N. J.  Objects  of the . .  .  8°.  [Philadelphia,
  1891?]
    de Valdecebro (A.) Govieruo  general, mo-
  ral  y politico, hallado en las fieras  y  animales
  sylvestres, sacado de sus naturales,  propiedades
  y virtudes, con particular tabla para  sermones
  varios de tiempo y de santos.  12°.  Madrid,
  1658.
    ------.   The  same.   Govieruo general, moral
  y politico, hallado eu  las  aves mas geuerosas y
  nobiles, sacado de sus naturales, virtudes y pro-
  piedades.  Con qnatro  tablas diferentes, es  la
  una para sermones varios de tiempo y de san-
  tos.  12°.  Madrid, 1670.
    Valmont de Bomare [J.-C]  * Dictionnaire
  raisonne"  uuiversel d'histoire naturelle;  coute-
  nant I'histoire des auimaux, des v6g6taux et des
  mintSraux, et celle des corps c61estes, des m6te-
  ores et des autres principaux ph6nomenes de la 
NATURAL.
355
NATURE.
 Natural history.
  nature; avec I'histoire et la description des dro-
  gues simples tiroes dos trois regues, et le d6tail
  de leurs usages dins la medecine, daus l'econo-
  mie domestique et champetre,  et dans les arts
  et metiers.  6 v.   12°.  Paris, 1704[-8].
    -----.   Supplement a  la premiere  6dition du
  Dictionuaire raisonne* universel d'histoire natu-
  relle.   12°.  Paris, 1768.
    Vosmaer (J.)  Oratio  de fugiendo utilitatis
  studio iu  exploranda natura.   4°.  Harderovici,
  [1816].
    Wkideniiammer (R.)   Thierproduktionslehre
  (Zootechnik).  Ein Leitfaden fiir den  Unterricht
  an laudwirthschaftlichen Lehranstalten so wie
  fiir das Selbststudiuni praktischer Landwirthe.
  8°. Leipzig, 1873.
    Weisker(R.)  Naturwisseuschaftliche Arbei-
  ten aus dem Institut fiir Wachsbildnerei.   8°.
  Leipzig, [n.  d.].
    Alatriste de Lope (J.)  Algunas observaciones so-
  bre la historia natural medica azteca antes de la conquista.
  An. d.  Inst. med. nac., Mexico, 1896, ii, 272-275.—Alta-
  mirano (F.)  Historia natural aplicada de  los antiguos
  mexicanos.  Ibid., 261-272.—Blanchard (R.)  L'histoire
  naturelle et la m6clecine.  Rev. scient., Par., 1898, 4. s., ix,
  353-357.—C'liaino (J.)  Distinction et origine des rfegnes
  animal  et v6g6tal (d'apres l'enseignement de J. Kunst-
  ler).  Gaz. hehd. d. sc.m6d.de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 281-
  283.—Hudson (C.-T.)  Les difficultes de I'histoire natu-
  relle.  Rev. scient., Par., 1890,  xiv, 801-807.—Rich ft (C.)
  Un caract6re di.stinctif du regno v6g6tal et du regne ani-
  mal.  Cinqnanten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 91-93.—
  Shtshukaretr (A. X.)  Ocberki po fllosofii yestestvoz-
  naniya.  [Philosophy of natural historv.]  Vopr. fllos. i
  psichol.,Mosk.,1900,'xi, pt.2, 152-168.—Thomson (J. A.)
  Some links between natural history and medicine.  Pharm.
  J., Lond., 1900, 4. 8., xi, 620-623.
 Natural  mineral waters;  their  properties and
  uses.   9. ed.  70 pp.   12°.  London,  Lngram 4~
  Boyle,  1668.
 Natural sagacity the principal secret, if not the
  whole, iu  physick; all learning, without this,
  being in effect nothing, which is contrary to tbe
  assertion of a pamphlet, lately  published, call'd
  One physician is as good as  t'other, etc.  To
  which are added  several memorandums or un-
  finished sketches on various uncommon subjects,
  [etc.].  To which is joined the  full examination
  of all relating  to  Mrs.  Stephen's cures, aud re-
  ceipt  for  the  stone, by the same hand,  iv, 44
  pp.  8°.   London, T. Cooper, 1742.  [P., v. 1874.]
 Natural Science.  Amonthly review of scientific
  progress.  No. 85 (v. 14), March, 1899.   8°.  Edin-
  burgh 4" London, Y. J. Pentland.
 Natural selection.
    See  Darwinian theory; Immunity (Natural,
  etc.).
 Naturales questiones  antiquorum philosopho-
  ruin tractantes de diversis generibus ciborum et
  potus  que humane nature sauiora atque reduci-
  biliora sunt,  ob  convalescentiam servandain,
  motis   qiiestionibis earumque   solutionibtis ad-
  juncts succincte declarautur.   10 pp.   8°.  Co-
  lonics,  C. de Zyrychzee, [n.  d.].
 Naturalisine (Le) des convulsions.   See Hec-
  quet (Philippe).
 Naturalist's  (The)  directory, containing the
  names, addresses, special  departments of study,
  etc., of professional  and amateur naturalists,
  chemists,  physicists,  astronomers, etc., of the
  United States and Canada.  Compiled  by Samuel
  E. Cassino.  1877-80; 1884-6; 1888; 1890; 1892;
  1894; 1895; 1898; 1905.  14 v.  8°.  Salem <f Bos-
  ton, 1877-190.").
Naturalist's (The) Library.  Conducted by Sir
  William Jardine.  v. 1-2,4-7.   12°.  Edinburgh,
  W. H. Lizars, 1835-41.
    Want v. 3.
Naturalist's (The) Library—continued.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. Introduction to entomology. By James Duncan.
    v. 2. Entomology.  Beetles.
    v. 4. Entomology.  British moths, sphinxes, etc.
    v. 5. Entomology.  Foreign butterflies.
    v. 6. Entomology.  Bees.  Comprehending the uses and
  economical management of the honey-bee of Britain and
  other countries, together with description of  the known
  wild species.
    v. 7. Entomology.  Exotic moths.  By James Duncan.
Naturalise hauling (Die) und  Naturpbilo-
  sophie der Araber im zehnten Jahrhundert.   See
  Dieterici (Friedrich Heinrieh).
Naturarzt (Der).   v. 5, 1888.  8°.   Berlin.
Nature,  v.  38-73, May, 1888, to November, 1905.
  4°.   London.
    Current.
Nature (La),  v. 16-30, December, 1887, to Nov.
  30, 1902.  fol.  Paris.
Nature.
  •  Galen.  De potentiis naturalibus.  Interprete
  Nicholao Leoniceno.  [Libri tres.]  4°.   Venetiis,
  1824.
    Helvetius (C.-A.)  Le vrai sens du systeme
  de la nature.  Ouvrage postbume.  8°.   Londres,
  1774.
    Hinton(J.)  Life in nature.  12°. New York,
  1872.
    Ilmoni(L)  [Quid est natura?]  Eespondente
  C. S. Sirelio.  sm. 4°.  Helsingforsiw, [1848],
    Nature displayed; first, beinjia plain and easy
  solution of the difficulties conceruing the Divine
  Being and its various operations on the human
  systems;  secondly,  the explication of all  tbe
  secrets  of nature, more  than  Aristotle  or  any
  other philosophers have discussed; thirdly,  the
  diseases of human bodies reduced  to  an exact
  and regular system, useful for all readers.  24°.
  London, 1716.
    Preyer (W.)  Die Concurrenz in der Natur.
  8°.   Breslau, 1882.
    Ribeiro (M. P.)   * De  natura tam creatrice
  quam destrtictrice reruni.  8°.  Edinburgi, 1812.
    Robinet (J.-B.)   De la nature.  Nouvelle 6d.
  4 v.  8°.  Amsterdam, 1763-6.
    Ule (O.)   Die Natur;  ihre Kriifte, Gesetze-
  uud  Erscheiuuugen  im Geiste kosmischer An-
  schauung.  Allen Freunden der  Natur gewid-
  met.  12°.  Halle, 1851.
    Burnett (S. M.)  The modern apotheosis of nature.
  Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1892, v, 247-262. — Florinski
  (V. M.)  Obsbtshiy vzglyad na prirodu i yeya sili.  [Gen-
  eral view of nature and its forces. |  Trudi Tomsk. Obsh.
  Yestestvolep., 1889-90, ii, 251-271. — Herrick (C. J.)  A
  functional view of nature as seen by a biologist.   J. Philos.,
  Psychol,  [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., &N. T., 1905, ii, 428-438.

Nature (Healing power of).
    See, also, Diseases (Duration, etc., of).
    Aidall (I.)   The German  nature cure,  and
  how to  practise it.   With  illustrations  by
  Frances M. E. Currie.  8°.   London, 1897.
    Badena-Marchicus (J. N.  G.)   *De medico
  naturae  ministro.  sm. 4°.   Argentorati,  [1713],
    Baumann  (C. E.)   * De natura  medicatrici.
  sm. 4°.   Tubingas, 1779.
    Bemerkungen  iiber das Heilverfahren  des
  Naturarztes  J.  Schroth.   12°.    Freiwaldau,
  [n. d.].
    Bertenson (L.)  Ozdorovlyayushtshiya i tsie-
  litelnlya sili  v prirodie.   [Restorative and cura-
  tive powers of nature.]  12°. S.-Petersburg, 1899.
    Also, transl.  in: Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap.,
  Leipz., 1898-9, ii, 2G(.i-Js5.
    Bigelow (J.)  Nature  in disease, illustrated
  in various discourses and essays; to which  are
  added miscellaneous  writings, chiefly  on  med-
  ical subjects.  8°.  Boston, 1854. 
NATTJKE.                                   356                                 NATURE'S.
Nature  {Healingpower of).
    Bilz (F. E.)   The natural method of healing.
  A new and  complete guide to health.  Transl.
  from  the  latest  German  edition.   2 v.   8°.
  Leipzig, [1900.]
    Blomhoff (J.  S.)  * De  vi natura? medica-
  trice.   8-.   Groningce, 1607.
    Echtermeyer (O.)  Die Naturheilknnde  im
  Lichte der Wisseuschaft.   8°.  Berlin, 1900.
    Forbes (Sir J.)   Om Naturen och Konsten vid
  sjukdomars botande.  Ofversattning  af  J.  A.
  Logutrod.   [Nature and art in the cure of dis-
  ease.  Translation  by J.  A. Logutrod.]  12°.
  Sundsvall, 1858.
    Gleich.   Das Naturheilverfahren ohne  Medi-
  ein im sclmeideuden Gegensatz zum Heilverfah-
  ren  mit  Mediein.    Oder:  wohlineinende Auf-
  klarungdes Publikumsiiber die Unsicberhei t und
  Gefahrlichkeit  der  medicinischeu Behandlung
  in jeder Form bei alien  nur deukbaren Krauk-
  heiten,  besonders  aber  iu  der  Cholera.  8°.
  Miinchen, 1855.
    Kleinschrod.  Ueber  die  Grundlagen einer
  naturgeniassen  Heilweise;  ausgearbeitet  nach
  einem Vortrage, gehalten im Verein  fiir natur-
  gemasse Heils- und Lebensweise in Munchen  im
  Februar 1900.   8°.   Munchen, 1900.
    Ki:atchkowska  (Mile. Lydia).  * La nature
  medicatrice autrefois et aujourd'hui.  8°.  Ge-
  neve, 1897.
    Naturliche  (Die) Heilweise.   Ratgeber fiir
  gesunde  und kranke Mensehen.   Dargestellt
  und hrsg. von C. .Sturm.   Mit einer Erganzung:
  Die  naturgeniassen Behandluugsmethoden der
  Kraukheiten in  systematischer Schilderung von
  G. Lebnert.  v. 1.  8°.   Stuttgart  4'  Leipzig,
  [n. d.].
    Nature-Cure.  A monthly magazine devoted
  to the perfection of man by natural and rational
  means. Edited by August F. Reinbold. Nos. 1-5,
  v. 1, February to' June, 1902.  8°.  New York.
    Nessi (G.) Discorso accademico  medico-filo-
  logico sulle forze della natura per san are molte
  malattie interne.  2 v.  8°.  Milano, 1812.
    Nikolski (V.  [I.])  O  blagotvornlkh  yavle-
  niyakh prirodl v organizmie chelovieka pri fizio-
  Iogicheskikh i patologicheskikh izmieneuiyakh.
  [On the beneficent effects of nature  on the hu-
  man organism in physiological and pathological
  changes.]   8°.   Varshava,  1895.
    Repr.from: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1895, no. 2.
    OberdOrffer [H.  J.]  Die  Naturheilung.
  Reformideen fiber Entstehung und Heilung von
  Kraukheiten.  8°.   [Berlin, 1900.]
    -----.   The  same.  Das Grundprinzip  der
  wahrenHeilkuude.  1<!0.  Godesberga.Bh.,[n.d.].
    Proot (B.)    * De  viribus  naturae  huinanaa
  actuosse couservatricibus, et medicatricibus.  4°
  Lugd.  Bat., 1768.
    Roux (C.  F.)  Essai sur les ressources  de la
  nature, contre les vices qui derailment  les fonc-
  tions de l'homme.   8°.  Paris, 1802, an X.
    SCHONEXBERGER (F.)  & SlEGERT (W.) Die
  Naturheilknnde.   Ein Wegweiser fur Gesunde
  und Kranke. 10. Aufl.  8°.   Berlin, 1902.
    Schweigl (J.)   So wird man gesund, oder
  genaue Auskunft fiber das Naturheilsysteni des
  Franz Thiel nnd seiu Verfahren, jede chronische
  Krankheit der Mensehen, sofern sie nicht schon
  durch Desorgauisation unheilbar  geworden ist
  ohne Medikamente, ohne lastiges Schwitzen unci
  ohne deu Gebrauch der  Sturz-, Douche-,  Voll-
  Wanneu- und  Wellenbiider,  bios  durch eine
  milde Wasseranwendung in zweekmassiger Ver-
  bindung  mit diiitetischen  Poteuzen auf eine
  leichte Weise und  in kurzer Zeit  von Grand aus
  zu beilen.  Der leidenden  Menschhelt  zu Trost
  und Hilfe.   8°.   Leipzig 4  Paris, 1843.
TVaf lire (Healing power of).
    Slot (J. E.)  *Devi uatuno medicatrice.  8.
   Groningo?,, [1825].
    Sprengkll (C. J.)   Natura morborum medi-
   catrix; or nature cures diseases.  Wherein  the
   energy of  nature is demonstrated, her  opera-
   tions explain'd, and her various steps are  ren-
   der'd intelligible, in order  to the excussion  of
   noxious humours, aud the  preservation  of hu-
   man life.  fol.  London, 1705.
    Stkinbacher (J.)  Handbuch des gcsanmiten
   Natuiheilverfahrens fiir Aerzte und  Laien.   2.
   Aufl.   v. 1.  8°.   Augsburg, 1609.
    Swoboda (G.)   Die  Physopathie,  oder  die
   Lehre alle  Krankbeitsformen auf naturgemiis-
   sem Wege   zu  beilen.  In  drei  Heften.   s°
   Wien, 1857.
    Tschlenoff (B.)  Naturheilkunde  und wis-
   senschaftliche Mediein.   8°.   Stuttgart, 1901.
    Wagner  (A.)  Der Naturheilkol'ler.   Ein nie-
  dizinischer Streifzug durch das Lager der Niclit-
  niediziu.  12°.  Berlin 4' Leipzig, 1901.
    Anderson (J. W.)  The power of nature in disease.
   Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb.,  1898,  iii, 103; 416.  AUo,  lie-
  print. — Burzhinski (P.)  Sovremenuiy vzglyad na
  tsielitelnuyu  silu prirodi.   [Contemporary view on  the
  healing force of nature.]  Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ
   1897, xii,  no.  2, 1-26. — von  Donhoflf (E.)  The etti'.
   ciency of nature's remedial measures.  N. York M J
   1893, lviii, 178-181.—Esch.  DieStellungnalunedes Aiztes
   zur Naturheilkunde.  Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1905,
   xv, 517-520.—E wing (A. C.)  The vis medicatrix iiatuiie!
   Med. Rec., N. T., 1890, xlix, 845-847.—Hogeboom (C.L.)
   The vis medicatrix naturae.  Brooklyn  M. J., 1893, vii,
   209-216.—Kan tor (H.)  ZurNaturheilbewegung.  Prag!
   med. Wchnsehr., 1900, xxv, 59;  101.—Eiiiciani(G.)  Sul-
   1' azione medicatrice della forza vitale e sul suo valor clinico
   nella cura delle malattie.  Gior. d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di
   Torino.1861,2.s.,xii,259-270.—lTIanczkn(J.)  DasNatur-
   heilverfahren  vom   sanitatspolizeilichen Standpunkte.
   Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1898, xxxiii, 698-704.—iMikh-
   noff (S.D.)  O tsielitelnol silie prirodi.  [Nature's heal-
   ing  force.] Russk. Vrach,  S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 117-124.—
   IV. (E.)  De la fuerza llamada medicatriz y absoluta ne-
   cesidad de hei-manai-la  con el arte m6dica.  Arch. med.
   valenc, Valencia, 1882, ii, 290; 303.—Parsons (C.)  Fiske
   fund prize dissertations of the  Rhode  Island Medical
   Society.  Vis medicatrix naturae;  how far is it to be relied
   on in the treatment of diseases?  Boston  M. Sc S. J., 1849.,
   xl, 189-201.—Probst (C. O.)  The "vis medicatrix Da-
   turas", or the natural cure of disease.  Columbus M. J.,
   1885-6, iv, 57-66.—Ransom (W.  B.) The vis medicatrix
   naturae.   Edinb. M.  J., 1899,  n. a., v, 12;  124.—Man
   Martin  (A.)  Valor curativo de la naturak-za en las
   enfermedades. Gorreo m6d. castellano,  Salamanca, 1888,
   v, 313; 328; 378; 390;  411;  424;  455.—van der Mini*
   (L.  W.)  Natura sanat.  Geneesk. Courant, Ticl, 1895,
   xlix, no. 14. — Stackpole  (P. A.) Medicine v. nature.
   Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1888,117-130.—Ulrieh
   (C.  F.)  Physiatrics, or nature's therapy.  J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1553-1556.—Von DouhoflT(E.)
   The efficiency of nature's remedial measures.  N. York
   M. J.,  1893, lviii, 178-181. AUo, Reprint.—Weinberger
   (M.)  Physiatricus   l£tk6pek.   [Physiatric  sketches.]
   Gyogy&szat, Budapest, xxxvii, 583; 600;  616; 663; 680.
Nature display'd; first, being a plain and easy
  solution of the difficulties concerning the Divine
  Being and its various operations on the human
   systems;  secondly,  the explication of  all the
  secrets of nature, more than Aristotle or any
  other philosophers have  discussed; thirdly, the
  diseases of human  bodies reduced to an exact
   and regular  system, useful for  all  readers.  3
  p. 1., 189 pp.  24°.  London, F. Boberts, 1716.
Nature (De la), vertu et faculte" de la  racine du
   bois appelle" lesquiue, et comnie il en fault user.
    In : Opdsc de divers autheurs med.   32°.  Lyon, 1552,
   280-286.
Wat11 re-Cure.  A  monthly magazine devoted
   to the perfection of man by natural and rational
   means.  Published by August F. Reinbold.  Nos.
   1-5, v.  1, February  to June, 1902.   n  .  Xew
   York.
Nature's  own  remedy  for  Bright's  disease,
   chronic  inflammation of and stone in the blad-
   der, gouty and  rheumatic  affections, and  all
   diseases dependent upon a  uric acid diathesis; 
NATUEE'S.
357
NAULET.
 Nature's own remedy [etc.]—continued.
   nervous disorders, dyspepsia, affections peculiar
   to women, albuminuria and dropsical effusions,
   eczema, etc.    The Buffalo Lithia  Springs of
   Virginia.  32 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, McCalla 4*
   Slavely, 1667.
 Nature's remedy.  Thompson's bromine-arsenic
   water; springs  in  Ashe  County, N. C.  24 pp.
   s°.   [Bichmond, Andrews,  Baptist 4' Clemmitt,
   1**7.]
 Nature's remedy,  iron and alum mass, or com-
   pound ferruginous  mass, procured from the min-
   eral waters of the celebrated Seven  Springs, in
   Washington County, Ya.   38 pp.   8°.   Lynch-
   burg, [n. d.].
 Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern.  Mit-
   theilungen.   Nos.  1169-1 f>90, 1887-1904.   c°.
   Bern,  F*87-1905.
 Naturforschende  Gesellschaft   in  Danzig.
   Srhriften.   Neue Folge, v. 7; Hft. 3--I, v. 8; Hft,
   I. v. 9; Hft. 4,  v. 10.   8°.   Danzig A- Leipzig,
   IV. Engelmann, 1*88-1902.
 Naturforschende  Gesellschaft   zu Eniden.
   Festschrift, hrsg. in Veranlassung der Jnbelfeier
   ihres50jahrigeu Bestehens am 29. Dezember 1864,
   vou der Direktion.  75 pp.   4°.  Emden, T. Hahn
   Wwe.,  [1865].
 -----.  Jahresbericht.   71.-85., 1885-6 to  1899-
   1900.   8°.  Emden,  1*86-1900.
 Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i.
   B. Festschrift  der 56. Yersauiuilung deutscher
   Naturforscher und Aerzte.   1 p. 1., 176 pp., 4 pl.
   S-.  Freiburg  i.  B.  4' Tubingen, J.  C. B. Mohr,
   i6m.
 -----.   Berichte.  7.-9., 1893-5.  6°.  Freiburg i.B.
 Naturforschende  Gesellschaft   in  Zurich.
   Festschrift der naturforscheuden Gesellschaft in
   Ziirich 174G-1896.   Deu Teiluehmeru tier in Zu-
   rich vom 2.-5. August 1896 tagendeu  79. Jahres-
   versammluug  der schweizerischen  Gesellschaft
   gewidmet.   2  v.  x, 274 pp.;  vii, 598 pp., 20 pl.
   8-.  Zurich, Ziircher 4" Furrer, 1896.
 NaturheilailStalt (Die) Dietenmiihle zu Wies-
   baden.  32 pp.  12c. Wiesbaden, C. Ritter, [n.d.].
 Naturheilknnde (Die).   Illustrierte  Halb-
   monatsschrift fiir  volkstumliche Gesundheits-
   lehre unci Heilweise.  Hrsg. vou M. Canitz.   v.
   1-3, 1*92-5.  4C. Berlin.
    In 1894, v. 3, became monthly.
 Natiirhistorisch - mediziniselier Yerein
   zu  Heidelberg.  Verhandlungen.  Neue Folge.
   v. 4-8.  8°.   Heidelberg, 1887-1904.
 Nattirlehre (Die) der Venus.  114 pp., 61.  16°.
   Copenhagen, F. C. Mumme, 1747.
 Naturopath (Der) und Gesundheits-Rathgeber.
   Hrsg. vou B. Lust.  [Monthly.]  v.  7-10, 1902-5.
   e°. Xew York.
    Current.  Continuation of: AmerikaniMche Kneipp-
   Blatter.
 Naturopath (The) and Herald of Health.  Ben-
   edict Lust, editor and proprietor.   [Monthly.]
   v.  3-6,  190<!-5.   8°.  New York.
    Current.  Continuation of: Kneipp (The) Water-Cure
   Monthly.
 Naturwarme (Das) Stahlbad Szliacs (bei Alt-
  sohl in  Ungarn) ; einzige bekanute Eisentherme,
  reich an Kohlensaure.  2 1.  fol.    [Budapest,
  1893.]
 Naturwissensehaftliche Rundschau.  Wii-
  chentliche Berichte iiber  die Fortschritte auf
  dem Gesamtgebiete der Naturwissenschaften.
  Unter Mitwirkung von J. Bernstein [etal.] hrsg.
  von W.  Sklarek.   v.  20,   1905.   4°.  Braun-
  schweig,  F. lieweg 4 Sohn.
   Current.
Naturwissensehaftliche   Wochenschrift.
  Organ  der  deutschen  Gesellschaft  fur. volks-
  tiimliche Naturkunde in  Berlin.   Redaktion: j
 Naturwissensehaftliche  Wochenschrift—
   continued.
   H. Potouie" und F. Koerber.   v. 19-20, Oct. 4,
   1903-5.  4°.  Jena, G. Fischer.
     Current.
 NaturwissenschaftlicherVereinfiirSchles-
   wig-Holstein.   Schriiten.  v. 7-10.   8°.   Kiel,
   1888-93.
 Natiirwisscnschaftlich-medizinischer
   Verein in Iunsbruck.  Berichte.   v. 16-28.   8°.
   Innsbruck, 1887-1903.
 Natn ur (De) is de beste  arts.   Een woord aan
   jong en oud.   Door  een  practisceiend genees-
   heer.  3. druk.  30 pp.  16°.  Amsterdam, J. M. E.
   Meijer;  Rotterdam, J. A.  Weinbeck,  [1H73,  vel
   subseq. ].
 Natuur- en  geneeskundig  Archief  voor Neer-
   landst-b Indie.  [Quarterly.]  v. 1-4,1844-7.   8°.
   Bat aria.
     Ended.  In no. 1 no editors named;  no. 2, P. J. Gode-
   froy, M. J. E. Muller, P. A. Fromm, and P. Meeker became
   editors; no. 3, v. 2, Godefroy  dropped; no. 4, v. 2,  W.
   Bosch  added; no. 2, v. 3,  S. L. Heijman and J. Munnich
   added.
 Natiiurkuudig' Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch
   Indie,  v. 46-57, 1887-98.  8°.  Balavia.
 -----.  General index to v. 31-50.  pp. 1-127.  8°.
   Batavia, 1891.
 Natuurvriend (De).  Maandblad gewijd aan
   de natuurlijke  leef- en  geneeswijze,  [etc.].
   Red.: K. H. Beijlevelt.  v. 1-3,  November, 1900,
   to December, 1903.  8°.   Zutfen.
 Nail (Hermann)  [1871-    ].  *Die  Geburten
   macerirter Friichte iu der zweiteu Hiilfte  der
   Schwaugerschaft.  38 pp., 1 1.   8C.  Marburg,
'   J. Hamel, 1896.
 Nail (Pierre).   * Les scolioses congeiiitales.   114
   pp., 2 pl.  8°.   Paris, 1904, No. 446.
 Yum-li.'ili.
     Hassan pacha IUahmoiid.  Al nauchah.  Atti d.
   xi. Cong. med. internaz., Koma, 1894, iii, med. int., 143-148.
 Nauche (Jacques-Louis) [1776-1843].
     See Ouillie  | S6bastien ].  Biblioth^que  ophtalmolo-
   gique, [etc.].  8°.  Paris,  1820.
 Naude (Gabriel) [1600-1653].
     See t'ardanuw (Hieronymus).  De propria vita liber.
   24°.  Amstelcedami, 1654.
     For Biography, see J. de la sante, Par., 1902, xix, pt. 2,
   161 (Monpart).
 Naudet (Benolt-Charles) [1874-    ].   *DeI'in-
   cision cruciale dans la laparotomie.  39 pp., 2 1.
   8°.  Paris, 1900, No. 124.
 -----.  The  same.  39 pp..  2 1.  8°.   Paris,  G.
   Steinheil, 1900.

 Naudiii (Emmanuel) [1817-70].
     Caflfe. N6crologie. J.d.conn. m6d. prat., Par., 1870-71,
   xxxvii-xxxviii, 368.
 Naudiu  (J.)   Rapport do la commission des re-
   medes secrets, lu dans* la seance  du 17 septembre
   1850.   Sooidte  de nie'decine,  chirurgie et phar-
   macie de Toulouse. 24 pp.  8°.  [Toulouse, J. M.
   Douladoure, 1850.]  [P., v. 1749; 1751.]
Nauenburg'   (Fritz).  *Bakteriotherapie der
   Stuphylouiykosis.  75  pp.  8*.  Bern, A. Benteli
   4- Co., 1900.
Nauer (Anton).  * Ueber progressive perniciose
   Anainie nach   Beobachtungen auf der  medizi-
   nisehen Klinik des Prof. H.  Eichhorst, Zurich.
   172 pp. 8°.  Ziirich, O. Fussli, 1897.          c.
IVaulieiin.
    See  Heart  (Diseases  of,  Treatment  of),  by
   SchotVs method; Waters (Mineral), by localities.
IVaiikayaiiii.
    Kikuti (M.)   [Eye disease following the  seven days
   epidemic (naukayami).]   Kyo-rin-no  Shioii, Tokyo [?],
   1899, xi, 409-422.
Naulet (Henri).  * Contribution  a l'dtude  du
  traitement des d6viatious  de la colonue vert6- 
NAULET.
358
NAUSEA.
Naillet (Henri)—continued.
  brale par la gymnastique raisonnee.   0* pp., I 1.
  so.   Paris, 1901, No. 358.
Naullcaii (Henri)  [1873-    ]   *Ligamento-
  ixxie   Proced6  de C.  Beck  (de New-York).
  4f, pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 106.
Naiiinachius.
    Nee Poemnia Pbocylidis,  Pythagoras et Naumachn.
  12°.   Zittavice, [1685].
Nauinan (Joh. Justus).   * De  mure indico.
  2'S pp.   sm. 4°.  Upsalice,  1754.
Naumann (Alexander).  Ueber die Bedeutung
  der  Natnrwissenschaft  als Unterrichtsgegen-
  stand.   Yortrag gebalten iu der oberbessischen
  Gesellschaft  fur Natur- und Heilkuude  am 5.
  Juni 1867.  13 pp.   8°.  [Giessen, 1867.]
Naumann (Benno).  * Ueber  hereditare  Sys-
  temeikrankungen der Centralnervenorgane.  42
  pp.   8'-'.   Erlangen, F. Junge, 1892.
Naiiinann (Ernst).  * Ueber Cervixrisse.  28
  pp.   *J.   Jena, B. Engau, 1694.
Naumann  (Ernst  Gotthold)  [1874-   ~ ].
  * Chirurgisch-casuistische Beitrage  sur Kennt-
  nis des acuten Darmverschlusses durch Meckel'-
  sches Divertikel.   36  pp.   8°.  Leipzig,  B.
  Georgi, 1901.
Naumann (Franz Leopold) [1877-     ].   *Ue-
  ber das spectroskopische Verhalten der  Blut-
  farbstoffe.  30 pp.,  1 1.  4°.  Leipzig, B. Georgi,
  1902.
Naumann (Friedrich August Wilhelm)  [1825-
      ].   *De labiorum pudeudi  excoriatiouibus
  per  explorationem.   16  pp.   8°.   Lipsioz, W.
  Staritz, 1859.
Naumann (Friedrich Karl) [1874-     ].   *Zur
  Constitution  des  Indigocarmins.  27  pp.  8°.
  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4~ Co., 1900.
Naumann (Gustaf) [1846-    ]. *Om struma
  och dess behaudling.   [On struma and  its treat-
  ment.]  1  p.  1., 178  pp.,  1  tab.   8C.  Lund,
  Berling, 1891.
-----.  Tbe same.  Ueber  den Kropf und dessen
  Behandlung.  Autorisirte Uebersetzung aus dem
  Schwedischen  vou O.  Reyher.   191  pp.   8°.
  Lund, 1892.
Naumann (Hans) [1868-    ].  *Ein Beitrag
  zur Lehre von der erworbenen hiimorrhagischen
  Din.these.   28 pp., 2  1.  8°.  Berlin, G. Schade,
  [1892].
Naumann (Hugo) [1869-   ].  * Ueber die
  Hiiutigkeit der Bilduugsanomalien der Nieren.
  53 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Kiel, P.  Peters, 1897.
Naumann  (Isaak).   * Ueber  die   operative
  Eroftnun<r des Warzeufoitsatzes.  35 pp.  8J.
  Freiburg i. B., H. Epstein, 1891.
Naumann  (Joh.)  Zur  Kenntniss  der   Phos-
  phor-Nekrose.   30  pp.,  1  pl.   8'-'.   Miinchen,
  J. F. Lehmann, 1892.
    Miinchen med. Abhandl., 34. Hft.
Naumann  (Moritz  [Ernst]  Adolph)  [1798-
  18t>9].   Specielle   Pathologie   und  Therapie.
  MSS. notes bv  Moritz Leo-Wolf.  281 pp., 2 1.
  4C.   Berlin, 1823.
Naiiinanii  (Oswald)  [1833-    ].  * Oleum
  jecoris aselli ad membrauas  animalium  affini-
  tatem habere multo majorem quam alia pinguia,
  defendet.   20 pp.,  2 pl.  8°.  Lipsiai,  0.  Edel-
  mann, 1858.
Naumann ([Paulus  Alexander]  Otto)  [1870-
      ].   " Feber  den Gerbstoff der Pilze.   [Er-
  langen.]  46 pp.  8°.  Dresden, B. Barth,  1895.
Naumauil  (Ulrich).  * Pankreasveriindeiung
  bei  Diabetes.  50 pp.  8~.  Jena, G.  Neuenhahn,
  1 -ini.
Na union"  (Mikhail  Pavlovich).  [1852-    ].
  * O niekotorlkhpatologo-anatomicheskikh izmie-
  neniyakh  na  dine  glaz  u  novo-rozhdenulkh
  dietei.  [Certain pathologo-anatomical changes
Naumoff (Mikhail Pavlovich)—continued.
  in the fundus of the eye in new-born children.]
  56  pp.,  2 1., 2  pl.   8°.   S.-Peterburg,  Tipoq.
  Dep. Ud., 1890.
Naumoff (Ya.)  Kratkiy  uchebnik anatomii  i
  tiziologii chelovieka;  kurs sreduikh uchebnlkh
  zavedeniy.  [Short text-book of human anatomy
  and physiology; course of intermediate educa-
  tional  institutions.]   3. ed.  viii, 119  pp., 1 pl
  8°.  S.-Peterburg, I. N. Erlich, 1*98.
TVaimclorfT (Charles-Ouillaume)  [1785-
  1845].
    Fricdrichs (0.)  Naundorff medecin. Chron. m6d.
  Par., 1898., v, 191-194.
Naunyn  (Bernard)   [1839-    ].   Friedrich
  Theodor von Frerichs.  Nekrolog.  viii pp.  8°.
  [Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1885.]
------.   Die diatetische Behandlung des Diabetes
  mellitus.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1889, No. 349-350 (Inn.
  Med., No. 116, 3129-3168, 1 diag.).
         Kurzer Leitfadeu fiir die Punction der
 Pleura- und Peritonealergiisse.   2  p. 1., 26 pp.
 8°.  Strassburg, K. J. Trubner, 1889.
-----.   Klinik  cler Cholelithiasis,  viii, 187 pp.,
 5pl.  8-.   Leipzig, F. C. W.  Vogel,  1692.
-----.   The same.  A treatise on cholelithiasis.
 Transl. by Archibald  E. Garrod.   xi, 197 pp.
 8°.  London, 1896.
-----.   Der Diabetes  mellitus. x, 526 pp., I tab.
 8°.   Wien, A. Holder, 1898.
   Forms pt. 6 of: Spec.  Path. n. Therap.,  . . . Nothnagel,
 "Wien, 1898,  vii.
        Die Entwickelung der iuneren  Medizin
mit  Hygiene  und  Bakteriologie  im  19. Jahr-
hundert.  Centennialvortrag in der allgemeinen
Sitzung  der  72.  Naturforscher - Versammlung
in Aachen am 17.  September 1900.  21 pp.  8°.
Jena, G. Fischer, 1900.
       Moderne Kliniken und Krankenhsiuser.
Rede zur Eiuweihung des Neubaues der medi-
zinischen Klinik in Strassburg  9. Februar 1902.
12 pp.  8°.  Jena, G. Fhcher, 1902.
  See, also, iTliltcilimgeii aus den Grenzgebieten der
Medizin und Chirurgie.  8°.  Jena, 1895-1905.—Mitthei-
1 ii ut; <-■■ aus der medicinischen Klinik zu Kouigsberg i.
Pr.  8°.  Leipzig, 1888.
  For Biography, see Deutsche med.  Presse, Berl., 1902,
vi, 70.
     & Schreiher  (J.)  Ueber Gehirndruck.
  1 p. 1., 112 pp., 7 ch.  63.  Leipzig, F. C. IV. Vo-
  gel, 1661.  [P., v. 2271.]
    Repr. from.- Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.,
  1881, xiv.
NaupliOtOU  (Irene)  [1870-   ].  * Sur  quel-
  ques causes d'arythniie  dans le r6tre"cissement
  mitral.  81 pp.  4°.  Paris,  1896,  No. 257.
Naureils  (Jean-Baptiste-Marie-Victor)  [1873-
      ].   "De  la grossesse et de l'accouchenient
  dans leurs rapports avec les lesions valvulairea
  du ccetir.   62 pp.   8°.   Bordeaux, 1899, No. 66.
Naureils  ( Jules-LeVm-Gerniain )  [1877-    ].
  *Des nevrites puerpCrales.   70 pp.  8°.  Bor-
  deaux,  1903, No. 53.

V*iiiro<l.
    Wrhmrr (F.)  Die nassauische Heilstatte bei Naurod
  im Taunus.  Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz.,
  1905, vii, 246-253.
Nan rii.
    Kramer  (A.)  Nauru.   Globus,  Brnschwg., 1898,
  lxxiv, 153-158.
Nausea and nauseants.
    See, also, Emetics.
    Fohsten (J. A.)   *De cura per nauseam.  8-.
  Harderovici, 1803.
    Wachtler(C)   *De nausea primario atque
  perenni morborum comite.  sm.  4°.  Erfordia,
  1717. 
NAUSEA.
359
NAVIES.
Xaiisea und nauseants.
    ■ ngrahani ((.'. "W".)  Cocaine applied to the mucous
  membranes  of the nostrils a specific for nausea.  Am.
  Med.-Surg.  Bull.. N. T.,  1896, x, 181. — Richardson
  (B. W.)  Nausea from movement  of the body in rotation.
  Asclepiad, Loud., 1888, v, 334-336.
NailSS (Eduard). * Heilung eines eitrigen Hydro-
  cephalus acutus interims.  [Wurtzburg.]  50pp.
  8°.   Karlsruhe, F. Thiergarten, 1692.
Naussac  (Joseph)  [1871-     ].   *De  l'actino-
  nivcose pulmonaire.  150  pp.,  1 1.   8\  Lyon,
  1690, No. 1198.
-----.   Tbe same.    135  pp.   t*c.  Paris,  J.-B.
  Bailliere 4-fils, 1896.
Nailta (Stephauus Sybrandus).  *De corporibus
  peregrinis  ex cesopbago removendis.  [Fraue-
  quera.]   53  pp.   8°.   Workumi  Frisiorum,  I.
  Venvey, 1803.   [P., v. 1953.]

 Viii I Mil*.
    Griffin (L. E.) Notes on the anatomy of Nautilus
  pompilius.  Zool. Bull.,  Bost., 1897, i,  147-161.  -----.
  Notes on the tentacles of Nautilus pompilius. Johns Hop-
  kins Univ. Circ, Bait.,  1898-9, xviii, 11. -----. The arte-
  rial circulation of Nautilus pompilius.  Ibid., 1899-1900,
  xix, 53-56.  ----. The anatomy  of  Nautilus pompilius.
  Mem. Nut.  Acad.  Sc, "Wash.,  1900, viii, 103-197. 17 pl.—
  Huxley ;T. H.)  On some points in the anatomy of Nau-
  tilus pompilius.  [From: J.  Linn. Soc. 1859. iii.]  In his:
  Scient. mem., 8°, Lond., 1899,  ii, 81-89. — Joubin  (L.)
  Recherches sur l'appareil respiratoire des nautiles.  Rev.
  biol. du nord de la France, Lille, 1889-90, ii, 409-428, 1 pl.—
  Willey (A.) -The adhesive tentacles of Nautilus, with
  some notes on its pericardium and spennatophores.  Quart.
  J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1897-8, xl, 207-209, 1 pl.
 Nauwerck  (Cholestin])  [1853-     ].   Ueber
  Muskelregeneration nach Verletzungen.  Expe-
  rimentelle Untersuchnug.   1 p. 1., 58 pp., 5 pl.
  -\  Jena, G. Fischer, 1890.
 ---—.  Sectionstechnik  fur  Studirende  und
  Aerzte.  iv (11.),  127 pp.  8=>.   Jena,  G. Fischer,
  1891.
 -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.   iv (2 1.), 159 pp.  8°.
  Jena, G. Fischer, 1894.
 -----.   The same.   3. Aufl.    viii, 244 pp.   8°.
  Jena, G. Fischer, 1899.
 -----.  The same.  4. vermehrte Aufl.  x, 264 pp.
  --'.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1905.
    See, also,  Beitrage  zur  pathologischen  Anatomie
  [etc.].  roy. 8°.  Jena, 1888-96.—Schoedel (J.) & Nau-
  werck (C.) Untersuchungen [etc.]. 8°.  Jena, 1900.
 rVava (Jose").   * Responsabilidade juridica  dos
  aphasicos. 101pp.   8°.   Bio  de Janeiro, 1901.
 Nava [y Flores]  (Celso C.)   * Estudio sobre
  la disenteria.   42  pp.  8°.   Me'xico, I. Cumplido,
  1672.   [Also, in: P., v. 2183.]

 Navalios.
    Matthews (W.)  A part of the Navajo's my-
  thology.  6'-\   [Boston, 1883.]
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from:  Am. Antiq.,
  Bost., 1883.
    -----.  Mythic dry-paintings of the Navajos.
  *°.  [Boston, 1885.]
    Cutting from: Am. Naturalist,  Bost., 1885, xix, 931-939.
    -----.  Songs  of sequence  of the Navajos.
  8°.  [Boston, 1894.]
    Cutting from: J. Am. Folk-Lore, Bost., 1894, vii, 185-194.
    -----.  Navaho legends,  collected and trans-
  lated by .  . .   With introduction, notes, illustra-
  tions, texts, interlinear translations  and  melo-
  dies.  8°.   Boston 4- New York, 1897.
    -----.  Navaho night chant.  8°.  [Boston,
  n. d.]
    Cutting from: J. Am. Folk-Lore, Bost., 1901, xiv, 12-19.
    -----.  The night chant;  a  Navaho  cere-
  mony,  fol.   [New York, 1902.]
    -----.  Songs  of the  Navajos.   8-.   [Los
  Angeles, n. d.]
    Cutting from: Land of Sunshine, Los Angeles, 197-201.
    Matthews (W.)  Navajo gambling songs.  Am. An-
  throp., Wash., 1889, ii, 1-19. -----. A vigil of the gods;  a
  Navaho ceremony. Ibid., 1896, ix, 50-57. -----.  A two-
  faced Navaho blanket.  Ibid., 1900, n. s., ii, 638-642.
Navarilli (Andrea).  Su  la  membrana interna
  dei vasi sanguigni.   Su le febbri intertnittenti.
  Memorie.  74 pp.  8°.   Bassano, tipog. Baseggio
  editriee, 1647.
Navarra (Jos6 Oriol).
    See Giraudean (Jean).  Tratado de las enfermedades
  sifiliticas [etc.].   8°. Barcelona, 1848.
Navarre (Leopold) [1874-     ].   *La  scarla-
  tino  a I'Hopital des enfants  malades pendant
  l'annee 1899.   57 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1900, No. 165.
Navarre (P[ierre]-Just) [1848-     ].   Manuel
  d'hygiene ddoniale.  Guide de  l'Europe'en dans
  les pays  chauds.   xxiv,  621  pp.   12°.  Paris,
  O. Doin, 1895.
    See, also. Grant (Charles-Scovell).  Petit guide d'hy-
  giene pratique [etc.].  12°.  Paris, 1893.
Navarrete (Jose).
    See  Pedregal  Prida (F.)  Gimn&stica  [etc.l.  8°.
  Madrid, 1884.
Navarro (Alfred)  [1868-      ].  * Contribution
  a l'etude  des hydronephroses.  72 pp.  4°.   Pa-
  ■ris, 1894,  No. 449.
-----.   The same.   70  pp., 1  1.  8°.   Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1894.

Aav.uio (Juan If.) [1823-1904].
    Obituary.   Boston M. Sc S. J., 1904, cli, 392. Also:
  Med. Rec, N. T., 1904, lxvi, 543.
Navarro  de  Andrade (Joaquim).   Distri-
  butee  niethodica interpretandorum aphorismo-
  rum Hippocratis.   1 p. 1., 99 pp.   8°   Conim-
  bricoj, typ. Academicis, 1819.  [P., v. 1244.]
Navarro y Cardona (Eduardo).  *Del parto
  prematuro en M6xico, y de las man eras con que
  se le  ha provocado.  81 pp.,  1 pl.   8°.  Mexico,
  de Diaz de Leon t) White, 1873.   [P., v. 2184.]
Navarro  y  Neumann (Manuel Sanchez).
  Manual  de gineeologia,  asepsia y  autisepsia,
  anestesia; exploracidn. vi, 381 pp.  8°.  Cadiz,
  F. Bodriguez de Silva, 1899.
Navarro y Ortiz (Enrique).   Elementos de
  medecina legal, militar y  naval.   Con un pr6-
  logo del Dr. Angel  Fern&ndez-Caro y Nouvilas.
  vi, 647 pp., 3 1.  8°.  Madrid, 1894.
Navas (Hippolyte)  [1874-     ].  * Des pyelo-
  n6pbrites gravidiques.  61 pp., 11.  8°.   Lyon,
  1897, 2. s., No. 57.
Navasartyants  (Bagrat Abraamovich).  * K
  voprosu o vliyanii essentukskol No.  17-1  vodl
  na usvoyeniye i obmien azotistlkh veshtshestv.
  [Influence of  the  mineral water essentuki No.
  17 upon  the  assimilation  and metabolism  of
  nitrogenous matter.]  02  pp., 1 1., 4 tab.  8°.
  S.-Peterburg, 1890.
Nave.  Statute organico  dell' Ospitale civile  di
  Nave, eretto  in ente morale con  r. decreto  24
  giugno 1888.   14 pp.  89.   Brescia,  La Sentinella,
  1888.
Navcau  (Henri).   *Les  resultats  fonctionnels
  deTectueux de certaines gastroenterostomies  et
  des moyens d'y reme'dier.  76  pp.   8°.  Paris,
  1904, No. 370.

Navicular disease.
    See Horse (Diseases of locomotive system of).
Navier  [Piene-Toussaiut] [1712-79].  Pr6cis
  des moyens de secourir les personues empoison-
  nCcs par  les poisons corrosifs.   Extraits de l'ou-
  vrage des contrepoisous de Parseuic, du sublime"
  corrosif, du vert-de-gris et du plomb, etc., de M.
  Navier, par M.  Navier fils.   vii,  55 pp.   16°.
  Paris, 1778.
    For Biography, see An nun ire de la Haute-Marne,
  Chaumont, 1811, 220-222.

Navies.
    See, also, Hygiene, Medicine, Naval.
    Legrand. L'6tat sanitaire des ouvriers des arsenaux
  de la marine. Caducee, Par., 1904, iv, 236.—Porteogen
  (J.-A.) Etude sur la statistique medicale des differentes
I 
NAVIES.
360
NAVY.
  nuissances niai itunes.  Arch.de med. nav., Par.,  1901,
  lxxv f..« HI — Ziiiovvrll (K.)  Pishtshevoye dovolstviye
  nizhnikh  chinov ru>skavo i inostrannikh flotov.  [Food
  of the enlisted men of the Russian and foreign navies.]
  Med pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1904, pt. 1,
  113; 184;  252;  333; 371: pt.2, 13; 109; 162; 223, 2 diag.
Navone (Emanuele).   *Sull' operazione del bu"
  buuocele di  recente data.  8-.  Genova, T. De-
  Groxsi,  1*15.
Navratil  [Einerich von  Szalok]  [1*34-
      ].  Zur  Kasuistik  der Kehlkopfneubilduu-
  iren.  15 pp.   ^ \   Wien, 1874.
  ° Repr.from: Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1874, xxiv.

______.  Fall von Kehlkopf-Liihniung in Folge von
  Tric-hinose.  12 pp.   8°.   Berlin, 1876.
    Repr.from: Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1876, xiii.

------.  Beitrage zur  Hirnchirurgie.  1 p. 1.,  59
  pp.   8C.   Stuttgart,  F.  Enke, 1689.
Nav rati I  (Franz).  Gries bei  Bozen als klima-
  tischer  Winter-Curort.  2.  Aufl.  iv  (1  1.),  64
  pp.   12°.   Wien,  W. Braumuller, 1885.
------.  Die Behandlung  des mensehlichen  Ge-
  samintorganisnius in ehronischen  Kraukheiten
  mit besonderer Beziehuujr  zur Lungenphthise.
  72 pp.   8~.  Leipzig, B. Konegen, 1891.
-----.  The  same.   2.  Aufl.   72 pp.,  1  1.   8°.
  Leipzig, B. Konegen, 1891.
-----.   Arco, klunaticka' le"cebna  stanice a pru-
  . odce po Rive a jezeru Gardskem.   Pro lazeiisk6
  hosty a turisty.   [Arco, a climatic health resort,
  aud  guide  to Riva and Lake Garda.   For the
  bathing guest or tourist.]   48 pp., 1 pl., 1 map.
  8 \  v Praze, E. Gregr, 1898.

]\avy (Argentine).
    Medecins de la marine de la R6publique Argentine.
  Arch,  de med. nav., Par., 1894, lxiii, 469-470.

IVavy (Austrian).
    Austro - Hungary.    Kaiserlich - konigliche
  Kriegs-Marine.  Statistische  Sanitiits-Berichte
  der k. uud k. Kriegs-Mariue fiir die Jahre 1885-
  91; lb96-1901.  Ziisammengestellt von  tier IX.
  Abteilungdesk.u.k. Reichs-Kriegsministeriums,
  Marine-Sektion.  roy. 8C.   Wien, 1886-1902.
    ITIedecins de la marine autrichienne.  Arch.de nickl.
  nav., Par., 1894, lxi, 227-235.—Statistique m6dicale de la
  marine autrichienne pour 1896-7.  Ibid., 1899, lxii, 67-76.

]Vavy (Brazilian).
    Medecins et pharmaciens de la marine br6silienne.
  Arch, de med.  nav., Par., 1894, lxii, 307-314. — blendes
  (F.)  O  servico hospitalar da  marinha de guerra brazi-
  leira.  Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1901-2, 5. s., v, 454; 551: 1902-3,
  5. s., vi, 18; 155.

IVavy (British).
    Baston (S.)  Bastou's case vindicated,  or a
  brief account of some evil practices of the present
  commissioners for  sick and wounded,  etc.   As
  they  were proved:  1.  Before the Admiralty.  2.
  Before the council; and 3.  Before the  commis-
  sioners for  stating the publick accounts,  sm.
  4°.  London, 1695.
    Great Britain.   Navy Medical Department.
  Statistical reports of the health of the navy.   Bv
  the director  general to the  lords  commissioners
  of the Admiralty.  For the years 1866-1903.   8°.
  London, 1.^87-1904.
     Cantlie (J.)  The naval and military medical  services
  compared. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1182.—iTlcLaucli-
  Inn (J. J.)  On the mortality in the British  navy and
  army, as shown by the official reports.  J. Inst. Actuaries
  Lond., 1898, xxxiv, 251-281.—ITIedecins de la marine an-
  glai.se.  Arch. d.  med.  nav.,  Par., 1894, lxi,  144-151.—
  Regulations for the entry of candidates for  commis-
  sions in the medical department of the royal navy  Lan-
  cet, Loud.. 1902, i, 1203-1205. — Royal navy  medical
  service; new regulations  for the entry of candidates for
  commissions.   [Edit.]   Brit. M. J.,  Lond.. 1902.  i. 993.—
  Nui-xic-al (The) outfit of the ships of the royal naw.
   Ibid.. 1&98, ii, 1722.                                J

IVavy (Chilian).
    ITIedecins  ch- la marine chilienne.  Arch, de med
  nav., Par., 1894, lxii, 466-471.—«rossi &  Vogel.  La
]\avy (Chilian).
  marina de Chile eu el Congreso  medico latino-amerirano.
  \From: Mercurio de Valparaiso.]  An. san. mil., Buenos
  Aires, 1904, vi, 649-653.

]\Tavy (Chinese).
    JTIedecins de| la marine chinoise.  Arch, de med.
  nav., Par., 1894, lxii, 471.

IVavy (Danish).
    rUedeciu* de la marine danoiae.  Arch, de m6d. nav.
  Par., 1894, lxii, 471-473.

IVavy (Hutch).
    Netherlands.    Koninklijke  Nederlandsche
  Marine.   Geneeskundig jaarverslag betreft'ende
  den gezondheidstoestand,  gedurende  de jaareu
  1884 -1903.   Medegedeeld  door den iuspecteur
  van den geueeskuudigen dienst der  zeemacht.
  Schont  bij  nacht.   8°.   Utrecht,  Leiden  4' *'
  Gravenhage, 1886-1904.
    Alers (C.)  Eenige  aanteekeningen  omtrcnt den ge-
  neeskundigen dienst bij Hr. Ms. zeemacht in de laatste50
  jaren.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. De  ziekenvcrpleg.
  [etc.].   Artikelen ...Catalog, d.  Hist.-Geneesk. Ten-
  tooust. te Arnluem, Amst., 1899, 1-15.—Klosscr (G. H.)
  De  ambulance der marine bij de expeditie iu Tamiang.
  Mil. geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1897, i,  82-89. — ITI*.
  deciiiM de la marine ii6erlandaise.  Arch, de m6d. nav.,
  Par., 1894, lxiii, 311-313.—Snethlage (R. A. I.)  Welke
  eischeu worden er gesteld voorofticiemi van gezondhcid,
  beetemd voor het (Oost-en West-)Iudische leyier?  Mil.-
  geneesk.  Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1897,1,90-104. — Viaser.
  De  geneeskundige dienst der eerste linie.  Nederl.  mil.
  geneesk.  Arch, [etc.], Leiden, 1895, xix, 183-217.—Vital
  statistics of the Dutch navy in 1897.  Lancet, Lond., 1900,
  i, 255.

IVavy (French).
    Duplouy (L.)  Guide administratif du in6de-
  cin de la marine, ses droits et  ses devoirs.   16°.
  Paris, 1895.
    France.  Ddpartement de  la marine.   Regle-
  ment  iuteneur  de l'Ecole du service de sante de
  la marine a Bordeaux.  8°.  Paris, 1690.
    Malespine (A,)   La m6deciue navale  et le
  doctoral.   8°.   Paris,  1863.
    Medecins (Les)  de  la marine.   8°.  Paris 4'
  Rochefort, 1863.
    daffe Sc  Parchappe.  [D6cret portant reorganisa-
  tion du service medical de la marine.]  J. d. conn. nied.
  prat., Par., 1865, xxxii, 337-339. — Gate wood ( J. D.)
  Naval  hospitals of France.  Rep. Chief Bureau M. & S.,
  . . . Navy, Wash., 1892-3, 175-180. — Inauguration de
  l'Ecole principale du service de sante de la marine.  Gaz.
  hebd.  d. sc. m6d. de  Bordeaux,  1890, xi,  480-485.—
  Instruction pour servir  de  guide aux  m6decins de
  la marine dans rappr6ciatiou des infirniites, maladies
  ou  vices de conformation  qui  rendeut  impropre an
  service de la flotte (du 8 avril  1891).  Arch, de med.
  nav., Par.,  1891,  lvi,  296; 389; 408.— Jan.  La di-
  vision  navale de Tcrre - Neuve  pendant l'ann6e 1890.
  Ibid., 124-153.—dc Lararenne (E.)  Les rcformes du
  service de sant6 de la marine.  Presse m6ct.. Par.,  1904, i,
  annexes, 25.—Legi-aml (M.-A.)  Statistique medicale de
  la marine.  Caducee, Par., 1904, iv, 82; 94.—l<oi, decreta
  et  r^glements concernant l'institution  de l'Ecole princi-
  pale et des l5coles annexes du service de  sant6 de la ma-
   rine.  Arch, de  med.  nav.: Par., 1890, liv, 321;  401.—
   Noel.  L'effectif des mcklecins de la marine.  Bull. m6d.,
   Par., 1901, xv, 19.—IVouvellc instruction technique pour
   la statistique medicale  de la marine (Bulletin ofliciel  de la
   marine).  Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1901, lxxv, 62-68. —
   Pensions  et gratifications de r6forme; certiflcats mfedi-
   caux.  Ibid., 1891, lv, 328-375.—Statistique medicale
   de la marine pendant l'annee 1900.  Ibid., 1903, lxxx, 353-
   378. — X. Statistique medicale  de la  marine franchise
   (1899).  Caducee, Par., 1901, i, 30; 42.

 IVavy  (German).
     Germany.  Kaiserlich deutsche Marine.   Vor-
   schrift  iiber Ausbildung  der Mariuekranken-
   wiirter.  8°.   Berlin, 1898.
     Repr.  from: Organisatorische Bestimmungen  fur das
   Personal des  Soldatenstandes der kaiserlichen Marine,
   1898.
     -----.  Statistisehe Sanitatsberichte iiber die
   . . . von den Jahren  1887-8  bis 1901-2.  Be-
   arbeitet von   der   Medizinal-Abtheilung  des
   Reichs-Marine-Amts.   8°.   Berlin, 18*9-1904.
     Ehrmann.  Extrait du reglement sur le service de
   sante de la marine allemande pendant le combat il bord et
   kterre.  ITransl.]  Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1894, lxu, 
NAVY.
361
NAVY.
IVavy  (German).
  188-211—CSros (H.)  Le projet de loi concernant la ma-
  rine allemande et l'augraentation du nombre des medecins.
  Ibid., 1898, lxx, 310. -----. Le projet d'augmentation de
  la flotte allemande et le corps de saute de la marine.  Ibid.,
  1902, lxxvii, 227-230.—Medecins de la marine allemande.
  Ibid., 1894, lxi, 70-75.
IVavy  (Grecian).
    Medecins de la marino hellenique.   Arch, de m6d.
  nav.. Par., 1894, lxiii, 310.
IVavy  (Italian).
    Igiexk e servizio sanitario della r.  marina.
  Materiale  esposto all'  esposizione  generale di
  Torino, anno 1898.  12J.  Genova, 1898.
    Italy.  Ministero della marina.  Corpo sani-
  tario ui iii tare  marittimo. Qnadro organico (r.
  decreto  16 decembre 1*78.  X. 4669, 2 gennaio
  1881, e  26 gingno  1884,  N.  2478.   —\   [Roma,
  1883.]
    -----.  Regia  marina.  Norme per i soccorsi
  sanitari immediati  da  prestarsi  in asseuza del
  medico. Kedatto a cura dell' ufficio centrale di
  sanita militate  marittima.   16°.  Firenze-Roma,
  16*7.
    -----.  II corpo sanitario della regia marina
  italiaua agli ufticiali medici degli eserciti e delle
  annate, convenuti all' XI° conjjresso medico iu-
  ternazionale, Roma, marzo-aprile  1894.   obi. 4°.
  [Soma, 1-94.]
    -----.  Corpo sanitario militare marittimo e
  persouale  farmaceutico.  Situazione  al 1" gen-
  naio 1895;  1896, 1899-1902.   *~.   Roma,  1895-
  1902.
    Italy.  Ministero della marina.   Direzione del
  servizio sanitario.   Ufficio statistico.  8tatistica
  sanitaria dell' armata per gli anni 1890-94.  roy.
  8-.  Roma, 1-93-6.
    Petella (G.)  Medecins de la marine italienne.  Arch..
  de med. nav.. Par.. 1895, lxiii. 377-382.—Rho (F.) Orga-
  nizzazione del servizio chirurgico sulle navi  da guerra
  durante il combattimento.   Per il  xxv anno  d. insegn.
  chir. di F. Durante  n. Univ. di Roma, Roma, 1898, ii,
  563-581.—Sestini (L.)  Ancora qualche parola sul vitto
  del  marinaio dell' armata italiaua.  Ann. di  med. nav.,
  Roma, 1897, iii. 425-437.
IVavy  (Japanese).
    [ Japan.  ]   Kaigun  shorei  sokuchu kaisei.
  [Revised regulations  of the  navy, August 1,
  1904.]   8C.   Tokyo,  1904.
    Japan.  Navy Department.  Bureau of Medical
  Affairs.  Annual  reports of the  health of  the
  imperial navy for the years  1886-99; 1901.  8y
  Tokyo,  1887-1903.
    Health (The) reports of the imperial Japanese navy
  for  the   years 1896 and 1897. Sei-i-Kwai M. J.. Tokyd,
  1899, xviii, no. 12, 5-10: 1900, xix,9; 80; 164;  177.—Japan.
I  MinUter of Navy.  Kaikun bukan inyu jore  no kaisei.
  [Rules and regulations governing appointments and duties
  of the naval officers, including the medical corps.] Tokyo
  med. Wchnsehr.,  1894, no. 823, 46-50.—Japanese (The)
  navy during the Chiuo-Japanese war. Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1898, ii, 992.—Medecin*  de  la marine japonaise.  Arch.
  de m6d.  nav., Par., 1894, lxiii, 67-69. — .Medical organi-
  zation of the imperial Japanese navy.   Sei-i-Kwai M. J.,
  Tokyo,  1901, xx,  182-185. — Portengen (J. A.)   De
  gezondbeidstoestand  bij  de  JapauBche zeemacht gedu-
  rende de jaareu 1893-5.  Nederl. mil. geneesk. Arch, [etc.],
  Leiden,  1897, xxi, 81; 433: 1898, xxii, 387. -----. De genees-
  kundige dienst bij de Japansche marine. Ibid., 1898, xxii,
  589-592.—Short (A) record of the transactions of the med-
  ical department of tbe imperial Japanese navy during the
  Chino-Japan -war.   Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tdkyo, 1899, xviii,
  uo. 5, 1 -10. — Te«**ier.  Xavires-hopitaux japonais. Ca-
  ducee, Par., 1904, iv, 36-38.
IVavy  (Norwegian).
    ITIedecins de la marine norv6gienne.  Arch, de med.
  nav., Par., 1895, lxiv, 151.
IVavy  (Portuguese).
    Regulamknto para o  servico de  saude naval
  approvado por decreto de 26 de Janeiro de 1871.
  8  .  Lisboa, 1h?1.
   Aires d'Oliveira (A.)  Valor das pracas da armada
  segundo  a sua proveuiencia; recrutados, voluntarios e
  alnmnoH marinheiros.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1904, 2. s.,
^Vavy (Portuguese).
  vi, 263-205.—ITIcdecinc de la marine portugaise.  Arch.
  detued. nav., Par.,  1894, lxiii, 467-469.—d'Oliveira (M.
  R.) Servico cie saude naval; priraitiva orgauisac&o do
  servico de saude naval em 1756, vaiiantes ate ao sen estado
  actual; como poderia ser reorganisado este servico.  Med.
  contemp., Lisb., 1905, 2. s., vii, 211; 221; 228; 237; 252.
IVavy (Roumanian).
    ■storicul si desvoltarea serviciilor sanitare ale marilqr
  annate europene.  Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci, 1897-8,  i,
  214; 350; 422: 1898-9, ii, 525.
IVavy (Russian).
    Russia.  [Blank forms used  in the medical
  department of the Russian navy.]  4 forms,  fol.
  [St. Petersburg, 1-^73-8.]
    Russia.  Ministry of  the Navy.   Medical De-
  partment.   Otchot[i] o sostayauii  zotorovya na
  flotie za  1863->7 godl.   [Reports on the  condi-
  tion of the health in the  navy for 1863-87.]  8°.
  Sanktpeterburg, [1864]-90.
     -----.  O  tizicheskom izlledovauii molodikh
  matrosov, proizvedyonnom  v Kroushtadtskom
  morskom hospitalie v 1867 i l8t>8 godakh.  [On
  the physical examinations of young sailors, made
  at Cronstadt Naval Hospital during the  years
  1867 aud 1*68.]  8°.  Sanktpeterburg, 1870.
    Corruption iu the medical department of the Rus-
  sian navy. Med. News, Phila., 1882, xl, 704.
IVavy (Spanish).
     Spain.   Ministerio  de marina.   Escalafon de
  practicautes de la armada.   1882-4;  1893; 1895;
  1896.  16°.   [San Fernando, 1882-96.]
    -----.  Reglamento general de  hospitales de
  marina aprobado por real orclen  de  14  de juniu
  de 1890 para que rija  provisionalmente en estos
  establecimientos.  8°.  Madrid,  1890.
    ITIedecins de la marine espagnole.  Arch, de m6d.
  nav., Par., 1894, lxiii, 148-153.—Portengen (J.A.)  Mede-
  deelingen betreffende het personeel van de geneesk. dienst
  bij de Spaansche marine.  Nederl. mil.  geneesk. Arch.
  [etc.l, Leiden, 1898, xxii, 284-290.—Reglamento orga-
  nico provisional de  la sanidad maritima para los servicios
  de las dependencias.  Corresp. m6d., Madrid,  1887, xxii,
  186; 198; 206; 214;  231; 238;  247; 255;  264;  270; 280; 293;
  302; 311; 319; 326;  334; 350.   AUo: Siglo  med., Madrid,
  1887, xxxiv,  441; 478; 506;  526; 542;  574;  589; 622; 652;
  666; 746.  Also [Abstr.]: Rev.med.-farm., Castellon, 1887-8,
  ix, 116; 129; 205; 222.
IVavy (Swedish).
    Sweden.   Kougl.  Sundhets-Collegii kungo-
  relse, i anleduiug af Kougl. Maj:ts uadiga beslut,
  rorande extra lakares vid fiottan dagtraktainente
  under resor och tjenstgoriug; utfiirdad  i  Stock-
  holm deu 22 October 1855.  [Royal Sanitary Col-
  lege's notification of the King's  resolution con-
  cerning extra allowances to navy surgeons dur-
  ing travels and  service.]  4°.  Stockholm, 1855.
    Klefbcrg (A.  F.) Om  sjukv&xdslokaler  k  flottans
  fartyg.  [On the locality of sick bays ou vessels of the
  navy.)  Tidskr. i mil. Helsov., .Stockholm,  1894, lxx, 226-
  234.—Jledecins do la marine suedoise.   Arch, de med.
  nav., Par., 1895, lxiv, 152. — Rudberg (K.) Forslag till
  omorgauisation af k. flottans lakarestat.  [Proposition for
  the reorganization of the medical corps of the navy.] Hy-
  giea.  Festband [etc.]. Stockholm, 1889, no. 18, l-ll.  AUo:
  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1900, lxii, 420-441.
IVavy (Turkish).
    iTIedecins de la marine  ottomane.  Arch, de m6d.
  nav., Par., 1895, lxiv, 152-156.
IVavy (United States).
    Brief  (A) ou  naval law touchiug  titles,
  rank, grade, and commission. 8-.  [Washington,
  1879?]
    [Miller  (J. 0.)]   A  memorial  in behalf of
  tbe medical officers of  the Navy of the United
  States.   8\   [n. p., 1846, vel subseq.]
    Senators (To the) and Representatives of the
  United States in Congress assembled, the medi-
  cal profession at large, aud the Army and Navy
  of the United States  of America,  greeting: [in
  favor of the bill proposed for the reorganization
  of the Naval Medical Corps],   fol.    [n. p.,n. d.] 
NAVY.
362
NAVY.
Vavv (United States).
    United States.  Congress.  Amendment in-
  tended to be  proposed by Mr. Daniel to the bill
  (H. R. 10556) making  appropriations  for the
  Naval Service for the year 1888-9.  [For the im-
  provement of the Naval Hospital park.]  50.
  Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 10556.  In S. July 12, 1888.
  roy. *--   [Washington, 16*6].
    ------.  An act to commission passed assistant
  surgeons in the United States Navy and  to pro-
  vide for their examination preliminary to their
  promotion to the  grade of surgeon.  54. Cong.,
  1. sess.  S. 1296.  In H. R. March 4, 1896.  roy.
  8C.   [Washington, 1690.]
    -----.  The  same.  Referred  to  the  House
  Calendar Jan. 20, 1897.  roy. 8°.  [Washington,
  1897.]
    United States.  Congress.  House of  Bepre-
  sentatives.  A bill for the relief of certain senior
  medical directors on the retired list of the Navy.
  52. Cong., 1. sess.  H. R. 371.  Jan. 7,1892.  In-
  trod.  by Mr. O'Neill.   roy. 8°.  [ Washington,
  1892.]
    -----.  A  bill to raise the professional stand-
  ing of the apothecaries  of the  United  States
  Navy.  52. Cong.,  1. sess.  H. R. 5096.  Feb. 1,
  1892.   Introd.  bv  Mr.  Campbell.    roy.  8°.
  [Washington,  1-92. |
    -----.  A  bill  authorizing the President of
  the United States to  appoint one passed  assist-
  ant surgeon now on the retired list of the Navy
  under the act of Congress of Feb.  15,  1879,  a
  surgeon ou the  retired  list of  the  Navy.  52.
  Cong., 2. sess.  H. R. 9823.  Dec. 12, 1892.  In-
  trod.  by Mr. McAleer.  roy. 8°.  [ Washington,
  1892. ]
    -----.  A  bill providing for  the equalizatiou
  of pay of all retired  medical  directors  of the
  United States Navy with the relative  rank of
  commodore.  53.  Cong.,  1. sess.   H. R.  2670.
  Sept.  12, 1893.  Introd. by Mr. O'Neill,  roy. 8°.
  [ Washington,  1893. ]
    -----.  A  bill to commission passed assistant
  surgeons in the United States Navy, and to pro-
  vide for their examination preliminary to their
  promotion to  the grade of surgeon.  53. Cong.,
  2. sess.  H. R. 4980.   Jan. 4, 1894.   Introd. by
  Mr. Cunnuings.  roy. S-1.  [ Washington,  1894.]
    United States.   Congress.  Senate.  A bill to
  increase  the  efficiency of the Medical Corps of
  the Navy.  50. Cong., 1. sess.   S. 262.  Dec. 12,
  1887.  Introd. by Mr. Hale.  roy.  8°.   [Wash-
  ington, 1887.]
    -----.  The same.   50. Cong., 1. sess.   S. 892.
  Dec. 19, 1887.  Introd. by Mr. McPherson.  roy.
  8°.   [Washington, 16*7.]
    -----.  The  same.   Rep. by Mr. Chandler
  May 23, 1888.  roy. 8°.   [ Washington, 1888.]
    -----.  A  bill in relation to the retirement of
  certain medical officers of tbe Navy.   50. Cong.,
  1. sess.  S. 3151.  June 11, 1888.  Introd. by Mr.
  Chandler,  roy. 8°.  [ Washington, 1**6.]
    -----.  A  bill to authorize the appointmeut
  of Assistant  Surgeon  William Martin,  United
  States Navy,  not in the line of promotion, to the
  position of surgeon, United States Navy,  not in
  the line of promotion.  50. Cong., 2. sess.   S.3916.
  Feb. 5,  1889.  Introd. by  Mr.  Pasco,   roy. 8°.
  [ Washington,  1889.]
    -----.  A  bill for the relief of  Medical Di-
  rector Francis  M. Gunnell.  [To be placed ou
  the retired list with  the rank of commodore.]
  51.  Cong.,  1.  sess.  S. 612.  Dec. 5, 1889. In-
  trod. by  Mr.  Chandler,  roy. 8°.  [ Washington,
  18-9.]
    -----.  A  bill in relation to the retirement of
  certain medical officers of the Navy.  51.  Cong.,
IVavy  (United States).
  1. sess.  S. 725.   Dec.  9, 1889.  Introd.  by Mr.
  Chandler,  roy. 8°.  [Washington, 1869.]
    -----.  A bill to authorize tbe appointment
  of Assistant Surgeon  Thomas  Owens,  United
  States Navy, not iu the line of promotion, to tin-
  position  of  surgeon,  United  States  Navy, not
  in the  line of  promotion.   51. Cong.,  1. sess
  S. 2562.  Feb.  10, 1^90.   Introd. by  Mr. Hale.
  roy. 8°.  Washington, 1K)0.
    -----.  A bill providing for the appointment
  of a professor of chemistry in the  Navy of the
  United States.   51.  Cong., 1.  sess.    S.  3715.
  April 30, 1^90.  Introd. by Mr. Hawley.  roy. sJ.
  [ Washington, 1890. ]
    -----.  A bill for the relief of certain senior
  medical directors on the retired list of the Navy.
  51. Cong., 1. sess.  S. 3784.  May 10, 1890.  Introd.
  by Mr. Cameron,  roy. 8C.  [ Washington, 1890.]
    -----.  The same.   52. Cong., 1. sess.   S. 252.
  Dec. 10, 1*91.  Introd.  by Mr. Cameron,   roy. 8°.
  [Washington, 1891.]
    -----.  Tbe same.   53. Cong., 1. sess.   S. 764.
  Aug. 30, 1893.   Introd. by Mr. Cameron,  roy.
  8°.   [Washington,  1893.]
    -----.  A bill to raise the professional staud-
  iug of the  apothecaries of  the United  States
  Navy.   52. Cong., 1. sess.  S. 1369.  Jan. 5, 1892.
  Introd. by Mr. Chandler,   rov. 8°.  [Washington,
  1892.]
    -----.  A bill  to commission past assistant
  surgeons in  the  United States Navy, and to pro-
  vide for their examination preliminary to their
  protuotiou to the grade of surgeon.   53. Cong.,
  2. sess.  S. 1400.  Jan. 10,  1894.  Introd. by Mr.
  Butler,  roy. 8°.  [ Washington, 1894.]
    -----.  The same.   54. Cong., 1. sess.   S. 1296.
  Dec. 31, 1895.   Introd. by Mr. Cameron,  roy.
  8°.   [ Washington, 1895.]
    -----.   The  same.   Rep. by Mr. Perkins,
  without amendment.  Jan.  21, 1896.  roy. *'\
  [Washington, 1896.]
    -----.  A bill providing for the  equalization
  of all  retired medical directors of the United
  States Navy with  the  relative rank of commo-
  dore.  53. Cong., 2. sess.   S. 2025.  May 16,1894.
  Introd. by Mr. Camerou.   roy. 8°.  [ Washington,
  1894.]
    -----.  A bill  for the  reorganization  of the
  Medical Department of the Navy on the basis of
  the organization of the Medical Department of
  the Army.  54. Cong., 1. sess.  S. 1321.  Jan. 3,
  1896.   Introd. by Mr. Perkins,  roy. 8°.   [ Wash-
  ington, 1896.]
    -----.  A  bill giving  apothecaries  of the
  United States Navy  and naval hospitals the
  title of naval pharmacists and the rank and pay
  of warrant officers.  54. Cong., 1. sess.   S. 1769.
  Jan. 24, 1896.    Introd. by Mr. Bacon,  roy. 8°.
  [Washington, 1896.]
    -----.  A bill  to amend  section 1370 of the
  Revised Statutes of the United States, relating
  to the Medical Corps of the Navy.  55. Cong., 2.
  sess.   S. 2872.  Introd.  by Mr. Hale,  Dec. 16,
  1897, and reported by him Jan. 19, 1898, without
  amendment,  roy. 8-.   [ Washington,  1898.]
    -----.  A bill to organize a hospital corps of
  the  Navy  of  the Uuited  States, to define its
  duties, and to  regulate its pay.  55. Cong., 2.
  sess.   S. 3010.   Jan.  5, 1898.  Introd. by Mr.
  Hale.   roy. 8Z.   [Washington, 1698.]
    -----. A bill to equalize the pay of officers
  of the line,  Medical Corps, aud Pay Corps of the
  Navy with officers of  corresponding rank iu the
  Army  and Marine Corps.   57. Cong.,  1. sess.  S.
  1223.   Dec. 9, 1901.   Introd. by Mr. McEnery.
  roy. 8°.  [Washington, 1901.] 
NAVY.
363
NAZAROFR
IVavy (United  States).
    —----.   A bill to add dental surgeons to the
  Medical Corps of the Navy.  57. Cono-., 1.  sess.
  S. 2519.   Jau. 8, 1902.   Introd. bv Mr. Pettus.
  roy. 8\   [Washington, 1902.]
    United States.  N~avy  Department.   Annual
  reports of the Secretary of  the  Navy  on  the
  operations of  the  Department for  the  years
  1865-6; 1867-8;  1868-9; 1874-5; 1879-80; 18-n>-6
  to  1890-91;  1895-6; 189(5-7.   13 v.  8°.  Wash-
  ington, 1866-97.
    -----.   Registers of  the commissioned and
  warrant officers of the Navy of the United States
  and of the Marine Corps for the vears 1889 (Jan-
  uary);  1890 (January);  1891 (January);  1893
  (January);  1896  (January);  1897  (January);
  1898 (January);  1899 (January aud July); 1900
  (January); 1901 (Januarv); 1902  (January and
  July);  1903 (January);  1904 (January);  1905
  (January).   8°.   Washington,  1889-1905.
     -----.   Navy-yard,  Washington.    History
  from organization, 1799, to present  date.   By
  Henry B. Hibben.  51. Cong., 1.  sess.    S. Ex.
  Doc. No.  22.   Jan. 7,  1890.   S-\   Washington,
  1890.
     -----.   Official  records of the  Union and
  Confederate navies in the war of  the rebellion.
  Series 1.  v. 1, 2, 4.   8°.   Washington, 1894-6.
     United States.  Navy  Department.  Bureau
  of Medicine  and Surgtry.   Instructions for tbe
  government of the medical officers of the Navy
  of the United States.   July 1, 1857.  8°.   Wash-
  ington, 1857.
     -----.   Some considerations upon the  naval
  retiring board in medico-legal relations.  By
  T. J. Turner, medical  director,  U. S. N.  8C.
   Washington, 1885.
     -----.   Annual reports of the  Surgeon-Gen-
  eral of the Navy to the Secretary of the Navy,
  for the years 1887-8 to 1904-5.  ■■*-'.   Washington,
  1888-1905.
     -----.   Supply table of the Medical  Depart-
  ment of the United States Navy, with allowance
  for ships.  8J.   Washington, 1699.
     United States.   Navy Department.   Bureau
  of Medicine  and Surgery.   Museum of Hygiene.
  [Circular.  Calling attention  to the  prospectus
  of the  Museum  of Hvgiene.   August 21, 1882.]
  12°.  [Washington, 1882.]
     Examination questions for entrance to tho Medical
  Corpsof the U. S. Navy.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1X91,n.s.,
  xxvi, 418-426.—Growth (The) of the United States naval
  cadets.  [Edit.]  Med. News,  Phila., 1895, lxvii,  410.—
  Horner (F.)  The Medical Corps of the TJ.  S. Navy.
  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1895,  xxiv. 347-349.  -----.
  The American naval medical service.  Virginia M. Semi-
  Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 627-629.—Hyde (J. N.)  The
  Medical Corps of the United States Navy;  some details
  respecting  its past and present.  J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S.,
  Carlisle, Pa.,  1905, xvi,  297-317.  Also, Reprint.—Mc-
  illailer (G. T.)  The medical officer of the United States
  Navy.  Med. Rec, N. T.,  1903, lxiii, 979.—Ulni-mion
  (R. A.)  The Medical Corpsof the Navy from the outbreak
  of the war with Spain to the  present time.  J. Ass. Mil.
  Surg. U. S , Carlisle, Pa., 1901-2,  x, 515-528.   Also, Re-
  print. -----. Report on the United States Naval School,
  Washington, D.  C.  Rep. Surg.-Gen. Navy, Wash., 1904,
  217-224. -----. The United States  Naval Medical School.
  J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1905, xvii, 23Y14.  Also,
  Reprint.—Mederins de la marine des l5tats- CJnis. Arch.
  de med. nav., Par., 1894, lxiii, 231-235.— rVa*al medical
  men of the  University of Virginia.   N. York M. J., 1899,
  lxx, 250-252.—IVaval pharmacists.  Alumni Rep., Phila.,
  1898, xxxiv, 208-214.—Persons (R. C.)  Report on the
  United States Naval Hospital Corps School of Instruction,
  U.  S. Naval Hospital,  Norfolk, Va.  Rep.  Surg.-Gen.
  Navy, Wash., 1903, 235-238.—Phillips (T.  N.)  His-
  torical sketch of the establishment and organization of the
  United States Naval Hospital Corps. Proc. Am. Pharm.
  Ass., Bait., 1904, lii, 175-180.—Porlcngcn (J. A.) Eenige
  bijzonderheden over het corps ofticieren  van gezondheid
  bij de zeemacht der V. S". van Noord Amerika.  Nederl. mil.
  genee-k. Arch, fete], Leiden, 1898, xxii, 291-290 —Stones
  (C. K.)  What can the medical profession do for the Navy J
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  19c4, xlii, 1681.—Taylor (J. S.)
Aavy (United States).
  University of Virginia alumni in the Medical Corps of the
  Navy.  Bull. Univ. Virginia, Charlottesville. 1903, iii, no.
  2, 48-55. — I niled States (The) naval medical  service.
  [Edit.]  Phila. M. Times, 1880-81. xi, 499.—Uric (J. F.)
  The naval medical service.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1904, lxxix,
  847-850.—Wise (J. C.)  Review of the sanitary condition
  of the Navy.  Sanitarian, N. Y., 1902, xlix, 97-105.
Nawratzki (Emil)  [18G7-    ].  * Beitrag zur
  Statistik  uud Kasuistik der Harnrohreuverlet-
  zunoen.  34 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Berlin,  E. Ebering,
  [189.1].
TVawrocki (Feliks) [18:12-1902].
    Editor of: Raboti proizve-dyonniya v fiziologirhiche-
  skol  laboratorii Imperatorskavo Varshavskavo t'niver.si-
  teta.   8°. Varshava, 1870-72, i-ii.  Also, Editor of: Ka-
  boli  proizvedyouniya  v  laboratoriyakh meditsinskavo
  fakulteta Imperatorskavo Varshavskavo Tniversiteta. 8°.
  Varshava, 1874-82, i-viii.
    For Biography, see Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902, 2. s.,xxii,
  610-612, port. (H.Nusbaum). Also: Kryt. lek., Warszawa,
  1902, vi. 158-163 (H. Nusbaum).  Also: Medycyua,  War-
  szawa, 1902, xxx, 495-498 (S. Lagowski).
IVawroth  ( Paul).  Zahuarztliche  Staudesord
  nuug, ein  Angstprodukt des Koukurrenzneides
  und'' iirztliche Reklame ".   Eine zeitgeniasse Be-
  ttaehtung iiber eine unzeitgenisisse Einrichtung.
  10 pp.  8°.  Breslau, T. Schatzky, 1898.
Nayler (George).  A practical and theoretical
  treatise on the diseases of the skin.  2. ed.  xiv,
  370  pp., 5 pl., 6 1.   8°.  London, Smith, Elder #
  Co., 1874.
IVaylor (Arthur Carlos).  * Tratameuto da ap-
  peudicite aguda.  6  p.  1., 99 pp.  4°.  Capital
  Federal, Comp. de Loterias Nac. do Brazil,  19U0.
Waylor (Charles G[eorge] R[obinson]).  Report
  on the carbonic-acid gas treatment of malarious
  fevers.  2. ed.   29 pp.   8~\  Edinburgh, Mac-
  lachlan 4' Stewart,  1889.
Naylor (M. H.)   Common  ailments  and  acci-
  dents and  their treatment,  viii, 88  pp.   12°.
  London, E. Arnold, 1905.
rVaylor (William).  Plant for the treatment of
  trades  waste.  20 pp.,  1  pl.  8°.  London, W.
  Clowes 4' Sons, 1895.
    Repr. from: Proc. Inst.|Civ. Engin.,Lond., 1895-6, exxiii.
    See. also, Sewerage (The) systems of Sydney [etc.]. 8°.
  London, 1902.
IVayrac (Jean-Paul).  Grandeur  et misere de la
  femme.  Etudes de psychologie normale  et pa-
  thologique de la femme dans la socie"te\  171 pp.
  12°.  Paris, A.  Michalon, 1905.
Naz (Octave) [1867-     ].   * De Tartbrite tuber-
  culeuse sacro-iliaque, et en particulier de  cer-
  taines formes frustes de cet affection.  238 pp.
  40.   Paris,  1897, No. 253.
-----.  The same.  238 pp.   8C.   Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1896.
Nazare-Aga  (Ardachir  Khan).   * Contribu-
  tion a l'etude des conferences sauitaires iuterna-
  tionales dans leurs rapports avec la prophylaxie
  des  maladies  pestilentielles en Perse.   7 1  pp.
  8°.   Paris, 1903, No. 40.
Nazari (Alessio).  L' inseguamento dell' anato-
  mia  patologica dimostrativa nell' anno  aeoade-
  mico 1900-1901.   16 pp.   8°.   Roma, Albrighi,
  Segati <)'• Co., 1902.
    Repr. from: Policlin., Roma, 1902.
-----.  The same.  1901-2.   27 pp.  12°.  Roma,
  1903.
    Repr. from: Policlin., Roma, 1903.
IVazari (Giulio).   II Prof. Cesare  Lombroso e il
  valore scientifico  delle sue opere.   191 pp.  8°.
  Oderzo, G. B. Bianchi, 1887.
Nazar©flT(D[mitri] F[iodorovich])  [1869-    ].
  * O sravniteluoni vliyanii  moloka i  tvoroga na
  kolichestvo  efiruosierulkh  kislot v  inochie  i
  bakte-riy v kalle.  [On the relative  influence of
  milk and cheese curds on the amount ot ethyl-
  sulphates  in  the  urine and bacteria  in faices. ]
  80 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1895. 
NAZLAMOFF.
364
NEBEL.
\:t/.lniilolI  (Dimitre).   * Grossesse  et  ente"-
  roptose.  1 p. 1., 49 pp., I 1., 1 tab.  - .   Genere,
  C. Lggimann  A Cie., 1900.
Nazlamoff(Jeati) [1-74-    ].  * Contribution
  a  l'etude  de  l'e"rvthen:e  indur6 (maladie de
  Bazin.)  96 pp.  8-.  Lyon, 1900, No. 34.
Nazini (Abdel Aziz).  "La merlecine au temps
  des I'haraous.   98 pp.,  1  1.   "^.   Montpellier,
  1003, No. 8.
INC ( Q. )   Ons  kazerne-leger als opvoedings- en
  gezondheidsinstituiit.  pp. 105-152.  8-.  Haar-
  lem, de erren F. Bohn, 1903.
    Forms no.3 of: Stud, in volkskracht, Haarlem, 1903-4, i.
>e tak strashna cholera, kak  mnogiye duuiayat.
  [ Cholera is  not  as dreadful  as  many  people
  think.]  32 pp.   12 .   Kasan, A. A. Dubrovin,
  1-92.
Weal'(E. Virgil).
    See Hypnotism and hypnotic suggestion.  5. ed. 8°.
  Rochester, [190U].
rVeal (J. C.)  The root-kuot disease of the peach,  i
  orange, and other plants  in  Florida, due to the
  work of anguillnla.  31 pp., 21 pl.  8-.   Wash-
  ington, Govt.  Print. Office, 1889.
    Hull. no. 20.  F. S. Dep. Agric.  Div. entomol.
rVeal (Janies^.
    Editor of: .Tlidland (The) Medical Journal, Birming-
  ham. 1901-5.
i\eal (James) [1836-1902].
    Obituary.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1902, ii,  643.
IVeal (James B.) Yen k'ti chang ch'.  [Ophthal-
  mology.]   125 double 1., 1 1., 1 tab.  i-3.   Shang-
  hai, 1699.
    This is a  translation of parts  of Norris and Oliver's
  Text-book of Ophthalmology, with additions.  Chinese
  text.
    See, aUo, Norris (W F.) Sc Oliver (C. A.)   [Text-
  book of ophthalmology.]  h°.  [Chi-nan-fu, 1894.]
Rieal (John II.)  Professional  relations, mutual
  aud public.   A  presidential  address.   11  pp.
  12°.   New  York, 1904.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J., 1904, lxxix.
Neale (Adam) [    -1*32].
    See Assalini  (Paolo).  Observations on the disease
  called the plague |etc.]. 12°. London, 1804.
    For Biography, see  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xl, 137
  (G. Goodwin).
IVeale (Alfred).  Eczema.   40 pp.  12°.  London,
  Trilbner 4-  Co., 188".
-----.   Scrofula, or king's  evil, and -what can be
  done for it.  A book for parents.  112 pp.   12°.
  London, Trubner 4' Co., [n. d.].
IVeale  (Henry St!  John).   Practical essays  and
  remarks on that species of consumption incident
  to youth  and  the different  stages  of life com-
  monly called tabes dorsalis; with an account of
  the nature, causes, and cure of that distemper
  and the diseases  arising  therefrom, especially
  the nervous atrophia, and the phthisis, or con-
  sumption in  general.   To which are added, ex-  |
  tracts from the works of the most distinguished
  practitioners of the  present and former ages,  I
  coinciding Avith the author's own practice and
  experience, demonstrating the baneful effects of
  unnatural  veuery on the  finest functions in. the
  animal oeeonoiny.   xiii (1 1.), 223 pp.  8\  Lon- \
  don, J.  Walker, 16m).  [P., v. 2014.]

IVeale (John Headley) [1850-19011.
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 249.
IVeale  (Kate).  Medical electricity and light
  treatment.  A practical  handbook for  nurses.
  9"  pp.,  1 pl.   12°.   London,  Scientific  Press,

IVeale (L. E.)  Placenta prtevia, with report of
  case.   9 pp.   12°.   Baltimore, 1687.
    Repr.from:  Maryland M. J., Halt., 1887-8, xviii.
Neale  (Richard) [1-27-1900].  The medical di-
  gest, or busy practitioner's vade-mecum, beim' a
  means of readily acquiring informal ion upon the
Neale (Richard)—continued.
  principal  contributions to medical science dur-
  ing tbe last  fifty years.  3. ed.  xi, 794, exxxii
  pp.  12°.   London, Ledger, Smith 4- Co.,  1891.
    For Biography, see  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1900, ii, 1617.
  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1G17.
----- A: Bays (James).  Some cases of neural-
  gia and migraine treated by the  use of the per-
  cuteur. 7 pp.  8\  London, J. Bale 4- Sons, 1893.
IVeal I (E. Henry) [1838-1900J.
    Obituary. Dental Brief, Phila., 1900, v, 477.
Neall (Walter H.)  A  profession or  a business!
  8 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,  1900.
    Repr.from:  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1900, xlii.
rVeander(Johaunes) [159(5—    ]. Tabacologia,
  hoc est, tabaci seu nicotiauae descriptio.
    In: Everartds (A.JS.)  De herba panacea [etc.].  24°.
  JJltrajecti, 1644, 59-164.
IVearonoflf (V[asiliy] M[ikhailovich]) [1855-
      ].  K voprosu o  sushtshestvovanii  svyazi
  mezhdu meteorologicheskimi usloviyanii i nie-
  kotorimi infektsionulmi bolieznyami.    [On the
  connection between meteorologic conditions aud
  certain infectious  diseases.]  45 pp., 2 tab., 9
  diag.  b .   Kronstadt, 1903.
    Bound with: Protok.  zasaid,  Obsh. Morsk. vrach. v
  Kronstadt, 1901-2, xl.
Keave'S Kindermehl, seine chemische Constitu-
  tion  und seiu Niihrwerth.   Aus der  hieriiber
  vorliegenden Literatur zusamniengestellt von
  YV. O.  Kuoop.  24 pp.  12°.  Hamburg, [Gebr.
  Liidekinq, n.  d.].
IVebe  ([Joh.  Emil] Gustav) [1867-    ].  'Ue-
  ber  Harnleiterscheidenfisteln.   37 pp., 2 1.  8°.
  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4' Co.,  1890.
PVebel  (August).   * Ueber die Aneurysinen  der
  Aorta aseeudens mit Durchbruch in  die Pulmo-
  nalaiterie.   31 pp.  8°.  Giessen, C. von Mun-
  chow, 1886.
IVefoel   (Cbristophorus  Ludovicns)  [1738-90].
  [Pr.] de  ossium iuflammationibus.  [Cum vita
  caudidati Georgius Fridericns Reuling.J  12 pp.
  4°.  Gisste Hassorum,  typ. J. J. Braunii, 1778.
-----.  [Pr.]  de aeris effectibus iu morbis chirur-
  gicis pra-iuittet.   [Cum vitis candidatorum Jo.
  Ludov. Cour.  Leonard.  Goltze, Joann. Jacob.
  Burg,  Christoph.  Frider.  Klevesahl,  August.
  Frider. Adrian. Diehl.]  20 pp.   sm. 4°.  Giessw,
  J. J.  Braun.  1760.
IVebel (Daniel) [1664-1733].  Exercitationum
  anatomicarum prima anatomes  praeliminaria et
  partes  corporis humaui vulgo  dictas  similares
  plerasque  sistens.   Respondens Joh.  Georgius
  Derbach.   32+  pp.    4°.  Marburgi Cattorum,
  [1696].
    See, also,  Fraucus de Franckrnan (Georgius).
  Agonismata physic.>-medica [etc.]. sm. 4°.  Heidelberga,
  1682.
IVebel  (Daniel Wilhelmus)  [1735-1805].  [Pr.]
  de  laurocerasi.   [Cum  vita caudidati Jacob.
  Diruf.]  41.  sm. 4~\   Heidelbergce, 1796.
IVebel (Emil).   * Ueber Zwillinge,  nebst einem
  besonderu Fall  von  Zwillingsgeburt.   31 pp.
  kd.   Wurzburg, A.  Boegler, 18^8.
IVebel (Hermann).  Beitrage  zur mechanischen
  Behandlung, mit  besonderer Beriicksichtigung
  der schwedischen  Heilgymnastik,  speciell der
  mechanischen  Gymnastik  des  Gustav  Zander.
  I. Die mechanische Behandlung der Kreislauf-
  storungen.   II.  Die  mechanische  Behandlung
  der Chorea.  III. Die mechanische Behandluug
  des Muskelrheumatismiis (speciell des "Hexen-
  schusses").  94 pp.  8y   Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg-
  mann, 1888.
-----.  Bewegunskuren   mittelst  schwedischer
  Heilgymnastik und Massage mit besonderer Be-
  riicksichtigung der  mechanischen Behandlung
  des G. Zander,  xiv, 3e4 pp., 1  tab.  6°.   Wies-
  baden, J. F.  Bergmann, 18^9. 
KEBEL..
365
NEBRASKA.
IVebel (Hermann)—continued.
_____,  Einige  Bemerkungen  iiber  die  dritte
  Auflage von  Jos.  Schreiber's  Bnch fiber Mas-
  sage, u. s. w.  4 pp.   8°.   [Wiesbaden, C. Bitter,
  1669.]
_____.  Die Behandlung  mittelst  Bewegungen
  uud Massage;  ihre  Bedeutung,  Handhabung
  uud Iiidikationen.  49 pp.  8°.   Wiesbaden, J. F.
  Bergmann, 1891.
_____.  Die Redressirung des Pott'schen Buckels
  im Schwebelagei'ungsapparat.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., u. F.,  Leipz.,  1897, No. 191
  (Chir., No. ;'.4, 851-864).
IVebel (Joannes Daniel).  * Theses selects phy-
  sico-medic;e.  8 pp.   sm.  4C.  Heidelbergce, 1807.
    For Biography, see Schelver (Franc. Joseph).
IVebel (Karl Arthur) [1878-    ].   * Ueber Puer-
  peral fieber und dessen Behandlung.  58 pp.  8°.
  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902.
IVebel (Philippus Christianns Godofredus).  *De
  usthmate et speciatim lmmoroso.  31pp.  sm. 4°.
  Giessw Cattorum, J. J. Braun, 1770.
    For Biography,  see  Baumer (Joan. Gnil.)  [Pr.] de
  hsemorrhoidibus.  4°.  Giessm, 1776.
IVebelOUg (Carl Henrik Horn) [1844-    ].
    See Pharuiacopoea. nosocomii  [etc.].  6. opl.  24°.
  Kjebenhavn, 1893.  -----. The same.  7. udg.  12°. Kje-
  benhavn, 1900.
IVebeltliau ([Joh.]   Eberhard)  [1864-     ].
  * Calotimetrische Untersuchungen am hungern-
  deu Kaninchen im fieberfreien und fieberbaften
  Zustande.   Habilitationsscbrift    [Marturg.]
  73 pp.  8°.  Miinchen, B.  Oldenbourg, 1894.
-----.  Gehirndurchschuitte zur Erliiuterung des
  Faserverlaufes.  3p. l.,75pp., 33 pl.  4°.  Wies-
  baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1898.
rVebelthau (Ludolf August) [1867-     ].  * Ue-
  ber die Gallertgeschwiilste am Clivns Blumen-
  bachii.  51 pp.   8°.   Marburg. 1897.
 Nebillger (Andrew) [1819-80].   Criminal abor-
  tion;  its extent and prevention.  24 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, Collins, 187G.
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1876, xi.
 Nebogill  (Nikolai  Anfimovich)  [1867-     ].
  * Materiali k voprosu o vliyanii lagernikh sborov
  i manevrov na fisicbeskoye  razvitiye  nizhuikh
  chinov.  [Influence of camp life  and field ma-
  neuvers on the physical development of enlisted
  mem]   [St Petersburg.]   158 pp.,  1  pl.  8°.
   Vilna, A. Minsker, 1893.
 ]Vebolyuboff(V[avisliy] P[yotrovich]) [1852-
       ].   Zadusheniye  rvotulini  massami, kak
  prichina skoropostizhnoi smerti (material k su-
  debnoi meditsinie).   [Suffocation from vomited
  masses as a cause of sudden death; contribution
  to  legal medicine.]  131, ii pp.   8°.    Kazan,
  1893.
 Nebraska.
    See,  also,  Deaf-mutes  (Asylums for), Fever
   (Typhoid, History, etc., of),  Prisons,  etc. (De-
  scriptions, etc., of), Universities, by localities.
    United States.   Department of the Interior.
  Bureau of Education.  Circular of information,
  No. 3, 1902.  Contributions to American educa-
  tional history.   Edited by Herbert B. Adams.
  No. 32.  Education in Nebraska.  By  Howard
  W. Caldwell.  8°.   Washington, 1902.
    United  States.    War Department.  Signal
   Office.   Climate  of  Nebraska, particularly iu
  reference to temperature and rainfall and their
  influence upon the agricultural interests of the
  State.   Five  appendices.  51. Cong.,  1.  sess.
  S.  Ex.  Doc. No. 115,  May 7, 1890.  4 y  Washing-
  ton, 1890.
    Chapin (H.)  The  climate of Nebraska.  Proc. Ne-
  braska M. Soc, Lincoln,  1885, 241-254.—Long (F.  A.)
  Some remarks on the continued fever of rural Nebraska.
  Omaha Clinic, 1H92-3, v, 183-189.—Towne (S. R.)  Some
  problems iu preventive medicine in Nebraska.  "West M.
  Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1904, ix,  14.
Nebraska.  Commissioner  of Public Lands and
  Buildings   Biennial reports to the governor of
  the State.   1.-14., 1877 to 1903-4.   8°.  Lincoln
  $ Omaha, 1879-1904.
    These contain reports of the following institutions:
    1. Nebraska Hospital for the Insane, at Lincoln.  4.-17.,
  1877 to 1903-4.                      T, i
    2. Asylum for the Chronic Insane, at Hastings,  l.-h.,
  1887 to 1903-4.
    3. Norfolk Hospital for the Insane.  1 .-9., 1885 to 1903-4.
    4. Nebraska Institution for the Blind, at Nebraska City.
  2.-15., 1877 to 1903-4.                         ^  ,
    5. NebraskalnstitutefortbeDeaf and Dumb, atOmaha.
  1.-14., 1877 to 1903-4.
    6. Nebraska Institution  for Feeble-Minded Youth/at
  Hastings.  1.-10., 1885 to 1903-4.
    7. State Penitentiary of Nebraska, at Lancaster, for the
  years 1877 to 1903-4.
    8. Girls'  Industrial School for  Juvenile Delinquents,
  Geneva. 1.-7., 1891 to 1903-4.
    9. State Industrial School for Juvenile  Delinquents
  (Boys), Kearney.   1.-12., 1881 to 1903-4.
    10. Nebraska Soldiers and Sailors' Home, Grand Island.
  1.-9., 1887 to 1903-4.
    11. Nebraska Branch Soldiers and Sailors' Home, Mil-
  ford.  1 .-5., H895 to 1903-4.
    12. Nebraska Industrial  Home, at Milford.  1.-8., 1889
  to 1903-4.
    13. Home for the Friendless, Lincoln.  1.-3., 1899-1900
  to 1903-4.
 Nebraska.  State  Board  of Public  Lands and
  Buildings.  Nebraska State  Hospital for the Crip-
  pled,  Ruptured, and Deformed,  at  Lincoln.  An-
  nouncement of its establishment.  11 pp.   8°.
  [Lincoln, 1905.]
 Nebraska.  Surgeon-General.   Manual for the
  medical department Nebraska National  Guard.
  Prepared by C. G. Barns,  surgeon-general.   74
  pp.  24°.  Albion, Argus Book Department, 1900.
 -----.   Annual reports to  the governor  of the
  State, for the  years  1899;  1900.  12 pp.; 12 pp.
  8°.  Albion, Argus Print, 1900-1901.
 Nebraska.   University of  Nebraska.   Patho-
  Biologieal Laboratory.   Original investigations
  of cattle diseases in  Nebraska.   Eevised and
  augmented according to the latest investigations.
  By Frank S. Billings, director.  Animal  disease
  series, No. 4.   1 p. 1., 159  pp., 11 pl.   8°.  Lin-
  coln, State Journal Co., 1892.
 Nebraska Branch Soldiers  aud Sailors' Home,
  Milford.  See Nebraska.  Commissioner  of Pub-
  lic Lands and Buildings.
 Nebraska Hospital for the  Iusane, at Lincoln.
  See  Nebraska.  Commissioner of Public Lands
  and Buildings.
 Nebraska  Industrial  Home,  at  Milford.   See
  Nebraska.   Commissioner of Public Lands and
  Buildings.
 Nebraska  Institute  for  the Deaf and  Dumb,
  at Omaha.   See Nebraska.   Commissioner of
   Public Lands and Buildings.
 Nebraska  Institution  tor  the  Blind,  at Ne-
   braska City.  See Nebraska.   Commissioner of
   Public Lands and Buildings.
 Nebraska Institution for Feeble-Minded Youth,
   at Hustings.  See Nebraska.   Commissioner of
   Public Lands and Buildings.
 Nebraska Soldiers and Sailors'  Home, Grand
   Island.   See Nebraska.  Commissioner of Public
   Lands and Buildings.
 Nebraska  State Hospital  for   the  Crippled,
  Ruptured,  aud Deformed,  at Lincoln.  See Ne-
  braska.   State Board  of Public Lands and Build-
  ings.  Nebraska State  Hospital for the Crippled,
  Ruptured, and Deformed, at Lincoln.
 Nebraska State Medical Society.  Proceedings,
   1888-92.  8°.   [v. p.], 1888-92.
 Nebraska State Pharmaceutical Association.
   Proceedings  of  the  annual  meetings.    1.-6.,
   1882-7.  8°.   Omaha, 1882-7.
 Nebraska Weather Record and  Monthly Crop
   Review.   Edited by George E.  Hunt.   Nos. 1,
   2,  5-12,  v.  1,  June,  1893, to  May,  1894.  fol.
.  Omaha, 1893-4. 
NEBREDA  Y LOPEZ.                    366                                        NECK.
Nchreda v Lopez (Carlos).   El Colegio na-
  cional de sordo-mudos y de ciegos de Madrid, en
  la Exposicion universal deViena; su historia;
  su estado actual; sits trabajos.   viii, 263 pp.,
  1 1., 3 pl.  8°.  Madrid, 1873.

HfelMicIiaclnessar.
    Friedreich (J. B. )  Die  psychische Krankheit des
  biblischcii Kiiuigs Nebticadnezar; ein Beitrag zur Ge-
  schichte  der insauia zoanthropica.  In his:  Analekt. z.
  Nat- u. Heilk.. 8", Ansbach, 1846, 3. Hft., 47-56.

Nebulizers and nehulization.
    See, also,  Inhalation.
    Herzog (A. W.)  The effect of violet rays on  nebn-
  hi'.  NY York AI. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix,  5*3.  Also, Reprint.
  Kcitz (J.) Die Betleutung der Einatmung  zerstaubter
  medikamentoser Fliissigkeiten fiir die Behandlung  in-
  nerer  Kraukheiten. Veiliaiidl. d. Cong. f. innere Med.,
  Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 314-331.—Traitement des bronchites
  it de la tuberculose par l'emploi des essences  n6bulis6es.
  Pratique med., Par., 1903, xvii, 124-128. — Webster (A.
  I).) Note on a hot-air nebulizer for volatile medicaments.
  Scot. M. Sc S. J., Edinb., 1900, vi, 231-233,
Necessite (De la)  de creer des  bibliotheques
  scieutifiques-iudustrielles ou au moins d'ajouter
  aux  bibliotlieques  publiques uue  division  des
  sciences appliquees aux arts et a l'industrie.  136
  pp.   -  .  Paris, L. Mathias, 1*47.  [P., v. 1804.]
Necessite (De la) d'enseigner tout de suite l'bo-
  mceopathio  clans les facult^s de  niddecine.
  Lei tie a Debove par Flasschoen,  et  responses.
  23 pp.  8°.  Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils,  1904.
Nechai   (P[avel]  I[yanovich])  [1859-     ].
  Materiali dlya patologii dikhatelnoi innervalsii.
  [Pathology  of  the  respiratory  innervation.]
  96 pp.    8°.   S.-Peterburg,  M.  M.  Stasyulevich,
  1890.
Nechayeff  (A[leksandr Afanasyevich])  [1870-
      ].   * Ob uguetayushtshem  vliyauii na ot-
  dieleniyezheludochuavosoka: atropina, morfiya,
  kbloral-hidrata i razdrazheniya chtivstvennlkh
  nervov.   [Depressing influence of atropine, mor-
  phine,  chloral  hydrate, and   stimulation  of
  sensory  nerves  upon  the secretion of  gastric
  juice.]    6.r> pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, A.  M.  Koto-
  min, 1882.
Nechayeff ( A[leksandr] P. )   Sovremenuaya
  eksperiiuentalnaya psikhologiya v yeya  otno-
  shenii   k  voprosam  shkolnavo   obucheniya.
  [Contemporary  experimental psychology in  its
  relationship  to questions of school instruction.]
  xii, 236 pp.   8°.   S.-Peterburg, I. N.  Skorokho-
  dojf, 1901.
Nechayeff (Nikolai Vasilyevich)  [1859-    ].
  * Materiali  k voprosu o vliyanii  solenikh vann
  (35°  C.) na azotistiy obmien i  usvoyeniye azo-
  tistikh veshtshestv pishtshi  u zdorovikh lyudei.
  [Influence  of salt baths  (35°  C.) on  nitrogen-
  ous metabolism  and assimilation of the nitrog-
  enous parts of food  iu healthy men.]  28 pp°,
  6 tab.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, P. 0.  Yablonski, 1890.

Nechayeff (Pavel Vladimirovich)  [1858-


    [ln memoriam.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. Tetcl  S-
  Peterb., 1898,  iii, 506.                       L   J'  '

TVeck.
    See, also,  Artery (Carotid);  Artery [Subcla-
  vian ); Larynx; Neck (Abnormitii s of)  ■ Stemo-
  cleido - mastoid  muscle;   Throat;   Trachea;
  Veins (Jugular).
    Berkenuusch (H.)  *Dieinnern Proportio-
  nen des  mensehlichen liaises in deu verschiede-
  nen  Leben saltern und die  Fascieu verhaltnisse
  dieses Korperteiles.   8°.  Gbttingen, 1890.
    Chausoff (M. D.)  Lektsii  topograficheskoi
  anatomii chelovleka.  Vlp.  1.  Anatomiva  shei.
  [Lectures on humau topographical  anatomy.
  Pt. 1. Anatomy of the neck. ]  8°.   Varshava,
»ek.
    -----.   The same.  Anatomiya topografiche-
  skaya she'i chelovleka.   [ Topographical  anat-
  omy of the human neck.]  2 ed.  8-.  Varshava,
  1894.
    Delitsin (S. N.)  K voprosu o smleshtshenii
  organov shei' pri  nlekotorlkh dvizheniyakh go-
  lovl.   | Displacement of the organs  of the neck
  in various movements of the  head.]  8°.  S.-
  Peterburg, 1669.
    AUo, transl. [Abstr.] in: Arch. f. Anat.u. Entwcklngs-
  gesch., Leipz., 1890, 72-81, 1 pl.

    Fa yet  (J.-A.)   Les apon6vroses cervicalt-s.
  4°.  Lille, 1895.
    ------.   The same.  8°.  Lille, 1895.
    Knobloch  (J. )    Disputatio  institutionum
  anatomicarum xii.   De collo.   sm. 4°.   Wite-
  bergas, 1607.
    In:  Knobloch (T.)   Disp.  anat.  [etc.]. sm. 4°.
  Witebergce,  1608, 8 1.

    Launay (P.)   * Veines jugulaires et arteres
  carotides   chez l'homme  et  les animaux  suptS-
  rieurs.  4°.  Paris, 1896.
    -----.   The same.   8U.  Paris, 1896.
    Lauteschxager (C.)   * Beitrage  zur Keunt-
  niss der   Halseiugeweide des   Mensehen.  8°.
  Wurzburg, 1667.
    Sviyazheninoff  (G. A.)  *K  anatomii ven
  zadnei chasti golovi, shei i osnovaniya cherepa.
  [Anatomy of the veins of the posterior part of
  the head, neck, and base of the  skull.]  8°.  S.-
  Peterburg, 1689.
    Vaubourdolle ( L. )   *Sur les  appendices
  branchiaux du cou.  8°.  Paris, 1903.
    AValdeykr (W.)  Das Trigonum subclaviae.
  fol.   Bonn, 1903.
    Bayer.  Du role des ganglions des vaisseaux lympha-
  tiques du cou dans la pathogenie des  affections oto-rhino-
  pharyngo-laryngiennes;  de l'examen  et du traitement ex-
  terne du con; quelques observatious.  J. med. de Brux.,
  1905, x, 675-685.  AUo:  Rev. hebd.  do laryngol.  [etc.l,
  Par., 1905, ii, 369-396.— Bcnnvcntc (D.)  Contribuci6n
  al estudio del aparato hioideo i de sus funciones.  Actes
  Soc. scient. du Chili, Santiago, 1894,  iv, 183-192, 1 pl. —
  Belli (TJ. A.)  Sulla lunghezza dei collo  umano.  Mor-
  gagni,  Milano,  1898,  xl, 581-603. — Cantii  (V.)   Sulla
  genesi  dei  fenomeni consecutivi alia  pressione dei fascio
  nerveo-vascolare del collo.  Riforma med., Napoli, 1889, v,
  1748; 1754.—Clinine (J.)  Anatomie  comparee de certains
  muscles sus-hyoidiens.  Bull, scient.  de la France et de la
  Belg., Par., 1901, xxxv, 1-210, 8 pl.—Chipault (A.) &
  Dalcine  (E.)  Notes sur la morphologie de la  nnque.
  N. iconog.  de la Salpetriere, Par.,  1891,  iv, 362-365.-
  Frazcr (J. E.)  The lower cervical fascise.  J. Auat. &
  Physiol., Lond.,  1903-4, xxxviii,  52-64. — Oriinbauin
  (A. S.) Some points in the anatomy of the suboccipital
  region. Ibid., 1890-91, xxv,428-432.—Gunz. Surquelques
  muscles du larynx, du pharynx et de l'os hyoides.  Mem.
  de math6mat. et de phys. . . . Acad. rov. A. sc, Par., 1750,
  285-287.—11 amma 1- (,T. A.)  Bidrag till halsens utveck-
  lings  historia.   [Zur  Bildungsgeschichte des  Halses.
  Uebers., p. xxiii-xxv.]   Upsala Lakaref.  Forh.,  1901-2,
  n. F., vii, 528-534.—Henkc (W.)  Zur Topographic der
  Bewegungen am Halse bei Drehung des Kopfes auf die
  Seite.  Beitr.  z. Anat.  u.  Embryol.  als  Festg. Jacob
  Henle . . .,  Bonn, 1882,112-118.—Kohlbrugge (J. H. F.)
  Die  Homotypie  des Halses und Rumpfes; eine  ver-
  gleichendo  Untersuchung der Hals- und Bi ustnerven und
  ihrer Muskeln, mit einem Anhang iiber den  N. facialis.
  Arch.f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1898, 199-262.-
  Kolin (A.)  TJeber den Bau und die Entwicklung der so-
  genannten Carotisdriise.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900,
  lvi, 81-148, 2 pl.—ManiniHr.) Gli effetti dellarecisionedei
  muscoli della nuca; iuterpretazione di un vecchio esperi-
  mento. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e il. naso, Firenze,
  1897, xv, 233-237. — Merkcl (F.)  Ueber die Halslascie
  Auat, Hefte, Wiesb., 1891, 1. Abth.,  77-111. 2 pl.-»lo.-t
  (A.)   Ueber den Lymphgefiissapparat von  Kehlkopt und
  Trachea und seine Beziehungen zur Verbreitung  krank-
  hafter Processe.   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.,  Leipz., 1900,
  lvii,  199-230, 2 pl. — 4Jno<li  (A.)  A  gegenydkbartya
  idegei. [The nerves of the mucous membrane of the neck.]
  Budapesti  k. orvosegy.  1904-ik 6vi 6vk6nwe, Budapest,
  1904, 125. —Pict (P.)' Note snr le tissu cellulaire retro-
  (isophagien.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902,  i, 617-620.—
  Princetcau.   Le corpuscle re trocar otidien au point de
  vue de ses connexions  vasculaires et nerveuses  chez
  l'homme.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899,
1 
NECK.
367
NECK.
]Veek.
  xx, 218-224.  Also: J. de med. dc Bordeaux, 1899, xxix;
  449.— Roche  (G.)  Note sur un ligament releveur du
  cou. Bull. Soc. philoniat. de Par., 1888-9, 8. s., i, 119.—
  Taguchi (K.)  Der suprasternal Spaltrauui des Halses.
  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1890, 1-11, 1
  pl.—Trolard (P.)  La loge  aponevrotique des muscles
  profonds de la nuque. J. de I'anat. ct, physiol. [etc.], Par.,
  1898, xxxiv, 129-136. -----. Les branches' posterieures des
  nerfs cervicaux.  Ibid., 1899, xxxv, 45-51.  -----. L'apo-
  nevrose moyenne du cou.  Ibid.,  1900, xxxvi, 268-290.
  -----. Du sqnelette  fibreux visceral et vasculo-nerveux
  au con et dans  le thorax.  Ibid., ;>K!-601.—Young (R.
  B.) On the morphology of the cervical articular pillars;
  and on a lock limiting extension of the neck.  In : Mem.
  [etc.] in anat., 8°, Lond. & Edinb., 1889, 73-80, I pl.

Week (Abnormities of).
     Fromm   (W.)   * Beitrag  zur   Casuistik der
  cougeuitaleu Knorpelreste am Halse. >^c.  Miin-
  chen, 1904.
     Harding (W.)   *Ein  Beitrag  zur Kenntniss
  der congenitalen  Halsfisteln.  8-'.   Kiel, 1690.
     \Vetzel  (H.)   *Zur Casuistik der Teratonie
  des Halses.   8°.    Wetzlar, 1895.
     Bajardi (D.)  Appendice cartilagiuea del  collo rap-
  presentante un resto di cartilagine branchiale.   Saggi di
  chir. . . . giubileo di  L. Bruno, Torino, 1894, 1-5.—Beck.
  (C.) Congenital, symmetrical cartilages  of  the  neck;^
  their morphological  and  pathological  significance.  Chi-
  cago M. Rec, 1891. ii. 324-327.  -----. Congenital bilateral
  and symmetrical cartilages on the neck, and their morpho-
  logical significance.  Med. Rec. N. Y.,  1892, xii, 169-
  173.— Broca (A.)  Vices de developpement de la face et
  du cou. Traite de chir. (Dnplay et Reclus), Par., 1891. v,
  1-64.  Also:  Ibid., 2. ed., Par., 1898, v, l-62.-;Biis«iere
  (J.-A.)  L'homme au cou de capelle; d6veloppement anor-
  mal d'un faisceau musculaire acromio-mastoidien  rudi-
  mentaire, malformation  congenitale  rare,  observ6e  &
  Pondichery (Indes-Orientales).  Ann.  d' hyg. et tie ni6d.
  colon., Par., 1902, v, 686-6S8.— Chaplain.  Anomalies
  anatomiques  observeea dans  les regions carotidienne et
  sous-hvo'idienne.  Rev. m6d. de  Xormandie, Rouen, 1903,
  305-310.— Dobromisloff (V. D.)  K patologii  i terapii
  sheiuikh  bokovikh  zhabernikh  svishtshel.  [Pathology
  and  treatment  of  cervical  lateral branchial  fistulas.]
  Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 190.', xviii, 13-28, 2 pl.—
  Engelmaun. Ueber  einen  doppelseitigen,  congeni-
  t.den  Kuorpelrest am Halse.   Berl.  klin. "Wchnsehr.,
  1902, xxxix, 638.—Fnnke,  Pterygium colli.   Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.. IK02, lxii'i, 162-167.—Golding-
  Biril (C. H.)  Congenital wry-neck (caput obstipum con-
  genitale; torticollis congenitalis); with remarks on facial
  hemiatrophy.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1890,3. s., xxxii,
  253-273.—Hofmoltl.  Przyczynek do opisu przebiegu
  niepiawidlowego naczyri  krwionosnych  przy  rozcieciu
  krtani lub tchawicy, z dodatkiem odmiany rurki  tcha-
  wiczej  (Tracbealcaniile).  [Abnormal   course  of  blood-
  vessels in section of the larynx or trachea,  with modifica-
  tion of ... ]  Przegl.  lek., Krakow, 1872.  xi.  155; 165.—
  Jacobi (A.)  Fistula colli congenita.  X. Yorker med.
  Monatschr.,  1897,  ix, 557. —  Kreilel   (L.)   Ueber an-
  geborene Halsmuskeldet'ecte.   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.,
  Leipz., 1900, lvi, 398-406.—Lorenz (A.)  Zur Pathologie
  nnd Therapie  des  muscularen  Schiefhalses.   Wien.
  klin. "Wchnsehr., 1891, iv, 318; 339. — Pinkhnin (J. G.)
  Note on an anomalous arrangement of the large veins
  of the neck.   Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost., 1878-87, i,
  382.—Rieffel (H.)  Sur les  appendices branchiaux du
  cou. Rev. mens. d. mal.  de  l'enf., Par.,  1905, xxiii. 145-
  155.—Slomann (H. C.)   Et  Tilfelde af Teratoma regio-
  nis nuchas.  [Case of. . . ]   Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1888,
  3.  R.,  vi, 321; 345.—Veau (Y.)  Anomalies musculaires
  de la  r6gion cervicale.  Bull. Soc. anat.  de Par!,  1893,
  lxviii, 168-170. — Winslow.  Deux   observations ana-
  tomiques; la premiere sur une contorsion involontaire de
  la  tete; la seconde, sur une roideur doulourense du cot6
  droit du col, avec un grand battement de  la carotide, et
  uneespece de cliquetis au fond de la gorge.  Hist. Acad.
  roy. d. sc. 1735, Par., 1738, Mem., 299-310, 1 pl. AUo: Hist.
  Acad. roy. d. sc. [Paris] 1735,  Amst., 1739, Meni., 407-422,
  1 pl.—Zahn (F.  W.)  Ueber congenitale  Knorpelreste
  am Halse.  Arch.  f.  path. Anat.  [etc.l, Berl.,  1889, cxv,
  47-52, 1 pl.

]Veek  (Abscess, cellulitis,  and phlegmon

  of).
     See, also, Abscess (Pharyngeal);  Ear (Middle,
  Inflammation of, Purulent, Complications, etc., of);
  Gonorrhoea (Complications  of, Septic, etc.).
     Batsere.   * Du phlegmon  ligneux  du  cou.
  4°.  Paris, 1^95.
    AUo [Abstr.], in:  J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1895,
  lxvi, 819-821.
IVeck  (Abscess,  cellulitis,  and phlegmon

   of)-
    Bode (F. W.)   * Beitrag  zur Pathologie  der
  Halsabscesse  unci ein Fall von  Septico-Pyiimie
  im Anschluss an einen  Tonsillarabscess.   6°.
  Munchen, 1901.
    Brissaud (E.)   *De l'ad6uite  ties  ganglions
  pr61aiyng6s.  8°.  Paris, 1901.
    Castelain  (F.)  * Phlegmasies  et  abces sous
  le  muscle  steruo-masto'idien.  4°.  Paris, 1869.
    Collinet (P.)   * Suppurations  du  cou, con-
  s6cutives aux affections de l'oreille moyenne, de
  la mastoiide et du rocher.  8°.   Paris, 1897.
    Gerbier (J.-M.)   * Contribution  a  l'^tucle
  des phlegmons du cou; phlegmon bilateral de la
  region cervicale.   4°.  Paris, 1893.
    KouyoumdjiaN (V.-A.)    * Le  phlegmon li-
  gneux du cou.  <s°.   Paris, 1903.
    Leterrier (G.)    * Du phlegmon  sublingual
  dit angine de Ludwig.  4-.   Paris, 1893.
    Meyer (A.)  * Ueber einen  Fall vou Angiua
  Ludovici.  8°.  Miinchen, 1900.
    Michel  (A.)    * Traitement  chirurgical  des
  polyadCnites  chroniques de  la r6gion cervicale.
  4°.  Lyon, 1889.
    Rackwitz  (C.  A.  W.)   * Vier Fiille von An-
  gina Ludovici.  8°.   Kiel, 1904.
    Razumovski  (V. I.) Vospalitelnlye protsessl
  na  sheye.    [Inflammatory  processes iu   the
  neck.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1902.
    Sauvan (F.)    * Contribution   a  l'6tude  des
  cellulites cervicales  diffuses septice^niques d'ori-
  giue buccale.   8°.   Paris, 1904.
    Scorteikoff(C. D.)  * Ade"no-phlegmon aigu
  du cou d'origiue otique.  8°.  Lyon, 1903.
    Stern (A.)   *Ueber einen Fall von Angina
  Ludovici   als  Beitrag  zur   Casuistik  dieter
  Krankheit.  8°.  Munchen, 1900.
    Wigand (W.)  *Zur Kasuistik  der  perioeso-
  phagealen  Phlegnione.  8C.   Munchen, 1904.
    Aicvoli  (E.)  Su di un caso di ascesso  dello spazio
  previscerale di  Henke ed interstiziale vasale. Gazz. d.
  osp., Milano, 1895,  xvi, 139.—Alderton  (H. A.)  Case of
  cervical abscess.  Brooklyn M.  J., 1898, xii, 640-642.—
  Amberg (E.)  A report of a case of caries of part of the
  temporal bone,  with a deep abscess of the neck.  Physi-
  cian Sc Surg.,  Detroit & Ann  Arbor,  1904, xxvi,  494-
  499. — Ambrosini  (U.) I processi fleninionosi e sup-
  purativi del  collo  in relazione alle prime vie del respiro.
  Specialista  mod.,  Milano, 1904, ii, 47; 59.—Baker  (W.
  M.) Submaxillary cellulitis;  syn.: cynanche cellularis of
  Gregory; angina  externa; angina Ludovici;  cynanche
  sublingualis rheumatico-tvphoides.   St. Barth.  Hosp.
  Rep., Lond., 1890, xxvi, 275-288.—Bar (L.) Contribution a.
  l'6tudedes phlegmons juxta-pharyngiens. Ann. d. mal. de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii, pt. 2, 29-38.—
  Barling.  Notes of a case of cervical abscess and laryn-
  gitis (cancerous).    Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1890,  xviii, 134.—
  Bauer (E.)  Zwei  Fiille von Angina Ludovici.  Ztschr.
  f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Winnenden,  1877, xxviii,  131-
  136.—Baumgartel (G.)  Halsabscess,  Sepsis mit Pneu-
  monie.  Ibid., Fellbach, 1902, liii, 85-91.—Baumgarten.
  Halsentziindungen.   Centralbl. f.  d. Kueipp.  Heilverf.,
  "Worishofen, 1902, ix, 193; 207. — Becbe ( C. E.)  Diffuse
  cellulitis colli, with abscess.  Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y.,
  Rochester, 1890, xxv, 356-364.—Borinang.  Phlegmon
  gangr6neux de la r6gion sus-hyoidienne.   Arch. m6d. bei-
  ges, Brux.,  1893, 4. s., ii, 15-29.—Brasseur. Phlegmon
  et abces sublingual (angine de Ludwig).  J. d. sc. m6d.
  de Lille, 1894, i,  507-512.— Bray ton (A.  \V.)   Case of an-
  giua Ludovici;  death from (edema of the glottis; autopsy
  by  R. C. N. Cook and F. B. "Wynn.  Indiana M. J"., In-
  dianap., 1897-8, xvi, 209.—Brial.  Abces  de la region
  aut6neure du cou ayant fuse dans le larynx.  Bull.  Soc.
  d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894, xv,  42-44.—Briggs
   (F. M.) The avoidance of scar in the treatment of cer-
  vical abscess; with three cases.  Boston  M. Sc S. J., 1893,
  cxxviii, 34.       ■ The treatment of cervical  adenitis.
  Ibid.,  1896,  exxxv,  561-564,  8 pl.  on  2  1.  [Discussion},
  572.—Bi-oiihhcw  (J.) Sc Brault (J.)   Sur une variete.
  incompletement d6crite de phlegmon du cou; phlegmon
  grave de la loge glosso-thyro-6piglottique.  Rev. de chir.,
  Par., 1893, xiii, 98-110.—Bryant.  Strumous cervical ab-
  scess treated with the  galvano-cautery.  Med. Times  &
  Gaz., Lond., 1879,  i,  477—Calot.  La guerison des  ade-
  nites cervicales  sans cicatrice.  Semaine'in6d., Par., 1898,
  xviii, 427. -----. Du traitement des ad6nites cervicales. 
NECK.
368
NECK.
>eck (Abscess,   cellulitis,  and  phlegmon

   of).
  Assoc.franc.dechir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.],Par., 1898,xii,213-
  ">19 -Carralero (L.)  Angina de Ludvig en uu nino de
  seis anos.  Arch, de  med. y cirug.  de 1. uifios,  Madrid
  1889 v, 54-57.-Casselben j  i W. L.)  Two cases ot Lud-
  wig's an«ina, or sublingual phlegmon.   Chicago M. Re-
  corder, 1898, xiv, 381-3X6.   [Discussion]. 444-448.   AUo
  lAbstr.]: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xln, 2(>9-2.1. —Cnstan
   A )  Sur un  cas d'enorme adenite  cervicale conflueute.
  Inciepend.  niM, Par., 1899, v. 345.  -----. Phlegmon  li-
  .Tiieux du cou.  Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1903, ix, 370-379.—
  Cobb  (C. M.)  The purulent  rhinitis  of children as a
  source of infection in cervical adenitis.  Boston M. Sc S. J.,
  1901, cxliv, 38-40.   AUo, Reprint.—Collin.  Adeuites
  cervicales chroniques.  Arch.  med. beiges, Brux., 1900, 4.
  8., xv, ltv-30.—Coll y Bofill  (J.) Nota clinica de uu ab-
  ceso del oueilo.  Rev. de laringol. [etc.], Barcel.. 1894-5, x,
  183-188.—Cousin« (TV.)  A case of deep abscess of the
  neck followed bv acute laryngeal symptoms; tracheotomy;
  recovery.   Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Lond.
  &. Phila.,  1893. ii,  11-13.—Cozzolino (V.)   Gli asces.si
  sotto-aponevrotici latero-cervicali otitici circouscritti e dif-
  fusi nelle regioni collaterali.  Clin,  mod., Pisa,  1898, iv,
  20-29.  -----.  Flemmone sublinguale, o angina di Ludwig,
  con acceuno agli adeuo-flenimoni del collo ed  al flemmone
  infettivo fariugo-lariugeo del  Senator.   Ibid., 217-219.—
  Culbcrt (\v\ L.)   Report of  a case of epiglottic  abscess,
  with secondary involvement of the cervical glands.  Ann.
  Otol., Rhinol.  Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 295-297.—
  Dcbrie  (E.-J.)   Phlegmon septique de la region sus-
  hyoidieiiiie (angine de Ludwig); incision profonde; gu6-
  rison.  Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1893, xxi, 212-
  216.—Bcguy.  Quelques faits d'abces juxta-larvug6s.
  Rev. de m6d., Par., 1903, xxiii, 155-169.—Belbct (P.)  Le
  phlegmon sublingual  (angine  de Ludwig).  Gaz.  m6d. de
  Par., 1894,  9. s., i,  157-160.—Bella Vedova (T.)  I pro-
  cessi ilogistici e suppurativi del collo in relazione alia via
  laringo-tracheale.  Boll. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1894, vii,
  37; 80.  Also: Gior. d. Ist. Nicolai, Milano, 1894,  no. 4,
  11-55.—Oemay de  Certant  (M.)  Le pansement hu-
  mide comme mode de traitement de  l'ad6nite cervicale
  aigue  chez les enfants.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc.  m6d. de Bor-
  deaux, 1904, xxv,  15. — Bernoulli! (A.)   De  l'angine
  de  Ludwig;  angine  sous-maxillaire  infectieuse (Tis-
  sier); phlegmon sublingual (I)eloruie. Leterrier).  Arch.
  gen. de med., Par.,  1894, i, 202-225. — Biana (F. G.)  Sul-
  1' ulcera non-infettante della regione cefalica.  Gior. ital.
  d. mal. ven., Milano,  1904, xxxix, 185-194.—Dorge (K.)
  Deep-seated  phlegmonous  inflammations  of the  neck;
  with a case.   Milwaukee M.  J.,  1898, vi,  369-372.—
  BragoMCMCU.   Tratamentul adenitelor supurate piin
  puuction'area si sp&larea cavitStel en o solutie de sublimat
  1 °o priu seringa de Pravaz.   [Treatment of suppurative
  adenitis by punction and washing the cavity with a
  1 °o solution of sublimate by the syringe of Pravaz.]   Rev.
  de  chir., Bucuresci, 1898, ii, 522-525.  — Duplay.  Abcfes
  froid de la region sous-hyoidienne.  Arch.  g6u. denied.,
  Par., 1891,  i, 617-619.  -----. Abcds froids ganglionuaires
  de la r6giou cervicale-, leur traitement.   Bull. m6d., Par.,
  1897, xi, 1093-1095.—B-upont.  Phlegmon diffus du cou.
  Arch.  m6d. beiges, Brux., 1890,  3. s., xxxviii, 300-305.—
  Emerson (F. P.)  A special form of phlegmon of the
  neck.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1901, cxliv, 403.—Eyssautier.
  Phlegmon  et ad£no-phlegmon  sous-angulo maxillaire.
  Dauphine  m6d., Grenoble, 1889, xiii,  65-70.— Fairlie-
  Clai-ke  (A.J.)   A case of symmetrical abscesses in the
  neck.  St.  Barth.  Hosp. J., Lond.,  1903-4, xi, 41. —Fa-
  jarnea (E.)  Caso de adeno-flem6n de  la regidn lateral
  del ctiello,  con perforacicin de  la faringe.  Rev. valenc. de
  cien. med., Valencia, 1899. i, 166.—Feige.  Ein Fall von
  Phlegnione des Halses.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u.  Berl., 1899, xxv, 99.— Fenwick (P.  C.)  A case of
  angina Ludovici occurring in  the acute stage of svphilis.
  Lancet,  Loud.,  1897,  i, 589.—Ferguson  (F.)  Angina
   Ludovici.  Proc. N.  York Path.  Soe. (1888), 1889, 97.—
   Fen-eri  (G.) Ascessi del collo consecutivi a  malattie
  dell' orecchio.  Arch ital. di otol., [etc.], Torino, 1898, vii,
  210; 249.—Ficano (G.)  Un  caso di  angina di  Ludwig!
  Atti d. r.  Accad. d.  sc. med.  in Palermo (1895), 1«96, 305-
  3i>Y  Fin lay son (J.)  Angina Ludovici in its relation to
  diphtheria.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1891, i, 30-34.—Gaine
   (C.)  Imprisoned tooth; an obscure  cause of cervical ab-
  scess.   Lancet, Loud.,  1898, i. 330. — Gnllctta (V.)  Un
   caso d1 angina Ludovici.  Gior. internaz. d. sc. med  Na-
   poli, 1901, n. s , xxiii, 1136-1142.  -----. A proposito d' un
   secondo caso d' angina di Ludwig.   Gazz. d. osp., Milano
   1903, xxiv, 1096.—Gasscr (J.)  Sur la pathogenic de l'an-
   gine de Ludwig.   Arch, de med. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1897,
   xxix, 340-345.  Gauthier (A.)  H6morrbagies mortelles
   a la suite  d'un bubon  cervical  surveun dans la convales-
   cence d'une scarlatine; ulceration de la muqueuse naso-
   pharyngienue commuuiquant  avec un trajet tistuleux qui
   contoume la  carotide  interne  et la  veiue ingulaire en
   arriere.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1889, lxiv, 357.—Gibson
   (E. V.i  A rapidly fatal caseof angina Ludovici.  Lancet
   Lond., 1893, i, 1311.—Gil y  Ortega  (B.)  Angina de
PBeck  (Abscess,  cellulitis,  aud  phlegmon

   of).
  Ludwig.   Correo m6d. castellano, Salamanca,  1890, vii,
  385-392.—Goffln.  Phlegmon du cou.  Arch. med. beigeV
  Brux., 1890, 3, s., xxxvii, 326-328.—Goodale (.1. L.) Oii
  the treatment of certain forms of cervical lymphadenitis
  by the introduction of medicinal substances into thecrypta
  of the faucial tonsils.  Boston  M. Sc S. J., 1898, exxxviii,
  465-467.  A ko, Reprint.—Goris(C )  Del'abces iutcrver-
  t6bro-digastrique.  Presse med.  beige, Brux., 1905, lvii,
  1090-1092.—de Grandninison.  Adenites et lymptiau-
  gites cervico-faciales  en  rapport avec les inflammations
  septiques  de  la  cavit6 buccale.  Odontologie. Par., 1900
  2. s., x, 124-128.—Guillet ( E.) Phlegmon infectieux
  sous lingual:  angine de Ludwig.  Arch. prov. de chir.
  Par., 1892,  i, 403-406.—Ilamnun  (C. A.)  Ludwig's an-
  gina and certain forms of cervical .suppuration.  Cleveland
  J. M.,  1899, iv,  387-392.—Hamon du  Fougernya
  fitude sur les abefes du cou cousecutifs aux inflammation.
  aigues ou chroniques de  l'oreille moyenne.  Assoc, franc.
  dechir.  Proc.-verb., [etc.], Par., 1896, x, 364-379.-Elnn-
  guet.  Phlegmon diffus gangrSueux du cou suivi de mort
  rapide.  Arch. med. beiges. Brux., 1894,4. s., iii, 376-379.__
  ■leiuli'ix.  Radiotherapie des adenites chroniques.  J.
  de chir. et, anu. Soc. beige do chir.. Brux., 1905, v, 156-159,
  1 pl. -----. Traitement des adeuites chroniques par la ra-
  dioth6rapie.  Soc. roy. d.  sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull.,
  1905,  lxiii,  120-124, i pl.— Hiclet.  Therapeutique chi-
  rurgicale des phlegmons suppur£s  de la r6gion  antero-
  laterale du cou.   Arch. m6cl.  beiges, Brux., 1901, 4.  s.,
  xviii, 289-307.—Hivert.  Observation d'un cas d'angine
  de Ludwig.   Rev. odont., Par., 1895, xiv, 532-534. — Hli-
  quet (J.) Sc de Boris  (It.)  Contribution a l'etude des
  phlegmons sus-hyoidiens (phlegmons sublinguaux, engines
  de Ludwig).   Arch. g6n. de mckl., Par., 1894,  i, 385; 549.—
  Iuncs (A.)  A case  of angina Ludovici.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1896, ii, 1228.—Jacobi (A.) Cervical adenitis; its
  etiology, symptoms, and diagnosis.  Virginia M. Month.,
  Richmond, 1890-91, xvii, 955-967.  Also.- Tr. N. York Acad.
  M. (1891), 1892, 2. s., viii, 1-18— Jenisla iL.)  Elegrnony
  krku; prisp6vek k aetiologii a histogenese .jejich metastas.
  [Phlegmons of the neck; contribution to the etiology and
  histogenesis  of  their  metastasis.]  Casop.  lek. cesk., v
  Pra/.e, 1903, xliii, 727;  753.—Joanovic  (M.)  Slucaj <lu-
  boke phlegnione vrata s bakteriolozkoga  glediSta.   [Case
  of deep phlegmon of the neck from a bacteriological stand-
  point.]  LieC.  viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1902,  xxiv, 405-407.—
  Jones (T. A.)   A case of  angina Ludovici.   Lancet,
  Lond., 1891, i, 1258. — Kallistratoft (N. M.)  K  kazuis-
  tikle angina?  Ludowici.  [Case! of . . .].  Voyenno-med.
  J.,  St. Petersb.,  1900, lxxviii,  med. - spec.  pt.   1-11. —
  It a m nc ft" (M. S.)  Sluchai angiuae Ludowici.  [Caseof
  . . .]  Vrach.  Gaz.,  S.-Peterb.,  1902, ix,  576-578.—Kan-
  toi-ovich (A. V.)  O  tak nazivayemol derevyanistol fleg-
  monle she! (phlegmon ligneux du cou).   Prakt.  Vracb,
  S.-Peterb., 1903,  ii, 399.— Kast  (A.) & Rumpel (T.)
  Braudige Angina (Angina  Ludowici).   In their: Path.-
  auat. Tafeln  . .  .  Hamb. Staatskrankenh.,  Wandsbek-
  Hamb., 1896, 14. Hft., Pl. F 22,  with text. —Key  (B. P.)
  Obscure hemorrhage following lancing  an abscess in the
  neck.  Am. Med., Phila., 1901,  i, 383.—Kirley  (R. M.)
  Tubercular adenitis of the neck.  St. Louis Conr. Med.,
  1894, xi, 16.—Kondo (J.)   [On the i-thmyphitis of the
  neck.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,  1900,  8-12.—Kiavkofl.  K
  etiologii angina;  Lodowici.  [Etiologv of .  . .)   Russk.
  Med., St.  Petersb., 1887, xii,  594.—Kronncher. Zur
  Casuistik der tiefliegenden Phlegmonen in der Mittelliuie
  der  vordenn  Halsregiou.  Miinchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,
  1891, xxxviii.  776— Kudryashoft (A. I.)  Phlegnione
  ligneux du cou.  Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 1637 —
  Ftusnctzoft" (M. M.)  Ueber  die Holzphlegmoneu (lea
  Halses (Reclus).  Arch.  f.  klin.  Chir.,  Berl., 1899, lviii,
  455-469.—Langinnid (S. W.)  An epidemic of non-sup-
  purative cervical adenitis.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y.,
  1902, 207-216.—LauiciiH.  Les abces du cou consecutifs
  aux 16sious de l'oreille.   Presse m6d.. Par., ]f'Jti, i, 301.—
  Larrand (H.)  Des suppurations du cou consecutivca
  aux affections de l'oreille moyenne, de  la ma.itoidc et du
  rocher.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, i, 567-574 — Fcder-
   niau (M. D.)  Angina Ludovici complicating an acute
  suppurative otitis; recovery.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1M18, liv,
  525.—Fevy (F.) Sc Clement  (P.)  Adenites cervicales
   chroniques; Causes, signes, diagnostic et traitement.  Gaz.
   d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 195; 231.—Lippincott (E.J
   Angina Ludovici. J. Ophth., Otol., Sc Laryngol., X. Y.,
   1891, iii, 213-218.  Also, Reprint.—Floyd (S.) Cervical
   adenitis.   Post-Graduate, N.  Y., 1900, xv,  231.— Lore
   (Minnie C. T.)  A case of tracheitis aud laryngitis.  Col-
   orado M. J., Denver, 1899, v, 319.—iVIacaignc i  Van-
   verts.  Phlegmon sublingual (angine de Ludwig) k pneii-
   mocoques.  Presse med., Par.,  1896, 360-363.—illnckel-
   can (G. L.)  Angina Ludovici.  Canad. Pract., Toronto,
   1892, xvii, 297— ITIagerison (R.)  Case of angina Ludo-
   vici;  recovery.  Brit.  M. J.,  Lond.,  1899, i, (•:(.—Mnr-
   cliande. Del'adenite cervicale d'origine dentaire. Rev.
   gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1897, xi, 348.—Marion (G.)
   Le phlegmon ligneux du cou.  ArcU.g6n.de med., Par.,1903, 
NECK.
369
NECK.
Veck  (Abscess,  cellulitis,  and  phlegmon

'  of).
  i 217-225.—Matignon(J.-J-)  L'angine de Ludwig.  Rev.
  de laryngol. [etc.), Par., 1893, xiii, 353-369.   Also:  Arch.
  de mefl. et pharm. mil., Par., 1894, xxiii, 273-285. — Tien-
  dizabal.  Comunicaci6n de un caso mortal de ab.seeso
  del cuello, consecutivo & la extraccicin de una muela.  Gac.
  med., Mexico, 1898, xxxv, 269-271. — Merkel (H.)  Zur
  Kenntnis der sogenannten Holzphlegmoue  (Phlegmon li-
  gneux du con nach Reclus).  Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1904, xxxi,  1377-1381. — Itlichel.  Angine de Ludwig.
  Bull. Soc. anat. de  Par.. 1890, lxv, 513. — IVIikhalkin
  (P. N.)  O  Ludwig'ovol zhable.   [On Ludwig's angina.]
  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xlvi, 707-715. — Monod (C.)
  Phlegmon ligneux du cou.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir.
  de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 458.  — Mooney (F. D.)  An un-
  usual case of abscess of the neck; 1i aclie.otomy;  recovery.
  St. Louis Cour. Med., 1890, ii, 231-237. — tlorcstin (H.)
  Abcds froid pr61arvnge d'origiue  gangliounaire.  Gaz. d.
  hop., Par., 1900, lxxiii, 1295-1297.— Morcton (F.) Appen-
  dicular colic associated with  deep-seated cervical abscess.
  Australas.  M. Gaz.,  Sydney,  1904, xxiii,  572. —JTIoty.
  Abc£s de la region carotidienue; destruction de la veine
  jugulaire interne.  Gaz. d.  hop.,  Par., 1896. lxix, 1378.-
  Mounier. Fausse otite suppuree par ganglions du cou
  ouverts dans le conduit.  Rev. hebd.  de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1902, ii, 249-251.—Vliihsam  (R.)  Ueber Holzphleg-
  moue.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Lepz. ii. Berl., 1901,
  xxvii, 65-67.—>elaton.   Phlegmons  graves du cou.
  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1892, lxv, 757.  -----. Phlegmons sep-
  tiques sus-hyoidiens (angine de Ludwig), phlegmon du m6
  diastin et trepanation du sternum.  Bull, ined., Par., 1892,
  vi,  1055.—.Ye u in a n n (H.)   Ueber acute  idiopathische
  Halsdriisenentziindung.  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesell-
  sch.  (1891), 1892, xxii, pt. 2, 237-250.  Also.• Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1891,xxviii. 1227-1230.—IVewconib<J.E.)  Ludwig s
  angina.  N. York M. J.. 1895, lxii, 652-655. Also, Reprint.
  AUo: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1895, X.  Y., 1896, xvii, 101-
  110.—IVicaise.  Adenite cervicale subaiguc d'origine in-
  testinale.  Rev. de chir.. Par., 1890, x, 749— "Vicolas (J.)
  Dn traitement  des adenites cervicales chroniques par
  les injections  d'iodoforme.  Soc. d. se. iu6d. de (iaiinat.
  C. r., Par., 1887-8,94-96.—Ombredanue &. Keiin.  An-
  gine de Ludwig.   Bull. Soc. anat.  de Par..  1897,  lxxii,
  41-43.—Omelclienko (F. Z.)  K voprosu o proiskhozh-
  denii naguoyeu iy oblasti shei.  [On the origin of abscesses
  of the neck.]  Med.  Sbornik  "Varshav.  Uyazd. voyenn.
  hosp., Varshava, 1899, xii.pt. 1, no. 7.—Oppenheiiner.
  Ueber entzundliche Processe und tiefgehende Eiterungen
  am  Halse.  Arch. f.  Kinderh..  Stuttg., 1897,  xxii, 455:
  xxiii, 1.—OrloflT(Y. N.)  O khronieheskikh flegmonakh
  shei. [Ou chronic cervical phlegmons.]  Khirurgia, Mosk.,
  1898, iv, 232-239. — Page (J. B.)  Case of abscess in the
  neck, with  signs of vagu.- irritation.   Brit. M.  J., Loud.,
  1902, i, 267.—Parsons i W. B.)  [Deep suppurative ulcer-
  ation around the ueck.j  St.  Louis M. Era, 1901-2,  xi,
  661.—Passover (L. P.)  K voprosu ob angina Ludowici.
  [A case of . . .]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1901, lxxix,
  med.-spec, pt., 710-718. — Paton (E. P.)  Abscess iu the
  neck; accidental rupture of internal jugular vein near the
  skull; hemorrhage; recovery.  Westminst. Hosp.  Rep.,
  Lond., 1897, x, 146.—  Peel  (A.), jun.   Over  halsverzwe-
  ring ofte halsphlegmon.  Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en
  geneesk. Cong. 1903,  Gent  Sc  Antwerpen,  1904, vii, 352-
  362. — Petit (R.)  Sc Pichcvin (R.)   Adenite cervicale
  suppnr6e k gonocoques.  Bull, et ra6m. Soc. obst.et gyntc.
  dePar., 1896,172-176.—Philipps (A. E.) Notes of a case
  of angina Ludovici; operation; recovery.  Lancet. Loud.,
  1898, ii, 408. — Ptaocas (G.)  Adenophlegmon du cou.
  Bull. med. de nord, Lille, 1890, xxix, 251-255.-----. Phleg-
  mon cervical superieur et angine de Ludwig.  Rev.  inter-
  nat.  de rhinol.. otol. et laryngol., Par., 1894,  iv, 1-4. — Pi-
  nheiro(J.) Grande phlegmao do peseoeo,rebeldeaotrata-
  raento vulgar; cura rapida pelo naphtol camphorado.  Rev.
  portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1896-7, i, 80-82.—
  Poli(C)  Ascessi del collo  di origiue auricolare.  Suppl.
  al  Policlin., Roma,  1897-8, iv, 194. —  Pomeroy (O. I).)
  Abscess of the neck  associated with  suppurative  otitis
  media and iritis.   N. York M. J., 1888,  xlviii, 380.—Poul-
  sen  (K.)  Om Abscesser p&  Halsen.   [Abc6s du cou.
  C.-r.]  Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1893, n. F., iii, 3. Hft.,
  1-48.  Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.. 1893,
  xxxvii,  55-101. — Pou I ton  (B.)  Ludwig's  angina; sub-
  maxillary cellulitis.  Intercolon. Q. J. M. Sc S., Melbourne,
  1894-5, i, 379.— Powell (S.  D.)  Suppurating process of
  neck involving  the maxilla.  Post-Graduate, N. Y.. 1902,
  xvii, 1038. — Pi-ax.   Deux cas de phlegmon ligneux.
  Toulouse, med., 1904, 2. s., vi, 295-298. — Prota  (G.)  An-
  gina di Ludwig.  Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli. 1897,
  n. s., xix, 709-713. —Beclus (P.)  Sur  une nouvelle va-
  ried de phlegmon chronique du  cou.   M6d. mod.. Par.,
  1893, iv. 914. -----. Phlegmons ligneux du cou.  In his:
  Clin. chir. de la Pitie, 8°, Par., 1894, 140-149.  Also  [with
  additions]:  Rev.  de chir.,  Par.. 1896, xvi, 522-531. -----.
  Phlegmon ligneux du cou.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de
  Par., 1896. n. s , xxii, 450-454. — Bipault  (H.) Un cas
  d'angine de Ludwig.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx

        VOL XI, 2d  series---24
\eek   (Abscess,  cellulitis,  and phlegmon

  of).
  [etc.l,  Par., 1895, xxi, pt. 2,  235-238. — Rogers (A. E.)
  Treatment of cervical adenitis due to tonsillar infection.
  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1903, lxiv, 853. — Rolleslon (H. D.)
  Abscess arising in the neck rupturing into the oesophagus;
  repeated  h;cmorrliuges from  the  inferior  thyroid artery
  into the  abscess cavity; death  from  exhaustion.  Tr.
  Path. Soc. Lond.,  1893-4, xiv, 55. — Rothmiuin sen.
  Angina  Ludovici.  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Keil.. 113. — Sakhanski (N.)
  K  voprosu  o  glubokikh   flegmonakh  she'i.    [Deep
  phlegmons of the neck.]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb.,
  1902,  lxxx,  med-spec,  pt.,  2272-2294. — Schiniucke
  ( A.)  Zur  Frage  der  Holzphlegmoue   (Phlegmon
  ligneux du cou  Reclus); eiue Erwiderung.  Zentralbl.
  f.  Chir.,  Leipz., 1905, xxxii, 5-7. — Schiilz (J.)  An-
  gina Ludwigii.   In his:  Med. Casuistik,  Prag., 1873, ii,
  176-179. — Schwartz (E\ )  Contribution a l'etude des
  phlegmons sous-niaxillaircs infectieux (angine de Ludwig,
  angine sous-maxillaire infectieuse).  Bull. Soc  de  med.
  prat, de Par., 1889, 314-321— Scbilean.  Traitement des
  adenites  du cou.  Rev. prat. d.  trav. d. m6d., Par., 1897,
  liv, 98.—Sharkey (S. J.)  Acute primary, suppurative
  cellulitis  of the neck (Ludwig's  angina).  St. Thomas's
  Hosp.  Rep.,  1890-91, Lond., 1*92. n.  a.,  xx, 247-256.—
  Shewcn (A.)  The wanderings of a piece of grass.  Aus-
  tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1899. xviii, 239— Shim well (B.
  T.)  Cervical adenitis.  Med. News,  Phila.,  ^91,  lviii,
  542-545. — Shttiherbakoff"  (A.  S.)    Sluchai   angina?
  Ludowici, izhechonniy spirtovimi kompressaiui.  [Lud-
  wig's angina  treated  by alcoholic compresses]  Vrach.
  Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, x, 701.—Skibnevski  (A.)  K He-
  chenlyuangiiue Ludowici parenkhematozuimivpriskivaui-
  yami karbolovol kisloti.   [Treatment of. . . with paren-
  chymatous injections of carbolic  acid.[   Med.  Obozr.,
  Mosk., 1888, xxix, 380-382.-Soubeyran  (P.) & Riche.
  Phlegmon ligneux du cou. Montpel. m£d., 1904, xix, 443.—
  Southworth  (T.  S.)  Acute suppurative  cervical ade-
  nitis of infancy.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1903,  xl, 1504-
  1508.—Stover (G. H.)  A. case of angina Ludovici.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 70.   Also, Reprint.  — Strejcek
  (J.)  Abscessus rctrovisceralis colli (retropharwigealis).
  Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1875, xiv, 345.—Tate (R. W.)
  Ludwig's angina; with report of cases.  Memphis Lancet,
  1899, iii, 24-28.—Tissier (P.) De 1'angiiio sous-maxillaire
  infectieuse; de l'angine, elite de Ludwig. et des phlegmons
  sus-hyoidiens en g6n£ral.  Progres med.. Par., 1886, 2. s.,
  iv,  714;  734;  757;  775;  798. — Troquart.  Deux cas
  d'ad6no-phlegmon du cou cons6cutif k une angine.  Mem.
  et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896. 313-
  323.  — Trumpp  (T.)   Ueber einen  Fall  von   Angina
  Ludovici.  Miiuchen.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1893, xl,  709.—
  Truyts. Considerations snr la  nature, la pathogenie et
  lo traitement  de I'adeniie cervicale chroniquedans i'arru6e.
  Arch.  med.  beiges, Brux.,  1903,  4. s.. xxi,  145-156.—
  Tsitrin (M. G.)  K etiologii anginae Ludowici.   Protok.
  zasaid. Obsh. vrach. v g. Simbirskie (1893),  1*94, 143-149.
  AUo: Ejeuedjour.  "Prakt.  med.", St. Petersb.,  1893-4, i,
  165-168.—Valenza (P.)   Flemmoneiuiziale dell collo con
  gangrena in mi nconato, seguito da guarigione.  Pediatria,
  Napoli, 1900,  viii, 197-200. — Vergeley (P.)  Reflexions
  sur le pseudo-phlegmon du cou.  Arch. clin.  de Bordeaux,
  1892, i, 351-361.—Voronoff(N. G.)  Sluchai adenitis colli
  idiopathicasheuiaturiyel.  |. . . with htematurin. |  Trudi
  Obsh. dietsk. vrach., Mosk., 1898-9, vii, 17-19 — Waring
  (H.J.) Sc Ecceles (W. McA.) A case of angina Ludovici.
  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1891, xxvii, 178.—Webber
  (II. W.)   Two cases of acute diffuse cellulitis of the sub-
  maxillary region (angina Ludovici) in which tracheotomy
  was performed;  recovery in one.   Lancet, Lond  , 1898, ii,
  747.— Werner.  Tiefei Abscess am Uebergaug der Hals-
  in dioNaekengegend. Ztschr.f. Wuudiiizte  u. Geburtsh.,
  Hegnaeh, 1887, xxxviii, 'il«-322. -----.  Phlegmone in der
  Gegeud des Processus mastoideus; voriibergehende Liih-
  mung  des Nervus  facialis.   Il>id., 327-330.  — Wheeler
  (W. I.)  Hydrocele of the neck.   Dublin  J. M. Sc, 189-1,
  xcviii, 383-394,  4 pl.—Wood (W. C.)   Clinical  observa-
  tions on suppuration in tho  neck.  Brooklyn M. J., 1896,
  x, 465-472. — Vvert (A.)   Abces de la r6gion anterieure
  du  cou commuuiquant avec l'intetieur de  la trachoe et
  donnant  lieu k  uu aerocele  intermittent de la  grosseur
  d'une mandarine.  Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1905, vi, 483-492.

UJeek (Actinomycosis  of).
    See, also,  Neck  (Foreign bodies in).
    Be.sse (V.)   * De  l'actinomycose  cervico-fa-
  ciale.   Nouvelles  observations   d'actiuoinycose
  en  France.   4  .   Lyon, 1895.
    Dhomont  (A.)   * Considerations  sur   trois
  cas  d'actiuomycose cervico-faciale a  Paris,   (v.
  Paris, 1^99.

    Leopold  (H.  J.)   "Beitrage  zur  Actino-
  mykose des Halses.   8°.   Kiel, 1903. 
NECK.
370
NKCK.
\<'<*k (Actinomycosis of).                      ■
    Lo.nc;  (C)   "He  l'aetinomycose  cervico-fa-
  ciale a forme.elironique.  *  .   Lyon,  1-97.
    Andre'- (P.)  Un cas d'actinomycose  cervico-faciale.
  Rev med. de lest. Nancv, 1901, xxiii, 1-4.  AUo |Abstr.]:
  Soc  de med. de Nancvi  C.-r., 1900-1901, 5.—Antipas
  ( A. )  Uu  eas  d'actinomycose  cervico-faciale observe a
  Constantinople.  Lvon med., 1901, xevi, 368-371.— Bayle
  (C.)   Actinomycose cervico-faciale gauche, forme tem-
  poro-maxillairi'.'  Gaz. d. hop.,  Par.,  1901,  lxxiv,  705.—
  Kcrard. Actinomycose de la region cervicale.  Mem.et
  compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. nnd. de  Lvon (1894), 1895, xxxiv,
  lit. 2, 187. _____. Actinomycose  cervico-faciale  k  forme
  chronique.  Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1898. xii, 177.  Also: I
  Lvon med.. 1898, lxxxvii,448.  AUo:  Kev. odont., Par., 1898, '
  xvii, 575.  Also:  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de
  Lyoii (1898), 1S99,  xxxviii,  pt. 2, 45.—Borszeky (K.)
  Idegen test iiltal  okozott aktiuomykosis a nyakon.  [Ac-
  tiuomveosis iu the neck caused by a foreign  body.]  Bu-
  dapesti k. orvosegv. 1904-ik evi evkony ve, Budapest, 1904,
  156-159.  Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  190-4, xlviii,  708.
  Also, transl..  Ungar. med.  Presse, Budapest,  1904,  ix, |
  603.   Also, transl.:  Pest, med.-chir.  Presse, Budapest,
  1905,xii. 334.—Folic (<;.>  Actiiioniycosecervicale.  Lyon
  med'., 1905, civ, 107.—Delagenierc (II.)  Actinomycose
  cervicale trait6e sans succ^s par le curettage et 1 iodure de
  potassium k haute dose.  Arch. med.  d'Angers, 1902, vi,
  226-229.—I>c law* as.  A propos d'un cas d'actinomycose
  cervicale aigue chez l'homme.  J.  d.  sc. med.  de Lille,
  1902, ii. 97; 121 -Fcrraton Sc Schneider (G.-E.)  Ac-
  tinomycose ceivicalc  Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par.,
  1901, xxxviii, 231-235—Hoffmann.  Ein Fall  von  Ac-
  tinomycose der linken  Halsseite.  Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh.,
  Berl.,'1905, xxxix, 26-31.—Knox (D. N.)  Actinomycosis
  of the cheek and neck.   Glasgow  M. J., 1896,  xiv, 382-
  388.   Also: Tr. (ilasg. Path. Sc  Clin. Soc, 1895-7, vi,  55-
  61.—de Fnngcnhagen  (It.)  Actinomycose  cervico-
  faciale (k type cervico-maxillaire predominant); actino-
  mycose laryngo-puliuonaire probable.  Bull. Soc.  franc, de
  derinat. et svph., Par., 1899, x, 424-428.   Also:  Ann. de
  derinat. et svph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x,  973-977.—Fegucu
  (F.) Sc Salmon.   Actinomycose cervico-faciale.   Hull.
  Soc. franc- de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 93-97.  AUo:
  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,  1899,  3. s., x, 242-246.—
  .Tlnrcus. Actinomycose cervico-faciale. M6m. et compt.-
  rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de  Lyon (1898), 1899, xxxviii, pt. 2,
  92.—.Tloi-i-ii*  (C. C.)  A case of actinomycosis  cervicis;
  operation; recovery. St.  Louis  M. Sc S.  J., 1901, lxxxi,
  289-297.—Miiller (H.)  Ein Fall von Halsaktinomvkose.
  Cor.-I51. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 191)1, xxxi, 519.—Odin.
  Actinomycose cervico-faciale.  Loire  med., St.-Etieiine,
  1901, xx, 5-10.—Ponect (A.)   Otite  actinotuycosique;
  mastoidite et phlegmon cervical de meme nature.  Lyon
  m6d., 1903, c, 903-905. -----. Actinomycose cervico-faciale
  aigue, a forme angnlo-temporo-maxillaire;  phlegmon li-
  gneux caract6ristique.  Ibid., 1904, ciii, 20-24. -----. Ac-
  tinomycose  cervico-faciale  de forme  tr6s  douloureuse;
  nevrite actinoinycosique.  Ibid.,  1905, civ, 1398-1402.—
  Pont.  A propos d'nu cas d'actinomycose cervico-faciale
  suppuree k forme mentonni^re en fer a, cheval.  Odontolo-
  gie,  Par., 1904. 2. s., xviii, 65-68.—Riga!.  Un cas d'acti
  nomy cose cervicale. Lyonmtkl., 19u3, c, 163-165. — Rochet
  & .tlartel.   Trois cas d'actinomycose  cervico-faciale;
  une forme nouvelle hyperostosante; une forme tr&s at-
  tendee ; une forme  commune.  Gaz. med. de Par., 1898,
  11. s., i, 1-6.—Tnnaka (N.)  [A  case of actinomycosis
  of the cervical region.]  Juntendo Iji Keukiu Kwai  Zas-
  shi,  Tokyo, 1902, 97-99.—Thevenot  (J.-15.)  Note  sur
  deux cas d'actinoiuvcose cervico-faciale.  Arch. prov. de
  chir., Par., 1902,  xi. 58-61.  Also: Gaz. d. hop , Par., 1902,
  lxxv, 733-736. -----. Actinomycose  cervico-faciale  de
  forme courante.  Ibid., 1903, lxxvi, 769-771.  -----. Acti-
  nomycose cervico-faciale; nouvelles observations.  Arch.
  prov. de chir.. Par., 1904, xiii, 98-105.—Valle (L.)   Acti-
  nomicosis cervico-facial.  Rev. Soc. mecl. argent., Buenos
  Aires, 1903,  xi. 513-539, 1 pl.

.\eck (Cancer  of).
     Ser Neck (Tumors of, Malignant).

IVeok (Cellulitis of).
     See Neck (Abscess, etc., of).

.Yeck (Contracture and  spasm of).
     Paascu  (P.)  * Ein Beitrag  zur Kasuistik iiber
  kloniselie  Accessoriuskrampfe.   8°.   Erlanqen
  19(H.                                              '
     Beattic (J. M.) Sc Sclby (W.  McD.)  Cervical opis-
  thotonos in children.  Edinb. Hosp. Rep., Edinb. & Lond
  1896. iv. 343-353.—Cottell (H. A.)   Clonic  spasm  of the
  oervical muscles.  Am. Pract. Sc News  Louisville, 1893
  xvi, 489-492. — Ebers.   Demonstration eines operativ
  geheilten  Falles vou chronischem  Krampf  der Nacken-
  und Halsmuskiilatur.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol
  Berl., 1902, xii, 73.-Fere (C.)  Contribution a  la patho-
Hfeck (Contracture and spasm of).
  logie des  spasmes fonctionnels du  cou.  Kev. do med.,
  Par., 1894, xiv. 755-770. -----. Un spasme du cou coinci-
  dant avec  des  hallucinations  visuelles  unilateralex
  Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s.. iii, 269-271.—
  Graff.  Ein Fall von spastischeu  Kriiinpfen  der Hals-
  muskulatur.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Uerl.,
  1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 66.—Heldcnbergh  (C.) Spasnio
  tonique involontaire  et intermittent  du cou.  IJclgique
  m6d., Gaud-Haarlem, 1902, ix, 355-359.—Knnpp.  Fune-
  tionelle Contractnr der Halsmuskeln.  Arch. f.  Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1905, xxxix, 1263-1280.—Fiiidsay (W. S.)  Spasm of
  muscles of the neck.   Proc. Kansas M. Soc, Wichita, 1893,
  xxvii,42-45.—Wleyer (J.)  Zur Casuistik des Tic rotatoire.
  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u. Berl., 1897, xxiii,
  849.—Pauly (R.)  Spasmes fonctionnels du cou.  Cong.
  franc;, de  med. 1894, Par.,  1895, i, 466-469.—van Rcn-
  terghem (A. W.) Een geval van tic rotatoire, genezen
  door psychische behandeling.  Geneesk. Courant,  Tiel,
  1897,  li, no.  48; no. 49.  Also: Psychiat. en Neurol. BL,
  Amst., 1897, i, 442-451.  Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Hypnot.
  (etc.|, Leipz., 1897, vi, 259-265. — SeeligmiiHer.  Ein
  Fall  von  combinirtem  Halsniuskelkrainpf.  [Abstr. J
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1894, xii,  96. Also: Sitzungsb.
  d. Ver. d. Aerzte  zu  Halle  a. S. 1893-4, Miinchen,  1895,
  iv, 37.—Sterne  (A. E.)  Dentist's neck, an uudescribed
  neurosis.  Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass.  1901, Kansas
  City, 1903, iii, 122-132.

]¥eck (Deformities of).
     See Burns;   Neck (Almormiiies  of);  Neck
  (Contracture, etc., of); Rheumatism (Muscular).

Ufeck (Diseases of).
     See, also, Neck  (Abscess, etc., of);  Neck  (Ac-
  tinomycosis of);  Neck  (Contracture, etc., of);
  Neck (Glands  of,  Diseases of); Neck  (Surgery
  of); Neck (Syphilis of); Neck (Tuberculosis of).
     DYAKONOEF  (P.  1.)  & LlSKNKOFF  (N.  K.)
  Boliezni   she'i;    vrozhdennlya  zabollevaniya;
  povrezhdeuiya;  anevrizmi;  novoobrazovaniya.
  [Diseases of the neck;  eongenital diseases; in-
  juries; aneurisms;  tumors.]    8°.   S.-Peterburg,
  1902.
     Geurtsen (J.)    * Ueber acute Lymphadenitis
  am  Halse.   8C.  Kiel, 1894.
     Wothe  (G.)  Die Halskraukheiten, ihre Ent-
  stehung, Behandluug und Heilung  gemeiuver-
  standlich dargestellt.   12°.  Berlin,  [n. d.].
     Anderson (\V. S.)  A study of  normal  and patholog-
  ical  conditions of the bursae of the  neck; with special
  reference to the subhyoid bursa.  Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila.
  & N. Y., 1904, n. s., exxvii, 439-448.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Bellei ((J.) Diunastraiialesionericorrentein corrispon-
  denza della  fossa sopraclaveare sinistra.  Morgagni, Mi-
  lano, 1898, xl, 807-812.—Fhugayeff (A.)  Boliezni i no-
  vrezhdeniya shei.   [ Diseases and injuries  of the neck.]
  Russk. Med. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1900, ii, no. 4, 19;  no. 5,
  15; no. 7, 6; no.  8, 28;  no. 9, 15; no.  11, 12; no.  12, 21; no.
  13, 8; no. 14, 21; no.  15, 15; no. 16, 20;  no. 18, 17; no. 19,
  22; no. 20, 38; no.  21, 39; no. 23, 8: 1901,  iii, no. 9, 17; no.
  10, 33; no. 11, 17; no. 12, 18; no. 13, 17; no.  14,  17; no. 15,
  17; no. 16, 6; uo.  17,  1.—Delore.   Pustule maligne do
  cou.   Lyon  med..  1897, lxxxv, 230-234.—Dcpnge (A.)
  Maladies du cou [table].  Compt.  rend. . . . seiv. de chir.
  al'hop. St.-Jean de Bruxelles (1900), 1901,  40.— Diehl.
  Ein   Fall von reinem  lilahhals.  Miinchen.  med.  Wchn-
  sehr., 1903, 1, 996.— Harrington ( A. J.)  Notes on a
  case of acute cedema of the neck.  Canad. J. M. & S., To-
  ronto, 1898, iv, 59.—Hermann (E.)  A nyaikovekrol egy
  ritk&bb eset kapesan.  [Calculus in neck; a curious easel
  Budapesti orv.  ujsag. 1904, ii, 725-727. — IIochhaus.
  Ueber die  Behandlung akuter Halsaffektionen mittels
   Stauungshyperaniie.   Therap. d. Gegenw.,  Berl.,  1005,
  xlvi. 433-435.— Feroy (L.)  A case of aerogenes capsnla-
  tus  infection of the neck. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903,
   xii,  1009-1011.—Feuret.  Emphysenie sous-cutau6 spon-
   tau6 du cou chez un enfant de quatre am.  Gaz. hebd. d.
   sc. med. de  Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 90.—JTIonod. Chelolde
   de la nuque. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s.,
   xxix, 682-684.—Monti  (A.)  Erkrankungen  der Respi-
   rationsorgane, der Thyreoidea und der  Thymus.  Wien.
   Klinik, 1902, xxviii,  Suppl. Hft. 10, 1-212. —Tcnneson.
   Kerion du  cou.   Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1895, 3.
   s., vi, 346.—Terra  (F.)  Dermatose localisada na extre-
   midade cephalica.  Brazil-med., Rio  de Jan.,  1904, xviii,
   225.— Walther (C.)  Maladies du cou; lesions traumati-
   ques, lesions inflammatoires, maladies des ganglions, ma-
   ladies des muscles, cicatrices difformes  et vicieuses.  ane-
   vrysmes, tumeurs.   Traite de chir. (Duplay et Reclus),
   Par.. 1891, v, 643-765.  AUo: Ibid., 2.  ed., Par., 1898, v,
   513-042. 
NECK.
371
NECK.
Neck (Foreign  bodies in).
    Deaver(J.B.)   Foreign bodv in the neck.  Internat.
  Clin.. Phila., 1901,11. s.. ii. 216.—Hopmann (C. M.) Scl-
  tener Fall ven neunmonatlicheni Verweihn uud Wandern
  eines Frenidkorpers im  Halse.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  188S, xxv, 889.—Omboni.  Caso di  corpo  straniero nel
  collo scoperto colla radioscopia.  Gazz. med. cremonese,
  Cremoni, 1898,  xviii, 201-203. — Saengcr (M.)  Zwei
  Falle von Frenidkdrpergefiihl  im Halse.  Reichs-Med.-
  Auz., Leipz., 1899, xxiv, 301. — Slicrrill ( J. G. 1   Knife
  blade removed from neck.  Louisville Month. J. M. Jt S.,
  1902-3,  ix, 406.—Squires (J. W.)  A remarkable  caseof
  foreigu body in the neck.   Med. Age, Detroit, 1893, xi,  j
  336.—Stout (H. B.)  A foreign body in the tissues of the
  neck for three months.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxvii, 148^

~X?vli, (Glands of, Diseases of).
    Ste, also, Neck (Abscess of); Neck (Tubercu-
  losis of);  Neck (Tumors of);  Neck  (Tumors
  of,  Malignant).
    Jakhxink  (A.)"   * L\ad6uop.tthie  tracheo-
  biotichique simple chez les enfants.  H .   Paris,
  1-97.
    Adenopatia tracheo-bronchiale.  Osp. d. bambini in
  Milano.  Rendic.,  1899-1901, 72-80.—Berger. Des ade-  |
  uopathies cervicales; diagnostic.   M£d. mod., Par., 1905,
  xvi. 209.  AUo:  Scalpel,  Liege,  1905-6, lviii,  17-19.—
  Boulu.  Du traitement des adenites cervicales pai l'elec-
  tricit6  localis6e et appliqu6e au moyen de divers  instru-
  ments nouveaux.  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855,
  xii. 207.—Discussion on the treatment of enlarged cer-
  vical glands.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1893, ii, 1141-1144.—
  Fcclcs (W. McA.)  The treatment of enlarged glands in
  the neck.  St.  Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1898-9, vi, 118-120.
  AUo:  Treatment,  Loud.,  1900-1901,  iv, 385-392.—Ga-
  rninpazzi (C.)  Mttodica dell' iutervento nelle adeno-
  pathy cervicali ed ascellari e sopra una nuova incisione per
  fo svuotamento del cavo inguinale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
  1901,  xxii.  279-285.— Fe Dentn.   Forme anormale
  d'adGnopatbie cervicale.  Rev. gen. de clin. etde thCirap.,  i
  Par., 1903,  xvii,  165.—Feonnrd  (C. L.)  Keloid of the
  neck;  excision. Univ.  M.Mag.,  Phila., 1891-2, iv, 708, 1
  pl.—yialherbe Sc Stackler.  Des adenopathies cervi-
  cales ehruniques,  sp6cialenient  chez les enfants,  et de
  leur traitement.  Bull, med.. Par., 1905, xix, 1157-1161.—
  ITIiilouc (B.)  Pediculi capitis  as  a  cause of enlarged
  cervical  glands.  Memphis M.  Month.. 1900.  xx,  23.—
  Mays (T. J.)  Calcium  chloride  in glandular affections
  of the neck. Arch. Pediat., Phila., 1*88. v, 471.—Miller
  (A. G) On the aetiology and treatment  of glandular en-
  largements in the neck.  Scot. M. &. S. J., Edinb., 1897,  i,
  1063-1069.  Also: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1897-8, n. s.,  I
  xvii, 17-23.   Also: Brit. J.  Dent. Sc, Lond., 1898,  xii, 97-
  105.—Peters (G. A.)  A case of enlarged glands  in the
  neck.  Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxiii, 68s.—Kicard.
  Note sur une vari6t6 d'ad^nopathie cervicale chronique
  non tuberculeuse.  Cong, franc.de chir.   Proc.-verb. [etc.]
  1889, Par.,  1890, iv, 674-678.   AUo [Abstr.]: Rev. de
  chir., Par., 1889, ix, 921.— Sato (T.)   [Remarks on
  chronic troubles of the lymphatic glands  of the neck.]
  JuutendoIjiKenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, 202; 878:
  1902, 12; 378.—Schwartz. Adenite cervicale avec synip-
  tomesd'cBdfemedelaglotte. Francem6cL,Par., 1881, xxviii,
  230-232. —  Smith ( F. J. )  Enlarged  glands of neck.
  Abstr.  Tr. Hunterian Soc.  1901-2, Lond., 1903, 71. —Tub-
  by  (A. H.) The preventive and  curative treatment of
  enlarged glands in the neck in childhood. Clin. J., Lond.,
  1899, xiv, 54-59. —Flrich (A. N.)  Nature and treatment
  of  chronic   glandular  enlargement  in  children.  Med.
  Times, X. T., 1904,  xxxii,  364-368.—Van ITIerris.  Du
  traitement des adeuites chroniques du  cou.  Bull. med.
  du  nord, Lillie, 1890, xxix, 198;  224.—Vickery  (H. F.)
  Enlarged cervical  glands.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1886, cxiv,
  219-221.  [Discussion], 229.  AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1886, vi, 313-316.

IVeck (Hamatoma of).
    See Neck (Tumors of, Cystic).

j\eck (Hydatids in).
    See Neck (Tumors of, Cystic).

Week (Hydrocele  of).
    See Neck (Tumors  of, Cystic).

Neck (Inflammation of).
    See Neck (Abscess, etc., of).

Heck (Phlegmon of).
    See Neck (Abscess, etc., of).

Neck  (Surgery of).
    See,  also, Larynx (Surgery of); Neck (Ab-  I
  scess, etc., of) ; Neck (Contracture, etc.,  in); Neck
IVeck  (Surgery of).
  (Foreign  bodies in);  Neck  (Tuberculosis  of);
  Neck  (Tumors of); Neck  (Tumors  of, Congen-
  ital); Neck (Tumors  of, Cystic); Neck (Tumors
  of, Malignant);  Neck (Wounds, etc., of);  Neck
  ( Wounds of,  Gunshot);  Nervous  system  (Gan-
  glionic,  Surgery of);  (Esophagus,  Pharynx,
  Surgery of; Thyrotomy; Tracheotomy.
     Tkhhikr (F.),  Guii.lkmain (A.-G.)  &  Mal-
  herbe  ( A.)   Chirurgie du cou.   12°.  Paris,
  lf^9s.
     Wiest (F. X.)  * Ueher die iu den Jahren 1890-
  1901  in tier hiesigen chirnrgischen Klinik in Be-
  handlung gekoiiiiiieiien  Fiille von  Caput obsti-
  puni musculare.   H:.   Munchen,  1902.
     Alexander (B.)  Ein Schutzschleier am Reflector fiir
  Halsoperationen.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1903, xl, 281.—
  Armstrong (G. E.)  Thyroid duct; its removal.  Mon-
  treal M. J., 1899, xxviii, 853.—Bajardi (D.)  Rendiconto
  delle operazioni sul collo  eseguite dall' anno 1887 a tutto
  1'  anno  1892 nella Clinica pediatrica di Firenze.  Speri-
  mentale. Comunicaz. e riv., Firenze, 1893,2ol; 228.—Beck
  (C.)  On surgical diseases of the  neck.  N. York M. J.,
  1893,  lvii,  458; 517.  Also. Reprint.   AUo, transl.: X.
  Yorker med. Monatschr.,  1893, v, 201; 241.—Berber (P.)
  Sur un  proc6d6  autoplastique destin6 k remedier aux
  cicatrices vicieuses du cou (autoplastic en cravate).  Bull.
  etniem.  Soc. de chir. de  Par.,  1890, n. s., xvi,  170-177.—
  Bottini (E.)  Contributo clinico alia chirurgia del collo.
  Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital.  di chir., Roma, 1896,  x, 426-433.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Brings  (F. M.)  A self-retaining drain-
  age cauula for preventing scar in cervical abscess.   Bos-
  ton M.  Sc S. J., 1895, exxxii, 433-436.—von Bhngner
  (O )  Zur Asepsis bei Halsoperationen.   Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1901,  xxvii, 234.—Folio; 13
  operazioni.  Ist. di clin. chir. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.  Ren-
  dic d. operaz., 1898-1901,  23-31.—Crile (G. W.)  Tempo-
  rary constriction  of the carotids.  Phila.  M. J., 1903, xi,
  6.   Dalla Vecchia (G.) Lelesioni del pneumogastrico
  nei processi chirutgici del collo.  Clin, chir., Milano, 1899,
  vii, 177; 361; 432: 525. — Bepage.  Extraction d'une
  esquille osseuse place-a dans le tissu cellulaire p6riceso-
  phagien.  Bull. Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1896,
  1-3.—Binkelspicl (M. R.)  The question of priority
  regarding the constriction of the carotids preliminary to
  operations upon the head  and neck.  Phila. M. J., 1902, x,
  657.—Bollinger (G.)  Die subcutane Exstirpation der
  tuberkulosen Lyinphdriiseii des Halses, des Nackens und
  der Submaxillargegend.   Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894,
  xxi. 845-847. -----. F61oldali gegekiirtds 6s  a g6gebeli
  sebhely primser befed6se  a nyakrol vett kocsdnyos borle-
  benynyel.   [Removal of  half of side of throat with the
  covering of the primary wound obtained by skin-flap from
  neck.]  Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest,  1903, xxxiv, 248.—-
  Fai-low (J. TV.)  A case of subglottic fibroma; removal
  by tracheotomy and curetting.   N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi.
  794; 813.  Also, Reprint.—Garori (L.)   Contribute alia
  chirurgia del collo. Monitore med. marchigiano, Loreto,
  1889-90, iii. fasc. 10, 57-64, 1  pl — Fliordano (D.)  Con-
  tributo per la storia delle lesioni dei vasi  cervicali.   Riv.
  veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1896, xxv, 378-382.—Kluck
  (T )  Modern surgery of the  larynx, pharynx, esophagus,
  and trachea.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol.  Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1904. xiii, 396-436.—Hartley (F.)  A new method for the
  removal  of diseased processes in the neck posteiior to the
  steruo-mastoid muscle.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1897, exxxvii,
  409-411.  [Discussion], 421.—Jordan.  Die angeboreuen
  Missbildungen, Verletzungen  und Erkrankungen des
  Halses.  In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir.... Bergmann [et al.],
  2.  Anil., 8°,Stuttg., 1902 ii. 1-135.  AUo.transl.: Svst. Pract.
  Surg. [Bergmann etal.|,8°, N. Y. Sc Phila., 1904, ii, 17-141.—
  Katler (B.)  Langjiihrige Neuralgie des rechten Plexus
  cervicalis lind brachialis infolgevou narbiger Verkiirzung
  des linken Kopfnickers; vollstandige HeilungnachTenoto-
  mie dieses  Muskels.  Mitt. a.  d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u.
  Chir., Jena, 1897,  ii, 731-73Y—Kerniauncr (F.)  Ueber
  Blutungen  nach  Tracheotomio  und  Oesophagotomie.
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xi, 974-979.— Kiittner (H.)
  Zur Technik ausgedehnter  Lymphoniexstirpationen am
  Halse.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1899, xxiv, 822-826.—
  Fisyanski (V.  I.)   K  tekhnikle vilushtsheniya shel-
  nikh limfom.  [Technique of excision of cervical glands.]
  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900,  xxi, 545.—1TI aria ni  (C.)   Con-
  tributo clinico alia allacciatura preventiva emostatica dei
  grossi vasi del collo.  Clin, chir., Milano, 1898, vi, 145-
  157. — iVIayo (C.  H.)  Surgerv of the neck.  Northwest.
  Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, xvii, 325-327.—Miles (A.)  Case of
  division of the pneumogastric nerve in the neck.  Edinb.
  Hosp. Rep., 1900,  vi, 264-266.—Mints (V. M.)  K opera-
  tivnomu llecheniyu retrocollis spasm.   [Operative treat-
  ment of . . .]  Vestnik Khir., Mosk.,  1902, iii, 161-16H.—
  .Tlorestin (H.)   De la position du malade daus les opera-
  tions  sur la tete et le cou.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902, lxxv,
  197. -----.  De l'inciaion esthetique r6tro.auriculaire pour 
NECK.
372
NECK.
I\eck (Surgery of).
  le  traitcin.nl ile quelques  lesions  cervicales ou paroti-
  diennes.  Ibid., 1001; 1011.—Park* r ( W.)  Surgery of
  the neck.  Syst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila., 1895, iii, 169-198.—
  Pannz (M.)  A ket Uezzel val6 opeidlasrdl a gcgeben
  6s az orrgaratiirben.  [Operation with both hands in  the
  cesophagus and pharyngeal space.]  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1900,  xliv, 525.—Pean.  'Autoplastic du cou;  repa-
  ration d'une large perte de substance de la region cervi-
  cale anterieure k l'aide dun lambeau pris sur la region
  thoracique;  observation suivic de considerations patholo-
  giques, chirurgicales  et physiologiques.  Union m6d.,
  Par., 1868, 3. s., vi, 191; 203.   AUo,  Reprint,—Pinto
  Portella.  Autoplastia do pescoco.  Biazil-med., Riode
  Jan., 1903, xvii, 283.—Pitts (B )  Injuries and diseases of
  the neck.  Syst. Surg. (Treves). Loud.,  1*96, ii,  356-398.
  AUo: Ibid.,  Phila., 1896, ii,  356-:!!i8.—de Qnervain (F.)
  Les incisions op6ratoires au niveau du cou.  Semaine
  iu£d., Far..  1900,  xx, 12-16. — Schroeder (W. E.) &
  Pliiiiimei-  (S. C.) Report of two cases of injury to the
  thoracic duct in operations on the neck.  Ann. Surg.,
  Phila.,  1898,  xxviii, 229-236. 1 pl.—Sherwood  (F.  R.)
  Tho surgical importance of the cervical lymphatics.   Chi-
  cago Clinic, 1899, xii, 384-390. —Shimanovski  (A.  F.)
  Otnosheniye  verkhnyavo shelnavo uzla sochuvstveunavo
  nerva k glazu; po povodn operatsii Jounesco.  [Relation
  of the upper  cervical ganglion of the sympathetic nerve to
  the eye; apropos of Jonnesco's operation.]  Vestnik oftal-
  niol., Kiev, 1903, xx, 1-32, 1  tab.—Souchon (E.)  Pecul-
  iarities of the surgical diseases and injuries of the neck.
  Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1896, [Phila.], 1897, ix, 349-
  435.  AUo: J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago. 1897, xxviii, 199; 267;
  307; 362; 455; 498; 550; 600; 694; 738.—Stirling  (R. A. )
  Case of epithelioma of.glauds of the neck requiring the re-
  moval of both internal jugular veins, and of both sterno-
  mastoid muscles.   Intercolon. M.  J.  Australas., Mel-
  bourne, 1898, iii, 510-515.—Terrier (F.)  Les operations
  pratiqu6es sur les vaisseaux  veiiu-ux du cou.   Progres
  m6d., Par.. 1896, 3. s., 17-19.  AUo. transl.: Gazz.  d. osp.,
  Milano. 1896, xvii, 1588-1590.—Tiliuaim.  Ein Fall yon
  operativer Vagusverletzung.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.,
  Leipz., 1898,  xlviii, 313-315.

Neck (Syphilis of).
     Dklmas  (P.)   * Contribution a  Peptide de la
  syphilitic piginentaire du cou.  8°.  Paris, 1904.
     Pethesco (G.-Z.)  * La  syphilids pigmentaire
  rtSticnhiire  du  cou  (syphilide pigmentaire  de
  Hardy-Fournier).  8°. * Paris.  1901.
     Bnl7.1i' (F.) Sc Barcat (J.) Syphilide pigmentaire
  du cou et de la poitrine avec persistance  des 616ments
  maculo-papuleux au centre des espace.s d6color6s.  Bull.
  et mern. Soe. med. d. hop. dc Par.,  1901,  3. s., xviii,  755-
  757. — Bnnlos.  Syphilis et phthiriase; syphilide  pig-
  mentaire  du  cou de forme exceptionuelle.  Arch, de der-
  mat. et syph., Par., 1900, 4. s., i, 643-645.— Oalliard (L.)
  Chancre syphilitique du col.  France m6d., Par., 1890, i,
  229.—Gaucher.  Syphilide du cou.  Syphilis, Par., 1905,
  iii, 804-806—Gaucher & .Tlilian. Syphilide pigmen-
  taire du cou, consecutive a une ros6ole circin6e localisee
  du cou.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903,
  xiv, 89.  AUo: Ann. de dennat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4. s.,
  iv, 223.—Hulleu.  Sur Installation de la syphilide pig-
  mentaire  du cou.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903,
  4.  s., iv, 731-743 — Stern (E.)  Iuitialsclerose am Halse.
  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz.,  1900,  liii,  45-
  47, 1 pl.

IVeck (Tuberculosis of).
     Allbctt (T. C.)  &  Teale  (T.  P.)   Cliuical
  lectures  on scrofulous ueck and on the surgery
  of scrofulous glands.  -:.   London, 188.">.
     Beuchon (C.)  *Du  traitemeut des adenites
  tuherculeris.es du cou.   4°.  Paris, 1894.
     Bi.vet  (J.-L.)  *l)es  accidents  de l'extirpa-
  tion des  ganglions tuberculeux du cou; angine.
  4°.  Paris, 1894.
     Cocvrel'k (A.)   *De l'achuiopathie cervicale
  tulierculeiise, considered  surtout  clans  ses  rap-
  ports  avec  la  tuberculose   pulmonaire.    4°.
  Parts, 1892.
     -----.   The same.  8J.  Paris,  1*92.
     Cramer  (G.)  *Zur Behaudluug der scrophu-
  losen Driiseuschwellungen am Halse.   8°.  Wiirz-
  burg, 16SO.

     Dexoy (15.)   ""Traitement  des tuherculoses
  ganglionnaires du cou  par les  injections d'huile
  cre'osote'e a haute dose.   4-.  Lyon, 1891.
     Dierks(IL)  *Finige.s  iiber scrofulos-tuher-
  culose Lymphdrusen-es( hwiilste am Halse  hei
  Erwachsenen.   8-.   Bulin, [1883],
IVeck (Tuberculosis of).

    Duiiamel (F.)   "Traitement des ademites tu-
  berculeuses du cou.   4*-.   Paris,  189.").
    Kriiox  (C R.)   * Beitrag  znr  Statistik  der
  Operationen   der   tuberkulosen   Lvniphomata
  colli.  8°.  Breslau, 1898.
    Leclerc (A.)   * Contribution  a l'etude  des
  adenopathies tuberculeuges du cou, leur traite-
  meut par le cacodylate de soude. ."J\ Paris, 1901.
    Manson (A.)  * Traitement  des adenopathies
  tuberculeuses par  l'extirpation, et en particulier
  chez les enfants.   4°.  Paris, 1895.
    Pechai'd (F.)   "Contribution a Peptide d'une
  des vari6t6s cliuiques de  l'ad6nite cervicale tu-
  berculeuse.  4C.  Paris, lKh>.
    ------.   The same,  h  .  Paris, 1692.
    Petit (R.)   *De la tuberculose des ganglions
  du cou.   8°.   Paris, 1897.
    Richard (J.-E.)  *De l'extirpation des gan-
  glions tuberculeux nou suppure's du  cou.   4°.
  Nancy, L-^9.
    Sandeian (J. YV.)   *Om tuberkulosa lynifom
  pa  halsen.   [Tuberculous lyniphomata of  the
  neck.]  8>.  Helsingfors, 1904.
    Scheyer (M.)   "Zur  .Statistik der Operation
  der tuberculosen Lymphoiuata colli.  8°.  Bres-
  lau,  [1867].
    Thornton (B.)   Operative versus  therapeu-
  tic  treatment of strumous cervical  glands.   8°.
  London, 1890.
    Vassilieff (N.)  * Contribution a l'etude de
  la tuherculose ganglionnaire du cou.  8°.   Ge-
  neve,  1892.
    Wittmer (H.)   *Ein  Beitrag  znr  Kenntnis
  der Beziehungen  der akuten  Miliartuberkulose
  zur Operation  tuherkuloser Lymplmmata colli.
  [Heidelberg.)   8°.  Tubingen,  1901.
    Also, in:  Beitr. z.  klin. Chir.,  Tiibing., 1901, xxxiii,
  788-822.
    Wohlgemuth  (H.)   *Zur  Pathologie und
  Therapie  der   scrofulos-tuberkulosen  Lymph-
  driisengeschwulste bei Kindern  bis zu 10 Jah-
  ren.   8°.   Berlin, [16*9].
    Allbiitt (T. C.)   Clinical lecture on scrofulous neck.
  Med. Times  & Gaz., Lond., 1884, ii. 805-£09. — Areflzn.
  Alguuas  consideraciones sobre extirpacii'm  de gangling
  tuberculoses del  cuello.   Rev.de cien. med.  de Barcel.,
  1896, xxii, 337-340. — Beatson  (li.  T.)   Case of ex-
  cision of a  mass of  enlarged cervical glands (tubercu-
  lous),  with a portion of the internal jugular vein.  Brit.
  M. J.,  Lond., 1898, ii, 1124.— Beck (C.)  Znr Behand-
  lung tuherkuloser Halsdriisen.   N. Yorker med.  Mo-
  natschr.,  1901, xiii, 497-505. — Beckett (T. G.)  Treat-
  ment of tuberculous  glands bv X-mvs.  Australas. M.
  Gaz., Sydney, 1904. xxiii, 216-219.—Kerger (P.)  Traite-
  ment  de  adenopathies cervicales tuberculeuses.  Assoc.
  frang. de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.|, Pur., 1901, xiv, 716-725.—
  Bergonie  (J.)   Sur faction nettement favorable des
  rayons X dans les adenopathies tuberculeuses non  sup-
  purees.  Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1905. xiii,  300-
  302.  AUo:  Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl,  s*9-
  891.  AUo:  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, XL'.").—
  Billroth.  Struma; Strumectomie;  Heilung.  Aerztl.
  Ber.  d. Priv. Heilanst. d. Dr.  A. Eder 1889, Wien,  1H90,
  27— Bccckcl  (J.)   Traitement des  adenites tubercu-
  leuses. Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1901,
  xiv, 757 766.—Brim  (T.)  Beitrag zur Statistik der Ex-
  stirpation tuberculoser  Lviuphdriisentumoren.  Wien.
  med.  Bl.,  1887,  x,  750;  786.—von Ri-nnii. Cc-ber die
  Yereiteruug tuherkuloser Halslymphome.  Path.-anat.
  Arb.   . . . Job. Oi th z. . . . Prof.-Jubil., Berl., 1903,19-23.-
  Bugorchatkn shelnikh limf. zhelyoz.  [Tuberculosis
  of the cervical lymphatic glands (7 cases). |  Otchot o
  dleyateln khirurg. klin.  [etc.] v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901,
  105-110.—Bulkeley  (F. S.)   The treatment of cervical
  adenitis.  Am. Med., Phila., 1904. vii,  351-353.- Butlin
  (H. T.)  On the surgical treatment of tuberculous  glan-
  dular affections in the neck.   Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xvin,
  321-327. -Cnpnano (M.)   Tubercolosi ghiandolare e
  cura col metodo Durante. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii. se*.
  prat., 395-402.—Clark (W. G.)  Case of chylous fistula
  following removal of caseating tuberculous  lymphatic
  glands: recovery.  St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1904, xn,
  21 —Clausen (J. J.) A case of tuberculosis of the  deep
  cervical glands, with  technique of extirpation.  H*"!??*
  City M. Index-, 1897, xviii, 275-279.—Coeklmrn (L- W.)
  Technique  of the removal of tubercular ceiviial glands. 
XECK.
373
NECK.
\eck (Tuberculosis of).
  Canad. J. M. Sc, Toronto,  1902, xii, 175-177.—Cottcrill
  (J. M.)  Clinical lecture on some cases of disease affecting
  the lymphatic  glands in the neck.  Scot. M. Sc  S. J.,
  Edinb., 1904. xiv, 385-389, 1 pl.—Crcapo (F. E.)  Adenitis
  tuberculosa del cuello.   An. d. Circ. m6d. argent., Buenos
  Aires, 1904, xxvii, 345.—Dancl.  Tuberculose des gan-
  glions du cou et  fistule dentaire;  ablation de la tumeur
  2anCTlionnaire;  extraction d'un  sequestre du  maxillaire;
  guerison.   J. d.  sc. med.  de  Lille, 1902,  i,  311-316.—
  Davidson  (D.  M.)   Excision of scrofulous glands of
  the neck.   Indian  M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1893, xxviii, 17.—
  Delbet (P.)   Des ad6nites chroniques non tuberculeuses
  du cou, et tie leur valeur diagnostique dans certaines affec-
  tions, et  en particulier dans  la v6g6tation ad6noi'de du
  pharynx nasal. Assoc, frang. de chir.  Proc.-verb.  [etc.],
  Par., 1901, xiv, 809-813.  ----.  Extirpation des ganglions
  tuberculeux du cou par un  procede  esth6tique.  Bull, et
  m6ra. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904. lxxix, 441-443.—Dcsplats
  (R.)  Dn traitement  des adenites tuberculeuses par les
  ravons X.   Arch, d'electric.  med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii,
  626-628.  AUo: J. d.  se. med. de Lille, 1905, ii, 289-293.—
  Be Spnches (A.)  Sul valore terapeutico dell' estirpa-
  zione dei linfomi tubercolari al collo.  Clin, chir., Milano,
  1897. v, 111-127. — Dianoux.   Tumeurs scrofuleuses
  situ^es  derriere  l'oreille.   Bull.  Soc.  anat.  de Nantes
  1878-9, Par., 1879, ii, 25-27.  AUo: J. de med. de l'ouest,
  Nantes, 1878. 2. s., ii,  195-197. — Discussion (A) on the
  treatment of tuberculous glands iu the neck.  Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1896, ii, 610-614.—Dotard (L.) £ Tcllicr (J.)
  Depression cicatricielle en forme d'amphore de la fossette
  sus-sternale consecutive k un  ad6no-phlegmon d'origine
  tuberculeuse.  Progres med., Par., 1889,2. s., ix, 229-232.—
  Dollinger  (G.)   A nyak-, tarko-6s  Allalatti  giimtts
  nyirokmirigyek  kiirt&sa  bithato  heg visszaraaradilsa
  n61kiil.   [Subcutaneous extirpation of tuberculous lym-
  phatic glands of neck, nape of neck, and submaxillary
  region.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1894, xxxviii, 381.  Also,
  transl.: Peat, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1894, xxx, 1025.
  -----. A nyak giinios nyirokmirigyeinek  subcuten kiir-
  tdsa.   | Subcutaneous extirpation of  tuberculous  lym-
  phatic glands of the neck.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1^97,
  xii, 150; 163; 179.  AUo, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.,
  Leipz., 1896-7, xliv, 610-626.   AUo, transl.: Ungar. med.
  Presse, Budapest, 1897, ii,  469; 494; 518;  544; 567; 760;
  785.-----. Die subcutane Exstirpation der tuberculosen
  Lvmphdrusen des Halses.   Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesell-
  sch. f. Chir., Berl., 1903, xxxii, pt. 1,161-165.  Also, transl. .-
  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 172.  AUo, transl*
  Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1904, xxxvi, 19-22.—Dowd
  (C.N.)  Tubercular cervical lymph-nodes;  a study based
  on thirtvsix cases  submitted to operation.  Ann. Surg.,
  Phila.. 1899,  xxix, 559-576.   [Discussion],  613-615.—
  Dubar (G.)  Ganglion calcific du cou,  probablement de
  nature tuberculeuse.  Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 1892, lxvii,
  160.—Dupeyrnc.  La radiotberapie dans les adeuites.
  Marseille med.. 1905. xlii, 736.—Eadi (B.  B.)  Tubercu-
  losis of cervical glands.  Surg. Clin., Chicago,  1902,  i, 471-
  474.  Also  [Abstr.]: Bacillus, Chicago, 1902,  iii, 445.—
  Edington fG. H.)  Some notes on the  treatment  of tu-
  berculous  glands in the neck  by excision. Glasgow M.
  J.,  1904. lxii, 344-350. -----. Some notes on the treatment
  of tuberculous glands in the neck by incision.   Ibid.. 1905,
  lxiii, 196.— Fisend rath (D.N.)  Tuberculous glands of
  the neck.   Internat. Clin., Phila..  1903,  12. s.,  iv, 166-173.
  Also: J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1903, v, 35-39.  -----.
  Tuberculosis of the cervical lymph-nodes.  Surg. Gynec.
  Sc Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 37-42 —Filing (A. W.)   Tox-
  emia associated with tuberculosis of the cervical lymphatic
  glauds, with report of a case.  Tr. M. Soc. N. T., Albany,
  1904, xcviii, 367-370.  Also [Abstr.]: Am. Med., Phila.,
  1904, vii, 556—Fedele CS.)   Adeuiti multiple  tubercolari
  suppurate del collo; trattamentoe  guarigione  senza cica-
  trici, colleiuiezioni jodo-jodurate (metodoDurante).  Gazz.
  d.osp.,Milano, 1900, xxi, 970.—Ferrand (J.) & Hronch-
  koll.   Ad6uite  cervicale  tuberculeuse  favorablement
  traitee paries rayons X.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii,
  819.—Franks (K.)   The nature and surgical treatment
  of scrofulous cervical glands.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1886, 3.
  s., lxxxii, 316-321. — Freeman (L.) Operations for tu-
  bercular glands of the neck.  Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Den-
  ver, 1897, 115-121.  -----. The  treatment  of  tubercular
  glands of the neck.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix,
  1429-1432.—GalaNMo (C.)  Considerazioni  a proposito di
  un linforna  tubercolare.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx,
  719. -----.  Linforna tubercolare al collo.  Gior. internaz.
  d. sc. med.,  Napoli, 1901, n. s., xxiii, 491-498.—Gnllarilo
  (P.)  Linfo-adenoma tuberculoso de la regi6n lateral de-
  recha del cuello, extirpado & un nino de  5 anos.  Bisturi,
  Toledo, 1889, ii, 85-108.—Gaston Sc Paris.   Dermatose
  para-tuberculeuse lich6no!de et ecz6matiforme, et tuber-
  culides associees a. des ad6nites cervicales tuberculeuses.
  Bull. Soc. franc;, de dermat.  et syph., Pjir.,  1901, xii, 203-
  206.  Also:  Ann.  de dermat et syph., Par., 1901, 4. 8., ii,
  422-425.—Gentili (P.)  La cataforesi jodica nell'adenite
  cervicale  e  nella  tubercolosi ossea.   Eassegna san.  di
  Koma, 1904, ii, 132-134.—Graff (H.)  Tuberculosis of the
  lymphatic glands of the neek, and its surgical  treatment.
^\eck (Tuberculosis of).
  Tr. Wisconsin M. Soc, Milwaukee, 1889,  xxiii,  130-140.
  Also: Weekly M.  Rev.,  St.  Louis, 1890,  xxi, 501-504.—
  Grant(H.H) The medical and surgical treatment of acute
  and  chronic lymph  nodes of  the cervical region.  Louis-
  ville Month, j. M. Sc S., 1900-1901, vii, 269-272.—Greene
  (YV. H. C.)   Tubercular glands of  the neck.  St. Mary's
  Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1904, x, 86-88. —Haehl (A.)  Ueber
  Erfolge von Exstirpatiouen hyperplastischer unci tubercu-
  loser Lymphomata colli.  Deutscho Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1892-3, xxxv, 385-407.—Hamilton (J. B.)  Tuberculosis
  of the cervical glands.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s.,
  iii, 220.-----. Tuberculosis of the cervical glands.  Ibid.,
  1899, 9. s., i,  202.—Harnett (C.  J.)  Notes on tubercular
  disease of the lymphatic glands in the neck.  Guy's Hosp.
  Rep., Lond., 1901, lv, 55-68.—Hayes (G. C.)  Case of ex-
  tensive tubercular disease of the glands of the neck treated
  with X rays.  Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 101.—
  Hemlrix (L.)  Del'ad6nopathie tuberculeuse du cou; de
  son  traitement par les  rayons  de  Routgen.   Policlin.,
  Brux., 1898, vii,  158-163.—Hcurtanx.  Ganglions case-
  eux du  cou. Bull. Soc. anat. de Nantes 1879, Par., 1880,
  91-93.—Hicks  (G. S.)  Tuberculous glands of the neck.
  Tr.  M.  Soc.  Washington, Tacoma, 1896,  71-75.  AUo:
  Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1896,v, 483-488.—II nn-
  kin (S.J.)   The surgical treatmentof tuberculosis of the
  glands of the neck.   Tr. M. Soc. Calif., Sacramento, 1901,
  330-339.  Also: Occidental M. Times, San Fran.,  1901, xv,
  327-333.—Ingals (E. F.)  The treatment of cervical tu-
  berculous adenitis.  Tr. Am.  Climat. Ass., Phila., 1896,
  xii, 73-79.  Also .- Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1896-7, v, 326-
  330.—Kern.  Ein Fall von tuberkulosen Halslymphdrii-
  sen.  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1901, xxx,  283-
  287.—Kocher.  Struma colloides.   In his:  Chir. Klin.
  zu Bern, Jena, 1891,110.—Labbe (M.)  Adeno-lipomatose
  cervicale d'origine tuberculeuse.  Presse m6d., Par., 1901,
  ii, 805. — I^anglais.   Ablation de ganglions strumeux du
  cou. Concours med., Par., 1884,vi,583-586.—£<aplacc(E.)
  Pathology of tuberculous glands of the neck; their early
  aud  complete removal.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago, 1898,
  xxx, 1321.— Lastaria (F.)  Delle adeniti tubercolari del
  collo  e del  loro  trattamento.  Morgagni,  Milano,  1894,
  xxxvi, 696-704.— Laval (E.)   L'ad6nite cervicale tuber-
  culeuse.   Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par.,  1901, 484-498.—
  E.e Breton (P.) Operative treatment of tubercular lym-
  phomata of  the  neck.  Phila. M.  J., 1901, vii, 479-481.—
  Macnish  (D.)  Tuberculous cervical glands.  J. Brit.
  Homceop. Soc, Lond., 1895, iii, 146-157. —JTIarnoch (J.)
  Tubercular  cervical glands.  [Abstr.]  Scot. M. Sc S. J.,
  Edinb., 1905, xvii, 202-210. — Marnmo (F.)  [A case of
  tuberculous  inflammation  of  the lymphatic glandules of
  the neck.]  Saisei Gakusha Iji Shimpo, Tokyo, 1900,  900-
  903.—ltlassey (G. B.)  A new treatmeut for tuberculous
  glands of the neck with minimal scarring; a method of
  sterilizing a  tuberculous region through the lymph chan-
  nels.  Proc.  Phila.  Co.  M. Soc,  Phila.,  1901, xxii, 43-47.
  Also: Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass. 1899-1900, Phila.,  1901,
  87-93.  Also: Fbila.M. J., 1901,vii, 574-576.— iVIauclaire.
  De la ligature preliminaire de la veine jugulaire interne
  pour l'extirpation des adenites tuberculeuses cervicales
  profondea et adh6rentes.  Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-
  verb. [etc.],  Par., 1901, xiv, 768-775. -----. Cicatrice in-
  fundibuliforme consecutive k une ad6nite tuberculeuse
  p6ritrach6ale suppuree; excision suivie de suture en 6tage;
  gu6rison.  Ibid., 775. — ITIenard  (V.)  DifforniitGs des
  cicatrices du cou k la  suite des ad6nites  tuberculeuses.
  Bull,  med.,  Par., 1892, vi, 1089-1091.  -----. Note sur la
  tuberculose ganglionnaire  du  cou au bord do la mer.  As-
  soc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1901,  xiv, 776-
  783.—Michel.   De l'extirpation ganglionnaire dans la
  tuberculose hypertrophiante des ganglions lyinphatiques
  du cou.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et  physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897,
  xviii, 260-265.  Also: J. de m6d.  (le Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii,
  352-354. —Miclescu (J.)  Ueber die Entfernung der tu-
  berkulosen Lyiuphdriisen aus  dem Halse auf subkutanem
  Wegc.  Therap.  Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii,  568-571.—
  ltlilesi (V.)  Adenopatia tracheo bronchiale-tubercolarc;
  atassia da bromismo acuto; guarigione.  Riv. veneta di
  sc. med.,Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 229-232.—lTIileln-ll (J. F.)
  The surgical  treatment of tuberculous cervical adenitis.
  Johns  Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 190'2, xiii, 161-167, 3 pl.
  Also. Reprint.—JVlost.  Zur Topographic  und Chirurgie
  der Halsdriiscntuherculose.  Allg. med. ('entr.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1905, lxxiv, 511. — IVewcoinct (W. S.)  &. O'llain (M.)
  A non-pulsating aneurism and  a pulsating tubercular
  gland of  the  neck.  Proc Phila.  Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894,
  xv, 466-468. — Ortolani (V.) Le iniezioni di  iodo  alia
  Durante nellacura delle adeniti cervicali croniche di natura
  tubercolare.  Morgagni, Milano, 1901,xliii, 273-280.—Otis
  (E. O.)  The tuberculin test in  cervical adenitis.  Med.
  News, N. Y., 1898, lxxiii, 33-35.   Also, Reprint, —Parry
  (R. H.)  Au operation for the  removal of tuberculous
  glands from  the  anterior and posterior  triangles of the
  neck through an incision in  the hairv scalp.  Rep.  Soc.
  Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1902-3, iii, 280-286.— Past-ale
  (G.)  Linforna tubercolare della  regione latero-corvicale
  destra.  In his: Oss. di patol.  eclin. chir., 8°, Napoli, 1889,
  174.—Patcl (M.) Un cas d'ad6nite tuberculeuse cervi- 
NECK.
374
XECK.
]%eck (Tuberculosis of).
  ealesiipernciellesus-iuanubrieniie.  Lyonm6d., 1900, xciv,
  401-406. — Peraii-e.  Des adenites  cervicales tubercu-
  leuses  observees depuis  l'annee 1891.  Assoc, franc  de
  chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 803-809.—Pereas
  Ortiz.  Degeneraci6n tuberculosa de los  ganglios del
  cuello; extirpacion de ocho ganglios; curaci6n.  Rev. de
  clin.,  terap.  y farm., Madrid.  1894-6,  ix, 81-83. -----.
  Adenitis  tuberculosa del cuello,  degeneraci6n granulosa
  de los ganglios; extirpaci6n v legrado de los niismos; cu-
  racion. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 11-96, x, 515. — Peri-
  gnon.  Kyste gaugliouuaire tuberculeux de la region cer-
  vicale.  Bull. Soc. anat.-clin.  de Lille,  1889,  iv,  227-232.
  AUo: J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1889, ii, 449-454. — Pfahler
  (G. E.) Tubercular adenitis treated by the X-ray.   Penn.
  M. J.,  Pittsburg, 1904-5, viii, 143-145.  AUo: Med.-Chir.
  J., Pbila., 1905, vi, no. 4, 25-28.  AUo : Therap. Gaz., De-
  troit, 1905, 3.  s., xxi, 1-3.—Pluiumer (S.  C.)  Method of
  operating for the removal of tubercular glands of the neck.
  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1896, xvi, 110-112. —Plum-
  mer ( W. E.)  Ha-morrhage  from the internal  jugular
  vein; a possible danger when  scraping tubercular glands
  in the cervical region.  China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1905,
  xix, 215.—Poore (O. T.)  Tubercular glands of the neck.
  N. York M. J., 1892, lv, 705-708. —Poulet.  Sur un cas
  de mort k la suite de l'extirpation des ganglions tubercu-
  leux  du cou.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. de  chir. de Par., 1884,
  n. s., x, 105-175.  [Rap. de Chauvel), 160-165.— Ponsson.
  Ablation  de.  ganglions tuberculeux.   Mem. et bull. Soc.
  de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1897), 1898,150-152.— Prim-
  rose (A.)  Tuberculous glands of the neck and their re-
  lation to  dental caries, with  some observations on the
  nature of  tuberculous abscesses.  Dominion Dent. J., To-
  ronto, 1904, xvi, 55-61 — Privat.   Le traitement con-
  servateur  des adeuites cervicales tuberculeuses.  Rev.
  gen.  de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 530-532.—
  Kansohoff(J.)  Nature and treatment of tuberculosis
  of the glands of the  neck.  Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis,
  1895, viii,  470.—Biee (Mav C.) The X-ray in tubercular
  adenitis.  Arch. Physiol. "Therap , Bost,,  1905, i, 77-80.
  Also: Woman'sM. J., Toledo, 1905, xv,  105-107.—Bist (E.)
  Adenopathies tuberculeuses, cervicale et tracli6o-bronchi-
  que, avec integrite du parenchymeptilinomiire.  Bull. Soc.
  anat. de Par., 1898, lxxiii, 427-429. —Boberts  (J. R.)
  Excision of tubereularglandsof theneck.  Indian M. Gaz.,
  Calcutta,  1904, xxxix, 418.—Bollet.   finorme adenopa
  thie tuberculeuse des regions parotidienne sous-maxillaire
  et sus-claviculaire. Lyon ni6tf., 1904, cii. 307-309.— Bubio
  (F.)  Adenitis estrumosa; extirpacirtn practicada;  cura-
  ci6u.  Siglo med., Madrid, 1880. xxvii, 696.—Bydygier.
  Ueber die Endresultate nach Unterbindung der zufiihren-
  den Arterieii  bei Struma.  Arch. f. klin. Chir.. Berl., 1890,
  xl.  806-817.—Sato (S.)   [Tuberculous gouorrheic  gland
  tumor of the cervical region.  Juntendo Iji Kenkiu  Kwai
  Zasshi,  Tokyo, 1904, 375-381.— Schlenk'er (E.)  Unter-
  suchungeii iiber die Entstehung der Tuberculose der Ilals-
  driisen, besouders iiber ibre Beziehuugen zur Tuberculose
  der Tonsillen. Wien. med. Bl., 1893, xvi, 630; 643;  653.—
  Ncofielil (C. E.)  A caseof tuberculosis of  the cervical
  glands,  followed hy suppuration, with discharge internally
, through the pharynx, aud externally by an artilical open-
  ing.  Brooklyn M. J.,  1903, xvii, 79. — Scbilcau (P.)
  Traitement des adenopathies tuberculeuses de la region
  cervicale.   Gaz. med. de Par., 1897, 10. s., i, 73; 85.  Also
  [Abstr.l:  Gaz. d. mal.  infant, [etc.],  Par., 1899, i,  307.—
  »*nn (N.) Tubercular glands of the neck.  Med. Age,
  Detroit, 1901, xix. 621. -----. Cervical  tubercular  ade-
  nitis.  Med. Standard, Chicago, 1902, xxv, 179. -----. Cer-
  vical tuberculous  lymphadenitis.   Internat. Clin., Phila.,
  1904, 13. s., iv, 153. -----. Tubeicular glands of the neck
  [curettage].  Med. Standard, Chicago, 1905, xxviii,  588.—
  Nheldon (J. G.) The operative treatment of tubercu-
  lous glands of thencck.  N.York M.J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii,
  456-459.—Miegel  (R.)  Traitement des  adenites cervi-
  cales tuberculeuses.  Presse  ni6d., Par.,  1905, i,  260.—
  Simpson (F. C )  Cervical tubercular adenitis.  Am.
  Pract. Sc News, Louisville. 1899, xxviii, 281-283.  [Discus-
  sionl, 292-303.—Siniraglia-Ncognaniiglio (N.) Un
  cas de tuberculose des glandules  retrotracheales et p6ri-
  bronchiales simulant un  anevrisme.  Cong,  internat. de
  med.   C.-r. 1903, Madrid,  1904, xiv. path, gen., 162-164.—
  Nlarck (H.)  Der Zusamnieuhang von einfachen chroni-
  *chen  und tuberkulosen Hnlsdrusenschwellungen mit
  carios.n Zahnen.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1896, xvi,
  61-89. — NtartseflT (A.  A.)  Naruzhnove primicneniye
  ribyavo zhira pri zolotushnikh zabolievauiyakh shelnikh
  zhelyoz.  [External  application  of tish oil' in scrofulous
  cervical glands.]  Feldscher. St. Petersb., 1904, xiv  743.—
  Steele (D. A. K.) Tuberculous gland of the neck'.  Chi-
  c;igo Clin., 1903,xvi,435.—SutcliffeCW.G.) The surgical
  anatomy and operative treatment of tuberculous glands of
  neck.  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1905, i,  1031-1035.— Sym* (P.)
  Conservative  surgery for tuberculosis of 1 viupbatie "lands
  of the neck. N. York State J. M., X. Y.. 1902. ii, 83— Tan.
  sini (I.)  Linfomi tubercolari della regione carotidea sinis-
  tra; estirpazione;  guarigione.  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano
  1*92, li, 103.—Thiery (P.)  Traitement des adenopathies
  tuberculeuses du cou chez l'adulte.  Assoc, franc, de chir
IVeck  (Tuberculosis of).
  Proc.-verb.[etc.l, Par., 1901, xiv,784-788.—Thoriiioii(|;.)
  Operative versus therapeutic treatment of strumous cer-
  vical glands.  Med.  Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1890, n. s., xlix
  292-295.—Torek (F.)  Tuberculous lymphomata of the
  neck.  Post-Graduate, N. Y„ 1901, xvi,'800-806.—Tuber-
  culnr  glands  (cervical).  [12 cases.]  North  Lond  or
  Univ. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1887, Lond., 1888, 30-32__Tuber-
  culose Lymphome  am Halse.  Jahresb. ii. d. chir Klin
  d. Univ. Greifswald 1889-90,  Leipz., 1892, 35.—Untrr-
  berger (S.)  Die Behandlung der scrophulosen Lymph-
  driisen des Halses mit localen neissen Salzwasseidouclic-ti.
  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr.,  1902, n.  F., xix, 321-323!
  AUo: Bl.  f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1903, xiii, 16-19.-!
  Vale (F. P.)  A brief note on the X-ray treatment of
  glandular tuberculosis.  Med. News, N. Y., 1904,  lxxiv
  207-209.  Also, Reprint,—Valobra (I.)  Sulla routgeii'-
  terapia delle adenopatie tubercolari non suppurate.  Gior.
  d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4.  8.,  xi, 473-481.-!
  Walker (H. O.)  Tubercular sinus of neck.  Harper
  Hosp.  Bull.,  Detroit,   1904-5,  xv, 102.—Woodcock
  (H.deC.)  Sequel to removingtuberculoufl glands.   Brit
  M. J., Lond., 1903. i, 490.—Wright (A. L.)  Tubercular
  glands of the neck.  Iowa M. J., Des Moines,  1896-7, ii,
  55-61.—Zancarol.  Traitement  chirurgical des glandea
  de la region du cou. Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb.
  [etc.], 1894, Par., 1895, viii, 151-154.

IVeck  (Tumors  of).
    See,  also,  Artery  ( Carotid,  Abnormities of);
  Clavicle (Tumors of);  Neck (Tumors of, Con-
  genital); Neck (Tumors of, Cystic); Neck (Tu-
  mors of, Malignant);  Spine (Tumors of).
    Bonnefond (L.)   * Contribution a l'etude de
  l'adeno-lipomatose synieStrique-a predominance
  cervicale, et   de  son  traitement.   8°.   Paris,
  1900.
    Cleve (O.)   *  Ueber  Fetthals.  8°.  Freiburg
  i. B., 1902.
    Eisenkeitkr (F.)  Ueber  cavernosa Augiome
  am Halse.  8U.   Miinchen,  1894.
    Falck (H.)   * Beitrag  zur Lehre  und Casu-
  istik der Bindegewebsgeschwiilste des  Halses.
  8°.  Kiel, 1887.
    Haehl (A.)   * Ueber Erfolge vou  Exstirpa-
  tionen  hyperplastischer und tuberculoser Lym-
  phomata colli.  [Strasburg.]  8°.  Leipzig, 189*2.
    Karfinkel  (A.)   Lymphangioma  colli  in
  klinischer und histologischer  Beziehung.  12°.
  Wurzburg, 1690.
    Kemp  (J. P.)   * Beitrage zur Casuistik  der
  (lirTusen svmmetrischeu Lipome des Halses (Ma-
  delulivelier Fetthals).   8°.   Bonn,  1902.
    Kekber  (H.  R.)   * Zur  Kenntniss der  von
  der erscen Rippe  ausgeheuden Halsgeschwiilste.
  12c.  Breslau, ]*9.~>.
    Koutnik  (A.)   * Des tumeurs gazeuses du
  cou.  6°.  Paris,  1896.
    -----.  The same.  8°.  Paris,  1896.
    Marcais  (V.)   * Contribution a  l'etude  des
  lipomes diffus du  cou et Ue la nuque.  4°.   Pa-
  ris, 1894.
    -----.  The same.  6C.  Paris,  1894.
    von  Oiste  (H. A.)  * Ueber  Madelung'schen
  Fetthals (diffuses Lipom  des  Halses).   [Mar-
  burg.]   ho.   Berlin,  1897.
    Planet  (A.)   Tumeurs osseuses  du  cou, la
  septieme cote cervicale.  4°.   Paris, 1690.
    ------.  The same.  8°.  Paris,  1890.
    Preyss (S.)    * Ueber die Operation der dif-
  fnsen Lipoine des Halses.   8°.    Tubingen, 1898.
    AUo, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1898, xxii, 469-480.

    Rima (T.  G.)  Storia  di  un  voluminoso tu-
  more estirpato dal  collo  di  Marianua  Taleuti
  nel Civico ospitale provinciale di Venezia.  8°.
  Treviso, 1826.
    Ringleb (M.)   "Ueber  die  Endresultate der
  operativen Behandlung  der  Halslymphoine iu
  tier Bonner  chirurgischen Klinik in den Jahren
  \*9*, 1899 und 1900.   8°.  Bonn, 1903.
    Sala (P.)  * Ueber Lymphangioma colli, nebst
  einem  differential-diagnostischen  Beitrag.  8°.
  Bonn, 1898. 
75                                            NECK.
NECK.
Heck (Tumors of).
    ScHfiNFELD   (E.)     Die   hypertrophischeu
  Lyuiphdriiseu-Geschwiilste des Halses und de-
  ren  Heiluug mittelst einer neueu Heilmethode.
  8-\  Briinn, 1^62.
    Schumann (C.)   * Beitrag zur Pathologie der
  Halsgeschwiilste.    [Wurtzburg.]   8°.   Leipzig-
  Reudnitz, 1*93.
    Skelk (H. [F. K.])   * Geschwiilste des Halses
  und Riickeus mit folgen der  Riickenmarkskom-
  pressiou.   8°.   Berlin, [1*90].
    Sengler (F.)  *Ein Beitrag zu  den Lyntpk-
  angion.en des Halses.   8°.  Wurzburg, 1900.
    Steinkopff   (C.)   "Ueber  einen   Fall  von
  Fetthals (diffuses Lipom des Halses).   [Freiburg
  i. B.]  ■-iC.   Leipzig, 1889.
     Wojtkiewicz (Sophie).  * Ueber die Knorpel-
  haltigeu  Auswiichse  am  Halse.   8°.  Ziirich,
  1900.
     Albert.  Tumor intercaroticus ; Exstirpatio; Heilung.
   Aerztl. Ber. d. Priv.-Heilanst. d. Dr. A. Eder 1889, "Wien,
   1890, 29.—Albertin.   Tumeur de la region  sous-maxil-
   laire.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. iu6d. de  Lyon
   (1886), 1887,  xxvi, pt. 2, 34-36.—de Amicia (T.l  Granu-
   loma innoniinato  iupiforme  nel volto e nel collo.  Fest-
   schr. . . . Moriz  Kaposi z. Prof.-Jubil., Wien u. Leipz.,
   1900, 1-8, 3 pl.—Andrews (E. W.)  Unusual location of
   a lipoma; removal.  Chicago Clin.  Rev., 1892-3, i, 190-
   192.—Angioma cavernosum colli.  Jahresb. ii. d. chir.
   Klin. d. Univ. Greifswald (1888-9), 1890, 26.—Ashhurst
   (J.), jr.  Lymphoma of the  neck; operation.  Internat.
   Clin., Phila., 1893, 2.  s.,  iv, 182-184.—Auge.  Tumeur
   sous-maxillaire; ablation;  guerison  rapide par premifere
   intention.  Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par.,  1872,  67-69.—
   Ausgedehntes cavernoses Angiom der  Halshaut an
   der Vorderseite; Exstirpation;  Heilung.  Jahresb. ii. d.
   chir. Klin. d. Univ. Greifswald 1889-90, Leipz., 1892, 33.—
   Austin (M. A.)  The diagnosis and differentiation of
   cervical tumors and enlargements.  Am. J. Surg., N. T.,
  1896, xx, 6-12.—Barker  (A.  E.)   Removal  of  a very
  large tumor from the neck, probably a diseased accessory
  thyroid gland; recovery.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1890, i, 1422-
   1424.—Barozzi  & Lesne.  Cylindrome ayant debute
  dans la r6gion sous-maxillaire gauche.   Bull. Soc. anat.
  de Par., 1897, lxxii, 266-268.—Barton (J. K.)  [Fibrous
  tumour from an infant two months old,  back of neck.]
  Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1808-71,  n. s., iv, 223.—Beatson
   (G. T.)  A mass of enlarged cervical glands excised  along
  with a portion of the  internal jugular vein. Glasgow
  M. J., 1898, 1, 298.—Berti (A.)  Adenomi multipli della
  regione cervicale  destra;  estirpazione.  Rassegna di sc.
  med., Modena, 18*8, iii, 441.—Billroth. Lipoma  sub-
  cutaneum, in regione supraclavicular sinistra; Exstirpa-
  tion; Heilung.  In: Eder  (A.)  Aerztl. Ber. 1888, Wien,
  1889, 31.—Bingham (L. M.)  Report of a case of tumor
  of the neck.  Tr.  Vermont  M. Soc. 1895-6,  Burlington,
  1897, 402.—Bitot (E.)  Tumeur du cou.  Mem. et bull.
  Soc. de med. et chir.  de Bordeaux  (1888), 1889, 669-671.—
  Bobroff (A. A.)  Fibro-neuroma plexiforrae; lymphan-
  giectasia colli et macroglossia.  Laitop. Khirurg.  Obsh. v
  Mosk., 1896, xv, 62. Also: Laitop. russk. chir.. S.-Peterb.,
  1896, i, 206-209. 1 pl.—Boerner (E.)  Ueber Fibrome des
  Halses mit  Beziehnngen  zum Riickenmark.   Deutsche
  Ztschr. f.  Chir., Leipz., 1902,  lxvii, 309-320.—BohhihI
  (G.)  Mastite  chronique  avec  kystes laiteux;  lympha-
  d6nome du cou avec prurit.  J. de m6d. de Bordeaux,
  1905, xxxv, 353-355.—B urges* (W. M.)  A case of capil-
 . lary angioma of the neck.  Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child.,
  Lond., 1892-3, iii, 1-3.—Cahill (J.)  A tumour involving
  trachea and oesophagus in the neck.   Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.,
  1890-91, xlii, 91-93.—Cange  (A.)  Fibrome de la nuque.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1904,  lxxix, 505-508.—
  Cantieri (A.)  Adenoma enorme della regione laterale
  destra del  collo  operato  e  guarito.  Pratico, Firenze,
  1897-8, iii, 355.—Cestan (E.)  Angiomediffusdelaregion
  laterale gauche du cou; extirpation;  gu6rison.  Toulouse
  med., 1903, 2. s., v, 268.—Ciceri (G. B.)  Linfomi caseosi
  ed iperplastici alia regione carotidea destra; estirpazione;
  guarigione.   Gazz. med. lomb.,  Milano, 1890,  xlix, 113.—
  Clarke (J.  J.)  A large  haemorrhage at the  root of the
  neck ftumor which disappeared].  Polyclin., Lond., 1902,
  vi, 398— Clayland  (J.  M.) Sarcoma of  the neck.
  Brooklyn M. J., 1905, xix, 423.—Cnopf, jr.  Ein seltener
  Fall von Geschwulstbildung bei einem Kinde.  Miinchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1890, xxxvii, 627-629.—Colzi (F.)   Tu-
  more connettivale misto della glandula parotide di destra,
  e lipoma  della regione laterale e  posteriore sinistra del
  collo; asportazione; guarigione.  In his:  Resoc.  d.  op.
  eseg. ... in clin. chir. in Firenze, 8°,  1892, 13.—Croft (J.)
  Glandular swelling in neck; conversion into a pulsating
  tumour-like aneurysm;  ligature  of common and external
  carotids and of the internal jugular vein.  Proc. Roy. M.
  (feChir. Soc. Lond., 1891-2,  iv, 58-61,  Also: Brit.  M.  J.,
]¥eck (Tumors of).
  Lond., 1892, i, 225.  Also: Med. Chir. Tr.,  Lond.,  1891-2,
  lxxv,  167-173.—Cmieo  &  Dainville  ( F.)  Fibrome
  volumineux du cou ayant determine des phenoiu^nes de
  compression  nerveuse  du  grand  sympathiciue  et du
  facial.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 592-
  594.—Dabrowski (I.)  W sprawie podwiqzywania zyly
  szyjowei wewne.trznej przy  raimeh lub guzach w okolicy
  szyjowej.  [De la ligature de la veiue jugulaire interne
  daus les plaies ou tumeurs de la region cervicale.  R6s.,
  pp. vi-xi.]  Przegl. chir., Warszawa, 1894-5, ii, 42-81.—
  Behove.  La lipomatose cervicale,  et son traitement.
  Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1904, lxxi, 217-220.—De-
  jardin.  Enchondrome du tubercule de Chassaignac.
  Ann.  Soc. beige de chir.,  Brux., 1895-6, iii,  342-345.—
  Delbet (P.)  Sur les  tumeurs  flbreuses  du  cou.  Bull.
  etiu6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n.  s., xxvii, 807-813.—
  Deunctieres.  Lamphad6nomes multiples de la r6gion
  du cou.  Bull. Soc. anat.clin.  de Lille,  1888,  iii, 96-99.
  Also:  J. d. sc. med. de  Lille, 1888, xii, 6-8.— Dennis
   (W. A.)  The indications for operation on enlarged cer-
  vical glands.  St.  Paul M. J.,  St. Paul,  Minn., 1904, vi,
  755-760. —De Paoli (E.)  Di  un caso di cavemoma pro-
  fondo  del collo e della tonsilla curato mediante la lega-
  tura della carotide esterua e 1' escisione; di altri sei casi
  di oavernomi curat! coll' escisione.  Atti  e rendic. d. Ac-
  cad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1891, iii, 115-139.  Also: Comuni-
  caz. d. clin. chir, . . . d. Univ. di Perugia, 1891, 27-51.—
  Dieulafoy. Atropine musculaire aigue  du membre su-
  p6rieur du cote, droit, coi'neidant avec une tumeur de na-
  ture ind6terniin6e du cou.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med.  d.
  hop. de Par., 1890,  3. s., vii, 355.—Discussion sur les
  flbronies du cou, n6oplasmcs et irritation.  Bull, et m6m.
  Soc. de chir. cie Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii. 845-851.—Dudley
  (A. P.)  Tumor removed from  the right parotid region.
  Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1887), 1888, 103.—Durante (F.)
  Di un papilloma infettante  delle glandole linfatiche del
  collo.   Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1894, xx, 56-59.—
  Duret.  Lyniphome du cou chez une femme de 55 ans.
  J. d. sc. med. de Lille,  1896, i, 229-232.—Eliot (E.), jr.
  Cavernous angioma of the neck.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903,
  xxxvii, 285-288.—Fink (G. H.)  Removal  of a very large
  tumour from the neck;  recovery.  Indian M. Gaz., Cal-
  cutta,  1890,  xxv,  298-300.—Fischer (A.)   A  nyaki
  lymphomAk gy6gykezel6ser61.   [The treatment of lym-
  phomata of the neck.]  Gy6gy£szat, Budapest,  1903, xliii,
  804-807. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
  1905, xii,  939; 963.—Fleming  (C.)  Fibrocystic tumor
  removed from the left side of the face and neck.   Proc.
  Path. Soc. Dubl., 1862-5, n. s., ii, 155-158. — Fournicr.
  Ad6no-phlegmon du cou.  Rev. ni6d., Montreal. 1899-1900,
  iii, 338.—Frank (J.)  Removal of a large lymphadenoma
  from the neck of a child.   N. Am. PractT, Chicago, 1889, i,
  415-417.—Frazier (C. H.)  Excision of a myxofibroma of
  the neck.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxv, 635-638.—Free-
  man  (E.)  Lymphadenoma, with operation on  the neck
  for the removal of six large tumors. * Ecleet. M. J., Cin-
  cin., 1893,  liii, 224-226. — Fyodoroff (S. P.)   K kazui-
  stikle izslecheniya  krupnikh nervnikh stvolov pri nda-
  lenii opukholel shei'.  [Excision of the large nerve trunks
  in removal of  tumors of the neck.]   Russk.  Khirurg.
  Obozr., Mosk.,  1903, i, 73-77.   Also: Russk. Vrach, S.-
  Peterb., 1903, ii, 201-203.— Gincstous.   Lipome de la
  r6gion  ant6ro-inf6rienre du. cou.  Bull. Soc. d'anat.  et
  physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1896,  xvii, 340-342.—Gocbe I
  (C.)  Ueber  die Lipomatosis des Hypopharynx (cavum
  pharyngo-laryngeum), ihre Beziehung zu den sogenannten
  Oesophaguspolypen und den tiefgelegenen Halslipomen.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir., Leip/,., 1904, lxxv, 196-261.—
  Grant (H. H.)  The medical and surgical treatment of
  acute and chronic lymph nodes of the cervical region.  N.
  York M. J., 1900,  lxxii, 661-663.—Grave* <\V. K.)  Bare
  tumour of neck [ tumour composed of masses  of  horny
  epithelium].  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1890-91, ix,
  428, 1 pl.—Griffith (F.)  Tho use of weak cocaine solu-
  tions in operations for the removal of cervical tumors. N.
  York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1021-1023.  Also, Reprint.—
  Griffiths (F.  G.)  A gigantic  subcutaneous tumour of
  the neck.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 464.—
  von Heinleth.  Ein Fall von Carotisdriisenperithelioni.
  Miinchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1900, xlvii,  899-902.   Also,
  transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.,  Jena,
  1900,  xi, 599-603, 1  pl-lleinlnnx.  Fibrome volumi-
  neux du cou d'origine intrarachidienne.   Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 756-760.— Hinkle
  (F.)   Fibrolipoina of the nuchal region.   Tr. Path. Soc.
  Phila.,  1889-91,  xv,  323.—Hirschfeld (H.)  Demonstra-
  tion eines  Falies von symmetrischen Liponien mit dem
  Blutbefund einer Pseudoleukamie. Verhandl.d. Berl. med.
  Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, 162- 164. — Hofmokl
  (J.)   Angioma  arteriosum  regionis  parotideo-massete-
  rica3 sin.;  Exstirpation; Heilung.  Ber.  d. k.  k. Kran-
  kenanst. Rndolph-Stiftung in Wien (1891),  1892, 371-373.—
  Holmes (E. W.)   The lateral route  for  the removal of
  cervical growths.  Internat.  Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s.,  ii,
  207-210.  Also, Reprint.—Horsley (J. S.)  A lanre dif-
  fuse lipoma of the neck; operation; recovery.  Phila. M.
  J., 1899, iv, 95.—Huckins (P.  T.)  A unique non-capsu- 
NECK.
376
NECK.
IVeck (Tumors  of).
  lated fatty tumor on the neck :  removal, with ligation jf
  all  the jugular veins except the left internal; recovery.
  Med. Rec, X. Y., 1889, xxxv, 1ST.   Hulke (J. W.)  Tu-
  mors of the neck.  Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1895, 4. s., iv,
  167-180, 2 pl.—Hutchinson (J)   Tumours of the neck,
  illustrating the law  of increasing  ratio of growth in pro-
  portion to size attained (population increase).  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond  1888 i, 1212. -----. Diffuse lipomata of neck.  Arcb.
  Siir.'.,'Lond., 1891-2, iii. 1 1., 1 pl. [follows p. 134J.—Icaza
  (J. il.)  Fibroma situado en la parte profunda de las regio- (
  nescarotideaysupraclavicularderechas: extirpacion; cu-
  raci6n.  Gac. med., Mexico, 1893, xxx, 84-8ii.—Israel (J.)
  Exstirpation eines Caveruonis am Halse mit Resection des
  Ncrvus  synipathicus.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1888, xxv,
  120.—.leanbrau (E.)  iSuorme angiome de la face et du
  cmi.   Bull, et  mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 87-90.—
  Jessen  (F.)   Zur Therapie und' Aetiologie der Hals-
  lymphome.  Centralbl. f. innere Med.,  Leipz., 1899, xx, 897-
  wc.i — Jessett (F. B.) Lectures on tumours of tbe neck ;
  their pathology,  svmptoms, and treatment. Med. Press
  dc Circ, Lond., 1887, n. s., xliii, 487; 518; 542; 564.—Jon-
  nesco.  Lymphangiome  de la region cervicale droitc.
  Bull. Soc. anat.  de  Par., 1K90,  lxv, 59-64. — Judd (A.)
  Caseof sarcoma of the glands of the neck.  Post-Graduate,
  N. Y., 1905, xx,  1243.—Kalinovski (B.)  Tri sluchaya
  tulaleniya opukholel s bokovoi  oblasti shei s pererlezkol
  sosudisto-nervnavo piichka.  [Three  cases of removal of
  tumors from the lateral region of the neck, with section of
  the bundle of  nerves and vessels.]  Chir.  Laitop., Mosk.,
  1894, iv, 449-454 .—Keen (W.W.) Caseof extirpation of en-
  larged cervical glands under cocaine.   Mid. News, Phila.,
  1888,lii,497-499.—K«-rr(J.W.)   A cervical tumour.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond..  1904. ii, 10S5.  -----.  Deeply placed cervical
  tumour; enucleation; recovery.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904,
  vii, 132.—Hochrr.  Tumor colli.   In his:  Chir. Klin, zu
  Bern, Jena. l^U, 168-17o.o— Kopfsteiu (V.)   Piispevek
  ku charakteristice- nadoru zUzy  karotick6.   [Contribution
  to characteristics of tumors of the carotid gland. J  Casop.
  16k. cesk., v Praze, 1894,  xxxii, 61;  81; 103. — Laude.
  N6vrome plexiforme de la nuqne.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et
  physiol. . . .  de Bordeaux,  1891, xii, 171. — Latronche.
  Masse  ganglionnaire; extirpation.   J. de  m6d. de Bor-
  deaux, 1904,  xxxiv, 315. — Latronrhe Sc Charrier.
  Tumeur de la region cervicale gauche; operation; re.ci-
  dive viugtjours apres. Ibid., 1905. xxxv, 132.— [Ijaiiiiois
  & Keiisaude.]  Adeno-lipomatose  sym6trique k pr6-
  domiuance cervicale.  J. de m6d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1904,
  lxxv, 14-16. — licdiard  (H. A.)  Large  subcutaneous
  navus from  the paiotid  region.   Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.,
  1m7-8: xxxix, 31S—lievison (C. G.)   The surgical treat-
  ment of i ii viral  lymphadenitis.  Tr. M. Soc. Calif. Sacra-
  mento, 1901, 262-269. — fiiaras.  Tumeur de la  region
  thyro-hyoidienne. Mem. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de
  Bordeaux (1895),  1896, 54-56. — Linfoadenonm volumi-
  noso del collo; estirpazione.  Coudotta chir. e  osp. di S.
  Cristofano in Montepulciana, Prato,  1886, 32. — liinfo-
  adenomi cervicali.  Sped.Lotti in Pontedera.  Sez. chir.,
  Pisa, 18S8, 137-139. — Lo-wy (R.) Sc  lid-pc-r.  Tumeur
  fibreuse du cou. Bull, et m£m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900,
  lxxv, 1104-1107.—Lucas  (R. C.)  Glandular tumours in
  the  neck.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1902, xvi, 469-476.—
  McCoy (J. C.)  Report of a case of tumor of the neck.
  Tr.  M. Soc. K". Jersey,  Newark, 1901, 256-260. — Mac-
  phatter (N.) Removal of the internal jugular vein and
  carotid arteries in order to remove a tumor in the left side
  of  the neck.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 157-160,
  1 pl—Madelung.  Ueber den Fetthals (diffuses Lipoiu
  des Halses).   Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1888, xxxvii, 106-
  130, 1 pl.—Malinovski  (L. A.)  K ucheniyu o  novoo-
  brazovaniyakh na pochvle karotidnol zhelyozi.  [Tumors
  on the  carotid  gland. ]    Univ. Izviest.   [ Protok. Fiz.-
  med. Obsh. 1897-8, 213-224], Kiev, 1899, xxxix.—Man ley
  (T. H.)  Excision of tumors of the  neck.  Phila. M. J.
  1903, xi, 393.—de Marchettis  (P.)  Tumor colli in-
  flaminatorius  in puero mensem nato, cum Isesa deglu-
  titione,  quatuor cucurbitulis  cum   scarificatione  sca-
  pulis, et infra   easdein  adhibitis, sanatus:  aliquot ex-
  empla  veme  sectiouis  feliciter administrate in  pueris
  acuto  morbo  laborantibus.    In  his: Obs. med.-chir.
   [etc.],  Bononia-,  1692, 83-85.  Also:  Ibid., Amstelodami,
  1665, 84-86.  AUo: Ibid., Londini, 1729, 51.  AUo, transl. in
  his: Rec. d'obs. rates [etc.], 8°,  Par.,  1858, 94-96. — Ma-
  rcau.  Tumeur carotidienne.  Bull. Soc. de med d' V.n-
  gers, 1889, n.  s.,  xvii, 65-70. —Marques (A.)   Fibroma
  do pescoco.  Rev. da Soc. de med. e  cirurg., Rio de Jan.
  1900, iv, 251-253.—Matvicyeff (A. F.)  Lymphoma medi-
  ana  coll.  Chir. Laitop.,  Mosk.,  1891, i,  60. — Merlin
   (F.)  Lipomes diffus du cou  et de la nuque.  Loire med
  St.-Etienne, 1891, x, 333-338, 1 pl. — Micheli (E.) Con-
  tributo clinico  alia  oncoectomia del collo.   Bull, d sc
  med. di Bologna, 1903, 8. s., iii, 405-431. — Minin (A. V j
  Glubokaya ateroma  shei.  [Deep-seated atheroma of the
  neck.]  Chir. Vestnik, S.-Peterb.,  1892, viii,  1396-1405.—
  -----.  Interesniy  sluchai dobrakachestvennol opukholi
  shei (struma cysticum accessorium).   [Interesting case of
  benign  tumor of the neck.]   Laitop. russk. chir. S-Pe-
  terb., 1896, i, 66U-663.  AUo: Protok. i trudi russk. chir.
         -    -              i---------------------.

Aeck (Tumors of).
  Obsh.  Pirogova 1895-6, St. Petersb., 1897. xiv,  pt. 2  55-
  58.  [Discussion], pt. 1,61. —lilislavsky (A. A.)  Sluchai
  limphomy shei.  [Cas delymphome du cou.  Ues.]  Zapiski
  Uralsk, med. Obsh. v g. Ekaterinburge. 1891.  i, s-ll._
  Moreschi (A.) Sull' operabilita. dei  tumori del  collo;
  allacciatura della caretide primitiva in un caso clinico!
  Kaceoglitore med., Forli.  1891, 5. s., xi, 97;  125; 157. J
  Morcstin (H.) Fibrome de  la nmpie.  Bull, et  m6ni.
  Soc. anat.de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 30-34. — ,»losl.  Zwei grosse
  verkaste  pralaryugeale  Driisen  exstirpirt.  Allg  med
  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv,  503.—11 mld (H. H.)   A
  fibro myxo-chondroma of the neck.  Weekly M. Rev., St.
  Louis.  1888,  xviii,  515.—Muller (E.) Extirpation de
  ganglions  sous steino-niastoidiens;  suture profonde  ab-
  solue,  sans drainage;  guerison par  premiere  intention
  Mem. Soc. de med. de Strasb. (1882-3), 1884, xx, 78.- .Hur^
  ilocli  (J. B.)  Removal of large  tumor of neck.  Pitts-
  burgh M. Rev., 1896, x, 155-157.—Muret (E.)   Qaelques
  mots sur une 6norme tumeur de la region laterale du cou
  Echo med., Neuehat.,  1861, v,  297-304.  AUo, Reprint —
  Mussey (L.)   Surgical aspect of cervical  glandular en-
  largements; with report of two cases. Cincin. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1896, xxxvi, 1-4.  |Discussion],7-10.—Ortiz (J.P.)
  Linforna hiperpl&sico de la region precarotidea izquierda;
  extirpacidn del tumor; curaci6n.  Kev. de med. y cirug.
  prdct., Madrid, 1893. xxxiii. 393-396.—Pascale (G.) Lin-
  forna ipertrofico delle glandole  della regione latero-ccrvi-
  cale diritta del collo; enucleazione.  In his: Oss. di patol.
  e clin. chir., 8°, Napoli, 1889, 177-179.—Periguon.  Ade-
  nite chronique de la region cervicale; ablation; guerison;
  examen des pieces pathologiques.  J. d. sc. mGd. de Lille,
  1889, ii, 364-366.— Petit  (L.-H.)  Sur le  pseudo lipome
  sus-claviculaire; r6ponse k M. le Prof. Verueuil.  (iaz.
  hebd. de med.. Par., 1883, 2. s., xx. 4; 57. —Phocas.  Lipo-
  mes du cou.  Nord med., Lille,  1898, iv, 232-234.—Picque
  (L.)  Fibro-lipome p6riostique de la nuque; ablation; gue-
  rison.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi,
  836.—Pilliet (A.-H.)   Sur les glandes closes du cou et
  sur leur role dans la production de quelques tumeurs cer-
  vicales.  Tribune m6d.. Par., 1894, 2. s., xxvi, 624-628.—
  Pitres.   Tumeur ganglionnaire du cou.  J. de m6cl. de
  Bordeaux, 1899, xxix,  315-317.  -----. Presentation d'un
  malade atteint d'adeno-lipomatose syni6trique k predomi-
  nance  cervicale (lyniphad6nie  aleucfemique avec lipoiua-
  tose p6rigaiiglionn'aire de Havem).   M6m. et bull. Soc. de
  med. de chir. de Bordeaux M899), 1900,  169-182.  AUo: J.
  de med.  de  Bordeaux,  1899,  xxix,  394-397. — Plicque
  (A.-F.)  Etude sur le diagnostic et le traitement des tu-
  meurs  ganglionnaires du  cou.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1890,
  lxiii, 153-158.—Polaillon.  Lipome prol'ond du cou; ab-
  lation ;  gucjrisou.  Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1891, 7. s., viii, 318.—
  Poncet  (A.)  Traitement chirurgical des polyadcmites
  cervicales.  Lyon med., 1889,  lx, 55-6(1.—Porter (C. B.)
  Tumor of neck and upper part  of thorax.  Boston M. & S.
  J., 1902, cxlvi, 415.—Potter (II. P.)  Tumour of neck.  Il-
  lust. M. News,  Lond., 1889, iii,  294.—de Quervain (F.)
  Ueber die Fibrome des Halses.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.,
  1899, lviii, 1-30— Radek  (J.)  Przyczynek do kazuistyki
  nowotworow  na szyi.   [Tumors  of  the neck.l  Przegl.
  lek., Krakdw, 1875,  xiv, 173.—Rafin.   Tumeur cervicale.
  Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 901-9U3.—Razlitaya zhirovaya
  opukhol shei.  [Diffuse fatty tumor of the neck.]  Otchot
  o dleyateln. khirurg. klin.  [etc.] v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901,
  92-94.—Reclus (P.)   Lymphadenoine bilateral dn  cou
  gu6ri par les injections interstiticlles d'arsenic et par I'ar-
  senic k rinterieur k hautes doses.   Rev.  de chir., Par.,
  1889, ix, 1014-1019.  -----.  Tumeurs du corpuscule retro-
  carotidien. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s.,
  xxix, 497-503.—Reclus (P.) Sc Chevassii (M.)  Les tu-
  meurs du corpuscule r6tro-carotidien.   Kev. de chir., Par.,
  1903, xxiii, pt. 2, 149; 338.—R[e«naultl (F.)  Le faune
  dormant.  Corresp. med., Par., 1900. vi, no. 139, 9.—Rcnl
  (A. S.)  Deep-seated tumour of the  neck;  successful  re-
  moval.  Indian M. Gaz.,  Calcutta,  1889,  xxiv, 13.— Ri-
  bera.  Extirpacion de un tumor del  cuello; seccion del
  pneumog&strico; curacion. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract..
  Madrid, 1901, 1, 340-344 — Rodman <\V. L.)  Tumors of
  the neck.  Tr. Kentucky M.  Soc.  Louisville, 1893, n. s.,
  ii, 130-142.  Also:  Am.  Pract.  Sc News,  Louisville, 1893,
  xvi, 1-9.  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1893, xxi,  276-
  279.—Rollestou  (H. D.)  Compression of  the trachea
  and oesophagus in the neck by a dense growth resembling
  carcinoma; >origin.   Tr.  Path. Soc. Lond.,  1893-4,  xiv,
  22.—Kothmami (M.)  Demonstration vou  vier  Fallen
  vou multiple!' symmetrischer  Lipomatose.  Verhandl. d.
  Berl. med. Gesellsch.  1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv,  280-284.—
  Roy (C. C.)   Spontaneous enucleation of  a  flbro-lipoma
  from the  application  of poultices.   Indian M. Rec, Cal-
  cutta, 1899, xvi, 554.—Rubio (F.)  Sobre dos enfermos de
   tumoies  del  cuello.   ltev. Ibero-Am.  de cien.  med.. Ma-
  drid, 1900, iv, 8-20.—ile Manti (P. R. W.)   A case of par-
   athyroid tumour causing  symptoms of malignant disease
   of the  larynx and cesophagtis; removal; recovery.  Brit
   M. J., Lond., 1899, ii,  1003.-Sebileau (P.)   La tracbe-
   otomie appliquee au traitement  des  papillomes  crico-tra-
   ch6aux.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du  larynx [etc.], Par.,
   1902, xxviii,  273-277.-8eim  (N.)   Liponiyxouiu of the 
NECK.
377
NECK.
Aeck (Tumors of).
  neck.   St. Paul M. J.,  St. Paul, Minn., 1899, i, 1-5.  -
  Silcock (A.)  Large pendulous elephantoid  tumour of
  the neck, weighing 30 pounds; removal; recoverv.  In-
  dian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1895, xxx, 266-268.— Simone (M.)
  Adenolinfomi al collo.  Practica d. med., Napoli, 1902-3, iii,
  257; 367. — Siiusou  (T.)  Observation sur une tumeur
  extraordinaire  au cou, extirpee.  Essais et obs.  de m6d.
  de la  Soc. d'Edinb.,  Par.,  1743, v, 521-523.—Siuyushin
  ( X. V.)   Opukholi, razvivayushtshiyasya na  pochvle
  karotidnol zhelyozi (glandula carotica).  [Tumors devel-
  oped from . . .]  Laitop.  russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1901, vi,
  856-862, 1 pl.—Siroui  (T.)  Estirpazione  di clue grossi
  tumori al  collo. Boll. d. Poliambul. di  Milano, 1889, ii,
  8-16.—Smith (J.)   Notes  of a case of mycetoma of the
  neck.   Indian  Lancet. Calcutta, ls9S, xi, 278.—Smyth.
  Mycetoma of  the neck.  Tr. South Indian Branch Brit.
  M. Ass., Madras, 1S96. vii, 47, 2 pl. — Sokalski (G. G.)
  K voprosu o khirurgicheskom liechenii sheiuikh limfom.
  [On surgical treatment  of  cervical lymphomata.] Syezd
  vrach. i predstav. .  . . Khersonsk. gub. . .  . 1895.] Dokladi,
  1897. xiii,  pt.  2, 411-417.—de  la Sola  y  Lastra  (J.)
  Lipoma gigantc en el cuello. Rev. Ibero-Atn. de cien. m6d.
  Madrid, 1899, ii, 202-274, 1 pl.—Stewart  (F. T.)  Arterial
  angioma of the car and neck.   Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902,
  xxvi, 453.—Ntilcs (H. J.)  Lymphoma of the  neck.  Tr.
  Med.-Chir. Sue. Edinb., 1901, xx,n. s, 21-24—Siiiulholm
  (A.)  Om lymfaugioni & halsen.  [Kystes s6reux du cou.
  R6s.,  pp. i-iv.]  Finska  liik.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors,
  1899, xii, 1-82  — Sutclifle (J. A.)  Report of a case of
  fibroma of the neck.  Med. A: ^urg- Monitor, Indianap.,
  1900, iii, 138, 1  pl.—Takahaslii  (K.) Kobu yori  atono
  jobu ni tatsusurukotainoseimyakuhetsukan so. [Large
  angiomata in the neck of an infant.]  Chiugai Iji shinpo,
  Tokio, 1893, no. 323, 4-7.  Also, transl.: Sei-i-Kwai M. J.,
  T6ky6, 1894, xiii, 9.—Tapie (I.)  Tumeur de la region
  carotidienne;  cysto-adenonie papillaire  d'une thyroide
  aberrante.  Arch.  prov. de chir.,  Par., 1903, xii, 467-
  475. — Ter.-illon.  Lymphadenoma of the neck.  Med.
  Sc  Surg.  Reporter,  Phila.,   1888,  lviii,  455 - 457. --
  Thompson  (J.  E.)   Operative  procedures in  glan-
  dular  tumors  of  the  neck.   Texas  M. J..  Austin,
  1894-5, x, 331-338.—Thorner (M.)  Report of two cases
  of tumors of the neck.   Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s.,
  xxxvii, 439.—Trelat.  Myxo-sarcome kystique de la r6-
  gion parotidiennc.   Gaz. d. hop., Par.,  18S9.  lxii,  678.—
  Trzebicky (R.)  O operacyjnem  leczeniu  chloniak6w
  zolzowych na  szyi.  [Operative  treatment of scrofulous
  lymphomata of the neck.]  Medvcyna, Warszawa, 1902,
  xxx, 796; 827;  841.  AUo,  transl.:  Arch. f. klin. Chir.,
  Berl., 1902, lxviii, 924-933.—[Tumor of the neck.]  Sei-i-
  Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1900. xix, no. 2. 27-29.—Tumor gum-
  niosus colli. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Klin. d. Univ. Greifswald
  (1888-9), 1890,  28.—Turner (G. R.)  Case of tumour of
  the neck; congenital deformity of ribs. Tr. M. Soc. Loud.,
  1896, xix, 425.—Turner (J. G.)   Note on a case of sub-
  mental tumour. Clin. J.,  Lond., 1897-8, xi, 393. — Ull-
  niaaii (E.)   Pfipad myosy n£sledkem  novorostu na
  krku; leceui die Thiersche bez lispSchu.  [Case of myosis
  following new grow.th of neck; treatment after Thiersch
  without success.] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1869,viii, 50.—
  Vallas.  Greffe operatoire d'un neoplasme.  Province
  m6d.,  Lyon, 1899, xiii, 113.—Vaz (F.)  Quatro casos de
  turaores da regiao carotidiana.  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan.,
  1903, xvii, 156.—Vei-neuil (A.)   Du pseudo-lipome sub-
  clavicular, dusclereme glycosurique, et de 1'ade.nopathie
  sous-trap6zienue; reponse it M.le Prof. Potaiu.  Gaz. hebd.
  demed., Par.,  1882, 2. s..  xix, 762; 782; 829; 845.  See, also,
  supra,Petit.—Voclck€-r(F.) Tumeurs ganglionuairesdu
  cou trait6es et gueries par les injections intra-parenchyma-
  tensesd'acideacetique.  Bull.Soc.m6d.-prat.de Par.(1878-
  82), 1883, 94-100. -----.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der tiefen
  Lipome des Halses.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898,
  xxi, 201-515, 1 pl.—Walravens.  Une tumeur peu ordi-
  naire du cou chez un enfant de 14 mois.  Ann. Soc. beige
  de chir.,  Brux., 1898-9,  vi, 359-361. — Wciulechner.
  Fibro-lipoma  subfasciale  region  nuchas dextr.  Aerztl.
  Ber. d. Priv.-Heilanst. d. Dr. A.  Eder 1887, Wien, 1888,
  17.—Wharton (H. R.)  Lymphomata of the neck.  Tr.
  Path. Soc. Phila. (1887-9), 1891, xiv, 265. -----. Lymphom-
  ata of  the neck.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895, 5. s., iii,
  212-214, 1 pl.—White (J. W.) Glandular tumors of the
  neck.   Therap. Gaz.. Detroit, 1890, 3. s., vi, 217-221.  Also,
  Reprint.-----.  Myxomatous growth of the post-cervical
  region.  Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1890-91, iii, 183.—Wight
  (J. S.)  Two cases of extirpation  of cervical adenomata,
  wiih unusually extensive dissection of the tissues of the
  neck.  Ann. Surg.,  St.  Louis, 1889,  x, 246-248.—Witt-
  inaack.  Ueber Dislokation des Zungenbeines durch
  Tnmoren am Halse.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
  1903, xiv, 470-475— Kimin (S. F.)  Opukholi shei.  [Tu-
  mors of the neck.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb.,
  1894, v, 881; 911; 937.

Week (Tumors of,  Congenital).
    Bartels   ( F.  )   * Ueber  Kiemengangcysteu
  uud Kiemengaugfisteln.  S°.  Jena, 1890.
IVeck (Tumors of, Congenital).
    Deytieux  (  L.  )   * Branckiornes  cervicaux.
  8°.  Paris, 1903.
    Gigaxte  (H.1  *Des  kystes  dermoides late"-
  raux du cou.  8~.  Montpellier, 1900.
    Gkossmann  (F.  A.  O.  G.)   *Uel>er die au-
  geborenen Blut-Cystou  des Halses.   8°.   Leip-
  zig,  1902.
    Gt'NTHER (E.)   * Ueber  Kieiueugaugscysten.
  8°.  Halle a. S., 1900.
    H.v.mai (B.)   * Eiue  Kiemeugangscyste.   8°.
  Bonn, 1691.
    Hoyer  (W.)  * Beitrag  zur  Lehre  der an-
  geborenen epithelialen Fistelu uud Cysteu des
  Halses.  8°.   Gbttingen, 1895.
    Kerb (M.)   * Ueber  das branchiogene Hals-
  carcinom uud Resection eiues Stiickes des Nervus
  vagus.  8°.   Bonn, 1893.
    Knorr  (J. [L. 6.])  * Ueber congenitale En-
  choudrorue  der Halsgegend.   8°.   Greifswald,
  1892.
   . Kutz  (R.  F.  C.)   * Beitrag zur Kasuistik tier
  Enchondrome  am  Halse.  Beschreibung  eines
  seltenen Falles von  kongeuitalem Enchondrom
  ueben dem  Processus  spinosus  des  6.  Halswir-
  bels.  8-.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1902.
    Lebceuf (P.-N.-A.)   * Contribution  a l'e'tude
  des  brai.Yiiomes e'pithe'liaux de la region cervi-
  cale.  8-.   Bordeaux, 1903.
    Loewengard (O.)    * Ueber Hygroma colli
  cougeuitum.  8°.  Munchen, 1901.
    Mackenberg  (C.)   * Ueber  Lymphangioma
  cysticum  colli  cougeuitum.  8°.  Kbln, [1901],
    Nikmeyer (A.)  * Ein Fall von Lymphangio-
  ma  cysticum cougeuitum  colli.  8°.  Munchen,
  [1901.]
    Noel   ( A. )   * Ueber  angeborene  Cysten-
  hygrome am Halse.  8°.  Bonn, 1890.
    Savelli (A.)  *  Contribution  a l'e'tude  de la
  pathog6nie  des  kystes se'reux congdnitaux du
  cou.   8°.   Paris, 1902.
    Seibold  (A.)  *Zur  Kasuistik  der  angebo-
  renen Cystengeschwiilste des Halses unter be-
  sonderer  Beriicksichtigung  eines  Falles  von
  congeuitalem caverutisem  Lymphangiom.   8°.
  Wurzburg, 1903.
    Strumpell (O.)   * Ueber angeborene Cysten-
  hygrome am Halse.   [Wurtzburg.]  8°.  Miin-
  chen, 1896.
    Sulicka (M.)   'Contribution a.  l'6tude des
  fistnles et  kystes cong6nitaux du cou; kystes et
  fistulesdu canal de Bochdalek.   4°.  Paris, 1894.
    Veau (V.)   * Etude  de  l'6pith61ioma  bran-
  chial du  cou; branchiome malin de  la r6giou
  cervicale.   8°.  Paris, 1901.
    AUo, in:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1900, xx, 347-383.
    Wetzel (H.)  *Znr  Casuistik der Teratome
  des Halses.   [Giessen.]  8°.   Wetzlar,  1895.
    Weyl (J.)   * Ueber  eineu seltenen  Fall von
  congenitaler  Mischgeschwulst   (Cystadenoma
  angio-cavernosum)  am  Halse eines  10 Monate
  alten Kindes.   8°.   Miinchen, 1900.
    Winhei.m (C.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntniss der
  branchiogeuen Geschwiilste.  8°.  Giessen, 1889.
    Zicas (B.*)  * Contribution a l'etude  des e"pi-
  th61ioiues  branchiaux.  8°.   Paris,  1903.
    Zoppritz   (K.)   * Ueber  multilokulare Kie-
  mengangcysten.  8°.   Tiibingen, 1894.
    Allen (S.)  Branchial cyst of the neck, serous variety;
  cured by comparatively harmless measures.  Quart. Bull.
  Clin. Soc. N. Y.  Post-Grad. M. School Sc Hosp., N. Y.,
  1885-6, i, 173-17.").—Andcrodias &. Ilngoii.   Un cas de
  fibro-chondrome branchial.  J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1897,
  xxvii, 228.—Anchc (Ii.) & Itliavumiaz ((1.)  Kyste
  dermoide lateral du cou; pr6senco de tissu lymphoide dans
  la  paroi.  Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1898, vii, 30-37.—
  Barette.  Tumeur dermoide de la r6gion thyroidienne
  et  du m6diastin  ant6rieur.  Ann. d'orthop. et de chir.
  prat., Par.,  1895, viii, 35-37. — Barjon.   Branchiome
  Cervical malin trait6  par la radiotherapie.  Lyon med., 
NECK.
378
NECK.
\eek  (Tumors of,  Congenital).
  19ii5 civ, 858-860.—Harlow i.i.)  Caseof congenital tu-
  mour of the neck.  Glas-ow M. J., 1895, xliii, 458-461.—
  Bnrtiiinrua  (A.)  Quiste  brauquial  del hueco supra-
  clavicular derecho.  Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1901,
  xxvii, 301-30-!. — Kuuby.  Des tumeurs du cou  d'origine
  i iuIm younaire.  Arch, med.deToulouse, 1900, vi, 535-542.—
  Iteiyer.  Extirpation dun cnorme kyste branchial  du
  cou ein z un jeune homme.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir.  de
  Par.. 1892, n. s., xviii, 486.-----Epitli61iomes brauchio-
  genes du' cou  et epitheliomes  aberrants de  la thyroide.
  Rev. de chit., Par., 1897, xvii, 1009-1012.  Also.- Semaine
  med., Par., 1*97, xvii, 377.  Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. hebd.  de
  med.. Par.. Is97, u. s.. ii, 997. — Bidder (A.)  Eine con-
  genitale Knorpelgeschwulst  am Halse.   Arch.  f.  path.
  Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1890, exx,  194-196. — Bilhaut  ( M. )
  Kyste dermo'ide de la region du cou; Enucleation; gu6rison
  par reunion immediate.  Ann. d'orthop. et de chir.  prat.,
  Par., 1888, ii, 276-279. —Binnie (J.  F.)   Congenital fis-
  tula and cysts of the neck.   Kansas City M. Index, 1897, ■
  xviii, 49-53. — Blnchez. Uue vari6t6 de tumeur  cervi-
  cale chez les nouveau-nes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop.
  de Par., 1884, 3. a., i, 358-360. — Bonnan (V. L.)  K
  kazuistikle  brankhiogennik  kist  she'i.   [ Branchiogenic
  cysts of the neck.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1901, lv, 65-71.^-
  Brintet  (A.)   Cancers branchiogfenes.   N. Montpel.
  med., 1898, vii, 1170; 1204. — Busey (C. E.)   A case of
  branchial  cyst.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1885, xxviii, 598.—
  ('ado.   Tumeur  complexe  cong6nitale du  cou.   Bull.
  Soc. anat. de Nantes  1888, Par., 1890,  xii, 86. —Carter
  (F. B.)  A case of teratoma  of the neck.  Lancet, Loud.,
  1903, ii,  1499.—Cautley (E.)  Case  of congenital (listen-
  sile tumour of the neck.   Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1896, xix,
  422.—C'estan  (E.)  K\ste  dermoide  de la region sus-
  sternale du cou.   Toulouse  in6d., 1901, 2. s., iii,  190.—
  Chapin  (H. D.)  Two  cases  of  branchial  cyst.  Med.
  Rec,  N. Y.,  1885,  xxvii,  87-89.  Also,  Reprint,— Chli-
  poid.  Kvste branchial.  M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d.
  sc.  med. de Lyon  (1880), 1887, xxvi,  pt, 2, 42-44.—Cha-
  vannnz.  Epithelioma branch ioge tie.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc.
  m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 312.—('heratmn (M.)  Les
  brauchiomes  cervicaux.  Gaz.  hebd. de iu6d., Par., 1902,
  n. s., vii, 769-771.—Chiarella (G. B.)  Cisti brauchiale;
  rottura  spontanea della parete  e forma/.ione  consecutiva
  di asccsso  comunicante colla cavita, della cisti.  Boll. d.
  sez. d. cult. d. sc. med. n. r.  Accad. d.  iisiocrit. di Siena,
  1^88. vi,  75-85.—Coaklcy (C. G.)  A branchial cleft cyst
  simulating a chronic retro-pharyngeal  abscess.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol.  Ass., N. Y., 19(14,  xxvi, 19-27. —Cottc  (G.)
  Branchiome malin du cou.  Lyon med., 1905, civ, 446-449.—
  Court in (J.)  Kyste s6reux congenital du cou  chez  un
  nouveau-n6.  Gaz. hebd. d.  sc. ni6d. de Bordeaux,  1902,
  xxiii, 449-451.—Crile (G. W.)  Excision of a large bran-
  chial tumor of  the neck.  Cleveland J. M., 1899,  iv, 46.—
  Crivclli.  Notes of a  case of suppurating congenital cyst
  of the neck  in a  child four mouths old; operation; re-
  covery.  Austral. M. J., Melbourne,  1894, n.  s., xvi, 367-
  370.—Crosti (F.)  Cisti dermoide congenita della regione
  soprainidea.  Specialista mod., Milano,  19U3-4, i,  37-40.—
  Cuneo (B.)  & Veau  (V.)   Sur l'origine brauchiale des
  tumeurs mixtes  cerviro-faciales;  brauchiomes  cervico-
  faciaux.  Cong, iuteruat. de med.   C. r., Par., 1900,  sect.
  de chir.  gen.. 278-281.—Cusset. Kystes et fistules d'ori-
  gine brauchiale. Cong, franc, de chir.   Proc.-verb. [etc.]
  1886, Par.,  1887, ii, 553-563.—Delotte.   Kyste dermoide
  de la nuque.  Assoc,  franc,  pour l'avanee. d.  sc.   C.-r.
  1890, Par., 1891, xix, pt. 2, 769-771.  Also: Limousiu med.,
  Limoges, 1891, xv,  40-43—Dcsconseiller.  Kyste der-
  moide de  la region sus-hyodienne.  J. d. sc.  m6d.  de
  Lille,  1901, i, 164-167.  — Dickinson  (G.)  A  case  of
  congenital  hydrocele  of the neck; cured by  drainage
  and compression.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 1018.—Du-
  play ( S.  )  Diagnostic et traitement  des kystes  bran-
  chiaux.  Semaine m6d.. Par., 1895,  xv, 153.  AUo, transl.:
  Med.  Week,  Par., 1895,  iii,  217.— Buret.  Kyste con-
  genital du con.  J. d. sc. med. de  Lille,  1903, 'i, 453. —
  Ed ward* (F. S.)  A  case of congenital cvst of the neck.
  Illust. M. News, Lond., 1888-9, i, 6. — Fpitheliomes
  (Des) du cou d'origine brauchiale.  [Rap. de Sevestre.j
  Bull. Acad, de  m6d., Par., 1905, 3. s., liv. 8-10.— Faure
  (J. L.)  Sur les branchiomes du cou.  Bull, et mem. Sue.
  de chir. de Par.,  1903.  xxix,  863-865.— Franchoinme.
  Kyste dermoide lateral de la legion sus-hyoidienne   J  d
  sc. med. de Lille.  1897. i, 73-76.—Fredet (P.)  Sc Che-
  vassu (M.)  Epithelioma branchial intra-parotidieu; con-
  tribution k l'etude anatomique des epitheliomas de la paro-
  tide.  Bull, et meiu. Soc. anat,  de  Par.. 1902, lxxvii, 621-
  633.-----------.  Epithelioma branchial du cou.  Ibid.
  645-649. —Frobenins  (E.)  Ueber einige angeborene
  Cystengeschwiilste des Halses.   Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z
  allg. Path., Jena,  1889,  vi, 167-183.—Furstenhcini (F.j
  Ein Fall von doppelseitigen Kiemengangshaiitauswiichsen
  mit knorpligem Geriist.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl.,  1895, xxi, Yer.-Beil., 61— Golding-Bird (C. H.)
  A case of pulsatile congenital  cervical  cvst  simulating
  aneurysm.   Tr. Clin.  Soc,  Lond., 1895,  xxviii  43-46.—
  (Sreen  (S. H.)   Removal of mesoblastic tumor of the
  neck.  AtlantaM.  & S. J., 1895-6,n. s., xii,738.—Criuiin
]\eck (Tumors of, Congenital).
  (A.)   Eine seltene Gcschwulstbildung am liaise (Kic-
  mengangbautauswuchs mit knorpligem Geriist).  Prag.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1892, xvii, 103-10.').—Hartley (I<\)  Con'
  genital tumors of the neck.  N. York M. J., 1891, liv, 1-7.
  -----. Branchiogenic  tumors of the neck.  Ibid.,  1892,
  lvi,  303.—Hrktorn (L.)   Two  branchial cysts and  a
  branchiogenous carcinoma.  N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1890,
  ii, 204-2(18.— Helary.   Kyste  sereux  multiloculaire dii
  cou, d'origine congenitale.   Bull. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1890,
  lxv, 459-463.—Hfiint-s (A.)  Ueber  angeborene  Aus-
  wiichse am Halse.  Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1887-8, ix,
  436-454.—Hewctson  (J. T.)   Congenital adenomatous
  bronchocele.   J. Obst.  <fc  Gynsec. Brit.  Emp.,  Lond.
  1903. iv, 355-365, 7 pl.  -----. Congenital lymphatic cysts
  of the  neck,  with extensive blood  extravasation;  two
  cases.   Treatment, Lond., 1904-5, viii, 561-568.—Hildi-.
  brand  (O.)  Ueber angeborene  epitheliale Cysten  und
  Fisteln des Halses.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894, xlix,
  167-206.—Horand (R.)  Tumeur congenitale de la r6gion
  sus-hyoidicnue laterale droite;  hemolymphaugiome pro-
  bable.  Bull.  Soo.  de  chir. de  Lyon, 1905, viii, 19-21.—
  Hughes (P. D.)  Congenital cyst.  J. Kansas M. Soc,
  Lawrence, 1905,  v, 185.— Jncobson (W. H. A.) & de
  iTIesquitn (S.  B.)   Case  of epithelioma of  the neck
  probably arising in a relic of one of the branchial clefts;
  branchiogenic carcinoma of Volkmann;  two operations;
  recurrence; spontaneous  disappearance of the growth.
  Guy's Hosp.  Rep.  1896,  Loud.,  1898, liii,  19-44—Jeiui-
  brau.  Kyste  congenital  du  cou k  paroi  lymphoide.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi,  2?*5.—Jen-
  sen (F. B.)  Case of eictensive  mevoid  growth  in  the
  neck,  involving  the  whole of  left ear;   attempted re-
  moval by dissecting the growth out; partially successful.
  Proc. M. Soc, Loud., 18K7, x, 351-353.— Joannovics (G.)
  Ueber branchiogene Carcinome uud auf embryonale An-
  lage  zui'iickfiihreiide, cystische  Tuiuoren des liaises.
  Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u.  Leipz.,  1902,  xxiii, Abth. f.
  path. Anat. [etc.], 26-52, 2 pl.— Kaczanowsky (P.)
  Ein seltener Fall vou cougenitaler Blutcyste des Halses
  und der Fossa axillaris.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1896, xliv,  409-411. — Kaufmann (G.)   Kyste s6reux
  congenital de  la region cervicale droite; ablation; gueri-
  son. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc. |, Par., 1903, ii, 449-452.—
  Keetlcr (C. B.)  Note on a new treatment of large der-
  moid cysts  of the  neck.   Ann. Surg., St.  Louis,  1888,
  viii, 386-388.—Kirmisson  (E.)   Kyste congenital flstu-
  leux de la partie laterale gauche du cou chez  une petite
  fllle de 20 mois.   Rev. d'orthop.,  Par.,  1903, xiv,  423-
  429. -----. Les kystes congenitaux du  cou.  M-ed. mod.,
  Par., 1904, xv, 361.—Koester (K.)  Ueber Hygroma cjs-
  ticum  colli cougeuitum.  Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesell-
  sch. in Wiirzb., 1872, n. F., iii,  44-61.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Kopfstein (XV.)  Ueber eiue  mit Cylinderepithel aus-
  gekleidete  laterale Luftgeschwulst des Halses  (Kirrnen-
  gaugcyste).  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1895. ix. 401; 421.—
  Lnndn (G. M.)  Quiste dernioideo de la  regi6u mediana
  del cuello.  Rov. de cien. med.,  Habana. 1888, no. 31, 3.—
  Laiieloiigiie.  Sur  un cas de  ky«tes congenitaux du
  cou.  In his: Lee. de  clin. chir., 8°, Par., 1888, 345-356.—
  Ijapeyre.  l£pitneliom6 branchial du cou. Gaz. d. hop.,
  Par.. 1902, lxxv, 1029-1032.—I,atronehc.  Kyste sereux
  congenital  du cou.  J. de med. de Bordeaux. 1904, xxxiv,
  506. —IjC  Bee.  Kyste s6reux  congenital du  cou.  Art
  med., Par.,  1898, lxxxvi.  175-179.   AUo:  France  m6d.,
  Par., 1898, xiv, 97.—L<e Filliatre (G.)   Kyste dermoide,
  d'aspect s6bace, du volume d'un oeuf de dinde  d6veloppe
  au niveau  des regions sous-hyoidienue et r6tro-sternale
  dans le dedoublemeut de  l'aponevrose cervicale moyenne.
  Bull, et m6iu.  Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 718.— I„en-
  hardt.   Kyste dermoide  de  la  r6giou  niastoldieimc.
  Normandie m6d.. Rouen, 1895, x,  460-463. — I.enoble &
  Civel.  Kyste dermoide congenital du cou par inclusion
  fcetale probable.   Bull, et m6m.  Soc. anat. etc  Par.. 1^99,
  lxxiv, 92-94.—Lenzi (L.) & Pellegrini (A.)   Sulla fre-
  quenza del reperto di tessuto  tiroideo  in  cisti congenite
  mediane del collo.  Sperimentale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze,
  1905, lix, 451-454— Letoux.   Tr6s voluinineux kyste con-
  genital lateral gauche du cou.   Anjou ni6d., Angers, 1903,
  x, 240-245.—lii-ven (G.)  Epithelioma branchial du  cou
  (tumeur k globes epidermiques).   Bull, et mem. Soc. auat.
  de Par., 1900, lxxv, 233-235. — Lining.  Kyste congeni-
  tal du cou.  Bull.  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de  Bordeaux,
  1895, xvi, 23. — liOithioir.  Les kystes  sereux conge-
  nitaux du cou des enfants.   Clinique, Brux., 1903, xvii, 81-
  83.— Tic Barney (C.)  Excision of a branchiogenic c\st.
  Med. X.ws. Phila., 1890, lvii, 38.—M'CSregor (A.  N.) &
  Workman  (C.)  Case of teratoma of  the neck removed
  from an infant three weeks old, with photographs, plaster
  cast, tumour,  and microscopical preparations.   Glasgow
  M. J., 1906, lxv, 39-43. — McWecney  (E. J.)  Descrip-
  tion of a congenital mixed tumour of the neck.  Tr. Roy.
  Acad.  M. Ireland,  Dubl., 1894-5. xiii, 366-371.  AUo [Ab-
  str.] : Dublin J. M. Sc, 1895, c, 453. - tlnisey  (C. T. B.)
  A case of persistent branchial cleft of unusual length: suc-
  cessful removal.  Lancet, Lond., 1895, i, 1217.—.Marshall
  (L.)  Congenital cyst  iu the neck in an infant.  Brit. J.
  Child. Dis., Lond.,  1904, i, 69. — Martin  (C.)   Deux ob- 
NECK.                                            379                                           NECK.
IVeek (Tumors of, Congenital).
  servations de kystes dermoides lateraux du cou.  Anjou
  m6d., Augers, 1903, x, 223-227.— tlamiy.  Kyste s6reux
  congenital de la base du cou chez nu enfant de vingt-cleux
  mois; ablation  totale;  guerison.  Assoc,  frang. de chir.
  Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1897, xi. 271.  Also: Rev. de chir.,
  Par., 1897, xvii, 1012.—Jfloir (D. M.)  Clinical note on a
  caseof malignant dermoid cyst of the neck;  with  patho-
  logical report and pathological comment by C. Lane.   In-
  dian M.  Gaz., Calcutta, 1904. xxxix,  281-285, 3 pl.—ITIo-
  relli (K.)   Velesziiletett  nyaki  tomlokrol  (cysta colli
  congenita)  egy eset  kapcsan.   [Remarks on .  .  ., with
  case.]  Orr-, gego-es  fiilgyogy,  Budapest. 1904,39-46.—
  .Hunker  (H.)  Ein  seltener  Fall von Teratoma colli.
  Ungar.  mod. Presse,  Budapest, 1898, iii, 1050. — IVove-
  Jossernnd.  Tumeur congenitale de la region sus-hyoi-
  dienne  laterale  droite;  heniolymphaugionie  probable.
  Lyon med.,  1905, civ, 348-350.—Ortiz  Cnuo  (J.  A.)
  Quiste congenital del cuello. Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la
  Habana, 1898. iii, 29-35. — Owen (E.)  Congenital cystic
  hygroma.  Tr.  M. Soc. Loud.,  1890,  xiii, 181-193.  -----.
  Congenital tumorsof the sterno-mastoid ; wry-neck. Ibid.,
  213-222. — Park (R.)  Branchial  cyst.    Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1893,  3. s., i,  211-213, 1 pl. —Paul.   Congenital
  cysts of the neck.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J.,  1900, xx, 324. —
  Peraire  (M.)   Lipome cervical  congenital.  Bull, et
  mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 748. — Pesthy  (I.)
  Angioma caveruosum colli coiiuenitum.  Gverniekgyogyii-
  szat, Budapest. 1901.  15-17.—Petit (G.)  Kyste d'origine
  brauchiale chez un  chien.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de
  Par., 1905, lxxx, 106-108.—Pollssou (M.)  Sc B-idicr (A.)
  Une observation de  kyste dermoide median de la region
  cervico-sternale.  Province med.,  Lyon,  1889, iii, 361.—
  Powers  (C. A.)   Branchial  carcinoma.   Ann. Surg.,
  Phila., 1898,  xxvii, 187-192.—Pupovac  (D.)   Ein Fall
  von Teratoma colli mit Veranderungeu  in den regioiiiireu
  Lymphdriisen.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, liii, 59-67,
   1 pl.—Kastouil (A.)  Kyste dermoide de la. region thy-
  rohyoidienne.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1906, lxxv,
  955.—Bed us (P.)  Kyste  s6renx congenital et nnilocu-
  laire.  In his: Clin.chir.de l'Hotel-Dieu. 8°, Par., 1888,
  229-238.—Richard  (C. H.) Ueber die Geschwiilste  der
  Kiemeuspalten.  Beitr. z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1887,  iii,
  165-207.—Richelot.  Epithelioma primitif du cou, d'ori-
  gine branchiale.  Bull. Acad, de med..  Par., 1902, 3. s.,
  xlvii, 94-97.—Kicketts (M.)  Branchial cysts;  case;  ex-
  tirpation; recovery.   Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,  1897, n.   s.,
  xxxviii,  36.   [Discussion], 40.—Rieflel. Bianchiomes I
  cervicaux.  [Hap. de A. Broca.]  Bull, et mem. Soc.de
  chir. do Par., 1904, n.  s., xxx, 110-112.—Roeher.  Kystes
  medians cons;6iiitaux du cou.  Bull.  Soc d'anat. et phy- ]
  siol. . . . de Bordeaux. 1902, xxiii, 185.—Romanoff (F\)
  Kucheniyu oh opukholyakh braukhiogennave proi'skhozh- I
  deniya;  sluchai teratoiduoi opukholi shei.  [On tumors ,
  of branchiogenous origin; case  of teratoma of the neck.]
  Izvlest.  Imp.  Tomsk.  Univ., 1894, vi, pt.  2, 51-64,  1 pl.—
  Routier.  Kyste dermoide de la queue du sourcil droit
  et  kyste dermoide de la region sous-maxillaire gauche
  simulant une grenouillette sus-hyoidienne.  Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir. de Par., 18!i:>, n. s./xix, 171.—Rusca. Epi-
  telioma branquial del cuello.  Rev.  Ibero-Am. do cien.
  med., Madrid, 1902, viii, 418-439, 2 pl. -----. Cancer bran-
  quial operado.  Rev.  de med. y cirug., Barcel, 1903, xvii,
  376.—Maniter (E. O.)  Ein Beitrag  zur  Lehre von  den
  KiemengaiigsgeschwiilsteM  (Virchow).    Arch. f. path. I
  Anat. [etc. f, Berl., 1**8. cxii, 70-96, 2  pl.  See, also, infra,
  Zahn.—Schmieden (V.)  Hygroma colli cysticum con-
  genitum.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxiv,
  305-317,1 pl.—Wenn (X.)  On branchial  cvsts of the neck.
  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago.  1**4. iii, 197-209.   Also,  Be-
  print.—Mhcild (A. M.)  Sequel to a case of extraordinary
  congenital tumour in an infant.  Tr. M. Soc. Lond.. 1893-4.
  xvii, 334.  AUo: Lancet, Loud.. 1893,  i,  17.  — Siegen-
  beek ran H|(-ukelom (D. E.)  En aangehorcu hals-
  gezwel.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk.,  Amst.  1894, 2.
  R, xxx. pt.  ?, 492-500,  1  pl.  Also, transl.. I'niv.  de
  Leide.  Rec. de trav anat. path, du lab. Boerhaave 1888-98,
  Leide, 1899, i, 518-528. — .»4jovail'(S.l  Om braukiogeua j
  halscvstor.  [Cysts of neck  of branchial  origin.]  Hygiea,
  Stockholm, 1901.  n.  f.. i,  pt. 2, 539-562,  2 pl.—Storch.
  Zur operativen Behandlung des  Lymphangioma colli cys-
  ticum congenitum.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
  Berl.,lH88, xiv, 852.—Sutton (J.B.)  On branchial fistula),
  cysts, diverticula, and supernumerary auricles.  J. Anat.
  & Physiol., Lond., 1886-7, xxi, 289-298.— Swoboda (N.)
  Teratoma colli strumam cysticam siniulaus.  Wien. klm.
  Wchnsehr., 1896, ix, 1062-1005.—Tapie.  Kyste congeni-
  tal voluminous de la  region laterale du  cou.  Midi med.,
  Toulouse, 1893,  ii, 281;  284.—Targctt (J. H.)  Congeui- I
  tal myxo-sarcoma of the neck, containing striped muscle-
  cells. Tr.  Path.  Soc. Lond ,  1891-2,  xliii, 157.—Thorn-
  sen (S.)  Kvstoma brauchiale dermoides colli complexuni.
  Hosp.-Tid., "Kjobenh.,  1898, 4.  It.,  vi, 255-258.—Tietze
  (A.)  Zur Lehre vou den congenitalen Halsgeschwiilsten.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1891-2, xxxii,  421-524.—
  Treves  (F.)  A congenital cartilaginous tumour of  the ]
  neck. Tr.  Path. Soc. Lond.,  1887-8, xxxix, 297-299.—
  Veau (V.)  Les kystes sereux  congenitaux  ducou;  na- I
UTeek  (Tumors of, Congenital).
  ture et pathogenie.  Arch, de ni6d. d. enf., Par., 1903, vi,
  193-208.—Vereht-i-e (F.)  Contribution au traitement des
  kystes du  cou; kyste sereux congenital chez un enfant
  d'un an, occupant le cou et le ni6diastiu ant6rieur; abla-
  tion partielle; gu6rison.  France m6d.,  Par., 1896, xliii,
  757-759.—Vignard.  Kystes s6reux congenitaux du cou.
  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 655.—Voiluriez (J.)
  Pathogenie des kystes medians du cou d'origine congeni-
  tale.  Bull. Soc.  anat.-clin. de  Lille,  1889,  iv, 352-363.
  Also: J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1889, ii, 561-572.—Walker
  (E. W.)  Branchial  cyst removed from a child eighteen
  days old.   (Mucin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899. n. s.. xlii, 605-607.—
  Wharton (H. R.)  Congenital cystic tumor of the neck.
  Internat, Clin., Phila.,  1895, 5. s., iii, 210-212, 1 pl.—Zahn
  (F. W.)  Bemerkungen zu  E. O.  Samlet's "Eiu Beitrag
  zur Lehre von den Kienieugangsgeschwiilsteii ".  Arch. f.
  path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1889, cxv, 52-55, 1 pl.

IVeck (Tumors of, Cystic).
     See, also, Neck (Tumors of, Congenital).
     Blum  ( W. )    * Ueber    angeborene  Hals-
  geschwiilste uud iiber einen Fall von Hygroma
  colli cougeuitum cysticum.   [Freiburg i.  Br.]
   6\  Esstn, [1904]. '
     Colomb  (H.)  *  Des  kystes  hydatiques de la
  nuque.  h->.  Montpellier, 1904.
     Couphy  (G.)   * Les  kystes hydatiques de la
  region  cervicale, corps  thyroide   excepts.   4U.
  Lyon, 1691.
     -----.    The same.   * .   Lyon,  1891.
     Gursky  (C.  F. S.)   *Ein  Fall von solitarem
  Cysticercus cellulosae der Regio cervicalis.  8°.
   Greifswald, 1890.
     Heimaxn  (E.)   *Zur Casuistik  der  Blut-
  cysten am Halse.   8°.    Wurzburg,  1896.
     Kahler (F»)  * Ein  Fall von   Blutcyste  der
  seitlichen  Halsgegend.   [Erlangen.]   h°.  Beh-
  na i. M.,  [1^91, vel subseq.].
     Lucas  (J.-E.-H.)  *Uu cas de  kyste lateral
  du  cou  deVelopp6  aux depous  du  caual  de
  Boclidalek.   8=.  Lille,  1903.
     Mektexs ( K. )   * Congenitale  Fisteln  nach
  Cysten des liaises.   8°.  Leipzig, 1905.
     Meyer (D.)   * Ueber Blutcysten des  Halses.
   [Wurtzburg.]  8°.   Altona,  16-9.
     Plauth (H.)   * Ueber eine  interessante  cys-
  tische Neubildung am  Halse.    [Cystadenoina
  papilliferum.]    [Heidelberg.]   8C.   Tubingen,
  1697.
     Also, in .- Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1897, xix, 335-352.
     Kkgenbcxjex ([J.] E.)  * Ueber die  Behand-
  lung der tiefen Atheromcysten am Halse.   8°.
  Kiel, 1-W.
     Kiciiakd (M.)   * Beitrag  zur  Keuutniss  der
  tiefen  Blutgeschwiilste am  Halse.  8  .  Jena,
  1667.
     Rcissle (li.)  * Cystenhygrome des  Halses.
  8°.   Miinchen, 1900.
     Schikfer  (G.)  * Ueber  die Blutcysten  der
  seitlichen Halsgegend.   8'-.   Giessen, 1900.
     Abadie.  Kyste muco'ide median sous-hyoidien avec
  persistauce du canal de Bochdalek.  Bull, et mem. Soc.
  anat. de Par.,  1905,  lxxx,  427-429.—Albai-i-an  (J.)
  Kyste ganglionnaire du col.  l?cole prat. d. hautes etudes.
  Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France.  Trav., Par., 1885, 132-
  142, 1 pl.—Albert.  Dermoidcyste auf dem Ligamentum
  thyreo-hyoideum.  Aerztl. Ber. d. Priv.-Heilaust. d. Dr.
  A. Eder'1887, Wien,  1888, 8-10.— Auger ( T.)  Ad6no-
  lymphoceie du cou.  Bull,  et m6m. Soe.  de chir. de Par.,
  1895, u. s., xxi, 196.—Asliby (n.)  Hygromaor hydrocele
  of the neck.  Clin. Sketches, Loud.,  1896, iii, 37.—AmIi-
  hui-Mt (J.), jr. Cystic tumor of the neck.  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1892, 2. s., ii, 168.—Bnrthez (E.)  Kystes du col.
  Bull. Soc. ni6d. d. hop. de Par. (1856-8), 1864, iii, 490-493.—
  Bayer (C.)  Ein Beitrag zur Histologie und Pathogenese
  der Blutcysten des liaises.   Ztschr.  f. Heilk., Berl., 1890,
  xi, 1-16, 1 pl. —Beck (B.) Nyaki burkontoiul6kiol.
  [Echinococcus cysts of the  neck]  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1896, xl, 32f; 334: 385.   Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar.
  med.  Presse,  Budapest,  1896,  i, 273-275.—Berti  (A.)
  Cisti sierose al collo.  Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1888,
  iii, 76-79.—Be/).  Un cas de tumeur gazeuse du cou chez
  l'enfant.  Cong, period,  de Igvn6c,  d'obst. et de paediat.
  M6m. etdisc. 1895, Par., 1896, 902-906.—Bogolyubott (V.)
  Muogopolastuiya  brankhiogenniya  kisti shei.   [Multi-
  locular branchiogenic  cysts of the neck.] Med. Obozr., 
NECK.
380
NECK.
\eek  {Tumors  of, Cystic).
  Mo-k., 1905, lxiv,  ! li — Bonnan (V. L.)   Krovyaniya
  kisti  bokovol  povcrkhnosti shei.  [Blood  cysts  of the
  lateral surface of the neck.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., lt-97,
  \lvii, 699 704.—Bourquet (J.)   Des kystes de la bourse
  seieuse de Bover.  Toulouse med., 1903, 2.  s.,  v, 57-60.—
  Boni'«ici' (IV A.)  Des kystes thyro-hvoMiens.  In his :
  Lev- de elm. chir.,  8°, Par.," 18-7, 1-19.—Bowlby (A.)  A
  clinical lecture on cvsts ol  the  neck.  Clin.  J.,  Lond.,
  1902.  xx,  225-230.— Broeekaert (J.) Contribution  k
  l'etude de la pathogen i- ile- k vstes sereux du cou.  Presse
  oto-laryngol.   beige,  Brux., 1905,  iv,  529-534.—Buffet.
  K vste multiloculaire du cou.  Cong, franc;, de chir.   Proc.-
  verb. [etc.] 18X9,  Par.  1890 iv.  716-720.—Burow, jr.
  Zur Lehre von deu  serosen llalscysten.   Arch.  f. klin.
  Chir., Berl., 1871, xii, 970-989.—4'ai-ioardine (T.)  Cases
  illustrating the mode ot origin ut certain cvsts of the neck.
  Tr.  Clin.  Soe. Lond.,  1901-2, xxxv,  lot;-113.—Carson
  (W. P.)  Horny giowth arising from neglected sebaceous
  cyst.  Indian  il. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 176.—t'au-
  bet (H.)  Kvstehematiqueducou, d'origiue tbyroidienne.
  Bull, et infin. Soc.  anat. dc Par., 1905, lxxx, 570-572.—
  I'estau (E.)  Kyste  branchial de la region lateral'-du
  cou.  Toulouse med., 1905, 2. s., vii,157. — Chfva»»u (M.)
  Kyste mucoide thyro-hvoidien.  Bull, et mem.  Soc. anat.
  dePar., 1902, lxxvii,  328-330 —Chinri.  Zwei Fiille von
  Cystengeschwiilsten in der  Regio livothyreoidea.   Wien.
  klin. VVcunsehr.,  1898,  xi,  1133.—Crawford (D. G.)
  Cyst of  neck and floor of mouth.   Indian  M. Gaz.,  Cal-
  cutta, 1903, xxxviii,  171.— Dalziel (T. K.)  Four cvsts
  from the neck. Glasgow M. J., 1899, li, 62.— Uehler (A.)
  B-itrag zur Kenntnis der sogenannten  tiefen Atheromcys-
  ten am Halse.  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir., Tubing, 1898, xx, 545-
  553, 1 pl.-Deiincr.  Kystes du canal deBochdalek etdu
  canal thviolingual.  Mem.  et bull.  Soc. de med.  et chir.
  de  Bordeaux  (1894), 1895,  29-41.—Besgouttcs.   Kyste
  dermoide sus-hyoidien lateral droit.   Rev.  mens. d. mal.
  de  l'enf.,  Par., 1902,  xx, 259-261.—Beshin  (A.)  Kro-
  vyanaya kista she'i.   [Blood cvst  of the neck.]  Dietsk.
  med., Mosk., 1896, i, 257-263.—Dixon (J.)  Account of a
  case  in which a large cyst containing hydatids was de-
  veloped at the root of tho neck, death  ensuing from rup-
  ture of the left subclavian artery.  M. Chir.  Tr. Lond.,
  1851,  xxxiv,  315-326.  AUo, Reprint.—Dupas (L.)  Un
  cas  remarquable d'hygroma de  la  nuque.   Rev. de med.
  vet.,  Par.,  1904,  lxxxi, 759-762.—Duplay (S.)   Kyste
  s6reux du cou.  Presse med., Par., 1897, 249.—Ellington
  (G. H.)  Cysts in the mediau line of the front of the neck; a
  series of illustrative  eases.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 808-
  812.—Etfi'cinovski (I. A.)  O krovyanikh kistakh shei.
  [Fn cas d'hematocele de la region lat6ralc du cou.  K6s.]
  Trudi russk. med. Obsh. p.  imp. Varshav. Univ., 1889, i, no.
  1, 18-42. — Fisendinth (D. N.)  Oyst-lympbaugiouia  of
  neck in a child.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1899-1901, iv,483.—
  Fabi-c(I'.)   Contribution ;i l'etude des tumeurs gazeuses
  de la region anterieure du  cou.  Soc. d. sc.  m6d. de Gan-
  nat.  C. r.. Par., 1886, xl,  160-166.—Fischer.  Schild-
  knorpel-Hygrom; Heilung durch mehrmalige Iodinjection.
  Ztschr.  f.  Wundarzte u.  Geburtsh.,  Winneiiden, 1883,
  xxxiv, 48.—Fleming (C.)   nvdroceleof the neck.  Proc.
  Path. Soc.  Dubl., 1865-8. u. s., iii, 227, lpl.— Franke (F.)
  Sc Volker (<).)   Blutcyste der seitlichen Halsgegend.
  Deutsche  Ztscbr. f. Chir.,  Lei])/.., 1888, xxviii, 411-431.—
  Fredet (P.) Sc Chevassu (il j   Note sur deux  cas de
  kystes  mucoides  du cou  h epithelium  cilie derives des
  restes du tractus thyrCoglossc.  Rev. de chir.. Par., 1903,
  xxxiii, 141-158.—Goldiug-Bird.  Cyst in the superior
  carotid triangle, which exhibited both anteroposterior and
  also lateral pulsation.  Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii,  1281.—
  G uei-in.  Kyste sous-hyoi'dieu.  J. de rn6d. de Bordeaux,
  1893,  xxiii, .149.—Giiterbock (P.)  Ueber Echinokokkus
  des Halses.   Arch.  f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1892-3, xiv, 912-
  925. — Guida  (L.)  Igrouia sotto-iodeo suppurato,  con
  astis-i.i im uinente.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1894,
  xiv, 60-62.  AUo:  Incurabili, Napoli.  1894,  ix, 217-220.—
  Guiiiurd (A.)  Tumeur gazeuse du cou.   Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir. de Par.,  1900, n. s., xxvi, 347-356. - Habe-
  rern  (P. J.) A nyak echinococcusainak  ismeretehez.
  [Hydatids  of the neck.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905,
  xlix, 31;  51.—Hamilton  (E.)   Encysted tumor removed
  from the neck  of a lady.   Proc. Path. Soc.  Dubl.. 1862-5
  n. s., n, 146.—Heluiuth (YV. T.)   Cystic tumor of neck-
  preliminary ligation of the common carotid.  N. Am  J
  Homceop.,  N.  Y., 1894, 3.  s.. ix, 372-374.—Henle.  Eiii
  Fall von Aerocele colli. Jahresb. d. schles Gesellsch  f
  vaterl. Cult. 1904,  Bresl., 1905, lxxxii, 99-101.—Hofmoki
  (J.)   Lymphcyste am Halse;  Exstirpation; Heilun--
  Ber.  d. k. k.  Krankenanst. ltudolph-Stiftun" iu Wieii
  (1887), 1888, 284.—Hutchinson (J.)   Hydrocele of neck
  treated by partial excision.  Arch. Surg.,  Lond   1891-'>
  ui,  141-143.—Ill  (E.  J.i  Acutes  Haematom am Hals'-
  Erstickung.sgetahr;  Tracheotomie; Heilung.  Med  Mo-
  natschr., N. V., 1^9. i, 84.   Also, Reprint—Jeunbrau.
  Kyste hydatique  de la nuque; ablation avec fermeture
  de  la  poche  sans drainage apres  injections de sublime
  Montpel. m6d.. 1904, 2. s.. xix, 138-141. — Keen (W  W j
  Hygroma  of the neck. Internat. Clin., Phila. 1893 3 s
  n, 188-191.-Kelaiditis (P.)  Kyste de la region laterale
.Veek [Tumors of,  Cystic).
  gauche du  cou.   Gaz. med.  d'Orient,  Constant., 1895-6,
  xxxviii, 158-160.—Kennedy (D.)   A case of cystic hy-
  groma of the neck.  Med. Press ..V Circ, Lond.. 1903. u. s.,
  lxxvii, 714.— Kokoris (D.)   Echinococcus des Halses!
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1900, xiii, 751.— Koptslein (W.j
  Ein weiterer Beitrag zur  Kenntniss der inien arotisclicu
  Geschwiilste.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1895, ix, 337; 356.—
  Koiitnik.  Des tumeurs gazeuses du  cou.  Gaz. hebd
  de  med.,  Par., 1896, xliii,  1216-1218.—Krabbel.  Eine
  tiefe Atheromcyste  am Halse mit Ranula.  Aich. f. klin.
  Chir.,  Berl., 1878. xxiii, 371.—Larue (F. A.)  Hematoma
  of neck, simulating common carotid aneurism.  N. Orl  M
  & S. J., 1899-1900, lii, 200-202.—Lnm-eut (O.)  De l'hy-
  groma thvro-hyoidieii, ou kvsto de Hover.  Clinique.Brux.
  1889, iii, 369-375.—L,azareft~ < E. G.j  Sluchai krovyauol
  kisti v bokovol oblasti shei.  [Tn cas de  kyste  sanguin
  daus la r6gion laterale du cou.   Extr., 646.] Russk. arch.
  patol., klin. nied.i bakteriol.. S. Peterb., 189.7, iii, 614-623.—
  Lichlwitz.  Kyste sero-iuuqueux du cou de la base dela
  langue et du larynx; gu6rison par l'injection iodo-iodur6o
  de Lugol.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, ix,
  657-660.  .-Uso.- Gaz. hebd. d. sc'. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1896,
  xvii, 569. — .'IcKcHzic  ( D.)  Cystic lymphangioma of
  the neck undergoing spontaneous cure.   Rep. Soc. Study
  Dis. Child, Lond., 1901-2. ii, 162.—.Hnkara (L.)  Tcimlfis
  nyaki daganatokrol esetek kapesan.  [Cystic tumors of
  neck.]  Gy6gydszat, Budapest, 1889. xxix, 28u: 292: 302.
  Also, transl. [Abstr.]:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Buda-
  pest,   1889,  xxv,  745-748. -----.  Nyaki echinococcus
  esetek.   [Cases of  echinococcus  of the neck.]   Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest,  1896, xl,  374.  AUo, transl.: Ungar med.
  Presse, Budapest, 1896, i,  103. — Moore (W.)  Multiple
  hydatids of right arm and right side of neck, with remarks
  on hydatids at  the  root of  the neck, simulating thoracic
  aneurism.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1897,
  ii, 592-598. — .Vlorgan t.L  H.)  Cysts of the neck.  Proc.
  M. Soc. Lond., 1885, viii, 7i-83.—Nancrede (C. B.)   Very
  large lymph-cyst (chyle-cvst?) of the right side of the neck.
  Tr.  Am.  Surg.  Ass., Phila., 1892. x,  201-201.— IN'ove-
  Josserand.  Kyste sero-sanguiuoleut du cou adherent k
  la veine jugulaire interne;  r6sectionde la veine; guerison.
  Bull.  Soc. de chir. de Lyon. 1904. vii. 175-178. AUo:  Lyon
  med.. 1904, ciii, 34-37.— Pauli, jr.  Blutcyste  am Halse.
  Verhandl. d. Ver. pfiilz. Aerzte 1853, Kaiserslautern, 1854,
  88-91.—Penfold <().)  C'a-e of ha-niatocele of neck occur-
  ring in a ha-mophilic subject.  Austral. M. J., Melbourne,
  1893, n. s., xv, 3«5.—Petit (L.-H.)  Des tumeurs gazeuses
  du cou.  Union med., Par.. 1889.3.s.. xiviii, 445; 462.—Pil-
  liet (A.)  Deux cas de kystes dc rniolymphoi'des  du cou.
  Bull. Soc. anat.de  Par..  1**9, lxiv, 581-535. — Prince-
  teau.  Kyste interthyro livoidien.  J. de med. de Bor-
  deaux, 19U4, xxxiv, 717.— Keieli (F.)  Ein Fall von Eclii-
  nococcus  des Halses.  Miiuchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1898,
  xiv, 1561.—Be verdi u (J.-L.) & Hum ai let (F.)   Kyste
  lateral de la region  sus-hyoidienne.   Rev.  m6d.  de la
  Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1893, xiii. 761-703.— Scaunell (D.
  D.)  A case  of multiple  fibromata (fibroma molluscum)
  and serous cvst of neck.  Boston M. & S. J., 1903. cxlviii,
  587. — Schiissler  (II.)   Zur Esmarch'schen Methode
  der Operation  der  tiefen  Atheromcysteu des  Halses.
  Festschr. z.  Feier .  . . Fr. von Esmarch, Kiel u.  Leipz.,
  1893,  149-153. — Mebileau (P.)  Vaste tumeur gazeuse
  du cou et du umliastin.   Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de
  Par., 1903, n.s., xxix, 142-145.—Siimnoiid* (M.)   Ueber
  Cysten und Cystofibroiue der rctrotrachealeu Schleim-
  driisen.  Jahrb^  d.  Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1899-1900,
  Hamb. u. Leipz., 1902, vii, pt. 2, 649-659.  AUo: Mitt. a.
  d.  Hamb. Staatskrankenanst.,  1900-1901, iii, 649-659.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.
  u. Aerzte 1900,Leipz., 1901, lxxii.pt. 2,2. Hlfte.,19.—Skvor-
  kin (P.I.)   Sluchai hydrocele colli.  [Caseof...]   Med.
  besieda,Voronezh, 1899, xiii, 537.—Smith (M. L.)   Hyda-
  tid cvst in the neck of a child.  N. Zealand  M. J., Dun-
  edin,1894, vii, 88.—Sokoloff (N. A.)  O krovyanikh kis-
  takh shei.  [Blood-cvsts of the neck.]   Chir. Vestnik, St.
  Petersb.,  1892, viii,  655-670.—Span lon (W. D.)   A case
  of cystic lymphoma of the neck.  Prov. M. J., Leicester,
  1888* vii, 497-499.—Sultau ((1.)  Zur Kenntniss der Hals-
  cysten und  -fisteln.  Deutsche  Ztschr.  f. Chir.,  Leipz.,
  1898,  xlviii, 113-155, 2 pl.—Sunderland (S.)   A  case of
  hygroma of the neck.  Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child.,  Lond.,
  1900-1901, i, 34.—Sutton (J. B.)  Ranula and  cysts in the
  neighborhood  of the  hyoid bone.  Tr.  Path. Soc. Lond.,
  1886-7. xxxviii, 386-393. — Tatur (A.)  Dva slnchaya
  okhinnkokka shei.   [Two  cases  of echinococcus  of the
  neck.]  Protok. Omsk. Med. Obsh., 1903-4, xxi, 145-147.-
  Terrier (F.) & Iii-cene (P.)   Les kystes  branc-hiaux
  du cou k structure amvgdalienno.   Rev. de chir., Par.,
  1905,  xxxii. 757-769.- Thevenot (L.)  Gros kyste  hyda-
  tique  suppur6 du  cou.  Gaz. d.  hop.,  Par.,  1901. lxxiv,
  1201. -----. Des k v-tes  bvdatiques du cou.   Ibid., 1902,
  lxxv,  333-339. — Tordeus (E.)   Du  trach6heniatome.
  Clinique, Brux ,  18*9, iii, 417-421.— Varai (T.)  Un caso
   de quistes  hidatidicos  multiples del  cuello.  An. san.
   mil.,  Buenos Aires, 1900, ii, 592-597, 1 pl.—Walther (C)
   Contribution a l'6tude du traitemeut des kystes du cou, *
   propos d'un kyste  s6reux congenital chez uu cntaut de 
NECK.                                            381                                            NECK.
]Veck (Tumors of, Cystic).
  1 an, occupant le cou et le m6diastin ant6rieur; ablation
  partielle; gu6rison, pai le Dr.F.Verchere.  [Rap.]  Bull.
  et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s.,  xxii, 711 -717.
  .-----. Kyste niultiloculaire ducou; traitement par l'ex-
  tirpation complete; gu6rison.  [Rap. de Buffet.]  Ibid.,
  1897, n. s.,  xxiii, 800-807. —Weiss.  Kyste sanguin du
  cou.  Rev.  med. de Test,  Nancy, 1901, xxxiii,  545-555.—
  Wiesinger.  [Extirpation eines cystischen Tumors von
  der rechtenHalsseite.]  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904,
  li. 498.— Wigg (A.) ,v Hamilton (C. W.)  Prethyroid
  cyst.  Australas. M. Gaz.,  Sydney, 1900, xix, 426.—Witt-
  ner (M.)  Hygroma cysticum colli cougeuitum.  Allg.
  Wien. med. Ztg., 1897, xlii, 451. —Zit (J.)  Pfispevek, ku
  kasuistice cyst krenich u deti.  [Contribution to the sta-
  tistics  of neck cysts  in children.]  Casop. lek. cesk., v
  Praze, 1884, xxiii, 6; 21. — Zoppi-itz  (K.)   Ueber multi-
  lokulareKiemengangcysten.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
  1894, xii, 366-388,2 pl.—Zwi I linger (H.)  Praehyoidealis
  tSniiS esete.   [Case of . .  . cyst.  ]   Orvosi  hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1898, xlii, 418.

Heck (Tumors of, Gaseous).
     See Neck  (Tumors of,  Cystic).

Neck (Tumors of, Malignant).
     See, also, Neck (Tumors of.  Congenital).
     Braxdts  (M. J.)   *Eiu  Fall von  primarein
  Euudzellensarcom   tier   Halslyiuphtlriisen  mit
  eigentiimlicbe[u] Metastasen.   8-".  Freiburg i.B.,
  1892.
     Fortmann  (H.)   * Ueber   retropbaryngeale
  Lyiuphosarkome, nebst  Mitteiluug  eiues Falles
  von  Lympbosarkoma  colli  et pbaryngis.   8°:
  Kiel, 1902.
     Rothschild (J.)   *Zur  Casuistik maligner
  Neubildungen am  Halse.  8y   Wurzburg, 1892.
     Schmidt (L.)   * Ueber kuorpelhaltige Miscb-
  tumoreu des Halses und deren Beziebung zu den
  Endotbeliomen.  8°.   Wurzburg, 1903.
     A uosoff (X. P.)  Sluchai sarkomi shei u malchika.
  [Sarcoma of the neck in a boy; death.]  Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk., 1905, lxiv, 257-265.—Arena.  Lympho-sarcome du
  con et de l'aisselle.  Arch. m6d. beiges, Brux., 1$89, 3. s.,
  xxxvi, 217-219.—Arnal (J. M.)  Linfo-adenoma maligno
  del cuello.  Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med.,  Madrid, 1900,
  iv, 4-8.—Augier  (D.)  Sc Schaepelynck.   Tumeur
  kystique des ganglions du cou, de nature 6pith61iale, con-
  secutive  k un cancroide de la 16vre inf6rieure; extirpa-
  tion ; guerison.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, i, 322-326.—
  Azarevich  (I.  I.)   Sluchai lymphosarcomatis  colli.
  [Case of . . .]  Med.  Sbornik Varshav. Uyazd. voyenn.
  hosp., Varshava, 1896, ix, 73-77.—Bacon (G.)  A case of
  sarcoma of the neck involving the tonsil and causing deaf-
  ness in a boy seven years of age.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New
  Bedford,  1895, vi, 186-191.  Also: N". York M.  J.,  1895,
  lxii, 269.  Also, Reprint.—Bainbridge (W. S.)  A case
  of extensive carcinoma of tongue  and neck, presenting
  points of special interest.   Tr. M. Soc. X. ST., Albany, 1905,
  189-193, 2 pl.—Barnard  (H. L.)   A case of malignant
  glands of neck due to a  concealed  epithelioma of the
  pharynx.  Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 50.—Barton (J. K.)
  Case of lympyo-sarcoma of neck.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1890,
  xc, 254.—Batut  (L.)  Volumineux lympho-sarcome  du
  cou; extirpation; guerison.  Bull.  Soc. m6d.-chir.  de la
  Drome [etc.]. Valence & Par., 1902, iii, 226-228.—Berard,
  Jouflray  &  Adler.  A propos de  trois cas  d'epithe-
  lioma branchioge-ne du cou.  Lyon  med.,  1905,  cv, 1026-
  1031. — Bergcr (P.)  Sarcome  m61aiiiqne primitif des
  ganglions cervicaux; extirpation;  gu6risou durable.  Bull.
  et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1897, n. 8., xxiii, 526-534.—
  Berua.ya (A. C.)  Case of flbro-myxo-chondro-osteo-sar-
  coma of branchial  origin.   Med. Rev., St. Louis,  1893,
  xxviii, 501-503.  AUo:  St. Louis Cour. Med.,  1894, x, 1-6.
  -----.  Lymphosarcoma of the neck; enormous dilatation
  ofthe jugular vein.   Inhis: Rep.  Surg. Clin., 8°, St. Louis,
  1895,8-11.—Birkett(H.S.) A case ot subchordal spindle-
  celled sarcoma, and its successful  removal by thyreotomy.
  N.York M. J., 1894, lx, 619-621. AUo, Reprint. — Bonri
  (A.) Estirpazione di voluminoso  linfo-adenoma del  collo.
  Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1898-9,  lxxiii, 41-
  50. — Boch.  [Tumeur squirrheuse du cou s'etendant
  dans le cr&ne.J  Ann. Soc. d'anat.  path, de Brux., 1882,
  no. 31,  13-21. — Bowlby  (A.) Epitheliomatous cyst of
  the neck.   Tr. Path. Soc  Lond.,  1894-5, xlvi,  166-169.
  Also: Lancet,  Lond., 1894,  ii, 1218. — Bristow (A. T.)
  Extirpation of both external carotid arteries for inoperable
  cancer.  Brooklyn  M. J.,  1902, xvi, 399-403.—Bullard
  (W. L.)  A tumor; fibro-sarcoma which assumed a per-
  fect imitation of a dog's and sheep's head.  Med. Brief,
  St. Louis,  1896, xxiv" 1488.—C'accioppoli  (G.)  Rese-
  zione della carotide primitiva. della giugulare interna, del
  nervo vago e  dell' ipoglosso  per sarcoma.  Incnrabill,
  Napoli, 1892, vii, 633-641.—Cameron (H. C.)  Fungating
IVeck  (Tumors of, Malignant).
  tumour removed from the back of the neck of a child.
  Glasgow M. J., 1889, [4.] s., xxxi,  40.—Carcinoma ge-
  latinosum diffusum  colli  mit den  Erscheinungen  von
  Myxodem; Tod.   Jahrb.  d.  Wien. k. k. Krankenanst.
  1898, Wien u. Leipz., 1900, vii, pt.  2, 356— Carlledge
  (A. M.) Melanotic tumor.  Louisville Month.  J.  M. Sc
  S., 1904-5, xii, 26.—Casini (A.)  Sarcoma encondroma-
  toso del collo; guarigione.  Gior.  internaz. d.  sc. med.,
  Napoli,  1891, n. s., xiii, 408.—Castro (F.)  Linfo-sarcoma
  de la mitad lateral izquierda del cuello.  Siglo m6d., Ma-
  drid,  1897,  xliv,  673-675.—Ceci (A.)  Extirpation  de la
  carotide primitive,  de la jugulaire  interne et du  pueumo-
  gastrique dans l'ablatiou d'un cancer branchiog^ue;  gue-
  rison.  Assoc, franc;, de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.J, Par., 1904,
  xvii, 316-319.—Cheever  (D. W.)  Retro-pharyngeal sar-
  coma removed by an  external incision through the neck.
  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1890, viii, 227-229.—Che-
  nantais.  Carcinome m61anique de hi peau ducou.  J.
  de med. de l'ouest, Nantes, 1889,  3. s., iii, 75.—Codct-
  Boisse.   Lymphosarcome de la r6gion  cervicale  chez
  uue femme de dix-huit ans.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol.
  .  . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 237-243. — Danlos.   Epi-
  thelioma de la nuque simulant une plaque de morph6e,
  ou do xanthome.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899,
  3. s.,  x, 656-658.   Also:  Bull. Soc.  franc, de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1899, x,  327-329. — Dawbarn (R. H. M.)
  Carotid excision for malignant growths.   Ann.  Surg.,
  Phila., 1898, xxvii,  127. -----. The  starvation operation
  for malignancy iu  the external carotid area; its failures
  and successes.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 792-
  795.—Diffuse strangulating cancer of neck.  Middlesex
  Hosp. Rep. 1888, Lond., 1889, 207-209. —Brinkwater.
  Sarcoma of neck.  Rep. Proc. Northumb. & Durham M.
  Soc,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1886-7,  142. — Buncan.
  Large adeno-sarcomatous tumour of left triangle of neck
  attached to whole length of  carotid  sheath and other
  structures;  removal; recovery.   Austral. M. J.,   Mel-
  bourne,  1892, n. s., xiv, 434-439. -----. Cystic sarcoma in
  the left sub-maxillary region; removal; recurrence;  liga-
  ture of common carotid of same side and external carotid
  of opposite side  to starve the tumour; recovery.  Ibid.,
  1893, n.  s., xv, 233-236.—Falle von  Driisencarcinom am
  Halse (Recidiv) nach vorherigem Lippen- und  Zungen-
  krebs.  Jahresb. ii.  d. chir.  Klin. d. Univ. Greifswald
  1889-90, Leipz., 1892, 37-39.—Fenger.  Carcinoma ofthe
  cervical region; operation;  two secondary haemorrhages;
  recovery.  Chicago M. J.  Sc  Exam., 1889, lviii, 93-95.—
  Fischer.  Extirpation einer scirrhosen Lynipdruse des
  Halses mit todtlichem Ausgange.   Ztschr. f. Wundarzte
  u. Geburtsh., Winnenden,  1881, xxxii, 121.—Fleming
  (C.)  Malignant  tumour.   Proc. Path. Soc Dubl., 1862-5,
  n. s., ii,  74.—Fon-Vizen (It.)  K voprosu o vnutrisosu-
  distoi endoteliomie.  [Intravascular endothelioma.]  Ra-
  boti  hosp.  khirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1903,  246-
  258. 1 pl.—Fraenkel (E.)  Bemerkungen iiber maligne
  Lymphdriiseiitumoren am Halse.  Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staats-
  krankenanst. 1890,  Leipz., 1892, ii, 394-402,  1 pl.—Ohe-
  dini (G.)  Fibro-sarco-endotelioma del collo.  Gazz.  d.
  osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1341-1345.—Oilford (H.) Sc Da-
  vis (K. L. H.)  Potato tumours of the neck and their ori-
  gin as endotheliomata of the carotid body, with an account
  of three cases. Practitioner, Lond., 1904, lxxiii, 729-739,3
  pi. on 2  1.—Grnbe (V. F.)   Sarcoma fusocellulare fasci-
  culatum.  Inhis: Ocherki i nabl. fak. khirurg. klin.Imp.
  Kharkov. Univ., 8°, Kharkov. 1897, i, 72-74, 1 pl.—Hnu-
  kins (G. T.)  Case of neuro-fibromatosis associated with
  large sarcomatous tumour in neck; operation; wound and
  ligature of thoracic duct.   Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney,
  1897, xvi, 66-68.—Harrington (F.  B.)  Excision of the
  left pneumogastric nerve and the carotid artery in a case
  of cancer of the neck.  Boston M. Sc  S. J., 1896, exxxv,
  337.—Hawkes  (F.)  Immunity  from recurrence  after
  removal of glandular sarcoma of the neck. Ann. Surg.,
  Phila.,  1903,  xxxvii.  938.  -----.  Extensive  recurrent
  lympbn-sarcoma  of the neck.  Ibid., 1904, xl, 266-268,  1
  pl.—Heinrieius  (G.)   [Sarkom des Nackens bei einem
  neugeborenen Kinde. Ref.,p. xxxvii.]  Finskalak.-sallsk.
  handl., Helsingfors, 1904, xlvi.—Hektoeu  (L.)   Sudden
  death from pulmonary embolism following thrombosis of
  the internal jugular vein  in  a case of carcinoma of the
  neck secondary to carcinoma of the  tongue.  West. Clin.
  Recorder, Chicago, 1899, i,  6-8.—Imparato (E.)  Volu-
  minoso sarcoma del collo.  N. scuola med. napol., 1893, x,
  202-208.—Jacobson (W.H. A.) Sc de iVIesquita (S. B.)
  Case of epithelioma of the neck probably arising in a relic
  of one of the branchial clefts.  Branchiogenic carcinoma of
  Volkmann ; two operations; recurrence; spontaneous disap-
  pearance of the growth. Guy'slIosp.Rep.,Lond.,1898,liii,19-
  44.—Jawd) iiski(F.)  Przypadek raka pierwotnego szyi,
  t. z. raka skrzelowego Volkmann'a; wyciecie nowotworu
  wraz z rezekcyja,te;tnicy szyjowej wsp61nej i zyly szyjowej
  wewnetrznei; wyzdrowienie.  [Primary cancer of the neck,
  so called Volkmann's branchial cancer; excision of the tu-
  mor, together with resection of the common carotid ar-
  tery and the internal jugular vein; recovery.]   Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa, 1888, 2. s., viii, 530;  554; 582.— jessett (F. B.)
  A case  of sarcoma of the neck treated by caustics. II- 
XKCK.
382
NECK.
\eek (Tumors if, Malignant).
  lust. M. Xews. Lond .  1*88-9, i, 135.-----A. case of sar
  coma of the neck  secondary  to sarcoma ot the testicle
  Ibid.. 51— Johnston (W. W.)
glands:  secondary sarcoma of lung: with specimen.
M. Rev., Wash., 18'>-9, viii, 292.—Knnuss (It.)  A
                                 Sarcoma of cervical
                                                Nat.
                                                (a-
      r (P.")  Adenoma cervicis  malignum cysticum.
Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak.. Stuttg., 1896, xxxiv 446-
455 1 pl.—Kohler (A.) Grosses  Sarcom  in der Regio
submaxillariadextra; Exstirpation; Heilung per pri mam.
Charite-Aun. 1K86, Berl.. 1**8, xiii. 520.- Komnrevski
(X )   Fibrosarcoma colli; predokhranitelnaya syomnaya
ligatura sonnol artcrii;  perevyazka naruzhnol yaremuoi
veni; vilushtshcniye; vizdorovleniye.  [. . .;  prophylactic
removable ligature of the carotid artery; ligature of the
external jugular vein: removal; recovery.]   Chir. Laitop.,
Mosk  ls9''  ii  •'•'7-2;;o.— LHiigton (J.)  A case ot  sar-
coma of the neck.   Illust. M.\\ews,  Lond.. 1889, ii, 97,  1 I
pl —E.avista (It.)  Sarcoma primitivo perivascular del
cuello; contribuci6n al estudio de las neoformaciones de
esta regi6n.  Gac. med., Mexico, 1895, xxxii, 73-79.—lie-
dieu. Sarcome de la region carotidienue.  Gaz.med.de
Picardie,  Amiens,  1895, xiii, 45-47.—lieuzinger (F.)
Ein Fall vou Lynipho-Sarkoma colli; operirt; geheilt; Re-
cidiv.  Geneesk. Tijdschr. v.  Nederl. Iudie,  Batav., 1889,
xxviii, 633-640. —Makins (G. H.)  Secondary epitheli-
oma of neck; removal, together  with  three  inches of
internal jugular vein;  division of the left vagus; primary
suture lit  'nerve.  Tr.  Clin. Soc. Lond., 1896, xxix, 193-
19G.—.TIartha.  Lvmpho-sarc6me du cou.  Presse ni6d.
beige, Brux., 1889,'xii,  121.— .Wartone (V.)  Estirpa-
zione di vasto  sarcoma al collo; due riproduzioni;  guari-
gione conservata dopo dieci auni.  Resoc. r.  Accad. med.-
chir. di Napoli, 1887, xii,  160-162.— Tlnssot Palmes (J.)
Sarcoma  fuso-celnlar en dos niicleos de la regitin derecha
del cuello; extirpation; curaci6n.   Med. de los  nifios,
Barrel., 1904,v, 37*.— Hnuinnge.  Sarcome de la nuque.
Bull. Soc. d'anat, et physiol.  . . . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 34.—
lTlnzzui-coui (M.)   Linfo-sarcoma del collo; resezione
della gingulare interna  e del vago destro; guarigione.
Riv. di chir.. Napoli, 1898. i, 49.—Mermet (P.)  Sarcome
fascicule de la  nuque;  ablation;  recidive in situ; nouvelle
ablation;  recidive  k distance au niveau  d'une  cicatrice
vaccinale.  Bull. Snr. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx,  267-271.—
ITIikso- sni'konin  pravol  storoni  she'i;  izliecheniye.
[Myxo-sarcomu of the right side of the neck; recovery.]
Otchot o dleyatcln. khirurg. klin. [etc.] v Mosk. (1896-8),
1899,  77.—.71 on pro til.  De 1'ablatioii  des  tumeurs ma-
lignes adherentes  aux gros vaisseaux du  cou.  Anjou
med., Angers, 1902, ix, 181-184.—Morestin (H.)  Sarcome
du cou, k debut amygdalien.   Bull, et mem. Soc. auat. de
Par., 1899, lxxiv, 886-892.—.Morion (A. W.)  Carcinoma
of larynx and  trachea, involving tbe esophagus. Pacific
M. J.', San  Frau.,  1902, xiv, 592-595.— Mugnai (A.)
L' irritameuto del pneumogastrico nelle operazioni  sul
collo; estirpazione di un voluminoso  sarcoma  profoudo
del collo;  guaiigione.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1889,  x, 787-
789.—Ogston (A.)  Observations on submaxillary cancer
and  its treatment. Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1892, ii',  1213.—
Oliver  (J. H.) Sc Aguerre  (J. A.)  Contribution  al
estudio de los epiteliomas  paratiroideos.   Rev. m6d.  d.
Uruguay, Montevideo, 1904, vii, 369-379.—Oppelt Sans
(R.)  Liufosarcoma del cuello.  Rev. de med.  y cirug.
pract,, Madrid, 1904, lxiv, 201-20'!.—Paci (A.)  Eoorme
mixoma sarcomatoso del collo e del torace;  estirpazione;
guarigione.  Sperimentale, Firenze, 1X70. xxxvii, 284-290.
AUo, Reprint.—Page (F.)  Case of large lympho-sarcoma
successfully removed from the neck of a child. Rep. Proc.
Northumb.  Sc Durham M.  Soc,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
1877-8,46, lpl.—Perez Ortiz.  Liufosarcoma ulcerado
del cuello; infecci6n geneial; tratamiento.  Rev. de san.
mil., Madrid,  1896, x,  513.—Powers  (C. A.)  Lympho-
sarcoma of neck.   Med. News, Phila.,  1890, lvii, 85.—
Prewitt (T. F.)   Lymphosarcoma of neck; extirpation;
ligation internal jugular vein; recovery.  St. Louis ("our.
Med., 1884, xii, 517-520.  Also, Reprint—Pughe (R. N.)
Lympho-sarcoma of neck.  Illust. M.News.  Loud., 1888-9,
i, 10. — Qiiinti-ie.  Epithelioma ganglionnaire du cou.
Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,  1898, xix,  184.
AUo: J. de med. de Bordeaux,  1898, xxxviii, 368.  Also:
Gaz  d.  hop.  de  Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 76. — Kniioo-
hoff(J.)  Lymphosarcoma of the  neck.  Cincin. Lancet-
Clinic, 1898, n. s., xl, 608-610.—Raw (N.)   The spread  of
cancer by the thoracic duct.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1905, i,
1380.— Bhoads  (T. L.)  Tracheotomy as a  palliative
operation in malignant disease of the neck.   Coll.  Sc Clin
Rec, Phila., 1897,  xviii, 224-231— Bibera y Hans (J.)
Epitelioma del cuello; extirpaciou de ocho centimetres de
yugular  interna.   Rev.  de med. v cirug. pract., Madrid
1899, xiv, 481-489.—Bitter (C.)  Ein eigenartiges Fibre'-
Sarkoiu am Halse  (casuistischer Beitrag zur Kenntniss
der  retropharj ugealen  Tumoren).  Arch.  f.  path. Anat
[etc.], Berl., 1899, clvii, 329-338, 1 pl.—Bobson (A. W. M.j
Sarcomatous tumours under the upper part ot the sterno-
mastoid  (potato-like tumours).  Illust.  M.  News  Lond
1889, iii,  194.  — Rodman  (W.  L. )   Sarcoma' of the
neck; successful operation.   Med. Council, Phila.  1901
vi,  19. — Rogers ( W. B.)   Sarcoma of  cervical lym-
\eek  (Tumors of  Malignant).
  phutic glands.   Memphis M. Month., 1896, xvi, 10-13.—
  Boseublat (I. O.)  Myxo-tibro-chondro-endothelio-iidcno-
  cari iuoma  telangiectodes colli.   Dnevnik syezda  Obsh.
  russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova,  Kiev,  1896, vi, no. 13,
  suppl., 106-110.- ft vii n (J. H.)  Lympho-sarcoma, of the
  neck in au infant,  Med. Rec, N. T., 1899, lv, 605  Nnble.
  (J.)  Double  lymphosarcome  du cou; extirpation; leci-
  dive.  .1. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, ii, 108-111.- Mbively
  (H. I. )  A case of inoperable sarcoma of the ■ n< rU treated
  by injection of the mixed  toxiues of streptococcus ery-
  sipebitis and bacillus prodigiosus.  N. York  M. J., 1896,
  lxiv, 774-776. — Smith (R. E.  XV.)  Malignaut tumour of
  the neck.  Pmc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1865-8, n. s., iii, 376.—
  Worel (E.) &  Bnlous.  Deux cas de polyadenite canc6-
  reuse et tuberculeuse se rapportaut au syndrome  lympha-
  deuome. Toulouse med., 1900, 2. s., ii, 125-128.— Mpicer
  (S.) Sc Collier (H. S.)  A case of sarcoma of the carotid
  sheath; removal of the growth, together with portions of
  the carotid  arteries, internal jugular vein, and pneumo-
  gastric nerve;  recovery.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 342-344.—
  Stirling (R. A.)  [Fatal caseof cancer of the tongue and
  glands of the neck.]   Intercolon.  M. J. Australas., Mel-
  bourne, 1899, iv, 87.—Suite (L. i  Fibro-sarcoma de la re-
  gi6n mastoidea; dificultades diagnosticas; extirpacidn y
  cauterio actual; curaci6n.  Rev. de laringol., otol. v rinol.,
  Barcel., 1888-9, iv, 37-39.—Symonds (C. J.)   Cystic car-
  cinoma  of  neck; removal; recurrence.  Tr.  Path. Soc.
  Loud., 1887-8, xxxix,  337. — Thompson (J. E.)  Lym-
  pho-sarcoma of  the cervical glands; successful removal,
  together with the internal jugular vein and cervical sym-
  pathetic; injury of the vagus, with temporary destruction
  of its function.  Texas Clin., Dallas, 1898, i, 115.—Treves
  (F.)   Malignant cvsts of the neck.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.,
  1886-7, xxxviii, 360-373. 1 1.. 1 pl.—Verebelyi (T.)  Lym-
  phosarcoma colli.   Orvosi  hetil., Budapest,  1903,  xlvii,
  148. — Vcrgely (P.) Epithelioma tubule de l'6piglotte;
  extirpation, recidive tr&s probable un anapr&H; ganglions
  indur6s; infiltration considerable du cou; injections sous-
  cutan6es de liqueur de  Fowler dans la tumeur; gueri-
  son.   Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, ii, 689-702.—
  Villencuve.   Sarcome ganglionnaire primitif du cou;
  ablation; recidive in situ; ablation secondaire; guerison.
  Ann. do l'ficole . . . de  m6d. et pharm. de Marseille 1892,
  Par., 1893, 188-190.  Also: Marseille iu6d., 1892. xxix, 504-
  506.—Wallis (F. C.)   A case of cystic, epithelioma  of the
  neck.  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xlvi,  169.—Waring
  (H. J.), Myeloid tumour of neck.  Tr. Path  Soc. Lond.,
  1898-9, 1, 232-234.—Warren (H. E.)   Case, of sarcoma of
  the neck treated by the Coley antitoxin.  Boston M. Sl S.
  J., 1896, exxxv, 673.—Webb (J. B.)  Lympho-sarcoma of
  the neck.  Illust. M. News, Lond., 1888-9, i, 197.—Whar-
  ton (H. R.)  Melanotic sarcoma of neck.  Tr. Path. Soc.
  Phila. (1891-3), xvi, 229.—White (J. W.) & Wood (A. C.)
  Sarcoma at base of neck.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. 8.,
  cv, 146.  AUo: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892, iv, 593, 2 pl.—
  Willis (S. S.) Sc Marshall  (V. F.)  A case of lympho-
  sarcoma of the  neck.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi,  836.—
  Wilson (J.)   A case of sub-parotid  and retro-pharyn-
  geal sarcoma; operation; recovery.  Lancet, Lond., 1891, i,
  1429.— Wiirdemann  (H. V.)   Fibro-sarcoma of the
  neck with temporary  ophthalmoplegia externa and sym-
  pathetic paralysis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvii,
  466.—Zangger (T.)   Merkwiirdiges Verscbwinden einer
  krebsartigeu Geschwulst im Halse.  Cor.-Bl. f.  schweiz.
  Aerzte, Basel. 1904, xxxiv, 622.

IVeek ( \'Younds [and injuries]  of).
     See,  also,  Artery (Carotid,  Ligature of); Ar-
  tery (Carotid, Wounds  of);  Cadaver  (Jurispru-
  dence  of); Emphysema (Traumatic); Larynx
  (Wounds,  etc.,  of);  Neck  (Foreign  bodies in);
  Neck ( Wounds of,  Jurisprudence of);  (Esopha-
  gus, Pharynx, Thoracic duct, Trachea, Veins
  (Jugular),  Wounds, etc., of.
     Bousquet.   *De  transversis juguli vulueri-
  ribus.  sm.  4.  Parisiis, 1775.
     Payne  (J.  F.)  Case of iujury to the  sympa-
  thetic uerve in  the ueck.   12°.  [London, n. d.]
     Sebizius (M.)  Examinis vulnerum  partium
  dissimilarium pars ii. contiueus  eventum vulne-
  rum colli et thoracis: Respondents Joliaune Ru-
   dolpho Saltziuauuo.   4y  Argentorati, 1637.
     Adam  (P.  L.) Porublenuaya  runa shei.  [Incised
   wound of the neck.]  Med. Sbornik. Tinis, 1877, no. 24. pt.
   ], ]_8.—Allen (D. P.) i: Griggs (C. E.) Wounds ofthe
   thoracic duct occurring in the neck; report  of two cases;
   resume of seventeen cases.  Am. Med., Phila., 1901. ii, 401;
   444.—Arnison.  A  case  of rut-throat, involving  the
   larynx, treated bv suturing; complete primary  union.
   Lancet. Loud.. 1*95, i, 284.—Austin (II. W.) Laryngeal
   stenosis and  fistula the result of cut-throat; treated by
   incision and dilatation with bougies and intubation. Rep.
   Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. nosp.,\Vash., 1889-90, xviii, 113.— 
NECK.
383
NECK.
Heck  (Wounds [and injuries] of).
  Bango (M.)  Herida perforo-cortanto de la regi6n late-
  ral izquierda del  cuello; ligadura de la arteria facial.
  Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1889, 87.—Basil (B. N.)   Two
  cases of cut-throat, illustrating successful treatment with
  and without stitches.  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1901, xxi,
  169.—Bell  (J.)  Wound of the internal jugular.  Proc.
  Med.-Chir. Soc Montreal (1885-7),  1888, 201-204.—Belli-
  sari  (G.)  InsufHcienza aortica  ed  emiplegia,  con de-
  mcnza ed epilessia post-emiplegica, da ferita del  collo.
  Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 3,  519; 530.—Benja-
  min (J.)  Suicidal  throat-wound, cutting  down to the
  oesophagus aud causing  loss of speech and deglutition;
  complete recovery.  Indian M. Rec,  Calcutta, 1895, viii,
  96.—Berry (W. T.)  Report of case of semi-decapitation;
  with complete division of external carotid artery and ex-
  ternal jugular  vein.  Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1904-5,
  xvii, 573.—BoroSM (E.)  A nyak  es  a geire seriitesenek
  6 esete.   [Six cases of wounds of the neck and  throat.]
  Orvosi  hetil., Budapest. 1897, xii, 75-77.  AUo.  transl.:
  Un-ar.  med. Presse, Budapest, 1897, ii, 193-196.—Briggs
  (C. S.)  Wounds of face and neck, with salivarv fistula.
  Nashville J. M. Sc S., 1895, lxxviii,  185.— Calzolari (A.)
  Lesione chirurgica del (lotto toracico al cello.  Gazz. d.
  osp.,  Milano, 1900,  xxi, 728.—C'amaggio (F.)  Legatura
  della  carotide priiuitiva  e defla vertebrale  per ferita da
  punta e taglio  del collo.  Gior. internaz. d.  sc. med., Na-
  poli,  1903,  n. s., xxv,  481-488.—Chauvel.  Plaie de la
  base du cou par balle; douleurs locales et irradiees, osteite
  condensante;  resection  de l'extremhte  posterieure  des
  quatre  premieres  cotes,  des apophyses  epineuses de la
  1" vertebre dorsale et de la 7e vertebre cervicale, de la
  lame  vert6brale et de  la  inoitte post6rieure de  l'apo-
  physe transverse gauche de cette derntere vertebre.  [Rap.
  de'Delorme.]  Bull,  et mtin. Soc.  de  chir. de Par., 1890,
  n. s.,  xvi, 327-329.—Chew (R. G.  S.)  Three cases of se-
  vere suicidal throat-wounds; recoverv.  Indian M. Rec,
  Calcutta, 1895, viii, 136.— Cobleigh  (E. A.)  Case of re-
  markable injury, with recovery.   Weekly  M. Rev., St.
  Louis,  189u, xxii, 403-405.—Coignet (L.-R.)  Une  plaie
  dn cou  par tentative de suicide.   Province nted., Lyon,
  1892,  vi, 304.—Crick (L.)  Plaie transverse du cou int6-
  ressant la trachee clans sa totality suture de la tracltee;
  giterison.  Clinique, Brux., 1894, viii, 49-52.—Crompton
  (D.)  Suicidal cut-throat.   Guy's Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1887,
  3. s.,  xxix, 145.—Cut  throat;  fatal cases.   St. Thomas's
  Hosp. Rep. 1899, Lond., 1901, 190.—Davidson  (D. M.)
  Case  of cut throat.  Indian M.  Gaz., Calcutta, 1900, xxxv,
  58.—Deaver (J. B.)  Tracheotomv in cut-throat.  Inter-
  nat, Clin., Phila.,  1891, ii, 132.—Duncan (R. B.)  Cut-
  throat;  its immediate treatment.  Intercolon. M. J. Aus-
  tralas..  Melbourne, 1898, iii, 171.—Earle (E. R. C.)   Two
  cases of cut throat, with opening ofthe air-passage.   Lan-
  cet,  Lond.,  1899, ii, 1164.—Fein (J.)  Drei  Falle von
  leichten Verletzungen im Halse.  Wien. klin. Rundschau,
  1905,  xix, 1-3.—Feroz Din Mohroof.  A case of cut
  throat.  Indian M.  Gaz.,  Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii,. 174.—
  Fischer.  Ein Faustschlag in den Nacken mit Paralyse
  der oberen  Extreniiiaten.   Ztschr. f. Wumlaizte u. Ge-
  burtsh., Winueuden, 1882, xxxiii, 45.—Fitzgerald (T.N.)
  Two cases of cut-throat treated by tracheotomy  and im-
  mediate suture.  Lancet. Lond., 1893,  ii, 91.—Flynn (H.
  S.) A caseof traumatic emphysema of the neck.  Provi-
  dence M. J., 1901, ii, 187. — Fowler (G. R.)  Stab wound
  of the neck, followed by paralysis of the arm; sntureof the
  5th, 6th, and 7th cervical nerves.   Brooklyn M. J., 1900,
  xiv,  380-382.—Frater (I.)   Haroni nyak seniles esetrol.
  [Three  cases of neck injuries]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1898,  xlii, 394.—Galcazzi (R.)  &.  Perrero (E.)  La
  sindrome di Dejerine-Klumpke provocata da una ferita del
  collo.  Gior.  d. r. Accad. di med. di  Torino,  1899, 4. s.,
  xlvii, 437-442.  AUo: Riforma med.,Palermo,!899, xv,pt. 3,
  136-138.—CJaIt(H.)  Notes of a case of suicidal cut-throat.
  Brit.M. J., Lond.. 1898, ii, 711.—Golubinin (L.)  Sluchai
  tyazholol r;ini shei.  [Case of severe wound  of the neck.]
  Chir.  Laitop., Mosk., 1893, iii, 57-65.—Gonzalez (J. de J.)
  Ruptura espontanea de una de las venas del cuello.  Cr6n.
  med.  mexicana, Mexico,  1901, iv,  I'-Goodwin (T. H.
  J. C.)   Notes of a case of cut throat  successfully treated
  by tracheotomy.  Army M. Dep.  Rep. 1894, Lond., 1896,
  xxxvi, 354.—Orogono.  A remarkable case of cutthroat
  with recovery.   Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1902, i, 1336.—Halley
  (G.)   Aneurismal varix of internal carotid and internal
  jugular vein; operation and results.   Tr.  M. Ass.  Mis-
  souri, St. Louis, 1892, 147-150.  [Discussion], 281.—Hart
  (E. H.)  A case of attempted suicide.  China M. Miss. J.,
  Shanghai, 1897, xi, 210.—Hasslcr.  Plaie perforante de
  la joue  et  du pilier ant6rieur gauche et penetrant* de
  l'amygdale gauche par 6p6e-baionnette d'infauterie. M6m.
  et bull. Soc.  de nted. et chir.  de  Bordeaux (1900),  1901,
  235.—Helm (J. A.) Stab wound in right  side of  neck.
  St. Louis, Clinique,  1903, xvi, 1-9. — Henuecart (A.)
  Suicide  par  large piaie du cou.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Pur.,
  1896,  lxxi, 166-168.—Henrichsen (J.)  Et Tilfselde af
  Stenosis tracheae post vuln. incisum (tentam. suicidii) samt
  Bema:rkninger  om penetrerende Halssnitsaar.  [A  case
  of. . ., with  observations on penetrating incised  wounds
  ofthe throat.]  Ugesk. f. Lager, Kobenh., 1905, 5. R., xii,
]\eck (Wounds [and injuries] of).
  673; 697.—Hine  (J. E.)  Note on a case of cut-throat.
  Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii. 301. — Hislop (J. T.)  A case of
  cut-throat.  Ibid., 1894, i, 1618.—Hofinokl.  Stichwunde
  an der linken Halsseite, Verletzung der Jugularis interna
  und Durchschneidung  der drei  uutersten  Halsnerven;
  Ligatur  der Jugularis interna; Heilung der Wunde mit
  zuriickbleibeuder Lahmung der linken oberen Extremitat.
  Ber. d. k.  k.  Krankenanst.  Rudolph- Stiftung in  Wien
  (1889), 1890, 300. —Hogarth (R. G.)  Remarks on the
  treatment of cut throat; with  notes of a case treated by
  immediate suture in layers.  Brit. M.  J., Loud., 1897, ii,
  462.— Ilolmden.  A case of injury to the throat  and
  hard palate.   Lancet,  Loud.,  1894,  i,  332. — Huselton
  (W. S.)  Cut-throat wound of the neck;  the case of James
  Newton  Hill.   Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1894, viii, 144-147. —
  Irsai.  Membrauose  verwachsung  der Stirnmbander
  (nach  Selbstmordversuch). Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Bu-
  dapest, 1902, xxxviii, 606.—Isherwood (J.  P.)  Wound
  by glass in dog's neck.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 538.—
  Josso (P.)   Plaie p6n6trante du  cou par instrument
  tranchant; an6vrysme art6rio-veineux de la carotide in-
  terne et de  la  jugulaire interne; mort  au dixteme jour;
  autopsie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1887-8, vi, 123-125.   Also:
  Union med., Par., 1S88, 3.  s.,  xlvi,  184- 186. — Kellock
  (T. H.)  Two cases of  extensive suicidal wounds of the
  throat treated by immediate complete suturing. Middle-
  sex  Hosp.  J.,  Lond., 1900,  iv, 14-19. — Kennedy  (J.)
  Observation sur une playe au col, acconipagnee de symp-
  tomes peu ordinaires.   Essais et obs. de med. de la Soc.
  d'Edinb., Par., 1740, i,  245-249.—Kochanovski (P. S.)
  Porlezaunaya  rana shei.   [Cut wound  of the  neck.]
  Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1893-4,
  xxxii, 165.—Ivohu  (S.)  Zum Iiapitel  der Hals-Verletz-
  ungen.  Prag.  med. Wchnsehr., 1889, xiv, 309.— Lacy-
  Firth  (J.)    Case  of  cut-throat treated  by immediate
  suturing.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 652. — Leblanc
  (P.)  Entorse cervicale; mort.  J. dented. v6t. et zootech.,
  Lyon, 1904, 5.  s., viii, 577-581.—Lebi-nn.  Une curieuse
  blessure du cou.  J. de chir.  et aun. Soc. beige de  chir.,
  Brux., 1904. iv, 185-187.  AUo: J. nted. de  Brux.,  1904,
  ix,   497. — liuscoinbe  ( W. E.)  Sc  Broadbent  (F.)
  (F.)  Incised wound in the thyro-hyoid space.   Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1888, ii, 421.—McMahaii (W. R.)  Injury of
  neck with loss of function of arm.  Railway Surg., Chi-
  cago, 1897-8, iv, 124-126.—Mancini (F.) Sutura dell' eso-
  fago e della laringe per grave ferimento d' arma perforante
  ■e bitagliente.   Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1896, 5. s., xxii,
  57-62.—Massei (F.) Afonia  consecutiva a ferita d'arma
  de punta al collo.  Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed uff. san.
  [etc.], Napoli,  1897, i, 201-208.— Matignon (J.)  Plaie
  par  instrument piquant de la base  dn cou; emphys^me
  sous-cutan6, pleur6sie et paralvsie radiculaire  inftiieure
  du  plexus brachial. Bull, de l'hop. civ. franc, de Tunis,
  1900, iii, 341-349.—Mehrcr (I.)  Schwere Halsverletzung;
  Heiluug.   Wien.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1897,  xlvii, 1706. —
  Mesnard.  Plate trausversale du cou; plates multiples
  avec perte de substance et section incomplete du larynx
  et de  la trachee;  mode de suture speciale des cartilages;
  guerison.  [Rap. de Picque.]  Bull, et ntem.  Soc. de  chir.
  de Par.,  1900, n. s., xxvi, 1033-1035.—Miller.  A case of
  suicidal  penetrating wound of the  neck; tracheotomy;
  recovery.  Lancet, Lond.,  1-889, ii, 434. — Moir (D. M.)
  A case  of  cut-throat:  through  the thyro-hyoid  space.
  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 417. — Morestin
  Sc Carillon.  R6tr6cissement sous-glottique cons6cutif
  k une tentative de suicide par coup de rasoir.  Bull, de
  laryngol., otol. et ihinol., Par., 1899, ii, 48-53.— Mor-
  ris  (H.)  A  clinical lecture on the value of sutures in
  the  treatment  of cut throat and surgical wounds of the
  air passage.  Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 1427-1430. -----.  Ab-
  stract of a cliuical lecture on the proper treatment of cut-
  throat wounds  by immediate suturing of all the divided
  structures.  Ibid., 1897, i, 1530.—Moulonguet (A.)  Ob-
  servation de plaie du cou; trachcotomie.  Gaz. med. de
  Picardie, Amiens,  1890, viii,  38.—Muller  (F.),  Cary
  (A.) Sc Koch  (P.)  Plaie pene-trante du cou par tentative
  de suicide.   Ann. d. mal. dc l'oreille, du larynx, etc., Par.,
  1893, xix, 605-608.—Mursinna  (C. L.)  Von  einem be-
  sondern  Halsschaden, dessen Ursache nur nach dem Tode
  entdeckt wurde.   In  his: Med.-chir.  Beob.,  12°,  Berl.,
  1782, i,  70-96.—IVavratil (I.)  Gegemetsz6s esete. [A
  case of cut throat.]  On-, g6ge-es liilgytigy.,  Budapest,
  1904, 145.—Nina Rodrigucs.  Feridas cortautes da re-
  giao anterior dopescocjo; caracteres differenciaes no sui-
  cidio e  no  homicidio;  applicacao  ao  caso do Barao de
  Itapoan; rehabilitacao da sua memoria.  Brazil-med., Rio
  de  Jan., 1894,  33-36.—rYiiiui (G.)   Recisione violenta
  della giugulare interna e del  vago a sinistra.   Attid. r.
  Accad. med.-chir.  di Napoli, 1897, n. a., li, 141-146__Op-
  pel (V. A.)  K voprosu o sluchalnikh raneniyakh vnut-
  rennel yareranol veni.  [On accidental wounds of the in-
  ternal jugular vein.]   Laitop.  russk.  chir., S.-Peterb.,
  1898, iii,  411; 523.—Paffrath.  Eine merkwiirdige Un-
  fallverletzung  des Halses  und  der  linken Brusthohle.
  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,  Berl..  1900, vi,  445.—Pestonjee
  (D.  P.)  A singular case  of death by accidental cut-
  throat.  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta,  1901,' xx, 605.— Pic- 
NECK.
384
NECK.
>eek  ( Wounds [and injur ies\ of).
  que.  Plaie profonde de la region epiglottiquepar instru-
  ment tranchant. [Rap.dTsambt 11    iinl.etmem.Soc.de
  chir. de Par.. 1.-98, n. s.,  xxiv, .-■.!. —Piollet A'.i   Sec-
  tion transvei sale de la membrane thyre-h\ oidieiine par
  coups decouteau;  suture  profonde sans suture rutanee;
  guerison.   Proviin-e  hum:.   Lyon, 1900,  xiv, 36('>- .16.-.—
  Pollard (B.)  i Blake  A. F.)  The value of sutures
  in the treatment of cut throat.  Lancet. Lond.. IMC. ii.
  1532.—Prynuishiiikoff ( \Y N.)   Sluchai poiie/.aniiol
  rani shei.   (it  wound of the neck.]   Vrach. Zapiski.
  Mosk.,  1,-97.V. 166— Pujol (G.)  Large plaie de la re-
  gion thyro-h\in'ilieuue:  guerison sans suture. Marseille I
  med.. 1,-96. xxxiii.  .i'i-J"ii— Puppe  (G.i   I'eber Selbst-
  mord durch  Halsschmtt   Ztschr.  f.  Med.-Beainte. Berl.,
  1^97 x.  167-171—Bausohotf (J. i   Injuries aud diseases
  ofthe neck.  Internal. Encycl. Surg, i Ashhurst), N. Y.,
  1895, vii, 751-782— Rhode* (J. E.) A case of traumatic
  injury of the neck, followed by the formation of a tumor of
  the larvnx; operation: recovery.   Chicago M. Recorder,
  1904. xxvi 367.  — Kouy ill. W.i  Cutthroats.  Critique,
  Denver, 1-99  vi, 4."»"--459.— Bochard (E.)   Plate de la r6- I
  giou paiotidienne iiar une  fleche darbatete.  Union nted.,
  Par., l-9i;.4.s., ii, 2.">; —Kozauotl" i P. G.)  Raua shei, pro- |
  nik.iyus itsbaya v gortau i glotku.   ' Wound of the neck,
  peiie'irating larynx and pharynx.  Chir. Laitop..  Mosk..
  1.-93. iii. 65-67."— Bzheehkovski  i G.  I.) A: Mirkiu-
  Shklovoki iS. I.)  K kazuistikle ram niy shei  ; Wounds
  of the neck.]   Kjuued. jour. ' Piakt. med.". St. Petersb..
  Is9s, v,  502-504  —Schmidt (F. ('.  T.)  Ein seltener  F;dl I
  vou todtlicher Virlet/unir  der Halswn helsaule.  Ztscln.f.
  Med.-Beamte, Berl.. I90'_'.xv. (J'wJj-.xhernood i Y. R.) j
  An interesting case et throat-cut.  P. A: S. Plexus. Chicago.
■  1896-7, ii. 121-124.-Sircar Al. I..I  Case of severe homi-
  cidal cut-throat, vertically destroying entire larynx and a I
  portion of  trachea; recovery. Indian M.  Rec, Calcutta,
  1898. xiv. 23u.—Stieliwuude am  Halse mit todtlicheni
  Ausgange an Pyamienach 16 Tagen; nicht nachweisbarer
  Zusammenhang des letzteren mit der Verletzung; maiigel-
  bafte Behandlung.  Samml. gerichtl.-med. Obt-rgutacht.,
  Berl., 1891, 75-79. —Sutton tH. E.)  A cut throat.  Min-
  neap. Homceop. Mag.,  19ci2. xi.  107. — Swasey (E. P.)
  Penetrating wound of neck, involving the common carotid
  artery aud internal jugular vein;  ligation; hemiplegia:
  recovery.   Med. Rec, 3». Y., 18*8, xxxiii, 197.—Tachelti I
  (G.)  Vasta ferita da taglio alia regione anteriore del collo
  con apertura  completa del laringe in uu epilettico.  Ann.
  di med. nav.. Roma, 1904. i, 631 -635. — Taylor (I. M.)
  A case of cut throat.  Tr. South. Surg.  A: Gynec. Ass. I
  18.-8.  Birmingham Ala..  1889. i. 166-16*.  Also:  Atlanta
  M. A: S.J. 1.-.-.S-9, n. s..  v. 670-672— Thomas (F.  W.) |
  Wounds ot the neck.   Railway Surg., Chicago,  1897, iv. i
  104-107. — Thomas (W.  T.)  A case  of cut throat, in
  which all the carotid arteries and all the jugular veins on
  one side were ligatured; perfusion  of saline solution; re-
  covers   Brit.  M.  J.,  Loud., 1-15, ii,  1420. AUo: Clin.
  Sketches, Lond 1896, iii, 43.—Tissot.   Plaie grave de la
  region  su-liN onlieune lateiale  gauche: dechirure de la
  veine jnguhiire interne; section dn  Tronc de l'artere  thy-
  roidieum-  superieure  et de la liuguale.  Duuplihte nted.,
  Grenoble, K-95, xix.  218-222.—Vihert (C.)  Suicide par j
  section  du cou.  Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1890. 3. s.. xxiv, 175 —
  Vilnin.  Deux cas de plates graves du con. J. (le chir.
  et aim.  Soc. beige de  chir., Brux..  19U5. v, 399. — Vladi-
  slav letf iS. V.) Sluchai poriezaunol rani na  sheye s
  obshirnim raneniyem cortani.  [Stab wound  iu the neck
  with  extensive wound of the larynx.]   Bolnitsch.  gaz.
  Botkina, St. Petersb., 1892. iii. 201; 230—Wallace  (H.)
  The histoi y of a case of cut throat.  Brooklyn M. J.. 1899,
  xiii. 421-425. —Walters iF. G.)   Incised wound of the
  muscles ot the occipital and external carotid arteties; and
  external jugular v. in   recoverv.  Occidental M.  Times.
  San  Fran. l-Jol. xv. .:61. —Weaver ( D. B.)  Chisel-stab
  of the neck, requiring ligatuio of  the carotid: recovery.
  Univ. M. Mag.. Phila.  1----9,  i.  164— Webb (J. H.)
  Wound behind left ramus and angle of lower jiw: fie- |
  quent severe  attacks of recurieut  haemorrhage;' ligature
  of external and common carotid  arteiies .let'n : recovery.
  Au-tral. M. J.. Melbourne, I.--8   x.  37.—'Wood  ,C. B.i
  Cut throat: ligation of external carotid aitei \  and exter-
  nal  lu.ular  veim  Pittsburgh  il. Kev..  1.-91, v, 97 —
  Wright (C. A. j.)  A peculiar  method of suicide.'  Lau- ,
  ret. Lond.. 1901, ii. 744.

LYeck  (Wounds of,  Gunshot).
     See,  also,  Larynx,   CEsophagus,  Pharynx,
  Trachea,  Wounds  of, Gunshot.
     Esciiexbcrg (F. A.)   ^ Hevolverschiiss iu deu
  Mund. Verletzuug des Nervus eerviealis II; Ent-
  feriiun"' tier Kugel vom Xackeu aus.   --.   Kiel,
  1904.

     Averous.  fidatement de la face produit k bout por-
  tant par conp de feu (fasil Lebell tire dans la region sus-
  hyoidieiine.  Arch, de med. nav.. Par.. 1900, lxxiv?55-59.—
  Bajardi  (D.) Ferita d' arma da fuoco della carotide
  primitiva destra; aneurisma falso,  primitive; legatura
Aeek ( TToMMds of  Gunshot).
  eentrale e  periferica; escisione del t.atto di arteria com-
  preso  fra  i due  lacci;  guarigione.   Settimana med. d.
  Sperimentale, Firenze.  1898, lii,  25. — Boisson (A.) Si
  Harciis  (C.)  Diagnostic de la presence et de la topo-
  giaphie d'une balle  de  revolver dans la region sushyui
  dienn- par la radioscopie et la radiographic; extraction;
  gin ris,in   Arch,  de med. et pharm. mil. Par..  1-98. xxxi,
  4.">7-4fiI. — Ki-ignonc (P.l  Col|>od'arma d.i fuoco; tisiola
  faiingea coiim cutivii: gu.uigioue. Gazz. d. Osp., Milano.
  1.-89. x. 154; H 2— Kullitt (I.  B >   Gunshot wound of
  the neck.   Louisville Month. J. M. A S.. 1902-3,  ix. 81--4. —
  Butz i K. V..i   Sluchai .•_,in-stiu h.avo nineiiiyasounol ar-
  terii: o 'uaruzhivaniye i>uli posredstvom Xluchel.  ;Cun-
  shot wound of the carotid;  demonstration of the bullet by
  X-rays.) Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Peteisb., I (-99. x,
  1153.— Carter (E. C.)   Gunshot wound of the neck, fol-
  lowed  bv aneurism; deligation of left common carotid.
  Rep.  Surg.-Gen  Army. Wash.. 1896, 121.  AU.: Med.
  Kec .  X. V.,  1896. xlix, 37.'..—t'estnn.  Un cis ile plaie
  ila cou par balle  de  revolver,  avec ulceration  secondaire
  des gros vaisseauxet ligature.  Toulouse nted., 1901. 2. s . ii.
  297. —Fowler  (G. R.)   Xote of a case of  gunshot wound
  of the U(ck: secondary hemorrhage  on  the sixth day;
  provisional constriction of the common  carotid  artery
  whilst locating the  source ot  the hemorrhage;  further
  hemorrhage on the twelfth day; ligation  ot the common
  carotid and of  the external carotid of the oppo-it.- side.
  Brooklyn M. J.,  1903, xvii, 61-64. —Fuiumi (A.i  Un
  caso di ferita d' arma da fuoco della tiroide. della trachea e
  del polmone.  Ann. di med. nav., Koma. 1899, v. 651-654.—
  Giordano (£.)  Auastomosi giugulo-carotidea per ferita
  d' arma da fuoco. Arte med., Napoli. 1902. iv, 175-179.—
  Gonzalez (J.)  Herida por  arma de fuego en la regidn
  carotidea.  Cron. nted.-unir. de la Habana, 1893, xix. 317-
  321. — Halasz (H.)   Loves  iltal okozott g^seseriiles.
  [Gunshot wound of the  throat.]   (hr-. gege-es fiilg\ogv ,
  Budapest,  1904. 180-182.—Johnson Al.   Bullet iu neck.
  Physician  & Surg.. Lond.. 19ol. i, 1"76.— Judd (A.)  Re-
  port aud radiograph of sun-hot wound of neck.  Post-
  Graduate.  X.  V.. 19"",.  xx. 1068 1 pl —Kaelin.Beu.
  ziger.  Einseitige Mydriasis bei einer Schussverletzung
  des Halses (Sympathieu-reizmigj. Paiacelsus.   X. Pii-
  vatkrankenh. u. Augenheilaust. i. Ber. 1.-90 .-. Eiusiedeln,
  1899, 47.— i.e Conte (K. G.i  Case ,.f bull.-t imbedded iu
  the tissues  of the neck  located bv -kiagiapliv.  Tr. Coll.
  Phvs.  Phila., 1896.  xviii, 197.  1 "pl.   AUo: Ann.  Surg.,
  Phila.,  1896.  xxiv, 217,  1 pl. —Marcus.   Balle duns la
  region sus-hyoidienne; radioscopie et radiographic.  Lyon
  m6d.. 1897,  lxxxvi, 395.—Monod.  Coup  de feu daus la
  region cervicale: blessure  du  plexus  brachial; paralysie
  partielle du membre superieur.   M6m. et bull. Soc.  de
  med.  et chir. de  Bordeaux (1.-•-*),  18--9.  6^7— Murphy
  (J. ('. )  Report of  case of pistol-shot wound in neck;
  lamiuectomv; results.   Med. Fortuightlv,  St. Louis. 1903,
  xxiii, 413.  AUo:  N.York M. J. [etc]  1903. lxxviii, 414 —
  Oliver (J. P.)   Pistol  shot wound ot the  neck: oesopha-
  gus and larynx wounded; tracheotomy thirty hours after-
  wards : recovery.  Tr.  Texas il. Ass., Galveston, 1)>91,
  xxiii, 1-3-1.-6. — Ortega iL.)  Herida de arma de  fuego;
  aneurisma  traumatico;  ligadura de la carotula; cuiaci6n.
  Rev.de med. y ciruj. cie la Habana. 1897, ii, 257.   Poole
  (W. C. T.)   Report ou a case of gunshot wound of throat
  received in action inTirah: recovery.   Brit. M. J.,  Loud.,
  1898. ii. 17.  AUo: Indian M. Rec. Calcutta, 189.-. xv, 144.—
  Roberts  (\V.  O.)   Bullet extracted  from neck.  Louis-
  ville  Mouth. J. M.  &  S..  190.1-6, xii, 252.— Kolloton
  (H. D.)  Suicidal bullet wonud; bullet eouipres-ing me
  right internal carotid;  cerebral softening; death.  L.in-
  cet,  Loud.. 1S92,  i, 08.-. — Schussverlelzunj; am Hals
  mit Durcbbohruug der Trachea; 1 Fall.   Juhiesb. ii. d.
  chir. Abt.  d. Spit, zu  Basel (1895), 1.-96.  27— Neuii 1N.1
  Gunshot wound of the neck.   Internat. Clin.. Ph:U.. 1902.
  12. s.,  ii. 221.— Vos«, Schussverletzung der linken Hals
  seite.  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl.,  1898. i\> 11. 390-
  392. —Waugh (W. F.)   Gunshot wound of the neck.
  Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago. 1903, x, 33.  AUo: Med.  St.ind-
  ard. Chicago 1902-3, iii. 547.

]\eck ( Wounds of Jurisprudence  of).
     Juhel  (A.)   *Cousideratious  me'ilico-lejiales
  sur les plaies du cou.   4-.   Strasbourg, 1*06.
     Lexiez (A.)   * fitude ui^ilico-leii'nle des \6-
  siiuis du cou  au poiut  de  vue du diagnostic
  diflerentiel enlre l'huiuicide et  le  suicide.  1-.
  Lyon, 1-94.
     Yigiie.  De l'egoigeuieut au point  de vue
  judiciaire.   --.   Lyon d'-  Paris,  1-91.
     Barker (F. C.)  A  desperate suicidal throat wound,
  cutting down to  the vertebral column ; tracheotomy with
  suturing of wound, immovable fixation of neck, restora-
  tion of speech and deglutition   Indian M. Rec. Calcutta,
  1894.  vi. 304. — Blumeustok.   Affaire  Ritter;  angeb-
  licher Tod durch llaUabschn.-i.i.-n.   Wien. med.  Presse,
  1—8  xix. 16u9; 1654; 1695.—Bond (T.)  Regina v. Chip-
  perrteld.   Westminst. Hosp. Rep.. Loud..  leU7, x, 41-44.— 
>'£CEL                                        385                              SECKOPSIES.
Xeek [Wound* of. Jurisprudence of).
  Howi*-A.)  D;stancc walked after division if the great
  ves^rL* on one sidr of neck.  Brit. M. J.. L- r.d   1902. L
  So2.—Hnlke. A c*-- of suwadal woand  o: thr  tLrcAt.
  c:>mpl-;e.. ~rrer.Lg the larynx and opening the  ; ..Yt; |
  «u: :ruig oi -<kl:  hUI" :~ . '.u: l: -tv-ij! bo •..:».  L^lc-:.
  Land.. -•--  '-'- 421.— Little (J    <.:-.A-  apparentlv bv i
  aia"-—- "  « : tJt.it ---'"'  :a^ V-itd.  Ibid.. 1889, |
  ii. 7-: — ".'lino  ».   > ricidio c-i ...:..:     ; -:  - ::..
  mcl :>!        :• t-I Irg Pavia. :>.•; t. .  Y-l.—Singh
  (P. _.,  Tw(  i~r- •::' - .-idal cnt-iLr-jkit. --v-rr injuries
  in one'; tran-verse cat in both.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta.
  19i.-., nxvtL i5£.
Seek  Carl) [1-75-    ].    *Ueber  Erknr kun-
  i:en der  oberen Luftwr-e  und  d^s Ohres bei
  Eisrnbahubeamt.-n. c:n Bei-rag zur Fra-e der
  Gewerbekraukheiten.   :'.-pp., 11.  -:. Leipzig.
  B. Georgi, l'A*5.
!VeelL (Karl  ■  *Ein Fall von Fivaginatio ileo-
  eoliea mit partiellerXekroeeam Intn>su>ceptam. I
  i) p ■ . lpl.   --■  Tubingen. F. Pietzc'e<. 1--5.
\ecker ^Adolf).  * Leber  -<.h. el.euden Finger.
         -\   Tiibingen, H.  Laupp. I~y3.
\ecker (Karl  August  Friedrich)  \\6<7. -     '_.
  *Zur Au8gleichuu ^ von  Mi—-:jbeo: ach'.n^e^
  atm<*pharischer L cL'er> Lie: ui _'e•..  1; . . . :• 1
  pp.. 1 1.  n    -:.   [Wiem.J.N.  Ve^oay]. i-9*.   ,
rfeckermaiin (Albin,.    *Zor  Genese der
  freien  '*e e kkorper.   4-5 pp.. J pL  -:.  /Vw-
  Jiirj t.  B.. C. Lehmann, 1-y,'.
Heeklaee*.
    de Mortillet <A..  Les torques, on colliers  risides.
  Ber. mens, -.c 1 £ cole d"ai.ti.rr»p. de Par., 1-93, iii. 237-236.
Ifeekwasil f Julins  Hermann)  [IrTO-      "|.
  *Der  ma.i_"..e  Faninkel  na<h  den  F..lien d-rr
  Leir>zi;rer chirnrgischen Klinik :n  den  Jahren
  l-9-l'»4.   30 pp.. 1 pL,  11.   --.   Leipzig,  B.
  Georgi, 1905.
IfecrolOffio.   AcLilie Gor.guenheim, l-3.-<-19vl.
  - pp.   r-    Tor*"  . \9"i.                A. L. a.
    Repr. fri    A:cl ::al d: o:ol. [etc], Torino, 1902, iii.
Xecrolo$ry.
    .y< Biography.                               j
\ecrophili*ni and necrophagy.
    .>-Y. •.-. >Y  Anthrr.pnphagy.
    Biin.  Ci- de ;-.n.^.:-r.e ■."'■serve chez nn Hindoo
  i~r.-~. It i««ic iv".igi--u~r.  An 'it.-; et de med. colon-, I
  r.r  Y-.., v.  2>->-27€.— Kpaulard.  L- vampire H+ \
  11.-   Yrch.  d anthr-jp. -. ::ll   It . l  cc Par, 19(6. xvi:.
  lfl-iis—Felletar -E* ■  Xo: bLYlaLai m-r^-ri'ozLete-e a I
  atrbaa.  "Xi-  _  1 :.i» »: ::ie  bocv of a woman in tbe |
  c^LL'te:-:"  ■':--■:■ z--a-za: 1 ;^.L*--.i«>J. xL«7-e09. A^:.
  t-3w: .  ~Lja:' :LV  ?:----: Bl-.;--- MM, vi 40. — G.
  fr"  I vio'.a:-:: <i. .a-.a-r::.  Gazz. d. manic, d. prov  di
  MY- ■. in Momi-e.lo, 1900. xxi, no. 5-6, 1-4.—0ngne> (A-i ;
  ^:air- contemporaineg; le neerophile A:■":--     x?.l:-
  n^i  Pa-, lftjj,  xlviii. 378-38L  Ab«. :-:--  '.- ;-
  cia. et therap.. Par., :>jl, t, 335-339. — ?Ie»»trer  'j
  E:l Jai tod Mor.1 nnd Leiebenschanc ;l;.  Fr.-dr-rL.L a
  E! : .-.-ichtL  ilrd yftrnb.. leSl. xlii  4Y^42-.—Pimen-
  tel A . filho.   >"- rophilia; Bark, protector doe anato-
  il..-.b; inc".!r  diversa de du. - necroplil'ai, a  pavcho-
  pL-?»:':--ia  ". ■ ;:l« Rome, e  Ea-ba  ai .".  Otello e Mar-
  gaL-ii j-i".:.-:  E-r:"rand e Ard:-- l Tbln-io:-- de cada-
  vrr*i.  ile :. L^.i   Porto 19CL-:::  —"-—i--. — Kein-b^-re
  '.-J.  'J t-kro-filii: pfipad nekr<>filie a L-rk:o.'a_-.-.  ,->--
  erwp1? IYlq: acaseof necnjphili-  .. »:-. L-::oLLaiV   Ca«c;
  lek. Y-i t Praze, :>4, xliii 909-914.
^Tecropsie*.
    Ser. al*o. Anatomy (lf*thod*.  etc.. im):  Anat- '
  omy (Pathological, lletho-U. -P.. in);  Bacteria
  w ike eadarer;  Cadaver (Inspection  of):  Cada-
  ver  Jurisprudence  of); Juriapnidence   (Med-
  ical-. Morgue.
    Am?.- -D.)  Brief notes on the conduct of post-
  mor'eui  exa:;.iaaTions.  Tieina A;-: ••'.d:;: A to »
  Ltixirator.  manual  of iatho.'g:> a!  anatomy.
  ="-.  Baltimore,  lr97.
   ASCU16I (£.)  Belazione di autopeie ^rindizia-
  rie e~e_' ,ire  rer online del tribunale di C';«2i:ar.
  dall"apri>l-9-  dun g.io 1904. --. Cogliari.l&l.
    vox BakDELKBEX K     A:.".e:*u:.g zam Pra?-
  parier>fn auf dern ^-z:e:s .>.'.*-..  Far Studierende

       vol xi, 2d  series---2a
Necropsies.
   -r:a-?Y  Mit B-YYiigcH von W. Miller und G.
  >■_■:.'■'• • ,iY-e.  4. .  . . u.ir eiii'rr  Anleiruug zum to-
  pographischen Prapai - ren venuehrte And.  -  .
  Jena.  1S9d.
    Batakia.   Kbnigluhes  Staat*ministerium  der
  Justiz und de* Innern.  Instrukrion fiir da- Ter-
  fahreu -ler A- rzY iui KonigreicTie Bay^rn bei  e
  g-rricLtli'.'Le;  Ui.trr-U'Lungcn meiiv.hlicherLei-
  chtrLi.  Amtliche A.-jale.   3. Aufl.  16c.  Mun-
  eken. >9T.
    Kr^n  ,0.)   Da-  .S-rkt:rjn«-ProtoinlL   r:.
  Bfl\-. 1900.
    ------.   Das Obduktiousurotokoll.  -:.   Ber-
  lin. 1903.
    Caitell  (H.  W.)   Post-mortem  patLol-.'gy.
  A na 'i ti of post-mortem examinations aud th-r
  interpretations to be urawu ther»-lrom.  A prac-
  tical  rr^ari-^ f..r  -t ;ie .s  aud  practitioners.
  i. ed.  -.  Philadelphia. VXtb.
    Daubach (H.1  *-a'i-t:k <ier am "Wurzbur-
  g-r pati.ui 'igi-cL--:.  Instir.! in deu Jahren 1^-4-
  F-"ir2 (inc.. _ vi.ir_reLio:i.riienen >ckY'ijen  iau»-
  5 h i—s'.ich der  i- iik. y sc.--:.  >-rk-i'•:.-::.).  --.
  Wiirzb;'a. 1904.
    Dubini  A. *  Dr.l' arte di fare  le  sezioui c-a-
  dav, riche.  ii. etl., con molte note  ed aggiunte.
  ~'-.  [Venezia, lt*4-.]
    St*, alto, infra.
    Fabricics  (P. C.)  MetL'>>.5  cadavera  hu-
  mana rit«- secandi.   2. ed.   16°.  Halee 4*" Melm-
  stadii. 1774.
    Gracpxeb iR.) Al  Zimmebaiasx (F.)  Tech-
  nik  und  D:.igLi"-T;k am  Sektionstisch.   J v.
  Zwickau Sa., l-'SJ.
    Hektuex (L.    The technuju-- of post-mortem
  exariYinano:..  lii'-.   Chicago. 1-94.
    Isqcests at the Eadcliff-r Infirmary.  [Obeer-
  vaTioLi* iit-o:^ the  -Tat*r:u-rY: presented to  the
  lord cuaijCrl.or  by  the committee of maLa^e-
  ment ofthe RadclifFe Innrmarv, by the corouer.
  Oxford, l'.< April, l-.v. ]  -r.  [Oxford, l-y3.]
    Jorox  fT."   Coiument faire une autopsief
  Lecon professee a l'ficole de Nantes.  H°.  Paris,
  1-&4.
    Letuixe . M.)    La prati.ue de->  autopsies.
  -:.  Pori», 1903.
    Lobedaxk.  Hilfstaf'-l zum Gebrauch bei >ek-
  tionen und zur Al'ia-fiu:.^'  des  .Seknousproto-
  kolls.   Eine zum A'.ie-eY  a.f 'i m. F.tierLung
  eiL^erichtete Tafei  as  Ersatz   eii.e«  Hai.'i-
  buche-   eleph  fol.    Leipzig. 19*r3.
    Lobsteix fJ.  ^>. C] F.    Rapport >",r les tra-
  vaux  execute--  a  .  a!ii;-h.Ti.e'a*re d'a:.ato::..ie de
  l'Ecole de medecine de Srra-Y'or.ig pei.dan: ie pre-
  mier -em-sire de l'an XII: pre'-ente"  a rassem-
  blee des  professeur- de cette ec-.e.  l'i-.  Stras-
  bourg, an  XII [l-<4
    MaaSs  iH.    * S* r >:k am Wiirzl .: _'er pa-
  tho]"_isehen  Il-::*u. in den Jahren l-:,4-19,'.rJ
  find.) vorgenommenen ]-o.ii-:l;ni-che:. .Sekti"-ij»-n.
  --.  Wurzburg,  1904.
    Nattwerck   C. )   ^ecti astechnik fur  Stu-
  dierende und  Aerzte.  Z. AnfL  -'.  Jena, l-."9.
    -----.   The  same.   4. vermehrte Aufl.  ~-.
  Jena.  1905.
    Xewth (A. H.)  Post-mortems j  what to look
  for and how to make th-ui.. with sectio:,- on in-
  fanti' i;es poisons,  mal format iou-,  [etc.].   Ed- ^
  ited, with uuuierous n< t^~  and  additions,  by
  F. W. Oweii.  V>-.   Detroit, [1-vT?].
    Pitzxeb  Y.)   Leitfa<ien  l>ei   geric-Lt'ichen
  Leichenoffhui.^-n.   -".  Landshut, 1~'£'>.
    PoKH'-vsKi  M.    Bnkovotl«tvi. k v-kritiyu
  trupov  dlya  n a chin ay ishtehikh.    [Haudlxx-k
  for performiug  autopsies, for beginners.]  ::.
  Moskra, 1901. 
NECROPSIES.                                 386                                 NECROPSIES.
\ecropsie*.
    Post-mortem examination on Mr. Crawford.
  roy. r* \  [n. p., n. d.]
    Roose (T. G. A.J   Tascln-ubuch  fiir gericht-
  liche Aerzte und Wundiirzte bei gesctzmiissigen
  Leicheuortuimgeii.   4.  Aufl., von  Karl  Hiuily.
  16c.  Frankfurt a. M., \*11.
    -----.   Tlie same.   Verbesserte  und  mit Zu-
  siitzen  vermehrte  Aufl., von  Karl  Himly.   12°.
Frankfurt a. M., 1819.
            The same.
Zakboek voor jjeuees- eu
heelnieestcren bij het gereclitclijk schouwen van
lijken.  Uit het Hoogduitsch door C. M. Bugge
van der Boge.  16°.  Haarlem, lr03.
  -----.   The same.  Manuale  per i  medici e
chirurghi  forensi  nelle sezioni  legali.   Tradu-
zione  dalla 2. ed. tedesca del dottor M. M. Ran-
zendorf.   ~J4°.   Venezia,  1808.
  Ruge  (G.)    Anleitungen  zu den Prtiparier-
iibnngen an der mensehlichen Leiche.   2. Aufl.
b->.  Leipzig, 1«96.
  Schmitt (G.)   A brief of necroscopy  and  its
medico-legal  relations.  24°.  New York $• Lon-
don, 1902.
  Stecksen (Anua).   Kort  handledniug  i ob-
duktionsteknik.   [Brief directions for the tech-
nique of autopsies.]  ec.   Stockholm, 1>*98.
  Tretyakoff  (N.)  Kratkoye  opisanye  pato-
logo- anatomicheskavo  vskrltiya.   [Brief de-
scription  of post - mortem  examination.]   16°.
S.-lJeterburg,  1897.
  Valery (0.)  Tableaux  syuoptiques  pour  la
pratique des autopsies,  sm. 4°.   Parts, 1902.
  Zii.gikx.  Manuel theoriqne  et pratique des
autopsies.   12°.  Paris,  1905.
  Zuckerkandl (E.)  Anleitungen  fur den Se-
cirsaal.  2. Hft.  16°.   Wien Sr Leipzig, 1691.
  Abbott (S. W.)  The coroner's inquest a medieval relic.
Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 121. AUo, Reprint.—Aguiar Car-
doso.  Sobre o local das  autopsias.  Med. mod., Porto,
1905, xii, 318.—Alleged scandal with regard to a post-
mortem examination.  Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 516.—Ama-
no (T.)  Zusamnieustellung der Result ate, von den letzen
100 Sektionsfallen, nebst eiuigen interessanten Befunden.
[Japanese text.]  Okayama Igaku Kw;ii Zasshi, 1898,  67;
102.—Ancel.  Documentsrecueillisala sallededissection
de la Faculte de medecine de Nancy (semestred'hiver 1899-
1900).  Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1900, viii, 43-52.—An-
zinger (F. P.)  The clinical value of autopsies.   Lancet-
Clinic, Cinciu.,  1905,  n. s., lv, 5-12.—Azevedo Neves.
Tecbnicad'autopsias clinicas. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1903,
xxi, 169;  177.—Babes  (V.)  &  ttion  (V.)  Anatomia
patologica a Bangelul.   Romania med., Bucuresci,  1896, iv,
455; 499.—Badia (J.) Servicio de autopsias en  los hos-
pitales muuicipales.  Rev. d. centro estud. de med., Bue-
nos Aires, 1905,  iv, 181-183.—Becchio  (G.) & Visetti
(U.)  Tre osservazioni di anatomia patologica.  Gior. d. r.
Accad. di med.di Torino, 1896, 3. s., xliv, 72-80.—Brodier
(L.) fitudestatistique de 716 autopsies. Arch, gen.de med.,
Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 76-90.—Brown (A. C. ¥.)  Postmor-
tem technique.   St. Louis Med. Rev., 1904, xlix, 257-259 —
Bukhahtab (B. G.)  Ob nlekotorikh izmlenenivakh v
kbodie  sudebno-k-himicheskavo  izslledovaniya viiutren-
nostel.  [On various changes iu the legal chemical exam-
ination  of internal organs.]  Farmats., Mosk., 1900, viii
309; 340; 373; 496; 525; 564; 594; 625.—Buins (A. E.)  Au-
topsies.  Tr. M. Soc. Washington,  Tacoma, 1896,  24-28.—
Burt (S. S.) Diagnosis in the light of a necropsy.  Post-
Graduate, N. Y.,  1900,  xv,  1092-1097.  AUo, in his: [Clin
cases], 8°,  X. Y., 1900, 5 — Cnnnn (C. W.)   Autopsies,
how made, and their interpretation.  Virginia AI. Semi-
Month.,  Richmond,  1901-2, vi,  181-183. — Caro (A.  F.)
De la primera comisidn de medicina foreuse referente a
una declaraci6n  de  autopsia.  An. r. Acad  de ined
Madrid, 1901, xxi, 320-324. —  Carpenter (I. L.)   On  au-
topsies.  Tr. N.  Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1897 220-
232.—C'oiiuell(W.T.)  Some post-mortem notes.   Kings-
ton M. Quart., 1898, iii, 172-175.  - Corin ((}.)  A propos
de  quelques cas d'autopsie tardive.  Ann. Soc med -leg
de  Belg., Brux., 1904-5, xvi, 53-60. — Councilman (W.
T.) A Tlnllory (F.B.)  A studvof the lesions in  selected
autopsies.  Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp.. 1896, 7. 8.,
?16T.-'2 YT<',ox 1^-w)  Somepractical post-mortem points.
Indian M. Rec . Calcutta. 1898, xv, 47.—Daland (J )   A
new postmortem  case.  Tr. Path.  Soc. Phila.  1898 xviii
482-484.—Dalton (N.)  Report of the pathological  de-
partment;  analysis  of postmortem  examinations  per-
formed  from October 1st,  1895, to September 30th 1897
Necropsies.
  King's  Coll.  Hosp. Rep. 1895-6, Lond.,  1897,  iii: 1896-7
  Lond.,  1898, iv,  273.—Danieln (C. W.)  Further notes
  on a series of postmortems iu the Public 11 ospital, George-
  town, April, 1893. to March, 1896.  Brit. Guiana M. Ann
  Dcmerara, 189.".,  50-79:  1896, 74-86, 1 ch. -  Be Byckrri-
  A Corin.  A quel moment est-il peruiis  au niedecin-
  l£giste de pratiquei l'autopsio?  Ann. Soc. de med. leg <le
  Belg., Cbarleroy, 1900-1901, xii, 126-147. — Oiniond  (L.)
  An epitome of some of  the most interesling ]>ost-mortem
  examinations performed at the Itovnl Southern Hospital
  during  the year 1901.  Med., Surg. A I'ath. Rep. South
  Hosp.  1901, Liverp., 1902, 177-311.— I>i*t« I (T.)  Aerzt-
  licher  Befund eines Erstocheuen 1584.  Deutsche nu-d.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii,  691. — Biibini
  (A.)  Dell' arte di fare le sezioni cadaveriche.  Gazz. med.
  ital. lomb., Milano,  1847, vi, 319; 328.  AUo, Reprint.   See,
  aUo, supra.—Brichnen (J.)  Bericht iiber die im Hebam-
  meninstitut  Hirer Kaiserlicheu Hoheit der Grossfiirstin
  Helena  1'awlowna ausgefiihrten Sectionen  fur die Jahre
  1862 und  1863.  St. Petersb.  med. Ztschr., 1865, viii,  257;
  359.—Fearn (J.R.) Post-mortem revelations. Calif, m!
  J., San Fran., 1896,xvii,243-246.—Fcldniaunil.) Agya-
  korld orvosok viszonya  a ktirbonczolasokhoz es a proseo-
  turak kerdese hazankban.   [ Tlie relation  of practicing
  physicians to pathological post-mortems and the question
  of prosectiou iu  our country.]  Gybgyaszat, Budapest,
  1902, xlii,  10; 25.—Fleming (R. A.)  Experience gained
  from post-mortems in relation to the practice of medicine
  and surgery.  Internat.Clin., Phila., 1902,12.s.,ii, 142-147.—
  von Qrnersich (A.)   Zwei interessaute  pathologisch-
  anatomische Befuude. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest.1897,
  ii, 97-101.  ----. Az 1900-ik evfolyaman a Szt Istvan-kbr-
  hazban  vegzett bonczolasok  koziil  nehany  erdekes (-sat.
  [Interesting cases found at post-mortems in 1900 at the St.
  Stephen's Hospital.]   Budapest szekesf. kozk6rh. evk.
  (1900), 1901, 259-274.—CSilbride (J. J.)  A simple method
  of closing the body after an  autopsy.  Am. Med., Phila.,
  1902, iv, 768.—Grainger (T.)  Analysis ofthe post-mor-
  tem examinations in the Murshidabad  district during the
  past 5 years.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii.  303-
  306.—Orandjux.  Les autopsies k la guerre, a la marine
  et aux  colonies.  J. de med. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xiii,  2:;9.
  AUo: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1901, viii, 188-192.—(jrt-en
  (C. R. M.) Return of sudden deaths requiring coroner's
  inquests for five years (from 1896 to 1900) in  the city of
  Calcutta.  Indian  M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902,  xxxvii, 301.—
  OrigoryeflT (A.  ) Patologo-anatomiclieskiy  material
  Uyazdovskavohospitalyaza 1896god.  [Pathologoauatom-
  ical material of  the Uyazdov Hospital during  18UG.]  Vo-
  yenno-med.  J., St. Petersb.,  1898, cxciii, med.-spec,  pt.,
  260-307.—Haines (W. D.)   Postmortem examinations.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 442-444.—Hamilton
  (W. F.)  Clinical features and anatomical finding*.  Mari-
  time M. News, Halifax, 1904, xvi, 281-294.—Harris (R. 0.)
  Autopsies and physical examinations.  Boston M. & S.
  J., 1900, cxliii, 420.   AUo : Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost.,
  1901, iii, no. 3, 6-10.—Hebb (R. G.)  Report of the post-
  mortems  made in 1897 and 1898. Westminst.  Hosp. liep.
  1897-8,  Lond., 1899, xi, 211; 295.—Hebbert (C. A.)   Pro-
  cedure  in post-mortem medico-legal examinations.  Can-
  ada M.  Rec, Montreal,  1899, xxvii. 1; 49; 538: 1900, xxviii,
  12; 101; 436. — Hektocn (L.)  The techuic of medico-
  legal postmortem examination.  In: Text-Book Leg. med.
  (I'etersou & Haines), 8°, Phila., 1903, i, 23-fil— Heller.
  Ueber  die  Notwendigkeit,  die meist iibliche Sektions-
  technik zuaudern.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. path.Gesellsch.,
  Jena,  1904,  xv,  Ergnzngshlt., 20-24.   AUo: Vrtljschr. f,
  gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1904, 3. F., xxvii, H0-115.-Holl6s
   (J.)  A boncolasok jelcutosegerol.  [The significance of
  autopsies.]   Budapesti orv.  ujsag,  1905, iii,  737-739.—
  Index to abstracts of post mortem  examinations,  1901.
   Middlesex Hosp. Rep.  1901, Lond., 1903,  122.—JanicNon
   (W. B.)  A tabular report of two hundred  and fifty-four
  autopsies. Phila. Hosp. Re])., 1896, iii, 184-188—Kai-
  Nd-ling (C.)  Weitere Mittheilungeu iiber die Herstel-
  luugmoglichstnaturgetreuerSammlungspraparate Arch.
   f. path. Anat. [etc.l, Berl., 1897, cxlvii, 389-417.—Kiber
   (E. E.) Otchotpo patologo-anatomicheskomu otdleleniyn
  Nikolayevskavo Morskavo  hospitalya za  1893 [i] 1895-
  6 gg.   [Report of the pathologoaiiatbinical section of the
   Nikolayev Marine Hospital for .  . .]   Med. pribav. k
   morsk.'sborniku, St. Petersb.. 1895, pt.2, 95;  162; 223; 273;
   337: 1897, 1-11; pt. 2, 119; 187.—Hob.  Zum Obduktious.
   regnlativ der Zukuuft.   Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl.,
   1904, xvii, 32-34.—Kohlhaas.  Ueber die privatrecbt-
   lichen  und  strafrechtlichen  Verhaltnisse hei Leichen-
   offnungen, nebst Anhang: Die Rechtsveihaltiiisse in be-
   treffderdem Lebenden entnomnienen Teile.  Med.  Cor.-
   Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1905. lxxv, 193; 213-
   Kolater (R.)  Seltene  Sectionsbefunde.   Arch. f. path.
   Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, civ. 388-396. lpl.—Kornfeld (H.)
   Der zweite  Obduzent.  Ztschr.  f.  Med.-Beamte, Berl.,
   1901, xiv, 719. -----. Ueberiiberfliissige Sectionen.  Arch.
   f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1901-2. viii. 192-
   197.—Knrimoto. [Autopsies.]  Kokka Igaku Kwai Zas-
   shi, Tokyo, 1903, 763-773.—Cagnnrdia (V.)  Rest-Bade
   las observaciones necrosc6picaa hechas en el Hospital de 
NECROPSIES.
387
NECROSIS.
Necropsies.
  San Felipe v Santiago.  Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. cie la
  Habana (1881), 1882. ii, 109-122.— I.nnib (D. S.)  Autopsy,
  necropsy, necroscopy.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago,  1897,
  xxviii, 061.  -----.  Some reminiscences of post-mortem
  work.  Wash. M. Aim., 1903-4, ii,38:t-398.  AUo, Reprint —
  linnet W.P.)  Post-mort em from the medico-legal stand-
  point.  Physician A Surg., Detroit  A Ann Arbor,  1902,
  xxiv, 303-313.  [Discussion],318-320. — I.noli.  Klinische
  obductie.  Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 18!'8, vi,
  33-35.— Legal (A)  coroner aud  medical evidence.  Brit.
  M. J. Lond, 1900, i, 079.—I.egg(.I. \Y.)  Cases in morbid
  anatomy.  St. Barth. Hosp. Kep, Lond., 1*74, x, 225-251.—
  lietulle (M.)  Le  dispositif instrumental des autopsies.
  Bull, et  nieni. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 1001-1006.
  _____. L'autopsie.  Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 321-323.—
  Eiittlcjohn (H.)   Observations on  post-mortem exami-
  nations for  medico-legal purposes.   Quart.  M. J.,  Shef-
  field, 1902,  x, 97-115.— Lopen Yieirn.   Precaucoes
  adoptaveis  n'as  autopsias de cadaveres  em putrefaccao.
  Coimbra med.,  1899, xix, 354-356.—I.ntnud (H.)   Les
  autopsies dans les  hopitaux; a M. Mourier, directeur de
  l'assistauee  publique.   Med. anecdot..  Par.,  1901.  183-
  185.   AUo: Rev. de med. leg., I'ar., 1901, vii, 208-210.—
  IHarfiui  (A.)  Due iinportanti autopsie medico legali.
  Atti  Cong,  region,  ligure 1897. Genova, 1898, iii, 73-78.—
  Martini (R. J. A.)  Der Schadelhalter, ein Beitrag zur
  Vervollstandiguug  des  Sectionsapparats.   Mag.  f. d.
  Staatsarznk.,  Leipz.,  1844,  248-251.—Mauclairc &
  JTIesureur.  Les  autopsies dans  les hopitaux.   J. do
  med. de  Par..  1903. 2.   s., xv. 204-206. — Tleluikofl"-
  RazvedenkoflT (N. F.) Ono\oin  sposoble prigotovle-
  niya anatomicheskikh preparatov.   I On a new method of
  preparing anatomical specimens.]   Med. Obozr., Mosk.,
  1899,  li, 278-281. — IVIesa (E )   Sobre las autopsias judi-
  ciales.  Corresp. med.,  Madrid, 1898, xxxiii, 380-382.—
  Dlilliken  (H.  E. )   Post-mortem  examinations.  Tr.
  Maine M.  Ass., Portland, 1905, 281-292.— tIoiiiiii (C.)
  Installations au minimum  necessaires pour uue autopsie
  medico-iegale.  Ann. Soe. de  med.  leg. de Belg., Brux.,
  1903-4, xv, 74-76.—IVegrescn.   Studil asupra  until nu-
  mar de autopsil practicate  in  Judepil R&niuicul-Sarat.
  Bui. Asoc. gen. a med., Bucuresci, 1899-1900,iii, 150; 177.—
  Nikolayevskiy   Morskol  Hospital v  Kronshtadlle.
  [Nicholas Marine  Hospital of Kronstadt.]  Otchot po
  anatomicheskomu  teatru.  [Report on  patho-anatomy. ]
  1*94-1900.  Med. pribav.  k niorsk. sborniku,  St. Petersb.,
  1896,  pt.  1. 67; 1G2: 1897, pt. 1,  127; 189:  1898,  pt.  2, 75;
  137; 230; 267; ::29:  1900,  pt. 1, 341; pt. 2,  1 : 1901, pt. 1, 5;
  77: 1902, pt. 1, 193:  1903,  pt. 2, 9Y—Obrznt (A.)  O zna-
  czeniu anatomii patologicznej  w  naukach  lekarskich.
  [On the meaning of pathological anatomy in the medical
  sciences.]  Przegl.  lek., Krakow, 1807, xxxvi, 37-39.—
  Ochsner  (A. J.)   Demonstration of pathological speci-
  mens.  Chicago M. Recorder,  1M14, vi, 394-399.  AUo,
  Reprint. — Official  regulations  concerning  the  per-
  formance of legal  post-mortem examinations  for the
  guidance of medico-legal officials of Germany.  [Transl]
  Med. Fortnightly,  St.  Louis,  1905,  xxviii,  379-388.—
  O'llanlon  (P. F.)  Some interesting  coroner's cases.
  N. York M.J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 72.—Packard (F. R.)
  The  earliest recorded autopsies in  this country.   Proc.
  Path. Soc.  Phila.,  1899-1900,  n. s., iii,  45-47.   AUo:
  Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 410.—Payne (J. F.) On the study
  of  morbid  anatomy. Brit. M.  J.,  Lond., 1897, ii,  1246-
  1249.—Penta (P.)  Alcune note su 35 autopsie di con-
  dannati.  Riv. mens, di  psichiat. forense, Napoli, 1902, v,
  425-454.—Pertik (O.)  A Szt R6kus-k6rhazi prosectnra-
  ban az 1900. evben bonczolt ritkabb korboncztani leletek.
  [Singular cases of pathological anatomy observed in 1900
  by the prosector at St. Rok's Hospital.] Budapest szekesf.
  kozkorh. evk. (1900),  1901, 161-169.—Pieraccini (G.)
  La funzione sociale  delle necroscopie.  Clin,  mod.,  Pisa,
  1904,  x, 52-58.— Pinnock (R. D.)  A plea for legislation
  to empower  medical practitioners to make  post-mortem
  examinations iu cases of  doubtful diagnosis.  Intercolon.
  M.   Cong.  Australas.    Tr.  1899,  Brisbane. 1901,  495-
  496.—Placzek. Ein  deutsches gerichtsarztliches Lei-
  cheuoffnungsverfahreu.   Ztschr. f.  Med.-Beamte, Berl.,
  1903,  xvi, 537; 569; 601; 655; 691;  722. — Podhajsky
  (V.)  O otvirani mrtvol.  [The  post-mortem.J   Casop.
  lek. cesk.,  v Praze, 1869, viii,  121.—Polozker (I. II.)
  Post-mortem examinations for medico-legal purposes.  N.
  York M. J. letc],  1904,  lxxx, 531-535.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Prescott (A. ('.)   Remuneration for post-mortem exami-
  nations.  Tr.  M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1897, xxxi, 71-
  78.—Kenong.  Een gerechtelijk-geneeakundige sectie.
  Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia,  1895, iii, 9-11.—
  Richter (M.)  UeberfliissigeSectionen.  Arch.f. Krim.-
  Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1902, ix, 353-361.—Bob-
  in*on (B.)   Inspection of the  abdominal cavity aud its
  viscera in post-mortems.  Ann.  Surg., Phila., 1899,  xxix,
  731-740. -----. Lessons  learned in  abdominal Dost-mor-
  tems. Am. Med.,Phila.,1904, viii,651.— Koinnii6rt"(F.I.)
  Rezultatl  patologo-auatomicheskikh vskritiy, prolzved-
  yonnlkh  pri  Imperatorskom  Tomskoin  Fniversitetle a
  1890 po 1900 god.  [Result of the pathological necropsies
  performed in the University of Tomsk during ...] Izvlest.
Uecropsie*.
  Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1902, xix,uo.2,1-60.—Knwycr (T. C.)
  On hundred autopsies.  Kep.  St. Lawrence State Hosp.
  1894, Albany, 1895, viii, 159-1«2, 5pl.—Weln-i-l (V.)  Aars-
  lieretning i 1904  fra  Kommunehospitalets Sektionsstue.
  [Annual report for 1904 of the autopsies in tlie Communal
  Hospital ]   Bibliot. f. LaBger, Kobenh., 1905. 8. R.. vi, 390-
  461, 2 pl. — W<-hnlz(R.)  Statistischer  Bericht iiber die
  Obduktioneii in der kouigl. Unterrichtsanstalt fiir Staats-
  arzneikuude /.u Berlin vom 1. October  1894 bis 31. Marz
  1896.   Ztschr. f.  .Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix, 649; 681.—
  Schwaab.  Beitrag zur sanitiitspolizeilichen Bedeutung
  und  Nolhweudigkeil  von  Oliductionen.  Miinchen. med.
  AVchnschr., 1898, xiv, 1437 - 1439. — «alvei thorn ( G.)
  The medico-legal autopsy.  Canad. Pract.  & Rev.,  To-
  ronto,  1904, xxix,  55-60.—Miiumonds.  [Ceber bakterio-
  logische Blutuntersuehuugeu bei Sektionen.  Miiuchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1903, 1,  2275-2277. —Smith (F.  J.)  On
  post-mortem examinations which do not reveal  the cause
  of death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1584-1586..  [ Discus-
  sion],  1593. — Nuirli  (Po).  [Postmortem.]  Casop. lek.
  fcesk., v Praze,  1873, xii, 7;  15.—Stnt-y (H.)  A  record of
  post-mortem examinations, with clinical notes. Australas.
  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 281-285. — Kleiner  (W.
  R. )    Some  enrlv   autopsies  in  the  United  States.
  Johns Hopkins  H sp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 201-203.—
  Strauimann  (I.)   Die Umiinderung des Regulativs.
  Vrtljschr.  f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1905, 3. F., xxix, 365-
  i 373.—Symmcr* (\Y. St.  C.)  Report on post-mortems at
  Kasr-el-Aiui.   Rec. Egypt. Gov. Sch. Med., Cairo, 1901,
  i, 213-217:  1904, ii, 81-85. — Tartuferi.  Ueber einen
  neuen   metalliscben   Iinpragnationsinodus.  Ztschr. f.
  Augenh., Berl.,  1903, x, 349. — Thacher (J. S. )   The
  pathological conditions found at one thousand autopsie*.
  Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1902, v, 170-
  177.—Useless (A)inquest and a worthless verdict.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond.,  1900, i, 810—Van Buy we.  Technique des
  autopsies.   Belgiguo med., Gand-llaarlem, 1896, iii, pt.2,
  673; 705: 1897, iv, 263; 331; 392;  426; 455. — Verga  (A.)
  Le autopsie Loria nel 1894.  R. 1st. Lomb. Ci se. e lett.
  Rendic, Milano,  1895, 2. s., xxviii, 645-651. — Veroflrnt-
  lichungen  iiber   Krankengeschichten  und  l.eichen-
  befunde aus  den  Garnisonlazaretben.  Deutsche mil.-
  iirztl.  Ztschr., Beil.,  1889, xviii, 433: 1890, xix, 193:  297:
  1891, xx, 1. — Visconti  (A.)  Le necroscopie Loria nel
  1896-7.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e. lett.  Rendic, Milano. 1898,
  2. s., xxxi, 563; 615; 908.   AUo Reprint.—Walsh ( J. P.)
  Some notes on autopsies.  Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila.,
  1896, lxxv, 167.—Webb (T. L.)   Certain improved meth-
  ods of preserving pathological specimens for the museum
  and for microscopical examination.  Birmingh. M. Rev.,
  1897, xii, 343-347.—Whitney (W. F.)   The preservation
  of specimens with their  natural colors by Kaiserling's
  method.  Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost., 1898, ii, 344. —
   Wiltse (M. J.)  Medico-leeal autopsy.  Tr. Vermont M.
   Soc. Burlington, 1902,178-193. AUo: VermontM.  Month.,
   Burlington, 1902, viii, 289-294. — Woods  (G. \\\)  [De-
   tails of necropsies in cases ending fatally.)  Rep. Surg.-
   Gen. Navy, Wash.,  1896, 97-99. — Vainakiwa  (K.)
   [Necessity  of autopsy for studying  medicine; result of
  the  second  part  of autopsy;  a case of autopsy interest-
  ing for pathology.]   Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1898, no. 1030, 5;
  no. 1031, 13.

l\ecrosis.
     See, also, Bones, Fat, Necrosis  of; Pancreas
  {Hcemorrhagic  inflammation  of).
     Candy  (C.)   *La udcrose heiuorrhngique den
  toxe"mies et l'ulcere simple,   rv .  Paris, 1899.
     Rurkhardf. Experimentelle Untersuchungen  iiber
  die  aseptisclie  Einheilung  direct  erzeugter   Gewebs-
  nckrosen.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxiv, 1-59. 1 pl.
  AUo  [Abstr.]: Sitzunsrsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch.  zu
  Wiirzb., 1904, 84-96.— Lnngcrhans (li.)   Experimen-
  teller Beitrag zur Fettgewebsnekrose.  Festschr. Rudolf
  Virchow, Berl.,  1891, 1-12.—I.efaw  (E.)   Sulla necrosi
  amiloide.   Clin,  mod.,  Pisa,  1903,  ix,  374-376. — OU.
  Ueber  die  progredicnte   Gewebsnekroso   bei   Thieren.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. n. Berl.. 1902, xxviii,
  Ver.-Beil., 287.  Also: Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.
  u. Heilk., Giessen, 1905, xxxiv, med. Abt., 42-4".—  Porter
   (J. H.)  Sawdust pad for necrosis, etc.  Dublin J. M. Sc,
  1877, lxiii, 208. AUo, Reprint— Power  i.T. E.)  Case of
  arsenical necrosis.   Am. Med., I'hila.,  1902.  iv, 532.—
  Ronx (L.)  Anaerobe Bakterien als  (Trsaclie  vou  Ne-
  krose und Eiterung beim Kinde.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.,
  [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 531-544.

]\ecrosis (Bacillary).
     Ernst  ( \V. )   * Ueber  Nekroseu  uud   deu
  Nekrosenbucillus   (Streptothrix  necrophora ).
  [Bern.]   8°.   Stuttgart, 1902.
     AUo. in: Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1902, xiv,
  193-228,  2 pl.
     Geok(;ewitsch (K.)  * Beitrag zur Kcuutuia
  der pathogeium Eigen.schafteu  den  Bazillus  der 
NECROSIS.
388
NEDERLANDSCH E.
]\e€ro*i* (Bacillary).
  progredienten (iewelisiu-kro.se.  [Giessen.]  8°.
  Homberg a. d. Ohm, 1904.
    4'nndwcll ( W.)  A caseof equine bacillary necrosis,
  with metastatic luug lesions.  J. ('omp. Path. & Therap.,
  Edinb. A  Lond., 1904, xvii, 65.—Ellerinaiiii (V.) Nogle
  Tilfadde  af bakteriol  Nekrose  bos Meunesket.  [Some
  cases of  bacterid  necrosis in man.]  Bibliot. f. Larger,
  Kebenh.,  1905,  8. R., vi, 90-108, 2 pl. AUo, transl.:  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt.. Jena. 1905, xxxviii, 383-
  391, 2 pl.—Francke.  Der  Necrose-Bacillus als Krank-
  heitserreger bei unseren Hausthieren.  Berl. thierarztl.
  Wchnsehr., 1899, 299-303.— Cruizzetti  (P.)   Ricerche
  sulla morfologia e biologia di un  nuovo hacillo patogeno
  (bacillus necrosans  septicus) della famigliadel b. coli  e del
  b. typhi.  Policlin., Roma,  1896,  iii-C, 493; 545, 1  pl.—
  M'Fadyenn  (J.)  Metastatic  lesions in bacillary ne-
  crosis.  J. Comp. Path. &. Therap., Edinb. & Lond.,  1900,
  xiii, 346-351.—Vrrinculcn (H. A.)  Necrose ten gevolge
  van bacillus necrophoros.  Tijdschr. v. veeartseuijk. en
  veeteelt, Utrecht, 1902-3, xxx, 102-111.

Hecrosis (Coagulative).
    Arnheim   (G.)   Coagulationsnekrose  und Kern-
  schwund.   Arch. f. path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1890,  exx,
  367-383.—(ioldnianu (E.  E.)   Ceber  die  morpholo-
  gischen Veranderuugen aseptisch aufbewahrter Gewebs-
  stiicke und deren  Beziehung zur  Coagulationsnecrose.
  Fortschr.  d. Med., Berl., 1888, vi, 889-906.—Peter (R.)
  Some of the probabilities of coagulation necrosis.  Colum-
  bus M. J., 1896,  xvi, 99-104. — Weisjert (C.)  Kritische
  und ergauzende Bemerkungen zur Lehre von der Coagu-
  lationsnekrose  mit besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der
  Hyalinbildung und  der Umpragung geronnener Massen.
  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr.,  Berl.. 18K5, xi, 747; 780; 795;
  813.  AUo [Discussion]: Cong, period, internat.  d. sc.
  m6d.  Coiiipt.-reud.  1884, Copenh. 1886, i, sect, de path.
  gen. [etc.], 65-71. AUo, transl.:  Phila. M. Times, 1885-6,
  xvi, 810-817.  ----. Coagulationsnekrose oder Nekrose
  mit Inspissation 1 Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.,
  Jena, 1891, ii, 785-803.

JVecrosis/rom phosphorus.
    See Jaws (Necroxis of) from phosphorus;  Phos-
  phorus (Necrosis from).

Necrotomy.
    See Bones (Surgery of).

Nectria and nectrianine.
    Aderhold (R.)   Impfversuche mit Nectria ditissima
  Tul; eiue vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.
  [etc.], 2. Abt.. Jena, 1903, x, 763-766.— Dejat-c (L.)  La
  nectrianine.  Scalpel. Liege,  1900-1901, lxii, 183.—Moii-
  gour &  <* elites. La nectrianine. Bull. med.,  Par.,
  1900, xiv,  6.")l-(i53.  AUn: Ann. de chir. et d'orthop.,  Par.,
  1900, xiii,  199-206.—Tidal (L.) & Labile (P.)  Quel-
  ques mots sur un champignon medicinal, le nectria ditis-
  sima.  Anjou med., Angers, 1903,  x, 300-304.

Necturus.
    Buchs (({.)  * Ueber deu  Ursprung des Kopf-
  skeletes  bei Necturus.   [Zurich.]   8°.  Leipzig,
  1902.
    AUo, in: Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1901-2, xxix, 582-613,
  3 pl.
    Rumpus (H. C.) A contribution to the study of va-
  riation (skeletal variations of Necturus macnlatus Raf.).
  J. Morphol., Bost., 1896-7, xii, 455-484, 1 ch., 2  pl.—Cho-
  ronshitzky.  Entstehung  der  Milz uud des dorsalen
  Pankreas  beim 'Necturus  (Menobranchus  lateralis).
  Compt.-rend. internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii,  sect.
  1, 115-120.—Kingsbury (B.F.)  The histological struct-
  ure of the enteron  of Necturus  macnlatus.  Proc.  Am.
  Micr. Soc, Ithaca, 1894-5, xvi, 19-64,8 pl. -----. The rank
  of Necturus among tailed Batrachia. Biol. Bull., Woods
  Holl,  Mass.,  1904-5, viii, 67-74. -----. On  the brain of
  Necturus macnlatus.  J.  Comp. Neurol., Granville O.
  1895, v, 139-205,3 pl.—Piatt  (Julia B.)  The development
  ofthe cartilaginous skull and of tho  branchial and  hvpo-
  glossalmusculatureinNectUTUs.   Morphol.Jahrb. Leipz
  1897, xxv, 377-464, 3 pl.—Smith (F.) Some additional
  data on the position ot the sacrum in Necturus. Am. Nat-
  uralist, Bost., 1900, xxxiv, 635-6:;*. — Warren (J.)  The
  development of the paraphysis  and the pineal region in
  Necturus maculatus.  Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1905-6, v, 1-27.

zur JVedden (Max  [Wilhelm])  [1870-     ].  I
  * Ueber  Coiubinatiou von Carcinom  mit Myom
  des Uterus.   28 pp.  8°. Bonn, C. Georgi,  1895.  |
rVcddersen (Johanu Albreoht Meinhard) [187*-
       ].   * Eiu Fall von  doppeltem Aorteubogen.
  11 pp., 2 1.   8°.   Kiel, P. Peters, 1904.            |
Wedel (Friedrich  Wilhelm).  Neue  Bemerkun-
  gen iiber die Diarrhoea.   71pp.   1-2 .   Magde-
  burg, Eessenland J- Co., l^Oti.
IVedelec (Theophilc-Pierre-Marie) [1«75-    ].
  * Contribution a l'dtude des pleurisies h6tnorra-
  giques consecutives aux cancers du seiu.  52 pp
  6-.  Bordeaux, 1898, No. 44.
IVedeleff(IvanM.)  [1872-     ].   * D.h applica-
  tions de l'electricite' statique  dans les eczemas
  107 pp.  8°.  Li/on,  1901, No. 5.
rVedeltcheff  (Marko)  [1870-     ].  •Del'e'le'-
  phantiasis  choudromateuse  du  nez  (type  cli-
  nique non de"crit de l'acn<5 el^phantiasique).   :14
  pp.   8°.  Lyon, 1K97, No. 140.
IVederlandscli  Cougres  voor  Opeubare  Ge-
  zoudheidsregeliug.  1., 1896; 2.,  1897.  111pp.;
  145 pp.  8°.  Amsterdam, 1896-8.
IVederlandscli Gasthuis voor  Behoeftige  en
  Minvermogcnde Ooglijders te Utrecht.   Jaar-
  lijksc-h verslag  betrekkelijk  de  verplegiug  eu
  het  onderwijs.   Uitgebrachl. door  geueesheer-
  directeur  der inrichting.   22.,  1880; 2:5., \*6l\
  25.,  18815; 27.-46.,  1885-1904.   8°.  Utrecht, 1881-
  1905.
-----.  Jaarlijksch verslag  betrekkelijk  de ver-
  plegiug  en  het onderwijs.   Uitgebracbt door
  diietteur der  instelling.  28.-32., 1886-90.  8°.
  Utrecht,  1*87-91.
    Reports for 1886-90 (28.-32.), by H. Snellen.
IVederlandscli militair geneeskundig archief
  vau de landniacht, zeemacht, het Oost- en West-
  Indisch leger.   v. 12-24,1888-1900.  8°.  I'treeht.
Nederlandsch Natur- en Geneeskuudig Con-
  gres.  Handelingen.  1.-7.,  1887-99.  8°.  [».j>.],
  1888-1900.
IVederlandscli  Oogheelkundig  Gezelschap.
  Eerste vergaderiug.   5 pp.   8'J.  [Amsterdam,
  1892.]
    Repr. froin\: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1892,
  2. R., xxviii.

IVederlandscli  tandheelkundig Maandblad,
  onder redact ie van F. A. Stehr.  v. 1-2, l"94-5.
  8°.  Boermond.
IVederlandscli Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde,
  tevens organ  der Nederlandsche Maatscliappij
  tot Bevordering dcrGeneeskunst. Festnomiuer.
  24 pp.  8°.  Amsterdam, F. van Bossen, 1880.
------.  Feestbundel   nan   Franciscus  Cornelia
  Donders op den 27Bten Mei 1888 aangeboden door
  het Nederlandsch  Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde.
  viii, 546 pp., 17 pl.,  1 tab.  *>-.   Amsterdam, F.
  ran  Bossen, l*-1*.
-----.  The  same.  v.  25-41, 1889-1905.  8".
  Amsterdam.
     Current.
-----.  De ziekenverpleging en de zorg  voor de
  openbare  gezoudheid  in  de  laatste  50 jaren.
  Artikelen,  geschreven  voor  den  Catalogus der
  Historisch-Geneeskundig^  Tentoonstelling te
  Aruhem, Juli  1899.  19:? pp.  8°.  Amsterdam,
  F. ran Bossen, 1899.
-----.  Verslag der algemeene zittingen van het
  Negende Internationale  Oogeheelkundig Con-
  gres te Utrecht,  14-18 August 1899.   71  pp.
  6C.   Amsterdam, F. ran Bossen, 1*99.
IVederlandscli  Tijdschrift  voor Verloskunde
  eu  Gynaecologie.   Uitgegeven  van -wege  de
  "Nederlandsche gynaecologische Vereeiiiging".
  Onder red act ie van G. H.  Van der Meij en  van
  Hector  Treub eu G. C.  Nijhoff.  [Quarterly.]
  v. 1-lfi, 1.^9-1905.  *.  Haarlem.
     Current.
rVcderlandSche Bond tot Bestrijding der Vivi-
  sectie.  De tribune.  Nos. 1-4.  *°.  Edam, J. M.
  Bolanus Vz., [1-92-4].
-----.  Jaarverslagover 1895.  24pp.  8L.  [«.j>.,
  1896.] 
NEDERLANDSCHE.
389
NEEDLE-HOLDERS.
Nederlandsche Bond [etc.]—continued.
_____.  Is de vivisectie inhel belangder mensch-
  heidf  Eeu  beroep op  alio medici van Neder-
  laud  door deu Nederlandscheu Bond tot Bestrij-
  ding der Vivisectie.   Met  een voorwoord vau
  J. van Rees.  50 pp.  12°.   Haag,  Vrede, 1698.
.----.  The  same.   Xaaiulijst  der  leden, dona-
  teurs en stichters.  12 pp.   8°.   [n. p., 1891.]
Nederlandsche  Bond voor Ziekenverplegiug.
  Lijat van vereenigingen en bureaux, die zusters
  (z) en  broeders (b)  in verplegiug  uitzendeu.
  Card, 0 by 9£ inches, printed on both sides.  6°.
  Amsterdam, F. van Bossen, [1903].
Nederlandsche Maatschappij tot Bevordering
  der Geueeskuust.   Het rapport der  Prof, van
  Overbeek de Meijer, A, P. Fokker  en Menno
  Huizinga, aan de . . ., beoordeeld  door W. van
  den Bergh,  J. W. Guuniug  [et al.].   (Onderzoek
  naar de  maatregelen, die  van  Rijkswege  be-
  hooren genonien te worden, tot beteugeling van
  syphilitische en  venerische  ziekten.)  86  pp.
  8J.   's Gravenhage,  TV. A. Beschoor, 1*82.
-----.  Catalogus  van de boekerij.   Derde Sup-
  plement, Jany. 1,  1884.   24 pp.   8°.   Amster-
  dam, 1*64.
■----.  Catalogus  van de  boekerij . . .   Vijfde
  supplement, omvattende werken die van 1 Juli
  1885  tot  1  Juli 1888 in de bibliotheek ziju  op-
  genomen, beneven het alphabetisch  register op
  het 3., 4., en 5. supplement.  54 pp.  8°.   Am-
  sterdam, 1688.
-----.  Catalogus  van  de boekerij.  Zesde  sup-
  plement, omvattende de werken die van 1 Juli
  188>'  tot 1 Juli 1891 iu de bibliotheek zijn  opge-
  nomeii.   38 pp.  8°.  Amsterdam, 1691.
-----.  Rapport over  de ziekeufoudsen te Am-
  sterdam.   Uit^ebracht  door  de  ziekenfonds-
  commissie,  ingesteld  bij besluit van 25 October
  1897 door de afdeeling Amsterdam van de . .  .
  221,  5  pp.,  2  1.  8°.  Amsterdam, Scheltema <f
  Holkema, 1900.
-----.  Naamlijst  der leden van  het hoofdbe-
  stuur, lede& van de  afdeelingeu  eu honoraire
  leden.   1902.  36 pp.   8°.   [n. p.], 1902.
Nederlandsche   Maatschappij ter  Bevoorde-
  ring der Pharmacie.
   See Formnlarium [etc.].  8°.  's Gravenhage, 1873.
-----.  Supplement op de derde uitgave der Ne-
  derlandsche  Pharmacopee.   Uitgegeven   door
  het departement Rotterdam,  vi, 290, xxvi, 2 pp. j
  8°.   's  Gravenhage,  Gebr. van Cleef, 1891.
-----.  Supplement op de Nederlandsche Pharma-
  copee.   Uitgegeven door het  departement Rot-
  terdam,  viii, :<31, xxviii pp., 11.  8°.  's Graven-
  hage, de Gebr. van Cleef, 1902.
Nederlandsche  Roode Kruis.   Handelingen
  der Nederlandsche  Vereeniging tot het verleeu
  van hnlp aan zieke en gewonde krijgelieden, in
  tijd  van oorlog,  genaamd het  Nederlandsche
  Roode Kruis.  XVI. Tijdvak, 1 Juli  1898 tot 30
  Jnni 1901.   1 p.  1., 487 pp.  8°.   Haag, Gebrs.
  J. Sf H. van Langenhuysen,  1901.
Nederlandsche  Vereeniging voor  Paediatrie.
  Voordraehten.  l.-4.,jaarg. 189J-5.  8°.  Utrecht,
  1^9:5-6.
NedevsRy   ( Pi-tre-Spiridonoff).   *La moelle
  osseuse  comme moyen de  traitement.  75  pp.
  8°.  Lausanne. C. Pache-Varidel, 1903.
Nedlelski  (V. F.)   K voprosu ob ainitotiche-
  skom dlelenii v  patologicheskikh  novoobrazo-
  vaniyakh,  pre'imushtshestvenno sarkomakh   i
  rakakh.  [Amitotic  division  in  pathological
  tumors, especially sarcomata and cancers.]   68
  pp., 2 pl.  8°.  [Kiev, 1900.]
    Bound with: Univ. Izvlest., Kiev, 1900, xl.
Nedler (A[leksandr] G[ermanovich])  [lf66-
     ].   * Materiali  k voprosu o  sravnitelnoi
  otslenkfe enukleatsii interstitsialnlkh fibromiom
Nedler  (A[leksandr]  G[ermanovich])—cont'd.
  matki  i drugikh sposobov udaleniya ikh; klini-
  cheskoye  izsliedovauiye.  [Comparison of enu-
  cleation  of  interstitial  uterine  fibiomyornata
  with other  methods of  their removal; clinical
  investigation.]   109 pp., 2 1. 8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  V. P. Meshtsherski, 1900.

IVedlev (Thomas) [1821-99].
    [Obituary.]  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1899, i, 1050.
NedrigailoflT (I[van]  D[mitriyevich])  [1858-
      ].   * Siavnitelnlya izslledovaniya stoikosti
  krasnikh  krovyanikh sharikov pri  bryushnom
  tifie po otnosheniyu  k  rastvorani khloristavo
  uatriya i khloristavo kaliya.  [Comparative re-
  searches ou the resistance of red blood corpuscles
  in typhoid fever to solutions of sodium chloride
  and potassium chloride.]  51 (21.), xvii pp.   8°.
  S.-Peterburg, AT. ltozenoer, 1899.
Neeb  (Christian Joh.) * Klinische  Beobach-
  tungen iiber Chloroform  und Aethernarcosen in
  der chirnrgischen Klinik zu Groningen.   [Frei-
  burg i. B.]   1 p. 1., 52 pp., 3 ch.  8°.   Groningen,
  Scholtens j- Zoon, 1893.
Neeb (P. G.)  Beschouwingen en  feiten omtrent
  de  beriberi  op het eilaud Bauka.  12 pp.   4°.
  Soerabaija, Gebr. Gimberg fy Co., 1687.
Need (On  the) of freedom of opinion  and of the
  press in medicine.  26 pp. 8°.  London, H. Tur-
  ner $ Co., 1872.
    Repr.from: Brit. J. Homceop., Lond., 1872, xxx.
Needham (Frederick]).  Remarks  on  the ne-
  cessity for legislation in reference to habitual
  drunkards,  together with a reprint of the ha-
  bitual drunkards bill  and list of  donations.  24
  pp.  8°.   [London, 1871?]
-----.   Insanity in relation  to  society.  19 pp.
  8°.  London, Odell <$■ Ives, 1874.
    Repr. from.- St. Andrew's  M. Grad. Ass.  Tr., Lond.,
  1872-3, vi.
Needham  (Gualterus) [1631 ?-91?].  Disqui-
  sitio anatomica de formato fcetu.   9 p. 1., 234 pp.,
  7 1., 7 pl.   24°.   Amstelodami, P. Le Grand, 1008.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xl, 164
  (D'A. Power?.
Needham (James G[eorge])  [1868-    ].  Di-
  rections for collecting and rearing dragon flies,
  stone flies, and  Mav flies. 7 pp.   8C.  Washing-
  ton, Gov. Print. Off"., 1899.
    Part O of Bull. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., no. 39.

IVeedle-hoIders.
    See, also, Needles and needle-holders (Surgical)
  [ Patent specifications for].
    Barrier  (L.-G.)  * Pince-aiguille, ou nouvel
  appareil chirurgical pour les sutures.  4°.  Pa-
  ris. 1895.
    AdaniN (A. M.) A new needle holder.  Glasgow M.
  J., 1889, [4.] s., xxxi, 261-263.'—Ady (A.) Aseptic needle-
  forceps.  Med. &  Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1888, lix, 710.—
  Bametby (N.)  An improved needle-holder.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago,  1905, xiv,  329.— Biermri (R. )  Ein
  neuer  Nadelhalter fiir Hagedoruuadebi.  Centralbl. f.
  Gynak., Leipz., 1896, xx, 662-664.—Braatz (E.)  Ein
  neuer Nadelhalter fiir Hagedorn-Nadelu. Illust. Monat-
  schr. d.  arztl. Polytech., Bern,  1889, xi, 99-101. -----.
  Nadelhalter fiir gewohuliche Nadeln.   Ibid., Berl., 1900,
  xxi, 75.—B n re li ha I'd (G.)  Nochmals iiber meiue  Mo-
  dification des  Ilcgar'schen  Nadelhalters.   Zentralbl. f.
  Gyniik.,  Leipz., 1903, xxvii,  1216. - Bin-rage (W. L.)
  Another needle forceps.  Boston M. &  S. J.. 1890, exxiii,
  274.—Caiinnilar (J. E.)  A new needle-holder.  J. Am.
  M.  Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 195.— C'hauvel.  Pince
  porte-aiguille nouvelle.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de  chir. de
  Par.. 1902,  n.s.,  xxviii, 504. — Clemensen (P. C.)  A
  needle extractor.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix,
  1115.— C'oilivilla (A.) Un nuovo portaghi per le suture
  in  cavita.  Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1890, 7. 8., i,  591-
  594.— Coffey  (R.  C.) Needle  holders and needles;  a
  needle holder with normal  curve jaws; curved needles
  with round shaft.  Med.  Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1903,
  xi, 290-298. — Dobbci-tin.  Demonstration  eines Nadel-
  halters.  Dent-wlio med. AVchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901,
  xxx, 941.—Eckstein (H.)  Sterilisirbarer  Kehaltei- fiir
  eingefadelte Nadeln.  Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.,  1902, 
NEEDLE-HOLDERS.                       390                                      NEEDLES.
I\ee«IBe-lioDder*.
  xxix  l;.JS 113(1 - Fowler (G. R.)   The universal needle-
  holder with handles of the Russian model.  X. York M.
  J  1889 1, 251.—«reeii  (X. W.)   A new needle holder.
  Ibid   1900  lxxi. ->3.— Ilajjeilorii.   Neuester Nadel-
  halter fur platte Xadcln. Centralbl. f.  Chir., Leipz., 1890,
  xvii 177-1*0.  AUo:  Illust. Monatschr.d. iirztl. Polytech..
  Bern   1890,  xii,  184-1.-7.— Jay (J.  G.)  An antiseptic
  needle-holder.  Med. Rec, X. V., 1893,  xliv,  159.—Keefc
  (J. \V.)  A  n, w  needle holder.  Boston M.  &. 8. J., 1904,
  cl 297 — Belly (H. A.)  The best needle  holder.  Am.
  J.'Obst., X. ¥"., 1.-93, xxvii, 870-872.—Kordobovski (A.
  V )  Igl'oderzhatel bez zazhima.  [Needle-holder without
  compressor. 1  Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 19(14,  iii, 1249.—
  Kurz (E.)   Die Nadelzange, eiu einfaches Instrument
  zur Xahtanlegnng, I'mstechung, Stielabbindung.  Miin-
  chen.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1901,  xlviii,  1924.—Licviseur
  (F J.)  A new needle-holder for  removing  hairs bv elec-
  trolysis.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1889,  xxxvi, 529.  AUo: N.
  York M.  J., 1890,  li, 83.—liiese (M.)  Ein neuer,  zan-
    fonartiger Nadelhalter mit biindiger  Sperrvorrichtung.
    [iiuchen.  med. Wchnsehr.,  1904,  li,  842.— Luckett
  ( W. H.)  A new needle holder that will not  break nee-
  dles.   Med.  Rec,  N. Y., 1900,  lviii, 157. —  McRae (F.
  W.)  Needle-holder.   Tr.  South.  Surg. A  Gynec.  Ass.,
  Phila.,  1902,  xiv, 429.  AUo: N. York  M. J.,  1902, lxxvi,
  174— Meisenbach  (A.  H.)   A  new  needle holder
  (pocket-case) for  flat needles. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1888,
  xxxiii,  455.—Monks  (G.  H.)  A new needle-holder.
  Boston M.   A  S.  J.,  1900, cxiii,  296.—de IMooy (C.)
  Beschryving  vail  een nieuw  model  hechtingnaald  of
  draadvoerder en cene nieuwe hechting-methode.  Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk., Amst., 1890, 2. R.,  xxvi, 249-261,
  1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.—Noble (C. P.)  The perfect needle-
  holder.  Ann. Gyuaic. & Paediat., Phila., 1893-4, vii, 350.
  AUo, Reprint.—Pozzi. Presentation  des  pinces porte-
  aiguilles.  Bull,  et m6iu. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1888, n. s.,
  xiv,  898. — Schiicll.   Der  Nadelhalter  von  Schultz.
  Zentralbl. f. Gyniik ,  Leipz., 1903, xxvii, 573.—Schiitz
  (J.)  Ein neuer  Nadelhalter, zugleich Universalgriif fiir
  die Yerbandtasclie.   Miinchen.  med. "Wchnsehr., 1894,
  xii,  1011.—Mchultz  (V.)  Eiu neuer Nadelhalter fiir
  krunime chirni-gisclie lleftnadeln.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv,  therap. Beil., 54.   AUo,
  transl.:  Vrach, St.  Petersb., 1899,  xx, 457.—Talbot
  (R. B.)  Counter-pressure needle forceps.  Am.  J. Obst.,
  N. Y., 1888, xxi, 1272-1274.—Truax (C.)  Improvements
  in needle holders.  X'. Am.  Pract., Chicago, 1890, ii, 80.—
   Williams. A new needle-holder.   Bull. Johns  Hop-
  kins  Hosp.,  Bait.,  1891,  ii,  63—Willis  (G.)| A new
  needle-holder.  X.  Yoik M. J., 1892, lv, 52—Yegoroff
  (I.  E. )  Noviy  instrument;  igloderzhatel - nozhnitsi.
  [Needle-holder scissors.J  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1886, xxv,
  1036-1038.

fVeeclles  (Exploring).
     See Needles (Surgical).

IVeedlex  (Surgical).
     See, also, Acupuncture; Needles and needle-
  holders (Surgical)  [Patent specifications for].
     Boyer (A.)  Memoire  sur la meilleure forme
  ilcs aiguilles  propres a la reunion des plaies et
  h, la ligature des vaisseaux,  et sur  la mat  iere
  de s'en servir dans les cas ou leur usage est  in-
  dispensable.  8.   [n.p.,  1791.]
     Barker (M. G.)  A new volsellura needle.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y.,1899, lv,265.   Also: J. Oriric Surg., Chicago, 1898-9,
  vii, 215-218.—Beckett (T.G.)  A travelling needle.  Aus-
  tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905. xxiv, 116. — Beschorner
   (O.)  Modification von A.  Fiedler's gedeckter Hohluadel
  zur Function der verschiedenen Korperhohleu.  Deutsche
   med. Wchnsehr.,  Berl., 1881, vii, 201.   Also, Reprint-
   Biggs (H.  M.)  The accidents incidental  to the use of
   the exploring needle for diagnosis.  N. York M. J.,  1888,
   xlviii, 177-180.— Brown (J. S.)  A new  needle.  Med.
   Rec,  N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 69. — Daw barn (R. n.  M.)
   How to keep needles from  rusting.  N. York M. J., 1891,
   liii, 723.  -----. A new  method  of preserving needles.
   Ann.  Surg., Phila.,  1899,  xxix, 202. — von ENinarch
   (F.)   Darmuadel-Glasbehalter.  Centr.-Bl. f. chir. n. or-
   thop. Mecu., Berl., 1887, iv, 250.  AUo,  Reprint.—Flood
   (H.)   A surgical  needle especially adapted  for catgut.
   Med. Rec. N. Y.,  1895, xlvii. 348. — Gemella (L. .1. Y.)
   A needle for silver wire.   Phila. M. J.,  1901, vii, 1205.—
   Gilliam (1). T.)   A new needle. N. York  M.J , 1893,
   lvii, 231. — Goulard.  Do I'aiguille a mancho pour la
   ligature de  I'art ere intercostale.   Hist. Acad, roy  d. sc
   1740,Par..l74'_',Meiu..til8-0-.M. Also: Hist. Acad,  roy.d.sc.
   [de Paris], 1740, Amst , 1744, Mem., 855-860.—llomans
   (J.)  A combined aspirating needle and director for open-
   ing deep-seated abscesses.   Ann. Surg., Phila. 1898. xxvii,
  69— Ihle (O.)  Eine neue ITnlerbiiidungsnadel.  Memo-
  rabilien, Heilbr., 1896, n. F., xv, 136-141.—van  Iterson
   (.T E.), J. Az.  Een nieuw model naaldvoerdei.  Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk., Amst., 1899,2. R., xxxv, d. 2, 287.—
Aeedles (/Surgical).
  [Jessett (F. B.)J   Needlo for ligaturing tlie broad lij-a
  ments in vaginal hysterectomy.   Brit. AI. J., Lond.. 1894,
  i, 1085.—Klaubcr (O.)   Eine neue Xadel  zur  Aiisfiih'
  rung der Knochennaht.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1905,
  lii, 1589.—liamblin.  Presentation d'une aiguille k su-
  ture.  Bull, et ni£in. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1888, n. s., xiv,
  896.  AUo: Con-, franc, de chir.  Proc. verb, [etc.l. Par.i
  1888, iii, 653.— I.nngstnff (J. E.)  Faults in needles ami
  needle-holders, with improvement.  Brooklyn M. J., 1902,
  xvi,  2.-0-288. -Loopujt (P.)  Eine neue  Niulel.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1905, xxxii, 469. — TIct iiuhIiiimI
  (M.  B.)  Tbe hypodermic needle as an  aid  to diagnosis.
  Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 2(L'.-M'Lean (A.)  A  needle
  for the use of the McGraw rubber ligature.  J. Mich. M.
  Soc, Detroit. 1903, ii. 5">0.— ?3ucIi«-niinn(A.) On a uew
  form of handle for mounting half-circle needles.  Glasgow
  M. J., 1900, liv, 385. — iVInlasscz (L.)  Nouveaux mo-
  deles d'aiguilles k suture.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1893, 9. s., v, 1030-1032.  Also:  ficole prat. d. hautes etudes.
  Lab.d'histol.duOoll.de France. Trav.lh91-3,Par.,l*95,90-
  93.—.Tflarsh (J. P.)   A modification ofthe eye ofthe nee-
  dle.  J. Am.M. Ass.,Chicago, 1903,xii, 1413.— tlcnm t(P.)
  Nouvelle aiguille il chas automobile.  Gaz. d. h6p., Par.,
  1897, lxx,  150.—Montaz.  Nouvelle  aiguille  k  sutures.
  N. Arch,  d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1892, vii, 595. ----.
  Aiguille  a bobine.  Arch. prov.  de chir.,  Par., 1893, ii,
  127. —Patcrsou (H.  J.)  A new form of eye for surgical
  needles.   Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii,  1263. — Paulson (E.)
  Ein  aseptisches Xahzeug und eine mit  demselbeu aus-
  zufiihreude Nalmiethode.   St. Petersb.  med. Wchnsehr.,
  1894, n. F., xi, 49. — Bevcrdin (A.)  Aiguille k suture,
  coutean k conducteur, aisiuille mousse k deux chas.  Rev.
  tn6d. de la Suisse Rom.,  Geneve, 1887, vii, 695-705.—Rob-
  erts (J. B.)  The  perfect surgical needle, with  remarks
  on common defects iu needles.  Maryland  M. J., Bait.,
  1896-7, xxxvi, 97-99.  AUo: Med. &. Surg. Reporter. Phila.,
  1896, lxxv, 583-58.").  Also:  Phila. Polvclin.,  1896, iv, 431-
  433. — Robinson (F. W.)  The  helix needle.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1902, ii, 160. —Sanderson (S. E.) A new needle
  for use with  the  McGraw elastic ligature.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1551. — Schrumpf.  Nouvelle
  aiguille k  suture.  Gaz. ni6d. de Strasb., 1884, 4. 8., xiii,
  18.— Nhiels (G. F.)  A ligatnrecarrying needle.   Med.
  Rec. N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 284.— Smith (J. W.) Lamblin
  abdominal needle.  Med. Rec,  N. Y.,  1892. xlii,  263.—
  Sturrock (C. A.)  Note on a new shape of needle.   Scot.
  M. & S. J., Edinb.,  1900, vi, 47.  — Toubert (J.)   Nou-
  vell s aiguilles  k  suture.  Arch, internat.  de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1905, xx,  850-852.

]¥eedle«   and   needle - holders  (Surgical)

  f Patent specifications for].
     Blanchard (Helen A.)  Surgical needle. No. 527263;
  Oct. 9, 1894. — Brown  (L.  R.)   Surgical  needle holder.
  No.532306; Jau.8.1895.—€layton(H.>  Surgeon's needle-
  holder. No. 791322; May 30,  1905. — Edwards (T. C.)
  Surgical needle.  No. 784995; March 14,  1905. — Eissner
  (F.)  Surgical needle aud holder.  No. 472258;  April 5,
  1892.—Ei-mold ((i.)  Needle-holder.  No. 695292;  March
  11, 1902. — Fergen  (J.)  Surgical needle-holder.  No.
  421919; Feb.25,1890.—Ilnncliett (J. L.) Surgical needle-
  bolder. No.508939; Nov.21,1893.—Hoeller (O. A.) Sur-
  gical needle holder.   No. 453698;  June 9, 1891. - Nelson
  (J.  A.)   Surgical needle.  No. 722133; March 3, 1903.—
  Richter (G. F.)   Needle-holder.  No. 77668H; Dec. 6,
  1904.—Mtohlmanu  (F. A.)  Surgical needle-holder.  No.
  348537; Aug. 31, 18«6.—Truax (C. H.)  Surgical needle-
  holder.  No. 439910;  Nov. 4. 1890. -----. Needle-holder.
  No.  662178; Nov. 20, 1900. — Wackerhagcn (G.) Sur-
  gical needle.  No. 312408; Feb. 17, 1885. — Watson (J.)
  Surgeon's needle.  No. 2211.38;  Nov. 11, 1879. — Will-
  brandt  (E.)   Surgical  needle-case.  No.  402550;  April
  30, 1889.

Needles and pins in the body.
     Allis (O. H.)   Upon the deportment of  needles pene-
   trating the tissues.  Ann. Surg. Phila.,1897,xxv, 614-616.—
   Aunniidale (T.)  Note  of  a  case in  which pins and
  other articles were swallowed and passed safely per rec-
   tum.  Scot. M. &.  S. J., Edinb., 1898, ii, 242-244—Baker
   (T. G.)  Adventures  of a needle.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1«89,
   ii,  1330.—Barjon.  Cheminemeut d'epiugles  dans  les
   voies  digestives,  suivi  a  l'ecran  radioscopique.   Lyon
   med.. 1905, civ, 626.— Bastian (H. C.)  A case of epi-
   lepsy in which eighty-six needles have been extracted from
   different parts of  the body.   Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond.. 1891-2.
   xxv, 88-91.—du Hasty.  'Aiguille enfilce ayant sejourne
   environ soixante-ilouze  hemes dans l'estoinac; vives dou-
   leurs, pas de lesions graves.   J. Soc. de m6d. et pharm. de
   la Haute-Yienne,  Limoges, 1888, xii,  105.—Baudouin
   (M.)  La maladie  des couturieres. Gaz.  med. de Par.,
   1898, 11. s., i, 145—Bell  (C. T.)  Removal  of a piu em-
   bedded in the tissues twelve vears.  X. York State J. M.,
   N. Y., 1901, i, 53— Rishop  (H. I).)  Wandering needles,
   the  technique of  their  removal.   Cleveland M. & S. Re-
   porter, 1904, xii, 415-417.—Bottouiley (F. C.)  Two cases 
NEEDLES.
391
KEESEN.
Xeedle§ and pins in the body.
  of death due to the presence of a needle in relation with
  the heart.  Brit, M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1640.—Breitung
  (M.)   Operative Entfernung einer Xadel aus der Hand
  nach  mehrjahrigem Aufenthalt.  Miiiicheii. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1896, xliii, 155.—Brush (H. L.)  A pin eight years
  in the body. Med. A  Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1891,'lxiv,
  369.—Charon.  Diagnostic de  la presence d'une aiguille
  dans  le  genou pose k  l'aide do l'appareil de  Leon Ge-
  rard.  J. de m6d., chir.  et pharmacol., Brux., 1893, 42-44.—
  Claussen (W.)  Selbstverletzung durch Nadeln.  Miin-
  rhcii. med. \Vchn*chr.,  1898, xiv, 1500— Clayton (J. H.)
  Needle in hand; removal. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1890, i, 749.—
  Cooke  (C. J.)  Meningitis as a sequel to swallowing a
  needle.  Lancet,  Loud.,  1896,  i,  479. — Crestin  (F.)
  L'electricite retirant une aiguille du corns humain.  Na-
  ture, Par., 1896, xxiv, pt. 2,  182. — Dahlborg  (C.)   Ett
  fall af traumatisk hysteri, orsakad af eu nal, som intrangt
  i venstra baleu.  [.. . caused by a needle  which entered
  the lett  heel.]   Hygiea, Stockholm, 1897,  lix,  pt, 2, 356-
  358.—Denis.  Au sujet do trois  cas d'extiactiou d'ai-
  gnilles.  Echo  med. du nord, Lille, 1905,  ix,  303.—Bes-
  fosses  (P.)  Comment enlover nn fragment  d'aiguille
  implante dans un doigt. Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, 303.—
  Be Voe (A.)   Records of swallowed safety-pins.  Am.
  Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 914.—Bickmau  (F. F.) A pin,
  and what came of it; cliuical history of a case with post-
  mortem.  Kansas City M.  Rec, 1889,  vi, 81-85. — Finn
  (W. D.)   Needle in tooth located by the electric current.
  Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1897, ix, 348.—Finny (J. M.)
  Peritonitis; perforation ofthe bowels bya swallowed pin.
  Proc. Path. Soc. Dubl., 1873-5, n.s., vi. 185-187.—Friedc-
  berg.  Verschlucken  von  Stecknadeln  mit  todlichem
  Ausgange bei Hysterie. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz.,
  1896, xvii, 522-526.— Gcinats (Y. N.)  Iglikakinoroduiya
   tlela v chelovlecheskom tlelle.   [Needles as foreign bodies
  in the human body.]  Yrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1M02,  ix, 7-
  10.—Gessncr (H. B.)  A case  of the migration of a
  foreign body with the exact period  of migration.  N. Orl.
  M. A S. J., 1895-6, xxiii, 644.—Graser (E.)   Ueber das
  Aufsuchen  metallischer Fremdkorper durch die Magnet-
  nadel.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1887, xxxiv,  273.—
  Greaves (F.)  Abdominal pains caused bv  a needle.
  Med. Times &. Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1893,  xxi, 78'—Griffith
  (F.)   Two  cases demonstrating  the  expiratory  force
  [swallowing of pins in  coughing].  Med. Council, Phila.,
  1903,  viii, 15.—Grosmaire A Zuber.   Aiguille fix6e
  dans le poumon et le foie chez un enfant de 9 mois.   Rev.
  med. de l'est,  Nancy,  1897, xxix, 242-246,  1 pl—Ham-
  mond (F. C.)  Removal of apin from the vagina7 months
  after being swallowed.   Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 502.—
  Hastings  (S.)  Needle in hand.  Practitioner, Loud.,
  1905,  lxxv,  374-377.—Holmes  (A. M.)  Recovery of a
  needle which had entered patient's body many years  be-
  fore.   Colorado M. J., Denver, 1902, viii," 302—Johnson
  (J. H.)  Case of a needle in the hand,  and its position
  localised by skiagraphy.   Intercolon.  M.  J. Australas.,
  Melbourne, 1898, iii, 409, 1 pl. — Kimc (Sara  A.)  The
  migration of a needle.   J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1889,
  xii, 104.—Knott (J.)  Note on  a case  of pin-swallowing.
  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1892-3, xi, 46-54.  Also:
  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1892, n. s , liv, 634-636.—Bum-
  mer  (E.)  Extraction d'une aiguille  k coudre,  loca-
  lise  par le proced6 de l'aimantation.   Rev. med. de la
  Suisse Rom., Geneve,  1890, x, 646-650.  See, aUo, infra:
  Nimier—Kurayeff (S. P.) Abstsessyazikoobraznol doli
  Hevavo lyokhkavo  i perikardit,  vizvanniye  inorodnim
  tlelom: shveinol iglol.  [Abscess of the tonguelike poi tion
  of the left lung, and pericarditis,  produced by a foreign
  body, a sewing needle.]  Yoveuno-med. J., St, Petersb.,
  1901,  lxxix, med. spec  pt., 3242-3246. — Eiauensteiu.
  [Entfernung einer Nadel aus der Hohlhaud unter Zuhiilfe-
  nahme einer Ma-jnetnadel.] Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1890,xvi,551.— I,nval (E.)  Deux cas d'ex-
  tractiond'aiguillesdanslaniain.  Bull. gen.deth6rap. [etc.],
  Par.,  1901, cxiii, 725-728. — Legros. Elimination par le
  sein d'une aiguille aval6e six ans auparavant.  Loire m6d.,
  St.-Etienne, 1899, xxiii,  255.—Marsh (F.)   The detection
  of needles  in the extremities;  needle  in hand; removal.
  Brit. Med.  J., Lond., 1896,  i, 749.—IVIartaud  & I.au-
  bie.—Extirpation k travers l'ombilic d'une 6pingle d'acier
  a t6te noire  aval6e deux jours auparavant.  J. de med. de
  Bordeaux, 1896, xxvi, 455.—Mills (E. D.)  Removal of a
  needle from the foot; practical point in the use of Rontgen
  rays.  N.  Zealand M.  J.,  AVellington,  1901-2,  ii,  224.—
  Monks  (G. H.)  The voluntary introduction of hat-
  pins into the abdominal wall.   Med. & Surg. Rep.  Bost.
  City Hosp., 1900,  xi,  143. — Moulonguet  (A.)   Ai-
  guilles implantees dans le tendon flechisseur de l'index et
  dans l'emineuce hypothenar.  France med., Par., 1888, i,
  856- — FVimier (H.)  Rapport sur uue  observation de M.
  Kunimer (de Geneve), intituleo:  Extraction d'une aiguille
  enkystee dans un doigt.  Bull,  et  mem. Soc. de chir. de
  Par., 1890, n. s., xvi, 744-746.—Ostermann.  Ein eigen-
  artiger Fall  von innerer  Verletzuug [eine Stopfnadel
  in der Uteruswand einer  Kuh].  Deutsche  tierarztl.
  Wchnsehr.,  Hannov.,  1902, x,  294.—Petyt (A. I.)   Pin
  introduced into the ear passed  ner anum.  Brit. M. J.,
Needles and pins  in the body.
  Lond., 1900, i, 1592.  AUo: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900,
  xix, 82. — Pinard (A.), Albarrau (J.), A Varnicr
  (H.)  Recherches experimeutales sur les caracteres ob-
  jectifs des lesions viscerales produites par une aiguille de
  matelassier de 21  cm. J de long sur  5 millim. de large.
  Tribune  med., Par., 1897, 2. s., xxix, 969-972—Rose (E.)
  Eine formliche  Art  von  Berufskrankheit.   Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz,, 1S07, xlvi, 76-80. — Saguet (C.)
  fipingle k tete noire ayant sGjourne 3 jours dans le ventre
  d'une  femme et rendue par les voies naturelles.  Bull.
  Soc anat.  de Par., 1892, lxvii, 467. — Sainsbury (H.)
  &. Berry (J.)  Two cases  of death from  a needle in the
  chest.  Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 1524.— Schlesinger (W.)
  Eine Nahuadel in  der Brnstdruse.  Wien. med. Bl., 18*8,
  xi, 1121-1123.—Schocntjcs (II.)  De l'electromagnetisnie
  appliqu6 k l'extraction des aiguilles lou6es dans les chairs
  du corps humain.  Ann. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1897, lxxvi,
  85-89.  — Schrciber.  Seltsame Wanderung einer Nah-
  nadel durch den Oberschenkel und Unterschenkel.  Wien.
  med. "Wochenschr., 1889, xxxix, 1045. — Shcnton (E. "W.
  H.) The expression of needles and similar foreign bodies
  after location with the X-rays.  Med. Electrol. & Radiol.,
  Lond., 1904, v, 81. - Smith (D. E.)  The passage of an
  opeu safety-pin through stomach and bowels.  Northwest.
  Lancet,  St. Paul,  1900, xx, 366. — Steele (C.)  The ex-
  traction of broken needles.  Lancet, Lond., 1891, i, 1039.—
  Strachan (B.)  The story of a hairpin.  Ibid., 1902, i,
  487. — Symptoms caused by swallowing needle.  Yet.
  Rec,  Lond., 19u3-4, xvi,  505.—Thomson  (W. T.)  A
  travelling needle;  removal.  Brit.  M. J.,  Lond., 1891,  i,
  63.—Tily  (J.)  Swallowing of a pin by a child.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1-95,  i, 1052.—Tuttle  (J. P.)  A pin swallowed
  passes per urethram. N.  York  M. J..  1891,  liv, 46.—
   Watson  (A. D.)  A needle in the gluteus  maximus.
  Med. World, Phila., 1903, xxi, 13.—Wetherill (H. G.) &
  Powell (C.)  The  extraction of needles by  the  giant
  magnet.  Am. J. Surg.  & Gynec,  St. Louis, 1903-4, xvii,
  45.—White (G.)  A pin lodged iu the pharynx.  Med.
  Rec,  N.  Y., 1888, xxxiii.  387.—Winters  (T. M.)  A
  needle carried sixty-one  years.  Physician A Surg., Ann
  Arbor, Mich., 1889,'xi, 5.—Woolscy (G.)  Pin in the ab-
  dominal  cavity.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 949.
Neefe (M.).
     Editor of: Statistisches Jahrbuch deutscher Stadte,
  Breslau, 1893.
Neeffen (Joh.)  Ein ktirtzer  Bericbt: wie man
  sicb iu denen jtzo vorstehenden Sterbensleuffteu,
  mit der Preservation  oder Vorwahrungen  dor-
  nacb  aucb der Curation der  Pestilentz,  uud
  etzlicher  irer Accidentien, oder Zufellen, verbal-
  ten sol.   f>4 1.   sm. 4°.  Dresden, M. Stbckel, 1577.
JVeel (Henri-Maurice)  [1879-     .].   * Essai  snr
  l'e'tiologie et le traitement du prolapsus utciin
  chez  les  vierges et  les nullipares.   62 pp.  8°.
  Bordmux, 1904,  No. 66.
NeelseB  (F[riedrich  Carl  Adolf])  [1854-94].
  Grundriss der pathologisch-anatouiischen Tech-
  nik fiir praktisehe Aerzie  und  Studierende.  vi,
  94 pp.  *°.  Muttgart, F. Enke, M)2.
     See,  also, Oberlamler  (Felix  [Martin]) & JVeelsen.
  Beitrage zur Pathologie [etc.].  8°.  Wien, 1888.—Perls-
  (Max). Lehrbuch der allgemeinen Pathologie,  [etc.].  3.
  Aufl.  8°.  Stuttgart, 1894.
     For  Biography,  see Arch. f. path.  Anat.  [etc.], Berl.,
  1895, cxxxix, 564.
Bfeera A:  PiBi (Gaetauo).  Discorsi detti il 20
  dicembre 1885 inanguraudosi il padiglione d' iso-
  lamento  Edvige-Frizzi  nel  Pio  Istituto  dei
  rachitici  di Milano.    14  pp.,  1 1.,  1 pl.   8-.
  [Milano,  1886.]
Neerlailds vrijheid bedreigd door het ontwerp
  van wetten op  de geneeskunde;  een wenk voor
  het Nederlandsche volk.   20 pp.  8°.   Utrecht,
  C. van der Post, jr., 18") 1.
IVeerlaJldS wettige  strijdkrachten  tegen ten
  machtigen vijand.   Bijdrage tot de algemeene
  gezondheidslecr.   Uitgeven door de Maatschap-
  pij: Tot Nut van 't Algemeeu, 1875.  iv, 77 pp.;
  9 pp.  8°.  Amsterdam, F. Muller, 1875.
IVeesen (Victor).    Book  on  wheeling.    Hints
  and advice to  men  and women  from  the physi-
  cian's standpoint.   106 pp.,  10 pl.   12°.   New
  Vork,  [1899].
-----.   Six cases  of chrouic heart disease suc-
  cessfully treated by the Schott method.    13 pp.
  12°.   New York, 1900.
     Repr. from: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi. 
NEETZlvK.
392
NEGKIER.
[V
Neetzke (Albert [Wilhelm Konstantin]) [1866-
      ].    " Leber Arrosionsblutuiigen.    30 pp.
  -.   (heifswatd, J. Abel, 1*92.
NofeUoflf (Vriktor  Vasilyevich]) [l8/.>-     ].
    K voprosu o funktsii shtshitovidnoi zhelyozi.
   Function of the thyroid gland.]  67  pp., 2 1.
       S.-Peterburg, 1901.
Nefedveff  (N['ikolaI]  N[ikolayevieh])  [1864-
      ].   * Ob izmieneniyakh v  organakh i zhi-
  votnikh pri otravleuii uryushnotifozninii toksi-
  nanii.   [Changes  in  organs  and animals  in
  poisouitig with  typhoid toxins.]  69 pp., 3 pl.
  8°.  S.-Peterburg, M. M. Stasyulevich, 169*.
Neff (Heinrieh)  [1.-74-    ].   *Zwei Fiille vou
  Exophthalmos pulsaus trauuiaticus.  22 pp., 1 1.
•  >-?.  Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1902.
NeflT (J.)  * Beitiage zur Kenntnis der Podotro-
  chilitis des Pferdes.  68 pp., 3 pl.  8C.  Zurich,
  0.  Fiissli, 1903.
Neff(J. M).
    See IMurphy (John B.) &  rVeff (J. M.) Perforating
  ulcers [etc.J.  8"'.  New York, 1902.
Neff (M. L.)  A  brief  manual  of prescription
  writing in  Latin and English,  for the  use of
  physicians, pharmacists, and medical and  phar-
  inacal students,   iv, 136 pp.  12°.  Philadelphia,
  F. A. Davis Co., 1901.
Neff (Wallace).    The surgery  of the .Gasserian
  ganglion.   15 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
     Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 190(1, lxxvii.
------.   Diagnosis aud treatment of some of the
  ordinary fractures, with report of cases.  18 pp.
  12°.   Richmond, 1901.
     Repr.from: VirginiaM.Semi-Month., Richmond, 1901,v
          Ruptured traumatic aneurism ofthe fem-
  oral artery due  to  gnushot wound, with report
  of a case.  7 pp.  8-.  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Repr. from.- Phila. M. J., 1901, vii.
------.  Tubercuhisis of the peritoneum.  12 pp.
  1^.  Richmond, 1901.
    Repr. from: Virginia  M.  Semi-Month.,  Richmond,
  1901. v.
Neffgeu (H.).
    See Veterinar-Papyrus (Der) [etc.].  8°.  Berlin,
  [1904].
Neftel (William  Basil) [1830-    ].  Abnormal
  reaction of the  acoustic nerve in chlorosis and
  Bright's disease,   pp. 26-29.   8C.  Philadelphia,
  J. Li. Lippincott cY Co., 1873.
    Cutting from: Arch. Scient. & Pract. M. <fc S., Phila.,
  1873, i.
------.   Clinical  notes on  nervous diseases  of
  women.  pp. 267-271,  365-370,  416-426.   8°.
  Philadelphia, G.  P. Putnam's  Sons, 1873.
    Cutting from: Arch. Scient. & Pract. M. <fc S., Phila.,
  1S73, i.
-----.   Report upon  some  of the  recent  re-
 searches iu neuropathology,   pp.  480-489.   8°.
 Philadelphia, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1873.
   Cutting from: Arch. Scient. &. Pract. M. & S., Phila.,
 1873, i.
-----.  Contribution to the diagnosis of cancer-
 ous diathesis;  carcinosis.   pp. 112-116.   8°.
 Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott cf- Co., [1873].
   Cutting from: Arch. Scieut. ic Pract. M. & S., Phila.,
 1873, i.
-----.  The treatment of some forms of dyspepsia
 (chronic  catarrh  of the stomach).  29 pp.  8C.
 New  York, Trow, 1878.
   Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. T., 1878, xiii-xiv.
-----.  The electrolytic treatment of malignant
 tumors.   r  pp.   c°.   New York, J. F. Trow $
 Son, 1*70.
   Repr.from : Med. Rec, N. Y., 1876, xi.
-----.  Beitiage znr Keuntniss und  Behandlung
 der visceraleu Neuralgien.  22 pp.  e  .  Berlin,
 L. Schumacher, [1880].
   Repr.from .- Arch. f. Psychiat.', Berl., 1879-80, x.
   For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Nega (Victor Julius) [181<»-r>7].
    [Biography.]  In: Graetzer (J.)  Lebensbilderher
  vorrag. schles. Aerzte.  8°.  Breslau, 1889, 122-124.
Negativism.
    See Insanity of negation.
Negri ti nee.
    Baker (H. B.)   How much ought Negaunee to pay its
  health officer? Proc. Sau. Convent.  Negaunee, Lansing,
  1891, 12-10. — Lombard (C. S.)  The water supply of
  Negaunee. Ibid., 39-42.
Negellen (Paul-fimile-Rene) [1*75-    ].  »De
  l'osteite  deibrmante (maladie osseusc tie Paget);
  6tude clinique, radiographique, anatomo-patho-
  logique; essai de pathog6uie.   118 pp.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, 1903, No. 441.
Negligence.
    Actions for negligence.  Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1792.
Negre (C.)  * Etude de lafougere male.  60pp.,
  1 1., 1 pl.   4°.  Montpellier, 1*89, No. 463.
    ficole de pharmacie de Montpellier.
Negre (Joseph-Jean-C61estin-Alexandre)  [186*-
       ].  * De l'hydrorrhee dans les fibromes ute"-
  rius. 58 pp.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1893., No. 41.
Negre (Joseph-Leon).   * Considerations  sur la
  malaria chez  les enfants, et sur son traitement.
  h4 pp., 11., 1  ch.  4°.  Nancy,  1895, No. 5.
Negre (Paul)  [lc77-     \  * Le phlegmon peri-
  n6|>ur<5tique  chez  l'enfant.   54  pp.,  11.
  Monti>ellier, 1903, No. 40.
Negrete (Teodomiro).   * Algunas  considera-
  ciones  sobre  semeiotica  de la lengua.  34  pp.
  8°.  Mexico, Bermeco hermanos, 1880.
Negretti (Antoine-Francois) [1860-   ].   'Quel-
  ques observations  de gangrene gazeuse.   53 pp.,
  1 1.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1887, No. 2.
Negretti (Enrico Angelo Ludovico) [1817-
   79].
     Secconibe(T.) [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
   1894, xl, 167.
Negrett© (Angelo).  Ospitale maggiore di Lodi.
   Sezione chirurgica.   Breve rendiconto clinico-
   statistico.   61  pp.   rov. 8°.   Lodi,  A.  Cima,
   1692.
 Negri (A[delchi]).  Nuove osservazioni sulla
   struttura  dei globuli  rossi.   6  pp ,  1 pl.  8°.
   Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1899.
 ------.   Osservazioni sulla sostanza colorabile col
   rosso nentro nelle eniazie dei vertebrati.  pp.
   143-154, 12 pl.   fol.   Milano, U.  Hoepli, 1902.
     Forms fasc. 8 of: Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Cl.di
   sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1902, 3. s.,  x.
 Negri  (C.)  Letter  fo  D. Barry,  member  of
   the Central  Board  of Health in  London,  etc.,
   on the character and treatment of cholera.  3 1.
   h-.  [London,  W.  Wilson, jr.,  1831.]   [P.,  v.
   591.]
 Negri  (Guglielmo).   * Osservazione di  polipo
   inortifero  dell' orecchio, precednta da alcune
   ricerche statistiche intorno  ai  polipi di quest'
   organo.  32 pp.   8°.   Padova,  Crem-ini, [1862].
 Negri (Luigi).  I priini  mesi della mia pratica
   medico-chirurgicain Arona.  32  pp.  8C.  Arona,
   Brusa # Macchi, 1898.
 Negri (Paolo).  Trenta mesi di  clinica  ostetrica
   (dal  1° gennajo 1*87 al 30 giugno 1^*9).  70 pp.
   8°.   Venecia, Ferrari, Kirchmanr <!'•  Scozzi,  1*89.
 Negl'ie [Georges-Fr6de"rU-].  Etude sur les ma-
   ladies de  poitrine et snr la  gourme des jeunes
   cli'-vans de l':inn6e.   152 pp.   8-.  Paris,  A**e-
    lin. 1874.                                  ,  ,
  Negiicr  (C[harles]) [1792-1*6-2].   Recueil ile
    faits pour servir a I'histoire des ovaires et  des
    atfections hystenqnes de la  femme.   viii,  176
    pp.  8.   Angers, Cosnier <V' Laehese, 1858.   LP-i
    v. 2253.]
      For Biography and Portrait, tee Arch. med. d Angers,
    1897, i, 467-472, port. (Feille). 
XEGBINI.
393
NEGROES.
Negrini (F[rancesco]).
    See Tenchiui (Lorenzo) & Negrini (F.)  Sulla cor-
  tecoia eerebrale degli equini, [etc.J.  8°.  Parma, 1889.
Negrisoli  (Gaetano).    Sulle  disinfettazioni.
  Istruzione  popolare.   viii  pp.   12°.   Milano,
  tipog. F. Albertari, 1866.
    Repr. from: Bull, farm., 1865, v, no. 3.

Negritos.
    Meyer (A. B.)   The distribution ofthe negri-
  tos  in  the  Philippine Islands  and  elsewhere.
  8°.  Dresden,  1*99.
    Ella (S.)   A comparative view of some  customs and
.  social habits of the Mala van aud Papuan races of Polyne-
  sia.  Kep. Australas.  Ass. Adv. Sc. 1888, Sydney, [1889], i,
  484-493.—Elnologf a.  Caracteres fisico's propios de la
  raza uegrita y distril>uci6n de la raisma por el arcliipielago.
  In: Archipielago (El) Filipino, Wash., 1900, i, 169-180, 3 pl.
Negro (Camillo).
    Editor of: Rivista iconografica della sezione malattie
  nervose del Policlinico generale di Torino, 1897-1900.

Negro (Albinism in).
     De Beck (D.)  Albinoism in the negro.  Ohio M. J.,
  Cincin., 1896, vii, J7tj.—Farabee (W. C.)  Notes oil  ne-
  gro albinism [with note by W. E. Castle].  Science, N". Y.
  & Lauraster. Pa., 1903, n. s., xvii, 75.—£<oeb (A. A.)  Al-
  binism iu the negro.  Am.  Med.,  Phila., 1902, iii, 139.—
  .llorgan (J.)  Some account of  a motley colored or pye
  negro girl and mulatto boy, exhibited before the society in
  the month of May, 1784.  Tr. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1786,
  ii, 329-395.—Savage (T. S.)  An account of the desqua-
  mation and change of colour iu a negro of Upper Guinea,
   West Africa.  Abstr. papers  Roy. Soc. Lond. (1843-50),
  1851, v, 623.

Negroe*.
     See,  also, Dinka;  Egypt;  Hair  (Ethnology
  of);  Hymen; Infertility; Negritos; Puberty;
  West indies.
     Angebliche  (Die) Inferioritat  der  Neger-
  Race
     Cutting from: Mag. f.d. Lit. d. Ausl., Berl., 1865, xxxiv,
  165-167.
     Burmeister(H.)  The hlack man.   The com-
  parative anatomy and psychology ofthe African
  negro.   Transl. by Julius Friedlauder and Rob-
  ert Tomes.  8°.   New York, 1853.
    Repr.from: Evening Post, X.  Y.
     Calori (L.)  Cervello di  un negro  della Gui-
  nea.   4-.   [Bologna,  1865.]
     Cutting from: Mem. Accad. d. sc.  d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1865, 2. s.. v, 177-212. 8 pl.
     Campbell (J.)   Xegio-mania; heiug an  ex-
  amination of the falsely assumed equality ofthe
  various races of men.  3y   Philadelphia, 1851.
    Geyer (J. D.)   Miissiger  Reise-Stunden gute
  Gedauken.   Von  der  Bucarophagia  africana,
  und denen  Mohreu ersterer Welt.   3.  Discours.
  4°.  Dresden,  1735.
    Hovelacque  (A.)   Les  negres  de  l'Afrique
  sus-6quatoriale (Sene"gambie, Guinea,  Soudan,
  Haut-Nil).  8y   Paris,  1*89.
    Xina-Rodriguez.   L'animisme ftStichiste  dea
  negres de Bahia.   8°.   Bahia (Bresil),  1900.
    Romiti (G.)  La cartilagine della piega semi-
  lunare  ed il pellicciaio nel  negro.   6°.   [Pisa,
  1664.]
    Cutting from: Atti Soc. tosc. di sc. nat.  Mem., Pisa,
  [18841, vii, 67-70.
    Tiedemann  (F.)  Das  Hirn  des Negers mit
  dem  des Europiiers uud  Ourang-Outangs ver-
  glichen.  4°.   Heidelberg,  1837.
    Waitz (T.)   Die Xegervolker und ihre Ver-
  wandten.   8°.  Leipzig, 1860.
    Forms v. 2 of his: Anthropologie.
    Wasner (G.)  *  Ueber Siedelungen der Neger.
  [Kouigsberg i. Pr.]  8°.  Lnsterburg,  1691.
    Weisbach(A. )   Einige Schadel aus Ostafrika.
  roy. 6-.   Wien,  18-9.
    Repr.from: Ann. d. k. nat urn. Hofmuseums, iv.
    Woktman (J. L.)  The negro's anthropolog-
  ical position.
    Cutting from: Analostan Mag., Wash., 1891, i, 48-52.
Hegroe*.
    \Vvjian (J.)   Observations on the skeleton of
  a Hottentot.  8°.   [Boston, 1863.]
    Repr.from:  Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,  1862-3.
    Abel (J. J.) & l>avis (W. S.)  On the pigment ofthe
  negro's skin aud hair.  J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1896, i, 361-
  400, 1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.—Anthony (li.; & Hazard
  (A.)  Notes sur la myologie d'un n6gre de 1'Oubangui.
  Anthropologie, Par., 1905, xvi, 445-456.—Bean (K. B.)
  Ou a racial peculiarity in the brain of the negro.  Proc.
  Ass. Am. Anat.,  Bait.,  1904-5,  p.  iv.— Kerkhan (O.)
  Eiu Namaweib aus Deutsch-Siidwestafrika.  Globus, Brn-
  schwg., 1898, lxxiv, 60.—It loch (A.) & Vigier (P.)  Re-
  cherches histologiques sur le follicule pileux et le cheveu
  de deux negres dececles k Paris.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'an-
  throp. de Par., 1904, 5. s., v, 124-132.—Bottard.  Crane
  de negie du S6n6gal.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1889,
  3. s.. xii, 38-41.—Broduax (B. II.)  [New-born infants
  of African descent.]  N. York M. Times, 1895, xxiii, 322.
  -----. Color of infant negroes.   Mississippi  M.  Rec,
  Yicksburg,  1903,  vii,  174.—Browne  (Sir T.)  Of the
  blackness of negroes.  In his: Works, 8°,  Lond., 1899, ii,
  180-197.—Brvce (T. H.)  Xoteson  the myology of a ne-
  gro. J. Anat. &  Physiol.,  Lond., 1896-7,  xxxi,  607-618.
  -----. On a pair  of negro  femora. Ibid., 1897-8, xxxii,
  76-82.—Bnrrowt (G.)  On the natives  of the Upper
  Welle district of the Belgian Congo.  J. Anthrop. Inst.,
  Lond., 1898-9, n.  s., i, 35-47,  1 pl.—Castonnet dea
  Fosses.  La race noire dans l'avenir.  Assoc. franc, pour
  ravanco. d. sc.  C.-r.,  Par., 1889, xviii,  pt. 1,  377-380.—
  Colin  ( H.)   Die Sehleistuugeu der Dahoma-Neger.
  Webuschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. u. Auges, Bresl., 1898. ii,
  97.—t'ollignon (It.)  La couleur et le cheveu du n6gre
  nouveau-ne.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1895, 4. s., vi,
  687-692.—Colour  (The)  of newly-born negro children.
  Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1419.—Con'radt (L.) & Virchow
  (R.)  Tabellarische Uebersicbt der an Negern des Adeli-
  Landes  ausgefiihrten  Aufnahmen.  Verhandl.  d.  Berl.
  Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1894, 164-186.—Crawfurd (J.)
  On the physical and mental characteristics of the negro.
  Tr. Ethn. Soc. Loud.,  1866, n. s., iv, 212-239.—Cureau
  (A.)  Essai sur  la  psychologie  des  races  negres de
  l'Afrique  tropicalo.  Deuxieme partie:  Intellectuality.
  Rev. g6n.  d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi,
  638; 679.—B.  (P.)  A propos  de negres blancs.  Rev.
  ra6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 441.  -----. Les nfegrea
  blancs.  J. de med. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 41.— Bamo-
  glou. Hyperacuit6 olfactive et visuelle et impassibility
  k la douleur chez les nfegres soudanais.  Rev. de l'hypnot.
  et psychol. physiol., Par., 1902-3, xvii, 20.—De Albertis
  (O.) Genesi, storia ed autropologia della razza negra. Ri-
  vista, Genova, 1889, viii, 290-308.—Becorse (G.)  L'habi-
  tation chez  les negres de l'Afrique centrale et la danse
  chez les primitifs.  M6d. orient., Par.,  1905, ix, 423-431.
  Also: Rev. mod. de m6d. et de chir.,  Par., 1905, iii, 122-
  130.—Bcgallier  (MIU.  Alice).   Notes psychologiques
  sur les negres Pahouius.   Arch, de psychol., Geneve, 1904-
  5, iv, 362-368.—Edwards (C.  L.)  Folk-lore of the Ba-
  hama negroes. Am. J.  Psychol., Worcester,  1888-9, ii,
  519-542.—Eijkman(C)   The colour of negroes.  Janus,
  Amst., 1899, iv, 390.—Frederic.  Zur  Kenntnis der
  Hautfarbe der Neger.   Ztschr. f. Morphol. u.  Anthrop.,
  Stuttg., 1905,  ix,  41-56, 1 pl.—Freiberg (A. H.) &
  Schroeder (J. H.)  A  note on the  foot of the Ameri-
  can negro.  Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila.  &  N. Y., 1903,  n. s.,
  cxxvi, 1033-1036.  Also: Am.  J.  Orthop.  Surg., Bost.,
  1903-4, i, 164-167.—de Froberville.  Note sur les Ostro-
  n^gres, race de l'Afrique orientale au  sud de l'equateur.
  Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1849, xxviii,  285-289.—
  Criacomini (C.)  Annotazioni sulla anatomia del negro;
  1. memoria.  Gior.  d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1878, 3.
  s.. xxiv. 454-470. -----. Annotazioni sulla anatomia del
  negro; 2. memoria.  Ibid.. 1882 3. s., xxx, 729-803. -----.
  Annotaziuni sulla anatomia del negro; 3. memoria.  Ibid.,
  1884, 3. s., xxxii, 462; 500. -----.  Annotazioni sulla ana-
  tomia del  negro; 5. memoria.  Ibid., 1892. 3. s., xl, 17-64,
  1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo, transl.: Arch.ital.de  biol.,
  Turin, 1892, xvii, 337-371, 1 pl. -----. Notes sur l'anato-
  mie du negre; [4. niernoire]. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
  1887, ix, 119-137,  2 pl. -----. La plica semilunaris e la
  laringe nelle scimmie antroponiorfe (nota suppletoria alia
  anatomia del negro).  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,
  1897, 3.  s., xiv, 619-672,  2 pl. — (Sirard (H.)  Notes
  anthropometriqiies sur quelques Soudanais occidentaux,
  Malink6s,  Bamharas,  Fonlalis,  Soninkes,  etc.  Anthro-
  pologie, Par.,  1902. xiii,  41; 167; 328. — Oranville (R.
  K.) & Roth  (II. L.)   Notes on the  Jekris. Sobos, and
  lies of the vVarri district of the Niger Coast Protectorate.
  J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond.,  1898-9, u. s., i, 104-126, 5 pl.—
  Hamilton (J. C.)  The African  in  Canada.  [Abstr.]
  Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sc, 1889, Salem,  1890, xxxviii, 364-
  370.—Hamy  (E.-T.)  Les  iraitateurs d'Alexauder B:u-
  nias;  Johu Milton, Pierre Er6ret, ML.-A. Boizot (1788-
  94).  Anthropologic, Par.,  1894, v,  542-553. -----. Les
  races negres.  Ibid., 1897, viii, 257-271. -----. Note sur
  diverses gravures de Bonneville repr6seutant des negres
  (1794-1803).  Ibid., 1899, x, 42-46.—Herring (X. B.)  1'he 
f
NEGROES.                                      394   .                                   NEGROES.
\egroe*.
  morpholie'ieal and psychophysical intrin-icalities ofthe
  negro race.   Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904. xxxii, 796; 889;
  993.  ]iiK9.—Hera (il.)  Der Bau des  Negerfusses.  Zt-
  schr  f. orthop.  Chir..  Stuttg., 1903, xi, 168-174.   AUo
  [Abstr.]: Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 1410.—
  Hoffman F. L.) The negro iu the West Indies.  Pub.
  Am. Statist. Ass., Boat, 1894-5, n. s., iv, 181-200. — Hutter.
  Die Zeichensprache bei den  Negern des Wald- und Gras-
  landes iu Nordkamerun.  Globus, Brnschwg., 1898, lxxiv.
  201-204. _____.  Der Abschluss von Blutfreundsehaft und
  Yertragen bei den Negern des Graslandes  in Nordkame-
  run.   Ibid.,  1899, lxxv, 1-4.—Jacques (V.)  Contribu-
  tion  & l'ethnologie de l'Afrique centrale; huit  cranes du
  Haut-Congo.  Bull. Soc d'anthrop. de  Brux., 1896-7, xv,
  1*8-194.-----. Mensurations anthropometriques detrente-
  nenf negres  du  Congo.  Ibid., 237-241. -----. Les Con-
  golais de l'Exposition universelle de Brnxelles-Tervueren.
  Ibid., 1897-8,  xvi, 183-244, 3 pl.— Joest (W.)  Eine Holz-
  fjwur von der Loango - Kiiste  uud  eiu Anito-Bild  aus
  Luzon.  Festschr. f.  A'lolf  Bastian . . ., Berl.,  1896, 118-
  127, 5 pl.—Johnson (J. T.)  On some of the apparent
  peculiarities  of  parturition  iu  the negro  race, with re-
  marks ou race  pelves in general.  Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,
  1875-6, viii, 88-123. AUo, Reprint.—Johnstone (H. B.)
  Notes on the customs of the tribes occupying Mombasa
  sub-district,   British  East  Africa.   J.  Anthrop.  Inst.,
  Lond., 1902,   xxxii, 263-272.— Btiilz.  Die  hygienische
  Beeinflussung der schwar/.eu Basse durch  die weisse in
  Deutsch-Togo.   Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Berl.,
  1905, ii, 673-688.—I.ehiiianii-rYitsche (R.)  Die dunk-
  len Hautflecke der Neugeboreuen bei Indianern und Mu-
  latten.  Globus,  Brnsehw-.,  1904, lxxxvi, 297-309.—tiess-
  ner.  Die Balue- oder  Runipiberge  uud ihre Bewohner.
  Ibid.,  273; 337;  392.— Livini (F.)  Contribuzioni alia
  anatomia del negro.  Arch, per V,  antrop.,  Firenze, 1899,
  xxix, 203-228.—iVIacalister  (A.)  On the osteology of
  two  negroes.   Proc.  Rov. Irish Acad. (Science), Dubl.,
  1877-83, 2. s., iii,  347-350.—ITIacdonald (J. R. L.)  East
  Central Africa  customs.  J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1892-
  3, xxii, 99-122. -----.  Notes on the  ethnology of tribes
  met  with  during  progress  of the  Juba  expedition  of
  1897-9.  Ibid., 1899, ii, 226-250, 2 maps. — de lTIatlos  c
  Silva (J.)   Medicina dos pretos de Cabiuda.  Rev. portu-
  gueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1902, xii, 41; 71; 341.—
  Merensky.  Ueber Waffeu- Zauberwiirfelund Schmuck-
  korallen der Siidafrikaner.  Verhandl. d. Berl.  Gesellsch.
  f. Anthrop., Berl., 1882, 540-545. -----. Spuren vom Ein-
  fluss Indiens auf  die  afrikanische Volkerwelt.  Ibid.,
  1891, 377-380.—ITIichel (M.)  Two cervical muscle anom-
  alies  in the  negro.  Med.  Rec,  N. Y., 1892,  xii,  125.
  AUo, Reprint.—lTIochi(A.)   Glioggetti etnograflci delle
   Sopolazioni  etiopicbe  posseduti  dal  Museo  nazionale
   ' antropologia in Firenze.   Arch, per 1' antrop., Firenze,
  1900, xxx, 87-172. — IVIorison.  Notes sur la formation
  du pigment chez le n^gre.   Cong, internat. de dermat.
  et  de syph.  C.-r. 1889,  Par., 1890, 130-134.   AUo, transl. .-
  Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.,  Hamb., 1889,  ix, 485-490.—
  de  iVIortillet  (G.)   Sur  les ndgres de 1'Algerie  et
  de la Tuuisie.  Bull. Soc. d'authrop. de Par., 1890, 4. s.,
  i, 353-359.— Morton (A. S.)  The colour  of newly-born
  negro children.   Lancet, Loud.,  1898,  ii,  1605. — iTIus-
  kat (G.)  Der Plattfuss  des  Negers.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1902, xxviii, 471.—Olivier.
  Les troupes noires de l'Afrique orientale francaise.  Rev.
  d. troupes colon., Par.,  1903,  ii, 97-129.—Ortiz (F.)  La
  criminality dei negri in Cuba.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.],
  Torino, 1905,  xxvi, 594-600.—[Peney (A.)]  Etudes  sur
  les races du Soudan.  [Abstr.]  Compt.rend.Acadd.se,
  Par., 1859, xlviii, 430.—Petrie (W. M. F.)   Au Egyptian
  ebony statuette  of a negress.  Man, Lond., 1901, i, 129,
  lpl.—Pittard  (E.)   De la survivance d'un type negro-
  Ide dans les  populations modernes de l'Europe.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1533.—Plehn (A.)
  Beobachtungen  in Kamerun.  Ueber die Anschauungeu
  nnd Gebrauche einiger Negerstiimme.  Ztschr. f. Ethnol.,
  Berl., 1904,  xxxvi, 713-728.—Popovsky (J.)  Les mus-
  cles  de  la face  chez  uu negte Achauti.  Anthropologic
  Par., 1890, i, 413-422— Begnault (F.)   Pourquoi les ne-
   fres  sont-ils  noirs? (etude  sur les causes de la coloration
   elapeau).  Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi,  606.—Bcichard
  (P.)  Deportment of savage negroes.  [Transl. from .- Das
  Ausland.]  Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y.,  1891, xxxix, 330-
  337. —Beincckc (P.)   Beschreibung einiger  Rassen-
  skeletle aus Afrika (ein Beitrag zur Anthropologie  der
  deutschen Schutzgebiete).  Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg
  1898, xxv, 185-231.—Reinach  (P. S.)   The  negro race
  and European civilization.  Am. J. Sociol., Chicago, 1905-6,
  xi, 145-167—Reyes (A. W.)  Estudio comparativo de los
  negros criollos y africaims.   b„i.  Sue.  antrop. de Cuba
  Habana, 1879-86, i, 130-135.—Richardson (C. H.)  Ob-
  servations among the Cameroon tribes of West Central
  Africa.  Mem. Internat.  Cong. Anthrop.  1893, Chicago
  1894,  199-207.-Riley (H. C.)  Color of new-born negroes'
  Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1900, xxviii, 537.—Robertson (T.
  L.)   The color of negro children when born.  Alabama M
  & S.  Age, Birmingh., 1S97-8, x, 413. — Rodes  (C. B.) jr
  The thoracic  index in the negro.   Ztschr. f. Morphol u
]\egroes.
  Anthrop., Stuttg., 1905, ix, 103-117.—Roscoe (J.)  Notes
  on tbe manners and customs of the Baganda.  J. Anthrop.
  Inst., Lond., 1901, xxxi, 117-130. -----.  Further notes on
  the manners and customs of the Baganda.  Ibid., 1902,
  xxxii, 25-80, 2 tab.—Roth (II. L.)  Notes ou  Benin cus-
  toms.  Internat.  Arch. f. Ethnog., Leiden,  1898, xi, 235-
  242.—Sabalier  (C.)   Etude sur la femme kabyle.  Rev
  d'anthrop., Par., 1883,  2. s., vi, 56-69.—Santos  Fernan-
  dez (J.)  De la disposiciou  anatomica del canal nasal eu
  el negro que explica su menor predisposicion & las affec-
  ciones  de las vias lagrimales.   Cong, internat.  de mod
  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'opht., 81-96.—Sell il-
  ler-Tietz.  Die  Hautfarbe  der neugeborenen Neger-
  kinder.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1901,
  xxvii, 615. — Schurtz (H.)   Das Wurfmesser der Ne-
  ger; ein Beitrag  zur  Ethnographic Afrika's.   Internat.
  Arch. f. Ethnog., Leiden, 1889, ii, 9-31, 1  pl. -----. Die
  geographische  verbreitung der Negertracbten.  Ibid
  1891, iv, 139-153,  1 pl. — Schwnrzbach (li. B.)  The
  power of sight of natives of South Africa.  Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1898, ii, 1731. — Scuielcder (F.)  Negroes iu the
  Mexican Republic   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii,  66.—
  Shufeldt (R. W.)  Comparative anatomical  characters
  ofthe negro.  Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 26-28.—
  Siuionot.  Considerations  sur la coloration de la peau
  du negre.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de  Par., 1862, iii, 140-152.
  AUo, Reprint.—Singleton (A. H.)  Folklore of the ne-
  groes of Jamaica.  Folk-Lore,  Loud., 1904,  xv,  450.—
  Smith (Anua T.)  A study in race psychology.  Pop. Sc.
  Month., N. Y., 1896-7,  1, 354-360.-Stevens (H. V.)  Mit-
  theilniigen aus dem Franenlebeu der Orang Belendas. der
  Oraug Djiikun und der Orang Laut.  Bearbeitet vou Max
  Battels.  Ztschr.  f. Ethnol.,  Berl., 1896, xxviii, 163-202.—
  Stuhlmann (F.) Ein WaheheSkelet und die ethnolo-
  gische Stellung der Leudii.  Verhaudl. d. Berl. Gesellsch.
  f. Anthrop., 1894, 422-424.—Stuhlmann (F.) ^ Simon.
  Anthropologisehe Autiiahnien   aus  Ost-Africa.   Ibid.,
  1895, 656-671. —Talbot (E.  S.)  Negro ethnology aud
  sociology.  Illinois M.  Bull., Chicago, 1904-5, v, 124-127.—
  Tate (H. R.)  Notes on the Kikuyu and Kaniba tribes of
  British East Africa. J. Antrop. Inst., Lond., 1904, xxxiv,
  130-148,4pl.—Tea tut.  Contribution^, l'anutoraiedes races
  n&gres;  dissection de  trois nouveaux negres.  Bull. Soc.
  d'anthrop.  de  Lyon, 1890, ix, 51-68. — Thompson (A.)
  Craniology [nesrroid aud non-negroid skulls].  Man, Lond.,
  1905, v, 101.—Thomson (A.)   Note on the skin and scalp
  of the negro foetus. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1890-91,
  xxv, 282-285, 1 pl.—Trager.   Vorstellung der weisseu
  Negeria Amauua saiinut ihrer angeblichen Schwester.
  Verhandl. d. BerL Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1902, 492.—Tria
  (G.)  Ricerche sulla cute del negro (contribuzione  alio
  studio sul  siguificato  funziouale dello strato granulosoe
  sulla diffusione del pigmento cutaneo).  Gior. internaz. d.
  sc. med., Napoli,  1888,  n. s., x,  365-369, 1 pl. — Turner
  [Sir W.)  Notes on the dissection of a third  negro.  J.
  Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1896-7, xxxi, 624-626.—Valenti
  (G.) Variety delle ossa nasali in  un negro del Sudan.
  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze,  1897, viii, 191-194.— Van den
  Oheyn (R. P.)   L'origine asiatique de la race noire.
  Compt.  rend,  du  Cong, scient. internat. d. catholiques,
  Par., 1891, sect. 8, 132-154.—Variot (G.)  Observations
  sur la pigmentation cicatricielle des negres, et recherches
  microscopiques sur les uaevi pigmeutaires d'un  mul&tre.
  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1889. 3. s., xii, 463. - Ver-
  neau  (11.)  Les  migrations des Ethiopiens.  Anthropo-
  logie, Par.,  1899,  x, 641-662.—Verrler  (E.) La religion
  du negre; ses superstitions,  d'apres uu manuscrit ancien
  ecrit par un etranger ayant longtemps  habite l'Afrique
  centrale.   Bull. Soc.  d'ethnog., Par., 1887,  2. s., i,  141;
  171.—Virchow  (R.)  Kopfmaasse von 40 Wei- und 19
  Kru-Negern.  Verhandl.  d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop.,
  1889, 85-93.  -----. [Zwei junge Bursche von Kamerun
  und Togo.]   Ibid., 541-545. — Wnldeyer  (W.)  Deber
  einige Gehirne von Ost-Afrikanern.  Mitth. d.  authrop.
  Gesellsch. in Wien, 1894, n.  F.,  xiv, 141-144.  AUo: Cor.-
  Bl.  d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop.  [etc.],  Munchen,
  1894, xxv, 151-154—Whitehouse (A. A.)  Note on the
  Mbari festival of  the natives of the Ibo  country, S. Nige-
  ria.  [Abstr.]  Man.  Lond., 1904, 162.—Widen in an 11.
  Der Plattfuss  des Negers.   Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz.   11.  Berl.,  1902,  xxviii,  563.—Wilser (L.)  Urge-
  sebichtlicho Neger in  Europa.   Globus,  Brnschwg., 1905,
  lxxxvii, 4 >. — Wolbarst  (A. L.), Provence  (1). M.)  &
  March (C. J.)  Tho color of negro babies.  Med. News,
  N.  Y.,  1898, lxxiii, 844.-Wolff (B.)  Deficient vulvar
  development iu nesrresses.  Med. Age, Detroit, 1898, xvi
  137— Zintgraff (E.)  Ueber Gesten  und Mienenspiel
  der Neger.  Org. d. Taubst.-Anst. in Deutschl., Friedberg,
  1891, xxxvii, 173;  192.

UTegroes (Morbidity, mortality, and crimi-

  nology of).

     See,  also, Ainhum;  Chorea in negroes; Con-
  junctivitis  (History, etc.,  of);  Eye  (Diseases
  of) in negro; Fever  (Typhoid, Immunity from); 
NEGROES.                                     395                                      NEGROES.
~Xegvoe$(Morbidity, mortality, and crimi-

  nology of).
  Frambcesia; Haematophilia in the  negro; In-
  sanity in  negroes;  Keloid; Phthisis  in negroes;
  Pneumonia in negroes; Rape;  Rickets in ne-
  groes; Sleeping-sickness in negroes;  Syphilis
  in negroes; Tuberculosis  in  negroes.
    Johnson (K. H.)   The  physical degeneracy
  of the  modern negro, with  statistics  from the
  principal  cities  showing  his, mortality from A.
  D. 1700 to L-97.  H3.   [Brunswick,  Ga'., n. d.]
    Mortality  among negroes  in  cities.    Pro-
  ceedings of the conference for investigations of
  city problems  held at Atlanta  University,  May
  2(i-v!7, I89ii.  s-.   Atlanta, Ga.,  1?9(>.
    Ball  (M.  V. )  The  mortality of the negro.   Med.
  News. Phila.,  1894, lxiv, 389. — Balloch (E. A.)   The
  relative frequency of fibroid processes in tbe dark-skinned
  races.  Ibid., 29-35. — Bodiugton (Alice).   The impor-
  tance of race, and its bearing on the "negro question''.
  Westminst. Rev., Lond., 1890, cxxxiv, 415-427.—Brady
  <C. M.)  The negro as a patient.  N. Orl.M. <fcS. J., 1903-4,
  lvi, 431-445.—Busehan (G.)  Zur Pathologie der Neger.
  Arch, per l'antrop., Firenze, 1901, xxxi, 357-375.—Byera
  (J. W.)   Diseases of  the Southern negro. Med. &  Surg.
  Reporter. Phila., 1888, lviii, 734-737.—Castellanos (J. J.)
  The  rural and city negro pathologically  and therapeuti-
  cally considered.  Proc. Orleans Parish M.Suc.)895, N.Orl.,
  1896, iii, pp. lxxx-lxxxv.—Clark (G. C.)  The immunity
  ofthe negro race to certain diseases and the causes thereof.
  Maryland M. J.,  Bait., 1807-8,  xxxviii, 222-224.—Clarke
  (R.)  Short  notes of the prevailing diseases in the colony
  of Sierra Leone, with a return of tlie sick Africans sent to
  hospital in eleven years, and classified  medical returns for
  the years 1853-4;  also tables showing the number of luna-
  tics admitted to hospital in a period of thirteen years, and
  the number  treated from 1st April, 1842, to 31st March. 1853.
  J. Statist. Soc. Lond., 1856, xiv,  60-81.—Coleman (W. L.)
  Some observations on consumption, diabetes  niellitus and
  consumption in the negro. Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1896,
  iii, 114-116.  — Cov»gill (W. M.)  Why  the  negro does
  not suffer from trachoma.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900,
  xxxiv, 399.—Cunningham (R. McW.)  The negro as a
  convict.  Tr.  M.  Ass. Alabama,  Montgomery, 1893, 315-
  326.-----.  The  morbidity  and mortality of negro con-
  victs. Med. News. Phila.', 1894, lxiv,  113^117.—Daniels
  (C. W.)   Negro fertility and  infantile mortality.  Brit.
  GuianaM. Ann., Demerara, 1898, x, 8-17.—De Saussure
  (P. G.)  Obstetrical observations ou the negroes of South
  Carolina. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong.  1893, Wash., 1895,  pt. 1,
  917-921.—Dixon (W. A.)  The morbid proclivities and
  retrogressive  tendencies in  the offspring of mulattoes.
  Med. News, Phila.. 1892, lxi, 180-182.  Also: ,T. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx,  1.   AUo, Reprint. — Edclnian
  (L.)  The negro  as a criminal, and his influence on the
  white race.  Med. News, N. T.,  1903, lxxxii, 196.—Faison
  (J. A.)  Tuberculosis in the  colored race.  Med. Rec, N.
  Y., 1899, lv, 375. — Fehliuger.  Die Sterblichkeit der
  europaischeu und der Neger-Kasse. Naturw. Wchnsehr.,
  Berl., 1904, n.  F.,  iii, 280.—Fernandez (H. E.)  The ex-
  traordinary  vitality of the nati re under serious injuries
  (illustrated by a recent case).   South African M. J., Cape
  Town, 1896-7, iv. 34. — Fernandez  (J.  S.)   Las enfer-
  medades de los ojos eu los negros y mulatos.  Cong, in-
  ternat. de med.  C.-r., Par.,  1900,  sect, d'opht., 97.   AUo,
  Reprint. — Fletcher (I!. M.), jr.  Surgical peculiarities
  of the negro race.  Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery,
  1898,  49-57. — Hecht (D'O.)  Tabes in the  negro.  Am.
  J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903. exxvi, 705-720. AUo, Reprint.—
  Hodges (J. A.)  The effect of freedom upon the physical
  and psychological development of the  negro.  Richmond
  J. Pract.. 1900, xiv,  161-171.  AUo:  Virginia M. Semi-
  Month.,  Richmond, 1900-1901,  v,  106-110. —  Johnston
  (G. W.)  Abnormalities and diseases of the gen ito-urinary
  system in negro women.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1888-9,
  xx, 426-429. -Kollock (C. W.)   The eye of the negro.
  Ann. Ophth. A; Otol., St. Louis,  1893,  ii,  121-126. -----.
  Further  observations on the  eye of the  negro.   Tr.
  Pan-Am.  M. Cong. 1893,  Wash.,  1895, pt. 2,  1482-1484.—
  fiofton (L.)  The negro as a  surgical subject.  N. Orl.
  M. & S. J.. 1901-2, liv, 530-533.—McCJuire (H.) & I.yd-
  ston (G. F.)  Sexual crimes among the Southern negroes;
  scientifically considered.  "Virginia M. Month., Richmond,
  1893-4, xx, 105-125.  AUo, Reprint -Hi Iu tosh (T. M.)
  Enlargedprostate and spina bifida in the negro.   Med.
  Rec, N.  Y.,  1898,  liv, 350.—IrlcKie (T. J.)  A brief his-
  tory of insanity and tuberculosis in the Southern negro.
  J". Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897,  xxviii,  537.—.TIatas (K )
  The surgical peculiarities of the negro; a statistical in-
  quiiy based  upon  the  records of the Charity Hospital of
  New  Orleans.   Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896, xiv, 483;
  610.  AUo: Syst.  Surg. (Dennis), Phila., 1896, iv, 839-869.
  AUo,  Reprint. — ITIays (T. J.)   Increase of insanity and
  consumption among the negro population of the South
  legroes(Morbidity, mortality, and crimi-

  nology of).
  since the war.  Boston M. A; S.  J., 1897,  exxxv, 537-540,
  AUo, Reprint.  Also:  Virginia  M. Semi-Month., Rich-
  mond, 1897-8, ii, 129-133.— Hi It-hell (Mary V.)  Clinical
  notes from  diseases among colored children.  Rep. Proc.
  Alunmae Ass. Womau's M. Coll. l'enn.,  Phila., 1891, 50-
  58.—iTlun-ell  (T. E.)  Peculiarities in the structure and
  diseases of the ear of the negro. Tr. ix. Internat. M. Cong.,
  Wash., 1887, iii, 817-824.—iTIusser (J. H.)  Note  on per-
  nicious anemia and chlorosis in the negro.  Univ. M. Mag.,
  Phila., 1892-3, v, 770.—Plclin (F.)  Ueber die Pathologie
  Kameruns mit Riicksicht auf die unter den Kiistennegern
  vorkonimenden Krankheiteu. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],
  Berl.,  1895,  cxxxix,  539-549. -----. Zur  vergleichenden
  Pathologie  der schwarzen Rasse  in  Kamerun.  Ibid.,
  1896, cxlvi, 486-508, 2 diag.  -----. Wundheilung bei der
  schwarzen  Rasse. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1896,  xxii,  544-546. -----.  Die acuten Infektions-
  krankheiten bei  den Negeru  der aquatorialen Kiisten
  Westafrikas.  Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,
  1903, clxxiv, Suppl.-IIft.,  1-103.—Powell  (T. O.) The
  increase of insanity and tuberculosis in tbe Southern negro
  since 1860, and its alliance aud  some of the supposed
  causes. J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 1185-1188.—
  Pritchett (J. A.)  Tuberculosis in the negro.  Alabama
  M. & S. Age, Anniston, 1892-3, v, 386; 421.—Bay (J. M.)
  Observations upon eye diseases and blindness in the col-
  ored race.  N. York  M. J., 1896, lxiv, 86-88.—Beyburn
  (R.)  Type  of  disease among the  freed  people  (mixed
  negro races) of  the United States; based upon the consol-
  idated reports of over 430.466 cases of sick and wounded
  free people  (mixed African races), and  22,053 of white
  refugees under treatment from 1865 to June 30, 1872, by
  medical officers of the Bureau of Refugees, Freedmen, anil
  Abandoned  Lands.  Med. News,  Phila.,  1893, lxiii, 623-
  627. A Uo, Reprint.—Bodrigues(Niua).  N6gres crimi-
  nels au Br6sil.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1895, xvi,
  356-363.  Also:  Bull. Soc. med. de Charleroi, 1899, xx, 48-
  53.  AUo, Reprint. — Rogers (J. G.)  The effect of free-
  dom upon the physical and  psychological development of
  the  negro.   Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., 1900, vii, 88-
  98.—Boy (P. S.)  A case of chorea in a negro. Med. Rec,
  N. Y.,  1892, xlii,  215.—Scheppegrell (W.)  The com-
  parative pathology of the negro in diseases of the nose,
  throat, and ear, from an analysis of 11.855 cases.  Proc.
  Orleans Parish  M. Soc. 1895, N. Orl., 1896, iii, pp.  lxxxv-
  lxxxviii. Also: Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St.  Louis, 1895, iv,
  589-593.—Sebastian (A. A.)  Over de ziekten der Ne-
  gers. Versl. ... d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.   Afd. Natuurk.,
  Amst., 1853, i, 217-239.—Seidel (H.)  Krankheit, Tod und
  Begrabnis bei den Togonegern. Globus, Brnschwg., 1897,
  lxxii, 21-25.—ShoU  (E. H.)  The negro  and his death
  rate. Alabama M. & S. Age, Anniston,  1890-91, iii, 337-
  341.—Sleuber.  Ueber Kraukheiten der Eingeborenen
  in Deutsch-Ostafrika.  Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hvg.,
  Leipz.,  1902, vi, 111: 1903, vii, 57.—Sykes (W.)   Negro
  immunity from malaria and  yellow' fever.   Brit.  M. J.,
  Lond., 1904, ii, 1776: 1905, i, 389. —Tipton (F.) The
  negro problem from a medical standpoint.   N. York M. J.,
  1886, xliii,  519.  AUo, Reprint.—Walton (J. T.)  The
  comparative mortality of the white and colored races in
  the  South.   Charlotte M. J.,  18U7,  x, 291-294.  A Uo, Re-
  print. — Work (M.  N.)   Crime among  the negroes of
  Chicago. Am. J.  Sociol.,  Chicago,  1900-1901, vi,  204-223.

ftTegroes in the United States.
     See, also, Negroes (Morbidity, etc., of).
     Blodgett  (,J. 11.)  The negro in the United
  States.  8°.   [Washington, 1-94.]
     Cuttina from: Liberia,  Wash.,  D. C, 1894, Bull. no. 4,
  16-58.
     Butler (M. 0.)   Emigration of  colored peo-
  ple.  8°.   [n.p., 1*90.]
     Frissell (H. B.) & Bevier (Isabel).    Diet-
  ary studies  of  negroes in eastern Virginia in
  1897 and 1*98.  8°.   Washington, 1.-99.
     Gannett (H.)   Occupations  of  the negroes.
  *°.  Baltimore, 189~>.
     Hoffman (F. L.)  Race traits and tendencies
  of the American negro.   8°.   New York, 1690.
     Jones (A.) & Allen (R.)   A narrative of the
  proceedings ofthe black  people during tlie late
  awful calamily in  Philadelphia in the year  1793;
  aud a refutation of some censures  thrown  upon
  them  in  some  late publications.   12°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1794.
     Mayo (A. D.)  A ministry of education in the
  South.   12°.  Boston, 1889.
     -----.   The  third  estate of the South.  An
  address delivered  before  the American  Social 
NEGROES.
396
NFJDERT.
Negroes  in the  United States.
  Science Association ;it  Saratoga, N. Y., Septem-
  ber 2,  1 -'JO.   •-'-.   Boston, 1.-90.
    ______,  The woman's movement kftbe South.
  r~>.  [n.p.], 1-91.
    Cutting from: X. Eng. Mag., 1891.
    ______.  How shall  the colored youth of the
  South  he educated?  ^ .   [n. p.], 1^97.
    Cutting from: N. Eng. Mag., 1897.
    ------.  The colored American working man
  of the new  time.   ri.   Hampton, Va., 1898.
    ______.  The negro  American citizen in the
  new American life.  8°.   [n. p., n. d.]
    ------.  The opportunity and  obligation of
  the  educated class of the colored race in the
  Southern States.   Au  address delivered before
  A'Ticultural  and  Mechanical College  for  Ne-
  groes,  at  Normal,  Ala.,  May 29,  1899.   8°.
  [«. p., n. d.]
    United States.  Congress.  House  of Bepre-
  sentatires.   A  bill to provide for the erection of
  a  national  home  for  aged and  infirm  colored
  persons, and for the maintenance ofthe inmates
  thereof.   5:!.  Cong., 2. sess.  H. E. 7095.   May
  1."), 1894.  Introd. by  Mr.  Outhwaite.   roy. 8°.
  [ Washington, 1894.]
    ------'.  The same.  Reported  May 22, 1894.
  2 pp.  roy. 8"-\  [ Washington, 1894.]
    ------.  National home for  aged and infirm
  colored  persons.    Report.    [ To accompany
  H. R. 7095.]   53. Cong., 2. sess.  H. R. Rep. No.
  933.   May  22, 1-D4.  Subni. by Mr. Outhwaite.
  8-.  [Washington, l>*94.]
    ----—.   A  bill for the  establishment of home
  or homes for indigent colored people aud colored
  orphan^ in the South.  53. Coug., 2. sess.  H.
  R. 7755.   July 18, 1*94.  Iutrod. by Mr. Branch.
  roy.  8-.  [ Washington,  1894.]
    United  States.  Congress.  Senate.   Report.
  [To  accompany  H. R. 7095.  To  provide for a
  national home for aged  and infirm colored peo-
  ple in  the  District of Columbia.]   53.  Cong., 2.
  sess.   8. Rep.  No. 652.  Aug. *, 1894.   Subin. by
  Mr. Gibson.   8°.   [ Washington, 1694. ]
    ------.  Amendment proposed by Mr.  Hoar to
  the bill (II. R. 7095) to provide for the erection
  of a national home for aged and infirm colored
  persons and for the maintenance of the  inmates
  thereof.   53.  Cong., 2. sess.  H.  R. 701)5.   In
  Sen., Dec. 0,1-94.   roy. 8-.   [ Washington, 1894.]
    United States.  Department of Commerce and
  Labor.  Bureau of the  Census.   Bulletin H.   Ne-
  groes  in  the  United  States.  4~.   Washington,
  1904.
    Bacon (C. S.)  Tbe race problem.  Medicine, Detroit,
  1903,  ix, 338-343.—Ball (M.  V.)  Vital statistics of tbe
  nesro.  Med. News,  Pbila.,  1894, lxv,  392. — Beazley
  (W. S.)  Peculiarities of the negro. Med. Progress, Louis-
  ville, 1899, xv, 4-6.—Brandt (Lilian).   The negroes of
  St. Louis.  Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., Bost., 19(13,  viii, 203-
  268,2 pl.—Carroll (F. J.)  Mvsticism among the negroes.
  N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 594-596.—Claiborne (J. H.)
  Tbe negro: 1. His environments as a slave; 2.  His envi-
  ronments as ii fieednmn. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich-
  mond, 1900-1901.  v, 3-6.—Colored (The) race in life as-
  surance.  Lancet, Lcunl , 1898, ii, 902.—Corson (E. R.)
  The future of tlie colored race in the United States from
  an ethnic and medical standpoint; a lecture delivered be-
  fore the Georgia Historical  Society, June 6, 1887.   N. York
  M. Times, 1887-8, xv, 193-226.   AUo,  Reprint.  -----. The
  vital  (-(illation of tin- colored race, and its future  in the
  United States.  Wilder quart.-century book, Ithaca, 1893,
  115-175.  Also, Reprint.— De Saussure (P. G.) Is the
  colored race increasing or decreasing?  Tr. South Car.
  M. Ass ..Charleston, 1895, xiv, 119-121.—[Discussion on
  the race problem iu tbe United States.]  Illinois M. J.,
  Springfield, 1902-3, n. s., iv, 8C6-871. — Harris  (S.)  The
  fnture of the negro from  the standpoint of the Southern
  physician.  Alabama M. J., Binningh., 1901-2, xiv  57-68
  AUo: Am. Med.. Phila,  1901. ii, 373-376. — Hoffman
  (C. G.)  Die  Neger "Washington*.  Globus,  Brnschwg..
  1898, lxxiii, 85-.-9. — Hoffman (F. H.)  Vital statistics of
  the negro.  Arena.  Bost.,  Ic92.  v, 529-542.—Hoffman
  (F. L.)  Vital statistics ofthe negro.  Med. News, Phila.,
 A'egTOe* in the United Statts.
    1894, lxv, 320-324.—Howard (W. L I  Tie-  negro as a
    distinct ethnic factor in civiliz ition.  Medicine, Detroit
    1903, ix. 423-126.  Also:  Med. News, X.  V., 1904.  lxxxiv|
    905.—[Hui-t-t (J.I]  La suggestion k nn eiiterr. ment ne-
    gre k la Nuuvrllr.Orleans.  [From: Figaro. ]  day., med
    de Par., 1903, 12. s.. iii. 353.  Kolloek (C. \V.)  The eye
    of thenegio.  Tr. Am. Ophth. So-., Hartford, 1892, vi, 257-
    268.—l,e Hardy (J. C.)  Mortality among the negroes;
    the sanitary privileges to which they are  entitled from the
    authorities.   Sanitarian, N.  V.,  1896. xxxvii, 492-495.__
    Tlacdonnld (A.)  Colored children; a psycho-physical
    study.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1140-1144.—
    iTicIntosh (J.) The fnture of the negro race.  Tr. South
    Car. M. Ass., Charleston,  1891, 183-188. — IflcVey (B.)
    Negro practice.  N. Oil. M. & S. J., 1892-3, n.  s., xx, :sj8-
    332.—.TlappN (C.C)  Remarks 'Vom the standpoint ot 'so-
    ciology.  Med. Age, Detroit, 1896, xiv, 713-715. — Miller
    (J. F.)   The effects of emancipation upon the  menial aud
    physical qualifications of the negro of the  South.   North
    Car. M. J , Wilmington,  1896, xxxviii, 2K5-291.—Negro
    (The) in the cities ofthe North.  Charities, N. Y., 1905-6,
    xv, 1-96, 3 pl.—Ore (J.)  Some suggestions of interest to
    physicians on the  scientific  aspect of the race question,
    with particular  reference to the white  and neero races.
    Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 90-95—
    Perry (M. L.)  Some  practical problems in sociology
    shown bv a study of the Southern negro.  Atlanta Jour.-
    Rec. Med.,  1902-3, iv, 459-466.  Also:  Med. Rec, X. Y.,
    1902, lxii, 331-331.—Scomp  (II. A.)  Can the race prob-
    lem  be  solved/  Forum, N.  Y., 1889,  xxiii,  365-376.—
    Whaler (X. S.)  The transplantation of a race. Pop. Sc.
    Month., N.  Y., 1899-1900, lvi,  513-524. -----.  The future
    of the, negro in the Southern States. 1 bid., 1900-1901, lvii,
    147-156.—Steffen.H (('.)  Die Verfeinerung des Negertypus
    in den Vereinigten Staaten. Globus, Brnschwg., 1901, lxxix,
    171-174.—Thrasher (M. B.) Tuskegee Institute and its
    president.   Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1X99, lv,  592-610.—
    Walker  (F. A.)   Statistics of the colored  race in the
    United States. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass.,  Bost., 1890, n.s.,
    ii, 91-106.—Walton (J. T.)  The comparative mortality
    of the  white and  colored races in the South.   Charlotte
    [N. C] M. J., 1897, x, no. 3, 291-294.

 IVehab (Wolf).  * Beitrage zur Rosenbach'schen
    Reaktion.  14pp.,11.  6°.  Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner,
    1891.
 Ne lie mi as (Abrahamus).   Methodus  niedeiidi
    universalis, per sanguinis missionetn  et purga-
    tioneiu in libros  duos divisa; accessit, De tem-
    pore aquas frigidte  in  febribus  ardentibns  ad
    satietatein exhibendae, liber  umis,  .1.  ed.  3  p.
    1., 83 pp.,  6 1.   8J.  Venetiis, J. B.  Ciotto, 1004.
 NelilS  (Arniiuius) [1819-    ].  * De arteriarutn
    ossificatione.  29 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berolini, typ. A'ie-
    tackianis,  [1843].
 NehlS  (Paul Adolf Karl) [1879-    J.   * Ueber
    Citariu.   [Giessen.]  66 pp., 1 1.  8  .  Berlin,
i    E. Ebering, 1904.
 rVehmiz (Johannes)  [1876-     ].  * Ueber die
    ekirnrgi8cbe Behandlung der akuten Perityph-
    litis.  50 pp., 3 1.  8-.   Leipzig,  B. Georgi, 1902.
 rVehring  (Oskar)   [1873-     ].   * Ueber die
    Wanueregulieruug bei Muskelarbeit;  Versuche
    am  marschiereuden Soldaten bei verschiedener
    Belastung.  40  pp., 1 tab., 1 1.   8°.  Berlin,  C.
j    Vogt,  1896.
 Nelirillg  (Paul).   * Ueber die Bestandtheile der
    Angosturarinde, der Rinde  vou Cusparia  trifo-
    liata Engler.  [Erlangen.]   47 pp.   8°.  Helm-
    stedt, J. C. Schmidt, 1691.
 Netll'korn (Alex.)  *Ein Fall von  meuiugealer
    Perlgeschwnlst.  [Heidelberg.]   1 p. 1., 31 pp.,
    1 pl.  8C.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1690.
 ------.   *Histologische und experimentelle  Bei-
    trage  zur  Frage  der Schnittfuhrung und Xaht-
    metbode bei Laparotomies  Habilitationssrhrift
    zur Erlangung  der Venia docendi in der Chirur-
    gie.  [Heidelberg.]   52pp.,5pl.  8°.  Tiibingen,
    H. Laup,  jr., 1902.
      Repr. from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxiv.

 Neider (Joannes Christianus).
      See Birkholz (Adanius  Michael).   Qusestiones quas-
    dam physicas, [etc.]. 4°.  Lipsiee, (1771).

 Neidert   (Emil) [1602-    ].  * Ueber die To-
    desuisachen bei  Deforniitaten der  Wirbelsaule.
    31pp.  8°.  Munchen, ('. Wolf 4-Sohn, 1^60. 
NEIDHARD.                               397                                  NEISSER.
Neidhard (Charles) [1809-    ].   An answer to
  the  homoeopathic delusions of Oliver Wendell
  Holmes.   36 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, J. Dobson,
  1642.  [P., v. 1SS2; 1982.]
-----.  Homieopathv  in France, Germany, and
  England in the year 1869.   19 pp.  .S°.  'Phila-
  delphia, Sherman j- Co., 1870.
    Repr.from: Hahueman. Month., Phila., 1870, vi.
-----.  Homu-opathy iu  Europe,  1878.   Germ
  theories of disease.  14 pp.  8".   [Philadelphia,
  1878, vel subseq.]
Neidhart (Benedikt).
    See Unterricht iiber Hippologie.  8Y  Wien, 1903.
rVeidliai't  (K.)  Die  Influenza-Epideuiie  vom
  Winter 1889-90 im  Grossherzogthum  Hessen.
  Nach den Berichterstattungen derGrossh. Kreis-
  gesundheitsamterbearbeitet. 65pp. 8\ Darm-
  stadt, 1690.
Neidliofer (Adolf) [1867-    ].  *Ectopie der
  Ziihue, speziell  in  Beziehung znr Eiterung des
  Antrum Highniori. 21 pp.  8-.   Marburg,  B.
  Friedrich,  1895.

Welding' (Ivan Ivanovich)  [1838-1904].
    [In memoriam.J  J. Obsh.  Russk. vrach. v pam. Piro-
  gova, Mosk., 1904, x, 502.
JYeienbui'g (M. Ya.)  Rukovodstvo k chastnol
  khirurgii polosti rta i  okruzhaynshtshikh yeyo
  chastei, dlya zubnikh vrachei ucbashtshikhsya
  zubovrachevaniyu.  [Mauual on special surgery
  of the oral cavity aud surrounding  parts, for
  dental surgeons aud students.]  191, iv pp.  8°.
  Varshava, P. Lyaskauer <|  V. Babitski, 1900.
-----. The same. 2. ed.  207 pp.   8-\  Varshava,
  P. Lyaskauer $• Komp., 1903.
Neiglick  (Hjalmar).   Znr Psychophysik  des
  Lichtsinns.  64 pp., 1 pl.   8°.  Leipzig, 1667.
    Repr.from: Phil. Stud., Leipz., 1887, iv.
Weill (John)  [1819-80].   Valuable  medical  li-
  brary of the late Johu Neill.   19 pp.  8~.  [Phila-
  delphia, 1690.]
-----& Smith (Francis Gurney).   An analyt-
  ical  compendium  of the various  branches  of
  medical science, for the use and examination of
  students.  7 pts. in 1 v.  12°.  Philadelphia, Lea
  $ Blanchard, 1848.

                    CONTENTS.
    A handbook of anatomy; being a portion of an analytical
  compend of tbe various branches of medicine,  viii, 180 pp.
    A handbook of physiology; being a portion of an analyt-
  ical compend of the various branches of medicine,  viii,
  133 pp.
    A handbook of obstetrics; being a portion of an analyt-
  ical compend of the various branches of medicine,  viii,
  113 pp.
    A handbook of surgery; being a portion of an analytical
  compend of  the various branches of medicine,  viii, 122
  pp., 11.
    A handbook of materia medica and therapeutics; being
  a portion of an analytical compend of tlie various branches
  of medicine,  viii, 115 pp.
    A handbook of chemistry; being a portion of an analyt-
  ical  compend of the various branches of medicine,  viii,
  93 pp.
    A handbook of  the practice  of medicine; being a por-
  tion of an analytical compend of the various branches of
  medicine, viii, 152 pp.
-----  -----.  The same.  2. ed., revised and im-
  proved.   7 pts. in  1 v.    12°.   Philadelphia,
  Blanchard <$• Lea, 1852.

                   CONTENTS.
   A handbook of anatomy.  192 pp.
   A handbook of physiology. 143 pp.
   A handbook of surgery.  133 pp.
   A handbook of obstetrics.  123 pp.
   A handbook of materia medica and therapeutics. 130 pp.
   A handbook of chemistry. 106 pp.
   A handbook of practice of medicine. 172 pp.
-----------.  The same.  A newed., revised and
  improved,   xxiv,  974 pp.   12c.  Philadelphia,
  Blanchard $• Lea, 1856.
 Neill (J.) & Smith (F. G.)—continued.
 ----------.   The same.  A newed., revisedand
   improved.  974 pp.  12°.   Philadelphia, Blanch-
   ard $■  Lea,  1857.
 -----------.   The  same,   xxiv,  25-974  pp.   8°.
   Philadelphia, Blanchard <.$• Lea, 1859.
 -----------.   The  same,    xxiv,  974 pp.   12c.
   Philadelphia, Blanchard .('• Lea, 1861.
 -----------.   Chokio Shio.  [Table of ausculta-
   tion and percussion.   (From Neill and Smith's
   Compend  of Medicine).  Transl.  by Dr. Hira-
   kawa.]  1 broadside fol., Meiken, 1875.
     Japanese text.
 Nei ISO il (Walter H.).
     Co-Editor of: Milwaukee Medical Journal,1893-1904.

 ViUlon.
     See Scarlatina (Epidemics of), by localities.

 de  iYeipperg  (Albert - Adam ),   Comte
   |1774-18iJ9].
     Conte (ll) di Neipperg.   Documenti  sulla
   sua morte  publicati  dal  Dott. G.  Carbonelli.
   8°.  Torino, 1903.
     Carbonelli (G.)  La derniere maladie du comte d>-
   Neyperg. Janus, Amst., 1902, vii, 654-658.  AUo.transl.:
   Progresso med., Torino, 1903, ii, 110; 121.
 de  Neirac  [Am6d6e].  De la goutte,  des rhu-
   matismes et des  scrofules,  de leur traitement et
   de leur gnerisou.   91pp., 11.  8°.  Paris, Amyot,
   1860.
 Neiret (Gustave) [1863-    ].  *E"tude  sur Her-
   mann  Boerhaave.  83 pp.  4°.   Paris,  1*68,
   No. 115.
 Neishtab (Ya[ukel] T[oviyevich]) [1851-    ].
   Chakhotka i nauchnosanitarnly plan  borbl s
   neyu.   [Phthisis  aud scientifico-sanitary plans
   for its prevention.]  23 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,
   A. Transhel,  1890.
 Neislltllbe  ( Pyotr[-Iosif ] T[imofeyevich] )
   [1858-    ]   * K ucheniyu ob okoloplodnol zhid-
   kosti; vliyaniye   hidreinii  i sukhoyadeniya  na
   izmieueniye  khimicheskavo sostava okoloplod-
   nol zhidkosti.  [Ou the amniotic fluid;  influ-
   ence of hydraeinia and eating dry food upou the
   chemical composition  of  the amniotic fluid.]
   96 pp., 2 1.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1791.
 Neishtube ( S.  T.)   Proizvodstvo  predokkra-
   nitelnavo privivaniya  sibirskoi  yazvl  ovtsam
   i druzim domashnim zhivotniiu po metodu prof.
   Tsenkovskavo [etc.].   [Prophylactic  inocula-
   tion of anthrax in sheep and other domestic an-
   imals according  to Tseukovski's method, etc.]
   vii, 46 pp.   8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1893.

 IVeisse.
     See Hospitals  (Ophthalmic, etc.), by localities.

 Neisse (Kudolf).   * Erfahrungeu  der Berner
   medicinischeu Klinik  iiber die  therapeutische
   interne Verwendung der Kresalole, nebst Bemer-
   kungen  iiber die Behandlung der Cholera mit
   Kresalolen sowie  iiber die therapeutische Wir-
   kung von Orthoamidosalicylsaure und salicyl-
   sulfonsaurem Natron.  47  pp., 2 diag., 1  tab.
   6°.  Bern, Lack, Scheim $• Cie., 1697.
Neissen  ([Hubert Jos.]  Conrad)  [1858-    ].
   * Der Heurteloup'sche  Blutegel  uud  seine An-
   wendung bei Erkrankungen des Auges.  39 pp.
  8°.  Bonn, J. Bach Wire., 1891.               c.
IVeisser  (Albert  [Ludwig  Siegmuud])  [1855-
      ].  Weitere Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Le-
  pra, pp. 514-542, 1 pl.  8°.  Berlin,  G. Reimer,
  1881.
    Repr.from: Arch. f.path.Anat.[etc], Berl. ,1881, lxxxiv.
-----.  Ueber Jodoform-Exantheme.   4  pp.  8°.
  [Berlin, G. Reimer, 1884.]
   Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Berl., 1884, x. 
NEISSER.
398
NtiLATON.
Neisser (Albert [Ludwig Siegmund)]—cont'd.
-----.   Ueber  die  Ansteckungsfahigkeit  der
  ehrouischen  Gonorrhoe.   7  pp.   8:>.   [Breslau,
  1*60. ]
    Repr. from:  Breslau arztl. Ztschr., 1886, viii.
------.   Ueber  Calomelinjectionen zur  Syphilis-
  behaudlung.   8 pp.   .^y  Breslau, W. Friedrich,
    60.
    Repr.from: Breslau arztl. Ztschr., 1886, viii.
         Ueber Therapie der Syphilis.   38 pp.  8°.
l*6i
Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann,  1886.
  Repr. from: Verhandl. d. v.  Congr. f. innere  Med.,
Wiesh., 1886, v.
       Ueber das Aristol.   8 pp.  8°.   [Berlin,
  1*90.]
    Repr.from: Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1890, xxvii.
------.   Ueber die Mangel der zur Zeit ublichen
  Prostituirtenuntersuchuug.   12 pp.   *J.  Leip-
  zig, G. Thieme, 1890.                       \
    Repr. front: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. n. Berl.,
  1890, xvi.
------.   Wann und wie sollen wir  die Gonorrhoe
  behandeln?  4 pp.   8°.  [Breslau, W. Friedrich,
  1~90.]
------.   Bemerkungen anschliessend an den Vor-
  trag des Dr. Brieger:  " Ueber  Einwirkung des
  Koch'schen  Verfahrens auf  Schleimhaut-Lu-
  pus".  3 pp.  8J.   [Breslau, W. Friedrich, 1*91.]
         Ueber das Tumenol und seine Verwend
 barkeit bei Hautkrankheiten.  12 pp. 8°. Bres-
 lau, A. Stengel, 1891.
   Repr. from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
 1891, xvii.
-----.   Ueber  die Behandlung  der  Gonorrhoe
 mit Ichthyol.  11 pp.   8°.   [Wien], W. Kam-
 merer, lf-92.
   Repr. from: Internat. dermat. Cong.  Ber. ii. d. Ver-
 handl. 1892, Wien u. Leipz., 1893.
-----.  Iodoform  und Cholerabehandlung.  1 1.
 8°.   Berlin, J. Sittenfeld, 1892.
   Repr. from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.
 1892, xviii.
-----.  Mycosis fungoides.  2 pp.  8°.  [Berlin,
 1^93.]
   Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.
 1893, xix.
-----.  Weichen Werth  hat die niikroskopische
 Gonococcenuntersuchuug?  22  pp.  Hy   Leipzig
 G. Tliieme, 1893.
   Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl
 1893, xix.
       Die ueue dermatologische Klinik iu Bres-
 lau.   Nebst Bemerkungen iiber den Unterricht
 iu Dermatologie und Syphilidologie au den deut-
 schen Universitiiten.  29 pp., 1 pl., 4 plans.   8°.
 Wien Sr Leipzig,  W. Braumiiller,  1694.
-----.   Ueber Versuche zur Verhiitung der go-
 norrhoischen Urethralinfektion.  8 pp.  8°  Ber-
 lin, 1895.
   Repr.from: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, xvi.
        Die Einreibungskur
  In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F„ Leipz., 1897 No  199
(Innere Med., No. 59, 1083-1114).
       Zud  i soprovozhdayushtshiyasya zudotu
kozhnlya boliezni.  Perev.  s  niemetskavo M.
Z. Geselevich.  [Pruritus and the cutaneous dis-
eases accompanied by it.  Transl. frotn the Ger-
man by . . .]  31 pp.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1902.
  Bound with: Med. J. Oksa, S.-Peterb., 1902. v.
  AUo, Co-Editor of: Zeitschrift fur Bekampfung der
Geschlechtskrankheiten, Leipzig, 1903-5.
  See  aUo, Behandlung (Ueber  die) der Gonorrhoe
mit Ichthyol  [etc.].  s°.  [Wien],  1892. —Brieaer
(Oskar) & Neisser (Albert;. Ueber die Einwirkuu" des
Koch'schen Verfahrens [etc.J. 8Y Berlin, 1891 —Stereo-
■eopiMcher  medicinischer  Atlas. 12°.  Cassel <£ Leip-

  For Biography, see Oraetzer (J.)  Lebensbilder her-
yorrag. schles Aerzte.  8°.  Breslau,  1889,216.  See,aUo:
Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1904, viii, 128.
 Neisser (Clemens).  Die  paralytischen  Anfalle.
   Klinischer Vortrag.  40 pp.  w~\   Stuttgart, F
   Enke, 1>94.
 Weisser (Emil Hermann) [18*0-    j.   * Verlauf
   zweier  Fiille  von Siihliniatvergiftuug  per os.
   30 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Leipzig,  B. Georgi, 1904.
 Neisser  (Eru^t)  [1863-     ].   "Beitrage  zur
   Kenntnis des Glykogens.  28 pp., 11.  8°.   Ber-
   lin,  G. Schade, [1868].
 IVeisser (Josef).   Die rationelle Diagnostik und
   Therapie auf Basis der allgemeincn  und  all"e-
   rneiusteu  Erfahrungsthatsacheu  des Kranken-
   bettes.  Im  Geyensatz zur modenicn  localis-
   tischen  Krankheitstheoric Virchows.   vi, 90 pp.
   8  .   IViesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1889.
 WeiSSer (Max) [1869-    ].   - Ueber einen  neuen
   Wasser-Vibrio, der die Nitrosoindol-Reaetion lie-
   fert.   [Berlin.]  24 pp., 2  1.,  1 pl.  8 .  Miin-
   chen, B. Oldenbourg, 1893.

 ]¥eisserosis.
     See, also,  Gonococcus;  Gonorrhoea  (Com-
   plications of, Septic, etc.).
     Suarez de IVIeniloza.  Des funestes consequences
   de la ueisserose m6conuue ou negligee, et de la necessity
   d'6clairer le public  sur les dangers de  cette affection.
   Arch, de med. et chir. spec, Par., 1904, v, 338: 1905 vi
   43; 79.
 Neithardt  (Alfred)  [1865-    ].   * Resultate
   nach  Castration  der  Frauen  bei  My omen des
   Uterus.   31 pp.  8°.   Berlin, 0. Francke, [1893].
 Neitlmrt  (Ferdinandus Henricus) [1826-  ].
   *  De Talipede varo.   3 p. 1., 20 pp.,  1 1., 1 pl.
   4°.  Berolini, B. Schlesinger,  [1851].
 Neitzert (Oskar)  [1879-     ].  ' Zur Aetiolo-
   gie  und  Therapie des  Unguis incarnatus mit
   besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der Rosenbach'-
   schen  Operation  uud  ihrer  Dauererfolge.  32
   pj>.  8°.  Bonn, J. Trapp,  1902.
 rVeitzert (Theodor) [1862-     ].  * Ueber Ma-
   geuresection.  47 pp.,  8 1.   8°.  Bonn, J. Bach
   Wwe.,  1889.
 Neitzke  (Ernst)  [1870-     ].   * Beitrag zur
   Histologie der Krupmeuibran  in  der  Trachea.
   18 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Kiel, P. Wegehaupt, 1895.
von Neitzschiitz (M.)  Studien zur  Entwi-
   ckelungs-Geschichte  des Schafes.   Eiu Beitrag
   zur  allgemeinen  Culturgeschichte.   2  Hefte.
   vi, 190 pp.,  2 maps; iv, 214 pp.   8°.  Danzig,
  A. W.  Kafemann,  186y-73.
Neizel  ( Georg)  [ 1«70-     ].   * Siebeu  uud
   dreissig   Fiille  von todlicher  Lungenenibolie.
  46 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904.
Nekani ( L.  A.)   Ueber  die leukaemische Er-
   krankung der Haut.   46 pp.,  1 1., 5 pl.  8°.
   Hamburg $• Leipzig, L.  Voss, 1899.
Nekrasova (Mme. E.)  Iz proshlavo zhenskikh
  kursov.   [From the menapause of women.]  99
  pp.  8°.  Moskva, A. A. Kartseff, 1*80.
Nekrosozoic process for the preservation, or
  embalming,  of the human  body.   Reports of
  Francis  Delafield, Jas. R. Wood, R. Ogden Do-
  remus, A. Fliut, jr., and extracts from the press.
  25 pp.   12°.   London,  W.  Garstin 4- Co., 1869.
Nelatoil  (A[uguste])  [1807-73].  Recherches
   sur l'atfection tuberculeuse des os.  70 pp., 1 1.,
  2  pl.   8°. Paris, Me'quignon-Harris pere Sr fils,
   1837.
------.   * Traite" des tumeurs de la mamelle.   1 p.
  1., 138 pp.,  1  1.   4°.   Paris, Marris pere et fils,
   1839.
    Concours.
------.   * De l'influence de la position dans les
   maladies chirnrgicales.  126 pp.  8°.   Paris, G.
   Bailliere, 1851.
------.   Expose" des titres et des travaux scien-
  titiquesde . . .  31 pp.  4°.  Paris, E. Martinet,
   1867. 
NELATON.
399
NEMATODA.
Nelaton (A[ugnste])—continued.
    For Biography, see Bee lard (J.) Notice historique
  sur M. Nelaton.  12°.  Paris, 1878.  See aUo: J. d. conn.
  med. prat., Par., 1873, xl, 350-352 (Caffe).  Also: J. de la
  sante, Par., 1901, xviii, pt. 2, 81 (Monpart).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).—tor-
  lieu ( A.) Centenaire Fac. de ni6d. de Par.  4°.  Paris,
  1890.
Nelaton (Ch[arles])[1851-     ].  Des epanche-
  ments de sang dans les  plevres consocutifs aux
  traumatismes.   1 p.  1.,  iii,  194 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Paris, G. Masson, 1880.   [P., v. 2056.]
•-----& O m bred a line (L.)    Larhinoplastie.
  vi, 438 pp.   roy. 8-.  I'aris, G. Steinheil, 1904.
Helatoii's operation.
    See Intestines ( Obstruction  of, Treatment of,
  Operative, Methods in).
]\elavan.
    See Sleeping-sickness.
Neldelius (Joannes).
    Me de Snncto Nazario fde Kipa] (Joannes Frideri-
  cus) [in 1  s.J.  Illustris de peste traetatus [etc.].  sm. 4°.
  Lipsice, 15!>8.
Nellie Bly's doctors.
     Cutting from :  New Tork World, Oct. 27, 1889.
Neligan (John Moore) [1815-63].
    See Grave* (Robert James).  Clinical lectures on the
  practice  of  medicine.   8°.  Dublin, 1864. -----. The
  same. 8°. London, 1884.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, xl, 187
  (N. Moore).
IVellis (Alexander) [1846-93J.
     Mosher (J. M.)  Memorial  notice.  Proc. Am. Med.-
  Psychol. Ass. 1894, TJtica, N. Y., 1895, i, 357.
Nelson.
    See Bischoff (T. L.  W.) Widerlegung des von Dr.
  Keber bei den Najaden fete.].  4°.  Giessen, 1854.
Nelson  ( A[biel] W. )   Topical  treatnieut of
  diphtheria and chemical solution of  the  mem-
  brane.   Sulphate of irou aud  salicvlic acid.  7
  pp.  8°.  Chicago, Office Am. M. Ass., 1890.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass.,  1900, xiv.
Nelson (Daniel T[hurber]) [1839-     ].   Clin-
  ical lecture delivered before the senior class at
  Rush Medical  College.  3 pp.   8°.  Bridgeport,
  Conn., 1*85.
    Repr.from:  X. Eng. M. Month., Bridgeport, 1885, v.
-----.  Uterine fibroids treated  by ergot.  30 1.
  6°.  Philadelphia, W. F.  Pell $ Co., [1887].
    Repr.from:  Tr. Internat. M. Cong., Wash., 1887, ii.
■         Dermoid cyst, complicated by  a twisted
  pedicle and consequent peritonitis.   Oophorec-
  tomy during  pregnancy for hvstero-epilepsy.
  8 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1890.
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvi.
-----. Discussion of A. R.  Small's case  of com-
  pound comminuted fracture of the patella, and
  Weller van Hook's paper, An operation for in-
  guinal hernia without splitting  the  external
  oblique aponeurosis.   7 pp.  8C.  Chicago, 1898.
    Repr. from: Chicago M. Rec, 1898, xv.
Nelson (David).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Nelson (David Batchelder) [1823-99].
    Obituary.   Tr. N.  Hampshire M. Soc,  Concord,
  1899, 292.
Nelson (Edward W[illiam]) [1855-    .]. Re-
  port upon  natural history collections made in
  Alaska between  the years  1877 and 1881.  Ed-
  ited  by  Henry W. Henshaw.   Prepared  under
  the  direction  of  the  Chief   Signal  Officer.
  No. III. Arctic series of publications, issued  in
  connection with the Signal Service, IJ. S. Army.
  49.  Cong.,  1.  sess.   S. Mis. Doc. No. 156.  337
  pp., 21 pl.  4°.  Washington, Govt. Print.  Office,
  1887.
    See, also.  United Mtates.  Department of Agricul-
  ture.  Divuion of Biological Survey.  North American
  fauna. No. 14.  8°.  Washington, 1899.
Vl'l no ll  (Horatio)  Viscount  [1758-1805],
    Beatty (Sir W.)  Authentic  narrative of the
  death of  Lord  Nelson, with the  circumstances
  preceding,  attending, and  subsequent to  that
  event.  The professional report of his lordship's
  wound, and several  interesting anecdotes.  8°.
  London, 1807.
    Also,transl.( Abstr.] in: Cron.med.,Par., 1905, xii,712-715.
    Beatty (W.)  Nelson's fatal wound.  Lancet, Loud.,
  1906, i, 68.—IVIessiter (A.F.)  Nelson as a patient. Ibid.,
  1904, i, 684.—Owen (E.)  Nelson as a patient.  Ibid., 1897,
  ii, 195-197.
Nelson  (Joshua).  *Diss. med. divisa in duo
  enpita,  quorum prius  de renibus et secretioni-
  bus,  posterius  de diabete,  agit.    29 pp.  4°.
  Lugd.  Bat., J. vander Aa, [1736].  [P., v. 1925.]
Nelson (Julius).   Reports of the  biological de-
  partment of the  New Jersey Agricultural Col-
  lege Experiment Station, New Brunswick, for
  the years 1893-5; 1897-1904.   8°.    Trenton  $
  Camden, 1894-1905.
Nelson (Robert) [1794-1873].   •
    See llufeland (C[hristoph]  Wilhelm).  Enchiridion
  medicum [etc.].  8°.  New York, 1842. -----. The  same.
  2. ed.  8°.  New Tork di London,  1844.
Nelson  (Samuel  N[ewell].  The  etiology   of
  diphtheria.   9  pp.   12°.   Boston,  Cupples  Sr
  Hurd, [1889].
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1889, exx.
Nelson (Siegfried).   * Ueber  zwei  Fiille von
  Ztingentuberculose.   32 pp.  8°.  Freiburg i. B.,
  H. Epstein, 1902.
[Nelson (Wolfred)]  [1846-    ].  Yellow fever.
  Absolute  protection secured by scientific quar-
  antine.   50 pp.  8C.   New York, 1889.
-----.  Yellow  fever.   A new  treatment.   A
  forecast for 1889, Panama, Colon, and Havana;
  its hot-beds and distributers.   40  pp.   8°.  New
  York, 1889.
    See, also, Gercrd (L.)  Report on the etiology and the
  preventive vaccination of yellow fever.  8°.  [Montreal,
  1886.]
rVelumbo.                         '
    Delile (A.-R.)  Acclimatation du Nelumbium
  speciosum, ou  uelumbo de l'Inde, dans le  midi
  de la France.  8°.  [Montpellier, 1835.]
    Repr. from: Bull.Soc.d'agric.dudept.del'H6rault, 1835.
    Albanese (M.)  Su di un  principio  attivo contennto
  nei semi del loto  (Nelumbium nuciferum).  Boll. d. Soc.
  med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902, 219-226.
Nemachilus.
    Bloeli   (L.)   Schwimmblase,  Knochenkapsel  und
  Weber'scher Apparat von Nemachilus  barbatulus Giin-
  ther.  Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena,  1900, n. F.,
  xxvii, 1-64, 2 pl.

I\Teiiia»]>erms.
    Filomusi-Cuelfi (G.)  Su la ricerca medico-
  iegale dei nemaspermi.   Studio critico-speri-
  mentale.   8^.   L^avia,  1892.
    Bizzozero (G.)  Studii comparativi sui nemaspermi
  e sulle ciglia vibratili.  Ann. univ. di med., Milano, 1864,
  clxxxvii, 229-274.  AUo, in his: Opere scient. 1862-79,
  Milauo, 1905, i, 9-46.

IVematocysts.
    Abric (P.) Les cellules agglutinantes des eolidiens.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1904,  cxxxix, 611-613.
  -----. Sur le fonctionnement  des n6matocystes des cce-
  lenteres.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  i904, lvi, 1008-
  1010.  -----. Sur  les nematoblastes  et los nematocystes
  des 6olidiens.  Ibid., lvii, 7-9.—Olaser (O. C.)  The ne-
  matocysts of nudibranch molluscs.  Johns Hopkins Univ.
  Circ, Bait., 1903, xxii, 22-24.—Oroavenor (G. H.)  On
  the nematocysts  of isolids. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1903,
  lxxii, 462-486.

Nematoda.
    See,  also,  Ascarides;  Dracunculus;  Eye
  (Parasites in);  Pilaria; Trichina, etc.
    Jammes (L.)  Recherches sur  l'organization
  et le d6veloppenient des nematodes.  8°. Paris,
  1894. 
NEMATODA.
400
NEMERTEANS.
\eniatoda.
    Joikouh   ( H.-C. )    * Contributions   pour
  servir  a I'histoire des  vers  intestinaux  nema-
  toides.  4-".   L'aris, l~li8.
    Meczmkow (E.)  Eutgegnung  auf  die Er-
  widerung  des  Prof.  Leuckart  in  Giessen,  iu
  Betreff der Frage  iiber  die Nematodeneutwick-
  lung.   8°.   Gbttingen, 1800.
    Meyek(0.)  * Cellulare Uiitersiiclinngen  an
  Nematoden-Kieru.    [Wurtzburg.]   >-.    Jena,
  I8'.i;>.
    AUo. in: Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1894-5,
  n. i\, xxii, 391-410, 2 pl.
    Wedl  (C.)   l'el>er  das  Nervensystcm der j
  Nematoden.
    Repr. from:  Sitzungsb.  d.  k.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.
  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1855, xvii.
    Atkinson (G. F.)   Nematode root-galls; a preliminarv
  report on the life history and metamorphoses of a root-
  gall nematode, Heterodera radicicola (Greeff) Mull.,  and
  the injuries produced bv it upon the roots of  various
  plants.  J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc. 1889, Raleigh, 1890, vi,
  81-130, 6 pl. —Bastian  (H. C.)  On the anatomy and
  physiology of the nenmtoids, parasitic and free; wiih  oh- !
  servations on their zoological position and affinities to the I
  echinoderms.  Phil. Tr., Lond.,  1866, clvi, 545-638, 7 pl.—
  van  It online I (A.)   Ueber  Cuticular-Bildungen  bei
  eiuigen  Xcmatoden.  Arb. a. d. zool.-zootom. Inst,  in j
  Wiirzb.,  Wiesb.  18U5,  x.  189-212,   1  pl— Bonnevie
  (Kristine)   Ueher f'hioniatindhninution bei  Nematoden.
  Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw.. Jena. 1901, n. F.. xxix, 275-
  288, 2 pl. — Itiil«chli (O.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss des
  Nerveusy stems der  Xematoden.   Arch. f. mikr.  Anat.,
  Bonn,  1874,  x, 74-100, 2  pl. -----.  Zur Herleituug des
  Nervi nsv.stems der Ni matoden.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz.,
  1884-5, x, 4s0-493, 1 pl— Caiurrano  ( L.)  Recherches
  sur l'anatomie  et l'histologie des Gordiens.   Arch. ital.
  de biol.,  Turin.  1K88,  ix, 243-24H.—Carnoy (J.-B.)  La
  cytodieresede l'ceuf; etude comparee du noyau et du pro-
  toplasme k  1'e.tat quiescent  et k l'etat einetique (.seconde
  partie).  La vesicule germinative et  les globules polaires
  chez quelques nematodes.  Cellule,  Lierre &  Louvain,
  1887, iii,  1-103, vi. 4 pl.—Cobb  (N. A.)  Beitrage zur
  Anatomie  und  Outogenie der  Nematoden.  Jenaische
  Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena. ]S/>8.  n. F.,  xvi, 41-76, 3 pl.—
  Ionic (A.)  Sur revolution des feuillets blastodermiques
  chez les nematodes.   Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc., Par.,
  1901, exxxii,  1064-1066.— t'onte (A.)  & Bonnet (A.)
  Sur uu  nematode nouveau  (Angiostoma helicis  n. sp.)
  parasite de l'appareil  genital d'Helix aspersa (Muell.).
  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.. 1903, lv, 198.—Dewilz
  (J.)  Die Lcbensfahigkeit von Nematoden ausserhalb des
  Wirthes. Zool.  Anz.,  Leipz..  1899, xxii,  91.—Klliot
  (H.  15.)  Nematodic  notes.  Vet. Rec., Lond., 1899-1900,
  xii,  25-28.—Engel.  Pesume succinct des d^couvertes
  modernes sur la biologie, l'anatomie etla classification des
  vers  nematoides.  Rev. m6d. de  Test, Nancv, 1874,  ii,
  233; 277; 403.—Founnent (L.)  Sur les filaments ovu-
  laires  chez les nematodes,  ("ompt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par.,  1883,  7.  s., iv,  575-577.—Gemniill  (J. F.)  On
  EchinonemaGrayi; a large nematode from the perivisceral
  cavity of the sea-urchin.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond.,
  1901,  lxxi,  691.—Gerrais  (P.)  Nematoides.   Diet.
  encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1877,  2. s., xii, 88-90. — Giles
  (G. M. J.)  A description of two new nematode parasites
  found in sheep.  Scient. mem. med. off. India, Calcutta,
  1892, vii, 45-49, 1 pl.—Gilson (G.)  Note sur un  nema-
  tode nouveau des iles Fiji: Carnoyavitiensis Gilson. nov.
  gen.  Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1898. xiv, 333-370, 1 pl.—
  Goldschinidl  (Ii.)   Der  Cluomidialapparat  lebhaft
  funktionieiender Gewebszellen;  histologiscbe Uutersu-
  ehungeu an Nematoden.  Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1904, xxi, 41-
  140. 5 pl.—Gncguen (F.)  Sur un nouveau cas de para-
  sitisme occasionnel, dans le  tube digestif do l'homme,
  d'nn nematode du genre Gordius  Duiardin.  Bull. d. sc.
  Pharmacol.,  Par., 1905, xii,  257-266, 1 pl.— Hnmami
  (0.)  Die Lenuiisken der Nematoden.  Zool. Anz.. Leipz.,
  1890, xiii, 210-212. -----. Zur Entstehung des Exkre-
  tionsorganes, der Seitenlinien und der  Leibeshoble der
  Nematoden.   Centralbl.  f.  Bakteriol.  u. Parasiteuk.
  Jena, 1892, xi,  501-503. — Jagerskiold (L. A.)  Zum
  Ban des  Hypodontolaimus   inequalis (Bastian), einer
  eigentumlichen  Meeresnematode.   Zool. Anz.  Leipz
  1904. xxvii, 417-421. — Kennard (C. P.)   The'mode  of
  mtection by nematoi U.   Lancet,  Lond., 1904, i, 1379.—
  Knc-hrnuieister.   Leber den Wurmregen, soweit der-
  selbe jenen  "Meriuis nigrescens" genannten Nematoden
  betrifft.  Deutsche Klinik,   Berl., 1854,  vi, 327;  339.—
  Kiihn (J.)  Neuere Versuche zur Bekampfung der Rii-
  bennematoden.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.  u. Parasiteuk.,
  Jena, 1891, ix.  563; 593. — L, anger on (M.)  Note sur
  l'emploi du  lactophenol de Amann pour le montage  de
  nematodes.  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.,  1905 lviii
  749.—Leuckart (R.)  Zur Entwickelungsgescbich'te der
 Aeniatoda.   ,
   Nematoden.  Arch. d. Ver. f. wissensch. Heilk..  Leipz
   1866, n. F., ii, 195-250. -----. Neue Beitrage zur  Kennt-
   niss des Baues und der Lebensgeschichte der Nematodes
   Abhandl. d. math.-phys. CI. d. k. siichs. Gesellsch. d. Wi.
   senach., Leipz., 1884-7, xiii, .">(i:>-704, 3 pl.—Lieberkiilui
   (N.)  Beitriigc zur Anatomie der Nematoden.  Aicli f.
   Anat.,  Physiol, u. wissensch. Med.,  Berl.,  1855, 314-336,
   2 pl.— von  l.inxlon.  IYb> r  Allautonema und Diplo'-
   gaster.   Centralbl.  f. Iiacteriol. u. Parasiteuk., Jeua, 18<)0,
   viii, 489-493. -----. Ueber die Entwickeliingsgcsebiclite
   von  Gordius tolosauus  Duj.  Ibid., 1*91,  i\,  7(10-762.
   -----.  Untersuchungen  an Nematoden.  Arch. 1. mikr.
   Anat., Bonn. 1894-5, xliv,  509-533, 2 pl. -----. Zur Systr-
   matik der Nematoden nebst Kcschreibuug neuer Arti-n
   Ibid., 1897,  xlix, 608-622, 1 pl. — UcAlpine (D.) On a
   nematode found iu the  stomach of a copper-head snake.
   Proc. Rov. Soc. Victoria 1890, Melbourne, 1891,  n. s., iii
   30-39, 1 pl.—.Hanson (Sir P.) & t'atto (J.)  A  new
   nematode.   J. Trop. M.. Lond.,  1904, vii,  26.V—Metcnlf
   (H.)  Culture studies of a nematode associated with plant
   decay.  Tr.  Am. Micr. Soc. 1902, Lancaster, Pa., 1903,
   xxiv, 89-102, 1  pl — Jlichel (A.)  De l'existeuce  d'uii
   veritable epiderme cellulaire chez  les  n6matodes, et
   specialement les gordiens.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc.
   Par., 1888, cvii,  1175-1177. — ITIueller (A.)   Die Nema-
   toden der Saugethierlungen und die  Lungenwurnikrank-
   heit. Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Thiermed., Leipz.,  1889, xv,
   261-321,4 pl.—IVnssonow (N.)  Zur Kenntniss der phago-
   cytaren  Organe  bei  den  parasitischen  Nematoden.
   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900,  lv, 488-513, 3 pl—Outer-
   walder (A.)  Nematoden an Freilandpdanzen.  Ztschr.
   f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1902, xii, 338-342.—Parona (C.)
   Diagnosi di uua uuova specie di nematodi.   Boll. d. mus.
   di zool. ed anat. comp. d. r. I'niv. di Torino, 19(11, xvi,
   no. 393.  1. — Peiper (E.)  Nematodes;  Fadenwiirnier.
   Deutsch ■ Klinik. Berl. u. Wien, 1901-3, ii, 871-904.—Per-
   roncito (E.) Sull' incapsulanientooincistidauieiitodelle
   larve dei nematodi alio  state libero.  Gazz. med. ital.,
   Torino, 1904, lv, 202.  AUo: Gior. d.  r. Accad. di med. di
   Torino,  19il4. 4. s., x, 2*5-291.—Bailliet (A.)  Observa-
   tions sur la resistance vitale des enibryons  de  quelques
   nematodes.   Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s.,
   iv, 703.  -----. Sur  un nematode de l'aorte des buflles et
   des  bceufs  indiens.  Bull. Soc. centr. de  m6d. vet., Par.,
   1903, n. s..  xxi, 254-258.—Khmnbler  (L.)  Ueber eio
   eigentiimlicbes periodisclies Aufsteigen des Kernes an die
   Zelloberflacbe innerhalb der Blastonieren  gewisser Nema-
   toden.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 60-88.—de Rouville
   (E.)  Revision des nematodes libres, marins, de la region
   de Cette. Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1903, lv, 15l'i;.
   Enumeration des nematodes libres du canal des Bourdi-
   gues (Cette).  Ibid., 1527-1529.—Mchimkewitseh (W.)
   Ueber besondere Zellen in der Leibeshoble der Nematoden.
   Biol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1899, xix,  407-4lo.  Schneider
   (A.)  Ueber die Seitenlinien und  das Golasssystem der
   Nematoden.  Arch. f. Anat.. Phvsiol. ii.wisseii.sch Med.,
   Berl., 1858, 426-436,  1 pl— !S< huberg (A.) .V Schroder
   (O.)   Myenclius botryophorus, eiu in di n Muskelzellen
   von  Nephelis schmarotzender neuer  Nematode.   Ztschr.
   f. wissensch.  Zool.,  Leipz.,  1904, lxxvi,  509-521, 1 pl.—
   Shipley (A. E.)  On the  nematodes parasitic  in the
   earthworm.   Arch,  de parasitol., Par., 1902, vi, 619-623.—
   Stossich (M.)  Sopra alcuni nematodi della collezione
   elmintolngica del prof. Corrado  Parona.  Boll. d. mus. di
   zool.  [etc!],  Genova, 1902,  no.  116,  1-16, 3 pl.—Van
   Beueden (P.-J.)  Sur les vers nematodes.  Bull. Acad.
   roy.  d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1866,  2. s., xxi, 207-236, 1 pi.—
   VKalter (G.)  Beitrage zur  mikroskopischen Anatomie
   der Nematoden.  Arch, f  path. Anat. |etc],  Berl.. 1862,
   xxiv, 166-182, 1 pl.—Whittles (J. D.)  A case of general
   infectiou by  a nematode, accompanied by hvpertrophic
   gingivitis. '  Lancet. Lond., 1903, i, 1435-1437.— Widako-
   wich (V.)  Ueber Nematoden an der Hypophysis cerebri
   von Felis domestica.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt.,
   Jena, 1905, xxxvii, 447-450.
rVemenoff(Nison)[1880-    ].   * Ueber  Gefass-
   verletzungen  bei Luxatio humeri.   40 pp.  8y
   Berlin, E.  Ebering, 1905.

Neinatospo'ra.
    Peglion  ( V.)   Ueber die Nematospora  coryli Pegl.
   Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901, vii, 754-
   761, 1 pl.

\tinaio\y*.
    ron  I> ins tow.  Zur  Anatomie  und  Entwicklungs-
   geschichtevou NematoxysornatusDuj. Jenaische Ztscbr.
   f. naturw., Jeua, 1889, n. F., xvi, 549-566, 1 pl.

Neinerteans.
    Hcbkecht(A. A. W.)   *Aauteekeningen over
   de   anatomie,  histologie  en  ontwikkelingsge-
   sehiedeuis van eeuige  nemertinen.  ?-.   Utrecht,
   1874. 
NEMERTEANS.
 3JTeiiierteaiis.
    Montgomery  (T.  H.)   * Stichostemma  Eil-
   liardi  uov. gen., nov. spec.    Ein  Beitrag  zur
   Keuntuiss der Nemertinen.  8J.  Berlin, 1694.
    Bergendnl (D.) Bemerkungen iiber einige Angaben,
   den Ban des Kopfes einiger Heteroneinertineu betreffend.
   Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903,  xxvi, 254- 257. — Kiirger (O.)
   Studien zu einer Revision der Entwicklungsgeschicbte
   der Nemertinen.   Ber. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Freib. i.
   Br., 1894, viii, 111-141, 1  pl. —Coe (W. R.) & Knnkel
   (II. W.)  A new species of Neniertean  (Cerebratulus uie-
   lanops) from the Gulf of St. Lawrence.  Biol. Bull., Lan-
   caster, Pa., 1902-3, iv, 119-124.—Bresor (E.)  Eiubryo-
   logie von Neniertes. Arch. f. Anat., Phvsiol. u. wisseusch.
   Med., Berl., 1848, 511-526, 2 pl.—de Giierne (J.)  L'his-
   toire des n6mertieus dean douce, leur distribution geogra-
   phique et leur origiue.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
   1892, 9. s., iv. 360-364.— I.ebedinsky (J.)  Beobach-
   tungen iiber die Eutwickluuusgeschichteder Nemertinen.
   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn. 1897. xlix. 503 ; 623,  3 pl. -----.
   Zur Entwicklungsgeschicbte der Nemertinen.  Biol. Cen-
   tralbl., Leipz., 1,-97, xvii,  113-124.— »loiil«oiiier) (T.H.)
   The derivation of the fresh-water and land  nemerteans,
   and allied questions.  J. Morphol., Bost., 1895, xi, 479-
   484.—ITIrazek (A.) Ueber  das Vorkommen einer Siiss-
   wasserneniertiue (Stichostemma grsecense Bdbm) in Bob-
   men, mit Bemerkungen iiber die Biologie des Siisswassers.
   Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1900, Prag,
   1901, No. 4, 1-7.—Punnett  (R. C.)  On  a collection of
   nemerteans from  Singapore.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,
   1900-1901, xliv, 111-139, 4 pl.

 Ufeiu.es  (Gydrgy).  * A carbauilid es kenvegyii-
   letenek A'iselkede'se legenysav irant.   [Carliani-
   lide and its sulphur compounds in their relation
   to  nitio-compoiinds.]  31 pp.   8J.  Kolozsvdr,
   J. Stein, W7.
 Neinethy (Wladimir) [l^UO-     ].   * Ein  Bei-
   trag  zur  Laparotomie bei Sehuss- uud  Stich-
   wunden  des  Magens.  60 pp.   8-.  Dorpat,  H.
   Laakmann, l->9.
 Neiilirovski  (A.)    Napast;  poviest.  [Disas-
   ter; a story.]  '23(5 pp. 12c.  S.-Peterburg, B. M.
   Volf, 18<H.
 IVemnicli  ([Konrad Eudolf] Hermann) [1865-
      ].  * Ueber deu anatoinischen Bau  der Achse
   und  die  Entwicklungsgeschicbte  der  Gefass-
   biindel bei deu Amarantaceen.   36 pp., 1 1.,  1 pl.
   *--.  Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1694.

 Nemoptera.
    Bufour (L.)  Note sur l'absence, dans la  Nemoptera
   lusitanica. d'un systeme nerveux  appreciable.  [Abstr.]
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xii, 1204-1206.

 Nemorin (Emmanuel).  * De l'inoculation secou-
   daire de la peau par les foyers tuberculeux sotts-
   cutaue's ou profonds.  60 pp.   8°.   Montpellier,
   1904, No. 8.
 rVemsky (Delteho-P.) * Contribution a l'etude
   de l'emploi de l'extrait aqueux des capsules snr-
   renales  et de l'adre'ualine en  therapeutique et
   en rhinolarvngologie.  68 pp.   8  .  Genere, J.
   Studer, 1902.
 Neilisky (Nicolas).   * Contribution  a  l'etude
   des pheuonieues psychiques  accompagnant l'a-
   trophie  jaune aigue  du foie.   18 pp., 1 1.   8D.
   Genere, J.  Studer, 1905.                           .
 rVeilltZOgloll (Jean) [1872-     ].   *I>e quel-
   ques rapports du nerf facial et  dc  l'oreille.   46
   pp.  *.:.  Bordeaux, 1898, Xo. 113.
 Nenizer (M[oTsei]  G[enokhovich]) [1863-    ].
   *0 vliyanii razlichnikh polozbeniy tiela i tseu-
  trobiezhnoi sill na gazovly obmieu  u  krolikov.
   [On  the  influence of various positions  of the
   iiody  and  centrifugal force  upon  the  gaseous
  interchange in rabbits.]   44 pp., 1 pl.   8y   <$'.-
  Pelerburg, S. V.  Volpyanski, 1^92.
    See. also, Ribliograficheskiy ukazatel  [etc.].  8Y
  S.-Peterburg, 1/-93-6.

Nemzetkozi kozege"szs6gi 6s demografiai Con-
  gressusrol, viii-ik, es annak tudomanyos munka'-
  latairdl: jelentes az  16.94.  szeptember bo"  1-tol
  9-ig Budapesten  tartott;  szerkesztette  Dr. Ger-
  loczy Zsigmond titkar.  [The VIII. International I

       VOL XI,  2D  SERIES----26
401                                         NENO.
Nemzetkozi kozege"szsegi [etc.]—continued.
   Public Hygienic and Demographic Congress and
   its scientific work.  Report from Sept. 1-9, 1894,
   held iu Budapest.  Edited by the secretary, Sig-
   nmnd  Gerl6czy.]  3-25 pp.  8°.   Budapest, 1H95.
rVeiici (Giuseppe).   Discorsi sopra la ginnastica
   e sopra 1' utilita dell' osservazioue nella medicina
   pratica coll' aggiunta d' uu' istoria medica rara.
   vii, 58 pp.   12°.   Lueea„J. Giusti, 1766.

IVencki (Leon) [1848-1904].
     Pcszke  (J.) Wspomnienie posmiertne.  [In memo-
   riam.]  Kryt, lek.,  Warszawa, 1904, viii, 165-168. —Pru-
   szyiiski.  (In  memoriam.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1904,
   2. s., xxiv, 541-545, [port, iu text].

rVencki (Leon).  * Die Erequenz und Verteilung
   des Krebses in der Schweiz an Hand der Krebs-
   todesialle in  den Jahren 1^89 bis 1898.   30 pp.
   4-.   Bern,  Stdmpfli $• Cie.,  1900.
     Repr.from: Ztscbr. f. schweiz. Statist., Bern, 1900.

von  Nencki (Marcel) [1847-1901].
     Bubia (<!.)   Nekrolog.   Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,
   Leipz. u.  Berl., 1901, xxvii, 863— Cybulski  (N.)  [In
   memoriam.]   Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1901,  xl, 621-628.—
   Flauin (M.)   [Biography.] Krvt. lek., Warszawa, 1897,
   i, 128-135, [port, in text].—IIaim  (M.)  [Biography.]
   Miiuchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii, 1971-1973, port.—
   Heymmis (J.-F.)  [IJiography.]  Arch, internat. de
   pharmacod., Brux.  et Par., 1902,  x, 1-24. port.—[In me-
   moriam.]  Arch. biol. nauk . . ., St. Petersb., 1901-2, ix,  1
   1. Also: Czasopisrno lek., L6dz, 1901,  iii, 385; 434.  AUo:
   Gaz. lek., Warszawa,  1901, 2. s., xxi, 1148-1209,  port.
   Also: Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1901, xxii, 997-1001.  Also:
   Now. lek., Poznan, 1901,  xiii, 627-634.—L,ndwig (E.)
   Nekrolog,   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901,  xiv, 1154.—1TI.
   (L. B.)  Marcel  Nencki. Science. N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa..
   1901, n.  s., xiv, 889.—ITIntermiIt'll (S.)  [In  memoriam.]
   Medycyna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 943-948.—rVnsbauni
   (H.)  Marceli Nencki.  Gaz. lek.,  Warszawa, 1897, 2. s.,
   xvii, 170-173.— Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1901,
   ii, 1445.—Pi-ofessorowi Marcelemu Nenckiemu wdzieii
   jubileuszu jego  dwudziestopie.cioletniej dzialalnoSci nau-
   kowej i profesorskiej w dow6d wysokiego szacunku nu-
   mer niniejszy poswieca redakcya.  [Dedicated to Prof.
   Nencki on the 25. anniversary of  bis  scientific and pro-
   fessorial career.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s.,  xvii,
   169-198, port.—Pruszyiiski  (J.) Przeglad  prac pro-
   fessora Neuckiego i jego uczniow, dotyczaeych  bakteryo-
   logii.  [Review  of the works of Prof. Nencki and his pu
   pils  in  bacteriology-]  Ibid., 173-198. —Salakin (S. S.)
   [IJiography.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii,  1349-1352.—
   Ziber-Smtiova (Mine. N. O.)  Ocherk nauchnol dleya-
   telnosti M. V. Nentskavo.  [Sketch of  Nencki's  scientific
   work.]  Arch. biol.  nauk . .  ., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi. 165-194.
   Also, transl.:  Arcb.d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1905.  xi, 167-
   195.  — 2urakowski (A.)  Marceli  Nencki,  [jubilat].
   Medycyna, Warszawa, 1897, xxv, 280-283.

----- & Giaeosa. (Piero).  Sulla  ossidnzione
   del  benzolo per mezzo dell' ozono e sulle ossida-
   zioni nell'organismo.  7 pp.  8°.   [Torino,  1880.]
   [P., v. 1759.]
    Repr.from: Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1880, iv.

-----------.   Sulla ossidazione dei  carburi d' i-
   drogeuo aromatici  nell' organismo.   lb' pp.  8 \
   [Torino, 16*0.]  [P., v.  1759.]
    Repr. from: Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1880, iv.

Aeinidorf.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.

JYcnuiiigcr (Oscar [Julius Ernst]) [1867-    ].
   * 1'cber Poliomyelitis acuta  anterior  atrophica
   adultorum.  31 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin, G. Schade,
   [1-90].
IVeno (G.)  Le emissioui critiche e  il  salasso, a
   proposito di alcuni casi di  pneumonite curati
   col salasso.  21 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Pesaro,  G. Terenzi
   f Co., 1-97.
-----.  Per la casuistica della  pellagra nella pro-
   vineia  di Koma.  40 pp.  12-.    Pesaro, G. Te-
  renzi, 1*96.
-----.  Per la lotta contro la pellagra nel  comune
  di Onano (Roma).   (17 pp., 4 1.   *~.  Pesaro, G.
   Terenzi, 1903.
-----.  Del  sieio  antidifterico in  un epidemia di
  difterite.   15 pp.  12-.   Grotte di Castre, [1904]. 
NEXOFF.
402
NEPHRIDIA.
iVenoff (Vassil [Iv.]) [187*^    ].   * Contribu-
  tion a l'e'tude du purpura dans latievre tyi»hoi'de.
  71pp.  8°.  Nancy, A. Crepin-Leblond,l*99, ~No.4.
    Also, Editor of: Zdravie, Vidin, 1902-5, v. 1-4.

Nensberg  (I[van  Yegorovich])  [1820-    ].
  O yestesvennotn polzovanii bolieznei spetsialno-
  terapeuticheskiini stikhiyntmi sredstvami.  [On
  natur.-il  cure  of diseases by  means of special
  elementary remedies.]  28pp.   12°.   [S.-Peters-
  burq, P.  I. Shmidt,  1885].
    Repr. from: Russk. med., St. Petersb., 1885, x.

-----.  O  preimushtshestvakh  alkoloidov pered
  sredstvami iz koikh oni doblvayutsya i o toch-
  nom dozirovanii ikh v granyulkakh  iii krupin-
  kakh.   [On the advantages of  alkaloids over
  the drugs from which they are obtained, and on
  their  exact dosing in granules.]   24 pp.,  1 1.
  8:.   S.-Peterburg, E. Treumann, 1888.
Nensen  (Abraham).
    See  Hwasser (I.)  * Om  primara syphilitiska sar
  (ulcera syphilitica primaria).  8°.  Upsala, 1848.

Neuter (Georgius Philippus) [    -1721].  Theo-
  riai hominis aigroti, sive pathologise medica? pars
  generalis, qu;e remotis inutilibus  ea tantum quae
  ad praxin vere medicam  necessaria suut,  tradit.
  Prsemissa  est introductio de nsevis pathologise
  modernae  et  activo  iu  morbis.  3  p. 1.,  208,
  112, 255 pp.,  10  1.  16°.  Argentoraii,  sumpt.
  J. Beckii, 1716.
    Bound with the following.
-----.  Tbeoria  honiinis  sani,  sive  physiologia
  medica   in qua  expunctis miuime  necessariis,
  snpeitiuis, ac curiosis, qu;e vera artis medica?
  fundamenta  magis evertere,  quam  confirmare
  solent,  ea, qua? ad medicum  ej usque scopurn
  pm-cipue spectant, traduutur, et ex veris  na-
  turae,  in  corpore  humauo agentis,  principiis
  solide demoustrantur.  Praeniixsa est in gratiam
  tyronum introductio de  requisitis  boni medici.
  3 ji. 1.,  88, 352 pp.,,28 1,  1 tab.   16°.  Argento-
  rati, sumpt. J. Beckii, 1723.
-----.  Fundamenta  medicina? tbeoretico-prac-
  tica,  secundum . . .   Stahlii potissimum,  alio-
  rumque  . . . medicorum  placita  conscripta et
  propria experientia confirmata, in forma tabula-
  rum universam theoriam medicam,  praxin ge-
  neralem et specialem omnium morborum inter-
  norum,  cum signis, differentiis, proguosi, reme-
  diis polycbrestis, selectis et specificis, methodo
  medendi planissima, forrnulis necessariis et cau-
  telis practicis  contenentium, exbibita.  xx, 440
  lip.  fol.   Venetiis, apud S. Coleti, 1735.
IVeiiy  (Eugene).   * De  quelques   eupatoriees
  utiles; de celles qu'on emploie  a  la Guadeloupe.
  De I'ageratumcouyzoides, en particulier au point
  de  vue  de sa  propriety diur^tique.  viii, 9-42
  pp., 1 1.   4°.  Montpellier, 1889, No. 471.

jYeo-arsycodile.
    Fuchs (K.)  Klinische Erfahrungen iiber die Anwen-
  dung von N6o-Arsycodile. Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,  1903,
  liii, K05-807.

Neocythaeinia.
    Lioeper (M.) & l>onste (A.)  Recherche des cellules
  n6oplasiques daus le sang;  neocyt6mie.  Compt.  rend.
  Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, lvi, 153.

Neoferrimi, the  new  iron;  clinical reports.
  24 pp.   8°. New York, [n. d.].

Neo-Galenism.
    See Medicine (Theories, etc.,  of).

IVeon.
    Ramsay (Sir W.)  A determination of the  amounts
  of neon and helium in atmospheric air.  Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Lond., 1905, lxxvi, A, 111-114.

Neopla«in*.
    See Tumors.
Yeotenia.
    Boas (J. E. V.)   TJeber Neotenie.  Festschr. z. .. .
  Carl Gegenbauer, Leipz., 1896, ii, 1-20.—Bretscher (K.)
  Die Neotenie bei den Amphibien.  Naturw. Wchnsehr.
  Jena, 1904, n. F., iii, 513-517.

Neovitalism.
    See, also, Medicine (Theories, etc., of).
    Biegaiiski (W.) Neo-witalizm wsp61czesnej biologii.
  [Neovitalism in contemporary biology.]  Kryt. lek., War-
  szawa, 1904, viii, 1; 25; 57; 89. — Ki'enitz>Gerlou~(F.)
  Anti-Reinke II.  Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxv, 292-
  308.—Triaire (P.)   Le neo-vitalisme.   France m6d.
  Par., 1905, lii, 82-89.

Neovius (Karl Adolf).  * Bitrag till ogats  fysio-
  logie.  [Contribution to the physiology of the
  eye.]   44 pp.  8C.  Helsingfors,  C.  Frenckell &
  Son, 1856.

Nepa einer ea.
    Bordns (L.)  Snr quelques points d'anatomie dn tube
  digestif des Nepidae (Nepa cinerea L.).  Compt. rend. Soc,
  de biol., Par.,  1905, lviii, 169. -----. Les organes repro-
  ducteurs males de la nepe cendr6e (Nepa cinerea L.).
  Ibid., 382-384.

Nepal.
    See Cholera (History, etc., of), by  localities.

Nepenthe.
    Hnhn (L.)  Lenepenthes; quelle 6taitsacomposition?
  Chron. m6d., Par., 1898, v, 550-552.

Nepenthes.
    Clautriau (G.)  La digestion dans les  urnes
  de n6penthea.  8°.  Bruxelles, 1899.
    Also [Rev.] in: Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xxi, 33-36.
    Dubois (R.)  Sur l'absence de zymase  pepsique dans
  le liquide de l'urne des nepenthes; r6ponse a Clautriau.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 232.

Nephelion.
    See Cornea (Opacity, etc., of).

Nephelis.
    Bristol (C. L.)  The metamerism of Nephelis; a con-
  tribution to the morphology of the nervous system, to-
  gether with a description of Nephelis lateralis. Zool. Bull.,
  Bost., 1897, i, 35-39.—Filatow (D.)  Einige Beobachtun-
  gen iiber die Entwicklungsvorgange bei Nephelis vulgaris
  M. T.   Zool. Anz.. Leipz., 1898, xxi, 645-647—«raf (A.)
  Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Exkretionsorgane von Nephe-
  lis vulgaris. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena,  1893-4,
  n. F., xxi, 163-195, 4 pl.

Nephelometer.
    See Urine  (Examination of).

Nephralgia.
    See Kidney (Neuralgia of).

Nephrectomy.
    See Kidney (Excision of); Kidney (Surgery

  of).

Nephrelis mexicana.
    See Leeches.

Nephridia.
    Beddard (F. E.)  Preliminary note on the Nephridia
  of Perichasta.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond.,  1887-8, xliii, 309.—
  Cosmovici  (L. C.)  Les n6phridies;  r6ponse a  P.
  Fauvel.  Bull, scient. de la France et de la Belg., Par.,
  1899, 5. s., i, 194-200. — Cowles (R. P.) Origin and fate
  of the body cavities and the nephridia of the actinotrocha.
  Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, halt., 1904, [xxiii], no. 2, 28-
  37. — Fage (L.)  Sur les formations  ergastoplasmiques
  des cellules nGphridiales de saugsue (Hirudo medicinalis).
  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1450-1452.—
  Fauvel (P.)  Les  nephridies;  repouse k C.  Cosmo-
  vici.  Bull, scient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1902,
  xxxvi, 167-177.—Goodrich (E. S.)  On the Nephridia of
  tbe Polychasta. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lopd., 1*97-8, xl, 185:
  1898-9, xii, 439: 1900, xliii, 699, 14 pl. —Kaiser (J.) Die
  Nephridien der Acantocephalen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.
  u. Parasitenk., Jeua, 1892, xi, 44-49.— Maziarski (S.)
  Sur la structure des n6phridiea des vers de terre.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1901,  11. s., iii, 259-262. — Bosa
  (D.)  Nefridii di rotifero in giovani lombrichi.  Boll. d.
  mus.  di zool.  ed anat. comp. d. r. Univ. di Torino, 1902,
  xvii, no. 440, 1-3. 
NEPHRINE.
403
NEREIDS.
IVephi'iiie.
    See, also, Kidney (Extract of).
    Teissier.  Disparition complete des accidents uremi.
  qnesau cours d'une nephrite chronique grave k la suited'in-
  iections sous-cutanees de nephrine.  Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon,
  '1904, v, 327-332— Xalabarder (E.) Algo sobre la ad-
  ministraci6n de la nefrina contra las iutiamaciones del
  rinon.  [From: Rev. cient.profesional.l Gac.med.catal.,
  Barcel.. 1903, xxvi, 377.

Nephrite.
    See  Archaeology.

Nephritis.
    See  Kidney (Inflammation of).

Nephroceles.
    tie Kibaucourt (£.)   Les nephrocytes. Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 43-45.

Nephrolithotomy.
    See  Calculus (Renal, Treatmentof, Operative);
  Kidney (Surgery of).

NephroBysin.
    See, also, Kidney   (Inflammation of,  Causes,
  etc., of).
    Ascoli  (G.) & Fijjari (F.)  Ueber Nephrolysine.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1902, xxxix, 634-636.—Ceconi (A.)
  &. Jlicheli (F.)  Intorno alia questione delle nefrolisine.
  Morgagni. Milano, 1904, xlvi, 209-231.—t'ioui (E.) Sulla
  pretesa specificity delle nefrolisine  e sulla nefiotossicit&
  dei sieri uormali omogenei ed eterogenei. Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1507-1510.  Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc.
  med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., xxv, 1066-1072. AUo : Clin. med.
  ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 362-376.  AUo [Abstr.]: Lavori
  d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 99.—Fagari
  (F.) Sul couiportamento biologico delle nefrolisine. Ibid.,
  1902, Roma, 1903, xii, 224-227. —I.e Flay & Corpeehot.
  Action des m'-phrolysines; her6dit6 des lesions.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1904, lvi, 206.-----------. Le-
  sions r6nales par action  n6phrolytique.  Bull, et mem.
  Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 93-102. — illarassini (A.)
  Intorno alia quistioue  delle nefrolisine e delle citotossine
  in generale. Clin, mod.,  Pisa.  1904, x, 237-240. — Bad-
  ziyevski (A. L.)  Sushtshestvuyut-li avtonefrolizini?
  [Do autonephroh sines exist ?]  Meil. Obozr., Mosk., 1905,
  lxiv, 505-518. — Milvesli-i (T.)  L' opoterapia renale e la
  teoria  delle nefrolisine. Policlin., Roma,  1902-3, ix,  sez.
  prat., 1665-1669.—Tarchetti (C.)  A proposito di nefro-
  lisine.   Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 804.

Nephromyces.
    See  Kidney (Parasites in).

Nephropexy.
    See  Kidney (Fixation  of); Kidney  (Movable,
  Treatment of, Operative).

Nephrophagus sanguinarius.
    See, also, Kidney (Parasites in).
    Gavara (F.) ic Gavard (M.)  H6maturie d'origine
  sarcoptique; identification probable avec le Nephrophagus
  sanguinarius Miyake (Japon).  Marseille m6(L, 1905, xlii,
  629-636.— Mcriba  (J.)  & lUiyake (H.)  Hito no bi-
  shiu seshoku kinai ni okeru shinki seshu. [On Nephro-
  phagus sanguinarius.  a   new parasite in hnman blood.J
P Ohiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1894, no. 345, 1: no. 346, 12.

Nephrophonotoscope.
    Eaton (G. L.)  Nepbro-phonotoscope and ureto-renal
  calculi. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii, 357.

Nephrophthisis.
    See  Kidney (Tuberculosis of).

Nephroptosis.
    See Kidney (Displacement, etc., of).

Nephrorrhagia.
    See Kidney (Haemorrhage in or from).

Nephrorrhaphy.
    See  Kidney (Fixation  of); Kidney (Movable,
  Treatment of,  Operative).

Nephrotomy.
    See  Kidney (Surgery  of); Kidney (Surgery
  of, Methods in).

Nephrotoxins.
    Antoniou (A.)   # Contribution a l'e'tude des
  des cytotoxines en general.  Recherches sur la
 Nephrotoxins.
   lesion de la cellule renale par la nephrotoxine.
   8C.  Nancy, 1905.
     Bierry  (H. )   Recherches  sur les n6phrotoxines.
   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 476-478.—Carles
   (J.) ic Michel.  Du pouvoir n6phrotoxi(|iie de la macera-
   tion renale adiuinistree par ingestion.   Ibid., 1905, lviii,
   276.  AUo: -I. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 132.—
   i'lofli ( E.)  Sulle propriety nefrotossicbe del siero e
   sangue normale  oniogeneo ed eterogeneo.  Med. ital.,
   Napoli, 1904, ii, 324; 341.—Pearcc (R. M.)  An experi-
   mental study of nephrotoxins. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians,
   Phila., 1903, xviii, 557-598.  Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull.,
   Phila.. 1903-4, xvi, 217-235.  AUo, Reprint.—Prenant
   (A.)  & Antoniou (A.)  Observations comparatives sur
   les modifications produites dans les cellules 6pitheliales
   du rein par  les n6phrotoxines et  par d'autres liquides
   actifs.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1905, lix, 218-221.

 Nephrotyphtis.
     See  Fever (Typhus,  Complications,  etc., of,
   Renal).

 Nepilly  (Georg) [1871-     ].  * Ueber den Ein-
   lluss kiiustlicher Temperatursteigerung auf das
   Verhalten  der  Leukocyten.  29  pp.,  1 1.  8°.
   Breslau, Bresl. Genossensch.-Buchdr., 1896.
 Wepveu (G[ustave]) [l-^ 1-1903].  Contribution
   a F6tude des tumeurs du testicule.  (Meinoirequi
   a obtenu le prix Godard de  la  Soci6t6 anato-
   niique, 1872.)   2. etl.,  revue et augmentee.  8*
   pp., 2 1., 2 pl.   8°.  Paris, A.  Delahaye,  1875.
 ------.  Du r61e des organismes iuferieurs dans les
   lesions chirurgicales.   50 pp.   8°.  Paris, Cusset
   4- Cie., 1875.
 ------.  Presence de  bacterieiis et  dn Cercomonas
   intestinalis  dans la serosite"  p6ritoneale  de la
   hernie e"trangl6e et de l'occlusiou intestinale.
   14 pp.  8°.  Paris,  A.  Derenne, 1883.
 ------.  Contribution a l'6tude du beriberi.  15
   pp., 1 pl.   8°.   Marseille, [1894].
     Repr.from: Marseille m6d., 1894, xxxi.

 ------.  Parasites dans  le cancer.   15 pp., 1 pl.
   8°.  Paris, G.  Masson, 1894.
     Repr.from: Arch, de m6d. exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par.,
   1894, vi.

 ------.  Seminium cellulaire dans le carcinouie et
   l'e'pith^liome et diagnostic de la  generalisation
   par l'examen du saug.   pp. 7-11,  1 pl.  8°.  Pa-
   ris, 1895.
     Repr.from: Rev. d.  mal. cancer., Par., 1895-6, i.
 ------.  fitude sur les  lesions  infeetieuses de la
   peste.  3 pp.  4C.   Paris, Gautlner-Villars &■ fils,
   1897.
 ------.  Observations sur les corpuscules de Pa-
   cini chez le singe,   pp. 253-2(>4, 2 pl.  8°.   [Pa-
   ris, n. d.]
     Cutting from: Bibl. d. hautes 6tudes.  Sc. nat., i.
     For Biography, see Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903,
   lv, 527  (A.M. Bloch).  AUo: Gaz.  m6d. de  Par., 1903, 12.
   s., iii, 161. AUo:  Marseille med., 1903, xl, 289-294, port.
 HJepveur (L.)   De la suppression de.s tours et de
   l'admission a bureau ouvert des eufants  trouves.
   Rapport aM. le pr6fet de la Seine-Inferieure par
   la commission administrative  des  hospices civils
   de Rouen.   39 pp., 2  1.  8°.  Rouen,  D. Briire,
   L-'48.

 Nerac.
     .See Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by localities.

 Nerander (Teodor).   * Studier of ver forandrin-
   garna i  Ammonshornen och  niirliggande delar
   vid  epilepsi.  [Studies  on the changes in the
   cornu Ammonis and vicinity in   epilepsy.]   47
   pp., 4 1., 1 pl.   4°.  Lund, H. Moller, 1894.    c.

 Nercani  (I.) [1857-1901].
     IVecrologic.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. ui6d. de Bordeaux, 1901,
   xxii,  419.

 Nereidae.
     SchrOder (G. )  * Anatoinisch-histologische
   Untersuchung von  Nereis  di versicolor, O.  Fr.
I   Mull.  [Kiel.]  8°.   Bathenow, I860. 
NEREIDvK.
404
NERVE.
 Nereidse.
     <»ravier (C.)  Sur les nereidiens d'eau douce et sur
   une nouvelle espere de ce gronpe. Bull. Soc. philoniat. de
   Par., 1905, 9. s., vii. 212-223— Lnngdon (FannyE.)  The
   sense-organs of Nereis virens,  Sars.  J. Comp.  Neurol.,
   Granville, 0., 1900, x, 1-77, 3 pl.

 Neresheim.
     See Small pox (History, etc., of),  by localities.

 NcreslM'imcr (Eugen Robert)  [187(i-     ].
   * It-ber die Hohe histologischer Differenzieruug
   bei heteiotiiclicn  Ciliaten.   [Munich.]  22 pp.
   8°.  Jena, G.  Fischer, 1903.
 Nereslieiiiier (H[ans])  [1878-    ].   * Ueber
   t-iueu Full von Sublimatvergiftnng.   3H pp., 1 1.
   8  .  Miinchen, Kastner 4' Callwey, 1901.
 Nereslieimer (Max) [1879-     ].  * Ueber ei-
   nen Fall  von Echinococcus  mnltilocularis der
   Leber.   24  pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Munchen, Kastner  4'
   Callwey, 1904.
 rVeret  (Eugene)  [1868-    ].   * La  prophylaxie
   de la  lepre au moyen-age.  72 pp.  4°.  Paris,
   1690, No.  402.
 -----.  The  same.  72  pp.   8\  Paris,  G. Stein-
   heil, 1690.
 Neret (Lucien).   * De  la presentation du siege,
   causes, pronostic, traitement;  e"tude statistique.
   112 pp.  -".   Paris, 1-9H, No. 479.
 rVeri ( Agenore ).   Della  specializzazione delle
   funzioni economiche animali.   60 pp.  8J.  Spo-
   leto, 1903.
 rVeri (Jofio).  * Tratameuto do aborto  iucompleto.
   08  pp.,  10 1.   4y  Bio de Janeiro, Olympio de
   Campos  4  Co., 1900.
rVeri (Pietro).   Note teorico-cliniehe  sull' uretro-
   tomia esterna ed  uretro-perineorafia  (processo
   Durante).   Tesi  di laurea.   14 pp.   8°.  Boma,
  frat. Pallotta,  1*67.
JVerici  (Ugo).  Ambulatorio cbirurgico.   Reso-
   conto clinico dal  1° marzo 1887 a tutto il mese di
   decembre  1*8*.   185 pp., 1 1.   roy.  8°.   Lucca,
   B.  Canovetti, 1666.

Neris-lew-Bains.
    See, also, Waters (Mineral), by localities.
    Kenoit.  Les accidents de la puberte chez les nerveux
   et les eaux de Neris.  Gaz. d. mal. infaiit. [etc.], Par.,  1905,
   vii, 107-109.

Neritina.
    C'lnpari'de  (E.)  Anatomie und Entwicklungsge-
   scliichte di-r NYritinafluviatilis. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u.
   wissensch. Med., Berl., 1857, 109-248, 4 pl.—Ijensseii (J.)
   Svst^me digestif et systeme genital de la Neritina fluvia-
   tilis; fragments d'un travail  monograpbique  sur cette
   espece.  Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1899.  xvi, 177-232, 4
   pl.  -----. Anatomiede la Neritina fluviatilis. Anat. Anz.,
   Jena, 1899, xvi, 4(H-404. -----. Systeme nerveux, systeme
   circulatoire, systeme respiratoire et systeme excreteur de
   la Neritina fluviatilis.  Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1902-3,
   xx, 287-333,  3 pl.

Neriu ill oleander.
    See, also, Heart (Diseases of, Treatment of).
    Pocloux  (F.)  * Contribution   a  I'histoire
   medicale  du laurier-rose  (sou  emploi dans les
   maladies organiques du coeur).  4°.   Paris, 1888.
    Also.in:  Bull.geu.detherap. [etc.], Par., 1888, cxiv, 393-
   402.  A Uo  [Abstr.],  in: Hop. Cochin.  Compt. rend. d.
   trav. du  lab. de  therap., Par., 1889, 170-173.
    Oefele (F.)  Die Wirkung  von  Nerium oleander im
   Vergb-ich zu audereii Mitteln der Digitalisgruppe und im
   Anschlusso  an eine einzelne Krankengeschichte erlautert.
   Reichs..Meil.-Anz., Leipz ,  1891.  xvi, 203-206. _____. Ne-
   rium oleander L.. ein empfeblenswertes Cardiotonicum.
   Aerztl. Kundschau,  Miinchen, 1892, ii. 481;  495.

Neriiini oleander (Poisoning by).
    BariMJi-n  (G.)  Deux cas d'intoxication par le laurier-
   rose.  Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1898, xxxi, 227.—
   Hose (Chuni Lai).  Oil the chemistrv and toxicology of
   Nerium odoruni,  with a description  oif a newly-separated
  active principle.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta. 1901,  xxxvi
  287; 408.  1  pl. — CnNavecehia (E. )  Sopra un  caso
  di  avvelenamento da  Nerium oleander.   Boll. d. r. Ac-
  cad. med. di Genova, 1904. xix, 309-313. — Dey  (R.)  A
  caseof yellow oleander poisoning; recoverv.  Indian M
 Nerilllll oleander (Poisoning by).
   Rec, Calcutta, 1895, ix. 127.—King (A. V. M.)  Case of
   poisoning by Nerium odoruni, known as the oleander plant
   (kanir).  Ibid., 1893, iv, 11.—I,i«i (l ;.i  Due casi di avve-
   lenamento per  ingestione  di  fnylie di  oleandro nerio.
   Gior. di auat.. fisiol. e  patol. d.  animali, Pisa,  1890, xxii]
   220.—Pant (H. G.) Notes on a case of oleander poison'
   ing.  IndianM. Rec, Calcutta. 1898, xiv, 359.—Sen (K.M.)
   Two cases of poisoning by oleander (Nerium odoruni)
   Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 118-120.

 Nerlicll  (Paul [Adolf]) [1866-    ].   • Ein Bei-
   trag zur Lehre vom Kopftetanus.  [Halle.]  34
   pp., 1 1., 1 pl.   8°.   Berlin,  L.  Schumacher, 18«r2.
     Repr. from: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1891-2, xxiii.

 Nei'liugei' (Hermann).  * Ueber die Epilepsia
   und das Fortpflanznngsgeschaft des  Weibes in
   ihreu gegenseitigen Beziehuugen.   Eine histo-
   risch-kritische   uud klinische  Untersuchnii"'.
   [Strasburg.]   viii, 144 pp.,  1 tab.  r-~.   Heidel-
   berg, C.  Winter, 1689.
 TVei'lllord. ( Hilaire) [18(54-    ].   Contribu-
   tion a l'e'tude des tistules biliaires hepato-bron-
   chiqnes.  77 pp.  4  .   Paris, 1691, No. 23'.).

 Nero, Emperor.
     Petella (G.)  Sulla pretesa miopia di Nerone o sul suo
   smeraldo.   Ann. di med. nav., Roma,  1901,  i,  154-171.—
   Stilling (J.) Nero's  Augenglas.  Ztschr.  f.  Augenh.,
   Berl., 1900, iii, 141-146.

 Nerol.
     Itildebi-andt (H.)  Ueber das biologische Verhalten
   von Nerol, Geraniol, Cyclogeraniol.  Beitr. z. chem. Phvs.
   u. Path., Brnschwg., 1903, iv, 251-253.

 Neroni  (Quirino).   Uuo  sguardo alle  piii im-
   portant! cause  ed ai  prineipali  caratteri del-
   1'  isterisuio  considerato dal lato sociale ed in
   rapporto  con la medicina  legale.  3u pp.  12°.
   S.  Vittoria in Matenano, L. Seibe, 1895.

Nersae.
     >ec Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.

IVerucci (Ottavio).   Lettere fisico-mediche, colla
  giuuta d' una scrittuia medica sopra un infan-
  ticidio, nella quale si mostra, che la cenere pud
  conservare  incorrotti  i corpi  niorti.   2S2 pp.
  1C>°.  Lucca,  F. Maria Benedini, 1746.
-----.  Historia  i'ebris epidemical Senen.   Anui
  17(50 et  17(>7, accedit oratio pro  studiorum in-
  stauratione.  78 pp., 1  1.   1"2J.  Senis, apud  A.
  et  B. Bindi,  1?(>7.
     See. also. Capresi (Giampaolo).  Annotazioni medico-
   criticlie [etc.].  8°.  Siena, 1749.

de  Nerval (Gerard).
     Barine (A.)  Essais de literature pathologique; la
  folie; G6rard de Nerval.   Rev.  d. deux moudes, Par.,
   1897, cxliii, 794: cxliv, 124.

Nerve,  pp. 310-396.  l'i-.   [Berlin, 1600.]
     Cutting from: Kriinitz. Oekon. technol. Encykl., Berl.,
   1800, pt. 102.

Nerve.
     See, also, Nerves.
     Nerve.  12°.   [Berlin, l^oil.]
     Cutting from: Kriinit/.. Oekon. technol. Encykl., Berl.,
   1806, pt. 102., 310-390.
     Itrodie (T. G.) & Halliburton (W. D.) Heat con-
  traction in nerve.  J.  Pbysiol.,  Lond.,  1904, xxxi, 473-
  490.  AUo [Abstr.]: Proc!  Physiol.  Soc, Loud., 1903,
  xxx, p.  viii.—Hazen  (C.  M.)   Comparative study of
  nerve. Med. Reg..  Richmond,  1899-1900,  iii,  392-398.—
   Ileri-ick (C. J.)  The doctrine of nerve components and
   some of its applications. J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O..
  1903-4, xiii,  301-312.—Huxley (T. H.)  On  the present
   state of kuowledge us  to the structure and functions of
   nerve. In his: Scient.  Mem.,  8  . bond., 1898,  315-320.—
   [IVerve substance.]  Mie Eisei Zasshi, Mie, 1899, no. 5,
   1;  no. 0, 1.—KichardNon  (15. W.)  Physical researches
   on nervous matter.  Asclepiad, Lond.,  1891,  xi, 81-97.—
   !*». (S. C. M.)   Observations on isolated nerve.  Nature,
   Lond., 1896, liv, 18—Sticda (L.)  Geschichte der Ent-
   wickelung der Lehre von den Nervonzellen uud Nerven-
   fasern wahrend des 19. Jahrhundcrts.  Festschr. ... v.
   Carl  v.  Kuppffer. Jena.  1899.  79-190. 2 pl.-Strong
   (YV. M.)  A physical theory of nerve.  J. Physiol., Lond.,
   1900,  xxv, 427-442.—Szymonowiez: ( VV. )  Tkanka
   nerwowa.   [Nerve tissue.]  Podrecz. histol. cialaludzk., 
NERVE.
405
NERVE.
Nerve.
  Warszawa, 1901, 122-134.—Waller (A. D.)  The charac-
  teristic  of nerve;  its alteration by altered temperature.
  Proc. Physiol.  Soc,  Lond.,  1899, pp. i-iii.—Wedensky
  (N. E.)   De l'origiue et de la nature de la narcnse du nerf.
  Arch. ital. de idol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 70.—Wolff (M.l
  Ueber die Kontinuitat des peritibrillaren Neuroplasmas
  (H.valoplasma, Leydig-Nansen).  Anat. Anz., Jeua, 1903,
  xxiii, 20-27.

Nerve (Abducent).
     See, also, Bye (Nerves of).
     Gerrer (A. V.)  Anatomicheskoye izslledovaniye tsen-
  tralnikb nachal otvodyashtshavo nerva (nervi abducentis).
  [Anatomical investigation of the central origin of tbe . . .]
  Nevrol. Vestnik. Kazan, 1900, viii, no. 4, 1-10.— Kaplan
  (L.) & Finkelnbui-g (R.)   Beitrage zur Keuntniss des
  sogenannten ventraleu Abducenskerns (van Gehiicbten'-
  scher (tern).  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1900, xxxiii, 965-
  972.— Mingnzzini ( G.)  Intorno  all'origine  reale del
  nervus  abducens ed ai suoi rapporti con il nervo facialis
  neb" uomo.  Gazz.  med. di  Roma,  1890,  xvi,  49-55.—
  Pacetti (G.)   Sopra il nucleo di origine del nervus ab-
  ducens.  Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm.  d. r.  Univ. di
  Roma,  1895-6,  v,  121-132,  1 pl.—Thompson (J. H.)
  Diseases and  injuries of the sixth nerve.  Tr. M. Ass.
  Missouri 1896-7, Kansas  City. 1898,  407-420. Also: Med.
  Mirror,  St. Louis, 1898, ix, 1-9.

Nerve (Accessory) of Willis.
     See Nerve (Spinal accessory).

Nerve (Auditory).
     See, also, Cochlea; Ear (Nerves of).
     Caxxieu (J.-M.-A.)   * Recherches sur le nerf
  auditif, ses  rameaux  et ses ganglions.   [Bor-
  deaux.]  4°.  Lille, 1-4)4.
     AUo,  in: Rev. biol. du nord de la  France, Lille, 1893-4,
  vi, 87-153,  lpl. AUo [Abstr.] in:  Arch.  clin. de Bor-
  deaux, 1894, iii, 78-88.
     Czermak (J. X.)  Veriisteluugen der Priniitiv-
  fasern   des  Nervus  acnsticns.   8C.   [Leipzig,
  IcoO.]
     Cutting from : Ztschr.  f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1850,
   ii, 105-109, 1 pl.
     Ewald (J. R.)   Physiologische Untersuchuu-
  gen  iiber  das  Endorgan des  Nervus  octavus.
  bc.   Wiesbaden, 1^9-2.
     Kuffler  (O.)   * Ueber  elektrische  Reizung
  des  Nervus  viii.  und  seiner  Endorgane  beim
  Frosch.   *z.  Strassburg i. E., 1900.
     AUo, in: Arch. f.  d.  ges. Physiol.,  Bonn,  1900-1901,
  Ixxxiii, 212-231.
     Morel  (A.-D.-C.)    * Etude  historique,  cri-
  tique et experimentale de Faction  des courants
  continus sur le nerf acoustiqne a l'e'tat sain et  a
  l'e'tat pathologique.   4Z.  Bordeaux, 189^.
     Alexander (G.)   Ueber das  Ganglion vestibular^
  nervi acustici  bei Saugethieren.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u  Aerzte. 1899. Leipz.,  1900, lxxi, pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte., 453-4.")").— Baginsky (15.)  Ueber den Ursprung
  und deu centralen  Verlanf dei Nervus  acnsticns des
  Kaninchens und der Katze.  Arcb. f. path. Anat.  [etc.],
  Berl.,  1890.  cxix,  81-93, 1  pl.—Beauregard (H.) &
  Dupny (E.)   Sur une variation electrique determin6e
  dans le nerf acoustique excit6 par le  son.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1896, exxii,  1565-1567.—Biehl (K.)
  Ueber die iutracranielle Durchtrenimiig des Nervus ves-
  tibuli uud deren Folgen.  Sitzungsb. d.  k. Akad. d. "Wis-
  sensch.   Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1900, cix, 324-339,1 pl.—
  Buniin.  Esperimenteller Beitrag  zur  Keuntniss des
  Horuervenursprungs  beim  Kaninchen.  Allg.  Ztschr. f.
  Psychiat. [etc.]. Berl., 1888-9, xiv,  568-574, 1 pl.—Can-
  nieu (A.)  Recherches morphologiques sur le nerf audi-
  tif.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx  [etc.], Par., 1894,
  xx, 694-708. -----. Recherches sur les  origiues du uerf
  auditif.  ses rameaux  et ses ganglions.  Rev. de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1894, xiv, 209; 257. -----. Recherches embry-
  ologiques sur  le nerf auditif des poissons osseux.  Bull.
  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1895, xvi, 81.—Car-
  doito (M.)  Su  alcune modality funzionali nelle lesioni
  del nervo acustico.  Sperimentale.  Mem. orig., Firenze,
  1891,  xiv, 529-541.—Chavanne (F.)  &  Troullieur.
  De la section intracraniennedu nerf auditif.  Ann.d. mal.
  de 1'oreille. du  larynx [etc.], Par.. 1905, xxxi, pt. 2, 272-
  284.—Deganello (U.i  Asportazione dei canali semicir-
  colari; alterazioni consecutive nelle cellule dei nuclei bul-
  bari e del cervelletto; nuovo contributo  alia conoscenza
  delle terminazioni centr.di del nervo acustico negli uccelli
  e alia fisiologia dei canali semicircolari.   Arch, per le sc.
  med., Torino, 1900, xxiv, 337-355, 1 pl— Donaggio (A.)
  Su speciali apparati fibrillari in elementi cellulari nervosi
  di alcuni centri dell' acustico (ganglio ventrale, nucleo del
Nerve (Auditory).
  corpo trapezoide).   Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,
  1903, xxix,  259-270.—Ewald (R.)  Der Acusticusstamm
  ist durch Si ball erregbar.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1890,
  xxvii, 731.—<*i-adenigo (G.)  La reazione  elettrica del
  nervo acustico: comuuicazione preventiva. Riv.veneta di
  sc. med., Venezia, 1888, ix, 523-533.  AUo.transl.: Centralbl.
  f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1888, xxvi, 721; 738; 769. -----.
  Ueber den praktischen Werth der elektrischen Priitung
  des Nervus acusticus.  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1888, xxxiii,
  531.-----. Sulla eccitabilit& elettrica dell' acustico.  Boll.
  d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1889, vii, 33-
  40. AUo, transl.:   Ann. d.  mal.  de  l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.], Par., 1889, xv, 133-140. -----. Intorno  alia reazione
  elettrica del nervo acustico e alia suarappresentazione gra-
  fica.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1889, xi, 158-167.
  Also,  transl.:  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1889, xxviii, 191;
  241, 2  pl.  -----.   Sulla  eccitabilita  elettrica del nervo
  acustico, e sul valore diaguostico di questa nelle malattie
  cerebrali e del sistema nervoso in generale.   Boll. d. mal.
  d. orrechio, d.  gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1890, viii, 97-101.
  -----. Sull' enormia funziouale dei nervi acustici.   Attid.
  Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], Fireu/.e, 1892, i, 182-
  184.—Griitzner (P.)  Einige neuere Arbeiteu, betref-
  fend die I'bysiologie  des  Nervus acnsticns und seiner
  Endapparate,.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl.,
  1893, xix, 129-133.—Held (H.)  Die centralen Hahnendes
  Nervus acusticus bei  der Katze.  Arch. f. Anat. n. Ent-
  wcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1891,  271-291, 2 pl.—Hogres (E.)
  Ujabbvizsgalati m6dszereka n. vestibularis mukodesenek
  tauulm£nyoz&s&ra.  [Later experimental modes of study
  of the  functions of .  . . ].  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1902,
  xlvi, 437.—Jelgcrsma (G.)  De oorsprong  van  den ner-
  vus acusticus.  Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v. Geneesk.,  Amst.,
  1888, 2. r., xxiv, 320-324.—Kish i (1.)   Ueber den Verlauf
  und die periphere Endigung des Nervus cochleae. Arch.
  f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,  1901, lix, 144-179, 1 pl.-Kolmei-
  (W.)   Ueber  die Endigungsweise des Nervus octavus.
  Zentralbl.  f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1904, xviii, 620-
  6&5.—Krause (R.)  Die Endigungswei.sedes Nerv.  acus-
  ticus im Gehdrorgan.   Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch. Jena,
  1896, x, 105-173. — Loeb (J.)  Ueber  deu  Antheil des
  Horuerven an den  nach  Gebirn^erletznng  auftretenden
  Zwangsbewegungen, Zwangslagen, und assoziirten  Stei-
  lungsauderungen der Bulbi und Extremitaten.  Arch. f.
  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1891-2, 1, 66-83.—Lmnbroso (G.)
  & Coen (G.)   Sulla eccitabilita elettrica del nervo  acus-
  tico e sul valore diaguostico  di questa nello malattie cere-
  brali, e del sistema nervoso  iu generale.  Segno,  Firenze,
  1889-90, i, 71;  289. — 1T1 artin (P.)   Zur Endigung des
  Nervus  acusticus im  Gebirn der Katze.   Anat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1893-4, ix, 181-184 — Vliugazzini (G.)  Sulle ori-
  gini del nervo acustico; rassegna critica dei recenti lavori.
  Arch. ital.  di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1894, ii, 236-245.—
  lTIolinclIitiN (P. P.)  De ligatis sectisque  neivis octavi
  paris.   Bononiensi  sc. et art. Inst, comment., Bononiae,
  1755,  iii, 280-297, 1 pl. — IVussbaum (J.) Ueber den
  Klaugstab, nebst  Bemerkungen  iiber  deu Acusticus-
  ursprnng.   Med. Jahrb., Wien, 1888, n. F., iii, 187-194.—
  Popoff (N. M.)   Ueber den Verlauf des  Nervenfaser-
  biiudels,  das unter  dem  Nameu  Conductor  sonorus
  bekannt ist.  Deutsche Ztscbr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895,
  vii, 74-83.—Ramon [y] Uajal (S.)  Disposici6u termi-
  nal de  las fibras del  nervio coclear.   Rev. trimest. mi-
  cros.,  Madrid, 1900, v, 112-127. — Ketzius (G.)   Die
  Eudigungsweise  des  Gehonierveu.  Biol.  Untersuch.,
  Stockholm, 1892, n. F., iii, 29-36, 2 pl. — Sala (L.)   Sur
  l'origiue du nerf acoustique.   Monitore zool. ital , Firenze,
  1891, ii, 219-228. Also: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1891-2,
  xvi, 196-207.   AUo, transl.: Arch, per le sc. med., To-
  rino,  1894,  xviii, 293-330, 2 pl.   AUo,  transl.:  Arcb. f.
  mikr. Anat., Bonn., 1893,  xlii, 18-52, 2 pl. —  Sporleder.
  Demonstration  verschiedenartiger Veranderungeu   des
  Acusticus. Verhaudl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch.,  Jena,
  1900, ix, 98-103, 1 pl. — Thomas (A.) Du  role  du nerf
  de la huitieme paire dans le maintien de l'6quiiibre pen-
  dant les mouvements  passifs.  Compt. reud. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1898,  10.  s., v., 594-596. — Van <»cliucliteu (A.)
  Les connexions centrales du nerf de la huitieme paire.
  Presse Otolaryngol, beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 389-416.—Vin-
  cenzi (L.) Sulla fina anatomia del nucleo  ventrale del-
  1'acustico.  Anat.Anz., Jena, 1901, xix.:>4-42.—"Wallen-
  berg (A.)  Ueber centrale Endstatten des Xervusoctavus
  der Taube.  Ibid., 1900, xvii, 102 - 108. — Weignei- (K.)
  Experimeuteller Beitrag  zur Frage vom zennabn Ver-
  laufe des  Nervus cochlearis  bei Spennopbilus   citillus.
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1903, lxii, 251-262.—\VIassaIt
  (R.)  Die  Centralorgane  der  statischen Functiouen  des
  Acusticus.  Centralbl. f. Pbysiol., Leipz. u.  Wieu, 1892-3,
  vi, 457-463.

Nerve (Auditory,  Diseases  of).
     Roosa  (D. B. St. J.)   The clinical diagnosis
  of acoustic neuritis and of atrophy of the acoustic
  nerve.  85.   New York,  1881.
     Alexander (G.)   Zur  Histologie  der Horuerven-
  atropbie des Mensehen.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch.
  Naturf. u.  Aerzte, 1902, Leipz., 1903,  ii, 2. Hft., 440.—AH 
NERVE.
406
NERVE.
Nerve (Auditory, Diseases of).
  (F)  Ueber  Hornerv'enerkrankung durch Nicotin und
  Alkohol.  Ibid., 415-418. -----. Ueber Erkrankungen des
  Hornerven nach iibermassigem Genuss von Alcohol und
  Nicotin.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl., 1903, xxxvii. 146-
  151.  AUo- Wien.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1903, liii, 209-212.—
  Gi-adcnigo (G.)   Le aflezioni  del nervo acustico nel
  ri"uardo clinico.   Riv. clin., Milano, 1888, xxvii, 914-936.
  AUo transl.: Arch.f. Ohrenh., Leipz.,  1888,  xxvii, 105-
  12,-,. '_____. Contribution k la pathologie du  nerf acous-
  tique.   Ann.  d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1889, xv, 373-377.  -----. Les nevrites de  l'acoustique
  provenantde  meningite.  Ibid., 1890, xvi, 613. -----. Sui
  caratteri  clinici offerti  dalle lesioni  del  nervo acus-
  tico.  Gaz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1892, xiii, 1126. Also, transl.:
  Ztschr  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,  1892, xxiii, 248-250.  AUo,
  trunxl.:  Arch. Otol., N. T., 1893, xxii, 213-215.—Kiessel-
  biich.  Die Hyperasthesie des Acusticus; Besprechung
  cini"er  neuerer Arbeiten iiber diesolbe.  Monatschr. f.
  Ohrenh., Berl., 1889. n. F., xxiii, 1-5.—Roosa (D. B. St. J.)
  A case of disease ofthe acoustic nerves, causing profound
  deafness, accompanied at abater stage by pleuritic effusion
  and fibroid phthisis; recovery. Med.Rec.N. Y., 1903, lxiii,
  168.—Bosenstein (A.)   Zur Kenntniss der  syphiliti-
  schen Erkrankungen des Hornervenstammes.   Arch. f.
  Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxv, 193-225. —Tejcda  Guzman
  (C.)  Un caso de par&lisis del nervioacustico.  Rev. ni6d.
  de Mexico, 1888, i,  57-59.—Tomka (S.)  A n. acustikus
  megbeteged6se  tabes cerebralis kapesdn.  [The diseases
  of the   auditory nerve, after . . .]  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1900, xliv,  586.—Wittmaack. Die toxische Neu-
  ritis acustica und die  Bctheilignng  der  zugehorigen
  Ganglien.  Ztschr.  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1904, xlvi, 1-72, 5pl.

UTerve (Auditory,  Tumors of).
    Alexander (G.) &  von  FrankUHochwart (L.)
  Ein Fall von  Acusticustumor.  Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a.
  d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. & Wien, 1904,  xi, 385-399.—Anton.
  Beitrag   zur  Kasuistik der Acusticus-Tumoren  (zwei
  Fiille von Fibrosarkom des Nervus acusticus).   Verhandl.
  d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena,  1896, v, 53-57.—Fraen-
  kel (J.)  Ein Fall  von  Neurofibrom des Acusticus.   N.
  Yorker  med. Monatschr., 1904, xvi, 120-122.—Fraenkel
  (J.) & Hunt (J. R.)  Contribution to the  surgery  of
  neurofibroma of tbe acoustic nerve; with remarks on the
  surgical procedure by  George Woolsey,  [et al.].  Ann.
  Surg., Phila., 1904, xl', 293-319.  AUo, Reprint. — Hart-
  maun  (F.)  Die Klinik der sogenannten Tumoren des
  Nervus  acusticus.  Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1902,
  xxiii, 391-440.—Krepuska (G.)  A halloideg glio-fibro-
  m&j&nak egy esete. [A case of glio-fibroraa  of  the audi-
  tory nerve.]  Magy. orv. Arch.,  Budapest, 1893, ii, 318-
  336, 2 pl.  Also, transl.: Ungar.  Arch. f. Med., Wiesb.,
  1893-4, ii, 320-344,2pl.—Kron (J.)  Einklinischer Beitrag
  zur Lehre der sogenannten Acusticustumoren.  Deutsche
  Ztschr.  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 450-455.—Kiepiue
  (J.)  Deux cas de tumeur du nerf auditif.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1903, xi, 1104-1106.— Pause (R.)  Ein Gliom des
  Akustikus.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, lxi, 251-255.—
  Sharker (S. J.)   A fatal case of tumour of the left audi-
  tory nerve.  Brain, Lond., 1888-9,  xi, 97-100, 1 pl.—Stern-
  berg (C.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss  der sogenannten Ge-
  schwiilste des Nervus acusticus.  Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien
  u. Leipz., 1900,  xxi, 4. Hft., 163-186, lpl.— Ziehen (T.)
  Ueber Tnmoren der Akustiknsregion.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
  1905, i, 847: 874.

fVerve (Auricular).
    Fletcher (W. M.)   The vaso  constrictor fibres of the
  great auricular  nerve iu the rabbit. J.  Physiol., Lond.,
  1897-8, xxii, 259-263.—Oelle.  Du massif osseux du facial
  auriculaire et de ses lesions.  Ann. d. mal. de  l'oreille, du
  larynx  [etc.], Par., 1894, xx, 1-42.  — Ularineaco  ( G.)
  Origine  des fibres vaso-motrices du nerf grand auriculaire
  chez le lapin. Arch, de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1894-5,
  i, 76-80.

UTerve  (Buccinator).
    von  Vamossy (S.)   Zur Resection des Nervus buc-
  cinatorms.  Wien.  med. Presse,  1891, xxxii, 1813-1815.—
  Zuckerkandl (E.)  Zur Resection des Nervus bucci-
  natorius.  Arch. f.  klin.  Chir., Berl., 1888, xxxvii, 264-270,
  lpl.  Also: Wien. klin  Wchnsehr., 1888, i,  341.  Also)
  Arb. u.  Jahresb. d. k. k. erst. chir.  Univ.-Klin.  zu Wien
  (1888), 1889, 62-65.

]¥erve  (Ciliary).

    See, also,  Nerve (Optic, Surgery of).
    Fawcett (E.)   On the dissection to expose the lentic-
  ular ganglion.  Lancet,Lond ,1896, i, 1059.—Urocnoinv.
  Intrasklerale Nervenschleifeii.   Klin. Monatsbl. f Au-
  genh., Stuttg.. 1905, xliii, 637-639.

i\erve  (Circumflex).
    See Nerves (Brachial).

]Verve  (Cochlear).
    See Nerve  (Auditory).
iVerve (Cutaneous,  Internal).
     Birmingham (A.) The nerve of Wrisberg.  J. Anat.
  <fc Physiol., Lond., 1895-6, xxx, 63-69.—t'nmiieii (A.)
  Remarques sur le nerf interniediairede Wrisberg.   Compt
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, exx, 880-882. — l.ni«n(-U
  .Liavastine.   Anse memorable de  Wrisberg a  gauche.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de  Par.. 1902, lxxvii, 1811 - 191._!
  IVnncrcde (C. li.)  Large tumor of rapid growth, spring-
  ing from the internal cutaneous nerve.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc.
  Detroit, 1893, xxii, 171. AUo: Physician &, Surg., Detroit
  &. Ami Arbor,  1893, xv,  253.— Mapoliui  (J.)   Etudes
  anatomiques sur le nerf de Wrisberg  et la coide du tym-
  pan ou un treizi^me nerf ci anion; traduit de l'italien par
  le docteur A. Hubert.  J. de m6d., chir.  et pharmacol
  Brux., 1883, lxxvii, 337; 400;  570. AUo, Reprint.

UTerve (Dental, Inferior).
     Sapolini  (G. )   Stud j  anatomici  sul  nervo
  dentario  inferiore d' oude  la  sua  divisione in
  piccolo e grande  dentaria.  8°.   Milano, Mi9.
     Ashhurst (J.), jr.  Resection of inferior dental nerve
  for neuralgia.  Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1888, hiii,
  438.—Black (J. A.)   Excision of  the  inferior dental
  nerve.  Items Interest, N. Y., 1897, xix. 327.—Boenning
  (H. C.)  Division of  the inferior dental nerve at the infe-
  rior dental foramen,  by an incision through  the mucous
  membrane  of the mouth.   Med. Bull., Phila., 1889, xi,
  180-182.—Cai-riles (F.)  Un casode reseccion del nervio
  dentario inferior. Union med. micboacana, Morelia, 1892,
  i, no. 7, 3-5.—Galignaui (A.)  Nouvelle methode pour
  faire la nevrectomio du nerf dentaire inf6rieur.   Gaz. d.
  hop., Par., 1889, lxii,  868.—<ilass (J. H.)  Inferior dental
  neurectomy.   Tr. M. Soc.  N.  V.,  Phila.,  1889, 220.—
  Hutchinson  (J.)   Two cases of herpes  affectinsr the
  inferior dental nerve.  Arch. Surg., Lond., 1893-4, v, 353.—
  Mercier.  Nevralgie par compression osseuse; resection
  du nerf dentaire; guerison.   Union m6d.  du  Canada,
  Montreal,  1898,  xxvii,  608.—JTIoleen (G. A.) A case of
  neuritis of the right  inferior dental  nerve incident upon
  forward dislocation of the mandible of three years' stand-
  ing.  Denver M. Times, 1903-4, xxiii. 539-543.— Morentin
  (H.)  De la r6section du nerf dentaire inferieur par la voie
  sous-angulo-maxillaire.  Bull, et mem. Soc. auat. de Par.,
  1902, lxxvii, 220-225. — Wallace ( D.)  Description of
  operation to reach the gustatory and inferior dental nerves
  without opening into the mouth; with case illustrative of
  its value.   Edinb. M. J., 1889-90, xxxv, 238 -240. — Weir
  (R. F.)  Neurectomy of inferior dental nerve.  Med. News,
  Phila., 1890, lvi, 179.

]Verve (Depressor).
     A lhanasiu (J.)   La structure et l'origine du nerf de-
  presseur.   J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1901, xxxvii.
  265-269, lpl.—Baylis»(W.itf.)  On the physiology of the
  depressor nerve.  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1893,xiv,303-325,
  3  pl.—Ilirsch  (C.) & Stadler  (E.)   Experimentelle
  Untersuchungen iiber den Nervus depressor.  Deutschea
  Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxxi, 383-410.—KoMer
  (G.)  Ueber den Ursprung des Nervus depressor.   Neurol.
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1901, xx,  1032-1038.—Porter  (W. T.)
  & Beyer  (H. G.) The relation of the depressor nerve to
  the vasomotor centre. Am. J.  Physiol., Bost., 1900-1901,
  iv, 283-299. AUo [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost.,
  1900, p. xxiii.—Npallitta (F.) Sul tono  del nervo de-
  pressore.   Arch, de fisiol., Firenze, 1903-4, i, 486-491.

IVerve (Extract of).
     See, also, Brain as food;  Medulla oblongata.
     Cleghorn (A.)   The physiological action of extracts
  of the sympathetic ganglia.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost.. 1899,
  ii,  471-482.—Halliburton (W. D.)  The  physiological
  effects of extracts of nervous tissues.  J. Physiol., Lond.,
  1900-1901, xxvi, 229-241.—Osborne (W. A.) & Vincent
  (S.)  The physiological  effects of  extracts of  nervous
  tissues.   Ibid'., 1899-1900, xxv, 283-294.— Znnoni (G.)
  Preparazione di un estratto  di sostanza nervosa antidoto
  della stricnina  e sua applieazione alia cura di  malattie
  nervose specie dell' epilessia.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902,
  xxiii, 1461-1464.

IVerve  (Facial).
     See, also,  Chorda tympani;  Pace (Serres of);
  Nerve (Infra-orbital); Taste (Sense  of).
     Faselius  (J. F.)  [Pr.] de  chorda tympani.
  II.   sm.  4°.   Jenw, 1762.
     Friteau (E.)   * Les branches extra-petreuses
  et terminales du  nerf facial.  8°.   Paris,  1896.
     -----.  The same.   8°.  Paris,  1^96.
     Nemtroglou (J.)   *  De quelques rapports du
  nerf facial et de l'oreille.   8°.   Bordeaux, 1898.
     Ortiien (J.)  * Ueber die mechanische Uelier-
  regbarkeit des Nervus facialis.   8J.  Bonn,  1893.
     Aspiaovty  (I.)  & Aspisovfy  (N.)   O lokolizatsii
   korkovikh tsentrov n. facialis.  [Localization of the cor- 
NERVE.
407
NERVE.
fterve  (Facial).
  tical centers of .  . .]   Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1901, ix,
  no. 2, 107-113.----------.  O tsentralnikh provodnikakh
  verkhuei vletvi n. facialis.   [Central conductors of the
  upper branch of the . . .]  Ibid.,  114-120.—Bai-i (A. E.)
  Kvoprosu o cbastichuom perekrestle koreshkov litsevovo
  nerva.  [On tbe partial chiasm of the nuclei of the facial
  nerve.]   Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1899,
  iv,  122-128.  AUo, transl.: Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,
  1899, xviii, 781-787.—Bischofl  (E.)  Ueber  den intra-
  medullaren Verlauf des  Facialis.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1899, xviii, 1014-1016.—Bruce (A.) Contribution
  to the question of the origineof the facial nerve.  Scot. M.
  & S. J., Edinb.,  1898, iii, 385-392, 1 pl.—Cavazzani (E.)
  Di un fenomeno singolare osservato in  seguito a lesione
  traumatica nel nervo facciale. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e
  nat. in Ferrara, 1900-1901,  lxxv,  83-89.—Dixon (A. F.)
  The sehsorv distribution of the facial nerve in man.  Tr.
  Roy. Acad.*M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 613-641.  Also:
  J. Anat. & Physiol., Loud.,  1898-9, xxxiii,  471-492.—
  Eckhard (C.)  Das sogenannte Rindenfeld  des Facia-
  lis in seiuer Beziehung zu  deu Blinzbewegungen.   Cen-
  tralbl. f. Pbysiol.,  Leipz. u. Wien, 1898, xii, 1-5.—Engel-
  in mi n (T. W.)  Over den invloed van centrale en reflec-
  torische prikkeling der  gezichtszenuw op de beweging
  der kegels in het netvlies.   Versl. d. .. . wis- en natuurk.
  Afd. d.  k.  Akad.  v. Wetensch.,  Amst., 1892-3, 46-48.—
  Frenkl (H.)  O  pierwotnyni skurczu w obrebie nerwu
  twarzowego z  nieustaunymi  ruchami  wlokienkowymi
  (myokymia).  [On primary contraction in the region of
  the facial  nerve  with continuous   fibrillar movement.]
  Gaz. lek., Warszawa,  1903, 2. s.,  xxiii,  868-872.—ti. (D.)
  Hugh E. Jones's landmark for the facial  nerve.  J. Larvn-
  gol., Lond., 1903,  xviii, 283.—Gelle (M.-E.)   Du massif
  osseux du facial et de ses  lesions. Atti d. xi.  Cong. med.
  internaz. 1894. Roma, 1895, v, otol.,  34-37.—Giglio-Toa
  (E.)  Sui primordi dello sviluppo del nervo acustico-faciale
  nell' uomo.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902. xxi. 209-225.—Gor-
  don (A.)   The  mechanical irritabilitv of the facial nerve.
  Am. Med.,  Phila., 1905,  x.  477.  — Giiju* (G.)  Ueber
  elektrische Vorgange  im Auge  bei renVktorischer  nnd
  direkter Erregung des Gesichtsnerven; nach Versuchen
  von . . . mitgeteilt von T.W.Engelmann.  Beitr. z. Psychol.
  n. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1891, 197-215.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Keiper (G. F.)  The facial nerve; its
  abnormalities; its relation to the  mastoid  operation.  Tr.
  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. N. T.. 1903, ix, 246-
  254— Koiuka (K.) & Hiraiwa (K.)  Ueber die Fa-
  cialiskerue beim  Huhn.  Jahrb.  f.  Psychiat., Leipz. u.
  Wien, 1904, xxv,  57-69, 2 pl.—1. a flay.   Complexite des
  fibres contennes dans le nerf facial.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et
  physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii,  202.—ITIanasse (P.)
  Ueber Vereiuigung des N. facialis mit dem N.  accessorius
  durch die Nervenpfropfung (Greffe nerveuse).  Arch. f.
  klin. Chir.. Berl.,  1900, lxii, 805-834, 3 pl— ITIarineaco.
  L'origine du facial superieur.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d.
  h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s .  xv,  12-15. AUo: Rev. neurol.,
  Par.,  1898, vi,  30-33.  -----. Nouvelles  recherches Bur
  l'origine du facial  superieur et du faci-il inftirieur.  Presse
  med., Par., 1899,  ii. 85-88.— Mendel (E.)   Ueber den
  Ursprung des oberen (Augen-)Facialis.   Tr. ix. Internat.
  M. Cong.,  Wash., 1887,  v,  311-313. —Morita.  Ist der
  Nervus facialis  rein motorisch ?  [Ausz., 7. Hft.] [Japa-
  nese text.]   Mitt.  d. med. Gesellsch. zu  Tokyo, 1903.  xvii,
  284-300, 4 pl— iVegro (C.)   Osservazioni cliniche tendenti
  a dimostrare 1' esistenza di  fibre  associative  trail nervo
  facciale e il nervo  oculo-motore comune del medesimolato.
  Boll. d. Policlin.,  Torino,  1897,  ii,  229-238.   AUo:  Riv.
  iconog. d. sez. mal. nerv. d.  Policlin. gen. di Torino,  1897,
  24-31, 1 pl. -----. Intorno al meccanismo del cosidetto
  fenomeno   di Bell;  esperimenti  fisiologici  sul  conitxlio.
  Arch. ital.  de biol., Turin,  1901-2, xxxvi, 175-177—Ost-
  niann.  Ueber die Betheiligung  (les Nervus facialis  beim
  Lanschen.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1901-2, liv, 209-215 —
  Pardo (G.)  Contributo  alio studio  del nucleo del n.
  faciale nell' uomo.  Ricerche n.  lab. di anat.  norm. d. r.
  Univ.di Roma. 1897-8, vi, 301-310, 1 pl.—Parhon (C.) &
 - Papinian il.)  Indagini  intorno alle  localizzazioni nel
  nucleo del  facciale nell' uomo.   Riv. di patol. nerv.. Fi-
  renze, 1905, x, 274-282.—Pen zo (R.)  Ueber das Ganglion
  geuiculi und die  mit demselben  zusammenhangenden
  Nerven.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1893,  viii, 738-744.—Piet.
  Note sur la raise k decouvert et les rapports de la portion
  intra-p6treu.se du nerf facial.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille,  1898,
  ii, 625-634.— Piollet (P.) & Viannay  iC.)  Note sur le
  trajet-petreux du nerf facial.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de
  Par., 1904,  lxxix,  439-441.—Popowsky (I.)   Zur  Ent-
  wicklungsgeschicbte  des N. facialis   beim   Mensehen.
  Morphol. Jahrb.,  Leipz., 1895,  xxiii, 329-374,  3 pl.  AUo,
  transl. [Abstr.]: Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v
  pamyat  Pirogova,  Kiev,  1896, vi,  no.  11, suppl., 1-4.—
  Bichards (G. L.)  The facial nerve in its relations to
  the aurist.  Ann.  Otol., Rhinol.,  &.  Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1899. viii, 108-118.   AUo, Reprint.  Also: Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc.  1899,  N.  Y., 1900,  v,  13-28.—
  Ruge (G.) Ueber das penpherische Gebiet des Nervus
  facialis bei Wirbelthieren.  Festschr. z. . . . Carl Gegen
  bauer 1896,  Leipz., 1897, iii, 193-348.—Wtrcit (H.)  Beitrag
iVerve (Facial).
  zum Flachverlauf des Nervus facialis.  Arch. f. Ohrenh.,
  Leipz., 1903, lviii, 233-235.—Tomka (S.)  Die Beziehuu-
  gen des Nervus facialis zu den Erkrankungen des Gehor-
  orsrans.  Ibid., 1900,  xlix,  24-58. — Vaschide (N.) &
  iVIiirchand (L.)  Auesthesie gustative et hypoesth^sie
  tactile par lesion de la corde du  tympan.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 705.

IVerve (Facial, Pathology of).
     See, also, Neuralgia (Facial).
     Fhemy  (H.)   Etude  critique  de  la  tropho-
  nevrose faciale (physiologie pathologique).   8°.
  Paris, 1672.
     ——.   The same.  8°.   Paris, 1873.
     Bregmnn (L.  E.)  0 wst^puj^cem  zwyrodnieniu
  nerwu twarzowego.   [On ascending  degeneration of the
  facial nerve.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1890, 2. s.,xvi, 198-202.—
  Jaworski (J.)  Przypadek porazenia nerwu twarzo-
  wego u malego dziecka.  [Disease of  the facial nerve in a
  child.]  Ibid., 1898, 2.S., xviii, 1390-1393.—Pfanneiistill
  (S. A.)  Ett fall af  solitartuberkel i barkcentrum for
  nervus facialis.  [Case of solitary tubercle in center of cor-
  tex of facial nerve.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1892, liv, 291-
  299.—Zimiueriuann (C.)  Affections ofthe facial nerve
  in diseases of the skin.  Arch. Otol.,  N. Y., 1904, xxxiii,
  290-303. -----. Affections of the facial nerve  in diseases
  of the ear.  Wiscousiu M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 444-
  455.

IVerve (Facial,  sipasm of).
     See Spasm (Facial).

iVerve (Facial,  Surgery of).
     Aldcrton  (H. A.)  Some points respecting the  surgi-
  cal anatomy of the facial nerve.  Arch. Otol.,  N. Y., 1904,
  xxxiii,  471-477.—Bereus  (T.  P.)  An anomaly  in the
  course of the facial nerve of surgical importance.  Tr.
  Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1904, viii, pt. 3, 361-363.  AUo:
  Manhattan  Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1905, no. 6, 89-
  91.—Bockeuheimer (P.)  Der Nervus facialis in Be-
  ziehung zur Chirurgie.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903-4,
  lxxii, 401-486.—Bristow (A. T.)  Suture of the  facial
  nerve  five  months after division.  Brooklyn  M. J., 1904,
  xviii, 233.  -----. Suture of facial nerve one year after
  operation.  Ibid., 1905, xix, 322.—Jones (H. E.) Guidea
  to the surgical relations of the facial nerve,  etc., in the
  temporal bone. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 294-298.—
  L, a flay.  Sur un  nouveau proced6  de section  intra-
  cranienne  du  facial chez le chien.   Arch,  de physiol.
  norm,  et path., Par.,  1897,  5. s., ix, 698-703.—Laurent
  (G.)  Chirurgie du nerf facial et de l'aqueduc de Fallope.
  Arch, internat.  de laryngol. [etc.], Par..  1905,  xix, 469-
  485.—Villar (F.)  Anastomose chirurgicale entre le tronc
  du nerf facial et le grand hypoglosse chez un chien ; retour
  de la motilite dans les muscles de la  face.  Gaz. hebd. d.
  bc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 607-609.

IVerve (Femoro-cutaneous).
     UfawratzUi (E.)  Ein Fall vou  Sensibilitatsstorung
  im Gebiete des  Nervus cutaneus femoris  externus mit
  pathologisch-anatomischem  Befunde.   Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xvii, 99-108, 1 pl.—Peyronny.
  Recherches anatomiques sur l'endroit oh le femoro-cutano
  penetre au niveau de l'arcade crurale.   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et
  physiol. . . . de Bordeaux,  1902, xxiii, 50-54.  Also: J. de
  med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 408-410.  Also: Gaz. hebd.
  d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 147.

IVerve (Glossopharyngeal).
     Meyer (S.)  * Durchschneidungs-Versuche am
  Nervus glosso-pbaryngens.   8°.  Koslen,  1896.
     Also [Abstr.],  in:  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,  1896,
  xlviii, 143-145.
     Mukhin (N. [I.])  Kucheniyuo histologiches-
  kom stroyenii prodolgovatavo  mozga.  [Histo-
  logical structure of the medulla oblongata.]  8 '.
  Kharkov,  1*92.
     AUo, transl. [Abstr.], in:  Centralbl.  f. Nervenh. u.
  Psychiat,  Cobleuz & Leipz., 1893, n. F., iv, 212-217.  AUo
    tRev.], in: Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz &
    ,eipz., 1893, xvi, 322.  AUo [Reply to Rev.], in: Yuzhno-
  russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1894, iii, 533-536.
     Telyatxik (F. K.)  *Ob okonchaniyahh yazl-
  koglotochnavo  nerva  v  prodolgovatom inozgu.
  [On the origin.s of the  glosso-pharyngeal nerve
  in  the  medulla oblongata. ]   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1690.
     AUo, in: Trudi klin. dushevn. i nerv. boliez. v S.-Pe-
  terb. (1897), 1898, ii, pt. 1, 1-168, 1 pl.
     Bifli (S.) & Hlorganti (G.)  Esperimenti  sul nervo
  glosso-faringeo;  lettera al Sig. Miiller, professore di anato-
  mia e fisiologia.  Ann. nuiv. di med.,  Milano, 1850, exxxv, 
NERVE.
408
SERVE.
Verve (Glossopharyngeal).
  iv2-l»5.  AUo.  in:  Bitb  (S.i  Op  compl..  8°. Milano,
  j.^o  j  79__(;.—t'rn«e. De_< i:t-i ai ion des Nervus glos-o-
  pharyngeus durch eme entaft te Dui-e in der Foss.i mas
  toidea.  Prov. San.-Ber. d. k. Mt.i ( "ii  zu Kouigsl. .1-3
  •' Sm ). 1M'.». 23-26.— !*audiiiej«r - Y\  1   Ueb.-r das \ ei-
  halten der Geschmacksknospen nacu  Durch-rhnealiiug
  des N  f|o»soi>li.n vnjteus.   Arch. f. Physiol.. Leipz., 1p9o.
  *>t>9-->7i. —»to\vel'l IT. B.) The glosso-pharyngeal nerve
  in the   :i. -ric  lit.   Proc. Am. Phil. Soc,  Phila., k---.
  xxv, -9-9*. 1 pl.

Xerve (Hypoglossal).
    St,, also, Nervous*intern (Degeneration, etc., of).
    IHkloff (F. (r.)   '  Izs'iiedxvauiye yader i ko-
  reshkov  podyazichnavo  nerva.  [Investigation
  ..f the nuclei aud cortical centers of the hypo-
  glossal nerve.]  -".   S.-Peterburg, l»9ti.
    Koch  (P.  D.>   Uudersogelser  over   N.ervus
  hypoglossusUdspring og Forbiudelser i  Medulla
  oblongata.   [Researches on the origiu and con-
  nections of  the nervus  liypogio.-su* in  the me-
  dulla oblongata.]  --.   Kjobtnhar n. 1"*7.
    Schaifer (O.)   * Ueber   die   Urspruugsver-
  hiiltnissi'   des  Nervus  hypoglossus.   5\   Er-
  lan<i<n. 1--!'.
    Heck iW.)  Ueber den Austritt des N. hypoglossus
  und  N. (ervicalis primus aus dem  Centralorgau beim
  Mensehen und in der Reihe der Saugetiere unter beson-
  derer  Bertick-ichtiguug  der dorsalen  Wurzeln.  Anat.
  Hefte. WUsi-.   1-9Y  vi. 249-345.  4 pl.—Betti (U. A.I
  Delle connessioui del i..-:v,. ipoglosso coi nervi cervicali.
  Boll. d. r. Accad. m. ';  .':i Genova, 1.-96. xi. 160-203, 1 pl.—
  Bnffet-Delnins.  > '  une anomalie  du nerf grand-
  hvpuglos-e  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.. 1892, cxiv,
  6J0-612.  Also:  Poiton med., Poitiers,  1892.  vi. 97-99.—
  t'alugnrenuu & Henri (V.)  Regeneration  fonctiou-
  nelle dt li rm ile d i tympau suturee avec le bout central
  du nerf :i\ p.-_:l..-se.  '(.Ympt rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1901,
  11. s.  iii YY>. — < hinrngi (G.)  Sulla esistenza di una
  radii e <1 nt-ale rudiment.ile con ganglio per il nervo ipo-
  glossou' 1' audio  1. ill ,1 sez. d. cult. d.  so. med. n. r.
  Accad. d. fisiocrit. di Sieua. In-8, vi. 57-60.—  De Beule
  (F.)   Contribution k  l'etude des lesions des cellules  de
  l'hvpoglo>se apies l'arracbement du nerf.  N6vraxe. Lou-
  vain,  l'.'i'l. iii. 143-155.— Dieloff (E. G.)  Ob yadrakh
  podyazichnavo nerva.  [On the nuclei of the sublingual
  nerve.  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.  fetc.l.  S.-Peterb., 1896.
  i, 265 — 2n7. — Foa (G.|   Sulle alterazioni delle cellule
  del nucleo di origine in seguito a taglio o strappamento
  lb T ipn_lns>o.  Riv. di  patol. net v., Fiteii/e, lf-99.  iv,
  23-34. — Fi-oriep  A.) i Beck (W.)   Pe'uer das Vor-
  kominen ilm s.ib-r Hypoglo-suswurzelnmit (ianglion in der
  R.-iln- dt-r Siiugi tii re.  An.it  Anz . Jeua. 189"  x.0-?-ti96.—
  Hnlipre (A. i   fiiatdu novae  ile Ihypoglosse dix-ueuf
  mois apres la section du nerf correspondent chez le lapin.
  Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol..  Par., 1899,  10.  s., vi, 43 —
  Hirsch  (W.)   The  question  of sensory fibres in the
  hypoglossal nerve.  N. Tork  M.  J., 1898,  lxvti. 58.—
  Kazzauder (G.) Sulla radice  dorsale  del nervo ipo-
    flosso nell' uomo e nei mammiferi domestici.  Anat. Anz.,
    ena. 1891, vi. 444-450. — Koaaka (K.)  a: Jagifa (K.i
  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Ursprung (Us
  Nervus hypoglossus  und  seines  absteigenden Astes.
  Jahrb. f. Psyclr.it r.  Neurol.. Leipz. u. Wien. 1903. xxiv,
  150-189, 6 pl.  Als- Abstr.]:  Shinkeigaku Zasshi. Tokvo,
  1903. ii, 324-32Y—Hariuesco (G.)  Sur la reparation des
  neuro-tibrilles apres la section  du nei f hypoglosse.  Rev.
  neurol., Par.. 1905.  xiii,  5-16—.Hartin (P.)  Die Ent-
  wickelung des neunten bis zwolt'ten Kopfnerven bei der
  Katze.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena.  1-91, vi. 228-2.:2.—JTIeltzer
  (S. J.)  The question of seiisorv fibres in the hypoglossal
  nerve.  N. York M. J., 1898. lxvii. 23: 125.—?Iingazzini
  (G.)   Intorno alleorigini del  nervushvpoglossus.  Ann.di
  freniat. ]etc.l, Toiino, 1889-91. ii. 305-312, 1  pl. — Piot-
  i-ow«lii (G.i  Badania nad  unerwieniem naczen;  nerw
  ])Od.iezyknwy.  [Innervation of vessels; hypoglossal nerve.]
  Przegl. l,k. Krak6w,  1888, xxvii.  115; 134— Staderini
  (R.)  Ricerche sperimentali sopra la uridine   reale  del
  nervo ipoglosso.  Internat. Monatschr. f Anat. u. l'hysiol.,
  Leipz., 1895. xii.  220-246, 2 pl. ------. Le fibra?  propria;  e
  le arciformes interna?  nell' atn>ria spet inn-male  del nucleo
  di origine dell  ipngY-vi.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze,
  1897,  viii. lO-l-ivo. —siowell  ,T.  11. i   The  hvpo-li.ssal
  nerve  in the demesne cat.   Proc. Am. Plul.  Soc, Phila
  1888. xxv, 99-K'4. 1 pl  — Testut (L.) <Sc Jaboulay iM.)
  Hypoglosse  (nerf grandl.   Diet, encycl. d. sc. med. Pai
  1889. 4. s., sv, 172-193—Vincenzi <L.)  Sulla presenza
  di fibre incrociate ml u.-rvo ip..do-so.  Anat. Anz., Jena.
  1902-3 xxii. 567.—M eisjner (K.i  Dorsalni  kofen nervi
  h\po-:lossi s ganglieu  u P.n-tauras. [The root of the .  .
  ■with  its ganglion in . .    lY/pr. ceske Akad. cis. Fran-
  tiska Jusefa [etc.]. v Praze 19W'-l9o2. 2. t.. x.  no. 13. 1-9.—
  Wblfler i A. i   Ueber ui   Naht de- Xervns hypoglossus.
  Beitr. z. klin. Chir.. Tubing.. 1905, xiv, 294-299.
Xerve (Hypoglossal,  Pathology of).
    Ballet (li ■  .v .Mnrinraco (G.l  Note sur les lesiom
  du noyau de lYvpogles-e conseetives k rarracbeinent du
  nerf.  Bull, et in. 111 So. un il. d. Ii6p.de Par., P-S'S. ::. s , xv,
  2+3.—.Tlarina (A.)   Repeito  microscopico in un caso di
  nenrite idiopatica parziale d  un ipoglosso.  Rifonu.i nied.
  Palermo,  1899,  xv, pt. 4. 770-77.'.  AU<, >r■-. nsl.: Xtarol!
  Centralbl., Leipz.. 1900,  xix.  1 IU-113. — I'miMki  (A.)
  Przypadek obwodowrgo pora en  a ne;w i  uodjezykowrgu
  prawego (neuiitis n. b\po_lo--: pei ,\>\u ric -. I.  Krnn.lik.,
  Warszawa, 1903, x^:.-, I-!11—Wnixhaurr.   Ciekuwe
  cierpienie nerwu pod j§ -\ kowi -_'o.    I'. ,  Ti ir disease ofthe
  hvpoglossal nerve.]   I':z  ^1. lek..  Ivi.ik.w, lt-T.', xi, 156-
  lo8.

Xerve (Infra-orbital).
    See also. Neuralgia (Supra- and infra-orbital).
    Ayerza (A.)  Nevrectomia del siiboi bit .i in   An d.
  (ire. nieii. ardent.. Buenos Aires.  l<v-7. x  .9-.' -Brophy
  (T. W.)   [Operation  for  excising  iutra-oi b i.il nei-. <-.']
  Dental Rev., Chicago, 1-98, xii,  .MY— C'haintre.  Un
  ra- de neurectomie do nerf sous-orbitaire.  Lyon med.,
  1892. lxix, 543.—C'olzi.  Falso nevroma del n :.o -ntto-
  orbitario.   Poll. d. clin., Milano. 1903, xx,250-2P5. — liar-
  chetti  (O.)  Fibnuua deln.-ivo sotto-orbitario.  Coug.
  d. Ass. oftal. ital.  Rendic. 19 2, Pavia  19J3. xvi, 12'v-ij-.
  ------. FaUo nevroma del nervo sotto-orbitario.  Ibid.,
  535-511— Mutton  ,T. B.)  A tumour of the infra-orbital
  nerve.   Tr. Clin. So.   Lond., 1890. xxiii, 44-16.

\erve (Infratrochlear).
    Ste Glaucoma (Treatment of, Operative).

]\erve (Interosseous).
    ^Ic.llurrich (J. P.)  A noteon the  posterior interos-
  seous nerve.  Brit. M.. Lond.,  1897, ii, 8M.

Xei'Fe (Lachrymal).
    Laffaf. Anomalie du nerf lacrymal;  vascnlarisation
  et innervation du muscle oblique inferieur de l'ceil.  Gaz.
  d. hop. de Toulouse, 1898, xii, 82. - Valenli  (G.)  Varieta
  del nervo lacrimale.   Monitore zool. ital., Siena, 1890, i,
  88-90.

IVerve (Laryngeal, Inferior).
    See Larynx (Innervation of).

.\erve (Laryngeal, Median).
    Jlunk (H.)  Bemerkung betreffend Exner's  N. laryn-
  geus medius. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.. 1894,192.—Onodi.
  Sur la question du nerf laryng6 moven.  Rev. de larvngol.
  [etc.]. Par., 1.-90. x, 657-659.

IVerve (Laryngeal,  Recurrent).
    Set, also, Glottis; Larynx (Innervation of).
    Broeckaert (J.)   F.tude sur le nerf recurrent larynge;
  son anatomie et sa phvsiolouie normales et pathologiques.
  Presse oto-laryngol. beW, Brux.,  1902. i, :t47; 3«: 1903. ii,lj
  65; 117; 177; 233.  AUo. Reprint.------. Pa n section expe-
  rimentale du recurrent laryng^  chez le sing.  Ann. Soc.de
  med. de Gand, 1904, lxxxiv. 209-217. 1 pl  AI*o; Ann. d.
  mal. de l'oreille. dularyrx [etc.].  Par., l'.'"4. xxx, 541-549.—
  Broethuiorski (P. K.)  Sluchai traumatieheskavo po-
  vrezhdeniya nizhnvavo gortannavo  nerva.  [Traumatic
  injary of the inferior laryngeal uer^ e ]  Russk. Vrach. S.-
  Peterb., 1905, iv, 460-46'j! — t'otlerell  (E.)  An accouDt
  of some experiments made u]ion the Kit inferior laryngeal
  nerve.  Veterinarian. Lond., 189 ;. lxvi  !."i7-260.— Dnviea
  (H.)  The relationship between  the phrenic and inferior
  laryngeal nerve,  with an explanation of the circuitous
  course taken by the latter.  Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 12- —
  Donaldson (F.). jr.  Tbefunctionof the recurrent laryn-
  geal nerve.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1886, n. ».. xcii,  93-103.
  AUo, Reprint. ------. Further researches npou the physiol-
  ogy of the recurrent  laryngeal nerve.  Tr. Am. Laryngol.
  Ass. 1887. N.T., l.v-8. ix,*80-98.------. Note on the physiol-
  og\  of the recurrent  laryngeal n-ives.  N. York  M. J.,
  1?88.  xlvii,  2-7.  AUo, Reprint. — FiesetO.)   Experi-
  mentelle Beitrage zur Frage nach der verschiedenen Vul-
  nerabilPat der  Uecurreusfasern.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.Rhi-
  nol., Berl . 1902-3. xiii, 305-320.   AUo. Reprint.- t^iuria
  (P. M.)  Ancora del rapporto che si stabilisce fi a la a. ver-
  tebrale destra ed il n. laryngeo inferiore. quando la a. suc-
  clavia destra nasce come ultimo raiuo dell arco dell' aorta
  e la vertebrale destra si origina dalla carotide  primitiva
  dello stesso lato. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1-90,
  v, 8-17. — Hooper (F. H. I  The anatomy and physiol-
  ogy of the recurrent laryngeal  nerve-.  N. Tork M. J.,
  1.-87, xlvi, 29;  63; 99; 150; 1?-.   AUo. Reprint.   AUo:
  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. lt*7. N.  T.. 1888. ix, 41-79.  -;-----
  Effects of varying rates of stimulation on the action of
  the  recurrent  laryngeal nerves.  N.  Tork M. J.,  1888,
  xlviii. 485-488. AUo: Tr. Am.  Larvngol.  Ass. 18W. IN.
  T.  1889. x. 163-174.  AUo.  Reprint.— Howell <W. H.)
  ic  Huber (G. C. 1   Physiology  of the communicating
  branch  between  the superior  and  inferior   laryngeal
  nerves.   J. Phvsiol.. Camb..'1891, xii. 5-11.   AUo. Re-
  print. — Jaboulay i  Villard  (E.)    Rapports dea 
NERVE.
409
XERVE.
Nerve  (Laryngeal, Recurrent).
  nerfs  recurrents  avec les art^res thyroidiennes int'6-
  rieures.   Lyon med.,  1893, lxxiv, 373-378.— li.ats.cu-
  ■tein(J.)  Antwort auf die Bemerkung Rethi's zu meinen  j
  Untersuchungen iiber  den N. recurrens und seiu Rinden-
  centrum.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900,  x.  I
  506.—Ulnrlin (G.)  Nouvelle exp6rience sur Its nerfs i e-
  currents  coupes, extraite d'uiie  lettre.  Essais et nbs, de
  ni6d. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1742, ii, 138-147.—.Tlasini
  (G.)  Studio sperimentale e clinico sulla fisiopatologia del
  ricorrente.  Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di (ienova, 1893, viii,
  3_]9.—Onoili (A.)   The  connection of the isolated re-
  spiratory fibres of the recurrent with the sympathetic
  and cardiac nerves. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii.475-477.
  _____Bemerkungen  zu dem Aufsatze der  Herren P.
  SchultzundDorendorf: Ueber die centripetale Leitungdes
  Nervus  recurrens.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
  1904, xv,  615-619.— Perna (G. 1  Sopra gli accunuili  gan-
  gliari del nervo laringeo inferiore nell' uoiuo  e in alcuni
  mammiferi.  Arch.ital. di anat.edi enibriol., Firenze, 1905,
  iv.387-420.4 pl.— Bethi (P.) Eine Pemerknng zu Katzeu-
  stein's Untersuchungen iiber den N. recurrens  nnd sein
  Riiidenceutrum.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1900,
  x, 505.—Boseubach (O.)  Ist der Sat/, vou der verschie-  j
  denen Vulnerability  der  Ri-currensfasern  berechtigt?
  Ibid.. 1-97, vi, 588-597.— Kussell (J. S. R.)  The abductor  '
  and adductor fibres of the recurrent laryngeal nerve. Proc.
  Roy.Soc. Lond., 1892,li, 102-112. AUo,Reprint.  Also: Brit.
  M.J., Lond..  1892.  i,  1300.  AUo [Abstr. J: Pep. Scient.
  Grants Com. Brit. M. Ass. 1891-3. Loud., 1894. ii. 131-133.—
  Schultz (P.) &  Dorendorf. Ueber die  centripetale
  Leitung  des Nervus recurrens.  Arch. f.  Laryngol.  u.
  Rhinol.. Berl., 1904. xv, 217-240.  See. aUo, supra." OnodP—
  Seuion (F.)  Clinical remarks on the proclivity of the
  abductor fibres of the recurrent laryngeal nerve to become
  affected sooner than tbe adductor fibres, or even exclu-
  sively, in cases of undoubted central or peripheral injury
  or  disease of the  roots or trunks of tbe pneumogastric,
  spinal accessory, or recurrent nerves.  Arch. Laryngol.,
  N.  T., 1881. ii. i97-222.  AUo,  Reprint. — Smith (W. R.)
  Tbe course of the inferior laryngeal nerve. Lancet. Lond.,  i
  1893, i. 523.—Trifiletti i A.)  Ricerche sperimentali sulla
  fisiopatologia de'mrvi laringei inferiori. Attid. xi. Cong.  |
  med  internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895. vi,  laringol..  128-130.
  AUo: Arch. ital. d. laringol., Napoli, 1905, xv, 105-120.

 Nerve  (Laryngeal, Recurrent,  Pathology

  of)-
    Blanc (E.)   * Etude critique sur les 16sioiis
  des  nerfs r6currents  larynge"s  et  leurs conse-
  quences.  4Z.   Paris, 1S90.
    -----.  The same.   4~.   Paris, 1*90.
    Brauiwell (B.)  Lesion involving (?) the sympathetic
  and recurrent laryngeal nerve  or  vagus on one side; (.')
  syphilitic.  Clin. JY Lond., 19U3-4, xxiii. 254.—Brieger
  (L.)  Zur  Kenntnis-  der  Recnrrenslahmuug.  Charite-
  Ann..  Berl..   18.-2.  vii. 252-257.—Dionisio  (I.)  Con-
  tributo  sperimentale  alio studio della fisiopatologia del
  nervo ricorrente.   Gior.  d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,
  1891, 3. 8., 927-939.  AUo:  Arch. ital. di laringol.. Napoli,
  1892,  xii. 1-11.—ittacdonald  (F.)  Transplantation of
  the recurrent laryngeal.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz.,
  Roma. 1894. ii, fisiol., 111.—Jlasiui  (G.)  Sulla fisiopa-
  tologia del ricorrente.   Arch, internaz. d. spec, med.-chir.,
  Napoli, 1893. ix, 213-226.—Massei (F.)  Contribution k
  l'etude  des nevrites  primaires du  tronc  du recurrent.
  Cong, internat. d'otol. et de laryngol.. Par., 1889, 166-173.
  AUo: Ann. d.  mal.  de l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1889, xv, 731-733.  AUo: Rev. de  laryngol. [etc.]. Par., Ib89,
  ix,  593-598. -----. Nevrite primaria  del tronco  del  ri-
  corrente? Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli,  ls89. ix. 107-
  116. — .\ewmau (D.)   Early symptoms of pressure upon
  the vagus and recurrent laryngeal nerves.   J. Laryngol.,
  Lond.,  189s,  xiii,  475-481. — Schnilzler   (J.)  Ueber
  doppelseitige Recurrenslahmnng.  Wien. med.  Presse,
  18f2,  xxiii. 457; 553; 625— Woolen (R. V.)  Paralysis
  of  recuirent  laryngeal  nerve.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc, In-
  dianap., 1887, xxxviii,  120-126.

 Nerve (Laryngeal,  Superior).
    See Larnyx  (Morphology of);  Larynx (In-
  nerration of).

 Nerve (Lingual).
    Dearer (J. B.)  Exsection of the  left  lingual nerve.
  Internat. Clin.. Phila.. 1902, 11. 8.. iv, 218-220. — Gomez
  Ocana  (J.)  Sobre el origen  de las fibras gustativas del
  nervio lingual.  Rev.  espec. uied. La oto-rino-laringol.
  espan.. Madrid, 1901. iv. 163.—JHirto (F.)  Contribuzione
  alio studio  della influenza trofica dei nervi  sensitivi (liu-
  guale).  Arcb. di ottal.. Palermo, 1896-7, iv, 191-201.

Nerve  (Mandibular).
    See Nerve (Maxillary, Inferior).
Nerve (Median).
    Auvi-nv.   Arteres  du nerf median.  Bull. Soc. anat.
  de  Par.  "l.-9S.  lxxiii,  133.—[Barret]  de  fVazaris.
  Anomalie du nerf median.  Bull. Sue. d anat. et physiol.
  .  . . de  Bordeaux,  1.-89,  x,  223. —Cery  (G.)  Anomalie
  dans le trajet du nerf median  au bra- et k l'avant-bras.
  Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1890. xiv. 239.—C has tenet
  de Gcry.  Un cas d'artferedu nerf median anormalenn-nt
  developpee et traversant le nerf median;  type  rare du
  systeme arteriel de la main.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de
  Par.,  1902, lxxvii, 202-205. — Oebierre  (C.)  Sur les
  anastomoses du nerf median et du nerf musculo-cutane au
  bras  et snr  l'anastomose du  median  avec le cubital a,
  l'avant-bras.   Progres  med.,  Par., 1888,  2. s., viii.  17.—
  Ferrari  (G.)  Alterazioni  della  sensibility tattile  e
  tecnica in seguito  a lesione di uu ramo digitale volaredel
  nervo mediano.   Riv.  sper.  di freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia,
  1900, xxvi. 35-39.—Fiorentini (E.)   Di  un'anomalia di
  riuuioue delle due radice del  mediano in rapporto alia
  legatura dell' arteria ascellare ed omerale.  Gior. ni6d. d.
  r. esercito, Roma, 1902,  1,  391.—Gerard (G.)  Considera-
  tions  sur les anomalies de l'arteredu nerf median, a propos
  de trois cas nouveaux.  Bibliog. anat.,  Par. &  Nancy,
  1905.  xiv.  156-163.—Haniann (('.  A.)  Median nerve.
  [Anomaly]  Univ.  M. Mag..  Phila..  1892-3, v,  185.—
  Berny (C.)  Sur une erreur peu connue de la sensibility
  r6tablie k la suite de la suture du nerf median sectionne
  chez  l'homme.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899. 10.
  s., vi. 196.—Suckling (C. W.)  Distribution of anaes-
  thesia after division ofthe median nerve.  Brain,  Lond.,
  1886-7.  ix, 83-86.— Weigner  (K.)   Ueber den  Verlauf
  des Nervus intermedins.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1905, xxix,
  97-162. 4 pl.

Nerve  (Median,  Pathology  of).
     Bignat (P.)  Sur un cas de n6vrite partielle du nerf
  median.  Bull. off. Soc. franc,  d'electrother.. Par.,  1900,
  vii, 187-192.—Giani (R.)  A proposito di nn caso di ma-
  crodactilia lipomatosa associata a pseudo-ipertrofia del
  nervo mediauo.   Clin, mod.,  Pisa,  1902. viii. 110-115.—
  Jacobs.  Deux cas de  n6vrite du  nerf median.  Ann.
  Soc. de med. d'Anvers,  1893, lv,  73-77.—I.ibolte. Ne-
  vrite  chronique  du nerf median palmaire.  J. de neurol.,
  Par.,  1904, ix, 135.—Bieder  (H.)  Neuritis  im  Gebiete
  des Nerv.  medianus.   Miinchen. med. "Wchnsehr.,  1889,
  xxxvi, 201.—Buxton  (W. L.)  Neuritis of  the median
  nerve.  Brain.  Lond.,  1888-9,  xi, 519-522.—Steiner (J.)
  Ueber die Erkrankiing des distalen  Endes des  N. medi-
  anus.   Miinchen. med.  Wchuschr., 1900, xlvii, 1788.

Nerve  (Median,  Surgery of).
     See,  also, Nerve (Median,  Wounds, etc.,  of).
     Rivingtox (W.)   Neuroma  of  the  median
  nerve  removed by operation.    12\   [London,
  l?7f>, vel subseq. ]
     Albertin.  Kvste h6raatiqne du  nerf m6dian.   Bull.
  Soc. de chir.  de Lyon,  1904,  vii. 305-308.   AUo: Lyon
  med., 1904, cii, 8^6-888.'—Autipas (A.)  Section du nerf
  median; suture secondaire.   Gaz.  m6d.  d'Orient.  Con-
  stant.. 1900-1901, xliii.  43G.—Ashhurst (J),  jr.   A case
  of secondary suture of the median nerve and  flexor  carpi
  radialis tendon.  Univ. M. Mag.. Phila.. 18J9-9U, ii, 202.—
  Augagneur.  Nevioincindureduni6dian.  Lvon med.,
  li-9-l,  Kxvii. :;::!.— Belke.  Darchsclineidung des Nervus
  medianus  Naht:  vcillige Heilung.    Monatschr.  f. Un-
  fallheilk.. Leipz.. 1897,  iv, 179.—Cei-ne.  Suture du nerf
  median.  Gaz. d. hop. de  Toulouse. 1895. ix, 17,-.—Chaus-
  i»ee (P.)   De la nevrotomie du  median.  [From: Rec.
  vet.]   ficho vet., Liege, 1900, xxx, 165-170.—t'onslanti-
  nesco. Resection et  suture  du nerf median.   Bull, et
  meni. Soc. de chir. deBucarest, 1904-5. vii, 39-41.—Corde-
  ■naiiM.  Un cas  de  fibrome du  nerf ruealian  a  la
  paume de la main.  Ann. Soc. beige de chir.,  Brux., 1895-
  6, iii,  249-253.—del  Cueto (D. A.)  Neuro-fibroma del
  mediano; operacidn.  Arch, de terap. de 1. enferm. nerv. y
  ment., Barcel.. 1904. ii  131-135.—Curtis  (B.  F.)  Suture
  of median nerve.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  N. T., 1898, xxv,
  479.   Also:  Med. News. N. T., 1898. lxxiii, 94. -----.
  Tumor of the median nerve.   Ann. Surg.,  Phila., 1900,
  xxxii. 609.— Dunning (A. "VT.) Neuroma of the median ;
  removal and restoration of function.  Northwest.  Lancet,
  St. Paul, 1899, xix, 352.—Dupas  (L.i   Pseudo nevrome
  consecutif a la nevrotomie du median.  Rec de med. v6t.,
  Par..  1902, 8. s., ix, 537-540. -----. Boiterie ancienne  a
  sie"e iude-terroine; nevrotomie du median; guGrisou; ac-
  cident consecutif.  Ibid.. 661-664.—Durante (G.)  Hy-
  pertrophie gr.iisseuse diffuse (lipome ou nevrome  diffus?)
  du median.   Bull,  et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii,
  949-952. -----.  Nevrome adipeux ditlus du  median; re-
  section ; regeneration autog6ne.  N. iconog. de la Salpe-
  triere, Par., 1903, xvi, 321-346, 3 pl.—Fairchild  (D. S.)
  Protection of an inflamed median nerve by gold foil after
  five fruitless operations.  Am. J.  Surg. <fc  Gynec, St.
  Louis,  1900-1901, xiv,  177.—Guyot.  Plaie  du  median.
  Gaz.  hebd. d. sc. m6d.  de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 9. — 
NERVE.
410
NERVE.
Nerve (Median, Surgery of').
  Hartwell (A. S.)  Cystic tumor of median nerve; opera-
  tiou;  restoration of function.  Boston  M. &  S. J., 1901
  cxliv, 582—Hobday (F.)  A report upon one hundred
  consecutive cases of median neurectomy.  J. Comp. Path. <fc
  Therap., Edinb. M  Lond., 1-98, xi, 305-312.-----. A bnal
  note upon one hundred consecutive cases of median neu-
  rectomy.  Ibid., 1900, xiii, 300-308.-Kennedy(R.)   Two
  cases of suture of the median nerve, one month and three
  months, respectively, after division, in which the.use of the
  hand hasuowbeen recovered. GlasgowM.J.,1900 liv 293.-
  I.nnde.  Suture du nerf median. Mem. et bull. Soc. de
  med et chir. de Bordeaux (1892). 1893, 83-90,-L.e Drum
  (A )  Elongation et resection du nert median pour deux cas
  de nevrite. traumatique.   N.iconog.de la Salpetriere, Par.,
  1893,  vi, 65-77,  1 pl.-I-eroy (A.)  Suture du nerf me-
  dian.   Clinique, Brux., 1893, vii, 689-694.-Tliehei.  Sur
  un cas de retour de la sensibilite apres section du nert me-
  dian.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol.  de  Bordeaux, 1896,
  xvii "37-238 — tloty.   Sarcome du median droit.   Bull.
  Soc' centr.  de  med. du nord, Lille,  1897, 2. s., i, 158-160.
  AUo: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1K97, i,^229. — IVannotti
  (A )  Peritelioma primitivo del nervo mediano.   Clin.
  mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 169-174.—Nicoll.  Two casus  of re-
  section of median  nerve for false neuroma.  Glasgow M.
  J.  1898,  xlix, 46-48. — Peraire (M.) &. itlally (F.)   De
  la resection du nerf median a l'avant-bras; resection ren-
  duc necessaire par la presence d'un lipome dissociant de
  ce nerf.  Rev. de chir., Par., 1900, xx, pt. 2, 655-606.—Pe-
  raire (M.), Tlignol (R.) & ITIeslay (R.)  Lipome dissoci-
  ant du nerf median; operation; guerison. Bull, et mem.
  Soc. anat. de Par.. 1899, Ixxiv, 53-59.—Peugniez, Trc-
  pant & Fournier.  Trois cas de section du nerf me-
  dian operes. Gaz.med.de Picardie, Amiens, 1891, ix. 181-
  185.—Rnndonc ((J.)  Sopra un caso di sutura del nervo
  mediano nella  fossa cubitale  seguito  quasi  inuuediata-
  mente dal ritorno completo  della sua funzioue.  Gior. med.
  d.  r.  esercito [etc.],  Roma,  1895, xliii, 643-652.—Rape
  (W. A.) Case  of  median nerve suturing. Tr. Texas M.
  Ass., Austin, 1899, xxxi, 230.— Kobaon (M.)  A case in
  which the spinal cord of a rabbit was successfully used as
  a graft iu the median nerve of a man.  Brit. M. J.,  Loud.,
  1896, ii, 1312-1314.—Thiriar.  Nevrome du nerf m6dian
  trait6 par l'ecrasement; guerison.  Ann. Soc. beige de
  chir., Brux., 1895-6, iii, 32.—Tillany.   Ancora un caso
  di  sutura secundaria del nervo mediano all' avambraccio.
  Raccoglitore med.. Forh. 1888, 5.  s., v, 529-539, 1 pl.—
  Tnffler & Claude.  Fibro-myxoine  du nerf  median.
  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix. 927-931.—Van Enge-
  len.   N6vrite traumatique  dn median; Elongation du
  nerf; guerison.  J. med. de Brux., 1905,  x,  697.—Vlac-
  cos.   Suture du nerf median droit  quatre mois apres sa
  section; retour de la motricite et de la sensibility de la
  main, deux mois apres l'operation. Bull, et m6ni. Soc. de
  chir.  de  Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 591-593.— Wallis  (F. C.)
  A case of tumour ofthe median nerve of the  right hand,
  accompanied with  paralysis  and claw-hand; excision of
  tumour; restoration of nerve function; recovery of hand.
  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1896. xxix, 247.—Warnots (L.)  Su-
  ture du nerf median pour  accident.  J. de med., chir. et
  Pharmacol., Brux., 1891, xcii,  135.

 Nerve (Median, Tumors of).
     See Nerve (Median, Surgery of).

 Nerve (Median,  Wounds and injuries of).
     Feege  (L.)   *Z\vei  Falle von  Medianusver-
  letzung  mit  besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
  Nervenuaht.  8°.    Wiirzburg, 1*67.
     At-quaviva.  Section  du nerf median au niveau de
   la region anterieure du poignet  droit; suture 36  heures
   apres l'accideut; succes operatoire.  Marseille ni6d., 1898,
   xxxv, 627-629.—Bajardi (D.)  Ferita di taglio dell' an-
   tibraccio sinistro; sezioue completa del  nervo mediano;
   sutura secondaria; guarigione.  Settimana med. d. Speri-
   mentale, Firenze, 1898, lii, 565-567.—Deapge (A.)  Luxa-
   tion  du nerf median.  Ann. Soc. beige  ue  chir., Brux.,
   1900, viii, 348-350.   AUo:  Coinpt. reud. . . . serv. de chir.
   a l'hop.St.-Jean de Bruxelles (1900), 1901,102.—Folet(H.)
   Suture tardive du nerf median,  ficho med. du nord. Lille,
   1904, viii,  265-267. — Griffiths (J.)   The  degenerative
   changes observed in the structures of the  hand  fifteen
   years after division ofthe  median nerve above the elbow.
   J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. &. Lond., 1893-4, ii. 346-353,
   2 pl.—Hiliani (O. G. T.)  On  traumatic keloid of the
   median nerve, withobservationsupontheabsorptionof silk
   sutures.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 13-22.— Lain-
   botte (A.) & Sano (P.)  Section ancienne  du  nerf me-
   dian; suture;  pretendn retour immediat de la sensibilite.
   J. de neurol.,  Par., 1898, iii, 333-341.-----------. Sec-
   tion partielle du nerf m6diau; suture; restauration fonc-
   tionnelle.   Ibid..  1899.  iv, 62-66. — Landc (E )   Section
   complete.du nerf median gauche, au niveau de l'articula-
   tion  radio-carpienne, par un eclat de  verre; accident re
   montant a uu mois et demi; suture nerveuse; guerison
   complete.  J.  de  med.de  Bordeaux.  1892. xxii, 201 -203.
   Also: Med. mod.. Par., 1892, iii,  365-368.—bunn  (M. R.)
Nerve (Median, Wound* and injuries of).
  Herida del nervio mediano y de la arteria humeral.  Ks-
  cuela de med., Mexico, 1879-80, i, no. 12, 2-5.—1Y1 our fact
  (A.)   Section complete du nerf median au  poignet; su-
  ture; guerison.  Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par., 1900, u. s., v,
  1.—Peyrouuy.  Sur un cas de perforation du median au
  niveau de l'avant-bras.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . ..
  de  Bordeaux. 1902, xxiii, 63.—Pick (T. P.)  Case of in-
  jury to the median nerve; operation; restoration of func-
  tion.   Tr. M.Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xv, 463-465.—Rose (W.)
  Wound of median  nerve.   Proc. M. Soc. Loud.. 1888-9,
  xii, 300.—Savill (T. D.)  A caseof injury to the median
  nerve, illustrating the  power of repair of a mixed nerve
  trunk, and the mode of action of pilocarpiu.  Brain, Lond.,
  1893, xvi, 452-457— Tillaux.  Section du  nerf median
  du  cotedroit; suture secoudaire; retour complet de toutes
  les  fonctions; tiraillemeut et compression du nerf avec re-
  tour complet de tous les troubles fonctionnels; pas de de-
  chirure du nerf;  incision de la peau;  retour complet de
  toutes les fonctions; communication faite par A. Deniara
  au  nom de M. le Dr. Tillaux.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1888,  8. s., v, 225-230.—Voituriez.  Troubles tro-
  phiques cons6cutifs k une section du nerf median & l'avant-
  bras.  Bull. Soc.  anat.-clin.  de Lille,  1886,  i, 122-125.—
  Wyws(M. O.)  Medianusdurchtreunung; Heilung.  Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii, 1411.

Nerve (Musculocutaneous).
    Sec, also, Nerve (Median).
    Becco (A.) Sulle variety di anastomosi frail nervo mus-
  colo-cutaneo ed il mediano nel braccio.  Ricerche n. lab. di
  anat. norm. d.r.Univ.di Roma, 189G-7,vi,39-58, lpl.—Bryce
  (T. H.)  [The musculocutaneous nerve of the leg.]  Proc.
  Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1896-7, pp.v-xii.—Ca-
  lori (L.) Dellecorrispondenzedelnervomusculo-cutaneo
  con il  capo soprannumerario del bicipite bracchiale e col
  braccbiale interno.  Mem. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1866, 2. s., vi, 149-155,2 pl.—C'avalie (M.)   Anastomoses
  du  nerf musculo-cutan6 dans le membre superieur.  Bi-
  bliog.  an*t., Par. & Nancy, 1901, ix, 69-71.—Daraignez
  (E.) <fc I.abougle (J.)   Sur un cas d'absenco du nerf
  iuusculo-cutan6 chez l'homme.  J. de m6d. de Bordeaux,
  1888-9, xviii, 7.—D'Evaut (T.)  Osservazioni intorno ad
  una anomalia del nervo perforante di  Casserio.  Gior. d.
  Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1893-4, iv, 242-250.—
  Duval (M.)  Rapport  sur un  mGinoire de M. Testut,
  intitul6: De la portion brachiale du nerf musculo-cutane.
  Bull.  Acad, de med.,  Par.,  1883, 2. s., xii,  1237-1239.-
  irlitchell (A. T.)  An anatomically and  physiologically
  typical case of musculo-cutaneous neuritis.  N. Tork M.
  J., 1894. lx, 655.—Pasteau  (O.)  Note sur une variete
  d'anastomose du nerf musculo-cutane avec le nerf median.
  Bull.  Soc. anat.  de Par., 1896, lxxi,  198. — Testut (L.)
  Recherches anatomiques sur Panastomosedu uerf musculo-
  cutane avec le nerf m6dian. J. dc I'anat. et physiol. [etc.],
  Par., 1883, xix, 103-108.  See. also, supra, Duval.

Nerve (Musculo-spiral).
     Barnard (H. L.)  Neuroma of musculo-spiral nerve.
   Clin. J., Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 190.—Boyd (S.)  A case of su-
  ture of the musculo-spiral nerve.  Tr.Cliu. Soc. Lond., 1891-
   2, xxv, 290.—Bradley (A. E.)  Nerve-grafting or trans-
   plantation for paralysis resulting from injury to the mus-
   culo-spiral.  Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 153.—C'heno-
   weth (J. S.)  Suture of musculo-spiral nerve.  Louisville
   Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix, 352-354. —Fowler (G. R.)
   Suture ofthe musculo-spiral nerve for injury occurring in
   compound diastasis of the lower epiphysis of the humerus.
   Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 382.—Fowler (R.)  Excision of
   a portion of the musculospiral nerve. Ibid., 1899, xiii. 572.—
   Gallaudet (B. B.)   Suture of the musculo-spiral nerve.
   Ann.  Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii, 261.—Lucas (R. C.)  Two
   cases of division of the musculo-spiral  nerve in which
   resection and suture were followed by complete restoration
   of function.  Guys Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1889, 3. 8., xxxi,
   1-10.—ITIurphy (J. B.)  Neurosarcoma of the musculo-
   spiral nerve.  Chicago Clinic, 1897, x, 195-199.—Putiinm
   (J.J.)  On certain peculiarities in the reactions ot the
   musculo-spiral  nerve  to  electrical currents;  and their
   practical significance.   Boston M.  &. S. J., 1893, cxxviii,
   305.—Puzey (C.)  Case of injury of musculo-spiral nerye
   successfully treated by operation.  Liverpool M.-Chir. ■'•,
   1889,  ix, 448-451. — Rixford (E.)  Suture of musculo-
   spiral nerve.  Occidental  M. Times, San Fran.. 1902.  xvi,
   194— Rutherfurd (H.)  Case of secondary suture ot the
   musculospiral nerve made possible by resection ol the
   humerus.  Glasgow M. J., 1902, lviii,  194-196.—Sinltler
    (W.)  Nerve suture, with the report of a successtul  opera-
   tion for suture of the musculo-spiral nerve three mout'"
    after its complete division.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1895,
    3.  s.,  xi, 444-447.—Steele (D.  A. K)  Suture of the mua-
    culo-spiral nerve.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900  xxxv,
    50.—Wleaver] (G. II.)   Injury of musculo-spiral  nerve.
    Med. & Surg. Rep. Cook Co. Liosp.,  Chicago, 1890, 93.

 Nerve  (Mylohyoid).
      von Schumacher (S.)  Der Nervous  mylohyoideua
    des Mensehen und der Saugetiere.   Sitzungsb. d. k. A kau. 
NERVE.
411
NERVE.
Nerve  (Mylohyoid).
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1904, cxiii, 241-
  272, 1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904,
  xxv, 992.

Nerve  (Xasal,  External).
    See Neuralgia (Facia I,  Treatmentof) by nerve-
  stretching.

Nerve  (Obturator).
    Dui-aud & Comniaudeur.  Artdres du nerf obtu-
  rateur. Province med., Lyon,  1895, ix, 217.—l.aiicnstcin
  (C.)  Die Resektion des Nervus obturatorius :.ur Beseiti-
   §ung  der Adduktorenkontractur aus centraler Ursache.
   entralbl. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1892, xix, 217. —Parhon (0.) &
  Popeseo (C.)  Sur l'origine reelle de l'obturateur.  Ro-
  mania med.,  Bucuresci, 1900, viii, nos. 9-10, 21-23.

Nerve  (Occipital).
    Gallerani (G.)  A  Pacinotti (G.)  Reflectorischer
  Krampf der Zunge, der  Mundlippen  und des Rachens,
  vernrsacht durch die Permauenz eines fremdeu Korpers
  im Nervus  occipitalis  major  der  linken Seite.   Neurol.
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1893, xii, 479-481.— Kummer (E.)  &
  Christiani (11.)   Tubercules douloureux,  formes par
  des flbromes multiples des deux grands nerfs occipitalis;
  excision.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1890,  x,
  757-761.

Nerve  (Oculomotor).
    Symaxski ( \Y. )    * Ueber den  Austritt  der
  Wurzelfaseru des Nervus oculomotorius aus dem
  Geliiru beim Mensehen und eiuigen Siiugetieren.
  rj°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1690.
    Apolant  (H.)  Ueber die Beziehuugen  des  Nervus
  oculomotorius zum Ganglion ciliare.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1896, xlvii, 655-668, 1 pl.—Beruheimer (S.)  Ue-
  ber Ursprung und Verlauf des Nervus oculomotorius im
  Mittelhirn.   Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
  1904, xv. 151-153.—Bruce (A.) On the segmentation  of
  the nucleus  of the third  cranial nerve.  Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Edinb. (1889-90), 1891,  xvii,  168-176, 2 pl.—Dark'sche-
  witach (L.)  fjeber den oberen Kern des N. oculomoto-
  rius.  Arch.  f. Anat. u.  Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1889,
  107-116,  1 pl. — Grasset.   Le  chiasma oculo-moteur;
  (semi-decussation de  l'oculo-moteur  commun).  Rev.
  neurol., Par.. 1897. v, 321-328.—von Gudden (B.) Ueber
  die  Kerne der Auirenbewegunjisnerven.  Tagebl. d. Ver-
  samml. deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte, Salzb., 1881,  liv, 186.
  AUo, inhu:  Ges. u.  hinterl. Abhandl., fol., Wiesb., 1889,
  183.-----. Augenbewegungs-Nerven.  In his: Ges. u. hin-
  terl. Abhandl., fob, Wiesb., 1889, 211-215, 4 pi.—Kosaka
  (K.)   Ueber die Oculomotoriuskerue.   [Japanese text.]
  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch.  zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 551-575.—
  Majano (N.)  Ueber  Ursprung und Verlauf des Nervus
  oculomotorius im  Mittelhirn; pathologisch-anatomische
  Untersuchungen.  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat.  u.  Neurol.,
  Berl.,  1903, xiii, 1; 139; 229; 291.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1902, Roma, 1903, xii,  596-600.
  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Boll. d. 09p. oftal. d. prov. di Roma,
  1903, i, 95-99.—JI a re hand (L.)   Tumeur epitheliale du
  nerf moteur oculaire commun ayant pour origine les plexus
  choroides.  Bull, et meni. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix,
  715.—Mering (M. M.)   O  tak nazivayemoin " vozvra-
  shtshayushtshemsya paralichle glazodvigatelnavo nerva''
  (paralysis n. oculomotorii recidiva).   [Ou the so-called . . .]
  Nevrol. Vestnik,  Kazan,  1901, ix, no. 3. 104;  no. 4.  151:
  1902, x, no. 1, 46; no. 2,1.—Panegrossi (G.)   Contribute
  alio studio anatomo-fisiologico dei centri dei  nervi oculo
  motori dell' uomo.  Ricerche n. lab. di anat.  norm.  d.  r.
  Univ. di Roma. 1896-8,  vi, 103-155, 1 pl. -----. Sulla re-
  gione dei centri di origine del nervi oculomotori nell' uomo
  e nei mammiferi.  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma,
  1900, x, 428-434.  -----. Weiterer  Beitrag zum Studium
  der Augenrauskelnervenkerne.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat.
  n. Neurol., Berl., 1904, xvi, 268-344.—Romano (A.) Su
  1' origine del nervo pculo-motore comune, con osservazioni
  sn la funzione dellebigemine.  Ann. di ottal., Pavia,  1891-
  2, xx, 50-56.   AUo: Rendic. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital.
  1890, Pavia,   1891,  xii,  32-39. - Schiller (H.)  Sur  le
  nombro et le calibre des fibres nerveuses du nerf oculo-
  moteur commun, chez le chat nouveau-ne et chez  le chat
  adulte.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1889, cix, 530-532.
  AUo: France med., Par., 1889,  ii,  1409.  AUo:  Rec.
  d'ophth., Par., 1889, 3. s.,  xi, 598-601.—Van  Biervliet
  (J.)  Noyau d'origine du  nerf oculo-moteur commun du
  lapin; limites, structure et localisations.  Cellule, Lierre
  & Louvain, 1899, xvi, 5-33, 3 pl.—Van Gehuchten (A.)
  De l'origine du nerf oculo-moteur  commun.  Ibid.,  1892,
  viij, 419-430, 1 1., 1  pl.—Van Gehuchten (A.) & Van
  Biervliet (J.) Le noyau de 1'oculo-moteur commun 16,19
  et 21 mois apr^s la resection du nerf.  Nevraxe, Louvain,
  1900-1901,  ii,  205-213, 2 pl.—Zander  (R.)   Ueber die
 Anordnung der Wurzelbiindel  des Nervus oculomotorius
 beim Austritt aus dem  Gehirn.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1896,
 xii, 545-551.
Nerve (Olfactory).
     See, also, Anosmia.
     Savelyefp (N. A.)   Fiziologiya nervi  olfac-
  torii; istoricheskiya i eksperimentalulya  izslle-
  dovaniya.   [Physiology of...  ; historical  and
  experimental  investigations.]    8°.   Moskva,
  1692.
     Bedford (E. A.)  Tho  early history of the olfactory
  nerve in swine.  J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Granville,
  O., 1904, xix, 390-410.—C'hiarugi (G.)  Intorno alio svi-
  luppo del nervo olfattivo nei mammiferi.  Monitore zool.
  ital.,  Firenze,  1894, v, 6-12. -----.  Sullo sviluppo del
  nervo olfattivo nella Lacerta muralis.   Ibid., 1902, iii,
  211. AUo,  transl:  Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin,  1892-3,
  xviii, 303.—CouiI (C.)  Des resultats obteuus par la m6-
  thode de Golgi appliquee  k l'etude  du bulbe  olfactif.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s.,  iv, pt. 2, 179-
  189.—Dana (C. L.)  The  olfactory nerve; its quantita-
  tive and qualitative tests  and  its physiological  impor-
  tance; its intracranial course and  diseases.  N. York M.
  J., 1889, 1, 253-257.—Disse (J.)  Die erste Entwickelung
  des Riecbuerven.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,  1897, ix, 257-300,
  4 pl.  AUo  [Prelim.  Abstr.]: Sitzungsb.  d. Gesellsch. z.
  Befdrd. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb., 1896, 77-92.  AUo, transl.
  [Abstr.]: J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1897-8,  xxxii, pp.
  xii-xvi.—Grazzi (V.)  Sulla  fisio-patologia dei nervi
  olfattivi. Atti d. Cong.  d.  Soc.  ital. di laringol. [etc.]
  1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 9-94.  Also  [Abstr.]: Boll. d. mal.
  d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1899, xvii, 258-262.
  Also [Abstr.]:  Ann. di laringol. [etc.],  Genova,  1900, i,
  208.  AUo,  transl. [Abstr.]: Ann.  de la policlin. cent, de
  Brux.. 1901, i, 27; 49.—Jagodowski (K. P.)   Zur Frage
  nach der Endigung des Geruchsnerven bei den Knochen-
  fischen.   Auat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 257-267.—Kolliker
  (A.)  Ueber die erste Entwicklung  der Nervi olfactorii.
  Sitzungsb.  d.  phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,  1890,
  127; 129.  AUo, Reprint. -----. Ueber den feiueren Bau
  des Bulbus  olfactorius.  Ibid., 1892, 1-5.— dee (S.)  Zur
  Kenntniss des Olfactorius.  Ber. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu
  Freib. i. Br., 1893, vii, 179-192.—L.ittle (T. E.)  Congeni-
  tal deficiency of the left olfactory nerve.   Proc. Path. Soc.
  Dubl., 1868-71, n. s., iv, 88-90, lpl.-L.ocy (W. A.)  New
  facts regarding the  development of  the  olfactory nerve.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi, 273-290.—IVIanouelian (V.)
  Les fibres centrifuges du bulbe olfactif et les neurones olfac-
  tifs centraux.  Compt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1899, U.S., i,
  530-532.—IVIartuscelli (G.)  Ricerche sperimentali sui
  bulbi olfattivi. Atti d. Cong.  d.  Soc. ital. di laringol.
  [etc.] 1899,  Empoli, 1900, iv,  95-100.—Muskeus (L.J. J.)
  Eenige waarnemingen omtrent  reukstoornissen (neuritis
  olfactoria) by  verhoogiug van den intracraniellen druk.
  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk., Amst., 1901, 1.  R., xxxvii,
  d. 2, 1007-1018.—rVeuberger (J.)  Ueber das Verhalten
  der Riechschleimhaut nach Durchschneidung des Nervus
  olfactorius.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien,  1897,
  xi,  489-495.— IVicolai (G.'F.)  Ueber die Leitungs-
  geschwindigkeit im  Riechuerven des Hechtes.  Arch. f.
  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1901. lxxxv, 65-85, 2 diag.—Olfac-
  tory (The)  nerve tract.  Scient. Am. Suppl., N. V.,  1899,
  xlviii,  19946.— Reuter.   Neuritis  olfactoria  (Erkran-
  kungen  des Riechganglion). Arch.  f. Laryngol. u.  Rhi-
  nol., Berl.,  1899, ix,  147; 329.—Rossi (U.)  Alcune con-
  siderazioni  sul lavoro  di J. Disse: Ueber die erste  Ent-
  wickelung des Riechuerven.  Ann. d. fac. di med. e mem.
  d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1899, xi,  23-35.—Tro-
  lard (A.)  Notes sur le bulbe et les nerfs olfactifs.  J. de
  I'anat. etphysiol. [etc.], Par., 1902, xxxviii,  555-559.

Nerve  (Optic)  [includingpapilla].
     See, also, Ear (Middle, Inflammation  of, Acute,
  Complications, etc.,  of);  Nerve (Optic,  Surgery
  of); Ophthalmoscope, etc.;  Retina.
     Bekxiieimer  (S.)    Ueber  die   Sehnerven-
  Wurzeln  des Mensehen; Ursprung,  Entwicke-
  lung und Verlauf ihrer  Markfasern.  8°.   Ifies-
  baden, 1891.
    Elschnig (A.)   Xormale Anatomie  des  Soh-
  nerveneintrittes.    Zusammenstellung ophtlial-
  moskopischer und auatomischer Befunde.   Mi-
  krophotographie  von O.  Zoth.   8°.   Breslau,
  1899.
    -----.   Der  normale Sehnerveneintritt  des
  mensehlichen  Auges.   Klinische  uud   anato-
  mische Untersuchungen.  Mikropliotographieu
  von O. Zoth.   4\   Wien, 1900.
    Mildenberger (A. li.)  *Sind  im Sehnerven
  des  Pferdes Centralgefasse  voihanden f   8°.
  Tubingen,  1905.
    Redard (P.)  * De la section de.s nerfs ciliaires
  et du nerf optique.   4°.   Paris,  1879. 
NEKVE.
412
NEK YE.
Nerve (Optic) [including papilla}.
    _____   Tlie Mime.   >-.   Paris,  1879.
    STAIGER (T. E.)  -IVWr die ('entri.lgcta^r
  im  S.-bnerven unscivr eiuheimischen Un^ulatcn.
  e:.   Tiibingen, 1905.
    Traber(Z.) Xc iv us opticus, MvetractatustUe-
  oricus, in tics libros, opticam, catoptricam, diop-
  tricam  distrilmtus.   fol.   Hennas  Austria; lOro.
    _____   The same.  fol.   Viennce Austria', 1090.
    Vakolius  (C.)   De  nervis  opticis  nonnul-
  lisoue  aliis   pneter   couimuiieni  opinionein  in
  h.imano  capite  oWrvatis.   Ad  Hieronymuui
  Mercurialem.  Hi-.   Patavii, ir>7:{.
    Belli (F l   Sulla distribuzione  della  nevrogba nel
  chiasma dei m-rvi ottici  dell uomo.  Arch, di ■ottal  Pa-
  lermo, 1894-5, ii, 19-23, 1 pl.-Bei uheimer (S.)  Ueber
  Chiasma nervorum  opticorum des  Mensehen.  -Period.
  internat. Ophth.-Cong.  Ber  Wiesb.   I88h,  vii, 31.-321.
  _____  Ueber  die Entwickelung und  den Verlauf der
  Markfasern im Chiasma  nervorum opticorum des Men-
  BCll
  Al
10. Abth., 14S. _____. Zur Kenntniss der Anatomie der
Sehuerveuwurzeln des Menscheu.  Ibid., 149-151.       •
Die Sehnerveiikreuzuug beim  Mensehen.  Y\ len. klin.
Wchnsehr., 1896, ix, 767-770.  -----.  Der rein anatomische
Nachweis der ungekreuzten Sehnervenfasern  beim Men-
sehen   Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1899,  xl, 155-160, 1 pl.
Also transl.:  Arch. Ophth., N. T., 1902, xxxi. 433-436,
1 pl— Bietti (A.)  Anatomische Untersuchuugen fiber
die Regeneration der Ciliarnerven nach  der Neurectomia
optico-ciliaris  beim Mensehen.  Arch.f. Ophth., Leipz.,
1899, xlix, 190-232, 2  pl. —Bogroff (A. G.)  Koreshok
zritelnavo nerva;  iz thalamus opticus.  [Root of the optic
nerve  from the . . .]  Yuzhno-nissk.  med. gaz... Odessa,
1892, i', 30-32. — Bi-iieke  (E.)   Ueber einige Empfinduiigen
im Gebiete der Selmerven.  Sitz.-Ber. d. k. Akad. d. Wis-
sensch.  Math.-naturw.  CI.,  Wien, 1878,  lxxvii,  39-71.
Also. Reprint.—Carter (11. B.)  Case of swollen optic disc
in winch the sheath of the optic nerve was incised behind
the eyeball.   Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1**7, i, 679.  AUo, transl.:
Wieii. med. Bl., 1889, xii, 150.—Charpentier (A.) Per
sistance  visuelle et iuertie du nerf  optique.  (Reponse a
M. Bloch.) Compt. reud. Soc. de biol..  Par., 1H88, 8. s., v,
-,;j4. _ Oanicr.   Eiudringen eines Schrotkorns in den
Selmerven ohne Verletzung des Bulbus mit Erhaltung des
Sehvermogens.  Ztscbr.  f. Augenh., Berl., 1900, iii, 152-
154.—I>arli8lievich  (L.   O.)  0  perekrestle volokon
zritelnikh nervov.  [Chiasm  of  the optic  nerve fibers.]
Vrach. St. 1'etersb., 1890, xi, 100;  139. Also, transl.: Arch.
f. Ophth.. Leipz.,  1891. xxxvii, 1.  Abth., 1-27.—Dean (G.)
& Usher (C. H.) Experimental research  on the  course
of the optic ribies. Brain. Lond., 1903, xxvi, 524-542, 4 pl.—
l)e Berardinis (D.)   Ricerche sul nevroglio del nervo
ottn-o.   Monitore  zool.  ital.,  Firenze,   1895. vi. 211-223,
1 pl.—Dclbriick (A.)   Zur Lehre von der Kreuzung der
Nervenfaseni  im Chiasma nervorum opticorum.  Arch. f.
Psychiat., Berl.,  1889-90, xxi. 746-777,  1 pl.—Dimmer
(F.) Zur Lehre von den  Sehnerveubabnen.  Arch. f.
Ophth.,  Leipz., 1899,  xlviii, 473-505, 1 pl.  AUo  [Abstr.]:
Ber. ii. d. Versamml.  d. ophth.  Gesellsch.  Heidelb. 1898,
Wiesb..  1899,  xxvii, 237-242.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Ber. d. na-
turw.-med. Ver.  iu Innsbruck,  181(7—9, xxiv. p.  xxx.—
 Dodd (II. W.)  Opaque nerve-fibres.   Tr.  Ophth. Soc.
U. Kingdom.  Lond., 1899-1900, xx,  181, 1 pl., 1 1.—Dor
 (L.) Les nervi nervorum du chiasma et des nerfs optiques
 (nouvelle theorie de la stase papillaire).  Conn, internat.
d'opht. dTtrecht. Compt.-rend., Amst.,  1900, 225-229,
3 pl.—Drcsclifcld  (J.) Pathological contributions on
 the course ni'  I he optic nerve fibres in the  brain.  Brain,
 Lond..  1881-'-', iv, 543:  1882-3,  v. 118.  AUo, Reprint.—
 Dliran<l (de tSi-osi (J.-P.)  Les  origiues de la  theorie
trichromique du nerf  optique.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.
Par., 1K95, exxi. 1105-1107.—Elinson (A. A.)  O tsentro-
biezhnikh voloknakh  v zriteluom nervle.  |On the centrif-
 ugal fibers in the optic nerve.)  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan,
 18'.Mi, iv, no. 1, Ml-8*.  AUo, transl.:  Compt. rend. Soc. do
 biol.. Par.. 1896. 10. s., iii, 792-794. — Elschnig  ( A.)  &
 I»oldbf-rg (H )  Histologische Artefacle im Sebncrveu.
 Klin. Monatsbl.  f. Augenh.. Stuttg., 1902, xl, pt  2, 81-99,2
 pl.   AUo [Abslr.]: Sitzun->b. d. ophth.  Gesellsch. 1902,
 Wiesb., 1903.  33-3Y — F ale hi (F.)  Sulla istogeuesi della
 retina e del nervo ottico.  Atti d. Cong. d. Ass. med.  ital.
 18i-7, Pavia, 18-9.  ii. 341-340.- Faravelli (E.) 6l Fasola
 ((J.)  La forza elettromotrice nervosa applicata alio studio
 del chiasma dei nervi ottici; ricerche sperimentali.  Ann.
 di ottal., Pavia,  1889,  xviii. 20-40.  Also, transl: Arch.
 ital. de biol., Turin, 1889,  xii, 224-22*.—Froriep  (A.)
 I'eher  die Entwickelung des Selmerven.   Anat. Anz..
 Jena.  1891, vi.  155-161.—Gilbert.  Ceber  markhaltige
 Nervenfaseni der Papilla nervi  o, liei.  Klin.  Monatsbl. f.
 Augenh., Stuttg.. 1904,  xlii, 124-127, 1 pl. — Grijns (G.)
Nerve (Optic) [includingpapilla],
  Bijdrage tot do physiologic van den Nervus opticus.  On-
  der/.oek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht.  Hoo^esch.,
  1891, 4. r.,  i, 170-242.  AUo,  Reprint.—von (.rony. (E.)
  [Der  Zusainmenbang zwischen deu Verauderungen del-
  Sehnerven und Allgemeinerkrank 11 ngcii. |  Pest.med.chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1898, wxiv, 27*. —von  (Sudden (1!)
  Ueber die Kreuzung der Ncrveiifasern im Chiasma nervo-
  rum opticorniu.  Arch.f.Ophth., Berl., 11-76, xxi. 199: 1.-79,
  xxv, 1, 237.  AUo, in his: Ges. 11. hinterl. Abhandl., fol.,
  Wiesb., 1889,147-170, 5 pl.  -----. Uebei die Schnerven, die
  Sehtractus, das Verhaltniss  ihrer gekreuzien  und un-
  gekreuzten Biindel, ihre  Sell- und Pupillarfasern und die
  Centren der letzteren.  Tagebl. d. Versamml.  deutsch.
  Naturf. 11. Aerzte. Strassb., 1885. lviii, 136.  AUo, in his:
  Ges. u. hinterl. Abhandl., fol., Wiesb., 18*9. 198. 2 pl.-
  C*urvich  (M. S.)  O  hialinovikh  obrazovaniyakh  v
  zriteluom nervle i sletchatkle.  [Hyaline formations  in
  the optic nerve and retina.]  Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach.
  v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk , 1892, iv. 07-72. — Haimc-
  mauti (I).)  Zusatz zu vorstehender Arbeit [von Hellen-
  dall].  Arcb. f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1897, 513-515.— Heboid
  (O.) Der Faserveilauf im Sehnerven.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz.. 1891, x. 167-169.  -----. Die Sehuervenkreuzimg
  beim  Mensehen.  Arch.  f. Ophth.. Leipz.. 1892, xxxviii,
  1. Abth., 221-226. 2 pl.— Hellendall (II.)   Ein Beitrag  zu
  der Frage der Kreuzung der Sehnerven.  Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1897, 497-512.— Hill (A.)   Anatomy of the  intra-
  cranial portion  of the visual apparatus.   Syst.  Dis. Eye
  (Norris <fc Oliver), Phila.,  1897. i, 3*3-415, 1 pl— II i rise h-
  bei'jj  (J.)  &  t'irincione (G.)  Ueber Driisen im Sell-
  nervenkopf.  Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1H91,
  xv, 166; 198. — Hoscli ( F.)  Zur Lehre von der Sell-
  nervenkreuzung beim  Mensehen.  Cor.-Bl. f.  schweiz.
  Aerzte. Basel, 1K94,  xxiv,  97.  Also, transl.: An. oftal.,
  Madrid, 1895, xviii, 131-135.—Hiifler (E.)   Ueber den
  Faserveilauf  im  Sehnerven  des  Mensehen.  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895, vii, 96-101.—Jackson
  (E.)  The optic nerve  tracts and centres.  Progr. Med.,
  Phila. & N. T., 1899, ii, 409-411.—Jacobsohn (L.)  Zur
  Frage  der  Sehiiervenkreu/.ung.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1896, xv, 838-840.—Jacoby (E.)  Ueber die Neu-
  roglia  der  Sehnerven.    Klin.  Monatsbl.  f. Augenh.,
  Stuttg., 1905. xliii,  129-137.—Kodai (Y.)   [The  sequela)
  of the artificial compression of the optic nerve.J  Nippon
  Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo,  1901, v, 1011-1020—
  Kriickmann (E.)   Eiu Beitrag zurOpticusglia.  Klin.
  Monatsbl.  f. Augenh.. Stuttg., 1903.  xii, 299-308, 1 pl.—
  Lombroso  (G.)  & Levi (G.)  Contribution a l'etude
  des reactions electriques des nerfs optiques.  [Transl.]
  Rev.   internat.  d'electro-ther., Par..  1894-5,  v,  18-22.—
  Mnuouelinn (Y.)  Recherches sur l'origine des fibres
  centrifuges du  nerf optique.  Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par.. 1899, 11. s., i, 895. -----. Etude sur les originesdn
  nerf optique, precedee d'un expose snr la theorie du neu-
  rone.  J. de I'anat. et physiol.  [etc.], Par., 190"., xii, 458-
  477  1  pl. — -tlery.  Observations sur le nerf  optique.
  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.  1712. Par., 1714, Mem , 253.  AUo:
   Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Pari-] 1712, Amst. 1715, Mem.,
  331-327. Also, transl.. K. Akad. d. Wissensch in Par. . . .
   Abhandl.  1712, Bressl..  1753, 28-32. —Michel.   Ueher
   das Vorkommen von  Neurogliazellen in den *.ehn< rven,
   dem Chiasmaundden Tractus optiei.   Sitzungsb. d. phys.-
   med.  Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,  1893,  33. -----. Ceber  die
   Kreuzuii" der  Sehnervenfasern im Chiasma.  Ber. u. d.
   Versamml. d.  ophth.  Gesellsch.,  Stuttg., 1895.  xxiv,  65-
   69. —  Jlirto (D.)  La mielinizzazione del nervo ottico
   come  se<nio di vita estrauterina protratta nei neonati pre-
   maturi ed a termine.  Pisani. Palermo,  1902, xxiii, 5-31,
   1 pl —Moll (A.)   Zur Darstelluug der Neuroglia und der
   Achsen/.vlinderimSehnerven.Beitr.z.Augenh.  Festschr,
   Julius Hirschberg,  [etc.],  Leipz., 1905, 195-198, 1 pl —
   ItIoiii-o (T. K.)  On the  optic nerve as p>rt of the central
   nervous system.  J. Anat, & Physiol.y Lond.  189o-6, xxx,
   45-48.-rVeuscliiiler  (A.)  Sur certaines fibres non  06
   elites du nerf optique.  Coug. internat. d opht. d Utrecni.
   Compt.-rend.,  Amst.,  1900, 223-225,  1 pl. - Nicati.  Ha-
   ben die Fasern des Nervus  opticus eiue Schwann sctie
   Scheide?  Fortschr.d. Med., Berl., 1*8*. vi, 415-rVicden
   (A )   Ueber  Drusenbildung  im  und um  den  Opticus.
   Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.. 18*9. xx, 72-*7, 2 pl.-Oua"',
    (K )   Ueber Pigmentirung des  Sehnerven. lbi>t.. i.iua,
   lii, 437-454, 2 pl.-Onodi (A..  Das Verhaltnis des Ner-
   vi*  opticus  zu  der  Kcilbcinhohle  und  ™»be«.i'dere
    zu der hintersten  Siebbeiu/elh    Arch, i Laryn-ol. u.
    Rhinol., Berl.,  1903, xiv,  360-374. —-—.  Az ikobo;l e«1 a
    leixhats6bb rostasejt viszonyna a 1 atuuleRhra.   [1^he re
    lation of  the sphenoid Sinus  and the  hindmost  tell
    of tbe cribriform plate to  the  optic  nerve.]   Onosi
    hetil , Budapest.  1903.  xlvii.  196.  AUo, transl.: Pest.
    med  chir.  Presse.  Budapest.  1903, xxxix, 821.  —-—•
    Demonstration  von  Stirnhbhlendurchscbn.tter,  zu dem
    Verhaltnis v.... Siebheiu- und Kei be.nhohle  zumJser
    vus opticus.   Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsrl.  L« W;
    1894-1903 Wiirzb.. 1904. 6*3. -----.  A legha s6bb rosta
    sejt vis onya n.indka latdideghez.  The re at.or, of Inrth
    optic nervis to the hindmost cell of the cribriform plate.] 
NERYE,
413
NERVE.
Nerve (Optic) [includingpapilla}.
  Orr  ire^e-es fiilgvogy., Budapest, 1904, 97.  AUo, transl.:
  Arcii L Laryngol. ii. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 259-262.-
  Pagano (G.)  Sulle vie associative perifericbe del nervo
  ottico.  Riv. di patol. nerv.
  transl
                    Firenze,  1897, ii, 70.
'Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1897, xxvii, 392.
Also,
Ancora sulle fibre associative perifericbe dei nervi ottici.
Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med.in Palermo (1899), 1900, 94-96—
Pansier (P.)  La u'-action  electrique du nerf optique et
son r61e en pathologie oculaire.  Arcb. d'electric. mecl.,
Bordeaux, 1903, xi, 321-330. — Pcrlia.  Ueber die Bezie-
hiin<*en  des  Opticus  zum Centralnervensystein.  Klin.
Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1891, xxix, 191-202—Pfis-
ter (J.)   Ueber Form und Grosse des Intervaginalraums
des Sehnerven im  Bereich des Caualis opticus.  Arch.f.
Ophth., Leipz., 1890, xxxvi, 1.  Abth.. 83-93,1 pl.—Pichler
(A )  Zur Lehre von  der Sehiiervenkreuzuug im Chiasma
des Mensehen.  Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Wien u. Leipz.,  1900,
xxi 12-30, 2 pl. — Popoff (N. M.)  K stroyeniyu pere-
kre'sta zritelnikh nervov u chelovleka.   [Structure of the
optic'chiasm  in  man.]  Vrach, St. Tetersb., 1893, xiv, 7;
67 — PribitUoflf (G.  I.)   O khodle volokon zritelnikh
nervov   [Course of  fibers of the optic nerves.]  Med.
Obozr.,  Mosk.,  1892, xxxviii, 582-592. —Probst (M.)
Ueber den Verlauf der Sehnervenfasern und deren Endi-
eun"  im Zwischen-  uud Mittelhirn. Monatschr. f. Psy-
chiat. u.  Neurol.. Berl., 1900, viii, 165-181, 2 pl— Proko-
penko (P. P.)  K kazuistikle novoobrazovaniy na soskle
zritelnavo nerva.  [New formations  on  the papilla of the
optic,  nerve.]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1895, xii, 355-364.—
Babitsch (F.)  Zur Kenntnis der Driisen im Sehnerven-
kopfe.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1904-5,  xliii,
72-77, 1 pl—Badwauer (J.)   Ueber die Entwicklung
der Sehnervenkreuzuug.  Mitth. a. d. embryol. Inst. d. k.
k Univ. in Wien, 1877, l, 21-30. 2 pl.   AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]:
Rev. internat. d. sc,  Par., 1*78. i. 249-251—Bichter (E.)
Das Gesetz der elektrischen Erregung des N. opticus als
eines Sinneenerven.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1901, xlm,
67-75.—Bobinsou (A.)   On the formation and structure
of the optic nerve, and its relation  to the  optic stalk.  J.
Anat. &  Physiol.. Lond..  1895-6,  xxx,  319-333,  1  pl—
Bumschewitsch  (K.)  Zur Morphographie der Papilla
nervi optici. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh.,  Leipz.,  1889,
xiii, 134-138.—Sachs (T.)  Einschniirung der Sehnerven
durchgespannteGefassederHirnbasis.  Arch.f.Augenh.,
Wiesb  1892-3,  xxvi. 237-274, 2 pl.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]:
Arch. Ophth.,  N. Y.,  1894,  xxiii, 131-141, 2  pl—Snch-
salber (A.) Beitrag  zur Driisenbildung im Sehnerven-
kopfe.  Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1895, 21. Hft.,
 1-20 2 pl.—Sahaguchi (K.)  Ueber die Beziehungen der
elastischen Elemente der Chorioidea zum Sehnerveuein-
tritt.  [Japanese text.] Inouve Gankwa Dosokwai Kwai
 Ho Tokyo, 1903, 1505-1513. — Schafler (K.) Az emben
latoidegek keresztezodeserol.   [Crossing of the  optic
 nerves  in manj  Szemeszet, Budapest.  1897,  69-73.—
 Schanz (F.)  Die Entwicklung der Sehnervenkreuzung.
 Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc,  1898, vi,
 sect.  11, 43-45. —Schlagenhanfcr (F.) Anatomische
 Beitrage  zum Faserverlauf in den Sehnervenbahnen und
 Beitrag znr tabischen Sehnervenatrophie.  Arb. a. d. Inst.
 f.  Anat.  u. Physiol, d.  Centralnervensyst. an d. Wien.
 Univ., Leipz. u.Wien, 1897, 5. Hft., 1-39, 2 pl—Schmidt-
 Bimpler.  Zur Semidecussationsfrage.  Ber.  ii. d. Ver-
 samml. d. ophth.  Gesellsch. 1896, Wiesb., 1897, xxv, 328-
 331 —Schoute (G. J.) Vortexstammen naast den n. op-
 ticus. Nederl. Tiidschr. v.  (leneesk., Amst., 1900,  2. R.,
 xxxvi, d. 1, 482-484. — Sch warz.  Ueber die sichel- und
 ringformigen Gebilde an der  Papille.   Ber. ii. d. Ver-
 samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch.,  Stuttg., 1893, xxm, 209-
 216. — von Solder (F.)  Zur Anatomie des  Chiasma
 opticumbeim Mensehen; Nachweis der Partialkreuzung
 der Sehnerven  auf Grund der noi-malen anatomischen
 Verhaltnisse.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xi,  996-999—
 Staurenghi (C.)   Contribuzione alia ricercadel decorso
 delle fibre middolate  nel chiasma ottico.  Mem. r. 1st.
 Lomb.di see lett.  Cl.di sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1891,
 xvi, 271-303, 3  pl.   Also [Abstr.J:  R.  1st. Lomb. di sc. e
 lett.  Rendic,  Milano, 1891, 2. s., xxiv, 1067. — Stillson
 (J. 0.)   Bleaching or distinct pallor of the temporal seg-
 ment or papillo-macular bundle of optic nerve fibers due to
 other causes than tobacco and alcohol.   Tr. West. Ophth.,
 Otol. [etc. , Ass.  Ophth. Div., St. Louis, 1902,35-46.  A Uo:
 Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1902, v, 198-203—Talko
 (J.)  S16w kilka o rozpromienieniu wMkien rdzeniowych
 nerwu wzrokowego  w siatk6wce.   [On the irradiation of
 the medullary  fibers  of  the optic  nerve in  the  retina.]
 Post, okul., Krakdw. 1899,i,273; 449—Telyatink (l.K.)
 Operekrestie zritelnikh nervov.  [On  the crossing ot the
 optic nerves.1  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-I eterb.,
 1897, ii,  658-603—Tiirek (L.)   Ueber Kompression nnd
 Ursprung de.s  Sehnerven.   Sitzungsb.  d. k.  Akad. d.
 Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CL, Wien, 1852, ix, 299-234 —
 Weiss (L.) Zur Anatomie der  Eintrittsstelle des Seh-
 nerven.   Period, internat. Ophth.-Cong. Per., Wiesb.,
 1888, vii, 339-345. —  Widmnrk (J.)  Ueber die Lage des
 papillomacularen Biindels.  Mitt.a.d.Augenkhn.d.Caro-
 lin. med.-chir. Inst,  zu Stockholm, Jena, 1898, 1-16.1 pl.—
 Wilting (J.)  Zur Anatomie des mensehlichen Chiasma.
Nerve (Optic) [including papilla].
  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1898, xliv, 1. Abth., 75-89, 1 pl —
  Wright (E. W.)  The optic nerve in relation to nervous
  diseases.  Brooklyn  M. J., 1901, xvi, 18-21. — Zimmer-
  man n (W.)   Experimentelle und  anatomische Unter-
  suchungen iiber die Festigkeit der Opticnsnarben nach
  Resection, und  Resection verbtinden mit Cauterisation,
  nebst  Bemerkungen iiber den  Transport  geformter Ele-
  mente in den Bahnen  des Sehnerven.  Arch. f. Ophth.,
  Leipz., 1896, xlii, 2. Abth., 139-193.

Nerve  (Optic, Abnormities  of).
     See, also, Choroid (Abnormities  of);  Nerve
  (Optic,  Colobomaof).
     Cortese  (F.)   Sovra  uua  anomalia  riscon-
  trata nei nervi  ottici di un pesce.   Cenni anato-
  niici e considerazioni fisiologicke.   4°.   Venezia,
  1868.
     Repr. from: Mem. r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, xiv.
     Beard (C. H.)  Congenital absence  of optic discs,
  with  condition simulating choked  disc.   Ophth. Rec,
  Chicago,  1901, x, 281-283,  1 pl.—Blascheck (A.)  Vier
  Fiille  bemerkenswerter  Auordnung vou markhaltigen
  Nervenfasern.  Ztschr. f. Augenh.,  Berl., 1903, ix, 428-
  433.—Blix a.  Angeborene Sichel nach unten aussen von
  der Papille.  Centralbl.  f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz.,  1897,
  xxi, 327-329.—Dcrzhavin (V.)   RIedkaya  vrozhden-
  nay'a anomaliya soska zritelnavo nerva.  [Rare congenital
   anomaly  of the  papilla  of the optic nerve.]   Vestnik
   oftalmol.,  Kiev, 1896,  xiii,  22-25—Despagnet.  Mal-
   formation congenitale des nerfs optiques;  papille en crois-
   sant.   Rec. d'opht., Par.,  1895, 3.  s., xvii, 542-544.—
   Dolgauoflf (V. N.)   RIedkiy sluchai  glubokol flzio-
   lo<ncheskol ekskavatsii.  [Rare case  of physiological ex-
   cavation (of the optic  papilla).] Trudi V syezda Obsh.
   russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894, l, 417—
   Fehr.  Eine Gefass- Anomalie auf der Sehnerven-Scheide.
   Centralbl. f.  prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 234.—
   Kesslcr (H. M.  C.)  Papilla falcata en papilla annulata.
   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1889, xxv,  2. R.,
   2. d., 329-333.—Kipp (C. J.)   Two cases  of anomalies of
   the vascular  system of the optic papilla.  Arch. Ophth.,
   N. Y., 1905. xxxiv, 250-259, 1 pl. — F.andois (L.)  Ueber
   die en'topischen Phanomene, welehe an der Eintrittsstelle
   des Sehnerven  hervorgerufen  werden konnen.  Arch. f.
   Anat., Physiol, u. wisseuscb. Med., Leipz., 1864, 686-695—
   liange(0.)  Eine Insertionsaiiomalie des Nervus opticus.
   Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1900, li, 342-346, lpl—Mayeda(U.)
   Ueber Bindegewebsbildung  auf  der Sebnervenpapille;
   Bindegewebsmeniskus(Kuhnt). Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb.
   u. Leipz., 1902.  54. Hft., 1-24. — Medissenos (K.)  riepi
   avco/aaAias toG  6<f>0aXp.oppii'iico£ vevpov  Kai Tij? «/c tovtov
   eKAvoueKTK  aiffSrjTticijs  pi'£l?  roi  b^eak^LKOv  yayyAi'ov.
   TaAiivos, "Aflijvai, 1896,  xxvi,  205—Mohr (M.)   Ritka
   rendellenesseg a latoideg beilleszkedese belyeu.  [Curious
   abnormity in tbe  place of adaptation of the optic  nerve.]
   Szemeszet, Budapest,  1905,  203—Pick  (L.)  Schwarze
   Sehnerven.  Arch. f.  Augenh., Wiesb.,  1900,  xii, 96-99,
   lpl —Bandall (B.  A.)  Anomalies  of the veins upon
   the optic disc.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,  Hartford,  1888, v,
   117, i pl._Bumszewicz (K.)   Przyczynek do tera-
   tologii tarczy  nerwu  wzrokowego.   [Teratology of the
   papilla  of tlie optic nerve.1  Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1889,
   xxviii, 261 — Sch witzer (H.)  A papilla nervi optici egy
   ritka rendellenessege.   [A curious abnormity ot  . .  .]
   Szemeszet, Budapest, 1905, 262—Stephenson (5.)  Ein
   seltener Fall von  doppelt contourirten Nerventasern.
   [Transl. from the English.]   Arch.  f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
   1896  xxxiii. 100, 1 pl—Thomson  (W. E.) &  Ballan-
   tyne (A. J.)  Congenital (? and hereditary) development
   of choroidal tissue  iu  the optic nerves of two brothers.
   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3. xxiii, 276—
    Van Duysc.   Pcrsistance  du canal de Cloquet; reli-
   quats du systeme  hyaloidien  foetal;  colobome du nerf
   optique.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1891, xi, 404-419, 1 pl.

 JJferve  (Optic, Atrophy of).
      Feilchenfeld (H.;   *Beitra",'  zua Kasuistik
   der Atrophia m-rvi optici.  8°.  Kiel, 1896.
      Oellen  (J.)  Orbitalphlegmone und Sehner-
   venatrophie.   6C.   Erlangen cf Leipzig,  1901.
      Ban- (S. D.)  Atrophy of the optic  nerve.   Med. &
    Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1890. lxiii, 162—Bull (O.)  Atro-
   phie optique durant la grossesse.  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1*92,
   cviii  286-289.—Cereseto (V.) Atrofla progressiva della
   papilla.  Gazz. mod. di Torino, 1891, xlii,  149-152. — Dis-
   cussion (A) on the rarer forms of optic atrophy.  [Abstr.]
   Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1902, ii,  1438-1440. — Frenkel (H.)
   Atrophie du nerf optique consecutive a I'erysipele de la
    face.  Toulouse m6d.,  1906, 2. s., viii, 8-10.—Grecf.  Das
    Wesen der  Fuchs'schen Atrophie  im  Sehnerv.   Cong.
    internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht.   Compt.-rend., Amst., 1900,
    237-241.—Hatschek (It.)  Sehuervenatrophie bei einem
    Delphin.  Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz.
    & Wien, 1903, 10. lift., 223-229—Jones (A. E.)  Atrophy 
NERVE.
414
NERVE.
IXerve (Optic, Atrophy of).
  of the optic nerves associated with dropping fluid from the
  nostril.  Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1888, vi,97-100.-Kiribuchi
  (K )  fFnchs's atrophy of tho optic  nerve.]   Chiugai  Ip
  Shinpo,  Tokio, 1899, xx, 1013-1024.  AUo, transl.- Arch. f.
  Augenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxix,  76-88, 2 pl.  AUo, transl.
  [Abstr.]: Arch. Ophth., N. T., 1904, xxxiii, 586-590, 1 pl—
  Knies. Troubles de la vision  des coulenrs daus 1 ade-
  nine des nerfs optiques.  Semaine med.. Par., 1889, ix, 3.,2.
  Also- Rev. gen. d'opht.. Par., li-S9, viii, 385.— Itogucln
  <T 1  fAtrophy of optic  nerve  in an otherwise healthv
  child 1   Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1904, xxv, 150-166. -
  Kollock  (C.  W.) A case of atrophy of the optic nerve.
  Tr  Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford,  1894,  215-217. ----r. Ob-
  scure cases of optic nerve atrophy of cerebral origin.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1K96, xxvii, 988—Lopez (F.)  Un
  caso muy raro de atrofia simpatica del nervio  6ptico.
  Gac. med.,  Mexico, 1892. xxviii, 183-187—Moeli.  Ueber
  atrophische Folgezustande an den Sehnerven.  Arch. f.
  Psychiat  Berl., 1898-9, xxxi, 898.  [Discussion], 900-902.
  Also | Abstr. |:  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.. 11-98, xiv, 759.—
  !\oiszewski (K.)  Rzadki przypadek zauiku nerw6w
  wziokowvch i siatk6wek.  [Rare case of atrophy of the
  optic ner'ves and  retina;.]  Post, okul.,  Krakow, 1899, i,
  177-181   AUo, transl..- St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1899,
  n F. xvi, 478, 1 diag—Patrick (H. T.)  Optic atrophy
  in a child.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.Y., 1901, xxxviii, 472.
  _____.  Optic atrophy in a middle-aged woman.  Ibid.,
  473.  -----. Optic  atrophy in a man of sixty-nine.  Ibid.,
  474. _ Pischel (K.)  Acaso of  atrophy of the  optic
  nerve.   Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1904, xlvii, 54-56.—de
  Mrh wcinitz (G. E.) Notes of a case of optic atrophy
  and temporal hemianopsia; suspected tumor of the pitui-
  taiy body.  Med.  &.  Surg. Reporter. Phila., 1887, lvii,
  475-477.  AUo, Reprint.— Ulrich  (U.)  Ueber Stauungs-
  papille und consecutive Atrophic des Sehnervenstammes.
  Arch. f. Augenh.. Wiesb., 1887-8, xviii, 259-279, 1  pl—
  Wcekes (C. J.)  Notes on a case of primary optic atro-
  phy, complicated with symptoms very suggestive of glau-
  coma.   Australas.  M. Gaz.,  Sydney, 1894,  xiii. 79-81.—
  White (J. A.)  Glaucoma or  primary optic  atrophy?
  Ophth.  Rec, Chicago, 1904. xiii, 450-452.—Williamson
  (R. T.)  The changes in  the optic  tracts and chiasma, in
  a caseof unilateral optic atrophy.  Brain, Loud., 1892, xv,
  230-240.—Winslow (W. H.)  Atrophy ofthe optic nerve.
  Tr. Homceop. M.  Soc. Penn., Phila., 1887, xxiii. 54-58.—
  Wood (C. A.)  The relations of optic nerve atrophy to
  general medicine.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 7.  s., ii,
  178-194. — Wiii-demann (H.  V.)   The occurrence of
  optic nerve atrophy in general disease.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1896, xxvii,  892-894.

IVerve  (Optic,  Atrophy  of,   Causes  and

  pathology of).
    See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor,   Semeiology of);
  Erysipelas   (Facial,  Complications,   etc.,   of);
  Head  (Injuries of. Complications, etc.,  of);  Lead
  (Poisoning  by)   affecting the  eye; Nerve (Optic,
  Atrophy  of,  Hereditary); Neurasthenia;  Orbit
  (Wounds of); Paralysis (General).
    Fauveau (E.-P.)   * Des n6vrites et atropines
  du nerf optique a la suite de  I'erysipele de  la
  face.   8°.   Bordeaux, 1904.
    Gliksman  (A.)  * Ueber  Sehnervenatroiihie
  bei  Tabes,  mit  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung
  der Frage nach dem Verlauf des  pathologisch-
  auatomi.schen Processes.   8°.    Freiburg  i. B.,
  1900.
    Hoffmann ([R.] R.)  * Ueber das  Verhaltnis
  der  Sclmerven-Atrophie zur Tabes dorsalis.   8°.
  Berlin, [1***].
    Isi-olatowsky  (B.)   * Znr Aetiologie der  Seh-
  uervenatrophie.   *°.   Berlin, 1903.
    Maoekk (J.)  * Ueber hereditiire  Sebnerven-
  atrophie und hereditiire Chorioiditis.  8°.   Wei-
  mar, 1^99.
    Martin (J.)   *  De l'atrophie  du nerf optique
  et de sa valeur pronostique dans la  sclerose des
  cordons  posteneurs de la moelle.   [Bern.]   8°.
  Paris,  1HJ0.
    Moritz (YV.  E.)   *Zwanzig   Fiille von  pri-
  marer  Sehnervenatropie   mit   besonderer Be-
  riicksicbtigung  des   Allgemeinbefuudes.   8°.
   Wiirzburg, [1896,  vel subseq.].
    Todtkr (J.  (4.)  *Ein  Fall  von   Sehnerven-
  atiopliie  (lurch Trauma.  *.  Kiel,  1903.
    Addario (C )  Osservazioni cliniche e sperimentali
  sull' atrofia ottica da eresipela  facciale. Arch, di ottal.,
  Palermo, 1894-5, xii,  18-26.—Alvarez (S.)   Dos casos de
."Verve  (Optic,  Atrophy  of,  Causes,and

  pathology of).
  atrofia del nervio 6ptico, por las  sales de quiuina.  Arch.
  de la Policlin., Habana, 1899, vii, 40.—Barrett (J. D.)
  Optic atrophy following haematemesis.  Ann. Ophlh.  St
  Louis, 1901, x, 588-583.—Buzzard (T.)  Atrophy ofthe
  optic nerve as a symptom of chronic disease ofthe cential
  nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii,  779-784.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Campbell  (J.  A.)  Atrophy of the
  optic nerve, choked disc; two cases.  Homceop. Eye Ear
  & Throat J., X. Y.,  1905, xi,  184-189.—Carbone (A.)
  Due casi di atrofia dell' ottico conseguente a trauma del
  capo.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,  1905, xxvi, 168.—1'brie on
  (A.)  Dos casos de atrofia del nervio  optico originada por
  traumatismo del craneo. Gac. med.,  M6xico, 1900, xxxvii,
  76-83.—Clievallcreau  (A.)  Sur  un cas d'atrophie
  papillaire brusque consecutive ides h6morragies uteri nos
  Arch,  d'opht., Par.,   1903,  xxiii,  417-430—Coleman
  (W. F.)  A case of optic atrophy following injury much
  improved.  Tr. West.  Ophth., Otol.  [etc.J,  Ass. 'Ophth
  Div., St. Louis, 1898, 103.—Collin* (E. T.)   Partial atro-
  phy of the optic nerves caused by lightning.  Tr. Ophtk.
  Soc. U. Kingdom,  Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 114-116.—Cramer
  (A.)  Beitrag zur  Kenntnis der Optikuskreuzung  im
  Chiasma und  des Verhaltens der optischen Centren bei
  einseitiger Bulbusatrophie.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1898, x,
  415-484, 3 pl.—Culbertsou (L.  R.)  Can castration and
  ovariotomy  cause optic atrophy?  Report of two cases.
  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1897,  xiv,  252-254. ----. Con-
  genital optic atrophy.   Ibid.,  1905, xxii, 142.—De Beck
  (D.)  Atrophy  of the  optic  nerve  following forceps de-
  livery.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,  1889, n. s., xxii, 541.—
  Dixon.  Case of blindness with white atrophy in one
  eye, with paralysis of third and fourth nerves on the same
  side; occasional hemiopia and failure of sight in  the other
  eye.  Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1866,  v, 355.—Dor
  (H), sr.  Postneuritic atrophy of both optic nerves due to
  mumps.  Am. J.  Ophth., St. Louis,  1900, xvii, 299-306.—
  Dransart.  De la  capsulotoraie  t6nonienne comme
  moyen preventif de l'atrophie du nerf optique a la suite
  des 6rysip61es de la face.  .1. d'ocul. du nord de la France,
  Lille, 1893-4, v, 47.—Elachnig  (A.)  Zur Anatomie der
  Sehnervenatropbie bei Erkrankungen des Centralnerven-
  systems.  Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1899,  xii,  275-280.
  [Discussion],  304. — Fngelliardt. Centrale  Scotoma
  mit  partieller  Sehneivenatrophie,  nur allmahliger und
  nnvollkommener  Besserung  fahig.  Klin.  Monatsbl.  f.
  Augenh.,  Erlang., 1865.  iii,  209-215.—Fabre  (P.) De
  l'atrophie tab6tique du nerf optique; la periode pr6atro-
  phique et son  traitement.  Rec.  d'opht., Par., 1903, 3. 8.,
  xxv, 507-570.—Forster (O.)  Zur Symptomatologie der
  Tabes dorsalis im praeatakischen Stadium  und iiber den
  Einfluss der Opticusatrophieauf den  Gangder Krankheit.
  Monatschr. f. Pyschiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 190(1, viii, 1; 133.
  AUo, transl.:  Am. J.  Ophth., St. Louis, 1900,  xvii, 257-
  271.—Friedenwald (H.)  Cranial  deformity and optic-
  nerve atrophv. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, ri. 8., cv, 529-
  535.  Also. Reprint.  -----. On optic nerve atrophy asso-
  ciated with cranial deformity. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901,
  xxx.  405-413,  I  pl.—Fiirstuer.   Zur Kenntniss der
  pathologischen Anatomie der Stauungspapille und Opti-
  cusatrophie.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxvi, 149-151.—
  Funcke.   Ein Fall von Atrophia nervi optici sin. de-
  scendens; traumatische Amaurose.   Deutsche mil.-arztl.
  Ztschr., Berl.. 1894, xxiii, 1-4.—Galezow«ki.  Des dif-
  ferentes varietes  d'atrophies  du nerf optique  ataxique.
  Ann. de dermat.  et syph.. Par., 1888,  2. s., ix, 640-615.
  AUo: Gaz. hebd.  de med., Par., 1888, 2. s., xxv, 261-263.
  -----. Ueber glaukomatose Atrophie der Papille in Form
  der tabischen Atrophie uud  ihre Heilung durch vordere
  Sklerotomien.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1896, x, 71; 90.
  -----. Sur une atrophie particuli^re des nerfs optiques
  provoquee par une alt6ration des vaisseaux lymphatiques.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par.,  1897,  xv, 187-193.
  AUo: Rec. d'opht., Par., 1897, 3. s., xix, 314-319.—Galle-
  maert).  Atrophie du nerf optique, k la  suite de trau-
  matisme. Policlin.,  Brux.,  1899, viii,  217-219. ---—•
  Atrophie optique suite de metrorragie.  Ibid., 1904, xin,
  457-459.—Gerard  (G.)  Etude etiologique des atrophies
  dn nerf optique.  ficho med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 505;
  519.—Ginestous (E.) Atropine post-traumatique tar-
  dive du nerf optique.   Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux,
  1905, xxvi, 116.—Girnrd &. Gorecki.  Atrophie rapide
  de la papille d'origine traumatiquo.  Uec. d'ophth. Par.,
  1890, 3. s., xii, 102-104.-Gould ((1. M.)  A problem in
  neurology;  peculiar iris-reaction, with post neuritic optic
  atrophv  J. Nerv.  &  Ment.  Dis., N.  V., 1895,  xxii, 238-
  240.—Guibert.  Atrophie  des nerfs optiques d origine
  saturnine chez uu ouvrier 61ectricien travaillant a^la fabri-
  cation  des  accumulateurs.  Clin, opht., Par.,  1902, vm,
  84-86.—G uthrie (L.)  Primary atrophy of optic nerves,
  with partial ophthalmoplegia and cerebellar gait.  Brain,
  Lond.T 1905.  xxviii, 97.-Ilaab (0.)  Die eekundare
  Atropine des Sehnervs nach Maculaerkrankung.  Beitr
  z.  Augenh., Hamb. u. Leipz., I!«i2.  50.  Hft. 49-89.-
  Ilawkes (C. S.) Hereditary optic atrophy.  Australas.
  M.  Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 228.-Hawthorne (U vi 
NERVE.
415
NERVE.
IVerve  (Optic,  Atrophy  of,  Causes  and

  pathology of).
  Optic nerve atrophy and tabes dorsalis.  Polyclin., Lond.,
  190'' vi  109-112. -----. Ou a case of post-neuriiic optic
  atrophy in early life.  Ibid., 1903, vii, 101-105 —Ilubbell
  (A A )  Atrophy of the  optic nerve  in  diseases of the
  nervous system.  Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1891, Buffalo,
  1895, 70-74.  AUo: Buffalo M. & S. J.,  1894-5,  xxxiv, 531-
  535.^-Iluidiez.   Atrophie blanche des  nerfs optiques;
  examen  microscopique.  Bull. m£d. du nord,  Lille. 1875.
  xiv, 461-464.   AUo, Reprint.—Inouye (T.)   Mansei ren
  jutoku no sishinkio wejoku in zukete.  [Atrophv of optic
  nerve  in case of chronic  lead-poisoning.]   Chiugai  Iji
  Shinpo, Tokio. 1893, no. 319, 10-15.—Jones (II. I.)  Re-
  lationship  of optic atrophy to locomotor  ataxy.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1894. xxiii, 416.—Koguehi (T.)   [A
  case of atrophy of the optic nerve with excessive fat forma-
  tion in achild (hypophysis-tumor without acromegaly!).]
  Nippon Gankwa Oakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, viii, 101-
  126.__Kohn (S.)  Optic nerve atrophy in a child, follow-
  ing a  fall  on  the bead, with severe cerebral  symptoms.
  Arch. Ophth..  X.  Y.,  1892.  xxi, 339-341—Koppen (A.)
   Atrophie du nerf optique  et luicrophtalmie cons6cutives a.
   une 16sion du nerf optique pendant l'accouchenieut. Clin.
   opht.. Par.,  1902, viii, 353.—Lnng ("W.)  Postneuritic.
   atrophy with  good vision.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom,
   Lond., 1886-7. vii.  202-201.—I^awford (J. B.)  A note
   on some cases of optic  nerve  atrophy  in  smokers, iu
   which the symptoms at their onset closely resemble those
   of tobacco amblyopia.  Ibid., 1889-90, x, 166-186.—Groxz
   (E.)   A tabeses latdidegesorvadas;  kdrszovettani vizsga-
   latok  eredmeuye.  [Tabes of the  optic nerve;  result of
   pathologico-histologic experiments.]   Szemeszet.  Buda-
   pest,  1897. 21-23.  -----. Die Atrophic der Optikusnei ven
   bei Tabes dorsalis.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1899, ii,
   Ergnzngshft., 63-65.  AUo, transl..- Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1899,
   exxii,  228-230.  Also, transl.:  Cong, internat.  d'opht.
   d'Utrecht. Compt.-reud., Amst., 1900. 220-223. — I.eitner
   (Y.)  Az Sroklott latdidegsorvadasrdl.  [Hereditary tabes
   of the optic nerve.]  Szem6szet, Budapest, 1897, 72.  AUo,
   transl.: Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh.,  Leipz. u.  Wien, 1900,
   ii, 215-221. -----• Az Sroklott  14t6idegsorvadAsr61 ujabb
   esetek alapj&n.  [Xew cases of congenital tabefactiou of
   the optic  nerve.]  Szemeszet,  Budapest.  1898, 24.  -----.
   Atrophia nervi optici  sclerosis polyinsularis  kiseretMien.
   f. . .  together.]   Ibid..  25. — .Tlnreiighi (G.)  Taglio
   intracranico  del nervo  ottico nei niaiumiferi  (eoniglio).
   Boll.  d. Soc.  med.-chir. de Pavia, 1902-3,  21-26.  Also,
   transl.: Arch. ital. de biol.. Turin, 1902, xxxvii, 274-278.—
   Marie (P.)   L'atrophie du nerf optique et  le tabes. J.
   de med. int., Par., 1903,  vii. 47-49. — .Mendel (F.)  Ein
   Fall von  Druckatrophie des Sehnerven bei Tumor  der
   Schiidelbasis.  Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr.,  1903,  xl, 759.—
   Meyer (J.)   Fall von traumatischer Macula - Atrophie.
   Aerztl. Prax.. Leipz., 1900, xiii, 247.—Moeli (C.)  Ueber
   atrophisehe Folgezustande in  Chiasma  uud Sehnerven.
   Arch. f. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1898, xxx, 907-942,  2  pl. -----.
   [Befunde am  centralen Hohleugrau bei Atropine des Op-
   ticus. 1  Berl.klin. Wchnsehr., 1904. xii, 839. -----. Ueber
   das  centrale Hohlengrau bei vollstandiger Atrophie des
   Sehnerven.   Arch.f.  Psvchiat., Berl., 1904-5, xxxix, 437-
   444,  2  pl—."Vesic.  Atrofija  optickog  uerva i tabes.
    [Atrophy of  the optic nerve  and . . .]   Srpski arh. za
   celok. lek., Beograd,  1900,  vi, 449-457.—IVettleship  (E.)
   A case of multiple symmetrical  congenital  hyperostoses
   of skull with a post-papillitic atrophy  of optic nerves.
   Tr.  Ophth. Soc. U.  Kingdom, Lond.,  1886-7,  vii,  222-
   224, 1 pl.—Nicolai (W.)  Zur Diagnose und  Aetiologie
   einseitiger Sehnervenatrophie.   Deutscho mil.-arztl. Zt-
    schr., Berl., 1901. xxx, 576-581.—IVorriw (W. F.)  Hered-
   itary atrophy of the optic nerve.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc.
   1880-84, Bost., 1885, iii, 355-359.   AUo, Reprint—Panas.
   Atrophie optique unilateral surveuue apres cecite subite,
    Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.,  Par.,  1896, x,  1-3.—
    Pannz  (M.) Durch Eiterung  der riickwiirtigen  Sieb-
    beinzellen hervorsierufene Atrophie des  Sehnerven.  Un-
    gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905,  x, 271.—Payne (F. W.)
    A case of optic  nerve atrophy; supervening upon au at-
    tack of  cerebrospinal  meningitis, wherein vision  -was
    markedly improved, and practical usefulness established,
    through means  of  the similimum.  Med. Advance, Chi-
    cago, 1902, xl, 339-343. -----.  Optic nerve atrophy,  pre-
    ceded by so-called nervous exhaustion.  N. Eng. M. Gaz.,
    Bost., 1903. xxxviii, 67-69.—Pechin (A.)  Atrophie op-
    tique traumatique.  Cong, internat. de med.  C. r., Par.,
    1900, sect, d'ophtal., 8-13.  AUn :  Rev. neurol., Par., 1900,
    viii, 1075-1078.  AUo: Progres med., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiii,
    105-108.  AUo:  Rev. gen.  d'opht., Par.. 1901,  xx, 49-59.
    AUo. transl.: Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1901, v,  81-84. —Pi-
    nchel  (K i   Atrophy of the optic nerve with peculiar his-
    tory.  Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1904,  xviii, 33 —
    Puccioni  (<;.)  La transfusione nervosa  nelle atrofie
    dei nervi ottici.   Gazz. med. di Roma. 1894, xx, 306-312.—
    Riolacci.   Atrophie du nerf optique consecutive a une
    brfilure.  Loire med., St.-lStienne, 1899, xviii,  177-182. -
    Rocklifle (W. C.)  Optic atrophy and primary amenor-
    rhcea.  Tr. Ophth. Soc.  U. Kingdom, Loud., 1903-4, xxiv,
Werve  (Optic,  Atrophy  of,   Causes  and

  pathology of).
  180-182.—Rosenmeyer (L.)  Ueber atrophia nervi op-
  tici sympathica.  Arch.f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1893-4, xxvin
  71-75.—Roy (O.)   Optic nerve atrophy of obscure spinal
  origin.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1896, xxvii, 943-948.—
   Kudneir (V. I.)   Tsentralnaya atrofiya zritelnikh ner-
  vov poslle  travmi.   [Central atrophy of tbe optic nerves
  after trauma.]   J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova,
  Mosk..  1902, ii, 669-673.—Sch irmer (O.)  Anatomischer
  Befuud  bei  angeborener Sehnervenatrophie.   Arch.  f.
  Ophth.,  Leipz., 1888, xxxiv, 4.  Abth.,  131-138.—Schla-
  genhnufer (F.)  Anatomische Beitrage zum Faserver-
  laufinden Sehnervenbahnen und  Beitrag zur tabiscben
   Sehnervenatrophie. Jahrb.  f.  Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien,
   1897, xvi, 1-39, 2 pl.—Schmidt-Rimpler.  Demonstra-
   tion einer partiellen Opticus-Atrophie bei cerebraler He-
   miauopsie.  Period, internat. Ophth.-Cong.  Ber., Wiesb.,
   1888, vii, 321. -----. Ueber maculare Sehnerven- Atrophie
   bei Diabetes.  Ber. ii.  d. Versamml. d.  ophth.  Gesellsch.
   1896, Wiesb., 1897,  xxv, 99-107.—Sclmpfer (F.)  Sul va-
   lore  prognostico dell' atrofia dei  nervi  ottici  nella tabe
   dorsale.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia. 1901, xxvii,
   894:  1902, xxviii, fasc. 2-3, 249.—de Schweinilz (G. E.)
   Optic nerve atrophy from toxic agents.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
   Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 938-943. -----. Partial optic nerve
   atrophy and central scotomas (so-called central amblyopia),
   apparently due to  chronic lead poisoning.  Ophth.  Rec,
   Chicago, i898, vii, 271-276.—de Schweinitz  (G. E.)  &
   Thomson  (A. O.)  A  second attack of papillitis occur-
   ring in a case ofpost-neuritic atrophy of the optic nerves.
   Arch. Ophth.,  N. Y.,  1895,  xxiv, 252-251—Shoemaker
   ("W. T.)  Binasal  hemianopsia; a case  of neuritic  optic
   atrophy with binasal  hemiauopic fields.  N. York  M.  J.
   [etc.],  1905,  lxxxi, 215-220.   AUo, Reprint. —Sidler-
   Hnguenin.    Sehnervenatrophie nach  Gebrauch von
   Granatwurzelrinde, nebst eiuigen Bemerkungen iiber die
   Gefahren  des  Extr. Filicis maris.   Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz.
   Aerzte, Basel, 1898, xxviii,  513; 553.— Silex.   Ueber ta-
   biscbe Sehnervenatrophie mit Skioptikondemonstrationen.
   Berl. klin. "Wchuschr., 1898, xxxv, 853-858.  [Discussion],
   649; 690.  AUo : Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1898),
   1899, xxix, pt. 2,  344-359.   [Discussion], pt.  1, 199; 204.
   AUo [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl.,
   1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 122.  [Discussion], 123; 131— Snell
   (S.)   Hereditary or congenital optic atrophy aud  allied
   cases.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1896-7, xvii, 66-
   81. -----. A case of optic  atrophv (primary) due to lead.
   Ibid., 1903-4, xxiv, 184-186.— Snydacker (E. F.)  Optic
   atrophy following  erysipelas.  Medicine, Detroit,  1898,  iv,
   924.—Snyder (W. fl.)  Optic atrophy following iodoform
   poisoning.   Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xiii, 105.—Soinya.
   Ueber partielle Atrophia nervi optici nach Hamatemesis.
   Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz, 1892, xv, 225-229.—
   Spalding (J. A.)  A group of  four cases of optic atro-
   phy with nearly total  blindness following sexual excesses.
   Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897, 206-212.  -----.  Optic
   atrophy from  blows on the forehead and temple.  Ibid.,
   1900, ix, pt. 1, 83-91.—Spicer (W. T. H.) Primary optic
   atrophy with  diabetes insipidus.   Tr. Ophth.  Soc.  U.
   Kingdom, Lond.,  1899-1900, xx,  167.-Sterling (C.  F.)
   May injuries  to the spine result in optic nerve atrophy!
   J. Ophth., Otol., &. Laryngol., N. Y., 1890, ii, 140.—Story.
   Case of optic atrophv in one eye, with temporal hemianop-
   sia in the other.  Lancet, Loud.. 1887, i, 1283.—Sulli (G.)
   Malattia di Reichmaun  e atrofia bianca bilaterale del nervo
   ottico.  Gazz. med. lomb.,  Milano,  1904, lxxiii,  31-34. —
   Sweet ( W.  M.)  Optic  atrophy  following intestinal
   hemorrhage.  Tr. Am.  Ophth. Soc, Hartford,  1903,  x. 183-
   186  1 pl.—Sym (W. G.)  A case of optic atrophv follow-
   ing chorea.   Edinb. M. J., 1887-8, xxxiii, 811.—Tay (W.)
   Case of blindness, with white atrophy of the optic  nerves
   in connection with idiocy and epilepsy;  history of nervous
   disorders in many of the  patient's relatives.  Roy. Lond.
   Ophth. Hosp.  Rep.,  1866,  v, 227.—Taylor  (J.)  Optic
   nerve atrophv and general paralysis.   Polyclin.,  Lond.,
    1902, vi, 344.—Theobald (S )  A case of atrophy of optic
    nerves following  hemorrhage from the stomach,  with a
    consideration of the causes of post-hemorrbagic blindness.
    Johns  Hopkins Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait., 1899, x,  82-84, 1 pl.
    AUo, Reprint.  AUo: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis,  1899, xvi,
    145-152.__UhthotT.  Ein 7jiihriger Knabe mit hoch-
    gradiger Sehstdruug unter dem  Bilde der einfacheu Opti-
    cus-Atrophie.   Jahresb.  d. schles. Gesellsch.  f.  vaterl.
    Cult. 1901, Bresl.,  1902, lxxix, med. Sect., 4.—Ulbrich (H.)
    Ein Fall von beiderseitiger Opticusatrophie nach Ein-
    wirkung  eines starken elektrischen Stromes.  Cor.-Bl. d.
    Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1900, xiii, Xo.8, 1-6.—
    Cli-ich (R.)   Ein Fall von einseitiger beginneuder Stau-
    uugspapille mit  doppelseitiger partieller Atrophie  dea
    Sehncrvenstammes.  xYrch. f. Augenh.. Wiesb.. 1890-91,
    xxii, 32-35.—Vel hagen  (K.)  Ueber  Turmschadel  und
    Sehnervenatrophie.  Munchen.  med. "Wchnsehr.,  1904, li,
    1389-1391.— Verdelet  (L ) & Aubaret (E.)   Notes sur 5
    cas d'atrophie optique post-traumatique.  Gaz. hebd. d.
    sc.  med. de  Bordeaux,  1900, xxi,  175;  190. — Vouniu*.
    Ein Fall vou Osteoiu der Keilbeiubohle und des  Siebbeins 
NERVE.
416
NERVE.
IVerve  (Optic,  Atrophy  of,   Causes  and

  pathology of).
  mit Opticusatro'phie, nebst einem Fall yon Opticusatropbie
  bei einem Xasenrachenpolypeii.  Ophth  Khn.,  Stuttg.,
  1899. iii, 69-72.  AUo.  transl.: Clin,  opht,. Par.  1899, \,
  6i_63  — Wagi iimanii  (A.)   Schwund  markhaltiger
  Nervenfaseni in der Retina  in  Folge von K«»«ner Seh-
  nervenati ophie bei Tabes dorsalis  Arch. f. Ophth.. Leipz
  1894, xl,  4. Abth., 2 i  265. - Warrington  (W.  B.) &
  Dutton (J. E.)  Observations  on the course of the optic
  fibres in a case of  unilateral optic atrophy.  Brain Loud.,
  1900. xxiii, 642-056,2 pl.  Also: Liverpool M.-Chir. J , 1901,
  xxi, 210-224, 2 pl.-Wescott (CD.)  A case of atrophy
  of the optic nerve in an infant.  Chicago Uin. Rev., 1893,
  ii  107-110 -Williamson (R-  T.)  Changes in the optic
  tracts  in  unilateral atrophy.  Tr.1Path. Soc.. Manchester
  1891-'' i  70—Young (H. B.)  Was it tabetic atropin-/
  Am J. Ophth., St: Louis, 1885, ii, 254-256. —Zirui  (E.)
  Ein geheilter Fall diabetischer Sehnerven-Atrophie.  Ceu-
  tralbi. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 88.

IVerve  (Optic, Atrophy of, Double).
     Kaijoii.   Atrophie papillaire double, sans  signe de
  tabes   Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 313-316.—Rarrett
  (J. W.)  &.  Webster (P.  S.)   Double optic  atrophy,
  ophthalmoplegia interna, weakness of int. aud  inf.  rectus
  on right side, paralysis of the int. and inf. rectus,  and
  weakness ofthe sup. rectus on the left side,  Austral. M.
  J.  Melbourne,  1894, n. s., xvi, 226.—Dor seu.  Postneu-
  riiische Atrophie beiderSehuerven nach Parotitis.  Ophth.
  Klin.,  Stuttg.,  1900,  iv,  325-327. — Enslin.  Fall von
  beiderseitiger  postneuritischer Sehnervenatrophie   bei
  Turmschadel.  Jahresb.  d. schles. Gesellsch.  f. vaterl.
  Kult.  1902,  Bresl., 1903.  lxxx, med. Sect., 104.—Fitz-
  gerald  (C. E.)   Atrophv of both optic nerves.  Proc.
  Path.  Soc. Dubl., 1873-5, ii. a.,  vi, 81— Hansell (H. F.)
  Double  secondary optic atrophv;  retinal thrombosis.
  Phila. Polyclin., 1894,  iii, 243.—Hawthorne (C. O.) A
  case of  double optic  atrophy, with Argyll - Robertson
  pupils and absence of the knee-jerks.   Clin.  J.,  Lond.,
  1901, xvni, 214-218.—Ogilvie (G.)  Case of double optic
  atrophy, with peculiar visual fields.  Brit. M. J.,  Loud.,
  1895,  i,' 046. — Paukstat.  Ein Fall vou doppelseitiger
  Sehnervenatrophie mit nonnaler Sehscharfe auf  einem
  Auge  und seine  Nutzanwendung auf die Untersuchung
  im Ersatzgescbaft.   Deutsche mil -iirztl. Ztschr., Berl.,
  19u.">,  xxxv, 218-220.—Pauw (W.)  Een geval vau  acut
   verloopende  dubbel/.ijdige  opticus-atrophie.   Geneesk.
   Tijdschr. v.  Xederl.  Indie,  Batav.,  1891, xxxi, 19.—
   Seougal (E. F.)  A case of  double optic atrophy, fol-
   lowing erysipelas of one side of the face.  Tr. Ophth. Soc.
   U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1892-3, xiii,  82-87.—Snell (S.)  A
   case of atrophy of both optic discs resulting from uterine
   (post parturn)'haemorrhage.  Ibid., 1904, xxiv, 186-189.

 Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Hereditary).
     Rickerton (It. E.)  Hereditary optic atrophy  in two
   brothers.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. C. Kingdom.  Loud.,  1903-4,
   xxiv.  178- 180. — Bramwell ( B. )   Hereditary optic
   atrophy.   Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903-4,  n.  s.,  ii, 44-55.—
   Browne  (E. A.)   Optic atrophy in three  brothers
   (smokers).   Tr.  Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom,  Lond.,  1887-8,
   viii,  235-239.   AUo [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J.,  Loud.,  1888, i,
   1338.— Dercuiu  (F. X.)   On the significance of optic
   neuritis  blindness, deafness, and the  kneejerk in  cere-
   bellar disease.   I. Nerv.  & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1893,  n. s.,
   xviii,  675-684.  Also,  Reprint.—Gould (G. M.)  Homeo-
   chronous  hereditary  optic  nerve  atrophy,   extending
   through  six generations. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong.  1893,
   Wash.. 1895. jit. 2. 1387-1389, 1  pl.  Also: Ann. Ophth. &
   Otol., St. Louis, 1893, ii, 303-307. Also, Keprint.— Grims-
   dale (H. li.)  A case of Leber's disease; optic atrophy
   affecting brothers.   Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond.,
   1901, xxix, 609.—Habershon (S.  H.)   Hereditary  optic
   atrophy.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc U. Kingdom,  Lond.,  '1887-8,
   viii.  190-234.—Knapp  (A.)   Hereditary  optic atrophy.
   Ibid., 190-2:14.  AU.>; Arch. Ophth., N.  "Y..  1904, xxxiii,
   383-385.— Koenig.  Atrophie hereditaire des  nerfs op-
   tiques.   Bull, et  m6m. Soc. franc, d'opht.,  Par., 1894, xii,
   375-378.—L<awford (J. B.)  Atrophy of optic  nerves in
   the three male members  of a family of seven ;  congenital
   colour-blindness in at least one of these; similar affection
   in a first cousin.  St. Thomas's  Hosp.  Rep. 1887, Lond.,
   1889. n. s., xvii, 157-161.— Lefevre (O.)  Une observation
   d'atrophie hereditaire du nerf optique, ou  maladie de Leber.
   Bull.  Soc med. de Charleroi. 1894. xv, 175-178.—Magers
   (J.)   Ueber hereditiire Sehnervenatrophie und hereditare
   Chorioiditis.   Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v.  Thiiringen,
   Weimar, 1898. xxvii,  385; 419.—Mix (C. L.)  Hereditary
   optic atrophy. [Abstr.]  Chicago M. Recorder, 1903, xxiv,
   175-181.—Muller.  Genuine Atrophie der Optici  bei drei
   Briidem.  Klin.  Monatsbl.  f. Augenh.,  Stuttg., 1893,
   xxxi, 26.—IVettleship (E.)   A  case of  family optic neu-
   ritis (Leber's disease) in which perfect  recovery  of sight
   took  place.   Tr. Ophth.  Soc. U.  Kingdom, Louil., 1902-3,
   xxiii, 108-112.- Oliver  (C. A.)   A short note upon so-
   called " hereditary optic-nerve atrophy " as a contribution
IVerve (Optic,  Atrophy of, Hereditary).
  to the question of transmission of structural peculiarity.
  Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1893,  Phila.,  1894, xxxii,  269-271.
  Also, Reprint—Posey (W. O.)  Hereditary optic  nerve
  atrophy; a report of three cases, representing members of
  three successive  generations affected  by the  disease.
  Aun. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 357-371— Taylor  (S. J.)
  Hereditary optic atrophy.  Tr. Ophth. Soc I'  Kingdom,
  Lond., 1891-2, xii, 146-156.  Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1891, ii, 1313.-Thompson  (J.  T.)  Case of (I)
  Leber's hereditary optic  atrophy.   Tr.  Ophth.  Soc.  U.
  Kingdom, Lond., 1891-2, xii,  156-161.—Vclhngen.  Ue-
  ber hereditare Sehnervenatrophie.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 841.

IVerve (Optic,  Atrophy of,  Tabetic).
     See Ataxia (Locomotor, Semeiology of);  Nerve
  (Optic, Atrophy of, Causes,  etc., of); Nerve (Op-
  tic,  Atrophy of, Treatment of).

IVerve (Optic,  Atrophy of,  Treatment of),
     Desgenetez (G.)  * De l'action de  l'antipvrine
  dans  certaines  formes  d'atrophie du  ucrf  op-
  tique.   4°.   Paris, 1K9;5.
     Fabrk (P.)  * De l'atrophie tabe"tique du nerf
  optique, et de son traitement.   8°.   Paris,  1903.
     Nantkrmoz (A.)  * Contribution a l'e'tude du
  traitemeut de l'atrophie  tab^tique des  lierfs  op-
  tiques.   Des dangers  de la medication iodure'e.
  6:.   Lyon,  1903.
     Bacchi.   Sur le traitement des atrophies du nerf op-
  tique et  des  nevrites.  Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1892,
  141-165 —Ball (J. M.) On removal of the cervical sym-
  pathetic in certain ocular diseases, glaucoma, and optic
  nerve atrophy. Cong, internat.d'opht. d'Utrecht.  Compt.-
  rend., Amst.,  1900, 550-565.—Bai-rett (J. W.) A caseof
  optic atrophy in which  improvement and retention of
  vision was coincident with the hypodermic injection of
  strychnia  and other treatment.   Austral. M.  J., Mel-
  bourne,  1893,  u. s., xv, 277-281.—Bnrlholow  (P.)  On
  rubidium salts, with special reference to the  use  of ru-
  bidium iodide iu optic  atrophy.  N. York M. J.  [etc.],
  1905, lxxxi, 116-118.—Berger  (M. A.)  Sluchai  bistravo
  dielstviya podkozhnikh  inyektsiy strikhuina pri chas-
  tichnoi atrofii zritelnikh  nervov. razvivshelsya  na pock-
  vie kbronicheskavo stradaniya tsentralnol uervol sistemi.
   [Rapid action of subcutaneous injections of strychnine in
  partial atrophy of the optic nerves developed after chronic
  disease of the central nervous system.]  Med. pribav. k
  morsk. sborniku,  St. Petersb., 1892, pt. 1, 278-291.—de
   Boni-gou.    De l'emploi des injections d'extrait orga-
  nique de  Brown-Sequard et d'Arsonval  dans le  traite-
  ment de differentes  formes d'atrophie du nerf optique.
   Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1893,  ex, 349-355.—Bruns  (H. D.)
   Prompt  improvement in  incipient  atrophy of the optic
   nerve under  full doses  of strychnia sulphate.  Am. J.
   Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv, 308— Capriati (V.)   II  trat-
   tamento elettrico nella atrofia t.ibetica  del nervo ottico.
   Riforma med., Napoli,  1893,  ix, pt.  4, 2; 14.—Culbert-
   sou (L. R.)  New treatnieut  for optic atrophy  by the
   combined use of glonoin  and strychnine, with a  report of
   two cases cured.   Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1890,  xiii, 161-
   166.—Demieheri (L.)  Traitement de l'atrophie tabfi-
   tique des nerfs optiques. Cliu. opht., Par., 1900, vi, 294-
   297.—Berby (II.)  Amaurosis (atrophy of tbe optic nerve)
   and its treatment by the subcutaneous injection of  strych-
   nia. Boston  M. <v  S. J., 1902, cxlvi. 51)8-511,  1 pl—Dor
   (L.)  Traitement de l'atrophie tabetiquo des nerfs op-
   tiques.   Lyon med., 1903,  c, 329: ;!.— Dracoulides.
   Un essai de traitemeut des atrophies papillaires par le sul-
   fate de quinine et de rinefficarite del'antipyrine  et des in-
   jections Browii-S6quardienues sur ces atrophies  optiques.
   Bull, et mem. Soc,  franc,  d'opht.. Par., 1894, xii, 272-275.—
   Galtier. Du  traitement  Sequardien dans l'atrophie
   grise  du nerf optique.   Ann.  d'ocul., Par., 1893, cix, 372-
   375.—Bollock (C. W.)   A case of optic nerve atrophy
   treated  by inhalations of nitrite of aiuyl.  Am. J. Ophth.,
   St. Louis, 1897, xiv, 347-349.  AUo:  Ophth. Rec, Chicago,
   1897 vi, 217-219.  Also [Abstr.].- Tr. West. Ophth.,  Otol.
   [etc.], Ass.  Ophth. Div., St. Louis. 1897,159.— I.ang be
   stehende Atrophia N. optici, durch Schmierkur gcbesseit.
   Aucenheilanst. in Basel.  Jahresb. (1898), 1899, xxxv, 53.—
   ■ic"iUond (R F.)  The value of electricity in optic atro-
   phy and choroiditis.  Tr. Colorado M. Soc. Denver. 1899,
   97-99.—1TI a I gat (J.)  Atrophie des nerfs  optiques confir-
   mee- papilles blanches; tiaitement par la  strychnine.
    Rec d'opht., Par., 1894, 3. s., xvi, 208-271.-:tlanolcseii
    (N.)  Du massage du nerf optique dans certains cas de sou
    atrophie.  Rev. med.-pharm., Constant., 1891, iv, 99-101.—
    Keiss(P.L.) Intramuscular injections ot thebimodideot
    mercury in atrophy of the optic nerve   N. Orl. M & S. J..
    1898-9, 'li, 247-252.—Benaud (E. C.) Syinpatheticectoniy
    in simple optic nerve atrophy.  St. Louis M. Rev., 1902, xly,
    74_76 —Biggs (C. E.) The value of voltaic alternatives in
    optic nerve atrophy.  Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass.,  1892,94-99. 
NERVE.
417
NERVE.
IVerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Treatment of).
  Also: Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1893, xiii, 66-68. AUo,
  Reprint.—Bounds (W.E.)  Agaricus muscarins in amau-
  rosis aud atrophy of the optic nerve.  J. Ophth., Otol., &
  Laryngol., N. Y., 1891, iii, l-i.-Bowaii  (J.)   Sections
  of healin" stump of optic nerve four days after enuclea-
  tion.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1899-1900, xx,
  168.—Short (O. J.)  Treatment of optic nerve atrophy by
  by mercurial inunctions with the hot baths of the  Hot
  Springs of  Arkansas.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1896,
  xxvii, 1184.—Snegireflf (K. V.)  O primlenenii spermina
  pri atrofiyakh zritelnavo nerva.  [Spermin in atrophy of
  the optic nerve.]  Vestnik oftalmol.,Kiev, 1902, xix, 443-449.
  AUo:  J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1902, viii,
  117-122.—Valude (E.)  D'uu effet de l'antipyrine daus
  certaines forim-s d'atrophie du nerf optique. Ann. d'ocul.,
  Par., 1893, ex, 161-169. -----.  Traitement, par l'antipy-
  rine, de certaiues formes d'atrophie du nerf optique.   Tr.
  Internat. Ophth. Cong., Edinb., 1894, viii, 311-315. -----.
  Note a propos de l'actiou de  l'antipyrine dans l'atrophie
  optique.  Ann.  d'ocul.,  Par.,  1905,  exxxiii,  195. — de
  Wecker (L.)  Le danger du traitement  specifique dans
  l'atrophie tabetique des nerfs  optiques.  Ann. d'ocul.,
  Par., 1899, exxi,  16-21.—Weiss (M.)  Die Elektrothera-
  1 pie der Sehnervenatrophie.  Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap.,
  Wien, 1890.viii, 1-11.—Zhoffrio (E. L.)  Llecheniye atro-
  fly zritelnikh nervov glubokimi  vpriskivaniyami anti-
  pirina. [Treatment of atrophy of the optic nerves by deep
  injections of antipyrin.]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1896, xvii,
  865-867.

 IVerve  (Optic,  Cancer of).
     See Nerve (Optic,  Tumors of, Malignant).

 IVerve  (Optic,  Coloboma of).
     Assicot (L.)  * Contribution a l'etude des co-
  lobonies du nerf optique.   8°.  Paris, 1902.
     Caspar ([J. H. R.] L.)   * Ueber  das Colobom
  des Selmerven.  6°.   Bonn, 1887.
     Kranz  ( C.  )  * Klinische  nnd  pathologisch-
  anatomische  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  an-
  geboretien Exkavationen  des Sehnerven.   8°.
  Marburg,  1896.
     Stephax (E. )  * Statistische  Untersuchung
  iiber die  Haufigkeit der physiologisehen Seh-
  uervenexcavation.   [Heidelberg.]  8°.   Darm-
  stadt, [18881.
     Ask (F.) Zwei Falle von Coloboma nervi optici.   Zt-
   scbr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1905,xiii, 432-440, 1 pl —Bagne-
   ris.  Coloboma de la choroi'de et du nerf optique.  Ann.
   d'ocul., Par., 1893, ex, 98-100. — Beard (C.  H.)  Tempo-
   ral cleft of the nerve head.  J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905,
   xliv, 93-95.  — Blessig (E.)   Ein Fall von  Colobom des
   Sehnerven  bei einseitigem Mikrophthalmus congenitus.
   Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,  Stuttg., 1889,  xxvii,  457-
   460, 1 pl. — Chemolosoff (A. S.)  K anatomii kolobomi
   vlagalishtsha zritelnavo  nerva.  sosudistol,  raduzhnol
   obolochki i yadernol  katarakti.   [Anatomy  of  colo-
   boma  of   the  sheath   of  the  optic   nerve, choroid
   coat, iris, and nuclear cataract]  Med. pribav k morsk.
   sborniku, St. Petersb.,  1901, pt. 2, 316-332.  AUo  [Ab-
   str.]: Vestnik  oftalmol., Kiev, 1901,  xviii, 112-115.—
   Denti (F.) Coloboma congenito delle guaine del nervo
   ottico. Atti d. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital. 1887. Pavia, 1889,
   ii, 347-350.   AUo: Boll. d. Poliambul. di Milano,  1888, i,
   41-44. — El lett (E. C.)  A  caseof unusually-  extensive
   congenital  excavation of tbe optic  nerve.  Ophth. Rec,
   Nashville,  1894, iv, 99.— Elschnig (A.)  Das  Colobom
   am Sehnerveneintritte und der Conusnach unten. Arch.
   f. Ophth., Leipz., 1900, li, 391-430, 3 pl.  Also: Ber.  ii. d.
   Versamml.  d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1900, Wiesb., 1901, xxviii,
   214-219, 3pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
   1900, xlii, 240. -----. "Weitere Mitteilung iiber das Colo-
   bom am Sehnerveneintritte uud den Conus nach unten.
   Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1903, lvi, 49-65, 1 pl— finrnye.
   Ob ekskavatsiyakh zritelnavo nerva.   [ Excavations of
   the optic nerve.]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1894, xi, 117-
   133.—Olauuing (F.)  Pseudoglaukomatose Excavation
   des Sehnerven-Eintritts.  Arch. f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1902,
   xiv. 164-176, 1 pl.—Goerlitz (M.)  Anatomische Unter-
   suchung eines sogenannten Coloboma nervi optici.  Arch.
   f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1897,xxxv, 219-259,2 pl.  AUo, transl .-
   Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1900, xxix, 392-396, 2 pl. — «©ld-
   »niith(G.H.)  Concussion injury; coloboma of disc.   Tr.
   Ophth. Soc. U.  Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3, xxiii,  285-287.—
   Gould (G. M.)  A problem in neurology;  peculiar iris-
   reaction with post-neurectic optic atrophy.  Tr. Internat.
   Ophth.Cong.,Edinb., 1894,viii,306.—Hosch(F.)  Colobom
   beider Sehnerven  ohne Spaltbildung im .Uvealtractus.
   Arch. f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1896, xxxiv, 59-67, 1 pl.  Also,
   transl. [Abstr]: Arch.Ophth., N. Y., 1899, xxiii, 428,1 pl.—
   KalmiiM (E.) EinungewohnlichesDegenerationszeichen
   an einem Fall vou  schwerer Entartung  (Coloboma nerv.
  opt. mit  markbaltigen  Sehnervenfasern).  Centralbl. f.
  Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Coblenz & Leipz., 1901, n. F.,  xii,

        vol xi, 2d  series---27
IVerve (Optic, Coloboma of).
  657-666,1 pl.—KhorlseHT(S. N.)  Kledkiy sluchai polnol
  krayevol fiziologicheskol ekskavatsii  soska  zritelnavo
  nerva.  [Rare case of complete angular physiological ex-
  cavation of the papilla of the optic nerve.]  Voyenno-med.
  J., St, Petersb., 1895, clxxxiv, 1. sect., 720-722.  Knapp
  (P.)   Ueber einige Falle von sogenanntem Sehne.i vencolo-
  bom.   Arch. f.  Augenh.,  Wiesb., 1901, xliii, 228-240.—
  liOuleflT (V. A.)  Ova slucbaya kolobomi  zritelnavo
  nerva.  [Two cases of coloboma ofthe  optic nerve. ]  Vest-
  nik oftalmol., Kiev, 1897, xiv, 546-551.—fUakrocki (F.)
  Eiu Fall von Canalis Cloqueti nnd Coloboma nervi optici.
  Arcb. f. Augenh., "Wiesb.. 1889-90, xxi, 29-41. -----. Zur
  Kenntniss der atypischen Sehnei ven-Excavation.  Ibid.,
  1890-91, xxii,  381-392.—Manz (W.)   Ueber das angebo-
  rene Colobom des Sehnerven.  Arch.  f. Ausrenh., Wiesb.,
  1891-2,  xxiii, 1-18,3 pl. AUo, transl.: Arch. Ophth.,  N.
  Y., 1892, xxi, 203-271, 3 pl.—IVeuburgcr.  Ein Fall von
  retrobulbarer Selinervendurchtrennung. Munchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii, 1550.  AUo: Ophth. Klin., Stuttg.,
  1901,  v, 329.—Norton (A. B.) Two cases of coloboma of
  the optic nerve sheath, aud one of coloboma of the choroid.
  J. Ophth., Otol., &  Laryngol., N. Y., 1890, ii, 136-139—
  Saeuiiseh  (,T.), Caspar & Kriiger.  Fiille von an-
  geborenem Colobom dos Sehnerven.  lestschr. z. Feier . . .
  H. von Helmholtz, Hamb. u. Leipz.,  1891,  1-4, 1 pl.—
  Scholtz(K)  Coloboma nervi optici.  Szemeszet, Buda-
  pest, 1901, 37.—Stephenson (S.)  Excentric medullated
  nerve-fibres. Arch. Ophth.,  N. Y., 1897, xxvi, 241, 1 pl.—
   Strzeminaki.  Colobome de la gaine du nerf optique.
  Rec.  d'opht,, Par., 1895,  3. s., xvii,  641-648.—Talko (J.)
  Przypadek  rozdwojeuia n. wzrokowego wraz z czernia-
  kieii  wyrostka  rzeskowego (coloboma n. optici et mela-
  noma processus  ciliaris).   Przegl.  lek.,  Krakow,  1891,
  xxx,  565.  Also,  transl.: Klin.  Monatsbl. f.  Ausrenh.,
   Stuttg., 1892, xxx,  134-138.—Tarnavski (E.)  K  ka-
   zuistikle kolobom zritelnavo nerva.   [Colobomata of optic
   nerve.]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1894, xi, 525-534.—Te-
   reshkovich (A. M.)  K kazuistikle kolobom zritelnavo
   nerva.  [Colobomata of the optic nerve.]   Vestnik oftal-
   mol., Kiev,  1899, xvi,  459-462.  Also, transl.:  Arch. f.
   Augenh., Wiesb., 1900,  xii, 100-102.—Thomson  (W.  E.)
   & Ballantyne (A. J.)  Crater-like hole in  the optic
   disc.   Tr. Ophth. Soc U.  Kingdom,  Lond., 1902-3, xxiii,
   277.-----------. Pigmented colobomata ofthe optic discs.
   Ibid., 277.—Werner (L.)   Coloboma of the optic nerve
   sheath, with microphthalmos.  Ibid., 272.—Weyert (F.)
   Zur  Hereditat der Opticus-Colobome.  Klin. Monatsbl. f.
   Augenh., Stuttg., 1890,  xxviii,  325-331.— Wiirdcmann
   (H. V.)  Coloboma of the optic nerve and  retina with
   persistent opaque nerve fibers.  Ann. Ophth. &. Otol.,  St.
   Louis,  1896, v, 533.

 IVerve  (Optic,  Diseases  and pathology of)

   [including papilla].
     See, also, Glaucoma (Complications, etc., of);
   Influenza (Complicationsof', Ocular);  Iodoform
   (Toxicology of); Nerve  (Optic, Atrophy  of);
   Nerve (Optic, Hyaline  bodies iu  head of); Nerve
   (Optic, Inflammation of); Nerve (Optic,  Surgery
   of); Nerve  (Optic,  Tumors of); Nerve  (Optic,
   Tumors of, Malignant).
     Blitz (A.)   * Ueber  Heilung  von  Stauungs-
   papillen.   [Kiel.]  8°.  Berlin, 1899.
     Bohn (P.)   * Ueber  angeborene  und  erwor-
   beue pathologische  Pigmentiernng am Bulbus.
   8°.  Giessen, 1902.
     Elschnig (A.) Pathologische Anatomie  des
   Sehnerveueintrittes.  Mikrophotographie bei O.
   Zoth.  8°.  Breslau, 1900.
     Ferri (L.)   Infezione  endogena  dei  bulbi
   oculari da pueumococchi diFraeukcl.   8°.  Pa-
   via,  1897.
     HORMUTH  (P.)  * Beitrage znr Lehre von den
   liereditaren   Sehnervenleiden.   [Heidelberg.]
   8°.  Hamburg  <y Leipzig, 1900.
     Also, in: Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb. u. Leipz.,  1900, 42.
   Hft., 1-165.
     Hussox (A.-C.-L.)   * Contribution  a  l'e'tude
   de la  sensibility  lumineuse et  de  la sensibilit6
   chroniatique  dans les  inflammations et les atro-
   phies du nerf optique.   8°.  Nancy, 1890.
     Kabsch (H.)   * Ueber Scheidcnerkrankungeu
   des Sehnerven. [Wurtzburg.]  8°.  Liegnitz,1882.
     Klowek (A.)   * Ein Fall von Tuberkulose  des
   Nervus opticus.   8°.  Wiirzburg, 1869.
     Kraus (C. F.)  * Zur Kasuistik der Sehnerven-
   leiden bei  Schadelmissbildungeu.   8°.   Giessen,
   1902. 
NERVE.
418
NERVE.
IVerve (Optic, Diseases and  pathology of)

  [including papilla].
    M'Leax  (C. A.)   *Clinical  notes  on  optic
  neuritis  and  atrophy  of  the optic  nerve.   8°.
  Edinburgh,  188b.
    Merts  (A.  I.)   *Ekspei'itiientalnoye  izsliedo-
  vaniye po voprosu o proiskhozlidenii zastoinavo
  soska.   [Exiierimental investigation of the ori-
  gin   of infiltration  of  the  optic  nerve.]   8°.
  S.-Peterburg,  1899.
    Oster  (L.   C.)   * Ueber  das  Verhalten  des
  Sehnerven  bei Stannngspapille  auf Grund der
  Weioert'schen Fiirbnng.   8°.  Wurzburg, 1892.
    Kosexhaum  (8.)   * Beitrage  znr Aplasie des
  Nervus opticus.  8°.   Marburg, 1902.
    AUo, in: Ztschr.f. Augenh., Herb, 1902,vii,200-213, 2 pl.

    Roth (W.)   * Ueber  das Vorkommen  der Stau-
  ungspapille bei Hirntnmoren.  8C.   Jena, 1697.
    Spuhlek (O.)  * Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  der
  sogenannten,   fleckformigen  Fettdegeneration
  des  Sehnerven, speziell  bei  der Panophthalmia.
  [Basel.]   8°.   Leipzig, 1903.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Ophth.,  Leipz., 1903, lvi, 77-115, 1 pl.

    Voktisch  ( H. )   * Ueber  Sebnervenerkran-
  knngen bei Turmsckadel.   8°.   Tiibingen, 1901.
    A ch a i-d (C.)  Sur la sclerose dans les nerfs optiques.
  Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 1890, lxv, 400^03.—Adamiik
  (E.)   Etwas  zur Pathologie der Nervi optici.  Arch. f.
  Augenh., Wiesb., lt-94, xxix, 111-126.  Also, transl.  [Ab-
  str.]: Arch.  Ophth.. X. Y., 1897, xxvi, 257.— Alt (A.)
  Notes on a case of gumma  of the optic  uerye.  Am. J.
  Ophth.,  St. Louis,  1905,  xxii, 199-201.—Angelucci (A.)
  II trattamento  chirurgico e la prognosi dell' edema di
  papilla nei focolai cerebrali.  Arch, di ottal.,  Palermo,
  1895-6, iii, 287-299. — Bans (K.)  Die Entstehung  der
  Staunngspapillitis;  eine zusamraenfassende Uebersicht.
  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1899, ii, 170-188.—Bcrnheimer
  (S.)  Ueber Sehuervenveranderung bei  hochgradiger Skle-
  rose  der Gehirnarterien.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1891,
  xxxvii, 2.  Abth., 37-57, 2  pl.—Boufigli  (R.)  Focolaio
  emorragico nel  chiasma dei nervi  ottici.  Cong. d. Soc.
  freniat. ital. 1901, Reggio nell' Emilia, 1903 8-14.—Bruns.
  Ueber die Erkrankungen des Sehneiven im Kriihstadium
  der multipleu Sklerose.  Allg.  Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. [etc.],
  Berl., 18119, lvi,  673-675. — Bull (C. S.)   The  value of
  electro-therapeutics in lesions of the optic nerve.  N. York
  M. J., 1889,  xlix,  457. -----.  Arteriosclerosis and its
  bearing upon  certain lesions ofthe retina and optic nerve.
  Ann. Ophth.,  St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 74-80.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Cornwall (F.)  Diseasesof the optic neive and retiuain
  relation  to affections ofthe brain and spinal cord.  Calif.
  M.J.,SanFran.,1888,ix,47-51.—Beutsehmann (R.)  Be-
  merkungen zur  Pathologie des Sehnerven uud Sehnerven-
  eintritte.  Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb.u. Leipz., 1890,21-33.—
  Dijekmeester  (H.)   Een geval van gepigmenteerde
  papilla nervi optici.  Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst.
  1903,  2. K.. xxxix, d. 2. 82-87.  Also, transl.: Arch. f. Au-
  genh., Wiesb., 1903, xlviii,  55-61, 1 pl.—Biscases of the
  optic nerve.  Tr. Ophtb. Soc. U.  Kingdom 1894-5, Lond.
  1895, xv,  127-136.—Bubarry & O nil lot (M.)   De la tre-
  panation dans le traitement de la stase papillaire.  Clin
  opht., Par., 1905, xi,  131-135.—Enslin.  Sehnerven-
  erkrankung  bei Schadeldeformitat.  Jahresb. d. schles
  Gesellsch. f.  vaterl. Cult.  1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med.
  Sect., 92-95—Eperon.  The prognosis of  choked disc
  [Transll  Albany M. Ann., 1897, xviii, 224-235.—Fehr.
  Eigenthiimliche Sehnervenaffection bei multiple!' Sklerose.
  Verhandl.  d.  Berl.  ophth. Gesellich.  1893-1904, Leipz '
  1905,  30-39.—Fergus (F.)  Some forms  of optic nerve
  disease, probably of sympathetic origin. Brit. M.J.  Lond
  1900.  ii,  1105-1107.— Oalezoivski.   Des thromboses
  arterielles du nerf optique de nature  arthritique.  Rec
  d'optht., Par., 1900, 3.s., xxii, 65; 138; 195; 257;  326.  AUo
  transl. [Abstr.]: J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1900, v!
  317-332.  -----.  Atrophie syphilitique des nerfs optiques
  avec  endarterites.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph
  Par., 1901, xii. 135— Gastaldo Fontabella (J.)   Con-
  sideraciones teorico-practicas acerca de las afecciones del
  nervio dptico (caso practico).   Corresp. med., Madrid
  1890,  xxv, 150-152.-«eraudel (E.)  Nevrogliome de la
  couche optique gauche.  Bull, et mem.  Soc. anat. de Par
  1901  lxxvi  324-327. -Goldzieher (V.)  Adalekok a
  latoideg pathologiajahoz.   [Additions to the pathology of
  the optic nerve.]  Szemeszeti lapok, Budapest,  1904, 1-4.—
  Goniu (J.)   Le diagnostic ophtalmoscopique des he-
  morrhagiesintiavaginalesdunerf optique.  Ann d'ocul
  Par.,  1903.  exxix, 89-107.-Greeff  (R.)   Bemerkungen
  uber  Veiandertingen der Neurogliazellen im entziindeten
  und degenerirten Sehnerv.  Arch. f.  Augenh  "Wiesb
  li96:  ^Jl1' L'»-223.-«r6«a (E.)  Adatok a latoideg pa^
  thologiajahoz. [Contributions to the pathology ofthe optic
IVerve (Optic, Diseases and pathology of)
  [including papilla],
  nerve.]   Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1898,  xlii,  137.   AUo ■
  Szemeszet, Budapest, 1898,13-15— Gunn (R. M.)  Pecul-
  iar deep partial excavation of the optic disc.  Tr. Ophth
  Soc. U. Kingdom. Lond., 1886, vi,  374.— Hays (J. M. )
  The diagnosis of diseases of tho optic nerve.  Tr M  Soc
  N. Car., Wilmington,  1S94. 108-175.—Hermann.  Stan-
  nngspapille nach  Zahnextraction.    Centralbl. f. prakt
  Augenh.,  Li ipz., 1893. xvii, 306-368.— IIigier (H.)  W
  kwestyi chor6b rodzinnych nerwa wzrokowego.  [Ou con-
  genital diseases of the optic nerve.]  Kron. lek., War-
  szawa, 1899, xx, 167; 229.— Hirschberg (J.)   Stanniigs-
  papille durch Solitar-Tuherkel im Kleinhirn.  Arch. f.
  Augen- u.  Ohrenh., Carlsruhe,  1871-2, ii, 225.—Hutch-
  inson (J.)  Patient a young woman; failure of sight
  without  ophthalmoscopic  changes; hysteria  suspected -
  loss of use of lower extremities, and total blindness; com-
  plete recovery with white discs; absence of menstruation
  for ten years; a  brother also  the subject of optic nerve
  changes.   Arch. Surg., Lond., 1890-91, ii, 61-64.____..
  Blindness of  one eye only with white disc; history of so-
  called "sun-stroke" ten years ago with paresis of several
  nerves in same orbit; no aggressive nerve disease.  Ibid.,
  150.—Issekutz  (L.)  A latdideg megbetegedeseinek ne-
  hdny ritkiibb esete. [Some rare cases of diseases of optic
  nerve.]  Szemeszet, Budapest, 1888, 28; 58.— Kaniphcr-
  stein.   Beitrag  zur   Pathologie und Pathogenese der
  Stannngspapille.   Klin. Monatsbl.  f. Augenh., StutK
  1904, xlii, 501-525, 1 pl.—Kats (li.)   Sluchai vozvratnavd
  vospaleniya zritelnavo nerva.   [Case of recurrent  in-
  flammation of the optic nerve.]  vestnik oftalmol., Kiev,
 '1895,  xii,  375-379. -----. O  raspoznavanii  stradaniy
  zritelno-ncrvnavo  apparata v glazakh  s  pomutnleniyami
  Bred.   [On the diagnosis of diseases of the optic nerve
  in eyes with obscured media.]   Ibid., 301-320.—Knwa-
  nioto (K.)  [Hemorrhage of optic nerve.J  Dai Nippon
  Gankwa  Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, ii, 534-540.—
  Hiiapp (A.) A case of localized  tuberculosis ; t ihe
  head of the optic nerve; microscopic examination.  Arch.
  Ophth., N. Y.. 1903, xxxii, 22-24, 1 pl.  AUo, transl.: Arch.
  f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1904-5 li, 116, 1 pl.—Knies.  Ueher
  Farbensinnstorung bei Sehnervenleiden.  Ber. ii. d. Ver-
  samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch,, Rostock, 1889, xx, 7-12, 1 ch__
  Kdi-iM-r (O.)  Die Veranderungeu an der Sehnerven.
  scheide bei den  otogenen  Erkrankiiugen des Hirns. der
  Hirnhiiiite  und der Blutleiter.  Deutsches Arch. f. klin.
  Med., Leipz., 1902,  lxxiii, 570-588. — Ki-uckiuniin (E.)
  Zur  Pathogenese  der Stauungspapille.  Ber.  ii. d. Ver-
  samml. d. ophth  Gesellsch. Heidelb.  1897, Wiesb., 1898,
  xxvi,  3-19. — La  rTlotte  (H.)  The cases of nerve de-
  struction in the  eye treated by hypodermic injections of
  strychnia.  Denver M. Times,  1903-4, xxiii, 76-80.—I.eil-
  ner (V.)  Idiilt  6lomm6rgez6s kdvetkeztfeben keletkezo
  latoidegbetes6g.   [Optic-nerve  disease originating from
  chronic lead poisoning.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1898,26.—
  ■iiebrecht.  Sehnerv uud  Arteriosclerose.   Arch.  f.
  Augenh., Wiesb., 1901, xliv, 193-225, 1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1901,
  Leipz., 1902,  lxxiii, pt. 2. med. Abth., 300-302. — JTInmi.
  Elektrotherapeutische  Versuche  bei Sehnervenerkran-
  kung.  Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 516.— itlnnz.
  Hydrops  vag.nse nervi optici.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au-
  genh., Erlang., 1865,iii,281-284. — Mcirowitz(P.) Lesion
  ofthe chiasm. Boston M. &S. J., 1899, cxl, 143.  Also: J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dist., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 118. — Merz (A.)
  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Pathogen-seder
  Stauungspapille.  Arch. f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1900, xii, 325-
  355.—von iTIicliel.  Uebei- experimentelle Degeneration
  des Sehnerven.  Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch.,
  Stuttg., 1892, xxii,  09-73. -----. Ueber bakteritische Em-
  bolien des Sehnerven.   Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1902, vii,
  1-8, 1 pl.  -----. Die Tuberkulose des Sehnervenstamnies.
  Miinchen. med. "Wchnsehr., 1903, 1, 7-10.-Miller (R.W.)
  Functional diseases of the optic nerve.  Ophth. Rec, Chi-
  cago,  1897, vi, 167-170. —van  Hillinsicn.   Partielle
  Chiasma-Erkrankiing.   Centralbl.  f.  prakt.  Augenh.,
  Leipz.,1886, x, 167.—Mitchell (S.)  Two cases of lesion of
  the optic tracts from la grippe.  Ophth. Rec, Nashville,1894-
  5, iv, 55-59—Miura (T.)  [Two cases of ulcerof fnndusof
  optic nerve.]   Saisei Gakusha Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1899,  11-
  36.—Muller (G. E.)  Die Sehnerveuerregungen und ihre
  Abhangigkeit von den Netzhautprozessen.  Ztschr.  f.
  Psychol,  n. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1897,
  xiv, 1-76.—Opin.  Note sur quelques points de technique
  relatifs k l'examen du nerf optique par la methode de
  Marchi.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1904, xxiv, 38-42,1 pl.-Or-
  laudini (O.)  La tossicitil delle  urine  e la crioscopia
  nelle affezioni del  nervo  ottico e della retina.  Ann.  di
  ottal., Pavia, 1901, xxx, 341-359. -----. Le malattie  del
  nervo ottico e della retina nelle affezioni geuerali;  irupor-
  tanza e rapporto reciproco.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Ve-
  nezia, 1905, xlii, 35; 83. — Otto (R.)  Ueber Veranderun-
  gen des  N.  opticus,  iusbesondere  bei  Arteriosclerose.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1892, xxix, 1036.-----.  Sehnerven-
  veranderungen bei Arteriosclerose  und Lues.  Arch.f.
  Augenh., "Wiesb., 1901, xliii, 104-124, 1 pl. — Pedraglia 
NEKVE.
419
NERVE.
IVerve (Optic, Diseases and pathology of)

  [including papilla],
  (C. A.)  Ueber Storungen der Augennerven (lurch Schin-
  kenvergiftung.  Beitr. z.  Augenh., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1890-
  91, 259-268.—Perles (M.) Ueber neilung von Stauungs-
  pa'pillen.  Centralbl.  f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1893, xvii,
  289-302. — Rohmer.  Influence de la crihiiectomie  sur
  les 16sions du nerf optique dues a, des  16sions cerebrates.
  Soc.  de med.  de Nancy.  C.-r., 18SI7-8, p. xliii. — Both
  (W.)  Zur Diagnostik der Sehstorungen  mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung  der  Sinmlationsfrage.   Militaerarzt,
  "Wien,  1897, xxxi, 4-6. — .**ncli* (T.)  Anatomisch-klini-
  scher  Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Centralscotoms  bei
  Sehnervenleiden.  Arch.  f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1887-8, xviii,
  21-50.  AUo, transl.: Arch. Ophth.,  N.  Y.,  1889, xviii,
  133-162. -----. "Weiterer anatomisch-klinischer Beitrag
  znr Kenntniss des Centralscotoms bei Sehnervenleiden.
  Arch.  f. Augenh.,  Wiesb.,  1893, xxvii,  154-206, 2 pl.
  AUo, transl.:  Arch.  Ophth., N.  Y., 1894,  xxiii, 426-444,
  2 pl.—Sauvineau. Lesions du nerf optique dans l'he-
  redo syphilis.  Ann. de derinat. et syph., Par.. 1898, 3. s.,
  ix, 360-362. AUo.-  Bull. Soc. do frang. de dermat et syph.^
  Par.,  1898, ix,  178-180.— St. Bernlieiuier.  Ueber
  Sehuervenveranderung bei hochgradiger Sclerose der  Ge-
  hirnarterien.  Arch. f. Ophth.,  Leipz., 1891, xxxvii, 3.
  Abth., 263. -----.  Ein Befuud am Opticus des Mensehen.
  Verhandl. d.naturh.-med.Ver. zu Heidelb., 1891,  n. F., iv,
  503. — Schlainpp (W.)   Ein Fall von  doppelseitiger
  Stauungspapille  beim Hunde.  Ztscbr. f. vergleich. Au-
  genh.,  Leipz., 1883, ii, 120-126. — Schnabel.  Das glau-
  coruatose  Sehnervenleiden.   Arch.  f.  Augenh.,  Wiesb.,
  1891-2, xxiv, 273-292.— Schnaudigel (O.)   Die kaver-
  nose Sehnervenentartung.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1904,
  lix, 344-359, 4pl. — Sehultz-Zehdeu (P.)  Ein Beitrag
  zur Kenntnis  der  Genese  einseitiger Stauungspapille.
  Klin. Monatsbl. f.  Ausrenh.,  Stuttg., 1905, xliii, 153-156.—
  Siegrist (A.)  Ueber wenig bekaunte Erkrankungsfor-
  men des Sehnerven.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1901. xliv,
  Ersnzngshft.. 178-245,15pl.   AUo: Ber. ii. d.Versamml. d.
  ophth. Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb., 1902, xxix, 83-102. AUo
  transl. [Abstr.]: Clin, opht., Par.,  1902. viii, 74.—Sour-
  dille (G.) Contributiou  k l'anatomie pathologique et  a
  la pathogenie des lesions du nerf optique dans les tumeurs
  cerebrales.  Arch, d'opht.,  Par.,  1901. xxi, 378 ; 441.—
  Stewart (T. M.)  Syphilis of the optic nerve and retina.
  Homceop. Eye.  Ear  & Throat J.,  X.  Y., 1902, viii,  393-
  396.—Stillson  (J. O.)  Bleaching or distinct pallor of the
  temporal  segment or papillo-macular  bundle of optic
  nerve  fibers due to  otter causes than  tobacco and alco-
  hol.  Am. J. Ophth.. St. Louis, 1902, xix, 145-156.—Stock.
  A case of gumma of the optic nerve behind the papilla and
  of choroiditis gummosa.   Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1905,
  xxii, 227-235. — Stiilling (B.) Beitrag zur  Klinik  der
  Sehnervenerkrankunsen  infolge von Gefassatheromatose.
  Klin. Monatsbl. f.  Augenh.,  Stuttg.. 1905  xliii, 113-135.—
  Thompson (J. L.) Some cases  of inflammation and
  atrophy  of the  optic nerve,  with  special reference to
  etiology and prognosis   J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1889,
  xiii. 912-916. — Thomson  (E. S.)  A case of colloid de-
  generation of the  optic  nerves.  Post Graduate, N.  Y.,
  1898, xiv, 954-957.—Thomson (R. L.)  Some  cases of op-
  tic nerve trouble.  Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1894, xxiii, 282-
  284.—Uhlhoflf.  Demonstration von Praparaten  betref-
  fend die pathologisch-anatomischen Veranderungen  des
  Sehnerven bei Erkrankungen des Centralnervensystems.
  Verhandl. d. x. internat.  med. Cong. 1890,  Berl., 1891, iv,
  10. Abth., 154-157.  -----. Zur Frage der Sebnervenschei-
  denblutungen.  Jahresb. d. scbles. Gesellsch.  f. vaterl.
  Cult. 1902, Bresl.,1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 89-91.— Vaughan
  (P. T.)  Some observations upon syphilitic manifestations
  in the optic nerve and retina; inflammatory manifesta-
  tions.  N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii,  543 ;  577. — Vignes.
  Papillite (Stauungspapille) par influenza.   Rec. d'ophth.,
  Par., 1890, 3. s., xii, 402-409. — Vossius.  Ueber die Ver-
  erbung von Sehnervenleiden.  Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch.
  f. Nat.- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1897-9, xxxii, 215. —Vossius
  (A.)   Die Bedeutung der Pupillenuntersuchung fiir  die
  Diagnostik einseitiger  Erblindung  (lurch  Sehnerven-
  lasion.   Med.Woche, Halle a. S., 1906, vii, 2-4.—Wagner
  (R.)  Zur Kenntnis der anatomischen Veranderungen bei
  sekundar-luetischerOptiknserkrankung. Klin. Monatsbl.
  f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903,  xii, 1-24, 1  pl.—Wagner (W.)
  Drei Falle von Erkrankung des Opticus in Folge intraera-
  nieller Ursachen.  76id.,Erlang., 1865, iii, 159-164.—War-
  ner (A. G.) A case of choked disk, with resulting atrophy,
  following sunstroke.  Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., 1897,
  iii, 287. — Weiss (L.) &.  Brugger (O.)   Zar Casuistik
  der Sehnervenleiden bei Tburmschadel. Arch.f. Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1893-4, xxviii, 56-66, 1 pl.   AUo, transl.: Arch.
  Ophth., N. Y., 1895, xxiv,  55-64, 1 pl. — Wcscott (CD.)
  Fibrosis of both optic nerves following fracture of the base
  of  the  skull.  Railway Surg., Chicago, 1895-6, ii, 201.—
  White (J. A.)  Optic nerve troubles accompanying or
  following  fevers, especially  typhoid fever.   J. Am.  M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi, 652-654. — Wilbrand.  Ueber
  Systemerkrankungen im Opticusstamme.  Ber. ii. d. Ver-
  samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch., Stuttg.,  1892, xxii, 84-108.
J\erve (Optic, Hyaline bodies in head of).
    Carpenter (J. T.), jr.  Two cases  of hyaline forma-
  tions iu the optic nerve.  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1893,
  ii, 902-906, 1 pl.  Also,  Reprint. —Cirincioiie.  Concre-
  zioni nella testa del nervo ottico.  Clin, ocul., Palermo,
  1904, 1599-1608.—CJifford (H.)  An unusual caso of hya-
  line bodies in tbeopiic nerve.  Arch. Ophth., X. Y., 1895,
  xxiv, 395-401. — Hyaline bodies (Driisenbildungen) at
  theopticdisc.  Tr.Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3,
  xxiii, 135-153, 1 pl.—IVcideii (A.)  Ueber Druseubildung
  im und um den Opticus.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1889,
  xx, 72-87  Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth.,  N.  Y., 1889. xviii,
  198-207, 2 pl.—Purtseher (0.)  Driisenbildung im Seh-
  nerveukopfe.  Centralbl. f. prakt.  Augenh., Leipz., 1891,
  xv,  292-294.—de Sehweinitz (G. E,) Hyaline bodies
  (Driisen) inthenerve-head.  Tr. Am.Ophth. Soc,Hartford,
  1892, vi, pt. 2, 349-359, 2 pl.  Also, Reprint.—Terson (A.)
  Les verrucosites hyalines de  la portion papillaire du nerf
  optique.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1892, xii,  367-380.

J\erve (Optic,  Inflammation  of).
    Ste, also, Amaurosis (Causes of); Brain (Tu-
  mors of);  Fever  (Typhus,  Complications, etc.,
  of,  Ocular);  Nerve  (Optic,  Atrophy of,  Causes,
  etc., of);  Nerve (Optic,  Inflammation of, Betro-
  bulbar);  Neuritis  (Alcoholic); Retinitis.
    Doxges (R.)  *Zur  Casuistik der  Neuritis
  optica bei  dem  weiblichen  Geschlecht.   8°.
  Giessen, 1903.
    Dipont  (G.-H. )  *De la n6vrite  optique
  dans ies affections c6r6brales et cerdbelleuses;
  de son traitement.   8°.   Nancy, 1898.
    Faure   (A.)  * De  la  neuromve"lite  optique
  aigue.  8°.  Lyon, 1903.
    Isupofp (M. A.)  *0  vospaleuii zritelnavo
  nerva (neuritis  optica)  na  osnovanii  literatur-
  nlkh dannlkh.   [. . ., based  on  data  from  lit-
  erature.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg,  1M99.
    Krohn (L.)   Tvenne fall  of neuritis optica.
  [Two eases of ..  .]   8°.  Helsingfors,  1871.
    Sibille  (V.)   *De la  pseudo-nevriie optique
  transitoire  chez  les  adolesceuts.  8°.   Lyon,
  1903.
    Bacchi  (M.)  Sur le traitement des n6vrites et des r6-
  tinites.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Korna, 1895,
  vi, oftal., 117.—Barker (A. E.)   Cases of optic  neuritis
  associated with purulent  inflammation  in the neighbour-
  hood of the lateral sinus.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Loud., 1890, xxiii,
  214-218.—Barrett (J. W.) & ©rr (W. F.)   Optic neu-
  ritis. Intercolon. M.  J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii,
  348-354. ——- -----. A second series  of cases  of optic
  neuritis. Ibid., 1904, ix, 249-258.—Brailey (W. H.)  On
  illustrations of  optic neuritis at present  in the wards.
  Guy's  Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,  1902, xvi, 355.—Buchanan
  (L.)  Optic neuritis in children; a clinical note.   Edinb.
  M. J., 1900, n. s., vii,  464-46H.-Bull (C.  S.)   Papillitis,
  or inflammation ofthe intra-ocularend ofthe optic nerve;
  its aetiology and connection with intracranial disease.  Tr.
  N. York Acad. M.  (1890), 1891, 2.  s., vii, 447-461.  Also:
  N. York M.  J., 1891, liii, 205-209.   AUo, Reprint.—Bur-
  nett (S. M.) Appearances simulating  optic neuritis due
  to unsuspected irregular corneal astigmia.  Am. J. Ophth.,
  St. Louis, 1904,  xxi, 225-229.-Cheathain (W.)  Optic
  neuritis in the  young; with report of five cases.  Louis-
  ville Month. J.' M. & S., 1891-2, viii,  389-392.  [Discus-
  sion], 421.   AUo: N.  Ein:.  M. Month., Danbury, Conn.,
  1902, xxi, 231-233.—Cihilton (R. H.)  Optic neuritis.  Tr.
  Texas  M. Ass.,  Austin, 1K97,  176-181.—Csapodi (I.)
  Meggydgyult  papillitis esete.  [Case  of papillitis; re-
  covery.]  Orvosi heti  szemle,  Budapest, 1890,  xx,  551.—
  Bevie.  Myelite subaigue eomplique de nevrite optique.
  Bull. m6d., Par., 1894,  viii, 1033.—Bicltinsoii  (W.)  Op-
  tic neuritis.  Med.  Mirror, St. Louis,  1890, i.  322-325.—
  Friedenwald  (A.)   Optic neuritis.  Maryland M. J.,
  Bait., 1881-2, viii, 145;  171.   AUo, Reprint.— Fi-omaget.
  N6vrite optique typhique.  M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et
  chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 203.—Gonzalez (J. de J.)
  Apuntes para el estudio  de la etiologia, prondstico y
  tratamiento  de la neuritis optica; casos  clinicos.   An.
  de oftal.,  Mexico,  1900-1901, iii,  241;   274. — Cowers
  (W. R) A  clinical lecture on optic neuritis.   Clin. J.,
  Lond., 1894-5, v, 85-90. -----. A  lecture on severe optic
  neuritis.  Ibid., 1895, vi, 81-86.—Oman (R. M.)   A clin-
  ical lecture  on  optic neuritis.  Ibid., 1897-8, xi, 23-28.—
  Hereon (J. T.)  Optic neuritis.  Ophth. Rec. Nashville,
  1891, i, 109-112.— Jeaffreson (C. S.) Clinical  lecture on
  optic neuritis.  Lancet, Lond., 1890,i,891; 951.—Johnson
  (W. B.)  Report of a case of optic neuritis.  Tr. Am. Otol.
  Soc, New Bedford, 1898-1901, vii, 252-256.  AUo, Reprint,—
  JTullien.   N6vrite optique, c6cit6 immiuente; gu6rison
  par les injections de calomel.  J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par.,
  1904, xvi, 489-491.—Koenig (E.)   N6vrites optiques peri- 
NERVE.
420
NERVE.
]\erve (Optic, Inflammation of).
  pheii.mes; lour traitement chirurgical.  [liap. deCbauvel.]
  Bull Acad de med.. Par., 1904, 3. s ,  li, X2-S4.— Koniga-
  hiirer.  Die  Khissiflkation der Sehnervenentziniduugen.
  Med Cor. lll.d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg.,  1904, lxxiv,
  723-725.  _____.  Ueber die Klassifikation der Neiu itideu.
  Ophth  Klin.  Stuttg.,  1904, viii,  209-211.  AUo.transl.:
  Clin,  opht..  Par., 1904, x, 251-253. — I.nwfoi-d.   Sulla
  nevrite ottica.  Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1^95. xn. 421-424.—
  Eiloyd (J. H.)  Optic neuritis as an early symptom in
  nervous  diseases.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., iii,
  209-215.__llladan.  Notas  sobre  una forma sensitiva de
  neuritis  periterica;  ambliopia por neuritis 6ptica retro-
  bulbar.  Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, lh98, xxiv, 81-86.—
  fTIelotte (J.)  De la neurite optique subaigue  par les ma-
  ladies infectieiises; sou diagnostic et son traitement.  Pro-
  gres med. beige, Brux.,  1902, iv, 79.—.Murrell (T. E.)
  The value of  optic neuritis as a symptom.  J. Arkansas
  M. Soc, Little Rock, 1892-3. iii, 7-14— Natanson (A. V.)
  O tryokh  sluchayakh  porazheniva  zritelnavo nerva.
  [Three cases of disease of the optic nerve.] Vestnik of-
  talmol., Kiev, 1901. xviii, 492-497.—Neuritis nervi optici.
  Augenbeilanst. in Basel. Jahiesb. (1896), 1897, xxxiii, 40:
  (1897), 1898, xxxiv, 44.—O vio (G.)  Contributo alia natura
  e patogenesi della nevrite ottica e dell' ottalmia simpatica.
  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1889, x, 209-256.—Panas.
  Sur un cas de papillite.  Ann. de rn6d.  scient.  et prat.,
  Par.. 1895, v, 361. Also: Independ. med., Par.,  1897,  iii,
  217.—Patry  (A.)  Sur un  type clinique caract6ris6 par
  une n6vrite optique et une deformation cranienne.   Ann.
  d'ocul.,  Par.,  1905, cxxxiii, 249-270, 1 pl.—Pershing
  (H. T.)  Optic neuritis of unknown origin.   J. Nerv. &
  Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 29-32.—Phillips (T.)  Pro-
  tracted convalescence after optic neuritis.  Ophth. Hosp.
  Rep., Lond., 1889, xii, 331. — Pischel (K.) Papillitis ob-
  served iu the process of its development.  Arch. Ophth.,
  N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 154.—Bing (G. O.)  Acute unilateral
  optic  neuritis.  Codex med. Phila.,  1895-6, ii, 233-237.—
  Bohnier.  De  rinflueuce  de la  craniectomie sur la ne-
  vrite optique consecutive aux lesions des centres nerveux.
  Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1898, xxx, 321; 426;  481; 525.—
  Nclianz (F.)  Ueber das Zusammeuvorkommen von Neu-
  ritis optica und Myelitis acuta.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 615-617.—Schuster (P.)  & Men-
  del (K.)  Neuritis optica als Complication bei Erkrankun-
  gen des Hervensysteuis.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1899,
  xviii, 1018-1088.—de Sehweinitz  (G. E.)   Acute uni-
  lateral optic neuritis, with the report of a case.  Tr. Phila.
  Co. M.Soc..lKX8,ix, 247-252. AUo, Reprint.  A Uo: Polyclin.
  Phila., 1888-9, vi, 138-141.  -----.  Cases of monocular op- ,
  tic neuritis.  Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 491-495.—Shannon
  (J. R.)  Acute vision with choked discs.  Manhattan E\e
  & Ear Hosp.  Rep., N. Y.,  1896,  iii, 44-46.—Silex (P.)
  Leitungsunterbreehungen  des Nervus opticus  mit vor-
  iibergehender Lahmung  sammtlicher  Angenmuskeln.
  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1888, xxvi, 429-435.—
  Spicer  (W. T. H.)   Spurious optic neuritis.   Tr. Ophth.
  Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1895-6, xvi, 134-137, 1 pl.—Tay- I
  lor (J.) & Collier (J.)  The occurrence of optic neuritis
  in lesions of  the spinal cord; injury, tumour, myelitis;
  an account of twelve cases and one autopsy. Brain, Loud.,
  1901,  xxiv, 532-553. — Taylor (J. S.)  Neuritis optica.
  Rep. Surg.-Gen.  U. S. Navy. Wash.,  1904, 284.—UhthoflT
  (W.)   Ueber einen Fall von einseitiger erworbener totaler
  Farbenblindheit auf Grundlage einer periphereu neuriti-
  schen  Erkrankiing des Opticus-Stammes bei fast voller
  Sebscharfe (  S = {} ).   Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch.  deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
  332.—Wilder (W. H.)  Optic neuritis.   Internat.  Clin.,
  Phila., 1896, 6. s., ii, 289-299, 2 pl.-Williamson (G. E.)
  Note on optic neuritis.  Rep. Proc. Northumb.  & Durham I
  M. Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1x82-3,  22-24.— Wood
  (W. L.)  Optic neuritis.  Med. Sentinel,  Portland, Oreg., |
  1896, iv, 242-248. — Varoshevski (S.J   Elektrichestvo
  pri zabollevanii zritelnikh nervov (neuritis retro-bulbaris);
  sllepota; vozvrashtsheniye  zrleniya.  [Electricity in dis-
  eases of the optic, nerves (...); blindness; returned vis-
  ion.]  Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1896, viii, 547.

IVerve  (Optic,  Inflammation   of,   Causes

  and pathology of).
     See,  also,  Nerve  (Optic,  Inflammation  of,
  Double); Nerve  (Optic, Inflammation  of, Retro-
  bulbar).
     Arnfkld  (B.)  * Ueber die  Neuritis  hyper-
  metropum  (AVolffberg,  Breslau).  8°.   \Viirz-
  burg,  1895.
     Dacssat (L.-J.-M.-C.)  * Etude sur la u6vrite
  optique hereditaire.   4°.  Lyon, 1893.
     Gault (F.)  * De  la  neuromyelite  optique
  aigue.  4°.   Lyon, 1894.
IVerve  (Optic,  Inflammation  of,  Causes
  and pathology  of).
    Katz (K.)   *  I'eber  das  Zusainntenvorkoni-
  mcn vou Neuritis optica  nnd Myelitis acuta.  sc.
  Leipzig, 1*90.
    Also, in: Arch. f.  Ophth., Leipz., 1896,  xlii, 1. Abth.
  202-240.
    Klopfek  (<;.  L.)   *  Neuritis  optica  infolge
  von llereditiit und congenitaler Anlage (Leber).
  8°.   Tubingen, 180*.
    Nottbeck  (J.  B.)  * Ein Beitrag zur  Keunt-
  niss  der  congenitalen  Pseudoneuritis  optica
  (Scheinneuritis).  8J.   Marburg,  Ml?.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Ophth.,  Leipz., 1897, xliv, 31-65, lpl.
    Perrin (J.)   * De  la n6vrite  optique  dana
  l'albiiniiuuiie Idgere.   8°.   i'aris, 1H<J9.
    Rozenbkrg  (N.   K. )   *  Ekspcrimeutalntye
  materiali  k ucheniyu  oli  otravnlkh vospaleni-
  yakh zritelnavo  nerva  i  sietchatki.   [Experi-
  mental data on toxic optic neuritis aud retinitis.]
  Hc.   S.-Peterburg, 1901.
    AUo [Abstr.], in:  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1902, xix,
  84-88.
    Vossius (A.)   Ueber  die Vererbung von Au-
  jrenleiden mit besouderer Beriicksichtigung der
  Neuritis optica infolge  vou Herediriit und cou-
  genitaler Anlage (Leber).   8^.  Halle a. S., 1900.
    Wild (G.)  * Ueber einseitige  Sehstorungen
  bei  priniarer orbitaler  Neuritis.   [Basel.]   8°,
  Nbrdlingen,  1891.
    Wuxderli  (H.)  * Klinische   Beitrage  zur
  Aetiologie  uud  Heilung der Sehnervenentziin-
  dung.  8°.   Zurich, 1890.
    Aalbertsberg (G.)  Neuritis optica door het gebruik
  van scbildklier. Nederl.Tijdschr.v. Geneesk., Amst.,1902,
  2. R., xxxviii,  d.2,1125-1129.—Abadie (C.)  Sur quelques
  particularites de la nevrite optique des tumeurs cer6bi ales.
  Bull. Soc de med. de Par. (18x6),  1887,  xxi, 84-91. — All
  (A.) Neuritis optica descendens  consequent upon nasal
  treatment.  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1895, xii, 257-261.—
  Anjfelncci (A.)  Sulla neurite uricemica acuta del nervo
  ottico.  Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1898-9,  vi, 213-234.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: Clin, mod., Pisa, 1899, v, 169.  Also, transl: Rev.
  gen. d'opht., Par., 1899, xviii, 289-294. — Antonelli (A.)
  Neurite ottica, papillare e retrobulbare da influenza.  La-
  vori d. cliu. ocul. d. r. Univ. di Napoli, 1x91-3, iii, 261-276.
  AUo: Ann.diottal.,Pavia,1892-3,xxi.ll9-132. AUo, transl.:
  Rec. d'ophth., Par., 1892, 3.s.,xiv, 280-344. -----. Nevrite
  optique et chorio-rfetinite pigmentaire binoculaires, suitede
  fievre pernicieuse des pays chauds.  Rec. d'opht., Par.,
  1898,3. s., xx, 277-281.-----. Les nevrites optiques au cours
  des infections aigues.  [Rap.]   Arch, d'opht., Par., 1903,
  xxiii, 454; 503; 578; 633; 732.   AUo, Reprint.-----. Les u6-
  vrites optiques  an cours des maladies infectieiises aigues
  de 1'enfance.  Ann. de med. et chir. inf.. Par., 1904, viii,
  433-450. — Barraquer (J.)  Neuritis  optica intra6sea.
  Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel.,  1896, xxii, 1-3.—Barrel!
  (J. W.)   Two cases of optic neuritis occurring in brothers,
  each with central color scotomata.  Austral. M. J.. Mel-
  bourne, 1895, n.  s., xvii, 504— Baquis (E.)  Dellanevrite
  ottica priinitiva.  Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1893, xxii, 3-7.—
  Benson (J.  R.)  A case of neuritis affecting  the optic
  and  cervical  nerves, complicated by carcinoma of  the
  breast.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 885. — Berry (G. A.)
  The light sense in  optic  neuritis.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.
  Kingdom, Lond., 1889, ix, 158-162.  — Biehelonne (H.)
  Contribution  a l'etude des nevrites optiques d'origine in-
  fectieuse. Ann.  d'ocul.,  Par., 1904, exxxii,  352-366. —
  Brandes &  de Greift  (R.)   Note sur un cas de
  nevrite  optique unilaterale  suite d'afl'ection nasale (eth-
  moidite et sinusite maxillaire).  Ann. Soc. de mM. d'An-
  vers, 1902, lxiv, 87-91—Bregman (L. E.)  Ostre zapn-
  lenie pozagalk(.we nerwu wrzokowego i  histerya.  [Acute
  retro-globular inflammation  of  the optic nerve and hys-
  teria.]   Medycyna.  Warzawa,  1900, xxviii,  333-337.—
  C'abniines  & Ulry. Phlegmon  de  l'oibite;  nevyite
  etran-'lee;  keratite  neuro-paralytique; anesthesie dou-
  loureiise de l'ceil.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor-
  deaux, 1897, xviii, 140-143.—C'alderon. Nevrite optique
  descendante  suite de kyste hydatique du ventricnle lateral
  gauche du cerveau.  Arch, d'opht.. Par., 1899, ix, 433-438.—
  Chevalier.  Nevrite optique consecutive k l'intoxica-
  ition saturnine; terminaison par atrophie des nerfs optiques.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1903, xx, 303-308.-
  Clarke(E.) Cerebraltumourwithopticnenritis. [Abstr.|
  Brit. M.J., Loud., 190H, ii, 1105.—4'opeland (R. S.) Ha?m- 
NERVE.
421
NERVE.
Verve  (Optic,  Inflammation  of,  Causes

  and pathology of).
  atology  in its relation to ophthalmology, illustrated by a
  case of  optic neuritis.   Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat. J.,
  N. Y., 1901, vii, 317-320.—Coppez (Ii.)  Nevrite optique
  par absorption  de thyroidine.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1900,
  xx, 656-662.—C'ranier (E.)  Sehnerveuentziindung nach
  Schadelcontiisioii.  Arch.  f.  Ophth.,  Leipz., 1898,  xlvii,
  437-449.—C'ross (F. R.)  Four cases of neuritis after in-
  fl  euza.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1892-3, xiii,
  79-82.—Dalen (A.)   Neuritis optica  und Myelitis acuta.
  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz.. 1899, xlviii,  672-693, 1 pl.—Be
  Beck (D.)  Optic neuritis due to menstrual  disturbance.
  Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic, 1889, n.s, xxii, 287-291.—Be Bono
  (F. P.)  Nevropapilliteottica quale fenomeno  iniziale della
  sclerosi disseminata cou speeiali considerazioni sul nistag-
  mo.  Arcb. di ottal., Palermo, 1898-9, vi, 420-442.  AUo .-
  Atti d.  r. Accad. d. sc.  med. in Palermo (1899),  1900, 10-
  25 — Dcnig (R.)  Ein Fall vou Neuritis optica in  Folge
  chroniscberAuilin vergiftung. N.Yorker med.Monatschr.,
  1903, xv, 31-33.— Derby (G. S.)  Optic  neuritis during
  lactation, including  a  reference  to  other  ocular con-
  ditions  observed  iu  this  period.   Arch. Ophth., N. Y.,
  1905, xxxiv,  9-22.—Despagnet  (F.)   De la  nevrite
  optique  hereditaire.   Bull, et  meni.  Soc. fran§. d'opht.,
  Par., 1892, x,  390-402.  AUo:  J. d'ocul. du nord de la
  France, Lille. 1892-3. iv, 30-32.  AUo: Rec. d'ophth., Par.,
  1892, 3.  s., xiv, 3X7-:u»X.—Deyl (I. V.)  Novoye obyasne-
  niye proiskhozhdeniya zastolnavo soska. [New explana-
  tion of  origin of congested papilla.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Bot-
  kina, St. Petersb.,  1897,  viii,  1649-1651.  Also,  transl:  \
  Casop.16k.6esk.. vPraze, 1898,xxxvii,5; 20.  AUo, transl.:
  Ophth.  Kliu.,  Stuttg.. 1898, ii, 27.  AUo. transl. and en- I
  larged: Wien.  klin. Rundschau,  1899, xiii, 165; 183; 215;
  231; 249; 266.-----. Diseases of the  optic nerve.  f Transl. ]
  Syst. Dis. Eye (Norris &  Oliver),  Phila.. 1898,  iii, 579-
  628, 2  pl. — Dor (L.)  N6vrite inflammatoire tubercu-
  leuse des nerfs optiques.   Lyon med., 1905, cv, 1021.—
  Duhot. Polynevrite syphilitique de l'appareil oculaire.
  Soc. beige de derinat. etde syph.  Bull., Brux.. 1902-3,  iii,
  85-91.—Dunn (P.)  A case of (?) syphiloma of the brain;
  optic neuritis with much loss of vision ; recovery.   "West j
  Lond. M. J., Lond., 1899, iv, 127— Eddison &  Teale.
  Case of optic neuritis associated with chlorosis.  Brit.  M.
  J., Lond.. 1888, i, 1221.—Edmunds  (YV.) & Lawford
   (J. B.)   An analysis of cases of hemianopsia in  cerebral
  disease in reference to  the occurrence of optic  neuritis.
  Tr.  Ophth. Soc.  U.  Kingdom,  Lond.,  1886-7, vii, 204-
  207.-----------. Ou  optic  neuritis in head  injuries.
  Ibid.,  208-217,  1 1.,  1  pl.—Einseitige  Entziinduug des
  Sehuervenkopfes mit  Ausgang in  Amaurose;  partielle
  Embolic der Arteria centralis retina-.  Augenheilanst. in
  Basel.  Jahresb.  (1895), 1*96, xxxii,  41-43.—Engelhardt
   (A.)  Neuritis optica bei  Chlorose; Krankheitsverlauf
   und Tod unter den Symptomen eines  Hirntumors.   Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1900. xlvii, 1233-1237.—Espen-
  scliied. Ein  Beitrag  sur Frage  der  Beziehuugen zwi-
  schen Caries des Felsenbeins und Neuritis optica.  Arch.
  f. Ohrenh, Leipz., 1904, lxiii, 1-11.  -Ferguson (H. L.)
  Notes on a case of optic neuritis, following exposure to
  heat.  Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas.   Tr.. Melbourne,
   1889, ii, 761-764.— Flalau (G.)  Neuritis optica bei Para-
  typhus.  Miinchen.  med.   Wchnsehr.,  1904,  li,  1245.—
   Fleming (It. A.)  Optic neuritis iu  cases of intracra-
  nial tumour, with  special  reference to tho  neuroglial
  changes present.   Rev. Neurol. <fc Psychiat.,  Edinb., 1904,
  ii, 569-57X, 5 pl.—Galezowoki.   Des n6vrites  optiques
  syphilitiqties, de  leur valeur auatomo-pathologique et de
  leur traitement.  Aun. de dermat. et  syph.,  Par., 1895,
  3. s., vi, 572-574.  AUo: Bull. Soc. franc, de  dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1895, vi, 283-285. -----. De la retiuite  et de
  la nevrite optique syphilitiques.  Cong, internat. de med.
  C.r., Par., 1900, sect, d'ophtal., 116-118.—Gallemaeris.
  N6vrite optique et lactation.  Policlin., Brux.,  1900,  ix,
  81-84.—Garcia f'alderon (A.)   Neuritis optica des-
  cendente k cousecuencia de nn quiste hidatide del ventri-
  culo cerebral izquierdo.   Rev. de med. y cirug. pra-ct.,
  Madrid, 1889,  xxv,   561-566.—Gnsparrini  (E.)  Di
  alcuni casi di glaucoma posteriore successivo alia neurite.
  Ann. di ottal., Pavia. 1901, xxx, 259-267.—Gayon  (J. P.)
  Presentacidn de uu cerebro pertenecieute &  una enferma
  de neuritis 6ptica.  Gac. med., M6xico,  1902, 2. s., ii, 291-
  294.—Gibson (J. L.)   Ocular neuritis, simulating basal
  meningitis; plumbism.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897,
  xvi, 479-482 —Grnddy  (L.  B. )    Idiopathic  multiple
  cranial  neuritis.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1888, xxxiii,  413.—
  Hanke (V.)   Ein  forensisch  interessanter Fall von
  'hereditare!'  Neuritis  optica  (Leber).   Klin.  Monatsbl. f.
  Augenh.. Stuttg., 1905, xlii,,713-727. -llawlhornc(C.O)
  Optic neuritis  in  chlorosis.  Polyclin ,  Lond., 1904, viii,
  134-130. — Hennart  (E.)   De la  n6vrite optique avec
  stase chez les  sujets jeunes.  Bull. mCid. du nord,  Lille,
  1894, xxxiii, 473495.—llerringhaui (W.  P.)  Pain in
  the head, epileptiform attacks, vomiting, staggering, optic
  neuritis, cysts of choroid plexus.  Illust. M. News,  Loud.,
  1888-9, i, 193.—Higgens (C.)  Notes on acase of unilateral
  optic neuritis.  Lancet, Lond., 1899, i,  1083. — lligier
IVerve   (Optic,  Inflammation   of,  Causes

  and pathology of).
  (H.)   Eiu Fall von  Neuritis  optica  mit 4wochenlicher
  doppelseitiger, iu complete Heilung ausgegangener Blind-
  heit.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xvii, 389-397.  AUo,
  transl: Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1898, xix, 1-12.—Ilirsch-
  berg (J.)  Ueber die  Pupillen-Bewegung bei schwerer
  Sehiierven-Eutziindung.  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1901,
  xxxviii,  1173-1175.— Ilorstmann  (C.)  Ueber  Neuritis
  optica speciflca.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.u.Berl.,
  1888,  xiv, 899.  AUo: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu
  Berl., 1888-9, viii,96-104.  AUo: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
  1888-9, xix, 454-468.  AUo. transl.:  Arch. Ophth., N. Y.,
  1889,  xviii. 174-186. — Hubbell (A. A.)  Optic neuritis
  aud its significance as  a symptom.   Buffalo M. & S. J.,
  1889-90,  xxix, 398^06. — Hutchinson  (J.)  A case  of
  optic neuritis in a young man without obvious cause; de-
  tails  of  the condition  eleven  years  afterwards.  Ophth.
  Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1888, xii, 67.—Inouye (K.)  [A case
  of inflammation of the optic nerve of the posterior eyeball
  following  ancbylostomiasis.]  Iji Shiubun,  Tokio, 1902,
  862-865. — Ioelson (K.)   Sluchai  opticheskavo nelrita
  poslle zaderzhaiya mochi.   [Optic neuritis following re-
  tention of urine.]  Vestnik oftalmol.,  Kiev,  1888, v, 493-
  497.—Jackson (J. H.)  On optic neuritis in intracranial
  disease.   Med. Times   & Gaz.,  Lond., 1881, i,  311; 460.
  AUo,  Reprint.— Juler (H.)  Uniocular  optic  neuritis.
  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1893-4,  xiv, 121.—
  Kikuike (B.)  [Observation of a patient suffering from
  tabetic inflammation of the  optic nerve.]   Gun  Igaku
  Kwai Zasshi,  Tokyo, 1897, 03-73.—Konigshofcr.  Neu-
  ritis  optica im Anschluss an Rheumatismus  articulorum
  acutus.  Med. Cor.-Bl.  d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg.,
  1896, lxvi, 217. ----.  Einseitige  Neuritis optica geheilt
  im Anschluss an die Entfernung  adenoider Vegetationen
  des Nasenrachenraums. Ophth.  Klin., Stuttg., 1901,  v,
  1-3.  AUo, transl: Cliu. opht., Par., 1901, vii, 33.—Knapp
  (H.)   Orbital optic neuritis, including alcohol and tobacco
  amaurosis.  Arch. Ophth.,  N. Y.,  1891,  xx,  123-130.—
  Koguchi (C.)  [A case  of  optic neuritis  in  sinusitis
  sphenoidalis.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo,  Tokio, 1904, xxv, 577-
  581.—de Laperooiine (F.)  Des nevrites optiques li6es
  aux sinusites  sphenoidale.1?  et aux maladies de  l'arriere-
  cavit6 des fosses nasales. Cong, internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht.
  Compt.-rend., Amst., 1900.  534-543.  Also: Ann. d'ocul..
   Par., 1899, exxii. 182-188.  Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille,
  1899, iii, 445-448.   Also, transl:  Ophth.  Klin., Stuttg.,
   1899, iii,  277-280.   AUo,  transl. [Abstr.]: Ztschr.  f. Au-
  genh., Berl., 1899, ii, Ergnzngshft., 78. -----. De la nevrite
  optique  daus les maladies  de  l'encejihale.  Gaz. d. hop.,
  Par.,  1902, lxxv, 425-427.  -----. Lymphocytose rachi-
  dieune et affections oculaires.  Rec. d'opht., Par., 1903,3. s.,
   xxv, 316. — Eia Torre (G.)  Nevrite ottica da uricemia.
   Arcb. di ottal., Palermo, 1897-8, v, 334-354.—JLeques (G.)
   N6vrite optique k frigore.  Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil.,
   Par., 1890, xv, 214-217.— Harlow (F. W.)  Optic neuritis
   due-to dental irritation.  Aun. Ophth., St. Louis, 1897, vi,
   133.—Meighau (T. S.)  Two cases of optic neuritis of in-
   tracranial origin.  Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1891-3, iv,
   198-202.   Also: Glasgow M. J., 1893, xxxix, 405-410.  [Dis-
   cussion], 449-451.—Menacho.  Neuritis optica de origen
   reflejo amigdalar.  Rev. de cien. med. de Parcel., 1894, xx,
   481-486.   AUo, transl..-  Tr. Internat. Ophth. Cong., Edinb.,
   1894, viii, 127-131.—.Tlinor (.1. L.)   A case of optic neu-
   ritis, probablv of uterine origin.   Ophth. Rec, Chicago,
   1897, vi, 70.—Van Moll (F.  D.  A. C.)   Neuritis optica
   bij chlorose.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1900,
   2. R., xxxvi, d. 2, 931.—iUunteudam (P.)  Neuritis op-
   tica  bij  chlorose.  Ibid.,  657-609.—IVasou (E. N.)  In-
   tense optic neuritis, with symptoms of cerebellar tumour,
   possibly due  to anaemia.  Birmingh. M. Rev., 1894, xxxv,
   229-231.—iXclth -hip  (E.)  Case of slight sore  ou linger
   causing axillary abscess; then one-sided anterior head-
   ache and rapid failure of corresponding eye and soon after
   of other eye from neuritis, leading to atrophy;  ?septic
   inflammation  in front  of  chiasma.  Roy. Lond. Ophth.
   Hosp. Rep., 1902, xv, pt. 2, 121-123.  Neuritis optica mit
   grosscnllaBmorrhagienuudNetzhautodem,partielle Venen-
   thrombose; Heilung; nach Influenza.  Augenheilanst. in
   Basel.  Jahresb. (1895),  1896, xxxii.43—IVuel (J.-P.) Ana-
   tomie pathologique Jet  traitemeut)  des nC-vrites optiques
   toxiques.   [Rap.]  Cong,  internat.  de mGd.   Rap.  sect.
   d'opht..  Par., 1900, pt.5,1-72.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Cong, inter-
   nat.  de  med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect,  d'ophtal., 126-158.
   Also [Abstr.]: Bull.  Acad. roy. de med.  de,  Belg., Brux.,
   1900,4. s., xiv, 313-336,  6 pl.  "AUo [Abstr.]: Presse med.
   beige,  Brux., 1900,  lii, 480-4h2   -----.  Reponse a  di-
   verses critiques de  son rapport.  Cong, internal, de med.
   C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'ophtal., 178-183. -----.  La ne-
   vroglie dans 1'inflammation  du nerf optique.   Ibid., sect.
   d'anat. path., 199-208. -----.  Recherches anatouio-patho-
   logiques sur les nevrites optiques.  Xevraxe,  Louvain,
   1901, iii, 1-50.— Pagnalari (F.)   Um caso de nevrite
   optica na febre amarella e dus nevrites infectuosas.  Bra-
   zil-med., Rio de Jan.,  1897, xi, 128; 116.—Panas. N6-
   vrite optique d'origine blcnnorrhagique.  Semaine m6d.,
   Par.,  1890, x, 477.   AUo, transl: Gazz. d. cliu., Napoli, 
NERVE.
422
NERVE.
.Verve  (Optic, Inflammation  of,  Causes

  ami pathology of).
  1891,  ii. 103-108. -----.  Nevrite optique d'origine blen-
  uorrhagique.  Presse med.. Par., 1895,65.  -----.  Nevrite
  optique survenue tardivement  apres un erysipele peri-
  oculaire.  Rev. gen. de clin.  et  de therap., Par.,  1897, xi,
  417 — I'.irinand (H.)  Contribution a l'etude de la ne-
  vrite cedemateuse d'origine intracrAnienne.  [Rap.]  Ann.
  d'ocul., Par., 1895, cxiv, 5-22. AUo.transl: Ann.d'ocul., N.
  "., 1><95. cxiv, 5-22.-----. La nevrite optique r6trobulhaire
  et les voies  d'iufection du  systeme nerveux.  J.  de med.
  et chir. prat., Par., 1896, lxvii, 484-489.—Pick (L.)  Pseu-
  doneuritis optica, Oedem der Papilla nervi optici; Neuritis
  optica.   Ztschr.  f. Augenh., Berl.,  1904, xi, 221-226 —
  Pieque  (L.)   iStude critique  sur l'anatomie patholo-
  gique  et la pathog6nie  des  n6vrites optiques.   Arch.
  d'opht., Par.,  1888, viii, 420;  485.—Beis  (W.)   Eiu  Ab-
  scess in der  Lamina cribrosa des Sehnerven alsKomplika-
  tion im Verlaufe einer Orbitalphlegmone.  Arch. f. Ophth.,
  Leipz.,  1904, lix, 155-105—Beiss ( P. L.)   Gonorrhceal
  optic neuritis.   N. Orl. M.  & S. J., 1895-6,  xxiii, 650.—
  Kciiicn ( M.)   Neuritis optica, chlorosis.  Aerztl. Centr.-
  Ztg., Wien,  1902, xiv, 039.  AUo: Casop.lek. 6esk..v Praze,
  1902,  xii. 406. — Bendu.  Nevrite optique uiemique.
  Kev. internat. de med.  et de chir., Par., 1900, xi, 163-165.—
  Boclioii-Duvigneaud.   Contribution a l'etude de la
  u6vrite  cedemateuse  d'origine  iutracranienne.   Arcb.
  d'opht., Par., 1895, xv,  401-428.—Bocklifle (W. C.)   Op-
  tic neuritis  following concussion of eyeball.  Tr. Ophth.
  Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1903-4, xxiv, 182-184.—Rnmpf
  (T.)  Zur Wirkung des faradischen Piusels bei einem
  Fall  von   Neuritis  optica  mit Myelitis  transversa.
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Berl., 1881, vii,  442.—ISanz
  Blanco (  F. ) & Antonelli.  Les  nevrites  optiques
  au cours des infectious aigues.   [Rap.]  Cong, internat.
  de  med.   C.-r.  1903, Madrid,  1904, xiv,  sect, d'opht., 189-
  277.  AUo,  transl. [Abstr.]: Arch,  de oftal. Hispano-
  Ara,  Madrid, 1903,  iii, 285-294.—Seulinci  (N.)   Sulla
  patogenesi della neurite  ottica  tossica; statu delle cono-
  scenze; considerazioni critiche; nuova interpretazione.
  Ann. di  ottal.. Pavia,  1904, xxxiii, 660-680.—Scimemi.
  Sulla nevrite ottica da tumor  cerebrale.  Ibid , 1889, xviii,
  432-455.  Also: Rendic. d. Cong. d. Ass.  oftal. ital. 1888,
  Pavia, 1889,  xi, 223-245.—Sharkey (S. J.)  On  a case of
  acute optic neuritis associated with acute myelitis.   Tr.
  Ophth. Soc.  U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1883-4. iv, 232-243.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Shaw (C. E.)   Case of optic neuritis after per-
  forating wound ofthe eyeball.   Ophth. Rev., Loud., 1897,
  xvi, 107-109, 1 pl. — Shumway (E. A.)  The association
  of optic neuritis and facial  paralysis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1905,  xliv, 403-460.—Singer (H. D.)  The influ-
  ence of age upon the incidence of optic neuritis in cases of
  of intracranial tumour.   Lancet, Loud.,  1902, i,  1687.—
  Sourdille  (G.)  Ueber  die  toxisc.be  Neuritis  optica.
  Ophth. Klin..  Stuttg.,  1900, iv,  359.  AUo, transl: Clin.
  opht., Par., 1900, vi, 280-283. -----. Des nevrites optiques
  dans les  maladies infectieiises.  Cong, internat. de med.
  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'opht., 2*9-291.   AUo,
  Clin, opht., Par., 1903, ix, 263. — Stephenson (S.)  On a
  common  appearance of tbe optic papilla likely to be mis-
  taken for optic  papillitis.  Rep. Soc. Study  bis. Child.,
  Lond., 1902-3, iii, 342-346, 1 pl. — Stillson (J. O.)   Optic
  neuritis; its relation to  cerebral disturbances,  toxicity,
  etc.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap..  1898, 44-64—Su'l-
  zer (I). E.)  De la neuritis dptica consecutiva al ozena.
  An. oftal.. Madrid, 1*95, xviii,  123-131.  AUo.transl: Ann.
  d'ocul.,  N. Y., 1895, cxiii, 5-12.—Taniguchi  (S.)   [A
  case of inflammation of  the  optic nerve following nurs-
  ing.]  Saukwa Fujinkwa Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, v, 1-
  6.  -----.  [A  case of inflammation of  the  optic nerve
  during parturhvon.]  Ibid., 69-71.—Taylor (J.)  Optic
  neuritis in  its  relation to  iutra-cranial tumour and  tre-
  phining.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc.  U.  Kingdom. Loud.,  1893-4,
  xiv, 105-118.  Also,  Reprint.  ——. Optic  neuritis  and
  ana?mia.   Polyclin., Lond.,  1905, ix, 42.—Terson  (J.)
  Des nevrites optiques d'origine toxique.   Arch.  med. de
  Toulouse, 1900, vi,  448-453.-----. Nevrite optique toxi-
  que cbez des sujets a la  fois  syphilitiques, diabetiques et
  et  alcooliques.  Ibid., 1903,  ix, 498-504.—Thompson
  (G. W.)  A  case with peculiar changes of and around the
  optic disc in a woman;  ?hyaloid  changes or spurious optic
  neuritis.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc. U.  Kingdom,  Lond.  1903-4
  xxiv, 177.—rhthoff (W.)  Die toxische Neuritis optica'
  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1900, xxxviii,  533-
  541.  AUo, transl: Cong, internat. de  med.  C.  r. Par.
  1900, sect, d'ophtal., 118-125.   Also \Kap.]:   Con<'. inter-
  nat. de med.  Rap. sect, d'opht., Par., 1900, pt. "6, 1-56.
  -----. Ueber infectiose Neuritis optica.  Ber. ii. d  Ver-
  samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1900, Wiesb., 1901, xxviii.  30-
  48  Also: Arch.  f. Augenh.,  Wiesb., 1900, xlii,  230.—
  Vail (D. T.)  Optic neuritis from intra-nasal  disease  Tr
  West  Ophth., Otol. [etc.], Ass.   Ophth. Div.,  St. Louis'
  19U1,  9-20.  AUo: Am. J.  Ophtb., St.  Louis. 1901  xviii'
  138-145.  [Discussion |,  161  -165. — Valude.    Nevrite
  optique d'origine  cerebrale  traitee par des  injections
  de gaiacol.  France med ,  Par., 1896, xliii, 20. — Vensey
  (C.  A.)   Primary syphilitic  optic neuritis.   Am j.
IVerve  (Optic,  Inflammation  of,   Causes
  and pathology of).
  M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiii, 1077-1080.— Vosaiu*
  (A. )  Ueber die Vererbung von Augenleiden  mit besoii
  derer  Beriicksichtigung der Neuritis optica infolge von
  Hereditat  uud congenitaler Anlage (Leber).  Beitr z
  Augenh.  Als Fi-stg.....i.. von  Hippel Halle  a. S., 1899'
  201-232.—Woods (II.j  Optic lu-uritis after measles and
  intermittent fever.  Arch.  Ophth..  N.  Y., 1892,  xxi 95-
  104. — Workman &  Vl< i<.-lnm (T. S.i  Cases' of head-
  ache and optic neuritis, probably of syphilitic origin   Tr
  Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc. (18HG-9), 1892, iii, 13-15,

IVerve (Optic, Inflammation  of,  Double).
     See, also, Nerve (Optic, Inflammation of, Retro-
  bulbar).
     Anderson (W.)  Varicose aneurysm (cerebral) with
  double optic neuritis.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.
  1903-4, xxiv,  339. — Burcliardt  (M.)   Beiderseitig'e
  Sehnervenscheibenentziindung mit  Ausgang in  weisscu
  Sehnei venschwund, voriibergehend in Amaurose, schliess-
  lich in Wiedergewinnuug eines leidlichen Sehvermiigeus
  Charite-Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 341-344.—t'alderon.  1'ii
  caso de neuritis 6ptica doble. cousecutiva & uu quisle hi-
  datidicodelccrebro.   [Transl.]  Andaluciamcd.,C6r(loba,
  1889, xiv,  193.—Carpenter (G.) A case of double optic
  neuritis; congenital syphilis.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1895,
  xii, 118-120.—foggin  (D.)   Double optic neuritis, end'
  ing in  recovery of vision. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis,  1890,
  vii. 1.  -----. Double optic neuritis; subsequent atrophy'.
  Ibid., 3.—Collins (W. J.)  Intense double optic neuritis,
  with Joss of vision.  Clin.  J.,  Lond., 1896-7, ix, :!4D —
  Davis (F.  W.)  A case of double optic neuritis caused hy
  a tumor of the cerebellum.  N. Albany  M. Herald, 1901-2,
  xxi, 941.—Derby (H.)  A case  of double optic  neuritis
  accompanied by considerable amblyopia;  possibly caused
  by arsenical poisoning.   Boston M. & S. J., 1891, exxiv.
  603.—Drake-Brockman (E. F.)  A case of double
  optic neuritis dependent on spinal  disease.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1892, ii, 77.—Emerson  (J. B.)  A case of double
  optic  neuritis  supposed to bo due  to  an aneurism,  with
  recovery.   Tr. Am.  Ophth. Soc.  1896, Hartford, 1897, vii,
  598-601.—Hartridge (G.)   A case of double optic neuro-
  retinitis after influenza.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.  Kingdom,
  Lond., 1892-3, xiii, 77-79. 1 L, 1 pl.—Hawthorne ((.'. 0.)
  On the clinical significance of  double optic neuritis in
  children  and young  adults, and on the capacity for re-
  covery from symptoms of tumour of the brain.  Glasg.
  Hosp.  Rep., 19H0, ii, 107-145. -----. Ou intracranial throm-
  bosis as tbe  cause  of double optic neuritis in cases of
  chlorosis.   Brit. M  J., Lond.,  1902, i, 326-329. ----.
  Retinal embolism, homonymous hemianopsia, and double
  optic neuritis, in cases of anaemia.   Practitioner.  Loud.,
  1904, lxxiii, 771-779.—Hutchinson  (J.) A caseof double
  optic neuritis in possible connection with gout;  important
  facts as to prognosis.  Ophth. Hosp. Rep.. Lond., 1888, xii,
  05-67.  -----. Double optic neuritis rapidly passing into
  complete blindness; patient a robust man whose relatives
  were  gouty, but who had  not  himself suffered; severe
  headaches the only concomitant  symptom; recovery  with
  white discs but fair vision; record of state four years af-
  terwards.  Arch.  Surg.,  Lond.,  1890-91,  ii,  145-118 —
  Jackson  (E.)  Double optic neuritis.  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila.. 1H99, 8. s., iv, 286-289.—Kos  (M.)  Akute toxische
  Entziindung beider Sehnerven.  Wieu. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1905,  lv, 527.—Brim  (J.  M.)   Double optic neuritis.
  South. M.Rec. Atlanta, 1896, xxvi 123-126.  AUo: North
  Car. AI. J., Wilmington.  1896, xxxvii, 290-293.--l.iindnu
  (O.)  Ein Fall von geheilter  doppelseitiger  acutei  |" ri-
  pherer Sehnerveneutziinilung    Centralbl. f. prakt.  Au-
  genh., Leipz., 1893, xvii, 266— Ijcbeau (L. A.I  Double
  optic neuritis the sequela of la grippe.   Ophth.  lire,
  Nashville.  1891,  i,  113.— I.unn (J. R.)   Two cases of
  double optic  neuritis, with disease of the  mastoid  cells,
  without evidenceof infra-cranial disease; recovery.  West
  Loud.  M. J., lond., 1899,  iv, 124-127. -----.  A case of
  tuberculosis of the choroid,  and double optic neurit is.
  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom,  Loud.,  1903-4, xxiv, 127
  132.—Murrell (W.)  A caseof double optic neuritis from
  serous effusion (Quincke's disease).  Lancet, Loud., 19()0,
  i,  1206.—Norton  (G. S.)  A case of abscess of the  braiD
  with double optic neuritis,  caries of the  right orbit, and
  orbital cellulitis;  with  autopsy.  Arch. Ophth.. N. Y.,
  1884,  xiii,  30-33.—Power  (H )  Four cases of double
  optic  neuritis.   St. Barth. Hosp. Rep ,  Lond.,  1873. ix,
  181-198.  Afco, Keprint.—Bamns <J.)  Breve nota sobre
  uu caso de neu: itis 6ptica doble. y su tratamiento por las
  iuyecciones  de sianuro doble de ore y de potaeio.  Rev.
  med. de Mexico, 1888, i, 3-6.- Bing (F. W.I  A case of
  double optic neuritis of malarial origin.  Tr. M. Soc N \.,
  Phila, 1891,  355-358.  AUo:  Med.  & Surg. Keporter,
  Phila., 1881, lxiv, 383-385.—Budall (J. F.)   Case of se-
  vere  double  optic  neuritis, associated  with  headache,
  vomitiug,  and deafness  in  left ear.   Intercolon. M. J.
  Australas., Melbourne, 1901, vi, 137.—Sandford (A. W.)
  Case of double optic neuritis from caries of sphenoidal
  cells and intracranial abscess.   Tr. Ophth. Soc U.  King 
NEEVE.
423
NEEVE.
 Verve (Optic, Inflammation  of, Double).
   dom,  Lond.,  1893-4, xiv, 119- 121.—Nattier (R.)  The
   diagnostic  importance  of double optic neuritis in  focal
   lesions of the nervous system ; with reports and presenta-
   tions of patients, and two cases of brain surgery.  Cincin.
   Lancet-Clinic. 1896, n.  s.,  xxxvii, 667-075.—Sncll (S.)
   Two cases of double optic neuritis occurring after influenza.
   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1891-2, xii,  162-164.—
   Slocke.   Nevrite optique double apr&s meningite, k la
   suite d auto-intoxication iiastro-iutestinale.  Clin, opht.,
   Par., 1901,  vii,  354-357.—Weill (E.) & Oallavardiu
   (L.)  Sur un cas de neuroniyelite optique aigue (myelite
   ais;ue diffuse avec  double ii6vrite optique).  Lyon ni6d.,
   1903, ci, 209-222— Williams (R.)  A case of double optic
   neuritis.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom,  Lond.,  1893-4,
   xiv, 118.—Williamson  (R. T.) & Boberts  (E.)   Re-
   marks on the diagnosis and prognosis in 100 cases of double
   optic neuritis with headache.  Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1350-
   1352.—Wilmer  (W. H.)   Report of a case of double
   traumatic  optic neuritis followed by absolute blindness
   and recovery.   Tr. Am. Ophth.  Soc,  Hartford,  1903, x,
   165-169, 1 pl.—Zacher.  Ueber  einen Fall vou doppel-
   seitigen], symmetrisch  gelegenem Erweichungsherd  im
   Stiruhirn nnd Neuritis optica.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
   1901, xx. 1074-1083.

 IVerve   (Optic,  Inflammation  of,   Retro-

   bulbar).
     Beck (F. [W.])   * Beiderseitige  Erblindung
   durch retrobulbare Neuritis.  Restitutio ad  inte-
   grum.  fJ.   Berlin, 1895.
     BuiSSON (G.-P.-A.)   * Contribution  a l'etude
   de la nevrite optique retrobulbaire  faniiliale et
   hereditaire.  8J.   Paris, 1899.
     Flixtzer (A.)    * Beitrag zur  Kenntuiss der
   retrobulbaren  Neuritis.  [Jena.]  8J.   Weimar,
   1897.
     AUo, in:  Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver.  v.  Thiiringen,
   Weimar, 1897, xxvi, 88-107.
     Heixsberger (P.)   *Znr Casuistik der retro-
   bulbareu Neuritis optica auf hereditiirer Grund-
   lage.   8-.  Giessen, 1902.
     Mathieu (J.)  * Contribution  a  l'etude de la
   nevrite optique retrobulbaire hereditaire.   8°.
   Paris, 1901.
     Pelloquin (J.)    *La nevrite retrobulbaire
   infectieuse.  8°.  Paris, 1903.
     Wetz (W.)   * Zur Statistik der Neuritis optica
   der in der Giessener Universitatsaugenklinik in
   den letzteu 11  Jahren  beobacbteten Falle mit
   besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines Falles  von
   beiderseitiger   recidivierender    retrobulbiirei
   Neuritis.   8°.   Giessen, 1902.
     Adainyuk (E.) Nieskolko slov o pozadiglaznom ne-
   vritie (neuritis retrobulbaris).  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev,
   1898, xv, 321-325.—Ay res (S. C.)  Retrobulbar neuritis.
•  Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic,  1888, n. s.,  xxi, 33.  [Discussion],
   40.—Babinski (J.)  Nevrite r6tro-hulbaire  infectieuse.
   J. de med. int., Par., 1900, iv, 738. — Bald win (E. II.)
   A case of acute retro-bulbar neuritis with paresis of the
   external rectus.  Homteop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. V.,
   1902, viii. 150-156. — Barrett (J. W.)  & Orr  (W. F.)
   Acute retro-bulbar neuritis.  Intercolon. M. J., Australas.,
   Melbourne, 1904, ix, 477. — Berry (G.  A.) Remarks on
   retro-bulbar neuritis, with special reference  to  the con-
   dition of the light sense iu  that affection.   Ophth. Hosp.
   Rep., Lond.,  1888-9, xii, 244-251. — Brcgman (L. E.)
   Acute retrobulbare Neuritis und Hysterie.  Wien. med.
   "Wchnsehr., 1900, L 1924-1928.—Brose (L.  D.)  Retrobul-
   bar neuritis,  with  permanent central  scotoma,  following
   the treatment of extensive  burns with iodoform. Arch.
   Ophth.,  N.  Y., 1900, xxix, 289-293.—Bnel.  Ile la nevrite
   retrobulbaire.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1889, ix, 312-320.  AUo,
   Reprint.—Burnett (S. M.) Retro-bulbar neuritis, with-
   out discoverable cause; marked shot-silk retina; central
   scotoma for red; peculiar visual fields.  Arcb. Ophth., N.
   Y., 1892, xxi, 249-252.—Businelli.  Nevrite, ottica retro-
   bulbare.  Riforma med., Napoli, 1889, v, 806; 812. — Cc-
   rrillo (J. J.)  Neuritis optica retrobulbar.  Rev. espec.
   m6d. La oto-rino-laringol. espan.,  Madrid,  1903,  vi, 59-61.
   ■----.  Un caso de neuritis retrobulbar curada por las
   inyecciones subcoujunctivales de cianuro de hidrargirio.
   Rev. med. de Sevilla,  1898, xxx,  259-263. — Cheatham
   (W.)  Chronic retro-bulbar neuritis.  Am. Pract. & News,
  Louisville, 1894, xvii, 8-10.  Also:  Med. & Surg. Reporter,
  Phila., 1894, lxx, 90.—<Jhistyakoff(P. I.)  K kayuistikle
  pozadiglaznikh vospaleniy zritelnavo nerva (neuritis re-
  trobulbaris).  Sibirsk. vrach. vledom., Krasnoyarsk,  1905,
  iii. 33-35.—Cramer (E.)  Ueher juvenile  Formen nicht
  toxischer chronischer Neuritis retrobulbaris.  Ztschr. f.
  Augenh., Berl.,  1904,  xi,  522-528. — Cuper us  ( N. J.) I
]Verve  (Optic,  Inflammation  of,  Retro-

  bulbar).
  Twee belangrijke gevallen van  neuritis  retrobulbaris.
  Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1901-2, viii, 261-265.—Davis (E.)
  A case of retrobulbar neuritis;  absolute blindness in each
  eye; complete recovery in eye first attacked ; patient still
  under treatment for second.  Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1897,
  xii, 702-708.—Beady  (C.) & Crippeu  (II. H.)  Retro-
  bulbar neuritis.  J. Ophth., Otol. £ Laryngol.,  N. Y., 1891,
  iii, 252; 358.— Bcutschmnmi (R.)   Ueber akute retro-
  bulbare Neuritis optica rheuniatiscben Ursprungs.  lieitr.
  z. Augenh., Hamb.  u.  Leipz., 1892. 6. Hft.,  1-14.—Beyl
  (J.)  Povsechnd, diagnosticka.  dulezitost neuritis retro-
  bulbaris a zajiiuavy unpad t6to cboroby.  [General diag-
  nostic  importance of. . . and au  interesting case of this
  disease.]  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1901, xl, 5; 29.  AUo,
  transl : "Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 669; 687.—Bis-
  eussion on  retro-ocular  neuritis.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.
  Kingdom, Lond., 1896-7, xvii, 107-217. — Bodd (O.)  He-
  reditary retro-bulbar  neuritis.   Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St.
  Louis,  1895,  iv,  300-304.—Elschnig  (A.)   Ueber  die
  acute retrobulbare Neuritis.   Ber.  ii.  d. Versamml. d.
  ophth. Gesellsch., Stuttg., 1892, xxii, 53-68.  Also: Arch.
  f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1892-3, xxvi, 56-80, 1 pl. — Flem-
  ming.   [Case of retrobulbar  neuritis in a woman aged
  twenty-two.]   Practitioner, Lond., 1899, lxii,  570-572 —
   F ravel (E. H.)  Three cases  of retrobulbar optic neu-
  ritis.  South. Clinic, Richmond,  1889, xii, 12-16.  Also:
  Tr.  M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1890,  719-722.—«inz-
  burg (I. I.)   Sluchai  retsidivimyushtshavo retrobulbar-
  uavo nevrita.   [Case  of relapsing retrobulbar neuritis]
  Vestnik oftalmol.,  Kiev,  1898,  xv, 40-47.—Cri-imsdale
  (H.  15.)  Acute retrobulbar neuritis.  Treatment. Lond..
  1904-5, viii, 401-408, 3  pl.—Gross (J. H.)  Two cases of
  retro-bulbar  neuritis.   Am. J. Ophth.,  St. Louis, 1905,
  xxii, 163-169.—Gunn (R. M.) [et al.].   Discussion ou
  retro-ocnlar neuritis.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii,  1285-
  1287.—Hansell (H. F.)   A case of acute double retro-
  bulbar  optic neuritis, hereditary in origin.   Tr. Am.
  Ophth.  Soc,  Hartford, 1900,  ix, 114-117.  Also: Am. J.
  Ophth., St. Louis. 1900, xvii, 166-170. — Hansen (C. M.)
  Et tilfaelde af akut retrobulbar neuritis.   [Caseof. . .]
  Nord.  ophth.  Tidsskr.. Kjobenh., 1890.  iii, 68-70.  Also,
  transl..- Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxviii, 517.—Inouye(M.)
  N6vrite retrobulbaire dans  un  cas  d'ancbylostomiasie.
  Clin, opht.,Par.. 1902, viii, 178. AUo, transl..- Ophth. Klin.,
  Stuttg.,1902,vi,99.—Jessop(W. H.) Retro-bulbar neuritis
  aud peculiar appearance of retinal vessels. Tr. Ophth. Soc.
  U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 112.—Joeqs (R.)  Deux
  cas de n6vrite  retrobulbaire.  Clin, opht., Par., 1901, vii,
  216.   Also, transl: Ophth. Klin., Stuttg.,  1901, v,  260.
  -----. Nevrites retrobulbaires.  Bull, et m6iu. Soc. franc.
  d'opht., Par., 1903,  xx, 231-240.   Also: Clin, opht., Par.,
  1903, ix, 201-204.   AUo,  transl: Ophth.  Klin , Stuttg.,
  1903, vii, 307-309.— Juler (H.)  Retro-bulbar neuritis (.').
  Tr. Ophth. Soc.  U. Kingdom,  Lond., 1887-8,  viii, 248.—
  Konigshbfer.   Die retrobulbare Neuritis  und die
  Neuritis des  Fasciculus  maculo - papillaris.   Deutsche
  Prax.,  Miinchen, 1899,  ii, 249-255.  Also:  Med.  Cor.-Bl. d.
  wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver..  Stuttg.,  1899,  lxix, 371-374.—
  Kono. [Three cases of inflammation of the optic nerve
  without the eyeball.]  Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zas-
  shi,  Tokyo, 1904, viii, 743-751. — I^aneaster ( W. B. )
  Three cases of acute retrobulbar optic neuritis probably
  rheumatic.  Med. &. Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1900, xi,
  179-183.— liawsoii (A.)   A case of acute retro-bulbar
  neuritis in a girl aged ten years. Rep.  Soc. Study Dis.
  Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 100-102.— Li-ituer  (V.)   Neu-
  ritis retrobulbaris acuta.   Szemeszet, Budapest, 1897, 39-
  44.  Also:  Ungar.  med.  Presse,  Budapest,  1897, ii, 289;
  315; 378; 423; 440.  Also, transl: Ungar. Beitr. z.  Au-
  genh.,  Leipz.  u. Wien, 1900, ii,  195-214. — Fiesziusky
  (W. M.) Facial  aud retrobulbar neuritis; periostitis of
  optical canal.   J. Nerv. &  Ment.  Dis., N. Y., 1900.  xxvii,
  150.— I.iebi-echt.  Neuritis retrobulbaris nach Arsenik-
  gebrauch.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttg., 1891, xxix,
  181.—I., in ml I  (E. II.)   Acute  retrobulbar neuritis; a
  clinical  study.   Homceop.  Eye,  Ear & Throat  .r., N. Y.,
  1898, iv, 177-lKl. — irlaiisiila.  Neuritis optica retro-
  bulbar traumatica.  Rev. de med. y cirug. priict. Ma-
  drid, 1903, lviii, 457-462. —ill oil  (A.) Ein  Fall yon re-
  cidivirender selbstandiger Neuritis  retrobulbaris.  Cen-
  tralbl.  f. prakt.  Augenh., Leipz.,  J894, xviii,  20S-272.
  -----. Ein Fall von rccidiviiviuler Neuritis retrobulba-
  ris.  Ibid., 1896, xx, 140. — rliilli i.  Neuritis retrobul-
  baris mit Protrusio bulbi.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.,
  Stuttg., 1893, xxxi, 24-26.—tluuson IE.  S.)  Retrobulbar
  neuritis. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1904, x,
  264-266. — Nettleship (E.)  Retrobulbar optic neuritis.
  Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1899, xv, 1-30. -----. Case
  of severe single retrobulbar optic neuritis leading to com-
  plete atrophy;  commencing  sarcoma of supracboroidea
  near the yellow spot in  the corresponding eye.  Ibid.,
  1902, xv, pt. 2, 124-128.— Neuritis retrobulbaris mit an-
  fangs totaler Erblindung und nachheriger teilweiser Wie-
  derherstellung des Sehvermogens.  Augenheilanst. in Ba-
  sel. Jahresb. (1896), 1897, xxxiii, 41—IVoishevski (K.O.) 
NERVE.
424
NERVE.
 .Verve  (Optic,  Inflammation  of,  Retro-

   bulbar).
   O sluchaye neuritis retroorbitalis duplex.  Vestnik oftal-
   mol., Kiev, 1901. xviii,  601-604. — Peters.  Ueber einen
   Fall ven Neuritis retrobulbaris dutch chronische Benzin-
   vergiftung.  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
   1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 249.—Beissert (E.)  Eiu Fall von
   Neuritis retrobulbaris mit  plotzlicher, vollstandiger, dop-
   pelseitiger Erblindung und  Wi'ederherstelluug des Seh-
   veiiniigeiis.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,  1893-4, xxviii, 48-
   54.—Betro-bulbnr neuritis; neuro-retinaltoxa;iuiafrom
   excessive use  of alcohol,  tobacco,  etc., or lead poison.
   Charlotte |N.  C.| M. J.,  1890, viii. 178-180. — Boosa
   (D. B. St. J.)  Amblyopia from disease of the optic nerve
   (retrobulbar neuritis1;  its  treatment by hypodermic in-
   jections  of strychnia.   Post-Graduate, N. Y.,  1904, xix,
   747-755.   AUo: Ann. Ophth., St.  Louis, 1904, xiii, 567-
   574.— Mchieek (F.) Ueber den Zusammenhang gewisser
   Formen der retrobulbaren Neuritis mit Erkrankungen des
   Cefas.ssystems. Arch. f.Ophth., Leipz.. 1903,lvi, 116-131.—
   Nehwarzbach  (15.)  Neuritis retrobulbaris after sea-
   sickness.  N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin,  1894, vii, 28.—de
   Mchweinitz ( G. E.)  Retrobulbar neuritis and facial
   palsy occurring in the same patient, with cases.  J. Nerv.
   & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 263-268.  — Nhaw  (C. E.)
   Retrobulbar neuritis.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii,  1214.—
   Ntocke. Nevrite retrobulbaire aigue  nionolaterale par
   troubles menstruels de  la  menopause.   Clin, opht., Par.,
   1902, viii, 37-41.—Strzemiriski (I.)  Trzy przypadki w
  jeduej rodzinie dziedzicznego, pozagalkowego zapalenia
  nerwu wzrokowego (neuritis optica retro-bulbaris heredi-
   taria).   [Three cases in one family of. . .]  Gaz.  lek.,
   Warszawa, 1898, 2. s., xviii, 435-443.  Also, transl: Ann.
  d'ocul., Far.,  1899, exxi, 99-112. — Syin (W. G.)   Recur-
  rence of (?toxic) retrobulbar neuritis.  Edinb. Hosp. Rep.,
  1893, i, 505. -----. Retrobulbar neuritis. Am. J. M. Sc.
  Phila., 1899, cxvii, 150-158.—Nwasey (E.)  A case of sub-
  acute retrobulbar optic neuritis,  first  in the  left  eye,
  later in the right eye.  Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1901,  x, 120-
  120. — Thomson (W. E.)  Note on a case of unilateral
  acute retrobulbar optic neuritis.  Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi,
  267-270.—Turner (W. A.)  A contribution to the pathol-
  ogy of retrobulbar neuritis.  J. Anat. &. l'hysiol.,  Lond..
  1889-90, xxiv, 504-508. — Valude (E.) A propos de deux
  cas de nevrite r6trobulbaire.  Ann.d'ocul., Par., 1899, exxi,
  247-253.  AUo: Rec. d'opht., 1899,  3. s., xxi, 226-233.—
  de Wecker (L.)   Ou treatment of the  toxic amblyopias
  (retrobulbar  neuritis) by injections of  serum.  J. Eye,
  Ear  &. Throat  Dis., Bait.,  1897, ii.  136-139.— Westhoff
  (C. H. A.)  Hereditaire retrobulbaire  neuritis optica.
  Med. Weekbl.,  Amst.,  1894-5,  i,  606-671.  AUo.transl:
  Centralbl. f. pract. Augenh., Leipz., 1895, xix, 168-173.—
   Wood (C. A.)  The retrobulbar neuritis of young adults.
  Ophth. Rec, Nashville,  1891-2, i, 391-397.

IVerve (Optic, Morphology of).
     Behrends  (G. J.)   "Beitrage  zur Kenntnis
  der  Entwicklung  des  Nervus  opticus und  des
  Glaskorpers  bei  Saugetieren.   8°.   Erlangen,
  168*.
     Hertel  (E.)  * Ueber die  Folgen der  Seh-
  uerven-Dnrcbschneidung bei  juiigen  Thiereu.
  [Jena.]  Habilitationsschrift.  8°.   Leipzig, 1898.
     AUo, in: Arch. f. Ophth., 1898, xlvi, 277-328.  AUo [Ab-
  str.], in:  Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb.
  1898, Wiesb., 1899, xxvii, 108-113.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.l
  in: Arch. Ophth.,  N. Y., 1898, xxvii, 549.

     Singer (J.)  &  MUnzer  (E.)  Beitrage  znr
  Keuutni.ss der Sebnerveukreuzunp-.   4.    Wien
  1***.                                             '
     Repr.from: Denkschr. d. k. Akad.d.Wissench. Math.-
  naturw. CI., Wien, lv, Abth. 11.
     Abelsdorff (G.)  Notiz iiber die Pigmentierung des
  Sehneryen bei Thieren.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1905
  liii, 185.—Assheton (R.)   On the development of the op-
  tic nerve of vertebrates, and the choroidal fissure of em-
  bryonic life.  Quart. J. Micr.  Sc, Lond., 1892, xxxiv  85-
  104, 2 pl.-Bekhtereff (V. M.)  O nepolnom  perekre-
  shtshivann zritelnikh nervov v chiasma visshikh raleko-
  pitayushtshikh.  |On  the  incomplete crossing of optic
  nerves m the chiasm of higher mammals.]  Obozr  psi-
  chiat. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1897. ii,  744-747.  Also, transl ■
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., .1898,  xvii,   199-20''   Also
  transl: Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 415-418.—Bel-
  lonci (G.) Sulla terminazione centrale del nervo ottico
  nei maminiferi.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna
  1*84-6. 4. ■., vi, 199-204, 1  pl.-C'olucci (C.) Conseguenze
  della recisione del nervo  ottico nella retina di alcuni verte-
  brati.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1894, xlviii
  14-28, 1 pl.—BeyFi J.)   Ueber den Sehnerven bei Siluroi-
  den und Acauthopsid.-n.  Anat. Anz.. Jena, 1895, xi 8-16 —
  De Bono (F. P.)  Sulla nevroglia del nervo ottico e del
  ifiof "Mo , -.  "i verti-l^rari.   Arch, di ottal., Palermo,
  1893.  i, 149-lo4.—Fusari ,];.) La terminazione centrale
 IVerve (Optic,  Morphology of).
   delnervootticouei teleostei.  Riv. di patol. nerv Fireii7i>
   1896, i, 300-302.  See, also, infra, Mirto (D.).-ron «iii|.
   den (B.)   Ueber die Kreuzung  der Faseru im Chiasma
   nervorum  opticorum:  I.  Fiscbe;  II. Amphihien; HI
   Vogel; IV. Siiimethiere und  Mensch.  Arch  f Onhth
   Berl., 1874, xx, pt.2, 249-268. AUo, in his: Ces. u luiiteii'
   Abhandl., fob, Wiesb., 1889, 140-146, 2pl.—van der Hoe.
   Ten (J.)  Ueber die Durch kreuzung des Sehnerven beiiu
   Kabliau.  Aich. f.  Anat.  u.  Physiol.,  Leipz.  1832 412
   1 pl.—Huber (G. C.)  The neuroglia of the optic  nerve
   and retina of ceitain vertebrates.  Am. J.  Anat  Bait
   1901-2, i, 519.—Krause (R.)  Ein eigeuartiges Verhalteu
   des Nervus opticus  im Auge des  Ziesels.  Anat.  Anz
   Jena, 1898, xv, 110.—IVIareughi (G.)  Tiiglio intracranial
   del nervo ottico nei  mammiferi (coniglio).  Boll, d  Soc
   med.-chir.  di  Pavia, 1902,  21-26.—ITIayser. Ueber den
   Nervus opticus der Taube.  Allg. Ztschr.  f.  Psychiat
   [etc.], Berl., 1894, li, 271-282, 2pl.—Mirto (I).) Inrisposta
   alia nota  del R. Fusari:  La terminazione  centrale del
   nervo ottico nei  teleostei.  Riv. di  patol. nerv., Firenze
   1896, i, 394-396. -----.  Sulla una anatomia <]el tetto ottico
   dei pesci  teleostei e sull' origine reale  del nervo ottico
   Riv. sper.  di freniat..  Reggio-Emilia, 1895,  xxi, 136-148J
   2 pl—ITIbller (J.)  Ein interessanterBefund am Chiasma
   nervorum opticorum des Chimpanse.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena,
   1889, iv,  539-545. Also: Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwn
   1890, xix, 205-209, 1 pl.-Pavlow (W.)  Leg connexions
   centrales  du nerf optique  chez le lapin.  Nevraxe, Lon-
   vain, 1900, i. 235-246 — Perlia. Bemerkung zur inedianen
   Opticuswurzel bei Vogeln.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
   1891, x, 390.-Stud nick a (F. K.)  Untersuchungen iiber
   den Bau  des SehnervenJ der Wirbeltiere.  Jenaische
   Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1897, n. F., xxix, 1-28, 2  pl.  AUo,
   Reprint.  -----.  Ueber eine eigenthiimliche Form des Seh-
   nerven by  Syngnathus acus.  Sitzungsb.  d.  k.-bohm.
   Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1901, Prag, 1902, No. xi, 9 pp.—
   Tafani (A.) Andamento e terminazione del nervo ottico
   nella retina dei coccodrilli(Champsalucius). Boll, d'ocul.
   Firenze,  1882-3,  v,  318; 333: 1883-4, vi,  14,  1 pl.  AUo,
   transl..- Arch. ital.  de biol.,  Turin,  1883-4, iv, 210-233,
   1 pl.—Vitzou (A.-N.)  L'entre-croisement in complet des
   fibres nerveuses dans  le chiasma optique chez le chien.
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvii, 531-533.  AUo:
   France med., Par., 1888, ii, 1378-1380.

IVerve  (Optic,  Section of).
    See Nerve (Optic, Surgery  of).

IVerve  (Optic, Semeiology  of).
    See Brain (Diseases of, Semeiology of); Nerve
   (Optic, Diseases of).

IVerve  (Optic,  Surgery of).
    See, also,  Nerve i Optic, Tumors  of);  Nerve
   (Optic,  Tumors of,  Malignant);  Nerve (Optic,
   Wounds,  etc., of).
    Behrl\g(E.)   * Neuere Beobachtungen  iiber
   die Neurotoniia   optico-ciliaris.   8°.   Berlin,
   [1878].
    Klein (E.)  * Beitrag zur Casuistik der Neu-
   rotouiia optico-ciliaris.  8°.   Berlin, 1882.
    Likharevski  (F. [G.])  *K voprosu o voz-
   stanovlenii  krovoobrashtsbeniya v glazu poslle
   resektsii  zritelnavo nerva (reaectio optico-cilia-
   ris) ;  eksperimeutalno-anatomicbeskoye izslle-
   dovauiye.    [Restoration  of the  circulation  in
   the eye after . . .;  experimeutal  investigation.]
   8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1894.
    Lutz  (G.)   * Beitrage zur Neurotomia optico-
   ciliaris.    [Erlaugen.]  8°.   Ansbach,  1890.
    de  Luzarey  (L.-M.-L.)   * La  resection du
   uerf optique  (proc6d6  de  de  Wecker)  comnie
   traitement pr6veutifet curatif de l'ophthalmie
   syuipathique  (inigratrice).    [Bordeaux.]   4°.
   Bayonne,  1890.
    PeppmOller (F.  [A.])   * Beitrag  zur Frage
   uach  dem  prophylaktischen  und  therapeu-
   tist-hen  Wert  der Resektion  des  Opticus.  8°.
   Halle a.  S., 1895.
    Abelsdorff  (G.)    Das Verhalten der Pupillen nach
   intracranieller Opticusdurchschneidung.  Arch. f. Au-
   genh., Wiesb., 1905, lii, 309-313.—Astengo (G.) Disten-
   sione del  nervo ottico. Gazz.  d.  osp.,  Milauo, 1888, ix,
   194. — Axenfcld (T.) &. Bietti (A.)   Ueber Nerveu-
   regeueration nach der Neurectomie optico-ciliaris,  sowio
   iiber vordere Ciliar-Nerven.   Cong,  internat. d'opht.
   d'Utrecht.   Compt.-rend. 1899, Amst., 1900,  ix,  162-168.—
   Bietti (A.)   Ricerche sperimentali sulla rigenerazione
   dei nervi  ciliari dopo la neurectomia ottico-cihare.  Ann.
   di  ottal.,  Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 25u-2*5,  1  pl. — BrijsK« 
NEEVE.
425
NERVE.
>erve  (Optic, Surgery of).
  i \V  E )   Optico-ciliarv neurotomy, with  exhibition of
  scissors.   J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 408. — de
  Rritto (V )  Contribution a l'etude de la uevrectomie
  optico-ciliaire.   Clm. opht., Par., 1904, x, 267-271.-Buf-
  funi (J. H.)  Sympathetic retinitis; opticociliary neu-
  rectomy relief for six months;  recurrence; enucleation;
  probable' cure.  Tr. Am.  Homieop. Ophth. & Otol. Soc.
  Buffalo, 1882. vi,  31 -33. — Burnham (G. H.)  Optico-
  ciliary neurotoniv. with presentation of the patient.  Ca-
  nad  Pract.. Toronto,  1896, xxi, 327. — Carter (li. B.)
  Case of swollen optic disc, in which tbe sheath of the optic
  nerve was incised  behind the eyeball. Proc. M. Soc. Loud.,
  1887 x 290-301.  -----•  On the  operation of opening the
  sheath of the optic nerve for the relief of pressure.   Brit.
  M  J., Lond,, W, i, 399-401. — Chirkovski  (V.)   O
  zrachkovol reaktsii pri pererlezkle zritelnavo nerva vnu-
  tri cherepa.  [Pupillary reaction on intracranial section of
  the optic nerve]   Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1902, x, no. 4,
  iq_54 _( hiMolm (J. J.)  Resection of the opticociliary
  nerves.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1892,  xix, 315-317.
  AUo • Virginia M. Mouth., Richmond, 1^92-3, xix, 285-291.
  JIM' 1 Abstr.]:  Ophth. Rec, N. Y., 1-92-3,  ii, 64-66.-
  Claeys (G.)   Be la neurotomie  optico-ciliaire.   Ann.
  Soc. de med. de Gand,  1879, lvii, 213-219. — Coggin (D.)
  A case of optic i-ciliarv neurotomy.   Am. J. Ophth., St.
   Louis, 1^87, iv, 311.—C'olueei (C.l  Alterazioni nella re-
   tina della rana in  seguito alia  recisone del nervo ottico.
   Riforma med., Napoli,  1890. vi, 1760; 1706; 1772. — Fergu-
   son (H.L.) A series of eases of lesection ofthe optic and
   ciliarv nerves.    Intercolon. M. Cong.  Tr., Melbourne,
   1889  ii,  731-738.— Foster (M. L.)  Distention  of tbe
   sheath of the optic nerve with cerebrospinal fluid;  osteo-
   ulastic resection ofthe outer-wall of the orbit (Kroenlein's
   operation).  Arch. Ophth., N.  V., 1900, xxix,  397-403.-
   Fox (L W.)  Resection  of the optic nerve.  Med. <fe
   Sur"  Reporter. Phila.. 1891. lxiv, 152; 653: lxv, 9.  AUo,
   Repnnt.  AUo  [Abstr.|: Ophth. Ric,  Nashville,  1891-2,
   i. 249.—Fromaget (C.) &. dry.  Nevrotomie optique;
   son influence  sur la nutrition du  crystallin.    Mem.
   et bull.  Soc. de med. et chir.  de  Bordeaux (1^97),  1898,
   337-343.  AUo:  Ann.  d'ocul.,  Par.,  1898,  cxix,  67-09.
   AUo: J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii, 589.—Genth
   (A )  Ein weiterer Fall von Ausreissuug  des Sehnerven
   mit  mehrjahriger Beobacbtung.   Arch.  f.  Augenh.,
   Wiesb..  1904, xlix, 97-101. — Hall  ( W.)   Sderooptic
   neurectomy. Tri-State M. J.,  St. Louis,  1896, iii. 396.—
   Hamburger (D.J.)  De doorsnijding van deu  nervus
   opticus  bij kikvorschen, iu verband  met de beweging
   van  pigment en kegcls  in  het  netvlies,  onder  den
   invloed van light  en duister. Fesibundel a. F. C. Bonders
   [etc.], Amst., 1888, 285-293.—Hirschberg (J.)   [Ceber
   Sehuerveu-Durchtreunung, 2 Fiille.]  Verhandl. d. Berl.
   ophth. Gesellsch. 1893-1904, Leipz., 19U5,  34— Krause
   (F.)  Anatomische Untersuchungen iiber  das Verhalten
   der Ciliarnerveu nach  der Neurotomia  optico-ciliaris.
   Berl klin. Wchnsehr., 1882, xix, 182; 185.  [Discussion],
   468- 483.  AUo: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1881-2),
   1883 xiii  pt.2, 40-4H.  AUo: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
   1882, xi, 166-183, I pl.—Joseph (H.)  Crocbet-nevrotonie
   pour sectionner le nerf optique  au fond de l'orbite.   Arch.
   d'opht.,  Par., 1905, xxv,  714-720.  AUo 1 Abstr.): Clin.
   opht., Par., 1904, x, 361.—£.ande»berg (M.)  Neurotomy
   of the optic and ciliary nerves, a substitute for enucleation
   of the eyeball.   Med. Bull., Phila., 1881.  iii, 173; 197.-
   JTIarenghi (G.)  Section iutracranienne du nerf optique
   chez le  lapin.  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2,  xxxvi
   113— TIeany  (W. B.)   Optico-ciliary  neurotomy and
   evisceration.  Med. Standard. Chicago, 1889, v, 39.—Men-
   del (F.)  Ueber Durchtrennung  des Sehnerven.  Berl.
   klin.  Wchnsehr., 1899, xxxvi,  991. — Mengin.  Nevro-
   tomie optico-ciliaire faite  il v  a quatre ans pour un  cas
   d'irido-choroidite ancienne, douloureuse,  avec accidents
   sympathiques de 1'autre ceil; guerison immediate et sup-
   pression de tous les accidents  pendant trois ans et demi;
   rechute il y a quelques mois  avec retour des accidents
     Srimitifs n6cessitant l'enucleation de l'ceil  uevrotoraise.
     :ec. d'ophth., Par., 1883, 3. s., v, 505-507.—IVieolini (I.)
   Di una  enervazione ottico-ciliare.   Aun. di  ottal.,  Pavia,
   1881,  x, 329-333. —Farker (F. L.)   Opticociliary neu-
   rotomy, and miscellaneous surgical cases.  Tr. South. Car.
   M. Ass., Charleston,  1882, 129-144.—Boh mer.   La re-
   section du nerf optique d'apres le procede de M. de Wecker
   dans l'ophtalmie sympathique.  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1892,
   cvii  249-262.  AUo:  Ophth. Rec, Nashville, 1892-3, n,
   249-258.  Also, Reprint.—Sack-. (T.)  Einschimrung der
   Sehnerven durch gespanute G.f.Nse der Hirnbasis. Arch.
   f. Augenh., Wiesb.,  1892-3, xxvi, 2:;7-274,  2 pl.—Salz-
   ■nann (M.)  Die Ausreissnng des Sehnerven  (Lvulsio
   nervi optici).  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1903, ix,  489-505,
   1 pl— Mcheffela (O.)  Ueber Sehnerv enresection.  .Klin.
   Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1890,  xxviii,  197-250.—
   Mchoeler (II.)   Ein  Beitrag zur Neurotomia  optico-
   ciliaris.  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  187H.  xv, 663-067.—
   NclMveigger(C) UeberResectionderSehnerven. Arch.
   f. Augeuh., Wiesb., 1885, xv, 50-67.  AUo, transl: Arch.
   Ophth., N. Y.,  1885, xiv, 223-242.  AUo, Reprint.—I alko
   (J.)  Rze.skowe  bdle  uleczone enerwacya.  galki   ocznej.
IVerve (Optic,  Surgery of).
  [Ciliary pain cured by optic neurotomy of  the eyeball. |
  Medycyna, Warszawa, 1883, xi.  427-429.-Ter*on  (A.)
  Ciseaux pour la section du nerf optique dans 1 enucleation.
  Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1905,  cxxxiv, 439-441— Trousseau
  (A.)  A propos de  la resection du nerf optique.  Rec.
  d'ophth., Par., 1891, 3. s.,  xiii, 585— Velhagen (0.)  Ex-
  perimentelle und anatomische Untersuchungen uber die
  Heilun«'Svorgange bei der Neurectomia optica des Kanin-
  chens  Arch, f Augenh., Wiesb.. 1894, xxix, 345-360, 2 pl.
  Also, transl: Arch. Ophth., N. V., 1896, xxv, 348-304,  2
  pl — Verdecc.  Dello  sbiigliamento cicatnziale  e rese-
  zione parziale dei neivi  cigliari.   Ann. di  ottal.,  Pavia,
  1886-7 xv, 501-507.   Also: Rendic.  d. Cong. d. Soc. ottal.
  ital. 1886, Pavia, 1887, 66-72. — Wadsworth. _Optico-
  ciliarv neurotomy.   Boston M. & S. J., 1879, ci, 773.—de
   Wecker.  Les indications de la resection simple du nert
  optique.  Ann.d'ocul.,Brux., 1k91.cv,101-108.—Williams
  (H.  W.)   Neurotomy of the optic and ciliary nerves as  a
  substitute for enucleation of the eyeball.  Boston M. & S.
  J.  1880  cii. 73.  [Discussion], 83-85.   AUo: Extr.  Rec.
  Bost. Soc. M. Improve. (1880-82), 1883, viii, pp. i-iv.  [Dis-
   cussiou], 1; 22.

 IVerve  (Optic, Tumors of).
     See, also, Nerve (Optic, Tumors of, Malignant).
     Beyks  (YV.  G. M.)  The primary intradural
   tumours of the optic nerve;  fibromatosis  nervi
   optici.   *-.  Toronto, 1901.
     Case (A) of neuroma of the optic  nerve.   8°.
   [n. p., n. d.]
     Delius  (R.)  * Ueber  eiuen Fall  von prima-
   rer, eigentlicher Sehnervengeschwulst.  8°.  Tii-
   bingen, 1898.
     Gloor   (T.)  *Zur Lehre  von den Opticus-
   Tumoieu.  8°.  Basel,  1892.
     vox Gonzenbach  (M.)   "Znr Lehre von der
   einseitigen Aniaurose.   Intracranialer  Opticus-
   und Chiasma-Tumor.  8°.   Basel, 1891.
     Hesdorffek  (J.)  * Ueber eine wahre Opti-
   cusgeschwulst.   fc.   Wiirzburg, 16*3.
     Muller (A.)   * Ueber eiuen  Fall von  Seh-
   nervengeschwulst.   6°.  Jena, 1690.
     Muller (J.)   * Beitrag  zur Be.teiliguug  des
   Auges an der  Pseudoleukamie (pseudoleukami-
   scher  Sehnerveutnmor).   *~.   Freiburg  i.  B.,
   1903.
      Pagenstecher  (A. H.  )   * Ueber  Opticus-
   tumoren.  [Heidelberg.]  8J.   Leipzig, 1902.
      Also, in: Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1902, liv, 300-336,2pl.

      Ruschhaupt  (E.)  * Ueber  ein  myxomatos
   eutartetes Gliom des Nervus opticus.  8C.  Bonn,
   1900.
      TtiiiiRY (J.-A.)    *De l'extirpation des  tu-
   meurs du nerf optique  saus elucidation du globe
   oculaire.  4Z.   Nancy, 1692.
      Wolfheim  (P.)   * Ueber die eigentlichen Seh-
   nervengescliwulste.  r*J.   Kbnigsberg, 1667.
      AhUtroiu (G.) Tumor nervi optici.  Beitr.  z. Au-
   genh., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1894, xvi, 54-60,  1  pl.—Ayres
   (S C )  Tumors of the optic nerve, with  report  of two
   original cases.   J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago,  1890,  xiv, 324-
   331  AUo:  Am.J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1890, vii, 69-87.  Also,
   Reprint.—Bennett (H. P.)  Case of  piimary intradural
   tumouroftheopticnerve.  Brit.M. J., Lond., 1905, i,1041.—
   Beyrs (W. G. M.)  Diaguosi, prognosi e cura dei tumori
   iutradurali del nervo ottico.  Cliu. ocul.,  Palermo,  1901,
   698-704.  See, also, supra.— Braunschweig (P.)  Die pii-
   marenGeschwiilstedesSehnerveu.  Arcb. f.Ophth.,Leipz.,
   1893 xxxix, 4.  Abth.,  1-93.  AUo,  Reprint. -----. Die
   Geschwiilste  des  Sehnerven.  Heilkunde, Wieu  [etc.],
    1898-9, iii,392-396.—Bullar (J. F.) A:  ITIarshall (C. D.)
    Tumour of optic  nerve.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc. U. Kingdom,
    Lond., 1898-9, xix, 110-123.—Buller (F.)  Tumor of the
   optic nerve.  Proc. Med.-Chir.  Soc.  Montreal (1885-7),
    1888 145-147-----A  caseof primary tumor of the optic
   nerve.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1899, 510-518, 2 pl.
    AUo, Reprint. -----. Tumor of  the  optic nerve with
    intracranial complications.  Tr.  Am. Ophth. Soc., Hart-
    ford 1902, ix, 629-033, 3 pl.  AUo: Montreal M. J., 1903,
    xxxii  176-179. — Burnett  (S. M.)  Tumor of the inter-
    vaginal space of the optic-nerve sheath.  Tr. Am. Ophth.
    Soc. Hartford, 1894,81:  1897,185.  AUo, Reprint, iu part-
    Conn.   Extirparea tumorilor primitive al nervulul optic
    cu conservarea  globulul ocular, priu rezectia temporar& a
    paretelnl  orbitar  extern.   [Extirpation of primitive  tu-
    mors ofthe optic nerve, with preservation of tbe eyeball,
    by temporal resection of the external  orbital wall.]  Rev.
    dechir.,BucurestI,  1900, iv, 209-225. — Collins  (E. T.) & 
NERVE.
426
NERVE.
.Verve (Optic,  Tumors of).
  .Harshall (C. D.)  Two cases of primary ueoplasm of
  the optic nerve.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc. U.  Kingdom, Lond.,
  1899-1900, xx, 156-164, 1  pl.,  1  1.  Also:  Ophth. Rev.,
  Lond., 1899,  xviii, 342:144.-D-ehogucs (J. L.)  Un caso
  de neuroma del  neixio 6ptico.  Arch,  de oftal. Hispano-
  Ani.,  Madrid, 1903,  iii, 730-734—De  Vinccntiis  (C.)
  Stiito dell' occhio e dei suoi annessi nell' infermo operate
  da im anno  di asportazione  di un tumore  del n. ottico.
  Lavori d. din. ocul. d. r. Univ. di Napoli, 1894-6, iv, 202-
  204.   Also:  Atti d. r.  Accad.  med.-chir. di  Napoli, 1895,
  n. s.,  xlix, 219-221. -----.  Sull' asportazione di un tumore
  del n. ottico cou conservazione del bulbo, e sulla  galvano-
  caustica  in  un cheratocono.  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir.
  di Napoli, 1894, xlviii, 250-262.  AUo: Lavori d. clin. ocul.
  d. r. Univ. di N.ipoli. 1895, iv,  175-180.—Duroux (E.) &
  Graiidclcment (L.)   Des  tumeuis du  nerf optique.
  Lyon med..  1905, cv. 465-475.—Emanuel (C.)  Ueber (lie
  Beziehungen der  Sehnei veiigeschwiilste zur Eleuhantia-
  sis  neuromatodes und iiber  Sobnervengliome.   Arch. f.
  Ophth., Leipz.,  1901, liii, 129-101, 2 pl.  AUo  [Abstr.]:
  Ber.  ii. d. Versamml.  d.  ophth. Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb.,
  1902,  xxix,  212-210.— Fibroma  del  nervio  optico.
  [Transl.]  (Mudad-Bolivar med.. 1888-9, i, no.7.—Frauke
  (E.) &. Urlbanro (E.)  Zur  Kenntnis der Geschwiilste
  des Nervus  opticus nnd seiner  Scheiden. Arch. f. Ophth.,
  Leipz.,  1904, lix, 485-495, 1 pl.  — Oallenga.   Di un
  caso di tumore del nervo ottieo.  Kcndic. d. Ass. med.-
  chir.  di Parma, 1900, i, 236-239,  1 pl.—Oolovin (S. S.)
  Dva sbicha[ya] operatsii Kronlein'a pri novoobrazovanii
  zritelnavo  nerva.   [Two  cases  of Kronlein's operation
  of the optic nerve.] Vestnik  oftalmol., Kiev, 1899, xvi,
  354:   1900, xvii, 444; 447:  1901, xviii, 485. — Jon new to
  (T.)   Tumeur du nerf optique.   Bull, et mem. Soe. dechir.
  de Bncarest, 1900-1901, iii, 30. -----.  Extirpation des tu-
  meurs du nerf optique avec  conservation du globe de
  l'fleil, par la  resection temporaire de la paroi orbitaire ex-
  terne. Cong,  internat. de m6d.  C. r., I'ar.,  1900, sect.
  d'ophtal., 384-387. — Kurzezunge & Pollack  (P.)
  Ein Fall von primarer Xeubildung auf der Papille des Op-
  ticus. Ztschr. f.  Augenh., Berl., 1903, x. 302-308.—"La-
  grange (F.)  De la conservation du globe oculaire dans
  Fablatiou des tumeurs du nerf optique; description d'un
  proce.<16 nouveau.  Cong, franc.de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.J,
  Par., 1892, vi, 189-201. -----. De la conservation du globe
  oculaire dans l'ablation do-t tumeurs du  nerf optique; des-
  cription dim proc6de nouveau.  Rec. d'ophth., Par., 1892,
  3. s., xiv, 209 333.— I.invwon (A.)  A case of iuyxo-tibro-
  ma of the optic nerve  sheath.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc. U. King-
  dom,  Lond., 1898-9, xix, 123-131,1 pl.-l,nw*oii (G.)  A
  case of tumour of the optique nerve.  Ophth. Hosp. Rep.,
  Loud., 1888, xii, 1-6, 1 pl.—licbcr (T.) Mittheiluugen
  iiber  seltene Fiille von Geschwiilsten des Sehnerven und
  der Orhita.  Ber. ii. d. Versainiul.  d.  ophth.  Gesellsch.
  1901,  Wiesb.,  1902, xxix. 223-227.—Marshall (C.  D.)
  Further  note ou a case of optic nerve tumour previously
  reported to  the  society.   Tr.  Ophth. Soc.  U. Kingdom,
  Lond., 1899-1900,  xx, 104-166.—Mayou (M.  S.)  Intra-
  dural tumour of the  optic  nerve  neuro-fibromatosis.
  Roy.  Loud. Ophth. Hosp.  Rep., 1904-5,  xvi, pt. 2, 155-
  163,  4 pl.- >«-lil<«liip (E.)   Central  amblyopia  as  an
  eariy symptom iu  tumour at the chiasma.  Tr. Ophth.
  Soc. U. Kingdom,  Lond., 1896-7, xvii, 277-299.—Norton
  (G. S.)  The removal of a tumor of the optic nerve with
  preservation of the eye.  Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1892, xxi,
  350-359.—Pai-itoiiH (J.H.)  Primary extra-duraltumours
  of the optic  nerve.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Loud.,
  1902-3. xxiii, 116-134.—Pick  (A.)  On tbe  study of true |
  tumours of the optic nerve.  Brain, Loud., 1901, xxiv, 502-
  508.— Pockley  (F. A.)  A case of primary neoplasm of
  optic nerve  .-heath removed by Kronlein's operation, with
  preservation of l lie eye and good vision.  Australas. M.
  Gaz., Sydney, 1901,  xx, 411-413.  Also:  Arch. Ophth.,  N.
  Y, 1902, xxxi, 114-116. 1 pl.—Power (II.)  A caso of op-
  tic  neuritis in which Wecker's operation was performed, I
  and some selected cases.  St.  Barth. Hosp.  Rep., Lond.,
  18,2,  viii, 171.  Also, Reprint.—Randall (B. A.)  Cases
  of outgrowth on  the optic disc.  Tr.  Am. Ophth. Soc.
  Hartford, 1888, v, 116. 1 pl.—Roekliffe (W. C.)  Notes
  on a caseof tuuiouroftheoptic nerve.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.
  Kingdom, Lond.,  lw2-3,  xiii, 101-108.  AUo  [Abstr.]:
  Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1444— Rohmer.  Observation de
  fibrome lytupuaiigiectasiqne du  nerf optique.   Bull, et
  mem. Soc. fran§. d'opht., Par., 1892. x. 96-103.  AUo: Arch
  d'opht., Par.,  1892, xii, 554-560.—Saiitucci (S.)  Endo-
  telioma del nervo  ottico.   Ann.  di ottal., Pavia  1905  I
  xxxiv, 613-029, 1 pl. — Nattier (IL)   Ueber die eigent- '
  lichen Sehncrventumoieii und ihre chirurgischo Behand-
  lung. Beitr. z. Chir. Festschr. . . . Theodor Billroth
  Stuttg., 1892. 314-351. 1 pl.—Schmidt.Rimpler.  [Ein
  nach der Krdnleiu'schen Methode  operierter Fall  von
  Sebnerven-Gcschwiilst.]  Ophth. Klin.. Stuttg., 1904 viii
  5.—Sehuchardt (P.)  Die intraorbitalen  Geschwiilste
  desSehneiv.il.  Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1889. ccxxii, 185-
  206.—* toe It.  Ueber einen  Fall von Gummigeschwiilst
  des Optikus lnnter der  Papille uud  von Chorioiditis
  gummosa.   Klin. Monatsbl.  f.  Augenh.,  Stuttg.  1905
  xlm,  640-048.—Sourdille (G.)   Les tumeura n6vralgi-
rVerve  (Optic, Tumors of).
   ques adultes du nerf optique et de la r6tiue. Cong, inter-
   nat. de med.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'opht
   278-289.   AUo: Arch, d'opht.,  Par., 1904,  xxiv, 87-1(10, 1
   pl.  AUo: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 221, 1 pl.,
   241.—Sym (W. G.)  Tumours of the optic nerve.  Brit
   M. J.,  Lond., 1889,  ii, 717.—Ulithoff (W.)  Beitrag zur
   Kenntniss der Sehnervenveriinderungen  bei Schadelbrii-
   chen,  speciell  des Hamatoins  der Sehnervenscheiden.
   Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth.  Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb.
   l'!02. xxix, 143-161, 3 pl.—Walker (H.  S.)  Tumour ot
   i .tic nerve.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1895-6,
   xvi, 139.—Werner (L.)  Two cases of primary  intra-
   dural tumour of the optic nerve, in one of which the tu-
   mour was removed by Kronlein's operation, with  preser-
   vation of the  eye.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,
   1902-3, xxiii, 77-108, 1 pl.

IVerve  (Optic, Tumors  of, Malignant).
     Noering (A.)   * Ueber einen Fall von Fibro-
   sarkotn  des Nervus  opticus.   8°.  Kbnigsberg i.
   Pr., 1892.
     Roudi^  (L.-G.)  * Etude sur  le sarcome du
   nerf optique.   4°.   Bordeaux, 1892.
     Salzer (F.)   * Ueber  eiu primiires  tubuloses
   Angiosarcom des Sehuerven.  [Heidelberg.]   8°.
   Leipzig,  1892.
     Also, in:  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1892, xxxviii, 3. Abth.,
   33-59, 1 pl.
     A.« chin a 11 (G. A.)  Angiolithic sarcoma of the  optic
   chiasm.  Ophth. Rec, Nashvil'e, 1893-4, iii, 1-12.—Axeti-
   feld (T.)  & Ruach (F.)  Ein Beitrag  zur  klinischen
   Symptomatologie und zur Histologie des  primaren Myxo-
   sarkoms des Sehnerven sowie zur operativen Entfernung
   desselben nach der Kronlein'sehen Methode.  Arch. f.
   Augenh.,  Wiesb.,  1899, xxxix,  1-21,  1 pl.  Also: Arch.
   Ophth., N. Y.,  19(11, xxx, 265-270, 1 pl.—Rietti (A.)  So-
   pra un caso di endotelioma delle guaine del nervo ottico.
   Ann. di ottal.,  l'avia, 1901, xxx, 268-284, 1 pl.—Rrailey
   (W. A.)   Sarcoma growiug from the dural sheath ofthe
   optic nerve.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1886-7,
   120-124,  1  1.,  1  pl.—EMinster (A.)  Mwosarcom des
   Sehnerven,  operirt nach  Kronlein mit  Erhaltung  des
   Bulbus.   Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1899, i, 48-52.  AUo:
   Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1900. liv, 53-57. —Fin-
   lay (C. E.)   Alveolar fibro-sarcoma  of the optic nerve.
   Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1895, xxiv, 224-242.—von Gamier.
   Ein Fall von Myxosarkom des  Opticus.  Klin. Monatsbl.
   f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1891, xxix, .08-217.—Gaurnn.  Ff-
   bro-sarcome  du nerf optique.   Normandie  med., Rouen,
   1889, iv,  385-388. — German (F. F.)   K  kazuistikle
   opukholel zritelnavo  nerva, angio-sarcoma s chastichnim
   slizistim pererozhdeniyeni.   [Tumors of the optic nerve;
   . .. with partial mucoid degeneration.]  Vestnik oftalmol.,
   Kiev, 1899, xvi, 495-501.  AUo, transl: Klin. Monatsbl. f.
   Augenh., Stuttg., 1899, xxxvii, 319-326.—Heine (J.)  Sar-
   kommetastase  auf  der  Sehnervenpapille;  kliuisch und
    Sathologisch-anatomisch.   Klin. Monatsbl. f.  Augenh.,
    tuttg., 1899, xxxvii, 326-331. — Ilolden (W. A.)  A
   case of metastatic carcinoma of one optic nerve, with pe-
   culiar  degenerations of both nerves;  cliuical and patho-
   logical report.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc ,  Hartford, 1902, ix,
   477-483, 1  pl.  Also: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1902,  xxxi, 427-
   432, 1 pl.  AUo, transl: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1902-3,
   xlvi, 347-352, 1 pl.—Idzikowski (J.)  Przypadek  pit-r-
   wotnego  miesaka nerwu  wzrokowego.   [ Primary sar-
   coma of the  optic nerve.]  Po-t. okul., Krak6w, 1901, iii,
   77-83.—Johnson (W. B.) & Prudden (T. M.)  Myxo-
   sarcoma of the optic nerve,  with hyaliu degeneration.
   Arch.  Ophth., N. Y.,  1885, xiv, 151-16(1.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Kalt.  Sarcome  endothelial  du  nerf  optique.   Ann.
   d'ocul.. Par.,  1897, cxvii,  277-279.  Also: Rec. d'opht.,
   Par., 1897, 3. s., xix, 135-139.—Kcssler (II.  J.)  Inter-
   vaginal fibro-sarconi  van den  nervus opticus.  Nederl.
   Tijdschr.  v. Gene.sk., Amst., 1891, 2. R.,  xxvii, pt. 2,781-
   785.—Keyxer (P. D.)  Glioma of the  optic nerve; ex-
   ophthalmos; enucleation; an interest ins autopsy.  Ann.
   Ophth. &  Otol., St. Louis,  1892, i, 259-261.—Lagrange
   (F.)  Sarcome du nerf optique; extirpation totale du nerf
   sans ablation du globe oculaire.  Mem. et bull.  Soc. de
   med. et chir.  de  Bordeaux (1891), 1892, 356-362.   Also:
   J.  de med. de Bordeaux,  1891-2,  xxi, 149.  -----.  Note
   auatomo- pathologique sur un  cas do myxo-sarcome du
   nerf optique.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . .  de Bor-
   deaux, 1892, xiii, 30-34.  Also: J. de med. de  Bordeaux,
   1892, xxii, 78-80. -----.  Un cas de  myxo-sarcome des
   gainesdunerf optique.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. etphysiol. ... de
   Bordeaux, 1894, xv, 1-5.  AUo: Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse,
   1894, viii,  147.  AUo: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1894, xxiv,
   73_75._Payne (R. W.)  Report of a  case of primary
   glioma of the optic nerve.  Med. Rec, N. Y..  1901, lix, 50-
   52.  AUo [Abstr.]: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix, 414.—
   Salzmann (M.)  Studien iiber das  Myxosarkom des*
   Sehnerven.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1893, xxxix, 4. Abth.,
   94-130, 1  pl.—Scalinci  (N.)  Di un mixo-sarcoma del
   nervo  ottico asportato cou conservazione del bulbo. La- 
NERVE.                                         427                                         NERVE.
Hferve (Optic, Tumors of, Malignant).
   vorid. clin. ocul. d. r. Univ. di Napoli, 1897, v, 121-171,  1
   pl._Schiess-<KCiiiiiNciiN.   Totales Myxosarkom  des
   Opticus exstirpirt mit Erhaltung des Bulbus.  Arch. f.
   Ophth., Leipz., 1888, xxxiv, 3. Abth., 220-240, 1 pl.—Stan-
   c u lea ii u (G.)  Sarcome du nerf optique.  Bull, et mem.
   Soc. anat. de Phi., 1900, lxxxv, 646.—Tailor (U.)  En-
   dotelioma delle  guaine del nervo ottico.  Lavori d. clin.
   ocul. d. r. Univ. di Napoli, 1891-3, iii, 147-173.  Also.- Ann.
   di ottal., Pavia, 1894, xxiii, 18-50.—Vossius(A.) Nacbtrag
   zu der Arbeit "Ueber das Myxosarcom des N. opticus".
   Arch.  f. Ophth.,  Berl.,  1882,  xxviii,  284. — Webater
   (D.)  A  case of glioma  of the optic  nerve and  retina
   resulting iu death. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1894,  xi, 601-
   003.—Wiegmaiin (E.)  Ein Fall von primarem Fibre-
   sarkom  des  Sehnerven.  Klin. Monatsbl.  f.  Augenh.,
   Stuttg., 1895, xxxiii, 272-279— Wintersteiner (H.)  En-
   dothelioma vaginre n.  optici und Kystadenoma papillare
   proliferum glaudularum Mollii.  Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch.
   deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900,  lxxi, pt. 2, 2.
   Hlfte., 330-332.

UTer^e (Optic, Wounds and injuries of).
     Bauer (0. [ W. M.] )  * Zur Casuistik der Ver-
   letzungen des Sehnerven von der Stelle  des Ge-
   fasseintritts  bis  zum  Chiasma.   8C.   Berlin,
   [1866],
     BRUHN (C.  A.)  * Ein Fall von Verletzung des
   Sehnerven, Blutungen in die Orbita und  Opti-
   cusscbeide  und directer Zerreissung der Choroi-
   dea.   8°.   Kiel, 1869.
     Eichert (YV. K. A.)  * Ueber indirekte Opti-
   cusverletznngen bei Schiideltraumu.   6"-.  Jena,
   1903.
     Gbhl (O.)  *Ein  Fall  von  Verletzung des
   Sehnerven.  8°.  Kiel, 18*6.
     GiiNZLER ( [A.]  H.)   * Ceber direkte Verle-
   tzung des Optikus durch Querschusse der Orbita.
   8C.   Tubingen, 1904.
     Hoffmann  (C.)   *Zur  Kasuistik der  indi-
   rekten Verletzungen des Sehnerven.  s-\   Tiibin-
   gen, 1904.
     Mocmalle  (J.)    Zur  Casuistik  der  Seh-
   uervenveiietzungen.   .*i:.   Giessen, 1901.
     Pentcheff (D.)  * Contribution a  l'etude des
   Measures dn nerf optique.   8C.   Geneve, 1*9^.
     Rapp (K.)  * Zur Casuistik der direkten Ver-
   letzung des Sehnerven in der Augenhohle.   8°.
   Tubingen, 1903.
     Schliephake (F.)   * Ueber Verletzungen des
   N. opticus  innerhalb  der Orbita.   8°.  Giessen,
   1866.
     Steindorff  ( K.)   * Die isolierten, direkten
   Verletzungen des  Sehnerven innerbalb der Au-
   genhohle.   8~J.   Halle. 1*98.
     Barlay (J.)   Lat6idegs6rulesek.   [Injuries ofthe
   optic nerve.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1905, 132. — Birch-
   Hirschfeld (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis  der  direkten
   Verletzungen des Sehnerven.   Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au-
   genh..  Stuttg., 1902, xl, 377-398. 1 pl. — Bl«-**ij; (E. V.)
   Tri odnorodnikh sluchaya neposredstvennavoorbitalmn o
   povrezhdeniya zritelnavo nerva.  [Three similar cases of
   direct  orbital injury of the optic uerve.]  Soobsh. S.-
   Peterb.  glazuol  lecheb., Kiev, 1*9X. v, 98-108.  AUo
   [Abstr.]: Vestnik oftalmol.. Kiev, 1«98,  xv, 221.  AUo,
   transl.: Mitth.  a. d.  St. Petersb. Augen-Heilaust., 1898,
   5. Hft., 94-103. -----. NTeskolko sluchayev  porazheniya
   zritelnavo nerva i dvigatelnikh nervov glaza vslledstiviye
   travmi golovi.  [Several cases of injury to the optic nerve
   and oculomotor nerves following trauinaof the eye.]  Vest-
   nikoftalmol., Kiev, 1900, xvii, 628-630. — Bourgeois (A.)
   Blessure directe du nerf optique par une tige  de  m6tal
   avant  p6netr<je  k la partie inferoexterne de l'orbite.
   Union  med. du nord-est, Reims, 1904,  xxviii, 111-113.—
   fjaapai-.  Zwei Falle von Verletzung des Sehnerven.
   Aich. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,  1900, xii,  188-195,2pl.—E vans
   (J.J.)  Indirect injuries of tbe optic nerve.  [Abstr.] Brit.
   M. J., Lond.,  1905, ii, 02.—«i abler (L.)  Az idegbartya-
   levahis eloforduldsa 6s gy6<iyit&sa.  [Occurrence and cure
   of loosening of sheath of the nerve (optic).]  S/.em6szet,
   Budapest, 1906, 12.—Oayet.   Blessure du  nerf optique
   par une  bucho  de paille.   Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon,
   1901-2,  v, 40. — Ginzburg (I. I.)  K simptomatologii i
   diagnostikle  travmaticheskikh  povrezhdeuiy zritelnavo
   nerva.   [On  the symptomatology and diagnosis of trau-
   matic injuries of  the  optic nerve.]  Vestnik oftalmol.,
•   Kiev, 1899, xvi, 243-255.—Hathaway (F. J.)  Fracture
   ofthe anterior fossa ofthe skull dividing the optic nerve.
  Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 158. — Henry (R. W.)  Iujury of
I\ferve (Optic, Wounds and injuries of).
  the optic nerve.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 843. — Ira-
  iiovski (A. V.)   K kazuistikle  povrezhdeuiy zritelnavo
  nerva.  [Injury to the  optic, nerve.]  Vestnik oftalmol.,
  Kiev, 1896, xiii, 375-381. — Blohler  (A.)  Krankenvor-
  stellnng, Schussverletzung des Sehnerven.  Verhandl. d.
  deutsch. Gesellsch.  f. Chir., Berl.,  1888,  xvii, 97. -----.
  Zur Casuistik der Verletzungen  des Sehnerven innerhalb
  der Orbita.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1888, xxv, 482.—K.o-
  moto (J.) [Direct injuries to the optic nerve.]  Nippon
  Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1899, iii, 1-21-832. —
  Koppen (A.)   Ueber einen Fall von Atrophia nervi
  optici und Microphthalmos im Anschluss an eine Lasiou
  dos Sehnerven intra partum. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1902,
  vi, 305.—Liang (W.) Rupture of the lamina cribrosa and
  optic nerve-fibres at the papilla.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King-
  dom,  Lond., 1900-1901,  xxi, 98-100,  1 pl. — fYeuburger.
  Ein  Fall von retrobulbarer  Sehiiervendurchtreniiung.
  Sitzungsb. d. Aerztl.Ver.Niirnb.  1901, Miiucbeu, 1902, 34.—
  Oliver (C. A.)  A case of foreign body (piece of steel) in
  the optic nerve.   Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1898-9, xi. 309-
  311.—Por (D.)   L&tdideg-seriilesekrdl.  [Wounds  of the
  optic nerve.]  Szem6szet, Budapest, 1904, 20-33.—Sach-
  salber  (A.)  Schussverletzung beider  Sehnerven  mit
  langdauernder Amaurose  und schliesslich  geringem pe-
  riphereu Sehen.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1905,  xiii, 727-
  738.—Ncott (K.)   Traumatic division of both optic nerves.
  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1898-9, xix, 151-154.—
  Section du nerf optique droit et eraflure  du globe ocu-
  laire gauche par  line balle de revolver tiree dans la tempe
  droite.  Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1894, viii, 161.—Sharp
  (W. N.)  A case of probable rupture of the optic nerve.
  Arch. Ophth., N.  Y., 1905,  xxxiv, 131. — Wzili (A.)  Egy-
  szerii Idt6idegs6riil6sek.  [Uncomplicated injuries of the
  optic nerve.]  Szem6szet, Budapest, 1895, 8-11.—Taylor
  (S. J.)   A case of probable rupture of the optic nerve.
  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1892-3, xiii, 155-159.—
  Valude.  Cecit6 double  absolue et definitive k la suite
  d'un coup de feu.  France iu6d., Par., 1893, xl, 433.
IVerve (Peroneal).
    See Nerves (Popliteal).

Uerve (Phrenic).
    See,  also,  Asphyxia  (Treatment  of);  Dia-
  phragm.
    Malshin (A.  I.)  Nervus phrenicus  (v ana-
  toinieheskotn,  fiziologicheskom  i  farmakologi-
  uheskoiu otnosheniyukh).   [. . .  (anatomically,
  physiologically,  and pharmacologically consid-
  ered).]  6°.   Moskva, 1697.
    Barton (J.)  Account of an unusual course of phrenic
  nerve.   Tr.  Roy. Acad.  M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898, xvi, 421.
  AUo: Dublin J. M. Sc,  1898, cvi, 548.—Billard  (G.) &
  Cavalie (M.)  Sur quelques effets conseeutifs a la resec-
  tion des deux nerfs  phi-uniques chez le  chien.   Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 329.-----------.
  Sur quelques troubles conseeutifs k la resection des deux
  phr6niques,  chez le jeune  chien.  Ibid., 1900, 11. s.,  ii,
  745-447.—Brooks (H. St. J.)  Varieties in the mode of
  origin of the phrenic nerve, with some notes on  nerve-
  variations in the superior extremity.  Tr. Acad. M. Ire-
  land, Dubl.,  1887, v, 351-359, 1 pl.—Fawcett (K.)   The
  left phrenic  nerve with  abnormal course relative to  the
  subclavian vein.  J. Anat.  & Physiol., Lond..  1893-4,
  xxviii, 464.—Ferguson (J.)  The phrenic nerve.  Brain,
  Lond , 1891-2, xiv, 282—Hare (H. A.) & Martin  (E.)
  The effect of section of the phrenic  nerves.  Lancet,
  Lond.,  1890,  i, 124; 185. — Heinricus (G.)  Om  foran-
  dringarna i respiration och cirkulationvidgeuoinskarning
  af nervi phrenici.  [Sur les modifications de la respiration
  etde la circulation k la section des nerfs phreuiques. R6s.,
  pp.  xxiii-xxvi.]  Finska lak.-siillsk. haudl.,  Helsingfors,
  1888, xxx, 117-133.—Kohnslamm (0.) Studien iiber den
  Pbreuicuskern.   Arcb. f. Psychiat., Berl.,  1898-9, xxxi, 857.
  Also: Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1898, xxxv,  697. -----. Zur
  Anatomie und Physiologie des Phrenicuskernes.  Fort-
  schr. d.  Med., Berl., 1898, xvi, 643-653.— Lai-kiii  (F. C.)
  Accessory phrenic nerve.  J. Anat. & Phvsiol.,  Lond.,
  1888-9, xxiii, 340.—IVlacdonald (J. S.) & Keid (E. W.)
  Electromotive changes in the phrenic nerve; a method of
  investigating the action of the respiratory centre.   J.
  Physiol., Lond., 1898, xxiii, 100-111.—Marinesco.  Sur
  l'origine  reelle du nerf phr6uique.   Bull, et 1116111.  Soc.
  med. d. hop. de  Par., 1898, 3. s.,  xv, 898-900.—Turner
  (Sir W.)  A  phrenic nerve receiving a root of origin'from
  the desceudens hypoglossi.   J. Anat. <fe  Pbysiol.,  Lond.,
  1892-3, xxvii, 427.— Wagstatte  (W.  W.)   Note  on  the
  anatomy and physiology of the phrenic nerve iu mau.  St.
  Thomas's Hosp.  Rep., Lond., 1887, n.  s.,  xvi, 127. Also,
  Reprint.— Wernicke (C.)  Die Insufrieienz der Nervi
  phrenici und ihre Behandlung.  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat.
  u. Neurol., Berl., 1897, ii, 200-203.—Voting  (R.  B.)  Un-
  usual course of the  phrenic nerve.   In: Memoirs and
  memoranda in anatomy, 8°, Lond. & Edinb., 1889, 186. 
NERVE.
428
NERVE.
IVerve (Phrenic, Wounds and injuries of).
    .llnckenzie <S.  C.)  A case of rupture of the right
  phrenic nerve followed bv iustautaneous death.  Indian
  M. Gaz., Calcutta, 18*9, xxiv, 204.  AUo, in his: Med.-leg.
  experience iu Calcutta, 12°, Edinb., 1891, 99.—Schroeder
  (W.  E.)   Phrenic nerve injuries; report of a case; ana-
  tomical and  experimental researches, and critical review
  of the literature; with anatomical  observations  on  the
  innervation  of the diaphragm.   Bull. Northwest. Univ.
  M. Sch., Chicago. 1901-2, iii, 427-452.   Also: Am. J. M.
  Sc., Phila..  1902, n.  s., cxxiii, 190-220.—Schiirmayer
  (I. H.)  Verletzung des Zwerchfellnervens mit todtlichem
  Erfob'e.   \\-r. deutsche Ztschr. f. d. Staats-Arzuk., Frei-
  burg T. Br., 1847, n. F., i,  291-298.

IVerve (Plantar, Tumors of).
    Taylor (W J.) <fc .Spiller (W. G.)  A case of mul-
  tiple  fibromata confined to the internal plantar nerve.
  J. Nerv. Jt. Ment.  Dis., N. Y., 1983, xxxi, 204-209.   Also,
  Reprint.
IVerve (Pneumogastric).
    See,  also,  Blood  (Pressure  of);   Cheyne-
  Stokes  respiration;  Digestion;  Heart, Intes-
  tines,  Lungs,  Innervation of;  Nerve (Laryn-
  geal,- Recurrent); Nervous system (Degeneration,
  etc.,  of); Nervous system (Sympathetic); Stom-
  ach  (Xerres of).
    Arthaud (G.) & Butte (L.)   Du nerf pneu-
  mogastrique (physiologie normale  et patholo-
  gique).   Diabete;  albuuiinuries  neVropathiques
  (asthme;  nevropathie  ce're'bro-cardiaque, etc.).
  8°.   Paris, 1h9v!.
    Cheshkokf  (A.  M.)  * God sem nuesyatsev
  zhizni   sobaki  poslie   odnovreiueunavo  izsie-
  chenyia  oboikk bluzhdayushtshikh nervov  ua
  sheye; eksperimentalnoye izliedovaniye.   [Life
  of a  dog for a year and  seven mouths  after
  simultaneous excision of both vagus  nerves in
  the  neck;  experimental  investigation.]    8°.
  S.-Peterburg, 1902.
    Holm  (H.)   Den dorsale Vaguskjernes  Ana-
  tomi  og  Patologi  et  Bidrag til  Lauren  om  Re-
  spirations- og Hostereiiex ceutrernc,  deres Ud-
  vikling  og Degeneration.   [Anatomy  aud pa-
  thology of uncleus of vagus nerve, a contributiou
  to theory  of respiratory  and  cough  reflexes,
  development  and  degeneration.]   8-\   Kris-
  tiania jj- Kjjbenhavn, 1882.
    Kenaud  (C.-E.)  * Tachycardie  et  asystolie
  dans   les  compressions  du  pueumop-astrique.
  4~.   Paris, 1893.
    Shunda  (A.)   Localisation ce"r6brale du  nerf
  pneumogastrique.   8-.   Bucarest, 190;}.
    de   Tsciiischwitz  (A.  [B.  J.J)   * Nervis
  vagis irritatis diaphragma num in  inspiratione
  an iu exspiratione sistitur?   8°.   Yratislaviw,
  18f>7.
    Widmer  (A. )   *  Ueber  einseitige  Durch-
  schneidung  und  Kesection  des mensehlichen
  Vagus.   8-'.  Leipzig, 1-93.
    AUo, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1893, xxxvi
  283-321.
    Alroek (N. H.) &,  Seeitiaiiu  (J.)  Ueber   die
  negative  Schwankung in den Lungenfasern  des Vagus.
  Archj I. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn 1905. cviii, 420-446.  AUo,
  transl.  [Abstr.]:  Proc. Physiol  Sue..  Lond., 1904-5, p.
  xxx.— Alfewsky  (N.) Les uovaux sensible* et moteurs
  du nert vague chez  le lapin. Nevraxe, Louvain, 1905-6
  vu, 21-27 -ArloinS (S.)  Tetanos du iiiyorarde cbez les
  mammiferes  par  excitation du  nerf pneumogastrique.
  Arch,  de physiol. norm, et path., Par.,  1893, 5. s.  v 103-
  H?TArtJ,*ud (G') & Bu»e (L-)  Recherches sur  les
  ettets produits par la section des vagues an-dessoua  du
  diap h ragme.  Com pt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1889,9. s., i, 581.
  ----7-----• Action vasomotricedunerfpiieuiiiogasir'inue
  sur le poumon.  Ibid., 1890, 9.  s.,  ii, 12.—Axenfeld.
  L azione del nervo vago sulla  secrezione  gastrica degli
  ?£S?  .:  Attl e rM,(lic- d. Accad. med.-chir.  di Perugia
  1890  n, 142-148. -Barratt (W.)  On the  anatomical
  structure of the vagus nerve.  J. Anat. & Physiol.  Lond
  189,-8 xxxii-.422-427  5 pl  Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Pbysioi:
  Soc. Lond., 1898, p  xln.-Beer (T.) ^ Kreidl (A.)   Ue-
  ber den Ursprung der Vagusfasern, deren centrale Reizung
  Ver augsarnung reap  Stillstand der  Athmung bewirkt
  Arch.  f. d.  ges  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1895. lxii, 156-165—
  Beklilen II i \ .)  O tseutralnikh okomhaniyakh bluzh-
  dayushtshavo nerva iosostavle volokoutak-nazivayemavo
]\erve (Pneumogastric).
  odiuochnavo puchka prodolgovatavo mozga.   [The een
  tral  endings  of  the vagus nerve,  aud  the  coruponi-
  tion  of the fibers of the so-called  solitary funicle ol the
  medulla oblongata.]  Vestnik klin. i suilebuoi pidchiat
  i  nevropat.,  St.  Petersb.,   1887-8.  v,  pt.  2,  13--.il _!
  Bernstein  (J.)  Vagus und Sympathicus.  Centraibl
  f.  d. med.  Wissensch., Berl.. 1864, ii, 241-243  AUo
  Reprint. — Bikcli-N  e Ci:)  Ueber  zweizeitige Dunn!
  schneidung und -Oiiet>chuug dei- Nervi vagi.  Centralbl
  f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien,  1897, xi, 557-561.—Birukoff
  (B.)  Ueber die Wirkung  einer gleich/.eitigen Reizung
  beider Vagusuervcn auf das Athmungsceutruiu.  Arch
  f. Anat.  u. Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1899, 525-530. — Bincoiib &
  ITIouret.  Note sur les effets de l'excitation du bout cen-
  tral du vague apres arracheiuent du| spinal.  Coinpt rend
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 771.—Boix (fi.)  Tachy!
  cardie par compression des  pneumogastriqiies  Arch
  gen.  de  med., Par.,  1893,  i, 005-011—Boruitnii (H.j
  Weitere Erfahrnngen iiber die Beziehuugen des N. vagus
  zur Athmung und Verdauung.  Arch. f. d. ges. l'hysiol
  Bonn, 1896, lxv,  26-40,  2 diag—Itunch (J. L.)  "Vas(>
  motor effects on the small  intestine produced by stimu-
  lation of the  central end of the vagus.   Proc. Physiol.
  Soc, Lond.,  1899,  p. xxvii. — Bmizl- Federa (E.j
  Der centrale Ursprung des N. vagus.   Monatschr. f. Pay.
  chiat. n. Neurol.,  Berl.,  1899, v,  1-22, 2 pl. — Biirknrt
  (R.)  Ueber die centripetale Leituug im Nervus  vagus
  und  speciell im Nervus laryngeus inferior.  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1892, xxix,  973 - 975. — C'ervera (E.) [La
  funcidn  cardiaca  del pueumo-g&stiieo  y resecci6n  del
  mismo y del trigemino.]  An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid
  1901, xxi,  181; 184; 203.  Also [Abstr.]; Rev.de med. y
  cirug. prAct., Madrid, 1901,  li, 198.—Chauveau (A.)
  Fonctions  des branches cesophagienues du nerf pneumo.
  gastrique.   Compt. rend. Accad. d. sc, Par.,  1862, liv
  1131. — C'heshkort"  (A. M.)  O  nlekotorikh  fiziologi'-
  cheskikh  osobennostyakh  vagotomirovaimikh  sohak  v
  otnoshenii krovoobrashtsheniya, dikhanyia, pishtsheva-
  reniya i  termoregulyatsii.   [Several physiological pecul-
  iarities of vagotomized dogs, with respect to circulation,
  respiration, digestion, and  heat  regulation.] Bolnitsch.
  gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900. x, 2304-2311.—Corin (6.)
  Contribution k l'etude des fonctions respiratoires du nerf
  vague.  Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1891, 3. 8.,
  xxii,  546-520. — Courtadc  (D.) <fc CJuyon (J.-F.) Ex-
  citabilite  comparer du  pneumogastrique  et  du sym-
  pathique thoraciques.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1900,  11.  s., ii, 532-534. —Couvreur  (E.)   Iufluence de
  l'excitation du pneumogastrique sur la circulation pul-
  monaire de la grenouille.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
  1889,  cix,  823-825.   AUo: Univ.  de Lyon.  Trav. lab.
  physiol.,  1888-9, i, 63-66. -----. Physiologie  comparee du
  pneumogastrique chez les  oiseaux.  Rev. scient., Par.,
  1892,  1, 371-373. -----. Sur  le r61e du pneumogastrique
  comme regulateur do la temperature du corps  (k propos
  d'une note de M.  de Tarchanoff).  (.'ompt. reud. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1901,  11. s., iii, 740. —Crile (G. W.)  On the
  effect of severing  and mechanically irritating the vagi.
  Am. J. M.  Sc,  Phila., 1902, cxxiii,  052-662.—Daddi (G.)
  Di alcune  questioni riguardanti  la  fisiopatologia del
  vago.  Riv. crit. di clin.  med., Firenze, 1902, iii, 293-307.—
  B-anilevski. Asfikticbeskayakrovi vnutriserdeebniya
  okonchaniya nervi vagi.  [Blood in asphyxia and  intra-
  cardiac ending of . . .]  Dnevnik  S\ezda Obsh. Russk,
  Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 61-63.—Deci
  (O.)  Zur Anatomie  uud Physiologie des Nervus vagus.
  Arch. f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1888, xx,  89-101, 1 pl.—Bele-
  zenue (C.j  Le pneumogastrique coutient-il des fifeta
  moteurs pour la vessie et l'literus?  Compt. reud. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1895, 10. a., ii, 417. — Bourdoua (G.-N.) De
  Taction du pneumogastrique sur le cceur auemie  de la gre-
  nouille.  Ibid., 1889,  9. s., i,  333.—Doyon  (M.)  Contri-
  bution k l'6tude des  effets circulatoires  et  respiratoirea
  des excitations centrifuges du nerf vague.  Arch, de phy-
  siol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 93-102.—Buboin.
  Ueber therapeutische Verwerthbarkeit  der Vaguscom-
  pression.   Cor.-Bl. f.  schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1894, xxiv,
  297-301. — Eugelinann  ( T.  W.)   Bijdrage tot de
  keunis van den negatief-iuotropen invloed van  den ner-
  vus vagus op het  hart.   K.  Akad. v. Wetensch. te
  Amst.   Versl., 1901-2,  x.  208 - 219. — Erlnnger (J.)
  On the union  of a spinal  nerve with the vagus nerve.
  Am.  J. Physiol, Bost., 1905, xiii, 372-395.  Fori (J.-A.)
  Action des courants continus et du eathetonsine  sur le
  nerf pneumogastrique cbez  l'homme.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1890, 9. 8.. ii. 200.  Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par.,
  1890,  lxiii, 515. — Franeois-Fraiick (C.-A. )  Re-
  cherches exp6i'inientales sur Taction cardiaque antito-
  niquo systolique  du  nerf pneumogastrique.  Arch, de
  phvsiol.  norm, et path.. Par., 1891, 5. s., iii, 575-584.—
  Fro 11 in  (A.)  &  Fozi-i-ski (E.) Section intrathora-
  cique des pneumogastriques. chez lo chien, par voie abdo-
  minale.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, lvi, 203.—
  Gioidaiio (D.)   Contributo alio studio delle lesioni cly-
  rurgiche del pneumogastrico.  Clin, chir., Milano, 1893,1,
  241-272. — Gomez ©carta (J.)  Supervivencia de un
  perro despues de la doble y simultanea seccidn de los dos 
NEKVE.
429
NERVE.
]^erve (Pneumogastric).
  nervios  vagosimpaticos  en  el cuello.   Corresp.  med.,
  Madrid, 1903, xxxviii.  253-255.  AUo,  transl:  Cong, in-
  ternat. de med.  C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, do physiol.
  [etc.], 132-138. -----.  Doble vagotonia.  Rev. de med. y
  cirug. pract., Madrid, 1903, lx,  20-22.  -----.  Doble vago-
  tonia en  el perro. Ibid.,  1904, lxii, 441-445.—Haller
  (B.)  Der Ursprung der Vagusgruppe bei den Teleostiem.
  Festschr. z.  . . . Carl Gegenbauer 1890, Leipz., 1897, iii, 45-
  101, 4 pl.—Hegei"» Action du pneumogastrique sur les
  contractions du  pharynx et  de Tcesopbage" de la  gre-
  nouille.   Soc. roy. d. sc. ined. et nat.de Brux. Bull., 1897,
  lv, 129-132.—Hufschuiid (E.) & .Holesrholt (J.)  Ex-
  perimenteller Beweis der Theorie, nach weleher der Va-
  gus ein  BewegHUgsuerv  des Herzens ist.  Untersuch. z.
  Naturl.  d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1802, viii, 52-120.
  AUo. Reprint.— JohiiKou (G.)  On the laryngeal  symp-
  toms which result from the pressure of  an aneurysmal or
  other tumour upon the vagus and recurrent nerves.  Med.-
  Chir.  Tr.. Lond..  1875, lviii,  29-48.  Also,  in  his: Med.
  Lect.  & Essays, 8°, Lond., 1887, 401-417.—Jones  (C. S.)
  Some experiments on the pneumogastric nerves.  Med.
  Press West. N. York, Buffalo. 1888, iii, 179-185.- Kach.
  kovski (P. E.)  O vizhivanii sobak poslie odnovienien-
  navo izsiecbeuiya  bluzhdayusbtsbikh nervov na  sheye.
  [On the survival of dogs after simultaneous excision of the
  vagus nerves in the neck.]   Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St.
  Petersb., 1899, x, 735-744.  AUo, transl.: Arch.  f. d.  ges.
  Physiol., Bonn. 1901, lxxxiv, 6-56,1 diag.—Knoll (P.)  Ue-
  ber den Eintluss des Herzvagus auf die Zusammeuziebun-
  gen der Vena cava superior beim Siiugethier.  Arch.  f. d.
  ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1897,  lxviii, 339-347.—Kohnstaiuni
  (0.)  Zur Anatomie und Physiologie der  Vaguskerno.
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,  1901,  xxxiv, 1077-1082.—Korn-
  feld (S.)  Warum steigt der Veuendruck bei der Vagus-
  reizung.'  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1890-91,
  iv, 745-749.  Also:  Klin. u.exper. Stud. . . . Lab. v.Basch,
  Berl., 1892, ii, 14-18.—Kosaka (K.)  [The origin  of the
  vagus nerve.)  Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, iv, 127-
  140.—Kosaka  (K.)  m  Vajgita  (K.)   Experimentelle
  Uiitersuchuugen iiber den Ursprung des N. vagus und die
  centrale Endigung der dem Plexus nodos.is  entstammen-
  den sensiblen Vagusfasern. sowie iiber den Verlauf ihrer
  seknndareu Bahn.  Ibid., 29-49.—Krehl(L.)   Ueber die
  Folgen  der  Vagusdnrcbschneidung.  Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1892, Suppl.-Bd., 278-290.— l.aborde (J.-V.)   Du
  noyau d'origine, dans  le  bulbe rachidieu, des fibres mo-
  trices ou cardiaques du  nerf pneumogastrique, ou noyau
  cardiaque; effets sur le fonctionnement du cceur de la le-
  sion experimentale et de la destruction de ce noyau; disso-
  ciation fonctionnelle des phenomenes moteurs cardiaqueset
  respiratoires.  A rch. de physiol. norm, et path.,  Par., 1888,
  4.s..i 397-416.—Ladaiue (C.)  Lephenomene de lachro-
  matolvse apres la resection du nerf pneumogastrique.  N.
  iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,  1900. xiii, 301; 518;  645,4 pl.—
  liaignel-Iievaatine.   Remarque sur le vago-sympa-
  thique abdominal.  Bull,  et m£m. Soc. auat. de Par., 1902,
  lxxvii, 351-353. — Langenbakher (L.  E.)   Materiali
  dlya sravnitelnol anatomii  bluzhdayusbtsbikh nervov u
  domashnikh zhivotnikh.   [Comparative  anatomy  of the
  vagus nerves in domestic animals.]   Arch. vet. nauk, St.
  Petersb., 1877, vii,  2. sect., 1;  39, 1 pl.—Langley (J. N.)
  Note  on the experimental junction of tbe vagus nerve
  with the cells of the superior  cervical  ganglion.  Proc.
  Roy. Soc. Lond., 1897-8,  lxii,  331.  -----.  Ou inhibitory
  fibres in the vagus for the end of tbe oesophagus and the
  stomach.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1898-9, xxiii, 4(17-414. -----.
  Connections of the ganglion of the trunk of the vagus.
  Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1899, p. xxxii.  -----.  The
  thoracic vagus ganglion of the bird.  Ibid., 1902, p. xiv.—
  Liaulanie.  Sur la persistance de Taccuinulation des
  effets du nerf pneumogastrique sur le cceur anemie de la
  grenouille.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., ln>-8. 8. s., v,
  803. -----.  Sur les  effets respiratoires  et les troubles
  mortels  amenes par les  excitations centrifuges du  nerf
  vague.   Ibid., 1889, 9. 8.  i, 94-97.—Levene  (P. A)   Die
  zuckerbildende  Function des X.  vagus.  Centralbl. f.
  Pbysiol., Leipz. u.  Wien,  1894,  viii, 337-340.—Iii von  (C.)
  Action motrice du  pneumogastrique sur Testotnac.   Mar-
  seille med.,  1893,  xxx,  57-62.—Lioewy (A.)  Ueber  den
  Tonus des Luugenvagus.  Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol.,  Bonn,
  1888, xlii, 27.:-28l.— IVIaedonald (J. S.)   Electromotive
  changes in peripbeial end of cut vagus nerve contrasted
  with blood-pressure curves.   Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond.,
  1899, p.  xxvi. — .Tlarenghi  (G.)  Aucora la vagotonia
  bilaterale in  rapporto alia questione del ripristino funzio-
  uale in seguito al taglio dei nervi.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e
  lett.  Rendic, Milano,  1901. 2.  s.. xxxiv,  180-182.  AUo,
  transl:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi,  261-264.—
  ^larinesco (G.)  Les noyaux musculo-strK-set musculo-
  lisses du pneumogastrique.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1897, 10.  s., iv,  168— Martini (E.)  Contributo
  clinico e sperimentale  alia vagotomia nel collo.  Gior. d.
  r. Accad. di med. di Torino. 1904, 4. s., x, 184-186.—.?Ierk-
  len (P.)  De Tasystolie  dans  les compressions du  nerf
  pneumogastrique.  Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par.,
  1893, 3. »., x, 611-614— IVIoleachott (J.)  Ueber den Blut-
  druck  nach  Vagusdurchschueiduug.  Untersuch.  z. Na-
^Vei've  (Pneumogastric).
  turl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1876, xi, 310-326.—
  Nollard (J.)  &  Regaud (C.)  Lesions  du muscle
  cardiaque consecutives k la section de.s nerfs  vagues.
  Lyon med.,  1899, xci, 179;  217.—Monaola (F.)  A pro-
  posito di  un  caso di irritazione del  vago.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1904, xxv, 898-900.—Nikolaides (P.)   Ilepi riav
  airOT€Aco>iaT(0»' tjjs ov\l TauToxpopaK yiyvoy.4vi)<; cktoju.))? a/A-
  <j>OTeptov tuii-  Trvev/AOcoyaaTpKctue vtvptov.  'IarpiKTj TrpooSos,
  "Ev 2vpw,  1901, vi, 157.   AUo. transl:  Grece med., Syra,
  1901,iii,'42. -----. Ueber das Ueberleben der Hunde nach
  der ungleichzeitigen Durchscbueiduugder Vagiam Halse,
  mit Demonstration von  zwei Hunden, welehe die  Vago-
  tomie iiberlebt haben.  Arch. ital. debiol., Turin, 1901-2,
  xxxvi, 41-43. -----. Des fibres r6currents du pneumo-
  gastrique agissant sur le centre respiratoire.  Grfece m6d.,
  Syra, 1903, v,  41.—Nuel.  Pneumogastiique (nerf).   Diet.
  encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1888, 2. s., xxvi, 196-227. —Oni-
  itiu«.  Du pneumogastrique consider6  comme nerf mo-
  teur.  Arch. ital. de biol. Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 181-183.-
  OsipoflT (V. P.)  Anatomicheskoye izslledovauiye yader
  blu/.hdayushtshavo  nerva  preimushtshestvenno po me-
  todu atrofii.   [ Anatomical  investigation  of the nuclei
  of  the vagus,  especially  after the  method of atrophy.]
  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan* 1895, iii, no. 3, 97. -----. Anato-
  micheskoye izslledovauiye tsentralnikli okonchaniy bluzh-
  dayushtshavo  nerva s  prinileneniyem, preimushtshest-
  venno metoda  atrofii.   [Anatomical investigation of the
  central origins of tbe vagus nerve, with the use, chiefly,
  of the method of atrophy.]   Ibid., 1896, iv, no. 1, 89-108;
  no. 2,  25-46.  -----.  Dalnletshiya izslledovaniya v oblasti
  tsentralnikh  okonchaniy  x-oi  pari  cberepnikh nervov.
  [Further  researches iu the region of the central origins
  of  tbe tenth pair of cranial nerves. ]  Ibid., 1898, vi,
  no. 2, 155-168. — Ott (I.)  The relation of  the vagus to
  intestinal peiistalsis.  J. Med.-Chir.  Coll., Phila.,  1903,
  iv,  no. 8,  15. — Park ( R.)   The results of division or
  resecliou  iu  tbe neck of tbe pneumogastric and phrenic
  nerves.  Ann.  Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii,  145-166. -Par-
  loflf (LP.)  O  smerti  zhivotnikh vslledstviye  pere-
  rlezki bluzhdayusbtsbikh nervov.  [Death of animals in
  consequence  of section of tbe vagi nerves.]  Trudi  Obsh.
  russk. vrach. v S..Peterb., 1894-5, lxi,  298-302.  -----. O
  vizhivanii sobak s pererfezanniiui bluzhdaynshtshimi
  nervami.   [Ou the survival of dogs with cut vagus nerves.]
  Ibid., 1895-6, [no. 6.], 47-GO. — Perna (G.)   Sopra un
  rigoutiamento  gaugliare  del  x°  paio  di pertineuza del
  nervo laringeo inferiore.   Monitore zool.  ital., Firenze,
  1904, xv, 37-39.—Picciniuo (F.) Sulla genesi della cosl-
  detta pneumouite del vago.   Atti d. r. Accad.  med.-chir.
  di Napoli, 1893,  xlvii, 232-240, 1 pl.—Powers (C. A.)
  Removal  of  a heavy silk ligature from around the right
  pneumogastric nerve r clinical symptoms before and after
  removal.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi, 516-519.
  Also:  Med. News, N. Y., 1903,  Ixxxiii,  640. — Pretschi-
  MteHskaja  (K.)  Studien iiber antagonistische Nerven.
  No. 2. Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Wirk-
  samkeif des  Vagus.  Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen,  u.  Berl.,
  1905, xlvii, 97-136.—Pruszynski (J.)   Ueber die Periode
  der lateuten  Reizung der Nervi vagi.   Centralbl. f. Pby-
  siol., Leipz.  n. Wien. 1889-90, iii, 509-572.—Riedel (A.)
  Zur Kasuistik der Vagus-Resektiou.  Festschr. . .  . Carl
  Gdschel  . .  .  25jahr.  Jubil., Tubing.,  1902,  241-243.—
  Kohon (J.  V.)  Ueber den Ursprung des Nervus  vagus
  bei  Selachiern mit Beriicksichtig ing  der Lobi electrici
  von Torpedo.  Arb. a. d. zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien, 1878,
  i, 151-172, 1 pl.—Subatier.  Sur les nerfs de la dixieme
  paiie. Mem. de math6inat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d.
  sc,  Par.,  1774, 553-564. — Neliift'  (M.)   Neue Unter-
  suchungen iiber den Einfluss des Nervus vagus auf die
  Magenthiitigkeit.  Schweiz. Mnnatsihr. f.  prakt.  Med.,
  Bern, I860, v, 361-366.  Also, Reprint. -----.  Ueber die
  Ursache der  vermehi ten Pulsfrequenz  nach Durchschnei-
  dung  der Vagi am Halse.  Untersuch.  z.  Naturl. d.
  Mensch.  u. d. Thiere,  1865, ix, 531-023.  Also, in his:
  Ges. Beitr. z. Physiol., 8°, Lausanue, 1894, ii, 375-451.—
  Schulz  (F.  N.)  Ueber den Einfluss des Nervus  vagus
  auf die Blutdruckkurve bei  Rana esculenta.   Zentralbl. f.
  Physiol.,  Leipz., 1905, xix, 689-694.—Shore (T. W.)  The
  morphology  of the vagus  nerve.  J. Anat. &.  Physiol.,
  Lond., 1887-8, xxii, 372-390. -----. On the minute anatomy
  of the vagus nerve in selachians, with remarks on the
  segmental value of the cranial nerves.  Ibid., 1888-9, xxiii,
  428-451, 2 pL— Mopi-nua  (F.)  Recherches  ulteiieures
  touchant  Taction du vague sur la respiration interne.
  [ Transl  [Abstr.] from: Atti  r. Ist.  Veneto d. sc. lett.
  ed arti, 1904-5,  lxiv,  524-534.]  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
  1905, xliii, 380-386.—Starek (II.) Experimentelles iiber
  motorische Vagusfunktion.  Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere
  Med.,  Wiesb.,  1904,  xxi, 450-457.  Also: Miinchen med.
  Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1512-1514. -----. Intrathorakale dop-
  pelseitige Vagotomie.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904,
  li, 507.—Stewart (G. N.)  Effects of simultaneous section
  of both vagi  above the origin  of the recurrent laryngeal.
  Science, N. V.  & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s.,  xxi,  889.—
  Taguclie (Iv.)  Ueber eine  seltene  Anomalie des Ver-
  laufes des Vagusstainnies uud eines  seiner Aeste.  Arch.
  f. Anat. u.  Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz.,  1888,  365-368.— 
NERVE.
430
NERVE.
\ei*ve (Pneumogastric).
  Tau.«zk (F.)  Kiserleti adatok a tiidobeli vagusrostok
  niukodeserol.  [Experimental contributions on the intra-
  pulmonary function  of the vagus. ]  Orvostud  ertek.
  gyiijt.  Magy. orv. Arch..  Budapest,  1892, i, 49:;-503.—
  Treves (Z.) Sulla funzione respiratoria del nervo vago.
  Arch,  per le sc med., Torino.  1897, xxi, 233-270. 3 eh.
  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:  Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1897,
  xxvii,  169-196,3  ch— Trieonii-Allegra (G.)  Sulle
  connessioni bulbari del nervo vago.   Arch. ital. di anat. e
  di embriol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 585-040, 7 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1903, viii, 07-71.—Tuszkai
  (O.)  Ueber die Anastoniosen zwischen Vagus und Sym-
  pathies.  Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x, 21; 40;
  59; 79; 99; 116. — Van Oebuchteu (A.)  Connexions
  bulbaires du nerf pneumogastrique.  Compt. rend. deTAss.
  d. anat., Par., 1899, i,  38-43.—Van Kempeu.  Sur les
  fonctions  des branches o-sophagiennes du nerf pneumo-
  gastrique.   [Abstr.]   Compt. rend.  Acad.  d. sc, Par.,
  1802, liv, 976.— Vanlair (0.)  Survie  apres la division
  successive des deux  vagues.  Bull. Acad. roy. d.  sc. de
  Belg.,  Brux., 1893, 3. s.,  xxv, 240-262.   Also [Abstr.l:
  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvi, 330.—Waller
  (A. D.) L'indication electrique de Taction du nerf pneu-
  mogastrique sur l'estoinac  Arch.  biol.  nauk . . .,  S.-
  Peterb.. 1904, xi, suppl., 222-224.—Walrarens (A.)   Le
  nerf vague  possedc-t-il une action sur la s6cr6tion  uri-
  naire.'   Arch. ital. de  biol., Turin, 1890, xxv, 169-188.—
  Werlheimer (E.)  Sur les anastomoses reciproques des
  deux  pneumogastfiqiHS dans le thorax,  chez  l'homme.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., I'ar., 1901, 11. s., iii, 832-834.—
  Wybauw  (R.)  fitude de certaines conditions dans les-
  quelles lo nerf pneumogastrique  cesse d'agir sur le cceur.
  Arch, internat. de physiol., Li6ge & Par.,  1904-5, ii, 198-
  209.

\erve (Pneumogastric,  Pathology of).
     Buchholz  (E.)    * Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis der
  Vagiisneuroseii.  8°.   Bei'lin,  [1^92].
     Djki.icokf (J.-S.)   * Contribution  a  l'etude
  de.s accidents cardiaques dans le tabes.   Un cas
  de nevrite des pneumo-gastriques.   8°.   Tou-
  louse,  1901.
     Edixger.   Vagnsneurosen.   s-.   Wien <f Leip-
  zig, 1**3.
     liepr. from:  Real-Encycl. d.  ges. Heilk.  [etc.], Wien
  &. Leipz.,  1883.
     Klett (J.)   * Ueber  Vagusneurosen.  [Wurtz-
  burg.]   *3.   Marburg  i. H., 1902.
     Kredel (L.)  * Zur Lebre von deu Vagusneu-
  rosen.  [Giessen.]   8C.  Leipzig, 188:2.
     AUo. in:  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1881-2
  xxx, 547-568.

     Levin (A.)   * Materiali dlya patologii bluzh-
  dayushtshavo  nerva.   [Pathology   of  vagus
  nerv.]   8".   S.-Peterburg, 1888.
     Marchesini (C.)  Contributo  alia eziologia
  e patogenesi  dell' irritazione  del vrago.    8C.
  Genova,  1*96.
     Rescotssie (J.)  * Essai  sur les ne"vroses du
  uelf vague.   4C.   Paris, 1892.
     AflTezioni (Le) del vago. Gazz.d.osp., Milano, 1896,xvii
  1543-1546.—Arlhaud (G.) & Butte (L.) Du syndrome
  clinique et des 16sh.ns auatomo-patbologiques d6termiu6s
  chez les animaux par la nevrite des nerfs vagues.   Compt
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s.,v, 206-211___________.
  Note complementaire sur  les alterations orgauiques con-
  secutives aux nevtites.du nerf  vague.  Ibid., 484.—Ar-
  th.iud (G.) & KescoiiMMie.   Etude clinique sur  lea
  nevrites et les nevroses du nerf vague.  Ann  de la Poli-
  clin. de Par., 1892, ii, 189; 245. —Bremer (L.)   On some
  forms  of vagus neuroses.  Alienist & Neurol  St.  Louis
  1891, xii, 220-226.  Also: Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis 189l'
  xxm, 324-326.—Browne (H. L.)  Neuritis of the pneurao-
  gastnes.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1896,  i. 1324. — Butte (L.)
  Sur une affection qu'on pourrait denommer nevrose du
  vague.  Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1902, xii, 109-171
  AUo: J. de med. de Par., 1902. 3. s., xiv, 259.—Daddi (G j
  Di alcune questioni riguardanti la fisiopatologia del va°x>
  Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1905, vi, 521-526.— Oon-
  liam (J. C.)  Some disturbances of the piieuino< astiic
  nerve.  J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1895-6, ii, 441-446.—Ksser
  (J.)  Die Beziehuugen des Nervus vagus zu Erkrankun-
  gen von Herz und Lungen, speciell bei experimenteller
  chronischer Nikotmvergiftuug.   Arch.  f. exper. Path  u
  Pharmakol., Leipz.,  1903,  xlix, 190-212. — Francois-
  Franek (C.-A.)  Recherches experimeutales sur Tai ouie
  cardiaque produite par le nerf pneumogastrique; intro-
  duction a 1 etude clinique des cardiopathies avec  dilata-
  tion du cceur.  Arch,  de  phvsiol.  norm, et path   Par
  1891  5. s.. iii 478-490 - Greuell.   Nevrose uu pienm*
  gastrique.   Bull.  med. d. Vosges, Eambervillers  1893-4
  vm, no. 32, 39-42. - Habershon (S. 0.) Pathologie du
Xerve (Pneumogastric, Pathology of).
  pneumogastrique.  [Transl. from the Spanish by Iicrthe-
  rand.]   Paris med., 1889. xiv, 153; 102; 109; 178;'i8ii- 195.
  202; 213; 233; 251 ; 258; 265.  AUo, Reprint —Hol'm'iiuii
  (A.)  Ueber den Zusammeiihang der Diiichsclmeiduiig
  des Nervus vagus mit degenerativen und entziindlichen
  Veranderungen am Uerznmskel. Arch. f. path  Anat
  [etc.], Berl., 1897, cl, 161-184, 1 pl.—Hunt (J. R.)  A pnv
  gressive lesion of the root of the fifth nerve, producing
  motor, sensory, and trophic symptoms.  J. Nerv. &Mcnt'
  Dis., N.Y., 1905, xxxii, 792.—I.oiinniin (G.)  Zur Fra^e
  der digestiven Reflexneurose des Nervus vagus.  Prag
  med. Wchnsehr., 19'0, xxv, 171-173. — JTlnbbou.x.  I)e la
  nevrose goutteuse du pneuniogastriqiie 011 pscudn-angine-
  gnutteuse. Rev. dem6d., Par., 1894, xiv, 095-712.— tinder
  (J.)  Neuritisvagi;  Besserung.  Wien.nied. BL, 1898, xxi,
  267.—Jlatthes (M.)  Zur Kasuistik der Vagiisneuroseii!
  Cor.-Bl. d. allg. iirztl. Ver. v.  Thiiringen, Weimar, 189l]
  xx, 341-348. — von  rVoordt-n (C.) Ueber  hysterische
  Vagusneuiosen.  Charit6-Ann., Berl., 18i).'l, xviii, 249-264.—
  Svehla (K.)  Experimentelle Uutersucliungen iiber den
  Eintiuss des krankhaft veranderten Nervus vagus auf die
  Athmung. Wien.klin. Rundschau, 1890,x,577; 596; 612.—
  Vrijheid (J. A.)  Vagusneurose.  Med Weekbl., Amst
  189 -0, ii, 510-515.                                   '

rVerve (Pneumogastric, Surgery of).
     Herzen  (P.)   * Les  causes  de  mort apres la
  double  vagotomie dans  leur   rapport  avec  les
  conditions de survie.   <?.  Lausanne, 1,-(J7.
     Benda (C.) Ein Fall von Ganglioneurom des Nervus
  vagus.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904,
  vii, 266.—Boulland (H.)  Accidents mortels dus ides
  16sions du pneumogastrique.  J. Soc. de m6d. et pharm.
  de 11 Haute-Vienne, Limoges,  1891, xv, 9-12.— Fiori (P.)
  Le lesioui del vago nella chirurgia  del  collo.  Policlin.,
  Roma, 1904, xi. sez. chir., 467-480.—Giordano (I).)  Sulle
  lezioni del pneumogastrico considerate dal punto di vista
  chirurgico; osservazioni.  Arch, per lo sc med., Torino e
  Palermo, 1893, xvii, 367-380.—Jaboulny.  L'elongati»n
  du pneumogastrique. Lyon m6d., 1898, lxxxvii, 537-551.—
  ITlarenghi (G.)  Nevrotomia e nevrectomia dei  vaghi
  con speciale rapporto al problema della rigenerazione delle
  fibre nervose  perifericbe.  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int.
  1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 24.—Preisz (H.)  A nervus  vagus
  6s recurrens elvdltozdsai chorea laryngis egy eset6ben.
  [Removal of tbe nervus  vagus and recurrens in a case (if
  chorea laryngis.]  Gyermekgy6gvas/.at,  Budapest, 1898,
  4/—Rainoneda  (L.)  Sarcoma fuso-celular del nervio
  neumo-gdstrico derecho; su extirpacion, conserv&ndose la
  contintiidad del tronconervioso; datos interesautes acerca
  del nervio hipogloso. Rev. clin. de 1. hosp., Madrid, 1891,
  iii, 241-245.—Bibcra y  Sana (J.)   Un caso de seccidn
  del pneumogastrico.  Rev. espec m6d.  La oto-rino-larin-
  gol. espan., Madrid, 1901, iv, 73-77.  AUo [Abstr.]:  An. r.
  Acad, de med., Madrid.  1901,  xxi, 73.—Taylor.   Calca-
  reous tumour of pneumogastric.  Rep. Proc. Northumb.
  &. Durham M. Soc, Newcnstle-upon-Tyne,  1885-6, 16.—
  Traamann (H.)  Schussverletzung des Nervus vagus
  unter der Scbadelbasis.  Deutsche Ztscbr. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1893, xxxvii, 161-167.

HJTerve  (Pudic, Internal).
     See, also, Vaginismus (Treatment of),
     Albertin.  Resection bilaterale de la branche p6ri-
  neale du nerf honteux interne dans la cystite douloureuse.
  Lyon med.,  1899, xcii, 230. -----.  Resection des nerfs
  honteux internes.  Bull. Soc.  de chir. de Lyon, 1903, vi,
  78-80.  AUo: Lyon med., 1903, c, 572-574.—Bnnn.  Re-
  section  du nerf honteux interne.  Lyon  med., 1900, xciii,
  197-199.—Roe bet (V.)  Resection de la branche p6rineale
  des nerfs honteux internes dans certaines affections spas-
  modiques de Turetre et du perinee.   Arch. prov. de chir.,
  Par., 1899, viii, 312-321.

j\erve  (Radial).
     Hirschfeld (W.)  * Casuistik zur  Nenrolyse
  und  Neuroraphie des  N. radialis, uebst  einem
  Beitrag aus der Klinik  des Dr.  Pernice zu Frauk-
  furt a.  O.  8C.  Greifswald, 1901.
     Babinski (J.)   N6vrite radiale.  Rev. neurol., Par.,
  1903,  xi, 734.—Cruuiperlz (K.)  Ueber die  elektrische
  Erregbarkeit des  Nervus  radialis.   Arch.  f. Psychiat.,
  Berl.,  1898-9,  xxxi,  891-894.  AUo:  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1898, xvii, 788-797.—Laquer (L.)  Ueber Radialis-
  krampf.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1891,  xxviii, 747-749.—
  Pannki  (\.) Przypadek cierpienia nerwu promieuio-
  wego po wstrzyknieoiu eteru pod skore. grzbietovyej okolicy
  przedramienia (neuritis nervi radialis).   [. . . after inject-
  ing ether under  the skin of the dorsum of the region of
  the forearm.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s.. xvii, 1276-
  1283—Verwari (R.)  Un caso di mancanza del ramo su-
  perficiale  od  anteriore  del nervo  radiale sostituito dal
  nervo muscolo-cutaueo.  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp.
  di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc. 1, 315; fasc. 2, 83.—Viannay.
  Svstematisation du nerf radial.  Lyon ni6d., 1902, xxxiv,
  329. 
NERVE.
431
NERVE.
 Herve  (Radial, Surgery of).
     Weile (M.)  *Ein  Fall von Sarcom des Ner-
   vus radialis.   8-\   Erlangen, 16-6.
     Alessandri (R.)   Osservazioni istologiche su di un
   caso di sarcoma involgente  il nervo radiale.  Policlin.,
   Roma,  1902,  ix, sez.  chir.,  187-190.—Aunequin.  Con-
   siderations a propos dun cas d'enclavement du nerf radial
   traite par la suture apres resection de la partie enclavee.
   Arcb. de  med. et pharm. mil.,  Par., 1893. xxii,  162-183.—
   Ami. Ein Fall von  Verletzung des Nervus radialis.
   [Japanese text.]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902,
   xvi, 230-235.—Bonnet (L.)  Section  de la branche mo-
   trice du nerf radial daus la traversee du court supinateur
   traitee par la  suture et suivie de resiauration  fonction-
   nelle complete.   [Rap. de Lejars.]  Bull et  mem. Soc de
   chir.de Par., 1904,  n.  s., xxx, 1090-1100.—C'avazzani
   (E.) &  itlanca (G.)  Alterazioni della sensibilitu tattile
   e termica iu seguito a lesione del nervo radiale.  liilorma
   med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. I, 075-078.  Also, Reprint.—Ui-
   dier.  Traumatisme du nerf radial; examen electrique.
   Gaz. d. bop. de Toulouse, 1895, ix, 225.— Oionis du Se-
   jour.  Section chirurgicale  complete du nerf radial; su-
   ture primitive;  gu£risou rapide;  emploi d'un appareil
   prothetique.   Gaz.  d. hop.,  Par.,  1904,  lxxvi,  186.—
   Drozda.  Lahmung di s Nervus radialis dexter trauma-
   tischen Ursprungs; auf systeiuatisch durchgefuhrte Gal-
   vanisation und lane Bader in 42 Tagen vollkommene Hei-
   lung.  Jahrb. d.  Wien. k. k. Krankenanst.  (18921,  1893,
   i, 797.—Dure hi ren n nng des N. radialis,  Nervennaht
   (ohne Erfolg.); Ldsi.ng des Nerven aus der mngebenden
   Narbe; Heilung. 1 Fall.  Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abth.  d.
   Spit, zu Basel (1887), 1888, 116— Ehrmann (J.)  Obser-
   vation de suture secondaire du nerf radial  suivie de res-
   tauration fonctionuelle. Gaz. m6d. de  Strasb., 1888, xlvii,
   73-79. -----.  Suture secondaire du nerf radial dans  Tais-
   selle et k distance.   Cong,  franc, de chir. Proc.-verb.
   [etc.]. Par., 1892, vi. 42-<-4:S7.  AUo: Gaz. med. de Strasb.,
   1893, lii, 1-4.—Finotti.  Ein Fall von Zerreissung des
   Nervous  radialis bei tiefer Fraktur des Humerus;  Ner-
   vennaht;  Heilung.   Wien.  med. Wchnsehr., 1893,  xliii,
   2045-2047.—GI nek.  Vorstellung eines Falles von Naht
   des Nervus radialis nach totaler Durchschneidung durch
   einen  Messerstich.   Verhandl. d.  Berl. med. Gesellsch.
   (1891), 1892, xxii,  pt.  1, 219.—Gluck (T.) & Bernhardt
   (M.) Heilung einer Radialislahmung iu Folge eines traue
   matischen Nervendefects (lurch secundare suture ner\ eus-
   k distance oder indirecte Nervennaht.  Berl. Klin. Wchn-
   sehr., 1888, xxv, 901-904.—Guelliot  (O.)  Suture a dis-
   tance (8 centimetres et demi) du nerf radial; examen de
   la piece onze mois apr6s l'operation.  Bull, et mem. Soc
   de chir. de Par., 1893, n.  s., xix.  73-76.  Also: Gaz. d.
   hop., Par., 1893, lxvi, 156.—Lnnildd- (A.)  Einheilimg
   eines Kaninchennerven in einen Defect des Nervus radia-
   lis.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1888, xxviii.  604-
   606.—l;aubi(-(A.)  Sarcome du nerf radial; resection de
   15 centimetres dn nerf;  persistance  de la sensibilite.
   Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 102-104.—
   Leprevost (F.)  Deconverte du  radial dans Taisselle
   pour suture nerveuse; pseudai throse de Tbum6rus guerie
   par Tavivement  des  fragments.   Cong, franc,  de chir.
   Proc.-verb.  [etc.], Par., 1888, iii,  333-338-  Tlarchant
   (G.)  Nerf radial sectionne; suture; guerison.   Bull, et
   mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1897, n. s., xxiii, 252.—lTIonod
   (C.)  Suture du nerf radial; r6tablissement imm6diat des
   fonctions.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1894, n. s.,
   xx, 103. — Persichetti (C.)   Contributo alle neurorafie;
   sutura del nervo radiale destro; guarigione.   Gi'-r. med.
   d. r. esercito  [etc.],  Roma,  1897, xiv,  258-202.—Pozzi.
   Rapport snr une observation  de  Severeano, intitulee:
   Lesion traumatique  du nerf radial;  paralysie consecu-
   tive; suture nerveuse; r6sultat  fonctionel nul.  Bull.
   et  mem.  Soc.  de chir. de Par.,  1888, n. s., xiv,  153-
   157.—Reynier  (P.)  Suture de  la branche motrice du
   nerf radial.  Bull. Acad, de med., Par.,  1904, 3. s., li, 373.—
   Bieffel.   Sur la suture  de la branche  post6iieure du
   nerf radial.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de  chir. de Par., 1905, n.
   s., xxxi, 7-9.—de Kouville (G.) Section  du  nerf ra-
   dial; suture secondaire et gu6rison.   [Rap. de Chaput.]
   Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 1046-
   1051.  AUo: Montpel.  med., 1905, xxi, 121-126.—Roux.
   Suture secondaire de la branche profonde du nerf radial.
   Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1887, vii, 705-709.—
   Buotte.   Quelques  remarques sur les sections  du  nerf
   radial et leur traitement par la suture.   Arch.  prov. de
   chir., Par., 1896, v, 350-361.  Also, Reprint.— Voliutsetr
   (G.)  O dostuple k glubokol vletvi luchevovo nerva pri
   ranenii yeya.  [Access to  the deep branch of the  radial
   nerve when wounded.]   Khirurgla, Mosk.,  1905,  xviii.
   366-372.

IVerve  (Saphenous).
    Delbert (P.)  Anomalie  du  nerf  saphene  externe.
   Bull. Soc.  anat.  de Par., 1888, lxiii, 148-151.—Fiwcher.
   Heilung einer fiinf  Jahre andauernden  Neuralgic des
  Ramus saphenus am Nervus cruralis, durch  Neurotomie.
  Ztschr.  f.  Wundarzte  u. Geburtsh.,  Winnenden, 1881,
  xxxii, 219.
 iYerve  (Sciatic).
     Abelous (J.-E.)  & i'lnzet (J.)  Sur quelques condi-
   tions determinant des modifications qualitatives dans les
   reactions electriques du  nerf sciatique do  la greuouille.
   Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1900,  11.  s.,  ii, 545.—
 •  Arullaui (P. F.)  Contributo  alio studio di alcuni fatti
   d' irritazione nei gangli S])inali del coniglio eonsecutivi al
   tagliodel nervo iscbiatico.  Ann.di freniat. [etc.], Torino,
   1902, xii, 70-75.—Billard (G.) & Bcllet(F.)  Influence
   de T61ongation du nerf sciatique sur le d6veloppement de.s
   os du membre posterieur chez le lapin.  Compt. rend. Soc.
   de biol., Par.,  1905, lviii, 86.-----------.  Influence de
   Tirritation du nerf sciatique surle developpement des os
   des  membres posterieurs cbez le lapin.  Ibid., 208-210.—
   Billard  (G.), Belief  (F.) &. lVIaltet.  Influence de
   Tarrachement et de  Telongation du nerf sciatique sur le
   developpement des os du merubre posterieur  chez le lapin.
   Ibid., 445-447.—ICi.xli-euiii  (I.)  O  sosudorasshiryayu-
   shtshikhvoloknakhsledalishtshnavonerva.  [Vaso-dilator
   fibers ofthe sciatic nerve.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1904,
   xii,  no. 3, 284-288.—Bouchez (J.)  Anomalie du  nerf
   grand-sciatique.  J.  d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, i, 319-323.—
   Crile (G. W.) &  Lower (W. E.)  An experimental re-
   search on theteiisilestreiigth ofthe sciatic nerve.  N. York
   M. J.. 1900, lxxi, 160-163.—« hill in i (C.)  La lunghezza
   dell' arto dopo il taglio del nervo sciatico.  Sue med.-chir.
   di Bologna. Resoc.  (1898),  1899,  32-34.—Gley (E. ) &
   IVInthieu  (A.)   Note sur  quelques troubles trophiques
   causes  par "Tirritation" du nerf sciatique. Arch, de
   physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1888,4. s., i, 137-143.—Kauf-
   ■uann.  Mode de disparition de Texcitabilit6 mot rice et
   sensitive dans le nerf sciatique de la grenouille a la suite
   de la ligature de la patte vers le milieu de la euisse, le nerf
   sciatique etant laiss6 en  dehors de la ligature.   Compt.
   rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s., v, 691-694.—Lapinski
   (M.)  K  voprosu ob  uchastii nervnikh  stvolov zaduei
   konechnosti v vazomotornoi innervatsii yeya distalnikh
   otdlelov i ob  izmlenenii  vazomotornikii eleraentov, a
   takzhe saraikh sosudov lapi poslie povrezhdeniya sledali-
   shtsbnavo nerva.  TPart played by the nerve trunks of
   the  posterior extremity in the vasomotor innervation iu
   distal parts, and changes  in the vasomotor elements, and
   also of the vessels themselves of the leg after injury of the
   sciatic  nerve.]  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev.  1905, x,
   173-218, 1 pl.—liepine (J.)  Modifications du sang  con-
   secuti ves k Telectrisation du sciatique.  Compt. reud. Soc.
   de biol.,  Par., 1902, 11.  s., iv,  1395.—Levy (M.)  Die
   Schweissnerven-Bahnen zwischen dem Nervus ischiadicus
   und der Peripherie bei der  Katze; ibre theilweise Tren-
   nung von den motorischen Bahnen.  Centralbl. f. Physiol.,
   Leipz. u.  Wien, 1891-2. v, 774-770.— Potma (T.)  Rek-
   king van den N. ischiadicus. Maandschr.  gew. a. de heil-
   gymn.,  Arnhem.  1899, ix, 5-8.—Thomson  (A.)  Lower
   limit of great sciatic  nerve.  [Rep]  J. Auat. & Physiol.,
   Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 45.—Viannay.  SysWmatisation du
   nerf  sciatique poplit6 externe.  Lyon med., 1902, xcix,
   124-120.  AUo: Province med.,  Lyon, 1902, xvi,  255.—
   Waller  (A. D. ) The electrical signs of secreto-motor
   effects produced in the pad ofthe cat's foot, post  mortem,
   by excitation of the sciatic  nerve.  Proc. Physiol. Soc.
   Loud., 1903, pp. xxxii-xxxiv.

IVerve (Sciatic, Pathology of).
     See, also, Sciatica.
     Cotugno [Cottcnnil's]  (D.)  De  iscbiade
   nervosa cominentariiis.   8  .   Hennas,  1770.

     -----.  The same.   Xovis curis  auctior.   s-'.
  Neapoli,  1779.
     Cotte  (G. )   Tuberculose inflammatoire;  sciatique
   familiale d'origine tuberculeuse.  Gaz. d. bop., Par., 1905,
   lxxviii,  1227. — IIimweiiiaiMi  ( D.)   Ueher trophische
   Storungen  nach Contiuuitiitstrennuug des Nervus ischi-
   adicus.  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1891,  xxxi, 191.  Also:
   Verhaudl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1893), 1894, xxiv, pt. 2,
   350-353.—I.ugiato  (L.)   Degeiierazioni secondarie speri-
  mentali (da strappo dello sciatico) studiate col  metodo
   Donaggio  per le degeiierazioni.  Riv.  sper.  di  freniat.,
   Reggio Emilia, 1905,  xxxi, 220-229. — Princeteau.  Ne-
   vrite interstitielle des nerfs  de la jambe et du sciatique;
   troubles trophiques  consid6rables,  survenus k  la suite
  d'une ancienne f i act nre de jambe nvec gangrene de Tavant-
  pied; amputation de euisse; 'guerison.  J.   de  med. de
   Bordeaux, 1888-9,  xviii, 234-236.—Quenu (E.)  Varices
  du nerf sciatique;  quelques  reflexions  sur la pathog6nie
  des hemorrhoi'des.  Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 18i)2, lxvii,
   105-110.—Shearar.  Linear eruption in the course of the
   sciatic nerve. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc. (1880-91),
  1892, iii, 200.
]\erve (Sciatic,  Surgery of).
     See, also, Nerve (Sciatic,  Tumors of).
     Pecresse  (J.-B.)    'Contribution  a  l'6tude
  des sections  et resections de  nerf  sciatique et
  des branches.  8-.   Bordeaux, 1900. 
NERVE.
432
NERVE.
IVerve  (Sciatic, Surgery of).
     Bnslianelli (P.) A;  Giaui (F.)  Disturbi sensitivi-
   motori gravi e permanenti uegli arti iuferiori da lacera-
   zione di fibre degli  sciatici.  nelle branche d' origine dei
   phssi sacrali, per trauma.  Cesalpiuo, Arezzo, 1905, i, 148-
   158 —Biowa (G S.)  Gunshot injury of tbe great sciatic
   nerve.   Med. News.  Phila., 1892,  lxi.  467. — Brown-
   Mcquard.  Nutrition et cicatrisation apres la section du
   nerf sciatique ties  haut,  et amputation de la euisse.
   Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v. 688.-Che-
   ■nin it Barbe.  Sur un  cafe de division prematuree du
   nerf sciatique.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,
   1890, xvii, 160. — Courtin (J.) &. Bossuet (G.)   Sec-
   tion complete du nerf sciatique; suture nerveuse; retour
   partiel de la sensibilite et  de la motilite.  Gaz. hebd. d.
   sc. med.  de Bordeaux,  1905, xxvi. 111-113. AUo: Med. d.
   accid. du  travail, Par.,  1905, iii, 129-136.  Also .- J. de med.
   de Bordeaux, 1905,  xxxv, 314-316. — B-nllaw- Pratt
   (J.) Suture of sciatic nerve.  Dublin J. M. Sc , 1894. 3. s.,
   cclxxiii,  198-201.—Beaver  (J.  li.)  Neurectasy ot the
   right sciatic  nerve.   |Abstr.]   Internat. Clin., Phila.,
   1901, 10. s., iv, 171.—Denis.  Note snr une section an-
   cienne du sciatique droit, remontant k Tiige de 9  aus chez
   nn jeune  homme de  20 ans;  remarque sur les  troubles
   trophiques observes et eu  particulier sur Thypertrophie
   du squelette de la jambe.  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1896,
   v, 153-160.—Bun a  (J. H.)  Suture of the  great sciatic
   nerve; report of a case.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903,
   xl 1358.— Freeman (L.)  Secondary suture of the sciatic
   nerve.  Med.  Rec, N.  V.. 1894, xlvi, 409.—Lanbie (A.)
   Section du sciatique datant do cinq mois;  suture  ner-
   veuse; retour de la  sensibility le meme jour. Bull. Soc.
   d'anat. et physiol. de  Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 13-15.  AUo:
   Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.  de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 43. -----.
   Suture nerveuse aprds section du  grand nerf sciatique.
   Gaz. hebd. de med.,  Par., 1900, n. s., 447-449.  Also: Gaz.
   hebd. d.  sc med. de Bordeaux,  1900,  xxi, 126-128.— I.u-
   bouschine (A.)  La d6g6n6reseence ascendante et de-
   scendante des fibres  de la moelle 6pinidre apres  arrache-
   ment du nerf sciatique.  Nevraxe, Louvain,  1901, iii, 201-
   218.—.Tlonncelli (C.)   Nevrosi isteroide traumatica con-
   secutiva  alio stiramento incruento del nervo  sciatico.
   Gazz. med. d. Pnglie, Bari, 1891,  xi, 177-194.   Also:  Spal-
   lanzani, Roma,  1891, 2. s., xx, 313-334.—Morpurgo (B.)
   Sui processi istologici  consecutivi  alia nevrectomia sci-
   atica.  Ann. di  freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1891-2, iii, 133-144.
   AUo, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  1892, xvii. 432-
   445.—rVovinski (M.)   K voprosu ob izmlenenii tkanel
   konechnosti poslie pererlezki sledalishtshnavo nerva i o
   vliyanii posllednyavo na zazhivleniye kozhnikh ran.  [Al-
   teration in the tissues of the  extremity  after resection of
   tbe sciatic nerve and on the influence of the  latter on the
   closure of the wounds of the  skin.]  Arch. vet. nauk, St.
   Petersb., 1874, iv, 3. sect.. 86-128.—Parhon (C.) & Gold-
   stein.  Un cas de sectiuue a sciaticulul popliteu extern.
   Presa med. rom., Bucuresci,  1902, viii,  225-229.— Pratt
   Suture of sciatic nerve.  Tr.  Roy. Acad.  M.  Ireland,
   Dubl., 1894, xii, 181-186.—BebouI.  Section complete du
   nerf sciatique poplit6  interne par  coup de fusil; suture
   de ce neif au sciatique  poplit6 externe;  garrison avec r6-
   tablissement des fonctions du  membre.  Rev. de chir.,
   Par., 1897,, xvii,  1060.—Scherb  (G.)  Plaie  du sciatique
   poptite externe;  analyse  des  signes sensitifs et moteurs;
   pas d'interventiou;  guerison.   Trav. de neurol.  chir.,
   Par., 1900, v, 353-350.—Stevenson (W. C.)  A case of
   neurectomy ofthe sciatic nerve. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps,
   Lond.,  1903, i, 32-35.— Wound of great sciatic nerve.
   Army M. Dep. Rep. 1891, Lond., 1893, xxxiii, 368.

IVerve (Sciatic, Tumors of).
     Kreiss  (T.)   * Malignes  Neurom   (Sarkom)
   des Nerven Ischiadicus.  8°.   Bonn, 1896.
     Berber.  Maladie de Recklinghausen  et  sarcome  du
   nerf sciatique.   Rev. internat. de  m6d.  et de chir., Par.,
   1904. xv,  163-165. -----.  Sarcome du nerf sciatique k son
   6mergeuce du bassin traite par  l'extirpation; gu6rison
   avec conservation des  fonctions du nerf.  Bull,  et mem.
   Soc. de chir. de Par.,  1905, n. 8., xxxi,  917-920.—Berry
   (J.)  Large fibro-sarcoma of the sciatic nerve; removal;
   recovery.   Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1544— BobroflT (A. A.)
   Fibrosarcoma myxomatodes nervi ischiadici: izslecheniye
   sledalishtshnavo nerva na protyazhenii  12 centim.   [. . .;
   excision of tbe sciatic nerve to tlieextent of 12 centimeters.]'
   Chir. Laitop.. Mosk.. 1895, v, 578-58(1.—Cameron (II.C.)
   Sarcoma ofthe  great sciatic nerve  Tr. Glasg. Path  &
   Clin. Soc^Ikmj-91),  1832. iii. ii-   ( henieux & JTou-
   haud.   Tumeur du nerf sciatique (tibro-sarcome deve-
   loppe aux depens du nerfet des tissus  voisius);  extirpa-
   tion;  guerison;  etude  hi-matologique.  Limousin med
   Limoges,  1905. xxix, 89-92— Bebersaques (C.)   Sar'
   come englobant  le nerf  sciatique;  resection  etenduo dn
   nerf: neuronbaphie; guerison.   J. de chii.  et  aim Soc
   beige de chir.. Brux., 1902,  ii, 109-112.—Hatch  (W. K.j
   Blood cyst of sciatic nerve.  Indian M.  Gaz., Calcutta,
   1898, xxxiii,  339.—Hwuie.  Sarcoma of sciatic nerve.
   Kep. Proc. Northumb. a;  Durham M.  Soc, Newcastle-
   upon-Tyne, 18-7-Y 123, I pl.—Knnimerer (F.) Myxo-
JVerve  (Sciatic, Tumors of).
   sarcoma of the sciatic nerve.  Ann. Surg.,  Phila., 1902,
   xxxv, 649.—L.egueu & Tlai-ieu.  Notes sur un fihro-
   sarcome  du nerf sciatique.  [Abstr. 1   Union med. du
   Canada, Montreal, 1896.  xxv,  38."i-:i87.—Loinon.   Fi-
   brome du nerf sciatique k son emergence du bassin, traite
   par Enucleation;  guerison sans  troubles  fonctionnels.
   Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par . 1905, n. s , xxxi. 1056-
   1059. — .Tintas (R.)  Large perineal fibroma of tho sciatic.
   Tr. Am. Surg.  Ass.,Phila.. Ix'.i9.  xvii, 29i)-L'!»0. 3 pl.  Also •
   Med. Xews, X. V., 1899, lxxv, 754-758.—VIoi ton (T. S. K.j
   Tumors of the peripheral nerves; with the report of a
   case of  sarcoma of the sciatic.   Med. «fc Surg. Kt portrr
   Phila.,  1893, lxix,  969-973.  AUo, Reprint. — Oil nnd i
   (E.) Sopra un  caso di rabdomioma del  nervo ischiatico.
   Arch, per le sc.  med., Torino,  1895, xix, 113-137, 1  pl.
   AUo [Abstr.]:  Gior. d. r. Accad. di  med. di Torino, 1895,
   4. s., i.  164-168.—Boberts (J.  B.)  Multiple tumors of
   the sciatic nerve.  Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s.
   iv,  123-125.  AUo: Phila. M. J.,  1901, vii, 737— Nehmid!
   Fibrome du sciatique poplite interne. Bull, et mem. Soc
   anat. de  Par.,  1902, lxxvii, 494-496.— WilligeiiN.  Tu-
   meur du sciatique.  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med.
   de Lyon (1887), 1888, xxvii, pt. 2, 46.

IVerve  (Spinal  accessory).
    Genther (W.)   * Beobachtungen iiber Krampf
   iin Gebict des Nervus aecessorius und der obern
   Cervicalnerven.   8°.   Gbttingen, 1*96.
    Lubosch (W.)   * Die vergleiehende Anatomic
   des Accessoriusurspruuges.   s~.   Berlin, [\*9*].
    Bunzl-Federn (E.)  Ueber den Kern  des Nervus
   aecessorius.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
   1897, ii,  427-442, 3 pl. —Bees (O.)  Ueber die Beziehung
   des  Nervus aecessorius zu den Nil.  vagus und hypoglos-
   sus.  Allg.  Ztschr. f.  Psychiat.  [etc.],  Berl., 1888. xliv,
   655.—Hints (A.)  Ueber das peripherische Verbreitungs-
   gebiet des  Nervus aecessorius  vagi.   [Transl. [Ashtr.]
   from: Orvos-termeszettud.  Ertesitd, Kolozsv&r.  18,-8. 1.
   Hft.] Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1888, xxiv, 4M'.—
   Kazzander  (J.)   Ueber deu  Nervus aecessorius Wil-
   lisii und seine Beziehuugen zu den oberen Cervicalnerveu
   beim Meuscben uud einigen Haussaugethieieu.  Arch. f.
   Anat. ii.  Entwcklngsgesch., Leip/.., 1891,  212-243, 2  pl.
   AUo, transl.- Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1892, iii, 27; 45;
   64, 2 pl.—Keith  (A.)  The relative position of the spinal
   accessory nerve to the jugular vein and transverse process
   of the atlas and on the connection of this nerve with
   stounds of pain in certain movements of the head.  Proc.
   Anat. Soc. Gr.  Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1896, pp. xi-xiv.—
   Iiubonch  (W.)    Vergleichend-anatomische  Cntersu-
   chungen iiber den Ursprung und die Phylogeuese des  N.
   aecessorius Willisii.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1899, liv,
   514 - 602. 1 pl.  -----.  Drei kritische Beitrage zur ver-
   gleichenden Anatomie des N. aecessorius.  Anat. Anz.,
   Jena, 1901,  xix, 461-478, 1 pl.  See, aUo, «</>/•«.—ITIirlo
   (D.) &. Pusateri (E.)  Sui rapporti anastomotici fia il
   nervo accessorio ed il vago.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,
   1896, i, 60-64.  Also: Pisani, Palermo,  1897, xviii, 61-71.
   AUo, transl.: Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis,  1896, xvii,235-
   241.—Osipoff(V.P.)  Izslledovauiye tsentralnikh nachal
  i okonchaniy  dobavochnavo nerva  (n. aecessorius Wil-
  lisii). [Research into the central origins and terminations
  of the .  . .]  Nevrol. Vestnik. Kazan, 1898, vi,  no.  1, 118-
   138.  Also  [Outline]:  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-
   Peterb., 1897, ii, 345.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f.
   Nervenh.  u. Psychiat., Cobleuz & Leipz., 1897, n. F., viii,
   254. — Parson's  (F. G.) & Keith (A.)   The  position of
  the spinal accessory nerve: Whether it passes outward be-
   tween the jugular vein and the atlas; whether it perfo-
   rates the sterno-mastoid or not:  if so, does the whole
   nerve perforate, or only a  part;  which division of the
   sterno-mastoid  does it perforate?  J. Anat.  & Physiol.,
   Lond., 1897-8, xxxii,  177-181.— Pieraccini (G.)   L' ac-
   cessorio del Willis e un nervo misto; considerazioni  cri-
   tiche intorno a recenti studiidi anatomia.   Sperimentale.
   Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1899, liii,  344-359.— Bo Hi (A. H.)
   The relation between the occurrence of white rami fibers
   and  the spinal accessory nerve (with au addendum  by
   J. P. McMurrich).  J.  Comp.  Neurol. & Psychol., Gran-
   ville. O., 1905, xv, 482-493.—Staderini  (R.) & Pierac-
   cini (G.)  Sopra la origine reale e  piu partieolannento
   sopra le radici posteriori del nervo accessorio dell' nomo.
   Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1896-8,
   vi, 89-101, lpl. —Sternberg (M.)  Ueber den ausseren
   Ast des Nervus  aecessorius  Willisii.  Arch. f.  d.  ges.
   Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxxi, 158-175.—Htowell (T. B.)  The
   accessory nerve  in  the domestic cat.  Proc. Am. Phil.
   Soc,  Phila., 1888, xxv, 94-99, lpl. —Van  Gehuchten
   (A.) &.  Bochenek (A.)  Le nerf  accessoire de Willis
   dans ses connexions avec le nerf pneumogastrique. Bull.
   Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux.,  1901, 4. s.  xv, 90-107.
   AUo: Nevraxe, Louvain, 1901, iii, 323-337.   Akof AbstrJ:
   Gaz. med. beige, Li6ge,1900-1901, xiii, 225—Weigner (K.)
   Beziehuugen des Nervus aecessorius zu deu  proximalen
   Spiualnerveu.  Anat.  Hefte, Wiesb., 1901, xvii, 549-587. 
NERVE.
433
NERVE.
IVerve (Spinal accessory,  Surgery of).
    See, aho, Spasm  (Xodding or rotary); Wry-
  neck; Wry-neck (Spasmodic).
    Beimel (J.)  Case of spasmodic wryneck successfully
  treated by division of the  spinal  accessory nerve, after
  failuie of stretching.  Lancet. Loud., 1879, i, 555. — Ber-
  t-uin (F. X.)  Three cases of spinal accessory spasm un-
  successfully treated by excision of the nerve.  J. Nerv. &
  Ment. Dis.. N. Y.. 1888, xv, 612-016. AUo [Abstr.]: Med.
  News, Phila., 1888, liii, 565. — Jasinski (R.)   Wyciecie
  galezi zewn^trznej nerwu przydatkowego Willis'a."  [Ex-
  cision of the external  branch of the  accessory nerve of
  Willis.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa,  1890,  2. s., x, 282-287.—
  Mayo (C. H.)  Neurotomy of the spinal accessory.  Tr.
  Minn. M. Soc, St. Paul. 1892, 161. —Paul (W. E".)  Re-
  section of the spinal accessory nerve.  J.  Nerv. &  Ment.
  Dis.,N. V., 1904, xxxi, 190.— Simerka (C.)  Pfis pevek
  ku pathologii xi. nervu mozkovebo.  [Contribution k la
  pathologie de l'xi. nerf cerebral.  Res., 258.]  Shorn, klin.,
  v Praze. 1901-2, iii, 249-260.

IVerve (Splanchnic).
    Vogt  (K  L.  K.)   * Ueber die  Folgen der
  Durchsclineidiing   des    Nervus  splancbnicus.
  s-.  Marburg, 1*98.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Anat.  u.  Physiol., Leipz., 1898, phy-
  siol. Abth.. 399-408, 1 pl.
    Cannon  ( W. B.)  Observations  on  the alimentary
  canal after splanchnic and vagus section.  Proc. Am. Phy-
  siol. Soc, Bost.,  1904-5, p. xxii.—Harinau (N. B.)  The
  pelvic splanchnic nerves; an examination into their range
  and character.  J. Anat. & Phvsiol., Lond.. 1898-9, xxxiii,
  386-399, 13 pl.—Stilling? (H.)' Ein Fall von Neuritis der
  Nn. splaiiclmici.  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.,  Leipz.,
  1902, lxxiii. 409-421.

IVerve  (Suprafrontal).
    D'Erant (T.)   Osservazioni sul' nervo soprafrontale.
  Anomalo, Napoli, 1902, iv, 68-73.
IVerve  (Supraorbital).
    See, also, Neuralgia (Supra- and infra-orbital).
    Van Hook (W.)  Fibroueuroma of the supraorbital
  nerve.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1892, iii, 555-558.

IVerve (Sural).
    Michael (O.)    Zur  Frage  der Beteiligung
  des  Blutgefassystems  am  Auf ban  interstitiel-
  ler Nervengescbwiilste  (diffuses Cavernom des'
  Nerv. suralis).  ^°.  Leipzig, 1901.

IVerve (Sympathetic).
    See Nervous system (Sympathetic).

IVerve  (Temporal).
    Viannay.  Note sur le nerf temporal profond post6-
  rienr. Lyon ni6d., 1903, c, 945.

IVerve (Tibial).
    Browning (W. B.)  Neuromata of the posterior tibial
  nerve.  Tr. South Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass.  1884-6,
  Madras, 1887, i, no. 5, 1-3.—Lanelongue.  Nevroine du
  nerf tibial posterieur.   In his: Lee. de cliu. chir., 8°, Par.,
  1888, 249-265. — I,e Bentu (A.)  Angiome profond situe
  sur le trajet du  nerf tibial posterieur et donnant  lien  a
  tous les symptomes d'un nevrome.  Inhis: Hop. Necker.
  Etudes de clin. chir. 1890-91, 8°,  Par., 1892, 239-241.—Mc-
  Farlane (L.)  Secondary  suture of the posterior tibial
  nerve with rapid  restoration of  sensation  and motion.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1889. xxxv, 41-43.
IVerve (Trigeminal).
    See, also, Nerve (Maxillary, Inferior); Nerve
  (Maxillary, Superior); Neuralgia (Facial).
    Boxsdorff (E. J.)   Nervuiu tiigeminuni par-
  teuique cepbalicam nervi sympathici Gladi Lo-
  tas Linn., cum neivis iisdeiu apud  bominem et
  mainrualia coniparans.   Responrtente Oscare Au-
  gusto Toppelio.  em.  4;.  Helsingforsiw, [1846].
    Calori  (A.)   Aniuiadversiones  historico-cri-
  ticaB et  observationes  anatomicae  <4e  portione
  minore paris quinti nervorum cerebri bominis et
  nonnullorum  mammalium  domesticorum.   4°.
  [Bologna, 1«50.]
    Gutting from: Mem. Accad. d.  sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1850, i.
    Fu.vke (E.)   # Beitriige zur Anatomie des Ra-
  mus maxillaris nervi  trigemini.    8y   Kbnigs-
  berg i. Pr.. [1*96].
    [La-Cavera (O.)]  On tbe nevrological  dis-
  coveries in the human body by the Sicilian, John

       VOL XI, 2D  SERIES----28
IVerve (Trigeminal).
  Baptist Gallo; expn.sition addressed to Philadel-
  phia Arttile.  <-  .   Palermo, 1H63.
    Rosow (B.) »fc Snellen (H.)   Aanengroeiing
  van  niet correspondeerende  zenuwvezeleu, na
  intercranieele doorsnijding van bet vijfde paar.
  8C.   [n.p.,  \604. vel aubseq.~\
    Terterjanz ( M. )   * Die obere Trigeminus-
  wurzel.  8°.  Beilin, 1899.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. mikr.  Anat., Bonn, 1898-9, liii, 032-
  659, 1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]. in: Compt.-rend. Cong, internat.
  de med. 1897,  Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 1, 120-131.

    Watson (J. \V.)  * De quinto nervorum pari.
  8°.   Kdinburgi, W2.
    Bneh  (L.) & Meyer  (II.) Ueber die Beziehunscn
  des Trigeminus zur Pupille und  zum  Ganglion  ciliare.
  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1905, xiii, 197-199.— Biekel (A.)
  Zur  Anatomie des  accessorischen  Trigeiuinu.-.U(-rii(-s.
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1901,  lix, 270-285,  1  pl.—
  Biedl (A.)  Ueber die spinale, sogenannte aufsteigcnde
  Trigeminuswur/.el.  Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1895, viii,
  585-588.—Bishop  (J.) Observations on the physiology
  of the nerves of sensation, illustrated by a  case of paral-
  ysis  of the fifth pair.  Abstr. Phil. Ti-. Roy. Soc. Lond.,
  1830-37, iii, 205.—Coghill  ((J. E.)  The rami of tbe fifth
  neive in amphibia.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1901-2,
  xi, 48-60.—C'olueei (C.) Contributo alia anatomia e fisi-
  ologia del trigemino.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901,
  xii, 232.—Ciisliiiig (H.) The taste fibres and their inde-
  pendence of the n.  trigeminus; deductions from thirteen
  cases of Gasserian ganglion extirpation.  Johns Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1903, xiv, 71-78. -----. The sensory dis-
  tribution of tho fifth cranial nerve.  Ibid., 1904, xv, 213-232.
  Also, Reprint.— B'Aulona( A.) Taglio sperimentale del
  trigemino alia sua cmergenza dal ponte.  Arch, ed atti d.
  Soc.  ital. di chir., Roma, 1894, ix, 151-155.—Bixon (A. F.)
  Ou tbe development of the branches of the  fifth cranial
  nerveinman.  Scieut.Tr.Roy.Dubl.Soc.,lr<96-7,2.s. vi,19-
  76,2 pl.—Bixon (J.) Two cases of aiuesthesia and loss of
  motory function ofthe fifth nerve. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond.,
  1845, xxviii, 373-395.—Dowse (T. S.)  On  some practical
  points in tbe physiology aud pathology of the fifth pair of
  nerves in relation to neuralgias of the bead aud face.  Tr.
  Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit.,  Lond., 1887-8,  n. s.,  xx, 262-299.
  AUo, Reprint.  Also [Abstr.]:  Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond.,
  1888, xxxi,466-474.— Erkhard (C.)  Geschichte der Phy-
  siologie des Nervus trigeminus.  Beitr. z. Anat. u. l'hy-
  siol.  (Eckbard), Giessen,  1888, xii, 109-215.  -----. Zur
  Frage iiber die trophischen Functiouen des Trigeminus.
  Centralbl. f. Pbysiol.. Leipz. u.Wien, 1892-3, vi, 328-332.—
  Faulhaber.  Die Wirkung derTrigeminusdurchsehnei-
  duug auf das Auge.   Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch.
  zu Wiirzb., 19(14, 76.—Ferrier (D.)  On some relations of
  the fifth cranial nerve. Tr. Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit., Lond.,
  1888-9, n.  s.,  xxi,  225-253.  AUo fAbstr.]: Brit. J. Dent.
  Sc,  Lond., 1889, xxxii, 653-660.   AUo [Abstr.]:  Med.
  Press & Circ, Lond., 1889, n. s., xlvii, 616.—Franca (C.)
  Exame histologico do ganglio de Gasser.  Arch, de med.,
  Lisb., 1898-9,  ii, 157.—Fusari (R.)  Del tractus spinalis
  nervi trigemini e di alcuni  fasci di fibre discendenti nel
  funiculus  antero-lateralis medullas spinalis.  Bull.  d. sc.
  med. di Bologna, 1896,  7. s., vii, 149-157. — Gaglio ( E. )
  Sugli effetti che spiegano sull' occhio il taglio e la eccita-
  zione del nervo trigemino.    Riforma med., Palermo, 1900,
  xvi, pt. 3, 41;  50; 63.—CJaule (J.)  Zur Frage iiber die
  trophischen Functiouen des Trigeminus.  Centralbl. f.
  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, vi, 361-307.—Giglio-'J'oN
  (E.)  Sull' origine embrionale del nervo trigemino nel-
  1' uomo.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, 85-ln5.—Cley (E.)
  Absence de lesions trophiques apres la section  intra era-
  Dieune du trijumeau.  Coinpt. rend. Soc.  de biol.,  I'ar.,
  1891, 9. s„ iii, 173-175.—Coldschciiler.  Ueber den Ein-
  fluss von Trigeminusreizen auf den Tast- und Temperatur-
  sinu  der Gcsicbtshaut.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1887,
  xxv, 280-283.  See, also, infra, Urbautschitsch.—Gordon
  (W.  S.)  The fifth cranial  nerve; trigeminal; trifacial.
  Tr. Nat.Dent. Ass. 1899, Phila., 1900, Southern  Branch, r27-
  132. — GoronowilHch (N.)  Der Trigemino-Facialis-
  Komplex von  Lota vulgaris.  Festschr. z. .  . . Carl Gegen-
  bauer 1896, Leipz., 1897, iii, 1-44, 2 pl.—Oruenhaiceu (A.)
  Zur myotischen Wirkung des Trigeminus bei Kaninchen.
  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, vi. 326-328.—
  Gudden  (H.)  Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Wurzeln des
  Trigeuiinusnerven.   Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.],  Berl.,
  1891-2, xlviii, 16-33, 1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.—Jaboulay
  (M.)  Trijumeau (uerf); physiologie; anatomie et physio-
  logie pathologiques.  Diet,  encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1888,
  3. 6.,  xviii, 217-243.—KanikotT(G.)  Zur Frage iiber den
  Bau des Ganglion Gasseri bei den Saugetieren.  Internat.
  Monatschr. f. Anat. u. l'hysiol., Leipz., 1897, xiv, 16-20,
  1 pl.—Klyachkin (G. A.) K  anatomii tiolnicbnavo
  nerva.  [On the anatomy of the trigeminal nerve.]  Med.
  Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xlvi, 630. AUo. transl.: Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.,  1897, xvi,  204.—Kohnstain (O.)  Vom
  Ursprung des pradorsalen  Langsbiindels uud des Trige- 
NERVE.
434
NERVE.
Verve (Trigeminal).
  minus.  Monatschi. f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol.. Berl.,  1905,
  xviii  181-l<0.-Kruusc(F.)  Die Thysiologie des Trige-
  minus nach Untersuchungen an Mensehen. bei denen das
  Ganglion  Gasseri  entterut worden ist.  Miinchen.  med.
  Wchnsehr., lr«95, xlii. 577; 002; 628.—Kure (II.) & Nagai
  (T.)  [The normal and pathologic structure ot the cells at
  the cerebral root of the trigeminus, the decussation ofthe
  last with the motor root of the trigeminus.]   Chiugai Iji
  Shinpo,  Tokio,  1900,  xxi,  1448-1454, 1 pl.  Also, transl:
  Arb. a. d. Inst. d. Anat. u. Phvsiol. d.  Centraluervensyst.
  an d  Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1899, 6. Hft., 158-181,
  2 pl.  Also, transl: Jahrb. f. Psychiat.. Leipz.  u. Wien,
  1899, xviii, 158-181, 2pl— I,aborde (J.-V.) Section intra-
  cranienne du trijumeau; lesions trophiques consecutives.
  Compt.  rend.  Soe. de biol.,  Par.,  1889, 9.  s.,  i, 126-128.
  AUo: Tribune  med., Par., 1889, xxi,  86.—I.ugai-o (E.)
  Sulle cellule d' origine della  radice discendente del trige-
  mino.  Arch, di ottal.. Palermo, 1894-5, ii, 116-119. Also:
  Arcb. ital. de biol., Turin, 1895, xxiii, 78-80.—Lukacs
  (H.)  A trisieminus-facialis reflexekrol.  [The reflexes of
  the .  . .]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 825.— Mc-
  Carthy (D. J.)  Trophic changes in the distribution of
  the first branch of the fifth nerve  following traumatism.
  J. Nei v. <fc  Ment. DN.,  N. T., 1900,  xxvii,  288. —van
  Millingen.  Absence congenitale do la premiere  et
  seconde branche  des  nerfs  trijumeaux; k^ratite neuro-
  pai al.vtique bilaterale.  Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1898, exx, 202.—
  rVeiiNchulcr (A.)  Su di un riflesso  persistente dopo la
  sezione completa del trigemino.  Suppl. al Policlin., Roma,
  1898-9, v, 1281-1283.—Foirier (P.)   De l'arrachement pro-
  tub6rantiel du trijumeau.  Trav. de neurol. chir.,  Par..
  1897, ii. 213-224.—Foniatowsky  (A.) Ueber die Trige-
  niinuswurzel im  Gehirne des Mensehen,  nebst einigen
  vergleichend-anatomischen Bemerkungen.  Arb. a. d.  Inst.
  f. Anat. u. Physiol, d.  Centralnervensyst. an d. Wien.
  Univ., Leipz. u'. Wien,  1892,  98-110, 2 pl. Also:  Jahrb. f.
  Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, xi,  98-110, 2 pl.—Ku-
  baachkin (W.)   Ueber  die  Beziehuugen des  Nervus
  trigeminus zur  Riechschleimhaut.  Auat. Anz., Jena,
  1902-3, xxii, 407-415.  NoiikliiiiioflT  (S.)  De la racine
  spinale  du trijumeau.   Rev. neurol..  Par.. 1897, v, 398-
  402.—Tewtut  (L.)  Trijumeau (nerf): anatomie.  Diet.
  encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1888, 3. s., xviii, 212-217.—Tur-
  ner (W.)  Notes on variations in tbe origin of the  long
  buccal branch of the fifth cranial nerve.  Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Lond., 1807-8,  xvi, 450.—Turner (W. A.) The results
  of section of the trigeminal  nerve, with reference to the
  so-called trophic  influence of the nerve on  the cornea.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii,  1279.—Turner  (W. A.) &
  Ferrier.  Note  on the  central connexions  of the  fifth
  nerve and its relation  to the nutrition  of the  eye (an ex-
  perimental research on monkeys).  Atti d.  xi. Cong.  med.
  internaz. lwtt.  Roma, 1895, iv,' psichiat. [etc.], 152.—Ur-
  bantschitsch  (V.)   Ueber  den  Einfluss  von  Trige-
  minus-Reizeu auf die Sinnesempfiudungen, insbesondere
  auf den Gesichtssinn.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1883, xxx, 129-175. -----.  Bemerkungen zu dem im  xxv.
  Band dieses Arch. S. 280 erschienenen kritischen Referate
  des Herrn Goldscheider iiber meine Abhandlung:  "Ueber
  den Einfluss von  Trigeminusreizen auf  den Tast- uud
  Temperatursinn der Gesicbtshaut".  Arch. f.  Ohrenh.,
  Leipz.,  1887-8,  xxvi, 223-226.— Van  Gehuchten  (A.)
  De  l'origine du pathetique et de la racine  superieure du
  trijumeau.  Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc.  de  Belg.,  Brux..  1895,
  3.  s.,  xxix, 417-441.  [Rap", de  Van Bambeke],  332-335.
  -----. Recherches sur la terminaison  centrale des nerfs
  sensibles p6ripb6iiques; la racine bulbo-spinale du triju-
  meau.  N6vraxe,  Louvain, 1900-1901,  ii,  173-190. -----.
  Recherches sur les voies sensitives centrales; la voie cen-
  trale du trijumeau.  Ibid., 1901-2, iii, 235-261. — Wallen-
  berg (A.)  Die secundiire Bahn des sensiblen Trigeminus.
  Auat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 95; 474, 1 pl. -----. Zur  Phy-
  sii>l>uie  der spinalen  Trigeminuswurzel.  Neurol.  Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.. 1896, xv, 873-876. ----.  Das dorsale Gebiet
  der spinalen  Trigeminuswurzel  und  seine Beziehuugen
  zum solitaren Biindel beim Mensehen.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz., lH07,xi, 391-405.  -----.  Neue Untersu-
  chungen iiberden IliriistanimderTaube.  3. Die cerebrale
  Trigeminuswurzel.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 526-535,
  1 pl- -----•  Nachtrag zu meinem  Artikel iiber die  cere-
  biale Trigeminuswurzel der Vosiel.  Ibid., 621. -----. Se-
  kundare Bahnen aus dem froutalen seusiblen Trigeminus-
  kerne des Kauiucheus.  Ibid , 1905, xxvi, 145-155.

IVerve (Trigeminal, Pathology of).
    Cas.sk (K.)  * Zona de  la  truisii-me branche
  du  trijumeau.   s  .   Paris, 1902.
    Bodily (E. C.)  Lesions  of the fifth pair of nerves.
  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1901, xliii, 920-935. — Boyee (R.)
  Note on the degenerations of the roots of tbe 5th nerve.
  J. l'hysiol.. Cambridge, 1894, xvi, 156-158, 1 pl.—Broircr
  (D. It.)   Neuritis of the fifth nerve.  J. Nerv. & Ment
  Dis.. N. Y.. 1902. xxix, 736-738.—Cattle (C. H.)  Bilaterai
  neuritis of  fifth and  sixth  cervical  nerves.  Brit. M.
  J.,  Lond., 1904, i,  595. — Dervnux.   Zona  complet de
  la zone du  trijumeau.   J.  d. sc.  nn'-d. de Lille, 1899,  i,
i\erve  (Trigeminal, Pathology  of).
   368-372. — Feldmanu  (I.)  Tuberculum solitare gau-
   glii Gasseri et u.  trigemini (lev.ni.   Orvosi hetil., Buda-
   pest,  1902,  xlvi,  434. — Galczoivxki,  Ocular lesions
   due to morbid changes in the tilth  pair, more especially
   dental affections.  Brit.  J. Dent. Sc.  Loud.. 1888, xxxi,
   795-800. — If agclstaiu (J.)  Forlamning af trigeminus
   och degeneration af dess rotter p&  gruud  af nybildiii" i
   trakten af ganglion  Gasseri;  inlagg i fiagau om trige-
   minus'  trofiska betydelse.  [Paralysie  du tryumeau~et
   deg6u6ration de ses racines, causees par une tumeur daus
   la regiou  du ganglion de Gasser; contribution  k la con-
   naissance de  l'influence trophique du trijumeau. R£s.,
   pp. lxiii-lxvii.]  Finska liik.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors'
   1897,  xxxix,  1571; 1627,  2 pl— lngelraiiM.  Anesthesia
   du trijumeau.  Echo  med. du noid,  Lille,  1903, vii, 347._
   Lister (A. H ) Notes on a case of disease of the fifth
   cranial nerve.  Scot. M. &  S. J., Edinb., 1898, iii, 21-30.—
   ITIct'oiiiiell (J.  W.)  A case  of  neuritis of  the flftli
   nerve with  herpes and eczema.   J. Nerv. & Meut. Dis
   N. Y., 1898,  xxv,  277.  AUo: Phila.  M. J., 1898,  i, 519!
   AUo: Practice, Richmond,  1898, xii, 65-67.—iTIilian (G.)
   Des  nevralgies syphilitiques du  trijumeau.  Arch, yen
   de med.,  Par., 1903, ii. 1742-1736. —Morabilo.  Chera-
   tite  neuro-paralitica da  lesione  centrale del v. pajo dei
   nervi cranici.  Boll. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1889, ii, 17-
   21. — .Tloyi-r (H.  N.)  The trophic disturbances of the
   fifth pair of nerves.  Dental Rev.,  Chicago, 1904, xviii
   613-623.   [Discussion], 657-073.  AUo [Abstr.]: Medicine,
   Detroit, 1904, x, 593-597.—Fu tun in (J. J.)  Personal ob-
   servations on the pathology aud treatment of neuralgias of
   the fifth  pair.  Boston  M-. & S. J.. 1891, exxv, 157; 180.—
   Squire (B.)  Morphceaof the fifth  nerve.  Tr. Clin. Soc.
   Lond., 1893-4,  xxvii,  274.—Tooth  (H.  H.)  Destructive
   lesion of the fifth nerve-trunk; au anatomical study.  St.
   Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1893, xxix, 215-224.—Vilcoq.
   Note sur un cas de zona du nerf trijumeau (branche npli-
   thalmique de Willis et nerf maxillaire superieur). J. de
   neurol., Par., 1899,  iv, 1-7.

]¥erve  (Trigeminal, Surgery of).
     See,  also,  Nerve   ( Trigeminal, Jfounds of);
   Neuralgia (Facial, Treatment of, Operative).
     Keydel (C. [K.]).  *Die Metboden der Neu-
   rectoniie des Nervus trigeminus an der Schadel-
   ba.sis hinsichtlich  ihrer  anatomist-hen Verhalt-
   nisse, mit  Heriicksielitigung   eines operativeu
   Verfahrens von Helfericb.  8°.   Greifswald, 1891.
     Newmark (L.)   *  Ueber  die Mefhodeu mid
   die Erfolge  der  Neurektomien des  Trigeminus.
   8°.   Strassburg,  1887.
     Sambcc (E.-C.)   * La  chirurgie du trijumeau
   iutra-cranien; e"tudc  critique des procedes oj»€-
   ratoires, nouveau  procede" de  Princeteau.  8~.
   Bordeaux,  \*0'A.
     Schreibkr (P.)   * Casuistischer  Beitrag zur
   Resectiou des Nervus trigeminus.  [Wurtzburg.]
   8°.   Neunkirchen, Bez. Arnsberg, 1895.
     Wilke ([E. A.)  V.)  *Eiu Beitrag zur Wurdi-
   gung der extracraniellen Resection des  iii. Tri-
   geuiinusastes naeb Kocber.   rc.  Kiel, 1902.
     Asher (L.)  Ueber Mittelohrentziindung nach Trige-
   minusresektion. Beitr. z.  klin.  Chir., Tiibing., 1894, xi,
   701-712.— taln-ii  (F.)   Osteoplastische  Freilegung der
   Angenhohle zur Resektion des i.  Trigeininusastes.  Cen-
   tralbl. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1897, xxiv, 737-739.—Chalot (V.)
   Resection du  nerf maxillaire superieur et du  ganglion
   spheuo-palatiu dansla fente pterygo-maxillaire par le pro-
   c6d6  de Losen-H.  Brauu modifie; arracheiuent dn nerf
   sousorbitaire par le trou sous-orbitaire;  rC-section du nerf
   dentaire inferieur et du nerf lingual par trepanation de la
   m&choire  lnferieure; resection du nerf auriculo-temporal;
   le tout, en uue seance, pour une  nevralgie inveieree du
   trijumeau droit; guerison.  Bull,  et mem.  Soc. de  chir. de
   Par., 1892, n. s.,  xviii, 372-376. — ChavaNwe (T. F. )
   Neurectomy of the second division of the fifth  nerve.
   Med.-Chir.  Tr., Lond.,  1884, lxvii, 145-156.  AUo,  Re-
   print.—Denver  (J.  B.) Operation on the tilih  n.-ne.
   Times &.  Reg., Phila., 1893, xxvi, 384-380.— De-.TIur»i
   [A.)   Resezione  eudorbitale della 1* e 2" branca uej
   uuinto paio coll' anestesia cocainiea.  Soc. med.-chir. di
   Bologna.  Resoc. (1896),  1897, 27. — Dercum (F. X.)  [et
   dJ.J.  Endothelioma of the Gasserian ganglion; two suc-
   cessive resections  ofthe ganglion; first, by the extradural
   (Hartley-Krause)  operation, and, secondly,  by  an intra-
   dural operation.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900,  xxxiy,
   1026-1033.—D'Ewtc (L. S.)  La ricercae la resezione della
   seconda branca del trigemeno nella  fossa pterigo-palatiua
   par la via retro-mascellare.  Morgagui, Milano,  1903, xiv,
   337-373, 2 pl.—Doughty  (Wr. H.). jr.  A  case of intra-
   cranial neurectomy of fifth nerve; suppuration;  recovery.
   Tr. South. Surg. Jc (iyuec. Ass. 1896, [Phila.J, 1897, ix, 461- 
NERVE.
435
NERVE.
IVerve (Trigeminal,  Surgery of).
  407.—Hartley (J. D.)  A case of intracranial section of
  tbe second and third divisions of the fifth nerve, under the
  care  of Anthony Bowlby.   St. Barth.  Hosp. J.,  Lond.,
  1901-2, ix, 73.— Keen (YV.  "W.) <fe Spiller (\V. G.)   Pe-
  ripheral resection of fifth nerve; three cases with micro-
  scopic examination of the portions of the nerves removed
  and report ou the later condition of patients.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1023-1026.—Kranse (F.)   Re-
  section  des  ii.  Trineiniuusastes  au  der  Schiidelbasis.
  Munchen. med.  YVchnschr., 1892,  xxxix, 499.  AUo: Si-
  tzungsb. d.  Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1890-91. Munchen,
  1892, i, 81.—Krepuska. Priinares Sarcom des Ganglion
  Gasseri und seine Beziehung zur Function desGehororgans
  der eutsprechenden Seite.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl.,
  1898, xxxii,  78-81.  AUo: Pest, med.-chir.  Presse, Buda-
  pest, 1897, xxxiii, 840-842.— Lexer.  Vereinfaclmng der
  Resection des 3. Trigeuiiuusastes.   Verhandl. d. deutsch.
  Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 91-94.—ljisenkotf
  (N. K.)  Ob izslecheuii tretyei vletvi troluichnavo nerva
  u  ovalnavo otverstiya eherepa; po  povodu dvukh  slu-
  chayev etol operatsii.  [On  exsection of the third branch
  of the trigeminal nerve at  the oval foramen of the cra-
  nium;  apropos of two cases of this operation.]   Khi-
  rurgia, Mosk., 1899, vi, 117 - 129. — iVIataa (R.) Prophy-
  lactic ligation of the external carotid artery as a prelim-
  inary to the resection of the second and third divisions
  of the trigeminus for tic douloureux on a level with the
  basal foramina, viz., f. rotundum and ovale, by Mixter's
  modification of Salzer's operation; unexpected death forty
  hours after, notwithstanding apparent complete recovery
  from operation, with symptoms of sudden respiratory and
  cardiac failure, due possibly to the formation of cardiac or
  medullary thrombus.   Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1894,
  299-302.—mugnai.   Neurexeresi della ii. branca  del tri-
  gemino.  Arch. ed. atti d. Soc. ital. di chir.. Roma,  1897,
  xi, p. xxiv.—Puruell (J. H.)   A neurectomy of the fifth
  pair.  Memphis J. M.  Sc, 1889, i, 208-211.— Reineking
  (H.)  Surgery of the  trifacial  nerve.  Tr. M.  Soc.  YVis-
  consin. Madison. 18S.I3, xxvii, 77-90.—Hchloffer (H.)   Zur
  Technik der  Trigeminusresection.  Prag.  med.  Wchn-
  Bchr., 1901,  xxvi, 529-531. — I llmaiiu (E.)   Eine einfache
  Methode, den dritten Astdes Nervus trigeminus am Fora-
  men ovale  zu reseciren.  Wien. klin.  YVchnschr.,  1889,
  ii, 495-498.

Nerve (Trigeminal,   Wounds of).
     Lovrich  (J.)  ILlrmas  sziiles ket esete.  [Two cases
  of wounds  of the trigeminus.]  Orvosi  hetil.,  Budapest,
  1901, xiv, 672.—.tlareclial. Blessure de la branche mo-
  yenne du trijumeau par une balle de  revolver.  Presse
  m6d. beige, Brux., 1897, xlix, 345. -----. Un cas rare de
  traumatisme de la branche moyenne du  trijumeau par
  balle de revolver.  Cong, internat. de neurol.. de psvchiat.
  (etc.J 1897, Brux., 1808,  i, fasc. 2. 19-22.   [Resume],  fasc.
  3,  74.—IVIarinesco  Ac Sericux (P.)   Sur un  cas de
  lesion  traumatique du  trijumeaux,  et  du  facial,  avec
  troubles trophiques cons6cutifs.   Compt. rend. Soc.  de
  biol.,  Par., 1893,  9. s., v, 313-316.   Also: Ann. de  ni6d.
  scient. etprat., Par., 1893, iii, 99.—Scheier.  Zwei Falle
  von Verletzung des Trigeminus an der Basis.  Berl.  klin.
  ■Wchnsehr., 1893,  xxx. 1082.  Also: Arch. f.  Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1894,  xxvi, 897-899.

Nerve (Trochlear).
     Fiirbringer  (M.)  Morphologische  Streitfragen: 1.
  Nervus trochlearis.   Morphol. Jahrb.,  Leipz., xxx, 85-
  274.—Golgi (C.)  Intorno all' origine del quarto nervo
  cerebrale (patetico o  tiocleare) e di una questione  di isto-
  fisiologia generale che a questo argomento si collega.  Soc.
  med.-chir. di Pavia.  Rendic, 1892-3, 37-17.  Also: Gazz.
  med. di  Pavia, 1893, ii, 457-468.  Also, transl: Arch. ital.
  de biol., Turin, 1893, xix. 454-474.—Kausch (YV.)  Ueber
  die Lage  des  Trochleariskernes.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1894, xiii, 518-524—Weil  (R.)   An anomaly in
  the internal  course of  the trochlear nerve.  J.  Comp.
  Neurol., Granville, O., 1899-1900, ix, 35-37, 1 pl.

IVerve (Ulnar).
    Clason   (E.)  Anomali of nervus  ulnaris.  Upsala
  Lakaref. Forh., 1897-8, n. F.,  iii, 180-191.—Fere (C.)'& Bn.
  tigne (P.)   Note sur  quelques ph6nonienes de compres-
  sion du  nerf cubital, produits par l'apophyse sus-6pitro-
  chleeune. Rev.neurol.,Par.. 1894,ii,71-73.— Hutchinson
  (J.)  On differences in temperature between fingers ou the
  same hand after division ofthe ulnar nerve.   Arch. Surg.,
  Loud.,  1892-3, iv, 270. — Kulczycki  (YV.),  Abnorme
  Maschenbildung im Verlaufe der Arteria collateralis ul-
  naris beim  Pferdo, durch welehe der Nervus ulnaris hin-
  durchgeht.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1890, v, 07!i-682.—Morestin
  (H.)   Quelques  anomalies  du  nerf cubital.  Bull.  Soc.
  anat. de Par., 1896. lxxi, 203-2U8.—Npourgitis (J.)  Sur
  nn rameau musculaire tres rare found par le nerf cubital.
  Ibid., 1895,  lxx, 410.  AUo:  Anjou med., Angers,  1394-7,
  181.—Thomson  ( A.)  Frequency and arrangement of
  communication between  the median  (or anterior  inter-
  osseous) and ulnar nerves in the  forearm   J. Anat. &
  Physiol., Lond., 1892-3, xxvii, 192-194. — Vinnnay  (C.)
Nerve (Ulnar).
  Note sur uu cas d'anomalie du nerf cubital.  Lyon med.,
  1900, xciii, 191-194.—Waller (A.)  On the sensory, mo-
  tory, and vaso-motory symptoms  resulting from the re-
  frigeration of the ulnar  nerve.  Proc.  Roy. Soc. Loud.,
  1860-62, xi, 436-441.

Nerve (Ulnar, Dislocations of).
    Andrae (G.)  * Ueber traumatische Luxation
  des Nervus  ulnaris am Ellbogeu.   8°.   Greifs-
  wald,  1689.
    Drouard  (TI.[-D.-M.])  * Luxation  et sub-
  luxation dn nerf cubital.   4°.  Paris, 1896.
    Raymonexq  (M.)   *l>e  la luxation  du nerf
  cubital, et  en  particulier mecanisme  et traite-
  liiont.   4°.    Lyon, 1890.
    Anuequin.  l5tude sur la luxation du nerf cubital en
  dedans de l'epitrochlee.  Arch,  de med. et pharm. mil.,
  Par., 1890, xv,  432-445. -----. Luxation du nerf cubital.
  Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de  Lyon (1890), 1891,
  xxx, pt. 2, 24.  -----. Luxation  traumatique du nerf cu-
  bital droit, par6sie consecutive;  reduction du nerf suivie
  de la reconstitution de ses movens de fixation;  guerison.
  DauphinS med., Grenoble, 1897, xxi, 73-81.  AUo:  Gaz. d.
  hop. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 243.—Blanc & Tisseraml.
  Un  cas de  luxation  du  nerf cubital.  Loire med.,  St.-
  Etienne, 1905, xxiv, 27-30.—Cobb  (F.)  Report of a case
  of recurrent dislocation of the ulnar nerve cured by opera-
  tion; with summary of previously reported cases.  Am.
  Surg.,  Phila.,  1903,  xxxviii,  652-663.—Collinet  (P.)
  Luxation consreaiitale du  nerf cubital.  Bull. Soc. anat. de
  Par., 1896, lxxi, 358-367.—Cotton (F. T.)  Recurreut lux-
  ation of the ulnar nerve.  Boston  M. & S. J., 1900, cxliii,
  111-113. AUo.  Reprint.—Damas (E.)  Luxation conge-
  nitale  du  nerf  cubital droit;  leengainemeut operatoire.
  Bull. med., Par., 1901, xv, 119.—Drouard  (H.)  De la
  luxation du nerf cubital.  Trav. de neurol. chir., Par.,
  1897, ii, 253-202.—Ilaim (E.)  Ueber Luxation des Ul-
  naris.   Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, lxxiv, 96-
  121.—Jalaguier.  Luxation du uerf cubital consecutive
  k un violent mouvement d'extension de l'avant-bras sur le
  bras;  absence  de troubles fonctionnels; pas d'iuterven-
  tiou.  Bull. etm6m. Soc.  de chir. de Par., 1890, n. s., xxii,
  219-222.—Jopson (J. H.)  Dislocation of the ulnar nerve.
  Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 522-524.—Kissinger.  Luxation
  des Nervus ulnaris.  Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz.,
  1903, x, 109-174.—Iirause  (F.)   Ueber  Luxation des
  Nervus ulnaris.   Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 81.-Lozano (It.)   Disloca-
  tion intermitente del nervio cubital; operacidn ;  curacion.
  An. med. gaditanos, C&diz, 1898-9, xvii, 13-16.  Also: Rev.
  de  med. y cirug. prAct., Madrid,  1898,  xliii, 161-165.—
  ITIacCoriuac (\V.)  Two cases of displacement of the
  ulnar nerve at the elbow,  successfully treated  by opera-
  tion.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1895,  xiii, 375-379.—
  iVIacdonald  (T.  L.)   Dislocation of  tbe ulnar nerve.
  Med. Century, N.  Y. & Chicago,  1899, vii, 11.—iTlom-
  burg. Die Luxation des Nervus  ulnaris.  Arch. f. klin.
  Chir.,  Berl.,  1903, lxx, 215-232.—O'Zoux.  Du cubitus
  laxus.  Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et de paediat. 1898.
  Mem. etdisc, Par.,  1899, ii. 833.—Schilling.  Ein Fall
  von doppelseitiger Dislocation des N. ulnaris aus seinem
  Sulcus ulnaris am Ellbogen.  Sitz.-I'rotok. d.  iirztl. Lo-
  kalver. zu Numb. 1892,  Miiuchen, 1893, 28. — Well war Iz
  (E.)  Des luxations du nerf cubital.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de
  chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 202-214.  -----.  Luxation
  incomplete et habituelle du nerf cubital; maintien du nerf
  dans la gouttiere 6pitrochleo-olecr4nionne k l'aide d'un
  lambeau aponevrotique empruut6  &  l'apon6vrose epitro-
  chl6enne; r6sultat fonctionnel ties bon.   Ibid., 1903, n. s.,
  xxix, 3.—Smith ( G. M. )  Displacement of the ulnar
  nerve.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1893, i, 288.—Stabb (E. C.)
  Two cases of  dislocation  of  the  ulnar nerve.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1891, i, 1040.—Suslou" (K.)  O vivikhie loktevovo
  nerva.  [Dislocation  of  the  ulnar  nerve.]  Khirurgi'a,
  Mosk., 1901, ix,472-475.—Tisseraud  (G.)  Luxations du
  nerf cubital.   Arcb. gen. de med., Par., 1906, i, 80-91.—
  Wharton (H. R.)  A report of fourteen cases of disloca-
  tion of the ulnar nerve at the elbow.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.,
  Phila.,  1895, xiii, 281-289.  Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,
  1895, u. s., ex, 415-419.

Nerve ( Ulnar, Pathology of).
    Gaucher Ai Barbe.  X6vrite syphilitique du nerf
  cubital. Bull.  Soc franc, de derinat. et syph., Par., 1895,
  vi,  18.   AUo:  Ann. do dermat. et  syph., Par., 1895, 3. s.,
  vi,  26.—Gaucher, Mergent & Chuiupcuier.  Deu-
  xieme cas de u6vrite syphilitique du uerf cubital. Bull.
  Soc. franc, de derinat. et syph., Par.,  1895, vi, 101-104.
  AUo: Ann. de derinat. et syph., Par., 1895, 3. s., vi, 310-
  313.—Gaucher  (E.) &  Chainpenier.   Troisieme cas
  de nevrite svphilitiquedu nerf cubital.   Bull. Soc. fran§.
  de dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1895,  vi, 323-326.  Also: Ann.
  de  derinat  et syph., Par.,  1895,  3.  s., vi, 667-670. —Iluet
  & Guillaiu.  Nevrite  cubitale profession nelle chez un
  boulanger.  Kev. neurol., Par., 1900, viii, 266-270.  AUo: 
SERVE.
436
NERVE-CELLS.
 Nerve (Ulnar, Pathology of).
   Ann.  d'electrobiol. [etc.). Par., 1901. iv, 37-41.—Hutch-
   inson (J.)  An  instance of neuritis of tbe ulnar nerve
   affecting a long tract and producing uniform induration;
   tenderness of the nerve; supposed to have been produced
   by an  injury; svphilis and  leprosy both possible.  Arcb.
   Surg., Lond., 1889-90, i 347-349— l.euilet (T.-fl.)  Etude
   clinique de la  n6vrite cubitale provoquec. par les contu-
   sions et compressions repetees resultant de 1'exercice de
   quelques professions.  Assoc, franc, pour l'avauce. d. sc.
   C.-r. 1883, Par., 1884,760-779. AUo, in his: Etudes de path.
   et de clin. med., K3, Par., 1891, ii. 532-546.—Kouyer (E.)
   Nevrite du cubital gauche  consecutive k une pneumonic
   et k uue pleuresie seche du  ineine cdt6.  Bull. m6d., Par.,
   1905, xix, 240. —Sarbo (A.) & Videky (R. )   Neuere
   Daten   zur Analgesie des  Ulnaris und  des  Peronaeus-
   stammes.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1897. xxxiii,
   489-493. — Maunders (N. J.)  An unusual en°e< t from ir-
>  ritation of the ulnar nerve.  J. Kansas M. Soc, Lawrence,
   1904, iv, 244-240. — Veneziani  (A.)  Alterazioni della
   sensibilita tattile, termica e dolorifica in aeguito a lesione
   del nervo uluarc.   Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1526.

 Nerve (Ulnar, Surgery of).
     See,  also,   Nerve  (Ulnar,  Dislocations  of);
   Nerve ( Ulnar,   Wounds, etc, of).
     Oiky (E.)   * Etude  sur  un caa  d'envahisse-
   meut  du  nerf cubital  par un epitheliome pavi-
   menteiix lobu!6.  4°.   Paris, 1890.
     Barlow (J.)  Case of secondary suture  of tbe ulnar
   nerve performed eight months after its division.  Glas-
   gow M. J.,  1890, xxxiii, 140-142.—Beran (A. D.) Case
   of resection of 1^ inches of ulnar nerve; suture of divided
   ends, with restoration of function.   Rep. Superv. Surg.-
   Gen. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1884-5,109.—zum Busch (J. P.)
   Ulnarislahmung bedingt durch eiue traumatische Cyste
   im Nervus ulnaris.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894, xlix,
   451-153.—Cerne.   Suture du uerf cubital.  Gaz.  d. hop.
   de Toulouse. 1895,  ix, 178.—Chaput.  Suture primitive
   du uerf cubital; reunion immediate avec  restauration ra-
   pide des fonctions.  Bull, et ni6m. Soc. de chir. de Par.,
   1905, n. s., xxxi, 904.—Collier <[M. P.] M.)  Resection of
   the ulnar nerve after being divided for six months.  Med.
   Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 89.— l>iltel. Lap-
   peufdrniige Autoplastik am  Nervus ulnaris.   Wien. klin.
   YYrchuschr., 1891, iv, 335-337.—Fowler (G. R.)   Suture
   ofthe  ulnar nerve following injury at the wrist.—Brook-
   lyn M.  J., 1900,  xiv, 383.—Garner (J. E.)  Suture ofthe
   ulnar nerve.  Lancet, Lond., 1891,  ii,  1438.—Guibal.
   Fibrome du nerf  cubital du bras  gauche;  extirpation.
   Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de  Par., 1903, lxxviii, 116.—In-
   carceration of nlnar nerve at elbow joint;  release oper-
   ation and stretching.  Union Mission & Hosp.,  Phila.
   1894, 22.-K.eeu (YV. YV.) & Spillcr (W. G.)  A  case of
   multiple ueuio-fibroinata of the ulnar nerve.  Internat.
   contrib. med. lit.   Festschr. . . . Abraham Jacobi, N. Y.
   1890, 95-107, 2 pl.   Also: Tr. Coll.  Phys.  Phila., 1900, 83-
   100.  AUo: Am. J. M. Sc,  Phila., 1900,  n.  s., cxix, 526-
   539.  AUo, Reprint.— Kennedy (R.)   Case in which the
   ulnar nerve was  sutured three months after division,
   which recovered sensation on tbe day following operation,
   and iu which the use of the hand has now been completely
   regained. Glasgow M. J.,  1900, liv, 291-293.—Laplace
   (E.)  Resection and suture of an ulnar nerve, with imme-
   diate restoration of function; exhibition of patient.   Proc
   Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1900, xxi, 337-339. -----. Sec-
   ondary suture of resected ulnar nerve, seventeen months'
   standing; immediate restoration of function.  Am. Med.,
   Phila.,  1901, i, 15.—Leviey  & Filliet.  Sarcome  hemor'-
   rhagique du nerf  cubital.   Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898,
   lxxiii,  312-316.—L,o Grasso (S.)  Neurorana per ferita
   del cubitale; risultato complete.   Sicilia med., Palermo
   1889, i,  312-319.— Rafln.  Suture de nerf cubital.  Lyon
   med., 189s, lxxxvii, 555.  Also: Mem. et compt.-rend  Soc
   d. sc. med. de L\on (1898), 1893, xxxviii, pt. 2. 02.—Iton-
   tier.  Paralysie du nerf cubital par compression cicatri-
   cielle;  liberation  du  nerf;  guerison.   [Rap.)  Bull  et
   mem. Soc de  chir. de Par., 1897, n. s., xxiii, 565-507.—
   Nel mi (M.)  Neuroma di cicatrice del cubitale; sbriglia-
   mento;  escissione; neurorrafia.  Cliu. chir., Milano, 1897
   v. 251-25s.  Semi  (N.) Secondary suture of ulnar nerve
   alter -unsb..t injury.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xlii, 315.—
   Shepherd (F. J.)  Secondary suture of the ulnar nerve
   with rapid  restoration of sensation.  Canada  M  ^
   S. J.  Montreal, 1886-7,  xv, 350-352. AUo,  Reprint—
   *>/(/i|iioi.lii.   Suture du nerf cubital trois mois apres
   *a section suivie de sou relahlissement fouctiounel. Gaz
   d. nop   Par.. 1896   lxix, 20u.-Tas„i (E.)  Neuroectomia
   ?« i';olta1,',  I!,l.1L ' ■ r- -UcluL "ied- <H R«>ma, 1887-8, ix,
   138-143.  Also: Spallanzaui, Roma,  1888, 2. s  xvii  227-
   230.—ToMMaint (II.)  Sectioudu nerf cubitai remontant
   adeuxannees;  suture nerveuse; gu6risou rapide de l'itn-
   potence ionctionnelle  de la main;  retour immediat du
   mouvement et de la sensibilite.  Kev. med. de l'est Nancv
   1901, xxxiii 3.--s-363.-Vennerholui (J.)  Die Neurek-
   w?  T-Q^'™-  Vina»"    Monat8h-  f- P^kt. Thierh.,
  Stuttg., 189o-6, vii, 49.-\ignard.   Section du cubita
 Nerve  (Ulnar, Surgery  of).
   par un fragment de verre ; 'suture; guerison.  Lyon med
   1905, cv, 1042.-Vuceti« (N.)  Lappeuformige  Autopla*!
   tik  am Nervus ulnaris  und Nervennaht am Nervus me
   dianus.  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1891, xxxvi, 245.

 Nerve  (Ulnar, Wounds and  injuries of).
     See, also, Nerve (Ulnar, Dislocations of)
     Kougako  (A.-M.-A.-E.)    'Contribution  a
   l'etude  des trauinatisnies et  des blessures  du
   uerf cubital.   8°.  Bordeaux, 1902.
     Chaput. Plaie complete du nerf cubital datant de qua-
   torze ans; suture nerveuse; restauration tres rapide des
   fonctions.  Bull, et ni6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s.
   xxxi, 471. — Compression of ulnar nerve by cicatrix'
   North Lond. or Univ. Coll. Hosp.  Rep. 1886, Loud., 1887,
   22.—Curtis (B. F.)   Traumatic ulnar neuritis; trans-
   plantation of the nerve.   J. Nerv. &. Ment.  Dis  N  Y
   1898, xxv, 480.— Uecroly.  Brulure electrique du nerf
   cubital, tumeur cicatricielle; operation.  J. de neurol
   Par., 1901, vi, 141-143.—Duncan (R. M.)  Section of left
   ulnar nerve; "claw hand".  Intercolon. M. J. Australas
   Melbourne, 1897, ii, 016.—Ferrari (C.)  Su di un casorard
   di vat ici acquisite ad un ai to superiore da neurite trauma-
   tica deir ulnare.  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1902, lxi, 301-
   305.   I.obl.  Spontangangran im Bereiche des Ulnaris nach
   Verletzung des Nerven.   Wien. med. Presse,  1893, xxxiv,
   1937-1939.—Fayr (E.)  Ueber Liision des Nervus ulnaris
   bei Verletzungen am Ellbogengelenk,  ein Beitrag zurLehro
   vou den Nervenlasiouen bei Traumen des Ellbogengelenkes.
   Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Chir.,  Leipz., 1899,  liv,  167-190.—
   F roc lino v (J.)  Trauma ut&n foll6pett dag a singidegcu.
   [Neuroma of ulnar nerve after wound.]  GyGgyaszat.'V.ii.
   dapest, 1888,  xxviii, 402.   AUo.transl: Pest, med.-chir
   Presse, Budapest, 1888, xxiv, 834.—Raymond.  Contu-
   sion du nerf cubital; troubles trophiques.  Bull. Soc. cliu.
   de Par., 1885, ix,  95-99.—Stewart  (W.)   [Ulnar nerve
   divided by a heavy weight  falling on the arm while  the
   palmar aspect of the arm was resting on a sharp edge.]
   Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1891-2, n. s., xi, 93.—Tannkn
   (N.)  Ein  Fall der unbeabsichtigten  Durchtrennung des
   Nervus ulnaris.   [Japanese text]   Ztschr. d.  med. Ge-
   sellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894, viii, 9. Hft, 1-10; 10. Hft. 20-28.-
   Tedeschi  (A.)   Neuritis del  cubital secundaria por
   traumatismo e.urada con el hersage.  An. san. mil., Buenos
   Aires, 1901, iii, 108-117.—Vince.  Un casde d^chiruredu
   nerf cubital avec atrophie musculaire consecutive; ulcere
   trophique  au nivean de la  seconde  phalange du medius.
   Presse med. beige, Brux., 1905,  lvii, 421-423.

Nerve  (Vagus).
    See Nerve (Pneumogastric).

Nerve  ( Vertebral).
    Fi-nueois-Franck (C.-A.)  Anatomie et physiologie
   du  nerf vertebral  (etude d'eusemble).  Cinquanten.  de
   la Sue. de biol.. Par., 1899, 70-85. -----. Anatomie du nerf
   vertebral cbez l'liomme et les mammiferes.  J. de physiol.
   et de,  path, gen., Par., 1899, i, 1176-1185. -----. Le nerf
   vertebral  comme  nerf sensible et vaso-motour.  Ibid.,
   120J-1212.

Nerve  ( Vestibular).
    See Nerve (Auditory),

Nerve  of Wrisberg.
    See Nerve (t'tttaneous, Internal).

Nerve-cells.
    See, also, Nerve-cells  (Biology  of);  Nerve-
   cells  (Ganglionic); Nerve-cells (Histology of);
   Neurology (Instruction in),  etc.
     Tlariuesco (G.)  Considerations geu6rales sur l'histo-
   logie et la  biologie de la cellule nerveuse. Semaine med.,
   Par.. 1896, xvi, 400-402.—Schafer  (E. A.)  The nerve
   cell considered as the basis of neurology.  Brain, Loud.,
   1893, xvi, 134-169.

Nerve-cells (Amceboidism of).
    See  Nerve-cells (Biology of).

Nerve-cells (Biology of).
    Deyber (li.)   fitat actuel de la question de
   l'ainceboi'sme  nerveux.  6:.  Paris,  \*9-.
    Kronthal  (P.)  Von der Ncrven/.elle  uud der
   Zelle im  all^enicinen.   8J.   Jena. 1902.
    Le  Monnyer (E.)    * Contribution  a IV-tude
   de la  cellule nerveuse.  s.  Paris, 1901.
    Peluxjcin (J.) * L'aiiKfiboisiue nerveux.  *c.
   Toulouse, l-H-\
    Prziiikhodzki (E.  [M.] I.)   *K voprosu  o
   pitaleno-fuiiktsionalnom  mekhanizinle  nervnol
   klletki.    [Nutritive  functional mechanism  of 
NERVE-CELLS.                                437                                NERVE-CELLS.
Nerve-cells (Biology of).
  the  nerve-cell.]    [St.  Petersburg.]    8°.    F(ir-
  shara, 11W4.
    Pugxat (A.)   * La  biologie de la cellule ner-
  veuse et  la theorie des  neurones.    [Geneva.]
  8°.   Nancy, 1901.
    AUo, in: Bibliog. anat., Par. &. Nancy, 1901, ix, 276-334.
    Ainabilino (R.)  Le  modificazioni della  cellula ner-
  vosa durante il riposo ed il lavoro.   Lavoro, Pavia, 1902, i,
  113; 129— Angiolella (G.)  Sulle alterazioni delle cellule
  nervose negli stati d' eccitamento e di depressione.  Muni-
  comio mod., Nocera, 1900, xvi, 3-23.—Berkley (11. J.)  The
  psychical nerve-cells of two educated men.  Boston  M. A-
  S. J., 1897, cxxxvi, 252-254.—Block (E.) & Hir»chfcid
  (H.)  Ueber den Einfluss der iutravenosen Hariiinjektion
  auf die Nerveiizelle.  Fortschr.d. Med.,Berl., 1898,xvi,843-
  852.—Kocci (B.) Die Nervenzellen als Centrum der Ener-
  gie.  Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u.d.Thiere, Giessen,
  1889,  xiv, 16-18. —Brnsch (F.)  Ueber den  Einfluss der
  Wassereutziehungaufdie Nerveiizelle.  Fortschr.d Med.,
  Berl., 1898.  xvi, 803-817, 1 pl.-Gamia (M.)   Sulle modifi-
  cazioni acute  delle cellule nervose per azione di sostanze
  convulsivanti o narcotizzanti.  Riv.di patol.nerv..Firenze,
  1901,vi, 1-37.—t'eni (C.) Sc dc Fastrovich (ti.)  Adatta
  meuto della cellula  nervosa all' iperattivita funzionale.
  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1901. xxvii, 858-866.
  AUo, transl:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902, xxxvii, 298-
  302.—Cousin (J.)   Physiologie normale et pathologique
  de la cellule nerveuse d'apres  les dec mvertes de la 1116-
  thode de Nissl.  Province med., Lyon, 1897, xi, 313; 328;
  34G; 355. — t'ox (W. H.)  Bouw eu functioneele verande-
  ringeu van de zenuwcel.   Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v. Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1896, 2. R , xxxii, d. 1, 846-855. — 4 revntin (F.)
  Sull' uuione di cellule nervose.   Mem.  r. Accad. d.  sc. d.
  Ist. di Bologna, 1900, 503-509, 1 pl. —B-ogiel  (A. S.)  Zur
  Frage iiber das Verhalten der  Nerveu/.ellen zu eiuauder.
  Arch. f.  Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1893, 429-434,
  1 pl.— Donagsio (A.)  Sulla presenza di un reticolo nel
  protoplas i  a della cellula nervosa.   Riv. sper. di fieuiat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 189G,  xxii, 802-866.  -----.  Per il problema
  dei rapporti tra vie di conduzione iutercellulari e periferia
  della cellula nervosa.  Ibid.,  1903, xxix,  825-836.— Dy-
  dyriski (L.)   Komorka nerwowa w swietle badau najuow-
  szych.   [Nerve-cell  in  the  light of  most recent re-
  searches.]  Gaz.  lek., Warszawa,  1898,  2. s., xviii, 459;
  490.—Fish (P. A.)  The action of strong currents of elec-
  tricity upon nerve cells. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1895, Buffalo,
  1896,  xvii, 179-184, 1 pl.  -----.  Tlie nerve  cell as a unit.
  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1898, viii,99-U0.—Flesch
  (M.)  Ueber  die Verschiedenheiten im chemischen Ver-
  halten der  Nervenzellen.   Mitth. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in
  Bern (1887), 1888, 192-199, 1 pl.—Fiimt (L.)   Ceber Phos-
  phor-Eiweiss-Mast der Nervenzellen  Aerztl. Ruudschau,
  Munchen, 1905, xv, 529-231.—Gangi (S.)   Sullo sviluppo
  della cellula  nervosa nel  middolo e nei gangli spinali del
  polio.  Pisaui, Palermo, 1905,  xxvi, 27-49. — Oaskell
  (W. H.) [et al.].  Functional activity of uerve cells.  Rep.
  Brit.  Ass.  Adv. Sc.  1897.  Lond.,  1898, lxvii, 512.—Gee-
  raerd (N.)   Les variations  fonctionnelles  des cellules
  nerveuses  eorticales chez le cobaye etudiecs par la me-
  thode de Nissl.   Ann.  Soc.  roy. d. sc.  me I. et nat. de
  Brux., 1901,  x, fasc. 2, pt. 1,  i-40, 1  pl.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Soc. r.i.v. d. sc. med. et nat. de  Brux.  Bull.,  1901, lix. 13-
  38.—Godilard  (H. H.)  An experiment to  test recent
  theories  as to movements of  nerve cells.  J.  ('omp. Neu-
  rol., Granville, O., 1898-9, viii, 245-247. —ColdNchcidcr
  (A.) & Flatau (E.)  O celach najnowszych badatl nad
  koraorkami nerwowemi.  [On the objects of the latest re-
  searches upon nerve-cells.]  Krou.  lek., Warsawa,  1898,
  xix,  295; 347.  AUo, transl: Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 105-167. — Ccolgi  (('.) &  £.u-
  garo (E.)  A proposito di uu presunto rivestimento iso-
  latore della cellula nervosa.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,
  1898, iii, 265-271.— doteh (F.)   The discharge of a single
  nerve cell.   Rep. Brit.  Ass.  Adv. Sc. Lond., 1896, 978.—
  Hodge (C. F.)   A microscopical study of ihe nerve cell
  during electrical stimulation.  J. Morphol., Bost., 1894. ix,
  449-463. -----. Die Nervenzelle bei der Geburt und beim
  Tode an Altersschwache.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1894. ix, 706-
  710.  AUo, Reprint—Hodge (C. F.) & CSoiltlard (IL H.)
  Possible  amoeboid movements of the dendritic processes
  of cortical  nerve cells.  Proc. Am. Physiol.  Soc, Bost.,
  1898-9,  p.  xiii. — Hudovcrnig ( K. )   Az agykereg
  ide^sejtjeinek  ellhclyezeserbl.  [The location ofthe nerve-
  cells in the  brain corte\.J  Orvostud. ertek. gvii.jt. Magy.
  orv. Arch.,  Budapest, 1900, ii. f., i, 160-172.— ile 11' I»oIa
  ((}.)   Le  modificazioni  evolutive  della cellula nervosa.
  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat.  u.  Physiol., Leipz.,  1900,
  xyii, 367-384, 1 pl. — I v.-iiiofl" (I. I.) ' Usloviya poyayle-
  niya i znacheniye varikoznavo vidaprotoplazmaticheskikh
  otrostkov dvigatelnlkh  klletok  mozgovol kori.  f Condi-
  tions of appearance and significance of varicosity of the
  protoplasmic processes of the motor cells of the brain cor-
  tex.]  Vopr. nerv.-psikh.  med., Kiev, 1901,  vi, 56-71. —
  Jelliflfe (S.  E.)  Bibliographical  contribution to the
  cytology  of the  nerve cell.  Arch. Neurol.  & Psycho-
]\erve-cells (Biology of).
  Path.,  Utica,  1898, i,  441-403.—Kronthal  (P.)  Zum
  Kapitel: Leukocyt und Nerveiizelle.  Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1902-3,  xxii, 448-454.  -----.  Biologie  und Leistung der
  centralen  Nerveiizelle.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903,
  xxii, 149-158— Liiclie (I. G.)  Asupra nucleulul celulel
  nervoase.   Spitalul,   Bucuresci,  1904,  xxiv,  304-311. —
  ■jnngley (J.  N.) & Anderson (H. K.)  Position ofthe
  nerve cells ou  the course of the  efferent nerve fibres.  J.
  Physiol., Cambridge, 1895-6, xix, 131-139. — l.evcnc (P.
  A.)   Ou tbe chemistry of the chromatin substance of the
  nerve-cell.  J.  Med.  Research,  Bost.,  1903, x, 204-211.—
  Levi (G.)  Contributo alia fisiologia della cellula nervosa.
  Riv. di patol.  nerv., Firenze,  1890, i, 169-180, 1 pl. -----.
  Ricerche  sulla capacita proliferativa  della  cellula ner-
  vosa.   Ibid.,  385. —  Ijiigaro (E.)  Sulle modificazioni
  delle cellule nervose  nei diversi stati funzionali.  Speri-
  mentale.  Sez.  biol., Firenze, 1895, xlix,  159-193.  AUo [Re-
  sume] : Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin,  1895-0,  xxiv,  258-281.
  -----.  Sulle alterazioni delle  cellule nervose per mutila-
  zione parziale del prolungamento nervoso.   Riv. di patol.
  nerv.,  Firenze,  1890,  i, 432-435. -----. Considerazioni
  critiche intorno alia ipotesidi  S.-Ramon y Cajal sul signi-
  ficato degli  incrociamenti sensorials  sensitivi e  motor!.
  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,  1899, iv,  241-272.—ITIacal-
  1 uin (A. B.)   Some points in themicro-chemistry  of nerve
  cells.   Brit. M. J., Loud., 1898, ii,  778. — ITl'Hendrick
  (J. G.)   The structural and physiological nervous unit.
  Proc.  Roy.  Soc. Edinb.,  1895-7, xxi,  182-189. — Mac-
  kenzie (J.  J.)   Investigations  in  the  micro-chemis-
  try of nerve-cells.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Loud.,
  1898, lxvii, 822.—Tlagini (G.)  La orientazione dei nu-
  cleoli delle cellule nervose motorie nel loho elettrico della
  torpedine, nello statodi riposo e nello state d' eocitazione.
  Atti d.  xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma,  1894, ii, fisiol., 104-
  108.— finuu (G.)  Histological changes induced  in sym-
  pathetic, motor, and  sensory nerve cells bv functional ac-
  tivity.  J. Anat. >V. Physiol'., Lond.,  1894-5, xxix, 100-108,
  1 pl.— flni-cliiiiid (L.)  Cellule nerveuse niotrice medul-
  laire binuclcec.  Hull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, 6.
  s., v, 511.— Tlarcuw  (H.)  Ueber Nervenzellen verande-
  rungen.  Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Wien u. Leipz., 1900.  4. Hft,
  99-148,  2 pl.—ITIariueseo (G.)  Recherches  sur la bio-
  logie de la cellule nerveuse.   Arch. f. Phvsiol.,  Leipz.,
  1899, 89-111, 1 pl. -----. fitudes sur revolution  et In-
  volution de la  cellule nerveuse.  Rev.  neurol., Par., 1899,
  viii,  714-730.   Also:  Rev. scient.,  Par., 1900, 4.  s., xiii,
  161-168. -----. Recherches  cytometriques  et caryome-
  triques des cellules nerveuses  motrici s apres la section de
  leur cyliudraxe.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1900,
  exxxi,  1237-1239.  AUo: J. de neurol., Par., 1901, vi, 81;
  101, 2 pl.  -----. Sur la pr6sence de corps strangers (sub-
  stances cristallines et microbes dans la cellule nerveuse en
  rapport avec la theorie de l'aniiboisme nerveux.   Presse
  m6d., Par., 1903, ii, 605-608. -----.  Du role des excitations
  centripetes et centrifuges dans le fouctionuementetla nu-
  trition de.s cellules nerveuses.   Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii,
  657-675.—lTIartinotti (C.)   Sulla presenza di una sos-
  tanza neurocheratinica attorno alia cellula nervosa e sua
  importauza fisiologiea.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e  lett. Ren-
  dic, Milano, 1899, 2. s., xxxii, 52-56.—ITIathias-Duval.
  L'amoabolsme  des cellules nerveuses;  la theorie  histolo-
  gique du sommeil; les nervi-nervorum.   Rev. scient., Par.,
  1898, 4.  s., ix, 321-331.—ITIercIcr (C.)  The coutiuuous ac-
  tivity of nerve  cells.  Lancet, Lond., 189(1, i, 1091.—  Vliral-
  lie  (('.)  La cellule nerveuse; le neurone.   Gaz.  med. de
  Nantes, 1897-8, xvi, 58; 75. —iTIislavski (N.)  () fizi'ologi-
  cbeskol roli dendritov.  [On the physiological role, of den-
  drites.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1895, iii, no. 4,91-98. AUo,
  transl [Abstr.]: Coinpt rend. Soc. do biol., Par., 1895,10. s.,
  ii, 488.—Morat (J.-P.) Sur le pouvoir transformateur des
  cellules nerveuses a l'egarddes excitations.  Arch, de phy-
  siol. norm.et path., Par., 1898,5.s.,x.278-288.— .Viii himaun
  (M.) Ueber die Veriinderungen der Nervenzellen in ver-
  schiedenem Alter.  Verhaudl.  d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch.
  1900, Berl., 1901, 148-157.  Also: Anat Anz.,  Jena, 1901,
  xix,  377-383.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt 2,
  2. Hlfte.,  20.  -----.  Weitere Untersuchungen  iiber die
  Veranderungen der Nervenzellen in vcrschicih-iiem Alter.
  Arch. f.  mikr. Anat, Bonn,  1901, lviii, 231-247, 2 pl.—
  IVacciaroiie.  Sulla biologia della  cellula nervosa.  Ri-
  forma med., Napoli,   1896, xii, pt. 4, 229-232.—IVIbbI (F.)
  Ueber die sogenannten Cranula der Nervenzellen.  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1894, xiii, 070; 781; 810.  -----. Die
  Hypothese der specifischen Nervenzelleiifunction.  Allg.
  Ztschr.  f.  Psychiat.  [etc.],  Berl., 1897, liv, 1-107, 4 pl.
  -----.  Nervenzellen  und  graue  Substanz.  Miinchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv,  988; 1023;  1060.—Fai-sons
  (J. H.)   Action of nicotin upon nerve cells.  Proc. Phy-
  siol. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, p. xxxviii.—Pouiuiliau. Au-
  tomatisine des  cellules nerveuses.  Compt rend.  Acad.
  d. sc, Par.,  1900, exxx,  141-144. — Kannin y  <aj:il
  (S.)   Leyes de la morfologia y dinamismo de las rolulas
  nerviosas.   Rev.  trimest. microg.,  Madrid, 1897, ii.  1-
  28.  -----.  Estructura  del kiasma optico y teoria  general
  de los  entiecruzamientos de  las vias  nerviosas.    Ibid.,
  1898, iii, 15-65.   See,  also, supra, Lugaro. — Kenaut. 
NERVE  CELLS.                               438                               NERVE-CELLS.
\crve-cell*  (Biology of).
  Sur  les  cellules  nerveuses multipolaires  et  la  theorie
  du  neurone de Wahleyer.  Bull. Acad, de  med.,  Par.,
  1895. 3. s., xxxiii. 207-215.  AUo: Bull, med., Par., 1895,
  ix, 193-195. — Boncoioni (L.)  Sui rapporti tra le cel-
  lule  nervose  o  ]<■ fibre  amieliniche.   Arch, di psichiat.
  [etc.],  Torino, 1901, xxii, 559-572, 1 pl.—Salter (A.)   The
  functions of nerve  cells.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1896,
  x, 321; 355; 378;  397.— Scott  ( F. H. )   The  structure,
  micro-chemistry,  and development of nerve  cells;  with
  special reference to their nuclein compounds.  Univ. To-
  ronto  Stud.  Physiol, s.,  1900,  1-36. — Segovia y Co-
  n-ales (I.)  Misterios del microcosmo revelados por una
  celula  nei viosa.   Regeneraci6n  m6d., Salamanca, 1896, ii,
  225-233.  Solvay (E.)   La base cytologique primordialo
  des reflexes, (le rinstinct et de la memoire.  Inst. Solvay.
  Trav. de Lab., Brux., I'.lim, iii, fasc. 3, 21-42.—Soury (J.)
  L'aniiboisiue des cellules nerveuses; critique des theories
  edifices surcette doctrine.  Presse med.. Par.. 19(11, i, 273-
  L'7(i. — Ntnderini (R.)   Sur un noyau de cellules nerveuses
  intercale. les noyaux d'origine du vague etde l'hypoalosse.
  Arch.  ital. de boil.,  Turin, 1895,  xxiii, 41-40.   Also [Rev.]:
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,  Leipz.,  1897, x, 390-399.—
  Stefanowska (M.)  Evolution des  cellules nerveuses
  corticales chez la souris apres la  naissance.   Ann.  Soc.
  roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1898, vii, 319-362, 2 pl.—
  Tagliaui (G.)   Per la rigenerazione delle cellule nervose
  dorsali (Ilinterzellen) nel midollo spinale caudale di Triton
  cristatus.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1904, xv, 345-350.—
  Turner (.1.)  Concerning the continuity  of  the nerve-
  cells, and some otter matters  connected therewith.  J.
  Ment  Sc, Lond., 1905, li, 258-270, 1 pl.—Van Biervliet
  (J.)  La substance  chromophile pendant  le cours du de-
  veloppement de la cellule nerveuse (chromolyse physiolo-
  gique  et chromolyse experimentale).   Nevraxe, Louvain,
  1900, i. 31-55.  Also: J. de neurol., Par., 19U0, v, 1-20.— i
  Van  Dunne (P.) Etude des diffe rents etats function- ]
  nels de la cellub- nerveuse corticale au moyen de la in6-
  thode de  Nissl.  Ibid.,  1900-1901, ii, 113-172, 4  pl.—  Van
  Gehuchten (A.)  Conduction cellulipeto  ou axipdte
  des  prolougements  protoplasmatiques.  Bibliog. anat.,
  Par. &. Nancy. 1899, vii, 75-84— Vincenxi (L.)  Sul ri-
  vestimento delle cellule nervose.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena, 1901,
  xix,  115-118. -----. Forma e distribuzione delle cellule
  nervose nel midollo allungatodell' uomo.  Ricerche n. lab.
  di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1904, x, 137-149, 3 pl.—
  Warrington  ( W. B. )  Further observations on the
  structural alterations observed in nerve cells.  J. Physiol.,
  Loud.,  1899, xxiv, 464-478.

Nerve-cells  (Ganglionic).
    See, also,  Nerves  (Ganglionic, etc.);  Nervous
  system (Sympathetic).
    Betiie (A.)   * Ueber die Primitivfibrillen in
  deu Ganglieuzelleu voin Mensehen und anderen
  Wirbelthiereu.   [Strasburg.]  8°.  Jena, 1896.
    AUo. in: Morphol. Arb., Jeua, 1898, viii,  95-116, 2 pl.
    Elias (B.)  *Untei-suchiiugeu uber die Struk-
  tur  des  Zellleibes der Gauglienzellen.   [Bern.]
  8\   Berlin, 1904.
    K5ster ( G.)   Zur Physiologie  der Spiual-
  ganglien und der trophischen Nerven,  sowie zur
  Pathogenese  der Tabes dorsalis.   8°.   Leipzig,
  1904.
    Kotlarkwsky (Anna).   * Pbysiologische und
  mikrocheuiische   Beitrage  zur  Keuntniss   der
  Nervenzellen in  den periphereu Ganglien.   12°.
  Bern,  l^'-*7.
    AUo, in: Mitth.  d. naturf.  Gesellsch.  in Bern (1887).
  1888, 3-23.

    Remak ( R.)   Ueber  multipolars Gauglien-
  zellen.   8°.   [Wien,  1S54.]
    Repr.from: Monatsb. d. k. Akad. d.'Wissensch., Wien
  1854.

    Adaiukiewicz (A.)  La circulation dans  les cellules
  gangliouuaues.  [Extr.]  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc,  Par.,
  1885, ci, 826-829. -----.  Zum  Blutgefassapparat der Gau-
   §lieuzelle.   Anat. Anz., Jeua,  1900, xvii,  44-48. _____.
   tehen alle Ganglieuzellen mit  deu Blutgefassen in di-
  recter Verbinduug?  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900, xix
  2-6.—Apolant (H.)  Ueber die sympathischeu Gauglien-
  zellen der Nuge.r.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn. 1890,  xlvii
  401-471, 1 pl.—Arnolil  (J.) Ein Beitrag zu der feiueren
  Structur der Ganglieuzellen.  Arch. f. path. Auat fete 1
  Berl., 1867, xii, 178-220, 2 pl. AUo, Repriut.-Baglioni
  (S.)  Sind die tatigen Gauglienzellen des Zentralnerveii-
  systems der Sitz  elektroraotorischer Kriit'te .'  Zentralbl.
  f. Pbysiol., Leipz.  u. Wien, 19U5, xix, 345-348. —Bailey
  (F.  R.)  Studies on the morphology of ganglion cells in
  the  rabbit.  J. Exper.  M., N. Y., 1900-1901,  v. 549-615
  5 pl.-  Besta (C.)  Ricerche  intorno alia genesi  ed al
  modo di foi mazione della cellula nervosa  nel midollo spi-
^Verve-cells  (Ganglionic).
  nab- e nella protuberan/.a del polio.  Riv. sper. di freniat
  Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 90-119, 2 pl. ■-----.  Sul modo (il
  formazioue della cellula nervosa nei gangli spiuali del
  polio.  Ibid.,  133. —Bclhc (A.)  Einige  Bernierkungen
  iiber die intracellularen Kauiilcheu der Spinaliranglicn-
  zellen und die Frage der Gauglienzelleufuuctioii.  Anat
  Anz., Jeua, 1900, xvii, 304-309. -----.  Ueber die Neuro-
  tibrillen in den Ganglieuzellen von Wirbelthiereu  uud
  ihre Beziehuugen zu  den (Jolginetzen.  Arch. f. mikr
  Auat. Bonn.  1900, lv, 513-558, 3 pl. -----.  Die historische
  Entwickelung  der  Ganglienzellhypothese.   Ergebn  d
  Physiol.. Wiesb., 1904,  iii,  2. Abt.,  19.5-213.—Biart (V.j
  Fibrils aud ganglion-cells.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 19(14, lxvi
  217.—Bruckner (J.)   Sur la structure fine de la cellule
  svmpathique.   Arch. d. sc. m6d. .  . . de Bucarest Par
  1898, iii,  197-204.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Compt.  rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1898,  10. s., v,  162.—Carlson (A. J.)   Die
  Ganglieuzellen des  Bulbus arteriosus und der  Kamnier-
  spitze beim Salamander (Necturus  maculatus).  Arch. f.
  d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1905,  cix, 51-02.—Camirer (R.)
  Ueber Veranderungen der Spinalganglienzellen  und ihrer
  centralen Fortsatze nach Durcbschneidung der zugehori-
  gen  periphereu Nerven. Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Nervenh
  Leipz., 1898, xiv, 150-106.—Vox (W. II.) Derfeinere Bail
  der Spinalnauglieuzelle des Eauinchens.   Anat. Hefte
  Wiesb., 1898, x. 73-103, 0 pl.  -----. De zelfstandigheid
  vau de zenuw-fibrillen in het neuron; eene studie over het
  granulanet en de tibrillen  der spinaalgangliencel.  Psy-
  chiat. eu  Neurol. Bl.,  Amst, 1898, ii, 371-378,  1 pl__
  Dahlgren (U.)  The giant ganglion cell appaiatus. J.
  Comp.  Neurol., Granville,  O., 1898-9. viii, 177-179.—
  Dehler (A.)  Beitrag zur Kenntnis vom feiueren Bau
  der sympathischen  Uanglien/.elle des Frosches.   Arch. f.
  mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1895, xlvi. 724-739, 1 pl.—Dcxlcr (II.)
  Zur  Histologie der Gauglienzellen  des Pferdes im nor-
  malen Zustande und nach Arsenikvergiftung.  Arb. a. d.
  Inst. f. Anat.  u. Pbysiol.  d.  Centraluervensyst  an d.
  WiemUniv.,  Leipz. u. Wien, 1897, 5. Hft,  165-178. 2 pl.—
  Dogiel (A.  S.)   Zwei Arten sympathischer Nerven-
  zellen.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895-6, xi, 679-687. — Doling.
  gio  (A.)  Su  speciali apparati flbrillari in elenieuti  cel-
  lulari uervosi  di alcuni centri dell' acustico (ganglio ven-
  trale, nucleo del corpo tr.ipezoide).   Bihliosr. anat., Par. &
  Nancy, 1903, xii, 89-97. - Donaldson (H. IL)  On the
  number and size of the spinal ganglion cells and dorsal
  root  fibres in white  rats of  different ages  Am. J. Anat,
  Bait., 1901-2,  i, 519. — Donaldson (II. H.) &.  Hoke
  (G. W.)  On the areas of the axis cylinder and medullary
  sheath as seen in cross sections of the spinal  nerves of
  vertebrates.  J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Granville, 0.,
  1905, xv, 1-16.—Eve (F. C.)  Sympathetic nerve cells and
  their basophil  constituent  in  prolonged activity aud re-
  pose._ J. Physiol.,  Cambridge, 1896, xx. 334-353, 1 pl.—
  IS wing (J.)   Studies on  ganglion cells; a  preliminary
  communication.  Proc. N.  York Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899,
  112-132.  AUo: Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1898, liii, 513-517.  [Dis-
  cussion], 525.  AUo, Reprint. -----. Studies on ganglion
  cells.  Arch. Neurol. & Psycho-Path.,  Utica, 1898, i, 263-
  440, 6 pl.  Also, Reprint.— Feinberg.  Ueber den Bau
  der  Ganglienzelle und iiber  die Unterscheidung ihrea
  Kerns von dem Kern der einzelligen tierischen Organismen.
  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xi, 4(11-406,
  1 pl. —Clemming (W.)  Yom Bau der Spinalgaii-rlien-
  zellen.  Beitr. z. Anat.  u. Embryo], als Festg. Jacob Henle
  .  . .,  Bonn. 1882,  12-25,  1 pl. -----. Ueber den Ban  der
  Spinalganglienzellen bei SauKethieren, und Bemerkungen
  iiber den  der  centralen Zellen.  Arch. f. mikr. Auat.,
  Bonn, 1895, xlvi, 379-394, 1 pl.  -----. Ueber  die Structur
  der Spiualganglieuzclleu.   Verhandl. d. anat Gesellsch.,
  Jena, 1895, 19-25.-----. Dio Structur der Spinalganjilieu'
  zellen bei Saugethieren. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl., 1897,
  xxix, 969-974. — Geier  (T.  A.)  K voprosu o razvitii pro-
  toplazmaticbeskikh otrostkov spinalnikh Ulietok. [Devel-
  opment of protoplasmic processes from spinal cells.]  J.
  nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1903, iii, 483-
  490.  -----. K voprosu o  razvitii  dendritov spinalnikh
  klietok u visshikh pozvonochuikh.  [Development of den-
  drites of spinal cells in tbe higher vertebrates.]  Ibid.,
  suppl., pt 2, 15.—Oolgi (C.)   Intorno alia struttura delle
  cellule nervose.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1898. 1-
  40. -----. Di nuovo sulla struttura delle  cellule nervose
  dei gangli spinali. Ibid., 1899,1; 53. A Uo, Reprint. AUo,
  transl: Arch. ital.  de  biol., Turin,  1899, xxxi, 273; 278,2
  pl.—Ilatai (S.) The finer structure  of the spinal gan-
  glion cells in  the white rat.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville,
  O , 1901-2, xi, 1-24, 1 pl. — Ileiniaini  (E.)  Beitrage zur
  Kenntniss  der  feiueren  Struktur der Spinalganglien.
  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, clii,  298-336, 2 pl.
  -----. Ueber die Structur der Spinalganglienzellen; eiue
  Erwiderung.   Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1898,  xvii, 797-
  800.—Held (A.) Structur der Ganglieuzellen.  Arch.f.
  Psychiat., Berl., 1897,  xxix.  987-992. — Ilcnxi hen (K.)
  Ueber Trophospongienkanalchen sympathischer Oangli-
  euzellen beim  Mensehen.  Auat. Anz.,  Jena, 1903-4, xxiv,
  385-389. - Hodge (C. F.)  Some effects  of stimulating
  ganglion cells; preliminary communication.   Am. J.Psy-
  chol., Bait., 1887-8, i, 479-486. -----. Changes in ganglion 
x;ERYE-CELLS.                               439                               ^ERYE-CELLS.
                                                        __              __
Xerve-cells (Ganglionic).
  cells from birth to senile death; observations on man and
  houey bee.  J. Pbysiol., Lond. \ Cambridge. 1894, xvii,
  1°9-134, 2 pl.  Also [Abstr.J: Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893,
  Wash.. 1895, pt. 2, 1254-1258.— Holmes (G.)  On mor-
  phological changes in exhausted ganglion cells.  Ztschr. f.
  allg. Physiol . Jeua, 1902-3, ii, 502-515.—Holmgren (E.)
  Zur Kenntnis  der Spinalganglienzellen von Lophius pis-
  catorius Lin.   Anat  Hefte. Wiesb.,  1899, xii, 71-154. 10 pl.
  ._____Zur Kenntnis der Spinalganglienzellen des Kanin-
  chens und Fiosches.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi, 161-171.
  -----Einige  Worte zu der Mitteilung von Kopsch: Die
  Darstellung des Biunenuetzcs in spinalen Ganglieuzellen
  und anderen Kornerzellen niittels Osminmsaure.   Ibid.
  1902-3, xxii, 374-381— IraiiiiolT (I. I.)  Nleskolko zamle-
  chauiy otnositelno okraski gauglioznikh klietok tsentral-
  nol n'ervuoi sistemi po sposobu Nissl'a i o vidoizmleneni-
  yakh etovo sposoba. predlozhennikb Sadors' kini i Telyat-
  nikom.  [On staining ganglionic cells of the central nerv-
  ous system by Nissl'8 method, and on the changes of this
  method proposed  by  Sadors and  Telyatnik.]   Obozr.
  psichiat., nevrol. [etc. |, S.-Peterb., 1897, ii, 183-191.—
  Jaworowski (M.)  Apparato reticolare  Golgiego  w
  komorkach zwo]6w miedzykregowych  nizszych krejrow-
  cow.  I Golgi's ... in the  intervertebral  ganglionic cells
  of  the lower vertebrates.]   Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr.
  Akad. Umiej.. Krakow, 1902,  3. s., ii,  B. 355-364,  1 pi —
  Jelgersma (G.)  De  anatomie der gangliencel. Nederl.
  Tijdschr v. Geneesk., Amst., 1895. 2.  11..  xxxi. pt. 2,
  1159-1174.—Kohn (A.) Die chromartinen Zellen des Sym-
  pathies.   Anat. Anz.. Jena, 1898-9, xv. 393-400. — KoU
  mer (W.)   Ueber  Kristalle in  Gauglienzellen.   Ibid.,
  1904. xxv, 618-624. — Holster (R.)   Studier  of ver proto-
  plasniastrukturer i spinalganglieceller.   [Etudes  sur les
  structures de protoplasme dans les  cellules des ganglions
  spinanx.  Res., pp. xlii-xliv.]  Finska lak.-sallsk. handl.,
  Helsingfors, 1899, xii,  552-598, 1 pl.  — Laignel-I.ava-
  stine.  Cellules nerveuses multinucl66es dans les gangli-
  ons xilaires de l'hoinme.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.
  1902, lxxvii, 910-913.  -----.  Cytologic  uormale des  gan-
  glions solaires  Arch, de m6d. exp£r.  et d'anat. path.,
  Par.,  1901, xvi, 737-700.—LaugeudorflT (O.)  Die Bezie-
  huugen der Nervenfaseni  des Halssympathicus  zu den
  Ganglieuzellen des  oberen  Halsknotens.   Centralbl. f.
  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien. 1891-2, v,  129-131. — Langley
  (J. N.)  On the question of commissural  fibres between
  nerve-cells having the  same function and situated in the
  same sympathetic ganglion, and on the function of post-
  ganglionic nerve plexuses.  J. l'hysiol.. Lond., 1904, xxxi,
  244-259.—von Lenhossek.  Ueher den Bau der Spinal-
  ganglienzellen.  Arch. f.  Psychiat,  Berl..  1890,  xxviii,
  982-984. -----. Bemerkungen iiber den Bau der  Spinal-
  ganglienzellen.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz..  1898, xvii.
  577-593.   See, aUo,  supra,  Heimann. — Lngaro (E. j
  Salle alterazioni delle cellule nervose  dei  gangli spi-
  nali in  seguito al taglio  della branca  periferica  o cen-
  trale  del  loro  prolungamento.   Riv.  di  patol. nerv.,
  Firenze,  1896,  i, 457-470.  -----.  Sulla  struttura delle
  cellule dei  gangli spinali nel cane.   Ibid., 1898, iii, 433-
  443, 1 pl— Luithlcu  (F.) & Sorgo (J.)  Zur Farbung
  der Ganglienzellen.    Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1898,
  xvii, 640-642. — McCarthy < D. J.)  A contribution to
  the stndy of iron infiltration in the ganglion cells.  Univ.
  Penn.  Contrib. William Pepper  Lab., Phila.,  1900, 107-
  128 -llarinesco f(r) Recherches snr l'bistologie fine
  des cellules du systeme svmpathique.  Rev. neurol., Par.,
  1898. vi. 230-235. — Hm-tiii (H. N.)  Recent discoveries
  in the physiology of ganglion cells.  Tr. M. & Chir. Fac.
  Maryland.  Bait.. 1891. 275-2*0.  AUo, Reprint— Tlnrti-
  notti (C.)  Sc Tirelli  (Y.)  La microfotografla applicata
  alio studio della struttura della cellula nei ganglii  spinali.
  Ann.  di freniat.  [etc.],  Torino,  1899,  ix, 229-272,  5 pl.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1603.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r.  Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s.,
  xlvii,  671-681.   AUo.transl.  [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1900. xvii, 369-380, 1 pl. -----. La microphotograpbie ap-
  pliquee il l'etude de la structure des cellules nervensea
  dans les ganglions intervert6braux d'animaux morts d'ina-
  nition.  Yerhandl. d.  anat. Gesellsch., Jena,  1900, xiv,
  89-96, lpl. — .Tlisch (J.)  Das Binnennetz der spinalen
  Ganglienzellen  bei verschiedenen  Wirbeltieren.  Inter-
  nat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, xx. 329-
  414.—Motta Coco (A.)  Nuovo contributo  sulle graiiu-
  lazioni fucsinofile delle cellule dei gangli spinali.   Anat.
  Anz.,  Jena. 1904, xxv, 97-'02. — Tloxter.  Weitere Bei-
  trage zur Pathologie  der Nerveiizelle.  I. Ueber Ganglien-
  zellenveranderungen  bei  kiinstlicher  Steigerung  der
  Eiaenwiirme.  Fortscbr. d. Med.,  Berl.,  1898,  xvi.  121-
  1-L—Onuf (B.)  The  biological  and morphological con-
  stitution of ganglionic cells as influenced by section of the
  spinal nerve roots or  spinal nerves;  to which  is  appended
  some  remarks  on localization.   J. Nerv. <fc Ment. Dis.,
  N. Y., 1895. xxii. 597-642. 4 pl.— Paton  (S.)   A study  of
  the neurofibrils in the ganglion cells of the  cerebral cor-
  tex.  .T.  lYper. M., \. Y.,  1900. v. 21-26, 1 pl. — Prennut
  (A.)  Notes cytologiques;  crystalloldes intranucleaires
  des cellules nerveuses sympathhiues chez les mammifcres.
  Arch,  d'anat. micr.,  Par.,  1897, i,  366-373, 1 pl. — Kabl-
\erve-cells  (Ganglionic).
  Ruckharil.  Sind die Gauglienzellen  amoboid ?   Eine
  Hvpothese zur Mecbanik psychischer Yorgiinge. Neurol.
  Centralbl, Leip/,.,  1890, ix, 199. — K[aiu6ii] y Cajal
  (S.)  Types cellulaites dans les ganglions rachidieus de
  l'liomme  et  des  mammiferes.   Coinpt.  rend. Soc.  de
  biol., Par., 1905,  lviii, 452. — Betzius  ( G.)   Untersu-
  chuugeu iiber die Nerveuzellen der cerebrospinalen Gan-
  glien und der  ubrigen  peripherischen  Kopfganglien,
  mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Zelleuauslaufer.   Arch.
  f.  Anat. u. Physiol.,  Leipz..  1880. 369-402. -----. Zur
  Kenntniss der Ganelienzellen des Sympathicus.  Biol. Fd-
  reu. Forhandl.  Verhandl. d. biol. Yer. in  Stockholm, 1889-
  90, ii. 16-25.1 pl.  -----. Zur Kenntniss der Ganglienzellen
  der Spinalganglien.  Biol. Untersuch..  Stockholm, 1892, n.
  F., iv. 59-02. —Kiilhig (P.)   Ueber den Ban der Ganglieu-
  zello.  Med.  Woche,  Berl.. 1900.  511-515.—Bolide (E.)
  Die  Spharen-Bililuiigen der Ganglienzellen.   Zool. Anz.,
  Leipz.,  1904,  xxviii, 359-364.—Bosin  (H.) Ein Beitrag
  zur  Lehre vom  Bau der (ianglienzellen.   Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz.  Ac  Berl., 1890,  xxii, 495-497.—Roth-
  iiinuu (M.)   Ueber das Lipochrom der Gauglienzellen.
  Ibid., 1901, xxvii, 164. — Mehafer (E. A.)   Note on  the oc-
  currence of ganglion cells in the interior  roots  of tbe cat's
  spinal nerves.  Proc  Roy. Soc.  Loud., 1881.  xxxi,  348.
  A Uo, Reprint—*>cliiipbacli (P.)  Beitiage zur Anato-
  mie  und Physiologie der Ganglienzellen im Zentiahieiveii-
  svstem  der^Taube.  Ztschr. f. Biol..  Miinchen u.  Berl.,
  1905, xlvii, 439-474, 1 pl.—Schwalbe (G.) Ueber den Bau
  der Spinalganglien, nebst Bemerkungen  iiber  die sympa-
  thischen Ganglienzellen.   Airh.  f. mikr.  Auat,  Bonn,
  1868,iv,45-70.  AUo, Reprint— Wciuti  (M.)  Sopra alcune
  particolarit& di struttura delle cellule dei gangli spinali
  dell' uomo.  Ann. di nevrol.. Napoli, 1902, xx, 368-376. 1
  pl.—Shinkishi Ilatai.  Number and  size of the  spinal
  ganglion cells and dorsal root fibers in the whito  rat at
  different ages.  J.  Comp.  Neurol., Granville,  O..  1902-3,
  xii, 107-124. -----. A  note on the  significance of tbe form
  and  contents of the nucleus in the spinal ganglion cells of
  the foetal rat.   Ibid., 1904-5, xiv, 27-48.  2 pl.—Sjiiral (E.)
  Ueber die Spinalganglienzellen des Igels; eiu neuer Re-
  fund von krystalloiden Bildungen in  Nervenzellen; die
  intracellularen Kanalcheusvsteme. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,
  1901, xviii, 239-266,  2 pl. — Smirnow (A.  E. )    Die
  Struktur der Nervenzellen  im Sympathicus der Amphi-
  bien.  Arch. f.  mikr.  Anat, Bonn, 1890, xxxv, 407-424. 2
  pl. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Morphologie  der sympathi-
  scheu Ganglieuzellen beim Frosche. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,
  1900, xiv, 409-431,2 pl.  -----. Einige Beobachtungen iiber
  den  Ban der  Spinalganglienzellen bei einem  viermonat-
  licheu mensehlichen Embryo.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,
  1901. lix, 459-470, 1  pl.—Steese (E. S.)  A new ganglion-
  cell  stain.  Proc. N. York  Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899, 4-6.—
  Stilling (H.)  Die chromophilen Zellen und Korperchen
  des  Sympathicus; eine Berichtigung.  Anat Anz.. Jena.
  1898. xv, 229-233, 1 pl.-Studnicka (F. K.)   Ueber das
  Vorkommon vou Kanalchen uud Alveolen im  Korper der
  Ganglieuzellen und in dem Axencvlinder einiger Nerven-
  faseni der Wirbeltiere.  Ibid., 1899, xvi, 397-401.  -----.
  Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Ganglienzellen.  Sitzungsb.
  d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1900, Prag, 1901, No.
  16, 1-6: 19J1, Prag, 1902, No. 15, 1-15: 1902, Prag, 1903, No.
  41, 1-12, 1 pl.—Maker (G. F.)  The surgery of the supe-
  rior cervical sympathetic ganglion.  N. York  M. J., 1900,
  lxxi, 266-268. —Sukhanoff( S.  A. )   K voprosu  ob eu-
  dotsellyulyainoi  sleti  v nervnikh elementakh  spinal-
  nikh iizlov.  [Endocellular  net of nerve elements  of the
  spinal ganglia]   J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova,
  Mosk..  1904,  iv. pt 2, 15-17. - Van  Gelmchlen (A.)
  & IVelis  (0.)  Quelques  points concernant  la  struc-
  ture des cellules des ganglions spinaux.    Cellule,  Lierre
  & Louvain. 1898, xiv.  371-384, 1  pl.   AUo  | Abstr.]: Cli-
  nique, Brux., 1898, xii.  154.—V'cralti  (E.)   Ueber die
  feinere  Structur der  Ganglienzellen  des  Sympathicus.
  Anat.  Anz., Jena  1898,  xv,  190-195. — Warrington
  (W. B.) & Oiiflith (I'.)  On the  cells of the  spinal gan-
  glia and on the relationship of their histological structure
  to the axonal distribution.   Brain, Lond., 1904, xxvii, 297-
  326,  1 pl.—Weber (L. W.)  Ueber Eiseniutiltration der
  Ganglienzellen.   Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
  1898, iii.  507-517,  1 pl.  AUo  [Abstr.]:   Miinclieii. med.
  Wchnsehr.. 1898, xiv,  769.-----.  F.isenhaltige Ganglien-
  zellen.   Allg. Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1898-9, lv,
  305.—von Wcm!I (G.)   Beitrage  zur Kenntniss der
  Strukturveriinderiingen der Ganglienzellen unter der Ein-
  wirkung starkerer Indnctionsstrome.  Skaudin. Arch. f.
  Physiol., Leipz.. 1900-1901, xi, 372-381.

IVerve-cells  (Histology  and   morphology

  of)-
     See,  also,  Nerve-cells  (Biology of);  Nerve-
  cells (Ganglionic).
     Buhler  (A.)    * Uutersucliungen   iiber den
  Ban der Nerveuzellen.   *D.   Wiirzburg, 1697.
     Carccct  ( V. )    Intorno nlla struttura  delle
  cellule  nervose.   8°.  Camerino,  1901. 
NERVE-CELLS.
440
NERVE-CELLS.
\erve-cell* (Histology  and  morphology

  of).
    Chatin (J.)   La  cellule  nerveuse.   Etudes
  d'liistologie  zoologique, sur la forme dite myelo-
  cyte.   - .  Paris,  1*90.
   ' Gekraehu (X.)   Les variations fonctionnelles
  des  cellules nerveuses corticales chez le cobaye,
  6tu<lieVs par la methode  Nissl.  6'-.   Bruxelles,

  1901.
    Kronthal (P.)   Von der Nervenzelle und der
  Zelle im Allgemeineu.   r^J.   Jena,  1902.
    See, also, infra, Fragnito (O.).
    Magini (G.)  Sopra una nuova sostanza nu-
  cleare  delle  cellule  nervose.   sm. 4°.  Monte-
  pulciano,  [1901].
    Romano (A.)   Di  alcune  particularity nella
  fina anatomia delle  cellule  nervose elettriche.
  4 .  Xapoli, 1901.
    Starr  (M. A.)   Atlas of  nerve  cells.   With
  the cooperation of Oliver S.  Strong and Edward
  Learning.  43.  Xeie  York .('• London, lb96.
    Stkfaxowska  (Miclieline).   Evolution  des
  cellules   nerveuses  corticales   chez  les  souris
  apres la naissance.  «-.   Bruxelles, 1896.
    Arnold (J.)  Ueber Structur uud  Architectur der
  Zellen.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1898, lii, 134; 535, 1
  pl.—Axai. Untersucbung iiber die Structur der Nerven-
  zellen, iusbesondere der Protoplasmasubstanz.   [Japanese
  text.   German abstr., 19. Hft.]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch.
  zu Tokyo, 1905, xix,  849-871, 1 pl. — Athias (M. )  La
  vacuolization des cellules des  ganglions spiuaux cbez les
  animaux a l'6tat normal.   Anat. Anz., Jena,  1905,  xxvii,
  9-13, lpl.—Aaerbach (L.) Feber die protoplasmatische
  Grundsubstanz  der  Nervenzelle  und insbesoudere der
  Spinalganglienzelle.   Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol.,
  Berl., 1898, iv, 31-44.—Azoulay  (L.)  Les nourofibrilles
  dans les cellules nerveuses situ£es autourdu tube digestif
  de la sangsue.   Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1904, lvi,
  465-468.— BckhtereflHV.)  K  voprosu  o sootnosbenii
  drug s drugom klletok tsentralnol nerv not sistemi.   [On
  the inteiTelatious of the cells of the central nervous system.]
  Obozr.  psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], 1896,  i, 200-203. —Benda
  (C.)  Ueber die Bedeutung der durch basische Anilinfar-
  ben  darstellbaren Nervenzellstructuren.  Neurol.  Cen-
  tralbl.,  Leipz., 1895, xiv, 759-768.—Besta (C.)  Ricerche
  intorno al modo cou cui si  stabiliscouoi rapporti mntui tra
  gli eleinenti nervosi embrionali e sulla furmazionedel reti-
  colo interno della cellula  nervosa.  Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1904,  xxx, 633-047, 1  pl. -----.  Rapporti
  mutui degli elementi nervosi embrionali e formazione della
  cellula  nervosa.  Ibid., 1905, xxxi, 92. -----.  Sulla strut-
  tura della guaiua mielinica delle fibre nervose periferiche;
  ricerche istologicbe  ed embriologicbe.  Ibid., 569-583, 1
  pl. — Bethe.  Feber die Primitivfibrillen in deu Ganglien-
  zellen und Nerveufasern von Wirbeltieren und Wirbel-
  losen.   Verhaudl.d.anat.Gesellsch., Jena,1898, xii,37.  See,
  also, infra, Ram6n y Cajal. — Bielschowasky.   Ein
  neues Irupraguationsverfabreu zur Darstellungder Neuro-
  tibrilleu.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 1321-1323.—
  Bielmchowsky (M.) &  Plien (M.)  Zur Technik der
  Nervenzellenfaibung. Neurol.Centralbl., Leipz., 1900,xix,
  1141— Binet (A.)  Note sur la structure fibrillaire des
  cellules nerveuses chez  quelques  crustaces  d6capodes.
  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.. Par.,  1894,  9..  s., vi,  162.—
  Boccardi (G.)  Sopra una modificazione a' metodi per
  la colorazione delle cellule nervose secondo Nissl.   Moni-
  tore zool. ital., I-'ireuze, 1899, x, 141-143.—Boinbicci (G.)
  Sui  caratteri morfologici  della cellula nervosa durante
  lo sviluppo.  Arch,  per le sc. med., Torino, 1899, xxiii,
  101-125, 1 pl.   See,  aUo, infra, Morpurgo.  -----. Ri-
  sposta  ad  alcune osservazioni al mio lavoro sui caratteri
  morfologici della  cellula  nervosa durante  lo  sviluppo.
  Ibid., 1900, xxiv, 313-318.—Brown (N. W.)  Anastomosis
  of nerve cells in the central nervous system of vertebrates.
  J. Comp.Neurol.,Granville.O.,1900-1901,x,355-357.—Biih-
  ler (A.)  Strukturelemente iu Nerveuzellen.  Verhandl.
  d. schweiz. naturf. Gesellsch., Ziirich, 1896, lxxix, 170-174.
  -----.  Untersuchungen  iiber deu Bau der Nervenzellen.
  Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1898 n.F
  xxxi. 2S5-392, 2 pl.—Cabot (R. C.)  The myelocyte  of
  Ehrlich.  Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 4-9— Capo-
  bianco (F.)   Ulteriori ricerche sulla genesi delle cellule
  nervoso.   Ann. di nevrol., Napoli, 1905, xxiii, 50-63, 2 pl.
  AUo, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1905-6, xliv, 187-
  200, 1 pl—C'araceiolo (R.)  La struttura flbrillare della
  cellula  nervosa secondo i  nuovi metodi d' indagine istolo-
  gica.  Clin. mod.. Firenze, 1905, xi, 445-448.—Chasovni.
  koff (  S. G. i   K voproso o proi'skhozhdenii i  znachenii
  sokovikh kanaltsev v nervnikh klletkakh.   [Origin and
  significance  of  the  juice- canaliculi  in nerve   cells.]
  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1903, viii, 49-75,  2 pl.—
  ( Im nziuski (C.)   Zur Frage iiber deu  Bau der  Ner-  '
^Verve-cells  (Histology and morphology

  of).
  venzellen (Was sind die Nissl'schen Kbrperchen ?).  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii, 1045-1050.—t'iaecio (C.)
  Sur  la  formation de nouvelles  cellules nerveuses dans
  le sympathique des oiseaux.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par.,  1905, lix, 597.—Coghill (G. E.)  Recent studies on
  the finer structure of the nerve cell.   J. Comp. Neurol &
  Psychol., Granville,  O.,  1904, xiv,  171 - 199. — Collier
  (J. S.)  A new method of staining  nerve  cells  (staining
  and differentiation iu bulk).  Rev. Neurol, i Psychiat
  Edinb., 1903, i. 709-712.—Colucei (C.)  Sulla morfologia
  e snl valore delle  parti costituenti la cellula nervosa. Atti
  d. r. Accad.  med.-chir.  di Napoli, 1896,  n. s., 1, 207-213.
  AUo: Ann. di nevrol., Napoli, 1896, xiv,  145-152. -----.
  La zona perinucleare nella  cellula nervosa.  Ibid.. 1900,
  xviii, 123-127.—Coinim-lli (A.)  Ui un metodo di tecnica
  per lo  studio dei prolunganienti delle  cellule nervose.
  Policlin , Roma.  1899, vi, sez. med., >5-287.—Conti (A.)
  Fn nuovo nucleo  di cellule nervose capsulate del cordoue
  bianco  antero-laterale nel  midollo  lombare dell' uomo.
  Gior.  d. r. Accad.  di med. di Torino, 1888, 3. s.. xxxvi, 361-
  366.—Crevatin  (F.)   Sull' uuione  di cellule  nervose;
  osservazioni  microscopiche.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist.
  di Bologna. 1899-1900, 5. s., viii, 503-509, 1 pl. -----. Sul-
  1' unione di cellule nervose e su di alcune particoIaritA di
  struttura del bulbo olfattivo.  Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist.
  di Bologna, 1899-1900,  iv, 44. — Crinafulli (E.)  Sulle
  alterazioni secoudarie del citoplasnia nervoso  (ricerche
  microscopiche).   Gior.  d. Ass.  napol. di med. e nat.,
  Napoli. 1900, x, 184-209, I pl.—Ball' I*ola (G.)  Le va-
  riazioni di struttura della  cellula nervosa nelle diverse
  epoche dello sviluppo.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1H98
  iii, 4U7.—De Buck &  De iTloor.   Uu detail de struc-
  ture de la cellule nerveuse.  Ann. Soc. de  med. de Gand,
  1901, lxxx, 166-170.   Also: Belgique mM., Gaud-Haarlem
  1901,  ii, 65-69.—Dosjel (A. S.)  K  voprosu o  stroyenii
  nervnikh  klletok   i otnoshenii  osevotsilindricheskavo
  (nervnavo) ikh otrostka k protoplazmaticheskim (dentri
  tam).  [On the structure of nerve cells and the relation oi
  the axis cylinder (nerve) of their processes to the proto-
  plasmic ones (dendrites).]  Izvlest.  Imp.  Tomsk. Univ.
  1893, v, pt. 2, 300-322, 1 pl.   AUo, transl :  Arch. f. mikr.
  Anat.,  Bonn, 1893,  xii, 62-87, 2 pl.— Donaggio  (A.)
  Contributo alia  conoscenza  dell' intima  struttura della
  cellula  nervosa   nei vertebrati.  Riv.  sper. di  freniat.
  Reggio-Emilia, 1898, xxiv, 460-464,  1 pl.  ------. Nuove
  osservazioni  sulla struttura della cellula nervosa. i6id.
  772-778. ------. Brevi osservazioni su alcuni rapporti fra
  rete periferica e tessuto oircuinambiente e sulla coesistenza
  delle  fibrille di A. Bethe e della rete flbrillare nella cellula
  nervosa dei  vertebrati.  Ibid.,  1900,  xxvi, 731. -----.
  Sulla presenza di sottili fibrille tra le raaglie del reticolo
  periferico  nella cellula nervosa.   Bibliog.  anat., Par. &
  Nancy, 1901, ix.  223-227.  Also:  Riv.  sper. di  freniat.,
  Reggie-Emilia, 1901, xxvii, 127-131. -----.  Le, fibrille nella
  cellula  nervosa   dei mammiferi.   Bibliog.  anat., Par. &
  Nancy, 1903, xii, 197-199. -----.  11 reticolo  flbrillare endo-
  cellulare negli elementi nervosi dei vertebrati di fronte a
  receuti ricerche.  Monitore  zool. ital.,  Firenze,  1904, xv,
  319-325. ------. II reticolo flbrillare endocellulaiee ilcilin-
  drasse della cellula nervosa dei vertebrati e metodi vari di
  colorazione elettiva del reticolo endocellulare e del reticolo
  periferico  basati  sull' azione della  piridina sul  tessuto
  nervoso.  Riv. sper. di  freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx,
  397-443, 5 pl.—Donaggio (A.) & Colucei (C.)  A pro-
  posito della zona  perinucleare nella cellula nervosa.  Ann.
  di nevrol., Napoli, 1900, xviii, 227-229— Donaggio (A.)
  & Fragnito ((). l   Lesioni del  reticolo  flbrillare endo-
  cellulare nelle cellule midollari per lo strappo dello sciatico
  e delle relative radici spinali. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reg-
  gio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi,  383-386— Downarowicz (Eli-
  bieta).  Komdrki nerwowe  i cialka wedrujaee.  [Nerve
  cells  and  wandering bodies.]  Pam. Towarz. Lek. War-
  szaw., 1893, lxxxix, 763-784,  1 pl.  Also, transl.: Arch. lab.
  obsh. patol.  p. imp. Varshav. Univ., 1893,  i, 77-94, 1 pl.—
  Ferrata (A.)   Sul nucleolo della cellula  nervosa.  Ren-
  dic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di  Parma,  1905, vi, 47-55.  AUo
   [Abstr.]:  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1905, xvi, 170.—
   Fish (P. A.)  The form and relations of the nerve cells
  and fibers in Desmognatbus fusca.  (Preliminary  notice.)
  Anat. Anz.,Jena, 1894,ix,754-758.   AUo, Reprint— Fleni-
  ining(W.)  Ueber die Struktur centraler Nervenzellen
  bei Wirbeltieren.  Anat.  Hefte, Wiesb.. 1895-6. vi, 561-570.
   1 pl.—Fragnito (().)  Lo  sviluppo della cellula nervosa
   ei canalicoli del  Holmgren.   Ann. di nevrol.. Napoli, 1900,
   xviii 433-441. ------. Lo sviluppo  della  cellula nervosa
  nel midollo spinale di polio.  Ibid., 1902, xx, 349-367, 3 pl.
   ______. Per  la genesi della cellula  nervosa,  a proposito
   di una recente  pubblicazione  del  P. Kronthal.  Anat.
   Anz., Jena,  1902, xxii. 292-297.  ------. Su la genesi  del
   prolunganienti protoplasmatici della cellula nervosa.  Ann.
   di nevrol., Napoli.  1904, xxii. 375-384,1  nl.—vnu  Ge-
   huchten (A.)  L'anatomie  fine de la  cellule  nerveuse,
   Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897,  Mosc.  1899,
   iv, sect. 7, 150-208.- Geicr (T.)   Sur la forme  et le de-
   veloppement des prolongements protoplasmatiques  de«
   cellules spinales chez les  vertebres snperieurs.  Nevi axe, 
NERVE-CELLS.
441
NERVE-CELLS.
IVerve-cells (Histology  and  morphology

  of)-
  Louvain, 1902-3, iv. 231-249.  AUo, transl.: J. Ment. Path.,
  \ Y  1903, iv, 68-72—Gemelli  (A.)  Sopra  le  neurofi-
  brille" delle cellule nervose dei vermi  secondo un nuovo
  metodo di dimostrazione.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii,
  44'i-462. — <Seorgei»cu-IiUchc (I. L.)   Asupra excen-
  trisarel simple a  nucleulul in celula nervoas&.  [Simple
  exceutrization of the nucleus  in nerve cells.]   Spitalul,
  Bucuresci, 1901,  xxi, 507 - 509. — Golgi (C.)  Appunti
  intorno alia struttura delle cellule nervose. R. Ist. Lomb.
  di sc e lett.   Rendic, Milano, 1898, 2. s., xxxi, 930-941.
  Also •' Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1898, lvii, 269;  279.-----.
  Intorno alia struttura delle cellule nervose.  Boll. d. Soc.
  med -cbir. di  Pavia, Milano, 1898, 1-14.  Also: Arch. ital.
  de  biol  Turin,  1898-9,  xxx. 60-71.   AUo [Abstr.]:  Ri-
  forma  med., Napoli.  1898, xiv, pt. 2,  329. -----. Sur la
  structure des cellules nerveuses  de la  moelle epiuiere.
  Cinquanten. de  la Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1899, 507-530, 1  pl.
  ___1_  Le reticulum iutra-cellulaire et la structure fibril-
  laire neripherique de la cellule nerveuse.  Cong, internat.
  deme«.  «• r., Par.,  1900, sect, de neurol., 582-586. -----.
  Sulla struttura delle cellule nervose dell midollo spinale.
  Boll. d.  Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,  1900, 1-32, 1 pl. -----.
  Intorno alia struttura delle cellule nervose della corteccia
  cerebrale.  Verhaudl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1900, xiv,
  164-176.—de  CSothard (E.)  Quelques  modifications au
  procede de Nissl. pour  la coloration elective des ceklules
  nerveuses.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol ,  Par., 1898, 10. s.,
  v  530-532.—Hamilton (Alice).   The  division of dif-
  ferentiated cells in the central nervous system of the white
  rat.  T. Comp.  Neurol., Granville,  O., 1901-2,  xi, 297-320,
   2 pi._IIatai (S.)  On the presence of the centrosome in
   certain nerve cells of the white  rat.  Ibid., 25-39, 1  pl.
   _____  On the nature of the pericellular network of nerve
   cells.   Und.. 1903-4, xiii, 139-147, 1  pl. — Ha vet (J. )
   Rapports entre les prolongements des cellules nerveuses
   des invertebres et des vertebres.  Bull. Soc. de med. ment.
   de Belg., Gaud & Leipz., 1*99, 396-404, 6 pl.—Held (H.)
   Beitra»e zur Structur  der  Nervenzellen und ihrer Fort-
   siitze. "Arch. f.  Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1895,
   396: 1897, 204: Suppl.-Bd., 273, 6 pl.----- Ueber  die
   Verbindungsweise der Nervenzellen.  Arch. f. Psychiat.,
   Berl.. 1898, xxx,  656-060.— Henneguy (F.)   Recherches
   recentes sur la constitution des cellules nerveuses. Aunee
   psychol., Par.,  1904, x, 211-227.—Hodge  (C. F.)   A
   microscopical study  of changes due to functional activity
   in nerve cells.   J. Morphol..  Bost , 1892, vn. 95-168. 1  pl.
   AUo,  Reprint. — Holmgren ( E.)   Zur  Ktnutnis  der
   Sniualgaui'lienzelleu  des Kaninchens und  des Frosches.
   Anat, Anz"., Jeua, 1899, xvi, 101-171. -----. Weitere Mit-
   teilungen uber den Bau der Nervenzellen.  lbul., 388-397.
   _____. Studien in derfeineren Anatomie der Nervenzellen.
   Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,  1900,  xv, 3-89,  14  pl. -----. Noch
   weitere  Mitteilungen iiber den Bau der Nervenzellen ver-
   schiedener Tiere. Anat. Anz., Jena,  1900,  xvii  113-129.
   _____Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die Saftkanalchen  der
   Nervenzellen.  Ibid., xviii, 29U-290. -----. Om egendom-
   liga  forandringar i karnans utseende bos  nervceller.
   [Peculiar changes  in the  appearance  of the  nucleus
   in the nerve cells.]   Hygiea,  Stockholm, 1901, n. f., l,
   471-485. -----.  Ueber die sogenannten intracellularen
   Fiiden der Nervenzellen von Lophius piscatorius.  Anat.
   Anz.,  Jena,  1903, xxiii, 37-49. -----. Ueber  die Tropho-
   spongien der Nervenzellen.  Ibid., 1903-4, xxiv, 225-244.
   _____. Ueber die Tropliospongieu centraler Nervenzellen.
   Arch. f. Anat. ti. Entwicklngsgesch., Leipz.,  1904, 15-32,
   3 pl.—Jailcrholm (G. A.)  Eudozellulare Netze oder
   durcblaufende Fibrillen in  den Ganglienzellen.  Arch. f.
   mikr.  Anat.,  Bonn.  1905, lxvii,  103-123, 2 pl-Jawo-
   row«Ui(M.)  ApparatoreticolareGolgiegowkomdrkach
   zwojdw raiedzyknjgowycb  nizszych kre.gowc6w (1 appa-
   rato reticolare de Golgi dans les  cellules  des ganglions
   spinaux des vertebres inferieurs (oiseaux, amplubiens)).
   Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Craeovie, 1902, 403-413,1 pl—
   Joi-ih.   Structure  des cellules nerveuses.   Soo. roy. d.
   sc. med. et nat. de Brux.  Bull., 1904, lxii, 79-86.-Joseph
   (H.)  Ueber eigentiimliche  Zellstrukturen  im  Zentral-
   nervensystem von Amphioxus.  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1904.
   xxv, Ergnzngshft., 16-26—Juliuaburger (O.) & Meyer
   (E.)  Zur Fiirbung und Histologie der Nervenzellen;  Le-
   merkun"  zu dem Aufsatz des  Herrn  Rosin.  Deutsche
   med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1898,  xxiv,  689.—von
   Kolliker (A.)  Nervenzellen und Nervenfasern.  Biol.
   Centralbl., Erlang.,  1892,  xii,  33-51—K.olmcr(W.)
   Ueber das Verhalten der Neurofibrillen an der Peripherie.
   Anat. Anz., Jena.,  1905, xxvi, 560-569.—Kolstcr  (R.)
   Ueber das Vorkommen von  Centralkorpern  in den Ner-
   zellen von Cottus scorpius.  Ibid., 1900,  xvii, 172. -—-—
   Ueber Centrosomen  und Spharen in mensehlichen Vorder-
   hornzellen.  Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1901,
   xx, 16-23,1 pl.-----. Om forandringar i karnans utseende
   bos nervceller.   [Changes in the  appearance of the nu-
   cleus  in  nerve cells.]  Hygiea, Stockholm,  1901, n.  f., l,
   pt. 2, 479-4*4.—I,ache (I.-G.) Penetrations de substance
   ch.romatopb.ile dans le noyau  de la  cellule nerveuse.
   Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1905, lix, 682-685. -----.
IVerve-cells  (Histology and morphology

  of)-
  Sur le nucleole de la cellule nerveuse;  morphologie.  J.
.  de neurol.,Par., 1905, x, 501-511—I.angley (J. N.) [et al.].
  Discussion ou conduction and structure in the nerve-arc
  and nerve cell.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1904, Lond., 1905^
  751-754 —LavdovMki (M. D.)  Ob anastomoticheskikh
  swazyakh  niezbdu nervnimi  klletkami.  [Anastomoses
  between the nerve cells.]  Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902,
  i 449-453 —I.cgendre (R.)  Sur la presence de granula-
  tions dans les cellules nervenses  d'Helix aspersa et leur
  cvlindraxe.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1905  lvm,
  494-496_____.  Sur la nature du trophospongiuin des cel-
  lules nerveuses d'Helix.  Ibid., 841-843—von Leiihoa-
  sck (M )   Ueber Nerveuzellenstructuren.   Verhandl. d.
  anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1896, x, 15-21—l,eyi (G.)  Su
  alcune particolarit^ di struttura  del nucleo delle cellule
  nervose.  Riv. di patol.  nerv., Firenze, 1896, i  141-149.
  _____Ricerche citologiche comparate sulla cellula ner-
  vosa dei vertebrati.  Ibid., 1897, ii,  193; 255  2 pl.-----.
  Considerazioni sulla struttura del  nucleo delle cellule ner-
  vose. Ibid.,  1898, iii. 289-295—I,cw-is (Margaret).  Cen-
  trosome and sphere in certain of tbe nerve cells of an in-
  vertebrate.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena, 1896, xii, 291-299.—I-o
  Monaco (D.) & Marroni (O.)  L' azione dei solventi
  delle sostauze grasse sulla cellula nervosa.   Arch, farma-
   col. sper., Roma, 1902,  i,  14-27. 1 pl—London (E.  S.)
   Nelrofibrilli v tsentralnol  i perit'ei-icbeskol nervnol  siste-
  mle   [Neurofibrillar cf the central and peripheral nervous
   system.]  Arch. biol.  nauk.....S.-Peterb., 1899-1900,
   viii  201-263.  Also, transl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St. Petersb.,
   1900-1901, viii, 265-267.—Lugaro (E.)  Sul valore rispet-
   tivo (fella  parte croniatica "e  della acromatica nel cito-
   plasma delle cellule nervose.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,
   1896 i 1-11. -----■ Su di un presunto nuovo reperto  nel
   nucleo delle  cellule nervose.   Ibid., 149.   [Discussion],
   180-182. -----. Sui metodi di dimostrazione delle neuro-
   fibrille.   Riv. sper. di freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi,
   89-91.—Luxenburg (J.)  Badania  nad morfologia.  ko-
   m6rki uerwowej w stanie spokoju  i wzmozuej jej  czyn-
   nosci.   [On the morphology of the nerve-cell during rest,
   and its  possible function.]   Pam. Towarz.  Lek.  War-
   szaw., 1898, xciv, 637-672— L.uzzato (A. M.)  Ueber Er-
   gebnisse der Nervenzellenfarbung iu unfixirtem Zustande.
   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1902, xxxix,  1212-1214. -----. Sul-
   1' esistenza e lo sviluppo di una sostanza ciauofila e di una
   sostanza eritroflla nella  cellula  nervosa.  Sperimentale.
   Arch, di biol., Firenze,  1903,  lvii,  691-695. ---—. Sulla
   colorazione a fresco della cellula nervosa.  Lavorid. Cong.
   di med.  int. 1902, Roma, 1903, xii, 001.  Also: Arch, per le
   sc. med., Torino, 1903, xxvii, 205-214— l„yubimofl"(S. I.)
   0 vozvrashtshenii patologicheski izmlenyouuikb nervnikh
   klletok  v  normalnoye  sostoyaniye.  [On  tbe return of
   pathologically changed nerve-cells to their normal condi-
   tion ]  Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Piro-
   gova S.-Peterb., 1894, i, 585-589.—Magi ni (G.)  Aucora
   sullaubicazione del nucleolo nella cellula nervosa motoria.
   Anomalo, Napoli, 1891, iii, 174—Mainzer.   Von den Be-
   ziehun^en des Tigroids zu Kern uud Plasma.   Monatschr.
   f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xii, 209-213. —Mann
   (G.)   Histological  changes  induced in  sympathetic,
   motor and sensory  nerve cells by  functional activity.
   Proc. Scot. Micr.  Soc, Lond.  Sz. Edinb.,  1890-95, i, 145-
   153  i pl.-----. On the preparation of nerve cells for ex-
   perimental histological  investigation.   Ibid., 154-168.
   Also, transl:  Ztschr.  f.  wissensch.  Mikr.,  Brnschwg.,
   1894 xi, 479-494. -----. Further points in  the histology
   of nerve cells. Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, Lond. &. Edinb.,
   1890-95, i. 203. -----. Die flbrillare Structur der Ner-
   venzellen.'  Verhaudl. d.  anat,  Gesellsch., Jena, l»-98,  xiv,
   39-42.   Also, transl [Abstr.]: Rep.  Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc.
   1898, Lond., 1899, lxviii, 719—Marinesc© (G.)  Recher-
   ches sur l'histologie de la cellule nerveuse avec quelques
   considerations physiologiques.  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
   Par., 1897, ex xiv,'823-820. -----. In  chestia, asa numitu-
   lul pigment al celulel nervdse.  Romania med., Bucuresci,
   1900, viii.  182. -----. Sur  la  presence, de  granulations
   oxvueutrophiles  dans les cellules'  nerveuses.  Compt.
   rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1902,  11. s., iv, 1289-1291. -----.
   La presence de corps etrangers (substances cristallines et
   microbes) dans lea cellules nerveuses, eu rapport avec la
   theorie de I'amiboisme nerveux.  [Rap. de  F. Raymond.]
   Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3.  s., 1, 20-23. -----. Re-
   cherches sur les granulations et les corpuscules colorables
   des cellules du svsteme nerveux central et periph6rique.
   Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 1-21, 1 pl.-----.
   Sur la presence d'un reseau special dans la region du pig-
   ment jaune des cellules nerveuses.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de
   biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 522. -----. Recherches sur  le pig-
   ment jaune  des cellules  nerveuses.   Rov.  de psychiat.,
   Par., 1905, 45-70. -----.  Sur la presence dun reseau spe-
   cial dans la rfgion pigmeutee des  cellules nerveuses.  J.
   de neurol., Par.,  1905, x, 81-90—Martinotti (C.)    Su
   alcune  particolariU di  struttura  delle cellule nervose.
   Ann. di freniat, [etc.], Torino, 1899, ix, 74-90, 2 pl.  Also,
   transl:  Arch. ital.  de  biol., Turin, 1899-1900,  xxxii, 293-
   308. _____. Sur la resistance du  revetement periph6rique 
NERVE-CELLS.
442
NERVE-CELLS.
.Verve-cell*  (Histology and  morphology

  of).
  de la cellule nerveuse k la mac6ration.  Verhandl. d. anat.
  Gesellsch.. Jena. 1900, xiv, 87. -----. Sulla resisteuza del
  reticolo  interno  delle cellule nervose alia macerazione.
  Gior. d.  r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi,  398-
  407 —Mcssinn-Vitrano (S.)  Ricerche sulla fine strut-
  tura (b 11a cellula nervosa.  Ann. d. clin. d. mnl. ment. e
  nerv d  r. Univ. di Palermo (1900-1902), 1903. ii, 235-252,
  1 pl.   AUo: Pisani, Palermo, 1902,  xxiii,  178-199,1 pl-
  .t! ichoUe (A.)  Contribution a l'etude do l'histologie fine
  de la cellule nerveuse.  Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg.,
  Brux., 1904, 4. s., xviii, 515-556, 4 pl.  [Rap. de Van  L'nni-
  beke],  459-405.  AUo: Nevraxe, Louvain,  1904-5, vi. 235-
  278,  4'pl. —Modena (G.)   La fine struttura  della cel-
  Fula nervosa.   Riv.  sper.  di  freniat., Reggio-Emilia,
  1900, xxvi, 197-219 —Mouteforte (Pia).  Contributo alio
  studio  della struttura iutima della  cellula nervosa  nei
  vertelirati.   Bull.  d.  Soc  Lancisiana d. osp.  di Roma,
  1900, xx, 113; 202, 1 pl.—Morpurgo (B.)  Osservazioni
  al lavoro  del G. Bombicci:  Sui   caratteri  morfologici
  della cellula nervosa durante lo sviluppo.  Arch, per le
  sc. med.. Torino, 1899, xxiii, 331-333.—Mosse.  Ueber Sil-
  berimpragnatiouder Markscheiden uud der Nervenzellen.
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u.  Berl.,  1900,  xxvi,
  Ver.-Beil., 134.—Motta-Coco  (A.)  Secondo contributo
  alio studio delle grauulazioni fucsinoflle della cellula dei
  gangli  spinali.   Sperimentale.  Arch, di biol.,  Firenze,
  1903, lvii, 696-698.—Motta-Coco  (A.)  & Lonibardo
  (G.) Contributo alio studio delle grauulazioni fucsinoflle o
  della struttura della cellula dei gangli spinali. Anat. A nz.,
  Jena, 1903, xxiii, 635-640.  AUo: Riv. mens, di psichiat.
  forense, Napoli, 1903,vi, 443-448.—Mourre (C.)  Sur la va-
  riation des corpuscules de Nissl dans diverses conditions
  physio'logiques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi,
  9U7.  -----.  Sur les modifications des cellules nerveuses
  6tudiees au moyen de la methode de Nissl.  Arch. g6n. de
  med.. Par., 1905, ii,  3137-3167, 1  pl—Murznyefl" (B. V.)
  K ucbeniyii o tieltsakh Ni^sl'ya.   [On Nissl's bodies.]
  Arch. biol. nauk . .  ., S.-Peterb.." 1898-9, vii, 450-472.   AUo.
  transl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1899, vii, 435-455.—
  de IVabias (M.)   Noyau lol>6 des cellules nerveuses chez
  les gasteropodes pulmones aquatiques (Limnaja stagnalis
  et Planorbis corneus);  action des anesthesiques  generaux
  (chloroforine).  Cong, i'ternat. de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900,
  sect, d'bist,, 139-144.—IVelis  (C.)  Un nouveau  detail de
  structure du  protoplasnie des  cellules nerveuses  (etat
  spir6mateux du protoplasnie). Acad. roy. de Belg.   Bull.
  de la cl. d.  sc,  Brux., 1899.  102-125, 4 pl—Neppi  (A.)
  Sulle alterazioni cadeveriche delle cellule nervose rilevabili
  col metodo di Nissl.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1897, ii,
  152-155. — Nissl (F.)   Ueber die  Nomenklatur in der
  Nervenzellenanatomie und ihre  nachsten Ziele.  Neurol.
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1895,  xiv,  66; 104.—IVoou (L.)  Some
  observations on the nerve cell  connection of the efferent
  vagus fibres in  the tortoise.  Proc. Physiol. Sue. Lond.,
  19U0-1901, pp. v-vii.—IVuevo (El) metodo de estudio de
  las celulas nerviosas de S. Ramon y Cajal.  Clin, mod.,
  Zaragoza, 1904,  iii, 254-201,  1 pl—Obersteiner  (H.)
  Bemerkungzu dem Aufsatze des Herru Vladislav Ruzicka
  zur Histologic der Nucleolen der centralen Nervenzellen.
  Ztschr.  f. wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg., 1898-9, xv,  60.
  -----. Uber das hellgelbe Pigment iu  den Nerveuzellen
  und  das Vorkommen  weiterer fettahnlicher  KSrper im
  Centralnervensystem.  Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien.
  Univ., Leipz.  & Wien, 1903, 10. Hft., 1;  245, 2 pl.   AUo,
  Reprint.—Olmer (D.)  Quelques pointsconcernant l'his-
  togenese de la cellule nerveuse.  Compt, rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1899,  U.S., i, 908-911. -----. Sur l'histogenese
  des cellules de Purkinje du cervelet chez le mouton, le chat
  et le cobaye.  Ibid., 911-913. -----.  Note sur le pigment
  des cellules nerveuses.  Ibid., 1901, 11. s., 506-508. -----.
  Sur les  granulations dites oxyneiitrophiles de  la cellule
  nerveuse. Ibid., 1902, liv, 1506.—01mer(D.) &Stcphan
  (P.)  Sur le developpement des neurofibrilles.  Ibid., 1905,
  lviii, 166-168.—Farhon (M.) & Goldstein (M.)  Starea
  celulelor piramidale marl in  urma lesiunilor f'ascicolulul
  piramidal.   [The position of the great pyramidal cells in
  connection with  . . .]  Spitalul, Bucuresci 1901, xxi, 1-10.—
  Passek (V. P.)  Noviye sposobi okrashivaniya nervnikh
  klietok (k voprosu o sokovikh kanaltsakh).   [Newmeth-
  ods of  coloring  nerve cells;  on juice-canaliculi.]  Obozr.
  psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1904, ix, 593-002.  Also,
  transl: Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1905, xxiv, 606; 653—
  Fa ton  (S.)  Die Histogenesis der Zelleueleinente  der
  Himriiide.  Neurol.  Centralbl.  Leipz., 1899, xviii,  1086-
  1088. -----. A study of the  neurofibrils in tbe ganglion
  cells of the  cerebral  cortex.  J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1900,
  v, 21-25. -----.  Certain  essential points in the technic of
  staining  nerve-cells.   Phila.  M. J., 1900,  v, 123-125—
  Ferrin de la 1'oikIk-  &, Dide (M.)  Note sur la
  structure du  noyau et la division amitosique des cellules
  nerveuses du cobaye adulte.   Rev.  neurol., Par., 1901, ix,
  78-84. — Pick  (F.)   Ueher morphologische  Differen-
  zen  zwischeu ruhenden und erregten  Ganglieuzellen.
  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u.  Berl., 1898,  xxiv,
  341 — Fievuitski  ( A. A.)  Vidoizmieneniye sposoba
^Verve-cells (Histoloe/i/  and morpholoqy

  of).
  okraski nervnikh klletok po Nissl'yu.   [Modification of
  the  method  of  staining nerve cells  according to . . .]
  Obozr. psichiat.. nevrol. [etc.J, S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 270.—
  Fighini.   Sulla origine e forniazione della cellula ner-
  vosa negli embrioni di selaci. Riv. sper. di freniat., Keir.
  gio-Emilia,  1905, xxxi, 93-97—Pilcz  (A.)  Beitrag zur
  Lehre von der Pigmententwickelung iuden Nervenzellen.
  Arb. a. d. Inst. f. Anat. u. Physiol, d. Centralnerveiisyst
  and.  Wien. Univ., Leipz. 11. Wien,  1895,3. Hit., 123-139.—
  Poll (H.) & Sonimer (A.)  Ueber phaeochronie Zellen
  im Ceutraluervensvsteni des Blutcgcls.   Arch. f. Phvsiol
  Leipz..  1-903,  549.—Poluuioi-ilvinoli   (D.)   O Nissl''-
  evskikh tieltsakh nervnikh klletok.  [Sur les corpuscules
  de Nissl dans les cellules nerveuses.  Exit-., 589.]  Russk.
  arch, patol., klin., med.  i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1901 xi,
  578-586.  Afro [Outline]:  Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk'.
  Vrach. v  pamyat  Pirogova, Kazan,  1899, vii,  234-236—
  Pregowski (P.)  Dzialanie wody na obumarle komorki
  nerwuwe  w ludzkiej  kor/.e mdzgnwej.   [Action of water
  ou dead nerve cellsof the human cerebral cortex. |  Przegl.
  lek., Kiakow, 1904, xliii, 63.—Ramon y Cajal (S.) La
  morphologie de la cellule nerveuse. Rev. scient.. Par.,
  1895,  4. s., iv, 705-708.  AUo, transl:  Arch. f. Anat. 11.
  Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1896, 187-201. -----. Sobre las
  relaciones de las  c61ulas nerviosas con las  ueurOglicas.
  Rev. trimest.microg., Madrid, 1896, i, 38-41. -----. La red
  superficial de las eel til is nerviosas centrales. Ibid., 1898, iii,
  199-204. -----. La eelula piramidal del cerebroen los rep-
  tiles.  I bid., 1899, iv, 73-76. -----. Morfologia de la eelula
  nerviesa.  Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, interuac de hig. y de-
  mog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, xiv, 55-62. -----.  Consideraciones
  criticas sobre la teoria de A. Bethe  acerca de la estructura
  y conexione3  de  las  c61ulas  nerviosas.   Cong, internat.
  ile med.   C.-r.. Madrid. 1904, xiv, sect, d'anat., 69-104—
  Rathonyi (F. R.)   A Golgi tele methodus hasznAlliatti-
  s&gariak  hatdrai az  idegsejt physiologiaj&bau 6s patho-
  logi&j&ban.   |The limits of the availability of the method
  of Golgi  in  the physiology and pathology of the nerve
  cells.]  Orvostud.  ertek. gyujt.   Magy. orv. Arch., Buda-
  pest, 1902, ii. f., iii, 229-262. — Reich  (F.)  Ueber  eine
  neue  Granulation in  den  Nervenzellen.  Arch. f.  l'hy-
  siol., Leipz., 1903, 208-214— Roinmio (A.)  A  proposito
  di una nuova sostanza nel nucleo delle cellule nervose
  elettriche.  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, 461-467.— Kon-
  coroui (L.)  Su un nuovo reperto  nel nucleo delle cellule
  nervose.   Arch, di psichiat. [etc.J, Torino, 1895, xvi, 447-
  450, 1 pl. -----. Sulle cellule nervose, con prolunganienti
  protoplasmatici  a  ramificazione  distale.  Arch,  per le
  sc. med., Torino, 1900, xxiv, 173-192.—Roncoroiii (L.)
  & Mathieu (A.)  Contributo alio studio dei  prolunga-
  nienti protoplasmatici delle cellule nervose.  Ann. di fre-
  niat. [etc.],  Torino, 1902, xii, 205-273.— Rosin (H.)  Zur
  Farbungund Histologie der Nerven zellen.  Deutsche nieil.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898,  xxiv,  615-617.  Also:
  Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1898, x\ii, 600.—Rosin Sc  von
  Fenyvcssy  (B.)  Ueber  das  Lipochrom der Nerven-
  zellen. Arch. f. path. Auat. [etc.], Berl., 1900,clxii,534-540,
  2 pl. — Rossi (E.)  L' intima struttura delle cellule ner-
  vose umane.  N6vraxe, Louvain, 1904-5, vi, 329-349. ------
  Fiua istologia delle cellule nervose giganti della corteceia
  cerebrale umana.   Ibid., 1905-6. vii, 87-105. — Riifnni
  (A.)  & Apathy  (S.) Sulle  fibrille  nervose  ultraternii-
  nali nelle  piastre motrici dell' uomo.  Riv. di patol. nerv.,
  Firenze,  1900. v, 433-444. — Ruzicka (V.)  Ein Beitrag
  zur Untersuchuugsmethodik uud zur Histologie der Nu-
  cleolen der centralen  Nervenzellen.   Ztschr. f. wissensch.
  Mikr., Bruschwg., 1897-8, xiv, 452-455.  -----.  Untersu-
  chungen iiber die  feinere Structur der Nervenzellen uud
  ihrer Fortsiitze.   Arch. f.  mikr. Auat.,  Bonn, 1898-9, liii,
  485-510, 1 pl.  -----.  Zur  Geschichte und Kenntnis der
  feineren  Structur der Nucleolen centraler Nervenzellen.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899,  xvi, 557-563— Sakaki.  Zur
  Farbetechnik der  Nervenzellen  nach Luitbren uud Solgo.
  [Japanese text.]   Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900,
  xiv, 985. — Mchafler (C.)  Recherches sur la  structure
  dite fibrillaire de la cellule nerveuse.  Rev. neurol., Par.,
  1905,  xiii, 1021-1028. — Scznwinska (Wanda).  Sur la
  structure  reticulaire des  cellules  nerveuses  centrales.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1890,  cxxiii, 379. — Shin-
  kishi Hatai.  Ou  the  mitosis in the nerve cells of the
  cerebellar cortex of fretal cats.   J. Comp Neurol., Gran-
  ville, O., 1901, xi, 277-290, 1 pl. — Sjiivnll (E.)  Die Zell-
  Btruktur  einiger  Nervenzellen  uud Methyleiiblau als
  Mittel sie frisch zu  untersucben.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,
  1899,  xii,  525-547, 1  pl. - Smidt  (li.)   Ueber die  Dar-
  stelluug der Begleit- und  Gliazellen im Nerveusysteni vou
  Helix mit der Golgimethode.  Arch.  f. mikr. Auat., Bonn,
  1900, lv, 300-313, 1 pl. — Soukhanoff  (S.) Contribution
  & l'etude  de l'etat et du developpement des cellules ner-
  veuses de l'ecorce cerebrale chez quelques vertebres nou-
  veau-nes.  Rev. neurol., Par.,  1899, vii, 656-659. —---•
  Note sur 1'impregnation isolee des cellules nevrogliquea
  par  la methode de Golgi-Ramdn y Cajal.  J. de neurol ,
  Par., 1900, v, 185. -----.  Endotsellyulyarnaya  slet '-"''n1.!
  k voprosu o tonchaishem  stroyenii  nervnol  klu-tki. 
NERVE-CELLS.
443
NERVE-CELLS.
jVerve-cells  (Histology  and  morphology

  of).
  [Endocellular network of Golgi;  minute structure of
  the nerve cell.J  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1900, v,
  557-565.-----. Kratkiy ocherk sovreineunavo ucbeniya
  o tonchalshem stroyeuii nervnoi klletki.   [Brief sketch
  of the  present teaching concerning the minute structure
  of the  nerve cell.]   J. nevropat. i psikhiat.  . . . Korsa-
  kova, Mosk., 1901,i, 142-104.—Noiikhmioll (S.) &Cznr-
  nicek ( F. )  Sur  l'aspect des prolongements protoplas-
  iniques des cellules nerveuses des comes anterieure et
  post6rieure de la moelle 6pini£re  chez des enfants nou-
  veau-n6s (m6thode chromo-argentique).   N. iconog. de
  la Salpetriere, Par.,  1902, xv, 530-539. — Soukhanofl"
  (S.), Oeier ( F.)  &. Oourevitch (M.)  Contribution
  k l'etude de  l'aspect  externe des  prolongements proto-
  plasmatiques des cellules nerveuses colorees ]>ar le bleu
  de methylene.  Nevraxe, Louvain, 1904-5, vi, 117-122.—
  Staderini (R.)  Sopra un nucleo di cellule nervose in-
  tercalate fra i nuclei di origine del vago  e dell' ipoglosso.
  Monitore zool. ital.,  Firenze, 1894, v, 178-183. — Stefa-
  nowaka (Micbeliue).  Les  appendices terminaux des
  dendrites cerehraux  et leurs din6reuts etats physiologi-
  ques.  Aun. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1897, vi,
  351-107. 1 pl.  Also [Abstr.J: Soc.  roy. d. sc. med. et nat.
  de Brux. Bull., 1887, lv. 76-81. -----'. Developpement des
  cellules nerveuses  corticales cbez  la jeune souris.  Ibid.,
  1898, lvi, 28-31. -----. Sur le mode de formation des vari-
  cosites dans les prolongements des  cellules nerveuses.
  Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1900, ix, fasc.
  2-3, pt. 5, 1-18. -----. Sur les appendices  piriformes des
  cellules nerveuses cerebrales.  Arch. ital. debiol., Turin,
  1901-2. xxxvi. 90. — Stilling (B.)  Sur la structure de la
  cellule nerveuse.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.. 1855,
  xii, 898-900. -Stroud (B. B.)  Note on  the staining of
  isolated nerve cells.  [Abstr.J   Proc. Ass.  Am. Anat.
  1898, Wash.,  1899,  xi,  103-105. — Telyntuik (F. K.)
  Vidoizmieneniye okraski nervnikh klletok po  Nissl'yu.
  [Modification of the coloring of nerve-cells after Nissl.]
  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.], S.-Peterb.,  1896, i.  675-
  C78.—von ThanhofTer (L.)  Neuere Methoden znr Pre-
  paration der Nervenzellen.  Ztscbr.  f. wissensch. Mikr.,
  Brnschwg., 1887, iv, 467-469.—Thomson 1H. C.) On the
  structure of brain-cells and their degeneration in general
  diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i. 14^8—Tiraboschi (C.)
  Contributo alio studio della cellula nervosa  in alcuni in-
  vertebrati e specialmente negli insetti. Boll. d. Soc. rom.
  per gli stud, zool., Roma, 1809, viii, 53;  143, 2 pl.—Toison.
  Cellules nerveuses  et substance colorable de  Nissl.  J. d. i
  sc. med. de Lille, 1897, i, 132— Valenti (G.)   Contributo
  alia  istogenesi della cellula nervosa e della nevroglia nel
  cervello di  alcuni pesci condrostei.   Atti d.  Soc. tosc di
  sc. nat., Pisa, 1891-3, xiii, 83-96.  Also, transl.: Arch. ital.
  de biol., Turin, 1891-2, xvi, 247-2.'.2. —Van Gehuchten
  (A.)  L'anatomie  flue de la cellu'e  m-rvense.  Cellule,
  Lierre & Louvain, 1897. xiii, 313-390, 1  pl.  Also: Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1897, v,  494-497. -----. Considdrations sur
  la structure interne de la cellule nerveuse et snr les con-
  nexions anatomiques des neurones.  Bull. Acad. rov. de
  med. de Belg., Brux., 1904, 4. s., xviii, 27-59, 3 pl. — Ver-
  zilolT (N. M.)  O  morfologicheskol razuitsle  mezhdii
  khYtkoI dleyateluol i klletkoi vo vremya sna v golovnom
  mozgu golubya.  [Morphological  difference  in the  cell,
  when active and during sleep, in  the brain of the dove.]
  Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v Mosk. (1898-9). 1900, xxxvii-
  xxxviii, 1-11.—Warrington (W. B.)  A noteon Nissl's
  stain for nerve  cells.  Med. Chron., Manchester, 1896, n.
  s., v, 402-405. -----.  On the structural alterations  ob-
  served in nerve  cells.  J. Phvsiol., Lond.. 1898, xxiii, 112-
  129, 1 pl.  Afro: Thompson Yates Lab. Rep. 1898-9, Liv-
  erp., 1900, i,  197-221,1 pl.—Zachariades (P.-A.)  Sur
  l'existeuce d'un filament axile dans la fibrille conjonctive
  adulte.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. ^.,  Par., 1903,  cxxxvi,
  973-975.

]Verve-cells  (Nomenclature of).
    See Neurology  (Instruction in), etc.

IVerve-cells  (Pathology of).
    See,  also, Chromatolysis;  Nerve-cells (Vac-
  uolation of).
    Carrier (H.)   * Etude critique  sur quelques
  points de Phistologie normale  et  pathologique
  de la cellule nerveuse examinee par la methode
  de Nissl, a propos de recherches sur les altera-
  tions histologiques des centres nerveux dans les
  desires toxi-infectieux des alcooliques, le deli-
  rium tremens febrile  et le de"lire  aigu.   Refle-
  xions pathogdniques.   *°.  Lyon, 19(W.
    Dk-Mkzer  (A. F.)  Posmcrtniya izmieneniya
  uervnikh klletok,  obnaruzbivuycmlkh pri okra-
  skie  p.)  Nissl'yu.   [Post-mortem   changes  of
IVerve-cells (Pathology of).
  nerve-cells, demonstrated by staining by Nissl's
  stain.]   k-\   [Kiee,  1900.]
     GOLDSCHKIDER  (A.) &  FLATKAU  (E.)   N()I-
  niale und  pathologische  Anatomie der Nerven-
  zellen auf Gruud der neneren Forschungen.   8°.
  Berlin,  1696.
     Hermann (T.)   *Dela  cellule  nerveuse nor-
  male, et de  son  anatomie  pathologique.    8°.
  Paris, 1900.
     Lagiuffe (L.)  * Notes, reflexions et recher-
  ches  sur  quelques  r6actions  fonctionnelles et
  morbides de la cellule nerveuse.   «c.   Toulouse,
  1901.
     Olmer (D. R.)   * Recherches sur les granula-
  tions de la cellule  nerveuse.   8:.   Lyon, 1901.
     Adler.  Ueber die Energetik (praparatorische Tha-
  tigkeit)  der Ganglienzellen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die
  funktionellen  Nerven-  und Geisteskrankbeiten.   Miin-
  chen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii, 1440.—Anilci-non
  (II. K.)  The nature of  tbe lesions which hinder the de-
  vel'iptnentof nerve-cells and their processes.  J. Physiol.,
  Lond., 19U2, xxviii, 499-513.—Andre-Thomas.  Atro-
  phie lamellaire des cellules de Purkinje.   Rev.  neurol.,
  Par., 1905, xiii, 917-924 —Angiolella (G.)   Sulle lesioui
  delle cellule nervose nelle meuiugiti e nelle iperemie cere-
  brali.  Manicomio mod., Nocera, 1900, xvi, 332-354.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Riv. mens, di psichiat. forense, Napoli, 1899, ii,
  370-373.—Ballet  (G.) Sc  I>ulil  (A.)   Sur quelques le-
  sions experimentales de la  cellule nerveuse.   Compt.-
  rend. Cong, internat.  de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7,
  200-304. —Barbacci (O.)  Die Nervenzelle  in ihren ana-
  tomischen,  physiologisehen und pathologischen Bezie-
  huugen nach den neuesten Untersuchungen.  Centralbl.
  f. allg.   Path.  u. path. Anat., Jeua, 1899, x, 757;  805.—
  Barbour (J.  F.)   Physiology  aud  pathology of  the
  motor nerve-cell.  Am.  Pract.  & News, Louisville, 1896,
  xxi, 401-410.—Battaglia (M.)  Alterazioni traiimaticbe
  primitive della cellula nervosa.  Ann. dinied. nav., Roma,
  1904, ii, 701: 1905, i, 241, 1 pl.—Beck (S.)  Az idegsejtek
  elv&ltozasa  kiserletes tetannsual nehany megjegyzessel
  az 6p idegsejtek szerkezet6rol.   [Some observations on tbe
  structure ofthe normal nerve-cells with  tbe nerve-cell
  changes  in experimental tetanus.]  Magv. orv. Arch.,
  Budapest, 1893, ii, 495-521,2pl.—Berkley (H.J.)  Studies"
  on the lesions produced by the action of certain poisons on
  the nerve-cell. Med.News,N.T., 1895,lxvii,225-231.  Also,
  Reprint.—Betagh.  Osservazioni sperimentali sulle alte-
  razioni dellecellulenervoseinalcune infezionichirurgiche.
  Arch.ed  atti d. Soc ital. di chir. 1899,Roma, 1900, xiv, 64-88,
  lpl.  Also [Abstr.]: Clin, chir., Milano, 1899, vii,825.  AUo
  I Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1899, xx, 1482.—Calleja
  (C.)  Lesiones estrueturales de la eelula nerviosa.  Rev.
  frenopat. espan., Barcel., 1903, i, 97-100.—Caterina  (E.)
  Sulle alterazioni delle cellule  nervose in alcune malattie
  infettive (tifo, rabbia, infezione puerperale) nell' avvele-
  namentopermortinae nel morbodi Parkinson.  Soc. med.-
  chir. di  Bologna.  Resoc. (1898), 1899, 62.  Also: Riv. di
  patol. uerv., Firenze, 1898, iii. 360-363.—Ciagliiiski  (A.)
  Z patologii komorki nerwowej.  [Pathology ofthe nerve-
  cell.]  Gaz. lek.. Warszawa, 1900,2. s., xx, 5'; 38; 67; 120.—
  Comparini-Bardzky (L.)  Contributo anatomicoallo
  studio della patologia della cellula nervosa.  Atti d. r.
  Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1898, 4. s., x, 437-444. -----.
  Sulle modificazioni che il processo putrefattivo pud impri-
  mere alle cellule nervose gia.  patolojiicamente alterate.
  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1900, v, 49-63__Cox (YV. H.)
  Experimenteele bijdragen tot de pathologische histologie
  en physiologie der (fangliencellen.  Psychiat. en Neurol.
  BL, Amst,, 1898. ii, 189-203,1 pl— Daibli (G.)  Sul modo di
  comportarsi della parte colorabile colle anilinehasicbe nelle
  cellule nervose in certe infezioni (setticemia da pneinno-
  cocco, da proteus vulgaris; tetano).  Boll.d. Soc.med.-chir.
  di Pavia 1K97, Milano, 1898,1K4-190.— I>c Buck (D.) & Be
  ITIoor (L.)  llelanou speciflcit6 des lesions primitives des
  cellules nerveuses.  Cong, fra119.de med.  Rapp.,Par., 1899,
  v, 607-609.-----------. L6sions des cellules nerveuses
  sous 1'iufluenco  de l'anemie  aigue.  Nevraxe, Louvain,
  1900-1901, ii, 1-44, 2 pl. —Bixon (W. E.)  The paralysis of
  nerve cells and nerve endings with special reference T.o the
  alkaloid  aporodciue.  J. Physiol.,Loud., 1903, xxx,97-131.—
  Experimental lesions of nerve-cells.  [Edit.]  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago,  1K99, xxxiii, 1231.—Faure (M.)   La
  cellule nerveuse et le neurone; structure et fonctions a
  l'6tat normal et pathologique.  Gaz. d. hop.,  I'ar., 1899,
  lxxii, 781-787. — Favorski (A. V.)  Progress v uchenii
  ob anatomii i patologii nervnoi klletki.  [Anatomy and pa-
  thology  of the nerve-cell.]  Kazan. Med. J., 1902, ii,  159-
  169. — Ferre (G.)  Contribution k l'etude  de la cellule
  nerveuse dans Involution des maladies toxi-iufeclieuses.
  Cong, internat. de  m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, do path.
  gen., 100-109.  Also [Abstr.]:  Gaz.  hebd. d. sc.  med. de 
NERVE-CELLS.
441
NERVE-CENTKES.
\ei-vc-cell* (Pathology of).
  Bordeaux  190(1, xxi.  421. — Flatau (E.)  Xeue experi-
  mentelle Arbeiten iiber  die Pathologie der Nervenzelle.
  Fortschr.d. Med., Berl.,1897. xv,2S1-290.—Folli(F.)  Con-
  tributo  alio studio delle  alterazioni cadavei iche della cel-
  lula nervosa.  Ann.d. Lab.di med. leg. d. Univ. di Bologna,
  Imola 1900, i, 109-112, 1 pl.—Franca (C.) &. Athius(M)
  Sur le role pine par les leucocytes dans la destruction de la
  cellule nerveuse.  Coinpt. rend.  Soc. de biol.,  Par.,  1899,
  11.  s., i, 317-32Y—«-eorj{escu (I.  L.)  Asupra lesiunilor
  uiicleare ale celulei nervoase.  Romania med.,  Bucuresci,
  1900, viii. 453.—«olil»cheider (A.) &. Flalau(E)  Bei-
  tiii"e /.ur Pathologie der  Nervenzelle.   Fortschr. d. Med.,
  Berl.  1897, xv, 241; 009:  1808, xvi, 211, 4 pl.   Also [Abstr.]:
  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. denied. 1897, Mosc,  1809, iv,
  sect. 7,  257-260.  See. also, infra, Nissl. —«»uerrini (G.)
  Dell' azione della fatica  sulla  minuta struttura delle cel-
  lule nervose del midollo spinale.  Riforma med., Roma,
  1901,  xvii, pt. 3, 759-761.  AUo.transl. [Abstr.]:  Bull, et
  meni. Sec' auat  de Par., 1900, lxxv, 338.— Ilcimaim (E.)
  Ueber  Nervenzellenpathologie.   Miiuchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1M»8, xiv, 1038-1040.  AUo: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver.
  Halle a. S. 1898-9, Munchen, 1900, 4-11.—Kingman (E.)
  Changes  in nerve cells  caused  by fatigue.   Tr.  Rhode
  Islan.l M. Soc, Providence. 1809, vi, 102-114.—I.cjjciulre
  (R.)  Nature  pathologique des  caualicules de  Holmgren
  des cellules nerveuses.   Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par.,
  1905, cxli, 1265-1267. ------. De la nature pathologique des
  caualicules de Holmgren des cellules nerveuses.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par..  1905.  lix, 0.s7— l.ujjaro (E.)
  Sulle modificazioni morfologiche fuuziounli del dendriti
  delle  cellule nervose.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Fiien/e,  1898,
  iii.  337-359. ------. Sul significato  delle modificazioni pa-
  toio<nche della parte cromatica delle cellule nervose.  Riv.
  sper.  di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,  1902,  xxviii, 98-108.—
  iVIarincNCO  (G.) B-es lesions  primitives et des 16sions
  secondaires de la cellule  nerveuse.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol.,  Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 100-108. ------. Sur la chroma-
  tolyse de  la cellule  nerveuse.  Iutermed. d.  biol., Par.,
  1897-8, i, 514-525. ------.  Pathologie g6n6rale de la cellule
  nerveuse.   Compt.-rend. Cong,  internat.  de  med.  1897,
  Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7, 208-257. ------. Recherches sur la
  structure do la partie fibrillaire des cellules nerveuses k
  l'6tat normal  et  pathologique.  Rev. neurol.,  Par.,  1904,
  xii, 4(15-428. ------. Recherches sur le noyau et le nucl6ole
  de la cellule nerveuse k l'etat normal et pathologique.  J.
  f.  Psychol, u. Neurol.,  Leipz., 1905, v, 151-172, 3  pl.—
  itlatNiibara (S.) [General pathology of the nerve-cells.1
  Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo,  1903,  ii, 242;  351. — Monti
  (A.)  Contribution il la pathologie generale de la cel-
  lule nerveuse.  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med.
  1897, Moec, 1899, ii, sect. 3, 252-256. — IVIourre (C.)  Mo-
  difications structurales des cellules nerveuses consecu-
  tives  k  l'adrainistratiou de   quelques  substances  toxi-
  ques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 909-911.—
  lVIullcr  (E.) &  iVInnccatide.  I'nter.-uchungen der
  Nerveuzellen  magendanukranker  Sauglinge   und eines
  Falles halbseitiger Krampfe nach der Methode von Nissl.
  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxvi, 1-10— IHin-avyolT
  (V.  V.)  Nervnaya klietka v normaluom i patologicheskom
  sostoyauii.  [Nerve-cell  in the  normal and pathological
  condition.]  Russk. arch, patol., klin.  med. i  bakteriol.,
  S.-IVtersb., 1897. iv, 696-714, 1 pl.  — rVageotle & Etl-
  linger.  Lesions des cellules nerveuses au cours de di-
  veises intoxications et auto-intoxications.  Presse med.,
  Par.,  1808, i,  146-150. — IVisisI  ( F.)   Der gegenwiirtige
  Stand der  Neiven/.elleiianatoniie und -Pathologic  Allg.
  Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. Letc], Berl.,  1894-5, li, 981-986.  Also:
  Centralbl.  f. Nervenh.  u.  Psychiat., Cobleuz  & Leipz.,
  1895. n.  ¥.. vi, 1  21. ------.  Ueber die Veranderungeu der
  Nervenzellen  nach experiiueutell  erzeugter Vergiftung.
  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1896, xv, 947-950.------.  Eine
  kritische I'.esprechuug Goldscheider's und Flatau's Dar-
  stelluug  der normalen und pathologischen Anatomie der
  Nervenzellen  auf  Grund  der neueren  Forschungen.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1898, xiii, 348-358.—
  Parhon  (C.)  & Ooldateiii (M.)   Contributiuni la
  studiul lesiunilor secundarealeceliilei nervoase. Romania
  med., Bucuresci, 1900, vii, 390.—Pariani (C.) Ricerche
  intorno  alia struttura flbrillare della cellula  nervosa in
  condizioni normali e in seguito a  lesioui dei nervi.  Riv. di
   §atol. nerv., Firenze, 1905. x, 315-330. —Pellizzi (G. B.)
   ulle alterazioni delle cellule nervose nell' atrotia da  man-
  cata fuuzione.  Ann.  di  freniat. [etc.],  Torino, 1897, vii,
  33-41.— Porle & Audan.  Des impregnations  toxi-in-
  fectieuses transitoires ou durables  de la cellule nerveuse.
  Dauphiii6 med.,  Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 358-309  -Pugnat
  (C.-A.)   Des modifications   histologicpies des  cellules
  nerveuses dans l'etat de fatigue.  Cong, internat.  de  med.
  C.  r., Par., 1900, sect, d'hist., 52-54. ------. Recherches
  sur  les modifications histologiques des cellules nerveuses
  dans la fatigue.  J. de physiol. et depath. gen.. Par.. 1901.
  iii.  183-187. — Rihakotr  (F. E.)  K  patologii  nervnoi
  klletki i yeya oti ostknv (po metodu Golgi).  [Sur la patho-
  logie de la cellule nerveuse  et de ses  prolongements.
  Extr., 87.]  Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i  bakteriol.,
  S.-Peterb., 1899, vii, 22-43, 1  pl.—Riley  (W. n.)  The
  uerve cells in  health and disease.  Mod. Med , Battle
Aerve-cell*  (Pathology of).
  Creek, Mich.. 1899.  viii, 261; 2.-51  1900,  ix, 1; 25.— Itivu
  (E.)  Lesioni  del  reticolo  neurofibril!.ire della cellula
  nervosa nell' iuaui/.ione sperimentale stiuliatc  con  i me-
  todi del Donaggio.   Riv. sper. di lieniat . Reggio-Emilia,
  1905, xxxi, fasc. 2. 245-255.— Kosin (11.)  Noimaler Rail
  uud  pathologische  Veianderungeu  der  Nervenzelle.
  Veroffentl. d. Huteland. (iesellsch. in  I'.erl. (1898)  18<l'l
  pt.2, 103-112.   [Di-cussion], pt. 1, 7.   Also:  Herl. klin
  Wchnsehr., 1899, xxxvi, 721-724. — Ruta.  Sui reccnti
  studi  nella  patologia  della cellula  nervosa.   Riforma
  med.. Napoli, 1896,  pt. 3, 709-711. — Mailer (J.)  Degen-
  erative changes in nerve-cells.   I'i. Path. Soc. Phila
  1898, xviii, 418-420. — Nano ( F.)   Cellules  nerveuses
  a  deux noyaux (contribulioii a l'etude de.s reactions in.
  flammatoires dans lo tissu nerveux).  J. de neurol., Par.,
  1901. 37-40, 1  pl.—Mcarpiui (V.)   Su alcune  alterazioiii
  primitive del reticolo flbrillare endocellulare e delle fibrille
  lunghe nelle cellule  del midollo spinale.  Riv. sper. di
  freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi,  584-59,4, 1 pl. _____..
  Le alterazioni cadaveriebe delle cellule nervose studinte
  col metodo di Donaggio.   Ibid., 040-044— Mpiller (W.
  G.)  The giant-cellsjjt  the paracentral lobule.   Tr.  Path
  Soc. Phila., 1898. xviii, 421.—SukhauoflT (S. A.) K pato-
  logii nervnoi klletki (moniliforrunoye  sostoyaniye dt-ii-
  dritov nervnikh  klletok mozgovol  kori).  [Pathology of
  the nerve-cell, mmiiliform condition of the dendrons of the
  neivecells of the brain cortex.]  Dnevnik Syezda. Obsh.
  Russk. Vrach.  v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, i8!)9, vii, M-
  87. — Nwiecinski ( G.)  Valoarea diagnostici a chroma-
  tolisei celulei nervoase.  Bull.  Soc.  d.  med.  et nat. de
  Jassy, 19(12, xvi, 101:  1903, xvii, 11.—Tiberti (N.)   Ilro-
  ticolo  neurofibrillare  delle  cellule  motrici del midollo
  spinale negli animali  tetanici.   Riv.  di ]>atol.  nerv.,
  Firenze, 1905, x, 379-383.—Tirelli  (V.)  Sulla diagnosi
  differenziale tra alterazioni patologiche e cadaveriche delle
  cellule nervose.   Ann. di freniat. [etc.].  Torino, 1898, viii,
  320-330.—Tuckett (I.) Degeneration  of nerve-cells of
  the rabbit's superior cervical sympathetic ganglion as the
  result of interfering with their blood supply.  J. Physiol.,
  Loud., 1905, xxxiii,  77-80, 1 pl.—Turner (J.)   A method
  of examining fresh nerve-cells;  with  notes concerning
  their structure, and  the alterations in  them by disease.
  Brain, Lond., 1897,  xx,  450-457, 2 pl. ------. Concerning
  the significance of  central  cbromatolysis  with displace-
  ment of nucleus in the cells  of the central nervous svstem
  of man.  J. Ment. Sc. Loud., 1903, xlix,  400-420. — War-
  rington (W.  B.)   An  investigation of the changes in
  nerve-oils in various pathological conditions,   lii-p. iirit.
  Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897. Loud., 1898, lxvii, 525— Williamson
  (R. T.)  The  general pathological histology of nerve cells;
  a review.   Med.  Chron., Manchester, 1903-4, 4. s., vi, 17-
  26, 1 pl. -Worcester (VT. L.)   New formation of nerve-
  cells in a ceiebral tumor, neuroglioma.  J. Med.Research,
  Bost., 1901, n. s., i,  59-03, 1 pl.

IVerve-cells  (Vacuolation of).
     Aufimolf (Y. A.)  0 patologicheskom  znachenii tak-
  na/.ivayemol  "vakuolizatsii" nervnikh  klletok. [Patho- '
  logical value of the so-called vacuolatiou of ner\ ecells.J
  Vestnik klin. i sudeb. psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb.,
  1887-8, v,  pt. 2.  113-135.  AUo, transl..  St. Petersb. nieil.
  Wchnsehr.,  1888, n.  F., v, 93;  101.—!*kne (F. M. T.)
  Vacuolation  of  the nuclei  of nerve  cells  in the cortex.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894. i, 1075.—Whitwell (J. R.)  Nu-
  clear vacuolation in nerve cells of cortex cerebri. Brain,
  Lond., 1889-90, xii,  520-524.

]\erve-centres.
     Dhere (C.)   * Recherches sur la variation des
  centres  nerveux en function  de  la taille.   h ,
  Paris, 1*9*.
     Duret (H.)  fitude ge"ue"rale de la localisation
  dans  les centres  nerveux,  suivie d'une 6tude
  critique sur les  recherches de la physiologic des
  localisations en Allemagne.   8-\   Paris, 1680.
     Gotch (F.)  & Horsley (V.)   Croonian  lect-
  ure.  Ou the  mammalian  nervous system,  its
  functions, and their localisation  determined by
  an electrical method.   4 .   London, 1891.
     Grasset (J.)   Anatomie clinique des centres
  nerveux.   8J.   Paris, 1900.
     -----.   Les cent res  nerveux.   Physiopatho-
  logie clinique.   S .  Paris,  1905.
     Lcssana (F.)  &. I.emoigxk (A.) Fisiologia dei
  centri nervosi encefalici.  2\.  *~.  Padoca,l671.
     MagnaN (V.)   Recherches sur  les centres ner-
  veux, alcoolisme,  folie  des herdditaircs dc'g&ie'-
  r6s, paralysie  generale, inddecine legale.   1.  hd-
  rie.   roy. !^c.   Paris, 1-9:5.
     Sadovski (S.)  *K vo[»rosu ob  izinieneniy.ikh
  v nervnikh tsentrakh  pri  periferic-heskikh raz- 
NERVE-CENTRES.
445
NERVE-CURRENTS.
Nerve-centre*.
  drazheuiyakh.   [Changes  in the nerve centres
  under peripheral irritation.]   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1669.
    Andrew (J.)  The Cavendish lecture on the relations
  between disease and regulating nervous centres.  Laucet,
  Lond., 1889, i, 1175-1170.—von Baeyer (H.)  Zur Kennt-
  nis des Stoffwechsels in deu nervoseu Centren.  Ztschr. f.
  allg. Physiol.,  Jena, 1902,  i, 265-278. —Beck (A.)  Die
  Stronie der Nervencentren.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz.
  u. Wien, 1890-91, iv, 572.—Bondy (O.)  Untersuchungen
  iiber die Sauerstoffaufspeicherung in den Nervenzentren.
  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jeua, 1902-3, iii, 180-190.—Broca
  (A.) &  Bichet (C.)  Periode refractaire dans les centres
  nerveux.   Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s.. iii,
  1083-1085.  Also: Arch, de  pbysiol. norm, et path., Par.,
  1897, 5.  s., ix, 864-879.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv.
  Sc. 1897, Lond., 1898, lxvii, 823.  Also: Compt. reud. Acad.
  d. sc. Par., 1897, cxxiv, 90-99.—Calleja (J.)  Kstudio de
  los ceutros cerebrales olfatorios. dpticos  y auditivos, y
  relaciones  de continuidad que con ellos tienen los uervios
  del mismo nombre en la especie humana y en los  verte-
  brados.  An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid,  1901,  xxi,  330-
  365. — Codivilla  (A.) Eqnilibrio  periferico operativo
  nei disordini di nioviniento e sua influenza sulla fuiiziona-
  lita dei centri  nervosi. Ricerche di  biol. . . . xxv. anniv.
  di Pietro Albertoui, Bologna, 1901, 321-352.—Dejerinc
  (J.) & Dejerine  (A.)  L'anatomie des centres nerveux.
  Voix, Par., 1002, xiii, 314-317. — Donaggio.  Sur les
  appareils flbrillaires endocellulaires de conduction dans
  les centres  nerveux des  vertebres  superieurs.   Arch.
  ital.  de biol., Turin,  1901-2, xxxvi, 97. — B-ucceschi
  (V.)   Sul metabolismo dei centri  nervosi; 1°  L'  acqua
  nelle funzioui del systema nervoso.  Sperimentale.  Arch.
  di biol., Firenze,  1898, lii,  283-307.   AUo, transl:  Arch.
  ital.  de biol., Turin, 1899,  xxxi,  209-272. — Duval (M.)
  Quelques exemples  de dynamog£nie sur les centres des
  organes des sens.   Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol.,  Par.,
  1887, 8. s.,  iv. 763. — Fredericq (L.)  La courbe diurne
  de  la  temperature des centres  nerveux sudoripares
  fonctionnant sous l'influence de la chaleur.  Acad. roy.
  de Belg.   Bull,  de la cl.  d.  sc,  Brux.,  1900,  607-610.—
  Horaley  (V.)  A contribution towards  the determina-
  tion  of the energy developed by a nerve centre.  Brain,
  Loud.,  1898,  xxi, 547-579.—Jackson  (J. H.)  Superior
  and  subordinate centres of tbe lowest level.  Laucet,
  Lond.,  1895,  i,  476-478.—f^apinski (M.)  K voprosu o
  spinalnikh tsentrakh nlekotorikh perifericbeskikh nervov
  u sobaki.  [Spinal  centres of several  peripheral nerves in
  the dog.]  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med..  Kiev,  1902, vii, 509-
  536.—I,dweiilhal (M.) &  Horsley (V.)  On the rela-
  tions between the cerebellar and other centres (namely,
  cerebral and spinal), with especial  reference to the action
  of antagonistic muscles.  Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1897, lxi,
  20-25.—.TIarim-sco (G.)   Veranderungen der Nerven-
  centren nach Ansreissung der Nerven mit einigen Er-
  wagungen betreffs ihrer Natur. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1898, xvii,  882-890.—Mills  (C.  K.)  The neurofibrillary
  theory  and its  bearings upon localization of functiou in
  the nervous  system.   Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1902,
  liv, 113.—Morat,(J.-P.)  Qn'est-ce qu'uncentre nerveux?
  (centres fonctionnels etcentres trophiques).  Rev. scient.,
  Par., 1894,  4. s., ii, 642; 079. — \alirich  (O.) Ueber die
  motorischen Punkte des Hundes.  Arch. f. wissensch. u.
  prakt. Tierh., Berl, 1904, xxxi, 18^-195, lpl.—OIiinzcw-
  ski ( W.)  Von der Bedeutung der  Associationscentren
  von  Flechsig  zur  Erforscbung der  Entwicklung  des
  Geistes, der  Sprache, der Psychologie der Sprache,  wie
  auch der Lehre von der  Sprachlosigkeit.  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz., 1898, xvii,  103; 203.—l*aladiiio (S.)  Su
  alcuni punti controversi della struttura intima dei centri
  nervosi. Arte med., Napoli, 1901, iii, 421.—Pari (G.  A.)
  Sull' adattamento dell' eccitabiliti, dei centri nervosi e sui
  suoi rapporti con la legge di Weber.   Ztschr. f. allg. Phy-
  siol., Jena,  1904, iv,  215-220. -----. Sulla tendenza delle
  oscillazioni  automatiche dell' eccitabilita. dei ceutri ner-
  vosi a sincronizzarsi con gli stimoli; contributo alia corio-
  scenza della ritmicit& in alcuni fenomeni fisiol6gici.  Speri-
  mentale. Arcb. di biol.,  Firenze, 1904, lviii,  297-322.—
  Pinel  (C.-P.)  Des centres trophiques de developpement
  organique;  etudies & l'aide  des paralysies psychiques.
  Rev.  d.  sc. hypnot., Par., 1887-8,  i, 256-259.—Piiicro
  (H. G.)   Anatomia fisiologiea de los centros ucrviosos;
  cerebracidn  y  automatismo.  Rev.  Soc. med. argent.,
  Buenos Aires] 1901, ix, 514-532, 1 pl.-Rotliniann (M.)
  Ueber die  functioUelle Bedeutung  der Pyramidenbahn.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii, 574-579.—Sachs (H.)
  Ueber Flechsig's Verstandescentren.   Monatschr. f. Psy-
  chiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1897, i, 199; 288.—Winterstein
  (H.)  Ueber  die Wirkung der Warme auf den Biotonus
  der Nervencentren.  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1902,
  i, 129-141.—Woodworth (R. S.)  On the rate of fatigue
  of nerve centres.   Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1901-2,
  p.  iv. -----.  On the fatigue of  nerve centers.  N.  Tork
  Univ. Bull. M.  Sc, Lancaster,  Pa.,  &. N.  Y., 1901, i,
  133-139.
IVerve-curreiits.
    Bogiiean (D.)   * Ueber die Leitung der Neu-
  rilitiit  iu deu Primitivnervenrohren.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, [1880].
    Chevillard (A.)   Etudes experinientales sur
  le fluide  nerveux  et  solution definitive du  pro-
  bleme  spirite.  8C.   Paris, 1609.
    -----.  The same.  4.  60.   8°.   Paris,  1882.
    Kacfman (P. Y.)   *0 dvustoronnci provodi-
  mosti  nervnavo  volokna;  ekspeiimentalno-kri-
  ticheskoyo izslledovaniye.   [Bilateral conducti-
  bility  of the nerve liber; experimental critical
  investigation.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1904.
    M'Donnell  (K.)   A  new  theory  of nervous
  action as regards  the transmission of sensations
  along  the nerves.   (Abstract.  Read before the
  Royal   Irish  Academy,  May  2:1,  1870.)   12°.
  [Dublin], 1870.
    Mathew  (A. P.)    The nature of  the nerve
  impulse.   A physical explanation of one of the
  phenomena of life.  8°.   Xew York,  191 hi.
    Cutting from: Century Mag., N. Y., 1902, lxiii.
    Remond (A.)  "Contribution  a l'e'tude de la
  vitesse des courants nerveux et de la  dure*e  des
  actes psychiques les plus simples  a, l'e'tat normal
  et a l'etat pathologique.   4-'.   Nancy,  1688.
    Tigerstedt (R.)   Ueber inuere  Polarisation
  iu den  Nerven.  8U.   Stockholm, 1882.
    Repr.from: Bihang t.  k. svensk. Vet.  Acad. Handl.,
  Stockholm, vii.
    Also,  transl. in: Transl. For. Biol. Mem., Oxford, 1887,
  77-90.
    Alcock  (N. H.)  On the rapidity of the nervous im-
  pulse in tall and short individuals.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond.,
  1903-4, lxxii, 415-418.  Also: Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond.,
  1903, p. xxv.— Apathy (S.)   The conducting element of
  the nervous svstem and its topographical relations  to the
  cells.  [Abstr.]  Am.  J. Insau., Bait., 1898-9, lv, 51-54.—
  Bayliss  ( \V. M.)   Further researches on antidromic
  nerve-impulses.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1902, xxviii, 276-299.—
  Bekhtcrcflf (V.)  Teoriya  soprikosnoveniya (Contact-
  Theorie) i ucheniye o razryadakh  nervnoi  energii, kak
  uslovii provedeniya nervnavo vozbuzhdeniya.  [Contact-
  theory and the teaching of the degrees of nerve energy as
  conditions  for transmitting  nerve excitation.]  Obozr.
  psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 23-28.—Bene-
  dikt (M.)  Do  la conductibilite  bilat6rale des  nerfs.
  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898. ii,
  sect. 2, 30.  -----. Die doppelseitige Leitung  iu den Ner-
  ven.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii,
  655. — Bernstein  (J.)   Ueber  reflectorische negative
  Schwankung des Nerveustromes und die Reizleitung im
  Refiexbogen.  Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxxiii,
  374-380. -----.  Nochmals  die  reflectorische negative
  Schwankung,  zur Abwehr gegen  L. Hermann.   Ibid.,
  1900, lxxxi, 138-150. — Boruttau (H.)   Die Actions-
  strome  und die Theorie der Nerveuleitnng.  Ibid., 1901,
  lxxxiv,  309: 1902, xc,  233.  Also  [Prelim. Abstr.]:  Ibid.,
  1900, lxxxi, 300.—Carlson (A. J.)  Further evidence of
  the fluidity of tbe conductiusr substance in nerves. Am. J.
  Physiol., Bost., 1905, xiii, 351-357.  Also: Science, N. Y.
  & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 885.— talon (R.)  Die
  Strome des Centralnervensystems.  Centralbl. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz.u.Wien, 1890-91, iv,7».">.—C'hnrnciitier (A.)  Con-
  tribution k l'etude de la conductibilite electrique des nerfs
  daus diverses  conditions  physiologiques.  Arch, de phy-
  siol. norm, et path.,  Par.,  1894, 5. s., \ i, 517-530. -----.
  Nouvelles inesures de la  conductibilite  Electrique et du
  travail physiologique des nerfs.  Ibid., 792-803. -----. La
  longueur de nerf parcourue par un courant influe-t-elle sur
  le degr6 de l'excitation 'I  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1895, 10. s., ii, 329.-----. Conduction  lente  du nerf et
  variation negative.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901,
  exxxii, 711.  -----. Sur le mode de propagation des oscil-
  lations nerveuses. Ibid.,  1904, exxxviii, 1103.—Cousot
  (G.)  Contribution a  l'etude de la vitesse de propagation
  du courant nerveux.   Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg.,
  Brux., 1897, 4. s., xi, 974-986. [Rap.  de  Masoin,  846-
  851.]—Crenier (M.)  Ueber den Begriff des Keruleiters
  und der physiologisehen Polarisation.  Sitzungsb.  d. Ge-
  sellsch.  f. Morphol. u. Physiol,  in  Miinchen, 1900, xvi,
  124-127.  — Durig (A.)   Ueber die Leistungsgeschwin-
  digkeit  im normalen uud  wasserarmen  motorischen
  Froschnerven.  Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn,  1902,
  lxxxxii, 293-326.1 diag.—Edes (R. E.)   On the method of
  transmission of the  impulse in medullated fibres.  J.
  Physiol., Cambridge.  1892, xiii, 431-444.—Engelinanii.
  Het pantokymographion, en  eenige daarinede verrichte
  proeven betreffende de snelheid van geleidiug in sensibele 
NERVE-CUKRENTS.
446
NEEVE-EXDINGS.
Xerve-curreiit*.
  en motorische zenuweu.  Versl. d.  . . . wis- en natuurk.
  Afd. d. k. Akad. v. "Wetensch., Amst., 1895, iii, 130-133.—
  Fragnito (O.) Su le vie di couduzione nervosa extra-
  cellulari.  Ann. di  nevrol., Napoli,  1904, xxii, 433-448.
  Also: Nevraxe.  Louvain, 1905-6, vii,  1-19.   Also: Riv.
  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 72-87.—Gar-
  rod (A. H.)  On the source of nerve force;  a theory.  J.
  Auat. &. Physiol., Loud., 1872-3, vii, 251-254.  AUo, in his:
  Collect, scient. papers, 8°, Loud., 1881, 75-77.—delle.  Du
  transfertou transport de la force nerveuse; k propos d'une
  communication du Dr.  Fere.   Tribune med.,  Par., 1901,
  2. s., xxxiii, 915-947.—<»©tch  (F.) The transmission of a
  nervous impulse. Notices Proc. R^v. Inst. Gr. Brit. 1893,
  Loud., 1894, xiv, 94.—Greene (C. W.)  On the relation
  between the external stimulus applied  to a nerve and the
  resulting  nerve impulse as measuied  by the  acti( n cur-
  rent.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1898,  i, 104-116.—Origo-
  resell (G. )   Nouvelle ni6thode pour  d6moutrer si la
  vitesse de la conductibilite nerveuse est 6gale ou non daus
  les fibres sensitives etmotriceschez l'liomme.  Compt.rend.
  Soc. de biol.. Par..  18J5, 10. s., ii, 105-108.—Grigorcscu
  Sc t'oiistantinescu.  Vitesse de la conductibilite sensi-
  tive dans le sciatique  et dans la  moelle 6piuieie chez
  1 houime sain et chez l'ataxique.  Ibid., 251-256.—Griilz-
  m-r (P.)  The nature  of the  electrical break-excitation.
  [From: Arch. f. ges. Heilk.,  xxxii.]  Transl. For. Biol.
  Mem., Oxford,  1887,  93-124.—Hedley (YV. S.)  A theory
  of  nervous conduction.  Lancet, Loud., 1898,  i, 994.—
  Helmholtz (II.)  Deuxieme note sur la vitesse de pro-
  pagation de 1'agent nerveux.   Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1K51, xxxiii, 202-L'ii5—Hering (E.)  Ueber Nerven-
  reiznng durch den Nerveustrom.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI. 1882, Wien, 1883, lxxxv,
  237-275.  Also,  transl..-  Transl.  For. Biol. Mem.,  Oxford,
  1887, 127-157. -----. Ueber positive Naehschwankung des
  Nervenstromes  nach elektriscber Reizung.   Sitzungsb.
  d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,  Wien, 1884,
  lxxxix, 137-158. Also,  transl:  Transl. For. Biol.  Mem.,
  Oxford, 1887, 255-273.- Hermann  (L )   Neue vermeint-
  liche Argumente fiir die  Moleculartheorie  des  Muskel-
  uud Nervenstroms.   Arch. f. d. ges., Physiol., Bonn, 1881,
  xxvi, 483-493.—Hopkins (R.) Neurility; is it a vibra-
  tory motion?  N. Orl. M.  & S. J., 1899-1900,  lii, 247-256.—
  Jelgersma.  Over den bouw van sensibele en senso-
  rieele zenuwbaueu eu centra.   Psychiat. Bl., Amst., 1895,
  xiii, 14-34.—Jcmlrassik (E.)  Contribution k la oon-
  naissauce des courants oscillants k  haute tension.  Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1898, yi, 519-525.—Kiesow (F.) Contribu-
  tion a l'etude de la v61ocite de propagation du  stimulus
  dans le nerf sensitifde  l'homme. {Transl:from:  Rendic.
  d. r. Accad. d. Lincei. 1903, xii.]  Arch. ital. de biol., Tu-
  rin, 1903-4, xl,  273-280.—Kohnsttanim (O.)  Die  ceu-
  trifugale  Stidmung  im sensiblen  Nerven.  Verhandl. d.
  Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1905,  xx,  391-394.—L. a ho
  (U.)  Apercu des  idees nouvelles sur la conduction des
  innervations conscieutes dans les centres nerveux et sur
  les organes des sens.  Ann. de m6d. vet., Brux., 1901. 1,
  242-258.—Macdonald  (J.  S.)  The injury current of
  nerve;  the key to  Us physical  structure.  Thompson
  Yates.   Lab. Rep., Liverp.,  1902,  iv,  pt. 2,  213-350.
  -----. Basophil granules and the injury current of nerve.
  Proc.  Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1904-5, p.  xxxvii. -----. Mi-
  gration of potassium and  the  injury  current.  Ibid., 1905,
  p. lxvi. — lVIcndelsoii  ( M. E. )   Ob osevom  nervnom
  tokle.  [Axial  nerve-current.J  Dnevnik syezda Obsh.
  russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., i 888-9, iii, 33;
  351. — Moleschott (J.)   Der  beweguugvermittelnde
  Vorgang im Nerven kann auch von einer positiveu Schwan-
  kung  des Nervenstroms begleitet  sein.   Untersuch.  z.
  Naturl. d. Mensch.  u.  d. Thiere, Giessen, 1862, viii, 1-35.
  AUo, Reprint.—Motor a  (Y.)  [A  study on the conduc-
  tivity of the nervous system.]  [Abstr., no. 1, pt. 2, 1-4.]
  Shiukeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo,  1902,  ii, 6-44, 4 pl.  AUo,
  transl.: Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1903, xiv, 593-614.—
  IVIunk (bl.)  Untersuchungen fiber die Leitung der Er-
  regung ira Nerven.   Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch.
  Med., Leipz., 1861, 425-490.   See, also,  infra, Wundt.—
  Oehl (E.)   Della influenza  del calore  sulla velocita  di
  trasmissione della  eccitazlone nei nervi  sensitivi del-
  1' uomo.   R. Ist. Lomb.  di sc. e lett.   Rendic, Milano, 1894,
  2. s., xxvii, 302-315, 1 tab.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch.
  ital. de  biol.. Turin, 1894, xxi, 401-409.  AUo  [Abstr.]:
  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv,  31. -----. Nuove es-
  perienze intorno alia influenza del calore sulla velocity di
  trasmissione del moviniento nervoso nell' uomo.  R. Ist.
  Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1895, 2. s., xxviii. 99-
  104.  AUo, transl..-  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1895-0, xxiv,
  231 - 236. — Oehl  (E.), Fasola ( G. ) & Predieri (A.)
  Sulla velocity di trasmissione della eccitazione nelle  hbre
  sensitive dell'uomo. Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  CI.
  di sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1892,  xvii, 39-49.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Piotrowski  (G.J  Badania nad pobudliwoscia. i
  przewodnictwein m-rwdw.  [Examination into the excit-
  ing cause and path of conduction of nerves.]  Rozpr. . . .
  wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej. w Krakow.,  1893,
  2. s., vi, 1-14.—Rad'zikowski (C.)  Actioiisstrom ohne
  Action.   Centralbl.  f.  l'hysiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901, xv,
Nerve-current*.
  273-275—Randolph (N. A.)  A note on the irradiation
  of motor impulses.  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1887, 3. s., ix
  83-94.—Reichert (E. T.)  The velocity of nerve impulses
  iu cut and intact nerves.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis. N  Y
  1889, xvi, 261-267.— Richet (C.)  The  nerve-wave (la
  vibration nerveuse).  Nature, Lond., 1899, lx,  625-630__
  Rietschel (II.)  Ueber verminderte Leitungsgeschwin-
  digkeit des iu Ringer'scher Losungiiberlebenden Nerven.
  Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, xc;i,  563-584, 1 pl.J
  Rockwell (A. D.)  Ou  the analogy botweeu nervous
  conductibility and electric conductibility, and their rela-
  tion to the functional neuroses.   N.  Tork State J M
  N.  Y., 1901, i, 77-79.TWawicki (J. W.)  Falowanie
  nerwowe jako rowuowaznik zjawisk psychicznych; zarva
  energetyki ukladu  nerwowego.    [ Nerve - waves as an
  equivalent of  psychical phenomena; description of  the
  energy ofthe nervous system.]  Pain. Towarz. Lek. War-
  szaw., 1897, xciii, 905: *1898, xciv, 430; 977.—.Seilornna
  (J. B.) Demostracion experimental de la doble conduction
  nerviosa motti/. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires,
  1892, xv, 5-9— Nh e rr in g ton (C. S.)  Double (autidroine)
  conduction in  the  central nervous system.   Proc. Roy.
  Soc. Lond., 1897, lxi, 243-240.—Sosnowski  (J.)  Ueber
  die Bedingungen der Entstehung der elektrotonischen
  Stroiue.  Zentralbl.  f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien,  1905, xix,
  33-39.—Steinach (E.)  Ueber negative Schwanknue dea
  Nervenstromes bei nicht electrischer Reizung dis Nerven.
  stamuies oder der  Wurzeln.  Arch.  f. d. ges.  Physiol.,
  Bonn,  1893, lv, 487-507.—Sutherland (W.)  The nature
  of the propagation  of nerve  impulse.  Am. J. Physiol.,
  Bost.,  19J5-G, xiv, 112-119.—Tigerstcdt (R.)  Changes
  of excitability produced in nerves by a constant current.
  Transl. For. Biol. Mem., Oxford,  1887, 5-40. ----. Con-
  tributiou to tbe theory of the break-contraction.  Ibid.,
  49-74.—Waller (A. D.) De invloed van eenige genees-
  middelen op bet bedrag der negatieve schommeling van
  den zenuwstroom.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,
  1901, 2. R., xxxvii,  d. 2, 72.—Wedensky (N.-E.)  Dc la
  nature des courants 61ectriques du nerf.  Conipt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902. exxxv,  804-806.—Wundt (W.)
  Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatze des Dr.  H. Munk: "Ueher
  die Leitung der Erregung im Nerven".   Arch. f. Anat.,
  Physiol, u. wissensch.  Med.,  Leipz., 1861, 781-783.

nerve-ending's.
    See, also,   Conjunctiva;  Cornea;  Fingers;
  Muscles (Serves of);  Nerve-centres;  Nerve-
  fibres;  Tongue.
    Crevatix  (F.)  Sulla  anastoniosi  nelle pias-
  tre motrici e sulle cosi dette piastre iutercalate.
  12-.   Bologna,  L-9D.
    Repr.from: Rendic Accad. d. sc. d.  1st. di Bologna,
  1898-9.
    Korolkoff (P. I.)   * Okonckaniye nervov v
  slyunnlkli zhelyozakh  i pecheni.  [Nerve-end-
  ings iu tlie salivary glands and liver.]  8°.   S.-
  Peterburg, 1699.
    Repr. from:  Trudi Imp.  Spb. Ob. Testestvoisp, xxx.
    Mitrofanoff  (P. I.)  K  voprosu  o  periferi-
  cheskikh  nervnikh  okonchauiyakh.   [Periph-
  eral nerve-endings.]  fol.  Moskva, 1887.
    Repr.from:  Izvlest. Imp.  Obsh. Lyubit. Yestestvozn,
   [etc.], 1887, 1.
     Regaud (C.)  &  Favre.  Les  terminaisons
   nerveuses et les organes  nerveux  sensitifs de
   l'iippareil locomoteur  (dispositifs nerveux  ki-
   nestl^siques).   Pt. 1.    6°.   Lyon # Paris, 1904.
     Thcnberg (T.)   * Undersokniugar ofver de
  kold-, viirine- och smiirtpercipierende nervander-
   nes relativa djupliige i huden saint ofver  koldner-
  vanderues forhalleude till varnieretmedel.  [Re-
   searches  on  the relative depth in the skin of the
   endings of  the  nerves  sensitive to  cold,  heat,
   and  pain,  together  with  the relation of  the
   nerves  of cold to heat excitants.]  8°.   Upsala,
   1900.
     Aggazzolti (A.)  Su un reperto istologico della ter-
   minsizioue nervosa  motrice.  Gior. d. r.  Accad. di med.
   di  Torino, 1903, 4. s.,  ix,  310. —Arnslein.  Ueher se-
   cretorischc und sensible Nervenendapparate im Epithel.
   Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1K99  ii,
   sect. 1, li<-22.—Auerbach (L.)  Nerveueudigung in den
   Centralorgauen.  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1898. xvu,
   445-4,-,4.  -----. Nachtrag zu dem Aufsatz: N'crvcuenrti-
   gung iu den Centralorgauen.  Ibid., 734-736.— Babc« (V.)
   Sur une nouvelle forme de terminaison  nerveuse; amies
   terminales.   Roumanie med., Bucarest, 1894, ii, 97-99.—
   Baginaky (B.)   Ueber das Verhalten vou Nervenend-
   orgaueu nach Durchschneidung der zugehorigeu Nerven. 
NERVE-ENDINGS.
447
NERVE-ENDINGS.
Nerve-endings.
  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 559.—Barnabo (V.)  So-
  pra un gauglio nervoso di senso specifico nella papilla fo-
  liata delSus scropha.  Boll. d. Soc.  zool. ital., Roma, 1905,
  2. s-, vi, 215-226.—Berkley (H. J.)   The nerve endings
  in the mucosa ofthe small intestines, muscularis mucosae,
  and  cortex of the kidney.  Johns  Hopkins Hosp. Bull.,
  Bah., 1892, iii, 73.—Boehenek (A.)  (> unerwieuiu splo-
  tdw  naczyniowych  mdzgu  zaby (Leber die Nerveneudi-
  gun>Ten in den Plexus chorioidei des Frosches).   Bull, in-
  ternat, Acad. d. sc. de Craeovie, 1899,  346-348, 2 pl.—Bo-
  ruttau (H.)  Zur Frage der specifischen Erregungszeit
  der  motorischen Nervenendigungen.  Arch. f. Ph\sioL,
  Leipz., 1892, 454-466, 1 diag.  -----. Alte und neue Vor-
  stellungen iiber das Wesen der Nervenleitung.  Ztschr.
  f. allg.  Physiol.. Jena, 1902, i,  Sammelref., 1-12.—Bote-
  zat (E.)  Die Nerveueudigungeu  iu der  Scbnauze  des
  Hundes.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz.,  1901-2,  xxix,  439-449,
  1 pl. — C'abibbe  ( G.)  Histologische Untersuchungen
  iiber die Nerveueudiguugen in den  Sehuen und  im Peri-
  mysium der  Ratte uud  des Meerschweinchens.  Monat-
  schr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol.,  Berl.,  1904. xv, 81-89.—Cre-
  Talin (F.) Di alcune forme di corpuscoli nervosi del con-
  nettivo sottocutaneo e della loro struttura.  Rendic.  Ac-
  cad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1899-1900, iv, 10-20, 2 pl.  Also
   [Abstr.]: Bull.  d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s., xi,  251.
  -----.  Sulle fibrille nervose  ultraterminali.  Rendic.  Ac-
  cad. d.  sc. d.  Ist.  (ii Bologna, 1900-1901, n.  s.,  v,  55-58.
  -----.  Sopra le terminazioni nervose nei tendiui dei pipi-
  strelli.   Bull. d. sc. med.  di Bologna,  1901. 8. s.,  i,  101.
  -----Sulle terminazioni nervose nelle papille linguali e
  cutanee degli uccelli.  Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist.  di Bo-
  logna, 1901-2, n. s.,vi, 90-100,  lpl. -----. Le terminazioni
   nervose nel corio della congiuntiva  e della pelle dei  polpa-
   Btrelli delle dita dell' uomo.  Mem.  r. Accad. d. sc.  d. Ist.
   di Bologna (1901-3), 1902-4, 5. s., x,  409-436, 2 pl.  Also
   [Abstr.]: Rendic.r. Accad.d.sc.d.  1st. di Bologna, 1902-3,
   n. 8.,  vii,  19-21—C'utore (G.) Contributo alio  studio
   delle terminazioni  nervose nella mucosa della gunncia.
   Arch. ital. di anat. e di  erabriol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 641-652,
   2 pl.—Della Valle (C.)  Ricerche sulle terminazioni
   nervose della mucosa olfattiva nei mammiferi adulti.  Ri-
   cerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1900-1901,
   viii, 181-191,2 pl.—Dogiel (A.S.) Die Nervenendigungen
   im Bauchfell, in den Sehnen. den Muskelspindein und dem
   Centrum tendinenm des  Diaphragmas  beim Mensehen
   nnd bei Saugetbieren.  Arch.f. mikr. Anat,, Bonn, 1901,lix,
   1-31,2 pl.-----. Der flbrillare Bau der Xervenendapparate
   in der Haut des Mensehen und der Saugetiereuud die Neu-
   ronentheorie.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, 97-118, 3 pl.—
   Donaggio  (A.).  Una questione  istofisiologica  riguar-
   dante la trasmissione nervosa per  contatto della  termi-
   nazione acustica del Held  alle cellule del nucl-o del corpo
   trapezoide.  Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1903,  xii, 98-
   101.— vou Frey (M.) Sc,  Kieaow (F.)  Sulla funzione
   dei corpuscoli tattili.  Arcb. per le sc. med., Torino, 1899,
   xxiii, 263-268.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arcb. ital. de biol.,
   Turin, 1900,  xxxiii, 225-229. — Fusari (R.)  Termina-
   zioni nervose in diversi epitelii.   Mem. Accad. d. sc. med.
   e nat. in Ferrara, 1893. lxvi, fasc. 3,  17-27, 1 pl.—Oanlini
   (C.)   Le terminazioni  nervose nelle ghiandole sessuali.
   Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 31-44, 1
   pl.-Gentes.  Terminaisons nerveuses dans le feuillet
   juxtanerveux de la portion  glaudulaire de l'hypophyse.
   Compt. reud. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 336. — Oiaco-
   miui (E.)  Sulle  terminazioni nervose nella pelle delle
   dita di  Spelerpes (Gestriton) fuscus e di  Hyla arborea.
   Atti d. r. Accad. di fisiocrit.  in  Siena, 1898, 4. s., x, 371.—
   Goldscheider  ( A. )   Histologische  Untersuchungen
   iiber die  Endigungsweise der Hautsinuesnerven beim
   Mensehen. Arch.  f. Physiol.,  1886,  Suppl.-Bd., 191-231.
   Also, in Us:  Ges. Abhandl., 8C, Leipz., 1898, i, 219-249.—
   Herrick (C. J,.)  On  the morphological and physiolog-
   ical classification of the cutaneous  sense organs of fishes.
   Am. Naturalist, Bost.,  1903, xxxvii, 313-318. -----. On
   the phylogeny and morphological position of the terminal
   bods of fishes. J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O.,  1903-4,
   xiii, 121-138.—Holmgren (E.)  Ueber die sogenannten
   Nervenendfiisse (Held).   Jahrb. f. Psychiat, Leinz. u.
   Wien, 1905, xxvi, 1-12,2 pl.— Horvath (G.) <fc Verebely
   (T.)   A helybeli erz6stelenito  szerek  hat&sa az erzft
   idegv6gkeszulekek  structurajara.  [The effects  of local
   anaesthetics on the structure of endings of the sensory
   nerves.]  Magy. orv. Arch.,  Budapest, 1897, vi, 383-402, 1
   pl — Huber  (G. C.) A brief summary of some of the
  more recent observations on sensory nerve-endiugs. Phy-
  sician Sc Surg., Detroit &  Ann Arbor,  1X99,  xxi, 496-507.
  -----.  Sensory nerve terminations iu the tendons of the
  extrinsic eye-muscles of the cat.  J. Comp. Neurol., Gran-
  ville, O., 1900-1901, x, 152-158, 1 pl—Huber (G. C.) & De
   Witt (Lydia M.)   A contribution  on the nerve termina-
  tions in neuro-tendinous  end-organs.   Ibid.,  159-208, 6
  pl— Jacubowitscb (X.)  Terminaisons  des nerfs k la
  peripheric et dans les differents organes. ou temiinaisons
  p6ripheriques du systeme nerveux en general.   Compt.
  rendf. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1860, 1, 859-K02.—Kallius  (E.)
  Eudigungen  sensibler Nerven  bei Wirbeltieren.   Anat.
Nerve-endings.
  Hefte, 2. Abt., Wiesb. (1895),1896, v, 55-94. -----. Nerven-
  endigungen in Driisen.   Ergebn. d. Anat.  u.  Entwck-
  lngsgesch, 1894, Wiesb., 1895, iv,  1-18.  Also, Reprint.—
  Kersehner (L.)  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sensibleu End-
  orgaue.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 18X8, iii, 238-296.-----. Ueber
  sensible Nervenendigungeu  des  Bewegungs-Apparates.
  Ber. d. naturw.-ined. Ver.  in Innsbruck  (1896-7),  1898,
  xxiii, p. vii. — Ksyuniu (P.)  K voprosu ob okonchanii
  nervov v osyazateluikh iii sinuoznikb volosakh.  [Sur la
  terminaison des nerfs dans les poils du  tact.   Extr., 514.]
  Russk. arch, patol.,  klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb.,
  1899, vii, 467-482, 2 pl. Also,  transl: Arch. f.mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1899, liv, 403-420, 2 pl— Leydig (F.)  Einiges iiber
  Endknopfe der  Nerven.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895, xi, 393-
  398.—ITIahaim (A.) Les terminaisons cylindraxiles p6-
  ricelltihiires de  Held. Bull. Aead. roy. de m6d. de Belg.,
  Brux.. 1905, 4. s.,xix,256-268.  [Rap. de Masius,213.]—Mn-
  joeehi (D.)  Intorno alle terminazioni dei nervi nei peli
  dell' uomo e d' alcuni mammiferi.  Rendic. Accad. d.  sc. d.
  Ist. di Bologna, 1900-1901, n. s.,v,124.—Meyer (S.)  Ueber
  centrale  Nenritenendigiingen.    Arch. f. mikr.  Anat.,
  Bonn, 1899, liv, 296-311,1 pl.— Hoi-aiuli (E.) & Sisto (P.)
  Terminazioni nervose nelle linfoglaudule.  Gior. d. r. Ac-
  cad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. s., vi,  109-120.  Also: Gior.
  d. r. Soced Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900, xlix, 493; 509.—
  IVuel (J.  P.)  Les fonctions spatiales, objectivantes,  lo-
  calisantes des organes des sens, envisagees k un point de
  vue  exclusivement  physiologique.   Arch,  internat.  de
  physiol., Liege & Par., 1904, i, 214-241.—Okata (S.) [Re-
  searches on the hypertrophy of the blood vessels in the
  fine nerve-endings.']  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1905, xxvi,
  505-512.—Pfitzner (W.) Nervenendigungen im Epithel.
  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1881-2, vii,726-745.—Picconi(G.)
  Sul rapporto dei corpuscoli di Pacini modificati cogli or-
  gani  muscolo-tendinei di Golgi  e su di uno speciale modo
  di aggruppamento dei medesimi nel perimisio dell' uomo e
  dello scoiattolo.   Monitore zool.  ital.,  Firenze, 1901, xii,
  325-327.—Pighini (G.)  Due lavori dimenticati di Gio-
  vanni  Inzani sulle terminazioni nervose negli epitelii.
   Gior.ital.d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 299-305.—Bach-
  m a now  (A. W.)  Zur Frage der Nervenendigungen in
  deu Gefassen.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1901, xix, 555-558, 1 pl.—
  Retzius (G.)   Die nervdsen  Elemente der Kleinhirn-
  rinde;  die Endigungsweise  des Riechuerven; die Endi-
  gungsweise des Gehornerven.  Biol. Untersuch.. Stock-
  holm, 1892, n. F., iii,  17; 25;  29, 6  tab. -----.  Zur Kennt-
  niss  der motorischen Nervenendigungen.  Ibid., 41-52, 7
  pl. -----. Die  Nervenendigungen in  den Endknospen,
  resp. Nervenhiigeln  der Fische und Amphibien.   Ibid.,
  iv, 33-36, 2 pl. -----.  Ueber die sensiblen   Nerveu-
  endigungenindenEpithelienbeiden  Wirbelthiereu. Ibid.,
  37-44, 5 pl. -----.  Ueber die Nervenendigungen an den
  Haaren.  Ibid., 45-48, 2 pl. -----.  Einige Beitrage zur
  Kenntniss der  intraepithelialen  Endigungsweise  der
  Nervenfaseni.   Ibid., 1894, n. F., vi, 62,11.,lpl.-----. Die
  Smirnow'schen freien Nervenendigungen im Epithel des
  Regenwurms.   Auat. Anz., Jena. 1894,  x, 117-123. -----.
  Zur Frage von der Endigungsweise  peripherischer sensi-
  bler  Nerven.  Biol. Untersuch.,  Stockholm, 1898,  n. F.,
  viii,  114-117, 2  pl.— Rosenberg (L.) Ueber  Nerven-
  endigungen in der Schleimhaut und im  Epithel derSauge-
   thierzunge.  Sitzungsb. d.k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-
   naturw. CI., Wien, 1886,  xciii,  3. Abth.,  164-199, 2 pl.—
   Rouget  (C.)   Structure intime des plaques terminales
  des nerfs moteurs chez les  vert6bres superieurs.  Arch.
   de pbysiol. norm,  et path., Par.,  1897,  5. s., ix,  489-503, 3
   pl. -----. Note sur les proc6d6s de recherche des plaques
   terminales motrices.   Ibid.. 677-680.—Itiilliui (A.)  Una
   rivendicazione di priority a S. Ram6n y Cajal nel conside-
   rare  come organi  di senso i fusi neuro-muscolari, con
  qualche considerazioue sui recenti studi dell' argomento.
   Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1899,  xvi,  13-26. -----.  Ueber neue
   Endorgane in  den  Fingerbeeren des  Mensehen.   Ver-
   haudl. d.  phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu  Wiirzb., 1900-1901, n.
   F., xxxiv, 15.-----.  Le fibrille nervose ultraterminali
  nelle terminazioni nervose di senso e lateoria del neurone.
  Riv.  di patol.  nerv.,  Firenze,  1901,  vi, 70-82. -----. Di
  una nuova guaina (guaina sussidiaria) nel tratto terminale
  delle fibre nervose di senso nell' uomo.   Atti d. r. Accad.
  d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1903, 4. s., xv, 121-124.  AUo: Ztschr.
  f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905, lxxix, 150-170, 2 pl.—Sala.
   (G.)   Ricerche intorno alia struttura dei corpuscoli di Pa-
  cini.   Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,  1899,  104-108,1 pl.
  AUo, transl: Anat. Anz., Jena,  1899,  xvi, 193-190, 1 pl.
   -----.  Ueber  den  innersteu   Bau  der  Herbst'schen
  Kdrperchen.  Anat.  Anz.,  Jena., 1901, xix,  595, 1 pl.—
  Sfameni (P.)  Di una particolare  reticella nervosa
  amielinica esistente  interno ai corpuscoli del  Grandry.
   Ann.  di  freniat.  [etc.],  Torino,  1900.  x,  280-292.   Also,
  transl.  [ Abstr. ] :  Arch.  ital.  de  biol.,  Turin,  1901,
  xxxv, 198-200.  -----. Le terminazioni  nervose delle pa-
  pille cutanee e  dello strato subpapillaie nella regione
  plantare e nei polpastrelli del cane, del  gatto e della scim-
  mia.   Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1900. x, 225-264, 3pl.
           Contributo   alia  conoscenza delle  terminazioni
nervose del tessuto adiposo, del pericondrio e del periostio 
NERVE-EXDINGS.
448
NERVE-FIBRES.
.\erve-en clings.                         .
  in alcuni animali.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,
  1900 4. s., vi, 302-304.-----Contributo alio studio delle
  terminazioni' nervose nei vasi  sanguigui dei geuitali fem-
  minili esterui.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901, xn,  5.
  AUo: Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli.  1901,  iv, 136.  Also,
  transl: Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin,  1901-2, xxxvi, 255.
  _____.  Contributo  alia  conoscenza  delle  terminazioni
  nervose negli organi geuitali esterui e nel capezzolo della
  femmina. "Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901, xii, 0-10.
  AUo: Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1901, iv, 134-136.  Also,
  transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 2;>6-261.
  _____, Ricerche anatomiche intorno all' e.sistenza di nervi
  e al loro modo di terminare nel tessuto adiposo, nel peri-
  ostio, nel pericondrio e nei tessuti che rinforzauo le artico-
  lazioni.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901. xii, 313-325,1 pl.
  _____. Recherches anatomiques sur l'existt-nce des nerfs
  et sur leur mode de se terminer dans le tissu adipetix, dans
  le perioste, dans le pericbondre et dans les tissus qui renfor-
  cent les articulations.  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin. 1902-3,
  xxxviii, 49-101, 2 pl.—Sihier (C.)  Tbe nerves of the ca-
  pillaries, with remarks on nerve-endings in muscle; anew
  theory of lymph-formation and of glandular secretion.  J.
  Exper. M.', X. Y., 1900-1901, v, 493-512.—Sinidt (H.)  Die
  intraepithelialen freien Nervenendigungen bei Helix und
  ihre Beziehuugen zu  Sinneszellen und Driisen. Anat.
  Anz., Jena. 1901-2, xx, 495-506.|— Smirnoff (A.  E.)  Ob
  okonchanii nervov  v epitelije  pishtshevoda  lyagushek.
  [Nerve-endings  in  the oesophagus  of frogs.]   Nevrol.
  Vestnik, Kazan, 1x94, ii, no. 1,  85-90, lpl. -----. Ueber
  Nervenendknauel in der Frost-blunge. Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1888, iii, 258-261. — Nokolow (A.)  Zur Frage  iiber die
  Endigungen der Nerven  in den VaterPaciui'schen Kor-
  percheu.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi,452-455.—Suchard
  (E.) Recherches snr la structure des corpuscules  nerveux
  terniiuaux de la conjonctive et  des organes genitaux.
  Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes.  Lab. d'histol. du  Coll.  de
  France.  Trav. 1«84, Par., 1885, ix, 180-190, 1 pl—Tbun-
  berg (T.)  Untersuchungen iiber die relative Tiefenlage
  der kalte, warme- undschiuerzpercipirendenNervenendeu
  in der  Haut  und iiber das Verhaltniss der Kaltenerveu-
  enden  gegeniiber Warmereizen.  Skandin. Arch. f. Phy-
  siol., Leipz.. 1900-1901, xi, 382-435.—Timofcjew (D. A.)
  Ueber die Xerveueudigungen  im Bauchfelle nnd in dem
  Diaphragma der Saugethiere.  Arch. f. mikr. Auat., Bonn,
  1901-2, lix, 029-646, lpl.—Trieonii-Allegra (G.)  Ter-
  minazioni nervose nella glaudola ninmmaria.  Auat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1903, xxiii, 315-317.—Turner (W. A.) Sc Hunter
  (W.)  On a form of nerve termination in the central nerv-
  ous  svstem,  demonstrated by  methylene blue.  Brain,
  Lond.',  1899.  xxii.  123-135, 2 pl. — Ushakoff (V. G.)  K
  fiziologii i farmakologii peritericheskikh okonchaniy de-
  pressornikh nervov.  [. .  .ofthe peripheral endings of the
  depressor nerves.]  Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v
  pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894, i, 210-212.—Valentin
  (G.)  Ueber  den Verlauf uud die letzten Enden (ier Ner-
  ven.  Nova acta phvs.-med. Acad. nat. curios., Vratislav.
  et Bonn., 1836, xviii,  pt.  53, 541, 8 pl. —Van Gehucb-
  ten (A.)  Recherches  sur la  terminaison ceutrale des
  nerfs sensibles peripheriques;  le  nerf intermedium-  de
  Wrisberg.  Nevraxe, Louvain, 1900, i, 3-12. — IVaithiu
  (A. S.)   The pathology of the Pacinian corpuscle. Phila.
  Month. M. J., 1899, i, 88-94. — Weiss (C.)  Degeneres-
  cence des terminaisons peripheriques des nerfs  moteurs
  sectiouu^s.  Iutermed. d. biol., Par.,  1897-8, i, 326. -----.
  Les plaques  terminales motrices sont-elles ind£pendantcs
  les imes des nut res? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par.  1902,
  11. s.,  iv, 2;:0-239.—Wolff (M.)  Ueber die Ehrlich'sche
  Metbylenblaufiirbung und iiber  Lage  und  Bau einiger
  periplierer Nervenendigungen.   Arch. f.  Anat. u. Ent-
  wcklngsgesch.,  Leipz., 1902. 155-lss,  1 pl.  -----. Zur
  Kenntnis der Held'scben Nervenendfiisse.  J. f. Psychol.
  u. Neulol., Leipz., 1905, iv, 144-157, 1  pl. — Wredeii (J.)
  Die Nervenendigungen in der harten Diruhaut  des Rii-
  ckenmarks von Saugetieren.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,
  1905, xxxvi, 128-133, 1 pl.

]¥erve-fi fores.
     Boll (F.)  Studi sulle immagini microscopi-
  che  della  fibra  nervosa  midollare.   roy. 8°.
  Roma, L-76.
     Cutting from .- Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.   Cl.di sc. fis.,
  mat. e nat., Roma, 1876, 3. s.,  i.

     Cattaneo (A.)   Sugli organi  nervosi termi-
  nali uiuscolo-teiidinei in condizioni norniali e sul
  loro  modo iii  comportarsi in seguito al taglio
  delle  ratlici  nervose  e dei  nervi  spinali.   8y
  Torino, 1887.
     Cutting from: Accad. d. sc.  di  Torino.  CI. d. sc. fis.,
  mat. e nat., 1887, 2. s., xxxviii.
     Also, transl. in:  Arch. ital. debiol., Turin, 1888, x 337-
  357, 2 pl.

     Ckci (A.)   Contribuzione  alio  studio  della
  fibra nervosa midollata, ed osservazioni  sui cor-
IVerve-Hfore*.
  puscoli aniilacei dell' encefalo e midollo spinale.
  roy. 8°.   Boma, 1*61.
    Repr. from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei.  CI. di sc. fls.,
  mat. e nat., Roma. 1881, 3. s., ix.

    Gluge (G.)  &  Thiernksse  (A.)  Sur la re-
  union  des  fibres  nerveuses  sensibles  avec  lea
  fibres motrices.  8~.  Bruxelles, [n. d.].
    Repr. from.- Bull. Acad. roy. de Belg., Brux., [n. d 1
  2. s., vii.                                           "

    Krohn  (H.  )   Om  F0lenervernes  Forl0b  i
  Mangelags-Pladeepithelieruc.   [Endings of sen-
  sitive  nerves  in   pavement  epithelium.]   8°.
  KjQbenhavn, l*7t>.
    Maley (A.)   *Zur Kenntuiss der markhalti-
  geu Nervenfasern.   8°.   Munchen, 1883.
    Schwalbe (G.)  Ueber die   Kaliberverhalt-
  uisse der Nervenfaseni.  8°.   Leipzig, 1882.
    ------.  Lehrbuch  der  Anatomie der Siunes-
  organe.   8°.   Erlangen, 1*67.
    Aiubi-onii (H.) Sc Held (II.)  Ueber Beobachtungen
  an lebeuden und frischen Nervenfasern und die Sichtbar-
  keit ihrer doppelteu  Contourirung.  Arch.  f. Anat. n.
  Entwicklngsgesch., Leipz., 1896,  214-221. — Anderson
  (H. V.)   On the myelination of nerve fibres.  Rep. Brit.
  Ass. Adv. Sc. 1898, Lond.,  1899, lxviii, 717-719. -Auer-
  bneh (L.i  Zur Anatomie und Physiologie der Nerven-
  faseru.   Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u.
  Aerzte  1896,  Leipz., 1897. lxvii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 310-314.—
  Ballowitz (E.) Ueber polvtome Nerveufnserteilung.
  Anat. Anz.,  Jena, 1899,  xvi, 541-546.—Berkley (H. J.)
  The intra-cortical end-apparatus ofthe nerve fibres. Proc.
  Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass.,  Utica, 1896, 134-138, 1 pl.  Alto:
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896,  xii, 258-262.—Bizzozero (G.)
  Berichtigung in Sachen  der Kerntheiluug in  deu  Ner-
  venfaseni nach Durchsehneiduug.  Arch. r. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1893, xii, 338.— Blandini (P.)  La stria di From-
  mann e la struttura  del cilindrasse  delle fibre nervose
  centrali e perifericbe.   Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1899,
  xxiii, 337-348, 1 pl.—Boll (F.)   Ueber Zersetzungsbihler
  der markhaltigen Nervenfaser. Arch. f. Auat. Sc  Phy-
  siol.,  Leipz.,  1877, 288-314.—Budget! (S. P.) & Grreii
  (J.), jr.  The functional adaptability of afferent nerve
  fibres.  Am.  J. Physiol., Bost., 1899-1900, iii, 115-122.
  Campbell  (A. W.)   The medullated nerve fibres of the
  cerebral cortex.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J.,  1902,  xxii, 430-
  434.—Capobianio (F.) & (jieriiiniio (E.)  Per la storia
  delle cognizioni sulla struttura della fibra nervosa.  Gior.
  d. Ass.  napol. dimed.e nat., Napoli, 1889-90, i, 183-190.—
  Chid.   Sur quelques particularit6s  de structure de la
  fibre  nerveuse myelinique  soumise k Taction de l'acide
  osmique.  [Transl. from: Atti  d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino,
  1904,  xxxix.]  Arcb. ital. de biol., Turin, 1904, xii, 277-
  286,1 pl.—Dc Beck (D.)  Double-contoured nerve-fibers.
  Ohio  M. J.,  Cincin.,  1898, ix,  165-167. — Dcmoor (J.)
  Quelques mots sur la structure  et surlafonction de la fibre
  nerveuse c6r6bi o-spinale.  J. de m6d.. chir. et pharmacol.,
  Brux., 1891, xcii,  649-65Y—Dercum  (F. X.) & Spillei-
  (YV. G.)  Nerve fibers in the pia of the spinal cord.  [Ab-
  str.)  Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. 8., iv, 170-
  172.—BioinidoflT  (A.)  Ob   iznileneniyakb  v osevikh
  tsilindrakh nervnikh volokon,  okrashennikh metilcnovol
  siny u, pri razdrazheiiii ikh navedyonnim tokom. [Changes
  in the axis cylinder of nerve-fibres, stained with methylene
  blue, when stimulated by the  induced current.] Nevrol..
  Vestnik, Kazan, 1893, i, no. 3, 113-199.—Donaldson (H.
  H.)  On a law determining the number of med ulbited nerve
  fibers innervating the thigh, shank, and foot of the frog
  Raua virescens.  J.  Comp. Neurol., Granville  (1 . 19ii:s-4.
  xiii, 223-257.—Edes(R.E.)  On the method oi tiansmission
  of the impulse in medullated fibres.  J.Physiol., Cambridge,
  1892, xiii, 431-444. — Fleming (R. A.)  Observations en
  the histology of medullated nerve fibres in man and rab-
  bits, derived from a studv of their pathological anatomy.
  J. Anat. Sc Physiol.,  Lond., 1*96-7, xxxi. 397-409. 1 pl.—
  Friedlaender (B.)  Bemerkungen iiber deu Ban der
  markhaltigen Nervenfasern (doppelt oder einfach kon-
  turiertO.  liiol  Centralbl., Leipz.,  Ir96, xvi,  197-203.-
  Fiii-Mt  (C. M.)   Ein Beitrag  zur Kenntniss der Scheide
  der Nervenfasern.   Morphol. Arb.,  Jena, lf96, vi, 529-
  544, 1 pl— Ciaskell (W. H.)   On the relations between
  the function, structure, origin, and  distribution of the
  nerve-fibres which compose tlie spinal aud cranial nervca.
  Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1888, lxxi, 303-376, 1 pl.-«aule
   (J.)  Die Riugbander der Nervenfaser; mitgetheilt mu h
   Untersuchungen  von Johansson.   Centralbl.  f. Physiol.,
   Leipz.  u. Wien,  1891-2, v,  299-301. — «ed»elst (L.)
   Etude  sur la constitutiou cellulaire de la fibre uerveu-e.
   Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1887. iii, 115-218, iv  1 pl. —-—-•
   Nouvelles recherches sur la constitution cellulaire de la
   fibre nerveuse.   Ibid., 1889, v 125-151  2 1., 1 pl.-«olgi
   (C )  Beitrag zur Kenntniss  der markhaltigen Nerven-
   fasern.   Verhandl. d. anat.  Gesellsch.,  Jena, 1900, xiv, 
NERVE-FIBRES.                             449                    NERVE-STRETCHING.
\erve-fifores.
  058-668.  AUo, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1897,
  xxvii, 305-313. -----.  Della propriety  delle fibie nervose
  di mantenere isolati i loro monconi centrali.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1901, xxii, 49; 180.  Also,  transl: Arch.  ital. de
  biol., Turin,  1901,  xxxv, 261-272.—Thompson (Helen
  B.)  A brief summary of tbe researches of Tbeodoie Kaes
  on the  medullatiou of the intra-eortical fibers of man at
  different ages.   J. Comp.  Neurol., Granville, O.,  1900-
  1901, x, 358-374. —Tirelli (V.)  Comment se comporte le
  stroma  neiirokeratinique  des fibres  nerveuses  dans le
  tronc periph6rique d'un  nerf seclionne et dans le cadavre.
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turiu, 1*90-7, xxvi, 33-44.—Tucketl
  (I. L.)   On the structure aud defeneration of noii-medul-
  lated nerve fibres.  J. Phvsiol.. Cambridge,  1895-6, xix,
  267-311, 4 pl.—Vafthkcvicli (F. U.)  Malei iali k voprosu
  o chislle nervnikh volokon perifericheskol nervnoi sis-
  temi po otnosheni'.u k  viesu tlela mlekopitayusbtshikh
  zhivotnikh.   [Data on the number of nerve-fibres of
  the peripheral nervous  system  as related to the weight
  of mammals.] Shorn, trud. KharUovsk. Vet. Inst. (1887)
  1889, i,  97-138.  Also,  transl. [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena,
  1888, iii, 200-208.—Wan a (J.)  Ueber abnormen  Verlauf
  eiuzelner  motorischer  Nervenfasern  im Wurzelgebiet.
  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Physiol., Bonn,  1898, lxxi, 555-559.—
  Wynii <W. H.)   The'minute structure of the medullary
  sheath of nerve-fibres.  J. Anat. Sc Physiol., Loud., 1899-
  1900, xxxiv,  381-397, 2 pl.
>erve-lifore««i.
  176- 178. — Gurwitsch  (A.)   Die  Histogenese  der
  Sehwann'schen Scbeide.  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs-
  gesch., Leipz.. 1900. 85-94, 1  pl.  Ilegcr (P.)   La fibre
  nerveuse.  Bull. Soe.  beige de micr., Brux., 1890-91, xvii,
  128-141.—Herriek (C. J.)  A note on the siguificance of
  the size of nerve fibers in fishes.  Bull, scient. lab. Deni-
  son Univ.. Granville, O., 1902-3, xii, 33-38.  Also •  J. Comp.
  Neurol., Granville, O., 1902, xii, 329 - 334. ■- Herriek
  (C. L.) The development of medullated nerve-fibres.  J.
  Comp. Neurol.,  Granville, O.. 1893,  iii, 11-10,  1  pl.—
  Howell ( W.  H.)   The effect of stimulation and of
  changes in temperature upon the irritability aud conduc-
  tivity of uerve-tibres.  J.  Physiol., Cambridge,  1894, xvi,
  298-318. 1 pl.—Ingbert (C. E.)  An enumeration of the
  medullated  nerve fibres in tbe ventral  roots of the spinal
  nerves of man.  J. Comp. Neurol. &. Psychol., Granville,
  0., 1904, xiv, 209-270.—loteyko (Mile. J.) «Sc Su-fnnow-
  iba (ilUe.  M.)  De l'euvahissement successif par l'anes-
  thesie des fibres nerveuses sensitives et motrices.   Coinpt.
  rend.Soc.de biol., Par.,1901,11.  s.,iii. 111:). — Johaiisaon
  (J. E.) Die Ringbander der Nervenfaser.  Arch. f. Phv-
  siol., Leipz., 1892, Suppl.-Bd., 41-53, 1 pl—Joseph.  Ziir
  feiueren Structur der Nervenfaser.  Ibid.. 1888,  184-187.—
  Ton  Kolliker (A.)  Nervenzellen und Nervenfasern.
  Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1S9J, xii, 33-51. -----. Gegen die
  Entstehung von Nervenfasern aus Zellenstrangen.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena,  1900. xviii, 511. -----. Ueber die Entwicke-
  lung der Nervenfasern. Ibid., 1904, xxv, 1-6.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Iiaugley  (J. N.)  Ou the union of cranial  au-
  tonomic (visceral)  fibres with  the nerve cells of tbe  su-
  perior cervical ganglion.   J. Phvsiol., Lond.. 1898.  xxiii,
  240-270.—dangley (J. N.) Sc Anderson  (H.  K.)  The
  union of different kinds of nerve fibres.  Ibid., 1904, xxxi,
  365-391.— .TIarchesini (R.)  Sulla  fina struttura delle
  fibre  nervose a  mielina.  Boll. d. Soc. rom. per gli  stud.
  zool., Roma, 1899, viii, 17-24,  1 pl.—ITIeighnii (T. S.)  A
  case of opaque nerve fibres.  Glasgow M. J., li»>9, [5.] s.,
  xxxi, 407, 1  pl.—.Tlirallie (C.)  Les faisceaux moteurs
  du n6vraxe.   Gaz. med. de Nantes.  1897-8, xvi, 82-86.
  -----. Les faisceaux  sensitifs  du nevraxe.   Ibid., 106-
  109.—.Tlondino (C.)   Sulla  struttura delle fibre nervose
  midollate perifericbe.  Arch, per lesc. med., Torino, 1884-5,
  viii, 45-66,  1 pl.— Tlurawieff CW.)   Die feiueren Ver-
  anderungen durebschnitteuer Nervenfasern im periphereu
  Abschnitt.   Beitr.  z. path. Anat. u.  z. allg.  Path., Jena,
  1901, xxix, 103-116, 1 pl.—Noll (A.)  Ueber die quantita-
  tiven  Beziehungen  des  Protagons  zum  Nervenmark.
  Ztschr. f. physiol.  Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxvii, 370-397.—
  Owsjannikow  (P.)   Znr Structur der Nervenfaser.
  Melanges biol. Acad. imp. d. sc. de St.-Petersb., 1891, xiii,
  101-112.—Ozawa (K.) [Gelatinous matter and sheath of
  the nerve-fibres.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,1899,130-132.—Pace
  (D.)  Sulla disposizione a gomitolo dei cilindrassili delle
  fibre nervose.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix,  72.—Pa-
  ladiuo (G.) Do la continuation de la n6vroglie dans le
  squelette myelinique des fibres nerveuses et de la consti-
  tution pluricellulaire du cylindraxe.   [From: Rendic d. r.
  Accail. d.  sc. lis. e mat. di Napoli. 1892.]  Arch. ital. de
  biol,  Turin, 1893, xix, 26-32.—Petrone (L.)  Ueber  die
  Differentialdiagnose  zwischen  cerebralen nnd  spinalen
  Nervenfasern.  Fortschr. d.  Med., Berl.,  1888,  vi, 341.—
  Pighini (G.)  Sullo sviluppo delle fibre nervose perife-
  ricbe e centrali dei gangli spinali edei  gangli cefalici nel-
  1' eiubrione del polio.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emi-
  lia, 1904, xxx, 169-202,  2 pl.—Platncr (G.)  Eine ueue
  Methode zur Darstellung des Neurokeratingeriists der
  Nervenfasern.  Ztschr. f. wissensch.  Mikr., Brnschwg ,
  1889,  vi,  186-188— Radziwillowicz (R.)   Znaczenie
  odsrodkowych wldkien nerwowych w dosrodkowych dro-
  gach  zruyslowych.   [Value of efferent nerve-fibres in af-
  ferent sensory tracts.J  Now. lek., Poznan, 1900, xii, 562-
  567.—Relzips (G.)   Ueber myelinhaltige Nervenfasern
  bei Evertebraten.  Biol.  Foren. Forhaudl.  Verhandl. d.
  biol. Ver. in Stockholm, 1888-9, i, 58-62, 1 pl. -----. Der
  Bau des Axeneylinders der  Nervenfasern.  Ibid., 83-93,
  1 pl. -----.  Was ist die Henle'sche  Scheide der Nerven-
  fasern? Anat. Anz.,  Jena,  1898, xv, 140-146 —Rufflni
  (A.)  Sopra due speciali  modi d' innervazione degli  or-
  gani di Golgi con riguardo speciale alia struttura del ten-
  dinetto dell' organo muscolo-tendineo ed alia maniera di
  comportarsi delle fibre nervose vasomotorie nel  perimisio
  del gatto.  Considerazioni fisiologiche sul senso  specifico
  muscolare.   Ricerche n. lab.  di auat. norm. d. r. Univ. di
  Roma, 1897-8, vi, 231-253. AUo, Reprint.—Sala(G.)  Con-
  tributo alia conoscenza delle fibre nei-vose midollate.  Boll.
  d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1900,  159-161, 1 pl.  AUo,  Re-
  print.  AUo. transl.:  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 49-55,  1
  pl.—Schmidt (EL D.) On the construction of the dark
  or double-bordered nerve  fibre.   Month. Micr. J., Lond.,
  1894, xi, 200-221, 3  pl.—Mcliultzc (O.)  Die Kontinuitat
  der Organisationseinheiten der peripheren Nervenfaser.
  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1905,  cviii,  72-J-Y—.*tte-
  fani  (U.)   Del trofismo  delle  fibre  nervose  perifericbe;
  stato  attuale della questione.   Riv.  veneta di  sc.  med.,
  Venezia, 1895, xxii, 282-299. -----. Della propriety delle
  fibre nervose di  mantenere isolati i loro monconi centrali.
  Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett.  ed arti, 1896-7, 7. s., viii,

        VOL  XI,   2d series---29
IVerve-foree.
    See Nervous system (Physiology of).
\e eve-grafting.
     Atkinson (E.)  Remarks  on nerve-grafting.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1890, ii, 624-627.—Harrisson (D.)  A case
  of nerve grafting.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Loud., 1891-2, xxv, 166-
  171. -----. Nerve suture and nerve grafting.   Liverpool
  M.-Chir. J., 1892, xii, 321-332.—Heath  (C.)  A  case of
  nerve suturiug and one of nerve grafting.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1893, i, 1194-1196.—Huber (G. C.)  Nerve suturiug aud
  nerve implantation.   Internat. J.  Surg., N. V.,  1897, x, 41;
  80; 105.—ITIoullin (M.) Acaseof nerve transplantation.
  Lancet,  Lond.,  Ifc93, i, 1516. — Neumann (E.)  Einige
  Versuche iiber Nerventrausplantation.  Arch. f. Entwck-
  lngsmechu. d. Organ.,  Leipz.,  1898, vi, 526-536.—Peck-
  ham (F. E.)  Nerve grafting.   Providence M. J., 1900,
  i, 5.—Petersou (R.)   Peripheral nerve  transplantation,
  with the report of a case  in which the sciatica of a dog
  were transplanted successfully between the severed ends
  of tbe median and ulnar nerves of a man.  Am. J. M. Sc,
  Phila., 1899, n.  s.,  cxvii,  377-405.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: J. Am.  M.  Ass., Chicago,  1898,  xxx,  1511.—
  Powers (C. A.)  A contribution to the surgery of nerves;
  the bridging of nerve defects. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila.,
  1904, xxii, 173-185.  AUo: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 632-
  643.—Raw (N.)  Nerve-grafting in complete  division of
  the median aud ulnar uerves.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903,
  xxiii, 277-281.— Reed (R.  H.)   Neural  infixation.  Tr.
  Ohio M. Soc, Toledo, 1893, 1, 305-316.  Also: Ann. Surg.,
  Phila., 1895,  xxii, 320-326.  Also: Columbus M. J., 1895,
  xv, 348-355.—Robertson (W.)   Cases of nerve suture
  and nerve grafting.  South  African M. J., Cape Town,
  1897-8, v, 252-254.—Robson (A. W. M.)  A case of suc-
  cessful nerve-grafting.  Tr. Clin. Soc.  Lond., 1888-9, xxii,
  120 -124.  Also : Med.  Press & Circ,  Lond.,  1889,  n. s.,
  xlvii, 112.

ITerve-stretchiiigr.
     See,  also, Ataxia (Locomotor,  Treatment  of);
  Leprosy (Treatment   of,  Surgical);   Sciatica,
  Spinal cord (Sclerosis of), Tics,  Treatment of,
     Brolkmann (E.)  * Heitrage  zur YVUrdigung
  der  Nervcndehnuug.   6°.   Kiel, 1902.
     Kloz (T  )  * Beitrag zur  Casuistik der  opera-
  tiven Loslosung und Delinung von Nervenstain-
  men.   8°.   Greifswald,  [1*74].
     Kunkel  (G.)   *Die Nervendehuung, ihre Er-
  folge und Indicationeu.  [Erlangen.]  8'y  Wiirz-
  burg, [189:5].
     LaUER (O.)  * Die Nervendelmung,  eine his-
  torische Studie.   *:J.   JErlan</en, l«9l>.
     Rosenstkin (M.)  * Ein Fall  von Nervendeh.-
  nung bei Tubes dorsalis.   8°.  Breslau, 1**3.
     SchOssler (H.)  Nervendehnung oder  riicht?
  Zur Orientiruug  iiber die  Behandlung chroni-
  scher Erkrankungen der Nervenstaninie und des
  Riickenmarks, speciell der Tabes, fiir praktisehe
  Aerzte.  *'■'.  Bremen,  1899.
     Rart (V. K.)  Sluchai voskhodyashtshavo  nelrita pos-
  lie nshiblennol rani; vityazheniye nerva.  [Ascending
  neuritis  after a  contusion;  stretching of the nerve.]
  Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1903, xix, 985-999.—Rene- 
NERVE-STRETCHING.
450
NERVKS.
Aeeve-streteliins.
  dikt  (M )  Zur Frage der  Nervendebnuug bei Tabes.
  Mitth. d. "Wien.  med.  Doct.-Coll., 1889. xv, 58-61.-Car-
  pen ter (J. G.)  Four cases of successful nerve stretching.
  Cinciu. Lancet-Clinic, 1896,  n. s., xxxvi, 332-335.—t'ut-
  inni  (G.)   Studio sperimeutale sulla distenzione dei
  nervi; comunicazione  preventiva.  (ia/.z. <l. osp., Milano,
  1^4. v, 410-412.  AUo, Reprint. — Cliiuault.   L'elonga-
  tion des nerfs dans  le traitement des lesions trophiques,
  mal perforant, ulcere  variqueux, etc.  Cong, internat. de
  med   C. r.  Par., 1900, sect, de chir. gi'-n., 525-534.  AUo:
  Med. mod., Par., 1900,  xi, 425-427.- Dnudridge (N. P.)
  Nerve-stretching.  Tr. Am. Surg.  Ass., Phila., 1888, vi,
  491-.">03. — OaliKiiani (A.)  Diversi  casi di  epilessia,
  contrattura  e uevralgia trattati collo stirameuto dei nervi
  cubitale, mediano, piccolooccipitale, ischiatieo, mentoniero
  e mascellare inferiore. Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano,  1887, viii,
  77K-783.—Klein. Dieunblutige Nervendehnung.  Arch.
  f. phys.-diiitet. Therap., Berl., 1904, vi, 107-174.—Lewan-
  dowski (A.)  Leber unblutige Nervendehnung. Therap.
  d Gegenw.,  Berl., 1904, xiv, 209-217.—lVIariueNco. Sur
  les lesions des centres nerveux cons6cutives k I'e-longatiou
  des nerfs p6ripheriques et er&niens.  Compt. rend. Soc de
  biol., Par., 1901, 11. 8.,  iii, 324-326.—ITIischi (A.)  Sul va-
  lore terapeiitico dell' allungamento  dei nervi.   Raccogli-
  toremed., Forh, 1890,  5. s., x, 414; 457;  500; 531. —Mort
  (S.) Case of traumatic stretching of  the lower cervical
  nerve  roots, with remarks on some allied conditions, in-
  cluding the mechanism of  their production.   Glasgow
  M. J., 1905, lxiii, 340-347.—Pazeller (H.)  Ueber un-
  blutige Nervendehnung bei Neuritis und Neuralgic.  N.
  Therap., Wien, 19115, iii, 317-321.—PoluiuordviuoflT (D.)
  K morfologii kontsevikh nervnikh apparatov v mishtsakh
  proizvolnavo dvizheniya.  [On the morphology of  termi-
  nal nerve apparatus iu the muscles of voluntary action.]
  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1899, vii.no. 1, 52-58.—Senilller
  (M.)   Die Verwendung der  Nervendehnung zur operati-
  ven Heilung von Substanzverlusten am Nerven.   Wien.
  med. Presse, 1888. xxix, 145-152. — SchiigNler  (H.) Ein
  Fall von Nervendehnung.  Festschr.  z.  Feier . . .  Fr.
  vou Esmarch, Kiel  u. Leipz., 1893, 167-172. — Vasilyeff
  (M. A.)  K  terapevticheskomu znacheniyu vityazheuiya
  nervov.  [Therapeutic value of nerve-stretching.]  Chir.
  Vestnik, St. Petersb.,  1888, iv, 578-585.—Virnicchi (A.)
  La distensione  dei nervi.  Gior. d. Ass. napol.  di med. e
  nat., Napoli, 1901, xi, 100-127.

[Verves.
    See, also, Nerve [and subdivisions'];  Neurol-

  ogy-
    Bell (C.)  A series of engravings explaining
  the course of the  nerves.   With an address to
  young physicians,  on the  study  of  the nerves.
  4 .   Philadelphia,  1618.
    -----.   Darstellnng  der Nerven zum Unter-
  rit-ht  fiir  Aerzte und Wundarzte bei chirnrgi-
  schen Operazioneu  uud iusbesondere fiir diejeui-
  geu,  welehe  anatomische Piiifuugeu  zu beste-
  heu haben.   Nat-h  der  3.  Originalausgabe frei
  bearbeitet, mit praklischen  Bemerkungen be-
  gleitet und  durcli  eine  Beschreibung  der zwcilf
  Hirnnerven vermehrt, von Heinrieh Robbi.   Mit
  einer Vorrede von Johaun Christian Rosemniiller.
  8-.   Leipzig,  1820.
    Caccianiga  (E.)  L' innervazione del cuore,
  dei poltnoni  e dell' apparato  digerente.  Parte
  prima.  Fisiologia.  6U.   Milano^Napoli,[l*99].
    von Fi.kischl vox Marxow (E.)   Ueber die
  wiciitigsten  Lebenseigenschaften der  Nerven.
  Vortrag.   Hi-.   Wien, 1891.
    (tCillaumk  ( L. )  * Etude sur  les  origines
  reelles des nerfs de sensibility   ge"u6rale.   4°.
  Lyon,  1-H9.

    Hassf.  (C.)  Hand-Atlas der  sensiblen  und
  motorischen  Gebiete der  Hirn- und Riicken-
  niarksneiven.   Zum Gebrauch   fiir practische
  Aerzte uud Studirende.   6°.   Wiesbaden, l-t<jr>.
    -----.  The same.  Hand-Atlas der Hirn-nnd
  Riit-kciiiiiaiksnerven in  ihren sensiblen  nnd mo-
  torischen  Gebietcn.   Zum  Gebrauch  fiir  prac-
  tische Aeizte und  Studirende.  8-.   Wiesbaden
  1900.                                             '

    Hi'ukr  (J. J.)   * De nervo  intercostali,  de
  nervis octavi  et noni  paris  deque  accessario.
  sm. 4  .  Gottingce,  1744.
    Hi-ghi -:s (A. \V.)  Nerves ofthe human body;
  with  diagrams.   4J.  Edinburgh, 1690.
 Aeeves.

     Paclt (J.)  "Considerations  sur les  nerfs et
   les  louctions  qu'ils  reinplissent.   4-.   S. as
   bourg, 1*03.
     Perrenon (C. A.)   * Motus  muscularis  pri-
   inarii  organon  inimediatuiu  nervoruui  vauime
   4°.  Tubingm, 17?i>.
     References  to nerves;  being  tabular views
   ofthe motor nerves to muscles, tlie nervous .sup-
   ply of  the  principal articulations  and  of  the
   skin,  tbe deep  and  superficial origins of  the
   cranial nerves;  with the most important effects
   following solution of continuity  of nerves,  ltw.
   Edinburgh, 187(5.
     Schaarschmidt  (E.)   Blut und Nerven;  ein
   Schliissel  zum  Verstiindniss  des  menschlicheu
   Korpers.   8°.   Leipzig, [1902].
     Smith (H.)  An essay on the nerves, illustrat-
   ing  their efficient, formal, material,  and final
   causes; with a  copper plate descriptive of their
   anatomy,  and a plate of figures displaying  the
   manner of  the  liquids being corrupted by cor-
   rosive acids and stagnated by obtuse alkalies.
   To which  is added an essay on foreign teas.  8°.
   London, [n. d.].
     Todaro (F.)   Sulla struttura dei  plessi ner-
   vosi.  Prolusiom- al corso  d' anatomia descrit-
   tiva nella r. Universitadi Roma.  8°.  Roma, 1*72.
     Vannier  (J.-J.)  *Quae8tio  medica  oortito
   ducta.  An  spiritus animates per nervos iuflu-
   entes  conducant ad  sensuin  et  motuin?  4°.
   [n. p., 1752.]
     Vater  (A.)   Diss, qua ceconomiaiu sensuum
   ex speciuli organorum seusoriornni, et sigillatim,
   ex  papillarum  nervearuin textura  inechanica
   demonstrat et  placid*  eruditotum disquisitioni
   offert.  Resp.  .Toachiino Gottlieb Klepperbeiii.
   sm.  4C.   Vitembergo3, [1717],
     Bardeen (0. K.)  A statistical study of the abdominal
   and border-nerves  iu man.  Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1901-2, i,
   203-228.—Benda (('.)  Ueber die Bedeutung der durch
   basische Anilinfarben darstellbaren Nervenzelleustructu-
   ren.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., lsl)5, xiv, 759 - 768.  See,
   also, infra, Nissl.— Brown-Sequard.  Lectures on the
   nerves.  Leet. & Lett., N. Y., 187-4, 12-35.—Cremer (M.)
   Ueber neurothermisehe Versuche am  marklosen Nerven
   Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen
   (1890), 1897, xii. 66-70.  AUo: Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1897, xliv,  280.—Fleischl  von Marxow  (E.)  Ueher
   die wiciitigsten Lebenseigenschaften der Nerven.  in hit:
   Ges. Abhandl., 8°, Leipz., 1893, 412-423.—Gasliell (W. H.)
   On the comparison of the cranial with the  spinal  nerves.
   Nature, Lond., 1888, xxxviii.  19. — Gomez  Ocafia.
   Sustitucion de fuueiones entre los nervios. Corresp. med.,
   Madrid, 1902, xxxvii, 533-535. — Hermann (L.)  Eine
   physikalische Erscheinung  am N'erven.  Arch. f. d.  ges.
   Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxvii, 240-2.">7.   .lelyeisiiia ( G.)
   Ueber  die  Nuclei arciformes.   Centralbl.  f. Nervenh.,
   Leipz., 1889, xii, 206-268. -----. Die  sensiblen und  sen-
   sorischen Nervenbahnen und Centren.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1895, xiv, 290-300.  AUo: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg..
   Berl., 1895, lxiv, 745. — Nissl ( F.)  Kritiscbe Fragen der
   Nervenzellen-Anatomie; Antwort auf  Benda's Aufsatz in
   Nr. 17 (Jahrgang 1895) dieses Blattes.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1896, xv, 98-103.—Kara (A.)  O siashtshenii ner-
   vov razlicbnikh naznacbeniy i razlichnikh funktsiy.  [On
   the coalescence of nerves of different names  and func-
   tions.]   Zapiski Kievsk. Obsh. Estestvo.. Kieff, 1884. vii,
   433-474.—Rolleston (H. D.i On the conditions of  tem-
   perature in nerves (1) during  activity, (2) during the
   process of dying.  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1890,  xi, 208-
   225.—Stewart (J.  P.) ' Surface  anatomy of the super-
   ficial nerves.  Edinb. M. J., 1891-2,  xxxvii, 910-913.-
   Weiss (O.)   Ueber die Ursache des Axialstromes am
   Nerven.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cviil, 416-
   425, 2 pl.

 lYerves  (Abnormities of).
      Auvray.   Anomalie du coraco-brachial.  Bull. Soc.
   anat. de Par, 1898, lxxiii, 136.—Berlanv (A.) Disposi
   tion anormale des branches terminales  du  m6dian et iln
   cubital.  Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1M89, xxviii, 238-240.-
   Birminghnm  (A.)  Notes of some  nerve anomalies.
   Tr.  Rov.  Acad.  M. Ireland, Dubl., lw<8. vi.  460-402-
   C hi a ni si (Gr.)   Rudimenti di un nervo intercalate tra
   1 acusticofacciale e il glosso-faringeo in enibiioni di mam-
   miferi.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1896, vii, 52-54.—
I   Coquet (R.) Anomalie des  nerfs median et musculo 
NERVES.
451
NERVES.
Nerves (Abnormities of).
  cutane.  Bull, et niein. "^oc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 93-
  (),-)._ Dixon (A. F.) Abnormal distribution of tbe nervus
  dorsalis scapuhe, and of certain of the intercostal nerves.
  J. Anat. & l'hysiol., Loud., 1895-6, xxx, 209.—Fiomonl,
  Demonstration anatomique de  la recurrence  nerveuse.
  Compt.  rend. Soc.  de biol., Par.,  1893, 9. s., v, 220-222.
  Also: Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1893, xxii, 320-
  322.- Giuria (P.M.)  Anomalie dei  nervi dorsali della
  niano.   Keudic. soinm. d. r. Accad. d. se. med. di Genova,
  1885, i, 84-86.—Griffin (M.)  On some varieties of the last
  dorsal and first lumbar nerves. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland,
  Dubl., 1890-91, ix,  485-493, 3 pl.-Jamieson (E. B.)  A
  description of some anomalies in nerves arising from  the
  lumbar plexus of a fcetus, and of the bilaniiuar musculus
  pectineus found  iu the same foetus;  with a study of the
  variations and relation to nerve supply in man and some
  other mammals.  J. Anat. & Physiol.,  Lond., 1903, xxxvii,
  266-286.—IT.Iacali.Nter (A.)  Notes ou some anomalies in
  the course of nerves in man.  Proc. Rov. Irish Acad.,
  Dubl., 1875-7, 2. s., ii, 420.—Ogle (J. W.)  Note on a nerve
  piercing the walls  of an  artery. J.  Anat.  &  Physiol.,
  Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 20.—Wilson (J. T.)  Abnormal  dis-
  tribution of the  nerve to the quadratus femoris in man,
  with remarks on its significance. J. Anat. & Physiol.,
  Lond., 1888-9, xxiii, 354-357.

Herves (Anastomoses of).
    See, also, Anastomosis.
    Bruandet (L.) & Humbert (At.)  De la texture des
  nerfs;  application  k l'anastomose nerveuse.  Arch. gen.
  de med., Par., 1905, i, 641-646.—(niuiicu.  Note sur une
  anastomose  entre la branche profonde du  cubital et le
  median.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897,
  xviii, 339-340. — Chevrier.  Note  sur  l'anastomose  de
  Riche et Cannieu.  Bull, et m6iu. Soe.  anat. de  Par., 1904,
  lxxix. 794-798.—Frnzier (C. H.)  Further report of a
  case of hypoglossal facial anastomosis. J. Nerv. Sc Ment.
  Dis., N. V.,  1905,  xxxii,  650-652. — Hartmann  (H.)
  Etude de quelques  anastomoses  elliptiques des nerfs  du
  membre superieur;  leur importance au point de vue de la
  conservation des fonctions sensitivo-motrices  apres une
  section nerveuse.  Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 1888, lxiii, 151-
  164.—Lacroix  (15.)  Memoire sur les anastomoses  des
  nerfs consid6r6es comnie servant a coordonner les mouve-
  niens involontaires k la sensibilit6 dans l'accomplissement
  des fonctions orsaniques et sensoriales. J. hebd. d. progr.
  d. sc. et inst. med., Par.,  1836, i. 97; 129.  AUo, Reprint.—
  L<add (G. T.)  A  suggestive case of nerve-anastomosis.
  Pop. Sc. Month., N. T., 1905, lxvii, 319-328.  Also [Abstr.J:
  J. Philos., Psychol, (etc.], Lancaster, Pa., Sc N. V., 1905,
  ii, 48.— I. a flay.   Anastomose  nerveuse  entre le  nerf
  nasal et le nerf lacrymal; anomalie du ganglion ophthal-
  mique.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et pbysiol.  de Bordeaux, 1897,
  xviii, 285. — Lavdovaki  (M.  D.)   O vzai'mnikh otno-
  sheniyakh mezhdu nervnimi, nenervnimi i sosudistiml ele-
  mentami.  [Mutual relationship of nervous, nonnervous,
  and vascular elements.]  Russk. Vrach,  S.-Peterb., 1902,
  i, 649-653.—Princeteau.  Note sur trois cas d'anasto-
  mose du nerf mylo-byoldien avec le nerf lingual k travers
  le muscle mylo-iiyoidien.  Bull. Soe. d'anat. et phvsiol. de
  Bordeaux, i899,  xx, 216. — Taylor  (A. S.)  Two cases
  of nerve anastomosis.  J. Nerv.  Sc Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1905,
  xxxii, 649. -----. Special instruments for faciohypoglos-
  sal nerve anastomosis.  Med. Rec., N. V., 1905, lxvii, 359.

Serves (Blood-supply of).
    See  Nervous   system (Blood-vessels,  etc.,  of);
  Nervous system ( Vasomotor).

lVerves (Brachial)  [and  brachial  plexus].
    See, also,  Nerve (Cutaneous, Internal); Nerve
  (Median);   Nerve  (Musculocutaneous);  Nerve
  (Musculo-spiral); Nerve (Radial); Nerve  (Ul-
  nar).
    Hofer (W.)  Vergleichend-anatomische  Stu-
  dien iiber die Nerven des Ariues und der Hand
  bei deu Affen  und dem  Mensehen.   8°.   Miin-
  chen, 1^92.
    Krause (K.)  * Die Varietaten der Armnerven.
  8'-.   Wurzburg, [1891].
    Adolphi  (H.)   Ueber das Verhalten  des  zweiten
  Brustnerven  zum  Plexus  brachialis beim  Mensehen.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xv, 98-104.—Agoatini (C.) Sulla
  cotnposizione del  plesso brachiale  e sulla origine dei suoi
  rami  terminali.   Ann.  d. Univ.  libera di Perugia.  Fac.
  di med. e chir., 1886-7, ii, 291-312, 1  pl.—Bertaux (A.)
  Note sur quelques anomalies des branches  terminales du
  plexus brachial.  Bull. med.  du  nord,  Lille, 1889, xxviii,
  178; 227.—Bikelea (G.) & Franke  (M.)  Die sensible
  nnd motorische  Segmentlocalisation fiir die wiciitigsten
  Nerven de.s Plexus brachialis.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Ner-
  venh., Leipz., 1902-3, xxiii, 205-215.1 pl.—Brook* (W. T.)
IVerves (Brachial) [and  brachial plexus].
  The brachial plexus of the Macaque monkey, and its anal-
  ogy with that of man.  J. Anat. &, Physiol., Lond., 1882-3,
  xvii, 329-332.—Cnradonna (G.)  Ricerche sulla costi-
  tuzione del plesso brachiale, sulla distribuzione dei suoi
  rami terminali e sull' anastomosi fra il nervo muscolo-
  cutaneo ed il nervo mediano negli equini.  Monitore zool.
  ital., Firenze, 1901, xii,  62; 81, 2 pl— < licniin.   Note
  sur la structure intime du plexus brachial chez le gibbon
  d'lndo-Cbine.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux,
  1899, xx, 309-311.—Clieiuin (A.) & Tribondeau.  Le
  plexus brachial du gibbon; sa dissociation eu uu plan de
  flexion  et  uu plan d'extensiou;  systematisation de ses
  racines rachidiennes; origines radiculaires de ses branches.
  Gaz. hebd. d. sc.  med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 291; 330;
  438. AUo [Abstr.]: Compt. rend.  Soc. do biol., Par., 1901,
  11. s.,  iii, 894.—Cunningham  (I). J.) The nerves of
  the fore-limb of the thylaciue (Thylacinus  cynocephalus
  or Harrisii) and cuscus (Phalangista maculata).  J. Anat.
  & Physiol., Lond., 1878, xii, 427-433.—Harris (W.)  Pre-
  fixed and  postfixed  types of brachial plexus.  Brain,
  Lond.,  1903, xxvi, 013-615.-----The true  form of the
  brachial plexus, and  its  motor distribution.  J. Auat. Sc
  Physiol., Lond., 1903-4, xxxviii, 399-422, 3 pl.—Heinlein
  (H.)  Debnuug und Resection in dem Bereiche des Plexus
  brachialis.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.
  Aerzte 1893, Leipz., 1894, lxv, pt. 2,143-146.—l.ctievant.
  Phenom^ues physiologiques et pathologiques cous6cutifs
  k la section des nerfs du bras  (nouvelle interpretation).
  Lyon med., 1869, iii,  150; 177; 225;  243, 6 pl.   AUo, Re-
  print. — l<euf (A. H. P.)  Anomalies of tbe  brachial
  plexus.  Am. J. Neurol. & Psychiat., N. V., 1882, i, 28-32.—
  iVIiiller  (J.)  Beitrag zur  Kenntniss des  Faserverlaufs
  im Plexus  brachialis.   Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.  Nervenh.,
  Leipz.,  1894, v, 115-128.—Parhon (C.) Sc Goldstein (M.)
  Origina reala a nervulul circomflex.  Roumauia med., Bu-
  curesci, 1900, viii, 419-421.  AUo, transl:  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1901, ix, 486-489.—Porot (A.)  Morpbologie et con-
  stitution du plexus brachial cbez les nouveau-nes.  Arch.
  de neurol., Par., 1905, 2.  s.,  xx, 238.  Also:  J. de neurol.,
  Par., 1905, x,  379.  Also: Rev.  neurol., Par., 1905, xiii,
  852.—Queirolo (G.  B.)  Compressione delle radici ner-
  vose dei plessi brachiali ai loro fori di uscita; sintomato-
  logia simulante 1' atrofia muscolare e la pachimeuingite
  cervicale.  Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 238.—Kussell  (J.
  S. R.)   An experimental investigation of the nerve roots
  which enter into the formation of the brachial plexus of
  the dog.  Phil. Tr. 1893, Lond., 1894, clxxxiv (15.), 39-63, 1
  pl.  Also [Abstr. |:  Re]). Scient. Grants Com. Brit. M. Ass.
  1891-3, Lond., 1894, ii, 112-114. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Roy.
  Soc. Lond., 1892, li,  22-25.  Also, Reprint.—Sterzi (A. L)
  Ricerche sopra le anastomosi dei rami  anterior! del plesso
  brachiale e loro interpretazioue morfologica.  Arch. ital.
  di  anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1903,  ii, 178-205, 2 pl.—
  Viannay.  Note sur l'arcbitecture du plexus brachial.
  Lyon med., 1904, cii,  1296-1298.— Villar.  A propos  de
  l'anesth6sie des  membres sup6rieurs par injection de co-
  caine dans le plexus brachial.  M6m. et bull. Soc. de m6d.
  et  chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 356.—Wyeth (J. A.)
  Surgical lesions of the axillary plexus.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1072.

TITerves (Brachial, Diseases of).
     See,  also, Neuralgia in upper extremity.
     Cain (Maude F.)    Brachial neuritis.    An
  original  article, with history  of a  case.    6°.
  [n. p.], 1905.
     Repr. from:  Mechanical  vibratory  stimulation.  8°.
  [n. p.], 1905.
     Block (E.)  Ueber eine Affektion des Plexus brachia-
  lis.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 897-899.—Buck-
  ley(C. W.)   Brachial neuritis.  Lancet, Lond., 1904, i,
  1042-1044. — Carwardine  (T.) Neuroma  of brachial
  plexus, with molluscum fibrosum  of skin.  Tr. Path. Soc.
  Lond., 1898-9, 1, 27-29.— Cenu*.  Nevrite  brachiale dis-
  sernin6e par elongation.  Loire med., St.-Etienne,  1895,
  xiv, 39-42.—C'estan (R.)  Deux types cliniques de lesions
  radiculaires du plexus brachial.  Arch. m6d. de Toulouse,
  1896, ii, 204; 236. — Dejerine  (J.)  Sur un cas de ne-
  vrite apoplectiforme du plexus brachial, suivi d'autopsie.
  Coinpt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1890, 9. s., ii, pt. 2, 59-61.—
  Engelen.   Zwei  Fiille von Plexuslahmung.  Aerztl.
  Rundschau, Miiuchen, 1904,  xiv,  232. — Galeazzi (R.)
  Contributo clinico e sperimentale alio studio delle lesioni
  del plesso brachiale d' origine traumatica.  Arcb. di ortop.,
  Milano, 1903,  xx, 1-33.—Heldenfoergb (C.)  Un cas de
  nevrite radiculaire double du plexus brachial avec paraly-
  sie unilat6rale complete de la iii" paire, simulant une pa-
  chym6ningite cervicale hypertrophique.  Belgique med.,
  Gand - Haarlem,  1902,  ix, pt. 2.  195-200.   Also:  J.  do
  neurol., Par.,  1901,vi, 654-058.—Klinia.  Neuritis plexus
  brachialis.  (5asop.  16k. cesk.. v Praze, 1892,  xxxi, 597.—
  KrausM  ( W. C.)   Localized  neuritis  of the  brachial
  plexus.  Med. Age, Detroit, 1895, xiii, 482.— r.aelir (M.)
  Zur Casuistik der traumatischen  Erkrankungen im Ge-
  biete des Plexus  brachialis.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, 
NERVES.
452
NERVES.
 .Verve* (Brachial, Diseases of).
   xxxv, 564.__lii-wzj imk)' (W. M.)  A contribution to the
   clinical study of spontaneous degenerative neuritis of the
   brachial plexus.  J. Xerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y.. 1890, xvii,
   18-42. AUo, Reprint.  AUo [Abstr.] :-Boston M. .t S. J.,
   1889, exxi, 188.  AUo [Abstr.]: N. Tork M. J., 1889, 1, 78.
   -----. Neuritis ofthe brachial plexus, as a sequel of pneu-
   monia.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1895, xlviii, 709.  -----. Bilateral
   neuritis of the brachial plexus following acute crupous
   pneumonia.  N.  Y/ork  M. J., 1896, lxiii, 409.  AUo, Re-
   print.—Hiievre (L.)  Nevrite traumatique du plexus bra-
   chial consecutive a  des massages.  •!.  (le m6d. de Par.,
   1904,2. 8., xvi, 87. — itlader (J.)  Neuritis der Armner-
   ven; Ausbreitung auf die Nervi thorac.  anter. et post.;
   Besserung.  Ber. d.  k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftung
   in Wien (1888), 1889, 339. -----.  Von einer Neurit, n. me-
   dianid. ausgehende. klonischeKrampfe in Form der Jack-
   son'scbeu  Epilepsie; Heilung.  Jahrb. d.  Wien. k. k.
   Krankenanst. 1894. Wien u.  Leipz., 1890.  iii, 838. — Per-
   wuHchin (W.)   Ein Fall einer Wurzelerkrankung des
   Plexus brachialis vom Charakter einer  Infektionspoly-
   neuritis.   Med. BI., Wien Sc Leipz., 1905, xxviii, 115.—
   Prinee (M.) Section of tbe posterior spinal roots for
   tbe  relief  of pain in a case of neuritis  of the brachial
   plexus; cessation of pain in the affected area; later devel-
   opment of Browu-Sequard's paralysis as a result of lami-
   nectomy; unusual distribution of root anaesthesia; later
   partial return of sensibility.   Brain, Lond., 1901, xxiv, 116-
   126,  1 pl.  AUo: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. V., 1900, xxvii,
   049-651.—Boss (J.)  Distribution of anaesthesia in cases
   of disease of the branches and of the roots of the brachial
   plexus.  Brain, Loud., 1884-5, vii, 51-76.—Taylor (W. E.)
   Un  cas de nevrite du  plexus brachial, suivi d'autopsie.
   Rev. neurol, Par.. 1904, xii,  153-158. — Tuiney (H. G.)
   Certain lesions of the brachial plexus and  their causation.
   St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1899, Loud., 1901, 343-359.—Ver-
   hoogen (It.) Dissociation de la sensibility dans un cas I
   de 16siou des nerfs du plexus brachial.  J. de iu6d.. chir. et
   Pharmacol., Brux., 1894, 65-69. — Verstraele.  Zona du
   plexus brachial gauche. J. d. sc. in6d. de Lille, 1896, ii,
   395-400.

 Nerves (Brachial, Tumors of).
     Anze (J.)  * Contribution  a  l'etude des oste"-
   omes du brachial ante'rieur.   8°.  Paris,  1899.
     Simonot (A.)   *Des  osteomes  du  brachial
   ante'rieiir.  8°.  Paris, 1699.
     TrzebiiSski  (S.)  * Ueber circutnscripte Binde-
   gewebshyperplasicn in den periphereu  Nerven,
   besoiulei'8 in  den  Plexus lirachiales.   8°.  Dor-
  pat, 1*«*.
     FraiiroiM-Daiiiville.  Ost6ome du brachial ante-
   rieurgauche; n6vrite traumatique du nerf median; k6rato-
   dermie palmaire  limit(;e au territoire cutane de ce nerf.
   Bull, et mem. Soc. auat. de Par.,  1904, lxxix, 228-230.—
   lioison.  Ablation d'un osteome du brachial ant6rieur;
   resultat eloigu6.   Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1900
   n. s., xxvi, 209-213.—Martinez (E.)  Fibromas  multi-
   ples  del plexo braquial.   Rev. decien. med., Habana, 1894,
   ix, 173.—Bepp (J. J.)  Soft fibroma of circumflex nerve
   of aged mare.  Am. Vet. Rev.. N. T., 1903-4. xxvii, 343.—
   Rererdin (J.)  Sarcome k cellules fusiformes du plexus
   brachial; extirpation incomplete eu 1887;  guerison appa-
   rente; recidive au bout de 12 ans; nouvelle operation, sui-
   vie de recidive et de  mort.  Rev. med. de  la Suisse Rom
   Geneve, 1901, xxi, 609-615.—Richard  (F.-L.)  Osteome
   du brachial anterieur consecutif k une luxation de coude;
   ablation; contusion du median; guerison.  Arch denied
   et pharm. mil., Par.,  1904, xliii. 461-464. — Schmidt (M.j
   &. Delbanco (E.)  AxillaresNeuromdes  Plexus brachia-
   lis;  Operationsbericht  und  chirnrgiscbe   Besprechung-
   histologische  Untersuchung.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir '
   Leipz., 1900, liv,  381-398, 1  pl. - Schrader (G.)  Zur
   Kenntniss pulsiereuder Plexustreschwulsto in der Fossa
   supraclaviculars. Ibid., 1902, lxiv, 228-246.—Verziloff
   (N. M )  Sluchai opukholi plexus brachialis. [Tumor of
  . ..]  J.nevropat.i psikhiat. .  . . Korsakova, Mosk. 1901 i
  719-720   [Discussion], pt. 2, 81.

iVerve*  (Brachial, Wounds  and injuries

  of).
     It., vor (C. E.)  The distribution of motor and  sen-
  sory  symptoms from injury to the roots of the brachial
  plexus.  Tr M.  Soc.  Lond., 1896,  xix, 72-79.-Bolton
  (P. K ) Snbcutaueous  injury of  the  brachial plexus.
  Ann Surg.  Phila  1902, xxxv, 582-585—Bristow (A T
  Avulsion of the brachial plexus, with a report of three
  cases.  Ibid., xxxvi1,411-425  lpl------. Avulsion of the
  brachial plexus; suture ot th,- torn nerves. Brooklyn M
  J., 1902,  xvi. 421-423.-CIath.-art  (C. W.)  Complete
  EdftbVu f°  brach-ia11(J'1--'.Tr.  Med..cT.rPSoc!
  Edinb.. 19dl-2 us., xxi, l!K.-Codivilla  (A.)  Sulla ri-
  generazione del plesso brachiale o sulla neurorrafla.  Clin
  chir., Milano, 1900, viii, 793; 8:;5.-I.egueu (F )   Plaie de
  la sous-claviere et du plexus brachial par coup de couteau
 IVerve* (Brachial,  Wounds and injuries
   of).
   intervention; guerison.  Bull, et mem. Soe. de ebir d«
   Par.. 1902, n. s., xxviii, 400-410.— Tlalp.-li ,C, ,  Sutura
   secondaria del cordone esterno del  jdesso brachiale  shun
   tro.  Gazz. d.  osp.. Milano. 1892. xiii  703-700.—.Vinson
   (J.)  Partial rupture ot the brachial  plexus.  Brit  M.J
   Loud.,  1896, ii, 507.— Monro  (T. K.)   Injury of botii
   brachial plexuses. Glasgow M. J.,  1897, xlvii 93-95 _
   Pinkertou (S.  IL)  Injury  to  brachial  plexus, with
   complete paralysis in the upper extremity; recovery   In
   his: Synops. cliu. surg., 12°, Salt Lake City, 1893,  98 -
   Pothcrat.  Lesion  du plexus brachial par balle de re-
   volver.   Bull,  et  mem.  Soc. de chir. de  Par. 1900  u s
   xxvi, 1086-1088.—Pozzi (S.)  Nevrite traumatique'du'
   plexus  brachial.  .1. de  med. et chir. prat,, Par., 1884, lv
   00-02.—Sabadini i Ferrari. Blessure du plexus bra-
   chial par arme a feu.  Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1903
   xiv, 471; 476.—Shaw (H. B.)   A case of  injury to the
   roots of the left  brachial  plexus, with  associated  eye
   changes, occurring in an  infant.  Tr. Clin. See. Lond
   1898-9,  xxxii,   275.-Sinyu»hin  (N. V.)   Sluchai  re-
   zektsii plechevovo spleteniya.  [Resection of the brachial
   plexus.]  Med.  Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lviii, 444-448.—Stew.
   art (P.) & Collier (M.)  A case of rupture of the lira-
   chial plexus.  Lancet, Lond., 1900, i,  692, 1 pl._Tlior-
   burn (W.)  On secondary suture of the brachial plexus
   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1073-1075.-Tubby (A.  H.j
   Case of injury to the  brachial plexus;  extensive wasting
   of muscles of upper and forearm.  Abstr. Tr. Hunterian
   Soc, Loud., 1898-9, 115.—Vanheuvcrswyn.  Tunieur
   du plexus brachial.  Bull. Soc.  anat.-clin. de Lille  1891
   vi, 189-192.

IVerve* (Cardiac).
     See Heart (Nerves, etc., of),

IVerve* (Cercical).
     See Nerves (Spinal).

]Verve§ (Coccygeal).
    See Nerves (Lumbar), etc.

IVerve* (Compression of).
    See Nervous  system (Physiology of); Neuritis
   (Causes of).

IVerve* (Conductivity of).
    See Nerve-currents.

IVerve* (Cranial).
    Boehmeu (J.  F. W.)  * Commentatio anatoini-
  co-physiologica de nono pare  nervorum cerebri.
  8°.   Gottinga>, 1777.
    Heiberg (J.)  Schema der Wirkungsweise der
  Hirnnerven.   Ein  Lehrmittel  fiir Aerzte  und
  Studirende iu Farbendrnck dargestellt.  2. Aufl.
  8°.   Wiesbaden, 1H93.
    Klyaciiki.v (G.  A.)  Materiali k ucheniyu o
  proiskhozhdenii i tsentralnoin khodTe v, vi,  vii,
  ix, x, xi, i  xii pari cherepulkh nervov; eksperi-
  periineiitulno- anatoiuicheskoye izslledovaniye.
  [Data  for  the study of the origin and  central
  course  ofthe  . . . pairs  of cranial nerves; exper-
  imental anatomical research.]   6C.  Eazan,ltt97.
    Konige (£.)   * Zur Geschichte der Anatouiie
  der Hirnnerven.  8°.   Freiburg  i. B.,  1897.
    Mkyer (L.)  * Contribution a l'e'tude des  le-
  sions du  plexus brachial.  8J.   Geneve, 1-91.
    Rives (E.)  Physiological arrangement of the
  cranial  nerves,   broadside, 17  by 281^  inches.
  Cincinnati, [n. d.].
    Walther  (A. ¥.)  Pr.  paris  intercostalis et
  vagi corporis hnmani  nervorum  et ab utroque
  ejus latere obvioruin anatomen exhibet.  Pt. 1
  & 2.  4°.  Lipsiw, 17:5:1-5.
    Also, in: Hallek.  Disp. anat. select.  4°.  Qottinga,
  1747, ii, 909-9.W
    Allison (C. C.)  Some practical observations upon the
  origin, communications, and distributions of the cranial
  nerves.   Omaha Clin., 1893-4, vi, 46-48. AUo, Reprint.—
  Amabiliiio (R.)  Sui rapporti del gangliogenicolato con
  la corda del timpano e col facciale.  Ann. d. r. din. \»i-
  chiat. e  neuropat. di Palermo, 1898-9, i, 121-138.—An lo-
  nelli (O.) Enumerazioue e classificazione dei nervi enco-
  falici.  Gazz. internaz.  di  med., Napoli,  1905, viii,  416;
  443— Baliut  (It.)  Kitkdbb idegbenulasokkal jii'6  ko-
  ponyaalapi repedes esete; adatok a ix.. x. es xi. agyideg
  physiologidjdhoz.  [A case of extensive fracture of the base 
NERVES.                                          453                                         NERVES.
Verve*  (Cranial).
  of the cranium  with curious nerve paralyses;  contribu-
  tions  on the physiology of tbe 9th, 10th, and 11th brain
  nerves.]   Elnie-es idegk6rt.,  Budapest,  1904, 202-208.—
  Barratt (J. O. YV.) On the anatomical  structure of the
  9th  10th,  11th,  and  12th cranial  nerves.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1899, ii, 837-840.  Also : Arch.  Neurol. Path. Lab.
  Lond. County Asyl., Claybury, Lond., 1900, 537-552.-----.
  Observations on the  structure of the  3d, 4th, aud Cth cra-
  nial nerves.  J.  Auat. &. Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv,
  214-223,5 pl.—Bee vor (C. E.) Sc Horsley (V.)   Note on
  some of the motor functions of certain cranial nerves (5th,
  7th, 9th, 10th,llth, 12th), and of the first three cervical nerves,
  in the nionkev (Macacus sinicns).  Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond.,
  188S,  xliv, 269-277.   Also: Brit. M. J., Lond.", 1888, ii, 220-
  222.—Beroneck.  Sur rhistogenese des  nerfs  c6pha-
  liques.  Bull. Soc. d. sc. nat. de  Neuchfttel,  188G-8,  xvi,
  236-238. — Bikeles <G.)  Zur  Kenntniss der Lageruug
  der motorischen Hirnnerven im  Hiruschenkelfuss.  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1901, xx,  944-940. — Breglia
  (A.)  Considerazioni su di una  nuova classificazione dei
  nervi cranici.   Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e  nat., Na-
  poli,  1891,  ii, 167-204. -----. La mia classificazione dei
  nervi cranici rispetto alle nuove dottrine sugli elementi
  anatomici nervosi ed alle loro funzioni.  Ibid., 1896, vi,
  193-207.— Bruee (A.)  On the dorsal or so-called sensory
  nucleus of the glossopharyngeal nerve and on the nuclei ef
  origin of the trigeminal  nerve.  Brain, Lond., 1898,  xxi,
  383-387, 1 pl.—(adman (A. W.)  The  position of tbe
  respiratory and cardio-inhibitory fibres in the rootlets of
  the 9th, 10th, aud llth cranial nerves.  J.  Physiol., Lond.,
  1900-1901, xxvi, 42-47. —Chauveau  (A.)   Recherches
  experimcntales  sur  l'origine apparente  et  sur l'origiue
  r6elle des nerfs moteurs cr&uiens;  determination oxp6ri-
  mentale de cette derni^re.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, I'ar.,
  1862,  liv, 11.V2. — Debore.  Sections multiples des  nerfs
  crdniens.  Presse m6d., Par., 1903, i, 141.—Dixon.  Con-
  nection of the facial with the glosso-pharyngeal nerve.
  Proc. Anat. Soc.  Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1895, p. xxx.—
  Donnggio (A.)    Una questione istofisiologica  riguar-
  dante la trasmissione nervosa per contatto dalla termina-
  zione acustica del Held alle cellule del nucleo del corpo
  trapezoide.  Riv.sper.difreniat.. Reggio-Emilia, 1903,xxix,
  311-315.—Donaldson (H.H.)& Bolton (T.L.) The size
  of several cranial nerves in man, as indicated by the areas
  of their cross-sections.  Am. J. Psychol.. Worcester, 1891,
  iv, 224-229, 1 ch.  Also, Reprint. — Edinger (L.) Ana-
  tomische und vergleichend anatomische Untersuchungen
  iiber die Verbindung der sensorischen Hirnnerven mit
  dem  Kleinhirn; directe sensorische  Kleinbirnbabii, etc.
  Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1899, xviii,  914-918. — Forel
  (A.)  Ueber das Verhaltniss der experimeutellen Atro-
  phie und Degeneratiousmethode zur Anatomie und Histo- !
  logie desCeutralnerveusystems; Ursprung des ix., x. und
  xii. Hirnnerven.  Festschr.  z. Feier d. . .  . Karl Wilhelm
  v. Niigeli u. Albert v. Kolliker [etc.], Zurich, 1890-91, 37-
  50, 1 pl. — Froriep (A.)  Zur Entwickelungsgeschichtc
  derKopfnerven.  Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1891,
  v, 55-05.—Gasket I (W. H.)   On the relation between the
  structure, function, distribution, and origin ofthe cranial
  nerves, together with a theory of tbe origin of tbe nervous
  system  of vertebrata.   J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1889, x,
  153-211, 5 pl.  AUo,  Reprint. -----. On  the meaning of
  the cranial  nerves.  Brain,  Lond., 1899,  xxii, 329-372.—
  Hill (A.)   The grouping of the cranial  nerves.  Brain,
  Lond., 1887-8, x, 422-428.—His (W.)  Die morphologische
  Betrachtung der Kopfnerven.  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwck- |
  lngsgesch., Leipz., 1887, 379-453.— JappelIi (G.)  A pro- l
  posito della saldatura dell'ipoglosso e del vago.  Attid. r.
  Accad. med.-chir. di  Napoli,  1904, n. s., viii, 91-108.—Kie-
  sow  (F.) & fVadolccziiy (M.)  Zur Psychophysiologic
  der Chorda tympani. Ztscbr. f.  Psvchol. u. Physiol, d.
  Sinnesorg.,  Leipz., 1900, xxiii, 33-59. — Koch (P. D.)
  Nosle Bemarkninger om  Udspringet af  9de,  W"  og Uu
  Hjarnenerve.  [Quelques remarques sur l'origine de la 9,ne,
  10me et llme paire des nerfs cr&niens.  R6s., C. r.,  No. 13,
  4-6.]  Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1890,  xxii. no. 11, 1-
  17, 1 pl.   AUo | Abstr.]:  Kjobenh. med. Selsk. Forb., 1889-
  90, 83. — Kreidl ( A.)  Experimentelle Untersuchungen
  iiber  das Wurzelgebiet de.s  Nervus glossopharyngeus,
  Vagus und Aecessorius  beim Affen.   Sitzungsb. d. k.
  Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw.  CI., Wien,  1897, cvi,
  197-217, 1 pl.—Lngnro (E.)  Sull' origine di alcuni nervi
  encefalici (v, vi, vii, viii).  Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1894-
  5, ii,  181-186.  Also,   transl:  Untersuch. z.  Naturl. d.
  Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1893-5, xv, 399-404.—Mac-
  Callau (H. F.)  Communication between the facial and
   flosso-pharyngeal nerves.  Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. &
   reland, Lond., 1895,  pp. xxviii-xxx. — iTIayer (C.)  Bei-
  trag zur Kenntniss der aufsteigenden Defeneration moto-
  rischer Hirnnerven beim Mensehen.   Jahrb. f. Psychiat.,
  Leipz.u. Wien,  1K93, xii, 138-147, 2 pl. —.Hills (C.  K.)
  Some  affections of  the third and fifth cranial nerves. J.
  Nerv.  &, Ment. Dis., N. T., 1893, xx, 545-553.—iVIirto (D.)
  Sc Pusateri (E.)  Sui rapporti  anastomotici fra il nervo
  accessorio ed il vago.   Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1890, i,
  60-64.— Homo (T. K.)  On tbe cliuical value of the four-
  root theory of the cranial nerves.  J. Anat. & Physiol.,
IVerves (Cranial).
  Lond., 1895-6, xxx,  30-44. — MurzayeflT (B.)  Anatomo-
  fiz'iologicheskaya  provlerka  uchastiya nervnikh nitel,
  vkhodyashtshikh v sostav  nizhuyavo sheinavo i pervavo
  gruduovo nervnikh u/.lov  v fuukstii sordtsa niekotorikh
  zhivotnikh.  [Anatoniico-physiological verification of the
  participatiou  of the nerve-filaments that help form the
  lower cervical and first dorsal nerve plexuses in the heart-
  functions of  certain  animals.]  Arch. vet. nauk, St. Pe-
  tersb., 1895, xxv, 2. sect., 361;  383; 438. — Onodi (A.)  A
  gege lfgzb 6s  hangk6pzo idegeire vouatkozd ujabb vizgA-
  latairdl.  [Late experiments  relating to tbe  respiratory
  aud vocal nerves.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 45.—
  Ozawa (K. )  [On  the cranial nerves.]   Chiugai Iji
  Shinpo,Tokio, 1899,xx, 71-75. —Parhon (C.) &. FYadejgc
  (G.)  Nouvelle contribution k l'etude des localisations dans
  les noyaux des nerfs cr&nieus et rachidiens, chez l'homme
  et chez le chien.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 851. — Pa-
  sini (A.). Ricerche sui nervi della dura madre cerebrale.
  Cliu. med. ital., Milano,  1901, xl,  610-613. — Bunion y
  Cajal (S.)  Sobre la existencia de bifurcaciones y co-
  laterales en los nervios sensitivos craneales y sustancia
  blanca del cerebro. Gac. san. de Barcel., 1890-91,  iii, 282-
  284.— Beid (J.)  An experimental investigation into the
  functions ofthe eighth pair of nerves, or the glosso-pharyn-
  geal, pueuino^astric, and  spinal accessory.   Pts. 1  Sc  2.
  Edinb. M. Jt S. J., 1X38, xlix, 109: 1839, li, 209.  AUo, in his:
  Physiol.,  anat. & path, research., 8°, Edinb., 1848, 01-290.—
  Romaiiow  (M. P.)  Zur Frage von den centralen  Ver-
  biudungeu  der motorischen  Hirnnerven.   Neurol.  Cen-
  tralbl.,  Leipz., 1898, xvii, 593-590.—Staderiui (R.)   Con-
  tributo alio studio del tessuto interstiziale di alcuni nervi
  crauiensi dell' uomo.  Monitore zool. ital., Siena, 1890, i,
  232-242, 1 pl. -----. Intorno ad una particolaritk di strut-
  tura di alcune radici nervose encefaliche; nuovo ricerche.
  Sperimentale.  Mem.  orig., Firenze, 1892, xlvi,   199-203.
  AUo, transl:  Arch. ital. do biol., Turin, 1892, xviii, 71-74.
  -----.  Sur un noyau de cellules nerveuses intercal6 entre
  les uovaux d'origiue du vague et de l'hypoglosse.   Arch.
  ital. de biol., Turin, 1895, xxiii, 41-40.—Tedeschi (E.)  Sc
  Rara (G.)   Differenze funzionali  fisiologiche nelle due
  parti simmetriche  innervate  dal facciale  inferiore e dal-
  1' ipoglosso.  Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1899-1900, i,
  885-890.—Turner (W. A.)  On the central connections
  and relations of certain cranial nerves.  Brit. M.J., Lond.,
  1894, ii, 043.-----. Tbe central connections  and relations of
  the trigeminal, vago-glossopharyngeal, vago-accessory,
  and  hypoglossal nerves.  J. Anat. &  Pbysiol., Lond..,
  1894-5,'xxix, 1-15.—Van  Gehuchten (A.)  Recherches
  sur l'origiue  reelle des nerfs craniens. J. de neurol.  et
  hypnol., Par., 1898, iii, 114.  J. de  neurol., Par., 1898, iii,
  273; 293; 433; 457; 493: 1899, iv, 7; 21. -----. De l'origine
  du path6tique et de  la racine snp6rieure du  trijumeau.
  Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1895, xlvii, 129. — Varaglia
  (S.)  Contribuzione alio studio di  alcuni  nervi craniani.
  Atti d. r. Accad. di  med. di Torino, 1884, vi, 205-216, 1 pl.—
  Vicq-d'Aaeyr.  Memoire  sur la description des nerfs de
  la seconde et troisieme paire cervicale.  Hist.  Acad. roy.
  d. sc. 1777, Par., 1780, 21-40.— Vincenzi  (L.)  Di mol'te
  mie ricerche sull' origine di alcuni nervi cerebrali rimaste
  affato ignote.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 601-009.—Vii-u-
  boff*(N. A.) [Wyrubow in  German].  O vnutrimozgovikh
  okonchaniyakh i svyazyakb sedmol i vosmoi par  cherep-
  nikh nervov.  [Intracranial origins aud connections of the
  seventh and eighth pairs of cranial nerves.]  Nevrol. Vest-
  nik, Kazan, 1900, viii, no. 3,1-15.  Also [Abstr.]: Vrach, St.
  Petersb.,  1900, xxi,  611.  Also, transl.: Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz.,  1901, xx, 434-438. —Waller (A.)   Account of ex-
  periments on the vagus and spinal accessory nerves. Proc.
  Roy. Soc. Loud., 1856-7, viii, 09-72.—Waller & Budge.
  Observations  sur la partie intracrdnienne du nerf syni-
  pathique, et  sur  l'iufiuence  qu'exerceut  les  troisieme,
  quatri^me, ('inquii-iueet sixieinepaires sur les mouvements
  de  This.  Coinpt. reud. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1851,  xxxiii,
  418-423.— WeiMi-uburg (T. H.)  A consideration of the
  facial reflexes  and  nerve and muscle phenomena in the
  distribution ofthe fifth and seventh nerves.  Univ. Penn.
  M. Bull., Phila.. 1903-4, xvi, 03-0.-.. —Westphnl (A.)  Ue-
  ber die  Markscheidenbildung der (iehirnncrveu des Men-
  sehen.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1890-7, xxix, 474-527,  2 pl.
IVerves  (Cranial,  Diseases  and   injuries

  of).
    Althaus (J.)  On neuritis and peri-neuritis of some of
  the cranial nerves.  Brain, Lond., 1878-9, i, 519: 1879-80, ii,
  10.   AUo, Reprint.—Batten (F. E.)  Congenital affection
  of sixth, seventh, and twelfth cranial nuclei.  Ibid., 1905,
  xxviii, 359.—Breginan (E.)  O wsttjpuj^cem zwyrodnie-
  niu ruchowy ch i czuciowych nerwow m6zgowych.  [On as-
  cending degeneration of motor and sensory cranial nerves.]
  Pam. Towarz. Lek.  Warszaw.,  1895, xoi,  25-23, 3 pl.—
  C'arboue (A.) Un caso di atrofia dei nervi ottici, olfat-
  tivi ed acustici conseguente a truiima del capo.  Gazz. d.
  osp.,  Milano,  1905,  xxvi, 39.—Darkshevieh (L. O.)
  Sluchai polinevrita cherepuikh  nervov na pocbvle razli-
  tovo sarkomatoza.  [Polyneuritis of cranial nerves follow-
  ing diffuse sarconiatosis.]  Trudi klin. nerv. boliez. Imp. 
NERVES.
454
NERVES.
Verves  (Cranial,  Diseases  and  injuries

  of).
  Kazan. Univ., 1899, i, 27-42, 1 pl.—Hammerschlag (V.)
  Beitrag zur Casuistik der multiplen Hirnnervenerkran-
  kungen.  Arcb. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1898, xiv,  1-9.  Also,
  [Abstr.]:  Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1899, xi,  42.—Her-
  ler (C. A.)  Diseases of the cranial nerves.  Text-book
  Nerv. Dis. Am. Authors (Dercum), Phila., 1895, 804-834 —
  JuliiiMburger (O.) <fc Meyer (E.)  Veranderungen im
  Kern  von  Gehirnnerven nach einer Liision an der Peri-
  plierie;  ein  Beitrag zur Pathologie der  Ganglienzelle.
  Monatschr. f.  Pyschiat. n. Neurol., Berl., 1898, iv, 378;
  459.— Kan fin a n ■■ (D.)  Ueber eineu Fall von gleicbsei
  tiger,  acut aufgetretener Erkrankiing des Acusticus, Fa-
  cialis und Trigeminus.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1896-7,
  xxx, 125-133—liiizzatto (A. M.)  Polineurite dei nervi
  cerebrali assoc iata a lesioni multiple dei  centri  nervosi.
  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 481; 545, lpl.—
  Maggio (I.)  Un caso di affezione multipla dei nervi
  cerebrali da origine basilare.  Arch, di ottal., Palermo,
  1894-5, ii, 409-415. — Manasse.  Solitarer Tuberkcl des
  vii. und  viii.  Hirnnerven. Verhandl.  d.  deutsch.  otol.
  Gesellsch.,  Jena, 1896, v, 57-59,  1 pl.—Minor (L. S.)
  Sluchai mnozhestvennavo porazheniya golovnikh nervov.
  [Cases of multiple cranial nerve disease.]  Protok. zasled.
  Obsh. Nevropat. i  Psikhiat.  pri Imp. Moskov. Univ.,
  1896-7, 8-12.  AUo, transl: Arch, de neurol., Par., 1897,
  2. s., iv, 2X2.—Budingcr(C)  Eiu Fall von Polyneuritis
  der Gehirnnerven.  Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien,
  1902, xxii, 141-157.—dc Scliweiu'itz (G. E.) Diseases of
  the cranial nerves.  Text book Nerv. Dis. Am. Authors
  (Dercum),  Phila., 1895, 752-X03, 2 pl.-Tooth (II. H.) A
  clinical demonstration on lesions of certaiu cranial nerves.
  Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7,  ix, 33-38. — Urbnnl«ehit«ch
  (V.)   Ueber  die von den  sensiblen Nerven des Kopfes
  ausgelosteu Scbrift- und Sprachstorungen sowie Lahmun-
  gen der oberen und unteren Extremitaten.  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 19U4, xxvi, 199-233.—Wies-
  uiann (P.)  Injuries of the cranial nerves during their
  course in and through the skull.  In : Syst. Pract. Surg.
  (vou Bergmann), 8°, N. V., & Phila., 1904, i, 233-238.

IVerves  (Cranial, Morphology of).
    Beck (YV.)  * Ueber deu Austritt  des  N. hypo-
  glossus nnd N. cervicalis  primus  ars dem Cen-
  tralorgan beim Mensehen und in der Reihe der
  Siiugetiere  unter  besonderer Beiiicksichtigung
  derdorsalen Wurzeln.   [Tiibingen.]  8°.   Wies-
  baden, 1^9").
    Also, in: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1895-6, 6. Hft., 251-344,
  1 1., 1 pl.

    Chiakigi ((i.)   Contribuzioni alio studio dello
  sviluppo dei  nervi encefalici nei  niammiferi in
  confronto  con altri vertebrati.   I.  Sulla prima
  compatsa del sistema  gangliare nella testa; II.
  Sviluppo del  nervo olfattivo;  III. Sviluppo dei
  nervi vago, accessorio ed ipoglosso  e dei prinii
  cervicali;  IV.  Sviluppo trigemello.   roy.  8°.
  Firenze, 1894-7.
    Cords (E.)   * Beitrage zur Lehre vom Kopf-
  nervensysteni der Vogel.   [Freiburg i. Br.]  8°.
  Wiesbaden, 1904.
    Alcoek (R.)  The peripheral distribution of the cra-
  nial nerves of Ammoccetes.  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond.,
  1898-9, xxxiii, 131-153, 1 pl.—Allis (E.  P.) 'The cranial
  muscles and cranial first spinal nerves in Amia calva.  J.
  Morphol., Bost., 1896-7, xii,  487-808, 18 pl.—Bochenek
  (A.)  Drogi nerwowe przedmozdza salarnandry plamistej
  (Die Nervenbahnen des Vorderhirns von Salamandra ma-
  culosa).  Bull,  internat. Acad. d. sc. de Craeovie, 1899,
  338-346.—Chiarugi (G.)  Le developpement  des nerfs
  vague, accessoire, hypoglosse et premiers cervicaux chez
  les sauropsideset chez les mammiftres.  [Transl. [Abstr.]
  from:  Attid. Soc.  tosc. di sc. nat.. Mem.,  Pisa, 1889, x.]
  Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin, 1890, xiii, 309; 423, 1  pl. _____.
  Osservazione intorno alle prime fasi di sviluppo dei nervi
  encefalici nei mammiferi c in particolare sulla fnrmazione
  del nervo olfattivo.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1891, ii,
  47-00.  Also, transl: Arcb. ital. de biol., Turin, 1891, xv,
  41^-425. -----.  Ulteriori osservazioni sullo sviluppo del-
  1'  xi" e del  xii" paio  di  nervi cranici nei mammiferi.
  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1892, iii,  57-00.—Coghill
  (G.  E.)  The cranial nerves of Amblystoma  trigrinum.
  J.  Comp. Neurol., Granville,  Ohio, 1902,  xii,  205-289, 2
  pl.—Cole (F. J.) The cranial nerves of Chimeera mon-
  strosa. Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinb.,  1895-7, xxi, 49-50.
  -----.  Notes on Judsmi  Herrick's paper on the  cra-
  nial nerves ofthe cod fish. J. Comp. Neurol.,  Granville
  O., 1900-1901, x, 317-322 — C'ollinge (W. E.)  On the lin-
  symmetrical distribution  of the cranial nerves of fishes.
  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 352-354.—Fro-
  riep.   Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte  der Kopfnerven.
 IVerves  (Cranial, Morphology of).
   Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1891, v,'55-0;"i. — Her.
   rick (C. J.)  The cranial  nerves of Amblvstoma puncta"
   tuin. J. Comp. Neurol., Granville. ()., lS94,"iv, 193-207, 2 pl
   -----. The cranial nerve  components of teleosts.  Anat
   Anz., Jena, 1897, xiii, 425-431. -----. The cranial nerves of
   the bony fishes. J. Com p. Neurol., Granville, ()., 1898-9, viii
   162-170. -----. A contribution upon the cranial nerves of
   the cod fish.  Ibid., 1900-1901, x, 265-316,  2  pl.—John.
   atoll (J. B.)  The cranial  nerve components of Peliomv-
   zon.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1905, xxxiv, 149-203, 1  pl 1_
   von Kupfler (C.)  Die  Entwickelung der Kopfnerven
   der  Vertebraten.  Verhandl. d.  anat.  Gesellsch., Jena
   1891, v, 22-55.  Also,  transl.: J. Comp. Neurol., Cincin'
   1891, i, 246; 315, 1 pl. — MeGrcgor (J.  H.)   Prelimi-
   nary notes on  the  cranial  nervo of Crvptobranchns
   alleghaniensis.  J. Comp.  Neurol., Granville, O   1896
   vi, 45-53.— Marshall  (A. M. )   The  development
   of the cranial nerves in  tbe chick.   Quart. J. Micr
   Sc,  Lond., 1878, n. s., xviii, 10-40.  Also, Reprint.—
   Martin (P.)  Die  erste  Entwicklung der  Kopfnerven
   bei der Katze.   Oesterr.  Monatschr. f. Thierh. Wien
   1890, xiv, 337; 385.—Pinkus (F.)  Die Hirnnerven dea
   Protopterus annectens.  Morphol. Arb., Jena,  1894, iv,
   275-340, 7 pl.—Staderini (R.)  Sopra la distribuzionu
   dei nervi glosso-faringeo, vago c ipoglosso in alcuni rettili
   ed uccelli.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. di Siena, 1889 4
   s., i, 585-599.—Stowell (T. B.)  Tlie glossopharyngeal!
   the accessory and the hypoglossal nerves in the domestic
   cat.   Proc. Am.  Phil. Soc,  Phila., 1888,  xxv,  98-104,2
   pl.—Strong  (O.  S.)  The structure and  homologies of
   the cranial nerves of the amphibia as determined by their
   peripheral distribution and internal origin.  Zool. Anz.,
   Leipz., 1890, xiii,  598-607.   AUo [with additions]: Anat.
   Anz., Jena, 1892, vii, 467-471. -----. The cranial nerves
   of amphibia; a contribution to the morphology of the ver-
   tebrate nervous system.  J. Morphol.. Bost., 1895, x,  101-
   230, 6 pl. -----.  The cranial nerves of Squalus acanthias.
   Science, N. T., & Lancaster, Pa.,  1903, n. s., xvii, 254.
]Verves (Cranial, First pair  of).
    See Nerve (Olfactory).  .

IVerves (Cranial, Second pair of).
    See Nerve (Optic).

Verves (Cranial,  Third pair of').
    Sie Eye (Nerves of);  Nerve (Oculomotor).

JVerves (Cranial, Fourth pair of).
    See Nerve (Trochlear).

^Verves (Cranial, Fifth pair  of).
    See Nerve (Trigeminal).

IVerve* (Cranial,  Sixth pair  of).
    See Nerves (Abducent).

IVerves (Cranial, Seventh pair of).
    See Audition;  Chorda tympani; Bar;  Nerve
   (Facial).

IVerves (Cranial, Eighth pair of).
    See Nerve (Auditory).

jVervc* (Cranial, Ninth  pair  of).
    See Nerve (Glosso-phuryngeal).

]Verves (Cranial,  Tenth  pair  of).
    See Nerve (Pneumogastric).

IVerves (Cranial,  Eleventh pair of).
    See Nerve (Spinal accessory).

IVerves (Cranial,  Tic elf th pair of).
    See Nerve (Hypoglossal).

VTerves (Degeneration of).
    See  Nervous  system (Degeneration, etc.,  of);
   Stumps.

]Verve* (Dental).
    See Nerve (Dental,  Inferior);  Teeth (Xerres
   of).

Verves (Dorsal).
    See Nerves (Spinal).

IVerves (Elongation of).
     See Foot ( Ulcer, etc., of); Nerve-stretching.

IVerve*  (Excision of).
     See Nerves (Surgery of). 
KERVES.
455
KERVES.
Verves (Lumbar) [including  lumbar  and

  sacral plexuses],
  linniMon (H.) Retroperitoneal tumour connected with the
  sacral plexus.  Brit.M. J.,Lond., 1899,ii. 10.—Eisler (P.)
  Ueber  den Plexus lumbosacralis  des Mensehen.  Anat.
  Anz.. Jena, 1891, vi, 274-281.  Also: Abhandl. d. naturf. Ge-
  sellsch. zu Halle, 1892, xvii, 279-364, 3 pl.  Also, Reprint.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. n.
  Aerzte 1891, Leipz., 1892, lxiv, pt. 2, 141. — Oiannelli
  (L.)  Note anatoruiche ed anatomo-comparative sul plesso
  sacrale e sopra alcuni suoi rami.  Atti Accad. d. sc. med.
  onat. in  Ferrara, 1902-3, lxxvii, 287-308. —tJuttenbcrg
  (A.) Ueber perineuritische Erkrankungen des Plexus
  sacralis und deren Behandlung.  Munchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1901, xlviii, 258-260.  Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl.  d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901,
  lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,  28-30. -----. Casuistische Beitrage
  zur Therapie der Erkrankungen im  Bereiche des Plexus
  sacralis.  Wien.  klin. Rundschau. 1901, xv, 867.—IIar-
  ma u (N. B.)  The caudal  limit of the lumbar visceral ef-
  ferent nerves in man.  J. Anat. &. Physiol., Lond., 1897-8,
  xxxii,  403-421. — Ilartiiiann  (F.)   Zwei bemerkens-
  wertlie Fiille von Erkrankuug der Nerven aus dem Plexus
  sacroliwnbalis.  Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1900,
  xix, 473-491. —r.nngley (J. N.) & Anderson (H. K.)
  Histological and  physiological observations  upon the ef-
  fects of section of tbe sacral nerves.  J. Physiol.,  Cam-
  bridge,  1895-6, xix, 372-384. —leister (J.)  Preliminary
  account of an inquiry into tbe functions of the visceral
  nerves, with special reference to the so-called inhibitory
  system.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1857-9,  ix, 367-380.—
  Merzbaeher (L.)  Die Folgen der Durchschneidung der
  sensibeln Wurzeln im unteren Lumbalmarke, im Sacral-
  marke und in der Cauda equina des  Hundes. Arch. f. d.
  ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1902,  xcii, 585-004.—Mills (C. K.)
  Lesions of the sacral and lumbar  plexuses.  Med. News,
  Phila., 1889, liv, 648-655.—Buge (G.)   Verschiebungen
  in den  Endgebieten der  Nerven des Plexus  lumbalis
  der Primaten; Zeugnisse fiir die metamere Verkiirzung
  des Runipfes bei Saugetbieren; eine vergleicheud-anato-
  mische Uutersuchung.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1893, xx,
  305-397, 2 pl. — Bussell (J. S. R.)  An experimental in-
  vestigation of the nerve roots which enter into the forma-
  tion of the lumbo-sacral plex us of Machacus rhesus.  Proc.
  Roy. Soc. Lond.,  1893, liii, 459-462. -----. An experimen-
  tal investigation of the nerve roots which enter into the
  formation of the  lumbo-sacral plexus of Macacos rhesus.
  Ibid., liv, 243-272. — Severeano (G.)   Du plexus lom-
  baire.  Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1904, xiii,  299-313.—
  Sherrington (C. S.) Notes on the arrangement of some
  motor fibres in the lumbo-sacral plexus. J. Pbysiol., Cam-
  bridge,  1892,  xiii, 621-772, 4 pl.—St©well (T. B.)  The
  lumbar, the sacral, and the coccygeal  nerves in the domes-
  tic cat.   J. Comp. Neurol., Cincin., 1891, i,  287-313, 1 pl.—
  Thomasseu (M. H. J. P.)  Neuritis interstitialis proli-
  fera van  den  plexus  sacralis bij het paard.  Tijdschr.  v.
  veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1900-1901, xxviii, 145;
  241; 337.  AUo.transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt.Thierh., Stnttg.,
  1901, xii, 145-150. — Thomson (A.) The nerve  which
  forms the superior limit of the lumbar plexus.  [Rep.]
  J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 44.
JVerves (Fatigue of).
    It roil ie (T. G.) & Halliburton (W. D.)  Fatigue
  in non-medullated nerves.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1902, xxviii,
  181-2u0.—Fere (C.)  Faits exp£rinientaux relatifs k l'in-
  fluence de la fatigue sur le controls.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 550— Friihlich (F. W.)  Die Ermii-
  dung der markhaltigen Nerven.   Ztschr. f. allg. Pbysiol.,
  Jena,  1904, iii, 408-485.—Herzen (A.)  Sulla stanc'hezza
  dei  nervi.  Atti xii. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia,
  1888 i, 159-103. -----. latigue  des  nerfs. Informed, d.
  biol.', Par., 1897-8, i, 98;  241. —loteyko  (Mile. J.)  Re-
  cherches  exp6rimentales  sur la resistance des centres
  nerveux niedullaires k la fatigue.   Inst.  Solvav.  Trav.
  de Lab., Brux., 1900, iii, 1-56. — O'Shea  (M. V")  When
  character is formed.  Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1897, li, 648-
  662. — Pel (A. V.)   Pererazdrazheniyo nervov kak pri-
  china autointoksikatsii.  [Excessive stimulation of nerves
  as a cause of auto-intoxication.]  J.  med. khim. i organo-
  terap., S.-I'eterb.,  1902, viii, 73-86.—Petit.  Memoire
  dans leqnel il est denioutre que les nerfs  intercostaux
  fouruissent des rameaux  qui portent des esprits dans les
  yeux. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1727, Par., 1729, Mem., 1-18,
  1 pl.  AUo: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Paris] 1727, Amst.,
  1732, Mem., 1-26, 1  pl. AUo, transl: K.  Akad. d. Wis-
  sensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1727, Bressl., 1755, vii, 5-24,
  1 pl.—Badzikowski (C.)  Contributions k l'etude de
  la fatigue des fibres nerveuses.   Arch, internat. de pby-
  siol., Liege & Par., 1904-5, ii, 238-251.—Szana (A.) Bei-
  trag znr Lehre von  der Unermiidlichkeit  der  Nerven.
  Arch. f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1891, 315-320. — Vvedenski
  (N. E.)  O neiitomlyayemosti nerva.  [Ability of a nerve
  not to become  tired.]  J. russk. Obsh.  okhrau. narod.
  zdrav., St. Petersb., 1900, x, 617; 716.

JVerves (Ganglions and plexuses of).
    See  Ciliary ganglion;   Nerve-cells  (Gan-
  glionic) ;  Nerves (Brachial), etc.; Nerves (Lum-
  bar), etc.;  Nervous  system  (Sympathetic); and
  under names of organs, as Heart (Nerves of).

Verves (Hypogastric).
    liangley (J. N.)  Sc  Anderson (H.  K.)  The con-
  stituents of the hypogastric nerves.  J.  Physiol.,  Cam-
  bridge, 1894, xvii, 177-191.

Verves (Inflammation  of).
    See Neuritis; and  under names  of individual
  nerves, as Nerve (Optic, Inflammation of).

Verves (Inhibitory).
    See Nervous system (Inhibitory).

Verves (Intercostal).
    See, also, Respiration (Innervation  of).
    Portal (A.)  Description  du nerf  intercostal
  dans Thornine.  4Z.   Par in, 1803.
    Gutting from: Mem. d. I'lnst. sc. math,  et phys., anxi,
  1803, iv, 151-208.
    Berrnti (S.)  Considerazioni  sulle opinioni  emesse
  dal celebre professore Medici sulla origine  e sulle funzioni
  del  nervo  intercostale.  Gior. d. sc.  med., Torino, 1842,
  xiii, 129-170.—Billard  (G.) & C'avalie (M.)  Sur les
  fonctions des branches  diapbragmatiques des nerfs inter-
  costaux.  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.. 189*, 10. s., v,
  306-308.—Leprevost.  Resection partielle des septifeme
  et hutifeme nerfs intercostaux  et du  bord  inferieur du
  thorax.  Cong. fram;. de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1889, Par.,
  1890, iv, 418-422.  Also  [Abstr.J: Rev. de chir., Par., 1889,
  ix,  923.—Martens (V. E.)  Ueber  die Hautzweige der
  Iutercostalneiven.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897,  xiv, 174-177.

Verves (Lumbar)  [including lumbar and

  sacral plexuses].
    See, also, Nerve (Obturator).
    Akxould (L.-L.-A.)  * Contribution k l'e'tude
  de la structure intime du plexus sucre, envisagee
  surtout ait point de vue de  l'agenccnient dc  ses
  fibres nerveuses motrices.   4°.   Bordeaux,  1892.
    Zachakiades (P.-A.)  *  Sur  1'existencede cel-
  lules ganglionnaires dans les raciues auteiieures
  sacrees de l'homine.   4y   Paris, 1-9G.
    Ancel (P.) & Seneert (L.)  Contribution k l'6tude du
  plexus lombaire cbez  l'homme.  Bibliog.  anat., Par. &
  Nancy, 1901. ix, 209-222.—Ballet (G.) & Bcrnnrd (H.)
  Tableau de la distribution des fibres  motiices qui entrent
  dans la constitution du  tronc  loinbo-sacie.   Bull. Soc.
  d'obst. de  Par.,  1899,  ii,  321-324.—Bardeen  (C. R.) &
  Filing (A. W.)  A statistical study of the  variations in
  the  formation and position of the lumbo-sacral plexus in
  man._  Anat. Anz., Jena.  1901,  xix,  124;  209.—t'avaz-
  zani (E.)  Sui gangli spinali.   Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e
  nat. in Ferrara,  1896-7, lxxi, 37-49.—Cripps (H.) Sc Wil-
IVerves (Maxillary).
    See, also, Nerve (Maxillary, Inferior); Nerve
  {Maxillary, Superior).
    Mi'iXKK (O.)  *Zwei Fiille von gleichzeitiger
  Resection  des  ii. und iii.  Trigeminusastes  an
  ihiein Austritt aus der Schadelbasis.   8°.   Ber-
  lin,  [\8**].
    Pieot.  Snr un cas de zona de.s nerfs maxillaire supe-
  rieur et maxillaire iuf6rieur.  Gaz.  hebd. d. sc. med. de
  Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 516;  540; 553.—Bainonede.  Resec-
  tion  des nerfs maxillaires superieur et inferieur  k leur
  sortie du crane.  Gaz. med. de Par., 1904,  12. s., iv, 13.

IVerves (Maxillary, Inferior).
    See, also,   Nerve  (Dental,  Inferior);  Nerve
  (Mylohyoid).
    Abraham  (A.)    * Die  Durchschneidung des
  Nervus  niandibularis.   Ein  13eitrag zum  Kapi-
  tel iiber trophische  Nervenfasern.   *°.  Berlin,
  1899.
    Also, in.- Arch. f.  mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1899, liv, 224-253,
  lpl.   Also: Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr.  f. Zahnh.,  Wieu
  1899, xv, 289-307.

    Dopier (C.)  Sur un cas de zona du nerf maxillaire
  inferieur.   Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1899, Jxxii, 1301-1304.—
  Frey (L.)   ficlatement  par  coup  de  feu de toute une
  branche montante du  maxillaire inferieur; intervention
  prothetique avant toute intervention chirurgicale.   Odon-
  tologie,  Par.,  1905, xxxiv, 223-225.— Calignani (A.)
  Nuovo metodo di resezione del nervo mascellare inferiore.
  Atti  d. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1889, ii, 220-225. 
NERVES.
456
NRRVES.
Verves  (Maxillary, Inferior).
  AUo: Riv. ital.di terap.eig.,Piacenza,1888,viii,ll-14,lpl.—  j
  Neuralgia des Nervus niandibularis;  Resection dessel-
  beu.  Jahresb. ii.il. chir. Klin.d.Univ.Greifswald (1888-9),  |
  1890, 23.—Bnmon y Cajal (S.)  0:igeu del nervio mas-  j
  ticador en las avcs, reptiles y batracios.   Trab. d. lab. de
  invest, biol. Univ. de Madrid, 19(14,  iii, 153-162.—Salzer
  (F.)  Resection des dritten Trigeminu.sastes am Foramen
  ovale. Arcb. f. klin. Chir.,  Berl.,  l*8s. xxxvii,  473-197,
  1 p],__Million (J. B.) A case of neurotomy of the third
  division of the fifth nerve where it  issues from the fora-
  men ovale.  .Med.-Chir.  Tr., Lond., 1888, lxxi,  107-112.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Proc.  Roy. M. ^ Chir.  Soc. Lond., 1885-7,
  n. s.,  ii, 316-31*.—Thomson (A.)   The  frequency of the
  ossification of the  pterygo-spinous  ligament  (Civiniui),
  and its relation to the branches of the inferior maxillary
  nerve. J. Auat. &, Physiol.. Loud.,  1893-4, xxviii, 66-70.—
  Vinci'.  Resection du nerf maxillaire inferieur.   J. med.
  ch-  Hi u x., 1904, ix, i;>9.

Verves  (Maxillary, Superior).
    Janvier (£\)   * Resection du nerf maxillaire
  superieur irnmediatement  a la  sortie  du crane
  daus les ndvralgies rebel les de  la face.  8°.  Pa-
  ris. li>04.
    Ambler (H. L.)   Ex-section of the superior maxillary
  nerve; old and new methods.  Ohio Dent. J., Toledo, 1898,
  xviii, 12-18.—Bissauge (R.)  Section  accidentelle  du
  maxillaire superieur  chez ie  chien.  Bull. Soc. centr. de
  med.  vet., Par.. 1904, lviii, 269.— Chicken  (R. C.)  A
  modification of the operation forthedivision ofthe superior
  maxillary nerve.  Lancet, Lond., 1892, ii, 991.—D'Este
  (L. S.) Sui rapporti tra la branca infraorbitalis dell' arteria
  mascellare interna oil nervo supra-iuaxillaris.  Clin, chir.,
  Milano, 1904, xii, 904-914, 1 pl.—Gross.  Resection extra-
  crdnienne totale du nerf maxillaire superieur.  Semaine
  med., Par., 1897, xvii, 213.   AUo, transl: Med. Week,
  Par.,  1897.  v, 340-342.—Mugnai (A.)  Nuovo  processo
  per la ricerca  del  nervo mascellare superiore  nel foro
  grande rotondo all' uscita del  cranio.  Clin, chir.,  Milano,
  1893,  i, 26-29.—Segond  (P.)   De la  resection  du nerf
  maxillaire sup6rieur et du ganglion sphenopalatin dans la
  fente  ptervgo-maxillaire pur la voie  temporale.   Cong. '
  franc, de chir.   Proc.-verb. [etc.J 1889, Par., 1890, iv, 442- |
  405.   AUo: Rev. de  chir., Par., 1890, x, 173-197. — Te-
  deschi (A.)  Di un nuovo processo per la resezione  del
  nervo mascellare superiore.   Rassegna di sc.  med., Mo-
  dena,  1889, iv, 416-418.

VTerves (Motor).
    See Nervous system (Motor).

Verves (Nasal).
    See Nose (Nerves of).

Verves (Ocular).
    See Eye  (.Verres  of);   Nerve  (Abducent);
  Nerve  (Lachrymal);    Nerve  (Oculomotor);
  Nerve (Optic).

Verves (Orbital).
    See Eye (Nerves of);  Orbit (Nerves of).

VTerves (Peripheral).
    See, also, Nerve-endings.
    Bakitko (M. F.)  * (J perifericheskoi nervnoi
  sistemle u dietet.   [Peripheral  nervous  system
  in children.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg,  1902.
    Frick ( K. )  * Die Abhiingigkeit  der Erreg- i
  barkeit  der peripherischen Nerven vom  Sauer-
  stoff.  8°.  Berlin, 1904.
    Harrison (R. G.)   Neue Versuche  und Be-
  obachtungen  iiber die  Entwicklung  der peri-
  phereu  Nerven  der  Wirbeltiere.   8°.   Bonn
  1904.
    Repr. from: Sitzungsb.  d.  med.-rhein. Gesellsch.  f.
  Nat.-  n. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1904.                          !
    McCarthy (D. J.)  The changes in peripheral
  nerves jiroduced by toxic substances applied to
  the   scin;  a  medico-legal  studv.  4C.   Phila-
  delphia,  1903.
    Monti. (L.)    Lezioui sul  sistema  nervoso
  periferico fatte nella  r.  Universita di  Bologna;
  raccolte  e pubblicate  dallo studente  Augusto
  Rabitti.   16c.  Bologna,  1892.
Verves  (Peripheral).

     Wkstling  (Charlotte).   Beitrage znr Kennt-
  niss   des  peripherischen   Neivcnsystenis.  e .
  Stockholm, 1*"\.
     Adamkiewiez (A.)  Die  Nerveukdrperchen; ein
  neuer, lusher unbekaunter morphologiscber Bestandtlieil
  der peripherischen  Nerven.  Sitzungsb d.  k. Akad. d.
  Wissensch.  Ma Mi. -naturw. CI.. Wieii, 188"), xci, 274-284,1
  pl— Ballowitv ( E.)  Ueber  das Vorkonimen  echter
  peripherer Xerveneudnetze.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1893-4, ix
  165-169, 1 pl.—Bardeen (C. R.)  A statistical study of
  tbe abdominal and border-nerves iu man.  Am. J. Anat
  Bait.,1902,i,2u3-228.—Bethe. Das Verhalten der Primitif
  fibrillen iu den Gauglienzellen des Mensehen nnd bei De-
  geuerationeu in  periphereu Nerven.  Arch. f. Psychiat
  Berl., 1898-9, xxxi, 850.—Biedl  (A.)  Ueber das 'histolo-
  gische Verhalten der periphereu  Nerven und ihrer Cen-
  treu nach dec Durchschneidung.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr
  1897,  x, 389-392. — Bikeles (G) &  Franke (M.)  (j
  wldknach  czuciowych pochodzenia obwodowego. [Sen-
  sory fibres of peripheral origin.]  Przegl. lek., Krakdw,
  1902,  xii, 553.—C'ardosi (S.)  Sulla particolare disposi-
  zione  e gomitolo del cilindrasse dei nervi periferici.  Gazz.
  d. osp., Milano, 1897,  xviii, 1505.— Cassirer.   Ueber
  Scbadigung  peripherer Nerven durch iutrauterin eutstan-
  dene  Schniirfurchen.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1905, xxxi,  1221.—Dixon (A. F.)  Distribution
  of the peripheral nerve.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1905, cxix, 81-
  102.—Epoff(N) K stroyeniyu perifericheskikh nervov.
  [Structure of peripheral nerves.]  Trudi Syezda Russk.
  Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 754-757__
  Head  (11.) & Sherren (J.)  The consequences of in-
  jury to the peripheral nerves  in man.  Brain, Loud., 1905,
  xxviii, 110-33H. — Herniann (B.)  Experimentelle Bei-
  trage  zur  Frage nach der Entwickelung  peripherer
  Nerven.  Auat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvi, 433-479.—Kouter
  (G.)   Ueber die verschiedene biologische Werthigkeit der
  hinteren Wurzel und  des  sensiblen periphereu Nerven;
  vorlautige Mittheilung.  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1903,
  xxii, 1093-1102.— Tlnnuelli  (M.) Sopra alcuni fatti di
  inbibizione  riflessa,  osservati sui nervi periferici.  Riv.
  sper.  di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,  1896, xxii, 58-78.  Also,
  transl:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1896-7, xxvi, P24-142.—
  lUarinesco (G.)  Sur les  phenomdnes de  reparation
  dans les centres  nerveux aprfes la section des nerfs peri-
  ph6riques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1X96. IU. s.,
  iii, 930.  Also: Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 201-206.—IVuss-
  bau in (M.)  Ueber den Verlauf und die Endigung peri-
  pherer Nerven.   Verhaudl. d. anat. Gesellsch. in  Basel,
  Jena,  1895, ix, 26-30.—Okada (E.)  Experimentelle Un-
  tersuchungen iiber die vasculare Trophik des  periphereu
  Nerven.  Arb. a. d. neurol.  Inst.  d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u.
  Wien, 1905, xii, 59-85, lpl—Ruflini (A.)  Di una nuova
  guaina nel tratto terminate delle fibre nervose periferiche.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii,  467-470. —Sala (L.)  Con-
  tributo alia conoscenza della struttura dei nervi periferici.
  Boll,  di Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,  1895, 288-295.  AUo,
  transl: Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1895-6, xxiv, 387-393.—
  SchitT(M.)  Nerfs periph6riques.  In his:  Ges. Beitr. z.
  Physiol., 8°,  Lausanne, 1896, iii, 86-197. — Schultze (F.)
  Ueber circumscripte Bindegewebshyperplasienoder Binde-
  gewebsspindeln  (Nodules  hyalins von  ROuaut)  iu den
  peripherischen Nerven  des  Mensehen.  Arch. f. path.
  Anat, [etc.],  Berl., 1892, cxxix,170-172.—Sokoloff (D. A.)
  0 razvitii perifericheskikh nervov u novorozhdennikh
  dletel.  [Development of the peripheral nerves in  the
  new-born.]   Vrach,  St. Petersb., 1890,  xi, 384;  456 —
  Van  Oehuchteu (A.)  Les ph6nomfenes de reparation
  dans les centres nerveux apres la section des nerfs p6ri-
  ph6riques.  Presse m6d., Par.,  1899,  i, 3-7.  -----. Re-
  cherches sur la terminaison centrale des nerfs sensibles
  p6riph6riques; la racine post6rieure des deux premiers
  nerfs  cervicaux.   Nevraxe, Louvain,  1901, iii, 227-256.—
  van  Wijhe .vlKolillu-ugJjc  (I. H. F.)  Muskfehi und
  periphere Nerven der  Primaten. mit besonderer Beriick-
  sichtigung  der  Anomalien.  Versl. .  . . d.  k.  Akad.  v.
  Wetensch.   Afd. Natuurk., Amst.,  1897, 4. s., v, 201-203.

IVerves (Peripheral, Diseases of').
     Sie, also, Nervous system (Degeneration, etc.,
  of);  Neuralgia;  Neuritis; Neuritis (Multiple);
  Neuroma.
     Bernhardt (M.)  Die Erkrankungeu der pe-
  ripherischen Nerven.  6°.   Wien, 1895-6.
     Forms pts. 1 and 2, v. 11, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . .
  Nothnagel, Wien.
     -----.   The same.   1. Th. 2. neu bearbeitete
  und vermehrte Aufl. 8°.   Wien, 1902.
     -----.   The  same.    2.  Th.  Nebst  Anhang:
  Akroparasthesien, von  L. von  Frauk-Hochwart.
  2. Aufl.  8°.   Wien,  1904. 
NERVES.
457
NERVES.
 Serves  (Peripheral, Diseases of).

     RoDRKHES (R.N.)   *D:is ainyotrophias de
   origem jieripherica.  4 \   Rio i'e Janeiro, 1887.
     Weiss (Clara).   * Ueber endoneurale Wnche-
   rungen in den peripherischen Nerven des Hun-
   des.0  [Bern.]  t^ .   Berlin, 1694.
     See, aUo, infra.
     Windscheid  (F.)   Pathologie  und  Therapie
   der Erkrankungen des peripherischen  Nerven-
   systems.   16°.   Leipzig, [19b0].
    " Browning (W.)  The lender point in pressure-paral-
   ysis of peripheral nerves. Kansas City  M. Index-Lancet,
   1901, xxii, 197-200.—Frisco (B.)  Alterazioni vasalinelle
   lesioni di origine iufettiva  dei  nervi periferici.  Pisaui,
   Palermo, 1902, xxiii, 53-88. — Howald (M.)  Ueber die
   topograpbischo Vertheilung der endoneiiraleu Wucherun-
   gen in den peripherischen Nerven des Mensehen.  Arch. f.
   path. Anat. [etc |. Berl., 1895, cxli, 283-309, 1 pl.-L.a-
   pinski (M.)   Pricbinnoye vliyaniye stradaniy periferi-
   cheskikh nervov na vozniknoveniye zabolievaniya sosudis-
   tol stienki i obratno: stradaniye sosudov, kak  prichinniy
   dieyatel v vozniknovenii stradaniya pitayemikh inii peri-
   fericheskikh nervov.  [Disease  of peripheral nerves as
   causative influence in the origin of diseases of bloodvessel
   wall, and. vice veisa, disease of blood-vessels as the causa-
   tive factor in origin of disease of peripheral  nerves nour-
   ished by them.]  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1896, i. 419-
   501,2 1., 2 pl.—:Tlaydl (K.)  O chirurgickych chorob&ch
   nervu kondetinovych.  [Surgical diseases of tbe periph-
   eral nerves.]  Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1881,  xx, 19; 37;
   52; 68; 81. — Pntnam  (J.J.)  Peripheral nervous sys-
   tem; general physiological  considerations;  neuralgia of
   the stump;  peripheral palsy of third cranial  nerve; tri-
   geminal neuralgia.  Internat. Clin..Phila., 1891,ii,303-310.—
   Boux (J.-C.)  <fc  Ilcitz (J.)  Note  sur les  deg6n6res-
   cences observ6es dans les nerfs cutanea chez le chat, plu-
   sieurs mois apres la section des racines m6dullaires pos-
   t6rieures correspondantes. Compt.rend. Soc.de biol.,Par.,
   1904, lvii. 623-625.—Stransky (E.) "Ceber discontinuier-
   liche Zerfallsprozes-<e an der peripberen Nervenfaser.  J.
   f. Psvchol. u.  Neurol., Leipz., 1902-3, i, 169-199, 4  pl.—
   Webber (S.G.)  Diseasesof the peiipheralcerebro-spinal
   nerves.  Cycl. Pract.  M. (Ziemssen), N. V., 1881, Suppl.,
   509-533.—'Weiss (Clara).  Ueber endoneurale Wuche
   rungenin den peripherischeu Nerven des Hundes. Arch.
   f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.. 1894, exxxv, 326-355, 1 pl.  See,
   aUo, supra.

 ]\erves  (Plexuses of).
     See Nerves (Ganglions, etc., of).

 Serves  (Popliteal).
     Atliei-tou  (A.  B.)  Suture of the external popliteal
   nerve.   Canswl. Pract.,  Toronto,  1892, xvii,  295-297.—
   Bryce (T. H.)  Deep accessory peroneal nerve of Ruge
   in man.  Proc. Auat. Soc. Gr. Brit.  <k Ireland, Lond., 1900-
   1901, xxxv, p.  xlix. -----. Note of a case iu  which the
   deep accessory peroneal nerve (Ruge) supplied the exten-
   sor brevis digitornm pedis on both sides in the same sub-
   ject.  Ibid., 1903, p. lxxix.—Buchanan (G. B.)  Sar-
   coma of the internal  popliteal  nerve.  Glasgow M. J.,
   1900, liii, 52.—Cuntodi*.  Ein Fall von Myxofibrom des
   Nervus peronaeus; zui;leicb ein Beitrag zur Lehre von
   der Entstehung der Ganglien.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir.. Tu-
   bing., 1904. xliii, 788-795.—Dea ver (J. B.)  Suture ofthe
   peroneal nerve. J. Nerv. Sc Ment.  Dis., N. V., 1890,  xvii,
   841-843.—CJerster (A. G.)  Sarcoma  of peroneal nerve;
   excision aud suture of nerve.  Ann.  Suig.,  Phila.,  1895,
   xxi, 52.—Hibbs (R. A.)  Suture of popliteal nerve; per-
   fect restoration of function.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y.,
   1903, xxx, 565.—Hogarth (R. G.)   Two cases of severe
   subcutaneous injury to the peroneal nerve;  operation.
   Lancet, Loud., 1899, ii, 270. — Hume.  Sarcoma of the
   popliteal nerve: excision of three inches.  Rep. Proc.
   Northunip.  Sc  Durham M.  Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
   1885-6,  145.—.TicCosh (A. J.)   Sarcoma of external  pop-
   liteal nerve; excision of three and one-half inches of nerve;
   union of ends  by plastic operation.  Med. & Surg. Rep.
   Presbyterian Hosp., N. T.,  1902, v, 269-271. — Mitchell
   (J. K.)  False neuroma of the external popliteal nerve.
   Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1897-8,  x, 62. — Neil fibroin des
   N. peroneus  in der  Kniekehle.  Jahresb. ii. d.  chir. Klin.
   d. Univ. Greifswald /I888-9),  1890, 136. — Bayinond.
   Apoplectiform  neuritis of the external popliteal nerve in
   a women 39*>ears of age.  Med. Bull., Phila ,  1902, xxiv,
   336.—Senn (N.)  Traction injury of the peroneal nerve.
   Internat. Clin., Phila., 1904, 13. s.,"iv, 155.— Walliuann.
   Ein Beitrag zur Neurectoinie des Nervus peronaeus.  Berl.
  tierarztl. Wchnsehr., 1905, 422.

Aerves (Regeneration of).
    See Nervous system (Degeneration, etc., of).

Yerves (Sacral).
    See Nerves (Lumbar), etc.
 Serves (Section of).
      See Nervous system (Physiology of); Nervous
    systtm (Surgery of)..

 j\erves (Sensory).
      See Nervous system (Sensory).

i Serves (Spinal).
      See, also, Nerves (Lumbar), etc.
      Bonne (C.)   * Recherches  sur  les  elements
    centrifuges des racines post6rieures.   8°.  Lyon,
    1897.
      Brals (H.)  * Ueber die Rami ventrales  der
    vorderen Spinalnerven einiger Selachier.   8°.
    Jena, 1892.
      Seubert (M. C. G.)   *De functionibus  radi-
    enm anterioruin et posteriorum  nervorum spina-
    liuni  conimentatio.   [Heidelberg.]  8°.   Carls-
    ruhce cf Badce, 1833.
      Turck (L.)  Ueber die Haut-Sensibilitatsbe-
    zirke der einzelnen  Riickeumarksnervenpaare.
    Aus  dessen literarischen Nachlasse  zusammen-
    gesiellt vou C. Wedl.  2. Aufl.   fol.   Wien, 1900.
      Repr.from: Denkschr. d. math.-naturwissensch. CI. d.
    k. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien, 1900, xxix.

      Walter  (J. G.)  Plates  on the thoracic and
    abdominal nerves, reduced  from tbe  origiual, as
    published by order of  the  Royal Academy of
    Sciences at Berlin; accompanied, by coloured ex-
    planations and a description of the  par vagain,
    great  sympathetic  and  phrenic  nerves.   4°.
    London,  1822.
      Adolphi (H.)  Ueber Variationen der  Spinalnerven
    und  der Wirbelsaule  anurer  Amphibien.   Morphol.
    Jahrb., Leipz., 1892-3,  xix, 313-375, 1  pl.-Bardeen
    (C. R.) On variations in the distribution  of the spinal
    nerves entering the  lumbar plexus.  J. Comp. Neurol.,
    Granville, O., 1898-9, viii, 195-201.  AUo, Reprint.—Bay.
    lies (W. M.)  The presence of efferent vasodilator fibres
    in posterior roots,  Proc.  Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1899-1900,
    xxv, p. xiii: 1900-1901, pp.  ii-iv.—Bonne  (C.)  Sur los
    gouttelettes de graisse k existence temporaire des gan-
    glions spinaux  de la grenouille.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de
    biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 474-476.—Bridge (N.)  Some
    affections of the lumbo-abdominal nerves.   South. Calif.
    Pract., Los Angeles, 1895, x, 294-297.—Bumin (A.)  Die
    experimentelle  Durchtrennung der vordern und hintern
    Wnrzel des zweiten Halsnerven bei der Katze und ihre
    Atrophiewirkung auf das zweite spinale  Halsganglion.
    Sitzungsb. d.  Gesellsch.  f. Morphol. u. Physiol.  1902,
    Miinchen, 1903, xviii, 65-74.—Cavazzani  (E.)  Intorno
    ai gangli  spinali.  Arch.  ital. di clin.  med., Milano, 1897,
    xxxvi, 41-53, 1  pl.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo, transl.- Arch.
    ital. debiol., Turin, 1887-8, xxviii, 50-00.— Chipault(A.)
    Rapport de l'origine des nerfs rachidiens  avec les apo-
    physes 6pineuses.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1894,
    vii', 246-257. AUo, transl..- N. York M. Abstr., 1894, xiv,
    197-208. -----.  Quelques types  cliniques  nouveaux de
    lesions radiculaires et m6dullaires.  Assoc, frang. de chir.
    Proc.-verb. [etc.J, Par., 1895, ix, 740.—Chipault  (A.) &
    Demoulin (A.) La r6seetion intradurale  des racines
    medullaires posterieures; 6tude physiologique  et thera-
    peutique.   Trav. de neurol. chir. 1895, Par., 1896,  234-
    352.—Colby (E. P.)  Can the spinal ganglia be affected
    by electrical currents?  Tr.  Nat. Soc. Electrother., N. Y.,
    1895, 46-f)l.—Cole (F.J.)  Some variations  in the spinal
    nerves of the frog, with a note on au abnormal  vertebral
    column.  Proc.  Liverpool Biol.  Soc,  1900-1901, xv, 114-
    125, 2 pl.—Cox  (W.  H.)   Die Selbstiindigkeit der Fibril-
    len im Neuron;  eine Studie iiber das Granulanetz und die
    Fibrilleu der Spinalganglienzelle.  Internat.  Monatschr.
    f. Anat. n. Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1898, xv, 209-218,  1 pl.—Cy-
    bulski (N.)  Sc Kirkor (M.)   O przewodzeniu  stauu
    czynnego  przez zwoje  niiedzykr^gowe i o odruchowem
    wahaniu wstecznempradu spoczynkowego.  (Sur latrans-
    raission dans les ganglions intervertebraux  et sur la va-
    riation negative r6flexe.)  Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de
    Craeovie, 1899, 122.—Dale (IT. H.)  Observations, chiefly
    by the degeneration method, on possible efferent fibres in
    the dorsal nerve-roots of the toad and frog.   J. Physiol.,
    Loud., 1901, xxvii, 350-355.—De Buck (D.)  La localisa-
    tion medullaire de l'innervation motrico du perinee et du
   rectum.  Belgique ni6d., Gand-Haarlem,  1899, i, 549-551.
    -----. Chromolyse apr6s section de nerfs spinaux.  Ibid.,
   ii,  435.—De Buck  (D.) & Vuuilerlinden (O.)  La
   section des nerfs moteurs spinaux d6iermine-t-elle de la
   chromolyse? Ibid., 1900, i, 129-132.—Dogiel (A. S.)  Der
   Bau der Spinalganglien bei den Saugetieren.   Anat. Anz.,
   Jena,  1896, xii, 140-152. -----. Zur Frage iiber den Bau
   der Spinalganglien  beim  Mensehen uud bei deu  Sauge-
   tieren.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 
NERVES.
458
NERVES.
^Verves (Spinal).
  If98, xv. 34."(-352, 1 pl.—Donaggio (A.)  Sui rapporti
  tra capsnla pericellulare e vasi sanguigni nei ganjdi spi-
  nali dell' uomo.   Riv. sper. di  freniat., Reggio-Emilia, j
  1900, xxvi, 500-511.—Erlanger  (J.)  On the union of a
  spinal nerve with  the vagus  nerve.   Am. J.  Physiol.,
  Bost., 1905, xiii,  372-395.—Flint (A.)   Experiments on ]
  the recurrent sensibilit v of the anterior  roots of the spinal
  nerves.  N. Orl. M. Times,  1*61, n.  s.,  i, 21-27.   AUo, in
  his: Collect, essays,8°. N.Y., 1903, i, 29-34. -----.  Histor-
  ical considerations  concerning  the properties of  the  roots
  of the spinal nerves.   Quart. J. Psychol. M., N. Y., 1H68,
  ii, 625-660   AUo, in his: Collect,  essays, 8°, N. Y., 1903,
  i,  35-60.— Frawer (E. H.)   An  exjierimental  research
  into the relations of the posterior longitudinal bundle and
  Deiters' nucleus.  J.Physiol., Lond., 1901, xxvii,372-397.—
  Fiirbringer (M.)  Ueber die spino-occipitalen Nerven
  der Selachier und  Holocephaleu und ihre vergleichende
  Morphologie.  Festschr. z. .  . . Carl  Gegenbauer  1896,
  Leipz ,  1897,  iii, 349-7H8, 8 pl.—Gaule  (J.)   Weitere Ex-
  perimente au den Spinalganglien und hinteren Wurzeln.
  Centralbl. 1  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, vi, 785-802.—
  Georgescu (I. L.)  Nota asupra structure! ganglionilor
  spinali.  Romania  med., Bucuresci, 1900, viii, 392-395.—
  Hardesty (I.)  Further observations  on tbe conditions
  determining  the number  and  arrangement of the fibers
  forming the  spinal nerves of the frog  (Rana virescens).
  J. Comp. Neurol.,  Granville,  O., 1900-1901,  x,  323-354.
  -----.  On the number and relations of  the ganglion cells
  and medullated nerve fibers in the spinal nerves of  frogs
  of different ages.  Ibid., 1905, xv, 17-56.—Heimann (E.)
  Ueber die feinere Structur der Spinalganglienzellen.  Fort-
  schr. d. Med., Berl.. 1898, xvi, 331-333.—Norton-Smith
  (R. J.)  On efferent fibres in the posterior roots of the frog.
  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1897, xxi, 101-111.—Huber (G. C.)
  The spinal  ganglia  of  amphibia;  preliminary  notice.
  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1896, xii.  417-425.   Also, Reprint.—
  ■ iijgbert (C.)  An enumeration  of the medullated nerve
  fibers in the dorsal roots of the spinal nerves of man.  J.
  Comp.  Neurol.,  Granville,  O.,  1903-4, xiii, 53-120.—
  loteyko  (Mile. J.)  Le travail des  centres  nerveux spi-
  naux.   Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900, exxx. 667-
  669.—Kleist (K.)  Die Veranderungeu der Spinalgan-
  alieuzellen nach der Durchschneidung des peripherischen
  Nerven  und der  hinteren Wurzel.   Virchow's Arch.  f.
  path. Auat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxiii, 4G6-485, 1 pl. -----.
  Experimeutell-auatomische Untersuchungen iiber die Be-
  ziehungeu der hinteren  Ruckenmarkswurzeln  zu den
  Sjiinalganglieu.  Ibid., 1904, clxxv,  381-407, 1 pl— Kli-
  nische waarnemingen, die langs  een omweg wellicht
  bijdragen  kunneu  geven  tot bepaling  der  wortelvelden.
  Psychiat. eu Neurol.  Bl., Amst,  1901, v, 248-252,  1  pl., 1
  tab.—Knnpr (E.V.)  Experimentelle Untersuchungen
  iiber die motorischen Kerne einiger spinalen Nerven der
  hinteren Extremitat  des Hundes.  Deutsche Ztscbr.  f.
  Nervenh., Leipz., 1901, xx, 110-127.—von Kolliker (A.)
  Ueber das Vorkommen von Nervenzellen iu den vordereu
  Wurzeln der Riickenmarksnerveu der Katze.  Verhandl.
  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aer/.te 1904, Leipz., 1905,
  lxvi,  pt. 2, 2. Hlfte,  363.—Kopczynaki  (S.)   Badania
  doswiadczalue  z zakresu  anatomii  i  fizyologii tylnych
  korzeni rdzeniowyeb.  [Experimental  investigations on
  the anatomy and physiology of the posterior spinal nerve-
  roots. |   Gaz. lek.,  Warszawa, 1905,  2. s., xxv,  535-538.—
  I.augley (J.  N.)  & Anderson (H. K.)   On the  union
  of the fifth cervical m rve with the superior cervical gan-
  glion.   J.  Physiol., Lond., 1903-4,  xxx, 439-442.—I,a-
  pinsky.  Zur Frage der spinalen Zentren einiger peri-
  pherer  Nerven beim Huude.   Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u.
  Neurol,  Berl.,  1903,  xiv,  321- 352.— I.ugaro  (E.) Sul
  compoitamentii delle cellule nervose dei gangli spinali  in
  seguito al taglio della branca centrale  del loro  prolunga-
  mento.   Riv. di patol. nerv.,  Firenze,  1897,  ii,  540-543.—
  McCarthy (J.)  Some remarks on spinal ganglia and
  nerve-fibres.  Quart.  J. Micr.  Sc, Loud.,  1875, xv, 377-
  381.1 pl.—ile ITlawwary (E.)   Sur quelques modifications
  de structure constant es des racines spinales.   Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 189.V  iii, 705- 7(is.—Miugazzini (G.)  & Poli-
  uianti (().)  Sugli eff. tti cousec-utivi  a tagli combiuati
  delle radici del midollo spinale.  Arch,  di fisiol., Firenze
  1904-5, ii, 75-K0, 2 pl.—Morat (J.-P.)   Troubles trophiques
  conseeutifs k la section des  racines  posterieures medul-
  laires.  Gaz. d. hop.,  I'ar., 1897,  lxx, 647. -----. Reserve
  adipeuse de nature hiveniale dans les  ganglions spinaux
  de la grenouille.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par.. 1901
  11. s., iii, 473.— tlorat (J.-P.) Sc Bonne  (C.)  Les ele-
  ments centrifuges  des racines posterieures medullaires.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 126-128. — Miil-
  ler (E.)  Studien iiber die Spinalganglien.  Biol. Fdren.
  Foihaudl.  Verhandl. d. biol. Ver. in Stockholm, 1890  ii
  125-134.—Paterson (A. M.)  A  discussion  of  some
  points iu the distribution of the  spinal nerves.   J.  Anat
  & Physiol., Loud., 1895-6, xxx,  530-538.—Pavlow (W.j
  Le faisceau de vou Monakow, faisceau mesencephalo-spinal
  lateral ou faisceau rubrospinal.  [Rap.  de Van Bambekel
  133-136.  Bull.  Acad.  rov. de med. de  Belg., Brux.  1900
  4.  s.,  xiv,  159-170,  3 pl.—Peck  (J.  I.)  Variation of tbe
IVerves (Spinal).
  spinal nerves in tho caudal region of the domestic pigeon
  J. Morphol., Bost., 1889, iii, 127-136,1 pl.—PugnnMC.-A.j
  Recherches sur la structure  des cellules  des ganglion-,
  spinaux de quelques reptiles.  Anat. Anz., Jeua, 1897. xiv
  89-96.— Beid (R. W.)  The relations between the super!
  ficial origins of the spinal nerves from the spinal cord and
  the  spinous processes  of  the  vertebras.  J. Auat   &
  Pbysiol., Lond., 1888-9, xxiii, 341-353.  2 pl.  AUo, Reprint.
  Also [Abstr.|: Proc. Auat. Soc Gi.Brit. & Ireland, Lond.]
  188S-9, ]). ix.  AUo  [Abstr.J: Lancet, Loud., 18K8, ii, 971.—
  Betzius (G.)   Weiteres zur  Frage von den freien Ner-
  venendigungen und anderen Structurverhaltnissen in den
  Spinalganglien.  Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm, 1900, u. F.,
  ix, 69-76, 3 pl. — Seaffldi (V.)   Sulla questione della
  presenza di fibre efferenti nelle radici posteriori. Policlin.,
  Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 372-384.—Sherrington (C. S.j
  Experiments iu examination  of tbe  peripheral  distribu-
  tion  of tbe fibres  of tbe posterior  roots of some spinal
  nerves. Phil. Tr. 1893, Lond., 1894, clxxxiv, (B.), 641-763,
  11 pl.  Also [ Abstr. ]:  Proc Roy. Sue. Lond., 1*92-3, hi.
  333-337. -----. On the anatomical constitution of nerves
  of skeletal muscle; with remarks on recurrent fibres in
  the ventral  spinal  uerve'-root.   J.  Physiol., Cambridge,
  1894, xvii, 211-258, 3 pl. -----. Experiments in examina-
  tion of the peripheral distribution ofthe fibres of the pos-
  terior roots of some spinal nerves. Pt. 2.  Phil. Tr., Lond.,
  1898, clxxxx, B, 45-186, 4 pl.  Also: Thompson Yates Lnh.
  Rep. 1898-9, Liverp.,  1900, i, 45-173, 1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.l;
  Proc. Roy. Soc.  Lond.,  1896-7, lx, 408-411. — Sliinkixhi
  Ilntai.  On tbe increase in  tbe number  of medullated
  nerve fibers in the ventral roots of the spinal nerves of the
  growing white  rat.   J.  Comp.  Neurol.,  Granville,  O.,
  1903-4, xiii, 177-183.  — Sieard ( J.-A.) Sc Cewlan  (R.)
  Etude de la travel see meningo-radiculaire au niveau du
  trou de conjugaison; le nerf de  conjugaison (nerf radicu-
  laire  spinal);  quelques deductions  cliniques.  Bull,  et
  mem. Soc. m£d. d.  hop. de Par.,  1904, 3. 8.,  xxi, 715-725.—
  Soukhanofi'(S.) Reseau endocellulaire de Golgi dans
  les (jl6ments nerveux des ganglions spinaux.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1902, x, 1228-1232.—Spronek  (C. H.  H.)  BijdragH
  tot de kennis van den aanvang der Schwann'sche acheedo
  aan  de spinale  zenuwwortels.  Feestbuudel a. F.  ('.
  Donders [etc.), Amst., 1888, 147-104, 3 pl.-Steiuach (E.)
  Sc Wiener (II.)  Motorische Functionen hiuterer Spinal-
  nervenwurzeln.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1895, lx,
  593-622. — Strohmnyer  ( W.)  Anatomische  I'nti-r-
  suchung iibi r die  Lage uud Ausdehuung der spinalen
  Nervencentren  der Vorderarni- und Haudmuskulatur.
  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat. u.  Neurol., Berl..  1900, viii,  198-
  210, lpl.—Tanzi  (E.)  Sulla presenza di cellule gangli-
  ari nelle radici spinali anteriori del  gatto.  Riv. sper. di
  freniat., Reggio-Emilio, 1893, xix, 373-377.—Taiulli (L.)
  Sc Panichi (L.)   Contiibuto alio studio delle alterazioni
  delle cellule nei vose del midollo spinale dopo il taglio delle
  radici posteriori.   Ricerche n. lab.  di anat. norm. d. r.
  Univ. di Roma, 1902,  ix, 97-113, 2 pl. — Thorburn (W.)
  The sensory distribution of spinal nerves.   Brain, Loud.,
  1893, xvi,  355-374.—Tomasini  (S.)  L'excitabilite de la
  zone motrice aprfes la resection des racines  spinales poste-
  rieures.  [Abstr.)  Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1K95, xxiii,
  36-40.—Trolard.  Le ganglion dit du  spinal.   J. de
  I'anat. et  physiol.  [etc.], Par., 1896, xxxii,  165-170.—Van
  Rehuchteii (A.)  Contributiou k  l'etude des ganglions
  c6rebro-spiuaux.   Cellule,  Lierre  Sc Louvain, 1892, viii,
  209-230, 1  1., 1  pl. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur  les
  ganglions cer^bro-spinaux.  Ibid., 233-252.  11., 1 pl.-----.
  Recherches sur la terminaison centrale des nerfs sensibles
  peiiph6riques; V.  La racine posterieure du huitieme nerf
  cervical et du premier uerf  dorsal.  Nevraxe.  Louvain,
  1902-3,  iv, 55-75. — Van Gehuchten (A.) A: I\elis  (C.)
  Quelques points concernant la structure des cellule- des
  ganglions  spinaux.  Bull. Acad. rov. de  m6d. de Belg.,
  Brux., 1898, 4. s., xii,  330-346, 1 pl. — Verziloff (X.  M.)
  K voprosu  o  sosudodvigatelnom  otpravlenii zadnikh
  koreshkov spinnavo mozga.  [On the vaso-motor function
  of the  posterior roots of the spinal cord. ]   Vrach, St.
  Petersb.,  1896, xvii, 779.—Warrington  (W. B.) Xen-
  on tbe ultimate fate of ventral cornual cells  after  section
  of a number of posterior roots.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1903-4,
  xxx, 503-506.—Weigner (K.)   Pomer nervi accessorii a
  prvy"ch spinalniehnervu.  [Relation of. . . and the  first
  spinal nerves. J   Casop. 16k.  cesk., v Praze, 1901, xl.  345;
  373; 399; 427; 455.—van Wijhe. Overdeopvatting eener
  spinale zenuw als complex van twee zelfstandige zenuweu.
  Versl___d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.  Afd. Natuurk., Amst.,
   1897, 4. s., v, 273-281.

I¥erves (Spinal, Diseases of).
     See, also, Nerves (Brachial, Diseases of); Sci-
  atica.
     Baer(A. W.)   Perineuritis of the spinal nerves. Med.
   Standard, Chicago, 1903, xxvi, 572.—Bennett (W. H.)  A
   case iu which acute spasmodic pain in the left lower ex-
   tremity was completely relieved by  subdural division of
   the  posterior roots of certain spinal nerves, all other treat- 
NERVES.                                     459                                      NERVES.
IHerves (Spinal, Diseases of).
  ment having proved useless; death from sudden collapse
  and cerebral haemorrhage ou the twelfth day after the op-
  eration at the commencement of apparent convalescence.
  Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc,  Lond., 1888-9, 3. s.. i, 115-
  121.—du Cazal. Deux observations  d'hyperkinesie du
  nerf spinal.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d.  bop. de Par., 1891,
  3.  s., viii, 290-298.—Cestnn (R.)  & Babonueix (L.)
  Quatre observations de lesions des nerfs de la queue de
  cheval; contribution k l'etude du syndrome de la queue de
  cbeval.  Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1901,lxxiv, 169-175.—Oierlich.
  Ueber isolirte  Erkrankung der  unteren Lumbal- und 1.
  Sacralwurzeln.   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh..  Leipz.,
  1900, xviii, 322-344.—Herter (C. A.)  Diseases ofthe spi-
  nal nerves and  their  plexuses.   Text-book Nerv. Dis.
  Am. authors (Dercum), Phila.,  1895, 835-856. — iTIader
  (J.) Rheumatische Affection der hinteren Nervenwurzeln
  vom 6. Riickeunerven abwarts (Pachymengitis  rheum.»);
  Heilung.  Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftung in
  Wien  (1888).  1889,  338.—Mills  (C. K.) Lesions of the
  sacral and lumbar plexuses, with remarks on their impor-
  tance, aud  their diagnosis, general and localizing.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1889, liv, 648-655.—Obersteiner (H.)  Be-
  merkungen zur tabischen Hinterwurzelerkrankung. Arb.
  a. d. Inst. f. Anat. u. Physiol, d. Centralnervensyst. an d.
  Wien. Univ.,  Leipz. u." Wien, 1895, 3. Hft., 192-209.—
  Sinkler.  Spinal accessory spasm.  Med. News, Phila.,
  1884, xliv, 453.—Ziuuo (A.) Fibromatosi multipla dei
  gangli spinali con sclerosi laterale aniiotrofica;  considera-
  zioni e ricerche su d' un  caso di  nuova forma morbosa.
  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1897, vii, 300-
  312, 2 pl.

 Nerves  (Surgery of).
     See, also, Nerve (Optic, Surgery of); Nerve-
  grafting; Nerve-stretching; Nerves(Wounds,
  etc., of);  Neuralgia  (Treatment of,  Operative);
  Neuritis (Treatment of); Neurolysis.
     Bank (J.)   * Ueber die Enderfolge der Ner-
  vennaht.   8°.  Kiel, 1893.
     Boddy (Clarinda).  * Analysis  of  some  cases
  treated by the operations of nerve  section and
  nerve stretching.  8C.  Bern, [1888].
     Boulommier  (H.)  * Contribution k l'etude
  des  reunions  nerveuses.  Etude sur quelques
  cas, qualifies de  paradoxaux, de  retour  tres ra-
  pide de la sensibility et de la motricite"  apres la
  suture  nerveuse.   8°.   Paris, 1901.
     Bouverot (L.)  Theorie de la suppleance sen-
  eitivo-motrice et ses consequence pratiques rela-
  tives k  la nevrotomie et aux sutures  nerveuses.
  8°.  Paris, 1879.
     Cahn (J.)   * Ueber die Prima  intentio nervo-
  rum.   [Bonn.]  8°.  Miilheim,  1891.
     Dingel (E.)  * Ueber die  Resultate der Ner-
  vennaht.   8°. Halle a.  S., 1899.
     Dikkex (J.)    *Secundaire zenuwhechting.
  [Amsterdam.]  8-.  Alkmaar, 1893.
     Ehrlich (C. )   * Ueber  die  Falle  von  so-
  geuantiter Prima intentio nervorum.   12°.  Ber-
  lin, 1894.
     Ehrmann (G.)   * Contribution k l'etude de la
  suture des nerfs k distance.   8°.   Paris, 1690.
     -----.   The same.  8°.  Paris, 1896.
     Etzold  ( E. )   * Klinische  Untersuchungen
  iiber Nervennaht.   8°.  Dorpat,  1*69.
    Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1889, xxix,
  430-473.
    Fournier  (A.)   * fitude  sur  la  suture des
  nerfs.   4°.  Strasbourg, 1870.
    Girndt (L. S.  P.)  * Ueber Resultate  der Ner-
  vennaht mit  besonderer Beriicksicbtigung der
  Nerven plastik.  8J.   Berlin,  1698.
    Hector (J.)  #Die Erfolge  der  Nervennaht
  in Fallen der von  Bergmann'schen Klinik.  8°.
  Berlin,  1901.
    Jacobi  (H.)  * Ueber  Nervennaht.  8°.   Gbt-
  tingen, 1892.
    Jungermann (K.)  * Ein Fall von sekundiirer
  Nervenoperation.  [Wurtzburg.]   8-.  Erlangen,
  1866.
    Kuschel (R. O. S.)  * Ueber Resultate  bei Ner-
  vennahten.  8°.   Miinchen, 1901.
IVerves (Surgery of).
    Lehrmanx ([H.] A.)   * Ueber die Resultate
  der Nervennaht.   8°.   Halle a. S., 1894.
    Mouton (A.)  * De la suture des  nerfs, et en
  particulier de la suture secondaire.  4°.  Paris,
  1890.
    Oppenheimer (M.)   * Beitrag zur Kasuistik
  der  Nervenchirurgie  (Neurolysis  und  Nerven-
  naht).   8C.  Kiel, 1902.
    Polaillox.  Sur le  retour  imni6diat de l'in-
  nervation apres la suture des nerfs.  8°.  Paris,
  1887.
    Also [Abstr.] in:  Bull. Soc. de med. prat.de Par., 1887,
  294-290.
    Richardson (M. H.)  Operations on nerves.
  Cases  of nerve  suture, nerve  section,  nerve
  stretching,  and  operations to relieve  pressure
  upon nerve trunks.  12°.  Boston, 1888.
    Schmitt (G.)  *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der
  Nervennaht.   [Wurtzburg.]   8°.  DUrkheim  fy
  Kaiserslautern, [1890].
    Thiemich (S.  V. A.)   * Ueber Heilung nach
  Nervennaht.  8°.  Berlin, 1897.
    Tornau (E.) * Beitrag zur Casuistik der Ner-
  vennaht mit  Beriicksichtigung  der Secundar-
  Nervennaht.   8°.  Kbnigsberg, 1898.
    Trombktta (F.)  Sullo stiramento dei nervi;
  studi patologici e clinici.  8°.  Messina, 1880.
    Tschirschwitz (F.)  * Ueber Nervennaht  und
  Nervenplastik.   12°.   Berlin, 1892.
    Zitzke (O.)   *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Ner-
  vennaht.   8°.  Greifswald, 1899.
    Albert  (E.)  Pi-ipad  neurektomie.  [A case of. . .]
  Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1870, ix, 345-347.—Alexander.
  Anastomose du  facial .avec l'hypoglosse.  Rev. hebd. de
  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, ii, 196.—Anzilotti (G.)  Sul-
  1' isolaniento dei nervi dalla loro guaina.  Settimana med.
  d. Sperimentale,  Firenze,  1898, hi, 589-593.—Assmann
  (R.) Eiu Fall von Neurectomie des Infraorbitalis, nach
  der subcutanen Methode von B. von Langenbeck.  Arch.
  f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, xi, 868-870.—Ballance (C. A.)
  & Stewart (P.)  Le processus de reunion  des nerfs.
  Trav. de neurol. chir., Par.,  1902, vi,  145-193, 16 pl.—
  Beale (P. T. B.) A case of nerve-suturing in which tbe
  cut ends of the nerve could not be brought into apposition.
  Med. Press & Circ, Loud., 1893, n. s., lvi, 105.—Betagh
  (G.) Sugli iunesti reciproci tra nervi motori e seusitivi.
  Arch, ed atti d.  Soc. ital. di chir. 1902, Roma, 1903, xvii,
  263-288.—Brenner (A.)  Nervenplastik,  10 Jahre nach
  der Verletzung;  Heilung.  "Wien.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1891,
  iv, 337.—Brown-Sequard.  Faits tendant  k montrer
  que le retour de la sensihilit6 et du mouvement apres la
  suture des nerfs est du. k une d>namogenie  remplacant de
  l'inhibition.  15ull. Acad, de iu6d., Par.,  1893,  3. s., xxix,
  582-590.—a Briinn (J. H.)  Experimenta  qusedam circa
  ligaturis nervorum in vivis animalibus instituta.  Acta
  helvet., Basilese, 1755, ii,  113-122.   AUo, transl: Collect.
  dediff. pieces [etc.],  Par., 1761, i, 1-15.  IS ii dinger (K.)
  Ueber  Sebnen-  und Nervennahte.  Centralbl. f. d. ges.
  Therap., Wien,  1898, xvi, 257; 321— Cadeac.  Sur la
  n6vrotomie et les troubles trophiques  conseeutifs k cette
  op6ration.  J. do ni6d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1897, 5. a., i,
  129-137.—Cantlie (J.)  On  the surgery of the nerves.
  Clin. J., Loud., 1899-1900, xv, 81-87.—Ciitchiiigs (C. E.)
  Secondary nerve suturing. J. Mississippi M. Ass., Biloxi,
  1899-1900, iii, 729-732.—Cernr. Une malade ayant ete
  l'objet d'une suture des nerfs median et cubital au poignet.
  Normandie med., Rouen,  1900, xv, 134-136.—Chaput.
  De la restauration rapide des fonctions  k la suite des su-
  tures nerveuses secondaires.  Bull, et me>m. Soc. de chir.
  de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 491-496.—Checvcr (D. W.) Ex-
  cision of nerves.  Med. Sc Surg  Rep. City Hosp. Bost.,
  1889, 4. s., 33-41.—C'uwtodio Cabeca.  Considera§oes
  Bobre a cirurgia dos nervos.  Rev.  portugueza de med.  e
  cirurg. prat.. Lisb., 1896-7, i, 141-146.—Dal-Vesco (A.)
  Contributo alia casistica della sutura secundaria dei nervi.
  Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1905, xxvi,  1086-1088.—Denver
  (J.  B.)   The operative treatment of some diseases and in-
  juries of the nerves. Med.  News, Phila., 1891, lix, 141-
  146.—DiacuMniou sur la suture nerveuse.  Bull, et mem.
  Soc. do chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 439; 466.—Dujou.
  Un cas de suture nerveuse.  Arch. prov.  de med., Par.,
  1H99, i, 256.—Dumatrey (P.)  Ueber Nervenpfropfung.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir., Leipz.,  1901, lxii, 40-57, 1 pl.—
  Duncan (J.)  A clinical lecture on tbe suture of nerves
  after injury.  Clin..T., Lond., 1892-3, i. 117-120.—Duplny.
  Plaies des nerfs;  suture nerveuse.  M6d. mod., Par., 1890,
  vii, 49.—Dziewonnki (L.)  Zur  Technik der Nerven- 
NERVES.
460
NERVES.
\erve* (Surgery of).
  naht.  Klin, therap  Wchnsehr., Wieu, 1900, vii, 289-295.—
  K ii leu burg (A.) Si l<«iidois (L.)  Die  Nerven-Naht.
  Heil.  klin. Wchnsehr..  1*64,  i, 441; 453; 467.  AUo, Re-
  print— Fajje.  Arrachenient du  nerf nasal  externe.
  Mem.  tt  I.nil. Soc.  de  med.  et chir. de Bordeaux (1888)
  ]»S9  088-695.—Finfrock  (J.  H.)   Nerve suture.  Tr.
  Colorado  M. Soc. Denver,  1891, 218-221.—Finolti (E.)
  Beitrage znr Chirurgie und  pathologischen  Anatomie der
  peripherischen Nerven.  Arch, f path. Anat. [etc.]. Perl.,
  1890, cxliii. 133-169, 2 pl.—Flatau (E.) Sc Sawicki (B.)
  Przyczynek  do chirurgii  doswiadczaluej  w  dziedzinie
  nerwow obwodowyeb.   [Experimental surgery of periph-
  eral nerves.]   Gaz.  lek., Warszawa,  1900, 2.  s.,  xx,  996-
  1001. — Floresco  (N.)   Suture croisee des nerfs.  Arch.
  de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 552-550.—
  Foramitti (C.)  Zur Techuik der Nervennaht.  Arch.
  f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxiii, 043-048. — Fowler (G. R.)
  Two casesof infra-cranial neurectomy.  Med. Rec, N. T.,
  1894  \lv  74"i-747.—Oleiss (W.) Beitrage zur  Nerven-
  naht.  Heitr. z. klin.  Chir., Tiibing., 1903, x,  387-411. AUo,
  Reprint.—C«uidone (P.) Uncaso diuovrorrafia  primaria
  con rapida e completa restitutio ad integrum.  Ffticiale
  san.,  Napoli,  1895.  viii, 155-100.—von  Hacker.  Ein
  Beitrag zur secundareu Nervennaht.  Wien. klin.  Wchn-
  sehr.,  1894, vii, 783. — Harsha (W. M.)  Neurectomy.
  Internat.  Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., ii, 240.—Henrikscn
  (P. B.)   Nervensutur  nnd Nervenregeneratioii.  Nord.
  med. Ark., Stockholm, 1903, 3. f., iii, afd. 1, nos. 9-16, 1-58,
  6  pl.  AUo: Norsk  Mag.  f.  La3gevideusk.,  Kristiania,
  1903, 5. R., i, 32; 121, 0 pl.—llci/cu (A.)  La  suture ner-
  veuse.  Rev.  scient.,  Par., 1893, lii, 74-78.  AUo: Gaz.
  med.  de  Par., 1893,  8.  s.,  ii,  409-415.—Hodges (F. J.)
  Reparative surgery of the peripheral nerves   Tr. Indiana
  M. Soc,  Indianap.,  Ic92, 258-272.   Also:  Med.  News,
  Phila., 1892, lxi, 533-539. AUo, Reprint. — Holden (G.
  P.)   A  case  of  successful  extensive  primary tendon
  and  nerve  suture.   N. Am. J. Homceop., N.  Y., 1895,
  3. s., x, 555-559. — Huber (G. C.)  A study of the oper-
  ative treatment for loss of nerve  substance  in periph-
  eral nerves.  J. Morphol., Bost., 1895, xi, 629-740, 3 pl.
  -----. Nerve suturing aud nerve implantation.  Tr. Mich.
  M.  Soc, Grand Rapids.  1896, xx, 56-88.  Also,  Reprint.—
  Hueler  (C.)   Casuistischer Beitrag zur  Methodik der
  Neurectomieen, iusbesondere zur Methodik der  Excision
  des N. infraorbitalis und des N. lingualis.  Arch.  f. klin.
  Chir.,  Berl., 1809,  xi, 863-8G8.—Inglis (D.)  The  limita-
  tions  of surgery in  the  treatment of the neuroses.  Tr.
  Mich. M.  Soc. Detroit, 1894, xviii, 409-487.—Jaeobson
  (W. H. A.)  The healing of nerves.  Aun. Surg.,  Phila.,
  1902, xxxvi, 027-038.—Kallionzis.  A propos de la res-
  tauration  rapide des fonctions a la  suite de sutures ner-
  veuses secondaires.  Bull, et  mem.  Soc. de chir. de Par.,
  1905, n. s., xxxi, 816.—Keen (W.W.)   Two successful
  cases of secondary suture, one of the posterior interosseous
  nerve and one of the median and ulnar nerves.  Phila. M.
  J.,  1901,  vii, 1046-1U48. — Kennedy (R.)   Surgeiv  of
  nerves. Glasgow  il. J.. 1905, lxiv,  295-298.—Kolliker
  (T.)  Beitrag zur Chirurgie der peripherischen  Nerven.
  Festschr.  . . . Henno Schmidt  . . ., Leipz., 1890, 172-178.—
  Kortcweg (J.  A.)  Het  nut van deu  secuudairen Ze-
  nuwnaad.  Nederl. Tijdschr.  v.  Genesk., Amst., 1894, n.
  R., x\x,  pt.  1. 393-412.—Kramer  (H.)  Zur Neurolvse
  und Xervennaht.   Beitr.  z. klin.  Chir., Tiibing., 1900,
  xxviii, 423; aM.  AUo, Reprint. — Le-Fort (L.)  Sur la
  suture nerveuse.  Bull.  Acad, de m£-d., Par.,  1893, 3.  s.,
  xxix, 430-445.—Levin (I. A. i   Peiekrestnoye ssbivaniye
  nervov.  [Crossed suture of nerves]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Rya-
  zan, 1903,  xi, no. 2, 48-56. -----.  Kucheniyu o perekrest-
  nom sshivanii nervov; simpaticheskaya i cherepnomozgo-
  vaya sisteiui.   [On crossed  suture of nerves;  the sympa-
  thetic and cerebro-spinal systems.]   Ibid., no. 3, 62;' no. 4,
  37: 1904,  xii, no. 1,  58, 1 pl. — liindpainlner.  Secun-
  diire Xervennaht.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1888, xxxv,
  409.—£■ ink  (I.)   Ein  Beitrag  zur Neurektomie nach
  Liicke-Lossen-Braun.   Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1894, vii,
  21-23.—Fiisynnski (V. I.)  K kazuistikle vtorichnavo
  nervnavo shva.   [ Secondary  nerve ■ suture. ]    Prakt.
  Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904,  iii,  805.—JbotheiM»eii (G.)  Zur
  Technik der Nerven- uud Sehnennaht. Arch. f. klin Chir ,
  Berl.,  1901, lxiv, 310-313.—Macartney  ( D.)   Nerve
  suturing; two cases.  Glasgow M. J., 1899, li, 357.—Mae-
  Corinae (W.)  On some cases of neurorraphy, or nerve
  suture.  St. Thomas's  Hosp. Rep.  1885, Lond.,  1886, xv,
  45-57.— Tlader (M.)  Ein Fall von  Nervennaht.  Wien.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xi, 878-880.—Mikhailoff (N. A.)
  K kazuistikle nervnavo shva.   [Nerve  suture.]  Trudi
  Obsh.  Russk. vrach. v Mosk., 1898, xxxvii,  pt. 1, 190-195.
  Also:  Vrach. Zapiski, Mosk.,  1898, v, 139-144. — IVIonod.
  [Angio-neurectomie.]  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par ,
  1899, u. s., xxv, 303-307—Nanrrede (C. B.)  On  the im-
  portance  of primary suture of divided nerves,  with  an
  illustrative case of successful suture of  the median and
  ulnar nerves.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, ^*8, x, 427.  Also:
  Maryland M. ,T.. Bait., 1887-8, xviii. 445-447.  Also: Med.
  News, Phila..  1888, liii, 360.  AUo: Med. ,t Sur". Reporter,
  Phila., 1888, lviii 429-431. [Discussion]. 436.  Also: Poly-
  clinic, Phila., 1887-8, v, 300-302.  AUo: Proc. Phila. Co.  M.
Nerves (Surgery of).
  Soc. Phila., 1888,ix'.75-80.—Neely (E.A.)  Nerve suturing
  primary and secondare   Mississippi M. Month., Meridian
  1891-2, i, 145-149.-.\elalon.   Plaies des nerfs et mit urea
  nerveuses.  Indepeud. med., Par., 1K98, iv, 41.--Neuter.
  bnuer (F.)  Zur Xeurorrhapie und Neuiolvsis.   iteitr
  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1895-6. xv, 465-530.—I\irniM) (]> j
  Injuries and diseases of nerves.  Internat. Enc\cl  Surg
  (Ashhurst), X. Y., 1883, iii, 545-041,  1  pl.  AUo, transl ■
  Encycl. internat. de chir. (Ashhurst), Par., 1884, iii. (181-779]
  -----.  Sur la suture des nerfs.  Rev. de chir., Par., 1885*
  v,566-571.—Ochsner(A. J.)  Nerve suture and other op-
  erations for injuries to the nerves of the upper extremity
  Internat.  J. Surg., N. Y., 1890. ix, 352-360.  AUo [Absti ']■
  Cleveland M. Gaz.,  1896-7, xii,  25.—Page (II. \\.)  Note
  on nerve suture and neive bulbs.   Piactitioner, Lond
  1892, xlix, 110-112.—Payr (E.)   Heitrage zur Technik der
  Blutgefass- uud  Nervennaht.  nebst  Mittlieilungen  fiber
  die Verwendung eines resorbirbaren  Metalles in der Chi-
  rurgie.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1900. lxii, 67-93.   AUo:
  Verhaudl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1900, xxix'
  pt. 2, 593-619.  [Discussion], pt. 1, 210.—Piautiere (A.)
  Contributo clinicosperimentale alia  sutura dei  nervi.
  Gazz. internaz.  di med.  prat., Napoli, 1902,  v, 22;  37.—
  Podrez  (A. G.)  O zabitikh  pokazaniyakh  k vityazhe-
  niyu nervnikh stvolov.   [On forgotten indications for the
  extraction of nerve-trunks.]  Trudi V syezda Obsh. iiishk.
  vrach. v pamyat Pirogova,  S.-Peterb.,  1894, ii, 117-127.—
  PolloNMon.  De  la nevrotomie pratique^)  suivant lea
  principes  dc la sensibility  r6curreute.  Cong,  frauc. de
  chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.].  Par., 1892, vi, 478.—Purpura
  (F.)  Intorno alia sutura dei nervi.  Gazz. med. ital., To-
  rino, 19()2, liii, 263-266. — Kamakers.   I?tudes sur  la
  suture secondaire des nerfs.  Alger m6d., 1888, xvi, 24-33.—
  Reclus  (P.)  De la suture  des nerfs.  In his: Clin. chir.
  de lHotel-Dieu.  8°, Par., 1888,  28-42.— Keisz (0.)  Se-
  cundaer idegvarrat esete egy nyaki  idegen.  [A case of
  secondary nerve-suture in a cervical nerve.] Gydgyaszat,
  Budapest, 1904,  xliv, 664.—Beynier.  Suture des nerfo
  median et cubital;  restauration des fonctions six  moiu
  aprfes.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de  Par.,  1901,  n. 8.,
  xxvii,427— Richardson (M.H.)  Surgery of the periph-
  eral  nerves.   Internat. Text • Bk.  Surg. (Warren  &
  Gould), Phila.,  1899, i, 850-878.—Rixford (E.)  Final re-
  sults iu secondarv sutures of nerves.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.,
  Phila., 1904, xxii,*180-195,1 pl.—Roberts (J. B) Surgery
  of the nerves.   Syst. Surg.  (Dennis), Phila., 1895, ii, 867-
  918.— Ruotte.  Suture  nerveuse.  Bull. Soc.dechir.de
  Lyon, 1900-1901, iv, 109-116.—Russell (R. 11.)   Two cases
  of neurectomy.  Intercolon. M. J., Australas.,  Melbourne,
  1905, x, 124-127.  [Di>cussion], 135.—Sandulli (A.)  Sulla
  sutura dei nervi; studio comparativo fra la rigenerazione
  istologica e il ripristino funziouale dei nervi.  Gior. inter-
  naz. d.  sc. med., Napoli, .1899, n. s.,  xxi, 929-944. 2 pl.—
  Schwartz  (E.)  De la suture des nerfs; ses resultats.
  [Abstr.]  Rev. g6n. de clin. et de tb6rap., Par., 1896, x,
  262-204.—Scott (J. H.)   Secondary suture of ulnar and
  median nerves.  Tr. Acad. M. Ireland,  Dubl.,  1887. v, 147-
  152.— Menu  (E. J.)  Case of nerve  suture a year  after
  injury.    Chicago  M.  Recorder,  1900,  xviii,  221-223.—
  Speiscr (P.)  Ueber die Prognose der Nervennaht;  Sam-
  melreferat iiber die  neuere Casuistik.   Fortschr. d. Med.,
  Berl.,  1902. xx, 145-162. —Spitzy (H.)  Die Bedeutung
  der Nervenplastik fiir die Orthopiidie.   Ztschr. f. orthop.
  Chir.,  Stuttg.,  1904, xiii, 326-355, 2 pl. -----. The  tech-
  nique of neuroplasty.  Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1904-5,
  ii,  8-26.  -----.  Zur allgemeiuen  Technik der Nerven-
  plastik.   Wien. klin. Wclinsehr., 1905, xviii, 57-61. ----•.
   Weitere Erfahrungeu auf dem  Gebiete der Nervenplastik.
  Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1905, xiv, 671-084.—Spi-
  zharnly (I. K.)  O nervnom  shvle.  [On nerve-suture]
  Chir. Laitop.,  Mosk., 1894, iv, 143-216.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach.  v  pamyat Pirogova,
  S.-Peterb.^ 1894, ii,  84.—Suture (Dela) des  nerfs  k dis-
  tance.  Gaz. hebd.  de  med., Par.,  1897, n.  s., ii,  124.—
  Thiersch. Ueber Extraction  von  Nerven, mit Vorzei-
  gung von Priiparaten.   Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.
  f. Chir., Berl., 1889,  xviii, 44-52. — Vanlair (C.)  Suture
  nerveuse   et  restauration  fonctionnelle.  Rev. scient,
  Par., 1894, 4. s., ii, 129-136. — Vaughun (G. T.)   Neu-
  rectomy  of  tbe second  division  of the fifth nerve at
  the forameu rotuuduiu and of'the  supraorbital at the
  supraorbital foramen.   Rep.  Superv.  Surg.-Gen.  Mar.
  Hosp.,  Wash.,  1896, 220.—Voino (S. A.)  K kazuistikle
  nervnavo shva.   [Nerve-suture.] Protok. zasaid. Kav-
  kazsk.  med. Obsh., Tillis.  1900-1901,  xxxvii,  516-526.-
  Vvedcnwki (A. A.)  K tekhnikle nervnavo shva.  [On
  the technique of nerve-suture.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899,
  lii, 181-184.—Wilcox (S. F.) Sc King (W. H.) Secondary
  nerve suture, with a repot t of two successful cases,  IN.
  Am. J. Homceop..  X. Y., 1894, 3. s., ix,  102;  158.—Wil-
  lard  (De  F.)   Nerve-suturing;  neurorrhaphy;  nerve
  grafting.   Med. News.  Phila., 1894, lxv, 374-379.  AUo,
  Reprint.  -----. Nerve suturing (neurorrhaphy);  degen-
  eration and regeneration following section; microscopical
  appearances. Internat. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1894-5, iii, 161-
  173, 2 pl.   AUo, Reprint.— Wolfler  (A.)  Ueber Nerven-
  naht und Nervenlosung.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1895, xx, 
NERVES.                                     461                                      NERVES.
Serves (Surgery of).
  533; 543.  AUo:  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1896, xii, 109; 119;
  132.— Wyeth (J. A.)  Reunion by suture of the external
  and internal popliteal nerves with the great sciatic ten
  weeks after division. N. York M. J., 1890, li, 270.—Zem-
  brzuski (L.)  O  szwie nerwow.  [Suturing nerves.]
  Now. lek., Poznan, 1902. xiv, 429; 497.

Serves (Surgery of) in animals.
    See Surgery (Veterinary).

[Verve* (Suture of).
    See Nerves (Surgery of).
[Verves (Transplantation of)
    See Nerve-grafting.
[Verves (Trophic).
    See Nervous system ( Vasomotor,  etc.).

[Verves (Tumors of).
    See Nervous system, Tumors of).
[Verves (Vasoconstrictor).
    See Nervous system ( Vasomotor, etc.).
[Verves (Vasomotor).
    See Nervous system (Vasomotor, etc.).

[Verves (Visceromotor).
    See, also,  Intestines (Innervation of).
    Bunch (J. L.)  On the origin, course, and cell-connec-
  tions of  the viscero-motor nerves of the small intestine.
  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Lond., 1898, lxvii, 513.
[Verves (Wounds and injuries of).
    See,  also.  Atrophy  (Muscular, Traumatic);
  Neuritis, Neuroses, Traumatic.
    Bowlby  (A.  A.)  Injuries  aud diseases  of
  nerves and their surgical  treatment.  8J.  Lon-
  don, 1889.
    -----.  The same.  ec.  Philadelphia, 1890.
    Bryant (T.)   The injuries and diseases  of
  the nervous system.  8°.  London, i860.
    von  Buxgner (O.)  * Ueher die Degenera-
  tions- und  Regeuerationsvorgiiuge am Nerven
  nach  Verletzungen.   [Marburg.]  8:.   Jena,
  189U.
    AUo: Beitr. z. path.  Anat. n. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1891,
  x, 321-393, 2 pl.
    Crepel  (V.)   "Contribution  a  l'e'tude  des
  plaies des nerfs.  4;.   Paris, 1694.
    -----.  The same.   83.  Paris, 1694.
    Flister  (G,  W.  )    * Ueber   Schussverle-
  tzungen   peripherer   Nerven.   .*-.    Leipzig,
  1902.
    Gumprecht (O.)   * Die  Beziehung des Trau-
  mas zur mtiltipleu Sclerose.  6*.   Leipzig, 1901.
    Kolliker (T.)  Die  Verletzungen  und chi-
  rnrgischen  Erkrankungen  der  peripherischen
  Nerven.  8-.   Stuttgart, 1890.
    Korybutt-Daszkiewicz (W. )  * Ueber  die
  Degeneration  und   Regeneration  der   mark-
  haltigen Nerven nach traumatischen  Lasionen.
  8°.  Strassburg,  1676.
    Mitchell (J.   K.j   Remote  consequences  of
  injuries of nerves, and their treatment.   An ex-
  amination  of the present  condition  of wounds
  received  1863-."), with  additional  illustrative
  cases.  8°.  Philadelphia, lr9.">.
    Montt  (A.)   &  Fieschi  (D.)  Sulla  gua-
  rigione  delle  ferite  dei gangli del  simpatico;
  nota.  8-.   Paria, 189;").
    VON   Notthafft  (A.)   Freiherr.    * Neue
  Untersuchungen  iiber den  Verlauf der  Dege-
  nerations-  und Regeueiationsprocesse  am  ver-
  letzten  peripheren Nerven.   [Wurtzburg.]  8y
  Leipzig,  1892.
    Repr. from: Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1892, lv.
    Salixari(S.)  Le lesioni traumatiehe dei cen-
  tri nervosi.   8°.   Roma, 1900.
    Stapff (M.)   * Ueber Xervenverletzung und
  ihre Heilung.   8°.  Marburg, 1697.
[Verves ( Wounds and injuries of).
    Tillaux (P.)  * Des affections chirnrgicales
  des nerfs.   8".  Paris, 1600.
    Vieriu'FF (YV.)   Ueber doppelseitige  abstei-
  gendo  Degeneration  nach   einseitigen  Hirn-
  uud Riickenmarksverletzungen.  [Dorpat.]  8°.
  Riga, 16\)4.
    Winkler  (P.)  * Lesion des  nerfs  par  coup
  do feu. ' H-.   Lyon,  1902.
    Arndi (R.)  Ueber  einige Ernahrungsstorungen nach
  Nerveuvorlotzungeu.   Deutsche med. "Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1888, xiv, 754.  Also: Verhandl. d. med. Ver. zu
  Greifswald 1888-9, Leipz., 1890, 44-40.—Bnrnnrd (C. A.)
  Accidental injuries to the nervous system. N. Eng. M. Gaz.,
  Bost., 1888, xxiii, 397-403. — Barragan.  Secci6n com-
  pleta del nervio cubital  en su poroidn braquial, sutura
  secundaria.  Rev. de med. y cirurg. pr&ct., Madrid, 1905,
  lxvii, 105-107.—Bench (H. H. A.)  A neuroplastic oper-
  ation designed for the restoration of nerve  trunks that
  have been destroyed bv injury or disease.  Boston M. & S.
  J., 1890. cxxiii, 502.—Bird (F. D.)  Notes on the  occur-
  rence of a rigor pyrexia and erythema along the distribu-
  tion of a nerve, the result of traumatic irritation.  Aus-
  tral., M. J., Melbourne, 1889, n. s., xi, 328-330.—Biso (D.)
  Osservazioni cliniche e auatomo-pathologiche  sopra tre
  casi di lesioni traumatiehe  autiche di nervi periferici cu-
  rate con buon esito.  Clin. chir. Milano,  1900, viii, 967-
  973.—Bornllnu (H.) Sc Frolilich  <F. W.)  Elektro-
  pathologische Untersuchungen. I.  Abhandlung.  Ueber
  die Veranderungen derErreguugswelle durch Schadigung
  des  Nerven.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn,  1904, cv,
  444-479, 2 pl. — Bowlby (A. A.)   Some trophic lesions
  following injuries of nerves. Illust. M. News, Loud., 1889,
  iv, 1; 25, 2 pl. -----. On injuries ofthe nerves.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1902. ii, 129; 197.—G'atterina (A.) Studio sulla
  cicatrizzazione dei nervi.   Arch,  per le sc. med., Torino
  Sc Palermo, 1891, xv, 153-156.—Chislctt (H. R.)  Injuries
  of nerves.  Clinique, Chicago. 1901, xxii, 173-181.—t'on-
  ■ tantinesco.  Contusion du nerf median. Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1905-6, viii, 13.— Bahnhardt.
  Ueber Nervenverletzung,  speciell Lahmung  durcli poli-
  zeilicbe Fesselungder Hand.  Deutscho med. "Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1891,xvii,300-302.—Dainrille(F.)  Ossifi-
  cation probable du brachial auterieur; compression du nerf
  m6dian avec troubles trophiques do la main (k6ratodermie).
  Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 312.—Barkachewitsch (L.)
  Ueber die Veranderungen in dem centralen Abschn itt eines
  motorischen Nerven bei Verletzung des peripheren Ab-
  sebnittes.  Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1892, xi, 658-668.—
  Beaver (J. B.)  Injuries and diseases of nerves.  Inter-
  nat. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst),  N. Y., 1895, vii, 379-394.—
  Be Buck.  Section du median  et du cubital k l'avant-
  bras. compression de la branche motrice du radial, suture
  et  liberation.   Pelgique  med., Gaud-Haarlem, 1901, ii,
  705-708. — Belanjgladc.  Deux  observations  decom-
  pression nerveuse.  Marseille med., 1905, xlii, 388-392.—
  Bel Fabbro-(A.)  Sperimentalmente e clinicamente &
  possibile la rottura di vasi capillar! e conseguente emorra-
  gia per stasi neuroparalitica in seguito a ferita del vi paio
  o a conseguente perinevrite?; due casi pratici.  Atti Cong.
  gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891,  Siena, 1893, xiv, 106. — Ends
  (B.B.)  Operations for  injuries to the median and ulnar
  nerves.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 862-867.—
  Earlea (W. H.)  Prophylaxis as applied to the preser-
  vation of function in wounds of tbe nerves.  Tr. M. Soc.
  "Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 511-523.—Eisknmp (G.
  H.)  The pathology of nerve injuries.   Iowa M. J., Des
  Moines, 1896, ii, 226-230.  Also:  Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Des
  Moines, 1896, xiv,  135-139. — Eskridge (J. T.)  Some
  points in the diagnosis of traumatic injuries of the central
  nervous system. J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1900, xxxiv,
  579-584. — Fnirchild (D. S.) The traumatic injury of
  peripheral nerves.  Am. Acad. Railway Surg.   Tr. 1898,
  Chicago.  1899, v, 104-122.  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1899,  xxxii, 397-401. -----.  Some  additional ob-
  servations on the effects of iujurv to peripheral nerves.
  Am. Acad. Railway Surg.  Tr.1900, Chicago,  1901, vii, 76-
  80.   Also:  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1901,  xxxvi, 962.
  -----. Some points in  the examination and diagnosis of
  traumatic  nerve  affections.   Railway Surg.,  Chicago,
  1900-1901,vii,151-159.—Fiori (P.)  Contributo alle lesioni
  traumatiehe del sistema nervoso periferico.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano,  1901, xxii, 102G-103L — Frcycr (S. F.)  Mauser
  bullet wounds of nerves;  a suiprising lesion.  J.Roy.
  Army M. Corps, Lond., 1904, ii, 681-092.— F roth in^lia in
  (H. H.)  Three cases of nerve-injurv ;  recovery with op-
  eration.  Chicago M. J. & Exam., 1888, lvi, 209-211.  Also :
  Peoria M. Month., 1KH7-8. viii, 421-423.  Also: Weekly M.
  Rev., St. Louis, 1888, xvii, 373-375.—Ohillini (C.) Filter-
  suchungen iiberden Einfluss der Nerven verletzung auf das
  Knochenwachsthum. Ztschr.f.orthop.Chir.,Stuttg, 1897,
  v, 274.—4«ortz.  Eine seltene Neivenverletzunsr infolge
  von Betrielisunfall. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
  Berl, 1898, xxiv, 621-023.—«m-lliot(0.)  De  la liberation 
NKKVES.
462
NERVOUS.
TVcrve* { Wounds  and injuries of).
  des nei Is comprimi'-sii la suite de perinevrite traumati(iue.
  ruionnied.du nord-est, Reims, \>-w, xxii, 30.">; :_- Hind
  (W.)  Injuries of nerves.  Brit. M.J. Lond., 1902, ii,243.—
  Hirsrh (W.)  Notes on a case of tiauniatic injury ofthe
  pneumogastric, hypoglossal, and s\ iii|iaiheiic nei ves.  N.
  York M. J., 1897,"lxvi, 789-794.-II ii*< hl( M (IT.)  Ein
  Fall  von tiophischer Storung  der Haut. der  Nagel und
  Knochen eines Fusses nach Nervenverletzung.  Fortschr.
  d. Med., Berl., 1899, xvii, 441-144.—Horsley (V.)  On in-
  juries to peripheral nerves.   Practitioner, Lond., 1899,
  lxiii.  131-144.—Ilulkc.  Case of injuries of peripheral
  nerves.  Lancet,  Loud., 1891, i, 877; 932. — Hutchinson
  (J.)  The trunk of the third nerve injured by a shot; de-
  scription of the  subjective symptoms at the time of acci-
  dent. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1*92-3, iv, 173.—James (A.)
  Trophic changes, the result of nerve injure.   Scot. M. Sc
  S. .)., Edinb., 1903,xii,385-391,2 pl. ou 1  1.—Knox(M. D.)
  Traumatic injuries of nerves.   Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin,
  1897, 93-97.—Latis (M. R.)   Effetti delle bruciature sui
  nervi.  Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891,  Siena. 1M)3,
  xiv, 205.—Levins;* (A. H.)  Injurs- to peripheral nerves
  and  their surgical treatment.  J.'Am.  M. Ass., Chicago,
  1898, xxxi, 407-409.—IVIarinesro (G.)  Ueber  Veriinde-
  rung der Nerven und des Riickenmaiks nach Amputa-
  tionen;  ein Beitrag zur Nervenlrophik.  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz., 1*92, xi. 403;  505; 564.  -----.  Sur  une
  forme partieuliere de reaction des cellules  radiculaires
  aplasia rupture des nerfs p6ripheriques.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1902, x, 324-320. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur les
  hSsions des centres nerveux conseeutives  a l'arrachement
  des nerfs.  Bull, et mem. Sue.  med. d. bop. de Par., 1898,
  3. s., xv, 509-514.—Millard (P.  H )   Injuries  of nerve-
  trunks.  Internat. Clin., Phila.,  1893,  3. s., ii, 151-158.—
  Moore (W.)  Three cases of nerve injury.   Intercolon.
  M. J. Australas., Melbourne,  1898, iii, 651-056.—91 oyer
  (H.N.)  Thesurgical relations of traumatism of the periph-
  eral  nerves.  J. Am.  M.  Ass..  Chicago, 19(12,  xxxix,
  1043-1040. -Niniier & Laval (E.)  Lesions du nerf spi-
  nal (branche  externe) par coup de feu.  Cadue6e, Par.,
  1302, ii, 37.—Park (R.l  The results of division or resec-
  tion  in the neck ofthe pneumogastric aud phrenic nerves.
  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1895, xiii, 2,13-272.— Per-
  kowaki (S.)  O zszywauiu nerwdw wraz z opisem wy-
  padku zszycia nastejiczego nerwu promieniovvego, przer-
  wanc.o  postrzaleiu  w  gdrnej barkowej  cz(jsci ponizej
  wvjscia  jego  ze  splotu  ramieniowego.  [Nerve suture;
  with  description of the successful result of suturing the
  radial nerve,  ruptured by gunshot wound in  the upper
  part of  the shoulder,  below its exit  from the brachial
  plexus]  Krou.  lek., Warszawa,  1887, viii, 1-22.—Be.
  boul (J.)  Section complete du nerf sciatique poplite in-
  terne par coup de fusil; suture de ce nerf au sciatique
  poplit£ externe; retablissement des fonctions du membre.
  Assoc, frau^'.  de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.],  Par.. 1S97, xi,
  062-070.—Kichet (A.)  Des plaies des nerfs et de la sensi-
  bilite W-currente.  In his: Clin, chir.,  8°, Par.,  1893, 404-
  415.— Koi-hcl.   Plaies  de nerfs; suture  nerveuse.  Pro-
  vince nied., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 277-279.—Ryan  (C.)  Opera-
  tive  interference  in a case of nerve injury.  Austral. M.
  J., Melbourne, 1888, n. s., x, 222-225. — Neifler (W.)  Ue-
  ber organische Nervenkraukheiten nach  Unfallen. Cha-
  rite-Ann., Berl., 1903, xxvii, 542-583.—Sherren (J.)  On
  some common nerve injuries; their examination and diag-
  nosis.  Clin. J.,  Lond.,  1903,  xxiii, 53-59. -----. On the
  treatmeut of common nerve injuries.  Ibid., 1904, xxiv,
  311-314.—Slroebe (It.)   Experimentelle Untersuchun-
  gen iiber Degeneration und Regeneration peripherer Ner-
  ven  nach Verletzungen.  Beitr. z. path. Anat.  u. z. allg.
  Path., Jena, 1893, xiii, 100-278, 2  pl.—Synis (P.)  Trau-
  matic paralysis ofthe forearm and hand.  N. York M. J.
  1894, lix, 631.—Terrillon (O.)  Contribution k l*6tudede
  la contusion des nerfs mixtes.   Arcb. de physiol. norm,  et
  path., Par.  18,7,  2.  »., iv, 265-273. Also, inhis: CEuvres,
  8°, Par., 1898,  i,  262-270.—Thomas (F. S.)  Nerve trau-
  mata; treatment ot lacerated,  contused, compressed, aud
  divided  nerves.   Iowa M. J.,  Des Moines, 1896,  ii, 172-
  175.   Also: Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Des Moines, 1890, xiv! 140-
  147.—Tonarelli (C.)   Lesioni traumatiehe  dei nervi.
  Morgagni. Milano, 1901, xlvi, 545; 701; H02, 1 pl. —Wal-
  lenberg (A.)  Stichverletzung des dritten  linken  Dor-
  salnerveu  am Ganglion spinale.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz.. 19(11. xx, 888-894.—Warbasse (J. P.)  Observa-
  tions on wounds of nerves.  J. Ass. Mil. Surg U S  Car-
  lisle. Pa., 1903, xii, 197-205.  Also, Reprint.-Wester veld
  (H.  W.)  Een geval van prikkeliug van  deu  halssympa-
  thicns door een kogelwond.   Nederl. Tijdschr  v  Ge-
  neesk.,  Amst,, 1903, 2.  R., xxxix, d. 2, 725-727—West.
  phal (0.)  Verlangsamung der Empflndungsleituug bei
  \ erletzungen  peripberischer Nerven.  Neurol. Centralbl
  Leipz.,  1883,  ii, 59.   Also, in  his: Ges. Abhandl.  8^'
  Berl., 1892. ii, 832.—Whitney  (0. R.)  Nerve injury
  following pressure aud mild  trauma.  Med.  Herald St
  Joseph,  1905,  n.  s..  xxiv, 112-115.—Williams (L.'L.)
  Injuries of peripheral nerves.  N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii
  81.—Zander (R.)  Ueber die Nerven des Handriickens
  und uber ihre  Bedeutung fiir die Diagnose von Verletzun-
  gen der Arinnerven.  Berl.klin.Wchnsehr., 1890  xxvii 172
 Xervi.
      Thilexius <M.  M.)   Nervi  und  sein  Kliniii
    verglicheu  mit  San  Rcmo, Bordighera,  Men-
    tone, Xizza nnd   amies.  Eine klimatologische
    Skizze.  12"-.   Wien, 1^75.
 IVervius (Valerius).
      See de Castro [Castrensis] (Stephanus Rodericus)
    Traetatus de complexu morborum,  [etc.J.  10°.  Fkren'.
    tice, 1621.
 IVerviliya boliezni dietei.  Perevod s fraiitsiiz-
    skavo A. I. Frolova.  [Nervous diseases of chil-
i    dren.   Transl. from the  Freueh  by Froloff 1
!    7(i pp.   1-2°.   S.-Peterburg, 1^99.
      Sputnik zdorov., Suppl., 1899, no. 4.

 A'ervocidin.
      See Teeth (Diseases of,  Treatment of).
 "Nervorum (De) in musi-ulos uctione.  Acade-
    miae   Berolinensi   exhibita.   :>2  pp.  sm.  4
    [Berolini, n.  d.]
      Recueil pour le prix de l'Academie, No. ix.
 Nervositilt  nnd Nervenleideu.  Wesen, Verhii-
    tung uud Heiluug.  Ein Kat- und Muhuwort  fiir
,    Gebiidetete,  von  einem  Nervcnarzt.   Mit  be-
    sonderer Beriicksichtigung  der Wasserkur uud
    rlypnose.   9."> pp.   12°.   Goslar,  C. Behrmann Jj-
    E. Jaenecke,  1900.

 A'ervou* system.
      See,  also,  Brain; Cerebellum;  Medulla  ob-
    longata;  Nerve [and subdivisions];  Nerves [and
    subdivisions]; Nervous system  (Abnormities of);
    Nervous system (Blood-vessels, etc., of); Nervous
    system (Effect of drugs on); Nervous system (Em-
    bryology  of);  Nervous  system (Histology of);
    Nervous system (Inhibitory);  Nervous  system
    (Morphology  of);  Nervous   system  (Motor);
    Nervous system (Physiology of); Nervous sys-
    tem  (Pilomotor);   Nervous system   (Sensory);
    Nervous system (Sympathetic); Nervous  system
    (Vasodilator);   Nervous   system  (Vasomotor);
    Neurokeratin;-  Neurology;  Neurons,  etc.;
    Pons   Varolii;  Spinal  cord;  Temperature
    (Animal); Thalamus opticus.
      Arbeitkx aus dem Institut fiir Anatomie uud
    Physiologie  des  Centralnervensystems  au  der
    Wiener Uuiversitiit.   Hrsg. von II. Obersteiner.
    Hft. 1-6.  8-.   Leipzig $  Wien, 1^9-2-9.
      Continued as the following.
      Arbeitkx aus  dem neurologischen  Institut
    (Institut fiir Anatomie und  Physiologie des Cen-
    traluerveusystems)  au der  Wiener Universitat.
    7.-1-2. Hft. ' 8C.  Leipzig f  Wien, 1900-1905.
      Barker (L.  F.)  The nervous system and its
    constituent  ueurones, designed  for the  use of
    practitioners  of mediciue  and  of students of
    medicine  and psychology.   8°.  New  York, 1899.
      Bekhtekeff (V. M.)   Provodyashtshiye puti
    spinnovo  i  golovuovo  mozga; rukovodstvo k
    izucheniyu vuutrennikh svyazel mozga. [Tracts
    ofthe spinal cord  and brain;  handbook for  the
    study of the inner relations  of the brain.]  2. ed.
    2 pts.  8°.   S.-Peterburg,  1890-8.
      ------.   The same.  Die  Leitungsbahnen  im
    Gehirn und   Riickenmark.   Uebersetzt  uuter
    Mitwirkuug des Verfassers . . . von J. Weinberg.
    8°.  Leipzig, 1894.
      Also [ Rev.]', in: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1895, n. s.,
    xx, 69-76.
      ------.   The same.   Anatomie  du  systeme
    nerveux; systeinatisation;  histologie.  Traduc-
    tion de (J. Bonne,   i* .   Lyon .( Paris, 1902.
      Benson (J.  A.)  Synopsis of a course of lect-
    ures on  the  anatomy,  physiology,  aud histo-
    chemistry of the nervous system.   8°.  Chicago,
    1*9:>.
      Bertacchius (D.)  De  spiritibus libri qua-
    tuor, necnon de facilitate vitali libri tres.   12°.
    Veneriis, lo*l. 
NERVOUS.
463
NEBVOUS.
Nervous system.
   Browning (W.)   The normal and patholog-
  ical circulation in the  central nervous  system
  (myel-encephalon).   Original studies.  8°. ' Phil-
  adelphia, 1897.
   D'Abuxdo (G.)  Contributo alio  studio della
  niieliuizzazione nelle vie di  proiezione del siste-
  ma nervoso centrale.  8 \  Catania, 1697.
   Repr.from: Bull. Accad. Gioenia di sc. nat., Catania,
  1897.
   Dejerine (J.)  Anatomie des cent res nerveux.
  Avec la collaboration de Dcjerine-Klumpke (Ma-
  dame), v. 1.  Fasc. l,v. 2.   roy. 8°.  Paris, 1895-
  1901.
   Dissertation (A) upon the neivous system to
  show its influence upon the soul.  Hi-.   [n. p.],
  1780.
   Edixger (L.)  Voilesungen iiber den Bau der
  nervosen  Centralorgane des Mensehen  und der
  Thiere.  4. Aufl.  8J.  Leipzig, 189:5.
   -----.  Tbe same. 5. Aufl.  8°. Leipzig, 1^9<>.
   -----.  The same. Anatomie des centres ner-
  veux. Traduit de l'allemand par M. Siraud.  *°.
  Paris, 18*9.
   Fargas Roca (M. A.)  Anatomia de los cen-
  tres nerviosos.  2. ed.   8C.  Barcelona, 1669.
   See. aUo, infra.
   Flower  (W.  H.)   Atlas   sche'niatique  du
  systeme nerveux,  origines, ramifications, aua-
  stomoses  des  nerfs,  leur distribution daus  les
  muscles et la peau.  Traduit  sur la  3. 60. an-
  glaise et augments par A. Duprat (du Bre"sil).
  Pre'cede' d'une preface  par [J.]  Dejerine.  fol.
  Paris, 1866.
   Glaessner  (R.)  Die  Leituugsbahuen  des
  Gehirus uud des Ruckenmarks, nebst vollstiiudi-
  ger Darstellung des  Verlaufes und der Verzwei-
  gung  der Hirn- und Riickenmarksnerven.  8°.
  Wiesbaden, 1900.
   Gluge (G.)  & Thierxesse (A.)  Nouvelles
  experiences sur la reunion des fibres nerveuses
  sensibles  avec les  libres motrices.   8-.   Bru-
  xelles, [1859].
   Repr.from: Bull. Acad. roy. de Belg., 2. s., xvi.
   Gordinier  (H. C.)  The gross  and  minute
  anatomy  of the central nervous  system.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1699.
   Gkasset (J.) Anatomie  clinique des  centres
  nerveux.  2. e"d.  12°.  Paris, 1902.
   Greidenberg (B.S.)  Nervuaya sistema v zdo-
  rovom i bolynom sostoyaniyach. [The nervous
  system in health and disease.]   8°.   Simferopol,
  1889.
   Grexzfragex des Nerven- und Seelenlebens,
  Einzel-Darstellungen fiir Gebildete aller Stiinde,
  itu  Vereine mit hervorrageudeu Fachmannern
  des Iu- uud Auslandes hrsg. von L. Loewenfeld
  und H. Knrella.  1.-40. Hft.   8°.    Wiesbaden,
  1900-1905.
   Hall(M.) Darstellung derVerrichtuiigen des
  Nervensysteuis, insbesondere   des  eigeutlichen
  Ruckenmarksysteins.  Aus dem Englisehen von
  E.  Dieffenbacii.  8°.  Hamburg, 18:59.
   Hirschfeld (L.)  &  Leveill^ (J.-B.)   Ne"-
  vrologie,  ou  description  et  iconographie  du
  systeme nerveux  et des organes des  sens  de
  l'homme,  avec  leur  mode de preparation; .  .  .
  accompagne"   de  quatre-viugt-doiize  planches
  dessine~es  d'apres nature;  oitvrage adopte"  par
  le conseil superieur de  l'iustruction publiqne.
  roy. 8°.  Paris, 185.3.
   Julikx (A.)  Loi  de  la  ] sition des centres
  nerveux.  8'.   Paris, 1891.
   Long (E.)  *Les voies centrales de la sensi-
  bilite' ge'ne'rale; e"tude  anatomo-clinique.   8  .
  Paris, 1699.
   Luys (J.-B.)  Iconographie  photogiaphique
  des centres nerveux.  2v.ini.   4°.  Paris, 1872.
Nervous system.
    -----.  The same.  4°.  Paris, 1873.
    Massox (J.)  Notions d'anatomie du systeme
  nerveux,  servant d'introduction  au  cours de
  physiologie.  Preface  du  docteur  A. Brunin.
  8°."  Bruxelles, 19u2.
    Mixoazzini (G.)  Manuale di anatomia de-
  gli organi nervosi  centrali dell' uomo, ad  uso
  de'  medici e degli  studenti  di  medicina.   8°.
  Roma, 16*9.
    MoRlN (C.)  * Mdcanisme du systeme nerveux;
  structure  anatomique et nature  des individu-
  al's du  systeme nerveux (anses reflexes phy-
  sio-psycliiques).  4°.  Bordeaux, 1892.
    Nussbaum (M.)   "Expeiimentelle Untersu-
  chungen  iiber  die  Leitungsverhaltnisse  zwi-
  schen Gehirn und Riickenmark.  8°.  Bonn, 1674.
    Obersteiner (H.)  Anleitung beim Studium
  des Banes der  nervosen Centralorgane im  ge-
  sunden und kranken Zustaude.  8°.  Leipzig 6r
  Wien, 16*6.
    -----.  The  same.  2.  Aufl.  8°.   Leipzig cf
  Wien, \*92.
    -----.  The  same.  3.  Aufl.  8°.   Leipzig <$r
  Wien, 1*<90.
    -----.  The  same.  4.  Aufl.  8°.   Leipzig <f
  Wien, 1901.
    -----.  The  same.  The anatomy of the cen-
  tral  nervous organs iu  health  and in disease.
  Translated, with  annotations and additions by
  Alex. Hill.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1890.
    Ott  (I.)  Contributions to  the physiology
  and pathology of the nervous system.   Pts. 1-10.
  8°.   [v. p.], 1879-1905.
    Philippson.   L'autonoiuie et la  centralisa-
  tion  dans  le systeme  nerveux des  animaux.
  Etude  de physiologie  experimentale  et  com-
  pared.  8°.  Bruxelles, 1905.
    Puxtox (J.)   Review  of recent advances in
  our knowledge  of the anatomy aud physiology
  of tho nervous  system.   8°.  Kansas City, 1894.
    Quaix (J.) & Wilson (W. J. E.)  The nerves
  of the  human body, including  the  brain and
  spinal marrow,  and organs of sense; in a series
  of plates, with references and physiological com-
  ments,   fol.  London, 1839.
    Rabitti (A.)   Sistema nervoso centrale, dalle
  lezioui del prof. L. Monti.  16°.  Bologna, 1894.
    Santee (H. E.)  Anatomy of the brain and
  spinal cord, with special reference to the group-
  ing and chaining of neurones into conduction
  paths;  for students and  practitioners.  With a
  preface by W.  T.  Eekley.  3. ed., revised and
  enlarged.   12°.   Chicago, 1903.
    Umrisse zum Einzeichnen des Fasernverlaufs
  im Central-Nerven-System.  obi. 16°.  Zurich,
  1892.
    Vax  Gehuchten  (A.)   Le  systeme nerveux
  de l'homme. Lecons profess^es a l'Universite"
  de Louvaiu.  8C.   Lierre, 1893.
    -----.  The same. Anatomie du systeme ner-
  veux de l'liomme.  Lecons professees a l'Univer-
  site de Louvaiu.  3. 6d.  2 v.  8°.  Louvain, 1900.
    Whitaker (J. R.) Anatomy of the brain and
  spinal cord.  12°.   Edinburgh, 1687,
    -----.  The  same.  2.  ed.  12°.   Edinburgh,
  1892.
    Witkowski (G.-J.-A.)    Systeme  nerveux de
  l'homme, anatomie et physiologie.  8°.  Paris,
  1874.
    Zernoff  (D.)  Rukovodstvo opisatelnoi ana-
  tomii chelovleka.  Chast III. Anatomiya  nerv-
  noi sisteml [etc.].  [Manual of descriptive  hu-
  man  anatomy.   Pt. 3.  Anatomy of the nervous
  system [etc.].]  7. ed.  8°. Moskva, 1903.
    Apathy ( S. )   Nach welcher Richtung  hin soil die
  Nervenlehre reformiert werden ? Biol. Centralbl., Erlang.,
  1889-90,  ix,  527; 600; 025.—Ancrbach (L.)  Das termi-
  nals Nervennetz in seinen Beziehungeu zu den Ganglien- 
NERVOUS.
464
NERVOUS.
Aervou* system.
  /, lieu  der Centialorgane.  Monatschr. f.  Psychiat. u.
  Neurol., Berl., 1899,  vi. 192-214, 1  pl.—Barker (L ) Sc
  Krea (P.)  On the teaching of the normal anatomy of the
  central nervous svstem of human beings to large classes
  of medical students.  Proc. Ass. Am. Auat. 1900, Wash.,
  1901, xiv, 125-138. — Bekhtereff  (V.  M.)   O  nervnikh
  putvakh  spinnavo  i  golovnavo  mozga.  [Tracts of the
  spinal cord and  brain.]   Osnov.  k izuch. mikr.  anat.
  cbelov. i zhivotn., S.-Peterb.,  1887-8,  940-901, 2  pl.-
  Beycriiuin  (I). 11.)  Over het autononiische zenuwstel-
  sel "\olgeus Langlev.   Nederl.  Tijdsclir.  v.  Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1905, 2. r., xii, d. 1, 1252-1263.—Bruni (A. C.)
  Contributo alio studio degli intimi rapporti fra gli ele-
  menti  nervosi dell' asse cerebro-spinale. Gior. d. r. Accad.
  di med. di Torino, 1905, 4.  s.,  xi, 440-144.—Cartel (G.)
  Deux  erreurs classiques  sur le systeme nerveux.   Rev.
  internat. d. sc, Par., 1878. i, 214-210.—Charpy.  Addi-
  tions a l'anatomie du systeme nerveux.  Arch. med. de
  Toulouse.  1895, 485-491. — C'levenger (S. V.)  Plan of
  tho  cerebrospinal  nervous system.   J. ^Nerv. Sc Ment.
  Dis.  Chicago. 1880, vii, 574-612.  AUo,  Reprint.  Also
  [Abstr.l:  Proc. Am  Ass. Adv. Sc. 1880, Salem,  1881,
  xxix,  555. — Cremer  (M.)   Ueber einen allgemeinen
  Weg,  Keruleiterprobleme exakt  zu ldsen.   Ztschr.  f.
  Biol.,  Miiuchen u. Leipz.,  1901, n. F., xxiii,  304-307.—
  Dejerine (J.)   Le s\ stdme  nerveux central  tl'apre-s
  le livre de J.  Sourv.   Presse  med.,  Par., 1900,  i, 110.—
  Dejerine (J.) & Dejerine  (A.)  L'anatomie des cen-
  tres nerveux.  [Abstr.J   Ibid., 1902, ii, 668-671. —De-
  Mi-riplion of the  eerebro-spinal  system.   Hahneman.
  Inst.,  Phila.,  1*95-6, iii, no. 2, 9,  1 pl.—Donaldson
  (H. H.)  Central nervous system.  Am. Text-Book Phvs-
  iol. (Howell), Phila., 1896,  605-743. — Donders (F. C.)
  Ontspi ingeu alle zenuwbuisjes  uit  herseneu  en rugge-
  merg.'  Historisch  onderzocht en naar het standpuut der
  wetenschap  beantwoord.   Nederl.  Lancet,  Gravenb.,
  1847-8, 2.  s., iii, 712-735, 1 pl.  Also,  Reprint.—Droztla
  (J. V.)  Studie o nynejsim stavu n&uky o  ustfedni sou-
  stavS  civstva.  [Studies on  our present knowledge of
  the central nervous system.]   Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze,
  1881, xx,  103;  193:  227;  243; 259; 290; 307;  337; 309; 380;
  401; 420; 436; 472; 483;  497;  529; 561; 593; 609.—Dn-
  rante (G.)   Considerations  g6n6rales sur la  structure
  et le fonctionnement du systeme nerveux.  J. de psychol.
  norm, et path.. Par., 1904,' i, 148;  230. —Edinger (L.)
  Bericht iiber  die Leistungen auf dem  Gebiete  der Ana-
  tomie  des Centralnerveusystems  im  Laufe der  Jahre
  1887-1902.  Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz.. 1888, ccxix, 3: 1889,
  ccxxiv, 73: 1890.  ccxxviii, 73:  1891,  ccxxxii,  94:  1892,
  ccxxxvi,  161: 1893, cox],  81: 1895,  ccxlvi,  185;  257: 1897,
  cclv, 193; 245: 1899, cclxii, 65-177: 1901, cclxxi, 17; 117:
  1903,  cclxxiv,  1;  113;  221.  -----.  Modell des oberen
  Riickemnarksttilesnud dei-Oblongata.  Anat. Anz.,  Jena,
  1892-3, viii, 172-175.—Fnrgas Boc-a (M. A.)  Anatomia
  de los centros uerviosos.  Gac. med. catal. Barcel., 1882-3,
  ii-iii,  passim.   See,  also, supra. — Ferrier  (D.)  The
  Harveiau oration ou the heart and nervous system.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond.,  1902,  ii, 1336-1342.  Also:  Lancet, Loud.,
  1902,  ii, 1099-1105. —Folli (V.)  Contributo alio studio
  degli  elementi nervosi iu rapporto alia etk dell' uomo.
  Ann. d. Lab. di med. leg. d. Univ. di Bologna, Imola, 1900,
  i, 99-102,  1 pl.—Froricp.  Zur Frage der sogenannten
  Neuromerie.  Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena,  1892,
  vi, 162-167.—Golgi (C.) Sc Fnnnri (ll.)  Nervensystem.
  [Transl. from the  Italian.]  Anat. Hefte.  1894, 2.  Abt.,
  Wiesh., 1895, iv, 205-307.—Gull (W.W.)  On the nervous
  system.  Med. Times Sc Gaz.,  Lond.,  1848-9, xix, 371; 391.
  Also, in: Collect, published writings of . . .,  8°, Lond.,
  1894. 109-121.—Hermann (L.)  Beitrage zur Physiologie
  und Physik des Nerven.  Aich. f.  d. ges. Pbysiol., Ronn,
  1905,  cix, 95-144.—Herring  (A. P.;  A new method of
  teaching the macroscopical anatomy of the central nervous
  system.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii, 85,
  1  pl.— His (W.)    Zur Nomeuclatur  des Gehirues uud
  Riickeiimarkes.  Arch.  f. Anat.  u.  Entwcklngsgesch.,
  Leipz., 1892,  425-428. -----. Ueber den Aufbau unseres
  Nervensystems.  Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr.,  1893,  xxx. 957;
  996.  AUo: Wien. med.  BL, 1*93, xvi, 483; 497.—d'Hol.
  Inndi-r (I'.-G.)  Contribution ;\ l'etude du faisceau vesti-
  bule-spinal.  Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1904-5, vii, 199-20(5,
  1  pl.—Hutehinson (J.)  The nervous  system.  Arch.
  Surg., Lond..  1896, vii, 178; 274; 367:  1897, viii,  254;  374.—
  Jackson (J. H.)  Remarks on evolution and dissolution
  of tbe nervous system.   Med.  Press and  Circ, Loud.,
  1887, n. s.. xliv, 401; 491: 511;  586.   AUo:  J. Ment. Sc.
  Lond.,  1887-8, xxxiii, 25-48.   AUo, Reprint.—Jan (J.)
  Neuroribrilly  za pomeru normaluich  a pathologickych.
  [Neuiotibrill® in  their  normal and  pathological rela-
  tions . |  ('a-op. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1905,  xliv, 873;  903.—
  King i J.)   Annual address delivered before  the Med-
  ical Society  of Pennsylvania  at  tlie meeting held in
  Pittsburg June 12, 1867.  Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1867
  179-191.   Also, Reprint. — Knapp (C. P.)   The mod-
  ern  conception of the  nervous system.   Tr.  Luzerne
  Co.  M. Soc. Wilkesbarre, 1897,  35-44.— Knhne (W.)
  Note  sur un  nouvel  organe  du   systeme  nerveux.
IVervous system.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1861, lii. 316.—Knre (S.)
  [The relation  of the glia to  the vessels.   Ref., no. i
  4-13.]  Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, i, 13-31, 1 pl.-J
  Landaner  |X.i  A kiizeppouti  idegrends/.er mintdja.
  [The type  of  ibe central nerve system.]   Magy. orv
  Arch., Budapest, 1896, v,  174-176, 1 pl.— I.euhoMNik (J.j
  Etude du systeme nerveux central.   Compt. rend. Acad.
  d. sc.,  Par., 1857, xiv,  587-590.— von l.<-iilio«»eli (M.)
  Nervensystem.  Ergebn.  d.  Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch
  1897, Wiesb., 1898, vii,  110-207.— 1,ii«cher.  Unbliitige
  Ausschaltuug von Grosshirn, Mittelhirn und Medulla ob-
  longata.   Verhandl. d. schweiz. naturf. Gesellsch.. Bern
  1898, lxxxi, 126-128. — iHarcacci (A.)   Le opere medico'
  fisicbe di Simone Corleo ed il suo sistema di tilosotia uni.
  versale.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1892)
  1893, 26-39. — iTlnitinotli (C.)  Contributo alio studio
  della corteccia cerebrale e dell' origine centrale dei nervi.
  Boll. d.  Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano,  1889, no. 2, 36-
  38.—lTIiinzer (E.) & Wiener (H.)  Beitrage zur Anato-
  mie des  Centralnerveusystems.  Prag. med.  Wchnsehr
  1895, xx, 143-145.—OrloVaki (S. B.)  0 prigotovleuii ma-
  lt roskopichesk ikh i-aklyuchonnikh v zhelatinu preparatov
  iz tsentralnol nervnoi sistenii.  [On macroscopical prepa-
  rations of the  central nervous  system, mounted in gela-
  tine.J  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1854, xlii, 736-740. — Preuss
  (J.) Materialien zur Geschichte der talmudischen Medi-
  zin; das Nervensystem.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899,
  xx,  416; 428. — Betziua (G.)   Kleinere  Mittheilungen
  von detu Gebiete des  Nervensystems und  der  Sinnes-
  organe.  In his: Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm, 1893, n. F.,
  v, 39-42, 3 pl. — Boxo (H.)  No^oes  geraes sobre o sys-
  thema nervoso.  Arch, brasil. de psychiat. [etc.],  Rio de
  Jan., 19U5, i, 159; 289.—Sabin (Florence R.)  A model of
  the medulla oblongata, pons and midbrain of a new-born
  babe.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1900, ix, 925-1023,
  8 pl. — Niinehez (Rosal E.)  Centros uerviosos secuuda-
  rios. Juventud med., Guatemala, 1899, i, 72-86. — Snno.
  Een algemeen  plan van het zenuwstelsel.  Handel, v. li.
  vlaamscb nat.- eu geneeak. Cong. 1898, Gent, 1899, ii, 99-
  104. — Sell maun (H.)  Ueber sogennante Lichtungsbe-
  zirke im Zentralnervensystem.   Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch.
  f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen. 1905, xxi, 9-17.—Sil va
  (B.)  Preliminari anatomici, fisiologici  e semeiologici del
  sistema  nervoso.  Tratt. ital. di  patol. e terap. med.,  Mi-
  lano, [n. d.J, ii, pt. 1,  1-250.— Sklabounas  (G.) Ilepi
  cevpiicaii' kvttolpuv.   Ta.\r)vbi;, 'AOrivai,  1895,  137; 153.—
  Smith  (D. T.)  Cause of the decussation of the nerve-
  fibers in the medulla aud spinal cord. Phila. M. J., 19U0,
  vi, 164-166.—Sonry (J.)  Recherches sur le systeme ner-
  veux central.   Rev. phil., Par., 1896,  xlii, 291-301.—Sliil-
  ham (L. W.)  The genesis, structure aud function ofthe
  nervous svstem.  Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1900. xliii, 415-
  426.—Stilling (J.)   Zur ErforschungdesCentraluerveii-
  systems.  Morphol. Arb.,  Jena, 1895, iv, 53-00. — Stud-
  ■iicka (F. K.)   Untersuchungen iiberden Bau des Epen-
  dyms der nervosen Centralorgane.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,
  1900, xv, 301-431, 10 pl.—Sutton (J.  B.)  On tie relation
  ofthe  central  nervous system to the alimentary canal; a
  study  of evolution.  Brain,  Lond., 1887-8, x, 429-434.—
  Szymonowicz (W.)  Nerwy, zwoje i obwodowy zakon-
  czenia nerwowe.  [Nerves, ganglia, and peripheral nerve
  endings.]  Podrecz. histol. ciala ludzk., warszawa. 1901,
  427-440.—Taylor (E. W.)  The study of the anatomy of
  tbe central nervous svstem. Boston M. Sc S. J., 1893, exxix,
  322-324. — Thielc (V. H.)  On the  efferent relationship
  of the optic thalamus and Deiter's nucleus to the spinal
  cord, with special reference to the  cerebellar influx of
  Hughlings  Jackson and  the genesis of the  decerebrate
  rigidity  of Ord and Sherrington.  J. Physiol.,  Lond., 1905,
  xxxii, 358-384.—Thomas (A.)   Sur les fibres d'union de
  la moelle avec les autres centres nerveux et principale-
  ment  sur  les  faisceaux c-erebelleux ascendants.   Compt.
  rend.  Soc. de  biol.,  Par., 1897, 10.  s., iv, 88-91.-----
  Les rapports   anatomises du  bulbe et du cervelet.
  Ibid.,  1904, lvii,.643-615.—Traugott (R.)  Sammelbeiicht
  iiber neuere Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der Anatomie, Phy-
  siologie  uud Pathologie des Nervengewebea.  Ztschr.  f.
  prakt. Aerzte,  Frankf. a. M., 1898, vii, 785-792.—Ugolottl
  (F.)  Contribuzione alio  studio delle vie piramidali  nel-
  1' uomo.  Riv.  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvii,
  38-67.1 pl.-----. II faseiodi Pick.  Rendic. d. med.-chir.di
  Parma, 1902, iii, 145-147.—Waldeyer (W.)  Ueber einige
  neuere Forschungen im Gebiete der Anatomie des Central-
  nervensystems. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1891, xvii,  1213; 1244;  1267;  1287; 1331; 1352.  AUo, Re-
  print.   Also [Abstr.J: Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1891, xxvin,
  091.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch.
  (1891), 1892, xxii, pt. 2, 154-156.—van Walseni (G. C.)
  Zur Anwendung der photographist-hen Abbildung beim
  Studiuin des   centralen  Nervensystems dee  Mensehen.
  Iuternat.  phot.  Monatschr.  f. Med. [etc.],  Leipz., 1897,
  iv, 81-89. — Weber ( L. W.)   Herstetlung makroskopi-
  scher DemonstrationspraparatedesCentralnerven-vsteins.
  All"-. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. letc], Berl., 1898-9, lv, 251-259.-
   Withinahnw (0. W.)   The human brain and ueivoua
   system.  Psycho-Therap. J., Loud., 1905, iv,  93. 
NERVOUS.
465
NERVOUS.
 jYervous system (Abnormities of).
     See,  also,  Brain,  Cerebellum, Medulla ob-
   longata, Spinal cord, Abnormities of.
     DI Luzkxbkrger (A.)  Anomalie psichiche e
   psicopatie che si anno in rapporto colle diverse
   neuropatie; descrizioue delle loro forme e nessi
   patogenici cou esse.   8°.   Napoli, 1891.
     Rouget (F.)  Traite de  l'influence  de l'e'lec-
   tricite atniosph£iique sur le systeme  nerveux;
   connaissance de la cause qui  produit  les  affec-
   tions simples ou composers du systeme nerveux,
   taut physiques que morales.   12°.  Paris, 1608.
     Solovtsoff (N. X.)  O vrozhdeunlkh urodst-
   vakh tsentralnol nervnoi sisteml.   [Congenital
   deformities of the central nervous system.]  8°.
   Moskra, 1699.
     AUo  [Abstr.], in: Protok. zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i
   Psikh at. pri Imp. Moskov.Univ., 1897-8, 73.  AUo, transl.
   [Abstr.] in: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere,  Par., 1899, xii,
   37-47, 5 pl.
     VOGT (H.)  Ueber  die  Anatomie, das Wesen
   und die Entstehung microcephalia Missbildun-
   gen, nebst Beitrii<;eu  iiber die  Entwickelungs-
   stormigeu der Arehitektonik des Zentralnerven-
   systenis.   8°.   Wiesbaden,  1905.
     Barnabo (V.)  Di due rare anomalie del sistema ner-
   voso periferico.  Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital., Roma, 1903, 2. s.,
   iv, 53-66.—Batten (F. E.)  Two cases of arrested devel-
   opment ofthe nervous system in children.  Brain,  Lond.,
   1900, xxii, 269-276. 4 pl.—De-Oiovanni (A.)  Di un es-
   perimento clinico il quale dimostra una anomalia  morfo-
   logica del sistema circolatorio nel sistema nervoso.  Clin.
   med. ital.,  Milano, 1900, xxxix, 709-718.—Dona th  (G.)
   Ritka akaratlagos, izoldlt  beidegz6sek  f6rfiegy6nn61.
   [Curious involuntary,  isolated  innervation in  a man.]
   Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest,  1905,  xlix, 791.—Drago  (U.)
   Sulla genesi di alcune anomalie del sistema nervoso  cen-
   trale dell' embrione di polio.  Ricerche n. lab. di anat.
   norm. d.r. Univ. di Roma, 1900-1901, viii, 131-137.—Ernst
   (P.)  UeberMissbilduugenim Ceutralnervensystera. Ver-
   handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch.  1898,  Berl.,  1899, 89.
   -----. Ein Fall vou Encephalocystocele mit mehrfachen
   Bildungsfehleru des Centralnervensysteuis.  Verhandl. d.
   Gesellsch. deutsch. Xatiirf. n. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,
   lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 15.—Fawcell (E.)  An unusual mode
   and site of termination of the right  sacral sympathetic
   cord.  ,1. Anat.  Sc Physiol.,  Lond., 1894-8, xxix,  329.—
   ron ITIonakow (C.)   Ueber die Missbildungen des
   Ceutralnervensvstems.  Ergebn. d.  alls. Path. u.  Anat.
   |etc ] 1899, "Wiesb., 1901, vi, 513-582.—Monsarrat  (K.)
   Sc Warrington ("W. B.) Case of arrested development
   of the cerebellum and its peduncles;  with spina bifida and
   other developmental peculiarities in the cord.  [Abstr.]
   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 943.  Also:  Liverpool M.-Chir.
   J., 1902, xxii, 434-410.—von  ITIuralt (L.)  Ueber das
   Nervensystem eines Hemicephalen.   Arch. f. Psychiat.,
   Berl., 1901,  xxxiv, 869-922, 1 pl—IVaegeli (O.)  Ueber
   eiue  neue  mit  Cyclopie   verkniipfte  Missbildung  des
   Centralnervensysteuis.  Arch.  f. Entwcklngsmecbn.  d.
   Organ.,  Leipz.,' 1897, v, 168-218, 4 pl.— Patel.  Un cas
   d'anomalie de situation du  sympathiquo cervical chez un
   negre. Lyon med., 1892, xcix, 87-89.—Russell (J. S. R.)
   Defective development of the central nervous system in a
   cat.  Brain, Lond., 1895, xviii, 37-53, 2 pl.—Salaghi <M\)
   Deformity per malattie del sistema nervoso.  Arch, di
   ortop.. Milano, 1896, xiii, 417-425.—Siemerling (E.)
   Ein  Fall von  schwerer  Neuropsychose,  ausgezeichnet
   durch congenitale Anomalien des Centralnervensystems.
   Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1892, xvii, 754-769, 1 pl.—Stadcriui
   (It.)  Anomalie congenite  di conformazione del sistema
   nervoso  centrale in uu caso di idromeuingo-encefalocele
   con particolare riguardo alle alterazioni di struttura del
   midollo spinale. Sperimentale.  Mem. orig., Firenze, 1893,
   170-185, 2 pl.   AUo, Reprint—Striiussler (E.)   Ueber
   eine  eigenartige Missbildung des Zentralnervensystems.
   Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u.  Wien, 1904, xxv, 1-56.—
   Thezee (H.)  Anomalie  du  systeme nerveux chez  une
   ecrevisse.  Arch. med.  d'Angers, 1904, viii,  165-167.—
   Veragnth (O.)  Ueber nieder differenzirte Missbildun-
   gen des Centralnervensystems; ein Beitrag zur teratolo-
   gisclien Hirnforschungsmethode.  Arch. f. Entwckhigs-
   yiechn. d. Organ.. Lejpz., 1901, xii, 53-133, 4pl.  Also, Re-
   print.—Vinke (H. H.)  Hydrocephalus and spina bifida.
   Med. Rec, N. T., 1898,  liii, 670.—Zingerlc (H.)  Ueber
   Storungen  der  Anlage des Centralnervensystems,  auf
   Grundlage  der Untersuchung von Gehirn-Riickenmark-
   Missbildungen.  Arch.  f. Entwcklngsmechn. d.  Organ.,
  Leipz., 1902, xiv, 65-226, 11 pl.

Nervous system  (Actinomycosis of).
    Dufils (C. )  * Actinomycose  primitive des
  centres nerveux.  8°.   Lyon, 1904.

       VOL  XI, 2d  series----30
 Nervous system (Actinomycosis of).
     Job  (E.)   * De  l'actiuomycose  des  centres
   nerveux.  8°.   Lyon, 1896.
     Dclore(X.)  Actinomycosec6r6bro-spinale; m6ningite
   suppuree.  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 496-499.—
   Dor(L.) Actinomycose cerebro-spinale.  M6ni.etcoinpt.-
   rend. Soc.  d. sc. med. de  Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, pt. 2,
   194.—Howartl (W.  T.), jr.  Actinomycosis of tbe cen-
   tral nervous system;  with the report of a case due to an
   unidentified member of the actinomvces group. J. Med.
   Research, Bost., 1903, ix, 301-323.  Also,  Reprint.   Also:
   Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 427-445.

 Hervous system (Afferent).
     See Nervous system  (Sensory).

 Nervous system (Anaesthesia and hyper-

   esthesia of).
     See,  also, Anaesthesia.
     GrOber  (F. A.)  * Ueber  totale allgemeine
   Aniisthesie.   8°.   Leipzig, 1901.
     Bekhtereff (V.  M.)  O  voloskovol  hiperestezii iii
   trikhohiperestezii.   [ On tricbobvperesthesia. ]   Obozr.
   psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb..'l900, v, 572-584.—Bon-
   nier (P.)  L'ascWmatie.  Rev. neurol.  Par., 1905, xiii,
   605-609.—C'nniia (M.)  Sulle modificazioni acute delle
   cellule  nervose  per  azione di sostauze convulsivanti e
   narcotizzanti. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1901, Fi-
   renze, 1902, 33.—Chavigny  Sc Jeandin.  Anesthesie
   simulee et procede de Ritscbl.   Caduc6e, Par., 1905, v,
   189.-----------. Signes objectifs des anesth6sies.   Lyon
   med.,  1905, civ,  1367.—linn (H.)  Analgesia, thermic
   anaesthesia, and ataxia resulting from foci of softening in
   tbe medulla oblongata aud cerebellum, due to occlusion
   of the left inferior posterior cerebellar artery; a study of
   the course of the sensory and co-ordinate  tracts  in the
   medulla oblongata.  N. 'York M. J., 1897,  lxv, 513; 581;
   013.  Also, Reprint.—loteyko (Mile. I.) Sc Stefanow-
   ska (Mile. M.)  De  l'6quivalent de la loi de Ritter-Valli
   dans l'anestbGsie des  nerfs.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
   Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 1111-1113.—Ormeroil. Case re-
   sembling Friedreich's disease, but  exhibiting extensive
   anaesthesia. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 92.—Petre^n (K.)
   Sc Carlstroni  (G.)   Untersuchungen iiber die Art der
   bei  Organerkrankungen vorkommenden  Reflexhypeias-
   thesien. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh , Leipz., 1904, xxvi,
   465-486.—Baniskill (J. S.)  Two  cases of algesia and
   bypeiaestbesia.   Clin. Lect. Sc Rep.  Lond. Hosp.,  1804, i,
   485-495.—Budueff  (V. I.)  O termicheskol i bolevoi
   anestezii.  [Ai assthesia to beat and pain.]   J.nevropat. i
   psikhiat. .  . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1904, iv,  584-591.—Vve-
   denski (N. E.)  O proiskhozhdenii i prirodie nervnavo
   narkoza.  [Origin and nature  of nerve narcosis.]  Obozr.
   psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1902, vii, 81; 165; 801.

 JVervous system (Blood-vessels and  lym-

  phatics of).
     Ekker (E.  H.)   *De cerebri et  medullar  spi-
  nalis systemate vasorum  capillari iu statu sano
  et morboso.   8°.   Traj. ad Bhenum,  1853.
     Tonkoff  (V.  N.)  *Arterii, pitayushtshiya
  mezhpozvonochnlye  uzll i spiuno-mozgovlye
  nervi chelovleka.   [The  arteries supplying the
  intervertebral ganglia and the spinal nerves of
  man.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1898.
     Also  [Outline], in:  Vrach,  St. Petersb., 1897, xviii, 5.
  Also, transl in: Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Pbysiol.,
  Leipz., 1898, xv, 353-401, 1 pl.
     Bartholdy (K.)   Die  Arterien der  Nerven.   Mor-
  phol. Arb., Jena, 1897, vii, 393-458,  10 pl.—D'Abuiido
  (G-)  Ulteriori ricerche sulle  vie linfatiche del sistema
  nervoso centrale.  Riv. sper.  di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,
  1894, xx, pt. 2, 575-577.  Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol..
  Turin, 1895, xxiii, 151-154. -----. Sulle vie  linfatiche del
  sistema nervoso  centrale.  Ann. di  nevrol., Napoli, 1890,
  xiv, 229-254.—von Fiirth  (O.)  Ueber die blutdruck-
  steigernde Substanz in den Nerven.   Verhandl. d. Gesell-
  sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2.
  Hlfte., 575-578.—Gasser (H.)  The circulation  of tho
  nervous system.  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1898,
  xxxii, 272-295.  Also: Med. Times, N. T., 1899, xxvii, 65;
  101; 129; 289.—<)n«>nu Sc  Lejai-N.  Les  arteres et les
  veines des nerfs.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1890, cxi,
  008-610.-----------.  l?tude anatomique sur les vaisseaux
  sanguins des nerfs. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1892, xxiii,  1-35.—
  Bohnstein  (R.)  Zur Frage nach  dem  Vorhandeuseiu
  von Nerven an den Blutgefassen der grosseu Nervencen-
  tren.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900,'lv, 576-584.—Seiuti
  (M.)  Sulle vie linfatiche del sistema nervoso centrale.
  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 99-101.

lVervous system (Cancer of).
    See  Nervous  system (Tumors of,  Malignant). 
NF.KVOUS.
466
NERVOUS.
Aervous system (Chemistry4of).
    See,  also,  Brain  (Chemistry  of);   Nervous
  siistem (Degeneration, etc., of).
   ' Tamix  Despali.es  (0.)   Ahmeutation  du
  cerveau et des nert'N.  8°.   Paris, 1873.
 xi"sei"prat'  129-133 .—Battelli (F.)  Influence, des
 differents composants du sang sur la nutrition des centres
 nerveux.  J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Bar.,1900, u,
 993-1008.  AUo I Abstr.]:  Trav. du lab. de physiol. Univ.
 de Geneve 1900, Geneve, 1901, ii, 54-64.— Benedict ( F.
 G 1  The  excretion of nitrogen during  nervous excite-
 ment.  Am. J.  Phvsiol.,  Bost..  1901-2, vi.  398-410.-
 Bickel (A.)  Action de la bile et des sels biliaires sur le
 systeme nerveux.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1*97,
 c'xxiv 70" 704.  AUo:  Trav. du lab. de physiol. d.Uuiv. de
 Geneve, f«99 Geneve,1900,i,9-ll.— Bing (H. J.) &Eller-
 niiiiin (V )   ZurMikrochemioderMaikscheiden.  Arch.
 f. Ph> siol., Leipz.,  1901, 256-200.—Bocci (B.)  Nervi sen-
 sitivi e  nervi motori, loro reazione chimica.  Bull. d. Soc.
 Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1887,vii, 159-169.  Also, transl :
 Untersuch. z. Naturl. d.  Mensch.  u. d. Thiere,  Giessen,
 1889. xiv, 1-11. — Boeri (G.) Sc De-Andreis (F. A.)
 Influenza del sistema nervoso sul  potere di distruzione
 dello zuccbero nell' organismo.  Morgagni, Milano, 1898,
 xl  689-731.— t'oriat  (I.  H.)  A review of some recent
 literature on tbe chemistrv of the central nervous system.
 J. Comp. Neurol. Sc Psychol., Granville, O., 1905, xv, 148-
 159.—Donaldson (H. H.)  On the decrease in the pro-
 portion  of water in the central nervous system of tbe
 growing white rat. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost , 1900,
 p. v._____. Changes  in the percentage  of water in the
 central nervous svstem of the white rat between bin h and
 maturity. Science, N. Y., Sc Lancaster,  Pa., 1905,  n. s.,
 xxi, 887.- Flesch (M.)  Ueber die Verschiedenheiten im
 chemischen Yen altenderNervenzellen.   Mitth. d. naturf.
 Gesellsch. in Bern (18871,1888, 192-199, 1 pl.—Frohlich
 (F  W.)  Das Sauerstoffbedurfnis des Nerven.  Ztschr. f.
 allg. Physiol., Jena.  1902-3,  iii, 131-147, 1  pl.—Halli-
 burton (YV. D.)   On the  chemical side of nervous  ac-
 tivity-.  [Abstr.]   Brit.  M.  J..   Lond.,  1901, i,  1461;
 1536."  AUo  [Abstr.]:   Laucet,  Lond., 1901,  i,  1059;
 1741. -----. The proteids of nervous tissues.  J.Physiol.,
 Cambridge,  1893, xv, 90-107.—Heger (P.)   De la valeur
 des echaiiges nutritifs dans  le systeme nerveux.  Ann.
 Soc. roy. d. sc. med.  et nat. de Brux., 1898, vii, 251-318.
 AUo: Soc. roy- d. sc.med. et nat. de Brux.  Bull., 1898, lvi,
 59-61. — Koch  ( W. )  Zur  Kenntniss  des Lecithins,
 Kephalins und Cerebrins aus Nei vensubstanz.  Ztscbr. f.
 physiol.  Cheiu.,  Strassb.,  1902,  xxxvi.  134-140.  -----.
 Methodsforthe quantitativechemical analysis of the brain
 and chord.   Am.  J. Physiol., Bost.,  1904, xi, 303-329.
 AUo: Reprint.  -----. On the presence of a sulphur com-
 pound iu nerve tissues.  Science, N. Y., Sc Lancaster, Pa.,
  1905,  n.  s.,  xxi, 884.—Macallum (A.  B.)  & Menteu
  (Miss M. L.)  On the distribution of chlorides in  nerve
  cells aud fibres.   Proc.  Rov. Soc. Loud., 1905-6,  S. B.,
 lxxvii,  165-193, 3  pl.—McCarthy (D. J.)   Fat crystals
 in  the central  nervous svstem.  Univ.  Penn. M.  Bull.,
 Phila., 1901, xiv, 135. — JIalhews (A. P.)   The relation
 between conductivity- and the inorganic salts of the nerve.
  [Abstr.J  J. Bost.  Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 349-354.—IVoll
  (A.)  Ueber die quantitativen Verhaltnisse des Protagons
  im Nervensystem. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d.
  ges. Naturf. zu Marb. (1899), 1900, 109. — Padcri  (C.)
  La presenza del bronio nella ghiaudolapituitaria e nel sis-
  tema nervo-o centrale.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,
  1898, 299-303.—Panella (A.) L'acido fosfocarnico nella
  sostanza  nervosa  centrale.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di
  Torino. 1903, 4. s., ix, 423-443.  Also:  Arch. ital. debiol.,
  Turin, 1903, xxxix, 452-470.—Biehter (E.)  Versuch der
  Anfstellung eines chemischen Gesetzes fiir Erregung  und
  Nacherregung, Ermiidung uud Erholung uuserer Sinnes-
  nerven und Nerven.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u.
  Physol., Leipz.. 1903, xx, 207-227.—Turner (J.)   Notes
  on the chioniopbilic material in the motor cells of brain
  and cord, normal (auimal) and pathological (human), and
  on the reaction (acid or alkaline) ofthe cortex and cerebro-
  spinal  fluid.  Brain.  Lond., 1899, xxii,  100-122,  3 pl.—
  "Verworn  (M.)   [Das Verhaiten des Sauerstuffs im  zen-
  traleu  und  peripheren  Nervensystem].   Verhaudl.  d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz., 1904,
  ii, 2. Hlfte., 419.— Waller  (A. D.)  The  effect  of  CO.,
  upon nerve and the production of C02 by nerve.  Proc.
   l'hysiol. Soe. Lond., 1896. pp. i-vi.  -----. Observations on
  isolated nerve (with particular reference to carbon diox-
  idei.  Phil. Tr. Lond., 1897, clxxxviii, 1-101.

Nervous system (Comparative physiology

  of).

    See, also,  Nervous system  (Sympathetic,  Mor-
 phology, etc., of).
JYervous system (Comparativephysiology

  of).
    JoNQtiERE (G.)   * Versuche iiber den Einflnss
  einzelner Theile des centralen Net vensystems ties
  Zitterrochens auf die willkiirliche und reflekto-
  rische  elektrische  Thatigkeit  desselben.   t10,
  Bern, 1*79.
    Si tschenow  (J.) & Paschohn (li.)   Neue
  Versuche am Hirn und  Riickenmark  des  Fro-
  sches.  •->.   Berlin, 1807>.
    Steinkk  (J.)   Die  Fuuctioueu  des  Central-
  nprvensystems   und   ihre  Phylogenese.   8~.
  Braunschweig, 11)00.
    See. also, infra, Bickel.
    Baglioni (S.)  Ueber das Sauerstoffbediirfnis des
  ZentraTnervensystems  bei  Seetieren.   Ztschr.  f.  allg.
  Pbysiol.,  Jena, 1905,  v, 415-434. -----.  Pbysiologische
  Differenzierung verschiedener Mechanismen des Zentral-
  nervensystems.  II. Untersuchungen au Eledoue  inog-
  chata uinl anderen Wirbellosen.  Ibid., 1905-6, v, 43-65.—
  Bickel  (A.)  Ueber  einige  Erfahruugen aus der ver-
  gleichenden Physiologie des Centralnervensystems der
  "Wirbelthiere; eiue Erwiderung an J. Steiner.  Arch. f.d.
  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, Ixxxiii, 155- 171. — Boruttau
  (H.)  Ziir Elektropathologie der marklosen Kephalopoden-
  nerveu.   Ibid., 1905, cvii, 193-200.—Bottazzi  (F.) Di
  una nuova  nomenclatura nella fisiologia comparata del
  sistema nervoso.   Riv. di sc. biol., Torino, 1900, ii, 348-
  352.—Carlwon (A. J.)  The rate of the nervous impulse
  in tbe spinal  cord and in the vagus and the hypoglossal
  nerves of the California hagfish (Bdellostonia dorubevi).
  Am. J. Physiol., Bost, 1903-4, x. 401-418. — Cnrpenter
  (W. B.)   On tbe physiological inferences to be deduced
  from the structure of the nervous system in in vertebrati;
  read  1839. Diss.  memb.  Rov. M.  Soc, Edinb., 1892, 237-
  253.—Banilewsky  (B.)  Zur Physiologie des Central-
  nervensystems von Amphioxus.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1892, lii, 393-400. — Friedliinder (B.) Beitrage
  zur Physiologie des Centralnervensystems und des Bewe-
  gungsmechanismus der Regenwiirmer.  Ibid., 1894, lviii,
  168-206.—Ooteh (F.)  Croonian lecture.   On the mamma-
  lian nervous system; its functions and their localisation
  determined by an electrical  method.   Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Lond., 1891, x'lix, 235-240.—Jenkins (0. P.) & t'arlson
  (A. J.)  The  rate  of tbe nervous impulse in the ventral
  nerve-cord of certain worms.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville,
  O., 1903-4,xiii,259-289.----------. Physiological evidence
  of the fluidity of the conducting substance in the pedal
  nerves of the slug, Ariolimax  columbianus.   J. Comp.
  Neurol. & Psychol.,Granville,O., 1904, xiv,85-92.-Jordan
  (H.)  Untersuchungen zur Physiologie des Nervensystem *
   beiPulmonaten. Arch. f.d. ges. Physiol , Bonn, 1904-5, cvi,
   189:  1905, ex,  533.— Tlarlin (H. )  Sur les mouvements
  produits par la queue du lezard apres anesthesie.  Compt.
   rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 854-856.—Bichet
   (C.)  Contribution k la physiologie des centres nerveux et
   des muscles del'ecrevisse. Inhis: Physiol.  Trav. du lap.,
   8°., Par.,  1893, i, 1-93.—Setschenow (J.)  Notiz uber die
   err'egende Wirkung des Blutes auf die  cerebrospinalcn
   Nervencentren des Frosches.  Melanges biol. A cad. imp. d.
   sc de St.-Petersb., 1865, v, 109-114. —Stnrlinger (J.)
   Die  Durchschneidung beider  Pvramiden  beim Humle.
   Jahrb.  f. Psychiat.,  Leipz.  u. Wien, 1896,  xv, 1-•*-•-
   Stewart (C. C.)  On the course of impulses to and from
   the cat's bladder.  Am. J.  Physiol., Bost., 1899, ii, lc2-
   202.—Tribot (.).)  Sur les chaleurs de combustion et la
   composition cbimique des tissus nerveux et musculaire
   chez le cobaye, en touctiou de l'&ge.  Compt. i end. Acad.
   d.  sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 1565.—von l/exkiill (J.)  I hysio-
   logische Untersuchungen an  Eledoue moschata.  Ztschr.
   f. Biol., Munchen u.  Leipz.,  1891-2,  n.  F.. x, 5o0-o66.-
   Yerkea (R. M.)  A contribution to the physiology ot tlie
   nervous  system of the  Medusa gouioiiemus Murbacnii.
   Am. J. Physiol.,  Bost.,  1901-2, vi, 434:  1902-3. vn,  181.-
   Zi<-hen (T.) Kritiscber Bericht iiber wichtigere Arbei-
   ten auf  dem Gebiete  der Physiologie des Centralnerven-
   systems der Wirbelthiere.  Ztschr. f. PsychoL u. Physiol.
   d.  Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1898, xix, 203-221.

 Nervous system (Concretions in).
      Southard (E. E.)  A case of cholesteriu stones in the
   brain and cord. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1731-1733.

 IVervous system (Degeneration  and regen-

   eration of).
      See, also, Nerve  (Optic,  Surgery of); Nerve-
   grafting;   Nerves (Surgery  of);  Nervous sys-
   tem (Vasomotor, etc., Diseases of); Spinal cord
   (Degeneration,  etc., of).                         ,
      Ballance (C. A.) & Stewart (P.)  The heal-
   ing of nerves.   4°.  London, 1901. 
KBEVOUS.
467
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Degeneration and regen-

  eration of).
    Doorenbos (J. M. C.)  * Over het voorkonien
  van  ontaarding  der  periphere  zenuwen  bij
  veischilleude ziekten.   8°.   Utrecht, 1686.
    Duhante (G.)   * Des (le»eu6resceiices secon-
  daires  du systeme  nerveux;  de"g6nei'eseenoe
  walle>ienne et d6g6n6rescence retrograde.   4°.
  Paris, 1895.
    KOster (H.)    * Otu nervdegeneiation  och
  nervatrofi jemto nagra ord otu varikositeternas
  forekouist och betydelst- i de perifera  nerverua.
  [Ou  degeneration  aud atrophy  of  the nerves;
  also a few words on the occurrence and signifi-
  cation of  varicosities in the peripheral nerves.]
  8°.   Upsala, 1667.
    Maugard  (H.)   *fitude clinique  de la re-
  generation  fonctionnelle du  uerf radial  apres
  legions traumatiques.   4°.   Paris, 1895.
    Moxro (T. K.)   A history of the chronic de-
  generative diseases  of the central nervous  sys-
  tem.  8°. ' Glasgow,  1895.
    Segale (M.)   * Sulla rigenerazione  dei nervi.
  8°.   Genova, 1903.
    Vanlair (C.)   Regeneration des nerfs.  Dege-
  neration und Entzundung des Nerven.  roy. 8°.
  Berlin, 1894.
    Atlas d.  path. Histol. d.  Nervensyst., 8°., Berl., 1894, 2.
  Lfg.
     Walter (G.)   * De regeneratione gaugliorum.
  8°.   Bounce,  1853.
    Arloing (S.)  Degeneration  et centre trophique des
  nerfs; examen critique des opinions emises sur leur nature;
  applications.   M6m. et  compt.-rend.  Soc. d. sc. m6d. de
  Lyon (1886), 1887, xxvi, 195-200.—Arnilt (R.)  Verschwa-
  rungs- und Wucherungsvorgjinge nach  Nervendurch-
  schneiduug. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.. u. Berl.,
  1888, xiv, 591.—Baer, Dawson Sc  JHarshall.   The
  regeneration of the posterior roots of the spinal nerves.
  Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Bait., 1896-7,  xvi,  50.  -----
   ----------. Regeneration of the dorsal root of the sec-
  ond cervical nerve within the spinal cord. Johns Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull., Bait.,  1898, ix, 144-146.—Ballance (C.)  &
  Stewart  (P.)  Clinical and experimental  observations
  introducing a discussion on the regeneration of peripheral
  nerves.  Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1902, lxxxv, 283-304, 1 pl.—
  Bni'furth (D.)  Die Regeneration peripherer Nerven.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Erguzngshft.,  160-175.—
  Barker (L. F.)  On the relation of tbe third fretal sys-
  tem of Trepinski to the direct cerebellar tract.  [Abstr.]
  Proc Ass.  Am. Anat., Bait., 1902-3,  p. xv.—Beer (T.)
  Leber die  Verwendbarkeit der Eiseuchlorid-Diuitro-
  resorcinfarbnng fiir das Studium der Degeneration peri-
  pherer Nerven.  Arb. a. d. Inst. f. Anat. u. Physiol, d. Cen-
  tralnervensyst. an d. "Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892, 53-
  72,2pl.  Also: Jahrb.f.Psychiat.,Leipz.u.Wien, 1892-3,xi,
  53-72, 2 pl.—Besta (C.)  Sulla degenerazione e rigenera-
  zione delle fibre nervose perifericbe.  Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 645.—Betagh (G.)  Contributo
  sperimentale alio studio del processo di riparazione nelle
  lesioni dei  nervi  periferici.  Per il xxv. anno d. insegn.
  chir. di F. Durante n.  Univ. di Roma, Roma,  1898, iii, 47-
  78.—Bethe.  Ueber die Regeneration peripherischer Ner-
  ven.  Arch. f. Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1901, xxxiv, 1066-1073.
  -----. Zur  Frage von der autogenen Nervenregeneratiou.
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii,60-62.  See, also, infra,
  Miinzer. -----. Ueber Nervenheilung und polare Wachs-
  tumserscheinungen am Nerven.  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1905,  lii,  1228.—Boiubarda (M.) Degeneracao e
  regeneracao dos nervos.  Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg.
  prat., Lisb., 1896-7,  i, 257-270.—Bregman (E.)  Ueber
  experimentelle  aufsteigende Degeneration  motorischer
  nnd sensibler Hirnnerven.  Arb. a. d. Inst.  f. Anat. u.
  Physiol, d. Centralnervensyst. an d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u.
  Wien, 1892, 73-97, 3 pl.  Also : Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz.
  n. Wien, 1892-3, xi.  7.S-97, 3 pl. —von Biingner  (O.)
  Bemerkung zu der Arbeit  von G. C. Huber: Ueber das
  Verhalten  der  Kerne der  Schwann'schen  Scheide bei
  Nervendegenerationen.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1893,
  xii,  146. — B u inke.   Ueber die seenndaren  Degenera-
  tionen nach Verletzung der ersten Halswurzel beim  Men-
  sehen.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxiv,  1138-1140.—
  Bush.  Sposob okraski osmiyevoi kislotoi vtorichnikh
  pererozhdeniy nervnoi sisteml.  [Method of staining with
  osmic acid secondary degenerations of tho nervous sys-
  tem.]   Protok.  zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i  Psikhiat. pri
  Imp. Moskov.  Univ.,  1897-8, 55. - Cavazzani  (E.)
  Rigenerazione e prima intenzione dei nervi.  Riv. veneta
  di sc.  med., Venezia,  1888, ix, 228;  344,  lpl.  -----. Zur
  Lehre von der Regeneration und Prima intentio nervorum;
UTervous system (Degeneration and regen-

   eration of).
   vorlaufige Mittheilung.  Centralbl. f. klin. Med., Leipz.,
   1888, ix, 393. -Ceni.  Contribution a l'etude des degene-
   rations systeiuatiques primaires.  Cong, internat. de neu-
   rol., de psychiat. [etc.] 1897, Brux., 1898, i, fasc.  2, 34.—
   Cestan (R.)  Dt'geuerescences  descendantes  c jns6cu-
   tivos k un ramollissenient du  pedoncule  c6r6bral.  Rev.
   neurol., Par., 1903, xi,  195-199.— Ciaglinski  (A.)  0
   zwyrodnieniach wtdrnych ukladu nerwowego.  [On sec-
   ondary degenerations of the  nervous system.]  Gaz. lek.,
   Warszawa, 1896, 2. s., xvi, 254; 282, 1 pl.'—Cunningham
   (R. H.)  The restoration of  coordinated volitional move-
   ment after nerve "crossing".  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1898,
   i, 239-254.—Culler (J. A.)  Nerve degenerations; treat-
   ment.  N. Eng. M. Month.,  Danbury, Conn.,  1904, xxiii,
   421-425. — Darkshevich (L. O.) O tak nazivayemom
   retrogradnom pererozhdemii perifericheskikh nervnikh
   volokon.   [Ou the so-called retrograde  degeneration of
   peripheral  nerve filaments.J  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1897,
   xlvii,  3-21,  1 pl.— Dcnsusianu (Hel&ne).   Degeneres-
   cence  et  r6g6neration des  terminaisons nerveuses mo-
   trices  k la  suite de  la section des nerfs p6ripheriques.
   Cong, internat. de med.  C. r.,  Par., 1900, sect, d'anat.
   path., 208-216.   Also: Bull,  et mem.  Soc. anat. de Par.,
   1900, lxxv, 801-814.—Deuschle (W. D.)  Signs and symp-
   toms which may prognosticate grave  nervons degenera-
   tion.   Columbus M. J., 1902, xxvi, 576-579.—Discussion
   (A) on the pathology of nerve degeneration.  Brit. M. J.,
   Lond., 1902, ii,  925-929.—Donaggio (A.) Aspetto delle
   degenerazioni delle fibro nervose, colorate positivamente,
   nel midollo spinale di alienati e di animali intossicati speri-
   mentalmente.  Riv. sper. di  freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905,
   xxxi, 223-226.—Donley (J.  E.)  A case  of toxic degen-
   eration of  the  lower neurons.   Boston M. Sc  S. J., 1905,
   clii, 146-149.—Durante (G.) De la <16g6n£rescence retro-
   grade dans les nerfs peripheriques et les centres e6rebro-
   spiuaux.  Bull, med.,  Par.,  1895, ix, 443-447. — Egger
   (M.)   Etude clinique et exp6rimentale  sur le  fonctionne-
   ment du nerf degenere sensitif.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1903,
   xi, 531-533. — Ferguson (J.)  Nerve degeneration  in
   chronic arsenic, lead, and alcoholic poisoning.  J. Am. M.
   Ass.,  Chicago, 1890,  xv,  605.—Fleming (R. A.)  Some
   notes on "asceuding degeneration" in  mixed nerves, con-
   sequent changes in nerve cells, with special reference to
   peripheral neuritis.  Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc , Lond. Sc Ed-
   inb.,  1895-9, ii, 113-127.  Also: Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s., i,
   49-60,  1 pl. -----. The peripheral theory of nerve regen-
   eration, with special  reference to peripheral  neuritis.
   Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, Lond. Sc Edinb., 1899-1903, iii, 313-
   331, 1 pl.—Forssman (J.)  Ueber die Ursachen, welehe
   die Wachsthumsricbtung der peripheren Nervenfasern
   bei der Regeneration bestimmen.  Beitr. z. path. Anat.
   u.  z.  allg.  Path., Jena,  1K98. xxiv,  56-100. -----. Zur
   Keuntniss  des Neurotropisinus.  Ibid.,  1900, xxvii, 407-
   430. — diizzetti (P.)  Rigenerazione  delle collaterali
   riflesse delle radici posteriori nel cane.   Rendic. d. Ass.
   med.-chir. di Parma, 1902, iii, 173-181.—  Halliburton
   (W. D.)  Chemistry of nerve-degeneration.  Proc. Phys-
   iol.  Soc.  Lond.,  1900-1901,  p. xxv. —  Halliburton
   ( W. D. )  Sc mott ( F. W.)   Regeneration  of  nerves.
   Rep.  Brit. As*.  Adv. Sc. 1902,  Lond., 1903, 782. —Ham-
   burger (II. J.)  Over ontaarding van periphere  zenu-
   wen  bij  dieren.  Tiidschr. v. veeartsenijk. en  veeteelt,
   Utrecht, 1890, xvii, 189-192. — Hamilton (D. J.)  On a
   method of demonstrating secondary degenerations of the
   nervous system by means of perosmic acid. Brain, Lond.,
   1897, xx, 180-188. — Hammer.  Ueber Degeneration im
   normalen peripheren Nerven.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,
   1895,  xiv, 145-157, 1 pl.— Ilenriksen (P. B.)  Nerve-
   sutur  og nerveregeueration.   [Nerve suture  and nerve
   regeneration]  Norsk Mag.  f. Laegcvidensk.,  Kristiania,
   1903,  5. R., i, 33-57, 1 pl.  AUo, transl: Lancet, Lond.,
   1903, i, 1015;  1083.—Hirschfelder (J. O.)  The chemis-
   try of nerve degeneration, with demonstration of cholin
   crystals.  Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1902, xxi, 32-
   35'.—Howell (W. H.) <fc Huber (G. C.)  A physiological,
   histological, and clinical study of tlie degeneration and re-
   generation in peripheral nerve fibres  after severance of
   their connections with the nerve centres.  J. Physiol.,
   Cambridge, 1892, xiii, 335-406, 6pl.—Huber (G. C.j  Ue-
   ber das Verhalten der Kerne der Schwann'schen  Scheide
   bei Nervendegenerationen.  Arch. f.  mikr. Anat., Bonn,
   1892, xl, 409-417.  See, also, supra, von Biingner.—Jacob-
   sohn  (L.)   Ueber die  Gesetzmassigkeit  secundarer De-
   generation der Elemente des  Nervensystems als Priifsteiu
   der Neurontheorie.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,
   Coblenz  Sc  Leipz., 1899, n.  ¥., x, 9-11. — .lamia (V.)
   Ueber die Regeneration des centraleu Nervensystems und
   Mesoblastes bei Rhyncbelmis.   Sitzungsb. di. k.-bohm.
   Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1902, Prag, 1903,  xi, 1-59, 3 pl.—
   Kattwinkel (W.) & Kerschensteiner (H.)  Patho-
   logie der peripheren Nerven; Degeneration und Regenera-
   tion.   Ergebn.  d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.  [etc.] 1903,
   Wiesb., 1904, ix, 1-66.—Kennedy (R.) On the regenera-
   tion of nerves.  Phil. Tr., Lond., 1897, clxxxviii,  257-299,
   6 pl.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, lx, 472- 
NERVOUS.
468
NERVOUS.
Yervous system (Degeneration and regen-

  eration of).
  474.  AUo [Abstr.]: J. Anat. & Physiol.,  Lond., 1896-7,
  xxxi, 447-449. -----. On the restoration of co-ordinated
  movements  after nerve section.   Tr. Roy. Soc.  Edinb.
  (1898-9),  1900. xxix, 685-702,3 pl.   AUo [Abstr.]: Proc.
  Rov. Soc. Edinb. (1897-9), 1900, xxii, 636-640.   AUo [Ab-
  str.]: Lancet, Loud., 1900, i. 448. -----. On the regenera-
  tion  of nerves.  [Abstr.]   Lancet,  Lond.,  1899, ii, 831.—
  Klippel (M.)  & Durante (G.)   Des degenerescences
  retrogrades  dans les nerfs  peripheriques  et les centres
  nerveux.   Rev. de med., Par., 1895, xv, 1; 142; 343; 574;
  055 —Koch (W.) & tSooilson (W. II.)  A preliminary
  study of the  chemistry of nerve tissue degeneration.  Am.
  J. Physiol.,  Bost., 1905-6, xv, 272-279. — Kohnatunmi
  (O.)  Ueher  retrograde Degeneration.  Schmidt's Jahrb.,
  Leipz.,  1899,  eclxi, 253-200. — Kolster (R.) Zur Keunt-
  niss der Regeneration durchschuittener  Nerven;  eine ex-
  perimentelle Studie.  Arch. f.  mikr. Anat.,  Bonn,  1893,
  xii, 688-706,1 pl.-----.  Beitrage zur Keuntniss der Histo-
  genese der peripheren Nerven, nebst Bemerkungen  fiber
  die Regeneration derselben  nach Verletzungen.  Beitr. z.
  path. Anat.  u.  z. allg. Path., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 190-201, 1
  pl. -----. Ueber die Saurefiichsinfarbungdegenerirender
  Nervenfasern.   Deutsche  Ztschr.  f. Nervenh.,   Leipz.,
  1901, xx, 29-34, 1 pl. — Korolew (E. E.)  Ueber den Ur-
  sprung uud die Bedeutung der Ganglienzellen bei  der Re-
  generation verletzter Nerven.   Centralbl. f. d. med.  Wis-
  sensch.. Berl., 1897, xxxv,  113; 129—Kosaka (K.)  Ue-
  ber  secundare Degeneration im Mittelhirn, Briicke und
  Medulla oblongata nach Zerstoruug des Grosshirns, ins-
  besondere des niotorischen Rindencentrums.  Mitth. a. d.
  med. Far.  d. k.-.jap.  Univ., Tokio, 1901, v,  77-160, 4  pl.—
  Krnuse (F.)   Ueber [aufsteigende and  absteigende  Ner-
  veiidegeneration.  Verhaudl.  d.  deutsch. Gesellsch. f.
  Chir., Berl.,  1887. xvi, pt. 1, 17-23. — Langlcy (J. N.)
  On the  regeneration of the pre-ganglionic visceral nerve
  fibres. J. Physiol., Lond., 1897-8, xxii, 215-230.—I.angley
  (J. N.)  Sc Anderson  (II. K.)  Modification of Marchi's
  method of staining degenerating  fibres.   Proc.  Pbysiol.
  Soc.  Lond.,  1899, p.  xxxi.----------.  Observations ou
  the  regeneration of  nerve fibres.  Ibid.. 1902-3, pp. iii-v.
  -----. On autogenetic regeneration  in tbe nerves of the
  limbs.  J. Physiol., Lond.,1904, xxxi, 418-428.—Lapinski
  (M.)  Zur  Frage von  der  Degeneration der Gefiisse bei
  Lasion des N. sympathicus.   Deutsche Ztschr.  f.  Ner-
  venh., Leipz., 1900,  xvi, 240-274.  2 pl. -----. O  degene-
  ratsii l regeneratsii perifericheskikh nervov.  [Degenera-
  tion  and regeneration of peripheral nerves.]  Vopr. nerv.-
  psikh. med., Kiev. 1904, ix, 337-493, 11., 2 pl.  Also, transl. .-
  Virchow's Arch. f. path. Auat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxxi,
  452-508, 1 pl.— Iiemke (M.)  Beitrag zuin Regenerations-
  vorgang in peripheren Nerven.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1904.  xxxviii, 490-499, 1 pl. — livings (A. H.)  The res-
  toration of nerves after injury.  Railway Surg., Chicago,
  1896-7, iii, 121-127.—I.udluin  (S. D.)  An  experimental
  study on the  regeneration of peripheral nerves.  J. Nerv.
  Sc Ment. Dis., N. T., 1905, xxxii, 491-496.—JLugaro (E.)
  Cua prova decisiva nella questions della rigenerazione dei
  nervi.  Riv.  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,  1905, xxxi,
  102-104. -----.  Zur Frage der autogenen  Regeneration
  der Nervenfasern.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxiv,
  1143. — Lugiato (L.)   Degenerazioni se.condarie speri-
  mentali (da  strappo dello  sciatico)  studiate col  metodo
  di Douaggio per le degenerazioni.   Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1904,  xxx, 135; 826,1 pl. — Malloizel
  ( L.)   Deg6n6rescence et  regeneration  de la  corde du
  tympan chez un chien,  k  fistule sous-maxillaire  perma-
  nente.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903,  lv, 630.—
  Marenghi ((}.)  La rigenerazione delle fibre nervose in
  seguito al tanlio dei nervi.   Boll. d. Soc.  med.-chir. di Pa-
  via 1897, Milano.  1898, 259-202.   Also: Gazz. med. lomb.,
  Milano,  1898,  lvii, 207-211.  Also: R. Ist. Lomb.  di sc. e
  lett.   Rendic, Milano, 1898.2. s..xxxi, 508-519. AUo.transl.:
  Arch. ital. de biol.. Turin, 1898, xxix, 388-400.—Marie
  (P.)  <v Guillniu (G.)  Lesion ancienne. du noyau rouge;
  degeneiatious secondaires.   N. iconog. de la Salpetriere,
  Bar., 1903, xvi, 80-83, 4 pl.— Marineseo (G.)   Sur la re-
  generation des centres  nerveux.  Cotnpt.  rend.  Soc de
  biol., Par.,  1894,  10. s., i, 389-391. -----.  Les phenomenes
  de reparation daus les centres nerveux  apr6s la  section
  des nerfs  peripheriques.  Presse med.,  Par.,  1899, i, 184-
  187. -----. Sur la degenerescence des nenro-fibrilles apr^s
  l'arracheiuent et la rupture des nerfs. Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 19n4 lvi, 406.  -----.  Sur la reparation des
  neuro-fibrilles apres les sections nerveuses.  Ibid., 407-409.
  -----. Recherches sur la r6g6n6rescence autogene. Rev.
  neurol,  Par., 1905, xiii, 1125-1137.—Mnuri.  Sur  la rege-
  neration de.s nerfs apr^s la n6vrotomie.   Bull. Soc. centr.
  de med. \6t., Par.,  1888, n. s., vi,  111-119.  Also: Rev.
  med. de Toulouse, 18.^8, xxii, 133-146.—Mcrzhnt-her (L.)
  Zur  Biologie der Nervendegeneration.  Miiuchen. med.
  Wchnsehr.. 1904, li, 2068. Also: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1905,  xxiv,  150-155.—Mettam.  On repair  of  nerves.
  Veterinarian, Lond., 1897. lxx, 627-6.14.—Meyer (A.)  On
  parenchymatous  systemic degenerations, mainly in the
  central nervous  system. Brain, Lond., 1901, xxiv, 47-115,
lYervou* system  (Degeneration and regen-
  eration of).
  5pi.— Miyake(K) [Remarks on nervous degeneration l
  Juntendo  Iji  Kenkiu Kwai  Zassbi,  Tokyo,  1903, 807-
  1088.—Modena (G.)  La degenerazione  e  la rigenera'
  zione del uervo periferico in seguito a lesione.  Kiv sper
  di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 97-99.  AUo, transl ■
  Arb. a.  d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz., u. Wien
  1905,  xxii, 243-281, 2 pl.—Miiuekeberg (G.)  & Bethe
  (A.)  Die  Degeneration der  markhaltigen Nervenfasern
  der Wirbelthiere unter hauptsachlicher Beriicksicbtiguiie
  des Verhaltens der Primitivtibrillen (zugleich ein Beitra*
  zur  Kenntniss  der normalen Nervenfasern).   Arch  f
  mikr. Auat., Bonn, 1899, liv, 135-183, 2 pl.—Monro (T.K.j
  A  history ofthe chronic degenerative diseases of the cen-
  tral nervous system.  Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliv, 241; 335-
  422.—iUott (F. W.)  On some points concerning the de-
  generation ofthe neuron.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1897, xliii
  803-809. -----. Importance of stimulus in repair aiid de-
  cay  of  the nervous system.  Ibid., 1902, xlviii, 667-687.
  -----. Note upon the choline  test for active degeneration
  of  the nervous svstem.   Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Lond
  Couuty  Asyl., Claybury.  Loud.,  1903,  ii, 858-862.—Mott
  (F. W.) Sc  Barratt (J. O.  W.)  Observations on the
  chemistry  of  nerve degeneration.   Ibid.,  1900,  346-358.
  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Proc.  Phvsiol. Soc,  Lond.,  1899. pp. iii-
  v.—Mott (F. W.) Sc Halliburton (W. D.)  The chem-
  istry of nerve degeneration.  Phil. Tr.,Lond., 1901, exciv,
  S.  P»., 437-466, I pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1901, i,
  1077.  AUo [Abstr.]: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901, lxviii 14(C
  151.—Mott (F.W.),Halliburton (W.D.)& Ediu■■ mix
  (A.)  Regeneration of nerves.  Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond
  1904, pp.vii-xii.— Molt (F. W.) &Tredgold (A.F.) Some
  observations on primary degeneration of  the  motor tract.
  Brain, Lond., 1902. xxv, 401-435,1 pl.—Miinzer (E.)  Znr
  Frage der autogenen Nervenregeneration; Erwiderung an
  Albrecht Bethe.  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii. 02-
  64.—New formation of nervous cells in the brain of the
  monkey after complete cutting away of the  occipital
  lobes. ' Am. Naturalist, Phila., 1895, xxx. 502-504.—vou
  rVotthaflfl.   Bemerkungen  zu  J.  Wieting's Aufsatz:
  Zur Frage der Regeneration der peripherischen Nerven.
  Beitr. z. path. Anat.  u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, xxiii,
  375.—Odier (R.)   R6g6n6ration des terminaisons  mo-
  trices des nerfs  coup6s.  Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat.
  path.,Par., 1905, xvii, 503-505, 1 pl.—Oilier (It.) & fier-
  ier u (A.)  D6g6u6rescence et regeneration des teiminai-
  sons motrices  des  nerfs coup6s.  Rev. m6d.  de la Suisse
  Rom., Genfeve,  1904, xxiv, 493-498. — Perroncito (A.)
  Sulla  questioue della rigenerazione autogena delle fibre
  nervose.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905, 300-363.—
  Pfistcr.  Zur Kenntniss der Mikropsie und der dege-
  nerativen  Zustande des Centrahiervensysteins.  Neurol.
  Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1904, xxiii, 242-251.'— Philipeaux
  (J.-Yl.) Sc Vulpian (A.)  Note  sur  des exp6iieiices de-
  inontrant que des nerfs separes des centres  nerveux pen-
  vent, api^s s'6tre alteies compl6temont, se r6g6n6rer tout
  en demeurant isoles de ces centres, et recouvrer leurs pro-
  pri6t6s physiologiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. 8C,Par.,1859,
  xlix. 507-509.----------.Note sur la regeneration desnerfa
  trausplantes. 2(nd.,1861,lii.849-851.—Purpura (F.) Con-
  tributo alio studio della rigenerazione dei nervi periferici.
  Boll.d.Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1901,1-16.2 pl. AUo: R. Ist.
  Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Rendic, Milano,  1901, 2. s., xxxiv, 415-
  419.  AUo, transl: Arch.  ital.  de  biol., Turin, 1901, xxxv,
  273-278. — Baimnnn (E.)  Zur Frage  der  retrograden
  Degeneration.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1899,  xiii, 865-867.
  Also: Jahrb. f.  Psychiat., Leipz.  u. Wien,  1900, xix. 36-
  77.  -----. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Markscheidenregeue-
  ration in peripheren Nerven.  Jahrb. f. Psvchiat. Leipz.
  u. Wien, 1905, xxvi, 311-350, 2 pl.—Ramon > Cajal (S.)
  Critiques de la theorie  de l'autoregeneratiou des m-rls.
  Compt.  reud.  Soc.  de biol.,  Par.,  1905,  lix, 422. ----.
  Mecanisme de la regeneration des nerfs.  Ibid., 420-422.—
  Ransou (S. W.)  On the, medullated nerve  fibers cross-
  ing the site of lesions in the braiu of the white rat.  J.
  Coinp. Neurol., Granville. O., 1903-4, xiii, 185-207, 1 pl-
  Rauvier (L.)  De la  degenerescence des  nerfs apres
  leur section.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1872, lxxv,
  1831-1835   Also, Reprint. -----.  De la regeneration dea
  nerfs  sectionu6s.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc. Par., 18(3,
  lxxvi, 491-495.  Also, Reprint. — Bcichert  (E. T.)  Ob-
  servations on the regeneration of the vagus and hypo-
  glossal nerves.   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1885. n. s., lxxxix,
  146-159.  Also, Repriut. — Roux (J.-C.) &. Heitz. (J.)
  Note  sur  les deg6nerescences ohserv6es daus les  nerls
  cutan6s chez  le chat,  plusieurs mois apres la section
  des  racines medullaires  posterieures correspondantes.
  Compt.  rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, pt. 2, 623-625.
  -----------. Deuxieme note  sur les degeneresi ences (les
  nerfs cutanes observ6es  cbez le chat  k la  suite de  la-
  section des racines  posterieures  correspondantes.  I but.,
  1905.  lix,  133.— Sailer  (J.)   Nucleolar  degeneration
  of  the ganglion cells.   Proc. Path.  Soc,  Phila.,  1897-8,
  i. 217-221. — Sandmeyer (W.)  Secundare  Degenera-
  tion  nach  Exstirpation motoriseher  Centra.   Ztschr.  I.
  Biol., Munchen  u.  Leipz., 1891, u. F.,  x, 177-226, 1 pl.- 
NERVOUS.
469
NERVOUS.
Yervous system (Degeneration and regen-

  eration of).
  Sano. Des regressions preeoces dans le systeme ner-
  veux.  J. med. de Brux., 1904. ix, 70.  AUo: J. de neurol.,
  Par., 1904, ix, 97-100.—Sehiff (M.)  Sur quelques condi-
  tions de la regeneration des nerfs sectionnes.  Semaine
  m6d..  Par., 1887, vii, 350.   AUo.  in his: Ges.  Beitr. z.
  Physiol., 8°, Lausanne.  1894, i, 713-726. -----. Ueber se-
  cundare Degeneration des Pyramidenstranges bei Hunden.
  Centralbl. f. Physiol.. Leipz. n. Wien.  1893-4, vii, 7-11.—
  Nchlapp (M. G.)  Degenerated nerve fibres of sensory
  system.  Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. Tork, 1900-1901, 95.—
  Schiitte (E.)   Die Degeneration und Regeneration pe-
  ripherer Nerven nach Verletzungen; zusammenfassendes
  Referat.  Centralbl.  f. allg.  Path. n. path. Auat., Jena,
  1904, xv, 917-943.—Sehultze (L. S.)  Die Regeneration
  des Ganglions von Ciona infest inulis L. und fiber das Ver-
  haltnis der Regeneration nnd Kuospung zur Keimblatter-
  lehre.  Jenaische Ztscbr.  f. Naturw.,  Jena, 1899, n. F.,
  xxvi,  263-344,  1 pl.—Sehultze (O.)  Weiteres zur Ent-
  wickelung der peripheren Nerven mit Beriicksichtigung
  der Regenerationsfrage nach Nervenverletzungen. Ver-
  handl. d. phys.-med.  Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1905, n. F.,
  xxxvii, 267-296.—Shirrcs (D. A.)  Regeneration ofthe
  axones of spinal neurones in man.  Montreal M. J.. 1905,
  xxxiv, 239-249.—Spiller (W. G.)  Sc Frazier (C.  H.)
  An experimental study on the regeneration of posterior
  spinal roots.   Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi,
  126-128.—Stefani (A.) Sc Cavazzani (E.)  Se il mon-
  cone centrale  di un  nervo si possa unire col moncone
  periferico di un nervo piu lungo, e se, avvenuta la unione,
  questo conservi le sue proprieta fisiologiche in tutta la sua
  lnnghezza.  Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1894-5,
  7. s., vi, 1005-1024, 1 pl.—Stefani  (U.)  Sulla degeuera-
  zione delle fibre nervose periferiche separate dai centri e
  dalle terminazioni.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,
  1895, xxi, 7.Y.M.—Stroebe (H.)  Die allgemeine Histologie
  der degenerativen und regenerativen" Processe im cen-
  tralen und peripheren Nervensystem nach den neuesten
  Forschungen;  zusammenfassendes Referat.  Centralbl. f.
  allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1805, vi, 849-960.—Strond
  (B. B.) A preliminary account of the degenerations in the
  central nervous svstem of frogs deprived of the cerebrum.
  Proc.  Ass. Am. "Anat. 1898, Wash.,  1899. xi,  106-113 —
  MukliauofT (S. A.)  O voskhodyashtsbikh pererozhde-
  niyakh v stvolovoi chasti golovnovo mozga i o niskhodya-
  shtsbikh v spinnom mozgu (poslie povrezhdeniya bokovol
  chasti mozga mezhdu zatilocbnim ot verstiyeni i atlantom).
  [On ascending degeneration  of the brain and descending
  degeneration in the spinal cord (after injury of tbe lateral
  part of the cord between the foramen magnum and atlas).]
  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1898. vi, no. 1, 92-117.—Tedeschi
  (A.)  Auatomisch-experimenteller Beitrag zum Studium
  der Regeneration des Gewebes des Centralnervensystems.
  Beitr.  z. path. Anat. ii.  z. allg. Path., Jena, 1897, xxi, 43-
  72, 3 pl.—Tenachcr (P.)  Ueber Degeneration am nor-
  malen peripheren Nerven.  Arcb. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,
  1890, xxxvi, 579-602.  AUo. Reprint.—Tirelli (V.)  Come
  si comporta lo stroma nenrocheratinico delle fibre nervose
  nel tronco periferico  di un  nervo reciso e nel cadavere.
  Aun. di freniat. [etc], Torino, 1890. vi, 121-146, 2 pl.  AUo:
  Arch,  per le sc. med., Torino, 1«90, xx, 195-222.  2 pl.—
  Tnekctt (I. L.)  Note on the regeneration of the vagus
  nerve. J. l'hysiol., Lond., 1899-1900, xxv. 303-305.—Van
  Gehuchten (A.)  La degenerescence dite retrograde on
  degenerescence wallerienne indirecte.  N6vraxe, Louvain,
  1903-4. v. 1-107, 2  pl.  AUo [Rap.]: Cong, internat.  de
  m6d.  C.-r., Madrid. 1904.  xiv, sect, d'anat., 56-60. -----.
  La loi  dc Waller. N6vraxe, Louvain, 1905-6, vii, 203-225.—
  Vanlair (C.)  De  la  regeneration des  nerfs p6riph6-
  riques  par le procede de la sutnre tubulaire.   Arch, de
  biol.. Gand,  1882, iii,  379-490. 4 pl. -----.  Sur la persis-
  tance  de l'aptitude r6g6ner;itrice des nerfs. Bull. Acad.
  roy. d. sc. de Belg.,  Brux.. 1*88. 3. s., xvi,  93-110.  AUo:
  Arch.  roum. de med. et chir., Par., 1889, ii, 34^44. -----.
  Determinations chronom6triques relatives a la regenera-
  tion des nerfs.  Bull. Acad. roy. d.  sc. de Belg., Brux.,
  1893, 3. s., xxvi, 489-533.  AUo: Arch, de biol., Gand, 1893,
  xiii, 305-338.  AUo:  Arch,  de physiol. norm, et path..
  Par.. 1894. 5. s., vi.  217-231. -----.  Regeneration  des
  nerfs.  Atlas d. path. Hislol. d. Nervensyst., Berl., 1894,
  2. Lfg., 5-29, 3pl.—Vassale(G.) Sulladifferenzaanatomo-
  patologica fra  degenerazione primaria  e  secondaria  dei
  centri  nervosi.   Riv. sper di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1891,
  xvii, 455-471.—Weiss (G.)  Le cylindre-axe, pendant la
  degeneration des nerfs sectionn6s.*  Compt. reud. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 577-580. -----. Snr la regenera-
  tion des nerfs 6crases en un point.  Ibid., 580-582— Wie-
  tjng (J.)  Zur Frage der Regeneration der peripherischen
  Nerven.  Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898,
  xxiii, 42-68.   See. aUo, supra, Notthafft.—Westphal (C.)
  Ueber eine dem Bible der cerebrospinalen grauen Degene-
  ration abnliche Erkrankiing des centralen Nervensystems
  ohne anatomischen Befund, nebst einigen Bemerkungen
  fiber paradoxe Contraction.  Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl.. 188:!,
  xiv, 87-134.  AUo, in his: Ges. Abhandl., 8°, Berl., 1892, ii,
  4?l-i20.-----. Ueber einen Fall von grauer Degeneration J
lYervous system (Degeneration and regen-
  eration of).
  des Centralnervensystems, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Ner-
  vendehnung.  Charite-Ann., Berl., 1883,viii.37;3-:i98. AUo,
  inhis: Ges. Abhandl. .8°. Berl., 1892, ii, 394-412, lpl.—Wor-
  cester (W.L.) Regeneration of nerve fibres in the central
  nervous svstem.  J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, iii. 579-583,1 pl.
  AUo [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N.  Y.. 1898, xxv,
  698.— Varosherski  ( S.)  K ucheniyu ob istericheskol
  degenerativnol atrofii  perifericheskikh nervov.  [On hys-
  terical degenerative atrophv of peripheral nerves]  Me-
  ditsina.  St. Petersb.,  1895, viii, 595; 631; 660.—Ziegler
  (P.)  Untersuchnngen fiber die Regeneration des Achsen-
  cvlinders durchtreimter  peripherer  Nerven.  Arch. f.
  klin. Chir., Berl., 1895-6, li, 796-820, 1 pl.

jYervoiiK system (Development  of).
    See Nervous system (Embryology of).

XervoiiN system (Diseases of).
    See, aho, Acinesia algera;  Astasia  abasia;
  Brain  (Diseases of);  Chorea;  Convulsions;
  Diabetes  insipidus ;  Dysbasia ;   Epilepsy ;
  Hemicrania; Hysteria; Insanity; Mind (Dis-
  turbed);  Mind (Overworked);  Nervous  system
  (Actinomycosis of);  Nervous system (Jncesthe-
  sia. etc., of); Nervous system  (Hwmorrhage in);
  Nervous system  (Inflammation of);  Nervous
  system  (Motor,  Diseases  of);  Nervous  system
  (Pathology of); Nervous system (Sclerosis of);
  Nervous  system  (Sympathetic,  Diseases of);
  Nervous system (Syphilis of); Nervous  system
  (Tuberculosis of);  Nervous system (Vasomotor,
  Diseases of); Neuralgia; Neurasthenia; Neu-
  ritis; Neuroses;  Paralysis;  Perception (Dis-
  ordered); Phobias; Pons Varolii (Diseases of);
  Tetanus; Thalamus opticus (Disease* of).  See,
  also, under  Nerve, as, Nerve  (Optic,  Diseases
  of);  and under Nerves, as, Nerves (Brachial,
  Diseases of).  .
    Abekcrombie (J.)   Pathologische und prak-
  tisehe  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Krankheiteu
  des Gehirns und Riicken marks.  Aus  dem En-
  glisehen  von   Gerhard  von  dem  Busch.   8°.
  Bremen, 1829.
    Aruch (E.)  Malattie del sistema nervoso e
  dell'  apparato  genito-urinario.  12°.   Milano,
  [1900].
    Atlas (An)  of illustrations of pathology, com-
  piled, chiefly, from original sources  for  the Xew
  Sydenham  Society. '  Fasc. XI.  Diseases  of  the
  nerves.   (Being a  reprint of Robert W. Smith's
  treatise on neuroma.)  fol.  London, 169<.
    Bekhtereff  (V.  M.)  Nervnlya boliezni v
  ttdielnlkh  nablyudeuiyakh.   [Nervous diseases
  in  separate  observations.]   Pts.  1 A:  2.   6°.
  Kazan & S-Peterb., 1894-9.
    Blocq  (P.)   Etudes  sur  les  maladies ner-
  veuses.   *'^.   Paris,  1K)4.
    Borir  LL.J   Dts  maladies  nerveuses en  ge"-
  ne'ral, de l'6pilepsie en  particulier  et  des mo-
  yens de  les  combattre avantageuseuient;  re-
  cherches  prec6dees d'un court examen physique
  et moral  du  systeme nerveux,  et melees  de re-
  flexions sur quelques  changemens a faire subir a
  notre legislation.   8C.  Paris, 1830.
    Cortnummitjs (J.)  De morbo attonito liber
  unusad Hippocraticam sanguinis in corpore hu-
  maiio  periodnm exaratus,  in  quo  medici vul-
  gares  e veterno excitantur  et ad accuratiorem
  Hippocratisque lectionem adhortautur.   roy.
  *G.   Lipsiaj, 1677.
    Descot (P. J.)  Ueber die  ortlicheu Krauk-
  heiten  des  Nerven.   Eine unter B6clard's An-
  leitung und   mit  dessen  Beihiilfe  gearbeitite
  Abhandlung.   Aus dem Franzosisehen frei  be-
  arbeitet, als  Nachtrag zu  Swan's  YVerk  iiber
  denselben Gegenstand, von Justus Radius.   8°.
  Leipzig, 1820.
    Dieulafoy  (G.)   * Des progres r6alises par la
  physiologie experimentale dans la conuaissance 
NEKVOUS.                                     470                                     NERVOUS.
lYervous  system (Diseases of)
  des  maladies du  systeme nerveux.   8:.   Paris,
  187.").
    Eklkxmeyer (A.)   Bericht  uber die  Fort-
  schritte  im  Gebiete der Kraukheiten des  Ner-
  vensystems  wahrend  des   Jahres  l*~rt.   6°.
  [Neuwied, 1>.">4.]
    Fixckh-Eei'tlingen (J.)  Die Nerveukrauk-
  heiten.   Eine gemeinverstiindliche Darstellung.
  8°.   Miinchen, 1901.
    Flemyxi; (M.)   Neuropathia;  sive de morbis
  hypochondriaeis  et hystericis, libri tres, poema
  medicum, cui  praeniittitnr  dissertatio epistola-
  ris prosaica ejusdani  argumenti.  8D.  Eboraci,
  1740.
    Konspekt po  nervnlm  boliezuyam.   [ Con-
  spectus  of  nervous diseases.]    12°.  Kharkov,
  18*9.
    von Krafft-Ebing (R.)   Arbeiten aus dem
  Gesammtgebiet der Psychiatrie  und  Neuropa-
  thologie.   1. Hft.   8°. * Leipzig,  1897.
    Landry  (O.)  Recherches sur les  causes et
  les indications curatives des maladies nerveuses.
  8°.   Paris,  1^55.
    Lemmi (P.  M.)   Enfenuedades   nerviosas y
  reumatismos.   16°.  Firenze, 1^97.
    Mkurillox  ( D.)   Catalogue  d'ouvrages sur
  les maladies ment ales et nerveuses.   8°.   Paris,
  1888.
    Mobius (P.  J.)   Ocherk  ucheniya o  nerv-
  nikh bolleznyakh.   Perevod M. Liona.  [Sketch
  of  theory of  neuropathology.   Transl. by  M.
  Lion.]  8°.   Moskva, \694.
    Nekvositat  und  Nervenleiden.  Wesen, Ver-
  hiitung und Heilung.   Ein Rat- und Mahnwort
  fiir  Gebildete,  von einem Nervenarzt.  Mit be-
  sonderer  Beriicksichtigung der YV.-isserkur und
  Hypnose.   12°.  Goslar, 1900.
    Raymond (F.)   Maladies du systfeme nerveux,
  atrophies musculaires et maladies amyotrophi-
  ques.  8°.   Paris,  1*69.
    Reid ( J. )  Versuche  iiber hypochoudrische
  und andere Nervenleiden.   Aus dem Englisehen
  iibersetzt von A. Haindorf.   8°.  Essen tf Duis-
  burg, 1 — 19.
     Richardson (D.D.)  Nervous and mental dis-
  eases; their primary  causes, their effects,  their
  course and  cure.   obi. 12c.   Chicago, 1898.
     Roose (E. C. R.)   Remarks  upon  some dis-
  eases of  the  nervous svstem.   12°.  Brighton,
  1875.
     Stunzer (G. G.)   Fisiche  osservazioni  sulle
  malattie  nervose e  sul modo piu facile di cu-
  rarle.   Opera  ad  uso degli  studiosi  della sci-
  enza  medica.  Traduzione dal   tedesco.    12°.
   Venezia, 1784.
     Wichmaxn  (R.)  Das  Wesen  der Nerven-
  krankheiten.   12c.  Braunschweig, 1895.
    Anton (G.)  Erdffnungsrede, gehalten beim Antritte
  der neuen Lehrkauzel fiir Psychiatrie  und  Nervenkrank-
  heiten in Innsbruck.   "Wien.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1891, iv,
  883-888. — Atkins (R.)   Report on nervous and mental
  disease.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1897,  ciii, 493-525.— Audhoui
  (V.)  Reflexions sur le deiire, l'erethisme nerveux et les
  usages de Topium d'Anatolie.   Therap. contemp., Par.,
  1881, i, 481-487. — Kartell.   TJeber endophlebitische
  "Wucherungen im Centralnervensystem und seineu Hau-
  ten.  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psvchiat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, lix, 156-
  160.—Brown (E. H.)  The study of diseases of the brain
  and  nervous  system.  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1801, ii,
  55-61.—Camp* (W.)  Essays and reviews on  affections
  of the nervous system, including their pathology and treat-
  ment. Med. Mirror, Lond., 1804. i. 330;  385;  471; 516; 700;
  761.   AUo, Reprint.—C'anlarelli (A.) Sulle neuropath)
  delle estreroit&.  Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1901. xviii, 145-
  150.—I>i- Buck.  Les hyp6rkiuesies.  Belgique med.,
  Gand-Haarlem, 1899, ii, 489; 519;  741: 776.—Dejerine.
  Conferences sur les maladies du systeme nerveux.   "Union
  med., Par., 1890, 3. s.,  xlix, 409-413. —  l^emler (J. M )
  Psiquiatriayneuropatias.  Med. pract., Madrid, 1888-9  i
  92; 165: 613;  625; 673: 1889-90, ii, 17-«iu«re (L.) La
  neuropatologia nei suoi rapporti colle altre  mediche di-
Aervous system (Diseases of)
  scipline.  Pisani, Palermo. 189,"). xvi, 103-143.—Gowrri
  (W. R.)  Lectures on diseases of the nervous system
  Med. Mag., Lond.,  1895. iv. 331-340. -----. Some aspects
  of diseases of the nervous system and their practical study
  Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 1205-121n.  Also\Abstr.J:  Brit M
  J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1310-1.'!12.— HajuM  (L.) Xcmi elct en
  idegbetegs6gek.  [Some biological and nervous diseases ]
  Urologia, Budapest, 1904, 3-5. -----. Eszrevetclek a fune.
  tioualis es organikus idegba.iok kolcsondssegeirol.   [H,..
  marks on the reciprocity of functional  and org nic nerve.
  diseases. ]  Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl,  440; 4.V>._
  Hornibrook (E. 11.)  isTervous diseases, from the stand-
  point of a general practitioner.  Tr. Iowa M. Soc. Water-
  loo, 1899, xvii, 198-209.—Iloyt (F. C.) Report  of chair-
  man, section  on nervous and mental diseases.  Ibid. Des
  Moines, 1896, xiv, 232-237.—Hughes (C. H.) The psycho-
  neural factor in medical practice.  Alienist Sc A'euroi., St.
  Louis, 1896, xvii, 488-493.—Hutchinson (J.)  Diseases
  ofthe nervous system.  Arch. Surg., Lond., 1889-90 i 64-
  167; 345: 1890-91,  ii, 59.  -----.  The nervous  system'
  Ibid., 1890, vii, 274-280.—Jackson (J. H.) On the study
  of diseases of the nervous svstem.   Clin. Lt-ct. Sc Rep.
  Lond.  Hosp., 1864, i, 146-158.   Also:  Brain, Lond., 1903,
  xxvi,  367-382 -----. On the comparative study of diseases
  of the nervous  svstem.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, ii 355-
  362.  AUo : Med. Rec, X. Y., 1889, xxxvi, 225-232.—Join*
  (J.)  General medicine.  Diseases of the nervous system.
  In his: Med. Sc Surg. Mem., 8Y N. Orl., 1890, iii, pt.'li, 167-
  282.—14 ■■ app (P. C.) Recent progress in diseases of the
  nervous system.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1895, exxxii, 81; 108.—
  Langilon  (F. TV.)  Some problems concerning nervous
  disease.  Brooklyn M. J. ,1900,xiv,G57-G72.  A Uo, Reprint.—
  Luys (J.)  Considerations g6n6rales surla structure et les
  maladies du systeme nerveux.  Ann. de psychiat.  et d'livp
  nol., Par., 1892, n.s., ii, 209; 299.—Machiavelli (P.)  Ma-
  lattie dell'asse cerebro-spinale.  Gazz. med. ital.lomb.. Mi-
  lano, 1879, 8.s.,i, 134-137.—Mann (E. C.)  General consid-
  eration on the pathology and treatment of nervous  diseases.
  Times Sc Reg., Phila. Sc Bost., 1896, xxxi, 245-247.-.Meyer
  (A.)  Etiological, clinical and pathological factors in diag-
  nosis  and rational classification of infectious, toxic aud
  asthenic  diseases of the peripheral nerves, spinal cord,
  and brain.  Medicine, Detroit. 1896. ii, 639-652.—Meyers
  (W. C.)  "With Dejerine at the Salpetriere.  Canada Lan-
  cet, Toronto, 1895-6, xxviii, 81.—Mobius (P.  J.) Ueher
  die Eintheiluug der Krankheiten; neurologische Betracli-
  tungen.  Centralbl.  f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat,  Cobleuz &
  Leipz., 1892, n. F., iii, 289-301.—Mosk'iewicz (G.)  Der
  moderne Parallelismns.  Ibid., 1901. u. F.. xii, 257-275.—
  IVageotte (J.)  Sur la systematisation dans les affections
  du systeme nerveux, et en particulier dans lo tabes.  Cong.
  internat. de  ni6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect,  de neurol., 254-
  261.—IVeftel (W. B.) Report upon some of  the recent
  researches in neuropathology.  Arch. Scient. Sc Pract. M.
  & S.,  N. Y., 1873, i, 480-491.'— Obersteiner (H.)  Func-
  tionelle und  organische Nerven-Krankheiten.  Grenzfr.
  d. Nerv.- u.  Seelenleb., Wiesb., 1900, 61-92.— Ollivier.
  Memoire sur les 16sions et maladies locales des nerfs.  Diet.
  de  med., 2. ed.. Par., 1839, xx, 431-458. AUo,  Reprint.—
  Pope (C.)   The causation and therapeutics  of nervous
  disease.  Med. News. N. Y., 1890, lxix, 291-29.1.—Qnenu.
  Varices des  nerfs.  Bull, et  mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,
  1888. n. s.. xiv, 119. — Raymond.  Leccidn de  apeitura
  de la e&tedra de clinica de enfermedades  del sistema uer-
  vioso. [Transl.]  Rev. frenopAt. espan ,  Barcel., 1904, ii,
  384-386.—Samele (E.)  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Zyto-
  logie  der Zerebrospinalfliissigkeit  bei Nervenkranken.
  Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,Berl., 1905-6,lviii, 202-281.—Schultie
  (F.)  Neuropathologie und innere Medizin.  Munchen.
  med.  Wchnsehr., 1904, li. 1301-1303. — Schwartz (A.)
  Az ideggydgyaszat halad&sa.   [The progress  of medical
  science in nervous diseases.]  Gvogyaszat, Budapest, 1895,
  xxxv, 37-39. — Sciamanna (E.")' II movimento  degli
  studi anatomici e fisiologiei in rapporto con la patologia
  del sistema nervoso; prolusione ad un corso di neuropato-
  logia clinica. Gazz. med. di Roma,  1882, viii,  121; 133.
  Also, Reprint. — Mterne (A. E.)  Hysteria, epilepsy aud
  neurasthen-a; their  relations, difference and treatment.
  Indiana M. J., Indianap.,1895-6, xiv,73-78.—Thomnsxen
  (H. J. P.)  Contribution k l'etude des maladies du  sys-
  teme nerveux.  Aun. de med. vet., Brux., 1893. xlii. 241;
  300; 353; 494; 000; 068:  1894, xliii, 1;  197. — Thomson
  (W. H.)  Functional and organic  nervous diseases.  Tr.
  M. Soc.  N. Y., Syracuse, 1888. 494-507. — Toinlinson
   (H. A )  The relation of nervous  and mental diseases to
   general medicine.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1901, xxxvi,
   1823-1826. — Van Oieson (I.)  The correlation  of sci-
  ences in tbe investigation of nervous and mental diseases.
   Arch. Neurol. Sc Psycho-Path., Utica.  1898. i. 25-262.-t o-
   rotinski (V. I.)   Tyomniye voprosi v  oblasti patologii
   tsentrolnol  nervnoi sisteiui.  [Obscure questions  in  the
   field  of  the pathology  of the central nervous system.]
   Obozr. psichiat.. nevrol. [etc.l,  S.-Peterb.,   1896,  l, o-;
   824— Weslphal (C.)  Beobachtungen and Untersuchun-
   gen iiber die Krankheiten des centralen  Xervensystenis.
   Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1873-4, iv, 335-369.   AUo. in his: 
NERVOUS.
471
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Diseases of).
  Ges. Abhandl., 83,  Berl.,  1892.  ii,  185-262,  2  pl. - Zcit
  (F. R.) Recent progress in diseases of the brain and nerv-
  ous system.   Tr. Wisconsin M. Soc,  Madison, 1892, 222-
  234.  Also, Reprint.

UTervoil*  system  (Diseases  of,  Anoma-

  lous).
    See, also, Athetosis;  Hysteria;  Miryachit;
  Narcolepsy; Nervous system (Diseases of, Con-
  genital,  etc.); Neuroses;  Personality  (Multi-
  ple)) Phobias;   Sensation  (Disordered);  Tic
  (Convulsive).
    Folia (D.)   Morbi nervosi singularis historia,
  et curatio cum aniniadversionibus.  l(i0.  Medio-
  lani, 1773.
    Gkaxiek (P.-E.-H.-E.)  * Essai sur  la nevro-
  pathie  ce>6bro-cardiaque, ou maladie de  Kris-
  haber.   ~-.   Montpellier, 1903.
     Heilbroxxer  (K.)   Ueber  Asyinbolie.   vJ.
  Breslau,  1697.
    Krishaber (M.)  De la nevropathie c6re"bro-
  cartliaque.  6-.   Paris,  1873.
    Stertknbrixk  (J.)  *Ein Fall  von Hemia-
  nopsie mit hemiopischer Pupillenreaktion, Hemi-
  paresis  und  Hemichorea  dextra.    6C.    Kiel,
  1904.
    Abbaiuondi (L.)   Su di un caso non comune di neu-
  ropatia.  Atti Cong, region, ligure, Genova, 1895, i, 332-
  338. AUo: Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1895, x, 332-
  338.—Alrulz (S.)  Om  de s. k. perversa  temperatur-
  foniiinmelserna.   [The so-called perverse perception  of
  temperature.]   Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1897-8, n. F., iii,
  106-117.—Bauer (L.)  Eine atvpische Xeurose.   Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1894, xxxi, 113. —  Bekhteretl  ( V. )
  Hemitonia apopleetica.   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1-99, xv, 437-452. -----. Ouasilstvennom siuiekhie
  v vidle pristupov, soprovozhdayushtshikhsya tonicheskol
  sudorogol i chuvstvom  shtshekotaniya v llevol rukle.
  [Forced laughter in the shape of attacks, accompanied by
  tonic spasiu and sensation of tickling in the left hand.]
  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.].  S.-Petersb., 1901, vi, 721-
  72~>—Berkhan (0.)  Eigenthumliche mit Einschlafen
  verbundene Anfalle.   Deutsche  Ztschr.  f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1891-2, ii, 177-187.—Bienfait.  Un cas d'hemia-
  taxieavec hemipar^sie. J. de neurol., Far., 19U4, ix, 408.—
  Blocq (P.)  D'une forme particuliere de troubles nerveux
  des extr6mites sup£rieures.   N. iconog. de  la Salpetriere,
  Par., 1889, ii, 1-16,  2 pl.—Bonnier (P.)  Syndrome du
  noyau de Deiters.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902-3,
  liv, 1525-1528.  Also: Aun. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.]. Par., 1903, xxix, 437-441.  -----.  Un nouveau  syn-
  drome bulbaire.   Presse  med.,  Par., 1903, i, 174-177.—
  Borlee (J.-J.)  Histoire d'une nevrose extraordinaire et
  compliquee.   Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1845, xv, 107-
  190.  AUo [Rap. de De RudderJ: Bull. Soc. de med.  de
  Gand, 1845.  xi, 26-49. — Braseh  (F.)   Ueber einen
  schweren spinalen Symptomencouiplex bedingt durch eine
  anenrysma-serpentinnraartige Veranderung eines Theils
  der Riickenmarksgefasse, nebst  Bemerkungen iiber dif-
  fuse Aneurysmen.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1900, xxxvii,
  1210; 1239.—Bristowc (J.  S.)  Cases of functional nerv-
  ous disorder,  in which there were ophthalmoplegia ex-
  terna,  hemiplegia,  bemianaesthesia,  high  temperature,
  epileptiform fits, etc.  Brain, Lond.,  1885-6, viii, 313-344.
  AUo, in hU: Clin. Lect. & Essays, 8C,  Lond., 1888, 61-92.—
  Brodberk (G. H.)  Perverted sensation leading to pull-
  ing  out of the  hair and  eyebrows.   Indiana M. J., In-
  diana]).. 1895-6, xiv, 337—Brugnoli (G.)  Di una forma
  singolare di nevrosi e dell'  uso in essa dell' atrophia  ad
  altissime dosi.  Mem.  r.  Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna
  [188(1], 1890, 4. s., x, 687-696.—Brum* (L.)   Ueber Seelen-
  lahmung.  Festschr. . . . d. Prov.-Irren-Anst. zu Nietleben
  b. Halle a. S., Leipz., 1897, 37.">-::!!5.—Carmagnola (P.)
  Storia di singolare e curiosa  neuropatia proteifornie, osser-
  vata iu  Torino.  Gior.  d. sc. med., Torino, 1840,  ix, 163-
  176.—C a ver ly (C. S.) History of an epidemic of acute nerv-
  ous disease of unusual type.- Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi,
  673-677.—<Jervera(R.) Un caso de falsa ataxia. Progreso
  med.-farm., Madrid. 1892.  v, 65 — Cook  (A.) Sc .Sweeten
  (B.) Notes of a rare caseof nervous disease.  Prov. M. J.,
  Leicester, 1890, ix, 9—Dc Buck Sc De Mtella.  Un cas
  de syndrome  c6r6belleux.  [ From: Ann.  Soc.  beige  de
  neurol.,  1901.]  Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1901.  ii,
  673-675. — Dc  .Tloor ( L.)   Troubles ps.ycho-sensoriels.
  Ibid., 1903, x, 310; 346.—Dercum (F.  X.)   An anomalous
  case of paralysis and dystrophy of muscles probably de-
  pendent upon  both neural and spinal lesions (not primary
  neurotic atrophy).  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  X. T., 1901,
  xxviii, 355-302—Fere (C.)  Un fait  pour  servir k I'his-
  toire des  bouffees de cbaleur et des rongeurs morbides.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s.,  i, 643-645.—
Nervous  system  (Diseases  of,  Anoma-

   lous).
   Fieber (F.)  Ueber eine noch nicht beschriebene Form
   von Anomalie der Bewegungsbeschraukung.  "Wien. med.
   Wchnsehr., 1871,  xxi, 996; 1021; 1040.  Also, Reprint.—
   Foruario ((}.)  Uncasodineuro-tabe.  Ann. di nevrol.,
   Torino, 189J, n. s., x, 319-326.—Gabbi (U.) & De Sarlo
   (A.)  Spasnio funziouale  in un distretto muscolare iper-
   trofico;  nuova sindronie  iierveo-niuscolare?   Lavori d.
   Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma, 1898, viii, 348-354.—Gaird-
   ner.  Case of nerve disease, with  choreic movements.
   Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc. (1880-91), 1892, iii, 137.  Also:
   Glasgow M. J., 1889, [4.] s., xxxi, 59.—Gicsc (0.)  Ueber
   eine  neue Form hereditaren Xcrvenleidens (Schwach-
   sinn  mit Zitteru und Sprachstorung). Deutsche  Ztschr.
   f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xvii, 71-80.—Giuflre (L.)  Sulle
   mogiprassie.  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma,
   1899,  ix,  18-24.—Glorieux. Uu cas  de nevrose  avec
   syruptomes pseudobulbaires.  J. ni6d. de Brux.,  1905, x,
   392.—Hurler (V.)  Two fatal cases  of an unusual form
   ofnervedisturbance, associated with dark-red urine;  prob-
   ably  due to defective tissue oxidation.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1890,  ii, 1169.   Also, Reprint.-^Higier (H.)  Ueber die
   seltenen Formen der hereditaren und familiaren Hirn- und
   Riickeuniarkskrankheiten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,
   Leipz.,  1896, ix, 1-61.—Hoffmann (J.) Ueber einen
   eigenartigen Symptomencomplex, eine Combination von
   angeborenem   Schwachsinn  mit  progressive!'  Muskel-
   atrophie, als weiteren  Beitrag  zu  den erblichen  Ner-
   venkrankbeiten.   Ibid.,  1894,  vi,   150-166. — Horn-
   bogen (A. H.)  An obscure case of  nervous disease.
   N. Am.  Praet., Chicago, 1890,  ii, 312-317.—Hughes
   (C.  H.)   Meconeuropathia.  Alienist  & Neurol., St.
   Louis,  1886, vii, 461-473.   Also, Reprint. -----. Note on
   extra-neural nervous  disease. Alienist Sc Neurol., St.
   Louis, 1890, xi, 283-296.  Also: Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, Ex-
   celsior Springs, 1890, xxxiii, 227-240.  Also:  Weekly M.
   Rev., St. Louis, 1890, xxii, 81-85.—Janet (P.)  Accidents
   d'apparence n6vropathique;  crises de sommeil, tremble-
   ment choreique, h6mispasme facial;  resultats de l'autop-
   sie.  Arch. gen. de med.,  Par., 1891, ii, 464-472.— Ker-
   nodle (O. P.)  Cases with peculiar  nervous manifesta-
   tions, and their treatments. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1896,
   n. s., xv, 287-291.—Kesteven (W. H.)  A spreading va-
   riety of nerve dullness. Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1435-1437.—
   Krauss (W. C.)   A "much nervous " case.  Buffalo M.
   & S.  J., 1891-2, xxxi, 586-589.—Lenoble (E.)  iStude sur
   trois cas de maladie- nerveuse familiale, mal  d^finie, k
   allures de parapl6gie spasmodique transitoire.  Arch, de
   neurol., Par., 1901,  2. s., xi, 193-212/ — Lenoble (E.) &
   Aubineau (E.)  Deux cas  de maladie nerveuse famili-
   ale intermediaire  entre la maladie de P.  Marie (h6r6do-
   ataxie-cer6belleuse) et la maladie de Friedreich.  Gaz.
   med. de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix,  282-285.— Mayer (C.)
   Ein Fall von f'unctioneller Erkrankung des Nervensystems
   mit bulbaren  Symptoraen.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1890,
   iii, 3-5.—ran Oordt.  Tabes ohne Ataxie mit Hysterie.
   Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Nervenh. Leipz., 1898, xiii, 163-180, 1
   pl.—Ozanne (G.)  A peculiar case of nervous  disease
   allied to anergic stupor. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara,
   1899,  xi. pp. xiii-xvi.—Pfeifler (R.) Ueber eigenartige
   Veranderungen in  der Arachnoides, den  extramedulla-
   ren  Riickenmarkswurzeln und den beiden Nervi optici.
   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh , Leipz., 1894, v, 45-62.—Put-
   nam (J. J.) Sc Waterman (G. A.)  Xotes  on some un-
   usual forms of infectious disease of the central nervous
   system.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 832-835.  Also:
   Reprint. — Bicken.  Vier  Falle  mit  Gleiehgewichts-
   storung.   Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1900, xxxvii, 970-980. —
   Rispnl. Syndrome do Babinski.  Toulouse med.. 1902,
   iv, 67-70.  Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 163-
   166.—Robertson (A.)  On substitution in disease, es-
   pecially of the nervous system.   Edinb. M. J., 1887-8,
   xxxiii, 895-904. — Romaic (I.  C.)  Neuropathic states,  in-
   volving the question of doubt.  Virginia M. Month., Rich-
   mond,  1890-91, xvii, 253-258.— Sachs  (B.)  Some rare
   nervous affections.  N. York Polyclin., 1898, xi,  33-37.—
   NiiI:im (J.)  Consideraciones acerca  de  un sindronie pro-
   tuhi-rancial.  R6v.  espec. m6d. La oto-rino-laryngol.  es-
   pan., Madrid,  1903, vi, 9-13.—Sandrns  (L.)  Memoire
   sur une affection nerveuse singulierc.   Compt. rend. Acad.
   d. sc,  Par., 1858, xlvi, 586.  — Nebulize (F.)   Seltene
   Symptoniencomplexe bei  Nervenkranken. Neurol. Cen-
   tralbl., Leipz.,  1888, vii, 433; 400.—Mil vestriui & Dad-
   di.  Una singolare iufezione cerebro-spinale sperimentale
   con evidenti e profonde lesioni poliocellulari.  Lavori d.
   Cong, di  med. int.  1898, Roma, 1899,  ix, 13.  Also:  Gazz.
   d. osp., Milano. 1898, xix, 1295.—Nollicr (P.)  Sur une
   affection  singuliere du systeme nerveux caracteris6e es-
   sentiellement  par  de  l'liypertrophie des  cxtremit6s des
   membres, des phenomenes paralytiques et des troubles
   varies de la sensibilite.   France med..  Par., 1889, i, 782;
   793.—Stewart (Sir T. G.)  Study of a case of nervous
   disease, exhibiting some features not hitherto described.
   Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1894, ii, 382-410. — Triantafillidcs
   (T.)  Nevroz s golovokrnzheniyami i malaria.  [Neurosis
   with  vertigo  and  malaria.]  Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., 
NERVOUS.
472
NERVOUS.
Nervous   system  (Diseases  of   Anoma-

  lous).
  Odessa. 1890, v, 121; 136;  148; 102; 175. —  Usher (J. E.)
  Obscure forms of nervous  tension and their  treatment. '
  Med. Press A: Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s.. lxx, 159.—Winner
  (F )  Uncommon forms of nervous disease  Codex med.
  Phila., ^95-6, ii. 112-114,  1 pl.—Wood (11. C.)  Notes on
  three anomalous  ra-es in one family.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment.
  Dis., X. V., )s!i9. xxvi, 734-743. — Zimmerman.  An
  obscure case of nervous disease.  Kentucky M. J., Louis-
  ville, 1905-0, iii, 574.
iVervoiiN system (Diseases  of,  Cases and

  statistics of).
    Andkke (J.)  Cases  of the epilepsy, hysteric
  tits, and  St. Vitus dance, with the process  of
  cure;  interspersed with practical  observations.
  To which are  added, cases of the  bite of mad
  creatures,  treated after  the   method  of Dr.
  Desault, with some additional means of my own;
  observations upon the  same, and remedies pro-
  posed for  the  cure of the hydrophobia.   12°.
  London, 174t>.
    Bekhtereff (V.  M.)  Nervniya boliezni  v
  otdlelnikh nablyudeniyakh.  [Nervous diseases;
  detailed cases.]  Pt. 2.  6°.  S.-Peterburg, 1899.
    -----.  Xevropatologicheskiya  i psikhiatri-
  cheskiya  nablyudeniya.    [ Neuropatholojrical
  aud  psychiatric   observations.]   6°.   S.-Peter-
  burg,  1900.
    Donetti  (E.)  Note  cliniche  ed  anatomiche
  di  patologia nervosa.  Cou prefazione del prof.
  Edoardo Bouardi.   6°.   Lucca, 1901.
    von Holst (V.)  Erfahrnngen aus einer vier-
  zigjiihrigen  neurologischen Praxis.  8°.  Stutt-
  gart,  1903.
    Hrui'EXiN   (X.)   * Quelques considerations
  sur deux cas interessants de pathologie nerveuse
  observes a la Clinique meMicale de Geneve.  8°.
  Geneve, 1692.
    Imperatokskiy Kazanskiy Universitet.  [Im-
  perial Kazan University.]   Trudi  kliniki  nerv-
  nikh bolieznei.   [Papers of the clinic of nervous
  diseases.]  I.   8°.  Kazan, 1699.
    Jacohi  (Mary P.)   Essays on hysteria, braiu-
  tumor, and  some other cases of nervous disease.
  8°.  New  York 4- London, 16*6.
    La Vecchia  (L.)  Dei  casi di malattie  ner-
  vose osservtiti durante  1' auno  scolastico  1891-2
  nella clinica per la neuropatologia della r. Uni-
  versita di Napoli.   8-.   Napoli,  1892.
    Sbornik  state!  po nevropatologii i psikhia-
  trii, posvyashtslionuiy  Alekseyu Yakovlevichu
  Kozhjevnikovu yevo uchenikami v. 25.  godov-
  shtshinu yevo doktorskol dissertatsii.   [Collec-
  tion  of  observatious on  neuropathology  and
  psychiatry  dedicated  to  Aleksei   Yakovlevich
  by his pupils on the 25. aniversary of'the deliv-
  ery of his doctor dissertation.]  8°. Moskva, 1890.
    Tri'dI kliuiki dushevulkh i nervnikh bolieznei
  v  S.-Peterburgie.   [Memoirs  of tlie  Cliuic  of!
  mental and nervous diseases in St.  Petersburg.]
  1897, i &  ii.  > .   S.-Peterburg, 1898.
    Aucelou.  Note sur le deiire des aboyeurs, variete de
  la danse Saint-Guy.  [Abstr.]  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1857, xliv, 11-14.—Burr (J.)  On cases of acute dis-
  ease of the nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1902,  ii,
  1038-1040.—Beco (L.)  Observations neuro-pathologiques.
  Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1904,  xliii, 29-38.— Bern-
  hardt (M.) Neuropathologische Beobachtungen.  Chem.
  u. med. Untersuch. Festschr. . . . Max Jaffe, Brnschwg.,
  1901, 2")-39. -----. Neuropathologische  Beobachtungen.
  Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, ii, 13-24.
  -----. Neuropathologische Beobachtungen.   Beitr.  z.
  wissensch. Med. 11. Chem. Festschr. . . . Ernst Salkowski,
  Berl.,  1904,  7-18. -----.Neuropathologische  Betrach-
  tungeu und Beobachtungen.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.
  Leipz., 1904,  xxvi, 78-101. —Bienfait. Observations
  neuropathologhiues; amyotrophic; opbtalmopltgie nucle-
  ase progressive;  n6crose spoutanee du pied;  troubles  de
  la mimique.  Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1903-4,  xvi, 372.—
  Bombards (M.) A pellagra em Portugal;  a tetania, a
  catalepsia e a confusao mental.  Rev. portugueza de med
  e cirurg. prat, Lisb., 1896,  i,  7; 33.— Boiimteiii (M.)
]¥ervou* system (Diseases of,  Cases and
  statistics of).
  Z kazuistyki ueuinlogicznej.  [Neurological eases.]  (biz.
  lek., Warszawa.  1905,  2. a., xxv,  -_'01 ;  25:;: 282; 311- ;j;j;".
  363;  389; 441.—Bourne vi Hi- .y  Bellay.   Alcoolismej
  h6iniplegie gauche  et t-pih-psit-  cons^culives;  sclerose
  atrophique; pachy men incite et nieningoenc6plialite. Pro-
  gres med., Par., 1897, If. s., vi, 177-181.—Brower (I). TI.)
  Paralysis agitans; traumatic paralysis; case  of probable
  posterior spinal  sclerosis;  case of loss of sensation; in-
  fantile cerebral palsy.  Clin. Kev., Chicago, 1898, viii, 33:j_
  340. -----. A clinic  on syringomyelia, neurasthenia', and
  facial paralysis.   Doctor's Mag.. Chicago, 190(1, i, 106-108.—
  G'haddock (C. G.)  Some brief and  practical observa-
  tions on common nervous  diseases.  St. Louis M. (laz
  1898-9, ii, 173-175. — Charcot (J. M.)  Sciatique: neii-
  rasthenie  et hyst6rie.   Semaine med..  Par., lH8s, viii
  465.  AUo, transl: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 188L», xii|
  228-230. — l>c Nam-tiix (S.)  Kendiconto biennale (anni
  1890-7) dell' Ambulatorio per malattie nervoso o mentali.
  Suppl. al Policlin., Koina, 1897-8, iv, 1075; 1153. — Dea-
  bout (L.)   Istoria di una  malattia nervosa.  In: Rac.
  di  opnsc.  med.-prat., 8°, Firenze.  1775,  iii,  154-170.—
  Dinkier (M.)  Casnistische  Mittheiluugen aus  dem
  Gebiete  der Neuropathologie.  Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Ner-
  venh., Leipz., 1897, xi, 299-326.—Drozda (J. V.) Prig-
  pevky  neuropathologicke.   [Neuropathology contribu-
  tions']  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1881. xx. 531; 547; 566-
  673:  1882, xxi, 67; 82; 547;  580; Oil.—Dudgeon (L. S.)
  Three cases illustrating interesting features in diseases of
  the nervous  system.  St.  Thomas's Hosp.  Kep. 1900,
  Lond., 1902, n. s., xxix, 379-402.—Fornnsari di  Verce
  (E.)  Istituto psichiatrico di Reggio-Emilia; le morti pel
  malattie del sistemanervoso in Italia nel decenuio 1887-90.
  Riv. sper. di freniat..  Reggio-Emilia. Is!'", xxiv, 692-699.—
  Celler (L. N.)  Sc Prcobrazhenski (P. A.)  Eharuk-
  ter uervnikh zaboliovanij' v Staro-YekaterininskoJ bei-
  nitsle za 1904 god. [(Character of the nervous diseases ob-
  served in  the Old Yekaterinin Hospital for 1904.J  Med.
  Ooozr.,  Mosk.,  1905,  lxiii, 611-622. — GotitiuN (Z. N.)
  Apoplexia, et affectibus soporiferis, caro, comate,  comate
  vigili, catalepsi, et lethargo.  In : Kolfinek (W.) Epitome
  meth. cognosc.  rete], sm.  4°,  Jen*,  1055, 17-32. —
  drinker (J.)   Nervous cases for tbe general  practi-
  tioner.  Chicago  M. Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 788-796.  Also:
  Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905,  viii,  360-365.— Gum-
  pert z (K.)  Neurologiscbe Mittheiluugen.  Allg. med.
  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1899. lxviii, 251; 263.—Haskovec (L.)
  Neuropathologies  pfispevky.  [Neuropathological con-
  tributions.]  Casop.  16k. cesk., v Praze,  1904,  xliii, 1399;
  1421. — Hedley  (J.)   Some cases  of nervous  disease.
  Annual  rep. trans.  S. Durham  <fc Cleveland M. Soc,
  Stockton-on-Tees. 1873-4, i, 25-28. —Hinsdale (G.)
  Clinics at the Infirmary for Nervous Diseases, Philadel-
  phia.  Med.  News,  Phila.,  1887, li, 278.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Ireland (W. W.)  On the increase of diseases ofthe
  nervous system  and  of insanity.   Tr.  Med.-Chir. Soc.
  Edinb., 1899-1900, n.  s. xix, 77-94.  AUo: Scot. M. &. S.
  J., Edinb.,  1900,  vi,  385-403. AUo: Alienist  Sc Neurol.,
  St. Louis, 1900,  xxi, 460-476. — Kenny (F. H.)  Some
  cases of nerve disease.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901,
  xx, 223.—Knapp (P. C.)  Are nervous diseases increas-
  ing?  Century, N. Y.,  1896, lii, 146-153. — Laehr (M.)
  Statistiscbe Mittbeilungen  aus der Poliklinik  fiir Nerven-
  kranke  der  konigl.  Charite.  Charite-Ann.,  Berl., 1896,
  xxi, 783:  1897, xxii, 686.—Jjeegaard (C.)  Om en Klinik
  for Nervesygdomtue ved Rigshospitalet.   [On a clinic for
  nervous diseases in the Roval Hospital.]  Norsk  Mag. f.
  Laegevidensk., Christiania,' 1888, 4. R., iii, 19-38 — IiOrd
  (S. A.)  Notes from the neurological department of the
  Massachusetts General Hospital.  Boston M. & S. J., 1900,
  cxliii, 365-368.  Also,  Reprint. — IjUiiz  (M.)  Casnisti-
  sche Mittheiluugen aus der Nervenahtheilung des ersten
  Moskauer Stadtkrankenhauses.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. n. Berl., 1888, xiv, 377-379.  Also, Reprint —
  Magazincr  (W.)   A clinical  study of insanity and
  nervous cases.   Med. Times,  N. Y., 1903,  xxxi, 33-35.—
  lTlnkino.  [A case of nervous disease.]  Kokka Igakn
  Kwai Zasshi,  Tokyo,  1905,  646-650.—Maniiini (C.)
  Coree, policlonie. tic a malattia dei tic.  Riforma med.,
  Roma, 1902, xviii,  pt. 3, 137; 147;  158.—Marriott (C.
  W.) Five cases  of nerve lesion in the Roval Berks Hos-
  pital. Tr. Reading Path. Soc, 1895-0. i. 37-43.—Monro
  (T. K.)   Three  cases of nervous disease:  (1) Cerebro-
  spinal meningitis; (2) Friedreich's  hereditary ataxy; (3)
  Marie's hereditary cerebellar ataxy.  Glasgow Hosp. Rep.,
  1901,  iii,  252-265. — Morselli (E.)  Prnno  rendicont"
  statistico-sommario  (1894-5) dell' Ambulatorio gratuito
  per le malattie nervose.  Suppl. al Policlin., Roma. 1895-6,
  ii  676-682.—Muirhead (C.)  Notes of cases of disease of
  the nervous system.   Edinb. M. J.,  1889-90, xxxv. 4fl-54'T
  Murri.  Corea, epilessia,  isterismo.  Gazz. d. osp., Mi-
  lano, 1900, xxi, 122-124. — Onodcra (G.)  Casuistisches
  aus der psychopathologischen  Klinik (35. Falll.  [Japa-
  nese text.]  Ztschr.  d. med.  Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894,
  viii  8. Hft., 42-40. —Oppenheim  (H.)  Kleine Beitrage
  zur  Neuropathologie.  J. f. Psychol,  u. Neurol., Leipz., 
NERVOUS.                                 473                                  NERVOUS.
Hfcrvou* system  (Diseases of, Cases and
  statistics of).
  1902, i, 129-146.—I»nill (W. E.)  Notes from  the neuro-
  logical department of the Massachusetts General Hospital.
  Case of myasthenia gravis pseudoparalytic;!.  Boston M.
  & S. J., 1900, cxliii, 632-634.  AUo, Reprint. — Pearce (I*'.
  S)  A clinic ou nervous and mental diseases.  J. Med.-
  Chir. Coll., Phila., 1903, iv, no. 8, 10-19. —Phelps (R. M.)
  A case each of  bilateral adult athetosis, leihargy, and
  adult acute chorea, with death.  Internat  M. Mag., Phila.,
  1895-6, iv, 22-20, 1 pl. — Raymond.  I. Astasie-abasie.
  II. Rhumatisme blenorragique.  III. Trois cas  de polio-
  myelite anterieure aigue. Bull, med., Par., 1890, x, 807.—
  Rhodes (J. M.)  On the alleged increase of diseases of
  the nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 508-000.—
  gnrbo (A.)  Casuistikns k6zlem6nyek  Laufenauer tnr.
  eideg-es ebuekortani 1892 dik evi ambulautiajarol. [Cases
  from Prof.  Laufeuauer's ambulatorium  for  diseases of
  nerves and  of mind. ]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1892,
  xxxvi, 373-375.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest. med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1892, xxviii, 1147. -----. Neurologische
  Beobachtungen.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest. 1890,
  xxxii,  985;  1017;  1185; 1209. — Sflinnrz (L.)  Ueber
  einige Falle von  Nervenkrankbeiteu.  Prag. med. "Wchn-
  sehr.. 1901, xxvi, 577; 592; 027.—Seiffer (\V.)  Jahresbe-
  ricbt iiber die Universitats-Poliklinik fiir NerveuUrank-
  heiten im Jahrgang 1901 bis 1902.  Charite-Auu., Berl.,
  1903, xxvii.  610-612. — Sotis (A.) Osservazioni cliniche
  Bopra alcuni casi di malattie nervose centrali.  Gior. med.
  d. r. esercito, Roma, 1893,  xii, 585-610.—Stewart  (J.)
  Three cases presented before tbe Canadian Medical Asso-
  ciation.  Canada Lancet. Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvi, 229-231.—
  Taylor (E. AY.) &  Uycr (J. W.)  Notes from the neu-
  rological department, Massachusetts General  Hospital.
  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1903. cxlviii, 393-395. —Thistle <\V.
  B.)  Two cases of unusual nervous disease. Canad. Pract.
  Sc Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviii, 541-544. — Torelli (U.)
  Contributo alia casuistica neuropatologica.   Riv. ital. di
  terap. e ig., Piacenza, 1890,  x, 214-220. — Tumpowski
  (A.)  Z kazuistyki  chordb  nerwowych.  [Two cases of
  nervous disease.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1898, xxvi, 273;
  295.—Van Engelen.  Observationsneiiropathologiques.
  Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1891, 3. s., xl. 309-323.— Weisz
  (M.) Kimutat&s az egyetemi elme-6s idegkdrtani klinika
  idegbeteg ambnlantiajanak  1899-dik 6vi forgalmArdl (Lau-
  fenauer Karoly egyet. lauar).  [Account of the work for
  1899 of the Ambulantof Nerve Diseases, ofthe University
  Clinic for Mental and Nervous Diseases (Charles  Laufe-
  nauer).]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv,368; 386; 402.—
  Wilson (A.)  Some interesting and uncommon diseases
  of the brain and spinal cord. Edinb. M. J., 1887-8, xxxiii,
  17; 110.

 Hervous system  (Diseases of, Causes of).
    See, also, Diabetes, Fever (Malarial), Fever
  (Typhoid),  Complications of, Nervous;  Genitals
  (Neuroses  of,  etc.);  Gonorrhoea (Complications
  of,  Neurotic ); Heat - stroke;  Hydrophobia;
  Insanity (Causes of); Lead (Poisoning by), affect-
  ing the  nervous system;  Measles (Complications
  of, Nervous); Nervous  system (Diseases  of) and
  arteriosclerosis;  Nervous  system  (Diseases of)
  and eye-strain;  Nervous system (Pathology of);
  Nervous  system  (Syphilis of); Neurasthenia
  (Manifestations of);  Occupations;  Phimosis;
  Tea (III effects  of); Tobacco  (III effects  of);
  Toxins, etc.   See, also,  under "Complications"
  of diseases generally.
    Avramoff (J.)  "Contribution a l'etude des
  affections   nerveuses  chroniques  cons^cutives
  aux intoxications aigues.  8°.  Nancy, 1900.
    Bianchi (L.)  II nervosisuao di questa fine di
  secolo.  Conferenza letta il 15 gennaio 1899 nel
  Circolo  filologico  di Napoli.  8°.  Napoli, 1899.
    Commeleran (C.-M.-M.)  "Nevroses et  palu-
  disme.  6Z.  Bordeaux,  1901.
    Craveri (G. C.)  Artritismo e uevrosi.  Note
  pratiche di patogenesi.   8°.   Milano, 1904.
    Crespix (J.)  * Essai d'interpretation patho-
  g^niqne de certaines uevroses post-infectieuses.
  4°.  Lyon,  1891.
    Dejerine-Klumpke  (Mme. [A.])  * Contribu-
  tion a l'e'tude des polyii6vrit,e-s  en gerie'ral, et des
  paralysies et  atrophies saturnines en particu-
  lier; 6tude clinique et anatomo-pathologique.
  4y  Paris,  1889.
    von Exgelhardt (R.)  Unser nervoses Jahr-
  buudert-Ende.   8°.  Riga, 1898.
IVervous  system (Diseases of, Causes of).
    Erb (W.)  Ueber die wachsende Nervositiit
  unseter Zeit.   8 .   Heidelberg, 1693.
    Repr. from.- N. Heidelb. Jahrb., 1893, iv.
    AUo, transl in.- Rev. scient., Par., 1898, 4. s., ix, 417-430.
    Gebhardt(W.)   Redetattrich; Kauzelfieber;
  Predigtlieber; Kauzelschwiudel sowie verwandte
  Erscheinungeu.  Eine Anleitung zu ihrer siche-
  ien Vorbengmig.  8°.   Leipzig, [n. d.].
    Guertin (J.)  * Essai sur le rdle de l'infection
  dans  les maladies du systbme nerveux central.
  4°.  Paris,  1h;),">.
    Keibel  ( L.)   * Ueber  Tabes  dorsalis  und
  progressive Paralyse  der Irien  bei  Ehepaaren.
  [Leipzig.]  8°.  Berlin, 189.").
    Kempton (H. T.)  On sympathetic  nervous
  affections connected with the teeth.  8°.  [Lon-
  don], 1601.
    Repr. from: Tr. Coll. Dent. Engl., 1861.
    Kesteven (W. H.)  Work and worry from a
  medical point  of  view.   obi.   16°.   London,
  1884.
    Kuffner (K.)   O  citu spolecensk6m a jeho
  chorob^ch.    [The  social instinct and  its dis-
  eases.]   8°.   v Praze, 1899.
    Lejonxe (H.)  *De l'influence du paludisme
  snr le developpement des nevroses.  4°.  Lyon,
  1690.
    Levi (L.)   * Troubles uervenx d'origine h6pa-
  tique, hepato-toxheinie  nerveuse.   4°.   Paris,
  1690.
    L5WENFELD  (L.)  Semestrale  Mittheilungeu
  aus der Privatheil- und Ptlegeansta.lt Maxbrnnn
  fiir Nervenkranke, Miinchen, Ismaningerstrasse
  31.   Inhalt:  Ueber Erschopfuugszustaude des
  Gehirns.  12°.   Miinchen, 1895.
    Longpretz (A.-L.-M.)  * Microbisme latent et
  autotoxiiufection;  leur r61e dans la pathogenie
  des  neurasth6nies,  psychon6vroses  et maladies
  organiques du  systeme  nerveux, particuliere-
  meut celles dues a un choc physique ou moral.
  8°.  Nancy, 1905.
    Macewex  (W.)  Pyogenic infective  diseases
  ofthe brain and spinal cord, meningitis, abscess
  of brain, infective sinus thrombosis.  8°.   Glas-
  gow, 1893.
    Maxtegazza (P.)  Ouze nerveuse eeuw.  Be-
  werkt door N. B. Donkersloot.  12°.  's-Graren-
  hage, 1*68.
    Mayer (I.)  * Cachexias et nevroses.  8°.  Vin-
  dobonce, 1840.
    Nasra (A.) * Contribution a l'6tude  clinique
  des  nevroses  post-infectieuses   (hysterie, neu-
  rastheuie,   hystero-neurasthenic).   4°.   Paris,
  1H96.
    Ochoa y Naredo (I.)  De  las neurosis en  su
  relaeion con las diatesis.  8°.  Mexico, 1885.
    Oppenheim ( H.  )  Nervenleiden  und  Erzie-
  hung.  8°.   Berlin, 1899.
    Pauly ( R. )   * Du reveil des affections au-
  cieunes des centres nerveux.  4°.  Lyon, 1895.
    Rowe (G. R.)  Practical observations on those
  nervous diseases originating from morbid  de-
  rangement ofthe liver, stomach, etc., and occa-
  sioning low spirits  and  indigestion.   With cases
  illustrating the most successful mode of treat-
  ment.  8°.   London, 1841.
    Rozenbakh (P. Y.)   O prichinakh nervnikh i
  dushevnlkh bolieznei.   [Causes of nervous and
  mental diseases.]   8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1900.
    Sternberg ( II. )  * Ueber abnorm  niedrige
  Temperaturen beim Mensehen und  deren Bezie-
  hungen zum  Central-Nervensystem.  8°.   Frei-
  burg i. B., 1890.
    Stoll (H.)  Alkohol und Kaffee in ihrer Wir-
  kung  auf Herzleiden und nervose Storungen.
  8y  Berlin, 1904.
    ------.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8U. Leipzig, 1905. 
NERVOUS.
474
NERVOUS.
\ervou* system (Diseases of, Causes of).
    fiTRi'-MPELL (A.)   Ueber die Ursachen der Er-
  kiankuugen  des  Nervensystems.  8°.   Leipzig,

  1-^4.
    Tamisier.   Note statistique au sujet de rin-
  flueuce  etiologique du tabac dans les  maladies
  de.s centres nerveux.   >-*-.  Poligny, 1609.
    Vkrm.i in  (O.)  Knltur  und Nervensystem.
  8°.  Ziirich. 1904.
     tiller.   Ueber  angeborene Kurzlebigkeit einzeluer
  Th'cih- des Nervensystems.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1901  xx 159-161.—Adainkiewicz (A.)  Ueber die so-
  genannte "Hahnuug"; ein  Beitrag  zur Lehre von  den
  Ghichgewichtsstbrungen  in der Thatigkeit der Nerven.
  Ztschr  f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898,  xxxiv, 338-352.—Agon-
  tiiii (C )  Importanzadell' autointossicazioni nelle nevro-
  patie  Atti e rendic. d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1897,
  ix 256-267.—Aldrich (C. J.)  Autointoxication  as  a
  cause of nervous disease.  Toledo M. <fe S. Reporter 1896,
  ix, 91-97.—Andrew ( V. E.)  Autointoxication as a factor
  in the causation of mental aud nervous diseases.  Tr. In-
  diana M. Soc,  Indianap.,  1899,  180-190— Anglade &
  Cliocraux.  La tuberculose  daus l'etiologie des  mala-
  dies ineutales et  nerveuses.  [Rap. de Raymond.]  Bull.
  Acad, de med.. Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 381-385. — Ahvood
  (C. E.)  Do our present ways of living tend to the in-
  crease  of  certain  forms of  nervous  and mental  dis-
  order?   X. York M. J., 1903,  lxxvii, 1070-1073. — An-
  diffrcnt.   Des maladies de l'activite.  Arch, d'anthrop.
  crim ,  Lyon  & Par., 1905, xx, 815-835.  — Bai-cia Ca.
  bnllei-o (J.)  Las ueuropatias blenorragicas.  Cong, in-
  termit, de med.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de neu-
  ropath. [etc.|. 649-653.—Bell  (S.)  Some toxemias  in re-
  lation to the production of nervous and mental diseases.
  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago,  1904,  xlii,  507-513. — Beni-
  Barde.   Histoire  et  proflls de  uevropatbes; influence
  de la voix sur le systeme nerveux  Arch. gen. d'hydrol.
  [etc.], Par.,  1898, "ix. 85-103.—Berkley (H. J.)  Lesions
  ofthe cortical tissues induced  by acute experimental al-
  coholic  poisoning.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896,
  xxi,  236-245.— Bcrnliart (J.)  Die  neuropatische Pre-
  disposition.  Miinchen. med.  vVchnschr., 1904, li,  2044-
  2047.—B it'll I  (A.)  &  Kranti (It.)  Ueber eine bisher
  unbekannte toxische Wirkung der Gallensauren auf das
  Centralnervensvstem.  Centralbl. f.  innere  Med., Leipz.,
  1898, xix, 1185-1200.—Biernacki (E.)  Etyologia i istota
  nerwic czynnoAciowych.   [Etiology and nature of func-
  tional neuroses] Kryt. lek.,  Warszawa, 1897, i,  309-379.
  AUo.transl: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898. xvii, 250-
  261.— Bilfinjjei-.   Ueber Nervenkrankbeiten und ihre
  ursachliche Entstehung.   Gesundheit, Wien, 1900, iii, 21.—
  Blyumenau  (M.) K kazuistikle  psikhozov vslledst-
  viye ostrikh  zaraznikh  bolieznei.   [  Psychoses  after
  acute infectious diseases.J  Bolnitsch. gaz.  Botkina,  St.-
  Petersb., 1893, iv, 11117;  1047.—Bock (C.)  Auto-intoxi-
  cation and its relation to nervous diseases.  Fort Wayne
  M. J.-Mag., 1«97, xvii, 523-530. AUo: J. Psycbo-Astlien-
  ics,  Faribault, Minn., 1897-8,  ii, 14-21. — Borgherini
  (A.)  Digestionsstdrungen als Ursache  neuropaihischer
  Erscheinnngeu.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1894, xliv. 001;
  661.— Bourneville.  Influence des professions  insalu-
  bres sur la production des maladies chroniques du systeme
  nervenx. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1905, xxvii. 585-595.—Braid-
  wood (P. M.)  Nervous  disorders following  secondarily
  certain acute infectious diseases of children.  Prov. M. J.,
  Leicester, 1892, xi, 458-462.—Brinda (A.)   Le variazioni
  dell' assorbimento in rapporto colle lesioni nervose speri-
  mentali.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s.,
  ix, 282-293, 1 diag.—Broca (A.) & Richet (C. 1  Periode
  r6fractaire dans Yes centres nerveux, undulation nerveuse,
  et consequences  qui en  resultant au point de vue de la
  dynamique <-6rebrale.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,
  1897, exxiv, 573-.">77.—B rower  (D.  R.)  Anto-infectiou
  in diseases ofthe nervous system  and  suggestions as to
  its treatment.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii,  185.
  -----.  Auto-intoxication  iu its relations to the diseases
  of the nervous system.  Ibid.. 1898,  xxx, 575-577.  Also,
  Reprint.  Also: Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1897,  147-
  155.—Brown (E. C.)  Professor Edinger's theory ofthe
  causation of some nerve diseases.  Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii,
  1186-11*8.—Brown (G.V.I.)  Orificial irritation in re-
  lation to neural disturbances.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago
  1898, xxxi, 1140-1142.—Butler (O.  F.)  Auto-toxemia as
  a  factor in  the  neuroses.  Ibid.. 1902. xxxviii,  363-366.
  Also:  Texas Cour.-Rec Med., Fort  Worth.  1901-2,  xix,
  267-274— C'nniilli  (G.)   Sulle uevropatie che piu diret-
  tamente pnssono derivare dalla malaria e metodo curative
  Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, .>2;  592; 606.—Carpen-
  ter (W. B.)  Auto-intoxication a cause of mental depres-
  sion. _ N. Am. J.  Homceop., N. Y., 1899. 3. s., xiv. 544-549.—
  t'ji<»i (Sui) di gravi disordiui nervosi di origine deutaria.
  Odonto-stomatol.,  Napoli,  1903,  ii.  303-300. — Cesaris-
   D-cmel (A.)   Sur Taction toxique et septique de quel-
  ques microorganismes pathogenes sur le systeme nerveux
  central. [Transl. from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino,
Hervou* system (Diseases of,  Causes of).
  1898, 2. s., xlviii.]  Arch. ital. de biol.. Turin, 1899, xxxi,
  453-459. — <'harrin (A.)  Toxiues et affections  lieivenl
  ses; paraplegic  spasmodique, epilepsie spinale.  troubles
  vesicaux, etc.;  hemorragies  du cerveau, dc la in oelle,
  d'origine bacterienne et experimentale.  Cong, fianc de
  med.  1895, Par.,  1896, ii, 901-905.—Cheinisse (L.)  Les
  emotions morales peuvent-elles determiner des affections
  organiques aigues du systeme nerveux?  Semaine med.
  Par.,  1905, xxv, 337-339.— Cliiarutiiui (E.) Ricerche
  sulle  ptomaine nelle nevrosi accessuali.  Riforma med
  Napoli, 1893, ix, pt, 2, 687,-> 700;710.-Christopher (\\\
  S.)  The nutritional element in the causation of neuroses
  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1894.  xi,  882-892.  AUo: Tr.  Am
  Pediat. Soc,  N. Y.,  1894.  \i. 149-159 —Clouston (T. S.)
  The neuroses aud psychoses of decadence.  Brit M J
  Loud., 1898, ii, 303-306.—Cornelius.   Narben und  Ner-
  ven.  Deutsche  mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 657-
  673. -----. Les points douloureux la cause des maladies
  nerveuses fonctionnelles.   Rev. med.,  Par., 1903,  xii, 724.
  -----. Die Druck- oder Schiuerzpuukte als Entstebungs-
  ursache  der sogenannten funktioiiellen  Nervenerkran-
  kungen, ihre Entstehung und Behandlung.  Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr.. 1904, liv, 7;  70; 114; 171.  AUo, Reprint.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf. u.
  Aerzte 1903,  Leipz., 1904.  ii, 2. Hlfte., 448-450.  AUo (Ab-
  str.]: Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien,  1903, x, 1147-1154.
  Crothers (T. D.)   Alcohol as  a causative f.ictor in dis-
  eases of the central nervous system.   J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1898, xxx, 842-844.—De Buck (D.)  L'origine
  peripherique des psychoses.  Bull. Soc de ui6d. ment. da
  Belg., Brux., 1904,  100-110.   [Discussion], 83-85.  AUo:
  Belgique m6d.,  Gand-Haarlem,  1904,  xi,  327-329.—
  Dewey (R.)  Remarks  on contagion  and  infection in
  nervous and mental diseases and degeneracy, and meas-
  ures  of prevention.   J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y.. 1899,
  xxvi, 641-643. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1899,  v, 363-369.—
  Discussion (A) on tbe nervous  sequela? of infectious
  disease.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 702-707.— Discus-
  sion (A) on the influence of micro-organisms and their
  toxins in the production of diseases of the central  and pe-
  ripheral nervous system.  Ibid., 1898, ii, 970-976.— Dolna
  (L. )   Sobre etiologia  psicopatica.  Rev. de cien. med.
  de Barcel.,  1896, xxii,  145-151.  -----. G6uesis psicopa-
  tica.   Ibid.,  1897, ii, 161-164. — Down (J. L.)   On the
  association of a prow-shaped cranium with neurotic, ail-
  ments.   Tr.  ix.  Internat. M. Cong. Wash., 1887, v, 319.—
  Dupaquier (E. M.)  Alcohol as an  etiologic factor in
  diseases of the nervous  system.   N. Orl. M. Sz. S. J., 1900-
  1901,  lii, 247-252.   Also:  Proc.  Orleans Parish M  Soc.
  1900,  N.  Orl., 1901, 127-132. -----. Alcohol in its relation
  to nervous diseases.   Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Oil., 1901,
  84-87.—Eastman (J.)  Some of the  causes of nervous
  disturbances. Med. & Surg. Monit.. Indianap., 1898, i, 114—
  117.—Edcs (R.  T.)  The  relation of renal diseases to dis-
  eases of the  nervous system. J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N.
  Y., 1888, xv, 566-594— Edinger (L.)  Eine neue Theorie
  iiber die Ursachen einiger Nervenkrankbeiten, iusbeson-
  dere der Neuritis und der Tabes.  Samml. klin. Vortr., n.
  F., Leipz., 1894, No. 106 (Innere Med., No. 32,  87-116).
  See, also, supra. Brown, et, infra,  Herinauides.  ----.
  Geschlechtskraukheiten und Nervenkrankbeiten.  Fest-
  schr. z. i.  Cong. d.  deutsch.  Gesellsch. z. Bekainpf.
  d.  Geschlechtskraukh., Fraukf.  a. M., 1903, 122.  ----.
  Die Aufbraucbskrankheiteu des Nervensystems.  Deut-
  sche  med. Wchnsehr ,  Leipz. u. Berl..  1904, xxx, 1633;
  1800; 1921: 1905.  xxxi, 4;  135.— Evan»  (T.  H.)  A  con-
  tribution to the etiology of nervous affections. St. Louis
  M. Rev., 1905, li, 312; 335— Faint- (M.)  Sur la recher-
  che des microbes  dans  le  ceiveau, le liquide cephalo-
  rachidien, le sang, dans 200 cas  de troubles  meiitaux on
  nerveux. Cong. d.  med.  alieuistes et neurol. de France
  . . .  Proc.-verb.  [etc.]. Par., 1901,  xi,  516-521. — Fazio
  (E.)   L' iperfunzionalita cerebro-psichica « la sedenta-
  rietii nelle scuole; protilassi.  Gior. di  clin., terap. e med.
  pubb.. Napoli. 1888.  xix, 8-22. — Fi'-ri- (C.)  Civilisation
  et n6vropathie.   Rev. phil., Par.,  1896. xii, 400-413.—
  FieMchi (D.)  Ricerche sperimentali sui processi da em;
  bolismo iufettante  nei  centri nervosi e sulla genesi degli
  ascessi cerebrali. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,  1>'.i8. in,
  13-18.— Fisher (E. D.)  Diathetic and toxic affections of
  the nervous system.  Text-book Nerv. Dis.  Am. authors
   (Dercum), Phila., 1895,  183-202.—Fletcher (W. B.)  Ab-
  stract of a paper on the  cigarette, its  relation to mental
  and nervous diseases.  St. Louis M.  Key..  1905, hi, 41<-
  419.—Folsom  (C. F.)  The relation of our public schools
  to the disorders of tbe nervous system.  Mass. Emerg &
   Hyg.  Ass.,  Bost.,  1885, 161-193.—Fox (W.)  Notes on
   some cases of toxic neuroses. Australas. M. Gaz.,Sydney,
   1897, xvi, 444-447— Fraenkel (E.)  Beitrag zur Lebre
   von  den Erkrankungen  des (Vutralnervensystem hei
   acuten Infeetionskrankheiten  Ztschr.  f. Hyg. u. Iiuec-
   tionskrankh., Leipz., 1898. xxvii. 315-346, 2  pl.-Fneil-
   liimli-i- (A.)  Ueber die Einwirkung einiger Inlektious-
   kraukheiten auf das Nervensystem.  Aerztl. Monatschr.,
   Leipz,  1900,  529-534.—Frisco  (B.)   le infezioni e le
   intossicazioni nell'  organismo animale in rapporto con la 
NEKVOUS.                                      475                                       NEKVOUS.
Nervous system  (Diseases of, Causes of).
  patogenesi e con la ereditarieta, delle netiropatie; ricerche
  sperimentali e  anatomo-patologiche.   l'isaui,  Palermo,
  1903, xxiv,  45-80. —Qnllerani (G.)  & l.n*»niia  (F.)
  Eccitabilit& della  corteceia cerebrale alio stimolo cbimico
  iu contribuzione alio studio della patogenesi della epilessia
  e della corea.  Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo,
  1891, xv, 211-232.   Also, transl..- Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
  1891, xv. 396-403.—<iliick (G.)  A szegenysorsu idegbe-
  tegek kezeleserol.  [Tlie treatment of  nervous diseases in
  poverty.]  Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1903, i, 765-708.—Cradle
  (H.)  Etiologic studies on neuroses of peripheral origin.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv,  1166-1169. — l.rot-
  jahn.  Die Aetiologie in der Nervenheilkunde:  Raud-
  glossen zu  P. J. MSbius'  Eiutheilung der Krankheiten.
  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.  u.  Psychiat., Cobleuz  &  Leipz.,
  1899, n. F.,x, 385-388.—Hamilton (A. McL.)  Autotoxis
  in relation  to the neuroses of early life. Med. Brief, St.
  Louis, 1890, xxiv,  1805.— 11 a ml ford  (H.)  A discussion
  on the nervous sequelse of infections diseases.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1895, ii. 702-707.  Also, transl:  Wien. med. Presse,
  1896, xxxvii, 377; 411— Hartenbcrg (P.) & Valentin
  (P.)  Le role de l'appareil  cardio-vasculaire daus la patho-
  genie de  certaines phobies neurastheniques.   Rev. de
  psychol. cliu. et therap., Par., 1897-8, i, 367; 4(>2.—11 as-
  kovec (L.)   Autoiutoxikace v chorobach nervovydi a
  dusevnich. [. . . iu nervous and mental diseases.] Sbirka
  predndsek a rozpr. z oboru lekaisk., v Praze, [1898], 7. s.,
  nos. 5-0, 89-137.  AUo.transl |Abstr.]:  Med. Press & Circ,
  Lond.. 1898, n. s., lxvi, 399.— Haslett (W. J. H.)   Some
  climatic neuroses. Treatment, Lond., 1899-1900, iii, 208-
  213.— Hayeui.  Troubles  nerveux secondaires portant
  sur les fonctions de la nutrition.  Presse med., Par., 1899,
  ii, 109. — Hcchl (A.)  Pfispevek ke kasuistice chorob
  divstva, poch&zejicich z koufeni tabaku.   [Contribution to
  the statistics of nervous diseases arisiug  from  smoking
  tobacco.]  Casop. 16k.  cesk., v Praze. 1871, x, 10.—Her-
  inanides  (S. R.)  De  Edinger'scbe theorie van bet out-  j
  staan van tabes, neuritis en eenige andere  zeuuwziekten.
  Psychiat. BL, Amst.,  1895, xiii, 110-125. — Higier  (H.)
  W  kwestyi etyologii  i istoty nerwic  czynuoSciowych.
  (Etiology and nature of functional neuroses.]  Kryt. lek.,
  Warszawa, 1898, ii, 137; 169. -----. Zur Pathogenese der
  Hysterie nnd Neurasthenic  und ihrer Stelluug  zu  Stoff-
  wechselanomalien. Heilkunde, Wien  [etc.], 1900, iv, 698;
  761.—Hill (R. S.) Disorders of nervous system; accom-
  panying gynecic diseases.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899,
  xxxiii, 147-149.—Hirschkron (J.)  Zur Behaudluugder
  Blutarmut nnd deren Folgekraukheiten auf dem Gebiete
  des Nervensystems.  Deutsche  Aerzte-Ztg.. Berl., 1900,
  223-226.—Hoc he (A.)  Ueber die Lnftdruckerkrankun-
  gen des  Centralnervensystems.  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,
  1897, xxxiy, 464-409. -----.  Ueber die nach elektrischen
  Entladungen auftretenden Neurosen.  Arch. f. Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1901, xxxiv, 1044.   AUo: Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,
  Berl.. 1901, vii. 309-373.—Homen  (E. A.)  Die Wirkung
  einiger Bakterien und ihrer Toxine anf periphere Nerven,
  Spinalganglien und das Riickenmark.   [From:  Acta Soc.
  Scient. Fennicse, xxx.]   Arb. a. d. path. lust, zu Helsing-
  fors, Jena,  1902, 1. Abth., 1-100, 3 pl.—Hopkins  (S. D.)
  Nervous diseases  in high  altitudes.   Denver M. Times,
  1897-8,xvii,427.—von Jaksi-h (It.)   Ueber gehaufte dif-
  fuse Erkrankungen desGebirns und Riickenniarks.au den
  Typnsder multiplen Skleiose mahnend, welchedurch eine
  besondere Aetiologie gekennzeichnet sind.  Wien. klin.
  Rundschau, 1901, xv, 729-733—Karpinski (A. I.)  Sa-
  mootravleniye organizma kak prichina nervnikh i dushev-
  nikh zabollevaniy.  [Auto-intoxication as a cause of ner-
  vous aud mental diseases.]  Obozr. psichiat.. nevrol. [etc.],
  S.-Peterb, 1902, vii, 31; 114.—Karuophylle* (G.)   "O if
  aiiov xal to. vevpixa voo-i\\j.a.Ta.  Ya.Xi\voi, 'Adrjvai, 1893, xxiii,
  1-6.—Kauflmanu (O.)  Ueber gastrointestinale Auto-
  intoxication bei Nervenkrankbeiten.  Wien.med. BL, 1900,
  xxiii, 247-249.  AUo. transl: Edinb. M. J.,  1900, n. s., vii,
  352-360. — Kemp (R. C.)  Some observations on the rela-
  tions of the gastro-iutestinal tract to nervous and mental
  diseases.  Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 57-60.—Khai-
  kin (D.G.)  Riedkiy sluchai porazheniya perifericbeskol
  nervnoi sisteini gonotoksinami.  [Rate case of affection of
  the  peripheral nervous system by gonotoxins.]   Russk.
  j. kozhn. i ven. bollezu., Kharkov, 1901, i, 675. — Knapp
  (P.  C.)  '1 he alleged  reflex causes of  nervous disease.
  Am..L M.Sc, Phila.,1895, n.s..ex,406-414.  Ateo.Reprint—
  Knee lit (E.)   Zur  Kenntnis der Erkrankungen  des
  Nervensystems nach Koblenoxydvergiftung.   Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  &  Berl.,  1904,  xxx,  1242-1245.—
  Koelichcn (J.)   O organicznych cierpieniach ukladu
  nerwowego  na tie trypowem.   (Organic diseases of the
  nervous system resulting  from gonorrhoea.]   Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa,  1904,  2.  s., xxiv,  757; 815. —Kovalevski
  (P.I.)  Podagra i neirozi.  [Gout and  neuroses.]   Russk.
  Med. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1902,  iv, no. 10, 1-36.  Also,
  transl: Bull.  Acad. roy. de m6d.de  Belg., Brux., 1902,
  4. s., xvi, 447-583.  Also,  transl:  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.
  u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz.,  1902, n. F., xiii, 306-322.—
  KrniiNs  (W. C.)  Age, sex, and season as  factors iu the
  production of nervous diseases.   Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila.,
Nervous system  (Diseases of,  Causes of).
  1900,  294-311.—14 rein ig (B.) & Kuleubui-g (A.)  Die
  Beziehuugen  der funktionellen  Nervenkrankbeiten  zu
  den Erkrankungen der Generationsorgane.  Verhandl. d.
  Gi sellscb. deutsch.  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903,  Leipz.. 1904,
  ii, 2. Hlfte., 187-198.—Kure (H.)   [The origin of nervous
  diseases.)  Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1902, 127-144 — l.angdou
  (F. W.)   Epilepsy and other convulsive diseases; a study
  in neuro-dynamics  and pathogenesis.  J. Nerv. Sc  Ment.
  Dis.,  Phila., 1890,  xxi, 579-594.   AUo,  Reprint.  -----.
  Cardio-vascular and blood-states as factors in nervous and
  mental disease.   Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1904, n. s.. lii, 525-
  534.   AUo:  Indiana  M. J., Indianap., 1904, xxii, 429-438.—
  l-efevre.  Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie des
  nevroses.  Arch. med.  beiges. Brux., 1904, 4. s., xxiii, 5-
  50.—Ijc ISendre (P.)  Les nevroses dans le milieu  sco-
  laire;  i6actions  reciproques entre 61eves et maitres au
  point  de vue des influences morales.  Bull,  med.,  Par.,
  1904. xviii, 455-457. —I.cistiier (Louise).  Was kanngegen
  die Nerveuuberreizung der   heranwaebsenden  Jugend
  gethan werden?  (Jong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog.  C.
  r. 1894, Budapest. 1890, viii, pt. 3, 451-453.— I.ciiiiuialm
  (F.)  Om de vigtigaste orsakerna till nervsysteniets sjukdo-
  mar.   [On I he principal causes of diseases of the nervous
  system.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1891, liii, 201-280.•— Linda
  (Marya).  Nerwobdl spowodowany nieprawidloweni  po-
  lozeniem zel>6w  m^drosci.  [Nervous disease caused  by
  irregular position of wisdom teeth.]  Kron. lek., Warszawa,
  1897,  xviii,  231-233.— l.ockwood (C. E.)   A study of
  alcohol,  tobacco, coffee, and tea as causative factors in the
  production  of nervous  disorders.  N. Tork M.  J., 1898,
  lxviii, 13; 46.  Also, Reprint.  Also: Tr. N. York M. Ass.,
  1897,   xiv,  154-182.—Lowcnfeld  (L.)  Ueber  Witte-
  ruugsneurosen.  Miinchen. med.  Wchnsehr..  1896, xliii,
  93-96.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]:  Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1890,
  xvii,   287.—Eiiiwentlial.   Nervenleiden  uud  Schule.
  Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1902, xxv,  97-
  110.—l.uxenbui-g (J.)  Beitrage zur Hamatologie der
  funktionellen Neurosen  (Hysterie und  Neurasthenic).
  Centralbl. f. innere  Med., Leipz., 1899, xx, 553-560.—Mc-
  Caskey (G. W.)  Tbe toxic origin  of certain neuroses
  and psychoses.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899. lvi, 470.  AUo,
  Reprint.  Also •  Tr. Indiana M. Soc. Indianap., 1899, 181-
  185. — ITlacpherHon (J.)   Variation iu its relation to
  the origin of insanity and the allied neuroses.   Edinb.  M.
  J., 1904,n.s., xv,334- 410.—Marinesco (G.)   Recherches
  sur les lesions des  centres nerveux, produites  par Thy-
  pertherraieexperimentale.  Compt.rend Acad.d. sc, Par.,
  1898,  cxxvii, 774-776.—Masing (E.)  Edinger's  Theorie
  der Eutstehung von Nervenkrankbeiten  (lurch Funktion.
  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1905, xxx, 515-518.— delTIas-
  sary (E.)  Aortit-. tabes et paralysie gen6rale.  Presse
  ni6d., Par.,1905,i, 108.—Metcalf (W.H.)  Nervelesious;
  their etiology from a dental standpoint.  Dental  Cosmos,
  Phila., 1903, xiv, 736-739.—Mettler (L.  H.)   Are work
  and worry causes of nervous affections?  Med. Rec. N. Y.,
  1895, xlviii. 332-334.—Mobiti* (P.J.)  Ueher die Eiuthei-
  lung der Krankheiten. Centralbl. f. Nervenh.u. Psychiat.,
  Cobleuz Sc Leipz., 1892,  xv, 289-301.  AUo, in his: Neurol.
  Beitr . Leipz., 1898, v, 1-23.   See, also, supra, Grotjahn.—
  Moll (A.)  Der Einfluss des grossstadtischen Lebens und
  des Verkehrs auf das Nervensystem.  Ztschr. f. padagog.
  Psychol,  [etc.], Berl., 1902, iv, 120;  229.— Moscato (P.)
  Sei casi di nevrosi  da  perturbamenti atniosfeiici.   Ras-
  segna internaz. d. med.  mod., Catania, 1902-3. iv, 74; 82.—
  Mott (F. W.)   Ou  the selective influence of poisons in
  relation to diseases of the nervous system.  Lancet, Loud.,
  1901, i, 227-231.—Mukhin (N. I.)  Ocherki prichin nerv-
  nikh  bolieznei.  [Causes of nervous diseases.]  Arcb. psi-
  chiat. [etc.], Kharkov, 1893, xxi, no. 1, 1; no. 3, 68.—Mu-
  ratoff  (V. A.)  Sovremennoye,  sostoyaniye voprosa o
  stradauiyakh  tsentralnol nervnoi  sistemi poslie ostrikh
  zaraznikh bolieznei. [Present state of the question of af-
  fections of the central nervous system following acute in-
  fectious diseases. |  Russk. arch, patol.. klin. med. i  bakte-
  riol.,  S.-Peterb.,  1901, xii, 315-336. -Mui-avyefl" (V. V.)
  Opili  nad izucheniyem  odnovremeunavo dielstviya  na
  nervnuyu sistemu  streptokokka  i  difterituavo  toiksiua.
  [Experimentson the simultaneous action of stieptococci
  and diphtheria toxins upon the nervous system.]  Protok.
  zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. p. Imp. Moskov.Univ.,
  1897-8, 53-55.  AUo: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1898,  xix,  329.
  Also,   transl.: Ann. de  m6d. et chir. inf., Par., 1898, ii,
  622. — IV an mini (A. G.)  K voprosu o zabollevaniyakh
  nervnoi sisteini perelolnavo proiskhozhdeniya.  [Diseases
  of the nervous  system of  gonorrheal origin.]   Ejened.
  jour. "Prakt. med.", St. Petersb., 1900,vii,713-716.—IVolda
  (A.)  Neurotabes alcoholica oder syphilitica oder mercu-
  rialis?  Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leinz.,' 1895,  xiv, 200-204. —
  Olilniachcr (A. P.) A consideration of tlie neuroses of
  status lymphaticus.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904. xlii,
  420-422.—Oppcnheiin (H.)  Allgemeines uud Spezielles
  iiber  die toxischen  Erkrankungen des Nervensystems.
  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1891, xxviii,  1157-1159.  Also: Ver-
  haudl. d:  Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf. u.  Aerzte, 1891,
  Leipz., 1892, lxiv, pt. 2, 350-361. -----. Neurosis and edu-
  cation.  Med. Chron., Manchester,  1903-4, 4. 8., vi, 170- 
NERVOUS.
476
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Diseases of Causes of).
  174 _Orlipski.  Ueber gouorrboische Neurosen.  Allg.
  med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, lxxi, 503-505. — ©*ler (W.)
  Diseases the direct or indirect result of infection.   1 nxt-
  book Xriv. Dis. Am. authors (Dercum) Phila., 1895, 203-
  2''G —Pappalardo (F.)  Su di una  controversy nella
     _ spflg., Bonn.  1888, vii, 129; 207. — t-einar (i.)
Dusevni poruchy pfi chorobach tehsuych.  [Des trouble
psychiques au cours des maladies somatiques; maladies
du cceur; reves d'acces (l'angine de poitrine; maladies des
leins  maladies  infectieiises, maladies coustitutiounelles.
Res.,471-477.]  Shorn, klin., v Praze, 1902-3, iv, 411-4,7 —
Pcrcnccini (G. B.)  Abuso di vino e malattie nervose
nella Valpolieella.  Atti d. xii. Con-,  interprov. san.  d.
iilta Italia.  Venezia, 599-605 — Peter.   Du role, do l'emo-
tion  morale dans la pathogenie des maladies du systeme
nerveux.  Repert. de theiap., Par.. 1891, viii, 9-12.— Pier-
ret (A.)  De l'accuniulation des humeurs dans l'organisme
comme cause des phenomeues nerveux.  Atti d. xi. Cong.
med. internaz.  1894,  Roma.  1895,  iv, psichiat. [etc.], 113-
]]6. — Pope (C.)  Some reflections on the causation and
therapeutics of nervous diseases.  Tr. Kentucky M. Soc,
Louisville,  1*95, n. s., iv,  274 283. — Powelson (A. P.)
An anatomical factor in mental and nervous diseases. Tr.
Homoeop.  M. Soc, N. Y.,  Buffalo,  1902. xxxvii, 194-206.
AUo: N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y.  1903, li, 70-87. —Prince
(M.)  The somewhat frequent occuneuce of degenerative
diseases of the nervous system (tabes dorsalis and dissemi-
nated sclerosis)  in  persons suffering from  malaria.   J.
Nerv. & Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1889, xvi, 585-595.—Pufawski
(A.)  Stosuuek wyzsych stopni  inteligencyi do cierpieii
nerwowych (ueuropatologii).  [Relation of the highest
stage of education to nervous dise ises ]  Gaz. lek., War-
szawa, 1897, 2. 8., xvii, 645; 072.—Pun ton (J.)  The neu-
ropathic constitution; education  and marriage as factors
in the causation and propagation  of  nervous diseases.
Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1893, n. s., xii, 111-122.  Also, Re-
print. -----. The pathogenesis of functional nervous dis-
eases and their prophylactic indication.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
1899, lvi, 733-735.  Also. Reprint.  AUo: Tr. Mississippi
Valley M. Ass.,  Louisville, 1899,  i, 349-300. — Putnam
(J. J.)  Relation of infections processes to diseases of the
nervous system; pathology and etiology.  Am. J. M. Sc,
Phila..  1895,  n.  s., cix, 254-277.  — Putnam  (J.J.) &
Waterman (G. A.)  Notes of  some unusual  forms of
infectious disease of the central nervous system.  Tr. A«s.
Am. Physicians, Phila., 1904, xix, 490-496. — Rachford
(B. K.)  Paraxanthin as a factor in the etiology of certain
obscure nervous conditions.  Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv,
561-565.  Also,  Reprint. — Reed (B.)  The frequent de-
pendence of  insomnia, mental  depression, and other neu-
rasthenic symptoms  upon disease of tbe gastro-intestinal
tract.  J. Am.  M. Ass. Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 62-65.  AUo,
Reprint. — Regis (M.) Sc Chevalier-L>avaure.  Les
foliesdes maladies aigues (fievre typholde; variole; scar-
latine;  diphtheric;  cholera; inflnenza).  Gaz.  hebd.  de
m6d., Par., 1893, xl, 457-463.—Riberolle (E.)  Dequelques
u6vropathies et de leurs rapports  avec les lesions cong6ui-
tales et hereditaires du cceur.  Gaz. med. de Par.,  1898,
11. s.,i, 238-240.—Richardson  (B. W.)  A theory of a
nervous atmosphere.  Asclepiad.  Lond., 1893, x, 92;  196.—
Roberts (J. G.) Autointoxication in relation to nervous
and mental disorders.  West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1903,
viii, 9-11.— Rocinheld.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage des Zu-
sammeiihanges zwischen Unfall und organischen Nerven-
affektiouen.  Deutsche Praxis.   Ztschr.  f. prakt. Aeizte,
Miinchen, 1903, xii, 355-3ti0.—Rohac  (0.)   Komplikace
kapavky v nervov6 soustave.  [Gonorrhceic complications
of tbe nervous system.]  Sbirka pfedndsek a rozpr. z oboru
lekafsk., v Praze, 1905, 53-71.—Rosse (I.C.)  Washington
malaria and politics as genetic factors in nervous disease.
Virginia M. Mouth., Richmond,  1891-2, xviii, 525-532.—
Rossi (F.)  Di un  caso di meuiugismo con paralisi del
facciale da autointossicazione intestinale.  Pediatria, Na-
poli. 1902.  x, 245-251.— Rossolimo (G. I.)  Sur uue nou-
velle  espece d'affection invcotique du  systeme nerveux
central.  Arch, de neurol.,  Par., 1*97, 2. s.. iii, 485.  _____.
Isykusstvo, bolniye  nervi  i vospitauiye.  [Art, diseased
nerves, and educatiou.]  J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . .  . Kor-
sakova, Mosk., 1901,  i, pt. 2, 10.—Russell (J. S. R.)  The
influence of micro-organisms in the etiology of diseases of
the nervous svstem.   Brit. Phys., Lond., 1899-1900, i, 293-
296— Schupfer (F.)  Sopra alcuni disturbi nervosi nei
malarici.   i nil. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1901, xxvii,
537-010. -----.  I'lteriore  contributo alio studio dei dis-
turbi ncrvo-i e delle nevriti malariche, con particolare
riguardo alia loro patogenesi.  Policlin, Roma. 1902  ix
sez.  med.,  145;  193— Seitz (J.)   Pilze  und Pilzgifte in
Hirn und Ruckenmark.  A i ch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.
1*97 cl, 33-51.—Wci-i-igny < K.)  Considerations cliniques
Bur la parente dos nevroses et des psychoses.  Ann  med -
psychol.. Par.. 1>98. x. s.  vii, 35: 227-Shataloff (N. F.)
Opit patogeneticheskoi klassifikatsii nervnikh bolieznei
[Pathogenetic classification of nervous diseases.]  J. nev-
ropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova,  Mosk., 1901, i, pt. 2 102-
Nervous system  (Diseases of,  Causes of).
   108. — Sieuierling  (E.)  U. ber Psychosen  im Zusaiu-
   menhang mit acuten uud chronischen Infectionsknink-
   heiten.   Deutsche Klinik, Berl.  & Wien, 1901-3,  vi  "
   Abth., 363-3KI. — 3ilvc»»lri  (T.)  Atassia acuta, astasia
   abasia consecutive ad un' angina non difterica.  (Jazz. d.
   osp., Milano. 19(15, xxvi, 1235-1238.—Simon.  Epilepsie,
   deiire alcoolique, meiancolie, tentative de suicide et part
   lysie gen6rale chez le tils d'une mere alcoolisee. dun pere
   suicide, lui-nieme etant syphilitique et alcoolique.   Arch.
   de  neurol.,  Par.. 1905,  2. s., xix, 104-110. — Siniilt (H.)
   Harnsame  Diatbese  und Neurosen.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1x94, xiii, 521-530.—Hmith (J.)   Worry as a factor
   of  disease.   Austial. Health  Soc. Melbourne.  Health
   Lect.. 1889, 2. s., 17Y!0.—Solium r (W.)  Nervos" Vermi-
   laguug m d Schadeldifformitiit.  Allg. Ztschr.  f. Psychiat
   [etc.], Berl., 189G-7, liii, 6K6-094. — Mouzn-lji-itt-.   In-
   flexions k propos de certaines maladies nerveuses ohserveea
   daus la ville du Salvador (llresil);  faits d'astasie et d'ahasie
   (Blocq),  e'est-a-dire de l'affection denonimeo  incoordina-
   tion motrice pour la station et la marche (Charcot et
   Richer);  pr6tendue  6pid6mie de  chore de  Sydenham.
   Progres m6d., Par., 1888, 2. s., vii, 147-151.— Starr (M. A.)
   The causation of  nervous  diseases.   Maryland M. J.,
   Bait., 1895-6,  xxxiii.  19; 40.   Also: Tr. M.'& Chir. Fac.
   Maryland,  Bait.,  1895,  47-73. -----.  The toxic origin
   of  neurasthenia and  melancholia.  Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsi-
   cians, Phila., 1901, xvi, 193-197.—Sterne (A. E.)  Toxicity
   as  au etiology  of nervous  diseases.   J. Am.  M.  Ass.,
   Chicago,  1895, xxv, 103-106, 1 pl.  -----. Toxicity in hys-
   teria, epilepsy, and neurasthenia; relations and treatment.
   Ibid., 1K90, xxvi, 172-174.—Stevens  (G. T.)  Essai sur
   les maladies des centres nerveux, leurs causes et leur
   traitement; irritationoculo-neurale. M6m.d.concours . . .
   Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg.,  Brux., 1874-88, viii, 773  *41.-
   Tarridc.  Des lesions de certains organes au point de
   vue n6vropathique.  Arch. ni6d.  beiges, Brux., 1902, 4. s.,
   xx, 20-32.—Thomas (F. S.) Auto-infection  as a factor
   in  nervous  diseases.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago.  1897,
   xxviii, 62-64.—Thomson (W. H.)  The true nature of
   functional nervous diseases.  N. York M. J. |etc],  1905,
   lxxxii, 743-747.—Tournier (C.)  Essai de classification
   etiologique  des nevroses.  Arch, d'anthrop. criin.,  Lyon
   &  Par.,  1900, xv, 28-39.—Trambusti (A.) &.  Coiuba
   (C.)  Influenza delle alterazioni del sistema nervoso sulla
   localizzazione e sul decorso dei processi infettivi.  Speri-
   mentale.  Sez. biol., Firenze. 1895. xlix, 347-362.—Trou-
   bles nerveux d'origine h6pathique.  [Abstr.]  J. denied,
   et  cbir.  prat., Par.,  1896, lxvii, 481-484.—von Uexkiill
   (J.)  Ueber Erschiitterung und  Entlastung des Nerven.
   Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen u. Leipz., 1895, n. F., xiv, 438-445,
   1 diag.—Van  Oiesen (I.)   The  toxic  basis of neural
   diseases. State Hosp. Bull., Utica, 1896, i, 407-488, 1 1.,
   1 pl. — Vnqut'z (H.)   Des n6vropathies d'origiue car-
   diaque.  Clin. m6d. de la Cbarite.  Lecons et mem., Par.,
   1894,  220-229.—Vorobyeff (V. V.)   Nleskolko soobra-
   zheniy otnositelno metodiki izslledovauiv vliyaniya pogodl
   na nervno-  i dushevno-bolnikh.  [On  the methods  of in-
   vestigating tbe influence of tho  weather on nervous and
   mental  diseases.] J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav.,
   St. Petersb., 1903, xiii,  160-163.— Wcstphal (C.)  Ueber
   eine  Affection des  Nervensystems (lurch  Pockeu und
   Typhus.  Arch.  f. Psychiat., Berl.,  1871-2, iii, 376-406.
   Also, in his: Ges. Abhandl.. 8°,  Berl.,  1892, ii, 158-184.-
   Wildermuth. Schule und Nervenkraukheiten. Wien.
   klin.  Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 727-730.  AUo : Ztschr. f. d.
   Behandl  Schwachsiun. u. Epilept., Dresd., 1905, xxi,  17-
   25.— Williams (L.)   Nervous diseases  of  rheumatic
   origin.   J.  Balneol. Sc Climat., Lond., 1901, v, 266-272.—
   Wingate (U. O. B.)  Infection as a  factor  in  nervous
   diseases.  Milwaukee M.  J., 1896, iv, 10-13.— Wyman
   (B. L.)   Auto-intoxication audits relation to  disorders of
   the nervous system.  Alabama M. J.,  Birmingh., 1902-3,
   xv, 389-398.— VakovleflT (A. A.)  O nashel sovremen-
   nol nervnosti.  [Our modern  nervousness.]  Arch,  psi-
   chiat. fete],  Kharkov, 1891,  xviii,  no.  2, 25-49.   AUo,
   transl: Anomalo, Napoli, 1892, iv, 10;  52. — Yaioslnv-
   ski(S.O.)  Roi infektsii v patogenezle ostrikli  nervnikh
   zabollevaniy.  [Hole of infection in  the pathogenesis of
   acute nervous diseases.]  Obozr. psichiat.,  nevrol. [etc.],
   S.-Peterb.,  1903, viii, 830-843.—Kartsiu (D.O.) K vop-
   rosu o nervnikh i psikhicbeskikh zabolievauiyakh pri bo-
   lleznyakh nosa i zleva.   [Nervous and  mental diseases
   •accompanying diseases of the nose and throat.]  Vrach.
   Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 1085; 1120.

 Nervous system (Diseases of  Complica-

   tions of).
      See, also, Joints (Neuroses of).
      Collet (P.-J.)  Les  troubles  auditifs dans
   les  maladies  nerveuses.   Extrait  de  deux
   ui^inoires couronne's par l'Academie  de  mede-
   cine (prix Meynot 1-9H).  12°.    Paris, [H97].
      Edwards (Mile. B.-A.)   De 1'lieiniplesie dana
   quelques affections nerveuses:  ataxie  locomo- 
NERVOUS.
477
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Diseases  of,  Complica-

  tions of).
  trice progressive, sclerose  en  plaques,  hysterie,
  paralysie agitante.   4C.  Paris,  1869.
    Heise (li.  0. YV.)   * Ueher  einen  Fall  von
  Hysterie und  Epilepsie mit totlichem Ausgang.
  ga.  Kiel, 1903.
    Holthausex  (P.)    * Zur  Lehre  vou  der
  Coiubinatiou  organischer  Erkrankungen   des
  Centralnervensystems mit Hysterie.  8°.  Bonn,
  1902.
    Akhnietycff (M.)  Sluchai  paraliticheskol  kborei,
  oslozhuennol  eudokarditom  i revmaticheskimi uzilkami
  (noduli  rheumatioi).  [Paralytic chorea complicated with
  endocarditis and . . .]   Dietsk. med.. Mosk., 1899, iv, 452-
  454.— Anton  (G.)  Befuude  bei einseitiger  Kleinhirn-
  ataxie  mit  gekreuzter Lahmung.   Jahrb. f. Psychiat.,
  Leipz. u. "Wien, 1900, xix, 309-341—Ballet (G.) Sc Del-
  herm  (L.)  Myopathie progressive avec  troubles nien-
  taux et scl6rodermie (mvodermopathieprogressive).  Kev.
  neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 441-443.—Barjon (F.)  Accidents
  pseudo-m6ningitiques & repetition au cours de revolution
  d'une choree de  Sydenham cbez une  hysterique. Lyon
  m6d., 1903, c, 109-118.—Baucke (E.)  Ein Beitrag zur
  Lehre der Encephalomyelitis disseminata.  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl.,  Leipz., 1903, xxii, 109-112.—Baylac (J.)  Hys-
  tero-tabes; mal perforant  buccal et arthropathie coxo-
  femorale k forme hvpertrophique.  Toulouse  med., 1900,
  2. s., ii, 151-154.  AUo: Echo med., Toulouse, 1900, 2. s.,
  xiv, 319-322.—King (R.)   Eine kombinierte Form der
  heredofaruiliareu Nervenkrankbeiten  (spino-cerebellare
  Heredoataxie mit Dystrophia musculorum).  Deutscbes
  Arch. f. klin. Med.,  Leipz., 1905, Ixxxiii,  199-243. 3 pl.—
  Boinet.  Meningite eu plaques avec paralysie complete
  et anesthesie des membres superieur  et inferieur droits,
  convulsions cloniques  passageres;  paralysie du  membre
  superieur gauche; hemipiegie faciale du meme cot6; au-
  topsie:  amas de tubercules au niveau: 1° du  tiers supe-
  rieur de la parietale ascendant,  du cinquieme sup6rieur
  de la frontale ascendante, de tout le lobule paracentral de
  l'h6iuisphere gauche; 2° du tiers sup6rieur de la  frontale
  ascendante  droite  et  de  la  partie   posterieure de  la
  deuxieme frontale du mSme c6te. Cong. d. med. ali6nistes
  et n6vrol.  de France. ...  C.  r., Par., 1899, x, 576-582.—
  Bourneville  Sc Borer  (J.)  Instabilite mentale, al-
  coolisme, crises byst6riformes; guerison.   Arch,  de  neu-
  rol.. Par., 1896, 2. s., i, 199-204.—Bourneville Sc ITIau-
  geret  ( R. )   Sclerose atrophique  heiuisph6rique; im-
  becillite; hemipiegie droite; epilepsie;  accfes  et  vertige;
  demence.  Ibid., 1905,  2. s , xix, 18-41. —  Bozzolo (C.)
  Acinesia algera con astasia-abasia  e mioclonia.  Boll. d.
  clin., Milano, 1898, xv, 343-356. — Brissaud  (E.)  De
  l'asthine essentiel chez les nevropathes.   Rev. de med.,
  Par., 1890, x, 961-985.—C haddock (C. G.)  Some phases
  of nervous disease of interest to dentists.  Dental Digest,
  Chicago, 1903, ix. 412-422—Charcot.  Association hys-
  tero-tabetique.  Mercmli med., Par., 1891, ii, 621-624.—
  Clowes (E. E. )  A nervous  case presenting  curious
  symptoms and terminating fatally in ingravescent  apo-
  plexy.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, xvii, 88. — Crocq.
  Un cas  d'association bvstero-tahetique.   J.  de  neurol.,
  Par., 1903, viii,  301.—1> am sob (O.) Sc  Bcitzke  (H.)
  Ueber einen Fall von ai-uter Erkrankiing  der  gesammten
  Korperuiusculatur,  der peripherischen Nerven und der
  kleinen Muskel-  und Nervenarterien.  Path.-anat. Arb.
  . . . Joh. Oi-th z. . . . Prof.-Jubil., Berl., 1903, 639-651. —
  De  Camillis (P.)  Dispepsia, aritmia  cardiaca e dis-
  turbi nervosi  (astenia vago-simpatica);   considerazioni
  fisiologiche, patogenicbe e cliniche.  N. scuola med. napol.,
  1894,  xi,  5;  44; 85.—Decroly.  Mal vertebral  sous-
  occipital avec luxation du crane en  arriere; paralysie
  atrophique  bilat6rale  de  la  langue  par compression
  probable des  deux hvpoglosses.  J.  de  neurol.,  Par.,
  1903,  viii,  95-102. — De  Kenzi (E.)  Spasmo  isterico
  dello sterno-cleido-mastoideo;  anosmia; emicorea poste-
  miplegica.  Riforma med.,  Napoli,  1894,  x,  pt. 1,  674;
  688. — Du Castel.  Pelade  familiale chez une n6vro-
  pathe.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 730.—
  Duncan (J. M.)  Two cases of nerve lesion in gynae-
  cology.   St, Barth. Hosp.  Rep. Lond., 1879, xv, 1-6.—
  Egger (M.)   Troubles respiratoires dans  quelques cas
  d'affections du systeme  nerveux.  J. de  pbysiol. et de
  path. g6n., Par., 1899, i, 62-71.—Ferenczi (S.)  Neuri-
  tissel szovodott tabes.  [Tabes associated with neuritis.]
  Gy6gyiszat, Budapest, 1903, xliii, 102.—Gausscl.  H6-
  michor6e  post-h6miplegique;  aphasie motrice;  c6cit6
  verbale; hemianopsie et h6mianesth6sie.  Montpel. rued.,
  1906, xxiii,  15-19.—ftumpei tz  (K.)   Ueber die Korobi-
  uation nervoser Unfallfolgen mit anderen  Nerveukrank-
  heiten.  Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg., Berl., 1898, iv, 321-325.-
  Handford  (H.)  Disseminated myositis and  neuritis,
  probably of alcoholic  origin,  unilateral (hemipiegie)  in
  ilistribu'tion,  accompanied  by terminal gangrene (Ray-
  naud's?) and by pigmentation ofthe skin, and  followed
  by muscular  atrophy.  Tr.  Clin. Soc.  Lond., 1890, xxiii,
Nervous  system (Diseases  of, Complica-

  tions of).
  242-251.—Ilenneberg.  Meningitis und Neuritis gum-
  mosa, sekundiire Hinterstrangsdexoneration.  Centralbl.
  f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl.  u. Leipz.,  1902, n. F., xiii,
  528.—Herriek (J. B.)  Nervous shock  and diseases of
  tho nervous system as a cause of pernicious anemia.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xxvi,  1216-1219.   AUo.  Re-
  print.—Hopkins  (J.)  On  some surgical  sequebe of
  chionic  nerve disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7,  viii,  113-
  118.—Huchnrd.  L'hyst6rie et  l'6pilepsie cardiaques.
  Rev. g6n.  de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii,  270.—
  Hiittenbach (F.)  Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Kombina-
  tion  organischer  Nervenerkrankuugen  mit  Hysterie.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1905-6,  xxx,  lu3-
  127.— IIuygbe.   Choree arythmique hysterique uuilate-
  rale droite;  pai-esie et hyperesth6sie gauche;  torticolis
  mental.  Nord m6d., Lille, 1903, ix  283-285.—J acq ucl.
  Pelade  droite avec heniihyperesthcsic  nevrn-musculaire.
  gauche.   Ann. de dermat. et syph., I'ar., 190J, 4. s., iii.
  728-730.—Kaplan (Y. F.)  K voprosu o vliyanii  intei-
  kurrentnikh zabolievaniy na dushevniya i  nervniya bo-
  liezni.   [Influence of intercurrent diseases ou mental and
  nervous diseases.]  Prakt. Vr.teh, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii,  247;
  273; 300; 324; 371.—Kuapp (P. C.)  Sudden death from
  affections of the nervous  system.   Boston M. Sc  S. J.,
  1892, exxvi, 628-630.  AUo, Reprint.—Hbster.  Ein Fall
  von Tabes, kombiuiert mit spinaler progressiver Muskel-
  atrophie.  Miinchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  -1903,  1, 535.—
  Krause.  Ueber das combinirte Vorkommen vou multi-
  pier Sklerose und Paralysis agitans.  Charite-Ann., Berl.,
  1903, xxvii, 525-541.—l/auiy (H.)   Sur uu cas d'euc6pha-
  lite corticale et de poliomyelite anterieure associ6es.  Rev.
  neurol.,  Par., 1894, ii, 313-320.—Levi (L.)  Dyspragie
  c6rebro-spinale et ichtyose.   Ibid., 1896, iv, 743 - 747. —
  ITIaguire (R.)  Death from functional nervous disease.
  Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, viii, 439-450.—Marcel (E.) &
  ITIarinescu (G.)  Coutributiuiie la studiul turburarilor
  lariugee, inraportcual'ectiuuilesistemuluicerebrospinal.
  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1888, viii, 389; 428.—ITIarchand (L.)
  Sclerose des bulbes olfactifs daus un cas de tabes, coni-
  pliqu6 de paralysie generale.   Bull, et iu6m. Soc. auat. de
  Par., 1901, lxxvi,«223-229.-lTIarincsco  (G.)  Contribu-
  tion a,  la  pathog6nie des arthropathies neuro-spinales.
  Kev. neurol., Par., 1894, ii, 409-415.—Mazzucchetti  (R.)
  & <»ilardoni (E.)  Acinesia algera cou  astasia-abasia e
  mioclonia.   Atti  Cong. naz. d'idrol. e climat., Parma, 1898,
  v,  172-186.  Also: Clin. med. ital.,  Milano, 1898, xxxvii,
  174-187.—iTIcyer (E.)  Hysterie nach Trauma combinirt
  mit organischer Erkrmkuug des Nervensystems.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1902, xxxix, 732.—lTIircoli (S.)  Piogeni
  in  malattie  nervose.   Riv.  cliu.,  Milano,  1892,  xxxi,
  138-144.—Miura (S.)  [A case of epilepsy with  hemi-
  piegie petrifaction of one side of the body with multi-
  ple exostoses.J   Iji Shinbuu,  Tokio,  1902,  1097-1108.—
  Natier (M.)  Faux adenoidisme par insuffisance respi-
  ratoire chez desn6yropithes; troubles de  la voix parlee et
  chant6e; traitement  par  la gymnastique respiratoire.
  Soc. franc, d'otol. et de laryngol., Par., 1901, 1-5. — IVci-
  shtab  (I.)  Lymphadenitis, polyphlebitis,  neuritis et
  hemiplegia.  Meditsiua, St. Petersb., 1896, viii, 180;  195.—
  Neutra (W.)  Zwei  Falle vou Dupuytren'scher Finger-
  kontraktur bei  Tabes, respective  Tabes mit  multipler
  Sklerose.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903, xvi, 42-47.—Op-
  penheim (H.)   Eiuiges uber die Combination fuiictio-
  neller Neurosen  mit organischen Erkrankungen des Ner-
  vensystems.   Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1890,  ix, 488-
  494.—Pal (J.)  Ueber amyotropbiscb-paretiscbe Formen
  der conibinierten Erkrankungen vou Nervenbahnen (so-
  genannte ])iimiire conibinierte Systemerkraukung). Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr.,  1898, xlvii,  281;  343; 435. — Pitt (N.)
  A case of hyperpyrexia in a neurotic woman, with bronchiec-
  tasis.  Brit.  M.'J., Lond., 1898,  ii,  1552.  Also: Lancet,
  Lond.,  1898,  ii, 1331. — Popoff (A.)  Naslledstveunaya
  epilepsiya i degeuerativnaya psikhonelrasteniya.  [Hered-
  itary epilepsy  and  degenerative  psychoneurasthenia.|
  Russk. Med. Vestnik,  S.-Peterb., 1899, i, no. 8, 1-24.—Po-
  poff (S.)  Ostraya mo/.zhechkovaya ataksiya organiche-
  skavo proi'skhozhdeniya, oslozhneunayaisteriyel. [Acute
  cerebellar ataxy of organic origin, complicated with hys-
  teria.]   Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.],  S.-Peterb.,  1902,
  vii, 177-181. — Baymoud ( F.)    De las asociaciones
  morbidas, en patologia nerviosa, aproposito de un caso de
  reumatismo  crdnico complicado con auestesia  hist6rica.
  Rev. m6d. de Sevilla, 1889, xiv, 311-316.-----. Contracture
  hysterique des mass6ters ; goitre exophtalmique chez un
  homme; dipl6gie faciale;  polyn6vrite alcoolique chez deux
  nourrices.  J. de m6d. et chir. prat.. Par., 1903, lxxiv, 328-
  332. -----. Epilepsie tardive; hysterie simulant uu ulcere
  de  l'estomac; grande  hysterie; mal perforant  et tabes;
  arthropathies tabetiques.  Ibid., 888-894.-----. Tremble-
  ment hysterique;  tabes k marche lente; paralysie diphte-
  rique et h6mipl6gie d'origine  centrale  associees.   Ibid.,
  1904, lxxv, 408-411. — Redlich  (E.)  Zur Casuistik der
  Combinationvon Psychosen mitorganischenNervenkrank-
  heiten.   Wien.  kiln. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 248; 268. —
  Rheinboldt (M.)  Ueber lkterus uud Diabetes auf ner- 
NERVOUS.
478
NEKVOUS.
Nervous system   Diseases  of. Complica-

  tions of).                                       .  i
  \ est i Gi'undlage.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904,  li,
  1608-1610.— Richter.  Ueber nervbs-katarrhalische Af-  I
  fecti'i.n    Be:l.  klin. AVchnschr., 1888,  xxv,  399-4U3.—  i
  Nchociiboni  (S.i  Ein Beitrag znr  Frage der Com bina-  |
  tion or>-an :~ii:■  r Nervenerkrankun.en mit sogenannten
  tauctio7.  euN.urosen.  Miiutben.med.Wchnsehr., 1899,
  xlvi 14".7-14".9.  -----. Casuistischer  Beitrag znr Lehre
  von deu  eombinirten  Systemerkrankungen.  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.. 1900, xviii, 156-166.—Smith
  (A. Hi  Neurasthenia, hvsteria; pbeuoiuenal eructation
  of  gas.  Med. &  Surg. Rep.  Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y.,
  190(7, iv, 40.—Touin (L.)  Note surun cas de paludisme
  chez une by stero-ueurasth£niquc.  Ann. d'hyg. et demed.
  colon.. Par'.. 19o2, v, 262-208.—Tredgold (A. F.)  Three
  dissimilar <a.-es of multiple lesions of the central nervous
  system.   Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Loud. County  Asyl.
  Clavburv. Lond.,  1900.  453-492. — Valenti (A.)  Contri-
  bute) sperimentale alio studio dell' influenza  delle  lesioni  (
  nervose >ul  ricambio  materiale.  Arch, farniacol.  sper..
  Roma. 1903, ii, 127-144, 1 eh. —Verger i Abadie.   Mye-
  lite transverse et polyn6vrite;  paraplegie spasmodique
  d'abord.  puis  flaccide ensuite;  autopsie.   Bull.  Soc.
  d'anat. et phvsiol.....de Bordeaux. 1902, xxiii, 347-257.
  AU-...-  J. de" med. de Bordeaux. 1903, xxxiii, 38-41.—
  Walker (S. J.)  Tabes, General paralysis, and Charcot's
  joint.  T. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1903, xxx, 107.—Ze-
  leiietr I. F.)  Sluchai  lichen  ruber, meningoniyelitis i
  n.-uiitis multiplex.  [A  case  of . . . and . . . ]  Russk. j.
  kozhn. i ven. bollezy.. Kharkov. 1901. ii, 289.

Nervous system (Diseases of,  Congenital,
  hereditary,  and familial).
    Anton (U.^  Ueber angeboreue Erkraukuugeu
  des Ceutraluerveusysteuis.  n°.   Wien,  1*90.
    -----.    Ueber  die  Aufgabeu  der  ueuereu
  Psychiatrie  und die  Lehre vou  der Vererbung
  von Xerveiierkrankungc-n.  - .    Wien, 1892.
    It, pr. from:  Wien. klin. Wcbuschi., 1891, iv.
    See. aUo, infra, same article, different title.
    Bau M lix  (J)   * Ueber  familiare  Erkrau-
  kuugeu  de<   Xervensvsteuis.    [Basel.]   e>:.
  Leipzig, 1901.
    AUo, in:  Deutsche  Ztschr.  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1901,
  xx, 265-324.
    Fere(C.)  La faniille  ne"vropaihique.  Theo-
  rie t6ratologiqne de l'ber^dit<? et de la pr6dispo
  6itiou niorbides et  de la de'ge'ne'rescence.   1J;.
  Paris, 1-94.
    Huber  (0.[C. (_'.])  "Beitrag zur  Keuntnis
  der hereditaren uud cougeuitaleu  Krankheiteu
  des Xerveusystems.  ^\   Berlin, [1"--].
    Loxde  (P.-F.-L.)   *Maladi«s familial,  s  du  j
  svstoiue  nerveux.   De  l'he'redo-ataxie  ce~rebel-  |
  k-iise.  4Z.  Paris, 189b.                            j
    AUo, in:  Ann.  de m6d. scient. et  prat., Par., 1905, v,
  337; ;J45; 354.                                          I

    Mukhin (X.)   Xevropaticheskaya  naslledst-
  vennost;   ocherk  po obshtshel  etiologii  uerv-  J
  ulkh bolieznei.   [Neuropathic  heredity; on the  j
  geueral  etiologv  of nervous  diseases. ]     ?=.
  [ Var»hava, 1900.']                                    i
    Xaumaxx  (B.)   * Ueber hereditiire  System-
  erkrankungen  der  Ceutralnervenorgane.    S;.
  Erlangen,  1-lrJ.
    Pesker  (Dora).   *Uu  casd'affectiou familiale
  a syniutoine* cerebro-spinaux.   -J.   Paris,  1900.
    -----.  The same.  i?-.   Paris, 1900.
    Peskix  (A.)   * Ueber  eine  eijrentliiimliche
  Form fatniliarer Erkranknng des Ceutralnerven-
  sy-tems.   ?-.  Berlin, 1900.                        ,
    Anton (G.)   Erbffuuugsrede. gebalten beim Antritte  ,
  der neuen Lehrkauzel fur Psychiatrie und Nervenkrank-
  heiteu in Innsbruck.  TVien.  klin. Wchuschr., k»'.U.  iv,  '
  8t:;—s   .see, also, supra, same article, different title.—  I
  Ballet  iii.)   Une affection bulbo-spinale spasmodique
  [taiiii'.ia!.-.  Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix,
  5"1. — Bernhardt  (M.»  Beitrag  zur  Lehre von  den  I
  familiaren  Erkrankungen  des  Centralnervensystems.
  Arch.  f. path. Auat.  [etc.l.  Berl.. 1891.  exxvi, 59: lt?t»3.
  cxxxiii. 259. — Bourneville i t'rouzou.   Uu cas
  d'affection  familiale  h  .-ymptutnes  cer«bio spinaux: di-
  plegie spasmodique infantile  et idiotie chez  deux  freies;
  atrophie du cervelet.  Progres med., Par., 1901. 3. s..  xiii.
  273-278.—C'zi-i-ny (A.)  Kinder neuropathischer  Eltern.
  Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., 1901, iii, 217-219. AUo:  Med.-chir.
Nervous system {Diseases of  Congenital,

  hereditary, and familial).
  Centralbl., Wien. 1901, xxxvi,  337-3:9.—De Gioranni
  (A.)  Del processo  evolutivo della nevrosi considerut.i
  nella famiglia e  nell* individno.  Atti r. 1st Vruet,. iii
  sc, lett. ed arti, 1893-4, 7. s.. v, 1:40-1348.—De GrRzin
  (F.)  Sulle forme rare di malattie ereditarie e fainil oj
  cerebrali  e spinali.  Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt.
  1. 121-126. -----. Contributi alle malattie nervose sist»
  matiche eredo-famili.iri.   Arch, di med. int.. Palermo
  1899. ii, 113-153.—Frankel ij.) Sc Onuf Omifrowiczj
  (B.)  Congenital  intrauterine poliomyelitis and  neuritis;
  the qu«—lion of their occurrence and influence upon so-
  called congenital deformities.  Am. Med.. Phila.. 1904,
  vii,  97-lu7—Freud (S.)  L'beredite  et l'etiologie des
  nevroses.   Rev.  neurol.. Par.. 1896. iv.  161-169.   AUo
  [Rev], in.• Med. Nenigk., Munchen.  189Y  xlvi.  189.—
  Frisco (B.)  Le infezioni  e le  iutossieainini nell' orga-
  nismo animate iu  rapporto con la patogenesi e con la • re-
  ditarieta  delle  neuropatie.   Ann.  d. clin. d. mal. ment. e
  nerv. d. r. Univ.  di Palermo (1900-2). 1903. ii,  2"9-2,4.—
  Fiirstner.   Ueber  congeuitYe  Erkrankungen  dea
  Nervei.svstems.  Arcb. f. Psveiiiit.,  Her!.,  IS.iJ,  xxxii
  643-646.—Hiihnle (E.)  Dei  ln-m.-e Stand .Vr Erblich-
  keitsfrage in der  Neuro- und  P-\cl.op.ii'ioli.g;e.  Neurol.
  Centralbl.. Leipz.. 1904, xxi. 84:'.;  8Y —HngeUtani (J.)
  Om  heieditarsyfilitiska affektioner  i il. t centi.il.i uerv-
  systemet  och om diagnoscu af t.ibes och progressiv pa-
  ralysi i barna- och utreckliiig-aliiern.   [Ueber hereditar
  syphilitische Affektiouen im  centralen  Nervensystem.
  Ref., p. lxv.]  Finska lak.-siillsk. baudl., Helsingfors, 1903,
  xiv, pt. 2,  5~>l-o65.—Higier (H.)  O rzadkich postaciach
  dziedziczuyeh i rodziunych chordb niozgu i rdzenia.  (On
  rare forms of diseases of the brain and spinal cord, hered-
  itary and  in families.]  Medvcyna. Warszawa. 1-97, ist,
  96; 123; 147: 172: 196: 219:  246; 207; 291; 313.—Hitch-
  cock (J. 'VT. i   The influence of inheritance upon the
  curability  of  nervous  diseases.   Mass. M.  J.  Bost.,
  1896.  xvi,  4M-4f9—.lendriissiik (E.)  A paralysis  sp.i-
  sticarol es az o bl.lolt uleghajokiol Altalabau.  [Spa-tiu
  paralysis  and hereditary nervous diseases in gene:.^]
  Orvosi hetil.. Budapest. 1896. xl. .122: 537; 551; 504. ----.
  Az itdrdklodo idegbajokiol.   [Inherited nerve troubles.]
  Ibid.. 1898. xlii,  347; 361; 374.  AUo. trantl. [Abstr.]:
  Deutsches Arch.  f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898. lxi. 187-205.—
  Klippel &. Durante (G.)  Contribution a  l'etude des
  affections  nerveuses  familiales et  h£reditairt-s.  Rev. de
  med.. Par., 18.(2  xii, 745-7.».">.—I.angdon (F. W.)  He-
  redity in  nervous and mental diseases.  Cincin. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1903. n. s.. 1  488-490.—Lout;  ;E.)  Revue gtn*-
  rale; les maladies nerveuses  fainihab s (maladies d'eyoln-
  tion).  Rev. med. de U Suisse IYih.. Geneve. 1901.  xxi,
  2,".ii;  2-9.—yiaaa (O.)  Ueber ein selten beschriebeues
  faniiliai-es Nei venleiden.  BerL klin. AVchuschr., 19W, xii,
  8:;j-sU— *lcFarlane (A. M.)  Hereditary  predisposi-
  tion on nervous diseases.  Montreal M. J.. 1891-2, xx, 255-
  207.—yiat;''us (V.)  Bidrag til lseren  om de herediter-
  fainilia re nervesygdomme.  [Contributions a  l'etude des
  maladie- nerveuses heredo-familiales.  Res., 344.]  Norsk
  Mag. f. Lsegevidensk.. Kristiania, 1899, 4.  R., xiv,  205-
  290—Morel.  Des caracteies de l'heredit^ dans les mala-
  dies nerveuses.  Arch g. n. de med.. Par., 1859, ii. 257-283.
  AUo, Reprint.—Muwken- (L. J. J.)  Over compbeaties
  van organisebe met functioneele  zenuwziekte. Nederl.
  Tijdschr.  v. Geueesk.. Amst., 1-98. 2. R., xxxiv, d. 2, 1100-
  IHiO.—Myers (W.)  The nervous constitution, hereditary
  and acquired.  Cinciu. Lancet Sc Clinic, 1878, n. s.. i. 409-
  412.—Noune (M.)  Ueher eine eigenthiimliche familiare
  Erkrankungsform des  Centralnerveusystems.  Arch.  f.
  Psychiat.. Berl.,  1890-91, xxii. 283-316.-.\ordau  (M.)
  Une familie n^vropathique.  Kev. de l'hypnot. et psychol.
  physio!..  Par.,  1895-6,  x, 238.—Ozeret»ker»i (A. Y.)
  Na'slledstvenuost pri neviozakb.  [Heredity in neuroses.]
  Protok. zasied. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. p. Imp. Mos-
  kov.  Univ.. 1891-2. 12-22.— Paul? jc Bonne (C.)  Mala-
  die familiale a symiuoiiii s ceiebe'.lo mtdil.aiics  Rev. de
  rt„ Par., 1-97! xvii. 2U1-220. — Pelizaeuo.  Uebererne
  eigeuartige famili.ire Entwickelungsb.-niinuiig vornehm-
  licb auf mo'uri^cliein Gcl.ut.  Arch. t. P-\c"niat, Berl,
  1898, xxxi,  101-104.—Raymond.  De 1 heredite  en pa-
  thologie nerveuse.  Bull. med.. Par., Ie9:., ix. 311: 32..-
  Navage (G. li.)  Heredity and neurosis.  Brain,  Lond.,
  If.i7. \x  1-1.  AUo I Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897. l,
  128. —Nebulize. Vorstellung von Fallen ein. i heredi-
  taren Xervdieikrankung.  Deut>c":n  med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz.  u.  ISt-rl..  1>94. xx.  91.— Nlmltleworth (G. E.)
  Hereditary neurosis in children   ( ...opt.-rend. Cong, in-
  ternat.  de med.  1897, Mosc, 1899. iv,  seel. 7, 503-oo9.-
  Strohuiarer (W.)  Ziele und Wege der Erbbchkeits
  lorscbung iu der Neuro- uud Psychopatludogie.  Aiy
  Ztschr. f. Psvcliiat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, lxi, 355-369-  Trc-
  nel.  Une maladie  familiale a svuiptonies cerebranx  c.
  medullaires; troubles psychiques periodiques,  demence,
  pare.-ie spasmodique.  Rev. neurol.. Par.. 1900. via, i-w.—
   Vauni  (L.)  Perdita diasociata della sensibdita mnsoo-
  lare  con  incoordinazione motrice  al seguito di malattie
  infettive  iu diversi individui della eteasa fanugua.  Ktv. 
NERVOUS.
479
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Diseases of, Congenital,
  hereditary, and familial).
  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1893, xix. 364-372.— Vedel
  (V.) Considerations gen6rales  sur l'heredite  nerveuse.
  Moutpel. med., 1902. xiv, 481; 520.—Warda (W.) Die
  Beziehuugen der Hereditat zur Pathologie des Nerven-
  systems; Sammelreferat iiber die Litteratur der  Jahre
  1F94-7.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1>98 iv,
  388; 468.
Nervous  system (Diseases  of, Diagnosis
  and semeiology of).
    See,  also, Ataxia (Locomotor,  Semeiologg of);
  Brain (Diseases of, Semeiology, etc., of); Myoi-
  dema; Nails (Semeiology of);   Nerve (Optic,
  Atrophy  of.  Causes, etc., of); Nervous system
  (Diseases of, Eye in); Nervous  system (Diseases
  of, Urine in); Nervous syst em (Sclerosis of, Diag-
  nosis, etc., of);  Neuralgia, Neurasthenia, Neu-
  ritis,  Diagnosis  of;  Orientation; Reflexes;
  Spinal cord (Diseases of, Diagnosis, etc. of).
    Aime (H.-M.-A.)   * Etude clinique-sur le dy-
  naniisme nerveux psvcbique dans  les maladies.
  8C.  Nancy, 1-97.
    -----.   The same.  ~;.  Paris, 1-97.
    Axdre  (G.)   Les  nouvelles  maladies ner-
  veuses: nouveaux types d:amyotrophies; syrin-
  gomyelic; polyneVrit.es; astasie-abasie;  hyste"ro-
  traumatisuie; paralysies faciales; ophthalmopl6-
  gie; neurastheuie;  treniblements; pseudo-cho-
  rees; paramyoclonus; vertiges; morphinomanie;
  acromegalic;  maladie de Thomson; tachycardie
  essentielle paroxystique; ac6ton6niie;  migraine
  ophthalmique; tics convulsifs, etc.  *°.  Paris,
  189-2.
    Armaxgue y Tuset (J.)  Estudios clinfcos de
  nenro-patologia. -y •  Barcelona, l—~4.
    Bennett (A.  H.)   A  practical treatise  on
  electro-diagnosis in diseases of the nervous sys-
  tem,   v.  London, 18-2.
    BlANCHi (L.)  Semeiotica  delle  malattie del
  sistema nervoso.  ~:.  Milano, [1-9^].
    Blocq (P.)  Les troubles de la  marche dans
  les maladies nerveuses.   12°.  [Paris, 1892.]
    -----& Oxanoff (J.)  Se'nie'iologie et dia-
  gnostic des  maladies  nerveuses.   12-. Paris,
  1892.
    vox Boetticher (W.)  * Ueber Reflexhem-
  mung.  6Z.  Jena. ]-?-.
    Bourneville  6c d'Olier  (H.)   Recherches
  cliniques et th6rapeutiques sur l'epilepsie, lTiys-
  terie et l'idiotie.  Compte rendu du service des
  6pileptiques  et des enfauts idiots et arrie're's de
  Bicerre pendant l'annee 1<~c0.  8".  Paris,  16*1.
    Brachet (J.-L.)   Recherches  sur  la nature
  et le siege de l'hysterie et de l'hypochondrie, et
  sur l'analogie et  les differences de ces deux ma-
  ladies.  -°.  Paris, 1632.
    Bukckhardt (G.)   Die physiologische  Dia-
  gnostik der Nervenkrankheiten.   Versuch einer
  Feststellung der Leitungs- uud Zuckungsver-
  haltnisse im Nervensystem des  gesundeu und
  kranken Mensehen.  8C.  Leipzig, 1875.
    (Jhadzvxski (J.)  * Des reflexes  tendineux et
  cutaue's et de  leur dissociation  (antagonisme)
  dans les  maladies du  systeme  nerveux.  6°.
  Paris,  1902.
   Combe (A.-C.-E\)  * De l'influence  des par-
  fiuns et des odeurs snr les ne"vropathes et les
  hysteriqnes.   -D.  Bordeaux, 1903.
   Cousix  (C.)  De quelques  sympt6mes com-
  muns au rhumatisme  chronique et aux  affec-
  tions nerveuses.  8n.  Paris, 1890.
   Decoudier (L.)  * De l'importauce des trou-
  bles urinaires au  point de vue dn diagnostic des
  maladies nerveuses.  4C.  Toulouse, 1894.
   Dowse (T. 8.)  Nervous affections associated
  with the initial  or curable stage of locomotor
  ataxy.   -°.  London, [n. d.].
Nervous system  (Diseases  of, Diagnosis
  and semeiology of).
    Dreyfuss  (R.)  Ueber die Verwertung  der
  Pharyngo-Laryngoskopie in der Diagnostik der
  Erkrankungen  des Centralnervensystems.  8°.
  Jena, 1697.
    Dupre  (G.)  *Etablir,  au poiut de vue  du
  diagnostic et du  traitement, la  distinction  qui
  existe entre les maladies nerveuses et les mala-
  dies organiqnes avec lesquelles on pent les con-
  fondre.   8~.  Montpellier, 1846.
    Frexkel (H.)   Etude psycho-pathologiqne
  sur l'autouiatisine daus les autres maladies ner-
  veuses.   8°.  Lyon, 1890.
    Fuchs (F.)  Diagnostik der wichtigsten Ner-
  veukrankheiten  in mnemotechnischer Behand-
  lung.  l'>=>.  Bonn, 1-597.
    Goldscheider ^A.)  Diagnostik der Nerven-
  krankheiten.  12°.  Berlin,  1*93.
    -----.  The same.  2. Anfl.  8 .  Berlin, 1-97.
    -----.  The same.  3. Aufl.  8-.  Berlin, 1903.
    -----.  The  same.   Diagnostika  bolieznei
  nervnoi  sisteini.   Perevod  s  nieinetsk.  L.  Or-
  shanskavo, pod redaktsiyel  I. G. Orshanskavo.
  [Transl.  from the German by L. Orshanski;
  edited .bv I. G. Orshanski.]  2. ed.  6:.  S.-Pe-
  terburg,  1898.
    Gowers (W. R.)  Clinical  lectures  on dis-
  eases of the  nervous system,  delivered  at  the
  National Hospital for the paralysed and epilep-
  tic, London.  S3.  Philadelphia,  1895.
    G-ROS  (A.)  Les decoordinatious  organiques.
  8C.  Ports, 1866.
    Hernicke  (E.)  'Untersuchungen  iiber den
  Temperatursinu   bei Xervenkrankheiten.  8~-.
  Bonn, 1687.
    Hester (C. A.)  The diagnosis of diseases of
  the nervous system.  A manual for students aud
  practitioners.  12°.  New York Sr London, lr-92.
    Korxiloff (A.  A.)   Metodika i plan izslle-
  dovaniya bolieznei nervnoi  sisteml.   [Methods
  and plan of investigating diseases ofthe nervous
  system.]  8° & fol.  Moskva, 1693.
    Kurzes Repetitoriuui der internen Mediein,
  Nerveukraukheiteu nnd der klinischen  Unter-
  suchuugsmethoden, als Vademecuni fiir die Kli-
  nik und die Praxis sowie als  Katechismus  fiir
  Colloquium uud  Rigorosum.   1. Th. Specielle
  Pathologie und Therapie.  12°.  Wien, 1.-91.
    -----.  The  same.   2. Th.  Nervenkrankhei-
  ten.   12°.  Wien, [1891].
    -----.  The same.  3. Th.  Klinische  Unter-
  suchuugsinethoden.  12°.   Wien, [1891].
    -----.  The same.   Kurzes  Repetitorium  der
  klinischen  Diagnostik.  3.  Th.   3. Aufl. 12°.
  Leipzig § Wien, [1898].
    Messaloxgo  (R.)   Tremore.   Paralisi agi-
  taute, o malattia di Parkinson.   Malattia di
  Thouisen.  Paramioclono e mioclonie.  Malattia
  dei tic convulsivi.  Acromegalia.  8°.  Milano,
  [n. d.l.
    Mura (K.)  Shinkebyo shiudan hio.   [Meth-
  od of diagnosing nervous diseases.]  8C.   Tokyo,
  1894.
    Mobius (P. J.)   Diagnostik der Nervenkrank-
  heiten.  2. Aufl.   6'->.   Leipzig, 1894.
    Morselli (E.)   Sulla diuamografia  e sue  ap-
  plicazioni al  diaguostico dei  disordini motorii
  nelle malattie nervose.  82.   Beggio-Emilia, l**b.
    Ortmann (R.)   * Ueber das Babiuski"sche  Ze-
  henphaenomen  mit  Beriicksichtigung  seiner
  Bedeutung fur  Hysterie und  progressive Pa-
  ralyse.  [Jena.]   8°.   Salzungen, 1903.
    Pershing (H. T.)  The  diagnosis of nervous
  and mental diseases.   12°.  Philadelphia, 1901.
    Poxtoppidax (K.)  Den almindelige Diag nos
  af Centralnervesytemets Sygdomme.  Sex Fo- 
np:rvous.
480
NERA'OUS.
Nervous  system (Diseases  of, Diagnosis  I

  and semeiology of).
  rela-siiiugei, holdie ved Kobenhavns Universitct
  i  Efier.iars-Senie.sttct 1**C>.   [General diagnosis
  of diseases  of the central nervous  system.   Six
  lectures in the University of Copenhagen.]  s°.
  K0henhavn,  1887.
    Ranney (A. L.)  The applied anatomy ofthe
  nervous system, being  a study of this portion of
  the  human  body from  a  standpoint of  its  gen-
  eral  interest and practical utility in  diagnosis,
  designed  for use as  a text-book  and  work of
  reference.   > .   New Tork, 1881.
    -----.   The same.  2.  ed.  8°.   New  Tork,
  l*f6.
    Rogues de Fursac (J.)   Les Merits et les des-
  sins  dans les maladies nerveuses  et mentales.
  (Essai clinique.)   8°.   Paris, 1905.
    Kot.MKXTKAU (G.)    *Des ecchymoses spouta-
  nees dans les maladies du systeme-nerveux.  t°.
  Paris, 1900.
    RtGARD  (M.)  Verlauf und  psychisches  Ge-
  niiiide eines  Nervenleidens.   Ein  Beitrag  zur
  Nervenknude.  2. Aufl.  12°.  Breslau, 1694.
    vox  Saub6  (A.)  Der  Achillessehnenreflex
  uud  seine klinische  Bedeutung.   Beitrag  zur
  Friihdiagnose der  Tabes  und der  progressiven
  Paralyse.   8°.  Berlin, 1903.
    Sigatd  (C.)   *De  l'e'choiuatisine; essai  de
  pathogenie   psycho-physiologique.   Zoaudrie,
  e"chokinesie, echolalie.   4°.  Lyon, 1889.
    -----.   The same.   8°.   Paris, 1890.
    Summer (R.)   Lehrbuch der psychopatholo-
  gischen  Untersueliungs-Metlioden.  8-.  Berlin
  <?• Wien,  1699.
    Stark (M. A.)  Familiar forms of nervous dis-
  ease.  8C.   New Tork, 1890.
    Tixier   (F.)   * Contribution  a  l'e'tude  de
  la  pression  art6rielle  et  de  ses  modifications
  dans l'heuiiple'gie et  la maladie de  Parkinson.
  8 .    Paris,  1899.
    Wollenberg  (R.)  Chorea,  Paralysis   agi-
  tans,  Paramyoclonus  multiplex   (Mvoklonie).
  8°.    Wien, lt-99.
    Zlataroff (A. S.)   Se'nie'iologie  et  diagnostic
  des   maladies nerveuses;  valeur  de  quelques
  reflexes  cutaues et moqueux.   »c.   Paris, 1900.
    Acchiote (P.)  Le signe de  Babinski comme signe
  pr6curseur  des lesions du systeme pyramidal.   Cong, in-
  ternat. de  m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid^  1904,  xiv, sect, do
  neuropath,  [etc.], 539. — Adamkicwicz   (A.)  Ueber
  Gefuhlsinterferenzen.  Ztschr. f.  klin. Med., Berl.,  1900,
  xlii,  72-80, 1 pl.—Aldrich  (C. J.)  The reflexes as differ-
  ential diagnostics in organic and functional ne»ve disease.
  Cleveland M. Gaz.. 1895-6,  xi, 623-027.—Antonelli (A.)
  L'amblyopie trausitoire; contribution k l'etude des trou-
  bles visuels dans les  maladies nerveuses.   Presse m6d.
  beige, Brux.,  1897, xlix,  314-317.—Ai-thnud & Butte.
  Des  albuniinuiies  nevropnthiques.  Assoc. franc,  pour
  l'avance.  d. sc.  C.-r., Par., Is8!i, xviii, pt. 2, 737-739.   [Dis-
  cussion],  pt. 1, 352.— Aub.  Verwendung des Ergographen
  bei  der Untersuchung auf  Ataxie, nebst eiuigen anderen
  ergographischeu Krgebnissen  bei  Nervenorkraukuiigen.
  Monatschr. f.  Psvchiat. u.  Neurol., Berl., 1904, xvi. 457-
  4(H>. 4 pl.—Azema Sc  Serr.  Syndrome pseudo-bulbaire.
  Languedoc  med.-chir., Toulouse,  1905,  xiii, 175.   AUo .-
  Touh.use m6d., 1905,2. s., vii, 205-208.—Babaroff{F. A.)
  \- > ilNen (E. A.) O spetsialnol chuvstviteluosti u virozh-
  dayushtsbikhaya  nevropatov.  [Special  sensitiveness of
  degenerating neuropaths.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1900,
  viii.  no. 1, 1-14.—Babinski (J.)  Les rapports du tabes
  et de la  syphilis; diagnostic de la polynevrite peripbe-
  rique. Tribune med., Par., 1901,  2. s.,  xxxiii, 785-788.
  ----- La reaction de d6cen6re8cence; sou importance au
  point de vue du diagnostic  et du pronostic neurolosiqnes.
  Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1903, xiv, 343-345.
  -----. Les symptomes objectifs et la simulation dans les
  maladies  nerveuses.  Kev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap.,  Par.,
  1904, xviii, 581-583. -----. Sur la transformation du regime
  des reflexes cutaues dans les  affections du systeme pyra-
  midal. Rev. neurol . Par.,  1904,  xii, 58-62.  [Discussi'onJ,
  94-96. -----. Introduction k la semiologie des maladies du
  systeme nerveux; des symptomes objectifs que la volonte
  est incapable de reproduire; de leur importance en mede-
  cine legale. Gaz. d. b6p., Par., 1904, lxxvii,  1125-1130.
Nervous system (Diseases  of  Diagnosis
  and semeiology of).
  Also, transl: Kev. balear de cien. med., I'alnia de Ma-
  llorca, 1904, xxvi, 647; 660.  AUo, transl: Interstate M J
  St.  Louis,  1905, xii, 167-177.—Babinnhi (J.) & ,>„-
  geotte.  Contribution k  l'etude  du  cytodiagnontii  .|u
  liquide c6pbalo-rachidien dans les affections nerveuses.
  Bull, et tu6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 19(11, 3. s.. xviii
  537-548.  Also, Reprint.—Balmt(R)  A terdreflex hiany-
  anak jelentos6ge a cerebrospinalis folyadok myonuisaiuak
  enielkedesevel j4ro megbetegedeseknel. [The 'significance
  of the want of the knee-jerk with increase of pressure of
  the  cerebrospinal fluid in  progressive diseases! Orvosi
  hetil.. Budapest.  1906, 1, 189.—Ball  (S.)   Some clinical
  and pathologic.il indications in  relation to specific lesions
  of the brain and nervous system. Physician  A  Sure.
  Detroit & Ann  Arbor, 1897,  xix, 112-119.—Ballet (G.j
  Sc Delherm (L.)  Examen  du liquide ce-phalo-rachidien
  chez 16 malades (8 paralytiques  g6neraux et 8 tabetiques).
  Rev. neurol., Par., 1903,  xi, 337-339.----------.  De
  remission des rayons N dans quelques cas pathologiques
  (myopathies, n6vrites,  poliomyelites de  1'enfance,  para-
  pl6gie spasmodique, h6mipl6gies par  lesions cerebrales,
  paralysies hyst£riques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.  Par.,
  1904,  cxxxviii,  524-526.  Also:  Kev. neurol., Par., 1904,
  xii,  323.—Balogh (P.)  Adatok a liquor cerebrospinalis
  cvtodiagnostikus 6rt6kehez.  [Contributions on  the cyto-
  diagnostic value  of cerebrospinal  fluid]   Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1905,  xlix,  122.—Baradue (II.)  Communica-
  tion sur la biometrie.   Cong, internat. de m6d. C. r., Par.,
  1900, sect, de path, gen., 20-22.—Baylac (J.)  Des  re-
  flexes; leur valeur sero6iologique dans les maladies du
  systerue nerveux.  Arch. m6d.  de Toulouse, 1900, vi, 300-
  309.—Bekhtereff (V. M.)  O zvukovol  provediiuosti i
  postukivanii kostel ckerepa i  pozvonochnika, kak inetodle
  izslledovaniya  nervnikh bolieznei.  [Sound tiansmission
  and  percussion of the bones  of  the skull and  spine,
  as a method of investigating nervous diseases.]  Nevro-
  log. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, no. 1, 91-100.  AUo, transl:
  Neurol.   Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1894,  xiii,  513-518. ----.
  O maloizvlestuikh otrazhonuikh yavleniyakh  pri  nerv-
  nikh  bolleznyakh i  o raspoznavatelnom  znachenii tak
  naz. stopnavo fenoiuena i iznileueniy so  storoni sukho-
  zhilnikh  i  kozhnikb  refleksov.  [ On the little - known
  reflex phenomena in nervous diseases, and on the diag-
  nostic value of the  so-callod plantar phenomenon, and
  changes  in tbe tendinous and skin  reflexes.]  Nevrol,
  Vestnik,  Kazan,  189"),  iii, no.  2, 75-88.    AUo, transl:
  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1895, xiv, 1157-1166. ----.
  Ob  obyektivnikh priznakakh   miestnol  hinerestezii i
  anestezii, nablyudayeinikh pri tak nazivayemikh travma-
  ticlieskikh nevrozakh i pri isterii.   [Objective symptoms
  of local hyperesthesia and anesthesia,  observed iu the so-
  called traumatic neuroses and hysteria.]  Obozr. psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.], S--Peterb., 1899, iv, 865-868.  AUo, transl:
  Neurol.  CeDtralbl., Leipz., 1900, xix,  205-208. ----.  Ob
  istoshtshayemosti sukhozhilnikh refleksov i diagnostiche-
  skom ikh znachenii pri nervnikh bolleznyakh.  JExhausti-
  bility ofthe tendon reflexes and their  diagnostic value in
  nervous diseases] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.|, S.-Pe-
  terb., 1900.  v,  806.    AUo, transl: Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1902, xxi, 146.-----0 nervnoi formle porazheniya
  s vnleshnini kbarakterom  miotonii.   [Nervous disease
  with  external  form  of  myotonus.]   Obozr.  psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.],  S.-Peterb., 1904, ix, 744-751.  ---—. 0
  znachenii izslledovaniya  mekhanicheskol vozbusiiuosti
  mishts iii t. naz " nushechnikh refleksov" v  nervnikh
  bolleznyakh.   [Importance of the investigation of  the
  mechanical irritability of muscles, or so-called muscular
  reflexes,  in nervous  diseases.]   Ibid., 1905,  x, 329-332.—
  Bergonie (J.)  De l'Glectrodiagnostic  sur le  nerf mis
  a. nu cbez l'horome.   Arch,  d'electric. med., Bordeaux,
  1902, x, 460-474.—Bernard (VV.)  A case of disease of
  nervous system, presenting symptoms of tumour in which
  only microscopical changes were found.  Tr. Roy. Acad.
  M.  Ireland, Dubl., 1888, vi,  341-344.—Bernhardt (M.)
  Beitiage zur Elektrodiagnoslik und  neuropathologische
  Beobachtungen.  Ztschr. f. Elektrother., Leipz., 19u5, vii,
  341-367.—Bernheim. De la pseudo-tympanite nerveuse
  on ventre en accordeon.  Cong, internat. de med.  C. r.,
  1900, sect, de neurol., 528-531.—Bertolotti (M.)  Le con-
  dizioni della presenza del segno di Babinski nei casi di
  lesione cxtrapiramidale;  considerazioni  sulla genesi di
  questo fenomeno.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 19"4. ix,
  430-448.—Bertozzi  (A.)  II senso cromatico e  luminoso
  in alcune malattie del sistema nervoso (epilessia, demenza
  precoce,  paralisi prog., noiirastcnia,  isteria).   Ann. dl
  ottal., Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 655-756,  5 pl.—Biaiithi  (L.)
  Le  andature (cammino);  studio semiotico per le m^laitie
  nervose  e  mentali.   Gior. internaz. d.  sc. med-. aapoli,
  1885. vii, 17; 89.  Also, Reprint. -----. Schema di ana-
  tomia clinica del sistema nervoso.  Riforma med., ^'".l"'!.1'
  1889, v,  513; 518.—Bing  (R.)   Die Knochenseusibilitat
  und ibre Unlersuchung (lurch die Stiinmgabelmethode.
  Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 332-335. — Bleuler.   Diagnp-
  stische Assoziationsstudien.   J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol.,
  Leipz., 1904, iii, 49-83.—Boldt. Zur Diflereuzialdiaguoso 
NERVOUS.
481
NERVOUS.
Hervous system  (Diseases  of,  Diagnosis

  and semeiology  of).
  der Hysterie und  multiplen  Sklerose.  Cor.-Bl.  d. allg.
  arztl. Ver.  v.  Thiiringen, Weimar, 1903, xxxii, 61-63.—
  Bonfigli (R.)  Sulla eliminazioue del bleu di metilene
  nell' epilessia, nell' isterismo ed in alcune  forme mentali.
  Rev. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1899, xxv, 387-400.—
  Bonnier (P.)   Schema bulbaire.   Rev. neurol., Par.,
  1904,  xii, 993-996.—Bost- (F.-J.)  De l'allochirie senso-
  rielle; sa place daus  la symptomatologie des maladies du
  systeme nerveux.  Rev. de med., Par., 1892, xii, 841-866.—
  Bourneville  Sc  Bellar.   Alcoolisme;   hemipiegie
  gauche et  6pilepsie  cons&eutives;  sclerose  atrophique;
  pachymeuingite et nieniugo-ence-phalite. Recherches clin.
  et therap. sur l'6pileps. [etc.] 1897, Par.,  1898, xviii, 83-
  86.—Bremer (L.)   The differential diagnosis of hysteria
  and neurasthenia,  and their treatment.  St.  Louis Cour.
  Med., 1899,  xxi, 18-31. -----. On the reflex theory in
  nervous disease.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1892, xix, 367-
  370.—Brissaud.  Les symptomes de topographic ni6ta-
  merique  aux membres.  Semaine m6d.. Par., 1898, xviii,
  385-389.—Brissaud (E.) &  I.onde  (P.)   Diagnostic de
  poliomyeliie et de  u6vrite aigue il propos de deux cas de
  nionoplegie  crurale.   Rev.  neurol., Par.,  190], ix, 1018-
  1026.—Brown (G. V. I.)  Hyperkinesia of the  muscles
  of mastication a symptom and an etiologic factor  in nerv-
  ous affections.  J.  Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1162-
  1164.—Burr (C. B.)  The symptomatology and progress
  of inflammations as modified in nervous and mental disease.
  Physician Sc Surg., Detroit Sc  Ann Arbor, 1893, xv. 56-61.—
  Bury (J. S.)  Diagnosis of functional from organic  dis-
  ease of the nervous  system.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1896, ii,
  189-192. -----. The  Bradshaw lecture on  prognosis in re-
  lation to disease of the nervous system.   Ibid.,  1901, ii,
  1389-1396.  AUo: Lancet, Lond.,' 1901, ii,  1243-1250.—
   Buzzard (T.)  Remarks on the differential diagnosis of
  insular sclerosis from hysteria.   Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1899,
  i, 1077-1079.  -----. On  the simulation  of hysteria by
  organic disease of the nervous system.  Brain, Lond., 1890,
  xiii, 1-44. — Campbell  (H.)   The value  of Babinski's
  sign.  Polyclin.. Lond..  1902, vi, 515. — Cassirer (R.)
  Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen multipler Skle-
  rose  nnd  Lues cerebrospinalis.   Deutsche med. "Wchn-
  sehr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxi, 693-696.—Cestan (R.) Sc
  Cuillniu (G.)  La parapl6gie  spasmodique familiale et
  la sclerose en plaques familiale.  Rev. de med., Par., 1900,
  xx, 813-836.—Chaddock (C. G.)  Remarks on  the  sig-
  nificance of some nervous signs and  symptoms.  Inter-
  state  M. J., St. Louis, 1903,  x,  139-145. — Chapman
  (C. W.)   Heart symptoms in neurotic subjects.  Clin. J.,
  Lond., 1901-2, xix, 104-107. — Charcot.  Toux et bruits
  laryng6s  chez  les-  hysteriques.  les cboreiques,  les
  tiqueux  et dans  quelques autres  maladies des   centres
   nerveux.  Arcb.  de neurol., Par.,  1892, xxiii,  69-88.—
   Chauffard.   L6sious  organiqnes   ou  troubles fonc-
  tionnels?  a propos  d'un cas d astasie-abasie  et  d'un
  cas d'heraorragie  m6ningee.   Gaz. d. hop.. Par.,  1903,
  lxxvi, 445-448.  -----.  Les difflcultes  de  diagnostic
  dans les maladies nerveuses.  Rev.  gen.  de clin. et de
  th6rap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 37.—Chipault  (A.) Quelques
  types cliniques  nouveaux de 16sions radiculaires et me-
  dullaires.  Presse  med., Par., 1896,  s.".-s7.—Church (A.)
  Peripheral  irritation in  nervous diseases.   Peoria M.
  Month.,  1889-90, x, 417-420.—Clark  (L. P.)  Notes on
  some uncommon forms of nervous diseases.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y„ 19(14, lxvi, 121-125.— Cltizet (J.) Sur l'explicatiou
  du renversemeut des  actions polaires dans les syndromes
  de d6g6n6rescence.  [Rap.]   Arch, d'electric. m6d., Bor-
  deaux, 1903, xi, 393-402. -----. Sur l'excitation des nerfs
  par le minimum d'energie; application k l'electrodiagnos-
  tic.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1905,  cxl, 1116.—
  Clymer (M.)  Notes on the physiology and pathology of
  the nervous system  with reference to clinical medicine.
  A. Disseminated sclerosis of the brain and spinal cord.
  B.  Annular or cortical sclerosis of the spinal cord.  N.
  York  M. J., 1870, xi, 225; 410.  AUo,  Reprint.—Coeucii
  (L.)  Klinische waarnemingen van  stoornissen der huid-
  sensibiliteit, waarbij in  meerdere of mindere mate de uit-
  breiding van wortelzones  is te berkenuen.  Psychiat. en
  Neurol. BL, Amst.,  1901,  v, 211-247, 1 pl.—Collin*  (J.)
  Spasmodic affections ofthe nervous system.  Syst. Pract.
  Therap.  (Hare),  Phila,  1897,  iv,  747-793.  -----.  Re-
  marks on the diagnosis of diseases of the nervous sys-
  tem.   Med. Rec., N.  Y., 1905, lxviii, 445-454.—Corning
  (J. L.) The importance, both medico-legal and  clinical,
  ofthe early recognition of certain organic affections ofthe
  nervous system, including paresis.  N. York M.  J., 1900,
  lxxi,  222-225.  Also,  Reprint.—Crocq.   Lo  phenomfene
  des orteils, ou reflexe de Babinski.  Clinique, Brux., 1901,
  xv, 498; 513.— Curschmann.  Zur  Methodik der Mus-
  kel- uud Gelenksensibilitatsbestimniung.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1222-1224.—Cuvc-
  lier.  Les attitudes de la main  dans les affections ner-
  veuses.  Clinique, Brux.,  1901,  xv, 33-36. —vou Cyon
  (E.t  Zur Hemmungstheorie der reflectorischen Erregun-
  gen.  Beitr. z. Anat. u. Physiol,  als Festgabe C. Ludwig,
  Leipz., 1874,166-172.   AUo, in his: Ges. pbysiol. Arb., 8°,

         VOL  XI,  2d  series----31
Nervous  system (Diseases  of,  Diagnosis

  and semeiology of).
  Berl., 1888. 232-238.— liana (C. L )  Ou cytodiagnosis in
  nervous diseases;  with a  description of the technique of
  cell-diagnosis, by F. W. Hastings.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904,
  lxv, 121-125.   Also, Keprint.—Be Buck (D.)  Asthenic,
  atouie,  hypertonic, dysin6trie, astasie-abasie.   Belgique
  med., Gand-Haarlem, 1898, i, 713; 745: ii, 39. -----. Diag-
  nostic entre une vari£te de lesions nerveuses diffuses etla
  compression medullaire.  Ibid.. 1901,  i, 705-711.— De-
  Giovanni (A.)   Poliomielite o polin-'vrite?   Boll. d.
  cliu., Milano, 1899, xvi, 241-254. —Be Grii/ia (F.)  Sulla
  reazione lacunare del Benedikt e sulla  reazione lacunare
  parziale, con due  report!  anatomici.  Arch, di med. int.,
  Palermo, 1898, i, 213-250.—Bcjerine (J.)  Semiologie du
  systeme nerveux.  Comp. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1902,
  exxxv,  1208-1211.— Bcsplats  (R.)  L6sions  vasculaires
  en rapport avec la reaction  de <legen6resi-cnce.  Bull. off.
  Soc. franc, d'electrother., Par., 1904, xi, 132-137. —Bestot.
  Sur la resistance 61ectrique de certaines maladies nerveu-
  ses.  M6m. et compt. rend.  Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895),
  1896, xxxv, pt. 2, 108-112.—Bevaux (A.)  La ponction
  lombaire et le cytodiagnostic; conference teuue a l'lrren-
  klinik de Heidelberg.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,
  Berl.. u. Leipz., 1903, xxvi,  384-392.—Biagnostic (The)
  significance of the Babinski toe phenomenon.  [Edit.]  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1905,  xliv, 1933.—Biller (T.)
  What is the use of making a diagnosis in nervous diseases,
  since nothing can be done anyway?  Med.  News, X. Y.,
  1901, lxxix, 804-806. -----.  An investigation of certain of
  the reflexes aud sensory phenomena and the condition of
  the  eye grounds,  based on  a study of 103 healthy young
  men; knee-jerks, Achilles-jerks, conjunctival and pharyn-
  geal reflexes, pupillary reflexes, stereognostic  apprecia-
  tion, muscular and spacing senses.  Penn. M. J., Pitts-
  burg, 1903-4, vii, 363-366.—Biscussion (A) ou muscular
  tonus in  relation  to 'diseases of the  nervous  system.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 829.—Bonath  (G.)  A  cere-
  brospinalis folyadek phospborsavtartalrna kiilonbozo ideg-
  betegsegeku61.  [.The phosphoric acid content of the cere-
  brospinal fluid in nerve diseases.]   Elme-es  idegkort., Bu-
  dapest, 1914,129-133.—Brenkhahn. Die Symptomatolo-
  gie der  Erkrankungen des psychomotorischen  Nervensys-
  tems.   Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 33-
  51.—Duncan (J. M.)  Clinical lecture on hysteria, neu-
  rasthenia,  and anorexia nervosa.  Lancet, Lond., 1889,  i,
  973.—Ebbell (B.)  Beri-beri, Landry's paralyse, akut po-
  lymyosit, multipel neurit.   [Sur le beri-beri. la  paralysie
  de Landry, la polymyosite aigue et la polyneurite.  lies.,
  6.">7.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1899, 4. R.,
  xiv, 629-648.—Edes (R. T.)  Points in the diagnosis and
  treatment  of some common neuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,   1896,  xxvii, 1077-1082. — Edingcr.  Ueber
  experimentell   erzeugte  tabesahnliche Erkrankungen.
  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl.,  1898,  xxiv,
  Sonder-Beil. [Ver.-Beil.], 78. — Egger (M.)  Sur l'etat de
  la sensibilite osseuse dans diverses affections du systeme
  nerveux.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s.,  i,
  425.  -----. La  sensibilite du squelette et  la m6thode  k
  employer par son exploration.  Rev. neurol.,  Par., 1904,
  xii, 194-197.—Erb(W.) HistorischesvonderEntartungs-
  reaction.   Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1885, xxii, 764-766. -----.
  In Saclien  der Entartungsreaction.  Ibid., 1886, xxiii, 43.
  -----.  Ueber " Augenblicksdiaguosen" in der Neren-
  pathologie. Deutsche nied. Wchnsehr., Leipz.u.Berl.,1889,
  xv,857-859.—Erben  (S.)   Ueber Simulation von Nerven-
  symptomen.   Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlii,  1185-1192.—
  Eskridge (J.  T.)  Some points in ihe diagnosis of cer-
  tain simulated mental and nervous diseases.  Tr. Colorado
  M. Soc, Denver,  1890, xx,  18-35.  Also, Reprint. -----.
  Some points in the diagnosis and nature of certain func-
  tional and  organic nervous diseases.  Alienist & Neurol.,
  St. Louis, 1892, xiii, 70-85.  Also, Reprint.—Ewald (C. A.)
  Gastrische nnd  intestinale Krisen.   Zentralbl. f. d. ges.
  Therap., Wien,  1904, xxii, 505-511.—Fere (C.)  Horripi-
  lation unilaterale paroxystique.  Compt.  rend. Soc.  de
  biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 546. -----. Aur6oles n6vropathiques.
  Kev. denied., Par., 1905, xxv, 282-287. —Fcrrarini (C.)
  Abulia ciclica d' origine psicastenica.  Riforma med., Pa-
  lermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 3, 158;  172.—Fischer  (J.)  A neu-
  rasthenia 6s a paralysis progressiva kezd6  szaka.   [The
  incipient stage of neurasthenia and . . .]  Gy6gy&szut, Bu-
  dapest,  1905, xiv, 180-182.—Fisher  (E. D.)  Sensory dis-
  turbances  in  epilepsy and  hysteria.  J. Nerv. Sc  Ment.
  Dis., N.  Y.,  1899, xxvi,  697.—Fleishman  (S. I.)   O
  prognozle pri zabollevaniyakh nervnoi sNtemi.  [Progno-
  sis in diseases of the nervous system. ]  Vopr. nerv.-psikh.
  med., Kiev, 1901, vi,  293-304. —Florshcim (E.)   Ceber
  das  Vorkoiuinen  des Tibialisphanornens.   Monatschr.  f.
  Psychiat.  u. Neurol., 1902,  xii,  423-432.—Foi-d (W. E.)
  Observations on reflex nervous disturbances.  Tr. M. Soc.
  N. Y.,  Syracuse,  1887, 340-346.—Forli & Barrovcc-
  chio (B.)   Ein  weiterer  Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vibra-
  tionsgefiihls.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1905,  i,  851-853.—Fort
  (J. il.)   Modern views of the kinship of neurotic diseases
  and their  relation to the insane|impulse.   Tr. Texas M.
  Ass., Austin, 1899, xxxi, 89-102.  [DiscussionJ, 165.—Fox 
NERVOUS.
482
NERVOUS.
IVervou*  system (Diseases  of, Diagnosis

  and semeiology of').
  (F I   Some uncommon nervous  symptoms.   Abstr. Tr.
  Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1898-9, 143-146— Frnnkl-Hoch-
  wart.   I disturbi della  vescica urinaria nelle  nevrosi.
  <;azz internaz. di med. prat., Napoli,  1901, iv, 170; 181.—
  Fi-oiu (G.)  Etude des localisations dans les noyaux gris;
  sb'm I.  Babinski.  Compt. reud. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1903,
  lv? 1657-1659.—Fry (F. R.) The signs of degeneracy in
  diseases of the nervous system.  Tr.  M. Ass. Missouri,
  Columbia, 1805. xxxviii, 263-273.-Fuchs (A.)  [Veriin-
  der ingen  des  Liquor cerebrospinalis bei verschiedenen
  Nervenkrankbeiten  uud   Psychoseu.]  Therap.  d.  Ge-
  genw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 517.—Gagliani (F.  S.)   Valore
  dell' elettrodiagnosi in neuropatologia.  Gazz. med. sicil.,
  Catania, 1904, vii, 97-102.—Garol.  Mouvements convul-
  sifs  des muscles masticateurs  du cote gauche; nevralgie
  ('liileptiforme ou  hysteric. Bull. Soc. med. d.  hop. de
  Lyon, 1902, i. 408-410.—(Jayarre.  Algo acerca del sln-
  toma de Baoni^ki.  Rev. de med. y cirug. prdct., Madrid,
  190.', lvi, 213-217.— Gilles de la Tourette.  La marche
  dans les maladies du systeme nerveux (ii propos d'un ar-
  ticle de Marinesco).   X. iconog. de la Salpetriere,  Par.,
  1900, xiii.  293-295.—Goldscheider.  Ueber das Vibra-
  tionsgefiibl.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904.  xii,  353-356.—
  Goivcin (W. R.) Postgraduate lecture on some general
  principles of the diagnosis of diseases of the nervous sys-
  tem. Lancet, Lond.,  1892, i, 403-405.—Gramogna  (A.)
  &. Ncjjre (M.)  Sull' iinportanza del voltaggio iniziale
  neb" esame elettrico  dei  nervi sensitivi.  Riv. di patol.
  nerv., Firenze, 1905, x, 374-378.—Grasset (J.)   Diagnos-
  tic en hauteur dn si&ge des lesions  dans 1'appareil seusi-
  tivo-iuoteur general.'  Gaz. d.  hop..  Par.,  1904, lxxvii,
  1435-1441. -  Graj (L. C.i  Can  we diagnosticate hyper-
  a?mia or ainemiaof the brain and cord ?  N. York M. J.,
  18'.'0, li,  561-564.   AUo, Reprint.  -----. Persistent  albu-
  minuria and  glycosuria with  frequent hyaline  casts in
  functional nervous diseases.   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894,
  a. «., cviii, 377-400.  AUo: Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1894),
  18:15, 2. s., xi, 2(17-301.   AUo [Abstr.]: Med.  Rec, N. Y.,
  1894. xiv, 597. — Gross (O.)   Zur  Differentialdiaguostik
  neg.itivistischer  Pliiinoinene.  Psychiat.-neurol. Wchn-
  sehr, Halle a. S.,  1904-5, vi, 345; 357.—Grudziriski (Z.)
  O rozpo/.naniu rozniczkowein  pomiedzy padaczka, i his-
  tery;i.  [Differential diagnosis  between epilepsy and hys-
  teria. |  Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1903, xxiv, 255; 291; 337.—
  Hall (A.J.)  A clinical lecture on some elementary
  points in the diagnosis of nervous diseases illustrated by
  cases of lead palsy, locomotor ataxia, disseminated  scle-
  rosis, and acute myelitis.  Cliu.  J., Lond., 1894-5, v, 53-
  56.—Hallion (L.) Sc Comte  (C.)  Sur les reflexes vaso-
  moteurs bulbo medullaires dans quelques maladies ner-
  veuses  (hysterie, syringomyelic, etc.).  Arch, de physiol.
  norm, et path.. Par., 1895, 5. s., vii, 90-99. —Hamilton
  (A.  McL. )   I'pon  trausfeired  patellar tendou-ieflex.
  Arcb. Med.,  X.  Y..  1883, x,  302-306.  Also, Reprint.—
  Hammond (YV. A.)  Can we diagnosticate hyperemia
  or amemia of the brain  and  cord?  Virginia M. Month.,
  Richmond, 1890-91, xvii, 675-696. — Hanuawalt (H. 0.)
  A lecture on the differential diagnosis of certain nervous
  disorders.  Kansas City M. Rec, 1897, xiv, 75-78.—Has-
  kovec (L.)  Notes sur l'urobilinurie  et l'h6matoporphy-»
  rinurie  toxiques dans les  maladies  nerveuses.  Rev.  neu-
  rol., Par.,  1899. vii, 238-245. -----.  Ueber den  Bluidruck
  bei einigen Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten.  Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1905, lv, 521;  567; 621; 671;  731; 783; 839.—
  Heldenbergh (C.)  Note k propos du r6flexe de Ba-
  binski.   Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem,1903, x,453.—Ber-
  ing (II. E.)   Inwieweit  ist  die  Integritat der centripe-
  taleii Nerven eiue Bedinguug fiir die wirkliehe Beweguugl
  Wien. klin. Rundschau,  1896,  x, 733-735. — Higier (II.)
  Acutes  und chionisches Oedem  bei mauchen  Xeurosen,
  iusbesondere bei Hysterie.  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1894, n. F., xi, 443; 456.  -----.  Hysterie  als Simulation
  uud Combination der Tabes dorsalis, zugleich Beitrag zur
  Differentialdiagnose der motorischen Reiz- und Lahmungs-
  erseheinungeii bei Tabes,  Hysterie uud den  sogenannten
  Motilitiitsneurosen.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1895, viii, 6;
  29; 4(5;  85.-Hitchcock  (C.  W.)  The spasmodic  nerv-
  ous  diseases, with a  report of two cases.  Physician  Sc
  Surg., Detroit „t  Ann Arbor,  1898. xx, 546-552.'  [Discus-
  sion], 565. — Hoche (A.)  Die Differentialdiagnose  zwi-
  schen Epilepsie uud  Hysterie.  Arch. f. Psychiat,, Berl.,
  1902,xxxvi, 315-319. AUo, Reprint. -----. Ueber "Formes
  frustes" von Nervenkrankbeiten.   Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1905, lii, (i7o—Hoefer (G. A.)  Onderzoek naar de
  wet van Weber-Fechner voor geluidsinteusiteiten bij pSy.
  chosen   functioneele neurosen en  normale toestanden.
  Psychiat.  eu Neurol.  BL.  Amst., 1904,  viii, 107-201.  AUo
  transl.:  Ztschr. f. Psychol.u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg. Leipz.'
  1904, xxxvi, 209-293. — Hopkins (S. D.)  Nervous dis-
  orders simulating peritonitis.  Tr. Colorado M  Soc  Den-
  ver, 1897, 228-232. — Hughes  (C. H.)  Note on the his-
  terical concomitants of organic nervous disease.  J  Am
  M. Ass.. Chicago. 1892, xix,  347-350. — Huimnians (L.)
  Gekreuzte Adduktorenrefiexe bei Syringomyelic md Neu-
  ritis.  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. it. Berl.,  1902
Nervous  system  (Diseases  of, Diagnosis
  and semeiology of).
  xxviii, 882. — Imura (S.)  Seishin biosha sitsuken kiji.
  [Cliuical notes ou patients with different nervous diseases j
  Med. Ztg.. Tokio, 1892,  384,  20-23.  — Inouye |M.)  liei'
  trage zur Erkeunung der sogenannten Konvergenzstnrre
  Ophth.   Klin.,  Stuttg.,  1904,  viii, 65-70.  - Ivaiiofi
  (E. N.)   K voprosu o klinicheskom znachenii mishechnavo
  valika.   [Clinical value of myoidema. J  Obozr. psichiat
  nevrol.  fetc|, S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 892-895. -----.  K vop'
  rosu o diagnosticheskom znachenii mishechnavo  valika
  v  dushevnoi nervno-bolnikh.  [Diagnostic value of myo-
  idema in insane and  neurotic patients.]  J. nevropa'i. i
  psikhiat.  . . . Korsakova, Mosk.. 1904, iv, 324-319. — lvn>
  noflT(I. I.)  K voprosu o makroeste/.ii.  [On maciosestlic.
  sia.)  Obozr. psichiat.. nevrol.  [etc.|,  S.-Peterb., 1902, vii,
  682-686.—Jacobi (Mary P.)  The blood count in autemia
  and certain nervous affections.  Med. Rec,  N. Y.,  1898,
  liii, 933-935.—Jclgcrsnia (G.)  Het symptoniencomplex
  van Lasegue; eeue  klinische les.  Herinueringsb. Prof.
  S. S. Rosenstein, Leiden,  1902, 731 - 741. — JclgcrNina
  (G.) & Wtolp (D.)  Eeue moeielijke diagnose   Psychiat.
  en  Neurol.  151.,  Amst.,  1898, ii, 99-108. 1 pl.-Joeqs.
  Valeur  s6m6iologique des troubles pupillaires  dans les
  affections eerebro-spinales.   Arch, de neurol.. Par., 1905,
  2.  s., xx, 187.  Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1905. xiii, 854 —
  Joire (P.)   De l'interpr6tatiou de certains phenomenea
  psichiques par les 6tats medianiques de l'hypnose.  Kev.
  de  l'liypnoi. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1896-7, xi, 83-
  90.— Kampherstein. Anatomisches uud Klinisches
  zur  Frage der Stauungspapille.  Kor.Bl.  d.  allg.  arztl.
  Ver.  in  Thiiringen,  Weimar,  1904,  xxxiii, 587-593.—
  Kouigshotrer (O.)  Raideur de  la convergence: trou-
  ble fonctionuel qui n'a  pas encore e.te dec-it dans la neu-
  rasthenic et dans 1'hvste.rie.  [Transl.|  Clin, opht., Par.,
  1902, viii, 195-200. — Kohlrausch  (E.)  Demonstrations-
  Vorlrag iiber pliotographische  Riilieu-Aufnahmen  vom
  Gauge  nervenkranker   Personen und deren  lebendiger
  Wiedergabe  durch Projection.  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. in-
  nere  Med.. Wiesb.,  1898. xvi, 564-57"   Kornfeld (S.)
  Ueber Blutdruckmessungen iu der  Diagnose der Nerven
  krankheiteu.  Wien. med. BL, 1900, xxiii, 805.—Koi-ni-
  lov(A.)  Ueber die Veranderungeu  der motorischen
  Functioneu bei Storungen der Sensibilitat.  Compt.-rend.
  Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7, 675-
  688.—von Krafft-Ebing.  Ueber Zwangsvorstellun-
  gen bei  Nervenkrauken.  Mitth. d.  Ver. d. Aerzte  in
  Steiermark  1883, Graz, 1884, xx, 3-29 -I, a gel ouzo |E.)
  Psychopathies  urinaires r6flexes.  Rev.  de  l'hypnot.  et
  psychol. physiol, Par., 1896-7. xi, 141-146.—I.aigiicl-
  JLavastine.  Contribution k l'etude du cytodiagnostic
  du liquide cephalo-rachidien dans les affections nerveuses.
  Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii,
  704-712. — I.annois (M.) Sc Pautel (G.)  De l'asyuittrie
  de la mimiqne faciale d'origine otique en pathologic ner-
  veuse.  Cong. d. med.  alieuistes et  neurol. de  France . . .
  Proc. verb, [etc.]. Par., 1901. xi, 547-555.—Leegaard (C.)
  Om Anajstesi ved perifere Nervelidelser.  [Sur lanesthe-
  sie dans  les affections  nerveuses  peripheriques.   Res.j
  Norsk Mag. f.  Laegevidensk.,  Christiania, 1894, 4.  R., ix,
  529-642,  14  pl.  -----.  Undersegelser  over  deu kutane
  Anajsthesived multipelNevritog Tabes dorsalis.  [Recher-
  ches sur l'anesthesie cutanea dans  la nevrite  multiple ct
  le tabes dorsalis. R6s., 1-7.]  Kgl.  norske  Fredericks
  Univ.  Progr. 1896, Christiania,  1897,  pt. 1, 1-73, 61 pl.—
  Lcmoine ( G.) Epilepsie et hyst6rie;  consid6rations
  sur leur diagnostic differentiel.  IMord med.. Lille, 1905,
  xi, 217-220.—I.eszynsky (W. M.)  The value of electric-
  ity in diagnosis and  prognosis of affections of the periph-
  eral nerves.  Med. Rec, N.  V., 1894, xlvi, 199-2i>2.-l.e-
  tulle (M.) Sc Pompilian.  Etude graphiquedes mouve-
  ments respiratoires  dans qnel(|ues affections nerveuses.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.,  1902, 11. s., iv,  525.-
  L<eubuscher.  Die Salzsanreabscheidung  bei Geistes-
  und Nervenkrankbeiten.  Verhandl.  d. Cong.  f.  innere
  Med., Wiesb., 1891, x, 387-393.—I.rurh (G.)  Periodische
  Contractureu, ein Beitrag znr Pathologie des Nervensys-
  tems.   Arch. f. path.  Anat. [etc.|, Berl., 1890, exxi. 483-
  500.—LocivciiIIirIiS ) Ceber den diagnostischenWerth
  einiger Syniptome bei Neurosen.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch.'Naturf. u.  Aerzte  1897.  Leipz., 1898, lxix, pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte., 156-161.—Lucchesini (T.)  Sul valore del sin-
  toma palmoplantare di Philipovicz.  Gior.  ital.  d. sc,
  med., Pisa, 1904, ii,  116-119— Lukacz  (H.)  Der Trige
  minus - Facialisreflex uud das Westphal-Pilz'sche  Phii-
  nomeu.  Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz.,  1902, xxi. 147-150 —
  Luxcnburg (J.)  ()  praktycznem  znaczeuiu  badania
  krwi u cborych nerwicow yell.  [On the  practical impor-
  tance of examining the blood in neurotic patients.]  Medy-
  cyna, Warszawa, 1898,  xxvi, 593-595.—.Tlct'artie (D.B.)
  Ataxia as a symptom of disease in tlie cerehro-spinal sys-
  tem. N. York M. J.,  1895. lxi, 302-305.—.McKennnn
  (T. M. T.)  Some diseases classed as of nervous  origin
  but iu which the nervous symptoms are probably  second-
  ary.  Pittsburg M. Rev , 1896, x. 105-107 -Uacnamarn
  (E. D.)   A note on Babinski's sign.  Westminst. Hosp-
  Rep., Lond., 1905, xiv, 89-97.—.Uahillon.  Mise au point 
NERVOUS.
483
NERVOUS.
Hfervous  system (Diseases  of, Diagnosis

  and semeiology of).
  de la question de l'utilit6 du releve des champs visuels
  colores pour le diagnostic  et le pronostic do certains trou-
  bles nerveux conseeutifs aux trauiuatisnies.   Rec. d'opht.,
  Par., 1904, 3. s., xxvi, 17-26.—Mangclstlorf.   Ceber ein
  Phanomen am Magen  bei Migriiue und  Epilepsie.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr..  1903,  xl, 1004-1907.—Muiinini  (C.)
  Sindronie di sclerosi a  placcbe simulata da una meningite
  basilare sitilitica.   Gazz.  d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1454-
  1456.— Murchclti (G.)   L' attivita. nervosa dal  punto di
  vista clinico.   Riv. crit.  di clin. med.,  Firenze,  1901, ii,
  526-528 — Marincsco (G.)  Etude sur le phenoinene des
  orteils (signe de  liabinski).  Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi,
  489-502. -----. Etude sur les troubles de la sensibilite vi-
  bratoire dans  les  affections du systeme nerveux.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 333. —  Mason  (E. G.)
  Nervous  and  mental  symptoms from   lesious  of  non -
  nervous  organs.   X.York Polyclin., 1896,  viii,  42-44 —
  Massalongo ( R. )   Epatistno e uevropatia.   Riv. crit.
  di clin. med."Firenze,  1899-1900, i, 313-319.  Also, transl:
  Ann. med.-psychol.,  Par., 1901, 8.  s.,  xiii, 101-105.—
  IVIassaut  (J.)  Les  etats dc  depression.   Ann. m6d.-
  chir., Dour, 1903, xi, 58; 73.— MnMsini  (G.) Discinesio-
  grafla e sua importanza nell' esame clinico di lesioni ner-
  vose centrali.  Crou.  d.  clin.  med. di Genova, 1905, xi,
  390. — Mattirolo (G.)  Ricerche  sulla  cosidetta sensi-
   bility ossea.  Pel  iiiubil. didat. d. Camiilo  liozzolo . . . 1879-
   1904. Rac  di scritli  med. [etc.], Torino, 1904.  619-639. 6
  pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Pa-
  dova, 1904, xiii, 404-406.— Medea (E.)   La methode de
   Maun appliquee a l'etude des alterations des nerfs pcii-
  ph6riques.  Rev.  neurol., Par..  1905,  xiii, 785. —Mciro-
   witz (P.)  Motor disturbances.  Post-Graduate, N.  Y.,
   1897, xii, 8-15.—Mesnet.  Autographisme  et stigmates.
   Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1890, 3. s.. xxiii.362-380.  Also,
   transl. [Abstr.]:   Wieu.  med. BL, 1890,  xiii, 215.— Met-
   tier (L. H.) Neurological pitfalls.  N. York M. J. [etc.],
   1904, lxxx, 1226-1228. — Mills (C. K.)  Mistakes in  neu-
   rologic  diagnosis.  Phila. Polyclin., 1896,  v,  291 ;  303.
   -----. A case of peripheral pseudo-tabes, with exagger-
   ated reflexes ; autopsy and  microscopical  examination
   showing degeneration of the peripheral nerves and  no
   lesions of the spinal cord.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y.,
   1901, xxxviii,  435-439.— .Tlills  (C. K.) & Wcisenberg
   (T.  H.)  Cases illustrating tbe  differential diagnosis of
   cerebral and hysterical hemi-anesthesia.   Ibid., 285-288.—
   Minerbi (C.) Sc TedcMchi (E.)   Alcuni  uuovi casi di
   facies faunica. Atti Accad. d.  sc med.  e nat. in Ferrara,
   1902-3,  lxxvii, 43-45.   Also, transl: Rev.  neurol.,  Par.,
   1902, x, 1015-1022.—Win or (L.  S.)  O lokalizatsii i  zna-
   chenii tak-nazivayemoi kostnoi chuvstviteluosti iii vibra-
   tsiounavo chuvstva.   [Localization and  importance of so-
  called osteal or  vibration sensation.]  J. nevropat. i psi-
  khiat, .  . . Korsakova,  Mosk., 1904, iv, pt. 2, 12-15. —
   Mitchell (S. W.)  Subjective  false sensations of cold.
   Tr.  Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1889, iv,  189-200.—Mohr
   (L.)  Znr Physiologie und Pathologie der  Sehneiiphano-
   mene an den oberen Extremitaten.   Deutsche Ztscbr. f.
  Nervenh., Leipz., 1900-1901,  xix,  197-205.  — Mongin.
   Nole. sur 1'analogic qui peut exister  dans certaines mala-
  dies nerveuses entre  la voix burnable et le sou vocal de
  plusieurs esp&ces d'animaux.   [Abstr.]   Compt.  rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv, 509. — Moore (D. S.)  Tbe
  early symptoms  of neurasthenia,  hysteria  and melan-
  cholia.   Northwest. Lancet,  Minneap.,  1903, xxiii,  351-
  354.—Morrissey (J.  J.)   A question of differential diag-
  nosis, especially  applied  to the  differential diagnosis of
  multiple neuritis  and  locomotor ataxia.   Med. Times &
  Reg.. Phila., 1898, xxxvi,  102-106.—Moulton (A. R.)  A
  clinical case.  Ann. Med.-Psychol. Ass. [Utica, N. Y.],
  1900, vii, 174-179.   AUo, Reprint. — Miiskens (L. J. J.)
  Studien  iiber  segmeutale  Schmerzgcfiililsstoi-iingen  aii
  Tabetischen und  Epileptischen.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1902, xxxvi,  347-426,  1 pl., 2 diag.  AUo. Reprint.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf.  u.
  Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, pt.  2, med . Abth.,  281-
  284— Xageotte & Xamet.  Cytodiagnostic du liquide
  cephalo-rachidien  daus quarante-cinq cas d'affections m r-
  veuses et mentales (epilepsie, v6sanies, paralysie generale,
  l6sions en foyer).   Bull, et 1116111. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par.,
  1902, 3. s., xix, 29-33.   AUo, Reprint.—von  IVartowski
  (M.)  Eiu Beitrag zur Keuntniss  der  Bernhardt'scben
  Sensibilitatsstbrung.    Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1898,
  xvii, 1082-1088.—Neutra.  [Ermiidnngsphauomeue  aus
  dem  Gebiete  der   Stinimgabelvibrationseinpflndung.]
  Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn.  Med. u. Kinderh.i.i Wien, 1904,
  iii, 95. — lYonne.  Ueber einen in  congeuitaler, bezie-
  hungsweise acquirirter Coordiiiationsstdrung sich keuu-
  zeichiienden  Symptomenkomplex.    Arch.  f.  Psychiat.,
  Beil.. 1895, xxvii, 479-503. — JVorbury  (F.  P.)   Bodily
  weight as a factor in  prognosis in nervous and mental
  diseases.  Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1905, n.  s.. xxiv, 551-
  556.  -----. Pathology and diagnosis of the lesions of the
  spinal cord and peripheral nerves.  Illinois M. J., Spring-
  field, 19n5. viii, 377-387.—Obersteiner.   Die Kbrpertem-
  peratur  bei nervosen Anfalleu.   Privatheilanst. zu Ober-
Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Diagnosis

 and semeiology of).
 Dobling, Leipz. u. Wien, 1875-91. 130-136, 1 diag.—Oddo
 (C.)  Diagnostic differentiel de la maladie des  tics et de
 la choree de Sydenham.   Marseille med., 1899, xxxvi, 408-
 410. — Okada (E.)  [ The  phenomenon  of  Babinski.
 Ref., no. 2, 1-3.]   Shinkeigaku  Zasshi, Tokyo,  1902, i,
 113-133.—Oppcnheim (H.)  The diagnostic significance
 of certain  reflexes  and  tendon-phenomena.  Med. Rec,
 N. Y., 1904, lxv, 8.— Pachon (V.)  Recherches sur la res-
 piration dans les maladies mentales.  Tribune med., Par.,
 1892. 2. a., xxv, 197; 211.—Pailhas.  Du nycthemereap-
 pliqu6 a. l'etude des maladies mentales et nerveuses; dyna-
 misme; sennMologio;  diagnostic.  Cong. d. m6d. alienistes
 et neurol. de France . . .   Rap. & C.-r. 1897, Par., 1898, viii,
 704-715.-----.  Ecartement involontaire du petit doigt de
 la main observe dans certaines affections de l'axe cerebro-
 spinal etcoexistencedece signe avec des troubles dulaugage
 articul6.  Ibid., 1902, ii, 282-284. -----. Extension durable
 ou prolongee du gros orteil  associee ail signe de Babinski.
 Ibid., 279-282. — Parhou (C.)   Considerafiunl generale
 asupra  coustitufiunei,  functiunilor  si  semiologei  sis-
 temiilui nervos.  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1904, xxiv, 647-657.—
 Paris (A.)  Epilepsie  et  alieuatiou meutale longtemps
 meconnues (24 coudamuations); utilite de l'examen  me-
 dical de la plupart des vagabonds, inculp6s ou condanm6s,
 et notamment des recidivistes.  Rev. med. de Test, Nancy,
 1904, xxxvi, 701-705.—Parisotti (O.)  Ulteriori osserva-
 zioni sul campo visivo nei nevropatici e psicopatici.  Bull.
 d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1892-3, xix, 424-427.—Patrick
 (H.  T.)  The  points  of  distinction  between cerebral
 syphilis and general paralysis of the  insane; two lectures
 delivered to tbe medical staff of the Illinois Eastern Hos-
 pital for the Insane.  N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 256; 293;
 375; 403.  AUo, Reprint.—Pearce  (F. S.)  Tbe gastro-
 intestinal  tiact in nervous  disease. Boston M.  Sc S. J.
 1900, cxiii,  242-246.—Peterson (F.)  Electricity  in  the
 diagnosis of diseases of  the nervous s\ stem.   Buffalo M.
 &  S. J.,  1892-3, xxxii,  147-155. —Philbrick (Inez C.)
 Diagnosis iu  neurotics.   West. M. Rev., Lincoln,  Neb.,
 1899. iv, 323-327.—Piery.  Signe  de Kernig et signe de
 Lasegue; pathog6nie du signe deKernig. Bull. Soc. m6d.
 d. hop. de Lyon, 1902, 1, 542-548.—Pietersen (J.)  Men-
 tal disorder as a symptom in diseases of the nervous sys-
 tem.   Biriuingh. M. Rev., 1894, xxxv, 208-228. — Popoflf
 (N.  M: )  Simptomokoinplex Charcot-Blocq'a.  Nevrol.
 Vestnik, Kazan, 1898, vi, no. 2, 68-95.—Pregowski (P.)
 Wywolywanie objawu dermograficznego zapomoca. przy-
 rzadu wlasnego pomyslu.   [Production of  the  dermo-
 grapbic phenomenon bv au apparatus of the author's in-
 vention, j   Przegl.  lek.,  Krakow,  1904,  xliii,  423. —
 Pritchard (W. B.)  Diagnosis and prognosis iu nervous
 diseases.  Med. Exam.  &  Pract., N.  Y., 1902, xii, 640.
 -----. Diagnostic  and prognostic data  iu nervous aud
 mental diseases.  Med.  Rec, N.  Y.,  1903,  lxiii,  936. —
 Prognosis  (The)  in  certain chronic diseases of  the
 nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1291.  Also:
 Lancet,  Lond.. 1899,  ii, 1235.—Punton (J.) Cerebro-
 spinal architecture as a factor iu the diagnosis of nervous
 diseases.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1893, lxix,  1-7.
 -----. Stigmata of nervous diseases.   Kansas City M.
 Rec,  1895, xii, 181-187.-----. The psychological factor
 in medicine and its application to nervous disease.  Cincin.
 Lancet-Clinic,  1903, 11. s., 1, 453-456.—Putnam (J. J.) &
 Waterman (G. A.)  Notes on  some  unusual forms of
 infectious disease of the central nervous system.  [Abstr.]
 N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 832-835.----------. Cer-
 tain aspects of the differential diagnosis between epilepsy
 andhysteiia.   BostonM.&S. J.,1905 clii,509-516.—Raggi
 (A.)   Riflessi dolorosi  di  origine psichica.  Arch. ital.
 per lemal. nerv., Milano, 1891, xxviii, 179-194.—Renaud
 (M.)  Methode d'exanien dusystemenerveux.  N. iucouog.
 de la  Salpetriere. Par.,  1905, xviii, 399-403.  Also : Rev.
 neurol.,  Par., 1905,  xiii, 453-455. — Reynolds  (E. S.)
 Some points  iu the differential diagnosis between func-
 tional and organic disease of the nervous system.  Med.
 Chron.,  Manchester, 1904,  xii, 133-144. —Rosse  (I. C.)
 Illustrations of error in the diagnosis of some nervous
 diseases.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., 1887, xiv, 681-701.  AUo,
 Reprint.  -----. The importance  of early diagnosis  in
 some forms of nervous disease.  J. Am.  M. Ass , Chicago,
 1895, xxv, 1089-1092.  Also:  Charlotte [N. C.j M. J., 1895,
 vii, 697-703.  AUo,  Reprint.—Russell (J. S.  R.)  A case
 illustrating  tbe difficulty  of diagnosing organic from
 functional disease of the nervous system. Clin. J., Lond.,
 1897-8,  xi,  311-316.—von  Riitkowshi.   Ein  Beitrag
 zum Routgenverfahreu im Dienst der Neurologic  Cbari-
 te-Ann.,  Berl., 1901, xxviii,  020-639.— Rydel.  Mesure
 des troubles  de la sensibility au diapason.  Rev.  neu-
 rol.,  Par.,  1903,  xi, 1201. — H. (A. J.)  Tlie scientific
 diagnosis of nervous disease.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Loud.,
 1895,  n.s.,  ix, 48;  66; 94;  111; 138. — Sacchi (E.)  So-
 pra alcuni  anormali movimenti dei  piedi  e delle maui,
 in  diverse malattie nervose, descritti dallo  Striimpell.
 Riv.  veneta di sc.  med., Venezia,  1888, viii,  566-572.—
 Sakaki  (Y.)   Ein  Fall  der secundiiren  Sinnesemp-
 findung  (Temperaturpbotismus) mit Allocbirie und Stew- 
NERVOUS.
484
NERVOUS.
i\ervous system  (Diseases of,  Diagnosis

  and semeiology of).
  ard'scheui  Symptom.  [Japanese text.]   Mitt.  d.  med.
  Gesellsch.  zii  Tokyo, 1901,  xv, 14.11ft., 1-9, 3 pl. -----.
  Pendelaesthesiometrische  Untersuchungen  bei  Nerven-
  krauken.   [Japanese text.]  Shinkeigaku  Zasshi, Tokyo,
  1905-li, iv, 239-284.—Wavage (G. H.)  Examples of hand-
  wiitingiu  states of nervous disorder.  Illust. M. News,
  Loud., Is89, v, 26-29.—Navill (T. D.)  A clinical lecture
  on cases of tabes dorsalis, pachymeningitis spinalis, cere-
  bellar tumour, and other disorders of tbe gait.  Clin. J.,
  Lond., 1898, xii, 21-32.—Schiriuan (M.)   A few remarks
  on diagnosis of nervous disease.  Calif. M. J., San Fran.,
  1905,  xxvi,  225-228. —Schittenhelm (A.)  Ueber den
  Eintluss sensibler und  liiotorischer Storungen  auf das
  Localisatioiisvermogen.  Deutsche  Ztscbr.  f.  Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1002, xxii, 428-443.—Schnyder (L.)   La recherche
  du r6flexe rotulien chez les nevroses.  J. de neurol.,  Par.,
  1903, viii, 183-192.-----Examen  de  la  suggestibilite
  cbez les nerveux.   Rev.  neurol., Par.,  1904, xii, 918. —
  Mchoenborn (S.)  Die Cytodiagnose des Liquor cerebro-
  spinalis.  Neurol.  Ceutialbl., Leipz., 1903,  xxii, 610-615.—
  Mcholze.  Epilepsie, Hysterie oder Ohnmachtszustande?
  Deutsche  mil.-arztl.  Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi. 345-348.—
  Schiillcr (A.)  Neurologie und Rontgenologic.   Therap.
  d. Gegenw.. Berl., 1904, xiv, 517.—Schuster (P.)   Zur
  ueiirologischen  Untersuchuug Unfallkianker; Erfahrun-
  gen  und  Ratschlage.   Berl. Klinik,  1899, 135. Hft., 1-
  32. -----  Hie Untersuchuug  Nervenkranker nnd allge-
  meine neurologische Oiagnostik.  Deutsche Klinik,  Berl.
  Sc Wien, 1H04. vi. 593-696.—Sciamanna  (E.)  Sul  feno-
  meno del  Westphal.  Ricerche di fisiol. e sc. affini  ded.
  alProf. L. Luciaui. . ., Milano, 1900, 403-414.—Scripture
  ( E.  W.)   Reaction  time  in abuormal conditions of the
  nervous system.   Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1898, liii, 196.—Se-
  guin (E. C.)  Early diagnosis of some serious diseases of
  the nervous system ; its importance and feasibility.   Bos-
  ton M. & S.J., 1890. cxxiii, 605: 1891, exxiv, 129; 177; 201.—
  Seiffer Sc Rydel.  Ueher Knochensensibilitat.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903, n. F.,
  xiv,  332-334. AUo: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xxxix,
  1302-1304. — vou  !•> lite in  (S. *r\)   Klinicheskoye  zna-
  cheniye  tsentiofugii  dlya  raspoznavaniya nlekotorikh
  nervnikh zabollevauiy.  [Clinical  importance of  the  cen-
  trifuge  for  diagnosing certain nervous diseases.]   Med.
  Obozr.,  Mosk.,  1903, lx, 323-346, 2 pl. — Sicafd (A.) Sc
  Ouillain  ( G.)  Recherches h6matologique dans  quel-
  ques maladies du systeme nerveux.  Cong, franc, de m6d.
  Rapp^, Par., 1899, v,  443-450— Siemerling (E.) Ueber
  den Werth der Untersuchuug des Liquor cerebrospinalis
  fiir die  Diagnose der Nerven- und  Geisteskraukheiten.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xii, 549-552.—Silfverskiiild
  (P.)  Ett fall af  hammad avtouiatisk motilitet.   [Caseof
  motor disturbance.)  Eira, Stockholm, 1893,  xvii, 10-15.—
  Sommcr (M.)  [Die Differentialdiagnose der Katatonie
  gegen Epilepsie  und Verwirrtheit.]   [Discussion.]  Allg.
  Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1898-9, lv, 60-67. -----.
  Darstellung von A usdrueksbeweguugen in Licht- und Far-
  beuerscbeinungen. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1904, xxx, 279. -----. Ueber das Westphal'sche Zei-
  cheu als Merkmal dererblichen Degeneration. Monatschr.
  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1901, x, 198-211.- Soury (J.)
  La s^-miologie du systeme  nerveux d'apres J. Dejerine.
  Presse med.. Par., 1901, i, 129.—Specht (W.)  Beitrag zur
  klinischen  Bedeutung uud  Pathogenese  des Babinski'-
  schen Reflexes.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.
  1903, xiii,  81-96.—Stawell  (R. B.)  Clinical lecture on
  some signs of disease of the nervous system.  Intercolon.
  M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 290-299.—Sterling
  (W.)  Badania nad czuciem wibracyjuem i jego znaczeniem
  kliniczuem. [Vibratory sensation and its  clinical impor-
  tance.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1904,  2. s..  xxiv, 857;  907;
  939; 975; 1071; 1089; 1116.   Also, transl: Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz.,  1905,  xxix, 57-112. — Sticker  (G.)
  Ueber die diaguostiscbe Verwerthung der  Form  der  Ver-
  theilung  der  Sensibilitatsstorungeu.   Miinchen.  med
  Wchnsehr., 1896, xliii, 193-196.— Strauss (H.)  Ueber
  Blutdruckmessungeu ini Diensteder Diagnostik traumati-
  scher Neurasthenieen und Hysterieeu. Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1901, xx,  106-111.—Striimpell (A.)  Zur Kennt-
  niss  der Haut- und Sehueureflexe  bei  Nervenkranken.
  DeutscheZtschr.f. Nervenh.,Leipz., 1899, xv, 254-273.   AUo
  [Abstr.]:  Arch.  f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1899, xxxii, 646-649.—
  Sudniek  ( R.)  Modifications qualitatives du reflexe du
    enou dans les affections c6r6brospinales.   Cong, internat.
    e med.  C. r.,  Par., 19oo,  sect, de neurol., 564-567.—
  Tarulli (L.)Sc  Panichi  (L.)   Contributo alio stu-
  dio delle  degenerazioni  consecutive  al  taglio  delle ra-
  dici  dorsali.  Riv.  di  patol. nerv.,  Firenze,  1902  vii
  481-497, 1 pl. — Taylor (J.)  The diagnosis of  func-
  tional nervous diseases.  Polyclin.,  Lond., 1903, vii, 200.
  -----. Development of acute symptoms in the course
  of chronic nervous  disease.  Ibid., 1904,  viii,  15-17 —
  Thomas (H.  M.)  An  electric  apparatus used in the
  diagnosis ot diseases of the nervous system. Johns Hop-
  kins Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait., 1889-90, i,  75.  AUo,  Reprint.—
  Thomson (II. C.)  Clinical  studies in diseases of the
  nervous system.  Cliu.  J.,  Lond., 1905,  xxvi,  135-138.—
Arervous  system (Diseases  of Diagnosis
  and semeiology of).
  Thomson (W. H.)   The.significance of intermission in
  functional nervous diseases.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicims,
  Phila., 1892, vii, 267-280.—Turner (B. F.)  The diagnosis
  of disorders of the central nervous system.  Memphis y
  Month., 1902, xxii, 527.—Upson (II. S.)  The reflexes iii
  the diagnosis of nerve  lesions, due to trauma.  Am. Med
  Phila., 1904,  viii,  1127— Valera  (T.)   Historia clinica
  antigua.   Siglo med., Madrid, 1902,  xlix,  438—Van <ie.
  huehten.  Pathogenic de la rigidit6 musculaire et de la
  contracture dans les  affections organiques du  systeme
  nerveux.  Ann. de I'lnst. chir. de Brux.,  1897,  iv, 261-276.
  Also |Rap.]: Presse med. beige, Brux.,  1897, xlix, 305.—
  Verger (fl.)   Sur la  valeur s6m6iologiquo de la 8t6ren-
  agnosie.   Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x,  1201-1205.—Verrier.
  De certains 6tats auxieux au cours d'une maladie m rveuse.
  Rev. d. hop. de France et de l'etrang., Par., 1902, iv.  no!
  10,  4.—Vigdorchik  (N.  A.)  Sushtsliestvuyet-li nerv-
  naya likhoradka?   [Does  nervous  fever  exist.')  Vrach
  Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 1413; 1471—Wallenberg (A.)
  Klinische Beitrage zur Diagnostik acuter Herderkran-
  kuugen  des verlangerten  Markes uud  der  Briicke.
  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900-1901, xix, 227-
  248. -----. Ueber wiehtige Friihsymptome bei eiuigen
  zentraleu Nerveukrankheiteii.  Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild.
  Jena, 1904, i,  321;  463: 1905, ii,  671.—Waller (A.)  A
  new means of diagnosis of the affections of the nervous
  system by irritation of nervous trunks.   Lond. M. Gaz.,
  1847, n. s., iv, 232-236. AUo,  Reprint. -----. Nouvelle
  methode pour  l'etude du systeme nerveux,  applicable
  a  Investigation  de  la  distribution  anatomique  des
  cordons nerveux, et au diagnostic  des maladies du sys-
  teme nerveux, pendant la vie et apr&s la  mort. [Abstr.]
  Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1851, xxxiii, 6U6-611.—
  Walling (W. H.)  Electro-diagnosis in  brain and nerve
  injuries; methods  used and the apparatus required.  J.
  Am. M.Ass., Chicago, 1891,xvii, 764-769.—Walton (G.L.)
  The methodical examination of patients with diseases of
  the nervous system.  Internat. Cliu., Phila., 1891, ii, 226-
  235. -----. Common sources of mistaken diagnosis coming
  under the observation of the neurologist.  Ibid., 1893, 3. s.,
  ii, 112-121.—Warner  (F.)   A clinical lecture on physical
  signs of nerve disease.  Clin. J., Lond., 1894, iv, 137-141__
  Watson (B. A.)  The  diagnosis of traumatic lesions in the
  cerebro-spinal axis, and the detection of malingering  re-
  ferred to this centre.  Med.  News. Phila., 1891, lviii. 634-
  640.  AUo, Reprint.—Webber (S. G.)  Condition of the
  blood iu certain mental stales.  Boston M. &.  S. J., 1892,
  exxvi,  281.—Weber  (F. P.)  Ftecal  vomiting  and  re-
  versed peristalsis in functional nervous (cerebral) disease;
  a summary of cases and conclusions.  Brain, Lond., 1904,
  xxvii,  170-198.—Weisenburg (T. H.)  A study of the
  contractures in organic nervous diseases, and their treat-
  ment.  Univ.  Penn. M. Bull.,  Phila.,  19U5-6,  xviii, 159-
  167.—Westphal.   Ueber einen diaguostisch uuklaren
  Fall von Erkrankiing des Nervensystems.  Charity-Ann.,
  Berl., 1889, xiv, 370-395.  Also:  Arch. f.  Psychiat., Berl.,
  1892, xxiv, 838-855, 2 pl.—Whiting (A.)   Lecture on the
  diagnosis  of functioual nervous disease.  Med. Pi ess &
  Circ, Loud., 1905,  n.  s.,  lxxx, 505-508.—Wiener (A.)
  The localization  of   nervous  lesions.   Internat.  Clin.,
  Phila., 1901, 11. s.,  viii, 164-176—Williamson (R.  T.)
  Remarks on certain affections of sensation iu  diseases of
  the nervous system.   Med. Chron., Manchester,  1898-9,
  n. s.,  x, 321-332.—Wilson (J. C.)  Symptomatic dis-
  orders.  In: Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am.  authors (Dercum),
  Phila., 1895, 927-956.—Wolfe (S.)   Relations and distinc-
  tions of hysteria, neurasthenia,  and  hypochondriasis.  In-
  ternat. M.'Mag., N. Y.,  1902. xi, 81-87.— Wright (H.J. B.)
  Was it a case  of meningeal  hemorrhage,  hysteria, or ma-
  lingering? Calif. State ,1. M., San Fran., 1904, ii, 51-53.—
  Wullenweber (E.)  Nervendruckjuinkte und Nervep-
  massage.   Aerztl.  Sachverst.-Ztg..  Berl.,  1905,  xi. 367-
  369— Vamainoto (S.)  [Remarks on the understanding
  of letters by a patient suffering from nervous disease]
  Chiugai Iji Shinpo. Tokio, 1900, xxi, 582-590.—Vounger
  (E. G.)  Ou the differential diagnosis of general paralysis,
  alcoholic  insanity,  and senile  dementia.  Med.  Press &
  Circ, Lond., 1903,  n. s., lxxvi,  553.—Zauietowski (J.)
  Elektrodiagnostische Studien iiber motorische und sensi-
  ble Erregbarkeit  bei Nervenkranken.   (Versuche  mit
  Hilfe vou Condensatorenentladungen.)  Wien. klin. Rund-
  schau, 1899, xiii,  849;  867; 887. -----.  Badania ueuranib-
  bimetryczne i kondensatoryczne w myastenii, myotonii l
  tetanii.  [Neur-amcebinietric and condeusatory  observa-
  tions in  myasthenia, myotonia, and tetany.]  Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa, 1902, 2. s.,  xxii, 524-530.

IVervous system (Diseases of Eye in).
     See,  also,  Nervous  system  (Diseases of) and
  eye-strain; Nervous system (Sclerosis of, Eye in);
  Pupil (Semeioloqy of).
     Bernhard (P.)   * Ueber GeBiclitsfeldstornu-
  gen  nnd Seiuierveiiveriiiiderungen  bei Neuras-
  thenic und Hysterie.   8J.   Ziirich, 1890. 
NERVOUS.
485
NERVOUS.
Xervou* system (Diseases of, Eye in).
    Bosc ( F.-J. )   Recherches  snr les modifica-
  tions de  la pupille  chez  l'homme  sain,  l'epi-
  leptique  et l'hyst6rique.   d  .   Montpellier  <y-
  Paris, 1891.
    Felten (P.)   * Ueber Pnpillendifferenz  bei
  Ausschluss von Nerven-  uud Augen leideu.   8°.
  Kbln, 1895.
    Fhugiuele (C.)  Studio sui riflessi  pupilluri
  uelle malattie  del sistema nervoso.   16°.  Na-
  poli, 1897.
    Galezowski (J.)  *Le  fond de l'ceil dans les
  affections du systeme nerveux.   H:,  Paris, 1904.
    Hoffmann ( P. )   * Ueber den Horner'scheu
  Syuiptomencomplex  (Ptosis, Myosis, Anidrosis,
  Enophthalmus unilateralism.   8°.    Strassburg,
  1891.
    Koenig (W.)  Ueber  Gesichtsfcld-Ermiiduug
  und  deren  Beziehung  zur  coucentrischen  Ge-
  sichtsfeldeinschrankuug bei Erkrankungen  des
  Centralnervensystems.   8°.  Leipzig, 1,-93.
    Laradkux (R. )   *Lepre  nostras; syriugo-
  iny^lie;  maladie de  Morvan;  sc]e*rodermie;  pa-
  rallele clinique.   4°.  Paris, 1895.
    Oliver (C. A.)  A description of some of the
  most important ophthalmic methods employed
  for the recognition  of  peripheral  and  ceutral
  nerve disease,  sm. 4°.   Philadelphia, 1*95.
    -----.  The same.  Des principales ni6thodes
  appliqne~es en ophthalmologic  au diagnostic des
  maladies nerveuses.  8°.   Lille,  1897.
    Repr.from: Ann.  policlin. de Lille.
    Peters (W.)   * Ueber  Pupilleudifferenz  bei
  Ausschluss einer Erkrankiing des Auges und des
  Nervensystems.   8°.   Bonn, [1894].
    Ramos  (J.)   * Iinportancia de algunos fen6-
  menos  oculares,  en  el diagu6etico  de las afec-
  ciones del sistema nervioso.   6°.  Me'xico, 1887.
    Ranney (A.  L.)   Does  a  relationship exist
  between  anomalies of the  visual apparatus and
  the  so-called neuropathic  predisposition?  16°.
  Philadelphia, 1687.
    von Recss (A.  R.)   Das Gesichtsfeld bei fnnc-
  tionellen  Nervenleiden.   8°.  Leipzig # Wien, 1902.
    Schwarz (O.)   Die  Bedeutung  der  Augen-
  storungen  fiir die  Diagnose   der  Hirn-  und
  Riickeumarks-Krankheiten.  Fiir Aeizte,  beson-
  ders  Neurologen   und  Ophthalmologen.   8°.
  Berlin, 1^98.
    Swanzy (H. R.) De la valeur des symptdmes
  oculaires dans  la localisation des maladies du
  cervean;  the Bowman lecture on the value of
  eye  symptoms  in the  localisation  of cerebral
  disease.   Traduction et  analyse par van Duyse.
  8°.   Gand, 1688.
    Wilbkand (H.) & Saenger  (A.)   Die Neu-
  rologie des Anges. Ein  Handbuch  fiir Nerven-
  und Augenarzte.  3  v.   8°.   Wiesbaden, 1899-
  1904.
    Wolff  (L.)    * Ueber Gesichtsfeldeinengun-
  gen bei allgemeinen Neurosen.   8°.  Strassburg,
  1890.
    Bach (L.)  Wo haben wir bei Tabes und Paralyse den
  Sitz der zur  reflectorischen Pupillenstarre  fiihrenden
  Stoning zu sucheu?   Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,
  Cobleuz Sc Leipz., 1899, n. F., x, 631-637.—Bacon  (W. T.)
  Reflex neuroses depending on  the eye.  Tale M. J., N.
  Haven, 1901-2, viii, 311-316.—Baqu'is (E.)  La reazione
   Fupillare come elemeuto diaguostico differenziale  tra
   araaurosiistericaequella da nevrite retrobulbare. Ann.
  di ottal., Pavia, 1901, xxx, 3-16.—Brissand (E.)  Sc  Pc-
  chin  (A.)   Syphilis c6r6brale simulant une paralysie
  generale; 6pilepsie jacksonienne; dyearthrie;  paralysies
  oculaires; valeur s6m6iologique importante des troubles
  oculaires.  Arch,  d'opht.,  I'ar.,  1902, xxii,  49X-509.—
  Brown (S.)  Organic diseases of  the nervous  system
  causing focal ocular symptoms.   LAbstr.J   Chicago M.
  Recorder, 1903, xxiv, 61.—Buckner (J. H.)  Errors of
  refraction;  an important  factor  in cerebral neuralgia, in-
  digestion  and general   neurasthenia.  Cincin.  Lancet-
  Clinic, 1902, n. s., xlviii, 1-4.—Chauffartl.  Le signe
  d'Argyll-Robertson et la lymphocytose rachidienne. Rev.
]\t*rvous system (Diseases of, Eye in).
  gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1904, xviii, 302.—(Jrnchct
  (R.)  L'hippus  eu  neurologie et en particulier  dans la
  choree.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 1147.—t'ulbertson
  (L. R.)   Heterophoria  and  resulting reflex neuroses.
  Am. J.  Ophth., St. Louis,  1902, xix,  75-77.—Dabney
  (T. S.)  Masked diseases of nervous origin, with clinical
  reports.  'Kansas City M. Rec, 1889, vi, 41-47.—Dainxch
  (O.) Ueber Pupillenunruhc [Hippus] bei Erkrankungen
  des  Centralnervensystems.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1890, ix. 258-261.—De Angeli* (P.)   La reazione pupil-
  lare nelle malattie nervose e mentali.  Boll. d.  Casa di
  Salute Fleurent, Napoli, 1904, xxi,  85-88.—Bejei-ine Sc
  Vialet.  Sur une forme  sp6cialo  d'h6mianopsie  fonc-
  tionnelle dans la neurasth6uie et la n6vrose traumatique.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 626-629.—
  I)nfoili- (H.)  Relations existant entre les troubles pu-
  pillaires,  la syphilis et  certaines  maladies nerveuses
  (tabes; paralysie gen6rale).  Bull,  et mem. Soc. m6d. d.
  hop. de  Par., 1902,  3. a., xix, 558-565.—Fisher (E.  D.)
  The value of the recognition of errors of refraction in
  functional diseases of the nervous system.  N. York M.
  J.  [etc.j," 1905, lxxxii, 160-162. Also,  Reprint.—Fuchs
  (A.)  Die Messnng der Pupillengrosse  und  Zeitbestim-
  mung der Lichtreaktion der l'npillen bei einzelnen I'sy-
  chosen  und Nervenkrankbeiten.   Jahrb.  f. Psychiat.,
  Leipz. u. Wien,  1903, xxiv,  326-458.—Galezowski  (X.)
  Des troubles oculaires dans los alterations de la 5e paire et
  en particulier dans les affections dentaires. Progrfes m6d.,
  Par., 1888, 2. s.,  viii, 41-44.—Geelvink.  Ueber alimen-
  tare Glykosnrie bei Nervenkranken.  [Abstr.]  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xxxv, 783.—fciiaillc (H.)   Eye
  affections indicative of  nervous diseases.   Chicago M.
  Recorder, 1903,  xxiv, 57-60 -Hinshelwood (J.)  Eye
  symptoms in diseases of the nervous  system.  Glasgow
  M. J , 1897, xlvii,  401-412.—Ilirscli  (R.)  Die bei  Er-
  krankungen der Briickeund des verlangerten Markes be-
  obachteten Symptome unter  spezieller Beriicksichtigung
  der okulareu Symptome.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Kerb, 1903,
  ix, 268-281.—Ilolden  (W. A.)  The eye  symptoms of
  hysteria, neurasthenia and the traumatic neuroses.  Med.
  News, N. Y.,  1904, lxxxv, 200-202.—Jackson (E.)  The
  eye-symptoms of cerebro-spinal  disease.  Internat. M.
  Mag., Phila., 1892, i, 247; 351.—Jackson  (J. H.)  The
  Bowman lecture on ophthalmology  and diseases of  the
  nervous  system.  Brit. M.  J., Lond.,  1885, ii,  945-949.
  AUo: Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom. Lond.,  1885-6,  vi,
  1-22.   Also,  Reprint. — Iiawford (J. B.)  Two lec-
  tures on ocular symptoms in diseases  of the brain and
  spinal cord.   Clin. J., Lond., 1894-5, v,  359;  376.—
  lieszynsky (W. M.)   Clinical lecture on  the signifi-
  cance and value of pupillary phenomena in nervous dis-
  ease.  Post-Graduate,  N. Y., 1887-8,  iii, 224-228.  Also
  [Abstr.]: N.  York M.  J., 1888, xlvii, 337. — L,y<l*ton
  (J. A.)  The value of pupillary change in spinal and brain
  diagnoses.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv, 1088.—
  McLean (J.)  Heterophoria as a cause of nervous dis-
  eases.  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1896, xvi, 169-171.—
  iTIaliillon.  Encore un mot sur la valeur du relev6 dn
  champ visuel dans l'appr6ciation  des troubles nerveux
  post-traumatiques.  J. med. de Brux.,  1905, x, 305-307.—
  O'Connor (J.  T.)  Pupillary symptoms in nervous dis-
  eases.  Hahneman. Month., Phila.,  1889, xxiv, 609-616__
  Oliver (C. A.)  The relation of opthalmoscopic findings
  to diseases ofthe cerebral cortex, as illustrated by a series
  of observations upon nearly two hundred cases of epilepsy
  aud general paralysis  of the insane.   Univ. M. Mag.,
  Phila., 1894, vi, 372-375.  Also, Reprint.—Parisotti (O.)
  Studio comparativo del  campo visivo  di neuropatici e
  psicopatici.  Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1891-2, xviii,
  541-601,  1 pl.— Piltz (J.)  O znaczeniu rozpoznawczem
  nieregularnoSci  konturow zrenic w przebiegu organicz-
  nycb chorob nerwowych.  [Diagnostic value of pupillary
  inequality in  the  course  of  organic nervous diseases']
  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902,  2. s., xxii,  617; 644. -----.
  Ueber  neurotomische   Pupillenreaction.  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii, 253-262. -----. Ueber deu dia-
  gnostischen Werth der Unregelmiissigkeiten des Pupillar-
  randes bei den  sogenannten  orgauischen Nervenkrank-
  hciten.  Ibid., 662; 714.—Preston (U.  1.)  Tho relation
  of the pupil reflex to diseases of the  nervous system.  J.
  Eye, Ear  Sc Throat Dis., Bait., 1898,  iii, 83-90. — Bar
  (J. M.)  The ophthalmoscope as an aid in the diagnosis
  of some diseases of the central nervous system.  Am.
  Pract. Sc News, Louisville, 1890, n. s., ix, 361-363.—Ron-
  coroni (L.)  II campo della visione distinta delle forme
  in alcune malattie nervose e mentali.  Arch, di psichiat.
  |etc], Torino, 1903, xxiv, 526-543, 1 pl.—Well ill/: (II.) Sc
  Jiigei- (G.)  Experimentelle  Untersuchungen  iiber  die
  sogenannte Neuralanalvse.  Allg. honioop.  Ztg., Leipz.,
  1898, cxxxvi, 97; 114.—Shute (D. K.)   The value of a
  knowledge of abnormal  mobility of the iris as an aid in
  diagnosing diseases of tbe nervous system.   Med. News,
  N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 209-218.  Also: Wash. M. Ann , 1904-5,
  iii, 162-186.—Silex.  Die Beziehungeu  der Augeustdrun-
  gen zu den Nervenkrankbeiten; Bericht fiii das Jahr 1897.
  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Herb, 1899, i, 76-98.—Spiizka (E. C.)
  The importance  to the general practitioner of observing 
NERVOUS.
486
NEKVOUS.
IVervous system  (Diseases of, Eye in).
  the pupil iu suspected  nervous disease.  Med. Standard,
  Chicago, 1887, i, 65; 105.—Szanto (M.)  Szoptat&si papil-
  loretinitis es reflexneurosis esete.  [A case of nursing .  . .
  and . . .]  Gyogy&szat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 334.—Tange-
  nt am (C. W.) The value of eye symptoms to the general
  practitioner in diseases of  the nervous system.  Med.
  Reg., Phila., 1888, iv, 5-9.—Toms (S. W. S.)  Some ocular
  reflexes (psychoses). Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvi, 114-
  116.—Wakefield ( W. H.)  The eye as  a causative
  factor in functional nervous disorders.  Charlotte [N. C]
  M. J., 1899, xv, 235-240.—White (E. W.)  Eye symptoms
  in general diseases of the nervous system. Birmingh. M.
  Rev., 1892, xxxi, 129-143.—Wilbrand (H.)  Gesichtsfeld-
  veranderungen bei functionellen Storungen des Nerven-
  systems.  Wien. med. Presse, 1892, xxxiii, 378-380.
IVervous system (Diseases of, Hospitals
  [and  clinics] for).
    See, also, Bendorf;  Epileptics  (Hospitals
  for); Inebriates (Asylums for);  Insane (Asy-
  lums for); Narcotic-habit (Institutes for treat-
  ment of).
    Aveta (H.) & Stagno (T.)   Casa di salute
  Fleureut, con villini separati per malattie men-
  tali e  nervose.   Istituto fondato nel 1831,  Na-
  poli.  12°.   Napoli, 189(5.
    Bekhtereff  (V. M.)  Otkrltiye novo! kliniki
  nervnikh bolieznei; rTech proiznesyonnaya pri
  otkrltii  kliniki  nervnikh  bolieznei 19 noyab.
  1897 goda.   [Opening of the new Clinic of Nerv-
  ous Diseases.  Speech delivered at the opening
  of the clinic, Nov. 19, 1897.J  8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1897.
    AUo, in: Obozr. psichiat. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1897, ii, 801-
  818, 2 plans.
    Benda  (T.)   Oeffentliche Nervenheilaustal-
  ten.  8°.  Berlin, 1691.
 i   Bollettino della Casa di salute Fleureut, per
  malattie nervose e meutali, alia  calota Capo-
  dichino  in Napoli.   v. 20-22, April, 1903, to 1905.
  8°.  Napoli.
    Current.
    Brosius  (C.  M.)   Dr. Brosius' Heilanstalten
  fiir Nervenkranke,  Bendorf a. Rh. Villa Sayn
  und Waldesruhe.  Nach 25jahrigem  Bestande.
  8°.  Wiesbaden, 1883.
    Browne (J. C.)  Rebuilding of the National
  Hospital  for   the  Paralysed  aud  Epileptic,
  Blooiiisbury. Speech delivered Dec. 13, 1884,
  at Brightou.  8°.  [Bloomsbury, 1884.]
    CASAdi salute vesuviaua per malattie nervose
  e meutali.  16°.  [Napoli, 1890.]
    Conrad Sanitarium for Mental and Nervous
  Diseases, Relay Station, Md.  Prospectus of the
  superintendent. 8°.  [Baltimore, n. d.~\
    Cromwell Hall.  Sanitarium  for  nervous
  diseases.  [Descriptive circular, by the proprie-
  tor.]  8°.   [Middleton, 1899.]
    Determanny  Volksheilstatten  fur  Nerven-
  kranke; ihre Notwendigkeit,  Einrichtung und
  Ansfuhruug. 8°.   Wiesbaden,  1903.
    Directory of  private institutions  for  the
  treatment of nervous and mental disease.  8°.
  New Tork, 1903:
    Dispensary  for Nervous Diseases, Baltimore.
  Anuual  reports of the board of trustees to the
  subscribers.  1., 1879-80; 4., 1*82-3;  6., 1884-5.
  8°.  Baltimore,  1880-86.
    Dr. Coe's Sanitarium for Nervous  Diseases,
  Portland, Oregon.   [Descriptive circular of the
  management,   including  terms. 1   16°.  [Port-
  land, 1898 TJ
    Dr. Givens's Sanitarium  at  Stamford, Conn.
  [Notice  of its  advantages  for the treatment  of
  nervous derangements.]  8°.  [n.p.,  1903.1
    Repr. from. N.  Y. Tribune, Feb. 15, 1903.
    Dr. Ring's  Sanitarium,  Arlington Heights,
  Mass.   [Descriptive circular of the institution
  aud method of  treatment. ]    12°.   [ Boston
  1UQ0 91                                L       '
Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Hospitals
  [and clinics] for).
    -----.  The same.  16°.  [Boston, 1869.]
    -----.  Medical report of the  proprietor to
  the medical profession, for the  years 1899-1900
  8°.   Boston, 1900.
    Dr.  Rose's  Sanitarium,  South  Windham,
  Coun.   A private sanitarium for  the scientific
  treatmeut of mental and nervous diseases, alco-
  holic, morphine,  opium, cocaine,  and narcotic
  drug habits.   [Descriptive circular.]  obi. Hi0.
  [ Utica, n. d.~\
    Dr. Smith's  Heilanstalt Schloss Marhach am
  Bodensee (Tempereuz - Sanatorium)  fur Herz-
  und  Magenleidende,  Alkohol-  und  Morphiurn-
  kranke  sowie Nervose und Nervenkranke ieder
  Art.   8°.  Konstanz, [1*96].
    Friedrichroda in  Thiiringen.   Sanitorium
  fiir Nervenleidende und Kranke mit  Kreislaufs-
  Btoruugen.   G.  Kothe.  8°. [Bad Friedrichroda,
  n. d.]
    -----.  Dr.  Kothe's  Sanatorium  Friedrich-
  roda,  fiir  Nervenleidende  und  Erholtingsbe-
  diirftige, auch  fiir Nichtkurbrauchende.   fol.
  [Friedrichroda,  1899 T]
    Grohmann (A.)  Entwurf zu einer genossen-
  schaftlichen Musteranstalt fiir  Unterbriugung
  und Bescliaftigung von Nervenkranken.  Com-
  mentar  zur  Broschiire "Ueber  die Behandlung
  von Nervenkranken  und die  Errichtung  von
  Nerven heilstatteu",  von  P. J. Mobius.   8°.
  Stuttgart, lb99.
    Heartrest Sanatory.   Consumption, tniuor,
  Blight's disease,  diseases of the heart, cancer,
  neurasthenia in men.  roy. 8°.  New Tork, 1891.
    Herrick's (Mrs.  W. D.)  Home  School  for
  Delicate aud Nervous Children  and Youth, Am-
  herst, Mass.  [Circular for the  term of 1892-3.]
  24°.   [Amherst, 1892.]
    Hitzig (E.)  Bericht iiber Wirksamkeit der
  Universitats Psychiatrischen und Nervenkliuik
  zu Halle a. S. fiir die Jahre 1885-6 und 1886-8.
  8°.  Halle a. S., 1887.
    Hospitals for Epilepsy  and Paralysis  and
  other Diseases of the Nervous System, Loudon.
  Annual  reports of the committee of management
  to the  governors and subscribers.   4., 1870-71;
  15.-18.,  1881-4.  8°.   London, 1871-85.
    Mann (E. C.)  Sunnyside (established 1876).
  A sanitarium for the treatment of diseases of
  the nervous system, inebriety, and the morphine
  habit.   Under  the management  of . . .   16°.
  Brooklyn, 1869.
    National Hospital for  Diseases of the Heart
  and Paralysis,  London, W.   Annual reports of
  the committee to the governors and subscribers.
  15., 1870; 26., 1881;  28.-30., 1883-5; 32.,  1887.
  8°.   London, 1871-88.
    -----.  Statements of  receipts  and expendi-
  tures for the years 1879; 1885.   MS.  fol. & 8y
  [London, 1880-86.]
    National Hospital for the Paralysed  and
  Epileptic (Albany Memorial), Bloomsbury.  An-
  nual reports of the board of management to the
  governors  and subscribers.    11.-13., 1870-72;
  15., 1874; 16., 1875;  18., 1877; 19., 1878; 22.-45.,
  1880-1903.   8°.  London, 1871-1904.
    -----.  In testimony: Being a selection  of
  utterances by distinguished persons concerning
  the . . ., which is the Albany Memorial Hospital.
  8°.   [Bloomsbury, 1884.]
    -----.  Building of a new country and con-
  valescent home.  "Ahospital garden." [Special
  donations solicited to layout aud stock thegarden.
  B. BurfordRawlings]  12°.   [London, 1895.]
    -----.   Erectii n of a new country and con-
  valescent home.  Appeal for £ 1,500,  the balance 
NEE VOU S.
487
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Diseases of, Hospitals
  [and clinics] for).
  ofthe sum required for buildiug aud equipment,
  July 1,  1895.  4C.   [London, 1895.]
    -----.   "Things seen are greater than things
  heard."  Being glimpses at suffering borne in
  the wards of the . . ., and  the efforts made for
  its relief.   By B.  Burford  Rawlings.  sm. 8°.
  Loudon, 1895.
    Nervine  Establishment  and  "Rest  Cure",
  Burliugton,  Vt.  A.  J.  Willard's  Private lu-
  st itutiou  for Nervous Invalids.   [Circular of
  the proprietor, giving terms  and facilities for
  treatment.]  8C.   [Burlington, lc90T]
    Oak Grove, a Hospital  for the Treatment of
  Nervous aud Mental Diseases, at Flint,  Mich.
  Announcement of the directors,  rov.  8°.  Flint,
  1891.
    OsnovI  Hecneuiya  nervnikh  i  dushevnlkh
  bolnikh v  chastnikh lechebnitsakh.  S  prilo-
  zheuiyem opisaniya  chastnoi  lechebuitsl  dlya
  nervnikh  i  dushevutkh  bolnikh d-ra M.  Ya.
  Drozuesa v  Odessie.  [Principles of  treatment
  of nervous and mental diseases iu  private hos-
  pitals.  With  appeudix of description  of the
  private hospital for nervous and mental diseases
  of Dr. Drozues, in  Odessa.]  8°.   Odessa,  1891.
    Philadelphia Orthopaedic  Hospital and In-
  firmary for Nervous  Diseases.  Annual reports
  of the  board of managers and  officers to the
  contributors.  1.-13.,  1868-80;   17.-35.,  1884-
  1902.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1-69-1903.
    Privat - Heil - Anstalt  fiir Gemiiths-  nnd
  Nervenkranke, von H. Mittenzweig, Steglitz bei
  Berlin.  Bedinguugeu.  8:.  Bixdorf-Berlin, 1892.
    Reasons why Brooklyu should have a special
  hospital and dispeusary for nervous and mental
  disease.  8°.  Brooklyn, 18*4.
    Richard  Gundry  Home,  Catonsville, Md.
  [Descriptive circular of the proprietor, present-
  ing its facilities for the treatment of mental and
  nervous cases.  Established  1891.]   obi. 16°.
  [Baltimore, 1899?]
    Riverview Sanitarium for Nervous Iuvalids,
  Baldwinsville, Mass.   [Circular of  the  pro-
  prietor, L.W. Baker.]  obi. 16°.  [n. p.~\, 1897.
    Saixt Joseph's Retreat, Dearborn.  A private
  sanitarium for the care and treatment of mental
  and nervous diseases.  Established at Detroit,
  Mich.,  1860.   Incorporated  under  the  title
  "Michigau   State   Retreat"  1870.   Reincor-
  porated under the  title "St. Joseph's Retreat"
  1883.  Removed to Dearborn,  Mich.,  1886.  4°.
  [Detroit, 1888.]
    Sanitarium for Mental and Nervous Diseases,
  San Mateo.   [Illustrated  circular.]  12°.   [San
  Francisco, 1894.]
    Sanatorium  Harzburg,  Reconvalescenten-
  Heim, Kur- und Wasserheilanstalt  fiir Nerven-
  leiden and  chronische innere Krankheiten.  4°.
  Bad Harzburg,  [n. d.p
    Sanatorium  Lindenhof, Wiesbaden.   Fiir
  Nervenleidende, Erholungsbeduiftige, chrouisch
  Kranke jeder Art (Geisteskranke ausgeachlos-
  sen). Dasganze Jahr hindurch geoffuet. sm. fol.
  Altenburg, [n. d.~\.
   Sanatorium fiir  Nerven-  und innere Krank-
  heiten.  [Announcement.]  4°. Konstanz, 1903.
   Schutz  (H. )    Hartheck.  Heilanstalt  fiir
  Nerven- uud Gemiitskranke.   4°.  Halle a. S.,
  1901.
   Schuster.   The  Schlossbath  at  (Aix-la-
  Chapelle)   Burtscheid.  Medical   establishment
  for chronic  diseases,  especially  for  patients
  suffering from nervous complaints.   Under the
 management of  Dr.  Schuster.    8°.   Aix-la-
  Chapelle, 1889.
IVervous system  (Diseases  of, Hospitals
  [and clinics] for).
    Schweizerhof, Privat-Heilanstalt fiir  Ner-
  ven-  und  Psychisch - Kranke,  weiblicheu  Ge-
  schlechts.  2. Bericht. Chronik; Beschreibung;
  wisseuschaftliche  Beitrage.  4°.  Berlin,  1-93.
    -----.  3. Bericht. Fiiufzig  Jahre nach  sei-
  ner Grundung,  17.  Dezember  1853 bis  17.  De-
  zember 1903.  Geschichte;  Beschreibung;  wis-
  seuschaftliche Beitrage.   4°.  Berlin,  1903.
    Shepard's   Sanitarium,   Columbus.    [Cir-
  cular  of  the  proprietor, W.   Shepard.   Two
  separate departments, nervous and chronic  dis-
  eases  and mental  diseases.]   16°.   Columbus,
  [1896?].
    Sheppard   Asylum.  A hospital for  mental
  diseases, near Baltimore.   Annual  reports of
  the trustees  and superintendent.   1.-3., 1891-2
  to 1893-4.  8°.  Baltimore, 1893-5.
    Smith (A.)  Ueber Temperenz-Anstalten uud
  Volksheilstatten  fur  Nervenkranke.    Die  fiir
  dieselbeu in Betracht kommenden Erkankungen
  und deren Behaudlungsweise.  12°.  Wiirzburg,
  1899.
    -----.  The same.  2. Aufl. 12°.  Wurzburg,1899.
    Stimmel (F.)   Die Heil-Austalt fiir  Nerven-
  uud  Gemtiths-Kranke,  Kennenburg  bei  Ess-
  lingeu, Konigreich  Wurttemberg.  Hire zu er-
  strebende Aufgabe und ihre  Leistungen in  den
  verflossenen ersten acht Jahren ihres Bestehens.
  8°.   Esslingen, 1664.   ■
    Sunnyside  Home, Worcester.   A  private
  medical home  for nervous iuvalids.   [Circular
  of the  management,  with terms.]  8°.  [Wor-
  cester, 1899?]
    Sunnyside, a private medical home for nerv-
  ous iuvalids,  Washington Heights, New York
  City.   [Circular  stating  the kind of cases re-
  ceived, dipsomania, opium habit, and nervous
  diseases of both sexes.]   16°.  New Tork, 1878.
    Wadsworth Sanitarium,  East  Orange, N. J.
  [Circular of the proprietor, Mrs. S.  J. Wads-
  worth, M. D.]  12°.   [n.p.,  1899?]
    West End Hospital for Disease of the Nervous
  System,  Paralysis and Epilepsy, London,  W.
  Annual reports of the committee of manage-
  ment  to  the governors  and  subscribers.   1.,
  1878-9; 4.-6., 1881-2 to  1883-4; 9., 1886-7.  8°.
  London, 1879-87.
    -----.  Special and urgent appeal on behalf
  of little  paralysed  children.   8°.   [London,
  1895.]
    Wilheim  (J.)  Die  modernen Nervenheilan-
  stalten!  Weichen  Nutzen haben  sie fiir  Ner-
  vose?  8°.   Wien, 1904.
    Willard  Nervine  Home,  Burlington.  [Cir-
  cular of the proprietor,  A.  J.  Willard.]   16°.
  [Burliugton, 1894.]
    -----.  The same.  16°.   [Burlington, 1896.]
    Beyer (E.)  Zum allgemeinen Bauprogramm der Ner-
  venbeilstatten.  Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnsehr., Halle a. S.,
  1904-5,  vi, 236-238.—BiiiMwanger.  Die Nervenabtei-
  lung  der psychiatrischen  Klinik  zu  Jena.  Kor.-Bl. d.
  allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1905, xxxiv,  302-
  311. — Bratz.   Epileptiker - Anstalt oder Nervenheil-
  statte? Psychiat. Wchnsehr., Halle a. S., 1901. iii,  279-
  2*2.—Bregnuin (L.)  Pierwsze  sanatoryuni dbi nieza-
  moznych cborvch lurwowych.  [First sanatorium for iu-
  (lijicnt nerve patients]  Zdrowie,  Warszawa, 1901, xvii,
  425-433. — KreMler.  (iegeinvaitiger Stand der Bestre-
  bungen  zur Erricbtung  vou Volksnervenheilstatten.
  Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1903, eclxxx,  113-120.—Hiidin-
  gen (T.)  Eine Vorrichtuug zum Wecken des Pflegcper-
  sonals.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.. 1904, li, 440.—tllark
  (L. P.)  A plea for a neurological hospital iu New York.
  Med. New.-', N.  Y., 1903,  lxxxii, 195.—Cramer  (A.)  Be-
  schreibung des Sanatorium Rasenmiihle. Psychiat.-neurol.
  Wchnsehr., Halle a. S., 1903, v, 284-287.-----'. Die Heil-und
  Unterricbtsanstalten fiir psychische und Nervonkrauke in
  Gottiugen.  Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1905, xiv, 1-40.— Deter-
  niaiin, DiebadischeVolksnervenbeilstatle.  2.Character
  der Anstalt und des Anstaltslebens, Behandlung, Lage, 
NEK VOX'S.
488
NEKVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Hospitals

  [and clinics] for).
  Platz Plan und Einricbtungdcr Anstalt. Psychiat.-neurol.
  Wcbnscbr., Halle a. S., 1904-5, vi, 321-328.—Dewey (B.)
  Hospitals for tbe neuropatbic and psychopathic.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 735-739.  AUo: Nat. Hosp.
  Kec, Detroit, 1902-3, vi, no. 4, 9-16.—Erlenmeyer (A.)
  Ueber die Bedeutung dec Arbeit  bei der Behandlung der
  Nervenkranken iu Nerveiibeilaustalten.  Verhandl. d. Ge-
  sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii,
  pt. 2, 2.  Hlfte., 179-189— Fischer  (R.)  Die, neue ba-
  dische Privatitrenaustalt Kurbaus fiir Nerven- und Ge-
  miithskranke  in Neckargemiind.  Psychiat.  Wchnsehr.,
  Halle a. S.. 1900-1901, ii, 389-390.—Forel (A.)   Zum Ka-
  pitel von der Arbeit (Grohmann'sche  Beschaftigungs-
  anstalt fiir Nervenkranke Hegibach-Ziirich).   Centralbl.
  f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz Sc Leipz., 1896, n. F., vii,
  054-057.—Fuchs' (W.i  Organisation uud  Fiuanzierung
  der badiscb.cn Volksuervenheilstatte fiir Nervenkranke.
  Psychiat.-neurol. Wcbnscbr., Halle a. S., 1904-5, vi, 313-
  317.__(Jasnt- (G.)  Les affections du systeme nerveux k
  la consultation de la  Salpetriere.  Bull. m6d., Par., 1900,
  xiv,437-440.—Hamilton (A McL.)  A psychopathic hos-
  pital.  N. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 351.—Hans .""u-lionow
  (Aus),  Heilstiitte  fiir Nervenkrauko in Zehlendorf bei
  Berlin (aus dem Jabresbericht 19u2).  Rotbe Kreuz, Berl.,
  1902, xx, 367. —Hoffmann (A.)  Ueber Nothwendigkeit
  uud Eiuricbtung von Volksheilstatten fur Nervenkranke.
  Allg. Ztscbr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, lvi, 577-594.—
  Hiifler (E.)  Die stadtische Nervenheilaustalt zu Chem-
  nitz, nebst eiuigen Bemerkuugeu iiber die Versorgung der
  Geisteskranken  in  deu  grossercn Stadteu Deutschlands.
  Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnsehr., Halle a. S., 1905-6, vii, 257;
  273.—Jelgernma.  ((5.)  Sanatoria voor  zenuwzieken.
  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.  De ziekenverpleg. [etc.].
  Artikelen .  . . Catalog,  d. Hist.-Geneesk. Teutoonst. te
  Arnhein. Amst., 1899, 150.—Jelliffe (S. E.)   The work
  of a neurological dispensary clinic. .). Nei v. Sc Ment. Dis.,
  N.Y., 1903, xxx, 482-488. -----. Dispensary work in nerv-
  ous diseases.  Ibid., 1905, xxxii, 448-453. — Jen<li-a»sik
  (E.)  A  budapesti k. ni. tud.-egyeteiuen az idegbajosok
  klinikajdnak  meguyitd eldaddsa (1902  szeptember  18).
  [The opening address at tbe clinic for nervous diseases of
  tbe Budapest Royal Hungarian University (September 18,
  1902).]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 656; 673.  Also,
  transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest, 1902, xxxviii,
  1003-1008.—Jolly (F.)  Ueber  Heilstatten fiir  Nerven-
  kranke.  Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl.. Berl., 1898, xx, 94-98.—
  Jonas.  Empfiehlt sich  die (jiiinduug von Nervenheil-
  anstalten fiir uubemittelte Kranke vou Seiten der inneren
  Mission.  I'sychiat.-neurol. Wcbnscbr., Halloa. S., 1903-4,
  v, 553-558. — kulilbaum (S.)  Zum fiinfziejahrigeu Be-
  stehen  der I'rivatnervenheilaustalt  zu Gorlitz.  Ibid.,
  1905-6,  vii,  1.-5-187. — Keith  (Ellen L. )   Tbe Psycho-
  pbatic  Hospital; its  sphere and location.   N. Eng. M.
  Oaz., Bost , 1903, xxxviii, 201-209.—King (J. K.)  Treat-
  ment of nervous  diseases in sanitariums.  Tr. Pan-Am.
  M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt.  2, 1818 -1825. — Lnchr
  (H.)   Ueber Ileilstatten  fiir minderbeiuittelte  heilbare
  Nervenkranke.  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat.  [etc.], Berl.
  1898-9,  lv, 97-106. -----.  Beschreibung der Anstalt.
  Schweizerhof,. .. f.Nerv.-u. Psych.-Kranke weibl.Geschl.,
  Berl., 1903, 30-58. -----. Geschichte  der Anstalt. Ibid.,
  1-29.—Lachr (M.)  Wie sichern wir deu Heilerfolg der
  Anstalteu  fiir Nervenkranke. Arcb. f.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,
  1905, xl, 212-223.—Litinsky (O.) L'inauguration de la
  nouvelle  clinique  des maladies  nerveuses  [Saint-Peters-
  bourg].  Med. mod.,  Par., 1897, viii, 800.—:?Ieyers  <C.)
  On wards in general hospitals for acute nervous aud  men-
  tal diseases.  Canad.  Pract. & Kev..  Toionto, 19o5,  xxx,
  377-383.— .TloiiK-sano (G.)   Ambulatorio per le malattie
  nervose e mentali; resoconto dell' anno 1895.  Suppl. al
  Policlin., Roma, 1885-G, ii, 875-879.—National Hospital
  for i he Paralysed and  Epileptic.   Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1901,
  i. 77s: ii, 85.  Also: Lancet,  Loud., 1901, i, 981: ii, 1755.—
  \< inimiiii (M.)   Volksheilstatten  fiir Nervenkranke.
  Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnsehr., Halle a. S., 1902-3 iv 513-
  521.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Allg.  Ztschr.  f.  Psychiat, letc 1
  Berl.,  1902,  lix, 137-142.—Ostanltoff (P." A.)   Novaya
  kliuikanervno-bolnikh pri klinikledushevuikh bolieznei v
  S.-Peterburgie.  [New clinic of nervous diseases in con-
  nection with the clinic of mental diseases  in St. Peters-
  burg.]  Vestnik.  obsh. big., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Pe-
  tersb., 1897, xxxiii, no. 11, 6. sect., 1-6,1 plan.—Pelinan.
  Ueber die Errichtung von Sanatorien fur Nervenkranke
  Centralbl.  f. allg.  Gsndhtspflg.,  Bonn,  1900, xix 441-448
  Also: Ztscbr. f. Kraukenpfl., Berl., 1901,  xxiii', 4-9.—
  Peretti (J.)  Ueber den Stand der Frage der Errichtung
  von N( i venlieilstatten uud  die  Wege zu ihrer  Ldsung
  Allg. Zts.-Ur.  f.  Psychiat. [etc.], Berl..  1899,  lvi, 567-576
  -----.  I cber den jet/.igen Stand der Nervenheilstatten-
  Bestrebuugen.  Psychiat.-neurol. Wcbuschr.  Halle a S
  1903, v 277-283.-Per vnsh in  (V.  P.)   Kratkiy obzor
  dleyatelnosti kunikl nervnikh bolieznei Kazanskavo Uni-
  versiteta  za 1898-9 uchebuiy god.   [Brief review of the
  activity of  the clinic of nervous diseases of Kazan Uni-
  versity for tbe scholastic year l»9s-9.]  Trudi klin. nerv
  boliez.  Imp. Kazan.  Univ., 1899, i, 141-162  I tab —
Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Hospitals
  [and clinics] for).
  Poenagen  ( h. )   Beitrag  zur  Behandlung  nervoser
  Kiankheitszustande iu Sanatorien.  Ztschr.  f.  <liai< t. n.
  physik. Therap., Leipz., 1900, iv, 290-299.—Kiissin.  Ob
  utverzhdenii polozheuiya o klinikle dushevniUi  i mrv-
  nikh  bolieznei.  [Approved order concerning the clinic
  of mental  and nervous  diseases.]  Vestnik obnb. big.,
  sudeb. i prakt. med., St.  Petersb., 1900,  i,  39.— Sana-
  toria  voor minverniogende  zeuuwlijders.  Hyg. BL,
  Amst.,  1899,  ii, 247-250. — Sanatorium  (Das)'Schloss
  Hard in  Ermattingen  am Bodensee.   Schweiz. Bl. f
  Gsndhtspfl., Zurich. 1903, n.f., xviii, 241-241.—Sehwalbe
  (J.)   Heilstatten  fiir minderbemittelte  Nervenkranke.
  Deutsche med. Wchnscbr., Leipz. u.  Berl.,  1898, xxiv,
  211. — Smith (A.)  Ueber  Temperenz-Anstalten  und
  Volksheilstatten  fiir   Nervenkranke.   Aerztl.  Prux
  Wiirzb., 1898, xi, 291-295. -----.  Wie sollen Volksheil-
  statten  fiir Nervenkrauke bescbaffeu sein?  Heilkunde
  Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii,  592-596. -  Sommer.  Kliniken
  fur psychische  und  nervose Kraukheiten.  Psychiat.-
  neurol.  Wcbnscbr.,  Halle a. S., 1905-6, vii, 364-360.'  Also:
  Med.  Woche, Halle a. S.,  1906, vii, 4-6. — Spitzer (G.j
  Kozlemeny a szt. R6kusk6rhdz Donath ni.-tan&r vezetSse
  alatt &I16 idegauibulatorium&bdl.   [Communication on the
  nerve ambnlatorium of  St. Rock's Hospital under Prof.
  Donath.]  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1898, xlii, 3*4 -386.—
  Stone  (I. S.) The need of a hospital and better facilities
  iu Washington for  tbe treatment  of nervous  diseases.
  Wash. M. Ann., 1903, ii, 192-201.—Torn (J.) Dr. Torps
  sygeh.jeni.  ( • • • infirmary.] Tidsskr. f. d.  norskeLaBge-
  for., Kristiania, 1894, xiv,  489-501. — Tnmpowaki (A.)
  Zaklady leczuicze dlaniezamoznych chorych nerwowych.
  [Sanatoria for poor patients with  nervous diseases. | Cza-
  sopismo lek., Lddz\  1900, ii, 150-160. — Vogt (O.)  Ueber
  die Errichtung neurologischer Centralstationen.  Ztschr.
  f.  Hypnot. [etc.].  Leipz., 1900,  x, 170-177.  — W.  Eine
  Volkslieilstatte  fiir Nervenkranke.   Med.  Cor.-Bl. d.
  wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 708;  723.—We-
  senberg (G.)  Die  chemische Untersuchuug der Kost
  der psychiatrischen uud  Nervenklinik der Universitiit
  Halle-Wittenberg.  Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1897, vi, 395-412.—
  Wichniniui (R.)  Eine  Nervenheilsliitte  fiir gebildete
  Minderbemittelte im Harz. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1903, ii,
  1005-1011.  Also: Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg.,Brnschwg.,
  1903, xxvi, 113-120. — Wildermuth.  Die allgenieinen
  Gesichtspunkte, die bei  der Griiiidung einer Volksheil-
  statte fiir Nervenkranke  in  Betracht  komnieu.   Allg.
  Ztschr.  f. Psychiat.  [etc.], Berl., 1903, lx, 178-189. —Wil-
  der ninth Sc Neumann. Ueber Volksheilstatten fiir
  Nervenkranke.   Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1902, xxi,
  1124-1132.— Windscheid (F.)   Das Henuann-Haus. Un-
  fallnervenkliuik der sachsischen  BaugewerksBerufsge-
  nossenschaft in Stdtteritzhei Leipzig, nebst Bemerkungen
  iiber  die  Berecbtigung der Errichtung besonderer Un-
  falluerveukliniken.   Aerztl.  Sachverst.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1902,
  viii. 389-396.  Also: Deutsche. Prax., Miinchen, 1902, xi,
  033-641.—Wizel (A.)  Wsprawie sanatorydw dia nieza-
  moznych chorych nerwowych.  [Sanatoria for poor nerv-
  ous patients.]  Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1900, iv, 69; 142.—
  Ifakovleff (A. A") Sanatorii dlya nervno-bolnlkh i ikh
  blizhaisbiya zadachi. [Sanatoria for neurotic patients and
  their  immediate problems.]  J. nevropat. i  psikhiat. . . .
  Korsakov Mosk., 1902, ii, 194-205.

Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Jurispru-

  dence of).
     See,  also. Alcoholism, Aphasia, Brain  (Dis-
  eases of), Epilepsy,  Heredity, Hysteria, Ine-
  briety, Insanity, Jurisprudence of;  Mind (En-
  quiry into  condition  of); Paralysis,  Railroads
  (Injuries  on),  Jurisprudence of;  Sexual  instinct
  (Perversion of).
     Bailey (P.)   Accident aud  injury; their re-
  lations to diseases  of the nervous system.  8°.
  Kew  Tork,  1698.
     Bkhakdi  (V.  A.)    La  responsabilita  nella
  neurastenia.  1G°.   Bari, 1^9"*.
     Bkesler (J.)   Die  Simulation  vou  Geistcs-
  storung uud Epilepsie.   ^.   Halle a. S., 1904.
     Dorliat(A.)   * Contribution a  l'e'tude  de la
  neurasthe'nie  envisagee  spdcialenient  au  poiut
  de vue de son e"tiologie et de ses rapports avec
  la m6decine legale.  8°.   Paris, ]*9*.
     -----.   The same.   8C.   Paris, 1*96.
     Hamilton (A. McL.)   Railway and other ac-
  cidents  with  relation  to  injury  and disease of
  the nervous system; a book  for court use.  8°.
  New  Tork,  1904.
     Lakkive (F.)   "Des accidents nerveux con-
  seeutifs aux traumatismes; leur nature  et leurs 
I
NERVOUS.                                      489                                      NERVOUS.
Nervous  system (Diseases of,  Jurispru-

  dence of).
  consequeuces  au point  de vue  m&lico-legal.
  bu.  Lyon, 1696.
    Markoff  (S.)    *De  l'hy8t6ro-neurasthenie
  traumatique et la loi  sur les  accidents du tra-
  vail.  8C.  Paris, 1901.
    Saenger (A.)   Die Beurtheilung der Nerven-
  erkraukungen uach Unfall.   Nach Beobachtun-
  gen  aus  dem  allgemeiueu   Krankeuhause  zu
  Haniburg-St.-Georg.  8°.   Stuttgart, 1690.
    Vibert (C.)  La nevrose traumatique.  fitudo
  me'dko-le'gale  sur les blessures produites par les
  accidents de chemiu de fer  et les trauniatisines
  analogues.   8°.  Paris,  189:?.
     Wixdscheid (F.)  Aufgaben nnd Gruudsatze
  des Arztes  bei der Begutachtung von Unfalls-
  nervenkranken.   8°.   Leipzig, 1903.
     Adamkiewicz (A.)  Pseudoneurosis traumatica und
   deren forensische Beurtheilung.  Ztschr.  f.  klin.  Med.,
   Berl., 1896, xxxi, 148-165.— Alexander (D.)  Simulazione
   di nevrosi traumatica per iufortunio.  [Rap.]  Gior. p. i
   med. periti giud. ed uff. sau. [etc.], Napoli, 1899, iii, 161-
   167.__Ayres (S.)  Some observations  ou tbe traumatic
   neuroses in relation to litigation.  Peuu. M. J., Pittsburg,
   1898-9, ii, 481-487.  AUo, Keprint. — Babinski (J.)  Ein-
   i'iibrung in die  Semiotik  der Kraukheiten des Nerven-
   systems; iiber objektive Symptome, die der Wille  nicht
   inistande ist, zu reprodnzieren,  ihre "Wichtigkeit  in der
   gerichtlichen Medizin. Berl. klin.-therap.Wchnsehr.,19u5,
   161-168.  AUo: Wien. klin.-therap.  Wchnsehr., 1905, 161-
   168. AUo, transl.: Escuela de med., Mexico, 1905, xx, 241-
   249.__Bailey  (P.)   Traumatic neurasthenia; medico-
   legal features.  Med.-Leg. J., N. T., 1897-8, xv, 307.-----.
   Injuries and disorders of the nervous  system following
   railwav and allied accidents.  In.-  Text-Book Leg. Med.
   (Peterson Sc Haines), 8°, Phila., 1903, i, 373-417.—Bnuduy
   (I K.)  An extraordinary case of feigned nervous disease.
   Bull. Internat. Med.-Leg. Cong. 1889, N. Y., 1891, 212-231.—
   Bel! (C.i  Medico-legal feature  of  traumatic neuras-
   thenia.  Med.-Leg. J., N. T., 1*97-8, xv,  303-306. — Bi-
   kovski  ( S. S.)  Sluchai patologicheskavo  affekta (su-
   debno-psikbiatricheskoye nablyudeui.ve).  [Pathological
   exaltation of mind; case in medical jurisprudence.]   Vest-
   nik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1898, no.
   11, 2. sect., 906-919. — Biondi (C.)  Su di alcuni pnntidi
   pratica medico-iegale, a proposito di nn caso di isteroneu-
   rastenia traumatica complicata  da ectopia renale.   Gior.
   p. 1 med. periti giud. ed uff.  san.  [etc.],  Napoli, 1901, v, 81-
   107.  AUo: Riv. di diritto e giur. . .  . s.  infortuni d. lavoro,
   Modena, 1901, iii, 49-76. - Borri (L.)  Nevrosi trauma-
   tica locale per infortunio.   [Rap.]  Gior.  p. i med. periti
   giud. ed uff. san. [etc.], Napoli, 1899,iii, 201-208—Bremer
   (L.) Traumatic neuroses in court.  Med. Kev., St. Louis,
   1893, xxviii,  381-384.  AUo, Reprint.  Also: J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 50-53.*-C'iagliifski (A->  Kilka
   uwag o tak  zwanej neurozie traumatycznej  i symulacyi.
   [On tbe  so-called traumatic  neurosis  and  simulation.]
   Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1898, 2. s., xviii. 1210-1216.—torn-
   ing (J.  L.)   The importance, both  medico-legal and
   clinical, of the  early recognition  of  certain organic af-
   fections of the  nervous system, includiug paresis.  N.
   York M. J.,  1900, lxxi,  222-225.—Be Falco.  Impor-
   tanza dell' esame oculare per il medico legale nella nevra-
   Btenia.   Gior. med. d. r.  esercito, Roma, 1900, xlviii, 241-
   276. — Erben (S.)  Ueber  Simulation von Nervensymp-
   tomen.  Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1901, xi, 301-304.—
   Fere (C.)  Note sur le role pathogene de la simulation.
   Rev. de med.. Par., 1904, xxiv, 189-191.—Fournier (A.),
   Kohne (J.-C), Sc  Gilles  de la  Tourette.  Rapport
   medico-legal sur un militaire deserteur  atteint  d'auto-
   matisme ambnlatoire.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,
   1895, viii,  348-353.—Fiirstner.   Zur Symptoraatologie
   der chronischen Unfallerkraukungen des Centraluerven-
   systems nnd iiber die Beziehuugen der letzteren zur Un-
   fallgesetzgebung.  Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1896,
   iii,  330-340.—Gilbert (L. L.)   Traumatic neurasthenia;
   its medico-legal features.  Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xv,
   293-302.  AUo: Internat.  J. Surg., N.  Y., 1898, xi, 212-
   210.—Gildersleeve (C. P.)  Injury as an alleged cause
   of certain  nervous diseases. Brooklyn M. J., 1904, xviii,
   91-96.—Gordon (A.)  Functional nervous diseases from
   a medico-legal  standpoint.   N.  York  M. J.  [etc.], 1904,
   lxxx, 1178— GorshkoflT(I. P.)  K voprosu o  znachenii
   alkoholno-naslledstvennikh  zabollevaniy nervnoi sistemi
   v sudebnol meditsinle.  [Importance  of hereditary alco-
   holic diseases of the nervous system in medical jurispru-
   dence.]  Ejened. jour. "Prakt! med.", St. Petersb., 1899,
   vi, 577-581.—Hall (A. L.)  A medico-legal consideration
   of some of the general features, signs, and symptoms of
   the simple traumatic neuroses.  Med. Rec. N. Y..  1896, 1,
   436-438.— Haug.   Ober-Gutachten iiber Scbadelverle-
   tzung, Trauma des Ohres, traumatische Neurose. Aerztl.
Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Jurispru-

   dence of).
   Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, viii, 479.—Higier (H.)  Ue-
   ber die sogenannten traumatischen Neurosen und deren
   Simulation.  Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv,  1333; 1376;
   1453; 1487; 1529; 1561; 1603; 1646;  1683; 1721.—Hill (A.)
   Presidential address on imagined disease; blocking of the
   brain's action.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1891, ii, 1-4.—Kami
   (H.)  Befuud uud Gutachteu iiber eine  traumatische
   Hystero-Neurasthenie nach Scbreck bei einem Eisenbabn-
   Unfall.  Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1904,
   lv, 161-168.—Klar (M. M.)  Ein weiterer Beitrag  zu der
   Frage: Simulation oder Hysterie?  Monatschr. f. Unfall-
   heilk., Leipz., 1905, xii, 274-282.—Knapp (P. C.)  Simu-
   lation in traumatic nervous diseases.  Boston M. & S. J.,
   1893, exxix, 318-322.  Also,  Reprint.—Kiippeii (M.)  Ue-
   ber Epilepsie und Hysterie in forensischer Beziehung,
   iusbesondere iiber diekrankhaftenBewusstseinsstbruugen.
   Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1903, x, 1-8.  Also: Klin.
   Jahrb., Jena, 1903, xi, 217-226.—Lnquer (L.)  Die Un-
   tersuchung und Begutachtung von traumatischen Neu-
   roseu.  Ztscbr.  f. iirztl. Laudpraxis,  Frankf.  a. M., 1894,
   iii, 65; 115.—Levillniii (F.)   La neurasthenic au point
   de vue medico-legal.   Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1891, 3. s., xxv,
   220-231.   Also,  Reprint.—Lloyd  (J. H.)  Medico-legal
   relations of traumatic nervous affections. J.Am. M. Ass.,
   Chicago,  1900, xxxv, 733-735.  [Discussion], 736-739.—
   Luxraberger (A.)  Considerazioni sulla ueurosi trau-
   matica dal punto di vista  della legge sugli infortuni con
   uu' interpretazione fisiologiea  dell'  istero-traumatismo.
   Riv. di diritto e giur. . . . s. infortuni d. lavoro, Modena,
   1903, v, 256-266.—Mahillon.  A propos  d'un cas inte-
   ressant d'hystero-trauraatisme,  suite d'accident de che-
   min de fer.  Bull, de 1'Ass. internat. d. med.-exp. de comp.
   d'assur., Brux., 1903, ii, 14-22, 1 pl.—lTIajano (N.)  Neu-
   rosi traumatiehe o neurosi terriflche?  Arch, di psichiat.
   [etc.], Torino, 1903, xxiv,  544-565.—Mil Im (C. K.)  Inju-
   ries of the nervous system in some  of their medico-legal
   relations.  Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 121; 133.—Mirabella
   ( E.)   Nevrosi  e domicilio  coatto.   Arch,  di  psichiat.
   [etc.],  Torino,  1904, xxv, 145-148. —Mobius (P. J.)
   Bemerkungen  iiber  Simulation   bei  Unfall - Nerven-
   kranken.   Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1890, xxxvii, fc*7.
   _____. Weitere Bemerkungen iiber Simulation bei Uufall-
   Nervenkranken.   Ibid.,  1891, xxxviii,  677-680.—iVIon-
   dino (C.) Sc Rossi  (O.)  Perizia medico-iegale in un
   caso di cosidetta  neurosi traumatica.  Gazz. med. lomb.,
   Milano, 1904, lxxiii, 1-5.—Montagnon.  Hyst6ro-trau-
   matisme et accidents du travail.  Loire ined., St.-Etienne,
   1902, xxi, 279-2^3.—iTIorean  (P.)   De la  simulation des
   maladies mentales et nerveuses cbez les enfants.  Ann.
   med.-psychol.,  Par.,  1905. 9.  s..  i, 402: ii, 29.—ITIoser.
   Trauma und Psycbosc; drei Fiille mit fraglichem ursach-
   licbem Zusammenbang.   Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,  Berl.,
   1903, ix. 92-97.—Motti (G.)   In causa di un nevrastenico
   omicida; contributo alio studio medico-iegale della respon-
   sabilita nella nevrastenia.  Cirillo, Aversa,  1902, x, 07-
   74. —Poels. Troubles nerveux et  traumatismes.  Bull.
   de l'Ass. interuat. d. med.-exp. de comp. d'assur., Brux.,
   1904, iii, 16-24.—Potts (C. S.)  A report of eighteen cases
   of traumatic neuroses, with  special reference to the non-
   existence of litigation.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v,
   777-785.__Prince (M.)  Remarks on the  probable effect
   of expert testimony in prolonging the duration of trau-
   matic neuroses.  Boston  M.  & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 433.—
    Punton (J.)  Remarks on traumatic neuroses resulting
   from  railroad and other accidents.  Railway Surg., Chi-
   cago, 1896-7, iii, 325-330.—Raynaud (L.)  Psycbosc par
   auto-intoxication; confusion mentale chez  un individu at-
    teint d'enterite chroniquerebello; respousabilit6 atteuu6e.
   Rev.  de med.  leg., Par.,  1895, ii, 31-35.—Bitch (0. S.)
   Introductory remarks upou the surgical and legal aspect
   of traumatic neurosis.  Habneman. Month., Phila., 1903,
   xxxviii,  339-343.—Koder (H.)  Ueber die Anwendung
   einer neuen Methode der  Untersuchuug bei nervosen Er-
   krankungen nach Unfall.  Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
   Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx.  pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
   250-254.__Bonligli (C.)  Neurosi da infortunio; istero-
   epilessia; epilessia traumatica.  Riv. di  diritto  e giur.
    ... s. infortuni d. lavoro [etc.],  Pisa, 1905, n. s., ii, 129-
    160.—Scallon (H. 0.)   Hints on the medico-legal sig-
   nificance  of traumatic diseases of the nervous  system.
    Northwest.  Lancet,  St.  Paul,  1898,  xviii, 113-115.—
    Schultze (F.)  Zur Lehre vou den Nervenkrankheiten
    nach Unfallen.   Deutsche mod.  Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u.
    Berl., 1893,  xix, 5; 31.—Schuster (P.)  Unfallheilkuude
    und ' Neuropathologie  iu  ihren   Wechselheziehungen.
    Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903, xl, 521-523— Schwechten.
    Wie ist die Eisenbahnverwaltung vor der  Ueberhand-
    nahme der  Unfallneurosen  zu schiitzen?  Aerztl.  Sach-
    verst. Ztg., Berl., 1903, ix, 129-132.—* I arid maim. Die
     Esychologische Betrachtuugsweise  der  Nervenkrauk-
     e'iten.  Allg.  med. Centr.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1900, lxix, 229.—
    Stern  (S.)   Traumatische Neurose und  Simulation.
    Chem. u. med. Untersuch.  Festschr. . . . Max Jaffe, Brn-
    schwg.. 1901, 79-100.—Strassinnii (F.)   Traumatic neu-
    rosis aud a question of damages.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 
NEKVOUS.
490
NERVOUS.
IVervou* system  (Diseases of, Jurispru-
  dence of).
  1899, 9. s., iii, 199-208.—Van «Jieson (I.)  A study of
  the artefacts ofthe nervous system, the topographical al-
  terations ofthe gray and white matters of tlie spinal cord
  caused by autopsy bruises, and a consideration of hetero-
  topia of'the spinal cord.  N. York M. J.. 1M»2, lvi.  337;
  305; 421.   AUo, Reprint.—Vitek (V.)  Traumatick6 neu-
  rosy a otdzka jich simulace. [Traumatic neuroses and tbe
  question of their simulation.] Sbirka pfedn&sek a rozpr.
  z oboru lekaisk., v Praze, 1901-2,10. s., 93-137.—Wagner
  (R.)  Simulation im Bahnbetriebe mit besonderer Beriick-
  sichtigung der sogenannten  traumatischen  Neurose.
  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1900, vi, 47; 69.  AUo:
  Med.-cbir. Centralbl.. Wien, 1900, xxxv,  113; 132; 145.—
  Wichmann (R.)  Zwei Gutachten iiber Unfall-Nerven-
  kranke.   Ztscbr. f.  Med.-Beamte. Berl., 1894, vii, 229;
  261.—Winter.   Traumatische Neurose vor dem Civil-
  richter.  Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe,  1900,  liv,
  2-5.— Ziino (G.) Sulla attendibilitil delle deposizioni dei
  folli e dei neuropatici.  Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Na-
  poli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 49-63.
Hervous system (Diseases of, Periodicals
  and  transactions relating to).
    See Neurology (Periodicals, etc., relating to).
IVervoiis system (Diseases of, Prevention
  of-
    See Nervous system (Hygiene of).
jVervoiis system (Diseases  of Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
    See, also, Neurasthenia (Treatises on).
    Andke (G.)  Precis clinique des maladies du
  systeme nerveux.  12°.  Paris, 1895.
    -----.  The same.   Kliuicheskiy obzor  bo-
  lieznei nervnoi sisteini.  Perevod s frauts. L. V.
  Blnmenau  i  N.  A. Vlrubova,  pod obshtshei
  redaktsiyel  i  s  primiechaniyami  L. V. Blu-
  inenau.   [Transl. from  the French by L. V.
  Blnmenau and N. A. Vlruboff, uuder the general
  supervision  of and with notes by Blumenau.]
  *D.  S.-Peterburg, 1898.
    Ballet (G.)   Lecons de  clinique medicale.
  Psychoses et affections nerveuses.  8°.   Paris,
  1897.
    Bauduy (J. K.)  Diseases of the nervous sys-
  tem.  2. ed.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1892.
    Beevor (C. E.)  Diseases of the nervous sys-
  tem.  A handbook for students aud practitioners.
  12°.   London, 1898.
    -----.  The same.   12°.  Philadelphia, 1898.
    Belcher  (H.)  The nerves.  Being  a  few
  practical observations on the management aud
  treatment, of some of the  most important and
  distressing affections of the nervous system.   8°.
  London,1888.
    Bernard (J.)  Traite" des maladies nerveuses
  et de leur rapport avec l'e'lectricite'.  12°.  Paris,
  18f)?.
    Bethe (A.)  Allgemeine Anatomie und Phy-
  siologie des  Nervensystems.  8°.  Leipzig, 1903.
    Boari (E.)  Elementi di  auatomia, semeiolo-
  gia e diagnostica  del sistema nervoso.  Con pre-
  fazione del A. Murri.   1* e 2a puntata.   6°.  Bo-
  logna, le98.
    Brissatjd  (E.)   Lecons sur les maladies ner-
  veuses (Salpetriere,  1893-4).   Recueillies  et
  publics par H. Meige.  8°.  Paris, 1895.
    -----.  The same.   Deuxieme s6rie (H6pital
  Saint-Autoine).  Recueillies  et  publiees  par
  Henry Meige.  6°.  Paris, 1^99.
    Bristowe (J. S.)  Clinical lectures and essays
  on diseases of the nervous system.  8°.  London,
  1668.
    BULATOFF  (P.  N. )  &  STEPANOFF  ( N.  I. )
  Kratkiy  uchebnik nervnikh  bolieznei  (dlya
  vrachel  i studentov).   [Short manual of nervous
  diseases; for physicians and students.!   1('»0
  S.-Peterburg,  1894.
    Buzzard (T.)   Clinical lectures on diseases
  of the nervous system.  8°.   London, 1882.
lYervou* system (Diseases of, Systematic
  treatises,  manuals, and lectures on).
    Cernow.   Die Quelle der  moisten  Krankhei-
  teu unserer  Zeit.  Eiu  Wort  iiber  chronische
  Nervenleiden, sowie iiber alle hiervon ausstrah-
  lendeu Beschwerden, und deren Hebting durch
  ein zuverlassiges Priiservativ und  das  geei"-
  uetste  Heilverfahren.  Aufs  neue hrsg. von Th.
  Fleischer.  20. Aufl.  der Schrift des Sanitats-
  Raths  Cernow,   "Dr. Hilton's Nervenpillen".
  12°.  Leipzig, 1854.
    Charcot (J.-M.)  Lecons sur les maladies du
  systeme  nerveux faites a la Salpetriere.  R--
  cueillies et pnblie'es par Bourneville.   2. v.   H
  Paris, 18e0.
    -----.  The same.  Klinische Vortrage iiber
  Krankheiten  des Nervensystems, nach der Re-
  daktiou vou Bourneville, ins Deutsche ubertra-
  gen von B. Fetzer.  8°.   Stuttgart, 1874-8.
    -----.  The same.  Lectures on the diseases
  of the nervous system,  delivered at La Saltpe-
  triere.  Translated from the 2. ed. by G. Siger-
  sou.  8°.  Philadelphia,  1879.
    -----.  The same.   Clinical lectures on  cer-
  tain  diseases  of  the  nervous system.  Transl.
  byE. P. Hurd.  12°.  Detroit, 1888.
    -----.  The same.  Delivered at the infirm-
  ary of La Salpetriere.  v. 3, trausl.  by T. Savill.
  8°.  London,  1889.
    -----.  Lecons du mardi a la Salpetriere.
  Policliniques  1887-8.   Notes de cours de Blin,
  Charcot  [fils] et  Colin.   4°.   Paris,  1887-8.
    -----.   The   same.    Policlinique,  1888-9.
  Notes de  cours de Blin, Charcot, H. Colin, Aleves
  du service.  7 lecons.   4°.  Paris, 188.8-9.
    -----.  The same.  Poliklinickeskiya lektsii,
  chitannlya v  Salpetriere (1887-8).    Perevod s
  Frantsuzskavo  I.  I.  Zavolzhskoi.    [Transl.
  from the French by Zavolzhskava. ]  8°.   S.-
  Peterburg, 1889.
    -----.  The same.   Poliklinische Vortrage.
  v. 1, Lfg. 1.  Schuljahr 1887-8.  Uebersetzt von
  Sigm. Freud.   8C.  Leipzig $• Wien,  1692.
    -----.  The same.  v. 2.   Schuljahr 1888-9.
  Uebersetzt von Max  Kahano.   8°.   Leipzig fy
  Wien, 1895.
    -----.  Hospice de la Salpetriere.   Clinique
  des maladies du  systeme nerveux.  Lecons  du
  professeur, me'ruoires, notes et observations pa-
  rtis pendant les annees 1889-90 et 1890-91 et pu-
  blics sous la direction de Georges Guinon.  Avec
  la  collaboration de Gilles de  laTourette, Blocqe
  [era/.].  2 v.   8°.  Paris, 1*92-3.
    Cheyne (G.)   The  English malady, or a trea-
  tise of  nervous diseases of all kinds; as spleen,
  vapours, lowness of spirits, hypochondriacal, and
  hysterical  distempers,   etc.   In  three  parts.
  Part I. Of the nature aud course of nervous dis-
  tempers.   Part II. Of the cure of  nervous dis-
  tempers.   Part III. Variety of cases  that illus-
  trate and confirm  the  method of  cure.  With
  the author's  own case,  at large.   8°.  London,
  173.5.
    -----.  The same.  2. ed.   6°.  London, 17:?4.
    -----.  The same.   5. ed.   8°.  London, 17:5.'.
    Church (A.) & Peterson (F.)   Nervous and
  mental diseases.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1899.
    --------.---.  The same.  3. ed.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia tf- London, 1901.
    -----------.  The same.   4. ed., thoroughly
  revised,   roy. 8°.   Philadelphia,  New Tork <?'
  London, 1903.
    -----.   The same.  5. ed.   8y   Philadelphia,
  1905.
    Corning (J. L.)  A treatise on headache and
  neuralgia, including spinal irritation and a dis-
  quisition on normal and morbid sleep.   8°.  New
  Tork, 1888. 
NEEVOUS.
491
NERVOUS.
liervoiis  system (Diseases of, Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
    Dana (C. L.)  Text-book of nervous diseases,
  beinir a compendium for the use of students and
  practitioners of medicine.  12°. New York, 1802.
    ----.  The same.  4.  ed.   8*.   New  York,
  1897.
    -----.   The  same.  5. ed.  8°.  Neio  York,
  1901.
    -----.  The same.  6.  ed.   8C.   New  York,
  1904.
    Debierre (C.) & Doumer  (E.)  Album des
  centres nerveux.  Quaraute-huit figures sch^ma-
  tiques, avec bigeudes explicatives se rapportant
  aux vnes  st£r6oscopiques  des  centres  nerveux.
  23 1., 48 phot.  obi. 24°.   Paris, 1892.
    De Buck  (D.) &  De Moor (L.)  Elements de
  neuropathologie et de psvehopathologie  ge'ne'-
  rales.  Fasc. 1-3.  8C.  Gaud, 1898-1900.
    De Fleury (M.)  Manuel  pour l'6tude  des
  maladies du systeme  nerveux.  roy. 8°.  Paris,
  1904.
    Eichhorst  (H.)   Prakticheskiy  uchebnikh
  nervnikh  bolieznei.   (Lehrbuch der practischen
  Mediein.  Krankheiten der Nerven.)  Perevod s
  niemetskavo S.  B.  Oriechkiua.   [Transl. from
  the  German by  Oriechkin.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg,
  1900.
    Eulenburg (A.)   Obshtshaya  terapiya bo-
  lieznei nervnoi sisteni.  Perev. s ufemetsk.   E.
  B.  Blyuiuenau.   (Allgemeine  Therapie   der
  Krankheiten  des  Nervensystems.)   [Transl.
  from the  German  by . .  .]   8~.   S.-Peterburg,
  1901.
    Finckh  (J.)  Die  Nervenkrankbeiten.   3.
  Aufl.  8-\   Miinchen,  190,").
    Fischer (A. F.)  Griindliche Belehrung iiber
  Ursache,  Wesen  und  Heilart  der  Nerven-
  schwache uud der wiciitigsten Nervenkrank-
  heiten.  12°.  Meissen, 1637.
    Fraxcotte  (X.)   Elements de neuropatho-
  logie generale.  12°.  Liege, 16*9.
    Gelixeau.  Maladies et  hygiene  des gens
  nerveux.  12c.  Paris, 1~93.
    Gilles  de  la Tourette.   Lecons  de  clini-
  que  therapeutique  sur les maladies  du systeme
  nerveux,  he"morragie cerebrale, 6tats   neuras-
  theniques, Epilepsie, hysterie, tic douloureux et
  migraine,  morphinomanie, vertige de  Meniere,
  pieds hots,  mye"lites syphilitiques, ataxie loco-
  motrice.   8°.  Paris,  1898.
    Gourdon (V.-P.)   Considerations physiologi-
  ques et pathologiques sur les deux ordres  de
  nerfs, sur  la cause principale des affections dites
  nerveuses, et sur les moyens therapeutiques pro-
  pres a combattre ces  maladies  avec  le plus  de
  succes.  6 -.   Paris, 1837.
    Gowers (W. K.)  A manual of diseases ofthe
  nervous system.   2 v.  8®.  London, 1886-8.
    -----.  The same.  2. ed. 2 v.  8°.  London,
  1892-3.
    -----.  The same.   3.  ed.  v.  1.  8°.  Lon-
  don,  1899.
   -----.  The same.   Am. ed.  8°.  Philadel-
 phia, 18-6.
   -----.  The same.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1668.
   -----.  Tlje same.  2. ed.   2 v.  8J.  Phila-
 delphia, 1892-3.
   ------.  The same.  3. ed. 8°.  Philadelphia,
 1899.
   -----.  The same.  Rukovodstvo k boliez-
 nyam uervnoi  sisteini.  T. I. Boliezni  nervov i
 spinnovo  mozga.   Perevod S.  B.  Oriechkiua.
 [v. 1. Diseases of the nerves  and  spinal  cord.
 Transl. by Oriechkin.] 8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1694.
   Grabowsky (X.)  Handbuch fiir Nervenlei-
 dende sowie geistig  Ueber.ingestrengte.   Ein I
Wervous system (Diseases of, Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
  unentbehrlicher Eatgeber auf Grund der eigeu-
  artigeu, selbstandigeu, in vielseitiger Erfahrung
  erprobten  Behandlungsweise des Verfassers.
  12°.  Leipzig, 1899.
    -----.  The same. 2. Aufl. 8°.  Leipzig, 1902.
    Grasset (J.) & Rauzieh  (G.)  Traite" prati-
  que des maladies du systeme nerveux.  4. e"d.
  2 v.  8°.  Montpellier, 1894.
    Gray (L. C.)  A treatise on nervous and men-
  tal diseases, for students and practitioners of
  medicine.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1892.
    -----.  The same.  2. ed.  8°.   Philadelphia,
  1895.
    Griebel (C.)  Die Nervenkrankheiteu, ihre
  Entstehungs-Ursachen,  Erscheinungen (Herz-
  klopfen, Migraue, Hals- und Brustschnurungen,
  Angst, Schwiiche, Ohnmachts-Anfalle, Epilepsie,
  Gemiiths-Krankheiten [etc.] und  Heilung.  4.
  Aufl.  Meran (Tirol), 1888.
    Hall (M.)  Lectures on the nervous system
  and its diseases.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1836.
    -----.  The  same.  Das  Nervensystem und
  (lessen  Krankheiten.  Deutsch bearbeitet von
  einem praktischeu Arzte.  8°.  Berlin, 1836.
    -----.  The same.  Het zeuuwstelsel en des-
  zelfs ziekten in hare grondvormen en wijzigiu-
  gen.   Naar het Engelsch door L.  C. E. E. Fock.
  8°.  Amersfoort, 1845.
    Hamilton (A. McL.)   Nervous diseases; their
  description and treatmeut.  A manual for stu-
  dents and practitioners of medicine.  2. ed.  8°.
  London, 1881.
    Hammond (W. A.) A treatise  on diseases of
  the nervous system.  2. ed.  8°.  New York, 1.-72.
    -----.  The  same.   6. ed.  8*.   New York,
  1876.
    -----.  The  same.  8. ed.  8°.   Neio York,
  1885.
    -----.  The same. 9.  ed.  roy. 8°.  New York,
  1891.
    -----.  The  same.  Trattato  delle malattie
  del sistema nervoso, comprendente le malattie
  del cervello, del midollo  spinale e dei loi\> invo-
  lucri, le malattie cerebro-spinali,  le malattie del
  sistema  nervoso periferico, le malattie tossiche
  del sistema nervoso, ed alcuni  disordini nervosi
  recentemente studiati.  1. ed. italiana sull' 8. ed
  ultima  americana (l->86), riveduta, corretta ed
  arrichitta di nuovi capitoli per cura del Alfredo
  Rubino.  8°.  Napoli, 1*67.
    Hirschfkld (L.) &  Leveill£  (J.  B.)  An
  atlas of the central  uervous system and cranial
  nerves.  From the larger work of . . .  Edited
  in Euglish by H. H. Looth.  roy. 8°.  London,
  1890.
    Hirt  (L. )  Pathologie  und  Therapie der
  Nervenkrankheiteu, fur  Aerzte und Studirende.
  8°.  Wien $ Leipzig, 18[88]-90.
    -----.  The  same.   2. Aufl.  8°.   Wien  $■
  Leipzig,  lrt94.
    -----.  The same.  Pathologie et therapeu-
  tique des maladies du systeme nerveux; manuel
  pratique a l'usage des 6tudiauts et des medecins.
  Trad, de l'allemand  par M. Jeanne.  Preface  et
  anuotations par X. Francotte.  8°.   Liege, 1691.
    -----.  The same. The diseases of the nerv-
  ous  system.  A text-book for physicians aud
  students.  Transl., with  permission of the au-
  thor, by A.^Hoch,  assisted by F. R. Smith, with
  an introduction  by William Osier.  8°.  New
  York, 1893.
    -----.  The same. 8°.  New York, 1899.
    Horsley (V.)  The  structure  and functions
  of the brain and  spinal  cord.  Being the Ful-
  leriau lectures for 1891.   8°.  London, 1892. 
NERVOUS.
492
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Diseases of, Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
    HucivKL (A.)  Lehrbuch der Krankheiten des
  Nerveusystenis fur Studierende und Aerzte.  8°.
  Leipzig <|r Wien, 1891.
    Jakob (C.)  Atlas des gesunden und kranken
  Nervensystems, nebst  Gruudriss der Anatomie,
  Pathologie uud Therapie desselben.   Mit einem
  Vorwort vou  Ad.  vou Stnimpell.  16°.  Miin-
  chen, 1-4)5.
    -----.  The same.   2. Aufl.  8°.  Miinchen,
  1899.
    -----.  The same.   An atlas of the  normal
  and pathological nervous systems, together with
  a sketch of the anatomy, pathology, and therapy
  of the same.  With au introductiou by Ad. von
  Striiuipell.   Transl. aud edited  (authorized) by
  Joseph Collins.  12°.  New  York, 1896.
    -----.  The same.  Atlas of the nervous sys-
  tem, includiug an epitome  of  the anatomy,
  pathology, and treatment.  With a preface by
  Ad. von  Striiuipell.   Authorized  translation
  from the 2. revised German ed.; edited by Ed-
  ward D. Fischer.   12°.  Philadelphia 4' London,
  1901.
    -----.  The same.  Atlas du systeme nerveux
  a l'6tat normal et a l'e'tat pathologique, suivi
  d'un  precis d'auatotuie, de  pathologie et de
  therapeutique.  Preface de Ad. von  Striiuipell.
  Trad, et annote' par R6mond  et Clavelier.  12°.
  Paris, 1897.
    -----.  The same.   2. e"d.  francaise, traduite
  et coinpl6t,6e par A. Re"mond  et Clavelier.  8°.
  Paris, 1900.
    Korolenko (X. G.)  Kratkiy  kurs (povtori-
  telnly)  uervulkh bolieznei.  Sostavlen  isklyu-
  chitelno po programmle ispltaniya na  stepen
  lekarya v  gosudarstverstvennol  kommissii (po
  lnchsuini  rukovodstvam).  [Short  course  (re-
  view) on nervous diseases.  Prepared exclusively
  in accordance with the programme of examina-
  tion for physician before the imperial commis-
  sion (after the best text-books).]   8°.  Kiev,
  1893.
    Kovalevski (P. I.)   Kompendium po nerv-
  uini i dushevuim bolieznyam, sostavlenuiy po
  prograuiuiie pravitelstveunoi kommissii dlya
  proizvodstva ekzamenov na  liekarya.   [Com-
  pendium of nervous and mental diseases, com-
  piled  in accordance with the programme of the
  government commission for examiuing for the
  degree of physician.]  b°.   Kharkov, 1891.
    Kozhevxikoff (A.Y.)  Kurs nervnikh boliez-
  nei, lektsii.   [Lectures on nervous diseases.]
  2. ed.  *?.   Moskra, 1894.
    Lefert (P.)  La pratique des maladies du
  systeme nerveux daus les  hdpitaux de Paris.
  Aide-memoire  et formulaire  de therapeutique
  applique"e.   16°.  Paris, 1^94.
    Levillain (F.)  Essais  de  neurologie cli-
  nique: Xeurasthe'nie de Beard et 6tats  neuras-
  thdnifornies; statistique bisaunuelle 1893-5, avec
  observations r6sum6es, recueillies a l'lStablisse-
  ment  hydroth6rapi(iue de Jfice.   Les proce\16s
  neuroth&apiques (hydrothtSrapie,  61ectrothera-
  pie, kiu6sitherapie, pharuiacotherapie,  psycho-
  th6rapie)  dans  les 6tablissements dits  hydro-
  therapiques en  France et  a l'6traneer.  12°.
  Paris, 1896.
    Lion  (M.)  Chastnaya patologiya i terapiya
  nervnikh  bolieznei.  [Special  pathology  and
  therapy of  nervous diseases.]  8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, 1900.
    Loesma  (L.)   *De cerebro  et nervis.   4°.
  Franequera3,  1775.
    de Luca (G.)  Compendio  di  terapia clinica.
  Parte prima.   Malattie  del  sistema  nervoso,
Nervous system (Diseases  of, Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
  seguito  da  nn  formulario  dei rimedii nuovi
  pubblicati nell' anno 1887.  16°.   Napoli, 1866.
    Luys (J.)   Recherches sur le systeme nerveux
  c6re"bro-spinal; sa structure, ses fonctions et ses
  maladies.  8°.  Paris, 1865.
    Manuel de me'decine, publi6 sous la direction
  de G. M. Debove et Ch. Achard.  v. 3-4. Ma-
  ladies du systeme nerveux.  8°. Paris, 169:^-4.
    Marechal (A.)  Lecons sur les  maladies du
  systeme nerveux.  Pt. 1. Maladies  de la moelle
  §piniere.  8°.  Bruxelles $■ Paris, 1896.
    Mettler (L. H.)  A treatise on diseases ofthe
  nervous system.   8°.  Chicago, 1905.
    Mills (C.  K.)   The nervous system and its
  diseases.  A practical treatise on neurology, for
  the use of physiciaus aud students.  Diseases of
  the brain and cranial nerves,  with a general
  introduction  on the  study and  treatment  of
  nervous diseases.  8°.  Philadelphia  & London,
  1898.
    Mingazzini (G.)   Lezioni di  neuropatologia.
  8°.  Boma, 1905.
    Mitchell (S.W.)  Clinical lessons ou nervous
  diseases.   12°.  Philadelphia <$• New York, 1897.
    MObius  (P. J.)  Abriss der  Lehre von den
  Nervenkrankheiten.   12°.   Leipzig, 1893.
    Monin (E.)  Miseres  nerveuses.  2. e"d.  12°.
  Paris, 1890.
    -----.   The same.   Zeuuwlijden.   Uit het
  Fransch door A. Alterino.  12°.  Nijmegen, 1892.
    -----.  Les  n^vropathes.  M6decine et hy-
  giene du systeme nerveux.  12°. Paris, 1900.
    Muratoff (V. A.)  Klinicheskiya lektsii po
  nervnlm  i dushevnlm  bolieznyam.  [Clinical
  lectures on nervous and mental diseases.]  Pt.2.
  8°.  Moskva,  1899.
    Nagel (J. D.)  Nervous and mental diseases.
  A manual for students and practitioners.  With
  an appendix on insomnia.  Series edited by Vic-
  tor Cox Pedersen.  12°.   Philadelphia  fy New
  York, 1904.
    Obersteiner (H.)  The anatomy of the cen-
  tral nervous orgaus in health  and iu disease.
  Transl., with annotations  and additions, by A.
  Hill.  8°.   London, 1890.
    Oppenheiai(H.)  Lehrbuch der Nervenkrank-
  heiten fiir Aerzte  und Studirende.  8°.  Berlin,
  1894.
    -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8°. Berlin, 1898.
    -----.  The same.  3. Aufl.   roy. 8°.  Berlin,
  1902.
    -----.  The same.  4. Aufl.  8°. Berlin, 1905.
    -----.  The same. Rukovodstvo po nervnlm
  bolieznyam dlya vrachei i studentov.  Perevod
  pod redaktsiyel A. A. Govsleyeva.  [Transl. un-
  der the editorship of Govsleyeff.]   8C.  Moskva,
  1690.
    -----.  The same.  Diseases of the nervous
  system.   A textbook for  students and practi-
  tioners  of medicine.  Transl. by  E.  E.  Mayer
  from 2. German ed.  8°. Philadelphia 4" London,
  1900.
    -----.  The same.  2.  Am.  ed.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia Sf London, 1904.
    Ormerod (J. A.)  The diseases  of the  nerv-
  ous system.   16°.  London, 1892.
    Pataud (G.)  Aualyse pour servir d'introdtic-
  tion a  l'ouvrage sur  les  affections nerveuses.
  8°.  Clermont-Ferrand, an  VIII [1800].
    Pearce (F. S.)  A practical  treatise on nerv-
  ous diseases for the medical student and general
  practitioner.  8°.  New York $ London,  1904.
    Pontoppidan ( K. )  Kliuiske  Forelaesniuger
  over  Nervesygdomme.   [Clinical lectures  on
  nervous diseases.]  8°.  Kjfbenhavn, 1898, 
NERVOUS.
493
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system (Diseases of, Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
    Popoff (X. M.)  Klinicheskiya lektsii po nerv-
  nlm bolieznyam.  [Clinical lectures on nervous
  diseases.]  2 pts.  8°.  Kazan, 1902.
    Potts (C. S.)  Nervous and mental  diseases,
  A manual for students and practitioners.  8°,
  Philadelphia i| New York, [1900].
    -----.  The same.  8 .   London, 1901.
    Pring (D.)  A  view of the relations  of the
  nervous system in health and disease; contain-
  ing selections from the  dissertation  to  which
  was adjudged the Jacksonian prize for the year
  1813, with additional illustrations aud remarks.
  8\  London, 1815.
    PuceixoiTi (F.)  Lezioui sulle malattie ner-
  vose.  8°.  Firenze, 1634.
    Radcliffe(C. B.)  Lectures on epilepsy, pain,
  paralysis, aud certain other diseases ofthe nerv-
  ous system.   8°.   Philadelphia, l^titi.
    Ranney  (A.  L.)   Lectures  ou  nervous dis-
  eases from the standpoint of cerebral and spiual
  localization, aud the later methods employed in
  the diagnosis and treatment of these affections.
  8-.  Philadelphia, 1868.
    -----.  The same.  8=.  Philadelphia,  1890.
    Raymond (F.)  Maladies du systeme nerveux.
  Scleroses syst^niatiques de la moelle,  tabes dor-
  salis et pseudo-tabes, maladie de Friedreich, ta-
  bes spasmodique  et affections  spasmo - paraly-
  tique infantiles.   Conferences faites a l'h6pital
  Lariboisiere pendant les aun^es  1890-93.  8°.
  Paris, 1894.
    -----.  Lecons sur  les maladies du systeme
  nerveux(aun^e 1-94-5).  Recueillies et publi6es
  par E. Rickliu et A. Souques.  *D.  Paris, 1896.
    -----.  The same.  Anne"e  lr-95-6.  Recueil-
  lies et publiees par E. Rickliu.  2. s.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, 1897.
    -----.  The same.   Annee 1896-7.   Recueil-
  lies et publie'es par E. Rickliu.  3. s.   8°.  Pa-
  ris, \*9*.
    -----.  The same.   Anne"e 1897-8.   Recueil-
  lies et publie'es par  E. Ricklin.  4. s.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, 1900.
    -----.   The same.  Anne"e 1898-9.   Recueil-
  lies et publie'es par  E. Ricklin.  5. s.  8w.  Pa-
  ris, 1901.
    -----.   The same.   Ann6e 1900-1901.  6. s.
  8°. Paris, 1903.
    -----.  The same.  Kliuicheskiya  lektsii  o
  bolleznyakh nervnoi sistetul, chitauniya v Salt-
  petriere'ie v  1894-5  godu.  Perev. P. M. Avto-
  kratova.  [Clinical  lectures on  diseases of the
  nervous system,  delivered at the Salpetriere in
  1894-5.  Transl.  bv  Avtokratoff. ]  v.  1.  8-.
  S.-Peterburg,  1900.
    Romberg ( M.  H. )   Lehrbuch  der Nerven-
  Krankheiten  des Mensehen.  2. Aufl.   v. 1.  8-.
  Berlin, 18."il.
    Rosenthal (M.)   Handbuch  der Diagnostik
  nnd Therapie der Nervenkrankbeiten.  8°.  Er-
  langen, 1870.
    -----.  The same.   A cliuical treatise on the
  diseases of the nervous system;  with a preface
  by Prof. Charcot.   Transl. from  the author's re-
  vised and enlarged edition  by L. Putzel.  2 v.
  8°.  London,  1881.
    -----.  The same.   8°.  New  Tork, 1879.
    Rossolimo (G. I.)   Vademecum dlya studeu-
  tov i vrachei;   klinickeskoye   izslledovauiye
  nervnoi  sistemi.   [.  . . for stndents and physi-
  cians; clinical examination  ofthe nervous sys-
  tem.]   8°.  Moskva, 16*6.
    Roux (J.)  Diagnostic et traitement des ma-
  ladies nerveuses;  preface par J. Teissier.   12Y
  Paris, 1901.
Nervous system (Diseases of, Systematic
  treatises, manuals, and lectures on).
    Schultze (F.)  Lehrbuch der Nervenkrank-
  beiten.  v. 2.  8C.  Stuttgart, 1898.
    Seglas (J.)   Lecons cliniques  sur  les mala-
  dies meutales et nerveuses (Salpetriere 1887-94);
  recueillies  et  publics par Henry Meige.   8°.
  Paris, 1895.
    Seiffer (W.)   Atlas und Grundriss der allge-
  ineiuen  Diagnostik  uud Therapie der Nerveu-
  kraukheiten.  Mit  einem  Vorwort von  Jolly.
  8°.   Munchen, 1902.
    -----.   The same.   Atlas-manuel des mala-
  dies  nerveuses;  diagnostic  et traitemeut.  Ed.
  francaise par G.  Gasne.  8G.  Paris, 1905.
    Shaw (J. C.)   Essentials of nervous diseases
  and  insanity; their symptoms and treatment,
  A manual for students and practitioners.   12°.
  Philadelphia, 1892.
    -----.   The  same.    3. ed.   12°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1»98.
    -----.   The  same.   4.  ed., thoroughly  re-
  vised by S. E. Jellitfe.    8°.  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Spiga (O.)  La diaguosi e cura dei morbi  del
  sistema nervoso, cou note ed aggiunte originali
  del Crescenzo Concha.  Grande formulario  cli-
  nico-terapeutico ragionato ricavato specialmente
  dalle cliniche di Napoli.  12°.  Napoli, lo96.
    Stangius (S.)   Institntionum  anatomicarum
  disputatio xiv.  De cerebro, cetebello, et spinali
  medulla,  sm. 4°.  Witebergce, 1607.
    In: Knobloch (J.)  Disp. anat. [etc.].  sm. 4°.  Wite-
  bergcB, 1608, 20 1.
    Starr (M. A.)  Organic nervous diseases.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1903.
    Tanabe (K.)  & Yamata  (K.)  Seishiubyo
  shiryo jeushio.   [Manual of nervous  diseases.]
  v. 1.  8°.  Tokyo, 1894.
    Text-book (A) on nervous diseases, by Amer-
  ican authors.  Edited  by  Francis X. Dercum.
  8°.  Philadelphia, lH9f>.
    Thomson (H.  C.)   Au  introduction  to dis-
  eases of the nervous system.  8-.  London, 1899.
    -----.  The same.  b°.   New Tork, 1899.
    Verrier  (E.)  Compendium  therapeutique
  des maladies nerveuses.  16°.   Pari*, 1897.
    Vires (J.)   Maladies nerveuses; diagnostic;
  traitement.    Preface  par F. Raymond.   12°.
  Montpellier, 1902.
    Zander ( R.)  ^Vom Nervensystem,  seinem
  Bau und seiner  Bedeutung fiir Leib uud  Seele
  im gesuuden und kranken Zustande.  8°.  Leip-
  zig, 1903.
    Itrounrdcl (P.) Sc Gilbert (A.)  Maladies de l'axe
  c6r6bro - spinal; 86m6iologie de l'axe cer6bro ■ spiual.
  Traite de med. (Brouardel<fc Gilbert), Par., 1901, viii, 350-
  379.—Edes (R. T.)   Review of a treatise on diseases of
  the nervous system, by William A. Hammond.  Am. J.
  M. Sc, Phila., 1872, n. a.,  lxiii, 123-128.—Shaw (A. B.)
  Miinual of diseases of the nervous system; diagnosis and
  treatment.  St. Louis Cour. Med., 1892, vii, 1; 41; 81; 119;
  157, 1 pl.—Sinklcr (W.)  Diseases of the nerves  Text-
  book Nerv. Dis.  Am. authors (Dercum), Phila., 1895,720-
  751, 1 pl.—Nuillei- (VV. G.)  lliseascs ofthe nervous sys-
  tem. Progr. Med., Phila. & N. T., 1899, iii, 255-322.
 JVervoiis system (Diseases of, Traumatic).
    See Nervous system ( Wounds and injuries of);
  Neuroses (Traumatic).
 iVervous system  (Diseases of,  Treatment
   of).
    See, also, subdivisions following, and diseases re-
  ferred to under, Nervous system (Dixeases of).
    Bau.m (M.)  Wie beseitige ich meine Xervosi-
  tiit?  Erprobte iirztliche Ratschltige fiir nervose
  Mensehen; alien Nervenkranken  zur Beobach-
  tung und Befolgung  bestens empfohleu.   8-\
  Leipzig, [n. d.~\.
    Brown (J. J.  G.)  The treatment of nervous
  disease.  8°.  Edinburgh, 1905. 
NERVOUS.
494
NERVOUS.
A'tTVOH* system (Diseases  of,  Treatment

  of).
    Buonaccorsi (G.)  Dell' kaskisk, o estratto
  alcoolieo del seme e liore della canape d' India,
  dato per uso interim nella epilessia ed in varie
  forme di nevrosi.   8°.  Lucca, 1851.
    BURG.   On  the  effects of metals.   Second
  part,  of Amesth.'sia (absence of feeling) aud
  ainyosthenia (absence of motility)  in nervous
  affections.   .-'-.  London, 18.">2.
    Repr.from: Zoist,  Loud., 1852.
    Dubois.  Les psychon6vroses et  leur  traite-
  meut  moral.  Lecons faites  a  l'Universiie de
  Berne.  Preface de J. Dejerine.  8C.  Paris, 1904.
    Eene met goed  gevolg beproefde geneeswijze
  voor zenuwziekten.  Gestaafd  door zelfouder-
  viuding.   8°.  Utrecht, 1901.
    Essai sur l'epilepsie, la folie, la paralysie et
  la hstule a l'auus, contenant une nouvelle m6-
  thode de traiter ces maladies, fondle sur 1'expe-
  rience.  16°.  [Marseille.'], 1772.
    Feldmann (L.)   * Ueber die Entwicklung or-
  ganischer  Erkrankungen des  centralen Nerven-
  systems bei Personen, welehe lange an schwe-
  rer Hysterie gelitten haben.  [Strasburg.]  8°.
  Leipzig, 1*67.
    Gebhardt (W.)  Pour les person ties saines,
  malades et nerveuses.   Prospectus, jugemeuts,
  histoires de malades coneernant la methode du
  docteur ... 8°.  [n.p., n. d.]
    -----.   Wie werde  ich   energiseh?   Eine
  vollstandige Anleitung  zur Heilung von Ener-
  gielosigkeit,  Zerstreutheit,   Niedetgeschlagen-
  heit,  Schwermut,  Hoffuungslosigkeit, Angst-
  zustanden, Gcdiichtnisschwache, Schlaflosigkeit,
  Verdauungs-  und Darmstorungen,  allgemeiue
  Xervenschwiiche [etc.].  7. vermehrte und ver-
  besserte Aufl.  8°.  Leipzig, [n. d.~\.
    Gelinkau.  New treatment of nervous affec-
  tions.  *°.   Sceaux, 1*67.
    -----.  The same.  16°.   Sceaux, 1694.
    -----.  Traitement des nevroses et en parti-
  culier de l'epilepsie.  12°.  Sceaux, [1896].
    Hagen  (C. B.)   Die  richtigo  Blutmischiing
  als  Grundbedingung gesunder  Nerven,  oder
  die pbysiologische Heilweise Julius Hensels.
  Ein  kurzer Beitrag zur Reform in der  Heil-
  kunde.  8°. Leipzig, 1901.
    Hart ( C. P. )   Therapeutics  of nervous dis-
  eases; including,  also, their  diagnosis  aud pa-
  thology.  8C.  Philadelphia, 1889.
    Hirsciikron  (J. )   Therapie  der  Nerven-
  krankbeiten.  8°.   Wien f Leipzig, 1900.
    Holst (V.)  Die Behandlung der  Hysterie,
  der Xenrasthenie  uud  ahnlicher allgemeiuer
  functioneller Neurosen.  8°.   Stuttgart, 1883.
    -----.  The same. 2. Aufl.  8°.  Stuttgart,

    -----.  The  same.  3. Aufl.   8°.  Stuttgart,
  1891.
    Isnard (C.)  De Farsenic  daus la pathologie
  du systeme nerveux, son action dans l'etat ner-
  veux; la chlorose; les nevralgies et les nevro-
  ses  particulieres;   1'adynainie et  l'ataxie li6es
  aux maladies aigues ; la cachexie des maladies
  chroniques; etude sur la medication arsenicale.
  8°.  Paris, 1865.
    -----.  The same.  Over  het gebrnik  van
  arsenigzuur in de  pathologie van het zenuwstel-
  stel, de  werking er van  in den zenuwachtigen
  toestaud;  in de chlorose;  de neuralgien en de
  bijzondere neurosen; de adynamic en de ataxie,
  die  bij acute ziekten voorkomen;  de cachexie
  der chronische  ziekten.  Onderzoek  naar de
  werking van het arsenigzuur. naar het Fransch
  door P. Ninimo.  8C.  Tie?, 1866.
fervoiiN system (Diseases  of Treatment
 of).
  Jacobson (D. E.)  Xervositet og audiv nerve-
 sygdounne; behaudling met bade- og kurrejser.
 [Nervousness and other diseases of the nerves'
 treatment by means of baths  and travel.]  h'
 K</>benhavn, 1902.
  Jahr  ( G.-H.-G. )   Du   traitement  homwo-
 jiatbittue des  affections nerveuses et  des  mala-
 dies mentales.  12°.  Paris, 1K54.
  Kahnt  (K.)  Die  Krankheiten  des  Nerven-
 systems und ihre Behandlung  vom Standpunkte
 der  Xaturheilmethoae.  1. Hft.   8°.  Berlin
 [1902].
  -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.   8°.  Berlin, 1904.
  Kann  (A.)  Die  Selbstbehaudlung fiir Ner-
 vose.  8°.  Berlin, 1899.
  Kornig (T. G.)  Unigangshandbuch fiir den
 Verkehr  mit  Nervosen.  8°.  Berlin <r Leipzig.
 1892.                                      y
  -----.   The  same.  Handboek  voor den
 omgaug  met zenuwachtigen.  12°.  Amsterdam,
 [1894].
  Kovalevski  (P. I.)  Liecheniye dushevnlkh
 i nervnikh bolieznei.  [Treatment of mental
 and nervous diseases.]  8°. Kharkov, 1*69.
  -----.  The  same.  2.  ed.  12°.  Kharkov,
 1889.
  -----.  The  same.  Hygiene et traitement
 des  maladies meutales et  nerveuses.   Traduit
 par  Wladiniir de Holstein.   12°.  Paris, 1890.
  Laurent (E.)  Guide pratique pour le traite-
 ment des necroses.  16°.  Paris, 1893.
  Lemesle (H.)  Le traitement des  maladies
 nerveuses et  psychiques a l'institut Liebeault,
 de Loches. 8°.  Paris, [n. d.~\.
  Loewenfeld (L.)   Die moderne  Behandlung
 der Nerveuschwiiche  (Neurasthenie), der Hyste-
 rie und verwaudter Leiden.  Mit besonderer Be-
 riicksichtigung 'der Luftcuren, Bader, Anstalts-
 behandlung  und   der  Mitchell - Playfair'schen
 Mastcur.   8°.   Wiesbaden,  lo87.
  -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.   Wiesbaden,
 1669.
  -----.  The same.  3. Aufl.  8°.   Wiesbaden,
 1895.
  -----.   The same.  4. Aufl.  8°.   Wiesbaden,
 1904.
  Mart (G. R.)  Practical  observations on the
 nature and treatment of nervous diseases, with
 remarks  ou the efficacy of strychnine iu the more
 obstinate cases.  12°. London, 18:55.
  Metz (A.)  * Ueber die  therapeutischen Wir-
 kuugen  des Solauins bei  Nervenkrankheiteu.
 8°.   Strassburg, 1691.
  Mitchell (S. W.)  Krov i zhir.  Sistemati-
 cheskiy sposob liecheniya slabonervnosti,  malo-
 kroviya,  khtidobl  i  nlekotorikh  form isterii.
 Perevod  i izdauiye Y. I. Trusevich'a.   V priba-
 vlenii: Iz uablyudeniy R. Burkait'a.  [Fat aud
 blood.  Systematic method of treatment of neu-
 rasthenia, anaemia, emaciation, and certain forms
 of hysteria.  Transl. and ed. by Trusevich.  Sup-
 plement: Burkhart's observations.]  8'.  S.-Pe-
 terburg, 1885.
  Naegeli (O.)  Behandlung und  Heilung von
 Nervenleiden und Ner\ enschinerzeu  durch Hand-
 griffe.  Fiir Aerzte und Laien gemeiuvcrstiind-
 lich dargestellt.  8°.  Jena, 1699.
  von Nussbaum  (I. N.)   Neue Heilmittel  fur
 Nerveu.   Eiu  popular-wissenschaftlicher Vor-
 trag.  8°.  Breslau, 1***.
  O'Connor  (J.  T.  )  Nervous diseases, with
 homoeopathic treatnieut.   8-.  New York, 1898.
  Oulmont  (P.)  Therapeutique des nevroses.
 12-.  Paris, 1894. 
NERVOUS.                                    495                                   NERVOUS.
Ifervoii*  system (Diseases  of,  Treatment

  of).
    Plicque  (A.-F.)   Le  traitement  des  neYral-
  gies et nevrites.  sm. 4°.  Paris, 1901.
    Ranney  (A.  L.)   Lectures  ou  nervous dis-
  eases from the standpoint of cerebral  and spinal
  localization, and the later methods employed in
  the diagnosis and treatment of  these  affections.
  8~.  Philadelphia, 1666.
    Rkiss (C.)  Die Naturheilmethode.   II. Teil:
  Die Naturheilmethode bei Nerven- und Rucken-
  niarks-Kraukheiten.  12°.  Berlin, 1693.
    -----.   The same.   IV. Teil: Krampfe und
  Krampf kraukheiten (Epilepsie, Schreibkrampf,
  Veitstauz, Schiittellanninug, etc.).   83.  Berlin,
  [1900].
    Richard (R.)   Die  Regeneration  des  ge-
  sehwaehten  Nervensystems,  oder   griindliche
  Heilung aller Folgen der geheimen Jugendsiiuden
  uud der Ausschweifung.  Mit einer auatomischen
  Abbildung  uud vielen Krankeugeschiehteu er-
  lautert, und nach deu neuesteu Entdeekungen
  der Nervenphysiologie fur  Aerzte uud  Kranke
  bearbeitet.  3. Aufl.  12°. Quedlinburg $• Leipzig,
  1854.
    -----.   The  same.  12°.  Quedlinburg <.y Leip-
  zig, 1856.
    Romer(A.)   Psychiatrie und Seelsorge.  Ein
  Wegweiser  zur  Erkennung und  Beseitiguug der
  Nervenschaden.  -^   Berlin, 1899.
    Schilling (F.)   Hoe bevrijd ik mij van mijne
  zenuwaehtigheid?  8C.  Leiden, 1900.
    Schneckenberg(E.)   De zenuwaehtigheid of
  zenuwzwakte  en hare behaudeling zonder ge-
  neesmiddelen.   Na jarenlange ervaring bewerkt.
  Voor Nederlanders  bewerkt naar den duitschen
  tweeden druk.  >-.   Amsterdam, [1890"].
    Schofield (A. T.)  Nerves in disorder; a plea
  for ratioual treatment.   12-.  London, 1903.
    -----.  The  management of a nerve patient.
  ?-".  London, 1906.
    Skguin (E.-C.)   Lecons sur le traitement des
  nevroses.   Trad, de l'auglais par l'auteur.   Pre-
  cede d'un avaut-propos  de M.  le prof. Charcot.
  8°.  Paris, 1893.
    See, aUo, infra.
    Steding.   Ueber  die  naturgemasse  Behand-
  luug und Heilung der Neivenschwache (Neuras-
  thenic, Nervositat und  verwandtt-r  Zustande)
  fiir Laieu  und Aerzte.  6-.   Hannover, 1902.
    Suckling (C. W.)  On the treatment of dis-
  eases of the nervous system.  12-.  London, 1890.
    Traite  de  therapeutique  appliqnee; pnblie
  sous  la direction de Albert  Robin.   Fasc. 14.
  Traitement  des maladies du systeme nerveux.
  8-.  Paris, 1898.
    Treatise (A) on   the modern treatment  of
  nervous diseases and exhaustion iu men by local
  absorption.   12-.   London, [n. d.~].
    Twentieth   century  practice;  an  interna-
  tional encyclopedia of modern  medical science,
  by 1 ading  authorities of Europe and America.
  Edited by Thomas L. Stedmau.   v. 10. Diseases
  of the nervous system.   8°.  New Tork, 1897.
   Voisin (A.)   De l'emploi  du  bromine de po-
  tassium dans les maladies nerveuses.   4°. Paris,
  1-75.
   Voorhoeve  (J.)   Zenuwzwakte,  hare voor-
  koining en behandelinj;.   -°.  Zwolle,  [1905].
   Wilhelm  (J.)   Fiilner  fiir  Nervenkranke.
  12°.   Wien, 1905.
   AleJrino (AY  Hetverplegen van  zenuwlijders. No-
  sokomos.  Tijdschr. d.  Nederl. Vereen. ... v. Verpleeg.,
  Amst., 1904-5,v, 1(14; 202; 244.—Anlhcamne(A.)  Action
  suspensive de la morphinisation sur les manifestations con-
  viilsivesdeThy8terieetdeT6pilepsie.  Progr6s m6d., Par.,
  1903,3. h., xviii,34-30.—A i-ndt (R.) Das Nervenorregungs-
  liezichcntlich biologische  Gruudgesetz und die Therapie.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxvi,  949-953. — Auerbach
A'crvous  system (Diseases  of,  Treatment

  of).
  (S.) Zur Behandlung der functionellen Neurosen bei Mit-
  gliedern vonKrankenkassen. Berl. Klinik, 1902, 170. Hft.,
  1-26.— Babes (V.)  Recherches sur  Taction de  la sub-
  stance nerveuse dans certaines affections du systeme ner-
  veux.   Rev. tie psychiat., Par.,  1900,  n. s., iii, 300-310.—
  Balfonr (J. C.)   Actsea racemosa in  diseases of nervous
  origin.   Lancet, Lond., 1889, i,  476. — Bartholow (R.)
  Depuration as a therapeutics principle  in the treatment of
  nervous and other affections.  Med. News, Phila., 1894,
  lxv, 6150.—Benedikt (M.)  Terapia della neurastenia  e
  delle nevrosi funzionali in genere. Riv. internaz. d' ig.,
  Napoli, 1894, ii, 129-137. — Berger.   Zur Therapie  der
  Neurosen. Jahresb.  d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Knit.,
  1876, Bresl, 1877, liv, 234-238. — Berze (J.)  Ueber Ver-
  wendung des Sympus kolio coinpositus, Hell, bei psycho-
  pathischen  Zustandeu.  Med. Bl., Wien,  1904, xxvi, 255-
  257.  AUo, Reprint. — Bienfait (A.)  Traitement  des
  nevroses.  Gaz. m6d. beige, Li6ge, 1904-5,  xvii,  3-5.—
  Bogroflf (A. G.)  K voprosu tiechenii bolieznei nervnoi
  sisteini po sposobu O. O.  Mochutkovskavo.  [Treatment
  of diseases of the nervous  system by  Mochutkovski's
  method.] Vestnik klin. i sudebnoi psichiat. i nevropatol.,
  St. Petersb., 1890-91, viii, pt. 1,  72-112.   Also, Reprint.
  Also, transl: N. iconog. de  la Salpetriere, Par.,  1891, iv,
  464: 1892, v, 18.—Booth (D. S.)  Has medication  a place
  in the therapy of  nervous diseases?   St. Louis Clinique,
  1903. xvi, 201-206.—Boyer (A. A.)  A study of some of
  the drugs used in functional nervous disordeis.  J. Nerv.
  Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xx, 112-124.—B rower (D. R.)
  Auto-infection iu diseases of the nervous system and sug-
  gestions as to its treatment.   Chicago Clin. Rev., 1895-6, v,
  160-163.— Brown (J.J. G.)  Notes on the treatmeut of dis-
  eases of the nervous system.   Scot. M. <fe S. J., Edinb., 1899,
  iv, 385; 490: 1900, vi,  2: 1901, viii,  289;  481: 1903, xii, 97.—
  Brush (A.C.)  The treatment of chronic nervous disease
  in patients of the rheumatic diathesis.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1892, xlii, 309.—BiirUiicr (K.)  Behandlung der  bei  Er-
  krankungen des Nervensystems und Geisteskrankheiten
  vorkorunieudenObrleiden.  Handb.d.spec. Therap.inuerer
  Krankh., Jena, 1896,v,pt.2,1008-1011. AUo:  Handb.d.The-
  rap. innerer Krankh., Jena, 2. Aufl., 189,^, vi, pt. 2.348-350.—
  B ii rot (P.)  lie Taction contraire ou paradoxale des medi-
  caments chez les nerveux.  Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psychol.
  physiol., Par., 1888-9, iii, 99-103.—Campbell (H.)  Obser-
  vations on the treatmeut of nervous diseases.  Treatment,
  Loud., 1»99-1900, iii, 337-343.—Centanni (E.) II neuro-
  siero: siero distruttivo e siero protettivo pel sistema ner-
  voso.   Riforma med., Palermo, 1900. xvi, pt. 4, 374-377.—
  Cohen (S. S.)  Some of the therapeutic relations of  the
  nervous system. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1891, 3. s., vii, 145-
  151.  AUo, Reprint.— Colby (E. P.) Nursing in nervous
  diseases.   Nuising World, Providence, 1896, iii, 65-73.—
  Collier (J. S.)  borne points of interest in the treatment
  of nervous diseases.  St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1904, x,
  54-58.—Collins (J.)  The efficacy of treatment in severe
  forms of nervous disease.  Am. Med.  Surg. Bull., N.  Y.,
  1895, viii, 6; 77; 656.  AUo, Reprint. -----. A plea for the
  simpler medicinal  treatment of chronic nervous diseases.
  Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 1-5. — Corning (J.  L.)
  The use of compressed  air in conjunction with medicinal
  solutions in the treatment of nervous and mental affec-
  tions; being a new system of cerebrospinal therapeutics.
  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1891, xl, 225-232.—Constensoiix Sc
  Chesnais.  Note sur l'emploi du veronal comme  hypno-
  tique chez les malades nerveux.   Rev. neurol.. Par., 1904,
  xii,  109. — Crocq  fils.  Des  injections sous-cutau6es de
  phosphate de soude dans les maladies du systeme nerveux.
  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1892, 2. 8.. xxix, 499; 511.   AUo:
  J. denied., chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1892, 693-704— Cul-
  bertson (L. R.)   A  report of cases of Bell's palsy and
  epilepsy cured by the correction of ametropia and hetero-
  phoria.   Tr. West, Ophth., Otol. [etc.], Ass. Ophth. Div.,
  St. Louis, 1899, 04-67. — Dc Giovanni (A.)  II concetto
  della nevrosi considerato ne' rapport i colle  esigenze cura-
  tive.  Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc. lett. ed arti, 1894-5, 7. s., vi,
  318-327.— Derciim (K. X.)  Tlie therapeutics of infectious
  processes iu the nervous system.  Am. J. M. Sc., Phila.,
  1894, xviii, 291-306.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Functional nerv-
  ous  diseases; pathological considerations as a guide to
  treatment. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 166-
  174.—Destefanis (A.)  Intorno ad una malattia nervosa,
  ed all' efticacia dei valerianati di zinco c di chinina.  Gior.
  . . . d. Soc. med.-chir. di  Torino, 1847, xxix, 279-290.— Mil-
  ler (T.) The use of rest, water, and electricity in the treat-
  ment of diseases; especiallv those of the nervous system.
  Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1896, 'x, 50-54.— Bonath (J.) Die
  Behandlung der progressiven Paralyse,  sowie toxischer
  und iniectioser Psychosen  mit  Salzinfusioneu.   Allg.
  Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. [etc], Berl., 1903, lx, 583-605.-Dorn-
  bliith (O.)  Zur Behandlung gewisser spastischer Neu-
  rosen (Bronchialasthnia,  Schreibkrampf, Tic convulsif
  u. s. w.).  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1896,  xliii, 128.—
  Diijartliii-Beaumetz.  Des nouveaux analgesiques;
  leur application au traitement des affections  du systeme
  nerveux.  Bull. gen.  de therap.  [etc.], Par.,  1889, cxvii, 
NEKVOUS.
496
NERVOUS.
Aervou* system  (Diseases  of,  Treatment

* of).
  337-353.  AUo.  transl: Therap. Gaz.,  Detroit, 1889, 3. s.,
  v  793-800.—E des (R. T.)  Points in the  diagnosis and
  treatmeut  of some common  neuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1896, xxvii,  1077-1082.  AUo, Reprint.- Edm-
  ger (L )  Behandlung der Krankheiten im Bereiche  der
  peripheren  Nerven.   Handb. d.  spec. Therap. inuerer
  Krankh.   Jena,  1896, v.  pt. 2, 548-687.   AUo:  Handb.
  d   Therap. inuerer  Krankh., 2.  Aufl.,  Jena, 1898,  v,
   i.t "  524-639.—Emerson (J.  E.)   The  indiscriminate
  use  of the bromides in disorders of the  nervous sys-
  tem   Am. Lancet.  Detroit, 1889, n. , 8.,  xm, 45-48. —
  Eri>  (W.)   Bemerkungen zur  Balneologie  und phy-
  sikalisch   diatetischeu   Behandlung  der  Nervenleideu.
  Samml. klin. Vortr..  n. F., Leipz., 1901, No. 321 (Innere
  Med.,  No.  95, 635-652)__Fabiani (P.)  L' efticaeia della
  neurosine Pruuier come ricostitueute del sistema nervoso.
  N. scuola med.  napol., 1902, 129-135.— Fair man  (L. C.)
  A possible cure for nervousness.  [Separate beds.]  Med.
  News. N. Y., 1898, lxxiii, 345.—Fere (C.)  Dn  chloralose
  chez les epileptiques, les hysteriqnea et les choreiquea.
  Coinpt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 201-203.-
   Finckh (J.)   Grundsatze fiir die  Behandlung  einiger
  Nervenkrankbeiten.   Monatschr.  f. prakt.   Wasserh.,
  Miinchen,  1901, viii,  176; 193;  217. — Flcsch  (J.)  Kin
  neues  Kolapraparat zur Behandlung fuuctioneller Nei-
  veiierkraukuugen.   Wien. kliu.  Rundschau,  1900, xiv,
  857-859.  Also, Reprint.  A Uo, transl: N.  medic, Brux.,
  1909  ii no  14  3-7. -----• Zur  Baldriaubehandlnng  der
  Neurosen. Med. Bl., Wien,  1905, xxviii, 127-129.—For-
  bush (A. W.)  Cause and care of nervous  affections.
  Mass.  M. J., Boat., 1898, xviii, 97-103.—Forel (A.)  Be-
  merkungen zu der Behandlung der Nervenkranken durch
  Arbeit uud zur allgeiueiuen Psychotherapie.  Ztschr. f.
  Hypuot. [etc.l, Leipz., 1900, x, 1-5.—Francotte (X.)
  Des injections aous-cutaneej de  phosphate de  soude dans
  le traitemeut des  maladies nerveuses.  Ann.  Soc. m6d.-
  chir. de Liege,  1893. xxxii,  56-63.—Frenkel.  Cerebral
  exercise in the treatment of certain motor disturbances.
  Med. Press Sc Circ,  Lond., 1900, n. 8., lxix, 597.—Erie-
  denreich (A.)  Kliuiske Foredrag om Nervesygdomme.
   [Clinical lectures on diseases of the nerves.]  Hosp.-Tid.,
  Kjobenh.,  1889. 3. R., vii, 993;  1017; 1037; 1061;  1109.—
  Fricser (J. W.)  Der therapeutische Werth  de.s Citro-
  pheu  in der Behandlung  gewisser Nervenkraukheiten.
  Wieu. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 1855-1864.—Fiirsorge  fiir
  Irre  uud  Nervenleidende.   Deutsche Vrtljschr.  f.  off.
  Gsndhtspflg.,   Brnschwg., 1898, xxx, Suppl.,  272-279.—
   Fujikwn (Y.)   [The  treatment of nervous diseases.]
   Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo,  1902, i, 292-294.—Oalceran
  Cranes (A.)  Lineas generales sobre el tratamiento de
  las euferiuedades nerviosas y mentales.  Rev. frenopftt.
  espan., Barcel., 1903,  i, 13-18. -----.  Higioterapia eu los
  enfermoa nerviosos.  Ibid.,  193-201.—Gilbert (W.  H.)
   Die Anwendung von Traubensaft bei functiouellen Neu-
  rosen.  Balneol. Centr.-Ztc, Berl., 1904, v, 41-43.—Gilles
   de la Tourette.  L'application  de la methode  dite de
  la dose suffisante  au traitemeut de qnelques maladies du
   systeme nerveux; formes graves  et  associees de la mi-
   graine, vertige de Meniere, nevralgie  et tic douloureux de
   la face.  Semaine med..  Par., 1901, xxi, 33-36.—Gliick
   (J.)  Ueber die Behandlung der unbemittelteu Nerven-
   kranken.   Pest,  med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest, 1904,  xl,
   626; 645.—Gnunck (R.)   Ceber die Behandlung von
   Nervenkranken in der Familie.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
   1900, xxxvii, 1089; 1128.   AUo: Verhandl. d.  Berl. med.
   Gesellsch. (1900), 1901, xxxi, pt. 2,  386-404.—Goldmnnn
   (J. A.)   Beitrage zur medicameutosen  Behandlung  der
   Neuralgien, der Hvsterie uud der Neurasthenic.   Klin.-
   therap. Wehnscln\, Wien, 1899, vi, 1391-1390. -----. The
   therapeutic value of syrupus colae coiupositus  Hell in the
   treatment of functional diseases ofthe nerves,   i herapist,
   Lond., 1902, xii, 166.—Goldsbrough (G.  E.)   Diseases
   of the nervous svstem and honneopatbv.   Month.  Ho-
   niu-op. Rev., Lond., 1900, xliv, 270;  326.—Goldscheider
   (A.)   Von der Bedeutung der Reize fiir die Therapie.
   Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl.,  Berl.,  1898,  xx, 297-303.— Goo-
   vaerts.   Les excroissances  du  cliardon hemorrhoidal
   dans le traitement des affections nerveuses. Ann. Soc. de
   med.  d'Anvers, 1893, lv, 215-234.—Goudard (L.)   In-
   fluence du climat de Pau sur les affections du systeme
   nerveux.  Gaz. d. eaux.  Par., 1906,  xlix,  33.— Ilaller-
   vordeu.   Neurochemische Therapie.   Deutsche med.
   Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii. 911.— Hammond
   (G. M.)   Sulfonal in  affections of the  nervous svstem.  ,1.
   Nerv. &Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1891, xviii,  440-142.—Han-
   iiou (J. D.) Du lieu d'61ection des revulsifs dans quel-
   ques n6vroses  actives.  Presse med.  beige, Brux., 1848-9,
   i, 149—Haskovec  (L.)   Nove cesty v therapii chorob
   nervovych a dusevuich.   [New methods in the treatment
   of nervous and mental diseases.]   Lek. rozhledy, Praha,
   1900,  viii, 289-295.  Also, transl:  Kliu.-therap. Wchn-
   sehr., Wien, 1901, viii, 41 -46. — Higier  (H.)  Zur Wir-
   kung  des Hyoscins iu der  neurologisch-psychiatrischen
   Praxis.    Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1905,   xxiv,  434-
   437. — Hinsdale ( G. )   Nursing  iu nervoua  disease,
Aei'VOiis  system (Diseases of,  Treatment

  of  .
  particularly  in  hvsteria.   Internat.  M.  Mag..  Phila.
  18113.  ii,  314-322, 6 pl. — Hirst-hkron (J.)   Ueber die
  Fortschritte  der interueu Medikation der  Nervenkrauk-
  heiten.   Deutsche Prax.,  Miiiiclien, 1900, iii.  363;  388;
  461;  488;  516;  550.  -----.  Ueber  einige  Erkrankun-
  gen  reflektoriachen  Ursprungs und dereu Behandluiig.
  l)eutscheAerzte-Ztg.,Berl., 1902,481-48."..—II uuhinson
  (W.  F.)  Alteratives in nervous diseases.  N. Eng. M.
  Mouth.,  Danbury, Conn., 1889-90, ix, 510.—Jn< obxolui
  ( L. )   Ueber Heissluftbader  bei  Nerveukraukhcitcii.
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1905, xxxi,
  505-507.—von Jauregg (W.)  Die Giftwirkuug des Al-
  kohols bei  eiuigen nervosen und psvehischen Erkraiikun-
  gen.  AVien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xiv. 359-302.— Jellifle
  (S. E.)   Some notes  on dispensary work in nervous and
  mental diseases.  J. Nerv. &Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1904, xxxi,
  309-317—Juettner (O.)  Nervousness and its drugless
  treatmeut.  Ohio M. J.,  Cincin., 1897, viii, 149; 174.—
  Kaezorowski (T.)  Chloral we wdciekliznie i w niek-
  toryuh  innych chorobach  ukladu nerwowego.  [  . .  . in
  hydrophobia and several other diseases of the nervous sys-
  tem.]  Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1873, xii, 122;  129; 137; 147.—
  Kahane (M.)  Versuche mit Natrium glycerinopbos-
  phoricum  bei der Behandlung  von  Erkrankungen  des
  Nervensystems.  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien. 1898, v,
  1755-175Y  Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxxiv,
  55.—Kalischer (S.)  Ueber  die moderne  Behandlung
  der  Neurosen.  Praxis,  Wiirzb.,  1896,  i,  651-660. AUo
  [Abstr.]: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien,  1896, xxxi, 662.—
  Kitchen (D. H.)  Ergot in the treatment of nervous dis-
  eases. Am. J.Insan., Ltica, N.Y.,1873-4, xxx, 83-96. Also,
  Reprint.—Kokkores (D.)  Ilepi ttjs 0fpa7reta«ToO irdvou
  Kara roi'KadijyTjriji'Goldscheider.  [Abstr.]  raArj^bt, 'AOij-
  xai, 1896, xxvi, 321; 443; 512.—Kornfeld (S.)   Ueber die
  Beziehung der Blutbeschaffenheit zum Blutdrucke, resp.
  Nervenerregbai keit, und iiber den Wert des Fersan in der
  Therapie der Neurosen.  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien,
  1900, vii, 897-904.—Kothe.  Zurphyskalisch-diatetischen,
  insbesoudere  hydriati6chen  Behandlung der Neurosen.
  Deutsche  Med.-Ztg.,  Berl.,  1901,  xxii,  445-447.— von
  KraJft-Ebing (R.)  Die Krankeupfiege der Nervosen.
  Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii, 7-12.—KrniiNN
  (W. C.)  Toxic dosage in the treatment of some nervous
  disorders.  Tr.  M,  Soc  N.  Y., Albany,  1902. 214-217.
  AUo: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 798-801.—Kreidmnnn.
  Der Nervenkreislauf und  die zukiinftige Therapie der
  chronischen Krankheiteu.  Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen,
  1897, vii, 625; 641; 658.—I.aqiier (B.)  Aphorisnien iiber
  phychische Diat.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,
  1902-3,  xxiii, 336-341.  Also,  Reprint.  Also:  Ztschr. f.
  diatet.  u.  physik.  Therap.,  Leipz., 1903, vii,  2J0-222.—
  Laudeiiheimer (R.)  Ueber Auwentlung des Pyranii-
  don bei Nervenkraukheiten. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898,
  xii, 177-179.—Lnnfenaner (K.)  Therapie der HvBterie
  und Neurasthenic   [Abstr., transl.]  Centralbl. i. Ner-
  venh., Leipz., 1889,  353; 385.—Leredde.  Sur le traite-
  ment mercuriel du tabeset de la paralysie geu6rale. Ann.
  de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 484.  AUo: Bull.
  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 221.—Levy
  (P.-E.)   La reeducation psyehique  et le traitemeut des
  nevrosea.  J. de phvaio-tlierap., Par., 1905, iii, 470-4»3.—
  Liugbeek (G. W.S.)  lets over de therapie der psycho-
  neuroseu.  Tijdschr. v.  phys., therap. en hyg., Amst.,
  1904, v,  231-239.—Lots  (F.)  Ueher einige mit  mechani-
  schen Hautreizen  behandelte Falle von  Nervenkrauk-
  heiten.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxv, 80-90.-
   Loreland  (B. C.)   Some general considerations in  the
  treatment of hysteria and neurasthenia.  Mediciue, De-
   troit,  1900, vi,  793-800.—I.nzzatlo  (A.  M.)   La cura
   ospedaliera delle nevrosi.  Riv. veneta di  sc. med., Vene-
   zia, 1905,  xlii, 25-34.-.UcCaskey (G. W.)  Bio-chemis-
   try in its relations to  nervous diseases.  Am. Med.-Surg.
   Bull., N. Y., 1895, viii, 1222-1236.   AUo, Reprint.—Mairet
   & Vires.  Recherches sur Taction des serums dans les
   maladies mentales et nerveuses. Cong,  frauc. de med.,
   Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 408-417.—Jlarmescu
   (G.)  Injectiiiuile intra-arachnoidieue cu cocaina, in afec-
   tiuuile nervoase dureroase.   [. . . iu chronic nervous af-
   fections.]  Spitalul, Bucuresci. 1902, xxii,5.— .?Inr»t-hiier
   (J.)  Ueber  die Erfolge  der Schmierkur bei Ei kiankuu-
   gen  des Nei vens\ stems.  Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl.,  18U6,
   xvii,l-41.—Mendelssohn (M.) Sur la valeur therapeuti-
   que de la strychnine dans les maladies du systeme ner-
   veux.   Rev. internal,  de med.  et de chir., Par.,  1903,
   xiv 201 203.—.Vleyer (V.)  Lo sciroppo Fellowsagl  ljio-
   foatiti nella  nemopatologia e nelle malattie del ricambio
   materiale.   Gazz. internaz.  di med.. Napoli, 1904, vn.
   273-275 —Mink (A.  E.)   The  curability ot mental ami
   nervous diseases.  St, Louis M. Era, 1896-7, vi, 402-404.-
   Tlirallie.  Traitemeut de la neurasthenic et de 1 U}8-
   terie.  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 588-599.-
   IHitchell (S. W.) Sc Oercum (V. X.) Nervous diseases
   and their  treatment.  Textbook Nerv. Dis. Am. a^J j™
   (Dercum). Phila., 1895, 17-39. - Mobm-  (P.J.)  Ue tier
   die Behaudlung Nerveukrauker.  Munchen. med. \\ ( un- 
NERVOUS.
497
NERVOUS.
Xcrvoiis system (Diseases  of, Treatment

* of)-
  schr., 1896, xliii,  1044-1046.  Also: Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,
  Berl., 1896, xviii, 149; 174; 197.—Mowat (J.) Sc A ber-
  nethy (R)  Results of treatment in the ward  for acute
  nervous diseases during  the past  vear.  Ediub. Hosp.
  Rep.. 1894, ii, 442-449.—Muller  ( L. R.) Treatment of
  bladder and rectal troubles iu nervous diseases.  Internat.
  Clin., Phila.. 1902, 12. s.,  ii,  15-27.—Niicke  (P.)  Erfah-
  rungeu iiber einige neuere Arzneimittel der  Psychiatrie;
  iiber Chloralamid, Hyoscin und Aniylenhydrat  (als Auti-
  epilepticum ).  Allg. Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl.,
  1890-91, xlvii, 68-88.—> aumnn■■ (H.)  Beitrage zur Be-
  handlung  der Nervenkraukheiten,  welehe sich in Form
  von  Neurasthenic  und  halbseitigem  Kopfschmerz zu
  erkennen  geben.  Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest,  1903,
  viii,  427.—Oppenheim (H.)  Zum Nou nocere in der
  Behandlung  einiger  chr,>nischor   Nervenkrankheiteu.
  Praxis, Wiirzb.,  1896,  i,  263-266.   Also: Med.-chir. Cen-
  tralbl., Wien, 1896,  xxxi, 271.—Organic sulphur com-
  pounds  iu nervous  and mental  diseases.    Med. Mag.,
  Lond., 1892-3, i, 638-651.—Orton (F.)  A plea for the neu-
  rotic; or. the bad effects of stimulating the weak.  Edinb.
  M. J.. 1894-5, xl, 684-692.—Pearce (F. S.)  On the  care
  aud  treatment iu convalescence from functional nervous
  disease.  Internal. M. Mag., N.  Y., 1901,  x, 513-518. -----.
  The therapeutic  status of the coal tar products in central
  nervous affections.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc,  Phila., 1902,
  xxiii, 419-427.  Also: Therap. Gaz.,Detroit, 1903, 3. s.,xix,
  9-12.—Pearse (F.)  The treatment of paroxysmal nerve
  disorders.  Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvi, 29-32.—Persh-
  ing (H. T.)   The treatment of emotional disturbances.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904,  xlii, 300-304. — Personal!
  (3.)  Terapia generale delle malattie nervose.   Tratt. ital.
  di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.J, ii, pt. 1,  259-383.—
  Peterson  (F.)   Notes ou some of  the  newer methods of
  treatmeut of nervous and meutal disease.  Tr. Texas M.
  Ass., Austin. 1896,  103-124.  AUo:  Texas M. J., Austiu,
  1895-6, xi, 659-675.  Also: Am. M»d.-Surg.  Bull., N. Y.,
  1896. ix, 765; 80S.— Poczobnt (J.)  ()  hcznictwie ludo-
  wym i o cborobach nerwowych wsrdd  ludu.   [ Popular
  treatment and nervous diseases among the people.]  Czaso-
  pismo lek., Lodz", 1905, vii, 107-116.—Pope (J. U.)  The
  value of certain therapeutics  iu functional and organic
  nervous diseases.  Atlanta M.  Sc S. J., 1896-7, xiii,  741-
  744.—Potjan (H.)  Von der Pflege austeckender, sowie
  Nerven- und Geisteskranker, nebst Bemerkungen iiber
  Genesende und Sterbeude.  Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl., Berl.,
  1905, xxvii, 44-47. — Prince (M.)  The educational treat-
  ment of neurasthenia and certain hvsterical states.   Bos-
  ton M. Sc S. J., 1898, cxxxix, 332-337.—Pulawski  (A.)
  Nowe prady w terapii cborob nerwowych. 1. Praca, jako
  srodek leczniezy.  2. Sanatorya dia chorych uiczamoznych.
  [Xew currents in the treatment of nervous diseases.  1.
  Work as a remedy.  2. Sanatoria for poor patients.]  Gaz.
  lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2.  s.,  xx, 501; 528.—Pun ton (J.)
  Nervous diseases ;  relative curability and therapeutic in-
  dications.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 82-84.
  -----.  The non-medicinal treatment of nervous diseases.
  Kansas City  M. Index-Lancet, 1900, xxi, 283-289. -----.
  Fear as an element of nervous diseases and its treatmeut.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1526-1529.—Ran-
  ney (A. L.)  Rational steps in  the scientific treatment ot
  nervous prostration, headache, and neuralgia.   Buffalo M.
  J., 1899-1900. n. s., xxxix, 648; 719.—Raymond.  Klini-
  cheskiya formi i patogenez rakovikh zabollevaniy periferi-
  cheskol nervnoi sistemi.   [Clinical forms and pathogenesis
  of diseases of the peripheral nervous system. ]  Vrach.
  Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1904, vii, 4; 48;  66;  85—Kaynean.
  Du traitement moral dans les psychonevroses.  Ann. med.-
  chir. du centre. Tours, 1904, iv,  623-626.—Rennie (G. E.)
  Some points in the treatment of chronic nerve disease.
  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 359-363.—Riegcr
  (K.)   Ueber die  Behandlung Nervenkranker.   Schmidt's
  Jahrb., Leipz.,  1896, eeli, 193; 273. —Riggs (C. E.)  A
  few prjetical suggestions concerning  the  treatment  of
  some commou forms of nervous disease. St.  Paul M. J.,
  St. Paul, Minn.,  1905, vii, 516-526. —Riley ( W. H. )   A
  report of cases illustrating  the successful treatment of
  some severe forms of nervous diseases.  Mod. Med. Sc
  Bacteriol. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich., 1895, iv, 304: 1896, v,
  147;  181. — Robertson  (A.)  Some newer methods of
  treatment in diseases of the  central  nervous system.
  Compt.-rend.  Cong,  internat. de med.  1897,  Mosc, 1899,
  iv, sect. 7, 498-503. — Romaro (V.)   Ricerche intorno
  all' azione terapeutica dell'  ossigeno in alcune forme
  di nevrosi.  Gazz.  d.  osp.,  Milano, 1894, xv,  569-575.—
  Rosse  (I.  C.)  Brief  mention  of neurological cases
  successfully treated.  Virginia M.   Semi-Month., Rich-
  mond, 1897-8, ii,  742-745.  AUo,  Reprint.—Salivas  (A.)
  A curious case  of nervous  derangement of  the  cir-
  culation  successfully treated  with  camphor  nionobro-
  mide.  Dosimet. M. Rev.., N.  V.,  1900,  xiv,  25-27.—
  Schluler.  Ueber die  Behandlung der funktionellen
  Nervenerkrankungen.  Mitt.  f. d.  Ver. Schlesw.-Hoist.
  Aerzte. Kiel, 1905, n. F , xiv, 87.—Schwab (S. I.)  New

        VOL  XI, 2d  series---32
Ufervous  system (Diseases of,  Treatment
therapeutic measures in neurology.  St. Louis M.  Rev.,
1905, li, 329-335. — Seguin  (E. C.)  Lectures on  some
points in the treatment aud management of neuroses.  N.
York M. J., 1890, li, 337; 365; 449; 533; 589.  Also, Reprint.
See, also, supra.— Sicnrd  Sc Scherb.  Syndrome cer6-
bello-bulbaire rapideinent gueri par le traitement mercu-
riel.  Bull. med. de 1 Algerie, Alger, 1905,  xvi. 187.—Sie-
gel (H.) Bedingungeu fiir die niedicaiiieiitose Behandlung
der  Nervositat.  Wien.  med.  BL,  1901,  xxiv,  241-243.
Also,transl: N. medic, Brux.,  1904, iv, no. 13, 3-7. — Si-
korski (I. A.)  Kurs obshtshel simptomatologii i terapii
nervnikh bolieznei, chitanniy studeutam Universiteta Sv.
Vladimira.  [Course  of  lectures on general symptomatol-
ogy  and therapy of nervous  diseases delivered to the
students ofthe University of St. Vladimir (Kiev).]  Vopr.
nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev,' 1896,  i,   145;  326.—Silb (S.)  &
Braun (R. L.)  Zur Therapie der Blutanomalien und
funktioneller  Nervenerkrankungen.   Med.  Bl.,  Wien,
1905, xxviii, 172-174. —Smith  (A.) Ueber  Tempereuz-
AnstaltenundVolksheilstiitteiifurNervenkranke. Aerztl.
Prax..  Wiirzb., 1898,  xi,  291;  310;  323;  342; 359.—Smith
(J. F.)  Improved  medicine  or  liniment  for  treating
nervous diseases.  No. 98809; Jan. 11, 1870. — Sobolev-
Nki  (A. V.)   Terapevticheskoye  znacheniye krovoiz-
vlecheniy pri stradaniyakh nervnoi sistemi.  [Therapeutic
importance of blood-letting in diseases ofthe nervous sys-
tem]   Nevrol. Vestnik,  Kazan, 1904, xii, no.  1, 241; no. 2,
217;  no. 3, 246;  no. 4, 84. — Stintzing (R.)  Allgemeine
Arzneibehandlnug und  ableitende Behandlung der Er-
krankungen des Nervensvstems.   Handb. d. spec. The-
rap.  inuerer Krankh., Jena, 1896, v, pt. 2,  349-391.   Also:
Handb. d. Therap. inuerer Krank., 2. Aufl., Jena, 1898,  v,
pt. 2, 332-372.— von  Striiuipell (A.)  Behandlung der
allgemeinen Neurosen.   Handb. d. spec. Therap. iunerer
Krankh.,  Jena, 1896, v, pt. 2,  392-472.  Also: Handb.  d.
Therap. innerer Krankh.,  2. Aufl.,  Jena, 1898,  v,  pt.  2,
373-448.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1896,
xxxi, 421; 438.—Thomayer (J.)   Rozhled po nSkter^ch
novejslch pracich  z  neuropathologie. „ [Review of some
later practices in neuropathology.] Casop. 16k.  cesk.,
v Praze, 1881, xx, 72; 88; 137; 169;'439; 712; 742.—Thom-
son (E.)  Methylenblau in seiner  Wirkung bei nervosem
Kopfschmerz und Hemicrauie.  St. Petersb. med. Wchn-
sehr., 1898, n. F., xv, 203-205.—TonoIi (S.)   Le iniezioni
ipodenuiche di fosfato di soda nelle malattie del  sistema
nervoso.  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano. 1893, lii, 425; 433; 444;
455.—Trenel.  Traitement del'agitat ion et de l'insomnie
dans les maladies mentales  et nerveuses.   Presse m6d.
beige, Brux., 1903, lv, 582; 585; 601.  AUo [Rap.]: Progres
med.,  Par.. 1903,  3. s.,  xviii,  86;  122.-Turner (J. S.)
Physiological therapeutics in the treatment of the nervous
and insane. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1904, xxxvi, 292-
300.—Tyrrell (W.)  On the  treatment  of  certain de-
pressed forms of nervous disorders. Birmingh. M. Rev.,
1896, xxxix, 333-339.  -----. The question of dose in tho
treatmentof certain  forms of nervous disorder.  Brit. M.
J., Lond., 1896, i, 1031.—Verardini (F.)  Cenuo storico
confermativo dell'uso e dell'  utilita  dell' atrophia a dose
altissima in una forma straordiuaria di neurosi.  Mem. r.
Accad.  d, sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1895-6.  5. s..  v,  781-787.—
Verhoogen (R.)  Injections  medicameuteuses  dans  le
liquide  cerebrospinal.   Soe.  roy.  d. se. med. et  nat. de
Brux.   Bull., 1903, lxi,  138-143. — Vogt (R.)  Psykisk
afledning. gafledningsterapi.   [Sur la diversion psyehique
et la th6rapie par diversion.  Res., 662.]  Norsk Mag. f.
Lsegevidensk.,  Kristiania,  1902,   4. It.,  xvii,  646-660.—
Voisin (A.)  De  l'emploi du  chlorhydrate de morphine
dans les maladies  mentales et nerveuses.  Bull. gen. de
therap. [etc.],  Par.,  1891, exx,  289-302. — Wadsworth
(A. D.)  The value of dry hot air and electric light baths
in mental and nervous diseases.  Tr. A in. Inst. Homceop.,
Chicago, 1904, 832-835. — Wakefield (J. J.)  Arsenauro
in the treatment of some nerve diseases,  with report  of
cases.   Am. Pract. Sc Xews,  Louisville, 1901, xxxi, 329-
332.—Walter (R.)  The sanatory  treatment of melan-
cholia  aud neurasthenia.  Tr.  Homceop.  M. Soc.  Penn.
1898, Phila.,  1899, 224-235. — Wanke.  Der Wert des
Roborats fiir Nervenkranke.   Aeiztl.  Rundschau,  Miiu-
chen, 1902,  xii,  617.—Weisenbiirg (T. H.)   A study  of
contractures in organic  nervous diseases and their treat-
ment.   Penn.   M.  J.,  Athens. 1904-5, viii,  681-692.  —
Williams  ( C. )   Treatment of  nervous  conditions.
Med. Times, N. Y., 1903, xxxi, 136-140.— Wirt  (W. E.)
The  treatnieut of scoliosis, spinal irritation, chorea, in-
fantile and other paralysis, aud the poorly developed by
gymnastic exercise, massage, electricity, etc.  Med. Fort-
nightly, St. Louis, 1898, xiii, 211;  24li  Also, Reprint.—
Wormley ( W.)  Treatment  of  multiple  neuritis and
neuralgias.  Med.  Times,  N. Y..  1903, xxxi,  165-168.—
Vvon (P.)  Exalgine.  Arch, de  neurol..  Par., 1891, xxi,
422-426.—Zypkin (S. M.)  Zur Behandlung interstitieller
Erkrankungen; Falle von Tabes  dorsalis und  Myelitis
chronica mit Keratin behandelt. Wien. kliu. Wchnsehr.,
1905, xviii,  843; 871. 
NERVOUS.
498
NERVOUS.
]\ervons  system (Diseases  of, Treatment
  of,  Climatic and hydrotherapeutic).
    See, also,  Neurasthenia  (Treatment of,  Cli-
  matic, etc.).
    Hklugou.   Indications et contre-indications
  de La Malon  dans  les maladies du systeme ner-
  veux.  f  .  Paris,  lr-91.
    Beni-Barde  &  Materne.   L'liydrothc'rapie
  dans les  maladies  chroniques et  les  maladies
  nerveuses.  r-°.   Paris, 1894.
    [Bielinski (J.) A: Kzeczniowski (L.)]  Zak-
  lad wodoleczuiczy w Noweui Miescie nad Pilicsj
  jako doin  zdrowia dia  chorych  nerwowych.
  [Hydrotherapeutic establishmeut at Nowe Mia-
  sto  upon  Pilica  as a sanatorium  for nervous
  diseases.]    8°.   Warszawa,  lf*0.
    Bkick  (M.)   Die  Nervenkranken  nnd ihre
  Behandlung in den Baderu.  Praktisehe Wiuke.
  12°.  Wiesbaden,  1893.
    Dorel  (A.)   *  Du r61e therapeutique de l'hy-
  drothdrapie dans quelques  affections nerveuses
  (choree, Epilepsie,  neurasth6nie, hyste~rie).  4°.
  Paris, 1892.
    Klibansky (Zelda).   "Contribution a l'6tude
  de l'hydroth6rapie  chez l'enfant.  De  l'emploi
  du  drap  moiiiUe"  au coins des troubles nerveux
  de l'eufance.  8°.   Paris,  1902.
    von  Eenz  (W.  T )  Die  Heilkriifte der  so-
  genannten indifferenten  Theruieu  iusbesondere
  bei  Krankheiten  des  Nervensystems.   Histo-
  risch-kritische  Vortrage   im   Collegenkreise.
  Allgemeiner Theil.   1. Die Warme,  Aflinittit und
  Elektricitiit  der   indifferenten   Thermen  und
  Badforinen iu theoretischer uud praktischer  Be-
  ziehung.   8C.  Tubingen, 1876.
    -----.  The same.   Allgemeiner Theil.  8°.
  Bonn, 1879.
    Vinaj (G. S.)  L' idroterapia nelle  neurosi.
  16°.   Torino,  1888.
    Barrientos (J.)  Las aguas termales bicarbonatadas
  ferruginosas en el tratamiento de las neurosis.  Rev. med.-
  hidrol. espan., Madrid, 1902-3, iii, 314-317.— Blnmenau
  (L. V.)  0 liechenii  nervnikh bolieznei mineralnimi van-
  nami i gryazyami.   [Treatment of nervous  diseases by
  mineral-water baths aud muds.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.
  [etc.], S.-Peterb.,  1904, ix, 41;  190. — Briefer ( L. )
  Hydrotherapeutische Erfahrnngen  bei eiuigen Nerven-
  krankbeiten.  Ztschr.  f.  arztl.  Fortbild., Jena, 1904, i,
  641-644.—Brower (D. R.) Climate  in its relations to
  diseases of the nervous system.   Tr. Am. Climat. Ass.,
  Phila., 1897, xiii. 46-50.   Also :  Medicine, Detroit, 1897, iii,
  563-566.—Brown (S.)  The influence of climate in nerv-
  ous diseases.   Tr. Am. Climat.  Ass., Phila.,  1897, xiii,
  41-45. Also: N. Tork  M. J., 1897, lxvi, 81.— Campbell
  (H.)   The treatment of diseases ofthe nervous system by
  climate and  baths. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1899, iii,
  298-302: 1900, iv, 81.—Coe (H. W.)  Climate for nervous
  diseases.  Denver M.  Times,  1899-1900, xix.  443-419.—
  Cronzet.  Le climat dePauet les nerveux.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1904,  xii, 926. — Delnias  (P.)  De l'intervention
  medicale en hydrotherapie dans sou application aux mala-
  dies nerveuses.   Cong. d. med.  alituistes et neurol. de
  Fiance . . .  Proc.-verb. [etc.]  1895, Par.,  1896, ii, 436-442.
  Also: Arch. gen. d'hydrol. [etc.],Par., 1896, vii, 361-368.—
  Dewey (R.)  Therapeutics of travel and change of scene
  in nervous and mental diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago
  1900,  xxxv, 403-407.— JEichhorat (H.)   Bergtouren fiir
  Nervose.  Ztschr. f. diiitet. u. physik. Therap.,  Leipz.,
  1904, viii, 12-18.—Eskridgc (J. T.) The influences ofthe
  climate of Colorado on the nervous system in health and in
  disease.  Denver M.  Times, 1900-1901, xx, 607-613.—Eu-
  lcnburg (A.)  Die Balneotherapie in der Nervenheil-
  kunde. Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1905, xlii, 589-593.—Foil.
  tana (M.)  Le acque minerali di Salsomaggiore e la loro
  influenza nelle malattie del sistema nervoso.  Riv. inter-
  naz. di terap. fis., Roma, 1905, vi.  17-20.— Funaioli (P.)
  Le  nostre nuove sale da bagno; bagni termali  e idrotera-
  pici e loro principali indicazioni nelle malattie del sistema
  nervoso.  Cron. d. manic, di Siena, 1894, xx, 70-76.—de la
  Garde (A.)  Des indications des eaux de Bagueresde-
  Bigorre dans les n6vropathies et les maladies accompa-
  gnees d'exeitabilite nerveuse.   Poitou med., Poitiers. 1894,
  viii, 34; 63; 88; 116.—Grasset.  Les eaux iniuerales dans
  les maladies du systeme nerveux.  Rev. internat. de m6d.
  et de  chir., Par., 1905, xvi, 207; 232.—Ilirschkroii  (J.)
  Die klimatische Therapie in der Nervenheilkunde.   Zt-
  schr.  f. klimat. Kurorte u. San..  Miinchen, 1901, ii, 41.—
  Hitchcock (C. W.)  Hydrotherapy in  diseases ofthe
  nervous system.   Lancet-Clinic,  Cincin., 1904, n. s., liii,
IVerYOii* system (Diseases  of Treatment

  of,  Climatic and hydrotherapeutic).
  511-516.  Also:  Med. Age, Detroit. 1904, xxii, 801-809 —
  Jnrmay  (L.)   A tatrafiiredi tartozkodas gydgyhatasn
  idegbantalniaknal.   [Curative power of a sojourn in Ta-
  trafiired  in nervous affections.] Gyogy^szat,  Budapest
  1888, xxviii. 447; 461; 473.  AUo,  transl. [Abstr.]: IYm!
  med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest,  1m»8, xxiv, 1096;  1121.—
  Jessen  (F.)  Ueber die Behandlung vou Nervosen'im
  Hochgebirge mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Davos
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1905,  lii,  1(575-1678__Jones
  (A. S.)  Severe cases of neuritis aud neuralgia treated by
  the Droitwich brine baths. J. Balneol. Sc Climat., Loud
  1899, iii, 211-215.—Keller (F.)  Bergsteigecnren fiir Ner-
  venkranke.  Therap. M,.uatschr ,Berl.,1901,xv, 499; 562.—
  Khnuelevski (1. K.)  O liechenii nervnikh b»lleznel ua
  Odesskom Kuyalnitskom liiuanle.   [Treatment ot nervous
  diseases-with the Odessa mineral  muds.]  Med.  Obozr
  Mosk., 1902, lvii, 219-227.  Also. Keprint.— King (.1. K.j
  Treatment of nervous diseases in  sanitariums.  Alienist
  &  Neurol.,  St. Louis, 1894,  xv, 12-26. —Kisch (K. H.)
  Zur Balneotherapie der Neurosen.  Veroffentl. d. Hufe-
  land. Cesellsch.  in Berl.   Balneol. Gesellsch., 1889, xi, 113-
  116.  AUo:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1*89, xxv,
  241-243.  AUo: St.  Petersb. med. Wchnsclir., 18x9, n. F.|
  vi, 104.—Laqm-r (B.)  Bemerkungen iiber Winterkuren
  im Hochgebirge.  Neurol. Ceutralbl.,  Leipz., 1902, xxi,
  1098-1101. -----. Ceber Hdhenkuren fiir Nervenleidende.
  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Oeisteskr
  Halle a. S., 1903, iv, 5. Hft., 1-19.  -----. Ueber Balmo-
  therapie bei Nervenleideu.  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz.  u. Berl.,  1905, xxxi,   1473.—Loewenfeld (L.)
  Ueber Luftkuren fiir Nervose und Nervenkranke.   Deut-
  sche Praxis.  Ztschr. f. prakt. Aer/.te. Munchen, 1901, x,
  337-352.  AUo, Reprint.—Mendelssohn (M)  Deseffets
  dn traitement mar in sur 1« systeme  nerveux.  Gaz.  d.
  eaux, Par., 1904, xlvii,  73-76.—IV.  L'acqua di Hunyadi
  Janos nella cura delle malattie nervose.  Rassegna med.,
  Bologna,  1898, vi, no.  7, 6.—van Oordt (M.)  Die Frei-
  luft-Liei:ebehandluug bei Ner\ Ssen. Samml. klin. Vortr.,
  n.  F., Leipz., 1903, No. 364 (Inn. Med., No. 107, 77-98).—
  Pearce (F. S.)  The influence of  climate upon nervous
  diseases, considered from a physiological standpoint.  Tr.
  Am. Climat. Ass.,  Phila., 1901, xvii,  319-327.  AUo: N.
  York M. J., 1901. lxxiv,  636-639.  AUo: J. Balueol. ic
  Climat., Lond.,  1902, vi, 196-203.—Peterson (F.) Hy-
  drotherapy  in the treatment of nervons and  mental dis-
  eases.  Am. J.  M. Sc,  Phila., 1893,  u.  s.,  cv, 132-140.
  AUo, Reprint.  Also, transl: Aerztl. Prakt, Hamb., 1893,
  vi. 457-461.   Also, transl. [Abstr.]:  Med.-chir. Centralbl.,
  Wien,  1893,  xxviii, 270.—Bodriguez (M.)  Algo sobre
  el tratamiento hidroter&pieo de las  neurosis.  Rev. med.-
  hidrol.  espan., Madrid, 1902-3, iii, 83-h7.—Nadger (J.)
  Die Hydriatik der Neuralgien, peripherischen Lahuuing,
  Neuritis uud Polyneuritis.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906,
  xx, 11-15.—Sbordone (A.)  La balneoterapia  nelle ma-
  lattie nervose.  Med. ital., Napoli,   1903,  i,  319-328.—
  Schweizer (K.)  Ueber Luftkuren und Somnierfrischen
  fiir Nervose und Nervenkranke.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,
  Berl., 1902, xxiii, 669-672.—Seebohin. Chrouische Ner-
  venleiden  in ihren  Beziehuugen  zu  dem  Kurappirat
  "Pyrmonts".  Ibid., 1898, xix, 539; 550; 559. —Men ac
  Lagrange. Des types nerveux primitifs et secondaires
  aux eaux minero-thermales, sulfureuses.  Ann. d'hydrol.
  etde climat. med., Par., 1902, vii, 116; 152;  175— Sinkler
  (W.)  Use of hydrotherapy in neurasthenia  and other
  nervous affections.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901,
  xxii, 233-241.  AUo:  Therap.  Gaz., Detroit,  1901, 3. s.,
  xvii, 589-591.—Stiller.   Ueber die  Wirkung kohleu-
  saurer Stahl- uud Eiseumoor-Bader bei Krankheiten des
  Nervensystems.  Aerztl. Int.-Bl.,  Miinchen,  1882, xxix,
  147; 162.  AUo,  Reprint—Stintzing (R.)   Allgemeine
  Balneotherapie und  Klimatolherapie  der Erkrankungen
  des Nervensystems.  Handb.  d. spec. Therap. innerer
  Krankh., Jena, 1896, v, pt. 2,  217-24(1.  Also: Handb. d.
  Therap. inuerer Krankh., Jena, 1898.  2.  Aufl.. v, pt. 2,
  206-331.— yon Striiuipell (A.)   Ceber die Principien
  der Behandlung der  allgemeiuen  Neurosen;  H.wlrothe-
  rapie und balueologische Behandlung.  Med.-chir. Cen-
  tralbl.,  Wieu, 1896, xxxi, 452. — Taylor (J. M.)  Cli-
  mate or environment as  a factor in the repair of neuras-
  thenia  and  melancholia.   Tr.  Am.  Climat. Ass.,  Phila.,
  1897, xiii, 36-40.  Also: Boston M.  Sc S. J., 1897, exxxvii,
  415.—Tvorkovski (S. I.) Nervniye  bolniye v Grolopri-
  stanskol grvazellechebuitsle v sezon 1903 i 1904 g.   [Neu-
  rotic patients in the mud-bath establishment of Golo-
  pristan for 1903 and 1904.]  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev,
  1905, x, 112-128.—Verrier.   De  l'hydrotherapie  appli-
  qu6e au traitement des maladies nerveuses.  Cong. d. med.
  alienistes et neurol. de France  . . .  Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1894,
  Par., 1895,  v, 287-290. -----.  De   l'emploi des douches
  dans le traitement des maladies du systeme.   Rev. inter-
  nat.  de therap. et  pharmacol., Par.,  1898, vi, 94-97 —
  Vinai(S)  L'idroterapia nelle nevrosi.  Atti xii. Cong.
  d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 188?-. i.  421-437.—Weber.
  Die Indikationen der Nordsee bei Nervenkrankbeiten.
  Veroffentl.  d. Hufeland.  Gesellsch. in  Berl.  Vortr., 191)3,
  293-304.  AUo: Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,  Berl.,  1903, xxiv,
  765-768. 
NERVOUS.
499
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Diseases of  Treatment

  of, Operative).
   * Chipailt (A.)   Chirurgie op6ratoire du sys-
  teme nerveux.   Avec une  pr6face  de  M.  .  .  .
  Terrier.  Tome II. Chirurgie de la moelle et des
  nei ts.   s .   Paris, ls(.)4-5.
    OstaNKOFF  (P. A.)   'Vityazheniye  pozvo-
  uochnika, kak  metod liecheuiya  nervnikh bo-
  lieznei  (podvleshivauiye, vityazheniye  na  kro-
  vati i sgibaniye).  [Extension of the spinal col-
  umn  as a method of treating nervous  diseases
  (suspension, extension  in  bed, and  flexion).]
  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1900.
    Schlick  (II.)   * Ueber die  Behandlung  der
  Erkrankungen  des  Nervensystems  durch  Sus-
  pension,  h  .   Jena, l>(Jf>.
    vox  Shtein (P.)   Llecheuiye podvleshivani-
  yeiu nervnikh bolieznei.    [Treatment of nervous
  diseases by suspension.]   2. ed.  r^. Moskva, 1669.
    Steinmetz (P.-M.-A.-C.)   *De  la suspension
  dans le  ttaitemeut  des  maladies  du  systeme
  nerveux.  4°.  Nancy, 1^90.
    Travaux  de  neurologie  chirurgicale (troi-
  sieme  auuee),  par A. Chipault ...  8°.   Paris,
  1*9-.
    VorotInski  (B.  I.)   Podviesliivaniye,  kak
  metod  llecheniya nervnikh  bolieznei.  [Also:]
  V. M.  Bekhtereff.  Znacheniye  podvleshivauiy
  pri  nlekotorikh  spinnomozgovikh   porazhe-
  uiyakh.  [Suspension as a method of treatment
  of nervous  diseases.  Also: V. M. Bekhtereff.
  Value of suspensions in various diseases of the
  spiual cord.]   *\  Kazan, 18113.
    Adams (F.J.)  Paralysis aud convulsions  cured by
  trephining. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892, xii, 320. —Austin
  (J.H.)  Diseases of nerves requiring surgical treatment.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi,  1234-1238.— Avto-
  kratofl*(P. M.)  O sposoble podvieshivaniya pri liechenii
  nervnikh bolieznei.   [Suspension in the treatment of nerv.
  ous diseases.]   Trudi russk. med. Obsh. p.  imp. Varshav.
  Univ., 1890-91, ii, pt. 1, 18-42.—Bass (S. A.)  Orificial sur-
  gerv and its relation to nervous diseases.  J. Oriric. Surg.,
  Chicago,  1896-7,  v,  83-87.—Borishpolski (E. B.)  O
  liechenii nervnikh bolieznei podvleshivaniyem (vftyazhe-
  niyeiu pozvonochnika) i ob apparatakh, npofreblyayemikh
   Eri etom liechenii.  [On the treatment of nervous diseases
   y suspension (extending the spinal column) and on the
  apparatus used iu this  treatment. 1  Terapev. vestnik,
  S.-Peterb., 1898, i, 269; 369.—Bowlby (A.)  Injuries and
  diseases of nerves.   Syst. Surg. (Treves), Lond., 1895, i,
  681-705.  AUo: Ibid., Phila., 1895, i, 681-705.—C'oe (H.W.)
  The value of surgery in nervous diseases.  Tr. West. Surg.
  Sc Gvnec. Ass. 1897, Lincoln, 1898, 285-298.  Also:  Denver
  M. Times, 1897-8, xvii, 288-296.  Also:  West.  Al.  Uev.,
  Lincoln, Neb., 1898, iii, 211-215.  Also,  Reprint.—Day
  (R. H.)  Reflex epileptiform convulsions  of genital origin
  amenable to surgical treatment.  X. Orl. M.. Sc S. J., 1891-2,
  n. s., xix, 32-36.—Dearer (J. B.)  The operative treat-
  ment of  some  diseases aud injuries of the nerves.  Med.
  News, Phila.,  1891, lix, 141-146.  AUo, Reprint.— Be
  Giovanni (A.)  Contro la cui a chirurgica delle nevrosi.
  Riforma med.,  Napoli, 1893, ii, 594-598. AUo, transl: In-
  ternat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1893, vii, 1001; 1088; 1126.—
  Dercum (F. X.)  Are nervous aud mental diseases cured
  by pelvic operations?  Ann.  Gynec.  & Pediat., Bost,
  1897-8, xi, 791-798.—Drehmann.  Ueber orthopadische
  Massnahnieii bei Nervenkrankbeiten.  Jahresb. d. schles.
  Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1898, Bresl., 1899, lxxvi, 1. Abt.,
  med. Sect., 212-216.—Dun (R. C.) A case of post-hemi-
  plegic chorea,  petit-mal,  and  mental irritability  treated
  surgically. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child.. Lond., 1903-4, iv,
  204-208.—Erlenmeyer (A.)  Ueber die Anwendung der
  chirurgischen  Revulsivrnittel bei Gehiru- und Nerven-
  krankheiten.   Deutsche  Med. Ztg., Berl., 1893,  xiv, 707-
  709. Also, Reprint.—Gilles de la Tourette.  Modifi-
  cations apport6es  k la technique de la suspension  dans le
  traitement de  l'ataxie locomotrice et  de  quelques autres
  maladies du systeme nerveux. Progres ni6d., Par.,  1890,
  2. s., xi, 457-459.—Halsted (W. S.)  Two cases of reflex
  nerve manifestations cured by operation.  Johns Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1889-90,  i, 35.—Hamilton (A. McL.)
  The treatment of certain  diseases of the  nervous system
  by suspension and postural methods, with tho description
  of a new apparatus.   Med. Rec, N. T., 1890, xxxviii, 225-
  227.—Haudek (M.)  Die orthopadische  Behandlung von
  Erkrankungen des Nervensystems.  Wien. klin. Rund-
  schau, 1905, xix, 417; 437.—Haushalter (P.) & Adam
  (A.) De la suspension dans le traitement des maladies du
  systeme nerveux.  Progres nied., Par., 1889, 2.  s, x, 375;
 Nervous  system  (Diseases of,  Treatment

   of, Operative).
   493; 512.  Also: Clinique, Brux., 1889, iii, 787; 805. Also:
   Rev. m6d.deTest, Nancy, 1890, xxii, 112; 144.—Hermkes
   (C.)  De chirurgische behaudeliug van  ueurosen  en psy-
   chosen.  Geneesk.  Courant, Amst., 1905,  lix,  243-246.—
   Hotfa (A.)  Die Orthopadie im  Dienste der Nerven-
   heilkunde.  Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena,
   1900, v, 645-799.  Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch.
   deutsch. Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi,  pt. 2, 2.
   Hlfte., 121.—Hollniaiiu (A.)  Zur Suspensionsbehand-
   lung chrouischer Nervenkraukheiten.   Ztschr. f. diiitet.
   u. physik.Therap., Leipz., 1899,iii,382-392.—Horsley (V.)
   The surgical treatment of nervous diseases.   .Med. Press
   Sc  Circ, Loud., 1893, n.  s.,  iv, 349-351. — Humiston
   (W. H.) Indications aud contra-indications lor surgical
   interference.  Ann. Gynec. Sc Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xii,
   807-812.—Inglis (D.)  On the limitations of surgery in
   the treatment of the neuroses. J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago,
   1894, xxiii, 116-118.—Hofniun (S.V.)  Znacheniye sovre-
   meunol ortopedii v  uevropatologii.   [Value of contempo-
   rary orthopedics in neuropathology.]   Prakt. Vrach,  S.-
   Peterb., 1903,  ii, 1100;  1128.   AUo, transl:  Deutsche
   Aerzte-Ztg., Berl.,  1903, 553-557— Kouiudjy (P.)  Die
   extensiousmethode  und  ihre Anwendung hei der lie-
   handluug der Nerveukrankheiten.  Ztschr.  f.  diatet.  u.
   physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 17;  82.  Also, transl:
   Arch, de neurol., Par.,  1902,  2. s., xiii, 18; 110—I.ippi
   (U.)  La sospeusione nella cura delle malattie nervose.
   Osservatore, Torino,  1889, xl, 599-608. — I.umbroso.
   Sul meccanismo d'a/.ioue della sospeusione nella cura della
   tabe e di altre malattie del sistema nervoso.  Lavori d.
   Cong, di med. int. 1889, Milano, 1890, ii, 305-313. —Mali-
   novski (L. A.)  K voprosu o khirurgicheskom liechenii
   bolieznei  tseutralnol  nervnoi sistemi.   [Surgical treat-
   ment of diseases of  the central nervous system.] Nevrol.
   Vestnik, Kazan,  1893,  i, pt  2,  73-98.  Also, Reprint.—
   rVnirne (J. S.)  Neurasthenia (socilled),  hysteria, and
   abdominal  section.   Brit. M. J.,  Loud.,  1902, ii,  1140-
   1143.—Parry (R. H.)  Demonstration in the Victoria In-
   firmary of surgical diseases of the nervous system. Glas-
   gow M. J., 1897, xlvii, 48-50.—Pritrhard (W. P.)  The
   limitations  of surgery  in the treatment of nervous and
   mental diseases.  Tr. M. Soc.  N. Car., Charlotte, 1901,117-
   127.  Also:  N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1901, xx,
   247-252.—Pussen (L. M.)  Khirurgiya v liechenii nerv-
   uikh bolieznei.  [Surgery in the treatment of nervous dis-
   eases.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1901,
   vi, 588; 572a.—Kaonlt (A.)  De la suspension dans  lo
   traitement des maladies  du systeme nerveux.   Progres
   m6d., Par., 1890, 2. s., xi, 334:  1891, 2. s., xiii, 165. —Rus-
   sell (J. S.  R.) Sc  Taylor  (J.)  Notes on some cases
   treated by  suspension at the National  Hospital for the
   Paralysed and Epileptic, Queen Square.  Laucet, Lond.,
   1889, ii, 785: 1890, i; 234.-----------. Treatment by sus-
   pension.  Brain,  Lond.,  1890, xiii,  206-223.—Scheiber
   (S. H.)  Ueber die Suspensionsmethode bei Nervenkrauk-
   heiten  und iiber  eine  ueure  Modification  derselben.
   Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1899,  xxv,
   Therap. Beil.,  30; 42; 48.—Silva (B.). Azione della sos-
   pensione sulla eccitabilita dei nervi motori nell' uomo.
   Riv. gen. ital. di clin. med.,  Pisa, 1889, i, 426:  1890, ii, 3.
   -----Ulteriori  osservazioni sugli effetti  della sospeu-
   sione; sua azione sulla funzione del respiro e del  circolo.
   Ibid.,  1890, ii,  161; 188. -----. Azione della sospeusione
   in  alcune funzioni  midollari.  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di
   Pavia, Milano, J890, 30-33.—Stevens (E. S.)  Nervous
   phenomena and local disease; the question  of surgical  in-
   tervention.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1904,  n.  s., lii, 724-
   726.—Stiles (H.J.)  A discussion on the surgery of those
   affections ofthe central nervous system which occur more
   especially in children.   Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1902,  ii, 672-
   678.—Tonoli (S.)  La sospensione in alcune malattie del
   sistema nervoso.  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1890,  xlix
   453; 464; 484;  494; 505; 515: 1891,1, 4; 12; 24; 37;  43; 53;
   63; 75; 85;  107.—1'orelli (U.) Sulla cura della  sospeu-
   sione delle malattie nervose.   Rivista, Genova, 1889, viii,
   332-336. — VorotInski ( B. I.)   Podvleshivauiye kak
   metod llecheniya nervnikh bolieznei.  [Suspension as a
   method of treatment of nervous diseases. J   Nevrol. Vest-
   nik, Kazan, 1893, i, no. 2, 21-64.   AUo, Reprint.  Also,
   transl: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895-6, viii,
   75-96.—Vnlpius(O)  Neurologie und Orthopadie. Miin-
   chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1721-1727.-Wherry (G.)
   Clinical notes on nerve  disorders in  surgical practice.
   Practitioner, Loud., 1891,  xlvii, 161-194, 4 pl. — Varo-
   shevski (S.)  O llecheuii nervnikh bolieznei podvleshi-
   vaniyeru.  [Treatment of nervous diseases by suspension.]
   Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1891, xxxv, 377-383.

IVervous system (Diseases  of, Treatment

   of) with  animal extracts.

    See, also, Neurasthenia (Treatment of)  with
  animal extracts.
    Althaus (J.)  On cerebrine alpha aud  niyeliue alpha
  in the treatment of certain neuroses.  Lancet, Lond., 1893, 
SKitvors.
500
NERVOUS.
Acrvous syste ••/ (J>iseases  of, Treatment

   of) tcith animal extracts.
   ii 1376-1378.  AUo: Atti-;. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894,
   Roma. 189.'., iv,  psichiat. [etc.], 81-83.-Babes (V.)  Ue-
   ber  die  Behandlung  der genuiuen Epilepsie und der
   Neurasthenic mittels subcutauer Injection von normaler
   Nerveusubstanz.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
   Berl  1892, xviii, 683.-----Weitere Mittheiluugen iiber
   die Behandlung der Neurasthenic, Melancholic uud genui-
   nen Epilepsie mittels Iniectionen normaler  Nerveusub-
   stanz.  Ibid., 1893, xix, 279.----- Ueber die Prioritiit
   der  Behandlung  infectioser  Kraukheiten des Nerven.
   svstems  mittelst Iniectionen normaler Nerveusubstanz.
   Berl   kliu. Wchnsciir., 1898,  xxxv, 543.  AUo:  Klin.-
   therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1898, v, 828. -----.  L'action de
   la  substance nerveuse dans certaines affections infec-
   tieuses et toxiques du svsteme nerveux.  Cong, internat.
   de med.   0. r.. Par., 1900,  sect, de path, geu., 109-120.
   AUo :  J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 478; 489.  AUo:
   Romania med.,  Bucuresci, 1900, viii, nos. 9-10,  1-11.  Also,
   transl:  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr.,  Wien, 1900, vii,  737;
   77l._Bijl (C.)   Bijdrage tot de kenuis der thyreoidea-
   behandeling  bij psychosen.  Psychiat.  en Neurol.  Bl.,
   Amst., 1897, i, 435-441.—Brown (W. L.)  The treatment
   of mental and nervous disorders by animal extracts.  In-
   dian  M.  Rec.  Calcutta, 1896, xi, 327-330.—Burjjess
   (T. J. W.)  Thyroid feeding  and its  application to the
   treatment of insanity.  Montreal M. J., 1895-6, xxiv, 842-
   h5J — Discussion (A) on the treatment of nientel and
   nervous  diseases  bv animal extracts.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1896,  ii. 800-802.—Frey (E.)   A  lecithin alkalma/.&sa az
   ideggy6gy aszatban.  [The treatmentof nervous diseases
   by le( ithiu.]   Budapesti oi"V. u.js^g, 1903, i, 561-563.—
   Ilni-t<-nberg (P.)   Le  lecithine dans la therapeutique
   d. > ati'ectious du  systeme nerveux.  Cong. d. m£d. ali6-
   nistes et  neurol. de France . . .  Proc.-verb.  [etc.]. Par.,
   1901,  xi,  392.—Haskovec (L.) L'action du  liquide thy-
   roi'dien sur le  sjsteme nerveux central.   Rev. neurol.,
   Par., 1896, iv, 193-195.—Iludovernig (K.)  Az  organo-
   therapia szerepe  az ideu- es ehnebdntalmak  gyogyit&sA.
   ban.   [The part of organotherapy in the treatmentof nerv-
   ous and mental diseases.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,
   1, 154-157— Robertson  (A.)  Die Behandluug der
   Geistes-  und Nervenkraukheiten  mit  Organextracten.
   Therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1897, iv, 50-52.—Boshlshinin
   (F. A.)  O primlenenii spermiua-Pelya pri organicheskikh
   stradaniyakh nervnoi sistemi.   [Application of Pel's
   speriuin  in organic diseases ofthe nervous system.]  J.
   med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1902, viii,  85-90.—
   Stieglitz (L.)  Die Schilddiiiseutherapie in der Nerveu-
   heilkunde.  N.Yorker med. Monatschr., 1895, vii, 173-180.—
   Thelberg (M. A. H.) Organotherapy in tabes and other
   nervous diseases.   Med.  News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi,  813-
   8)6.- Mood (U.M.)& Whiting (A.  J.)  Notes on some
   cases  of  nervous  disease treated with Browii-Sequard's
i   orchitic  fluid.  Lancet, Lond., 1894, i,  263-20.").—Zanoni
   (G.)   Preparazione di un estratto di sostanza nervosa anti-
   doto della stricniua; sua applieazione alia cura di malattie
   nervose, specie dell' epilessia.   Cron. d. clin. med. di Ge-
   nova,  1902, viii, 321-329.

 rVervous system (Diseases  of,  Treatment

   of)  by  electricity.
     See, also, Neuralgia (Treatment of),  Neuras-
   thenia (Treatment of),  by electricity.
     Barkucco (N.)  Della cura locale con  1' elet-
   tricita  e eol maguete nelle malattie nervose del-
   1' apparato sessuale  e specialmente  nella neu-
   rastenia.  Indicazioni, metodi e nuovo corredo
   istrnmentale, con figure.  8°.  Bologna, 1896.
      Bernard (J.)  Traite" des maladies nerveuses,
   et de leur rapport avec l'61ectricit6.  12°.   Paris,
    187,7. _
      Caneikj (R.)   *E1 magnetismo huniano y su
   acciou terap6utiea en  las enfermedades  nervio-
   sas.  8°.   Me'xico, 1**9.
      DeLacy(H.)   Du galvaiiisme medical.  Con-
   seils aux malades sur l'emploi du galvaiiisme et
   son  efficacit6  dans le traitemeut des  maladies
   nerveuses ou chroniques, paralysie, rhuniatismes,
   goutte,  asthuie,  nevralgies,  gastralgies,  diges-
   tion  difficile,  affections  de  la  moelle  epiniere,
   faiblesse des membres, atouie  du systeme ner-
   veux, etc.  8°.  Paris, 1649.
      Krauss (T.)  Maladies nerveuses et mentales.
    Leur guerison au moyen des  remedes 61ectro-
    homeopathiques de  C. Mattel.  Traduction au-
    torisee.   12  .   Batisbonne, [n. d."].
Afl'VOlb system (Diseases  of, Treatment

  of) by electricity.
    Miellkr.   Du traitement  des  maladies ner-
  veuses par l'61ectricit6 statique.  8°.   Bruxelles
  1*8:3.
    Raulix (O.-A.)  Observations  pratiques  sur
  l'action de I'dlectru-ite  dans  les nevroses en gd-
  neral,  specialeuient dans  l'epilepsie,  et sur les
  prinoipaux moyens a  combattre  ces  affect ions.
  8°.  Paris, 1852.
    Vulpian (A.)  De  l'influence de la faradisa-
  tion localised sur l'anesthesie de causes diverses
  (lesions  encepbaliques,  saturui.snie,  hysteric,
  zona).   8°.  Paris, 1880.
    Wilheim.  Die Elektricitat, ihre Amveudung
  bei der chronischen Nervenschwache, Nervositat
  uud Neurasthenie.  Eine  popular -hygienische
  Studie fur alle Nervenkranken.   8°.  Witn, 1KI1.
    Armstrong (W.)  The therapeutic value of central
  galvanisation in cardiac and other neuroses.  Brit. M.J.,
  Lond.,  1898, i, 1138.—Barrett (C. B.)  The use of elec-
  tricity in nervous depression aud paralysis. Med. Times,
  N. Y.,  1902, xxx,  263-265.—Bergonic  (J.)  De l'excita-
  tinu intra-rachidieune chez l'homme dans unbut therapeu-
  tique.   Arch, d'electric. med.,  Boideaux, 1903, xi, 7-17.—
  Bishop (F. B.)  Some expeiiences with static electricity
  iu functional diseases of  the nervous svstem.  Tr. Am.
  Electrother. Ass., 1895, v, 161-166.  Also: Virginia M.
  Month., Richmond, 189V6, xxii, 978-982.  AUo, Reprint
  AUo [Abstr.]: J. Pract. M., N. Y., 1895-6, vi, 106—Bryce
  (C. A.)  Electricity and nervous diseases. South. Clinic,
  Richmond, 1889, xii. 327.— Burlier (K.) Ueber  die Be-
  ziehuug zwischen der Richtung lei/.ender Oeffnungs-In-
  ductionsstrome und  dem elektrotouischen Effect iu der
  infrapolaren  Nervenstrecke.  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn.  19 0, lxxxi, 76-102.   See,  also,  infia,  Werigo —
  Caldwell (F.  E.)  Application of  static electricity
  in  derangement  of the  motor functions.  J.  Electro-
  ther.,  N. Y., 1892,  x, 255-260. —€ a rpen ter (W. B.)
  Electricity in organic  diseases of the  nervous  system.
  N.  Am  J. Homceop..  N. Y.,  1904, lii,  691-694. —Cha-
  noz (M )  Loi de l'excitation electrique des  nerfs sen-
  sitifs au  moyen   des condensateurs.   Arch, d'electric.
  ,med., Bordeaux,  1902, x,  697 -702— Hhnrpentirr (A.)
  Nouveaux caracte-res  de l'excitatiou  electrique brere
  transmise  par le nerf. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,
   1901, exxxii, 639-641.—Delamater  (N. B.)  Electro-
  puncture in neurosis.  J. Electrother., N. Y., 1901, xix,
  233-242.—Di Luzenberger  (A.)  Sull' acroparestesia
   (di Schultze) e sul suo trattamento per  mezzo dell' eU-t-
  tricita.  Arte med., Napoli, 1899,  i, 785-789.—Dounn-r
   (E.)  Principes fondamentaux de l'elertrotherapie ihs
   maladii s nerveuses. Ann. d'electrobiol. [elc. |. Par., 1904.
  vii, 385-403.  Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1904, ix, 361-375.
   AUo [Abstr.]: J. med.  de Brux.,  19u4, ix, 385. AUo,
   transl.: Ann. di  elett. med. I etc.], Napoli,  11)04,  iii. 401-
   415.  Also, transl.: Oior. di elett. med., Napoii, 1905, vi, 14-
   28.—Dudgeon (L. S.)  Certain uses of electricity in dis-
   eases of the nei vous system.  Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3. xxi,
   87; 107; 122.—Cray (L. C.)  Electricity in diseases  of
   the brain  and  vann motor svstem. N.  York M. J., l>-89,
   xlix, 479-481.—Hahn (L.j  Applications medicales de
   l'electroide.  Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1902, xii. 124-127.—
   Hodgdon (A. L.)  The application of electricity in the
   treatment of some diseases of the nervous system. Alien-
   ist Sc  Neurol.,  St. Louis,  1901,  xxii, 31-36. — Hoffmann
   (J.) Ueber die Diffusionselcktrode vou  Adamkiewicz und
   die Chloroformkataphorese. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
   1888, vii, 585-593.—Howard (J. L.)   The  treatment ot
   brain-fag  and  insomnia  by static electricity.  Internat.
   Cliu., Phila., 1899, 9. s., i, 37-42.— Jacoby iG. W.)  J.euro-
   ehctrotherapeutics.  Text-book Nerv.  Dis.  Am. authors
   (Dercum), Phila., 1895, 1007-1030.—Matit-heff (J.)  La
   faradisation therapeutique des nerfs vaso-moteurs et du
   nerf pneiimo-gasti ique.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,
   1892, v, 368: 1893, vi, 49— Led lie (S.) De la galvanisation
   cerebrale.  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 210-2U.-
   liOchbruimrr.  Das  elektrische Lohtanninbad, cm
   gutes Unterstiitzungsmittel bei Heilung der Neurasthenie
   und Neuralgic.  Kurber. ii. Erfolge d. physik-diatet. Heil-
   faktoren.  Leipz., iv, 238.—L,ocke (K.  S.) The action  o
   single induction-shocks  on motor nerve,  with special
   reference to the "gap"  C'Liicke").  Proc. Physiol hoc.
   Lond., 1900-1901, pp. xxxix-xli.—L.nisa«la  (E.) L elet;
   troterapia nella pratica infantile; considerazioni su alcuni
   casi di malattie nervose studiate nella Clinica peUiatiica
   di Firenze.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 81; 89.-l.uyNi (J.)
   De Taction des couronnes aimantees dans letraiteuieiit ues
   maladies  mentales et  nerveuses.  Anu. de psychiat  et
   d'hvpnol., Par.,  1893, n. s.,  iii,  289-293.-MaKendte.
   Traitement de certaines  affections nerveuses par 1 electro- 
NERVOUS.
501
NERVOUS.
\en'Oiis system (Diseases of,  Treatment

  of) by electricity.
  puncture des nerfs.  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1837,
  v, 855.—Mettler (L. H.)  The use and abuse of electricity
  in the treatment of the so-called neuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass!
  Chicago, 1898,xxx, 770-7715.—i\ile»(H.R.)  Static electric-
  ity iu the treatmeut of nervous and mental diseases.  Am.
  J.Iusan., Chicago, 1896-7, liii. 390-395. Also: CanadaLau-
  cet, Toronto, 1896-7, xxix, 406-410.—O'Connor (J. T.)
  The sphere of  usefulness  of electricity in  nervous dis-
  eases.  Tr. Nat. Soc. Electrother., N. Y.,  1893, 113-119.—
  O'Neill (W. H.)  An interesting case of nervous diseaso
  greatlv improved by a novel application of faradic elec-
  tricity.  Australas M. Gaz., Sydney, 1891-2, xi, 269-271.—
  Peterson (F.)  The uses of anodal diffusion in neurol-
  ogy.  Tr.  Am.  Electrother.  Ass.,  1892,  81-87. -----.
  Mel hods of employing electricity  iu nervous diseases.
  Buffalo M. J., 1895-6, xxxv, 300-306. -----. Condensed
  list of nervous disorders and the modes of application of
  electricitv where it  is indicated.   Coll.  &. Clin.  Rec,
  Phila.,  1896, xvii, 7-9.—Plit-que (A.-F.)   L'eleetrothe-
  rapie dans les maladies des nerfs.  Rev. gen. de cliu. et de
  therap., Par.,  1896, x, 630; 646.— Pritvhnrd  < W. B.)
  Galvanism as a curative ageut in  nervous diseases; the
  importance of equipment and teehnic. Med. News, X. Y.,
  1905, lxxxvii, 246-24:»— Rockwell (A. D.)  IU marks on
  the effects of elect! icitv in peripheral nerve lesions.  N.
  York M.  J., 18Y.I, xlix."430. -----.  Electricity in neuras-
  thenia  and other functional neuroses.   Internat. Cliu.,
  Phila..  1891, ii, 281-289. -----. The therapeutics of cur-
  rent direction and polar action in nervous diseases.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii, 552-554. -----. Electricity iu the
  functional neuroses.   South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1896, xxvi,
  332-334. -----. The diagnostic and therapeutic relation
  of electricitv to the diseases of the  central nervous svs-
  tem. X. YorkM. J.,  181)8. lxviii, 691-694.  l!«o,- Tr.A'ra.
  Electrother. Ass, 1898, Buffalo, 1899, viii,  113-124. -----.
  Some priuciples on which is based the therapeutics of elec-
  tricity in  nervous diseases.  J. Advaue.  'lherap.. N. Y.,
  1903, xxi,  657-662.   AUo:  X.  York  M.  J.  [etc!J, 1903,
  lxxviii, f-95-898. -----. Electricity  in tho  diagnosis and
  treatment of diseases of the brain and spinal cord.  Med.
  Exam.  Sc Pract., X.  Y.,  1904, xiv, 672.— Sanger (J.)
  Wie wirken Hydro-  nnd  Elektrotherapie  bei  Nerven-
  kraukheiten.   Fortschr. d. Hydroth. Festschr. "W. Win-
  ternitz, Wien u.  Leipz., 1897, 211-22U.—Sawyer (C. E.)
  Electricity in the treatment of uervous diseases.   Med. &
  Surg. Reporter, Cleveland, 1904, xii, l-lo. —Seherk (('.) |
  Die Wirkungsweise der elektromagnetischen Krafflinien.
  Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz.,  1904, xxix, 23-25.— Nighicelli
  (C.) La corrente per la illuminazione elettrica applicata
  alia cura delle malattie nervose.  Atti d. Ass. med. lomb.,
  Milano. 1894, 111-116,  1 pl.—Sloan (S.)  The therapeutic
  value of alternating  currents applied to the abdominal
  sympathetic nervous  system.  Med. Electrol. &. Radiol.,
  Lond.,  1903, iv, 177-186.—Miuith.    Elektrotherapie bei
  Depressionszustanden sog. tunktioneller  Neurosen (ge-
  wisser Formen von Neurasthenie, Hysterie, Epilepsie und
  Melancholie).  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1902,
  lix, 174-177—Snow (W. B.)  The employment of static
  electricity in the treatment of nervous diseases. J. Ad-
  vanc. Therap.,  X. Y.. 1904, xxii,325-.'!37.—Ntintzing (K.)
  Allgemeine Elektrotherapie der Ei-krankiingeu  des Ner-
  vensystems.   Handb. d. spec. Therap. inner. Krankh.,
  Jena, 1895, v, pt.  2,  241-341. — Swolfs (O.)  Du traite-
  ment Electrique en  neuropathologie.  Coug. internat. de
  neurol-., de psychiat.  [etc.]  1897, Brux.. 1898. i. fasc. 2,
  140-144. Resume, fasc. 3, 76. — Watson (W. S.)  Elec-
  tricity in the treatment of the nerves.  Tr. Am. Electro-
  ther. Ass., Chicago, 1896, 102-10*. —Werigo (B.)  Einige
  Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von K. Biirker: Ueber die
  Beziehung zwischen der Richtung  reizender  Oeffnungs-
  Inductionsstrome und dem elektroionischen Effect iu der
  infrapolaren Nervenstrecke.   Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol.,
  Bonn, 1901. lxxxiv. 260-275— \Vi< limami (R.)  Casuis-
  tischer Beitrag zur  Elektrotherapie der traumatischen
  Neurose.    Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1889,  xxvi,  588-593.
  -----.  Die Heilwirkung  der  Elektricitat  bei  Nerven-
  krankheiteu.  Klin. Zeit-u. Streitfragen,  Wien, 1892, vi,
  107-169.

IVervoiis system (Diseases of,  Treatment

  of) by exercise, or physiotherapy.
    dee,  also,  Neurasthenia (  Treatment  of) by
  exercise,  etc.
    Bahr (F.)   Allgemeine Indicationen  fiir eiue
  Bewegungskur nach  Dr.  Zander.   rJ.   Karls-
  ruhe, 1890.
    Also, in: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1890, xxv, 461; 477.
    Boykixoff  (D.  G.)    * Die  Bedeutung   der
  Uebnngen  hei  Erkrankungen  des  Centralner-
  vensystems.  6'J.   Berlin, 1*99.
    Cornklius.  Druckpnnkte, ihre Entstehung,
  Bedeutung bei Neuralgien, Nervositat,  Neura-
J\ei'VOUKi  system (Diseases of,  Treatment

  of) by exercise,  or physiotherapy.
  sthenie,  Hysterie,  Epilepsie und  Geisteskrank-
  heiten,  sowie  ihre Behandlung (lurch Nerven-
  massage.  6 --.   Berlin, 1902.
    Grohmanx (A.)   Technisches und  Psycholo-
  gischesin der Beschiiftigung von Nervenkranken.
  Fiir Aerzte  bearbeitet.   Mit einen Vorwort von
  P. J. Mobius und  Dr. Wildermutli.   8°.   Stutt-
  gart, le99.
    IIaskbkoek (K.)  Ueber die  Nervositiit und
  deu Mangel an  korperlicker Bewegung  in  der
  Grosstadt.   Ein Beitrag zur  hyoieiiischen  Be-
  deutung  der  medico-mechanischen  Institute.
  8°.  Hamburg, 1-91.
    Hoffmann (A.)  Ueber die Anwendung  der
  physikalischen Heilmethoden bei Nervenkrauk-
  heiten  in der Praxis.  *c.  Halle a. S., 1*96.
    AUo.transl in: Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1900,  xxi,
  557: 1901, xxii, 1.
    vox  Holst (V.)   Die  Behandlung  der Hys-
  terie,  der   Neurasthenie und  ahiilicher  allge-
  meiner  funetioneller   Neurosen.  3. Aufl.   8°.
  Stuttgart, 1-91.
    Monnier (H.)   * Ueber die Behandlung von
  Nervenkranken und Psychopathen durch niitz-
  liche Muskelbeschiiftigung unter  specieller  Be-
  riicksichtigung der Erfahrnngen  ira  Beschafti-
  gungsinstitut fiir  Nervenkranke von  A. Groh-
  mauu iu Zurich.   [Ziirich.]   8°.   Leipzig, 1698.
    Taylor  (G. H.)  Paralysis aud  other  affec-
  tions of the nerves; their cure by vibratory and
  special movements.  12°.  New Tork,  1871.
     Vidakt  (E. )   Du   traitement de  quelques
  formes de paralysies, des solioses, des nevralgies,
  du  rhumatisme   chronique, etc., par  la  gym-
  nastique su^doise (methode de Ling).  bu.   Ge-
  neve, 1889.
     Berillon.  Le traitement psychom6caiiique de  la
  choree, des tics et des habitudes automatiques.   Rev. de
  l'hypnot.  et physiol., Par., 1901-2, xvi, 175-178. — Bien-
  fait.  La physicotherapie dans les  n6vroses.  Gaz. med.
  beige.  Liege, 1904-5, xvii, 32-34. — IS ruin well  ( B. )
  [Three casestreated bv Eraenkel's exercises.]  Tr. Med.-
  Chir. Soc. Edinb.,  1902-3, n. s., xxii, 3-8. — Breukiiik
  (H.)  Ueber  Ermiidungskurveu bei Gesunden uud bei
  eiuigen  Neurosen und Psycbosen.  J. f. Psychol, u. Neu-
  rol., Leipz., 1904-5,  iv, 85-108.— Kiiinm  (A.)  11 massag-
  gio  nella neuropatologia.  Riv. internaz. ^1'ig., Napoli,
  1892, iii, 65; 129; 193. — Charcot.  La medecine vibra-
  toire; application des vibrations rapides et continues au
  traitement do quelques  maladies  du systeme nerveux.
  Semaine med., Par., 1892, xii, 289.  Also, transl..- Gazz.  d.
  osp., Milano, 1892,  xiii, 1083. — ChigayeflT (N. V.)  Lie-
  cheniye drozhaniyem  nlekotorikh  form  nervnikh bo-
  lieznei.   [Treatmeut of several forms of nervous disease
  by vibration.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.]. S.-Peterb.,
  1897, ii, 255-265. — Constensonx   (G.) La reeducation
  motrice dans  les maladies  du systeme nerveux; ses appli-
  cations  k l'ataxie des tabetiques.  Arch, de neurol., Par.,
  1903, 2. 8., xv, 47-86.—Corneliiiw.  Die NerveniiKissage.
  Therap. Monatsh.,  I'.erl.,  1905,  xix,  227-235. — Dc t-in-
  como (A.)   II massag'^io nella mogigralia e nelle forme
  nervose consimili.  Ann. clin. d. osp. incur., Napoli, 1887,
  xii, 298 ; 550. — Uetei-iuaiiii.   Physikalische Therapie
  der  Xeurasthenie  uud Hysterie (inkl.  Schlaflosigkeit).
  Handb.  d. physikal.  Therap., Leipz.,  1902, pt, 2, ii, 553-
  621.— JCrlenmeycr (A.)   Ueber die Bedeutung der Ar-
  beit bei der Behandlung  der Nervenkranken  in Nerven-
  heilaiistalten. Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii, 163-
  166. — Knlenbiirg (A.)  Ceber Beweguugstherapie bei
  Gehi:n- und  Kiickeiiinarkskrankheiten.   Veroffentl.  d.
  Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl.  Balneol.  Gesellsch., 1897,
  xviii, 78-96.   Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, xviii,
  367; 375.  Also: Monatschr.  f. prakt. Wasserh., Miiu-
  chen, 1897, iv, 131; 163. -----. Ueber Arbeitscuren  (Be-
  schaftigiingscuren) bei Nervenkranken.  Therap. d. Ge-
  genw., Bnl.-Wien,  1899,  n. F., i, 21-24.— Faure  (M.)
  L'feducation motrice.   Auu. med.-chir., Dour, 1903,149-158.
  -----. La reeducation  motrice.  J. de  phvsiotkerap.,
  Par., 1903, i,  14; 36. -----. Statistique de  l'Institut  de
  reeducation   de La  Malou.  Rev.  internat.  de  therap.
  phys., Rome,  1903, iv, 169-177.—Flatan  (G.)  Ueber
  einen neuen Gymuastikapparat  und seiue Verwendbarkeit
  bei  Behandlung von Nervenleiden.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
  1905, i, 682__OoldNcheifler.  Ueber Beweguugstherapie
  bei Erkrankungen des Xerveusystems.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1898, xxiv,  50; 69.   [Discus- 
NERVOUS.
502
NERVOUS.
AerYOii* system  (J)iseases  of, Treatment

  of) by exercise, or physiotherapy.
  sion]  Ver-Beil. 6.  AUo,  transl:  Rev. de therap. med.-
  chir ' Par.,  1*98  lxv, 145-155.-----Mononeuritis und
  peripherische Lahinungen.   Hand. d. physikal. Theiap.,
  Leipz..  1902. ii. ]>t. 2, 436-453.—«-raiipner.   Die Ver-
  wendung akustischer Siuneseindrucke  bei der Behand-
  lung centraler Beweguiigsstdrungen ; eiu weitei er Ausbau
  der  kompensatorischen  Uebungstherapie.  Wien.  med.
  Wchnsehr., 1897, xlvii. 1051-1053.  Also.  Ztschr. f. prakt.
  Aertze, Fraukf. a.  M.,  1897, vi,  435-437 -Cirafstrom
  (A V )  Mechano-therapv in connection with diseases of
  the nervous system. Phila. M. J., 1898,  ii. 299.—Groh-
  in a ■■ n (A.)  Ueber  Arbeitscuren ifiir  Nervenkranke.
  Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl.,  Berl., 1898, xx, 54-58. -----. Er-.j
  fah run "en  m  der  Beschaftigung von  Nervenkranken.
  l'.svchiat  Wchnsclir., llalle a.  S,  1899, i, 75-77.—Ham-
  mond (<i  Ml  lii'- bic\cle in the treatmentof nervous
  diseases.  J.  Neiv. & Ment. Dis.,  N. T., 1892, xix, 36-46.
  Also,  Reprint. — Heiligenihal.   Die physikalische
  Therapie  der functioiielleii Xeiuosen.  Balneol.  Centr.-
  Ztg., Berl., 1903, 61; 65;  69.—Herz (M.)   Ueber die heil-
  gyniuastische Behandlung von Erkrankungen de.s Central-
  nervensystems.  Wien.  med. Presse, 1900, xii, 617-027.—
  II irschkron(J.)  Die pkysikalisch-diatet ische Therapie
  iu  der N'ervenheilkunde.   Deutsche Praxis.  Ztschr.  f.
  prakt.  Aerzte,  Munchen,  1901. x,  161; 201; 241; 279; 324;
  367; 391.—Hoffa  ( A. )  Physikalische Therapie  der
  Choiea und der Athetose   Handb. d. phvsikal. Therap.,
  Leipz., 1902, ii, pt. 2. 630-638.—Howard (W. L.)   Phys-
  iologic rhythms; the practical value of their recognition
  in  treatment of functional neuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass., I
  Chicago, 1899. xxxii, 1089-1091.  AUo, Reprint.—Hngon
  (E.)  De l'emploi du massage dans le traitement des nevro-
  ses.  [From: Rev. d'androl. et de yyuec]  Rev.  d'livg.
  therap., Par.,  1897,  ix, 263-265.—Jaeob (P.)  Beitrage
  zur  Apparatotherapie  bei  Erkrankungen des Central-
  nervensystems.  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1900, xxxvii, 319-
  321.—Lagrange (F.)  L'exerciee et les maladies du sys-
  teme nerveux.   France  nied., Par.,  1894, xii, 100-105.—
  I.ilienstein (S.)  Ueber Eiufliisse physikalischer Fak-
  toren auf das zeutrale und periphere Nervensystem.  Ver-
  haudl.  d. Gesellsch.  deutsch.  Naturf.  u. Aerzte  1903,
  Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 278.—I.oebel (A.)  ZurPbysio-
  therapieder chronischen Nerveukrankheiten.  Berl. klin.-
  therap. Wchnsehr., 1905,   581; 604. Also: Wien. klin.-
  therap. Wchnsehr., 1905,  581;  6(14. — lTlasNy (A.)  Du
  massage dans les maladies du systtiiue nerveux; son action
  physiologique; sou  action therapeutique. Mem. et bull.
  Soc de ru6d. et chir. de  Bordeaux  (1892), 1893, 335-366.
  Also:  J. de  med.  de Bordeaux, 1892. xxii, 353; 369; 380.
  -----.  Le massage  dans la dyspepsie nerveuse ou neu-
  rasthenie  gastrique.   Kev.  de  cinesie  et  d'electro-
  ther., Par., 1901, iii, 67-70. — .VI iclinud.  Considerations
  sur  la reeducation  motrice.  Lyon  med., 1903,  c, 821;
  873.—Blills  (C. K.)   The  treatment  of nervous  and
  mental disease by  systematized active exercises.  Proc.
  Phila.  Co. M. Soc,  Phila.,  1888,  ix,  1-23.  AUo, Re-
  print.   Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888, x, 162; 196.—
  lTlonkeiuoller.   Die  physikalische Therapie bei Gei-
  stes- und Nervenkrankheiteu.   Psychiat.-neurol. Wchn-
  sehr., llalle a. S., 1904-5, vi, 141; 149; 158.—Monnier (H.)
  Ceber die Behandluug  von Nervenkranken und 1'sycho-
    gatheu durch niitzliche  Muskelbescbiiftigung.  Ztschr. f.
    [ypnot. [etc], Leipz., 1898, vii, 142-162.  Also: Ztschr. f.
  Kraukenpfl., Berl.,  1898,  xx, 211-219. — Morselli (E.)
  Sulle  vibrazioni  meccauiche  nella  cura delle malattie
  nervose e mentali.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1892, xiii. 951.—
  rVeisser (A.)  Die mechanische Behandluug der Nei veu-
  krankheiteu.   Fortschr. d. Kraukenpfl.,  Berl.,  1894,  xvi,
  1-7.  Also:  Med.-chir. <'entralbl.,  Wien.  1894,  xxix, 46-
  48. — Pelreu  (K.) Om  ofning>terapi vid organiska
  nervsjukdomar  (fransedt  tabes).   [Gymnastic  treatnieut
  iu organic nervous diseases (exclusive.of tabes)].  Nord
  Tidsskr. f. Tempi, Kobenh., 1903-4, ii, 349-364. - Kilter
  (M.»   Die  neuro-dvnamische  Therapeutik.   Frauenarzt,
  Leip/.., 1903, xviii. 438-440— Snndbloin (G.)  Gy mnastics
  aud massage as therapeutic agents  in nervous diseases;
  with eases.   N. York M. J., 1895.  lxi, 47-50. —  Schwab
  (S. I.)   Therapeutic value of work  in hysteria and neuras-
  thenia.  Interstate  M.  J.,  St. Louis, 19u2,  ix,  248-255.
  Also:  St. Louis M. Rev., 1902, xiv, 343-348.—Moilier (P.)
  Du role des mouvements dans la therapeutique  des  ne-
  vroses.  Cong, franc.de med. Rapp., Par., 1899. v. 931-936.
  AUo:  J. de neurol.,  Par., 1899, iv, 481-485. — ."•Minding
  (R.)  Einige mechanisch-operative Heilverfahien bei Er-
  krankungen des Nervensystems.  Handb. d. spec. Tin rap
  inuerer Kraukh., Jena, 1896, v, pt.  2, 342-348. — T hi lo
  (O. )   Bewegungen als  Heilmittel fiir Nervenerkran-
  kuiigen.  Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf.  u
  Aerzte 1897,  Leipz., 1898. lxix. pt.  2, 2.  Hlfte., 154-150
  Also:  Muucheu. med. Wchnsehr.,  1897, xliv, 1150.  Also-
  Wien.  kliu.  Rundschau,  1897, xi,  820.  -----. Methode
  d'exercices  et  de mouvements proposeo  comme  cure  de
  maladies  de nerfs.  Arch,  de neurol., Par., 1900, 2. s.. x,
  87-94.— ToknroflT (L.)   Nervenvihratioiien,  eine neue
  manuelle Behandlungsmethode.  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.,
.\ervou*  system (Diseases  of, Treatment

  of) by exercise, or physiotherapy.
  1**8, xxxiii, 557;  572.  A2«o[Kev.l: Eira, Gdteborg, 1888,
  xii,  15-19. — Vogt (O.)   Ueber Beschiiftiguiigstberapie
  bei fuuctiouelli n  Nervenkranken.  Psychiat. Wchnsehr.
  Halle a.  S.,  1899,  i,  245; 256.  AUo: Wien.  klin. Bund-
  schau, 1900, xiv, 25;  48.-Wirt  (W. E.)  The treatnieut
  of scoliosis, spinal in itatioii, chorea,  infantile and other
  paralysis, and the poorly developed, by gymnastic exer-
  cise,  massage, electricity,  etc.   Med.'  Fortnightly, St.
  Louis, 1898,  xiii,  211;  241.—Wolzendorff.  Massage
  bei Nervenkrankheiteu.  Aerztl. Pract., Hamb., 1890, iii,
  49; 65.

lYervoii*  system (Diseases  of, Treatment
  of) by hypnotism.
     See,  also,  Neurasthenia  ( Treatment  of) by
  hypnotism.
     Cannes  (J.) «fc  Pagniez  (P.)   Isolement et
  psycotherapie;  traitement de  l'hysterie et de la
  neurasth6uie;  piatique de  la reeducation  mo-
  rale et physique.   Preface du  professeur J. De-
  jerine.  eF.   Paris, 1904.
     Dubois  (P.)   Tbe psychic treatment of nerv-
  ous disorders.   (The psychoneuroses and their
  moral  treatment.)   Transl. and  ed. by S.  E.
  Jelliffe  and  W. A. White.  8<-.   New Tork, 1905.
     Makcinowski  (J.)   Nervositat  und Welt-
  anschauung.  Studien zur seelischcu  Behand-
  lung Nervoser, nehst einer  knrzen Theorie vom
  Wo lien und Konnen.   6  .   Berlin, 190f>.
     RosenbaCH (O.)  Nervose  Zustande und  ihre
  psychische Behandlung.  8°.   Berlin, 1-97.
     -----.   The same.   2. Aufl.   8J.  Berlin, 1902.
     Altschul  (W.)  Ueber Suggestivtherapie bei  funk-
  tioneller Neurose.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, xxix, 404;
  420.—Arthur (R.)  The paroxysmal neuroses and  hyp-
  notic suggestion.   Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903,  xxii,
  530.—Ballet (G.)  Nervous disorders in which psycho-
  therapy may prove of value.  Iuteruat. Clin., Phila.. 1906,
  15. s., iv, 42-47.—Berillon.  Die  Behandlung nervoser
  Krankheiten durch Suggestion.  Wien. med. VVchnschr.,
  1892, xlii, 144-146.—Bcrnheim.  Vomissements nerveux
  depuis trois ans par intervalles prolonged, en dernier lieu
  depuis deux mois;  c6phalalgie laucinante,  crises hyste-
  riques depuis un mois; guerison  par uue seule  suggestion
  hypuotique.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par.,
  1890-91, v,  328-331. — Bertsehinger ( H.)   Psychische
  Zwaugszustaude;  Referate aus  der deutscheu, frauzosi-
  schen  und englisehen  Literatur  der Jahre 1890 und 1897.
  Ztschr. f. Hypuot. [etc.],  Leipz., 1898, vii, 161-180.—Bi-
  don.  De l'hypnotisme dansla  therapeutique  nerveuse.
  Marseille med., 1886, xxiii. 605-619.—Bridge (N.) Mental
  therapeutics.   South. Calif. Pract., Los Augek-s, 1901, xvi,
  281-291.—Burot (P.)  N6vropathie avec acrinie salivaire
  et constipation datant de 35 ans, gu£rie par la suggestion.
  Hev. de  l'hypnot. et psychol. l'hysiol.,  Par.,  1888-9, iii,
  169-171.—Caryophylis (G.)  SufiTrTwjiaTiicov  o-vfiirAeyfia
  a7TOTeAo^.eyov vnb a<pa-yi'as, dAaAtas, (cat a(7Tacf(.a-a/3a(J'ias ta-
  9iu Ti) Sia Trjs |3ias U7ro/3oAfj.  Ta\r)vb';, 'ASr/vcu, 1892, XX, 625;
  649.  Also, transl:  Progres med.,  Par., 1892,  2. s., xvi,
  241-243.—Chilton".   Traitement et gu6rison par sugges-
  tion hypnotique d'un cas  d'h6iuiplegie apres apoplexie.
  Rev. de  l'hypnot. exper. et therap., Par., 1886-7, i, 340 —
  Cicognam (A.)  Di un  caso di epilessia  e  di autonia-
  tismo ambulatorio, e di un  caso  di  melanconia, guariti
  colla suggestioue ipnotica.   Rassegna med., Bologna, 1895,
  iii, no. 18, 4; no. 19, 6; no. 20, 6.—Claus.  Vomisseiiieiits
  nerveux incoercibles durant depuis trois ans;  hypnotb.6-
  rapie; guerison.  Ann. Soc. de med. d'Auvers, 1896, lviii,
  95-100. — Oethlefsen.  Neurosei; Hypuotisme.   Med.
   Aarsskr., Kjobenh.,  1890, iii, 121-143. — Di  I.uzen-
   berger (A.)  Appunti di psicoterapia dinainogenetica.
   Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia. 1905, xxxi, 363-365.—
   Fnvald  ( It. i   Indikatsioneista  hypnootisen sugges-
   tsioum kiiyttamiseeu hermotaudeissa.   [Indications for
   hypnotic suggest ion  iu the treatment of nervous diseases.]
   Duodecim, Helsinki, 1890, vi, 195-200. — Fienga (A.l La
   suggestioue ipnotica nella cura delle  malattie nervose.
   Atti d.  xi. Cong. med. internaz.  1894, Koma 1895, iv,
   psichiat. [etc|, 98-iOl. — Font. Traitement de l'liyste-
   rie et de la neurasthenie par l'isolement et la suggestion
   a  l'etat de veille.  J. de  med.  de Par., 1900, 2. s.. xn,
   60.  Also: Rev. de psychiat., Par.,  1900, n. s., iii, 59-61.—
   Fontan  (J.)  Les effets de la suggestion  hypnotique
   daus les affections cum materia du systeme nerveux.  Key.
   de l'hvpnot. et psychol. physiol..  Par., 1889-90, iv, 134-
   138.—Ginestous.  Astasie-abasio guerie par suggestion
   a l'etat  do  veille.  Ibid.,  1897-8, xii. 24-27. -Oraeter
   (C.)  Eiu Fall von epileptischer Amnesie. (lurch hypuoti-
   sche Hypermnesio beseitint.  Ztschr. f. Hypuot.  [etc I,
   Leipz., 1898, viii,  129-163.—Hirt.  Ueber die Bedeutung 
NERVOUS.
503
NERVOUS.
IVervoii* system (Diseases  of, Treatment

  of)  by hypnotism.
  der Verbalsuggestion fiir die Neurotherapie.  Med.-chir.
  Centralbl., Wien, 1894,  xxix, 311-313.— Also: Wien. med.
  Tresse, 1894, xxxv, 841-846. Also: Ztschr.f. Hypuot. [etc. j,
  Bub, 1893-4, ii,287-294.—Ingegnieroa (J.)  Dipsomania
  por abulia  histeiica;  pituitas posthipudticas; su trata-
  miento por el  hipnotismo.  Semana nied., Buenos Aires,
  1904, xi, 599- 602. — I.uys (J.)  De Paction des miroirs
  rotatifs (miioirs  a alouettes ) sur le syst£iu6 nerveux.
  Assoc,  franc, pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r., Par.,  1889, xviii,
  pt. 2, 799-801.  [Discussion], pt. 1, 362. — Osgood (H.)
  The  treatment of sclerosis, of various forms of paralysis,
  and other nervous derangements by suggestion.  Boston
  M. & S. J., 1895. cxxxiii, 32-36.  [Discussion], 40-42.—
  Pun ton (J.)  The psychological  factor in medicine and
  its application to nervous diseases.  KansasCity M. Index-
  Lancet,  1903,  xxiv, 159-165.   Also:  Med. Herald, St.
  Joseph,  1903, n.  s., xxii,  221-231.  Also:  Oklahoma M.-
  News-Jour., 1903, xi, 171-175.— I'utiuan (J. J.)  A con-
  sideration of mental therapeutics as  employed by special
  students ofthe subject.  Med. Com. Mass. M. Soc, Bost.,
  1902-4,  xix, 679-693.  AUo:  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1904,
  cli, 179-183.— vau Benlergheni (A. W.)  Resultats
  obtenus k la  Clinique de  ps\chotherapie d'Amsterdam
  (de 1893 a 1897). lit v. de psych..1. elin. et therap., Par.,
  1897-8, i, 111; 139.—Ribnlkiii  (V. V.)   O terapevtiches-
  koni primleuenii hipnoticheskavo  vnusheniya v dervnom
  otdlel'enii  mariiiiskol   boliiitsi.    [Therapeutic  applica-
  tion  of hypnotic suggestion   iu the  nervous depart-
  ment of tlie Maria Hospital.]  Vestnik kliu.  i sudebnoi
  psichiat.  i nevropatol., St. Petersb.,  1891-2,  ix,  pt.  1,
  257-288. — Robertson  (A.)   Case of recovery  from a
  complicated neurotic disease under treatmeut by hypno-
  tism.  Glasgow  M. J., 1899, li,  374-377. — Konx ( L. )
  Spasmes de l'urethre  et troubles nerveux; gu6rison par
  l'hvpnotisme.   Rev. de  l'hvpnot. et  ps\ ehol. physiol.,
  Par., 1888-9, iii, 119-121.—Scharfenberg.  Die psychia-
  trische Behandlung der funktionellen Neurosen.  .Aerztl.
  Veieinsbl. f. Dentschl., Leipz., 1901, xxx, 2*8-292.—Stein.
  Zur  Psvehotherapie nervoser Erkrankungen.  Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, therap. Beil.,
  89-92.—Tata (D. R.)  Notes of cases of disorders of the
  nervous system  treated by hypnotism.   Tr. Grant Coll.
  M. Soc. Bombay (1893), 1894, 48-51.—Valentin (P.)  La
  reeducation suggestive de  la  voloute; traitement des
  aboulies. Cong. d.  med. alienistes et neurol.  de France
  .  . .  Rap.  C. r., 1897, Par., 1898, viii, 778-786.—Ven tra
  (D.)  Contributo alio  studio dell' ipnotismo come ageute
  terapeutico nelle nevrosi.  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. freniat.
  ital.  1886, Milano, 1887. v, 276-286. — Voiaiii (A.)  De
  riiypnotisnie et  de la suggestion  hypnotique daus leur
  application au traitement des  maladies nerveuses et men-
  tales. Rev. de l'hypnot. exp6r.  et therap., Par., 1886-7, i,
  4; 41.  AUo, Reprint.

Nervous  system (Diseases  of, Treatment

  of)  by light.
     Akopenko (A. F.) K voprosu o tsvletovom liechenii
  (khromoterapii)  pri dushevnikh bolleznyakh; vliyaniye
  tsvletuikh luchel na skorost  psikhicheskikh  piotsessov
  (psikhouietricheskoye izslledovauiye). [Chromotherapy iu
  mental diseases; influence of colored rays on the rapidity
  of psychical processes (psychometric research).]  Vrach,
  St. Petersb., 1899. xx, 1023; 1042.— Crothers (T. D.)  The
  radiant-light bath iu the treatment of neuroses.  J. Ad-
  vanc Therap., N. Y., 1904, xxii.  457-465.  AUo: N. Tork
  M. J. [etc.J, 1904, lxxx, 163-167.—Brew (C.)   The effect
  of colored or decomposed  light upon the nervous system.
  Med. Kec, N. YY, 1896, xlix, 118. — Foreau de tour-
  nielles.  Des bains  de  lunii&re daus  les affections du
  systeme nerveux. Actualite  med., Par., 1900, xii, 82-88.
  -----. De la lumi^re eu therapeutique  nerveuse.   Cong.
  d. m£d. ali6nistes et neurol. de  France . . .  C.-r., Par. &
  Brux., 1903, xiii.  v. 2, 287. — rYartowaki (M.)  Dzialauie
  lecznicze swiatla elektiycznego w rdznych stanach pato-
  logiczuych, a gkiwnie w  chorobach  ukladu ncrwowego,
  [Therapeutic action of electric light iu various pathological
  conditions, and especially in diseases  of the nervous sys-
  tem.]  Przegl.lek., Krakdw, 1900, xxxix,417; 454; 470; 482;
  497.—Raflfegeau.  De l'influence de la lumiere toloree
  dans le traitement des  maladies nerveuses.  Assoc, franc.
  pour l'avance. d.  sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, 207; 283;
  pt.2, 843.  Also: Rev. de l'hypnot. et psvchol. physiol.,
  Par., 1899-1900, xiv,238-242.—Regnault (F.)  La lumiere
  color^e en therapeutique  nerveuse.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et
  psychol. physiol., Par., 1899-1900, xiv, 7-10. — Mawitzki
  (J.)  Einfluss der Lichtstrahlen auf die Nerven. Compt.-
  rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 2,
  55.—Scherk (C.) Ueber Lichtwirkuug auf Nervenzel-
  len.  Arch. f.  Lichttherap. [etc.],  Berl., 1900,  ii, 45-50.—
  Vilche* y  Gomez  (E.)  La cromo-foto-terapia eu las
  enfermedades del sistema  nervioso.  Rev. Ibero-Am. de
  cien.  med., Madrid, 1905, xiii, 45-52. — Wadaworth (A.
  D.) The value of dry  hot air  and  eU( trie-light baths in
  mental and nervous diseases.  N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y.,
  1904, lii, 577-580.
  Nervous  system (Diseases  of, Treatment
    of) by rest and diet.
      See, also, Neurasthenia (Treatment of) by rest,
    etc.
      Berger   (P. )    Diiit  und  Wegweiser fiir
    Nerveikianke.   2. Aufl.   ViS.   Berlin,  1900.
      Pkenkel(A/"/)(c), nee Zessarsky.  * Contribu-
    tion a l'etude de la medical ion hypuotique-anal-
    ge"sique.   Valeur therapeutique  du  niono-tri-
    chloracetyl-di methyl phenyl-pyrazolone  (niono-
    ehloral-antiiiyiine on hypnol).   4-.   Paris, 1890.
      Mayer  (A.)   (iedanken  iiher  systematische
    Hungeikuren.   12u.   Augsburg, 1900.
      Mitchell (S. W.)  Fat  and  blood,  and how
    to make them.  12°.  Philadelphia, 1-77.
      Oberdouffer (H. J.)   Diiiictischer Katgeber
    fiir Nervenkranke.  12°.   (lodesberg a. Bh., 1901.
      Playfair (YV. y.)   The systematic treatment
    of  functional   neuroses,   the   so-called  Weir-
    Mitchell treatment.   8°.   [n.p., n. d.]
      Kohden  (A.)   Kurze  Diiitetik  fiir  Nerven-
    kranke, mit einem  Anhange iiber  Oeynhausen
    (Kehnie) und  seine  Biider.  3. Aufl.  8J.  Bad
    Oeynhausen, 1866.
      StepiIan  (B. II.)    De  bchandeling van soru-
    mige  vornu-n  van zenuwlijdeu  met mestkuren.
    12°.  Amsterdam, 1891).
      Trusevich (Y. I.)    Mitchelevskaya  sistema
    llecheniya slabonervntkh i isterichnlkh,  nialo-
    krovnlkh i khudoshtshavlkh.   Poavtoru, Play-
    fair'u i dr. sost.   [Mitchell's method of treating
    neurasthenia and hysteria, anaemia, and emacia-
    tion.   Compiled after the author, Playfair, and
    others.]  2. ed.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1894.
      Valenti (A.)   Aromatici e nervini nell' ali-
    meutazione. I  coudinienti; 1' alcool (vino, birra,
    liquori, resolii, etc.); il caff6; il  the; il  guaraua;
    la noce  di kola, etc.   Sull' uso del tabacco  da
    funio e da tiuto.   12 J.   Milano,  1904.
      Wilheim (J.)   Diiit fur Nerveukranke.  Wie
    sollen Nervose, Nervenschwache,  Eiickenmark-,
    Gehirnkranke   uud   Epileptische  leben  und
    welehe  Speiisen und Getranke diirfen sie genies-
    sen ?  12°.   Wien, 1894.
      -----.  Tlie same.    12-.  Wien, 1902.
      BiiiMwanger (O.)   Ernahrungskuren bei Nerven-
    kraukheiten (Mastkuren).  Handb. d. spec. Therap.  in-
    uerer Krankh., Jena, 1890, v, pt. 2, 43-78.  Also: Handb. d.
    Therap.  innerer Krankh., 2. Aufl., Jena, 1898, v, 43-70.—
    Konnel.  La cure de desintoxicatiou.  Cong.  d. rued.
    alienistes et neurol. de France ...  C. r., Par., 1902,  ii,
    445-452.—Burkart (R.)  Ueber das Wesen und Erfolge
    der Weir-Mitchell'schenCur. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wieu,
    1889, xxiv, 350;  302; 374.— Byford  (H.  T.)    The rest
    cure without rest. P. & S. Plexus, Chicago, 1899-1900, v,
    229-233.—Eynian (H. C.)  The neurotic's diet.  J. Am.
    M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 515-517.—Ferguson (J.)
    The dietetic treatment of some important neuroses.  Med.
    News, Phila., 1892, lx, 5-8.—Frezyl (A.)  La cure d'isole-
    ment dans les psychonevroses.   Rev. internat. de med. et
    dechir., Par.,  1904, xv, 237.— Gautier (A.)  Les aliments
    nervins (boissons aroinatiques, condiments, liqueurs fer-
    mentees).  Rev. scient., Par., 1905, 5. s., iii, 041-047.—C it-
    terinann (\V.)   Ueber die Weir-Milehell'sche Maslkur
    undihreErfolgebeiNeurasthenieund Hysterie.  Deutsche
    Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1888, ix,  283-285.—€}lorienx.  La cure
    de Mitchell-l'layfair comme traitement des formes graves
    d'hvst6rie et de neurasthenie.   Policlin., Brux.,  1897, vi,
    333-340.—Haig (A.) & Onion (M. D.)   The diet treat-
    ment of  headache,  epilepsy,  and  meutal depression.
    Brain, Loud.,  1897, xx, 194-200.  Also: Mod. Med.  Sc Bac-
    teriol.  Rev.,  Battle  Creek, Mich.,  1897,  vi,  189-191.—
    Hit jus  (L.)  Az idegreudszer  diatetikajAnak  erkolcsi
    alapja.   [The moral fouudation of the dietetics of the
    nervous system.)  Magy.  orv. lapja,  Budapest, 1902,  ii,
    71. — Hammond ( G. M.)   Maltiue with peptones  in
    certain  nervous  affections.   N. York M. J.,  1892, lvi,
    033. — Heiiniiigs (P.)    Ueber Indicatiouen und Me-
    thode der Mastkur  bei Neurosen.   Allg. nied.  Centr.-
    Ztg., Berl., 1895,  lxiv, 937; 950; 961. — Hirschkron
    (JV)  Ueber  Behandlung  der Nervenkrankheiteu auf
    Gruud abuonner Stoffweehselproducte  ( Hai li.saiireiiber-
I    schuss).   Wien. med. Bl., 1900, xxiii, 281. -----. Zur Er-
    nahruug der  Nervenkranken.   Wien. nied. Presse, 1900,
    xii. 2141-2143. — Hilzig (E.) & Hitzig (E.)   Die Kost-
I    ordnung der psychiatrischen uud Nerveukliuik der Uni- 
NERVOUS.
504
NERVOUS.
\cn-on« system (Diseases  of, Treatment

  of) by rest and diet.
  v'ersitiit Halle-Wittenberg.   Klin. Jahrb., Jena. 1897, vi,
  i-x  1-237. — Hondo (T.)   Weir-Mitchell mada Play-
  fair'no  ryoshoku.   [Weir-Mitchell and Play fair's treat-
  ment of nervous diseases. ]   Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio,
  1894  no 337, 12-15. — Huber (J. B.)  The rest cure.
  Trained Nurse, N. Y., 189u, xxiii, 305-368.—Hughes (C.
  H )  Nutrition iu general functional ueuratrophia.  Med.
  Herald, Louisville, 1883-4, v, 193-195.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Hvdropath [ pseud.].  Temperature of diet in nervous
  affections.   Scalpel, Loud., 1897, ii,  17. —ICothe.   Zur
  nhysikalisch diatotischen, iusbesondere hydriatischeu Be-
  ii-iiidlun" der Neurosen.  Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesell-
  sch. in  Berl., 1901, 124-131.—Levy (P. E.)   Dangers de
  la cure de repos prolonge dans le traitement de la neuras-
  thenie et des nevroses; importance de la reeducation et
  de 1'entiaiiiement.  J. de phvsiotherap., Par., 1904, ii, 496-
  504— Jlc-l-illieuddy (T. J.)  Dietetic and hygienic di-
  rections for nervous patients.  Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y.,
  1895 xi, 727-730— Mitchell (S. W.)  The evolution of
  the rest-treatmeut.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.  Y., 1904,
  xxxi, 368-373.— ITIoll (L.)  Beitrag zur Ernahrungs-
  therapie der mit Phosphaturie (Calcariurie) einhergehen-
  den Neurosen im Kindesalter.   Prag. med. Wcbnscbr.,
  1905,  xxx, 582-585.—Muller (M.)  Ueber  die Erzielung
  psychischer  Ruhezustaude  bei Erschdpfungsueurosen.
  Cor.-bl. f- schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel, 1905, xxxv, 349-356.—
  Reifl (R. A.)  The extreme importance of a large supply
  of food  in nervous diseases.  Mass. M. J., Bost., 1889, ix,
  299-3U7.—Riggs (C. E.)  The  nutritional factor in nerv-
  ous aud mental conditions.   St. Paul M. J., St. Paul,
  Minn., 1900, ii, 86-91.—Schreiber (J.) Zur Behandluug
  gewisser Formeu  von Neurasthenie und Hysterie durch
  die Weir-Mitchell-Cur. Berl. kliu. Wcbnscbr., 1888, xxv,
  1056; 1070.— Stieder ( G.)  Casuistische   Beitrage  zur
  Weir-Mitchell-Cur.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1888,
  xxxv 567-57(1.  Also: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Gynak.
  in Muncheu (1887-8),  1889,  ii,  12-22. — Stintzing  (R.)
  Allgemeine  Prophylaxe und Diatetik der  Krankheiten
  des  Nervensystems.   Handb.  d.  spec. Therap.  inuerer
  Kraukh., Jena, 1896, v, pt. 2,3-42.  Also.- Handb. d. Therap.
  inuerer Krankh..  2. Aufl., -Jena, 1898,  iv, 3-42.—Stupiu
  (S. S.)  K voprosu o narodnikh sauatoriyakh dlya nervno-
  bolnikb. [Popular san toria for neurotic patients.J  J.
  Nevropat.  i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk..  1904, iv,
  3C0-376.—White  (W. H.)  On massage and the Weir-
  Mitchell treatmeut.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1888, 3. s.,
  xxx, 207-280.

IVervoiis system (Diseases  of,  Treatment
  of)  by suspension.
     See Nervous system (Diseases of, Treatment of,
  Operative).

jYervous system (Diseases of,  Urine in).
     Mendel(F.)  * Ueber das Vorkommen  der ali-
  uientiiren  Glycosurie bei Neurosen und speciell
  bei deu traumatischen  Erkrankungen des Ner
  vensystems.  8y   Wurzburg, 1896.
     Neumann (O. E. P.)   * Uebei- das Vorkonunen
  der alimeutiiren Glycosurie  bei  Nervenerkrau-
  kungeu nach Unfiillen.  ^  .  Leipzig, 19u0.
     Voulgre (J.-D.-A.-A.)   *De reliinination des
  phosphates dans  les  maladies  du systeme  ner-
  veux et de l'inversion de leur formule dans  l'bys-
  terie.  4°. Lyon,  1892.
     -----.  The same.   roy. 8°.   [Lyon], 1692.
     Aikin (J. M.)  Uric acid a factor in functional neuro-
  sis.  West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb.,  1900,  v, 19.—Cox
   (W. H.)  Indicanurie bij neurosen. Feestbundel Dr.  Sape
  Talma  fete], Haarlem, 1901, 315-320.—Geelvink.   Ue-
  ber alimentare Glykosurie bei Nerveukranl<eu.  Arch.  f.
  Psychiat.,  Berl.,'1899, xxxii,  1034-1036.—Gray  (L. C.)
  Persistent  albuminuria and glycosuria, with frequent hy-
  aline casts, in  functional nervous  diseases.  Am. J. M.
  Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cviii, 377-400.  Also, Reprint.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: N. York Polyclin., 1894, iv, 184-195.—Haig (A.)
  Uric acid in diseases of the nervous system.  Brain, Loud.
  1891-2, xiv,  63-98.—Haskovec (L.)   Pozndmky ku uro-
  bilinurii a  hsematoporphyriuurii  toxick6 a v chorob£ich
  nervovych prichizejiei. [Observations ou urobilinuria and
  hsematoporpbyriuuria and their  appearance in nervous
  diseases.]   Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1899, xxxviii,  397;
  413.—Mitchell (C.)   The treatment of "nerve waste",
  as indicated by the urine.   Hahnemau. Month., Phila.,
  1894, xxix,  673-378.  Also,  Reprint.—Peyer (A.)   Der
  Urin bei Neurosen.  Samml. kliu. Vortr., Leipz., 1889, No.
  341 (Innere  Med. No. 113, 3059-3082).
IVervoiis  system  (Diseases  of)  in  ani-

  mals.
     See, also, Neuritis in animals.
     SchneidemChl  ( (;. )   Ueber  Nervenkrank-
  heiteu  bei Hausthieren mit gleicbzciliger Be-
  riicksichtigung   der  beim   Metichen  vorkotn-
  menden.   *'.   Leipzig, 1*96.
     Albrecht.  Zur Kasuistik der Leiden des Nervensys-
  tems  beim Hunde.  Wchnsehr. f. Tierh. u. Yieh/.ucht,
  Munchen, 1903, xlvii,  329-332. — Beruiliacli.  Gehiru'-
  Ruckeumarkseutziindung  der Pferde (Borna'selie I'ferde-
  krankheit).   Veroffentl. a. d.  J.-Vet.-Ber.  d  beaint.
  Tieriirzte Preuss. 1902, Berl., 1904, iii, pt. 1, 99-101, 1 diag!
  Also [Abstr.1: Jahresb. ii. d. Verbreit. v. Tierseucli. [etc j
  1903,  Berl.,  1904,  xviii, 00. — lloni,   Geliirii-Ruckeii-
  markserkrankuugen beim Pferd. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn-
  sehr., 1905,  423. — Dupan (L.)   Contribution k l'etude
  des maladies nerveuses periph6riques d'origine trauma-
  tique cbez le cheval.  [Rap. de Cadiot.]  Bull. Soc. centr.
  de med. vet., Par.,  1904, lviii, 523-529. — Heriug (I-;.)
  Ueber centripetale Ataxic beim Mensehen und  Atti-u.
  Wieu. klin.  Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 921. — Holterbnch
  (H.)  Seltene Neurose bei einem Jungrind.  Berl. tierarztl.
  Wchnsehr.,   1904,  788.—Nnnn  (J.  A.)  Two cases  of
  nervous affection of the head in tho horse.  Vet. J.,  Lond.,
  1903, n. s., viii, 71,  1 pl. — Kollimaiiii (M.)  Ueber ex-
  perimentelle Lasioneu des Ceutralneivensystems am an-
  thropomorphen Affen  (Chirapansen). Arch. f. Psychiat.,
  Berl.,  19U4.   xxxviii,  1020-1069,  2  pl. — Royce (li.)  &
  Warrington (W. B.)  Observations  on  the anatomy,
  phjsiology,  and degeueralions of the nervous system of
  the bird.' Proc. Roy.  Soc. Loud., 1898, lxiv, 176-179.—
  Thoniatien (H.J. P.)  A contributiou to tin- study of
  diseases of  the nervous system.  Vet. J. & Ann.  Comp.
  Path., Lond., 1893, xxxvi', 389:  xxxvii, 1;  73; 320; 396.
  -----. Beitrage zur Kentniss der Nerveukrankheiteu der
  Hausthiere.  Mouatschr. f. prakt. Thierh.,  Stuttg.. 1901,
  xii, 145; 295; 367: 1902, xiii, 193;  289: xiv. 1, lpl.—Wat-
  son (C.)  A contribution  to our knowledge ot disease of
  the nervous system in horses.  Vet. J., Lond., 1901. n. s.,
  iii, 126*-141,  6 pl.  -----. On stringhalt aud shiveiing in
  horses;  a study in comparative neuropathology.  Brain,
  Lond., 1903, xxvi, 192-201, 12 pl. -----. Cinematograph
  aud  lanteru demonstration upon nervous diseases  in the
  lower animals.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 929— Whip-
  ple (E.  R.) Neurosis.  Am. Vet.  Rev., N.  Y., 1903-4,
  xxvii, 144.— White (M.), jr.  Nervous  goats  of Tennes-
  see.   Ibid.,  1167.

IVervoiis system  (Diseases of)   and arte-

  riosclerosis).
     Browning (W.)  Arterio-sclerosis and the nervous
  system.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1903, 103-108.  AUo:
  Albany M.  Ann., 1903, xxiv,  145-151.  Also,  Reprint.—
  Rueliholz.  Ueber  die  Geistesstoruugeu bei Arterio-
  sklerose uud ihre Beziehuugen zu  deu psychischen Erkran-
  kungen des Seniums.  Arch. f.  Psychiat.,  Berl.. 1904-5,
  xxxix, 499;  1106, 6 pl.   AUo  [Abstr.]: Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  n. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1668.—Conlon.
  Du  role  des  arterites  dans la  pathologie  du systeme
  nerveux.  [Rap.]   Arch, de neurol., Par., 1898, 2. s., vi,
  239-243. — Oilier (T.)  Arteriosclerosis of the  central
  nervous  system;  with a report  of  live cases.  N. York
  M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 879-882.   AUo, Reprint.—Fisher
  (E. D.) Sc B rooks (H.)  Arteriosclerosis iu its relation
  to diseases  of the nervous system. J. Nerv. &.  Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1905,  xxxii, 289-309.— Francken (N. J. A.)
  Arterio-sklerosis,  angiomyopathia  dextra,  hemiparesis
  sinistra.  Psychiat. eu  Neurol.  Bl., Amst., 1902. vi. 100-
  111.—Fraeiikel (A.)  Bemerkungen  zu der in  No. 21
  dieses Centralblattes ersehieneuen  Mittheilung: Experi-
   mentelle  Uutersuchumren  iiber die Beziehuugen  von
   Nervenlasionen  zu  Gefiissveranderuiijieu  vou  Dr.  von
  Czvhlarz  und Dr. Helbiug. Centralbl.  1.  allg. Path. u.
  path. Auat., Jeua., 1898, ix, 63-05.—Helbing (C) & von
  Czyhlarz (E. R.)  Replik auf die vorsteheudeu Bemer-
  kungen des Herrn Alexander Fraenkel.  Ibid., 65-67.—
   Hnatek (J.)  I*fisp6vek ku diagnostice arteriosklerosy
   rentr&lniho civstva.  [Note sur  le diagnostic de l'arterio-
   sclerose du systeme nerveux central.  Res., 17.]  Shorn.
   kliu  v Praze, 1902-3, iv, 1-18.   AUo, transl:  Wien. klin.
   Rundschau, 1904. xviii, 224;  246;  264; 282. — Jacob-
   noIiii (L.)  Ueber  die schwere Form der Arteriosklernse
   im Centralnervensystem.  Arch. f.  Psychiat., Berl.. 1895,
   xxvii. 831-849, 2 pl. — 1-eopold-L.evi. Traitement de
   l'arterio-scleroso cerebrale par le serum inorganique. (laz.
   hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s.,  vi,  949-956.—I,6wy (M.)
   Ein  Blutdrucksymptom  der zerebralen  Artenoskh-rose
   (nebst Benierkungeii  iiber Sensibilitiitsstoruiigeii  bei  der
   zerebraleu Arteiiosklerose).  Prag. med. Wchnsehr.. 1905,
   xxx, 23; 27.—fiOvelanil (15. C.)  Arteriosclerosis affect-
   ing the nervous system.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 190o, 
KEKVOUS.
505
NEKVOUS.
Nervous system (Diseases  of) and arte-
  riosclerosis.
  239-246.  AUo:  Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 404-406.—Mc-
  Cnllmii (II. A.)  Cerebral  aspect of arterio-sclerosis.
  Canada Lancet. Toronto,  1903-4, xxxvii,  23-27.  Also:
  Canad. Pract, Sc Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviii, 477-480.—
  IVorbury (F. P.)  Arteriosclerosis as it affects the  brain
  and spinal  cord.  Medicine. Detroit, 181)7, iii, 556-562.—
  Pic (A.) A:  Boiiiiamoiir (S.)  Des troubles medullaires
  de l'arteiio-sclerose; la paresie  spasmodique des nthcro-
  mateux.  Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 4; 104.—Pickett
  (W C.)  A case of arteriosclerosis of the nervous system.
  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1905, xxxii, 182.—Smith
  (G. E.) A note on nervous lesions produced mechanically
  bv  atheromatous  arteries.  Rev. Neurol, A-  Psychiat.,
  Edinb, 1905, iii, 182-184,  1  pl.—Spiller (W. U.)   The
  earlier changes in arteriosclerosis of the nervous system.
  Proc.  Path. Soc. Phila.. 1904, n. s.,  vii, 156-165.—Starr
  (M. A.)  Arterial sclerosis as a cause of nervous disease.
  Med.  Itec,  N. Y., 1903, liv,  1-4— Vogt.   Mittheiluugen
  iiber  Gesichtsfeld - Einengung  bei Arteriusclerosen des
  Centralnerveusystems. Allg. Ztschr.  f. Psychiat. [etc.],
  Berl.,  1902, lix, 719.

Nervous system (Diseases of)  in children.
    See, also,  Children (Diseases of);  Nervous
  system (Sclerosis of).   Neurasthenia,  Neuritis,
  in children.
    Audry  (J.)   £tude de pathologie  nerveuse,
  L'ath6tose double et les  chore'es chroniques de
  1'enfance.   8C.  Paris, 1892.
    Bosma  (H.)   Zenuwachtige  kinderen.   Me-
  tlische, |iaedagogisehe en algeiueeue opmerkin-
  gen.  8y   Almelo, [1903].
    Braidwood (P. M.)   Nervous disorders  fol-
  lowing secondarily certain acute infectious ci. -
  eases of children.  1"2°.   London, 1692.
    Repr. from: Prov. M. J., Lond., 1892, xi.

    Chipault   (A.)   Notes  sur  la  chirurgie  dn
  systeme nerveux  chez  l'enfant.   e~.   [Paris,
  1890.]
    Delporte  (Mile.)   * Etude  nie"dico-}>sycholo-
  eique sur les  alterations  du  caractere  chez
  l'enfaut.   6Z.  Paris,  1901.
    Groszmaxx  iM. P.  E.)  Principiis  obsta!
  The Groszmaun school for  nervous and atypical
  children.  8°.   New Tork,  [1903].
    Meurice (J.)   * Les fugues chez  les enfants.
  £-.  Paris, 1899.
    Xerwniya  boliezni  dietei.   Perevod  s fran-
  tstizskavo A. I. Frolova.   [Nervous diseases of
  children.  Transl. from  the French  by Froloff.]
  12-.  S.-Peterburg, 1699.
    Oppenheim (H.)  Vore nerv0se b0rn og deres
  opdragelse.    [Our nervous  children  and. their
  rearing.]   12°.   Kobenh am, 1900.
    Pavoxe (C.)  Le neuropatie iufantili.    16°.
  Milano, [1892].
    Rachford  (B.  K.)   Neurotic  disorders of
  childhood, including a study of  auto and intes-
  tinal   intoxications,   chronic    anaemia,  fever,
  eclamp-ia, epilepsy, migraine, chorea, hysteria,
  asthma, etc   *c.  New  Tork, 1905.
    Sachs  (B.)   A  treatise  on  the  nervous  dis-
  eases of (hildren,  for  physicians and  students.
  8°.  New  Tork, le9f>.
    -----.  The  same.   2.  ed.   6C.  New Tork,
  190:>.
    Taylor (J.)  Paralysis and other diseases of
  the nervous system in childhood and  early  life.
  8y  London, 1905.
    Awhby (H.)  On  some of the neuroses of early life.
  Lancet, Lond., 19()5. ii, 207-210.—Bainbriilge (F. A.)
  Some neuroses of children. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond.,
  1902, xxxvii, 343-35.;.— Beklitereff (V. M.)  Ol) osobom,
  razvivayushtshemsya s  dletstva, nervnoin porazhenii,
  virazhayushtsheni8>a dvigatelnimi razstrolstvami  i sia-
  boumiyem.  [A special nervous disease, whit h developed
  during childhood, finding expres-ion in motor distur-
  bances and  amentia.] Obozr.  psichiat..  nevrol.  |etc.l,
  S.-Peterb., 1901, vi,  161-164.  Also, transl: Centralbl. f.
  Nervenh. n. Psychiat.. Coblenz Sc Leipz.,  1901, n. F.,
  xii, 329-332.—Bierbaum (J.)  Erlebnisse aus  der  Kiu-
  derpraxis (Gehirn- und Riiekenmarkkrankheiteu).   J. f.
  Kinderkr., Erlangen, 1855,  xxv, 181-223.  AUo, Reprint.—
Nervous system (Diseases of) in children.
  Bourneville.  Note sur l'influence de la syphilis here-
  ditaire, de l'alcoolistne et de quelques professions iusalu-
  bres sur la production des maladies chroniques du systeme
  nerveux chez les cnf.mts  (idioties, Epilepsies,  alienation
  mentale).  Cong. d. med. alienistes et  neurol. de  France
  .  . .  Proc.-verb.  [etc.J, Par., 1901, xi, 473-477.—Bui lard
  (W. N.)  The sign iticance of paroxismal running in child-
  hood. Boston M. &S. J., 1890, exxii, 268; 278; 293. Also,
  Reprint.—Charrin  (A.) & I.eri (A.)  Lesions dee cen-
  tres nerveux des liouveau-nes issus  de m^res  malades
  (m6canisme  et  consequences).   Compt. rend.  Acad. d.
  sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 709-711. — Christopher  (W. S.)
  Nutrition  neuroses  iu  children.   Med. Standard,  Chi-
  cago, 1893,  xiv, 33. — Ciagliriski  (K.)  Pare.  s!6w  o
  cierpieuiach osrodkdw nerwowych  u dzieci z  niezwy-
  klym przebiegiem.   [Diseases of the nerve ceuters  in
  children, with an unusual cour.-e. ]   Kron. lek., War-
  szawa, 1901,  xxii, 919-921. — Clou»tou (T.  S.)   States of
  over-excitability, hyperseiisitiveuess,  and mental explo-
  siveiiess  iu  children, and  their  treatment  by  the  bro-
  mides.  Scot. U.ScS. J., Edinb., 1899, iv, 4K1-490.— Comby
  (J.)  Astasie-abasie, monopl6gie brachiale; hyst6rie in-
  fantile.   Arch, de med. d. enf.,  Par., 1901, iv, 287-290.
  -----. Le drap mouill6 contre les n6vroses de 1'enfance.
  J. de med. de Par., 1905, 2.  8.,  xvii, 114.  Also:  Medecin,
  Brux.', 1905, xv, 251.—Conrad.  Wie schiit/.en wir uusere
  Kinder vor Nervenkrankheiteu?  Gesuudheit, Frankf. a.
  M., 1895, xx, 310; 323 —Cruchet (R.)  Valeur de la per-
  meabilite mening6e en neurologie infantile.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 591.—Culver (E. M.)  Some
  unusual  nerve  manifestations in a young subject.  N.
  York M. J.,  1894, lx, 561.—»i Lorenzo  (G.)   Caso di
  perniciosa nevropatica gangliare in bambino di 6 mesi.
  Arch, internaz. di med. echir., Napoli, 1697, xiii, 159-165.—
  Dubrisay (J.)  De quelques troubles du systeme ner-
  veux chez les enfants. Bull. Soc. de me,d. de Par. (1883),
  1884,  xviii,  95-102.—Erlerameyer (A.)  Zur Lehre von
  den Coordinationsstdrungeu im Kindesalter. Centralbl.
  f. Nervenh., 1883, vi, 385-391.  AUo, transl.: Alienist &
  Neurol., St. Louis,  1884, v, 449-450.—Eulenburg  (A.)
  Ein Nervenleiden des  kindlichen Alters.  Gesundh.  in
  Wort u. Bild, Berl., 1904, 210.—Fedcrn (S.) Blutdruck-
  messungen an neuropathischeu Kindern; Bemerkungen
  zu Paul Heim's Aufsatz in  No. 20.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1900,  xxvi, 459.—Fletcher  (M.)
  A nerve case of doubtful origin.  Rep. Soc. Study Dis.
  Child., Loud., 190J-1901, i,  58-60.—de  Fleury (M.)  Ne-
  vroses de 1'enfance et problemes d'educntion.  [Rap. d'A.
  Josias.]   Bull. Acad, de med.,  Par., 1905, 3. s., liv, 491-
  494.—Font. Traitement de l'bysterie infantile et de la
  neurasthenic par l'isoleineut et la suggestion il l'etat de
  veille. Med. inf., Par., 1899-1900, ii, 343-345.—Fitrst (L.)
  Das therapeutische Verfahren bei Combination von Anae-
  iuie und Neurosen im Kindesalter.  Kliu.-therap. Wchn-
  sehr., Wien, 1902, ix, 327-330.—Funaioli (P.)  Di un
  caso di atrofia cerebro-cerebellare crociata acquisita nella
  prima infauzia.   Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1896,
  xxii, 106-111, 2 pl.—Gay (W.)  The nervous system  in
  childhood.  Lancet,  Lond., 1893,  i, 717-719.—Guthrie
  (L.)  On neurotic children.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1904, xxiv,
  167; 250; 262; 285.—Guye.  On aprosexia aud headache in
  school children.  Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvii, 198-201.—
  Hei in  (P.)   Das Verhalten des Blutdruckes bei neuro-
  pathischeu Kindern.  Deutsche med. Wcbnscbr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1900, xxvi, 320-325.   See, also, supra, Federu (S.).—
  Heincniann (M.)  Ueber Psychosen uud Sprachstorun-
  gen nach acut fieberhaften  Erkrankungen im Kindesalter.
  Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1903, xxxvi, 173-195.—Herd-
  ■nan (W. J.)  Best  methods of counteracting psychoses
  due to the strain aud stress incident to our public-school
  methods.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 1178-1185.—
  Hereditary neuroses in children.  Hospital, Lond., 1897,
  xxii, 109—Hirt (E.) Typen nervos veranlagter  Kinder
  und Aufgaben, Aussicbten und  Mittel ihrer Erziehung.
  Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Berl., 1904, i, 529-549.—
  HoIiik'n (A. D.)  Faulty methods of education  asacause
  of neuroses  in children.  Physici.n Sc Surg.,  Detroit  &
  Ann Arbor,  1900, xxii, 187-190. [Discussion], 209.—Jor-
  dan (W. It.)  Neurotic conditions in childhood.   Midland
  M. J., Birmingh,, 1904, iii,  130-133.—Ifcalischcr  ( S. )
  Ueber infantile Tabes und hereditar syphi'itisoho Erkran-
  kungen des Centralnei'veusystems.  Arch.  f.  Kinderh.,
  Stuttg., 1897, xxiv, 56-74.—Kauffinsiini (O. J.)  Ou the
  commoner  neuroses  of  childhood, their  pathology  aud
  treatment.   Birmingh. M. Rev., 1900, xlviii, 05; 120. AUo :
  Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1900, n.s., lxix, j7 : lxx, 5:>.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: Lancet, Loud., 1900, i, 1859:  ii, 75.— Kingilon
  (E. C.)  A rare fatal  disease of infancy, with symmetrical
  changes at the maculae luteaa.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i,
  1021.—Kinsman (D. N.) Reflex nervous disorders  in
  children.  Columbus  M. J., 1899, xxiii, 102-106.—Kliban-
  skaya (Mine. Z.)   K voprosu o hidroterapii voobshtshe
  i upotrebbeuiya vlazhnikh obyortivaniy v nlekotorikh
  sluohayakh  nervnavo razstinlstva u dietei v chastnosti.
  [Hydrotherapy in general, and use of moist wrappings in
  various cases of nervous diseases of children in particular.]
  Vrach. Vestuik,  S.-Peterb., 1904, vii, 593 j 609.—L.e Gen- 
NERVOUS.
506
NERVOUS.
Aervou* system (Diseases of) in children.
  dre (P.)  Traitement de quelques nevroses chez l'enfant
  (hvpocboudrie,  epilepsie,  hysterie,  nianie.  migraine).
  Rev. prat, d'obstct. et de pasdiat., Par., 1893, vi, 332-343.—
  IVIeirowitz  (P.)  Infantile cerebral palsy;  athetosis.
  Am. Med.-Surg.  Bull.,  N. V.. 1890, x, ti(i3. -----.  Henii-
  lilcia  epilepsy, and impaired mental (lev, lopment.  Post-
  (liaduatc,  N. Y., lt-90,  xi. :Y4YW>.—Ulercier (C.)  The
  nervous system  in childhood.  Brain, Lond., 1892, xv, 65-
  75 — iTluratoH'  (V.  A.)  Blizhalshiya zadachi  kliniki
  nervnikh bolieznei dietskavo vozrasta. [Immediate prob-
  lems of the clinic of neivous diseases among children.]
  Obozr. psichiat.,  nevrol. [etc.],  S. Peterb..  1896,  i,  846;
  893.—Neumann (H.)  Die  functionelhn Nervenkrank-
  beiten des Ivindesalters.   Deutsche Klinik, Berl. Sc Wieu,
  1904, vii, 391-4.6.—JVewmark (L.)   Certain  diseases of
  the neivous system of children resulting from difficult or
  premature birth.  Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1896,
  x 473-478.- Northrup (W. P.)  Nei-vous exhaustion  in
  infants.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxii, 14-20.—Penrce
  (F. S.)  Relatinu of the public school to the seminary and
  college as to psychoses.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903,
  xii,  1177.  [Discussion], 1181-1185. —Pick (A.)   Ueber
  einige  bedeutsame  Psycho-Neurosen des  Kindesalters.
  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr.,
  Halle a. S., 1904, iv,  1. Hft., 1-28.  AUo, transl.: [Abstr.]:
  Pediatiics. N. Y., 1905, xvii, 87-89. — Punton (J.)  Re-
  marks on the nervous diseases of childhood.   Langsdale's
  Lancet, Kansas City, 1897, ii, 109. -----. The neurolog-
  ical aspect of public school education.  J. Nerv. & Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 115. -----.  Nervous disorders of
  children; their relation to school life and work.   Louis-
  ville Month. J. M. Sc S., 1905-6,  xii, 173-180.  AUo: Kan-
  sas City M. Index-Lancet, 1905, xxvi, 115-124. — Bach-
  ford ( B. K.)   Some physiological factors of the neu-
  roses of childhood.   Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1895, xii,  12;
  91; 166; 264; 321; 412; 492; 568.  Also  [Abstr.]: Tr. Am.
  Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1895, vii, 18-26.—Bakhmaninofl
  (I. M.)  Sluchai nevropatich( skavo otyoka u rebyonka.
  [Neuropathic dropsy in a child.J   Med. Obozr.,  Mosk.,
  1905, lxiv, 332-339.—Boe mer (A.)  Ueber psychopatische
  Minderweitbigkeiten des  Sauglingsalters.  Med. Cor.-Bl.
  d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1891, lxi, 265; 273; 281;
  289.—Snenger.  Ueber functionell  nervose'Erkrankun-
  gen im Kindesalter.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1898,
  xiv,  1K7-11-9.  -----. Die haufigsten fiinctiouell-nervdseu
  Erkrankungen (Neurasthenie, Hysterie und Nervositat)
  im Kindesalter.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
  1901, ix, 321-336.— von  Scarpatetti (J.)   Zwei Falle
  friihzeitiger Erkraukung  des Centralnerveusystems;  a)
  multiple tuberose Sklerose des Gehirnes, b) Mikrocephalia
  vera (Giacomini).  Arch. f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1898, xxx,
  537-553, 1 pl.—Schitfer (E.)  Bericht fiber 1150 Falle von
  Nervenkrankbeiten  ini  Kindesalter.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh.,
  Berl.,  1904, lx, 388-400. — Meeligmiiller (A.;  Wie be-
  wahreu wir  uus uud unsere Kinder vor  Nervenleiden?
  Deutsche Rev.,  Bresl. Sc Berl.,  1891,  xvi, 199-219.   Also,
  Reprint, in part.—Soltniann (O.)  Anorexia cerebralis
  und  centrale Nutritionsneurosen.   Jahrb. f.  Kinderh.,
  Leipz., 1894, n. F.. xxxviii, 1-13. — Stadelmann  (II.)
  Schulen fiir nervenkranke Kinder.   Krankeupflege, Berl.,
  1902-3, ii, 458-461.—Stiles (II. J.)  The surgery of those
  affections of  the cerehro-spinal nervous system  which
  occur more especially in children.  Pediatrics, N. Y., 1902,
  xiv, 252-274. — Sutherland (G. A.)  Some neuroses in
  childhood.  Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xii, 224-230.—Swift
  (E. J.)  Some causes of reflex neuroses iu children.  Am.
  Phys.  Educat.  Rev., Cambridge, 1899, iv, 34-41.— Tay-
  lor  (J.)   On nervous diseases in  children.  Cliu. J.,
  Loud., 1901-2, xix, 306; 327; 341. — Vinceuti (C.)  Sopra
  una  cura  razionale  e  sempre  possibile  nelle distrofie
  infantili.   Arch. ital. di pediat.. Napoli,  1890, viii,  258-
  274.— Weill (B.) Sc Desmouliere (A.)  L'urologie
  et les nGvroses de 1'enfance.  Bull. Soc. de p6diat. de Par.,
  1903, v, 368-370.  AUo: Ann. de med. et  chir. inf.. Par.,
  1904, viii, 56-58.—Willitis (LP.)  Some causes of nerv-
  ous phenomena iu children.  Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 294-296.—
  Wiuge (P.)  Infantile nevroser.   Norsk Mag. f. Lsege-
  vidensk., Christiania, 1892. 4. R.,  vii, 1225-1200.—Wolff
  (B.)  Four eases of a peculiar neurosis occurring in chil-
  dren.  Virginia  M. Month., Richmond, 1890-91, xvii, 44-
  47.—Zanetti (G.)  II fenomeno di Chwostek.   Pediatria,
  Napoli. 1904, 2. s.,  ii, 277-282. — Zappert (J.)   Ueber
  Wurzel- uud Zellenveranderuugen im Centraluervensys-
  tern des Kindes.  Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1899,
  xviii, 59-130, 2 pl.

IVervou*  system  (Diseases of) and  eye-
  strain.

     See, also, Eye-strain.
     Gon.D (G. M.)  Biographic clinics; the origin
  ofthe ill-health  of De Quincy, Carlyle, Darwin,
  Huxley, and Browning,   h'.   Philadelphia, 1903.

     -----•    The same.   v.  2.  Tlie  origin  of the
  ill health of George Eliot, George Henry Lewes,
  Wagner,  Parkman,  Jane Welch Carlyle,  Spen-
.\ervouxi system  (Diseases of)  and  eye-

  strain.

  eer,  Whittier,  Margaret   Fuller   Ossoli,  and
  Nietzsche.   12°.  Philadelphia, 1904.
    -----.   Biographic clinics,   v. 3. Essays  con-
  cerning the influence of visual function, patho-
  logic and  physiologic, upon  the  health of pa-
  tients.   Pi  .   Philadelphia, 190f>.
    Snell (S.)  Eye-strain as a  cause of headache
  and other neuroses.   *-.   London, 1!K»4.
    AUo, in: Gould (G. M.)  Biog. Cliu.   12°.   Philadel-
  phia, 1905, iii, 117-154, 4 pl.
    See, also, infra.
    Banfield (A.  P.)  The causal  relation  of defective
  eyesight to some morbid nervous phenomena.  Louisville
  Month. J. M. Sc S., 1902-3, ix, 477-484.—Claiborne (J. H.)
  The nervous symptoms produced  in children  h\ uncor-
  rected refractive aud muscular errors.  J. Am. M Ass ,
  Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1754-1700.  [Discussion], 1762. — Ilnnn
  (C.  L.)  Eye-strain and the psychoses.  Med.  News, N.
  Y.,  1904. lxxxv, 193.—De Jarnetle (H. M.)  Headache,
  neuralgia, vertigo, aud epilepsy  in relation to eye-strain.
  Old  Dominion J. M. Sc S., Richmond, 1904-5, iii, 7-10 —
  Derdiger  (A.  L.)  Nervous diseases  and eye strain.
  Chicago M.  Recorder,  1904, xxvi, 525-531.  Also: Illinois
  M. J., Springfield,  1904, vi, 209-211.—Drew (0. A.)  Re-
  flex  irritation, with  especial  reference to eye  strain; a
  factor in nervous  and  mental disease. Proc. Am. Med.-
  Psychol. Ass., 1899,  vi, 302-310.  — Gallagher (F. W.)
  Influence of eyestrain upou nervous system.  Am. Med.,
  Phila., 1905, ix,  557.  — Could (G. M.)  An  overworked
  theory.  Boston M. &  S. J., 1903, cxlix, 442.  -----.  Con-
  cerning extremism.  Ibid., 528.-----. Eyestrain and civ-
  ilization.  Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 593-599.  AUo:  Brit.
  M. J., Loud., 1903, ii, 663; 757.  See, also, infra, Harman.
  -----. Eyestrain and  the literary life.  Canada Lancet,
  Toronto,'1903-4, xxxvii, 124-146. -----.  The life-study
  of patients, or the biographic and  multiple biographic
  method of discovering  medical truth. Am. Med., Phila.,
  1904, vii, 218-221. — Greenwood (A.)  Eye strain  us a
  factor to be considered  in children backward in their
  studies.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1905, clii, 209.—Oriflln (0. A.)
  Disorders from eyestrain.  J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit.  1903,
  ii, 459-461.— Harman (N. B.)   The role of eyestrain  in
  civilization.   Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1903, ii, 773. — llobbi
  (A. G.)  Eyestrain;  the importance of its detection and
  correctiou in all general nervous derangements.  Tr. M.
  Ass.  Georgia, Atlanta, 1904,  256-266.  Also:  Charlotte
  [N. C]  M. J., 1904, xxiv, 384-387.   AUo: South. Med.,
  Savannah, 1904, x,  19-27.—Howe (L.)  What are the so-
  called reflexes which  can properly be  referred to eye-
  strain?  Ophthalmol., Milwaukee,  1905-6, ii, 203-209.—
1  Lewis (F. P.)  The eye as a factor  in functional nervous
  diseases.  Tr. Am. Inst. Hoimeop., Phila., 1888, 515-523.
  Also, Reprint. —Mann (R. R. T.)  Eye  strain frequent
  cause of headache.  Tr. Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock,
  1904. 187-194. — Morrow (E. P.)  Eye-strain and reflex
  disturbances.  Cleveland M. J., 1905, iv, 180-184.— Pron-
  ger (C. E.)  Slight errors of refraction and their influence
  on the nervous system.   In: Gould (G. M.). Biog. Clin.,
  12°, Phila.,1905,iii,157-198.—Bnm»ay (A.M.) Eyestrain
  and  its  consequences.  Glasgow M. J., 1904, lxii, 401-417.
  -----. Eyestrain as a cause of headache and other nerv-
  ous symptoms; aquestion of precedence.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1904, xlii, 720. — Satterwhite (T. P.)  The re-
  lation of eye-straiu to  epilepsy, insanity, aud allied con-
  ditions.   Med. Age, Detroit, 1900, xviii, 290-296.—Say lor-
  Brown (J.)  The cure of some cases of fuuetioual nerve
  troubles by  correcting eye-strain.   Tr. M.  Soc. Penn.,
  Phila., 1895, xxvi,  386-391. — Smithwick iM. 1'.)  Eye
  strain as a cause of gastro-intestinal  neui oses.   Boston M.
  &S.J., 1900, cxliii, 444-446.  [Discussion], 453.—Snell (S.)
  Eyestrain as a  cause  of headache aud  other  neuroses.
  Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1181-1186.  See,  also, supra.—Stand-
  ink  (M.)  Eye strain as a factor iu  functional nervous
  disabilities.   Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii. 207-209.—Starr
  (E. G.)  Common,  but  generally unieeogni/.ed  symptoms
  of eye-strain. J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900,  xxxv, 17-
  19.—Stevens (G.  T.)  Reply of. . . to the report of the
  commission to examine the  proposition  that  functional
  nervous diseases are largely dependent on ocular defects.
  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.,N. Y., 18X9,xvi, 690; 721.—Steven*
  (The) commission; history of the inquiry that  led to the
  appointment of the commission;  [with report on the treat-
  ment ot epilepsy and chorea by the correction el ocular
  defects].  Ibid.'. 649-689. — Walton (G. L.) &. Cheney
  (F. E.)  The importance  of correcting ocular detects in
  functional  nervous  disorders.   Boston M. Si S. J., 1892,
  exxvii,  153-157.   [Discussion],  165-157.  AUo,  Reprint —
  Wishart <C. A.)  Eyestrain aud  functional disorders.
  Penn. M. J.,  Pittsburg, 1902-3, vi, 631-633.- Woodward
  (Frances) Sc Baker (Anna W.) Functional nervous dis-
  eases, and their relief by prisms. Optic J.. N. Y., 1895-b,
  i 5; 33.—Zenner (P.)  Eve strain from  the  standpoint
  of the neurologist.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903,  n. 8., u,
  193.  [Discussion], 197-199. 
NEEVOUS.
507
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Diseases of)  and  life

  insurance.
    Gowera (SirW.U.)  Insanity and epilepsy in relation
  to life insurance.   Med. Exam. Sc Pract., N. Y., 1905, xv,
  40-44.  [Discussion], 168-176. — Scadding (H. C.)  The
  nervous system iu relation to life assurance. Canada Lan-
  cet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii, 31-36.  Also:  Med. Exam, tc
  Pract, N. Y., 1904, xiv,  539-542.  Also:  Dominion  M.
  Month., Toronto, 1904, xxiii, 25-31.

Nervous system (Diseases of)  in old age.
    Krauss (W. C.)  The influence of une  upon the pro-
  duction of nervous diseases. Alienist &. Neurol., St. Louis,
  1900, xxi, 642-652.—Itlettenheimei- (C.)  Kleine Beitrage
  zu den Krankheiten uud Zustanden des hoheren Alters.
  1. Schwankungen im Nervenleben. Memorabilien, Heilbr.,
  1888-9, n. F., viii, 398-401.

IVervoii* system  (Diseases of)  in relation

  to race and climate.
    See, also, Nervous  system (Diseases of,  Treat-
  ment of , Climatic, etc.).
    Eowe (G. E.)  A practical  treatise  on those
  nervous diseases which are  denominated  hypo-
  chondriasis, or low spirits, and dyspepsia, or in-
  digestion.  Illustrated with numerous cases, ex-
  hibiting the most successful mode of treatment.
  2. ed.   8°.   London, [n. d.~\.
    -----.  The same.  Practical observations on
  those nervous diseases originating from morbid
  derangement ofthe liver, stomach, etc., aud oc-
  casioning low  spirits  and indigestion.   With
  cases  illustrating the  most successful mode  of
  treatment.   3. ed.  8-\  London, 1841.
    -----.  The   same.   Nervous diseases,  liver
  and stomach complaints,  low spirits,  indiges-
  tion, gout, asthma, and disorders produced hy
  tropical climates, with cases.   7. ed.  8-.   Lon-
  don, 1-44.
    -----.  The  same.  11. ed.   8°.  London, 1849.
    -----.  The  same.  13. ed.   8°.  London, 1852.
    -----.  The same.  16. ed.  12-\  London, 1860.
    Bertelsen (A.)  Neuro-patologiske Meddelelser fra
  Grenlaud.   [Neuro-pathological communications  from
  Greenland.]  Bibliot. f. Laager, Kobeuh., 1905, 8. R., vi,
  109; 280.—Brower(D. R.)  Neurological observations iu
  the Hawaiian Islands.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment.Dis., N. Y., 1900,
  xxvii, 170-172. — Buschan (G.)  Einfluss der Rasse auf
  die Haufigkeit und die Formen der Geistes- und Nerven-
  krankbeiten. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, lxvi, 104;
  116; 131; 141: 156.  AUo. transl.: Anoiualo, Napoli, 1898,
  viii, 13-15— Chizh (V. F.) Llecheniye nervnikh bolnikh
  v kurortakh i sanatoriyakh.  [Treatment of nervous dis-
  eases in health resorts and sanatoria.]  Obozr. psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 904-908.—Edes (R. T.)
  The New England invalid.  Boston M.   Sc  S. J..  1895,
  exxxiii, 53; 77; 101.  AUo, Reprint.—Erikson (E. V.)
  Dushevniya i nervniya  boliezni na Dalnem Vostokle.
  [Mental and nervous diseases in the Far East.]  Nevrol.
  Vestnik, Kazan, 1901, ix, no. 4,172-229. -----. Dushevno-
  i nervno-bolniye v Abastumanle v sezon 1902 goda. [Men-
  tal and nervous diseases in Abas Tunian  in  1902.]  Pro-
  tok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tifiis,  1902-3,  xxxix,
  170-197, 2 tab. -----. Iz istorii dushevnikh  i nervnikh bo-
  lieznei na Kavkazle.  [History of mental and nervous dis-
  eases of the Caucasus.|  Obozr. psichiat..  nevrol. [etc.],
  S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 186-198.—Hinsdale (G.)   Influ-
  ences modifying the occurrence  of certain nervous affec-
  tions in the United  States.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.,N. Y.,
  1892, xix, 268-273.   Also: Tr. Phila. Neurol. Soc, [N. Y.],
  1891-2, i. 66-71.—Holtsinger  (F.)  Nervniya boliezni v
  Ahissiuii.  [Nervous diseases in Abyssinia.]  Obozr. psi-
  chiat.. nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1897, i'i, 406-409. — Krauss
  (W. C.)  Taking inventory of a nervous case; and the ef-
  fects  of season upon the production of nervous diseases.
  Tr. M. Ass.Centr. N. Y. 1899, Buffalo, 1900, vi, 81-84.  Also:
  Buffalo M. J., 1899-1900, n.  s.. xxxix, 890-893.—I.aehr
  (H.)   Ueber den Eiufluss (hr Witteruug auf Nerveu- und
  Geisteskranke.  Schweizerhof,  . . . f. Nerv.- u. Psych.-
  Kranke weibl. Geschl.,  Berl., 1893, ii, 164-170.—Lewis
  (M. J.)  The seasonal relations of chorea, rheumatism, and
  neuralgia.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc. 1887, Phila., 1888, viii,
  71-77.—Iioshtshiloff (P. A.)   O nlekotorikh osobenuo-
  styakh v zabolievauii kazanskikh musulruau bolleznyami
  nervnoi sistemi.  [Several peculiarities'iu the nervous
 diseases of the  Mussulmans of Kazan.]   Ejened. jour.
  "Prakt med.", St. Petersb., 1901, viii, 369-375.— Tlani-
 festaeiones nerviosas de la coustitucidn medica.  An. r.
 Acad.de med.,Madrid, 1901, xxi,269-274.—Mason  (J. K.)
 Cause of the  increase of nervous diseases  in the United
 States.  Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hartford,  1888, n. s., iv,
 Nervous system (Diseases of)  in relation

   to race and climate.
   118-134.—IVeftel  (B. W.)  Ueber Atremie, nebst Bemer-
   kungen iiber die  Nervositat der Amerikaner.  Arch.  f.
   putli. Auat. [etc.], Berl., 1883, xci, 464-491.—Baymond.
   fttude des maladies du systeme nerveux en Russie.  Rev.
   de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1888-9, iii, 248-250.

 Nervous system (Diseases of)  in soldiers

   and sailors.
     Dums (F. A.)   Handhuch  der Militiirkrank-
   heiten.    3.  Bd.   Bearbeitet  unter  Mit wirkung
   von  Dr.  Ostmann nnd A. Roth.   Die  Krauk-
   heiten der Sinnesorgane und des  Nervensystems
   einschliesslich der Militarpsychosen.   8°.  Leip-
   zig, 1900.
     Guidelli (C.)  Le nevrosi nei militari consi-
   derate precipuamente sotto il rapporto medico-
   iegale.   Memoria premiata con meuzione onore-
   vole dall' ispett. di sanita militure.   (Circolare
   minister, N. 66, 16 giugno l-9l>.)   12°.  Milano,
   Napoli 4" Boma, [1896].
     Pucci (P.)  Delle nevrosi  nei  militari consi-
   derate precipuamente sotto il rapporto medico-
   iegale.    Memoria  onorata del  premio  Kiberi.
   12°.   Boma, Torino, Firenze, 1697.
     Scaraxo (L.)  Le nevrosi rispetto all' esercito
   e alia  giustizia  militare;  studio di  medicina
   legale.   8°.  Napoli, 1899.
     Berillon (E.)  Les phobies neurastheniques envisa-
   gees au point de vue du service militaire.   Rev.  de l'hyp-
   not. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1893-4, viii, 241-248.—
   Boigey ( M. )   La neurasthenie  dans l'arniee.   Rev.
   neurol.,  Par., 1904,  xii, 1030-1036. — Brancaleonc-
   Bibaudo (P.)  Ebbrezza patologica in un militare neu-
   rastenico.  Morgagni,  Milano, 1894, xxxvi, 559-570.—
   Chiryeff ( S.)   Klinicheskiya zamletki  iz otdleleniya
   nervnikh bolieznei pri Kiyevskom voyennoul hospitalle.
   [Clinical notes from the department of nervous diseases at
   the Kiev Military Hospital. ]   Russk.  arch,  patol., kliu.
   med.  i bakteriol.,  S.-Peterb., 1898, v, 300:  vi, 523.—Co-
   gnctti de IVlartiis (L.)   11 nervosismo nei  marinari
   (appuuti di nevrologia).  Ann. di med.  nav.,  Roma, 1895,
   i, 573-577.—E rikson (E. V.)  Iz nablyudeniy nad nervno-
   bolnimi v  Tiflisskom voyeunom hospitalle.   [ Nervous
   diseases  in the Tillis Military Hospit.il.]  Voyenno-med.
   J., St. Petersb., 1904,  i,  med.-spec pt., 363-389.—Ernst
   (E.)  K  kazuistikle nervnikh zabolievaniy sredi soldat.
   [Nervous diseases among soldiers.]  Ib.d., 1900, lxxviii,
   med.-spec.  pt.,  766-777.—Gorshkoff (I. P.)  Zabolle-
   vayemost i smertuost v russkol armii po bolieznyam nerv-
   noi sistemi.  [ Morbidity and mortality in the  Russian
   army from diseases of the nervous system]  Vopr. nerv.-
   psikh. med., Kiev, 1897, ii,  17-46.—Granjnx,  Preven-
   tion des  maladies nerveuses ou mentales  daus  l'ariuee.
   Arch, de neurol., Par.. 1905, 2. s., xx, 18.S-190.   Also: Ca-
   ducee, Par., 1905, v. 215-217.  — KvasnXetski (E. O.)  K
   voprosu o nervnikh bolleznyakh v volskakh.   [On nervous
   diseafes in troops. ]   Trudi vrach. Peterb.  Nikolaevsk.
   voyenno  hosp., S.-Peterb. 1890, i, 270-279. — l.ux (E.)
   Nevropathie et neurasth6nie; les  neurastheniques  dans
   1'armee.   Rev. de l'hypnot. et  psychol.  physiol., Par.,
   1904-5, xix, 179; 208.—IVovoselski (S.)  K  kazuistikle
   nervnikh zabolievaniy u soldat.  [Nervous diseases among
   Boldiers.]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Peterb.. 1897. exc, med.-
   spec.  pt., 871-886.—Porter (H. P.) Neurokinesis. the
   common nervous trouble of old soldiers.  Kansas City M.
   Index, 1889, x, 43-40.  Also, Reprint.—Salinas.  Influ-
   ence de la vie militaire sur le d6veloppement des affections
   du systeme nerveux, eu particulier de la psychose. Cong.
   internat.  de med.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de
   med. et hyg. mil. et nav., 278-293.—Stier (E.)   Die Be-
   deutungder Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten in der Armee
   im Lichte  der Sanitatsstatistik.   Deutsche  mil.-iirztl.
   Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 407; 509— Woodruff (C. E.)
   The  nervous exhaustion due to West Point training.
   Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 558-562.—Vurman (N. A.)  K
   voprosu o bolleznyakh nervnoi sistemi w  soldat.  [Dis-
   eases of the nervous system in soldiers.]  Vrach. St. Pe-
   tersb., 1893, xiv, 737; 763.

IVervous  system (Diseases of)  in women.
    See, also, Insanity in women; Neurasthenia
   in women.
    Gaupp  (R.)   Ursachen  und Verhiitung  der
  Nervositat der Fran.   12°.  Breslau, 1900.
    Kkontg (B.)  Ueber die Bedeutung  der funk-
  tionellen  Nervenkrankheiteu  fiir die  Diagno-
  stik  und  Therapie in  der  Gynakologie.   8°.
  Leipzig,  1902. 
XEHVOUS.
508
NERVOUS.
Aervoiis system  (Diseases  of) in women.
    Laycock (f.)   A treatise on the nervous dis-
  eases of women ;  comprising an inquiry into the
  nature, causes,  and  treatment of  spinal and
  hysterical disorders.  6°.   London, 1640.
    'Moll (A.)  Das nervose Weib.  8-\   Berlin,
  169*.
    Profanter (P.)    Ueber Tussis uterina und
  Neurosen  bei gyniikologischen Erkrankungen
  iiberhaupt.   8\   Wien,  1894.
    Souleyke  (C.)   Neurasthenic  et  g6nitopa-
  thies  feuiinines; 6tude  des formes uterines se-
  condaires de  la ndvrose.   8.   Paris,  1*9*.
    vox Wild ( C. )   Wie   behiiteii wir  unsere
  Frauen und  Miidchen vor nervosen  Erkrank-
  nn<'cn?   Ein Beitrag   zur  Frauenfrage.   8°.
  Cassel, [1903].
    Willi-:  (0.)  Nervenleiden und Frauenleiden.
  Xach  einem  Vortrag im  arztlichen  Vereiii  zu
  Braunschweig.    6-\   Stuttgart,  11)02.
    Windscheid (F.)   Neuropathologie  uud Gy-
  naekologie;   eine kritische  Zusammenstellung
  ihrer physiologisehen und  pathologischen Bezie-
  huugen.   6-.  Berlin, 1697.
    -----.   The same.   Nevropathologiya i  gine-
  kologiya, ikh vzaimniya tiziologicheskij a  i pa-
  tologicheskiya otnosheniya.   Perevo I s niemet-
  skavo S. A. Brodskavo.  [Transl. from the Ger-
  man by S. A. Brodski.]   6J.   S.-Peterburg, 1696.
    Zschommler  (Olga).   Die  Nervenleiden  der
  Fran und ihre Heilung.  Als Vortrag bearbei-
  tet.   8°.   Leipzig, 1901.
    Beahan (A. L.)  The relation of pelvic  conditions
  to nervous disorders.   Tr.  M. Soc. N. V., Albany, 1905,
  209-21">.—Beyer (E.)  Ueber die Bedeutung friiher Hei-
  rat fiir die Entstehung nerviiser Erkrankungen der Frau-
  en.   Munchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 2068. — Bold*
  (H. J.)  Functional  neuroses aud  their relation to the
  diseases peculiar to women.   N. Tork M. J., 1899, lxix,
  181-185. Also, Reprint.—Bowditch (II. P.)  The action
  of sulphuric ether on the peripheral nervous system.  Am.
  J. M. Sc., Phila., 1887, n. s., xciii. 444-455.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Carothcrs  (!-'ranees  S.)   Hystero-neiiroses.   Omaha
  Clinic,  1894-5, vii, 199-2U2. — Craig  ( D. II. )  The hys-
  tero-neuroses and their relation to the physical examina-
  tion  of all women patients.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1904, cl,
  497-501.— Dobronravoff (V. A.)  O vzalmnom sootno-
  shenii mezhdu zheuskimi i uervnimi bolleznyami.   [Mu-
  tual  relationship between female and  nervous diseases.]
  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1903, viii, 49.S-535.—Diuin
  (B. S.)   The pathologic relations of uterine aud nervous
  diseases.  Ann. Gynec. Sc Pediat.,  Bost., 1897-8, xi, 801-
  804. -----. The relation of diseases of the female genera-
  tive organs to nervous and  mental affections.  Tr. Am.
  Ass. Obst. Jt Gynec. 1898, Phila., 1899. xi, 190-215.   Also,
  Reprint.  Also: Ann. Gynec.  Sc  Pediat.,  Bost., 1898-9,
  xii, 219-245.  [Discussion],  250-259. — Eastman  (J.)
  Some causes of nervous  disturbances.  Ann. Gynec. Sc
  Pediat., Bost., 1897-8. xi,  804-806. — Edes (R. T.)  The
  relations of pelvic and nervous diseases, with special ref-
  erence to oophorectomy for functional nervous disorders.
  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago,  1898, xxxi, 1133-1136.   Also,
  Reprint. — Faison (I. W.)   Hystero-ueurosis.   North
  Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1890, xxvi, 501-507. — Gardner
  (il.)  How far is retroversion of the uterus responsible for
  some, of the functional neuroses?   N. Tork M. J., 1899,
  lxx. 258-200.— Grandin (E.  H.)  Certain sources of neu-
  roses iu women.  Med. News, N. T., 1897, lxxi, 494-497.
  [Discussion], 510. — Hcrzog.  Nervose Erkraukuugen
  der Menstruirenden, Schwangeren, Wochnerinnen  und
  Neugeborenen.  Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Zlg. Berl., 1896,
  xi, 29.— Kill (R. S.)  Disorders of nervous system  ac-
  companying gyuecic diseases   Alabama M.  & S  Age
  Birmingh.,  1898-9,  xi, 425-431.  Also:  Tr. M. Ass. Ala-
  bama. Montgomery,  1899, 453-463 —Hughes (C. H.)  The
  neural and  psycho-neural factor iu  gvmecie disease.  Tr
  Internat M. Cong., Wash.. 1887, ii, 903-909.   AUo ■  Alien-
  ist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1888, ix, 251-264.  Also, Reprint.
  Humiston ( W. H.)  Tlie  graver nerve  disturbances
  due to  organic  changes in the genital organs.  Tr. Am.
  Ass  Obst.  Sc  Gvnec.  1898, Phila.,  1899,  xi, 216-230.
  Also: Aun. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1898-9 xii °45-'>5y —
  Jacobson (D. E.) Om Slsegtskahsforholdet mellem
  labes dorsalis  og Dementia  paivtica.  [Relation of sex
  to .  . .]   Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1894, 4. R., ii, 90'-967.
  —---.  Nervose Lidelser i Svangerskab og Bai-selsen"
  [Nervous diseases in pregnancy and childbed. |  Tidsskr
  IVervoiis system (Diseases of) in women.
    f. Jordemodre,  Kjobenh.,  1904, xiv, 9.'!; 109;  121 •  ]:;h J
    .lones (I\ H.)  Female neuroses  and their  relation'to
    derangements of tho genito-urinary apparatus. Tr  I oui
    sianaM. Soe. 1895, N. Orl., 1896, 174-178.—Knlabiii (I S )
    K voprosu o zabolievanii  nervnoi  sistemi pri gonorreye
    u zheshtshiu.   [Diseases of the nervous sv-teni iii con-
   ' ne. tion with gonorrhea in women.]   .T. akush.  i jensk
    boliez., St. Petersb., 1902, xvi, 66-70. — Kiuiinn (\y. (; j
    The influence of sex  upon the production ul nei voiisdis
    eases.  Cleveland J. M., 1900, v, 499-5(11. — Kroiiig (]{ \
    Ueber die Beziehungen  der funktionellen Nerv enkraiik-
    heiten zu den  weiblichen  Geschleehtsoiganeii  in  atio-
    logischer, diagnostischer und  therapeiitischer Ilinsicbt
    Miinchen. me I. Wchnsehr., 1903, 1, 1749.—KiiMiiy;inm
    (K.)   [The relation of nervous diseases to women's dis-
    eases.]  Saukwa Fujinkwa Gaku Zasshi, Toky •,  19oj, jv
    355-365.—Lawrence (F. F.)  The  relation of'uterine'and
    ovarian to nervous diseases.  Columbus M. J., 1888-9, vii
    481—190.—xTIasctti (P.)  Cefalee e sensazioni auoinale dei
    capo di origine utero-ovarica.  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d
    osp. di Roma (1889-90), 1891, x, 281-289.—Massey iG. B.j
    Nervous  diseases peculiar to women.   Tr.  Am.  Electro-
    ther. Ass. 1899-1900, Phila., 1901. 250-252..—.Heirhiori-c
    (V.)   Lo stato nervoso della donna dipendente dalle altera-
    zioni degli organi geuitali ed il suo  trattanuuto generale.
    Atti  d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e giuec.  19ul, Roma, 1902, viiij
    75-83.—ITlercklin (A.)  Ueber gynakologisohe Behand-
    lung bei  Psychosen.   St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1889
    n. F., vi. 127; 137.—Meyer (E )  Die Beziehung d. r funk-
    tionellen  Neuroseu, speziell der  Hysterie, zu den  Erkran-
    kungen der  weiblichen  Genitalorgaue.  Monatschr.  f.
    Geburtsh. u.  Gynak., Berl., 1906,  xxiii, 1-32.—Miesse
    (Kate De W.)  Nervimuscular atony in girls.   Maryland
    M. J.. Bait.,  1895-6,  xxxiii, 377-380. — ITIongeri  (L.)
    Nerveuerkrankungen uud Sehwangersehaft. All".Ztschr.
    f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl.,  1901, lviii, 892-920.—ITIorrissey
    (J. J.)  The psychology of nervous  disorders, peculiar to
    the sex.  Canad. J.M.& S., Toronto.  1898,  iv, 291-294.—
    Uloyer (H. M.)  Nervous and mental  diseases following
    pelvic operations.  Aun. Gynec. Sc  Pediat., Bost., 1897-8,
    xi, 799.—Nijhoff.  Aandoeningeu  der vrouweli.jke ge-
    nitalia en nerveuse  klachten.   Med.  Rev.,  Haarlem,
    1906, v, 1-13.—Norsworthy (O. L.)  Reflex  neuroses of
    women.  Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1899, xxxi, 243-253.—
    Nowlin  (J. B. W.)  Utero-ovarian insanity.   Tr. Inter-
    nat. M. Cong., Wash.. 1887, ii, 877-880.—O'Connor (J. T.)
    Neuroses indirectly caused  by complete removal of  pre-
    puce.   Tr. Homceop. M. Soc.'N. Y , 1896, xxxi, 116-120.—
    Palmer. Einepsychische Seucheinderobersten Klaase
    einer Madchensehule.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,
    Cobleuz Sc Leip/..,  1892,  n. F.,  iii,  301-308.  AUo: Med.
    Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1892, lxii,  161-
    166. -----. Reciprocal relations of gynaecological  aud
    neurological diseases.  Internat. Clin.,  Vhila.,  1900, 10. s.,
    iii, 193-198. -----. The relation and correlation  of gyn-
    ecologic and nervous  affections.   Tr.  Am. Gynec.  Soc,
    Phila., 1903, xxviii, 68-83.  Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,
    1903, xlvii, 755-765.  Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,  1903,
    n.  s.,  li,  159-163.—Peterson (F.)   Is pelvic disease a
    cause of nervous and mental affections? Ann. Gynec. &
    Pediat.,  Bost.,  1897-8, xi,  787-791.—Baikh  (M. Z)
    Nervniya boliezni naruzhuikh polovikh organov i vlaga-
    lishtsha.   [Neuroses ofthe external genitals and vagina.]
    Akusherka,  Odessa,  1902,  xiii,  33-45. — Bobinwoii  (IS.)
    Reflex neurosis from disturbed pelvicmechanis  n.  Denver
    M. Times, 1900-1901, xx. 111-115.  AUo :  Med. Fortnightly,
    St. Louis, 1900,  xviii, 669-672.  AUo: Am. M.  Compend,
    Toledo, 1901, xvii, 677-683, 1 pl.—Bomheld (b.)  Zyklo-
    thymie bei Brauten  (sponsales  Irre^eiu),  Trauma* und
    Tabes, einseitige  reflektorische  Fupillenstarre  seit 16
    Jahren bestehend, Nystagmus nach Unfall, Sklerodermie.
    Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv,
    275-283.—Shoemaker (G. E.)  The relations of nervous
    disorders in women to pelvic diseases. Univ. M. Mag.,
    Phila., 1897. ix, 412-415.  Also, Reprint.—Tarnier.  Rap-
    ports  des  nevroses (hysterie. epilepsie, choree)  avec la
    grossesseetraccoucheiiient. Pressem6d., Par., 1897,161.—
    Tenney  (A. P.)   Some nervous and  mental results of
    uterine diseases.  Proc.  Kansas M. Soc. Topeka, 1894,
    xxviii. 138-147— Theilhaber (A.) Der Zusanimeuhaiig
    von  Nerveuerkrankungen  mit  Storungen  in den weib-
    lichen Geschlechtsorganen.  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a.
    d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh., Halle a.  S„ 1901-2. iv,
    6. Hft., 1-22.—Upshur (J.N.)   Reflex neuroses in women.
    Med. Reg., Richmond, 1897, i,  292-298. —Waiss  (A. S)
    Reflex neuroses from adherent prepuce in tlie female.
    Alkaloid  Clin., Chicago, 1901, viii, 15-18. AUo: J.Otitic.
    Snr".,  Chicago, 1900-1901, ix. 370-375.—Ward  (E.  B.)
    Reflex neuroses in woimn.  Tr. M. Ass. Alabama. Mont-
    gomery, 1901, 330-339.   Also: Med. Age,  Detroit  1903,
    xxi, 241-249.— Wetherill (H. G.)  The 1 elation* of cer-
    tain neuroses to the pelvic and genital diseases of women.
    Tr. West. Surg. Sc Gynec. Ass. 1898,  Lincoln, 1899,  208-
i    221. — Wright (H.)' Alcoholic atrophy iu  the central 
NEEVOUS.                                   509                                   NERVOUS.
Hervous system (Diseases  of) in  women.
  and peripheral nervous system of a woman.  Arch. Neurol.
  Path.  Lab. Lond. County Asyl., Claybury, Lond., 1900,
  518-530, 1 pl. — Zappert  (J.)  Ueber Ursachen von
  Nervenkrankbeiten im Kindesalter.  Wien. med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  1897. xlvii, 897; 959; 1012.

Nervous system (Effect of drugs on).
    Kraepelix  (E.)  Ueber  die  Beeintlussung
  einfacher psychischer Vorgiinge  durcli  einige
  Arzueimittel.  Experinientelle Untersuchungen.
  roy.  8°.  Jena, 1692.
    Wurzburger (A.)   *  Ueber die Wirkung von
  Milch und Seife als Mucilaginosa  auf den nioto-
  rischen  sensiblen  Nerven.  r>°.  Munchen,  1903.
    Adneco (V.)   Azione del carbonuato di soda iniettato
  verso  i centri  nervosi.  Ann.  di  freniat.  [etc.], Torino,
  1889-91, ii. 231-260.   AUo, transl: Arch. ital. de biol.,
  Turin, 1890-91, xiv, 344-373, 2 pl.—Berkley  (H.  J.)
  Studies on the lesions produced by the action of certain
  poisons on the cortical nerve cell.  Pt. 1, sect. 1. Experi-
  mental lesions produced by  the action of absolute ethyl
  alcohol on the nerve cells of the rabbit's brain.  Proc. Am.
  Med.-Psychol.  Ass. 1895, Utica, N. Y.,  1896, 212-231 —
  Bickel (A.)  Action de la bile et  des sels biliaires sur le
  systeme nerveux.   Trav. du  lab. de physiol. Univ.  de
  Geneve 1899, Geueve, 1900, i, 9-11.—Blnmenau (L. V.)
  0 vliyanii autipirina na nervnuyu sisteniu.   [Influence of
  autipyriue on the nervous system.)  Vestnik klin. i sudeb-
  noi psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb., 1887-8, v, pt. 2, 97:
  1888-9. vi, pt. 1, 287.—Bottaro (G.)   Azione della bile
  crista!lizzata di Plattner sul sistema nervoso.   Arte med.,
  Napoli, 1900, ii, 342-346.—Contejean (C.) Influence du
  systfeme nerveux sur Taction anticoagulaute des injections
  intravasculaires de peptone  chez le chien.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. debiol., Par., 1895, 10. 8.,  ii, 729-731.—Bias de Bar-
  ros.  Contribuicao ao estudo da  atrophia varicosa das
  dendrites das  cellulas nervosas medullares do poreo do-
  mestico sob a accao da peconha da  jar£r£ea  preguigosa
  (Craspedocephalu* brasiliensis).  Arch, hrasil. de psy-
  chiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1905, i, 261-278.—Dunning (A.
  W.)  Some unusual drug effects upon the nervous system.
  St. Paul M.  J., St. Paul. Minn.,  1902, iv, 307-313.—
  Emanuel (G.)   Ueber die Wirkung des Ammoniaks
  auf den Nerven.   Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, 482-492.—
  Girard (H.)   Ueber die  allmahliche Einwirkung des
  Strychnine auf die Nervencentren.  Arch. f. d. ges. Phy-
  siol., Bonn, 1885-6, xxxviii, 548-563.  AUo, in:  Schiff (M.)
  Ges. Beitr. z.  Physiol., 8°, Lausaune, 1896, iii. 198-211.—
  Goldscheider (A.)  Ueber die specifische Wirkuugdes
  Menthols auf die Temperaturnerven.  [From: Verhandl.
  d. physiol. Gesellsch. zu Berl.,  1885-6.J  In his: Ges. Ab-
  handl., 8°, Leipz., 1898, i, 250-255.— Lallemand, Per-
  rin Sc Biiroy.   De Taction comparee de Talcool, des
  anesthesiques  et des gaz carbones  sur le systfeme ner-
  veux  c6rebro-spiual.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,
  1860, li, 400-403.—I,alou   (S.) & ITIayer  (A.)   ittat
  physique dn sang et des centres nerveux sous l'influence
  des agents convulsivants.   Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par.,  1902, 11. s.,  iv, 705.— I\,aiigley  (J.  M.) & Dickin-
  son (W.  L.)   Action of various poisons upon nerve fibres
  and peripheral nerve-cells.   J. Physiol.,  Cambridge, 1890,
  xi,  509-527.—li en te (F. D.)  The'neurotic origin of dis-
  ease and  the action of remedies on the nervous system.
  Psych. & Med.-Leg. J., N. T., 1875, ii, 78-107.  Also, Re-
  print.— .Heltzer (S. J.) &  Auer (J.)  On the effect of
  magnesium salts upon the excitability and conductivity
  of nerves. Science, N. V. Sc Lancaster, Pa.,  1905, n.  s.,
  xxii, 637.   AUo: Am. Med., Phila.,  1905, x,  916.-Mott
  (F. W.) & Halliburton.   The influence of drugs upon
  the vascular nervous system.  Rep. Brit.  Ass. Adv. Sc.
  1899, Lond., 1900, 608. — Santesson (C. G.)   Versuche
  iiber die Nervenendwirkung methylirter Pyridin-Chino-
  lin-, Isochinolin- und Thallinverbindungen.   Arch. f. ex-
  per. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1894, xxxv, 23-56.— .*tan-
  tesson (C. G.) & Koraen (G.)  Ueber die  Curarewir-
  kung einiger einfacher Basen.  Skandiu. Arch. f. Phvsiol.,
  Leipz., 1900, x, 201-248.—Sarb6 (A.)   A h&zi nyiil ger-
  inczveleji 6p idegsejtjeinek szerkezete 6s azok elvaltoz&-
  sai phosphor 6s morphium niergezesekn61.  [The system
  of the normal nerve cells in  tbe spinal marrow of the do-
  mestic hare, and their change in phosphorus aud morphine
  poisoning.]  Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1892, i, 274-286,
  1 pl.—Thomson (H. C.) On the action of alcohol and
  some other poisons upon the nervous system.  Clin. J.,
  Lond.. 1902-3, xxi, 401-404__Waller (A. D.)   Influenco
  of acids and  alkalies  upon  the electrotonic currents of
  medullated nerve.  Proc. Physiol.  Soc, Lond., 1896-7, pp.
  vi-ix.—Wetlens3iy (N. E.)   Die  fuudameutalen Eigen-
  schaften des  Nerven unter  Einwirkung  einiger Gifte.
  Arch.f. d. ges.  Pbysiol., Bonn, 1900,lxxxii, 134-191. -----.
  Les excitants et  les poisons  du nerf.  Cong, internat. do
  m6d.  C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect.de physiol. [etc.J, 92-
  94.  Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1902, exxxv,
  584-587. -----. Des poisons du nerf.   Cong, internat. de
  m6d.  C.-r., Madrid, 1904; xiv, sect,  de physiol. [etc.], 12.—
JVervous system (Effect of drugs on).
  Wertheimer (E.)  De Taction de quelques excitants
  chimiques sur les uerfs sensibles.  Arch, de physiol. norm.
  et path., Par., 1890, 5. s.,  ii, 790-799.

rVervous system (Efferent).
    See Nervous system (Motor).

IVervoiis system  (Electrophysiology of).
    Abel (J. J.)  Wie verhiilt  sieh die negative
  Schwankung des Nervenstroms bei Reizung der
  sensiblen  und motorischen  Spiual-Wurzeln  dea
  Frosches?  8°.  Strassburg,  1886.
    Albini  (G.)  Alcune osservazioni  sul  galva-
  nometro e sul  potere  elettromotore dei  nervi.
  4°.  [Napoli, 1868.]
    Repr.from: Rendic. d. r. Accad. d.  sc.  fis. e mat. di
  Napoli, 1868.
    VON  Bezold (A.)   Untersuchungen iiber die
  electrische Erregung der Nerven  und Muskeln.
  8°.  Leipzig, 1861.
    Bianchi (L.)   Sul  significato della eccitazione
  elettrica della zona motrice corticale, contribu-
  zione sperimentale e brevi  considerazioni.   8°.
  Napoli,  18«0.
    Burker(K.)  * Ueber die Beziehung zwischen
  der  Kichtuug  reizender  Oeffnuugsinductions-
  stroine  und dem elektrotonischen Effect in der
  iufrapolareu  Nervenstrecke.  [Tiibingen.]   8°.
  Altenburg, 1900.
    Also, in:  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxxi,
  76-102.
    Chuyevski (I. A.)   O  razdrazhenii   dviga-
  telulkh nervov kolebaniyami galvanicheskavo
  toka.   [On the excitation of motor nerves by the
  fluctuations ofthe galvanic current.]  8°.  Khar-
  kov, 1892.
    Eccher (A.)   Sulla teoria  fisica dell' elettro-
  tono nei nervi..  roy. 8°.   Firenze, 1877.
    Edgren (J. G.)   Den elektriska undersok-
  ningen af uiusklerua och de motoriska nerverna
  frau klinisk  synpunkt betraktad.  [Electrical
  investigations  of the muscles and  the  motor
  nerves from a clinical point of view. ]  8°.  Stock-
  holm, 1864.
    Fick  (A.)   Dem  hochverdienteu  Forscher
  Ernst Heinrieh Weber, . . .  des 50jahrigen Jtibi-
  liiums . . .  die medicinische Facnltat zu  Wiirz-
  burg.   Inhalt: Studien iiber elektrische Nerven-
  reizung.  4°.   Wiirzburg, 1871.
    Meyer  (A. B.)   * Beitrage  zur  Lehre von der
  elektrischen Nervenreizung.  8°.   Ziirich, 1867,
    Minkowski  (O.)  * Ueber die  Aenderungen
  der elektrischen  Erregbarkeit des Gehirns nach
  Verschluss der  Kopfarterien.  8°.  Kbnigsberg,
  [1881].
    Moerman (P. A.)  * Ueber die  Methode einen
  isolirten Nerven durch frequente Wecliselstioine
  zu erregen.  [Freiburg. ]   8°.  Leiden, 1901.
    Nemerowsky  ( L. )   * Ueber das Phauomen
  der Liieke bei  elektrischer  Nervenreizung.  8°.
  Bern, 1683.
    Pilger (F.)  Versuche durch  den Galvanis-
  mus die Wirkung verschiedener Gifte und Arz-
  neymittel auf die erhohte oder verminderte Reiz-
  barkeit der Nerven zu priifeu.  16°.  Giessen Sr
  Darmstadt, 1601.
    Rozhdestvenski  (I. [I.])   *0 vliyanii sta-
  tisticheskavo   elektrichestva  na  tsentralnuyu
  nervnuyu  sisternu.   [Influence of static elec-
  tricity  on  the central nervous system.]  8°.  S.-
  Peterburg, 1*88.
    Samways  (D.  W.)  Electrical  actions  in
  nerves   and  allied  physical  phenomena.   8°.
  Cambridge, 1884.
    Schlopsnies (P.)   * Beitrage znr Lehre von
  derelectrischenNerv-Muskelreizung.  ri°.  Wiirz-
  burg, 1862.
    Shulgin (P.  A.)   *0 fiziologicheskom dieist-
  vii  predvaritelnoi  katelektrizatsii   na  otpra- 
NERVOUS.
510
NERVOVS,
\ervoiiK  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  vk-niye nervov.   [Physiological action of pre-
  liminary eateleetrization  upon  the fuuetion of
  nerves.]  >  .   S.-Peterburg, 1^91.
    Snyder (C.)   Bordering the mysteries of  life
  and mind.   Loeb's researches and discoveries.
  h ;.  Xew Tork, 190'J.
    Cutting from:  McClure's Mag., N. T., 1902, xvii,  387-
  396, port.
    Stricker  (  S.)  Neuro-elektrische   Studien.
  6C.   Wien, 1**3.
    Trivis (S. A.)    * Toki dielstviya v korie polu-
  shiiriy golovuovo mozga pod vliyaniyem perife-
  richeskikh  razdrazheniy.   [Currents of action
  iu the cortex of the  hemispheres  of the  brain
  under the influence of peripheral  stimuli.]   8°.
  S.-Peterburg, 1900.
    Vkkigo (B.)  [Werigo in German],   * K vop-
  rosu  o dieistvii na nerv galvanieheskavo  toka
  prerlvistavo i  neprerlvnavo (popltka obyasne-
  niya   fiziologicheskikh  yavleniy   elektrotona).
  [Influence  upon  the  nerve of the interrupted
  and continuous  galvanic  current (attempt  to
  explain the  physiological phenomena of electro-
  tonus.]  *~.  S.-Peterburg, 1886.
    -----.  The same.   Effeete der Nervenreizung
  durch  intermittirende Kettenstroiue.  Ein Bei-
  trag zur Theorie  des  Eleetrotonus uud der Ner-
  ven erregung.   8°.  Berlin, 1*91.
    Abelous (J.-E.)  Sc Cluzet (J.)  Sur quelques condi-
  tions pouvaut modifier les reactions 61ectriques des nerfs
  do la  grenouille.  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1900,
  11. s.. ii, 599.—Alcock (N. H.)  'the  electromotive phe-
  nomena in mammalian non-medull.ited nerve.  Proc. Roy.
  Soc. Lond., 1904, lxxiii, 166-180.— Alnrralde (M.) Sobre
  la imponancia de una nueva modificaci6n de la excitabili-
  dad en la exploraciou el6ctrica de los nervios y los museu-
  ms.  Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. ni6d.,  Madrid, 1900, iv,  114-
  123.—Anfiinotr  (T.  A.)  K voprosu ob elektrovozbudi-
  mosti nervnomishechuavo apparata  u dushevno- i nervno-
  bolnikh.  [Eleetrotonus of the neuromuscular apparatus
  in insanity and nervous diseases.]   Vestnik klin. i sudeb.
  psychiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb.,  1889-90, vii, pt. 1,  226-
  256.— Apollonio (C.) Sulle correnti elettriche del mus-
  colo e del nervo in riposo.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-
  Emilia, 1890,  xvi,  456-464.—d'Arsonval (A.)  Methode
  nouvelle pour exciter 61ectriquement les  nerfs et les mus-
  cles.   Compt. reud. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1882, 7. s., iv,  244.
  -----. Relations entre la forme de l'excitation electrique
  et la reaction n6vro-musculaire au double poiut de vue de
  la physiologie et de la th6rapeutique.  Arch, de physiol.
  uorm. et path., Par., 1889,  5. s., i, 246-252.  -----. Par'allele
  entre l'excitation  61ectrique et l'excitation m6canique des
  nerfs.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1891, 9. s., iii,  558-
  560. -----. Proc6d6 pratique pour doser les courants d'iu-
  duction et changer la forme de l'excitation electrique de
  maniere k agir plus specialement soit sur le nerf soit sur
  le muscle.  Arch, de  physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1891,
  5. s., iii, 585-592. -----. Relations entre  les qualit6s phy-
  siques de Texcitant 61ectrique et la reaction nfevro-niuscu-
  laire; proced6 pratique pour doser  les courants d'induc-
  tion et changer la forme de la decharge de maniere k  agir
  plus sp6cialement soit sur  le  nerf. soit sur le muscle.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1891, 9.  s ,  iii, 392-395—
  Baglioni (S.) Sc Itottazzi (F.) Ricerche sperimentali
  su'T azione polare della corrente costante sui centri  ner-
  vosi.   Ztschr. f.  allg. Physiol., Jena, 1905, v, 612-622—
  Beck (A.)   "Z.ja-wiska elektryczue w mdzgu i rdzeniu i
  oznaczanie na ich podstawie lokalizacyi."  (Die electri-
  schen Erscheinungeu  im Gehirn und Riickenmarke,  und
  ihre  Anwendung zur Bestimmung  der Localisation.)
  [R6s.]   Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Craeovie, 1890,  136-
  139.  AUo: Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz.  matemat.-przyr.,
  Krakow, 1891, 2.  s., i, 187-232. Alio, transl: Centralbl.
  t. Physiol.. Leipz. u. Wien,  1890-91, iv, 473-476. -----.
  Zjawiska  elektryczne w rdzeniu pacierzowym.  [Electric
  phenomena in the spinal  cord.]  Rozpr.  wydz. matemat.-
  przyr.  Akad.  Umiej., Krak6w, 1901, 3.  s.', B, 369-430, 1
  diag. -----.  Untersuchungen iiber  den  elektrischen  Lei-
  tungswiderstaud des Mensehen.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr
  1902, lii. 503-509.—Beek (A.) Sc t ybulski (N.)  Dalsze
  badania zjawisk elektrycznych w korze mdzgowej.  [Fur-
  ther researches ou the electric phenomena of the cortex of
  the brain.]  Rozpr.  Akad. Umiej. wydz.  matemat.-przyr.
  Krak6w,1896,2.s.,xii,174-257,lpl—Bcrgonier (J.) Elec-
  trical reactions of muscles aud nerves after great exertions
  in sport.  Tr.  Am. Electrother. Ass.,  1894.  354.—Bern-
  stein  (J.)  Ueber  reflectorische negative Schwankung
  des Nervenstroms uud die Reizleitung  im Refle\bo>'en
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,  1898,  xxx, 651.  -----. Zur Ab-
  wehr, betreffend  die negative  Schwankung dos Nerven.
rVervous  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxix, 423—BiiieU
  Sangle (C.)  Theorie des neuro-dielectriques.  Arch da
  neurol., Par., 1900, 2. s., x, 208-215.—Birge (E. A )  Ue-
  ber die Reizbarkeit der motorischen  Gauglienzellen dea
  Riickenmarks.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1882, 481-489 —
  Blix  (M.)   Forhallandet af  nervens  tvfirsnitt  till de
  elektriska retniedlen.  [Behavior of transverse section of
  nerve  to  electrical irritation.]  Upsala Lakaref. Forh
  1885, xx, 174-191. -----. Die Nervensection und die eleo-
  trischen Reize.  Skaudin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1889
  i, 184-209.—Bochefontaine. Sur les phenoinenes' vasol
  moteurs d6termiues par la faradisation du bout (ephalique
  du cordon cervical du vago-sympathique chez lo chien le
  chat et le lapin.  Compt. rend. Soc.  do biol. 1880 Par
  1881, 7. s., ii, 319-321—du Bois-Reymond (E.)  Ueber
  secundar-elektromotorische Erscheinungen an Muskeln
  Nerven und elektrischen Organen.   [From: Sitzungsb
  d. k. preuss. Akad. d. "Wissensch., 1883, i, 343-104.]  Arch!
  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1884,1-62.—dn Bois-Reymond (R.j
  Ueber  den Verlauf der negativen  Schwankung bei Iso-
  tonic  und Isometrie.   Centralbl.  f.  Physiol.,  Leipz u
  Wien, 1897, xi, 33-39—Bordier (H.)   Etude graphique
  de la contraction musculaire  produite par T6tinoelle sta-
  tique.   M6m.  et compt.-rend. Soc. d.  sc. m6d.  de  Lyon
  (1895), 1896, xxxv, 38-50.  -----.  Action des 6tats  variables
  du couraut galvanique sur les  nerfs seusitifs;  recherches
  exp6rimentales sur les lois des secousses sensitives chez
  l'homme.   Arch, de physiol. norm, et path.,  Par., 1897
  5. s., ix, 543-553—Boruttau  (H.) Neue Untersnchuu'
  gen iiber  die am Nerven unter der Wirkung erregender
  Einfliisseauftretenden elektrischen Erscheinungen. Arch
  f. d. ges.  Physiol., Ronn, 1894, lviii, 1-68, 1 diag.  _____.
  Graphische Rheotoiuversuche am Nerven, Kernleiter uud
  Muskel.   Ibid.,  1896, lxiii, 158-170,  1 diag. -----. Weiter
  fortgesetze Untersuchungen iiber die elektrischen Erschei-
  nungen am thatigen Nerven.   Ibid., 145-158. -----. Der
  Elektrotonus und die phasischen ActionsstrSmo am mark-
  losen Cephalopodenuerven. Ibid., 1897, lxvi,285-307,1 diag.
  -----. Ueber  temporare Modificatiouen der elektrotoni-
  schen Strdine  des  Nerven. Ibid., lxviii, 351-388__Boy-
  cott (A.  E.)   On the  influence of temperature on the
  conductivity of nerve.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1901-2, xxvii,
  488-506.—Branly (E.)  Assimilation de la conducti-
  bilite nerveuse k la conductibilit6 61ectrique discontinue.
  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.. Par., 1897-8, xii, 229-
  234.  AUo : Rev. internat. d'61ectroth6r., Par., 1897-8, viii,
  227-231.—Brugia (R.)   Ricerche cronoscopiche sull' elet-
  trotono dei nervi motori nell' uomo.  Atti d. Cong. (1. Soc.
  freniat. ital. 1889, Milano, 1890, vi, 47-49. -----. L* elettro-
  tono in rapporto con la conduttivitA. dei nervi  motori del-
  T uomo.   Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1890, xvi,
  247-261, 1 pl.   AUo, transl:  Untersuch.  z.  Naturl. d.
  Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1892, xiv, 590-611, 2 pl.—
  Brunton (T. L.)  On tbe effect of electrical stimulation
  of the frog's heart, and its modification by cold, heat, and
  the action of drugs.  [Abstr.]  Proc. Roy. Soc. Loud., 1881,
  xxxii, 383.—Brunton  (T. L.) Sc Cash (T.)  Ueber den
  Einfluss der Warme und  Kalte auf die Veratrincurve des
  Froschmuskels.   Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl.,
  1883, xxi, 81.-----------. Influence of heat and cold upon
  muscles poisoned by veratrin.   .J. Physiol., Lond., 1883-4,
  iv, 1-17.------------. On the effect of electrical stimula-
  tion of the frog's heart, aud its modification bv heat, cold,
  and the action of drugs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1883,
  xxxv, 455-495. — Budge (J.)  Ueber  verschiedene Reiz-
  barkeit eines und desselben Nerven und iiber den Werth
  des Pfliiger'schen Eleetrotonus. Arch. f. path.Anat.[etc.],
  Berl.. 1863,xxviii,282-301,ldiag.—Biirker(K)  Beitrage
  zur Physiologie des Elektrotonus; zur depressiven Katho-
  denwirkung, nebst einigen Beobachtungen an Kernleiter-
  modellen.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, lxxxxi, 373-
  412. -----. Zur  depressiven  Kathodenwirkuiig.  Ibid.,
  1904, cii, 249-253.-Burch ((}. J.)  Ou the interpretation
  of photographic  records of the response of nerve obtained
  with the capillary electrometer.  Proc.  Roy. Soc. Lond.,
  1902, lxx,  194-220—Chanoz.  Loi de l'excitation 61ectri-
  que des nerfs  seusitifs.   Bull. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Lyon,
  1902, i, 535-538.  Also.- Compt.-rend. Cong, internat d'eleo-
  trol. et de radiol. m6d. 1902, Berne, 1903, il, 89-97.—C'liar-
  pentier (A.) Conduction des excitations faradiques uni-
  polaires par le nerf et par les  tissus.  Coinpt. rend. Soc.
  de  biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 595-597. -----. L'excitation
  faradique unipolaire, son action sur  les neits  moteurs.
  Ibid., 535-538. -----. Inhibition due  a  l'excitation elec-
  trique simultan6e d'un nerf en deux points desa  longueur.
  Ibid., 551-555. -----. Nouveaux faits d'excitation et (Tin-
  hibition des nerfs par la faradisation unipolaire.  Arch.
  de physiol. norm, et path., Par.,  1893, 5.  s., v, 699-709.
  -----. Conditions physiologiques iuttuant sur la resistance
  appareute des uerfs faradises.  Compt. rend. Soc.debiol.,
  Par., 1894, 10.  s., i, 348-350. -----.  Etude de quelques con-
  ditions  de l'excitation faradique unipolaire des  nerfs mo-
  teurs.   Arch,  de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1894, 5. 8.,
  vi, 294-307. -----.  La r6sistance des nerfs et leur travail
  physiologique.  Arch.  d'electric.  med., Bordeaux, 1894,
  ii, 373-384. -----. Resistance  appareute des nerfs soumis
  k l'excitation faradique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 
NERVOUS.
511
NERVOUS.
\ervou* system (Electrophysiology  of). !
  1894. 10.  .«., i,  341-343. -----.  Excitation  unipolaire du
  nerf suivant son degr6 de soulevement.   Ibid., 18115, lO.s.,
  ii, 376-379. -----. Etude des interferences  qu'on  peut
  obteuir dans l'excitation faradique uuipolairc des nerfs
  moteurs.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et  path., I'ar., 1896. 5.
  s., viii, 62-74. -----.  Oscillations nerveuses a  la suite des
  excitations unipolaires; methode pour la mesure de leur
  vitesse de propagation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,
  1x99, cxxviii. 1473-1476.  -----.  Vitesse de propagation des
  oscillations nerveuses produites par les excitations uui-
  polaires.   Ibid., 1603-1606. -----.  Oscillations nerveuses,
  leur frequence.  Ibid.,  exxix,  38-40. -----. Mesure di-
  recte de la longueur  d'onde dans le nerf k  la suite d'exci-
  tatious electriques breves.  Ibid., 1901, exxxii, 1070-1072.
  -----Trausmission nerveuse d'une excitation electrique
  instantan6e.  Ibid., 4-6. -----. Interferences par excita-
  tions bipolaires dans  le nerf.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1903, lv, 707-770.— Charpenlier (A.) & d'Arson-
  val.  Emploi du condensateiir pour  regler Tiuteusite de
  l'excitation faradique  des nerfs  en  physiologic.  Ibid.,
  1895. 10. s., ii, 481-484.—Cluzet (J.)  Sur l'excitation des
  nerfs et des muscles  par decharges de coudeusateurs.
  Compt. reud. Acad.  d. sc, Par.,  1903. exxxvii, 670-672.
  AUo: J. de physiol. et  de path.  g6u., Par.. 1901, vi, 204-
  212.  Also [Abstr.l:  Ann. d'61ectrobiol. [etc.]. Par.,  1903.
  vi, 697. -----. Etude comparative des manifestations dec -
  trotoniques des ueifs et de 1 inversion do la loi des secous-
  ses.  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.]. Par., 1903,  vi,  661-076.
  -----. Sur Texplication du reuverseinent des actions po-
  lain-s  dans les syndromes de  degenerescence.  [Rap.]
  Ibid., 257-208.  -----. Reactions 61ectriques anormales et
  eiectrotouns des nerfs.   Compt.  rend.Soc.de biol., Par.,
  1903, lv, 230-232. -----. Recherches sur les reactions Elec-
  triques du uerf apres sa section.  Ibid., 165-lti7.—Coin-
  ing (J. L.) Electrization of the sympathetic and pneu-
  mogastric  nerves, with simultaneous bilateral  compres-
  sion of the carol ids.  X. York M. J., 1884, xxxix, 212-215.
  Also,  Reprint.—Courtade.  De l'excitation des nerfs
  lombaires de la grenouille par les conrants galvaniques
  intermittents; lois qui  en resulteut et role de la direction
  des courants, compar6 k Taction propre de chaque pole.
  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par.. 1890, 5. s., ii. 579-586.
  -----. Du role de la  tension daus l'excitation galvanique
  des svstemes nerveux  et musculaire.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., iii.  1008. —:—. Etude sur l'ex-
  citation musculaire produite  par les courants iuduits de
  fermeture.  Arch, de phvsiol. norm,  et  path., Par., 1892,
  5. s., iv, 369-373.—C'owl'(W. Y.)  Researches ou  the ac-
  tion of the galvanic, faradic, and  fraukliuic currents on
  neivous tissue.  Tr. Nat. Soc. Electrother., N. Y., 1894,
  82-97.—C'remer (M.)   Zum Keruleiterproblem.  Ztschr.
  f  Biol., Miinchen n.  Leipz., 1898-9, n. F.,  xix. 550-553—
  t'risafulli (E.)  Ricerche comparative di  elettro-tisio-
  logia e  tine anatomia  sui nervi  elettrici.  Gior. d.  Ass.
  napol.  di  med.  e nat.,   Napoli, 1901.  xi, 43;  148, 1 pl. —
  C'rispolti  (C. A.)  A proposito della stimolazione elet- j
  trica iiieecauica della sfera corticale visiva.  Clin, mod., !
  Pisa. 1902, viii,  145-147. — Cutter (W. D.) Sc Oilman
  (P. K.)  The survival of irritability in mammalian nerves
  after removal  from  the body.  Proc. Am. Physiol.  Soc,
  Boat.. 1903-4. p. xi.—Cybulski (N.i  O zjawiskach elek-
  trycznych w uerwach  czynuych.  (Elektrische Erschei-
  nungen thatiger Xerven.)  [Abstr.]  Bull, internat. Acad.
  d. sc. de Craeovie, 1897, 232-246. -----. O wl.isnosciach
  pradu spoczynkowego  w nerwach zaby.   (Einige Bemer-
  kungen iiber das Verhalten der elektromotorisehen Kraft
  in deu Froschnerven.)   Ibid., 1900, 256-258. — Cybulski
  (N.) Sc Mosnowski (I.)  WyjaSnienie pytania, c/.y  wa-
  hauie wsteczne ji-st  niewatpliwa. oznaka. fizyologicznej
  czynnosci  nerwu.  (Zur Losung der Frage: Ist die nega-
  tive Stromschvvankung ein unfehlbares Zeicheu der phy-
  siologischeu Xerventhatigkeit?)  Ibid.,  1899,  510-514. —
  C>bul*ki (X*.) Sc Zanietowski (J.)  Ueber die An-
  wendung des Condensators zur Reizung der Xerven und
  Muskeln  statt  des  Schlittenapparates  von  du  Bois-
  Reymond.  Arch. f.  d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894, lvi, 45-
  148, 5 pl.-----------. Erwiderung auf Hoorweg's Ab-
  handluug  betr.: Ueber die Nervenei regung durch  Con-
  densatoreutladungen.   Ibid., 1894-5, lix, 421-426.—B-ani-
  levski  (K.)  Izslledovauiye  nad  elektricheskim razdra-
  zheniyem nervov; kimoreonom.   [Research ou the electric
  excitation  of nerves;  kymorrheonom.J  Fiziol. sbornik
  (Danilevski),  Kharkov, 1888, i, 119-268, 2 pl., 2 diag—
  Danilevski(V.L)  Ueber die Reizung der Nerven mit-
  telst der  kymoiTheonomischen  Inductionsstrome.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u.  Wien,  1889-90,  iii, 198-203.
  -----. Ueber die tripolare  elektrische Reizung der Ner-
  ven.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wieu, 1895, ix, 390-
  398. -----. Xoviy elektro-induktivuiy sposob razdrazhe-
  niya nervov.  [Xew electro-inductive method of exciting
  the nerves.] Vesnik med., Kharkov, 1896, i, 457. -----.
  0  razdrazhenii nervov elektricheskimi luchami.  [On  the
  excitation of nerves by electric  rays.]  Ibid.,  1897, ii, 69-
  71.  Also, transl.:  Compt.-reud.  Cong, internat.  de m6d.
  1897,  Mosc, 1898,  ii, sect.  2, 59-62. -----. Experiences
  sur l'excitation  des  nerfs par les rayons  61ertriques.
  Compt.  rend. Acad.  d.  sc, Par., 1897, exxiv, 1392-1395.
Xervous  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  -----. Nouvelles experiences sur Tirritation des nerfs par
  des  rayons  61ectrique8.   Ibid., 1476-1479.  -----.  Re-
  cherches  sur  l'excitation des nerfs par les rayons  61ec-
  triques.   Arch, de phvsiol. norm, et path., Par., 1897,  5. s.,
  ix, 511-542. -----. Versuche iiber  die Interfereuz  der
  elektrokinetisehen Eiuwirkungen am Xerven.   Centralbl.
  f. Physiol.,  Leipz.  u. Wien, 1898,  xii,  281-291.  -----.
  Ueber die elektrokinetisehe Nervenreizung in der Xiihe
  des geschlossenen secundiireu Kreises des  Inductoriums.
  Ibid., 1899, xiii, 313-322. -----.  Weitere Untersuchungen
  iiber die unipolare elektrokinetisctn |U< izung der Nerven.
  Arch.  f.  d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn.  1905,  cvii,  452-482.—
  Dnnillo (S.)  Ob  otuoshenii  zadnel chasti  mozgovol
  kori  k clektricheskomu Tazdrazheniyu.   [Sensitiveness
  of the  posterior part of the cerebral cortex  to  electric
  stimulation. ]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1883, iv, 626. — Dn-
  nion (L.)  Demonstration experimentale  de  Taction di-
  recte du courant voltaique sur le cerveau et sur la moelle
  6piniere.   (Une preuve clinique.)  Compt. reud.  Soc.  de
  biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 8-11.—Belherin (L.)  Comment
  on pent niesuier  exactement a. Taide de Testhesiometre de
  Roux Taction analg6siante du  courant galvanique dans
  les algies des plexus sympathiques abilominaux.  Bull.
  off.  Soe.  franc, d'electrother., Par.,  1901,  viii, 147-150—
  De  Watte ville (A.)  The conditions  of the unipolar
  stimulation  iu   physiology   and therapeutics.   Brain,
  Lond.,  1880-81,  iii,  23-42— Donath  (J.)  Sc  I. u lilies.
  Die elektrische Erregbarkeit der Xerven  und Muskeln
  unter Curare-Wirkung.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1901,
  xii,  441-450.   AUo,  tronsl: Arch,  d'electric.  med.,  Bor-
  deaux, 1901, ix, 171-180.— Doniselli  (C.)   Ueber  Unter-
  schiedo in der Wirkung  mechauisclier und elektriscber
  Reize.  Arch. f.  d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn,  1903,  xevi,  624-
  638,  1  pl.— Burelli  (I.)  L  azione  fisiologiea del  polo
  positive e negativo sui nervi.   Bull.  d. sc. med. di  Bo-
  logna, 1891, 7. s.,  ii,  751-768. — Einlhoven (W.)  Ueber
  Nervenreizung durcli frequente  Weehselstrome.  Arch. f.
  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxxii,  101-133. -----. Ehc-
  trische zenuwprikkeling  door   influentie;  werking op
  afstand; schijubaar effect van frequente wisselstroomen.
  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 2. It., xxxvii,  d. 2,
  69-71.—Erb. Historisches von der Entartiuigsreaction.
  Berl. kliu.Wchnsehr..  1885, xxii, 764-706.  See,  also, infra,
  von  Ziemssen. — Feinberg.   Ob otnosheniyakh sosu-
  dodvigatelnikh  tseutiov  golovnavo  i spinavo   mozga
  k elektricheskim tokam, napravlennim na  cherep, pozvo-
  nochuiy stolb i kozhu.  [Relations of the vaso-motor cen-
  tres of the brain aud cord  to  tho  electric cm rents di-
  rected toward the skull, spine,  and  skin.]  Ejeued. klin.
  gaz., St.  Petersb., 1883, iii, 377; 421;  430.  AUo,  transl:
  Ztschr. f. klin.  Med., Berl.,  1883, vii, 282-298. — Fish
  (P.  A.)   The action of  strong currents  of electricity
  upon nerve cells.   J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.  Y., 1896, xxiii,
  6-11. — von  Fleischl  (E.)   Untersuchuug iiber  die
  Gesetze der Xervenerregung.  Sitzungsb.  d. k. Akad. d.
  Wissensch., AVieu, 1875, lxxii, 393: 1876, lxxiv, 403: 1877,
  lxxvi,  138: 1878, lxxvii, 159: 1879, lxxviii, 267: 1880, lxxxii,
  133: 1883, lxxxviii, 189.llpl.   AUo, inhis: Ges. Abhandl.,
  8°. Leip/.., 1893,  235-353,  11 pl.  -----. Studien uber den
  Elektrotonus.  Arch. f.  Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1885, 490-518.
  AUo, in his:  Ges. Abhandl., 8°. Leipz.,  1893,  366-397.—
  Flora (U.)   Sulla reazione elettrica miastenica o diesau-
  rimento.  Riv. crit. di cliu.  med., Firenze. 1899-1900, i,
  J85-3^7.—Frniieois-Franck Sc ^leudelssohn.   Re-
  cherches  cliniques et expeluuentalcs  sur  lelectrisation
  cranieune et  cerebrale.   Bull.  Acad, de med.. Par., 1900,
  3. s., xliii, 57-50.—von Frey (M.)  Ueber  die tetanischo
  Erregung von Eroschnerveu durch deu coustanten Strom.
  Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz.,  1883,  43-56.  Fiihr (A.)  Ein-
  malige lineare Stromschwankiing als X'erveureiz.  Arch.
  f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn,  1884,  xxxiv,  510-524,  1 pl—
  Fiirstner.   UebereinigeniotorischeSchwache-undReiz-
  zustande.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1892, xxiv, 491-502—
  CJalleraiii  (G.) Un telemiografo seuza  fili e la radio-
  telegralia muscolare; influenza  a distanza  delle correnti
  oscillanti  ad alta  frequenza sul sistema nerveo-muscolare.
  Boll. d. Soc.  Eustachiana, Camerino, 1903, i,  nos. 11-12,
  14-42, 1 pl. — tiarlen (S.)   Zur Definition von physio-
  logischera und pbysikalisehera Elektrotonus.   Arch.  f. d.
  ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1905, cviii, 338-312. -----.  Ueber die
  elektrischen Erscheinungen am  marklosen Xerven.  Ver-
  handl. d.Gesellsch.deutsch. Naturf. it. Aerzte 1902, Leipz.,
  1903, ii, 2.  Hlfte., 586-589.—Oeigel (R.)  Untersuchungen
  iiber kiiustliche Abauderungen der elektrischen Reaction
  des mensehlichen Nerven.  Deiitches Arch. f. kliu. Med.,
  Leipz., 1893, lii, 178-198. -----. Ueber kiiustliche Abando-
  ning der  uormalen  elektrischen  Zuckungsformel  der
  nienschlicheu  Nerven.  Sit/.ungsb. phys.-med. Gesellsch.
  zu Wiirzb., 1893,  95; 97. — Gentile (E.)  Influenza della
  elett ricita sul polso cerebrale.  Pisaui. Palermo, 1902. xxiii,
  143-177. — Gildemeister (M.)  Ueber Nervenreizung
  durch Induktion.  Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903,
  xcix,357-362.—Gilles. Peut-on assimiler Tinfluxnerveux
  k un ph6nomene  61ectrique?   Marseille m6d., 1895, xxxii,
  641-649.  AUo: Rev. internat.  d'electrother., Par., 1895, vi,
  84-90. —Gillet de Grandmont.  De Taction des cou-
  rants electriques  continus appliques au voisinage du cer- 
NERVOUS.
512
NERVOUS.
IVervou*  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  veau et des resultats qu'ils produisent en particulier dans
  l'ceil.  Gaz. d'ophth.. Par., 188:i, v. 97-109.   AUo, Reprint.
  AUo: Rec. d'ophth., Par., 1883,3. s.. v,390; 459— Gnczda
  (J.)   Ueber die  Wirkung .-eruii<lar-elektiischer Stronie
  auf motorische Xerven von Saugothieien.  Sitzungsb. d.
  k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math-naturw. CI.  1887, Wien,  I
  1888, xcvi, 195-208. — Goth I i n (G. F.J  Om deu fuuktio-
  nella betydelsen af dielektriskaoch elektrolytiskamediers
  topiska anordning i den marghaltiga  nerven.   [Ueber die
  fuuktionelle Bedeutung der topiseheu Anordnung dielek-
  trischer  uud  elektrolytischei' Medien  im markhaltigen
  Nerv.   Uebers,  p.  iii: vii-ix.]   Upsala Lakaref. Forh.,
  11)01-2, n. F.. vii,  125-154:  1902-3, u. F., viii, 151. —Gotch
  (F.)  The effect  of local injury upon  the excitatory elec-
  trical response of nerve.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1902, xxviii,
  32-56. -----. The submaximal electrical response of nerve
  to a .-im;lo stimulus.   Ibid., 395-416. — Goteh (F.) Sc
  Bui<Ii (G J.)   Report upon electromotive changes in
  nerve  during  activity.   Rep. Brit.  Ass. Adv.  Sc. 1897,
  Loud.,  I8U8. lxvii,  514. -----  -----.  The electrical re-
  sponse  of nerve  to  a single stimulus investigated with
  the capillary electrometer.  Proc. Roy. Soc.  Lond., 1898,
  lxiii,  300-311.-----------. The electrical  response  of
  nerve to two stimuli.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1899, xxiv, 410-
  426.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Proc. Physiol.  Soc, Lond., 1898, p.
  xxxii.  ----- -----. On excitatory electrical  changes in
  nerve.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc.  1898, Loud., 1899, lxviii,
  716.—Goteh (F.) & Horsley (V.)  Ueber deu Gebrauch
  der  Elektricitat fiir  die Localisirung  d( r  Erregungs-
  erscheinungeu im   Ceutralnerveusystem.   Centralbl. f.
  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1890-91, iv, 649-651.----------.
  On the mammalian nervous system; its functions  and their
  localisation determined by an electrical method.  Phil. Tr.
  1891, Lond., 1892, clxxxii, B, 267-526, 7 pl. — Grandis
  (V.)  La fonction des nerfs sounds k Taction indirecte du
  courant electrique.  Arch.  ital.  de biol., Turin, 1902,
  xxxvii, 313-358. -----. Sur les proprietes electriques des
  nerfs en rapport  avec  leur fonction.  (Transl. from: Atti
  d. r.  Accad.  d.  sc.  di  Torino,  1901-2, xxxvii.  ]   Ibid.,
  xxxviii, 200-205. — Grimelli  (G.)   Osservazioni ed es-
  perienze elettro-fisiologiche diretteadistituire la elettricitk
  medica.   Modena, 183!».  [Rev.]   Raccoglitore, Fano, 1840,
  v, 173;  189.—Gruenhagen (A.) Theorie des  pbysika-
  lischen Eleetrotonus.  Ztschr. f. rat.  Med., Leipz. u. Hei-
  delb.,  1808, 3. R., xxxi, 43-45.  -----.  Zur  Litteratur-
  geschichte  einiger Entdeckungen auf  dem Gebiete  der
  Electrophysiologic.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,Bonn, 1882-3,
  xxx, 486-490.-----.  Ueber das Verhaltniss zwischen Reiz-
  dauer, Reizgrosse und latenter Reizperiode  nach einem
  neuen Versuchsverfahreu.  Ibid., 1883-4, xxxiii,  296-302,1
  pl.  -----. Ueber iichte Interferenz- und Summationsvor-
  gange nervoser Thiitigkeitszustaude.   Ibid., 1884, xxxiv,
  301-309, 1 ]>1 —Griitzner.  Elektrische Nervenreizung.
  Tagebl.d. Versamml. dent.sch. Xaturf.u. Aerzte, Salzb., 1881,
  liv, pt. 2,119.-----. Beitrage zur allgemeinen Nervenphy-
  sioiogie; iiber das Wesen der elektrischen Oeffnuugserre-
  guug.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1883. xxxii, 357-397.
  -----.  Ueber die Reiawirkungen der  Stdhrer'scheu Ma-
  scbine auf Nerv  und  Muskel.   Ibid., 1887, xii, 256-281 —
  Guariui (E.) Les ondes electriques etlecerveaubnmain.
  Nature, Par., 1901-2, xxx, pt. 2,  177. — Henrijean (F.)
  Application de la photographic a l'etude de Telectrotonus
  des nerfs.  Bull. Aead. roy.  d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1887,
  xiv, 80-90, 1 pl.—Bering (E.)  Ueber positive Nach-
  schwaukuug des Xeivenstrouies  nach elektriscber Rei-
  zuug.  Sitzungsb. d.k.Akad.d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw.  j
  CI., Wieu,  1884,  lxxxix,  137-158.  Also, Reprint. -----.
  Ceber Schwaiikungen des Xervenstromes in  Folge uui-
  polarer Reizung  beim Tetanisiren. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI.,  Wieu, 1884, lxxxix, 219-
  237.—Ili-rinann (L.)  Untersuchungeu zur Lehre vou
  der electrischeu  Muskel- und Nervenreizung.  Arch. f. d.
  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1882-3,  xxx,  1:  1883, xxxi,  99: 1884,
  xxxv, 1, 1 diag. -----. Eine modificii te Construction des
  Difforential-Rheotoms.   Ibid., 1883,  xxxi, 600-606, 1 pl.
  -----.  Ueber sogenannte secuudar-electroniotorische Er-
  scheinuugen an  Muskeln  und  Nerven.  Ibid., 1883-4,
  xxxiii, 103-168.  Also,  transl. in: Transl. For. Biol. Mem.'
  Oxford, 1887, 277-328. -----. Ueber die Ursache  des Elee-
  trotonus.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1885-6, xxxviii,
  153-181.  ----. Muskel; Nerv; elektrische Orgaue. Jah-
  resb u. d. Fortschr.  d. Anat. u. Physiol. 1889, Leipz., 1890
  xviii, 6-113.  See, also, infra, Oehl. -----. Weiteres iiber
  die Wirkung starker Strome auf den Querschnitt  der
  Nerven  uud Muskelu.   Arch.  f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn
  1898. lxx, 513-524. -----. Ueber Xervenerregung durch
  Wechselstrome und die  Theorie der  Xervenerregun"
  Ibid.,  1900-1901, Ixxxiii, 353-360. — Hermann (L ) &
  Tschilschkiu  (A. W.)  Die Erregbarkeit  des Nerven
  im Elektrotonus.   Ibid., 1899, lxxviii, 53-63—Hermann
  (L.) Sc Weiss (0 )  Ueber die Entwicklung des Elektro-
  tonus.  1 bid., 1898, lxxi, 237-295—Herriek (J. C.)  The
  influence of changes in temperature upou nervous con-
  ductivity as studied by the galvauometric method   Am
  J. Physiol., Bost., 1900-1901. iv,  301-333—Herzen (A j
  Ist die negative Schwankung ein  unfehlbares Zoichen der
  physiologisehen Nerventhatigkeit i Centralbl. f.  Physiol.
»s°VOii*  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  Leipz. u. Wien, 1899, xiii, 455-458. -----. Une question
  pre.judicielle d'electrophysiologic nerveuse.  Rov. -eient
  Par.. 1900, 4.  s., xiii,  40-40—Herzen (A.)  \ K:i<l*j.
  kowsky (C.)  Variation  negative et activite function-
  nelle.  Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi. titi-OX—
  Hodge (C. E.)  Some effects of electrically stimulating
  ganglion cells.  Am. J. Psychol., Bait., 1888-9, ii, 376-402.
  1 pl.  AUo, Reprint. -----. The process of recovery froiii
  the  fatigue occasioned  by the electrical stimulation of
  cells of the spiual ganglia. Am. J. Psychol., Woicester,
  1890,  iii, 530-543. -----. A microscopical  study of the
  nerve  cell during  electrical  stimulation.  J. Morplml
  Bost.,  1894, ix.  449-46:!.—lloortvcg (.J. L.)  Ueber die
  elektrische  Nervenerregung.   Arch.  f. d. ges. Phvsiol
  Bonn,  1892, lii, 87-108:  1892-3,  liii,  587-000. -----. Ueber
  die  Nervenerregung   (lurch   Comlcnsatorentladiingeu.
  Ibid.,  1)^94, lvii, 427-4311.   See, also, supra, Cybulski &
  Zauietowski.-----. Ueber die elektrischeu Eigensi-haften
  der  Nerven.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1898,  lxxi,
  128-157.  -----. Ueber Nervenerregung durcli liequeiiie
  Wechselstrome.  Ibid.,  1900,  Ixxxiii,  89-98.  -----.  sUr
  l'excitation  electrique  des nerfs.  Arch. ital. de biol.,
  Turin, 1902, xxxvii. 457-469.   AUo: J. de physiol. et de
  path, gen., Par., 1903,  v, 625-628.  See, also, infra, Weiss.
  -----. Ueber die Erregung der Xerven  (lurch frequente
  Wechselstrome.   Arch. f. d.  ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1902,
  lxxxxi, 208-216. -----. Ueber den sogenannten Fleischl-
  Effect.  Ibid., 1903, xcix.  619-629—Howell (W. II.) &
  Austin (M. F.)  The effect of stimulating  various por-
  tions of  the cortex  cerebri, caudate  nucleus, and  dura
  mater upon  blood  pressure.   Proc. Am. Physiol.  See.,
  Bost.,  1900,  p. xxii.—Iinamura  (S.)   Vorstudieu  iiber
  die Erregbarkeitsveihallnisse  herzhemmender und moto-
  rischer Nerven  gegeniiber verschiedenen  elektrischen
  Reizen.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1901,187-196.—loteyko
  (Mile. J.)  Recherches experimentales sur la fatigue des
  centres nerveux par l'excitation Electrique.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s  , i, 384.— Istnmaiiow (S.)
  Ueber den Einfluss der Reizung sensible!- Xerven auf deu
  vasoinotorischen Apparat beim Mensehen.  St. Petersb.
  med. Wchnsehr.,  1883, viii, 209.—Jaboulay.  La  fara-
  disation  du plexus  hypogastrique et  du plexus solaire.
  Lyon med., 1899,  xcii, 39-41.—Jellinek (S.)  Ueber die
  durch elektrischen Starkstrom hervorgerufenen patholo-
  gisch-anatomischen Gewebsveranderungen, besouders des
  Zentralnerveusystems.   Wien.nnd. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 2169-
  2175.—Jensen  (P.)   Ueber den galvanischeu Schwimlel.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn. 1806, lxiv, 182-222.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Jolyet(F.)& Sigalas(C) Experience simple
  montrant que l'excitation  nerveuse de fermeture  uait
  au pole negatif,  celle de rupture au pole positif.  (.'ompt.
  reud. Soc.de biol., Par., 18112,9. s., iv, 477.—Kiesselbach.
  Die  galvanische Reaction der Sinnesuerveu.  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1892-3, iii, 245-259. — King
  ( \V. H.)   The  electrical  conduction of the  nerves.  J.
  Electrother., N. Y., 1898, xvi, 211-218.—Kny (E.)  Uuter-
  suchungeu  iiber  den  galvanischeu Schwimlel.  Arch. f.
  Psychiat., Berl., 1887. xviii, 037-058.—Kraft (II.)  Ueber
  die Anwendung des Mikropbous zur elektrischen Reizung
  vou  Nerven.   Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn.  1888-0,  xliv,
  352-300.—Kronccker (H.)  Comparaison entre lasensi-
  bilite du  nerf et  celle  du telephone,  (.'ompt. rend. Soc.
  de biol.. Par.,  1900, 11. s., ii, 38.—Kronecker (H.) & Ni-
  colaides (R.)   Ueber  die Erregung der Getassnerven-
  ceutren  durch  Summation elektrischer Reize.  Arch.
  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1883, 27-42, 2 pl — Lapicque ( L.)
  Sur l'excitation des  nerfs  par les ondes electiiques ties
  braves.  Compt. rend. Accad. d. sc, Par., l!)o:>. cxl. 537-
  539.  AUo: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 19<i.'., h iii, 314-
  316.—Lapicque (L.) A- Lapicque (Mine.  L )  Expres-
  sion nouvelle de  la loi  d'exeitation  electrique.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1903,  lv. 753-755. ----. Sur la
  loi d'exeitation electrique en fonction dela dur6e utile des
  dec-barges des  coudensateurs.  Ibid., lix, 03-07. —  La-
  picque (Mine. L.)  Recherches sur  la loi  d'excitatiou
  electrique.  J. do physiol.  et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v,
  843; 991 —Laulanie.   Sur  les  effets respiratoires des
  excitations centrifuges du uerf vague.  Compt. reud. Soc.
  de  biol.. Par., 1889, 9. s., 1, 515-518.— Ledue (S.)   Be la
  galvanisation  c6r6brale.  Arch, d'electric. med , Bordeaux,
  1899, vii, 192-197. -----. Rapport entre la variation  d'ex-
  eitation des uerfs et la variation de densite des courants
  excitateurs a  differents potentiels.  Gaz. med. de Nantes,
  1899-19(10, xviii, 278.  AUo:  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1900, exxx, 524-527.  Also: Arch, d'electric. nied.,
  Bordeaux, 1900, viii, 100-103.  -----.  Influence auodique
  sur  la conductibilite  nerveuse chez l'homme.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1900,  exxx, 750-752.  Also [Ah-
  str.|: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 279.-----
  Modifications de l'excitabilite des nerfs et des muscles par
  les courants coutinus.   Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux,
  1900 viii, 49-56. -----. L'inhibition cerebrale electrique
  chez l'liomme.   Ibid., 1902, x. 7:>9-774. — Lcduc (S.) &
  Rouxeau (A.)  Influence du rvthme et de la periode
  sur la production del'iiihibitiou par les courants intermit-
  tents de basse tension.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par.,
  1903, lv,  899-901. — Leegaard (C.)  Ueber die Enter- 
NEKVOUS.
513
NERVOUS.
jjiervous  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  tuugsreaction.  Arb. a. d. med.-kliu. Inst. d. k. Ludwig- I
  Maximilians-Univ. zu Miinchen,  Leipz., 1884, i, 39-102, 1
  diag, 3 pl—Levy (A. G.)  A further research into  fa-
  tigue of the central nervous system when caused by elec-
  trical  stimulation.   J. Physiol., Loud.,  1902,  xxviii, 1-
  13.—Lhotak z Lhoty (K), rytif.  Kriticke poznilinky
  ku Pniigcrovu z&kouu o pnsobeui elektriekcho proudu na
  hybuy nerv.  [Critical observations on the law of Pfliiger
  concerning the influence of the electric current on  motor
  nerves.]   Rozpr. cesk£ Akad. cis Frautiska .losefa [etc.],
  v Praze, 1898-9, 2. t., viii, no. 4, 1-11, 1 diag.—Loeb (.T.)
  Ueber die angebliche  erregende Wirkung  elekti is. her
  Strahlen auf deu Nerven. Centralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leip/.. u.
  Wien, 1897, xi, 401-403. -----.  The  physiological  effects
  of electrically charged molecules.  Pop. Sc. Month., XT.Y.,
  1902, lxi, 76-80.—Lombard (W. P.)  Apparatus for re-
  cording contractions, by localized unipolar excitation of
  the nerve, of an isolated nerve-muscle preparation.  Proc.
  Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1900, pp. xii-xiv. — Lots.  Ue-
  ber die Wichtigkeit der centripetaleu Erregungeu fiir den
  mensehlichen  Korper.   Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896,
  xxx, 103-120.— Lugaro (E.)  A  proposito di alcune va-
  rianti alia formula della polarizzazione dinaniica.   Moni-
  tore zool.  ital., Firenze, 1897, viii, 79-90. — Mactlonald
  (J. S.)  Electrical changes  in  mammalian  nerve.   Rep.
  Brit. Ass  Adv. Sc, Lond., 1900, 455-457.  -----. The de-
  marcation current of mammalian  nerve.   Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Loud.. 1900-1901, lxvii. 310-318— Marhado (V.) Lidcn-
  tit6 entre  les lois de Pfliiger et  celh-s de Brenner prouv6e
  par la deoouverte de la double polarisatiou.  Arch, d'elec-
  tric. med., Bordeaux. 1904, xii, 83-87—Magiui (G.)   La
  conducibiliti elettrica dei nervi iu rapporto alia loro ecci-
  tabilita.   Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma. 1887-8. xiv. 329-
  335.  -----.  Erregung der Nerven durch  den uuipolaren
  Inductiousstroin.  Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d.
  Thiere, Giessen, 1882-8, xiii, 409-413. — Mares <F.)  Ue-
  ber elektrische Nervenerregung.  Sitzungsb. d. k.-bdbm.
  Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Prag, 1891, 270-291 —Marie A:
  Cluzet.  Sur les reactions electriques des nerfs apres la
  mort.  Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1899, ll.s.,i, 1004—
  Marina (A.)  Ueber die neurotouische  elektiische Re-
  action.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xv.  787-792.—
  Maschek (A.)  Ueber Nervenermiidung bei elektriscber
  Reizung.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wisseusch.  Math.-
  naturw.Cl.,Wien,1887, xcv, 109-126—Massey(G.B) On
  the cause of eleetrotonus aud of the normal foimula of polar
  reactions.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.. X". V., 1880, n. s., xi. 379-
  388. — .Mathews (A. P.)  The nature of nerve stimulation
  aud of changes in irritability.   Science, X. Y.,  1902, u. s.,
  xv. 492-498.  -----.  The nature of nerve in itability and of
  chemical and electrical stimulation.  Ibid., N. Y. Sc Lan-
  caster, Pa., 1903.  n. s., xvii, 729-733. — Matteucci  (C.) |
  Nouvelles recherches sur la cause de la contraction induite
  et sur celle des courants orgauiques.  Compt. rend.  Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1850, xxxi, 318-322. -----. Application  du
    rincipe des p darites secondaires des nerfs kl'explicatiou
    es ph£noiu6nes de Telectrotoue.   Ibid.,  l8t!l,  liii, 503-
  507. -----. Sur le pouvoir electro-moteur secondaire des
  nerfs, et son application  a Telectro-physiologie.   Ibid.,
  1863, lvi. 760-764.—Mendelssohn  (M.)   Sur la determi-
  nation de  la force 61ectromotrice  du couraut nerveux ou
  musculaire avec des electrodes impolarisables mais non
  homogenes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1886, 8. «.,
  iii, 403. Also: Arch, slaves de biol., Par., l88ii, ii, 75-78.
  -----. Strr la  variation  negative   du courant  nervi ux
  axial.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc. Par., 1899, exxix, 844-
  846. -----. Sur l'excitation  du  nerf electrique  de la tor-
  pille par son propre  courant.  Ibid., 1900. exxx, 1274-1270.
  ----. Sur  les courants 61ectrotoniques  extrapolaires
  dans les nerfs sans myeline. Ibid., 1901,cxxxii,15O7-15O9.—
  Mergier.  Nouvelle notation  des reactions Electriques
  des nerfs et des muscles dans l'examen cliuique.  Assoc.
  franc, pour l'avance. d. sc  C.-r. 1895, Par., 1890, xxiv. pt.
  2, 896-900— Merino Sanchez (R.)  Paralelisrno dina-
  mico entre los aparatos circulatorio  y nervioso e sus rela-
  ciones con los  fendmenos  el6ctricos.   Cong,  internat.de
  med.  C.-r.. Madrid. 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol. [etc.], 226-
  235.-Mills (C. K.)  Sc  Wcisenburg (T. H. )   The
  effects on the nervous system of electric currents of high
  potential, considered clinically and medico-legallv-   Univ.
  Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 19;  50.  AUo, Reprint—
  IMislawsky (X.)  Die reflectorische  negative  Schwan-
  kang.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien,  1900, xiv,
  217-221.—Mlodzieyevski (V. K.)   Ob otnosheuii sosu-
  dodvigatelnikh nervov kozhi kdieistvivu elektiicheskikh
  tokov.  [Behavior of vasomotor nerves of the skin under
  the action of electric currents.]   Trudi flziol.  lab. Imp.
  Moskov. Univ., 1893. iv.  1-60.—Morat (J.-P.)  FJectro-
  physiologie.  Diet,  cncvcl. d. sc. ined., Par., 1885, 1.  s.,
  xxxiii,  180-266.—Miiller  (A. F.)   Ueber die Storungen
  der elektro-musciiliiren Sensibilitat bei Lasioneu geinisch-
  ter  Nerven; zugleich  ein  Beitrag zur  Theorie  des |
  Kraftsinns.  Arb. a.  d.  med.-klin.   Inst  d.  k.  Ludwig-
  Maximilians-Univ. zu  Miiuchen,  Leipz..  1899,  iv, 242-
  294.— Negro (C.)  Sulla natura degli eccitamenti elettrici,
  che si ottengonosui nervi e sui muscoli. col metodo unipo-
  lare.   Gior. d. r. Accad. di  med. di Torino, 1888, 3. s., '

        VOL XI, 2d  series----33
Nervous  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  xxxvi, 474-480. — IVernst (W.)  A Barratt (J. O. W.)
  Ueber die  elektiische  Nervenreizung durch Wechsel-
  strome.  Ztschr. f. Elektrother., Leipz., 1904, vi, 253-200.—
  IVori (I.)  Sc  Brugia  ( R. )   Variazioni del tempo di
  reazione muscolare durante T elettrotono dei nervi sani ed
  alterati.   Riv. spur, di freniat., Reggio-Emilia,  1891, xvii,
  76-96, 1 pl.—O'Brien (J. E.)  Analogies between nerv-
  ous and electi ie mechanisms; what is nerve force?  Penn.
  M. J., Pittsburg,  1900-1901, iv, 297-307. -----.  The iden-
  tity of nerve force and electricity.  Am. Pract. Sc Xews,
  Louisville, 1903. xxxv, 248-261.   Also: J.  Am. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1903, xl,  630-0::."). —Oehl (E.)  Nouvelles experiences
  sur lVxcitation voltaique des nerfs.  [Transl. from: Atti
  d. r. Accad.  d.  se.  di  Torino,  xxiv.]    Arch.  ital.  de
  biol., Turin,  1889, xii, 117-133. -----.  Eecitaziono  dei
  nervi  per derivazione di  correuti voltaiche ed iudotte.
  Reudic. r. Ist. Lomb., Milano, 1890, 2. s., xxiii, 755-765, 1 pl.
  Also, transl: Arch  ital. de biol., Turin, 1891, xv, 239-245.
  -----. Nouvelles  experiences  sur l'excitation voltaique
  des   nerfs  en   r6pouse  a,  quelques  observations  de
  L. Hermann,  de Konigsberg.  Arch.  ital. de  biol., Tu-
  rin,  1893, xix, 73-81.  -----.  Differenziale  contegno  di fi-
  bre nervose motrice e sensorie ad un eccitamento elettrico
  di eguale intensity.  Rendic. r. Ist. Lomb., Milano, 1897. 2.
  s., xxx, 1481-1488.  Also:  Gazz. nied. lomb., Milano, 1898,
  lvii, 11-13.   AUo, transl:  Arch. ital. de  biol., Turin,
  1898,  xxix, 259-266. -----. Ritardata reazione dal nervo
  umano elettrizzato.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Rendic,
  Milano,  1900,  2. s, xxxiii,  905-914.—Oppenlieim  (H.)
  Ueber elektrische Reizung der ersten Dorsalwurzel  beim
  Mensehen.   Berl. klm.  Wchnsehr., 1896, xxxiii, 753.—
  Overton (E.)  Ueber die Uueutberlichkeit der Natrium-
  ionen  fiir die  Tatigkeit  des zentraleu und periphereu
  Nervensystems.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.
  u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz.. 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte.,416-419.—Paerna
  (N.)   Funetionelle Veranderungen des Nerven im Elek-
  trotonus.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903-4, c, 145-
  181.— Pfliiger (E.)   Zur Geschichte des electiopolaren
  ICrregungsgesetzes.   Ibid., 188.1, xxxi, 119- 133. — Pio-
  trowski (G.)  O pr^dzie  osiowyni w nerwach.  [On the
  axial current of nerves.]   Rozpr.  Akad. Umiej. wydz.
  matemat.-pizyr.. Krakow,  1891, 2. s., i,  233-242. -----. O
  wahaniu wstecznem przy pobudzaniu rdznych miejsctego
  samego nerwu.  [On the retrograde oscillation on stimula-
  tion of various places of the same nerve.]  Ibid , 286-316.
  -----. Ueber deu Ausgaugspunkt der F^rreguug und die
  elektrotonischen Erscheinungen  bei InductioiisstrSmen.
  Centralbl.  f.  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wieu, 1892-3, vi, 781-
  785.  -----.  Nouvelle  methode pouT  demoutrer le point
  de de-part d'exeitation, aiusi que  les phenonifenes  61ec-
  trotoniques dans  l'emploi  des  courants d'iuductions.
  Compt. rend.  Soc. de  biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 164-167__
  Poliakotl' (Frl. S.)  Ueber die Erregbarkeit von Nerv
  und Muskel  perfundirter Frosche.   Arch.  f. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1903,392.—PopofflV. N.)  Raspolozheuiye iustru-
  mentov dlya  opredleleuiya perioda reaktsii  i  skorosti
  rasprostraneniya vozbuzhdeniyapo nervu  na eheloviekle.
  [Disposition of'iustrnments for determining the period of
  reaction  and rapidity of distribution of a stimulus along a
  nerve in  man.]   Trudi flziol. lab. Imp. Moskov. Univ.,
  1893, iv. 476-478.—Prus (J.)  O objawach,  wy8te.pujacych
  pod wplywen  elektryczuego  podraznienia  cialka pra/Ako-
  wanego  i  wzgdrka  wzrokowego.   [Phenomena  arising
  under electric stimulation  of tlie striate  body aud  optic
  thalamus. ]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s., xix,  1145;
  1174; 1215; 1232. AUo: Przegl. lek., Krakow. 1899, xxxviii,
  521; 534; 551; 567.  AUo.transl: Wieu. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1899, xii, 1199-1207. -----. Untersuchungen iiber elektri-
  sche  Reizung  der Vierhiigel.   Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,
  1899,  xii, 1124-1130— Radzikowski (0.)   Action  du
  champ de force electrique .sur les nerfs isoles de la gre-
  nouille.  Ann. Soc. roy. d.  sc. med. et nat.  de Brux.. 1899,
  viii,  265-296. -----. Contribution k l'etude de l'electrlcite
  neiveuse.  Mem. couron. . .  . Acad. roy. d. se de Belg.,
  Brux., 1899-1900, lix, pt. 2,  1-24.  -----. Iiniuuuite electri-
  que des nerfs.  Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat.de Brux.,
  1899,  viii, 297-310. -----. Neue Versuche iiber deu Ac-
  tionsstrom  iu unerregbaren  Nerven.  Arch. f.  d.  ges.
  Phvsiol., Bonn, 1901, Txxxiv, 57-66.—Rakhimoflf (I.)
  Izslledovauiye nad vliyauiyeni galvanicheskavo volnotoka
  na bluzhdayushtshiy nerv.   [Research on the influence of
  the galvanic  current  upon  the  vauus  nerve,.]  Fi/.iol.
  shornik (Ilanilevski), Kharkov,  1891,  ii,  357-3  4.— Rei-
  iliert (E. T.)  Conductivity vs. irritability.  Univ.  M.
  Mai.'.,  Phila.,  1892-3,  v, 553.—Remak.   Note addition-
  nelle au m6iuoire sur Taction physioh>gi<|ue et therapeu-
  tique dn  courant galvanique  constant  sur les nerfs et les
  muscles  de  Thomme.   Compt.  rend. Acad.  d.  sc,  Par.,
  1856, xliii, 655. — Richter  (E.)  Neue  Gesetze der Erre-
  gung vou Siuuesuerveu und  2 neue Electrodenpaare fiir
  das Our  uud  das  Auge.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh.,  Berl.,
  1900,  xxxiv, 454-468—Romano (A.) Intorno alia  na-
  tura ed alle  rai:ioui del colorito  giallo dei  centri nervosi
  elettrici.   Auat.  Anz, Jena, 1900, xvii.   177-183. -----.
  Per la isiogenesi dei centri nervosi elettrici.   Ibid..  1901-
  2. xx, 513-535 — Roncoroui (L.) & Voena (G.)  L' elet-
  tricit& statica applicata alio studio dell' eccitabilitk nerveo- 
NERVOUS.                                        514                                       NERVOUS.
Aervon*  system  (Electrophysiology  of).
  muscolare, e coilfronto coi  risultati otteiuiti colle correuti
  faradica e continua  Gior. d. r.  Accad. di nied. di Torino,
  Ism. 3.  s., xlii. 485-500—Nnlomonson (J.  K. A. W.)
  Ceberdeu Rei/werih siuusoidaler Stronie von holier Fre-
  iiuenz.  Arch.f. d.ges. Phvsiol., lioun, 1904, cvi, 120-140.—  I
  Nuwicki (J. W.i   Wplvw c/ynnikdw lizycznycb i che-  ,
  miczuych  na  elektryiv.no wlasnosci nerwow i  innych
  tkauek oraz znaczenie'jego  dia teoi yi tych wlasnosci.   [In-
  ttuence of physical and  chemical agents on the electric
  properties of nerves aud other tissues; also its importance
  for the theory of those propel ties.]  Pain. Towarz. Lek.
  Warszaw.. 1-92. lxxxviii, 1; 341  — Scarpa (0.)  Un dis-
  positif simple pour la mesure de faildes forces 6Iectromo-
  triees i tissus animaux, piles de concentration, etc.).  Arch.
  internat. de physiol.. Liege Sc Par..  1905-6. iii, 183-190—
  Nehalernikow (M.)  Reizung del Nerven mit drei-
  arniigin  Elektioden.  Centralbl. f.  d. med. Wissensch.,
  Perl.. l89">. xxxiii, 449-452.  AUo, transl..-  Trudi flziol. inst.
  Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1896. v, 35-39— Mchencki F.)  Zusatz
  zu der Abhandlung von W. Achelis: Ueber tripolare Ner-
  venreizung, etc.  Arch.  f.  d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904-5,
  cvi 308-371.—Schilling (J.)  Xeuric and electric forces.
  Alienist  \  Xenrol.. St.' Louis,  ls'.to,  xi,  184; 310; 485—
  Nchullz (P.)  Aktionsstroiu ohne Aktion.  Zentralbl. f.
  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien. 1904, xvni. 619.—ttgobbo ( F. P.)
  Stiidio  sulle modificazioni del  polso cerebrale  durante
  T  applieazione  della  corrente galvanica  sul  capo  e  sul
  simpatico al collo  e dietro T uso del  solfouale.   Mor-
  gagiii, Milano,  1892,  xxxiv,  387-391. — Sigerson  (G.)
  Influence of solenoids on  the nervous system.   Brit. M.
  J., Lond , 1879,  i, 620.—Motor (G.)  Le galvanophore neu-
  romusoulaire.  J. de physiol. et de path,  gen., Par.. 1902,
  iv, 112*.— Nollier (P.)   Action  du courant electrique sur
  lo cerveau. Arch, d'electric med.,  Bordeaux,  1895, iii,
  :!27. ------. L'euergie nerveuse  et Tenergie electrique, a
  propos de la theorie des neuro-dieleetriques.  Arch, de
  neurol.. Par.. 1900. 2. s., x. 297-301— ."solvay (E.), Heger
  (P.i A; <Scrard (L.)  Commuuication preamble au sujetde
  differences de potentiel existanten divers points des nerfs
  pendant le fonctioiineineiit vital.  Bull. Acad. rov.  d. sc.
  de Belg., Brux., 1891, 3. s., xxi, 811-810—Sosnowski (J.)
  O zjawiskaOh elektiycznvch w nerwach zwierz^t  ss^cych.
  (Ueber die elektrischen Erscheiuungen in den Sangetier-
  nerven.)  Bull, internat.  Acad.d. se.do Craeovie. 1900, 137-
  151. ------.  Badania uad oporem nerwow.  I. Mierzenie
  oporu metod% elektrometryczu%.  [Investigation of the re-
  sistance of nerves.  I. Measurement of resistance by the
  electronietric melhol.]  Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przvr.
  Akad.Umiej , Krakow, 1901,3.s.,i, A.345-349. AUo.transl:
  Bull.intei nat. Acad.d. sc.deCraeovie, 1901.311-315. ------.
  Ueber den Querwidei stand parallelfaserigerGebilde.  Zen-
  tralbl. f.  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1905-6, xix. 641-644. —
  Now to u (iii st S. C. M.)   On the reflex  electrical effects
  in mixed  nerve aud in the anterior and posterior roots.
  Proc.  Roy. Soe., Lond., 1898-9, lxiv, 353-359.------. Obser-
  vations on the electromotive phenomena of non-meddilated
  nerve.  Ibid.. 1900, lxvi, 379-389, 1 pl—Ntarr (M. A.) Sc
  Young (C. I.)  Responses to  the alienating galvanic
  current  in normal and degeueiate muscles.   Am. J. M.
  Sc, Phila., 1891, n. s., cii, 301-370.—Stein (S. T.)  Erklii-
  rniig der in Heft iii d. J. mitgetheilten "elektrischen Er-
  schejnuug".  Memorabilien, Heilbr.. 1887, n. F.. vii. 193.—
  Sfeinach (E.)  Ueber die centripetale En eguugsleitung
  im Bereiche des Spinalgauglions. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn., 1890, lxxviii, 291-314, 1 pl.—Stewart (G. X.)   The
  effect of stimulation on the polarisation of nerve  j. Phy-
  siol., Cambridge,  1888, ix,  26-38. ------.  On the  stimula-
  tion effects in a polarised nerve during and after  the flow
  of the polarising  current.  Ibid.. 1880, x, 458-531.  Also:
  Stud.  Physiol. Lab. . . . Owens Coll.,  Manchester, 1891, i,
  8-100—Stone (W.H.)  On the electrical resistance ofthe
  human body.  St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1882, Lond., 1883,
  n. s., xii,  203-213—Mzili  (Ai  Apparat zur  Untersu-
  chuug des Elektrotonu-.   Ungar. Arch. f. Med., Wiesb.,
  1893,  ii,  70-75.—Tehiriev (S.)  Proprietes 6lectromo-
  tnces des muscles et des  nerfs.  J. de physiol. et de  path.
  gen.,  Par..  1902.  iv, 605-614.  ------.  Laquelle des hypo-
  theses de l'electrotonus des  nerfs est vraie?  Ibid., 1903 v
  469-490—Tigerstedt (R.)  Die durcli einen  koustanteii
  Strom in den Nerven hervorgerufenen Veranderungeu der
  Erregbarkeit, mittels uiechanischer Reizung untersucht.
  Mitth. v.  physiol. Lab.  d. Carolin.  med.-chir.  lust, in
  Stockholm, 1882, 1. Hft., 1-47,10 pl.  Also, Reprint.______.
  Ueber innere Polarisation in den Nerven.  Mitth. v. phy-
  siol. Lab. d. Carolin. nied.-chir. Inst, in Stockholm  1882
  2. Hft., 1-48, 4 pl—Tigerstedt (R.) <fc Willhard (A.)
  Zur Kenntniss der Einwirkung  von  Inductionsstioineu
  auf den Xerven.  lb,d., 1883, 3. lift., 1-45, 2 pl.  AUo Re-
  print.— Torsellini (I).)  Sul modo di saggiare colla elet-
  tric-ita la eccitabilita nervosa e la contrattilita- muscolare
  Boll. d. Soc tra  i  cult.  d. sc. med. iu Sieua, 1884, ii, 29-
  31—Tour (T.)   Le telephone comme indicateur de Tex-
  citatiou nerv. use.  J. de physiol. et  de  path. gen   Par
  1904. vi. 683-687 —rsehiniiky.   Ueber  die Reizung des
  Froschriiekeumarks mit  Kettenstrdnien.  Arch f <1  ges
  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1.-85-6, xxxvii. 57-68.—dc  Varigny
  (H.-C.)  Sur le-, variations de l'excitabilite electrique et de
»rvous  system  (Electrophysiology  of),
  la periode d'exeitation latente du cerveau.  Coinpt. lend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par.. l8s4, xcviii, 920-928. — von  Viiiisch-
  gau (M.)  "Wirkung  der  Inductioiisstibine  bei  einer
  langen iutrapolaren  Nervenstrecke.   Arch. f. d. m,.., p})v.
  siol., Bonn,  1886-7, xl. 08-127. —von  Vintscbgau (M\)
  Sc Lustig  (A.)  Zeitmessende Beobachtun-en iiher die
  Wahrnehinung des  sich entwickelnden pn^itiveu  Nail).
  bibles eines elektrischen Funkens.   Ibid.. 188.1-4, xxxiii
  494-512. — Wachsner.   Die  Wirkung des elektri'
  schen Inductionsstroines auf subcutane ICinspiitziiiiueii.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1887. xiii  1099-
  1102. —  "Waller (A. D.)  On the influence of reagents on
  the electrical excitability of isolated nerve.  lirain Lond
  1896, xix, 43; 277. 12 pl. ------. Effects of CO., and of Et,0
  upon the polarisation increment, upon electrotonic varia-
  tions, aud upon electrotonic currents.   Proc. Physiol. Soc,
  Loud.,  1896,  pp.  vii-ix.  ------. Observations ou isolated
  nerve; electrical changes a measure  of  physico-chemical
  change.  [Abstr.]  Proc. Roy. Soc.  Lond., 1896, lix, 308-
  312.  ------.  Influence of alterations of temperature  upon
  the electrotonic currents of medullated nerve.  Ibid., 1896-
  7,  lx, 383-393. -----. Actiousstrom  ohne Action.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901, xv,  385. _____.
  Ueber die negative Schwankung und den clektrotonischcn
  Quotient  Ah-K  des markhaltigen   Warmbliiternerven.
  Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1904. xviii, 33-30—
  Waller (A.) Sc l>e Wattcvillc (A.)  On the influence
  of the galvanic current on the excitability of the  motor
  nerves of mau.   Phil. Tr.  1882,  Lond.,  18a:i. clxxiii, 961-
  991, 2 pl.— Wedcnsky  (N. E.)  Ueber  einige liezieliun-
  geu zwischen der Reizstiirke uud der  Tetanushdlie hei in-
  directer Reizung.  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1885-6,
  xxxvii,  69-72.  ------. Le telephone comme indicateur de
  l'excitation du neif;  k propos des objections faites par M.
  Tehiriev. J.  de  physiol. et de path. g6n , Par., 1903. v,
  1042-1051.— Weiss  (G.)   Excitation du nerf par deux
  ondes 61ectriqiies  successives et tr6s  courtes.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 400-402. -----.
  La loi  de  l'excitation  61ectrique des  nerfs.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, exxxii, 1143-1145.  Also:
  Compt.  rend. Soc. de  biol..  Par., 1»01,  11. s., iii,  466-
  468.  ------.  Recherches  sur l-s constantes  physiques
  qui  intervienuent dans  l'excitation  electrique du nerf.
  Coinpt.   rend.  Acad.  d. sc,  Par.,  1901,  exxxii,  1068.
  ------. Recherches sur l'excitation des nerfs par les cou-
  rants de tr£s  courte dur6e.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 253. ------. Role de la quantite d'elec-
  tricit6 dans l'excitation des  nerfs.  Ibid., 440.   Also:
  Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi,  55. -----. Su-
  perposition de deux excitations electriques successives en
  un roeme point d'uu nerf.  Arch. ital.  de biol.,  Turin,
  1901-2, xxxv,  193. ------. Excitation  electrique du uerf
  par  deux ondes tr&s  courtes de sens  inverse.  J. de
  physiol. etde  path, gen., Par., 1902,  iv, 820-828. -----.
  Influence de la temp6rature sur la  conduction du nerf.
  Compt.  rend.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1386-1388.
  ------. A propos de Tarticle de  Hoorweg sur l'excita-
  tion  electrique des  nerfs.  Arch. ital.  de biol.,  Turin,
  1902-3, xxxviii, 172-174. ------. La conductibilite et l'ex-
  citabilite des nerfs.  J. de physiol. et de paih. g£n., Par.,
  1903. v,  1-14. ------.  Sur l'excitation electrique des nerfs.
  Ibid., 238-244.—Weiss (O.)  Der Axialstrom des Nerven.
  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte  1903,
  Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 426-428—Wci'i«o (B.)  Ueber
  die secundiiren Erregbarkeitsaiiderungen an der Kathode
  eines andauernd polarisirten Froschnerven.  Centralbl. f.
  d. med.  Wissensch..  Berl.. 1882, xx, 945-947. -----. Ceber
  die Reizung des Nerven  mil dreiarmigeii Elektioden.
  Arch. f. d.'ges.  Physiol., Bonn,  1899,  lxxvi.  517-530—
  Wertheim  Salomouson (J. K. A.)   Sulla contra-
  zione iniziale e linale nell'  eccitamento per mezzo di cor-
  renti alternate frequenti.  Ann.  d. elett. nied.  fete], Na-
  poli, 1904, iii, 201-208.—Westphal (A.)  Die elektrischen
  Erregbarkeitsverhaltnisse  des  peripherischen Nerven-
  systems des Mensehen in jugendlichem Zustaud und ihre
  Beziehun<:en zu dem anatomisclien Bau desselben.   Aich.
  f. Psychiat., Berl.. 1894, xxvi, 1-98, 4 pl—Westphal ((.'.)
  Die  elektrische  Erregbarkeit der Nerven und Muskeln
  Neugeborener. Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1886, v, 361-363.
  AUo, in his: Ges.  Abhaudl.,  8°, Berl.,  1892, ii,  833—
  Winkler  [C]  Sc   Wiardi  Beckman  [J.]   Over
  den invloed, dieu deademhalingoudergaat, door faradischo
  prikkeling van eenige sensibele- eu zintuigszenuwen. K.
  Akad. v. Wetensch.  te Amst.  Versl., 1899. vii. 441-450. 1
  ch.  Also:  K. Akad. v.  Wetensch. te Amst.   Proc. sect.
  sc, 1899. i, 361-371, 1 ch. — Witthaucr (R.)   Euie elek-
  trische  Erscheinung.  Memorabilien. Heilbr., 1887, n v.,
  vii, 138.  See, also, supra, Stein.— Woodworth (II. tv)
  The electric conductivity of mammalian nerve.  Thomp-
  son Yates & Johnston Lab. Rep., Liverp.. 1903, u. s., v, 61-
  66—Yatsevich (M. V.)  O razdrazhenii spinuavo mozga
  galvanicheskiin  voluotokom.  [On stimulation of spinal
  cord  by galvanic current.]  Fiziol. sbornik (Danih-vski),
  Kharkov, 1891, ii, 481-488—Zanielowski (J.)  Poszuki-
  wania nad zmianami clektrotouycznemi pobudliwosci ner-
  w6w wykouane za pomoea. kondensatora.  [Researches on
  electrotonic changes of the irritability of nerves obtained 
                                                                                                         V


NERVOUS.                                     515                                     NERVOUS,
Xervous  system  (Electrophysiology of).
  by means of the condensator. j  Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz.
  niatemat.-przyr., Krakow, 1896, 2. s., x, 93-139, 2 pl.  AUo
  [Outline]-. Bull, iuteruat. Acad. d. sc. de Craeovie, 1895,
  153-156. -----. Graphische Studien iiber die Erregbark-
  keitsverhaltuisso im Elektrotonus.  SiUuugsb. d.k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI., \Vien, 1897, cvi, 183-196,
  1 pl. — von Ziemsseu.  Historisches von der Entar-
  tungsreaclion ; Kntgegiiung auf Erb's gleiclinainigen Ar-
  tikel in Xo. 47.  Berl. klin. Wchuschr., 1885. xxii, 853-855.

rVervous system (Embryology of).
    See, also, Nervous system (Sympathetic).
    Bkacxis (H.)   L'evolution  du  systeme  ner-
  veux.  ]2°.  Paris,  1890.
    Hensex (V.)    Die  Eutwickeltingsmechanik
  der Nerveubahnen iin  Em >ryo der Siiugetiere.
  Ein Probeversncb.   ^ \  Kiel .f- Leipzig,  1903.
    His (W.)   Die Entwickelung  des mensch-
  licben  Rautenhirus   vom  Ende des ersten  bis
  zum  Begiun des  dritteu Mounts.  I. Verliin-
  gertes Mark.  roy. 8-.  Leipzig, 1690.
    Repr.from: Abhandl. d. k.  sachs. Gesellsch d. Wis-
  sensch. zu Leipz.  Math-naturw. CI., 1890, xvii.
    Merk (L.)   Die  Mitosen  im Ccntralnerven-
  systeuie.   Ein Beitrag zur Ldire  vom  Wachs-
  thuiu desselben.   fol.   Wien,  1>*7.
    Repr. from.- Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d.Wissensch.,Wien,
  188Y
    Valenza (G. B.)   Nuove ricerche sulla genesi
  degli elementi uervosi e nevroglici e sul loro re-
  ciproco rapporto.   Lavoro postumo pubblicato a
  cura  di A. Anile  e preceduto  da  una  biografia
  dell'autore.   8  .   Napoli, 1699.
    Vigxal(W.)    D6veloppemeut  des  61e'ments
  du systeme nerveux cer^bro-spinal; nerfs pe"ri-
  pheriques; moelle;  couches  corticales  du  cer-
  veau  et du cervelet.   8°.   Paris, 16*9.
    Allen (E. J.)  Some  points in the histology of the
  nervous system of the embryonic lobster.  Proc. Roy. Soc.
  Loud., 1894, lv, 407-414.—Alien* Rappers (C. U.)  Re-
  cherches sur le developpement des  gaines dans le tube
  nerveux.  Petrus Camper.  Nederl. bijdr. t. de anat., Haar-
  lem Sc Jena, 1903, ii, 223-268, 1 pl. — Bnrbieri (N.-A.)
  Cycle 6volutif des tissus prives de leurs  rapports iutimes
  avec les nerfs.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d.  se.,  Par., 1903,
  cxxxvi, 249.—Barker (L. F.)  The  development of the
  human nervous system.   Maryland M.  J., Bait.,  1890.
  xxxv, 73-76. — Beard (J.)  The histogenesis of nerve.
  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1892, vii, 290-302.   See, also, infra, von
  Koelliker.—Bcaunis (II.) L'6volutiou (In systeme ner-
  veux.  Rev. scient.. Par., 1888, xlii. 257; 360; 757: 1889, xliii,
  8. — Below (E.)  Riickentnarks-See.le und Hirnentwick-
  lung.  Allg. med.  Centr.-Ztg.,  Berl.. 1896, lxv,  136;  147;
  159.— Cannieu (A.) Notes embryologiques sur les gan-
  glions spinaux.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. de Bordeaux,
  1897, xviii. 340: 1898, xix, 126.  Also [Abstr.]: J. de med.
  de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 245.  Also [Abstr.]:  Compt.
  rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1898, exxvi. 1373.—Chiarugi (G.)
  Sullo sviluppo di alcuni nervi cerebrali e spinali.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena,  1889, iv, 31.—C'ojggi (A.)  Sullo sviluppo del
  sistema nervoso periferico dei vertebrati e su una nuova
  classificazione dei  principuli organi di senso  Monitore
  zool. ital., Firenze, 1905,  xvi, 298-314.—Cox (W. H.)  De
  ontwikkelingder zintuig-zenuwen.  Psychiat. BL, Amst.,
  1896. xiv, 24-54. —Ferret  (P.)  <fe  Weber (A.)  Pheno-
  nienes de dedoublement du tube nerveux chez de jennes
  embryons de poulet.  Bibliog. anat.,  I'ar. Sc Nancy, 19i)4.
  xiii, 8-10.----------. Absence de developpement de por-
  tions de la plaque medullaire.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1904,  lvi, 188-190.-----------. Cloisonnements et
  bourgeounementsdu tube nerveux d'embry ons de poulets.
  Ibid..  288-290.—Frajjnito (O.)  La  cellula nervosa rap-
  presenta un' unita embriologica?  Ann. di nevrol., Napoli,
  1899. xvii, 109-115.   AUo. transl.: Centralbl. f. Nervenh.
  u. Tsychiat., Cobleuz & Leipz., 1900, u. F., xi, 1-5. -----.
  Le developpement de la cellule nerveuse et les canalicules
  de Holmgren.  Bibliog.  anat., Par.  & Xancy,  1901, ix,
  72-79 — C.oldsteiu  (K.)  Kritische  und experimentelle
  Beitrage zur Frage nach dem Einfluss des Zentralnerven-
  systems anf die einliiyoiiale Entwicklung und die Rege-
  neration.  Arch. f. Entwcklngstnecbu. d. Organ., Leipz.,
  1904. xviii,  57-110, 3  pl.—His (W.)  Die  Entwickelung
  der ersten Nervenbahnen  beim mensehlichen Embryo;
  iibersichtliche Darstellung. Arch. f. Anat. u.  Entwck-
  lngsgesch..  Leipz., 1887.  368-378. -----. On the  develop-
  ment of the  roots of the  nerves and on their propagation
  to the central organs and  to the  periphery.  Rep. Brit.
  Ass. Adv. Sc. 1887, Lond., 1888, lvii, 773-775. -----. Ueber
  die embryonale Entwickeluug der Nervenbahuen.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1888, iii, 499-506.  AUo.-  Verhandl. d. anat. Ge-
I¥ervous system (Embryology of).
  sellsch., Jeua, 1888, ii, 9-16.  -----. Die Xeuroblasteu uud
  deren Entstehung im embryonalen  Mark.  [From: Ab-
  handl. d. k. siichs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., xxvi.]  Arch.
  f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1889, 249-300, 4 pl.     \
  -----. Ueber die Eutwickelung des Riechlappens  und
  des Riechgauglious und iiber diejenigo des verlaugerten
  Markes.  Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch.. Jena, 1889, 63-66—
  ■lis (W.), jr. Ueber die Entwickelung des Bauchsym-
  pathicus beim Hiihnchcn uud Mensehen.  Arch. f. Anat.
  u. Eutwcklngs^esch., Leipz., 1897,  Suppl.-Bd.,  137-170,
  1 pl.—Hosel (0.)  Beitrage  zur Marksckeideneutwick-
  lung im Gebirn und in der Medulla oblongata des  Men-
  sehen.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,  1900, vii,
  265; 345.—Hughes  (C  II.)  The evolution of  the neu-
  raxis: nature's building of the  braiu and  spinal  cord.
  Alienist Sc Neurol., St. Louis, 1903, xxiv, 80-97, 1 pl.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Jackson (J. H.)  Remarks ou evolution and
  dissolution of the nervous system.  J. Ment. Sc, Loud.,
  1887-8, xxxiii, 25-48.  AUo, 'Reprint.— Jacoby  (G. W.J
  The siguificauce of the epiblastic origin  of the central
  nervous system.  X. York M. J., 1888, xlvii, 477-480.  Also,
  Reprint.—von  Koelliker (A.) Ueber  die  Entwicke-
  lung der Eleinente des Nervensystems contra  Beard und
  Dohrn.  Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1892, vi, 76-
  78. -----.  Ueber die Entwickelung der  Nerveufasern.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv,  Ergnzngshft.,  7-16. -----.
  Die  Entwicklung  der  Eleinente  des  Nervensystems.
  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905, lxxxii, 1-38. 4 pl.—
  Kohii (A.)  Ueber  die  Entwicklung des  peripheren
  Nervensystems.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 11)05, xxvii,  Ergnzngs-
  hft.,  145-150.— vou  Lenhossek (M.)  Zur  Keuntniss
  der ersteu Entstehung der Nerveuzellen und Xerveufasern
  beim Vogelembryo.   Verhandl. d. x.  internat. med. Cong.
  1890, Berl.,  1891, ii, 1. Abth., 115-124.—ITIandl (L.)  Re-
  cherches sur le d6veloppement  des elements nerveux.
  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc,  Par., 1857, xliv, 991.—iVIiuot
  (C.  S.)   Die friihen Stadieu und  die  Histogenese dea
  Nervensystems.  Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch.
  1896, Wiesb., 1897, vi, 687-738. —rVcumnyer  (L.)  Alte
  uud neue Probleme auf dem Gebiete der Entwicklung des
  Zentralnervensystems. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f.  Mor-
  phol.  u. Physiol,  iu Miinchen (1903), 1904,  xix, 1-15.—
  Pighini (G.)  Sur l'origine et la formation des cellules
  nerveuses chez les embryons de selaciens.  Bibliog. anat.,
  Par. Sc Nancy, 1905, xiv, 94-105.—Piatt (Julia B.)  Octo-
  genetic differentiation of  the   ectoderm iu  Necturus.
  Study II. On the development of the peripheral  nervous
  system.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,  1895-6, xxxviii, 485-
  547, 3 pl.—Baffaele (F.)  Per  la  genesi dei nervi da
  catene cellulari.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 337-344.—
  Nchaper (A.)  Die friihesten Differenzirungsvorgange
  im Centralnervensystem; kritische Studio und  Versuch
  einer  Geschichte  der Entwickelung  nervoser Substanz.
  Arch. f. Entweklugsmeehn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1897, v, 81-
  132.—Schultzc (O.)  Ueber die  Entwickelung des peri-
  phereu  Nervensystems.  Anat.  Anz., Jena,  1904,  xxv,
  Ergnzngshft., 2-7. -----.  Nachtrag zu meineiu auf der
  Anatomenversatumlung in Jena gehaltenen Vortrag iiber
  die Entwicklung des peripheren  Nervensystems.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 131-140.—Sedgwick (A.)   On the
  inadequacy of the cellular theory of  development, aud on
  the early development of nerves, particularly of the third
  nerve and of the sympathetic iu Elasmobranchii.  Quart.
  J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,  1895,  xxxvii,  87-101. —Sokoloflf
  (D. A.)  O razvitii perifericheskikh nervov u novorozhden-
  nikh dietei.  [Development ofthe peripheral nerves in new-
  born  children.]   Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach. v  S.-Peterb.,
  1890, v, 43-48.—Strasser (II.)  Alto und neue Probleme
  der entwickeluiigsgeschichtlichen Forschung auf dem Ge-
  biete  des Nervensystems.  Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwck-
  lngsgesch.,  Wiesb., 1892, ii, 505-603.—Streeter (G. L.)
  The development of the cranial aud  spinal nerves in the
  occipital region of  the human  embryo.  Am. J. Anat.,
  Bait.,  1904-5, iv, 83-116, 4  pl.—Sutton (J.  B.)  Ou the
  evolution of the central nervous system  of vertebrata.
  Braiu, Loud., 1888-9,  xi, 336-342. -----.  The intestinal
  origin of the canal of the central nervous system.  Illust.
  M. News, Loud., 1889, ii, 297-300.—Trinchcse  (S.)  Ri-
  cerche sulla  formazione delle piastre motrici.  Mem. r.
  Accad. d. sc. d. Ist.  di Bologna.  1891, 5. s., ii, 279-286.—
  Vignal (W.)  Developpement des elements du  systeme
  cerebrospinal chez l'liomme  et  les mammiferes.   Rev.
  scient,. Par., 1890, xiv, 626-629.—Vogt (H.)  Ueber Ziele
  und Wege der teratologischen Hiriifoi'schungs-Methode.
  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,   1905,  xvii,
  337; 415.

I\Iervou* system (Ganglionic).
    See Nervous system (Sympathetic).

Nervous system (Glioma of)
    Baumaxx (G.)   "Beitrag  zur Kenntniss  der
  Gliome  und Neurogliome.   8°.   Tubingen, 1687.
    Also [Rev.], in: Beitr. z. path.  Anat. u.  Physiol., Jena,
  1888, ii, 500-509. 
NKKV0U8.
516
NERVOUS.
JVervous system (Glioma of).
    Tappeser  (J.)  * Beitrag zur  Casuistik  der
  Gliome des Gross- und Kleinhirnes, des Riicken-
  marks uud  der Retina.   [ Wurtzburg. ]   8°.
  Altenesseu, 1902.
    Eshncr (A. A.) A case of gliomatosis.  Medicine,
  Detroit, 1902, viii,  982-986.—L.yubovieh (I. T.) K ka-
  zuistikle spinnomozgovovo gliomatoza. [Cerebrospinal
  gliomatosis.] Vrach. Zapiski,  Mosk., 1894, i, 18; 31.—
  Oberthiir (J.)  Contribution k l'etude du gliome des
  centres nerveux.  Coug. d. med. ali6nistes et neurol. do
  France... C.-r.. Par., 1902, ii, 168-172.  AUo: Centre
  med. et pharm., Gannat, 1902-3, viii, 49-51.  AUo: Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1902, x, 808-810.—Sangalli (G.)  Glioma
  e sarcoma degli organi cerebro-spinali.  R. Ist. Lomb. di
  sc. e lett.  Rendic, Milano, 1892,  2. a., xxv,  936-941.—
  Saxer.  Gliome und epitheliale Geschwiilste des Central-
  Nervensystems. Verhaudl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch.
  1901, Berl., 1902, 203.—White (R. G.)  Note on a case of
  hypertrophic nodular gliosis.  Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat.,
  Edinb., 1905, iii, 662-665, 3 pl.
JVervous system (Hemorrhage in).
    See, also, Brain, Spinal cord,  Hemorrhage in.
    Chmielewska (W.)  * Le  liquide  c6phalo-
  racbidien dans les b^morragies du n6vraxe.  8°.
  Geneve,  1905.
    Milliet (A.)   * De la valeur diaguostiqne de
  la pouction  lonibaiie dans les beniorragies du
  nevraxe.  8°.  Paris, 190i.
    Couvclaire (A.) Hemorragies du systeme  nerveux
  central des uouveau-nes dans leurs rapports avec la nais-
  sance prematuree et 1'accouchement laborieux.  Ann. do
  gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1903,  lix, 253-268, 3 pl.—Dana
  (C. L.) Sc  Mehlapp (M. G.) A case of hemorrhagic en-
  cephalitis and  myelitis.  J. Nerv.  Sc Ment. Dis., N. V.,
  1900, xxvii, 152-15.").—Foa (M.)  Sopra uu caso  di emor-
  ragia cerebro-spinale.   Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli,
  1905, xxi,  904-907.—Sabrazes (J.)  & iTIuratet (L.)
  Cellules eudoth61iales h6mato-macrophages dans le liquide
  c6phalo-rachidieu colore-, symptomatiques de l'hemorragie
  m6ningo-eucephalique.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de  biol., Par.,
  1903, lv, 912.
IVervous system (Histology of).
    See,  also,  Brain,  Cerebellum,  Histology of;
  Nerve; Nerve-cells (Histology, etc., of); Nerve-
  endings ; Nerve-fibres;  Nervous system (His-
  tology of, Methods  in);  Nervous sy»tem (Mor-
  phology  of);   Nervous  system  (Sympathetic);
  Neuroglia;  Neuronophagy; Neurons,  etc.;
  Spinal cord (Histology of).
    Dagonet (J.)   Les uouvelles recherches sur
  les elements  uerveux.   8°.  Paris, 1693.
    ------.  Systeme  nerveux  central.   Coupes
  histologiques photographies.  6°.  Paris,  1897.
    Edinger (L.)  Zebu Vorlesungeu iiber den
  Bau der uervoseu Centralorgane, fur Aerzte und
  Studireude.  8°.  Leipzig, 1885.
    ------.  The  same.  Zwolf Vorlesuugen.   2.
  Aufl.  8\ Leipzig, 1889.
    ------.  The  same.  3.  umgearbeitete  Aufl.
  8°.   Leipzig,  1892.
    -----.  The  same.  4.  Aufl.   8°.   Leipzig,
  189:?.                                     *  *'
    -----.  The  same.  5.  Aufl.   8°.   Leipziq,
  1896.
    -----.  The same.  v. 2.  6. Aufl.  8°.  Leip-
  zig, 1900.
    -----.  The  same.  6.   Aufl.   8°.   Leipzig,
  1904.
    -----.  The same.   7. Aufl.   1. Bd.  Das Zen-
  tralnervensystem des Mensehen und der Siiiige-
  tiere.  8°.  Leipzig, 1904.
    -----.  The   same.  Anatomie  des  centres
  nerveux.  Trad, de Fallemand  par M.  Siraud.
  8°.   Paris, 1869.
    ------.  The  same.  Twelve lectures  ou the
  structure of  the central  nervous system,  for
  physicians and students.  2. revised ed.  Transl.
  by  Willis Hall Vittum; edited by C.  Eugene
  Eiggs.   *.  Philadelphia $• London, 1890.
    -------.  The same.   The anatomy of the cen-
  tral nervous system of man  and of vertebrates
  in general.  Transl. from the 5. German ed. by
HFervoiis system (Histology of).
  W. S. Hall, assisted by P. L. Holland and E. P.
  Carlton.  8°.   Philadelphia, New  Tork df- Chi-
  cago, 1899.
    Fusari (R.)  Lo  stato  attuale  delle  nostra
  conoscenze  riguardauti  la lina anatomia degli
  organi  nervosi  centrali.  Discorso inaugurate.
  8°.  Fernara, 1892.
    Golgi (C.)  Uuter-mchuugeii  iiber  den  fei-
  ueren  Bau  des centralen  und  peripherischen
  Nervensystems.  Aus  dem Italienischen  iiber-
  setzt von R. Leuscher.   fol.  Jena, 1^91.
    His  ( W. )  O stroyeuli nashel nervnoi  sis-
  temi.   [ Structure  of  our  nervous   system.
  Transl.]  8°.   [Moscow, 18SI4.]
    See, aUo, infra.
    Hurt.vdo (F.)  * Breves reflexiones sobre la
  importancia  del estudio  histoltfgico de los ele-
  mentos  uerviosos, eu  anatomia  general.  8°.
  Mexico, 1889.
    Kleist (K.)  * Die Veranderungen der Spinal-
  ganglienzellen nach der Durchschneidung  der
  peripherischen Nerveu und der hinteren Wurzel.
  [Munich.]  8°.   Berlin, 1903.
    Kolliker (A.)   Zur  feiueren  Anatomie  des
  centralen   Nervensystems.   1.  Beitrag. Das
  Kleiuhirn.  8°.   Leipzig, 1890.
    Gutting from: Ztschr. f. wisseusch. Zool., Leipz., 1890,
  xlix.
    ------.  Tbe same.  2. Beitrag.   Das Riicken-
  mark.   8°.  Leipzig, 1890.
    Repr.from : Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz.,  1890, li.
    VON  Lenhossek (J.)   Neue Untersuchiingen
  iiber deu feinereu Bau des centralen Nervensys-
  tems des Mensehen.  4°.  [Wien, 1855.]
    Gutting from:  Denkschr.  d.  k. Akad. d. Wissensch.
  Mathemat.-nat. CI., "Wien, x.
    ------.  Der feiuere Bau des Nerveusystems
  im Licbte neuester Forschungen.  8°. Berlin,
  1893.
     ------.  Tbe same.  Eine allgemeiue Betracb-
  tung der Strukturprincipieu des Nervensystems,
  nebst einer Darstellung  des feinereu Baues des
  Riiekeninarkes.  2. Aufl.  8°.  Berlin, 1895.
     ------.  Beitrage zur Histologie des Nerven-
  systems uud der Sinnesorgaue.  8°.  Wiesbaden,
  1694.
     Lieberkuehn (N.)   * De structura ganglio-
  rum penitiori.   4°.  Berolini, [1849].
     Marburg ( O.)  Mikroskopisck - topographi-
  scher  Atlas des  mensehlichen  Zeutralnerveu-
  systenis mit begleitendem Texte.   Mit einem Ge-
  leitwort vou H.  Obersteiner.   8°.  Leipzig $
   Wien,  1904.
     Marceau (F.)  * Recherches sur l'hisfcologie
  et  le  developpement  compares  des  fibres  de
  Purkinje et des fibres cardiaques.  8°.  Nancy,
  1902.
     Mingazzini  (G.)   Sulla tiua struttura  della
  substantia nigra Soiniueringhii.  4°. Boma, 1888.
     Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d.  Lincei, Roma, 1888,
  eclxxv.
     Nageotte (J.)   La structure fine du systeme
  nerveux.  8°.   Paris, [1905].
     Nansen (F.)  The structure and coiubinatiou
  of tbe  histological elements of the central uerv-
  ous system.  8°.  [Bergen, 1887.]
     Gutting from: Bergens Mus.  Aarsber. 1886,  Bergen,
   1897.  -See, also, infra.
     Obersteiner (H.)  Die  neuereu  Anscbau-
   ungen  iiber  den  Aufbau des  Nervensystems.
   1(3°.  [n. p., n. rf.]
     Repr.from: Naturwissensch. Rundschau.
     ------.  Anleitung  beim Studium des Bauea
  der nervosen  Centralorgane im  gesunden und
  kranken Zustande.  8°.   Leipzig <f Wien, 1892.
     ------.  The same.   4.  Aufl.   8°.  Leipzig  J
   Wien, 1901. 
NERVOUS.                                      517                                     NERVOUS.
Xervous system (Histology of).
    Ogneff  (1.  F.)  Kouspekt   po  lektsiyani o
  stroyenii  tsentralnol   nervnoi sistemi,  cbitan-
  ntin v  1903 g.;  prosmotrieunly  i isptavleunly
  samini   professorom.   [Conspectus  of  his  lec-
  tures ou the  structure of  tbe central nervous
  system, delivered in 1903, verified aud corrected
  by himself.]   8°.  Moskra,  1903.
    Ram6n y Cajal (S.)   Les nouvelles ideYs sur
  la structure du systeme nerveux chez l'lionune et
  cbez les \ertebr6s.   Ed.  francaise, revue et aug-
  meut^e par l'anteur,  traduite de l'espa-guol par
  L.  Azoulay.   Preface de Mathias Duval.   8C.
  Paris, 1*94.
    See. also, infra.
    Richter (H.)   * Ueber das  Vorkommen  von
  Flimnierepithel  im  Ceutralorgan des Nerven-
  systems.  [Bern.]  8-\   Berlin, 1904.
   * Toel  ((}.  L.)  * Die  RanvieHschen Scbniir-
  ringe  markhiiltiger Nervenfaseni und  ihr  Ver-
  hiiltni-s zu deu Nourileminkernen.  8°.   Zurich,
  1875.
    Trakhtenberg  (M.  A.)   *0  nlekotorikh
  obshtshikb voprosakb  stroyeniya  tsentralnol
  nervnoi  sistemi.   [Certaiu general  questions as
  to the structure  of the central uervous system.]
  8C.  Kharkov,  1>93.
    Usoff.  Histologieheskoye izliedovaniye stro-
  yeniya  pervikk spinnlkh  uzlov.   [Histological
  researches couceruing tbe  formation of  spinal-
  nerve nodes. ]   4°.  [St. Petersburg, n. d.]
    Cutting from:  Trudi 1-vo s. r. e. Otd. anat. i flziol.

    Vogt  (C.)   Etude  sur  la  mye'linisation  des
  hemispheres cereliraux.   8°.  Paris, 1900.
    Acquisto (V.)  Sulla  struttura intima dell' elemento
  nervoso.  Pisani,  Palermo,  1896, xvii,  59-101.—Adam.
  kiewicz (A.)  O cialkach nerwowych czlowieka.  [The
  nerve corpuscles  of man.]  Przegl. lek. Krakow,  1888,
  xxvii, 337; 363; 373.  AUo, transl: Sitzungsb. d.k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,  Wien, 1888, xcvii, 24-
  43, 3 pl.   See, also, infra, Cybulski. — Anton.  Ueber
  Bau und Leistnng des centralen  Nervensystems.  Ber. d.
  naturw.-med. Ver.  in Innsbruck (1892-3),  1894,  xxi, pp.
  xvi-xviii.—Antouelli (G.)  II  m \ra.-se nel suo insieme,
  secondo le odierne dottrine  i.—.r«»l«»-_iitdie. Gior. internaz.
  d. seined., Napoli, 1899, n. s.,x\i, 1-14 —Baiter (F.) Re-
  cent discoveries in the nervous system.  Alienist Sc Neu-
  rol., St.  Louis, 1893, xiv, 420-147, 1 pl.  AUo:  N. Tork M.
  J., 1893, lvii, 657; 685.  Also, Reprint.—Barbieri (N.-A.)
  Essai d'analyse immediate du tissu uerveux.  Coinpt.  rend.
  Acad, d sc, Par., 1901, exxxiii, 344-346.  AUo: Cong, inter-
  nal, de m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol.
  [etc.], 248-250. -----. Essai d'analyse immediate du tissu
  nerveux.  Coinpt.  rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1902, exxxv,
  246-248. — Barker (L. F.)  Some  histological points in
  neurology.  Marylaud M. J., Bait., 1896-7, xxxvi,  57.—
  Beard  (J.)  The histogenesis of nerve.   Auat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1892, vii, 290-302.—Besta (C.)  Sulla struttura della
  guaina mielinica delle fibre nervose periferiche.  Riv.  sper.
  3ifreniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 104.—Bielschow-
  sky (M.) Die  Darstellung  der Axenzylinder  periphe-
  rischer  Nervenfasern und der  Axenzylinder  zentraler
  markhaltiger Nervenfasern; ein  Nachtrag zu der von mir
  angegebenen Impragnationstnethode der Neurofibrilleu.
  J. f. Psychol.u. Neurol.. Leipz., 1904-5, iv, 227-231. — Bloeq
  (P.) Sc yiarinesco (<>.)  Sur un systeme tubulaire spe-
  cial des nerfs.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1892,  9. s.,
  iv, 661-064.  Also, Reprint— Braehet (A.)  Sur l'bisto-
  genese et la signification niorphologique des fibres ner-
  veuses peripheriques,   Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de
  Brux. Hull., 1905, lxiii, 210-229, 1 pl.—Caleb (C. C.)  On
  the structure of the central nervous  system, with remarks
  ou a new theory.  Indian  M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896,  x, 249.—
  Capparelli (A.)  Ueber die feinere Struktur der dop-
  pelt kouturierten Nervenfasern.  Arch. f.  mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn. 1905, lxvi, 561-566.—Chassiotis (D.)  fitude his-
  tologique sur la structure dn cylindre d'axe des nerfs.
  Cong  d.  med.  grecs 1882, Constant.,  1883,  i,  90-98.—
  Chtewitz (J. H.)  Oversigtoverde nyere Undersogelser
  om Nervesystemets Sanimeusaetning.  [Review of modern
  researches on the structure of the nervous system.]  Bib-
  lioth. f.  Lseger, Kjobenh., 1893,  7. R., iv, 171-197.   AUo
  [Abstr.]: Kjobenh. med. Selsk. Forh.,  1892-3, 52.—C'hio
  (M.)   A  proposito  di una nota  del dott. Rebizzi: Sulla
  struttura della guaina mielinica.   Riv. di patol. nerv.,
  Firenze,  1904, ix, 575. — Cirincione (G.)   Storia  della
  struttura dei nervi.  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e  nat.,
  Napoli, 1889-90, i,  179-183.  -----. Rivendicazione  a Felice
  Fontana (1779) della scoperta  dell i guaina, della mielina e '
Nervous system (Histology of).
  del cilindrasse dei tubi nervosi.  Incurabili, Napoli, 1890, v,
  214-225.—Collin (K.) Sur les arborisations p6ricellulairea
  dans le noyau du corps trapezoide.  Bibliog. auat., Par. &
  Nancy, 1905,  xiv, 311-315.—Cox (W. H.)  De kennis vau
  het zenuwstelsel na Golgi.  Nederl. Tijdschr.  v. Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1895,  2. R., xxxi, pt. 1,  1135-1145,  1 pl. -----.
  Beitrage zur pathologischen  Histologie und Physiologie
  der Gauglienzellen.   Internat. Monatschr.  f. Anat.  u.
  Physiol., Leipz., 1898, xv, 241-258, 1 pl.—Cybulski (N.)
  Kilka uwag o cialkach nerwowych prof. Adamkiewicza.
  [On Prof. Adamkiewicz's nerve corpuscles.]   Przegl. lek.,
  Krakdw, 1888, xxvii, 585; 601; 025.  AUo, transl [Abstr.]:
  Centralbl. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1889, x, 449. -----.  Prof.
  Adamkiewicz i jego cialka nerwowe.   (. . . aud his nerve
  corpuscles.]  Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1889, xxviii, 624-620.—
  Deiuoor.  Structure intime du syste-ine nerveux.   Soc.
  roy. d. sc. m6d. et uat. deBrux.  Bull., 1896, 39-40.—Devic
  (E.)  Les recherches recentes sur la fine structure du sj-s-
  t^nie  nerveux central.  Province m6d., Lyon, 1893, vii,
  85; 109; 485;  541; 589.—Donaggio (A.)  I .analicoli del
  citoplasma nervoso o il loro rapporto cou uno spazio peri-
  nucleare.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Keggio-Euiilia, 1900, xxvi,
  188-190.  -----. The endocellular fibrillary reticulum and
  its relations  with  the fibrils of tho axis-cvlinder.  Kev.
  Neurol. & Psychiat., Ediub., 1905, iii, 81-100, 3 pl. on 6 1.—
  Edinger (L.)  Vorlesuugen iiber den Bau der nervosen
  Centralorgane.  Zool. Jahresb., Berl. (1896), 1897  (Ver-
  tebr.), 148.   See, also, supra.—Fdsall (D. L.) Sc  Sailer
  (J.) Peculiar bodies found in the central nervous system.
  Proc Path.  Soc Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 90-100. —Fa-
  jersztajn'(L)  Rzut oka na nowsze badania w dziedzinio
  anatomii ukladu nerwowego.  [Review  of the recent in-
  vestigations in the auatoniv of the uervous system.]  Gaz.
  lek., Warszawa, 1893, 2.  s.," xiii, 262; 289; 322.— Flatan
  ( E.)   Dstroj nerwowy w Swietle najnowszych badan.
  [Nerve structure in the light of recent researches.] Now.
  lek., Poznan, 1899, xi, 1; 47; 85r 127, 1 1., 1 pl._Fran-
  ceschi (F.)  Sulla topografia delle fibre motrici e sensi-
  tive nei  nervi misti.  Riv. di patol. nerv , Firenze, 1905,
  x, 401-412, 1 pl. — Fusari  (R.)   Alcune osservazioni  di
  fina anatomia nel  campo del sistema  nervoso periferico.
  Gior. d. r. Accad.  di med. di Torino, 1902, 4.  s., viii, 426-
  428. — Garbowski (T.)   Apathy's  Lehre  von  den lei-
  tenden Nervenelementen.    Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898,
  xviii, 488; 536: 1899. xix, 110-112. — Crantlry.  Recher-
  ches sur la structure intime du cylindre de l'axe et des
  cellules  nerveuses.   Acad. roy. d. sc.  Bull, de Belg.,
  Brux., 1868,  2.  a.,  xxv, 304-316, 1  pl. — Oratiolet.
  Note  sur  la structure  du  systeme  nerveux.   Compt.
  reud. Acad. d. sc,  Par.,  1855, xii,  956. — Ouerrini ( G.)
  Contributo  alia conoscenza  deli'  anatomia  minuta dei
  nervi.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1898,  xv, 17-30. -----.  Sugli
  elementi elastici dei tessuto  connettivo dei nervi.  Ricer-
  che n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Koma, 1899-1900, vii,
  109-151, lp. 1.—Gntiiiann (G.) ZurHistologiederCiliar-
  nerven.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1897, xlix, 1-7, 1 pl.—
  Ilannuar (J. A.)  Om nervfibriller; dfversikt af nigra
  nyare arbeten i nervsystemets histologi.  [Nerve fibrillar;
  review of some later works on the histology of the nervous
  system.]  Upsala  Lakaref. Forh.,  1898-9', n.  F.,  iv,  220-
  228.—Heimann (E.) Ueber einige neuere Arbeiten auf
  dem Gebiete der Histologie des  Centraluervensystems;
  Sammel-Referat.  Fortschr.  d. Med., B rl.., 1898, xvi, 923-
  931.—llcilzmann (C.)  The minute  structure of the
  gray nerve-tissue.   J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  N. Y., 1890,
  xvii, 357-372.—Herriek (C. L.)   Histogenesis and phys-
  iology ofthe nervous elements.  [From: Denison Quart]
  J. Comp. Neurol., Grauville, O., 1892, ii, 137-149.—Hill
  (A.)  Notes on granules.  Braiu, Lond., 1897, xx,  125-130.
  -----. Note on thorns, and a theory of the constitution  of
  gray matter.  Ibid., 131-137.— His(W.)  Histogenese und
  Zusammeuhang der Nerveneleniente. Verhandl. d.x. inter-
  nat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 1. Abth., 93-114.  Also:
  Arch.f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1890, Suppl.-Bd.,
  95-117. -----. Ueber den Aufbau unseres Nervensystems.
  Verhandl. d. Ge*cllsoh. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz.,
  1893, lxv, pt. 1, 39-67.  Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv,
  1477; 1521.   See, also, supra. — Ilober (R.)   Ueber den
  Einfluss  ueutraler  Alkalisalze auf die Erregbarkeit und
  Farbbarkeit  der peripheren  Nervenfasern vom  Frosch.
  Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz.  u. Wien.  19u:., xix, 390-392.—
  Ilotriiinnn (E. F.)   Ueber den Zusammenhaug der Ner-
  ven mit Bindegewebskbrperehen und mit  Stomata des
  Peril oneums, nebst eiuigen Beiuerkuugen iiber das Verhal-
  ten der Nerven iu dem letzteren.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad.  d.
  Wisseusch.   Math.- naturw. CI., Wien. 1887, xcv, 212-222, 2
  pl. AUo, Reprint.—Holm  (H.)  Patologisk-anatomiske
  Forandriiiger  af  Ganglieceller i  Ceutraliieivesysteinet.
  [Des modifications pathologiques des cellules ganglion-
  naires dans lesvst^me nerveux central. Res., 201.J Norsk
  Mag. f. Liegevideusk., Christiania, 1894, 4. R.,  ix, 161-182, 3
  pl.—Houser (G. L.) General methods for the study  of
  the nervous svstem.  J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1901,
  iv, 1557-150"..  "4bo [Abstr.]: J. N. York Micr. Soc, 1901,
  xvi, No. 4, 25-32.—Jacobsohn.  Ein Tumor beider Cen-
  tralganglien.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 53.— Jncubowitsch.  Recherches 
NERVOUS.
518
NERVOUS.
I\crvou* system (Histology of).
  sui l'histologie du systetne nerveux.  (ompt. reud. Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1857, xiv, 290-295.—Jakimovitch (J.)  Sur  1
  la structure du cvlindre-axe et des cellules nerveuses.  J.  I
  del'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1888, xxiv. 142-168, 1  pl.—
  Juliusbin-ve'i- (O.)  Bemerkungen zur  Pathologie der
  Gan-lien/tlle  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.. 1896, xv,386-395.
  AUo"[AbMv.\ :  Arch.f. Psychiat., Berl., 1890-7, xxix, 672.—
  Jiilinsburger(<) .)A .7Ieyer(E.)  Beitrag zur Pathologie
  derCauglieuzelle. Monatsclir.f.Psycbiat.u.Neurol.,Berl.,
  1898, iii, 316-342.-----------.  Beitrag zur Pathologie <b-r
  Spiualganglieuzelle.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898.  xvii,
  151-158.  Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,
  Coblenz Sc Leipz., 1898, n. F., ix, 92.— voit  Koel I i Iter (,\ .)
  Gegendie Aunahmevon Axencylindertropfen. Anat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1897-8, xiv, 016-618. -----.  Ueber  Axencylinder-
  tropfen.   Verhandl.  d. auat. Gesellsch., Jena.  1900.  xiv,
  202-205.— Kolmer  (W.)  Zur Kenntnis des Verhalteus
  der Neurotibrillcn an der Peripherie.  Anat. Anz., Jeua,
  1905, xxvii, 410-425, 2 pl.—Korybutt-l>aszkiewicz
  (B.)  Wird derthatige Zustand des Centralnei vensystems
  von mikroskopisch  wahizuiiehiuenden  Veranderungen
  begleitet?  Arch. f.  mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1889, xxxiii, 51-
  70.—Kossel (A.)  Ueber einige Bestandtheile des  Ner-
  venmarks.   Arch.  f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1891,   359-366.—
  Kossel (A.) &.  Freytajj (F.)   Ueber einige Bestand-
  theile des Nervenmarks und  ihre Verbieitung  in den Ge-
  weben des  Thierkdrpers.   Ztschr.  f.  physiol.  Chem.,
  Strassb.,  1892-3,  xvii, 431-456.—Kovalevski (V.)  Ob
  izmleneniyakb   nervnikh   klletok  inezhpozvonochuikh
  uzlov v dleyatelnom  sostoyanii.   LOn the alterations  in
  the nerve cells  of intervertebral ganglia in  the stage of ac-
  tivity.]   Xcvrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1897, v, no. 4,47-58, 1 pl.—
  Kronthal (P.)   Zur Histologie des arbeiteuden Nerven.
  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz.  u.  Wien, 1893-4, vii,  5-7.
  -----. Die Nentralzeilen  des centralen Nervensvstetns.
  Arch. f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1906, xii, 233-253—f.aclie (J.
  G.)  Sur  les neurosomes de  Hans Held.   Compt. reud.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii,  1004. -----. Asupra  iper-
  cromatozel totale  a nucleulul neuronac  Spitalul. Bucu-
  resci, 1905, xxv, 151-153.— I. a ho (U.)  Apercu  des id6es
  nouvelles sur la structure intime des centres nerveux.
  Ann. demed. vet., Brux., 1890, xiv, 197; 471: 1900, xlix,
  289; 362;  475; 629: 1901,  1, 242, 418.—La Pfgna. Sulla
  trasformazioue delle radici spinali  e sulla prima comparsa
  di fibrille nelle  cellule del midollo.   Biv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia,  1905, xxxi, 88. — Lardovski  (M.  D.)
  Nervnava tkan.   [Nerve tissue.]   Osuov.  k izucU. mikr.
  anat. chelov. i zhivotn.,  S.-Peterb., 1887-8,   319-398.—
  Legge  (F.) Contribuzione alio studio  delle connessioni
  esisteiiti  fra le diverse cellule della sostanza nervosa cen-
  trale.  Bull.d.r. Ac cad. med.di Roma, 1892-3, xix, 102-113,1
  pl.—von Lenhowsi-k (M.|  Neuere Forschunuen  iiber
  deu feinereu Bau des Nerveusvstems.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz.
  Aerzte, Basel, 1891. xxi,  489-494. -----. Der feinere  Bau
  des  Nervensystems  im  Lichte  neuester  Forschungen.
  Fortschr.d. Med., Berl., 1892, x, 571; 613; 605; 713:  801;
  845; 889;  937; 981, 3 pl.  See, also, supra.— Lerebours
  (C.) De quelques th6ories reeeiites sur la structure des
  elements nerveux.   Encephale,  Par., 1889. ix, 51-58.—
  Levi (G.)  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Struktur des Spi-
  nalganglions.   Auat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii,  Ergnzugs-
  hft., 158.— Loudon (E..S.)  Zur Lehre von dem feinereu
  Bau des Nervensystems.   Arch. f. mikr. Auat, Bonn,
  1905, xxxvi, 111-115,  1 pl.—Liijfjaro (E.)  Sulla patologia
  delle cellule  dei gangli  sensitivi.  Riv. di patol. nerv.,
  Fireuze, 1900, v, 145; 241;  396: 1901, vi, 433: 1902, vii, 97:
  1903, viii, 481.   Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin
  1904, xii,  201-214.  -----.  Sulla struttura del ciliudrasse.
  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1905, x, 265-274, 1 pl.—Itla-
  gini (G.)  Sulla natura dell' epitelio ependimale.  Bull.
  d. r. Accad. med. di Roma,  1888-9,  xv,  193: 1889-90  xvi
  116-122, 1 pl. — Marburg (O.) Zur Pathologie der Spi-
  nalganglien.  Arb.  a. d.  neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ.,
  Leipz. u. Wien, 1902, 8. Hft., 103-189, 1 pi. —ITIarinesco
  (G.)  Nouvelles  recherches  sur les iieuro-fibrilles.   Rev.
  neurol.. Par., 1904, xii, 813-826. — .Vlarquez (M.)  Algu-
  uas  aplicacioues de  las nuevas ideas sobre la estructura
  del sistema nervioso.   Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1897, iv, 456;
  495; 519.— Tin it in  (Maude B.)  Some early pathological
  changes in tin  ganglion cells, with  the  report of a  case.
  Am. J.  Insan.,  Bait., 1899-1900, lvi,  589-592. — ITlaitin
  (P.) Die Neuroblasten des Oculomotorius und Trochharis.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1890,  v, 530-532. — Masius  (J.)  Re-
  cherches histologiques sur le systeme  nerveux  central.
  Arch,  de biol.. Gand, 1892, xii, 151-167, 1  pl. — .Tletller
  (L. H.)   Cerebrospinal decussations, with particular ref-
  erence to the motor tract.  N. York M. J., 1889, xlix, 514-
  518.— Tliliophanow (P.)   Note on the structure and
  the development of nervous elements.  J.  Comp. Neurol.,
  Granville. O., 1893, iii, 103-167.—IVIollier (S.)  Zusammen-
  fassendes Iteferat iiberden heutigen Stand  unserer Kenut-
  uisse und Vorstellungen vou dem f.-meren Bau des Nerven-
  systems.  Sit/.ungsb. d. Ge8ells( h. f. Morphol. u. Physiol.
  in Miiuchen, 1900, xvi. 49-87.—Irlomidlowski (W.)  O
  cialkach  nerwowych prof.  Adamkiewicza.   [Adauikie-
  wicz's nerve corpuscles.]  Przegl.lek.,Krakow, 1888,xxvii,
  220; 241.   Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1888, i
jYervoiis  system (Histology of).
  401;  417— Montgomery (T. H.)  Abstract of Apathy s
  views on  tlie strucune of the nervous system.  J  Nerv
  &. Ment.  His.,  N. Y., 1898, xxv, 45-52. - Utilizer.  Hei-
  trage zum Aufbaue des  Centralnervensystems.  Prac
  med. Wchnsehr., 1895. xx, 481.  Also: Wien.  klin. Knnd-
  sehau, 1895, ix, 699. — rVaiiscn (F.)  Nerve-elemeuterne
  deres struktur og sanunenhaiig i centralnervesysteinet
  [Les elements nerveux, leur structure et leurs reunions
  clans le syst6ine nerveux central. C.-r.]  Nord. med. Ark
  Stockholm, 1887,xix,no. 24, 1-24, 1 pl.  AUo, transl: Anat
  Auz., Jena, 1888, iii, 157-169.—Nervoruin (De) structural
  Bouoniensi sc. et  art.  lust, comment., Bononhe, 1755, jij
  67-70.— Neumann (E.)  Nervenmark- und  Axencvlin-
  dertropfeu. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1898,'clii,
  241-260. -----. Zu Gunsten der  Axeucvlinder-Tropfen
  Ibid., 1899, clviii, 456-466.—Nissl (F.)  Ueber eine neue
  Uutersiiebungsmethode des  Ceutralorgaus. speciell  zur
  Feststellung der Localisation der Nervenzellen.  Centralbl.
  f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,  Cobleuz Sc Leipz.,  1894,  n. F.
  v, 337-344.—Obersteiner (H.)  Die neucrcn  Forschun-
  gen auf dem Gebiete der Histologie desCcutralnerveiisjs-
  tems kritisch beleuchtet.   Wieu. med. Presse,  1895, xxxvi,
  601-606. -----. Weitere Bemerkungen iiber die Ft-tt-Pig-
  meutkorncheu im Centralnerveusystem.   Arb. a. d. neu-
  rol. Inst. a. d.  Wien. I'niv., Leipz. u. Wien, 1904, xi, 400-
  406.—Obersteiner (H.) AvKcdlich (E.)   Zur Kenntnis
  des Stratum (Fasciculus) subcallosiim (Fasciculus nuclei
  caudati) und des Fasciculus fronto-occipitalis (reticulirtes
  cortico-caudales Biiudel).  1 bid., 1902, viii. 280-307.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Palailino (G.)  Di unadisposizioue partico-
  lare a gomitolo del ciliudrasse nei centri nervosi.   Anat,
  Anz., Jena, 1892, vii, 77-80. — van  Pee (P.)   Neurofi-
  brilles et reseaux  nerveux.   Ann. Soc.  nied.-chir. de
  Liege, 1905, xliv, 47-67. —Pick (F.)  Ueber die Kenaut'-
  schen Korperchen  (endoneurale Wucherungen,  Lang-
  hans). Centralbl. f. allg. Path.  u. path. Anat., Jena, 1901,
  xii, 212-218.—Pollack (B.)   Neuere Arbeiten aus dem
  Gebiete der mikroskopischen Anatomie  des Nervensys-
  tems. mit  Eiuschluss   des Faserverlaufs.   Monatschr. f.
  Psychiat. 11. Neurol., Berl., 1893, iii, 196-201.— Kabl (H.)
  Ueber die schicht weise Entsteliuug von Niederschliigeu in
  Geweben  uud  Gallerten.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. 11. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2,2. Hlfte., 467-
  470.—Bunion y Cajal (>.)   El nuevo couceptodelahis-
  tologia de los centros uerviosos.  Kev. de cien. 111ed.de Bar-
  cel.,  1892, xviii, 361; 4">7; 5u5: 529. AUo, Reprint.  AUo,
  transl: Bull,  med.,  I'ar., 1893, vii, 827; 837; 844; 855; 859;
  872; 876; 883. See,also,supra.  AUo,transl[with additions]:
  Arch. f. Auat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1893, 319-428.
  -----. The Crooman lecture: La fine structure des centres
  nerveux.   Proc.  Roy.  Soc,  Lond..  1894,  444-408.  AUo,
  transl. |Abstr.]: Brit.  M. J.,  Loud., 1894, i,  543. ----.
  Estructura del protoplasma nervioso.  Kev. triniest. rai-
  crog., Madrid, I896.i,l:  1897,ii,2.  AUo, transl.:  Monatschr.
  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., 1897, i, 156; 210.-----. Variacionea
  morfoldgicas, normales y patoldgicas del reticulo neuron-
  brilar. Trab.  d. lab. de invest, biol. Univ.de Madiid, 1904,
  iii, 9-15. -----. Contribnci6u al estudio de la estructura de
  las placas motrices.  Ibid.,97-100.-----.  Variacionesruor-
  fologicas del reticulo nervioso de invertebrados y vertebra-
  dos sometidos  a la accidu de condiciones naturales.   Ibid.,
  287-297.— Bebizzi (K.)  Sulla struttura della guaina mie-
  linica. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,1904, ix,409-430, 2 pl.—
  Kctsin (A.)   De la structure intime du systeme nerveux
  central, periph6riqueet grand svmpathiipie. Aun.d.univ.
  de Belg.,  Brux.,  1846,  473, 28 1., 27 pl.—Betzius  (G.)
  Peber die von Kuffini beschriebene Guaina subsidiariader
  Nervenfasern.   Auat.  Anz., Jena,  1906,  xxviii,  1-4.—
  Bolide (E.)   Ganglieuzelle,  Axencyliuder,  Punktsub-
  stanz uud Neuroglia.   Arch. f. mikr. Auat.,  Bonn. 1895,
  xiv,  387-412. 1 pl.—Kosin  (U.)  Normale uud patholo-
  gische Histologie des centralen Nervensystems mit  Be-
  riicksichtigung der  Neurontbeorie.  Deutsche  Klinik,
  Berl. 11. Wien, 1901-2, vi, 1. Abth., 207-296.-Bnfflni  (A.)
  La fine anatomia del tessuto nervoso in rapporioalhi teoria
  del  ueuroue e del circuito chiuso.  Atti  d. 1. Accad. d.
  fisiocrit. in Siena, 1903, 4. s., xv, 395-409.—Schultzc (0.)
  Ein  die sogenannten Schwann'schen Zellen betretfeiider
  Vorschlag. Auat. Anz., Jena,  1905, xxvii, 541.—Segall
  (B.)  Sur des auueaux iutercalaires des  tubes nerveux
  prodiiits  par impregnation  d'argent.   J. de  I'anat. et
  physiol. [etc.]. Par., 1893, xxix,  586-603,1 pl.—Sheiiners
  (D.)  De uieuwere deukbeelden omtrent den bouw vau het
  ceutrale zeuuwstelsel.  Geneesk.  Bl. u.  Klin,  eu Lab. v.
  de prakt., Haarlem, 1*98,  v. 163-188.—Sonkhanoff (S.)
  Sur  le r6seau endocellulaire de Golgi dans les eK-meuts
  nerveux en g6neral et dans les cellules nerveuses des gan-
  glions sympathiques en particulier.  J. de neurol., Par.,
  1902, vii', 489-496. -----. Contribution k  l'etude des ap-
  pendices  sur  le  corps cellulaire des el6ineuts nerveux.
  Nevraxe,  Louvain,  1902-3. iv, 223-229 — Npiller (W. G.)
  On amyloid, colloid, hyaloid, and granular bodies in the
  central nervous system.  Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1897-8,
  n. s., i, 277-282— Sprutling (E. J.)  The nodes of  Kan
  vier.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1898, liii, 733— Mtnderini (R)
  Progressi dell' anatomia  del sistema  nervo>".   Kifoima
  med., Palermo,  1899,  xv,  pt.  2, 38;  51.-Stieda (L.) 
NERVOUS.
519
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Histology of).
  Geschichte der Entwickelung der  Lehre von den Nerven-
  zellen und Nervenfasern des 19. Jahrhuuderts.  1. Teil, von
  Sommering bis Deiter.  Festschr. ?..... d. Carl vou Kupf-
  fer  Jena, 1899. 79-196. 2 pl.-Ntudnieka (F. K.)  Pfis-
  nevek k histologii  ependymn eeutraluiho nervstva clo-
  veka   [Contribution to the histology of ependyma of the
  central nervous system of man.)   Casop.  lek. 6esk., v
  Piaze, 1900,  xxxix, 368; 389. — Tello (F. )  Las neuroti-
  brillas  en los  vertebradoa inferiores.   Trab. d. lab. de
  invest, biol.  Univ.  de Madrid,  1904, iii, 113-151. — von
  Thanhoffer ( L.)   Ueber den  Ursprung des  Ach-
  sencvliuderfoitsatzes  der  Nervenzelleu.   Auat. Anz,
  Jena, 1905, xxvi,  623.—Tirelli (V.)   Dimostrazioue di
  preparati sulla struttura delle fibre nervose perifericbe.
  Atti d. xi.  Com:, nied. internaz., Koma, 1894, ii, anat..
  50-52. — Valenza (G. B.)  Nuove  ricerche sulla genesi
  degli elementi nervosi e nevroglici e sul loio reciproco
  rapporto.  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di  med.  e  nat., Napoli,
  1899, ix,  77-163, 6 pl.—Van Gehuchten (A.)  Les (16-
  couvertes receiites dans I'auatomie et l'histologie du sys-
  teme nerveux central.  Aun. Soc. belg. de micr., Brux.,
  1891, xv, 113-157. -----. La structure des centres nerveux ;
  la moelle epiniere  et le cervelet.  Cellule, Lierre & Lou-
  vain, 1891, vii, 79-122,  4 pl. -----. Contributions k l'etude
  des''anglions cerSbro-spiuaux.  Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc.de
  Belg", Brux., 1892, 3. s., xxiv,  117-154.-----. A propos
  du phenomeue de chrotuatolyse.   Bull. Acad. roy. de med.
  de Belg., Brux..  1898, 4. s., xii, 222-229. -----. Boutons
  terniiuaux et reseau  pericellulaire.  Nevraxe. Louvain,
  1904-5, vi, 217-234, 1  pl.—Vaschide  (N.)  Cate-va  din
  contriiiutiunile psibologice ale nouilor idei asupra struc-
  ture! sisteiuulul nervos central.  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1897,
  xvii. 503: 535; 613: ls98.  xviii,  129; 155; ]8j>; 265; 291 j
  316.—Veutosa (1).)  Estudios sobie la uneva histologia
  del sistema  ueivioso. Gac.  san. de Barcel., 1889-90, ii,
  282; 305; 341 ; 394 ; 420.—Vicq-d'Azyr.  Recherches sur
  la structure du cerveau, du cervelet, de  la moelle allonyee,
  de la moelle epiniere; et sur l'origine des nerfs de l'homme
  et des animaux.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1781, Par., 1784,
  495-543.—Vincenzi  (L.)   Di alcuni nuovi fatti risguar-
  danti la  lina anatomia del nucleo  del corpo trapezoide.
  Anat. Anz.,  Jena,  1901.  xix, 359-364. — Vogt (H.)   Zur
  Geschichte und Literatur der Neurofibrilleu; zusammen-
  fassendes Referat.  Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat.,
  Jena, 1902,  xiii, 124-159.— tVarucke.  Zur Darstellung
  der Axencvlinderfibrillen  in den  markhaltigen  Faseru
  des Centrafuervensysteius nebst Bemerkungen zur His-
  tologic des  Axencyliuders  im  Alli»emeiuen.  Arch. f.
  Psychiat., Berl..  1904, xxxviii, 156-170,  1 pl.—Weiss  (G.)
  Sur la structure du cylindre  axe des nerfs k myeline.
   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 315-317.—
   Wizel (A.)  Kilka sldw o nowoczesuych  odkryeiach w
   dziedziuie histologu  ukladu nerwowego.  [On the latest
   discoveries  in  tbe histology  of the nervous system. J
  Medycvna.  Warszawa, 1897, xxv,  390; 420.—Wlassnk
   (R.)  Notiz, die Ringbander der Nerven betreffend.  Cen-
   tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1892-3, vi. 297-299.—
   Wolff (M.)  Ueher ausserembrvonale nervose Elemente.
   Anat. Anz.. Jena, 1905, xxvi. 058^663.—Zander (R.)  Die
   moderne Histologie  des  Nervensystems.   Heilkuude,
   Wien [etc.], 1897-8, ii, 338; 477.

 Nervous  system  (Histology  of Methods

   in).
     See, also, Nerve-cells (Histology, etc., of).
     Baton  (P.  G.)   Die. histologischeu  Unter-
  siichungsinethodeu   des   Nervensystems.    8°.
   Wurzburg, 1905.
     Feist (B.)  * Ueber die vitale Methylenblau-
  farbung   markhaltiger   Nervenstauinie.    8°.
  Strassburg, l^'J.
     Hardesty(L) Neurological technique.  Some
  special  histological methods  employed for  the
  study of  the  nervous system, together  with a
  laboratory outline for the  dissection  of  the
  central  nervous system and the  neurological
  nomenclature  (Cna) arranged in  a classified list.
  8°.   Chicago, 1902.
     Kopsch  (F.)   Die   Darstellung  des  Binnen-
  netzes in  spinalen Ganglienzellen und  auderen
  Korperzelleu mittels Osmiuuisiiure.  8°.   Berlin,
  1902.
     Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k.-preuss. akad. d. Wissensch.,
  Berl., 1902, xl.
     Mekcier(A.)   Les coupes du systeme nerveux
  central.  Instruments de  travail et accessoires,
  durcissemeut-eurolemcnts,   Elaboration  et  ma-
  nipulation des  coupes,  systemes  des   sdries,
  nukbodes  de coloration, impregnation  m6talli-
  que, etc.   16°.  Paris,  1894.
Nervous  system  (Histology  of  Methods

  in).
    Pollack  (B.)  Die Farbetechuik des Nerven-
  systems.  2. And.  12°.   Berlin, 1898.
   '-----.   The  same.   3.  Auti.   8°.    Berlin,
  190.'>.
    -----.   The same.  Methods of staiuing the
  nervous system.  Transl. from the second Ger-
  man  edition by  William R. Jack.   8°.  Glasgow
  4- London, 1699.
     v.\x Walsem  (G.  C.)   Verstich einer syste-
  niatischen  Methodik der niikroskopisch-anato-
  mischen  und  authropologischen  I'nteisuchung
  des  CentraliH-rvensysteius.   8°.    Amsterdam,
  1*99.
     Agababoff  (A. G.)  Ob okraskivanii nelroglii  po
  sposobu  Weigert'a.   [  Staining the neuroglia   by the
  method of . .  .]   Kussk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 1053.—
  Allerhand (J.)  Eine neue Methode  zur Farbuug des
  Ceutrabiervensysteins.  Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz.. 1897,
  xvi, 727-733. —Anderson (Martha).  Notes  on pulp
  technic   J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1903,  xii, 1574.—
  Apathy  (S-)   Erfahrungeu  in  der  Behandlung des
  Nervensystems  fiir histologische  Zwecke.   Ztschr.  f.
  wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg., 1892-3, ix, 15-37.—Aronson
  (H.)  Ueber die  Auweudung des Oallein zur Farbung des
  Centralnerveusystems.  Centralbl.  f. allg. Path. u. path.
  Anat, Jena,  1902, xiii, 518-520.—Azonlay (L.) Prepa-
  rations du systeme nerveux colorees par deux methodes
  nouvelles:  1° acide osmique et tannin;  2" vanadate d'am-
  moniaque et  tanuiu.  Bull. Soc. auat. de Par., 1894, lxix,
  924-926.  -----.  Noircissement  et  conservation  sous  la-
  melles des coupes par les methodes de Golgi. k l'argent et
  au sublime.  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1*94, 10. 8.,
  i, 300. -----. I.  Reponse k l'observation de M. Heuneguy
  relative nu noircissement et k la conservation sous lamelles
  des coupes par les methodes de Golgi k l'argent et au su-
  blime. II. Confirmation par la methode de Cox des lesions
  cellulaires de l'ecorce dans la paralysie g6n6rale.  III.
   Aspect des cellules de Purkinje dans la paralysie  generale.
  Ibid., 419. -----. Les  neurofibrilles dYpres la  methode
  et les travaux de S. Raniou v Caj.il.  Presse  nied., Par.,
   1904,  ii,  465;  537; 585; 635: 1905, i.  9; 75.  Also  [Abstr.]:
  Rev.  neurol., Par., 1901, \ii, 320.—Ballet (G.)   Modifica-
  tion de la methode de Pal pour la coloration de la myeline
   (Pal  rapide).   Bull, et  mem. Soc  med. d. hop. de Par.,
   1895,  3. s.,  xii, 504.—Bai-tel (J.)  Zur Technik  der Glia-
   farbiing.  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr.,  Leipz., 1904,  xxi,
   18-22.—Batten (F. E.) The effect of Marchi's fluid on
   nervous  tissue  that has undergone post-mortem change.
   J. Path.  A Bacterid., Edinb.  Sc Lond..  1898, v, 348-351, 1
   pl.—Berkley (H. J.)   Present methods of preparation
   of the nervous svstem.   Am. J. Insau., Bait., 1897-8, liv,
   333-372.—Bethe' (A.)   Das Molybdiinverfahreu zur Dar-
   stellung der  Neurotibrillen und Golginetze im Centralner-
   veusystem.  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg.. 1900,
   xvii,  13-35.—Bielsehowsky (M.) Die Silberiinpragna-
   tion  der Axencvlinder.   Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1902,
   xxi, 579-584.  —---. Die Silberimpragnation  der Neurofi-
   brilleu.  J. f. Psychol,  u. Neurol., Leipz.,  1904. iii, 109-
   198 4 pl.  Also,  preliminary [Abstr.]: Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1903,  xxii, 997-1006.— Bliimennu  (L. V.)   Os-
   novuive voprosi nevrologii v novelshikh izslledovauiyakh
   po metodu Gol^ii.  [Fundamental  neurological  questions
   in recent investigations after Golgi's  method.]   Vestnik
   klin. i subeb. psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb., 1895.  xi,
   pt. 1, 223-236.—Bore her t (M.)  Ueber die Anwendung
   der Osmiumsiiure auf das  Zentralnervensystem niederer
   Wirbeltiere.  J.  f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1904.  iii,
   127-131.—Breglia (A.)  Contributo ai metodi  di colora-
   zione del  sistema nervoso  centrale.   Boll.  d.  r. Accad.
   med.-chir. di Napoli,  1889, i, 102-106.  Also: Gior. d. Ass.
   napol. di  med.  e nat,  Napoli, 1889-90, i, 169-172.—von
   Brunn.   (Teller die  Golgi'sche  Tiuktion  des Nerven-
   gewebes und ibre Resultate.]  Cor.-Bl. d. allg. meckleub.
   Aerzte ver., Rostock, 1*92,486.—CUvnlie (M.) Coloration
   des coupes pro venantde pieces impregnates par le chromate
   d'argent  Compt- rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv,
   536.  -----. Coloration  des coupes provenant des pieces
   impregn6es  par le chromate  d'argent (experience  du
   neurone lav6).  Cong,  inteinat. de m6d.   C.-r., Madrid,
   1904, xiv, sect, d'anat.,  113.—t'hilesotti (E.)  Uue colo-
   ration elective des cylindres  d'axe (Carmin aqueux chlor-
   hydrique).  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1902, xix,
   161-176.   Also, transl:  Centralbl. f. nllg. Path. u. path.
   Anat., Jena, 1902, xiii, 193-197.-t'iaglinski (A.)  Przy-
   czynek do techuiki mikroskopowej rdzenia i ner\v6w pery-
   feryczuych.   [Microscopic  technique  of the spiual cord
   and peripheral nerves.]   Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1891, xii,
   1-9.—Clinch (T. A.)  Unna's polychrome methylene blue
   method.  J. Ment. Sc,Lond., 1899, xiv,466-46*.-Corning
   (H. K.)  Ueber die Methode von P. Kronthal zur Farbung
   des Nervensystems.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii, 108-111.
   _____. Ueber die Farbuug des Neurokeratinnetzes in den 
NERVOUS.
520
NERVOUS.
XervoiiN  system  (Histology  of  Methods

  in).
  markhaltigen Fascrn der peripheren Nerven.   Ibid , 309-
  312.—Cox ( W. II.)   De kennis van het zenuwstelsel na
  Golgi.   Handel, v. h. N.deil. Nat- en Geneesk. Cong., Haar-
  lem, 1H95,271 -282.—Dexler <H.) ZurPraparationstechnik
  derOrgaue des Centraliiervensysn-nis.  Ztschr. f. Thier-
  med.. Jena, 1901, v, 361-387. — Uieteriehs (K.)   Mikto-
  skopische Technik des Zeutralnei vens\ stems.  Ztschr. f.
  aug. Chem., Weimar, 1902, viii. 225-236. — Oiomidoff
  (A.l.)  O  yavleniyakh  dvoiuovo lucbepreloinleniya v
  primienenii k izncheniyu  zhivotnikh tkauel, v  osobeu-
  nosti nervnoi.  [Phenomena of double refraction, applied
  to the  study ot animal tissues, especially the nervous
  tissue.]  Vestnik klin. i  sudebnoi  psichiat. i nevropatol.,
  St. Petersb., 1888-9,  vi,  pt. 2, 6-24. — Donaggio (A.)
  Azione della piridina  sul tessuto nervoso e  metodi per la
  colorazione  efettiva del reticolo flbrillare endocellulare e
  del reticolo periferico della  cellula nervosa dei vertebrati.
  Aun. di nevrol., Napoli, 1904, xxii,  149-181. ------. Colora-
  zione positiva delle fibre nervose  nella fase iniziale della
  degeuerazione primaria e secondaria, sisteuiatica o diffusa,
  defsistema  nervoso centrale.  Riv. sper. di  freniat., Reg-
  gio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 203-219,  1 pl. — Fajersztajn  (J.)
  Ein neues Silberinipragnationsverfahren als Mittel  zur
  Farbung  der Axencylinder.   Neurol.  Centralbl..  Leipz.,
  1901, xx,  98-106. ---■—.  Ueber  das Haiuatoxylinchrom-
  lack als Mittel zur  Farbuug  der  Acbsencylinder.  Pol-
  nish. Arch.  f. biol. u. med. Wissensch.,  Lemberg,  1901, i,
  18H-194.—Federiei (F.)  Sul nuovo processo di Kronthal
  per la colorazione del  sistema nervoso.  Boll. d. r. Accad.
  med. di Genova, 1900, xv,  29-31.—Fick (It.)  Zur Technik
  der (lolgi'schen Fiirbung.  Ztschr.  f. wissensch.  Mikr.,
  Brnschwg.,  1891, viii,  168-178.- Fish (P. A.)  Tbe use of
  formalin in neurology.  Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1895, Buffalo,
  1896, xvii, 319-330.—Flatau (E.)  Ueber die zweckmas-
  sige Anwendung der Golgi'scuen Sublimatmethode  fiir
  die Untersuchuug  des Gehirus  des erwachseuen Men-
  scheu.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat,  Bonn, 1895, xiv, 158-162.—
  Flechsig (P.)  Ueber eine neue Fiirbuugsmethode des
  centralen Nervensystems uud deren Ergebnisse beziiglich
  des Zusamnienhanges von Ganglienzelleu  und Nerven-
  fasern.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1889, 537, 1 pl.—Fraen-
  kel (E.)  Ueber eine ueue Markscheideufarbung.  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1903, xxii,  766-770. — Golgi  (C.)
  Modificazione del  metodo  di  colorazione degli elementi
  nervosi col bicloruro di niercurio.  Riforma med., Napoli,
  1891, vii, pt. 2, 793.—Graf (A.)  Ou the use and proper-
  ties of a new fixing  fluid (chrome oxalic); with prelimi-
  nary notes upou the fibrillar structure ofthe ganglion cells.
  and introductory remarks upon the method of fixation iu
  general. State Hosp. Bull., Utica, 1897, ii, 368-384, 1 pl.—
  Oudden (H.)  Ueber eine ueue Modification der Golgi'-
  schen Silberiiiipragnirungsuiethode.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz.. 1901. xx, 151.—CSurevieh (M. I.)  O tibrillyarnom
  stroyeuii nervnikh eleniemov;  po novonm sposobu  Ra-
  mon y Cajal'va.  |Fibiillary structure of nerve elements;
  by Ramon y Cajal's new method.]  J. uevropat. i psichiat.
  .  . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1904, iv, 877-HK7.—Harris (H.  K.)
  Two new methods of  staining the axis-cylinders of nerves
  in the fresh state;  some microchemic reactions of toluidiu
  blue.   Proc.  Path. Soc.  Phila..  1897-8, i, 208-217.   Also:
  Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 897-900.—Heger.   Preparations mi-
  eroscopiqiies du systeme nerveux.  Bull. Soc. de m6d.
  ment. de Belg., Gaud Sc  Leipz., 1898, 16-20, 3 pl. — Hek-
  toen (L.)  An historical outline of the methods of ana-
  tomical and pathological  investigation of the nervous
  system.  Indiana M.  J., Indianap., 1896-7, xv, 264-268.—
  Heller (H.) Zur Technik der Osmirung des Ceutral-
  nervensystems.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.  u. Psychiat., Co-
  bleuz Sc Leipz., 1896. n. F., vii, 313-315.—Herriek (C. J.)
  Report upon  a series of experiments with ihe Weigert
  methods;  with special reference for use in lower brain
  morphology.  State Hosp. Bull., Utica, 1897, ii, 431-461. —
  Ilonser (G. L.)  General methods for  the studv of the
  nervous system.  J.  Applied  Micr., Rochester, 1901,  iv,
  1557-1565. —Hoyer (II.)  Wskazdwki dia badaii  mikro-
  skopowych  ukladii uerwowego.   [Indications for micro-
  scopic researches  upou  the nervous system. |  Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa,  1898,  2.  s., xviii,  613-621.'— Huber  (G.  C.)
  Zur Technik der Golgi'schen Farbung.   Auat Anz., Jena,
  1892, vii, 587-589.  -----.  The  methvlen  blue  method  for
  staining nerve tissues. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1898,
  i, 64-67.  AUo, Reprint—Ilberg (G.)  Farbung des Cen-
  tralnervensystems im Stuck.  Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,
  1^96, xv, 831-833. — Jelgei-sma  (G.)  De nieuwere  me-
  thoden  van mieroscopisch onderzoek voor het centrale
  zenuwstelsel. .. Psychiat BL, Utrecht,  1887. v, 133;  216.—
  Joi-is  (H.)  A propos d'une nouvelle  methode de colora-
  tion des ncurofibrilles; structure et  rapports  des cellules
  nerveuses.  Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg.,  Brux. 1904
  4. s.. xviii, 203-233, 9 pl.   [Rap. de Roramelaere], 167-171.—
  Josepli (M.)  Die vitale Methylenblau-Nerveufarbungs-
  Methode bei Heteropoden.  Anat Anz., Jena, 1888  iii
  420-424.—Kadyi (Hi  Ueber die  Fiirbung  der nervosen
  Centralorgane nach Beizung mit Salzen schwerer Metalle.
  Polnisch. Arch. f. biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemberg, 1901
IVervoiiN  system  (Histology  of  Methods
  in).
  i, 55-88. — Kaiser (O.)  Behandlung des Riickeiunarkeg
  mit Naphtylaminbraun  und Uiitcrsuchung bei Dunkel-
  feldbeleuchtung.  Ztscbr. f. wissensch. Mikr.,  Ilrn.-cliw"
  1889, vi, 471-473. — Kaplan iL.i  Farbungen des  NYr-
  vensystems; Neurokeratin • l-'iii bung.   Allg.  Ztschr.  f
  Psychiat [etc.], Berl., 1901. lviii, 710-717.  -----. Nerven-
  fiirbunuen (Neurokeratin, Markschcidc,  Axencylinder)
  Arch. f. l's.vchiat, Berl.,  1901-2, xxxv, 825-869,  1 pl______\
  Axencylindeifiirbung.  NeuroL Centralbl., Leipz.,  1901
  xx, 343. — Kitehell (E. M.)   Notes on  the  fixation  of
  nerve  fibres by formalin.  N.  York  M. J., ]i>95,  lxii,
  65. — Kodis (T.)   Eine neue  Methode zur Pai bung
  des  Centralnerveiisystems,  nebst  Benieikun^en  iiber
  die Structur der  Cross-  uud Kleinhirnrinde.  Arch, f
  mikr. Anat., Bonn,  1901, lix, 211-220,  1  pl. - van  der
  Kolk (J.)   Beschrijving van  de serieniethode  bij de
  kleiiring Weigert-Pal vau het centrale-zenuwstelsel, zooals
  deze tegenwoordig  in het laboratorium vau Prof. Jel-
  gersma te Endegeest in gebruik is.   Psychiat. en Neurol
  Bl., Amst, 1902, vi, 233-239.—Kolsovski (A.  D.)  K me-
  todikle  okraski nervnikh volokon  tsentralnol nervnoi
  sistemi.   [ Method of staining  the  nerve fibres of the
  central nervous svstem.]   Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.],
  S.-Peterb.. 1903, viii,  481.  Also, transl:  Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl.. Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 1041.—Krauss (W. C.)  Some
  methods of  treating nerve tissues.  Proc Am. Soc. Micr.
  1890, Wash., 1891, xii, 116-119. -----.  Formalin as a hard-
  ening agent for nerve tissues.  Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1H95
  Buffalo. 1896, xvii, 315-318— Kronthal (P.)  Eine neue
  Fiirbuug  fiir  das  Nervensystem.  Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1899, xviii. 196-203.  See, aUo, supra, Corning (H.
  K.). — I .ache (.T.-G.)  Sur lastiucture de la neuro-nbrille
  (au moyen de la nouvelle methode de Rsirudn y Cajal).
  Coinpt. rend. Soc.de biol., I'ar., 1905,lviii, 1002. — von I.en-
  hossek (M.)   Ramon y Cajale neue  Fibrilleumetliode.
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904,  xxiii, 593-609.—Lugaro
  (E.)  Un metodo di colorazione delle lieurofibrille mediante
  1' argento colloidale.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1904, xv,
  350-356.—Lund in (I.) OmdenColgi'skasilfverfargnings-
  metoden.   (On Gobi's silver coloring method.]   Upsala
  Lakaref. Forh., 1891, xxvi, 400-405.— I,ny*  (J.)  De la
  methode du clivage et du moulage appliquee ii l'etude du
  B.vsterne nerveux.  Compt. reud. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895,
  10. s., ii, 577.  -----. M6thode des coupes successives et de
  preparation  photographique du tissu nerveux.  Internat.
  phot. Monatschr. fTMed. [etc.], Leipz., 1896, iii, 129-136.—
  Marehesini  (R.)  Ueber die  combinirte Wirkung des
  doppelcblorsauren mercurhaltigen Salzes und des Schwe-
  felkaliums  in  den  myelinischen Nervenfasern.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena,  1896, xii, 211-215.—Marina (A.)  Una flssa-
  zione che permette tanto le colorazioni specitiche cellulari
  qnauto il  metodo di  Weigert per la colorazione delle fibre
  nervose.   l!iv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1^97, ii, 18-21.  Also,
  transl.- Neurol. Ceutralbl., Leipz., 1897,  xti, 166-169. —
  Mercier (A.)   Zur  Markscheidenfaibung.   Ztschr. f.
  wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg., 1890, vii, 480-483.—Meyer
  (S.)  Eine Eisenimpragnation der Neurofibrillen.  Anat.
  Anz.. Jena, 1901-2, xx. 535-543.—Michotte (A.)  La fibre
  nerveuse et sa bifurcation dans les ganglions (m6thode de
  Raindn y Cajal).  N6vraxe, Louvain. 1904-5, vi, 201-215.—
  Mosse (M.)  Ueber Silherimpregnation der Nervenzellen
  und der Markscheiden.  Arch. f. mikr Auat..  Bonn, 1901,
  lix, 401- 4(16.—ile IVabias.  Nouvelle methode de colora-
  tion rapide du systeme nerveux au ehlorure d'or.  Bibliog.
  anat., Par. Sc Nancy. 1904, xiii, 221.   AUo: Compt. rend.
  Soc de biol., Par., i904. lvi, 426.— Naceini-oue.  II me-
  todo di Golgi, nell' istologia del sistema nervoso.  Riforma
  med.. Napoli, 1896, xii, pt 4, 49-53.—rVorner (C.)  Ueber
  Haltbarkeit von Nervenpriiparaten.  Ztschr. f. wissensch.
  Mikr., Brnschwg., 1896, xiii, 204.—Orr (D.)  A method of
  staining the medullated fibres "en bloc"; aud a modifica-
  tion ofthe Marchi method.  J. Path. Sc  Bacterid., Edinb.
  Sc  Loud.,  1899-1900,  vi, 387-393, 1 pl. — Osborn (H. L.)
  Staining axis-cylinders of fresh spinal  cord.  J. Applied
  Micr., Rochester, 1902,v,1987.—Pnladiuo(G.) D'un nou-
  veau proc6d6 pour les recherches microsropiques du sys-
  teme nerveux central.  [Transl. from:  Compt. nnd. Soc.
  roy.deNaples, 1899, l.fasc]  Arch, ital.de biol  Turin, 1890,
  xiii, 484-486.  Also: J. deniic.rog.. Par.. 1890, xiv, 142-148.—
  Parlow (W.) Einige   Bemerkungen  iiber die  Iliiina-
  toxylinfiirbuiig der  Nervenfasern des Zeiitralnerveiis\s-
  tem's.  Ztscbr. f.  wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1904. xxi, 14-
  18.—Pellizzi.  Modificazioni al metodo di (iolgi per lo
  studio delle fibre  nervose perifericbe.   Atti  d. xi. Cong.
  med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii,  anat.,  97.—Pfister (H.)
  Zur Hiirtung dos Centralnervensystems in situ.  Neurol.
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xvii, 643.—Pighini (G.)  Nuovi
  metodi e nuove ricerche sul primo diffeivuziamento  delle
  cellule e delle fibre nervose.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze,
  1903, xiv, 223-227.—Pugliese(V.)  Le soluzioni bicromo-
  paraldeidiche come  mezzi d' induriniento del sistema ner-
  voso.  Riv. sper. di fieniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1896. xxii, 867-
  869. — Pusateri (E )  II taehiolo Patera6 nell' impregna-
  zione delle neuro-tibrille.  Arch, di anat. path., Palermo,
  1905, i, 217-220.—Raimann (E.)  Zur Technik der Mar- 
NERVOUS.
521
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Histology  of,  Methods

  in).
  chi-Methode.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1901, xx, 608.—
  Ramon y Cajal  (S.)  Coloration  par  la  m6thode de
  Golgi des terminaisons des trachees et des nerfs dans les
  muscles des  ailes des  insectes.   Ztschr. f.  wissensch.
  Mikr.,  Brnschwg., 1890. vii,  332-342, 1 pl.  -----.  M6-
  todo para tenir el cenieuto de los tubos uerviosos de los
  centros.  Rev.  trimest  tuicrog.,  Madrid, 1900,  v, 95-97.
  ______M6todospara colorear los cilindros-ejes de los cen-
  tres nerviosos.  Ibid., 97-109.  -----.  Sobre  uu seucillo
  proceder de impregnacidn de las fibrillas interiores del
  protoplasma  nervioso.   Arch. lat.  de med.  y  de  biol.,
  Madrid, 1903, i, 3-8. -----. Algunos metodos'de colora-
  ci6n de los cilindros-ejes, neurofibrillas y nidos nerviosos.
  Trab. d. lab. de invest, biol. Univ. de Madrid,  1904, iii,
  1-7. AUo, transl: Ztschr. f. wissensch.  Mikr., Leipz.,
  1904, xx, 401-408.   See,  also, supra, Azoulay. -----.
  Trois modifications  pour des  usages differeuts de  ma
  methode de  coloration  des  neurofibrilles par l'argent
  reduit.  Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904,  lvi, 368-371.
  ------Asociaci6n del m6todo del nitrato de  plata coil ei
  embrionario para el  estudio de los focos motores y sensi-
  tivos.  Trab. d. lab. de iuvest biol. Univ. de Madrid, 1904,
  iii,  65-96. -----. Coutribucidn al estudio de la estructura
  de las placas motiices. Ibid., 97-100. ------. Une ra6thode
  simple  pour la coloration Elective du reticulum protoplas-
  mique  et ses resultats  daus les divers centres nerveux.
  (Transl.]  Bibliog. anat., Par. Sc Nancy, 1905, xiv, 1-93.—
  Regand (C.)  Sur la technique de la coloration des cel-
  lules nerveuses par le bleu de ni6thyl6ne (ni6thode d'Ehr-
  lich).  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . .
  Proc.-verb. [etc] 1895,  Par.,  1896. ii, 276-291. — Kclim.
  Einige neue  Farbungsmethoden  zur Untersuchuug des
  centralen Nervensystems.  Miiuchen. nied.  Wcbnscbr.,
  1892, xxxix, 217-220.—Reich (F.)  Ueber eine neue Me-
  thode der Herstellung feiuster histologischer Piaparate,
  iusbesondere aus dem Gebiete des Nervensystems mittels
  Schuttel- bezw. Schnittcentrifugirnug.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1902, xxi, 647-649.—Rennut.   Nouvelle methode
  de fixation et d'inipregnation interstitielle desnerfsd, mye-
  line.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de  France .  . .
  Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1894, Par., 1895, v, 328-333. — Retzius
  (G.) Die Methyleublaufarbung bei dem lebenden Amphi-
  oxus.  In his: Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm,  1898,  n. F.,
  viii, 117-122, 1 pl.—Riese (H.)  Ueber die Technik der
  Golgi'schen Schwarzfarbung durch Silbersalze und iiber
  die Ergebnisse derselbeu.  Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path.
  Anat.,  Jena, 1891, ii, 497-519.  -----.  Zusammenfassendes
  Referat iiber die vitale Methvlenblaufarbung  des Nerven-
  gewebes.  Ibid., 836-848.—Robertson (W. F.) A mod-
  ification of Heller's method of staining medullated nerve
  fibres.   Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 651. ------> Platinum
  method for the central nervous system.  Proc Scot. Micr.
  Soc. Lond. & Edinb., 1899-1903, iii,212,1 pl.-----. On anew
  method of obtaining a black reaction in certain tissue ele-
  ments  of the central nervous system  (platinum  method).
  Scot M. Sc  S. J.. Edinb., 1899, iv, 23-31, 2  pl.—Robert-
  sou (W. F.) Sc Macdonald (J.H.)   Methods of render-
  ing Golgi-sublimate preparations permanent by platinum
  substitution.  J. Ment.  Sc, Lond., 1901, xlvii, 327-330.—
  Romero (G.)  II tachiolo Paternd nella tecnica del me-
  todo di Golgi.  Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital.,  Roma, 1902, 2.8., iii,
  193-197.—Roncoroni (L.) Eiue neue Fiirbuugsmethode
  fiir die protoplasmatischen Fortsatze der Purkinje'scheu
  Zellen und Axencylinder.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psy-
  chiat.,  Coblenz  Sc Leipz., 1896, n. F., vii, 300. ------.  II
  cloruro  di platino come mezzo di fissazioue  del sistema
  nervoso.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino,  1896, xvii, 565-
  571, 1 pl. -----. Sull' assunzione di acqua e  di sali per
  parte del tessuto nervoso immerso in soluzioui ipo-, iso- ed
  ipertonicbe di cloruro di sodio e couf'ronto con altri tes-
  suti. Aun. di freniat. [etc.], Torino,  1902, xii. 326-332.—
  Rossi (E.) Sc Parola  (L.)   La formalina nella tecnica
  inicroscopica del sistema nervoso centrale. Gazz. d. ma-
  nic, d. prov. di Milano in  Mombello, 1902,  xxiii,  nos. 3-4,
  1-4.—Rossolimo (G. I.) & Bush.  NIekotoiiye noviye
  metodi  okraski nervnoi sistemi.   [New methods of stain-
  ing  the nervous system.]  Protok. zasled. Obsh. Neiropat.
  i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1895-6  87. — Rosso-
  limo (G.I.) Sc Muravyoff(V.V.)  •Formol-metilenoviy
  sposob; materiali  k izucheuiyu stroyeniya nervnavo vo-
  lokna v normaluom i patologicheskom  sostoyanii.   [For-
  mol-methylene method; data for the study of the struct-
  ure of the nerve fibre in its normal and pathological condi-
  tion.]  Ibid., 1896-7, 90-93.  AUo: Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina,
  St. Petersb., 1897, viii, 962-965.   AUo, transl..- Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz, 1897, xvi, 722-727.—Rudnicki (W.) Nowy
  sposob  badania  osrodkdw  nerwowych  czlowieka.  [New
  method  of research into human nervous centres]  Przegl.
  lek., Krakdw, 1872, xi, 219; 230; 277; 341.— Rullini (A.)
  Un metodo di reazione al cloruro d' oro per le fibre e le es-
  pansioni nervose periferiche.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit.
  in Siena, 1902, 4.  s.,  xiv, 25-28.— Kychliriski (K.) Sc
  Kapinski (T.)  Dwa przyczynki do techuiki barwienia
  wl6kien  nerwowych.   [Two contributions to the tech-
  nique of staining nerve fibres.]  Przegl.  lek., Krak6w, '
Aervous  system  (Histology  of Methods

  in).
  1901, xl, 28:i—Sainton (P.)  Sur les causes d'erreur dans
  ('interpretation des resultats fournis par la methode  os-
  mio-chromique.  Cong, internat denied.  (). r., Par., 1900,
  sect.de neurol., 125-127.—Sainton (P.) A Kattwinkel
  (W.)  Ueber die Conservirung des Centralnervensystems
  (lurch Forinol iu situ.   Deutsches Arch. f. klin.  Med.,
  Leipz., 1898, lx, 548-553.—Sninassa (I'.)  Zur Technik
  der Golgi'scheu Farbuug.   Ztschr.  f. wissensch. Mikr.,
  Brnschwg., 1890-91, vii, 26-28.—Schaffer (K.)  Die Re-
  construction  mittels Zeichnung; eiue Methode zuniStu-
  dium der Faserung im Centraluervensysteme.   Ibid.,342-
  345.  ------. Kurze Anmerknng iiber die inorphologische
  Differenz des Axencylinders im Verhaltnisse zu den proto-
  plasmatischen Fortsat/.en bei Nissl's Farbuug.  Neurol.
  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1893, xii, 849-K51.—von Schrotter
  (H.)  Zur Farbetechnik des Zentraluervensystems.  Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1902, Berl., 1903, v, 360-
  362.   Also: Neurol. Centralbl ,Leipz., 1902, xxi, 338-340.—
  Schwalbe  (E.)  Technische  Bemerkung zur Karmin-
  farbung des  Centralnerveusystems.   Centralbl. f. allg.
  Path.  u. path. Anat.,  Jena, 1901, xii,  881-883.—Sega 11
  ( B. )   Nouveaux  anneaux  ou  auneaux  intercalates
  des  tubes nerveux, produits  par  l'impregnation  d'ar-
  gent.   Coinpt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1892,  cxiv, 558.
  Also: Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par.,  1892,  9.  s.,  iv,
  359.—Sehrwald  ( E.)  Zur Technik  der Golgi'schen
  Farbuug.  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg., 1889,
  vi,  443-456. ------. Der Einfluss  der Hartung  auf die
  Grosse der  Gehirnzelleii  und  auf  die  Gestalt  der
  Golgi'schen Bilder.  Ibid., 461-470. ------. Die  Vermei-
  dung der peripheren Niederschlage  bei Golgi's Chrom-
  silbei farbuug.  Ibid., 456-461.—Sinidt (H.)  Zur Theorie
  der Golgi-Methode. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1899, xviii,
  626-629.—Soukhauoff (S.)  Contribution k l'etude  du
  r6seau  endocelluhure  dans  les elements  nerveux  des
  ganglions spinaux (par le proc6(16 de Kopsch).  N6vraxe,
  Louvain, 1904-5, vi, 75-80.—Spielmcyer (W.)   Die Feh-
  lerquellen der Marchi'schen Methode.  Centralbl. f. Ner-
  venh.  u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz.,  1903, xxvi,  457-464.
  Also] Abstr.]: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 654.—
  Strahuber (A.)   Eine elective Farbung des Axencylin-
  ders, resp. isolirte Tiuction eines seiner  Bestandtheile.
  Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jeua, 1901. xii, 422-
  427.—Strnnsky (E.)   Bemerkungen iiber die bei Marchi-
  Farbuug auftretendeu  arteficiellen Schwarzungen.  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii, 658-661.—Strong (O.  S.)
  Notes on the  technique of Weigert's method for staining
  medullated nerve-fibers.  J. Comp. Neurol., Grauville, O.,
  1903-4,  xiii, 291 -300.—Stroebe (H.)  Zur Technik der
  Achsencyliuderfarbuug im centralen und peripheren Ner-
  vensystem. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena,
  1893, iv, 49-57, 1 pl.—Telyatnik (F.  K.)  O  tekhnikie
  sposoba okraski tsentralnol nervnoi  sistemi po  Marchi.
  [On  the technique of the method  of staining the ceutral
  nervous system  after Marchi.]   Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan,
  1897, v, no. 2, 156-164.—Tiraboschi (C.)  Metodi per la
  colorazioue differenziale delle  neurofibrille di Ap&thy.
  Boll.  d. Soc.  zool.  ital., Roma, 1901, 2. s., ii, 189-212.—
  Tschernischeff (S.)  Ueber die Aufertigung mikro-
  skopischer Praparate des Nervensystems nach E. M. Ste-
  panow. Ztschr. f.  wissensch.  Mikr.,  Leipz.,  1900, xvii,
  449-451. — Upson (H. S.) Carmine staining for nervous
  tissues.  Am. Month. Micr. J.,  Wash., 1889, x, 66.  AUo,
  Reprint.   AUo,  transl  [ Abstr. ] :  Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz.,  1888, vii, 319. -----. On gold as a staining  agent
  for nei ve tissue.   J. Nerv, Sc Ment. Dis., N. T., 1888, xv,
  685: 1889, xvi, 63: 1890, xvii, 646.— Van Oehuchteu (A.)
  Modes de conservation  du tissu  nerveux et technique  de
  la m6thode de Nissl. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1898,
  i, 673-685.—Van  Wart (K. McL.)  Ou a rapid method
  of staining neuroglia.   Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,
  1903, xiv, 246.— Vasilyeff (S. A.)   Noviy metod izslledo-
  vaniya  nervnoi sisteini.  [New method of investigating
  the nervous system.]  J. uevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsa-
  kova, Mosk.,  1901, i, 400-403.—Vassale (G.)  Nuovi me-
  todi d  iudagiue inicroscopica per lo studio di alcune par-
  ticolaritk  di  struttura dei centri  nervosi.  Riv. sper. di
  freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1891, xvii, 434-455.—Vastarini
  Cri-si (G.)  Nuovo metodo di colorazione del sisiemu ner-
  voso.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901, xii, 237.—Wal-
  lenberg (A.)  Direkte Kopie gefarbter Schuittpriiparate
  des Zentraluervensystems.  Internat.  phot. Monatschr.
  f. Med. [etc.], Leipz.,  1896, iii, 209-214, 1 pl.—Waller
  (A. D.)  ^ Sowton (S. C. M.)  Ou the action of reagents
  upon isolated nerve.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Lond.,
  1898, lxvii, 518-520.—van Walsem (G. C.)  Bijdraucii
  totde microscopisch-anatomische teehniek van het zenuw-
  stelsel.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. UmeesU.,  Amst., 1895, 2. R.,
  xxxi,  pt 2, 401-410, 1  pl. —Weigert (C.) Zur Mark-
  scheidenfarbuug.   Deutsche  nied. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. n.
  Berl., 1891, xvii, 1184-1186.  AUo, transl: Glasgow M.  J.,
  1892, xxxviii, 27-35. ------. Die histologische Technik des
  Centralnervensystems; die MarchiscbeMethode. Ergebn.
  d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 1897, Wiesb., 1898, vii. 3-8.—
  Weigcrt's method of stainiug the medullary sheath of 
NERVOUS.
522
NERVOUS.
.\ervoii* system  (Histology of  Metliods
  in).
  nerves.  J. Comp. Neurol., Cincin., 1891, i, 313.—Weiss
  (G.)  A propos de la note de s. Ramon y Caial:  Methode
  nouvelle pour la  coloration des ueurofibrilles.   Compt
  rend  Soc  de biol.. Par., 1903,  lv, 1693.-Wolters (M.)
  Drei neue Methodeii zur Mark- und  Achsencylinderfar-
  bung mittels Hamatoxvlin.  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr.,
  Brnschw.r., 1890, vii, 466-473.—Zosin (P.)  Die Farbung
  des Nervensystems mit Magentaroth.  Nourol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1902,'xxi. 207.
.Yervous system (Hydatids of).
    See, also. Brain, Spinal cord,  Hydatids of.
    Rosenblath  (W.)   Ueber  C.\ sticerken-Meningitis
  bei Cysticercus iacemosus  des  Centralnervensystems.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,  1902, xxii, 346-367.
Nervous system  (Hygiene  of)  [including
  popular  treatises].
    See, also. Education (Hygiene in).
    Bkxda (T.)  Nerveubygieue und Schule.  8°.
  Berlin, 19U0.
    Contet.  La defense de la saut6  pour  hitter
  contre les maladies  nerveuses.   sm. 4 .   Paris,
  iikw.
    DokxblCth  (O.)   Gesunde  Nerven.   Aerzt-
  licbe Belchrungen fiir Nervenkranke  nnd Ner-
  venschwache.  2. Auti.  12°.  Bostock, le9G.
    Fischer (V.)  Die Stiirkuug der  Nerven, ein
  Ratgeber  fiir  Nervenleitlende.  12-.   llegens-
  burg, [n. d. ].
    Fohkl  (A.)   Hygieue des  .Nerven uud  des
  (icistes im gesuuden und  kraukeu  Zustaude.
  12~>.   Stuttgart, [1903].
    FtiRST(L.)  Gehirn und Nerveusysti-m;  Pflege
  und Erhaltung ihrer Gesuudheit.  12°.  Leipzig,
  1902.
    Goliner.  Der Nervenarzt.  Eiu gemeiuver-
  stiindliclier Ratgeber fiir alle  Nerveukranken.
  12c.  Zittau, lf-91.
    Grabowsky  (N.)  Handbuch fiir Nervenlei-
  dende  sowie geistig iiber  angestrengte.   Ein
  unentbehrlicher Ratgeber auf  Gruud der eigen-
  artigen,  selbststandigen, in vielseitiger Erfah-
  ruug erprobten Behandlungsweise des Vefassers.
  12-\  Leipzig, 1899.
    Grebner  (K.)   * Oeffeutliche  Gesundheits-
  pflege gegeu zunehnieude  Morhiditiit,  natneut-
  lich de.s Nervensystems.   8°. Miinchen, 1901.
    Hygienische  Flugschriften.  Hft. 2.  Ner-
  vt-ukrankheiten.  2. Aufl.   16°. Munchen, 1901.
    Koch  (R.)  Wie  erhalten wir uns  gesunde
  Nerven  und  ein frohes  Gt-iniit?  8°.   Berlin,
  1902.
    vox Krafft-Ebing (R.)  Ueber gesunde und
  kranke Nerven.  4. Aufl.   12°.  Tiibingen, 16[)6.
    -----.  The same.  5.  Aufl. 8°.  Tubingen,
  1903.
    ------.. The same.  Om friska  och sjuka
  nerver.  Ofversiittning af O. H. Dumrath.  12°.
  Stockholm, [l8-"5].
    -----.  The  same.   Zdorovlye   i   bolnlye
  nervi.  16°.  S.-Peterburg, 1902.
    Labonne  (H.)  Comment ou se defend des
  maladies nerveuses; la  lutte  coutre  la neuras-
  the"nie et les nevroses.   12°.  Paris, [n.  d.~],
    -----.  The same.  2.6d.  12°. Paris, [1900].
    Lehmann (G.)   Wie ich meiue   Nervositat
  verlor.   Natiirliche Selbsthilfe bei Nervositat
  durch Sclbstwachsuggestion. Nach der  Methode
  von P. E. Levy in Nancy.  Nach eigeneu Erfah-
  rungen  gemeinverstiindlich  bearbeitet.   12°.
  Leipzig, 1905.
    Levillain (F.)  Hygiene des gens nerveux,
  pre'ce'd^e de notions gene"rales et e"16mentaires
  sur la .structure, les functions et les maladies du
  systeme nerveux.  12u.   Paris, 1891.
    Marcinowski (J.)   Im Kauipf  um  gesunde
  Nerven.   Ein Wegweiser  zum  Verstandnis und
fVenoil* system (Hygiene of) [including
  popular  treatises].
  zur Heiluug  ueivoser  Zustande.  Fiir Aerzte
  uud Laien.  2. Anfl.  -.   Berlin,190b.
    Marcus (H.)   Higiene de los nervios;  con-
  sejos piacticos.  Con un prefacio de Larson del
  Castafio.  3. ed.   10\  Buenos Airex, 1899.
    Michaelis.   Nervositiit  nnd   Nervenleideu.
  Verhiitung  uud  Erkeuntuis  aller  ni-rvoseii
  Kraukheitsstorungeu,  nebst den  erfordeilichen
  Schutz-, Hilfs- und Heiluiitteln.  12°.  Zittau,
  1892.
    Neumann-von SchOnfeld. Starkere Nerven!
  Schule  des Wilb-ns  und die Wach-AutoBiigge-.-
  tiou nach der  Naucyer Methode; eiue  moderne
  Psychotherapie,  mit  besondereni Erfolge  au-
  geweudet gegen  Nervenstorungen und deren
  Folgen.  Jeder sein  eigener Arzt. n-.  Zurich,
  1904.
    Oberdorffer.   Hygienische   Lebensregeln,
  besonders  fur Nervenleidende   uud chronisch
  Kranke.  8 .   (lodesberg, [190.")].
    Paul (E.)   Fort mit deu Nervenplagen;  eine
  Anweisung zur Heiluug  und  Vermeidnng  der
  Nei veuschwiiche uud  Nerveuerkrankungen.  2.
  wesentlich  verbesserte und vermehrte  Aufl,
  8°.  Wiesbaden, 1-92.
    Pelman (C.)   Zeuuwlijden,  opvoeding en
  ouderwijs.  Naar  deu 4. druk vertaald door H.
  G. Roodhuyzeu.   8\   Amsterdam, [1^~7].
    Rhuner (G.)  Wie entstelien  geistige  Sto-
  rungen und wie verhiitet man solche?  8°.  Leip-
  zig, 1893.
    -----.   The  same.  Wie eutsteheu  nervose
  Storungen und wie  verhiitet mau solche?  2.
  Aufl.   8°. Leipzig 4-Zurich, \r-97.
    Richard (R.)   Die Regeneration  des  ge-
  schwachteu   Nervensystems, oder  griindliche
  Heiluug alh-r Folgen der gekeimen Jugendsiiu-
  den uud der Auschweifung.  12°.  (Juedlinburg
  4' Leipzig, 1856.
     Schofield  (A. T.)  Nerves  in order, or the
  maintenance of health.  8J.  London, 1905.
     Smith  (S. E. L.)   A uew discovery; the law
  of our nervous system by which  it may preserve
  its freshness  and purity.  3. ed.  £-.   London,
  [n.d.].
     -----.  The same.  4. ed. 8C.  London, [n.d.].
     Trost und  Rat fiir Nervenkranke, von einem
  Vielgepruften.  3. Aufl.   12J.    Wiesbaden,  1^99.
     Vinaj  (G.  S.)  L'igiene dei nervi;  eziologia
  ed igiene delle principali forme ucuropatiche
  della nostra et.a.  12-.  Milano,  [1691].
     Ziekte (De) van  onzen tijd.   Woordeu van
  troost en raadgeving aan alle zennwlijders door
  eeu  hersteld  zennwli.jder.  Naur  het Hoog-
  duitsch.  12u.  Utrecht, [1690].
     vox Ziemssex (H.)  Uebung und 8ohonung
  des Nervensystems.  8°.   Leipzig, 1*93.
     Berry  (R.J. A.) The nervous system; its uses and
  abuses. Kdinb.  Health Soc.  Health  Lect.,  1898-9. xv,
  129-147. — Brower (D. R.)  How can sanitary science
  aid iu preventing nervous diseases? Dielet A Hyg. Gaz.,
  N. Y.,  1898, xiv, 657-659.  AUo: Med.  Standard. Chicago,
  1898, xxi,  159.—Brown (J. J. G.» Notes on the treat-
  ment of diseases of the nervous system: lecture one on
  prophylactic measures.  Scot. M. A S. J., Edinh., 1899. iv,
  385; 490.—Cohn (P.) Zu einer Prophylaxe der Tabes nnd
  Parahse iiberhaupt (und vielleicht syphilitischer l»ach-
  krankheiteu iiberhaupt).  Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 190'.,
  vi, 6-9 — Delnmalcr (N. B.)  The care of children as a
  preventive of nervous disorders.  Homeop. J. Obst., >. » -.
   1902, xxiv, 313-316.—Dewey (It.)  Contagion and infec-
  tion in nervous aud meutal disease and degeneracy, ami
  measures of prevention.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 11-99,
  xxxii,  1054-1057— Doiiihliilh (O.)  Nervenh.\gitiie in
  der Grossstadt. Bl. f. Volksgsudhtspfl., Miiuchen, 1903,
  iii 353-356.— Drake  (G. W.) Some thoughts  on the
  functions of the nervous system and the importance oi
  organic education.  Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond,
   1903-4  viii, 512-516. — Durig  (A.)   Ein SchulversucH 
NEBVOUS.
523
NERVOUS.
Uervous  system  (Hygiene of) [including

  popular treatises],
  uber Unermiidbarkeit des Nerven.  Centralbl. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz. u. Wien. 1901-2,  xv, 751-753.—Finckh (J.)  Die I
  Verhiitung der Nerveukriiukheiten.  Monatschr. f. prakt.
  Wasserh., Miiuchen, 190."..  xii,  97-108. — Fiteli  (W. M.)
  The nerve hygieue  of school children.  Chicago M. Re-
  corder, 1904,  xxvi, 517-52.".. —Majos (L.)  Torua, sport,
  atletasiig  es  testi  muuka az  idegesek eletreudjeben.
  [Tournej s, sport, athletics, and bodily work as nervous
  dietetic-*. |  Diaet. et phystk. gydgyit6m., Budapest, 1905,
  40-42. — Iliiiiiiuond (G. M.)  The education aud devel-
  opment of neurotic children.  N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi,
  353.—Hrrdman (W.J.)  Best methods of counteracting
  ps>ch(>ses due to the strain and stress incident to our
  public school methods.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1903,
  xii, 1178-1185. Also, Reprint. — Ilirst-hlaflT (L.)  Zur
  Gesundheitspflege des  Nervensystems.  Ztschr.  f. piida-
  gog. Psychol, [etc.], Perl.,  1903, v, 298-322.—Hoffmann
  (A.)  lleriifswahl und  Nervenleben. Gren/fr. d. Nerv.-
  u.Seelenleb.,  Wiesb., 1904, 25. Hit., 1-26.—Hoppe (II. H.)
  Education and the hygieue of the nervous svstem.  Lau-
  cet-Cliiiic, Cinciu., 1905, n.  s., lv, 237; 2G7; 285— Hughes
  (C. H.)   The  hygiene of the nervous system aud mind;
  the relation of the nervous system to cholera and its pro-
  phylaxis and  neurotherapy; the cure  and prevention of
  dyspepsia as a neivous disease; the neuropathic diathesis;
  its quarantine and treatment.  Alienist Sc  Neurol., St.
  Louis, 1885,  vi, 44-64.  AUo, Repriut. — Iratts (E. R.)
  The necessity of economy iu nerve expenditure. Med.Rec,
  N. Y., 1896, xlix, 837.—Jones t W. A.)  Nervous stability
  considered from tbe standpoint of education aud training.
  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul,  1896, xvi, 443-445. —Ka-
  lischer (S.)  Zur Prophylaxe der chronischen Neurosen.
  Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1899, xx,   1153. — Krauss
  (W. C.)   The  nerve elements in health and disease. Proc.
  Am. Micr. Soc, Ithaca, 1894-5,  xvi, 234-237,  lpl. Also:
  J. Nerv. Sc Meut. Dis., N.  Y., 1896, xxiii, 1-5.—.TieKen-
  nan (T. M. T.)  The prevention of diseases of the nerv-
  ous system.  Penn.  M.  J.,  Pittsburg, 1901-2,  v, 535-537.—
  Mci-igol de Treigiiy.   Traitement  hygienique de la
  predisposition uerveuse h6r6ditairo. Rev. gen. de clin. et
  de therap., Par.,  1893,  vii, 677-680.  AUo. transl: Inter-
  nat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1893, vii,  1769;  1S47: 1886.—
  Moglie (G.) Igiene del  sistema nervoso nel bambino.
  Clin, ostet., Roma, 1900, ii,  93; 140; IK).—.VIoody (G.H.)
  Considerations seeking  a higher standard of  nervous and
  mental health.  Texas  State J. M.. Fort Worth, 1905,  i,
  175-177. — Oppenheim  (II.)   Nervenkrankheit  und
  Lecture.  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898-9,
  xiv, 342-253.—Patrick (11. T.)  How not to be nervous.
  Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas City,  1903, iv,
  9-19. — I»earce  (F. S.)  The  acquirement  of nervous
  health.  Alienist Sc Neurol., St. Louis,  1902, xxiii,  1-8.
  AUo: Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City,
  19(13,  iii, 133-140. —  Mikorski (I. A.)   Zadachi  nervuo-
  psikhicheskoi higieni i profilaktiki.  [Problems of neuro-
  psychological  hygiene  and  prophylaxis.]  Trudi perv.
  syezda  otechest.  psichiat.,  S.-Peterb.,  1887, 1055-1064.
  -----. Ob uspiekhakh  meilitsini  v dlelle okhraneniya
  visshikh storon zdorovya.   | Success of  medicine in  pre-
  serving  the best guards  of health. ]   Univ.  Izvlest.,
  Kiev, 1898, xxxviii,  no. 3,  offic. pt., 1-22.  Also,  transl:
  Rev. de  psychol. cliu. et therap., Par., 1897-8, i, 359; 393.
  -----. Osuovniye voprosi  nervno-psikhicheskol higieni i
  profilaktiki.   [Fundamental questions in neuro-psychical
  hygieue and prophylaxis.]  Yopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev,
  1898, iii,  377-397.—Smith  (F. R.)  The  prophylaxis and
  general hygieneof diseases of the nervous svstem.  Mary-
  land M. J., Rait., 1897,  xxxvii,  111-118— Stadi-lmnu'ii
  (H.)   Wie kann die unteirichtliche Behandlung abnormer
  Kinder  die Pmphylaxe  der Nerven- und  Geisteskrank-
  lie;teu unterstiitzeu.  Ztschr. f. Schulgesndhtspti., Hamb.,
  1901, xvii, 463-470. — Mtone (M.  T.)  The value of the
  proper equilibration of the nervous system and its influ-
  ence for  health and disease.  Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc,
  Concord, 1898. 92-99.—Taylor (II. L.)   Hygiene of reflex
  action.  J. Nerv. &. Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1888, xv, 177-199.—
  Windschcid.  The prevention of disease of the nervous
  system.   Prevent, dis., Westmiust., 1902, 507-564.

IVervoiis  system  (Inflammation of).
    See, also,  Brain (Inflammation of);  Neuritis;
  Spinal cord (Inflammation of).
    Anglade  Sc Jacquin.  Meningo-myelite transverse
  et meniugo-encephalite  chez uue femme  tuberculeuse.
  iliiz. hebd. d.  sc. med. de Bordeaux,  1905, xxvi, 375-379.—
  Barfels ( M. )   Ueber  Encephalo-myelo-meningitis
  diffusa ha-morrhagica  mit  endophlebitischen  Wuche-
  rungen.   Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.. 1902, xxxvi, 207-250,  2
  pl.—Baucke (E.) Ein  Beitrag  zur  Lehre  der  En-
  cephalomyelitis disseminata.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1903,   xxii,  109;  158.—Cassirer (Ii.)   Ueber metasta-
  tischeAbcesseimCentralnervensystein. Arch.f.Psychiat.
  Berl.,  1902, xxxvi.  153-206,  2 pl. — Huismans  (L.)
  Encephalomyelitis hamorrhagica dissemiuata acuta unter
Mervous system (Inflammation of).
  dem Bilde der aufsteigendeu Spinalparalvse.  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1905,  xlii,  87-91.  Also:  Miinchen.  med.
  Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1451.

Nervous system (Inhibitory).
     See,  also,  Death  (Sudden);  Heart  (Nerves,
  etc., of);  Nerve (Pneumogastric).
     Belin  (L.)   La  mort  subite  par  inhibition
  dans  l'avortenient  criminel.    8C.  Paris, 1897.
     Breese (B.  B. )   On  inhibition.   8°.   New
   Tork, 1699.
     Caillard ( P. )  * De  la  mort  subite  dans
  les  lesions  laryngees  et traclieo-bronchiqnes.
   [Paris.]   4°.   Dijon, 1892.
     Henry (C.)   Sur  la  dynamogejiie  et  l'in-
  hibition.  Sur  un cort-le  chroniatique, un  rap-
  porteur et un  triple  d6cimetre  esthe^tiques.   4°.
  [Pan's, 1*89.]
     Oddi  (R.)  L' inibizione dal punto  di  vista
  iisio-patologico, psicologico e sociale.   8°.   To-
  rino, Boma, Milano 4' Firenze, 1898.
     Sktschenow  (J.)    Physiologische  Studien
  iiber  die  Heinmungsniechanisnien  fiir die Re-
  nexthatigkeit des  Riickenmarks  im Gehirne dee
   Frosclu-8.  S  .   Berlin,  lbGll.
     Thomas (H.  O.)  Contributions to surgery
  and medicine.   Nerve  inhibition and  its rela-
  tion to the practice of medicine.  8°.  London,
   1683.
     Aducco (Y.)  Sopra un caso di inibizione respiratoria.
   Ann. di  freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1890-91, ii, 220-230.  AUo,
   transl:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  1890-91, xiv, 333-343, 2
   pl.—Albertoni (P.) Ueber  die Hemmungscentren der
   Krote.   Ceutralbl.  f. Physiol., Leipz.  u. Wien, 1887-8. i,
   733. — Ainaysi  (S.)  Ueber scheiubare Heinmuugen am
   Nervmuskelpraparate; iiber die von Kaiser beschriebeuen
   Hemmungserscheiuuugeu  bei gleichzeiliger  chemischer
   und elektriscber Nervenreizung.  Arch.  f. d.  yes Phvs-
   iol., Bonn, 1902, lxxxxi, 413-424, 1 diag. — Berillou (E.)
   Abolition  partielle du  pouvoir d'inhibition  volontaire.
   Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1897-8, xii,
   177-184—Berninzone (M. R.)  La corteccia cerebrale
   come organo di  inibizione.  Ricerche di flsiol. e sc. affini
  (led. al Prof. L. Luciani . . ., Milano,  1900, 275-286.  Also:
  (Jazz.  med.  lomb., Milano,  1901, lx,  411; 421. — Bie-
   dermann (W.)   Ueber  Heiiimuugserseheinungen bei
   elektriscber Reizung qnergestreifter Muskeln und iiber
   positive kathoilischo Polarisation.  Sitzuntisb. d. k. Akad.
  d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw.Cl.Wieii,  1885, xcii, 142-182,
   1 pl. AUo, transl.: Transl. For. Biol. Mem., Oxford, 1H87,
  331-364.—Bind (A.)  L'inhibition dans les phenom^nes
  de conscience.  Rev.  phil.,  Par..  1890, xxx,  136-156.—
   Bonsdorft (E. J.)  Kritik des sogenannten Hemmungs-
  nervensystems.  Ztschr. f. lat. Med., Leipz. & Heidelb.,
   1869, 3.R., xxxvi, 15-39. — Browu-Sequard (C.-E.)
  Champ d'action de l'inhibition en physiologie, en patho-
  genic et en therapeutique.  Arch, de  physioi. norm, et
  path., Par., 18S&, 5. s., i, 1-23.  -----. De  quelques regies
  generates relatives k l'inhibition.  Ibid.,  751-761. -----.
  Inhibition.  Diet, encycl. d.  sc. m6d., Par., 1889, 4. a., xvi,
   1-19. -----. Remarques sur l'associatiou entre l'effort in-
  Bpiratoire  et  l'inhibition  du  cceur.  Arch,  de  physiol.
  norm,  et path., Par., 1889, 5. s., i, 610. -----.  Recherches
  sur l'inhibition de la sensibilit6 aux causes de douleur sous
  l'influence d'une irritation de  la muqueuse laryng6e par
  de l'acide carbonique. Ibid., 1891, 5. s.,  iii, 645-660. -----.
  Sur uno  iuhibitiou  dont les chirurgiens pourraient tirer
  profit si elle se produit chez l'lioiume  comme chez le chien
  et le singe; les plaies  par incision  on par brulure, apres
  une irritation du larynx ou de  ses nerfs seusitifs,  peuvent
  conserver de l'anulg&sie pendant  plusieurs jours et meiua
  deux seniaines ou plus lougtemps.  Ibid., 805-815. -----.
  Importance de l'analgesiedue k une irritation laryugienne
  dans l'etude experimentale de la  puissance motrice des
  diverses parties  do l'oncephale.  Ibid., 1882, 5. s.,  iv, 725-
  727.—Brnulou (T. L.)  Ou the nature of inhibition and
  the action of drugs upon it.  Nature, Lond., 1882-3, xxvii,
  419; 436; 467; 485.  AUo, Repriut. — Capitaii (L.)  Cas
  d'association d'inhibition cardiaque avec chaque effort in-
  spiratoire.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par.. 1889, 5.
  s., i, 609.—Celeain (P.)  Sul differenziamento delle pro-
  priety inibitorie nella catena gaugliare del Palinurus vul-
  garis, e sua relazione colla dottrhia morfologica della meta-
  meria.  Riv.di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1896, i, 129-133, 2 ch.—
  Charpentier  (A ) <v ITIeyer (ft.)  Amission de rayons
  Ni dans les pheriomenesd'inhibition.  Coinpt. reud. Acad.
  il.  sc.   Par,  1904,  exxxviii, 832.—Cleghorn  (A.)  &
  Stewart (C. C.)  The reaction time of inhibition    Proc.
  Am. Physiol. Soc,  Bost., 1900, p. xxi.—Vonsiglio (M.)
  Sopra un feuomenodi inibizione di origine corticale.  Atti 
NERVOrS.
524
NERVOUS.
.\t*rvoii* system (Inhibitory).
  d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in  Palermo (1895), 1896, 78-90.—
  t'oulejt-an (C.)   Le  choc nerveux et l'inhibition des
  echaii^.s.  Arch, de physiol.;uorm. et path., Par., 1894,5.
  s., vi, 643-648.  ------.  A propos  d'expe-riences produites
  dans le but de demoutrer que le  choc nerveux determine
  l'inhibition  des  echanges.   Compt. rend.  Soc. de  biol,
  Par.,  1894, 10. s., i, 291-293.— Eiilenburg (A.) & l.an-
  dois (L.)  Die Heniinungsneurose; eiu Beitrag zur Ncr-
 ' venpathologie.   Wien.  med. Wchnsehr.,  1866, xvi, 521;
  537; 553: 569;  585.   AUo.  Reprint.—Frohlich  (A.)  Sc
  Sherrington  (C. S.)   Path of impulses  for inhibition
  under decerebrate  rigidity.  J. Physiol., Lond.,  1902,
  xxviii, 14-19.—Gonzalez  (J. Y.)  The study of inhibi-
  tion.  N. York M.  J.. 1900, lxxi, 116.—Gross (O.)   Zur
  Frage der socialen Hemmungsvorstelluugen.   Arch.  f.
  Krim.-Anthrop.  u.  Krimiualist.,  Leipz., 1901-2, vii, 122-
  131.—Grossiiiann  (M.)   Beitrag zur Erkiarung des
  Herztodes nach Exstirpation des Larynx.   Beitr. z.  Chir.
  Festschr. . . . Theodor Billroth. .., Stuttg., 1892, 150-167.—
  Ilerzen (A.)  Le role psycho-physiologique  de l'inhi-
  bition, d'apres Jobs Fano.  Rev.  scient., Par.,  1890,
  xlvi,  239-242.—Hey mans (G.)   Untersuchungen  iiber
  psychische Hemmung.  Ztschr.  f. Psychol, u. Physiol,  d.
  Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1899, xxi, 321-359: 1901, xxvi, 305-382.—
  Ilofinaun (F.  B.)  & Amaya (S.)   Ueber scheinbare
  Hemmungenam Nervmuskelpraparate; vorliiufige Bemer-
  kungen iiber elektrische DoppelreizungdesKerven. Arch.
  f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn, 1902, lxxxxi, 425-433.—Kaiser
  (K.)  Eine Heinmungserscheinuug am Nervmuskelpra-
  parat.  Ztschr. f. Biol.,  Munchen u. Leipz., 1891-2,  n. F.,
  x, 417-432, 1 diag.—Kron  (J.)   Experimentelle Beitrage
  zur Lehre vou der Hemmung der Reflexe nach halbseitiger
  Durchschueiduug d> s Riickeiiinarks.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Nervenh., Leipz., 1902, xxii, 24-53.—Kroneckcr (H.)  &
  ITIeltzer (S.)  On the propagation of  inhibitory excita-
  tion in  the medulla  oblongata.   Proc.  Rov.  Soc. Loud.,
  1881-2, xxxiii, 27-29.—Lnborde (J.-V.)  Du nceud vital
  ou centre respiratoire bulbaire, k propos d'une communi-
  cation de Paul Loye.  Compt.  rend.  Soc. de biol..  I'ar.,
  1888,  8.  s., v, 600-603.—I,angley (J.  N.)   A method  of
  demonstrating the inhibition by the vagus of the cardiac
  sphincter of the  stomach.    Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
  1901-2,  xxxvi, 54— Lednc (S.),  irlalherbe (A.)  &
  Bouxeau (A.)   Production de Imbibition ce r6 bra le chez
  riioiume par les courants electriques.   Compt. rend. Soc
  de biol., Par., 1902.  11. s., ix, 1297-1299.—Lombard (W.
  P.)  Re-enfoieeuient aud inhibition of nervous processes.
  Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. As-*.,  1901, viii,  90-10.'.. — Lore
  (P.)  Contribution k l'etude du nceud vital chez riiouiiue.
  Coinpt. rend.  Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1888, 8. s., v, 581-585.—
  McDougall (W.)  The nature of inhibitory processes
  within the nervous system.  Brain, Loud., 1903, xxvi, 153-
  191.—ITIumu-lli (M.)   Sopra nlcuni fatti  di inibizione
  riflessa osservati sui nervi periferici.   Riv. sper. di fre-
  niat., Reggio-Emilia,  1896, xxii, 58-78, 2 pl.—ITIeltzer (S.
  J.)  Inhibition.   N. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 661; 699; 739.
  A^o, Reprint. ------. The role of inhibition iu the normal
  and iu some ofthe pathological phenomena of life.   Med.
  Rec, N.  Y.,  1902,  lxi.  8*1-892.—Mercier (C.)  Inhibi-
  tion.  Braiu, Loud., 1888-9, xi, 361-405.—JMillikin (D.)
  Inhibition in  its  latter-day aspects.  Tr.  Acad. M. Cin-
  cin., 1897-3, 231-242.—Modiea (O.)  Gli elementi del sis-
  tema nervoso centrale nella morte per inibizione cardiaco-
  respiratoria.  Soc med.-chir. di  Bologna.  Resoc. (1900),
  1901.  36-40. —  Vloiat (J.-P.) Y a-t-il  des  nerfs inhibi-
  teurs?  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1*92. cxiv, 608-610.
  ------. L'inhibition dans ses rapports avec la temperature
  des organes.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893,
  5. s.,  285-296. ------.  Nerfs et centres inhibiteurs.   Ibid.,
  1894,  5. s., vi, 7«-18.—.Hoyer (H. N.)  Relation of alcohol
  to the inhibitions.   Alienist Sc  Neurol., St. Louis,  1893,
  xiv, 94-99. — Oddi (It.)  Le cerveau et la moelle epiniere
  comme  centres  d'inhibition.  \Transl from: Atti  d.  r.
  Accad.  d. Lincei, 1*9."..]  Arch. ital. do biol., Turin, 1895-6,
  xxiv, 3U0-:i0*.—Onuf (B.)  A  tentative explanation  of
  some of  the  phenomena of inhibitiou  on a bisto-pby-
  siological basis,ineludinga hypothesis concerning the func-
  tions of the pyramidal tracta.  State  Hosp. Bull., Utica
  1897,  ii, 145-153, 3pl.   AUo,  Reprint. -Ott (I.)  On crossed
  h\pera-sthesia;  also, uotes on  inhibition.  J. Physiol.
  Lond. & Cambridge,  1880-2, iii, 160-164.   Also, Reprint.—
  ------. The inhibition of sensibility and  motion.  N. York
  M. J.,  1*81.  xxxiii,  21-24. Also, Repriut. — Patrizi
  (M. L.)   Su 1'  inibizione reciproca tra gli iucitamenti uatu-
  rale ed artirh iale.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. Roma
  1894,  ii. tisiol , 77-79.  AUo: Gior. d.  r. Accad. di med  di
  Torino, 1804, 3.  s.,  xlii, 200-203—Pfliiger (E.)  Experi-
  mentalbeitrag zur Theorie der llenimuiigsnerven.'  Arch.
  f. Anat., Pbysiol. u. wissensch.  Med., Leip/.., 1859  13-29
  See, also,  infra,  Schifl'.—Phisalix  (C.)  Sur uu pbeno-
  inene d'inhibition chez les cephalopodes; constriction pa-
  ralytique des chromatophores.  (ompt. rend. Acad,  d sc
  Par., 1*93, cxvii, 638-640.   AUo: ('ompt.  rend.  Sec  de
  biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 887 **!i. —Piotrowski (G.)  On
  the muscle-nerve  physiology of the  crayfish  especially
  with  regard to inhibition.   ,f. Physiol.. Cambridge  1893
  xiv, 163-197, 4 pl.—Poiranlt.  La mort subite par inhi-
i\ervous system  (Inhibitory).
  bition.  [Abstr. |   Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1903  x  KU
  112. — Kausehburg  (P.)   Ceber Heminung glcicli"
  zeitiger  Reizwirkungen;  experimenteller Bt-iu-a"  zur
  Lehre von deu Bedingungeii der Aufmerksamkeit.  Ztschr
  f.  Psychol,  ii.  Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1002  xxx'
  39-86.— Kiehet (C.)  Deux experiences d'inhibition sur
  hi grenouille et quelques autres faits relatifs 4l'inhibition
  In his: Physiol.  Trav. du lab., 8°, Par., 1893, i, 143-146. —
  Rotondi (G.)  Sull'azione inibitriceesercitata da alcune
  sostanze sui nervi periferici.  Boll. d. r. Accad.  mid di
  Genova,  1897, xii, 85-96, 1  ch.—Schifl*(J.  M.)  Zur 1'liy.
  siologie der sogenannten  " Hemmunj-snerven "; eine KY-
  wiederung an  Edward Pfliiger in  Berlin.  Untersuch.
  z  Naturl. d. Mensch. n. d. Thiere, Frankf. a. M.,  lWin. vi'
  201-253.  Also,  Repi int.—Sherrington (C. S.) Sc Frolil
  lich (A.)  Ueber  einige Hemiiiungserscheiiiungen  im
  Zustande der sogenaiiuteu Enthirnungsstarie (decerebrate
  rigidity).   Wien. kliu.  Rundschau, 1001, xv, 774.—Siicli
 . (C.)  Yerdunstuugsgeschwii.dijzkeit einiger Inhalations-
  kdrper.  Ber. d. deutsch.  pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1*9>,
  viii, 421-427.—Tamassia( A.)   Sulla inibizione cardiaco'
  respiratoria di BrownSequard; esperienze iiiedicn-forense.
  Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1890-91, 7. s., ii, 156-
  180.   Also: Riv.  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, ']*»],
  xvii, pt, 2, 46-63.—Van  Gehuchten (A.)  Les fibres
  inhibitives du coeur appartienneut au nerf pneuniogaatri.
  que  et pas au nerf spinal.  Nevraxe, Louvain, 1902-3, iv
  301-338, 3 pl.—Wedensky (N.)   Daus quelle partie de
  l'appareil neuro-musculaire se produit l'inhibition I  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1891, cxiii, 805-80M. -----.  Are
  excitation, inhibition, and narcosis different phases of thu
  same activity?  Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 361.—
  Wertheimer (E.)   Inhibition  reflexe du tonus et des
  mouvements de l'estomac   Arch,  de phvsiol. norm, et
  path., Par., 1892,5. s., iv, 379-385.—Verke's (R. M.)  In-
  hibition aud reinforcement of reaction in the frog, Rana
  clamitans.  J.  Comp. Neurol. & Psychol.,  Granville, O.,
  1904, xiv, 124-137.— lot.   De Imbibition.  Rev.  gen.de
  clin. et de therap.. Par., 1897, xi, 619-621.  Also: Rev. de
  med. leg., Par., 1897, iv, 311-313.

IVervous system  (Irritability of).
     See, also, Nervous system (Electrophysiology of).
     Achklis (F. W. L.)   * Ueber tripolare Nerven-
  reizung  und iilier die  Entartuugsreaktion  bei
  eriniideten  Nervmnskelpranaraten.   6°.   Mar-
  burg, 1905.
     Also, in: Arch. f.d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cvi, 329-367.
     Bollmann (J. E.)   * De  irritabilitate  vis
  nervosso tantuni modiiicazioue.   12°.  Gccttingoj,
  1791.
     AUo\in: Collect, diss. med. in Acad. Gcett., 1792, i, pt.
  3, 1-32.
     Braecnin'G (H. B.)  * Zur Kenntuiss der Wir-
  kung ebeniiscber Reize.  8°.  Kiel, 1904.
     Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,1904,cii,163-184.
     Gortinsky (Olga).   * Sur la dure"e de l'exci-
  tabilite  des  nerfs apres la  separation  de leurs
  eentres nutritifs.  8°.   Geneve, 1662.
     Insensitivita   (Sulla) ed  irritabilita  Halle-
  riana.   Opnscoli  iii varj autori, raccolti da Gia-
  cinto Bartolonieo  Fabri.   Parte  jirima, uella
  quale si  contengono tutte le  cose favorevoli al
  sistema del. .  .  Signor Haller.  4J.  Bologna,
  17.".7.
     ------.  The same.  Supplenieuto  agli Opuscoli
  di varj  autori, raccolti et iu due parti diviso da
  Giacinto Bartolomeo Fabri.   4.  Bologna, l?f>9.
     Le Cat (C.  N.)   Sulla  sensitivita ed irrita-
  bilita di certe  parti del corpo uuiano.  Seconda
  tlissertazione del Signor ...  4°.  Bologna, 1759.
     Limbourg (P.)   * Beitrage  zur  chemischen
  Nervenreizuug  und  zur  Wirkung  der Salze.
   [Marburg.]  ^\   Bonn, 16*7.
     Mehcikr (J.)   * Reebercbes  cliniques sur l'ex-
  citabilite  lneVanique do nerfs moteurs  p6ri-
  phexiques.   8°.   Lyon, 1899.
     Adueeo (V.)   Moditicazioui dell' cccitabilitadei centri
  nervosi uei primi giorni della vita. Ann. di freniat. (etc.),
   Torino, 1891-2, iii, 154-171. 1 pl.  Also: Atti (1. r. Accad.
  d. fisiocrit. in  Siena. 1892, 4. s., 3.">7-375,  1 diag. —Alii-
  rralde ( M.)  Investigaciones sobre la excitabilidad de
  los centros nerviosos despues de la muerte.  Rev. Soc.med.
   argent.,  Buenos  Aires, 1902, x.  234-240.   AUo: Seii.ana
   med., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 513.-Arloin» (S.)  1 ersis-
   t;.nce de l'excitabilite daus le bout peripherique ties ueris
   apres la section ; application ft I'analyse de la portion cer-
   vicale du uerf pneumogastrique.  Arch, de physiol. norm. 
NERVOUS.
525
NERVOUS.
Nervous system  (Irritability of).
  et path., Par., 1896, 5. s., viii. 75-90. — Axenfcld (D.)
  L' irritazione del nervo mediaute le vibrazioni di un diapa-
  son.  Atti e rendic. d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1892,
  iv, 225-227.—Babinski.  Influence  du froid et do la
  chaleursur la trepidation spinale et les letlexes tendiueux.
  J. de med. int.. Par.,  1904, viii, 231.—Beck (A.)   Die
  Erregbarkeit  verschiedener  Stellen desselben  Xerven.
  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1897, 415-425.  -----.  Zur Unter-
  suchuug  der Erregbarkeit der Nerven.   Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol., Bonn,  1898,  lxxii,  352-359.—Benedikt.  Quel-
  ques considerations sur  la  propagation des excitations
  dans le systeme nerveux. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1898,
  3. s., xxxix, 14-21.—Boeci (B.)  Le varie fasi dell' irri-
  tabilita  uervea  nella  rana.   Arch. ital. de  biol., Turin,
  1901-2.  xxxvi,  155.—dn Bois-Beyinond  (R.) Ueber
  die Geschwindigkeit des Nervenprincips.  Arch.f.  Phy-
  siol.. Leipz., 1900, Suppl.-Bd.. 68-104.—Boruttau (H.) Sc
  Frohlich (F. AY)  Erregbaikeit  und  Leitfiihigkeit der
  Nerveb.  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol.. Jena, 1904, iv, 153-162.—
  Charpenlier (A.)  Methode de  resonance  pour la de-
  termination de  la  frequence des oscillations nerveuses.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1723-1725.
  -----Relations specifiques entie  plusieurs centres ner-
  veux sensoriels et leurs excitants ordinaires, etudi6es au
  moyen  des rayons  N.  Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1904. lvi.  1047-1049.—t'luzet (J.)  Sur la loi d'exeitation
  des nerfs k l'etat pathologique.  Arch, d'electric. in6d.,
  Bordeaux, 1902, x, 201-204. -----. Sur la loi d'exeitation
  des nerfs pr6sentant des syndromes de degenerescence.
  Compt. reud. Soc.  de biol.,  Par.,  1902,  11. s., iv, 70-72.
  -----.  Sur la loi d'excitatiou des nerfs par decharges de
  condensateurs  (reponse k M. et M"" Lapicque).  Ibid.,
  1905,lix, 161-163.—C'ourtade(D ) A Giiyon(J.-F.) Exci-
  tability comparee du nerf erecteur sac re et du nerf hypo-
  gastriqne.  Ibid., 1901.  11. s., iii, 335-337.- Eiigelmann
  (T. AY)  Graphische Untersuchungen iiber die Fortpflan-
  sungsgeschwindigkeit der NerveneiTcgung. Arch. f. Phv-
  siol.. Leipz., 1901,  1-30, 1  diag. — Falk ( K.)  Ueber
  combinirte Erregungszusiande im Nervensystem.  Arch.
  f. Psychiat.. Berl., 1894, xxvi, 890-896. — Frohlich (F.
  AY.)   Erregbarkeit  und   Leitfabigkeit des  Nerven.
  Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903-4, iii, 148-179. -----.
  Die  Verringeruug  der  Fortpflanzuiigsgeschwindigkeit
  der Nervenerregung durch Narkose und Erstickung des
  Nerven.  Ibid.. 455-467,1 pl.—Fuchs iS.)  Ueber den zeit-
  licben  Yerlauf des Erregungsvorganges  im  marklosen
  Nerven.  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. AA'issensch. Math.-na-
  turw. CI.,AVieu,1894.ciii,207-290,3 diag.—Fuld (E.)  Ueber
  gegeuseitigo Beeinfiussung   (Interlerenz ) zweier Erre-
  gungen im Nerven.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.,  Bonn, 1900,
  lxxxi, 381-398. — Gad.  Ueber Trennung vou  Reizbar-
  keit und Leitungsfahigkeit der Nerven nach Versuchen
  des Herrn Sawyer.   Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1888, 395-
  402.  -----.  Ueber  Leitungsfahigkeit und  Reizbarkeit
  der Nerven in  ihren Beziehuugen  zur Langs-und Quer-
  erregbarkeit,  nach  Versuchen des Herrn  Piotrowski.
  Ibid., 1889, 350-361. — Goldscheider (A.)   Ueber die
  Summation von Hautreizen  (nach gemeinschaftlich mit
  J. Gad  angestellten  Versuchen).  Arch.  f.  Physiol.,
  Leipz,  1891, 164-169.   AUo.  in his:  Ges. Abhandl.. 8°,
  Leipz..  1898. i, 384-390.—Goldscheider (A.) <k Gad (J.)
  Ueber die Summation von  Hautreizen.   Ztschr. f.  klin.
  Med., 1892, xx, 339-373.  Also, in: Goldscheider (A.)  Ges.
  Abhandl., 8°, Leipz.. 1898, i, 397-432.—Gradenwitz (A.)
  On aprocessof measuring nervous susceptibility.   Scieut.
  Am,, N. Y., 1905, xcii, 481.—Greene (C. AV.)  'The nerve
  impulse in its relations to the strength of the external
  stimulus.  Johns Hopkins I'liiv. Ciic, Bait., 1896-7, xvi,
  48.—Groves (E.  AV.l  On  tbe chemical  stimulation of
  nerves.  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1893, xiv, 221-232, 1 pl.—
  Griitzner (P.)  Ueber chemische Reizung von motoii-
  schen Nerven.   Ari h.  f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1892 3,
  liii, 83-139. -----.  Ueber die chemische Reizung seusibler
  Nerven.  Ibid., 1894, lviii, 69-1C4.  -----. Ueber verschie-
  dene Erregbarkeit des Froschhuftuerven in  seiuem A'er-
  lauf. Arch. f. Psychiat , Berl., 1899,  xxxii, 653-655.—
  Harrington (D.)  Sobre la excitabilidad de los centros
  nerviosos despues de In muerte; contestacidn al Dr. M.
  Alurralde.  Setnana med..  Buenos  Aires, 1902,  ix, 383;
  477; 513;  566; 616. — Hering (E.)   Beitrage  zur  allge-
  meinen Nerven- und Muskelphysiologie.   9. Mittheilung.
  Ueher Nei venreizung durch den Nervenstrom.  Sitzunusb.
  d. k.Akad. d. Wissensch. Math, naturw. CI. 1882, AVien,
  1883,lxxxv, 3. Abth., 237-275. AUo. Reprint.—Hermann
  (L.)  Bemerkung zur Theorie der Nervenerregung. Arch.
  f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1901, lxxxvi, 103-106.—Hirsch-
  mann  (E.)  Ueber die  Reizung  luotorischer  Nerven
  durch Losungen von  Neutralsalzen.   Ibid., 1891, xlix,
  301-314.—Hodge (C. F.)  A  microscopical study of tho
  nerve cell  during  stimulation.  Tr. Pan.-Am. M. ('on<_'.
  1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2, 1258-1265, 5 pl—Holniaini fF.
  B.)  Studien iiber den Tetanus. III. Zur Erkiarung der
  scheinbaren  Hemmungen  am  Nervmuskelpraparate.
  Arch f. d. ges.  Pbysiol., Bonn, 1904, ciii, 291-352, 1 pl.—
  Hoorweg (J.  L )  Ueber  die  Nervenerregung  durch
  Condensatorentladungen.  Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn,
  1894, lvii, 427-436. -----. Ueber  die Erregung der Ner-
IVenous system  (Irritability of).
  ven.  Ibid., 1900.  lxxxii,  399: 1901,  lxxxv,  106:  lxxxvii,
  94. -----.  Ceber das allgemeine Gesetz der Nervenerre-
  gung.   Ztschr. f. Electrotherap., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, iv,
  1-7. -----.  Ueber die elektrische Eneguug der Nerven
  und der Muskeln.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905-
  6, ex, 91-94.—loteyko (Mile. J.)  Sur' la specifieite des
  nerfs et de l'excitant de la douleur.  Soc. roy. d.  sc med.
  et nat. deBrux.  Bull.. 1905, lxiii, 286-291.—Kicsow  (F.)
  Zur Frage  nach der Fortpflanzungs^eschwiudigkeit dei-
  Ei regnug im sensiblen Nerveu des Mensehen.  Ztschr.  f.
  Psychol.u.Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz ,1903-4, xxxiii, 444-
  452. -----.  Nochmals zur Frage nach der Kortpflauzungs-
  geschwindigkeit der Erregung im  sensiblen Nerveu des
  Mensehen.  Ibid., 1904, xxxv,  132.—JLaghius (T.)  De
  iusensibilitate, atque irritabilitate Halleriana.  Bouonien-
  si sc. ot art. Inst, comment., Bouoniae, 1757, iv, pt. 2, 208-
  218, 2 pl.— I.anjjelaan  (J. AV.)  Bemerkuugeu  zu dem
  Aufsatz von \V. Salomousohn: Die Effektgrbsse als  Funk-
  tion der Rcizgrosse.  Arch. f. d. ges. l'hysiol., 1905, vii,
  94-96.  See,  also, infra,  Salomonsohn. — Langley (J. N.)
  On the stimulation and  paralysis of nerve-cells and of
  nerve endings.  Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi,
  69. — Iichuiann ( K. B.)  Ueber den  Eiutluss des com-
  primirteii Saueistoffs  auf die Lebensproces.se der Kalt-
  bliiter und  einige OxNilatiousvorgiinge.  Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol., Bonn, 1883-4, xxxiii, 173-179. — Lcry-Dorn
  (M.)   Zur  Frage von dem verschiedenen AYi balten ver-
  schiedener Nerveu,  bezw. ihrer Endigungen gegen den-
  selben Reiz.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.  u. Psychiat., Cobleuz
  & Leipz., 1894, n. F., v, 630-632.—liCydig (F.)  Der reiz-
  leitende Theil  des  Neivengewebes.   Arch.   f. Anat. u.
  Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1897, 431-464. —von Linibeck
  (R.)  Ueber den Rhytbmus centialer  Reize.  Arch.  f.
  exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1888-9, xxv, 171-183, 1
  diag.—Lorela (P.)   Osservazioni cliniche intorno alio
  stirameuto dei nervi.  Mem. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bo-
  logna,  1881-2, 4. s., iii,  445-459.—Marme (W.) &. ITloIe.
  schott (J.)  Ueber den Einfluss des Lichts auf die Reiz-
  barkeit der Nerven.  Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u.
  d. Thiere, 1856, i, 15-51.—Mathews (A. P.)   The nature
  of nerve stimulation and of changes in irritability.  Sci-
  ence, N. Y., 1902, n. s., xv, 492-49K.—Munk (I.)  Zeigt
  der nnversehrte Nerv eine verschiedene locale Erregbar-
  keit ? (Nach Untersuch ungeii von P.  Schultzunddem Vo;-
  tragendeni.   Aich. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, 281.—Munk
  (I.) A 8ehultz (P.)  Die Reizbarkeit des Nerven an ver-
  schiedenen  Stellen seines Verlaufes.  Ibid., 297-316.—
  IVovi  (I.) Sc Grand is (V.)  Sul tempo di  eccitamento
  latente per irritazione cerebrale e sulla  durata dei riflessi
  in diverse condizioni sperimentali.   Riv. sper. di  freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia,  1887-8, xiii, 261 -27.!.—Oehl (E.)   Sul
  movimento di eccitazione dei nervi e sulla velocity di  sua
  trasmissione.   Riv. di  sc. biol., Torino,  1899,  i, 97-111.—
  Pari  (A.)  Sulla tendenza delle oscillazioui  automatiche
  dell' ecoitabilit& dei centri nervosi a sincronizzarsi con gli
  stimoli  (contributo  alia  couoscenza della ritmicita in
  alcuni  fenomeni fisiologici).   Sperimentale.  Arch, di
  biol., Firenze, 1904. lviii, 297-322, lpl.  AUo, transl:  Arcb.
  ital-. de biol., Turin,  1904-5, xlii, 217-236, 1 ch. -----.  Sur
  le rapport entre l'iutensit6 du stimulus et la hauteur de la
  contraction r6flexe.  [Transl. from:  Atti d. r. Ist. Veneto
  di sc, lett. ed arti. 1903, lxiii.]  Arch. ital. de  biol., Turin,
  1904-5, xlii,  109-124.—Parker (G. II.)   The stimulation
  of the  integumentary nerves of fishes by light.  Am. J.
  Physiol., Bost.,  1905, xiv,  413-420.— Pattee (A. F.)  Re-
  sume of J.  Mortimer  Granville's book on nerve vibra-
  tion and excitation, with notes of clinical experience with
  thopercuteur.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1885, v, 113-120.—
  Piotrowski  (G.)  O  pobudliwosci i zdolnoSci  przewo-
  dzenia stanu czynnego  w nerwach i mie,6uiach.  [Irrita-
  bility and capacity for conducting activity iu nerves and
  muscles]  Pam. Akad.  Umiej. w Krakow, 1889, xvi 135-
  172, 1 pl.,  2  dia '.  See,  also, supra, Gad. -----. Badania
  uad pobudliwoseia; i przewodnictweni  nerw6w.   [On the
  irritability and conductivity of  nerves.J  Rozpr. Akad.
  Umiej.  wydz. matemat.-przyr.,  Krak6w, 1893, 2. s., vi,
  1-14. ----—. Ueber die Trennung der Reizbarkeit uud
  Leitunsrsfiihigkeit des Nerven.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.,
  1893, 205-290, 4  diag., 1 pl.—Place (T.)  Over den  weer-
  stand der zenuwen, dwars en overlangs.  Feestbundel a.
  F. C. Donders [etc.], Amst., 1888, 397-404.—von  Poehl
  (A.) The over-excitement of the nerves as a cause of
  autointoxication.  Therapist. Lond.,  1902, xii, 55; 72; 94.
  AUo, Reprint.—PolumordviiioflT(D.) Ob otnoshenii
  mezhdu vozbudimostyu i provodimostyu nervov.  [ Rela-
  tion between  the  excitability and  conductivity of  the
  nerves.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1902,  x, no. 3, 1-11.—
  Bichel (C.)  Forme et duiee de la vibration nerveuse et
  l'unite psychologique du temps.  Rev. phil.,Par.,1898, xiv,
  337-350. -----.  La vibration  neiveuse.  Rev.  scient.,
  Pai., 1899, 4. s., xii, 801 - Ml. — Kiehier ( E.)   Gesetze
  der Erregung seusitiver  und moioriscber Gehirn- und
  Ruckenmarksnerveuleituugen und vorlaufige Hinweise
  fiir Diagnostik  und Therapie.   Internat. Monatschr. f.
  Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1901-2,  xix,  129-142. —Bo-
  manes (G.'J.) On the mollification of the  excitability
  of motor  nerves produced by an  injury.   Proc. Roy. 
NERVOUS.
526
NERVOUS.
 \ervou* system (Irritability of).
   Soc Lond., IsTti, xxv,  8-16.  AUo, Reprint. — Rosen-
   bach (O.)   Ueber die unter physiologisehen Verhsilt-
   nissen zu  beobachteude  A'erlaugsamung der Leitung
   von Schmerzempfiudungen bei Anwendung von thernii-
   schen  Reizen.  Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Berl., 1884, x,
   338-341.—Ros-i (A.)  Ricerche sperimentali sullo stira-
   mento dei nervi.  Mem. Accad. d. sc d. Ist. di Bologna,
   1881-2, 4. s., iii, 607-611.—Salomoiison (J. K. A. AV.)
   Die Effectgrosse als Function der Reizgrdsse.  Arch. f. d.
   ges. Physiol.. Bonn, 1903,  c, 4">5-486. -----. Die Effekt-
   grosseais Funktion der Reizgrosse; Erwiderung an J. AV.
   Langelaau.  Ibid.,  1905, cviii,  105-108. —Salomoiison
   (J. K.  A. AV.) A Scliont«- (G. J.)  Psychooptische Un-
   tersuchungen.  I. Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen
   dem Reizungsgesetze und dem Gesetze AA7eber-Fechuer's.
   Ibid.,  1904, cv,  389-424.—Sawicki (J. AV.)  O zwii^zku
   przyczynowym  zjawisk zai hodz^cych w nerwach.  [Con-
   necting cause oi' the phenomena  occurring in nerves.]
   Pain. Towarz. Lek.AVarszaw., 1888, lxxxiv, 405-427,1 pl.—
   Schafer (E. A.)  A simple apparatus for the mechanical
   stimulation of nerve.  Proc. Pbysiol. Soc.  Lond., 1900-
   1901, p. xxii.—Sergi (S.)  Reflex and automatic excita-
   bility. J. Ment. Path., N. Y., 1905-6, vii, 161-166, 1 pl.—
   Starke  (J.) Ueber den Einfluss  des  Centralnerven-
   systemes auf die Erregbarkeit des motorischen Nerven.
   Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. AVien. 1898, xii, 596-599.—
   Tehiriev (S.)  Reponse k M. le professeur N. E. AVe-
   densky.  J.  de  physiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1904, vi,
   701.—Tigerstedt  (It.) Zur mechauischen Nervenrei-
   zung.  Beitr. z.  Physiol. Carl Ludwig z. s. 70. Geburtst.
   [etc.],  Leipz., 1887, 82-88.—von Uexkiill (J.)  Zur Me-
   thodik der mechanischen Nervenreizung.  Ztschr. f. Biol.,
   Miinchen u.  Leipz.,  1*94, n. F.. xiii,  148-167. -----. Der
   Neurokinet; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der mechanischen
   Nervenreizung.   Ibid., 1899, n. F., xx, 291-299. —We-
   densky  iN.-E.)  De l'interference des excitations dans
   le nerf. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvii, 240-
   243. —---. Une analyse nouvelle d'un  vieux fait (sur-
   excitation du  nerf). Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2,
   xxxvi, 76. -----. Le telephone comme indicateur de l'ex-
   citation du nerf, k propos des objections faites par M.
   Tehiriev.  J. d. physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v,
   1042-1051. -----. Die Erregung, Hemmung uud Narkose.
   Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn, 1903-4, c, 1-144.—'Weiss
   (G.) Sur la caracteristique d'exeitation des nerfs  et des
   muscles.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv,
   883. -----.  Influence d'une 16g6re traction  sur l'excita-
   bilite du nerf. Ibid., 1899,  cxxviii, 453-455. -----. Sur la
   nature de la propagation de l'influx nerveux. Ibid., 1900,
   exxx, 198. -----. L'excitabilite du nerf, saconductibilite
   et  la  structure  du cylindre axe. Coinpt. rend. Soc. de
   biol.. Par., 1900,  II. s.,'ii, 284-286.  -----. Sur la generality
   de  la loi  d'exeitation des  nerfs.  Ibid., 1901, 11.  s.,  iii,
   522-524. -----. Recherches sur l'influence reciproque de
   deux excitations port6es en deux points dift'erents d'un
   nerf.  Ibid., 1902, 11. s., iv, 42. -----. Influence des vari-
   ations de temperature et des actions m6cauiques sur l'ex-
   citabilite etla conductibilile du nerf.  J. de physiol. et de
   path, gen., Par.,  1903, v, 31-46, lpl.—Weiss (0.)  Unter-
   suchungen iiber die Erregbarkeit eines  Nerven an ver-
   schiedenen Stellen seines  Verlaufes.  Arch. f. d. ges.
   Physiol.,  Bonn,  1898. lxxii, 15-50. -----. Neue Untersu-
   chungen iiber die Erregbarkeit eines Nerven  an verschie-
   denen Stellen seines Verlaufes.  Ibid., 1899, lxxv, 265-
   302.—Weiss (P.)  Influence de la tension sur l'excita-
   bilite du nerf.  Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par.. 1899, 10.
   B., vi,  105.—Znnietowski. Beobachtungen  iiber  den
   Einfluss von Alboferin auf Blutdruck  und Nervenerreg-
   barkeit bei  Nervenkranken. AVien.  med. Presse, 1902,
   xliii, 1603; 1701.

Uervous system (Morphology  of).
    See,  also, Insects  (Nervous system of);  Nerve
   (Optic, Morphology of); Nervous  system  (Com-
  parative  physiology  of);  Nervous system  (Em-
  bryology  of);  Nervous system (Physiology of);
  Nervous system  (Sympathetic, Morphology,  etc.,
  of); Neurons, etc.; and under names of nerves,
  as Nerve (Oculomotor), Nerves  (Peripheral), etc.
    Ackermann (J. F.)   *De systeuiatis nervei
  primordiis.  sui. 4°.  Heidelbergoe, 1810.
    Azema (J.)   * Contribution a l'6tude du sys-
  teme   nerveux  des  batraciens  anonres.    4°
  Montpellier, 18(J-2.
    Burckhardt (R.)  Das Centralnervensystem
  von Protoptertis annectens.  Eine vergleichend-
  anatoniiscbe Studie.  rov. 8°.   Berlin, 1892.
    Chatix (J.)   Les organes des sens  dans  la
  sene aniniale,; lemons: d'anatomie et de physio-
  logie compared faites a  la Sorbonne.  8°. Paris.
  1*60.                                            '
Uervous system (Morphology of).
    Clouston (T. S.)  The minute anatomy and
  physiology of the neivous system in the lobster
  (Astracus marinns).  8°.  Edinburgh, 18<>:i.
    Repr.from: Edinb. N. Phil. J., 1863, xvii.
    Constensoux (G.)  * Etude sur la nieiatneiie
  du  systeme nerveux  et les  localisations m6ta-
  me'iiques.   8°. Paris, 1900.
    Donaldson (H. H.)   Ou   a  formula  for  de-
  termining the weight of the central  nervous
  system of the  frog from  the weight  and length
  of its entire body.  4°.  Chicago, 1903.
    Flatau (E.) a\ Jacobsohn  (L.)   Handbuch
  der Anatomie  und vergleichenden Auatomie des
  Ceutraliicrvensysteins der Sangetiere.   1. Jla-
  krosko pise her Teil.  8°.  Berlin, 1899.
    Grass (Anna).   * Beitrage zur vergleichenden
  Histologie der peripheren Ganglien.   8°.  Hern
  1687.                                           '
    Also, in:  Mitth. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Bern (1887)
  1888, 24-39.

    Guillot (N.)  Exposition anatomique de l'or-
  ganisation du centre  nerveux dans les quatre
  classes d'aniinaux vert6bre"s.   Ouvrage couronno
  par l'Academie royale  des sciences d<- Bruxelles.
  4C.   Paris, 1844.
    Harrison (R. G.)   * Ueber  die  Histogeuese
  des peripheren Nervensystems bei Salmo salar.
    Also, in: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900-1901, lvii
  354-444, 3 pl.  Also, transl [Abstr.]: Biol. Bull.,  Bost.'
  1901, ii, 352.
    Hull (J.)   Observations on  the nervous sys-
  tems of different animals; on original defects iu
  the nervous system of the  human  species and
  their  influence on sensation and voluntary mo-
  tion.  8°.  Manchester, 1801.,
    Repr. from: Mem. Lit. &. Phil.  Soc. Manchester.
    Kolliker (A.)    Die  Entwicklung der Ele-
  inente des Nervensystems.  8°.   Leipzig, 1905.
    Repr. from : Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905.
    Kopp (P.)  * Ueber  die Verteilung und das
  topographische Verhalten der Nerven  an der
  Hauil der Fleischfiesser, nebst einer vergleichen-
  den Zusanimeustelluug  der  Verschiedenheiten
  in  dem  Verlaufe  dieser  Nerven  bei Mensch,
  Hund und Katze.   [Bern.]   12°.  Metz,  1901.
    Monti (Rina).   Ricerche   anatomo-compara-
  tive sulla  minuta  innervazione degli  oigaui
  trofici nei erauiotici inferiori.  8°. Pavia,  1898.
    Also [Rev.], in: Boll, scient., Pavia, 1898,  xx, 16-20.

    Ott (N.)   * Ueber peri- nnd endoneurale Wu-
  cherungen in den  Nervenstammen einiger Thier-
  speeies.   [Bern.]   HY   Herlin,  \*9\.
    Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894,cxxxvi,
  69-82.

    Owsjanxikow (P.) & KowaleVSKY (A.)   Ue-
  ber  das  Centralnervensystem und  das  Gehiir-
  organ der  Cephalopoden.  4°.   St.  Petersburg,
  18(57.
    Repr.from: Mem. Acad. imp.  d.  sc. de St.-P6tersb.,
  1867, 7. s.,  xi.
    Panizza (M.)    Compendio  di  morfologia e
  fisiologia  comparate  del  sistema nervoso,  ad
  uso  delle scuole  universitarie  di  lilosofia.   8°.
  Boma, 1902.
    -----.  The same.   Secouda  puntata.    *J.
  Boma, 1903.
    RIdl (E.)   Ueber den Bau  und  die  Bedeu-
  tung der Nervenkreuzungen  im Tractus opticus
  der  Arthro|ioden.   8'-'.   Prag, 1699.
    Ram6n y Cajal (S.)  Textnra del sistema ner-
  vioso  del hombre y de  los vertebrados; estudios
  sobre  el  plan  estructnral y  couipo.sici6n bisto-
  logica de los  centros  nerviosos, adicionados de
  consideraciones fisiologicas fundadas eu los nue-
  vos  descubriinieutos.   2 v.   8°.  Madrid,  1899-
  1904. 
NERVOUS.                                     527                                     NERVOUS.
IVervous system (Morphology of).
    RaUBER (A.)    Ueber die  Nerveneentra der
  Gliederthiere  nnd  \ATirbelthiere.   8°.   Leipzig,
  16".
    Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Leipz.,
  1877.
    Kaavitz (B.)  Das zentrale Nervensystem der
  Acephalen.   <0.  Jena,  1667.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Naturwissensch., Jena, 1887, xx.
    Reissxer  (E.)  Der Bau  des eentralen  Ner-
  vensystemes  der  ungeschwiinzten  Batrachier,
  untersncht und beschriebeu.   [Arias,  fol., 12 pl.J
  4°.  Dorpat, 1604.
    RudaNOVSKI  (P.  \.)    Fotograticheskiye ri-
  sunki k  sochineniyu  o  stroyenii  koreshkov
  spiunlkh nervov,  spinnavo  i   prodoljrovatavo
  mozga chelovleka i  nlekotorikh Ylsshikh zhivot-
  nikh.  [Photographs to his work ou the struc-
  ture  of the roots of the  spinal nerves, spinal
  cord, and medulla oblongata of men  and higher
  animals.]  roy.  8-.   Kazan, lsTl-3.
    Sktschknow  (J.)   Neue  Versuche  iiber die
  Henimufigsiiiechanisiuen  im Gehirn  des  Fro-
  Bches, als Erwiederung auf die im Laboratorium
  des Hrn.  M.  Schiff ausgefuhrten  Untersuchun-
  gen.  8".  [re. p.,  1804.]
    Cutting from: Melanges, biol., 1864, v.
    Sfameni (P.)   Gli organi nervosi terminali
  del RuHini ed i corpuscoli  del  Pacini  studiati
  nelle piaute e nei polpastrelli del cane,  del gatto
  e della sciminia.   4°.   Torino, 1900.
    Cutting from: Accad. r. d. sc. di Torino, 2. s., 1.
    Shulgin (M. A.)   Stroyeniye tserebrospinal-
  noi sisteini  amfibiy  i  reptiliy.   [Structure  of
  the cerebrospinal system  of amphibia and rep-
  tiles.]  8-\   [Odessa,  1*66, vel subseq.]
    Cutting from: Zap. Novor. Obsh. Testestv., xi, 149-229,
  3pl.
    Solbrig (K. A.)  Ueber die feinere Structur
  der Nerveueleniente bei den Gasteropoden; eine
  von der medicinischeu Faeiilttit der Universitiit
  Miinchen im Jahre WO gekronte Preisschrift.
  4C.  Leipzig, 1872.
    Steiner (J.)    Die Functiouen  des  Central-
  nervensystems und  ihre Phylogenese.   3. Abth.
  Die wirbellosen Thiere.    8°.    Braunschweig,
  189*.
    Stieda (L.)   Studien iiber das centrale Ner-
  vensystem   der Vogel  nnd  Siiugethiere.   8°.
  Leipzig, 1868.
    Utschneider (A.)    Die  Lendennerven  der
  Affen  und  des  Mensehen.   Eine  vergleichend
  anatomische Studie.  6~.  Munchen,  1892.
    YValdschmidt (J.)  *Zur  Anatomie des Ner-
  vensystems   der  Gyumophioneu.    8y    Jena,
  1887.
    AVkidenbaum (G.)    * Ueber  Nervencentren
  an den  Gebarorganen der Vogel, Reptilien uud
  Amphibien.   8°.  Dorpat, 1-94.
    Wolff (M.)  *Das Nervensystem der poly-
  poiden  Hydrozoa  und Scyphozoa.  Eiu  verglei-
  chend physiologischer uud anatomischer Beitrag
  zur Neuronlehre.  *c.   Jena, 1903.
    Albanese (M.)  Ueber die Anordnung der motori-
  schen  Nervenfasern  fiir die Flexoren und Extensoren in
  den Nervenstammen des Frosches.  Arch. f. exper. Path.
  u. Pharmakol.,  Leipz.,  1894, xxxiv,  338-341.—Alcock
  (N. H.)  On  mammalian non-medullated nerve.   Proc.
  Physiol. Soc. Lond.. 1903-4, p. xxxv.  ----. Ou  the nega-
  tive variation in the nerves of warm-blooded animals.
  Proc. Roy.  Soc. Lond., 1902-3, lxxi, 264-282.—All is (E. P.),
  jr. Thehomologiesoftheoccipitaland tirstspinalnervesof
  Amiaandteleosts. Zool. Bull., Bost., 1898-9, ii, 83-97.-----.
  The lateral sensory system in the Muramidae.   Internat.
  Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz.. 1903, xx, 125-170,
  3pl—Appelt (V.)  Studie o nervov6 sonstave Phalan-
  giinu.  (The nervous  svstem  of the Phalauginii.]  Si-
  tznngsb.d.k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1900, Prag,1901,
  No. 25, 1-38, 2 pl.— A in k te in (C.)  Die Nervenendigun-
  gen in den Schmeekbeehern der Sauger. Arch. f. mikr.
  Anat., Bonn, 1893, xii, 195-218, 1 pl. -----. Zur Morpho-
  logie der sekretorischeu Nervenendapparate. Auat. Anz.,
Nervous system (Morphology of).
  Jena, 1894-5, x, 410-419.—Balfour (F. M.)  On the de-
  velopment of the spiual nerves in elasmobranch fishes.
  [Abstr. 1  Proc. Roy. Soc.  Lond., 1875-6, xxiv, 135.  AUo,
  Reprint.—IJnllu* (E.)  La inetanierie du systeme ner-
  veux.  J. d. sc. med. de  Lille, 1901, i, 337; 361.—'Bar-
  deen (C. R.)  The growth and histogenesis of the cerebro-
  spinal nerves in mammals.  Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1902-3,
  ii, 231-257.—Beard (J.)  The development of the periph-
  eral nervous system of vertebrates.  (Juart. J. Micr. Sc,
  Loud., 1888-9, n. s., xxix, 153-227, 6 pl.  -----. Prof. Rabl
  and the mode of development of the vertebrate peripheral
  nervous system.  Anat.  Anz., Jena,  1890,  v,  125-128.
  -----.  The transient ganglion cells  and their nerves in
  Rajabatis.  Ibid., 1892, vii, 191-206. -----. On the disap-
  pearance ofthe transient nervous apparatus iu the series:
  Scyllium. Acauthias, Mustelus, and Torpedo.  Ibid., 1896,
  xii, 371-374. — Bechterew <\V.)  Ueber die  verschie-
  denen Lagen der Pvruiuideuhahu beim Mensehen und den
  Tieren und iiber das Vorkommen von Kasern in denselben,
  welehe sich durch eine friihere Entwicklung auszeichnen.
  Neurol.Centralbl., Leipz., 1890,ix,738-741. -----. Nachtrag
  zu der Arbeit: Ueber dio verschiedenen Lagen und Dimen-
  sionen der Pyramidenbahn beim Mensehen und den Thie-
  reu und  iiber das Vorkommen von Fasern in denselben,
  welehe sich  durch eine friihere Entwickelung au*zeiohneii.
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1891, x, 107.—Bethe (A.)  Stu-
  dien iiber das Centralnervensystem von Careiniis inienas,
  nebst Angaben iiber  eiu neues Verfahren der Methylen-
  blantixatiou.  Arch. f. mikr. Auat., Bonn, 1894-5, xliv, 579-
  622, 3 pl.-----. Der subepitheliale Nervciiplexus der Cte-
  nophoren.   Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1895, xv, 140-145.—Bie-
  dermaim (AV.)  Ueber die Innervation der Krebsschere.
  Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw. CI.,
  AVien,  1888. xcvii,  49-82,  4 diag. — Bikcle*  (G. )  Sc
  F ni like (M.)  Zur Frage einer periphereu Abstain lining
  sensibler Nervenfasern bei Saugeihieren.   Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.,  1903, xxii, 386-388.—Bikeles (G.)  Sc Oi-
  zelt (A.)  Fizyologiczne  doswiadczenia na psach.   A).
  Pochodzenie wlokienczueiowych i ruchowych najwazniej-
  szyeh nerwow kdnczyny tylnej (z wynikami podraznie-
  nia korzonkdw przednich i tylnych).  B). Przebieg wld-
  kien czuciowych luku: 1) dia odruchu kolanowego; 2) dia
  odruch6w skornych.  [Physiological researches on dogs.
  A). Origin  of sensory and motor fibres ofthe most, promi-
  nent nerves of the extremities; with results of stimula-
  tion of anterior and  posterior roots,  li). Course  of sen-
  sory fibres: 1) for knee reflex: 2) for skin reflexes.] Pam.
  Towarz.Lek. Warszaw., 1905, ci, 1-32.—Binet (A.) Con-
  tribution a,  l'etude du systeme nerveux sous-intestinal des
  insectes.   J. de I'anat.*et  physiol. letc.l, Par., 1894, xxx,
  449-580,  4 pi.—Bing (R.) & Bnrckhnrdt  (R.)  Das
  Zentralnervensystem vou Ceratodus Korsteri. Anat. Anz.,
  Jena,  1904, xxv, 588-599.—Blanchard (E\)  Du sys-
  teme nerveux  chez les invert6br6s (mollusques et anne-
  16s) dans ses rapports avec la classification de ces ani-
  maux.  Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1848, xxvii, 623-
  625.—Bochenek (A.)  O unerwieuiu splot6w  naczynio-
  wych mdzgu zaby.   [Innervation of the choroid plexuses
  ofthe brain ofthe frog.)  Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. ma-
  temat.-przyr., Krakow, 1901, 2.  s., xviii, 191-195.  -----.
  Drogi  nerwowe  przedmozdza  salamaudry  planiistej.
    Kerve tracts of the prosencephalon of the salamander.]
    bid., 196-215. -----. O systemie nerwowym ruie.czak6w,
  oslouic i szkarlupni.  (Untersuchungen iiber das zentrale
  Nervensystem der Wirbellosen.) Bull, internat. Acad. d.sc.
  de Craeovie, 1905,205-220, lpl— Boeke (J.)  DieBedeutung
  des Infundibulums in der Entwickelung der Knochenfische.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xx, 17-20.—Borchcrt(M.)  Ueber
  eine bisher unbekannte Gesetzmiissigkeit im Zentraluer-
  vensystem  von Torpedo.   Ibid., 1905, xxvi, 289-292, 2 pl.—
  Bordaa (L.)  l?tude du systeme nerveux sus-intestinal
  (stoinato-gastri(iue) des orthoi>teres de la tribu des Mecopo-
  dina3 (Platyphyllum giganteuni).  [Extr. |  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc., Par., 1896, cxxiii, 562-564.—Bottazzi (F.) &
  Enriqnes (P.) Ricerchefiosiologichesul sistema nervoso
  viscerale delle aplisie e di alcuni cefalopodi.  Riv. di sc.
  biol.. Torino. 1899,  i, 837-924, 2 pl.  AUo. transl : Arch.
  ital.debiol., Turiu, 1900-1901, xxxiv, 111-143.—Boyce (R.)
  Sc Warrington (W. li.)  Observations on tbe anatomy,
  physiology, and degenerations of the nervous system of
  the bird.   Phil. Tr.,  Lond., 1899, exci, B, 293-315, 6  pl.
  AUo: Thompson Yates Lab. Rep. 1898-9, Liverp., 1900, i,
  177-195, 7 pl. —Boycott (A. E.)  On the number of nodes
  of Ranvier in different stages  of the  growth of nerve
  fibres in the frog.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1903, xxx,  370-380.—
  Bradley  (O.  C.)  Neuromeres of the rhombencephalon
  of the pig.  Rev. Neurol. Sc Psychiat., Edinb., 1904, ii, 625-
  635. — Bristol (C. L.)   The  metamerism  of  Nephelis;
  a contribution  to the  morphology of the nervous system,
  with a description of Nephelis  lateralis.   J. Morphol.,
  Bost., 1898,  xv, no. 1, 17-72, 5pl.—C'annieu.  Recherches
  anatomiques sur les ganglions cerebro-spiuaux des pois-
  sons cartilagineux.   Bull.  Sec d'anat et physiol.  de Bor-
  deaux,  1899, xx, 257-200.—C'hiariigi (G.) ' Sui miotomi
  e sui nervi della testa posteriore e della regione prossimale
  del tronco  negli embrioui degli anfibe anuri.   Monitore
  zool. ital.,  Siena, 1890, i,  22; 59. — Coenen (H.)   Das 
NERVOUS.
528
NERVOUS.
IVervoii* system  (Morphology of).
  Tri-'eminusgaugliou des Orang.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Boim,  1902. lx. r.14-516. — Cole (V. J.)   On  the cranial
  nerves of Chimara monstrosa (Liuu., 1754),  with a dis-
  cussion of the lateral line system aud of the morphology
  of the  chorda tympani.   Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1895-6,
  xxxviii, 631-680, 2 pl.  -----. Reflections  on  the cranial
  nerves and sense organs of fishes.  Proc. Liverpool Biol.
  Soc, 1897-S, xii, 228-247.—Cords (Elisabeth).  Beitrage
  zur  Lehre vom  Kopfnervensystem  der Vogel.   Anat.
  Hefte, Wiesb., 1904, xxvi, 49-100. 4 pl.-Cunningham
  (R. H.)  The cortical motor centres of the opossum, Didel-
  phus virginiana.  J. Phvsiol., Cambridge, 1897-8. xxii, 264-
  208.—Cuniiinjjton (AV. A.)  Studien an einer Daphnide,
  Simocephalus sima; Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Central-
  nervensystems und der feiueren Anatomie der  Daphniden.
  Jenaische  Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1902-3. n. F., xxx,
  447-520, 3  pl.—Dale (H. H.)  On some numerical com-
  parison's of  the centripetal  and centrifugal  medullated
  nerve-fibres arising in the spiual ganglia of the mammal.
  J. Physiol., Loud.,  1899-1900, xxv, 196-206, 1 pl —Dcxler
  (H.)   Beitrage zur Kenntniss  des feinereu  Baues des
  Centralnervensystemes des Pferdes.  Arch. f. wissensch.
  u. prakt.  Thierh., Berl., 1898, xxiv, 375-31-9.  -----. Bei-
  trage zur Kenntniss des feineren Banes des Zentralnerven-
  Bysteius der Ungulaten.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1904,
  xxxii, 288-3S9. — Dhere & Lapicque.  Variation des
  diverses parties des centres nerveux en fonction du poids
  du corps chez le chieu.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1898. 10. s., v, 860-862.—Distaso (A.)   Sul sistema ner-
  voso di Oscaniusmembranaceus e Pleurobranchea Meckeli.
  Anat.  Anz., Jeua, 1904, xxv, 535-541. — Dogiel  (A. S.)
  Das  periphere Nervensystem des Amphioxus (Branchio-
  toma lauceolatuml.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1903, xxi, 145-
  213,  18 pl — Dolini (R.)  Die Nervenendigung in Sinnes-
  nervenzellen eines Schizopodeu.   Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1905,
  xxix, 347-352.—Donaggio.  Sugli apparati fibrillari en-
  docellulari di conduzioue nei centri nervosi dei vertebrati
  superiori.   Riv. sper. di  freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1902,
  xxviii,  108-112. — Draseke.  Wiignngen des Central-
  nervensystems des Hamsters (Cricetus  frumentarius).
  Monatschr. f.  Psychiat.  u.  Neurol., Berl.,  1901,  x, 76.
  -----. Centetes ecaudatus; ein Beitrag zur vergleichen-
  den makroskopischen Anatomie des Centralnervensystems
  der Wirbeltiere, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der In-
  sektivoreu.  Ibid., 413-431.  -----. Zur  Kenntnis des
  Riickenmarks und der Pyramidenbannen von Talpa enro-
  pffia.  Ibid.. 1904,  xv, 401-409. — Fberth  (C.)  Die Ner-
  ven  der Chromatophoren.  Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1893,
  xi, 562.—Fajersztajn  (J.)  Zakoiiczenia nerwowe w
  tarczach koncowych [Endscheiben (Merkel)]  zaby (Rana
  esculenta,  Kara temporal ia).  [Nerve-endings  in the end
   fiapillsB ofthe frog.] Pain. Towarz. Lek. Wars/.aw., 1889,
   xxxv, 561-610, 1 pl.—Fish  (P. A.)   The  form  and rela-
  tions of the nerve cells aud fibers in Desmogiiatbus fusca.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1893-4, ix, 754-758.—Flexner (S.) The
  regeneration of the nervous system of Planaria torva and
  the anatomy of the nervous system of double-headed forms.
  J. Morphol., Bost., 1897-8, xiv, no. 2, 337-346, 1 pl.—Forel
  (A.)  Experiences  et remarques critiques sur les sensa-
  tions des  insectes.   Riv. di se. biol.,  Torino, 1900, ii, 641-
  716.—Fragnito  (O.)   Su la genesi delle fibre nervose
  centrali e il loro rapporto con le cellule ganglionari. Ann.
  di nevrol., Napoli, 1905, xxiii, 1-11,  1 pl.—Friedlandcr
  (A.)   Untersuchungen iiber das Riickenmark  und das
  Kleinhirn  der Vogel.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898,
  xvii, 351;  397.—Frohlich  (A.)  Beitrag  zur Frage der
  Bedeutung des Centralganglious bei Ciona intestinalis.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn. 1903, lxxxxv, 609-615.—
  Fubini (S.)  Gewicht des ceutraien  Nervensystems
  im Vergleich  zu  dem Korporgewicht  der Thiere, bei
  Rana  esculenta  und  Rana temporaria.  Untersuch. z.
  Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1881,  xii, 455-
  461.  —Fiirst ( C.  M.)   Riuge, Ringreihen,  Faden und
  Knauel in deu Kopf-und Spinalganglienzellen bei Lachse.
  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,  1902,  lxii,  387-420, 2 pl.—Fusari
   (R.)  Contributo  alio studio del  sistema nervoso peri-
  ferico dell' Amphioxus lanceolatus.  Riforma med., Roma
  1888, iv,  1160; 1166.   Also,  transl:  Arch. ital. de biol.,
  Turin, 1889,  xi, 237-242.  AUo, transl.: Internal. Monat-
  schr. f. Anat.  u. Physiol., Leipz., 1889. vi, 120-140, 2 pl—
  Gaakell (W. II.)  An address ou tbe origin of the verte-
  brate nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1890,  ii, 1341-
  1345. —Gemclli  (F.-A.)  Contribution a l'6tude de la
  structure des plaques  motrices chez les reptiles.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1905, lix, 309-311.—Giac-oniini
  (E.)  Sui fusi  neuro-muscolari dei sauropsidi.  Attid.r.
  Accad. d. fisiocrit. iu Siena, 1K98, 4.S., ix, 215-230.__Giersc
  (A.)   Untersuchungen iiber das Gehirn  und die Kopf-
  nerven vou Cyclothoue  accliuideus.   Morphol. Jahrb.,
  Leipz, 1904. xxxii, 602-688. 3 pl.—Gravier  (C.)  Sur le
  systeme nerveux  du nautile. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc
  Par., 1903,  cxxxvi, 61S-621.—Griffiths (A.-B.)  Sur les
  tissus nerveux de quelques inveitebres.  Ibid.,  1892, cxv,
  562.—Gurewitsch (M. J.)  Ueber die Form  der Nerven-
  eiemente  der Kleiuhirnrinde verschiedener Vertebraten.
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1905, xxiv. 54-64. — Ilaller
  (B.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Textur des Central-
Uervous system  (Morphology of).
  nervensystems hoherer Wiirnier.  Arb. a. d  zool  lh«t
  d. Univ. Wien, 1889-90, viii, 2. Hft., 17-13S, 5pl.—l|„P.
  denty (I.)  Observations ou the medulla spinalis of the
  elephant with some comparative studies of the bitumen-
  centra cervicalis and the neurones of the coluinna ante-
  rior.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1902-3, xiii, 125-182
  5pl.—d'Hardiviller (A.)   Sur quelques fails'qui perl
  mettent de rapprocher le systeme nerveux central deH
  lamellibranches de celui des gasteropodes. Compt.  rend
  Acad. d.  sc, Par.,  1893,  cxvii, 250-252. — II a vet (,J. j
  Note preliminaire sur  ie systeme nerveux des Limax
  (m6thode de Golgi).  Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi, 241-
  248.  -----.  Structure  du systeme neivoux  des aunfi-
  lides,  Nephelis,  Clepsine, Hirudo,  Lnmbriculus, Luin-
  bricus (methode de  Golgi).  Cellule,  Lierre & Louvain
  1900. xvii,  63-137,  7 pl.  -----. Contribution k l'etude du'
  systeme nerveux des actinies.   Ibid., 1901, xviii, 385-419
  6 pl.—Heath (H.)  The nervous system and subradular
  organ iu two genera of Solenogastres.  Zool. Jahrb. Jena
  1904, xx, 399-408, 1 pl—Held (H.) Zur Kenntniss einei-
  neurofibrillaren Continuitiit im  Centralnervensystem der
  Wirbelthiere.  Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz.,  1905
  55-76, 1 pl.-Hepburn (D.) Sc Waterston (D.)  A com'
  parative study of the grey aud white matter, ofthe motor-
  cell groups, and of the  spinal cord of the porpoise (Pho-
  coena communis).   J. Anat.  Sc  Physiol.,  Lond., 1903-4,
  xxxviii,  105; 295,  9  pl. — Herriek (C.  J.)  Leonard's
  recent  observations  on the  anencephalic and amyelic
  nervous system.   J. Comp. Neurol., Granville,  0.,  1894,
  iv,  1-6. -----. The cranial  and first  spinal nerves  of
  Menidia;   a  contribution  upon  the  nerve components
  of the  bony fishes.  Ibid.,  1899, ix, 153-155,  7 pl.—
  Herriek (C. L.)  Contributions to the comparative mor-
  phology of the central  nervous  svstem.  Ibid., Cincin.,
  1891, i,'l; 5; 149, 16 pl.—Ho fin a u ■■ (M.)  Zur vergleich-
  enden Anatomie der Gehirn- und Itiickenniarksveneu der
  Vertebraten.  Ztschr. f.  Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg.,
  1901, iii, 239-299, 5 pl.—Holm (J. F.)  The fiuer anatomy
  of the nervous  system of Mvxine glutinosa.  Morphol.
  Jahrb., Leipz., 1901, xxix, 365-401, 4 pl.—HoIiim-m (G. M.)
  The nervous system of the dog without a forebrain.  J.
  Physiol., Lond., 1901-2, xxvii,  1-25, 1 pl.—Huber (G. C.)
  A contribution on the minute anatomy ofthe sympathetic
  ganglia of the different  classes of vertebrates.  J.  Mor-
  phol., Bost.. 1899-1900, xvi, 27-90, 3 pl.—Hunter (C.W.),
  jr.  Notes on the  peripheral nervous system of Molgula
  Manhatteusis.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville,  O., lK9rt-9,
  viii, 202-206. -----. Notes on the finer structure of the
  nervous system of Cvnthia partita (Verrill).  Zool. Hull.,
  Bost., 1898-9, ii,  99-115.—Hyde (Ida H.) The nervous
  system iu Gouionema Murbachii.  Biol. Bull.. Bost., 1902,
  iv, 40-45.—IzmailoflT (A.)  K histologii nervov v dikha-
  tetnikh putyakh n domashuikh zhivnotnikh.   [Histology
  of the nerves in the respiratory tracts of domestic ani-
  mals.]  Arch. vet. nauk, St.  Peteisb.,  1874,  iv, 2. sect.,
  77-98,  1 pl.—Jacob (P.) Sc  Bickel (A.) Ueber  neue
  Beziehuugen zwischen  Hirurinde unil hinteren Kiicken-
  niarkswurzelnhinsichtlieh der Bewegungsregulation beim
  Hunde.  Cong, internat. de m6d.  C. r., Par.,  1900, sect.
  de  Neurol., 212-217. — Jacubowitch  (N.)  Recherches
  comparatives sur le systeme  nerveux.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvii, 290; 380.—Johnston (J. 15.)
  Hind brain and cranial nerves of Acipenser.  Anat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1897-8, xiv,  580-602. -----.  The cranial aud spinal
  ganglia and the viscero-motor roots in Amphioxus.  Biol.
  Bull, Woods  Holl,  Mass., 1905, ix, 112-127. — Kahler
  (R.)  Recherches  snr la  structure du  systeme nerveux
  chez les cirrhipMes (le-padides).  Rev. biol. du nord de Ia
  France.  Lille, 1888-9,  i, 201-211. — Koater (G.)  &
  Tschermak  ( A. )   Ueber  Ursprung uud  Endigung
  des  Nervus depressor  und  Nervus  larvngeus superior
  beim Kaninchen.   Arch. f.  Eutwcklngsgesch., Leipz.,
  1902.  Suppl.-Bd., 255-294,  2  pl. — Krause ( R.)  Sc
  Klempner ( S.)   Untersuchungen iiber den Bau des
  Zentraluervensystems  der Affen. Ztschr. f. Morphol.
  u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1905, ix, 59-102, 2 pl.—Krause (R)
  Sc Philippsou  (M.)  Untersuchuiigeu  iiber  das  Cen-
  tralnervensystem  des Kaninchens. Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1900-1901, lvii, 488-527, 4 pl.—Krohn (A.)  1'eber
  das Nervensystem des Sipunculus niulus.   Arch. I. Aunt.,
  Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1839, 348-352.- Kiihii
  (A.)   Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnissdes Nerven > erlauli
  in der Riickeuhaut von Rana fusca.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1900-1901, lvii, 445-479.—von Kupffer (K.)  Die
  Morphogenie des Ceutralnervensvst ems.   Handb. d. vergl.
  u. exper.  Entwcklngsl. d. Wirbelt., Jena, 1905, ii. Abt. 3,
  241-272.—Levi (G.)  Ricerchecitologichecomparate sulla
  cellula nervosa dei vertebrati.   Kiv. di patol. nerv.. Fi-
  renze, 1897, ii, 193: 244.  AUo, transl: Alienist A Neurol.,
  St. Louis, 1S99. xx, 439: 190U, xxi. 90; 337, 2 pl — Leydig
  (F.)  Ueber die Nervenkndpfe in den Schleimkaniilen von
  Lepidoleprus,  Uinbrina  und Corvina.   Arch. f. Anat.,
  Pbysiol.  u. wissensch.  Med., Berl., 1851.  235-240, 1 pl-
   l.oeb (C.)  Some cellular changes in  the primary optic
   vesich-s  of Necturus.  J. Comp. Neurol. &  Psychol.,
  [Granville, ()., 1905,  xv, 459-466, 1 pl — Lommen (('.  1 •)
  Metamerism of the nervous system in Arenicola cristaU. 
NERVOUS.
529
NERVOUS.
Nervous system  (Morphology of).
  Biol. Bull., Woods  Holl, Mass., 1903-4,  vi, 321. —Mc-
  C lend on (J. F.)  Ou the anatomy and embryology of the
  nervous system ofthe scorpion.  Biol. Bull., Woods Holl,
  Mass., 1904-5, viii, 38-55.— McMurrich (J. P.)   On the
  spinal  hoinologues  of  the  cranial  nerve components.
  Science, N. V., A  Lancaster,  Pa., 1902,  n. s.,  xv, 578.—
  ,71 nick.  Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel,von O. Nahrich:
  Ueber die motorischen Punkte des Hundes. Arch. f. wis-
  seuch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1905, xxxi, 503.— Marshall
  (A. M)  On the nervous system of An ted on rosaceus.
  Quart. J. Micr. Sc. Loud.,  1884, xxiv,  507-548,  1 pl.—
  Mason  (J-.  J.)   Microscopic studies  on  the  central
  nervous system of reptiles and batrachians.   J.  Nerv. &
  Ment. Dis.. Chicago, 1880, u. s., v,  16; 3*5:  N.  Y., 1881,
  n. s., vi, 80.—.Hayei- (F.)  Das Centralnervensystem von
  Arutnocoetes.   Anat. Anz.,  Jena,  1897, xiii, 649-657.—
  melius (E. L.)  Motor paths in the brain  aud cord ofthe
  monkey. J. Nerv. A Ment. Dis., Chicago,  1899, xxvi, 197-
  209.  [Discussion], 178.   AUo, Reprint.—Mensch (P. C.)
  The relation of the ventral nerve cord and hypodermis iu
  Procerrea.   Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1899, xxii, 164-167. — Merk
  (L.) Ueber die Anordnung der Kerntbeiluugsfigureu im
  Centralnervensystem und der Retina bei Natternembryo-
  nen. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad.d. Wissensch.  Math.-naturw.
  CI., Wieu, 1885, xcii, 356-374, lpl.  Also, Reprint.—Meyer
  (A.) Critical review of recent publications of Bethe and
  Nissl.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, 0., 1899-1900, ix, 38-
  45.—Mitrophanow (P.)  Sur la formation du  systeme
  nerveux p6riph6rique des vertebres.  Compt. rend. Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1891, cxiii,  659-662.—Montgomery (T.  H.)
  The elements of the central nervous system of the Nemer-
  teans.  J.  Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1S98-9, viii, 206-
  209.—Monti (Rina). Nuove ricerche sul sistema nervoso
  delle planarie.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1900, xi, 336-
  342.—Morpurgo  (B.) Sc  Tirelli  (V.)   Sullo sviluppo
  dei  ganglii intervertebral! del couiglio.   Ann. di freniat.
  [etc.]. Torino,  1891-2, iii,  225-256, 1 pl.—Mott  (F. W.)
  Experimental  enquiry  upou the  afferent tracts of the
  central  nervous  system  of  the monkey.  Brain. Loud.,
  1895, xviii,  1-20, 3  pl.—Mrazck (A.)   Ueber das Ver-
  balten  der Langsnerven  bei Abothrium rectanguluiu
  (Rud.).  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]. 1. Abt., Jena, 1901,
  xxix, 509-571.—de  Nubias.  Nouvelles  recherches  sur
  le  systeme nerveux des gasteropodes pulmonis aquati-
   ?ues; cerveau  des plauorbes (Plauorbis corneas).  Assoc.
   ranc. pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r. 1900, Par.,  1901, xxix,
  pt.  2, 726-730. — Nahrich  (O.)  Der Verlauf der Haut-
  nerven des  Hundes  uud die  Gefiihlsbezirke  der Korper-
  oberfiache  desselben. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh.,
  Berl., 1905, xxxi, 177-195, 6 pl.  See, aUo, supra, Marek.—
  Neuinayer ( L.)   Histologische Untersnchuugen iiber
  den  feiueren Bau  des  Centralnerveusystems von Esox
  lucius mit  Beriicksichtigung vergleichend-auatomischer
  und physiologischer Verhaltnisse.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1894-5,  xliv,  345-365,  1  pl. — rVusbaum (J.)
  Beitrage zur  Kenntnis der Innervatiou des  Gefass -
  systems, nebst eiuigen Bemerkungen iiber  das  subepi-
  dennale Nervenzellengeflecht bei den Crustaceen. Biol.
  Centralbl,  Leipz.,  1899,  xix,  700-711. —  Obersteiner
  (H.) Recent views with reference to the structure ofthe
  nervous system.  [Transl. from: Naturwissenschaftliche
  Rundschau, vii.]  J. Comp.  Neurol.. Granville,  O., 1892,
  ii,  73-83.—Owsjannikow (P.)   Ueber das   Nerven-
  system der Seesterue.  Melanges biol. Acad, imp.d. sc. de
  St -Petersb., 1870, vii, 491-503, 1 pl— Pappenheiiu  (S.)
  & Bryant (H.)  Recherches sur le systeme nerveux des
  oiseaux . . .  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1847, xxv, 278;
  672.—Patterson (A.M.)  Thelimb plexuses of mammals.
  J. Anat.  & Physiol., Loud., 1886-7, xxi, 611-634, 1 pl. -----.
  On the fate of the muscle-plate, and the development of
  the spinal nerves and limb plexuses in birds and mammals.
  Quart. J. Micr.  Sc, Lond., 1887-8, u. s., xxviii, 109-129, 2 pl.
       . The morphology  and  physiology  of the limb-
  plexuses.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, 1887, Lond., 1888,
  lvii, 775-779.—Peter (K.)   Der Einfluss  der Entwicke-
  lungsbedinungen auf die Bilduug  des Centralnervensys-
  tems und der Sinnesorgane bei den verschiedenen Wir-
  beltierklassen.   Anat.  Anz., Jena,  1901, xix, 177-198.—
  Petit (P.)  Metamerie du systeme  nerveux.   J. d. sc.
  med.de Lille, 1904, i, 201;  257; 305.—Pettit (A.) &Girnrd
  (J.)  Sur la morphologic des plexus choroides du  systeme
  nerveux  central.  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1902,
  11-  s., iv,   698.-----------. Action de  quelques sub-
  stances  sur l'epith61ium de revfitenient  des  plexus cho-
  roides du systeme nerveux central.  Ibid., 699.—Pizon
  (A.)  Sur la pr6seuce d'un canal neurent6rique  chez les
  bourgeons de Botryllus  violaceus.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1890, 9. s., ii, 353-355.—Piatt (Julia B.)  Fibres
  connecting the central nervous system and  chorda in Am-
  phioxus.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1892,  vii, 282-284.—Police
  (G.)  Sul sistema nervoso stomatogastrico dello scorpione.
  Arch, zool., Napoli, 1902-3, i, 179-200,  1 pl.—Pouipilinn.
  Automatisme de la moelle du triton  et automatisme des
 Elements nerveux in  general.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
 Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 575— Pontier Sc Gerard (G.)  De
 l'entre-croisement des pyramides chez le rat; leur passage
 dans le  faisceau  de  Burdach.  Bibliog.  anat.,  Par.  Sc

       VOL XI, 2d  series---34
Nervous system  (Morphology of).
  Nancy, 1900, viii, 186-190.  Also,  preliminary [Abstr.]:
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 703.—Por-
  peta (F.)   Los ganglios sensitives craneales de los niami-
  feros, por Santiago Ramon  y Cajal  y Federico Oldriz y
  Ortega; resumen  criiico.  Gac. uied.de Granada, 1898, xvi,
  212-218.— Prentiss (C. W.)   The neurofibrillar struc-
  tures in the ganglia of the leech and crayfish, with especial
  reference to the neurone theory.  J. Comp. Neurol., Gran-
  ville, O.. 1903-4, xiii, 157-175, 2 pl. — Puuuett (R. C.) &
  Gadow(H.)  On the formation of tbe pelvic plexus, with
  especial  reference to the nervus  collector iu the genus
  Miistelus.   Phil.  Tr., Lond., 1899,  cxcii, B., 331-351,  1  pl.
  AUo [Abstr.]:  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900, lxv, 445.—
  Quintaret (G.)  Sur la disposition generate du systeme
  nerveux chez  la Rissoa elata var.  oblonga (Desmaret).
  Coinpt.  rend.  Acad. d. sc,  Par.,  1904,  cxxxix, 301.—
  Babl ( C.)  Theorie des Mesoderms.  Morphol. Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1889, xv, 113-252.  See, alio, supra,  Beard. — Ba-
  in on  (P.)  Los  corpiisculos  nerviosos de axon cortu d
  celulas sensitivas de Golgi  eu los vertebrados itjferiores.
  Rev.  trimest. microg., Madrid,  1897, ii, 29-32.—Ramon
  y Cajal (S.)   Variaciones  morfol6gicas del retioulo ner-
  vioso ile invertebrados y vertebrados soinetidos & la acci6u
  de  condieiones uaturales.   (Nota preventiva.)  Trab. d.
  Labor, de iuvestig. biol. Univ. Madrid, 1904, iii, 2*7-297.—
  Bauke (K.)  Muskel-  und Nervenvariatioiien der dor-
  salen Eleinente  des  Plexus  ischiadicus  der Primaten.
  Arch.f.  Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1896, xxiv,  117-144, 2 pl.—
  Hawitz (B.)  Das Ceutr.ilnervensystem  der Cetaceen:
  Das Riickenmark von Phocaena communis Cuv. und das
  Cervicalmark von Balaenoptera rostrata Fabr.  Arch. f.
  mikr.  Auat., Bonn,  1903, lxii,  i-40, 3 pl.  -----.  Litera-
  rischer Nachtrag zu meiuer Arbeit: Das Zentralnerven-
  system der Cetaceen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, 285.—
  Kedlich (E.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Physiologie
  der motorischen  Bahnen bei  der Katze.  Monatschr.  f.
  Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1899, v, 41; 112; 192, 2 pl.—
  Betzius (G.)  Zur  Kenntniss des Nervensystems  der
  Crustaceen.  Biol. Untersuch , Stockholm, 1890, n. F., i,
  1-50, 14 pl. -----. Zur Kenutniss des  centralen Nerven-
  systems der Wiirmer.  Ibid., 1891, n. F., ii, 1-28, 101., 10
  pl.  -----. Ueber Nervenendigungen an den Parapodieu-
  borsten und iiber die Muskelzellen  der Gefasswaude bei
  den polychaten Aunulaten.  Bud. Fdren. Forhandl.  Ver-
  handl. (1. biol. Ver. iu  Stockholm, 1891, iii, 85-89, 1  pl.
  -----. Zur Kenutniss des centralen Nervensystems von
  Amphioxus lanceolatus. Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm,
  1891,  n. F., ii, 29-46,  4 1., 4 pl. -----. Das  Nervensystem
  der Lumbricinen. Jotd., 1892, n. F., iii, 1-16, 6jpl. -----.
  Das sensible  Nervensystem der  Polychaten.  Ibid.,  iv,
  1-10,  3 pl. -----. Das  sensible Nervensystem der  Mol-
  lusken.  Ibid.. 11-18, 3 pl. -----.  Zur Kenntniss des sen-
  siblen und des sensorischen Nervensystems der Wiirmer
  und Molluskeu.  Ibid., 1900, n. F., ix, 83-96, 7 pl. -----.
  Weiteres zur Kenntniss  der Sinneszelleu der Evertebra-
  ten.  Ibid., 1902,  n. F., x, 25-33, 5 pl.-----.  Zur Kenntnis
  der Limit.ans externa der nervosen Centralorgane. Ibid.,
  1904, n. F., 77-81,  1 pl. -----. Das sensible  Nervensystem
  der Bryozoen.  Ibid., 1905, n. F., xii, 49-54, 1 pl. — Kob-
  inhon (A.)  Observations  ou. the  development  of  the
  posterior cranial and anterior spinal  nerves in mammals.
  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv.  Sc. 1892, Loud., 1893,  785. — Bossi
  (G.)  Supra uua via afferente eucefalo-spinale nell' Emys
  enropsea. Arch, di fisiol., Fire.ize, 1903^4, i, 332-336, 2 pl.—
  Bossi (H.)  Sur les filaments nerveux (fibrilles nerveuses
  ultraterniinales)  dans les plaques  motrices de  Lacerta
  agilis.  Nevraxe, Louvain, 1901-2, iii, 339-346, 1 pl.—Sa-
  bussow (H.)   Ueber  den  Bau des Nervensystems von
  Tricladideu aus dem Baikalsee.   Zool. Anz., Leipz.,  1904,
  xxviii, 22-32.—Sanders (A.)   Contributions to the anat-
  omy of the  central nervous  system iu veitebrate animals.
  Phil. Tr., Loud., 1878, clxix,'735: 1882,  clxxiii, 027:  1886,
  clxxvii, 733,  17 pl— SchucppI iT.)   Cntersuchungen
  iiber das  Nervensystem der  siphoiiophoren. Jenaische
  Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1898, n. F., xxv,  483-550, 7 pl.—
  .""Icli a per (A.)   Die friihesten Differenzirungsvorgauge
  im  Centralnervensystem; kritische  Studie und  Versuch
  einer Geschichte  der Entwickelung nerviiser Substanz.
  Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechu.  d. Organ., Leipz,, 1897, v, 81-
  132. — Sell iff (M.)  Ueber die Function der mittleren und
  unteren  Cervicaluanglien  des  Hundes.   Untersuch.  z.
  Naturl. d. Mensch. u.d.Thiere, Giessen, 1876, xi,424-442.—
  Schmidt](F )  Zur Anatomie und Topographie des Cen-
  tralnervensystenis von Branchiobdella parasita.    Ztschr.
  f. wissensch. Zool., Leip., 1905, lxxxii, C64 692.—Schnei-
  der (K. C.)  Histologie von Hydra fusca mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung des Nervensystems der Hydropolypen.
  Arch.  f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,  1890, xxxv, 32i-379. 3 pl.—
  Schiipbach (P.)  Beitrage zur Anatomie und Physiolo-
  gie  der Ganglienzellen im Zentralnerveusystem deri'aube.
  Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1903-4, xvii, 750-
  754. — Schultze  (0.)   Beitrage zur  Histogenese  des
  Nervensysteips.  I. Ueber die multizelln litre Eutstehung
  der  peripheren sensiblen Nervenfaser und das Vorhandeu-
  sein eines allgeineiueu Endnetzes sensibler  Neiiroblasten
  bei  Amphibienlarven.  Arch.  f. mikr.  Anat., Bonn,  1905,
  xxxvi, 41-110, 4 pl.—Simpson (S.)  The pyramidal tract 
NERVOUS.
530
NERVOUS.
\iivoii«i system (Morphology of).
  in the cat, dog. aud monkey.  Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, Loud. '
  A Edinb..  1899-1903. iii, 158-209. 2 pl.   Molger ( B. ) ]
  Mauthner sdie Fasern bei Cliinuera.  Morphol.  Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1*99. xxvii, 322-324. — Spnler (A.)   Ueber den
  Bau der M.irkscheide der Wirbelthierui rven.   Sitzungsb.
  d  phys.-ineil. Soc. in  Erlang.  (1902). 1903, xxxiv, 261.—
  StanniiiH.  Uebei das peripherische Nervensystem des
  llorsch  Gadus  callarias.   Arch. f.  Anat.  Physiol,  u.
  wissensch. Med., Berl.. 1842, 338-:;ti(i.—Stilling (J.)  Zur
  Erfoisehung des  Centralnervensvsteiiis.  Morphol. Arb.,
  Jena. 1*94,  iv, 53 - 66, 3 pl. — Slowcll ( T.  B. )   The
  glossopharyngeal, the  accessory, and  the  hypoglossal
  nerves iu the domestic cat.  Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila.,
  1888, xxv, 89-104 3 pl—Streeter (G. L.)  Ou the  histo-
  genesis  of  spinal ganglia iu mammals.  Proc. Ass. Am.
  Anat.. Bait.. 1904-5, p. xiii.—Studnif ka (F. K.)  Ueber
  das Epemly in des Ceutralucrvensysteiiis der Wirbelthiere.
  Sitzungsb.d. k.-bdhm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1899, Prag,
  190ii. No. 45, 1-7.  Also. Repriut. — Szt-za« inskn (W.)
  Reciiercliessurle systeme nerveux des selaciens.  Arch, de
  biol., Garni  &  Leipz.,  1*97-8, 403-509. 2 pl— Szyiuouo-
  wiez  i L  »  Ueber den Bau  und die Entwicklung der
  Xen ein niligiiiigen  im Enteuschnabel.   Arch. f.  mikr.
  Au.it., Bonn, 1896, xlviii, 329-35*, I pl.—Talbot (E. S.)
  Evolution ofthe central nervous  system.  Dental Digest,
  Chicago, 1905,  xi,  221-235.—Trinchese (S.)   Sulla termi-
  nazione perilericadei nervi motoil. Liguiia med.. Genova,
  1*66,  ii, 2*9.  AUo,  Reprint — Van  Bambeke (C.)
  [Nouvelles  recherches sur le  systeme nerveux periplie-
  I'ique de 1'Amphioxus.J  [Rap.]  Bull. Acad.  roy.  d. sc.
  de Belg., Brux., 1896, xxxii, 774-784.—Van Gehuchten
  (A.)  Le ganglion basal, la commissure post-habenulaire,
  le faisceau  iougitudiual posterieur et les cellules medul-
  laires dorsales du nevraxe de  la salamaudre.  Verhandl.
  d. auat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, 119-123. -----. X propos
  du faisceau longitudinal postei ieur.  Compt. reud. de l'Ass.
  d. anat.. Par.,  1*99, i, 44-4tl.— Vejdovskf (F.)   Vyvoj a
  morlologie  nervovS  soustavy bilaterii.  [ On the morphol-
  ogy of nervous system 01 bilateral animals.]   Sitzungsb.
  d. k.-bobm. Gesellsch. (1. Wissensch. 1889,  Prag. 1890,
  95-160, 2 pl.— Vei-atti (E.)  Ricerche sul sistema nervoso
  dei Liiuax.   Mem. r.  1st. Lomb. di see lett.  CI. di sc
  matemat. e nat., Milano. 1900,  3. s., x, 163-179, 4 pl.—
  Viallanes (11.)  Sur la stiueture des  centres nerveux
  du limule (Limulus polyphemus).  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par.. 1*90, cxi, 831-833.—  Walleuberg  (A.)  Eine
  zeutrifugal leitendedirekte Verbindung der frontaleu Vor-
  derhirubasis mit der Oblongata (-r Riickenmark ?) bei der
  Ente.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxii, 289-292.—Walleu-
  greu (H.)   Zur Keuntnis des periphereu Nervensystems
  iter 1'ioboscis bei deu Pol\chaten.  Jenaische Ztschr. f.
  Naturw., Jena, 1901,  n. F.,'xxix, 165-180,  2 pl.— Winlre-
  bert (P.)   Sur la po-itiou des centres nerveux reflexes de
  la queue chez les larves d'anoures.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de
  biol.. Par.,  1904, lvi,  581. -----.  Sur la  limite des zones
  peripheriques d innervation  reflexe  des  centres nerveux
  dans la queue des urodeles.  Ibid.,  582-584. ------. Sur
  liudepeudauce de la  m6tamoiphose vis-a-vis du systeme
  nerveux chez  les batraciens.   Compt.  reud. Acad. d. sc,
  Par., 1905, cxli, 1262-1264-Worlhingtou (Julia).  The
  deseiipthe  anatomy of the brain and cranial nerves  of
  Bdello-uonia dombeyi.  Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1905-6,
  xlix. 137-1*1. 4 pl. on 6 1.—Wundt (W.)  Zur "secundii-
  icii Mollification''.  Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch.
  Med., Leipz.,  1862. 498-507.-Versiii (A.)  Recherches
  sur les  fonctions du systeme nerveux dans les  animaux
  articules.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. se.. Par., 1857, xliv, 912-
  915.— Zancla (A.)   Contributo alia conoscenza della fine
  struttura dell' elemento nervoso  nei vertebrati e negli in-
  vertebrati.   Pisani.  Palermo.   i904. xxv,  191-218, 2 pl.—
  Ziehen (T.)  Ueber die Pyraiiiideukreuzuug des Schafes.
  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii, 237-241.

Nervous system (Motor).
     Bickkl   ( A. '    InteiMicliuiigen  iiber   den
  Mecbaui.-siuiis   der  uervoseu Beweyuugsregula-
  tion.   -J.  Stuttgart, 19UM.
     Gikahd (_E.-J.)    *Recherches experimeutales
  sur  les voitis oioiseV.s de  la motricite" volontaire
  chez le chien.  *-.   Lille, 1*99.
     Wood  (O.   C)   *Teutameii physiologicuui
  de modo   quo  nervi motui   iuserviunt.   8-.
  Edmburgi, L-24.
     Bikeles id.)  Einige Theseu  betreffend den Anord-
  iiungstypns del-motorischen Zellen aufderUrspiungshohe
  der Extreiuiliitennei veu.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz 1904
  xxiii, 3*6. — Bock (J.)  Ueber die Wirkuug  des  Hexam-
  minkobaltcblorids a nf die motorischen Nerven.   Arch.f.
  exper. Path  u.  Pharmakol.,   Leipz.,  1904, lii,  y0-38.—
  Brown-Sequard.  Les nerfs moteurs perdent its leur
  excitabilite avant les muscles lorsqu'ils sunt prives de cir-
  culation  sanguine'  iA  propos de la communication  de
  M. Kaufmann.I  Compt. i end.  Soc. de biol.. Par  1**8 8
  s., v, 694-696.—Biihler (K.)   Ueber den Einfluss tiefei-
\crvous system (Motor).
  Temperaturen  auf die  Leitfiibigkeit  des motorisein-n
  Froscbnerven.  Arch.  f. Pbysiol.. Leipz., 1905, 239-251 —
  larvallo (J.)  Influence de la teni pel alme sur la fatigue
  des  nei is  moteurs de la grenouille. Cong, internat ile
  med.  C. r., Par.,  1900, sect,  de  physiol., 55-05.  AUo:
  Compt.  rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1900.  exxx, 1212-1214
  AUo: J. de physiol. et de path,  gen.. Par., 1900, ii, 549J
  556.—Oenrborn (G. V.) Sc Spindler (F. N.)  involun-
  tary motor reaction to pleasant and unpleasant stimuli
  Psychol. Rev.  N. Y. Sc Loud., 1897, iv,  45'l-4(i2._Ei<-|tJ
  hotf(K.)  Ueber die Errettbarkeit der motoi ischen X. r-
  ven  au  verschiedenen  Stellen ihres Verlaufes.   Arch. f.
  d. ges. l'hysiol., Bonn,  1*99, lxxvii, 156-195, ldiag.  Also,
  Reprint.   Gorlinsliy (Olga).  Contribution it, l'etude de
  l'influence de la cli.ib iirsnr les nerfs  moteurs.  Kev. med.
  de la Suisse Rom.  (ieneve, 1891, xi, 634-641.—Head ill »
  Bivers (W. H. R.) &  Sherreu (J.) The afferent nerv-
  ous s\stem from a new aspect.  Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii
  99-115, 1 pl.   It an fin a n 11 (M.)   Mode de disparitiou de
  l'excitabilite mot 1 ice et sensitive dans le nerf sciatique de
  la grenouille  a  la suite de la  ligature de la patte vers le
  milieu de la euisse, le nerf sciatique ctant laiss6 en dehors
  de la ligature.  Compt. rend. Soe. de  biol., Par., 1888, 8. s..
  vi, 691-694.  See, aUo, supra. Brown  Sequard.—Kuehne
  (W.)  Note sur  un uouvel ordre de nerts moteiiis. Compt.
  reud. Acad. d. sc,  P.ir., Ie62, liv, 742.— I>aii^-l<-y (J.  .\.)
  On the general relation of the motor nerves  to ihe tissue*
  ofthe body.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1899,  ii, 819-s23.-l.educ
  (S.)  Influence  de la teusiou des courauts excitateurs sur
  l'excitation  des nerfs  moteurs.   (iaz. med.  de Nantes,
  1899-1900, xviii, 240-24*. —Mays (K.)  UebeidieEutwick-
  lung der niotorischen Nerveneudigung.  Ztschr. f.  Biol,
  Muucheu u.  Leipz.,  1892-3,  n. F., xi, 41-85, 2 pl.—Noll
  (A.)  Ueber  Erregbarkeit und  Leituiigsvermogen  de.1
  motorischen Nerveu unter dem Einfluss vou (iif'leu nnd
  Kiilte.  Ztschr. f.allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 57-74,2p!.
  Place. ( T. )  Sur la vitesse avec laquelle i'irritatioii se
  propage dans les nerfs moteurs de l'homme.  Arch, neerl.
  d. sc. exactes  [etc.], La Haye, 1871, vi, 80-94.   Also, Re-
  print.—Bonianes ( G. J. )   Ou the modification of the
  excitability of  motor nerves pioduced bv  injury.  Proc.
  Roy.  Soc.'Lond., 1876-7, xxv, 8-16.—Bothniaim  (M.)
  Ueber die Ergebnisse  der experimentelleu  Aiisschnltung
  der niotorischen  Function uud  ihre Bedeutung fiir die
  Pathologie.   Ztschr. f. klin. Med.. Berl., 1903, xl\ iii, 1"-
  29.—Thompson (W. H.)  Ueber die Abhangigkeit di 1
  Gliederveneu von niotorischen Nerven. Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz.,'1893, 102-108.—Van Gehuchten (A.)   L'origine
  reelle. et letrajet intracerebral des nerfs moteurs ttablia
  par la methode de la degenerescence wallerienne iudirecte.
  Cong. d. med.  alienistes  et neurol.  de Frauce . . .  C.-r.,
  Par. A Brux., 1903, xiii, v. 2, 412-414. —Weiss (G.)  In-
  fluence paradoxale de l'acide carbonique sur le nerf moteur
  de la grenouille.  Compt. rend. Soc de  biol., Par.,  1900,
  11. s., ii, 444-446.

jVervoiis system (Motor, Diseases of).
     See,  also, Atrophy,  Dystrophy,  Muscular;
  Muscles (A trophy of); Paralysis  (Acute ascend-
  ing); Paralysis (Bulbar); Paralysis (Spastic);
  Paralysis  (Spinal syphilitic).
     Mobius (P. J.)   I'eber die  priuiareu clironi-
  scbeu  Krkrankuugen des willkiirliclien Bewe-
  giiugsanparutes.  - .   Leipzig, 16*2.
     VOGT (K.)   " Eiu Fall  vou sellener l-ewe-
  guugsstonmg.    [Wurtzburg.]  b~.  Miinchen,
  1?88.
     Fischer (F.)  Athetosis and kindred affections. Phila.
  M. J.,  1900,  v, 176; 221.—von Kornilotl" (A.)  Ueber
  die Veraiiderungeii der motorischen l-'unelioneu hei Sto-
  rungen  der Sensibilitat.  Cong, internat. (1. sc. med. k
  Moscou, Par.,  1897, iv,  pt.  1, 675-688.  AUo:  Deutsche
  Ztschr.  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1897-8. xii, 199-214-Per-
  sonal! (S.)  Di una forma rara di disturbo della motilita
  con presentazione dell' ammalaio.  Boll. d.  r. Accad. med.
  di Genova, 1890, v, 18-22.

Nervous system (Pathology of).
     See, also. Brain (Localizations of functions in);
  Brain (Pathology,  etc..  of); Insanity,  Nerve-
  cells,  Pathology of; Nervous system (Declara-
  tion, etc.. of); Nervous system (Disiases of) [and
  subdivision's]; Nervous system (Motor,  Diseases
  of);  Nervous system  (Sympathetic,  Diseases of')]
  Nervous  system  ( I asomotor. Diseases of);  Neu-
  rons, etc.;  Neurotoxins;  Paralysis ( Pathology
  of);   Shock  (Causes,  etc., of):   Spinal  cord
  (Pathology of).                                 .  .
     Abercrombie (J.)   Pathological aud practical
  researches  on diseases of tlie braiu  aud tbe spi-
  nal cord.   3. ed.   Pi\  Edinburgh,  1634. 
JTERVOUS.
531
NERVOUS.
Nervous  system (Pathology of).
   ------.   The same.  4. ed.   T2°.   Edinburgh,
  I8b>.
   ------.   The saine.  2. Am. from 3. Edinb. ed.
  8°.  Philadelphia,  1636.
   ------.   The same.  A newed.  s  .  Philadel-
  phia, 1^43.
   ------.   The same.  Pathologische und prak-
  tiscbe Untersuchungen uber die Krankheiten des
  Gehirns uud  Riickenmarks.   Aus  dem  Engli-
  sehen von Gerhard vou  dem  Buseb.  S-'.  Bre-
  men, 1629.
   Andre  (G.)  Etudes neuropatbologiques.  s ,
  Paris >)■ Toulouse,  1696.
   Atlas der pathologischen Histologie des Ner-
  veusystems.  Hrsg.  von V. Babes,  P. Blot-([ [et
  al] "l., 2., 4.  & ~>. Lfg.  roy. 8-.  Berlin,  b-lfi-i;.
    Bexvexuti (E.)    Snlle alterazioni  del sis-
  tema nervoso nelle  malattie infettive.  Contri-
  buto  clinico  e auatomo-patologieo.   roy. 8 .
  Pisa, 1901.
    Borgherini (A.)  Coutribuziouicliuicbe e spe-
  rimentali intorno al sistema nervoso.  S .  [Pa-
  dova, 1**9.]
    Brigidi (V.)   Anatomia patologica  del sis-
  tema nervoso, preceduta  da eenui  sui processi
  uiorbosi e cadaverici, compendiata  dalle lezioni
  del Viucenzo Brigidi  da Ramoiuo,  dott.  G. B. e
  L. C. Massini.  8°.   Oneglia,  1698.
    Cauer (R. F. P.)   * Ueber die Beziebungeu
  zwischen abnormer allgemeiner Pigmeutierung
  und  Veriinderungen  im  Nervensystem.  8°.
  Breslau, l^.U.
    Chabbkrt (L.)  Nouvelles doctrines  de neu-
  ropatbologie d'apres les lecons  eiementaires de
  cliuique  medicale profess6es a  1'Hotel-Dieu de
  Toulouse par Caubet.  Examen critique. 8°.
  Paris, 1692.
    Chapman (J.)  A summary of an  essay ou tbe
  uervous origin of diseases aud  tbeir successful
  treatment by acting directly on the  neivous sys-
  tem.  8y  London $• Paris, 1892.
    Cocks  (\V. P.)  Pathological anatomy of tbe
  brain, spinal cord, and their membranes; being
  a condensed description of the  morbid  appear-
  ances generally met with after death, with cases.
  24 y  London, 1*31.
    Dejerine (J.)  Cabier  de feuilles d'autopsies
  pour PeTude des lesionsdu nevraxe.   fol.   Paris,
  1895.
    Epoff  (N. K.)  * O patologo-auatomicheskikh
  iznrieneniyakh v perifericheskikh nervakh pod
  vliganiyem razlichnikh vrednlkb agentov.   [On
  tbe  pathological  alterations in tbe peripheral
  nerves under the influence of various  noxious
  agents.]  8-.  S.-Peterburg, 1691.
    Forel  (A.)   Ueber das Verhaltnis der ex-
  perimentellen Atrophie  und  Degei.erations-
  metbodo  znr Anatomie nnd Histologie des Cen-
  tralnervensystems.   Ursprung des  ix.,  x. und
  xii. Hirnnerven.   Unter  Mit wirkung von . . .
  Dr. Mayser und . . . Dr. Ganser.   fol.   Ziirich,
  1691.
    Repr.from: Festschr. z. Feier d. . . . Karl Wilhelm v.
  Nageliu. Albert v. Kolliker [etc.], Ziirich, 1891.
    Grasset (J.)  Les  centres nerveux.  Pbysio-
  pathologie clinique.   8J.  Paris, 1905.
    Gugl(H.) & Stichl(A.)  Neuropathologische
  Studien.  8°.  Stuttgart. 1892.
    Glizzetti  (P.)   Islituto d'anatomia  patolo-
  gica della r. Universita di  Parma.  Diretto dal
  G.  Inzani.   Principal!  rapporti fra Y istologia
  patologica  umana  e la  sperimentale.  Prolu-
  sione al corso libro  di anatomia patologica sul
  sistema nervoso, letta Y 11 dicembre 1898. 8°.
  Parma, 1899.
   Handbuch der pathologischen Anatomie des
  Nervensystems.  In Verbiiidung  mit Anton [et
i\ervoiis system (Pathology of).
  al.] hrsg. von E.  Platan,  L. Jacobsohn, L. Mi-
  nor.   1.-3.  Abth.    S°.  Berlin, 1903.
    Kreidmann.  DerNcrvenkreislaufauatoniisch
  nnd expeiiinentell nachgewieseu uud als iitiolo-
  gisehe Q-rnndlage zur Behandlung aller chroni-
  schen und  acuten  Krankheiten  des Mensehen
  (einschliesslich des chronischen Ftissgeschwiires)
  bearbeitet.   1. Theil, 1. Abth.  8°.  Hamburg,
  1893.
    Leven  (M.)    Systeme nerveux et maladies
  (synt.he.se pathologique).  8°.  Paris, 1893.
    Lobstein (.J. [(«. C] P.)   Versucb einer neuen
  Theorie der Krankheiten, gegriindet auf die Ano-
  malien derNervenkraft.  Teutsch bearbeitet von
  A. Neurobr.  8°.   Stuttgart, 1835.
    Li'TGEHATH (F.)   * Ueber postniortale Ver-
  andernneen  des  Zentialnerveusystenis,  nach-
  gewiesen  am  Riickenmark vom  Ocbsen.   8°.
  Gbttingen, 1903.
    Mixgazzini (G.)   Lezioni di anatomia clinica
  dei centri nervosi, ad uso dei medici e degli stu-
  denti.  Pts. 1 A: 2.   roy. 8°.  Torino, 1905.
    Nathan (W.)  Ueber das Verhalten der Mus-
  kelfasern  in Bezng auf Vacuolenbildunjr  uud
  Hypertrophie  nach   Nervendurchschneidung.
  8°.  Bonn, 16*9.
    Pick  (A.)  Beitrage zur  Pathologie und  pa-
  tbologiscben Anatomie  des Centraluervensys-
  teins, mit Bemerkunp;en zur normalen Anatomie
  desselben.   8°.  Berlin, 1898.
    Popoff  (S. Y.)  Nablyudeniya  po nevropa-
  tologii  s auatomo-fiziologicbeskinii poyasneni-
  yaini klinicbeskikh simptomov.  [Observations
  iu neuro-pathologv with anatomo-physiological
  explanations of clinical symptoms.]  Pt. 1.   8°.
  Moskva, 1903.
    Rietschel (M. P. J.)   * Ueber verminderte
  Leitnngsgescbwiudigkeit  der  iu  Ringer'scher
  Liisung iiberlebenden Nerven.
    AUo, in: Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, xcii, 563-
  584.
    Salvioli (G.)   Lezioni  sulla anatomia pato-
  logica del  sistema nervoso  centrale, fatte . . .
  nella Universita di Genova nell' anno scolastico
  1886.  Raccolte e pubblicate dallo studente Lui-
  gi Lucatello.  8°.  Modena, 16*0.
    Schaffer (K.)   Anatoinisch-kliniscbe Vor-
  trage aus  dem  Gebiete der Nervenpathologie.
  Ueber Tabes und Paralyse.   8°.  Jena,  1901.
    Schmaus (H.)  Vorlesungen iiber  die patho-
  logische  Anatomie  des   Riickenmarks.   8°.
  Wiesbaden, 1901.
    See, also, infra,  Nissl.
    Schneller(E.)  * Veriinderungen im Nerven-
  system  nach Amputationen und  Nervendurch-
  schncidungeu.  8°.  Zurich, 1899.
    Simbriger (F.)  Znr Physiologic und Patho-
  logie des Centralnervensystems, mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung der Sehbiigel  uud der Hem-
  in ungsfunction.  Auf Grund selbstandiger Ver-
  suche.  8°.  Wien, 1896.
    Souza Leite.  Etude de pathologie nerveuse;
  avec une lettre  du Dr. P. Marie.   8°.  Paris,
  1889.
    Wernicke (C.)   Gesannnelte Aufsiitze  und
  kritische Referate  zur  Pathologie des  Nerven-
  system s.  8°.  Berlin, 1893.
    Wolf ([L.] P.)  Die Amyloidkorpercben des
  Nervensystems.  8°.  Munchen, 1901.
    Adamkiewicz (A.) Ueber das Verhalten der Ner-
  venkorperchen iu kraukeu Nerven.  Arch. f. Psvchiat.,
  Berl., 1889-90, xxi, 628-635, 1 p).— Al<-«*i (TJ.)  Lesioni
  della corteecia cerebrale in seguito  ad alterazioni speri-
  mentali del  siiupatico cervicale.  Manicoiuio  mod., No-
  cera,  1897,  xiii, 171-176. -----. llesistenza alia  putrefa-
  zione delle cellule della corteecia cerebrale nella serieani-
  male. Ibid., 1899, xv,  205-212.—Alnn-alrie (M.) Fisio-
  patologia del sistema nervioso.  Arch, depsiiiuiat. y crimi-
  nol., Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 731-743.—Anion (G.)  Ueber 
NEK VOLS.
532
NEKVOU8.
RervoiiM system  (Pathology of).
  die Betheiliguug der basalen Gehirngaiiglien bei  Bewe-
  gun"8storun"en, insbesondero bei der Chorea.  Verhandl.
  d  Gesellsch.  deutsch.  Naturf.  u.  Aerzte 1893.  Leipz.,
  1H94, lxv, pt. 2, 209-213.-----Sull' opera di Filippo Lus-
  sana nella fisiopatologia  del  sistt-iua  nervoso.  Boll. d.
  Soc. nied. prov. di Bergamo, 1898, ix, no. 2. 1-36.—Anzi'
  lotti (G.)  Studio speriineutale sulle alterazioni dei tron-
  chi nervosi in  seguito  all' isolauiento dalla  loro guaina.
  Clin,  mod., Pisa, 1897, iii, 258:  1898, iv, 171:  178;  187—
  Areilza.  Modes de reeobrar la nnalidad  fisiologiea en
  las lesiones  nerviosas.  Rev. de cien. med.  de Barcel.,
  1902,  xxviii,  219-222. — ArnnhteHn (L.  S.)   Vvedeuiye
  mikiobnikb  yadov  i  protivoyadi.v  v spinnomozgovuyu
  zhidkost, kak'metod eksperiiuentaluavo izslledovaniya v
  nelropatologii.   [Introduction of microbic toxins and anti-
  toxins into thecerebio-spinal fluid as a method of experi-
  mental investigation iu neuropathology.]  Russk. Vrach,
  S.-Peterb. 1904, iii. 1068; 1102. — Ambanazy (M.)  Be-
  merkungen zur Marcbi'scheu Farbuug und  Markschei-
  denfarbung von Weigert.   Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u.
  path. Anat., Jeua, 1897, viii, 615-620.— Babe^ (V.)  In-
  fectiunile sisteuiulnl nervos in raport eu eelula uervoasS.
  Romania med., Bucuresci,  1897, v, 265; 294. -----. Ana-
  tomia  patologica a neuroi-liel.   Ibid., 1900, viii, 313-318.
  _____Role de la n6vroglie dans revolution des inflam-
  mations  et des tumeurs.  Cong, internat. de  med.  C.-r.,
  Par., 1900, sect, d'anat. path.,  150-198.— Babe* (V.) &
  .Vlarincnco  (G.)  Verschiedene Formen  von Nerven-
  entartung und Nerveuentziindung.   Atlas d. path. Histol.
  d  Nerveusyst,, Berl., 1894,  Lfg. 2, 40-52, 3 pl. — Baculo
  (B.)  Sulla resistenza. dei fasci nervosi alle gittate epite-
  liali.  Gior. d.  Ass.  napol.  di  med.  e  nat.,  Napoli.  1904,
  xiv, 296-310, 1 pi. — Baginsky (B.)  Ueber  das Verhal-
  ten von  Nervenendorgaiien uach Durchschm-idling der
  zujjehdrigen  Nerven.   Arch. f. path. Anat., |etc.J, Berl.,
  1894, exxxvii. 389-404, 1 pl.—Bailey (F.  H.)   Keceut ad-
  vances in the  normal aud pathological histology  of the
  central nervous system.   Tr. M.  Soc. N. Jersey, Newark,
  1898, 339-357.  Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898.  liv, 795-801.—
  Barbacci (O.)   La patoldgia generate della cellula ner-
  vosa secondo le piu. recenti ricerche.   Clin,  mod., Pisa,
  1899, v.337; 345; 357; 367; 376.—Barbacci (O.) & C'ani-
  pncci (G.)  Sulle lesioni cadaveriche delle  cellule  ner-
  vose.  Kiv. di  patol. nerv., Firenze,  1897,  ii. 337-347.—
  Barren (A. M.)  Pathological  findings iu  the brain in
  a case  of dolirium and a case of stupor in epileptics.  Tr.
  IowaM. Soc., Des Moines,  1900, xviii, 287-298.—Batten
  (F. E.)   On the pathological examination of  nervous tis-
  sue.  St. Barth.  Hosp. J.. Lond.,   1898-9, vi, 116-118.—
  Bnyon.  Hie Anwendung neuer Impragnationsverfah-
  ren  in der pathologisch-histologischen Analyse des Zen-
  traluervensystems.  Centralbl. f. allg. Path, ujiath.  Anat.,
  Jena,  1905,  xvi, 52-56. —  Beuedikt (M.)  Ueber  einige
  Grundformeln des neuropathologischen Deukens.   Wien.
  Klinik, 1885,  xi, 93-115.  AUo.transl..- Cliu. di Vienna, Na-
  poli, 1887, iv, 55-78. — Berkley (H. J.)  Studies  ou the
  lesions produced by the action of certain poisons on tbe cor-
  tical nerve cell. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Kep., Bait.. 1897, vi,
  1-88,12 pl.—Bickel (A.)  Anmerkungen zu dem Aufsatz:
  Ueber die Veranderungen der motorischen  Functionen
  bei Stiirungen  der Sensibilitat, vou  A. von Korniloff, Pri-
  vatdocent In Moskau, Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Nerven-
  heilkuude, Bd. xii, H. 3 u. 4, 1898.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xiii, 345-347. -----. Ueber Com-
  pensationsvorgange.   Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1900,
  xlvii, 1528-1530. — Bikelea (G.)  Przyczynek do  wyjas-
  nienia sprawy  wznowienia  funkcyi  w uszkodzouym  ner-
  wie.  [Explanation of the cause of returning function in
  an affected  nerve.]   Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1897,  xxxvi,
  579. — Binet-Nnngle (C.)  N6cessite d'une classifica-
  tion nouvelle eu  neuropathologie.   Anjou med.. Angers,
  1899, vi,  59-01— Bonome (A.)  Sulla fine  struttura ed
  istogenesi della neuroglia patologica.  Arch,  di ostet.  e
  ginec, Napoli, 1901, viii, 101-160, 3 pl.   Also, transl..- Arch.
  f.  pith.  Auat.  [etc.].  Berl., 1901, clxiii,  441-497, 3 pl.—
  Bookman (S.)   A  preliminary  communication ou  a
  method  of determining the reaction of post-mortem ma-
  terial, and its application  to nerve tissue.   Proc. N. York
  Path. Soc. (1897-8), J899, 132.—Borda (J. T.)  Topogra-
  fia de  los nucleus grises  delos segmentos medulares'del
  hombre.  Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1902. ix, 828-830.—
  Borgherini  (A.)  Origine  e  sviluppo della neuropa-
  tologia.   Kiv. veneta di hc. med., Venezia,  1887, vi, 139-
  15*.  AUo, in Ins.- Contrib. clin. e sper. [etc.J, 8°, Padova,
  1889,123-142.—BoNNi (V. >  Notacliuica sperimentale sulla
  cancrena del piede i niisecutiva alia nevrectoinia plantare
  Gior.  di  vet. mil., Roma,  1893, vi,  49-84. — Boyce (R.j
  A eontribulion to the study of descending  degeneration's
  in the brain and spinal cord, and  of  the seat of origin and
  paths of conduction of the fitsiu absinthe epilepsy   Phil
  Tr.. Lond., 1896, clxxxvi, 321-382. 1 pl. — Brigidi (V.)
  Sull' anatomia  patologica del sistema nervoso  Gazz d
  osp., Milano, 1k98, xix. 493-495.-  Iliodinaiui (K.)  Be-
  merkungen zur Unteisuchung des Nervensystems  im po-
  hirisierten Liehte.  J. f. Psvchol. u. Neurol'.,  Leip/. 1903
  ii. 211-213—Buhlijj (W. H.)  General and special meth-
  ods iu  the post-mortem examination of the  brain and spi-
Nervous  system (Pathology of).
  nal cord.  Cleveland M. J., 1904,  iii, 28-38. — Cncriola
  (S.)   Sopra  un'  alterazione  non  aucora descritta del
  vasi sauguigni  del sistema nervoso centrale.   Boll, d
  Soc. ital. d.  inicr., Acireale,  1889-91, i,  119-143, 3  pl._1
  Calo (V.)  Kicerche  sperimentali  sugli  effetti delta re-
  cisione dei trnuchi uervosi. Cliu. mod., Pisa, 1904, x,  553-
  564.— Carrier (H.)  Organisation  des  laboratoires et
  technique histologique employee k l'etrauger pour l'etude
  du systeme nerveux pathologique (Allemagne, Autriclic
  Italic).  Lyon med., 1905, cv, 707; 742. —C'erletti (U.) &
  Waiubalino (L.)   On the pathology of the neurofibrils
  J;, Ment. Path., N. Y., 1905-6, vii, 113-119,  2 pl. — t'hnb-
  bert (L.)   Nouvelles doctrines de neuropathologie, d'a-
  pres les lecons de Caubet; examen critique.  fielminM
  Toulouse, 1891,  2. s., v, 205; 217;  520; 541; 553;  565; 577-
  589; 601: 1892, 2. s., vi, 1;  25. — 4'omparini-ltni<UI<y
  (L.)  Sulle modificazioni che il processo putrcfatiivo pun
  impriniere alle cellule nervose tlik patologicamen te altei ate.
  Attid.r. Accad.d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1900,4.s.,xii.(i.—t'ou-
  lon.  Du r61e des aiterites dans la pathologie du systeme
  nerveux.  Cung.il.med. alienistes etneurol.de France 1898.
  C. r., Par., 1899, ix, 331-425.  Also:  Kev. neurol., Par., 1898,
  vi, 576-579. —  t'rocq (J.)  Les auesthesies, paralysing et
  amyotrophies en traneheset la theorie m6tanieriquedeBris-
  sau'd.  J. de neurol., Par., 1899, iv,  281-288.- D'Abumlo.
  Leiutossicaziouiele infezioni nella patogeue.sidelle malattie
  mentali e delle nevropatie, ancbe nei riguardi terapcutici.
  Pisani, Palermo, 1899, xx, 153-179. — Ban sac (A.-M)
  Recherches sur les 16sions nerveuses  dans les  aryt6noi-
  dites tuberculeuses et dans les amygdalites chroniques;
  nouvelle technique de fixation et de coloration des nerfs,
  principalement du cylindre axe.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.,
  1893, lxviii, 550-558.—Dejerine (J.)  Anatomie patho-
  logique du systeme nerveux.   Semaine m6d., Par., 1H89, ix,
  153-155. -----. Sur la chromatolysede la cellule  nerveuse
  au cours des infections avec hyperthermic,  (,'ompt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. »., iv, 728— Dexlcr (H.)   Zur
  Histologie  der Gauglienzellen  des Pferdes  in noriiialein
  Zustande uud nach  Arsenikvergiftung.  Jahrb. f. Psy-
  chiat., Leipz. u.  Wien, 1897, xvi, 165-178,  2 pl. — Killer
  (T.)  The nervous element in organic disease.  Univ. M.
  Mag.,  Phila., 1894-5, vii,  395-403. — Donalh (J.)   Das
  Vorkommen und die Bedeutung des (Jholins in  der Ore-
  bro>piualflussigkeit bei Epilepsie und orgauischen  Er-
  krankungeu des Nervensystems, nebst weiteren Beitragen
  zur Cbemiederselben.  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,
  1903. xxxix, 526-544. -----. Der Phosphorsauregehalt der
  Cerebrospiualfiiissigkeit bei verschiedenen, iusbesondere
  Nervenkraukheiten.   Ibid., 1904, xlii, 141-148. ----. Az
  idegk6rtan fel 6vsz£zad eliitt.   [Nervous pathology in the
  last half century.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,1,49-51.—
  Edwards (J.  F.)  The  nervous  system and disease.
  Auu. Hyg., Phila., 1895,  x,  65-70.  -----. The uervous
  system in disease; a plea for greater recognition of the all-
  pervading influence of the nervous  system upon  disease
  in general.  Ibid., 1897, xii, 193; 257.  Also [Abstr.l: Med.
  Rec, N. Y.,  1897,  liii, 258.—Klzholz (A.)  Znr  Kennt-
  niss der Veranderungeu im  centralen  Stumpfe ladirter
  gemischter  Nerven.  Jahrb. f. Psychat., Leipz. u. Wien,
  1898, xvii. 323-359, 1 pl.—Erb (W.)  Ueber die nachsteii
  Aufgaben  der  Nervenpathologie.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Nervenh,  Leipz., 1891, i,  1-12. — Fiachcr (0.)  Einige
  Bemerkungen iiber die Farbung pathologist'her Gliafor-
  mationen.   Verhandl. d.  deutsch. path.  Gesellsch.  1902,
  Berl.,  1903, v, 363-367,  lpl.—Fort (J. M.)  Modern views
  of the kinship of neurotic diseases  and their relation to
  the insane impulse.  Med. Times, N. Y.,  1900, xxviii, 67-
  70.—Friedberg (H.)  Recherches sur les resultats de la
  16sion de certaines portions des centres nerveux.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1861, liii, 472-474. — Frinco  (B.)
  Alterazioni vasali nelle  lesioni di origine infettiva dei
  nervi periferici.   Ann. d. cliu. d. mal. ment. e nerv.  d. r.
  Univ. di Palermo (1900-1902), 1903, ii, 169-198.—Ginnnet-
  tasio (N.) Sc Lombanli (M.)   Des alterations  du  sys-
  t6iue nerveux central chez les cbieiis operes de la fistule
  d'Eck; recherches experimeutales histologiques.  Bibliog.
  anat.,  Par. Sc Nnucy, 1902, x, 83-90.—Glover (J.)  Notes
  et schema sur la topographic pathologique (le l'axe cerebro-
  spinal.  Arch, de neurol., Par., 1888, xvi, 39; 219, 2 pl.—
  Cwol<lscheidcr (A.)  Zur  allgemeinen  Pathologie des
  Nervensvstems.  Berl. klin.  Wcbnscbr.,  1894, xxxi, 421;
  444. ---—. Vascular disease  of the  central nervous sys-
  tem.  Internat. Cliu.,  Phila., 1896,  6. s„ iii, 172-180.—
  Gnddcn (H.)  Ueber die Anwendung elektiver Farbe-
  methoden am in Formol geharteten Centralnervensystem.
  Neur.il. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi,  24.-«iii**ctli (P.)
  Pseudo corpuscoli cromatici del ciliudrasse.'  Kiv. di pa-
  tol.  nerv., Firenze, 1905,  x, 473-477. — Hwikovcc (L.)
  Die Autointoxicationen  bei  den Nerven- und  Gcistes-
  krankheiten.  Wien.  klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii, 621; 640;
  657; 671; 688; 703. — Heldenbergh.  Nevraxologie et
  nC-vraxopathologie.  J. de neurol., Par., 1904. ix, 381-390.—
  Henonille  Sc  Bengnies-Corbeau. Influence du
  systeme nerveux sur les glaudes r6nales.  Ann. d. mal. d.
  oi-g. genito-urin.. Par., 1888, vi, 183-192.  AUo, Keprint.-
  IIoch  (A.)  Nerve-cell  changes  iu somatic diseases.
  Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., [Utica, N. Y.], 1898, v, 384- 
NERVOUS.                                      533                                      NERVOUS.
Xervons  system (Pathology of).
  393.—Hughes (C. H.)  The neivous system in disease;
  a preliminary and fragmentary contribution to the study
  of general neural pathology.  Alienist A Neurol., St. Louis,
  1888, ix, 361-372.  AUo: Kansas City M. Rec, 1888, v, 281-
  286.  Mso: Cincin.  M. News, 1889, n. s., xviii, 793-802.
  ____-TThe nervous system  in disease and the practice
  of medicine from  a  neurological standpoint.   Alienist &.
  Neurol.,  St. Louis,  1894. xv, 307-349.  Also: J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1894,  xxii, 897-908.   AUo: N.  York M. J.,
  1894, lix, 705; 737.  -----.  The  psycho-neural factor  iu
  clinical medicine.  Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg.,  1897, v,
  21-25. -----•  Extra-neural  or adneural nervous disease.
  Alienist Sz Neurol., St. Louis, 1902, xxiii, 247; 266.—Hun
  (H.)  The nervous  symptoms  associated with Blight's
  disease; the unity of Bright's disease.   Albanv M. Ann.,
  1895, xvi, 139-151.   AUo, Reprint.—Ilurd (A.'W.) Cliu-
  ical  aspects of auto-intoxication.   Proc. Am. Med.-Psy-
  chol. Ass., Bost.,  1897, 158-170.  AUo, Reprint, in part.—
  Jacoby (M.)  Ueber sehr friihzeitige  Storuugeu in der
  Entwickelung des Centralnervensystems.   Arch. f. path.
  Anat. [etc], Berl., 1897, cxliv, 149-179, 2 pl.— .f elgcrsma
  (G.)  Over de syniinetrie der organiscue verauderiugen
  vau  het zenuwstelsel.   Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v.  Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1889, 2. R., xxv.  2. d.. 741-754. — Itai-yoph) lies
  (G.)  Aoyos eiaaytoyiKOS eis  to p.d0r)fxa rijs vevpOTra9o\oyias.
  raATH-bs, 'Afl^ai, 1892, xvi, 234; 249; 285. — Kaufuiann
  (M.)  Mode d'action du systeme nerveux dans la produc-
  tion de l'hyperglycemie.  Arch, de physiol. norm, etpath.,
  Par., 1895, 5.  s., vii, 266; 287. — It is hi (I.)  [The resis-
  tance to destruction ofthe small enffs of the nerve sheaths.]
  Dai  Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1902,
  viii, no. 6, 40-70. — Ton Korniloff (A.)  Ueber die Ver-
  anderungeu  der  motorischen Funktionen  bei Stoning
  der  Sensibilitat.   Deuische  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., 1897,
  xii, 199-214.—Kotsorski (A. D.)  Materiali k ucheniyu
  ob  iznileneniyakh nervnoi  sistemi pri  sotryaseniyakh.
  |Data for the study  of the changes of the nervous  system
  in commotions.1  Obozr. psichiat.  [etc.], S.-Peterb.,  1897,
  ii, 881-884. — Krumbiuillcr (V. V.)  O  stepeui meta-
  niorfoza blelikh shankov krovi pri nlekotorikh  strada-
  niy akh tsentralnol nervnoi  sistemi.  [Degree of metamor-
  phosis of white blood corpuscles in various diseases of the
  central nervous system.)  Arch. biol. nauk . .  ., S.-Peterb.,
  1897-8, vi, 519-553.  AUo. transl:  Arch. d.  sc. biol., St.-
  Petersb., 1897-8, vi, 501-.-.35.— Kuzuetsoff (V. V.)  Vli-
  yaniye hiperemii na tsentralniiyu nervnuyu sistemu.  [In-
  fluence of hyperasmia upon the central nervous system.]
  Vestnik. klin. i sudebuoi psichiat. i nevropatol.,  St. Pe-
  tersb., 1888-9, vi,  pt. 1, 99-140—Lapinsky  (M.)  Ueber
  Verauderungen der Nerven bei acuter  Stoning der Blut-
  zufuhr.  Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1899, xv,
  364-394.—von Leonona  von LaugefO.)  Zur patho-
  logischen Entwickelung des Centralnerveusystems. Arch.
  f. Psychiat, Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 862-894, 2 pl. — I.opine
  (R.)  Th6orie mecanique de la paralysie  hysterique, du
  somnambulisme, du sommeil nature! et de la distraction.
  Compt. reud.  Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 85.  Levi
  (G.)  Alterazioni  cadaveriche della cellula nervosa stu-
  diate col metodo di Nissl.   Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,
  1898, iii, 18-20. — Liong (L.)  The relation which the nerv-
  ous system sustains to the etiology, pathology, and symp-
  tomatology of disease.  Louisville M. Month., 1896-7, iii,
  459-463.—Lioveland (B. C.)  The relation of fat to nerv-
  ous  disease.  Buffalo  M. J.,  1903-4, n. s., xliii, 289-292. —
  Lugaro (E.)  Nuovi dati e nuovi problemi nella pato-
  logia della cellula nervosa.   Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze,
  1896, i, 303-322. -----. Questioni spicciole sulla patologia
  della cellula nervosa.  Ibid., 1898, iii, 125-130.  -----. I re
  centi progressi dell' anatomia del  sistema nervoso  in rap-
  porto alia psicologia ed alia psichiatria.  Ibid., 1899, iv,
  481;  537.—Liuya (J.)  De l'automatisme morbide des ele-
  ments  nerveux (regions emotives).  Ann.de psychiat. et
  d'hypnol., Par., 1893, n. s., iii, 105.  — Mantegazza (P.)
  Di alcune alterazioni  istologicbe dei tessuti, che  teugon
  dietro al taglio dei nervi.  Gior.  di anat. e fisiol.,  Pavia,
  1865, ii, 529-541. — IHarchand (L.)  Lesions du canal
  central m6dullaire dans quelques  maladies  mentales et
  nerveuses, en particulier dans la paralysie g6n6rale et la
  demence senile.  Bull, et m6in.  Soc. anat. de P^r., 1903,
  lxxviii, 426. — Mariucsco (G.)  La histopatologia de la
  c61ula nerviosa.   [Transl. from: Rev. g6n. d. sc]  Cron.
  med., Lima, 1897, xiv, 258-265.  AUo,  transl. [Abstr.):
  M6d. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 556. -----. Pathologie g6n6rale
  de la cellule nerveuse; lesions secondaires et primitives.
  Presse m6d., Par., 1897,41-47. -----. Nouvelles recherches
  sur la structure fine de la  cellule nerveuse et sur les le-
  sions produites par certaines intoxications.  Ibid., 273-277.
  -----. Du rdle ae la n6vrog!ie dans revolution des  inflam-
  mations et des tumeurs.  Rev. neurol.. Par., 1900, viii, 886-
  903.  AUo, transl..- Romania m6d., Bucuresci, 1900,  viii,
  319-321. -----. Lesions des neuro-fibrilles daus certains
  6tats pathologiques.   J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 221-236.
  Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 536-538.—
  Mayr (E.)  Ueber  den Einfluss von Neutralsalzen auf
  Farbbarkeit und Fixierung des uervosen Gewebes.  (Ein
  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kolloide.)  Beitr. z. chem. Phys.
  u. Path., Brnschwg., 1905-6, vii, 548-574,  1 pl.—Mend ,
Aervous  system (Pathology of).
  (E.)  Ueber das Verhaltniss der Lymphocyten  zu den
  Nervenzellen, nebst Bemerkungen zu diesbeziulichen An-
  gabeu von Krouthal.  Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohui. Gesellsch. d.
  Wissensch. 1902, Prag, 1903, No. 56,1-25.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Meyer (A.)   How can we prepare  neurological material
  to the best advantage?  J.  Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y.,
  1894,  xxi, 277-291. -----. Einseitige Zellveranderung im
  Halsmark  bei Phlegmoue am  Unterarm, nebst weiteren
  Bemerkungen iiber die Pathologie der Ganglienzelle (Ein-
  fluss des Fiebers. etc.).   Arch. f. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1900,
  xxxiii. 58-76,  2  pl — Middleman  (j.) & Bobertson
  (W. F.)  Pathology of the nervous system  in  relation to
  mental diseases.  Edinb. M.  J., 1894-5, xl,  509: 623; 704;
  813; 902; 997: 1895-6, xii, 613; 814, 7 pl.—Mingazzini
  (G.)  Pathologisch-auatomischoUntersuchungen iiberden
  Verlauf einiger  Nervenbahneu des Centralnervensystems
  des  Mensehen.  Beitr. z. path. Anat. u.  z.  allg.  Path.,
  Jena, 1896, xx,  413-476, 4 pl. -----. Experinientelle und
  pathologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen iiber deu Ver-
  lauf  eiuisier  Bahnen  des  Centralnervensystems.   Mo-
  natschr.  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1904,  xv. 52; 90;
  223; 265;  335, 4 pl.-Minor.   Mode (l'emploi de  l'orca-
  nette et de la chlorophylle pour la coloration de la graisse
  dans les lesions  du systeme uerveux.  Bull. Soc.  anat. de
  Par., 1889, lxiv, 282-285.—Mirto (G.)  Modificazione del
  metodo al bicloruro di luercurio per lo studio dei ceutri
  nervosi.   Riv. di  patol. nerv., Firenze,  1896,  i,  103-105.
  -----. Sulle alterazioni del sistema nervoso negli  ampu-
  tati;  contribute alio  studio delle degenerazioni spinali
  ascendenti e  alia determinazione dell' identity personale
  nei cadaveri mutilati.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Pa-
  lermo (1898),  1899, 90-102, 1 pl.—von Monakow (C.)
  Zur pathologischen Entwickluug des centraleu Nerven-
  systems.   [Abstr.]  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na-
  turf. u. Aerzte  1896,  Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
  280.—Morrison (A.)  Morrison lectures on the relation
  ofthe nervous  system  to disease and to disorder  in the
  viscera.  Lancet',  Lond., 1898, i, 6; 89; 139.—Monti (A.)
  Contribuzione alia istolog\a patologica della  cellula ner-
  vosa.  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.  Rendic, Milano, 1898, 2.
  s., xxxi, 302-309.  AUo: Gazz. med.  lomb., Milano. 1898,
  lvii,  217-220.   AUo, transl: Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin,
  1898,  xxix, 307-314.—Mott (F. W.)  On the cerebro-spinal
  fluid in relation to disease of the  nervous  system.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1554-1560, 2 pl. on 1 1.—Muratoflf
  (V. A.)  Anatomo-fiziologicheskoye  vvedeniye v kurs pa-
  toloy*i nervnoi sistemi.   [Anatomo-physiological intro-
  duction to the course of pathology of the nervous system.]
  Obozr.  psichiat.,  nevrol. [etc.J,  S.-Peterb., 1896, i,  267-
  275.—Muravyeff (V. V.)  K voprosu ob izmleneniyakh
  vtsentralnom otrlezkle nerva poslie peerriezki.   [Changes
  in the central part of tho nerve after sectiou.J  J.  uevro-
  pat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, pt. 2, 20-
  23.—rVageottc (J.)  A propos des  16sions des nerfs  ra-
  diculaires,  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii,
  35-38. -----.  Note sur les formations cavitaires par peri-
  n6vrite dans les nerfs radiculaires.  Ibid, 1902, 11. s., iv,
  1443-1445.  Also, Reprint.—Nissl (F.) Die Hypothese der
  specifischen  Nerveuzellen  fuuetion.   Allg.   Ztschr.  f.
  Psychiat.  [etc.], Berl., 1896-7, liii,  834:  liv, 1. -----.
  Kritische  Bemerkungen  zu H. Schmaus: Vorlesuugen
  iiber  die  pathologische  Anatomie  des  Riickenmarks;
  zugleich ein  Beitrag  zur pathologischen  Anatomie des
  Zentralnervensystems.  Centralbl.  f. Nervenh. u. Psy-
  chiat., Berl.  u.  Leipz.,  1903, n. F., xiv, 88-107.  AUo:
  Centralbl.  f. Neurol, n. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903,
  xxvi, 517-528.—Obersteiner (H.)  Ueber vergleichende
  pathologisch-anatomische  Untersuchuugen des  Nerven-
  systems.  Aib.  a. d. Inst. f.  Anat. u. Physiol,  d. Central-
  nervensyst. an  d. Wien. Uuiv., Leipz. u.  Wien,  1894, 2.
  Hft.,  173-179.—Ogle (J. W.) Cases illustrating the for-
  mation of morbid growths, deposits, tumours, cysts, etc.,
  in connexion with the brain and spiual cord, and their
  investing  membranes.   Brit.   Sc For.  M.  Chir.   Rev.,
  Lond., 1864,   xxxiv,  457-492.  Also,  Repriut. — Onnf
  (B. )   A method of  securing  fixation and hardening of
  the central nervous  system before the autopsy.   Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 52-54.—Osier (W.)   Interstitial
  processes in the central nervous system.  Tr. Cong. Am.
  Phys. & Surg. 1891, N. Haveu,  1892, ii, 144-146.—Paget
  (Sir J.)  Diseases of structure due to disturbance of nerve-
  force. Inhis: Stud.oldcase-books,8°,Lond., 1891,105-115.—
  Piindi (K.)   Az idegreudszerelviltozilsa idiilt brom, co-
  cain,  nicotin es untipyrin m6rgez6su61.  [The  changes in
  the nervous  system in chronic  poisoning by bromine, co-
  caine, nicotine, aud autipyiine.]  Magy. orv. Arch., Buda-
  pest,  1893, ii, 404-430, 1 pl.—Parascandolo (C.)  Re-
  cherches histo-pathologiques sur l'etat des centres ner-
  veux daus la commotion tboracique et abdomiuale experi-
  mentale.  Arch, de physiol.  norm, et path., Par., 1898, 5.
  s.,x. 138-153.  Also: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1898, xxix,
  144-152.—Parboil (C.)  A  Goldstein  (M.)  Influenta
  sistemulul nervos asupra localisatiunei proceselor mor-
  bide.   Spitalul,  Bucuresci,  1904, xxiv, 175;  235;  324.—
  Parlion (0.) Sc Papinian (J.) Contribution k l'etude
  des localisations dans  les noyaux bulbo-protub6rantiels
  (hypoglosse et facial) chez l'homme.   Semaine rn6d., Par., 
NERVOUS.
534
NERVOUS.
lYcrvon* system  (Pathology of).
  1904. xxiv. 401-leY  Pearce(F. S.) The gustro-intestinal
  iiaet  in  nervous disease.  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1900, 1-
  10 — Petrolic  (L. M.)  Sulla istologia patologica dei cen-
  tri nervosi.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1888, i.\, 212. —Phelpai
  (K M.)  The nervous element among ordinary diseases.
  Gaillard's M. J..N. Y.,  1895. lxi, 1-11.-Philippe (C.) A
  de dothai-d (E.)  Methode de Nissl et cellule nerveuse
  eu pathologic liumaine.  Semaine med., Par., 1900, xx, 51-
  57. —Philippe■■ (J.)   Etude  sur  la  pathogenie du choc
  nerveux.  Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1898,
  vii. 463-561.—Phisalix (C.) <>c Claude (H.)  Meniugo-
  encephaio-myelite aigue determiii6e chez le chien  par le
  bacille de la septicemic du cobaye.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc. Par., 1808, cxxvii, 248-250.— Pilez (A.)  Beitrag zum
  Studiuni der Atrophie und Degeneration  im Nerveusys-
  teiue.  Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1899, xviii, 341-
  370.—Pineles (F.)  Ueber lahiiiungsartige Erscheinun-
  gen  nach Durchschueiiliiug sensorischer Nerven.  Cen-
  tralbl.  f.  Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1890-91,  iv, 741-745.—
  Pirono (R.)   Ueber die Veranderungen der  Nervenele-
  mente bei verschiedenen Iniectionen.  Wien. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1900,  1.  1026-1029.—Popoff (N. M.)  K patologii
  tsentralnol nervuol sistemi.  I. Mielit, oslozhnenniy spin-
  uomozgovim krovoizliyaniyem.   [Pathology of the central
  nervous system.  I. Myelitis, complicated by hemorrhages
  in the spinal cord.]  Vestnik kliu. i sndebnoi psichiat. i
  ucvrop.-itol.. St. Petersb., 1887-8, v, pt. 2, 22-34.— Pusa-
  tei'i iE.)  Sulle alterazioni dei cordoui posteriori seconda-
  rie a foeolai cerebrali.  Pisani, Palermo,  1899, xx, 189-
  lt8. — Putnam  (J. J.)  Kelation  of infectious processes
  to diseases of the nervous system ; pathology and etiology.
  Am. J. M. Sc,  Phila., 1895, cix, 254-277.  Also, Reprint! —
  Bamdn j- Cajal  (S.)  Variations morphologiques du
  reticulum neurotibiillaire dans certains 6tats normaux et
  pathologiques.  Coinpt. reud. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi,
  372-374.—Kanaohoff (A.)  Veranderungeu im Central-
  nervensystem in einem Fall von Verblutungen.  [Abstr.]
  Moratschr.  f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,  1899,  vi, 471.
  -----.  Ueber  Veranderungeu im Centralnervensystem
  in einem  Fall  tiidtlicher  Blasenblutung.    Deutsche Zt-
  schr.  f.  Nervenh., Leipz.. 1900, xvii, 351-368. — Ked-
  lieh (E.)  Zur Verwendung der Marchi'scheu Farbuug
  bei pathologischeu Praparaten des .Nervensystems.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Cobleuz & Leipz., 1892, n.
  F., iii,  111-115.  -----. Die Amyloidkdrpercheu des Ner-
  vensystems. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1891, x, 1-
  68—Richter (R.)  Die Bedeutung der sensibel-sensoriel-
  len Storungen bei Hysterie uud Epilepsie uud ihr Verhal-
  ten zu deu  Aufalleu.   Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1898-9,
  xxxi, 574-61.*.—von  Bonier (L. S. A. M.)  Die erbliche
  Belastung des Zentralnervensystems bei Uraniern, geistig
  gesuudeu Mensehen und Geisteskranken.   Jahrb. f. sex.
  Zwischenstufeu. Leipz., 1905, vii, 67-83, 5 diag.—  Boger
  (H.) Physiologie pathologique du  choc nerveux.  Arch.
  de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 601-609.—
  Rosenfcld (M.)  Khnischer und anatomischer  Beitrag
  zur Erkrankiing der Neuroglia.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat.
  u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xii, 339-358,  1 pl. — Boss (J.)  On
  the segmental  distribution of seusory disorders. Brain,
  Loud.,  1887-*, x, 333-361.  Also: Stud. auat. .  . . Owens
  Coll., Manchester. 1891, i,  167-196.—Russell  (J. S. R.)
  Report on experimental investigations in neuropathology.
  Brit. M.J., Loud., 1896, ii, 837.—Wachs iB.)  The relation
  of epilepsy, chorea, aud other motor disturbances of  the
  nervous system to eve disease.  Med. News. N. Y., 1904,
  lxxxv, 197-200.—Sal violi (I.) Sc Spangaro  (S.)  Come
  debba interpretarsi 1' influenza del sistema nervoso sul de-
  corso delle infezioni.  Arcb. per le sc. med., Torino, 1899,
  xxiii, 293-312.  Also, transl: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]
  Berl., 1899, civ, 98-123.—Sano (F.)  Contribution k l'etude
  de la pathologic de la cellule pyramidalo et des localisa-
  tions motrices  daus le teiencephale.  J. de neurol., Par.
  1900, v, 316-322. — Navill (T. P.)   A lecture on the clin-
  ical investigation of disorders of tbe nervous system, illus-
  trated by a remarkable case of dual consciousness, a case
  exhibiting trophic lesions of the trifacial nerve, and oth-
  ers.  Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii. 391-397-Mehafler (K.)
  Az idegsejtek elvaltozasair61 kiserleti idiilt dlom-,arsi'n-es
  autimoumergezeseknel.  [The changes of the nerve cells
  in chronic lead, arsenic, and antimony poisoning.1  Magy.
  orv. Arch., Budapest, 1893. ii. 36-51,1 pl.—Sehifl'(M\)
  Ueber die Anwendung des Polarisationsapparates  in der <
  pathologischen  Anatomie der Nervencentren  und iiber I
  die Atelectasis medullas spinalis. Arch.f. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1880, xi, 283-294.   Also, in his:  Ges. Beitr. z. Physiol., 8°,
  Lausanne, 1896, iii, 429-411.-Schmaus.   Ueber  Amy-
  loiilkdrperchen des Nervensystems.  [Abstr.]  Sitzungsb.
  d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen, 1900, xvi,
  3!' — Mchiiller (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie der kom-
  biiiierteu or»auisehen Erkrankungen des Nervensystems.
  J. ihrb.f. Psychiat., Leipz.u. Wien, 1905,xxvi, 365-401.—Sfa-
  meui (P.)  Ricerche sperimentali sulle alterazioni artifi-
  cali e cadaveriche del sistema nervoso centrale e periferico.
  Sperimentale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1897, li.  38-88. 2 pl.
  -----. ludagini sperimentali sulle lesioni anatomo istolo-
  gicbe del sistema nervoso in seguito all' avvelenamento
A>rvons  system (Pathology of).
  da curare   Ann. di freniat. [etc.]. 1 oruio, 1900, x, 161-190
  2 pl— Nibelins (C.)   Till kanuedom om de el't< r ampiita-
  tioner uppkomniande fbrandriiigarna i iiervs\stemet wed
  speciel hansyn till de  spinokutami iieuronerua.  [Contri-
  bution a la coiinaissiiine des alterations du systeme ner-
  veux et,  partieulicTciuent, des  neurones  spinocutaiu's
  apies des ampiiiations.  R6s., pp.xlii-xliv.] Finska lak'.
  siillsk  haiiill.. Helsingfors, 1897,  xxxix,  1379-1406,  1 p|._
  Singer.  Ceber eine Methode experimentelle Emboli,.„
  am Centralnerveiisystem zu erzeugen.  Prag. med.  Wchn-
  sehr., 1895, xx, 241. -----. Ueber experimentelle Embolien
  am Centralnervensystem.  Ibid..  480.  -----.  Ceber ex-
  perimeutelle Embolien im Centralnerveiisystem. Zt>chr
  f. Heilk.,  Berl.,  1897, xviii, 105-121,  2 pl.—NoukhanofT
  (S.)  L'anatomie pathologique de la cellule nerveuse en
  rapport avec l'atrophie variqueuse des dendrites de l'ecorce
  i-eiebrale.  Cellule, Lierre Sc Louvain. 1898, xiv, 397-417.—
  Spillcr (W.  G.)  Organic nervous  diseases as  neuronic
  diseases,   luternat.  M.  Mag., Phila.,  1*97-8,  vi, 33-41.
  -----.  Fatty  infiltration  of  nerves.  Proc.  Path. Soc
  Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 267. -----.  On amyloid, colloid]
  hyaloid, and granular bodies in the central nervous sysiem'
  N. York  M. J.,  1898, lxviii,  217-219.   AUo,  Reprint.—
  Ntoreh  (E.)  Ueher die pathologisch-anatomischcn Vor-
  giinge am Stiitzneriist des Centralnervensysteuis.  Arch
  f.  path.  Auat. [etc.],  Berl.,  1899, clvii,  127;  197,  1 pl._
  Mtransky (E.)  Ueber discoiitinuirliche Zerfallproeesso
  an   peripherischen  Nerven.   Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aeizte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte.,
  357-361.—Strocbe.  Ueber Structur pathologiseber Neu'-
  rogliawucherungeu.  Ibid., 1896, Leipz!,  1897, lxviii  pt •>
  2. Hlfte., 25-27.—Sullivan  (J. C.)  The chemicophssi'
  ology of nerve force aud its relation to the patholog\ of
  the nerves.  Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis,  18*9, xx, 63-60.—
  Tanzi (E.)  Sull' atrofia secondari.i indiretta iiegli ele-
  ment! nervosi; ricerche sperimentali ed  un'osservazimie
  di anoftalmia congenita in un cane.  Riv. di patol. nerv.,
  Firenze,  1902, vii, 337-360.—Thomnyer (J.)   Rozhledy
  z neuropathologie.  [Review of neuropathology.]  Casop.
  16k.  cesk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 185; 455; 504; 808.—Tin Hi
  (V.)  Sulla cronologia della niorte degli  elementi del sis-
  tema nervoso ceutraie e periferico. Ann. di freniat. [etc.|,
  Toiino,  1896.  vi, 281;  325. — Tolnai (B.)  Llegkortani
  6szleletek.  [Observations on n< rvous pathology.] Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 687-689— Toiulinson (H. A.)
  The pathology of nervous conditions  in  relation with
  general disease.  Northwest. Laucet, St. Paul, 1896, xvi,
  446-449. — Valentin (G.)  Einige  Folgen der Nerven-
  durchschneidung.  Ztschr. f. rat. Med., Leipz. u. Hridelh.,
  1861, 3. s., xi, 1-88.   Also, Reprint.—Vandeputte <E.)
  Quelques  considerations  sur  l'etude du sang dans les
  maladies nerveuses  (modifications des 616ments figures
  normaux dans les affections paralytiques). Nord med.,
  Lille, 1903, ix, 285:  1904, x, 4; 20.—Van Celluchten.
  Le  phenomene  de chromatolyse  consecutif k la  lesion
  pathologique ou  experimentale de  l'axone.  Rev. ni6d.,
  Louvain, 1897-8, xvi, 137-139. —Van Oieson (I.) The
  new epoch in the study of neural pathology. Tr. N. York
  M.  Ass.,  1897, xiv, 267-270. —Vaschide (N.)  II uiovi-
  rnento scientifico rumeuo; la neuro-patologia; rassegna.
  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1899, xxv, 825-834.—
  Vaschide (N.) & Vurpas.  Recherches experimeutales
  sur la psychophysiologic desvaso-iuoteiirs dans les troubles
  psyihopathiques  Cong, internat. de nied.  C.-r., Madrid,
  1901, xiv. sect, de physiol. [etc.], 39-42.—Vires.  Les pro-
  gies de la neuropathologie.  liev.  scient., Par., 1899, 4. s.,
  xii,  577-588. -----.  Introduction k  l'etude de la  neuro-
  pathologie generate.  Montpel. med., 1905, xx, 497; 521.—
  Viruicchi (A.)  Examen histologique des  lesions des
  nerfs immediatemeut   consecutives  k  leur  elongation.
  Trav. de  neurol. chir., Par.,  1902. vi,  194-200.—Vizioli
  (F.) Appunti storici relativi a scoperte di ueuropatologia
  fatte nell' Ospedale degl'  iucurabili.   Resoc.  r. Accad.
  med.-chir.  di  Napoli, 1888, xlii, 128-134— Wallenberg
  (A.)  Marchi-Dogeucration von AxeneylindeiEndnetzen.
  All-:. Ztschr.  f.  Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1899,  lvi, 979.-
  Weigert (C.)  Zur pathologischen  Histologie des  Nciiro-
  gliafasergeriists.   Centralbl.  f. allg.  Path. u. path. Anat ,
  Jena, 1890, i,  729-737. — Winner (E.)  A  study in invo-
  lution.   Proc. Path. Soc. Phila.,  1898-9,  n. s.,  ii. 73-77.—
  Zappert (J.)  Ueber Wurzel- und  Zelleuveranderungeii
  im Centralnervensystem  des  Kindes.   Arb. a. d. Inst. 1.
  Anat. u. Physiol, d. Ceutralnervensyst. an d. Wieu. Univ.,
  Leipz. u.  Wien, 1899, 6. Hft., 59-130, 2 pl.

l\crvoei*  system (Physiology of).
     See, also, Brain; Cerebellum;  Coordination
  of  movements;   Medulla  oblongata;   Muscle
  (Physiology of); Nerve ; Nerve-cells (liiolooy
  of); Nerve-centres;  Nerve-currents; Nerve-
  endings; Nerve-grafting;  Nerves;  Nervous
  system  (Chemistry  of);  Nervous  system  (Com-
  parative  physiology of);  Nervous systeni (De-
  generation,  etc., of); Nervous  system (Electro- 
NERVOUS.                                 535                                  NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Physiology of).
  physiology  of);  Nervous  system  (tianglionic,
  Morphology, itc,  of); Nervous system  (Inhib-
  itory);  Nervous  system (Irritability of); Nerv-
  ous system (Motor);  Nervous system (Pilomo-
  tor) ; Nervous system (Sensory); Nervous sys-
  tem (Trophic, etc.); Neurons,  etc.;  Spinal cord
  {Physiology of).
    Beaunis ( H. )   Recherches  exp&'imentales
  sur les conditions de l'activite' cerebrale et sur
  la physiologie des nerfk  8°.   Paris, 166\.'
    van  Berkman  (J. M.)  *De  actione secre-
  toria cerebri, cerehelli, medulla? spinalis.   4°.
  Lugd. Bat., 1731.
    BottichkR (J.  G. )   *De vera lluidissiiui
  uervei  seu   siuci  uervosi existentia, ejusque
  genuine  usu; nervoruui  cavitate  et  iuercuria-
  liuin ett'ectu in machiua humana.  sm. 4:.   Bero-
  lini, 17:21.
    Buchez  (P.-J.-B.  )   Theorie  generale  des
  fonctions du  systeme nerveux,  ou demonstra-
  tion de  la loi de generation des ph6noinenes
  nerveux.  8C.  Paris, 1643.
    Campbell (H.)  Differences  in the nervous
  organisation of man  and woman,  physiological
  aud patliologicul.   s-\   London, 1691.
    Debiekre  (C.)   La moelle 6piiiiere et  l'en-
  ce"|>hale,  avec applications  physiologuiues  et
  mecLico-chirurgicales, et suivis d'un apercu sur
  la physiologie de l'esprit.  >-\  Paris, 1-94.
    Fo ville (A.-L.) & Pinel-Graxdchamp (F.)
  Recherches sur le siege special de  difteTentea
  fonctions du systeme  nerveux.   8-.   [Paris],
  1823.
    de  Fromentel (H.)   Les synalgies  et les
  synesthesies.   fitude de physiologie  nerveuse.
  8°.  Paris, 166*.
    Garten (S.)   Beitrage zur Physiologie  der
  marklosen Nerveu.   Nach Untersuchungen am
  Riechuerven des Hechtes.  fol.  Jena, 1903.
    Glosemeyer (J.)   * Existentiaui  et  niotum
  spiritnuni  auimalium  in  nervis .  . .  defendet.
  sm. 4C.   Wittenbergce, H>87.
    Grew  (X.)  * De liquore nervoso.  4°.   Lugd.
  Bat., 1671.
     Hensey (F.)  *De existentia vanaque  liquo-
  ris nervosi ad qnosdam explicandos inorbos ne-
  cessitate.  4y Lugd. Bat., 1749.
    Hering(E.)  Zur  Theorie der Nerventhatig-
  keit.   *-.  Leipzig, 1699.
    Horsley (V.)   The structure and functions
  ofthe brain aud spinal cord, being  the Fulleriau
  lectures for 1-*91.   6  .  London, 1692.
    -----.  The same.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1892.
    Jager (G.)  Die Xeuralaualyse,  iusbesondere
  in ihrer Anwendung auf die homoopatischen
  Verdun uuugen.  8:'.   Leipzig, 166\.
    AUo [Rev.], in: Wien. med. Presse, 1881, xxii, 432-435.
    Jax  (W. J. J.)  *De  materiae  nerveae  secre-
  tioue.  sm. 4°.  Erlangce, 1776.
    Loescher (M. G.)  & Ursixus (S. C.)  Teuta-
  nien de  novo sncci nervei motu.   4°.  Witten-
  bergw,  [1710].
    Magexdie  (F.)  A  memoir on  some  recent
  discoveries relative to the functions ofthe nerv-
  ous system.    Transl. from  the French.  2\ .
  London, 1*26.
    Mardzinski (R.)   * Beitrage zur allgemeinen
  Nervenphysiologie.  8y  Kbnigsbtrg i.  Pr., 1902.
    Muller (J.)    Physiologie du  systeme ner-
  veux, on recherches  et  experiences sur les di-
  verses  classes d'appareils nerveux, les  mouve-
  ineus, la  voix, la  parole, les  seus et les facultds
  intellectuelles.  Traduite de  l'allemaud  sur la
  3. 6(1. par A.-J.-L. Jourdan.   2 v.  8'y   Paris,
  1840.
lYervou* system (Physiology of).
    Xeuhuiuiku (M-)  Die  historische Entwick-
  lung  der I'xperimentelleu  Gehirn- uud Riicken-
  marksphysiologie von Flourens.   8°.  Stuttgart,
  1897.
    Obersteiner (H.)  Die Erhaltung des Korper-
  gleichgewichtes als Function des Centraluerven-
  Nvstems.   Vortrag,  gchalten den 2.  December
  189li.   12°.  Wien, 1697.
    Vortr.  d. Ver. zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftl.
  Kenntu. in Wien, xxxvii, 4. Hft.
    Orshanski (I. G.)  Mekhanizm nervnikh pro-
  tsessov.  [Mechanism of uervous processes.]  8°.
  Sanktpeterburg, 1896.
    Ott (I.)   Contributions  to  the  physiology
  and pathology of the nervous system.   Pts. 1,
  2, 3, :., 7, 8, & 9.   8°.  [v.  p.], 1679-66.
    Panizza (M.)   La fisiologia. del sistema ner-
  voso e i  fatti psichici.   3.  ed.  8C.  Boma, 1887.
    -----.   The same.   4.  ed.  8°.  Boma, 1897.
    Parra (P.)   *Contribnci6n al estudio de la
  fuerza nerviosa.   8°.  Me'xico, 1879.
    Poxtoppidan ( K. )   Nervesystemcts  Over-
  herred0mme over Legemets Organer og Funk-
  tioner.   [The supremacy of the  nervous systeni
  over the organs and fuuctions of the body.]  8J.
  [K0benhavn], 1899.
    Rossi (L. M.)   Sulle cause, sui liuiiti e sulle
  mntue attineuze de' fenomeni nervosi.   8°.  Pa-
  dova, 1850.                  \
    Rouget (F.)   Physiologie du  systeme ner-
  veux.   Connaissance  de  la  cause qui produit
  les perturbations  physiques  et  morales depen-
  dant du systeme  nerveux.   12°.   [Toulouse],
  1607.
    Soury  (J.)   Le  systeme nerveux  central;
  structure  et  fonctions;  histoire  critique   des
  theories et des doctrines,   roy. 8°.  Paris, 1899.
    Steiner (J.)    Die Functioneu des  Central-
,  nervensystems und ihie  Phylogenese.   2  pts.
  8C.  Braunschweig, 188">-8.
    Vt3DiE (H.)   Theorie de la fonction ventricu-
  laire du systeme  cerebrospinal.  8°.   Paris,
  1904.
    Alrntz (S.)  Untersuchungen iiber Druckpunkte und
  ihre Analgesie. Skaudin. Arch.f.Physiol.,Leipz., 1905,xvii,
  86-103.— Anibioiin (H.)&Held (H.)  Ueber Entwicke-
  lung uud Bedeutung des Nervenmarks.  Arch.f. Anat. u.
  Eutwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1896,202-213,1 pl.—Anzilotti
   (G.)  Studio sperimentale sulle  alterazioui dei  trouchi
  nervosi in seguito all' isolaruento della loro guaina. Clin.
  mod., PisJ, 1898, iv, 171; 178; 187;  190.—Apathy  (S.)
  Bemerkungen zu Garbowski's Darstelluug nieiiur Lehre
  von den  leitenden Nerveuelementen.   Biol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1898, xviii, 704-713.—Arloinjj  A Tripier  (L.)
  Recherches sur les effets des sections et des  resections
  nerveuses, relativeuient a l'etat de la sensibility dans les
  teguments et ie bout pei-ipherique de.s nerfs.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1869, lxviii, 547-550.— Ashcr (L.)
   Studien  iiber  antagonistische Nerveu.  No. 1. Vorbo-
  merkungen zur Theorie der antagonistischeu Nerven und
  iiber Interferenzversuche am Getasszentrum.  Ztscbr. f.
  Biol., Miinchen u. Berl., 1905, xlvii, H7-9U.—Ayer.t  (H.)
  Some nerve-muscle  experiments on tbe frog  (Rana ca-
  tesbiana). J. Morphol., Bost.,  1893, viii, 379-392.—Bar-
   bici-i.   Le role du  tissu nerveux.   Cong, internat. do
  med.  O.-r., Madrid,  1904, xiv, sect,  de physiol. [etc.],
  235-246.  -----. Cycle evolutif des  tissus prives de leurs
  rapports intimes avec les nerfs.  Ibid., 247.—Barcty (A.)
  La forceneurique.  Rev.de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,
  Par.,  1887-H, ii,  80-85.—Barker  (L.  F.)  The auatomy
  and physiology ofthe nervous system and its constituent
  neurones, as revealed by recent investigations.  N. Tork
  M. J., 1897, lxv,  649;  817; 861:  lxvi, 377; 721: 1898, lxvii,
  105; 241; 521; 737: lxviii, 75; 399; 907 —Baslien (J.-B.)
  Sc Vulpian (A.)  Memoire sur les effets de la compres-
  sion des nerfs.  [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,
  1855, xii,  1009-1012.—von Rechtei-i-w (W.) Ueber deu
  Einfluss der durch die Stimmgabelschwiugungen herbei-
  gefiibrten Erschutterungen auf den iiieusclilichen Orga-
  nismus.   Neurol. Centralbl.. Leip/..,  1895,  xiv,  194-199.
  -----. Znacheuiye sochetaniya metodov razvitiya i pere-
  |rozhdeniya 8 zbivoslecheniyami dlya eksperimentalnol
  fiziologii nervnoi sistemi, i o roli nlezhnikb i mozzbechko-
  vikh puchkov spinnovo mozga v otnosbeuii funktsi i ravno- 
NERVOUS.
536
NERVOUS.
I\>rvou§ system (Physiology of).
  viesiya.   [Advantage of combining  the  methods of de-
  velopment aud degeneration with vivisections, for experi-
  mental physiology of the nervous system, aud on the role
  of tbe -lender and cerebellar bundles of the spiual cord in
  relation to the fuuctiou of equilibrium.]  Nevrol. Vestnik,
  Kazan 1895  iii, no. 1, 97-104.  AUo, transl. : Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl.,  Leipz., 1895,  xiv.  713-718.—Bell (C.)   On  the
  nerves; giving an accouut of some  experiments on their
  structure and functions, which lead to a new arrangement
  of the svstem.  Phil. Tr., Lond., 1821, 398-424, 1 pl.  AUo
  [Abstr.]:  Phil.  Tr. Roy. Soc. Lond. (1815-30),  1833, ii,
  153.— Benedikt (M.)  Alcune questioni  fondamentali di
  ueurofisiologia e patologia.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-
  Emilia, 1901. xxvii, 998-1025.—Bernard (C.)  Recherches
  sur les causes qui peuvent faire varier l'iutensite de la
  sensibility recurrente.  [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par.,  1847, xxv, 104-106.—Berlin.  Memoire sur la
  circulation du fluide nerveux.  Hist. Acad.  roy. d. sc.
  1759, Par., 1765, 75-81. AUo:  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1759,
  Par., 1705.  Mem.,  300-324.—BcsNincrty (C.)   Studien
  iiber antagonistische Nerven.   Ztscbr. f.  Biol., Munchen
  u. Berl.,  1905, xlvii, 400-438.—Bethe (A.)   Die anato-
  mischeu Elemente des Nervensystems uud ihre  physiolo-
  gische Bedeutung.   Biol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1898,  xviii,
  843-874.—Biuniai (H.)   [Generalcommunication on the
  new calculation of nervous force.]   Dai Nippon Gankwa
  Gakukwai Zasshi,  Tokyo,  1899, iii,  99-108.—du Boi»-
  Bermond (R.)  Ueber die Geschwindigkeit des Nerveu-
  principes.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u.  Wieu, 1899,
  xiii, 513-510.—Bonne (C.) Lo systeme nerveux et ses re-
  serves a longue 6ch6ance; contribution recemment offerte
  par l'anatomie comparee.  Province med., Lyon, 1901, xv,
  205-207.—Boruttau  (H.)   Ueber den Yuuctionellen
  Rhythmusdes Nervensystems.  Arch.ital.de biol.,Turin,
  1901-2, xxxvi, 70.—Bow-ditch (H. P.)  Ueber deu Nach-
  weis der  Unermiidlicbkeit des Saugethiernerven.  Arch.
  f.Physiol., Leipz.,1890,505-508.—Brcglia(A.)  Del siste-
  ma nervoso secoudo le dottrine istologicbe attuali, con idee
  sulle funzioni del medesimo, specialmente rispetto al tro-
  tismo.  Gior.d. A.-s. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1890,
  vi, 250-282—Broca (A.) &  Richet (C.)  Periode re-
  fractaire  et  synchronisation des oscillations  nerveuses.
  Compt.  reud. Acad.  d. sc.. Par., 1897, cxxiv,  697-700.—
  Brown-Sequard (C.-E.)  Nute sur la duree  de la vie
  des grenouilles en automue et en biver, apres l'extirpation
  de la moelle allongee et de quelques autres portions du
  centre nerveux cerebro-rachidien.   Ibid., 1847, xxiv, 363j
  849: xxv,  389; 482;  508.  AUo, Repiint. -----. Explica-
  tion du retour, quelquefois si rapide, de la sensibilite et du
  mouveinent volontaire, apres  la suture  des  bouts  d'un
  nerf coupe.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s., v,
  245-249.-----. Recherches cliniques et experimeutales sur
  les entre croisemeuts des conducteurs servant aux mouve-
  ments volontaires.  Arch, de pbysiol.  norm, et path., Par.,
  1889, 5. s., i, 219-245.  -=----. Faits etablissant que la vie
  locale pout durer bien plus longtemps qu'on ne croit dans
  la moelle  epiniere,  les nerfs et les muscles, apr&s la mort
  geri6rale,  cbez des niammife.res. Ibid., 1892, 5. s., iv, 119-
  134.— Cnlngareanu (D.)  Contributions a. l'6tude de la
  compression des nerfs. J. de physiol.et de path, gen., Par.,
  1901,iii,393-404.-----. Recherches sur les modifications his-
  tologiques daus les nerfs compt hues.   Ibid., 413-423, lpl.—
  Calngarrnnu (D.) &  Henri (V.)   Experiences sur la
  suture croisee des nerfs dedifRientes sortes; nerf lingual
  avec le nei f hypoglosse, uerf hypoglosse avec le nerf pneu-
  mogastrique.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1900, 11.
  s.,  ii, 503 - 505.----------.   Suture croisee  des  nerfs
  pneumogastrique et hypoglosse. J. de physiol. et de path.
  gen., Par., 1900, ii, 709-711.— Camus (L'.) &  Gley (E.)
  Action du systfeme nerveux sur les  priucipailx canaux
  lymphatiques.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1895, exx,
  747-750.—Charpeutier  (A.)  Mesure directe de la fre-
  quence des oscillations nerveuses.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol.. Par., 1904, lvii, 148-150.  -----. Resultats  dexperi-
  euces sur la resistance nerveuse; travail physiologique du
  nerf.  Ibid., 421-424. — Cremer  (M.) Ziim  Kernleiter-
  problein.  [Abstr.J   Sitzungsb. d.  Gesellsch. f.  Morphol.
  u. Pbysiol. in Miiuchen, 1899, xv, 8.  -----. Zur Theorie
  der Nerveufunctiou. [Abstr.J  Ibid., 9.—Cunningham
  (R. H.)   The restoration of coordinated, volitional move-
  ment after  nerve "crossing".  Am. J.  Physiol  Bost
  1898, i, 239  J54. —  Cybulski (N.) Sc Sosnowski  (J.)
  Zur Frage:  1st die negative Schwankung ein unfehlbares
  Zeicheu  der physiologisehen  Nerventhatigkeit.   Cen-
  tralbl. f. Physipl., Leipz. u. Wien,  1899, xiii, 515-518.—Be
  Boeck.  Contribution  k l'etude de la  physiologie du
  nerf.  J.  de med., chir. et pharmacol.  Annales Brux
  1893, ii, 149-196,  1 pl. — Debove.  Section des nerfs re-
  current,  hypoglosse et grand  sympathique (suites eloi-
  gnie-i.  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi,
  1.—De Buck (I).)  Over zenuwelongatie en zenuwdisso'
  ciatie.   Med. Weekbl., Amst.,  1900-1901,  vii,  401-403.—
  I>e' I.nun (G.)  Sulla pretesa tossicita delle sostaiize
  nervose.   Gazz.  d.  osp..  Milano.  1894, xv, 1226-1228.—
  Donaggio (A.)  Anatomia  e fisiologia delle vie di con-
  duzione endocellulari.   Kiv.  sper.  di freniat.   Reggio-
  Emilia. 1905, xxxi, 40-71.—Brake (G. W.)  The simplest
UTervous  system (Physiology of).
  explanation ofthe functions of the nervous s\ stem  j ^m
  M. Ass., Chicago. 1901, xxxvi, ti2.">-627.— DucccMchi (V )
  Ueber die Wirkung  eugbegreuzter Nei vencoinpreHBion
  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1900,  Ixxxiii,  38-72 J
  Dumas (G.)  Notes sur la  circulation du  sang dang
  l'excitation mentale.   Compt.  rend. Soc. do biol  Pm-
  1890,  10. s., iii, 190.-Duval ( M.)  Hypotheses'81ir |a
  physiologie des centres nerveux; theorie histologique du
  sommeil.   Ibid.. 1895, 10.  s.,  ii, 74-78.  See, aUo  infra
  Laborde.—Kelt ley (W. T. )   A  stu.lv of reflex sensory
  and motor phenomena with reference to the complete dis-
  tribution of a neural segment.  Chicago M. Recorder 1901
  xxi,  157-165.—Edinger (L.)   Einiges  vom Verlauf der
  Gefiihlsbahnen im  centralen Nervensysteme.  Deutsche
  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 421-426.—
  Ferrier (D.)  Au experimental  research upon cerebro-
  cortical afferent  and   efferent  tracts.   Phil. Tr.,  Lond.
  1898, clxxxx, B, 1-44, 2 pl.—Floureus.  Note sur la cir-
  culation nerveuse'.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858
  xlvi, 503-506.—Forel  (A.)   Zur Frage der neurologi'sclieii
  (hirnanatoroischenundpsycliologis('hen)Centralstatioiien
  Ztschr. f. Hypuot. [etc.], Leipz., 1000. x, 219-222.—Fried-
  berg (H.)  Ueber die semiotiscbe Bedeutung des unwill-
  kiirlichen  Reitbahn-Ganges  und der  uuwillkurlicheii
  Uniwalzuug um din Langenaxe des Korpers.   Arch. d.
  Heilk.,  Leipz., 1861, ii,  385-387.  AUo, Reprint.—Gad (J.j
  Einige Beziehuugen zwischen Nerv, Muskel und Ceuti-nn.
  Arch. f. Physiol , Leipz., 1880, 503-566.—GarbowNki (T.)
  Apath v's Lehre von den ieitenden Nerveiielenienti-n  Biol
  Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xviii, 488; 537.—Gauli (J.)  Wag
  ist unset- Nervensystem und was geht darin vor?  Ztschr.
  f. .Psychol,  u. Physiol, d.  Siiiuesorg.,  Hamb. u. Leipz.,
  1891, ii, 31-52.—Gibson (A.  E.)  Relation of conscious-
  ness to tbe nervous svstem.  Med. Rec., N. T., 1902, lxii,
  812-815.—Goldscheider  (A.)  Die sjieciflsche Energie
  der Temperaturnerven. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., 1884,
  iii, 198;  225.  AUo, in his: Ges. Abhandl., 8°, Leipz , 1898,
  i, 53-76.—Golgi  (C.)   La rete nervosa diffusa degli organi
  centrali del sistema  nervoso; suo signiticato fisiologico.
  R. Ist. Lomb.  di  sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1891, 2. ».,
  xxiv,  594; 650.—Gowcra (ff. R.)   Notes on the functions
  of the nervous system. Lancet, Loud., 1890, i, 955; 1006;
  1113;  1167. — Gross.   Ueber  den Bieehungsinilex des
  lebeuden Axencylinders.   Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1889-90, xlvi, 56-62.—Hall (M.)   Recherches experimeu-
  tales  sur le systeme  nerveux.  [Abstr.J  Compt.  rend.
  Acad. d. sc., Par., 1851, xxxii, 633. — Hekmnn (J. J.)
  Over  de  onderliuge  ouafbankelijkheid der  invloeden,
  die zeuuwen  uitoefenen op de  prikkelbaarheid, de con-
  tractiegrootte, do contractiesnelheid en  het  geleidings-
  veruiogen van de  hartspier.  Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v.
  Wetensch.,  Amst.,  1902-3,  ix, 2. sec, no. 6, 1-37, 2 ch.—
  Held (H.)  Ueber experimentelle Reifnng des Nerven-
  marks.   Arch. f. Anat. u. Eutwcklugsnesch., Leipz., 1H96,
  222-229.—Herdman( W.J.)   Neural dynamics.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1211-1214.—Bering (H. E.)
  Ueber die nach  Durchsclineiduu'g der hinteren  Wurzeln
  auftretendeBewegungslosigkeitdesRuckeninarkfroscheg.
  Arch. f. d.  ges.  Physiol., Bonn, 1893, liv, 614-036. ----.
  Das Verhalten der laugen Bahnen  des centralen Nerven-
  systems nach Anacmisirung.   Centralbl.  f.  Physiol.,
  Leipz. u. Wien, 1898, xii, 313-317. -----. On the theory of
  nerve-activity.  Monist, Chicago,  1899-1900, x,  107-187.—
  Hermann (L.)   Zur Methodik der Geschwindigkeits-
  niessung im Nerveu.   Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol., Bonn,
  1902,  lxxxxi,  189-207.—Herriek (C.  L.)  Physiological
  corollaries of the equilibrium theory of nervous action and
  control.  J. Comp.  Neurol., Granville,  U., 1898, viii, 21-
  31. -----. The vital equilibrium and the nervous system.
  Science, N. V., Sc Lancaster, Pa., 1898, n. s., vii, 813-818.—
  Herzen (A.)  Quelques points litigieux de physiologie
  et de  pathologie nerveuses. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom.,
  Geneve, 1900,  xx, 5-23. -----.  Einige Bedenken bezuglich
  Wallers letzter Mitteilung. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz.
  Sc Wieu, 1904, xviii, 286. —Hodge (C. F.)  A microscop-
  ical study of  changes due  to functional activity iu  nerve
  cells.  J.'Morphol., Bost.,  1892-3, vii, 95-168, 2 pl.-Hof-
  bauer(L)  Interfereuz zwischen verschiedenen  Irapul-
  sen im Centralnervensystem.  Arch. f. d.  ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1897, lxviii,  546-595.—Hun (H.)  Nervous force
  and nervous systems.   Albany M. Aun., 1890. xi, 25-34.—
  Inmii  (G.)  Sulla dottrina  dei centri nervosi  termici.
  Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi. pt. 4, 207; 221; 231; 242.-
  Jackson (J. H.)  On the relations of different divisions
  of the central uervous system to one another and to parts
  ofthe body.  Brit. M.J., Lond.. 1898, l,  65-69.   AUo:
  Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 79-87.   Also, transl: Wien. nied.
  Bl., 1898, xxi, 55: 72; 90; 106; 122;  138.— Jelgersma (G )
  Die sensiblen und  seusoriscben Ncrvenbahneu und On-
  tren.    Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1895,  xiv, 290-300.—
  Jendrassik (E.)  Allgemeine hetiachtungen iiber das
  Wesen uud die Function des vegetativen Nervensystems.
  Arch. f. path. Auat.  [etc.],  Berl.,  1896, cxlv, 427-457.-
  Johnston (J. B.)  An attempt to define the primitive
  functional divisions  of the central nervous system.  J.
  Comp. Neurol., Granville, 0., 1902-3, xii, 87-105.—Kehrer
  (F. A.)  Ueber gewisse syuchrone Nervenerscheuiungen 
NERVOUS.
537
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Physiology of).
  und cykli.-che Vorgiinge  in den Genitalien  und anderen
  Organen.  Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1901, iv,
  228-242.— Kellogg (G. M.)  The physiology of decussa-
  tion of nerves; a one sided body menus a one sided brain.
  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1896, xxvii,  1188-1193.   Also,
  Repriut.—Kennedy (U.)  Ou the restoration of co-ordi-
  nated movements after nerve-crossing,  with interchange
  of function of the cerebral cortical  ceutres.  Phil. Tr.,
  Loud.,  1901, cxciv, s. B., 127-162, 2 pl.  Also  [Abstr.]:
  Proc.  Roy. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901. lxvii, 431-435.—King
  (A. F. A.)  The nervous  autonomy of the human body iu  J
  health and disease.  Univ. M. Mag.. Phila., 1890-91, iii,
  375-381.  AUo, Reprint.—King (K   W.)  Tbe  functions
  ofthe nervous svstem. Pacific M.J., San Fran.,1904,xlvii.
  721-730.—Klniiser (F. E)  Nerve  force.   Toledo M. A
  S. Reporter,  1896, ix, 240-250  —Kocher (T.)  Chirur-
  gische Beitrage zur Physiologie des Gehirns und Riicken-
  marks.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Chir.,  Leipz.,  1892 3,  xxxv,
  433:  1893,  xxxvi. 1 — Kohnstamiu  (O.)   Ceber  die
  Coordinationskerue des  lliruslaiumes uud die absteigeu-
  den Spinalbabnen,uach den Ergebnissen dercombiuierten
  Dt"reneratiousniethode.   Mouatschr.  f.  Psychiat. u. Neu-
  rol.,  Berl.. 1900,  viii, 261-293, 1 pl.— Ko'slci-  (\V.)  De
  outilekkiugsgeschiedenis  der  "wet  van Bell .  Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v. Geueesk.. Amst., 1891, 2. R., xxvii,  163-167.—
  Kyri.  Beziehuugen de-. cerebrospinalen Nervensystems
  zu den  Functiouen und  Erkraukungen der (Jeschlechts-
  organe  und insbesondere die  Beziehuugen des Sympa-
  thicus zu dem  Gesamiutnerveusystem.  Wien. nied. 111.,
  1893. xvi, 593-595.—I.nborde (J.-V.)  Des conditions du
  retour de la sensibilite a la suite de la section et de la  |
  suture des nei is, notammeut du  nerf median.   Tribune
  m6d., Par., 1888. xx. 159.-----. Observations sur la suture
  d'un nerf coup6.  Compt. reud. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1888.
  8. s., v, 250. -----. Conditions biologiques de la regime-  j
  ration d'un  nerf  sectioune et de sa  restitution fonetiou-
  uelle.  Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1893, 3. s., xxix, 313; 355.
  -----. Conditions biologiques de la regeneration d'un nerf
  seetiouue et de sa restitution fonctionnelle a la suite de la
  suture.  Ibid., xxix. 473; 613.  -----. Les hypoteses sur
  la physiologie du systeme nerveux, k  propos de la com-
  munication de Mathias   Duval.  Coinpt.  rend.  Soc.  de
  biol.,  Par., 1895,  10. s., ii. 121-123. — Lambert (M.) Ue-
  ber die  aussereu Zeicheu der  Aktivitiit.   Zentralbl.  f.
  Physiol., Leipz. A Wieu. 1904, xviii. 7-9.—Lauglcy (J.
  N.t  Ou the stimulation and paralysis of  nerve-cells and
  of nerve-endings.   J. Physiol., Lond.. 1901, xxvii, 224-236.
  -----. The  autonomic nervous  system.  Braiu, Loud.,
  1903, xxvi, 1-26.  Also:  Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v. Go icesk.,
  Amst., 1905. 2. r., xii, d.  2, 1013-1030, 1 pl. —Lehmann
  (A.)   Sur la nature de l'activite den uerfs.   Overs, o. d.k.
  Dauske Yideusk. Selsk.  Forh., Kebeuh..  1903,  205-233.
  AUo,  transl: Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol..  Bonn, 1903,  xevii,  [
  148-170.—von  Lenhossek  (M.)  Kritisch.es Referat  '
  iiber die Arbeit A. Bethe's:  Die anatomischen Eleinente
  des Nervensystems und  ihre  pbysiologische Bedeutung.
  Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1899, xviii. 242; 301.—van
  Lier (E. H.)  Ueber Nervenkompression.   Beitr. z. klin.
  Chir.,  Tiibiug.,   1905,  xlvi, 711-722, 1 pl.— I.ivon (C.)
  Contribution k la physiologie des nerfsrecurrents. Coinpt.
  rend. Soe.  de biol.. Par.. 1890, 9. s., ii, 305.—I.oewenthal
  ( N.)  Neuer  expeiimeuteli - aiiatoiuischer  Beitrag zur
  Kenntnis  einiger Bahnen im  Gehirn uud Riickenmark.
  Internat.Mouatschr.f. Auat.u. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, x, 168;
  252; 269, 2 pl.—Longet.  Note presentee k  l'occasion de
  la communication de  Mageudie sur la  sensibilite re.cur-
  rente.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1847.  xxv, 25-27.—
  Lugaro  (E )  Sulla  legge di  Waller.  Riv. di   patol.
  nerv., Firenze,  1901,  vi,  193-208.—Macdonald (.1. S. )
  The structure aud function of nerve libres; preliminary
  communication.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Loud., 1905, s. B., lxxvi,
  322-350.— Mahaim. Les r6centes decouvertes sur  lo
  trajet des voies sensorielles et sensibles.  Ann. Soc.  ru6d.-
  chir. de Li6ge.  1896. xxxv, 28-31.—Malanco (F.)  Im-
  portancia del sistema nervioso eu In vida  humana   Gac.
  med.,  M6xico,  1896,  xxxiii, 509-578.—Marinesco (G.)
  La sensibilite dela cellule nerveuse aux variatious de tem-
  perature.  Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 784.—a Mauro-
  denoja (D.)  Ad Augeluni Calogera' epistola, in qua ul-
  teriore iudagine novum quoddam de spirituuiu auimaliiiiu
  circulatione etde aniinae cogitautis sede systema expendi-
  tur. In: Itac. d'opusc. scient. efilol.. 16°, Venezia, 1734, xii,
  289-327.—Maziarski.   Kilka slow  o dzisiejszym stanie
  nauki o czyunosci ukladu nerwowego.   [Piesent position
  of science Concerning tbe functions  of the  nervous sys-
  tem |  Now. lek., Poznan, 1900. xii, 259-204.—Mendels-
  sohn (M.)  Sur le rapport qui existe  outre le courant
  nerveux axial et l'activit6 nerveuse.  Verhandl. d.  x. in-
  ternal, med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii,  2.  Abth., 46.—
  Merrill (On^ra A.)   The theory of nerve  components,
  especially  with  regard to its  relation  to  the vertebrate
  head.  J". Auat.  &. Physiol.,  Loud.,  1904-5,  xxxix, 199-
  241.—Mill,i (T. W.)  The influeuceof the nervous system
  on cell life  (metabolism).   N. York M. J., Iss8, xlviii, 673-
  675. Also, Repriut— Mitchell (S. W.)  Thepath of mo-
  tor and sensory reinforcement.  Med. News,  Phila.,  1890,
  lvi, 297-299.—Monti (A.) Una nuova reazione degli ele-
i\ervous system  (Physiology  of).
  meuti del sistema nervoso centrale.  Boll.  d. Soc. med.-
  chir. di Pavia, Milano,  1889, no.  2, 23.—Moral (J.-P.)
  Nerfs et ferments.   Rev. scient.,  Par., 1893, li, 193-199.—
  Moriggia (A.)   Ueber eiu neues Mittel, iu den Nerven
  die Emptindlichkeit von  der Motilitat zu  isoliren.   Un-
  tersuch.  z.  Naturl.  d.  Mensch. u. d.  Thiere,  Giessen,
  1882-8, xiii, 402-408.—IVicolai (G. F.)   Ueber Ungleich-
  fdruiigkeiten iu der Fortpfianzuugsgeschwiuiligkeit des
  Nervenpriucips,  nach  Untersuchungen  am marklosen
  Riechuerven lies Hechtes.  Arch. f. Phvsiol.. Leipz., 1905,
  Suppl.-BI., 341-388,4pl.—IVicdzviclzky (W.) Zur Frage
  iiber Voianderungcn  im  Nervensystem  mid iu  inneren
  Organen nach der Resection des N. vagus und des N.splanch-
  nicus.  Bull. d. Moscou, 1896,  519-509. — Oddi (R.)  II
  sistema nervoso ed  il  calore animate.  Gazz. d. osp., Mi-
 . lanu, 1895, xvi,  1121-1123.—Philipeaux  (J.-M.) Sc Vul-
  pinu (A.)  Recherches sur la reunion  bout a  bout de.s
  tibres nerveuses sensitives avec les fibres nerveuses mo-
  trices.   C -nipt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1863, lvi, 54-58.—
  Pi y Suilcr (A.)   Cuordinaciones iuconscientes.   Rev.
  de cien. iued.de Barcel.,  1902, xxviii. 328-331.—Pompi-
  liau (M.)   Recherches sur les proprietes fondamentales
  du  systeme nerveux.  Com|)t. rend. Soe. de biol., Par.,
  1902, 11. s., iv, 586-588. —Pretori (H.)  Specifisehe Ener-
  gien tier Ni-rvensiibstanz.   Wien. med.  Bl., 1900, xxiii,
  503; 519.—Piinlou  (J.)  Review of recent advances in
  our knowledge of tho anatomy and phvsiologyof the nerv-
  ous  system.  Kausas City Lancet.  1898-9,  iv, 234;  263;
  297; 331; 304; 398.  Continued in:  Kansas City M. Index-
  Lancet, 1899. xx, 234; 263; 297; 331; 364; 398; 429; 407; 502;
  540; 575; 614; 650; 686; 723.—Purkinje & Valentin.
  Bemerkungen  iiber die Uuabhangigkeit der Fliintuer-
  bewegungen der Wirbelthiere von der Iutegritiit des cen-
  tralen  Nervensystems.   Arch. f. Anat.,  Physiol,  u. wis-
  sensch. Med., Berl., 1835, 159.—Beid (J.)   On the value to
  be attached to experiments on the nervous syst -in.  I a his:
  Physiol., anat. Sc path, research., 8", Edinb., 1848,534-538.-
  Richardson (Sir B.  W.)   Tho cerebro-spinal axis as a
  thermal centre aud water power.   Asclepi id. Loud.,  1891,
  viii, 365-389. Also: J. Ment. So., Lond., 1892, xxxviii,  1-17.
  -----. Phvsical researches on nervous   matter.  Ascle-
  piad, Loud';, 1894-5. xi, 81; 201; 318.—Kies (J.) Ueber die
  Erschdpfung und Erholung des zentraleu  Nerveusysteins
  (Versuche  an  Fidscben).  Ztschr.  f. Biol.,  Muncheu u.
  Berl., 1905, xlvii, 379-399.—Robertson (A.)  On some of
  the pathological and physiological relations of brain, mind,
  and higher nerve function.  Glasgow M. J.,  1879, 4. s., xii,
  401-421.  Also,  Reprint.—Rosenbach (O.)  Bemerkun-
  gen zur Mecbanik des Nervensystems; dieoxygene,organi-
  sche, Energie.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1892, xviii, 961; 991; 1013. -----. Der  Nerveukreislauf
  und die tonische (oxygene)  Energie; Bemerkungen zur
  Dynaniik  des  Nervensystems.  Beii. Klinik, 1896, 101.
  Hft., 1-42.—Sadovsky  (S.)   N6vrite experimentale par
  compression et lesions cousecutives des centres nerveux.
  ('ompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 355-358.—
  San'o,  Het zenuwstelsel en de onderlinge betrekkiugeu
  der orgauen.  Handel,  v. h. vlaamsch nit.- en geneesk.
  Cong. 1897, Gent&. Deventer, 1898, i, 81-84.— Schiu" (M.)
  Allgemeiues zur Nerveuphysiologie. In  his: Ges. Beitr.
  z. Pbysiol., 8°, Lausanue, 1814, i. 449-790.  -----.  Activite
  nerveuse  et calorification.   Ibid.,  1896,  iii,  21-85. —
  Schmaus (II.)  Ueber sogenannte Lichtungsbezirko im
  Zentralnervensystem.  Miinc ien.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1905,
  lii,  545-548.— SemeuoflT (N.)  Ueber  die  functionellen
  Veranderuugen  des Nerven unter  dem  Einfluss  der
  mechanisi-biu  Compression.   Arch. f. d. ges. Pbysiol.,
  Bonn,  1903-4,   c, 182-189. — Ncnac-Lagrangc.   Du
  physiologisine cer6bro-spiual dans ses rapports avec lea
  typesmorbidespriiiiitifsetsecondaires. Ann.Soc.d'hydrol.
  med. de Par.  Compt.-rend., 1892, xxxvii, 261-318.—Shore
  (T.  W.)  Some  recent advances  in  nervo physiology con-
  sidered  in  relation  to  disease.  St. Barth.  Hosp.  Rep.,
  Loud.,  1889, xxv, 27-48— Simbriger (F.)  Zur  Patho-
  logie und Physiologie des Central-Nervensvsteiiis.   Prag.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1896, xxi, 170; 182; 192; 205; 225—Sol-
  vay (E.), Heger (P.) <fe Gerard (L.)   Communication
  prealable au sujet de differences de potentiel existant en
  divers points des  nerfs  pendant le fonctionnement vital.
  J. de m6d., chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1891, xcii, 456-459.—
  Mommcr-Giesscu.   Die Analyse der  vom Nervensys-
  tem abhaugigen Bewegungserscheinungen  mit Messuug
  von Reiz uud Wirkung.   Arch. ital. de biol.,  Turin, 1901-2,
  xxxvi, 185-187.—Sow lon uM7*.s'S. C. M.) A Maedouald
  (J. S.)  On  the decline of the injury current iu mammalian
  nerve,  and its  modification by  changes  of temperature.
  Proc. Roy.  Soc. Lond.,  1902-3, lxxi,  282-280.—Spina (A.)
  Ueber  eine Methode  au gehirn-  und riicUcniuarklosen
  Saugethieren zu oxprrimentiren   Arch. f. d. ges. l'hysiol.,
  Bonn, 1899,  lxxvi, 219-222. — Stefaui (A.) Sc Cavaz-
  zaui (E.)   Si  le raoignon central d'un  nerf pent s'uuir
  au  inoignon  p6riph6nque d'un nerf  plus  long, et  si,
  lorsque cette union  a  eu lieu, celui ci conserve  ses pro-
  prietes physiologiques  dans toute sa longueur?  [Resume.
  des  auteurs.]  Arch. ital. de biol..  Turin,  1895-6, xxiv,
  378-386. - Stefaui   ( U. )  & Ugolotti ( F. )   Intorno
  all'  adattamento  di alcune  azioni nervosi  elemental'!. 
NERVOUS.
538
NERVOUS.
lYervou* system  (Physiology of).
   Riv. sper. di freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 229-233.
   ___________. Influenza dell' etA e dell' intensity e ripe-
   tizione dello stiniolo sui caratteri di alcune reazioni ner-
   vose elemeiitari; contribute alio studio dell' adattamento.
   Ibid..  367-424. — Steiner.   Les  fonctions  dn  systeme
   nerveux et leur ph\ logeuwse.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
   Par.,  1888, 8. s, v, 506-509.—Telyatnik (F. K.)  K vop-
   rosu o tyoplovikh  i kholodovikli uervakh.   [ Heat aud
   cold producing  nerves.]  Obozr.  psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.J,
   S.-Peterb. 1901. vi,  503-511.—Torre (A. A.)  Cariociuesi
   nelle fibre nervose  iu seguito a nevrectomia.  Gior. d. r.
   Accad. di med. di Torino. 1884, 3. s., xlvii, 677-680.  AUo:
   Osservatore,  Torino, 1884,  xx,  769-773. — Uuverricht.
   Ueber  doppelte. Kreuzuug cerebrospinaler Leitungsbah-
   nen.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1890, ix, 483; 524.—Vau
   Gehuchten (A.)   Nouveau procede- de section intra-
   cranienne du trijumeau, du  facial, de l'acoustique et des
   nerfs  oculaires  cbez le lapin.  Nevraxe,  Louvain, 1900-
   1901, ii, 45-53. -----. Recherches sur l'origiue reelle et le
   trajet intracerebral des nerfs moteurs par la  methode  de
   la d6g6u6reseence, walleaienne indirecte.  Ibid., 1903-4, v,
   263-337. -----.  La  loi  de Waller.   Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v.
   Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xii, d. 1, 1387-1405.—Van dc
   Lanoitte.   La suggestion  et le fonctionnement du sys-
   teme nerveux.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et  psychol. physiol.,
   Par.,  1895-6,  x, 263-276. — Vaschide (N.)  &. Vurpas
   (C.)  Recherches sur la structure  anatomique  du sys-
   teme nerveux chez uu  anencephale en rapport avec le
   mecanisme fouctiouuel.  N. iconog. de la  Salpetriere
   Par., 1901, xiv, 388-401, 2 pl.—Vishnevski (A. V.)  K
   ucheniyu o  tak na/.ivayemoi perekrestuol  innervatsii.
   [So-called  crossed  innervation.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Ka-
   zan, 1903, xi, no. 1,  52-63.—Wakasugi  (U.)  [Remarks
   on the nature of excessive heat of the nerves ]   Tokyo
   incd. Wchnsehr., 1890, No. 961, 1-7.— Waller (A.)   On
   the sensory,  motory, and vasoniotory symptoms resulting
   from refrigeration aud compression of the ulnar aud other
   nerves in man.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1862-3, xii, 89-103.
   -----. On the results of the method introduced by the
   author of investigating the nervous system, more espe-
   cially as applied to the  elucidation of the functions of the
   pneumogastric and sympathetic  nerves.  Ibid., 1860-70,
   xviii,  339-343.— Wei*s iG.)  Sur uue experience de  L.
   Hermann.  Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 189s, 10. s.,v,
   211. — Winterstein (H.)  Ueber die Wirkung der Koh-
   ieusaure auf das Centralnervensystem.  Arch. f. Phvsiol.,
   Leip/... 1900,  Suppl.-Bd.,  177-192. —Yourinsky (N. O.)
   Contribution k la physiologie et k la pharmacologic du sys-
   teme nerveux central.    Arch. d. sc. biol.,  St.-Petersb.,
   1894-5,  iii, 260-295.—Zanietowski (J.)  Ueber die Sum-
   mation von Coudensatorenentladuugeu im Centralnerven-
   syst.-in.  Wien. klin.   Wcbnscbr.,  1897, x,  364-366.—
   Zoi-atvski  (M.)  Eine neue Theorie zur Erkiarung des
   Nervenlc'ieiis.  Monatsh.  f. prakt.  Thierh.,  Stuttg.,
   1894-5,  vii, 373-384.

Nervous  system  (Pilomotor).
     I.aiigley (J. N.)  Preliminary account ofthe  arrange-
   ment of i he sympathetic nervous system, based chiefly  on
   observations  upon  pilomotor nerves.  Proc. Roy. Soc.
   Lond.,  1892-3, lii, 547-556. 1 pl.-----.. The arrangement of
   the sympathetic nervous system, based chiefly on  observa-
   tions upon  pilomotor  nerves.  J.  Physiol.,  Cambridge.
   1893,xv, 176-244, 3pl.— Langley (J.N.) Sc Sherrington
   (C. S.)  On pilomotor uerves.  Ibid.. 1891, xii,  278-291.

Nervous  system  (Reflex action of).
     See Nervous system  (Diseases  of, Causes of);
   Nervous  system  (Inhibitory);  Nervous system
   {Physiology of);  Nervous system (Sympathetic);
   Nervous   system (Vasomotor,  etc.);  Neurons,
  etc.; Paralysis(Reflex); Reflexes; Spinal cord.

Nervous  system  (Regeneration of).
     See Nervous system (Degeneration, etc.,  of).

Nervous  system  (Sclerosis of).
     Sec,  also, Ataxia (Locomotor); Atrophy (Mus-
   cular); Brain (Sclerosis ot');  Cerebellum (Atro-
  phy of); Spinal cord (Sclerosis of).
     Buurnkvillk  A:  Guekakd (L.)  De  la scle-
  rose eu plaque> diss6uiin£es.  Nouvelle etude sur
  quelques poiuls  de la sclerose eu plaques dis-
  seiuinees par Bourneville.  d ;.  Paris, 1K>9.
     Bukk (R.)  *Ein  Beitrag zur diffuseti  Skle-
  rose des  Gehirus und Riickenmarks.   8°.  Tii-
   bingen, 1697).
     Cassikeh (R.)  Die  multiple  Sklerose.   PJ .
  Leipzig,  1905.
     (John (V.)   "Zwei Fiille  von  multipler Scle-
  rose des  ceatraleu  Nerveusysteius.  s -.   Bonn
   1890.
Nervous system (Sclerosis of).
    DKKMITZEL  (K.)  "Ueher multiple Sklerose.
  [Erlangen.J   ^\  Kbnigsberg,  [IKMiJ.
    Gang (A.)   *Zur Lelire vou  tier  multipleu
  Ceiebiospinalskleiose.   ^ .   Jena, Is'.)?.
    IIkss (K.)   * Ueber eineu Fall von  multipler
  Sklerose  de.s  Centralnervensystems.   [Heidel-
  berg.]   .-K   Berlin, 16**.
    At*o, in: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1887, xix, 61-87.

    Maienfisch  (E.)   * Beitrage  Zur  muliiplcn
  Sklerose des  Gehirus und  Kiickeiniiarks.  .-  .
  Zurich, 1^77.
    Mi'.OELE (L.)  * Beitrag zur Pathologie und
  Therapie  der  multipleu  cerebio-spinaleu Scle-
  rose.   [Erlangen.]  « .    Wiirzburg,  [ l-'.rj].
    MoNCOKVo.   Queli|nes reflexions sur  l'6tiolo-
  gie et le traitement de la sclerose en plaques;  a
  propos  des lecons  sur les maladies de  la moelle,
  par Pierre Marie.  -< .  Paris,  1893.
    Muller (E.)  Die multiple  Sklerose  des  Go-
  bi ins und Riickeumarks.   line Pathologie nud
  Behandlung  kliuisch  bearbeitet.   Mit eiueiu
  Vorwort von A. vou Striimpell.  *~.  Jena, 1904.
    Pontaxi (B.)   *Eiu  Beitrag zur  Kenntniss
  der multipleu Sclerose des Gehirus und Riickeu-
  marks.   r<'-\  Gbttingen, 1901.
    Ribeiko da Cuxha (M. J.)   Nota sobre a scle-
  rose dir'usa dos centros nervosos.  S .  Maranhao,
  16*2.
    Schmeck (E.)   * Ueber multiple Sklerose des
  Gehirus und Riickenmarks.  6-.   Marburg,1902.
    Stkatkk (E. A.  J. M.)   *Een geval vau scle-
  rose euplaqiiesdiss6inmees.  6■ .  Amsterdam, 1903.
    AUo, in: Psychiat.  eu Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1903, vii.461-
  556, 1 ch., 5 pl.

    Stiiupp (G.)   * Ueber  multiple Sklerose.  -  .
  Kiel,  190^.
    Viola  (J.)   * Zwei  Fiille von multipler Skle-
  rose.   6J.  Kiel, 1903.
    Weber (A.)   * Ueber   multiple iuselfbrinige
  Sclerose  des  (Jehirus und  Riickenmarks.   e  .
  Wurzburg, 1*60.
    Abi-ahaiiinoii(L)  Multiple sclerosis) ?).  J. Nerv. A
  Ment. Dis.. N. V.. 1902, xxix, 287.—Aldrith (C.J.) Two
  cases of  uisseminaied sclerosis.  Cleveland J. M.,  189C, i,
  455-457.—Ales.  Observation lie sclerose eu plaques dis-
  s6iiiintses, ceiebro-spiuale.  Alger m6d., 1878, vi, 238-245.—
  Anglade.  Sclerose eu plaques.   J. ile iut>d. de Bor-
  deaux, 1905, xxxv, 258. — Baylae (J.)  Un cas de sclerose
  en plaques.  Toulouse nied.,  1900, 2. s., ii, 25-29.  AUo:
  Echo ineil., Toulouse,  19U0, 2. s., xiv, 49-53.—Beco.  l'n
  cas de sclerose eu plaques.  Ann. Soc med.-chir. de Li6ge,
  1904, xliii. 126.—Bee vor (C. E.)  [ A case of disseminated
  sclerosis.]   Cliu. J., Lond., 1902, xx,  191. —  Berger (A.)
  Eiue Statistik  iiber  206 Falle vou  multipler  Sklerose.
  Jahrb. f. lNychiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. u. Wieu, 1905, xxv,
  168-188. — Bien fait  (A.)  Sclerose  en  plaques.  Gaz.
  med. beige  Liege, ls'.ts-y. xi, 441-446.—Binetti (G.)  Un
  caso di sclerosi a placchc.  Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano, 1902,
  xxiii, 929-932 —Bloiuneld  (A. G.)  A case of insular
  sclerosis.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, ii, 657.—Borgherini
  (A.)  Sclerosi a  placche  disseiuiuate; sclerosi laterale
  auiiotrotica;  atrotia muscolare  progressiva  (spinale).
  Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. nied., Milano,  (.1992], »- ir'9-
  278. — Borst (M.)   Die multiple  Sklerose des Zentral-
  nervensystems.  Ergebn. d.   allg. Path. u. path. Anat.
  [etc.]  1903,  Wiesb., 1904, ix, 67-187. — B rani we. I  (B )
  The relative frequency of disseminated sclerosis  iu this
  country  (Scotland and  the  North  of England) and in
  America.  Rev. Neurol. Sc Psychiat.. Ediub., 190:). i, 12-
  17. -----. Disseminated sclerosis.   Clin. Said., Edinb.,
  1903-4, n. s., ii, 228-233.  Also: Clin.  J., Lond., 1904. xxiv,
  148-157.--Bregman ( E.)   O  stwardnieniu wieloogni-
  skowen  ukladu nerwowego (streszczeuie zbiorowe).  [Ou
  multiple sclerosis of  the uervous system.]   Kron. lek.,
  Warszawa, 1897, xviii, 571; 624— Brintowe.  A case  of
  disseminated sclerosis.  Med. Times Si  Ga/.., Loud.. 1879,
  i, 673.—Butler  (W.  M.)  Disseminated sclerosis, with
  ease.  Ilahueman. Month., Phila.,   1890, xxv. 147-151.—
  C'npozzi(l).)  Sclerosi a piastre.  Morgagui,Napoli, 1894,
  xxxvi, 249-255.   AUo.- Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x pt. 2,
  254-257. — Carini (A.)  Due casi di sclerosi a placche
  familiare.  Arch,  di ostet. e  ginec, Napoli, 1903. x, 131-
  135— latola  (G.) Sclerose en plaques; atropine cere-
  belleuse et sclerose pseudo-syst6matique de la moelle Epi-
  niere.  IsY iconog. de la Salpetriere,  Par., 1905, xviii, ■>■>-
  592. 2 pl— t luaxtiua.  Ueber Krankheiten des Central- 
NERVOUS.                                      539                                      NERVOUS.
Nervous  system  (Sclerosis of).
  nervensystems;  sclerose.   Mitth.  d. Wieu. med. Doct.-
  Coll., 1879, v, 213;  221; 235.—Christiansen  (V.)   Tre
  Tilfaeldeafdisseminercde Lidelseri Ceutraliiervesystemet.
  [Three cases of disseminated sclerosis of the central nerv-
  ous system.]  Bibliot. f..La-ger. Kobenh., 1901, 8.R.,ii,331-
  364.—Chvostek (F.)   Ctvrfy  piipad loziskove sklerosy
  mozkove amiehove.  [Fourth ease of multiple sclerosis of
  the brain  and spinal cord.]  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze,
  1880, xix, 313-317. — Clarke (J. M.)  Disseminated scle-
  rosis.  Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1889, vii, 265.—Clement.   De
  la sclerose des  centres nerveux d'apres les lecons de
  Vulpian.  J.  de  med. de Lyon, 1868, ix, 481-497.—Coats
  (J.)  On a case of disseminated sclerosis of the brain and
  spinal cord (muliiple sclerosis).  Glasgow M. J., 1879, xii,
  5-10.—Craig (J.)   Cases  of cerebro-spiual disseminated
  sclerosis.   Dublin J. M.  Sc,  1899,  cviii, 463-466.  AUo
  [Abstr.]:  Med.  Press  A Circ, Lond., 1899,  n. s., lxviii,
  610.  -----.  Disseminated  cerebro-spinal  sclerosis.  Tr.
  Rov. Acad. M.  Ireland. Dubl., 1899-1900,  xviii,  1-11.
  Alio: Med. Press A Circ., Lond., 1900, n. s., l\x, 588-590.
  -----Two cases  of disseminated  sclerosis.  Tr. Roy.
  Acad.  M. Ireland,  Dubl., 1902, xx,  110-112. — Croeq (J.)
  Un cas de sclerose  c6rebro-spiualedissemin6e.  J. de neu-
  rol., Par., 1901, vi, 126-130.  [Discussiou], 136-139.—Crou-
  zon (O.) Sc Wilson (S.-A -K.)  Un cas de sclerose coni-
  binSesenile.  Kev.neuiol., I'ar.. 1904, xii, 328.—l>e Buck
  (D.) Sc Demoor (L.)   Un cas  de maladie de Charcot.
  Belgique med., Gaud-Haarlem,  1898, i. 229-236.—Deren in
  (F. X.) Multiple  sclerosis.  Intel nat. Cliu., Phila., 1893,
  3. s., i, 122-125.—Dereuiu (F. X.) Sc  Hills (C. K.)   Five
  cases of disseminated sclerosis.  Phila. Hosp. Kep., 1896,
  iii, 156-165.—De Renzi (E.)  Sclerosi a placche.   Boll.
  d. clin., Milano, 1899, xvi, 529-532.   AUo : Cliu. mod.,  Pisa,
  1897. iii,341-343. AUo: Gazz.d.osp.,Milano,1899,xx,583-585.
  AUo: N.riv.clin.-terap.,Napoli, 1899,ii, 169-173.—Dinkier.
  Zur Kasuistik der nmltiplen Herdsklerose  des  Gehirus
  uudliiickenmarks.  Deutsche Ztscbr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,
  1904, xxvi, 233-247. —Eliot (G.)  Multiple cerebrospinal
  sclerosis.  Yale  M. J..  N. Haven, 1894-5, i, 63-70.—Fer-
  rier.  Case  of  disseminated  sclerosis.  Med. Times &
  Gaz., Lond.,  1879,  i, 147. — Feye.   Note  sur un cas de
  sclerose en plaques cerebro-spinale. Arch. m6d. beiges,
  Brux.,  1895. 4. s., v, 95-104. — Finny (J. M.)  A case of
  disseminated or insular sclerosis in a girl aged twenty-two
  years.   Dublin J.  M. Sc, 1902, cxiii, 1-4.   Also r Abstr.]:
  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond, 1901, n. a., lxxii, 683.—Qalle-
  go ITIoyano (C.)   Eufermedad de Charcot.   Semana
  med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi. 1313; 1349. -Ganpp  (R.)
  Zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie der multipleu Skle-
  ros .   Centralbl.  f. Nervenh. u. Psvchiat., Coblenz &
  Leipz.. 190(1,  u.  F.. xi,  273-280. — dbodkind  (M. L.)
  Multiple sclerosis.  Medicine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 184-186.—
  Orasset.   Maladies du  systeme nerveux et  sclerose
  multiple diss6minee.   Arch, de neurol., Par , 1897, 2. s.,
  iv, 97-125.   AUo: Echo med., Toulouse, 1897,2. s., xi, 541;
  553; 565; 577. — Guru  Prosad .Vlilra.  A case of in-
  sular or disseminative  sclerosis.   Indian M. Gaz.,  Cal-
  cutta, 1903, xxxviii, 218.—Hackney (A. C.)  A case of
  disseminated sclerosis.  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1897, i,  586.—
  Italian! (K.)   A case of multiple sclerosis.  Quart. M.
  J., Sheffield, 1902-3, xi, 43.—Haw thorne (C. O.)  A se-
  ries of  cases of disseminated sclerosis.  Polyclin., Lond.,
  1905, ix, 94-98.—Hirshberg (L. lv.)  A case of multiple
  sclerosis.  Maryland M. J.7 Bait., 1903, xlvi,  182-186.—
  Hoffmann. Die multiple Sclerose des Ceutralnerven-
  systems.  Arch.  f.  Psychiat., Berl., 1901, xxxiv, 1047-
  1055.  AUo:  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1901,
  xxi, 1-27. — Hunt (J. P.)  Multiple sclerosis.  J. Nerv.
  Sc Ment. Dis., NY., 1902, xxix, 288.—von Jaksch.   Eiu
  Fall von multipler inselformiger Sklerose.  Mitth. d.Ver.
  d. Aerzte in Steiermark 1889, Graz, 1890, xxvi, 162-164.—
  Kahler (O.)   Multiple Hirn- und Iiuckenmarks-Scle-
  rose.  Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wieu, 1891, xxvi, 637; 649.—
  Kattwinkel.  Sclerose  ependymaire en plaques  ombi-
  liquees. Kev.neuiol..  Par., 1905,  xiii, 1066-1068. — von
  Krafft-Ebing.   Ceber multiple Sklerose.  Allg. Wien.
  med. Ztg., 1894,  xxxix   526; 539; 564. -----. Sulla  scle-
  rosi  a  piastre.  Boll.  d. cliu., Milano, 1895, xii, 452-457.
  -----.  Multiple  Sclerose.   Allg. Wien.  med. Ztg.,  1900,
  xiv, 13;  25.— I.ibotlc.  Un cas  de scl6rose eu plaques.
  J. m6d. de Brux., 1904,  ix, 69.  AUo: J. de neurol., Par.,
  1904, ix, 37-39. — I.otsch  (C.)  Weitere Beitrage  zur
  Kenntnis der multipleu Sclerose des Hirns uud Kiicken-
  markes.  Prag. med. Wchuschr., 1904, xxix, 147; 160.—
  iVInc-hado (V.)  Esclerose em placas.  Rev. portugueza
  de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb.. 1896-7, i, pt. 2,1-6.—Mailer.
  Sclerosis cerebrospinalis multiplex; ungeheilt.  Ber. d. k.
  k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftung in Wien (1886), 1887,
  317. — ITlarburg  (O.)   Die sogenannte akute multiple
  Sklerose. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn.  Med. u. Kinderh. in
  Wien, 1905, iv, 200-201. — Martinez Vargas (A.)   Es-
  clerosis cerebri) espinal  diseminada.  Med. de  los nifios,
  Barcel., 1900, i, 100;  139. — Morawitz (P.)  Zur Keunt-
  niss der multiplen  Sklerose.   Deutsches Arch.  f.  klin.
  Med., Leipz., 1904-5, lxxxii, 151-166.—Jlracek (V.)  Scle-
  rosis  in abdomine.   Jahrb. d. Wien.  k. k.  Krankenanst.
  1898, Wien u. Leipz., 1900, vii,  pt. 2, 231.—JVespor (G.)
Nervous system  (Sclerosis of).
  Beitrag  zur Aetiologie  und  Behandlung  der multipleu
  Sklerose.  Wien. klin. Wchuschr.. 1905, xviii, 725-727.—
  Newman (A. K.)  On insular sclerosis of the brain and
  spinal cord. Austral. M.. J., Melbourne,  1875, xx, 369-
  374.—Op pen hei in (H.)  Zur Lelire  von der multiplen
  Sklerose.  Berl. klin. Wchuschr.,  1896, xxxiii, 184-189.—
  Orinerod (J. A.)  A case of disseminated sclerosis.  St.
  Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1888, xxiv, 155-161.— Pepper
  (W.) Disseminated sclerosis ofthe cerebro-spinal axis.
  Internat. Clin., Phila., 18113, 3. s., i, 11-18.—Perera Es-
  eobar  ( S. )  Ksclerosis  cerebro-spinal.   Rev. med.  de
  Mexico,  1888-9, i, 90-92.—Peterson (F.) Multiple cere-
  bro-spiual  sclerosis.  Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am.  authors
  (Dercum) Phila., 1895, 661-666. — Preston  Sc  Hirseh-
  berg.   Case  of multiple  sclerosis.   Maryland  M. J.,
  Bait., 1903,  xlvi, 283-285. — Probst (M.) Zur multipleu
  Herdsklerose.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898,
  xii,  446-472. — Redlich (E.)  Ueber multiple Sklerose.
  Deutsche Klinik, Berl. &. Wien, 1904, vi, 556-586.—Keier-
  scn (A.  C.)  Nogle Tilfselde af den multiple Sklerose  af
  Hjasraen og Rygmarveu.  [Case of multiple sclerosis  of
  brain and medulla spinalis.]   Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kjobenh.,
  1888, 4. R., xviii, 317-319.—Khcin (J. H. VV.)  A case of
  combined sclerosis.  Phila. Polyclin., 1897, vi, 741. — Hol-
  land.   Sclerose  en plaques.  Mem. et bull. Soc.  de nied.
  et chir. de Bordeaux, 1889,56-7.'!. — Russell (J. S. R.)  Dis-
  seminate sclerosis.  Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Loud., 1899, vii,
  50-96— Schlagenhaufer (F.) EJin Fall vou  subacute!'
  inselformiger Sklerose.  Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien,
  Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1900, 7. Hft., 223-233. — «ehloss.
  [Multiple Sclerose. | Jahrb.  f. Psychiat., Leipz. n. Wieu,
  1903, xxiii,  427-430.  Also: SVien.  klin. Wchuschr., 1903,
  xvi, 515.—Schindger (K.)  Sclerosis cerebri et medullas
  spinalis.   Casop.  lek. Cesk., v Praze,  1873,  xii, 181.—
  Shaikevich (M. O.)   Sluchai sclerosis cerebrospinalis
  disseminata;.  [Caseof...] Protok.Omsk.med.Obsh.,1899-
  1900, xvii,167.—Sloieescu (G.) Sclerose in placicu forma
  frusta. [Sclerosis en plaques disseminated in form of spots.]
  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1888, viii, 24-30.—Toi-deus.  T7n cas
  de sclerose en plaques disseniinee.s.  Clinique, Brux., 1889,
  iii, 385-388. — Vau Reyssehoot  (J.) Sc De Buck (D.)
  Notes sur un cas de sclerose en plaques.  Flandre med.,
  Gand, 1894, i, 817-821. — Van Wart (R. M.)  A  note on
  the frequency of multiple sclerosis in Louisiana.  N. Orl.
  M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 549-551.—Voelcker (A. F.)  Case
  of (?) disseminated sclerosis.  Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii,
  361.—Weiss (H.)  Ueber diffuse Sklerose des Minis und
  Riickcnmarkes.   Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ.,
  Leipz. u. Wieu., 1900, 7. Hft., 245-261.—Whitton (T.B.)
  Cerebro-spinal  sclerosis.  Australas.  M. Gaz., Sydney,
  1891-2, xi, 309-311. —Wingate (U. O. B.)  Disseminated
  sclerosis.  Cliu. Rev., Chicago, 1897-8, vii, 23-25.—Winge
  (E.)  Tilfaelde af niultipel cerebrospiualsklerose.  [A case
  of multiple cerebrospinal  sclerosis.]  Norsk Mag. f. Lae-
  gevidensk,  Christiania, 1879, ix, 633-655. —Wood (H. C.)
  The multiple scleroses.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1878, xiv, 224.—
  Zen ner (P.)  Multiple sclerosis.  St. Louis Cour. Med.,
  1899, xxi, 321-327.

Nervous system (Sclerosis of Causes and

  pathology of).
     Bartsch (H.)  * Ueber  einen Fall von  kerd-
  weiser Sklerose des  Centralnervensysteuis.  8C.
  Heidelberg, 1891.
     Charcot  (J.-M.)    Histologie  de  la  sclerose
  en plaques.   8L:.  Paris, 1^69.
     Elteh  (J.)  *Zur  Aetiologie  der  multiplen
  Sclerose  und  der   chronischen   Myelitis.   6°.
  Bonn, 1697.
     Focke   (C.)    * Ueber   die  Bedeutung   des
  Schrecks  fur die Aetiologie der multiplen Scle-
  rose.  8°.   Berlin, 1866.
     Frommann (C.)   Unteisuchuugen  iiber  die
  Gcwebsvcianderuiigen bei der multiplen Skle-
  rose des (ilehirns und Kiickenmavks.   4°.   Jena,
  1*78.
     Jutzler(F.)   Ueber die Bedeutung des Trau-
  mas  in  der  Aetiologie der multiplen  Sklerose.
  6°.  Strassburg i. E.. 189.").
     Keysser (B.)   * Beitrage   zur  Casuistik  der
  multiplen Sklerose nach Trauma.   8  .   Gbttin-
  gen, 190j.
    Klausner (Irina).  *Ein  Beitrag  znr  Aetio-
  logie  der multiplen   Sklerose.    [Halle.]   8°,
  Berlin, 1901.
    AUo, in: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1901, xxxiv,  841-868,
    Krusche  (J. G. li.)  * Ueber einen  Fall von
  multipler  Sclerose   im  Anschluss an  Typhus
  abdominalis.  8°.  Leipzig, 1901. 
XKiivors.
540
NERVOUS.
.\ervou* system (Sclerosis of, Causes and [

  pathology of).
    Lkioxne  (P.)   "Contribution  a  l'etude  des
  atrophies  musculaires  dans la  sclerose en pla-
  ques.   > .   Paris, 190:$.
    I,knt(G.)   * Ueber die Aetiologie der  multi-
  plen Sklerose.   iv.   Berlin, [1^94].
    Long (£.)  "Contribution ;i  l'6tude de.s scle-
  roses de la moelle  Epiniere (scleroses eu plaques
  diss<<uiiiieYs et svphilis meiliilluire).   8°.  Genere,
  1899.
    Pktkokf  (X.j   "Die  Beziehungen  zwischen
  der multipleu Sklerose nnd Dementia paralytica.
  h .  Berlin,  1901.
    Risch (B.)   * Acute Eutstehung der multiplen
  Sclerose des Gehirus und des Riickenmarks.  8'-.
  Bonn, 1*92.
    Straiii.ber (A.)  * Ueber Regenerations- und
  Proliferationsvoigauge  bei  multipler Sklerose
  des Nervensystems.   [Munich.]  8°.   Jena, 1903.
    Also, in:  Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena,
  19U3, xxxiii, 409-480, 1 pl.  See, aUo, infra,  Bielschowsky.
    Achard (C.)  Sur la sclerose n^vroglique. Bull. Soc.
  nnat. de Par., 1890, lxv, 200-205.  AUo, Reprint.—Adler.
  Ueber  die  Bezielmiit:en des Kleiuhirns  zur multiplen
  Sklerose.  Deutsche nied. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1901,
  xxvii, 121.—Arniaud-Delillc  (P.-F.)  Pathoge,niede la
  sclerose tuberculeuse.  Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1905,
  2. s., ii, 104-116. — Baliut (R.)   Beitrage  zur Aetiologie
  und  patbologischeu  Anatomie  der multipleu Sklerose.
  Deutsche  Ztschr. f.  Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1900, xvi, 437-455,
  3 pl.—Bartels (M.)   Darstellung der Axencylinder  in
  den Herden der multiplen Sklerose nach neiiereu Metho-
  deu.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz.,
  1903, xxvi,  488. -----. Ueber das Verhalten der Axen-
  c\liuder bei der multiplen Sklerose.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Nervenh., Leipz.,  1903, xxiv, 403-414, 1 pl.  —:---.  Zur
  Frage der Regeneration der Nervenfasern in  deu Herden
  der multipleu Sklerose.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904,
  xxiii,  194-197.—Bckhlcreir (V. M.)  O sifiliticheskom
  razsleyannom   cherepno - spinnom  sklerozle ( sclerosis
  cerebrospinalis disseminata syphilitica).  Obozr. psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.],  S.-Peterb., 1896,  i, 255;  342;  413.  AUo,
  transl:  Arch. f.  Psychiat.,  Berl., 1896, xxviii, 742-772,
  I pl.—Bernardelli (U.)  Di  uu caso  di sclerosi  dis-
  seminata del midollo spinale da sifilide. Gior. ital. d. mal.
  ven., Milano, 1900. xxxv. 403-111.— Bielschowsky (M.)
  Zur Histologic der multiplen Sklerose; Untersuehuugs-
  ergebnisse neuer  Methoden.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., |
  1903, xxii, 770-777. -----. Die raarklosen Nervenfasern  in
  den Herden der  multiplen  Sklerose; eine Antwort  an
  Herin Strahuber.   Ibid., 1904,  xxiii,  59-6.'.—Blencke.
  Ein Fall  von  multipler Sklerose nach einem Trauma.
  Monatschr.  f.  Unfallheilk.,   Leipz.,  1900,  vii, 41-45.—
  Bliiuireich  (L.i Sc Jacoby (M.)   Zur Aetiologie der
  multiplen Sklerose.   Deutsche nied. Wchuschr., Leipz.  u.
  Berl.,  1897.  xxiii,  445-448— Bornstein (M.)  Anatomia
  patologiczna stwarduieuia wieloogui.skowego (sclerose en
  plaques).  [Pathological auatoniy of .. .]  Gaz. lek., War-
  szawa, 1904, 2.  s.. xxiv, 291; 328.'  Also, transl: Polnisch.
  Arch. f.  biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemb., 1904, ii, 341-417,
  1 pl.— Borst (M.)   Zur pathologischen Anatomie und j
  Pathogenese der  multiplen  Sclerose  des Centralnerven-
  systems.   Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,
  1897. 66-109.  AUo:  Beitr. z. path. Anat. u.  z. allg. Path.,
  Jeua, 1897, xxi, 308-372, 1 pl.—Bouchaud.  Sclerose en
  plaques; paralysie de lavi'etde la vii--paires cr&nieunes
  et des deux membres du cot6 droit.   Arch. g6n. de ni6d.,
  Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 332-344.—Brumwell  (B.)   Ou dis-
  seminated  sclerosis, with special reference  to  the fre-
  quency and  etiology of the disease.   Clin.  Stud., Edinb.,
  1903-4!  u.  s., ii, 193-210.—Brower  (D. R.)   Multiple
  sclerosis and delirium tremens.   Internat. Clin.  Phila
  1904, 13.  s.,  iv, 258-261.-Brown (M.  A.),  I.angdon
  (F. W.)  Sc  Wolfstein  (D.  I.)   Combined  sclerosis  of
  Lichtheim-Butiuitn-Daua type accompanying  pernicious
  anemia.   J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 552-554.__
  Brush (A. C.) The nature of traumatic sclerosis.  Ibid.
  1905,  xliv, 358-361. —Bncco (M.)   Sull'etiologia della
  sclerosi a placche.   N. riv.  clin.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vi,
  621.— Burgerhout (H.)   Eeu geval van  sclerose en
  plaques na trauma.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. Amst
  1903, 2. R.,  xxxix, d. 2, 869-875.—Buss (O.)  Beitrag zur
  Aetiologie und Pathologie  der  multiplen Sklerose des
  Hirus und Riickenmarks.  Deutsches  Arch. f.  klin. Med.,
  Leipz.. 1889, xiv.  555- 5s3.— Carriere (G.)   Examen
  cvtoscopique dn liquide cephalo-rachidien dans la sclerose
  en plaques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11.  s.,
  iii. 345.—Install.  Pseudo-sclerose en plaques consecu-
  tive a la variole.   Montpel.  med.. 1890, 2.  s., xiv, 5-12.—
  C'eni iC.)   Sulla patogenesi della sclerosi in  placche.
  Giur. iuteruaz. d. sc. med.. Napoli, 1893, n. s.. xv, 721-731,
ITervoiiM system (Sclerosis of, Causes  and
 pathology of).
 1 pl—C'eni (C.) & Bestn <C.)  Sclerosi in placche spurt
 nientale da tossici asporgillari.  Riv. sper.  di  freniat
 Reggio-Emilia. 1905, xxxi.  fasc. 2, 125-135, 2 pl.- < o< »t< r!
 Ein Beitrag zu der Entstehung der Erkraiikungen d. s (Yn°
 tralnervensystenis, iu specie der multiplen Sklerose durcli
 Trauma.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xxxvi, !)42-U44._
 Conor.  PheiKiiiifenes de sclerose eu plaques conseeutifs
 a une fievre typhoide surveiius cbez un  stijet a systeme
 nerveux predispose.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 447 —
 Crocq.   Cn ens de sclerose  eerebro-apiuale ilissetuinee
 d'oiigiue alcooliquc.   J. de neurol., Par., 1U03, viii, 239.—
 Dejerine Sc A useher (E.)  Sur uu cas de sclerose coru-
 biuee suivi d'ailtopsie.   Compt. rend. Soc. de bio]  Par
 1894. 10.s.,i, 553-556.—"Dcreuni (F.X.) Sc Gordon (A.'j
 A case of  multiple cerebrospinal sclerosis, with  remarks
 upon  the  pathogenesis of  the affection.  Am. .J. M. Sc
 Phila. Sc N. Y., 1905, exxix, 253-261.—Erben  (S.)  Zur
 Histologie  uud  Pathologie  der  inscltoruiigeii  Sklerose.
 Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xvii, 626-635.—Kwing
 (W. B.) Posterolateral  sclerosis, with reports of CHses.
 Northwest. Lancet, Minueap., 1905, xxv, :i43-345. — l-'i-r-
 rnnnini  (A.)   Sulla patogenesi delle sclerosi neuro-cen-
 trali giovanili.  Gior. internaz. d.  sc. med., Napoli,  11105,
 n. s.. xxvii. 721-728.—Flench  (J.)   Ein  Fall von multi-
 pler Sklerose traumatischen Ur>prungs.   Wieu. med. Bl.,
 1901, xxiv, 111. — Fi-a-ukel (J. )   A case  of congenital
 multiple sclerosis.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. T..  1903,
 xxxi, 215.—Friend (S. II.)  A case of disseminated  scle-
 rosis of the spinal cord and medulla; pathology aud etiol-
 ogy; investigations of secondary degeneration  in all ofthe
 fibre-tracts and in the ganglion-cell groupsof the, gray mat-
 ter.   Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 159-164.   Also, Repriut.—1. ill
 (J. M.)  A case of disseminated sclerosis of congenital or-
 igin.  Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney, 1904. xxiii, 458.  [Dis-
 cussion], 472.—(Goldscheider (A.)  Ueber den anatomi-
 st-hen Process im Aufangssladiuiu der multiplen Sklerose.
 Ztschr. f. klin. Med..  Berl., 1896, xxx, 417-426.—Griisi-et.
 De la sclerose multiple disseminee; diathesefibreusedcIJe-
 bove; inflammation chronique libroide des tissus, polyscle-
 rosesviscerales; pansclerosede Letulle; inflammations in-
 terstitielles poly visc6ralesde Bard.  N.Montpel.med.  Sup-
 pl., 1897, vi, 1-62.—<*rossmann (E.)  Unfall und multiple
 Skierose.  Deutsch - med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1905,
 xxxi, 1633-1637.—Herinite &. .Halva.  Sclerose en pla-
 ques d'oiigiue  infectieuse. Dauphiu6  ni6d., Grenoble,
 1897, xxi,  134; 150.—van  der Hoist (D.) H. Pz.  Een
 geval van multipele sclerose na trauma. Nederl. Ti,jd8clir.
 v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xii,  d. 1,  453-460.—Jar-
 coud (S.)  Snr la sclerose en plaques consecutive aux
 maladies aigues.   In his:  Le§.  de clin.  med. 1884-5, 8°,
 Par., 1886,  272-304.—Jell in"e (S. E.)  Multiple sclerosis;
 its occurrence and etiology.  .1. Nerv. &. Ment. I)is.„N. Y.,
 1904, xxxi, 446-455.—Kattwinkei (W.)   Ueber aquirirte
 combiuirte Strangselerosen.   Deutsches Arch.  f.  klin.
 Med., Leipz., 1902, lxxv, 37-111.— von Hrallt-Kliiii^
 (R.)  Zur Aetiologie  der mulliplen Sklerose.   Wien. klin.
 Wchnsehr., 1895, viii, 895-899. AUo, in his: Arb. a. d.
 Gesammtgeb. d.  Psychiat. u. Neuropath., Leipz., 1899, 4.
 Hft., 3-19.—Krever (L. R.)  K raspoznavaniyu sifllisa
 tsentralnol nervnoi sistemi (lues cerebrospinalis; i yevo
 otnosheniya k razsleyannomu sklerozn (sclerose en pla-
 ques).  | On the diagnosis of . . . and its relation to . . .]
 Vrach, St. Petersb., 1899, xx, 510; 571; 632.  AUo.transl:
 Ztschr.  f.  klin. Med., Berl., 1899, xxxvii. 209-227.-I.n-
 dnine (P.)  Svphilis niSdullaire et sclerose en plaques.
 Rev. neurol., Par., 1900, viii, 66-73.—l.aennec.   Sclerose
 en plaques diss6miu6es et art6rio-sclerose avec foyers de
 ramollissement disseminees dans le cerveau  et la moelle
 epiniere.   Gaz. rnf-d. de Nantes, 1887-8, vi, 93-95.  Also: J.
 de med. de 1'ouest, Nantes, 1888, xxii, 31-37. — E,annois
 (M.) Sc I.emoiue (G.-II.)  Sur un cas de sclerose des
 cordons late-raux avec sclGrose du  bulbe  et atrophie des
 nerfs optiques.  Arch, de  m6d. exper. 'et d'anat. path.,
 Par., 1894,  vi, 443-459, 1 pl. — Ii an no is (M.) A Paviot
 (J.)   Sclerose en plaques medullaire consecutive a une ar-
 thrite tuberculeuse de l'6paule. Rev. de med., Par.,  1899,
 xix, 625-632 — I.archer (O.)  Sclerose geuerale de la pro-
 tuberance  annulaire.  hi his:  lStudes clin. et iinat.-path.,
 8°.  Par., 1869, 17-30.—I.ebrun.   Contribution k 1 etude
 etiologique et patbogeuique de la sebirose multiple cere-
 brospiuale. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1894, 4.s.,iv, 5;  75.—
 I.ellmanu (W.)  Ein  Fall von multipler Sclerose des
 Gehirus und Riickenmarks bei  einem Hunde.  Berl.
 thierarztl. Wchnsehr., 1898, 435.— I.ochte.  Ein Fall von
 teitiarer Sclerose.  Jahrb. d.  Hamb. Staatskrankenanst.
 1897-8. Hamb. u. Leipz., 1900,  vi, 264-207, 1  pl— I.ot«ch
 (C.)  Ein Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der Aetiologie der multi
 plen Sklerose des Hirus  und Ruckenmarkes.  Prag.  med.
 Wchnsehr., 1899,  xxiv,  205; 250;  273; 286.—iMaas (0.)
 Ein Fall von multipler Sklerose mit poutinem Beginn.
 Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1905, xlii,  993. -----. Ueber die
 Beziehungen der Encephalitis  non-suppurativa zur multi-
 plen Sklerose.  Mouatschr. f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl.,
 1905, xviii, 533-540.—.Mailer.  Sclerosis multiplex  cere-
 brospinalis; bitlbare  Stoning; gebessert.  Ber.  d. k. K. 
NEEVOUS.                                       541                                       NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Sclerosis of, Causes and

  pathology of).
  Kiankenanst. Rudolph-Stiftuug in Wien (1891), 1892, 319.—
  Jlarehese (A.)   Sclerosi moltiloculareiu  seguito a trau-
  ma.  Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1904-5, v, 73-75.—Mark (S.
  A.)  Sitiliticheskiy razsieyanniy cherepuo-spinuol skleroz.
  [Syphilitic disseminated cerebro-spinal sclerosis.]  Obozr.
  psichiat., uevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1890. i, 511-515.—ITIas-
  salongo (R.)  Sclerosi a placche faniigliare.  Lavori d.
  Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 406-411.—itlet-
  tler (L. H.)  Case of disseminated cerebrospinal sclerosis,
  with a  suggestive  family history.  [Abstr. and  prelim-
  inary rep.]  Chicago M. 'Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 290-293.—
  iTIills (C. K.)  The earliest cases of disseminated scle-
  rosis with necropsy and  miscroscopical examination re-
  ported in America.  J. Nerv. A  Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1905,
  xxxii,  185-187.—Mirto (G.)  Ricerche anatomicbe sulla
  sclerosi a placche.   Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat.,
  Napoli,  1891, ii, 91-105, 1 pl.— »I uraloll (Y. A.)  K topo-
    frafii bnlbarnikh iztnleueniy pri  bokovoin  aniiotrofiches-
    om sklerozle.  [Topography of bulbar changes iu lateral
  amyotrophic sclerosis.]   Vestnik klin. i sudeb. psichiat.  i"
  nevropatol., St. Petersb., 1889-90,  vii, pt. 1,  126-156.—IVefl"
  (I. H.) A Klingiunnn (T.)  A  case of multiple cerebro-
  spinal sclerosis of  a special anatomical form, with, a his-
  tory of pronounced  family  defect.   Am. J. Iusan., Bait.,
  1899-1900, lvi,  431-442,  3 pl—OrlovsUi (S B.)  Sifllis  i
  razsieyanniy skleroz nervnikh tseutrov.  [Syphilis  and
  disseminated sclerosis  of the nerve centres.]  Protok.
  zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. p. Imp. Moskov. Univ.,
  1896-7, 44-48.—Pemberton (R.) A case with  some of
  the symptoms  of multiple  sclerosis due to trauma.  J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1905, xxxii, 665-C67.—Petraz-
  zani (P.) Sc Borri (L.)   Su di un caso di sclerosi mnlti-
  pla midollare, 1' aggravamento della quale si  attribuiva
  all' azione di un trauma.   Riv.  di  diritto e giur. . . . s.
  infortuni d. lavoro,  Modena, 1900, ii,  389-424.—Pfeifer
  (B.) Ein Fall von klassischer multipler Sklerose des Zen-
  trainerveus\ stems  mit  auatomisch   ausschliesslich bul-
  barerLokalisation.   Mitt. a. d.Hamb. Staatskrankenanst.,
  1902-3, iv, 14-24.  AUo: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskranken-
  anst. 1901-2, Hamb. u.  Leipz., 1904, viii, pt.  2,  14-24.—
  Pierret (A.)  Sclerose sjstematique du tractus  moteur
  (tabds moteur).  Cinquauten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,
  205-212.—Poled ne (V.)  Piipail sclerosis multiplex cere-
  brospinalis po poraneni bbskem.  [A case of . . . from a
  traumatism]  Casop. 16k. cesk., vPraze, 1905, xliv, 1171.—
  Popoff(M.)   Zur Histologie der disseminirten Sklerose
  des  Gehirus und  Riickenmarks.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1894, xiii, 321-325.   AUo,  transl: Arch, psichiat.
  [etc.],  Kharkov, 1894,  xxiv, 1-4.—Putnam (J. J.)  A
  group of cases of scleroses of the spinal cord,  associated
  with diffuse collateral degeneration, occurring with en-
  feebled persons past middle life, and  especially in -women;
  studied with particular reference  to etiology.  J. Nerv. Sc
  Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1891, n. s., xvi, 69-110.  Also, Reprint.—
  Raymond  (F.)   Tumeurs  du  bulbe ou  sclerose  en
  plaques atypique.   Presse m6d.,  Par.,  1900, i.  301-305.—
  Redlich~(E.)  Zur Pathologie  der multiplen  Sklerose.
  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1895, ix, 664;  772; 787; 801.  Also:
  Arb. a. d. Inst. f. Anat. u. Physiol, d. Centralnervensyst. an
  d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1896, 4. Hft,, 1-34. -----.
  Neuere Arbeiten iiber die Aetiologie und  Pathologie der
  multiplen Sklerose; Zusammenfassendes Referat.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. allg. path. u. path. Anat., Jeua, 1897, viii. 628-646.—
  Reynolds ( E. S. )  Some cases of family disseminated
  sclerosis.  Brain, Lond., 1904, xxvii, 163-169.— Rosso I ■ mo
  ( G.  I.)   Patogenez razsleyannavo skleroza v sv,\ azi  s
  voprosem o razliclmikh izmleneniyakh nevroglii; roi so-
  sudistol sistemi.  [Pathogenesis of disseminated sclerosis
  connected with the  question of different changes in the
  neuroglia;  role of  the  blood-vessels.]   Protok.  zasled.
  Obsh.  Neiropat.  i  Psikhiat. p.  Imp. Moskov. Univ.,
  1896-7, 52-56.  Also,  transl: Arch, de neurol., Par., 1897,
  2. s., iv. 352-354.—Sander (M.)   Die Hirnrinde bei multi-
  pler Sklerose.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.
  n. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 241-245.—
  Sata (A.)  Sclerosis lateralis amyotrophic^ mit der Atro-
  phie des Centrallappens und der Degeneration der Nerven.
  fjapane.se text.]   Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu  Tokyo,
  1897, xi.  13. Hft,, 4;  14.  Hft., 33, 1 pl. — Mchupfer (F.  )
  Ueber die infantile Herdsklerose mit Betraclitungen iiber
  sekundare Degenerationen  bei disseminierter  Sklerose,
  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.. 1902, xii, 60; 89.—
  Schuster (P.) & Bielschowsky (M.)   Beitrag zur
  Pathologie und Histologie der multiplen Sklerose.  Ztschr.
  f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxiv, 395-418, 4 pl.-----------.
  Bulbare Form der multiplen Sklerose, nebst Bernerkmigen
  iiber die Histologie des Processes.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.
  u. Psychiat, Coblenz Sc Leipz., 1898, n. F., ix, 9.—Shoyer
  (A.F.)  The pathology of disseminated sclerosis.   J. Path.
  Sc Bacterid., Edinb. '&  Lond.,  1902,  viii, 124-128, 3 pl.—
  Mpiller (W. G.)   A report of two cases of multiple scle-
  rosis, with necropsy; with remarks on muscular atrophy,
  secondary degeneration, and loss of tendon reflexes, with in-
  creased muscular tonicity, occurring in this disease.  Am.
  J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, cx'xv, 61-74.   Also, Reprint.—Spil-
JVervous system (Sclerosis of, Causes  and

  pathology of).
  ler (W. G.) & Camp (C. D.)  Two cases of multiple scle-
  rosis, with necropsy.  J. Nerv. A Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1904,
  xxxi, 326. ----:------. Multiple sclerosis, with a report of
  two  additional eases, with necropsy.   Ibid., 433-445.—
  Nlriiliuber (A.)  Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit des Herrn
  Bielschowsky:  Zur Histologie der multiplen Sklerose.  Neu-
  rol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 55-59.   See. also, supra,
  Bielschowsky.—Striiuipell (A.) Zur Pathologic der mul-
  tiplen Sclerose.  Neurol.Centralbl.,Leipz., 1896,xv,961-964.
  Also: Vrerliaiidl.d.Gesellsch.deutsdi.Natnif.u.Aeizte 1896,
 . Leipz., 1897,lxviii,pt,2,2. Hlfte.,272-276.—Stursberg(H.)
  Znr Beurtheilung des Zusammenhangs zwischen multipler
  Sklerose uud Trauma.  Aerztl. Sacbverst.-Ztg., Berl , 1902
  viii,  153-155—Suckling.  Sudden and depressing emo-
  tion  as a cause of  cerebro-spinal sclerosis in a young wo-
  mau aged 22.  Birmingh. M. Rev., 1892, xxxi, 208—Tay-
  lor  (E. W.) Zur  pathologischen Auatomie der multipleu
  Sklerose.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1894, v,
  1-26, 3 pl.—I'honia (E.)  Zur pathologischen Histologie
  der  multiplen  Sklerose.   Ibid.. 1900,  xvii, 263-276.—
  Thomas  (A.)  Contribution  k l'etude de  l'anatomie
  pathologique de la sclerose en plaques.  Bev. neurol.,  Par.,
  1900,  viii, 490 - 490. -----. Des alterations des  cylindres
  axes dans la sclerose er. plaques.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 354-357. -----. Etude sur revo-
  lution pathologique  de la nfrvroglie, k propos d'un cas de
  sclerose'en plaques.  Ibid.,  357-360.  -----.  Atrophie du
  cervelet et  sclerose en  plaques.   Rev. neurol., Par., 1903,
  xi, 121-131.—Tredgold (A. F.)  Disseminated sclerosis;
  an account of the microscopical examination of three cases,
  with some observations on the pathogenesis of the disease.
  Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Ediub.. 1904, ii, 497-522, 9 pl.—
  Turner (W. A.) Sc Hunter (W.) A case of so-called
  miliary sclerosis,  combined  with meningo-myelitis and
  marked chromatolytic changes in the ganglion cells.  J.
  Path. & Bacteriol.,' Edinb. Sc Lond.,  1899-1900, vi, 368-375,
  2 pl.—Volozhaikin (V.)  K kazuistikle sifiliticbeskavo
  razsleyannavo skleroza tsentralnol nervroi sistemi.  [Syph-
  ilitic disseminated sclerosis  of the  central nervous sys-
  tem.]  Vovenno-med. J., St.  Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-
  spec. pt., 2039-2059.— Webber (S. G.)   Additional con-
  tribution to cases of  multiple sclerosis, with autopsies.
  J. Nerv. Sc  Ment.  Dis., N. Y., 1905, xxxii, 177-181.—Wil-
  liamson (R. T.)   The early pathological changes in dis-
  seminated sclerosis.   Med. Chron., Manchester, 1893-4,
  xix,  373-379. -----. On the etiology  and  pathology  of
  disseminated sclerosis; a critical review.  Ibid., 1902-3,
  4. s., iv, 261-273.

IVervous system (Sclerosis  of Complica-

  tions and sequelw of).
     See, also, Nervous system  (Sclerosis of,  Eye in).
     Erbach (H.)   *Stinimliun<llalimung bei mul-
  tipler Sklerose  ties Gehirus und  Kiickenmnrks.
 , [Wurtzburo-.]   8-.   Giessen, 1692.
     Finocchiaro (F.)   Sn   due casi  di  sclerosi
  combinate.   8°.   Torino, 1904.
     d'Abreu Freire (A.)  Nota sobre um caso de escle-
  rose em  placas  acompanhado de emphysema pulmonar.
  Coinibra med., 1895, xv, 566; 576:  1896] xvi, 4; 20;  42.—
  Babinski.  Un cas de sclerose en plaques avec troubles
  vesicaux.  J. de med. int., Par., 1899, iii. 510-512. -----.
  Sur  les  scleroses  conibinees.   Cong, internat. de  med.
  0. r., Par.,  1900, sect, do neurol., 298-299.—Bidon (H.)
  Un cas de paralysie  labio-glosso-laryngee dans le cours
  d'une sclerose eu plaques.  Marseille m6d., 1905, xlii, 433;
  486.—Brauer (L.)   Muskelatrophie bei multipler  Skle-
  rose. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898, xvii, 635-640.  AUo
  |Abstr.]: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,  1898-9, xxxi. 841.—
  B rower (D. R.)  Combined sclerosis and ataxic paraple-
  gia.   Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1900. xii,  355-357.  Also: Inter-
  nat.  Clin., Phila.,  1905, 15. s., iii, 240.—Charcot.   Scle-
  rose en plaques et paralysie g6n6rale.  Semaine mod., Par.,
  1892, xii, 29.—Uairn (C. L.) A case of cortical sclerosis,
  hemiplegia and epilepsy, with autopsv.  J. Nerv. & Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1901,  xxviii,  67-73.—En gel  (H.)  Multiple
  cerebrospinal sclerosis and paralysis  agitans.  Med.  &
  Surg. Reporter, Phila , 1879, xl, 357-360.- Fiukelnburg.
  Ueber Myeloencephalitis disseminata und Sclerosis  mul-
  tiplex acuta mit anatomischem Befuud.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1901,  xx, 408-425, 1 pl— Fiirstner.
  Ueber multiple Slerose nnd  Paralysis  agitans.  Arch. f.
  Psychiat., Berl., 1897, xxx, 1-17.—Glorieux. Paralysies
  transitoires dans la sclerose en  plaques.  J. de neurol.,
  Par., 1904, ix, 57-60.—Gonzalez (J. de J.)  Un caso de
  esclerosis combinadas.   Cron.  med. inexicana, M6xico, ,
  1902,  v, 58-60.—Hunt (J.  11.)   Multiple sclerosis  with
  dementia; a contribution to tbe combination form of multi-
  ple sclerosis and dementiaparalytica.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.
  A  N. Y.. 1903, n. s., exxvi, 974-985.  Also, Repriut.—Ma-
  der.   Multiple Sclerosis  cerebrospinalis;  bochgradige
  Cysto-Pyelitis in Folge der Blasenlahmung; Tod.  Ber. d.
  k'. k. Krankenanst. Rudolpb-Stiftung in Wien (1886), 1887, 
NERVOUS.                                      542                                      NERVOUS.
IVervou* system  (Sclerosis  of Complica-

  tion and sequelce of).
  31*_____.  Multiplecerebro-spinaleSclerose; Tod  Ibid ,
  (1890i, 1-01,287.  -----. Multiple Hirn- und Ruckeiiniark-
  Sklerose;  Tod.   Jahrb.d. Wien. k.k. Krankenanst. (1892),
  1893,  i,  667— ITIill* (C. K.)  A case iu which tabes and
  disseminated sclerosis were probably associated.  J. Nerv.
  A Ment.  Dis.. N  Y.. 1901. xxviii, 162.—Mott (F. W.)
  Combined sclerosis with grave amentia.   Arch. Neurol.
  Path. Lab.  Lond. County Asyl.  Claybury,  Lond., 1900,
  377-387. 1 pl.—Roland.  Sclerose en plaques  avec gros-
  sesse.  Poitoumed., Poitiers, 1904, xviii, 243-247.—Rosen-
  feld (M.)   Endarteritis bei multipler Sklerose.  Arch.
  f. Psychiat., Berl., 1904. xxxviii, 474-489, 1 pl.—Russell
  (A.  E.)  Disseminated  sclerosis;  death.  St.  Thomas's
  Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1S9S-9.  n. s., xxvii,  54.—Sachs (li.)
  The relation of  multiple sclerosis  to multiple cerebro-
  spinal syphilis  and to paralysis agitans. Phila. M. J.,
  1898, i, 241-246.—Seifler (YV.)  Ueber psychische. iusbe-
  sondere  Intelligenzstdrungen  bei  multipler   Sklerose.
  Arch.f. Psychiat,, Berl., 1905,xl, 252-303.-Spiller (W.G.)
  A case of amyotrophic  lateral  sclerosis a.-sociated  with
  long-standing 'poliomyelitis.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.
  Y., 1905, xxxii, 799.

Nervous system  (Sclerosis  of Diagnosis

  and semeiology of).
    Akxotl (E.)  " Snr-  la  sclerose  eu   plaques
  frustes a type spasmodique.  8°.  Toulouse,  1897.
    Bixaud (J.-J.-M.)  * Etude sur les symptomes
  tie  de"but de la sclerose  en plaques.  4°.   Bor-
  deaux, 1893.
    Emrich (F.)  "Ueber einen ntypischen  Fall
  von multipler Sklerose.   8°.  Miinchen, 1904.
    Geay  (A.)   * Troubles  psychiques  dans la
  sclerose eu plaques.   8°.    Lyon, 1904.
    Grandjean (J.-M.)  * Etude  des troubles de
  la parole chez un malade atteint de sclerose en
  plaques  et particulieremeut  de la dysarthrie.
  4C.   Lyon, 1892.
    Kahleyss  (C.)   * Ueber  das  Verhalten   der
  Blasen- und Mastdarnifu notion bei der dissemi-
  nieiteu Sclerose.   8°.   Berlin, [1890].
    SchCsslkr  (L.)   * Ueber die unter  dem Bible
  einer Qucisclinittserkiaukung verlaufende Skle-
  rose  des Centralnerveusystems.  <s°.  Miinchen,
  1904.
    Spiegel (O.)  'Ueber die  psychischen  Sto-
  rungen  bei  der   disseminierten  Sklerose.   8°.
  Berlin, [1891].
    Stuht (G. A. E.)   *Ein  Beitrag zur Differen-
  tialdiagnose der multipleu Sclerose.  8°.   Greifs-
  wald, 1903.
    Vorberg  (G.)   *Zur klinischen Differential-
  diagnose der Sklerosis multiplex cerebrospinalis.
  8r.   Freiburg i. Br.,  1903.
    Allen  (A. R.)  Combined  pseudostemic disease,  with
  special  reference to annular  degeneration.   Univ.  Penn.
  M.  Bull., Phila., 1904-5. xvii, 382-385, 1 pl.,  figs. 16-17.—
  Arthnud (G.)  Signes et reactions de sclerose. Progres
  med., Par.,  1905, 3. s., xxi, 643-649 —Rallet (G.)   Scle-
  rose en plaques k symptomes transitoires et recidivauts;
  paralysie  temporaire  des mouvements associes des  yeux
  pour la vision  binoculaire k gauche, plus tard pour  la
  vision binoculaire k droite.  Rev.  neurol., Par., 1902,  x,
  437-440.—Ratten (F. E.) &  Home (W. J.)  A case  of
  disseminated sclerosis with palatal and laryngeal  anaes-
  thesia.  St.  Barth. Hosp. Rep.  1896, Lond., 1897, xxxii,
  173-179. — Reco (L.)  Sclerose laterale amyotrophique;
  type  bnlbo-facio-scapulo-hunieral  d'einbl6e.  Ann. Soc.
  med.-chir.  de Lie<_'H.  1903,  xlii,  453-457.—Rikeles (G.)
  Ein Fall von multipler Sclerose mit subacuteni Verlaufe.
  Arb. a. d. Inst, f. Anat. u. Physiol, d. Centralnervensyst.
  an d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1895, 3. Hft., 119-122.—
  Rouchaud. Sclerose en plaques; mouvementsaurepos.
  J. de neurol.. Par., 1903, viii, 83-95. -Bonlogue (P.)
  Sclerose eu plaques k debut apoplectique.  Bull. med. du
  nord, Lille, 1895. xxxiv, 564-568— Rourneville.  Idiotie
  et epilepsie symptomatiques de sclerose tubereuse ou
  hypertrophique.   Arch, de neurol., Par., 1900. 2. s., x, 29-
  39, 4 pl.  Bradford (J. R.)  Clinical lecture on dissem-
  inated sclerosis.  Clin. J., Lond.,  1895-6,  vii, 323-328.—
  Riamwcll (B.) Ataxic paraplegia aud spastic  para-
  plegia as symptoms of disseminated sclerosis.  Rev. Neu-
  rol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1903, i, 791-794, -----. On dis-
  seminated sclerosis with special reference to the mode  of
  onset and symptomatology of the disease.  Clin.  Stud.,
  Edinb., 1904-5, iii, 1-28.  -----.  The prognosis of dissemi-
  nated sclerosis.  Rev. Neurol. Sc Psychiat., Edinb., 1905,
I¥ei'VOliw  system (Sclerosis of Diagnosis
  and semeiology of).
  iii,  161-170.— Brown (M. A.), I.anedon (F. W )  &
  Wolfstein (D. I.) Combined  sclerosis  of  Lie.htheim-
  Putnam-Dana type accompanying pernicious anemia  J
  Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 552-554.  AUo lie-
  print —Rruuon & lTIoiitngnon.  Sclerose en plaques
  k type monobrachial.  Loire m6d., St. fitienne 189"> xiv
  70-72.-Rurr (C. W.)  Sc McCarthy (I). J.)  An atypi'.
  cal  case  of multiple sclerosis.  J.  Nerw  \ Ment Dis
  N. Y.,  1900. xxvii,  634-642.-Buzzard (T.)  On remis-
  sions and relapses  in  insular sclerosis.  Lancet,  Lond
  1904, ii, 131-134 — Cassirer (R )  Ueber eine besoiuleru
  Lokalisations- uud  Verlaufsforni der multiplen Sklerose.
  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.. 1905, xvii, 193-!
  223.—Charcot (J.-M.)  Des formes frustes de la .sclerose
  en plaques.  Progres nie.il., Par., 189], 2. s., xiii, 201-206.—
  Claude (H.)  Forme pseudo-bulbaire de la  sclerose en
  plaques.  Rev. neurol,  Par., 1905, xiii,  438-441.—Colin
  (V.)  Ein Fall von multipler Sclerose mit Intentionszittern
  in der Fascialismusculatur.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.
  Leipz.u, Berl., 1*91,xvii,460-402 — Colli-: (J.)   Le tremble
  ment des cordes vocales et les tmublesde laphonation daus
  la sclerose eu plaques.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
  letc.j,  Par., 1892. xviii, 81-96. —Cousot (G.)  lStude'cli-
  nique sur la sclerose en plaques.   Bull. Acad,  de nied. de
  Belg.,  Brux., 1891,  4. s., v, 317-332.  [Rapporti, 303-306-
  Crocq (J.)  Un cas de sclerose en plaques avec fourire,
  J. de neurol ,  Par.,  1900, v, 154. —De Buck (I).)  Notes
  sur un cas fruste de sclerose en plaques.  Belgique med.,
  Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xii. 111. —De Ruck &  De IVIoor
  (L.)  Un cas de sclerose dissemiuec debutante.  Ann. Soc.
  de nied.  de Gand,  1897, lxxvi,  273-278.   Also- Belgique
  med., Gand-Haarlem, 1898, i, 129-134.—De Renzi (E.)
  Caso tipico di sclerosi a placche.  Gazz. d. osp..  Milano,
  1899, xx, 135. — Fernandez Sanz (E.)   Las formas
  atipieas de  la  esclerosis en placas.  Rev. de med. y cirug.
  pract., Madrid, 1903, lix,  241-260. — Fiekler (A.)  Ein
  Beitrag zur Pseudosklerose.   Deutsche med  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz.  n. Berl., 1904,  xxx, 1886-9. — Flatau  ( E.) &
  Koelichen  (J.)   O stwardnieniu  rozsianem (sclerosis
  multiplex), przebiegajacem pod postacia, zapalenia rdzenia
  poprzecznego  (myelitis transversa).   [Disseminated scle-
  rosis simulating . .  .]  Medycyna, Warszawa,  1901, xxix
  857; 879; 901;  927; 948.----------. O rozsianych spra-
  wach  zapalnych w «osYodkowym  ukladzie  nerwowym
  (sclerosis multiplex; myelitis disseminata).   Ibid., 1905.
  xxxiii. 732;  757; 779; 800; 863; 880; 904, 1 pl.—Fornario
  (G.) Due casi di sclerosi a placche; forme fruste.  Ann.
  di nevrol., Torino, 1892, n. s., x, 327-342— Fourineniix.
  Un cas fruste de sclerose en plaques.  J. d.  sc. m6d. de
  Lille, 1896, ii, 489-493.—Frank (D.)   Ueber eine typisehe
  Vcrlaufsforin  der multiplen Sklerose.  Deutsche  Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xiv,  167-175.—von Frankl-
  Hoehwart  (L.)    Zur Kenntnis  der  Pseudosklerose.
  Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ. Leipz.  Sc Wien,
  1903, 10. Hft.. 1-47,1 pl.-Frenkel (R. A.)  Razsieyanniy
  skleroz, protekayusbtshiy pod vidom  bokovovo  skleroza
  (spasticheskavo spinno-mozgovovo paralicha).  [Diffuse
  sclerosis, with the appearance of lateral sclerosis (spastic
  spinal  paralysis).]   Prakt.  Vrach.  S.-Peterb..  1904, iii,
  597. — Gasparian.   Sclerose  cerebro-spinale   fruste.
  Gaz. nied.  d'Orient., Constant ,  1891-2, xxxiv, 364-366.-
  Gebhardt  (F.)   A  sclerosis  polyinsularis szenvedok
  6rz6si  zavarair61.   [The troubles of "sensation in patients
  suffering  from sclerosis  polyinsularis.1   Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1899, xliii, 520; 539.  AUo,  transl: Deutsches
  Arch.  f.  klin. Med.,  Leipz.,  1900, lxviii, 155-168.—Ger-
  hardt (D.)  Zur Differentialdiagnose der multiplen Skle-
  rose (diffuse Sklerose;  multiple Erweichung).  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1899, xv, 458-471.  — Gliiser
  (J. A.) Multiple Sclerose mit eigeiithunilichen  Erschei-
  uungeu von Seiten  der Kopfhaut.  Ztschr. f.  klin. Med.,
  Beil., 1892,  xxi, 390-392.—Glorieux.  Formes frustes de
  scleroses en plaques k d6but mono- ou hemipl6gique avec
  amyotrophic.  J. de neurol., Par., 1899, iv, 346-353.  Also:
  Policlin., Brux., 1900, ix. 345-354.  -----. Sclerose en pla-
  ques fruste; tremblement parkinsonien.   J.  de  neurol.,
  Par., 1905, x, 248-250. —Gonzalez (J.  de J.)  l'n caso
  de esclerosis en placas  con sintomas tabeticos,  paiAlisis
  del motor ocular coruiin y perturbaciones visuales.  Cr6u.
  med. mexicana, Mexico,  1902, v, 60-63.—Grawset. Un
  cas  de tremblement segmentaire dans  la  sclerose en
  plaques.  Cong. d. m6d. alienistes  et neurol. de  France
  ...  C. r.. Par., 1899, x, 218-222.  Also: N. Montpel. med.,
  1899, viii, 449-453.  Also : Rev. neurol.. Par., 1899,  vii, 270-
  273. — Hammond  (G. M.)    Multiple  sclerosis with
  symptoms of progressive  muscular  atrophy-  J-  Nerv. &
  Ment.  Dis..  N.  Y, 1900, xxvii, 106.  Also: Med. Rec. N.
  Y.. 1900, lvii, 39 — Hobhouse(E.) The early symptoms of
  insular sclerosis.  Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 411-414. — Hu-
  ber(A.) Allochirie bei multipler Hirii-Riickenniarksskle-
  rose.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 18*s.  xxxv, 563; 5*5.—
  Hudoveruig (K.)  Ein Fall von polyiusularer Sclerose
  mit Blasen- uud Mastdarmstoiuugen.  Centralbl. f. Ner-
  venh.  u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, n. F., xiii, 246.—
  Hughes (C. H.)   Notes on the facial expression of cere- 
NERVOUS.
543
NERVOUS.
]\ervous  system (Sclerosis  of,  Diagnosis

  and semeiology of).
  bral (multiple cerebro-spinal) sclerosis.  Alienist  Sc Neu-
  rol., St. Louis, 1890, xi, 411-414. - Jolly (F.)  Multiple
  sclerosis  with  cerebellar  svniptoms.   Internat. Cliu.,
  Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv. 224-229. — Kaplan (Y. F.)   Sluchai
  ninozhestvennavo skleroza s preobladavushtsliini porazhe-
  niyeinpsikhiki.ili, bit inozhet,p>eidoskieroza Westphal'ya.
  [Multiple sclerosis with predominant mental disturbance,
  or, possibly, Westphal's pseudosclerosis.]  Russk. Vrach,
  S.-Peterb.,' 1903, ii,  1212-1215. — von Krzywieki.  Ein
  Fall vou multipler Sclerose des Gehirus und Biickenniarks
  mit Inteiitionstrenior der Stimmbauder.   Deutsche nitd.
  Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1892, xviii, 255-2." 7— l.nugdou
  ( F. \V. )   Primary lateral sclerosis;  a  clinical  lecture.
  Cinciu. Lancet-Cliuic, 1904, n.  s., lii, 125-130.— Latinois.
  Troubles psychiques dans un  casde scl6rose en plaques.
  Cong. d.  nied. alienistes et neurol. de France . .  .  C.-r.,
  Par.  Sc Brux., 1903, ii, 370-377.   Also:  Bull, med., Par.,
  1903, xvii, 728.  AUo:  Rev. neurol.,  Par., 1903,  xi, 876-
  881. — Ijomikowsky (M.)  Laryngoscopiseher  Befund
  bei  Sclerose  en plaques cerebri) - spinale.  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1x79. xvi, 610.—Jlnckintosh  (A.  W.)  A
  study of the  modes of onset  in eighty cases of dissemi-
  nated sclerosis.  Rev. Neurol. A  Psychiat., Edinb., 1903,
  i. 73-x3. — .Tinder.  Multiple Sclerose;  beiderseitiger
  Sehnervenschwuud:  bochgradige  Muskelabinageruug,
  welehe sich spater  zuriickbildete; Besserung.  Ber. d. k.
  k. Krankenanst. Rndolph-Stiftung  in Wien (1890), 1891,
  287-289.-----. Zweifelhafter Fall von multipler Sclerose;
  Besserung. Ibid., 290.-----. Zweifelhafter Fall von mul-
  tipler Sclerose; ungeheilt. Ibid., 290.-----. Zweifelhafter
  Fall  von  Sclerosis  multiplex (Encephalitis  chronica?);
  ungeheilt.  Ibid.. 291.—.Tlaguire (It.)  Pseudo-sclerosis.
   Brain, Lond., 18x8-9, xi, 71-77.—ITIarie (P.) Sc t'rouzon
   (0.)  fitude  cliuique de la forme tab6tique des scleroses
  combiuees.  Rev. neurol., Par.,  1903, xi. 326-328.—.Vlnri-
  uescu (G.) Sc Zanoaga (S.)  Dou& cazuri de  sclero/.e
  combinate forma spasmodic^.  [Two cases of . .  |  Spi-
  talul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv, 1-9. — ITIeirowitz  (P.)  A
  case of atypical cerebro-spinal multiple sclerosis, simulat-
  ing the combination of tabes and progressive muscular
  atrophy.   Post-Graduate, X. Y., 1900, xv, 668-674.—ITIetl-
  ler (L. H.)  Probable multiple sclerosis, with suspicious
  family history.  J. Nei v.  Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1905, xxxii,
  261— Tliddleton  (G. S.)   A ca.-e  of disseminated scle-
  rosis (.') in an early stage.  Glasgow  M. J., 1898,  1, 337.—
  miller (J. L.)   A case of acute disseminated encephalo-
  myelitis, presenting the cliuical picture of multiple scle-
  rosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1903. xii, 1015.—.Hoi'a-
  witz (P.)  Multiple Sklerose unter dem Bible der Mye-
  litis  transversa.  Miinchen.  med.  Wcbnscbr., 1905,  lii,
  2170-2172.— Tloutier A Grasset (I'.)  Sclerose  laterale
  amyotrophique  atypique  a localisation  bulbaire.  Rev.
  neurol., Par.,  1905, xiii, 765.—.TI iiller (E.)  Die Friihdiag-
  nose der  multiplen  Sklerose.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i,
  980-983. -----.  Ueber einige weuiger  bekannte Yeilaufs-
  forinen der multiplen Sklerose.   Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.,
  1905. xlii,  1093.  AUo:  Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1905,
  xxiv, 593-601.— IVegro (C.)  Sindrome clinica di  sclerosi
  in placche disseminate insorta dietro 1' azione provocatrice
  di un trauma con laffreddainento.  Boll. d. Policlin., To-
  rino, 1897, ii, 268-27.">.—>oyes (H. D.)  A caseof supposed
  disseminated sclerosis of tlie brain and spinal cord.  Arch.
  Scient Sc Pract. M. Sc S.. N. Y., 1873, i, 43-46.—Onuf (B.)
  The differential diagnosis  of multiple sclerosis.  Brookly n
  M. J., 1902. xvi, 483-4x7.  AUo [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. Sc Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxix, 729. — Palmer (F. S.)  The early-
  man i testations of insular sclerosis,  with  a table showing
  the  modes of onset iu fifty cases.  Med. Press &. Circ,
  Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 243-247. -----. Case of dissemi-
  nated sclerosis of the irregular type, exhibiting a remark-
  able period of lalency.   Ibid.,  1905, n. s., lxxix, 132.—
  Pnrhon Sc Goldstein.   Un cas d'hyst6rie simulant la
  sclerose eu plaques et la syringomyelic.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1905, xiii, 862. — Patrick  (H. T.)  A caso for diag-
  nosis (multiple sclerosis?).   J. Nerv. Sc Meut. Dis., N. V.,
  1905. xxxii, 733-737. — Pearce (F. S.)   The differential
  diagnosis between  Friedreich's disease and insular scle-
  rosis.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 790— Perusini
  (G.)  Ueber einen Fall von Scleiosis  tuberosa  hypertro-
  phica  (Istioatipia  corticale  disseminata vou  Pellizzi).
  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 169;
  255; 352. — Pani" (P.)   Casuistische Beitrage zur Diffe-
  rentialdiagnose der Sclerosis multiplex, iusbesondere ge-
   en'iiber der Lues cerebri  und cerebrospinalis. Deutsche
    tschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1902-3, xxiii, 267-277.—Pitres
  (A.j  Contribution k 1'e.tude des anomalies de lascl6ro.se
  en plaques disseuiinees.  Rev.  meus. de m6d. et chir.,
  Par.,  1877, j, 893-908. -----. Sur quelques cas de sclerose
  en plaques k  (16but paraplegique aigu.   Semaine med..
  Par., 1891, xiv, 453.   Also, transl:  Med. Week, Par., 1894,
  ii, 500.— Pitt (N.)  Insular sclerosis;  clinical lecture.
  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 209; 257. — Potts (C.
  8.) A case of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis in which the
  symptoms  were nnilateral and  ascending.  Univ. Penn.
  M  Bull.,  Phila., 1905-6,  xviii,  155. — Potts  (C.  S.)  Sc
\eiaVOll§  system  (Sclerosis of  Diagnosis

  and semeiology of).
  Spiller  (W.  G.)   Pseudo-sclerosis  (diffuse sclerosis),
  with tbe report of a case with necropsy, [and] with path-
  ologic  report.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1905,  xiv, 1455-
  1459. — Pseudosklerose.  Kindersp. in Basel.  Jahresb.
  (1900), 1902, xxxviii, 64-66.—Pueei (P.)  Forma di tran-
  sizione  tra il tremore ereditario semplice e  la sclerosi a
  piastre.  Gior. nied. d. r. esercito.  [etc.], Roma, 1893, xii,
  866-878. —von Rail.  Ueber die Fiiihdiagnose der multi-
  plen Sklerose.  Munchen. nied. Wchnsehr.,  1905,  lii, 96.
  -----.  Ueber plbtzliche Erblindung infolge v^iii Neuritis
  retrobulbaris nls Friihsymptom  der multiplen Sklerose.
  Ibid.,  1906,  liii,  188. —  Raymond.   Diagnostic  de la
  sclerose en plaques.   Med. mod., Par.,  1904. xv,  201.—
  Ri-hizzi (R.)  La malattia di Westplial-Striimpell, tipo
  Westphal, cioe la cosl detta pscudosclerosi, e  tipo Striiui-
  pell, la cosi  detta sclerosi  diffusn.  Riv. di patol.  nerv.,
  Fiienze,  1905,  x,  57;  105 — Rciehcl  ( O. )   Isolirte
  Tliermanasthesie  bei  multipler  inselformiger Sklerose.
  Jahrb. d. Wieu. k. k. Krankenanst. 1806, Wien. u. Leipz.,
  1898, v, pt. 2, 14  18.—Remliuger (I'.)  Un cas de scle-
  rose en plaques a tremblement unilateral.   Kev. de in6d.,
  Par.,  1899,  xix,  244-248. — Roscnfeld.   Ceber  Stau-
  ungspapille  bei multipler Sklerose.  Arch. f. 1'sychiat.,
  Berl.,  1903,  xxxvii, 609-671.— Rot (V. K.)  O terapev-
  ticheskoin dielstvii sivorotki Truuecek'a ; demonstratsiya
  bolnovo (pseudosclerosis Westphal';, a).  [Therapeutic ac-
  tion of Truiiecek's serum ; demonstration of a case of . . .]
  J. uevropat. i psikhiat .  . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1002,  ii, pt.
  2,90-95. — Roxo (H.)  Sclerose em placas de forma cere-
  bellosa.  Gaz. din., S. Paulo, 1905, iii, 485-191. — Rum mo.
  Su alcuue forme anomale di sclerosi a piastre disseminate.
  Riforma nied., Palermo,  1899, xv, pt. 2, 254-258.—Sarles.
  Analyse des urines dans deux cas de sclerose en plaques
  et un cas de goitre exophtalmique.  Marseille med., 1891,
  lxvii, 112-116. — Scherk (G.)  Syndrome cerebelleux de
  Babinski ou sclerose en plaques?  Bull. med. de l'Alg6rie,
  Alger, 1904, xv, 74-77. -----. Sclerose  en plaques fruste
  ou syndrome cerebelleux de Babinski?  N.  iconog. de la
  Salpetriere,  Par., 1905,  xviii, 31-35, 1  pl. -----.  Scle-
  rose en  plaques, simulant  la maladie de Charcot.  Bull.
  med. de 1'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 56-58.  Also [Abstr.]:
  Rev. neurol., Pur.,  1904, xii, 1152.—Shaikcvich (M.)
  Ob  atipicbeskikh formakh mnozhestveiinavo  skleroza.
  [On atypical forms of multiple sclerosis.]  Obozr. psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1x98, iii, 101-109.- Siemerling.
  Zur Diagnose der multipl n Sklerose.  Arch. f. Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1898-9, xxxi, 840— Simerkn (C.)  O nedokonal^ch
  form&ch ninohotne- sklerosy loziskov6.   [The  imperfect
  forms of manifold stratified sclerosis.]  Z ii.  lek. klin., v
  Praze, 1900, 141-156.—Sinkler (YV.)  A  case exhibiting
  the symptoms of both tabes and multiple sclerosis.  Phila.
  M. J., 1902, x, 599.—Sorel (E.)   Deux cas de sclerose en
  plaques k forme de paraplegie  spasmodique.   Toulouse
  med., 1900, 2. s.,  ii, 212-216.  Also: ficho med., Toulouse,
  1900, 2. s.,  xiv,  452-456.—Spiller  (\\7. G.)   A report of
  two cases  of multiple sclerosis,  with necropsy;  with re-
  marks on muscular atrophy, secondary degeneration, and
  loss of tendon reflexes, with increased muscular tonicity,
  occurring in this  disease.  Am.  J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903,
  exxv, 61-74.—.Striiuipell (A.)  Ueber die Westphal'sche
  Pseudosklerose und iiber diffuse Hirnsklerose, iusbeson-
  dere bei Kindern.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,
  1898, xii, 115-149. -----. Ein weilerer Beitrag zur Kennt-
  niss der sogenannten Pseudosklerose.  Ibid., 1898-9, xiv,
  348-355.  -----.  Historische Notiz  betreffend die Pseudo-
  sklerose.  Ibid., 1900, xvi, 497.—Tnrruclla (J.)  Pseudo-
  esclerosiseu placas. Rev.(lech n. nied. de Barcel., 1899, x\v,
  14; 48.—Treupel (G.)  Ueber multiple Sklerose in klini-
  scher Beziehung uud  ihre differentieile Diagnose.   Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, S6.V8-09. —Vase hide (N )
  Sc Rousseau.  Note sur les alterations de la sensibility
  ct leur rapport avec la perception de l'espace dans un cas de
  sclerose combinee.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1903,  xi,  332-334.—
  /ciiczykowilu (W.)   Z  pomylek w rozpoziiawaniu
  stwardnieiiia wielooguiskowego.  [Errors in the diagnosis
  of multifocal sclerosis.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902, 2. s.,
  xxii, 1149;  1181.—Kilgicu (H.)  De  1'importance  des
  symptomes hysteriques  dans l'e-tudo de la  pathogenie et
  du diagnostic dn la scl6ro.se en  plaques.  Rev.  med.  de
  l'est, Nancy,  1905, xxxvii, 673-688.—Ziiiinii-riiiniiii (C.)
  A case of disseminated  sclerosis, presenting the  clinical
  aspect of primary spastic, paraplegia, with atrophy of both
  optic nerves.  Arch.  Ophth.,  N.  Y., 1891, xx,'329-339.
  Also, Reprint.

Aervous  system (Sclerosis of, Eye  in).
     Li'bbeks (A. R.  A.)  Mleitrao znr  Kenntniss
  der bei der dissetninirten  Herdsklerose au ft re-
  tend en  Augenveraudernugen.   8°.   Marburg,
  1897.
     Rouchaud.  Sclerose en plaques; paralysie du mouve-
  ment et convergence des globes oculaires.  J. d. sc. med.
  de Lille, 1899, i, 289-300.—Reims  (L.)  A  Slotting (B.)
  Ueber Erkraukungeu der Sehnerven im Friihstadium der 
nek vor s.
544
NERVOUS.
Yervou* system (Sclerosis of, Eye in).
  multiplen Sklerose.  Monatschr. f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol.,
  Berl., 1900, vii, X9; l>-4.  AUo:  Ztschr. I. Augenh., Berl.,
  1900, iii, 1; 126.— Frank.  Ueber Sehstorungen bei mul-
  tipler Sklerose.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
  1903, xiv,311.—Green (J.), jr., A Schwab (S. I.)  Ocular
  examination  as an aid to the early  diagnosis of multiple
  sclerosis; with report of a case.   Interstate M. J., St.
  Louis.  1903,  x,  537-544.—Hilbert (IJ.)   Ueber  die bei
  multipler Heulsclerose vorkommenden Erkrankungen des
  Sehorgans. nebst  einem  neuen  Falle.   Memorabilien,
  Heilbr., 19ol, xix,  84-88.—Kampherstein.  Ceber die
  Augensymptouie  der  multipleu Sclerose.  Arch. f. Au-
  genh., Wiesb., 1903-4, xlix, 41-59, 2 pl.— Hmiii (C.)  Ue-
  ber Augenmuskelstbruugen bei der multipleu Sklerose.
  Wien. klin.  Rundschau, 1896,  x, 341-343. AUo, transl:
  R.c. d'opht.,  Par., 1896,3. s., xviii,  326-332— Oliver (C.
  A.)  Clinical study of the ocular symptoms  found in the
  so-called posterior  spinal sclerosis.   Am. J. M. Se., Phila.
  & N.  Y., 1900, u.  s., exx,  49-52.—Rosenfeld.  Ueber
  Stauungspapille bei  multipler  Sklerose. Centralbl.  f.
  Nervenh- u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903,  xxvi, 489.—
  I'hthotr (W.)  Ueber die bei multipler Sklerose vorkom-
  mende Amblyopic.  Wien. klin. Wcbnscbr., 1889, ii, 781.

Uervous  system (Sclerosis of Treatment

  of)-
     Mt'HSAM (\V.  F.)  * Beitrag  zur  Quecksilber-
  bebaudlung der multiplen Sklerose.  8°.   Kiel,
  1897.
     Voigt (K.)   * Ueber  anscheinende  Heilung
  von multipler Sklerose.   8°.   Bonn, 1901.
     Carton (J.)  Sur un cas de  sclerose en plaques, am6-
  liore par pendaison.   Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1897,
  xv, 67-70.—Fontan (J.)  & Segard (C.) Effets de la
  suggestion hypnotique dans uncus de sclerose en plaques.
  Rev.  de l'hypnot.  et psychol.  physiol., Par., 1888-9, iii,
  230-240.—Golden (W. W.)  A case of multiple sclerosis
  apparently cured.  Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling,  1895,
  1246-1248.—Orasset & Sarda.  Observation desc]6rose
  en plaques;  effet remarquable de la  solauine  sur  le trein-
  blemeut.  Progres med., Par.,  1888,  2. s., viii, 1-3.  AUo,
  in hU: Lee. de clin. med. 18x6-90, Montpel., 1891, 673-680,
  1 diag.—Ilartenberg (P.) Un casde sclerose en plaques
  traite par la  methode de la  reeducation f'onctiounelle.
  Rev. de psychol. clin. et therap., Par., 1897-8, i, 236-247.—
  Hollistei- (C. M.)  The extraordinary action of cold in a
  case of sclerosis.  Cniv. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, viii, 518-
  521. — Wlader (J.) Sclerosis multiplex cerebro-spinalis;
  beileutende Besserung unter inteusiver Jodkali-Behand-
  lunu; Besserung.  Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-
  Stiftuug in AVien (1888), 1889, 334.—Nauwelaers.  Gue-
  rison  d'une sclerose en ]>laques disseniinees.  Clinique,
  Brux., 1891, v, 289-295.—Sainton (P.)  Th6rapeutiquedes
  maladies du systeme nerveux; traitement de la sclerose en
  plaques;   Rev. de therap. ni6d.-chir., Par., 1901, lxviii, 1-
  6.—Sclerose en plaques diss6minees cerebro-spinale,  k
  forme insolite; amelioration trfes-notable produite par l'ap-
  plication de pointes de feu.  Gaz. el. hop., Par., 1881, liv,
  57x.

Nervous   system (Sclerosis  of)   in  chil-
  dren.
    Bukckhaijdt  (H. K.)   * Ein Fall vou  multi-
  pler  Sklerose im Kindesalter.   8°.  Kiel, 1904.
    Heixze  (P.)   "Ueher multiple Sklerose  im
  Kindesalter.   8°.   Leipzig, 189(3.
    Landis (Mme. Rosa).  * Contribution a l'etude
  de  la  sclerose  en  plaques chez  l'enfant.  8°.
  Paris, 1696.
    Lebrrton (E.)   * Contribution  a l'etude de
  la sclerose   en  plaques chez  les  enfants.   8°.
  Paris, 1900.
    Schoenfeldt (A.)   * Ueber multiple   Hirn-
  Riickeniuarksclerose,   nebst  Augabe   zweier
  Falle bei Kindern  nach Diphtheric   S-.   Ber-
  lin, [1888].
    Totzke (A.)   * Ueber  multiple Herdsklerose
  des Zentralnervensvstems  im  Kindesalter.  8°.
  Berlin, 1^9:1.
    Acquaderni (A.)  Contributo casistico alia sclerosi a
  placche infantile.  N. raccoglitore med., Imola,  1903, ii
  510-521.   Armand. Deli lie (P.)  Sympt6mes de scle-
  rose en  plaques chez uu enfant de  5 aus et demi.   Rev.
  neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 243. — Barbour (P. F.)   Multi-
  ple sclerosis in a child five years old.  Pediatrics, X. Y..
  1901,xii,54-56. —Bourneville.  Sclerose en plaques ayant
  debute dans  1'enfance; inibecillire.  Fi-o«t6s  ni£d  Par
  1900 3. s., xi,  321-328.—Rraeseo (A. N.)  De la sclerose
  en plaques de forme juvenile   Bull. Soc. d. m6d. et nat
  de Jassy, 1901, xv, 97-100. — Carrier (G.)  Sclerose en
  Aervous  system  (Sclerosis  of)  in  chil-

    dren.
    plaques infantile ii forme h6mipl6gique d'origine hen'-do-
    sypbilitique probable.  Cong. d. ni6d. alienistes et neurol
    de France . . .   C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 2S4-294.— De Main li*
    (S.)  Contributo alia conoscenza delle sclerosi  cerebrali
    infautili.  Bull.  d. r. Accad. nied. di Roma. 190n, xxvi,
    547-576, 1 pl.— Dupre  (E.) Sc Gamier (P.)   Sclerosed!
    plaques juvenile.   liev. neurol.. Par., 1904,  xii,  1223.—
    Kiehhorst (H.)  Ueber  infantile uud hereditare multi-
    ple Sklerose.   Arch.  f.  path. Anat.  fete],  Berl., 1896,
    cxlvi, 173-192. — Ilerve.  Sclerose en plaques chez une
    fillette de neuf ans et demi.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol.
    de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii,  579-5H.  Also: J.  de med. de
    Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii,  43.—IVIenvi (E.)  Sclerosi a pia-
    stre cerebro-spinale  nella patologia  infantile.  Riforma
    med.,  Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 4, 53(1-535.—ITIoiiwwou* (A.)
    Sclerose en  plaques k  type  c6rebelleux chez une petite
    fllle de neuf ans et demi. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 189K,
    xxviii, 28-30. — Nogueras  Coronas (!•: i  Un caso de
    esclerosis  en placas tipica eu  una niha.   Med. de los
    ninos, Barcel., 190:1, iv, 99-103.—IVolda (A.)   Beiiieikun-
    gen iiber Sclerosis cerebro-spinalis multiplex im Kindes-
    alter uud deren Beziehungen zu  acnteu Infectioiiskrank-
    heiten.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte
    1890, Leipz., 1891, lxiii, pt. 2, 229-234.  AUo: Cor.-Bl. f.
    schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1891, xxi, 136-141.  -----.  Ein
    Fall  von multipler Hirn- uud  Riickeumarksklerose im
    Kindesalter, nebst Bemerknngeu iiber die Beziehuugen
    dieser  Erkrankung zu Infectionskraukheiten.  Arch. f.
    Psychiat., Berl., 1891, xxiii,  565-577. — IXorburj <F. P.)
    A case of multiple sclerosis aud one of cerebral palsy in a
    child.  Med. Herald, St.  Joseph, 1^99,  n.  s, xviii.  520-
    523.—Officer (I). McM.)  Case of disseminated  sclerosis
    in a child.  Intercolon.  M. J. Australas.. Melbourne, 1903,
    viii, 347-349.— I'ollak (L.)   Multiple Herdsklerose des
    Hirns uud  Riickenmarks  im Siiuglingsalter.   Deutsches
    Arch. f. klin. Med.,  Leipz.,  1879. xxiv, 407-415. — Quei-
    rolo (G. B.)  Sclerosi a placche cerebro-spinale infantile.
    Morgagui, Milano, 1898, xl, 229. — Raymond (F.)  Scle-
    rose en plaques chez uu enfant.  Presse med., Par., 1899,
    ii, 61-63.—Raymond  (P.) Sc Reaudouin.   Sclerose en
    plaques chez uue jeune  fille de 13  ans.   liev. neurol., Pai.,
    1905, xiii, 647. — Schabad (Z.)  Ein  Fall vou  dissemi-
    nirter Sclerose bei eiuem 9-ialirigen Knaben.   St. Petersb.
    med. "Wchnsehr., 1898,  n.  F., xv, 29. — W< hitler.  De-
    monstration eines Falles vou multipler Sklerose bei einem
    Kinde.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903,
    xxiik Ver.-Beil., 381.—Sorgente(P.)  Sur un cas typique
    de sclerose en plaques chez une petite fllle de 7 ans.  Ann.
    de nfd. et chir. inf., Par., 1901, v, 145; 183. — Slieglitz
    (L.)  Multiple  sclerosis  in  childhood, with  a report of
    three cases.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898. n.  s.. cxv, 146-
    161.  Also [Abstr.]: J.  Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.,  N. Y., 1897,
    xxiv, 174-176—Westphal.   Ueber multiple Sclerose bei
    zwei Knaben. Charite-Aun. 1886, Berl., 1888, xiii, 459-470.
    AUo, inhis: Ges. Abhandl., 8°,  Berl.,  1892,  ii, 707-716.
    -----. Ein Irrthuni in  der Diagnose bei eiuem 9jahrigeu
    Knaben, der das Kraukheitsbild  einer multiplen Sclerose
    darbot.  Charite-Ann.,  Berl., 1889,  xiv, 367-370.  AUo, in
    his: Ges. Abhandl., 8°, Berl., 1892, ii, 717-719.

  Nervous system  (Sensory).
      Hocci  (B.)   I  nervi di senso  specifico.   f .
    Boma, 1887.
j      LrciEX (G.)   "Etude  sur les origines reelles
    des nerfs de  sensibilit6  g6"n6rale.   4  .   Lyon,
    1869.
      Belthtereff (V. M.)   Znacheniye epitelialnikh  pribo-
    'rov ehuvstvuyushtshikh nervov v otuoshenii  kachestven-
    navo  raziichiya  vosprinituayemikh   oahtshushtsheniy.
    [The meaning of the epithelial apparatus of sensory nerves
    in relation to qualitative differentiation of received sensa-
    tions.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1896. i,
    89-92.—Cuvazzani (E.)  Sul (lifferenzinmento degli or-
    gani  della sensibility tennica da quelli del senso di pies-
    sione.   Gior. d. r. Accad. di med.  di  Torino, 1893, 3. 8.,
    xii, 110-115.—CSoldseheider (A.)  Die Lehre von den
    specifischen Euergieu der Sinnesnerven. In his: Gca. Ab-
    handl., 8°, Leipz.. 1898, i, 1-52. -----. Neue  Thatsiichen
    iiber  die  Hautsinnesneiven.  Arch.  f. Physiol.,  1885,
    Suppl.-Bd., 1-110. AUo. in his: Ges. Abhandl.. 8°, Leip/..,
    1898, i, 107-218, 4 pl.-IIead (H.) &  IIam (C. S.)  The
    processes that  take  place in a completely isolated sen-
    sory nerve.  Proc. Physiol.  Soc, Loud., 1902-3, p. vi —
    Hughes (C. H.)  The sensory nervous system in diag-
    nosis; the reflexes.   Alienist Sc  Neurol., St.  Louis, 1896,
    xvii, 7-13.—I^ots (F.)  Das  sensible  Nervensystem  und
    seine  Aufgaben.   Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.. 1904, xxv,
    165; 177: 185— PoIyakofl"(D.  I.)  K ucheniyu o senso
    motornikh yavlenivakb.  [On sensory motor phenomena.]
    Arch, psichiat. [etc.],  Kharkov. 1894, xxiii,  no. 2, 63-94;
    no. 3, 11-52.—Relzius (G.)  Ceber die  ueueu Prinzi-
    pien in der Lehre vou der Einrichtung des sensiblen Ner-
    vensystems.  Biol. Uuteisuch., Stockholm, 1892, u. F., iv,
|    49-56.—Mpallitta (F.) A Consiglio (M.)   I nervi vaso 
NERVOUS.
545
NERVOUS.
j\ervou§ system (Sensory).
  sensitivi.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. nied. in Palermo (1896),
  1S97, 1-10.—Van Oehuehten (A.) Recherches sur la
  terminaison ceuirale des nerfs sensibles periph6riques; le
  faisceau solitaire. Nevraxe, Louvain, 1900, i, 171-197.—
  Wilson  (H. V.) On the  origin of the vertebrate sense
  organs. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, Raleigh, 1897, xiv,
  56-61.

JVervous system (Sensory, Diseases  of).
    See, also, Ataxia (Locomotor); Herpes zoster;
  Paralysis (General).
    Dejerine A  Egger.   Un cas do n6vrite radiculaire
  sensitivo-motrice generalisec k marche chronique.  Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 525-529.

JVervous system (Spinal).
    See Nerves  (Spinal); Nervous system (Sympa-
  thetic).

Hfervous system (Surgery of).
    See, also,  Brain, Nerve (Facial), Nerve (Me-
  dian), Nerve  (Optic),  Nerve (Pneumogastric),
  Nerve (Badial), Nerve (Sciatic), Nerve  (Spinal
  accessorg), Nerve  (Trigeminal), Nerve (Ulnar),
  Surgery  of;  Nerve-grafting; Nerves (Surgery
  of); Nervous system (Diseases of, Treatment of,
  Operatire); Nervous system (Diseases of) in  chil-
  dren; Nervous system (Synqyathetic, Surgery  of);
  Nervous system (Tumors of); Nervous  system
  (Wounds, etc., of); Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treat-
  ment of , Operative);  Neuralgia  (Treatment of,
  Operative);  Spinal cord (Surgery of).
    Chipaclt (A.)   L'6tat actuel de la chirurgie
  nerveuse.  v.  1.  Avec la collaboration de J.-V.
  Laborde, L.  Capital* [et al.].   8°.  Paris, 1902.
    -----. Chirurgie nerveuse d'urgence.  sm. 4C.
  Paris, 1904.
    D'Antona (A.)   La nuova  chirurgia del sis-
  tema nervoso centrale  (cervello,  cervelletto,
  midollo  spinale).   Lezioui  dettate  nell' Ospe-
  dale clinico di Napoli,  raccolte e pubblicate dal
  G. Jauni.  2 v.  roy. 8°. Xapoli, 1893-4.
    Glantenay (L.)  Chirurgie des centres  ner-
  veux.  16°.   Paris, 1897.
    Mariox (G.)  Chirurgie du systeme nerveux.
  Crane et encephalic;  rachis et  moelle;  nerfs.
  8°.  Paris, 1905.
    Travaux  de neurologie  chirurgicale  (1895),
  par  A. Chipault, J. Braquehaye, A. Demoulin,
  E. Daleine.   v. 1-6, 1895-1902.  8°.  Paris, 1896-
  1903.
    Armour (D.  J.)   Some recent surgery of the nervous
  system.   Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 528-551.—Bayer
  (C.)  Chirurgische Beitrage zur Neurologie.  Prag. med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1895, xx, 541-543.—Benavente (li.)  Con-
  tribuci6n  al estudio de la cirugia del cerelno y de la uie-
  dula espinal; drenaje de las cavidades  ci'falo-raquideas.
  Rev. m6d. de Chile, Saut. de Chile, 1*94, xxii, 319-326.—
  Bendanili (G.) Contributo alia chirurgia del sistema
  nervoso centrale e del ganglio di Gasser.  Bull. d. sc. med.
  di Bologua, 1900, 7. s., xi, 257-313.  AUo: Clin, chir., Mi-
  lano, 1900, viii, 341; 422.  Also  [Abstr.]:  Gazz. d.  osp.,
  Milano, 1900, xxi, 64.—Billroth.  Neuralgia rami se-
  cundi nervi trigemini; Abscessus antri Highmori; Eroff-
  nung des Antrum Highmori; Excision  des Nerven; Hei-
  lung.  Aerztl. Ber. d. Priv.-Heilanst. d. Dr. A. Eder 1889,
  "Wien, 1890, 22. — Cerrera (E.)   Neurologia quiriirgica.
  Rev. Ibero-Am. d. cien. m6d., Madrid, 1902, viii, 273-279.
  AUo, Reprint.—Chipault (A.) Sc Lionde (A.)  Des ap-
  plications de  la  radiographic k  la chirurgie du  systeme
  nerveux.   Trav. de neurol. chir.,  Par., 1897, ii, 1-12.—
  Coseutino (A.) Lesioni dei centri nervosi in rapporto
  con lo stiramento cruento dei nervi. Clin, chir., Milano,
  1902, x, 578-591,1 pl.—Curtis (B. F.)  Surgery ofthe brain
  and spinal cord.  Post-Graduate,  N. Y., 1898, xiii, 172-
  189.—dialling  (H.)   The special field of neurological
  surgery.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull.,  Bait., 1905, xvi,
  77-87. Also, Repriut.  Also: Cleveland M. J.,  1905, iv,
  1-25.  AUo, Reprint.—Horsley (V.)  On the surgery of
  the central nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1890, ii,
  1286-1292.  AUo, transl..- Wien.  med. Presse, 1890, xxxi,
  1453; 1496__Keen (VV. W.) Surgery of the brain, spinal
  cord and  nerves.  Text-book Nerv.  Dis. Am.  authors
  (Dercum), Phila., 1895, 957-1006.— Laborde (J.-V.) La
  lihysiologie et l'exp6rimentation en chirurgie, en particu-
  lier dans  la chirurgie du systeme nerveux; UI. le doc-
  teur Chipault.  Tribune med., Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv, 707-
  711.—Laurent  (0.)  Revue de  neurologie  chirurgicale.

        VOL XI, 2d  series---35
liei'VOiixi system (Surgery of).
  J. med. de Brux., 1904, ix, 185-188.— LisenkoflT (N. K.)
  Kratkiy istoricheskiy ocherk razvitiya khirurgii nervnoi
  sistemi.  [Short historical sketch of the development of
  surgery ot the nervous system. 1  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1898,
  iii, 205-212.—IVIangginas (S.)  Ilepi tijs xfiP0VPylK*l$ T0"
  KevTptKOv vevptKOv ovo~Tr)p.aTO<;.  'IaTptKTj npoo&os, 'Ev Supai,
  1903, viii, 273-278.—Ottero Acevcdo.  La chirurgie du
  systeme nerveux eu Espagne  avaut  l'epoque  actuelle.
  Trav. de neurol. chir., Par., 1900, v, 129-175.—Pauehet
  (V.)  Sur  deux cas de chirurgie nerveuse; une  epilepsie
  survenaut apii-s occlusion d'une fistule traumatique du
  cr&no, et gu6rie  par la trepanation; une luxatiou du
  coude avec lesion du nerf cubital, liberation  de ce nerf;
  guerison.  Ibid., 1902, vi, 16-20.-Putnam (J. J.)  Re-
  port on results of braiu and cord surgery at the Massachu-
  setts General Hospital.  Boston M. & S. J., 1905, cliii, 76-
  78. — Schede  ( M.)   Chirurgie der peripheren  Nerven
  und des Riickenmarks.  Handb.  d.  spec. Therap. in-
  nerer Krankh., Jena, 1896, v,  pt. 2,  1033-1134.  Also:
  Haudb. d. Therap. inuerer Krankh., 2. Aufl., Jena, 1898,
  v, 738-841. — Spitzy (H.)  Aus deu Grenzgebieten der
  Chirurgie  und  Neurologie.  Die Obturatorius- Cruralis-
  plastik.  Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1905, xiv, 1-10.—
  Starck (H.)  Neurologie und  Chirurgie.  Reichs-Med.-
  Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxix, 443; 465; 484.—Tedeschi (A.)
  La anatomia patologica en sus relaciones con la cirugia del
  sistema nervioso.  Semana ni6d., Bueuos Aires, 1902, ix,
  521-531.

 TVervous system (Sympathetic).
     See,  also,  Cceliac  plexus;  Nervous  system
  (Electrophysiology of); and  under names of organs,
  as Heart (Nerves of).
     Axmaxx (C. F.)  *De ganglioruin systematis
  struetura penitiori  ejusque  fiinctionibus.  4°.
  Berolini, [1847].
     Bazin (A.)  M6moire sur le ganglion ence"pha-
  lique du grand  sympathique, pr6sente" a la re-
  union des societ6s savantes en avril 1863.  8-.
  Bordeaux, 1863.
     Cutting from: M6m. Soc. d.  sc. phys. et nat. de Bor-
  deaux, 1863, 313-324, 1 pl.
     Budge ( J. )   Experimenteller Beweis,  dass
  der Nervus sympathicus ans dem Riickenmarke
  entspriugt.   8°.   Bonn, [1852].
     Herbet (H.)   *Le  syuipathique  cervical.
  Etude  anatomique et chirurgicale.   8°.   Paris,
  1900.
     Laignel-Lavastixe  (M.)   * Recherches  sur
  le plexus solaire.   ^c.  Paris, 1903.
     -----. The same.  8°.   Paris, 1903.
     Also  [Abstr.], in: Aun. m6d.-chir. du centre, Tours,
  1904, iv, 161-166.

     LEWANDOWSKY  (M.)  Ueber  die Automatic
  des sympatischen Systems nach am  Auge  au-
  gestellten Beobachtungen.  8°.   Berlin, 1900.
     Cutting from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss.  Akad. d. Wis-
  sensch. zu Berl., 1900, lii.

     Lonjarret   (G.-D.-F. )  * Contribution   a
  l'e'tude de Paction musculaire et  nerveuse com-
  paree dans  les  systemes  syuipathique et cere-
  brospinal.  *°.  Bordeaux, 1900.
     Maffei  (P.)   *  De systemate  ganglionics
  eiusdemque nervorum anatomica distributione
  et ufficio.  8°.  Patavii, 1630.
     Maxec (P.-J. )  Anatomie  analytique.   Nerf
  grand syuipathique.   4°.   Bruxelles, 1632.
     -----. Tbe same.   A view of the great sym-
  pathetic nerve,  reduced  from  Manec's  grand
  plate by J. H. Curtis.   1  card, 7| by 10 inches.
  London,  [n. d.].
    Mulert (G.)  * Ueber elektrische Reizuug des
  Halssympathicus.  8C.  Rostock,  1693.
    A Uo, in: Arch, f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1893-4,1 v, 550-568.

    Nottebaum (J. M. A. H.)  * Ueber die secun-
  diire Degeneration  nach  Durchschneidung des
  Halssympathicus.  8°.  Marburg, 1897.
    Querenghi (F.)  Contribution clinique  a la
  physiologie   du   ganglion  ophtalmique.   8°.
  [Paris, 1890.]
    Roebrokck (M.  H.  M.)  * Het ganglion su-
  premum  colli nervi  sympathici.   8°.   Utrecht,
  1895. 
NERVOUS.
546
NERVOUS.
rVervons system (Sympathetic).
    Svitzkr (E.)   Einige  Untersuchungen iiber
  das Ganglion intercaroticum.  4°.   Kopenhagen,
  1663.
    TsIekhanovhh(A.Z.) "Vliyaniye pereriezki
  shelnavo simpatichnavo  nerva  na izmleneniya
  naruzhuavo  ukha  (u  krolika i sobaki).   [In-
  fluence of section  of  cervical  sympathetic  on
  alterations of  external ear  (in  the rabbit and
  dog).]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1697.
     YVrisbergius (H.  A.)  Observationes anato-
  mico-nevrologicae  de  ganglio  plexttque  semi-
  lunar!  in abdomiue  et  nervis  ilium  formanti-
  bus, prajlectse  d.  xviii.  Dec. mdcclxxiv.   4°.
  [Gottingw, 1779.]
     Cutting from:  Comment, phys. ii., 79-111.
     Anderson (H. K.)  The removal  of the stellate gan-
  glia. Proc. Physiol. Soc.  Lond., 1904, p. xxi.—Ange-
  lneei (A.)  Sulle alterazioni trofiche dell' occhio che nei
  mammiferi seguono la estirpazione del ganglio cervicale
  superiore del simpatico.  Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma,
  1892-3, xix, 240b-248b. — Arloing (S.)  Experiences  d6-
  montrant l'existence de libres lieuo-secr6toires dans le
  cordon cervical du nerf grand syrapathiqne. Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1889,  cix,  785-788.  AUo: J. de med.
  v6t. et zootech., Lyon,  1889, 3. s., xiv, 617-620. -----. Con-
  tribution k l'etude de la partie cervicale du grand syuipa-
  thique, envisagee comme nerf secr6toire.  Arch, de phy-
  siol. norm, et path., Par.,  1890, 5. s.,  ii, 1-16.------Des
  rapports fonctionnels  du  cordon sympathique cervical
  avec repiderme  et les glandes.  J. de med.  v6t. et  zoo-
  tech., Lyon, 1890, 3. s.,xv, 617-627. AUo, transl. [Abstr.]:
  Verhandl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 2.
  Abth., 9-11. — Arnold  (J.)   Bemerkungen eines Betei-
  ligteu iiber Spirallasern und pericellular Fadennetze an
  den tJauglienzcllen des Sympathicus.   Anat. Anz., Jena,
   1890, v,  204-207. — Bacon (E. K. )   The anatomy  and
  physiology of the visceral sympathetic,  and its bearings
  on pelvic,  abdominal, and mental  troubles.   Am. Gyuajc.
   Sc Obst.  J., X. T., 1899, xv, 494-521.—Back.   Ueber die
  praktiscbe Bedeutung der  Frage  von  der sympatliiscben
  Reizung.  "Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 777.—Ba-
  lestra  (A.) Sc Chcrifi-I.ignicre  (M.)   Sugli organi
  parasimpatici dell' uomo.  Rendic. d. Ass. med. chir. di
  Parma, 1903, iv, 58-60.— Ball (J.  M.)   Influence of resec-
  tion of the cervical sympathetic  iu optic-nerve atrophy,
  hydrophthalmos  and  exophthalmic goiter.  J. Am. M.
   Ass.. Chicago, 1904, xlii,  287-290. —Barbieri (N.-A.)
  Les ganglions nerveux des  racines posterieures appartieu-
  neut au systeme du grand sympathique.  Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. se.,  Par., 190U, exxx, 1039:  1903,  cxxxvi, 564.—
   Baudouin (F.) & Pioger (C.)  N6vrite radiculaire du
  plexus ceivieal, type Duchenne-Erb.  Ann. med.-chir. du
  centre,  Tours, 1904, iv, 315-317.  — Bernard (C.)   Re-
  cherches exp6rimentales sur  les nerfs vasculaires et calo-
  rifiques  du grand sympathique.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par.,  1862, lv, 228;  305.  AUo, Reprint.  -----.  Re-
  cherches experimeutales sur les ganglions du  grand sym-
  pathique.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1862, lv, 341-
  350.  AUo, Reprint.—Berruti.  Risposta alio scritto del
  professore Bracket, intitolato: Sur quelques points de phy-
  siologie  relatifs  au systeme  nerveux-ganglionnaire, au
  sujet de quelques opinions professees par les professeurs
  Medici et Berruti.  Atti d. Soc. med.-chir. di Torino, 1844,
  i, 397-409.— Berte (F.)  Sopra le  nuove  anastomosi  ano-
  male fra il nervo trocleare,  il sopra-orbitale ed il simpatico
  cavernoso.  Ricerche  n. lab. di anat.-norm. d. r. Univ. di
   Roma, 1878, ii, 83-86.—Biedl (A.)  Ueber die Centra der
   Splanchnici.  AVieu. kliu. Wchuschr., 1895, viii, 915-919.—
   Biedl (A.) Sc Wiesel  (J.)   Ueber die  functionelle  Be-
  deutung der  Nebenorgane  des   Sympathicus  (Zucker-
  kandl) und der chromamneu Zellgru'ppen.   Arch.f. d. ges.
   Phvsiol., Bonn, 1902, lxxxxi, 434-461, 1 pl., 8 diag.—Boc-
  eardi (G.) & Tria (G.)  Ricerche istologicbe su' centri
  nervosi encefalici dopo la recisione del siiupatico cervicale
  ne' conigli.  Atti d. r. Accad. nied.-chir. di Napoli, 1899,
  n. s., liii. 179-183.—Bottazzi (F.) La fisiologia del sim-
  patico secondo le ricerche di J. N. Langley e dei suoi col-
  laborator!.  Riv.  di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1898,  iii,  145-
   178.—Brut liner  (J.)  Sur  le ph6iionienes  de reaction
  dans le sj >teuio sympathique.  Compt. reud. Soc. de biol.
  Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 982-984.—Buch (M.)  Om utstral-
  ningar eller irradiationer,  medfornimmelser och reflexer
  inom omradet af  sympathicus  och  deras fysiologiska
  grundval.   [On irradiations or sympathies and reflexes in
  the course ot the sympathetic nervous system; other phvs-
  iological foundation.]  Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsing-
  fors, 1901,  xliii, 484-521. AUo, transl: St. Petersb. med.
   Wchuschr., 1900, n.F., xviii, 131; 141. -----. Die Seusibili-
  tatsverhaltnisse des Sympathicus und Vagus mit beson-
  derer Beriicksichtignng ihrer Schmei  zempfindlichkeit im
  Bereiche der liauchhohle.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1901,
  197-221.  -----. Ueber die  Physiologie der Miteinpfindun-
  gen im Bereiche des Sympathicus.  Ibid., 276-283. _____,
Uervous system (Sympathetic).
  Ueber den Einfluss von Gemiitlisbewegungen auf den Sym-
  pathicus.  Wieu. klin. Rundschau,1902,xvi,718; 737; 757__
  Budge (J.)  Sur uu t-econd centre spinal du nerf grand
  sympathique.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. se., Par., 1858, xlvii,
  586.—Budge  & Waller.  Recherches sur le syst6me
  nerveux;  . . . premiere partie: Action de la panic cervi-
  cale du nerf grand sympathique et d'une  portion de la
  moelle 6piniere sur la dilatation de  la pupifle.   (Abstr 1
  Ibid., 1851,  xxxiii,  370-374. — Biimm (A.)  Ueber die
  Beziehungen des Hals-Sympatbicus zum Ganglion ciliare.
  Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch." f. Morphol. u. Phvsiol.  in Mini-
  chen (1901),  1902, xvii, 59-04.—dn Cnninra (F.)  Struc-
  turn do  systema nervoso; gauglios centraes do sympa-
  thies   Coimbra med.,  1895,  xv, 355 369; 387; 402.—
  I'auuieii.  Note  sur l'anatomie du ganglion  otique et
  du ganglion ophtalmique.  Bull.  Soc. d'auat. et physiol.
  de Bordeaux,  1899, xx,  176.  Also:  J. de  m6d. de Bor-
  deaux, 1899, xxix,  333. -----. Note sur  l'anatomie du
  ganglion spheno-palatin.  J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1899,
  xxix, 367.—Carr (W. P.)  Theoretical anatomy of the
  sympathetic system.  [Abstr.J   Proc. Ass. Am. Aunt
  Wash.,  1894, vi, 49 - 52—Cleghorn (A.)   Sympathetic
  ganglia and blood pressure. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9,
  iii, 207. -----.  The physiological effects and the nature of
  extracts of sympathetic ganglia.   Ibid., 1899-1900, iv, 239-
  242.— Colin.   Sur les divers degr6s de sensibilite des
  ganglions et des filets du grand sympathique (extrait par
  l'auteur). ('ompt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1861, lii, 969.—
  Conger (M.  G.)  The  sympathetic nervous system in
  infancy.   Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,  1897, u. s., xxxix, 544-
  548.— Courtude (D.) Sc Guyon (J.-F.)  Fonction reflexe
  du ganglion mesent6rique inferieur.  Compt. reud. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1897,  10. s., iv, 792.—Dustre (A.)  Du i61e
  physiologique des ganglions de la chaine sympathique, k
  propos des recherches de Langley et Dickinson  et de 0.
  Langendorff.  Ibid., 1891,  9. s., iii,  879-883__Dawson
  (B. E.)  The sympathetic nervous svstem.   Kansas City
  M. Rec, 1905,  xxii, 203-207.—De Buck (D.)  Localisa-
  tion medullaire et physiologie du  grand  sympathique.
  Belgique ni6d.,  Gand-Haarlem, 1898, ii, 481; 513; 545.—
  Del a marc (G ) Sc Hie Hoard (E.)  Les arteres du sym-
  pathique thoracique.  Bull.et mem. Soc.auat.de Par., 1905,
  lxxx, 599.—Delamare(G.) & Tanaaetco.  Lesarterea
  du sympathique abdominal. Ibid., 546-548.----------.
  Recherches sur les arteres du sympathique cepbaliquc.
  Ibid., 548.-----------. Les arteres du sympathique cervi-
  cal. Ibid., 639.—Dc Paoli Sc Varaldo.  Ricerche isto-
  logicbe sui gangli del simpatico addomiuale di cague cas-
  trate e di cagne gravide.  Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Ge-
  nova, Siena, 1903, xviii, 60-65. Also, Reprint.—D'Evant
  (T.)  Sopra un ganglio sfenopalatino accessorio nell' uomo.
  Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1892-3, iii, 89-
  94,1 pl.—Dydyiiwki (L.)  Nerw svuipatyczuy.  Podrecz.
  histol. ciala ludzk., Warszawa, 1901, 425. — Eve (F. C.)
  The effect of  temperature on the fuuctional activity of
  the upper cervical ganglion.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901,
  xxvi, 119-124. — Excitnbilite (De 1') du sympathique
  cervical  dans  certaines conditions experimeutales et pa-
  thologiques.   Hull. Soc. centr. de  med.  du nord, Lille,
  1898, 2. s., ii, 268-275. — Ferrari (C.)  Sulla struttura
  delle fibre nervose midollate nei  gangli cerebro- spinali.
  Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 19u0, 71-79.—Ferrarini
  (C.)  Differente azione del taglio e irritazione del simpatico
  cervicale sulle cellule  della  corteecia cerebrale.  Iliv.
  quindiciu. di psii-ol. I etc.], Roma, 1899-1900, iii, 73-76.—
  Fischer (J.)   Ueber den Bau der Nerveii des synipa-
  thischen  Nervensystems.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvi,
  388-399. — Floresco (N.) Influence de  la resection dn
  nerf sympathique cervical  sur les plaques motrices et les
  vaisseaux du muscle.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par.,
  1903, lv,  228-230.—Francois-Franck  (C.-A.)  Fonc-
  tions reflexes des ganglions du  grand sympathique; nou-
  veaux faits relatifs k l'activite reflexe du ganglion thora-
  cique sup6rieur.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par.,
  1894, 5. s., vi,  717-723. -----.  Nouvelles recherches snr
  Taction  vaso-constrictlve  pulmonaire  du  grand sympa-
  thique.  Ibid., 1895, 5. s., vii, 744; 816. -----. Recherches
  surla sensibilite directe de l'appareil sympathique cervico-
  thoracique. J. de physiol. et  de path. g6n.. Par.. 1899, i,
  724-738.  -----. Traje't cervical et cr&nien des filets sensi-
  bles du cordon cervical du sympathique.  Ibid., 753-756.—
  Gallcuiaerts (E.)  Snr  les  ganglions  ophtalmiques
  accessoires.  [Rap. de Vau Bambeke,  193.] Bull. Acad.
  roy. de  med.  de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii,  222-230.—
  Ganfini (C.)   Sulla struttura del  ganglio ot ice.  Moni-
  tore zool. ital.,  Firenze, 1899, x, 160-163,  1 pl.   AUo [Ab-
  str.]: Boll.  d.  r. Accad. med.  di Genova, 1899,  xiv, 79.—
  Gangliona  (Sur les) ophtalmiques  accessoires.  Poli-
  clin., Brux., 1899, viii, 158-166.-Gn»kell (W. H.)  Re-
  sume de recherches sur le rythme et la physiologie des
  nerfs du cceur  et sur l'auatomie et la physiologie du sys-
  teme nerveux sympathique.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et
  path., Par., 1888, 4. 8., i,  56-68.—tJiannelli (L.)  Note
   anatomiche ed anatomo-comparative sul  plesso  sacrale  e
   sopra alcuni suoi rami.  Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in
   Ferrara,  1902-3, lxxvii,  287-308. — «iti»«  (Anna).  Bei-
   trage zur vergleichenden Histologie der  peripheren G-an- 
NERVOUS.
547
NERVOUS.
Nervous system  (Sympathetic).
  glien.  Mitth. d. naturf. Gesellsch.  in  Bern (1887), 1888,
  24-39. — <»raupner (R.)   Beitriige zur normalen nnd
  pathologischen  Anatomie des  sytupathischen  Nerven-
  svstems. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898,
  xxiv, 255-303.—Gros.  Recherches sur le ganglion de
  Meckel et  le  reste  du grand sympathique.   [Abstr.]
  Compt.  rend. Acad.  d.  sc,  Par., 1848, xxvi, 247-251.—
  Herring  (P. T.)  The  spinal  origin  of the  ceivical
  sympathetic nerve.   J. Physiol., Lond.,  1903,  xxix, 282-
  285 —Hersnian (C. C.)  The sympathetic nervous sys-
  tem. N. Albany M. Herald, 1904-5, xxiii, 125-127.—Her-
  tel (E.)  Ueber die Folgen der Exstirpation des Ganglion
  cervicale supremum bei junsen Thieren.  Arch. f. Ophth.,
  Leipz., 1899, xlix, 430-447—IIotl"iiinuii (C. lv.)   Bijdrage
  tot de  kennis  der  ontwikkeluigsgeschicdcnis vau den
  sympathicus.  Psychiat. eu  Neurol. Bl., Amst.,  1899, iii,
  322-338.—Huber (G. C.)  Lectures on tho sympathetic
  nervous system.  J.  Comp.  Neurol., Granville,  O., 1897,
  vii, 73-145.  AUo, Reprint. -----. A brief account of the
  minute anatomy of the sympathetic  nervous system and
  its relation to the cerebro-spinal nervous system. Tr.
  Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1899, xxiii, 398-408. -----.
  Observations on sensory nerve fibers iu the visceral nerves,
  with remarks  on their mode of termination.   [Abstr.J
  Proc. Ass. Am. Anat. 1899, Wash., 1900, 21.—Jaboulay.
  La section du sympathique cervical dans  ses effets sur la
  vision chez l'homme.  Lyon m6d., 1895, lxxx, 341. -----.
  L'electrisation  du sympathique cervical chez l'homine.
  Ibid.,  1899, xci, 548-551.—Jonnewco  (T.)   Physiologie
  du nerf sympathique cervical chez l'homme.  Coug. inter-
  nat. demfed. C.r., Par., 1900, sect, de physiol.,26-38.—Jon-
  nesco (T.) &  Bruckner.  Structure du sympathique
  cervical. Ibid., sect, d'hist., 78-87.—Jouiicsco (T.)  Sc
  Floresco (X.)  Physiologie du nerf sympathique cervi-
  cal chez l'liomme.  Bull. Acad, de ni6d.,  Par., 1900, 3. s.,
  xliv, 213-219.  Also:  Arch. d. sc. m6d.  .  . . de Bucarest,
  Par., 1900,  v,  233-261.—Joy (L. S.)  Some physiological
  points on the sympathetic nervous svstem, with  practical
  suggestions.  Med.  Times,  N. T., 1897, xxv, 165--168.—
  Katisheflf (I. M.)   O faradizatsii plexus aortae.  Trudi
  Obsh.  russk. vrach.  v S.-Peterb., 1894-5, lxi, 264-266.—
  von Kolliker (A.)  Der feinere Bau und die  Functio-
  nen des sympathischen  Nervensystems.  Sitzungsb. d.
  phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb.,"1894, 97-106.  AUo, Re-
  priut.  -----. Ueber die feinere Anatomie und die pbysio-
  logische Bedeutung des sympathischen  Nervensystems.
  Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz.,
  1894, lxvi, pt. 1, 97-120.  AUo: Internat.  med.-phot. Monat-
  schr., Leipz., 1894, i, 361: 1895,  ii, 17; 50; 78; 107.   Also:
  Med.-chir.  Centralbl., "Wien, 1894, xxix,  577; 605.   Also:
  Wien. klin."Wchnsehr., 1894, vii, 747; 773. Also, Reprint.—
  AUo:  Wien. med.  BL, 1894, xvii, 603; 619; 638.   AUo
  [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,  1894, xliv, 1761-1765.
  AUo, transl:  Med.  Age, Detroit, 1894,  xii,  705;  737.—
  Kjri.   Der Sympathicus nnd seine Beziehungen  zum
  cerebrospinalen Nervensystem.  Atti  d. xi.  Cong. med.
  internaz. l>-94,  Roma, 1895, iv, psichiat.  [etc.], 149.— Laf-
  fay.  Anastomose nerveuse entre le nerf nasal et le nerf
  lacrymal; anomalie du ganglion opthalmique.  J. de m6d.
  de Bordeaux,  1897,  xxvii, 262. — Lallorgue (E.)  Re-
  cherches experimentales sur Taction du grand sympa-
  thique cervical dans la production de certains accidents
  syneopaux  (syncopes reflexes).  Ind6pend.  m6d., Par.,
  1897, iii, 409. — Lafite - Dupont.   Ganglions sympa-
  thiques cervicaux penph6riques.  J. de  med. de Bordeaux,
  1900, xxx, 697.—Lagrange Sc Pachon.  Des effets a
  longue echeance de la resection exp6rimeutale du  gauglion
  cervical superieur sur la tension oculaire.  Cong, internat.
  dem6d. C.-r.,  Par., 1900, sect, de physiol., 139-141.—I,ai-
  gnel-Lavastine.  Note surle developpement du plexus
  solaire.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 941-
  948.  -----. Action du plexus solaire sur les visceresabdo-
  minaux.  Gaz. d.hop., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 1041-1049. -----.
  Latopographio fonctionnelle du sympathique, en particu-
  lier du  systeme solaire.  Arch. g6n. de m6d., Par., 1903,
  ii, 2446-2471. -----.  Les syndromes  solaires  exp6rimen-
  taux.   Cong.  d. med.  alienistes  et neurol.  de France
  .  . .  C.-r.,  Par. Sc Brux., 1903, ii, 417-424.  AUo: Presse
  m6d., Par., 1903, ii, 705-707.  Also: J. de neurol., Par.,
  1904, ix, 141-147. -----. Les variations  macroscopiques
  du plexus solaire.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904,
  lxxix, 385-413, [11 pl. in text].—Lambert (M.)   Note sur
  les modifications produites par l'excitation electrique dans
  les cellules nerveuses  des ganglions   sympathiques.
  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893,  9. s., v, 879-881.—
  Landois (L.)  Ueber eiue einfache Methode, den Ner-
  vus sympathicus cervicalis  bei  Frdschen  subcutan  zu
  durchschneiden, nebst eiuigen Bemerkungen iiber die Fol-
   fendieserOperation.  Arch. f. Anat.,Physiol, u. wissensch.
   led., Leipz., 1864, 682-685.—Laiigendortl (0.)  Zusatz
  zur vorbergehenden Abhandlung.  Arch. f. d. ges. Phy-
  siol., Bonn,  1894, lviii, 165-168.   [See, also, infra,  Steil.]
  -----.  Ueber die Beziehungen des oberen sympathischen
  Halsganglions  zum Auge und zu den  Blutgefassen des
  Kopfes. Klin.  Monatsbl.f. Augenh.. Stuttg., 1900,xxxviii,
  129-159. — Langley  (J.N.)  On the larger  medullated
  fibres ofthe sympathetic system.  J.Physiol., Cambridge,
Nervous system  (Sympathetic).
   1892, xiii,787.-----. On the origin from the spinal cord of the
   cervical and upper thoracic sympathetic fibres, with some
   observations on white and gray rami communicantes. Phil.
   Tr. 1892, Loud., 1893, clxxxiii, B., 85-124, 2 pl. -----. Notes
   on the cervical sympathetic, and chiefly on its vaso-motor
   fibres.  Proc. Physiol.  Soc, Loud., 1893, pp. ii—iv. -----.
   On the nerve-cell connection ofthe splanchnic nerve fibres.
   J. Physiol., Lond. Sc Cambridge, 1896,  xx, 223-246. -----.
   On connecting fibres between  sympathetic ganglia and ou
   reflexes in  the sympathetic system.   Cinquanten. de la
   Soc.debiol., Par", 1899, 220-225.  See, also, supra, Bottazzi.
   -----.  Ou axon-reflexes in the preganglionic fibres of the
   sympathetic system.  J. Phj siol., Lond., 1900, xxv, 364-398.
   -----.  Notes  on  the regeneration of the preganglionic
   fibres in the sympathetic system.  Ibid , 417-426. -----.
   Remarks on the results of degeneration of the  upper tho-
   racic white rami  communicantes,  chiefly in  relation to
   commissural tibres in the sympathetic system.   Ibid., 468-
   478. -----. Pseudo-reflex actiou in the upper part of ihe
   thoracic sympathetic.  Ricercho di  fisiol. e sc. afflni ded.
   al Prof. L.'Luciani . . .,  Milano, 1900, 23-26. -----. Note ou
   the trophic centre of the afferent fibres accompanying the
   sympathetic nerves.  Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, p.
   xvii.—Langley  (J. N.) Sc Anderson (H. K.)  The re-
   flex actiou of the inferior meseuteric ganglion.  Ibid.,
   1893, p. xi.-----------. Ou  the effects of union of the
   central part of the cervical sympathetic with  the periph-
   eral part of the chorda tympani.  Arch, di fisiol., Firenze,
   1903-4, i, 505-511.  AUo  .-'Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1904, lxxiii,
   99.—Lapinsky  (M.) A Cassirer (U.)  Ueber den Ui-
   spruug des Halssympathicus im Riickonmark.   Deutsche
   Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900-1901, xix, 137-150.—Lee
   (R.)  Dissections  of the ganglia and nerves of the oesoph-
   agus, stomach, and lungs.  Proc Roy. Soc Lond., 1862-3,
   xii,  134-136.—Levinsohn (G.)  Kurzer Beitrag zu den
   physiologisehen  und anatomischeu Veranderungen  des
   Kanincbenauges  nach  Entfernung  des obersten sympa-
   thischen Halsganglions.  Ztschr.  f. Augenh., Berl., 1901,
   v, 359-364, 1 pl. -----. Ueber den Einfluss des Halssym-
   pathicus auf das Auge.  Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1902, lv,
   144-174. -----. Ueber das Verhalten des Gauglion cervi-
   cale supremum nach Durchschneidung seiner prae- bezie-
   hungsweise postcelluliiren Fasern.   Arch. f.  Physiol.,
   Leipz., 1903, 438-459.—Lodato (G.)   Nuove ricerche sul
   simpatico cervicale in rapporto alia fisiopatologia oculare.
   Cong. d. Ass.  oftal. ital.  Rendic. 1902, Pavia,  1903, xvi,
   97-99.  AUo, transl.:  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1905, xliii,
   427-432.—Loeb (H. W.) The supplemental, not sympa-
   thetic, nervous system.  Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis, 1890,
   xxi, 403-405.—Magyius.  Zur Casuistik der Sympathicus-
   reizung.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., 1887, xxv, 207-209.
   AUo, Reprint.—Mnrrassiili (A.)   Dei  fenomeni con-
   secutivi alia estirpazione del plesso celiaco.  Arch, per le
   sc. med., Torino, 1903, xxvii, 97-124. -----. Ricerche sulla
   fuuzione del plesso celiaco.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 29.—
   Mayer (A.)   Numeration des globules sur des lapius
   ayant uu sympathique coup6.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
   Par., 1904, lvii, 190.—Meltaser (S. J.) AMeltzer (Clara).
   On the difference  iu the influence upon inflammation be-
   tween the section of the sympathetic nerve and the re-
   moval of the sympathetic  ganglion.  J. Med.  Research,
   Bost., 1903, x,  135-141.—Mctcalf (W. F.) The  sympa-
   thetic nervous system.   Physician &. Surg., Detroit & Ann
   Arbor,  1894, xvi,  155-161.  Also,  Reprint.—Mir to (D.)
   Sulle alterazioni delle cellule  del ganglio cervicale supe-
   riore, in seguito al taglio dei diversi rami di distribuzione
   di esso.  Pisani, Palermo, 1898, xix, 57-70.—Morat (J.-P.)
   Sur la  constitution  du  grand sympathique; ses centres
   trophiques.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1897, exxiv,
   1389-i:s92.— Morat (J.-P.) Sc Doyon (M.)   Le grand
   sympariiique nerf accomodateur.  Arch, de physiol. norm.
   etpath., Par., 1891, 5. s., iii, 507-521.-----------. Trou-
   bles trophiques cons6cutifs k  la section du sympathique
   cervical.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 124-
   126.—Moyer (H.  X.)   Note on the relation of the sympa-
   thetic to the cerebro-spinal nervous system.  J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago, 1892, xix, 398-400.—IVageotte (J.)  Lo nerf
   radiculaire.  Bull, et 1116m. Soc. ni6d. d. hop. de Par., 1904,
   3. s., xxi,  737-749. -----. A propos du nerf radiculaire.
   Ibid., 860. — Ohrvall  (H.)   Gaules forsok p& spinala
   och syinpatiska ganglier.  [Gaule's experiment with . . .]
   Upsala, Lakaref. Forh., 1893-4, xxix, 167-174.  — Onodi
   (A.)  The connexion  of the isolated respiratory fibres
   of  the recurrent with  the   sympathetic and  cardiac
   nerves.  Brit. M.J., Lond., 1902, ii, 578.—On uf [On ufi-o-
   wicz]  (li.) Sc Collins (J.)   Experimental researches
   on the localization of the sympathetic  norve in  the spinal
   cord  aud brain,  aud  contributions  to  its physiology
   [Abstr.]  J. Nerv. Sc Meut. Dis., N.  T.,  1898, xxv, 661-
   678.-----------.  Experimental  researches on  the een
   tral localization of the sympathetic, with a critical review
   of its anatomy and physiology.  Arch. Neurol.  Sc Psycho-
   Path., Utica,  1900, iii.  1-252, 9 pl.  [on 11 1.],  3 diag.—
   Peiper (E.)   Experimentelle Studien iiber die Folgen
   der Ausrottung des Plexus cceliacus.  Verhandl. d. Cong.
   f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1890,  ix, 497-504.—Pellizzi (G.
   B.)  Sopra le variazioni anatomiche delle cellule dei gangli 
NERVOUS.
548
NERVOUS.
xYcrvoiix system (Sympathetic).
  celiaci e niesenierici superiori nei vari stati della loro fun-
  zioualitil.  Anu  di freniat. [etc.|,  Torino, 1898, viii, 353-
  359.  Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1898, 4.
  s., xlvi, 290-296.—Popelski (L. B.)  K fiziologii chrev-
  navo spleteuiya (jilexus  coeliacus);  eksperimentalnoye
  izsliedovanive.  [Phvsiolngy of. . .; experimental investi-
  gation.]  Vrach, Si. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 1545; 1577.   Also,.
  transl.: Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1901,  2. s., xxi, 518; 550.
  AUo, truiisl: Arch. f. Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1903, 338-360.—
  Pye-Suiith (P. H.)  Observations upon the persistent
  effects  of division of  the  cervical  sympathetic.  J. Phy-
  siol., Cambridge,  1887, viii, 25-49. — Ramon y Cajal
  (S.)  Notas preventivas sobre el gran simpjitico y retina
  de los  mamiferos. Gac. san. de  Barcel.,  1890-91, iii, 571-
  ."85.—Ranvier ( L.) Des tissus  veiueux des ganglions
  sympathiques.   Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc,  Par.,  1888,
  cvi, 574-577. — Beid (J.)  On the effects of lesion  of
  the trunk of the ganglionic  systeni  of  nerves  in the
  neck upon the  eye - ball  and its  appendages.   Edinb.
  M.  Sc  S. J., 1839, lii, 36-43.  Also, in  his: Physiol.,
  anat.  Sc  path, research,  8°,  Edinb., 1848, 291 - 304. —
  Beinack.   Note sur les fonctions  motrices du grand
  sympathique.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xii,
  180.—Retzius (G.)   Zur  Kenntniss der Ganglienzellen
  des Sympathicus.  Biol. Foreu. Forhandl.  Verhandl. d.
  biol. Ver. in Stockholm, 1889, ii, 16-25.—Robinson (F. B.)
  The abdominal brain.  N.  York  M. J., 1892, lvi, 653.
  -----.  The sympathetic nerve iu gynecology.  Tr.  Wis-
  consin  M. Soc, Madison,  1892, xxvi, 152-161. -----. The
  sympathetic nerves.   Mod. Med. & Bacteriol.  Rev., Bat-
  tle Creek, Mich., 1894, iii,  233-240. -----. The abdominal
  brain and automatic  visceral  ganglia.  Med.  Brief. St.
  Louis,  1897, XXV, 357; 521; 688;  836; 1007;   1165;  1481;
  1639; 1799.  AUo [Abstr.]: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1897,
  xvi, 239-243.  -----.  The abdominal braiu.  Am. AI. Com-
  pend, Toledo, 1900, xvi, 464-474. -----. Abdominal brain:
  (A) anatomy; (B) physiology.  Med. Age, Detroit,  1905,
  xxiii, 521-540. -----.  Plexus aorticus abdominalis.  (A)
  anatomy;  (B) physiology.  Am.  M. Compend,  Toledo),
  1905, xxi, 167-173. -----.  The trunk of the sympathetic
  nerve (nervus  truncus sympathicus).  Columbus M. J.,
  1905, xxix, 482-490. -----.  Views ou the abdominal brain.
  Med. Brief,  St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii,  475-479.—Rockwell
  (A. D.)  The action of electricity ou the sympathetic nerv-
  ous system.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1894, xlvi,  523-526.  AUo :
  Tr.  Am. Electrother. Ass.,   1895,  v, 180-194. —Ros-
  chansky (W.)   Ueber  das  Vorhandensein  reflectori-
  scher Vasomotorenceutra  in den Ganglien des  sympa-
  thischen  Nervensystems.    Centralbl. f.  d.  med. Wis-
  sensch., Berl., 1889, xxvii,  162.—Roux (J.-C.)  Note sur
  l'origiue et la terminaison des grosses fibres k myeline du
  grand syrupathique.   Compt.  rend.  Soc. de biol.,  Par.,
  1900, 11. a., ii, 735.—Rubashkin (V. Y.)  K ucheniyu o
  stroyeniisimpaticheskikh nervnikh spletcniy.  [Structure
  of the  sympathetic nerve  plexuses.]  Izvlest. Imp. Vo-
  yenno-M'ed. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1901, iii, 244-270,1 pl.—Sala
  <L.)  Sulla fine anatomia dei gangli del simpatico; nota.
  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1892,iii, 148; 172.  A Uo, transl.:
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1892-3, xviii, 439-458.—Salazar
  dc Soiizn,   A proposito do valor semiologico do ganglio
  supra-cla v icular.  Rev. de med. e cirurg., Lisb., 1894, ii, 125-
  136.—Salvioli (I.)  Sulla pretesa azione trofica del  gan-
  glio cervicale inferiore.  Atti d. xi.  Cong. med. internaz.,
  Roma, 1894, ii, fisiol., 108-111.  AUo: Gior. d. r. Accad. di
  med.  di Torino,  1894,  3. s., xlii, 529-534.  A Uo, transl. :
  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1894, viii, 321-323.—
  Schiflf (M.)   De l'influence du grand sympathique sur la
  production de la  chaleur  animate et sur  la contractilite
  vasculaire.  Gaz.  hebd. de m6ri., Par., 1853-4, i, 421-424.
  AUo, inhis:  Ges.  Beitr. z.  Physiol., )Y, Lausanne, 1894, i,
  109-123.—Sehultz (P.)  Zur Physiologie der  sympathi-
  schen Ganglien.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898. 124-138.—
  de Schivcinitz (G. E.)   The physiology ofthe sympa-
  thetic iu relation to the eve.   J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1904, xlii, 286. —Simon (P.) Sc Iloehe  (L.)  Les  gan-
  glions nerveux des racines posierienres appartienneut-ils
  au systeme du grand  sympathique?  Autopsio d'un cas
  de  neurotibromatose.  Compt.  rend.  Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1905, lix, 487. —xipa-juolia They  (G.)  Ricerche speri-
  mentali ed istolo-iche sulle fine  alterazioni  trofiche e
  funziouali del sistema nervoso simpatico.  Pisani, Paler-
  mo, 1902, xxiii, 119-141, 1 pl. Also:  Ann. d. clin. d.  mal.
  ment. enerv. d. r. Univ. di Palermo (1900-2),  1903, ii, 253-
  270, 1 pl— Npnllitla  (F.)   Sur le cours des fibres centri-
  petes du grand  sympathique.  [Abstr.]  Arch. ital.  de
  biol., Turin,  1905-6, xliv, 160-168.—Stcil (A.)   Ueber den
  spinalen Ursprung des Halssympathicus.  Arch. f. d. ges.
  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1894,  lviii, 155-164.   See, also, supra  Lan-
  gendorff. —Stilling  (H.)   Du ganglion intercarotidien.
  Univ. de Lausanne.  Rec inaug.  Trav. d. Fac, 1892, 321-
  331, 1 pl.—Strieker (S.)   Ueber die Centren tier Splanch-
  nici.  Frag. :i. d. Geb.d. exper. Path., Leipz. u. Wien, 1894,
  1. Hit., 25-31— Taft. Note sur le developpement des
  fibres du grand sympathique.  Compt. rend. Soc. debiol.,
  Par.. 1892, 9. s..  iv,  231.—Talma (S.)  Zur  Kenntniss
  des Leideus des Bauchsvmpathicus.  Deutsches Arch  f.
  klin. Med., Leipz.,  1891-2, xlix, 206-243.—Terrien (F.)
 IVervous system (Sympathetic).
   Sc Camus (J.)  Influence de l'excitation du syfnpathiaue
   cervical sur l'ensemhle de la refraction de,  l'a'il   Conmt
   rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 579-581.—Trinci
   (G.)  Le radici ed i gangli dei nervi  spinali dei teleostei
   nelle loro varie disposizioni.  Monitore zool. ital Fireii7«
   1905, xvi, 330; 386— Tru»hkovski (S.  A.)  Ob  otnol
   shenii  pogranichnavo  stvnla  simpaticheskavo nerva k
   tsentralnol  nervnoi  sistemle.  [Relation  of the border
   trunk of the sympathetic nerve to the central nervous
   system.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan,  1899,  vii, no. 2 55-
   59. — U. (G.)  Azione del plesso solare sui visceri addo-
   minali.   Riv.  crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1903,  iv 63v
   650; 667.—Valentin (G.)  Ueber die Scheiden der'Gan-
   glienkugelu  und deren  Fortsetzungen.  Arch. f. Anat
   Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1839, 139-164,  1  ol —
   Vas (F.)   Ueber die Bedeutung der grosseu  Ganglien
   im sympathischen  Grenzstrange.  Allg. Wien. med.  Zt"
   1891, xxxvi, 505; 518;  528.  See, also, infra, White.—ivii"u
   ler (A.)  Experimental  researches on the functions of
   the  vagus and the cervical sympathetic nerves in  man
   Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1860-62, xi, 302. — Wcigni-i- (K.j
   Ganglion  oticum.    Rozpr. 6esk6 Akad. cis. FrantiSka
   Josefa  [etc.], v Praze, 1897-8, 2. t, vii, no. 23, 1-5, 11., 2
   pl. -----. Genesa ganglii acustico-facialis a gangli'i seiiii-
   lunaris.  Ibid., 1900-1902, 2. t., x, no. 10,  1-13.—Wert-
   heimcr (E.)  De l'influence du cordon cervical du  sym-
   pathique sur la frequence des battements du cceur. lliill.
   Soc. centr. de ui6d. du nord, Lille, 1898, 2. s., ii, 255-268.—
   White (W. H.)  The function of the sympathetic gan-
   glia; a reply  to a criticism  by Friedrich VAs.  Brain
   Lond.,1892, xv, 403-410.—Zelenkovski&Rozenberg!
   O vliyanii na glaz izsiecheniya verkhnyavo shelnavo uzla
   nervi sympathici.  [Influence upon the  eye of excision of
   the superior cervical ganglion of . . .]  Vestnik oftalmol.
   Kiev, 1901, xviii, 594-600.—Ziehen (T.)   Zur Physiologie
   der infracorticalen Ganglien und iiber ihre Beziehungen
   zum epileptischen Anfall.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1889-
   90, xxi,  863-896.—Zuckerkandl  (E.J  Ueber  Neben-
   organe  des  Sympathicus im Retroperitonaealraum des
   Mensehen.   Verhandl. d.  anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1901, xv,
   95-107.  AUo [Abstr.]: Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz.u. Wien,
   1902, xxi, 408-410.

IVervoiis  system  (Sympathetic, Diseases

   of).
     Chapin  (C.  V.)  The  sympathetic nerve; its
   relations to disease.   8'-:.  Providence, 1881.
     (Joxzex  (F.  A. H.)   * Ueber  tlie periphere
   Synipathicusaffection, insbesondere  ihre Aetio-
   logie unil Symptomatologie.  8°.  Leipzig, 1904.
    De Giovanni (A.)  Patologia del siiupatico.
   2. ed., rinnovata ed  accresciuta colla collabora-
   zione  del  C.  Ferrari.   8°.  Milano,  [1897?],
    Fouhnie (P.)   * Contribution a l'<5tude  de la
   pathologie  du  sympathique abdominal (diabete
   maigre  et  maladie   brouze'e);  traitement  s6-
   quardien.  4C.   Toulouse, 1894.
    Murray (W.)   A  treatise on emotional  dis-
  orders  ofthe  sympathetic system of nerves.  *>.
  London, 1800.
    -----.   The same.  8°.   Xew Tork, 1667.
    -----.   The   same.  2.  Am.  ed.   8°.   Xeie
   York, 1606.
    Talma (S.)  Pathologie van* den sympathicus
   abdominalis.   8°.   Utrecht, 1^91.
    Adatuynk  (E.)   K patologii simpaticheskavo nerva
   (sluchai porazheuiya n.  sympathici  cervicalis dextri).
   [Pathology of  sympathetic  nerve  (case  of disease of
   . . .)].   Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1889, vi, 239-264.—Alessi
   (U.)  Gangli del siiupatico e tubercolosi.  Gazz. d. osp.,
   Milauo, 1903, xxiv. 1446. — Bard (L.)  Quelques conside-
   rations  sur la  pathologie des plexus sympathiques visce-
   raux.  Cong, frang. de ni6d. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 446-450.-
   Rill (G. E.)   Peculiar symptoniata  of  sympathetic dis-
   turbances. N.  Tork M. J., 1896, lxiv, 676-680.—Briquet.
   Essai sur la pathologie du systeme sympathique.  Presse
   therap., Par., 1905, ii, 281;  309.  AUo [Abstr.]: J. d. sc.
   ra6d. de Lille,  1905, ii, 605-619.—Buch (M.)  Zur patho-
   logie des  Sympathicus.  Nord. mod.  Ark.,  Stockholm,
   1901,  3. f.,-i.'afd. 2, no. 15, 1; no. 20, 1: 1902,  3. f., ii, afd. 2
   no  3 1  —Carducci (A.)  Un caso nuovo di malattia del
   simpatico.  Policlin., Roma, 1900-1901, vii, sez. prat, 513-
   517.—tin vaz/ani (A.)   Delle alterazioni istologicbe del
   simpatico  nelle malattie  infettive e nelle  intossicazioni.
   Atti d.  xi. Cong. med. internat., Roma. 1894, iii, med. int.,
   102.   AUo: Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 2, 158-160.—
   C'lnrk  (T.  E.)  Notes on  the pathology  of the  sympa-
   thetic nervous system.  J. Nerv. &  Ment.  Dis., Chicago,
   1876,  iii, 64-78.  AUo,  Reprint. — Cleinmoiis (W. M.)
   The solar plexus, and its importance in diagnosis.   Kan?, *
   City  M. Index-Lancet, 1904, xxxv,  365. — CJolella <K.) 
SEKV0U8.
549
NEBVOUS.
Xervoiis  system  (Sympathetic,  Diseases

' of).
  Sulla degenerazione e sulla rigenerazione  dei gangli del
  sistema nervoso simpatico.  Gior. internaz.  d. sc.  med.,
  Napoli, 1891, u. s., xiii, 8*1-897.—C'ristinni (A.)  La de-
  generazione del plesso solare (simpatico addominale) e la
  cosi detta diarrea vaso-paralitica nei pazzi.  Areh.  ital. per
  le mal. nerv., Milano, 1891, xxviii, 121-131.—l>al Fabbro
  (A.)  Alcuni casi di marasmo progressivo per malatiia del
  simpatico.   Atti d. xi. Cong. nied. internaz., Roma, 1894,
  iii, med. int., 246.—von Kagelhardt  (R.)  Zum Sym-
  pathicnsproblem.  St. Petersb.  med. Wchnsehr.,   1904,
  xxix.  ")6i-566. — Euleuburg (A.)  A Outtninnn (P.)
  Die Pathologie (Us Sympathicus;  nach den heutigen Er-
  fahrnngen  dargestellt.   Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.. 1868. i,
  420; 676: 1869, ii, 153; 450.  Also. Reprint. — Fabre (A.)
  Dn'role que pent  jouer le grand  sympathique dans cer-
  taines maladies.  Union med. de  la Provence, Marseille,
  1865, 60; 73.—Falk (M.)  K kazuistikle razstrolstv sim-
  paticheskol nervnoi sistemi.  [Disturbances of the sym-
  pathetic nervous system.]   Obozr. psichiat, nevrol.  [etc.],
  S. l'eterb., 1901, vi, 579-582.—Fraenkel (J".)  Disease of
  the thoracic division of the sympathetic chain. J. Nerv. Sc
  Ment. Dis., N. Y.. 1900, xxvii, 2*2-284.  AUo: Med. Rec,
  N. V., 1900, lvii, 1031-1034. — Goebel (O.)  Contribution
  k  l'etude  des lesions des  ganglions nerveux  periph6-
  riques dans les maladies  infectieuses.   Ann. de  I'lnst.
  Pasteur, Par., 1902, xvi, 904-911,1 pl.—Grucning (E.)  A
  case of affection of the  cervical sympathetic nerve with
  oculo-pnpillary symptoms  and anidrosis.  N. York  Eye A
  Ear Infirm.  Rep., 1893, i,  11-13. — Happheiui.  Sopra
  talune affezioni del simpatico  studiate in questi  ultiiui
  tempi.  Clin, di Vienna, Napoli, 1898, xv. 369-371.—Heili-
  genthal.  Beitrag zur Pathologie des Halssympathicus.
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1900, xxxiii, 77-107.— Hiiuck
  (E.)   Ceber  Krankheitserscheinungen von Seiten des
  Sympathicus.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 21; 41.
  AUo: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte
  1903, Leipz , 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 181-183.—Hoffmann  (F.
  A.)  Ueber hypophrenischc Schmerzen und Neurose des
  Plexus coeliacus.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902. xlix,
  265.—Jacobsohn (L.)  Ueber einen ungewohnlichen
  Fall einer Liision des Halstheils des Sympathicus.   Neu-
  rol. Centralbl..  Leipz.,  1896,  xv,  194-19*. — de  Jesus-
  Gonzalez  (J.)   Neurosis del  simpdtieo  cervical  con
  vaso-dilatacion y  taquicardia.  Rev. Ibero-Am.  de cien.
  med., Madrid, 1904, xi,  284-294.  Also: Cron. med. mexi-
  cana, Mexico, 1904, vii, 120-127. — King (W. P.)   Cystic
  degeneration of the ganglion itnpar.  St.  LouisConr. Med.,
  1899. xxi, 350-352.— Korolenko (N. G.j  Plexus  coelia-
  cus s. cerebrum abdomiuale pri ozhogakb.  [. . .in burus.]
  Arch. biol. nauk . . .. S.-1'eterb., 1897-8. vi. 217-239.   AUo,
  transl..- Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb.. 1897-8, vi, 211-233.—
  LaigneULuvasline.   Dix plexus solaires d'infectes
  (tvphoidiques, varioleux.  pneumococciques, streptococci-  i
  qiies).  Bull,  et mem. Soc. auat. de Par., 1904, lxxix. 643-  I
  650. -----. Contribution  a l'etude anatomo-pathologique
  dn sympathique abdominal dans les infections.  Rev. de
  med.'. Par., 1905. xxv. 38y- 9Y— Langley (J. N.)   Note
  on  regeneration of pr;e-g.mglionic  fibres of the sympa-
  thetic.  J.  Physiol.. Cambridge,  1895-6, xviii. 280-284. —
  Langley (J. X.) Sc Dickinaou (W. L.)  On the local
  paralysis of peripheral ganglia, and on the connection of
  different classes of nerve fibres  with them.  Proc. Roy.
  Soc, Lond., 1889, xlvi, 423-431.—Lewinski. Zur  Patho-
  logie  des  N.  sympathicus (Lahmuug des Hals-  und  des
  Arnisyinpathicus durchDiuekeiuer Struma).  Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 18*5, xxii, 537; 555.   [Discussion] 485.   Also:
  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. Hi-84-5). 1886. xvi, pt.2,
  201.  [DiscussionJ, pt. 1,  154.—Lloyd  (J. H.)   Diseases
  of the cerebrospinal and sympathetic nerves.  Twentieth
  Cent. Pract.,  N. Y., 1897,  xi, 3-476. — Mendel (K.)  Bei-
  trag  zur  Pathologie des Halssyinpathikus.  Beitr.  z.
  Augenh.  Festschr. Julius Hirschberg [etc.], Leipz., 1905,
  174-180.—.Meyer  (E.) Sc  Juliuxburger.   Beitrag  zur
  Pathologie der Ganglienzellen   Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1898-9. xxxi,  906-90*.—von  Michel.  Ueber einseitige
  familiare  und  angeboreue Innervationsstorungen  des
  Halssympathicus.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl.. 1903,  x, 181-
  184.—Mirto  (D.)  Sulle  alterazioni delle cellule del gan-
  glio cervicale superiore, in  seguito al taglio dei diyersi
  rami di distribnzione di esso.  Ann. d. r.  clin. psichiat. e
  neuropat. di Palermo, 1898-9. i, 57-70.—fYorth (J.)   Some
  of the influences  of tin-  sympathetic nervous system in
  disease.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 18-8 xi. 584-588.—
  Pinikowftki (M.) Przyczynek kazuistyczny  do pato-
  logii gal^zi sz.\iowej nerwu wspolczulnego.  [Cases illus-
  trating the pathology of the cervical branch of the sympa-
  thetic]  Medycyna.'"Warszawa. 1897, xxv, 930; 957; 97*.—
  Pick (F.)   Zur  Diagnostik der Sympathicuslahmung.
  Prag. med. Wchnsehr..  1896. xxi, 545.—Reese (R. G.)  A
  case of affection of ihe cervical sympathetic with oculo-
  pupillary symptoms and  anidrosis.  N.  York Polyclin.,
  1894, iv, 3-5 —K<i( hold.  [Eine seltsame Svmpathicus-
  affektion.]  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1904,
  xxx, 1120.—Robert (B.)   Enferinedades del simpatico.
  Rev. de med. y cirug.  prict., Madrid, 1*98, xlii, 5-10.—
iVervous  system  (Sympathetic,  Diseases

  of).
  Robinson (B.)  A classification of diseases which may
  beloug iu the domain of the sympathetic nerves.  Kansas
  City M. Index, 1897, xviii. 317-320. -----. Hyperassthe-
  sia of the hypogastric  plexus.  Fort "Wayne M. J.-Mag.,
  1897, xvii, 371-373. -----. Neuralgia of the abdominal
  brain and mesenteric plexus.  Tri-State M. J. Sc Pract.,
  St. Louis, 1897, iv, 352-356.  -----. The clinical manifes-
  tations of the-abdominal brain.   Mass. M. J., Bost.,  1905,
  xxv, 9-14. — Rubinato (G.)  Contributo alia patologia
  dei gangli nervosi del cuore e dello stomaco.  Riv. crit. di
  clin. med., Firenze, 1902, iii, 218-224,  1 pl. — Samel-
  sohn (J.)  Eine seitene  Affection des Halssympathicus.
  Deutsche  med. Wcbnscbr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1888, xiv, 937.
  AUo [Abstr.]: Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u.
  Aerzte, 1*8*, Kiiln. 1*89, lxi, 196— Scherk (C.)  Ueber
  die lieziehung der Syiupathicuserkrankuug zur trailniati-
  schen  Neuropsychose.   Aerztl. Prakt.,  Hamb., 1893, vi,
  561-566. — NchWarez (E.)   Sympathies gyuladds ritka
  esete.   [Singular case of inflammation of the sympathetic
  nerve.] Szem6szet, Budapest,  1896,46. — Sciamnnmi
  (C.) Patologia e terapia  del gran simpatico.  In: Tratt.
  ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n.  d.], ii, pt. 4, 61-
  151. — Spniner  (C.)  Sympathicusaffection bei Mutter
  und Tochter.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.  prakt. Med., Leipz.,
  1877, iv, 199-201.—Stewart (C. E.)  Chronic constipation
  a symptom resulting from a disordered  state of the  sym-
  pathetic nervous system; its causes and cure. J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1306-1310.  Also: Mod. Med.,
  Battle Creek, Mich., 1900, ix,  145-152. — Stewart (P.)
  Some affections ofthe cervical sympathetic.  Practitioner,
  Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 189-196, 2 pl. on 1 1.—Taliua.  Ueber
  die Pathologie des Baucbfellsy mpathicus. Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl.. 1890, xvi, 114*-1150. Also:
  "Wien. med. Presse, 1891, xxxii, 41; 87.—Vallee (H.)  Sur
  les lesions seniles des ganglions nerveux du chi< u.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 127.—Vetlesen (H. J.)
  Sympathicusnevrose.  Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kris-
  tiania, 1896, 4. R.,xi, 711-726, lch. -----. Beitrag zur Patho-
  logie des Nervus sympathicus.  Verhaudl. d. nord. Kong.
  f. inn. Med. 1902,  Stockholm, 1903, iv, 198-211.—Vikhrefl"
  (P. V.)  Patologo-anatomicheskiya izmieneniya v mezhpoz-
  vonoehnikh uzlakh krolikov pri biesheustvie.  [Patholog-
  ical changes in  the intervertebral ganglia of rabbits in
  rabies.]   Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk.  med. Obsh., Tiflis,
  1898-9, xxxv, 535-541, 1 pl.—Weeks (J. E.)  Pathology of
  the cervical sympathetic. J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago,  1904,
  xlii, 291-294.—White (W. H.)  Scirrhous disease of semi-
  lunar ganglia.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1887, ii, 885.-----. Tho
  pathology of  the human sympathetic system of nerves.
  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1889, 3. s., xxxi, 11-56.  -----. On
  the'pathological value of the Gasserian, lenticular, spinal,
  and cardiac ganglia. Brain, Lond., 1890-91, xiii, 341-347.—
  Willey (CH.)  The sympathetic nervous system in acute
  disease.  Lancet, Loud.,  1889, ii, 1327-1329.—Yablonski
   (E.)  O patologo-anatomicheskikh izmieneniyakh  shel-
  nikh uzlov simpaticheskavo nerva  pri ikh vospalenii.
  [On the . . . changes of the cervical ganglia of the  sym-
  pathetic nerve in their inflammation.]  Nevrol. Vestnik,
  Kazan, 1897, v, no. 4, 105-122.

 ]Vervous  system  (Sympathetic,  Morphol-

  ogy and comparative physiology of).
     Bosciietti (V.)  II gran simpatico nell' uomo
  e negli  animali.   Appunti di  storia, anatomia,
  fisiologia, patologia  e  terapia  comparate.   Sl-.
  Parma, 1901.
     Hoffmann  (C.  K.)   Die  Entwickluugsge-
  scliiclite  des  Sympathicus  bei den  Selacniern
  (Acanthias vulgaris),  roy. 6°.   Amsterdam, 1900.
     -----.   The  same.   II. Die  Entwicklungs-
  gescliichte  des  Sympathicus bei den Urodelen.
  roy. 6 -.   Amsterdam, 1902.
     Kuttnek (C.)  *De origine nervi sympathici
  ranarum ex nervorum dissectorum lnutatioiiibus
  dijudicata.   8°.  Dorpati Liv., 1*54.
     Monsklise (A.)  Morfologia  del gran simpa-
  tico  c  sue  funzioni  nell' umano   organismo.
   Esposta  in quarantadue  lezioni.  8C.  Milano,
   ld'.IT.
     Rudinger  (X.)  Ueber  die   Verbreitung  des
  Sympathicus in der  animalen  Kohre.  dem Rii-
  ckenmaik und Gehirn.   *•-'.  Miinchen, l*A>3.
     Taft (M.-B.)   *De rhistogencse des fibres du
  grand sympathique chez l'liomme et les maninii-
  feres.  4C.  Paris,  1*92.
     Arloing (S.)  Nouvelle contribution k l'etude  de la
  partie cervicale du grand sympathique.  envisag6e comme
  nerf s6cr6toire chez  les animaux solipedes.  Arch, de 
NEIIVOUSS.
550
nervous.
IVt'l'VOiis system  (Sympathetic, Morphol-

  ogy and comparative physiology of).
  physiol. norm, et path., Par.. 1891, 5. s., iii. 241-252, 1 pl.
  .11*0: J. de  med vet. et zootech.,  Lyon,  1*91, 3. s., xvi,
  171-1*2— Riedermnnn (W.)  Ueber den Ursprung und
  die Kiidi;juiigattci.M  dei Nerven iu den (langlieii wirbel-
  loser Tiere.   Jenaische Ztscbr. f. Naturw.. Jena, 1890-91,
  n  F  wiii  429-466, 7 pl.  Also [Abstr.]:  Verhaudl. d. x.
  internat med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891,  ii, 2. Abth., 63.—
  Rlanchard (£.)  Dn grand sympathique chez les ani-
  maux articules.  (.'ompt. rend. Acad.d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvii,
  992-995. —Chevrel (R.)  Sur le systeme nerveux grand
  s\ uipathiqne des poissons osseux.   Ibid., 1888, cvii. 530.—
  toii»ijjlio(M.)APusateri(E.) Sull' istogenesi del sim-
  patico nei vertebrati. Arch.di farm.e terap..Palermo, 1900,
  viii, .".67-572.—De Paoli Sc Varaldo.  Ricerche istolo-
  gicbe sui gangli del simpatico addoiuiuale di cagne castrate
  e di canne gravide.  Arch.ital.di ginec, Napoli, 1903.vi,92-
  97.—Dia mare (V.)  Sulla  costituzione  dei gangli siru-
   fiatici negli elasmobrauchi e sulla morfologia dei nidi cellu-
   ari del  simpatico in generale. Anat. Anz., Jeua, 1902, xx,
  418-429.—Dojjiel (A. S.)  Zur Frage  iiber den feiueren
  Bau des sympathischen Nervensystems bei den Sauge-
  thiereu.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,  1895, xlvi.  305-344,
  3 pl.-----. Ueber den Ban der Ganglien in deu Geflecbten
  des Darnies  und der Gallenblase des Mensehen und der
  Saugethiere.  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz.,
  1899, 130-158, 5 pl.—Fischer (J.) Vergleichend-anato-
  mische  Uutersucliungen iiber den Nervus sympathicus
  einiger Tiere, iusbesondere der Katze.  Arch. f. wissensch.
  u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1906,  xxxii, 89-106, 3 pl.—Fuchs
  (H.)  Ueber die Spinalganglienzellen uud Vorderhorngan-
  glieuzellen einiger Siiuger.  Auat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1903, xxi,
  97-120, 2 pl.—Fiirst (C. M.)  Riugfonnige Bildungen  in
  Kopf-  und  Spinalganglienzellen   bei   Lachsembryonen.
  Anat. Auz., Jena,  1900, xviii, 253-255.—Goldberg (M.)
  Ueber die Eutwickeluug der (Jauglien beim  Hubncheu.
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,  Bonn,  1*91,  xxxvii, 587-602, 1 pl.—
  Uolowine (E.)  Sur le developpement du s.yst6me gan-
   flioniiaire chez le  poulet.  (Note pr61imina'ire.)  Anat.
    nz., Jena,  1890, v, 119-124.—His (W.), jun.  Ueber die
  Entwickelung des  Symphathicus  bei Wirbeltieren, mit
  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung der Herzganglien.   Ver-
  handl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena. 1892, vi, 69-75. —Holm-
  gren (E.)  Kurze vorlaufige Mitteilungen iiber die Spi-
  nalganglien  der Selachier  und Teleostier.  Anat.  Anz.,
  Jena, 1*98, xv, 117-125. — Huber (G. C.)  A  brief ac-
  count of some observations  on  the sympathetic gauglia
  of vertebrates.   Brit. M. J., Loud.. 1897, ii.  881; 1398.—
  Jegorow (J.)   Ueber das Verhaltniss des Sympathicus
  zur Kopfverzierung einiger  Viigel.  Arch.  f. Phvsiol.,
  Leipz., 1*90, Suppl.-Bd., 33-56, lpl.—Jones ( W. C.) Notes
  on the development of the sympathetic neivous system in
  tbe common  toad.  J.  Comp. Neurol.  Sc Psychol., Gran-
  ville, O., 1905, xv, 113-131.—Jonneseo (T.)'& Jacquct
  (M.)  Anatomie comparee du sympathique cervical chez
  les vert6br6s.   Cong, internat. de m6d.  ,C- r., Par.,  1900,
  Beet, d'anat., 117-126.—Kopsch (F.)   Mitteilungen iiber
  das Ganglion option m der Cephalopoden.  Internat. Mo-
  natschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1899, xvi, 33-54, 2 pl.—
  Eiaignel-Ijavastine.   Note sur les cellules uerveuses
  du plexus solaire de la grenouille verte.   Bull, et m6m. Soc.
  anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 608— I.angley (J. N.)  On  an
  accessory  cervical ganglion  in the cat, and notes on the
  rami of the  superior cervical ganglion.  Proc. Physiol.
  Soc, Loud., 1893, p. i. -----. Preliminary note on  the
  sympathetic system of the bird.   Ibid., 1901-2, p. xxxv:
  1902, p. xiv. -----. On the sympathetic system of birds and
  on the muscles-which move the feathers. J. Physiol., Loud.,
  1903, xxx,  221-252. — Lannegrace.  Anatomic de l'ap'-
  pareil nerveux  hypogastrique des  mamuiiferes.  Compt.
  rend.  Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1892, cxiv, 68*-690.—Lorweii.
  thai (N.)  Ueber  eigentiimliche  Zellengebilde  im  Sym-
  pathicus des Frosches.  Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat  u.
  Physiol., Leipz., 1894, xi, 423-425, 1 pl.—IVIarage.  Ana-
  tomie descriptive du sympathique chez les oiseaux.   Rev.
  scient..  Par.. 1889, xliv, 533-535.—Onuf [Onuirowicz]
  (B.)   Functional topography of the sympathetic nerves
  and their correlations in the cat, as established out ho ground
  of physiological experiment. Arch. Neurol.  Sc Psycho-
  Path., Utica, 1900, iii, 253-263,  1 diag.— Pnterson (A. M.)
  Development of the sympathetic nervous system in mam-
  mals.   Phil. Tr. 1*90, Lond.,  1891, clxxxi, B., 159-186 9 pl
  Also [Abstr.]: Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1890-91, xlviii, 19-23.—
  Punnett (R. C.)   On the composition and variations of
  the pelvic  plexus in Acanthias vulgaris.  Proc Roy Soc
  Lond.. 1901-2, lxix, 2-26. —Ramon y Cajal (S.)  Gan-
  glion basal de los batracios y fasciculo basal.   Rev  tri-
  inest. microg., Madrid, 1900, v, 23-35.— Ranvier (L.)
  Structure  des ganglions m6sent6riques du pore.  Coinpt
  rend.  Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1895, exxi,  800.  AUo: Compt
  rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1895,  10. s., ii, 774— Retzius (G )
  Ueber den Typus  der sympathischen Ganglienzellen der
  noheien Wirbelthiere.  Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm, 1892
  n.  F., ill. >7.-Sherrington (C. S.)  Note on some func-
  tions of the cervical sympathetic iu the monkey.  Brit. M
  J., Lond., 1*91, i, 635.-Spirlu» (A.)   Zur Kenntnis der
Aei'VOU*  system  (Sympathetic,  Morphol-
  ogy and comparative physiology of).
  Spinalganglien der Siingetiere.  Anat. Anz JeUa  ih9',-ii
  xi, 629-634.-TimofeyclT (LV A.)  O nlekotorikh'osolwn.
  nostyakh stroyeniya spmnikh i  siiupaticheskikh uzlov u
  ptits.  [Certain peculiarities of struetuie ofthe spinal and
  sympathetic gauglia of  birds.]   Nevrol. Vestnik Kazan
  1899, vii, no. 2, 72-87, 1 pl.-Vnn Gehuchten (A.)  Lea
  cellules nerveuses du sympathique chez qm-lqueti muninii
  feres et chez l'honime.  Cellule, Lierre Sc Louvain lnn->
  viii, 81-91, 11., 1 pl.-White (W. il.)   Further noser™!
  tions ou the histology and function of the mamnialian syni
  pathetic ganglia.  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1889, x 341-
  357.—Yushtshenko(A.)f Jaschtscheukoin German]  K
  voprosu o stroyenii siiupaticheskikh nzlov mlekopitarii
  shtsbikh i chelovleka.   [On the structure of symuatlieiia
  nerve  plexuses in mammals and man.] Arch, psichiat
  [etc.],  Varshava, 1896,  xxvii. no. 3. 27-70, 2  pl.  AUo
  transl:  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1*97, xlix, 585-607,2 pl

Uervous  system   (Sympathetic,  Surgery

   of)-
     See, also, Epilepsy ( Treatment of, Operative) by
  resection,  etc.;  Exophthalmus;  Goitre (Treat-
  ment of, Operative); Goitre ( Lxophthulmic, Treat-
  ment of) by sympathicotomy;  Nerve (Optic, Atro-
  phy of, Treatment of, Operative).
     Beyne (J.)   * Contribution a I'tftude des trou-
  bles trophiques qui  snivent la  section  et  la re-
  section du  sympathique cervical.  8°.  Lyon
  190->.
     Heiberg (P.)   L'^tat  actuel  de  la  cliirurgie
  nerveuse  en Scapdinavie (Danemark,  Suede  et
  Norvege,  Finlande).   8°.    [ Evreux,   1900,  rel
  subseq. ]
     Huet (W. G.)  *De gevolgeu der extirpatie
  van het ganglion colli  supremum nervi sympa-
  thici voor  het centrale zeuuwstelsel.   H°.  Am-
  sterdam, 1898.
     Kachkovski (P [E.])   * O vlzhivauii sobak
  poslie odnovreniennavo izsiecheniya bluzhdayu-
  shtshikh  nervov na  sheye.    [Survival of dogs
  after  exsection of the cervical  sympathetica  at
  one time.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1899.
     Kuggi  (G.)    La  siuipatectomia addominale
  utero-ovarica  come  mezzo  di cura di alcune le-
  sioni interne negli organi geuitali della donna.
  8°.  Bologna, 1899.
     Ter mikr (J.)  'Contribution  & l'e'tude de  la
  chirurgie du sympathique dans les neVralgies et
  syndromes douloureux.  8°.   Lyon,  1900.
     Abadie (C.)   De la section du svuipathique cervical;
  indications th6rapeut;ques.  Assoc, f1au9.de chir.  Proc.-
  verb. [etc.],  Par., 1898,  xii, 199—Ball (J.  M.) On  re-
  moval  of the cervical sympathetic in glaucoma and optic
  nerve  atrophy.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1900,  xxxiv,
  1384-1389.  Also:  Physician Sc Surg., Lond., 1900, i. 314-
  317.—van der Briele (G.)  EinFall von isolirtei Durch-
  schneidung des Nervus sympathicus bei Stickverletznng.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.,  1902,  lxiv,  96-98.-
  Burghnrd (F. F.) Three cases in which the superior
  cervical ganglion of the sympathetic was removed, with
  remarks upou  the operation.  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 19n0. ii,
  1175-1178. -----.  Removal  of the superior  and middle
  cervical gauglia of the  sympathetic  for  inyxo-fibroiiia.
  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s.. lxix, 298.—toseCi
  (A.)  La chirurgia del simpatico.  Kiv. sper. di freuiut.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1900, xxvi,  227-232. — Carazzn 11 i  <F.)
  Un caso di resezione del simpatico cervicale per affeziniie
  dolorosa dell' arto  superiore (acinesia algera).   Clin.
  chir., Milano, 1902, x, 433-436.—Chipault (A.)  Sui une
  s6rie de 39 cas  de chirurgie du svnipathique cervical.
  Trav.  de neurol. chir.,  Par., 1902, vi, 3; 201.— Chirur-
  gia (La) del simpatico cervicale.  Clin. chir..  Milano,
  1899. vii, 780-790.—»> Addosio (P.)  La simpaticotomia
  cervicale.  Pugliamed.,Bari, 1897, v, 180-184.-DeBuck
  (D.)  La chirurgie  dn  sympathique.  Belgique med.,
  Gand-Haarlem, 1900, i,  577; 609.—Doiiiingues d'Oli-
  veira.  Bimbos  de Ledesma (Hespanha); reseccao bila-
  teral do  sympathico  do  pescoco.   Med. mod., Porto, 1898,
  v, 190-192. —Drobnik  (T.)  Topographisch-anatoniisclie
  Studien  iiber  den  Halssympathicus; mit  besonderer
  Riicksicht auf das Terrain dor Kropfoperaticmen.  Arch.
  f. Anat. 11. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1887, 339-367,1 p..—
  Falcone  (R.)  Sulla sinipaticectoniia cervicale.  Arte
  med., Xapoli, 1900, ii, 421-424.  I'aure. La resection ilu
  grand  svuipathiqne cervical.  Bull, med., Par., 1899. xiu,
  821-824." Fla-ckinger (F. C.)  Sympathicotomy.   In-
  ternat. J. Surg.,  N. Y., 1899, xii, 171-175.—Florcsco (>.J
\ 
NERVOUS.
551
NERVOUS.
flervons  system  (Sympathetic,   Surgery

  of).
  Influence de la section etde la resection totale et bilaterale
  du uerf sympathique cervical sur loiganisnie.  Arch. d.
  sc med. ." . . de Bucarest,  Par., 1899, iv, 229: 1900, v, 1.—
  Fraueoin-Frnnck.  Siguitication physiologique de la
  resectiou du  sympathique dans la maladie de Basedow,
  l'epilepsie, l'idiotie et  le glaucome.  Bull. Acad, de med.,
  Par., 1899,  3. s., xii, 565-594.- Fi-iedenthiil (H.)   Bei-
  trage zur physiologisehen Chirurgik der vom Sympaticus
  innervierten'Organe.  Arch.  biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb..
  1904, xi, suppl..  137-148,  1 pl.  AUo: Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1905, 127-139,  1 pl— Oarampazzi (C.) ' Note
  sulla chirurgia generate  del simpatico;  iutervento sul
  simpatico sac rale  per moncone crurale doloroso, per  crau-
  rosi della vulva.  Morgagni, Milano, 1901, xliii, 425-478.—
  Gasparriui (E.)  Delle alterazioni successive alia estir-
  pazione del  aanglio simpatico cervicale supeiiore.   Ann.
  di ottal., Pavia. 1904.  xxxiii, 4SI: 1905,  xxxiv. 922.  1 pl.
  AUo, transl.: Ann. Ophth.. St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 271-2J-X.—
  Gomez Oeaiia (J.)  Superviveucia de uu  perro des-
  pues de la doble y simuUAnea seccion de los dos nervios
  vagosimpiticos en el  cuello.  Rev.  espec. ni6d. La oto-
  rino-larigol.  espan., Madrid, 1903, vi. 233-238. — Gregg
  (E. R.) A review ofthe operation of cervical sympathec-
  tomy, with  a preliminary report of two cases.  Ilahue-
  man. Month., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 676-690.—Hartwig (M.)
  Review ofthe present status of Jonnesco's operation.  J.
  Am. M. Ass.  Chicago. 1900. xxxv, 15-17. —  llevesi (I.)
  Mindket oldali nyaki sympathikus ideg teljes kiirtds&nak
  gyogyult esete.  [A case of complete extirpation of the
  sympathetic nerf e on both sides of the neck, with recov-
  ery.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 31. — llurlndo
  (P.)   Simpatectomia cervical bilateral.  Gac. ni6d., Me-
  xico. 1902, 2. s.. ii, 198-200. ------. Simpatectomia cervical
  bilateral y extirpacibn de  ganglios linfdticos.   Ibid., 200-
  203. — Jaboulay.   Arthralgies et uervralgies trait£es
  par des operations prat iquees surle sympathique.   Lyon
  wed., 1899, xci, 129-131. ------. La  chirurgie du sympa-
  thique abdominal et sacre.  Trav. de neurol. chir.. Par.,
  1900, v, 27-40.  -----.  Sur un rtsultat £loign6  de la syru-
  pathiootomie.  Lyon  nied.,  1902, xcix, 757.—Jiami (I.)
  Sectiunea si rezecjiunea unilateral^, si hilaterald a  vago-
  Bym'pathicului.  Spitalul,  Bucuresci, 1904, xxiv, 123-129.
  -----. NoiS asupia trausplaiita^iunel vagosynipathicnlnl
  la cane.  Rev.de chir., BucarestI, 1904, viii, 542-545.   AUo,
  transl [Abstr.]:  Med. orient.','Par., 1905, ix, 241.—Jojot
  (C.)  Ile la resection du sympathique cervical dans l'epi-
  lepsie essentielle.  [Abstr.J   ficho med. de Lyon, 1899, iv,
  353-360. — Jonnesco (T.)  La rGseciiou  totale et bila-
  terale du sympathique cervical. Arch. prov. de  chir.,
  Par., 1897, vi, 85-99.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo: Trav. de neu-
  rol. chir., Par., 1897,  ii, 225-232. -----. La resection du
  sympathique cervical dans l'epilepsie, le goitre exophtal-
  miqne et le glaucome.  Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb.
  [etc.], Par., 1898, xii, 200-209.  AUo .-  Arch. d. sc. med. . .  .
  de Bucarest, Par.. 1899. iv, 274---H4.  Also, transl: Rev.de
  chir., Bucuresci, 1*97-8. i, 289; 337.   AUo [Abstr.l:  Gaz.
  d. hop., Par.. 1898, lxxi,  424.  AUo [Abstr.]: Rev. med.,
  Quebec, 1898-9, ii, 149.  Also, trantl.: Medicine, Detroit,
  1899, v, 654-661.  AUo, transl: Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1899, xxvi, 161-170. ------. La resection  du sympathique
  cervical.  Cong, internat.  de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect.
  de chir. g6n.. 307-309. ------. Resection  of  the cervical
  sympathetic.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902,12.s.,ii, 177-1*8,
  7 pl. -----. Rezectiunea simpaticulul sacrat.   [Resection
  of the sacral sympathetic]  Rev. de chir., Bucuresci, 1902,
  vi, 289; 337: 1903. vii.  l.-Jonnenco (T.) Sc Floreaco
  (N.)  Ph^nomenes observes apr6s  la resection du nerf
  sympathique cervical chez l'homme.  J. de physiol. et de
  path, gen., Par., 1902, iv, 845-860.   AUo [Rap. de Francois-
  Franck]: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 7.—
  Ju vara (E.) Technique des interventions sur les sympa-
  thiques cervicaux.  Presse m£d., Par., 1899, ii, 152-155.—
  La Motte (H.)  The present status of svmpatbectouiy.
  J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.].  Minneap.,  1905, xxv, 480-485.—
  Langenriortf.   Leber Ausschaltuug des oberen  Hals-
  ganglions des Sympathicus.  Arch. ital. de  biol., Turin,
  1901-2, xxxvi,  i   liannoix (M.)   Examen de l'oreille
  apr&j  la sympathectomie  chez l'homme.  Rev. hebd. de
  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt.2, 401-407.— I.anphenr
  (E.)  Operation on the cervical ganglia of the sympathetic
  for epilepsy, glaucoma, and exophthalmic  goitre.   Tr.
  Mississippi' Valley M. Ass.,  Louisville, 1899,  i, 267-276.
  Also: Hot Springs M. J.,   1899, viii, 353-360.  Also:  Med.
  Dial. Minneap., 1898-9, i,  365-368.  AUo [xVbstr.]: Am. J.
  Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1899-1900, xiii [xii], 94 -Lev-
  iiniohn.  I.'eber das Verhalten der  Pupille nach Kexc-
  tinn des Halssympathicus, resp. Entfernung  seines  ober-
  sten  Ganglions.   Sitzungsb. d.  ophth.  Gesellsch.  1902,
  Wiesb., 1903, 238.— I.odato (G.)  Sulla cosidetta dilata-
  zione paradossale della pupilla dopo la estirpazione del
  ganglio cervicale superioie del simpatico.  Arch, di ottal.,
  Palermo, 1902-3, x,  122-161. 1 pl. — .tlellzer (S. J.) Sc
  •Ueltzer (Clara).  On a difference in the influence  upon
  inflammation between the  section  of the sympathetic
  nerve and the removal of the sympathetic ganglion. J.
I¥ervoiiS  system  (Sympathetic,  Surgery

  of)-
  Med. Research, Bost., 1903, x, 135-141.—Jletealf (VV. F.)
  The surgical relations ofthe sympathetic nervous system.
  Physician & Surg., Detroit  & Ann Arbor, 1896, iii, 100-
  178.— .Molir (W.)  Mitlheilung  iiber linksseitiue Resec-
  tion des Ganglion  cervicale supremum.   Verhandl.  d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz.,  1900,
  lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 350-352.—JIounmu A C'hni-i-iii. Re-
  cherches physiologiques sur les effets de la sympathieec-
  tomie cervicale.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par.,  1902,
  exxxv,  1008-1010.—Nasi (C.)   Sulla resezione  parziale
  del simpatico addoiuinale; esperienze sugli animali.  Clin.
  chir., Milano, 1901, ix, 286-297. -----. Resezione  parziale
  del  simpatico addominale  esegnita dal  G. Ruggi.  Kiv.
  di chir., Torino, 1898-9, i, 113-115.  AUo:  Suppl. al  Poli-
  clin., Roma, 1898-9,  v, 654.—Nello Biagi.  Alterations
  structurales du cortex k la suite des resections du sym-
  pathique cervical; etude histologique. Trav. de neurol.
  chir, Par.,  1900,  v, 314-322, 1 pl. — Niles (II. D.)  The
  surgical anatomy involved  in resection  of the  cervical
  sympathetic.  Denver  M. Times, 1903-4, xxiii, 276-280.—
  de  Obarrio  ( P.)   Section de  sympathique cervical.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1899, xvii, 529-535.—
  Otero Aeevedo.  Sobre la reseccidn total del simpdtico
  del cuello.  Rev. Ibero-Am. ile cien. med., Madrid,  1902,
  viii, 24-30.—Fieri (A.)  Sugli effetti della estirpazione
  del ganglio celiaco.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1399-
  1402.—Resection  (The) of the sympathetic.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1898,  xxx, 1474.—Review (A) of the oper-
  ation of cervical  sympathectomy, with a preliminary re-
  port of two cases.  Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop., Chicago. 1904,
  807-819.—Ribns y Riba* (E.)   Intervencidn  sobre el
  simpatico sacro.  Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1901, xv,
  116-119. -----. Della simpatectomia al collo ed all' ad-
  dome.  Policlin.,  Roma, 1809, vi, sez. chir., 193-202. -----.
  Risultauze  definitive  avute dalle  siinpatectoniie  addo-
  minali.  Bull. d. sc. med.  di Bologua, 191)1, 8. s., i, 105-
  113.—Schiassi  (B.)   Simpaticectomie.   Suppl.  al  Poli-
  clin, Roma, 1899-1900, vi,  1185-1187.—Sherer  (J. YV.)
  Sympathectomy; excision ofthe superior cervical sympa-
  thetic sranglion.   Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1902, xxiii,
  221.—Shimnnovaki (A.  F.)  Otnosheniye verkhuyavo
  sheluuvo uzla sochuvstvennavo nerva k glazu (po povodu
  operatsii Jonnesco.   [llelatiou of the upper cervical gland
  of the sympathetic nerve to the eve (apropos of Jonnesco's
  operation).]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1902, xix, 113; 217,
  lpl.—Suker (G. F.)  The  surgery of the superior cer-
  vical sympathetic ganglion.  N. York M. J., 1900,  lxxi,
  266-268'.  Also,  Reprint—Williams (H.  J.)  Resection
  of  the  cervical  sympathetic.  Med. News, N.  V.,  1901,
  lxxviii, 529-534.—Zi nun ernia nn (W.)  Ueber einen
  Fall  von Resection des Ganglion cervicale supremum
  sympathici.  Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1899, iii, 215.

TVervous  system  (Sympathetic,  Tumors
  of).
     Se  Nervous system (Tumors of).

]\ei*vons  system ( Sympathetic,   Wounds

  of).
     See Nervous system ( Wounds, etc., of).

JVervou* system (Syphilis of).
     See,  also,  Ataxia  (Locomotor,  Causes,  etc.,
  of); Brain (Syphilis of); Nerve (Optic, Inflam-
  mation  of, Causes, etc., of); Nervous  system
  (Sclerosis  of,  Causes, etc.,  of); Neurasthenia
  (Syphilitic);  Neuritis  (Syphilitic);   Paralysis
  (General) and syphilis; Spinal cord (Syphilis of);
  Syphilis (Congenital).
     AlthauS  (J.)   Treatment of syphilis  of the
  nervous system.   1'2°.   London, 181*0.
     AUo. in.-  Wood's M. & S. Monog., N. Y., 1891, x,  1-20.
  Also [Abstr.], in:  Verhandl. d.  x. internat. med. Cong.
  1890, Berl., 1891, iv,  9. Abth., 127.
     Anderson (T. M.)   On syphilitic affections of
  the nervous system;  their diagnosis and treat-
  ment.   6'-'.  Glasgow, l8r-9.
     Bardury  (J.[-B.-J.-S.-L.])  *De  l'associa-
  tion fre'quente de ph^nonienes cer^bro-htilluiiios
  aux symptomes medullaires de la syphilis.  4 .
  Paris,  1M97.
     Bekhtereff (V.)  Sifilis tsentralnol  nervnoi
  sistemi.    [Syphilis of  the central  nervous  sys-
  tem.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg,  [1902].
     Bonsdokff  (E.)  *Om sytilitiska  hjern- och
  ryggmargslidauden.   [Ou  syphilitic affections
  of braiu and spiual cord.]  8°.  Helsingfors, 1805. 
NERVOUS.
552
NERVOUS.
\erions system  (Syphilis of).
    Bresler  (J.)   Erbsyphilis  uud  Nervensys-
  tem.   1"2C.   Leipzig, 1904.
    Also, in: Schmidt's Jahrb.,Leipz., 1904, cclxxxii, 6-47.
    Claude (J.)  * Contribution a  l'etude de  la
  syphilis du  systeme nerveux.   Troubles de  la
  sensibility.  Endarterite c6rel>rale.  4°.   Nancy,
  1888.
    Dowse (T. S.)   The braiu aud diseases of the
  nervous system.   Pt. I. Syphilis  of  the brain
  and spinal cord, showing the part  which this
  agent  plays  in  the  production  of  paralysis,
  epilepsy,  insanity,  headache,  neuralgia,  hys-
  teria,  hypochondriasis, and other mental and
  nervous derangements.  8°.   London, 1879.
    -----.  The same.   2. ed.  8°.  London, 1881.
    Gajkiewicz   (W.)   Syphilis   du   systeme
  nerveux.  w0.  Paris, 1892.
    Gowers (Sir W. R.)  Lettsomian  lectures on
  syphilis and tbe nervous system, delivered be-
  fore tbe Medical  Society of London.   8°.  Lon-
  don, 1879.
    -----.  Syphilis  aud  the  nervous  system,
  being  a  revised  reprint  of the  Lettsomian
  lectures for 1889,  delivered before the Medical
  Society of London.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1892.
    See,  also, infra.
    de  Herodinoff,  ne'e  Tergoukassoff (A.)
  * Essai sur les  ruyelo-encephalopathies  syphili-
  tiques tertiaires  diffuses  ou  diss6mine'es.  4°.
  Paris, 1887.
    Kerssenboom  (T.)   * Syphilitische Erkran-
  kung   des  Centralnervensystems  compliciert
  (lurch Diabetes uud Epilepsie.  8°.  Berlin, 1895.
    -----.  Tbe same.   8°.  Berlin, 1895.
    Knoch (F. R. A.)   #Eiu Beitrag zur Kenntnis
  der cerebrospiuak-n  Lues.   6°.  Jena,  1904.
    -----.  The same.   *°.  Jena, 1904.
    Kreft  (E.)   * Zur Casuistik der luetischen
  Erkrankungen des Nervensystems.   [Kiel.]  8°.
  Biitow, 190U
    Lamy(H.)   *Dela  meiiiiigo-niye'lite  syphili-
  tique; etude clinique et anatomo-pathologique.
  4°.   Paris, 1^93.
    AUo, in:  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1893, vi, 86:
  153; 251, 2pl.
    -----.   La  syphilis des  centres  nerveux.
  12°.   Paris, [1895].
    Leredde  (L.-E.)  La  nature syphilitique  et
  la curabilite" du tabes et  de la paralysie ge"n6-
  rale.   8°.   Paris,  1903.
    Also, transl. [Abstr.] in: Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 672-677.
    Mantoux (C.)   * La syphilis nerveuse latente
  et les  stigmates  nerveux  de  la syphilis.  8°.
  Paris, 1904.
    Makotel (E.)   *De  quelques manifestations
  nerveuses  syphilitiques.  4°.  Paris, 1879.
    Nonne  (M.)   Syphilis  und Nervensystem.
  Siebenzehn Vorlesuugen.   8°.  Berlin, 1902.
    Oppenheimer  (H.)   * Ueber dauernde Aus-
  falle  uach Syphilis  des Centralnervensystems.
  [Heidelberg.]  8°.  Berlin, 1692.
    Porot (A.)   *La  question des injections ruer-
  curielles dans  le  traitement  de la syphilis ner-
  veuse.   6'~.  Lyon, 1904.
    Schulte (J.)  * Ueber  Lues des  Centralner-
  vensystems.  tK  Kiel, 1896.
    Toermer (P.)   * Ein Fall von Hemiathetosis
  idiopathica auf syphilitischer Basis.  8°.  Wurz-
  burg,  169b.
    Weygandt (W.)   *Eiu  Beitrag  zur  Histo-
  logie  der  Syphilis  des Centralnervensystems.
  [Wurtzburg.]  6-.  Berlin, 1896.
    Also  in:  Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl.,  1896,  xxviii, 457-
  474, 1 pl.

    Wood (H. C.)   Syphilis  of the nervous  sys-
  tem.   *-.  Detroit, 1*69.
]¥ervo«s system (Syphilis of).
    VON  Ziemssen  (H. )   Klinisclie  Vortrage
  13. Vortrag.  Die  Syphilis des  Nei veiiavstenV
  8°.  Leipzig,  1888.                        J
    AUo, transl. in:  Clin.  Lect. ... by German  authors
  Lond., 1804, 203-229.                         ""mors,

    Adlcr.  Tabes  und  progressive  Paralyse in  ihren
  Beziehungen zur  Syphilis.   Centralbl.  f. Nervenh n
  Psychiat., Cobleuz & Leipz., 1898, n.F., ix, 331.—AIi-nmia
  (S.j  Asupraunui eaz de siflliscerebral, epilepsie siriliticft
  delir halucinatoriu, hemipiegie stangil; atrofia  nervilor
  optici.  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1901, xxi,  191-197. — Allbult
  (T. C.)  Cases of syphilitic disease of the nervous system
  St. George's Hosp. Rep.,  Lond.. 1869,  iv, 45; 351.-A in i^
  don (R. W.)  On the incurability of  certniu nervous af-
  fections occurring among syphiliti'cs.   Med. News Phila
  1886, xlviii, 64-69.—Anderson (T. McC.)  The diagnosis
  and treatment of  syphilitic affections of the nervous sys-
  tem. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1888, ii, 693-699. — Antony (F.)
  Traitement des formes graves de la syphilis nerveuse par
  les injections de biiodure de mercure chlorur6.  Arch, de
  m£d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 469-481. — A rut-
  in ni (P. F.)  Gonuue e centri nervosi.  Gazz.  med. di
  Torino, 1896, xlvii, 548-552—Babinski.  Les rapports du
  tabes et de la syphilis; diagnostic de  la polynevrite peri-
  pherique.  Tribune nied., Par., 1901, xxxiii, 785-788.  AUo ■
  Echo med., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv,  529-536. _____. Lo
  traitement mercuriel dans les neuropathies syphilitiqnes.
  J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 267.—Babinaki (J.) &
  IVageotte (J.)  Lesions syphilitiques des een tres nerveux;
  foyers de ramollissement dans le bulbe;  h6niiasynergie,
  lat6ropulsion et myosis bulbaires avec h6inianesth6sie et
  h6mipl6gie crois6es.  N.  iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.
  1902, xv, 492-512,  5 pl.—Barbour (J. F.) Syphilis of
  the nervous system.  Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 37-42.—
  Barker (F. H.)   A case of syphilis of the nervous sys-
  tem. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1897, xvii,289-296.—Bartlett (L.)
  The relation of syphilis to diseases of the nervous system.
  Tr. Am. Inst. Hoinoeop. 1900, N.Y., 1901,238-244.—Bauke
  (H.) Zur Therapie der syphilitischen  Erkrankungen des
  centralen Nervensystems.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1890,
  xxvii,964;1095.—Berinnnn(M.) Zwei Falle von Syphilis
  des Centralnervensystems. Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1900,),
  1889-93. — Besnier  (E.) Syphilis ignor6e; syphilomas
  nodulaires group6s dans  tous les tissus innerves par la
  portion funiculaire du nerf facial droit;  difficulty par-
  ticulieres du diagnostic.  Reunions  clin. de l'Hop. St.
  Louis.  C. r., Par., 1888-9, 98.—Binlokur (F.)  Przypa-
  dek przymiotu  mdzgo-rdzeniowego, przebiegajacy z pod-
  wyzszeniem cieploty.  [Cerebro-spinal syphilis with high
  temperature. ]  Me'dycyna, Warszawa, 1900, xxviii, 600;
  622.—Bierfreund (M.)  Beitrag zur hereditaren Syphi-
  lis des Centralnervensystems.  Beitr.  z. path.  Anat. a. z.
  allg. Path., Jena,  1888,'iii, 387-401.—Blackwood (N.J.)
  & Spillcr (W.  G.)  A case of cerebrospinal syphilis.
  Proc. Path. Soc.  Phila,  1900, n. s., iii,  268-270.— BIjh-
  menau (F. B.)  Sluchai razsleyannavo  sifiliticheskavo
  zabollevaniya tsentralnol nervnoi sistemi.  [ Dissemi-
  nated svphilitic  disease of  the  central  nervous sys-
  tem.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1898, xix, 305-308.  AUo [Ab-
  str.] : Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1898,  ix, 2157-
  2159.—Boehroch (M. E.)  Sc Gordon (A.)  A case of
  multiple lesions ofthe spinal cord and  cranial nerves with
  amvotrophv, due probably  to syphilitic  infection. J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dis , N. Y., 1902, xxix,  208-21."..—Brasch
  (M.) Ein unter  dem Bilde  der tabischen Paralyse ver-
  laufender Fall  von Syphilis des Centralnervensystems.
  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leip/,., 1891, x, 489; 517; 552. ----.
  Zur Pathologie der syphilitischen Frhherkrankungen ilea
  Centralnervensystems. Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.  Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1895-6,  viii, 418-437, 2 pl.—Briasaud.  My elite
  transverse d'origiue  syphilitique et parapllgie  flaccide.
  Cong. d. med. alienistes et de neurol. de France . .  . 1898.
  C. r., Par., 1899, ix,241-247.—Brixtowe (J. S.) The Lett-
  somian lectures:  On syphilitic affections of the nervous
  system.  Tr.M. Soc. Lond., 1892-3, xvii, 110-180. AUo, Re-
  print. Also: Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond.,  1893,  n.  s., lv,
  24; 81;109; 135.  AUo  : Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 71; 181; J86.
  Also: Med.  Week., Par., 1893, i, 13; 39; 61. Also [Ab-
  str.] :  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1894, i, 62: 163; 280.  AUo [Ab-
  str.] : Prov.  M. J., Leicester, 1893, xii, 90-94.—Broad-
  bent (W. H.)  Syphilitic disease of the brain and nervous
  system.  Proc. M. Soc. Lond., 1886, ix, 15— Bruwli (A.
  C.) Therapeutic  results in  nervous syphilis.  Brooklyn
  M. J., 1898, xii, 610-617.—Buchholz. Ueber einen Fall
  von syphilitischer Erkrankiing des Centralnervensysteinn.
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1899, xxxii, 1;  470, 3 pl.—Bh-
  raezyriski (A.)  Beitrag zur Lues des Nervensystems.
  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 317;  338; 359; 414; 433.-
  Burr (C. W.)  The diagnosis of nervous syphilis.  Univ.
  M. Mag., Phila., 1898-9, xi, 573-577.----Syphilis of the
  nervous system.   Proc.  Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1904,
  xxv, 95-99.   [Discussion], 104-109. AUo  |Abstr.]: Medi-
  cine, Detroit, 1904, x,  427-429.—Cninpnuu (R.)  Sifilide
  cerebrale; sifilide spinale; sifilide dei nervi  periferici  e
  del gran simpatico. Clin, mod., Fireuze, 1896, h, 192-197.— 
NERVOUS.                                       553                                       NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Syphilis  of).
  Cardarelli.  Pseudo atassia locomotrice  da sifilide
  cerebro-spinale.  Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1896,
  n. s., xviii, 100-104.  -----. Sifilide  cerebro-spinale con
  prevalente forma  di  atassia locomotrice.  Gaz/..  d. osp.,
  Milano, 1896, xvii, 904-966.—Carusi  (L.)  Sifilide del sis-
  tema nervoso; contribuzione alia couoseenza ed alia cura
  della sifilide del poute di Yarolio. Riv. ital.di terap. ed ig.,
  Piacenza,  1895, xv,  480;  517; 553;  593.—Cnssirer ( R. )
  Ein Fall von Lues cerebrospinalis.  Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Xerveuh.,  Leipz.,  1896, ix, 99-113.—Ceeil (J. G.)  [Syphi-
  lis of the nervous system and the br.iin.]   Louisville
  Month. J.  M. A S., 1903-4. x, 341-344.—Chautlard. Les
  affections  cerebro-spinales et la syphilis;  signe d'Argyll
  et lymphocytose rachidienne.  J. de  m6d.  int., Par., 1004,
  viii, 166-169.—Clans (A.)  La syphilis dans les affections
  nerveuses; syphilis  spinale.  Flaudre  med., Gand, 1895,
  ii. 677-680— Colby (E.)  The relation of syphilis to nerv-
  ous diseases.  N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1899, xxxiv,  54-
  60.—Collet.  Svphilis bulbo-medullaire preeoee.  Lyou
  med., 1901.  xevii,  120. —Colling*  (H. P.)  Are  slight
  early manifestations  of syphilis conducive to the iater
  attacks upou  the nervous  system.'   Am. J. Derinat. Sc
  Genito-Uiin. Dis., St. Louis. 1905, ix, 49-51. — Collins
  (J.)  The influence  of anti-syphilitic treatment in pre-
  venting certain diseases of the  nervous  system  con-
  sidered  of- syphilitic origin -. a  statistical study.  Post-
  Graduate,  N.  Y., 1896, xi, 287-304.  AUo [Abstr.]:  J.
  Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., X. Y.. 1896, n. s., xxi,  545-552. -----.
  Remarks on the treatment of syphilis of the nervous sys-
  tem.  Phila. M. J.,  1902,  ix, 296-298— Coulter (F. E.)
  Svphilis of the nervous system.  Am. J. Derinat. A Genito-
  Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1903, vii, 170-176.  AUo: West. M.
  Rev., Lincoln, Neb.,  1903, viii, 86-90.—Courtney (J. W.)
  Some observations ou syphilis  of the nerv.ius  system.
  Ann. Gynec. Sc Pediat., Bost,  1897-8,  vi,  574-587.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Curcio (E.)  Frenosi sensoria in un isterico;
  sifilide consecutiva;  nuove manifest,izioui  nervose; guari-
  gione (da  perizia).  Ann. di nied. nav., Roma, 1902, viii,
  v. 1,  pt. 1,  587-598. — Darkshevich (L. O.)  Sluchai
  nervnoi sukhotki sifiliticheskavo pioi'skhozdemya (uervo-
  tabes syphilitica).  Vrach, St Petersb..  1895, xvi, 87; 122;
  153.—Dercum (F. X.)  Syphilis of the nervous system.
  Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am. authors (Dercum), Phila., 1805,
  699-719.—Deutsch  (A.)  Der  Einfluss der friihzeitigen
  antiluetischen Behandluug auf das Nervensystem.  Arch.
  f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wieu u. Leipz., 1894, xxviii, 223-248.—
  Didrikhson (V. K.)  Dva sluchaya nervnavo sifilisa.
  [Two eases of syphilis of the nervous system.]  Russk. J.
  Kozhn.  i Yen. Boliezu.,  Kharkov,   1904,  vii,  312-316.—
  Diller(T.)  Syphilitic lesions of nerve tissue.  N.York
  M. Reporter, Rochester, 1895-6, ii. 444-446.  Also [Abstr.]:
  Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila.,  1-95,  lxxiii,  636. —Bind.
  Syphilis nerveuse cerebrospinale (tabe,s)  en voie d'am6-
  lioratiou s6rieuse sous rinflueuce du  traitement hydrargy-
  rique.  Rev. med. de la Suisse  Rom.. Geneve, 1903,  xxiii,
  274.—Binkler (M.)  Hinterstrangsklerose und Degene-
  ration der  grauen Yordersaulen ties Riickenmarks;  ein
  Keitrag zur Lehre von den postsyphilitischen Erkrankun-
  gen des peripherischen  und  centralen Nervensystems.
  Deutsche  Ztschr. f.  Nervenh., Leipz.,  1?93, iv,  423-449,
  2 pl.— Discussion on the affections of the nervous sys-
  tem occurring in the early (secondary) stages of syphilis.
  Proc. Roy. M. Sc  Chir. Soc. Lond.,'1894-5,  vii,  67-111.—
  Doniaiiski (S.)  O  rozpoznawaniu kily (syphilis) ukladu
  nerwnwego.  [Diagnosis of syphilis ofthe nervous system.]
  Gaz. lek.,  Warszawa, 1892,  2. s., xii, 737  bis;  764  bis.—
  Dreuen (C. T.)  Syphilis of  tbe nervous system as the
  general  practitiouer  sees it.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago,
  1899, xxxii,  657.—Dreshfeld  (J.)   Syphilitic affections
  of the central nervous system.   Med. Chrou., Manchester,
  1905, xlii, 191-208.—Du Cazal. Observation de syphilis
  c6rebro-spinale precoce.  Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. nop. de
  Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 512-515.  Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896,
  lxix. 702-704.— Duchateau.   Quelques considerations
  au su jet de la syphilis c6rebrale et la paralysie generate.
  Ann. Soc.  de med. de Gand, 1898, lxxvii, 263-270.  Also,
  transl:  Riv. quindicin. di psicol. [etc.],  Roma, 1898-9,
  ii, 101-104.—Dufour (H.)  Relations  existant entre les
  troubles pupillaires,  la syphilis et  certaines maladies
  nerveuses  (tabds;  paralysie g6n6rale).  Gaz. hebd.  de
  med., Far., 1902, n. s., viii', 565-567.—Eflertz (O.)  Algu-
  uas observaciones sobre las relaeiones entre ia sifilis, la
  tabes y la parSlisis general progresiva.   Escuela de  med.,
  Mexico,  1903, xviii, 172-175.—Elliott (C. S.)  Syphilis of
  the nervous systeni.   J. Orific.  Surg., Chicago, 1899-1900,
  viii,  470; 509.—[Engelsted.]   Nogle Tilfaelde af Affek-
  tiou af Centralnervsystemet bos Syphilitiske.  [Some cases
  of affection of the central nervous system in syphilitics.]
  Ugesk. f.  Laeger,  Kjobenh., 1857,  2. s., xxvi, 289;  305.
  AUo, transl: Syphilidol., Erlang., 1860, ii, 84-102.—Erb
  (W.)  Bemerkungen  zur  pathologischen  Anatomie der
  Syphilis des centralen Nervensystems.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f.'Nervenh., Leipz.,  1902, xxii,  100-125.  Also [Abstr.]:
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1902, xxxvi,  312-315. — Buhner
  (A. A.)  A case of cerebro-spiual syphilis.   Med. Sc Surg.
  Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxv, 775.  AUo, Reprint. —Esk-
  ridge (J. T.)  Syphilis and alcoholism of  the braiu, spi-
IVervou* system  (Syphilis of).
  nal cord, and probably of the nerves of the legs, followed
  by hysterical contractures of tbe flexors of  the knees and
  a pronounced variability of certain reflexes.  Med. News,
  Phila., 1895, lxvi, 373-377.  Also. Reprint.—Fabian (A.)
  Kilkauwag nail przymiotem  ukladu uerwowego.   [Syph-
  ilis of tbe nervous system.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1889, ix,
  693; 718; 762; 807;  846; 880;  906.—Fnrguc* ( E. )  Na-
  ture et curabilit6 des affections parasyphilitiques,  et sp6-
  cialement du tab6s et de la paralysie generate.  Gaz. ni6d.
  de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 61;  81. — Faure ( M.)  Note
  ou mercurial injections in nervous diseases of syphilitic
  origin.  Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1638. —Ferra*.  Contri-
  bution au traitement de  divers  accidents nerveux d'ori-
  gine syphilitique.   M6ni. et bull. Soc. de nied.  et chir. de
  Bordeaux (1892), 1893, 306-309. — Finkelnburg (R.)
  Ueber einen Fall vou aiisgedelinter Erkrankiing der Ge-
  fiisse und Meuingen des (returns und Riickenmarks  im
  Friihstadium  eiuer Syphilis.   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Ner-
  venh., Leipz.,  1900-1901,  xix,  257-267. — Fischlcr (F.)
  Ueber die sypbilogenen Erkrankungen des zeutralen Ner-
  vensystems und iiber die Frage der Syphilis k virus ner-
  veux.  Ibid.,  1905, xxviii, 438-493. — Fisher (E. D.)
  Syphilis of  the  nervous system.  Internat. Cliu., Phila.,
  1900,  10. s., iii, 47-50.—Foster  (B.)  Late lesions of syph-
  ilis, particularly of the nervous system.  Northwest. Lan-
  cet, St. Paul, 1893, xiii, 164-166. — Fournicr  (A.) Les
  accidents nerveux de la syphilis.  Gaz. meil. de Par., 1887,
  7. s.,  iv, 601-603. -----. Euquete sur la  pretenduo action
  tab6tog«Sne du traitemeut mercuriel; quelques reflexions
  sur le traitemeut des sujuts syphilitiques predisposes aux
  affections du syst&me nerveux.   Gaz. hebd.  de ni6d.. Par.,
  1891,2. s., xxviii, 606-609.-----. Syphilis nerveuse maligne
  pr6coce.  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,1892, 3.s., iii,706-
  709.  -----.  Syphilose  c6r6bro-spinale; deux ictus apha-
  siques;  nieningo-myelite cervicale superieure.  Bull. Soc.
  frauc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 411-413.  Also:
  Aun. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 852-854.
  -----.. La syphilis  nerveuse precoce.   Indepeud. m6d.,
  Par., 1901, vii, 321.—Frank (D.l  Hemiplegia i tabes; k
  voprosu o kombinirovaunom sitiliticheskom zabollevanii
  nervnoi sistemi.   [  . . .; on the combined syphilitic dis-
  ease of the nervous  system.]   Arch, psichiat. [etc.], Var-
  shava, 1897, xxix, no. 1, 53-77.—Froumy.  La syphilose
  cer6brale et c6rebro-spinale.   Arcb. rn6d. beiges.  Brux.,
  1900,  4. s., xvi, 289-303.—Fry (F. R.)  Post syphilitic dis-
  ease  of the nervous system  and the  early treatment of
  syphilis.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri 1896-7, Kansas City, 1898,
  618-620.—Gaucher (E.)  Syphilis bulbo-medullaire pre-
  coce; guerison.   Rev.  de nied.,  Par.,  1882.  ii,  679-681.
  -----. Lesiousiii6diillairesetenc6phaliques, syphilitiques
  et para-syphilitiques; traitement.  J. de nied. int., Par.,
  1904,  viii. 311.— Gaucher (E.) Sc Babonueix.  Acci-
  dents syphilitiques eu  activit6  chez  uu  tabeiique  et
  chez  un paralytique g6u6ral.   Bull, et m6m.  Soc. med.
  d. hop.  de Par., 1903, 3.  s., xx, 538-541.  AUo:  Rev.  in-
  ternat.  de  med.  et de  chir., Par., 1903, xiv,  183. —
  Ghilarducci  (F.) Sifilide cerebrale e cerebro-spinale.
  Suppl. al Policlin.,  Roma, 1896-7, iii,  1072-1076—Gilles
  de la  Tourette Sc  Hudelo.   Syphilis maligne pre-
  coce  du systeme  nerveux.  Anu. de dermat.  et  svph.,
  Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 686-689. \Discussion],  701. —Gold.
  berg (M. L.)  Kucheniyu osifilisle tsentralnol nervnoi
  sistemi ; sluchai ranuyavo sifiliticheskavo porazheniya
  golovnovo niozsra.   [Syphilis of the  central nervous sys-
  tem;  caseof early  svphilis of  the brain.)  Ejened. joiir.
  "Prakt.  med.",  St.  i'etersb.,  1900, vii, 465; 484.—Gold-
  stein (L.)  Zur Therapie der syphilitischen Erkrankun-
  gen des centralen Nervensvstems.  Berl. kliu. Wchuschr.,
  1x90,  xxvii,  1043.—Gowers (SirW. R.)  The Lettsomian
  lectures ou syphilis  aud the nervous svstem.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1889,i, 57; 169; 235; 283;  345.  Also: Lancet,  Lond.,
  1889,  i, 59;  159;  207; 259; 313.   AUo, transl:  Morgagni.
  Milano, 1889, xxxi,  193; 353; 685.  Also, transl:  Wien.
  med.  Bl., 1889,  xii,  53; 87; 100.  See, also,  supra.-----.
  Syphilitic diseases  of  the nervous  system.   [Abstr.]
  Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 503-505. -----.  On the prog-
  nosis and treatment of syphilitic disease of the nervous
  system.  Brit. M. J., 1903, i, 773-778. — Grinkcr (J.)
  A case of peripheral nerve syphilis.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1905, xiv, 177. — Guil'lain (G.) & Thnou (l\)
  H6r6do-syphilis  tardive  du n6vraxe k  forme  tabetique,
  tr6s amelioree par le traitement mercuriel.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par.,  1905, xiii, 258.-----------. Sur une forme clinique
  de la  syphilis du n6vraxe re-alisant la transition eutre les
  my61ites syphilitiques, le tab6s et la  paralysie generate.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 49-51.—Giimn-
  inan (J.) & Iluilovernig (C.)   Ueber die Beziehungeu
  der tertiareu Lues zur Tabes  dorsalis und  1'aralysis pro-
  gressiva.  Monatsh. f. prakt.  Dermat.,  Hamb.,  1905,  xl,
  4-21. — Haenel (H.)   Beitrag zur Kenntniss der  Sy-
  philis des  Centraluervensystems.  Arch.  f.  Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1900, xxxiii, 431-449,1 pl.— Hammond (G. M.)
  Syphilis  of the nervous system.   In: Am.  text-book
  gen.-urin. dis.  [etc.] (Bangs Sc  Hardaway), 8°,  Phila.,
  1898.  690-699. -----. The diagnosis  aud'  treatment  of
  syphilis of  the  nervous  system.   Post-Graduate, N.  Y.,
  1903, xviii, 660-677. — Ileum  (W. J.)  Sc  Pfahler  (G. 
NERVOUS.
554
NERVOUS.
.Yervoii* system (Syphilis of).
  E.i  Localized meningitis  nnd gumma of the motor  re-
  gion; diagnosis by clinical study anil the  Rontgen rays;
  osteoplastic operation with the Stellwageu trephine: epi-
  cranial flap to replace the dura necessarily removed;  com-
  plete success of the localization and of the operation.  Tr.
  Coll. I'll vs. Phila., 1902, 3. s., xxiv. 280-292, 1 pl.—Ilenne-
  berg.  Holier Lues ivrebrospiualis.   Berl.  klin. Wchn-
  si-br., 1904, xii, 957.—Hemmido yEspino*© (B.)  Al- |
  gnnos detalles del tratamiento de  las afecciones sililiticas
  del sistema nervioso.   Rev.de clin.,  terap. y farm., Ma-
  drid. 1894-5, viii, 193; 212: 230;  262; 277; 307; 321; 360:
  1895-0  ix  10; 36; 57; 86.—Herter (C. A.)  Cerebro-spi-
  n ilsypbilis  J. Nerv. ,v Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896, xxiii, 119-
  122.—Hitehcoek (('■ YV.)  Some points as to syphilis of
  the nervous  system. Tr. Michigan  M. Soc, Grand Rap-
  ids, 1898, 347-359.   AUo:  Med. News,  N. Y., 1898, lxxiii,
  166-169.  IIomen (E. A.)   Bidrag  till kannedom om  de
  stora ineiiingeala och hjarngununata afvensom om rygg-
  roargssytilis.  [Contribution kin coniuiissauee de  grandes
  goninies uieiiiui-ieunes et c6rebrales aiusi qu'a la  syphilis
  de la moelle epiniere.  Res., pp.cxxv-exxx.]  Finska lak.-
  siillsk. handl., Helsingfors,  1899, xii, 1169-1197. 2 pl.  AUo,
  transl: Arch. f.  Dermat.  u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898,
  xiv, 55-78, 2 pl.—House (W.)  The syphilitic; being part
  of a symposium on nervous diseases.   Med. Sentinel. Port-
  land, Oreg.,  1905, xiii,  655-658. — Hudovernig (K.) Sc
  GiiMZiii;gu (J.)  A tertiaer lues viszonyaa tabes dorsalis
  es paralysis  progressiv&hoz.  [The  relation  of  tertiary
  lues  to tabes dorsalis and progressive paralysis.]  Elme-<;s
  idegkort , Budapest. 1904,  208-220. AUo, transl:  Neurol.
  Centralbl.. Leipz.. 1905. xxiv, 101-115.  AUo.transl  [Ab-
  str.): Pest, med.-chir.  Presse, Budapest, 1905, xii, 385.—
  Hutchinson (J.)  Cases illustrating syphilitic disease
  of the nervous system.  Arch. Surg., Lund., 1892-3,  iv,
  336-339. -----.  Affections  of the  nervous  system  iu
  syphilis.  Ibid., 1895, vi, 42; 240. -----. Study of symp-
  toms in a case of syphilis of the nervous system; different
  parts affected simultaneously.  Ibid., 1899, x. 257-259. —
  Idelsohn (II.)   Ueber postluetische conjugate  Nerven-
  krankheiteu.  St. Petersb.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1901, n.  F.,
  xviii, 473-475.—Ingelrniis.  La syphilis  hereditaire  du
  systeme nerveux.  Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1904.  viii, 157;
  169.  AUo: Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii,573; 597.—Jack-
  son (H.)   Random association of nervous symptoms from
  syphilis.  Lancet, Loud., 1887,  i. 680.—Jeancon (J. A.)
  Syphilitic  lesions of the nervous system.  Eclect. M.  J.,
  Cinciu.,  1895, lv,  547-554.  Jusclilschenko  (A.  J.)
  Ueber frubzeitige syphilitische Erkaukiing des  Nerven-
  systems.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.  u. Psychiat., Cobleuz Sc
  Leipz., 1897,  n. F., viii, 233-243.—Keyes (E. L.)   Syphilis
  of the nervous system; a clinical  study,  chiefly in regard
  to diagnosis and tre itiuent, founded ou the  cases of
  Wm. H. Yan Buren aud  those of the author.   N. York
  M. J.,  1870, xii, 369-410.  AUo, Reprint. — Kovalev-
  ski  (P. I.)   Funktsionalniya nervniya razstroistva, raz-
  vivayushtshiyasya pod vliyaniyera porazheniya  nervnoi
  sistemi sirilisom.  [Functional nervous disturbances,  de-
  veloped under the influence of syphilis of  the  nervous
  system.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1893, no. 3,71-112. AUo,
  transl: Arch.f. Psychiat., Berl., 1894,  xxvi,552-583. -----.
  K ucheniyu o sitilisie nervnoi sisteini.  [Ou syphilis of  the
  uervous system.]  Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1896,
  v, 234.—ivuli (S.)  Syphilis of the central nervous sys-
  tem.  Alienist Sc Neurol,, St. Louis, 1897. xviii,  510-537.
  AUo, Reprint.— Kuhn (E.)  Tabes und Paralyse iu  Be-
  ziehung zur Quecksilberbehaudluns:  der Syphilis.  Allg.
  med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 723-726.—I.nuibrior
  (A. A.)  Un cas de syphilis cer6bro-spiuale  revetant la
  forme Aran-Duchenne.   Bull. Soc.  d.  med. et  nat. de
  Jassy, 1905, xix,  114-127.— Lmny (H.)  Note  sur les le-
  sions des vaisseaux dans la syphilis des centres nerveux.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 84. -----.
  Note a propos des  lesions vasculaires  dans la  syphilis
  des centres nerveux; lesions syphilitiques pures, lesions
  vasculaires liees aux infections  secondaires terminales.
  Rev. neurol., Par., 1896,  iv,  34-38.—Langilon  (F. W.)
  Syphilis of the  nervous system; its general pathology,
  with remarks on treatment.  J. Am.M. Ass.,Chica»o, 1901,
  xxxvii, 1105-1110. AUo, Reprint—Leszynsky  (W. M.j
  Syphilis of the nervous system and the use and  abuse of
  mercury and iodin iu its treatment.  J bid., 1900, xxxiv, 191-
  194.  Also: Med.Ric.,N.Y.,1900,lvii,37-39. -----.  Cerebro-
  spinal syphilis.  J. Nerv. &. Ment Dis. N. Y., 1902 xxix
  286.—Lloyd(J. H.)&)l.amlis (H. R. M.)  Types of cere-
  bro-spinal svphilis showing characteristic multiple lesions,
  and especially involvement olCianial nerves.  Phila. Hosp
  Rep.( I9n0), 1901, iv. 49-59.— I.oml.  iIY  Meuingo myelite
  syphilitique  avec raehialgio uocturne.  Med. mod.,'Par.,
  1893, iv. 734.— I.ukacs (H.)  Syphilis es idegrendszer.
  [Syphilis  aud the nervous system.]  Mag v. orv. lapja  Bu-
  dapest. 1903, iii, 67-69.—I.yrixtoii  (G. F.)  Trophoneu-
  rosis as a factor in the phenomena of syphilis.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1889, xxxvi, 637—.Marincsco.  Ou the tertiary de-
  generations iu the central nervous  system  (secondary
  neural atrophy).   Brit. M. J., Loud., 1895, ii, 1286.— Mar-
  shall (C. F.)  Syphilis of the nervous system. Treat
  ment,  Loud., 1904-5, viii,  568-579.—.Mnuriac (C.)  Les
Aci'VOU* system  (Syphilis of).
  affections syphilitiques du sysi eine nerveux.  ficho nied
  Toulouse, 1889, 2. s . iii, 133; 145. —.Mendel (E.i   Die he'-
  reditare Syphilis in ihieu  Be/.iehungeii zur Entwicklung
  von Krankheiten des Nerveusysteius.  Beitr. z  Dermat
  u. Syph. Festschr.. . . Georg Lewin, Berl., 1896, I3i«-|4:t._l
  Mendel (H.)  Syphilose diss6iuinee de l'axe  cereliro spi-
  nal.  Bull. Soc. franc.dedermat. et syph., Par.,  I8!i:t, i\, a^"_
  324 — Mendel ( K.)  Zur ParalyseTabes Syphilistial".
  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1905.  xxiv, 19-2J—Mellli-r
  (L. H.)  Syphilis as a cause of the neuroses.   L'hica<>o M
  Recorder, 1904. xxvi. 296-302.- .Meyer (E.)  S\ phdfs des
  Centralnervensystems;  zus.inimeiila^sciides Referat.  Ceu-
  tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1898, ix, 746-782 —
  LTliekle (W. J.)  On  syphilis of the nervous  system
  Brain, Loud.. 1895. xviii,  :is:  147A;  352. — Mikhniloir
  (A.)  Sluchai muozhestvenuavo .skleroza siolovnavoispiii-
  navomozgovnasifiliticheskol poehvle.  [Multiple cerebro-
  spinal sclerosis following syphilis.]   Vrach, St. Petersb
  1889,  x. 1121; 1144— Mill* (C K.)  Syphilis of the nerv!
  ous system.  Phila. Hosp. Rep. (1900). 1901, iv, 129-205.—
  IMonro (T. K.)  Svphilis aud the nervous svstem.  Glas-
  gow M.  J.,  19(13, lx, 371-373.— IMoores lEinina  \V.)  A
  case of syphilis of the  nervous system presenting clinic-
  ally an  amnestic symptom complex, with autopsy.   Am
  J.  Iusau., Bait.,  1904-5, lxi,  11-28, 6 pl.—Mott  (F. W.)
  Pathology of syphilis of the nervous  system  and paretic
  dementia.  South. Calif.  Pract., Los  Angeles, 1901. xvi,
  125-135.—IMoumsous (A.)  Syphilis cerebrospinal simu-
  lant une maladie de Friedreich.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de
  Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 618.—Nauuyn (15.) Zur Prognose
  und  Therapie  der  syphilitischen   Erkrankungen  des
  Nervensystems.   Mitth.  a. d.  med. Kliu. zu Kdnigsb.,
  Leipz., 1888, 4-58. rVebelthau (E.)   Ueber Syphilis des
  Centralnervensystems  mit centraler  Glioso mid  Hohleu-
 ' bildung im Riickenmark.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1900,  xvi,  169-185, 1 pl— IVeumami (J.)   I'el.er
  Syphilis des Nervensystems.  Allg.  Wien.  med. Ztg.,
  1889,  xxxiv, 174;  196; 212.—von rViesseu. Zwei benier-
  kenswerte Zentralnervenatfektionen  syphilitischen  Fr-
  sprungs.  Klin.-therap. Wchuschr..  Wien, 1903,  x,  1025;
  1059;  1153; 1194— Norris  (J. B. )   Syphilis; its effects
  upou  the nervous system.  Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nash-
  ville,  1877, xliv, 48-54.—Ogilvic (G )  What is syphilitic
  disease of the  nervous sysiem?   (,'liu. J., Loud., 1903-4,
  xxiii, 401-412.—Onnf  (Onufrowicz] (B.)   Syphilis of
  the nervous system. N. York M. J.. 1901, lxxiii. 807-813.—
  Oppenheim (H)   Ueber eiuen Fall von syphilitischer
  Erkrankung des  ceutraleu  Nervensystems,  welehe vor-
  iibergebend  das klinische Bild  der  Tabes dorsalis vor-
  tauschte.  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1888,  xxv, 1061-1065.
  -----.  Zur Keuntniss  der syphilitischen Erkrankungen
  des centralen Nervensystenis.   Ibid., 1889,  xxvi, 1033;
  1064.   Also,  Reprint. — Orchansky (I.)  De l'antago-
  nisiue entre l'ht-redite n6vropathique et les lesions organi-
  ques  du  systeme nerveux chez les syphilitiques.  Compt.-
  rend. Cong, internat.  de m£d. 1897, Mosc. 1899, iv, sect. 7,
  509-536.—Parsons (R. L.)  A contribution to the study
  of syphilis of the nervous system. J. Xerv. & Mem. Dis.,
  N. Y., 1893, xx, 827-830.   AUo. Reprint.—Patrick [H. T.)
  Seven one-minute pointsou svphilis ofthe nervous system.
  Chicago M. Recorder, 1899. xvi, 313-315. [Discussion), 333-
  338.-----. Remarksousyphilisofthe nervous system.  Illi-
  nois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 718-726. Also: In-
  diana M. J.,  Indianap.,  1903-4, xxii. 394-400.  AUo: Medi-
  cine,  Detroit, 1904, x, 180-195.—Peter (L. C.)  Diagnosis
  and treatment of syphilis of the central nervous system.
  Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 494-496.—Pick (F.)  Ue-
  ber cerebro-spinale Syphilis.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1892,
  xvii,  261; 276. -----. Zur Kenntniss der cerebrospinalen
  Syphilis. Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Berl.,  1892. xiii, 378-443. 3 pl.—
  Pritchard ( W. B.)  The diagnosis of syphilis of the
  nervous system in the adult.  Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1895,
  lx, 283-291.  Also.- North  Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1895.
  xxxv. 6-12. — Proksch  (J. K.)    Ueber die  Syphilis
  der Veneu des Gehirus und des  Riickenmarks.   Aerztl.
  Centr.-Ztg.,  Wien. 1901, xiii, 316.—Raymond (F.)  Con-
  tributiou a l'etude  de la syphilis du systeme  ueryeux,
  paralysie generale, meuingo-myelite vasculaire diffuse
  et  16sions svpbilitiques des vaisseaux. Arch, de neurol ,
  Par., 1894, xxvii, 1;  112. -----. l'n  cas (probalile) de sy-
  philis hereditaire des  centres nerveux (forme meningee
  bulbo-spiuale.)    Bull,  med., Par.. 1904, xviii, 629-635.—
  Romlield.  Eine  psychogene  Epidemic: tonische Pu-
  pilleureaktion;   Korsakow'sche  Psychose bei Hirnlues;
  manifesto iniektidse Lues bei einem friiher  syphilitisch
  geweseuen  Tabiker;  Basedow-  und  Leukaemiebehand-
  lnng.  Med. Cor.-Bl. d  wiirttemb.  arztl. Yer., Stuttg.,
  1905,  lxxv, 300;  321.—Rothwell (W. J.) The  htiginata
  of nervous svphilis.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi,
  1228-1230.—Rovighi  (A.)  Sifilide del sistema  nervoso.
  Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.J,  "P'-
  4,  155-248.—Russo  (A.)  Sifilide cerebro-spinale.  Gior.
  di clin., terap. e med.  pubb., Napoli, 1888,  xix, 53-58.—
  Sachs  (B.)   Multiple cerebro-spinal syphilis.  N. lork
  M. J., 1891, liv, 309-314, 1 pl. -----.  Syphilis ofthe nerv-
  ous system.   N. York Polyclin., 1893, ii, 75; 105;  137; DO.
  -----. Syphilis of the  central nervous system.   Internat. 
NERVOUS.                                      555                                      NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Syphilis of).
  Clin.. Phila., 1895, 5. s., i, 130-137. -----. The diagnosis
  and  treatment of syphilis of the central nervous system.
  Langsdale's Lancet.'Kansas City. 1896, i, 1: 41 ;  85. '■-----.
  The general diagnosis of syphilis of the brain  and spinal
  cord   N. York M. J.. 1899, lxix, 729-734.—Nchciber (S.)
  A syphilis cerebro-spinalis egy esete. [Caseof. . .)  Orvosi
  hetiszemle,Budapest, 1894,ix,678.  Also, transl: Pest, med.-
  chir. Presse, Budapest, 1894, xxx,567.—Me herb ((ii  Syn-
  drome de Bro\vii-S6quard avec d6bnt d'aniyotrophie Aran-
  Duchenne et troubles  pupillaires au cours d'uue m6uingo-
  my61ite syphilitique.   Rev. neurol.,  Par.,  1899, vii, 646-
  655.  -----. De  la methode de P. N. Prokhorov  dans le
  traitement  des  euc6phalopathies  et des  myelopathies
  syphilitiques graves et anciennes.   Bull,  et'mein. Soc.
  med. d. hop. de Par.,  1902, 3. s., xix. 176-181.—Schmitt.
  Contribution a  !'6tnde de la syphilis nerveuse precoce;
  analgesie et anesthesie.  Rev. med. de l'est, Nanev, 1889,
  xx,  577-585— Neb mill & Raraban.   Contribution a
  l'etude de  la syphilis nerveuse  precoce;  Ii6mipl6gie et
  eudarterite  syphilitiques precoces.  Ibid.,  643-660, 1 pl.—
  Schnnbel (E. D.)  Hereditary syphilis of the  nervous
  system.  Lehigh Yalley M.  Mag.,  Easton,  Pa., 1896, vii,
  199-204.—Schulz (R.)  Beitrag zur Lehre von den syphi-
  litischen Erkrankungen des Centralnervensystems.  Neu-
  rol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1891, x,  578-585. — Schuster.
  Ueber die  Behandlung der Syphilis des Nervensystems
  wahrend der letzten 13 Jahre.   Monatsh.  f. prakt  Der-
  mat., Hamb., 1888, vii, 13; 72—Sexton (M. P.)  Syphi-
  lis ofthe nervous system.  Denver M. Times, 1902-3,'xxii,
  129-135.—Sieuierling (E.)  Zur Lehre vou der congeni-
  talen Hirn- und  Riiekenniarkssvphilis.   Arch.  f.  Psy-
  chiat., Berl., 1888, xx, 102-130, 3pl. -----.  Zur  Syphilis
  des  Centralnervensystems.  Ibid.,  1890, xxii, 191;'257, 3
  pl.—Singer (H. D\)  Syphilis aud the nervous systeni.
  Med.  Herald,  St.  Josepli,  1904,  n.  s.,  xxiii,  453-457.—
  Slutski (M. B.)  Sluchai  sitilisa tsentralnol nervol sis-
  temi.  [Syphilis of the central nervous system.]  Arch.
  psichiat. [etc.], Kharkov. 1892, xix, 35-40.—Sniker (P.
  M.)  Ein Fall von luetiseher Meningoencephalitis mit
  corticaler  (Jacksons) Epilepsie und Yerlust des stereo-
  gnostiscben Siunes.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph..  Wien u.
  Leipz., 1904, lxx, 455-460.—Spiller (W. G.")  Syphilis of
  the nervous system.  Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1904, 14. s.. iii,
  34-45, 2 pl.—Spitzka (E. C.)  Remarks  on the  morbid
  anatomy (ehieflv of the brain axis) in dementia from lues.
  Med. News, J<.Y., 1897, lxxi. 221-223. — Sterne (A. E.)
  Specific disease ofthe nervous svstem.  Indiana M. J., In-
  dianap., 1893-4, xii, 73-80. —Stewart (D. D.)  Propositions
  suggested by the t'ailuie of mercury and potassium iodide
  to cure a  case of nerve-syphilis  subsequently cured
  by mercury alone: repoi t of the case.  Med. News, Phila.,
  1891, lviii, 399-401. — Miiozeivski (K.)  Trzy przypadki
  Byfilisnmozgurdzeniowego.  [Three cases of cerebro-spinal
  syphilis.]   Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1893, 2. s.,  xiii, 766-772.
  -----. Syfllis dziedziczny, jako przyczyna chordb nerwo-
  wych. [Hereditary syphilis as a cause of nervous diseases.]
  Ibid..  1898, 2. a., xviii, 666; 690; 721. — Struppler (T.)
  Beitrage znr Pathologie der Gehirn- und  Riickenmark-
  syphilis.  Miinchen.med.Wchnsehr.,1899,xlvi,1646; 1681.—
  Stucky  (T. H.)  Some remarks concerning  mercuric
  bromide of gold and arsenic,  with especial reference to its
  use  in the treatment of neurotic  conditions of specific
  origin.  Am. Pract. & News, Louisville,  1894, xvii, 465-
  470.—Suckling (('. W.)  Syphilis of the nervous system.
  Birmingh.  M. Rev.,  1889, xxv, 218; 270.—SurovtseflT.
  Siflliticheskoycporazheniye tsentralnol nervnoi sistemi pri
  nalichii vtoriebnikh kozbnikh sifilidov.  [Syphilis of the
  central nervous system in the presence of secondary skin
  syphilides.]  Med.pribav.kmor.sk. sborniku, St. Petersb.,
  1902, pt. 2,  40-46,  1 diag. —Syphilitic neuroses.  [Dis-
  enssion.)   Med.  Herald,  Louisville, 1881-2, iii, 151-156.—
  Sztahovszky (A.)  Misodkorszaki  lueses idegbetegse-
  gek.   [Secondary  luetic  nerve diseases.]  Magy. orv.
  lapja, Budapest. 1902  ii,  471-473.  AUo, transl:  i'ngar.
  med.  Presse,  Budapest. 1902,  vii, 515. — Tamovski
  (V. M.) Sifilis moznn i yevo otnosheniye k drugim zabo-
  llevauiyam  nervnoi sistemi.  [Syphilis of the  brain and
  its relation  to  other  diseases of' the nervous system.]
  Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1891, iii, 53-60.—Taylor  (E.W.)
  Two cases of svphilisof tbe central nervous  svstem. Med.
  & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1895, 6. s., 268-278—Tay-
  lor (F.)  Syphilitic meningitis and gumma of the spinal
  duramater. with tubular cavity in the spinal cord (syringo-
  myelia).  Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1883-4, xxxv, 36-42,' 1 pl.—
  Tsiylor (J.) A clinical lecture on syphilitic diseases of
  brain and nerves.  Clin. Jour.,  Lond., 1899, xiv,  17-24.—
  Terson  p6re.   K6ratite  neuro-paralytiqne au coins
  d'une syphilis cerebro-spinale; gu6rison par la tarsorrba-
  phie  interne.  Ann. d'ocul.. Par.,  1901, exxv.  241-246.
  AUo  • Arch. med. de Toulouse. 1901, vii, 97-103.—Thomas
  (II. il.)  A  case of cerebrospinal  syphilis, with an un-
  usual lesion in the spinal cord.  Select, essays andmoiiog.,
  Lond.,  1897, 117-141, 1 id.—Tompkins (K.  L.)  Cerebro-
  spinal syphilis.  Virginia M.  Mouth.,  Richmond,  1891-2,
  xviii, 843-855. — Toussaint (M.)  Un padecimieuto raro
  del sistema nervioso de origen sifllitico probable.   Bol. d.
  Inst, patol., Mexico, 1905-6, 2.ep.,iii,l; 47, 3pl.—Turner
Uervous system (Syphilis of).
   (W. A.)   On the effects of syphilis upon the nervous  sys-
   tem.   Cliu. J.,  Lond., 1904-5, xxv,  145-15L--Uhthbft
   (YV.)  Untersufchuiigen iiber  die bei der Syphilis des
   Centralnervensysteuis vorkommenden Augeiistdrungen.
   Arch.  f. Ophth., Leipz., 1893, xxxix, 1. Abth., 1; 3. Abth.,
   126, 8  pl.—V. (L.)   Neuromas multiples cou  trastornos
   tr6ficos en el curso de la sifilis  secundaria.  Clinica, Zara-
   goza, 1880, iv, 43.—Veronese (F.)  Intorno a tie casi di
   sifilide del  sistema nervoso.  Riv. veneta di  sc. med.,
   Venezia, 1888, viii, 313; 425; 531.—Vizioli (R.)   Ulteriore
   contribuzione clinica  alio  studio delle  affezioni parasifl-
   litiche del sistema nervoso.  Attid. r. Accad.  med. chir.
   di Napoli, 1897, n. s.,  li, 400; 437.  Also: Ann. di nevrol.,
   Milano,  1898,  xvi, 187-201.  Also  [Abstr.]: Compt.-rend.
   L'ong. internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 7, 756.—
   Walton (<;. L.)   The  bummer and the  gumma. Bos-
   ton  M. A S. J., 1904, cl, 166. — Waterman.  A case
   of cerebro-spinal syphilis,  with operation. J. Nerv. &
   Ment.  Dis., N.  Y., 1906,  xxxiii, 40.—Webber (S.  G.)
   Cases illustrative of syphilis of the nervous system.  Bos-
   ton  M.  Sc S. J.,   1904,  eli, 486-490.— Wic'kham (W.)
   Lesions  of the nervous system  due to  syphilis.  Toledo
   M. &  S. Reporter,  1901, xxvii, 817. — Wright (R.  A.)
   Neuro-retinitis,  "choked  ilisc", occurring in  a case of
   nerve syphilis with  insanity.  Alabama M. Sc S. Age,  An-
   niston, 1896-7, ix, 629-631.—Wiilll.  Die neueren Erfah-
   rungeu iiber die Beziehung der Syphilis zu den Nerven-
   krankheiteu.  Reichs-Med.-Anz.,  Leipz., 1902, xxvii, 41;
   63.—Vei-mnkotl"(P.  I.)  Dva sluchaya rannyavo  sifi-
   liticheskavo porazheniya nervnoi sistemi.   [Two cases of
   early syphilis of the nervous system.]  Russk. J. Kozhn.
   i Ven.  Bollezn., Kharkov, 1903, v, 240-243.—Znmfircscu
   (C.) Trei casurl de sifilis modular.  [Three cases of . . .]
   Presa med. rom., Bucuresci, 1903, ix, 1; 17.—Zenner  (P.)
   Syphilis  of the nervous  system.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
   1896, n. s., xxxviii, 285-289.  Also: Kansas M. J., Topeka,
   1896, viii, 569-574.—Kiemsseii (O.)  Gesichtsfeldaufuah-
   men alsKontrolle in der Behandlungder Hirn- und Riicken-
   markslues.   Klin.-therap.  Wchuschr.,  Wien,  1902, ix,
   1439-1442.  Also.- Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.
   u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii,  2. Hlfte.,  52-56.

IVervous system (Terminology of).
     See  Neurology (Instruction  in  and nomencla-
   ture of).

Nervous system (Tuberculosis of).
     See, also,  Brain (Tuberculosis  of);  Neuritis
   (Tubercular);  Spinal cord (Tuberculosis of).
     Armand-Delille (P.-F.)  *R61t- des poisous
   du bacille de Koch daus la ui6uin»ite tubercu-
   leu.se  et  la  tuberculose  des  centres  nerveux;
   6tude experimentale et anatomo-pathologique.
   H-.  Paris, 1903.
     -----.  The same.   8°.  Paris, 1903.
     Garcie (I.)    * Tuberculose  et   systeme ner-
   veux.   8°.   Toulouse, 1900.
     Hoche (A.)  *Zur Lehre von der Tuberculose
   des Centiulnervensystems.   [Heidelberg.]   r'-.
   Berlin,  1888.
     Also, in: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1887, xix, 200-228.
     It at ten  (F. E.)   Some  tuberculous  affections of the
   nervous  systeni.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1901,  lxvii, 125-
   131.—Coats (G.)  A case of tubercle of the nerve head.
   Roy. Lond. Ophth.  Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1905, xvi, 381-388,
   2 pl.—Concetti (L.)  Tubercolosi cerebro-spinale in un
   bambino. Boll.  d.  Soc. Lancisiana  d. osp. di Roma, 1887,
   vii, 23-32. AUo, Reprint. AUo: Gazz.med.di Roma, 1887,
   xiii, 3-11. Abo, Reprint.—Droztln (J.)  Tumor cerebri
   (Tubercula solitaria in bulbo  rachidico et in cerebello);
   Meningitis basilaris tuberculosa; Tod.  Jahrb. d. Wien.
   k. k. Krankenanst. 1895, Wien ii. Leipz., 1897,  iv, pt. 2,
   323. — Cirinkcr (J.)   Tuberculosis of the nervous  sys-
   tem.  Chicago  M.   Recorder,  1904, xxvi, 443-152.  Also:
   Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1904, vi, 107-113. —CJuitcrns
   (J.)  Secondary  tuberculous lesions of  the nervous  sys-
   tem.  Tr. Path". Soc. Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 232-237.—Ilugue-
   nin (P.)  Tuberculose des centres nerveux et  de.s  me-
   ninges. Concours nied..Par., 1897,xix, 149-152.—Ijnigucl-
   I.nvastinc.   Tuberculose du  ganglion  si-mi-lunaire.
   Bull, et  1116111. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 59-63.—
   McBriile (J. H.)  Tuberculosis of the  nervous system.
   South.  Culif. Pract.,  Los Angeles,  1902, xvii, 214-216.—
   .McCarthy  (D. J.)  Tuberculosis  of the nervous  sys-
   tem.  Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1900, ix,  183-188.—lTlari-
   que.  [Tuberculose des ganglions pr6aortiques et nieseii-
   ti riques. ]  Ann. Soe.  d'anat. path, de  Brux., 1884, no. 33,
   15-19.—Petit (G.)   Tuberculose des centres nerveux chez
   le  chien.  Bull, et m6m. Soc.  anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii,
   307. — Knubitschek (II.)  Zur  Tuberkulose des Zen-
   triiluervensystems.  Wien.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1904, xvii,
  1033.—Rendu.  M6niugo-inyelites tuberculeuses. Union 
NERVOUS.
556
NERVOUS.
Nervous system (Tuberculosis of).
  med., Par., 1889, 3. s., xlvii, 301-306.—Schninschiu (W.)
  Beitrage zur pathologischen  Anatomie der Tuberculose
  des Ceritralneivensystems.  Ztscbr. f. Heilk.,  Berl., 1895,
  xvi 373-427, 1 pl.—Trevelyan (E. F.)  On tuberculosis
  of the nervous system.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1200-
  1204.  AUo: Lancet, Lond.. 1903, ii, 1276-1280.

Wervous system (Tumors of).
     Sec, also, Brain, Cerebellum,  Medulla oblon-
  gata, Tumors  of;  Nervous system (Glioma  of);
  Nervous system (Pathology of);  Nervous system
  ( Tumors of, Malignant); Neurofibroma; Neuro-
  lipoma; Neuroma.
     Baktelt (E.)  * Ueber einen Fall  von Tumor
  der grossen Ganglien.  n .  Kiel, 1904.
     Bruns  (L. )  Die  Geschwiilste  des  Nerven-
  systems.    Hirngesehwiilste,   Riickenmarkge-
  schwiilBte, Geschwiilste der peripheren Nerven.
  Eine klinische Studie.  6 '.   Berlin, 1697.
     Gkall (J.)  * Contribution a l'histologie pa-
  thologique des tumeurs primitives des nerfs.  s°.
  Lyon, 18-97.
     Kroner  (J.)   * Ein ausgedehnter  Fall  yon
  Papilloma neuropathicum.  8°.   Wiirzburg, 1890.
     Pkrkt-Gilhkrt.  # Considerations sur les n6o-
  plasmes primitifs  des nerfs des membres.   4°.
  Paris, 1H91.
     -----.   The same.  8°.  Paris, 1891.
     Tartarin (A.-L.-C.)   * Un cas de ddge'ne'res-
  cence myxomatetise  generalised des nerfs.   4-.
  Paris, 1691.
     Zarkl (W.)  * Zur Casuistik der Gefasstunio-
  ren (lis Centralnervensystems.   H .   Freiburg  i.
  Br..  1905.
     Abbe (R.)   Large multiple neuroflbromata of the cer-
  vical  sympathetic. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898,  xxvii, 487-
  490, 1 pl. — Beneke.  Ueber 2 Falle ganglienzelleuhalti-
  ger Nervenfasergeschwiilste.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte  1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte., 15.—Blanc (L.)  Developpement des fibromcs-
  myxomatodes dans les nerfs des tuminants.  J. de med.
  vet. et zootech., Lyon,  1897, 5. s.,i. 385-399. — Busse (O.)
  Ein grosses Neuroma gangiiocellulare  des Nervus sympa-
  thicus.  Arch. f.  path. Anat. [etc.],  Berl., 1898, cli, Sup-
  plhft.. 66-77.  Also [Abstr.]:  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl.. 1X98, xxiv, Ver.-Beil.,  93.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1897, xliv, 1458.—Cam pan a
  (R.)  I teratomi del sistema nervoso come nuclei di devia-
  zione nella nutrizione dei tessuti cutanei.  Festschr. .  . .
  Moriz Kaposi  z. Prof.-Jubil., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, 347-
  372, 2 pl.—Collins (J.)  Tumors of  the central nervous
  system;  remarks on noteworthy cases.  Med. Rec, N. T.,
  1902, lxi, 241-249.—Delfino (E.)  Contributo  alio studio
  sui tnmori dei nervi.  Arch,  di ortop., Milano, 1905, xxii,
  11; 97, 2 pl. —Fabris (A.)  Sopra due interessanti neo-
  plasie dei centri nervosi.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di  med.  di
  Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 443. -----. Contributo alia  cono-
  scenza dei ganglio-neuromi del sistema nervoso simpa-
  tico.  Arch, per  le sc.  med., Torino, 1903, xxvii,  125-
  140. — FinIcelnburg ( R.)   Zur Differentialdiagnose
  zwischen Kleinhirutumor und chronischem Hydrocepha-
  lus; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Angiome
  des  Zentraluervensystems.    Deutsche Ztschr.  f.  Ner-
  venh., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 135-151. — Fletcher ( H. M.)
  Fibro-myxoraa of sympathetic ganglia.  Tr. Path. Soc.
  Lond., 1899-1900, li, 222-226. 1 1., 1 pl.—Frnenkel (J.) Sc
  Hunt (J. R.)   Tumors of the ponto-medullo-cerebellar
  space; acoustic neuromata (central  neurofibro-matosis).
  Med. Rec. N. T., 1903, lxiv, 1001-1008. Also, Reprint.—
  Graetfner.  Demonstration einiger Tnmoren des  Cen-
  tralnervensystems.  Verhaudl. d.  Berl. med. Gesellsch.
  1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, pt. 2, 409-424.   [Discussion], pt. 1,
  221-226.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Berl. klin. Wcbnechr., 1004, xii,
  1307. -----.  Funf Falle von Tumoren des Centralnerven-
  systeins.  Ibid., 1318-1323. —  Haenel (H.)  Beitrag zur
  Lehre von den aus Nervengevebe bestehenden Gescbwiil-
  sten  (Xeuroganglioma  myelinicuni   verum).  Arch.  f.
  Psychiat., Berl., 1898,  xxxi, 491-497, 1 pl—Ilarlmami
  (F.)  Eiue eigeuai tige postmortal Cystenbildung im Cen-
  tralnervensystem.  Wieu. klin.  Wchuschr.,  1900   xiii
  963-970.—Howard (W. T.).jr.  The origin of gas and gas
  cysts of the central nervous system.   J. Med. Research
  Bost., 1903, n. s.. i, 105-119.— Hume (G. H.)  Ca.ses  of
  tumour of nerve trunks, illustrating the results of excision
  of the tumour  along with the affected portion of nerve
  Lancet,  Lond., 1891, ii, 651-657.—Jnckschath (E.)  Fall
  einer Myelomeniugocystoceleanterior s. inferior bei einem
  Kalbe.  Berl. thierarztl. Wchnx 1 r , 18H9, 455. — I.ande
  (A.)  Pzyczynek do nauki o obrzekach poehodzenia ner-
  wowego. [Tumor of nervous origin.]  Czasopismo  lek.,
Xervou* system  (Tumors of).
  L6dz, 1904,  vi,  247-252.— Tim kail  (L.), jr.  A  ciise of
  ueuro-sarcoma;   pseiido-hypertrophir paralysis.   Mary-
  land M. J.,  Bait.,  1895-6, xxxiii. 121-123. '[Discussion!
  128.—itlichclnzzi (A.)  Contributo alia casuistica dei
  tuniori del sistema nervoso centrale  (30 reperti anatonio-
  patalogici).   Morgagni, Milano,  1900, xlii,  149-176 _
  IVIinynzzini  (G.)  Contributo alio studio dei tuniori
  incipient! della superficie cerebrale e del midollo spinale
  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvii, 912-945
  1 pl.—iTlott (F. W.)   Myxofibroma of the  fifth  dorsai
  nerve (lett side) exteuding  to the spinal canal, producing
  compression of  the cord.  Tr.  Path  Soc. Lond.  1886-7
  xxxviii, 52.—Nancreile (C. B.) A clinical contribution
  to our knowledge of certain  tumors which originate from
  large nerve trunks. Tr.Mich.M.Soc.,(;raiidRapids,1896,xx
  178-181.  Also:  Physician & Surg..  Detroit & Ann Arbor'
  1896, xviii,294-296.-Pellizzi (G.B.) Contribute alia isto-
  logia ed alia patogenesi dei  tuniori  di  tessuto  nervoso.
  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvii, 957-994]
  1 pl. Also [Abstr.J: Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1902, ii, 148^-
  151.—Pol (11.)  Zur KeniitnissderMelano.se und der me-
  lanotischen Geschwiilste im Zentralnervensystem.  Beitr.
  z. path. Anat. u. ■/.. allg. Path., Jena.  1905, vii, Suppl.,
  737-761. 1 pl.—Raymond (F.), Alquier (L.) A C'oin--
  tellemont  (V.)  In cas de kyste dermoide des centres
  nerveux.   Rev.  neurol., Pur., 1904, xii, 635.—Saxer (F.)
  Epenrtymepithel, Gliome and epitheliale Geschwiiste des
  Centralnerveusystems.  Beitr.  z. path. Anat. u. z. allg.
  Path., Jena,  1902, xxxii, 276-350, 3 pl.—Schmidt (M. B.)
  Ueber ein ganglienzelleuhaltiges wahres Neurom des Sym-
  pathicus.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, civ, 557-
  570, 1 pl.—Sick (P.) Zur Lehre von den  Gewebshyper-
  trophien mit Betheiligung des Nervensystems.  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Chir.,  Leipz., 1S97. xlvii, 16-32.—Smith (W. J.)
  A case of multiple tumours of nerves.   Illust. M.  News,
  Lond.,  1889, iv, 277.—Trachtenberg (M. A.)   Eiu
  Beitrag zur Lehre von  den araehnoidealen Epidermoiden
  und  Dermoiden des Hirns und Riickenmarks.  Arch. f.
  path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1898, cliv, 274-291, 1 pl.

IVervoiis system  (Tumors of, Malignant).
     Bkun (R.)   "Contribution  a l'etude des sar-
  comes des  nerfs, et en particulier des nerfs du
  membre superieur.   *-.  Paris, 1^98.
     -----.   The same.   H \   Paris, l^.K
     Gi'Rkwitsch (Rosalie).   *Uel>er  die Verbrci-
  tnug des Carcin"ins in  den peripheren Nerven-
  stammen mit Riicksicht auf die Lyinnbgefasse.
  8°.  Zurich, 1902.
     Monsskacx (A.)   "Etude analoinique et cli-
  nique  des localisations  cancereuses  sur  les
  racines  rachidienncs et sur le syst cine nerveux
  peripherique.   8°.   Paris, 1902.
     -----.   The same.   8°.   Paris, 1902.
     Nielaender (K.) * Ein Fall  von  priinarem
  Spindelzelleusarkoui des tinteisteii rechten Cer-
  vikalnerven.   *c.   Gbttingen, 1692.
     Razemon (J.-B.-H.)   * Contribution a l'6tude
  des sarcomes  des nerfs.   4°.   Lille, 1895.
     Valkoff (P.)  "Contribution  a l'etude des
  sarcomes primitives des nerfs de.s membres.  8°.
  Montpellier, 1900.
     Ruchniinn (G.) Large sarcomatous neuroma of the
  internal popliteal nerve. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1900, i, 955.—
  Buchholz. Casuistischer  Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der
  Careinoine des Centralnervensystems.   Monatschr. f. Psy-
  chiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1898, iv, 183-210, 3 pl.—Bunch
  (C.)  Ein Fall vou ausgebreiteter Sarkomatose der weichen
  Hiiute des centralen Nervensystems.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896, ix, 114-118.— Dercum (V. X.)
  General sarconiatosis; involvement of the general nervous
  system.  Phila. Hosp.  Rep'. (1902), 1903, v, 54-57,  1 pl —
  Ernst.  Verbreitung  des Carcinoms  in  Lymphbahnen
  der Nerven.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1901,
  Beil.,  1902,  236-239. — Feron  (G.)  Melanosan nine des
  centres nerveux. J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 222.—Fischer
  (O.)  Zur Kenntnis des multiplen metastatischen Carci-
  noms des Zeutralnervensystems.  Jahrb. f.  Psychiat. u.
  Neurol., Leipz.  u.Wien, 1905. xxv, 125-140, lpl.— Fran-
  cotte (P.) & De Kechler ((J.)  Contribution aux alte-
  rations des nerfs daus les tumeurs carcitiomateuses (endo-
  neurite canc6reuse). Ann. Soc.  med.-chir. du  Brabant,
  Brux., 1894,  iv,  129-149. 2 pl.   AUo:  Presse med. beige,
  Brux., 1894, xlvi, 369; 377.—Oallavarilin iL.) .v Varay
  (F.)  TStude  sur le cancer secoudaire du cerveau.  du cerve-
  let et  de  la moelle. Rev. de med.,  Par., 1903. xxiii. 441;
  561. — Herczel (E.)  Ueber Fibrome und Sarkome  der
  peripheren Xerven. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path.,
  Jena, 1890, viii. 38-70, 1 pl.—von Hippel (E.)  Ein Fall
  von  multiplen Snrkomen des gesaiumten Nervensystems
  nnd seiner Hulleu, verlaufen unter dem Bilde der multi- 
NEKVOUS.
557
NEEVOUS,
IVervous system (Tumors of Malignant).
  plen  Sclerose.  Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Nervenh.,  Leipz.,
  1891-2, ii, 388-413.—Hulst (J. P.  L.)  Reitrag zur Kennt-
  nis der Fibrosarkoniato.se des Nervensystems.  Vii chow's
  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, xvii, 317-368.  Also,
  transl: Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1904, viii,  229-
  298,  3 pl. — Jcnckcl.   [ Rankenneuroin  mit  Sarcom-
  entwicklung.]  Deutsche nied. Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1904,  xxx,  1786. —Juliusburj;cr A IHnyer  (E.)  Ein
  Beitrag  zur Kenntniss  der  infcctioscn  Granulations-
  geschwiilste  des Centralnervensystems.    Centralbl.  f.
  Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Cobleuz Sc Leip/,., 1897, n. F., viii,
  4D4-406.—Kolotiuaki (S.)  Mnozhcstvouiiiy sarkomatoz
  tsentralnol nervnoi sisteiniperenosnavoproiskhozhdeniya.
  [Multiple sarconiatosis of the central nervous system  of
  metastatic  origin.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1896, iv, no.
  1, 63-78; no. 2, 47Y18.  liiiiyncl-l,,nvawtiuc.  Cancer
  secondaire du ganglion seini-lunaire.  Bull, et inein. Soc
  anat.de Par., 1903, lxxviii, (i !-67.—Nomic.   Ueber diffuse
  Sarkomatose des Centralnei \ ensystems.   [Discussion.]
  Deutsche nied. Wchnsclir..  Leip/..  u. Berl., 1902, xxviii,
  Ver.-Beil., 6.—©berthiii- (J.) A: Tlouo-i  aux (A )  Con-
  tribution il l'etude des localisations cancereuses sur le
  systfeme  nerveux periph6rique.   Cong. d. ni6d.  alienistes
  et neurol. de France . . .   C.-r., Par., 1902, 172-175.   AUo
  [Abstr.]:  Rev. neurol.. Par..  1902,  x, 812.—Penzo (R.)
  Contributo alia couoscenza dei sarcomi primitivi dei nervi
  periferici.  Riv. veneta di sc. nied., Venezia, 1904,xl,337-348,
  1 pl.—Philippe, C'cMlan A Oberthiir (J.)  Sarcomes
  et sarcomatoses du systeme nerveux; classification; 6tude
  clinique et auatoino-pathologique; coupes et dessins histo-
  logiques.  Cong. d. med. alenistes et neurol. de France . . .
  C.-r., Par., 19U2, ii, 175-1*2.  Also [Abstr.]:  Rev.  neurol.,
  Par., 1902, x, 810.—Raymond (F.)  I.es  localisations du
  cancer sur le systeme nerveux ptripherique.  Arch,  do
  neurol., Par., 1904, 2. s., xvii, 273-308.—Sicfcrt (E.)  Ue-
  ber die multiple Carcinomatose des Centralnervensystems.
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl.. 19u2-3, xxxvi. 720-761, 1 pl.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix. 820-82Y—
  Spiller (W. G.) Sc Hcndrickson (W. F.) A report of
  two cases of  multiple sarconiatosis of the  central nervous
  system and of one case of intramedullary primary sarcoma
  ofthe spinal cord.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., exxv,
  10-32.  AUo, Reprint.— Svenson (F.)  Bidrag till kiinne-
  dom om utbredd primiir sarkomatos i centrala m-rvsyste-
  mets mjuka hinnor.   [Contributions k la counaissance  do
  la sarcomatose primaire diffuse dans les membranes molles
  du systeme nerveux central.  C.-r., no. 34, 1-4.]  Nord.
  med. Ark.. Stockholm, 1897, n. F., viii, hft. 6. no. 32,  1-47,
  2 pl.—Wewtphal (A.)  Ueber multiple Sarkomatose des
  Gehirus und der Riickenmarkshaute. Arch. f. Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1894, xxvi,  770-790, 2 pl.

 iVervous system (Vasodilator).
     Baylitis (W. M.) On reflex vascular dilatation through
  posterior  root  fibres.  Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond.,  1900-
  1901,  pp. xxx-xxxii. -----. Antidromic vascular dilata-
  tion from  posterior roots.   Arch. ital.  de biol.,  Turin,
  1901-2, xxxvi. 68.—Biedl (A.)  Ueber Vasodilatatoren.
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,  1893, xxix, 323; 343.—
  Bradbury (J. B.)  The Bradshaw lecture on some uew
  vaso-uilators.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1895. ii, 1213-1218. AUo:
  Lancet, Lond.. 1895, ii, 1205-1213.  Also, Reprint.—Fran-
  rois-Franck (C.-A.)  £tude des vaso-dilatations pas-
  sives;  applications  k  la  recherche des vaso-dilatations
  actives.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path.. Par., 1893, 5.  s.,
  v, 729-739. -Uaertner  (G.)   Ueber den Verlauf der
  Vasodilatatoren.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1889, ii, 980.—
  Hiiidci'Noii (V. E.) ..v Locwi (O.)  Ueber die Wirkung
  der  Vasodilatatorenreizung.   Arch  f.  exper. Path.  u.
  Pharmakol., Leipz., 1905, liii, 56-61.—I.epine (R.)  Note
  historique  sur  les vaso-moteurs.  et particulie-rement les
  vaso-dilatateurs.  Rev. de med., Par., 1896, xvi, 283-288.—
  I-ioewi  (O.)   Zur Physiologie uud Pharmacologic der
  Vasodilatatorenreizung.  Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Be-
  fdrd. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1904), 1905, 79.  ^lislnv-
  sky & ByBtrenine.  Excitation tbermique  des vaso-
  dilatateurs.  J. de physiol. et de path.  g6n., Par., 1905,
  vii, 1002-1008.—Morat (J.-P.)  Influence pseudomotrice
  des nerfs vaso-dilatateurs.  Arch,  de physiol. norm,  et
  path., Par., 1890, 5. s., ii,  430-435.  -----.  Les nerfs vaso-
  dilatateurs et la loi de Magendie.  Ibid.,  473-482. -----.
  Origines et centres trophiques des nerfs vaso-dilatateurs.
  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,  Par.,  1892,  cxiv, 1499-1501.
  AUo: Gaz. med.  de Par., 1892, 8.  s., i,  496. -----. Les
  origines des  nerfs  vaso-dilatateurs;  leurs  centres  tro-
  phiques.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxiv, 969-
  972.  AUo: Bull,  med., Par., 1897,  xi, 455— Spallitta
  (F.) Sc Coumiglio (M.)  I nervi  vasodilatator!.  Atti  d.
  r. Accad.  d.  sc. med. in  Palermo  (1897), 1898, 20-25.—
  Thayer (A. E.) Sc Pnl (J.)  Ueber vasodilatatorische
  Ceutren im Riickenmarke.   Med. Jahrb., Wien, 1888, n. F.,
  iii, 29-38.— Werthciiiier (E.)  Remarques sur Taction
  pseudo-motrice  dee nerfs vaso-dilatateurs.  Arch, de
  physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1890, 5. s., ii,  632-635.
Nervous system (Vasomotor and trophic).
     See,  also,  Blood-vessels (Nerves of); Nerve
  (Depressor);  Nerve  ( Pneumogastric); Nervous
  systeni ( Vasodilator);  Plethysmograph.
     Bkuckklmann (M. L. R.)   *De  nervorum  iu
  arteritis iniperio.  4°.   Gottingce,  1744.
     Callenfkls  (J. vau  dei B.)  * Diss,  conti-
  ueus disquisitiones de vi  nervorum vaso-uioto-
  riorum in  eirculationein  et  caloris  productio-
  nem.   8°.  Traj. ad Bhenum,  1855.
     Leghos (C.)   *Dea ueifs  vaso-moteurs.  8°.
  Paris,  1873.
     Arnilt  (R.)   Ueber  trophische Nerven.    Arch. f.
  Physiol., Leipz., 1891, 54-80. — Bnlili (D. )  Dell' azione
  trofica  che il sistema nervToso esercita sugii altri tessuti.
  Sperimentale,  Firenze, 1889,  lxiii,  350-375. — Bancroft
  (F. W.) The vasomotor  nerves of  the hiud limb.  Am. J.
  Physiol., Bost., 1898, i,  477-485. — Bcrkovich (S.)  K
  naukle o refieksakh sosudodvigatelnavo tsentra.   [Re-
  flexes of the vaso-motor centers.]   Raboti v lab. Med.
  Fak. Imp.  Varshav. Univ.,  1K75, ii, 103-123. — Bikelcn
  (G.) A.lawiiiski (A.)   Przycznek do  nauki  o  nerwach
  odzywc/.ych (troficzuych).   [On trophic  nerves.]  Przegl.
  lek., Krakow, 1898, xxxvii, 175-177.   Also, transl. [Abstr.]:
  Centralbl.  f. l'hysiol., Leipz.  u. Wien, 1898,  xii, 345.—
  Bonuzzi (P.)  I vasomotori .ed i centri  vasomotori nel
  midoll i spinale enel cervello ; i nervi vasodilatator! nelle
  radici posteriori del midollo spinale.  Atti r. Accad. med.
  di Roma 1886-7, 2. s., iii, 295-337. — Bowditch (H. P.)
  Receut progress in  physiology.  Vaso - motor  mechan-
  ism.  Boston M. Sc S.J.', 1877,  xevii,  65;  106.   Also, Re-
  print.— Brown-Sequard.  Persistance de l'6tat nor-
  mal de la nutrition dans  un mem lire de singe paralys6 par
  suite de l'ablatiou du nerf sciatique dans toute sa longueur.
  Compt. rend. Soe.  de  biol., Par., 1882, 7. s., iv, 31. — C!a-
  vani (E.)   Se  esista un mancinismo vasomotorio;  ricer-
  che col guanto volumetrico.  Riv. sper. di freniat., lleg-
  gio-Eniilia, 1902, xxviii,  fasc. 2-3, 277-289.  Also, transl:
  Arch. ital.  debiol., Turin, 1903, xxxix, 129-141.—C'avaz-
  zani  (E.)  Sulla  innervazione motrice dei vasi del cer-
  vello e  del  midollo.  Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e uat. in Fer-
  rara, 1901-2, lxxvi, fasc.  1-2, 1.  1-8.  Also,  transl: Arch.
  ital. de biol., Turin, 1902-3, xxxviii, 17-32. — Cyou (E.)
  Sur les actions reflexes des nerfs sensibles sur les nerfs
  vaso-moteurs.  Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1869, lxix,
  568.-----.- Heinmungen und  Erregungen im  Central-
  System der Gefassuerven.  Melanges biol. Acad. imp. d.
  sc. de St.-Petersb., 1871,  vii, 757-786.— Oui-duli (G. N.)
  Eksperinientalnoye izsliedovauiye po voprosu o zuachenii
  troficheskikh nervov. [Experimental researches on the im-
  portance of trophic nerves.]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St.
  Petersb., 1894, v, 529; 561.  AUo, transl:  Centralbl. f. allg.
  Path.u. path. Anat.,Jena, 1894,  v, 509-513.—Ellis (F. W.)
  Plethysmography and vaso-mntor experiments with frogs.
  J. Physiol., Lond., 1885, vi,437-459,2 pl.—Oaule (J.)  Die
  trophischen Eigenschafteu der Nerven.  Berl. klin.Wchn-
  sehr., 1893,  xxx, 1065; 1099. -----.  Die trophischen Func-
  tionen des Nerveusysteius.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx,  509; 532.  Also, transl. [Abstr.J:
  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii, fisiol., 57-60.—
  Gley (E.)   Recherches  sur les actions vaso-motrices  de
  provenance p6riph6rique. Arch, de physiol. norm, etpath.,
  Par., 1894. 5.  s., vi, 702-716. — Orii'tzner (P.)  Einige
  neuere Arbeiten iiber trophische Nerven.  Deutsche nied.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 15.—flallion (L.)
  Sc Frniic.ois-Frauck.  Effet de l'excitation directe
  r6flexe  et centrale des nerfs vaso moteurs ui6sent6riques
  etudi6s avec un nouvel  appareil volumetrique.  Compt.
  rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1896,  10. s., iii,  147-150.—Hill
  (L.) A ITIaclcod  (J.-J.-R.)   A further  enquiry into tho
  supposed existence of  cerebral vaso-motor nerves.   J.
  Physiol., Lond., 1900-19Q1, xxvi, 393-404.—Jcgorow (J.)
  Przyczynek do  nauki o unerwieniu naezyn krwionosnych.
  [Contribution to theory of innervation of the vnso-niotor
  nerves.] Pain. Tovvarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1893, lxxxix, 275-
  314, 2 pl, — Jo re* (L.)  Ueber das Verhalten der Blut-
  gefsisse im Gebiete  durchschnittener  vasomotorischer
  Nerven. Beitr. z.  path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1902,
  xxxii, 146-156. — Klemensicwicz (R.)  Ein Vasomoto-
  ren-Schema.  Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, 1887,
  Graz, 1888,  xxiv, 112-122. —leister (J.)  An inquiry  re-
  garding the parts  of the nervous system  which regulate
  the contractions of the  arteries.  Phil. Tr., Lond.,  1858,
  cxlviii,  607-625.—Masius & Vanlair.  Des  nerfs vaso-
  moteurs et de leur mode d'action.  Coug. period, internat.
  d.sc. m6d.  Compt.rend. 1875,Brux  ,1876, iv,420-463.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Meltzer (S. J.) & ITIcltzcr (Clara.)  Remarks
  on vasomotor  nerves, with demonstrations.   Proc.  N.
  York Path. Soc, 1902-3,  n. s., ii, 143-145.-----------. A
  study of the vasomotor nerves of the rabbit's ear contained
  in the  third cervical  and in  the  cervical sympathetic
  nerves.   Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1903, ix, 57-68. — iVIorat 
NERVOUS.
558
NEKVOUS.
\crvous system ( Vasomotor and trophic).
  (J.-P.)  Recherches sur lesvasouioteurs do la tite.  Arch.
  de phvsiol. norm, etpath., Par.,li*89, 5. s., i, 196-210.  ------.
  Recherches sur les nerfs vaso-moteurs de la tete; trajet
  iutra-cranien lies vaso-moteurs auriculaires.  Ibid., 1891,
  5. s., iii, 87-95.------Le systeme nerveux et la nutrition
  fies'nerfs trophiques).  R'ev. scient., Par., 1896, 4. s., iv,
  4^7: v. 193; 234.—IViei-meijer.  Vasoniotorisc.be centra.
  Ceiiecsk. Courant. Tiel, lr95, xlix, no. 39. — Nuel.  Tro-
  phiques  (nerfs). Diet, encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1888, 3. s.,
  xviii,  266-293.—Pagano (li.)  1'na prova dell' esistenza
  dei nervi troflci.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze. 1904, ix,
  l7-_>4.  Also, transl. .-  Arch, it il. de biol., Turin, 1905, xliii,
  65-74.__Patrizi Sc t'avani.  Recherches avec le gant
  voluinetrique sur les gancbeis.  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,
  1901-2, xxxvi,  183. — Piotrowski (G.)  Zur Kenntniss
  der Gefassinnervatiiiu. Centralbl. f. Pbysiol., Leipz. u.
  Wien, 1887-8. i, 454-457. — Porter (W. T.) Sc Beyer
  (H  G )  The relation of the depressor nervo to the vaso-
  motor centre.  J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 313.—Kan.
  vier(L.)  Des nerfs vaso-moteurs des veines. Ecole prat.
  d. hautes e-tudt-s. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France.  Trav.
  1894-5, Par., 18'.)S, 17. — Robinson  (I?.)  The vasomotor
  interiliae plexus.  Milwaukee M. J., 1905, xiii, 309-318.—
  Nalvioli (I)  Sulla pretesa influenza trofica dei nervi sui
  tessuti del corpo animale.  Arch.per lesc.med.,Torino, 1896,
  xx,393-433.  AUo. transl: Arch. ital. de biol.,Turin, 1894-5,
  xxii, 259-2fi3.—Mcanldi (V.)  Sulla presenza di fibre efle-
  renti nelle  radici posteriori e sulla origiue delle fibre vaso-
  motors-  che si  tiovano in esse.  Arcb. di  fisiol.. Fiienze,
  1903-4, i, 5S6-603.—Schiff (M.)  De rinflueuce ib-s centres
  nerveux sur la  temperature et des nerfs  vasculaires  des
  extremites.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.,  1K02, lv, 462-
  464. ------. De l'influence de l'action reflexe sur les nerfs
  vaso-moteurs.  Ibid.,  540-543. ------. Sur les nerfs vaso-
  moteurs des extremites. Ibid., 400-403.  AUo, in his: Ges.
  Beitr. z. Pbysiol., 8°,  Lausanne, 1894,  i,  185-188.  -----.
  Influenza della midolla spinale sui nervi vasomotori delle
  estremita.   .Morgagni, Milano, 1864, vi, 937-967.  Also, in
  his: (les. Beitr. z. Physiol.. 8°, Lausanne. 1894, i, 248-279.—
  Schinckel (R.)   Recherches  concernant la fatigue de
  l'appareil vaso-moteur.  Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand. 1903,
  lxxxii, 143-157.— Sewall (II.) & Nanforil  (E.)   Pleth-
  ysmography studies  of the human vasomotor  mechan-
  ism when excited by  electrical stimulation.  J. Physiol.,
  Cambridge,  1890,  xi,  179-207, 2 pl —Mpallitta  (F.) A
  1'oiiNiglio (M.)  I  vasomotori degli arti  addominali.
  Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in  Palermo (1897). 1898,  26-
  5s —Mpallitla (F.)  Sc Toinasini (S.)  Riflessi vaso-
  motori per azione del freddo.  Arch,  di  farm, e  terap.,
  Palermo, 1893, i, 19-30—Stefani (A.)   Dell' azione vaso-
  motoria  reflessa della temperattira.   Al ti r. 1st. Veneto di
  sc, lett. ed arti, W14-5. 7. s.. vi, 403-417.  AUo, transl:
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  l>95-6, xxiv, 414-423— W lim-
  ine i-m (T. O.)  Trophic influence of the uervous system.
  Tr. ix. Internat. M. Cong. Wash., 1887, iii, 249.—Tangl
  Vizsgilbitok a vasomotoricus idegrendszer elettana kore-
  bol.   [Researches on the biology of  the vasomotor nerve
  system. |  Magy. orv.  Arch., Budapest, 1895, iv, 172-1*6.—
  Thompson (W. H.) Ceber die Abhiingigkeit der Glie-
  derveneu von  motorischen  Nerven.  Arch. f. Physiol.,
  Leipz., 1893, 102-108. -----. Actiou de la peptone sur le
  systeme vaso-moteur.   Arch, de pbysiol.  norm, et path.,
  Par..  181)7,  5. s., ix,  117-128.—Trznska-Chrzousze-
  zewiky (N. A.)   Zur Lehre von den vasomotorischen
  Nerven.  Arch. f.  path. Anat. [etc.],  Berl., 1899, clvii,
  373-376.—Tschirwinsky (S.)  Ueberdie Beziehung  des
  N. depressor zu den vasomotorischen Ceutren.  Centraibl.
  f. Physiol.,  Leipz. u.  Wien,  1896,  x, 65-69.— Werziloff
  (N. M.)  Zur Frage iiber die vasoinotorische Function  der
  hinteren Wurzeln.  Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien,
  1896,  x,  194-198. AUo: Compt.-rend. Cong,  internat. de
  med.  1897,  Mosc.  1898, ii,  sect.  2, 51-55.—Winkler.
  Trophische  zenuwen.  Handel, v. h. Nederl. Nat.- en
  Geneesk. Cong., Haarlem,  1895, 431-443.  AUo transl  :
  Flaudre med., Gand, 1895, ii, 513-527.

Uervous system (Vasomotor and trophic,
  Diseases of).

    See, also, Acromegaly; Ainhum; Erythro-
  melalgia; Face (Atrophy, etc., of); Leontiasis
  ossium; Nerves ( Wounds, etc., of);  Neurasthe-
  nia  (Manifestations  of);  Neuritis;  Obesity
  (Painful);  CEdema  (Angioneurotic);  Osteitis
  deformans;  Raynaud's  disease;   Scleroderma;
  Skin (Diseases of, Neurotic).
    Adamkiewk/. (A.)   Die Kreislaufsstorungen
  in  den  Organen  des  Centraluerveiisysteins.
  roy. 6D.   Berlin <f Leipzig,  1899.
    Apel(R.)  * Ueber Trophoueuroaen.  [Jena.l
  f -'.   Gotha. 190;?.
    Arxozax (X.)   Dea  legions trophiques conse"-
  cutives aux  maladies du systeme nerveux.   ~J.
  Paris, 1*30.
Aervoii* system  ( Vasomotor and trophic,
  Diseases of).

    Cassirer (K.)  Die vaaoniotorisch-trophischeii
  Neurosen.   Mit  einem Vorwort  von H. Oppeu-
  heiiu.  -^  .  Berlin,  1<)01.
    See. aUo, infra.

    Conyha (L.)  Des troubles trophiques conse-
  eutifs aux Idsious  traumatiques de la moelle et
  des nerfs.  6 '.   Paris, ]67l.
    (Iueneau (L.)  *Desdonnees radiographiqucs
  dans les  ostebtrophies uervctises.   S'-.   Lyon
  11I0U.
    Haenkl (G. F.)   * Zur Casuistik der vaaoiiui-
  toiischen Neurosen.  8C.   Leipzig, 1808.
    Laxdk (L.)  Essai sur l'aplasie lamineuse pro-
  gressive  (atrophic du tissu conui-c-rif), eelle de la
  la face en particulier (trophou6vrose  de Rom-
  berg).  ->\  Paris,  l^iii).
    Lannois (M.)   'Paralysie vasomotrice  dea
  extremites ou  6rytrom61algie.  4°.  Paris, 1880.
    Lavalle y Cauvajal (E.)   * Nature et  pa-
  thogenie dea trophoneuroses;  revue critique.  4°.
  Paris, 1*115.
  .  ------.   The same.  8°.  Paris, 1895.
    Smith  (\V.  R.)   Angio-neurosis; being  stud-
  ies  in diseases of the vaso-motor system.   8°.
  Bristol, [1690].
    Tereschtschknko (G.)  * Haben vaaomoto-
  risehe Lahuiungen Aenderungen  der Durch las*
  sigkeit der Geftisswand and  Storungen der his-
  tologischen  .Structur  des  Blutgefassendothels
  zurKolge? *-.   Dorpat, 1892.
    Aniitraiio (A.) Osteopatie cd artropatie dipendenti
  da malattie del sistema  nervoso. Arch, internaz. d. spec.
  med.-chir., Napoli, 1894, x, 301-316.—Arnold (J. P.)   Dis-
  turbances  of the vasomotor mechanism as a factor in diag-
  nosis and therapeutics.  Internat.  M. Mag., N. Y., 1903,
  xii, 463-466. — Axtell (F.  R.)   Vaso-motor disturbance.
  N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 181-184.  B. (M.)  Caso de tro-
  phouevrose geueralisada.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1898, xvi,
  5. — Boiinefoy (E.)  fitudes cliniques sur Taction thera-
  peutique des courants  de haute frequence dans les trou-
  bles trophiques et vaso-moteurs.  Ann.d'electrobiol. [etc.],
  Par., 1904,  vii, 159-179. — Brissaud (E.)  La metamerie
  dans les troplion6vroses.   N. iconog. de la Salpetriere,
  Par., 1899,  xii, 69-94.—Brueu (E. T.)  Some cases of dis-
  turbance of  the  normal  vaso-motor  tonus.  Tr.  Coll.
  Phys. Phila., 1886, 3. 8., viii, 27-37. — Capparelli  (A.)
  Influenza  psichica sul troflsrao.  Rassegna internaz. d.
  nied. mod., Catania, 1902-3, iv, 95.—Casnirer (K.)  Die
  vasomotorisch-trophischeii Neurosen.  Centralbl. f. Ner-
  venh. n. Psychiat., Coblenz Sc Leipz., 1900,  n. F., xi, 591-
  598.  ------.  Die  vasomotorischtrophischen  Neurosen.
  Deutsche  Klinik. Berl., 1904, vi, 719-743.—lervern (E.)
  Neurosis cardiovascular neurast6uica.  Rev.  balear de
  cien.  m6d.,  Palma de  Mallorca, 1902, xxiii,  385-390.—
  C'liaatemesse Sc Widal.  Troubles trophiques li£s k
  l'hyst6rie  et simulant  ceux d'une  n6vrite radiculaire du
  plexus brachial. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop.de Par.,
  1*90. 3. s., vii, 268-273. — C'harrin.   Mode (l'action des
  prodiiits s6cr6t£s par les microbes sur le systeme nerveux
  vasonioteur: deductions pathologiques.  Verhandl. d. x.
  internat. med. Cong., 1*90, Berl.. 1891, ii, 3. Abth., 29-33. —
  Chavez (E. M.)   Paralisis de los nervios vaso-motores,
  por trastorno dei gran  simpatico.  Gac. m6d., Lima,  1878,
  iv,302-304— Chodouni-tky(K.) Vasomotoricaneurosa,
  vlastni klimakteriu.   [Vasomotor  neurosis; peculiar cli-
  macteric]  Casop. lek. 6esk.v Praze, 1882, xxi, 18-21.—
  Claude (H.) & Lcjoune (P.)  Hypertrophie d'origine
  heredo-bacillaire.   Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 1105.—
  Cohen (S. S.)  Vasomotor ataxia, illustrated by cases of
  exophthalmic goitre, Graves's disease, aud local asphyxia,
  Raynaud's disease.  Phila. Polyclin., 1892, i, 85-93. -----.
  Vasomotor ataxia;  a contribution to the subject of idiosyn-
  crasies. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cvii, 130-147.—
  Collin*  (J.)   The trophoneuroses.   Text-book Nerv.
  Dis. Am.  authors (Dercum), Phila.. 1895, 8-0-912, 1  pl.—
  Cou Iter (F.E.)  Sudden atrophic influence of craniospinal
  nerves, with report of a case in question. Tr. Mississippi
  Vallev M. Ass.  1902, Kansas City,  1903, iv, 364-371.— »e
  Buck (D.) Nouvelle contribution a la dissociation fasci-
  culane ou hersage  des nerfs dans les troublesanuio-neuro-
  trophiques.   Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1900. ii. 577-
  582.  Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1900,  v, 302-306.—Der-
  cum (F. X.) Trophoneuroses; scleroderma, acromegaly,
  and adiposis dolorosa.  Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y.,
  1897, xi, 519-561— Biehl (A.)   Familiares Auftreten von
  vasoiuotorisch • trophischen  Storuugen.   Monatschr.  f.
  Psychiat.  u. Neurol, Berl., 1901, x, 401-413.—Oilier (T.)
  Disease of the blood-vessel system  as the underlying cause 
NEK VOUS.
559
NEBVOUS.
UTervons system (Vasomotor and trophic,

  Diseases of).
  of nervous diseases.  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1904-5, viii,
  293-299.—Ellis (B.)  Generalized vasomotor paralysis of
  the superior extremities.  [Transl. from the French.] Ohio
  M. A S. J., Columbus, 1877, n. s.. ii, 444-460.  AUo,  Ke-
  print.—Erb (W.)  Ueber das intermittirende Hinken und
  andere nervose Storuugeu in Folge von Gefasserkrankuu-
  geu.  Deutsche Ztscbr. f.  Nervenh., Leipz., 1898,  xiii. 1-
  76.—Frsenkel (J.)   The  relation of the nervous systeni
  to visceral and trophic phenomena.  Med.  Bee,  N.  Y.,
  1905, lxvii, 481-484.—Fridenberg (A. H.)  A rare form
  of vaso-motor disease;  a contribution to the study of by-
  drops intermittens articulorum.  Ibid., 1888, xxxiii, 657-
  663. — Fiirstner  (C.)   Zur  Kenntniss  vasomotorischen
  Neurosen.   Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u.  Chir., Jena,
  1903, xi, 159-170. AUo  [Abstr.]: Arch. f. Psychiat,, Berl.,
  1902, xxxvi, 321-323. — Gaule (J.)  On  trophic changes
  in the nervous system.  Rep. Brit. Ass.  Adv. Sc, Lond.,
  1894,794.—Gerhardt  (C.) Ceber einige Angioneurosen.
  Samml. klin. Vortr., No.  209  (Inn. Med., No. 70),  Leipz.,
  1881,  1861-1878. -Gincomclli  (G.)   Contributo  alio
  studio delle lesioni distrofiche  d' origine neuro-vascolare.
  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 376-380.—Gibson (G. A.)  Re-
  marks on certain vaso-motor neuro es.  Edinb. M.J., 1888,
  xxxiv, 531-537.  AUo,  Reprint.— 4»ole  (F.)   Contributo
  alia patologia del  sistema nervoso trofico e vasomotorio.
  Gazz. .1. osp..  Milano. 1902, xxiii, 569-571. — Gombault
  (A.) & Wnllich.  Lesions du systeme nerveux, obser-
  ves chez  un sujet  atteint  de troubles trophiques  des
  membres inf6rieurs,  coiis6cutivetnent  k  une chute dun
  lieu eleve-   Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1888, lxiii, 734-737.—
  CSowers  (Sir W. 11.) On abiotrophy.  Lancet,  Lond.,
  1902,  i.  1003-1007.   A Uo,  Reprint. — Grasset  (J.)  Du
  syndrome bulbo-medullaire  constitu6 par la thermanes-
  tbesie, l'analgesie  et les troubles sudoraux  ou  vaso-mo-
  teurs (substance grise latero-posterieure).  In his: Lee.
  clin. med.  1886-90, Montpel.,  1891, 186-263. —Gutierrez
  (A.)  Trofoneurosis; mal  perforante plantar y ainhum.
  An. d. Circ. m6d. argent, Bneuos Aires,  1895, xviii, 256-
  258.—Manser (A.)  Angioneurose und Neurangiose; ein
  Beitrag  zum  Studium vou  deu Beziehungen zwischen
  Blutcirculation und peripherem Nervensystem.  Deutsche
  Ztschr.  f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900,  xviii, 399-429. — Herd-
  nian (W. J.)  Some forms of teopbo-neiiroses, with an il-
  lustration. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1895. xix, 457-
  463.  [Discussion], 469; 471.—Herz (H.)  Zui Lehre  von
  den Neurosen des peripheren  Kreislaufsapparates (iiber
  vasoraotorische Ataxie).   Wien.  med. Presse,  1901, xlii,
  1609;  1656; 1699: 1737;  1780;  1825; 1934; 1977; 2027; 2077;
  2119; 2175: 2216; 2321;  2367:  1902,  xliii, 75; 124;  175; 218;
  267;  357.—Kaiser.   Ueber eine  halbseitige vasomoto-
  rische Storung cerebralen Ursprungs.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz., 1895, xiv. 457-460.—KatisheflT.  Nleskolko slov
  o terapevticheskoi  faradizatsii sosudodvigatelnikh  nervov
  voobshtshe. [On the therapeutic faradization of vaso-motor
  nerves in general.]   Trudi Obsh.russk. vrach.v S.-Peterb.,
  1894-5, lxi, 303-319. — Kreibich  (K.)  Zum Problem der
  Angionenrosenbehaudliing.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl.. 1905, xxxi, 1558-1560. — Lancereaux.
  Des  trophon6vroses des   extremites  on acro-trophoue-
  vroses;  trophon6vrose n6crosique ou gangrene  n^vropa-
  thique.   Semaine med., Par., 1894, xiv, 261-264.—Lang-
  don (F. W.)  Cardio-vascular aud blood  states as factors
  in nervous and mental disease.  Indiana M. J.. Evansville,
  1903-4, xxii, 429-438.  AUo, Reprint. — Lapinsky (M.)
  Deux cas de d6g6ntrescence trophique  des vaisseaux con-
  secutive a la  n6vrite p6riph6rique (d6g6nerescence dite
  nevropathique).  Arch, de med. exper. et  d'anat. path.,
  Par., 1899. xi,  109-140, 1 pl. AUo, transl: Ztschr. f. klin.
  Med., Berl., 1899, xxxviii, 223-249. -----.  Po povodu otno-
  sheniya vazomotorov ukba i sonnol arterii k sheluomu
  simpaticheskomu nervu.  (Relationship of the vasomotors
  of tbe ear and carotid  artery to the cervical sympathetic
  nerve.]   Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1905, x,  61-71.
  -----.  Zur Frage iiber die Beteiligung der Nervenstamme
  der hinteren Extremitat an der vasomotorischen Innerva-
  tion der  distalen  Gebiete  derselben und iiber  die Ver-
  anderung der vasomotorischen Elemente sowie der Ge-
  fasse selbst der Hinterpfote  nach Beschadigung des N.
  ischiadicus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,
  1906, clxxxiii,  1-54, 1 pl.—Larger (R.)  Sur un cas de
  doigt a  ressort li6 a une  trophonevrose.   Assoc. franc.
  de chir.  Proc.-verb.  [etc.],  Par.,  1901,  xiv, 936-938.-
  Lawranon (G. B.)   Vascular neuroses.  N. Orl. M. Sc
  S.  J., 1890-91,  n. 8., xviii,  177-189.—I,elk*  (J. L.)  Re-
  port of an unique case.  Charlotte (N. (J.J M. J.,  1902,  xx,
  380.—Eeudet (T.-E\)   FAude clinique des troubles ner-
  veux p6ripheriques vaso-moteurs survenant dans le cours
  des maladies chroniques.   Inhis- Eludes de path.etde
  clin. med.,  8°, Par.,  1891,  ii,  483-531. — ITIader.   Zwei
  merkwiirdige Falle von Angioneurose. Wien. med. Presse,
  1878, xix, 725; 761.—Mager (W.)  Znr Casuistik der vaso-
  motorischen Neurosen.  Prag. med. Wchuschr., 1901, xxvi,
  316-319.— TliUhniloll (N. N.)   Materiali k  ucheniyu o
  trofonevrozakh konechuostel.   [Trophoneuroses of the ex-
  tremities.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lvii, 795-817.—.Titles I
Aervous system  (Vasomotor and trophic,

  Diseases of).
  (F. T.)  Case of vaso-motor paralysis. Tr. M. & Chir. Fac.
  Maryland, Bait., 1881, Ixxxiii,  156- 159. — .Hills (C. K.)
  Trophoneuroses (excluding scleroderma, acromegaly, and
  adiposis dolorosa).   Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1897,
  xi, 477-517. — lVIobius'( P. J.)  Behandlung tier vaso-
  motorisch-tropbischen und der Beschaftitjiings-Neurosen.
  Handb.d. spec.Ther.ip. iunerer Krankh., Jena, 1896.V, pt.2,
  472-498.  Also:  Handb.d.Therap. iunerer Krankh. ,2. Aufl.,
  1898, v, 449-474. — lHolchanoflT (M. I.)  Zabollevaniye
  sosudov (ven)  v zavisiinosti ot porazheniya periferiches-
  kikh  nervov.   [Diseases of blood-vessels (veius) depend-
  ing upon peripheral nerve-disease.]   Protok. zasled. Obsh.
  Nelropat. i Psikhiat. p. Imp. Moskov. Uuiv., 1896-7, 49-
  52.  AUo, transl: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz.,
  1897,  xii, 98-113.— IHonaki.   Eigenthiiuiliche tropho-
  neurotischo Storungen.  Jahresb. d. schles.  Gesellsch. f.
  vaterl. Kult. 1899, Bresl., 1900, lxxvii, 1. Abt., med.  Sect.,
  153-156. — IVIontini  (A.)  Coutributo  alia cura  delle
  lesioni  troflche col metodo Chipault. Gazz.  d. osp.,  Mi-
  lano,  1900, xxi, 1351.— Tloiclli (G.)  Distrofie e  trofo-
  neurosi.  Ibid., 1905, xxvi, 1528-1534.—Mosse.  Zwei
  Fiille von vasomotorisch-trophischer Neurose.  Berl. kliu.
  Wchuschr.,  1905,  xlii,  859. — IVoiine.   Ueber  radio-
  graphisch uachweisbare akute und  chronische Knochen-
  atrophie (Sudeck) bei Nerven-Erkranknngen.  Fortschr.
  a. d. Geb. d.  Rdnfoenstrahlen,  Hamb., 1901-2, v, 293-297,
  2pl.—Norbiu-y (F. P.)  Augioueuroses. Illinois M. J.,
  Springfield, 1901-2, n.s., iii, 162-165.  AUo:   Med. Fort-
  nightly, St. Louis.  1901,  xx,  562-566. —IVoyes (W. B.)
  Trophic disorders in diseases of the nervous system.  J.
  Nerve & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1905, xxxii, 729-731.—Obraz-
  tsoflf (V. N.)   K  voprosu o sosudodvigatelnikh nevro-
  zakb koiiechnostel; sluchai aspliyxie locale symm6trique.
  [Vaso motor neuroses of the extremities; case of . .  .]
  Nevrol.  Vestnik, Kazan,  1902,  x, no. 4,  105-138. 1  pl.—
  Osier (W.)  Vasomotor mottling.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.
  Bull.,  Bait., 1904,  xv,  66. — Pearce (F. S.)    Tropho-
  neurosis affecting the hair, with photographs of a case.
  Proc. Phila,  Co. M. Soc, Phila.,  1901-2, xxii, 373-376.
  AUo: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 1031.—Hregowski (P.)
  Oniowienie przypadku  niewarpliwesiO dziedzic/enia kur-
  czowej naczynioruchowej nerwicz wraz z nwagami o  t. zw.
  hartowauiu'dzieci.  [Case of undoubted heredity of spastic
  vasomotor neurosis;  also on so-called hardening of chil-
  dren.]  Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1904, xliii,  355; 371;  384.—
  Pugliesi (G.)  Un  caso  singolare di nevrosi vascolare
  accessionale.   Gazz.  d. osp.,  Milano, 1896, xvii, 1572.—
  Rabaine.   Troubles trophiques varies  de  la  main
  gauche (crevasses, maux perforants, arthropathies,  etc.).
  Bull.  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1884, v, 182-
  190.—Raymond Sc Sicard (J.-A.)  Trophou6vro.se h6-
  miatrophique totale et familiale.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1902
  x, 593-598. — Riiiuheld (L.)  Vasomotorische Neurosen,
  schwere Astasie-Abasie, Hirnlues, Mastcuren.  Med. Cor..
  Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 117-121.—
  Rosenfeld (R.)  Zwei Falle aus dem Gebiete der vaso-
  motorisch-trophischen Neurosen. Verhandl d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1902. Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte.,
  352— Sachs (B.) Sc Wiener (A.)  Some trophoneuroses
  and their relation to vascular disease of tho  extremities.
  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901. xvi, 86-98.  Also:
  Phila. M. J., 1901,' vii, 1242-1246.  AUo, transl: Med.-chir.
  Centralbl., Wien,  1901, xxxvi,  537-510.  Also, transl:
  Wien. med. Bl., 1901, xxiv, 647-650.—Sa las y Waca (J.)
  Trofoneurosis facial.  Cong, internat. de  med.  C.-r. 1903,
  Madrid,  1904,  xiv,  sect, de neuropath,  [etc.],  788-794.—
  SaviH  (T. D.)  A  clinical lecture on  acroparesthesia,
  erythroinelalgia, sclerodactylia,  and other angio-neurotic
  disturbances; with an attempted classification of angio-
  neurotic disorders of  tbe  extremities.   Lancet, Lond.,
  1901, i,  1513-1519.—Nealese (F.)  Disturbi vasomotoria
  edema ricorrente della  facia e  delle mani.'  Riv. clin.  e
  terap., Napoli, 1890, xii, 227-230.—Ncheiber (S.)  Ueber
  in deu Kreis der Trophoneurosen gehorende Krankheits-
  falle.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,  1890, xxvi,  489.—
  -----. Ueber  Trophoneurosen  im  Allgemeineu. Wien.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1892, v, 102.—Schwarz (J.)   Ein Fall
  von  Trophoueurose.  Wien. nied.  Bl.,   1892, xv,  154—
  Sccheyron.   Troubles trophiques corrs6cutifs a une in-
  fection  aupr^s  d'une accouchee.  Languedoc med.-chir.,
  Toulouse, 1903, xi, 138.—Scguin  (E. C.)  Tue  relation
  between trophic lesions and  diseases of  the nervous sys-
  tem.  Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians. Phila.,  1888, iii, 266-274.
  AUo: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  N. Y., 1888, xv,  533-542.
  AUo, Reprint.—Sharp (G.)  [Three cases of vasomotor
  and trophic disease treated with dried adrenal  gland and
  codliver oil.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i,  856. — Siukler
  (W.)  A case of trophoneurosis of the hands (acrotropho-
  neurosis), with spontaneous  amputation  of  the Augers.
  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. His., N. Y., 1897,  xxiv, 6X7-696.  [Dis-
  cussion], 639.—Smith  (C. N.)   Vaso-motor neuroses of
  pelvic origin. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1890, xxiii, 1185-1193.—
  Stern (W. G.)  Retardation in the growth of limbs due
  to trophic disturbances.  Cleveland M.  J., 1905, iv, 480-
  487.—Stover (G. H.)  Two cases of cutaneous vaso-motor 
NERVOUS.
Uervous system (Vasomotor and trophic,

  Diseases of).
  neurosis, with speculations thereupon.  Colorado M. J.,
  Denver, 1896, ii, 278-281.  AUo, Repriut.—Sturge (W. A.)
  Case of rare vaso-motor disturbance in the leg.  Tr. Cliu.
  Soc. Lond., 1878-9, xii, 156: 1888-9, xxii, 381.—Sykes (W.)
  A vasomotor neurosis in  varying regious of the same pa-
  tient.  Brit, M.  J., Lond.. 1901, i. 767.—Takata  (T.)
  [Nervous disease  from  the  blood-vessels of the motor
  nerves.]  (Saisei  Gakusha Iji Shimpo, Tokyo, 1900,  407-
  411.—Thomayer(J.)  Pfipadporusenivasomotorick6ho
  nervstva.  [Case of infection of the vaso-motor nervous
  system.]  Casop. lek. Cesk., v Praze, 1880, xix, 321-326.
  -----.   Pfipad vasomotoricke neurosy.  [Case of vaso-
  motor neurosis.]  IbHd.; 1882, xxi, 97; 115 — I'oiiison  (W.
  B,)  Vaso-motor neuroses.  Lancet,  Lond., 1902, ii,  877-
  879.—IThtlioff.  Temporale Hemianops'fe mit trophischen
  Storungen des Korpers.  Berl. klin. wchuschr., 1905,  xlii,
  219.—Inna (P.  G.) Angioneurosen.  Monatsh. f. prakt.
  Dermat., Hamb. u.  Leipz., 1890, xi, 417-426.  Also, transl.:
  Select, monog. on dermat., Lond.,1893,38-45.—Vaquez(H.)
  Phenomenes vasculaires d'ordre nerveux.  Bull, et m6m.
  Soc. med. d. hop.  de Par.,  1897, 3. s., xiv, 846-850.—Weber
  (F. P.)  A case oflocalised sweating and blushing on eating,
  possibly due  to temporary  compression  of  vasomotor
  fibres.   Tr. Clin.  Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxxi,  277-280.—
  Weiss (M.)  Zur Pathologie und Therapie  der Angio-
  neurosen.  Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien,  1888, vi,
  257-267.—Wood (H. C.) The relation between trophic
  lesions  and diseases of the nervous svstem.  Tr. Ass. Am.
  Phvsicians, Phila., 1888, iii,  275-290.  AUo: Univ.  M.
  Mag,, Phila., 1888-9, i, 261-269.

IVervous  system  (Wounds and  injuries

   of).
    See,  also, Brain, Cerebellum, Medulla oblon-
  gata,  Nerves,  Wounds,   etc.,  of;  Neuroses
  (Traumatic); Spinal  cord ( Wounds, etc., of).
    Saliny\ri  (S.)  Le  lesioni  traumatiehe  dei
  centri nervosi.  8°.   Boma, 1900.
    Barbour  (J.  F.)   Cerebro-spinal concussion.   J.
  Nerv. A Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1891, xviii, 137-148.—Bikeles
  (G.) Zur  pathologischen Anatomie der Hirn-  und  Rii-
  ckenmarks-Ei'schutteiuiig.  Centralbl.  f.  Nervenh. u.
  Psychbit.,  Cobleuz u. Leipz., 1894,  n.  F., v, 408-410.—
  KNkriilge (J. T.)  Some points in the diagnosis of trau-
  matic injuries of tbe central nervous system.  Am. Acad.
  Railway Surg.   Tr. 1899, Chicago, 1900, vi, 9-30.  Also:
  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 579-584. Also. Re-
  print.—Gibbs (C.)   Perforating bullet wounds of the
  central nervous system.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12.
  s., ii, 203-212.—Kazowsky (A. D.)   Beitrag zur Lelire
  von den Veranderungen des Nervensystems bei Erschiit-
  teruugen.   Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,  1899,  xviii,  772-
  776—Kolpin (O.)  Beitrag zur klinischen und foren-
  sichen Beurteilung der traumiitischen Erkrankungen des
  Nervensystems.    Friedreich's  Bl.  f.  gerichtl.  Med.
  Niirnb., 1902, liii, 161-178.—Monti (A.)  Sc Fieschi  (D.)
  Sur la gu6rison des blessures des gauglions sympathiques.
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1895, xxiv, 401-413.—Reid (T.
  J.)   Cerebral  and  spinal concussion.   Tri-State M. J.
  Keokuk, 1893-4. i. 267-271.—Watson  (B. A.)  The diag-
  nosis of traumatic  lesions in the cerebro-spinal axis and
  the detection of  malingering  referred to this  centre.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvii, 744-750.

Nervous system in disease.
    (See Nervous  system (Pathology of);  Nervous
  system (Sympathetic, Pathology of).

IVervus vagus.
    See Nerve (Pneumogastric).

vail  IVes  (Hadriaau).   *Waarnemingen  om-
  trent arthrodese.  3 p. 1., 140 pp.,  2 1.   8°. Am-
  sterdam, J. Clausen, [1893].
Nesfoitt (H. A.).
    See: Kuhn (Philalethes).  Inoculationagainst malaria.
  8°.  London, 1902.

Nesbitt (Robert) \     -1761].
  T 1V?rTlafe (,G™Le G'>  [Biography.]  Diet.  Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1K94, xl, 225.

Nesbitt (Robert  Henry).   Operative surgery iu
  America,  pp. 598-606.  8°.  New York, 1901.
    Cutting from:  Nineteenth Century, N. T. 1901  1
l¥esbitt(W. B.).

  189*3-1^01^ °f' J>on,i,,ion  Medical Monthly, Toronto,

Nesemami  [Franz].  Die dem freien  Verkehre
  iiberlassenen  Arzneimittel zum Gebrauche  fur
  Krankenkassen,  Aerzte uud sonstige luteressen-
NBSTER.
Nescmami [Franz]—continued.
  ten  ziisammengestellt  von  ...   16  pp.   16°.
  Breslau, Preuss S? Jiinger, 1*96.
Nesemaiin  (Johannes [Friedrich Albert Erd-
  nianu]) [1863-     ].   *Zur  Casuistik der Er-
  krankungen  der prtivesicaleu Gegend (Cavuiu
  praeperitoneale Retzii).  -29 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Ber-
  lin,  G.  Schade, [18^9].

Nesliain (Thomas Cargill)  [1841-99].
    Biography.   Tr.  Obst. Soc.  Lond. (1900) 1901, xl
  70.—Obituary.   Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1899, ii,  317.-1
  [Obituary]. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle
  1901-2, ii, 130, port.
Nesi  (Ruggero).   * A herniotomia e os processoa
  italiauos da  cura  radical  da hernia inguinal.
  55 pp.,  1 1.  4°.   Bio de  Janeiro, Bodrigues S- Co.,
  1897.
Nespoli (Giulio).   Contributo alia  cura della
  tubercolosi polmouare.   14 pp.  8°.   Firenze,
  A. Meozzi,  1901.
Nespoulous  (Pol).  * Influence  exerce"e  par
  l'habitat snr  la  coiupositiou  des  dents et sur
  leurs maladies.   64 pp.   8°.  Paris,  J.  Bousset,
  1904, No. 45.
van Ness.
    See Simpson (J.)   Fiir  Schwindsiichtige  [etc.].  2.
  Aufl. 8°.  Altona, [1861].
Wesse (Emil Wilhelm Carl) [1874-     ].  * Ue-
  ber die Behandluug der  Orchitis- und  Epididy-
  mitis tuberculosa.   60 pp., 21.  8°.   Halle a. S.,
  Kreibohm A- Hnlig,  1901.
Nesse   (Friedrich Emil)  [1876-     ].  * Ueher
  die Aetiologie und  Histologie gutartiger Neu-
  bilduugen  des  Kehlkopfes.  42 pp.,  2 1.  8°.
  Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer if Co., 1904.
rVessel (Ed.)  Zubni 16kafstvi.  PfiruSnl kniha.
  [Dentistry. Handbook.]   1 p. I., 176  pp., 1  1.
  8°.  v Praze, Bursik $• Kohout, 1895.
-----.  Kaz zubni,   chudokrevnost,  rhachitis  v
  pomeru jich ke knehynske soli.  [Caries of the
  teeth, amemia, and rhachitis  in their  relation
  to common salt.  ]   pp.  151-170.  8°.  v  Praze
  [1899].
    Forms no. 27 of: Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru 16-
  kafsk., v Praze, [1899|.
------.  O rheumatickych bolestech oblicejovych.
  [Rheumatic troubles of the face.]   35  pp., 2  1.
  8°.  v Praze, [1899?].
    Forms nos. 5 and 6 of: Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru
  lekafsk., v Praze, [1899?].
Vessel (Franz) [1803-76].
    R. Nekrolog.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1876, i, 163.
Nessi (Giuseppe) [1741-1821].  Arte ostetricia
  teorico  pratica.   xvi, 239 pp.  8°.  Pavia, Porro
  Bianchi <f Trezzi, 1779.
------.  Discorso  accademico  medico chirnrgico
  filologico   intorno   all'  uso  dell'  acqua come
  rimedio interim  ed esterno.  208 pp.,  1 1.  8°.
  Pavia,  G.  Capelli, 1811.
-----.  Apologia.  24 pp. 8°.   [Milano, G. Mas-
  pero, 1812.]
    Bound with the following.
-----.  Discorso   accademico  medico - filologico
  sulle forze della natura  per sanare  molte malat-
  tie interne.  2 v.   xxiii, 102 pp.; vii, 118 pp.
  8°.  Milano, G. Maspero, 1612.
Nessler (Anton)  [1865-     ].  * Ueber die  nach
  Verletzungen  der  Hinterhauptslappen  aut'tic-
  teuden Storungen.   50 pp.,  1 1.   8°.   Strassburg
  i. E., C. Goeller, 1891.
Messier (Bernard).   *Synthesen  von  Oxyxan-
  thoneu.  [Bern.]  40 pp.,  2  1.   8'.  Buearest,
  E. Wiegand, C. Savoin $ Cie.,  1892.
Neste (Fritz) [1869-   ].  * Die subcutane trau-
  matische Ruptur am Musculus biceps brachii.
  26 pp.,  3  1.   8°.   Berlin, Dobrzynski Sc Walter,
  1896.
Wester  (Carolus Fridericus)  [1662-    ].
    For Biography, see Wedcl (Georg Wolffgang). 
NESTER.
561
NETHERLANDS.
Nester (Job. Mathias) [1622-79].
    See ITIacasius (Joh. Georgius).  Promptuarium ma-
  teria medica? [etc.].  12°. Lipsia, 1677.
rVeSti (Giovanni).
    Editor of: Rivista critica di clinica medica, Firenze,
  1900-1905.
[Nesti (Leopold*)).]  Cousigli ai genitori di bam-
  bini ciechi.  s pp.   8  .  Firenze, G. Civelli, 1690.
    Repr.from: Atti d. ii. Cong. naz. per 1' istruzioue dei
  ciechi.
Nestle (Heinrieh).  Ueber  die Ernahrung der
  Kinder.   11pp.  16°.   Vivis [Vevey], Lortscher #
  Sohn, 1869.
.-----.  Memoire sur  la nutrition des enfants en
  bas-age.   24 pp.   16°.   Vevey, Lbrtschei- .,• fils,
  1S70.
    See, also, Lebert (Hermann).  A treatise on  milk,
  [etc.].  12°. New TorJfc,1887.
IVestle's food.
    See Infants (Food for).
Nestlen (Paul).   * Beitrag  zur Kenntniss  der
  pathologisch-auatouiischen Verhaltnisse der un-
  vereinigteu  Fracturen.  [Wurtzburg.]  19 pp.
  8J.  Ellwangen, G. Bduerle, 1896.
Nestler (Anton).  Die Verfalschung  der Nah-
  rungs-  uud  Genussmittel aus dem  Pflanzen-
  reiche.   13 pp.  8C.  Prag, A. Haase,  1902.
Nestorovski (V[asiliy A[rtemyevieh]) [1868-
      ].  * Patologo-auatomicheskiya izmieueniya
  v kozhie pri dysidrosis.   [Pathological changes
  ofthe skin in .. .]  110pp., 2 pl.   8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, A.  F. Orloff, 1904.
Netoliczka (Eugen).  Auge und  Brille.  Vom
  physikaliscben und hygienischen  Standpnnkte
  fiir weitere Kreise dargestellt. iv, 141 pp., 1 1.
  8'-.  Wien, A. Pichler's Witwe <f Sohn, 1888.
Netolitzky.
    See Nitzelnadel (Ernst). Leidraad bij de studie der
  schoolhygiene [etc.]. 8°.  Amsterdam, 1900.
Neter (Eugen).  *Die Behandlung der Rachitis
  mit Nebennierensubstauz.    [Heidelberg.]   27
  pp. 6°.  Berlin, S. Karger,  1900.
-----.  Die cbronische Stuhlverstopfuug im Kin-
  desalter  und ihre Behandlung.   21 pp.   8°.
  Wurzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1904.
    Forms  12. Hft., v. 4, of: "Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Ge-
  samtgeb. d. prakt. Med.
-----.  Mutterpflicht unU Kindesrecht.  92 pp.
  8C.  Munchen, O. Gmelin, 1905.
    Forms 20. Hft. of: Der Arzt als Erzieher.
-----.  Die hamorrhagischen  Erkraukungen  im
  Kindesalter.   pp.  89-124.   8~.   Wiirzburg, A.
  Stuber, 190.">.
    Forms 4. Hft.. v. 4, of: "Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamt-
  geb. d. prakt. Med.
---- &  Boeder (Hanns).   Ueber die Haut-
  krankheiten im Sauglingsalter und  ihre  Be-
  handlung.   33 pp.   8°.   Berlin, H. Kornfeld,
  1904.
    Forms 189. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik.
Netherlands.  Resolutie van de Ed. Gr. Mog.
  Heereu  Staaten van Hollandt en West-Vries-
  laudt.  Behelsende middelen ende praecautien
  teghens  het voortsetten van de pest.   6 1.   sm.
  4C.  '« Graven-Hage, de Copye, [1664].
-----.  Placaet.  [Order forbidding the impor-
  tation of cattle  from  Spanish  Brabant  and
  Flanders on account of  infectious  disease.]
  broadside.    '« Gravenhage,  P.  Scheltus,  1714.
  [P., v. 2222.]
-----.  Extract  uit  het verbaal  van  het  ver-
  hantlelde bij den minister van binnenlandsche
  zaken van zijne Majesteit den  koning van Hol-
  land.  Den 7den Julij 1806.  2 pp.  fol.  [n. p.,
  1806.]   [P.,  v. 2222.]
-----. Xotulen der vergadering van presidenten
  en afgevaardigden der provinciale geueeskun-
  dige kommissien, ter herzieniug der geneeskun-
  dige staatsregeling, gehouden in het gouverne-
      VOL XI, 2d  series---36
Netherlands—continued.
  ments-lokaal  te 's  Hi-rtogenbosch, den  3den
  November  1828 des voormiddags  ten  elf  ure,
  onder het voorzitterschap van  den heere refe-
  rendaiis tot de zaken der geneeskunde, inge-
  volge ministerieel besluit vau zijne excellentie
  den  heere  minister van binnenlandsche zaken,
  in dato 1.  October 1828.  55 pp.   fol.  [n. p.,
  1*26.]   [P., v. 2222.]
-----. Reglement  op  het geneeskundig onder-
  zook omtrent de geschiktheid  voor de krijgs-
  dieust te land eu  te water.  1 p. 1., 29 pp.   8°.
  's Gravenhage, de gebrouders van Cleef, 1862.
-----. Reglement  op  het geneeskundig onder-
  zoek omtrent de geschiktheid voor  de dienst bij
  de zee- en landmagt, vastgesteld bij koninklijk
  besluit  van 3. Maart  1871 (Staatsblad  No. 9).
  Met aanhangsel  bevattende proeven van letter-
  druk, nguren en kleureu, benevens  alphabetisch
  register. 55 pp., 12 sheets, 1 diag.  8°.   Utrecht,
  J. van Boekhoren, 1871.
-----. Reglement  op  het geneeskundig onder-
  zoek omtrent de geschiktheid voor  de dienst bij
  de zee- en landmagt, met alphabetisch register.
  37 pp., 11.   8°.  Nieuwediep,  L. A. Laureij, 187J.
    Repr.from: Geneesk. Arch. v.  d. Zeemacht, .Nieuwe-
  diep, 1872, i.
-----. International Exhibition, Philadelphia,
  1876.   Special  catalogue of the  Netherlands
  section.  Edited by authority of the royal com-
  mission ofthe Netherlands,   xxxvi, 197 pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Amsterdam,  C. G. van der Post, [1876].
-----. Rauglijst van het militair geneeskundig
  personeel bij  het  Nederlaudsche leger, de kon.
  Ned. marine en de kolonien.   Jaarg. 1889; 1890.
  19 pp.;  23 pp.  8°.  Leiden, J. J. Groen, 1889-91.
    Bijlage no. 1, Nederl.  mil. geneesk. Arch., Leiden,
  1890-91.
-----.  Praeadvies  van  den  geneeskundigen
  raad van Noord-Holland over het ontwerp  van
  wet  tot  gedeeltelijke herzieniug van de wet  van
  4 December 1872  ( Stbl.  No. 134)  tot voorzie-
  ning tegen  besmettelijke ziekten, aan de Tweede
  KamerderStaten-Generaal ingediendbij koniuk-
  lijke boodschap  d. d. 10 Juui 1890.  9 pp.   8°.
  [Amsterdam, B. van Mantgem, 1890.
-----. Staatsblad van het kouinkrijk der Neder-
  landen.   No. 137.  Besluit van den 30sten  Au-
  gustus 1893, tot vaststelling  van buitengewone
  maatregeln tot afwendiug der Aziatische  cholera
  en tot weriug harer  uitbreiding en gevolgen.
  11 pp.   8°.  [Hague, 1893.]
-----. Wet van  den 21sten Juni 1901, houdende
  regeliug van  het staatstoezicht op de volks-
  gezondheid.  22  pp.  8°.  ['« Gravenhage, 1901.]
    Staatsblad van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden, no.
  157.
-----. Wet van den 22sten Juni 1901, houdende
  wettelijke bepalingen  betreffende de volkshuis-
  vesting.  29 pp.   8°.   ['* Gravenhage, 1901.]
-----. Eenige algemeeue regelen tot de bewa-
  ring der gezondheid en voorkoming van ziekten
  onder de bewoonders der gei'nundeerde landen,
  als   mede   onder derzelver  vee.    3 pp.   fol.
  [nip., n. <t]  [P., v. 2222.]

Netherlands.
    See, also,  Amsterdam; Army (Netherlands);
  Children (Hospitals for),  Cholera (History,  etc.,
  of), by localities; Craniology (Ethnologic); Dic-
  tionaries  (Medical); Diphtheria (History,  etc.,
  of), by localities;  Domburg;  Dordrecht; Dren-
  the; Dutch East Indies; Epidemics (History,
  etc., of), Fever  (Malarial, History,  etc., of),  Fe-
  ver (Typhoid, History, etc , of), by localities: Fra-
  neker;  Haarlem; Hospitals (Military), Hos-
  pitals (Naval and marine),  Hygiene (Public,
  Laws, etc., of), Influenza (History, etc., of), In-
  sane (Asylumsfor, Description, etc., of),  Insane 
NETHERLANDS.
562
NETHERLANDS.
Netherlands.
  (Care, etc., of), Leprosy (History, etc., of), Med-
  icine (History, etc., of), Pest (History, etc., of),
  Prisons etc. (Descriptions, etc., of), Prostitution
  (History, etc., of), Scarlatina (History, etc., of),
  Sewage (Disposal of), Small-pox (History, etc.,
  of), Statistics (Vital), Universities, Vaccina-
  tion (History, etc., of), by localities.
    Boo(4KRT(F.)  *De constitutione atmosphsera
  Hollandiw ejusque efficacia in corpus humanum.
  4°.   Lugd. Bat., 1755.
    De Vkikse (W.  H.)  Redevoering,  over  de
  maatscbappij:  Tot  Nut van t' Algemeen, in be-
  trekking tot de zedelijke behoefte voor ons va-
  derland, in den  tegeuwoordigen tijd.   Uitgespro-
  ken ter opening van de jaarlijksche algemeene
  vergaderiug dier maatschappij  op deu 10den
  Augustus 1841.   8°.  Amsterdam, 1841.
    de Gorter (D.)  Flora gelro-zutphanica,  ex-
  hibens plautas per ducatuui Gelrhe et comitatuui
  Zutphanise  crescentes.   n .   Harderovici, 1745.
    VAN KAATHOVEN (C.  W. A.) & VAN DER ZOON
  Mesch (A. H.)   Over den gebrekkigen staat van
  de geneeskundige inrigting voor zieke armeu te
  Leiden.  Verslag aan den stedelijken raad.  6  .
  Leiden, 1848.
    Nederlandsche  Maatschappij  tot Bevorde-
  ring der Geneeskunst.   Sterfte Atlas van Neder-
  land, uitgegeven door de . . .   obi. 4°.   Amster-
  dam, 1866.
    Netherlands.  Lijst der  bevoegd  erkeude
  beoefenaren van de ouderscheidene  takken van
  geneeskunst in  de  provincie  Zuid-Holland.
  Voor  hot  jaaren 1829;  1831-52;  1854-65.  8°.
  's Gravenhage, 1829-65.
    -----., Naamlijst van  de geneeskundigen in
  Nederlaud, belast met het geven van onderwijs
  in de geneeskunde of behooren de tot de atnbte-
  naren van het  geneeskundig  staatstoezigt, vau
  de leden eu plaatsvervangende leden  vau  de
  geueeskundige raden en vau de geueeskuudigen,
  tandmeesters, apothekers, droogisten en vroed-
  vrouwen in elke provincie gevested op den 1 Fe-
  bruary 1874.  83.   Tiel, 1874.
    -----.  Lijst van geneeskundigen, tandmees-
  ters, apothekers, drogisten  en  vroedvrouwen
  gevestigd inde provincie Drenthe, Frieslaud, Gel-
  derland,  Groningen,  Limburg, Noordbrabant,
  Noordhollaud, Overijssel, Zuidholland, Utrecht
  en Zeeland op 1 Januari 1885.   11 pamph.  roy.
  8°.   [v. p., 1**5.]
    -----.  Lijst vau geneeskundigen, tandmees-
  ters,  apothekers, drogisten eu  vroedvrouwen
  gevestigd in de  provincie  Noordhollaud op  1
  Januari 1885.  roy.  8°.  [Amsterdam, 1885.]
    Roelants (J.) & Peeters  (J.)   Praktisehe
  handleiding voor pensioenkassen en ziekengil-
  den.   8J.  Turnout, [1903].
    Sorbiere. Extraict  d'un discours touchaut
  l'estat des sciences eu Hollande.  sm. 4°.  [n.p.,
  1660, vel subseq. ]
    Vkreeniging tot Aanbouw en Aaukoop vau
  Wouiugeu  voor  Minvermogenden  der  Neder-
  duitsche Hervormde Gemeente te Utrecht. Stuk-
  ken in zake  het request van de . . ., tot bouwing
  van 102 woningen op eeu  door haar  aangekocht
  terrein in Wijk C.  8°.  [ Utrecht,  1867.]
    Zeeland.  Prijslijst van geneesmiddelen voor
  de armen-praktijk in Zeeland.   Leiddraad waar-
  naar de  rekeningen  worden getaxeerd.   8°
  [Middelburg, 16791]
    Zijn de terreinen aan en achter het Bezuiden-
  hout ongezond?  Uitgeveu  door eu  voor Toke-
  ning der algemeene 's-Graveuhaagsche  Bouw-
  grond-Maatsehappij naar aanleiding van de rede
  van  J.  T.  Mouton.   roy.  8°.  's-Gravenhage,
  1903.                                       J  '
Netherlands.
    van den  Bosch (I. J.)  Natuur- en geueeskundige
  verhandeling vau de oorzaaken,- voorbehoediug, eu gem-t-.
  zing der ziekten, uit de natuurlyke gestcldheid van tlie
  vaderland voortvloeyende.  Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Hol-
  land. Maatsch. d. Weeteusch. te Haarlem. 1778, xviii i>p
  li-lxiv, 1-846.— Bruinania (G. \V.) Zorsr vaii deu  staat
  voor geueeskundige hulp.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,
  Amst., 1885,  xxi,  45-48.—Oelvnille.  Hollande;  l'liv-
  giene. N. Montpel. med. Suppl., 1894,iii,607; 673.—FeriM
  (R.)  Hollande, ou Pays-Bas.  Diet, eucyci. d. sc  med
  Par., 1888, 4.  s., xiv, 191-20:$.—Geogrnphie medicale]
  la Hollande.  Independ. m6d., Par., 1900, vi, 51.— Gore
  (J. H.) Holland's care  for its poor.  Forum, N. Y.,  1896,
  228-236. -PriiiKttheiui (().)  Die Lage der aibeiteudeu
  Klassen in Holland. Arch. f. soziale Gesetzgeb. u. Sta-
  tist., Tiibing., 18h8, i, 69-82.—Rapport van de coiiimis-
  8ie  ter onderzoek  naar de behoefte aan geueeskundige
  hulp ten platten laude. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk
  Amst., 1896, 2. R., xxxii, d. 1, 997-1036.—Haxta- (A.)  Ver-
  slag van de commissie voor  de ethnologic van Nederland.
  Ibid., 1893, 2. li., xxix, pt. 2, 965-985.—ZickenfondiM n
  van staatswege.  Geneesk. Courant, Tiel,  1884, xxxviii,
  no. 51.

Netherlands (Anthropology of).
    ft oik.   De verspreidiug van het blondiue eu brunette
  type in Nederland.  Versl. d. . . . wis- eu natuurk.  Afd.
  d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst.,  1903-4,  xii, 2. ged., 914-
  926. — Bos ( P. K.) Mededeeling omtrent eeu plan van
  onderzoek  naar de kleur van haar, oogen  en huid der
  schoolkinderen in Nederland. Handel, v. h. Nederl.Nat.-en
  Geneesk. Cong., Haarlem, 1897, 413-424.—Folmcr  (A.)
  Nederlandsche schedels.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,
  Amst, 1892, xxviii, pt.  1, 225-239.—Kern (H.) Opmer-
  kiugen over het Nederlandsche volkskarakter.  Stud, in
  volkskracht, Haarlem, 1903-4, i, 341-372.— fienno Hui-
  zinga (J.)  De loop der  bevolking van Nederland, in
  verband met de waarde der  Malthusiaanscbe eu neo-Mal-
  thusiaansche leerstellingen. Handel, v. h. Nederl. Nat.- en
  Geneesk. Cong., Haarlem,  1897, 319-339. — Snose  (J.)
  Over Friesche schedels.   Ibid., 1895, 570-581.
Netherlands.    Minister  van  Binnenlandsche
  Zaken.  Nederlandsehe Apotheek.   xxiv,  441
  pp., 20 1., 1 tab. 8°.  '« Gravenhage, ter Alge-
  meene Landsdrukkerij, 1826.
-----.   Ontwerpeu van wet op het geneeskundig
  staatsbestuur; de uitoefeniug der geregtelijke
  geneeskunde; de  uitoefeniug  der  Ke»ee8kiinst;
  de uitoefening der artsenij-bereidkunst, eu  deu
  handel iu  geneesmiddelen,  en in  heelkundige
  werktnigen; met memorien van toeliehting eu
  bijgevegd rapport:  aan den minister vau bin-
  nenlandsche zaken  iugediend  door de staats-
  comuiissie,  beuoeind bij koniuklijke besluiten
  vau 25 Julij en 4 Augustus 1848,  Nis. 64 en 50.
  1  p. 1., 197 pp.   8°.   's Gravenhage, ter Algemeene
  Landsdrukkerij,  1851.
-----.   Pharmacopcea  Neerlaudica.   xx,  455,
  xxviii pp.,  1 1.,  1 tab.  >-K   Hagie Comitis, typ.
  publicis, 1851.
------.   The  same.   Editio  altera,  xxiii, 307,
  xix pp.,  2  1.  8°.  Hagce Comitis, typ. publicis,'
  1871.
-----.   The  same.  3. ed.  xiii, 251, 8, 2, 2, 3, 5,
  6, 4, 4, 7, 2, xi, 2 pp., 1 1.  8\  Hagce  Comitis,
  typ. publicis, 1689.
-----.   Eerste verslag der  proefuemigeu met de
  inenting als voor  behoedjniddel tegeu de long-
  ziekte ouder het rundvee.    4 pp.,  1  tab.  8°.
  ['s Gravenhage, 1852?]
------.   Statistiseh jaarboek voor het koninkrijk
  der Nederlanden.  14.  eu 15.  jaarg., 1.-2.  ge-
  deelte.  2  v. 625,  v pp.; 599,  iv pp.  8\  '8
  Gravenhage, van Weelden j-  Mingelen, 1*07-6.
-----.   Statistische beschenlen voor het konink-
  rijk der  Nederlanden.  Eerste  deel.  Tweede
  stuk. Ligting voor  de  nationale  militie in elk
  der vijf jaaren  l«63-7.   10H,  ii pp.  «.  ;«
  Gravenhage, van  Weelden $• Mingelen, INK
------.   Rapport  der commissie  belast  met het
  onderzoek naar  deu toestaud  der kinderen in
  fabrieken arbeidende.   1.-5. allcv. in 1 v.  xii,
  1514  pp., 2 tab.  4°.  '« Gravenhage, Algemeene
  Landsdrukkerij,  1^69-72. 
NETHEKLAKDS.
563
NETTER.
Netherlands.    Minister  van  Binnenlandsche
  Zaken—continued.
                   CONTENTS.
    l.Aflev. Eindverslag.
    2. Aflev. Resultaten van het vergelijkeud onderzoek van
  lengte, gewigt, vitale capaciteit en spierkracht.
    3. Aflev. Resultaten van het vergelijkeud onderzoek der
  militiestatistiek.
    4. Aflev. Resultaten van het vergelijkeud onderzoek der
  sterfte-statistiek.
    5. Aflev. Resultaten van het vergelijkend lokaal onder-
  zoek.
_____.  Bijdragen tot de geneeskuudige  plaats-
  beschrijviug van  Nederland.  1.-5.  stuk.  8°.
  's Gravenhage, 1870-81.
                   CONTENTS.
    1. Stuk. Natuurknndige plaatsbeschrijving van de pro-
  vincie Zeeland.
    2. Stuk. Natuurknndige plaatsbeschrijving van de pro-
  vincie Friesland.
    3. Stuk. Geueeskundige plaatsbeschrijving  van het
  Gooiland.
    4. Stuk. Natuurknndige plaatsbeschrijving van de pro-
  vincie Overijssel.
    5. Stuk. Natuurkundige plaatsbeschrijving van de pro-
  vincie Limhurg.
.-----.  Verslag van  de aanwinsten der Koniuk-
  lijke Bibliotheek  gedurende de  jaaren 1871;
  1873; 18e9.  6°.   's Gravenhage, 1*72-90.
.-----.  Verslag betreffende  eenige  krankzinni-
  gengestichten in  Frankrijk  in het daaraan  ver-
  bonden  landbouwbedrijf  der verpleegden.   79
  p[>., 4 pl. roy. 8-.   [Botterdam,  J.  Vurtheim  $•
  Zn.,  1*73.]
.-----.  Notulen van het verhandelde in de verga-
  deriugen der inspecteurs voor het geneeskuudig
  staatstoezicht, in rapporten, door  die  verga-
  deringen aan den minister van binnenlandsche
  zaken uitgebracht.   Punteu ter behandeling in
  de vergaderiug van  geneeskuudige  inspecteurs
  in September 1884.   3 pp.   *'-.  ['s Gravenhage,
  1864.]
-----.   Verzameling  van  stukkeu  betreffende
  het geneeskundig staatstoezicht  in Nederland.
  (Uitgeven door de inspecteurs en adjunct-inspec-
  teurs voor het geneeskundig staatstoezicht) in
  de jaaren 1884; 1885.  2 v.   8°.  's Gravenhage,
  1884-5.
-----.  Vijfjarig overzicht van de sterfte naar
  deu leeftijd en de oorzaken van den dood in  elke
  genieente van Nederland, gedurende 1880-99.
  4 v.  4°.  's Gravenhage, 1**7-99.
■-----.  Punten ter behandeling in  de vergade-
  ring  der geueeskundige inspecteurs.  1888.  80
  pp., 2 1.  8°.  ['*  Gravenhage, 1686.]
-----.  Koniuklijk besluit van 27 September  1689
  (Staatsblad  No.  125)  tot vaststelling  van de
  derde uitgave der Nederlandsche Pharmacopee.
  Koninklijk  besluit  van  27 September   1889
  (Staatsblad  No. 126) tot nadere aanwijzing van
  de geneesmiddelen, bedoeld in het vierde lid van
  art. 9 der wet'van  1 Juni 1865 ( Staatsblad No.
  60).  Beschikkhig van den  minister van  bin-
  nenlandsche  zaken van  15  October 1889,  No.
  4361, Afdeeling M. P., houdende nadere vastel-
  ling van de lijsten van vergiften en van  genees-
  middelen, bedoeld in de  artt. 7  en  30 der wet
  van 1 Juni 1865 (Staatsblad  No.  61).  1 p.  1., 9
  pp.  8°.  's Gravenhage, van  Weelden <f Mingelen,
  18*9.
-----.  Verslagen  van het  staatstoezicht  op
  krankzinnigen en krankzinnigengestichten en
  over  den staat  dier gestichten  in  de  jaaren
  1885-96, aan  den minister van binnenlandsche
  zaken, opgemaakt door de inspecteurs over het
  staatstoezicht op de krankzinnigen en de krank-
  zinnigengestichten  in  Nederland.  4°.  ;* Gra-
  venhage, 1889-98.
    Four reports for 12 years.
Netherlands.   Minister  van  Binnenlandsche
  Zaken—continued.
-----.   Verslagen aan de koningiu van de bevin-
  dingen en handelingeu  van  het geneeskundig
  staatstoezicht in de jaaren 1887-1901; Januari-
  Jnli 1902.  4°.   's Gravenhage, 1889-1904.
-----.   Lijsts vau  geneeskundigen,  tandmees-
  ters, apothekers, drogisten eu vroedvrouwen ge-
  vestigd en  de  provincien  Drenthe, Friesland,
  Gelderlaud,  Groningen,  Limhurg,  Noordbra-
  bant,   Noordhollaud, Overijssel, Utrecht,  Zee-
  land eu  Zuidholland op 1 Januari 1891; 1893.
  roy. 8\  [v. p., 1891-3.]
-----.   Verslag   der commissie, gedurende  het
  jaar 1892, te 's  Hertogenbosch, belast met het
  afuemen der examens van apothekerbediende,
  van 7  November tot en met 8 December  (2de
  zitting).   7 pp.  8°.  [Dieren, Opwijrda, 1893.]
-----.   Statistiek vau den  loop  der bevolking
  van Nederland over 1887-99.  8°.   's Gravenhage,
  1889-1901.
-----.   Verbeteringen,  aan  te  brengen  in den
  eersten druk van de derde uitgave der  Neder-
  laudsche  Pharmacopee,  en  opgenomen  in den
  tweeden druk van het werk.  4 pp.  8°.  ['« Gra-
  venhage, n. d.]
Netherlands.   Minister van Marine.  Genees-
  kundig  jaarverslag  betreffende den gezoud-
  heidstoestand  bij  de  Koninklijke  Nederland-
  sche Marine gedurende 1886-1903.  Medegedeeld
  door den inspecteur van  den geneeskundigeu
  dienst  der zeemacht.  8°.  Leiden <$■ 's Graven-
  hage, 1888-1904.
    Reports for 1886-93, by F. J. van Leent; 1894-1903, by
  L. P. Gijsberti Hodenpijl.
Netherlands.   Minister van  Oorlog.  Verslag
  van eenige proeven, gedaan bij het geneeskun-
  dig bestuur over de artn6e der Bataafsche Re-
  pnbliek, over de gelei nit  beenderen, eu zulks
  op  verzoek van het besogne van  het departe-
  mental bestuur vau Hollaud tot het bezorgeu
  der armcn  in dat  gewest.  60 pp.  8°.   ln den
  Hage, bij de erven van Lsaac van Cleef, 1805.
-----.   Statistisch overzicht der behandelde zie-
  ken van het Nederlandsche leger hier te lande,
  in de  jaaren 1871;  1872;  1879;  1881;  1887-96;
  1899; 1901; 1902.  8°.  '» Gravenhage, 1872-1903.
-----.   Statistisch overzicht der  bij het  Neder-
  landsche leger hier te lande, in de jaaren 1890-
  96; 1899.   Behandelde zieke paarden.   Bewerkt
  door dirigeerend paardenarts.   8°.   te  Leiden,
  1891-1900.
-----.   Supplement a la statistique me'dicale  de
  l'annee neerlandaise pendant  les annecs 1895-
  1900; 1902.   8°  & fol.  La  Haye, 1896-1903.
-----.   Bepalingeu omtrent het beheer en onder-
  hond   der  draagbare  wapenen.   138  pp.  8°.
  s' Gravenhage, de gebroeders  van Cleef, 1898.
-----.   Vooischrift  van  de verpleging van het
  veldleger in tijd van oorlog.  (Behoort bij  de
  beschikking van den minister vau staat, minis-
  ter van  oorlog van 26 Februari 1904,  vie Aid.,
  No. 1.)  iv, 73 pp.  8°.  s' Gravenhage, de ge-
  broeders van Cleef, 1904.
Nette (Curt) [1864-    ].   *Ist Leukaemie eine
  Infectionskrankheit?  31  pp.  8C.  Greifswald,
  J. Abel, 1890.
Netter (A[braham]) [1818-1904].   Etudes retro-
  spectives sur le typhus.  jEpiddmie d'Algdsire.
  31 pp.   8°.   Strasbourg,  G. Silbermann, 1858.
    Repr.from: G"az. med. de Strasb., 1858, xviii.
-----.   Du traitemeut du cholera par  l'admiuis-
  tration, coup sur cou[i, d'enormes  quantit^s de
  boissons  aqueuses (20  litres et  plus daus les
  24 hen res).   20  pp.  8°.   Paris,  V. Bozier, 1862.
    For Biography, «eeRev. m6d. del'Afriquedunord, Alger,
  1904, vii, 207-211 (A. Treille Sc E. Legrain). 
NETTER.
564
NEUANGEORDNETJs.
Netter (Carl Emil)  [1>67-    ].  * Ueber  die
  Phosphornekrose der Kieferknochen.  34 pp., 2
  1.  8°.  Halle a. S., Wischan <$• Wettengel,  1894.
Netter (Georges).  * Des rapports de la chlorose
  avec la menstruation et des troubles dela mens-
  truation au cours de la chlorose.  3 p. 1., 83 pp.
  :- .   Tours,  1899, No. 575.
Netter (Hermann).   *Zur Geschichte der Lehre
  vom Kniephanoineu bei Geisteskrankeu, nebst
  Beobachtungen iiber diesen Gegenstand aus der
  Freibnrger  psychiatr. Klinik.  116, xxi   pp.
  8°.   Freiburg i. B.,  H. Epstein, 1H97.
Netter (Joseph).  "Ueber Erweiterung der Spei-
  sen'ihre  im  unteren Abschuitt.   [Heidelberg.]
  2o pp.  8J.  Berlin, S. Karger, 1696.
Netter ([Just-]A[ruold])  [1855-    ].   Miliary
  fever.
    In: Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. T., 1898,xiv,525-551.
------. La peste, pendant ces dernieres  anne~es.
  102  pp.  8°.  Paris, G. Carre" $ C. Naud,  1699.
    Repr.from: Presse m6d., Par., 1899.
    See, also, France.  Departement de Vinterieur.  Bu-
  reau de l'hygiene publiqne.  Recueil des travaux du Comit6
  consultatif  d'hygiene  publiqne de Frauce.  Aunexe au
  tome xxii. Le cholera en 1892.  8°.  Melun, 1894.—Nat-
  tnn-l.ni-rier (L.)  Les m6dications  preventives.   8°.
  Paris, 1905.—Nouveau traite de medecine et de th6ra-
  peutique.  No. C. 8°. Paris. 1906.—Proust (A.) Traite
  d'hygiene.  3. ed.  8°.  Paris, 1904.
    For Biography, see Progres m6d., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix,
  362-364 (J. Noir).
Netter ([M.-]L.)  * Echanges nutritifs dans l'al-
  laitement artificial.  78 pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Macon,
  1900, No. 483.
Netter (Wiriiam).
    Sec Peiers (Hermann).  Pictorial history of ancient
  pharmacy fete.}. 8°. Chicago, 1899.
Nettleshipt Edward) [1845-   ].  On the gains
  aud  losses of specialism in  medicine.   An  ad-
  dress.  23 pp.  12°.  London, J. E. Adlard, 1878.
------. Repeated paroxysmal failure of sight in
  connectiou with heart disease. 7 pp.  8°. Lon-
  don, 1879.   [P., v. 2094.]
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1879, i.
------. Optic nerve  from a case of neuritis with
  good sight.  4 pp., 1 pl., 1 1.   !-3.   London, J. E.
  Adlard,  1880.
    Repr.from: Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1880, xxxi.
------. The  student's  guide  to diseases  of  the
  eye.  xix,  13-369 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, H. C.
  Lea, 1880.
------. The  same. Diseases of the eye.   4. Am.
  from the 5.  Eng.  ed.  With a chapter on exam-
  ination for color-perception, by William Thom-
  son,  xx,  25-508 pp.,  2 pl.   8°.  Philadelphia,
  Lea Bros. <f Co., 1890.
------. The same.  Revised and edited by W. T.
  Holmes  Spicer.  5. Am. from the 6. Eng.  ed.
  With a  supplement on color-blindness by Wil-
  liam Thomson,  xx, 25-528 pp., 2 col. pl.,' 1 ch.
  8°.   Philadelphia & New  York, Lea  Brothers <&•
  Co., 1697.
------. The  same.  Revised  and  ed. by Wm.
  Campbell Posey.   6. Am.  from the  6. Eng. ed.
  With a supplement on examiuations for color-
  blindness and  acuity of vision  aud  hearing,
  by William Thomson,  xvi, 17-560 pp., 5 pl.  8°.
  Philadelphia, Lea Bros. 4-  Co., 1900.
------. Three eases of sympathetic ophthalmitis,
  setting  in  three weeks after excision  of  the
  other eye.   15 pp.  8°.  London, Spoltisivoode S-
  Co.,  1881.                                     y
    Repr.from: Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1880, xiii.
Nettleton  (Edwin  S.)  Progress report of ar-
  tesian and underflow investigation between the
  ninety-seventh degree of west longitude aud the
  foot-hills of the  Rocky Mountains,  with maps
  and  profiles.   Pt.  2.  Prepared under direc-
  tiou of the Secretary of Agriculture.  51.  Con"-.,
Nettleton (Edwin S.)— continued.
  2. sess.  S. Ex. Doc. No. 53, pt. 2.  14 pp., 1 map,
  11 profiles.  8°.  Washington, Govt. Print. Office
  1891.                                         '
------.   Artesian  and  underflow  investigation.
  Final report  of  the  chief engineer, Edwin s!
  Nettleton, to the Secretary of Agriculture, with
  accompanying maps, profiles, diagrams, and ad-
  ditional papers.  Pt. 2.  52. Cong., 1. sess.  S. Doc.
  No. 41, pt. 2.  116 pp., 7 maps, 17 plaus, 5 tab!
  8°.   Washington,  Govt. Print.  Office, 1892.
Nettleton (Thomas).  Au account  of the suc-
  cess of inoculating the small-pox.  In a letter to
  William Whitaker.   12  pp.  sm. 4-.  London,
  J.  Batley, 1752.
Nettmann (Bruno).   " Variolas, earumqne dif-
  ferentias  . . .  subjieit.  1  p. 1.,  84 pp., 2 1.  4  .
  Halve Magdeb., typ. J.  C. Hllliqeri, [1727].  IT'
  v.  1914.]
Netto  (Joachim  Ernst  Friedrich) [1869-    ],
  * Die  Entwickelung  des (Jehororgans  beim
  Axolotl.   Ein Beitrag   zur  Embryologie  des
  Amphibienohrs.  56 pp.,  2 pl.  8°.  Berlin, E
  Bartels, 1898.
Netto (Ladislau).   Le Musee national de Rio-de-
  Janeiro, et son influence  sur  les sciences natu-
  relles au Br^sil.   vi, 87 pp.  8°.  Paris,C. Dela-
  grave, 1^89.
Netto  Gotuzzo (Humberto).   *Dos  sopros
  auorganicos  do  coracao.  vi, 3-102 pp.   4°.
  Bio de Janeiro, Jornal do Commercio, 1904.

rVettuno.
    Pekotti (N.)   Nettnno ed  il suo clima.  8°.
  Foligno, 1899.
Netwald (Josef).   Chemische Untersuchuug
  des jod-  und  bromhaltigen Mineralwassers zu
  Hall bei Kremsuiuiister . .  . ausgefuhrt im Jahre
  18r>3.  43  pp.  8°.  Linz,  J. Feichtinger's Erben,
  1853.
------.  Hall in Oberosterreich, und seine brom-
  und jodhaltigen  Soolquellen.  Zum Gebraucbe
  fur Curgaste.  168 pp., 1 pl., 1 tab.  12°.  [Steyr,
  M. Haas], 1857.
Netzha miner (P. Ray mund).   Theophrastua
  Paracelsus. Das Wissenswerteste  iiber (lessen
  Leben,  Lehre und Schriften.    Nach  seinen
  Schriften   und den neuesten  Paracelsus-For-
  schungen.  174 pp., 2 pl., 3 port.  8°.  Einsie-
  deln, Benziger  6r Co., 1901.
Neu (Heinrieh).  * Syphilis  hereditaria  tarda.
  28 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Bonn, C. Georgi, l-f-9.
Neu (Karl).   * Complikationen bei Maseru.  37
  pp.  8°.   Strassburg i. E., C.  <f J. Goeller, 1901.
Neu (Karl)  [1880-     ].   * Ueber cirkuliire Re-
  sektiou  der Speiserohre.  42 pp.  Bonn, S. Fop-
  pen, 1904.
Neu (Maximilian) [1877-    ].  * Experimentelle
  und klinische Blutdruck-Untersuchungeu  mit
  Gartner's Tonometer.   365 pp., 7  ch., 1 1.  8°.
  Heidelberg, C. Winter,  1902.
Neu (Peter Theodor)  [1868-    ].  * Ueber sar-
  comatose  Neubilduugen   im  Herzen.  25 pp.,
  11.  8°.   Bonn, J. F. Carthaus,  1-93.
Neu-angehende  (Der) Chirurgus.  6 p. 1.,
  680 pp., 12 1.  [n. p., n. d.]
    Wants title-page.  Possibly compiled from J. H. Jung-
  ken.
Neuangeordnete   vollstiindige  Haus-  und
  Land-Bibliothec, worinnen der Grund uuver-
  falschter Wissensihaft zu fiudeu ist.  deren sich
  bey jetziger  Zeit  ein Hof-, Handels-, Haus-,
  Burgers- und  Land-Mann zu eeinein reichlichen
  Nutzen bedicneu  kan  . .  .   Ehedessen  zu-
  sammen getragen von Andraea Glorez von  Miih-
  ren.  Anjetzo alicr mit grosser Miihe und Fleiss,
  unter einer deutlichen  Schreib-Art   in gegen-
  wiirtige Orduung gebracht von Georgio Philippo 
NEUANGEORDNETE.                  565                                NEUBERT.
  Neuangeordnete vollstiiudige[etc.]—cont'd.
   Platz.   2 v.  3 p. 1., 1240 pp., 26 1., Ill pl.  fol.
   Niirnberg 4" Franckfurt, J. L. Lochner, 1719.
  Neubauer (Carl).  Systematischer  Gang  der
   qualitativen  und  quantitativen  Analyse  des
   Harns.  9.  Aufl., bearbeitet von E.  Borgmann.
   30 pp.   8-\   Wiesbaden,  C.  W. Kreidel, 1890.
  -----& Vogel (Julius).  Anleituug  zur  quali-
   tativen  und quantitativen Analyse  des Harns,
   Bowie  zur  Beurtheilung  der  Veriinderungen
   dieses  Secrets mit besonderer Riicksicht auf
   die Zwecke des praktischen Arztes.   Zum Ge-
   brauche fiir Mediciner, Chemiker uud Pharma-
   ceuten.   Bevorwortet  vou  R. Freseuius.  7.
   Aufl. x (1 1.), 436 pp., 4  pl.   8°.   Wiesbaden,
   C. W. Kreidel, 1876.
  -----------.  The same.  9. Aufl.  Von H. Hup-
   pert  und  L.  Thomas.   2  Abth. in  1  v.   x,
   581 pp., 3 pl.;  vi, 288 pp.  8°.  Wiesbaden, C. W.
   Kreidel, 1890.
  -----------.  The same.  10. Aufl.  Analytischer
   Theil.  Qualitative Abtheilung. In 3. Aufl. bear-
   beitet von H. Huppert.  2 v., paged consecu-
   tively.  3  p.  1., vii,  883 pp.,  4 1., 4 pl.   8°.
    Wiesbaden,  C.  W. Kreidel, 1898.
  .---- -----.   The same.  A guide to the quali-
   tative and  quantitative analysis of  the  uriue.
   Designed for physicians, chemists, and pharma-
   cists. With a preface by R. Freseuius.  Transl.
   from the  7. enlarged and revised  German ed.
   by Elbridge G. Cutler,  revised by  Edward S.
   Wood,  xxiv,  55  pp.,  4 pl.    8°.   New York,
    W. Wood 4' Co., 1879.
  -----|-----.  The same.  De l'urine et des sedi-
   ments urinaires.   Propri6t6s  et caracteres  chi-
   miques  et microscopiques des elements normaux
   et anormaux de l'urine.  Analyse qualitative et
   quantitative de cette s6cr6tion.  Description et
   valeur se"me"iologique de  ses alterations patholo-
   giques, etc. Precede' d'une introduction par R.
   Freseuius.  Traduit sur la 5. 6d.  allemande par
   L. Gautier. vi (1 ].), 488 pp., 4 pl.  8°.   Paris,
   F. Savy, 1870.
  -----------.  The same.  Kennio ho.   [Methods
   of examination of urine.   Transl. by Tinichiro
   Shimoyama.]   3, 3, 11,  346, 4 pp.,  6 pl.   12°.
   Tokio, S. Maruya, 1881.
  Neubauer (Heinrieh [Berthold])  [1867-   ].
   * Ein Fall von Myoklonie.  27 pp.  8°.  Greifs-
   wald, J. Abel,  1891.
  Neubauer (Max Conrad)  [1876-   ].  * Ueber
   die Blutnngen bei Placenta  praevia.  [Stras-
   burg.]  67  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin, B. Paul, 1902.
  Neubaur (Ernst).   * Zur Casuistik iiber " Pseu-
   domyxoma  peritonei "(Werth).  29 pp., 1 1.  8°.
   Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1888.
  Neubaur   ( Walter).   * Ueber  den  Krebs  des
   Eierstocks.   40 pp.    8°.   Leipzig,  G.  Fock,
   1894.
  Neubeck (Rudolf) [1869-   ].   * Zur Casuistik
   der Exartikulation  von  Humerus  und Scapula
   wegen maligner Neubildung.  38 pp., 1 1.  8°.
   Berlin, G. Schade, [1892].
  Neubecker (Oskar) [1873-     ].   "Bothrioce-
,   phalusanamie  ohne Bothriocephalen.  32 pp.,
   21.  8°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., H. Jaeger, 1898.
  Neubelt (Hans Ehrhardt) [1876-   ].  * Beitrag
   zur Keuntniss der  Muskelgummata und  ihrer
   Beziehung zu Traumen.   30 pp., 11.   8C.  Kiel,
   H. Fiencke,  1900.
  Neuber  (Eugen).   * Beitrage zur vergleichen-
   den Anatomie der  Wurzeln  vorwiegend  offizi-
   neller Pflanzen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
   der Heterorhizie der Dicotylen.  [Bern.]   70
   pp., 11.  8°.  Breslau, A. Stenzel, 1904.
 Neuber  (G[ustav]) [1850-    ]  Erfahrungeu
   iiber Jodoform- und Torfverbande in der chi-
Neuber (G[ustav])—continued.
  rurgischen Kliuik des Herrn Geheim-Rath Es-
  march.  32 pp.   8°.  Berlin, [1861].
    Repr.from:  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1881, xxvii.
-----.   Torfmull  als   antiseptisches  Verband-
  material.   6  pp.  8°.   [Kiel, Schmidt 4' Klaunig,
  1882.]
    Repr. from: Mitth.  f.  d. Ver. Schlesw.-Hoist. Aerzte,
  Kiel, 1881-3.
-----.   Vorschliige zur Beseitigung der Drainage
  fiir alle frischeu Wundin.
    In: Mitth. a. d. chir. Klin, zu Kiel, 1884, i, 27-70.
-----.   Die aseptische Wundbehandlung in mei-
  nen chirurgischen Privat-Hospitalern.  36 pp.,
  1 pl.  8°.  Kiel, Lipsius 4'  Tischer, 1886.
-----.   Antwort auf deu im physiologisehen Ver-
  ein zu Kiel  von Prof. Petersen gehaltenen,  in
  den  Mittheiluugen  fur den Verein Schlesw.-
  Hoist.  Aerzte veroffentlichten Vortrag  "Zur
  Wundbehandlung".   43 pp.  8°.  Kiel,  Schmidt
  4' Klaunig, 1887.
-----.   Kurze  Beschreibung  der   aseptischen
  Wuudbehandlung.  31 pp.  8°.   Kiel 4" Leipzig,
  Lipsius 4'  Tischer, 1892.
Neuber (Julius Eduardus).  *De coxitide.   34
  pp.   12°.   Cas^ellis, H. Hotopius, 1K55.
Neuberg  (Adolf).   * Toxikologische  Studien
  iibef  einige  organische  Sauren.  102 pp., 1  1.
  8°.   Jurjew, Schnakenburg,  1893.
Neuberger (J.)  *Die  Ausraumung der Ach-
  selhohle bei  Mainma-Carciuotn  mit Beriicksich-
  tigung  der  aiiatomisch-topographischeu Ver-
  haltnisse.  22 pp.  8°.  Wurzburg, J. M.  Bich-
  ter, 1868.
Neuberger  (J.) Ueber unschuldig erworbene
  Geschlechtskrankbeiten.   Vortrag gehalteu  im
  Verein fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege in Niirn-
  berg.  19  pp.   8°.  Munchen,  Seitz  4"  Schauer,
  [1904].
-----.   Die Verhiitung der  Geschlechtskrank-
  heiten.   46  pp., 1 1.   8°.   Miinchen 4' Berlin,
  B.  Oldenbourg, 1904.
    Forms 6.Hft.i)f: Veroffentl. d. deutsch. Ver.f.Volks-Hyg.
    See, also, Oefelein (A.) & Neuberger (J.)  Ueher
  die Verwendbarkeit des Europhens. 8°. Hamburg, [1893].
Neuberger  (Julius) [1872-     ].   "Ueber
  schwere vom Nervensystem ausgeheude Compli-
  cationen beim Keuchhusten.  [Leipzig.]  32 pp.
  8°.   Berlin, C. Vogts,  1896.
Neuberger  (Theodor).   * Ueber  Veranderun-
  gen iu  deu  Lungen  bei Gehirnerkrankungen.
  [Strasburg. ]  32 pp.   8°.  Mainz, J. Falk, 1889.
Neubert (Carl).  *De viis ac modis^quibus san-
  guis ex vasis capillaribus sponte profluat. Du-
  bitationes et meditatioues.  48 pp.   8°.  Lipsice,
  F. A. Brockhaus, 1843.
Neubert (Curt [Hugo]) [1878-     ].  * Lokali-
  sation, Perforation und Diagnose der perityphli-
  tischen Abscesse.  36 pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Leipzig,  B.
  Georgi, 1904.
Neubert (Curt Julius) [1843-    ].   * Ein Fall
  von  primarem  doppelseitigen  Nieren - Krebs.
  18 pp., 1 pl.,  1 1.  8G.   Leipzig, G. Kreysing, 1868.
Neubert (G. A.)  Die Temperatur  des Erdbo-
  dens  in  Dresden.  pp.  21-29,  1 pl.   Dresden,
  1886.
    Cutting from: Abhandl. d. Isis in Dresd., 1886, Abb. 3.
-----.  Ergebnisse ans den  Beobachtungen der
  meteorologischen Station  zu Dresden  1848-88.
  16 pp., 1 ch.  8°.  Dresden, 1888.
    Repr. from: Abhandl. d. Isis in Dresd., 1888, Abb. 5.
Neubert (Georg).  * Ein Beitrag znr Blutunter-
  suchung, speciell bei der Phthisis pulmonum und
  dem Carcinom.  95 pp.  8°.  Dorpat, H. Laak-
  mann, 1889.
Neubert (Karl [Wilhelm Heinrieh]) [1877-   ].
  "Ueber Elephantiasis unter Anfuhrung eines im 
NEUBERT.
566
NEUE.
 Neubert (Karl [Wilhelm Heinrieh])—cont'd.
   Sommer-Semester 1901 in der koniglich-chirur-
   gischen  Uuiversitiitsklinik zu Halle a. S. beob-
   achteten Falles von Elephantiasis cruris siuis-
   tri lymphorrhagica.  [ Halle-Wittenberg. ]   56
   pp.   8°.  Torgau, 1902.
 Neubert (Max) [1869-     ].   "Ueber das  m.-
   Nitrobenzenylamidiu nnd die Einwirkung salpe-
   triger Siiure  auf dasselbe.  1 p. 1., 39 pp.,  1 1.
   8°.  Kbnigsberg, Hartung, 1890.
 Ncubig  (Joh.).
     See Baltic (Jakob).  Medicinische Satyren, fete.]. 8°.
   Munchen, 1833.
 Neuburger ([Alexander Rudolf]  Max)  [1866-
       ].  *Die mykotischen Embolieen im Gehirn.
   31 pp.  8°.   Berlin, G. Schade, [1889].
 Neuburger (Max) [1868-   ].  Die historische
   Entwickluug der experimentellen  Gehirn- und
   Riickenmarksphvsiologie  vor  Flourens.    xxvi,
   361 pp.  8D.   Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1897.
 ------.  Die Anschauungen fiber  den Mechanis-
   mns der specifischen Ernahrung.  (Das Problem
   der Wahlanziehung.)  xii, 105 pp.  8°. Leipzig
   4' Wien,  F. Deuticke, 1900.
 ------.  Die Vorgeschichte der antitoxischen The-
   rapie der acuten Infectionskrankheiten.   67  pp.
   8°.  Stuttgart,  F. Enke, 1901.
     See, also, IVIitteilungeii zur Geschichte der Medizin,
   [etc.J.  8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1902-4.
 Neuchatel.   Reglement  sur  la  vente du lait
   dans la circonscription municipale de Neucha-
   lel.  3 pp.  8°.  [Neuchatel, 1877.]
 ------.   Reglement sur la vente du lait.  4 pp.
  8°.  [Neuchatel, 1884.]
 Neuchatel  (Canton of).  Tableau,  par com-
  munes, des individus re'forme's (1) pour cas d'in-
  firinite's  dans  le canton de Neuchatel,  le 20 mai
   1849 et .jours a  suivie.   Par Charles-Louis  de
  Pury.  4 1.  MS.  fol.  [Neuchatel, 1849.]
 -----.   Loi concernaut la fabrication et la vente
  des boissons distille'es.  4 pp. 8°.  [n. p.,  1882.]
-----.   Reglenieut sur la police des  pharmacies.
  9 pp.  12°.  [Neuchatel, 1882.]
 -----.   La pratique do la d6sinfection avant, pen-
  dant et apres l'accouchement.  2 1.  4C.   [Neu-
  chatel, 1883.]
------.   La  sante" publique dans  le canton  de
  Neuchatel.  Rapports de  la commission  d'etat
  de saute" par  le vice-president.   1883; 1885-93.
   12°.   Neuchatel, 1884-93.
    Reports for 1883 and 1885-8,  by Dr. Guillaume; 1889-92,
   by Charles Nicolas.
------.   Circulaire instructionnelle pour l'emploi
  du vaccin animal de Lancy.  1" mai 1885.   7 pp.
  fol.  Neuchatel, 1885.
------.   Rapports du conseil d'e"tat au grand con-
  seil sur  la gestion  et l'execution des  lois pen-
  dant  les annees 1885-92.  8 v.  8°. Neuchatel,
   1886-93.
------.   Instructions au public pour se  deTendre
  contre la tuberculose.   Juin 1891.   2 1.   4°.
   [Neuchatel, 1^91.]
------.   Bulletins de  la sante publique.  Anne"es
  1891; 1892.  2  1.; 21.  4°.   [Neuchatel, 1892-3.]
------.   Circulaire  aux conseils communaux et
  aux  commissions locales  de  salubrity publique
  1 1.  4°.   [Neuchatel, 1893.]
------.   Visite de la  pharmacie.  [Blank form.]
  5 1.  4°.   [Neuchatel, n. d. ]
Neucrantz  (Paulus) [1605-71].   De  purpura
  liber singularis, in quo febrium malignarum na-
  tura et curatio propouitur.  3 p. 1., 552 pp.   4°.
  Lubecce, lit. G.  Jegeri, 1648.
------.   The same. 3 p. 1., 552, 22 pp., 1 1.   4°.
  Francofurti 4- Lubecce, sumpt. A. J. Beckeri, 1660.
Neucrantz (Paulus Bemhardus).  * De opera-
  tione medicamentorum mala et contraria.  36
  pp.  4-\   Lugd. Bat, A. Elzevier, 1708.  [P., v.
  2-245.I                                   L  '
 von Neudeck (Fritz) [1867-    ].  * Reitriige
   zur Kenntnis der  Saccliaromyceten.   [Erlan-
   gen.]   44 pp.  8C.  Stuttgart, C. Liebich, 1-95
 Neudorfer (Ignaz [Josef]) [1825-98].   Ueber
   Hydrocephalus exteruus  chronicus acquisitus
   20 pp.  sm. 8°.  Wien, 1857.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. d.  k.-k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte zu
   Wien, 1857.
 ------.  Mittheiluugen   aus  der   chirnrgischen
   Klinik  in Oluiiitz.   60  pp.  sm. 8°.  Wien, 1*58.
    Repr.from : Oesterr. Ztschr.f. prakt. Heilk., Wien, 1858!
 ------.  Gegenwart und Zukunft der Autiseptik
   und ihr Verhaltniss zur Bakteriologie.
    In: Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen, Wien,  1888, ji, 1-42.
 ------.  The  same.  Antisepsis and  its relation to
   bacteriology.
    In: Wood's M. & S. Monog., N. T., 1889, iii, 211-254.
 ------.   Von  der Antiseptik zur Aseptik; der ge-
   genwartige Standpunkt in dieser Frage.
    In: Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen, Wien, 1890, iv, 325-363.
 ------.  Die  allgemeiue  und  locale Behandlung
   der Tuberculose mittelst Spirotherapie.  80 pp
   8-.   Wien, 1892.
    Forms 4. and 5. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik.
 ------.   Riickblick  auf  eiu  Vierteljahrhundert
  Antiseptik.   83 pp.  8°.   Wien, 1893.
    In: Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen,  Wien, 1893, vii.
 ------.   Entstehung und Behandlung der Aneu-
  rysmeu.  102 pp.  8°.    Wien, 1894.
    In: Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen, Wien, 1894, viii.
    For Biography, see Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1898, xi, 521.
    See, also, Simpson (Sir James Young). On answers
  to objections  against  acupressure.  12°.  [Edinburgh,
  n. d.]
Neudorfler (Alfred).   * Ueber Typhus abdomi-
  nalis, mit Beschreibung eines Falles von Typhus
  abdominalis mit Eiterbildung  in den mesente-
  rialen  Lyinphdriisen.    [Wurtzburg.]   53 pp.
  8°.   Tubingen,  L. F. Fues,  1889.
Neue Apothecker Tax-Ordnung [etc.].
    See Austro-Hungary. fol.   Wien,  1744.
Neue  Arzneimittel.  Fiir den praktischen Arzt
  ziisammengestellt.    24 pp.    16°.   Miinchen,
  Seitz 4" Schauer, 1901.
Neue Arzney-Taxe zur Pharmacopcea borrussica
  oder dem prenssischen Apothekerbuche.  Neue
  Aufl.   18 pp.   4°.  Niirnberg, Stein, [1805].
    Bound  with: Pharmacopcea  Borussica  [etc.].  4°.
  Niirnberg, 1817.
Neue  und  ausfiihrliche Abhaudlung von  dem
  Tabacke, worinnen desselben Ursprung, Sorten,
  Anbau, Handel, Tugenden  und Eigeuschaften
  zur Gesundheit und Heiluug, wie auch  zu an-
  derm Gebrauche physikalisch und aus der Erfah-
  rung untersuchet  werden.   In  vier Abtheilun-
  gen, wovon die letzte die Geheimnisse bey dem
  Ranch- und Schnupftabackentdeckt; oder eiuen
  vollkommenen Unteiricht von dem Men gen, An-
  feuchten, Packen, Geruchgeben, Ftirben,  Tiuc-
  turien,  den Zubereitungen uud  kunstinassigeii
  Behandluugen  derselben euthtilt,  aus vieljahri-
  gen Versuchen aufgesetzetvon einem erfahrenen
  Tabackshandler aus dem Holliiudischen.  lip.
  1., 184 pp.   16°.  Leipzig, C. G. Hilscher, 1781.
Neue Beitrage zur Geschichte des k. u. k. oster-
  reichisch-ungarischen  Militar-Sanitatswesens;
  Acteu des k. u. k. Kriegsarchivs.  Hrsg. von  S.
  Kircheuberger.  iv,  207 pp.  8°.  Wien, J. Safdr,
  1.-99.
Neue Beitrage  zur Natur- und Arzenei-Wissen-
  schaft.  Hrsg.  von C. G. Selle.  2 v. in 1.  3 p.
  1., 220  pp.; 216 pp.   8°.   Berlin, A.  Mylins,
  1782-3.
Neue  Breslauer Sammlungeu  aus  dem  Gebiete
  der Heilkuude, hrsg. von der mediciuischen Sec-
  tion der schlesischeu Gesellschaft  fiir vaterlan-
  dische Cultur.   v. 1.   xviii, 444 pp.,  1  1.  8°.
  Breslau, A.  Gosohorsky, 1829. 
NEUE.                                      567                                    NEUES.
Neue  (Das) Damipfheizungs-Verfahren von Be-
  chem &  Post, Hagen in Westfalen.  Fabrik fiir
  Dampfheizungs- und Ventilations-Anlagen.   31
  pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Hagen i. W., H. Bisel  4- Co.,
  [1882].
Neue  (Die) chirurgische   Klinik iu  Miinchen.
  Mit einer Rede: Die Entwicklung der Chirurgie
  in Miinchen, gehalten  bei der Eroffnungsfeier,
  von 0. Angerer.   30 pp., 2  pl., 4 plaus.  8°.
  Miinchen, M. Bieger, 1692.
Neue (Ueber die) grossherzoglich-hessische Prii-
  fungs-Ordnung  fiir Mediciner.   Ein  Beitrag zu
  dem Kapitel von den Studien-  uud  Priifungs-
  Ordnnngen iiberhaupt. Von Dr. *.   58 pp.  8°.
  Nordhausen, A. Biichting,  1847.
Neue (Der) Hausarzt, ein treuer Ratgeber bei
  alien erdeuklichen krankheitsvorfalleu iu jedem
  Alter,  vorziiglich  fiir  diejenigen,  welehe  an
  Magenubel, fehleihafter  Verdauung,  Verschlei-
  niung, Schnupfen, Husten, Hypochondrie, Glie-
  derreissen, Krampfen,  Fieber,   Hamorrhoiden
  uud  Hautkraiikheiten leiden,  nach  Hufeland,
  Rust, Richter uud  Tissot,  nebst einer  Haus-
  apotheke, bearbeitet fur Nichtarzte.  10. Aufl.
  xv, 278 pp. 8°.  Halberstadt 4" Leipzig, Ernst,
  [1900].
Neue  (Der; Hausdoktor.   Wochenschrift  fiir
  Naturheilkunde.   Hrsg.  von Meyner.   v.  1-2,
  April 2, 1893, to Sept. 15, 1894.   8°.   Dresden.
Neue (Die) Heilktinst.   Familieublatt zur Be-
  forderung der Volkswohlfahrt [etc.].  Hrsg. von
  Lothar  Volkmar.   [Semi-monthly.]   v. 1-14,
  1889-1902.  4°.  Leipzig.
Neue  Jahrbiicher  fiir die  Turnkunst.  Freie
  Hefte fiir Erziehung und Gesundheitspflege.  In
  Gemeinschaft mit  E. Friedrich [et  al.] hrsg.
  von M. Kloss.   v. 1-18,  1855-72.  8°.  Dresden.
    Want v. 14, 1868.
Neue (Die) koniglicke thierarztliche Hochschule
  in Hannover.  Ihr Bau uud ihre Einrichtungen.
  Festschrift  von  Carl Dammann und  Walter
  Hesse.  93 pp.,  2 pl.  4C.   Berlin,  A.  Hirsch-
  wald, 1899.
Neue  Kurart  aller  venerischen Krankheiten;
  nach  . Hunter,  Girtauner  und  Hahnemann.
  Hrsg. uud mit anatomischen Erkliirungen be-
  gleitet von Aloys Rudolph Vetter.  2. Aufl.  xii,
  444 pp.   8°.  Wien, F. J. Bbtzl,  1804.
Neue Kurordnung  fiir den Kurort   Bad Hall.
  Kundmachung  der k. k.  Statthalterei im Erz-
  herzogtume Oesterreich  ob der Enns vom  1*.
  April 1905.  12 pp.   12°.   Linz,  G. Mareis, 1905.
Neue Makrobiotik, oder  die  Kttnst Seucheu zu
  verhiiten und zu heilen.  Nebst einer Heilmittel-
  Liste.  Fiir Mediciner und Behorden.  184 pp.
  12°-.  Stuttgart, J. Hensel, 1881.
Neue medicinische Litteratur.   Hrsg. von Joh.
  Christian Traugott Schlegel und Justus Arne-
  uianii.   [4 Nos. form lv.]  v. 1-4, 1787-94.  12°.
  Leipzig, C. F. Schneider.
    In v. 3-4 Dr. Schlegel sole editor.
Neue medicinische Presse.  Red.: M. Birnbaum.
  LSemi-monthly.]   v.  1-3, 1901 to Sept. 20, 1903.
  4'-,  Berlin.
Neue (Die)  Priifungsordnung fiir Aerzte vom
  28. Mai  1901.   I.  Aerztliche  Vorpriifung.   II.
  Aerztliche Priifung.   III. Praktisches Jahr.  32
  pp.  8°.   Freiburg i. B., Speyer <f Kaerner, 1902.
Neue Sammlung  auserlesener Wahrnehmungen
  aus alien Theilen der Arzneywissenschaft.  Aus
  dem  Franzosischen  iibersetzt.   2 v.  11 p. 1.,
  490pp.,  31.; 7 p. 1., 479  pp., 4 1. 12°.  Strass-
  burg, J.  G. Bauer, 1766-7.
    Continuation of: Mammluiig auserlesener Wahrneh-
  mungen [etc.].
Neue (Das) Stahlbad St. Moritz und  seine  Heil-
  quelle  die Funtauna Surpuut.   8 pp.  8°.   St.
  Moritz, 1894.
Neue  Therapie.  Monatsschrift  fiir praktisehe
  Aerzte.   Hrsg. von M. T. Schnirer.  v. 3, 1905.
  8°.   Wien, B.  Coin.
    Current.
Neue Versuche und Bemerkungen aus der Arzt-
  neykunst und iibrigen Gelehrsamkeit  einer Ge-
  sellschaft zu  Edinburg vorgelesen und von  ihr
  hrsg.   Als eine  Fortsetzung der niedicinischen
  Versuche und  Bemerkungen.  Aus   dem  En-
  glisehen iibersetzt.  3v.  12°.   Altenburg, Bich-
  ter, 1756-75.
Neue  Zusiitze zu deu niedicinischen Versucheu
  [etc.].   See Medicinischen (Die) Versuche und
  Bemerkungen, [etc.]

Neuenalir.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Neueuhorn  (Robert)  [1864-    ].  * Beitrage
  zur Histologie der Larynxpolypen. 33 pp.,  1 1.
  8°.  Kbnigsberg, M. Liedtke, 1891.
Neuendorff  ([Hans]  Friedrich) [1870-    ].
  * Zur Frage von  dem Vorkommen einer  specifisch
  gonorrhoischeu  Pyelitis.  34 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Ber-
  lin, G. Schade, [1892].
Neuenhag-en  (Eduard) [1862-    ]. * Ueber
  symptonilos verlanfende Perikarditis mit Leber-
  cirrhose. 28 pp., 21.  8°.  Berlin, O. Francke, 1899.
Neuenkircheu  (Eduard).  * Ueber die Ver-
  werthbarkeit des  specifischen Gewichts und  des
  Eiweissgehalts  pathologischer Trans-  und Exu-
  date;  zur  klinischen Beurtheilung derselben.
  88 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Dorpat, H. Laakmann, 1888.
NeueilS  (N[icolas])  [1845-   ].  Traitement  na-
  turel des maladies aigues et chroniques d'apres
  le systeme Kneipp, class^es nie'tkodiquemeut et
  scientifiquement.   381 pp.   12°.   Paris, P.  Le-
  thielleux, 1895.
-----.   The  same.   Tratamiento natural  de  las
  enfermedades agudas y cronicas por  el sistema
  Kneipp.   Clasificadas  metddica  y   cientifica-
  mente.   Versidn espanola de  G.  Gili v  Roig.
  xiv, 382 pp., 1 1.  12°.   Barcelona, J.  Gili, 1895.
-----.   Bains atmosph6riques.   La santo" conser-
  ved ou re"pare"e au  moyen des seuls agents natu-
  rels.  2 p. 1., 84 pp.  8°.  Namur, A. Woitrin,1697.
-----.   L'hygiene de la table.   Le  pain naturel
  et les bons aliments.  1 p. l.,86pp. 8°. Namur,
  A. Woitrin,  1898.
-----.   Trait6 de medecine naturelle scientifique
  basee sur l'emploi  exclusif des £16ments vitaux,
  3 v.  8°.  Tournai, Decalonne-Liagre, 1900-1901.
                    CONTENTS.
    1. Historique, principes, applications.
    2. Alimentation, herbes, hygifene, anatomie, physiologie,
  diagnostic particulier k la medecine naturelle.
    3. Pathologie et therapeutique.
-----.   Fortschritte Priessnitzens, Kneipps Riick-
  sclnitte im  Aufbau uud Ausbau der Naturheil-
  methode.  Authentisch dargestellt.  1 fac,  xv,
  397 pp.  8°.  Diekirch, J. Schroell, 1903.
    See, also, Pellot (P.) Un bienfaiteur de  l'humanit6,
  Nicolas Neuens. 8°.  Reims, 1901.
Neues allgcmeines Recepttaschenbuch.    Hrsg.
  vom  Aerztlichen  Centralanzeiger.  1 p.  1., 237
  pp.   24°.  Leipzig 4'   Wien,   M. Breitenstein,
  [1893?].
Neues Handworterbuch der Chemie. Auf Grund-
  lage  des von Liebig, Poggendorff und Wohler,
  Kolbe und Fehling  hrsg. Handworterbuchs  der
  reinen  und  angewandten  Chemie und   unter
  Mitwirkung  von  Bau maun,   Bunseu,   Fittig,
  Freseuius, Hesse,  Hofmanu, Kekule, Kopp, Wi-
  chelhaus u. a.  Gelehrten bearbeitet  und redi-
  girt von Hermann  von  Fehling.  Nach  dem
  Tode des Hrsgr. fortgesetzt von Carl Hell.   v.
  1-7; Lfg. 1-2, v. 8. 8°.   Braunschweig, F.  Vieweg
  &• Sohn,  1871-1905.
    Whole  No. Lfg., 99-100.  r 8, Lfg.  1, 1905;  Lfg. 2, 1905. 
NEUES.                                    568                          NEUGEBAUEE.
Neues  Licht vor  die  Apothecker, wie  selbige
  nach den Grund-Regeln der heutigeu  Destillir-
  Kunst, ihre  Artzeneyeu zubereiten sollen.  Mit
  Annierckungen vermehret und verbessert durch
  die hochgelahrteu Herren Sylvius. Willis, Blan-
  cart und andere.  1 pl., frontisp., 673 pp., 13 1.
  12°.  Leipzig, T. Fritsch, 1700.
Neues Magazin fur Aerzte.  v. 1-20,1779-98.  8°.
  Leipzig.
    Continuation of: Magazin vor Aerzte.
Neues  mediciuisches Arcliiv fur denkende Leser
  aus alien Standen, zur Belehrung und Unterhal-
  tung hrsg. von  Gerh. Wilhelm von Eicken.  v. 1
  (Nos. 1-3), 1793-6.  628 pp.  12°.  Mannheim.
    Ended.
Neues  medicinisches  WTocheublatt fiir  Aerzte,
  Wundarzte, Apotheker und Freuude der Natur-
  wissenschaft, unter der Aufsicht der  medicini-
  scheu Facultiit zu  Giesen.  1  v., 1789.   826 pp.
  12°.   Giessen <f Frankfurt am Main.
Neues  pharmaceutisches  Manual.  Unter Bei-
  hiilfe von E. Bosetti hrsg. von Engen Dieterich.
  6.  Aufl.  vii, 740  pp.  8°.  Berlin, J.  Springer,
  1694.
-----.   The same.  8. Aufl.  vi, 848 pp.  8°. Ber-
  lin, J. Springer, 1901.
-----.  The same.  9. vermehrte und verbesserte
  Aufl.   iv, 748 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin, J. Springer,
  1904.
Neueste Entdeckun" wie neben dem Gebrauch
  eiuiger weniger Medicameute uud eiuem ange-
  messenen Verhalten durch das blosse siisseBron-
  neuwasser die Folgen  der Selbstbefleckuug,  die
  uuwillkiihrlichen nachtlichen Saamenergiessun-
  gen uud der weisse Fluss auf das griindlichste
  und zuverliissigste geheilt, und die geschwach-
  ten Krafte der  Mannheit zu dem hochsteu Grad
  der Vollkommenheit gebracht werdin konnen.
  Durch  Erfahrungen   und untriigliche  Proben
  verbiirgt. Zur Belehrung fiir Eltern und Lehrer.
  3.  Aufl.   107 pp.   12°.  Heilbronn, I.  D. Glass,
  1825.
Neueste VervoUkommuungen der Apparate zur
  Sterilisierung der Kuhmilch durch das deutsehe
  Reichs-Pateut  No. 66250.   11  pp.  16.  Bonn,
  [1891, vel subseq.].
Neueste  wissenschaftliche Veroifentlichuugen
  fiber Tannalbin.   2 1.  8C.  Ludwigshafen a.  It.,
  Knoll 4- Co., 1897.
Neuesten (Die) Erfahrungeu  brittischer Aerzte
  fiber die Wurkungen  der Salpetersiiure in der
  Lustseuche.  See Collection (A) of testimonies
  [etc.].

Neufchateau.
    See Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by localities.

Neufchatel.
    See,  also,  Fever (Typhoid,  History, etc., of),
  Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hygiene (Pub-
  lic, Laws,  etc., of),   Sewage  (Disposal  of),
  Water (Supply of), by localities.
    Marquezy.  Rapport sur les epidemies qui ont sevi
  dans 1'aiToudissement de  Neufcbatel pendant les annees
  1885-8.  Dep.  de la Seiue-Inf.  Cons, centr. d'hvg. [etc.].
  Trav. 1885, Rouen, 1886, 182: (1886), 1887,202:  (1887), 1888
  241: (1888), 1889, 247.
Neufeld (Mile.  Bronislawn) [1875-    ].   * Con-
  tribution a  l'e'tude clinique et bacteriologique
  de la galactophorite.   103 pp.   8°. Paris, 1901.
  No. 207.                                '
Neufeld (Fred).  * Beitrage zur Kasuistik der
  augeborenen   Schadelgeschwulste.   [ Heidel -
  berg.]  30 pp.   8°.  Tubingen, 1895, H.  Laupp,
  1-95.
Neufeld (Hugo) [1878-   ].  *Zur  pathologi-
  schen Anatomie und Pathogenese des Schicht-
  staares.  26 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Wurzburg, F.  Stau-
  denraus, 1903.
Neufeld (J.)   Die Desinfection  durch Daninf
  36 pp.   8°.  Wien, 1895.                    '  '
    Forms 6. Hft., v. 21, of: Wien. Klinik.
Neufeld (Ludwig).  * Ueber  einen  Fall von
  intermittierendem Gelenkhydrops.  38 pp.  8°.
  Freiburg i. B., Speyer 4- Kaerner, 1899.
Neilfeldt (Paul) [1876-    ].   *Zur Behand-
  lung der Aueurysmeu der Aorta mittels  subcn-
  tauer  Gelatine-Injectiouen.  52  pp., 2  1.  8°.
  Kbnigsberg, H. Jaeger, 1901.
Neuffer (Franz).   * Ueber den  Einfluss der He-
  reditiit uud der Consanguinitiit  der Eltern in der
  Aetiologie  der Retinitis  pigmentosa.   32  pp.
  8°.  Strassburg, Gebr. Biedel, 1893.
NeufTer (Leopold).  * Ueber das Verschwinden
  von Salpetersaure im Stoft'wechsel.  21 pp.  8°.
  Wurzburg, A. Boegler, 1898.
Neufliess (Ludwig Max) [1873-    ].   '•Bei-
  trag zur Aetiologie und zum klinischen Ausgang
  der  Extrauteringraviditat.  26  pp., 1  1.  ,-J.
  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902.
de Neufville (Ludovicus).  Dissertationes me-
  dica-, quarum prior Kepi  tt)c allavroeideur, sive
  de membraua allantoide versatur; posterior Kepi
  ttjc vvu<p7jc seu de clitoride disserit auctore Tlieo-
  doro Tronohin.  Editio nova, emendatior, accu-
  ratior.  94 pp.   8°.  Lugd.  Bat., J.  &■ H. Ver-
  beek, 1736.
Neugebauer  (A.  F.)   [1867-    ].  *Ueber
  eiuen Fall von Parametritis  et paravaginitis
  puerperalis  abscedens.   Zugleich  ein  Beitrag
  zur operativen Behaudluug hochsitzender Mast-
  darm-Scheidenfisteln.  [Breslau.]   34 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Neurodei. S., W. W. Klambt, [1892].
Neugebauer  (Bruno)   [1871-    ].  * Ueber
  Messungen des weicheu  Gaumens mit Darstel-
  lung einer ueueu Messungsmethode.  36 pp., 31.
  8°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., M. Liedtke, 1896.
Neugebauer  (Curt).   * Ueber Endresultate
  der Kniegelenks-Resectioneu.  Aus der  cliirur-
  gischen  Klinik in  Strassburg i.  E.   [Stras-
  burg.]  32 pp.  8C.  Leipzig, J.  B. Hirschfeld,
  1889.
Neugebauer  (Franz [Ludwig])  [1856-   ].
  Ein  zweiter  Fall vou   sogenannter Spondy-
  lolisthesis am vorletzten Lendenwirbel.   9  pp.
  8°.  Berlin, [1883].
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1883, xxi,  2. Hft.
-----.   Contribution a la pathogenie et au di-
  agnostic du bassiu vici6par le glissement verte-
  bral (spondylolisthesis).   24 pp.  8°.  Paris, H.
  Lauwereyns, 1884.
    Repr. from: Ann. de gyn6c, Par.,  1884,  xxi.
-----.   Die mediane  Vaginaluaht  (Kolporrha-
  phia mediaua) als Mittel zur operativen Beseiti-
  gung des Gebarniuttervorfalles.  Bemerkuugeu
  zur Spondylolisthesis.  4 pp.  8°.  Berlin, [1884].
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1883-4, xxii.
-----.   Note sur le speculum bivalve, l'6craseur
  vaginal a  trois branches, pour  les  operations
  des fistules  urinaires, et  quelques  autres appa-
  reils et instruments de chirurgie gyniatrique du
  Dr. Louis-Adolphe  Neugebauer.   66 pp.  8°.
  Paris,  H. Lauwereyns, 1884.
    Repr. from : Ann. de gyn6c, Par., 1884, xxi.
-----.   Neuer  Beitrag zur Aetiologie und  Ca-
  suistik der Spondylolisthesis.   72 pp.  8°. Leip-
  zig, A. T. Engelhardt, 1885.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl.,  1884-5, xxv.
-----.   The same.   A new coutribution  to the
  history and etiology of spondylolisthesis.  Transl.
  by Faucourt Barnes.
    In: Select. Monog.  8°.  London, 1888, exxi, [no. 3J,
  1-64.
-----.  Rozwieracz n6g dia operacyi gyniatrycz-
  nych dokonywanych w  polozeniu  grzbietowciii
  o  wzniesionej  miednicy  lub tak zwanem  pos- 
NEUGEBAUER.                          569                          NEUGEBAUER.
Neugebauer (Franz [Ludwig])—continued.
  ladkowo-grzbiotowem.  [Leg  supports for gyn-
  iatric operations in dorso-gluteal and lithot-
  omy  position.]   8 pp.   8°.    [ Warszawa,  M.
  Ziemkiewicz, 1885.]
    Repr.from: Medycyna, Warszawa, 1885, xiii.
_____.  Eine bisher einzig dastehende  Beobacli-
  tung von Polyniastie mit 10 Brust warzeu.  8 pp.
  8°.   Leipzig, 1886.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1886, x.
-----.   Zur Kasuistik  des Fcetus  amorphus s.
  anideus.   Kasuistische Mittheilung.   6 pp.  8°.
  Leipzig, 1886.
    Repr. from.- Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1886, x.
------.  K naukie o t. n. soskalzivanii pozvonkov
  (spondylolisthesis).  [Study  on  the  so-called
  spondylolisthesis.]  8 pp.  8°.  Varshawa, S. P.
  Yakovleff, [1887].
    Repr.from: Trudi vtor. syezda  Obsh. Russk. vrach.,
  Mosk., 1887, ii.
_____.  The same.  8 pp.   8C.   Varshara, 1890.
    Repr.from: Trudi r. Med. Obsh. pri imp. Varshav.
  Univ., 1890, i.
-----.  Casuistik von 140 Vesico-Uterinfisteln,
  nebst Mittheilung von 20 eiuschlagigen  Fallen
  aus  der   Harnfistelcasuistik   der Warschauer
  gyniatrischeu Universitatsklinik des Dr. Lud-
  wig  Adolf  Neugebauer.  Pt.  1.  ^8 pp.  8°.
  Leipzig, A. T. Engelhardt, 1888.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Gynask., Berl., 1888, xxxiii.
-----.  The  same.  Casuistik  von  149 Vesico-
  Uteriunstelu, uebst  Mittheilung von  27  eiu-
  schlagigen Fallen.  Pt.  2.   16 pp.   8°.  Leip-
  zig, A. T. Engelhardt, 1689.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1889, xxxiv.
-----. The  same.  Casuistik  vou  163 Vesico-
  Uteriufisteln, uebst  Mittheilung  von  28  ein-
  schlagigen Fallen . . . und  einem Anhange be-
  treffend  11  Falle von Fistula  cervicis uteri la-
  qneatica  ( Mutterhalsscheidengewolbefisteln ).
  Pt. 3.  44 pp.   8°.  Leipzig,  A. T. Engelhardt,
  1-89.
    Repr. from:  Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1889,  xxxiv.
-----. The same.  Casuistik von 165 Vesico-Ute-
  rinfisteln, nebst Mittheilung  von 29 eiuschlagi-
  gen  Fallen . . .  und einem  Anhange  betreffend
  13 Falle  vou Fistula cervicis  uteri laqueatica
  (Mutterhalsscheidengewolbefisteln).   Pt. 4.  53
  pp.  8°.   Leipzig, A. T.  Engelhardt, 1889.
    Repr.from:  Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1889, xxxv.
-----.  "Audiatur et altera pars!"   Nieskolko
  zamiechaniy po povodu opublikovannoi prof. D.
  Lyambl'em v no. 11-16 Russk. Med. 1889:  " Kri-
  ticheskiy razbor ucheniya o vlvikhakh pyatavo
  poyasnichnavo   pozvonka  spondylolisthesis".
  [Some remarks ou  Prof. Lambl's  article "Criti-
  cal estimate of . . .".]  36 pp.   8°.   Varshara,
  K. Kovalevski, 1889.
-----.  The  same.  "Audiatur  et  altera pars!"
  Worte der Nothwehr gegen  . . . Wilhelm Duszen
  Lamld.  78  pp.   8°.  Leipzig, K. F. Koehler,
  [1889].
-----.  Das neue Breslauer  spondylolisthetische
  Becken.   11  pp.   8°.  Leipzig, A. T. Engelhardt,
  1889.
    Repr.from:  Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1889, xxxv.
-----.  Spondylizema  oder  Spondylolisthesis?
  Eine Bemerkung zu der Arbeit des Prof. Hector
  Treub (Leyden):  Recherches  sur  le bassin
  cyphotique,  Leyden, 1889.  5 pp.  8°.  Leipzig,
  1889.
    Repr.from:  Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1889, xiii.
-----.  Eine bisher einzig dastehende Beobach-
  tung von Stachelbecken  mit  utero - sacraler
  Synechie.  Beitrag zur Lehre vom atypisch ver-
  engten Becken.  3 pp.   8C.   Leipzig,  1890.
    Repr.from:  Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1890, xiv, Beil.
Neugebauer (Franz [Ludwig])—continued.
-----.   Kilka  slow o  iiygienicznem znaczeniu
  sportu  kolowego,  podlug  odczytu  von  Nuss-
  baum'a.   [Ou the hygienic value of the bicycle
  sport according to Nussbaum's views.]   15 pp.
  8°.   Warszaioa, A. Pajewski, 1690.
-----.   Przyczynek du nauki o  patologii kre,go-
  sttipa  i  miednicy.   [Pathology  of vertebral
  column  and  pelvis.]  16 pp.  8°.  Warszawa,
  M.  Ziemkiewicz, 1890.
    Repr.from: Medycyna, "Warszawa, 1890, viii.
-----.   Sanioubiystvo  beremennoi  posredstvom
  prlzhka  iz  okna  4.  etazha   na  kamennuyu
  mostovuyu: Fissura pelvis anterior e fractura.
  [Suicide in pregnancy by jumping from fourth
  story to stone pavement. ]   17 pp.  8°.   Var-
  shava, 1890.
    Repr. from: Trudi r.  Med. Obsh. pri  imp. Varshav.
  Univ., 1890, ii.
-----.   The same.  Selbstmord  einer  Schwan-
  geren durch Sprung aus dem 3. Stockwerk.  10
  pp.   8U.  Leipzig, 1890.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1890, xiv.
-----.   Perechen  nauchnikh   trudov  i  soob-
  shtsheniy  ...   [ List of scientific works and
  communications of. .  .]   16 pp. 8°.  Varshava,
  K.  Kovalevski, 1891.
-----.   Sechs und dreissig neue Falle von Cervi-
  calfistelu des  Uterus (28 vesicale und 8 vagiuale
  Fisteln).  Nachtrag zu der "Casuistik von 165
  Vesico-Uterinfistlen  u.  s.  w.  bis  zum  Jahre
  1889".  15 pp.  8°.   Leipzig, A. T.  Engelhardt,
  1891.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1890-91, xxxix.
-----.  Eine ihrem Ausgange nach eiuzig  daste-
  hende Beobachtung von frakturarer Spaltung
  des Beckenringes.  7 pp.  8°.   Leipzig, 1892.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1892, xvi.
-----.  Kilka  slow  o wskrzeszeniu cie,cia lono-
  wego  czyli symfyseotomii przez  szkole,  poloz-
  nicza, Neapolitariska,.  [ On symphysiotomy ac-
  cording to the gynaecological school of Naples. ]
  58 pp.  8°.  Warszawa,  C. M. Ziemkiewicz, 1892.
    Repr.from: Medycyna, "Warszawa, 1892, xx.
-----.  The same.  Ueber die Rehabilitation der
  Schamfugentrennung  oder  Symphyseotomie
  durch  die geburtshiilfliche  Schule in Neapel.
  Pt. 1.  313 pp.,  1  1. 8°.   Leipzig,  O.  Wigand,
  1893.
                    CONTENTS.
    Pt. 1. Die Geschichte des Schamfugenschnittes und die
  bisherige Casuistik von 437 Operation von 1777 bis Ende
  Juni 1893, nebst Litteraturverzeichuiss.
-----.  Spondylolisthesis  et  spondybSzeme.  Re-
  sume de recherches  litt6raires et  personnelles
  depuis 1880  jusqu'en  1892.  x,  176  pp.  8°.
  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1892.
-----.  Eiu bisher wohl einzig dastehender Fall
  von  Vorlageruug  der weiblichen Harnrohreu-
  miindung  traumatischen   Ursprunges,   nebst
  Mittheilung  einer im Puerperiuin  erworbenen
  Scheidenatresie  mit uachfolgender  Hamato-
  kolpometra.  7 pp.   8C.   Leipzig, 1893.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1893,  xvii.
-----.   Rzadki  okaz synechia-  utero-sacralis,
  sub  partu acquisitae; akanthopelys,  exostosis
  promontorialis, cui cervix uteri adhaeret; przy-
  czynek do nauki o nietypowem zwe,zeniu mied-
  nicy  wraz z opisaniem pierwszego w naszym
  kraju kliuicznego  spostrzezenia  kre,gozmyku.
  [Rare case of . . .; atypical pelvic joint, with
  description of the  first  case in this region of
  spondylolisthesis.]   27  pp.  8°.   Warszawa, K.
  Kowalewski, 1893.
    Repr.from: Gaz. lek.,  Warszawa, 1892, 2. s., xii.
■-----.    Zur  Warnung  beim  Gebrauche von
  Scheidenpessarien.   90  pp., 1 1.   8°.  Leipzig,
  T.  Engelhordt, 1893. 
NEUGEBAUER.
570
NEUGEBAUER.
Neugebauer (Franz [Ludwig])—continued.
_____.   Eiui<;e Worte fiber die sematologische
  und diaguohlischc Bedeutung der mensehlichen
  Gangspureu oder Icliuogranime.
    In.-  Samml.  klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1895, No. 126
  (Gynak., No. 49, 409-444, 1 diag.).
______.    Zur  Lehre von  den  angeborenen  uud
  erworbeuen  Verwachsuugen  und Verengeruu-
  gen der Scheide sowie des angeborenen  Schei-
  denmangels mit Ausschluss der  Doppelbildun-
  gen.  iv, 223 pp.   8°.   Berlin, S. Karger, 1895.
------.   Die Frenidkorper des Uterus.  Zusam-
  uieustelliing  von  550  Beobachtungen aus der
  Literatur und Praxis.   Dem vii. Congress der
  deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Gynaekologie gewid-
  met.  1 p. 1., 144 pp.   8C.  Breslau, Preuss 4'
  J linger,  1897.
------.    Suudeuregistcr  der  Scheidenpessarien.
  Zur Waruung beim Gebrauche  von  Scheiden-
  pessarien.
    In:  Samml. klin. Vortr., n.  F.,  Leipz., 1897, No. 1S8
  (Gyniik., No. 73, 1077-1118).
    See,  also, Hei-rgott (F[rancois]-J[oseph].  Spondy-
  lizfeme et spondylolisthesis.  8°.  Paris, 1883.
Neugebauer  ( Ludwig Adolph )  [ 1821-90] .
  S\ >teina venosum avium cum  eo mammalium et
  inpritnis hominis collatum.  Commentatio ana-
  tomica . . . praamio oruata.   pp. 519-698, 15 pl.
  4:.  [n. p., 1845.]
    Cutting from: Nova acta phys.-med. Acad. nat. curios.,
  1844-5, xxi.
------.   Nowy sposdb  robienia krwawego  szwu
  krocza  i  sromu.   [New method of perineor-
  rhaphy aud  episiorrhaphy.]   30 pp., 1 pl.   8°.
  Warszawa, J. Kaufmann 4' Spolki,  i860.
    Repr. from:  Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1860, xliii.
------.   O pologowyni zakrzepie i zapaleniu zyl
  (phlebothrombosis et phlebitis puerperalis).  64
  pp.  8°.   Warszawa, J. Kaufmann 4' Sp., 1861.
    Repr.from: Pain. Towarz. Lek. "Warszaw., 1861, xlvi.
------.    Odpowiedz" na   artykul  Morgensterna
  o^loszouy pod tytulem  " Wyjasnienie" w  Pam.
  Towarz. Lek. Warszaw.,  1862, xlvii.   [Reply
  to Morgeustt-rn's  article published  under the
  title of "An explanation" in . . .]  14  pp.   8°.
  [ Warszawa,  1862.]
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek., "Warszaw., 1862, xlviii.
------.   Wspomuienia  z  zakladu polozniczego w
  Medyolanie.   [Reminiscences from the Obstet-
  rical  Institute  in Milan.]  32 pp.   8°.   War-
  szawa, I. Krokoszyiiski, 1863.
    Repr. from :  Tygodnik lek., "Warszawa, 1863, xvii.
------.   O zarosnieuiu cowki  nioczowej u  nie-
  wiast, z przytoczeniem trzech pomyslnie uleczo-
  uych  przypadkow przetoki peckerzopochwowej,
  powiklanej  z  t6m  cierpieniem.   [Atresia  of
  female urethra,  with three successfully treated
  cases  of vesico-vaginal fistuhe complicated with
  that disease. ]  46 pp.   8°.   Warszawa, 1864.
    Repr.from:  Tygodnik. lek. Warszawa, 1864, xviii.
------.  Przypadek wodvsteku  rdzeuiowego  (hy-
  drorrhachis) uleczouego sila,  natury przez  pqk-
  niecie samodzielne guza wodostekowego jeszcze
  podczas  zycia wewua,trz - macicznego.  [.  .  .
  cured by the power of nature by its spontaneous
  rupture  during intrauterine  life.]   4 pp.   8-.
  [ Warszawa, 1864.]
------.  Fall vou einer durch  die  Natur begon-
  nenen und durch die Kuust mit Erfolg bcende-
  ten Entfernung eines Myoms der Gebaruiuttcr.
  16 pp.  8C.   Leipzig, A. f. Engelhardt, [1866].
    Repr. from: Monatschr. f.  Geburtsk.  u. Frauenkr.,
  Berl.,  1866, xxviii.
------.   Postrzezenia dotycza.ce nauki o niie,saku
  czyli  sarkouiacie warg sromowych.   [On theory
  of myoma or sarcoma ofthe labia pudendi.]  11
  pp.   8°.  Warszawa,  Gebethner 4-  Wolff, 1866.
    Repr.from:  Gaz. lek., "Warszawa, 1866, i.
x\eugebauer (Ludwig Adolph)—continued.
------.   Przyczynek do nauki o rodzeniu sic. plodu
  barkiem,  w drodze t. z. wyklucia sie. sainowol-
  nego  (evolutio  spontanea fu-tus).   [On theory
  of shoulder presentation  and the so-called . . .']
  10 pp.  8.   Warszawa, l?-00.
    Repr. from: Tygodnik lek., Warszawa, 1865, n. a., x.
------.   Przypadek habitualnego  stawiania  sie,
  plodu  do porodu  w   potozeniu  poprzeczu^in,
  spowodowanego nieprawidlowa, budowq, macicy.
  [Habitual transverse  presentation  caused  by
  abnormal structure of  the uterus.]  5 pp.  8°.
  Warszawa, Gebethner 4'  Wolff, 1*67.
    Repr.from: Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1866, i.
------.   Kilka  s!6w o swietle pala,cego sie, mag-
  nezynu jako srodku do  badauia torbieli piynein
  napelnionych  i  plynostekdw w og61nosci.  [Ou
  the light from buruiug magnesia as a means of
  exploring ovarian cysts  and cystic tumors in
  general.]   6 pp.   12°.  [Warszawa, 1868.]
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1868, lix.
------.   [Przypadek  dokonauej  przez  siebie z
  poinyslnyiu skutkiem ovariotomii.]   [Success-
  fully performed  . . .] 5 pp.  12°.  [ Warszawa,
  1868.]
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek., Warszaw., 1868, lix.
------.   The same.  Bericht fiber eine mit Erfolg
  ausgeffihi'te Ovariotomie.  32 pp.  sin. 8U. Leip-
  zig, A. T.  Engelhardt, [1868].
    Repr. from: Monatschr. f.  Geburtsh. u. Frauenkr.,
  Berl., 1868, xxxii.
------.   Sprawozdauie z wazniejszych  operacyj
  gynijatrycznych w  roku 1867,  w szpitalu $go.
  Ducha w  Warszawie dokonanych.  [Report of
  the principal  gynecological operations during
  1867 in the Hospital of the Holy Ghost of War-
  saw.]  17 pp.   8°.  Warszawa,  1m68.
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek., Warszawa, 1868.
------.   Wyciecie jajnika (ovariotomia).  23 pp.
  8°.  Warszawa,  1806.
    Repr. from: Gaz. lek., "Warszawa, 1868, iv.
------.   Wyciecie wielkiego guza macicy wraz z
  lewyiu jajnikiem (hystero-ovariotoinia) z niepo-
  myslnym  skutkiem.  [. .  . with uuusual result.]
  12 pp.  12°.   Warszawa, 1809.
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek. "Warszaw., 1869, lxi.
------.    Sprawozdauie  z  operacyj gynijatrycz-
  nych  w roku  1868 w szpitalu S. Ducha w War-
  szawie dokonanych.  [Report of gynaecological
  operations performed in 1868 iu the Hospital of
  the Holy Ghost iu Warsaw.] 30 pp.  8°.  [War-
  szawa, 1869.]
    Repr. from: Pam. Towarz. Lek-Warszaw^'lSflg, lxii.
------.   Rozdarcie  przegrody  pochwo-wypust-
  niczej i sr6dkrocza (ruptura septi vagino-recta-
  lis et periuei).  3 pp.   8°.  [ Warszawa, 1870.]
    Repr.from: Gaz. lek., "Warszawa, 1870, viii.
------•   [Wynicowanie pe,cherza nioczowego oraz
  wypadniede macicy (extrophia congenita vesi-
  cae urinariae cum  prolapsu uteri).]   5 pp.   12-y
  [Warszawa, 1870.]
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1870, lxiv.
------.   Chetlre  sluchaya  sarkomatoznol  opu-
  kholi naruzhnlkh zhenskikh polovikh organov.
  [Four cases of  sarcoma of the external female
  sexual organs.]   18 pp.  8~.  [Tifiis, 1671.]
     Repr.from: Med. Sbornik, Tifiis, 1871, no. 11.
  ----.   Ocalenie zycia  ciezarnej z powodu wy-
  g6rowauych  wymiotdw  smiercia, glodbwa.  za-
  grozonej  za  promoca sztucznie  wywolanego
  poronienia.   [Insuring life during  pregnancy,
  threatened with death from starvation because
  of excessive  vomiting, by inducing  pn-matnie
  deliverv.]  16 pp.  12°.   [Warszawa, 1-71.]
     Repr.from:  Pam. Towarz. Lek. "Warszaw., 1871, lxvi. 
NEUGEBAUER.                          571                                NEUHAUS.
Neugebauer (Ludwig Adolph)—continued.
-----.  Sprawozdauie z przypadkdwgynijatrycz-
  nych w  roku  1870  operacyjnym sposobem le-
  czonych  w szpitalu  $w. Ducha  w Warszawie.
  [Report of the gyna-cological cases  treated by
  operation in the  hospital of the Holy Ghost in
  Warsaw in  the year 1870.]   52pp.  12°.   [War-
  szawa, 1871.]
    Repr.from : Pam. Towarz. Lek. "Warszaw., 1871, lxvi.
-----.  Progrannna   prepodavaniya  giniatriki.
  [Programme of instruction in gynaecology.]   8
  pp.  8°.  [ Varshava,  1872.]
-----.  Sprawozdauie  z przypadk6w gyuiatrycz-
  nych w cia,gu lat 1862-6 w  szpitalu Sw. Du-
  cha w Warszawie leczonych.  [Report of gynae-
  cological cases treated in  the hospital  of the
  Holy  Ghost,  Warsaw,  from  1862-6.]    92 pp.
  8°.  Warszawa, 1673.
    Repr. from: Gaz. lek.,"Warszawa, 1867-72, iii-vi: viii-xii.
■-----.  Iudex scriptoruin ad medicinam et scieu-
  tias naturales  spectantium.  14 pp.  8L.  [ Var-
  shava, 1875.
-----.  Sredinnoye chastnoye  sshivaniye vlaga-
  lishtsha (elytrorrhaphia sive elytrocleisis  par-
  tialis mediana);  novly sposob llecheniya vlpa-
  deuiya matki.  [. . . a new method of treating
  prolapse of the uterus.]  4 pp. 8\   [Varshava,
  K. Kovalevski, 1876.]
-----.  Fibroinyoma  vaginae;  materiali k uche-
  niyu  o  vlagalishtshnikh  opukholyakh.   [. .  .;
  contribution to study of vaginal tumors.]  54
  pp.  8°.   Varshara, lr-76.
-----.  The same.  Beitrag zur Lehre von deu
  Vaginal-Tumoren.    pp.  59-102.  8C.   [Prag,
  1877.J
     Cutting from:  Vrtljschr. f. prakt. Heilk., Prag, 1877,
  cxxxiv.
-----.  0 cialach  obcych w pejeherzu moczowym
  w kobiet.  [Foreign  bodies iu urinary  bladder
  of womeu.]  8 pp.   12°.   [ Warszawa, 1877.]
    Repr. from: Pam. Towarz. Lek. "Warszaw., 1877, lxxiii.
-----.  Otchot  o  giniatricheskikh operatsiyakh
  proizvedyonnlkh v  techenii  1876  goda v bol-
  uitsle Sv. Dukha v Varshavie. [Report of gyn-
  aecological  operations performed iu the Hospital
  ofthe Holy Ghost, in Warsaw, in 1876.]  63 pp.
  8°.  Varshava, I. Noskovski, 1678.
    Repr.from: Sovrem. med., Varshava, 1877, ii.
-----.  Kilka  s!6w  o zablakaniu sie. wiank6w
  macicznych do  p^cheiza  moczowego.   [Some
  remarks  on the  dropping of pessaries into the
  urinary bladder.]  34 pp.  8°.  Warszawa,  1^79.
    Repr. from: Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1879, xxvii.
-----.  Posrodkowe   zeszycie  pochwy (elytror-
  rhaphia  mediana  sive  elytrocleisis  partialis
  mediana) jako nowy sposob  leczenia  wypad-
  nie,cia macicy. [. . . as a new method of treat-
  ing prolapse of the uterus.]  72 pp.   8°.   War-
  szawa, K. Kowalewski, 1880.
    Repr.from: Pam. Towarz. Lek."Warszawa, 1880,lxxvi.
-----.   O narzedziach starozytnych chirurgicz-
  nych  i  gynijatryczuych  odnalezionych  w rui-
  nach miast rzymskick  Pompeji i Herkulaneum.
  [Surgical  and  obstetrical instruments found
  amidst the ruins  of Pompeii and Herculaneum.]
  169 pp.   8°.   Warszawa, K. Kowalewski, 1882.
    Repr. from.- Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1882, lxxviii.
-----.   Przypadek  nieuleczalnej  przetoki  pe,-
  cherzo -pochwowej ;  zaszycie  kanalu  pochwo-
  wego;  Wytworzenie  sie. kamienia  w  jamie p^-
  cherzo-pochwowej;  wydobycie kamienia; pow-
  t6rne zaszycie pochwy;  wyleczenie.   [Incur-
  able vesico-vagiual  fistula; closure of the vagi-
  nal canal;  calculus formed in the cysto-vaginal
  cavity; its removal;  second  closure  ofthe va-
  gina; recovery.]   6 pp.   8°.   Warszawa, K.
  Kowalewski, 1883.
    Repr.from: Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1883, 2.  s., iii.
Neugebauer (Ludwig Adolph)—continued.
-----.  The same.  Fall von unheilbarer Vesico-
  vaginalfistcl, in welchem sich nach Beseitigung
  der das Leiden  begleitenden Harninkontinenz
  durch operativen Verschluss des Vaginalkauals
  nachtraglich ein grosser Harnstein iu der Vesico-
  vaginalhohle gebildet hat.  6 pp.  8°.  Leipzig,
  1883.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1883, vii.
-----.  Przypadek  przemieszczenia trzew wrod-
  zonego.   [Congenital prolapse  of  intestines.]
  4 pp.  8°.  [Waiszawa, K. Kowalewski, 1883.]
    Repr. from: Gaz. lek., "Warszawa, 1883, 2. s., iii.
-----.  Dalszy przyczynek do nauki o  posrod-
  kowen  zeszyciu  pochwy  (elytrorrhaphia  sive
  colporrhaphia mediana), jako s>odku do wyle-
  czenia wypadni^cia  macicy.   [Further contri-
  bution on ... as a remedy for  prolapse of the
  uterus.] 20 pp.  8°.  Warszawa, K Kowalewski,
  1884.
    Repr. from: Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1884, 2. s., iv.
-----.  Przypadek pomyslnego wyleczenia wyni-
  cowania przewleklego macicy (inversionis uteri
  chronica^).  [Successful cure of .. .]  36pp.  8°,
  Warszawa, M. Ziemkiewicz, 1886.
    Repr. from: Medycyna, "Warszawa, 1886, xiv.
-----.   Sluchai   izliecheniya   khronicheskavo
  vlvorota  matki  (casus  sanationis inversionis
  uteri chronicaB) s zamiechaniyami kasayushtshi-
  misya llecheniya  etovo  stradaniya voobshtshe.
  [. . ., with remarks  concerning  its treatment in
  general.]   51 pp.  8°.  Varshava, K. Kovalevski,
  1886.
-----.  Beitrag  zur  Lehre vou  der hydrostati-
  schen Behandlung der chronischen Uterusinver-
  sion.  3 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, 1890.
    Repr. from: Ber. u. d. Verhandl. d. 8. Abth. d. x. inter-
  nat. [med.] Kong., Leipz., 1890.
    For Biography, see Brit. Gynaec. J., Lond., 1890-91, vi,
  438-441, port. Also,  Keprint.  Also:  J. akush. i  jensk.
  boliez., St. Petersb., 1890, iv, 721-735, port. (K. Zniigrod-
  ski). AUo, Reprint.  Also: N. Arch, d'obst. et de gyn6c,
  Par., 1890, v, 539. Also, Reprint.  Also: Trudi russk. med.
  Obsh. p. imp. Varshav. Univ., 1891, ii, 2, 1-7, port.   AUo,
  Reprint.
Neuhauser  (Hugo)  [1876-    ].  * Beitrage
  zur Lehre vom Descensus der Keimdriisen.  I.
  Theil Die Beckendrehuug.  [ Strasburg. ]  pp.
  221-238, lpl.   8°.   Stuttgart,  E. Nagele,  1901.
    Repr. from: Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg.,
  1901, iii.
Ne nil all ll  (Moritz).   * Ueber  Weichtheilsar-
  kome der Extremitaten.   Ein Beitrag zur Aetio-
  logie der Geschwiilste   41 pp.   8°.  Wurzburg,
  A. Boegler, 1889.
Neuhanu (Heinrieh)  [1880-     ].  * Beitrag
  zur Keuntnis der Hornhautkaizinome.   [Leip-
  zig.]  39 pp., 11.  8°.  Boma-Leipzig, B. Noske,
  1904.
Neuhaus*  Zur Theorie des Sehens.
    See Colleginm Augustinianum zu Gaesdonck. Be-
  richt ietc.].  8°. Cleve,  [1857].

lYciiliaii*.
    See Small-pox (  History,  etc., of), Waters
  (Mineral),  by localities.
Neuliaus  (C.)  Le  docteur Pugnet.   109 pp.,
  port.   8°.  Berne, C. Stdmpjii, 1847.
Neuliaus  (Ernst) [1861-     ].   *Ein selteuer
  Fall von Aplasie der Hoden.  15  pp., 1  pl.  8°.
  Kiel, Schmidt 4- Klaunig, 1890.
Neuliaus  (Ernst).   * Ueber  intrauasale Syue-
  chien.  37 pp., 1 1.  8C.   Heidelberg, J. Horning,
  1894.
Neuliaus (Francois).  * Contribution a 1'iStude
  des ferments oxydants.   I. De Paction combined
  de la peroxydase et de la catalase. II. La  cata-
  lase de l'urine norinale et pathologique.  58 pp.
  8°.  Genbve, H. Kiindig, 1905. 
NEUHAUS.
572
NEUMANN.
Neuliaus (Heinrieh).   * Ueber einen Fall von
  Tuberkulose des Hodens bei  einem neunmonat-
  lichen  Kinde.   30 pp.  8°.  Zurich, Zurcher 4~
  Furrer, 1895.
Neuliaus (Hugo)  [1865-     ].   *Zur  Patho-
  logic  der Hohlenbildung im Riickenmark.  62
  pp., 1 1.  8°.   Berlin, G. Schade, [1889].
Neuhaus (Hugo)  [1867-    ].  * Ueber fliissige
  medicinische Seifeu.   29  pp., 1 1.  8°.  Berlin,
  O. Francke, [1891].
Neuliaus (L. E.)  *Die Brasdorsche Methode
  zur Heiluug  der Aneurysmen.  vi,  7-32  pp., 2
  pl.  8-.  Bern, A.  Weingart, 1841.
Neuliaus (Leopold).   * Die  Gefahrduug der
  Schwaugerschaft uuter dem Einfluss der akuten
  Infektionskraukheiten.  46 pp.  8°.  Gbttingen,
  W. F. Kaestner, 1890.
Neuliaus (Max) [1870-    ].   * Ueber Abscesse
  nach Heinrieh von Mondeville.  30 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Berlin, G. Schade,  [1897].
Neuhausen (J.).
    See IVIathysen (Antonius). Der Gyps-Verband [etc.].
  8°.  Crefeld, 1857.
NeilhailSS (R[ichard]) [1855-    ].  Anleitung
  zur Mikrophotographie fiir  Aerzte, Botauiker,
  etc.  2. And.  20 pp.  8°.   Berlin, J. Klonne 4~
  G. Muller, 1888.
NeulieusillS (Joh. Rodolphus).   * De  sterili-
  late utriusque sexus.   28 pp.  sui. 4°.  Argento-
  rati, lit. G. A. Piesckeri, [1726].
Neukamp (Hugo) [1*76-   ].  * Ueber 3 Fiille
  von Verletzungen  niotorischer Rindencentren.
  27 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Bonn, J. Trapp, 1898.
Neukircli (H.)  Ueber Strahlenpilze (Actiuo-
  niyceten).   2.  F.   iv, 72  pp., 1 pl., 1 1.   8°.
  Strassburg, B. Beust, 1902.
Neukirchen (Franz Adolf) [1874-    ]   *Ein
  Fall vou doppelseitiger kortikaler Hemianopsie
  verbunden mit taktiler Aphasie und  Orienti-
  rungsstoruugen.   55 pp., 1  pl.  8°.   Marburg,
  1900.
Neukirchen  ( [Walther Leonhard ]  Gustav)
  [1866-    ].   * Beitrage zur Frage der internen
  Antiseptik.   32 pp., 1  1. 8°.  Bonn, P. Neusser,
  1691.
Neukomm ( Martin )  [1849-    ].  Bad  Heu-
  strich  im Berner  Oberland;  seine  Hcilqnelle
  uud sonstigen Kurmittel und seine Umgebung;
  balneologische Skizze.   38 pp., lpl.  12°.  Thun,
  E. SUimpfli, 1897.
Neukrantzen (Joh.  Theodorus).   *De  neces-
  sitate artis chemicae ejusdem productu summo
  magna hominum et metallorum medicina lapis
  philosophorum  dicta.  14 1.  4°.   Vitembergce,
  apud vid. Gerdisiam, 1725.  [P., v. 1913.]
Neulen ([Emil] Wilhelm [Hubert]) [1866-   ].
  * Zur Pathogenese des Enophthaluius traumati-
  cus.  44 pp.   8°.  Greifswald, J.  Abel, 1897.
Netlliug: (Friedrich Otto Philipp) [1878-    ].
  "Ueber Hypertrophie  des supravaginalen und
  vaginalen Teiles des Collum uteri wahrend der
  Scliwangerschaft.   40  pp., 1 1.   8°.  Berlin,  0
  Francke, 1903.
Neumager (Victor)  [1874-    ].  *Les  signes
  liseudo-cavitaires dans les pneumouies grippales
  74 pp.   8°.   Paris, 1901, No.  286.
Neumaier (Hans) [1870-    ].   *Zur Kenntnis
  des Zwergwuchses, nebst  Beschreibung eines
  neuen Falles von Zwergwuchs beim Mensehen.
  31 pp.   8 \   Erlangen, E. T.  Jacob, 1894.
Neumann  (A.-E.)    Sur l'emploi du  thigenol
  dans les maladies des femmes.  24 pp.   8°.  Pa-
  ris, A.  Muller, [1904].
Neumann  (Alfred)  [1865-    ].  "Ueber den
  Eiulluss von Giften auf die Grosse der Leber-
  zelleu.   30  pp.,  1 1.   8-.   Berlin, G.  Schade,
  [1668].
Neumann (Alfred) [1878-    ].  * Ueber einen
  Fall vou Implantation der Uretercn iu den Darm
  bei congenitaler  Blaseuspalte.  34 pp., 3 1.  8°.
  Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902.
Neumann (Alfred Karl Eugen)  [1874-   ].
  "Beitrag zur Pathologie des Ductus thoracicus
  und zu den chylosen Ergiissen.  30 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Breslau, Breslauer-Genossenschafts-Buckdruckerei
  1902.
Neumann (Alfred [Willibald]) [1869-   ].
  *Ein  Fall von Aorteuaneurysma mit  Durch-
  bruch in deu linken Ventrikel.  [Kiel.]   15 pp
  1 1.  8°.  Berlin,  C. Vogt, 1896.
Neuniann (Ambrosius Conrad) [1*66-   ].
  * Beitrage zur Frage der Nephrorrhaphie.  Eine
  Apologie der Nephrorrhaphie.  45 pp., 1  1.  8°.
  Berlin, O. Francke,  [1892].
Neumann (Andr6) (1876-   ].  *De l'influence
  de la tension gazeuse sur les microbes et en par-
  ticulier sur le bacille de la diphte"rie.   [Lyons. ]
  66 pp., 1 1.  8-.  Toulouse, 1898, No. 79.
Neumann (Arthur) [1872-    ].  * Ueber Psy-
  chosen  nach Schreck.   1 p. 1., 42 pp., 2  1.  8°.
  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., M. Liedtke, 1898.
Neumann (Carl).   Wegweiser zur praktischen
  Verwertung der Elektrizitat als Heilkraft, nebst
  eiuem  kurzen Abriss der Elektrizitats-, Nerven-
  uud Muskellehre  fiir Gebildete idler Stande.  2.
  Ausg.   xxxi,   214  pp.  16°.  Leipzig, Arnold,
  1888.
Neumann (Carl E. O.)  Der Frauenarzt. Ein
  Ratgeber fiir Jungfrauen,  Frauen uud Mutter.
  Naturgeniasse  Behandlung  der Frauenkrank-
  heiteu.   3. Aufl.  94 pp.  12°.  Cothen, P.  Schett-
  ler's Erben, 1888.
-----.   Hoofdpijn, hare velerlei oorzaken beue-
  vens de natuurlijke wegen en middelen om haar
  te verhoeden en te geuezeu.  55 pp.   8°. Am-
  sterdam, K. F. Seyffardt,  [1889].
-----.   Die Massage uud  Heilgymnastik.   Aulei-
  tung zur praktischen Ausffihrung derselben fiir
  Jedermann.  3. stark vermehrte, umgearbeitete
  und verbesserte Aufl.  v, 184 pp.  12°.   Leipzig,
  L. Fernau,  [1905?].
Neumann ([Clemens]  Theodor) [1860-   ].
  * Untersuchungen fiber  den Begattungsappaiat.
  der Schlangen.   46 pp.,  1 1., 1 pl.  8°.   Leipzig,
  Bar 4~  Hermann, 1884.
Neumann ([Emil] Gottlieb) [1874-  ].  *Pa-
  pillo-Retinitis  bei  Chlorose. 30  pp.,  1  1.  8°.
  Berlin, G. Schade, 1897.
Neumann (Ernst) [1876-    ].  *Beitragezur
  Behandlung der Appendicitis. 31pp.  8°. Halle
  a.  S., C. A. Kaemmerer 4~ Co., 1900.
Neumann (Ernst).  Die Heilung der Nervosi-
  tat durch intelligente Leibeszucht und rationelle
  Lebenshaltung.  281.  8°.  Leipzig, 0. Borggold,
  1901.
Neumann (Ernst  Frauz Christiau) [1834-   ].
    B.(R.)  Zum 70.  Geburtstage. Deutsche med."Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 175.
Neumann (Eugen August Otto).  * Ueber die
  Pachymeningitis bei  der chronischeu Alkohol-
  vergiftung.  36 pp., 1 1.  12°.   Kbnigsberg, Gru-
  ber 4~ Longrien, [ 1809].
Neumann (Felix) [1862-    J.  * Ueber Rhino-
  plastik.  41 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Bonn, C. Georgi, 1888.
Neuniann  (Frauciscus).   *De elegantiorm
  sexus  couditionibus.  8 pp.  sui. 4C.   Erfordioz,
  St anno Heringiano, [1758].
Neumann (Franz).
    See Schnetzler (Karl) & Neumann (Franz).  Die
  medicinischeu  Geheimmittel,   [etc.].  8°.  Karlsruhe,
   [1879].----------. Die Geheimmittel, [etc.]. 8°. KarU-
  ruhe, [1883].
Neumann (Franz).  * Ueber  Behandlung  der
  Gesichtslagen.  [Erlangen.] 51 pp.   12°.  Am-
  berg, H. Bbes, 1897. 
NEUMANN.
573
NEUMANN.
Neumann (Fritz [Heinrieh Karl]) [1870-    ].
  * Ein Fall von Inactivitatsparese der Kehlkopf-
  muskeln nach  Tracheotomie  mit Lipothyuiia
  laryngea.   22 pp.  8°.   Greifstvald, J. Abel, 1893.
Neumann (G.)  Beitrage zur Biologie anaero-
  biotisch  wachsendcr  gasbildcnder  Bacteiieu-
  arten.   10 pp.,  1  pl.   8°.   Wien, F.  Tempsky,
  1893.
    Repr. from:  Sitzungsb. d. k.  Akad. d.  AVissensch.
  Math.-natui w. CI., Wien, 1893, cii, 3. Abth.
Neumann  (G.)   Die  Krankheiten der Nieren
  uud der Blase, ihre Erscheinungeu und ihre Be-
  handluug.  Bright'sche  Nioreukrankheit (Nie-
  reuentzfindung, Schrumpfniere), Stauungsuiere,
  Uriimie,  Nierenstein u. s. w.;  Blasenkatarrh,
  Blaseusteine,   Blasenkrampf,  Blasenliibiming,
  Blasenblutungeu,  Bettnassen, Blasenschwiiche.
  75 pp.   8\  Berlin, H. Steinitz, 1902.
Neumann (Georg)  [1878-     ].   * Ueber  die
  plastische  Deckung der Augenhohle, besonders
  die Kuster'sche Methode.   37 pp.  8°.   Freiburg
  i. B., Speyer 4' Kaerner, 1902.
Neumann (Georg  Moritz)  [1838-     ].  *Zur
  statistik der Frakturen.  21 pp., 11.  12°. Leip-
  zig, P. Beclamjun., 1866.
Neumann (H. L.)   Die Onanie oder Selbst-
  befleckung, ihre Erkenntuiss,  Folgen, Vorbau-
   ungsinittel und griiudlicbe  Heilung.   Ein Asyl
  fiir Alle,  welehe  diesem  verderblichen Laster
  nachhangen.  3. Aufl.  43 pp.  24°.  Berlin, I.
  Bocca, 1849.
Neumann (Heinrieh) [1814-84J.
    [Biography.] In: Graetzer (J.) Lebensbilder her-
   vorrag. schles. Aerzte.  8°. Breslau, 1889, 119-121.
Neumann (Hermanu).  Die Wernarzer Quelle
  in Bad Btuckeuau.  8 pp.  8°.   Berlin, 1895.
    Repr. from: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv.
Neumann (H[ugo]) [1858-    ].  Oeffentlicher
   Kinderschutz.  v, 257 pp. 8°.  Jena, G. Fischer,
   1895.
    Forms 2. Lfg. of: Handb. d. Hyg., Jena, 1895, vii.
-----.  Ueber die Beziehungen  der Krankheiten
   des Kindesalters zu den Zahnkrankheiten.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1897, No. 172
   (Innere Med., Ko. 53, 855-901).
-----.  Ueber die Behandlung der Kinderkrank-
   heiteu.  Briefe  an einen jungen Arzt.  vi, 285
  pp.  8-.  Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 1899.
-----.  The same.   2.  Aufl.    vii, 373 pp.  8°.
   Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 1900.
-----.  The same.   3. durchgesehene uud erwei-
  terte Aufl.  vii, 452 pp.  8°.   Berlin, 0.  Coblentz,
   1903.
-----.  The same.   4.  Aufl.   vii, 452  pp.  8°.
   Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 1904.
-----.  The  same.   5.  Aufl.   vii, 452 pp.  8y
  Berlin, 0. Coblentz, 1905.
-----.  The same.   O liechenii dletskikh boliez-
  nei; pisma k  molodomu  vrachu.  Perev. s  nie-
  metskavo  I. A. Shabada.   [ Transl.  from  the
  German  by Shabad.]   iv, 212 pp.   8J.  S.-Pe-
  terburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1901.
    Issued by: Prakt. med.
Neumann (Hugo)   [1867-    ].   #Untersu-
  chungen  iiber  das Vorkommen  reduciereuder
  Substanzen im Uriu  von  Kindern.   [Berlin.]
  37 pp., 1 1.  8".  Breslau, T. Schatzky,  [1890].
Neumann  (Isidor)  [1832-    ].   Beitrag
  zur  Kenntniss des Licheu   exsudativus ruber
  (Schwindflechte).   6  pp., 1 pl.  8°.   Sitzung,
  1868.
    Repr. from: Sitzungsb. d. k.  Akad. d. "Wissensch.
  Math, naturw. CI., Wien,  11. Abth., 1868, lviii.
Neuniann (Isidor).  Lehrbuch der Hautkrank-
  heiteu.  2. Aufl.   viii, 407 pp.   8°.   Wien, W.
  Braumiiller, 1870.
------.   The same.  3. Aufl. x, 567 pp.  8°. Wien,
  W. Braumiiller, 1873.
Neumann (Isidor)—continued.
------.   Beitrag zur Kenutnis der  Sklerodermie
  (Sclerema adultorum).  13 pp.  8°.  TFiew, 1871.
    Repr.from: "Wieu. med. Presse, 1871, xii.
------.   Klinische Vorlesuugen  fiber Lepra (Ele-
  phantiasis Giiecorum).   29  pp.   8°.  Wien, B.
  Spies 4- Co., 1877.
------.   Atlas der Hautkrankheiten, mit beschrei-
  bendem  Texte.   98  1., 72  pl.   4°.   Wien,  W.
  Braumiiller, 1885-90.
------.   Lehrbuch  der venerischen Krankheiten
  und der Syphilis.  1.  Theil.  Die blenorrhagi-
  schen  Affectioueu.  xiv, 614 pp.,  2 col. pl.  8°.
  Wien,  W. Braumiiller, 1888.
------.   Die Regelung der  Prostitution vom juri-
  dischen und medizinischen Standpunkte.
    In: Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen, "Wien, 1890, iv, 67-105.
------.   Ueber  die  Wirkuug des Tuberculin auf
  Lupus, Lepra, Syphilis und Psoriasis  vulgaris.
  52 pp.  8°.   Wien, 1891.
    Forms 5. and 6. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik.
------.   Syphilis.  2 pts. in 1 v.  lxxvi, 928 pp.
  8°.  Wien, A. Holder, 1896.
    Forms v. 23 of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . . Nothnagel,
  Wien.
------.   Das  Quecksilberresorbin, ein Ersatzmit-
  tel der grauen Salbe, und dessen Verwendung.
  7 pp.  8°.  Wien, 1900.
    Repr.from: Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1900,1.
    See, aUo, Proksch (Joh.  Karl) [in 1.  a.].   Gegen
  Isidor Neumann, "Geschichte der Syphilis".  8°.  Wien,
  1879. ----- [ml. s.].  Zweiter Protest [etc.].  8°.  Wien,
  1888.—Wiener Recept-Taschenbuch [in 1. s.].  Formu-
  laire [etc.].  16°.  Paris, 1891.
------.   See, also:
     Beitrage  zur  Dermatologie  und  Syphilis.
  Festschrift gewidmet  I. Neumann zu  seiuem
  ffinfundzwanzigjahrigen  Professoren-Jubilaum.
  Hrsg.  vou  seinen Schfilern,  Ehrinauu, Finger,
  Lowenbach, Matzenauer, Rille.  8°.   Leipzig 4'
  Wien, 1900.
Neuniann (J.)   Ueber die an den altperuani-
  scheu Keramiken  uud  authropomorphen Ton-
  gefasseu dargestellten  Hautveriiuderungen, mit
  besonderer  Rficksicht auf das Alter der Syphilis
  und anderen  Dermatosen.   11 pp., 3 pl.  fol.
  Wien,  1905.
    Repr. from:  Denkschr.  d.  k.  Akad. d.  Wissensch.
  Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1905, lxxvii.
Neumann (Johaunes)  [1-^67-   ].  * Beitrag
  znr Kenntnis der Assimilation  anorganischer
  Nahrstoffe im Tierkorper.  54 pp.   8°.  Kbnigs-
  berg i. Pr., E. Bautenberg, [1893].
Neumann (Johannes  Gottlieb).  * De praeser-
  vandis  metallicolarum  morbis.    32  pp.   4°.
  Halce  Magdeb., typ.  C. Henckelii, 1721.   [P., v.
  1921.]
Neumann (Josef) [1862-     ].   * Ptosis con-
  genita und ihre Behandlung.  23pp. 8°.  Greifs-
  wald, J.  Abel, 1888.
Neumann (Josef).  * Die Salicylsulfousiiure in
  bezug auf  ihren Wert als Eiweissreagens ; ihre
  physiologisehen und  autiseptischen Eigenschaf-
  ten.  [Erlangen.] 17  pp.  8°.  Berlin, M. Lieb-
  mann, 1691.
Neumann (Karl Herbert August) [1879-    ].
  *Ein Beitrag zur Keuntuis des iuduzierten Irre,
  seins.  30 pp.. 1 1.   8°.  Tubingen, F.  Pietzeker-
  1903.
Neumann (L.-G.)  Traite" des maladies parasi-
  taircs non microbiennes des  animaux  domes-
  tiques.  xv, 673 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris, Asselin $
  Houzeau, 1*68.
------.  The  same.  A treatise  on  the parasites
  and parasitic diseases  of the  domesticated ani-
  mals.  Transl.  and edited by George Fleming.
  xxiii,  800 pp.  8°.  London, Bailliere, Tindall 4"
  Cox, 1892. 
NEUMANN.
574
NEUMAYER.
Neumann (L.-G.)—continued.      .,..,,
_____  The same.  2. ed., revised and edited  by
  James Ma.-queeu.   xvi, t-97 pp.   8°.  London,
443
         Marqueeu.
  Bailliere, Tindall <j- Cox, 1905.
-----.  Biographies v6tdriuaires.   ix (1 L),
  pp   8-.  Paris, Asselin 4~ Houzeau, 1896.
TNeumann  (Leopold) [1878-    ].   *Unlersu-
  chiincen fiber  die Viscositiit  des Sputuins und
  ihre Beziehung zum Husten,  insbesondere  zur
  Pertussis.  [Breslau.]  40  pp.  -  .  Stuttgart,
  1902.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1902, xxxv.
Neumann (Magnus).  Mcrk- uud Marksprfiche
  der klinischen Diagnostik.  31pp.   12°.  Strass-
  burg,  C. F. Schmidt, 1893.
    In verse.
Neumann (M[ark]).  Extirpation of the uterus
  and  ovaries for  hematosalpinx  complicating
  pregnancy.   21.   8°.  Kansas City, 1898.
    Repr. from: Am. J.  Surg. Sc GynaBC, Kansas City, 1898-
  9, xi.
Neumann  (Max)  [1867-    ].   * Untersuchun-
  gen fiber die Ausscheidung des Morphins  und
  Codeine  bei  Kaninchen.  30  pp., 21.  8C.   Kb-
  nicisberg i. Pr., Erlatis, 1893.
Neumann  (Max).  * Ueber  die  Beziehungen
  zwischen Alkoholismus und Epilepsie.   139 pp.
  80.  Strassburg i. E., C. 4~ J. Goeller, 1897.
Neumann  (Max  Richard Joh.)  [1862-     ]
52 pp.
Greif8-
 ]•
8°.
*Zur
Leip-
   Ueber Triazosulfonsauren
  wald, J. Abel, 1*69.
Neumann (Moritz Georg) [1838-
  Statistik der Frakturen.  22 pp., 1 1
  zig, P. Beclam,jun., M>6.
Neumann (O.) & Ortll (E.)  Versuche  zum
  Nachweis choleraalihlicher Vibrionen in Fluss-
  laufen.  pp. 363-393, 1 pl.  8C.   Leipzig, Veit #
  Co., 1690.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz.,
  1896, xxi.
Neumann (Oskar Ernst Paul)  [1872-     ].
  * Ueber das Vorkommen der alimentaren Glyco-
  surie  bei  Nerveuerkrankungen nach Unfalleu.
  23 pp.  4°.  Leipzig, A. Pries, 1900.
Neumann (Otto).  Die Prophylaxe im  Militar-
  sanitiitswesen.  46  pp.  8C.  Miinchen,  Seitz 4~
  Schauer, 1900.
    Forms 2. suppl. of: Handbuch der Prophylaxe.  8°.
  Munchen, 1900-1901.
-----.   Die  Grundztige  der  Entwicklung  des
  Kriegssauitatsdienstes in Preussen.   Mit einem
  Hinblick  auf die gegeuwiirtige Gestaltuug und
  auf den Ausbau  des Kreigssauitatswesens  in
  Deutschland.   47  pp.  8°.  Berlin,  0.   Enslin,
  1901.
Neumann (Otto Philipp) [1860-    ]. * Sta-
  tistischer Beitrag zur interstitiellen Myocarditis.
  40 pp.  8°.  Berlin, Teichler $ Fickert, [1885].
-----.   Zur Gesuudheit.   Aerztliche  Ratschlage
  zur Verhiitung  von Krankheit.  2. Aufl.  56 pp.
  16°.   Bromberg, E. Hecht, 1905.
Neumann (Otto Rudolf).  *Die Bedeutung des
  Alkoliols als Nahrungsuiittel.   Nach Stoffwech-
  selversuchen am Mensehen.   [Wurtzburg.]  46
  pp.. 1 tab.,1 diag.   8°.' Munchen,B. Oldenbourg,
  1899.
Neumann  (Paul) [1866-    ].   * Ueber Salze
  und Ester des Benzhydroxamsiiureathylesters.
  1 p. 1., 23 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., J. Lb-
  wenthal. 1893.
Neu maun  (Paul) [1872-    ].
  Fall von Teratom der Zirbeldrtise.
  -\ Kbnigsberg i. Pr.. 1900.
Neumann (Rafael) [1874-     ].
  plantation nicht bosartiger Gewebe.
  8°. Berlin, 0.  Francke, 1905.
Ein  neuer
33 pp., 1 1.

Die Trans-
 30pp.,l 1.
Neuniann (Rudolph) [1868-    ].  * Ueber die
  Entwickelnugsgeschichte der Aecidien und Sper-
  mogonien der Uredineen.  [Erlangen.]  20 pp.,
  1 1., 4  pl.   8°.  Dresden, C. Heinrieh, 1894.
    See, also, Liehiiiann(K[arl]B[ernhard]j & Neumann
  (Kudolf).  Atlas und Grundriss der Bakterinlogie [etc.],
  12°.  Miinchen,  189G. -----  -----.  The same. 2. Aufl.
  12°.  Miinchen, 1899.----------. The same. 12°. Miin-
  chen, 1901.----------. The same.  Atlas and essentials
  of bacteriology.  12°.  Neio York, 1897.----------.  The
  same. 12°.  Philadelphia & London, 1901.
Neumann (Rudolf) [1878-    ].  * Ueber aus-
  gedehute Meseuterialabreissuugen  bei  Kontu-
  sion des Abd'omeus. [Konigsberg.]  19 pp., 11.
  8 .  Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1904.
    Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1904, xliii,
Neumann (S[alomon])  [1819-     ].   Zur
  Krankheits-Statistik der Berliner Gesellen und
  Fabrikarbeiter.   Ein Bericht iiber den Berliner
  Gewerkskrankenvereih  fiir das Jahr 1863, uebst
  summarischer Uebersicht  fiir  das Jahrzehend
  von 1854-63.  Nach den Berichten der Vereins-
  iirzte zusammengestellt und erlautert.   10  pp.
  fol.  [Berlin, G. Beisner, 1864.]
    Repr.from: Monatsbl. f.  med. Statist, u. off. Gsndhts-
  pflg., Berl., 1864, No. 4.
    See, aUo, Berlin.  Stadtische Yolksz'dhlungs■ OommU-
  sion.  Die Berliner Volks-Zahlung [etc.].  4°.  Berlin,
  1866.
-----.  See, also:
    Pagel (J.)  Zum sechzigjahrigen Doctorjubilaum.
  Med. Reform, Berl., 1902, x, 347.
Neumann (YVladislaus Johannes) [1868-    ].
  * Ueber progressive perniciose Anaemie mit Be-
  riicksichtigung von 30  Sectionsfallen aus dem
  pathologisch-anatomischen Institut zu Leipzig
  aus den Jahren 1889-99.  39 pp., 2 1.  8°.  Leip-
  zig, B. Georgi, 1901.
Neumann (Wladyslav).   Ueber den sogenaun-
  teu Weichselzopf.  69  pp.   12°.   Leipzig, B.
  Konegen, 1904.
-----.  Weiteres fiber die Wichtelzopfkraukheit.
  32 pp.  12°.  Leipzig, B. Konegen, 1905.

Neumann's  disease.
    See Pemphigus vegetans.
Neumann-von Sehonfeld.  Stiirkere Ner-
  ven!  Schule des Willeus  und die Wach-Auto-
  suggestiou nach der Nancyer  Methode;  eine
  moderne Psychotherapie,  mit besouderem Er-
  folge augewendet gegeu Nervenstoruugen  und
  deren Folgen. Jeder sein eigener Arzt.  3. Aufl.
  80 pp.  8°.  Ziirich, Inst. Hephata, 1904.
Neumark (Adolf).  * Ueber Misch- und Sekun-
  darinfektionen bei Typhus abdominalis.  58  pp.,
  2 ch.  8°.   Strassburg, C. Goeller, 1894.
Neumark (M.)   *I.  Ueber das  Hygrin.  II.
  Ueber Thiohydanto'ine.  [Erlangen.]  2 p. 1.,
  71  pp.  8°.  Jena, H.  Pohle, 1891.
Neumark (Philipp)  [1868-    ].  * Ueber tu-
  baren Abort.   29 pp., 1 1.  8-.   Berlin, G. Schade,
   [1891].

Neumarkt.
     Sciiwktter  (A.)   Der  klimatische  Hohen-
   curort Neuniarkt  in  Steiermark.   Ffihrer fiir
   Curgaste-und Touristeu.   2. Aufl. mit einer Ab-
   handlung: "Ueber deu Einfluss des Hohenkh-
   mas auf die Tuberculose ", von Friedrich Gaus-
   ter.  16°.  TTien # Leipzig, 1893.
 Neumayer (G.).
     See Anleitung zu wissenschaftlichen Beobachtungen
   [etc.l  *-°-  Berlin, 1888.
 Neumayer  (Hans).    Hygiene der Nase  des
   Rachens uud Kehlkopfes im gesunden uud kran-
   ken Zustande.  160 pp., 3 pl.   12c.  Stuttgart,
   E. H. Moritz, [1903]. 
NEUMAYER.
575
NEURALGIA.
Neumayer (Hans)—continued.
_____.   The same.  Hygiene  du nez, de la gorge
  et du  larynx, a l'6tat de sante"  et de maladie.
  144 pp.  8°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere  4'fils, 1906.
Neumayer (L[udwig]).    Zur vergleichenden
  Anatomie  des  Kopfskelettes  von  Petromyzon
  Plaueri  uud  Myxine glutinosa.  8  pp.,  5  pl., 5
  outline pl.   8°.  Miinchen, J. F.  Lehmann,  1898.
    Miinchen med. Abhandl., 74. Hft.
Neumeister (Christian  Heinrieh Alexander)
  [1862-   ].  * Experimentelle und histologische
  Untersuchungen  fiber   die Regeneration  der
  Glandula thvroidea.   25 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Bonn, J.
  Bach  Wwe.,  1686.
Neumeister (Kurt)  [1877-    ].   *Ein  Fall
  von Chlorose mit letalem Ausgang infolge von
  Thrombose der Pulmonararterien.  23 pp.  8°.
  Miinchen, Kastner 4'  Callwey, 1903.
Neumeister (Oscar).   Beitrag zur  Casuistik
  der Alidominalschwangerschaft.   5  pp.   8°.
   [Breslau, Grass, Barth 4- Co., 1879.]
     Repr.from: Breslau.  arztl. Ztschr., 1879, i.
 Neumeister (Otto Albrecht)[ 1866-    ].  *Die
   Ruptur des schwangeren Uterus.   123 pp.  8°.
   Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902.
 Neumeister (Richard).   *Zur  Kenutniss der
   Albutnosen  und fiber Vitellosen.   pp.  381-411.
   8°. Heidelberg, Wurm 4~ Pfeffer, 1887.
     Cutting [cover with printed  titlej  from:  Ztschr.  f.
   Biol., Munchen, 1886, xxiii.
 -----.   * Zur Physiologie der  Eiweissresorption
   und zur Lehre  von den Peptonen.   Habilita-
   tionsschrift.   [Jena.]  66  pp.  8°.   Wurzburg,
   H. Stiirtz, 1890.
 -----.   Ueber eigenthtimliche  Eiweissubstauzeu
   in dem Inhalt einer  ectatischen  Gallenblase.
   4. pp.  8°.   Wurzburg,  1890.
     Repr. from: Sitzungsb.  d.  phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu
"Wiirzb., 1890, vi.
      Lehrbuch  der  physiologisehen
                                          Chemie
 mit Beriicksichtigung der pathologischen  Ver-
 haltnisse.  Fiir Studierende und Aerzte.  2 pts.
 xii, 337 pp.; x, 420 pp., 1 pl.   roy. 8°.  Jena,
 G. Fischer, 1^93.
                   CONTENTS.
   1. Teil. Die Ernahrung.
   2. Teil. Die tierischen Gewebe und Fliissigkeiten.
----.  The same.   2. Aufl.   xviii (1 1.),  927 pp.,
 1 pl.  8°.   Jena, G. Fischer,  1897.
       Betrachtunsren iiber das Weseu  der Le-
  benserscheinungen.  Ein  Beitrag zum   Begriff
  des Protoplasuias.  iv, 107 pp.  8°.  Jena, G. Fis-
  cher, 1903.

Neundorf.
    See Waters (Mineral),  by localities.
Neunhoeflfer (Ferdinand) [1867-    ].  *Ueber
  Dermoidcysten der Ovarien.  32 pp., 1 pl.   8°.
  Tiibingen,'F. Pietzcker, 1892.
Neu pert  (Erich) [1873-     ].   * Beitrage  zur
  Casuistik  der  Ftitterungstuberculose.   34 pp.
  8y   Berlin, C. Vogt, 1896.
Neupert  (O.)   Preis-Verzeichniss fiber chirur-
  gische Artikel und Apparate zur Krankenpflege.
  40 pp.   12°.   Wien, [J. Buziczka, n. d.].
Neupert  (Robert).   "Ueber die antiseptische
  Wirkung  der   Anilinfarbstoffe.   [Erlangen.]
  27 pp.   8°.  Markt-Bedwitz,  F. Gallus, 1890.

IVeural  infixation.
    See Nerve-grafting.

Neuralgia.
    See, aUo, Hemicrania;  Hyperesthesia; and
  following  subdivisions of Neuralgia.
    Burnett (J.  C.)   On neuralgia;  its causes
  and its remedies.  16°.  London,  1889.
    Cartaz (A.)  Des ne"vralgies  envisages  au
  point de vue de la sensibilite' re"currente (patho-
  genie et traitement).   8°. Paris, 1875.
Neuralgia.
    Gebhardt [W.]  Schlaflosigkeit, Kopf- und
  Zahnschmerzen,  sowie   andere   Nervenaufalle
  (Neuralgieu).   8°.   Leipzig, 1900.
    Hurd (E. P.)  A  treatise on  neuralgia,  sm.
  4°.  Detroit, 1890.
    Lachnit  (F.)  * Beitrage zur Lehre von deu
  Neuralgieeu.  8°.  Gbttingen, 1890.
    Morris (E.)   A concise practical treatise on
  neuralgia;  its  various forms,  pathology, and
  treatnieut.  8°.  [London, 1867.]
    Parken (H. G.)  De  neuralgia.  8°.   Edin-
  burgi, 1620.
    Parson   (C.  W.)   Neuralgia; its   history,
  nature, and treatment.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1854.
    Pico (F.  J.)  #De  nevralgia.  8°.   Patavii,
  1825.
    Thomson (G.)   *De  neuralgia.   8°.    Edin-
  burgi, 1817.
    Trail  (G.)   * De neuralgia.   8°.  Edinburgi,
  1815.
    Weber (R.)   DieNeuralgie (Nervenschmerz);
  ihre Eutstehung, Behandlung nnd Heilung; fiir
  Aerzte und Leidende.  2. Tausend.   8°.   Ber-
  lin, 1892.
     Benedikt (M.) Eine endemische Neuralgie in "Wien.
  "Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1891, xii, 465-467.-----Ueber
  Neuralgien und neuralgische Affectionen und deren Be-
  handlung.  Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen, Wien,  1892, vi. 67-
  106.  Also, transl.:  Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1892, iii,
  481; 529.—Blair (T. S.)  Some considerations relative to
  neuralgia.  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg,  1899-1900, iii, 472-
  478.—Brnbaker  (F.  B.)  Neuralgia.  Med.  Era, St.
  Louis, 1904-5, xiv, 178-181.—C'cconi (A.)  Nevralgie pre-
  tnbercolari.  Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1902, xii, 320-332.—
   Dawson (B. F.)  Neuralgia.  Med. & Surg. Reporter,
   Phila.,  1888,  lix, 42.— De-Leun  (J.)  Neuralgia del
  nervio perforante superior.  Rev. m6d. d. Uruguav,  Monte-
  video, 1903, vi, 198-200.—Eich borst (H.)  Ueber Neu-
  ralgien.   Deutsche Klinik, Berl.  Sc Wien,  1901, vi,  1.
   Abth.,  1-30.— Enlenburg  (A.)  Zur Pathologie und
   Therapie  der Neuralgien.  Veroffentl.  d. liufeland. Ge-
   sellsch. in Berl.  (1898), 1899, pt. 2, 41-52.  [DiscussionJ,
   pt. 1,5-7.   Also:  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xxxv, 721-
   725.  Also: Monatschr. f. prakt.  Wasserh., Munchen,
   1898, v, 169-180.—Ginermann.  Beitraue zur Aetiolo-
   gie und Behandlung der Neuralgieen.  Deutsche Med.-
   Ztg., Berl., 1894, xv, 477; 487.—Gowers (W. R.) Neu-
   ralgia;  its etiologv, diagnosis,  and treatment.  Wood's
   M. Sc S. Monog.,  N. V., 1890, v, 1-56.—Gulland  (G. L.)
   Neuralda.  Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb.,  1905, xvi, 481-494.—
   Halbert (H. V.)  Neuralgic headaches. Clinique, Chi-
   cago, 1902, xxiii, 488-490__Hobbs  (A. G.)  Catarrhal
   neuralgia. Med. Rec, N. V., 1889, xxxvi, 629-631.  Also:
   South. M. Rec,  Atlanta,  1889,  xix,  449-453.—Holmes
   (B.)  A complicatedca.se of  neuralgia  and nerve  lesions.
   J.  Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxxviii, 475.—Hutch-
   ■ iimoii (J.)  Liability to violent sick-headaches, from girl-
   hood, with great  coldness of feet; early aud profuse men-
   struation; early marriage; liability to neuralgia in right
   fifth nerve at the age of 25; at first paroxysmal, but after-
   wards constant during many years; optic neuritis (double),
   with attacks of  temporary blindness; deafness in right
   ear; recovery of health, with persistent and  most severe
   neuralgia, but without any evidences of aggressive cere-
   bral disease. Arch. Surg'., Lond., 1892-3, iv,  257-261.—
   Jacob.  Zur Syinptomatologie, Pathogenese und Thera-
   pie der Neuralgien. Veroffentl. d. Hufelaud. Gesellsch.
   in  Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch., 1890, xii, 149-163.   Also:
   Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1890, xi,  457-461.— Jul lien
   (L.)  Algies.  Rev. d.  mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1905, 2.
   s., iii, 225-234.—Kin 11 ear (B. O.)  A glance at the causes
   of neuralgia, and  some  suggestions  for its treatment.
   Univ. M.  Mag., Phila., 1897-8,  x, 140-145.—Leszynsky
   (W.M.)   Remarks on neuralgia and allied affeel ions.  Tr.
   M. Soc. N. Jersev, Newark, 1901, 101-167.—I. ©re 11 zc 11
   (P.)  [Neuralgia.]  Ugeskr. f. Lseger, Kebenh., 1895, 5. R.,
   ii,  1005-1018.—ITIacleod  (H. W. G.)  The causes and
   treatment of sciatica and neuralgia.  Med. Press & Circ,
   Lend., 1899, n. 8., lxviii, 391.—Mirallie (C.)  Nevralgies
   radiculaires  (radiculites posterieures).  Gaz. med.  de
   Nantes. 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 503-513.—Norbury (F. P.)  Neu-
   ralgia, its diagnosis and treatment.  Peoria M. J., 1897, ii,
   165-170.—Pirnat(F.) Neuralgia. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
   1903, n. s., 1, 191-194.—Pope (C.)  Neuralgia.  Tr. Ken-
   tucky M.  Soc, Louisville, 1894, n. s., iii, 58-72.  Also: Am.
   Med.'-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1894, vii, 1100-1104.—Prodi (T.)
   La malattia delle nevralgie e sua forma familiare.  Clin.
   med. ital., Milano, 1903, xlii. 777-788.— Kounm-1 (J. N.)
   Neuralgia; its etiologv and treatment.  N. Oil. M. Sc S. J.,
   1896-7, xlix,  80-85.—Seiche von IVordcnheim.  Er-
   fahrungen iiber Neuralgien.  Prag. nied. Wchnsehr., 1888, 
NEURALGIA.
576
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia.
  xiii 293.—Short (S.)  Unusual form of neuralgia.  Clin.
  J.,  Lond.,  1896-7, ix,  218.—Terry  (M.  0.)  A case of
  nenroretinitis, with symptoms of exophthalmic  goitre,
  resulting from  cervico-dorsal  neuralgia.  N. York M.
  Times, 1888-9. xvi, 270.—Theodoridos  (A._ G.)  Mia
  7repi7TTu)<rts  (nravias  vevpaKyiai.  TaAiji/bs, 'A6fjvai, 1894,
  xxiv, 460.__Thomayer (J.) Pozorovani a zkusenosti  o
  neuralgiich.  [Observations on researches concerning neu-
  ralgia.]  Casop. lek. cesk. v I'raze.  1884, xxiii, 635; 651 j
  667; 690.—Watson (A. K.)  A ease of causalgia.  Lan-
  cet, Lond.,  1890, i. 647.—Webber (S. G.)  A case of neu-
  ralgia.  Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1*93,  cxxviii, 311.  Also, Ke-
  print.—Wille (V.)  Neuralgia epidemica (localis).  Miin-
  chen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1892, xlvi, 1076; 1117; 1152.

Neuralgia (Abdominal and visceral).
    See, also, Bladder (Neuralgia of); Cardialgia;
  Enteralgia;  Gastralgia; Liver, Ovary, Rec-
  tum,  Neuralgia  of;  Stomach (Neuroses  of);
  Uterus (Neuralgia  of).
    LABori.UKXE (A.)  Des nevralgies viscd-rales.
  8°.   Paris, 1800.
    Chipault & L.e Fiir.  Nevralgie des viii", ixe et x"
  racines dorsales avec tic abdominal; 16sion mening6e lo-
  calisee; resection radiculaire.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902,
  lxxv. 3J5-327. — H.iegeois.  Le traitement des visc6ral-
  gie.-j n6vropathiques.   Bev. g6n. de clin. et  de therap.,
  Par.,  1898, xii, 677-679.— Lyman (H. M.)  Thoracic  and
  abdominal  neuralgias.   Cliu.  Rev.,  Chicago,  1898-9, ix,
  332-338. -----.  Abdominal neuralgia.  Ibid.. 73-79.—
  Neftel (W. B.)  Beitrage zur Kenntniss und Behandlung
  der visceralen Neuralgien.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1880,
  x, 575-596.  Also, Reprint.—Shvartz'(S. O.)  Neuralgia
  plexus cceliaci uratica.  Bibliot. vrach.,  Mosk., 1897, iv,
  209-216.

Neuralgia (Brachial).
     See Neuralgia  of upper extremity.

Neuralgia (Cardiac).
     See Heart (Neurones of).

Neuralgia (Causes of).
     See,  also,  Neuralgia  (Dental);  Neuralgia
  (Facial,  Causes  of);  Neuralgia  (Syphilitic);
  Neuralgia (Tra u m a tic).
     Coutin (P.-H.)  *fitiologie et pathogenie  des
  nevralgies.  8°.  Lyon, 1898.
     Gerst (P.)   * Ueber  Neuralgien im  Diabetes.
  8°.   Strassburg i. E., 18 »8.
     Tini (S.)  Delle  nevralgie in rapporto all' ar-
  terio-sclerosi; studi  clinico.    8°.   Assisi,  16<J6.
     Duncan (J. M.)   Two cases of nerve lesion in gynae-
  cology.  St.  Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond.,  1879, xv.  Also,
  Reprint.— Lyman (H. M.)  The etiology of neuralgia.
  Chicago M. J. Sc Exam., 1889, lviii, 193-196.—McCaskey
   (G. W.)   A case of persistent and  intractible neuralgia
  apparently caused by  nervous shock.   Fort Wayne M.
  Mag.. 1893-4, ii, 378.—Mitchell (S. W.)  The relation  of
  neuralgic headaches to storms.  Am. Med., Phila., 1903,  v,
   1023.—Pansini (S.)   Sulle algie  aneurismatiche e pe-
  riaortitiche.  Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903. n. 8 ,
  xxv. 97;  145; 193; 241. —Pearce (F. S.)  A  note on the
   relation of neuralgia to altitude, with report of two cases.
   Tr. Am.  Climat. Ass., Phila.,  1903, xix,  42-46.  Also:
  Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee. 1003.  ii, 215-218. Also:  J.
  Balneol. £ Climat, Lond., 1905, ix, 256-259.—Thomayer
   (J.)  PfispSvek  k aetiologii neuralgii.  [Contribution  to
  . . .]  Casop. lek. Cesk., v Praze, 1885, xxiv, 737-741.-----.
  Dalsi pozorovani o  vlivn kyselinv  niodov6 na nenralgie.
   [Further observations on the influence of uric acid on
  neuralgia. )  Ibid.,  1887, xxvi, 153 - 155. — Wilzel (O.)
   Ganglien an der Greifseite der Hand als Ursache vou Neu-
  ralgien.  Centralbl. f.  Chir., Leipz., 1888, xv, 137-142.

NeuraIgia (Cervico-brachial).
     See Neuralgia of  upper extremity.

Neuralgia  (Cervico-oceipital).
     Gleitsmnnn (J. \V.)   Zwei  seltene Falle  von Hals-
  nenrosen.   Med. Monatschr., N. Y., 1889, i,  509-513.—
   Philipson (G. II.)   On cervico-oceipital neuralgia.
   Kep. Proc. Northumb. Sc Durham  M. Soc, Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne, 1876-7, 14-17.

Neuralgia (Ciliary).
     Evei-Mbnsch iO.)   Em Fall von  Neuralgia ciliaris
  traumatic*;  Beseitigung durch Galvanocaustik.  Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1890,  xxxvii,  901-903.—Sassa-
  parel (I.)  Sluchai neuralgia; ciliaris traumatica?.  [Case
  of . . .]  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1900, xvii, 370-373.
Neuralgia (Coccygeal).
     See Coccygodyuria; Neuralgia (Spinal).

Neuralgia (Dental).
     Beauxis-Lagrave  (R.)  * Du traitement des
  n^vralyies  rebelles du  deutaire infe'rieur par
  l'excision  de  la portion  inira-osseuse  et l'ar-
  rachemeut  du bout ptSripheruiue.   4°.   Lyon,
  1891.
     Vernet  (J.-T.-P.)   # Etude  critique  snr le
  traitement  chirurgical de la ndvralgie du nerf
  dentaire iuferieur,  et  en  particulier snr la resec-
  tion.  4°.   Bordeaux,  1690.
     Arnison.   Neuralgia of tho  inferior dental nerve.
  Brit. M.  J.,  Lond., 1890, i, 20.—Brophy  (T. \V.)  Le-
  sions of the dental branch of the fifth pair of nerves. Tr.
  Am. Dent. Ass., Phila., 1889, 96-102.—Dubi-neil. Ne-
  vralgie epileptiforme du uerf dentaire inferieur; destruc-
  tion du nerf par le thermocautere; disparition des dou-
  leurs et des  convulsions.  Semaine  m6d., Par., 1891. xi,
  369.—Faiicon (V.)  De  la r6sectiou du bord alv6olaiie
  dans la nevralgie des  nerfs dentaires.  J. d. sc. med. de
  Lille, 1895, ii, 217-224.—Ferguson (A. II.)  Removal of
  inferior dental  nerve  through mouth.  Chicago M. Re-
  corder, 1898, xiv, 401.—Howe  (J.  M.)  Observations on
  dental neuralgia. N. Am. J. Homceop., N.Y., 1892, 3.s., vii,
  295-300.—Johnson (G. E.)  Neuralgia from tooth impac-
  tion.  Indiana  Dent.  J.,  Indianap., 1899, ii, 1267-1272.—
  Liederer (W.  J.)  Neuralgia due to dental irritation.
  Med. Rec, N.  Y., 1904,  lxv, 372.— Harcliande.  Des
  nevralgies d'origine dentaire.  Rev.  g6n. de clin. et de
  th6rap., Par., 1894, viii, pt. 2,  159.—Pean.  N6vralgiedu
  nerf dentaire inferieur consecutive a- une necrose centrale
  de la branche horizon tale  droite du maxillaire inferieur;
  arracheinent  du nerf k son entr6e dans le canal dentaire;
  disparition desdouleurs n6vralgique.s; extraction cons6cu-
  tived'uns6questredu maxillaire; er\sip61e dela face ; sep-
  tic6mie chronique; mort.  Inhis: Lecons de clin. chir.
  [etc.], 8°,  Par.,  1888, 583.—Rosenthal (E.)   Nevralgies
  d'oiigino  dentaire.  Policlin., Brux.,  1898, vii, 107-113.—
  Mchmilt.  Nevralgie epileptique spasmodique du nerf
  maxillaire inferieur.  Echo m6d.,  Toulouse, 1896, 2. s., x,
  354-356.—Terrilloii  (O.) Du traitement chirurgical de
  la n6vralgie du nei f dentaire inferieur, et en particulier
  de sa section par  le proc6d6 de Michel.  Bull. g6n. de
  therap. [etc.]. Par.. 1876.  AUo, in his: CEuvies, 8°, Par.,
  1898, i, 245-261.—Tripier (L.)  Trois  cas de n6vralgie
  rebel le du dentaire inferieur trait6s par l'excision de la
  portion intia-osseiiseetrarrachemeutduboutp^riphfii'iqne
  de ce nerf. Rev. de chir.,  Par., 1889, ix, 453-462.—Turner
  (H. W.)   Neuralgia.  Dental Rec, Lond.,  1895,  xv, 488-
  493.—Waterhouse  (H. F.)  Neuralgia of the inferior
  dental nerve of great severity treated by neurectomy.
  Clin. J , Lond.,  1903, xxii,  157.—Williams (E. L.) Acute
  spasmodic neuralgia caused by attrition of the teeth. Tr.
  Odont. Soc.  Gr. Brit.,  Lond., 1899-1900,  n. s.,  xxxii. 105-
  109.—Wood (J.)  Neuralgia.  Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond.,
  1894, xxxvii,  155-167.

Neuralgia  (Diagnosis  and  semeiology

   of).
     Anstie (F.  E.)   Neuralgia  and the diseases
  that resemble it.   \2J.   New York, 1883.
     Browcr  (D. R.)  The differential diagnosis of neu-
  ralgia.  Chicago M. J. & Exam., 1889, lviii, 198-200.—Chi-
  pault (A.)  Un type clinique nouveau;  la radiculsilgie
  meningopathique.  Bull,  med., Par.,  1902, xvi, 298-301.—
  Dana (C. L.)   A clinical study of neuralgias and ofthe
  origin of  reflex or transferred pains.   Repr. orig. coiniuu-
  nicat.  N. York M. J. (1887),  1888, 3-13. — Gasparini.
  Necessity de bien etablir  le rapport d'independance entre
  les divers points douloureux des n6vralgies.  Assoc, franc.
  pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r., Par., 1900, xxix, 276.—kodor
   (C. H.)   Neuralgia and  nerve cries.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1898, xxxi, 1088-1090. — Marimo (F.)  La si-
  mulazione delle nevralgie.  Riv. di diritto  o giur.  . . . s.
  infortuni d. lavoro, Modena, 1899, i, 254-269.—Maughan
   [J.]  Referred neuralgias.  J. Btit. Dent. Ass.. Lond.,
  1887, viii, 803-807.  AUo,  Reprint.  —Mauthe dc Imaz
   (B.)  Estudio clinico de algunas neuralgias sintomaticas.
   Semana  med.,  Buenos Aires, 1903, x. 21; 759.  Also: In-
  depend. med., Barcel., 1903, xxxiii. 184; 194. — Mesnard
   (L.)  fitude sur quelques nevralgies symptonmtiques et
  leur diagnostic.  Mem. et bull. Soc. de ni6d. et chir. de
  Bordeaux (1893), 1894, 111-123. Also: J. de med. de Bor-
  deaux. 1893, xxiii, 225-229.—Pitrcs  (A.)  Diagnostic de
  siege des excitations alg6siogeues dans les n6vralgies par
  les injections de cocaine.   Cong, internat. de nied. C.-r..
  Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 592-598.  Also: Echo med., Tou-
  louse. 1901,2. s., xv, 193; 217. AUo: Rev. neurol., Par., 1900,
   viii, 1134-1139.—Posert (H.)  Some obscure and obstinate
   cases of  neuralgia.  Memphis Lancet, 1900, iv, 71-73.—
   Man ford (P.)  Neuralgia and some of its cliuical fea- 
NEURALGIA.
577
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia   (Diagnosis   and  semeiology

  of).
  tures.  Calif. State J. M., San  Fran., 1904, ii, 122-125.—
  Mlefenelli (G.)  Sul significato diagnostico delle neu-
  ralgie.  Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1896, xv, 233.

Neuralgia  (Facial).
    Sec,  also, Epilepsy  (Complications,  etc., of);
  Neuralgia  (Dental);  Neuralgia  (Supra-  and
  infra-orbital).
    (Jaikd (J.)   A probationary surgical essay on
  neuralgia,  commonly known  by the name of tic
  douloureux,  submitted  to  the  examination of
  tlie Royal  College of  Surgeons  of Edinburgh
  when  candidate for admission  into their corpo-
  ration.  8°.  Edinburgh, 1611.
    Falck (C. G. I. J.)   * De prosopalgia, fcliciter
  iu Nosocomio  academico sanata,  item de  visa
  ibidem  cordis  ruptnra,  subito lethali,  una  cum
  prolusione in  ignavos theorise  medicae contem-
  tores  empiricos.   4C.   Traj. ad Bhenum, 1.^09.
    Grillo (F.)   La prosopalgia.   8°.   Avellino,
  lecc.
    Halliday.  Considerations pratiques  snr les
  nevralgies de la face.   s-\   Paris, 1*32.
    Kerrisox (R. M.)   *Tentanien  med. de  neu-
  ralgia faciali spasmodica.  ^\  Edinburgh, 1*20.
    Krauze (F.)  Die  Neuralgie  des Trigeminus
  nebst der Anatomie und Physiologie des Nerven.
  8°.  Leipzig l>9l>.
    Macias  (R.)  * Contribuci6n al diagnostico
  patogeuico y & la  tcrapeutica de las neuralgias
  del quinto par.  <-\  Mexico,  1679.
    Pujol.   Abhandlung iiber diejenige  Krank-
  heit  des  Gesichts, welehe   der  sthmerzhafte
  Trismus genannt wird, nebst einigen Betrachtun-
  gen iiber den Huudskrampf des Ciilins Aurelia-
  nus.   Ans  dem  Franzosischen von   Christian
  Heinrieh  Schrever.  llic.   Niirnberg 4" Altdorf,
  17--.
    Salomoxi (A.j   Nevralgie facciali.   12°.  Mi-
  lano <v Najyoli,  [n.  d.].
    Tognio  (L.)  *De  neuralgia  faciali.    12°.
   Viiidobonee, 1620.
    Uva ( L.)   Prosopalgia, glossoplegia   artico-
  latoria e paralisi gustatoria.  *°.   [Bari, 189~>.]
    Abadie (J.)  N6vralgio  faciale; pr6sentation de ma-
  lade.  M6m. et bull.  Soc.  de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux
  (1902). 1903, 59-63.—Amoorc (J. S.)  A case of neuralgia.
  DentalRec..Loii(l.,1906,xxiv,73.—Berger (I.I.)   Sluchai
  nevralgii l-i i 2 1 vietvi nervi trigemini. [Neuralgia of
  first and second divisions of . . .]  Zubovrach. vestnik, St.
  Petersb., 1901, xvii, 612-614.—Blanchon (D. H.)   Des
  nevralgies faciales.  Corresp. in6d., Par., 1904, xi, 13-15.
  AUo.transl.: Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1905,
  xxxiv,  94-98. —Brophy (T. W.)   Trigeminal neuralgia.
  Clin. Rev., Chicago, 19U1-2, xv, 413-422.—Busey (S. C.)
  Neuralgia of the lingual branch  of the right tri-facial
  nerve.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888, xi, 697-699.—«Ja-
  labrese (A.)  Nevralgia del trigemino.  Gior. internaz.
  d. sc. med.. Napoli, 1896, n. s., xviii, 414-418.—Ohappel
  (H. <i.)  Trigeminal neuralgia.  Pacific Med.-Dent.  Gaz.,
  San Fran., 189K. vi, 173-182.—Coltmnn (It.), jr.  Tic-dou-
  loureux.  China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, l«*9-90, iii, 159.—
  Croat (H.)  Facial neuralgia.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,
  19u3,  xvii, 262-260.—Cutter (J. A.)  Facial neuralgia;
  report of case.  Med.  Herald, St. Joseph, 1897, xvi, 207.—
  Dardignac (J.)  Note siiruncasde nevralgie ophtalmi-
  quedu trijumeau.  Rev. de med., Par., 1888, viii, 811-825.—
  Dowse (T. S.)  On some praclical points in  the physi-
  ology and pathology ofthe fifth pair of nerves, in  relation
  to neuralgias of the head and face.  Tr. Odont. Soc. Gr.
  Brit., Lond., 1887-8, n. s.,  xx,  262-299.—Buchateau-
  Frentz (A.) Une des causes de la nevralgie  faciale.
  Presse med. beige, Brux., 1898, 1, 177.  -----. Le tic dou-
  loureux de la face; uuedeses causes; le traitement.  Ann.
  de I'lnst. chir. de  Brux., 1898, v, 42.—Duplay.   Nevral-
  gie faciale; nevralgie cl<s 6dentes.  Gaz. d.  hop.,  Par.,
  1894, lxvii, 357.—Fslcridge (J. T.) Sc Rogers (E.J. A.)
  Neuralgia ofthe right  trigeminal nerve of eight years' du-
  ration.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1895, ex, 63-68.  AUo, Re-
  print.— Frazier (C.  H.)  Clinical lecture on the sympto-
  matology and  treatment of  trifacial neuralgia.  Ibid.,
  Phila. & N. Y., 1903,  n. s.,  exxvi, 1005-1014.  Also, Re-
  print.— Galvagni (E. )  Tic  doloroso.  Boll.  d.  clin.,
  Milano, 1898, xv, 453-457—Gasparini (G.)   Sulla  pato-
  genesi della nevralgia  facciale idiopatica, e sua guarigione

       VOL XI, 2d series---37
Neuralgia (Facial).
  mediante  1' elettrolisi.  Atti d. Cong.  d. Ass. med. ital.
  1887, Pavia, 1889, ii,  129-131. -----.  Sur l'etiologie et le
  traitement des tics douloureux de la face.  Assoc, franc.
  pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r., Par., 1900, xxix, 277.—CJcdc-
  vanoir (M. A.)  Shelno-triliclmaya nevralgiya.   [Cer-
  vical trifacial neuralgia.]  Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med.
  Obsh., Tifiis, 1897-8, xxxiv,501-503 —Gilles dc la Toil-
  relic.  Diagnostic et traitement du tic douloureux de la
  face.  Independ. m6d., I'ar., 1895, 41. -----. Tic doulou-
  reux de la face.  Rev. prat. d. trav. de ni6d., Par., 1896,
  liii, 113.—Ilayman (C. A.) Neuralgia.  J. Brit.  Dent.
  Ass., Lond., 1900, xxi, 721-727.— Hercog (2.) O nekih
  riedkik  uzrocih neuralgije quintusa. [On some rare causes
  of neuralgia of the  fifth pair.]  Liec. viestnik, u Zagrebu,
  1900, xxii.  405-410.—Hers  (J.  F. P.)  Eeu geval van tic
  douloureux.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1898,
  4. R.,  xxxiv, d. 1, 5(1-52.—Hutchinson (J.), jr.  On fifth
  nerve neuralgia. Clin. J.,  Lond.,  1904-5,  xxv, 385-391.—
  Koyle (F. H.)  Report of a case of tic-douloureux. Tr.
  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1900, N.Y., 1901,vi, 101-
  105.   Also: Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis, 1900, ix, 253-256.—
  I.iuntard (A.) Tic du nerf maxillaire superieur.  Bull.
  Soc. centr.de med. vet., Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 183.—Ijibotte.
  Tic douloureux a la face.  J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x,217.—
  I.lobet.   Prosopalgiaderechade las tres ramasdel trig6-
  niiuo.  An. d. Circ. m6d. argent.,  Buenos Aires, 1887, x,
  495. — McGregor (K.) Neuralgias of the  fifth nerve.
  Physician  <fc Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1901, xxiii, 15-
  19. — Marshall (J.)  Case of chronic neuralgia of the
  upper lip.  Lancet, Lond., 1889, i, 877-K79.—iVlauclairc.
  Tic douloureux de la face.   Bull,  med., Par., 1905, xix,
  661-663. — itlctcalf (F. A.)  A case of trigeminal neural-
  gia.  Clinique, Chicago, 1898, xix, 479-485. — Neuralgia
  nervi trigemini rami  secnudi.   I?er. d. k. k. Krankeuh.
  Wieden 1879, Wien, 1880, 136. — Nevralgiya 2-oI vietvi
  tiolnichnavo nerva. [Neuralgiaof the second branch of the
  trigeminus nerve.]  Otchotodleyateln.khirurg. klin. [etc.J,
  v Mosk. (1899-19U0), 1901, 83. — rVicol  (J.  I.)   [Notes on
  tic douloureux.] Caledon.  M.  J., Glasg., 1902, v, 167.—
  Parone (C.)   Sulla nevralgia del quinto paio.  Progresso
  med., Napoli, 1888, ii, 566-577.—Feck (A. H.)  Neuralgia.
  Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1904, xvi, 325-339.—Perrin
  (A.)  N6vralgie rebelle du  nerf maxillaire  superieur. J.
  d. sc.  med. de Lille, 1904, ii, 350-352. — Fope (C.)  Tri-
  geminal paresthesia.  AtlantaM. &S. J., 1897-8, n. s., xiv,
  452-457.— Foppcr (H.)  Ueber zwei Falle von schwerer
  Trigeininusneuralgie.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 250.—Putnam (J. J.)  Personal ob-
  servations on  the pathology and treatment of neuralgias
  of the fifth pair.  Boston  M. Sc S , 1891,  exxv, 157; 186.
  Also, Reprint. -----. The pathology and  surgical treat-
  ment of neuralgias  of the fifth pair and the  clinical peculi-
  arities of supraorbital neuralgia.  Internat. Clin., Phila.,
  1893, 3. s., i, 139-146.—Benton (J. C.)   Neuralgia of the
  fifth nerve.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1406.—Rodman
  (W. L.)   Facial neuralgia.   Med. News, N.  Y., 1898, lxxiii,
  687-689.  — Bogers (I). L.)   Neuralgia of the fifth nerve.
  Dental  Rec, Lond., 1899, xix,  61-70.—Bosc (YVT.)  Tic-
  douloureux. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1893-4, Loud., 1895, i,
  199-201.—Bozensal (A.)   Sluchai verkhnechcl  yustnei
  nevralgii.  [Case of neuralgia of superior maxilla.]  Zubo-
  vrach.   Vestnik, St. Petersb., 1891, xiii,  111-113. — Salo-
  moni (A.) Caso di nevralgia facciale e di lipomi sinuue-
  trici.   Riforma nied., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 2,  663; 674.—
  Simmons (H. L.) Facial neuralgia.   Dental Rev., Chi-
  cago,  1904, 564-574.   [Discussion], 591-597. — Stalder
  (J.M.)  Neuralgia of the fifth nerve.   Pacific Dent. Gaz.,
  San Fran., 1903, xi, 225-230.—Sternberg  (G.) Trigemi-
  nus neuralgia sajaisagos esete.  [A peculiar case of. . .]
  Gydgy&szat, Budapest, 1893, xxxv.  28.  Also, transl.  [Ab-
  str.] :' Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxx, 31.Y —
  Stevens  (W. A.)  Facial  neuralgia.  Dental Rev., Chi-
  cago, 1889,  iii, 344-347. — Suker (G. F.)  Report of a pe-
  culiar case of neuralgia of the third branch of the trigemi-
  nus.  Toledo M. Sc  S. Reporter, 1897, x, 180.—Thomayer
  (J.)  0  periodickych neuralgiich prv6 vfitve nervu troj-
  klaneho.  [Note sur les  nevralgies periodiques de la
  branche  ophthalmique du  nerf de la  cinquifeme paire.
  lies., 352.]  Shorn, lek., v Praze,1888, ii, 342-351.—Thom-
  son (F. H.)  Facial neuralgia.  Glasgow M.  J.,  18(i0-01,
  [2. s.], viii, 46-53.  AUo, Reprint. — Wickham (W.)
  Neuralgia of the fifth nerve.  Toledo M.  &  S. Reporter,
  1896, ix, 310-312. — Kabriskic (E. G.)  Trigeminal neu-
  ralgia.  Post-Graduate, N. Y.. 1905, xx, 522-540.

Neuralgia (Facial, Causes  and  pathol-

  ogy of).
     See, also, Ear  (Middle, Inflammation  of, Puru-
  lent, Complications, etc., of).
     Abrahams (T.)   Neuritis  rau.i primi   trige-
  mini.   8°.   [ Utrecht, 1873.]
     Artii^hks.   * Etude   des nevralgies  hysteri-
  ques, en particulier de la ndvralgie  faciale.  4°.
  Paris,  1891. 
NEURALGIA.
578
NEURALGIA.
Acuralgia  [Facial, Causes and pathol-

  ogy of).
     BEXicnor (R.)   'Contribution a l'etude  des
  nevralgies   faciales   d'origine   dentaire.   8°.
  Pari*,  1903.
     Dieck (W.)   * Ueber den  deutalen  Ursprung
  der Prosopalgic.   Ein  Beitrag   zur  Aetiologie
  dieser Krankheit.   s  .  Wiirzburg, 1-97.
     Gillet (G.)   * Etude snr le l ic douloureux de
  la  face;  pathogenie;  origine  peripherique  et
  dentaire.  s°.   Paris, 190:1.
     llERROUKT (P.)   *De la nevralgie  syphiliti-
  que du trijumeau.   8C.  Paris, 1903.
     Vaissadk (J.)   *De  la  nevralgie faciale  tu-
  berculeuse.   *°.  Lyon, 1902.
     Aekermann (A.)  Ein Fall von Neuralgia trigemini,
  bedingt durch einen uberzahligenMahlzahn. Klin.-therap.
  Wchnsehr., Wien,  1899,  vi, 1145-1147.— Allan  (A.  P.)
  Facial neuralgia  due  to  a hair irritating  the membrana
  tympani.   Brit.  M. J.,  Lond., 1901,  i,  395.—Allport
  (W. \V.)  Facial  neuralgia consequent upon  pregnancy.
  J.Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1S«9, xiii,  229.   Also: Dental
  Reg., Cincin., 1889, xliv,  473-476.—Arloing (F.)   Ne-
  vralgie faciale double d'origine  syphilitique; gu6rison ra-
  pide par le traitemeut mercuriel.   Bull. Soc. med. d. hop.
  de Lyon, 1902, i, 273-277.—Bailey (F. R.)  A prelimin-
  ary report upon  the examination  by Nissl's method of
  four Gasserian ganglia removed  for tic douloureux.  J.
  Med. Research,  Bost., 1901, n. s., i,  47-52.—Barker
  (L. F.)  Protocols of microscopic examination of several
  Gasserian ganglia.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv,
  1093.—Bartels (M.)   Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen
  Trigeiiiinusneuralgie  und der  rezidiviereuden Ilornhaut-
  erosiou.  Miinchen. med. "Wchnsehr.,  1904, li, 746-749.—
  Benson,  De la  pulpite.dentaire  considered comnie une
  cause tr6s frequente de la n6vralgie faciale.   I)auphiu6
  m6d., Grenoble, 1903, xxvii, 114-117.—Bcttreuiieux (P.)
  Des n6vralgies et tics de la face considers dans leurs
  rapports avec uu  6tat  pathologique des voies  lacrymales.
  Arch. prov.  de med.. Par.,  1899,  i, 7O3-708. -----.  Deu-
  xieme contribution k l'etude des nevralgies  et tics de la face
  consideies daus leurs rapports avec un 6tat pathologique
  des voies lacrymales.   Arch, d'opht., Par., 1899, xix, 246-
  250.—Blanc (J.  II.)  Deux observations  d'accidents  ne-
  vralgiques r6iiexes provoques  et en correlation  avec  les
  dents.  Schweiz.  Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Gen&ve Sc Zurich,
  1891, i,  104-111.— Boe n nee ken  (H.)   Ein Beitrag zur
  Aetiologie der Trigeminusneuralgie.  Berl. klin. Wchu-
  schr., 1893, xxx,  1072-1075.  Also: J. f.  Zahnh., Berl.,
  1893-4,  viii,  131-133.   AUo, transl: Nederl. tandheelk.
  Maandbl., Roerraond, 1894,  i,   11; 26.—Brush (K.  C.)
  Malposed teeth a  factor in facial neuralgia.  Dental Brief,
  Phila.,  1905,   x,  421-425.—Caminiti (R.)  Contributo
  all' istologia  patologica del  ganglio di Gasser.  Gior. d.
  Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 19i>4, xiv,  84-101, 1 pl.
  AUo.  transl.: Arch. f. klin.  Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxvii, 901-
  916, 1 pl.—Collier (M. P. M.)  Two cases of severe  tri-
  geminal neuralgia due to nasal disease.  Lancet, Lond., 1895,
  ii, 91.—C'ryer (ii. II.)  Facial neuralgia,  from  a dento-
  surgical standpoint.  Dental Cosmus, Phila., 1895, xxxvii,
  24-33.— Dana (C. L.)  The pathological anatomy of tic
  douloureux.  Med. News, Phila., 1891, lviii, 518-550.—De>
  bore.  Tic douloureux de la face d'origine syphilitique
  probable.  Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvii, 341.—
  Duchateau-Frcntz, (A.) Une des causes de la nevral-
  gie faciale.  Ann. do I'lnst. chir. de Brux., 1898, v, 85-87.
  Also: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du  Brabant, Brux., 1898, viii,
  129-132.—Dunn  (J.)  Tic douloureux  of reflex origin;
  diagnosis and treatment.   Virginia M. Month., Richmond,
  1*91-2, xviii, 951-956. -----. A second case of inveterate
  tic douloureux of reflex nasal origin; remarks upon  the
  case, together with certain observations in regard to  the
  best method  of dressing, and  the after-treatment of  the
  nasal passages following operations in the same.  Ibid.,
  1892-3, xix, 671-079.—Fa wcett (E.) On a possible cause
  of paroxysmal neuralgia of the fifth nerve  (inferior maxil-
  lary division). Cliu.  sketches, Lond., 1806,  iii, 9-11.—
  Fere (C.) Note sur la nevralgie epileptique de la face.
  Rev.  do med., Par., 1892, xii,  497-501.—Fleischmann
  (L.)  Ein Fall von Trigemiuus-Neuralgie als  Beitrag  zur
  Pathologie und  Aetiologie  dieser Erkrankung.  Wien.
  klin. Wchuschr., 1903, xvi, 1220-1222.—Freeman (A. B.)  I
  The pathology of  the trifacial nerve.  Dental  Cosmos
  Phila., 1892, xxxiv, 523-531. — Gabriel (W. M.) A case  i
  of neuralgia associated with the presence  ot pulp stones.
  Brit.  J.  Dent, Sc, Lond., 1905, xlviii,  5*3-580.—Garrc
  (('.)  Ueber Nervenregeneratiou  nach Exstirpation  des
  Ganglion Gasseri als Ursache  recidivirender Trigeminus-
  Neuralgie.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.  f. Chir.
  Berl..  1899. xxviii, pt.  2, 256-269.  [Discussion], pt. 1,
  117 —Gilliam (E. M.)   Tic douloureux  resulting from
  an exostosis of the septum nariutu.  N. York M. J., 1890
  lii, 143-145.—Haw kes  (C. S.)  The  mechanism of tri-
At'iii'algia  (Facial, Causes and pathol-

  ogy  of")."
  geminal  neuralgia.  Australas.  II. Gaz., Sydney,  1903,
  xxii,  497-501.—Heyninx.  Cornet ethmoidal surmitne.
  raire;  n6vralgie  faciale.   Anli.  internat.  de  larvngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1905,  xx. 872,  1  pl.—Hunerniuud.  Kine
  Triiiemiiiusneuralgiedeiitaleu ITisprungs.  Lieutsehezahn-
  arztl. Wchnsehr..  Berl.,  1904, vii, 353-356. — Kornhn.
  ber (J.)   Ein Fall  von Trigeminiis-Neuralgie  infolge
  von Zahnkaries.  Zahnarztl.  Rundschau,  lieil., 1903, xii,
  10369.—Leriuoyez(YL)  Cause et traitement dune nevral-
  gie faciale due k la galvanocaustie de la pituitaire. Ann.
  d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx  [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, 2*9-
  293.—.TIalherbe  (H.)   Tic  douloureux facial d'origine
  syphilitique.  Gaz. med. de  Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 934;
  953.—Wears (I.E.)  Study of the pathological  changes
  occurring in trifacial neuralgia;  with the report of a case in
  which three inches of tho inferior dental nerve were ex-
  cised.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass. lSsl/Phila., 1*85, ii, 469-490.
  AUo, Reprint.—ITIolle.  De lajnevralgie epicondylii-mie.
  Loire med., St.-F,ticnne, 1896. Jxv,  245-250.— Morrison
  (W.J.)  Facial neuralgia superinduced by dental irrita-
  tion, with specimens.  South. Pract., Nashville, 1K96, xviii,
  105-107. -----. Report of cases of facial neuralgia super-
  induced by dental  irritation.  'Dental Headlight, Nash-
  ville, 1899, xx, 3-8.—rVessel.  O neuralgiich, podminenvch
  zm6naiiii jistelio druhti v dfeni  zubu  (vy'tvorv dentinu).
  [Neuralgia?,conditioned by secondary changes in the pulp
  of teeth.)  Casop. lek. cesk.. v Praze, 1885, xxiv, 772; 790.—
  Pearce (F. S.)   The relation of tic douloureux  to den-
  tistry. J. Med.-Chir. Coll., Phila., 1903,  iv, no. 2, 19.—
  Pitres (A.)  Lymphocytose du liquide c^phalo-racliidien
  dans trois cas de nevralgie du trijumeau.  Compt. rend.
  Soc.de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 270-272.—Poreher (W. P.)
  Facial neuralgia due to diseases in the nose and antrum;
  six cases.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv, 220-
  227.  AUo: Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 614-620.
  AUo: Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1903, xvi, 387-391.—Put-
  nam (J. J.)  The relation  between trigeminal neuralgias
  and migraine.  J. Nerv. &  Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii,
  129-134.—Basch.  Trigeminusneuralgie  traumatischen
  Ursprnngs.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Cobleuz
  u. Leipz., 1898, n. F., ix, 196-200.—Raymond,  Algies
  du nez et de  la  langue sur un terrain psychasth6nique.
  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol.  physiol., Par.,  1903-4, xviii,
  125.—Boe (J. ().)  Tic-douloureux from sphenoidal dis-
  ease.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi, 309-318.—
  Sacnjjer (A.)  Zur pathologischen Anatomic der Tri-
  geminusneuralgie.  Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1895, xiv,
  850-855.—Sangree (E. B.)  Tic douloureux from visual
  defect. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 572. Atoo, Reprint.—
  Sarremone.   Observation de n6vralgie  faciale avec
  point de depart auriculaire.  Arch, internat. de  laryngol.
  {etc.l, Par., 1899, xii, 502-504. -----. Observation de u6-
  vralgie faciale consecutive k du catarrhe nasal chronique.
  Rev.  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1901, ii, 110-113.—
  Schwab (S. I.)  The pathology of trigeminal neuralgia,
  illustrated by the microscopic examination of two Gas-
  serian ganglia.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 696-708.
  -----. The microscopic findings in four Gasserian ganglia
  removed  for trigeminal neuralgia.  J. Nerv. Sc Meiit. Dis.,
  N. Y., 1903, xxx, 88-98.—Shapiroflf(B. M.)  Sluchai
  upornoi  nevralgii trolnichnavo  nerva.  [Obstinate neu-
  ralgia of the trigeminal nerve.] Protok.i soobsh.S.-Peterb.
  med. Obsh., 1889, vii, 90-95.  Also: Meditsiua, St. Petersb.,
  1889, i, no. 9,  1-3.—Snow (S. F.)   Further  observations
  on tic douloureux and cranial neuralgias from infra-nasal
  and sinus pressures.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol.
  Soc. N. Y., 1903,  ix, 125-129.  -----. Tic douloureux and
  other neuralgias from intranasal and accessory sinus pres-
  sures. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904, xcviii, 391-394.
  Also:  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 68. — Npiller
  (W.G.)  Pathologic report on two of the Gasserian ganglia
  removed by Dr. Cushiug.  Tr.  Coll. Phys.  Phila., 1900,
  143-155.—Sullivan (G. A.)   Obscure dental irritations
  as a cause of facial neuralgia.  Albauy M. Ann., 1898, xix,
  262-205.—Thornc (W. M.)  Three eases of trifacial neu-
  ralgia of dental origin unaccompanied by toothache.  Oc-
  cidental  M. Times,"Sacramento, 189H.  xii,  229-231.—Ver-
  ger  (H.) Sc  Grenicr de t'ardenac (II.)  Nevralgie
  faciale et tumeur du ganglion  de Gasser.   Rev.  neurol ,
  Par., 1905, xiii, 704-708. —Walton (G. L.)  Trifacial neu-
  ralgia, with special referente to its connection with the
  teeth. Internat. Clin., Phila..  1895. 4.  s., iv, 132-141.—
  Wysard (A. T.)  A case of trigeminal neuralgia of ma-
  larial origin.   Lancet. Lond., 1894, i, 737.

Neuralgia   (Facial,  Complications and

  sequelae of).
     Brown (G. V. I.)  Hyperkinesia of the muscles  of
  mastication a symptom and an etiological factor in nerv-
  ous  affections, particularly neuralgia  of the trigeminus
  aud diseases of the jaws.  [Abstr.]  Dental Cosmos, Pbila.,
  1897  xxxix, 932-937.—Boaey  (F. E >  Malaria en hare ver-
  houding tot neuralgia trigemini.  Med. Weekbl., Amst.,
  1897-8 iv, 523.—Fcliciani  (I.)  Dermatosi sul decorso 
NEURALGIA.
579
NEURALGIA.
UTeiiralgia  (Facial,  Complications  and

  sequela; of).
  del nervo trigemino.  Gazz. med. di Roma, 1896, xxii, 169-
  182.—Gernianii.  Ein Fall von chrouischer Neuralgie
  im Gebiete des 1. Astes Nervi trigemini, veranlasst und
  unterhalten (lurch ein Empyem der Oborkieferhohle; der
  Fall tauschte Glaucom vor.  St.Petersb.nied. Wchnsehr.,
  1895, n. F., xii, 7;i — Kalt.  Des alterations oculaires con-
  Becu'tives aux n6vralgies  de  la  cinquieme  paire.  Ann.
  d'ocul.,  Par., 1901, exxvi,  268-273. — I.owcnfeld (L.)
  Ueber einen  Fall halbseitiger Atrophie der Gesichts- und
  Kaumusculatur, nebst Bemerkungen fiber eiuen Fall lue-
  tischer Trigeiuinusatt'ection.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1888, xxxv, 379;  398.—Itlarineaco Sc Serieux.  Sur uu
  cas de  lesion traumatique du trijumeau avec troubles
  trophiques conseeutifs.  Ann. de  m6d. scient.  et prat.,
  Par., 1893, iii, 99.—Miranda (G.)  Nevralgia del trige-
  mino con emi-iporestesia ed  emiparesi  corrispondente.
  Ann. di med. nav., Roma,  1903,  ix, v. 2, 741-745.—Pflii-
  ger.  Ueber Trigemiuusneuralgien und A ugenaft'ectiouen.
  Ber. ii.  d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1891, Stuttg.,
  1892, xxi, 188-196.—Benies, (M.)  Neuralgia trigemini;
  keratitis neuroparalytic.-!?  Casop.  lek. cesk.,  v Praze,
  1902, xii, 431.—Bodman (W. L.)  Facial neuralgia with
  chorea of the opposite side.  Am. Pract. & Xews, Detroit,
  1897. xxiii, 454-457.—Scheiber (S. H.)  Neuralgia trige-
  mino-occipitalis, Pemphigus et eczema neuroticum, Oph-
  thalmia  catarrhalis neurotica.  Wien. klin. Wchuschr.,
  1892, v,  369—Sewill  (J. S.)  Two cases of trigeminal
  neuralgia and trismus associated with loss of teeth. Brit.
  M. J.,  Lond., 1897, i,  137.—Spira  (R.)  O sYodkowem
  zapaleniu wyrostka sutkowego przebiegajaeem pod'posta-
  cia. rwy nerwu trdjdzielnego.  [On central mastoiditis re-
  sulting  under the influence of neuralgia of the trigeminal
  nerve.]   Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1897, xxxvi, 27; 43.—Wid-
  mark (J.)  Einige Beobachtungen iiber Augensymptome
  bei peripheren Trigeminus-Affectionen.   Klin. Monatsbl.
  f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1890, xxviii, 343-361.

 Neuralgia (Facial, Diagnosis and semei-

  ology  of).
     Kaufmann (K.)  * Ein  Fall  von  excessiver
  Speichels- cretion  hei der Neuralgie de8 X. trige-
  minus.  8C.   Leipzig,  [1903].
     Aparicio.  Neuralgia del trigemino rama  oftalmica
  romo sintoma precoz de la tuberculosis pulmonar.  Gac.
   med. d. Norte, Bilbao, 1895, i, 130-132.-Bennett (W. H.)
   A clinical lecture on  some cases of spasmodic tic  doulou-
  reux.   Cliu. J., Lond., 1892-3, i,  385-390. — Feuchel.
  Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose bei Facialneuralgieen.
  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix, 845.   Also: Zahn-
  arztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1898, vii, 5045.  Also: Med. Rund-
  schau, Berl., 1898, 411. —Gilles de la Tourette.  Uu
  cas de paroxysme hysterique k forme de nevralgie faciale.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 147-
  152.  -----. Diagnostic  et traitement du tic douloureux
  de la face et de la migraine.  Semaine m6d., Par., 1896,
  xvi, 249-252.  Also,  transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv,
  337-341.—Kalt.  Des alterations  oculaires  consecutives
  anx nevralgies de la cinquieme paire.   Bull,  et mem. Soc.
  franc, d'opht., Par.,  1901, xviii, 479-486. —  It I ippel &
   Eiefas. Crises hypers6cretoires dans le tic douloureux
  de la face.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv,
  181-183. — Kornfeld (S.) Sc Bikelcs (G.)   Ueber einen
  Fall von periodisch recidiverender Trigeminusneuralgie
  als klinische Varietiit der Hemicranie.  Wien. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1893, vi, 64. — Lyman (H. M.)  Trigeminal neural-
  gia.  Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1898-9, ix, 233-242.— Rendu.
  Des nevralgies faciales symptomatiques.  Mercredi med.,
  Par., 1891, ii, 37.—Schmitt.  N6vralgie 6pileptique spas-
  modique du nerf maxillaire inferieur.  J. d. sc. med. de
  Lille, 1896, i, 535-538.—Sewill (H.)  Differential diagnosis
  in neuralgia about the face.  Med. Press  <fe Circ, Lond.,
  1892, n. s., liii, 261. -----. Diagnosis of toothache and fa-
  cial neuralgia of dental origin. Ibid., 1903, n. s.,  lxxv, 320-
  322. — Spira (R.)  Ueber eine unter dem Bilde  einer Tri-
  geminusneuralgie latent verlaufende centrale Ostitis pro-
  cessus mastoidei.  Wien.  klin. Rundschau,  1897,  xi, 269;
  289.—Steinbuch.  Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Ge-
  sichtsschmerzes.  Abhandl. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlang.,
  Niirnb., 1812, ii, 261-274.—Teufei.  Ein softener Fall von
  Herpes zoster als symptom  einer acuten Neuralgie des
  Trigeminus.  Med.  Cor.-Bl.  d. wiirtteinb.  arztl. Ver.,
  Stuttg., 1898, lxviii, 196. — Whittaker (J. T.)   Clinical
  lecture; tic douloureux. Tri-State M. J., St. Louis, 1895,
  ij,475-48.;.—Widmark (J.)  Nagra iakttagelser rorande
  ogonsymptom vid perifera trigeminusaffektioner.   [Some
  remarks on eye symptoms in peripheral affectious of the
  trigeminus.]  Nord. ophth. Tidsskr.,  Kjobenh., 1891-2, iv,
  65-92.-----. Ytterligare nigra iakttagelser om ogon-
  symptom vid perifera trigeminusaffektioner.  (On symp-
  toms of eye in peripheral affections of trigeminus. J  ibid.,
  65-78.
Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment of).
    Di Bozzolo (A. V.)  * Della nevralgia trifac-
  ciale in genere e di nn caso della stcssa malattia
  guarito coll' ustione dell' orecchio nella clinica
  medica deli' i.  r. Universita di Padova.    8°.
  Padova, 1862.
    Dimier  (G.)   *£tude  sur  quelques  poiuts
  cliniques de la nevralgie faciale et sur la valeur
  respective des traitements 61ectrique  et chirur-
  gical  dans les types de nevralgie  faciale  vraie.
  8°.  Paris,  1902.'
    Downing (C.  T.)   On  tic  douloureux  and
  other  painful affections ofthe nerves:  with sug-
  gestions for  their  treatment  hy  means of  the
  aneuralgicon.   Illustrated by  numerous  cases,
  and an engraving of the apparatus.   16°.   Lon-
  don, 1649.
    Feistkorn  (P. [H.])   *Die  Behandlung  der
  Trigeminusneuralgie.  8°.  Halle a. #., 1894.
    Guot T (P.)   De  la migraine (dentaire);  ne-
  vralgie du  trifacial, de  son  traitement  et de
  celui de la nevralgie sciatique par  la nevroto-
  mie auriculo-temporale -(section et cauterisation
  siuiultane'es de l'heiix).  8°.   Bouen, 1887.
    Khoning (W. [C.  A.])  *Die Behandlung der
  Neuralgie des Trigeminus durch Oleum crotonis.
  8°.   Greifswald, 1889.
    Le  Gac (H.)  De la pathogenic du tie doulou-
  reux de la  face,  et de-son traitement  par la re-
  section du rebord alv6olaire.   8°.   Paris, 181)4.
    Pankow (0. R.)   *Die  Behandlung schwerer
  Trigeminus-Xeuralgieen mit  heisser Luft.    8  .
   Greifswald, 1901.
    Souesme (F. [-E.])  * Voies d'acces de la fosse
  pterygo-maxillaire dans le traitement  de  la ne-
  vralgie de  la deuxieme branche du nerf triju-
  meau.  4°.  Paris, 1691.
    Aim<- (H.)  Tic facial gueri par suggestion k l'6tat de
  veille.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1897-8,
   xii,  23. — Aldrich  (C.J.)  A treatment for the  cure of
  inveterate cases of trigeminal neuralgia.   Cleveland M.
  Gaz.,  1900-1901, xvi,  8-12.—Allaeya  (H.)   N6vralgie
  faciale rebelle gu6rie par injection d'alcool k 60°.   Rev.
  trimest. Suisse d'odont., Zurich Sc Geneve, 1905,  xv,  293-
  296.—Anspach (B. M.)  Tic douloureux checked by the
  salicylates.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1900-1901, xiii, 286.—
  Arullani (P. F.)  II metodo di Flechsig nella cura  della
  nevralgia essenziale del v.  Gazz. med.  di Torino,  1901,
  lii,  741-745.—Bacon (E. K.)  The anatomy of the fifth
  nerve and its relation to the etiology and treatment of tri- -
  facial neuralgia.  Physician  & Sursr.. Detroit & Ann Ar-
  bor, 1900, xxii, 383;  430; 545.—Ballet (G.)   La nevralgie
  faciale 6piieptiforme et son traitement.  Bull, med., Par.,
  1899, xiii, 299-304.—Barber (H. T.)  Trifacial neuralgia
  and its treatment.   N. Tork M. J., 1002, lxxv, 459.—
  Bauduy (J. K.)   A  certain  and permanent  cure of
  painful tic; tic  douloureux.  St.  Louis M.  Rev.,  1903,
  xlvii, 307-309.—Bergonie (J.)  Sur uu traitemeut pal-
  liatif du tic douloureux do la face.   [Abstr.]  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d.  sc,  Par., 1897,  exxv,  340. —Besson  (J.)
  N6vralgie de la branche maxillaire du trijumeau accom-
  pagnee d'6ruption v6siculaire k la suite  d'un  pansement
  arsenieux.  Rev. de stomatol., Par.,  1902, ix, 525. -----.
  Contribution k la pathogenie et au traitement du tic dou-
  loureux de la face.  Ibid., 1905, xii,  50-56.   Also:  Dau-
  phin6 m6d., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 1-6.—Boettigcr (A. C.
  L.)  Die Behandlung der Trigeminusneuralgie. Verhandl.
  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1897, Leipz., 1898,
  lxix, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 52-54.  AUo:  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1897, xliv, 1150.—Bom<- (L. C.)  Trigeminal neural-
  gia  successfully  treated by  intra-aural application of
  chloroform.   fndiau M. Rec, Calcutta,  1900,  xviii,  13.—
   Bourdon.   Nevralgie faciale avec clignotement des
  paupi^res, datant de trois ans, gu6rie en une seule s6ance
  par la suggestion hypnotique.   Rev. de l'hypnot. et psy-
  chol. physiol., Par., 1893-4, viii, 175— BriMwaud & «Jre-
  nct (H.)  Nevralgie du trijumeau traiteo  par les injec-
  tions de cocaine loco dolenti.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii,
  496-498.—Brophy (T. W.)  Treatment of tri-facial  neu-
  ralgia.   Tr.  Mississippi  Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas
  City, 1903,  iv,  324-327.—Bruske (J.-S.)  Nevralgies fa-
  ciales;  une th6rapeutique sp6ciale pour les formes opinia-
  tres.   Rev.  de  stoir tol., Par., 1904,  xi, 394-398.—By-
  bring (E.)  Heilung der peripheren Neuralgie des ersten
  Astes des Quintus (Neuralgia frontalis) durch die Sugges-
  tionstherapie.   Internal, klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1889, iii, 
NEURALGIA.
580
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment of).
  1171.—Candler (G. 11.)  A  case of prosopalgia and the
  curative treatment.  Virginia  M.  Semi-Month., Rich-
  mond, 1905-6, x, 160.—Cnnneld (R. B.)  Three cases of
  trifacial neuralgia due to intra-nasal causes and  treated
  successfully by intranasal methods.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1905,' xv', 710-719— Chipault Sc Plicquc (A.-F.)
  Les indications therapeut iques dans le tic douloureux de
  la face.  Presse med., Far.,  1902,  i, 402-404.—t'orradi
  (C.)   Nevralgia del quinto paio, curata colla doccia d' aria.
  Riv.  veneta di sc. med.,  Venezia, 18X8, ix,  267-270.—
  AUo: Boll. d.  clin., Milano,  1889, vi, 151-154.— Coslil.
  Guerison d'un tic douloureux de la face par une injection
  d'alcool  k  60°.   Rev. de stomatol., Par.,  1905,  xii, 113.—
  C'rocq  fils.  Des injections sous-cutau6es de  phosphate
  de sonde dans les nevralgies  du trijumeau.   Clinique,
  Brux., 1893, vii, 385-387.—Cruet (L.) Sur le  traitement
  dentaire et buccal  du tic douloureux de la face.  Rev. de
  stomatol.,  Par., 1903, x,  221-232. — «ii*lis  (J.  B. G.)
  Drugs of value in the treatment of neuralgias of the fifth
  nerve.  Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J.. N. V.,  1901, x, 77-
  83.—Dana (C. L.)  On a method of relieving  tic  doulou-
  reux.   Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila.,  1896, xi, 383-393.
  Also: Chicago  M. Recorder.  1896,  xi, 79-8S.  Also.- Post-
  Graduate,N.Y.,1896.xi,205-274,1 ch.-----. Natural history
  of tic douloureux, with remarks on treatment. Tr. Coll.
  Phys.. Phila., 1900,  162-170.   AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago,  1900, xxxiv, 1100-1103.—Bandridge (N. P.)  Special
  treatment of facial neuralgia.  Cincin. Laucet-Clinic, 1895,
  n. s.,  xxxv, 307-313.—l>e  Buck.  Traitement de la ne-
  vralgie du trijumeau.  Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1903,
  x, 651-655.—i>i«lwbnry (,I. M.)  On the treatment of in-
  veterate neuralgia  of the fifth  nerve.   [Rewritten  and
  transl. by  C. J. B. Wallis.]  Tr. Odout.  Soc.  Gr. Brit.,
  Lond., 1887-8,  n. s., xx, 135-141. — Ferrier ( P.)   Ne-
  vralgie  faciale  traumatique;  contusion  chronique de la
  gencive; guerison  par  suppression de la cause.   Rev.
  do stomatol.,  Par.,  1904,  xi, 433-439. — Fcrrio  (L.  )
  Contributo alia cura delle nevralgie del trigemino.  Suppl.
  al Policlin., Roma, 1897-8, iv, 534; 558. — Frey (L.)  Hei-
  lung  einer sehweren Trigemiuusueuralgie durcli hypno-
  tische Suggestion.  AVien. med. Presse. 188s, xxix,  1889;
  1850. — li ill (<;.)  Castor-oil treatment of trifacial neural-
  gia.   Cleveland M. J., 1905, iv,  354-357. — dillr* dc  la
  Tonrefte.  The treatnieut of tic  douloureux.   Inter-
  nat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s.. iii,  12-16.—<»rnincgna (A.)
  Un caso di nevralgia del trigemino curata colla radiotera-
  pia.   Kiforma nied., Palermo-Napoli, 1905,  xxi, 1359-1301.—
  Graudclcmcnt.  Traitement <lu tic  douloureux  ou
  nevralgie spasmodique ile la face. Lyon med., 1895, lxxviii,
  149-153.  AUo: Gaz. d.  hop. de  Toulouse, 1895, ix, 74.—
  (■ranNi-t.   Tic douloureux de  la face; nevralgie faciale
  d'origine centrale; diffioultes du traitement.   J. de m6d.
  int.. Par.. 1902, vi, 79.—Orindon (J.)  A case of invet-
  erate  facial neuralgia  treated  with strychnia after the
  Dana method.   Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni, St. Louis,
  1898,247-251.  Also: Med. Rev , St. Louis,  1898,  xxxviii,
  348. — Harbin (A.)  Nature et  traitement de la nevralgie
  du trijumeau et autres nevioses.   Bull.  gen. de th6rap.,
  [etc.], Par., 1891, exxi, 559-506. —HcdIcy (W. S.)  The
  treatment of trigeminal neuralgia.  Lancet, Lond., 1894, i,
  1553.—Hii-Mchkron (H.)  Zur Behandluug  der Trige-
  minus-Neuralgien.  Internat.  kliu. Rundschau, Wien,
  1*93, vii, 1193; 1282.  -----. Zur Therapie  der Trigeminus-
  neuralgie.  Wien.  med. Presse, 1808. xxxix,  1942-1945.
  -----. Zur Behandluug der Trigeminus-Neuralgie.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien. 1898, xvi, 15-20.—Hors-
  ley (V.) On the treatment of trigeminal neuralgia.  Clin.
  J., Lond., 1897-8, xi, 8; 17. — Hughe* (C. H.)  The suc-
  cessful  management of trigeminal  neuralgia with and
  without the knife. St. Louis  M.  Rev.,  1901. xliii, 93-97.
  [Discussion], 100-103. —  Km u*« (W. C.)  Treatmentof
  trigeminal neuralgia (tie  douloureux), with  report of  a
  case successfully treated Willi nitroglycerin.   Buffalo  M.
  J., 1897-8, xxxvii, 109-174.— Laurcndean (A.)  Traite-
  ment medical de la nevralgie du trijumeau.   Union med.
  du Canada, Montreal,  1905,  xxxiv,' 29-32.—I.cduc (S.)
  Gu6rison d'un tic douloureux de la fa e datant de trente-
  cinq ans par trois seances d'introdnction de 1'ion salievlique.
  Arch, d'electric. mGd., Bordeaux,  1905,  xiii,  830.'—IjC-
  Kzvnsky (W.  M.)  The treatment of trigeminal neural-
  gia.   Med. Rec, N. V.. 1897, li, 439-442. — Lilicnfcld
  (C.)  Zur Behandlung der Trigeminusneuralgie. Deutsche
  nied.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 19(13 xxix, 314. — Mac-
  quart.  Sur  un  cas de  nevralgie de la face traitee et
  giu'-rie par le chloruro de m6thyl.  Bull. Soc. clin. de Par.,
  18*8,  175-177.   AUo:  Courrier med..  Par., lxxi). xxxix.
  182.   Also: France nied.,  Par.. 1889, i, 229-231.— Tlader
  (J.)   Trigeminus-Neuralgie;  giinstige Wirkung des A nti-
  febrin;   Heilung.   Ber.  d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph-
  Stiftung in Wien (1K88), 1889, 337.—Malherbe. •Traite-
  ment des nevralgies faciales par la cocaine.  Gaz. med.
  de Nantes, 1890-91, ix, 130:  1891-2. x, 2. — Novak (K.)
  Az arczideuzsAba (tic douloureux) egy kezel6si modjarol.
  [A method of treating . . .]   Gy6gy4szat, Budapest, 1905,
  xiv,  548.  Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda-
  pest,  1905, xii, 1238-1240.   AUo, transl. [Abstr.J: Ungar.
Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treatment of).
  med. Piesse, Budapest, 1905, x, 415.—OmIwiiIi (K)  xro-
  ber tiefe Alkohol-, Coeain- oder Alkohol-Stovaiii-Injektio.
  neu  bei Trigeminus-und anderen Neuralgien.  Berl kin
  Wchnsehr.,  1906, xliii,  10-13. — Pnnchenko ( V. N. j
  Nevralgiya litsa (trolnichnavo nerva) i sposobi llecheniya
  po novielshim dannim.   [Facial neuralgia and methods of
  treatmentaccordiug to most recent data.]  Vrach. Vestnik
  S.-Peterb., 1905,  viii,  705; 745.— Payr (E.) Ueber Be-
  handlung schwerer Trigeminus - Neuralgien.  Mitth. d.
  Ver. d. Aerzte in  Steiermark, Graz, 1899, xxxvi,  171-1*4.-1
  Pedigo (L. G. )   The use of gelsemium in neuralgia of
  the fifth nerve.  Richmond J. Pract., 1894, viii,  235-238.—
  Plicquc (A.-F.)  Le traitement de la nevralgie faciale
  Gaz. med.  de Par., 1894, 9. s., i, 400.—Pont.  Nevralgie
  epileptiforme de  la face traitee  par les injections sous-
  cutanfees d'livoscine.  Mem.  ot compt.-rend. Soc.  d sc
  med. de Lyon (1895),  1896, xxxv, pt. 2, 100-102.—Pose-
  witz (J. F. S.) Seiniologische und atiologische Abhand-
  lung iiber den Gesichtsschmerz und Bestimmung des Heil-
  plans in demselben, nebst einer Beobachtung iiber  diese
  auf eine und dieselbe einfache Art, bey ebendemselben
  Kranken, zweymal gliicklich geheilte Krankheit. Aetiol.
  u. soniiol.  J. f.  Med.,  Chir.  u. Geburtsh., Giessen u,
  Darmst., 1802, ii,  1-84.— Potlw (C. S.)  Notes on the use
  of large doses of  strychnine in tic-douloureux.  Therap.
  Gaz., Detroit, 1900,  3. s., xvi, 053.  -----. Two cases of tic
  douloureux treated  hypodermically with massive doses of
  strychnine.   LTuiv.  Penn. M.  Bull.,  Phila.,  19o.'!-4, xvi,
  80.— Bayinoud.  Trois cas do nevralgie  du trijumeau;
  traitement.  J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 127.— Kir kctlii
  (B.-M.)  Neuralgia of the fifth  nerve; treatment.  Cin-
  cin.  Lancet-Clinic, 1895, n. s., xxxiv, 61. AUo, Reprint.—
  SchldtiMcr.  Heilung peripherer Reizzustande sensibler
  und  motorischer Nerven.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1903,
  x, 335.—Schulzc-Berge.  Ueber Heiluug von Trige-
  niinns-Neiiralgie  durch  Dehnung  des Nervus  facialis.
  Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii,
  pt. 2, 64-68.—Sgobbo (F. P.)   Nota di fototerapia; due
  casi  di uevralgia del trigemino curati con la luce violetta.
  Gior. di elett.  med.,  Napoli,  1904, v, 276-279.—Sicard.
  Nevralgie  du trijumeau et ponction lombaire.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1904, lvi, 357— So ml a z (J.) Vu
  cas de  tic douloureux de la face gueri p*r des injections
  d'alcool k 60°.  Rev. de  stomatol., Par., 1901, xi, 341-344.
  -----. Traitement  des nevralgies faciales par les injec-
  tions d'alcool k60°.  Rev. odont., Par., 1905, xxiv, 351-358.—
  Swinney (J.)  The treatment of tic douloureux.   Med.
  Rec, N. V., 1897, li,  919.—Tayler  (J. G.)  Aconitia in
  trigeminal neuralgia.  Peoria M. Month., 1888-9, ix, 250-
  252.—Tourtclot (G.)  Guerison des nevralgies faciales
  par les injections  d'alcool a 60°.  Rev. de stomatol., Par.,
  1903, x, 473.—Turner (W. A.) The treatment of trigem-
  inal  neuralgia.  Treatment, Lond., 1897, i, 389.—Verger
  (H.)  Nevralgie faciale tres amelior6e par injections inodi-
  ficatrices locales.  M6m. et bull. Soc. de  m6d. et chir. do
  Bordeaux (1902), 1903, 91-96. -----. Essai de la classifica-
  tion  de quelques nevralgies faciales par les injections de
  cocaine loco dolenti.  Rev. do m6d.,  Par.,  1904, xxiv, 34;
  134.—Vigouroux (H.)  Nevralgia  facial  d'uma intensi-
  dade miiito grande,  curada com os granulos dosimetricos.
  Dosimetria, Porto, 1899, x, 377-379.—Woods (J. F.)  Two
  cases of trigeminal neuralgia successfully treated by hyp-
  notism and suggestion.  Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soe. 1897-8,
  Lond., 1898, 35.—Yvert (A.)   Traitemeut du tic doulou-
  reux de la face.  Gaz. med.  de Par., 1904, 12. s., iv, 133;
  145.— Ziminern (E.)  Note  clinique  prelimiuaire pour
  servir k l'6tude  du traitement  des  nevralgies faciales.
  Bull. off. Soc.  franc, d'electrother., Par.,  1903, x, 40-45.
  -----.  Traitement de  la nevralgie du trijumeau.  Presse
  m6d., Par., 1903, i, 297.

Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treatment <f Oper-

  ative).
    See,  also. Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment  of) by
  excision  of  Gasserian ganglion; Neuralgia (Fa-
  cial, Treatmeut of) by nerve-stretching; Neuralgia
  (Intercostal).
    Bkjarano (II.)   *Du  traitemeut  de la ne-
  vralgie faciale par les resections eternities, et en
  particulier par la  resection peripli6riqiu- totale
  du trijuuieau.   *°.   Paris, 1h99.
 -  Bluher ( M.  W. )   * Die intrakranielle  ope-
  rative  Behandluug  der  Trigeiuinusnenralgieu.
  s-.   Berlin,  18'.»r».
     Bisch (H. A. S )   * Zur operativen  Beliand-
  lmig   <!er  Trigeininns-Neiiralgie.    H°.   i^eriin,

  1697.
     Capkla (d.-L.-)  * Traitement de la nevralgie
  rebelle de  la  deuxieme  branche  du nerf triju-
  meau  par la neurectomie centrale.   4°.  Paris,

  1894. 
NEUKALGIA.
581
NEUKALdlA.
Neuralgia (Facial, Treatment  of Oper-

  ative).
    CAROLI.  * Contribution a  l'etude du traite-
  ment chirurgical  de  la nevralgie faciale.   4°.
  Paris, 1896.
    -----.   The same.   8°.  Paris,  1690.
    ComviLLA (A.)  Tie ca.si  di  resezione intra-
  cranica del  trigemino.  Dal  rendicouto sfati-
  Btico dell' anno 1697.   6C.  Imola,  1897.
    Dufeldt  (R.)   * Kritisch-historische Zusain-
  uienstellungen  der verschiedenen  Methoden der
  Xeurectomie am Nervus trigeminus.   8°.   Wiirz-
  burg, 1893.
    Eckart (H. )   *Die operative Behaudlung
  der Trigeminus-Neuralgie.  S  .  Munchen, 190'2.
    Flach  (A.)   * Beitrag  zur operativen  Be-
  handlung der  Trigeminiis-Neuialgien, mit Be-
  schreibung der Kocher'schen Operation sverfah-
  reu.  8C.   Bern, 16'J2.
    GORGAS (K. W. H.)   *Drei Fiille vou Resek-
  tion des iii. Trigeniiuusastes am Foramen ovale.
  8°.  Kiel, 1904.
    Grosjean  ( F.-M.-X.-A. )    * Contribution  a
  l'etude de traitemeut chirurgical des nevralgies
  rebelles  du  nerf maxillaire   superieur.   8°.
  Nancy,  1896.
    Guerin (P.)   *De la resection simultanee  des
  nerfs deutaire  inferieur et lingual par la voie
  trausmaxillaire.   6-\   Lyon, 1&97.
    Hutchinson (J.), jr.  The surgical treatment
  of facial neuralgia.   8°.  New Tork, 1905.
    Kotschau (R.)  * Beitrag zur Trigeminus-
  resektion nach Kronlein;  Entfernung eines  Fi-
  brouis der Fossa pterygopalatiua nach derselben
  Methode.  8".  Jena, 1893.
    Lamotte (L.) • * Traitement cliirnrgical de la
  nevralgie faciale.   4 -.   Paris, l-9',\
    -----.   The same,   8C.   Paris.  1692.
    Le Gac (H.)  * De la pathogenie du  tic dou-
  loureux  de  la face, et d>>  son  traitement par
  la resection  du rebord alvdolaire.  4C.   Paris,
  1*'J4.
    Le Gallic (J.)  * Contribution a l'etude du
  traitement  chirurgical des  nevralgies  rebelles
  du nerf maxillaire  inferieur.   6 .  Paris, 1-94.
    Leonard  (A.)   * De  la resection  iutra-cra-
  nienne  du trijumeau dans les cas  de nevralgie
  rebelle  de la face.   4 .   I'aris, 1-94.
    Massoulard (il.)   * Les interventions surle
  trijumeau intracranien dans  la nevralgie faciale
  rebelle.   8°.  Lyon, 1-97.
    May  (£.)   *Le  procede  de  Kronlein dans la
  nevralgie faciale.   8°.   Lyon,  1902.
    Mextz  (A. P. R.)   *  Ein Fail von Trigeminus-
  neuralgie unter   besonderer   Beriicksichtigung
  von deren operativen  Behandlung.   8°.   Bonn,
  1892.
    Pkrdelwity (P. [E. F.])    * Ein  Beitrag zur
  intracraniellen Resection des ii. Trigeniiuusastes
  nach Hartley-Krause.  8C.   Breslau, 1895.
    Raulin (A.-L.-A.)   * Etude  clinique stir  le
  traitement chirurgical  de  la  nevralgie du triju-
  meau.   4C.   Bordeaux,  1-891.
    Rose (W.)   The surgical  treatment  of neu-
  ralgia of  the fifth nerve (tic-douloureux).   6°.
  London, 1^9<!.
    See, also, infra.

    Schaffer  (E.)   * Beitrag  zur  chirnrgischen
  Behandlung  der  Trigeminusneuralgie.    8°.
  Breslau, 1902.
    Spinelli  (T.)   Dei  principali metodi opera-
  tivi  nelle nevralgie  del 5° paio.   8\   Pavia,
  [1900].
    WfsTENHOFER  (F. E. G.)   * Leber Trigemi-
  ni] s-Xeuralgie und deren operative Behandlung
  durch Neurectomia.   8C.  Bonn, 1887.
Aeuralg'ia  (Facial, Treatment of  Oper-

  ative).
    Zenthoefek (R.)  * Leber die Resektiou de.s
  Xervtis alveolaris inferior wegen Neuralgie.  b°.
  Berlin, [188(i].
    Abbe (R.)  The surgical treatment of inveterate tic
  douloureux.  N. York M. J., 1889, 1, 121-123.  AUo, Ke-
  print. -----. Hartley's operation for trifacial neuralgia;
  extradural implantation of rubber tissue over foramina
  ovale and rot nudum. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897,  xxv, 97-
  99.  Also, in his:  Epilepsy from conical cicatrix [etc.], 8-,
  Phila., \xi\~, 2-4. -----.  Surgery ofthe fifth nerve for tic
  douloureux.  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1900, 223-229.  Also: J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 1098-1100. -----. Intra-
  cranialneurectomy forticdouloureux.  Ann. Surg., Phila.,
  1902, xxxvi, 957-939. -----. Simplified operation for intra-
  cranial resection of the trigeminal in inveterate .neuralgias.
  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi, 117-123.—ACtcrmaii
  (J.)  Om den intrakrauiela resektionen af nervus trige-
  minus  s&som behandlingsmetod vid  invetererade fall at'
  ansigtsneuralgi.  [On intracranial resection of nervous
  trigeminus as method  of treatment  in  an  inveterate
  case of facial neuralgia.J  Hygiea, Stockholm,  1894, lvi,
  593-608.—Amlrews (E.)  Ttie success of repeated opera-
  tions upon the same nerve in facial neuralgia.   J. Am.
  M.  Ass.,  Chicago,  1889, xii,  75-77.  -----. Improved
  methods of performing  Rose's operation for tic doulou-
  reux.  Tr. Illinois M.  Soc, Chicago,  1891, xii,  232-240.
  -----. Repeated operations on the same nerve for chronic
  facial neuralgia.   Med.  News, Phila.,  1891, lviii, 173-175.
  -----. Two  cases of removal of the semilunar  ganglion
  through the floor of the skull for facial neuralgia.  Inter-
  nat, M. Mag., Phila., 1892, i, 479-487.—Balacesco.  Re-
  section du ganglion cervical superieur du nerf sympathi-
  que pour nevralgie du trijumeau.  Bull, et in6m. Soc. de
  chir. de Bucarest, 1902-3, v, 169-171.—Barclay (W. M.)
  The surgical treatment  of tic douloureux.  Bristol M.-
  Chir. J., 1896,  xiv, 53-67.—Bardenheuer.   [Fall von
  ireheilter Neuralgie des dritteu Astes des Trigeminus.]
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u. Berl., 1905, xxxi,
  86.—Bardctuco.  Polyn6vrectomie faciale pour nevralgie
  inveteree du trijumeau.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de
  Biicare^f,  1900-1901, iii, 92-94.—Baroni  (U-.)   La cura
  chirurgica della nevralgia del trigemino.  Gazz.  d. osp.,
  Milano. 1903, xxiv, 969-974.—Baroni (P.) Nevralgia in-
  framascellare esistente da 13 anni; nevrotomia.  InhU:
  Op. chir., 4°. Roma, 1837, 43-48.—von Beck (B.)  Ueber
  inirakranielle Resektiou des Nervus trigeminus.  Beitr.
  z. klin. Chir.,  Tiibing., 1895, xiii, 714-729.—Belin  (R.)
  La resection du nerf maxillaire superieur.  Progres m6d.,
  Par., 1900, 3. s., xi, 273.—Bergh (C. A.) Neuralgia nervi
  alveolaris iuferioris; uervevulsion enligt Thiersch; helsa.
  [Neuralgia nervi alveolaris iuferioris; nerve-avulsion ac-
  cording to met hod of Thiersch; recovery. |  Hygiea, Stock-
  holm, 1895, lvii, pt. I, 559. — Bei-uabeo (G.)  Cura chi-
  rurgica della prosopalgia; nevreetomia della 2" branca del
  trigemino nella  fossa  pterigo-mascellare  all' uscita del
  forame grande rotondo.  Riforma nied., Napoli, 1893, ix,
  pt.  3, 854; 866.—Bemays (A.  C.)  Neurectomy of tbe
  second and third  branches of tho fifth nerve for cure of
  chronic facial neuralgia (tic  douloureux  of two years'
  standing); result; recovery.  Vermont M. Month., Bur-
  lington,T895, i, 109.  Also: St. Louis Cour. Med., 1895, xii,
  51-53.  AUo: St. Louis M. Sc S. J., 1895, lxviii, 90.  ALo,
  in his: Rep. Surg. Clin., 8°, St. Louis, 1895, 19. -- Biagi
  (N.)  Sulla curii chirurgica della nevralgia del ti iuemino.
  Policlin., Roma, 1901, viii, sez. chir., 587-602.—Biedl (A.)
  Experimentelle Durchschneidung des linken Corpus resti-
  forme und der  aufsteigenden Trigeminuswurzel.  AVien.
  klin. Wchuschr., 1894,  vii, 863-865. — Bimiiiii-iiiaii.
  Neurectomia nervi frontalis dextri wegens neuralgia.  Ge-
  neesk.  Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1889, xxix, 140.—
  Bird (It.)  A caso of intracranial neurectomy of the fifth
  nerve.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 137, 1 pl.—
  Black (J. A.)  Modernized methods for the removal of in-
  ferior dental nerves for neuralgia.  Tr.  M.  Soc. Calif., San
  Fran., 1898, xxviii, 111-113.  Also: PaciricM. J., San Fran.,
  1899, xlii, 25-27.—Bocttigcr( A.)  Die Therapie der Trige-
  minusneuralgie.  Mitt. a.  d. Grenzgeb. d.  Med.  u. Chir.,
  Jena, 1897, ii,788-79Y —von Kouwdoi-uYIT.)  [Ett fall af
  trigeniiuiisueuialiM behandladt med resektiou enligt Kron-
  lein.)   [A case of trigeminus neuralgia treated by resection
  after Kronlein.]  Finska lak. siillsk. handl., Helsingfors,
  1897, xxxix, 188-192. — Boqnel (A.)  Nevralgie rebelle
  du maxillaire inferieur;  section du nerf dentaire inf6rieur
  au niveau de l'epine de Spyx ; gi;6rison.  Arch. med. d'An-
  gers, 1898, ii, 262-265.—Borelius (J.)  Resektiou af tredje
  grenen af nervus trigeminus vid foramen ovale.   | Resec-
  tion of third brunch of . . . near. . . (in a case of neuralgia).]
  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1890, lii, 45-52.—Brand an (J. W.)
  Excision of branches of the fifth nerve for the relief of tic
  douloureux; with report of cases.   Memphis M. Month.,
  1903, xxiii, 341-345.—Brewer (G.  E.)  Intracranial neu-
  rectomy for facial neuralgia.]   Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904,
  xl, 264.—Briggs (W. T.)  Excision of second branch ot 
NEUKALGIA.
582
NEURALGIA.
\eural$ia  (Facial, Treatment of,  Oper-

  ative).
  fifth pair of nerves for  neuralgia.  Nashville J. M. & S.,
  l*-8 2. s., xlii,  ^4.  -----. Excision of the inferior dental
  nerve"  I bid ,'l904.  xcvi, 577. -----. Neuralgia ..f inl'eiior
  dental ueive; excision  of  nerve.  Ibid.. 574.— Bri»lon
  (A  T)  Exsection of  auriculotemporal nerve for neu-
  ralgia.  Brooklyn M. J., 1905,  xix, 321.—Broeckaerl.
  Nouveau mode de  resection dn trijumeau, en casde  ne-
  vrab'ie  faciale  rebelle.    Belgique med., (iand-Haarlem,
  1902,  ix, pt.  2, 179.—Bruce  (II. A.)  Tic douloureux
  (trigeminal neuralgia); removal of the Gasserian ganglion;
  recovery.  Canad.  Pract.  & Kev., Toronto, 1903,  xxviii,
  119-124.  AUo  | Abstr. |: Dominion M. Month.,  Toronto,
  19U3, xx, 141.—Bruno  (L.)  lTu caso di resezione endo-
  crau'ica del nervo mascellare inferiore per nevralgia ribelle.
  Boll. d.  clin., Milano, 1896, xiii, 1-8—Biieno  (R.)  Tic
  doloroso convulsivo del  lado izquierdo de lacara; elonga-
  cion y excisi6n de ties ramillos nerviosos del 5" par; alivio.
  Prog'reso med., Habana, 1*93, v. 213-215.—Cabcea (C.)
  Tic doloroso da  face;  lado direito;  neurectomia  intia-
  crauiana; cura operatoria.   Arch, de med., Lisb.,  1897-8,
  i, 145-153.—Car less  (A.) Neurectomy  ofthe  second
  division ofthe  fifth nerve,  Med. Press  &  Circ,  Lond.,
  19U0, n.  s., lxx, 298.  -----.  Neurectomy of the second and
  third divisions of the fifth nerve for trigeminal tic.  Ibid.,
  1903,  n. s., lxxv, 353.  -----. Peripheral neurectomy  of
  supraorbital and mental branches ofthe fifth nerve.   Ibid.,
  354.—Cassel.   Tic douloureux de la face; r6section en
  une seiilc operation  des  deux nerfs maxillaires  superieur
  et inferieur.  Echo  nied , Toulouse, 1896, 2. s., x, 126-129.
  Also: J. d. sc. med.de Lille, 1896, i, 155-159.—Cavazzani
  ((}.)  La cura della forma grave della nevralgia del trige-
  mino colla resezione del ganglio simpatico cervicale supe-
  riore.  Riv.  veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1900, xxxii, 116-
  119. -----. Contributo alia cura delle nevralgie del trige-
  mino colla resezione del simpatico cervicale.  Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1902, xxiii, 6.'.  -----. Sur deux cas de  nevralgie
  faciale trait^s avec  succes  par la resection du ganglion
  cervical superieur  du sympathise.    Trav. dc neurol.
  chir. Par., 1902, vi, 86-89.—Chipault (A.)   Sur le traite-
  ment chirurgical de la nevralgie faciale.  Independ. m6d.,
  Par., 1901, vii, 193-196—Clark (J. C.)  The surgical  in-
  dications of trigeminal  neuralgia.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y..
  Phila., 1895,215-217.  AUo:  N. York M.J., 1895, lxi, 4r7.—
  Coley (W.  B.)   Exsection of second branch  of the tri-
  facial nerve for  neuralgia.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiv,
  501.—Cook (A. G.)  The orbital roule for removal ofthe
  second branch of the fifth nerve at the foramen rotundum.
  Ibid., 1903, xxxvii,  854-858.—Cook (J. R.)   Removal of
  superior maxillary branch of fifth  nerve under cocain, for
  relief  of neuralgia.   ,T. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii,
  138.—Crosli (F.)   Resezione periferica  estesa del nervo
  mascellare superiore per nevralgia facciale.  Boll, clin.-
  scient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1904, xvii, 101-176.—Cryer
  (M. H.)  The technique of nerve-resections for the relief
  of pain about the face and iaws.   Dental Cosmos, Phila.,
  1894, xxxvi, 849-856.—Dalziel (T. K.)   Excision of tho
  long buccal  nerve  for  facial neuralgia.  Tr. Med.-Chir.
  Soc. Glasg., 1895-7,  i,  347.   AUo: Glasgow M. J., 1897,
  xlviii, 209.—Dandois.  Coutiibution au traitement chi-
  rurgical des n6vralgies.  Rev.  ni6d., Louvain, 1899, xvii,
  5-12. — Dandridge (N. P.)  Rose's operation for trigemi-
  nal neuralgia.  Boston M. Sc S.  J., 1895, exxxii, 397-399.—
  D'Aulona (A.)  Due casi di resezione  del trigemino.
  Policlin., Koma, 1893-4, i, C, 541-546, 1 pl.  -----. Taglio
  sperimentale  del trigemino alia sua emergenza dal  poute.
  Ibid., 253-257.   AUo: Attid. xi. Conn. nied. internaz. 1894,
  Roma, 1895, iy, chirurg. [etc.J, 582-588.—Da Silva  (I. R.)
  Tieatment of chronic facial neuralgia by the extirpation
  ofthe nerve in healthy teeth. Dental Rev., Chicago, 1901,
  xv, 688-690.—Davis (J. E.)  Neurectomy  of the second
  division of the fifth  nerve with removal of Meckel's gan-
  glion.  N. Oil.  M. Sc S.  J., 1894-5, n. a.,  xxii, 641-643.—
  Dcge.   Endergebnisse  der peripherischen Trigeuiinus-
  resektiouen.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1906, xxxii, 244— Dclagcnicrc (H.)  De la resection  du
  grand sympathique cervical pour nevralgie faciale rebelle;
  deux observations.  Trav.  de neurol. chir., Par., 1902,  vi,
  gl_85. — Delalour (H. B.)   Removal of Meckel's ganglion
  for neuralgia.  Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 309-312. — Del-
  bet (P.)  De la resection du grand sympathique daus la
  nevralgie faciale.  Bull,  et mem.  Soc. de  chir. de Tar.,
  1905, n. s., xxxi, 801; 1009.—Depage (A.)   ITn cas de re-
  section de la troisieme branche du tiijumeau k la sortie
  du trou  ovale.  Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux.,
  1897, 4. s., xi, 694.  -----. Nevralgie faciale; resection  du
  ganglion  cervical superieur.  Compt. rend. . . . serv.  de
  chir. a limp. St.-Jeau de Bruxelles (1900), 1901,13.—Der-
  vaux.  Tic douloureux de la face, dans la region du nerf
  maxillaire inferieur; resection  de ce nerf  a la base  du
  crane, dans le trou ovale; guerison.  Echo med., Toul- use
  1901. 2. s.. xv, 613-616.  Also: J. d. sc. med. de Lille. 190lj
  ii, 445-448. — Dcsguin (L.) Nevralgie faciale reb lie;
  extirpation du ganglion  de Meckel.  Ann. Soc. de med.
  d'Anvers, 1892, liv, 183- Discussion sur  le traitement
  chirurgical de la nevralgie faciale; deux observations de
Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment of,  Oper-
   ative).
   resection  du  nerf maxillaire  inf6rieur suivies de la de-
   struction  du ganglion de  Gasser.  Bull, et mC-ni. Soc  de
   chir. de Par., 1898, u. s., xxiv,  8s4-893.— Dollinger '('(} )
   A nyelvideg es az also allkapocs idegreseetioja neuralgia
   miatt.  [Resection of  lingual nerve and the nerve of the
   lower jaw for neuralgia.|  Gyogyaszat, Budapest,  1899
   xxxix,  266.  AUo: Orvosi  heti  szemle,  Budapest!  1899*
   xxvi, 427.—Drobnik.  Die Resection des dritlen Trigp!
   minusastes nach  Mikulicz. Arch. f. klin. Chir  Berl
   1892-3, xiv, 343-349, 1 pl.—Dubois.  Trois cas ile nevrai-
   gie faciale trait es  avec suceds par la neviectomie extra-
   cianienne.  Bull. m6d.,  Par., 1895, ix, 1065. -----.  Con-
   siderations sur la resection des nerfs de la face pour tics
   douloureux;   observation  d'un  tic  douloureux  partaut
   du nerf maxillaire inferieur traite  avec succes par la
   neviectomie  (proc6de  de  Horsley).  Assoc,  franc,  de
   chir.  Proc.-verb.  [etc.], Par., 1896, x, 288-293.— Ducha.
   teau-Frenlz  (A.)   Tic douloureux de la face;  neviec-
   tomie du nerf  apres  resection  de la paroi  ex I erne du
   canal dentaire.  Ann. de I'lnst. chir. de Brux.,  li-9*, v,
   114-116.—Durante.  Sulla cura, chirurgica della uevral-
   gia del  trigemino.  Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1902, xix, 337.—
   Fskridge (J. T.) Sc  Baker (E. J.)  Neuralgia of the
   right cranial nerve of sixteen years' duration; excision of
   the three divisions at the Gasserian ganglion; death.  Am.
   J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cvii,  291-595.—E wart  (W.)
   On the medical treatment of tic douloureux in connection
   with the  question as  to operation.  Brit.  M. J., Lond..
   1896, ii, 1496-1500.—Fevrier (C.)  Nevralgie rebelle da-
   taut de vingt-deux ans; resection du nerf maxillaire supe-
   rieur  et du ganglion de Meckel dans la fente pterygo-
   maxillaire par la voie temporale; gu6rison.  Assoc, franc.
   de chir.   Pioc-verb.  [etc.], Par., 1893,  vii,  354-359.—
   Forgue.  L'op£iatioudeThiersch; l'extraction nerveuse
   dans le traitement de la nevralgie faciale.  Montpel. m£d.,
   1905, xx, 153-158.—Fowler (G. R.)  Intracranial neurec-
  tomy by the Krause-Hartley method.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.,
   Phila.. 1895, xiii, 500.  -----. Intractable  trifacial  neural-
  gia;  ligation of th& common  carotid  artery,  and of the
  external  carotid artery above the occipital and facial ar
  teries.   N. York Polyclin., 1896, vii, 110-114.—Frneukel
   (A.)   Zur Technik der Resektiou des zweiten Astes ilea
  Trigeminus  an  der Schadelbasis.  Centralbl.  f. Chir.,
  Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 261-263.—Frank (R.)  Neuralgia trige-
  mini; Besektion des 2. und 3. Astes an der Schadelbasis
  nach  Kronlein;  Heilung.  Internat. klin. Rundschau,
  Wieu,  1892,  vi, 1059.— von  Frirdlander (F.)  Zur
  Technik  der  Neurectomie  de.s zweiten Trigeiiiinusastcs.
  Deutsche  Ztschr.  f. Chir.,  Leipz., 1898.  xlviii, 307-312.
  Also [Abstr.]: Wien.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1898, xi, 356.—
  Frerlich.  [Traitement operatoire  des nevralgies fa-
  ciales.]  Soc. de med. de Nancy.  C.-r.,  1894-5, pp.  xiv-
  xvi —Fuller (W.) Removal  of the second  and third
  divisions of the fifth nerve. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit,
  1905, iv,  152. — Gartner  (O.)   Resection  des  Ramus
  frontalis  nervi v.  Med.  Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver.,
  Stuttg , 1892, lxii, 134.— Goyanes  (■!.)  Sobre nn caso de
  secci6n  intraeiaiieal de  las ramas seguuda y tercera del
  triii6mino.  operado por el  Dr. San Martin.  Rev. cspec.
  med  La oto-riuo-lariugol. espan., Madrid,  1901.  iv,  116 —
  120.— Oravina (E.)   Su  di un caso di nevralgia degli
  sdentati curate con la resezione del nervo dentario  infe-
  riore.  Med. ital., Napoli, 1905, iii, 105-109.—Gross.  Fine
  neue Opeiatioiismethode zur  Resection des iii.  Trige-
  niiuusastes am Foramen  ovale.  Verhandl. d.  x. internat.
  med. Cong. 1890, Berl.,  1891, iii, 7. Abth., 128.—Guinard
  (A.)  Resection du ganglion de Meckel pour la cure de la
  nevralgie  faciale.   Bull, med.,  Par., 1895, ix, 1065. -----.
  Resection du nerf sous-orbitaii e et du  ganglion ile Meckel,
  pour la cure de la nevralgie faciale; trois nouvelles obser-
  vations.  Assoc.franc.de chir.  Proc.-verb.[etc.), Par., 1895,
  ix, 727-734.-----. Nevralgie faciale; resection du nerf ma-
  xillaire superieur et du  nerf maxillaire iuf6rieur.  Bull.
  et  mem. See. de  chir. de Par., 1904,  n. s., xxx, 10..4-105H.-
  Kninard (U.)  Du traitement do la n6vralgie du tiiju-
  meau par les procedes op6ratoires oeononiiques; precede
  de Le Dentn pour la resection du nerf maxillaire supe-
  rieur.  Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1898, i, 309-31H. —  vou
  Gurbski (S.)  Plombicrung des Canalis caroticus; Notiz
  iiber partielle Resektiou des Ganglion (ia»ci i uud  iiber
  Eiufallspforten del Osteomyelitis und Tubi-rk ulo.ic. Mun-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904-, li, 1739-1741.—Gwyrr (F.W.)
  Excision of the second division of the fifth nerve for neu-
  ralgia.   Tr. Soc. Alumni Bellevue Hosp.. N. V.. 1896-7,
  170-173.   Also: X. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 363.—Ilalinn-
  grand (R.)   Tic  douloureux de la face; resections in r-
  veuses.  Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 19n4.  iv, 348-
  351.—Hamilton  (YV. W.) Facial neuralgia; operation;
  recovery.   Mississippi M.  Month..  Meridian, 1892-3,  il,
  329-331*.— Hunclietl (J. L.)  Tic  douloureux; a case
  operated on  by the Krause-Hartley  method.  Cliu. Re-
  porter, St. Louis, 19..0. xiii, 245-248.—Hartley (F.)  In-
  tracranial nemectoniv ofthe second and third divisions of
  the fifth nerve; anew method.  N.York M. .1.. 1*92, lv,
  317-319. -----. Intracranial neurectomy of the fifth nerve. 
NEURALGIA.
583
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment of, Oper-

  ative).
  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1893, xvii, 511-526, 3 pl. —II ildebrand
  (0.)  Zur Resektion des iii. Astes des Ti igeminus am Fora-
  men ovale.   Beitr. z. klin.  Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xxxvii,
  770-775.—van den Hoevcu (L.)  Over klieving van den
  n. ethmoidalis ant. eu resectie van den tweeden tak van den
  n. trigeminus aan deschedelbasis.  Geneesk.Courant, Tiel,
  1892, xlvi, no. 8.—Horsley (V.)   Au address on the sur-
  gical  treatment  of trigeminal neuralgia.  Practitioner,
  Loud., 1900, lxv. 251-263. —Horsley (V.), Taylor (J.)
  & Coleman (W. S.) Remarks on the various surgical pro-
  cedures devised for the relief or cure of  trigeminal neu-
  ralgia (tic douloureux).  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, ii, 1139;
  1191*; 1249.  AUo. Reprint. — Howe (YV. A.)   Tic dou-
  loureux of seventeen years' duiation treated by neurec-
  tomy.  Med. Rec, N.Y., 1888, xxxiv, 179.—Hutchinson
  (J.), ir.  Intra-cranial resection of the second division of
  the fifth nerve for epileptiform neuralgia. Tr. Clin. Soc.
  Lond., 1903-4, xxxvii, 136-140.  AUo: Med. Press & Circ,
  Lond.', 1904,  n.  s.,  lxxvii,  465-407.  -----. Epileptiform
  neuralgia limited to the light  superior maxillary nerve;
  intra-cranial resection  (through  the temporal  fossa) of
  the  superior maxillary.    Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5,
  xxxviii,  225.—Jounesco (T.) & Jnvara  (E.)  Sur la
  resection du  nerf maxillaire sup6rieur et du ganglion de
  Meckel; description dun  nouveau proced6  operatoire.
  Arch.  d.  sc. med.  . . .  de Bucarest, Par., 1890, i. 472-480.
  _____Nouveau proc6d6  de  resection  du  ganglion de
  Meckel.  Trav. de neurol.  chir.,  Par., 1898, iii, 219-224.—
  Kadyau (A. A.)  Operativuoye Hecheuiye litsevol nev-
  ralgii.   [Operative treatment of facial neuralgia.]   Bol-
  nitsch. -iz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1898, ix, 76-79. — Ka-
  rewski.  Ausreissung aller drei Aeste des rechten Trige-
  minus wegen Neuralgie. Verhaudl. d. Ver. f. innere Med.
  zu Berl, 1894-5, xiv, 60-68.  Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, Ver.-Beil., 41.—Kar-
  ■troin (W.)   Neuralgia trigemini d.;  nervtanjuingar,
  nervevulsioner  enl. Thiersch och resektiouer af nervens
  alia grenar med  ofverg&ende resultat;  intrakraniel re-
  sektion of ganglion Gasseri enl.Krause; definitivlakning.
   [ . . . m rve stretching, nerve avulsion after Thiersch, and
  resection of all the nerve branches with  transient result
  . .. definitive cure.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1900, lxii, pt. 2,
  354-358—Keen (YV. W.)   Resection  of the intraorbital
  and inferior dental nerves for tic douloureux ; recurrence
  in the  second division;  a second operation, in which res-
  toration of the latter  nerve was  discovered.   Internat.
   Clin.,  Phila., 1903,  13. s., i,  113-115. — Keen (W. W.)  Sc
   Spiller (W. G.) Peripheral resection of fifth nerve.  Tr.
   Coll.  Phys.  Fhila.,  1900,  3. 8., xxxii.  131-142.  AUo: J.
  Am. Ass.. Chicago, 1900,  xxxiv, 1023-1026.   AUo, Re-
  print.—King (G.)  The bucco-antral route in  neurec-
  tomy for the relief of tic douloureux.  Phila. M. J., 1901,
  viii, 228-230.  A Uo. transl.:  Parole.  Rev. internat. de rhi-
  nol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s., iv,  281-289.—Kocher.   Tri-
  geminusneuralgie.   In his: Chir. Klin, zu Bern, Jena,
  1891, 32.—Kozlovski ( B. S. )   Sluchai odnovremennoi
  rezektsii vtorol i tretyei vletvel  trolnichnavo nerva pri
  nevralgii.  [Simultaneous  resection  of  the second and
  third branches  of  tbe  trigeminus nerve in neuralgia.]
  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xi, 3-9. —Krause (F.)  Resec-
  tion des Trigeminus innerhalb der Schadelhohle.  Ver-
  handl. d:  deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1892,  xxi, pt.
  2, 199-210, 1 pl. AUo: Arch. f.  klin. Chir., Berl., 1892,
  xliv, 821-832, 1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchuschr.,
  1*92,  xxix,  734.-----. Erfahrnngen  fiber  die intracra-
  niell'e  Tri"eminusresection.  Verhandl.  d. deutsch. Ge-
  sellsch. f.  Chir., Berl., 1895, xxiv, pt. 2, 145-170, 1 pl.
  [Discussion], pt. 1, x5-xl.   Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir.,
  Berl., 1895, 1, 469-494, 1  pl.   AUo [Abstr.]: Ber. ii. d. Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f.Chir., Leipz., 1895,xxiv, 51-
  57. -----. Die chirurgische Behandlung der Trigeminus-
  neuralgie.   Mitt. a. d.  Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena,
  1897,  ii,  767-787.  AUo [Abstr.]: Miinchen. med. Wchu-
  schr., 1897, xliv, 1150.   AUo [Abstr.]:  Verhandl. d. Ge-
  sellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u.  Aerzte  1897, Leipz.,  1898,
  lxix, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 66-68.  -----.  Vingt-quatre resec-
  tions intracraniennes  du  trijumeau et  leurs  resultats.
  Cong,  internat. de med.   C. r.,  Par., 1900, sect, de chir.
    fen., 306. -----. Die  Neuralgien des Kopfes.   Handb.
    . prakt. Chir. (Bergmann),  Stuttg.,  1903,  i, 582-629.
  AUo, transl:  Syst.  Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann), N.
  Y.  Sc  Phila.,  1904, i,  561-596.  -----.  Technische Er-
  fahrnngen  bei  Exstirpation  des  Ganglion   Gasseri.
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1906, xxxii,
  244.— Kronlein  (K.  TJ.)  Ueber eiue  neue  Methode
  der Freilegung des iii. Astes des N. trigeminus bis zum
  Foramen ovale.   (Retrobuccale Methode.)  Arch. f. klin.
  Chir.,  Berl.,  1892, xliii, 3.-4.  Hft., 13-22. 1 pl.  -----.
  Zur retrobuccalen  Methode der  Freilegung des 3. Astes
  des N. trigeminus.  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1895,
  xiv, 725-729.— liaplacc (E.)  Avulsion of the terminal
  branches of the trigeminal nerve for the cure of trifacial
  neuralgia.  N.  York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii,  1197-1199.
  AUo, Reprint.—I. a tone he (F.)  A  propos d'un cas de
  r6section du ganglion de Meckel  et du nerf maxillaire su-
YciiraSyria  (Facial,  Treatment  of, Oper-

  ative).
  p6rieur, consid6rations g6n6rales sur divers procedes op6-
  ratoires.  Arch. prov. de  chir.,  Par., 1895, iv, 445-458.
  AUo, Reprint. —I.e  Deutu.   Traitement chirurgical du
  tic  douloureux de la face. Abeille med.,  Par., 1895, lii,
  283-286.  Also: Bull. gen. de  therap. [etc.], Par., 1895,
  exxix,  167-170.  AUo, transl.:  Med. Week, Par., 1895,  iii,
  409.— I.edouble (A.)  Pourquoi la neurectomie 6choue-
  t-elle parfois dans la n6\ralgie du trijumeau dite tic dou-
  loureux de  la lace?  Ann. m6d.-chir. du centre,  Tours.
  1904, iv, 383-386.—I.eser.  Zur Exstirpation des Gangliou
  semilunare  bei Trigemiuus-Neuralgie.   Miiuchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv, 60-62.   Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl.
  Ver. Halle a. S.,  Miinchen, 1897-8, 26-30. — Lexer (E.)
  Simplifying modification of Kronlein's trigeminus  opera-
  tion.   Surg., Gynec. Sc Obst,,  Chicago,  1906, ii, 47-50.—
  Lore (I. N.)  A discussion before the St. Louis Medical
  Socioly of a paper entitled, The surgical treatment of tri-
  facial neuralgia, with report of cases of removal of Gasse-
  rian ganglion, by Henry H. Mudd and N. B.Carson.  Med.
  Mirror, St. Louis, 1899, x, 209-212.  Also, Reprint.—Lnnil-
  ■nark (R.)  Ett fall af neurotomi pa. tredje trigeniinus-
  grenen vid foramen ovale.   [Neurotomy  of  the  third
  branch of the trigeminus at  the foramen ovale.]  Gote-
  borgs  Liik.  siillsk. Forh., 1892, 130-138. — McGuire (S.)
  Resection of third division of fifth nerve for facial neural-
  gia. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1900, xlvi, no. 2, 11. — Mc-
  Kay-  (W. J. S.)  Removal of the trunk of the superior
  maxillary nerve  and Meckel's ganglion.  Australas.  M.
  Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 23.—Madelung.  Ueber die Ex-
  stirpation des iii. Astes des  Nervus trigeminus.   Ver-
  handl.  d. deutsch. Gesell-ch. f. Chir., Berl., 1892, xxi, pt. 1,
  61-65.—Mugruder (E. M.)   Neurectomy for facial neu-
  ralgia.   Tr. M.  Soc. Virg.,  Richmond,' 1889. 269-276.
  Also:  Am. J. Dent. Sc, Bait., 1889-90, 3.  s., xxiii, 247-249.
  Also:  Med. News, Phila., 1889, lv, 400-403. AUo [Abstr.]:
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1889, xxxvi, 412. -----. Neurectomy for
  facial neuralgia.  Med. News, N. Y., 1902,  lxxx, 1181-1183.—
  Malherbe (A.)   Nevralgie faciale  gauche  datant de
  treize ans; trois operations successives; resultats.  Assoc.
  franc,  de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.J, Par., 1895, ix, 716-727.—
  Marchant (G.)  Nevralsrie faciale; resection du nerf
  maxillaire  superieur.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,
  1899, n.s., xxv, 470-472.  -----. Nevralgie faciale rebelle;
  r6sectiou du nerf maxillaire inferieur et destruction du
  ganglion de Gasser;  guerison.  Ibid., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 704-
  707,—Marshall (J.'S.)  Operation for the cure of a per-
  sistent neuralgia of both temporo-maxillary articulations
  and reflected pain  in the  right brachial plexus of eight
  years' duration; with results, and also some statement s con-
  cerning bone grafting.  Tr. ix. Internat.  M. Cong., Wash.,
  1887, v, 651-658. — lUartinoff (A. V.)    Sluchai npoinol
  nevralgii n. lacrymalis, izflechennoi operativnim putyom.
  [Persistent neuralgia of . . ., cured by surgical treatment.]
  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1897, ii, 401-405.—Matas (R.) Prophy-
  lactic  ligation of the external carotid artery as a prelimi-
  nary to the  resection of the second and  third divisions of
  the trigeminus for tic douloureux; unexpected death forty
  houi s after.  N. Orl.M. Sc S. J., lt-94-5, n.s., xxii, 253-255.—
  ITIauclaire (P.)  Traitement chirurgical de lanevralgie
  faciale.  Presse med., Par., 1897, 261-267.—Menocal (R.)
  Dos casos de neuralgias faciales;  reseccion de nervios;
  curacion.  Abeja med., Habana,  1894, iii, 25.—Meyer (J.
  M.) Neurectomy of the superior maxillary division of the
  trifacial.   Items Interest, N.  Y.,  1897, xix,  817-821.—
  Meyer (W.)  Intracranial neurectomy  for trifacial neu-
  ralgia.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 404-406.—Miller
  (A  G.)  Case of facial  neural_ia  treated  bv operation.
  Edinb. M. J., 1893-4, xxxix, 398-402.—Mitchell (J.  K.)
  Cases  of trigeminal  spasm; resection; probable presence
  of sensory fibres in the seventh nerve.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 392-401, 1 pl.—Mixtcr (S. J.)   Re-
  section of second and third divisions of  fifth nerve at the
  foramina rotundum and ovale.  Boston  M. Sc S. J., 1891,
  exxv,  164.   A Uo, Reprint.  -----. The operative treatment
  of trifacial  neuralgia.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896,
  xiv, 457-459.—Molin.  Nevralgie du  trijumeau  traitfee
  chirurgicalement.  Lyon med., 1898, lxxxviii, 374.   AUo:
  Mem.  et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. deLyou (1898), 1899,
  xxxviii, pt. 2, 107. —Molliere (D.)  Ablation du gangliou
  de Meckel.  Cong,  franc, de  chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.J 1889,
  Par., 1890, iv,  720.—Monestie.  Tic douloureux  de la
  face'; resection des  nerfs  frontal, nasal, ethmoidal, et du
  nerf maxillaire sup6rieur d'apres le proce<16  de  Lossen-
  Braun-Segond; gu6rison persistante. J. d. sc. ni6d. de
  Lille,  1894, i, 413-417.  Also:  Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse,
  1894,  viii,  323.—Monguidi  (C.)   La  regione pterigo-
  mascellare  e le resezioni centrali del trigemino.  Gior. di
  corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1897, xxvi, 101;  197.—Mores-
  tin (H.)  Tic  douloureux de  la face; n6vralgie du nerf
  dentaire inferieure; section de ce nerf k  son eutr6e dans le
  canal dentaire par la voie sous angulo-maxillaire.   Gaz. d.
  h6p.,Par., 1900,  lxxiii, 1367-1369.—Morse (T. H.)  Two
  cases of intracranial section  of the second and third di-
  visions of the trigeminal nerve for severe neuralgia.  Tr.
  Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxxv, 27-31, 11., 1 pl.—Moseley 
NEURALGIA.
584
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment  of  Oper-

  ative).
  (E  J.) jr.   Section of third division of fifth nerve for
  facial  neuralgia.  Clin.  Bull., Richmond,  1900, v, 23 —
  IN a mi (G.)  Un cas de nevralgie inveterata- a trigcme-
  nulul vindecata prin elougatia  si  resectia  principalelor
  ramurl ale  nervulul.   Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1888, viii, 103-
  109— Nnvratil (I.)  Idegcsonkol&srol a trigeminus neu-
  ralgiaknal.   [Amputation of trigeminus in neuralgia after
  successful cases.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1893, xxxvii,
  113; 126;  137.  Also [Abstr.]: Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1893-
  iki6vkonyve, 1894, 4-7.  A Uo, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-
  chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 55; 489.—Neuralgia
  nervi trigemini rami tertii; Recidive nach der Paravicini'-
  echen Neurectomia  Ber. d. k. k. Krankenh. Wieden 1879,
  Wien, 1880, 137-139.—Neuralgic des r. N. inframaxillar.
  lim  Neurektomiestumpfe).   Jahresb. ii.  d. chir. Abth. d.
  Spit, zu Basel (1891), 1892, 25.—IVewmark (L.) Sc Sher-
  man  (H. M.)  Intracranial  resection of the second and
  third branches of the fifth nerve for the cure of neuralgia,
  follow ed by paralysis of the facial nerve.   J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1901, xxxvii, 1534.—Newton (R. E.)  [Excision
  of inferior dental nerve for neuralgia.]  Australas. M.
  Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii,  220.—Niblock (W. J.)  Intra-
  cranial operation for cure of trigeminal neuralgia.  Indian
  M. Gaz.,  Calcutta, 1904, xxxix,  377.—Obaliuski (A.)
  Uwagi  nad  recydywa bdlu twarzowego po  newrektomi-
  jach jeduej z galezi nerwu trcjdzielnego.   [On the relapses
  of facial pains  after neurotomy if only applied to the tri-
  geminus  branch.]  Prezegl.  lek.,  K*rak6w,  1889, xxviii,
  405-407.  Also, transl.: Wien.klin. Wchuschr., 1889, ii, 777.
  -----.  Ueber die t. mporare Resection des Unterkiefers
  behufs Vornahme  der Neurectomie des dritten  Trige-
  ininusastes.   Wien. med. Presse, 1889,  xxx, 337-340.—
  Ostrom (II. I.) Excision of the inferior maxillary nerve
  at the foramen ovale (Pancoast's operation) for intractable
  neuralgia. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1*89,  3. s., iv, 28-
  30.— Pappalardo (F.)    La  resezione del  simpatico
  cervicale  nella cura della nevralgia grave del trigemino.
  Riv. veneta  di sc. med., Venezia, 1901, xxxiv,  220-225.—
  Parascandolo (C.) La cura chirurgica delle nevralgie.
  Arte med.. Napoli. 1900, ii, 941-943.—Park (R.)  A report
  of cases of operative attack  upon Meckel's and the Gas-
  serian ganglions. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1893, xi, 235-
  240. — Penn.  N6vralgie essentielle rebelle du trijumeau
  du cote droit (maxillaires sup6rieur et inf6rieur); insureds
  de relongation du nerf  dentaire inf6rieur;  excision et
  arrachement des nerfs sous-orbitaire, dentaire  inferieur
  et lingual; destruction au galvauo-cautere de la portion
  intra-osseuso du nerf dentaire  inftrieur; guerison.   In
  his: Lecons  de clin. chir. [etc], 8°, Par., 1888, f:81-583.—
  Perthes (G.)  Ueber Ncrvemegeueration nach Extrac-
  tion von  Nerven wegen  Trigeminusneuralgie.  Deutsche
  Ztschr. f. Chir.,  Leipz.,  1905,  lxxvii,  401-423,  2 pl.—
  Pinkertou (S. H.)  Excision of Meckel's ganglion, and
  neurectomy of the inferior dental nerve;  success.  In his:
  Synops.  cliu.  surg., 12°,  Salt  Lake City,  1893,  120.—
  Poirier.   Intervention  dans  les nevralgies faciales.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 853-
  856. -----.  Tic douloureux  de la face; resection du gan-
  glion cervical sup6rieur du grand sympathique; ameliora-
  tion tr£s  sensible.  Ibid.,  1903, xxix, 769-773. -----. Sur
  la resection  du grand  sympathique contre la nevralgie
  faciale.  Ibid., 1905, xxxi, 860-8(52.— Potherat (E.) Ne-
  vralgie faciale; resection  du uerf  maxillaire sup6rieur.
  Ibid., 227-233.—Rafiu.  Nfevralgie du dentaire inf6rieur
  avec irradiations aux sus- et sous-orbitaires; insucc6s de
  la n6vrotomie par la methode de Michel;  resection  du
  dentaire  inferieur;  gu6rison se  maintenaiit huit  mois
  apr6s.  Assoc, frau5.de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1894, Par.,
  1895, viii, 190.—Ranioncdc (L.)  Exert-so du trijumeau.
  Presse med., Par., 19(13, ii, 789-791.—Kapa ((J.)   Un caso
  felice di resezione endo-crauica dell.i  2* o 31 branca del v°.
  Morgagni, Milano. 1895, xxxvii, 77-80.—Rcineking (H.)
  Surgery of the trifacial nerve. Internat. M. Mag., Phila.,
  1894-5, iii, 17-25.—Richardson  (M. II.)   A dissection
  ofthe inferior maxillary nerve at the foramen ovale, illus-
  trating a  new method of dividing that nerve for neuralgia.
  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1890, exxii,  254.—Rickctts (B. M.)
  Trifacial  neuralgia;  ligation of common and external caro-
  tids; report  of case; age 97 years.  Tr. M.  Soc.  Virg.
  Richmond, 1896, 103-107:  Also:  VirginiaM. Semi-Month.,
  Richmond, 1896-7, i, 326-328. -----. Ligation of the com-
  mon carotid artery for  trifacial  neuralgia, with experi-
  ments  aud  observatious upon dogs.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,
  Chicago.  1897, xxix, 772.  AUo, Reprint. -----. Patient
  with trifacial neuralgia; ligature of left common carotid
  for  relief. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1901, n. s., xlvii, 508 —
  Roberts (J. B.)  Intra-cranial neurectomy of the second
  and third divisions of the fifth nerve immediately in front
  of the Gasserian ganglion.   Proc. Phila.  Co. M. Soc,
  Phila., 1892,  xiii, 490-492.  AUo, Reprint. —Roc (W.  J.)
  Neurectomy for tic douloureux, with report of five cases
  and exhibition of specimens removed.  Proc. Penn. Dent.
  Soc.  1901, Phila.,  1902, xxxiii,  156-177.  Also:  Dental
  Cosmos,  Phila., 1901, xliii, 1267-1279.—Rose (W.)  The
  Lettsomian  lectures; surgical   treatment  of trigeminal
Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment  of  Oper-

  ative).
  neuralgia.   Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1891-2,  xv, 157-230.  Also
  [Abstr.J: Brit.  M. J.,  Lond., 1892, i, 53; 157; 261.  Also
  [Abstr.J: Lancet, Lond., 1892, i, 71;  182; 295.  AUo [Ab-
  str.] : Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1892, n.s., liii, 1-4.____.
  Notes of two cases  of the  Braun-Losseu  operation for
  trigeminal neuralgia.   Lancet, Loud., 1894. i, 666-668.
  -----. On the practical value of extensive removalof nerve
  trunks in the operative treatment of trigeminal neuralgia.
  Practioner Lond.. 1899, lxii. 255-265.—dc Rou ville ((}.)
  N6vralgie  du nerf maxillaire  inf6rieur dioit, datant do
  trois ans; resection du nerf maxillaire superieur; gu6rison
  constatee  sept  ans  apres 1'intervention.   [Rap.  de  E.
  Rochard.J  Bull, et 1116m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s.,
  xxxi, 254-257.—Rupprechl.  Fall vonDauererfolgdurch
  operative Behandlung  einer Trigeminusneuralgie.  Jah-
  resb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- 11. Heilk. in Dresd., 1896-7,33.—
  Sachs (B.)  The surgical treatment of trigeminal neu-
  ralgia.  N. York Polyclin., 1893, i, 7-10.—Salomoni (A.)
  Un caso  felice di neurotomia  endocranica della seconda e
  terza branca  del trigemino,  via temporale.  Clin, chir.,
  Milano,  1895,  iii,  59-63. -----. Operazioni  intracraniche
  sul trigemino.   Ibid., 287: 361.—Salva.  Traitement  de
  la  n6vralgio  faciale consecutive  au zona oplitalinique.
  Dauphine  med., Grenoble, 1901, xxv,  186-190.—Salzer
  (F.)  Resection des dritten Trigeminusastes am Foramen
  ovale. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f.  Chir., Berl.,
  1888, xvii,  pt. 2, 37-61,  1 pl.   [Discussion],  pt. 1, 68-72.—
  San Martin (A.)   Reseccion de  los nervios maxilar su-
  perior e  inferior, por neuralgias faciales.  Ann. r. Acad.
  de  med., Madrid, 1901. xxi.  91.—Santos Fernandez
  (J.)  Neurotomia del  frontal  en  un caso  de neuralgia.
  Arch, de la Soc. estud.  clin. de la Habana (1879-80), 1881,
  i, 147-142.—Sartirana ( T. )  Un caso di resezione endo-
  cranica del nervo mascellare inferiore per  nevralgia ri-
  belle.  Gazz. med. di Torino, 1895, xlvi,  957-965.—Schopf
  (F.)  Neuralgia nervi trigemini (rami iii.): Neurektoinie
  (Sonneubnrg-Liicke);  Heilung.  Jahrb. d.  \Yrien. k.  k.
  Krankenanst. (1892),  1893, i, 829.—Schwarz (D.)  Neu-
  ralgia trigemini; resectio nervi trigemini ad foramen ovale
  et rotundum.  Liec. viestnik,  u Zagrebu, 1898, xx, 268.—
  Sharon (F. L.)  A modified Hartley-Krause operation
  for persistent  facial neuralgia, by J.  D. Griffith in his
  clinic at  City Hospital.  Kansas City M. Rec, 1900, xvii,
  1-3.—Sherman (H.  M.)  Intracranial  neurectomy for
  trigeminal neuralgia; cases  and comments.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1904, xliii,  941.—Sherman (H. M.) &
  IVewmark (L.)  Intracranial neurectomy, including part
  of the Gasserian ganglion, for trigeminal tic. Occidental
  M. Times, San  Fran., 1903, xvii, 37; 40.—Smith (A. H.)
  Intra-cranial neurectomy for chronic tic douloureux (Hart-
  ley's operation).  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895,  xlviii,  706.—
  Spear (E. D.)  Operation for neuralgia of the fifth nerve.
  Boston M.  & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 605.—Spencer (W. G.)
  Trigeminal neuralgia relieved by turbinecioniy.  Laryngo-
  scope, St.  Louis, 1898, iv, 260-262.—Spiller (W. G.) Sc
  Frazier  (C. H.)  The division ofthe  sensory root of the
  trigeminus for the relief of tic douloureux; an experimental,
  pathological, and clinical study; with a preliminary report
  of one surgically successful case.  Univ. Penn. M. Bull.,
  Phila., 1901, xiv,'342-352, 2 pl.  [Discussionl,422.  A Uo, Ke-
  print. Also: Phila.M.J.,1901,viii, 1039-1049.  AUo.transl:
  Parole.  Rev.interiiat.de rhinol. [etc.],  Par.,  1902, n. s., iv,
  257-280, 1 pl.—Stewart (R. W.) Excision of the superior
  maxillary nerve at the foramen rotundum.  Med. News,
  Phila., 1895, lxvi, 452— Stillson (J. 0.) Nerve resection,
  aa applied to the supraorbital and naso-lacr.vmal branches
  of  the fifth  pair.  Tr.  West. Ophth.,  Otol. [etc ), Ass.
  Ophth.div.,St.Louis,1901,61-70. AUo: Am. J.Ophth..St.
  Louis, 1901, xviii, 238-246.  Also: IndianaM. J., Indianap.,
  1900-1901. xix, 462-464.—Stoker (W.T.)  On the operative
  treatment of trifacial neuralgia.  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ire-
  laud, Dubl.. 1892-3, xi, 143-158. 1 pl.  Also: Dublin J. M. Sc,
  1893, xcv, 177-186,1 pl.—Stone.  The removal of the upper
  maxillary nerve at, the foramen rotundum.  Verhandl. d.
  x. internat, med. Cong. 1890, Berl.,  1891, iii, 7. Abth., 211 -
  Taiiwiiii (I.)  Nevralgia del quinto paio; stiramento del
   n.  facciale;  nevrectomia del trigemino ai  fori d' uscita
  facciali; guarigione.  Riforma med., Napoli. 1894, x, pt. 4,
  423.—Taylor (\\r. J.)  Some anatomical and surgical rela-
  tions of the parts involved in the operation of intracranial
  neurectomy of  the fifth pair of nerves  and removal ot  the
  Gasserian ganglion.  Tr. Phila. County Med. Soc, 1894, xv,
   67-72.  AUo. Reprint.  Also :  Times Sc Reg., Phila., 11-94,
   xxvii, 183-186.  Also: Phila.  Polyclin., 1894, iii, 124-126—
   Thorn (S. S.)  Report of a case of intracranial trifacial
   neurectomy.   Ann.  Surg., Phila., 1895,  xxi. 296-298.-
   Tiflany (L. McL.)  The treatment of facial neuralgia by
   excision of intra-cranial portions of the  fifth nerve.  lr.
   M.&. Chir. Fac Maryland, Bait., 1893. 62-82.  ----.  Report
   of addiiional  cases  of intracranial neurectomy.  Ann.
   Surg., Phila.,  1895,  xxi, 510-518.   Also  Reprint. ——-.
   Intracranial operations for  the cure of facial neuralgia.
   Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila..  1896.  xiv.  1-52. AUo: Ami.
   Surg., Phila., 1890,  xxiv, 575; 736.—Trenite (A. N..IS.)
   Neuralgia rami ii.n. trigemini met operatic.  Med.WeeKDi. 
NEURALGIA.
585
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treatment  of Oper-

  ative).
  \mst.. 1895-6. ii. 303-305.— U11 in an u (E.)  Eine einfache
  Methode. den dritten Astdes Nervus trigeminus am Fora-
  men ovale zu reseciren.  Arb. u. Jahresb. d. k. k. erst.
  chir. Univ.-Klin. zu Wien (1888), 1889, 107-116.—Van Oe-
  huchten (A.)  Le traitemeut chirurgical de la nevralgie
  trifactale.  Nevraxe, Louvain 1903-4. v, 199-226.  Also,
  transl: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 50-59.—
  Vaiihenverswyn.  Spasmes et nevralgies de la face;
  resection de  11 totalite  du nerf maxillaire superieur, par le
  procede de Lossen-Braun-Segond; guerison se maiiitenant
  neuf mois apres  rintejvention.  Bull.  Soe. anat.-clin. de
  Lille, 1892, vii, 136-140. Also: J. d. sc. nied. de Lille, 1892,
  ii. 401-404.—Van keiincp  (\YY  B.)   The surgical treat-
  ment of  tic  douloureux.   Tr. Am. Inst. Homoeop.. Chi-
  cago, 1903. 497-501.   AUo:  Hahneman. Month., Phila.
  1903,' xxxviii, 576-5Y2. — Vnutrin.   Nouveau procede
  (l'extirpation du ganglion  de Meckel.  Soc.  de m6d. de
  Nancv.  C.-r....  Mem., lsos-9 .pp. elii-cliv.  Also: Rev.
  nied. iiel'est, Nancy, 1899, xxxi, 721. —Villar.  Nevralgie
  faciale datant de dix-neuf ans; resection du tronc du nerf
  frontal au niveau de  la fente sphenoidale;  resection du
  nerf maxillaire superieur au niveau  de la fente spheno-
  lnaxillaire; resection du nerf mentonnier et d'une portion
  du nerf dentaire inferieur; guerison maiutenue un an et
  demi apres  l'operatiou.  Mem.  et bull. Soc. de m6d. et
  chir. de Bordeaux (1891), 1892. 493-505.  Also: J. de med.
  de Bordeaux, 1892, xxii. 91-94.   Also, transl. .-  An. asist.
  pub., Buenos Aires, 1891-2. ii, 415; 421. -----.  A propos
  du traitement chirurgical de la nevralgie faciale.  Mem.
  et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1892), 1893. 722.—
  Walsham (W.J.)  On the methods of  stretching or
  excising a portion of the inferior dental, lingual, and supe-
  rior maxillary nerves for epileptiform  neuralgia (tic dou-
  loureux).  Brit.  M. J., Loud., 1891, ii, 13U8. — Warnots
  (L.)  Nevralgia  intercostale rebelle; elongation et resec-
  tion des 2eet 3« nerfs intercostaux; guerison. J. de m6d.,
  chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1891. xcii, 136.-----.  N6vralgie
  des nerfs sous-orbitaire et dentaire  inferieur; elongation
  et resection; guerison. Ibid.,l.iX. — Weir (11. F.) Neurec-
  tomy of trigeminal nerve at the foramen ovale by Sulzer's
  method.   Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1892.  xlii. 742— White
  (J. W.)  The treatment of trifacial neuralgia, with the re-
  port of a case of evulsion of the second and third divisions
  of the Gasserian ganglion.  Univ. Penn. M. Bull,  Phila.,
  1901. xiv, 8-12.—Wickhoff (M.) Sc Angelberger  (F.)
  Neuralgia nerv. buccinatorii; Resectio  nach E. Zucker-
  kandl: Heilung.  Wien. kliu. Wchnsehr., 1893.  vi, 345.—
   Wintrebcrt (C.)  Tic douloureux de la face;  resection
  par voie commuue des nerfs maxillaire et lingual; guerison.
  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1900. ii, 221-227.—Young (W. G.)
  A  case of trifacial neuralgia cured by  neurectomy.  Med.
  Mirror, St. Louis, 1896, vii, 64-67. -Zambonini (A.)  Tic
  doloroso curato colla asportazione di una parte del nervo
  mascellare inferiore.   Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1841, 2.
  s., xi, 76.  AUo. Reprint.—Zuccaro (G.)  Contribuzione
  al metodo del Liicke per la cura radicale chirurgica delle
  nevralgie inveterate ribelli della seconda branca del trige-
  mino.  Pugliamed., Bari, 1893, i, 177-185.

 Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treatment  of)   by

  electricity.
     Mias  (E.-J.)   * De  la valeur  thdrapeutique
  des courants continus dans  le  traitement de la
  ueVralgie  du  trijumeau.   6".   Bordeaux. 1698.
     Audan  (J.)  Contribution  a 1 etude du traitement
  electrique de la nevralgie faciale.  Dauphine med., Gre-
  noble, 1905, xxix, 51-58. —Rergonie.  Traitement elec-
  trique palliatif de la nevralgie du trijuineaii (tic doulou-
  reux  de  la face).  Compt.-rend  Cong, internat. de med.
  1897, Mosc,  1898, ii,  sect. 4a, 71-8.').  Also:  Arch, d'elec-
  tric. med., Bordeaux, 1897, v, 377-398.  Also: Presse med.,
  Par.. 1898. i, 5-8. -----. Des re-sultats 6loigu6s du traite-
  ment electrique  de la nevralgie du trijumeau par le cou-
  rant  galvanique k haute inten.site.  Assoc. franc, pour
  l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r., Par., 1900. xxix, 305.—Bordicr(tL)
  Traitement electrique des nevralgies, et eii particulier de
  celle du trijumeau.  Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par.,
  1901, xv. 753-756.  AUo: Mementos th6rap., Par., 1902, 239-
  250. — t'ourtade (D.)   Technique du traitement Elec-
  trique de la nevralgie faciale par les courants  continus.
  Rev.  gen. de clin. et  de  th6rap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 306.—
  Curtis (G.  L.)  Electric ozonation iu neuralgia.  Inter-
  nat. Dent. J., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 635-639.— Diaz  de la
  Quiutana (A.)  Tratamiento electroestatico del tic do-
  loroso de la cara.  Cong, internat. de m6d.  C.-r. 1903,
  Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de neuropath,  [etc.], 832-835.—
  Dimicr(G.) Traitement electrique de la n6vralgie faciale
  grave. Ann. d'electrother., Brux., 1904, iii,  49-53.— l>u-
  bois (S.)  Tic douloureux de la face hereditaire; guerison
  par l'61ectricit6 a courants continus.  Bull. off. Soc franc.
  d'electrother., Par., 1900, vii, 1-6.—von Frankl-Hoch-
  wart (L.)   Ueber Elekrotherapie der TriL'emiiiusneu-
  ralgie. Wien. med. Bl., 1888, xi,  673-675. —  <;latz.   Ob-
  servation d'un cas de tic douloureux tics  ameliore  par
Neuralgia   (Facial,   Treatment  of)  by

  electricity.
  l'electrisation du  uerf grand sympathique.  Bull. Soc
  med. de la Suisse Rom., Lausanne, 1879, xiii, 246-250.—
  (jiuilloz (T.)  Sur le traitement electrique de la n6vral-
  gie faciale.   Soc.  de  nied. de Nancy.  C.-r., 1897-8, pp.
  xxxii-xl.  Also: Arch, d'electric. m6d., Bordeaux, 1898,
  vi, 261-266— Guimbnil (H.)   Nouveau traitement de la
  n6vralgie du trijumeau par l'6ffluvation de haute fre-
  quence.  Th6rap. p. 1. agents phys. et nat., Monaco, 1903,
  vii, no. 119, 1.—I.aeaille.  Trois cas de tics douloureux
  de la face rebelles  a tous traitements:  gu6riaou par l'elec-
  trotherapie.  J. de m6d. de Par., 1899, 2. s., xi, 235.  Also:
  Repert. de therap.. Par., 1899, xvi, 113-116.—Hinder (J.)
  Seit einem halben Jahre bestehende Neuralgie des rechten
  zweiten Trigeniiuusastes; rasche Heilung durch galvani-
  scheu Strom.  Jahrb.  d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894,
  Wien u. Leipz., 1896,  iii, 837. — Thicllc.  Nevralgie tri-
  facial droite trait6e  par  les courants a etats variables.
  Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'electrother., Par.,1904, xi, 126.  Also:
  Ann. d'61ectrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1904, vii, 76. —ile Velasco
  (F.J.)  Tratamiento electrotorapico de las neuralgias.
  Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1899, iv, 470-472.—
  Vernay.  Traitement de la n6vralgie faciale par les cou-
  rants galvaniques.  Arch, d'electric m6d., Bordeaux, 1902,
  x, 135-152.  AUo:  "Lyon med., 1901, xevii, 616; 684; 722.—
  Zichl (F.)  Zur Methodik der galvanischeu Behandlung
  schwerer Trigeminusneuralgien. Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1889, xxvi, 255-257.—Kimmern (A.)  Sur quelques par-
  ticularity cliniques de la n6vi>algie faciale et son traite-
  ment par l'electricite.  Arch, de neurol., Far., 1903, 2. s.,
  xv,  237; 334. -----. Le traitement electrique de ia ne-
  vralgie faciale; perfectionnement apporte k la m6thode.
   Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1904, xii, 697-700.

 Neuralgia   (Facial,  Treatment of)  by
   excision of Gasserian ganglion.
     Buscm  (A.)   Contributo alia cura delle  ne-
  vralgie del trigemino  colla. resezioue del ganglio
  di Gasser.   8°.   Bologna, 19(>2.
     Draudt ([YV. K. G. P. L. T.] M.)   * Beitiage
   zur  Exstirpatio-i  des  Ganglion  semilunare Gas-
  seri.   8°.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1904.
     Hohn  (J.)   'Beitrag  zur  Exstirpation des
   Ganglion Gasseri.   8°.   Giessen, 1901.
     Krausk  (P.)   *Zur  Casuistik  der  Exstirpa-
  tion  des   Ganglion Gasseri;   Mitteilung  cinee
   Falles ans  der  Kieler chirurgisclien  Klinik bei
   welcbem   die  Operation   in   nngewobnlicber
   YVeise  und mit gutem Erfolge vollzogen  wurde.
   6\  Kiel, 1902.
     Kruger (YV.)   * Ein Beitrag zur Exstirpation
   des Gassei'schen  Ganglions bei Trigenrinusneu-
   ralgia.  6°.  Leipzig,  190:5.
     Peykaud (L.-D.-A.)   * Etude critique sur la
   resection du gangliou de Gasser.  8°.   Bordeaux,
   1902.
     Prat (L.)  * Sur la resection  du ganglion  de
   Gasser.   6s.  Paris, 1903.
     Vergnes (J.-P.) * Contribution a l'etude  de
   l'ablation  du  ganglion de Gasser.    8°.   Bor-
   deaux, 1901.
     Andrews (E.)  The anatomical relations of  the Gas-
   serian ganglion, which determine the  best method of its
   removal.  Chicago M. Rec. 1891, i. 322-328.   [Discussion],
   372.  -----. Two cases of removal of the Gasserian gan-
   glion through the floor of the  skull for  trifacial neu-
   ralgia.  Ibid., 1892,  iii, 35-37.  -----.  Removalof the
   Gasserian ganglion.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx,
   1*0.—Armour (D.)   The surgery of the Gasserian gan-
   glion; a review of the methods proposed for its excision
   for the relief of trigeminal neuralgia.  Practitioner, Lond.,
   1904, lxxii, 89S-900.—Bardescu (X.)  Resectia ganglionu-
   lul  Gasser pentru nevralgia trigenienulul.  Spitalul, Bu-
   curesci. 1903, xxiii, 812; 875.-----. Valoarc.a terapeutic&a
   resectiel ganglionulul Gasser pentru nevralgia  trigeiue-
   nului'.  Ibid.,  1904, xxiv, 5-19. — Bartlctt (W.)  Exci-
   sion of the intact Gasserian ganglion ; with a report of two
   cases of trifacial  neuralgia successfully treated by this
   means.  Ann.  Surg.,  Phila., 1901, xxxiii. H83-695.' Also
   [Abstr.]: St. Louis M. Rev., 1901, xliii, 82 YY—Beck (C.)
   Removal of  the Gasserian gauglion for neuralgia of the
  fifth nerve.   Dental   Rev.,  Chicago,  1900,  xiv.  266-270.
   -----. Resection of the Gasserian ganglion.  Chicago M.
   Recorder, 1901, xx, 217-219.  [Discussion |, 252. —Bell (J.)
   Removalof Gasserian ganglion for facial neuralgia.  Proc.
   Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 311.—Biondi
   (D.)   Due casi di nevralgia inveterata del trigemiiio.dicui
   uuoguarito con la resezione intracrauica delle branohe  e
   1' altro con 1' escisione del ganglio di Gasser.  Suppl. al Poli- 
NEURAL! rl A.
586
NEURALGIA.
Xenralgia   (Facial,  Treatment  of)  by

  excision of Gasserian ganglion.
  clin..Roma,lfe97-8.iv.952.— Bougie (J.)  Nevralgie faciale;
  r6sectiou du ganglion de Gasser.  [Rap. de G. Marchaut.]
  Bull, et mem. Soc. 'le chir. de I'ar.,  1901, n. s., xxvii, 403-
  409.—Bnl lock i W. O.)  A  case of bilateral tic doulou-
  reux treated by removal of the right Gasserian ganglion
  and  excision of the left inferior dental nerve.   Lancet-
  Clinic, Cincin., 1905, liv, 226. — Cahen.   [Exstirpation
  des Ganglion Gasseri wegen heftigster Tiigeiniiiusueural-
  gio.| Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lii. 776— Cnpo-
  nolto (A.)   II terzo caso  di riraozione del  ganglio del
  Gasser.   Policlin., Roma,  1895,  ii,  C,  66-74.—Carson
  (N.  B.)   The surgical treatment of trifacial neuralgia,
  with report of case of removal of the Gasserian ganglion.
  Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1899,  xxxix,  199;  219. — Clark
  (A.)  Excision of Gasserian ganglion.  Arch. Middlesex
  Hosp., Lond.. 1903, i, 50-53. — <©elho (S.)  Extirpacao
  do  ganglio  de Gasser com arrancamento do  trigemeo
  pela protuberancia, para tratainento do nevralgia facial
  rebelde; cura.  Arch, de med..  Lisb., 1898-9, ii, 145-156.
  Also, transl: Rev. de chir., Par., 1899, xix, 623-635.—
  Cashing (H.)   A method of total extirpation of the
  Gasserian ganglion for trigeminal  neuralgia, by a route
  through the temporal fossa and beneath the middle menin-
  geal artery.  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1900, 171-198.  AUo:
  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago,  1900, xxxiv, 1035-1041,  2 pl.
  AUo, Reprint.-----.  A ninth case of Gasserian ganglion
  extirpation.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii,
  248.  -----. On preservation of the nerve supply to the
  brow, iu the operative approach to the Gasserian gauglion.
  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 1-4, 3 pl. on 2 1. -----. The
  surgical aspects  of  major  neuralgia  of  the trigeminal
  nerve; a report of twenty cases of operation ou the Gas-
  serian  ganglion, with anatomic  and physiologic notes ou
  the  consequences of its removal.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1905, xliv, 773; 800; 920; 1002; 1088.  Also, Reprint.—
  M'Antona (A.)   Resezione iutracranica del trigemino e
  parziale escisione del ganglio di Gasser.  Atti d. r. A ccad.
  med.-chir. di Napoli,  1893,  xlvii, 6-10.—Davis  (G. G.)
  Method of exposing the Gasserian ganglion; removal of
  the  superior maxillary nerve.  J. Am.  M.  Ass.. Chicago,
  1900, xxxiv,  1034. -----. The operative treatment of tri-
  facial neuralgia, with the report of a case of removal of
  the Gasserian ganglion  for recurrence following intracra-
  nial  neurectomy ofthe  superior maxillary nerve.  Univ.
  Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 46-50.—Delbet (P.)
  Resection du ganglion de Gasser.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de
  chir. de Par., 1901, u. s., xxvii. 1035-1040.—Depage (A.)
  Un  cas de rejection du ganglion de Gasser.  Bull. Acad.
  roy.  do med. de Belg., Brux., 1897, 4. s., xi, 687-694. -----.
  Uu  deuxieme cas de rejection  du  ganglion de Gasser,
  op6r6 avec succes par le precede de Krause.  Ibid., 1898,
  4. s., xii, 294-301.-----. Extirpation  d'un ganglion  de
  Gasser  pour  nevralgie rebelle du trijumeau.  J.  m6d. de
  Brux., 1903, viii, 732.—Dieulnfe.  Sur uu cas (l'extirpa-
  tion  ilu  ganglion de Gasser.   Arch m6d. de  Toulouse, 1897,
  iii, 97-105.—Discussion sur la resection du ganglion  de
  Gasser.  Bull, et mem. Soc.  de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s.,
  xxii, 585-593.—Dolliugcr  (G.)  A Gasser-ducz  6s  a
  trigeminus  gyok  intracranialis kiirt&sa  feloldali trige-
  minus neuralgia miatt.  (Extirpation of ganglion of Gasser
  with intracranial root of trigeminus for unilateral neural-
  gia of trigeminus.]   Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest. 1899, xliii,
  35-37.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Gydgyiszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix,
  58.   Also, transl..-  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899,
  xxxv, 177-180. -----.  A gasser-ducz kiirtasa trigeminus
  neuralgia miatt.   [Extirpation of gangliou of Gasser  on
  account of neuralgia of trigeminus.]   Orvosi hetil.,  Buda-
  pest, 1899, xliii, 604;  618. -----. A  Gasser-tele diicz ko-
    ouyaiiregen beliili kiirtasa az arteria meningea media le-
    dtese neikiil.   [Extirpation of the gangliou of  Gasser
  within the cranial cavity without the ligation of. . . ]  Ibid.,
  1900. xliv, 653-655. ---—. A Gassei-diicz kiirtasa az arte-
  ria meningea media lekotese neikiil.   [Removal of the
  ganglion of Gasser without  ligation of. .  .]  Ibid., 1900,
  xliv, 237. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond..1900, n.s.,
  lxx.  637-639.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]:  Ungar. med. Presse]
  Budapest. 1900, v, 729-731.  Also, transl.:  Centralbl. f'.Chir.
  Leipz., 1900, xxvii.  1089-1096.—Doyen.  Traitement ehi'-
  rurgicaldes uevralgiesrebelles; section iutra-ciariieunedu
  trijumeau et extirpation des ganglions de Gasser.   Assoc.
  franc, de chir.   Proc.-verb. [etc.J, I'ar., 1893, vii, 531-534.
  AUo: Mercredi med., Par., 1893, iv, 181. -----. Resultats
  61oign6s de  l'ablatiou du ganglion  de  Gasser.   Flaudre
  med., Gand, 1894, i, 80.  Also: Ann. Soc.  de med.  d'Au-
  vers, 1894, lvi. 102.  -----.  L'extirpation du ganglion  de
  Gasser.  Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1895, iv, 429-444.   AUo,
  Reprint. Also, transl: Ann.Surg.,Phila., 1896,xxiii,69-74.
  -----. Manuel operatoire de la resection du gangliou de
  Gasser.  Trav. de neurol. chir., Tar.,  1898. iii, 225-230.—
  Durbesson.  Un cas d'intervention sur  le gangliou de
  Gasser  pour nevralgie  rebelle  du  trijumeau.   Bull, et
  mem. Soc. de Vaucluse, Avignon,  1905, i,  25-29.—Erd-
  ■IIan ■■  (J. F.)  Report of a  case of removal of the Gas-
  serian ganglion with the second and third divisions of
  the   fifth  nerve,  Hartley-Krause operation.  Tr.  Soc.
Neuralgia  (Facial,   Treatment  of)  by

  excision of Gasserian ganglion.
  Alumni  Bellevue Hosp.,  N. V., 1MI8-9, 73-82.   AUo ■ N
  York M. J., 1899, lxix, 621-623.  [Discussion i, 049. —!__'
  Report  of a case of removal of the Gasserian ganglion
  Mod. News, N. Y.,  1902, lxxx,  683.— Excision of the
  Gasserian ganglion.  Med. Times Sc Hosp. liny.  Lond
  1895,  xxiii, 518.—Eskridge (J. T.) & Boger* (j. A'j
  Neuralgia of  the right trigeminal nerve of eight years'
  dura  ion; excision of the three divisions  at tlie Gasse-
  rian ganglion; recovery,  with partial destruction of the
  ganglion.  Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila.,  1895,  n. a., ex,  63-68.
  AUo. Reprint.—Ferguson (A. H.)  Removal ofthe Gas-
  serian ganglion.  Chicago  M.  Recorder, 1898, xiv, 402-
  405. — Fernandez Artiedn (A.)  Tie doloroso; opera-
  cidn; ataque del ganglio de Gasserio; periencefalitis «ep-
  tica;  autopsia.  Siglo med., Madrid, 1K92. xxxix 804-819-
  1893,  xl, 4; 18;  36. — Finney (J.  T.  M.)  Sc Thomas
  (H. M.)  Three cases of  removalof Gasserian ganglion.
  Johns Hopkins  Hosp. Bull.,  Bait.,  1893,  iv, 91-93.—
  Florence.   Chirurgie du ganglion de Gasser;  pro<-,6d6
  operatoire.  Toulouse  nied., 1903,  2. s., v,  205-208.— Krn-
  zier (C. II.)   Presentation of a  patient  one year  after
  division of the sensory root of the Gasserian  ganglion
  for lhe  relief  of tic douloureux; uo recurrence.  Tr  Coll
  Phys. Phila., 1902, 3. s., xxiv, 248-251.-Frazier (C. H.j
  Sc Spiller (W. G.)  A further report upon  the treatnieut
  of ti-! douloureux by division of the sensory  root of the
  Gasserian ganglion."  Phila. M. J., 1902. x, 594-597.  Also,
  Reprint.  AUo: Penn. M. J., Pittsburgh, 1902-3, vi, 287-
  289.----------. Physiologic extirpation ofthe gauglion
  of Gasser; further report ou division of the sensory root
  for tic  douloureux, based  ou the  observations of  four
  cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1904,  xlxxx,  943-947.
  AUo, Repriut. — Friedrich (P. L.)  Zur chirurgischen
  Behandlung der Gesicbtsneuralgie, einschlieslich der Re-
  sektiou uud  Exstirpation des  Ganglion  Gasseri.  Mitt.
  a. d.  Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir.. Jena, 1898, iii, 340-364.
  -----. Krankeugeschichten und Heilausgauge nach Re-
  section  und Exstirpation des Ganglion Gasseri;  Neural-
  gie-Recidiv nach Ganglion-Exstirpatiou.  Deutsche Zt-
  schr. f. Chir.,  Leipz., 1899, lii, 300-378.—Gallemaerts.
  Keratite  neuro-paralytique, suite (l'extirpation  du gan-
  glion de Gasser.  Presse ni6d.  beige. Brux., 1898, 1,  12.—
  Garre  (C.)   Ueber Nervenregeneration nach Exstirpa-
  tion des  Ganglion Gasseri als Ursache recidivirender
  Trigeminus-Neuralgie.  Arch. f.  kliu.  Chir.,  Berl..  1899,
  lix, 379-392 —Gerster (A. G.)  A fatal ease of excision
  of the Gasserian gauglion.  Med.  Rec , N. Y.. 1895, xlvii,
  803.  -----. Facial  neuralgia cured  by  excision of the
  Gasserian ganglion.  Ann.  Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiii, 58-
  62.—Gordon  (T. E.)   A case of trigeminal neuralgia
  and excisiou of the Gasserian ganglion.  Tr.  Roy. Acad.
  M. Ireland, Dubl., 1903, xxi, 216-224.  AUo: Dublin J. M.
  Sc, 1903, cxvi, 241-249.  AUo: Med. Press Sc Circ. Lond.,
  1903. n.  s., lxxvi, 214-217.  -----. A  furl her  experience of
  the operation for excision ofthe Gasserian ganglion. Tr.
  Roy.  Acad. M.  Ireland, Dubl.,  1904, xxii.  157-161.   Also
  [Abstr.]: Med. Press &  Circ,  Lond..  1904, n. s., lxxvii,
  335.—Grant  (H. H.)   Removal of Gasserian ganglion.
  Kentucky M.  J.,  Louisville,  1905-6, iii, 573. — Griea-
  hammer. Ueber die Exstirpation des Ganglion Gasseri.
  Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f Nat.-u. Hei Ik. in Dresd., 1900-1901,
  57.—Guinard (A.) Traitemeut chirurgical de la nevral-
  gie faciale (un cas de resection du ganglion de Gasser. trois
  cas de resection du bord  alv6olaire, fault cas de resection
  du ganglion de Meckel et du uerf maxillaire  sup6rie r).
  Bull,  et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898.  u. s., xxiv, c33-
  850.—Gutierrez (A.)  Estirpacion del ganglio de Gasse-
  rio.   Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires  1898, vi, 42-53.
  -----. Tratamiento quiriirgico de las neuralgias lebehles
  del trigemino, por la extirpacitin intracraueana del ganglio
  de Gasserio. con referenda & dos operados.  Prim, reun.d.
  Cong. ci. ut. Lat. A mer., Buenos Aires, 1898, iv, 368-380.—
  Halslead (A. E.)  Removal of the Gasserian ganglion
  for the relief of trifacial neuralgia, with report of a case.
  Chicago M. Recorder,  1897, xiii,  389-406.  [Discussion],
  455-462.   AUo, Reprint. -----. Extirpation of the  Gas-
  serian gauglion as a means of treatnieut of  facial neural-
  gia, with a report of seven cases.   Med. J. Sort,  Rep. St.
  Luke's  Hosp., Chicago, 1903-4, 80-116— Harding! A.W.)
  Removal  of the Gasserian gauglion for trigeminal neural-
  gia.   South African M. J., Cape  Town,  1896-7, iv, 221.—
  HnrriNson(D.) Twocasesot excisiou of Gasserian gan-
  glion for neuralgia; operations 1896; no recurrence.  Liv-
  erpool M.-Chir. J., 1904, xxiv, 321.  Also:  Med. Press <fe
  Circ, Loud., 1905, n. s., lxxx, 85.—Hevesi (I.)   Gasser-
  duc kiirtas v6gleges koponyacsont resectidval. [Removal
  of tbe ganglion of Gasser, with resection of the cranium.]
  Sebeszet. Budapest, 1905,17-19.—Hirseh (W.)   Extirpa-
  tion of Gasseriau gangliou for neuralgia.   J.  Nerv.  Sc
  Ment  Dis., N. Y., 1904, xxxi. 33.—Horsley (J. S.l   Ex-
  cision of the Gasserian ganglion.  Old Dominion J.  M.  &
  S., Richmond, 1903-4, ii, 168-172.  ----. Operations  upon
  the Gasserian ganglion.   Ibid ,  1904-5. iii, 473-479.  AUo:
  Charlotte | NT.C.JM. J., 1905, xxiv, 218--.-22. —Iludovernig
  (K.)  Persistieruugneuralgiscbei Gesichtsschinorzenuach 
NEURALGIA.
587
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia  (Facial,   Treatment  of)  by

  excision of Gasserian ganglion.
  der Exstirpation des rechten Ganglion-Gasseii. Centralbl.
  f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903, n. F., 336__
  Hutchinson ( I.). jr.  On excision of the Gasserian gan-
  glion  for trigeminal  neuralgia.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1898,
  ii, 1396-1399. -----. On excision of the Gasseriau ganglion
  for epileptiform neuralgia of the fifth nerve.  Tr. M. Soc.
  Lond., 1899-1900, xxiii, 274-282. -----. Five cases of opera-
  tion on the Gasserian ganglion for epileptiform neuralgia
  of the fifth nerve.   Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxxv, 32-35.
  ._____Excision  of  the Gasserian  ganglion.  Polyclin.,
  Lond., 1902, vi, 190.—Isrnelsou.   Zur Casuistik der Re-
  section  des Ganglion Gasseri bei Trigeminusneuralgie.
  St. Petersb. nied.  Wcbnscbr., 1897,  n. F., xiv,  350. — Ja-
  boulay.  Avant d'eulever le gauglion de Gasser.   Pro-
  vince m6d., Lyon, 1899, xiii,  253. -----. Resection par-
  tielle du ganglion de Gasser.   Lyon med., 1901, xcvi, 192.—
  Jacob  (O.)  Uu precede de resection du ganglion de
  Gasser.  Rev. de  chir., Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 29-35. -----.
  Du danger de leser le sinus sphenoidal  dans la  resection
  du gauglion de Gasser.  Presse med., Par., 1900, ii, 3.—
  Jean nel.  Nevralgie rebelle dn trijumeau; resection du
  gauglion de Gasser.  Languedoc nied.-chir., Toulouse, 1901,
   ix, 363.—Josetti (J. A.)  Nevralgia rebeide do trigemio
  durando 26 anuos; extirpacao do ganglio de Gasser;  cura.
   {From: Gaz. med. do Rio Grande  do Sul, 1897.]  Brazil-
   med., Rio de Jan., 1897, xi. 288; 358; 367. — Juvara (E.)
   Remarques sur l'anatomie chirurgicale du ganglion de
   Gasser.  Trav. de  neurol. chir.,  Par., 1897,  ii, 205-212.
   -----. Technique de la resection  du gangliou de Gasser
   par la voie du plan osseux sph6no-temporal. Presse m6d.,
   Par., 1903, ii, 528-531.—JKeen (W.  W.)   Remarks on op-
   erations on the Gasserian ganglion, with a report of five
   additional cases.   Proc. Phila. Co. M.  Soc, Phila., 1895,
   xvi, 379-397. Also.-  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896.  n. s., cxi.
   59-74.  AUo, Repriut. — Keen (W. W.)  & Mitchell
   (J. K.)   Removal of the Gasserian ganglion as the last of
   fourteen operations iu thirteen years for  tic douloureux.
   Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv, 73-94.  Also, Re-
   print. Also: Med. & Surg.  Reporter,  l'hila., 1894, lxx,
  414-423. —Keen (W.  W.) & Spiller (W. G.)  On re-
   section of the Gasserian ganglion, with a pathological re-
  port on seven  ganglia removed by Professor Keen.  Per
  il xxv. anno d. iusegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di
  Roma, Roma, 1898, i, 17-54,  2 pl.  AUo, Reprint.  Also:
  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.. 18a8, n. s., cxvi.  503-532.  AUo,
  Reprint.  AUo [Abstr.1: J.  Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y.,
  1898, xxv. 800-806.  AUo [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898,
  liv, 65.—Kilagawa (0.)  A case of persistent neuralgia
  ofthe trigeminus; complete cure effected after removal of
  the Gasserian  ganglion.   [Japanese text.]  Tokyo Iji-
  Shinshi,  1899, 1745-1751.—Korte.   [Zwei Fiille von Re-
  sektiondes Ganglion Gasseri wegen Trigeminusneuralgie.]
  Deut-che med. Wchnsehr:, Leipz.  u. Berl., 1906,  xxxii,
  203.—Krause (F.)   Eutferuung des  Ganglion Gasseri
  und  des   central  davon gelegenen Trigeiiiiuusstamines.
  Ibid., 1893,  xix, 341-344. -----. Der Weg zum  Ganglion
  Gasseri.   Centralbl. f.  Chir., Leipz.. 1900, xxvii, 4.'5-427.
  -----. Siebenundzwanzig Exstiipationeu  des  Ganglion
  Gasseri (intracraniello  Trigeminusresectionen)  und ihre
  Ergebnisse.  Verhandl. d.  deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.,
'  Berl., 1901, xxx, pt. 1.33-51.  Also :  Miinchen. med. Wchu-
  schr., 1901,  xlviii, 1043; 1098;  1135. -----. Ueber eiuen
  Fall  von  Trigeminus-Neuralgie mit Narben- Epilepsie;
  Erfolg durch Exstirpation des Ganglion Gasseri.   Cen-
  tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, n. F.,
  xiii, 380-382.—Krogius.  [Resektiou af gangliou Gasseri
  for en svar tiigemiuusueuralgi.]   [ Kesection ofthe gan-
   fliou of Gasser for seveie neuralgia of the trigeminus.]
    iuska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors,  1897,  xxxix, 512-
  524.—I.aguaite (A.)  Ablation du ganglion de Gasser
  pour n6vralgie rebelle  du trijumeau.  Mem. et compt.-
  rend. Soc. d.sc. m6d. deLvon (1890), 18:i7, xxxvi, pt. 2,164-
  168.  Also: Lyon med.,  1896, Ixxxiii. 375-379. Also : Gaz.
  d. hop. de Toulouse. 1897. xi, 50.—I.anphcnr (E.)  Opera-
  tion for removal of the  Gasserian  ganglion.  Internat. J.
  Surg.N. Y.. 1892, v, 143.  AUo, Reprint.   Also:  Pacific
  M. J., San Fran., 1892,  xxxv, 647-651— Latouche  (F.)
  A propos d'un cas de  resection du  ganglion de  Meckel et
  du nerf  maxillaire  superieur;  considerations generales
  sur les divers proc6d6s op6ratoires.  Arch. prov. de chir.,
  Par.,  1895, iv.  445-458.—Laawcrs,  Over heelkundige
  behandeling der trigeminusneuralgie door uitsnijden vau
  den ganglion Gasseri.  Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en
  geneesk.  Cong., Gent en Antwerpen, 1901, v, 92-9G. -----.
  De l'extirpation du ganglion de Gasser.  J.de chir.et Ann.
  Soc.  beige de chir.,  Brux., 1902, ii, 195-210.—Lemoinc
  (G.)   Remarques  sur cinq cas (l'extirpation du  ganglion
  de Gasser, pratiquee par lo docteur Depage.  Ibid., 1904,
  iv, 20-28.   AUo: J. m6d. de  Brux., 1904, ix,  75-78.—
  I.ener (F )  Contributo alio studio delle  alterazioni del
  ganglio di Gasser in seguito al taglio del nervo  liuguale.
  Ann. di nevrol., Napoli, 1900, xviii, 407^10, 1 pl.—Lexer.
  Kiankendemonstration  zur Operation des Ganglion Gas-
  seri.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u. Berl.,  1900,
  xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 253.  -----. Zur Operation des  Ganglion
Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treatment  of)  by

  excision of Gasserian ganglion.
  Gasseri.   Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1901, xxxviii,  1007.—
  Lexer (E.)  Sc Tiirk (W.)  Zur Operation de.s Ganglion
  Gasseri nach Eifahruugen an 15 F'iilleu, nebst einem An-
  hang: Ziisamuienstellungder ausgefiihrten Exstiipationeu
  des Ganglion Gasseri.  Arb. a.d. chir. Klin. d.k. Univ. Berl.,
  1902, xvi, 239-324.—Macl.auriu  (C.j  Removal  of the
  Gasserian ganglion;  some technical  points.   Aus ralas.
  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 36.—M arc haul (G.)  Resec-
  tion du nerf maxillaire inferieur et destruction du ganglion
  de Gassor; gu6risou.  Bull, et mem. Soc. t\v chir. ile I'ar.,
  1902, n. s., xxviii,  194-197.—Marchant (G.) ^ Herbet
  (H.)  De la resection du ganglion de  Gasser dans les ne-
  vralgies faciales rebelles.  Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii,
  287-318.— Mnricu  (A.)   Cure radicale de la nevralgie
  trifaciale par l'extirpation du ganglion do Gasser.   Union
  m6d. du ('anada, Montreal, 1904, xxxiii, 470-475.—Monari
  (U.)   Eiu  Fall vou  Resektion des Gasser'schen  Gan-
  glions.  Beitr. z. kliu. Chir.,  Tiibing., 1896,  xvii, 49.1-504.—
  Moore (B. S.)  A report of one operative case of removal
  of the Gasserian gangliou, for tho cure of trifacial neu-
  ralgia.  Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1905, liii, 564-566.—
  Mudd (H. II.)  Report of a ease of removal ofthe Gasse-
  rian gangliou.  Med.  Rev.,  St. Louis,  1899, xxxix,  279.
   [Discussion], 285-288.—Muguai (A.)  Estirpazione del
  ganglio di Gasser per  nevralgia del trigemino recidivata
  dopo resezione totale  del nervo  mascellare superiore.
  Policlin.,  Roma, 1897, iv-C,  377-386.  -----. Estirpazione
  completa del ganglio  di Gasser per  nevralgia del trige-
  mino.   Ibid., 1899. vi, sez. chir., 285-289— Murphy (J. B.)
  Surgery of the Gasserian ganglion, with demonstration.
  Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1896,  444-454.   Also: South-
  west. M. Rec, Houston, 1896, i, 345-353.   AUo:  Am. Med.-
  Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x,  437-440.  AUo: West. M. Rev.,
  Lincoln, Neb., 1896, i, 149-152.  Also, Reprint.—Murphy
  (J. B.) &IVeff(J. M.)  Excision of the Gasserian ganglion,
  with reports of ten cases operated upon by the Hartley-
  Krause method.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1902, xxxix,
  896; 981.—IVavratil (I.)  Gasser-diicz kiirtasa.  [Extir-
  pation of the  ganglion of Gasser.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1896,  xl, 614.  Also: Orvosi  heti szemle, Budapest, 1896,
  xx, 672.—Neff(W.)  The surgery  of the Gasserian gan-
  glion.   Tr. South. Surg. Sc Gynec. Ass. 1900, Phila., 1901,
  xiii, 364-376.   AUo: Med. News, N. Y.,  1900, lxxvii,  968-
  972. AUo, Reprint.—O'HarafH.M.)  A  case of trigem-
  inal neuralgia of five years'duration; curetting of Gasse-
  rian ganglion from cavum Meckelii;  recovery.  Austral.
  M. J.,  Melbourne, 1893, n. s., xv, 513-517.—Park  (R.)
  Destruction of the Gasserian gangliou for trigeminal neu-
  ralgia;  with  a report of two cases.  Med.  News, Phila.,
  1893, lxii, 183.—Parkhill (C.)  Removal of the Gasserian
  ganglion.  Ibid., lxiii, 319.—Perman (E. S.) Sc Holm-
  gren (E.)   Ett fall  af trigeminusneuralgi, behandladt
  medels exstirpation af ganglion Gasseri, jemte beskrifuing
  af dot extirperade gangliet.   [ A case of trigeminus neu-
  ralgia treated by extirpation of tbe  ganglion of Gasser,
  together with description of the  extirpated ganglion.]
  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1900.  lxii, 80-97.—Pi Icher (L.  S.)
  Report of case of  excisiou of the  Gasseriau  gangliou.
  Brooklyn M. J., 1899, xiii, 444-447. — Poirier.  Resection
  du ganglion  de Gasser;  arrachemeut  piotub6rantiel du
  trijumeau.  Bill, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s.,
  xxii, 574-583.  Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par.,  1896, lxix, 808-810.
  AUo:  Progres m6d., Par., 1896, 3. s.,  iv,  97-101.  Also,
  transl: South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1896, xxvi, 498-504.—Pop-
  pert.  Fall  von Resektiou des Ganglion Gasseri wegen
  Trigeminusneuralgie.   Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-
  ii. Heilk., Giessen, 1899-1902. xxxiii,  184. — Pyc-Smith
  (It. J.)  A case of removal of the left Gasserian ganglion
  for trifacial neuralgia.  Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1899-1900,
  viii, 40-46.—Reed  (R. H.)   Successful removal of the
  Gasseriau ganglion.  Columbus M. J..  1897, xviii, 113-115.—
  Removal of the Gasserian  ganglion.  Lancet, Loud.,
  1892, ii, 953.—Kenton (J. C.)  Notes ou two cases of ex-
  cision of the Gasserian ganglion for epileptiform neuralgia.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1435.— Ribns  y Kibas (E.)
  Neuralgia del trigemino; reseccion  del ganglio de Gasser.
  Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1904. xxx, 276-283.—Rich-
  ardson  (M. H.) Sc  Walton  (G. L )  Removal  of the
  Gasserian gauglion  for facial neuralgia; successful case.
  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1894, exxxi, 429-432.  Also, Reprint.—
  Rose (W.)  Removalof the Gasserian ganglion for severe
  neuralgia.  Tr. M. Soc,Lond., 1890-91,  xiv, 35-40.  AUo:
  Lancet, Lond.,  1890, ii, 914. -----.  A case of removal
  of  the  Gasserian ganglion  by  Doyen's  method (mod-
  ified).   Practitioner, Lond.,  1902, lxviii, 552-559.—Salo-
  mon!  (A.)   Sulle  vie d' accesso al  ganglio di Gasser  e
  Bulla sua estirpabilita;  studio sperimentale critico.  Clin.
  chir., Milano, 1893, i, 557-502.—San Martin (A.)  Esci-
  sidn esfenoidal de dentro afueraen la  extirpacion del gan-
  glio de Gaserio.  Cong, internat  denied.  C.-r. 1903, Ma-
  drid,  19n4, xiv, sect, de chir. gen.. 560-568.  Also: Siglo
  med.,  Madrid, 1905,  lii, 71-75.—Saplczhko (K.  M.)  K
  razvitiyu voprosa o liechenii quintusueuralgia rezektsiyel
  Gasser'ova uzla.  [ Development of  the question of the
  treatmentof. . . by i (-section of the Gasserian ganglion.] 
NEUKALGIA.
588
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia  [Facial,  Tnatnient   of)   by

  excision of Gasserian ganglion.
  Syezd Rossiysk.  Khirurg. 1900,  Mosk.,  1901, i, 45-57.
  Also- Laitop. russk. chir.. S.-Peterb., 1901, vi, 677-098—
  Schwarrz (D.)  Xeuralgija  nervi  trigemini; resectio
  gau«lii Gasseri sec.  Krause.  Liec. viestnik, u Zagrebu.
  1904" xxvi, 101-103.—Schwartz.  Ablation du ganglion
  de Gasser pour  une nevralgie trifacial rebelle; uisucces
  therapeutique; troubles oculaires.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de
  chir. de I'ar.. 1898, n. 8.. xxiv, 857-861.—Serrate (L.)   Iu-
  teivenci6ii ([Uinirgica en  el ganglio de Gasser. Rev.de
  med. y cirug. pract.,  Madrid, 1898, xlii, 565-570.—Spal-
  litta (F.)  Etl'etti della estirpazione del ganglio di Cesser
  d .po lo ati appo del ganglio cervicale superiore.  A rch. di
  ottal. Palermo, 1894-5, ii, 37; 100.  AUo [Abstr.]: Attid.
  xi. Con'. med. internaz . Roma, 1894, ii, fisiol., 137-142.—
  NpellisHy (J. M.l  Excision ofthe external two-thirds of
  a Gasserian gangl on, by the nartley-Krause method, after
  prelimiiiaiy ligation ofthe external carotid artery.  Ann.
  Surg.. Phila., 190o.  xxxi.  463-467.   [Discussion], 505.—
  Wpilli-i (\V. G.) Pathologic report  on two of the Gas-
  serian ganglia removed bv  Cusbing.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1900, xxxiv, 1094-1098.—Stewart (R. W.)   Ex-
  cision of the  Gasserian  ganglion.  Med.  News, Phila.,
  lf-94, lxv,  155-157. -----.  Intracranial nemectomy of  the
  branches of the fifth nerve, with destruction of the Gas-
  serian ganglion.  Ibid., 1895, lxvi,  452. — Sutton  (li.)
  Excision ofthe Gasseriau ganglion.   Med. Press Sc Circ,
  Loud., 1898, n. s.. lxv, 549.—Taylor (W.  J.)  Seme ana-
  tomical and surgical relations of the parts involved in  the
  operation of intra-cranial neurectomy of the fifth pair of
  nerves  and removal  of the Gasserian ganglion.  Proc
  Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila.,  1894,  xv, 67-72.—Thomas
  (J. L.)  Operation upon the Gasserian gangliou  by.  the
  Hartley-Krause method for facial neuralgia; three yeais
  after.  Brit. M.  J.. Loud., 1898, i, 487. -----. Notes on
  two  recent operations upon the Gasserian ganglion and
  the second aud third divisions of the fifth nerve for neural-
  gia  by the Ilartley-Krause method.  Ibid.. 1899, ii, 1080-
  1082.—Tiffany (L. McL.)  Intra-cranial neurectomy  and
  removalof the Gasserian {.anglion forintractable neuralgia.
  Tr. South. Surg. Sc Gynec Ass. 1893, Phila., 1894. vi, 108-122.
  Also: Ann. Surg., Pliila., 1894, xix, 47-57.—Tikhonorich
  (A. V.) [Tichonowitsch in German].  K voprosu ob opera-
  tivnom liechenii nevralgii troluichnavo nerva;  topografo-
  anatomicheskaya otslenka sposobov izsiecheuiya Gasser'
  ova  uzla.   [Operative treatmeut of neuralgia of the  tri-
  geminus nerve;  topographo-anatomical estimation of  the
  methods of excision of the Gasserian ganglion.] Khirur-
  gii,  Mosk., 1900. vii, 442-444.  AUo, transl.: Centralbl. f.
  Chir., Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 322-324.—Van Hook(W.)  Lex-
  er's  operation  for  removing  the  Gasserian ganglion.
  Surg., Gynec. Sc Obst., Chicago, 1906,  ii,  8-13— Villar
  (F.)   Des precedes  operatoires  pour l'extirpation  du
  ganglion de Gasser.  Assoc franc. de chir.   Proc.-verb.
  [etc.), Par.. 1901, xiv, 353-369. -----. Note sur les  me-
  thodes  d'extirpation  du  ganglion de Gasser.  Bull.  Soc.
  d'anat.  et physiol.  . . . de Bordeaux. 1901, xxii, 104-111.
  Also: J. de iu6d. de Bordeaux,  1901, xxxi, 615-617. -----.
  Nouvelle observation  d'extirpation du gauglion de Gasser.
  Mem. et bull. Soc  de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (19(tl).
  1992, 290-300.  AUo: Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux,
  1901. xxii. 590-592. —Weeks (S. H.)   Removal of the Gas-
  serian ganglion.  Tr. Am. Surg.  Ass., Phila., 1897,  171-
  176. —Williams (H. T.)  A case of tic douloureux with
  successful removal of the Gasseriau ganglion; with  pho-
  tograph  of the  patient.   Phila.  M. J.,  1901,  viii, 230.—
  Wolfler.  Demonstration  eines Falles  von Resection
  eiues Ganglion  Gasseri.   Prag.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1898.
  xxiii, 178.— Zawadzki  (A.)   Trzy pzypadki wyciecia
  zwoju GasserY  przy nerwobolu  nerwu  trojdzielnego.
  [Three cases of excision of the Gasseriau ganglion for tri-
  geminal neuralgia.]   Medycyna.  Warszawa,  1903, xxxi,
  331-336—Zereuin (V. P.)  K voprosu obudalenii Gasser'
  ova  u/.la.   [Removal  of the Gasserian ganglion.]  Syezd
  Rossiysk. Khirurg. 1900,Mosk., 1901,i.39-45.  [Discussion],
  49-51.  Also: Laitop. khirurg. Obsh.  v Mosk., 1901, xx,
  44-4Y

Neuralgia  (Facial,  Treatment   of)   by

  nerve-stretching.

     DriiAXD (C.)  'Do l'elongatiou du uerf facial
  dans les tics douloureux de la  face.  6°.  Lvon.
  1903.                                              '
     Kkkn  (W. AV.)   Stretchiugof the facial nerve.
  8--.   Philadelphia, 1*60.
     Radal. De l'elongatiou du nerf nasal externe contre
  les douleurs ciliaires.  Aun. d'ocul., Brux., 1882. lxxxviii,
  241-253.   AUo:  Gaz. hebd. d.  sc m6d. de  Bordeaux'
  18-3. iii, 70; 116;  124.   Also [Abstr.]: Mem. et bull.  Soc.
  clo med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1882), 1883, 384.  AUo |Rap.
  de Trelat]: Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.. 18*2 n s.
  viii, 823-836.— Kroeckaert (1.)  Le traitement  de la
  n6vralgie trifacial par arracheineut  des  nerfs. Presse
  oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 105-121.  Also: Bull
Neuralgia   (Facial,  Treatment  of)  by
  nerve-stretching.
  Acad.  roy. de in6d. de Belg., Brux., 1904, 4. s., xviii, 91-
  105.  [Rap. deVenneman), 23.—Karrwski.  Die Aus-
  reissuug des Nervus trigeminus zur Beseitigung si hwcrcr
  Neuralgieeu.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1894, xx, 970-972.—Lagrange.  Arracheineut du nasiii
  externe dans un cas de douleurs ciliaires ties aigues avec
  euclavement de l'iris;  disparition complete des douleurs.
  From. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1892. xxii. 71. Also: Gaz.
  d. hop. de Toulouse, 1892, vi, 90 — l*azcller (H.)  Ueber
  Kopfuenralgien  und  deren  Heilung  durch unblutige
  Nervendehnung.   Zentralbl. f.  phys.  Therap., Berl  u
  Wien,  1904-5, i, 231-238.—Mclnilze-Bcrgc. Ueber Hei-
  lung  von  Trigeminus-Neuralgie  durch  Dehnung  des
  Nervus facialis.  Arch. f. kliu. Chir., Berl., 1893, xlvi, 195-
  199—Seiamanna (E.) Sc Crespi (G.)  Contributo alio
  studio del valore  terapeutico dello stiramento dei nervo
  facciale nel tic non doloioso della faccia.   Bull, di Soc.
  Lancisiana d.  osp. di Roma (1889-90),  1891, x, 153-173.—
  Stewart (J.)  Nerve-stretching in  inveterate trigeminal
  neuralgia.  Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians, Phila.,  1891 vi
  119-123.  Also: Montreal M. J., 1891-2, xx, 575-581.—Ter-
  riberry (J. F.)  Reportof a caseof stretching of seveuih
  nerve for relief of facial or mimic spasm. Manhattan Eve
  & Ear Hosp.  Rep., N. T.,  1895, ii, 123-127, 1  pl.—Walsh
  (J. F.)  Stretching of the lingual branch of the fifth nerve
  for the relief  of neuralgia of the tongue.  Ann.  Surg.,
  Phila.,  1896, xxiii, 48-53.—Wyeth  (J. A.)  The treat-
  ment of trifacial neuralgia by torsion of the three main
  (sensory) branches ofthe fifth nerve.  Denver M. Times,
  1892-3, xii, 10.

Neuralgia  (Facial, Treatment of)  with

  osmic acid.
     Babeock (W. W.)  The osmic acid treatment of tic
  douloureux.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc,  Phila., 1905, xxvi,
  214-210.  Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1905,3. s., xxi, 505-
  509.  Also, Reprint.—Bennett (W. H.)  A clinical lect-
  ure on the treatment of certain forms of neuralgia  by tin-
  injection ■ f osmic. acid.   Lancet, Lond.,  1899,  ii.  122u-
  1223. —Bristow (A. T.)  Trifacial  neuralgia treated by
  osmic  acid injection.  Brooklyn M. J., 1905,  xix, 321.—
  Carter (W.)  Veiy  severe facial  neuralgia  cured by
  hypodermic injection  of osmic  acid. Liverpool M.-Cbif.
  .1., 1892, xii, 80.—Eastman (J. R.)  Reportof a sympto-
  matic cure of convulsive  tic douloureux by injection nf
  osmic  acid.  J. Am.  M.  Ass., Chicago,  1904, xliii. 893.
  -----. The effects of osmic acid  injections. Ibid.. 1906,
  xlvi, 556-560.—Frnnck (E.) Zur Behandlung von Xeu-
  ralgien mit Einspritzungen von  Osmiiinisaure.  Foi tsclir.
  d. Med., lierl., 1896, xiv, 609-614. -----. Zwei Fiille von
  Trigeininii-neuralgie,  behandelt mit Osmiiinisaure.  Deut-
  sche med.  Wchnsehr..  Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv. Ver.-
  Beil., 5. — Little  (J. W.)  Osmic acid in the treatment of
  neuralgia.  Northwest. Lancet, St. Raul, 1891, xi. 40-44.—
  Met'leave (T. C.)  A case of trigeminal neuralgia, pre-
  senting some unusual features, treated  by intraneural in-
  jections of osmic acid.  Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1904,
  ii. 334 —Murphy (J. B.)  Trigeminal neuralgia treated
  by intraneural injections of osmic acid.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1903.  xii, 496.  -----.  Osmic acid  injections for
  relief of trifacial neuralgia.  Ibid., 1904, xliii, 947;  1051.—
  Shapiro ( B. M.)  Llecheuiye  nevralgiy podkozhnimi
  vpriskivaniyami osmiyevol kisloti.  [Treatment of neural-
  gia by subcutaneous  injection of osmic acid. |   Soobsh. i
  protok. S.-Peterb. med. Obsh. (1885),  1886, iii, 77-94.-Tnr-
  ner (G. R.)  A case of neuralgia of the fifth nerve treated
  successfully by the injection of osmic  acid. Tr. M. Soc.
  Lond., 1897-8, xxi, 357.—Wright (G. A.)   Notes  on the
  treatment of neuralgia by injection of  osmic acid.  Med.
  Chron., Manchester. 1903-4, 4. s., vi, 291-300.

Neuralgia  (Frontal).
     See Brow ague;  Neuralgia (Supra- and  infra-
  orbital).

Neuralgia  (Genito-urinary).
     See Bladder ( Xeuralgia  of): Genitals,  Geni-
  tals (Female),  Neuroses of; Gonorrhoea  (Com-
  plications of, Neurotic); Neuralgia (Syphilitic);
  Ovary, Penis, Neuralgia  of;  Syphilis  (  Semei-
  ology of); Testicle (Painful).

Neuralgia  (Intercostal).
     CHENOrARD  (A.)   'Nevralgie  intercostale,
  traitemeut chirurgical  applique' a  certains cas
  rebelles.   •"•-.   Paris, 1K)9.
     Fkuillet (J.)   *N6vralgie intercostale d'ori-
  gine "-astro-colique.   8-.   Paris, 1902. .
     Brlon- (£ )  Ein Fall von Interkostalneuralgie.  Arch;
   f. Liclittberap. [etc.], Berl., 1900, i. 288-290.-Kerimbei
   (C.)  Costalgia  baseo-bilaterale,  crepitaute, temporanea.
/ 
NEURALGIA.
589
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia (Intercostal).
  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 525-528.—Billings (F.)
  Intercostal neuralgia.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1895, ix, 145-
  150.  [Discussion], 165-168.—Cecil (J.  G.)  Intercostal
  neuralgia. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 8.  s.,  iv, 162.—
  Cole (H.)  Intercostal neuralgia and neuritis.  J. Elec-
  trother.. N. Y., 1899, xvii, 89-99.—Duval (E.)  Nevralgie
  intercostale; prompt retablissetnent par l'hydrotherapie
  pendant la  saison hivernale.   Med. contemp., Par., 1896,
  xxxvii,  349.—Hunter (C. H.)  Intercostal neuralgia.
  Northwest.  Lancet,  Minneap., 1905,  xxv, 230.—Langc
  (J. C.)  Chest pain.  Pittsburgh M. Rev.,  1893, vii, 129-
  134.—JLesuenr- F lorent.  Nevralgie intercostale syrup-
  tomatique d'un tania.  Arch, de med. nav.,  Par., 1896,
  lxv, 151 —.Tinder (.1.)  Brachial- und consecutive Inter-
  costalneuralgie; Besseruug.  Ber. d. k. k.  Krankenanst.
  Rudolph-Stittuugin Wien (1888), 1889, 339. -----. Links-
  seitige Iutercostalueuralgie mit zeitweiliger Verbreitung
  auf die linken Arm-und Beinuerven;  Besserung.  Ibid.,
  340.—Menard  ( L.)  Intercostale  (nevralgie).   Diet.
  encycl. d. sc. med.. Par., 1889, 4. s., xvi, 42-48.—.Vlcrldcii
  (P.) De la radiographic  dans le diagnostic etiologique
  des  n6vralgies  iutercosto-bracbiales  rebelles.  Hull,  et
  mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par.,  1899, 3. s., xvi, 701-706.
  Also: Presse med., Par., 1899,  ii, 9-11.—Painter (C. F.)
  The operative treatment of iutercostal neuralgia occurring
  in the  deformities of the  chest, following Pott's disease
  and scoliosis.  Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass.. Phila.,  1901, xiv, 295-
  301. AUo:  Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 1049-1051.—Powell
  (C. H.)  Iutercostal pain.   N.  Am. J. Diagn. & Pract., St.
  Louis,  1898, i, no. 11, 23-26.—Reilly (T. F.)  An epidemic
  of intercostal neuralgia.  Tr. N. York M. Ass. (1899), 1900,
  xvi, 538-542.  Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 786.—See-
  ligmiiller.  Nevralgia intercostale.  Boll. d. clin., Mi-
  lano, 1888, v, 153-157.-----. UeberdurchsubscapulareRip-
  penbriiche hervorgebrachte chronische  Iutercostal-Neu-
  ralgie.  Verhandl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1900-1901,
  Miinchen, 1901,51-53.  AZso[Abstr.]: Miinchen.med.Wchn-
  sehr., 1901, xlviii, 237. — Sunder (E. R.)  On the nature
  and origin  of certain forms of chest pain. Hahnenian.
  Month., Phila.,  1896, xxxi, 273-281.—Tuffler.   Nevralgie
  intercostale consecutive k une plaie par balle; resection
  cicatricielle; guerison.  Bull, et m6m Soc. de chir. de Par.,
  1903, n. s., xxix, 1212.— Williams (C.)  Intercostal neu-
  ralgia.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1899,  ii, 1188.

 Neuralgia (Intermittent).
     See, also, Neuralgia (Supra- and infra-orbital).
     Jourdaxxe (H.) * Des uevralgies  d'origine
  palud^enne.   8C.   Paris,  1902.
     Brezona (P.)  De las neuralgias de origen craneal en
  el paludismo.  Rev.  de san. mil., Madrid,  1898, xii, 541-
  545.—£.oewy (L.)  Das Chinolin gegen Intermittens und
  Intermittens-Neuralgien.   Wieu. med. Presse, 1881, xxii,
  1220; 1258; 1291; 1323.  Also, Reprint.—IMarrotte.  Me-
  moire sur les nevralgies p6riodiques.  Arch. gen. de med.,
  Par.. 1852, 4s., xxx, 257; 405.  Also, Reprint.—Perez IVo-
  guera(E.) Neuralgias period icas. Corresp.med..Madrid,
  190i, xxxv, 438-440.— Santos Fernandez (F.) Sc Ma-
  rian (I).)  Les h6matozoaires de Laveran dans la nevralgie
  ophtalmique.   Arch,  d'opht.,  Par., 1892, xii, 266-273.—
  Terres ( J.)   j Las neuralgias palustres  son doleucias
  apropiadas para descubrir 6 para comprobar la  acci6n an-
  tipaliidica de un niedicamento ?  An.  d. Inst. med. nac,
  Mexico, 1896, ii, 188-190.—Thomson (W. H.)   Ergot  in
  the treatment of periodical neuralgias.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1894, xiv, 334.

 Neuralgia (Lingual).
     Dubrueil.  Nevralgie du lingual; resection; gu6ri-
  son.  Semaine  med.,  Par.,  1892,  xii,  14.   Also, transl:
  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1892, n. s., liii, 127.—Rrocco.
  Un caso di nevralgia del linguaie.  Boll. d.  clin., Milano,
  1901, xviii,  241-245. — rVcuralgiya  yazichnavo  nerva.
  [ Neuralgia of the lingual nerve. J   Otchot o  dleyateln.
  khirurg. klin.  [etc.]  v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901, 84-86.—
  Svensson (I.)   Tvi, fall  af glossodyni.  [Two cases  of
  .  . .]  Forh. Svens.  Lak.-Sallsk.  Sammank., Stockholm,
  1888, 5-8.—Van Swieten.  N6vrectomie dans un cas de
  nevralgie du  lingual  d'origine  traumatique.   Ann. de
  I'lnst. chir. de Brux., 1901, viii, 160-162.

 Neuralgia (Lumbar).
     See Neuralgia  (Spinal).

 Neuralgia (Malarial).
     See Neuralgia (Intermittent).

 Neuralgia (Mammary).
     See Breast  (Irritable, etc.).

 Neuralgia (Metatarsal).
    See Foot (Painful).
Neuralgia  (Occipital).
    Brown (0. S.)  Occipital neuralgia caused by injury
  to coccyx.  Med. Council, Phila., 1896, i, 252.—Cohn (M.)
  Nevralgiileoccipitalesi tratameutnl lor chirurgical.  Rev.
  de chir., Bucuresci, '1898, ii, 369-373— Jastrowitz (M.)
  Zur Kenntniss und Behandlung der Neuralgia occipitalis.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898. xxiv, 216;
  239.  [Discussion J, Ver.-Beil., 27-29.   A Uo [Abstr.]: Berl.
  kliu. Wchnsehr., 1898,  xxxv,  132.— Johnson (A. B.)
  Neuralgia of the great occipital nerve, associated with
  symptoms of a destructive lesion of the cervical sympa-
  thetic  N. York M. J., 1894, lix,  557-559.—Krause (F.)
  Die operative Behandlung der schweren Occipitalneural-
  gien.  Verhandl. deutsch. Gesellsch. f.  Chir., Berl., 1899,
  xxviii, pt. 2, 234-255.  Also:  Beitr. z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing.,
  1899, xxiv, 469-493, 2 pl.  AUo: Arch. f.  klin. Chir., Berl.,
  1899, lix,357-378.  Also [Abstr.]: Mitth.f.d. Ver. Schlesw.-
  Holst. Aerzte, Kiel,  1899, n. F., viii,  45.  -----. Die Neu-
  ralgie  der  Occipitalnerven.   In:  Handb. d.  prakt. Chir.
  (vou Bergmann), 8°, Stuttg., 1900, i, 669-679.  Also, transl.:
  Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann), N. Y. & Phila., 1904,
  i, 597-606.—Vincent (H.)  La n6vralgie occipitale dans
  les angines vulgaires.  Presse med., Par., 1904, i, 273.

Neuralgia  (Ovarian).
    See Ovary (Neuralgia of).

Neuralgia (Paresthetic).
     See Lameness (Intermittent); Meralgia (Par-
  esthetic) ; Paresthesia.

Neuralgia (Pelvic).
    Batnaud,  S6m6iologie et traitement des grandes
  nevralgies  pelviennes.   Soc. m6d. de l'arrond. de Elysee.
  Bull. d. trav. 1893, Clermont (Oise), 1894, 6-24.—le Dentu
  (A.) & Bonnet (S.)  Nevralgies pelviennes.  In: Traite
  de chir. clin. et op6r. (Le Dentu ot Delbet), Par., 1901, x,
  961-963.— de  Langenhagen  (R.)  Des  pelykalgies.
  Cong. nat. p6riod. de gyn6c, d'obstet. et de psediat., Rouen,
  1904,  iv, 355-362.  AUo:  Anjou m6d.,  Angers, 1904, xi,
  164-168.  Also: Rev. prat, d'obst.  et de gynec, Par., 1904,
  179-181. Also: J. de m6d.  de Par.,  1904, 2. s., xvi, 234.
  -----.  De la cure des pelykalgies k Luxeuil.  Arch. gen.
  d'hydrol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xv, 60-66.—ITIouticr (A.)  Du
  traitement des nevralgies pelviennes par les courants de
  haute frequence et de haute  tension.   Cong. p6riod.  de
  gynec. et d'obst.  C.-r.  1902, Florence-Rome,  1904. iv, 778-
  781.  AUo:  Gaz. de  gynec, Par., 1902, xvii, 321-327.—
  Petit (P.)  De la n6vralgie du nerf honteux interne chez
  la femme.  Semaine gyn6c,  Par., 1905, x, 225.—Richelot
  (L.-G.)  De l'intervention chirurgicale  dans les grandes
  nevralgies pelviennes.  Gaz. d. hop.,  Par., 1892, lxv, 1223-
  1226.—Treub (H.)  Een en ander over de  therapie der
  bekken - neuralgieen.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk.  en
  Gynaec, Haarlem, 1894, v, 169-214.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo,
   transl.  [ Abstr.]: Brit. Gynsec. J., Lond., 1895-6, xi, 346-359.

Neuralgia (Phrenic).
    Crespin.  Deux  cas  de n6vralgie  diaphragmatique
  d'origine palustre.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par.,
  1897, 3.  a., xiv, 1274-1276. AUo:  Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1897,
  lxx, 1303.—Falkenberg (A.)  Ein Fall von Neuralgia
  phrenicaextraumate.  Deutsche Med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.u.
  Berl.,1888,xiv,316. Also,Reprint. — Jenner (\V.)  EinFall
  von Neuralgia phrenica. Allg. nied. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1896, lxv, 391.—Jouaict (A.) TJn nouveau signe de la
  n6vralgie phr6nique.  Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de
  Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 1079-1082.  Also: France ni6d., Par.,
  1897, xliv, 507.

Neuralgia (Plantar).
    See Foot (Painful.)

Neuralgia (Sacral).
    See Neuralgia (Spinal).

Neuralgia (Spinal).
    See,  also, Coccygodynia; Lumbago.
    d'Axtrez (F.-P.)   * Consid6ratious sur  quel-
  ques formes de la nevralgie loiubo-abdominale.
  4°.   Strasbourg, 1867.
    Abbe (R.) Intradural section of the  spinal nerves for
  neuralgia.   Boston M. & S. J., 1896, exxxv, 329-335.  [Dis-
  cussion], 342-344.  Also, Reprint.—Allaire'(G.)  Nevral-
  gie lombo-sacr6e; traitement par le courant continu.  Gaz.
  m6d. de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi, 274.—Chapman (J.)  Neu-
  ralgia;  cases treated   successfully by the  spine-bag.
  Med. Press. &  Circ,  Lond., 1868, v,' 201.  Also,  Re-
  print.— Colleville.  Sur un cas de  n6vralgie  sacro-
  fombaire traitee par des injections 6pidurales de gaiacol
  orthoform6.  Union m6d. du nord-est, Reims, 1901, xxv,
  113-116__Delalande.   Observation d'une nevrose ayant 
NEURALGIA.
590
XECRALGIA.
Neuralgia  (Spinal).
  son si6ge dans la legion loiubaire de la moelle epiniere,
  avec des svmptoines eerebraux, ayant regne «nzootique-
  nient sur les dix chevaux d'une ecurie.  M6m. Soc. vet. du
  Calvados et de la Manche 1838.  Baveux,  1840. 149-165.—
  Ferguaon (A. H.)  Iutravertebral neurotomy  for neu-
  i.il-ia.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1898. xiv, 405-408—Janme
  j- Hatas (P.)  Neuralgia de laoclava raiz posterior  cer-
  vical dereeha; reseccion eu el raquis; curacidu. Rev.
  balear de cien. med.. Palina de Malloiva. 1895, xi, 549-551.—
  I.ibotte.  Algies  des plexus  lombaires et sacres. post-
  operatoires.  J. de neurol., Par., 1904, x, 136-139.—Long,
  Killiet i Adert.  Sur trois cas de nevralgies lonibo-
  sacrees  rebelles.  Rev. med. de la Suisse  Rom.,  Geneve,
  1903, xxiii, 824-827.—.Hailer.  Scliiuerzhafte spinale Neu-
  rose'; die Anfalle mit Ausbruch von  drtlicher Urticaria
  verbunden; Heilung (1).  Ber.  d. k. k. Krankenanst.  Ru-
  dolph Stiltung in  Wieu (1884>, 1-85, 342.   Uinor(L.)  Ue-
  ber eiue Bewegnugsprobeund Ilewegmigsstoruuebei Lum-
  balschmerz nnd bei Ischias. Deutsche med. Wchuschr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., If98, xxiv, 363; 382.—.Xoniitt (Mile.) Si
  Castaing.  Rachialgiehystero trauiuatique.  J. denied.
  de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 200.—Runipf.  Drei Fiille  von
  Neuralgic im Gebiete des Plexus lumbalis. Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903. xxix Ver.-Beil.,  147.

Neuralgia  (Supra-  and infra-orbital).
    See,  also, Headache.
    Perrexoud  (L. A.)  * Die Nervenresectionen
  liei Neuralgien des  Supra-  und  Infraorbitalis.
  8°.  Wiirzburg, 1^-60.
    Vuillard (P.)   * Contributiou  a  l'e'tude  du
  traitemeut des n6vralgies rebelles du nerf sous-
  orbitaire par l'excisiou et  1'arracheineut iu6tho-
  dique du bout  peripheral tie.  4°.  Lyon, 1894.
    Avellis.   Unterscheidungsmerkmale  zwischen  der
  i einen   Supraorbitalneuralgie  und  dem  entziiudlichen
  Stirnhohlenschineiz.   Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch.  La-
  ryngol.  1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,  532-535.—Bailhache
  (P. H.)  Neuralgia facial; neurectomy of infra-orbital
  nerve; recovery.  Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash.,
  1880-7,  114.—t'uliilb  (V.)  Nevralgie trifacial^ rebelft
  diepta;  resectia  nervulul sub-orbitar; vindecare.  [. . .
  recovery.]   Spitalul,  Bucuresci,  1888, viii,  395-401.—
  Chaintre (A.)  Note sur deux cas de neurectomie du
  nerf sous-orbitaire  dans l'orbite,  pour n6vralgie  rebelle.
  Proviuce med., Lyon.  1888, iii, 333-336.—Dean (L. W.)
  Supraorbital pains.  Iowa  M.  J., Des Moines, 1905,  xi,
  193-198.—Elze.  Akkommodatiouskriiinpfe als Folge von
  Infraorbitalneuralgieu.  Wchnsehr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d.
  Auges, Dresd., 1901-2, v, 145. — Gangolphe.  Nevral-
  gie sous-orbitaire traitee par  la resection du nerf avec
  arrachement p6riph6rique.  Mem. et coinpt.-rend. Soc. d.
  se. med. de Lyon (1894), 1895,  xxxiv,  pt. 2, 93.—<Soris.
  Nevralgie sous-orbitaire (aile du nez) datant de vingt-deux
  ans; nevrectouiiespheno-maxillaire; guerison; presenta-
  tion de la malade.  Presse med. beige, Brux., 1894, xlvi,
  195.  AUo:  Rev.  internat. de  rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
  Par., 1894, iv, 229.—Hearn (W. J.)  One case of neurec-
  tomy of the infra-orbital nerve in a lady of seventy-three
  v ears, who had suffered many vears from neuralgia. Coll.
  & Clin. Rec, Phila., 1893. xiv', 294.—Himehler.   A szem-
  iiregalatti idegzsaba (neuralgia  infraorbitalis)  egy  ese-
  tenek mireny (arsen) altuli gyogyulasa.  [. . . cured by
  arsenic] Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1860, iv, 478-483.—.TIc-
  Oibbou (W. P.)  Supraorbital neuralgia of intranasal
  origin.   ( Unique, Chicago, 1905, xxvii, 222-225.—IVeuraU
   ia des Supra- nnd Infraorbitalis; Operation;  Heilung.
   ahresb. ii. d. chir. Klin.  d.  Univ. Greifswald 1889-90,
  Leipz., 1892, 28.—Paunz  (M.)  A neuralgia supraorbi-
  talis 6s a sinus frontalis gyuladasai kdzotti diaguostikai
  kiilimbsegek.  [Thedifferential diagnosis of.. . and inflam-
  mation ot the sinus frontalis.]  Szemeszet, Budapest, 1905,
  294.—Petridis (A.-P.)  Uu cas  de n6vralgie de la  ma-
  choire droite remontant a six ans, gueri apres l'extraction
  du nerf sous-orbitaire.  Arch,  orient, de m6d. et de chir.
  Par.. 1899.1, 240-242.  Also: Grece  med.,  Syra,  1900. ii,
  44— Philipp.  Fall vou Neuralgie  des  Nervus supra-
  orbital. Arch.  f.  Lichttherap. [etc.], Berl., 1900. i, 126.—
  Putnam (J. J.)   On periodical neuralgias of the trigem-
  inal nerve and their ielation to migraine, with special re-
  lation to the intermittent supraorbital neuralgia.   Tr
  Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1896, xi, 161-177.  Also: Boston
  M. Sc S. J., 1896, exxxv, 53; 81— Kenton (J.C.)  Excision
  of portion of infra-orbital nerve for neuralgia.  Glasgow
  M.J.  1889,  [5.] s., xxxi, 342.—Sinn  (N.)   Resection of
  the infra-orbital aud facial nerves for obstinate neuralgia.
  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1892,  i,  278 — Shah  (T.  M )
  facial neuralgia;  excision of infra-orbital nerve.   Indian
  M.-Chir. Rev., Bombay. 1895,  iii, 338.—Silverman (J.
  A.) A case ot supra-orbital neuralgia treated successfully
  by excision ot a  portion of the supra-orbital nerve.  St.
  Louis M. Era, 1897-8, vii, 49,-Terrillon (0.)  De la re-
  section du nerf sous-orbitaire pour les nevralgies rebelles
  Bull. gen. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1881, c, 49-^9.  AUo in
  his: (Euvres,  8»,  Par.,  1898, i, 233-244—Thouia  (R.)
Neuralgia (Supra- and infra-orbital).
  Ueber das Verhalten der Arterien bei Supraorbitalneural-
  gie.   Deutsches Arch  f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1888,  xliii
  409-410— Thompson (J. A.)   Supraorbital neural  ia'
  Lancet Clinic,  Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 266.—Trifacial
  neuralgia; [infra-orbital nerve excised.]   North Lond. or
  Univ. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1889, Loud.. 1891, 32.—Troquart.
  Tic douloureux dela face; resection du nerf sous orliitairei
  Mem. et bull.  Soc.  do med.  et chir. de Bordeaux,  1889*
  150-155.  AUo:  J. demed.de Bordeaux, 1888-9, xviii, 375. J
  While (J. A.)  Reflex blindness accompanying  neuial-
  gia and resection ofthe supraorbital nerve.  Tr. M. Soc
  Virg., Richmond, 1893. xxiv, 157-160.—Zwar (H )  Me-
  thylene blue in supraorbital neuralgia.  Austral. M Gaz
  Sydney, 1902, xxi, 318.

Neuralgia (Sympathetic).
     Bnch (M.)   Syiupaticiisoeuraluiersom symptom af ett
  patologiskt irritationstillstaud bos sympaticus.  [Nevral-
  gies du nerf sympathique comme symptome d'un etat d'ir-
  ritation pathologique de  ce  uerf.  Res., pp. xix-xxi.]
  Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1901,  xliii, 234-255.
  AUo, transl.: Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb.,  1901,
  xii. 41; 86.  AUo,   transl.  [Absti.]:  St. Petersb. med!
  Wchnsehr., 1901, n. F.,  xviii,  9.—Jaboulay. Role du
  sympathique dans les n6vralgies.  Hull. Soc de chir. de
  Lyon, 1898-9, ii, 178-182.—Termier (J.) Nouvelles in-
  terventions sur le sympathique dans les nevralgies.  Arch.
  prov. de chir.. Par', 1899, viii, 566-574.—Thouia*  (C. M.)
  On the importance of correcting optical defects in the eye,
  in the treatment of certain neuralgic pains  in the head,
  with other sympathetic affections.  Am. J. Homceop. Mat.
  M., Phila., 1876. ix, 443-454. AUo, Repriut.

Neuralgia (Symptomatic).
     See Neuralgia (Diagnosis  and  semeiology of).

Neuralgia (Sijphilitie).
     Garcia de Castro y ^luiioz (J. M.)  Tratamiento
  por el mercurio de la neuralgia, al  parecer de origen sifi-
  litieo.  Rev. ra6d. de  Sevilla,  1889, xiv, 353-368.—< J on-
  zalez tJrueiia (J.)  Un caso de dolor sifllitieo de origen
  neuralgiforme  simulando la ulcera del estomago. Gac.
  ni6d.,  M6xico,  1904,  2.  s.,  iv,  252-254.—Obolciisky.
  Svphilitische Neuralgien; klinische Vorlesungen.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1894,xxxi,153; 193; 382.—Riskin  i Y A.)
  K kazuistikle siflliticheskikh nevralgiy.  [Caseof syph-
  ilitic neural>ria. ] J. med.  i big., Kharkoff. 1894, i. no. 1,
  125-135. — Steiger (K.)  Ueber eine scheiubar typische
  Lokalisation luetischer Neuralgie.  Med. Monatschr., N.
  Y., 1890, ii, 367-369.

Neuralgia (Traumatic).
     See Neuroses (Traumatic).

Neuralgia (Treatmentof).
     See, also, Neuralgia (Facial,  Treatment of).
     Bernard  (P.)   * Traitemeut des  nevralgies
  par les  injections sous-cutauees de s^rtim arti-
  ficiel.  8°!  Paris,  1901.
     He ring (P. [K.  F.])  * Ueber das Neurodin.
  8°.  Halle a.  S., 1895.
     Hixz (F.)   * Behandlung von Xeuralgieen und
  Neuroseu nach deu  Methoden von Naegele,  durch
  Handgriffe.   [Leipzig.]   8°.   Neusalz, 1894.
     Laxdolt (H. R. G.) Ueber die Erfolge der
  Laxirkuren bei Neuralgien.   8°.   Kiel, 1«93.
     Mays  (T.  J.)  Theine  in the  treatment  of
  neuralgia, being  a physiological contribution to
  the therapeutics of pain.  16°. Philadelphia, 166*.
     Naegeli (O.)   Therapie vou Neuralgien  und
  Neuroseu durch  Haudgriffe.   >°.   Basel $ Leip-
  zig,  1-94.
     Oppexheim ( M. )  * Ueber die  antineural-
  gische Wirkung  des Neurodin.  8°.   Wiirzburg,
  1894.
     Reiss (C.)   Die Natur-Heilkunde bei Nerveu-
  schnierzeii (Neuralgien), Hiiftvveh, Gesichts- und
  Kopfschmerz, Magenkrampf u. a.   8-\   Berlin,
  1897.
     Schindler (C.)  *Die Methylenblaubehand-
  lung der  Neuralgieen nach  Beobachtungen  in
  der  inneren  Abteiluug des  Direktor  P.  Gutt-
  maun im atadtischeu  Krankeuhause Moabit  zu
  Berlin.   8y   Breslau,  1692.
     Thompson (J.  A.)  Free phosphorus in medi-
  cine;  with  special reference to  its use in neu-
  ralgia.  A contribution to materia medica ami
  therapeutics.  *-.   London, 1&74. 
NEURALGIA.
591
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia (Treatment of).
    Wukmb (A.)   *Zur   Behaudlung  peripherer
  Neuralgien mit  Iujectionen  von Ueberosininm-
  saure.   [Wurtzburg.]   ?J.   Kiel, 1693.
    Abadie (J.)  Douleurs  n6vralgiques anciennes conse-
  cutives au zona gueries imm6diatemeut par la ponctiou
  lombaire.   Mem. et bull. Soe. de med. et chir. de  Bor-
  deaux (1902), 1903, 503-510.  Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nied.
  de Bordeaux, 1902,  xxiii, 628-631.—Afaiinsyeir <S. M.)
  K voprosu o liechenii nelralgii pereinieiiiiiiu  dushem i
  massagem.   [Treatment  of  neuralgia   by  alternating
  douches and massage.)  Vrach,  St. Petersb.,  1892.  xiii,
  625; 655; 703; 726; 748; 773; 802.—Aldrieh (C.J.)  Kryo-
  fin in  neuralgia.   Bull. Cleveland  Gen. Hosp., 1899, i,
  no. 4, 27-30. AUo:  Therap. News, X. Y.,  1900.  i, 19-22.—
  Aniiuann (O.)  Ueber Therapie vou  Neuralgien und
  Neurosen durch Handgriffe nach Otto Nageli.  Miiuchen.
  med. Wchuschr., 1894, xii. 687.  AUo: Sitzungsb. d. arztl.
  Ver. Munchen  (1894), 1895.  iv, 90-94.—Babes (A.)  Tra-
  tamentul  durerilor nevralgice din regiunea cefalicil  prin
  pensulatia mucoasel nasale cu cocainS,.   Spitalul. Bucu-
  rescl, 1901, xxi,  143.—Baccelli (G.)   On the value of car-
  bolic acid in various  forms of neuralgia, and especially
  in tetanus.  Med. Ma;:., Lond., 1893-4, ii,  811-814.—Bal-
  labene (C.) H valerol-metile nella cura  delle nevralgie
  perifericbe. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1898, Roma,  1899,
  ix, 441-443.—Bassette (M. Imogeue). Notes on the ac-
  tion of gelsemiuiu in some  local  spasms  aud neuralgias.
  J. Nerve & Ment. Dis., X. Y., 1890, xvii, 395-400.  [Discus-
  sion], 417. — Becker.   Ueber Versuche mit Neuronal.
  Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnsehr.,  Halle  a. S., 1904-5, vi, 157.
  AUo, transl: N. medic, Brux.. 1904, iy, no. 19, 3. — Bel.
  lotti (M.)  Azione antinevralgica  e antitermica  della
  morfina nelle nevralgie tubercolari.   Gazz. d. osp., Mila-
  no, 1904, xxv, 749. —Bleibtreu (L.)  Erfahrungen  iiber
  die Anwendung des Neuronals.  Munchen. med.  Wchn-
  sehr.,  1905, lii, 703.— Brnsilovski  (E. M.)   Periferi-
  cheskiya  nevralgii i  nevriti;  iskhodi pri  liechenii ikh
  limanom.  [Peripheral neuralgia  and neuritis;  results of
  treating them bv the Odessa mud baths.]  Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk., 1888. xxix. 123-137. — Buvbaum (B.)  Hydria-
  tische   Behandlung der  Neuralgien.  Verhandl.  d. Ge-
  sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1895,  lxvi,
  pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 535-538.—C'azenave (J.  J.)  Du traite-
  ment de quelques nevralgies rebelles, notammentde celles
  qui sont insupportables par lexers  des douleurs.  Mem.
  et bull. Soc. nied.-chir. d. hop. de Bordeaux, 18U8. iii, 77-
  97.  AUo, Reprint.—Christie (A. K.)  Six  cases show-
  ing the value of subcutaneous injection of cocaine in ueu-
  ralgia.  -E-culap. Soc.  Abstr. Tr. 1895-8,  Lond., 1899, vi,
  25.—C'oe (H. W.)   Treatment of neuralgia.  Med. Senti-
  nal, Portland. Oreg., 189", iii, 49-62.—Cornelius.  Causes
  et traitement des  douleurs nerveuses; important traite-
  ment nouveau.   J. de la sante, Par.,  1905,  xxii, 823-826. —
  Corning (J. L.)  The medication of nerves and its appli-
  cation in the treatment of facial neuralgia and other pain-
  ful nervous affections, being a new mode  of iuducing pro-
  longed neural  anaesthesia  by pressure applied directly
  above the anaesthetic zone, and consequent occlusion ofthe
  subjacent capillaries.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Syracuse, 1887, 94-
  100. — DamogloD.   Nevralgies gu6ries par la sugges-
  tion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,
  Par., 1904-5. xix, 93. —De  Buck  Sc  Vanderliiiden.
  Ueber die Wirkung des Saloplo-ns bei schmerzhaften Af-
  fectionen,  Neuralgieen, Cephalalgieen, etc.  Allg.  med.
  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 1-3— Declat.  De la gueri-
  Bon des nevralgies par un medicament nouveau, le valeri-
  anate  d'ammoniaque.  Bull. gen. de theVap. [etc.l, Par.,
  1856,1,549-553.  Also, Reprint. — Degle (H.)  Von den
  Antineuralgicis und der Massage.   Aerztl. Centr.-Anz.,
  Wien,  1896, viii, 30.5-308.—Del in is (X.)   Action de l'aco-
  nitine  dans les nevralgies.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1892, lxv,
  1157__Ducroux.  Sur l'emploi de la terpine dans les ne-
  vralgies faciales.  Bull. Soc. m6d.-prat.  de  Par.  (1886),
  1887, n. s., ii, 127-131.—Eliot (G.) The treatment of neu-
  ralgia  in  general practice.  Tr. ix.  Internat. M. Cong.,
  Wash., 1887, v,  331-336. —Euler.  Einige Erfahrungen
  mit Neuronal.   Therap. Monatsh.,  Berl., 1905, xix, 168-
  170. — For (G.)  The treatment of neuralgia with  anal-
  gen (N HO OC6 H5 H).  Med.  Press  Sc Circ, Loud.,  1894,
  n. s., lvii, 620. — vou  Frankl-Hochwart (L)   Phy-
  sikalische  Therapie der Neuralgien.  Handb. d. physi-
  kal. Therap.,  Leipz., 1902,  ii,  pt.  2. 460-471. — Frey
  (A.)   Ueber die  Behandlung von  Neuralgien mit der
  Heissluftdouche. Arch. f. Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1900, xxxiii,
  676-683.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Heilkunde,  Wien  rete],  1901,
  618.—Gray (L. C.)  The modern treatment of neuralgia.
  Daniel's Texas  M.  J., Austin,  1888-9, iv, 91-99.—Greene
  (W. T.)  Chloride of ammonium in neuralgia.  Med. Press
  & Circ, Lond., 1888, n. s., xlvi, 254. — Ilamm.  Die Be-
  handlong von Neuralgien  und Kopfschmerzen  mit  dem
  Aetherspray.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl.,  1898, xii, 549.—
  Hare (H. A.)   Croton-chloral in  neuralgia.  Med. News,
  Phila., 1890, lvii, 213.—Herz (M.)  Ueber einseitige Sto-
  rungen der Reaktion bei neuralgieformen Erkrankungen.
  Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap., Wien, 1905, xv, 217-220.—How-
  ard (N. F.) Valuable prescription for  neuralgia.  At-
Heuralgia (Treatment  of).
 lanta J.-Rec. Med., 1902-3, iv, 385.—Hughes (C. H.)  The
 successful management of neuralgia.  Alienist Sc Neurol.,
 St. Louis, 1901,  xxii, 268-286. —  Hunsberger  (J. N.)
 Aconitine in neuralgia.  Tr. M.  Soc. Penn.. Phila., 1895,
 xxvi, 367-371.  AUo: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1895, 3. s., xi,
 509-511. — Hurd  (E. P.)  The  treatment of neuralgia.
 Times  £ Reg., Phila., 1889, xx, 675-678. — Hutchinson
 (J.), jr.  On the treatmentof cases of genuine epileptiform
 neuralgia.  Cliu. J., Lond., 1905, xxvi, 81-90. — Kcniicr
 (R. C.)  The treatment of neuralgia.   Atlanta J..Roc.
 Med., 1900-1901, ii, 313-315. — Kisch (E. H.)  Die purgi-
 rende Methode bei Behandlung der Neuralgien.  Therap.
 Monatsh.,Berl.,1892,vi. 161-163.—Knotts (A.W.)  Castor-
 oil in  neuralgia.  J.Am.  M. Ass., Chicago. 1900, xxxv,
 570.— Kuins.  Des injections d'6ther sulfurique dans les
 n6vralgies.  Ann.  Soc. de med.  d'Anvers, 1890, lii, 31-35.
 AUo: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de  Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 182.
 -----. Encore unmot sur les injections d'ether sulfurique
 dans les n6vralgies.  Ann. Soc. de m6d. d'Anvers, 1890,
 lii, 173-175. — Kuthy (D.)  Osszehasonlitd vizsgalatok
 n6hdny antineuralgicum hatasardl.  [Some comparative
 experiments  on  the effect of antineuralgicum.]  Orvosi
 hetil.,  Budapest, 1896, xl, 196; 210; 223.—I..  Traitement
 des nevralgies.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1895-6, xiv, 164-167.—
 Eieduc (S.)  Traitement des nevralgies par l'ion salicy-
 lique.   Arch, d'electric. in6d.,  Bordeaux,  1904, xii,  403-
 406.—Leonard (C. L.)  The treatment of some neural-
 gias by the Rontgen ray.  Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 57.—
 Leslie (G.)  On the cure of facial neuralgia, odontalgia,
 and allied neuroses.  Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1889-90,
 n. a., ix. 14-26. AUo: Edinb. M. J., 1889-90, xxxv,  614-
 621.—Liegeois.  Le traitement des algies p6ripheriques
 nevropathiques.   Rev. g6n. de clin. et de th6rap., Par.,
 1898, xii, 561.—Ijippi (U.)  Intorno al valore terapeutico
 della neurodina come analgesico.   Policliu., Roma, 1895, ii,
 116-120. — Marie (P.)  Sc Crouzon (O.)  Quelques re-
 sultats du traitement des  nevralgies par les  injections
 80us-cutan6es d'air atmospherique.  Bull,  et  mem.  Soc.
 m6d.d. hop. de Par., 1902,3. s., xix, 1085-1088.—Meyer (E.)
 Beitrasr zur medicamentosen Behandlung von Neuralgien
 und  Myalgien.  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1903,  xii,  133. —
 Miiller (W) Migraenin bei Neuralgien.  Wien. kiin.
 Rundschau, 1897, xi, 257.—Mongour (C.) Sc Cnrles (J.)
 Les injections d'air sous-cutan6es dans les nevralgies. J.
 de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 633-636.-----------.
 Sur la  valeur des injections d'air dans le traitement des
 n6vralgies.  Bull.  m6d., Par., 1905,  xix, 1171. — Mord-
 horst (C.)  Om Behandlingen af Ischias og and re Xeu-
 ralgier.  [Treatment of ... and other neuralgias.]  Norsk
 Mag. f. Lagevidensk., Christiania, 1890, 4. R., v, 304-309.—
 Moyer (H. N.)  Castor-oil in the treatment of neuralgia.
 J. Am. Ass.,  Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 981-983.—Miiller (E.)
 Le citrophene; ses proprietes antipyretiques  et an tin 6-
 vralgiques.   Gaz. m6d.  de Strasb., 1900, lix, 39-43.—
 Nara (T.)   [Massage in brachial neural-ia and ischias.]
 Shiukeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, ii, 230-23.").—IVeale (R.)
 & Bays (J.) Some  cases  of neuralgia  and  migraine
 treated by the use of the percuteur.  Lancet, Lond., 1893,
 ii, 1125.  Also. Reprint.—O'Donoran  (C.).jr.  On the
 use of acetanilide  in certain  forms of neuralgia.  Mary-
 land M. J., Bait., lr-88-9, xx, 208-210.—Ostwalt.  Traite-
 ment des n6vralgies rebelles  par les injections  profondes
 d'alcool. Presse med.. Par., 1905, 812.—Parks (N. O'D.)
 Castor-oil in neuralgia.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1300,
 xxxv, 511.—Bia (G.)  La terapia delle nevralgie.  Boll-
 d. clin., Milauo,  1899, xvi, 337-345. AUo: Incurabili, Na-
 poli, 1899. xiv, 3-14.—Bounue (R.) Les injections ga-
 zeuzes dans le traitement des nevralgies.   Presse m6d..
 Par., 1902, i, 5-11.  -----. A propos du traitemeut des ne-
 vralgies par  les injections d'air.   Ibid., 559. — Boseu-
 bau in  (E.)  Agathin,  ein  neues Antineuralgicum.
 Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1892, xiii, 569. — Rosenthal
 (M.)   Ueber subcutane Eiseninjectionen bei Nervenlei-
 den.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,  1889.  xxv, 1153-
 1157. — Butten.  La teinture  de  rhus  toxicodendron
 comme autinevralgique.  Scalpel, Li6ge, 1901-2, liv, 36.—
 Siiihi-i-o.   Intorno all' applieazione dell' etere solforico
 nella  cura  delle  neuralgie  esterne.  Gior. d. r. Accad.
 med.-chir. di Torino, 1849, 2. s., iv, 473-476. —Sachs  (E.)
 Zur  mechanischen Behandlung  der  Neuralgien.   Wien.
 med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lv, 1750. — Salomone-Marino
 (S.)   L'ergotina nelle nevralgie.  Inliis:  Studj di  clin.
 med., 8°, Palermo, 1887, i (app.), 5.'.—Sehlesinger  (E.)
 Ueber Pyranum als Antineuralgicum. Therap. Monatsh.
 Berl.. 1903, xvii, 32-30.—Schloesser.  Zur Behandlung
 der Neuralgien durch Alkoholeinspritzungen.   Berl. klin.
 Wchnsehr., 1906,  xliii, 82-8... —Schuchnrdt (B.)  Be-
 handlung der Ischias, der  Gesiehtsneuralgien  und ande-
 rer Neuralgien mittelst Aufstaubungen von Monochlor-
 methan (Methylchloriir).   Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v.
 Thiiringen, Weimar, 1888, xvii, 459;  516: 1889, xviii, 91.—
 Schulze (K.)  Ueber Neuronal.  Therap. d. Gegenw.,
 Berl., 1905, xlvi, 14-17.— Seagrave (G.  H.)   The value
 of hypodermic injections of cocaine in the various neural-
 gias.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1896, i, 335.—Siebert (A.)  Ue-
 ber die hypnotische Wirkung des Neuronals.   Psychiat.-
 neurol. Wchnsehr., Halle a. S., 1904-5, vi, 109-111.  AUo, 
NEURALGIA.
592
NEURALGIA.
Neuralgia (Treatment of).
  transl.- Therapist,  Lond.,  1904, xiv,  97-99. — Sinkler
  (W.)  The therapeutic status of the coal-tar products iu
  neuralgia and other painful conditions.  Proc. Phila. Co.
  M. Soc, Phila., 1902, xxiii,  411-414.  AUo: Therap. Gaz.,
  Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 4-6.—Sondaie. Traitement des
  neviab-ies par les injections  d'alcool a 60°.  Rev. de sto-
  matol. ,"Par.. 1905, xii. 293-299.—SpitziniiHer (W.)  Zur
  Therapie  der  Neuralgien.  Wien. med. Wchuschr., 1905,
  Iv, 1922-1924.—Steiner (J.)  Ueber die Behandlung der
  Neuralgien und verwandter Zustande durch Chlormethyl.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 628-
  630. — Stroux (II.)  Neuronal.  Ibid., 1904, xxx, 1497-
  14U9.—Taylor (W.)  On the treatmentof neuralgia and
  rheumatism bv currents of hotair, with some account of the
  apparatus employed.  Lancet, Loud., 1898, ii,  1385-1388.—
  Thomson ( w. 11.)  Ergot in tbe treatment of periodical
  neuralgias.  N.Y/oikM.J.,1894,lix,89.—Voisin(J) Crises
  hyperalgiques  periodiqnes  persistant  pendant plusieurs
  jours de suite et datant de plusieurs ann6es, gu6ries par la
  suggestion hypnotique.  Cong. d. nied. alienistes et neurol.
  de France . .'.  C.-r., Par. Sz Brux., 1903, xiii, v.2, 566-568.—
  Washburn (W.)  Castor-oil  in neuralgia.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxix, 1209.— Waxham (F. E.)   The
  treatment of neuralgia with castor oil, with report of cases.
  Tr. ColoradoM. Soc.; Denver, 1901,234-237.—Yakorenko
  (V.I.) Sluchaiupornolistericheskolnevralgii,izliechennol
  hipnoticheskiiu vuushenijeni.  [Case of obstinate hyster-
  ical  neuralgia treated by  hypnotic suggestion.]   Med.
  Obozr., Mosk., 1888, xxix, 433-442. — Zernik (F.)   Neu-
  ronal.  Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 873.

 Neuralgia  (Treatment of  Operative).
     See,  also, Arteries (Carotid, Ligature of); Neu-
  ralgia (Facial, Treatment of, Operative); Neural-
  gia (Supra- and infra-orbital).
     Conhads  (H. LJ-  M.  V.])   * Ueber  Neural-
  gieen   und   ihre   cliirurgische   Behandlung,
   [Bonn.]   8°.  Siegburg,  1869.
     Gkhkcke (M.)   * Die Endresultate der in der
  Gottinger   chirnrgischen  Klinik  behandelten
  Fiille von Neuralgie.   8°.   Gbttingen, 1893.
     Goux(J.)  * Des causes de  recidive  des dou-
  leurs  n6vralgiques a la suite des operations de
   nevrotomie.  Quelques  considerations a ce su-
  jet;  resection du nerf  buccal.   4°.   Strasbourg,
  1866.
     KtTTNEH  (0. [B. E.])  * Ueber die Heilwir-
  kuug  operativer Eingriffe  an sich.   8°.   Berlin,
   [1893].
     Adenot.  Arrachement du bout p6riph6rique des nerfs
   sectiounes  dans  le traitement des nevralgies  rebelles.
   Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1894, Par., 1895,
   viii,  186-189.—Anjjhebeu  (R.)  L'  interveuto medico-
   chirurgico nelle  nevralgie.  Corriere san., Milano,  1904,
  |xv, 999; 1025. — Atkiu  (C.)  Cases illustrating the sur-
   gical treatment of neuralgia.  Sheffield M. J., 1892-3, i, 306-
   309. — Bai'ilt-Ncii (N.)  Noul indicatiunl ale elongarel
   uervilor  periferici.  Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1897, xvii, 581-
   585.—Bennett  (W. II.)  A case in which acute spas-
   modic  pain in the left lower extremity was completely
   relieved  by sub-dural division of the posterior roots of
   certain spinal nerves, all other treatment having proved
   useless; death from sudden  collapse and cerebral haemor-
   rhage on the twelfth day after the operation, at  the com-
   mencement of apparent convalescence.  Med.-Chir. Tr.,
   Lond., 1889, lxxii, 329-348, 1 1., 1 pl.—Chipault (A.)  Du
   traitement de certaines nevralgies rebelles par la resection
   intra-durale des racines  posterieures.  Gaz. d. hop., Par.,
   1897, lxx, 71.—Chipault  (A.) & Demoulin (A.)   Ne-
   vralgie de la viiie racine posterieure cervicale droite; re-
   section intra-rachidienne de cette racine etdes racines sus
   et sous-jacentes; gu6risonop6ratoire et fonctionnelle. N.
   iconog. de la  Salpetriere,  Par., 1895, viii,  136-148, 3 pl.—
   t'oustantinesco.  Resection du nerf grand abdomino-
   genital pour nevralgie.  Bull,  et m6m. Soc.  de chir. de
   Bucarest, 1903-4, vi, 251.—Corning (J. L.)  The ut-e of
   congealed oils to prevent the reunion of nerves after their
   subcutaneous division; a contribution to the radical treat-
   ment of certain forms of neuralgia.  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,
   1896, 1, 809-H12.—Dandois.  Contribution au traitement
   chirurgical des  nevralgies.  Bull. Acad. roy. de ni6d. de
   Belg.,  Brux., 1898, 4. s.,  xii, 755-764. -----. Expose d'une
   theorie sur l'action des resections nerveuses dans les ne-
   vralgies.  Clinique, Brux.,  1898, xii,  791. —de  Laper.
   sonne (F.)  Note sur  l'arrachement du  frontal interne.
   Bull. med.  du nord,  Lille,  1889, xxviii. 331-336.  Also:
   Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse,  1889, iii, 291; 297.—Maag (H.)
   Fern Tilfadde af Neuralgier, behandlede med Nervestrsek-
   ning.  [Five  cases of .  .  .,  treated by nerve-stretching.]
   Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1889,3. R., vii, 335-337.—Oehler(R)
   Laminektomie  und  Nervenwurzeldurchschneidnng  bei
   Neuralgie.  Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906,  xxxiii,  142.—
Neuralgia  (Treatment of  Operative).
  Kiizuinovski  (V. I.)   Ob otdalyonnikh  rezultatakli
  operatsiy na nervakh po povodu nevralsriy.   [Remote re-
  sults of operations on nerves for neuralgia]   Russk. chir
  arch., S.-Peterb.,  1904, xx,  217-234.- Sj me (G. A.)  Two
  cases of neuralgic pain, successfully treated by operation.
  Austral. M. J., Melbourne. 1895, n. s., xvii, 357.— I'm.
  polski (S. D.)  Sluchai vesma prodolzhitelnol nevralgii,
  i/.llechi\>hoisya poslie izslecheniya rubtsa.   [Very  pro-
  longed  neuralgia, cured  after  excision of  a cicatrix.]
  Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1900, v, 515-521.

Neuralgia  (Treatment of) by electricity.
     See, also, Neuralgia (Facial, Treatment  of) by
  electricity.
     Dubois  (S.)   Du traitement des  n6vralgios
  par  reiectricite" et l'hydrotberapie,   ou  guide
  pratique d'eiectro-hydrotherapie appliquee  au
  traitement de ces maladies.   *°.   Paris, 167*.
     Morisse  (E.)    "Contribution  a  l'etude   du
  traitemeut electrique des  nevralgies.   -i0.   Pa-
  ris,  1903.
     Mrsso  (E.)  Nevralgie  e  reumatisini  curati
  coll' elettricita, «- specialmente  col  jodofoimio.
  Y-.   Torino, 1661.
     Althnus (J.)  The constant current in the treatmeut
  of neuralgia.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Loud., U-95, n. s., lix,
  186-188.—Arienzo (G.)  La luce elettrica bleu nella cura
  delle nevralgie.   Ann. di elett. meil. [etc.], Napoli, 1903, ii,
  67-74.—Bnily (A. W.) Electrical osmosis in the treat-
  ment of ueuralgias.  J. Electrother., N. Y., 1898, xvi,  218-
  220.— Bcrtran  (E. )  De  algunos novisimos procedi-
  mientos electro-tenipicos aplicados al tratamiento de laa
  neuralgias.  Rev. de cien.  med. de Barcel., 1905, xxxi, 113-
  125.—Capitan.  Le traitement electrique des nevralgies.
  Med. mod., Par., 1900, xi, 4U3; 413— Curtis (G. L.) Elec-
  tric ozonation in neuralgia.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902,
  xxxix, 311-313.  AUo:  Dental Digest, Chicago, 1902,  viii,
  666-671.  AUo [Abstr.]: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1902, xliv,
  1183.—Dubois.  Traitement des nevralgies  rebelles par
  les courants continus a intensity 61evee.   Bull. Soc. nied.
  de Reims, 1898, n. s.,  iv, 225-228.—OriboyedofT (A. S.)
  O primlenenii elektricheskavo svleta s llechebnoyu tslelyu
  voobsbtshe i piotiv nevralgiy v chaslnosti.  [Application
  of electric light, with a therapeutic object in general and
  against neuralgia in particular.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.
  [etc.], S.-Peteib., 1900. v, 170;  253.—Laquerrierc Sc
  Del her m  (L.)  Considerations  sur le traitement elec-
  trique des n6vralgies, au sujet de deux cas rebelles gueris
  par I'eiectricite.  Bull. off. Soc. franc. d'61ectroth6r., Par.,
  1902, ix, 99-113. Also: Ann.  d'electrobiol.  [etc.], Par.,
  1903, vi, 52-67. Also: Progres m6d., Par., 1902, 3. s„ xvi,
  145^149.—Lednc (8.)  Traitemeut electrique des nevral-
  gies.  [Rap.]  Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii. 2*6-
  292. _____.  Traitement des nevralgies par lion quinine.
  Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux. 1904, xii, 529.— Tlussaut
  (J.)  Note sur quelques n6vralgies traitees par la galvani-
   sation. Auu. Soc. m6d. chir. d'Anvers, 1901, vi, 313-322.—
   Morel (T.)  Contribution au traitemeut des algies ditea
   rhumatismales par la galvanisation k haute dose.  Ann.
  d'electrobiol.  [etc.],  Pai-., 1904, vii, 70-73 — Tloiton (W.
  J.)  Cases of sciatic aud brachial neuritis and neuralgia,
   treatment and cure bv electrostatic currents.  Med. bee.,
   N. Y.,  1899, lv, 521-527. AUo, Reprint.—Stewart (F. E.)
   On  the treatment of rheumatism aud neuralgia by the
   electro-vapor bath  and massage.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit,
   1888, 3. s., iv, 165; 237; 361.—Nudnik (R )  Cataforesis
   electrica eu el tratamiento  de las afecciones neuralgicas
   articulares y sus manifestacioues eu la gota y reumatismo.
   Rev. Soc. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires,  1895, iv, 384-409.
   -----. Cataphorese au chlorure de zinc  daus les affec-
   tions uevralgiques. Arch, d'electric. m6d., Bordeaux, 1896,
   iv, 181-186. -----. Contribution  a l'etude du traitement
   electrique des n6vralgies.  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc. ],  Par.,
   1899, ii, 411-432— Taylor (W.)  A new  instrument for
   the treatment of neuralgia, called the electro-thermogen.
   Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1897-8. n. s., xvii, 141-148.—
   Weil (E.-A.)   Le traitement  electrique des n6vralgi(-8.
   France tn6d., Par.,  1898,  xiv, 209-214.  AUo: Rev. inter-
   nat. d'electrother., Par., 1897-8, viii, 245-254.-----Elec-
   troth6rapie  des n6vralgies.  J.  de physioth6rap.,  Par.,
   1903, i, 72;  108.

 Neuralgia (Trigeminal).
      See Neuralgia (Facial).

 Neuralgia (Unilateral).
      Anton  (G.)  Ueber den einseitigen  Korperschmerz
    (Hemialgia).  Beitr. z. inueren Med.  Festschr.d.Cong-J.
     .  in Karlsbad 1899, Wien, 1900, 58-71.  AUo.- Prag. med.
    Wchuschr.. 1899, xxiv, 174; 194.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Mitth. d.
    Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz., 1899,  xxxvi,  6-8.—
    Dercum (F. X.)  A  case of  hemialgia.   J.  Nerv. Sc
    Ment, Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 273-275. 
NEURALGIA.
593
NEITR ASTHENIA.
IVeuralgia (Vesical).
    See Bladder (Neuralgia of).

Neuralgia and insanity.
    Anton.   Ceber Beziehung der Neuralgien zu Psy-
  chosen.   Wien. med.  Bl., 1889, xii, 7—von  Kraflfit-
  Ebius (R)  Beziehungen zwischeu Neuralgic uud trausi-
  torisoher  Psychose.  In his: Arb. a. d. Gesammtgeb. d.
  Psychiat. u. Neuropath., Leipz., 1897,1. Hft., 79-108.  AUo,
  transl: Alienist Sc Neurol., St. Louis, 1899, xx, 408-438.
  Also, Reprint. -----. Ueber Beziehuugen  zwischen Neu-
  ralgie und  transitoi ischer Psychose.  Allg.  Ztschr. f.
  Psychiat. [etc.l. Berl.. 1901,  lviii.  463-465.—lTIingaz-
  zini (G.) A:  I*acetti  (G.)  Studio clinico sulle psicosi
  neuralgiehe (in sensu lato).  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reg-
  gio-Emilia, 1899, xxv, 401;  563.—Salvolini (U.)  Contri-
  buto clinico alia conoscenza delle disfrenie nevraltriche.
  Riv. quindicin. di psicol. [etc.], Roma, 189H-9, ii, 245-260.—
  Wagner (J.) Neuralgic und Psychose.  Jahrb. f. Psy-
  chiat.. Leipz.  u. 'Wieu, ls.-8-H, viii, 287-292.

Neuralgia in lower extremity.

    See,  also,  Erythromelalgia; Foot (Painful);
  Meralgia; Paresthesia; Sciatica.
    Ancinu.v (X.)  Nevralgiedu tronctibial termineeparla
  mort.   In his:  Clin, chir., 8°.  Li6ge, 1816,  205-209.—
  Coclet.  Nevrite du crural, gu6rie par l'elongatiou ner-
  veuse.  J. m6d. de Brux.,  1905, xi, 46.—IIager  (W.)
  Neuralgia femoris: Resection des Nervus.cutaneus femoris
  anterior externus; Heilung.  Deutsche nied. Wcbnscbr.,
  Berl.  1.-85, xi. 218.— <le  iHoiitluziu (R.)  Excision of
  the posterior tibial nerve for the cure of plantar neuralgia.
  Tr. Louisiani M.  S.  X. Orl.. 1S96, 212-214.—Pal (J.)
  Ischialgia Aleralgie nnd  Plattfuss.  Wien.  klin. Rund-
  schau, 1902, xvi, 1-4.—Sutton (J. B.)  Crural neuralgia
  affecting  dentists.  Lancet, Lond., 1882,  ii,  141.—Van
  Engclen.  Nevrite  du crural, guerie par l'elongatiou
  nerveuse.  Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 45.—War da (W.)
  Ein Fall von Neuritis des N. cutaneus femoris externus.
  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 948.

IVeuralgia in pregnancy and puerperal

  state.
    See Puerperal neuralgia.

Neuralgia in upper extremity.
    Nourric  (C.)  * De la nevralgie   brachiale
  double.   4".  Paris, 16z6.
    Abbe  (R. )  Intractable brachial neuralgia;   nerve
  stretching, amputation, and finally intradural division of
  the sixth,  seventh, and eighth cervical nerves.  Tr. N.
  York Acad.  M. (18901, 1891,  2. s.,  vii, 305-307.—Bern-
  hardt (M.)  Ueber eine  wenig bekannte  Form  der  Be-
  schaftigungsneuralgie.   Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1896,
  xv, 13-17.  -----. Epicondvlalgia.  Internat. Clin., Phila.,
  1899, 9. s., iii, 281-284. — Biffi (S.)  Intorno ad alcune nio-
  nografle delle nevralgie bracchiali.  Gazz.  med. ital.
  lomb., Milano, 1858, 4. s.,  iii, 121-125.  AUo,  in his: Op.
  compl.,  8°, Milano, 1902,  ii.  19-33. — Boenninghaus
  (G.)  Ueber  nervosen   Halsschmerz.  Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1681.— Bostwick
  (W. W.)  Excision of the brachial  plexus for neuralgia.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 3^5.—Brassert (II.)   Ueber
  Brachialgie.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lii, 2525.—
  Buford (G. G.)  Brachialgia.  Memphis Lancet, 1898, i,
  276-279. — David. N6vralgie ancienne du nerf radial,
  guerie par la suggestion hypnotique. Rev. del'hvpnot. et
  psychol. physiol.,  Par.,  1902-3, xvii,  177-180.—Dignat
  (P.)  Quelques remarques sur les n6vralgies du plexus
  brachial et leur traitement electrique.  Ann. d'electrobiol.
  [etc.],  Par., 1901,  iv, 31-36. — Distin (H.)   A note on
  brachial neuralgia.  Brit. M.  J., Lond.,  1904, i, 124.—
  Doyle ( J. J.)  A case of neuralgia of brachial plexus as
  first secondary symptom of syphilis.  Maritime M. News,
  Halifax, 1902, xiv, 417.—Fer'rand.  Note  sur  le malade
  pr6sente par le Dr. Cb.aiiteines.sc; trauniatisme du cou;
  phe.i)ome,nes douloureux le long des nerfs phreniques et
  du plexus brachial.  Bull, et 1116m. Soc. med. d. hop. de
  Par., 1890, 3. s., vii, 273-276.—Gee (S. J.)   Cervico-brach-
  ial neuralgia.  St.  Barth. Hosp. J.,  Lond.,  1900-1901, viii,
  178-181.—Oetye (F.)  Sluchai professionalnol nevralgii
  Bernhardt'a.  [Caseof Bernhardt'sprofessionalneuralgia.]
  Vrach.  Zapiski,  Mosk..   1896,  iii, 201-203. — Oolding-
  Bird (C. H.) Deltoid  neuralgia.  Guy's Hosp.  Rep.,
  Lond., 1889, 3. s.,  xxxi, 215-222.—Hughes (C.  H.)  A
  case of  cervico - brachial  neuralgia,  excited by arm-and-
  shoulder strain.  Kansas  City M.  Rec,  1888, v, 321.—
  Hutchinson (J.)  Numbness and pain in the fingers in
  connection with a palmar ganglion.  Clin. J.,  Loud., 1894-
  5,  v, 386.—Kadcr  (B.)  Langjahrige Neuraigie des rech-
  ten Plexus cervicalis und brachialis infolge von narbiger
  Verletzung des linken Kopfniekers;  vollstandige Heilung
  nach Tenotomie dieses Muskels.  Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d.
  Med. n. Chir., Jena, 1897, ii, 731-738.—Lyman (H. M.)
  Cervico-brachial neuralgia.  Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii,
  491. -----. Neuralgia of the neck and upper extremities.

       VOL  XI, 2d series---38
.Yeuralgia  in upper extremity.
  Cliu. Rev., Chicago, 189S-9, ix, 293-300__Hai-lel. Pseudo-
  nevralgie scapulo-liuru6rale (n6vrite radiculaire) consecu-
  tive k la grippe.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.,
  1890, 3. s.,  vii, 280.—Negro (C.)  Nevralgia  nel distretto
  del plesso brachiale di natura isterica; diatesi di contrat-
  tnra.   Boll.  d. Policlin., Torino, 1897, ii, 219-223.  Also:
  Riv. iconog.  d. sez. mal. nerv. d. Policlin. gen. di Torino,
  1898, 35-38.—Oilier.  Carpalgie des adolescents.  Bull.
  Soc. de chir.  de Lyon (1898-9), 1900, ii, 245-247.—Oppen-
  lieim (H.)   Ueber Brachialgie und Brachialneuralgie.
  Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen,  1898, viii, 421-424.  AUo:
  Berl. klin,.Wchnsehr., 1898, xxxv, 569-572.—I»nvesi (E.)
  Storia di gravissima neuralgia omero-scapolare.  Gior. d.
  r. Accad.  med.-chir. di Torino, 1849, 2, s.,  v,  203-211.—
  Potain.  Accidents  reflexes con.s6cutifs k un trauma-
  tisine; n6vralgie  du plexus  brachial et du plexus car-
  diaque.  (In/., d. hop..  Par., 188S, lxi, 1153-1155.—Sands
  (H. B.) ,fc Neguin (E. C.)  A caseof traumatic brachial
  neuralgia treated by excision of the cords of the brachial
  plexus.   Arch. Scient. & Pract. M. Sc  S., Phila., 1873, i,
  1-18.  Also, Reprint.— Scheiber  (S. H.)   Neuralgia
  brachialis  dextra  mit  ausgebreitetem  Herpes  zoster.
  Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1892, v,  370. -----. Neuralgia
  brachialis esete.   [A case of...]  Budapesti k. orvosegv.
  1892-ik 6vi evkdnvve, Budapest, 1893, 70-72. —Simon (R.
  M )  Brachial neuralgia.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 71.—
  Vau Ex.  Un cas as<»ez rare de nevralgie cervico-bra-
  chiale.  Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1893,  4.  s.,  i, 311-317.—
  Whiter (C.J.)   Treatment of brachial neuralgia.  Brit.
  M. J., Loud., 1903, ii, 312.

NeurangiosiN.
    See  Nervous system (Vasomotor,  etc., Pathol-
  ogy of).

Neurasthenia.
    See, also, Anxiety; Asthenopia;  Influenza
  (Complications  of, Cerebrospinal, etc.);  Tremor.
    Beard (G. M.)  Herbert Spencer on American
  nervousness.    A  scientific  coincidence.   12°,
  New York,  1883.
    Bordaries  ( C.-J.-G.-F. )    * Contribution a
  l'e'tude de laneurasthe'uie.  4°.   Bordeaux, 1890.
    Bouchut (E.)  De  l'6tat uerveux  aigu   et
  chronique,   ou  nervosisme, appele"  uevropathie
  aigue c6re"ljro-pneuiuo-ga8trique; diathese ner-
  veuse;  fievre   uerveuse;  cachexie  nerveuse;
  ne"vropathie prote"iforme; nevrospasmie, et cou-
  foudu avt-c  les vapours, la surexcitabilite' uer-
  veuse, l'hystericisme, l'hyst6rie, l'hypochondrie,
  l'aneniie, la gastralgie, etc.  8°.  Paris, 1860.
    Clausse (A.)  * Contribution a l'etude de  la
  neurasthe'nie.   4°.  Paris,  1891.
    Deswarte (A.)  Nervosisme  moderne.  8°.
  Bruxelles, 1902.
    Givex.s  (A.  J.)  Nervous  exhaustion.  8C.
  Stanford, Conn., [n. d.~].
    Kaciiperov  (So[)hie).  * Coutributiou h Y6-
  tude de la  neurasthenie.   8°.   Paris,  1897.
    -----.   The same.   8°.   Paris, 1-97.
    von Krafft-Ebing (R.)   Nervositat nnd neu-
  rasthenische Zustilude.   8°.   Wien, 1^95.
    Leite  Barckllos (A.)  * Neurasthenia,   sin.
  4°.  Bio  de Janeiro, 1901.
    Neurasthenie  (La),  ses  causes,  ses suites,
  son traitement curatif.  16°.  Bruxelles, 1901.
    ------.   The same.  1(>°.   Bruxelles,  1905.
    Pron (L.)  La neurasth6nie.   Pathogenic  et
  traitement.  12°.  Paris, 190.">.
    PUNTON  (J.)   The diagnosis and treatment  of
  neurasthenia.   8°.  [n.p.], 1899.
    Torelli   ( U.)   Neurastenia e ueurasteniei.
  8°.  Castano Primo, 1892.
    Aikiu  (J.  M.) Neurasthenia.  Med.  News, N.  T.,
  1902, lxxxi,  970-974. — Albcrs  ( H.  H.)  Neurasthenia.
  Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1903-4, ii, 726-731. —Aiuler-
  «on (W.)  Observations ou iieiirastheuia.  Pacific  M.J.,
  San Fran., 1904, xlvii, 136. —Bain (F. D.)  Nervous pros-
  tration  Tr. Ohio M. Soc.,  Norwalk, 1897, 240-231.—Ba.
  kody (T.)   Neurasthenia.  Gy6gydszat, Budapest, 1902,
  xlii, 825.—Ballet ((1.)  La conception pratique de la neu-
  rasthenie.  J. do med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 297-301. -----.
  La neurasthenie.  Rov. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par.,
  1903, xvii,  198-200. -----.  Les formes et le traitement  de
  la neurasthenie.  Ibid., 261-263.  Barbour (J. F.; Neu-
  rasthenia.  Am. Pract. Sc News. Louisville, 1896, xxi, 41-
  45.  [Discussion], 55-58— Bartlett (B. W.)  Neurasthe- 
NEURASTHENIA.
594
NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia.
  nia.   Boston M. Sc S. J., 1895, exxxii,  348-351.—Bnum-
  Knrteu. Etwasiiber Nervositat.  Centralbl. f. d. Kneipp.
  Heilverf., Worishofen, 1902, ix. 169; 181.—Beard (Gr. M.)
  American nervousness; its  philosophy and treatment.
  Virginia M. Month..  Richmond,  1879-80, vi,  253-276.
  AUo  Reprint.—Bcnediht  (M.)  Ueber  Neurasthenie.
  Mitth. d. Wien. med. Doct.-Coll., 1891,  xvii, 25-31.  AUo:
  Wieu. med. Bl., 1891, xiv, 33;  83.—Bice (A. W.)   Neuras-
  thenia.   Louisville Mouth. J. M. Sc S., 1904-5, xi, 1-5.—
  Bieiifail(A)  La neurasthenic.  Gaz. m6d. beige, Liege,
  1904-5. xvii. 63.—Bishop (F. B.)  Neurasthenia.  Tr. M.
  Soc. Dist. Columb. (1897), 1898, ii, 203-208.  AUo:  Nat. M.
  Rev.. Wash., 1897-8, vii, 375-380.—Blake (Le G.)   A case
  of neurasthenia,   Atlautic M. Weekly, Providence, 1896,
  vi, 263.— Itlocq (P.)  La neurasthenie et  les neurasthe-
  niques.  Gaz.  d. hop.. Par., 1891, lxiv, 425-434.  Also,
  transl: Brain. Lond., 1891-2, xiv,306-334.—Bouveret(L.)
  La  neurasthenie (epuisement nerveux).  Province m6d.,
  Lyon, 1*89, iii, 493; 505; 520; 553; 566; 579;  590; 615: 1890,
  iv,  1; 15;  25;  49; 73; 85; 99; 113; 129; 181; 207. AUo,
  transl [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.T., 1891, xviii,
  496-503.—Bowie* (R. S.)  Neurasthenia.   Med. Press &
  Circ. Loud.,  1902, n. s., lxxiii, 425-427.—Bremer  (L.)
  Current  iallacies  about nervous  prostration.  St. Louis
  Clinique, 1894, vii, 145-157.  Also, Reprint. —Bridge (N.)
  Nervous debility.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893,  2. s., iv,
  64.—Bio«n (B.)   Neurasthenia, nervousness,  and the
  nervous  temperament.  Virginia  M. Semi-Month., Rich-
  mond, 1896-7, i, 4-9.—Brown (S.)   Neurasthenia.  Inter-
  state M.  J.,  St. Louis, 1901, viii, 411-418.  Also: Medicine,
  Detroit,  1901, vii, 457-465.— Burnet  (J.)  Neurasthenia
  in the male ; with  special  reference  to its  etiology and
  treatment.  Med. Times <V Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xxxiii,
  602-604.-----. Someaspectsof neurasthenia.  Ibid., 1906,
  xxxiv, 58.—Butler (G. F.)   Neurasthenia.   Tr. Missis-
  sippi Valley M. Ass., 1902, Kansas City, 1903, iv, 336-353.—
  Canfield'(U) Only nervousness.  Tr. Rhode Island M.
  Soc.  1896, Providence.  1897,  v,  313-324.  Also:  Tr. Soc.
  Alumni  Bellevue  Hosp., N. Y.,  1896, 23-37.  AUo:  N.
  York M. J., 1896. lxiii, 44-48.—Cantaui (A.)  Neuras-
  tenia.  Morgagni.  Milano, 1890, xxxii, 681-686. — Cassity
  (J. C.)  Neurasthenia.  Kentucky M. J., Louisville. 1904-
  6, ii, 219-221.—Cecchetelli Ippoliti (T.)  Sull' abuso
  della parola neurasteuia.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi,
  870-872.— Clark (I).)  Neurasthenia.   Canad. Pract.,
  Toronto, 1888, xiii, 209-213.—Coe (H. W.)  Neurasthenia.
  Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1894, ii, 382-390.— Cohen
  (S. S.)  A case of neurasthenia.  Internat. Clin.. Phila.,
  1895, 5.  8.,  iii,  88-90.—Collins  (J.)  Sc Phillips  (C.)
  The etiology and treatment of neurasthenia;  au  analysis
  of three hundred and thirty-three cases.  Med.Rec, N.  Y.,
  1899, lv, 413-422. AUo: Canad.J.M.<fe S., Toronto, 1900, vii,
  54;  131.—Coinstock (T. G.)   Neurasthenia and reference
  to cases.  Tr. Am.Inst. Homeop., Phila., 1892, xiv, 290-301.—
  Coulter (('. W )  Neurasthenia from the  standpoint of a
  general practitioner.  Buffalo M. J., 1899-19(10, n. s., xxxix,
  82-89.—Courjon.  La neurasthenic  J.dela saute, Par.,
  1895, xii,  491: 1896, xiii. 149.— Crego (F. S.)  Neurasthenia,
  or nervous exhaustion.  Buffalo Al. Sc S. J., 1888-9, xxviii,
  295-302.-Croniii  (J.J.)   Neurasthenia.  N.   Eng.  M.
  Month.,  Danbury, Conn., 1896, xv, 175-178.—Cutter (E.)
  Nervousness, divorce, food.  Therap.  Gaz., Detroit, 11*80,
  iv, 219.   Also.  R print.—Dana  (C. L.)  Neurasthenia.
  Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1*90-91, vi, 20-38. -----.  Neuras-
  thenia.   Twentieth Cent. Pract.,  N. Y., 1897, x, 733-760.
  -----. The partial  passing of neurasthenia.  Boston M.
  &S..T., 1904, (-1,339-344. AUo, Reprint.— Davie* (O.C.S.)
  Neurasthenia.  Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1898-9, xiii,
  308-320. —Be Manetis (S.)  Sulla nevrastenia.  Mor-
  gagui, Milano. 1890. xxxii, 423-452.—Be Sanctis (S.) A:
  Kiongarini.  Neologism! e pseudoneologismi  nei neu-
  rasteriici.  Riv. sper. di freniat.,  Reggio-Emilia, 1900. xxvi,
  82-94. —Besguin  (V.)  Propositions sur le nervosisme
  soumises il la Soeiete de medecine mentale.  Bull.Soc.dc
  med. ment. de Belg., Gand. et Leip/.., 1888, no. 49,143-145.—
  Oilier  (T.)  Some  observations on neurasthenia.  Penn.
  M.  J., Pittsburg, 1902, v, 641-650.—Brysdalc  (H.  H.)
  Neurasthenia; its etiologv,  svniptoinatology, and treat-
  ment.  Med. Critic, N. Y'.,  1902,  ii, 515-518.—Eshner
  (A.  A.)  Neurasthenia.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899. 9. s.,
  iii,  192-198.—Eskridge (J.  T.)   Neurasthenia.  Phila.
  M. J., 1900,  vi, 493-498.  Also, Reprint.—Ferenezi  (S.)
  A neurastheniai61.  Gy6gzaszat, Budapest, 1905,  xiv, 164-
  106.  Also, transl:  Ungar. med.  Presse,  Budapest, 1905,
  x, 227-229.—Ferrna (A.)   La neurasthenie.  Arch,  de
  terap.de 1. enferm. nerv. y meut., Barcel., 1904, ii. 136-140.—
  Fisher (R. W.)   Neurasthenia.  Proc. Utah M. Soc, Salt
  Lake City, 1895-6, 203-207.—Flinteriunnn  (J.)   Neuras-
  theuia.   Physician & Surg., Detroit Sc Ann  Arbor, 1898, xx,
  402-409.—Freeee(MargaretA.) Neurasthenia.  Woman's
  M.  J., Toledo,  1903,  xiii, 23-26.-«ehring (J. G.)  Neu-
  rasthenia.   J. Med.  Sc Sc, Portland, 1897-8,  iv, 453-462.—
  Geohegan (W. A.)   Neurasthenia.  Cliniqne,  Chicago,
  1902, xxiii,  643; 699 —fthilardueei (F.)  Nevrastenia.
  Suppl. al Policlin..  Roma. 1897-8. iv, 621-625.—di vena
  (A. J.)   Neurasthenia.  Am. M. J., St. Louis, 1900, xxviii,
Neurasthenia.
  371-376.—Oorhau (A.)  Ueber das Wesen nnd die  Be-
  handluug der erworbenen Neurasthenie.   Internat klin
  Rundschau, Wien, 1889, iii, 2052; 2089; 2137.—IiSrns»et!
  Sur quelques points relatifs k l'etiologie et a la symptoma-
  tologie de la neurasthenie.  Ann. d. psychiat. et d'hypnol
  Par., 1891, n. s., 311; 330; 365.—<Jraj'(L. C.)  Nenraethe'.
  nia; its symptoms and treatment. Med. News, N. Y, 1899
  lxxv, 78&-791.—CJrayson (T. W.)  Neurasthenia.  Penn'
  M. J., Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii, 582-586.—Green leaf (C.
  T.)   Neurasthenia.  Med. Era, Chicago,  1889, vii, 198.—
  Hale (J. A.)  Neurasthenia.  Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1897,
  xxxv, 91. —Hart (W.  F.)  Neurasthenia.  Tr. Maine m!
  Ass.,  Portland,  1895,  xii,  155-165.—Hersman (C.  C.)
  Neurasthenia.  Alienist &. Neurol., St. Louis, 1897, xviii,
  491-495.— Hilly ( C.)   Om var tids nervsvnghet eller
  s. k. nevrasteni.  [On  nervous weakness  in our time, or
  so-called neurasthenia.]  [Transl.]   Halsovannen. Stock-
  holm, 1898, xiii. 220; 239; 256;  279; 310.— Hilc htoek (C.
  W.)   Neurasthenia; report of a case.  Harper Hosp. Bull.,
  Detroit, 1902-3, xiii, 39. ----- Neurasthenia.  Detroit M.
  J., 1906, vi, 11-15.—Hoflmayr (L.)  Zur Aetiologie und
  Behandlung der Neurasthenie.  Wien. klin. Ruml.sehau,
  1904, xviii, 109-112.—Holsti  (H.)  Om nevrasteuin och
  dess forekorast i de nordiska landerna; dess yttringar och
  orsaker.  [Neurasthenia and its presence in the north; its
  symptoms and causes.]  Forh. v. nord. Kong. f. inv. med.,
  Stockholm,  1896, i, 42-49.   [Discussion].  49-55.  AUo:
  Finska lak.-sallsk. handl.,  Helsingfors, 1896, xxxviii, 861-
  885.—Border (T. J.)   Neurasthenia; a critical inquiry.
  St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1902-3, x, 67-73.—Hornibroo'k
  (E.)   Neurasthenia.  Tr. Iowa M. Soc. 1891, Des Moines,
  1892, ix, 117-124.   Also: Vis med., Des Moines, 1891, i, 181-
  1888.—Howard (W.  L.)  Neurasthenia; alcoholism: in-
  sanity.  St. Paul M. J.. St. Paul, Minn., 19i>4, vi, 367-370.
  AUo', Repriut.  AUo:  Quart.  J. Inebr., Hartford, 1904,
  xxvi,  276-280.—Hughes (C. II.)  Neuratrophia, neuras-
  thenia, and neuriatria.  Alienist &. Neurol.,  St.  Louis,
  1894,  xv, 209; 354.  Also,  Reprint. —Hummel.  Nocli
  einige  Randbemerkungen  iiber Neurasthenie uud ihre
  Statistik.  Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, 23;  27.—In-
  gelrans.   Neurasthenie.  ficho m6d. du nord, Lille, 1905,
  ix, 532. — Ires  (A. W.)  Neurasthenia.  Detroit  M.  J.,
  1903-4, iii,  191. — Jendrassik (E.i  A neurastheniarol.
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 508; 523; 540;  558; 573;
  588.—Johnson (J. T.)  Neurasthenia.  VVash. M. Ann.,
  1902, i, 212-236.  Also, Reprint.—Joseph (L.) Ein Beitrag
  zur Neurasthenie.  Veroffentl. d. Hufelaud. Gesellsch. in
  Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch., 1891, xiii, 87-94. A Uo: Deutsche
  Med.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1891, xii, 493.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Pa-
  cific Bee. M. Sc S., San Fran., 1891-2, vi,  1. —Kellogg
  (J. H.)  Neurasthenia.  Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich.,
  1901, x, 121-126.—Keown (T. W.)  Neurasthenia.  Phila.
  M. J., 1902, x, 1053-1055.—Kirn.  Ueber Diagnose und
  Therapie der Neurasthenia.  Irreufrennd, Heilbr., 1892-3,
  xxxiv, 97-113.   AUo:  Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1893,
  xxviii, 145-148.—Klippel (M.)  Le nervosisme.  Arch.
  g6n. de med., Par.,  1903, i. 1185-1189.—Knox  (Myra).
  Neurasthenia.  Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1897, xi,
  502-507.—Koranyi (F.)  Az idegessegrol.  [On nervous-
  ness.)  Magy. orv. 6s term.-vizsg., Pozsony, 1866, 04-73.—
  Kolhe.  Das Wesen und die Behandlung der Neurasthe-
  nie.  Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v.Thiiringen, Weimar. 1894,
  xxiii, 106-133. AUo, Keprint.— Kovalevski (P. I.) K
  ucheniyu o sushtshnosti nelrasteuii.  [Studv ou nature of
  .. .]  Arch, psichiat. [etc.], Kharkov, 1890, xvi. nos. 1-2,1-22.
  AUo, transl.- Centralbl. f.  Nervenh. u. Psvchiat.. Coblenz
  & Leipz., 1890, n. F., i, 241; 294.   AUo. transl: Alienist&
  Neurol.,  St. Louis, 1891, xii, 47-50.—Kuss (G.)  La ques-
  tion de la  neurasthenie k  la Societe  de   therapeutique.
  Bull. m6d., Par.,  19()1.  xv,  21-26.—I.adova (Rosalie M.)
  The nature of neurasthenia; a study of the recent litera-
  ture.   Chicago M. Recorder, 1900,  xix, 189-195.   Also:
  Medicine,  Detroit, 1900,  vi, 183-188.—I.ash  (H.  M.)
  Neurasthenia.   Proc.  Indiana M.  Soc. Indianap-. I900.
  22-36.—I.nwloii (S.  E.)  Neurasthenia.   Tr.  Vermont
  M.  Soc, Burlington,  1900, 34-58.—I.euioiiie (G.)   Pa-
  thogenie et traitement de  la  neurasthenie.   Ann. med.-
  psveh., Par., 1888, 7. s., viii, 235-246. -----. Dela neuras-
  thenie.  Nord  ni6d.,  Lille,  1900, vi,  261-264.—Lentz.
  Lecture  sur le  nervosisme.  Buli.  Soc. de  med. ment. de
  Belg., Gand et Leipz., 1887, no. 45, 2.  fasc, 48;  no. 46, 3.
  fasc, 29.—de I.loi-cns (I.)   Enfermedad  fin de siglo; el
  nervosismo.  Gac. san. de Barcel., 1895, vii, '28'J:  322; 362;
  402; 442.  AUo: Enciclopedia, Barcel., 1895, viii, 313;  361;
  389; 429: 1896, ix, 1— Lockwood  (C. E.)  Some illus-
  trative cases of neurasthenia, and a study of that  condition
  with special reference to its causation and  prevention.  N.
  York M. J., 1891, liv, 92-98.—I.ove (I. N.)  Neurasthe-
  nia, from the standpoint of the general practitioner.  Buf-
  falo M. Sc S. J., 1893-4, xxxiii. 513-527.—IHeCasltey (G.
  W.)   Neurasthenia;  some points in its  pathology  and
  treatment.  J. Am. Ass., Chicago. 1900, xxxiv,  1531-1536.
  AUo, Beprint.  Also: F..it Wayne M. J.-Mag.,1900, ",224-
  228.—TlcBiarmid (A.)  A case of neurasthenia.   Chi-
  cago M.  Recorder, 1899, xvi, 388-390.— Madden (H. K.)
  On "nervousness", its true nature and treatment.  Month. 
NEUKASTHENIA.
595
NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia.
  Homoeop. Rev., Lond., 1868. xii, 211-261.  AUo, Reprint__
  de itlattos (J.)   A neurasthenia.  Med. mod., Porto,
  1897,  iv, 1; 9;  17; 27.—Mesnard  (L.)   Lecons sur la
  neurasthenie.   Ann. de  la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1893-4.
  iii 110;  215.—Meyers (D. C.)  Neurasthenia.  Canada
  Lancet, Toronto, 1899-1900, xxxiii, 503-506.—iTIingnzzini
  (G.)   La nevrastenia.  Gaz.  med. d. Roma,  1904,  xxx,
  365-379.— Mitjavila y Kivas (J.)  Concepto, causas y
  siutomas de la neurastenia.  Rev. espec. m6d. La oto-rino-
  laringol.  espan., Madrid,  1902, v,  138-148. -----. Diag-
  nostic y tratamiento de la neurastenia.  Ibid., 397-405.—
  jHobiiis (P. J.)  Zur Lehre von der Nervositat. Inhis:
  Neurol. Beitr., 8°, Leipz., 1894, 2. Hft., 52-122.—Monroe
  (G. J-)   Nervousness.  Louisville M. Month., 1895-6, ii,
  244- 290.—Morgan (G.P.)  Neurasthenia.  Tr. Maine M.
  Ass., Portland, 1904, xv, 169-177.—Mosea to (P.)  Un caso
  di neurastenia.  Gazz. d. osp., Napoli, 1891, xii, 710-712.—
  Moutier (A.) Introduction k l'etude de la neurasthenic.
  Aun. d'electrobiol.  [etc.], Par., 1901, iv,  658-604.—rVeff
  (I. H.)   A few remarks on  neurasthenia.  Physician  Sc
  Surg., Detroit Sc Ann Arbor,  1896, xviii, 445-449."  [Discus-
  sion], 467. — Neurasthenic  (La).  Union med., Par.,
  1891,  3. s., li, 57; 93; 185.—IVogueirn  I.olio.  A propo-
  sito dnm caso de neurasthenia.  Movimento med., Coim-
  bra,  1904, iv,  239-243.—Oatroumou" (A. A.)  Dva  slu-
  r.hayanevrastenii.  [Two cases of neurasthenia.] Inhis:
  Klin, lektsii, 1893-4, 2. ed., 83, Mosk., 1895, 114-132.—Ots
  y Esquerdo (Y.)  Patogenia, variedades, profilaxis y
  terapeutica de la neurastenia, con exposicidn de los casos
  praeticos necesarios para confirmar  la doctrina que se
  sustenta.  An. r. Acad,  de m6d., Madrid, 1897, xvii,  137;
  352.—Patrick  (H. T.)  Neurasthenia.  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1898, 8.  s., iii, 185-188.—Peeters (J.-A.)  Une auto-
  observation de neurasthenie  en 1806.  Bull. Acad. roy. de
  m6d. de  Belg., Brux., 1905,  4. s., xix,  500-506.—Penn
  (G. W.)  Neurasthenia;  diagnosis and treatment.  Mem-
  phis  M. Month., 1904. xxiv,  579-581.— Pitres.  Lecons
  sur la neurasthenie.   Echo med., Toulouse, 1889, 2. s., iii,
 ' 529; 541; 553; 565.—Playfair (W. S.) Some observations
  concerning what is  called  neurasthenia.   Brit. M.  J.,
  Lond., 1886, ii, 853-855.  Also, Reprint.—Pleeker (W. A.)
  Neurasthenia.  Gaillard's  South. Med., Savannah,  1906,
  lxxxiv, 62-68.—Pope (C.)  Neurasthenia. Hot Springs
 \ M. J., 1897, vi, 329-334.—Prengowski (P.)  La maladie
  consideree tantot comme neurasthenie periodique tant6t
  comme psychose circulaire d'un petit grade, etc.  [Rap.]
  Cong, internat.  de m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid,  1904, xiv,
  sect, de neuropath, [etc.], 907-961.—Quackenbos (J. D.)
  Causes and recent  treatment of neurasthenia.  Tr.  N.
  Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1897, 92-103.  AUo, Reprint.
  Also: Atlantic M. Weekly,  Providence, 1897,  viii, 17-23.
  AUo: Med. Times,  N. Y., 1898, xxvi, 65-68.—Kanzier
  (G.)  De la neurasthenie.  Semaine med., Par., 1893, xiii,
  513-520.   AUo, transl.:  Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1893-4,
  xxvi, 199; 230; 263;  293.—Kelander (K.)  Hermoheik-
  kous ja lepopaivii.  [Neurasthenia and holidays.]  Suomen
  terveydenh.-lehti, Helsingissa, 1890, ii, 71-75.—Reynold*
  (E. S.)   Some  remarks ou the diagnosis and treatment of
  neurasthenia.  Med. Chron.,  Manchester, 1893-4, xix, 25-
  31.—Riesniau (D.)   Neurasthenia; its nature and treat-
  ment.  Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, viii, 926-936.—Rob-
  erts  (J. G.)  Neurasthenia.  Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 836-
  840.—Rockwell (A. D.)  Neurasthenia and its relation
  to other  diseases.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li, 297-299.
  -----.  The functional neuroses, with special reference to
  neurasthenia;  their pathology and treatment.  Tr. Am.
  Electrother. Ass. 1898, Buffalo, 1899, viii, 165-171.  Also:
  Med. Rec, N.  Y., 1898, liv, 541-543. -----. Neurasthenia;
  its etiology, symptomatology, and treatment.  Interuat. M.
  Mag., N. Y, 1902. xi, 65-70.—Royo Villanova (R.)  El
  eclipse de sol en los neurast6iiicos.  Clin, mod., Zaragoza,
  1905, iv, 1083-1093.—Rozenbakh (P. J.)  O nevrastenii.
  Vestnik klin. i. sudeb. psichiat. i nevropatol., St. Petersb.,
  1888-9, vi, pt.  2, 111-119. — Kucker < H. N.)  Neuras-
  thenia.   Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran. 1897, 246-250.—
  Ru<lneff(Y.  I.)  Obustalosti.  [Tired feeling.] Kazan.
  Med. J., 1901, i, 525-528, 1 diag.—Sachs (B.)  Functional
  nervous  troubles ; neurasthenia, its occurrence in young
  and old, symptomatology, and treatment.  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1891, i,  237-246.—Salas y Vaca (J.)  La neuras-
  tenia; sus causas y tratamiento.  Rev. de med. y cirug.
  pract., Madrid, 1903, xxvii, 361; 401; 441.  Also: Escuefa
  de ni6d., Mexico, 1903, xviii, 409; 433.—Savill (T. D.)  A
  clinical lecture on nervousness (neurasthenia), its causes
  and treatment;  illustrated  by cases.  Clin. J.,  Loud.,
  1896-7, ix, 373-381. -----. On the pathology and treatment
  of neurasthenia.  Treatment, Lond., 1899-1900, iii, 69-79.—
  Schmidt (C.) Ueber Wesen,  Symptome und Behand-
  lung der Neurasthenie.  Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-u.
  Heilk. in Dresd., 1893-4,  24-26.   [Discussion],  27-31.—
  Schwarz  (A.)  A  heveny ideges kimeriiiesrol.   [On
  acute nervous  exhaustion.]  Gy6gy&szat, Budapest, 1894,
  xxxvi, 1;  13.   Also,  transl:  Pest  med.-chir. Presse,
  Budapest, 1894, xxx, 97-101.  AUo. transl:  Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1894, xliv, 886; 931; 982.—Sel Id en (H.)   Om
 var tids nervsvaghet.   [On the nervous debility of  our
Neurasthenia.
  time.]  Helsovannen, Stockholm, 1891, vi, 21-26.—Shoe-
  maker (J. V.)  Neurasthenia.  Med. Bull., Phila., 1903,
  xxv, 385-389.—Smith (F. S.)  Neurasthenia, with report
  of cases.  Med.  Age, Detroit, 1900, xviii,  729-734.— de
  Sousa Mnrtins (J. T.)  Prefacia a os neurasthenicos.
  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1896, xiv, 38; 62; 69;  76.—Spear-
  man (F. S.)  A case of neurasthenia.  Iowa M. J., Des
  Moines, 1905,  xi,  128-130.—Sprague (G. P.)  Neurasthe-
  nia.  Am. Med.,  Phila., 1902, iv, 766-768.—Strasser (A.)
  Ueber Neurasthenie.  Bl. f. kiin.  Hydrotherap., Wien,
  1901, xi,  221-228.-Study (J. N.)  Neurasthenia.  Med.
  News, N. Y.,  1904, lxxxiv, 159-161.  AUo, Reprint.—von
  Sury-Bicnz.   Neurasthenie.  Vrtljschr. f.  gerichtl.
  Med., Berl., 1891, 3. F., i, 125-133.—Takada (T.)  [Neu-
  rasthenia.]   Tokvo-med.  Wchuschr., 1896, No. 934, 1-6.
  Also: Kokka Igaku Kwai Zasshi,  Tokyo,  1896,  45-52.—
  Thompson (M. G.)  Neurasthenia.  Tr.  Arkansas M.
  Soc. 1903, Little Rock, 1904, xxviii,  126-142.—Timpano
  (P.) Neurasthenia and neuro-hyperstheuia of Grocco; a
  critical review.  J. Ment. Path., N. Y, 1905-6,  vii, 167-
  171.—Ventosa.  Neurastenia.  Corresp. m6d., Madrid,
  1895, xxx, 387.—Vogt  (R.) Psykiatriens hovedtrsek: 1.
  Neurasteni.   [Communications de psychiatrie: 1. Sur la
  neurasthenie. Res., 546.]  Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk.,
  Kristiania, 1903,  5. R., i,  465-482.—Wetherby (B.  J.)
  Neurasthenia. Tr.  Luzerne Co. M.  Soc,  Wilkesbarre,
  1903, xi, 8-16.—Whittaker (J. T.)  Neurasthenia.  In-
  ternat. M. Mag.. Phila., 1895-6, iv,  766-772. —  Wich-
  mann (R.)   Bemerkungen iiber Neurasthenie.  Aerztl.
  Prakt., Hamb.,  1892, v, 465-469. —Williams (W. H.)
  Neurasthenia. Med. & Surg.  Monit.,  Indianap., 1903, vi,
  107-112.—Wright  (J. T.) Neurasthenia.   J. Am.  M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv,  21. — Yakovlefl" (A.  A.)   O
  nashel sovremennol  nervnosti.   [< )nr modern nervous-
  ness.]   Arch, psichiat. [etc.],  Kharkov, 1891, xviii, no. 2,
  25-49. — Zenner (P.)  Neurasthenia.   Cincin. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1898, n. s., xl, 643-650.   [Discussion], 657-661.

Neurasthenia  (Causes and  pathology

  of)-
     See, also,  Kidney (Movable,  Complications, etc.,
  of); Nervous system (Diseases of) and eye-strain;
  Neurasthenia (Sexual);  Neurasthenia (Syphi-
  litic) ; Neuroses (Traumatic); Nose (Beflex neu-
  roses of); Nostalgia.
     Berton (R.-A.-R.)   *fitude sur le pessimisme
  litte'raire contemporain dans  ses  rapports avec
  u6vropathie.   8°.  Bordeaux,  1899.
     Carito (D.)  La ueurastenia e la  vita mo-
  derna.  12°.   Napoli, 1903.
     DarrouX (C.)  *Des rapports  de la neuras-
  thenie  avec   l'arte'rioscle'rose.  4°.   Bordeaux,
  1*95.
     Ducroux (H.)  * Contribution a l'etude de la
  neurasth6nie.   Rapport de la  maladie de Beard
  avec  les maladies  infectieiises.    4°.   Paris,
  1895.
     Erb (W.)   Ueber die  wachsende  Nervositat
  unserer Zeit.   4°.  Heidelberg, 1893.
     Repr. from: N. Heidelb. Jahrb., 1893, iv.
     -----.  The same.   3.  Aufl.  8°.  Heidelberg,
  1894.
     GutONE  (A.)  Patogenesi nella  neurastenia.
  6\  Aversa, 1890.
     Grandclement (J.)  Essai sur  J a neurasthe-
  nie.   Quelques considerations  sur les symptomes
  oculaires et sa patbog6uie.   8°.   Lyon,  1894.
     Mariscal (N.)   La neurastenia en los hom-
  bres de  estado.  (Reflexiones de  medicina  po-
  lftica.)   Con un estudio critico acerca del autor,
  por C. Leopoldo Alas.  16°.   Madrid, 1901.
     Oker-Blom (M.)  Nervositet  och uppfostran.
  [Nervousness and education.]  8°.  Helsingfors,
  1903.
     Rencuhel (J.-L.-E.)  * Essai sur les rapports
  du pessimisme et de la neurasthenie.   4°.   Bor-
  deaux, 1690.
     Robinson (T.)  Lecture on worry.   16°. Lon-
  don, 18*8.
     Sturm  (C. )   Die  Ursachen   der  Nerven-
  schwache.   3.  Aufl.  12°.   Berlin,  [1898?].
     Szejko (Mile. Jadwiga).   * Influence de l'eau-
  cation sur le developpement de la neurasthenie.
  8°.  Lyon,  1902. 
NEURASTHENIA.
596
NEURASTHENIA.
Aeurastlienia  (Causes  and  pathology

  of).
     Yf.uillot (V.)   *La neurasthenie et  li-s etats
  n»Mirastheiii(]ues;  role   dc   l'beredite   ne>ro-
  palhiquc   4.  Paris, 189(1.
     -----.  Tbe same.   8^.    Paris, 1690.
     Zkniwzwakte  en  nierziekte,  of over  eeue
  weinig bekcnde   uiaar  dikwijls  voorkomeude
  oorzaak van vroegtijdige uitpntting krachtver-
  lies,  enz.  32°.   Brussel, 1905.
     Ziegelroth.  Die  Nervositiit  uuserer Zeit,
  ihre  Ursacben und Abhilfe.   Eine sozial-hygiei-
  nische Studie.  16°.   Stuttgart, 1-95.
     Acciiiclli (F.)  Neurastenia e pessimismo.  Unione
  imil.  ital.. Torino, 1900,  iv, 90.—de  Almeida  <»iiiuui-
  raes (11 )   Neurasthenia e tuberculose (contribuieao  ao
  estmlo da. etiologia da molestia de Beard). Brazil-med.,
  Rio de Jan., 1900, xiv,  275-277. — Artault  de  Vevey.
  Neurasthenie grave a la suite d'une intoxication  jiar une
  infusion de  fleurs de cytise.  Compt. reud. Soc.  de biol.,
  Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 80-88.—Bassolw y Prim (A.)  La
  malaltia social  regnant.  Rev. de cien. med. de  Barcel.,
  19(12. xxviii,  234-238.—Bauer (J. L.) The-why and where-
  fore of nervous  prostration and allied states;  some typ-
  ical illustrations of the  exercise of positive individuality
  and change of habit.  St. Louis Med. Era, 1894-5, iii. 1-
  9.  Also, Reprint. — Beni-Barde.  De la neurasthenie
  appendiculaire;  influence de l'appendicito sur la neuras-
  thenie.   Progres med.,  Par., 1905,  3. s., xxi,  875-878. —
  Biancbi (L )   II nei vosismo  di questa  hue  di secolo.
  Riv.  mens,  di psichiat.  forense, Napoli,  1899,  ii,  49-70.—
  Bidlot (F.)  Diathese uriqueet neurasthenic  Scaipel,
  Liege, 1901-2, liv, 293.—Bidon (H.)  Degenerescence et
  neurasthenie.    Cong. d.  med.  alienistes  et  neurol.  de
  France ...   C.  r., Par., 1899, x, 244-254. — Bloch  (A )
  Sur la physiologie pathologique du nervosisme:  non-va-
  leur du  terme neurasthenie.   Assoc, franc,  pour l'avance.
  d. sc.  C.-r. 1891, Par.. 1892, xx,  pt. 2, 680-085.—Brower
  (D. It.)   A case  of secondary anemia, neurasthenia, auto-
  intoxication.  Doctor's  Mag.,   Chicago,  1900, i, 108.—
  Brown (S.)  Etiology of neurasthenia.  Chicago M. Re-
  corder, 1901, xx,  311-316.—Brush (A. C.)  Lithemicneu-
  rasthenia.   Brooklyn M.  J.,  1893. vii, 666-671. — Cald-
  well (J. J.) A review of the theory of nervous  exhaus-
  tion,  or  neurasthenia.  N. Albany M. Herald, 1894, xiv,
  171-173.—Coggcshall (F.)  The relation of local disease
  to neivous disorders, especially neurasthenia.  N. York
  M. J., 1902, lxxx, 532-537.  Also, Repriut. — Coinpaired
  (C.)  Neurastenia y  psendolbbias  de origen intranasal.
  Cong, internat. de nied.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect.
  de rhino-laryngol., 58-01.  AUo: Semana  med.,  Buenos
  Aires, 1903, x, 509.—t'owles (E.)   Pathological fatigue
  of  neurasthenia.  Am. J. Insan., Utica,  N. T., 1891-2,
  xlviii, 49; 209.—Crafts (L. M.)  Lithaemieneurasthenia.
  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 5. s., iv, 185-189.—Davis (A.
  M.)  Neurasthenia and  auto-infection.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1898, liv, 625-627.—Bubois.  Ueber Nervositat und Ana-
  mie.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900,  xxx,  244-
  247.—Bucoste.  Pessimisme et neurasthenie.  Cong. d.
  m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France . . .  C.-r.,  Par.,  1902,
  ii, 407-416.—Edes (It. T.) The relatiou of neurasthenic
  conditions to the general  nutrition, with reference to (A)
  body-weight; (B)  blood measurements;  (C) excretion of
  urea, uric acid, indican.   Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila
  1897, xii, 126 143.  Also: Boston M. A:  S. J., 1X97. cxxxvi,
  589; 617.  Also, Reprint.-----. The relatiou  of somespecial
  causes to the development of neurasthenia.  Boston M. <fc S.
  J.,1904,cl,227-235.  AUo, Reprint.—Edson(C)  Neuronic
  exhaustion from want of sleep; defective cerebration in tho
  case of a railroad engineer. Med.Brief, St. Louis, 1903, xxxi
  200-203.— Eisner (H.  L.)   The pathological  factors of
  neurasthenia.  N. York  M. J., 1897. lxv, 491-494.  A Uo, Re-
  print.— de Fleury (M.)  Pathogenie de lepnisement ner-
  veux.  Cong. d.  med. alienistes et neurol. de  France . .  .
  Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 372-387.  Also.- Rev. de
  m6d., Par., 1896,  xvi, Kl-114.  Also:  Rev. med.-chir. d. mal.
  d. fenitues, Par.,  1896, xviii, 462; 519; 581.—Fuchishima.
  [Researches on  the etiology aud pathology of  neurasthe-
  nia.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,  1905, 967; 1061. — Oallant (A.
  E.)  Neurasthenia, movable kidney, or Glenard's disease.
  Med. Brief, St. Louis. 1903, xxxi, 1818-1820.—Gilbert (A.)
  Sc Lcreboullet d'.)   La neurasthenie biliaire.  Bullet
  mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1903. 3. s., xx, 956-966.—
  Oorxhkoir (1.  P.)  Nevrasteniya v krestx anskom soslo-
  vii.  [Neurasthenia among peasants.)  Me'ditsiua, St Pe-
  tersb., 1895,  vii,  339-344.—Oianliolm (O.)  Neurasteuin
  och sallskapslifvet.  [La neurasthenic et le commerce du
  monde.   lies., p. cxix.]   Fin ska lak.sallsk. handl., Hel-
  singfors, 1898, xl, 1056-1063.— «inilli <G.)  La nevraste-
  nia autosuggestiva.  Riv. mens, di neuropat. e psichiat.
  Roma. 1901-2. no. 2, 2-17. — Helipach  ( W.)  Soziale
  Ursachen und  Wirkungeu  der  Nervositat.   Polit.-an-
  throp. Rev., Eisenach u. Leipz.. 1902, i. 43; 126.— Ilofl-
  uiayr (L.)   Ueber  die  Eustehung  der  Neurasthenie. '
Aciirastlieilia  (Causes  and pathology

  of)-
  Deutsches Arch. f. klin.  -Med., Leipz.,  1899,  lxvi  492-
  499.—Hughes (C. H.)  The Louisiana Purchase Expo-
  sition, the neurasthenic and the brain-tired.  Alienist and
  neurol., St. Louis, 1904, xxv, 490-508.—Imcovcio (H.)
  De la  neurasthenie des  pauvres  Bull, med., Par., 1905
  xix, 359-302.—Johnson  (G.)   On  some nervous dis-
  orders  that  result  from  overwork  or mental  shock
  and anxiety.   Lancet, Lond., W5, ii, c5; 155.  AUo, in
  kis: Med. Lect.  <fc Essays,  8°, Loud.,  1kx~,  198-235__
  Joseph.  Zur Aetiologie der Neurasthenie.  Veroffentl.
  d. llufeland. Gesellsch. iu Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch., ]892*
  xiv, 125-134.  AUo: Wien. med. Wchuschr., i892  xli'i 917-
  960. Also: Deutsche Med.  Ztg , Berl., 1892, xiii, 457-459. J
  Kobler  (G.)   Die  .Neurasthenic  bei  den  Lmnlbcwnh-
  nern, mit  besonderer  Kiicksicht auf die bosuiche baucr-
  liche   Bevolkerung.  Wien. med.  Wchnsehr..  1903, liii
  1237-1240. — Kopczyriski (S.) Nerwowosc i  lektura!
  [Nervousness a ml reading.]  Kryt.  lek., Warszawa, 1K99,
  iii,  21)1-212.—Kovalcvsky (I'.)' Neurasthenie  et'degp'
  u6rescence. Bull. Soc. de  med. ment. de Belg., Gaud et
  Leipz., 1893, 270-298.—Lifevre (C.-M.)   Les neurasthe-
  nies d'origiue toxique.  Ann. de psvehiat. ct d'hypnol
  Par.,  1893,  n. s., iii, 69-79.—I.illig (L. W.)  Etiology of
  neurasthenia.   Tr. Iowa M. Soc., Des Moines, 19no, xviii,
  264-274.—Lowenfeld (L.)  Ueber die Beziehungen der
  Neurasthenie zur harnsaiiren Diathese.  Miiiiclieu. med.
  Wchuschr., 1892, xxxix, 37-40.  AUo: Sitzungsb. d. arztl.
  Ver. Miinchen  (1891),  1892, i, 248-259.—Love (G. R.)
  The mental factor in  neurasthenia.  Toledo M. & S. Re-
  porter, 1905, xxxi, 423-425.—IVlathieu (A.)  Neurasthe-
  nie et arteriosclerose.   Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 1238.—
  ltlaurice. La neurasthenie et les passions deprimautes.
  Lyon med., 1905, cv, 613-620.—Mayhugh (I.)  Severe
  neurasthenia dependent upon anemia.  Denver M. Times,
  1901, xxi,  130.—lYIeudini  (G.)  Nevrastenia di origine
  otitica. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1900, xlviii, 1151-
  1156.—Mettler (L. IL) Lithasmic neurasthenia.  Med.
  Summary,  Phila., 1896-7, xviii, 60. -----.  On the pathol-
  ogy of neurasthenia.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1901, xx, 316-
  320.—JHiecamp (L.)   Pathogenie de la cephalee neuras-
  theuique.   Arch. g6u. de m6d ,  Par., 1904, i, 1601-1620.—
  ITIucbin (N. I.) Neurasteuiya i degeneratsiya.   [Neuras-
  thenia and degeneration.]  Arch, psichiat. [etc.], Charkov,
  1888, xii, no. 1, 49-67.—IVntier (M.)  La  neuiasth6nie et
  certaines affections du nez et de la gorge.  Parole.  Rev.
  internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1899, n. s., i, 289-303.   Alio,
  Reprint.—Pearce (F.  S.)   The role of uric acjd in cer-
  tain types of neurasthenia and allied states, an expression
  of disturbed metabolism.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila.,
  1898, lxxviii, 51-55. -----.  Further laboratory studies on
  uric acid in neurasthenia, and ou autointoxication in ner-
  vous disease.   Am. J.  Insan., Bait.,  1900-1901, lvii, 103-
  115.—Pelizaeus (F.)   Ueber artificielle Neurasthenia.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1*91, xvii, 776-
  778.—Perrier  (L.)  Neurasthenic; arteriosclerose. N.
  Montpel. med.. 1*97, vi, 477-480. —Petit (L.-H.)  Des rap-
  ports de la neurasthenie avec la scoliose et quelques autrea
  difformites orthopediques.   Assoc,  franc, pour l'avance.
  d. sc.   C.-r. 1895, Par., 1896, xxiv, pt. 2,886-893.—Pick (A.)
  Ueber die Beziehungen der Autointoxication zur Neuras-
  thenie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1895, ix,  577; 596; 611.—
  Pickett (W.)  The morbid physiology of neurasthenia.
  Proc.  Phila. Co.  M. Soc, Phila., 1905-6, xxvi, 368-370.—
  Pritchard (W. IJ.)  The American disease; an inter-
  pretation.  Canad. J.  M. Sc  S., Toronto,  1905,  xviii, 10-
  22.  AUo:  Canada Lancet,  Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii,  982-
  995. AUo:  Canad. Pract.  Sc Kev.. Toronto,  1905. xxx,
  427-440.  AUo:  Dominion M. Mouth., Toronto, 1905, xxv,
  13-27.  AUo: Med. News, N. V., 1905. lxxxvii, 591-597.—
  Putzar.   Ueber den Zusainmenhang der Neurasthenie
  mit der harnsaiiren Diathese.  Veroffentl. d. Hufeland.
  Gesellsch.  iu  Berl.   Balneol. Gesellsch.,  1896. xvii,  193-
  205.  Also:  Deutsche  Med.-Ztg., Berl.,  1896,  xvii,  491-
  494.—Rankin (G.)  Neurasthenia; the wear and tear of
  life.  Brit.M. J.. Lond., 1903, i,  lul7-1020.  AUo: Sani-
  tarian, N. Y..  1904, lii, 502-514.—Regis.  Neurasthenie
  et arteriosclerose.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de
  France . . .  Proc.-verb. [etc.], 1895, Par..  1*96, ii. 387-403.
  AUo:  Presse ni6d.. Par., 1896, 45-48.—Rem-iirel.  Neu-
  rasthenic  et pessimisme.  Arch. clin. de  Bordeaux.  1896,
  v,  266-279.—Robinson (J. W.)  The relatiou of acid
  fermentation in the stomach to neurasthenia.   Am. Med.,
  Phila., 1906, xi, 2X5-288.—Bot (V. K.)  Nelrasteniya i He-
  nost.  [Neurasthenia and laziness.] Vopr. filos. i psichol.,
  Mosk., 1896,vii, pt.2,555-574.  J7so[Abstr.]: Bolnitsch.gaz.
  Botkina, St, Petersb., 1896,vii, 1359-1361.—Boyster(W.I.)
  Civilization; nervous  exhaustion.  Carolina M.  J.. Char-
  lotte,  1905,  lii,  167; 242.—Ruggi (G.)   Contributo alia
  patogenesi ed  alia nevrastenia osservata in alcuni  ainraa-
  lati di nefroptosi.  Gazz. d.  osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 2018.
  AUo, transl:  Ann. d.  mal. d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1904,
  xxii, 854-856.—Rumbold (T. F.)  The relation of chromo
  nasal inflammation to so called neivous prostration;  or the
  result of excesses.  Tr M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1894, 265-
  272.  Also, Reprint.—Sellars (L.  R.)   Acquired  neu- 
NEURASTHENIA.
597
NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Diagnosis of).
  Neurasthenie.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1902, xlix,
  1641-1644.— Ijodor (C. H.) A study in the hematology of
  neurasthenia.  J. Nerve. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxviii,
  305-308.  Also: J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1901,  xxxvi,
  1107-1109.—I.owenfeld (L.)  Die objectiven Zeichender
  Neurasthenie. Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1891, xxxviii,
  856;  877; 904.  Also, Reprint.  AUo: Sitzungsb. d. arztl.
  Ver. Miinchen (1891), 1892, i, 205-248.-----. Die objectiven
  Zeicheu der  Neurasthenie; Anhang:  Ueber die Bezie-
  hungen der Neurasthenie zur harnsaiiren Diathese. Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1892, xxxix, 37-40. — Marshall
  (E.)  Clinical reportof three  obscure cases [neurasthe-
  nia].  Am. Pract. <fe News, Louisville, 1905, xxxix, 696-
  699.—Ulcttlcr (L. H.)   The differential diagnosis between
  hysteria and neurasthenia, and treatment.  Med. Standard,
  Chicago, 1904, xxvii, 343-347.—lTIoutier (A.)  Marche et
  diagnostic de la neurasthenie  essentielle.  J. de m6d. de
  Par., 1901,  3. s., xiii, 2S2.—Myrtle (A. S.)  Neurasthenia,
  true and  false;  diagnosis  and  management.  Prov.
  M. J.,  Leicester,  1889, viii, 84-88. — Orshanski (I. G.)
  Sostoyaniye perifericheskikh sosudov ikrovyanovo davle-
  niya u nevrastenikov.  [Condition of peripheral blood-ves-
  sels andblood-pressureinneurasthenics.] Obozr.psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 908-910.—Pelizaeus.
  Zur  Differentialdiagnose der  Neurasthenie.  Deutsche
  Med.-Ztg., Berl.,  1889,  x, 317; 329.—Pettyjohn (E.  S.)
  The differential diagnosis of "neurasthenia" and its treat-
  ment,  Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1896, 311-317. Also:
  Dominion  M. Month.,  Toronto, 1896, vii, 492-495.  Also:
  Med. News, N. T., 1897, lxx, 326-328.  AUo: Physician Sc
  Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor,  1896, xviii, 18-21.  [Discus-
  sion], 26-30.— Rockwell (A. D.)   Neurasthenia  versus
  lithaemia.  Internat, Clin., Phila., 1894, 4. s., iii, 151-158.—
  Taylor (J. B.)  A case of neurasthenia simulating phthi-
  sis pulmonalis.  W. Virg.  J. M. Sc S., Huntington. 1894-5,
  i, no. 7,1-3.— del Valle y Aldabalde (R.) Neurasteniay
  estados analogos. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid,
  1899, xiv, 361-366. Also: An.med. gaditanos, Cadiz, 1899-
  1900, xviii, 63-66.—Vespa (B.)  II riflesso cremasterico
  nella neurastenia.  Bull.  d. Soc. Lancisiana  d.  osp. di
  Roma,  1897,  xvii, fasc. 1, 145-154. — Webber (S. G.)  A
  studv of arterial tension in neurasthenia.  Boston M. & S.
  J., 1888, cxviii, 441-445.  AUo, Reprint. — Wengandt.
  Beitrage zur Diagnose der Neurasthenie.  Arch. f. Psy-
  chiat.,  Berl., 1901, xxxiv, 1076.
Neurasthenia  (Causes and pathology

  of)-
  rastbenia.  West. M. J., Fort Scott, 1898, x, 3-5.—.Simp-
  son (F.  T.)  Acquired cerebral neurasthenia.  Yale M.
  J., N. Haven,  1894-5, i,  109-116.—Smith (P.  C.)  The
  meaning of the term neurasthenia and tho etiology of the
  disease.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903,  i, 781. -----.  Neuras-
  thenia, degeneracy, and  mobile organs.  Ibid., 1906, i,
  494-496.—Stadelmann.  Zur Beurtheilung der Nervosi-
  tat unserer Zeit.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898. xii, 643.—
  §tarr (M.  A.)  The toxic origin of  neurasthenia and
  melancholia.  Med.  Rec,  N.  T., 1901.  lix, 721.—von
  Striimpell (A.)   Nervositat und Erziehung.  Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,  1906, 2. r., d. 1, 61-81.—
  Sweeney (A.)  The relation of intestinal irritation and
  absorption to neurasthenia.   Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul,
  1896, xvi, 46-48.—SziuurJo (J.)  O stanach  neuraste-
  nicznych, na tie zaburzen nosowych powstalych.  [Neu-
  rasthenia caused by morbid conditions of the nasal cavi-
  ties.]  Medycyna,  Warszawa.  1901.  xxix.   813; 835.—
  Triantaphyllides.  Neurasthenic palustre.  Arch, de
  neurol., Par., 1894, xxviii, 91-108.—Trouibetta. (E.)  La
  nevrastenia nell' esercito e nelle scuole.  Cliu. mod., Pisa,
  1904. x,  301-308.—Tucker (E. F. G.)  Neurasthenia in
  Anglo-Indians.  Indian  M.  Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii,
  43-49.—Van Ooidtsnoven  (E.)  Cerebrasthenia the
  bane of the American brain-worker.   Atlanta Jour.-Rec.
  Med., 1904-5. vi, 658-663.— Walser.  Wie  iiussert sich
  die Nervositat unserer Zeit .'  Wie werden  wir nervos?
  Kurberichte, Leipz., 1902, vi. 353; 369.—Watkins (V. E.)
  Neurasthenia among blondes iu the Southwest.  N. Tork
  M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii,  1373.   AUo,  Reprint,—Wood -
  ruff(C.E.)  Tho  neurasthenic states caused by exces-
  sive light,  Med.  Rec, N.  T., 1905, lxviii,  1005-1009.—
  Zilgien.  Etiologie et  pathogenie  de  la neurasthenie
  consideree comme une  autointoxication. Rev. m6d. de
  Test, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 298-306.

Neurasthenia (Complications of).
    See Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).

rVeurastEaenia (Diagnosis of).
    See, also, Naurasthenia (Manifestations of).
    Althaus (J.)  Zur differentiellen Diagnose  der En-
  cephalasthenie.  Deutsche  Ztschr. f.  Nervenh., Leipz.,
  1894, v, 395-423.—Ascherson (W. L.)  On some distinc-
  tions between hysteria and neurasthenia, and on their as-
  sociations with other diseases.  Practitioner, Lond., 1904,
  lxxiii, 353-380.—Ballet (G.)  Diagnostic des differentea
  causes et des diflerentes formes de la neurasthenie.  J. de
  m6d. int., Par., 1903, vii, 235-238.—Barber (W. L.)  Neu-
  rasthenia; its diagnosis.  Tale M. J., N. Haven, 1900-1901,
  vii, 417-423.—Born stein (M.)  Rozpoznanierdzniczkowe
  neurastenii i pilrwszych okres6wbezwladuposte.puja.cego.
  [Differential diagnosis of neurasthenia and the first periods
  of progressive  paralysis.]  Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1902,
  xxiii,  863; 915; 964.—Bradley (J.  M. ) Prognosis  in
  neurasthenia.  Med. Bull. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1902-3,
  i, no. 4, 10-12.—Burr (C. W.)  The  mimicry of cardiac
  affections bv neurasthenia.  Internat. M. Mag., N. T.,
  1903, xii, 224-226.—Buxbaum (B.)   Ein Pulsphanomen
  bei Neurasthenie.  Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherapy "Wien, 1903,
  xiii,  205.—Colla.  Zur Diagnose und Behandlung der
  Neurasthenie.  Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvii, 323;
  346. — Corona (L.)  Ossaluria; glicosuria;  neurastenia;
  diagnosi,  discussione, terapia.   Morgagni, Milano, 1893,
  pt. 1, xxxv, 120-124.—Critzman  (D.)  De l'abolition du
  reflexe cremasterien et  bulbo-caverneux  dans la neuras-
  thenie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 846-
  849.  AUo [Abstr.]: Presse m6d., Par., 1896, 669.—Dana
  (C. L.)  Studies in the urinology of neurasthenia: I. Renal
  inadequacy, hydruria and auhydruria in neurasthenics;
  withaprovisional classification of different types of neuras-
  thenia.  Dietet. Gaz., N. T., 1888, n. s., i, no. 4,1-3. AUo :
  Post-Graduate,  N. T., 1888-9, iv, 302-308.—Bercum (F.
  X.)  The diagnosis of neurasthenia.  Proc. Phila. Co. M.
  Soc, Phila., 1905-6, xxvi, 371-378.  Also: Medicine. De-
  troit,  1906,  xii,  21-28. —Elliot (G.)  The  diagnosis  of
  neurasthenia.  Proc. Connect. M.  Soc, Waterbury, 1900,
  192-196.  Also: Tale M.  J.,  N. Haven, 1900-1901, vii, 89-
  93. — Federn.  Blutdruck  und  Neurasthenie.  Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lv,  2157-2161.—de Flenry (M.)
  L'excr6tion urinaire chez les neurastheniques.  Bull. g6n.
  de. therap. [etc.], Par., 1900,  cxl, 728; 793.—Freuml (R.)
  Neurasthenie oder Organerkrankung.   Allg.  med. Centr.-
  Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 454-458.—(lilies de la Tou-
  rctte.   Diagnostic  et  traitement des  6.tats  nenras-
  tlieniciues.   Semaine ni6d.,  Par., 1898, xviii, 121-125.—
  Godlewski.   La tension  art6rielle et  les neurasthe-
  nics.   Progres  m6d., Par.,  1905, 3. s., xxi, 417. —Gray
  (L. C.)  Neurasthenia; its differentiation and treatment.
  [Abstr.]   Med. News, Phila., 1888, liii, 479-482. — John-
  ston (W. W.)   On  the  evils  arising from  the failure
  to recognize the true nature of neurasthenia, and some
  causes of this failure.  Tr. Ass. Am.  Physicians, Phila.,
  1901, xvi, 198-207.  AUo: Am.  Med., Pliila,  1901, ii, 99-
  101.  Alto, Reprint. — Kraepelin.   Die Diagnose der
Neurasthenia  (Gastric).
    See Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).

Neurasthenia (Hygiene and prevention

  of).
    Baum (M.)  Wie heseitige  ich uieine  Nervo-
  sitat?  Erprobte iirztliche Ratschliige fiir  ner-
  vose Mensehen.   Allen  Nervenkranken zur Be-
  achtung uud Befolgung hestens empfohlen.   8°.
  Leipzig, [n. <?.].
    Foveau  de  Oourmelles.  Comment  on  se
  defend contre  la neurastb^uie.   La lutte contre
  le surmenage mental.   12°.   Paris, 1901.
    Konigs.  Wie erhalte, stiirke, heile ich meiue
  Nerven?   Ein  Rathgeber fiir  alle, die sich  ge-
  snnd mid  energisch  erhalten wollen.   12°.  Er-
  furt, [n. d.].
    Proust  (A.) & Ballet  (G.)  L'hygiene du
  neurasthe'nique.  10°.   Paris,  1897.
    -----------.   The same.  Hig'iena i  lieche-
  niye nevrastenikov.   Perevod  s frantsuzskavo
  pod redaktsiyel E.  I.  Kotlyara.   [Translation
  from the French edited by Kotlyar.]  8°.   S.-Pe-
  terburg, 1898.
    Schilling (F.)   Wie befreie  ich   mich  von
  meiner Nervositat?   Symptome, Ursachen  und
  neue iirztliche Ratschliige  zur raschen Benrtei-
  lung und  Selbstlieilung.  12c.   Leipzig, [n. d.].
    Vohberg  (6.)  Ratschliige   fiir  Nervenlei-
  dende.  Ein Katecbismus  fiir  Neurastheniker.
  12°.  Stuttgart, 1905.
    Wichmann(R )   Lebensregeln fiir  Neurastbe-
  niker.  8°.   Berlin,  1898.
    -----.   The  same.   2.   Aufl.  12°.   Berlin,
  1899.
    -----.   The  same.   3.   Aufl.  12°.   Berlin,
  1901.
    -----.   The  same.    4. durchgesehene Aufl.
  12°.  Berlin, 1903.
    Dornbliith.  Die Verhiitung der  Nervositat und die
  gesundheitsgemasse Erziehung des Kindes.  Bl. f. Volks- 
NEURASTHENIA.
598
NEURASTHENIA.
Aeiirastheuia (Ih/aienc and prevention

  of).
  gsndhtspflg., Miinchen, 1904. iv, 22-26— Fahnestock
  (C.  S.)  Nervousness; how to  prevent  it.  Northwest.
  Sanitarian, Kenosha, 1894-5. i, 73;  97; 121; 153; 169; 193;
  241.—Hnskovec (L.)  Nervosa a jeji profylaxe.  [Nerv-
  ousness aud its prophylaxis.)  Casop. p. vefej. zdravot.,
  PraUa, 1904,  vi,  17; 37.—Moll (A.)  Neurasthenie als
  Volkskrankheit und deren Verhiitung.   Bl. f. Volksgsnd-
  htspflg., Munchen u. Berl.. 1902, ii, 372-376. —Patrick
  (H. T.)  How not to be  neivous.  J. Am. M. Ass , Chi-
  cago,  1903, xl, 347-350.  AUo, transl: Bl. f. Volksgsnd-
  htspflg., Miinchenu.Berl., 1903,iii, 145-151.—Takahashi
  (K.) [The origin and prophylaxis of neurastheuia.]  Geibi
  Iji,  Tokyo, 1903, viii, 487-508.

Neurasthenia (Jurisprudence of).
    See Nervous system (Diseases of, Jurisprudence
  of).
TVeurasthenia (Manifestations of).
    See, also,  Neurasthenia (Sexual).
    Bannas (S.)  * Ein objektives Augensyinptom
  der  Neurasthenie.    [Leipzig.]    8°.   Breslau,
  1693.
    Baruau  (1I.-L.-L.)   * Des troubles muscu-
  laires dans la neurasthenic 4°.  Bordeaux, 1892.
    Beknuchon (J.-M.)   'Contribution  a l'e'tude
  des he"morrhagies des muqueuses  dan8 la neu-
  rasthenie.   roy. nu.  Bordeaux, 1896.
    Boissier (F.)  Essai sur la neurasthenie et la
  melancolie  d6pressives  considerees dans leurs
  rapports rdciproques.  8-.  Paris, 1^94.
    Cesar  ( C. )   *Da cephaiea neurasthenica.
  4°.   Bio de Janeiro, 1903.
    Cotjlampis.   * Troubles respiratoires dans la
  neurasthenie.   4°.  Paris, 1894.
    Delmar  (E.)  *La  neurasthenie, syndrome
  cerebelleux.  8°.  Lyon, 1902.
    de  Fleury (M.)  Les grands sympt6mes neu-
  rastheniques (patbogenie et  traitement).   8°.
  Paris, 1901.
    -----.   Tbe same.  3. ed.   -<-.   Paris, 1905.
    Fruitier (G.-A.)  * Contribution a l'etude du
  vertige auriculaire et de ses rapports avec la
  neurasthenie.  8°.  Paris, 1902.
    Grandclement (Z. )   * Essai sur la neurasthe-
  nie; quelques  considerations sur ses symptomes
  oculaires et sa pathogduie.  4°.  Lyon, 1*94.
    Hally (A.)   * Contribution a l'etude de la c£-
  phal6e des neurastheniques.  4°.   Nancy, 1894.
    Hein.   * Contribution a l'etude de la (lyspep-
  sie  chez  les neurastheniques.  4~.  Paris, 1893.
    Hotkix de  la Broi'sse  (J.-C.)   * Des ec-
  chymoses spontanees daus la neurasthenie.  8°.
  Paris, 1696.
    Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par.,  1899, n. s.,
  iv, 28-30.
    Laubschat  (H.)   * Ueber  Krampfhusten in
  Neurasthenie.   8°.  Kbnigsberg i. Pr.,  1903.
    Lectoure (P. L.)  Neurasthenia and neural-
  gia.  1-23.   [n.p.], 1900.
    Lubetzki (S.)  * Recherches  cliniques et ex-
  perimentales sur la cause de la cephaiee neuras-
  the.nique.  8°.  Paris, 1899.
    Martin (G.)  "Etude stir  la neurasthenie et
  l'etat mental des neurastheniques. 8°.   Paris
  169*.
    Masse  (J.)   * Des  differeutes  modalites  de
  l'associatiou hystero-ueurasthenique; formes as-
  sociees et dissociees.  £-.   Bordeaux, 1903.
    Mirbeau  (0.)    Les  vingt et  un jours d'un
  m-urasthenique.  16°.   Paris, 1901.              i
    Mounier (F.)  * Des  troubles gastriquesdans
  la neurasthenie.  4C.  Paris, 1890.
    von Pardon (F.)    * Contributiou  a  l'etude
  des neurasthenies symptomatiques.  De la neu-
  rasthenie d'origine cardiaque.  4°.  Lyon,  1894.
    Pitois (A.)   * Essai  de  classification  6tioge"-
  nique des balano-posthites et opportunity ope-
  ratoire des  phimoses dans le  traitemeut des dia-
l^eiirastlienia (Manifestations of).
 betides gauitales chez certains neimistheiiiques
 f '.   Paris,  1901.
   Kaffray (A.)  Les de.sequilibres du systeme
 nerveux.    fitude  clinique  et therapeutique
 Preface de H. Barth.  6°.   Paris, 1903.
   Rivikre  (D.-J.-B.)   "Contribution a l'etude
 clinique  des aboulies,  et  principaleinent  de
 l'aboulie neurasthenique.  4°.  Paris, 1691.
   Roi'che  (G.-A.)  *Les  retiexes  rotulien et
 plaulairc dans l'bvsterieet la neurasthenie.  8°
 Lille, 1902.
   Kt'MLER.    Causes, nature it guerison  de la
 neurasthenie en general, ainsi que de la neuras-
 thenie des organes genitaux en  particulier. 12-.
 [Genere, n. d.]
   Sergent  (II.)  * Contributiou a  l'etude de la
 retention dans  la  neurasthenie urinaire.    8-.
 Paris,  1696.
   Turquet  (J.)   * Dyspepsie  et neurasthenie,
 ou de  la neurasthenie dyspeptique.  8°.  Paris,
 1*99.
   Veltung  (H.)   * Ueber Schwiudel  bei Neu-
 rasthenie.  8°.   Wurzburg, 1901.
   Weill (P.)  * Des neurasthenies locales.  4°.
 Nancy, 1899.
   Whittle  (E. G.)   Congestive neurasthenia,
 or insomnia and nerve depression.   *°.  Lon-
 don, 1*6[).
  AUo,  in: Wood's M. Sc S. Monog.,  N. Y., 1889, iii, 345-
 594.
   Andre (G.)  La dyspnee des neurastheniques.  Cong.
 internat. de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 562-
 564.—Arcoleo (E.)  Su di un caso di follia del dubbio in
 soggetto neurastenico; contributo clinico  alio  studio dei
 disturbi psichici della neurastenia.  Morgagni. Milano,
 1894, xxxvi, 433-443.—Ausset (E.)  Du pseudo-tabes neu-
 rasthenique.  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1894, \li, 480-485.
 -----. Des hemorragies dans la neurasthenie. Kev. de
 med., Par., 1897, xvii,  657-680.—Autobiography (The)
 of a neurasthenic.   Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1890. xi  369.—
 Bacci (S.)  Influenza della neurastenia  sulla l'uii/.iiine
 renale.  Pratico, Firenze,  1892-3, ii, 85-88. — Ballet (G.)
 La dvspepsie  neurasth6nique; ses symptomes et son trai-
 tement.  J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 71-74. -----.  Les
 troubles iutestinauxdaiis la  neurasthenic;  la constipation
 et son traitement;  atonie et  spasme; l'enteroptose; la co-
 lite niuco-niembi iiueuse.  Kev. g6n. de clin. et de therap.,
 Par., 1905, xix, I'll; 258; 274— Baquis (E.) Sc Bailuel
 (C.)  Su alcuni interessanti fenomeni oculari subbiettivi
 veriflcati in un soggetto  nevrastenico.  Riv. sper. di fre-
 niat., Reggio-Emilia, 1894, xx, 23-54, 1 pl—Bastianclli
 (P.)  Nevralgia abarticolare su foudo istero-neviastenico
 (isteronevrastenia postti aumatica).  Riv. di diritto e giur.
 . . . s. infortuni d. lavoro [etc.], Pisa, 1905, n. 8., ii, 9-26.—
 Bekhtereff* (V. M.)  O narusheuii obmlena veshtshestv
 pri uevrastenii. [On disorders of metabolism in neuras-
 thenia.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1898,
 iii, 527-529. Also, transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1898,
 xvii. 1029-1032. -—-. 0 navyazchivol ulibkle.  [Persist-
 ent smile]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb.,
 1899, iv, 449-452. —Belloni (C.)  Anagnosiastenia e nui-
 tismo in soggetto nevrastenico.  Aim. di nevrol., Napoli,
 1897, xv, 62-71.—Benda (T.) Neurasthenischer Hunger.
 Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 203.
 -----. Ueber neurasthenisehe  Neuralgien.  Ibid.. 1902,
 xxviii,  747.—Berillon.   Les phobies neiirastheiiiques
 envisages au  point de vue du service militaire et des ap-
 titudes  professiouuelles.  Bull. Soc.  de m6d. pub.. Par.,
 1893,  xvi, 235-246. -----. Les  phobies neurastheniques;
 etiologie et traitement psychotherapique.  Assoc, franc.
 pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, xxiii, pt. 2. 800-
 806.   [Discussion], pt. 1, 204.— Bertalan (S.)  Eszrev6-
 telek a vandorvese, enteroptosis  6s dyspepsiar61  egy uj
 neurasthenias tiinet kapcsiiii.   [Remarks on  wandering
 kidney, enteroptosis, and dyspepsia after a new neuras-
 thenic symptom.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1890, xl, 496.—
 Bianchi (L.) Di una nuova forma di nevrastenia par;
 ziale (anagnosiastenia).  Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di
 Napoli, 1894, n. 8.,  xlviii, 383-389. Also:  Ann. di nevrol.,
 Napoli, 1895,  xiii, 1-12.—Blaekburn (J. H.)  Gastric
 neurasthenia.' Bull. Kentucky M. Ass., Louisville, 1903,
 i, 164-167.—Bloeq (P.)  Sur un syndrome caract£ris6 par
 de la "topoalgie" (neurasthenie nionosyiiiptoiiiatique,
 forme douloureuse).  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1891, 2. s.,
 xxviii,  256-268. — Boileau. Quelques  observations de
 neurasthenie  a forme gastriquo traitee et amelioree par la
 mecanoth6rapie.   Limousin  iu6d., Limoges,  1903, xxvii,
 138-143.—Bordoni (L.)  Un caso di uetuastenia circo-
 lare a  forma  alternante quotidiana.  Atti d.  r. Accad.  a. 
NEURASTHENIA.
599
NEUR ASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).
  fisiocrit. in Siena, 1896-7, 4. s.. viii, 311-319.  Also: Gazz.
  d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii,  1284-1286.—Botey (R.)  De la
  paresth6sie pharyngo-laryngienne et nasale chez les neu-
  rastheniques.  Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.], Pur.,  1894, xiv,
  818-824.—Brann (L.) Sc Fuchs (A.)  Ueber ein neuras-
  theniscbes Pulsphanoinen.   Centralbl. f. innere Med.,
  Leipz., 1902, xxiii, 1209-1214.  AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aei zte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii,
  2. Hlfte., 361.—Brisavoine.  Sur mi syndrome a carac-
  t6re ueurasthenique observe chez les chevaux fins.  Rec.
  de med. vet., Par., 1904, lxxxi, 242.—Brobst (C. H.)  Neu-
  rasthenic asthma.  Peoria M. J., 1901,  vi, 225-230. -----.
  E\e symptoms in neurasthenics.  Illinois M. J., Spring-
  field, 1904-5, n. s., vi, 45.—Brush (A. C.)   Cerebral neu-
  rasthenia.  Med.-Leg.  J.,  N. Y., 1897-8,  xv, 169-178.—
  Buvat  (J.-B.)   L'anorexie psychasthenique.   Gaz.  d.
  bop..  Par., 1905,  lxxviii,  639-641.—Campbell (C.)  An
  obstinate case  of neurasthenic  insomnia.   Brit. M.  J.,
  Lond., 1900,  i, 1023—t'astex (A.)  Bourdounenients  de
  neurastheniques.  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par.,
  1903, vi, 104.—I'estan (R.)  De l'abasie neurastheniquo.
  Arch.nied.de Toulouse,  1897, iii, 177; 200.—C'halmet.
  L'atonie  de  l'intestin grele dans la neurasthenie.  Rev.
  g6n. de clin. et de  th6rap., Par., 1896, x, 276-278.—Cho-
  lewa.   Herzschwiiche  uud Nasenleiden [bei Neuras-
  thenikern].  Aerztl. Ruudschau,  Miinchen,  1905, xlviii,
  565; 579.—Cosio (J.)  Trastornos psiquicos en la neu-
  rastenia.  Gac. m6d., M6xico,  1904, 2. s., iv,  308-314.—
  Courier.  Des  grands  etats  d'e-puisement.   Clinique,
  Brux., 1904, xviii.,209-213.—Courtnde (D.)  Des trou-
  bles vesicaux d'origine nenrasth6nique et de leur traite-
  ment par l'eiectricite.  Cong, internat. de m6d.   C.  r.,
  Par., 1900, sect, de chir. urin., 314-318.   Also: Arch, d'elec-
  tric. m6d., Bordeaux, 1900, viii. 593-598.  Also  [Abstr.]:
  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1901, iv,  198.—t'owles (E.)
  Neurasthenia  and its  mental symptoms-,  the   Shattuck
  lecture for 1891.   Boston M. &  S. J., 1891, cxxv. 49; 73;
  97; 125; 153; 181; 209.  Also: Med. Comniunii-at.Mass.M.
  Soc, Bost., 1891, xv, 285-388, 11.—Cozzolino (Y.)  Con-
  clusions  sur l'otoueurasthenie essentielle et associee  ou
  secondaire et sur la neurasthenie  due k des otopathies et
  a des  rhino-pharyngites.   Ann.  d. mal. de  l'oreille, du
  larynx [etc.]. Par.', lf-94, xx, 911-914. —t'rossiuan (E. O.)
  Morphinism in neurasthenia. Maryland M. J., Bait.. 1899,
  xii, 21.—Dana (C. L.)  On a new type of neurasthenic
  disorder;  angio-paralytic or pulsating nearastheuia.   J.
  Am. M.  Ass..  Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 110-112.—Dejerine.
  Un cas d'hvstero-neiirasth6nie.  J. de med. int.,  Par., 1902,
  vi, 189. — Delbaneo (E.)  Urethritis  bei Oxalurie uud
  Phosphaturie;  Oxalurie und Phosphaturie als Symptome
  der Neurasthenie.  Monatsh. f.  prakt. Dermat." Hamb.,
  1904,  xxxviii,  65-77.—Dercum  (F.  X.)  Neurasthenia
  essentialis and neurasthenia symptomatica.  Alienist &
  Neurol.,  St. Louis, 1897,  xviii.  465-476.   Also: Canada
  Lancet, Toronto, 1897-8, xxx. 514; 567.  AUo: J. Am. M.
  Ass.,  Chicago,  >98. xxx.  827-831.—De  Mtefano (O.)
  Nevrastenia, dispejisia, ittero acolurico.  Stomaco, Napoli,
  1904, x, 9; 17; 25.—Diehl (A.)   Neurasthenische Krisen.
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix,  363-366.—Diller
  (T.) Imperative conceptions as a symptom of neuras-
  thenia.  Med. News, N. Y..  1896, lxviii, 38-41.—Di f.u-
  zenbergei- (A.)  Sul  sofflo mitrale d'orieine nevraste-
  nica.  Lavori d. Cong,  di  med.  int. 1898,  Roma, 1899, ix,
  364-367.—Donariieu-Lavit.   Neurasthenie et  hys-
  terie.  N. Montpel.  m6d.,  1«95,  iv, 425; 458.—Dubois.
  Des troubles gastro-intestinaux du nervosisme.  Rev. de
  med.. Par., 1900, xx, 552-580.  -----. Troubles de la sensi-
  bilite dans les  etats neurastheniques  et  m61aucoliques.
  Cong. d.  m6d.  alienistes et neurol. de France . . .  C.-r.,
  Par. & Brux., 1903, xiii, v.  2. 362-364.  Also: J. de neurol.,
  Par., 1904, ix,  174-176.—Dujardin-Beaumctz.  Ou
  gastric neurasthenia and  its treatment.  Therap.  Gaz.,
  Detroit, 1890, 3. s., vi, 1-11. — Dunin (T.)   O ueurastenii
  peryodycznej (neurastenia peryodvezna, kolowa i naprze-
  niienna; neurasthenia periodica, circularis et alternans).
  Gaz. lek.,  Warszawa, 1898,  2. s., xviii, 1; 37.  Also, transl .-
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1898,  xiii, 147-
  162.— Dunogier (S.)   De l'odontalgie neurasth6nique.
  Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont., Ziirich & Geneve, 1905,  xv,
  43-52. — Durante (F.)   La nevrastenia cerebrospinale
  associata al morbo di Meniere.  Corriere san.  Settim., Mi-
  lano, 1897, viii, no. 45, 5-7.—Eitelberg (A.)  Otalgie und
  Mastalgie bei Neurasthenikern, boziehungsweise bei Hys-
  terischen. Wien. med. BL, 1901, xxiv, 879-883.—Erben
  ( S.)  Ueber ein Pulsphanoinen  bei  Neurasthenikern.
  Wien. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1898, xi, 429; 577.—dal Fabro
  (S. A.)  Nevrastenia gastro sympatioa con marasmo pro-
  gressive   Cong, internat.  de med.  C.  r., Par.,  1900, sect.
  de path,  int.,  792-799.—Fere  (C.)   Impulsions  incon-
  scientes chez un  neurnsth6nique.  Belgique m6d., Gand-
  Haarlem, 1898,  i, 225-229.—de Fleury (M.)  L'etat men-
  tal nenrastheniqne.  Arch.  g6n.  de m6d., Par., 1904, ii,
  2964-2974.—Fornara  (V.)  Un caso  singolare di topo-
  algia neurastenica.   Morgagni, Milano, 1892, xxxiv, 712-
  747.—Foster (G. W.)  Common features in neurasthenia
  and insanity; their common basis and common treatment.
  Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1899-1900, lvi, 395-417.—Foveau de
Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).
  Cournielles.  La neurasthenie;  formes diverses et  af-
  fections ueurastheniformes; gu6rison ou amelioration par
  les courants eiectrostatiques.  Cong, internat. de neurol.,
  de psychiat. [etc.] 1897. Brux., 1898, i, fasc. 2, 107-112.—
  Franchere (F. E.)  The ocular manifestations of neu-
  rasthenia.  Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1904, n. s., xxiii, 471-
  473.—Friediuanu (M.)   Ueber neurasthenische Melan-
  cholic.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1904, xv,
  301;  358.—Gallard (F.)  Hemorrhagies essentielles dans
  la neurasthenic.  J. dein6d.de Par., 1896,2. s., viii, 110-112.—
  (Jniel (J.)  De la paresie intormittente du voile du pahiis
  dans la neurasthenie.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1897, xvii, 961-971.—Gentile (E.)   Contributo alio studio
  della psicosi neurastenica.  Pisani, Palermo, 1905, xxvi, 51-
  71.—Gilles de la Tourettc.  Revision nosographique
  des 6tats neui astheniques.  Semaine med., Par., 1898, xviii,
  33-38.—Goldberg (B.) Sur les principes du traitement
  des neurastheniques g6nito-urinaires.  Cong, internat. de
  med.  C. r.,  Par.,  1900, sect, de chir. urin., 312-314.—
  Goux (L. J.)   Neurasthenic asthenopia.  Tr. Ophth.
  Div. Am.  Acad. Ophth. [etc.],  St. Louis, 1903,  153-158.
  Also:  Am. J. Ophth., St.Louis, 1903, xx, 332-337.—Grant
  (D.)   A case of nourasthenic nerve-deafness.  J. Laryn-
  gol., Lond., 1902, xvii, 234.—Grecubaum (L.)  Neuras-
  thenic manifestations in the oval c ivitv.  Dental Cosmos,
  Phila.,  1904, xlvi, 96-99.—Grocco  (P.)   Nevrastenia e
  nevroiperstenia.  Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1905, vi,
  1-8.—Gugl (H.)   Die  Grenzformen schwerer  cerebraler
  Neurasthenie.   In: Gugl  Sc Stichl.   Neuropath.  Stud.,
  Stuttg., 1892, 124-151.—Gutzmann (H.)  Ueber Sprach-
  storuugen bei Neurasthenikern.  Yerhnndl. d. Kong. f. in-
  nere Med., Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 518-522.—Hartenberg (P.)
  La detresse des psyebastheniques.  J. de psvchol. norm, et
  path.,Par., 1905,ii,134-136.—HartenbergfP.) & Valen-
  tin  (P.)  Le role de l'appareil cardio-vasculaire dans la pa-
  thogenie de certaines phobies neurastheniques.  Cong. d.
  med. alienistes et neurol. de France. . . 1898. C. r., Angers,
  1899, ix, 247-267.—Hayem. La neurasthenie; symptoma-
  tologie secondaire.  J. de m6d. int., Par., 1904, viii, 82-85.—
  Meckel (F.)   Surdite neurasth6nique 8urajout6e k  une
  lesion  tnbaire 16gere.  Arch, internat. de laryngol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1904, xviii, 1;;5-140.—Heeker.  Sur l'importance des
  sentiments d'inqui6tude daus la neurasthenie.  Arch, de
  neurol., Par., 1897, 2. s.,  iii, 486-488.—Heeker (E.)  Ueber
  larvirte  uud abortive Angstzustande bei Neurasthenie.
  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz Sc Leipz., 1893,
  n.F., iv,565-572.—Hcldenbergh (C.)  Essai de pathoge-
  nie des 6tats neurastheniques; de la ptose art6rielle, de sa
  s6m6iologie et de son traitement.  Belgique nied.,  Gand-
  Haarlem, 1899, i, 452-462.—Hoeflmayr  (L.)  Die sub-
  jectiven  Beschwerden  der Neurastheniker.   Miinchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1900, xlvii, 1594-1596.—Hori (\\\«) Sc
  Hatano(E.)   [Arhythmic neurasthenia and blindness.]
  Saisei  Gakusha Iji Shirapo,  Tokyo, 1899, 850-868.—Hu-
  chard  (II.)  Les  neurasthenies locales.  Arch.  g6n.  de
  med., Par., 1892,  ii, 641-650.—Humphrey (G. E.)  Gas-
  tric  neurasthenia.  Penn.  M. J., Pittsburg, 1902, v, 650-
  653.—Hunt (E. L.)  The mental symptoms of neurasthe-
  nia.   Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1905,  lxviii,  141. — Huyghe.
  Tachycardie symptomatique  grave chez  un neurasthe-
  nique.   Nord m6d., Lille, 1904,  x, 185-187.—Ingelrans.
  De l'hyperesthesie tbermique des neurastheniques.  Bull.
  Soc.  centr. de ni6d. du nord, Lille,  1900, 2. s., iv,  196-200.
  AUo: lichoiii6d.diinord, Lille, 1900, iv, 247-249.— Jaume
  y iVIatas (P.)   Nervosisino crduico con perversion del
  gusto.   Rev. balear de cien.  med., Palma de Mallorea,
  1890, vi, 449-454.—.leudrassik (E.)  A neurastheniac
  idegzsaliakrdl.  [ Neurasthenic neuralgias.]  Orvosihetil.,
  Budapest, 1901, xiv, 770; 782; 787.  AUo, transl: Deutsche
  med. Wcbnscbr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902,  xxviii, 640;  668.—
  Johnson (G.)   Symptoms and results of overwork, men-
  tal shock,  and anxiety; insomnia;  distressing dreams;
  somnambulism; sense of exhaustion; anxious expression
  of countenance; the "anxious  eye"; lossof appetite and
  weight; dyspeptic disorders; glycosuria; palpitation,-with
  a dread of heart disease.  Lancet, Loud., 1875, ii,  85; 155;
  651.  Also, in his: Med. Lect. & Essays,  8°,  Lond., 1887,
  209-216.—Joseph (L.)  Beitrag zur Symptoniatologie der
  Neurasthenie.   Veroffentl. d.  Hufeland. Gesellsch.  in
  Berl. Balneol.Gesellsch., 1897, xviii, 111-124.  Also:  Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr.,  1897,  xlvii,  1095; 1145— Joseph (M.)
  Note sur uno des manifestations bueeales de la  neurasthe-
  nie.  Odontologie, Par., 1893, xiii, 481-486.—Karawara.
  Ueber  Beziehung  zwischen  Neurasthenie und Muskel-
  rheumatismus.  [Japanese text]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch.
  zu Tokyo,  1902,  xvi, 1 Hft., 29-39.— Kicrunu (J.  G.)
  Intel-complications of neurasthenia.   J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1897, xxix, 582. -----. Psychology of neurasthe-
  nia.   Medicine, Detroit,  1901, vii,  800.-806. — Knapp
  (P.  C.)  The nature of neurasthenia  and its  relation to
  morbid fears and imperative ideas.  Boston M.  Sc S. J.,
  1896, exxxv, 407-410.—von Kratit-Fbing  (R.)  Ueber
  Vesania  transitoria bei Neurastheiiischen.   Wien. med.
  Presse, 1896, xxxvii. 1-7.—Kuroiwn.  [Nasal neuras-
  thenia.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1905, 1741-1753.—I.aborrie.
  Sur  le  concours du prix Falret [Les formes  cliniques de
  la neurasthenie,  leur traitement].  [Rap.]  Bull.  Acad. 
NEURASTHENIA.                            600                            NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).
  do  med.,  Par., 1900,  3. s.,  xliv, 439- 444. — Lcctoure
  (P.-L.)  Neurasthenie et nevralgies.  Gaz. d. hop.. Par.,
  1897,  lxx. 252. —  I.eutz.   Des relations  entre lea psy-
  choses,  la degenerescence  mentale et la  neurasthenie.
  J. de neurol. et  hypnol., Par., 1897, ii, 432-437.— I.eou-
  harrit  (J. S.)  Neurasthenia;  remarks on its sympto-
  matology.  Nashville J. M. & S.. 1893, Ixxiv, 104-109.—
  Kieopo'ld-I.evi.  De quelques troubles vaso-moteurs au
  cours de la neurasthenic.  Compt. rend. Soc. do biol., Par.,
  1898. 10. s., v, 687-690.—I.elulle (M.) Sc Mcslay.  Neu-
  rasthenie; mort subite; dilatation  congenitale de l'ceso-
  phage et  des ventricuies lateraux. Bull.  Soc. anat. de
  Par.,  1894, lxix, 193-195.—I.ewaudowiki (A.)  Ueber
  ein Pulsphanomen bei Neurasthenikern.  Bl. f. klin.  Hy-
  drotherap., Wien, 1904, xiv, 53-55.—Lichtr (J. A.)  The
  relations  between  hyperchlorhydria and  neurasthenia.
  Internat. M.  Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 356-358.—Lock wood
  (C. E.)  Reflex neurasthenia due to neurotic temperament,
  struma, aniemia,  and indoor  confinement,  complicated
  with myopia and weakening of tbe internal recti and right
  superior rectus muscles ofthe eyes.  N. York M. J., 1894,
  lx, 749.—Lowenfeld (L.)  Ueber  die Yerkniipfung neu-
  rasthenischer uud hysterischer Symptome in Anfallsform,
  nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Freud'sohe Angstneurose.
  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1895, xlii, 282-285.—Loc wen-
  thai. Ueber die objectiven Symptome der Neurasthenie.
  Wieu. med.  Presse, 1902, xliii,  1881-7.—Love (G. R.)
  The mental factor  in neurasthenia.  Am. M.  Compend,
  Toledo,  1905,  xxi.  123-125.—Lovett (R. W.)  Tho neuras-
  thenic spine.  Am.  Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 854-850.—.Tic-
  Bride (J. H.) Some circulatory and sensory disorders
  of neurasthenia.  Alienist Sc Neurol.,  St. Louis, 1889, x,
  53-61.  Also,  Reprint.—M'Carthy (D. J.)  Gastric neu-
  rasthenia.  Internat. M. Mag., N. Y.. 1900, ix,  668-671.—
  McCaskey  (G. W.)  The neurasthenic  symptoms  of
  gastro-intestinal disease.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1.H98. liv, 371-
  373.  AUo, Reprint. -----. The treatment of gastric neu-
  rasthenia and allied conditions.   Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag.,
  1904, xxiv, 329-335.-McClain (W. A.)  The psychology
  of neurasthenia.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii,' 81-83.—
  Mahokian.  Note  sur la neurasthenic  p6riodique.
  E"gypte med.. Alexandria, 1902-3, ii, 393-395.— Tlauril  (I.)
  Zur Casuistik der neuraathenischen Sehstdruns:.  Aerztl.
  Centr.-Ztg., Wien,  1900.  xii, 167; 177. —Mathieu (A.)
  Neurasthenie et hysterie conibin6es. Progres nied., Par.,
  1888, 2. s.,  viii, 59-61.—rie .Hallos (J.)  O estado mental
  dos neuraathenicoa.  Rev. portugueza  de med. e cirurg.
  prat.,  Lisb., 1896-7, i, 2S9; 325:  pt.2. 6;  40. -----. Dys-
  pepsia e perturbagoes genitaes dos ueurasthenicos.   Med.
  mod.,  Porto, 1897, iv, 17.—Meriea (E.)  Le forme psico-
  patiche a base neurastenica.   Boll. clin.-scient. d. Poliam-
  bul. di Milano, 1898,  xi,  36; 65. —Mesnard (L.)  Neu-
  rasthenic et h6morrhagies des muqueuses.  Gaz. hebd. d.
  sc. med. do Bordeaux, 1894, xv, 556-558. -----.  Hemorra-
  gies des muqueuses viscerales daus la neurasthenic  M6m.
  et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (18951, 1896, 241-
  244.   AUo:  Gaz.  d. hop. de Toulouse,  1895, ix,  259.—
  Melt lei- (L.  H.)  [Psychic state accompanying hystero-
  neurastlicnia.]  Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1905-6, xxiii, 249.—
  Meyers (C.)  Neurasthenia in some  of its relations to
  insanity.  Canad.  J. M. Sc S., Toronto, 1904, xvi, 89-94.—
  Monari (A.)  Scroscio clavicolare  e scricchiolii multipli
  in uu nevrastenico.  Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1898, xxxvii,
  560 - 566. — Mondio  (G.)   Sulla neurastenia  parziale.
  Suppl. al  Policlin.,  Roma, 1896-7, iii, 651-654.—Morel-
  Lavallce.  Neurasthenie; psychose et dermatose vica-
  riantes;  eruption prurigiueuse  neurotique simulant  la
  dermatose parasitairedue aux "aoutans", et disparaissant
  brusquement lois de l'6closion soudaiue d'une asthenic ce-
  rebrale a debut foudroyant.  J. de m6d. de Par., 1898, 2. s.,
  x, 78.—Moretti (O.)  Nevropatia di Krishaber e nevras-
  tenia.  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1895-6, xvi,
  fasc. 1, 36-45. — Moutier (A.)  La neurasthenie;  ses
  limites.  Aun. d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1901, iv, 441-446.—
  VI ■■ ik aster (S. B.)   The effect of neurasthenia on the
  eyes.  Ophth.Rec.,Chicago,1904,xiii,53.—Natier(M.)  La
  rhinorrheeexclusivementsyniptoraatiquedeneurasthenie;
  son  traitement. Parole.  Rev. internat. de rhinol.  [etc.].
  Par., 1900. n. 8., ii, 321; 388; 482; 535; 648;  705: 1901,  iii,
  15; 129—Vessel (E.)  Von den rheumatischen Gesichts-
  srhmerzen. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien. 1891, xxvi, 109.—
  rVeiiNchiiler (A.)  Di un sintoma oculare  nella neuras-
  tenia (contributo alia diaguosi di neurastenia).   Ann. di
  ottal.,  Par.,  1898,  xxvii, 44-49.—IVorbury (F. P.)  The
  heart in  neurasthenia.  Interstate M. J., St. Louis. 1903,
  x, 204-207.  -----.  The mental disorders of neurasthenia.
  Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis.  1904,  xxvi,  486-491.  Also:
  Illinois M. J., Springfield,  1904,  vi, 117-124.   Also:  Medi-
 cine, Detroit, 1904,  x, 586-592.—Oddo (C.)   Neurasthenie
  circulaire k forme alternaiiteqnotidienne.  Rev. de m6d.,
  Par.. 1X94. xiv, 603-615.—Oks (A. B.)   Neirastenicheskaya
 asteiiopiya sletchatki.  [Neurasthenic asthenopia ofthe
 retina.]  Vestnik  oftalmol.,  Kiev,  1899,  xvi, 563-565.—
  Oppenheim ( H. 1   Ueber  psychasthenische Kriimpfe.
 ■I.  t.  Ps\chol. u.  Neurol.,  Leipz.,  1905-6,  vi, 247-259.—
  Ordronaux (J.)  Neurasthenia in its relations to melan-
 cholia.  Brooklyn M. J., 1895, ix, 329-340.—Ostrouiiiotif
Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).
   (A. A.)  Gastroenterit i uevrasteniya.  [Gastroenteritis
   and  neurasthenia.)  In his: Kliu. lektsii, 1893 4 2 ed
   8°, Mosk., 1895,61-78. -----. Porokserdtsa i nevra*teiiiva'
   [ Disease of the heart and neurasthenia.]  Ibid., 103-113 _1
   Ots y Fsqucrrio ( V. )  Locura  neurastenica.  Kev.
   espec.  m6d.   La oto-rino-laringol. espaB., Madrid  1903*
   385-388.—Overend (E. J.)  Ocular  neurasthenia.  Tr
   M.  Soc.  Calif.,  Monterey, 1S99. xxix, 91-98 —Page (M j
   Doiileur6pigastriquesuraigue dans la neurasthenie.  Rev
   neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 917. — Parenteau  (D.)   Des
   troubles oculaires dans la neurasthenie.  Bull, et nic'in
   Soc.  frang. d'opht., Par.,  1898, xvi,  372-381.  Also-  Art
   m6d.,  Par., 1898, lxxxvi,  420-429.—Parisot (P.i  be la
   fievreneurasth6nique.  Cong, franc, denied. Rapo I'ar
   1899, v, 919-924.  Also: Rev. med. de  lest,  Nancy,' 1899
   xxxi, 737-742.—Paul (C.  )  Neurasthenie cardiaque des
  jeunesgens; neurasthenie cardiaque produitc par une crois-
   sance trop rapide.  Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1893
   exxv,  183.— PauUBoncoui- (G.)  Sc Philippe (J. j
   Ecoliers mentalement  anormaux:  les astheniques.  Gaz.
   d. hop.,  Par., 1905. lxxviii, 423.— Pearce (h\ S.) Neu-
   rasthenia, etc., with especial involvement of the sensory
   neurone.  J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis., N.  Y.,  1901,  xxviii  231.
   Also :  Med. Fortnightly,  St. Louis,  1901, xix, 352-358.—
   Petella(G.) I siutonii ocularidellaneurasthenia.  Boll.
   d' ocul., Firenze, 1902, xxi, 273-291.—Petren (K.) Nigra
   kliniska ron om  nevrasteni.  [Some clinical observations
  on neurasthenia]  Eira, Stockholm.  1899, xxiii,  651;  682.
   -----. Ueber dio Verbreitung der Neurastenie unter ver-
  schiedenen Bevolkerungsclassen,  nebst kiirzeren sympto-
  malischen Beruierkuniten.   Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh
  Leipz., 1900, xvii, 397-412. —PetrofftA. P.)  EmotslonaN'
  naya nevrasteniya.  [ Emotional  neurasthenia. ]  Russk.
  med. vestnik,  S.-Peterb., 1900, ii. no. 1, 23-29. — Pfan-
  nenstill (S. A.)  Nevrasteni och hyperaciditet; ett  bi-
  drag till nevrastenieus symptomatology   [. . .;  a contri-
  bution to . . .]  Nord. med. Ark.. Stockholm, 1891, n. F., i,
  4. Hft., 1-42.   AUo, Reprint. — Pick (A.)   Zur Psycho-
  pathologie der Neurasthenie.   Arch.  f.  Psychiat., Berl.,
  1901 - 2, xxxv, 393 - 402. — Pieraccin i ( G.)   Un caso di
  astenia cerebro-spinale interessante dal lato semeiologico.
  Sperimentale. Sez. cliu., Firenze, 1894, 525-531.—Pisek
  (W.)   O nerwowej niemocy serca;  neurasthenia cordis
  (heart  starvation,  Fothergill).  WiadomoSci lek., LwiSw,
  1889, iii, 432-437. —Pitres (A.)   L'etat mental neuras- J
  th6nique.  J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 685-688.—
  Popoff(A.)  Nelrasteuiya i patofobiya.  [Neurasthenia
  and pathophobia.] Arch, psichiat.Jetc], S.-Peterb., 1898-9,
  xxxii, no. 3, 20-114.—Pre,gowski (P.)  O chorobie, uwa-
  zauej  jako neurastenia okresowa, lub  jako  oblakanie
  przemienne (cykliczne) malego stopnia.  [The  disease re-
  garded as periodic neurasthenia, or as cyclic insanity of
  low grade.]  Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1903, xlii, 165;  182; 199;
  215; 231; 250.— Prince (M.)  Hvsterical neurasthenia.
  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1898. cxxxix, 652-655. — Prodi (T.)
  Sopra due casi di eminevrasteuia.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,
  1903, xxiv, 1604-1606. — Pugnat ( A.)  Les bourdonne-
  ments d'oreille chez les neurastheniques.  Rev.  hebd. de
  laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1904,  i, 609-613.—Pulawski  (A.)
  Periodische Neurasthenie.   Ztschr.  f. klin. Med., Beil.,
  1902,  xlvi, 135-147.—Pulzar.  Ueber neurasthenische,
  gastrointestinale Atonie.   Veroffentl.  d.  Hufeland.  Ge-
  sellsch. in Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch.,  1893, xv, 245-258.—
  Rattray (A.)  Les (16s6quilibr6s du systeme nerveux.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. bop. de Par., 1903, 3. s.,  xx,
  531.—Raymond  [F.]  Crises demoniaques psyebasthe-
  niques.  J. de m6d. int., Par., 1904, viii,  370. -----. Ma-
  ladie du scrupule et anorexie pseudohyst6rique.  Rev. de
  l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.. Par., 1901-5, xix, 283-285.—
  Raymond (F.) Sc Janet (P.)  Le syndrome psychas-
  theuique de 1'akathiaie.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,
  1902, xv, 211-246, 1 pl.-----------. Spasmes et  tremble-
  ment chez  des psychasth6niques.  Ibid., 1903, xvi, 209-
  217,1 pl.—Reed (B.)  Nervous dyspepsia (gastric neuras-
  thenia).  Internat. M.  Mag., N.  Y.,  1900, ix,  21-26.—
  Regis (E.)   Les neurasthenies psychiques (obsessions
  emotivesou conscientes). J. dem6d.de Bordeaux, 1890-91,
  xx, 385; 397; 409. -----. Neurasthenic et paralysie gene-
  rale.  Cong. d. m6d. alienistes et  neurol. de I-rance...
  C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii. 310-342.  AUo.-  Presse med., Par.,
  1897,  153-158. — Rembieliiiski ( S.  )  Przyczynek do
  symptomatology  neurastenii.  [ Contributions to . .  .; 2
  cases. ]   Gaz. lek., Warszawa,  1891,  2. s., xi, 529-533.—
  Rey.  Les yeux des  neurastheniques.  Courrier med.,
  Par., 1897, xlvii,  353.—Richardson  (H.)  Cholemia in
  neurasthenia.  Am. Med., Phila.,  1905, x.  103-105.-Bo-
  bin (A.)  Les retentissements nerveux; la neurasthenie
  d'origiue dyspeptique; les particularit6s de  la neuras-
  thenie gastrique; les conditions chimiques et  la concep-
  tion therapeutique de la neurasthenie;  les indications du
  traitement et les moyens de les r6aliser.  Rev. de therap.
  m6d.chir., Par..  1903, lxx.  649-657.—Rockwell  (A. D.)
  Some causes  and  characteristics  of neurasthenia.   N.
  York M. J., 1893, lviii, 589-591.  Also, Reprint. —:---. The
  relation of incontinence of urine to  neurasthenic symp-
  toms, and its  treatment bv the isolated induction shock.
  Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 1120-1122. — Rbmheld 
NEURASTHENIA.                         601                         NE LIE ASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).
  [Ll  Einige Falle vou Neurasthenia cordis.  Med. Cor.-
  Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 230-232.
  _____Differentialdiagnose der Neurasthenie, isolirter
  klonischer Krampf des weichen Gaumens, multiple Skle-
  rose nach Trauma, Jackson'sche Rindeuepilepsie,  para-
  lvtischer und  epileptischer  Daiiimerzustand (Enuresis
  diuina).  Ibid., 1903, lxxiii, 181-185.—Roineiser (T. H.)
  & Collins (J.) The blood in  neurasthenia; a study of
  thirty-three cases, based ou a differential leucocyte count.
  Mediciue, Detroit, 1900, vi. 896-905.-Koosa (D.'B. St. J.)
  Asthenopia as a forerunner of neurasthenia.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1897, li, 705. — Rutherford (C. W.)  Hysteria
  and neurasthenia;  diagnosis and treatnieut.  Illinois M.
  J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 264-268. — Nat-rone.  Le emor-
  ragie nella neurastenia. Med.  ital.. Napoli, 1905,  iii, 21-
  23. — Saunriley  (II.)  A  clinic .1  lecture  on  a case of
  neurasthenia, with gastralgia. vomiting, enteralgia, and
  ischuria.  Clin. J., Loud., 1892-3,  i,  49: 1895, vi,  297.—
  Sehaflfer (C.) Ueber cerebrale Neurasthenie und deren
  Verhaltniss  zur progressiven  Pai a vise.  [Transl. from:
  Klinikai Fiizetek.]  Pest. nied. chir.  Presse.  Budapest,
  1897, xxxiii, 10; 64; 86. — Wt holl (T.)  Neurasthenie und
  Herzkrankheiten.   Deutsche Med.-Ztg.. Berl., 1890, xi,
  385-389. — Scinmaniia (E.)  Le psicosi nevrasteuiche.
  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1902, viii, 505-511. — Nepet.  Syndrome
  urinaire neurasthenique.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neu-
  rol. de  France ...  C. r., Par., 1899. x, 550  — Meverino
  (G.)  I riflessi profondi e superficial! ed il treinore vibra-
  torio delle dita delle maui nella neurastenia. Riforma
  med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 5(>9; 545.—Shaikcvich
  (M.) K kazuistikle astenicheskikhpsikhozov.  [Astheuic
  psychoses]  Protok. Omsk. med. Obsh., 1896-7, xiv, 261-
  270. — Solaro. Delle emon-agie della neurastenia. Ri-
  forma med., Napoli; 1897, xiii, pt. 4, 73-76. — Sollicr (P.)
  Sur une forme circulaire de  la neurasthenic Kev. de
  m6d., Par., 1893, xiii, 1009-1019. Also, transl: Internal.
  klin. Rundschau. AVien, 1894, viii, 194; 310; 378.—Ntcfani
  (U.) Contributo alio studio  dell' ansia nevrastenica e
  dei fenomeni che 1' accompagnano.  Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1891, xvii, 317-345— Stegitiaiiu.  Ueber
  Stoffwechseluntersuchungen bei Neurasthenie. Arch. f.
  Psychiat., Berl., 1898, xxx, 673-677. — Tnnzi (E.) La
  diatesi di incoercibilita psichica nei neurasteuici.  Arch.
  ital. per le  mal.  nerv., Milano, 1891, xxviii,  132-141. —
  Taylor (J. M. )   Neurasthenia plus chronic intoxica-
  tions. Month. Cycl.  Pract. Med., Phila., 1905, 106-111.—
  Terrien.  Syncope locale, o i asphyxie interniittente des
  extremites, cbez un  hyst6ro-neiirasthenique.  Gaz. nied.
  de Nantes, 1904, 2. s.. xxii, 793-796.—Tullio (F.)  Le idee
  fisse considerate come disturbi psichici della neurastenia.
  Gior. di neuropatol.,  Napoli, 1888. vi, 161-197. — Vail
  (W. H.)  Neurasthenia and insomnia.  Med. Bull., Phila.,
  1901, xxiii, 88-90.   AUo, Reprint. — Vanni (L.)  La neu-
  rastenia e la tubercolosi polmonare. Gazz. med. di Torino,
  1892, xliii, 341; 361; 401.— Vanysek (R.)  Napadna exspi-
  raJni retardace pulsu u nekter^ch neurastbeniku. [Re-
  tardation expiratoire excessive du pouls chez quelques
  neurastheniques.  Res., 9.] Sborn. klin., v Praze, 1903-4,v,
  1-21.— Vaschide (N.) Sc  Vurpas (C.)  Contribution k
  l'etude de la fatigue mentale des neurastheniques. Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903. lv, 296-298.—Vedrani (A.)
  Alcune note intorno alia neurastenia pulsante (Dana).
  Boll. d. manic, prov.  di Ferrara, 3897, xxv, no. 6, 1: 1898,
  xxvi, no. 1 & 2. 13;  no. 3 &. 4, 10.—Vladimirski (A. V.)
  Psikhologicheskoye i klinicheskoye izslledovaniye clmy-
  stva 'nepriyatnavo" v dvukh sluchayakh nevrastenii.
  [Psychological and clinical investigation of the  feeling
  of discomfort in  two cases of neurasthenia. J  Vopr.
  nerv.-psikh. med.,  Kiev, 1903, viii, 225-240, 1 pl., 1 diag.—
  Walker (W. K.)  Mental  symptoms of neurasthenia.
  Phila. M. J., 1902,  x, 807-809.—Whitslar (W. H.) Den-
  tal neurasthenia.   Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1901, xliii, 1178-
  1196. AUo [Abstr.]: Dental Reg.,  Cincin., 1901, lv, 355-
  365. — Zbinden.   De ^appreciation du  temps chez les
  neurastheniques.   Arch, de psychol.,  Geneve, 1904-5, iv,
  82-84. — Zographidos  (S.)  'H \jtvxi.icr) Ka.ra.<na.ai<; twv
  vevpaodevLKtov. 'IarptKJ) npoo&os, Ev 2v'p<j», 1900, V, 303.

Neurasthenia (Mental condition in).
    See Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).

Neurasthenia (Periodic or cyclic).
    See Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).

Neurasthenia (Semeiology of).
    See Neurasthenia (Diagnosis  of);  Neuras-
  thenia (Manifestations of).

Neurasthenia (Senile).
    Gklmaud  (L.-H.-G.)   *De la  neurasth6nie
  senile.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1902.
    M'Doimcll (W. C.)  Case of senile neurasthenia
  with paresis, ^sculap. Soc. Abstr. Tr. 1895-8, Lond., 1899,
  vi, 68.—Morita ( S.) Ein psychiatrisches Gutachten,
  physiologische Altersschwacbe und Neurasthenie.  [Jap-
Neurasthenia (Senile).
  auese text.]  Shiukeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904-5, iii, 561-
  580.— Parisot (P.)  Neurasthenie et vieillesse.  Rev.
  m6d.de Test, Nancy, 1901, xxxiii, 453-459.  AUo [Abstr.]:
  Cong, internat. de m6d.  C. r., Par.,  1900, sect, de neurol.,
  525.

Neurasthenia (Sexual).
    See, also, Conception (Prevention  of); Geni-
  tals (Neuroses of); Impotence; Masturbation;
  Neurasthenia in women ; Neuroses with fear.
    Aui.otta (C.)   Sull'essenza  della neurastenia
  sessualo dell' uouio; etiologia e sintoniatologia
  della  stessa,  con speciale riguardo alio statu
  mentale  eorrispondente  ed  alia  terapia.  8C.
  Palermo,  1696.
    Beard  (G. M.)  Sexual neurasthenia  (nerv-
  ous exhaustion); its hygiene,  causes, symptoms
  aud treatment;  with a chapter on diet for the
  nervous.   Edited, with notes  and additions, by
  A.  D.  Rockwell.  2.  ed.,  with  formulas.  8°.
  .Veil' York, 1880.
    -----.   The same.   8°.   New York, 1889.
    -----.   The   same.  6. ed.  8°.   New York,
  1905.
    -----.   The same.   La neurasthenie sexuelle,
  hygiene, causes,  st\ mptomes et  traitement.  Tra-
  duit de l'anglais sur la troisieme e"d. par  Paul
  Rodet,  avec une preface de Raymond.  8°.   Pa-
  ris, 169').
    Deutsch (M.)   Die Neurasthenie beim  Manno
  (mit besonderer  Riicksiehtsnahme auf die Ge-
  schlechtskrankheiten);  fiir  Aerzte  und  Laien.
  3. bedeutend vermehrte und  verbesserte Aufl.
  12°.  Berlin, lc95.
    —---.   The same.  5. Aufl.   8C.  Berlin, 1899.
   •Gutenberg (B.)  Nervositat und  Ehe.  8°.
  Darmstadt, 1^91.
    Kuhneii (A.)   Die Nervenschwiiche (Neuras-
  thenie), mit  besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
  Geschlechtsnervenschwache (sexuelle  Neuras-
  thenie) und verwandte Zustiiude; ihre  Uhrsa-
  cheu, Bedeutung  und Verhiitung; sowie deren
  Behandluug.   4. Aufl.  8°.  Berlin, 1891.
    -----.   The same.   De zenuwzwakte (neu-
  rastheuie) inzonderlieid  met betrekking tot de
  geslachtzenuwzwakte (sexuelle  neurasthenic)
  en  daarinede verwante  toestauden;  hunne oor-
  zaken, beteekeuis  en  voorkoniing,  benevens
  hunue  behandeling.   12°.   Amsterdam,  [1892].
    Lowenfeld  (L.)  Sexualleben und Nerven-
  leiden.  Die  nervosen Storungen sexuellen Ur-
  sprungs,  nebst einem Anhang iiber Prophylaxie
  und Behandlung der sexuellen Neurasthenie.   2.
  Aufl.  8°.  Wiesbaden, 1899.
    -----.  The  same.   3. bedeutend vermehrte
  Aufl.   8°.  Wiesbaden, 1903.
    Monin (E.)  Les troubles nerveux  de cause
  sexuelle.   16°.   Paris, [1903].
    Poeche.   Die  sexuelle  Neurasthenie,  ge-
  schlechtlich-nervose Schwachezustande, ihr We-
  sen, ihre  Ursachen und naturgemasse Behand-
  lung.   Zur Belehrung und zum Troste den Lei-
  denden und  Hilfesuchenden gewidmet.   8°.
  Leipzig, 1901.
    -----.  The same.   Geschlechtliche  Neuras-
  thenia uud andere sexuell-nervose  Schwiiche-
  und Erschopfungszustaude. 8°.  Leipzig, [n.d.].
    Prager.  Das  Geschlechtsleben des Mannes
  als Ursache der  Nervositilt.   Eiu ernstes  Wort
  an die Miinnerwelt.   8°.  Leipzig, [1902].
    Reiss (C.)   Die Naturheilmethode bei  sexuel-
  ler Neurasthenie.  8C.   Berlin, 1901.
    Rumler.   Causes, nature  et  guerison  de la
  neurasthenie en general ainsi que de la  neuras-
  thenie des organes ge^nitaux en particulier.  8°.
  Geneve, 1903.
    -----.   The  same.   Ursachen, Wesen  und
  Heilung der Nervenschwiiche  (Neurasthenie) im 
NEURASTHENIA.
602
NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Sexual).
  Allgcnieinen  sowie der  nervosen  Schwiichezu-
  stande des Geschlcchtssvsti-ms  im  Besonderen.
  17. Aufl.  *~.   Genf, 1903.
    ------.   The .same.   w0.  Genf, 1904.
    Siadhlmann (H.)  Discrete Nervenschwiiche
  (sexuelle Neurasthenie).  8 .   Wurzburg,  [189^].
    Anton (G.)  Ueber Nerveu- und Geisteserkraukungen
  in dei Zeit der Geschlechtsreife. Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1904. xvii, 1101-1167.—Birnbaum (M.)  Die Verwend-
  barkeit des Hetralins ge^en sexuelle Neurasthenie.  Allg.
  med. Centr.-Ztg.. Herb, 1906,  lxxv, en.— Bishop <F. 13.)
  Sexual neurasthenia as it stands in relation  to the border-
  land of insanitv,  and insanity in  general.   Virginia M.
  Mouth.,  Richmond,  1891-2,  xviii,  752-759. — C'arleton
  (B. (1.)  The cause and treatment of the so-called sexual
  neuroses of the male.  Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. T., 1897,
  xxxii, 109-115. -('bizli (Y.  F.)  Coitus reservatus, kak
   Erichina  neirastenii.  [. . .  as a cause of neurasthenia.]
   inevnik syezda  Obsh. iussk. vrach.  v  pamyat Piro-
  gova, Kiev, 1896, vi,  no. 1, 37-40. — Combs (II. B.)  Sex-
  ual neurasthenia resulting  from  posterior  urethritis.
  Tr. Texas M. Ass..  Austin,  1904, xxxvi, 359-362.  AUo:
  Texas Cour.-Kec. Med..  Fort Worth, 1903-4, xxi, no.
  11,  1-4. — Deuloch  ( M.)   Die sexuelle  Neurasthenie
  beim  Mamie.   Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien,  1S87,  xxii,
  337; 349; 361; 373; 3*5; 397; 409; 421;  433.—DieckhoflT.
  Die  Neurasthenia sexuahs.   Ztschr. f. prakt.  Aerzte.
  Frankf. aM., 1899, viii. 681; 738.— Elam (W. T.)  Sex-
  ual neurasthenia in  the male.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St.
  Louis. 1902, xiv, 256-261.—Enjjelen.  Heroin bei sexu-
  elier Neurasthenie.  Aerztl.  Rundschau, Miinchen, 1903,
  xiii, 101. — Eiilciibiii's;  (A.)  Sexuale Neurasthenie.
  Deutsche Klinik, lb-rl. \  Wien, 1901-2, vi,  1. Abth., 163-
  206.—Fere (('.)  Contribution^ l'histoirede la neurasthe-
  nie sexuelle.  Rev.  de nied.,  Par., 1905, xxv, 169-174.—
  Freml (S.)  Die Sexualitat iu der Aetiologie der Neuro-
  sen.  Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii. 21;  55; 70;  103.—
  Fiirbringer (P.)   Ueber Cyklotherapie der sexuellen
  Neurasthenic.   Therap. d. (iegenw., Berl., 1905, xlvi, 207-
  211.—Goldberg (13.)  Die Grundsatze der Behaniilung
  der Froin-nitalneiirasthenie.  Therap.  d. Gegenw.,  Berl.-
  Wieu,  1900.  n.  F., ii,  ^t'.u-u;:!.—Cinitei-as  <ll.)   Sexual
  neurasthenia iu the male,  a plea for a more accurate use
  ofthe term; treatment of the true form with  citation of
  cases.  Med. News,  N. Y.,  1901, lxxix, 52-58.—Hajos
  (L.) A sexualis neurosisokr61. Urologia, Budapest. 1903,
  uo.  2, 6.  -----. Sexualis   ideggyeng6k   haza.ssilgardl.
  [Marriage  with  sexual  neurasthenics.)   Ibid.,  1905,
  73-76. — Ilisfier (IL)  Z terapii  neurastenii plciowej
  (heroinum  muriaticum).   f Treatment of   sexual  neu-
  rasthenia with  heroin. ]   Kron.  lek., Warszawa, 1904,
  xxv, 510-512.  Also,  transl: Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz.,
  1904, xxiii, 256.—Hirscbkron (J.) Ueber sexuelle Neu-
  rasthenie  und  deren  Behandlung.   Reichs-Med.-Anz.,
  Leipz., 1902, xxvii, 243; 200.—Molloway (J. A.)   Sexuai
  neurasthenia.  Texas M.  News, Austin, 1902-3,  xii, 51-
  54.— Kernel- (E.)  Drei  Falle von rasch aufgetretener
  Unternahiuug  auf  der Basis von Coitus  interruptus.
  Wien. med. Wcbnscbr., 1903,liii, 2453-2455.—von KraflTt-
  Ebing.  Ceber Neurosen und Psychosen durch sexuelle
  Abstinenz.   Jahrb.  f. Psychiat.,  Leipz. u. Wien, 1888,
  viii, 1-0.— Kronig.  Ueber die Beziehuugen der funk-
  tionellen  Nervenkrankbeiten zu den  Erkrankungen der
  Generationsorgane.   Wien.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1903. liii,
  2014-2017.— Lemoine (('..)   fitats neurastheniques; im-
  puissauce geuitale.   Nord med.,  Lille, 1903,  ix,  15-21.
  AUo:  Rev. internat.  de med.  et de chir., Par., 1903, xiv,
  39-43.—Lewis (II.  E.)   Neurasthenia  in  the  male.
  Merck's Arch.,  N. Y., 1903, v, 77; 113.  AUo: Yermont
  M.  Month.,  Burliugton, 1904,  x,  M -86. — Tlallit-rbc
  (A.)   Traitement  nasal  de  l'asthenie geuitale chez
  l'homme.  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.]. Par.,  1904,  vii,  65-
  69.—ITIeirowilz (P.)   A  case of hereditary sexual 'neu-
  rasthenia.  Post-Graduate, N. Y.,1900, xv, 66.—Mingaz-
  zini (G.)  La nevrastenia spinale (sessuale).  Policlin
  Roma, 1904, xi,  sez.  prat.,  831-838. —  .Hirto (D.)  Con-
  tributo alio studio della neurastenia sessuale.  Pisani Pa-
  lermo, 1904, xxv, 101-190— .Vlorrow  (J. E.)  Treatment
  ot sexual neurasthenia.  Am. J. Derinat. & Genito-Urin
  Dis, St. Louis,  1904, viii,  175-177.  Also: Med. hi a  St
  Louis, 1905-6, xv, 39  - Hot sel li (E.)  Neurastenia ses-
  suale.  Corriere san., Milan... 1902,  xiii, 447.—Obici (G )
  Le psicosi in rapporto allefasi fisiologiche dell <>i -anismo
  (puberta, ineuopausa.  senilita).  Riv.  veneta di sc  med
  Yeuezia, 1905, xlii, 229; 273—Peyci-  (A.)   Ein Fall von
  bchweiss-Neurasthenie; Beitrag zur Lelire  von der sexu-
  ellen Neurasthenie.   Centralbl. f. d.  Krankh d  Ham-
  u. Sex.-Org., Leipz.,  1895, vi, 302.— Poroaz (M  )  Me^-
  jcgyzeaek  dr.  Weinberger   M. A nemasth.  sex.  <*vo-
  gyitasarol irt kdzlemenyere.  [Observations  on M. Wein-
  berger s communication on the cure  of sexual  neuras-
  thenia.]  Gyogyaszat, Budapest,   1902, xlii  411  _____
  Ueber das Wesen der sexuellen Neurasthenie.  Monatsh'
  t. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903. xxxvi, 225-253.—Ravo»li
  (A.)  Alterations iu  the posterior  urethra aa a i'actoi"in
Neurasthenia  (Sexual).
   neurasthenia.  Am. J. Urol..  N". Y,  1904-5,  i,  32l-33l._
   Keen (C. A. L.)  The genital factor in certain cases of
   neurasthenia in  women.  Gaillaid's  M. J.,  N. \\, 1*99
   lxx, 67. — Meliger (P.)  Prostataneuioseu und sexuelle
   Neurasthenie.  Aerztl.  Prakt., Hamb.,  1892, v, 409-47]
   -----. Zum  Kapitel der sexuellen Neurasthenie.  Ibid
   1900, xiii. 214.—Mieflerl.  Neurasthenie  par  onanisine
   Art med., Par., 1904, xcix, 419-426 —Squier (J. B.) Tin
   relation  of urethral lesions to sexual neurosis.  Am. J
   Dermat.  & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis. 19(15, ix, 147-150 _
   Ntadeliuann.  Beitrag  zur Therapie  del ' sexuellen
   Neurasthenic.  Cong, internat. de neurol., de psychiat
   [etc.] 1897, Brux., 1898. i, fasc. 3, 59. — Stern <M. A.)  (j
   polovol nevrastenii.  [Sexualneurasthenia.] Yi.hu (;az
   S.-Peterb., 1904,  xi, 791; 829;  87*; 900.   Also.'transl.']
   Monatschr. f. Harukr. 11. sex.  H\g., Leipz., 1905, ii, 309"
   376; 395;  442.—Verhoogen.  La neurasthenie daiis ses
   rapports avec les maladii s des voies 111 inaires.  Policlin.
   Brux., 1897, vi, 163-his — Weiuberger (M.)   A neuras-
   thenia sexualis  g-,6g\ it.isarol.  [The treatment  of . . .1
   Gyogyas/.at.  Budapest.  1902,  xlii, 276;  295; 310.  Alio
   [Abstr.]: Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1902,  xlvi,  313.   Also
   transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 443; 466'
   483. -----. Valasz dr. Porosz M61 megjegyzeseire.  (An-
   swer to  the  observations  of Maurice Porosz.]   Gy<5-
   gy&szat, Budapest, 1902. xlii, 426.-----. Ueber die physika-
   lische  Therapie der Neurasthenia sexualis.    Ztschr. f.
   diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz.. 1902, vi,  429-438.

Neurasthenia (Syphilitic).
    Merlier (A.)   "fitude clinique sur la neuras-
   thenie d'origine  syphilitique.  4°.   Paris, 1*9.">.
    Bnrraqner.  Un caso  de neurastenia de origen sifl-
   litico.   Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1901,  xxiv.  545-">48.—
   Bogdan (G.)   Neurasthenie  syphilitique. Bull  Seed.
   m6d. et nat. de Jassy, 1896-7. x, 63-68.   Also:  J. d. mal.
   cutan. et syph..  Par., 1897, ix, 13-17.—t'ei-a*i (F.)  La
   nevrastenia da sifilide.  Gazz. med. di  Roma.  1895. xxi,
   29;  85.— Ferrua (J.)   La  neurastenia sifilitica  y su
   tratamiento por la niicleo-arsenioterapia.  Rev. espan. de
   sif. y dermat.,  Madrid, 1904, vi. 433-437.—Fournier.
   Les formes cliniques de la neurasthenie syphilitique. Gaz.
   d. hop., Par., 1893,  lxvi, 958. -----. Neurasthenic d'ori-
   gine syphilitique.   Bull. med.. Par.,  1893, vii, 891; 899;
   911.—Gilbert (W. H.)  Ueber Neurasthenic  nach Ab-
   laut der Secundarperiode der Svphilis.  Allg. nied. Centr.-
   Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 1245-1247.—Kiirnan (J. G.)  Neu-
   rasthenia and syphilis.   N. York M. J.,  1900. lxxii, 155.—
   ron Kowalewsky (P.)   Neurasthenic und Syphilis.
   Centralbl. f. Nervenh. n. Psychiat., Cobleuz  & Leipz.. 1893,
   n. F.. iv, 113-124. A Uo, Reprint.— Popo IT (M.)  Sifiliti-
   cheskaya nelrasteniya.   Arcb. psichiat. [etc.], Kharkov,
   1894, xxiii, 1-45. — Pontumi sifilitici: neurastenia; dis-
   cussions clinica.  ('ron. d. clin,med. di Genova, l'.iOl, x, 57-
   60.—Konbinovitch.   Uu cas de neurasthenie syphili-
   tique.  Bull,  med., Par., 1899, xiii, 535.—Rudnitski (N.
   M.)  K kazuistikle sifiliticheskol nevrastenii.   Russk. J.
   Kozhn. i  Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1903. vi, 563-568.

Ac lira* the ilia (Traumatic).
    See Neuroses (Traumatic).

Neurasthenia  (Treatises on).
    Aurams (A.)   The bines  (splanchnic neuras-
   thenia);  causes  aud  cure.   1\?:.   New  York,
   1904.
    -----.  The same.   2.  ed.    .*  .    New  Tork,
   1905.
    Allbutt (T. C.)  Neurasthenia.
    In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1899, viii, 134-163.
    Axgklvin.   La neurasthenie, mal social,  l'i  .
   Paris, 1905.
    Baumgartex  (A.)   Neurasthenie;  Wesen,
   Heiluug,  Vorbeugung.   Fiir Aerzte uud Nicht-
   arzte  nach eigenen Erfahrungen  bearbeitet.
   8-.   Wbrishofen,  1!>03.
    -----.  The same.  3. Aufl.  8°.   Wbrishofen,
   1905.
    Beard (G. M.)   American  nervousness,  its
   causes aud  consequences;  a supplement to nerv-
   ous exhaustion (neurasthenia).  6-\   Neio York,
   [1881],
    -----.  A practical  treatise on  nervous ex-
   haustion  (neurasthenia), its  symptoms, nature,
   sequences,  treatment.   Edited, with notes ami
   additions, by A. D.  Eockwell.  8-.   New York,
   1889.
    -----.   The  same.  5.  ed.  8°.   New  York,
   1905. 
NEURASTHENIA.                      603                      NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Treatises on).
    Bennett (C.)  The modern malady; or, suf-
  ferers from "nerves".   With a preface by Her-
  bert Tibbits.  8°.  London, 1890.
    Binswanuf.k (O.)  Die Pathologie und Thera-
  pie der Nenrastheuie.  Vorlesnngen fiir Studie-
  remle und Aerzte.   8°.  Jena, 1690.
    Borel (V.)  Nervosisme, ou nenrastheuie, la
  maladie du siecle; les divers moyens de la com-
  battre.  8°.  Lausanne,  1694.
    Bouveret  (L.)   La neurasthenie (epuise-
  ment nerveux). 8°.  Paris,  1690.
    _____.  The same.  2.  60.  8°.   Paris, 1691.
    _____.  The same.  Die  Neurasthenie  (Ner-
  venschwiiche).  Nach der 2. franzosischen Aufl.
  deutsch bearbeitet  von Otto Dornbluth.   8°.
  Leipzig dr Wien, 1893.
    Bhauns  (P.) Die Neurasthenie, ihr Wesen,
  ihre Ursachen, Behandlung und Verhiitung.  8 .
  Wiesbaden, 1691.
    Cappeletti (L.)  La nevrastenia.  Con proe-
  mio del C. Bonfigli.   12c.  Milano, 1904.
    CONELLi (J.-A.)  * La neurasthenie, histoire,
  sympt6mes, pathogenese, traitement.  8°.   Tu-
  rin, 1895.
    Cowles  (E.)   Neurasthenia and its mental
  symptoms.  The  Shattuck lecture, 1891.    8°.
  Boston, 1891.
    Dercum (F. X.)  Neurasthenia.
    In • Text-book Nerv.  Dis. Am.  authors (Dercum),
  Phila., 1895, 51-86.
    Dowse (T. S.)  On brain  aud nerve exhaus-
  tion (neurasthenia), and  on the exhaustions of
  inflneuza.  8C.  London, 1692.
    -----.   The same.  Led.  8-.  Lon don, 1^94.
    Emmel (E.) Neurasthenie (Nervenschwiiche);
  deren  Wesen, Verlauf und  Heilung durch  die
  Naturheilmethode,  nebst  Anhang: Leber  In-
  flneuza und ihre naturgemasse Behandlung.   8°.
  Freiwaldau, [1892].
    Gilles de la Tourette [G.]  Les aetualites
  m6dicales.  Les etats neurastheniques. Formes
  cliniques;  diagnostic; traitement.  12°.  Paris,
  1898.
     -----.   The same.   Nevrasteniya, yeya formi
  i liecheniye.   Perev. s frantsuzskavo  S. S. Ver-
  mel.   [Trausl. from the  French  by . . .]   8°.
  S.-Peterburg, 1*98.
    Godlewski (A.)  Les neurasthenies.   Pre-
  face de H. Hnchard.  12°.   Paris, 1904.
    Handbuch der Neurasthenie.  Bearbeitet von
  R. vou Hosslin, G.  Hunerfautb [et al.].  Hrsg.
  von Franz Carl Muller.   6\  Leipzig, 1893.
    Hilty.  Ueber  Neurasthenie.  12°.  Bern,

    -----.   The same.  La neurasthenie.   Tra-
  duit snr la 3. ed. allemande, avec une preface du
  Dr.  Chatelaiu. 12c. Berne, Paris <r Milan, 1897.
    HiRSCHKRON  ( H. )   Die   Nervenschwiiche
   (Neurasthenie).   Beim  Erwaehsenen  und  im
  Kindesalter, ihre Behandlung durch Willensein-
  fluss, angemessene Erziehung und anderwcitige
  moderne  Cnrbehelfe.   12°.   Wien  $ Leipzig,
  1893.
    Kahn (L. J.)   Nervous exhaustion; its cause
  and cure.  A series of lectures on debility and
  disease, with practical information on marriage,
  its  obligations  and  impediments;  illustrated
  with cases.  To which is added: Pictures from
  real life, or photographic life-studies, addressed
  to the young, the old, the grave, the gay.  24°.
  New York, [1870].
    Krae.mer  (P.)   Die Nervenschwache  uud
  Hysterie;  ihre Entstehung, Verhiitung nnd Be-
  handlung.    Gemeinverstaudlich   dargestellt.
  12°.  Berlin, [n. d.].
    Kuhner (A.)  Die Nervenschwache (Neuras-
  thenie) mit  besonderer Beriicksichtigung  der
Neurasthenia  (Treatises on).
  Geschlechtsnervenschwache  (sexuelle  Neuras-
  thenie) uud  verwandten  Zustande;  ibre  Ur-
  sachen, Bedeutung und Verhiitung sowie deren
  Behandlung.   [4. Aufl.]   8-.   Merlin, 1-91.
    Laurent  (E.)   La neurasthenie; causes it
  reun-des.   12-'.  / oris, 1903.
    Lehr(G.)  Die nervose Herzschwiicbe (Neu-
  rasthenia  vasomotoria) uud ihre Behandlung.
  8 '.   Wiesbaden, 1891.
    Levillain (F.)  La neurasthenie, maladie de
  Beard (methodes  de Weir-Mitchell et  Playfair;
  traitement de Vigouroux).  Avec une preface
  du  prof.  Charcot, et suivie d'une notice  thera-
  peutique par Vigouroux.   12°.   Paris, 1*91.
    Lowknfeld  (L.)  Pathologie und  Therapie
  der Neurasthenie und Hysterie.  8°.  Wiesba-
  den, 1893.
    Margain (L.-A.)  *L'enerveinent.   8°.  Bor-
  deaux, 1897.
    Mathieu (A.)  Neurasthenie (epuisement ner-
  veux).  12°.   Paris, 1892.
    Ots y Ksquerdo (V.)   La neurastenia.  Obra
  premiada con medalla de oro  por la  real Aca-
  demia  de medicina de Madrid.  12°.   Madrid,
  1896.
    Roose  (R.)   Nerve prostration and   other
  functional disorders of daily life.  12°.  London,
  18H8.
    -----.  The same.  2. ed. 8°.  London, 1891.
    Savill (T. D.)  Clinical lectures on neuras-
  thenia.  8C.  London, 1899.
    -----.  The same.  8-.  New York, 1899.
    -----.  The same. 2. ed.  8°.  New York, 1902.
    Sepilli (G.)  La neurastenia.  8-.  Milano,
  [n. d.].
    In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap.  med., Milano, [n. d.],
  ii, pt. 5, 459-484.
    Thiroux (H.)  * Contribution a l'etude de la
  neurasthenie  (neurasthenie   essentielle).   4°.
  Paris, 1692.
    -----. The same.  8°.  Paris, 1692.
    Tyrrell  ( W. )   Nervous  exhaustion;  its
  causes, outcomes, and treatment.  12°.  London,
  1891.
     -----.  The same.  [By W. Tyrrell and  G.
  Tyrrell.]  2. ed.  12°.  London, 1893.
    VlGOURC-cx (R.)  Neurasthenic et arthritisme.
   Urologie, regime alimentaire, traitement. Avec
   une introduction par le Dr. F. Levillain.  12°.
   Paris  1893.
     Wiliieim.  Die Nervositat (Nenrastheuie), de-
   ren Verlauf und Heilung.   Eiue  hygieuische
   Studie nach den  neuesten   Forschungen dar-
   gestellt  und den Nervenkranken aller  Stande
   gewidmet.   12°.  Wien,  1690.
     ._____.  The same.  3. verbesserte  Aufl.  8°.
    Wien, 1890.
     _____.  The same.   5. Aufl.  Mit  dem  An-
   hange: Ueber die Kneipp'sche Cur in ihrer An-
   wendung bei der chronischen Nervenschwache.
   8°.  Wien, 1891.
     VON ZlEMSSEN (H.)   Die  Neurasthenie  und
   ihre Behandlung.  8°.  Leipzig, 1867.
     _____.  The  same.  Neurasthenia  and  its
   treatment.
     In: Woon's M. Sc S. Monog., N.  Y., 1889, i, 529-555.
     _____.  The same.  Clinical lecture on neu-
   rasthenia and its treatment.   2. ed.
     In: Clin.  Lect. ... by German  authors,  Lond., 1894,
    53-86.
 Neurasthenia (Treatment of).
     See, also, Neurasthenia (Sexual).
     de  Avellar  Werneck (P.)  * Tratamento
    da neurasthenia, roy. 8°.  Bio de Janeiro, 189b".
     Bertal (T.)  Gezond  bloed en sterke  zenu-
    wen laugs den weg der voeding.  8°.  Zuften.
    [n. d.]. 
NEURASTHENIA.
604
NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Treatment of).
    De (,»( ixTAXA y Molina (F. G.)  La  revolu-
  cion  eu la  terapeutica de  la neurastenia;  su
  genesis, distinctos  tipos  cliuicos  y  su  trata-
  miento por los  agentes  naturales, sm  necesidad
  de remedies farmacol6gicos.   1'2°.  Madrid, 1903.
    DrxiN (T.)  GruinUiitze der Behandlung der
  Neurasthenie und  Hysterie.   8°.  Berlin, 1902.
    Faivet (A.)   *Du traitement  de la neuras-
  thenic par l'isolemcnt.  8-'.  Paris, WJ7.
    KiiiNEi:   (A.)   Kranke, schwache  und ge-
  sunde  Nerven.   Nervositat,   Nervenschwache,
  reizbare  Schwache,  krankhafte  Reizbarkeit,
  Kopfnervenschwache,   Schwiicheerscheinungeu
  des  Riickenmarks,  nervoses  Herzklopfeu,  ner-
  vose Verdauungsschwache, Dyspepsie.  Behand-
  lung aller dieser  Zustande   unter wirksamer
  Beihilfe des  Krankeu und dessen  Umgebuug.
  Nach eigenen Beobachtungeu  und liingjahrigen
  Erfahrungen bearbeitet.   16°.  Mainz, 1901.
    Lou.  Die  Neurasthenie  und ihre  Behand-
  lung.  ■■* .   Wiesbaden, 1890.
    Makcinowski (J.)   Im  Kampf  um  gesunde
  Nerven.  Ein Wegweiser zum Verstiindnis  uud
  Heilung nervoser Zustande.   8°.   Berlin, 1904.
    Pktkixa  [T.]  Die  Neurasthenie und  ihre
  Behandlung.   *'\  Berlin, 16*9.
    Also, in: Prag. med. "Wchnsehr., 1889, xiv, 427,  439.
    Proust  (A.)   & Ballet (G.)   L'hygiene du
  ncuraslhehiquc.  1(5°.   Paris,  1^97.
    -----------.   The treatment of neurasthenia.
  Translated   by  Peter  Campbell Smith.   l(ic.
  London,  1902.
    KruGi (G.)  Contributo alia  patogenesi ed
  alia  cura della  nervrastenia osservata iu alcuni
  auunalati di  nefroptosi.   Memoria.  f-\   Bo-
  logna, 1904.
    Schmidt  (F.)   Ratgeber fur Herz- nnd Ner-
  venkranke  (Neurasthenie).  Mit  Beriicksichti-
  gung der Marbacher Heilmethode verfasst.  8°.
  Wangen, 1905.
    Vooriioeve  (J.)  Zenuwzwakte, hare voor-
  kiuning en behandeling.  8°.   Zwolle, [1905].
    Wicumanx (R.)   Die NeuraBthenie und ihre
  Behandlung;  ein Ratgeber fiir  Nervenkranke.
  2. Aufl.  8 .  Berlin, 189'J.
    -----. The same.  3. Aufl.   8°.  Berlin, 1904.
    Wiederiiold.  Nervenschwache,  ihr  Wesen
  nnd Behandlung.  Beitrage aus der Praxis.  8-.
  Wieshadtn, lr*9f>.
    Wilhelm  (J.)   Nervositat, Neurasthenie, ner-
  vose  Erschopfung,  uebst deu  niodernen  hygie-
  nischcn  Heilfactoren Licht, Luft, Wasser, Tur-
  nen,  Elektricitat und den Heilagentien des  mo-
  derueu Naturverfahrens.  12°.  Wien, 1902.
    Wilkk ( W. )   Nervositat und  Neurasthenie
  und  deren  Heilung; vom naturwissenschaft-
  lichen  Standpunkte  bearbeitet fiir Aerzte und
  gebildete Laien.  cy  Hildesheim, 1902.
    Ajt-llo ( S.)  La neurastenia; cura eon 1' iperbiotina
  Malesei.  Gazz. med.  sicil., Catania,  1900, iii, 50;  59.—
  Angt-ll (E. B.)  The educational management of the neu-
  rasthenics.  Tr.  M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1902,  211-214.—
  Baker (W. F.) Arsenic iodide iu the'treatment of gen-
  eral neurasthenia.  Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1904 xxxix
  321-329. —Ballet (G.)   Le traitemeut de la neuraMh.'nfe
  J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 53-56.—Bnrdet.  Neui as-
  thenic et medication phosphorique.  Nouv. remedes Par
  1901,  xvii  1-13. -Bassols Prim (A.) Tratamiento
  morale de la neurastenia.  Kev. de cien. med. de Barcel
  1892, xviii, 217-222.-Bauduy (J. K.) Observations upon
  the treatment of some caws of neurasthenia; microscopic
  report by  C. Fiseh; clinical  report  bv  Keating Bauduy.
  Med. Rev. St. Louis, 1898, xxxvii, 145-149.  Also, Reprint.
  AUo:  Chicago M.  Recorder, 1898,  xv,  17s-182.  AUo ■
  Dominion  M.  Month.,  Toronto, 1898, x, 250-256  AUo ■
  N.  Eng.  M. Month., Danbury, Conn.,  1898,  xvii,  265^-
  270.  AUo: St. Louis M. Sc S. J., 1898, Ixxiv,  314-3''3  —
  Bituiiigarten.  Die Neurasthenie uud deren Behand-
  lung.   Centralbl.  f. d. Kneipp. Heilverf.. Wiiri-diofen
  1902. ix. 251 ; 263; 275: 1903. x, 205; 234.— Bencdikt (M.)
  Zur Therapie dei   Neurasthenie uud  der  lunktionellen
 Neurosen iiberhaupt.  Internat. kliu. Rundschau, Wien
Aeui*a«tlieiiia  (Treatment of).
  1891, v, 177-1^2.—Billei-(J. C.)   Treatnieut of ncur-is
  thenia.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1902, xxxviii  4-6 —
  Bilsinger.  Modern nervousness and its cure.  [Transl
  from: Ueber  Land und  Meer.J  Pop. Sc. Month  \ V '
  1892-3, xlii, 90-93.-de Blois (C.N.)  La neurasthenie et
  son traitement.  Bull. med. de Quebec,  1902-3, iv, 204--,2"
  Also: Rev. med.  du Canada,  Montreal 1902-3' vi -"xS
  299; 313—Brower (D.  R.)   The treatment oi' neuras-
  thenia.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 232-235 —
  Buckley (C. W.)   Observations on  the treatment'of
  neurasthenia.   Practitioner,  Lond., 1904, lxxiii, 176-187 —
  Butler (G. F.)   The treatmeut of neurasthenia.  Am
  M.  Compend,  Toledo,  1905, xxi,  191-194.— t'abanrai
  L'insomnie des neurastheniques; son traitement.  J do
  la sante, Par., 1904, xxi, 861-864. — Carter (R. J.) ' On the
  use of sanatogen in the  treatment of  neurasthenia and
  other allied conditions of the nervous system.  Med. Times
  & Hosp. Gaz.,  Loud., 1905, xxxiii, 313-315.—Cautru.  De
  l'aeidite urinaire dans la neurasthenie; role therapeutique
  de l'acide phosphorique daus le traitement de cette affec-
  tion. Bull. g6u. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1900, cxl, 816-830.—
  Center (C. D.)   The educational treatment of neuras-
  thenics.  Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1904-5. vii, 501-568.
  Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1905, xi, 666-671.—Church (A.)
  Treatment of  neurastheuia.  Chicago M. Recorder, 19oi
  xx,  320-325. -Clans.   Trional und Schl.iuosigkeit hei
  Nenrasthenie.    Wieu.  klin. Rundschau, 1*95, ix, 324.—
  Collineau.  Le traitement de la neurasthenic.  Gaz d
  hop., Par.,  1899, lxxii, 342-345.—del Cueto (J. A.)  EJ
  histogenol eu la neurastenia. Arch, de ginecop  Barcel
  1903, xvi, 541.—Daly (W. H.)  The wakefulness of neu-
  rasthenia as affected  by seaside residence; its successful
  management and cure. "Med. News, I'hila., 1890, lvi, 360 —
  Decker (A.)   Roentgen rays in  a case of neurasthenia.
  Am. Elect ro-Therap. Sc X-Bay Era, Chicago, 1902, ii, no. 9,
  2.—Derdiger (A. L.)  A case of neurasthenia.' Illinois
  M. J., Springfield,  1904, vi, 208.— Discussion  on neu-
  rasthenia and  its treatment. Brit. M.  J., Loud., 1894, ii,
  522-525.—Dornbluth  (O.) Die Arzneibehandlung der
  Neurasthenie.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1900, xiv, 339-343.
  -----.  Die Behandlung  der Neurasthenie.   Miinchen.
  med. Wchuschr., 19U0, xlvii, 74-77.  -----. Behandlung
  der  Schlaflosigkeit bei Neurasthenie.  Med. Bl., AVien,
  1905, xxviii, 581.—Dubois.  De l'emploi de la douche
  h6patique pour combattre la constipation chez les neuras-
  theniques.  Arch. g6n. d'hydrol. [etc.J,  Par., 1899, x, 224-
  226.— Dujardin-Beaumetz.  Sur le traitement de la
  neurasthenie avec  dilatation de l'estoinac.  Bull. Soc. de
  med. prat, de Par.,  1889, 808-813.—Edes (It. T.)  What is
  the  cure for neurasthenia?   Internat. Clin., Phila., 19U4,
  14. s., i.  26-33. -----.  Suggestions regarding the treat-
  ment of neurasthenia.   Ibid., 1905, 15. s., ii, 33-40.—
  Fabiani  (P.)  La guarigione della neurastenia con il
  lavaggio del sangue.  N. scuola med. napol., 1902, 35-37 —
  Fall (Kiu) von Neurasthenie unter Lichthehandlung.
  Arch. f. Lichttherap. [etc.], Berl., 1902, iii, 277.—Ferebee
  (E. B.)  Scope, diagnosis, and treatment of neurasthenia.
  Charlotte [N.  C] M. J.,  1904, xxv, 94-98.—Fiore  (li.)
  L'azione terapeutica dello sciroppodi kola composto "Hell"
  in alcune nevrosi funzionali (neurastenia, isteroneuraste-
  nia). Corriere san., Milano, 1903,  xiv, 421-425.—Fisher
  (C. E.)  Surgery in neurasthenia.  Med. Century, N. Y.
  Sc Chicago, 1905, xiii, 34.—de Flenry (M.)   Traitement
  ratiounel de la neurastb6uie.  Rev. med.-chir. d. mal. d.
  femmes,  Par.,  1893, xv,  529-539. -----. Traitement de
  l'6tat mental neurasth6niquo. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.],
  Par., 1900, cxl, 448;  468; 486.  [Discussion], 816; 858; 883.
  -----. Principes de traitement  de la neurasthenie.  Rev.
  gen. de clin. et de th6rap.. Par., 1901, xv, 417; 483. -----.
  La nature et le traitement de la neurasthenie. J. de med.
  et chir. prat., Par., 1902, lxxiii, 55-58.—Glorieux.  Com-
  ment faut-il traiter les neurastheniques?  Policlin., Brux.,
  1902, xi,  145-152.—CSould (G. M.)  A  case of "neuras-
  thenia" as treated  by two general physicians, one home-
  opathist, one quack, one osteopath, one pregnancy, three
  ophthalmic surgeons, two gynecologists, one diagnostician,
  one  neurologist, one  resident sanitarium physician, and
  one  refiactibnist.  Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 281-283.—
  <»i-ay(L. C.)  Neurasthenia; its differentiation and treat-
  meut.  X. York M. J., 18>8, xlviii, 421-425.—Guarigione
  (La) della neurastenia con il lavaggio del sangue ed un
  nuovo apparecchio perl' esame dell' aria.  N. scuola med.
  napol., 1902, xviii, 163-166.—Halbert (H. V.)  The man-
  agement of neurasthenia.  Clinique,  Chicago, 1903, xxiv,
  491-498.— Harvey  (E.  E.) The treatment of neuras-
  thenia.  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull.,  N. Y., 1896.  x, 320-323.—
  Heeker (E.)   Zur  Behandtung der  neurastheuischeu
  Angstzustiinde.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1892, xxix, 1195-
  1197.—Herschcll  (G.)  On some common fomis of neu-
  rasthenia and their treatment.  Med. Times Sc llcsp. Gaz.,
  Lond., 1896, xxiv, 194; 209;  241; 258; 273.-----Ou the
  treatment "-f nervous indigestion; or gastric neurasthenia.
  Edinb. M. J.,  1902,  n. s., xi, 19-29.—Hirschkron (J.)
  Zur Behandlung der Cerebrasthenie.   Wieu. med. Bl.,
  1899, xxii. 202.—Hirt (L.) Ueber Neurasthenie und ihre
  Behandlung.   Wien. med. Presse, 1889,  xxx, 1409; 1448 —
  Hodges (J. A.)  The treatment  of uourasthenia.  Gail- 
NEURASTHENIA.                            605                           NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Treatment of).
  lard's South.  Mod , Savannah, 1905, Ixxxiii, ;;0-34.  Also :
  Old Domiuion J. M. .v.  S., Richmond, 1905-6, iv, 151-154.
  AUo: Richmond J. Pract., 1905, xix, 131-135. AUo: South.
  M.  & S., Chattanooga, 1905, iv, 137-139.  Also.- Virginia
  M. Semi-Month.. Richmond, 1905-6, x, 98-100.—Holl' (A.)
  Zur   medicanienidscn  Behandlung  der  Neurasthenic.
  Kliu.-therap.  Wchnsehr., Wien, 1901, viii, 1214-1218.—
  Hollander (A.) Zur Therapie der Neurasthenie.  Allg.
  Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii,  323; 335; 343.  Also .-  Klin.-
  therap. Wchuschr., Wien, 1903, x, 329-331.—Hubbard
  (D. L.)  An effectual therapy in neurasthenic and  diges-
  tive disorders.  Med. Bull., Phila., 1905, xxvii, 130-133.—
  Joire (1\)  Quelques  casde neurasthenie traites  par  la
  lumiere.   Nord med.,  Lille, 1903, ix, 103-105. — Kroivn
  (T. W.)  Report of treatment of cases of  neurasthenia.
  Carolina M. J.,  Charlotte,  1902,  xlviii,  404-406.—King
  (\V. II.)   Some points  in the treatment  of neurasthenia.
  Tr. Am. Inst. Homoeop. 1901, N. Y.,  1902,  lvii, 493-506.—
  Kiunear (B. O.)  Neurasthenia or neurasthenia, which ?
  and an  efficient  treatment.   Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897,
  xxi, 382-585.  Also, Reprint.— Kothe.  Beitrage zur Be-
  aaudlung  der Neurasthenic   Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1893,
  xxxviii, 368-375.  AUo: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895,
  xxx.353-355.—von Kraflft-EbiugtR.) Ueber die Kran-
  kenpflegederNcurastheniker.  Ztschr.f.Kraukenpfl.,Berl.,
  1897, xix,  49;  79; 108.   AUo:  Med.-chir. Centralbl.,  Wien,
  1897, xxxii, 247; 264; 275;  291.—I,ai**l«'»falvi (A. V.)   A
  sulvos neurasthenia n6mely gyogyjavalatardl. [Some sug-
  gestions for the treatment of  severe m-iiiasthenia.]   Gyd-
  gyaszat, Budapest, 1901, xii, 20-23. — Lowland (B.C.)
  Some popular errors in the treatment of nervous prostra-
  tion.  Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1897, Buffalo. 1898. 91-97.
  Also: Buffalo M. J.,  1897-8, xxxvii, 7:;8-74Y—McRride
  (J. H.)  Some points in the management ofthe neurasthe-
  nic.  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1901, 305-335.  AUo :
  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1902,  xxxviii,  855-801.—Mc-
  Caskey  (G.  W.)  The treatment of gastric neurasthenia
  and allied conditions.   Internat. Clin., Phila., 1904, 14. s.,
  i, 34-40.—MacCoy (C.)  Some observations on the treat-
  ment of neurasthenia  at the dispensary clinic.  Brooklyn
  M. J., 1903, xvii, 399-401.—Marberger (S.)  A neuras-
  theniagv6gvszereskezel6se.   [Treatmentof. . . bydrugs.]
  Magy. oYv. "lapja, Budapest, 1902.  ii, 410-412.—Martinet
  (A.)  La medication phosphorique dans la  psychasth6nie.
  Presse m6d.,  Par.,  1903, ii,  805-807.—Massey (G. B.)
  Neurasthenia  and its  rational treatment.  Proc.  Phila.
  Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1895,  xvi, 3.14-341.  Also: Med.  Rec,
  N. Y., 1896, xlix, 833-835.— Mills iC. K.)  The treatment
  of neurasthenia.   Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1905-6,
  xxvi, 378-394.  Also.  Med. Fortnightly,  St.  Louis, 1906,
  xxix, 1-6.—.TIMroy  (W. ¥.)  Neurasthenia treated  by
  the Keeley method; a case.   Omaha Clinic, 1891, iv, 206-
  219.—Mink  (A. E.)   Neurasthenia, with special refer-
  ence to the best  mode  of treatment.  Med. Bull., Phila.,
  1898, xx, 465.—Missiroli (A.) Di alcuni nuovi principii
  sull' essenza e cura della neurastenia discorrendo  le mo-
  derne ricerche  fisiologiche.  Pratica d.   med., Napoli,
  1902-3,iii,243-248—Miura (K.)   Shikeshoyakuryobo no
  itban.  [Treatment of neurasthenia.]  Chiugai Iji Shin-
  po, Tokio, 1894,  no.  331, 4-6.—Moutier (A.) Expose
  [sommaire da  traitement  de la neurasthenie.  Rev. prat.
  d'obst. et degyn6c, Par., 1901-2, xvii, 548-555.  Also:  J.
  m6d.  de Par., 1902, 3. a., xiv, 221-224.— Mouton.   De be-
  handeling der neurasthenie.  Med.Weekbl., Amst., 1904-5,
  xi,  353;  365.—Moyer  (H. N.) Treatment of neurasthe-
  nia.   J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1656-1658.—
  Nairne (J. S.)  A case of neurasthenia treated by surgi-
  cal means. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s.,  lxxiv,
  461. -----. Two cases of neurasthenia treated by opera-
  tion.  Z&id., 516.—IVatino (C.) L'ischirogeno nella cura
  della neurastenia e dei  processi patologici  affini. Pratica
  d. med., Napoli,  1903-4, iv, 161-167.—Neff  (I. H )  Patho-
  logical fatigue and its treatment.  Physician & Surg., De-
  troit &. Anu Arbor, 1905,  xxvii, 203-308.—Neurastenia
  (La) e sua cura.  Riforma med., Napoli, 1889, v, 1561; 1567;
  1573;  1579.—van Oort (M.)   TJeber Freiluftliegebebaud-
  lung bei Nervosen.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv,
  693-695.   Also: Veroffentl.d. Hufeland.Gesellsch. in Berl.
  Vortr., 1903, 265-272.—Patrick (H. T.)  Remarks  on the
  treatment of neurasthenia.    Medicine, Detroit, 1899,  v,
  195-210. — Patterson (II. C.)  Practical  experience  in
  the treatment of neurasthenia. Med. Times, N. Y., 1901,
  xxix.  360-362.— Peck (R. E.)  The medicinal and hy-
  gienic treatment of neurasthenia.   Yale M. J., N. Haven,
  1900-1901,  vii, 424-428.— Pershing (H. T.)  The treat-
  ment  of neurasthenia.  Colorado  Med., Denver, 1903-4, i,
  82-87. Also: Med. News, N. Y.,  1904, lxxxiv, 637-640.—
  Prince (M.)  The educational treatment of neurasthenia
  and certain hysterical  states.  Med. Cornmuuicat.  Mass.
  M. Soc, Bost., 1898, xvii, 775-794.  Also, Reprint.—Pron
  (L.)   Traitement de  la neurasthenie.   Rev. de therap.
  med.-chir., Par., 1905, lxxii, 469-482.—Pun ton (J.)   Mod-
  ern aspects of neurasthenia and its treatment.   Texas
  State  J. M.,  Fort Worth,  1905, i, 201-205.—Putnam
  (J. J.) Neurasthenia and its treatment.  Internat. Cliu.,
  Phila., 1895, 5. s., iii,  17-28.—Rankin (G.)  The treat-
  ment  of neurasthenia.  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1906, i, 492-
Netirastheiiia  (Treatment of).
  494.—Ransom (G. M.)  Neurasthenia; its cure bv ther-
  motherapy.  Med.Rec, N.Y., 1895, xlvii,364-307.—Ribas
  Perdigd (M.)  Tratamiento de la neuro-astenia.  Gac.
  med. catal., Barcel., 1891, xiv, 513; 547; 579; 613; 644; 675;
  710.—Riviere (A.)  Neurasthenie et specialite.   Pro-
  vince med., Lyon.  1897,  xi, 439. —Kodebaugh (H. A.)
  The management  of  neurasthenics.  Lancet-' linic,  Cin-
  cin., 1905, n. s., lv, 717-724.—Rollins  (W.)  Notes on
  the use of the ether in medicine.  Note 202: The treatment
  of neurasthenia bv intermoleciilar baths of polarized ether.
  Boston M. & S. J.,'1905, cliii,468,2pl.ou 11.—Rosenblath.
  Neurasthenie hervorgerufen durch Einathmungvon Xylol-
  Danipfon.  Aerztl.  Sachverst.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1902, viii, *197-
  200.— Ruta.  Patogenesi e cura della neurastenia.  Ri-
  forma med., Napoli, 18U6, xii, pt. 1. 589-591.  Also: Terap.
  cliu., Napoli,  1890, v, 97-4)9.—Sallard (A.)  La neuras-
  thenie et son  traitemeut.  Rev. de  therap. med.-chir.,
  Par., 1895, lxii, 107; 144—Schofield (A. T.)  Some con-
  ditions of success in the treatment of neurasthenia.  Brit.
  M.  J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1235-1240.—Sharp (H. C.)   Neu-
  rasthenia and its treatnieut.  .1.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1899, xxxii, 71-73.—Winkler (W.)  Treatment of neuras-
  thenia.   Internat.  M. Mag., N. Y.,  1902,  xi.  78-81.   Also,
  Reprint. —Somerville (W.  F.)  The treatment of neu-
  rasthenia. Glasgow M. J., 1899, lii, 273-278.—Sterne (A.
  E.)  Neurasthenia and its  treatment  by actinic ravs.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 500-707.—Stewart (W.
  B.)  Neurasthenia and its  treatment.  Ibid., 1899, xxxii,
  438.  -----.  The treatment of neurasthenia.   Tr. M. Soc
  N. Jersey, Newark,  1901, 189-196.  Also.- Am. Med., Phila.,
  1901, ii, 335.—Terrien.  Quelques  considerations  sur le
  traitemeut  de  la  neurasthenie.  Gaz. ni6d.  de Nantes,
  1904, 2. a., xxii, 506-517. —Wagner (R.)  Zur Begriffs-
  bestimmung und Therapie der Neurasthenic.  Cor.-Bl. f.
  schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1888, xviii, 241; 271.—Wakarin
  [or Wakahayashi (S.)]   [The treatment of exhaustion
  iu men at private sanatoria.]  Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi,
  Tokyo,  1896. 516-520.—Weygandt  (W.)  Die  Behand-
  lung der  Neurasthenie.  Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamt-
  geb. d. prakt. Med.,  1901, i,  107-144.— Wicderhold.
  Beitrag zur Therapie der Neurasthenie.  Veroffentl. d.
  Hufeland. Gesellsch.  in Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch.,  1897,
  xviii, 263-266.—Winuuer (A.)   Om  Folkesanatorier for
  Nervesvage.   [Popular sanatoria   for  neurasthenics.]
  Nord.  Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kobenh.,  1905-6,  iv, 79; 117.—
  Zcnncr (P.)   Treatment of '-nervousness". Cincin.
  Lancet-Clinic  1889, n.  s.,  xxiii,  489-491.—Zerner (T.)
  j uu.  Die,  Behandluiig  der  Neurasthenie.  Wien.  med.
  Wchnsehr., 1892, xlii, 1841; 1881.—Zuccnrelli (A.)  In-
  torno alia cura della neurastenia, con particolare riguardo
  all' uso della piperazina Sobering. Riv. sper. di freniat.,
  Reggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvii, 293-296.

Neurasthenia  (Treatment of  Climatic

  an<l hydrotherapeutic).
     Stepanoff  (A.  D.)    0  dnshakh  vlsokavo
  davleuiya (Chareot) i primieuenii ikh k lieehe-
  niyu nevrastenii]  hidroterapevticheskiye ocher-
  ki.   [High pressure  douches, and  their  appli-
  cation in the treatment of neurasthenia; hydro-
  therapeutic notes.]   2.  ed.   H°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1902.
    Alessi (U.)   II bagno caldo per i nevrastenici.  Gazz.
  di osp.,  Milano, 1904,  xxv,  2057.—Bciii-Bnide.  Du
  traitement hydrotherapiquedelaneurasthenie.  Rev. gen.
  de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1904,  xviii, 323-325.—Deter-
  mann (H.)  Ueber Wirkung nnd Anwendung der Hy-
  drotherapie bei der Neurasthenie.   Ztschr. f. diiitet. u.
  physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii,  211; 300.—Donadieu-
  Eiavit.   Traitement hydrologique de  la neurasthenie et
  de  l'hysterie.  Arch. g6n. d'hydrol. [etc], Par., 1896, vii,
  81;  214.—Donath (J.)  Die  Abgrenzung  der Neuras-
  thenie von der Hysterie  und  der Dementia paralytica,
  mit besonderer Riicksicht auf hydrotherapeutische Mass-
  nahmen.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1895, xiv, 1097; 1143.—
  Grocco (P.)  Sulla cura della neurastenia a Monteca-
  tini.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895,
  vi,  idrol. e climatol., 28.—Ide.  TJeber  den Aufenthalt
  von  nervenschwaclien  Personen   im   Nordseeklima.
  Therap.   Monatsh.,  Berl.,  1901,  xv,  495-499. —Kothe.
  Zur klimatischen Behandlung der Neurasthenie.   Verof-
  fentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl.  Balneol. Gesellsch.,
  1896, xvii, 218-230.   Also: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.. 1896,
  xvii, 391-394. — Lagrange (F.)  Les neurastheniques k
  Vichy.  Rev. theor. et prat. d. mal. dela nutrition, Par.,
  1896,'iv,  589; 641; 725: 1897, v.  ,9; 65; 158; 204; 281; 329;
  385; 449;  586: 1898, vi. 472.—Medea  (E.)  L' idroterapia
  nei neurastenici.  Atti d. <.'(>ng.  naz.  d' idrol. e climat.,
  Milano, 1902, vii, 168-179.  AUo:  Boll. el'n.-scient. d. Po-
  liambul.  di Milano, 1902, xv, 73-82.—Muller (F. C.)  Die
  balneologische uud bydropathische  Behandlung der Neu-
  rasthenie. Arch.  d. Balneoth. u. Hvdroth.,  Halle a. S.,
  1897, 2. Hft.,  1-50. — Nicolas.   Die Behandlung der
  Neurasthenie im Nordseebade.  Therap. Monatsh.,  Berl., 
NEURASTHENIA.                           606                            NEURASTHENIA.
Neurasthenia (Treatment of  Climatic

  and hgdrotherapeutic).
  1900 xiv  521-525. — Pajor  (S.)   A neurasthenia 6s
  vizgvo"yinodjarol.  [Neurasthenia and water-cure.]  Gy6-
  gyas'/aF  Budapest, 1897,  xxxvii, 594. — Pearce (F. S.)
  The climatology of neurasthenia.  Med. News, N. \., 1901,
  lxxviii, 130.   Also: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1900-1901,  iv,
  59V ID.". — Pelon <H.)   Du traitement des neurastheni-
  ques a Luchon.  Gaz. d.  hop., Par.,  1902,  lxxv, 405-407.
   Also: Montpel. m6d., 1902, xiv, 425; 463; 490— Poskin
  (A.)  Hydrotherapeutique  des  6tats neurastheniques.
  Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1901.  lxviii,  150-164.  Also:
  [Rap. de Maere]: Bull. Soc. de  m6d. de Gand, 1901, lxvm,
  216-218.— Pospischil (O.)   Schwere cerebrale und va-
  somotoiische  Neurasthenie.    Bl.  f.  klin. Hydrotherapy
  Wien, 1892, ii, 205-218.—Proust Sc Ballet.  Technique
  hydroth6rapiqiie dans la  neurasthenie. Rev. d'hyg. the-
  rap., Par., 1897, ix, 359-366.—Quintin. La cure thermale
  ouhydro-miueraledanslesurmenage.  Cong.internat.d'hy-
  drol. et de cliniatol.  C.-r. 1896,  Par., 1897, iv, 255-259.—
   Kejou (L.)  Traitement hydrotherapique dela neurasthe-
  nie d'origine  arthritique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor-
  deaux, 1905, xxvi,159-162—Keure  (H.) Lachlorose et la
  neurasthenic; leur traitement a Saint-Alban.  Lyon m6d.,
  1904. cii,  560-565. — Rochling.  Die Reizbarkeit gegen
  Gehorseindriicke bei Neurasthenie,  nebst  praktischen
  Folgeiungeu  fiir die Kurorte.  Veroffentl. d. Hufeland.
  Gesellsch. in  Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1902,xxiii, 233-244.
  Also: Deutsche  Med.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1902, xxiii, 525-528.—
  Sehacht (E.)  Statistische und sociale Randbemerkun-
  gen zur  Neurasthenie.  Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903,
  5_8._Kinkier (W.)  Use of hydrotherapy in neurasthe-
  nia and other nervous affections.   Therap. Gaz., Detroit,
  1901, xxv, 591.—AUo, Repriut. — von Striimpell (A.)
  Bemerkungen iiber die  balneologische Behandlung der
  Neurasthenie.  Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 65-67.—Tis-
  sie [P.]  De l'hydrotherapie  dans la fatigue  nerveuse.
  M6m. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux  (1897),
   1898, 120-125. -----. Influence du climat do Pan et de la
  gymnastique medicale dans le traitement de la neurasthe-
  nie  d'origine gastro-intestinale.   Gaz.  d.  eaux, Par.,
  1905,  xlviii,  243-245.  AUo: J.  de physioth6rap., Par.,
   1905, iii, 353-350.—Vinaj (G.  S.)   La cura  idroterapica
  della neurastenia.  Idroterap.  prat.,  Biella,  1901,  ii,  29;
  37.—Weinberger (M.) A neurasthenia gydgyitdsa in-
  t6zetekben 6s fiirdbhelyeken.   [The cure of neurasthenia
  in institutes and bathing places.]  Gy6gvdszat, Budapest,
   1899, xxxix,  324; 341.  AUo, transl: Bl.  f. klin. Hydro-
  therap., Wien, 1899,  ix, 143; 169.  AUo [Abstr.): Ungar.
  med. Presse,  Budapest, 1899, iv,  617-620. — Whitby (C.
  J.)  The hydro-thermal  treatment of neurasthenia.  J.
   Phys. Therap., Lond., 1900, i,  20-28.—Wichinann (R.)
   Eiue Neurastheuiker-Colonie in Bad Harzburg.  Monats-
   bl.,  f. off. Gsndhtspflg.. Brnschwg., 1903,  xxvi, 45-47.
   Also [Abstr.]: Reichs-Mt-d.-Anz., Leipz.,  1903, xxviii,
   145.—Yushtshenkoff (A. A.)  Liecheniye  vouoyu nev-
   rastenii u lits. stradayushtshikh porokom serdtsa.  [Hy-
   drotherapy of neurasthenia in people suffering from heart
   disease.]  Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v. Mosk., 1897, xxxvi,
   pt. 1, 287-300.

Neurasthenia   (Treatment  of)   with

   animal extracts.
     Browne  (K.)  Neurasthenia aud  its treat-
   ment hy hypodermic transfusions (according to
  the method of Jules Cherou).  H .  London, 1894.
     Evans (R. E.)  Case of neurasthenia treated by hypo-
   dermic injections of nerve extract.  Brit. M.  J.,  Loud.,
   1893, ii, 1321.  — Paul (C.)  Du traitement de la neuras-
   thenie par la transfusion nerveuse.  Bull. Acad, de m6d.,
   Par.. 1892, 3.  s., xxvii, 202-226.   Also: Bull, et mem.  Soc.
   de therap.,  Par.,  1892, 58-87.  Also: Bull. m6d., Par.,
   18112, vi, 155-161.   AUo, transl: Internat. klin. Rundschau,
   Wien, 18!l2, vi, 549-551. -----. Du  traitement de la neu-
   rasthenic par la transfusion nerveuse.  Bnll.Aead.de med.,
   Par., 189:!, 3. s., 445-459.  Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de
   therap., Par., 1393, 2. s.,  xx, 139- 194. — Salomon (M.)
   Ueber die Behandlung* schwerer Neuraslhenien mit Sper-
   minum-I'oehl. Verottentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. iu Berl.
   (1899), 1901, pt. 2. 1-9.  LDiscu.ssion], pt. 1, 1.  AUo, transl.:
   Bull. gen.  de therap.  [ etc. ],  Par., 1900,  cxl, 648-657.—
   Vetlesen (II. J.)  Hjerne Ekstrakt subkutant ved nevras-
   theniske Tilstande.  [Subcutaneous  use of brain-extract
   in neurasthenia.]  Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristia-
   nia, 1895. 4. R., x, 181 - 183. — Zanoni ( G. )   Cura della
   neurastenia  femminile cogli  estratti ovarici.   Gazz. d
   osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1190-1192.

Neurasthenia  (Treatment  of)  by elec-
   tricity.

     Foveau  de Courmelles.   Electricit6 medi-
   cale;  la neurasthenie, formes diverses et affec-
   tions ueurnstheniforines;  jjuensou  ou ameliora-
   tion  par   les  courants   electrostatiques.    8°.
   Paris,  1696.
Neurasthenia (Treatment  of)  by  elec-

 tricity.
   Galvanic electricity, the only reliahle, safe
 and speedy  remedy  for nervous  debility,  func-
 tional ailments, and impaired vital energy,  ho,
 London, [n. d.].
   Imbert  de  la  Touche.   Traitement  do  la
 neurasthenie par Faction  combinee de l'eiectri-
 cite" et  de  la  medication  hypoderinique.  8°.
 Paris, 1895.
   Robinson (W. F.)   Electro-therapeutics  of
 neurasthenia,   sm. 4°.   Detroit, 1-9:1.
   Apostoli  (G.)  Contributions de l'eiectro-therapie aa
 diagnostic et au traitement de quelques  formes do neuras-
 thenie.  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc. |. I'ar., 189K, i,  141.—
 Apostoli (G.) Sc Planet.  Traitement electrique de la
 neurasthenie chez les neuro-arthritiques; note  sur un cas
 de guerison par l'association de la frank)inisation et des
 courants de haute frequence (lit condensateur).   Ibid.,
 75-85.-----------.  Deuxieme note sur le traitement 61ec-
 triqne de la neurasthenie chez les hyst6riques.  Ibid., 287-
 304.-----------. Troisieme note sur le traitement elec-
 trique de  la neurasthenie chez les hyst6riques.   Ibid.,
 573-582.-----------. Du traitement de la neurasthenie
 par les differeutes formes de l'61ectroth6rapie.  Rev. th6or.
 et prat, d.mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1898, vi, 352-363.—
 Bishop (F. B.)  The cause of some cases of  neurasthe-
 nia, and their treatment  by electricity.  Tr. Am. Electro-
 ther. Ass.  1899-1900, Phila'., 1901, 327-334.  Also: Virginia
 M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1900-1901, v, 371-375.—Boia-
 Nrnu du  Rocher. De la franklinisation interne; de la
 neurasthenic.  Bull, et mem. Soc.de med.  prat.de Par., 1891,
 Ixxxiii, 90-97.— Bonnefoy  (E.)  Relation de deux cas de
 neurasthenie  grave  traites  et gu6ris par la franklinisa-
 tion.  Arch, d'electric. med.,  Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 94-101.—
 Cleaves (Margaret A.)   Franklinization as a therapeutic
 measure in neurasthenia. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1896,
 xxvii, 1043-1052.— Foveau de Courmelles. La neu-
 rasthenie et son traitement electrique.   Cong. d.med.alie-
 nistes etnomol.de France . . . Proc.-verb.[etc.] 1895,Par.,
 1896, ii, 403-409. -----. De l'emploi des courants de haute
 frequence, eiectro-statiques  et radiographiqnes contre la
 neurasthenie et l'ob6sit6 nerveuse.   Actualite m6d., Par.,
 1897, ix, 135;  167.—Cay (TJ.)  La cura dei neurastenici ad
 ipertensione arteriosa per mezzo delle correuti  di alta fre-
 qnenza.  Lavori d.Cong.di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv,
 532.  AUo, transl: Arch  d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1905,
 xiii, 285-295.   AUo, transl: Ztscbr. f. Elektrother., Leipz.,
 1904-5, vi.  385-391.—Orny (Clara E.) Static electricity in
 neurasthenia.  J. Electrother., N.Y., 1898, xvi.293—Hart
 (C. P.)  Neurasthenia and  its treatment by  electricity.
 /6i'd.,1897. xv, 165-176.—Imbert dela Touche.  Traite-
 ment de la neurasthenie par Taction combinee de l'61ec-
 tricit6 et de  la medication  hvpodermique.  Kev.  d'hyg.
 therap., Par., 1895, vii,  329-337.  Also: Rev. internat
 d'electrother., Par., 1895-6, vi, 11-17. —Massey  (G. B.)
 Electro-therapeutic  technique in the treatmeut of neuras-
 thenia and nervous prostration.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
 1895, xxv,  974. —Miller (R. W.)  Static electrical treat-
 ment of neurasthenia.  Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah,
 1905, Ixxxiii, 24--J6.  AUo: Old Dominion J. M. & S., Rich-
 mond, 1905-6, iv, 154-156.  Atso: Richmond J. Pract., 1905,
 xix, 136-138.  AUo:  South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 1905, iv,
 139. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month.,  Richmond,  1905-6,
 x, 101.—JIou tier (A.)  Du  traitement de la neurasthenie
 par l'eiectricite k l'aide des  courants alternates de haute
 frequence.  France med., Par.,  1898, xiv,  34-37.  ----.
 iSleetrotherapie;  expose sommaire du  traitement de la
 neurasthenic  Rev. d. mal.  de la nutrition, Par.. 1903, 2.
 s., i, 550-558.—Nightingale (P. A.) A note on the treat-
 ment of neurasthenia and obesity bv the high frequency
 current.  J. Balneol. Sc Climat., Lond., 1904,viii, 256-259.—
 Piccinino (F.)  L' aria ozouizzata nella cura della neu-
 rastenia  (nota di terapia elettrica).  Incurahili,  Napoli,
 1899, xiv, 533-538. — Kegnier (L.-K.)  Traitemeut de la
 neurasthenie par l'eiectricite.  Cong, internat. de neurol.,
 de psychiat.  [etc.]  1897, Brux., 1898, i, fasc.  2, 131-139,
 [Resume], fasc. 3,53-55.  Also: Progres med., Par., 1897.
 3. s.,vi. 213.   AUo:  llev. d'hvg. therap., Par., 1897, ix, 291-
 302. AUo: Rev. internat. d'61ecttother., Par., 1897-8, vni,
 16-23. -----. Traitemeut electrique de la  neurasthenie.
 Progres m6d., Par., 1903, 3.  s., xvii, 407-411.  AUo: Rev.
 internat. de therap. phvs., Roma, 1903,  iv, 97-103— Rob-
 inson (W. F.)  The electrical treatmentof ( ei tain phases
 of neurasthenia.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. V., 1893, xx,
 33-38. —Nchcrk.  Die elektoo-magnetiscbe Behandlung
 der Neurastheniker.  Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx,
 163-166. — Mgobbo (F.  P.)  La cura elettrica nella neu-
 rastenia.  Gior. di elett. med., Napoli, 1901, ii, 1-6. AUo:
 TJnioue med. ital.,  Torino,   1901, v,  354.-Snow (W. B.)
 The electrostatic treatment of neurasthenia.  Tr.  Am.
 Electrother.  Ass. 1899-1900, Phila., 1901. 338-341.  Also:
 Post-Gradnate, N. T., 1900,  xv, 1355-1358.—Thielle  (H.)
 Neurasthenics traitees par les courants continus  et la
 franklinisation.  Bull. off. Soc. franc. d'61ectroth6r.,  Par., 
NEUKASTHENIA.
607
NEURASTHENIA.
  Neurasthenia  (Treatment of)  by  elec-

     tricity.
     1904. xi. 44-57.— Vigouroux.  La traitement electrique
     de la neurasthenie.  Gaz. d.  h6p.. Par., 1891, lxiv, 997-
     ggg._Weil (E.-A.)  Le traitement electrique de la neu-
     rasthenie. J. de physioth6rap., Par., 1905, iii, 94-98.

  Neurasthenia  (Treatment of)  by exer-

     cise, or physiotherapy.
      Fache (O.-G.-J.)   "De la neurasthenie  et do
     son  traitement par les exercices  physiques.  4°.
     Lyon, 1896.
      Baskin (J. L.)  Treatment of the neurasthenic states
     and  mental disease by physical exercises.  J. State M.,
     Lond., 1905. xiii. 92; 142.—Fiirbringer (P.)  Die Cvklo-
     therapie bei Neurasthenie.   Ztschr.  f. arztl. Fortbild.,
     Jena, 1904, i, 281-284.—Hall (H. J.)  The systematic use
     of work as a remedy iu neurasthenia and allied conditions.
     Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 29-32. -----. Neurasthenia; a
     study of etiology; treatment by occupation.  Ibid., 47-49.—
     If olden CW.B.) Reportof acaseof neurasthenia inwhich
     theexeicise-curewasiudicated.  Mod. Med., Battle Creek,
     Mich., 1899, viii, 165.—Hunt (E. L.)  Neurasthenia cured
     by exercise and forced feeding; report of two cases.  J.
     Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1728.—Lagrange (F.)
     L'hygiene muscalaire des neurastheniques.  Rev. theor.
     etprat. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1898, vi, 321; 385; 472.
     -----L'emploi de l'exercice et du mouvenient dans le
     traitement de la neurasthenie. Rev. d. mal. de la nutrit.,
     Par., 1903, 2. s., i, 377-406.—I.aqueur (A.)   Einige Bemer-
     kungen zur physikalischen Therapie  der  Neurasthenie.
     Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1905, xlii, 1227-1239. — f.uraschi
     (C.)  H riposo e f esercieio muscolare e psichico nella cura
     della nevrastenia.  Atti d. Ass. med. lomb., Milano, 1894,
     203-214. — jTIcConnell (J. W.)   The use of respiratory
     exercises in the treatment of neurasthenia and allied condi-
     tions. Univ.Penn. M.Bull.,Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 42-44.—Re-
     gnanlt (F.)  Traitement de la neurasthenie par la course
     en flexion.  Rev. de hypnot. et psvchol.  physiol.. Par.,
     1903-4, xviii. 332-337.  Also: Rev. d'hvg. et de med. inf.
     [etc], Par., 1904, iii, 332-337.—Riviere (J. A.)  Phvsico-
     therapv of neurasthenia. Arch. Phvsiol. Therap., Bost.,
     1905, ii.'9-14.   Also: J. Advanc. Therap., N. V., 1905, xxiii,
     319-326.—Walter (M.  J.) Systematic massage in neu-
i_    rasthenia and anemia.  Trained Nurse [etc.], N. T., 1905,
     xxxv, 15-18.

  Neurasthenia  (Treatment of)  by  hyp-

     notism.
      Andre-Thomas.   Traitement de l'hysterie et de la
     neurasthenie par l'isolement et la psychotherapie.  Presse
     m6d.. Par., 1904,  i, 434-437.— Berillon (E.)  Neuras-
     thenie grave  trait6e avec succes par la suggestion hyp-
     notique.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1889-
     90, iv, 336-328.— Bernheim.   Sur  un  cas  de n6vro-
     pathie douloureuse guerie par suggestion, avec considera-
     tions g6nerales sur la nevropathie ou neurasthenie.  I bid.,
     1891-2, vi, 226-236.—Bourdon.  Applications de la psy-
     chotherapie aux neurasthenies graves et anciennes avec
     complications diverses;  phobies,  obsession  hypochon-
     driaque. polysarcie. etc.  Ibid., 1900-1901, xv, 365-373.—
     David,  fn cas de neurasthenic syphilitique ; guerison
     en une seule .seance par la suggestion hypnotique.   I bid.,
     1894-5, ix, 243-245.—van Eeden Sc van Renterghem.
     Le traitement psvcho-th6rapeutique de la  neurasthenie.
     76id.,161-164.—Foster  (J. P. C.)  Suggestive and hyp-
     notic treatment of neurasthenia.   Yale M. J.,  N. Haven,
     1901-2, viii, 14-22— liar ton berg (P.) Un cas de neu-
     rasthenie psyehique gu6ri parladynamog6nie suggestive.
     Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1897-8,  xii,
     42-46.—I.ermitte (E. A.)  The administration of hyp-
     notics in neurasthenia.   [Abstr.]  Med. Press Sc Circ,
     Lond., 1904, n.  s., lxxvii, 526.—Mavroukakis (A.)  Les
     neurastheniques et la  suggestion; agoraphobic  traitee
     avec  succes par la suggestion.  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psy-
     chol. physiol.,  Par., 1892-3, vii,  374-377.—Putnam (J. J.)
     Remarks on  the psychical treatment of  neurasthenia.
     Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1895, exxxii, 505-511.   [Discussion],
     516-518.  AUo,  Reprint. — von Nehrenck-IVotziiig.
    Ein Beitrag znr psychischen und suggestiven Behandlung
    der Neurasthenie.  Ztschr. f. Hypuot. [etc.], Berl., 1893-4,
    ii, 37; 94; 118.   AUo, Reprint.—Soli*  (Jeanne C.)   The
    psychotherapeutics of neurasthenia.   Physician & Surg.,
    Detroit Sc Ann Arbor, 1905, xxvii, 312-316.—Therapeu-
    tics  (The) of  conversion, or the vis medicatrix  spiritus
    sancti asa cure for erotic neurasthenia:  with a remarkable
    case.   By a graduate  of Trinitv Medical  College.  Do-
    minion M. Month., Toronto, 1899, xiii,  275-282.—Valen-
    tin (P.)   Du traitement des neurasthenies  graves par la
    psychoth6rapie.  Rev. de l'hvpnot. et  psychol. physiol.,
    Par.,  1896-7,  xi, 116-124.—Wegner.  Nervositat und
    psychische Heilbehandlung.   Ztschr.  f. Hypnot. [etc.],
    Leipz., 1896-7,  v, 249-255.
Neurasthenia (Treatmentof)  by  rest,
   diet, and massage [ Weir-Mitchell method].
     Bhuch (C.  [F.  J.])   *Ein Fall von  schwerer
   Neurasthenie geheilt  durch das Weir-Mitchell-
   Play fair'sche Behandlungsverfahren.   8°.   Ber-
   lin, [1687].
     Loewenfeld (L.)  Die moderne Behandlung
   der Nervenschwiiche (Neurasthenie der Hyste-
   rie  und  verwandter Leiden).   Mit hesonderer
   Beriicksichtigung der  Luftkuren, Bader, Gym-
   nastik,   der  Suggest iousbehandlung   uud   der
   Mitchell-Playfair'schen Mastkur.  3.  Aufl.  Hu.
   Wiesbaden, 169~>.
     Mitchell (S. W.)  Wear nnd tear, or hints for
   the overworked.   lti°.   Philadelphia, 1871.
     -----.  The same.  Led.   16°.  Philadelphia,
   1874.
     Neumann (E.)  Die Heilung der  Nervositat
   durch  intelligetite Leibcszucht und  rationelle
   Lebenshaltung.  8C.  Leipzig, 1901.
     Ballet (G.)  Le  r6gime alimentaire des neurastheni-
   ques.  Rev. g6n.  de clin. et de  th6rap., Par., 1903, xvii,
   374-376.  AUo:  M6d. mod., Par.,  1903, xiv,  177. -----.
   Traitement de la dyspepsie nenrasth6nique.  Rev. g6n. de
   clin. et de th6rap.,  Par., 1903, xvii, 609.— Bilfinger.
   Zur diatetischen Behandlung der Neurasthenie und ner-
   viisen Dyspepsie.  Allg. med.  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1891, lx,
   C82.  AUo: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1891, xxvi, 301.—
   Butler (G. F.)   The rest cure.  Doctor's Mag., Alma,
   Mich., 1902-3, viii, 10-14. -----. The advantages and lim-
   itations of the rest cure. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903,
   ii, 206-210.—Dercum (F. X.)  The treatment of neuras-
   thenia, with special reference to the rest cure. Tr. Pan-
   Am. M.  Cong.  1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 466-474.  Also:
   Therap. Gaz., Detroit,  1893, 3. 8., ix, 793-800.  AUo, Re-
   print.— Pan-eras (P.)  Le r6gime lacte dans la neuras-
   thenie grave.  [Res.]  Cong, internat. de m6d.  C.-r. 1903,
   Madrid. 1904, xiv, sect, de med. et hyg. mil. et nav., 385.—
   tie Fleury (M.)  L'appareil circulatoire chez les neuras-
   theniques au point de vue du r6gime alimentaire et du
   traitement.  Bull. g6n. de  th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxli,
   376-381. — CJivens (A. J.)   The rest treatmeut.  Tr.
   Homceop.  M. Soc, N. T., 1905, xl, 112-118.—Kiernan
   (J.G.) Dietetics in neurasthenia. Med. Standard, Chicago,
   1896, xviii, 20.—Lemaistre (P.) Peptones des carnivores
   dans la neurasthenic et maniere de se les procurer.  Cong.
   d. m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France . . .   Proc. verb.
   [etc.l, Par., 1901, xi, 556.—lttcO-rew(F. A.)  Neurasthenia
   and the rest cure. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv,
   1466-1468.—FVorbury (F. P.)  The use and abuse of the
   rest treatment.  South. M. &S., Chattanooga, 1905, iv, 253-
   257.—Parser (E. W.)  On tho tieatment of neurasthenia
   of women by Weir-Mitchell's method.  Midland  M. J.,
   Birmingham!  1904, iii, 2-4. — Ranchburg (P.)  A neu-
   rastheni&sok  taplalkoz&sardl.   [Nutrition  in  neurasthe-
   nia.]  Diaet 6s  physik. gy6gyit6m.,  Budapest. 1904, 1-4.
   Also, transl: Ungar. med.Presse,Budapest, 1904,ix,45-47.—
   Soche vaiioff(E. M.)  Sluchai llecheniya slabonervnosti
   i malokroviya po sposobu Weir-Mitchel'ya.  [Case of neu-
   rasthenia and anemia treated by Weir-Mitchel's method.]
   Protok. zasaid. Tavrich. med.-pharm. Obsh. 1888-9> Sim-
   pheropol, 1890, i, 13-33.—Stacey (F.d.) Two cases of Weir-
   Mitchell treatmeut.  Month. Homoeop. Rev., Lond., 1902,
   xlvi, 352-356.—Taylor (J. M.) The rest treatment; when
   indicated and how conducted.  Internat Clin., Phila., 1903,
   13. s., ii, 138-166.—Walker (A. H.)  Rest  in  neurasthe-
   nia.  Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1888, xiii, 245-248.— White
   (W. H.) On massage and Weir-'Mitchell treatment.  Guy's
   Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1888, 3. s., xxx, 267-2S6.

Neurasthenia in  children.
    Boiadjieff  (N. D.)  * La neurasthenic chez
   les enfants.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1899.
    Landau (R.)  Nervose. Schulkinder.   Vor-
   trag  gelialteu  in  der Kouiniission  fiir Schul-
   gesundheitspflege zu Niirnberg.  8°.   Hamburg,
   1902.
    Natieh (M. )  Neurasthenie  et  respiration;
  Education physiologique de l'enfant.  8°.  Paris,
   190.'5.
    Repr.from: Bull.  Soc. m6d. d'arrondissement de Par.
   [etc.].
    Oppenheim (H.)   Die ersten Zeieheu der Ner-
  vositilt des Kindesalters.   8°.   Berlin,  1904.
    C'appellctti (L.)  Contributo alio studio della nevras-
   tenia infantile.  Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 455-458.—
   Di-agomir (B.)  Un cas de  neurastenie cu  nianitesta- 
NEURASTHENIA.
608
NEURITIS.
Neurasthenia  in children.                 (
  limil isterice.  Rev. san. mil. Bucuresci, 1899-1900, iii, 280-
  291.—v»n Erp Taalman Kip (M. J.)  De diagnose
  der neurasthenie.  Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1904,
  viii, 43-52 — Fririliiuimi (M)  Ceber Nervositat und
  I'sycliosen im  Kindesalter.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1892, xxxix, 359; 388; 422;  440.—Hermann (H. W.) On
  certain forms of nervousness in children.  St. Louis Poly-
  clin., 1889, i, 141-147.—Hoppe.  Wie behiiten wir unsere
  Kindervor Nervositat?  Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspli., Miinchen
  u. Berl., 1905,  v, 353;  369. — Mathieu (A.)  &  Boux
  (J.-C.)   Neurasthenie et dyspepsie chez des jeuues gens.
  Gaz. d. hop.. Par., 1905, lxxviii, 1695-1697— IVorthrup
  (W. P.)  Nervous exhaustion in infants.  Arch. Pediat.,
  N. T., 1904-5, xxii, 14-19.  AUo:  Tr. Am. P diat. Soe. 1904.
  N. Y., 1905, xvi, 103-109.—l»untoii (-T.)  The differential
  diagnosis of traumatic neurasthenia and hysteria.  Kan-
  sas City M. Index-Lancet,  1904, xxv, 8-13. — Romanoff
  (A. A.)  Nashi nervniya  dieti.  [Our nervous children.1
  Med. besleda, Voronezh, 1904, xviii, 517-526. — Rowell
  (H.N.)  Neurasthenia  iu childhood.  Calif. State J. M.,
  San Fran., 1905, iii, 74— Mehunchny (H.)   Ueber Nervo-
  sitat der Schuljugend.  Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de (16-
  mog.  C.-r. 1894, Budapest,  1896, viii,  pt. 3, 431-442.—
  Spitzner (A.)   Geistige Ueberanstrengung  in den
  Sebulen; Nervositat.   Ibid., 442-450. -----. Ueber An-
  zeichen beginnender Nervositat in den Schularbeiti n der
  Kinder; Wahrnungssignale fiir die Erziehung.   Ztschr.
  f. Schulgsndhtspng.,Harab., 1903,xvi,395.—Sutherland
  (G. A.)  On albuminuria  and  neurasthenia at puberty.
  Ulin.J., Lond., 1904, xxiv, 410-416.—Taylor (J. M.)  Neu-
  rasthenia in children.  Internat. M. Mag.,  N. Y., 1902, xi,
  706-712. AUo: Phila. Hosp. Rep. (1902), 1903, v, 117-125.—
  Zanetti.  Sul nervosismo infantile.  Ann. d.fac. di med.
  e mem. d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia, 1899, xi, 250-253.

Neurasthenia  in women.
    Chahinian (Y.-V.)  * Contribution  a l'e'tude
  tie la neurasthenic li<5e aux trois grandes stapes
  geni tales <le  la femme, puberte", union sexuelle,
  menopause,  w.  Bordeaux, 1899.
    Freund (W. A.)   Leber Neurasthenia hyste-
  rica und die  Hysterie der Fran.   8°.   Berlin,
  1904.
    Vidal  (E.)   Tratamiento  de  la  neurastenia
  femenina por los extract os de  ovario.  Versi6n
  espanola del Calatraveno.   12°.  Madrid, 1901,
    See, also, infra.
    Bishop (L. F.)  A study of the symptomatology  of
  neurasthenia in women. Med.  News,  N.  Y., 1897, lxxi,
  71 - 74.  — Confessions ( The ) of a  nervous woman
  Post-Graduate, N. Y.. 1896, xi,  364-368.—B-eale (H. B.)
  Sc Adams (S. S.)  Neurasthenia in  young women. Tr.
  Wash. Obst. Sc  Gvnec. Soc. 1891-5, N.'Y., 1896, iv, 108-115;
  AUo: Am. J. Obst., N. Y.. 1894,  xxix, 190-195.   Also,
  Reprint.—Dickinson  (R. L.)  The uterus aud ovary of
  the neurasthenic.  Brooklyn M.  J., 1904, xviii.  [Discus-
  sion], 276-279.—Etheridge (J. H.)   The  relation be-
  tween  some  perineal lacerations and  the  neurasthenic
  state.   Am. Gynrec. & Obst, J., N. Y., 1898, xii, 135-143.
  Also, Reprint.—Fenwick (B.)  Keurastheniaiuwomen.
  Brit. J. Nursing, Lond., 1902, xxix, 316-318.  -----.  Nerve-
  starvation  in women.  Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,
  1903, xxxi, 657.   Also: Brit. J. Nursing, Loud.,  1903,
  xxxi, 303.—Hoenck (E.)  Ueber Neurasthenia hysterica
  und die Hysterie der Frau.  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a.'
  d. Geb.  d.  Frauenh. u. Geburtsh.,  Halle a. S., 1905, vi, 6.
  Hft., 1-34.—Leake (H.  E.)  Neurasthenia in relation to
  the abdominal diseases of women.  Texas  M. J.. Austin,
  1902-3,  xviii, 4U1-412.—Tlauclaire.  Neurasthenie et
  psychoses genitales ante- etpost-operatoires chez ia femme.
  Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1904, xviii, 609-613.—
  Parodi V (A. S.)  La neurastenia en la niujer.   Bol. de
  nied., Sant. de Chile, 1904-5, i, 17-27__Pearce  (F. S.)  Sc
  Bcyea(H.D.)  Neurasthenia; its co-relation tothephys-
  iology and pathology of the female generative organs.
  Phila. Polyclin.. 189W, vii, 447-450. [Discussion], 451; 459.
  AUo: Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi. 861-875
  Also: Memphis Lancet,  1898, i,  123-137.  Also [Abstr]-
  Proc. Phila.  Co.  M.  Soc, Phila.,  1898, xix,  152-156.—
  Porosz  (M.)  Die Neurasthenie  junger Ebefrauen.
  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 519.—Beed (C. A. L.)
  The genital factor  in certain cases of neurasthenia in
  ■women.   Gaillard's M. J.,  N. Y., 1899,  lxx, 67-72.  AUo
  Reprint. Also: N.  Eng. M. Month.,  Danbury  Conn'
  1X99, xviii,  1-5— Keitxell (W. M.)  Pelvic disorders in
  the etiology of neurasthenia. Kansas Citv M. Rec.  1903,
  xx, 262-264.- Sch werin (L.)  Neurasthenia; its relation
  to diseases ot women and its treatment.  Am. J. Surg.  &
  Gynec,  St. Louis. 1900-1901, xiv, 194.—Seyer (R.)  Neu-
  rasthenie et  nyraphoinanie.   Normandie  med., Rouen
  1902, xvii, 337-339.-Siredey (A.)  La neurasthenie ute-
  rine.  J. de med. et  chir. prut., Par., 1897, lxviii, 852-877.
  AUo: J. d. siiL-es-femmes, Par., 1900, xxviii, 148;  155- 164-
  172;  180—Turan (F.)  Die balneo-diatetische Behand-
 Aeiirasthenia in women.
   lung der  Aniimie  und Neurasthenie der  Frauen  N
   Therap.,  Wien, 1905, iii,  277-295.—Vidal  (E.)  Traite-
   ment de la neurasthenie feminine par les extraits d'ovaire
   Cong, internat. de med.  C. i ., Par., 1900, sect, de gynec.
   378-385.   See, also, supra.—Walthard (M.)  Ueber die
   Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Neurasthenie und Retro-
   flexio uteri mobilis.  Cor.-Bl. f.  schwiiz. Aerzte, Basel,
   1900, xxx,  573-576.—Zanoni (G.)   Cura della neuraste-
   nia femminile cogli estratti ovarici.  Cron. d. clin. med
   di Genova, 1901, vii, 310-315.
 Neurasthenie  (La),  ses  causes, ses suites, sou
   traitement curatif.  :il pp.   1(5°.   Bruxelles, N.
   Vandersypcn, 1901.
     Petite  bibliotheque medicale  populaire de  l'lnstitut
   Windelincx. Probably by Denis Bodden.
 ------.  The same.  120 pp.  l(i°.  Bruxelb-s,  D.
   Bodden,  1905.

 life ure.
     See Neurology (Instruction in), etc.

 Neurectomy.
     Ste Nerves, Nervous system. Surgery of.

 Neurectomy (Optic).
     See Nerve  (Optic, Surgery of).

 HTeureutter (Bohdan) [     -1899J.
     [Biography.]   Casop. lek.  6esk., v  Praze,  1899,
   xxxviii, 301.

 Neurilemma.
     .See Nervous system  (Histology of).

 Neural ity.
     See Nerve-currents.

 Neurin.
     Vagner (V. A.)   *Novlya dannlya  k izuche-
   niyu kholina i neiriua.  [New data on the study
   of cholin aud neurin.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1904.
     Della  Torre (C. E.)   Azione della neutina  sul ri-
   cambio negli erbivori.  Ann. di farmacot. e chim., Milano,
   1900, iii, 12-23.—Formanek (E.)  O licinku ueurinu na
   oben krevni. [The effect of neurine on the circulation of
   theblood.] Rozpr.cesk6 Akad.cis. Frantiska Josefa [etc.],
   v Praze, 1902-3, 2. t.,xi,no. 13, 1-8.  Also, transl: Arch, in-
   ternat. de pharmacod., Brux.et Par., 1902,  x, 273-280.—
   Gross! (C.) Importanza  della milza nell'intossicazione
   da neurina; contributo alio studio dei poteri di autodifesa
   dell' organismo  nelle intossicazioni endogene.   Gior. in-
   ternaz.  d. sc. med., Napoli,  1901, n. s., xxiii,  913-937.
   Also, transl. [Abstr.J: Arch. ital. do biol., Turin, 1901-2,
   xxxvi, 455-460.—Gulewitsch (W.)  TJeber Neurin und
   einige Yerbindungen desselben. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem.,
   Strassb., 1898, xxvi, 175-188.—Joteyko (MIU. J.)  Action
   de la neurine sur les muscles et les nerfs.  Arch, internat.
   de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 195-205.   AUo,
   Reprint.   Also  \ Abstr.]: Coinpt. iend. Soc do biol., Par.,
   1897, 10. 8., iv, 341-343. — itlai-ino-Ziico  & Martini
   (C.)  Presence  de  la neurine daus  le sang.   [Transl.]
   Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1894, xxi, 437-440.—Mirto (G.)
   Sull' avvelenamento sperimentale per neurina in rapporto
   alle autointossicazioni del sistema nervoso.   Atti d. r. Ac-
   cad. d. sc.  med. in Palermo  (1897), 1898, 76-94.  AUo: Ann.
   d. r. clin. psichiat.  e neurpat. di Palermo, 1898-9, i, 153-
   181.  AUo :  Pisani, Palermo, 1898, xix, 155-183.—iVIomer
   (K. A. H )   Eine Reaction auf Acetessigsaure im Harn.
   Skandin. Arch.  f. l'hysiol., Leipz., 1893-5, v, 276.-Mott
   (F. W.) Sc Halliburton  (W. D.)  Preliminary account
   of the physiological action  of choline and neurine.  Proc.
   Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1899, p. ix.----------.  The phys-
   iological action of choline and neurire.  Phil. Tr., Lond.,
   1899, exci.  B, 211-267.  AUo [Abstr.l:  Proc. Bov. Soc.
   Lond., 1899. lxv, 91-94.  AUo [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond.,
   1899, i. 1082.—Schmidt (E.) Concerning choline, neurine,
  and allied compounds.  Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Bait., 1904,
   lii, 417-426.

Heuritis.
     See, also, Arsenic (Poisoning by, Chronic); Dis-
  locations (Complications, etc., of); Fever (Ma-
   larial). Fever (Typhoid), Complications, etc., of,
   Neurotic; Influenza (Complications  of, Cerebro-
  spinal); Lead (Poisoning by) affecting the nervous
  system.
     Dubbeuilh (C.)  *De la  nevrite;  coup-d'ceil
  historique  et recherches  expenmentales  sur
  cette maladie.  8°.  M^ontpellier, 1*45.
     German (H.)   * Ueher  Neuritis,  mit beson-
  derer Beriicksichtigung  der  Neuritis  migrans 
NEUKITIS.
609
NEURITIS.
Neuritis.
  nach Beobachtungen an der mediziniseheu Poli-
  klinik zu Gottingen.   8-.   Gbttingen, 1903.
    Krewer (L.)   * Versuche  liber  Perineuritis
  puruleuta.   S-.   Dorpat, 1669.
    Loew (A. K. J.)   * Beitrag zur Casuistik der
  Neuritis.  8°.  Berlin,  1890.
    Tiesler(E.)   * Ueber Neuritis.  8°.   Kbnigs-
  berg i. Pr.,  [18H9].
    Angear (J. J. M.)  Various forms of neuritis.  Tri-
  State M. J.. St. Louis, 1896. iii, 282-289.—Baer (A. W.)
  Perineuritis.  J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1904,  xxii, 338-
  343.—Barner (W. B.)   Neuritis.  J. Arkansas M. Soc,
  Little Rock,  1897, viii, 11-17.—Diller (T.)  Two cases of
  neuritis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892,  xlii, 534. -----. Neu-
  ritis.  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg,  1897-8, i, 537-549.—Herd-
  uiaii (W.J.)  Simple neuritis.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand
  Rapids, 1896, xx, 416-432—Jelks (J. T.)  Neuritis.  Hot
  Springs M.  J., 1895, iv, 359-361.— Kutner  (R.)  Zur
  Klinik der sensiblen Mononeuritis.   Monatschr. f. Psy-
  chiat, u. Neurol.,  Berl.,  1905,  xvii, 29-38.—JVIcCaskey
  (G. W )  The recognition  and  treatment of the simpler
  forms of neuritis.  Internat. M. Mag., Phila.,  1892, i, 35-
  37 -Magruder  (E. M.)   Neuritis.  Virginia M. Semi-
  Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 544-548.—lUdbius (P. J.)
  Ueber verschiedene Formen der Neuritis.  In his: Neurol.
  Beitr., 8D. Leipz., 1895,  4. Hit., 1-62.—Pitcher <H. F.)
  Chronic neuritis.   Tr.  Am. Electrother. Ass., Chicago,
  1896,  186-190. — Putnam  (J. W.)  Neuritis.  Internat.
  Clin., Phila., 1893, 2. s., iv,  128-132.—Bay (C. A.)  Neu-
  ritis. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys.  i- Nurg. Bait., 1898, i,
  77-82. — Sansoni.  Two cases  of neuritis;  recovery.
  Laucet, Lond.. 1890. ii, 1268.—Schwarz (A.)  Adatok a
  neuritis tanahoz.   [Contribution to  theory of neuritis.]
  Orvosi hetil., liudapest,  1888, xxxii, 392-395. -----. Ideg-
  kortani casuistica.   [Neuritis.]  Ibid., 390; 429; 468;  534.
  Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1888, xxiv,
  245; 269;  293.—Shataloff (N.)   Materiali k voprosu o
  sistemnikh  zabotlevaniyakh  perifericheskikh  nervov.
   [Systemic diseases  of the peripheral nerves.]  Vrach.
  Zapiski, Mosk.,  1894. i,  65; 81.—Stephenson (F. H.)
  Neuritis.  N. York M. J.. 1895, lxi, 718.  Also, Reprint.—
   Tedeschi (A.)  Contribuzione alio studio delle nevriti.
  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1889, xlviii, 377; 387; 398; 408.—
   Valter (V.)  K kazuistikle ostravo polinelrita.  [Acute
  polyneuritis.]  Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.", St. Petersb.,
   1893-4, i, 149-154.
 Neuritis (Alcoholic).
     See,  also,  Alcoholic neuritis, etc.;  Insanity
   (Polyneuritic);  Neuritis (Multiple, Mental dis-
  orders  in).
     von Ahlen (L.)   * Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der
  Polyneuritis alcoholica.  -Y.   Kiel,  1904.
     Gaugele  (K.)   * Ein Fall von  Polyneuritis
   alcoholica combiuiert  mit Hysterie.  6C.   Miin-
   chen, 1902.
     Gmeinder (H.)   * Ueber eineu Fall vou Poly-
  neuritis alcoholica.   8J.   Erlangen, 1900.
     Hoffmann (E.)   * Beitrag zur Lehre der Neu-
   ritis alcoholica.  8Z.   Kiel,  1904.
     Lixdl(F)   * Klinische Beobachtungen iiber
   Polyneuritis alcoholica.  6°.   Berlin, 1903.
     Pascal  (F.)   * Contribution  a l'etude  de la
  polynevrite alcoolique; diagnostique, psychose
  polynevritique.  6:.   Montpellier, 1904.
     Power (D.)   Cast of the right leg from a ease
   of alcoholic neuritis.   (Card  specimen.)   12°.
  London, 166*.
     Cutting.
     Rassiga  (E.)   * Ueber  totlich  verlaufende
  Alkohol neuritis.  8°.   Munchen, 1903.
     Riffel   (P.)    * "Ueber  Riickenuiarksverau-
  derungen  hei   der  akuten  Alkohol-Neuritis.
   [Freiburg.]  8°.   Karlsruhe, 1899.
     Teixkira  da  Costa (A.)   * Estudo clinico
  da  polynevrite  alcoolica.   8°.   Bio  de Janeiro,
  1901.
     Vordermayer (M.)  * Beitrag zur Kenntnis
  der multipleu  Alkoholneuritis.  8°.   Munchen,
  1902.
     Vuithier (A.)   * Klinische  Beobachtungen
  iiber alkoholische Polvneuritiden.   *-.  Zurich,
  1904.
Neuritis (Alcoholic).
    Weinstock (A.)   * Zur Kenntnis der alkoho-
  lischen Polyneuritis.   [Erlangen.]    8°.   Jus-
  bach, 1897.
    Atlee (L. W.)  Report  of a case of alcoholic multiple
  neuritis.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., cxxiii, 811-817.—
  Rallet (G.)  La psychose polyn6vritique alcoolique.  J.
  de med. int., Par.,  1905, ix, 106-108.—Boinet (E.)  Poly-
  n6vrite alcoolique avec mal perforant plautaire. Bull, et
  mem. Soc. med. d.  hop. de Par., 1900, 3. s.. xvii, 343-345 —
  Bramwell (B.)  Peripheral ('alcoholic) neuritis.  Clin.
  Stud., Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., ii, 124-139.—Brooks (II.)  A
  contribution to the pathology of alcoholic neuritis.  Med.
  Brief, St. Louis,  1905, xxxiii, 518.—Brunton (Sir T.  L.)
  The face and pupil in alcoholic neuritis.   Brit. M.  J.,
  Lond., 1900, ii, 1561.  AUo: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1900,
  xvii, 364.—Bruschini (E.)  Sopra un caso di nevrite al-
  coolica.  Riforma  med., Napoli, 1891, vii, pt. 3, 361-364 —
  Burr (C.  W.) & McCarthy (D. J.)   Acute alcoholic
  multiple neuritis with  peculiar changes in the Gasseriau
  ganglia. Phila.  M. J.,  1901, viii, 741-743.  AUo, Reprint.
  Also [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. Sc Ment.  Dis., N. Y., 1902, xxix,
  101.—Buzzard (E. F.) Alcohol and arsenic in the  eti-
  ology of alcoholic  neuritis.  Laucet, Lond., 1901 i,  1593-
  1595.--Clark.  [A series of cases of alcoholic neuritis.]
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 305.—Cole (S. J.)  On changes
  in the central nervous  system in the neuritic disorders of
  chronic alcoholism.  Brain, Loud.,  1902, xxv, 326-363.—
  Debore,  Polynevrite alcoolique.  Corresp. m6d., Par.,
  1904, x, no. 234, 11.  Also:  Tribune med., Par., 1904, 2. s.,
  xxxvi,  261.—Deneflfe. De la nevrite r6tro-bulbaire al-
  coolique dans l'antiquite.  Janus, Amst., 1902. vii, 634.—
  Dcrot (J.)  Cas de polynevrite alcoolique.  Bull.Soc.de
  med. de Gaud, 1897, lxiv, 71-85.—Faber (K.) Polyneu-
  ritis alcoholica.  Hosp.-Tid., Kobenh., 1902, 4. R.. x, 1267-
  1272.—Ocbhardt (F.)  Polyneuritis alcoholica paralyti-
  ca.  Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 419. — Gilford
   (H.)  Atypical  alcoholic  neuritis.  Am. J. Ophth.,  St.
  Louis, 1888, v, 69-72.—GiIlea de la Tourette Sc Gasne
   (G.)  Paiaplegie avec  incontinence des urines et des  ma-
   tures  fecales daus la  nevrite alcoolique.   Bull, et meiu.
   Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 1424-1435.—Gi-
   lyarovski (V.A.)  K voprosu ob izmleneniyakh v tsen-
   tralnol nervnoi  sistemie pri alkoholnom  polinevritie.
   [Changes in the central nervous system in  alcoholic poly-
   neuritis.]  J. nevropat. i pskhiat. .  . . Korsakova, Mosk.,
   1904)iv, 78-98, 1 pl.  [DiscussionJ, pt. 2, 69.—Goiubault.
   Sur les 16sions de la nevrite alcoolique.   Compt. rend.
   Acad.  d.  sc, Par.,  1886,  cii,  439.-Gudden (H.)  Kli-
   nische und anatomische Beitiage zur Kenutniss der multi-
   plen Alkoholneuritis, nebst  Bemerkungen  iiber die Rege-
   nerationsvorgange im peripheren Nervensystem.  Arch. f.
   Psychiat., Berl., i896, xxviii, 643-741, 3 pl.—Hainan (H.)
   Przyczynek  do sprawy  rozsiauego  zapalenia nerwdw
   wskutek  zatrucia wyskokiem (polyneuritis  alcoholica).
   Przegl. lek., Krakdw,  1900, xxxix, 237;  256; 275.  Also,
   transl.: Arb. a.  d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz.
   n. Wien, 1900, 7. Hft., 125-153, 2 pl.—Heilbronner (K.)
   Riickenmarksveranderungen bei  der  multiplen Neuritis
   der Trinker.  Habilitationsschrift.  Monatschr. f. Psy-
   chiat. u. Neurol.,  Berl., 1898, iii, 469: iv, 1; 81, 2 pl.  Also.
   Reprint.—Herter (C. A.)  Report of a case of acute al-
   coholic intoxication in a young child, followed by convul-
   sions and paralysis of cerebral origin, and by multiple neu-
   ritis.   Med.  Repr., Lond., 1897. viii,  116-118.—Hilbert
   (P )  Beriberi-Reeidiv oder alkoholische Neuritis?  Heil-
   kunde, Wien [etc.], 1900, iv, 653-655.—Hodgson (J. F.)
   A point in the etiologv of alcoholic peripheral neuritis.
   Lancet, Lond., 1902,  i, 399.—Hiinig (I.)   Die ataktische
   Form der  Polyneuritis alcoholica (Neurotabes peripheri-
   ca).  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.,  Leipz., 1900, lxvii,
   123-146.—Hoinen (E. A.)  Ett fall af polyneuritis (alco-
   holica) med typisk  diafragniaforlamning; afvensoni ett
   fall af akut, infektios polyneuiit.   [A case of polyneuritis
   (alcoholic) with typical diaphragmatic paralysis; also a  case
   ofacuteinfectiouspolyneuritis.] Finskalak.-sallsk.haudl.,
   Helsingfors, 1904, xlvi, pt. 2,620-627.—Houghton (E. R.)
   Notes on a case of alcoholic neuritis.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
   1899, lv, 55.—Ingelrans.—N6vriteperiph6riqued'origiuc
   alcoolique. Bull. Soc. centr.de m6d.  du  nord, Lille,
   1899, 2. s., iii, 163-177.   Also:  Echo med. du nord, Lille,
   1899, iii, 174-178.  Also: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1899, n.
   s., iv, 460-462.—James (A.)  Clinical lectures  on ante-
   rior poliomyelitis and alcoholic neuritis.   Edinb. M. J.,
   1896-7, xlii, 315-326.—Joly.  N6vrite alcoolique a localisa-
   tion sp6ciale.  Lyon m6d., 1902, xcix, 835. —Joues(L. 11.)
   A case of recurrent alcoholic peripheral neuritis.  Brit.
   M. J.,  Lond., 1901, i,  883.—Kelynaek  (T.  N.)  On the
   occurrence of pulmonary tuberculosis in the subjects of
   alcoholic neuritis.  Med. Pioneer, Lond., 1895-6. iv, 77-80.
   Also : Quart. J.  Inebr., Hartford, 1896,xviii, 129-138.-----.
   On multiple neuritis in alcoholic subjects; a study as to
   the frequency of so-called alcoholic neuritis iu Manchester
   and district as compared with other centres.  Med. Mag.,
VOL  XI, 2D  SERIES-
-39 
NEURITIS,
610
NEURITIS.
IVeuritis (Alcoholic).
  Lond., 1901, x, 396-405.—Korn (E.)  Ueber Neuritis al-
  coholics.  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, lxxv, 99.—
  I.in-hiu (J.  H.) Sc Jellife (S. E.)  Report of a case of
  alcoholic multiple neuiiHs. with autopsy.  Med. Rec, N.
  V  lMi'.i. lvi. :;7-46.   Also, Reprint.— I.epine Sc Porot.
  Neviite ali-ooliqin- avec gangrene symetriquedesextr6mi-
  tes.   Bull. Soc. nied. d. hop.de Lyon,  1905, iv, 119-122.
  AUo: Lyon med., 1905. civ, 746-749.— I.indl (F.)  Ergeb-
  nisse klinischer Beobachtungen vou Polyneuritis alkoho-
  lica.  Alkoholismus, Leipz.. 1904, n. F.,  i, 34-42.—Lis ton
  (W. G.)  Case of alcoholic peripheral neuritis with dilata-
  tiou ofthe cardiac ventricles from partial paralysis of the
  heart muscle;  peripln-ral neuritis of the pneumogastric,
  with corameuts upon the case.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta,
  1899, xxxiv, 325-328.—.Tinder (J.)  Polyneuritis  alcoho-
  lica; liibmungsartige Schwache der Beine; Schwache und
  Ataxic der Arme, Muskelatrophie, Sensibilitatsstorungen,
  hochgradig  gestiirtes Lagerungsgefiihl; psychische Auf-
  reguugs/.ustande; Tod.  Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Kranken-
  anst. 1897. Wien u. Leipz., 1839, vi, pt. 2, 205.   Also:  Wien.
  med.Bl., 1899, xxii,641.—IVcgro (C.)  Sulle nevriti latenti
  degli alcoolisti.  Atti d.  xi. (Jong.  med. internaz. 1894,
  Koma. 1895, iv. psichiat. [etc.], 67-70.—Neil (J.)  A case
  of alcoholic neuritis  with prominent  mental symptoms.
  Brit. M. J.,Lond., 1896, i, 906.—Neisser (E.)  Zur Kennt-
  nis der Blutungen bei Polyneuritis alcoholica.  Miiuchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lii, 2491-2493.—Oberthur Sc Bo-
  ger. Un cas de polj'ii6vrite ethylique  ayant 6volu6 sous
  la forme de paralysie ascendante.  J. de neurol., Par., 1904,
  ix, 360.  AUo: Kev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 905.—©'Dan-
  iel (M. H.)   A case of  multiple neuritis (alcoholic).  Tr.
  M. Ass. Georgia. Atlanta, 1893, 314-317.—Playfair (E.)
  Cases of  alcoholic  neuritis.   King's  Coll.  Hosp.  Rep.
  1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 155-165.—Raymond. La polyne-
  vrite alcoholique.  Corresp. m6d., Par., 1903, ix, no. 210,
  4.—Bedtenbachcr (L.)  Polyneuritis alcoholica; Oede-
  ma  cerebri;  Tod.  Jahrb. d. Wien.  k. k. Krankenanst.
  1895, Wien u.  Leipz., 1897,  iv, pt. 2,  72-74.—Short (S.)
  Chronic alcoholism and neuritis.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1896-7,
  ix,  219.—Sienierling.  Ein  Fall  von Alkoholneuritis
  mit  hervorragender  Betheiligung des  Muskelapparates,
  nebst Bemerkungen iiberdas Vorkommen neuromuscularer
  Staminehen in der Muskulatur.  Cuarite-Aun. Berl., 1889,
  xiv, 443-453.  Also, Reprint.—Tooth.  Alcoholic neuritis.
  Lancet, Loud., 1894, i, 1137.—Tourigny (O.)  Cue obser-
  vation de polvn6vrite alcoolique.  Union med. du Canada,
  Montreal, 1904, xxxiii, 269-275.—Wakii.   Ueber einen
  Fall von  Polyneuritis  alcoholica.  [Japanese text with
  German  abstract.]   Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo,
  1903, xvii, 86-109.—Waldo (H.)  On a case of peripheral
  nerve intoxication.  [Abstr.)  Lancet,  Lond., 1904,   ii,
  1627.—White (H.)   A case of alcoholic peripheral neuri-
  tis.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1894, n. s.. viii, 367-370.—
  White (W. H.) Alcoholic multiple peripheral neuritis.
  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1904-5,  xxv,  97- 100.—Williams (L.)
  Peripheral neuritis of  the  alcoholic  type.   Practitioner,
  Lond., 1903,  lxxi, 237-245. — Williamson (R T.)  Pe-
  ripheral neuritis from whisky drinking.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1901, i, 283.—Wood (C. M.)  Alcoholic neuritis, with re-
  port of case.   Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1902-3, lii, 132-
  135. —Zappert (J.)  [Alkoholneuritis.]   Wien.  klin.
  Rundschau, 1903. xvii, 870.

Neuritis  (Arsenical).
     See, also, Arsenic (Toxicology of).
     Kelyxack (T. X.)  & Kirby (W.)   Arsenical
  poisoning in beer drinkers.   8°.  London, 1901.
     See, also, infra.
     Arsenic in beer.  [Edit.]  Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1612.—
  Autran (H.)  Polinevrite arsenical.  Rev. da Soc.  de
  med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1897, i, 109-117. — Bailey
  (J.H.)  A case of arsenical  beer poisoning.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1900, ii, 1728.—Barendt (F. H.)  The skin lesions
  due to the presence of arsenic  in  beer.  Brit. J. Dermat.,
  Lond., 1901, xiii, 148-153.— Beco (L.)  Polvnevrite arseni-
  cale. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de  Liege, 1903, xlii, 458-462.—
  Bordas (F.)  Intoxications dues a l'ingestion de bieres
  arsenicah-s en Angleterre.   Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1901, 3.  s.,
  xlvi, 97-139.—Brizio  (V.)  Contributo alio studio delle
  polineuritiarseiiicale e mercuriale. Arch di med hit Pa-
  lermo, 1X99, ii, 16-52. —Brooke (H. G.) & Boberts'(L.)
  The action of arsenic on the skin as observed iu the recent
  epidemic  of arsenical beer pnisoning.  Brit. J. Dermat
  Lond., 1901, xiii, 121-148, 10 pl.-llrown (J.) Arsenical
  poisoning from beer drinking in a child of two. Med. Press
  & (.'ire.. Loud., 1900, n. s., lxx, 616.  Also: Lancet,  Lond..
  1900, ii,  1728.  -----. A new and probable source of arsenic
  in beer.  Ibid., 1837.  Also: Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1901
  u. s  , lxxi, 7.—Brunton (Sir T. L.)  The action of arsenic
  as observed during t he recentepideinic of arsenic poisonin"
  Lancet. Loud., 1901, i, 1257-1260.—Buehu nan (B.J. m")
  Cases of arsenical  peripheral  neuritis.  Ibid., 170-172.—
  Biik-Ii & Varnali.  Polynevrite arsenicale.  Compt.-
  rend. Cong, mternat.de nied. 1x97, Mosc., 1899, iv. sect. 7,
  757-759. —Bury (J. S.) Remarks on thediagnosis aud treat-
  ment of arsenical neuritis.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1629-
Adiriti* (Arsenical).
  1631. —Conzen  (F.)  Ueber Arsenikneuritis.  Nenrol
  Centralbl.,Leipz., 1906, xxv, 18-21.—Crawford (R.)  The
  arsenical  beer-poisoning epidemic in Kit gland   Sanita-
  rian,  N. Y., 1901, xlvi, 408-412. -(m»»haw (J. W.)
  Chronic poisoning by alcohol aud arsenic.  Med. Press Sc
  Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 590.Crepin.  l'n cas d'iu-
  toxicatiou arsenicale par la bi^-re anglaise.  Ghz. m6d. de
  Picardie, Amiens, 1902,  xx, 521-524—Cutler (E.  G.l  A
  case of multiple neuritis due to  arsenic.  Boston M. &
  S. J., 1890, cxxiii, 463.—Delepine (S.)  The detection of
  arseuic in beer and brewing material.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1901,  i,  81-84.—Discussion on epidemic  arsenical poi-
  soning  iu  beer drinkers.   Liverpool M.-Chir. J..  1901
  xxi,  116- 138. — Dubreuilh.   Acrodyuie  et  lirseui-
  cisme.  J. de med.  de Bordeaux,  1902.  xxxii, 325-327.—
  Epidemic (The) of peripheral  neuritis traced to arsen-
  ical contamination of beer-making materials.  Brit M J
  Lond., 1900, ii, 1587; 1595;  1683; 1723;  1815.—Final (Thej
  report of the Royal  Commission on arsenical  poisoning
  Laucet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1674; 1746. — Gairdner (W. T)
  The action of arsenic as observed during the recent epi-
  demic of arseuic poisoning.  Ibid., 1901, i. 1364.—Gibson
  (G. A.)  [A  case of arsenical neuritis.]   Tr. Med.-Chir.
  Soc. Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., xxiii, 69.—Hall (A.)  Arsenical
  alcoholic neuritis with extreme pigmentation of abdomen
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1405.—Harrison (J.)  Multi-
  ple neuritis from arsenical poisoning.  Atlanta Jour. Rec
  Med., 1899, i, 91.—Henderson (R. G.)   The occurrence
  of arsenical neuritis in moderate drinkers; a determining
  cau.se.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 145.— Jnnowski (W.)
  Drei Falle von Neuritis arseuicalis.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med.
  Berl., 1902, xlvi, 60-114.—Karplus (J. P.)  Polyneuritis
  nach  medicinalen Doseu der  Solutio arsenicalis Fowleri.
  Wien. klin. Rundschau,  1901,  xv, 759. — Kelynack
  (T. N.)  Arsenical poisoning  from  beer drinking, with
  analytical report bv  William Kirby.   Med. Press <fc Circ,
  Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 555;  609.  AUo [Abstr.]: Lancet,
  Lond., 1900, ii,  1600-1603.   Also | Abstr]: Clin. J., Lond.,
  1901,  xviii,  222-224.   AUo [ Abstr. ]: Quart.  J.  Inebr.,
  Hartford, 1901,  xxiii, 438-443.—Korzou (T.)   Rozsiane
  zapalenie nerwow po ostrem otruciu arszenikiem.   [ Dis-
  seminated  neuritis  following  acute  arsenic poisoning. ]
  Gaz.  lek.,  Warszawa, 1901,  2. s., xxi, 610-614. — Lees
  (D. B.)   Arsenical neuritis caused by liquor arsenicalis.
  Kep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1901-2, ii, 3-5.—Man-
  chester (The) and Salford Sanitary Association and the
  beer poisoning  epidemic.   Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii,  1919. —
  Meirowitz (P.) Acute arsenical multiple neuritis fol-
  lowing the administration of Fowler's solution in a case of
  chorea. Med. Rec,  N. V., 1897, lii, 920. -----. A  case of
  multiple ueuritis following the administration of Fowler's
  solution iii chorea.  Post-Graduate, $L V.,  1900, xv,  674-
  677.—Mendl (J.)  Ein  Fall vou Arsenpolyneuritis nach
  akuter  Arsenvergiftung.   Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1905,
  xxx, 445-448.—ITIonski.  Neuritis arsenicosa.  Jahresb.
  d.  schles.  Gesellsch. f.  vaterl. Cult. 1898.  Brest,  1899,
  lxxvi, 1. Abt., med. Sect., 91-94. —Molt (F. W.)  Arsen-
  ical neuritis.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898, 8. s., ii, 168-174,
  1 pl. — IVeech ( J. T.)  The outbreak of arsenical beer-
  poisoning at Halifax.  Pub. Health, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 138-
  142.—Niven (J.)  Report to the hospitals sub-committee
  of the Manchester sanitary committee on the outbreak of
  arsenical  poisoning  now  in  progress  in Manchester.
  Lancet, Loud.. 1900,  ii, 1752-1754.—North  (The) of Eng-
  land  beer  poisoning.   Med.  Press  A: Circ, Lond.,  1900,
  n. s.,  lxx, 600.—Osier (W.)  Note on arsenical neuritis
  following the  use of Fowler's solution  (34 51 in. 18).
  Montreal  M. J., 1892-3, xxi,  721-724.—Parker  (H. G.)
  Report of a caseof arsenical neuritis.  Northwest. Lancet,
  Minneap., 1903, xxiii, 197.—Parsons (A. R.)  Arsenical
  multiple neuritis following the application of a cancercure.
  Tr. Roy. Acad. M.  Ireland, Dubl., 1894-5.  xiii, 33-49.—
  Quilter (C.)  Poison in  beer.  Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii,
  1675; 1836.—Bailton (T. C.) Cases of peripheral neu-
  ritis following chorea treated with arsenic.  Med.  Chron.,
  Manchester. 1899-1900, 3. s., ii, 315-323.—Baw (X.I  Epi-
  demic arsenical neuritis occurring in beer drinkers. Med.
  Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s.. lxx. 612-1.14.—Baw (X.),
  Barendt (F. H.) Sc Warrington (W. B.)   Epidemic
  arsenical  poisoning  amongst beer drinkers.  Brit. M.J.,
  Lond., 1901,  i,  10-12.—Beport of commission appointed
  by the Manchester  Brewers'  Association to investigate
  into the circumstances of arsenical beer poisoning iu Man-
  chester.  J. State M., Lond , 19l'l. ix, 34-36.—Beport of
  tbe Royal Commission on arsenical poison in fowl.  Ibid.,
  1904,  xii, 172-178.— Beynolds  (K.  S.)   An epidemic of
  peripheral neuritis amongst beer drinkers in Manchester
  and district.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1900, ii, 1492.  -----. An
  account of  the epidemic outbreak of arsenical poisoning
  occurring in beer drinkers in the north of England and the
  midland counties in 1890.  Med.-Chir.  Tr., Lond.,  1>-91,
  lxxxiv, 409-452. AUo: Lancet, Loud.,1901,i, 166-170.-----
  Further observations on epidemic arsenical peripheral ueu-
  ritis.  Brit, M. J., Lond., 19( 0, ii. 1769-1771. ---—. A dis-
  cussion on peripheral neuritis in beer drinkers; its preci--
  causation and diagnosis.  Ibid.. 1901, ii, 1044-1049.-Ki«-
  pal & Buy.  Psychose et polynevrite arsenicales.  1'uii- 
IsBUKITIS.
611
NEURITIS.
Neuritis  (Arsenical).
  louse med., 1903,2. s.,v, 201-208.—Boss (D.) & Reynold*
  (E S )  A case of beri-beri (.') possibly due to arsenical poi-
  soning.  Brit. M.J., Loud., 1901, ii, 979-980.— Boss (R.)
  Beriberi and chronic arsenical poisoning.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1900  ii 1077.—Royal Commission  on Arsenical Poisou-
  in<r '  Ibid., 1901, i, 672; 753; 828; 904; 980; 1052; 1310; 1374;
  1439- 1507- 1874: 1901, ii, 218; 423;  886: 1902, i, 786; 1150;
  l»"lj 1435; 1865: 1902,  i, 710; 787; 1150; 1221; 1435: ii, 55:
  190'i' ii  1684- 1746.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Brit.  M. J.,  Lond.,
  1901' ii! 231:  1902, i,  673;  1003; 1248;  1584; 1648:  1903, i,
  708:'ii, 1483; 1557; 1610.—Sabin (Florence R.)  A caseof
  arsenical neuritis.   Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1901,
  xii 221—Schreiner (E.  B.)   Arsenical neuritis  follow-
  ing the treatmentof chorea with Fowler's solution.  Ann.
  Gvnec  £ Pediat., Bost.,  1897-8,  xi,  375-380.  Also:  J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  X. T., 1898, xxv, 209-213.—Sieber
  (E.)  Tczka  polyneuritis s priznaky v^hradne motori-
  ckymi pnvoilu arseuov6ho.   [Acute polyneuritis and ex-
  clusivelv motor phenomena from  the use  of  arsenic]
  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze,  1904, xliii, 34-H7. —Smith (W.
  R.) & Russell (E.)   Arsenic iu beer.  J. State M., Lond.,
  1901. ix, 29-33.—Stengel  (A.)  Arsenical  neuritis; with
  a report of a case occurring in  a lad of five years.  Arch.
  Pediat.,N.Y., 1897,xiv, 183-188. Also,Reprint. —Symons
  ("W.  H.)  Arsenic in beer.  Med.  Press & Circ,  Lond.,
  1900, n.  s., lxx, 662.—Taylor (J. H.)  Notes on arsenical
  poisoning in beer drinkers.   Ibid., 584.—Thompson
  (W.  G.)  Neuritis and atrophy following acute arsenical
  poisoning.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liii, 99.—Traversier.
  Nevrite periph£rique par intoxication ars6nicale (pseudo
  tabes arsenical).  Loire med.,  St.-fitienne, 1902, xxi, 187-
  190._Vallin (E.)   L'empoisonuenient arsenical par la
  bidre en Angleterre.  Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxii, 1063-
  1067.—Vinton (J.  J.)  Poliuenritis  arsenical  (tubercu-
  losis).  Rev. d. centro estud. de med.,  Buenos Aires,  1905,
  iv, 201-204.—Wanklyn (J. A.)  Notes on arsenical beers
  recently examined.  Brit.  M. J.,  Lond.,  1901, ii, 401.—
   Wood (H. C.)  A case of arsenical neuritis.  Med. News,
  Phila., 1.-8S, liii, 716-71*.—Woodyatt (J. F.)  Arsenical
  beer poisoning at the  Halifax  Union  Poor-Law Hospital.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1400.

 Neuritis (Ascending).
     Imhof (0.)    * Beitrag  zur Lehre  der Poly-
  neuritis acuta ascendens.   8 '.   Ziirich, 1900.
     de Majewska (Gabrielle).    * Contribution  a
  l'etnde de  la nevrite  ascendante.   8°.   Paris,
   1>97.
     ------.   The same.   8°.  Paris, 1897.
     Angiolella (G.)  Contributo aUo studio delle nevriti
  ascendenti.   Manicomio mod..  Nocera, 1896, xii, 275-294.—
  Bernard (K.)  N6vrile ascendante  et hysterie.  M6m.
  et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (189K), 1899, xxxviii,
   161-170.  Also: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1899, n.s., iv,
  267-270.  Also: Lyon med., 1899, xc,  217-225.—D'Abnndo
  (G.)  Nevriti periferiche  infettive e  nevriti ascendenti.
  Psichiatria,  Napoli, 1890.  viii, 189-219. — Ferguson (J.)
  Five cases of sudden death due  to  ascending neuritis.
   Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv,  1-4. -Grocco (P.)  Poli-
  nevriti e nevriti ascendenti.  Morgagni, Milano, 1888, xxx,
  545-574.—Ilerdman (W.J.)  Ascending neuritis.  Phy-
  sician Sc Surg.. Detroit Sc Ann Arbor, 1905, xxvii, 306-
  312. — von  I.eyden.  [Ueber einen Fall von Neuritis
  ascendeus )   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 57.  [Discussion], 89.—lHarinesco
  (G.)  Contributiou a l'etude  de la n6vrite  ascendante.
  Presse med.. Par., 1898, ii, 308-312.  — Pirrone (D.)  Ne-
  vrite ascendente da pneumococco  del F ranked.   Riforma
  med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 645; 676; 709. — Ray-
  mond (F.) <fe  Guillain (G.)  La  nevrite ascendante
  consecutive a l'appendicite.  Semaine med., Par.,  1905,
  xxv, 85-87.—Senna (F.)  Nevrite ascendente acuta colla
  sindrome della paralisi di Landry.   Gazz. d. osp.. Milano,
  1903, xxiv, 1613.—Sicard (J.-A.)   Nevrite ascendante et
  svringomy61ie consecutive.  Rev. neurol.,  Par., 1905, xiii,
  759-761.  -----. Le syndrome  de  la nevrite  ascendante.
  [Rap.]  Arch, de neurol.,  Par., 1905, 2. s., xx, 190-197.
  AUo: J. de neurol., Par., 1905,  x, 309-320.  Also:  Rev.
  nenrol., Par., 1905, xiii. 838-844. —  Stewart (J. T.)  Re-
  port  of a case of neuritis ascendens.   Cincin. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1889, n. s., xxii, 105.

 Neuritis (Brachial).
     See Nerves (Brachial, Diseases of).

 Neuritis (Causes  of).
     See,  also,  Ether  (Subcutaneous  injection of);
  Nerves (Compressionof); Neuritis (Alcoholic);
  Neuritis (Arsenical); Pressure-neuritis.
    Arnozan & Sal vat.  Nevrites experimeutales  pro-
  duites par l'instillation d'ether ou l'application de glace.
  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1884, v, 108-
  111.—Babinski (J.)  Sur uu cas de nevrite dti peut-etre
  a l'usage d'engrais artificiels (d'une particulai ite de la re-
NeiirijLis (Causes of).
  action de degenerescence).  Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii,
  116-118. — Billings (F.)  Pressure neuritis.  Internat.
  Clin., Phila., 1904, 14. s., ii, 188-190. —Kellogg (T. H.)
  A form of subacute pressure-neuritis.  J. Nerv. & Ment.
  Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 603.—Krauss (W. C.)  Two se-
  ven- cases of pressure neuritis.   Ibid., 1893, xx, 185-190.—
  Levi (L.) & Worinscr.  Nevrite sensitivo-motrice des
  extremites par  abus force de  bicyclette.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1904, xii, 1219-1221.—Raymond (F.) Sc Ouillain
  (G.)  Apropos des nevrites appendiculaires.   Arch. g6n.
  de med., Par., 1905, ii, 2453. — Sutclifle (J.)   A note on
  sulphonal, with  a case of toxic  peripheral neuritis follow-
  ing on  its use.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1899, xiv, 740-742.—
  ThnuhoflTer (L.)  A neurit eredese az idegsejtbdl.  [The
  origin of neuritis in the nerve cell.]  Orvosi hetil., Huda-
  pest. 1895, xlix, 211. — Warrington (W. B.)  On some
  uncommon forms of neuritis of the upper limb with an
  unusual etiology.  Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 878-881.

Neuritis (Diagnosis  and semeiology  of).

     See,  also, Beri-beri.               *
     Gohski  (F. L.)   *Zur  Differentialdiagnose
  der Polyneuritis peripherica und der Tabes dor-
  salis.  8°.   Greifswald, 1901.
     MAKGOULifcs (E.)  * Nevrites dites  apoplee-
  tiques.  8°.   Paris, 1K>7.
     Stiel (A.)    * Poliomyelitis anterior acuta oder
  Neuritis  multiplex  acuta  bei  einem  Erwach-
  seneuf  8°.   Bonn,  [1890].
     Antony.  Polyn6vrite k forme de poliomy61ite ant6-
  rieure.  Bull. Soc'. d'auat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896,
  xvii, 93-104.—Ballet (G.)    Les polynevrites; physio-
  nomie clinique.  Progres med., Par., 1896, 3. s., iii, 273-
  279.  AUo, transl: Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1897, xx, 233-
  242.—Barnes  (S.)  Toxic degeneration ofthe lower neu-
  rones, simulating peripheral neuritis.   Brain, Lond., 1902,
  xxv, 479-500, 2 pl.—Bishop (L. F.) The differential diag-
  nosis between localized neuritis,  rheumatism, and some
  other conditions that give similar symptoms.   J. Nerv. Sc
  Ment.  Dis.,  N. Y., 1895, xxii,  401-408.—Bridge (N.)
   Painless  neuritis.  Clin. Rev.,  Chicago, 1898-9, ix,  288.—
   Brissaud  (E.) Sc Bruandet.  De l'exageration  des
   reflexes tendineux dans les nevrites peripheriques.  J- de
   neurol., Par., 1902,  vii,  283-288.—Buzzard (T.)  Post-
   graduate lecture on some symptoms and varieties of mul-
   tiple neuritis.   Lancet, Lond.,  1893, li, 1233.-Can- (W.)
   Peripheral neuritis or anterior polio-myelitis?  Tr. Clin.
   Soc. Lond., 1893-4, xxvii, 268.—Clark (L. P.)  A case of
   multiple neuritis, with intact reflexes.  J. Nerv. & Ment.
   Dis., N.  Y., 1903, xxx, 360.—van Bam (J.)  Een aty-
   pisch geval  van polyneuritis.   Nederl. Tijdschr.  v. Ge-
   neesk., Amst., 1905, 2. R., xii, d. 1., 240-242.—Be Buck
   (D.)  Polyn6vrite et reflexes.   Belgique m6d., Gand-Haar-
   lem, 1901, i. 577-585.  Also:  J. de neurol., Par., 1901, vi,
   143-149.—Bejerine.  Diagnostic de  la nevrite systema-
   tique motrice.  Kev. internat. de m6d. et de chir., Par.,
   1898, ix, 92. —Bejerine (J.), Leenharilt (E.) &!Vorero
   (M.)  Un cas dc nevrite radiculaire cervico-dorsale, ayant
   presente comme symptome premonitoire des douleurs
   tre-s  vives pendant l'6ternuement; valeur s6m6iologique
   de ce symptome.  Rev. neurol., Par.,  1905, xiii, 640-644.—
   Bercum (F.  X.)   Two cases of primary neurotic atro-
   phy, bearing a resemblance to multiple neuritis. J. Nerv.
   Sc Ment. Dis.,  N.  Y.,  1900,  xxvii, 324-330.—Eskridge
   (J. T.)  Four cases of mixed or irregular forms of  multi-
   ple neuritis, in which paraplegia was the most prominent
   symptom in three and a condition simulating hemiplegia
   in the fourth.  Med. News, Phila., 1895. lxvii, 484;  513.—
   dabbi (U.)  Nevrite multipla o paralisi spinale generale
   ascendente subacuta?  Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii,
   pt. 4, 675; 686.—Hunter (W. K.)  Two cases of nervous
   disease;  (1) a case of peripheral neuritis, with symptoms
   of bulbar paralysis. . . .  Glasgow Hosp. Rep., 1901, iii,
   397-404.—In get run* (L.)  De l'oxag6ratiou des reflexes
   dans les polynevrites.  Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii,
   61_65.__King(0. A.)  A unique case, of neuritis. P. Sc S.
   Plexus,Chicago,1897-8,iii,79-K2.— KulijS.) Symptomatol-
   ogy, diagnosis, and differential diagnosis of neuritis.  Am.
   Med.  Phila., 1902, iii, 865-868.  Also: Chicago M. Recorder,
   1902, xxiii. 131-139. — Ijereboullet (P.) Sc Allard (F.)
   N6vrites  heiniplcgiques  par  intoxication oxycarbone-e;
   valeur de l'electro-di.ignostic.   Rev. neurol., Par., 1899, vii,
   482-488. — I.iipi (A.)  Di un caso di polinevrite primaria
   simulante una poliartrite.  Morgagni, Milano, 1899, xii,729-
   736.__lTIaclagau (T.J.)  Three eases of neuritis and spu-
   rious arthritis.  Tr.Clin.Soc.Loud., 1891-2, xxv, 1-8.—Ma-
   rechal.  Uu casde polynevrite pseudotabetique.  Presse
   m6d. beige,  Brux.,  1895, xlvii, 57-59. — Itlaswey (G. B.)
   A case of multiple neuritis (sporadic beri-beri?).  Med.  Sc
   Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1888,  lviii, 529.—Meyers (C.)  A
   case of multiple neuritis with ataxia,  simulating tabes
   dorsalis; recovery.  Canad. J.  M. Sc S., Toronto, 1905,
   xvii, 145-149.—iTIirallic (C.)   Poliotuyelites ant6rieures
   et nevrites peripheriques (neuronites motrices interieures); 
NEURITIS.
612
NEURITIS.
 Neuritis (Diagnosis  and  semeiology of).
   diagnostic  differentie).  Gaz.  med. de Nantes. 1903, 2. s.,
   xxi.  765-771. — ITIoty.  Atrophies osseuses symptoiuati-
   ques des nevrites  Cong, funic-de chir. Proc.-verb. |etc],
   Par., 1892, vi, 249-252.— il oyer (H. N.)  A case of neu-
   ritis simulating progressive muscular atrophy associated
   with nvstagiiius and increased knee jerks.  J. Am. M.
   Ass.. Chicago,  1894,  xxiii, 047. — lTIuratoflT (V. A.)  K
   voprosu o povislienii refleksov pri iiiuozhestvennom nev-
   ritle.   (Raised  reflexes in  polyneuritis.]   Med. Obozr.,
   Mosk., 1892, xxxvii, 1079-1093.-Fearce (F. S.)  A case
   of multiple neuiitis, simulating Landry's paralysis in  the
   rapidity, order, and extent of paralysis.  J. Nerv. & Ment.
   Dis., N. Y., 1894, xxi, 163-173. -----.  Prognosis in neu-
   ritis.  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1901-2, v, 75-77.—Pelnar
   (J.)  Polyneuritis acuta progressiva s kliuick^m obrazem
   Landryovy obrny\  [. .  . ofthe clinical typeot  the paraly-
   sis of'Laiidry.]  Casop. 16k. desk.,  v Praze,  1904,  xliii,
   1272-1275.—Pen-in (M.)  Le pronostic des polyneviites.
   Rev. med.de lest, .Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 565-573.—Porter
   (M. F.)  Brain  tumor developing in a case of peripheral
   neuritis, the latter obscuring diagnosis;  operative  re-
   moval of tumor; iecovery.  J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1902,
   xxxviii, 235-237.—Preston ((J. J.)  The diagnosis of late
   cases of multiple neuritis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii,
   305-368.—Ran wo in (W. B )  A case of neuritis of poste-
   rior roots;  pre-ataxic stage of tabes dorsalis?  Brit.M. J.,
   Lond.. 1900, ii 1491.-  Kaymond. Les polynevrites & forme
   sensitivo-motrice et k forme tab£tique.  Rev. g6n. de clin.
   et  de therap., Par., 1904, xviii, 839. — Reflexions  clini-
   ques couceruant quelques cas de polynevrite.   Policlin.,
   Brux., 1901, x,  201-209. -Rockwell (A.  D.)  Current
   differentiation, illustrated by a case of peripheral neuritis,
   due to  parenchymatous degeneration  of the  cord.   N.
   York M. J., 1902,' lxxvi, 562-685. A Uo: J. Advanc. Therap.,
   N. Y., 1903, xxi, 536-542.— Sehlapfer (Y.)  Eine  eigen-
   [tiimliche Veranderung an den  Fingerniigeln  bei  einem
   Fall von Polyneuritis acuta.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,
   Basel. 1905, xxxv, 390-393.—Mciamamia (E.) Polineurito
   simulante la paralisi bulbare.  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d.
   osp. diRoma, 1892, xii, 33.—Shtsherbak(A. E.)&Iva-
   noft" (I. I.)  K differentslaluol diagnostikie iiinozhestven-
   navo nevrita; poliesteziya i makroesteziya.   [On the dif-
   ferential diagnosis of multiple neuritis; polyestbesia and
   niacroesthesia.]  Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1897, v, no. 1,160;
   no.2,84; no. 3,79.—Verger Sc Abadie. Sur un casde stC--
   reoagnosie au cours d'une polynevrite.  Compt. rend. Soc.
   de biol., Par., 1903, lv.487.  AUo: J. de med. de Bordeaux,
   1903, xxxiii, 238.  — Veronesi (A.)  Studio clinico e dia-
   gnostico deile nevriti multiple e delle malattie del midollo
   spinale.  Gazz. med.di Roma, 18*9, xv, 419; 433;  481;  505.—
   Werner (S.) Periphere Neuritis mit ge-teigerten Seh-
   nenreflexen.  Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1899,  xlvi, 1146-
   1149.— Wertheim  Malomousoii (J. K. A.)  lets over
   de diagnose van neuritis peripherica.  Nederl. Ti]dschr.
   v. Geneesk.. Amst.,  1905, 2. r., xii. d. 1, 519-525. —West-
   phal (A.)  Ueber apoplectiforme Neuritis [Neuritis apo-
   plectical.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1905, xl, 64-97, 2 pl.—
   Woldert (A.)  A case of neuritis in the early stages re-
   sembling  tetanus and hydrophobia.   Medicine,  Detroit,
   1899, v, 32-35.

Neuritis (Endemic).
     See, also, Beri-beri.
     Blachall  (P.)  Epidemic polyneuritis.   Australas.
   M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii,  347. — Christopherson
   (J. B.)   Case of peripheral  neuritis,  probably rice pro-
   duced, simulating beri-beri.  from Omdurinau,  Soudan.
   J. Trop. M., Lond.. 1903, vi, 154.— Graham (J.)  Multi-
   ple neuritis among  Chinamen  in Sydney.  Australas. M.
   Gaz., Sydney, 1893, xii, 357-360. —'iTIuir (J.)  Epidemic
   neuritis iu South Africa.  South African M. Rec, Cape
   Town, 1905! iii, 158-160. — Mtrachau (H.)   On a form of
   multiple  neuritis prevalent in the West Indies.  Practi-
   tioner, Lond., 1897, lix, 477-4S4.—Wellmau (F. C.)  Ob-
   servations ou "akatama", a West Central African disease
   [neuritis peripheralis endemica].  J. Trop. M., Lond.. 1903,
   vi,  207.  -----.   Ceber Akatama (endemische  periphere
   Neuritis), eine Krankheit des  Hinterlandes von  Angola.
   Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1906, x, 80.

Neuritis (Multiple).
    See, also. Chorea, Diabetes, Dysentery, Em-
  pyema, Epilepsy, Fever (Relapsing), Complica- I
  lions,  etc.,  of;  Hodgkin's  disease;  Neuritis
  (Diagnosis, etc., of).
    Colella (K.)    Etude sur  les n6vrites  pexi-
  pheriques  (31  observations).   6°.  [n. p., n. d.]
    Fischer (W.)    *  Ein Beitrag zur  multipleu
  Neuritis.   [Jena.]  8°.  Langensalza, 1888.
    Heinichen  (F.)   * Beitrage  zur  Lehre  von
  der Polyneuritis.   8  .   Gbttingen, 1898.
    Maikk (W.)  * Zur Kasuistik  der  Polyneuri-
  tis.  8°.   Miinchen, 1903.
Neuritis (Mnltiple).
     Pal (J.)  Ueber multiple Neuritis,  s.   Wien
  1891.                                              '
     Perrin (M. N. J.)   Des  polynevrites.   * .
  Nancy, 1901.
     -----.   Tbe .same.   8°.   Paris, 1901.
     Pfeilschifter (II.)   * Klinische Beitrage zur
  Kenntnis der primiiren einiachen und multiplen
  Neuritis.   8°.  Erlangen, ltM).
     Kemak (E.)   Neuritis nnd Polyneuritis.   1.
  Hlfte.   Anatomiseber  und pathologisch-anato-
  mischer Theil, bearbeitet von Edward Flatau
  8C.   Wien, 189U.
     Schlossberger (G. P. F. E.)   * Beitrage  znr
  Lelire von tier multiplen Neuritis.   8 ■.  Berlin
  1891.
    .Steinberg (H.)  * Ein Fall von Polyneuritis
  bt-sonders  der Scbulter- und  Oberarmmuskula-
  ttir.  8°.   Bonn,  [1H9-1].
    Tsciiitschkina (Mlle.V.)   * Etude sur  les
  formes sensitives de polynevrite.   8°.  Paris
  1901.
    -----.   The same.   8^.   Paris, 1901.
    Abrahaimon  (I.)  A case  of  multiple neuritis. J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  N. T.,  1904, xxxi, 543-545.—Allen
  (C. L.)  The diagnosis and treatment of multiple neuritis.
  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1897,  li, 586-590.  Also, Reprint.  Also:
  Canada Lancet,  Toronto, 1897-8,  xxx, 292; 351—Alouzo
  3a■■ udo (M.)  A propos d'un malade atteintde polynen-
  rite.  Cong, internat. dem6d. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv,
  sect, de neuropath, [etc.], 642-648.—Ander»on (T. M'C.j
  Case of multiple neuritis.  Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliv, 420-
  122.—Buldi (A.) Intorno ad un caso di neurite multipla
  periferica.   Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1892. 5. s., xiv, 429-
  441.—Ballet (G.)   Les pohnerrites.  Progrfis  mfed.,
  Par., 1890, 3. s., iii, 273; 30.1;  401.  Also: Echo med., Tou-
  louse, 1890,2. s., x, 409; 421; 433; 445; 457.  A Uo, transl [Ab-
  str. 1: Gazz. d. osp., Milano,  1896, xvii, 1502-1504.—Bnm-
  bacc(F.)  Intorno ad uu caso di polinevrite.  Gazz.d.osp.,
  Milano, 1898,xix,780. — Bernhai-dt(M.) Ueber eiuen Fall
  von multipler Neuritis, ausgezeichnet durch schwere elek-
  trische Krregbarkeiisverauderungen der nie geliihnit ge.
  wesenen Nerven (auch der Nn. faciales).  Ztschr. f. klin.
  Med., Berl., 1890, xvii, Suppl.-Hft.,  67-76.— Kiegariiiki
  (W.)  Neuritis multiplex.   Medycyna,  Warszawa, 1890,
  xviii, 385-390. — Blyumeuau (M. B.)   O muozhestven-
  nom neiritie.  [On multiple neuritis.]  Voyenno-med. J.,
  St. Petersb.,  1897,  clxxxviii, med.  spec,  pt  ,  l.'ij- 1.7J.—
  Brower (D. R.)  Multiple neuritis.  Med.  Fortnightly,
  St. Louis,  1902,  xxii, 447-451. AUo: Med.  Rec, N.  Y.,
  1902. lxi, 997.—Buiwt (J. R.)  Multiple neuritis.   South.
  Pract., Nashville, 1898, xx, 443-454.—Card are Hi (A.)
  Polinevrite.  Clin, mod.,  Pisa, 1898, iv, 177.—Cassirer
  (R.)  Neuritis und Polyneuritis.   Deutsche Klinik. Berl.
  u. Wien, 1905, vi, 1021-1132,4 pl.—Cazenavette (L. L.)
  Peripheral neuritis.  N. Oil. M. &. S. J., 1905-6, lviii, 636-
  646. — Ceeearani  (L.)   Polinevrite  acuta  primitiva.
  Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1897, 5. s., xxiv, 197-207.—Cet-o-
  ni (A.) Poliomielite o polinevrite?  Gazz. d. osp., Mi-
  lano, 1898, xix, 1406-1411.—Charcot (J.-M.)  Sept cas de
  polynevrite.  Rev. neurol..  Par., 1893, i, 5-17.—Church
  (A.)   Multiple neuritis.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890,
  xv, 636-640.—Cluzet.  Sur un cas de polyn6vrite bilat6-
  rale.  Arcb. m£d. de Toulouse, 1904, x, 361-364.—Collins
  (J.) On some ofthe more common forms of multiple neu-
  ritis.  Charlotte [N. C]  M. J.,  1894, iv, no. 3, 21.-Col-
  well (G. T.)  The diagnosis of multiple neuritis.   Ma.~s.
  M. J.,  Bost., 1905, xxv,  461-470.—Concetti (L.)  Verall-
  gemeinerte  Polyneuritis.   Allg. Wien.  med. Ztg., 1902,
  xlvii. 173.—De Buck (I).) & l>e Moor <L )  Polynevrite
  motrice des  membres  intV-iieurs.   Con;:, internat. de neu-
  rol., de psychiat. [etc.] 1897, Brux..  1898. i,  fasc. 2.  62-65.
  Resume], fasc. 3, 62.   AUo: Belgique  med., Gand Haar-
  em, 1897. ii, 353-357. — B-ecroly.  A propos d'un cas de
  polynevrite.   Policlin., Brux., 1898, vii, 301-310.-----
  Suf un cas de polyn6vrite.  Arch, d'electric. ui6d., Bor-
  deaux, 1900, viii, 218-223.— De Keuzi.  Sulle poline-
  vriti.  N. riv. cliu.-terap., Napoli, 1903, vi, 169; 225; 281.
  Also:  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 1211-1218.— But-
  ton [et al].  Synopsis of thirteen cases of multiple neu-
  ritis.  J. Nerv.  Sc Ment. Dis., N.  Y.,  1905. xxxii, 801-
  803.-Dzicwiszek (B.)  Dwa przypadki rozsianego za-
  palenia uerwdw (neuritis multiplex).   [Two cases...]
  Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1898, xix, 507-515. — Kukridjje
  (J. T.)  Sub-acute multiple neuritis.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment.
  Dis., N. T.,  1892, xix,  111-117.—Ettlinger (C.)  Des po-
  lvnevrites.  Gaz. d. h6p.,  Tar..  1895, lxviii, 583;  633.—
  Finch (H. C.)  A case of multiple neuritis.  Albany M.
  Ann.,  1888,  ix, 199-201. —Finlay (D. W.)   Three cases
  of  alcoholic paralysis  (multiple neuritis).  Med.-Chir.
  Tr., Lond.,  1887, lxx, 371-395.   AUo, Reprint. — Finny
  (J. M.)  Multiple neuritis,  illustrated by clinical  cases. 
NEURITIS.
613
NEURITIS.
Neuritis (Multiple).
  Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1890-91, ix, 46-63. AUo .-
  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1891,  xci, 1-16.    [ Discussion],  71.—
  Frnenkel  (A.)  TJeber multiple  Neuritis.   Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u.  Berl., 1891,  xvii,  1421-1423.
  Also: Verhandl. d. Ver.  f. innere Med. zu  Berl.,  1891-2,
  xi. 153-166.  AUo, transl.. Med  ..v Surg. Reporter,  Phila.,
  1892, lxvi, 281-284.—Funkhouscr (R.)  A case of niul-
  ple neuritis.  Alienist >fc Neurol., St. Louis, 1890, xi, 341-
  345— Gibson  (G. A.)   Aberrant case of polyneuritis.
  Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc.  Edinb  , 1901-1902,  n.  s.,  xxi,  199.—
  Giewe Sc Fngenstecher  (E.)  Beitrag zur  Lelue dor
  Polyneuritis.  Arch. f.  Psychiat., Berl.,  1893, xxv, 211-
  226.—Gilbert (W. II.)   1'eber zwei Falle  von Polyneu-
  ritis.   Miinchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1892,  xxxix,  516.—
  Gingles (R.R.) A case of multiple neuritis.   Louisville
  M. Month.,  1897-8,  iv, 52-54.— Glorieux.  Reflexions
  cliniques conceruant quelques  cas de polynevrite.  Poli-
  clin ,  Brux., 1901, x, 33; 201: 267.—GoldAnm (S.)  Zur
  Lehre  von   der multiplen  Neuritis.    Ztschr.  f. klin.
  Med.,  Berl..  1888.  xv.  374-404. -Cowers  ( W.  R.)
  On  slight  multiple  neuritis   Cliu.  J..  Lond.,  1896-
  7, viii, 21-24. — Grocco  (P.)  Sc  Kiimmo  (G.)   Sulle
  p'oliuevriti.  Lavori d. Coug. di med. int.,  Milano, 1890,
  iii, 197-230.   AUo: Riforma nied., Napoli,  1*90, vi. 1525-
  15-J7.—Guinperfz(K.)  Beitrage zur Lehre von der mul-
  tiplen Neuritis.  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1901, viii,
  337; 375;  406. -----. Zur Geschichte und  Diagnose der
  multiplen Neuritis (von Leyden).  Deutsche med. Presse,
  Berl., 1902, vi,  62-64.—Ha'ckett (N. P.)   Multiple neu-
  ritis.  Texas Cour.-Rec.  Med., Dallas, l»95-6, xiii, 1-6.—
  Hammond (G. M.) Multiple neuritis.  Post-Graduate,
  N. Y., 1*98,  xiii, 577-585. — Harris (H. F.)   A  case  of
  multiple  neuritis.   South. M.  Rec,  Atlanta,  ]*9.">, xxv,
  393-399. — Henrici  (C.)  Zur Kenntniss  der multiplen
  Neuritis.  Miiuchen. med. Wchuschr.. 1900, xlvii, 891-895.
  AUo: Med.-chir. Centralbl.. Wien,  1900,  xxxv, 381-385.—
  Heredia(J.) Polineuritis.  Gac. med. catal., Barcel.,
  1898, xxi, 481; 524; 561.—Holmes (T. M.)   Multiple neu-
  ritis. Rep.  Superv.  Surg.-Geu. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1888,
  248-251.  Also: Tr. M. Ass. Georgia. Macon, 1888. 45-51.—
  Hoppenheim.  La  nevrite  inultipla  (polinevrite).
   [Transl.]  Clin, di  Vienna, Napoli. 1898, xv,  177-191.—
   Horovitz (A.)  Neuritis multiplex peripherics egy kife-
  jezett esete.  [. . ., a striking  case.] GycSgyaszat,  Buda-
  pest,  1896,  xxxvi.  110.  AUo.  transl.:  Pest. med. chir.
  Presse, Budapest,  \x'M. xxxii,  482. -----.  Zur Casuistik
  der multiplen  peripheren Neuritis.  Wien. med. Presse,
   1896, xxxvii, 993-995.—Johnson (C.)  Acase of multiple
  neuritis.  Northwest. Lancet,  Minneap.,  1901, xxi, le3-
  186.—Kahler.  Ueber Neuritis multiplex.  Wien. med.
   Presse, 1890, xxxi, 281;  325; 370.  AUo: Med.-chir. Cen-
  tralbl., Wieu. 1890. xxv, 367; 380; 396; 408 — Kirchnrr
   (A.)  Ein Fall von einseitiger Pol vueuritis.  Deutsche mil.-
  arztl. Ztschr.,  Berl,  1893,  xxii,  529-538.—von Krafft-
  Ebing.  Ceber Polyneuritis; klinische Vorlesung.  Allg.
  Wien. "med. Ztg., 1893, xxxviii, 519. -----. Polyneuritis.
   Ibid., 1896, xii, 451; 463;  475; 487. -----. Ueber Polyneu-
  ritis. Ibid., 1902, xlvii, 303-305.—Krause. Ueber einen
   Fall von multipler Neuritis.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1899, xlvi, 334.—Kuh (S.)   Two cases  of  multiple neu-
  ritis. Clin. Rev., Chicago.  1903, xviii, 321-329.—Kuzel
   (J.)  Neuritis multiplex.  Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beo-
   grad, 1898. iv, 11-13.—Iiangdon (!•'. W.)  Multiple neu-
  ritis; a  clinical lectuie.  Alienist Sc Neurol.,  St. Louis,
   1904.  xxv, 137-146.  AUo.  Reprint.  AUo:  Denver M.
   Times, 1903-4. xxiii, 588-596.—de Leon (J.) Polineuritis.
   Rev. med. d. Uruguay. Montevideo, 1903, vi, 90 93.—I.ey-
  deii (E.) Die Eutziiudung der peripheren Nerveu (Poly-
  neuritis;  Neuritis multiplex),  deren Pathologie und  Be-
  handlung.  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl.. 1888, xvii,
  49; 100, 1 pl.-----. Vorstellnngeiues Falles von schwerer,
  nach zweijahriger Dauer fast geheilter multipler Neuritis,
  nebst Bemerkungen iiber Verlauf, Prognose und Therapie
  dieser Erkrankiing.  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr..  1894, xxxi,
  439; 472.—I.oivenfcld (L.)  Uelier multiple Neuritis.
  Aerztl. lnt.-BL, Miinchen, 1885. xxxii, 55; 07; 78; 100; 121;
  164. AUo, Reprint.—fiuzzatto (M.)  Sopra un  caso di
  polinevrite.   Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905,
  xiv, 243-245.—Macalcster (It. K.) A case of multiple
  neuritis.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  N. Y.,  1894, xxi, 729-
  731. — IMai-rclial.   Deux  cas de  polynevrites periphe-
  riques.   Rev. internat. d'electrother.,  Par..  1898-9, ix,
  260-267.  AUo: Ann. d. electroliiol. [etc.].  Par.,  1899,  ii,
  402-410.  AUo: Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1899. li, 169-177. —
  JTIarechal (E. L.)  Multiple  neuritis.  Tr. M. Ass. Ala-
  bama. Montgomery.  1890. 400-414. -----. Multiple neuri-
  tis.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila.,  1893, lxviii, 637-644.—
  IMcndcz (J.)   Polineuritis: neuritis degenerativamulti-
  ple; neuritis agnda  progresiva  (Eichhorst);  neuiitis di-
  seiiiinada agudisima  (Roth); pseudo-tabes; neuro-tabes;
  neuritis  periferica.  An. d.  Circ.  med.  argent., Buenos
  Aires, 1891, xiv, 206-235.—Mettler (L. H.)  Multiple neu-
  ritis.  Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1901,  xx. 263; 348.  Also: Illi-
  nois M. J.. Springfield, 1904, vi. '31-139.  Also:  Medicine,
  Detroit.  1904, x, 516-521.—."Meyers (D. C.)   A  case  of
  mnltiple neuritis.  Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1893, i,
  155-158.— .Middleton (G. S.)  A case of general bilateral
Neuritis (Multiple).
  peripheral neuritis, with recovery.  Glasgow M. J., 1894,
  xlii, 258  207.--Mills (C. K.)  Case of multiple neuritis.
  N. Oil. M.  .V S.  J., 1899-1900,  lii, 453-456.— IMobley (R.
  V.)  Multiple neuritis.  Alabama M. <fc S. Age, Anniston,
  1897-8, x,  126-129.—iMorelli (G.)  Osservazioni cliniche
  sopra un caso di polim-urite simmetrica mista.  Gazz. d.
  osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv,  902-904.—Neuronoflf (V. M.)
  [Sluchai mnozbestvennavo porazheniya perifericheskikh
  nervov.]   [Multiple  disease of the peripheral nerves.]
  Protok.  zasaid. Obsh.  Morsk. vrach. v Kroiistadte, 1892,
  xxx, 113-123.-----. Yeshtshoodvukh sluchayakh poline-
  vrita. ostro razvivavshavosya po tipu paralicha Landry.
  [ Two additional  cases of polyneuritis developing after
  the type of Landry's paralysis.]  Ibid..  1900-1901, xxxix,
  63-66.— O'Connor (J. T. )   Multiple peripheral neu-
  ritis.  St.  Louis J. Homceop. Sc  Clin. Reporter, 1896, ii,
  440-446.—Fatriek (H. T.)  Multiple  neuritis.  Illinois
  M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 10. —Ffander (A.)   Multi-
  ple  Neuritis und deren Differentialdiagnose von  Tabes
  dorsalis  uud audeien  Nervenkrankheiteu,  nebst eiuigen
  Beiuerkungen  iiber deren homiiopathische Behandlung.
  Ztschr. d.  Berl. Ver. homoop. Aerzte.  1893, xii, 469-490.—
  I*opotr(S.)  K  ucheniyu o nachalnikh stadiyakh mno-
  zhestveuiiavo neviita.  [Primary stages of multiple neu-
  ritis.]  Obozr. psichiat.. nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1900, v.
  481-491.  Also, transl: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900,xix;
  594; 655.—Posazhniy (V.)  Sluchai  mnozhestvenuavo
  nelrit.i (neuritis  multiplex). Bolnitsch-gaz. Botkina, St.
  Petersb., 1895, vi, 793-801.—Freston (G.J.)   Differential
  diagnosis and treatment of  multiple  neuritis.  Tr. M. &
  Chir. Fac. Maryland, Bait., 1891, 95-106.  AUo: Maryland
  M. J., Bait., 1890-91, xxiv, 375-381.  Also, Reprint.—Kay-
  mond (F.)  Polyu6vrite et poliomyelite.   N. iconog. de
  la Salpetriere, Par.,  1899, xii, 1-14, 2 pl. — Remak (E.)
   Acute multiple localisirte Neuritis.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
   Leipz., 1896, xv, 578-581.—Riley (W.H.)  Keport of three
  cases of multiple neuritis.  Mod. Med. Sc Bacteriol. World,
   Battle Creek,  Mich., 1893,  ii,  139; 165,  1 pl.—Ross (J.)
   On peripheral neui itis.  Med. Chi on. Manchester, 1889-90,
   xi, 89-104.—Koyen (P.)   Lanevrite multiple ; diagnostic
   et traitement.   Scalpel,  Li6ge, 1896-7,  xlix, 338;  343.—
   Knihil (S.)  Multiple neuritis.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898,
   liv, 46-50.—Sacchi (M.)  Di un caso non comune di poli-
   nevrite.  Settiuiana  med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1896,
   1 503. — Saiiudo (M. A.)  Un  enfeiino de perineuritis.
   Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii, 239-244.—Senator (H.)  Ue-
   ber acute  uud subacute multiple Neuritis uud Myositis.
   Ztschr.  f.  klin. Med., Berl., 1888-9, xv, 61-81,  1 pl.  ----.
   Multiple neuritis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895, 5.  s., iii,
   139-113.—Serras e  Silva (J.)  Estudo sobre dois casos
   de  polynevrite  comparados com  um de  rheumatisuio
   chronico diaphysar.   Coimbra med., 1896, xvi, 381; 383;
   398; 412; 429; 445; 4."i7; 474; 488; 508; 525;  537; 547; 564:
   1897 xvii  8; 22;  76; 89.  AUo:  Tribunamcd., RiodeJan.,
   1896', ii,  341; 377; 395; 413: 471; 491.—Smith (F. J.)  A
   case of multiple peripheral  neuritis.  Clin. J.,  Loud.,
   1901-2, xix, 411.—Stenibo (A. S.)  Pseudo-tabes (poly-
   neuritis).   Protok. ochered. zasaid.  imp.  Vilenski med.
   Obsh., 1889, lxxxiv,  no.  8.—Stiles  (W.  H.)  Multiple
   neuritis, with case. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., Sau Fran.,
   1902. x,  282.—Stintzing (R.)   Ueber Neuritis uud Poly-
   neuritis.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1901, xlviii. 1830-
   1833.  AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.
   Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901,  Leipz.,  1902, lxxiii,  pt. 2, med.
   Abth., 30.—Strasser (A.) Sc  Kraus (C.)  Zur  Klinik
   der Polyneuritis   Bl. f.  klin.  Ilydrotherap., Wien, 1900,
   x, 217-225.—Sucltliny.   Multiple peripheral neuritis.
   Brit. M. J., Lond., 18<^8. i,  647.—Takagi (K.)  [A case
   of acute  polyneuritis.]   [Ref.,  uo. 6, 6.J   Shinkeigakn
   Zasshi,  Tokyo,  1902,  i, 409-474, 1 pl.—Taylor (F.) On
   multiple neuritis.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1888, 3. s.,
   xxx, 287-345.—Ventosa.  Polineuritis.  Corresp.  med.,
   Madrid, 1895,  xxx, 371.— Wesselhoeft (C.)  Five cases
   of multiple neuritis.   N. Eng.  M. Gaz., Bost., 1895, xxx,
   1-13.—Wiltrout (I. D.)   Multiple  neuritis.  Tr. Wis-
   consin M. Soc, Milwaukee,  1889, xxiii, 247-253.  AUo, Re-
   priut.   AUo:  Pittsburgh M.  Rev.,  189(1,  iv,  151-154.—
    Winga'te (U.  O. B.)  Multiple neuiitis.   Clin. Rev.,
   Chicago, 1904-5, xxi, 107-112.—Wolfsteiu (I). I.)  Mul-
   tiple neuritis; with report of four cases. J. Am. M. Ass.,
   Chicago,  1905,   xiv,  1779-1782 -Worcester  (W. L.)
   Cases of multiple neuiitis   Am. J. Insan  Utica, N. Y.,
   1892-3, xlix, 591-596.—Wrisht  (J. W.)  A case  of mul-
   tiple  neuritis.   Proc.  Connect.  M.  Soc ,  Bridgeport,
   1895, 166.—Zahn (T.)  Ueber einen  Fall  von Polyneuri-
   tis.  Miiuchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii, 423.—Zen-
   ner (P.)   Multiple neuritis.   Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894,
   n. 8., xxxii, 29-35.
Neuritis (Multiple,  Causes  and  pathol-
  ogy of).
     See,  also, Fever (Malarial, Complications, etc.,
  of); Neuritis (Alcoholic);  Neuritis (Arsenical);
  Neuritis   (Syphilitic);  Neuritis   (Traumatic);
  Raynaud's disease. 
NEURITIS.
614
NEURITIS.
Aeiiriti*  (Multiple,  Causes and  pathol-

  ogy of).
    Adeline (E.-A.-L.)   "Contribution a l'etude
  clinique de.s polynevrites bleniiorrhugiques.  8°.
  Paris, 11)01.
    Bay ay (E.-J.-B.)   "Contribution a l'etude des
  rapports de la psycbose, dite polynevritiijue et
  de l'hystcne infectieuse.   4°.  Toulouse, 169b.
    Bonnet (P.-J.-J.)   * Contribution  a l'6tnde
  des nevrites peripheriques infectieiises aigues;
  14 observations.   4°.  Lyon, 1892.
    Croizet (H.)   'Contribution a  l'etude  des
  nevrites oxycarbon^es.  8°.  Paris, 1903.
    Dejerine-Klumpke  (Mme.).   Des polyne-
  vrites en general et des paralysies et  atrophies
  satnrnines en  particulier.   Etude  clinique  et
  anatomo-pathologiqne.  8J.   Paris,  1869.
    Demilly  (L.)   "Essai sur les nevrites peri-
  pheriques paluileenues.   8°.  Lyon,  1897.
    Droz (L.)   'Contribution ii  Peptide des  ne-
  vrites toxiques.  [Geneva.]  8-\  Le  Lode, 1692.
    Evrard ( G. )   *Des  polynevrites  blennor-
  rbagiques.  8y  Paris, 1904.
    Fischer (J.  H. K.)  *Eiu Fall vou  Polyneu-
  ritis  peripherica als Folgezustand von Typhus
  abdominalis.   8°.   Berlin, 1901.
    GarcaO Kibeiro (A. S.)   * Contribuicao  ao
  estudo das nevrites periphericas.   4°.   [Bio de
  Janeiro], 189b.
    Kramer (F.)   *Riickenmarksverauderuugen
  bei Polyneuritis.   8°.  Breslau, 1902.
    Krueger (E.  A.)   * Beitiage zur  Lehre von
  der multiplen degenerativen Neuritis.  8°.  Ber-
  lin, 1897.
    Lanthier (J.)   * Consideration sur un cas de
  nevrite  typhique  peripherique localisee  a  un
  membre superieur.   8°.   Paris, 1900.
    Le Breton  (A.)   * Contribution  a  1'histoire
  des nevrites peripheriques chez les tuberculeux;
  forme paralytique.   8°.   Paris,  1903.
    Ross   (J.) & Bury (J.  S.)   Ou   peripheral
  ueuritis.   8°.   London, 1893.
    See, also, infra.
    Teitelbaim-Moguilevska (Mme.).    * Quel-
  ques  considerations sur les  rapports des  poly-
  nevrites  motrices  et  des  polioniyeiites  aute-
  rieures,  neuronites  motrices interieures.    8°
  Montpellier,  1901.   .
    Titi (G.-C.-A.)    * Des nevrites peripheriques
  experimentalemeut provoquees   par  le  contact
  de differentes substauces avec les nerfs vivants
  4°.   Bordeaux, 1890.
   A lbarran.  Polynevrite infectieuse d'origine v6sicale.
  Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1994, vii, 4u6.—
  Alurraldc (M.)   Dos casos  de polineuritis saturnina.
  An. d. Circ. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires, 1899, xxii, 520-
  528.—Amabilino (R.)   Contributo clinico ed anatomico-
  patologico alia couoscenza delle lesioni centrali nelle poli-
  nevriti.   Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 705-715.
  Also: Pisani, Palermo, 1899, xx, 133-152.  Also [Abstr.]:
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 352-355.—
  Anderson (A. V.  M.)  A  case of peripheral neuiitis.
  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v. 435-439.__
  Auerbach ( S. )   Znr  Pathogenese der Polyneuritis
  Miinchen.  med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 1470-1473.—Babin-
  ski (J.)    Anatomic pathologique des u6vrites periphe-
  riques (quelques remarques critiques sur les travaux  re-
  cents coneernaut ces nevrites).   Gaz. hebd. de ru6d., Par.
  1890.  2. s.. xxvii,  374;  383. -----. Des nevrites periphe-
  riques.  Cong. d. ined. alienistes et neurol. de France
  Proc.-verb. [etc.], 1894, Par., 1895, v, 91-107.  Also- Buil
  med.. Par.,  1894,  viii,  757-759. -----. Quatre types de
  n6vrites peripheriques: I. Nevrite de  la partie inferieure
  du radial; II. Nevrite de la  pai tie superieure du radial-
  III.  N6vrite p6ripheriqne simulant une mvopathie  primi-
  tive; IV.  N6vrite peripherique a debut  apoplectiforme
  J. de.  med. int.. Par., 1903, vii, 144-147. -----. La poly-
  nevrite apoplectiforme.  Rev. gen. de  elin. et de therap"
  Par., 1905, xix, 792.—Ballet (G.) & Dutil (A.) Sur un
  cas de polynevrite  avec lesions  medullaires.   Bull, et
  mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1895, 3. s.,  xii, 818-821.—
  Ballet (G.) & Rose (F.)  Un cas de polynevrite  conse-
  cutive a une intoxication alimentaire. Ibid.  1904 8  s
  xxi,  844-847—Baret (A.)  Contribution  k l'etude des
Neuritis  (Multiple,  Causes  and  pathol-

  ogy of).
  nevrites  infectieiises  et toxiques.  Arch,  de med. et
  pharm. mil.,  Par., 1893, xxii, 4(.i 53.—Barm (A. G.)  On
  the disturbances of the tactile sensory function of the skin
  in cases of peripheral neuritis, with the narratives of two
  unusual cases of peripheral palsy.  Am. J. M. Sc, I'hila
  1889, u. s., xevii, 127-136.—Bar'uch (S.)  Tin;  relation of
  peripheral irritation to disease, considered from a thera-
  peutic standpoint.  Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1890), 1891, 2. s.,
  vii, 263-275.—Bas»i (U.)  Nevrite multipla consecutiva a
  febbre tifoide.   Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1887, vi,
  585-592.—Baumstark  (R.) Ueber Polyneuritis nach
  Malaria und Landry sche Paralj se. Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr.,
  1900, xxxvii, 815;  842— Beevor  (C. E.)  On an unusual
  form of symmetrical neuritis affecting the extremities of
  all the limbs.  Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1S94-5, iii, 325-333.—
  Belli  (M.)  Neurite multipla idiopatica.   Gior.  di neu-
  ropatol., Napoli, 1888, vi,  333-374. —Bcrkhol*  (A.)  Fall
  von  Polyneuritis diphtheritica.  St.   Petersb.  nied.
  "Wchnsehr.,  1895,  n. F., xii, 183.— Bernheim.  De la
  polynevrite  greffije sur une diathese  nerveuse.  Cong.
  frang. de m6d., Par. Sc Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. -J, 362-365.—
  Be.rtin.  Un cas de n6vrite peripherique.  Gaz. m6d. de
  Nantes,  1897-8, xvi, 158.—Bianchini  (S.)  Coutributo
  alia patologia  generale delle neuriti perifericbe.  Lavori
  d. Cong, di med. int. 1902. Roma, 1903, xxii, 517-521.  AUo:
  Riv. crit. di cliu. med., Firenze, 1903, iv, 37-39.—Blanda
  (G.)  Nevriti sperimentali da B. del til'o e da B. coli.   Pi-
  sani, Palermo, 1905, xxvi, 5-26.—BIInm (M. A.)  Epidemic
  multiple neuritis of obscure origin.  [Abstr.]  J. Nerv. &
  Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1905, xxxii, 759-761.—Bly umenau (M.
  B.)  K. ucheniyu  o mnozhestvennem uelritle: muimaya
  spinnomozgovaya  sukhotka  iii  nervnaya  rtutnaya .-iu-
  khotka.   [On multiple neuritis: pseudo cerebro-spinal, or
  nervous mercurial tabes.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1895, xvi,
  1199; 1233.—BoinetfE.)  Polvnevrite palustie. Rev.de
  m6d., Par., 1901, xxi, 422-425.—Bonduraut (E. D.)  Note
  upon the occurrence of multiple neuritis and beri-beri in
  Alabama.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 645-
  648.—Borrelli ((i.)  Contributo  clinico alio studio della
  polinevrite  malarica.   Gazz.  internaz. di  nied., Napoli,
  1904, vii, 101-105.—Boulenger.   Nevrite du radial et du
  cubital.  J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 175-178.—Brainerd
  (H. G.)  Peripheral neuritis.  Tr. M. Soc. Calif.,San Fran.,
  1895,  xxv, 223-235. — Brauer.    Letal  endeude  Poly-
  neuritis bei einem mit Quecksilber behandelten Syphili-
  tischen.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1896, xxviii,  1001.—
  Brault  (J.)  Observations  de  polyn6vrite  paludique.
  Arch, de m6d.  et pharm. mil.,  Par., 1894, xxiii, 407-413.—
  Bregman  (L. E.)   W kwestyi  rozsiauego  zapalenia
  nerwow obwodowych.  [Disseminated inflammation of pe-
  ripheral nerves.]  Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw,1899,xcv,
  657-662.-Brissaud (E.) Sur la pr6t< ndue degeneration
  nerveuse dans  certaines n6vrites p6riph6riques. Compt.
  rond. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1890, 9. s., ii, pt. 2,  79-84.  -----.
  De l'influence  des centres trophiques de la moelle sur la
  distribution topographique de certaines ne\ rit> s toxiques.
  Arch.de neurol., Par., 1891, xxi, 161-183—Bi-iwtowe (J.
  S.)  A discussion  on  peripheral  neuritis.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1892, ii, 1097-1101—Bruee (J.) A case of periph-
  eral neuritis.   Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 611.—
  Buchanan (W. J.)   A case of peripheral neuritis prob-
  ably malarial.  Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 18l)9,xxxiv, 115.—
  Bury (J. S.)  Peripheral neuritis in acute rheumatism
  and the relation of muscular atrophy to affections of the
  joints.  Med. Chron., Manchester,  1888, viii, 182-201. AUo,
  Reprint. -----. Peripheral neuritis in connection  with
  septicaemia.  Med. Chron., Manchester, 1892-3, xvii,  19-
  24. -----.  Peripheral  neuritis from tobacco.  Lancet,
  Loud., 1896, ii, 23.—Busquet.  Sur un cas de n6vrite
  p6ripberique d'origine  palud£enne.  Rev. de m6d.. Par.,
  1901, xxi, 654-658.— C. (A. .J.)  A case of acute periph-
  eral neuritis.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond.,  1899, xiii, 100.—
  Cngney (J.)  Ou the  recognition of peripheral neuiitis
  and some points in its treatment.   Lancet, Lond.. 1895. ii,
  391-396.—Campbell  (H.)  On peripheral neuritis. Clin.
  J., Lond., 1897-8,  xi, 75-79. — Can til  (V.) Contributo
  all' eziologia e patologia della nevrite  multipla.   Atti
  Cong,  region,  ligure,  Genova, 1900, vi, 27. — Carricre
  (G.)  Des u6vrites peripheriques dans la  tuberculose pul-
  monaire.  Arch. clin.  de Bordeaux, 1896, v, 420-433.—
  Carrutherw (J. G.)   Two cases of gouty neuritis.  Lan-
  cet, Loud., 1S88. i  1293.— Cas (Un) de polynevrite pa-
  lnstre.  Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1902. v, 684.—
  Cathoire.   l'n cas de nevrite peripherique. suite d'ic-
  tere catarrhal.   Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix. 192.—Catrin.
  Nevrite peripherique consecutive  a. l'impaludisine.   Bull.
  et  m6m. Soc. m6d. d.  h6p. de  Par., 1895, 3. s., xii, 733.-
  Cerio (C.)   Su di un caso di polinevrite consecutiva ad
  influenza  in  una  bambina di  due  anni.   Atti d. Cong.
  pediat. ital. 1892, Napoli, 1896. ii. 395.-Charcot. Formes
  cliniques des n6vrites  peripheriques.  Bull, med.,  Par.,
  1892,  vi, 1537. — Chauffard  (A.)  Polynevrite sulto-
  carbon6e avec  astasie-abasie.   Ibid., 1900, xiv, 153-155.—
  Clemeaha  (J. C.)  Peripheral neuritis, including optic
  neuritis, following lavage of a dilated stomach. N. York 
NEURITIS.                                       615                                       NEURITIS.
IJJeuritis  (Multiple,  Causes  and  pathol-

  ogy of).
  M. J., 1898,  lxvii, 898.  Also, Reprint. — Colella ( R. )
  Studio sulla polinevrite tubercolare.  Cong,  internat. de
  nied.   C.-r.  1903, Madrid,  1904,  xiv, sect, de neuropath.
  [etc.],  641. -----. Studio sulle nevriti periferiche.  Riv.
  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 357.—Combe-
  innle. Contribution & l'etude de la n6vrite palud6enne.
  Bull. m6d. du  nord, Lille, 1891, xxx,  207-277. — Conner
  (LA.)  Multiple neuritis following pneumonia.  J. Nerv.
  Sc Ment. Dis.,  N. T., 1900, xxvii, 654-656.—Cramer (A.)
  Aetiologie und  pathologische Anatomie  der periphereu
  Neuritis; zusammenfassendes Referat.  Centralbl. f. allg.
  Path. u. path.  Auat., Jena,  1893, iv, 913-969.—Croeq (J.)
  fils.   Un cas  de soi-disaut n6vrite mercurielle.   J. de
  neurol. et hypuol.,  Par., 1897, ii, 195. -----. Un cas de
  polynevrite  uremique.  Ibid., 1900, v, 449-458.  [Discus-
  sion], 462.—Curcio (E.)   Un caso di polinevrite blenor-
  ragica. Ann.  di med. nav., Roma, 1903,  ix, v. 1, 585-590.—
  Darkschewitsch  (L.)  Ein Fall von Polvneuritis bei
  Nephritis.   Med. Bl., Wien, 1905, xxviii, 43.—De Buck
  (D.)  Neuritis cancerosa.  Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1901-2,
  viii, 201-203. — Be Buck (D.) & De Moor (L.)  Poly-
  nevrite par  auto-intoxication d'origine  gastrique.  Belgi-
  que med., Gaud-Haarlem, 1896, iii, pt. 2, 641-654.—Deje-
  rine.  A. propos  du m6moire de  M. Brissaud  [ sur la
  pr6tendue d6g6n6ration nerveuse dans certaines nevrites
  peripheriques  ].   Compt. rend.  Soc. de  biol., Par., 1890,
  9. s., ii, 506-508.  -----.  N6vrite p6ripherique avec disso-
  ciation des ph6nomenes paralytiques. J.  de m6d. de Par.,
  1899,2. s., viii, 138-140.  AUo.- 'Med.mod., Par., 1895, vi, 785-
  787.  AUo: Rev.prat.d. trav.de m6d.,Par., 1896,liii,50-52.
  AUo: Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1896, n. s., 19-30.—Dejerine
  & Roussy. Un cas de n6vrite peripherique avec topogra-
  phic sp6ciale des troubles moteurs et seusitifs.  Rev. neu-
  rol., Par., 1904, xii, 619-621.—Derville  (L.)  Polyu6vrite
  aigue spontanee. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1894, ii. 537-548.—
  De Schweiuitz (G. E.)  Acute unilateral neuritis,with
  the report of  a  case.  Med. News, Phila., 1888, liii,  514-
  516. — Destarac.   Nevrite  radiculaire apoplectiforme
  des plexus lombo-sacres, limites  au  cot6  droit;  gu6rison.
  Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1904,  xii,  37-46.  Also:
  Toulouse ra6d.,  1904, 2. s.,  vi,  37-45. — Dopter (C.)  Ne-
  vrites experimeutales par injection de s6r am d'ure mique au
  niveau du nerf sciatique du cobaye.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1901,  11. s., iii, 312-314. -----. N6vrites experi-
  mentales par Injections de  serums toxiques au niveau du
  sciatique du cobaye.  Ibid., 508. — Dopter (C.) Sc Laf.
  forgue.  Action  des substances  microbiennes  sur les
  nerfs  peripheriques. Arch, de ni6d.exper. et d'anat. path.,
  Par.,  1901, xiii,  517-538, 1  pl.—Drummond (D.)  On
  peripheral neuritis.   Rep. Proc. Northumb. Sc Durham M.
  Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1886-7, 23; 51; 77;  105; 129.—
  Edge (A. M.)  Remarks on a case of peripheral neuritis,
  caused by tbe  inhalation of bisulphide of carbon.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1889, ii, 1167.—Eernan, Nevrite dipht6ritique
  des nerfs  auditifs,  associee k d'autres nevrites.  Presse
  Otolaryngol, beige,  Brux.,  1903, ii, 35-38. —von Engel
  (R.)  Ueber Polyneuritis mercurialis.  Prag. nied. Wchu-
  schr.,  1894, xix,  65; 79. — Ewald (C. A.)  Ein weiterer
  Fall von Polyneuritis nach Malaria. Berl. klin.  Wchn-
  sehr., 1900, xxxviii,  845. — Faroriki (A.)   K  ucheniyu
  ob ostrom rtutnom  polinevritie.  [Acute mercurial poly-
  neuritis.]  Trudi klin. nerv. boliez. Imp. Kazan. Univ.,
  1899, i, 77-93.—Fazio.   Polinevrite degenerativa di ori-
  gine Utica.  Lavori d. Cong,  di med. int.  1889, Milano,
  1890, ii, 138-140. — Feilchenfeld.   Neuritis multiplex
  cum glycosuria.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
  Berl.,  1890, xvi, 402-406. — Fleming ( R. A.)  Notes of
  two cases of peripheral neuritis, with comparative results
  of experimental  nerve degeneration and changes in nerve
  cells.   Brain, Lond., 1897, xx, 56-H7,5 pl. -----. Some notes
  on peripheral neuritis.  Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1898, v, 99-106.
  -----. The microscopic changes in the nerves  in  periph-
  eral neuritis.  Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc,  Lond. Sc Edinb., 1899-
  1903, iii, 21-25. -----. Peripheral neuritis.   Am.  Month.
  Micr.  J., Wash., 1901, xxii, 67-72. -----. The peripheral
  theory of nei ve regeneration, with special reference to pe-
  ripheral neuritis. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1901-2, n.s.,
  xxi, 287-304.  Also: Scot. M. &S. J.,Edinb., 1902, xi, 193-211.
  AUo, transl: Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv,
  32. — Fontana (M.)  Polineurite uremica consecutiva a
  nefrite cronica interstiziale. Gazz.d.osp.,  Milano,1899, xx,
  705-708.—Forestier (H.)  Polyu6vrite motrice des mem-
  bres, d'origine  mercurielle.  M6d. mod.,Par.,1889-90,i,425-
  428. — Franceachi (F.)   Polinevrite ed arterio-sclerosi
  del sistema nervoso centrale e periferico; contributo alio
  studio  delle  degenerazioni secondarie nel leinuisco, nel
  fascio  centrale della calotta e nel fascicolo longitudinale
  posteriore.  Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1903, iii, 193-215.—
  Fraser (T. R.) On a case of diabetic  neuritis, with a
  description of the post-mortem examination of the nerves
  and muscles.  Edinb. M. J., 1896-7, xlii, 300-307.—«alce-
  ran (A.)   Lesiones del sistema nervioso central eu la
  polineuritis.  Gac. m6d.catal.. Barcel., 1896, xix, 326-329.—
  Gibson ((-. A.) Sc Fleming (R. A.)   On characteristic
  modes of fatal termination in multiple neuritis, with clin-
Neuritis (Multiple,  Causes  and  pathol-

  ogy of).
  ical and pathological investigation of an illustrative case.
  Edinb. Hosp. Rep.,  1895, iii,  415-437.—«lognei-  (M.)
  Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der multiplen Neuritis in den
  Tropen.  Arch. f. path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1895, cxl, 481-
  492. -----. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Aetiologie der multi-
  plen Neuritis in den Tropen.   Ibid., cxli, 401-414.—ii\o-
  rieux.  Un cas de polynevrite d'origine dipht6ritique
  che/, nn homine de 45 ans.  J. de neurol., Par.,  1901, vi,
  252-254— Croldscheidcr (A.) & JTIoxter.  Polyneuritis
  uud Neuron-Erkraukuug.  Fortschr. d. Med., Berl.,  1895,
  xiii, 557; 597, 2 pl.—Oordiniei- (H. C.)   Case of rheu-
  matic- multiple  neuritis, with autopsy.  N. York M. J.,
  1891, liv,  128. — zum tiottesbcrge'(M.)  Ein Fall von
  multipler Neuritis mit besonderer Betlie.iligung des Ner-
  vus acusticus  uud  trigeminus.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 59-61.—CJouget (A.)  Insufhsance h6-
  patiqueet n6vrite peripherique.  Rev. de med., Par.,  1897,
  xvii, 537-546.—Grcmillion (C. J.)  A case of malarial
  polyneuritis, ii. Orl. M. & S. J., 1901, liv, 79-81.—Guil-
  lain (G.) & Courtcllemont (V.)  Polynevrite sulfo-
  carbonee.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 120-123.—Haenel
   (H.)   Ein  Fall von  peripherer Neuritis.  Jahresb.  d.
  Gesellsch. f. Nat.-  u.  Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1900-
  1901, 70.—Halipre (A.)  La n6vrite peripherique; ses
  relations avec la poliomyeiite; historique de la question
   (apropos d'un cas de polynevrite alcoolique avec lesion
  des cellules des  coines anterieures).  Normandie m6d.,
  Rouen, 1897, xii, 57-68, 1 pl.  Also.- J. de m6d. de Par.,
  1897, 2. s., ix, 213-217.  Also: Rev. de psychiat.,  Par.,  1897,
  n.  s., 35-46.—Handford  (H.) Peripheral neuritis in
  enteric fever.   Brain,  Lond.,  1888-9, xi, 237-245. -----.
  Rheumatic (peripheral) neuritis associated with distinct
  joint affection.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1892,  ii,  1101.—Ra-
  vage.  Note sur un cas de polynevrite iufectieuse aigue.
  Rev. de m6d.. Par.,  1891, xi, 138-147.—Hawthorne (C.
  O.)  On peripheral  neuritis aud  retinal changes  in dia-
  betes  mellitus.   Lancet, Lond.,  1899, ii, 876.  -----. Pe-
  ripheral neuritis, with oedema.  Hospital, Lond.,  1904,
  xxxvi, 373-375.—Heller [J.]   Experimentelle Beitrage
  zur Polyneuritis mercurialis  (Leyden).  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.  Berl., 1896, xxii, Ver.-Beil., 37; 45.
  Also: Verhandl. d.  Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1895-6,
  xv, 330-340.  -----. Weitere Beitrage zur experimentellen
  Polyneuritis mercurialis.  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, Ver.-Beil., 124.  AUo:  Verhandl.
  d. Ver f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1895-6, xv, 491. -----. Ue-
  ber ein der Polyneuritis mercurialis  (Leyden) ahnliches
  experimentell bei einem  Kaninchen erzeugtes  Krank-
  heitsbild.   Beitr. z.  Dermat.  u. Syph.   Festschr.. . .
  Georg Lewin, Berl., 1896, 31-39.—Higier (H.)   Polyneu-
  ritis et polioencephalo-myelitis anterior.  Gaz.  lek., War-
  szawa, 1894, 2. s., xiv, 435; 472;  530.—IIitcho\v(H. H. J.)
  Peripheral neuritis.   Med. Press Sc Circ,  Lond., 1900, n.
  s.,  lxx, 583.—Hunter (W. K.)  The microscopic appear-
  ances of the  motor ganglion cells in five cases of peripheral
  neuritis.  Lancet, Loud., 1900, ii, 576-579.—Hutchinson
  (J.)   A case illustrating peripheral neuiitis  in gout.
  Arch. Surg., Loud.,  1892-3, iv, 69-72.—Hutchinson (P.
  S.)  Cases of supposed peripheral  neuritis of laryngeal
  nerves.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1891, ii, 120.—Hutchison
  (It.)  Case of multiple neuritis in a child, the result of
  lead poisoning.   Polyclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 92. — Jac
  quet (L.) Sc IVapieralski.  Nevrite prolong6e du mem-
  bre iulerieur droit  avec arret de developpement et hy-
  perostose calcaneenne.  Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d.  hop.
  de  Par.,  1898, 3. s., xv, 440-445.— von  Jaksch  (R.)
  Toxic polyneuritis.  Internat.  Clin., Phila., 1898, 8. s., ii,
  157-167.—Jochmann  (G.)  Periphere Neuritis.   Jah-
  resb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl.,  1903,
  lxxx,  med.  Sect., 306.—Joffroy (A.) Sc  Achard (C.)
  Nevrite p6riph6rique d'origiue vasculaire.   Arch, de m6d.
  exp6r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1889, i, 229-240,1 pl.—Jollye
  (F.  W.)  A case of gouty peripheral neuritis.   Bristol
  M.-Chir. J., 1888, vi, 28-36.—Joues (W. A.)   Ten cases
  of infectious multiple neuritis, with two deaths.  J.  Am.
  M.  Ass , Chicago,  1901, xxxvii, 1529-1532.—Jourdan.
  Polyn6vrite  p6riph6rique d'origine palustre.   Arch,  de
  med. et pharm. mil.,  Par., 1896,  xxvii, 388-393.—Kau-
  karovich (I. 1.) Sluchai muozhestvennavoneirita pere-
  loluavo proiskhozhdeniya.   [Multiple neuiitis of gonor-
  rhceal origin.]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901. xxii,  1346—
  Kiister  (G.)   Zur Lehre von  der Schwefelkohlenstoff-
  Neuritis.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1900, xxxiiii, 872-891,
  1 pl.—Kohos  (M.)   Sur quelques cas de nevrites  peri-
  pheriques d'origine palud6enne.  Med. orient.,  I'ar.,  1897,
  i,  18;  29.—Kraus  (11.)  Ueber septisehe Polyneuritis.
  Wien.  klin.  Wchuschr., 1897, x, 879-883. — I.amy  (H.)
  Polyn6viite au cours d'un cancer intestinal.  Rev. neurol.,
  Par'., 1905, xiii, 1225.—I.aiireys (S.)  N6vritedu membre
  inferieur  et physiologie du reflexe patellaire.  Aun. Soc.
  de med. d'Anvers, 1901, lxiii, 195-197.  AUo [Abstr.]: Bel-
  gique m6d.. Gand-Haarlem, 1901, ii, 516.—l.<-n. Ein Fall
  von iufectiiiser multipler Neuritis nach Erysipelas faciei.
  Charite-Ann.,  Berl.,  1890,  xv,  274-285. —  I.eyden (E.)
  Ueber Polyneuritis  mercurialis.  Deutsche med. Wchn- 
NEURITIS.                                        616                                       NEURITIS.
A'eiiritiw  (Multiple.  Causes  and pathol-

  ogy  of).
  schi  Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 733-735.  Also: Verhandl.
  d  Ver.  f.  innere  Med.  zu  Berl.,  1893-4, xiii.  64-74.—
  f.owenfeld (L.)   Zur Aetiologie  der multiplen Neu-
  ritis.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1888, xxxv, 600; 622.—
  Longo (D.)  Un caso di nevrite sensitiva perifei ica con
  esiro  in guarigione.  Gazz. med. lomb., Milano,  1901, lx,
  161; 171;  181; 191.— I.nzzato  (A.M.)  Polineurite ma-
  laiica.  Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1902, xxxvi, 503-
  521.  Also,  transl.  [Abstr.]: Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1902,
  xxxix 375.—Lyman (H.  M.)   Infective neuritis.  Chi-
  cago  Clin. Kev., 1893-4, iii,  399-404.—Macnigne.  Poly-
  nevrite et lesions  medullaires.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. auat.
  de Par.,  1904, lxxix, 49-51.—Macnaraaia (N.  C.)  Ma-
  larial neuritis and neuro-retinitis.   Brit.  M. J.,  Lond.,
  1890,  i, 540.—.TlcPhedran (A.)   Peripheral  neuritis.
  Med. News.  N".  Y.,  1*96,  lxix. 485-488.  Also: Quart. J.
  Inebr., Hart ford, 1897, xix, 242-252.   AUo:  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila.,  1898, 8.  s.,  iii, 189-197, 1 pl.—Mader (J.) Halb-
  seitige sensible Polyneuritis rheumatica.  Jahrb. d. Wien.
  k. k.  Krankenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 203.
  ______Polyneuritis acuta rheumatica;  Heilung.  Wien.
  med.  Bl.. 1898, xxi, 266. -----.  Polyneuritis e refrigerio;
  rasch tddtlielier Verlauf unter dem| Bild aufsteigender
  ( Landry'seher)  Paralvse.   Jahrb.  d. Wien.  k.  k. Kran-
  kenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 203-205.  AUo :
  Wien. med. Bl., 1899, xxii, 640.—Marcou.   La n6vrite
  appendiculaire.   Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1905, ii, 2251-
  2256.—lTIarie  (P.)  Rapport sur  les nevrites  periphe-
  riques.  Ann. de med. scient. et prat., Par.,  1894, iv, 297;
  305.  AUo:  Bull, med., Par.. 1894,  viii,  789-794.—Mari-
  nesco (G.)   Les polynevrites  en rapport avec la theorie
  des neurones.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895,10. s.,
  ii, 765-769. -----. Sur un nouveau cas de polyn6vrite avec
  lesions de  reaction  k distance dans la moelle  epiniere.
  Ibid., 1896,  10. s., iii, 497-499. -----. Des polyn6viites en
  rapport  avec les 16sions  secondaires et les lesions primi-
  tives des cellules nerveuses. Rev.  neurol., Par., 1896, iv,
  129-141.—Marsh (A. W.)  A report of a case of multiple
  neuritis  of questionable  origin, with remarks  bv G. C.
  Smith.  Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 169-175.—Martin
   (S.)  Multiple neuritis.  J. Path. & Bacterid.,  Ldinb. &
   Loud., 1892-3, i, 322-331.—Massanek (G.)   Polyneuritis
  CO-iu6rgez6s folytan.  [Polyneuritis  following  carbonic
  oxide poisoning.)   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii,
  440.—Mathis (C.)   Trois cas de polynevrites paiustres.
   Rev. de med., Par., 1902, xxii, 195-209.  -----.  Deux cas de
  polynevrites paiustres.  Ibid., 412-419.— Matoni  (F.)
  Le polimvriti malariche.   Med. ital., Napoli, 1904, ii, 511-
  520—Mayer (M.)  Ein  Fall von  Neuritis N.  cut.  anti-
  brachii lateralis nach Thrombose der V. cephalica.   Zt-
   schr. f.  Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1898,  xi,  105-108. —Medea '
   (E.)  L' applieazione del  nuovo metodo di Ram6n y Cajal
   alio studio  del sistema nervoso periferico (nella  neurite
   parenchiraatosa degenerativa sperimentale).  Boll. d. Soc.
   med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905, 44-47. AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]:
   J. de neurol., Par.,  1905, x,  139.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr. |:
   Rev. neurol., Par., 1905,  xiii, 263.  -----.  I a polineurite
   aniliniea.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi,
   245.—Medea (E.) Sc Oemelli (E.)  Un caso di polineu-
   rite  d' origine  tossica probabilmente aniliniea.  Boll. d.
   Soc.  med.-chir. di  Pavia, 1903, 50-79, 1 pl.  [Discussion],
   no. 4. p. xxviii.  AUo: Boll.  cliu.-scient. d. Polianibul.  di
   Milano,  1904, xvii. 81; 97.  AUo:  R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e
   lett.   Rendic,  Milano, 1903, 2. s.,  xxxvi,  375-380.  AUo,
   transl: J.  Ment. Path., N. Y., 1903-4, v,  113-117.  Also,
   transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 743.—IUiiic-
   trier.  Polynevrite blennorragique terniinee par la mort;
   examen anatomique du systeme nerveux. Bull, et m6m.
   Soe.  nied. d. hop. de Par.,  1904, 3. s.,  xxi, 678-684.—Me tin.
   t'u  cas  de polynevrite  d'origine  paludeenue observe a
   riunrmerie-ambulancedeGoree(S6n6gal). Arch, denied.
   nav., Par.. 1896, lxvi, 306-312.—Minkowski  (O.)  Bei-
   trage znr Pathologie der  multipleu  Neuiitis.   Mitth. a. d.
   med. Kliu.  zu Kbuigsb.,  Leipz., ~ixx8, 59-113.—Mirallie
   (C.)   Uu cas de tabes amyotrophique par  nevrite peri-
   pherique.  Cong, internat.'denied.   C.-r., Par., 1900. sect.
   de neurol., 554-559. — Mirallie (C.) &  Morandeau.
   l'n cas  interessaut de nevrite peripherique (nevro-tabes
   peripherique, forme ascendante, nevrite du  pneumo-gas-
   trique;  mort).  Gaz. med.  de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii,
   215-218.— Mondio ( G.)  Contributo alio studio delle
   neuriti sperimentali.  Ann. di  nevrol., Napoli, 1899, xvii
   116-145, 3 pl.—Mott (F. W.)   Multiple  infective neuri-
   tis.  Tr. Cliu.  Soc.  Lond., 1893-4, xxvii, 114-123, 1 pl.—
   Moty.   Nevrite du membre sup6rieur droit avec'ulceres
   du niedius et  de  l'annulaire.   Bull. m6d. du nord Lille
   1896, xxxv,  686-691.—Moussous (A.)  Polyn6vrite aigue
   generahsee sm venue au  cours de la coqueluche.  Mem. et
   bull. Soc. de  med.  et  chir. de Bordeaux,  1891, 228-234.—
   M urn toff (V  ) Sluchai ostravo polinevrita s autopsiyel
   [Acute polyneuritis, with autopsy.]  Shorn, statei po ue-
   vropat. i  psichiat.,  Mosk., 1890, 411-424.—Murray (11 M )
   [Neuritis of a toxic character]  Clin. J., Loud., 1905-6
  xxvn, 33;». — .\ageotte (J.)  Note sur les foimations cavi'-
  taires par p6nu6vrite dans les nerfs radiculaires.  Compt.
Neuritis  (Multiple,  Causes  and  pathol-

  ogy of).
  rend. Soc. de biol., I'ar., 1902,  11 s.. iv, 1443-1446. _____.
  Note sur les  foyers  d'endonevrite dans les nerfs radii-ii-
  laires.  Ibid., 1445-1447.  -----.  Nevrite radiculaire subai-
  gue; degenerescences cons6cutives dans la moelle (racines
  posterieures) et daus les nerfs peripheriques (racines ante-
  rieures).  Rev.  neurol., Par., 1903,  xi, 1-12.  Al»o, Ke-
  print.—IViermeijer.  De aetiologie van neuritis  multi-
  plex.  Geneesk Courant, Tiel, 1895, xlix.no. 34.—IMognen
  (E.)<fcSirol (J.)  Un casdepolyn6vriteuremique.  Arch.
  nied. de Toulouse, 1901, vii, 289-298.—IVothnngel.  Neu-
  ritis post  infectiosa.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Loud., 1892, n.
  s., liv, 235. — Oppenheim.  Weitere Mittheiluugen zur
  Pathologie der  multiplen Neuritis.  Wien. kliu. Wclin-
  schr., 1890, iii, 760. — Ozanne (G.)  Case of peripheral
  neuritis.  Georgetown Hosp.  Rep.  1887, Demerara, 1888,
  69-72. — Packaril  (F. H.)  A  case of neuritis in the
  course  of  diabetes.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 324-
  326.— Pal (J.)   Multiple Neuritis und  Tabes.  Wien.
  med. BL, 1894, xvii. 574. -----. Polyneuritis nneh Verbrii-
  hung.  Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1898, Wien u.
  Leipz., 1900, vii,  pt. 2. 1-5.  Also:  Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.
  1900, xiv, 164. — Palmer ( F.  S.)   Diphtherial multiple
  neuritis.   Univ. Durham Coll.  Med. Gaz., Newcastle,
  1901-2, ii, 77-80.—Parsons (R.) Sc Lusk (C. P.)  A case
  of multiple neuritis succeeding typhoid fever with perma-
  nent paralysis.  Canada Laucet, Toronto, 1900-1901, xxxiv,
  463-465. — Paterson (D. R.)   Some cases of peripheral
  neniitis;   Bristol  M.-Chir. J.,   1890,  viii,  244-256.—
  Pelnar  (J.)  Vztahy  mezi  morfologiekymi zmenanii
  a fiinkcemi zanicenebo nervu  petiferniho.   [fitude sur
  la   dissociation   de   la conductibilite  et  excitability
  des  nerfs  iuflamm6s.  R6s.,  169-171.]  Shorn,   klin.,
  v Praze, 1901-2, iii,  161 - 171. —  Pere* IVoguera (E.)
  Las  neuriiis infeeeiosaa.  Corresp. med., Madrid, 1902,
  xxxvii, 255; 279; 304.—Perez  V'enlo (It.)   Polineuritis
  mecanica de  la  mujer.   Rev. de  med. y cirug. de la Ha-
  bana, 1905, x, 41-44.—Petrini.  Note sur une observation
  de polynevrite (pseudotabes dorsal) avec ramollisseinent
  du renflement cervico-dorsal de la moelle d'origine syphi-
  litique  et alcoolique.  Verhaudl. d. deutsch. delimit. Ge-
  sellsch., Wienu. Leipz., 1894, iv, 240-271, 6 pl.—Philippe
  (C.) Sc fie Gothard.  Alterations  polyinoiphes des cel-
  lules radiculaires  de la moelle dans deux cas de polyne-
  vrite alcoolique, k marche subaigue.  Conipt.reud.Soc.de
  biol., Par., 1898, 10. 8., v, 812-814. — Piccinino (F.)  &
  Mascitelli (G.)  Contributo sperimentale alio  studio
  delle nevriti infettive.  Arch, internaz. di nied. e chir.,
  Napoli, 1896, xii, 1-1U.—Pini (P.)   Due casi di polineu-
  rite  amiotrofiea  satnrnina.  Gazz.  med.  lomb.,  Milano,
  1904, lxiii, 441-445. — Pitres (A.)  Un caso di polineurite
  primitiva.  [Transl.]  Boll. d.  clin., Milano. 1H88.  v, 275-
  281. —Pitres (A.) & Vaillard (L.)  Des nevrites peri-
   pheriques che/. les tuberculeux.  Rev. de 11161I., Par., 1886,
   vi, 193 - 229.------------. Rapport des nevrites p6i ipheri-
  ques avec le tetauos tranniatique.  Compt. rend. Soc de
   biol.. Par.. 1888,  8. s., v, 255. —  Pritehard (W. B.) Pe-
   ripheral  neuritis; a ciinico-therapeutic  resume.   Med.
   News,  N. Y.,  1903,  Ixxxiii, 1153-1158. -----.  Periph-
   eral neuritis.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1904,  14. s.,  i, 166-
   181.-• Propper (II.)   Ueber  Verdickung  peripherer
   Nerveu  bei  Erkaltungs-Neuritis.   Wien.  klin.  Rund-
   schau, 1901, xv, 89-91.—Put u a in (J.J.)  A case of acute
   fatal neuritis of infectious origin; with postinorteni ex-
   amination.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1888, xv, 815-
   835.  AUo, Reprint.   Also: Boston  M. & S. J., 1889, oxx,
   159; 187. -----. A form of polyneuritis, probably  auillo-
   gons to or identical with beri-beri, occurring in sea-faring
   men in northern latitudes.  J.  Nerv. Sc Meiit. Dis., N. Y.,
   1890, xvii, 495-505.   AUo, Reprint. -----. Ou multiple
   neuritis, encephalitis, and meningitis after influenza. Bos-
   ton M. Sc S. J., 1892, exxvii, 349-354. -----. Multiple neu-
   ritis and its relatiou to-diseases of the spinal cord.   Inter-
   nat. Clin., Phila.,  1893,  2. s.,  iv,  98-103.-von  Bad (C.)
   Zur Lehre von der multipleu selbstaudigen Gehirnnerven-
   neuritis.  (Fall von  Diplegia facialis combinii t mit Oph-
   thalmoplegia externa.)   Deutsche  Ztschr. f.  Nervenh..
   Leipz., 1900,  xvii, 209-220. —Raymond (F.)  Nevrites
   d'origine  sulfocarbonee.   Bull, med., Par.,  1896,  x, 399-
   404. Also [Abstr. ]:  Kev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1890,
   liii, 187. -----.  Nevritesperipheriques; paralysie radiale.
   Bull. ni6d., Par., 1897, xi, 142. -----. Sur un cas de poly-
   nevrite gen6ralis6e,  avec diplegie faciale. d'origine vrai-
   semblablenient  blennorrhagique.   Progres  med., Par,
   1901, 3. s.. xiv,  49-55.   Also: Progres m6d.,  Par., 1901,
   3. s., xiv, 49-55.  Also: Echo med , Toulouse, 1901, 2. s.,
   xv, 433;  457; 481. -----. Nevrite du radial;  nevrite du
   cubital.  J. de med. int.. Par., 1902, vi, 215.  ------. Poly-
   nevrite du  membre  inierieur droit causee par 1 intoxi-
   cation oxycarbon6e.  Ibid., 1903, vii, 317-320.  ——. Lea
   poly6nvrites d'origine vasculaire.  Rev. g6u. de cliu. et de
   the'rap.. Par., 1903. xvii, 393. -----. La polynevrite oxy-
   carbonee.  Ibid.,  1904, xviii, 51.—Raymond (F.) it en-
   tail  (R.)  Deux  cas de polynevrite chez  deux blennor
   rhagiques.  Rev. neurol.. Par.,  1901, ix, 171-178.—Ben»-
   man  (J.)  Sections of multiple neuritis.   Tr. Path. Soc. 
NEURITIS.
617
NEURITIS.
\enriti*  (Multiple,  Causes  and pathol-

  ogy of).
  Phila.  (1893-5), 1896, xvii.  169-171—Reynolds  (E.  S.)
  Further observations on alcoholic aud arsenical neuritis.
  Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1903, ii, 188. -----.  A note on alcoholic
  and arsenical neuritis.  Rev. Neurol. &. Psychiat., Edinb.,
  1905 iii, 264-267.—Rosenblath IW.)  Ein  Beitrag zur
  Pathologic der Polyneuritis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz  1896-7, ix, 311-330.—Bos* t J.)  On peripheral neu-
  ritis   Med. Chron., Manchester.  1889,  x, 265; 356; 441;
  4Y7-'1889-90,  xi. 1;  89:  177: 265: 353; 441: 1890,  xii,  91;
  188- 353: 441: 1890-91, xiii, 1; 89;  177.—Rossbach (M.J.)
  Multiple Neuritis und  V/robilinurie.   Deutsches Arch. f.
  klin.  Med.,  Leipz., 1889-90, xlvi, 409-412.—Rumpf (T.)
  Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Polyneuritis und die che-
  mischen  Veranderungen gelahmter  und decenerierter
  Muskeln.  Ibid.,  1903-4, lxxix, 158-174. — Waingery.
  Une observation de nevrite absintbique.  J. de med. int.,
  Par.  1897. i,  38.—Salles fllho.  Nevrite palustre loca-
  lisada (contribuicao ao estudo das nevrites periphericas).
  Brazil-med..  Rio de Jan.,  1905, xix.  255-257.—Santos
  Fernandez (J.)  Amblyopic par suite de nevrite peri-
  pherique due a une auto-intoxication d'origine iutestinale
  par de fa ut d'alimeutatiou.  Clin, opht.,  Par., 1900, vi, 221-
  224. — Schlesinger  ( H.)  Ueber eine durch Gefass-
   erkranluingen bedingte  FormderNeuritis.  Neurol. Cen-
   tralbl.. Leipz., 1895, xiv, 578: 634— Schnabe (H.)  Ein
   Fall vim multipler Neuritis nach  Kohlenoxydvergiftung
   mit Betheiligung der Sehnerven.  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
   sehr., 1901, xlviii, 1530-1533.—Severino (G.)  Intorno ad
   un caso di polinevrite puerperale a localizzazione non fre-
   quente e a  decorso rapidamente  favorevole.  Progresso
   med.  Torino,  1905, iv.  126-129.—Sharkey (S.  J.)  On
   peripheral neuritis. Brit. M.  J.,  Lond., 1896, i, 456-458.
   AUo: Indian M. Rec,  Calcutta, 1896, x. 341-343.—Simp-
   •on  (F. T.)  A case of multiple  neuritis due to a long
   bicvele ride.  N. York M.  J., 1895. lxii. 757.—Sinkler
   (WJ & Mills iC. K.)  Malarial  neuritis.   Phila. Hosp.
   Rep., 1896,  iii, 166. — Soupault (M.) Sc  Franeais
   (R.)   Deux cas de polynevrite toxique causee par un me-
   lange de benzine et d'ether de petrole.   Bull, et mem.
   Soc.  med. d.  hop.  de Par.. 1901. 3. 8., xviii,  1054-1059.—
   Spiller (W. G.)   A case of multiple neuritis of the upper
   limb* possibly the result of hydrofluoric acid poisoning.
   J. Nerv. &  Ment.  Dis.. N. YY.  1901. xxviii,  35.—Sprat-
   ling (W. P.)  The excessive consumption of tea as a
   cause of multiple neuritis; report of case. Med. Rec, N.
   Y., 1894, xlvi, 110—Starr (M. A.)  The  Middleton Gold-
   smith lectures; multiple neuritis and its relation to certain
   peripheral  neuroses.  Proc. N. York  Path. Soc.  (1887),
   1888,1-76.-----. The causation of multiple neuritis.  Med.
   News, N. Y.. 1902, lxxx, 145-152— Stephenson (F. H.)
   Multiple neuritis; a case resultingprobably from morphine
   toxaemia.  N.  York M. J. [etc.], 1904. lxxix. 732.   Also.
   Reprint.—Strauss (A.)  Ein Beitrag zur  Frage: Poly-
   neuritis mercurialis oder syphilitica?  Arch. f.  Dermat.
   u. S\ph., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, lvii, 421-428. — Stro-
   minger (L.)  Polinevrita toxi-infectioasa.  Presa med.
   rom.. Bucuresci, 1903. ix, 114-120.------Polinevrita de
   natura toxi-alimentara.   Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1903. xxiu,
   252-269. —Striiuipell (A.)  Beitiage  zur Pathologie
   und  pathologischen Anatomie der multiplen  Neuritis.
   Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.,  Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 146-181,
   2 pl._ttuckliiig (C. W.)  Peripheral neuritis in phthisis.
   Brit. M.  I..  Lond  1»87. ii, 126. -----.  Notes on multiple
   peripheral  neurit Y and its occurrence in  brassworkers.
   Ibid.. ]s8Y ii, 1334.—Snkhanoflf (S. A.)  K voprosu o
   tsentialnikh izmieneuiyakh pri mnozhestvennom nevritle.
   [On  central changes in multiple neuritis.]   Med. Obozr.,
   Mosk   1895.  xliv. 1008-1017.  Also,  transl:  Arch, de
   neurol..  Par., 1896, 2. s.. i, 177-190. -----. K patologiche-
   skol histologii mnozhe-tvennavo nevrita v svyazi s zabo-
   Hevanivem  nervnoi klletki, kak samostoyatelno! yedimtsi
   (uevrona).  [On the pathological histoloiry of multiple neu-
   ritis in connection with disease of the nerve cell as an inde-
   pendent unit (neuron).]   Med. Obozr.,  Mosk., 1897. xlvm,
   51-62, 1  pl.    AUo, trmisl.: N.  iconog.  de la Salpetriere.
   Par., 1897, x. 347-354— Szanto (M.) A neuritis multiplex-
   nek dementia paralvticaval hataros esete.  [A case ot neu-
   ritis multiplex related to paralvtic dementia.]  GyOgya-
   szat, Budapest, ]i-95. xxxv, 38. — Tanaka ( l'.)  [Acase
   of posterior occipital neuritis ]  Sei-i-Kwai M. J.,  lokvo
   1904  xxiii, no. 273. 3-6. lpl. — Tauber (S.I &  von Bernd
   (E.)   Ueber spinale Verandernnuen bei  Polyneuritis der
   Tuberkulosen.  Ztschr. f.  Heilk., Wieu u. Leip/.,  19oo,
   xxvi, Abt. f. path. Anat., 371-410.—Taylor (J)   A case
   of peripheral neuiitis of uncertain causation.  Polyclin.,
   Lond., 1902, vi, 250.—T a ylor (J. J.)  Rheumatic neuritis:
   neurasthenia; report  of a case.   Med.  Fortnightly, St.
   Louis. 1902, xxii,  7n6-708. — Testevin.  Sur  uu  cas de
   nevrite peripherique par infection mixte chez  un  uevro-
   pathe. Gaz med. dn centre. Tours. 1905. x, 97.—Thomas.
   Sur un casde nevrite peripherique ditl'use des deux r>cur-
   rents, consecutive a une fievre typholdc.  Rev  de lar.yn-
   go>. [etc.]. Par., 1903, xiii, 865-880.— Thomas i H.  M.)  A
   case  of  generalized neuritis from b-;id.  Johns Hopkins
   Hosp. Bull.,  Bait., 1904. xv, 66.—Thomson  (J. R. M.)
IVeuritis  (Multiple,  Causes and  pathol-

  ogy  of).
  Notes of two cases of peripheral neuritis following febrile
  diseases.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1898,
  iii, 539-545. — Tiling (T.)  Alcoholic paresis and infec-
  tious multiple neuritis.   Am. J. Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,
  1898.  lv, 301-312. — Tourigny  (O.)  Polyn6vrite diph-
  terique.  Union nied.  du Canada, Montreal,  1905, xxxiv,
  589-597.— Triantaphyllides  (T.)  Des n6vrites dans
  le paludisme.   Rev. gen.  de  clin.  et de  therap., Par.,
  1899,  xiii, 453-455.   AUo: Med. orient., Par., 1902, vi,
  G9-72. — Valence ( A. )   De la  n6vrite radiographique.
  Arcb. de med. nav., Par.,  1900,  lxxiv, 179-208.—Van-
  lair (C.)  La mesoneurite noduleuse.  Arch, de neurol.,
  Par., 1894,  xxvii, 81-112, 2 pl.  — Verrier  ( E.)   Des
  associations  polvn6vritiques.  France  med.,  Par.. 1899,
  xlvi,  17-20.—Verzilofl" (N.  M.)   Diabeticheskiye ne-
  vriti.  [Diabetic neuritis.]   Bibliot.  vrach., Mosk., 1898,
  v, 569-615.—Vicrordt (0.)  Ueber multiple Neuritis, be-
  sonders nach acuten Infektionskrankheiten.  Cor.-Bl. d.
  allg.  arztl.  Ver.  v.  Thiiringen, Weimar, 1889, xviii, 267-
  277.—Vincent (J. M.) Case of neuritis, superinduced by
  caries of eighth and  ninthdorsal vertebrae.  Tr. Path. Soc.
  Phila. (1887-9),  1891, xiv,  213-215. —Waldo  (H.)  Two
  cases of peripheral  neuritis.  Brit. M. J..  Lond., 1889,  i,
  589—Webber (S.  G.)  Localized neuritis.  Boston M.
  Sc S. J., 1898. cxxxix, 439-141.—Weill (E.) & Begaud
   (C.)  F.tude clinique et anatoroo-pathologique  sur un cas
   de polyn6vrite  infectieuse aigue.  Cone. franc,  de m6d.
   1895, Par..  1896, ii,  388-398, 1  ch.—"Wells (C.)  Case of
   peripheral neuritis;  methods of examination.   N. Orl. M.
   <fe S. J., 1900-1901,  liii, 142-144.—White (W. H.)  Two
   exceptional cases of peripheral  neuritis, one septicaBmic,
   the other  due to lead, aud  presenting unilateral faucial
   paralysis and other rare svmptoms.   Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,
   1892-3, xxvi, 143-153.—Winkler  (S.) Ueber  einen in
   atiologischer Beziehung unklaren Fall von Polyneuritis
   chronica mit spinalen Veranderungen.  Deutsche Ztschr.
   f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1898, xii, 402-417, 2 pl — Wokeniuu
   (H.)  Polyneuritis acuta infectiosa.  Beitr. z. path. Anat.
   u. z. allg. Path.. Jena., 1899. xxv, 360-375. AUo. Reprint.—
   ZacchitL.) Nevritemiiltiplaperifericainfettiva. Speri-
   mentale, Firenze, 1895, xlix, 149-155.

 iVeuritis  (Multiple,  Complications and

   sequelce of).
     See, also, Neuritis (Mental disorders in); Neu-
   ritis (Multiple, Becurrent).
     HKLBIXG  (P.)  * Ueber  perforierenile Haut-
   gesebwiireiu Folge von Neuritis,  f -.   Tiibingen,
   1889.
     AUo, in:  Beitr. z.klin.Chir., Tiibing., 1889-90, v,468-481.
     Pekegrixo Lbite d'Araujo (J.)  * O ritbmo
   tie galope nas polynevrites.   4~.  Bio de Janeiro,
   llJ04.
      Sussmann (M.)   * Ueber einen Fall von mul-
   tipler Neuritis mit perverser Temperaturempfiu-
   dung.   *'-'.  Berlin,  [18-91 J.
     Anderson ( W.) A case of acute peripheral neuritis (?)
   followed by multiple ankyloses, with atrophy of groups of
   muscles and of cutaneous areas  in the lower  extremities.
   Tr.  M. Soc. Lond., 1893-4,  xvii, 104-109.  Also  [Abstr.]:
   Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 93.—Ballet (G.)  Double n6vrite
   du cubital et du median.   Presse med.,  Par., 1896, 181-
   184. — Bnniptoii.   Paralysis  from peripheral neuritis.
   Lancet, Loud.. Isss  i,475.—Bernard i U.) Sc Braun (A.)
   Un casde polynevrite avec dipiegio faciale.   Lyon med.,
   1898. lxxxix, 505-514. — Bielsehowsky.   Beitrag zur
    Lehre von deu trophischen Veriinderungen der Nagel bei
   innltipler Neuiitis.  Neurol.  Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1890, ix,
   741 -744. — Brnult (J.)  Polyn6vrite peripherique trda
   vraisemblablement  d'origine  palustre: monoplegie per-
   sistante du membre superieur droit.  Progres med.,  Par.,
   1894, 2. s., xx, 153. — Brooks (!I )  Au  unusual case of
   multiple neuritis.  Proc. N.York Path. Soc, 1903-4, n.s., iii,
   178-181.— Bury (J. S.)  On a  case of multiple peripheral
   neuritis, characterised by the  association of extensive mo-
   tor paralysis, with  marked vaso-motor disturbance, ending
   in symmetrical L-ansrene.   Med. Chron., Manchester. 1899,
   3. s.. i. 28-34.—t'nhn (A.)   Ueber die periphere  Neuiitis
   •ils hiiuti"ste Ursache der tabisclien KehlkopHiilimungen.
   Deut-ches Aicb. f. kliu. Med.,  Leipz.,1902, lxxiii.  281-303.—
   C'hurton (T.)  A caseof multiple  neuritis, fatal on the
   fifth day.  Tr. Clin.  Soc. Lond., 1895, xxviii, 32-35.  Also
    \ A bstr.]: Lancet. Lond.. 1894,  ii, 1034.—C'rocq (J.)  Poly-
   nevrite; incontinence d urine  et des matieies fecales; ta-
   chycardie, hoquet:  guerison.  J. de nei-rol.. Par.. 19C0, v,
   135-138.—Daiiadzhiycll(S)   Yedin sluchai ot delirium
   kaeliecticorum oslozhnen s polyneuritis.   [One case of. . .
   complicated bv . .  ]  Spis. na Sofiysk. Med. Druzh.,1900-
   1901 i '0-27. -Deguy.  Phlegmons dans les in \ rites p6-
   ripheriiiues.  Rev. de m6d.,  Par., 1896.  xvi.  UH9-1024.—
    Dejerine (J.)  Nevrite molrice  gen6ralisee  a marche 
NKLTKITIS.
618
NEURITIS.
At'liriti*  (Multiple,   Complications   and

  sequekv  of).
  subaiL'ue avec paralysie des nerfs oculaires et bnlbaires.
  Semaine med.. Par., 1891,  xi, 177.-----Sur le uervo-
  tabes peripherique: ataxic locomotrice par nevrites peri-
  pheriques  avec iutesxrite de  la  moelle epiniere.   Ibid.,
  1893. xiii, 201-203.—Dejerine (J.) & Mirallie (C.)   Re-
  cueil de faits;  un cas de nevrite systematisee motrice avec
  anasarque.  Rev. de med.. Par., 1897, xvii, 50-56. — Beje-
  rine (J.) Sc Nonas (J.)  Sur un cas de  polynevrite  mo-
  trice  k  marche lente, paralysie  spinale antcrieure subai-
  gue, avec lesions medullaires eousecutives.   Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol.,  Par., ]89(i, 10.  s..  iii.  193-196. — Dercum
  (F. X.)  A case of primary neuritic atiophy. J. Nerv. &
  Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1904, xxxi,  37. — Diller  <T.)  Multiple
  Neuritis in Verbinduug mit Basedow scher Krankheit.
  Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1902, xxi, 740-742. — Erlen-
  meyer (A.)  Casuistische Beitrage zu den secretorisch-
  trophischen  Storungen  der  Haut  bei  Neuritis.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1889, xii. 225-236.  —Eskridge
  (J. T.)  Multiple neuiitis,  with  the development of uni-
  lateral facial paralysis late in the course of the disease.
  Med.  News, Phila", 1894. lxv, 686-689.  AUo,  Reprint.
  -----. Four cases of mixed or irregular forms of multiple
  neuritis, in which paraglegia was  the  most prominent
  symptom in three, and a condition  simulating hemiplegia
  in the fourth.  Med. News,  Phila., 1895,  lxvii, 484;  513.
  Also,  Reprint. — Eeilchenfeld  (A.)  Rozsiane  zapa-
  lenie  nerwow. cukromocz.   (Neuritis  multiplex  cum
  gHeosuria.)  Gaz. lek., Warszawa  1889, 2. s., ix, 364-376.—
  I'rni-nkel (A.)   Eiu Fall von Polyueuritismit multiplen
  schwielenartigen   Granulationsgeschwiilsten der  Haut.
  Deutsche ineil. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1896, xxii, 719:
  1897, xxiii, 175.— Francesco (G.)   Due  casi di poline-
  vrite  con  anasarca.  Riforma med.,  Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 2,
  795; 806.—Fuchs (S.)  Klinische und anatomische  Un-
  tersuchungen iiber einen Fall von multipler Neuritis mit
  Erkrankiing der  Nn.  optici.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Ner-
  venh., Leipz., 1893-4,  iv, 38-78, 4 pl—Cibsou  (G. A.) &
  Fleming (R. A.) On characteristic modes of fatal  ter-
  mination in multiple neuritis, with clinical and patholog-
  ical investigation  of an illustrative  case.  Edinb. Hosp.
  Rep., Edinb. & Loud.. 1895,  iii,  415-437.  — CJiuffre  <L.)
  Polinevrite e tabe (contributo alia  nosografia delle tabi).
  Atti d.  r. Accad.  d. sc. med.  in Palermo  (1896), 1897, 108-
  136.  Also  [Abstr.]:  Lavori  d.  Cong,   di  med.  int.,
  Roma.  1896, vii,  54-58. — Ooldscheider  ( A. )    Ein
  Fall  vou   acuter Polyneuritis  mit  Betheiligung   des
  Sehnerven.  Charite-Ann.,  Berl.,  1892,  xvii, 163-171.—
  I< rocco.  I*n caso di  polinevrite con  gravi  fenomeni
  atassici.  Boll. d.  clin., Milano,  1891, viii, 385-390.  AUo:
  Riv. gen. ital. di clin. med.. Pisa, 1892, iv, 74; 186. -----.
  Pseuao-reiunatismi articolari e muscolari causati da nevrite.
  Arch. ital. di  clin. med., Milano. 1893, xxxii, 232-239.—
  Our go (F.) Sc De-Bcgibus (C.)  Di un caso di poline-
  vrite  con anasarca.   Gazz. med. di Torino, 1892,xliii, 1003-
  1008.—Guthrie (L.)  After-results of polyneuritis.  Rep.
  Soc. Study His. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 63-65.—Hirsch
  (W.)  Multiple  neuritis and acromesaly.  J. Nerv. Sc
  Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900. xxvii, 50. — Hirschfeld  (  H.)
  Ueber Yergrosserung  der  Hande und Fiisse auf ueuri-
  tischer Grundlage.  Ztschr.f.kliu.Med.,Berl.,1901.xliv,251-
  261.— IInatch (J.) Tetaiiusaneuritis. Casop. lek.cesk.,v
  Praze, 1904, xliii, 1235: 1265;  1292. — Jendrassik (E.)
  Multiple Neuritis und Ataxic. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.
  1889, viii,  689-692. -Kdster  (H.)  Kort iifversigt af  den
  multipla degenerativa nevritens vigtigaste former,  dia-
  gnos och behandling.   [The most important forms of mul-
  tiple degenerative neuritis, with treatment.]  Forh. allm.
  svens.  lak.inbtet  1887,  Stockholm,  1888,  ii, 139-150.—
  Kiituer  (R.)   Ueber corticale  Herderscheinunsreu in
  der  amnestischen  Phase polvneuntischer Psychoseti.
  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1906. xii, 134-157—Jkarin  iG.-
  E.)  Un cas de polynevrite avec paralysie des sphincters.
  Union med. du  Canada. Montreal, 1905,  xxxiv,  25-28 —
  Lieiner.   [Multiple Neuritis und Poliomyelitis anterior
  acuta.]  Jahrb. t  Psychiat.,  Leipz.  u. Wieu,  1903,  xxiii
  420-422.-I,eszynsky  (W. M.)  Report of a case of fa-
  cial neuritis, associated with  unilateral letro orbital  neu-
  ritis.  N.Yoik M.  J., 1900. lxxii. 798. — I.lord  (J.  H.)
  Multiple neuritis and malignant endocanlitis."  Tr Path.
  Soc.  Phila., 1891-3,  xvi,  223-225 — I.oweiifcld   (L.)
  Zwei I- allenenritischer "Platthand"; ein Beitrau' zur Lehre
  von den trophischen Hautstoriingen  bei  Neuritis.   Miin-
  chen.  med.Wchnsehr., 18s9, xxxvi,405-408. — I.orenz (H.)
  Beitrag zur Keuntniss der  multiplen degenerativen Neu-
  litis.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.. 1890-91, xviii. 493-516—
  TlcC'ai-thy (D. J.)  A case  of multiple neuritis, passing
  into the Dnchenne-Erb type of brachial plexus palsv.  J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.Y.,1901,xxviii, 167.-----. Dej'erine-
  Kib type of upper-arm palsy  following multiple neuritis.
  Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 571 — flelehei-t.  Zwei Falle  von  I
  multipler degenerative!- Neuritis.  Kor.Bl. d. allg. ineck-
  lenb. Aerztever., Rostock, 1895, 175.—Hills (C. K?)  Mul-
  tiple neuritis and some of its complications.  Internat M
  Mag.. Phila., 1892, i, 51-65, 1 pl.  Also, Reprint—."Tlodi-
  gliauo (E.)  Di un caso di polinevrite con gravi fenomeni
Xeuriti*   (Multiple,  Complications   and
  sequela? of).
  atassici. Kiv.gen.ital.di clin.med., Pisa, 1890. ii..">8.*>: 1891
  iii 82—.HolchnnoflRM.I.)  [Flebektazii vena-cephalicte
  dex. v techeiui ostravo neirita.]  [Phlebectasis of. .  . in
  the course  of acute ueuritis]  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina. St.
  Petersb., 1897, vii, 12:4 — Tloii inoii (M. D.)  Idiopathic
  polyneuritis with grave renal  complications.  Maritime.
  M. News,  Halifax, 1900, xii. 126-12*.— Morton  (W. J.)
  A case of multiple neuritis with atrophy, fibrillary twitch-
  ings,  cramps aud exaggerated  reflexes; two years  dura-
  tion and recovery.  J. Nerv. Sc  Ment. Dis, N. Y., 1900,
  xxvii, 605-008—Mosny Ac  .Halloizcl.  Radiculite snb-
  aigue; syndrome polynevritique  suivi d'un syndrome de
  sclerose ciuubiiiee de la moelle;  gu6rison  appareute  et
  momentan6e-, reclmte.  Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 114-
  116.—ITIoty.  Atrophie osseuse du  pied d'origiue nGvri-
  tique.  Bull, et mem. Soe.  de  chir. de Par.,  1905,  n. s.,
  xxxi, 1113.—MuratoflT ( V. A.)   K voprosu ob atrofii
  mishts pri  mnozhestvennom nevritle.  [Muscular atrophy
  in polyneuritis. |   Vestnik klin.  i  sudebuoi psichiat. i
  nevropatol., St. Petersb., 1891-2, ix, pt.  1, 46-68 —Oliver
  (T.)  Acute  (?) toxaemic multiple neuritis, terminating
  fatally within eleven days.   Lancet,  Lond., 1893, i, 1374.__
  Ord (W. M.)  A cliuical lecture on a case of peripheral
  neuritis, with affection of joints.  Clin. J., Lond., 1892-3,
  i, 225-229. —Panas.  Sur une  observation de Piedvache
  relative k uu cas de nevrites peripheriques primitives da
  membre inferieur droit;  ulceration  dystrophique. puis
  gangrene sdchedu gros orteil; douleurs excessives; ampu-
  tation au lieu d'61ectiou; guerison.   [Rap.]  Bull. Acad.
  de med.. Par.,  1894. 3.  s., xxxii, 58-61. — Pandy ( K.)
  Neuritis multiplex 6s az ataxia. Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1900,  xliv,  461; 475;  493.   AUo, transl:  Kliu. - tlierap.
  Wchnsehr.. AVien,  1900, vii, 1313; 1349;  1382. — Preo-
  brazhenski  (P.  A. )   Sluchai ostravo  polinevrita  s
  porazbeuiyem  mnogikh  cherepno - mozgovikh nervov.
  (Acute polyneuritis with affection of many cranial nerves, j
  Vrach.  Zapiski, Mosk.. 1894, i, 45-49. — Beformatski
  (N.N.)  Semelnaya epidemiya innozhestvenuavo n.  vrit.i.
  [Epidemic of multiple neuritis  in  a family.]   Neviol.
  Vestnik, Kazan,  1895, iii, no. 1, 105-116. — Seifert (P.)
  Fall  multipler degenerativer Neuiitis.  Jahresb.  d.
  Gesellsch. f. Nat.-u.  Heilk. iu Dresd., 1887-8, 77-79.—
  Senator.  Ueber acute multiple Myositis bei Neuritis.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1888, xiv. 449.
  Also: Veihamll. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl.,  1888-9,
  viii,  12-27. — Sherman ( W. T. )   A case of multiple
  neuiitis and diabetes mellitus.  N. York State J. M., N. Y.,
  1905, v, 368.—Smith  (E.), jr.   An unusual case of multi-
  ple neuritis.   Med. Bull. Wash. Univ., St. Louis. 1904,
  iii, 69-74—.Standthartner.  Polyneuritis acuta; Tod.
  Aerztl  Ber. d. k. k. allg. Krankenh'. zu Wien (1889), 1891,
  70.—Starr (M. A.)   Multiple neuiitis and its relation to
  certain peripheral  neuroses.   Boston M. &  S. J., 1887,
  cxvi, 101; 149; 173.—Striimpell (A.)   Multiple Neuritis
  mit  doppelseitiger Facialislabniung und  Ataxie  der un-
  teren  Extremitaten.    Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz., 1889,
  viii, 601-606.—Syllaba. Pseudo-tabes after polyneuritis.
  Med. Press Circ, Lond., 1901,  n. s., lxxii, 9. — I'pwon
  (H. S )  On a case of multiple neuritis and cerebrospinal
  meningitis. J. Nerv. Sc Ment.  Dis.,  N. Y., 1889, xvi, 351-
  355.— Waldo  (H.)  Paralysis  of the diaphragm in two
  cases of peripheral neuritis.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892,  ii,
  179.—Westbrook (B. F.)   A  case of neurotrophic lesion
  of the tonsil, velum palati, aud uvula, complicating mul-
  tiple neuritis.   N. YorkM. J., 1894, lx, 617-619— Wetzel.
  Eiu  Fall von multipler Neuritis  mit Athetose nnd Ray-
  naud'scher Krankheit.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899,
  xlvi, 417-419.

IVeuritis (Multiple, Mental disorders in).
     See, also, Insanity (Polyneuritic).
     Lapinski (M.)    O polinelriticheskoiu psikho-
  y.Ie  Korsakova.    [Korsakoff's  polyneuritic in-
  sanity.]  Sy   [Kiev, 1903.]
     Libkrman (Mile.)  *La psychose polyneVri-
  tiqiie de Korsakoff,   s  .   Paris, 1902.
     Manxes  (A.)  •  ''Ein  Fall  von  posttyphoser
  Lillimuug  mit  begleitendeu  peycbisclieu  Sto-
  rungen (Korsakow sche Psychose).   SJ.   Jena,
  1902.
     Potel  (G.-H.)   *Anine'sie continue associee
  aux  nevrites peripheriques.   *°.   Paris, 1902.
     Ballet (G.)  La psvehose  polynevritique alcoolique-
  Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par.. 1905, xix. 405.—Bon-
  durant (E. D.)  Report of thirteen  eases of multiple
  neuritis occurring among  insane  patients.  Med.  News,
  N. Y.. 1896, lxix, 365-369.  Also, Reprint. -Broilninnn
  (K.i  Experimenteller und kliuischer Beitrag zur Psycho-
  pathologie der polyneuritischen Psvehose.  J. f PsyclioL
  u. Neurol.. Leipz., 1904, iii, 1-48. —Brush (E. N.)  Men-
  tal disturbances associated with peripheral  neuritis; •
  cliuical report.  Proc Am. Med.-Psychol. As-  .  Utica 
NEURITIS.
619
NEURITIS.
Neuritis  (Multq)le, Mental disorders in).
  1896, 200-206.—Butenko (A. A.) £ Suuhaiiou1 (S. A.)
  K voprosu o Korsakovskoni psikhozie.  I Korsakoff's psy-
  chosis]  J- uevropat. i psikhiat. . . .  Korsakova, 1903, iii,
  199-242.  [DiscussionJ, pt.2, 43-48. Also, transl. J. Ment
  Path., N. Y., 1903, iv, 1-33.-----------. K voprosu o ras-
  poznavanii Korsakovskavo psikhoza.  [Diagnosis of Kor-
  sakoff's  psychosis.]  J. uevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsa-
  kova, Mosk., 1903, iii, 430-465.   [Discussion], pt. 2, 55-59.
  Also, transl.:  J. de neurol., Par., 1903, viii, 515; 535.—
  Colella (R.)  Ulteriore contributo  alio studio della psi-
  cosi  polineuritica.  Cong, internat. de med.  C.-r.  1903,
  Madrid, 1904,  xiv, sect, de neuropath, [etc.], 224. -----.
  Sulla psicosi polineuritica.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. inter-
  naz.1891, Roma,1895. iv. psichiat. [etc.], 64-67.—Cramer.
  Ein  Fall von  Korsakoff'scher  Psychose.  Deutsche nied.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 149—
  €rocq  (J.)  Deux cas de confusion mentale polynevri-
  tique.  Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Brux., 1903, 32-
  5-j -Di'i-oubaix.  Syndrome de Korsakoff et paralysie
  generale.  Beluique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1903,  x, 832-
  83S. — Devic (K.)  Un cas  de psychose polyn6vritique.
  Province med.. Lyon. 1892, vi. 100; 112—Fisher (E. D.)
  Mental  derangement in  multiple neuritis.   Alienist £•
  Neurol., St. Louis, 1892, xiii. 487-494. —di Gaspero (H.)
  Beitrag zur Polyneuritis; eiu Fall von Polyneuritis plus
  Korsakow'scher" Cerebropathie  mit  doppelseitiger Stan-
  nngspapille und doppelseitiger Kaumuskelliibmung; Hei-
  lung.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1903, xiv,
  161- 189. — Oilyarovski (Y. A.)  [Korsakovskiy psi-
  khoz.]  [Korsakoff's insanity.]  J.  uevropat. i psikhiat.
  . . . Korsakova, Mosk.,  1903, iii, suppl., pt. 2, 54. — Out-
  man (L. G.)  Sluchai Korsakovskavo psikhoza.  [Case
  of Korsakoff's insanity.]  Ibid.. 1904, iv, pt. 2. 34-36.—
  Ilorstmnun.  Zur  Geistesstdrung  bei Polyneuritis.
  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, lix, 942. —Hn-
  dovernig(K.)  Alkoholos  polyneuritishez csatlakozo
  elme/.avarodottsag.  [Tbe connection of mental confusion
  with alcoholic polyneui it is.] Elme-6s idegkdrt., Budapest,
  1904, 233-235. — Hurd (A. W.)  Korsakoff's psychosis;
  report of cases. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1905-6, lxii, 63-76.—
  Ingegnieros (J.)  Un caso de enfermedad de Korsakoff.
  Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 623-626. — Krnus
  (R.)  Ueber Auffassungs- und Merk-Versuche bei einem
  Falle von  polyneuritischer Psychose.   Psvchol. Arb.,
  Leipz.,  1904, iv, 523-5i7—Marinesco (G.)  Sc ITIinea
  (J.)   Deux cas de psychose polyn6vritique avec examen
  des centres nerveux.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 782-
  784.—Mettler (L. H.)  Korsakoffs disease.   N. YorkM.
  J. [etc.], 1904. lxxix. 410; 664.—ITIeyer (E.) & Raecke
  (J.)   Zur Lehre vomKorsakow'schen Symptomencomplex.
  Arch. f. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 1-44. — iTIiller
  (H. W )  Korsakoff's psychosis; report of cases.  Am. J.
  Insan.,  Bait., 1903-4, lx,  495-523—Osier (W.)  Korsa-
  koff's disease. N.  York M. J.  [etc.], 1904,  lxxix, 570—
  Patterson (R. V.)  Two cases of Korsakoff s psychosis;
  with neuropathologie findings in one of the cases by D. J.
  McCarthy.  Am.  Med.,  Phila., 1905, x,  18-21. -Ray-
  mond. * La  paralysie  alcoolique et la psychose  poly-
  n6vritique.  Rev.  gen. de cliu. et de th6rap., Par., 1905,
  xix, 212. — Roque.  Psychose polyn6vritiqne probable
  chez une alcoolique pendant  le cours d'une tuberculose
  aigue plenro-p6riton6ale.  Bull. Soc. ni6d. d hop. de Lyon,
  190^,  i,  314-317.—Boss (J.)  The psychical  disorders of
  peripheral neuritis.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1890, n.s.,
  xlix 323-325.—Schermers (D.) Over de Korsakoff sche
  psychose.   Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1904-5, xi. 89; 101; 113—
  Sims (F. R.)  Anatomical findings  in two cases of Kor-
  sakoff's symptom-complex [multipleneuritis].  J.Nerv. Sc
  Ment. Dis.. N. Y.. 1905, xxxii,  160- 171. — Sobolevski
  (A. V.)  Sluchai Korsakovskavo psikoza.  [Case of Kor-
  sakoff's insanitv.]   J- Nevropat. i  Psikhiat. . . . Korsa-
  kova, Mosk., 1903, iii, 951-954. — SukhaiioflT (S. [A.])  O
  dushevnom razstroistvie  pri  mnozhestvennom  nevritle.
  [On mental disturbance in multiple neuritis.]  Med. Obozr.,
  Mosk.. 1896. xlvi, 99-110. -----. K kazuistikle slucha.vev
  Korsakovskavo psikhoza s zatyazhnim techeniyem.  [Kor-
  sakoff's insanity with chronic  course.]  J. Nevropat. i
  Psikhiat. .  . . Korsakova, Mosk.. 1904, iv,  pt. 2, 62-66.
  Also [Abstr.]: Vrach. Gaz.,  S.-Peterb., 1904, xi. 1229.—
  Turner (J.)  Twelve ca.ses of Korsakow's disease in
  women.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1903, xlix, 673-686— Viru-
  boflf(N. A.)  Ob  izmleneniyakh v cherepuom i spinnoni
  mozgu  pri  polinevritiches'kom psikhozie  Korsakova.
  [Changes in the brainand cord in Korsakoff's polyneuritic
  psychosis.]   Obozr. psichiat.,  nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb ,
  1902,  vii, 22;  87; 192. — Wehrung  (G.)    Beitras zur
  Lehre von der Korsakoff'schen  Psychose mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung  der  pathologischen  Anatomie;  ein
  weiterer Fall.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1904-5, xxxix,
  627-075.—Westphal (A.) Ueber Bewegungserscheinuu-
  gen an gelahmten  Augenmuskeln in einem Fall von Kor-
  sakow'sclnr Psychose.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xii,
  183-186— ZaitseflT (M. N.)  Psikhicheskoye razstrolstyo
  v  sochetanii  s mnozhestvennom nevritom  (psychosis
  polyneuritica   s.  corebropathia  psychica   toxsemica).
  Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Kaluzh. vrach., Kaluga, 1889, xxviii,
  57-63.
.Veuritis (Multiple, Recurrent).
    von Beesten (C.)   *Ein  Fall von Polyneu-
  ritis recurrens.  6~\   Gbttingen, 1*98.
    Eskridge (J. T.)  Subacute recurrent multiple neu-
  ritis.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment.  Dis., N. Y., 1892, xix, 111-117.
  AUo, Reprint. -----.  [A  case of] recurrent multiple neu-
  ritis.  Colorado Climat., Denver,  1894-5, i, 110-114.—lm-
  pneeianti (G.)  Nevrite multipla periferica  recidiva.
  Sperimentale, Firenze, 1888, lxii,  259-268.  Also: Boll.
  d. cliu., Milano, 1888,  v, 544 - 552. — Schlier (J.)   Re-
  currirende  Polyneuritis.   Ztscbr.  f. klin.  Med.,  Berl.,
  1899, xxxvii, 96-108.—Sereni (S.)  Polinevrite ricorrente
  o reeidivante a tipo prevalentemente sensitivo.   Policlin.,
  Roma,  1903, x,  sez. med., 357-375.—Sherwood (Mary).
  Polyneuritis recurrens. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.l, Berl.,
  1891, cxxiii, 166-182.  AUo, Reprint.—Sorgo (J.) Beitrag
  zur Kenntniss der recurrirenden Polyneuritis.   Ztschr. f.
  klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxii,  Supplhft., 223-254.—Starr
  (M. A.)  An unusual case, of recurrent multiple neuritis
  of uncertain causation with paralysis of the phrenic nerve;
  recovery.  Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y.,
  1898, iii," 8-13.—Targowla (J.)  Polynevrite reeidivante,
  envahissemeut des nerfs craniens et dipleaie faciale. Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1894, ii, 465-472.—Thomas (H. M.)  Recur-
  rent polyneuritis: a clinical lecture.  Phila. M. J., 1898, i,
  885-889.—Wyss(0.)  Polyneuritis acuta recurrens. Cor.-
  Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1901, xxxi, 248-251.

Neuritis (Multiple, Senile).
    Oppenheim (H.)   Ueber die  senile Form der multi-
  plen Neuritis.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1893, xxx,  589-592—
  Stein (O.)  Ueber Polyneuritis seuilis.  Miinchen. med
  Wchuschr., 1897, xliv,  278; 308.

IVeuritis (Multiple, Treatment  of).
     See  Neuritis (Treatment of).

IVeuritis (Multiple) in children.
     See  Neuritis in children.
IVeuritis (Optic).
    See Nerve (Optic, Inflammation of).

IVeuritis (Peripheral).
    See Neuritis (Multiple) [and subdivisions].

IVeuritis (Post-operative).
    See Neuritis (Traumatic).

IVeuritis (Professional).
    See Occupations-neuroses.

IVeuritis (Progressive interstitial, Hyper-
  trophic).
    Bedusehi (V.)  Le forme fruste della neurite inter-
  stiziale  ipertrofica e progressiva dell'  infanzia.  Riv. di
  patol. nerv., Firenze, 1906, xi, 10- 17. — Dejerine (J.)
  Contribution a l'etude de la nevrite mterstitielle hyper-
  trophique et progressive de 1'enfance.  Rev. de m6d., Par.,
  1896, xvi, 881-925.   Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano,  1897,  xviii,  947-950.   Also, transl.  [Abstr.J:
  Ibid., 1906,  xvii, 1522. — Dejerine (J.)  & Sottas  (J.)
  Sur la nevrite interstitielle, hypertrophique et progres-
  sive de 1'enfance;  affection souveut familiale et, a de-
  but infantile, caracterisee par  une  atrophie musculaire
  des extremites, avec troubles marqu6s de la  sensibility
  et ataxie des mouvements  et relevant  d'une nevrite
  interstitielle  hypertrophique  k  marche ascendante, avec
  lesions  m6dullaires cons6cutives.   Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol.,  Par.,  1893,  9. s., v, pt. 2, 63 - 96. — Ooinbault
  (A.) Sc Mallet.   Un cas de tabes ayant debute dans
  l'enfaiice; autopsie.   Arch,  de nied.  exper.  et  d'anat.
  path., I'ar.,  1889, i, 385-415, 1 pl— Rossolimo (G.)  Sur
  une forme recurrente de la polyn6vrite interstitielle hyper-
  trophique progressive de 1'enfance (Dejerine) avec partici-
  pation  du nerf oculo-moteur externe. Rev. neurol., Par.,
  1899, vii, 558-564.
IVeuritis (Pscudotabetic).
    See Neuritis (Diagnosis of).

IVeuritis (Puerperal).
    See Neuritis in. pregnancy, etc.

IVeuritis (Retrobulbar).
    See   Nerve   (Optic, Inflammation  of,   Betro-
  bulbar).

IVeuritis (Syphilitic).
    Champenier  (P.)  * Des  n6vrites syphiliti-
  (pies, et en particulier de la neVrite cubitale de
  la p6riode secondaire.  4°.  Paris,  1895.
    Frenel  (G.-A.)   * Contribution a  1'histoire
  des ue"vrites dea syphilitiques.  8°.   Paris, 1901. 
NEURITIS.
620
NEURITIS.
iVeuritis  (Syphilitic).
     -----.  The same.   8°.   Paris,  li)01.
     Laukexs (P.)    * Contribution  a l'etude  des
   polvndvrites de.s syphilitiques.  8-.    Toulouse,
   1903.
     C'estnn (R.)   La polynevrite syphilitique.  N. iconc.
   de la Salpetriere, Par., 1900, xiii, 153-168, 1 pl.—Charles.
   Parahsie peripherique des muscles du pharynx  par ne-
   vrite 'svphilitique.   Kev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
   1901, ii. 34(i. — Oekeyser (L.)  Cas de polynevrite syphi-
   litiqun.  Sm-.  beige de dermat. et de syph.  Bull., Brux.,
   1901-2. ii, 73-75.—Ehrmann (S.)   Ein  Fall  von  halb-
   seitiger Neuritis spinaler Aestebei recenter Lues.   Wien.
   med. BL, 1886, ix.  1407; 1441. -----. Zur Casuistik der
   irritativeu Neuritis syphilitica peripherica.  Wieu. med.
   Wchnsehr.. IsO.'i, xliii, 1385; 1421. -----. Nevrite  multi-
   ple dans la  phase aigue de la  syphilis.   Ann.  de dermat.
   et syph., Par., 1*93, 3. s., iv, 7(>K— Fernandez Sanz
   (E.)  La polineuritis sifllitica.  Siglo med., Madrid, 1904,
   li, 412; 426.—Fordyce (J. A.)  Peripheral  neuritis of
   syphilitic origin.   J. Cutan. Sc Genito-Urin. Dis., N. T.,
   1891, ix,  174-181.  AUo. Reprint.—Fry <F. R.)  A caseof
   multiple syphilitic neuritis.   J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N.
   Y., 1898, xxv,  594-600.—fii-oaz  (S.)   Neuritis multiplex
   im Secundarstadinm der Syphilis.   Wieu.  klin.  Wchn-
   sehr., 1897, x, 572; 670— Lashkevich (V. G.) Neuritis
   multiplex  chronica  lvuetieheskavo  proiskbozhdeniva.
   [. . . of luetic  origin.1 '  Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 18*88,
   xiii, 247-250.—iTIaiiland  (C. B.)   Peripheral  neuritis
   following the  soft scire (f syphilis).   Brit. M.  J., Lond.,
   1899, i. 270.   Also:  Indian  Lancet,  Calcutta,  1899, xiii,
   185.— Ferrer© (10.)  Contributo alia casuistica delle poli-
   neuriti sifllitiche.  Gazz. nied. di Torino,  1894,  xiv, 1-7.—
   Bem-Fieei (G.)   Contribute clinico alio  studio  delle
   neurite e particolarmente di quelle  di natura sifllitica.
   Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix. sez.  prat., 1313-1317—Bosen-
   stein.   Die Neuritis acustica  auf syphilitischer Grund-
   lage.  Internat.  Centralbl.  f.  Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905. iii,
   165-170.—Sarbo (A.)  Narkosisban fell6pett lueses ideg-
   lob.  [Luetic  neuritis  appearing iu  narcosis.]  Gydgya-
   szat, Budapest, 1901, xii, 134.  AUo, transl: Pest, med.-
   elnr. Presse,  Budapest, 1901,  xxxvii, 267-269— Taylor
   I K. W.)  A contribution to  the  study of multiple neuri-
   tis of syphilitic origin.   N. York M. J., 1890, lii, 1-6, 1 pl.
   A Uo, Reprint.—Verrotti  (G.)  Due casi di nevrite sifl-
   litica nell' arto inferiore destro.    Gior.  internaz.  d. sc.
   med.. Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 769-776.

IVeuritis (Toxic).
     See  Neuritis  (Alcoholic);  Neuritis  (Arsen-
   ical);  Neuritis (Multiple, Causes, etc., of).

Veii ritis (Traumatic).
     See,  also. Stumps (Painful).
     Brunetikre (C.)  *Dcs nevrites post-ope'ra-
  tdres;  etiologieet traitement.  *-.   Lyon,1899.
    Fortin (F.)   * Contribution a  l'etude de la
  nevrite  pe"npherique traumatique.  4  .  Paris,
  1**9.
    Mkuser  (VV.)   * Ueber  Neuritis  nach  Ver-
  letzungen.   *  .  Jena, 1890.
    Peruzzi (A.)  Coutribuzione alio studio della
  nevrite  traumatica.  8~.   Milano, [18*9].
    Zumuikhl (H. T.)  *De  la  nevrite  trauma-
  tism- chronique.  4-.   Nancy, li~*(J.
    Baylac & Samiac.  Note sur un cas de nevrite trau-
  matique du uerf cubital consecutive k l'explosion d'une
  cartouche.  Toulouse med.. 1902,  2. s., iv,  243-245. — Bigi
  (G.)   Nevriti  ascendenti  d' origine traumatica,   (lazz
  med. lomb.. Milano, 1901, lx, 141-144.—It loch (E.)   Trau-
  matische Neuritis einzelner Zweisie des Plexus cervicalis
  und brachialis mit besonderer  Betheilisung sensibler Fa-
  sern.  Deiits.-he  med. Wcbnscbr., Leipz. u. Berl.  1903
  xxix, 571 — Bristow (A. T.)  A case of traumatic neu-
  ritis ot the median nerve.   Brooklyn M. J., 1902,  xvi, 97-
  100.— Brodniann (K.)  Neuritis aseendens traumatica
  ohne aussere Verwuudung.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr   I
  1900. xlvii. >29; XCX.  Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche rued. Wclui-
  sclir.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 189.-Car-
  doso Foute.  Nevrite traumatica com tremor   Kev
  med.-cirin >z. do Brazil,  Rio de  Jan., 1905, xiii,  424-430 —
  I'arncre & Bainguet.  Sur un cas de nevrite ascen-
  dante consecutive a  uu tiauiuatisme.  Bull. Soc d'anat
  etphysiol. de Boideaux, ls97.  xviii,  248-250—Catrin.
  Nevi it.-  peripherique consecutive it une fracture coni-
  pliqu6e de jambe.  Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop.de Par.
  1895. 3.  s., xii. 378.—4'i-ocq.  Un cas de polynevrite trail'-
  matique.  J. de neurol.. Par., 1899, iv, 150-153—« uicio
  <E.)  Neurite traumatica con esito iu guarigione   Ann
  di  med. nav.,  Roma,  1900,  vi, 791-809.—Delorme (E )
  lie la disparition des accidents  nevritiques d'ori-ine trau-
  matique i.u innammatoiie par la  compression locali-.ee et
  loreee.  J. de med. et chir. prat.,  Par., 1896, lxvii  449-467
 .Veuritis (Traumatic).
   -----. [Nevrite cubitale traumatique.]   Bull, et 1116m
   S..c. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 851.—Dea Fortes
   (W. L.)  Traumatic neuritis.   Kailway  Surg.  Cliicu"o
   1899-1900,  vi, 614.-Finley (F. (i.)  Neuritis  from gun-
   shot injury.  Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx, 199-201.—dallo
   (G )   Nevrite  traumatica in un  bambino di  tre anni.
   Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1904, xx, 629-632.—
   diuue-her (E.) ,.t Lai-iiperc. Troubles trophiques des
   extremites digitales par nevrite traumatique; leur traite-
   ment par les bains  electriques locaux.  Bull. Soc. franc.
   de dern.at. et syph.. Par., 1901, xii, 176-179.—Oilles de
  #la Tourette Sc  Chipault (A.)  La phase radiculaire
   des  nevrites asceudantes  traumatiques.  Presse in6d.,
   Par., 1896, 269. — Glorieux.  Les nevroses traumatiques
   pures.  Policlin., Brux., 1900, ix, 145;  213;  513.—Guerrn
   (G.)  Nevrite multipla a sclerosi laterale amiotrotica, con-
   secutiva ad artrite traumatica.. Ann. di med. nav.. Koma,
   1895,  i, 29-37.—Hewitt (S. R.)   Traumatic neuritis or
   traumatic  tetanus.   Railway Surg.,  Chicago,  1899-PJOO,
   vi, 541 -546.— Uracil.   [Fall von Neuritis traumatica
   aseendens  cum coiisequente atrophia musculorum. J  Mili-
   tararzt,  Wien,  1904, xxxviii. 46.—Krehl  (L.)   Ueber
   wanderude Neuritis nach  Verletzungen.   Mitth. a. d.
   Grenzgeb.  d. Med.  u. Chir.,  Jena,  1896, i, 391-399.__
   Lafforgne (E.)  Nevrite infectieuse post-traumatiqiie.
   Rev. me-rt. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1899, ii,  436-440.__
   I.iipi (L.)  Neurite  traumatica  ascendente.   Panima-
   toue,  Geuova, 1900,  iv, 25-32.- ITIarechal.  Un  cas de
   nevrite traumatique.  Presse med. beige,  Brux., 1900, lii,
   161.—iTIolle.   Troubles trophiques  vasculaires reflexes
   de la [ambe droite au coins d'accidents de n6vrite trau-
   matique  de la jambe gauche.  Loire med., St.-fitienne
   1896. xv. 274-278—.Tloty (F.)   Nevrite hystero-trauma-
   tique.  Bull.  Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille,  1899, 2. s.,
   iii, 67-70.   AUo: ficho nied. du nord, Lille,  1899,  iii, 99.
   AUo:  Belgique  m6d.,  Gand-Haarlem, 1899,  i, 289-291 —
   Pal (J.)   Neuritis aseendens (?) mit hysterischen Neben-
   erscheinungen, nach einer Verletzung mit einer Schreib-
   feder;  Besserung.   Jahrb. d. Wien. k.  k. Krankenanst.
   1898, Wien u. Leipz.,  1900,  vii,  pt. 2, 28-30. — Fearce
   (F. S.)  A case of traumatic neuritis with complete mono-
   plegia of the right  forearm;  operation;  impiovement.
   Ann. Gynec. &  Pediat., Bost., 1898-9,  xii, 539-542.—
   Princeteau.   N6vrite interstitielle  des nerfs de la
  jambe  etdu sciatique; troubles trophiques considerables,
   survenus k la suite d'une ancienne fracture de jambe, avec
   gangrene de l'avant-pied; amputation de euisse;  guerison.
   Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol.  . . . de Bordeaux, 1888, ix, 152-
   160.—Piirckhauer.  Zur Casuistik der traumatischen
   Neuritis.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1892.  xxxix, 649-
   652. — Raymond Sc Gnillain.   Nevrite ascendante
   consecutive k uue plaie de la  paume de la main.  Rev.
   neurol., Par., 1905,  xiii, 248-251.—Bed I ich (E.)  Zur
   Casuistik der traumatischen Neuritis.  Wim. klin. Rund-
   schau, 1902,  xvi, 319-322.— Begnier.   Traitement des
   nevrites  peripheriques  d'origine  traumatique  par  les
   courants alternate's  a,  basse frequence.    J. de neurol.,
   Par., 1899. iv, 424-429.  Also : Arch, d'electric. med., Bor-
   deaux, 1899, vii,  565-569.   AUo: Rev. internat.  d'electro-
   ther.,  Par., 1899-1900,  x, 120-124—Bieder (H.)   Trau-
   matische Neuritis des Nervus perforans Gasseni (N. mus-
   culo-cutaneiis).  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxxvi,
   427—Boget.   Atropine musculaire ile la main par ne-
   vrite traumatique.   Loire med.. St.-l5tienne. IH95, xiv,311-
   314.—von  Sarbo (A.)  Ein Fall  traumatischer Plexus-
   neuritis.   Centralbl. f. Nervenh.  u.  Psychiat.,  Berl.  u.
   Leipz., 1903,  n.  F.,  xiv,  347. — Sclnney  (F.)  Neuritis
   aseendens  eines  Beines  infolge eines  Betriebsunfalles
   (Schrotschuss in die Beine).  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,
   Berl., 1K96, ii, 503.—Siinoiiiui (It.)  Un caso di nevrite
   traumatica guarita colla  disteusionu dei nervi.  Rassegna
  di sc. med., Modena, 1892, vii, 64-68.—Xpeneer (W. G.)
   Specimens  of uervi s from  n case of chronic traumatic
   neuritis.   Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1*97-X,  xlix,  10-12.—
   Wilkinson (C. A.)   Traumatic  neuritis.   Railway
   Surg.,  Chicago, 1K94-5, i, 515—Williams (A. O.)  Trau-
   matic ueuritis.   Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 441-446.

iVeuritis (Treatment of).
     de  Freitas (A. C.)   *Tratamento  das ne-
   vrites pela eleclrotherapia.    roy.   8 .   Bio de
   Janeiro, 1^97.
     LtiNtio (B. D.)   Un caso dl nevrite sensitiva
   periferica con  esito  in  guarigione;  contributo
   clinico.   P2-.   Torino, 1*99.
     Rnjui-:  (L.)  "Sur les  divers  modes de traite-
   ment  electrique des  n6vrites.   * .   Montpellier,
   1901.
     Bishop (F.  B.)  High tension currents iu  the treat-
   ment  of neuritis.   Tr.  Am. Electrother. Ass.  1898, Buf-
   falo, 1899, viii, 125-132.  AUo: Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1898-9,
   viii, 213-217.  Also :  Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond,
   1898-9, iii, 479-4K2—Bordier (H.)  Re.sultats founds par
   la voltai'sation sinusoi'dale dausle traitement des nevrites. 
NEURITIS.                                      621                                       NEURITIS.
Neuritis (Treatment of).
  Arch,  d'electric. in6d.,  Bordeaux, 1903, xi,  713-716.— ]
  Bouisson.   Resultats du traitement des nevrites pe- |
  ripheriques par le massage et la gymnastique medicale.
  Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France ...  C. r.,
  Par.T 1899, x, 468-470.—Cagney (J.)  The  treatment of
  neuritis and severe neuralgias.  Clin. J., Lond., 1894-5, v,
  268-274.   Also: Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1895, xiv, 177-
  \Xl.—C'oe (H. W.)   The treatment of multiple neuritis.
  Med. Sentinel,  Portland, Oreg.,  1896, iv, 10. — Coombs
  (C )   Neuritis and its treatment by the galvanic current.
  Med. Press Sc Circ. Lond., 1892, n. a., liv, 183. — Deln-
  innter (N. B.)  Some thoughts on the treatment of neu-
  ritis.  J.  Electrother., N.  Y., 1896, xiv, 31-34. — (Gold-
  scheider.  Physikalische Therapie der  Neuritis und
  der peripherischen Lahniungen.  1. Polyneuritis, multiple
  Neuritis.   Handb. d. pbysikal. Therap.,  Leipz., 1902, pt.
  2, ii, 411-436. — Gray (L. C.)   Continuous and  induced
  currents in the treatment of neuritis.  Tr. Am.  Electro-
  ther. Ass., 1894, 305-314.—Heubner.  In Abheilung be-
  grift'ene Polyneuritis.  Berl. kliu. Wcbnscbr., 1899, xxxvi,
  692-094—Jelliffe (S. E.)  Some notes on neuritis and its
  treatmeut.   Merck's Arch..  N. Y.. 1905, vii,  375-379.—
  Korte (W.)  & Bernhardt (M.)  Ein Fall vou Ner-
  veupfropfung des Nervus  facialis auf den Nervus  hypo-
   glossus.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1903,
  xxix, 293-295. — Kouindjy.  Die Indikationeii der nie-
  thodischeu Massage bei der Behandlung der Neuritis  und
   Polyneuritis.   Ztschr. f. phvs. u.  diatet. Therap., Leipz.,
   1905-6, ix, 631-633—McCJuire (H.)   Cataphoresis and
  cocaine in localized neuritis, -with report of a case.   Gail-
   lard's M.  J.. N. T.. 1895,  lx.  95-97.   AUo.- Med.  Press
   & Circ, Lond., 1895, n. s.,  lix, 326. — ITIc l.eod ( K.)  On
   nerve stretching and splitting  in  localized  interstitial
   neuritis, leprous and otherwise.  Med.-Chir.  Tr.. Loud.,
   1894. lxxvii, 151-168.  AUo [Abstr.]: Proc. Roy. M. & Chir.
   Soc. Lond., 1893-4,  vi, 52-55.  AUo [Abstr. 1: Brit.  M. J.,
   Lom|..  1894, i.  352.  Abo  [Abstr.]: Lancet. Loud.,  1894,
   i, 404.—ITIader (J.)  Multiple iul'ectiose periphere Neu-
   ritis;  Heiluug.  Ber. d.   k.  k.  Krankeuanst. Rudolph-
   Stiftung  in Wieu (1*88),   1889,  336. -----. Multiple pe-
   rifere  Neuritis der  unteren  Extremitaten;  Heiluug.
   Ibid.  (18?9),   1890,  325.   -----.  Multiple rechtsseitige
   sensible  Neuritis;  Heilung.   Jahrb.  d. Wien.  k. k.
   Krankenanst.  1894, Wien  u. Leipz., 1896, iii,  836. -----.
   Multiple, rein sensible, iiberwiesrend  rechtsseitige Neuri-
   tis; Besserung.  Ibid., 836. — Morse (F. H.)  Electrical
   treatmentof neuritis.  J.  Advance. Therap.. N.  Y., 1902,
   xx, 223-231.—Jloi-ton (W.J.)  Cases of sciatic and brach-
   ial neuritis and neuralgia; treatment and cure by electro-
   static currents.  Med. Rec, N.Y., 1899.lv,521-526.  Also,
   transl: Rev.  internat. d'electrother.. Par., 1899-1900. x,
   102-114. — .Tlonisset.  Action  analgesique  des  bains
   locaux de 45^ a 50° dans les cas de n6vrites peripheriques.
   Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc.  d. sc. med. de Lyon (1894), 1895,
   xxxiv. pt. 2,  118.  Also: Lyon  med., 1894, lxxvii, 80—
   IVatrig  (II.)   Bemaerkninger om mekauisk og kirurgisk
   behandling of neurit.  [Remarks on the mechanical and
   surgical treatment of neuritis]  Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi,
   Kobenh.,  1902-3, i. 173-180—Ferrin (M.)  Prophylaxie
   et traitement des polyncvi it-s.  Ki -v. ni6d.de Test, Nancy,
   1903. xxxv, 161-1'Y — Fospisehil (O.)  Zur  Hydrothe-
   rapiederPolyneniitiden.   Veriift'.-ntl. d. Hufeland. Gesell-
   sch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch., 1896, xvii, 205-218.  AUo:
   Bl.  f. klin. Hydrotherapy Wieu, 1896, vi,  65-74.  Also:
   Deutsche Med.-Ztg.. Berl., 1896, xvii, 501-504-Begnier
   (L.-R.)  Traitement  des  n6vrites peripheriques par les
   courants  alternates.  Aich.  d'electric.  med.   Bordeaux,
   1897, v, 329-334. — Bolide (F.)   Ein  Fall  von schwerer
   Polyneuritis  aller 4 Extremitaten  mit bulbaren  Symp-
   tomeu (aufsteigendeParalyse); allmalige Besserung; giin-
   stige Wirkung subcutaner Strychnin-Injectionen;  Hei-
   lung nach 4 Monate langem Verlauf.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,
   Berl.. 1894. xxv. 161 -169. — Bndin (V.)  Autipirin pri
   neuritis ibscendens.  Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1895, xii,
   320. — Sikes (A. W.)  The treatment of gouty and rheu-
   matic neuritis.  Clin. J.,  Lond.,  1905,  xxvi, 253-256.—
   Somerrille (W. F.)  Notes of a case of peripheral neu-
   ritis treated by high-frequency currents.  Arch. Roentg.
   Ray, Lond., 1904-5, ix, 218. — Stewart (J. T.)   Neuritis
   treated by section.  South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles. 1889,
   iv, 136-138. — Stodart - Walker (A.)  Hypodermic in-
  jections of strychnine in  three cases of peripheral  neu-
  ritis: cures.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii.  1425. — Van
   Hook (W.)  Surgical treatment  of neuritis.  Chicago M.
   Recorder.  1902. xxiii,  140-142.   AUo: J. Nerv. St  Ment.
   Dis., N.  Y., 1902.  xxix. 734.  Also:  Med.  Age,  Detroit,
   1902, xx, 401-403. — Voigt.  Multiple Neuritis uud Ther-
  malsoolbader.   Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1891, xvii, 559-564.

 iVeuritis  (Tubercular).
     I.'teza  (G.)   'Contribution  a l'e'tude de la
  polynevrite  tuberculeuse.    8°.   Toulouse,  1903.
     Aid rich (C. J.)  A case of tuberculous polyneuritis.
  J. Tuberc, Asheville, N.  C,  1901, iii, 14 -€e*lnn  (A.)
  Un cas de polynevrite motrice chez un tubeicub ux. avec I
  autopsie.   Bull. Soc. anat.  de Par., 1898, lxxiii, 482—Co-
IVeuritis  (Tubercular).
  lella (R.)  Studio sulla polinevrite tubercolare.   Ann.
  d. clinjd. mal. ment. e nerv. d. r. Univ. di Palermo (1900-
  1902), 1903, ii, 5-126, 8  pl. AUo: Ann. di nevrol., Napoli,
  1903, xxi, 121-206, 8pl—De Buck (I).)   Un cas de poly-
  nevrite tuberculeuse.   [From: Aim. Soc. beige de neurol.,
  1901.]   Belgique m6d., Gand-Haarlem,   1901,  ii, 675-677.
  -----.  Polyn6vrite tuberculeuse  avec  exageration  des
  reflexes teudineux  chez  le lapin.  Ibid., 1903. x. 259-264.
  AUo: J. de neurol., Par., 1903,viii, 143-148—Beeroly (0.)
  Un cas de polynevrite tuberculeuse motrice.  J. de neu-
  rol., Par., 1900, v, 25-27.  AUo: Policlin., Brux.. 1900. ix,
  17-24. -----.  Etat des reflexes dans la polynevrite a pro-
  pos d'un nouveau  cas de  polyn6vrite  motrice  tubercu-
  leuse.  J. de neurol.,Par., 1901, vi, 201-204. — Biifom-(H.)
  D'une forme douloureuse de polynevrite tuberculeuse; du
  role important de la tuberculose en pathologie nerveuse.
  Rev. neurol.,  Par., 1900, viii, 108-112. — Ferraris (C.)
  Sulla neurite  da tubercolosi.  Riforma med., Roma, 1901,
 . xvii, pt. 4, 735; 746.— Finizio (G.)  Contribuzione cli-
  nica ed  istologica  sulla polineurite tubercolare.  Ibid.,
  Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 2, 410; 423, 435.—Francis (A. B.)
  Tubercle a probable  cause of peripheral neuiitis.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond.,  1902, ii, 1707—Hirtz (E.)  Nevrite tuber-
  culeuse? atropine du grand pectoral.  Bull, et mem. Soc.
  med. d. hop.  de Par., 1902,  3. s.. xix,  1080-1084.  Also:
  Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1903,xi,281-280—James
  (A.)  Tubercular neuritis.  Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb.,
  1898-9,  n.  s.,  xviii, 8-19.  Also: Scot. M. Sc S. J., Edinb.,
  1898, iii, 488-500—Jirase It (J. E.)  Neuritis multiplex
  pri tuberkulose, simulujici hemiplegii, v jeduom pfipadfi
  kombinovan& s neuritidou civu bloudiveho.  T. . . cases
  combined  with neuritis of the vagus  nerve.]  L6k. ro-
  zhledy, Praha, 1902, x, 54;  101.—ITIader.  Multiple peri-
  phere Neuritis; Tuberculosis pulmouum; Tod. Ber.d.k.k.
  Krankenanst, Rudolph-Stiftung in Wien (1889),  1890, 316-
  319. _ Steinert (H.)   Zur Kenntniss  der Polyneuritis
  der Tuberkulosen.   Beitr. z.  Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb.,
   1904, ii, 347-364.—Wilson (A. G.)  Tuberculous neuritis.
   Quart,  M. J.,  Sheffield, 1899-1900, viii, 46-66.

 IVeuritis  in animals.
     Dexlci- (H.)  Ueber einen Fall von multipler Entziin-
  dung des centralen und  peripheren Nervensystems beim
   Hunde.  Arb. a. d. Inst. f. Anat.  u. Physiol, d. Central-
  nervensyst. an d. Wien.Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1894. 2. Hit.,
  43-71, 2 pl—Eijkman (C.)  Polyneuritis  bij hoendern.
   Geneesk.  Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1890,  xxx,
   295-334.—Lellmann (W.)   Ein Fall  von Polyneuritis
  infectiosa bei  einem Hunde.  Berl. thierarztl. Wchnsehr.,
   1897, xiii, 121-123. — Ularchoux (E.) & Malimbeni (A.)
   Sur une polynevrite  d'origine alimentaire comparable au
  beri-beri et observ6e  chez  le singe.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
   biol., Par., 1903, lv,  1259.—.llarek (J.)  Weitere Beitrage
   zur Kenntniss der  Beschalseuche.  Ztschr. f. Thiermed.,
   Jena, 1904, viii, 11; 161.

 [Veuritis  of beer  driiikers.
     See Neuritis (Arsenical).

 iVeuritis  in children.
     See,  also, Neuritis  (Progressire  interstitial,
   etc.).
     Chezunoff (H.)  * Beitrag zur Lehre von der
   Polyneuritis  acuta  asceudene im Kindesalter.
   rp.  Ziirich, 1903.
     Berend (M.)   Neuritis multiplex  k6t esete eyerme-
   keknel.  [Two cases of nouritis multiplex in children.]
   Orvosi   hetil., Budapest,  1897, xii, 270.—Carbonell  y
   Soles (F.)  Tratamiento de  las paralisis consecutivas a
   las polineuritis en la infancia.   Arch, de ginecop., Barcel.,
   1904, xvii, 185-188.—Clarriere (G.)  Sur uu cas de ne-
   vrite peripherique chez un enfant.  Nord med., Lille, 1902,
   viii,  205-210.  Also:  Rev.  internat. do  nied.  et de chir..
   Par., 1902, xiii,  327-331.—Daniel (Anne S.)  A clinical
   study of multiple neuritis in young children.  J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago, 1898.  xxxi, 1207—Dclehanty  (E.)  Re-
   port of two unusual cases of multiple neuritis iu children.
   DenverM. Times, 1902-3, xxii, 60-63.—Dercuin  (ClaraT.)
   Idiopathic multiple  neuritis in   a child live  vears old.
   Phila. M. J.,  1898, i,  606.—Guthrie (L.  U.)  Two cases
   of polyneuritis in  children.   Med. Press A: Circ, Lond.,
   1897, n.  s., lxiii, 163.— Hammond  (G.  M.)  A reportof
   a series of cases of  multiple neuritis in infants in the city
   of Bridgeport, Conn.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii,  656;
   711.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Med.  News, Phila.,  1895, lxvii, 501—
   fflackey (E.)  Case of  multiple neuritis in a  child.
   Brit.  M.  J.,  Lond.,  1894,  ii,  407. — Minatoff  (V.
   A.)  Klinicheskiy  ocherk  polinevrita   u  dietei.   [Clin-
   ical  sketch of  polyneuritis in children.]  Trudi  Obsh.
   dletsk. vrach., Mosk., 1897-8, vi, 55.—Ferrin (M.)  Des
   polynevrites  chez  les enfants.   Arch, de ni6d. d. enf.,
   Par., 1902, v,  725-738.

 >reuritis  in  pregnancy   and   puerperal

   state.
     See Puerperal neuritis. 
NEUROBIOLOGISCHE.                   622                          NEUROFIBROMA.
Nt'iirobiologische Arbeiten.   Hrsg. von Os-
  kar Vo<>t.   1.  Serie:  Beitriige  zur  Hirufaser-
  leh:e.   Atlas,   v. 1, 175 pl.  v. 2, 1. Fortsetzung.
  1. Teil, 124 pl.   fol.   Jena, G. Fischer, 1902.
-----.  Tbe  same.  Text,  1. &  2.  Lfg.  v.  1,
  '264 pp.   fol.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1902-4.
                     CONTENTS.
    1. Lfg. Zur Erforschung der Hirnfasern.  Von Cecile
  nnd Oskar Vogt.
    2.  Lfg.  Die Markreifung des Kindergelnrns wahrend
  der ersten vier Lebensmonate und ihre methodologische
  Bedeutung.  Von Cecile and Oskar Vogt.
-----.  Tbe same.  2. Serie: Weitere Beitrage znr
  Hirnanatoniie.  1. &  2.  Lfg.  v. 1.   150 pp.,  10
  pl.   fol.   Jena, G. Fischer, 1903-4.
                     CONTENTS.
    1. Lfg. Zur Kenntniss des Zentralnervensystems von
  Torpedo.  Von Max Borchert.
    2. Lfg. TJntersuchungen iiber die Leitungsbahnen  des
  Truncus cerebri und ihren Zusammenhang mit denen der
  Medulla spinalis und des Cortex cerebri.  Von M.  Le-
  wandowski.
IVeurobiolo^y.
    See Neurology.

JVeurococcus.
    Tirclli (V.) & Brossa (A.)  A proposito del neuro-
  cocco di Bra nel  sangue  degli epilettici.   Riforma med.,
  Roma,  1903, xix, 934-936. Also: Ann. di  freniat. [etc.],
  Torino, 1903,xiii, 213-220.  AUo, transl: Crdn. m6d.-quir.
  de la Habana, 1904, xxx, 72-79.

iVeurodei'iiia.
    .See Skin (Diseases of,  Neurotic).

IVeurodin.
    See Neuralgia (Treatment of).

Neurofibrils.
    See  Nerve-cells (Histology, etc., of); Nerve-
  centres; Nervous system (Histology of).

Neurofibroma.
    Feindel (E.-C.-L.)  * Snr quatre cas de neu-
  rofibromatose g6neralis6e.   8°.  Paris, 1896.
    Forster (R.)  *Nene Falle von Neurofibro-
  matose.   *c.   Strassburg i. E.,  1900.
    FrancheT  (J.)   *T;ires  nerveuses et naevi-
  pigmentaires.   Maladie   de   Recklingbausen et
  tumeurs  malignes, d'emblee  g6iie"ralis6es.   8°.
  Paris,  1900.
     Hoisnard (L.)  * Contribution a l'etude de la
  neurofibromatose g6ne~ralise~e.  8C.  Paris, 1898.
     -----.  Tlie same.  8°.   Paris, 1*9*.
    Iehl (J.)  *De la dermolibromatose pigmen-
  taire g6ne~ralis6e et de ses rapports avec la neuro-
  fibromatose piguieutairege~ne~ralis6e.  8°.  Paris,
   1*9*.
    Labouverie (J.-A.)   * Considerations a  pro-
  pos de quelques cas de  neurofibromatose geu6-
  ralisee.  8°.  Nancy, 1899.
     Oriot  (E.)  * Contribution a  l'etude de la
  neurofibromatose.  8°.   Paris, 1897.
     Posthumus (H.)   *Ein Fall von Fibroma ner-
  vorum.  [Freiburg.]   8°.   Groningen, 1900.
     Revilliod (H.)  * De la neurofibromatose g6-
  ne"ralisee et de ses rapports avec I'iusiiffisance
  des capsules surr6nales.   8°.  Geneve, 1900.
     Richter (K. G.)  *Ein Fall  von centraler
  Neurofibromatose mit multiplen Neurofibromen
    der Haut.  8J.  Kiel, 1903.
     Sahut  (P.)   *La neurofibromatose  g6n6ra-
   Y\s6e.   *°.  Paris, 1904.
     Sorger (J.  F.)   * Beitrag zur Lebre von  den
  multiplen  Neuro - Fibromen.  [Erlangen.]   8°.
    Wiirzburg, 1891.
     Wolff  (W.)  * Ueber Neurofibromatose,  mit
   Benutzung von 4 in der Strassburger chirnrgi-
   schen  Universitats-Klinik beobachteten Fallen.
   [Strasburg.]   8°.   Berlin, 1900.
     Abbott  (F. C.) Sc Shattuck (S. G.)  Neurofibroma-
   tosis of the nerves of the tongue (macroglossia  neuro-
   fibromatosa) and of certain  other nerves  of the head and
Neurofibroma.
  neck.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii,  321-335, 7 pl. on
  5 1.—Adrian (C.)  Ein Fall von multipler Neurofibroma-
  tose der Haut.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch.
  1898, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, 450-4.">4.  Also [Abstr]: Arch.
  f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1899,  xlvii, 422. _____.
  TJeber Neurofibromatose und ihreKomplikationeu. Beitr'
  fc. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1901, xxxi, 1-98, 2 pl.-----. Ueber
  einen  bemerkenswerthen Fall  von Neurofibromatosis.
  Wien.  klin. "Wchnsehr.,  1902, xv, 813-819. -----. Die
  multiple Neurofibromatose (Ilecklinghausen'sche Krank-
  heit).  Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena
  1903, vi, 81; 129; 161; 209; 251; 289; 321; 433; 514; 548; 591;
  699; 721.—Allgemeine  Neurofibromatose. Jahresb. ii.
  d. chir. Abth. d. Spit, zu Basel, 1901, 41.—Askanazy
  (M.)  Ueber multiple Neurofibrome iu der Wand des Ma-
  gendarmkanals.  Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu
  Tiibing., Brnschwg., 1894-9, ii, 452-467. —Audry.   Sur
  un cas de neurofibromatose avec scoliose.  Chron. ni6d.,
  Par., 1901, viii, 236.—Austin (H. W.) A case of neurofi-
  broma ofthe skin and large nerve trunks in which there de-
  veloped a large spindle-celled sarcoma beneath the body of
  the scapula. Med. Rec.,N.Y., 1903, lxiv, 690-692.—Barot.
  Neuro-fibromatoseg6neralis6e familiale.  Bull. Soe. d'anat.
  et physiol. de Bordeaux,  1896, xvii, 235-237.— Bastia-
  nelli ( R.) Un caso di neuro - fibroin atosi (malattia di
  Recklinghausen).  Bull. d. Soc.  Lancisiana  d. osp. di
  Roma, 1900,xx, 208.—Bayet(A.) Neuro-fibromatose.  Soc.
  beige de dermat. et de syph.  Bull., Brux., 1901-2, ii, 132.—
  Baylac & Fabre.  Note sur un cas de neurofibroma-
  tose gen6ralis6e.  Arch. m6d. de Toulouse, 1896, ii, 461-
  465.—Bcnaky.   Neuro-fibromatose generalises avec
  molluscum pendulum de la moiti6 droite de la faceet ptosis
  de l'oreille. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v,
  977-982.—Bennati (A.)  Un caso di malattia di Reck-
  linghausen. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e  nat. in  Ferrara,
  1900-1901, lxxv, 203-209.—Berger.  De  la neuro-fibroma-
  tose.  Arch, g6u.de med., Par., 1904, i, 1367-1375.—Berg-
  griin (E.)  Ein  Fall von allgemeiner Neurofibromatose
  bei einem lljahrigen Knaben.  Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg.,
  1896,  xxi,  89-113.—Bie'ugin  (T.  F.)  K  voprosu  o
  mnozhestvennom nevrofibroniatozie.  [Multiple neurofi-
  bromatosis.]  Rahoti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dvakonova,
  Mosk., 1904, 21-44,  1  pl.—Bourcy (P.)  & Laigncl-
  Lavastine.  Un  cas de maladie  de  Recklinghausen.
  Arch. gen. de med.,  Par., 1900, n.  s.,  iv, 270-283, 1 pl.
  -----------.  Autopsie d'un cas de maladie de Reckling-
  hausen.  Bull, et m6m. Soc..med. d. hop.de Par., 1905, 3.
  s., xxii,  21-26.—Brnult (J.)  Neuro-fibromatose, volu-
  miueux neuro-fibrosarcome du nerf radial droit, douleurs
  intol6rables; extirpation.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de
  Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 692-696.—Brault (J.) & Tanton
  (J.)  Sur un cas de neuro-fibromatose gen6ralis6e. Arch.
  gen. de med., Par., 1905, ii, 2433-2440.—Breton (A.)  La
  neuro-fibromatose g6neralisee.  Rev. gen. de clin. et de
  therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 17-20. -----.Maladie de Reck-
  linghausen.  Echo med.  du nord, Lille, 1904, viii,  92.—
  Brigiili (V.)  Multiple Neurofibrome der peripherischen
  Haut- und Muskelnerven mit Fibroma  molluscum.  Mo-
  natsh. f. prakt.  Dermat., Hamb.,  1894, xix,  190; 237,  1
  pl.—Briquet & Chcrigie.  Neurofibromatose g6n6-
  ralis6e acquise.  J. d. mal. cutan.  et syph.. Par., 1898, x,
  219-225.—von Biingner (O.)  Ueber allgemeine mul-
  tiple  Neurofibrome  des  peripherischen Nervensystems
  und Sympathicus.   Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.  f.
  Chir., Berl., 1897, xxvi, pt.2, 298-332, 1 pl.  [Discussion],
  141.  Also: Arch. f. kliu. Chir., Berl., 1897, lv, 559-593,1 pl.
  Also [Abstr.]: Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d.  deutsch. Gesellsch. f.
  Chir., Leipz., 1897, xxvi, 9-13.—Campbell (H.) A case
  of Recklinghausen's disease.  Tr. Clin.  Soc. Lond., 1900,
  xxxiii, 245.—Cantrell (J. A.)  A case of painful sub-
  cutaneous neuroma (neuro-fibroma).  J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1890, xiv,  541-543.   AUo, Reprint.—Cestan (R.)
  La neurofibrosarcomatose.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi,
  745-751.—Chauffard (A.)   Dernio-fibroiuatose pigmen-
   taire  (ou neurofibromatose g6ueralis6e);  mort par ad6-
   nome des capsules surrenales et du pancreas. Gaz.  d.
   hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 1385; 1407.—C'bipault  (A.)  Deux
   cas de  neuro-fibromatose  plexiforme  du cuir chevelu.
   Trav. de neurol. chir., Par.,  1897, ii, 41-55.—Chiray  &
   Coryllos. Un cas de maladie de Recklinghausen.  J.  de
   neurol , Par., 1905, x, 180.  Also : Rev. neurol., Par., 1905,
   xiii, 259.—de Cordova (A.)  Neurofibromatosis.  Rev.
   de med.  y cirug. de la Habana.  1905,  x, 2.'>9-262, 6 pl.—
   Danlos'. Maladie de Recklinghausen. Bull. Soc. franc.
   de dermat. et syph., Pai., 1903, xiv, 354.  AUo: Ann.de
   dermat. et syph., Par., 1903,  4. s., iv, 956.-»arier (J.)
   Sur la neuro-fibromatose.   Bull.  Soc.  franc, de dermat.,
   Par., 1898, ix, 369-371.  Also [Abstr.]: Ecoleprat.d.hautes
   etudes.  Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1898-9,
   Par., 1900, 70.—Dcborc.  Sur un cas de neurofibroma-
   tose de Recklinghausen ; leucemie myelogene.  J.denied.
   et chir. prat., Par., 1905, lxxvi. 566-571.—B-elore (X.) lu-
   meurs neuro-fibromateuses generalises.  Mem. et compt.-
   rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1896), 1*97. xxxvi, pt. 2, 63.—
    Delore (X.) Sc Bonne (C.)  Neurofibromatose et ne-
   vrome plexiforme.   Gaz. hebd. de med.,  Par., 1898, n. s.,  in,
   289-293.—Dopage.  Un cas de neurofibromatose genera- 
%
NEUROFIBROMA.                           623                           NEUROFIBROMA.
Neurofibroma.
  lisee (maladie de Recklinghausen).  J. med. de Brux., 1905,
  x,695.  Also:  Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1905,lvii, 16.—Deri
  (H. I.)   Neurofibroma  es  elephantiasis.  [. . .  and . . .]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1903, xlvii, 67;  86.  AUo, transl:
  Pest. med. chir. Presse. Budapest, 1903,  xxxix, 331;  348;
  371; 650.—Dupiu >fc  B-ieulafe (L.)  Un  cas de  neuro-
  fibromatose gen£ralis6e. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1898,
  xii. 249-251.—Diipuy-Duteuips.  R6gression complete
  de la stase papillaire k la suite d'une simple craniectoiuie
  dans uu cas de neuro-fibromatose avec hypertension intra-
  cranienne.  Clin, opht.. Par., 1902, viii,  367-371.—Ehr-
  mann.    [Zwei  Fiille von Neurofibromatose (Reckling-
  hauseu'sche  Krankheit).]   Wien. kliu. Wchuschr., 1904,
  xvii,  139.—England (W. S.)  Hemihypertrophy, with
  multiple neuro-hbioinata.   Moutreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 856-
  862, 1 pl.—Epstein.  Ein  Fall vou  multipler Neuro-
  fibromatose.  Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz.  u. Berl.,
  1902,  xxviii, Ver.-Beil..  290.—Etienne (G.)  Neurofibro-
  matose, ou maladie  de Recklinghausen.  Rev.  m6d. de
  l'est, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 484-4x0.  AUo: Soc. de med. de
  Nancy.  C.-r. . . ., 1903-4, 104.—Faivre.  Sur un  cas de
  neuro-fibromatose gen6ralis6e.   Bull.  Soe. d'anat.  et
  phvsiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 112-116, 1  pl.   Also: ,1.
  d. mal. cutan. et sjph..  Par., 1898, x, 174-178.—Feindel
   (E.)  Developpement d'un  sarcome chez  uu sujet atteint
  de neurofibromatose g6n6ralisee.  Arch. gen.  de m6d.,
  Par., 1897, i,  102-10X.  -----. Uu cas de neurofibromatose
  plexiforme du cuir chevelu  avec association de neurofibro-
  matose gen6ralisee.   Trav. de neurol. chir., Par., 1897. ii,
  56-66. -----. La neuro-fibromatose geueralisee,  affection
   congenitale du feuillet ectodermique.  Ibid., 265-209.—
   Feindel (E.)&.Oppenheiiu (R.)  Sur les formes incom-
  pletes de  la neurofibromatose; la maladie de Reckling-
   hausen.   Arch. gen.  de med., Par.,  1898, ii, 77-98.  AUo
   [Abstr.].- Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par.,  1898, n.  s.,  iii, 877.—
   Fernandez  Sanz (E.)   La neurofibromatosis central.
   Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1904, lxiv, 203 ; 241.—
   Fraenkel  (J.)   Multiple neurofibroinata.  J.  Nerv.  Sc
   Ment. Dis.,  N. Y.. 1902, xxix, 355-358.—Fraenkel  (J.)
   & Hunt (J. R.)  On neurofibromatosis. Med. Rec, N. V.,
   1903, lxiii. 925-932.  Also,  Reprint.-----------.  Contri-
   bution to the surgery of neurofibroma ofthe acoustic uerve;
   with remarks on  the surgical procedure, by George Wool-
   sey and  Charles A. Elsberg.  Aim. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl,
   293-319,  4 pl.—Franeois-Dain ville.  Tumeur de  la
   paroi abdominale dans un cas de maladie  de  Reckling-
   hausen.   Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 230-
   232.—Free he.  Moulage  de neuro-fibromatose g6nera-
   lis6e.  Mem. et bull. Soc.  de ni6d. et  chir. de Bordeaux
   (1897).  1898, 109— Frugiuele  (C.)  Sul  neurofibroma
   plessiforme  orbitotempero-palpebrale.  Ann.  di ottal.,
   Pavia, 1904,  xxxiii, 57-80.  1 pl.—Oarofalo (A.)  Fibro-
   matosi cutaneageneralizzata (malattia di Recklinghausen).
   Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d.  osp. di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc.
   1,282-285. AUo:  Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1896-7, iii, 631-
   633. -----. Sulla sindronie  di Recklinghausen  (fibroma-
   tosi generalizzata pigmentaria).   Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana
   d.  osp. di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc. 2, 290-310, 1 pl.—Hallo-
   peau (H.)  Neuro-fibromes multiples.  Ann. de dermat.
   etsyph., Par., 1889,2. s., x, 707-709—Hallopeau (H.)  &
   Fouquet.   Sur un nouveau cas de nsevi fibromateux
   (maladie de Recklinghausen).  Ibid., 1901, 4. s., ii, 550-553.
   Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1901, xii,
   278-281. — Hallopeau (H.) Sc Franeois-Dainville.
   Deuxiferue note sur un cas  de maladie  de Recklinghausen
   avec surabondance de taches pigmentaires et volumineuse
   tumeur abdominale.   Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.,
   Par.. 1904, xv, 134.  AUo:  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
   1894, 4. s., v,  338.—Hallopeau (H.) Sc Jeanselme  (E.)
   Arrfet de developpement des os en connexion avec hi ma-
   ladie de Recklinghausen.   Bull. Soc. franc de dermat.  et
   syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 116-118.  Also: Ann. de dermat.  et
   syph.. Par.,  1905, 4. s., vi, 332-334. — Hallopean  (II.)  &
   Laffitte.  Surun casde maladie de Recklinghausen avec
   tnmeur de volume exceptionuel.  Bull. Soc. frau§. de der-
   mat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 256.  Also: Ann. de dermat.
   et synh.,'Par., 1903,  4. 8.,  iv, 588.—Hallopeau  (H.)  Sc
   Leb'ret. Sur un cas de maladie de Recklinghausen avec
   surabondance de taches pigmentaires, pre-sence de mollus-
   cum fibreux et volumineuse  tutueur  abdominale.  Bull.
   Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 101.   AUo:
   Ann. de dermat.  et syph.,  Par., 1904, 4. s.,v, 256.—Hallo-
   peau (H.) Sc Kibot (A.)   Surun cas de maladie de Reck-
   linghausen avec pr6dominauce des troubles pigmentaires
   et  volumineuse tumeur profonde.  Bull. Soc. franc- de der-
   mat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 296-298.  AUo:  Aun. de der-
   mat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 613-615.- Iluushalter
   (P.)  Un cas de dermo-neuro-fibromatose  compliquee de
  ph6nome,nes spinaux et de  d6formation considerable de  la
  colonne vert6brale.  Cong, internat. de m6d. C. r., Par.,
   1900, sect, de neurol., 568-571.   AUo: N. iconog. de  la
   Salpetriere,  Par., 1900,  xiii, 639-644, 1 pl.—Heaton  (G.)
   A  case of generalised neuro fibromatosis (von Reckling-
   hausen's disease).  Lancet, Lond.,  1902, ii.  1751-1753.—
   Heidingsfeld (M.L.)   A caseof neuio-fibroinata or so-
   called fibroma  molluscum,  or molluscum fibrosum, of the
   skin.  Am.  J. Dermat. &• Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis,
Neurofibroma.
  1900,  iv, 147-154.—Henneberg &. Koch  (M.)   Ueber
  centrale Neurofibromatose und die Geschwiilste des Klein-
  hirubriickeuwiukels (Acusticusneuioiue). Arch.  f. Psy-
  chiat., Berl., 1902,  xxxvi.  251-304,  1 pl.—Heuss.  Ein
  Fall von multipler Neurofibromatosis.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz,
  Aerzte, Basel,  1904,  xxxiv,  501.—Hevcsi  (I.)  Neuro-
  fibroma multiplex seu raceiuosum esete.   [A case of. . .1
  Orvosi  hetil.,  Budapest, 1905, xlix,  506. — Jaboulay.
  Neuro-fibromatose; ablation d'une tumeur frontale.   Lyon
  m6d., 1905, civ, 98-100.—Jeanselme (E.)  Etude histo-
  logique sur un cas de maladie de Recklinghausen.  Bull.
  Soc. frang.  de  dermat.  et  svph-, Par., 1898,  ix, 366-371.
  AUo: Aim. de derinat. et  syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix,  991-
  996. -----. Arret du <16veloppement  des os  et  d6sordres
    Esychiques en  connexion  avec la  maladie de  Reckling-
    ausen.  Bull, et m6m.  Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3.
  8., xxi,  930-932.—Kampiiiami,  Eiu Fall von Sarkom
  bei Neurofibromatose.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1521.—von Kai-n-owxki  (A.)  Ein
  Fall vou Neurofibromatosis mit starker Beteiliguug der
  Haarbiilge.  Monatsh.  f. prakt.  Dermat., Hamb., 1902,
  xxxv, 509-419. —Heyscr (C. R.)  A case of von Reckling-
  hausen's disease.  Tr.  Clin.  Soc. Loud., 1904-5, xxxviii,
  208.—Klippel.  Un cas de fibro-ii6vromes  g6n6ralises.
  Eneephale, Par., 1888, viii, 425-430.—Klippel & TI ail-
  lard (G.)   Maladie de  Recklinghauseu  avec dystrophies
  multiples.   Rev.  neurol.,  Par.,  1905, xiii,   li07-1209.—
  Krzystalowicz (F.)  O wWkniakach  nerwowych wie-
  lokrotnsch skory (neurofibroma cutis multiplex); przy-
  czynek kliniczny i liistologiczny.  [. . . clinical  and histo-
  logical contribution.] Przegl. lek., Krako-w, 1902, xii, 720;
  744;  757.   AUo,  transl:  Monatsh. f.  prakt.  Dermat.,
  Hamb., 1903, xxxvi, 421-439.—Laignel-Lavastine &
  tieroy (R.)  Nouveau cas de neuro-fibromatose avec au-
  topsie.  Bull, et mem. Soc.  med. d. hop. de Par..  1905, 3. s.,
  xxii,  122-125.— JLandowski  (L.)  La neuro-fibromatose
  geu6ralisee.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 946-949.— I.ar-
  kin  (J. H.)  A case of multiple fibroma (fibro-neuroma)
  of the nerves of the lower extremities, with difluse enlarge-
  ment of the sciatics, complicating sarcoma and metastases
  inthelungs.  J.Med. Research,Bost., 1903,ix,217-2J2,lpl.—
  I.edonx  (E.)  Un  cas de dermofibromatose  pigmentaire
  g6n6ralis6e.  Rev.  med. de la Frun'che-Comte,  Besancon,
  1905,  xiii,  17-21.—lieredde  Sc  Bcrtherand.  Neuro-
  fibromatose. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix,
  46-49.  Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1898,  ix, 12-14.—Lievy (G.) ic Ovize (H.)  De la neuro-
  fibromatose g6n6ralisee (maladiede Recklinghausen).  Gaz.
  d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii. 1201-1210.—Lion (G.) & CSnsne
  (G.)  Maladie  de Recklinghausen.  Bull, et tn6m. Soc.
  med. d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3.  s.,  xxi, 5-18.—Ijittlewood
   (H.), Telling (W. H. M.) Sc Scott (S. G.)   A case of
  multiple neurofibromatosis.  Lancet,  Loud., 1905,  i,  921-
  923. — lTIalhcrbc ( H. )  Neurofibromatose  g6neralisee;
  lesion des glandes  sudoripares.  J. d.  mal.  cutan.  et
  syph., Par.,  1901, xiii, 613-621. — Marie (P.)  Maladies
  pouvaut  simuler la  neuro-fibromatose.   J. de med.
  int.,  Par.,  1905,  ix,  12. — Marie  (P.) Sc  Bernard
   (A. )  Presentation d'un  malade atteint  de  neurofi-
  bromatose g6n6ralisee.   Bull, et mem.  Soc.  m6d. d. hop.
  de Par.,  1896, 3.  a., xiii, 200 - 203.  — Marie ( P. ) &
   Couvelaire  (A.)   Neurofibromatose  £6neralis6e.  N.
  iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1900, xiii,  26-40, 3 pl.  AUo
   [Abstr.]: Bull, et  m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de  Par., 1899,
  3. s., xvi,  921. — Meek  (E. R.)   A case of neurofibroma
   (disease of Recklinghausen).  Boston M. & S. J.,  1905,
  clii, 370-372.—Meige (H.)  & Feindel.   Sur une gravure
  ancienne  oh Ton peut  reconnaitre la neurofibromatose.
   Trav. de neurol.  chir., Par., 1898, iii, 215-218. —Mcrk (L.)
  Ueber  die multiple Neurofibromatose  ( Fibromata mol-
  lusca).  Arch. f.  Dermat.  u.  Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1905,
  lxxiii, 139-146, 1 pl.—Milian.  Deux cas de maladie de
   Recklinghausen  (forme de  dermo-iibromatose pigmen-
  taire).  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 555.—
   lTIinervini (R.)  Caso di neurofibromi  multipli.   Cong.
  med. region, ligure 1899.  Atti, Genova, 1900, 129. —von
   Monakow.  Ueber Neurofibrome der hiutereu Schadel-
   grube.   Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1900,  xxxvii, 721-724.
   AUo  [Abstr.]: Verhaudl.  d. Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf.
   u. Aeizte  1899, Leipz.,  1900, lxxi,  pt. 2, 2.  Hlfte., 276.—
   Monzardo ( G.)   Considerazioni cliniche ed anatomo-
  patologiche a proposito di  tin caso di  morbo di Reckling-
   hausen.  Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 966-
   968.—Moynihan (B.G. A.)   A caseof generalised neuro-
   fibromatosis with false neuroma of the vagus nerve.  Lan-
   cet, Lond., 1901, i, 28.—IVegroni (G.)  Deformitst schele-
   triche del tronco  in uu caso di malattia di Recklinghausen.
   Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1904, xxi, 310 - 325. — Oddo ( C.)
   Maladie de Recklinghausen.  Marseille m6d., 1905, xlii, 339;
   369.  AUo [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 412-415.—
   Parsons (P. H.)  A case of Recklinghausen's disease.
   Med. Press  Sc Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 68.— Pelle-
   grino (P. L.)  Contributo alia casistica di neurofibromi
   multipli.   Gazz.  d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1432-1436.—
   Pioliet (P.)  Neuro-fibromatose g6neralis6e avec enorme
   tumeur royale, du poids de 5k 600 et 602, tumeurs .satellites
   beaucoup  plus  petites.   Gaz.  d.  hop.,  Par,  1902,  lxxv, 
NEUROFIBROMA.
624
NEUROGLIA.
Neurofibroma.
  1(45-1350—Pitt (G. N.)  A case of von Recklinghausen's
  disease (multiple molluscum fibrosum with pigmentation;
  lar^e fibroma ofthe hard palate;  elephantiasis mollis ot
  calf of leg.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.. 1904-5, xxxviii, 207, 1 pl.,
  1 1  -Poisson.   Neuro-fibromatose g£n6ralisee.   Gaz.
  med dt N.mtes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 176 - 180. — Poisson Sc
  Vignnid.   Neurofibromatose  generalisee  et nevrome
  plexiforme du cuir  chevelu; mort a 47 ans causee par la
  de-eueiescence sarcomateuse de quelquen-unes des  tu-
  meurs. Ibid., 1898-9, xvii, 113-115. — Pollak (J.)  Die
  Atrophie  bei  multipler  Neurofibromatose.   Arch. f.
  Derinat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1906, lxxviii, 91-103.—
  Preble  (It. B.)    Multiple  neurofibroinata.  Illinois
  M. J.,  Springfield. 1905, vii,  388- 391. — Preble ( R. B.)
  Sc  Hektoen  ( L.)   A case of multiple fibromata of
  the nerves   with  arthritis defoimans.  Tr.  Ass. Am.
  Phvsicians,  Phila.,  1900, xv, 470-49(1, 10  pl. on  5 1.   Also,
  Reprint.  AUo:  Am.  J. M. Sc, Phila.,  1901, n. s., exxi,
  1-27.__Habere.   Neurofibromateuse  generalisee.  J.
  de" ined.  de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 291. — ISainoinl ,
  (F.)   Un cas de neuro-fibromatose.   Bull.  Soc.  anat.
  de  Par.,  1896, lxxi,  375. — Raymond.  Maladies  de
  Recklinghausen avec tumeurs encephaliques.   J. denied.
  int., Par., 1902, vi. 166; 199. -----.  Tumeurs  ceiebrales J
  et neuro-fibromatose.   Rev. internat. de med. et de chir.,
  Par., 1903, xiv, 307-309. -----. La neurofibrosarcoinatose,
  variet6 particuliere de sarcomatose primitive du svste-me I
  nerveux.  Semaincmed.Par., 1903, xxiii, 277-279.—Keith
  (L.)  Neurofibroma multiplex cutis.   Budapesti k. orvo-
  segy. 1891-iki evktinyve, 1892, 94-97.—Richardson (W.
  GT)  A case of neurofibromatosis, sarcoma,  and  death.
  Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1562.—Rispal & Buy.  Un cas
  de maladie de Recklinghausen.  Toulouse med., 1904, 2. s.,
  vi, 292-295. — Kolleston  (II. 1).)  A case  of  Reckling-
  hausen's disease, complicated with a sarcomatous growth
  involving the brachial plexus.   Lancet, Lond., 1899. ii,
  271-273.— Knbeseh (It.)  Unifangliches Fibrom des Ner-
  vus vagus dexter bei Fibromatosis nervorum.  Prag. med.
  Wchuschr., 1903, xxviii. 501-503.—Rudler (F.)  Un  cas
  de neurofibromatose g6neralis6e.  N. ineonog. de la Salpe-
  triere, Bar., 1904, xvii, 203-206, 2 pl.—Senn (N.)  Neuro-
  fibroma.  Clin. Rev.,  Chicago, 1902-3, xvii, 116. — Sim-
  monds.  Ueber Fibroneurome des Ganglion  interverte-
  bral!;.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 413.—Simon
  (P.)  Un  cas de maladie de Recklinghausen (ueuio-tibro-
  matose gen6ralisee).   Rev. m6d.  de l.'est, Nancy, 1904,
  xxxvi, 317-323, 1 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Soc. de med. de Nancy.
  C.-r.,  1903-4, 97.—Simon ( P. ) Sc Spillmann (  L.)
  Note a propos d'un cas de neuro-fibromatose.  Rev. me,d.
  de l'est,  Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 771. — Snegireff (K.  V.) I
  Nevrofibroma kozhi vleka i golovi.  [Neurofibroma of the
  skin of the eyelid and head.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1900,
  liv, 808-818. AUo: Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v  Mosk.
  (1900), 1901, xl, pt. 1,  1-3.  Also: Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev,
  1900,  xvii, 491-498.  AUo. transl:  Arch,  d'opht., Par.,
  1900, xx, 375-390.—Soldan. Ueber die Beziehungen  der
  Pigmeiitiiialer zur Neurofibromatose.  Arb.  a. d. chir. I
  Klin.  d.  k.  Univ.  Berl., 1899, xiv, 80-115, 4  pl.  AUo:
  Arch. f.  Uliu. Chir.,  Berl.,  1899,  lix, 261-296, 4  pl.—
  Sorgo (J.)  Zur Histologie und Klinik der Neurofibrome,
  nebst  Beineikun^en  iiber  das Verhalten der  I'atellar-
  reflexe bei Querschnittsliisionen des Ruckeumarkesini  un-
  teren Brustmarke.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.. 1902,
  clxx, 399-429, 1 pl.—Spillmann.  Neurofibromatose et
  tumeur c6r6brale.  Soe. de med. de  Nancy.  C.-r., 1899-
  1900, pp. lix-lxi.—Spillmann (L.) Sc Blum.  A  propos
  de trois  cas de neuro-fibromatose.   Ibid., 1903-4, 128-133.
  AUo:  Bev.  med. de l'est, Nancy,  1904,  xxxvi, 767-770.—
   Spillmann (P.)  & Eticnnc (G.) Six  cas  de  neuro-
  fibromatose  (neurofibromatose  medullaire et  periphe-
  rique).  Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1898. n. s., iii, 673-675.—
   Spitzmiiller (W.)   Ein seltener Fall von Fibroneurom.
   Aerztl. Kef.-Ztg., Wien, 1903, v, 215. -----. Ein Fall  von
  Neurofibromatose.  Militaerarzt, Wien,  1904, xxxviii,  365.
  Also:  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1904,liv, 365; 421.—Steiner
   (M.)  Ein Fall vou Neurofibromatose(Recklinghausen'sche
  Krankheit).  Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1905, xxvi, 309.—
   Tavani.  Fibromatosi cutanea generalizzata o malattia
  di  Recklinghausen.  Bull.  d. Soc. Lancisiana d.  osp. di
  Roma (1897), 1898, xviii, 316-318. AUo [Abstr.|:  Suppl. al
   Policlin., Roma, 1897-8, iv, 244.—Thibault.  Un  cas do
   maladie de  Recklinghausen. Anjou med., Angers, 1905,
  xii, 261-265.—Thibierge (G.)  Note sur un  cas  de  ma-
  ladie de Recklinghausen  (ueuro-fibromatose generalises)
   sans fibromes cutanees ni fibromes nerveux. Bull, et
  m6m.  Soe.  m6d.  d. hop. de  Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 143-149.
  Also:  Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 996-
  999.  Also:   Bull.  Soc. frani;. de dermat. et svph., Par.,
  1898, ix,  371-374.—Thomas (H. M.)  A case of neuro-
  fibromatosis (von Recklinghausen's disease) with paralysis
   and muscular atrophy of arms  and legs.  Johns Hopkins
   Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903,  xiv, 204-2H7, 1 pl—Thomson
   (A.)   On neurofibromatosis and tumours  relating to
  nerves.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii,  1024.— Tikhoir (P.)
  0 nevrofibromatozle.   Russk. chir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1904,
  xx, 1-40.—Un a a  (P. G.)  Ueber mucinartige Bestaud-
  teile  der Neurofibrome und des  Centralnervensystems.
Neurofibroma.
  Monatsh. f. prakt.  Dermat.,  Hamb., 1894,  xviii,  57-
  68. — Vestberg (A.)   Patalog.-anat.  iindersdkuiug af
  ett fall af plexiformt neurom med multipla m-uro fibroin.
  [ Pathologo-anatomical  researches  in  a case of plexi-
  form neuroma  with  multiple  neurofibroma. ]   Hygiea
  Stockholm,  1893, Iv, 298-308. — Whitfield  (A.)  A case
  of cutaneous neurofibromatosis iu which newly formed
  nerve fibres were found  in the tumours.  Laucet, Lond.
  1903, ii,  1230. — Wolff (W.)  Ein  Fall von Neurofibro-
  matose;  Wachstuin uud Neuauftreten von Tumoren in
  der  Graviditat.  Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz.,
  1901, v, 137-144,  1 pl.^Wynn  (F. B.)   Pl'exifonn neuro-
  fibroma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 500-503.—
  Zei-<-■■ in (V.)   Fibro-neuroina plexiforme,  Laitop. khi-
  rurg. Obsh. v. Mosk., 1896, xv. 44-46.—Zusch (O.)  Ein
  Beitrag zur Lehre vou deu multiplen Fibromen und ihrer
  Beziehung  zu deu Neurofibromen.  Arch. f. path. Anat.
  [etc.),  Berl., 1900, clx, 407-426.

Neuroglia.
     See, also, Nervous system (Pathology of).
     Hki.dek (J. (J.)  "Over deu  bonw der neu-
  roglia.  8J.    Groningen,  169*.
     Popoff (M.)   O nelroglii i yeya, raspredleleuii
  v oblasti  prodolgovatavo  mozga i  Varoliyera
  iuosta u vzvoslavo chelovleka.   [On neuroglia
  and its distribution in the. region ofthe medulla
  oblongata aud  pons  Varolii iu the adult man.]
  12c.   Kharkov, 1693.
     Also, in: Arch,  psichiat.  [etc.], Kharkov,  1893,  xxi,
  no. 3, 1-67:  xxii, no. 1, 1-44.
     Weigert (C.)    Beitrage  zur  Kcnutuis  der
  norinaleu  nienschlichen  Neuroglia.   Festschrift
  zum fiinfzigjiihrigen  Jubilaum  die  iirztlichen
  Vereins zu Frankfurt a. M., 3. November 1H15.
  4C.   [Frankfurt a. M.],  1895.
     See,  aUo,  infra, Hanimar and Robertson.
     Agnerre (J. A.)  Untersuchungen iiber die  mensch-
  liche Neuroglia.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,  1900, lvi, 509-
  525,  lpl.—Augladc.  La nevrogliedans le cone terminal
  et le filuni tenninale de la moelle de rhomnie adulte. Bull.
  et m6m. Soc. anat. do Par., 1903, lxxviii, 37-39. — Babes
  (V.)  Ueber Neurogliawucherung.   Deutsche med. Wchu-
  schr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1901, xxvii, 714-716. —  Benda (C.)
  Erfahrungen iiber  Neuiogliafarbuugeu und eine ueue
  Farbungsmethode.  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1900, xix,  786-798.  AUo [Abstr.]: Arch.  f.  Psychiat.,
  Berl.. 1901-2, xxxv, 237-239.—Blanes (T.)   La neuroglia
  del  bulbo  olfatorio.  Oto-rino-laringol. espan.,  Madrid,
  1898-9, i, 281-283.—Bonne (C.)  Les champs uevrogliques
  endotheliformes chez les  mainniifdres.  Rev. neurol.. Par.,
  1898, vi, 630; 1900, viii, 630. — Brissaud (E.)  De la ue-
  vroglie dans la moelle normale et dans la syringomyelic.
  Ibid..  1894,  ii, 545-553.—Capobianeo (F.)  Delia paite-
  cipazione mesoderinica nella genesi della uevroglia cere-
  brale.   Monitore zool. ital.,  Firenze. 1901,  xii,  230-232.
  Also, transl: Arch.  ital. de biol., Turin,  1902,  xxxvii,
  152-155.—Capobianeo (F.) Sc Fragnito (U.)  Nuuve
  ricerche su la  genesi ed i rapporti   mutui degli  ele-
  menti nervosi e  nevrogliri.  Aun. di nevrol., Milano. 1898,
  xvi, 81-118, 3 pl.—C'atbla (G.)  Sulla presenza di uevro-
  glia nella  struttura  dei plessi eoroidei.  Riv. di patol.
  nerv.. Firenze, 1902,vii, 385-390.—Enrich (F. W.)  Some
  recent extensions of our knowledge of  the neuroglia, nor-
  mal aud pathological.  Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1896, ii, 1024.
  -----. Studies  on the neuroglia.  Brain, Lond., 1897, xx,
  114; 468, 1  pl.  -----. Contributions to the comparative
  anatomy of the neuroglia.   J. Anat. Sc Physiol., Lond.,
  1897-8, xxxii, 688-708, 2 pl—Hanimar (J. A.)  Beitiage
   zur Kenntnis der norinaleu  mensehlichen Neuroglia von
   C. Weigert. Upsala Liikaref.  Forh., 1895-6, n. F., i, 232-
   239.—Hardesly (I.)  Ou the development and nature of
  the  neuroglia.   Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1904, iii. 229-268, 5 pl.
   on 7 1. — Hatai (S.)  On the origin of neuroglia tissue
  from  the  mesoblast.  J. Comp. Neurol., (iranville.  O.,
   1902-3, xii, 291-296.1 pl.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Illinois M.  J.,
   Springfield, 1902-3, iv, 642.  Also: J. Nerv.  Sc Ment. Dm.,
  N.Y.,  1903, xxx,  298-300.-IIeld  (H.)  Ueber den Bau
   der Neuroglia und iiber die Wand der Lymphgefasse in
   Haut uud Schleimhaut.  Abhandl. d. math.-phys. Kl. d. k.
   siichs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1903, Leipz.. 1904, xxviu,
   199-318, 4 jd.—Huber (G. C.)  Studies on the neuroglia.
   Am. J. Anat., Bait.,  1901-2, 45-61. -----. Studies on neu-
   roglia tissue.   Contrib.  Med.  Research (Vaughau).  Ann
   Arbor, Mich., 1903, 578-620, 31., 3 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Illi-
   nois M. J., Springfield,  1902-3, iv, 641.  AUo [Abstr.]: J.
   Nerv. & Ment.  Dis.. N. T.,  1903, xxx, 298.—Joseph (II.I
   Zur Kenntnis  der Neuroglia.  Anat.  Anz.,  Jena, 1900.
   xvii, 354-357—I.ecper  (K. R.) Observations on the neu-
   roglia (-ell  and  its processes.  J.  Ment. Sc, Lond., 190A
   xlviii,  732-734.— f.yubushin (A.)  Metod Angladea v
   primlenenii k  izucheniyu  elemeutov  nevroglii.   [ Au-
   glade's  method applied  to  the study of elements ot neu- 
NEUEOGLIA.
625
NEUROLOGY.
Neuroglia.
  roglia.]  J. nevropat. i psikhiat. .  . . Korsakova, Mosk.,
  1902, ii, 435-444.  [Discussion], pt, 2, 43-46.  Also, transl.
  [Abstr.]:  Neurol.  Centralbl.. Leipz.,  1902,  xxi,  732.—
  Mallory (F. B.)  Ueber gewisse  eigenthiiniliche Farbe-
  reactiouen der Neuroglia.  Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path.
  Anat.. Jeua,  1895, vi, 753-758, 1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.—ITIar-
  chand (L.)   Rapports des fibrilles n6vrogliques avec les
  parois des vaisseaux.   Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.,
  1900, lxxv, 806-868.—Marinesco (G.)  Evolution de la
  nevroglie k l'etat normal et  pathologique.  Compt. rend.
  Soc. de  biol., Bar., 1900, 11. s., ii, 688-690—.liiiHer (E.)
  Studien iiber Neuroglia.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,
  1899, lv, 11-62, 4 pl.—Nissl. Ueber  einige Beziehuugen
  zwischen der Glia und dem Gefassapparat.  Arch. f. Psy-
  chiat,  Berl., 1902,  xxxvi, 334-343.—Obersteiner (H.)
  Zur Histologie der Gliazelleu in der Molecuhirsehichte
  der Grosshirurinde. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst.  a. d. Wien.
  Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1900. 7. Hft.,  301-316, 1 pl.  Also
  [Abstr.]:  Wien. klin. Wchuschr., 1900, xiii,  565.—Pel-
  lizzi (G. B.) Sulla struttura e sull' origine delle grauu-
  lazioni  ependimali (contributo all' istologia e  patologia
  della nevroglia). Riv. sper. di freniat.,  Heggio-Emilia,
  1896, xxii, 466-487,  1  pl.  Also: Ann. di  fivuiat. [etc.],
  Torino,  1897, vii, 167-188.—Perez (C.) A 4-iciidre (E.)
  Proc6de de coloration de la nevroglie chca les ichtbyobo-
  elles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii. 675.—
  Petrone (L. M.)  Sulla struttura della nevroglia dei cen-
  tri nervosi cerebro-spinali.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1888, ix.
  770; 778; 786; 794; 802; 810.—Pollack (B.)  Einige  Be-
  merkungen fiber die  Neuroglia, uud Neurogliafiirbung.
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1896, xlviii, 274-280.—Ramon
  y Cajal (S.) Algo sobre la siguificacion fisiologiea de la
  neuroglia. Rev. trimest. microg., Madrid, 1897, ii, 33-47.—
  Benaut (J.)  Insertion, sous forme de revetement 6pi-
  thelial continu, des pieds des fibres nGvrogliques sur la
  liniitante marginale d'un nevraxe adulte.  Compt. rend.
  Acad.d.sc,Par..lS98.cxxvi, 1440-1443. AUo [Abstr.]: Rev.
  g6n. de  clin. et de th6rap.. Par., 1898, xii, 393. —Retzius
  (G.) Studien iiber Epeudvm und Neuroglia. Inhis: Biol.-
  Untersuch.,  Stockholm. 1893, u.  F., v, 9-26, 9pl. — Rob-
  ertson (W. F.)  Note on Weigert's theory regarding the
  structure of tho neuroglia.  J. Ment. Sc, Loud., 1897. xliii,
  67-72.— Bolide (E.)   Gangiienzellkern und Neuroglia;
  ein Kapitel iiber Vermehiung und Wachsthum von Gan-
  glienzellen.  Arch. f.  mikr.  Auat., Bonn, 1896, xlvii, 121-
  135, 1 pl.—Rubaschkin (W.)  Studien iiber Neuroglia.
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1904, lxxiv,  575-626, 4 pl.—
  Spanipani (G.)   Alcune considerazioni e ricerche sulla
  nevroglia. Aun. di freniat.  [etc.]. Torino, 1898, viii, 370-
  380.—Taylor (E. W.)  A contribution to the study of
  human neuroglia. J. Exper. M., N.T..1897,ii,611-634,4 pl.—
  Visokorich (V. K.)  Okraskanevroglii po sposobu Wei-
  gert'a.  fStaiuiug neuroglia by Weigert's method.]  Univ.
  Izvlest.  [Protok. Fi'z.-med.  Obsh., 1897-8, 147-153], Kiev,
  1899, xxxix.—Voinot.  Sur la nSvroglie perimedullaire.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s.. iv, 244—Vol-
  deng (M. N.) The new neuroglia stain of Cail Weigert.
  Am. J. Insan..Chicago, 1895-6,lii,512-515.—Weber (L. W.)
  Ueher  das Vorkommen von sogenannten  Monster-Glia-
  zellen im Gehirn.  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl.,
  1901, lviii, 750-752. -----. Der heutig'e Stand der Neuro-
  gliafrage.  Centralbl.  f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena,
  1903, xiv, 7-33.—Whitwell (J. R.)  On  the structure of
  the neuroglia.  Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1898, i, 681-683.—Ya-
  magiwa (K.)  Eine neue Farbung der Neuroglia.  (Zu-
  gleich ein kleiner Beitrag znr Kenntniss  der Natur von
  deu Glia-Fasern.)  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900,
  clx, 358-365, 1 pl.

JYeuroglioma.
     See Nervous system (Glioma of).

IN Oil I Oh I' ([Joh.] A[nton]) [1770?-1850].
     See Begin (L[ouis]-J[acques]). Lehrbuch der prak-
  tischen  Chirurgie [etc.].  8°. Berlin. 18:9.— I.obstein
  (J|oh. Georg Christian] FJriedrich  Martin]).  Versuch
  einer neueu  Theorie der Krankheiten  [etc.]. 8°.  Stutt-
  gart, 1835.
IVeurohr  (Joannes   Antonius).   *De medica-
  inentonim  relatione  ad morbum.  23 pp.  4°.
  Strasbourg, 1805, No. 188.
IVeurohr (Joannes Mathias).  * De corticis peru-
  viani  reinediis  succedaneis,  ac  de praevalente
  ejus hueusque in fehribus intermittentibus usu.
  1  p. 1., 11 pp.  4°.   Argentorati, 1813, No. 369.

Neurokeratin.
    Hatai ( S. )    The neurokeratin in  the medullary
  sheaths of the peripheral nerves of mammals.   J. Comp.
  Neurol., Cranville, O., 1903-4, xiii, 149-156, 1 pl.—Kiihnc
  (W.) Sc Chittenden (R.H ) On neurokeratin.  N.York
  M. J., 1890,  li, 197; 227.  Also,  transl: Ztschr. f.  Biol.,
  Miinchen u.  Leipz., 1889, n. F.,  viii,  291-323.—Ogneflf
  (J.)  Ueber das Neurokeratin.   Bull. Soc.  imp. d. nat. de
  Moscou, 1892, 450-476.

        VOL  XI,  2d series----40
Neurolipoma.
    Alsbebg (A.)   * Ueber Neurolipome; eiu Bei-
  trag  zur Keuntniss  der falschen Neurome.  8°.
  Berlin, [1692].
    Pugliese (V.)  Contributo alio studio dei lipomi cere-
  bro-spinali.  Biv. sper. di freniat., Regio-Emilia, 1895, xxi,
  678-690, 1 pl._Waring (H.J.)  Neurolipomatosis.  Tr.
  Path. Soe. Lond., 1901-2, liii, 423-425.

Neurologia, eiu  Ceutialblatt  fiir Neurologie,
  Psychiatrie,  Psychologie  nnd verwandte Wis-
  sen.sehaften.   Tokio.  See  Shiukeigaku Zasshi.
  Tokio.
Neurological  Laboratory of the Philadelphia
  Polyclinic.  An initial report. 32pp.  8\   [New
  York, 1690.]
    Repr.from: J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. V., 1896,  xxiii.
IVeurologisches Centralblatt.  v. 8-24, 1889-
  1905.  8°.  Leipzig.
    Current.

Neurology.
    See,  also,  Laboratories  (Neurological, etc.);
  Nervous system; Psychiatry; Psychology.
    Baldingek(E. G.)  [Pr.]praemittitur epitome
  ueurologie   physiologico - pathologic*.  [Cum
  vita caudidati Sam. Thorn. Soemmering.]   sm.
  4°.   Gottini/w, [1778].
    Espekimento  pubblico   sulla  nevrologia,
  [etc.]    [Quesiti di  nevrologia.]   fol.  Genova,
  1807.
    Hitzig (E.)  Rede gehalten  zur  Einweihung
  der psychiatrischen  uud Nervenklinik zu Halle
  a. S. am 29. April  1891 und  Statistik der  Kliuik
  in den Jahren  1887-91.   8°.   Halle, 1«91.
    Mobius (P. J.) Nenrologisehe Beitrage.  1.-5.
  Hft.   8°.  Leipzig, 1894-8.
    Neurobiologische Arbeiteu.   Hrsg. vou Os-
  kar Vogt.  1. Serie: Beitrage zur Hirnfaserlehre.
  Atlas: v. 1,  175 pl.;  v. 2,   1.  Fortsetzuug,  1.
  Teil, 124 pl.  fol.  Jena, 1902.
    -----. The same.  1. & 2. Lfg., v. 1, text.  fol.
  Jena, 1902-4.
                      CONTENTS.
    1. Lfg. Zur Erforschung der Hirnfasern.  Von Cecile
  und Oskar Vogt.
    2. Lfg. Die Markreifung des Kindergebirns wahrend
  der ersten vier Lebensmonate und ihre methodologische
  Bedeutung.  Von Cecile und Oskar Vogt.
    -----.  The same.   2.  s.   Weitere  Beitrage.
  Hirnunatome.   1.  &  2.  Lfg., v.  1.  fol.   Jena,
  1903-4.
                      CONTENTS.
    1. Lfg. Zur Kenntniss des Zentralnervensystems von
  Torpedo.  Von Max Borchert.
    2. Lfg. Untersuchungen iiber die Leitungsbahnen dea
  Trillions cerebri  und ihren Zusammenhang mit denen der
  Medulla  spinalis und des  Cortex cerebri.  Von M. Le-
  wandowski.
    Stakck (H.)  Neurologie und Chirurgie.  12°.
  Leipzig,  1904.
    St.vnnius (H.)  [Nenrologisehe Uutersuchun-
  geu.]  12°.  [Gbttingen, 185U.]
    Cutting from: Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d.  "Wissensch.
  u. d. Georg-Aug.-Uuiv., Gotting., 1850.
    Ventuuoh  (M.)  Lo  studio  delle  malattie
  nevrose e la sana iilosofia.   8°.  Bologna, 1887.
    Ilepr.from:  Scienza ital., Bologna.
    Wagner(K.)  Nenrologisehe Untersuchungen.
  12°.   [Gbttingen, 1*50.]                :
    -----.  The same.  12°.   [Gbttingen, 1853.]
    -----. The same.  roy. 8°. [Gbttingen, 1854.]
    ftci-tran (E.)  In memoriam.  Rev. de cien.  m6d. de
  Barcel., 1902, xxviii, 239-242.—Collins (J.)  The neurol-
  ogist's art. J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1216-
  1222.—Fisher (E.  D.)  Inaugural address.  Med. News,
  N.  Y., 1900, lxxvi, 819. — Gooilhnrt (S. P.)  Psycho-
  pathologie und Neurologie.  Deutsche Ztscbr. f. Nervenh.,
  Leipz., 1898-9,  xiv, 333-347.—(Sowers (YY\ R.)  Au ad-
  dress on neurology  and therapeutics.  Tr. M. Soc. Loud.,
  1892-3, xvi, 300-312.  Also:  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1893, i, 781;
  833.  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 849;  915— Oumpertz
  (K. )   Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Chirurgie und
  Neurologie.  Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1901,  v, 56.— 
NEUKOLOGY.
626
NEUKOLOGY.
Neurology.
   Harris (\V.)  Review of recent neurological  literature.
   Practitioner, Lond., 1905. lxxv, 217-232.—HeiIpach (W.)
   Psychologie und Nervenheilkunde.  Phil. Stud., Leipz.,
   19(12, xix, 192-242.—Modgdoii (A. L )  A glance at pay-
   chiatrv and neurology.  Maryland M. -I.,  Bait., 1897-8,
   xxxviii, 218-222.  Also, Repriut.—Hodgson (S. IL)  The
   philosophical relations of neurology.  Brain, Loud., 1891-2,
   xiv, 1-17.—Holm (N.)  NogleBemserkningeri Anledning
   af " Neurologiske Meddelelser af C. Leegaard ".  [Some re-
   marks with regard to C. Leegard's neurological communi-
   cations.]  Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Christiania, 1888,
   4. R., iii, 331-334.—Hughes (C. H.) Report on neurology
   and psychiatry.  Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1891, xii,
   372-398.  Also, Reprint. -----. A neurologist's farewell.
   Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1896, xvii,  178-184.  Also,
   Reprint. — Jackson (J. H.)   Neurological  fragments.
   Lancet,  Lond.,  1892-7, passim:  1899,  i,  166:  1902,  i,
   727.—Marvin (J. B.)   Neurological fragments.  Am.
   Pract.  Sc News, Louisville, 1896, xxii, 12-15.   [Discussion],
   18-20.—Mayberry (C. B.) Address in neurology.  Penn.
   M.  J.,  Pittsbure, 1903-4, vii,  169-176.—Mettler (L. H.)
   The difficulty with neurology ; its classification.  Plexus,
   Chicago, 1905, xi,586-592.—Meyer (A.)  Review of recent
   text-books of anatomy and pathology of the nervous sys-
   tem.   J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1898-9, viii, pp.
   liii—lxviii.—Moyer (H. N.)   A clinical lecture in neurol-
   ogy.  Medicine,  Detroit, 1899, v, 121-124.— Patrick
   (H. T.) Neurology in relation to general medicine.   Chi-
   cago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 114-118.—Raymond.   Dis-
   cours.  Cong, inteinat. de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de
   neurol., 1-13. —Kazetti  (L.)  Origenes  y fundaraentos
   de  la neurologia contemporanea.   An.  Univ. cent, de
   Venezuela, Caracas, 1900, i, 203-232.—Remak (R.)  Neu-
   rologische Beobachtungen.  Deutsche Klinik,  Berl., 1855,
   vii, 294.  Also, Reprint.—Riessner (E.)   Neurologische
   Studien.   Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol.,  Leipz.,  1862, 615;
   721; 125, 2 pl.—Sachs (B.)  Neurology and general  medi-
   cine ;  progress in  neurology;  relation between clinical
   types, as illustrated bv multiple sclerosis  and paralysis
   agitans.  N. York  M. J.,  1894, lx, 257-260.—SchifT(M.)
   Des caracteres neurologiques de l'homme.   In  hu .- Ges.
   Beitr.  z. Physiol.,  8°,  Lausanne,  1896, iii, 281. — Van
   Ciieseu (I.)  The correlation of sciences  in psychiatric
   and neurological  research.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1898, xliv,
   754-811.

Neurology (History and progress of).
    Buschan  (G.)  Bibliographischer Semesterr
   bericht der Erscheinungen auf dem Gebiete de-
   Neurologie  mid  Psychiatrie.  1. Jahrg.,  1895, 1.
   & 2. Hiilfte.  8-.  Jena,  1895-6.
    Curcio (E.)   Evoluzione della  neuro-patolo-
  logia nel secolo presente in rapporto ai progressi
   dell'  anatomia  e  della  fisiologia.   8°.   Boma,
   1899.
    Litekatur  (Die)  der  Psychiatrie,  Neurolo-
   gie und Psychologie von 1459-1799.   Mit Unter-
   stiitzuug  der  kgl. Akademie  der Wissenschaf-
   teu zu Berlin.   Hrsg. vou Heinrieh Laehr.  3 v.
   in 4.  8:.   Berlin, 1900.
    Mul (P.-L.)  Les ideesde Descartes sur la phy-
   siologie  du  systeme  nerveux.  *y   Bordeaux,
   1896.
    Papillon.   * Contribution  a P6tude  des ma-
  ladies  nerveuses peudant l'antiquite" grteco-ro-
  niaine.  4°.  Paris,  1892.
    Barker (L. F.)  On the progress of neurology.  Tale
   M. J., N. Haven, 1898-9, v, 179-209. AUo, Reprint.  AUo
   [Abstr.J: Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 213; 273.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Brissaud.  Theophile de Bordeu. neurologiste.  Chron.
   med., Par.,  1904, xi, 625-634.—Broad be ul  (Sir W.)
   Progress nf medicine in the Queen's reign; nervous dis-
   eases.  Practitioner, Lond., 1897, lviii, 611-614.—Carpen-
   ter  (E.  G.)  The  evolution  of  neurological  research.
   Cleveland  M.  Gaz.,  1894-5  x,  565-570.—Collins (J.)
  Progress in neurology.  Phila. M.  J., 1902, x, 21-27.—De
   Buck.  Beschouwingen over de  moderne neurologic.
   Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong.  1897  Gent
   Sc Deventer, 1898, i, 62-68.—Foster <M.)   The older doc-
  trines of the nervous system.  In Ids:  Lect. Hist. Phys-
  iol., 8°, Cambridge, 1901, 255-300.—Galceran.  Orbuiea
  de neurologia y  psiipiiatria.  Gac. med. catal..  Barcel.
   1896, xix, 6-8.—Cowers (Sir W. R.>  The new neuroloo-y.
   Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 71-73.-Herriek (C. L.)  Psycho-
   logical  corollaries of modern neurological discoveries. J
  Comp. Neurol., Granville, O.,  1897-8, vii, 155-161. —Hors-
   ley (V.)  The discovery of the physiology of the nervous
  syst.m   Med. Press Sc Circ. Lond.,  1893,  n.  s., lvi, 317-
  319- Hodgdon (A. L.)  A glance at psychiatry and
  neurology as it  exists to-day, and in the olden times.
  Mar.vlaud  M. J.. Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 218-222. — Hughes
   (C.  H.) Neurological progress in  America.  Al: mat Sc
i Neurology (History and progress of).
    Neurol., St.  Lonis, 1897,  xviii, 263-339.  AUo, Reprint
    Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897,  xxix, 315-323. _____'.
    Progress in  neurology.  Alienist Sc  Neurol.,  St. Louis
    1898, xix, 436-446.  Also, Reprint.—Ishikawa (T.)  Ue-
    bersicht  der  japanischeu  neurologischen  Litteratuieu
    im Jahre 1903.  Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo,  1904-5, iii,
    suppl., 51-57— Langdon (F. W.)  Neurologic progress
    and prospects.  J. Am. M. Ass..  Chicago, 1903, xii, 145-
    151. AUo. Reprint.—I.ai-ionoff f V. E.)  Usplekhi ni-v-
    rologii i ikh  znacheni}e v razlichuikh otraslyakh uiedi-
    tsinskikh znauiy. [Progress made in neurology, and its im-
    portance among the various branches of medical science 1
    Russk.  Trach, S.-Peterb.,  1903, ii, 589-593.— Lewan-
    dowsky (M.) Neurologische Eindriickeaus Paris.  Med
    Kliu.,  Berl.,  1905, i, 502; 528.—Meyer (A).  Critical re-
    view of the data aud general methods and deductions ol
    modern  neurology.  J.  Comp.  Neurol.,  Granville  o
    1898-9, viii, 113;  249, 7 pl.—iTIills (C. K.)  Neurology  in
    Philadelphia  from 1874 to 1904.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis.
    N. Y.,  1904, xxxi, 353-367.  AUo, Reprint.—Neuburger
    (M.)  Beitrage  zur Geschichte der Nervenheilkunde.
    Wien.  med.  BL, 1899, xxii,  103 - 106. — Neurologists
    and neurological laboratories.  No. I.  Gustav Fritsch.
    II. Neurological work at  Zurich.  J.  Comp. Neurol.
    Granville, O., 1892, iii, 84,  port.:  1893, ii, 1, 41;  114.  —
    Neurology  and psychiatry in  America.  J. Am. M.
    Ass., Chicago, 1899,  xxxii," 1236. — Newton  ( R.  C. j
    Modern  neurology.  J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey,  Newark,
    1905-6, ii, 39-46.  AUo, Reprint.—Preston  (G. J.)  Re-
    cent progress in  neurology.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1896,
    xxxv, 443.—Preuss (J.)   Nerven- und Geisteskrankbei-
    ten nach  Bibel und Talmud.  Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat.
    [etc.l, Berl.,  1899,  lvi, 107- 134. — Punton  (J.)   The
    evolution of scientific neurology and  its  utility in medi-
    cal practice.   Alienist and Neurol.,  St. Louis, 1895, xvi,
    41-52.   AUo:  Langsdale's Lancet, Kansas City, 1896,  i,
    34; 72; 115; 150.  — Sachs (B.)  Advances in neurology
    aud their relation to psychiatry.   Proc.  Am.  Med.-
    Psychol. Ass., [Utica, N. Y.], 1897, iv, 132-149__Sachs
    (H.)  Die Entwicklung  der  Gehirnphysiologie  im«ix.
    Jahrhnndert.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1902, xxxix,  440.
    Also, Reprint. — Sano (F.)  Gli studi neuro-patologici
    e psichiatrici  in  Olanda.  Riv. sper.  di freniat., Reggio-
    Emilia,  1898,  xxiv, 489-493. — Sikorski  (I. A.)   0
    velikikh usplekhakh i vozrastayushtshem znachenii psi-
    khiatrii i nevrologii sredi nauk i v zhizni.  [On the great
    success and growing importance of psychiatrics and neu-
    rology among the sciences and in life. J  Vopr. nerv.-psikh.
    med., Kiev, 1899, iv,  1-14.—Upson (H. S.)  Report on
    progress in neurology.  Clevelaud M. Gaz., 1892-3, viii,
    552-558.   Also, Repriut.—Vires.  Les progres de la neu-
    ropathologie.   N. Montpel. m6d., 1899, viii, 454-481.—
    IVahl (L.)   Un  neurologiste du grand sidcle, Francois
    Sylvius Deleboe, disciple de Descartes.   Ann. inetl.-psy-
    chol., Par., 1904, 8. s., xx, 353-368.—Zosin.  Nevropatia
    in anticitate;  neurastenia, paralizia  generalSi si alcoolis-
    mul pe vremea lul Seneca (secolul i dup& Chr.).'  Spitalul,
    Bucuresci, 1903, xxiii, 291-300.

 fVeurology (Instruction in  and  nomen-

    clature of).
      Erb(W.)  Ueher die neuere Entwicklung der
    Nervenpathologie uud  ihre  Bedeutung fiir den
    niedicinischen Unterricht.  8°.  Leipzig, 1880.
      Jackson  (J.  H.)   Suggestions  for studying
    diseases ofthe nervous system on Owen's verte-
    bral theory.   12°.   London, 1603.
      Lefert  (P.)    Aide-m6moire de  neurologie.
    16°.  Paris, 1900.
      Popoff  (N.  M.)   Znacheniye nevropatologii
    v ohshtshcl sistemle  meditsinskavo  obrazova-
    niya.   [Importance  of  neuropathology iii  the
    general system of medical education.]   8°.  Ka-
    zan, 190:1.
      Raymond (F.)   L'6tude  des  maladies dn sys-
    teme nerveux  eu Russie.  Rapport  adr-esse" a M.
    le uiinistre  de  l'instrnction publique.   8°.   Pa-
    ris, 1^69.
      StrCmpkll (A.) & Jacob (C.)  Neurologische
    Waudtafeln znni Gehrauche beim klinischen,
    anatomist hen  nnd  physiologist-hen  Unterricht.
    fol.  Miinchen, 1897.
      ■taker (F.)  The nonienclatlire of nerve cells.  Proc.
    Ass. Am. Anat.  1895, Wash.,  1896, viii, 40-45.  AUo:  N.
    York M. J.,  1896, lxiii, 373.—Barker (L. F.)  Concern-
    ing neurological nomenclature.   Johns  Hopkins Hosp.
    Bull., Bait.,  1896, vii, 200.  Also. Reprint.—Barker (L.
    F.) Sc Kyes  (P.)  On the teaching of the normal anatomy
    of the central nervous system of  human beings to large
    classes  of medical students.  Proc. Ass. Am. Anat. 1900,
    Wash.,   1901,  xiv,  125-13-.—Beer (T.),  Bethe (A.)  & 
NEUROLOGY.
627
NEUEOLOGY.
Neurology  (Instruction  in and nomen-
  clature of).
  von UexhiiH (J.)  Vorschliige zu einer objektivieren-
  den Xomeuklatur in der Physiologie des Nervensystems.
  Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1899, xix, 517-521.  AUo: Cen-
  tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u.  Wien, 1899, xiii, 137-141. AUo .-
  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1899, xxii, 275-280.—Fish (P. A.)  The
  terminology of the nerve cell.  Proc.  Ass. Am. Anat.,
  Wash., 1894, iii, 52.  Also,  Reprint.  Also: J. Comp. Neu-
  rol., Granville, O., 1*94, iv, 171-175.—CJalcerrin  (A.)
  Nomenclatura anat6mica de las c61ulas nerviosas. Gac.
  med. catal., Barcel.,  1896,  xix, 266-268.—CJuillain (G.)
  L'6tat actuel de l'eiiseigiiement de la neurologie aux Etats-
  Unis.  Semaine nied., Par., 1903, xxiii, 61-63.—Herriek
  (C. L.) & Herriek (C. J.i  Inquiries regarding current
  tendencies  in  neurological  nomenclature.   J.  Comp.
  Neurol., Granville, O., 1897-8, vii, 162-168. — Kenyon
  (F. C.)  The terminology of the neurocyte or nerve cell.
  Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1898, n. s.,vii,424.—King
  (E. W.)  The necessity for more thorough training in
  nervous and mental diseases in medical schools.   Pacific
  M. J., San Fran.. 1901, xliv, 156-164.— Krauss (W. C.) A
  nearo-topographical bust.   J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y.,
  1891. xviii, 812-814. -----. A neurological bust.  Buffalo
  M. Sc S. J., 1894-5, xxxiv, 470-473.  Also ['Abstr.J: J. Nerv.
  & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1895,  xxii, 101, 1 pl.  Also [Abstr.]:
  Tr. M. Ass. Centr. N. Y.  1894, Buffalo,  1895, 68, 1 pl.—
  Mettler (L.  H.)  The proper  method of  teaching the
  anatomy of the nervous system.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901,
  lx. 523-526.—Moyer (H.  N.)  Saturday  lessons in neu-
  rology.  Chicago Clinic, 1899,xii,89-91.—Pullman (J.D.)
  [Prize  examination in neurologv; Eskridge prize.]  Colo-
  rado M. J., Denver, 1896, ii,  113-116.—Putnam (J. J.)
  The value of the phvsiological principle  in  the study of
  neurology.  Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1904, cli,  641-647. Also:
  Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 1051-1056.  AUo: Med. Rec,
  N. Y.,  1904, lxvi, 559.—Banios Rlejfa (J. M.) Informe
  sobre la enseiianza de la neuro-patologia en 1903.  Arch.
  de psiquiat. ycriminol., Buenos Aires, 1904, iii, 68-74.—
  Beeder (C.W.)  On the  neglect of the study of mental
  and nervous diseases in our medical  colleges.  Cincin.
  Lancet-Clinic, 1891, n. s., xxvii, 493-496.—Sinkler (W.)
  The importance of a more general studv of diseases of the
  nervous system. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii,  185-189.—Wil-
  der (B. G.)  Neural terms, international and national.
  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O.,  1896, vi, 216-352.  Also,
  Reprint, in part.  -----.  Neurologic nomenclature.  J.
  Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.Y., 1896, xxiii, 793.  Also: Science,
  N. Y.,  & Lancaster, Pa., 1896, n. s., iv, 70.
Neurology   (Periodicals  and   transac-
  tions of societies relating to).
    Anxali della clinica delle  malattie meutali
  nervose,  della r. Universita   di  Palermo,  di-
  retta  dal  Rosolino Colella.   v. 2.   1900-1902.
  8C.  Palermo,  1903.
    Anxales de psychiatrie et d'hypnologie dans
  leurs rapports avec la psychologie et la mede-
  cine legale.   Publie'es  sous la direction  de  J.
  Luys.   N. s., v.  1-5, 1-91-5.   *-.   Paris.
    Anxali di nevrologia.   Diretti  dai dott. F.
  Yizioli [et al.'].   [Bi-inonthlv.]  N. s., v. 9-23,
  1891-1905.  8°.  Torino, 1691;  Napoli, 1892-5.
    Current.
    Archives of  Neurology  aud Psycho-pathol-
  ogv.   Edited by G. A. Blumer [et  al. ].   Quar-
  terlv.   v. 1-3, Dec, 1898-1901.   roy. 8°.   Utica,
  N.  Y.
   Archives of Neurology from the pathological
  laboratory of the London County Asylums, Cla-
  bury,  Essex.   Edited  by F. W. Mott.  [Annu-
  ally.]   v. 1-2, 1900-1903.  8C.  London.
   Archivos brasileiros de psychiatria, neurolo-
  gia e sciencias affins, fundados  pelos  J. Moreira
  e A. Peixoto.   [Quarterly.]  v. 1, April to Oc-
  tober, 19 "5.  8°.  Bio de Janeiro.
   Current.
   Archivos  de terapeutica de las eufermedades
  nerviosas y mentales.  Dirijidos por A. Galceran
  Granis [el al.].   [Bi-monthly.]   v. 1-3, 1903-5.
  8°.   Barcelona.
   Current.
   Coxgres international de medecine.   XIII.
 Paris 1900.   Comptes-rendus. " Section de neu-
 rolgie.   8°.   Paris, 1900.
   Congres international de neurologie, de psy-
 chiatrie, (l'eiectricite medicale et d'hypnologie.
]¥euroloj;'y  (Periodicals  and  transac-
  tions of societies relating to).
  Premiere session, 1897.  Fasc. 1-3.  8°. Bruxelles
  \*9*.
    Jahresbericht  iiber  die  Leistungen  und
  Fortsohritte auf  dem Gebiete  der  Neurologie
  nnd Psychiatrie.   Hrsg. von  E. Flatau und L.
  Jacobsohn.   Red.  von  E.  Mendel.   v.  1-4,
  1897-1900.  roy. 8°.   Berlin, 1898-1901.
    Current.
    Jocrxal (The) of Comparative Neurology.  A
  quarterly periodical devoted to tlie comparative
  study of the  nervous system.  Edited by C. L.
  Herriek.   v. 1-lti, 1891-1907.   8°.   Cincinnati,
  1691; Granville, O., 1892-1906.
    Current.
    Journal  de   uenrologie  et  d'hypnologie.
  Red.  eu chef: J.-B. Crocq.    [Semi-monthly.]
  v. 1-11.   1895-190(1.   8°.  Bruxelles 4- Paris.
    Current.
    Journal fiir  Psychologie und  Neurologie.
  Red. von  K.  Brodmauu.    [6. Nos.  form 1 v.]
  v. 1-6.   June, 1902 to January. 1906.   sm. fol.
  Leipzig.
    Current.
    Jurnal  nevropatologii i  psikhiatrii  imeui
  S. S. Korsakova,  izdavayemly Obshtshestvom
  nevropatologov i  psikhiatrov,  sostoyaslitshim
  pri Imperatorskom Moskovskom  Universitetle.
  [Journal of neuropathology and  psychiatrics in
  memory of S. S. Korsakoff, issued by the Society
  of Neuropathologists and Psychiatrists at  the
  University  of Moscow.]   v. 1-5,  1901-5.  8°.
  Moskva.
    Current.
    Kurella (H. [G.]) &-Hoppe (H.)   Taschen-
  kalender fiir Nerven-Aerzte, 1901.  12°.  Berlin
  $ Leipzig, 1901.
    Laxguedoc (Le)  medical.   Revue trimes-
  trielle  des maladies du systeme nerveux [etc.],
  pnbliee par A. R6mond.  v. 3-4.  June 15, 1893,
  to Dec. 15, 1894.   8C.   Toulouse.
    Ended.  Want v. I and 2.
    Nevraxe (Le).   Recueil  de neurologie nor-
  male  et  pathologique.   Publie   par  A. Van
  Gehuchten.  v. 1.   8°.  Louvain, 1900.
    Nevrologicheskiy  Vestuik.    Organ   Ob-
  shtshestva nevropatologov i psikhiatrov pri  Im-
  peratorskom Kazanskom  Universitetle.   [Neu-
  rological  Courier.   Organ of  the  Society of
  Neuropathologists  and Psychiatrists  at  the  Im-
  perial University of Kazau.]   v. 1-12, 1893-1904.
  8°.   Kazan.
    Nouvelle  iconographie  de  la Salpetriere.
  Clinique  des  maladies du  systeme  nerveux.
  Publiee sous la direction du  prof. Charcot  par
  P. Richer, Gilles  do la Tourette  et  A. Londe.
  v. 1-3.  8°.  Paris,  1888-90.
    PSYCHIATRISCH - NEUROLOGISCHE   Wocheil-
  schrift.   Red. von Joh. Bresler.  v. 4-7.  1902-6.
  roy. 8°.  Halle a. S.
    Current.  Continuation of: Psychiatrische Wochen-
  schrift.
    Review of Neurology and Psychiatry.   Ed-
  ited by A. Bruce and E. Brain well.  [Monthly.]
  v. 1-4.   1903-6.  8°.  Edinburgh.
    Current.
    Revue neurologique.  Dirigee par E. Brissaud
  et, P. Marie.  [Semi-monthly. J  v. 1-14.   1893-
  1906.  8°.   Paris.
    Current.
    Revue de psychiatrie, de neurologie et d'hyp-
  nologie.    Le gerant: A. Lutaud.  [Monthly.]
  n. s., v. 1-10.   1896-1905.  8°.  Paris.
    Current.
    Rivista iconografica della sezione  malattie
  nervose della  Policlinica  generale di  Torino. 
NEUROLOGY.
628
NEUROMA.
Neurology  (Periodicals  and   transac
   tions of societies relating to).
   Redatta dal dott. Camillo Negro,   v. 1, Nov. 30,
   1897, to December,  1900.   8-.   Torino.
     Ended.
     Rivista  quindicinale di  psicologia, psichia-
   tria, neuro-patologia.   Red.:  Sante De Sanctis.
   v. 1-3.   May, 1897 to Sept., 1899.   8°.   Boma.
     Rivista di patologia nervosa e mentale.   Di-
   retta da E. Tanzi [et al.].   [Monthly.]  v. 1-10.
   1897-1905.   8°.   Firenze.
     Current.
     Shixkeigaku Zasshi.  [Neurology, psychiatry
   [etc.].   Editors:  S. Kure and K.  Miura. v. 1-4.
   April, 1902-5.  8C.  Tokio.
     Current.  Japanese and German text.  Also,under title:
   Neurologia.
     Vestnik Idiotii i Epilepsii.   [Gazette of  Epi-
   lepsy and  Idiocy.]  v. 1.  1903.   8°.   S.-Peter-
   burg.
     •von Bechterew (W.)  Wisseuscbaftliche Versamm-
   lung der Aerzte der St. Petersburger Klinik fiir Nerven-
   und Geisteskranke.  Monatschr. f. Psychiat.  u. Neurol.,
   Berl., 1903, xiv,302.—Brainard (H.C.)  Annual address
   [neurology].   South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1897, xii,
   1-6. — Brower (D. B.)  Chairman's address [section of
   neurology and medical jurisprudence].  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
   Chicago, 1895, xxv, 681.—Collins (J.)  Presidential ad-
   dress [American Neurological Association].  J. Nerv. &
   Ment. Dis., N. T.,  1902, xxix, 385-402.—Hughes (C. H.)
   Neurology :ind  psychiatry of the first Pan  - American
   Medical Congress.  Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 189:5, Wash.,
   1895, pt. 2, 1789-1803.  Also: Alienist Sc Neurol., St. Louis,
   1893, xiv, 585-617. AUo, Reprint.—Hutchinson (J.)  On
   some of the relations o£ neurology to surgery  and derma-
   tology;  being an abstract of the president's address de-
   livered at the Neurological Society of London, January
   24, 1889.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1889, i, 171.—Kiiapp (P. C.)
   President's address delivered at the twenty-first annual
   meeting of tlie American Neurological  Association, Bos-
   ton,  June 5, 1895.  Boston" M. Sc S. J., 1895, exxxii, 557-559.
   Also, Reprint.—I.ebo vici.  XL Congress der Psychiater
   und  Neurologen Kraukreichs und der franzosischsprachi-
   gen  Lander.   Med. Bl., Wieu., 1902, xxv, 244.— Lloyd
   (J. H.)  American Neurological Association.  President's
   address.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899,  xxvi, 461-
   470. — Mendel (E.)   Die Section fiir "psychologische
   Mediciu  und Nervenkrankheiteu"  des  neunten interna-
   tionaleu   niedicinischen  Congresses   zu  Washington.
   Deutsche, med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1887, xiii,1009.
   Also, Reprint.—Morton (W.J.) Neurological specialism.
   J. Nerv.  Sc Ment, Dis.,  N. Y.,  1883, x. 618-629.   AUo,
   Reprint.—Beport (A) of the neurological seminar of the
   Marine Biological Laboratory,  Wood's  Holl, Mass., sea-
   son of 1898.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1898-9, viii,
   149-152.—Whitcombe (E. B.)  Presidential address de-
   livered at  the fiftieth annual meeting  of  the Medico-
   Psychological Association held at Birmingham, July 23,
   1891.  J  Ment. Sc, Loud., 1891, xxxvii, 501-514.

Neurolysis.
     Ledderhose (G.)  Ueber Neurolyse.   Arch. f. off.
   Gsndhtspflg.,  Strassb., 1902,  xxii,  161 - 166. — Pi rone
   (R. G.)  K voprosu o nevrolizinakh.  [ On neurolysines.l
   Arch. biol. nauk .  . ., S.-Peterb.,  1903-4, x, 77-88.  AUo,
   transl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1903-4,  x, 75-85.
Neuroma.
     See,  also,  Eyelids  ( Tumors  of);  Neuro -
  fibroma; Neurolipoma; Neuroma. (Plexiform);
  Stumps (Painful).
     Gautieh  (E.)   *Qu'est-ce  qu'un nevrome!
  8°.  Lyon, 1899.
    Greco  (D.)  Sui tubercoli dolorosi   sottocu-
  tanei.   8°.   Napoli, 1861.
    Guillaume ( P. - A. - J.)    * Contribution a
  l'etude du tubercule sous-cutane douloureux,  et
  en  particulier de  l'angiome circonscrit doulou-
  reux.   8°.    Paris, 1897.
    Mann(F. YV. C.)  * De neuromate.   8-.  Leip-
  zig,  1K>2.
    Roy (P.)  * Contribution a l'e'tude  des tuber-
  cules  sous - cutan6s  douloureux.    4°.  Paris
  1892.                                              '
    Scheven  (O.)  *ZurKenntuis der sekundar
  nialiguen Nenrouie.  KJ.   Tiibingen, 1896.
    AUo, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1896,xvii, 157-176.
Neuroma.
    Vekwohn (M.)   Das Ncnroni in Anatomie und
  Physiologie.    8°.   Jena, 1900.
    Bnrbieri (A.) Sc Taruffl (C.)  Due casi di neuroma
  cirsoideo.  Bull. d. sc. med. di linlogna, 1870, 5. s.,  x  54-
  354, 1 pl.  Also. Reprint.—Beneke  (R.)  Ueher (ian-
  glioneurome.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1H98
  Kerb,  1899, 91-94. -----. Zwei Fiille vou Ganglioneurom'
  Beitr. z. path.  Anat.  u. z. allg. Path., Jena,  1901, xxx
  1-4H, 3 pl.—Bland-Button (J.) On neuromata and allied
  conditions of the skin  and  nervous  systeni   Clin  J
  Lond., 1900-1901, xvi,  113-124.—Borst' (M.)  Ein Faii
  von wahrem Neuroma gangliouare.  Sitzungsb. d. phys -
  med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1897,109-116—Bret(J.).  Note
  sur quelques cas de tubercule souscutan6  douloureux.
  Province med.,  Lyon, 1890, iv, 361-363.—Camelot.  N6-
  vromes multiples douloureux.  Bull. Soc. anat.-clin.  de
  Lille,  1892,  vii,  15-17.—Carver (E )   Note  on subcuta-
  neous nodules in the hmid.  Lancet, Lond., ]*8K, i, 474._
  Chandelux (A.)  Recherches histologiques sur'les  tu-
  bercules sous-cutan6s douloureux.  Arch,  de physiol
  norm, et path., Par., 1882, 2. s., ix,  639-683, 2 pl.—t'he^
  nantais,  Tubercule sous-cutan6  douloureux (mvome).
  J. de m6d. de l'ouest, Nantes, 1882, xvi, 157.—Dubrciiilh
  (C.)  Nevrome survenu k la  suite d'une plaie de la poi-
  trine.  M6m. et bull. Soc. de m6d.  et chir. de Bordeaux
  1887, 82-89.—Duhring (L. A.)  A case of neuroma cutis
  dolorosum.  Internat. Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. u. Leipz.,
  1895, pl. xxxv, with  text. — Khrich.   Meniere  Pia'-
  parate von  Neuromen.    Kor. - Bl. d. allg. mecklenb.
  Aerztever.,  Rostock,   1903, No. 231, 1339. — Frohner.
  Operation  eines  Neuroms am inneren  Fesselnei ven.
  Moiiiitsb. f.  prakt.  Thierh.,  Stuttg.,   1903.  xv, 225.—
  Carre (C.)  Ueber sekundar maligne Neurome.  Beitr.
  z. klin:  Chir.,  Tiibing.,  1892.  ix, 465-495, 1 pl.  Also:
  Wien. med. Bl., 1892, xv, 741; 758; 777; 791-Gciieisich
  (A.)  Sokszoros idegdagok (multiple Neurome).  Orvosi
  hetil.,  Budapest, 1870, xiv, 17; 33; 101; 117;  133.—Clot-li-
  ner (A.)  Ueber einen Fall von Neuroma veruni gauglio-
  sum amyelinicum  des  Bauchsympathicns. Arch. f. Gy-
  naek., Berl., 1901, lxiii, 200-208, 1 pl.—Goldmann (E. E.)
  Beitrag zu der Lehre von den Neuromen.  Beitr. z. klin.
  Chir.,  Tiibing., 1893, x, 13-72, 4 pl.—Grugct.  Tubercule
  sons-cutane, douloureux  (myotne).  BulL  Soc. anat.  de
  Nantes 1880, Par., 1881, iv,  80-83.—II a ber man n.  Bei-
  trag zur  Keuntniss der secundar  malignen  Neurome.
  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1898,  xiv,  713; 752 —II a li-
  quet.  N6vrome tr6s doulouieux dela  region anterieure
  du geuou  gauche; extirpation; guerison.   Arch.  m6d.
  beiges, Hrux., 1889, 3. s., xxxv, 251-255.—Hartmann
  (H.)  Zur Kenntnis  der sekundar  malignen  Neurome.
  Beitr.  z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,  1896,  xvii, 177-184—Imni
  (M.) & Watanabe (G.)   [On neuroma.]  Tokyo Iji-
  Shinshi, 1902, 31-33, 1 pl.----------. Eiu Fall vou  Ne'u-
  rom.  [Japanese text.]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo,
  1902,  xvi, 91-94, 1  pl.—Jaboulay.   Nevromea multi-
  ples.   Bull. Soc. dechir.de Lyon,  1901-2, v, 4-6.  AUo:
  Lyon  m6d., 1902, 334. — Jnrdct.   Myome  sons-cutane
  douloureux.   Bull. Soc. anat.  de  Par., 1884, lix,  244.
  Also:  Progres  m6d., Par., 1884, xii,  1081.— Jordan
  (F.)  Clinical note on the painful subcutaneous tumour.
  In his:  Surgical enquiries,  2. ed., 8°,  Lond., [1881],
  123.—Jurenlta ( H. )   Hrbolek  bolny- (tuberciilum
  dolorosum ).    Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze,  1864, iii, 285.—
  Kitagawa  (O.)  [ On neuroma. ]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,
  1900, 899-910, 1  pl.—Knau»s.   Ueber multiple,  echte
  amyelinisch - gaugliose  Neurome.   Arch. f. path. Anat.
  [etc.J,  Berl., 1898, cliii,  29-59, 1  pl.   AUo [Abstr.J : Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1898, Berl., 1899. 95-97.—
  Kredel (L.)  Sc Beneke (li.)  Ueber Ganglioneurome
  und andere Geschwiilste  des peripheren Nervensystems.
  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.. 1902, lxvii, 239-270,1 pl.—
  I.anglais (C.)  N6vrome de  la plante du pied.   Rev.
  gen. de clin. et de therap., Par.,  1889, iii. 714.—Illi-
  nois.  N6vrome du pavilion de l'oreille.  Cong, internat.
  de med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'otol., 154-150— Laurent
  (~fb.)  N6vromes multiples.  France med., Par., 1KK9,  ii,
  905-911.—Ijcgrand (A.)  Note sur la cauterisation de-
  structive appliqu6e au traitement du n6vrome.  [Abstr.]
  Compt. reud.  Acad.  d. sc., Par.,  1858,  xlvii, 258. -----.
  Observation d'une tumeur  sous-cutau6e douioureuse, en-
  levee k l'aide d'une seule  cauterisation lin6aire.  [Abstr.]
  Ibid.,  416.—l.esage  (A.) Sc  l.egrand (H.)  Des ueo-
  plasies nerveuses d'origine centrale.  Arch, de physiol.
  norm,  et path., Par.,  1888. 4. s., ii, 344-3K3, 1 pl.—Long
  (F.  A.)  Resection of radial  nerve for removal of very
  painful neuroma.  West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb,, 1901,
  vi, 10.—ITIader.  Massenhafte und fast allgeinein ver-
  breitete Neuromata mit ungewohnlich schwereu Nerven-
  symptomen;  Tod  an  Tuberculose.   Ztscbr.  f. Heilk.,
  Wien u. Leipz., 1900 xxi,  Abth. f. int. Med. [etc.J, 338-340,
  2 pl.—Malherbe (A.)  Note sur la  structure des  tu-
  meurs dites tubercules souscutau6s douloureux.  Cong.
  period, internat. d sc. med. Compt.-rend. 1884, Copenh.,
  1886, i, sect, de path.  gen. [etc.], 117-120.-.Mamie (R.)
  Nevrome doulouieux du nerf collateral interne et palmaire 
NEUROMA.
629
NEURONS.
Neuroma.
  de 1'anniilaire droit, cons6cutif k une disarticulation de la
  phalange ungu6ale; ablation et guerison.  Bull. Soc. anat.-
  clin. de Lille, 1891, vi, 31-33.—.TIntsumoto (K.)   | A case
  of neuroma.]  Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1902, 275-277.—iTIenke
  (W.)   Raukenneurom  mit allgemeiner Multiplicitat  vou
  Neuromen.  Berl. klin. Wchuschr., 1898, xxxv, 974-976.—
  IVancrede.  A tumor composed  of miliary tubercles of
  the subcutaneous adipose tissue connected with oik- of the
  anterior cutaneous branches of the lumbar nerves.  Tr.
  Path.  Soc. Phila. (1881-3),  18*4, xi, 243-245.—Pankoff
  (A. P.) O nevromatoznol slonovosti.  [Neuromatous ele-
   Shantiasis.]    Rabotl  hosp. khirurg. klin.  Dyakonova,
   losk., 1903, ii, 141-148.— 1'ean.  Nevromes  generalises;
  resection d'une grande partie des nerfs median et cubital;
  r6tablisstmeiit des foncticns motrices et sensitives; poly-
  orchidie.  Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii,
  51-56.   AUo.- Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1897, lxx, 91-93.—Petren
  (K.)  Beitrage zur Kenutuiss  der multipleu  allgemeiuen
  Neurome.   Nord.  med. Ail..,  Stockholm,  1897,  n.  F.,
  viii, Festbd.  Axel Key..., no.  10,  1-67, 3 pl. — JPi«-
  chaud (T.)  Sur  un  cas de  tubercule sous-cutane dou-
  loureux.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. rae-d. de Bordeaux, 1888, ix,
  436-440.—Pblzl (Anna). Ueber eiu kongenitales Ampu-
  tatiousneurom.  Wien. klin. Wchuschr., 1904. xvii, 130.—
  Reynold* (E. S.)  Multiple neuromata,  with report of a
  case.  Med. Chron., Manchester, 1896-7. n. s., vi. 182-188.—
  Rogers (E.  J. A.)  Neuroma.   Tr. Colorado M. Soc,
  Denver, 181)1.  234-244. -----.  Neuroma, with report of a
  case.  Med. News, Phila., 1S92. lx, 59-62.   AUo, Reprint.—
  Sabrazes (J.) Sc  Cabaunes (C.)   Fibrome sous-cu-
  tane douloureux. Rev.  neurol., Par., 1897,  v, 598-601.—
  Sawkins  (F. J.  T.)   Neuromata of posterior primary
  divisions of cervical nerves (probably congenital). Aus-
  tralas.  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1902, xxi, 73.—Soubeyran &
  Redon.  Tubercule sous-cutane- douloureux. Montpel.
  m6d., 1905, xx. 148-150.—Sutton (J. B.)  Simple neurom-
  ata.  Internat. Cliu., Phila., 1*94, 4. s., i,  116-121. —Tu-
  bercula dolorosa des 1. Oberarms, 1 Fall; M. Jahresb.
  ii. d. cbii. Abth. d. Spit, zu Basel (1889),  1890, 143.—Vir-
  chow (R.)  Ueber Tubeicula dolorosa.   Aich. f. path.
  Anat.  [etc.], Berl.,  18*1, Ixxxiii, 392.—Walton (G. L.)
  Removal of neuroma; followed by disappearance of anaes-
  thesia of fourteen years' standing.  J. Nerv. &. Ment. Dis.,
  N. ¥., 1891, xviii,  709-712.—Young (J. K.) Multiple
  neuromata of the arm.   Tr.  Phila.  Acad. Surg. (1904),
  1905, 84, 1 pl.

Neuroma (Plexiform).
    Delfosse (C.-R.-P.)  "NeVronies plexiformes
  ou uevromes race"meux (6tude  g6nerale).  6°.
  Lille,  1904.
    AUo, in: Pratique jour., LiUe, 1904, x,  305-316.

    Meslet  (P.-A.-F.)    ''Contribution  a l'e'tude
  des nevromes plexiformes.   4°.    Bordeaux, 1892.
    PlCQUE  (G.)   'Contribution a l'etude  des
  neVromes plexiformes.  4°.   Lyon, 1694.
    Arnozau  (X.)  N6vrome plexiforme.   Bull.  Soc.
  d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1885, vi, 17-22.-----.
  Contribution a l'6tude du n6vrome plexiforme.   Assoc.
  franc, pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r. 1892, Par., 1893, xxi, pt. 2,
  738-741. — Begouiu.  Nevrome plexiforme.  Bull.  Soc.
  d'anat. etphysiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 245-247.—Berg
  (J.)  Ett fall af s. k. plexiformt neurom (Verneuil), eller
  rankneurom.  [Case of so-called plexiform neuroma (Ver-
  neuil),  or neuroma cirsoideum.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1893,
  lv, 289-297. — Boccasso (G. B.)  Di un neuroma plessi-
  forme nel dominio del nervo grande ipoglosso propagatosi
  alia lingua.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di  Torino, 1896, 3.
  s., xliv, 487-494, 1 pl.—Brims (P.)  Ueber das Ranken-
  neurom.  Verhandl. d.  deutsch. Gesellsch. f.  Chir., Berl.,
  1891, xx, pt. 2,  151-159.  1 pl. AUo: Arch. f.  kliu. Chir.,
  Berl., 1891, xlii, 581-589, lpl.  AUo: Beitr. z.  klin. Chir.,
  Tiibing., 1891-2, viii, 1-14, 2  pl. Also [Abstr.]: Ber. ii. d.
  Verhaudl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f.  Chir.,  Leipz., 1891, xx,
  80.—zum BiihcIi (J. 1'.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenutniss des
  Rankeuiieuroms. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894, xlix,
  453-456.— Collet (J.)   Nevrome plexiforme  de  la face;
  malformation congenitale de la face et du  craue, avec 616-
  phantiasis des parties molles.  Gaz. hebd. de  m6d., Par.,
  1894, xxxi, 78-80. AUo:  Gaz. d. hop.  de  Toulouse, 1893,
  vii, 178.—Collet (J.) & Poncet.  N6vrome plexiforme.
  M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de Lvon (1893), 1894,
  xxxiii,  pt. 2,  174.—Delfosse (C.)   Sur un casden6vrome
  plexiforme.  J. d. sc.  med.  de Lille,  1902, ii, 179; 200, 1
  pl.—Jai-queau & Rollet.  Nevrome plexiforme.  [Ab-
  str.J  Gaz. d. hop.  de  Toulouse, 1896, x,  49.—Lncroix
  (E.) &  Bounaud  (P.)  Observation pour servir k I'his-
  toire du n6vrome plexiforme amv6linique.   Arch, de m6d.
  exper. et d'anat. path.,  Par.,  1890, ii, 411-423, 1 pl.—Mar-
  carini (<}.)   Contributo alio studio del neuroma  plessi-
  forine.   Boll. d. r. Accad.  med. di Genova, 1904, xix, 293-
  305. —Jlenke (W.)  Rankenneurom mit allgemeiner Mul-
  tiplicitat von 'Nenromen.  Berl. klin.  Wclinschr., 1898,
  xxxv,  974-976.   Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch.
  (1898), 1899, xxix, pt. 2, 374-381.   [Discussion],  pt. 1, 157.—
Neuroma (Plexiform).
  Mouchet (A.)   N6vrome  plexiforme cong6nital de la
  uiKiue  avec iipomes cong6uitaux et taches pigmentaires
  multiples. Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par., 1900, n. s., v, 1237.—
  Onvry.   Nevrome plexiforme  g6neralis6.  Bull.  Soc.
  anat. de Par.. 1893, lxviii, 366-371.—Pilliet (A.-H.)   N6-
  vrome  plexiforme du cordon inguinal*  Ibid., 1892, lxvii,
  642. — Pioliet.  N6vrome plexiforme de  la r6gion  lom-
  baire.  Lyon ni6d., 1899, xcii, 301.—Preindlaberger (J.)
  Ein  Fall von  Raukenneurom  mit   Pigmeutbildung.
  Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien  u.  Leipz.,  1903,  xxiv, Abth. f.
  Chir. [etc.], 100-103, 1 pl.—Ram a Iters & Vincent (E.)
  Nevrome plexiforme  de  la tete  et  du cou; extirpation;
  guerison.  Arch. prov. de chir.,  Par.,  1894, iii, 505-517.—
  Knnu-y. Dermatofibromes cong6nitaux (n6vromes ple-
  xiformes  (?)).  Bull.  Soc.  d'anat. et physiol. . . .  de Bor-
  deaux,  1884, v, 143.—fsiiell (S.) Plexiform neuroma (ele-
  phantiasis neuromatosis) of temporal region, orbit, eyelid,
  and eyeball;  notes of three cases.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.
  Kingdom, Lond., 1902-3, xxiii,  157-177, 2 pl.—Tietze (A.)
  Beitrag zur Kenntniss desRankenneuroms. Arch, f.klin.
  Chir.,  Berl.,  1892-3, xiv, 326-334, 1 pl.

Neuro meres.
    See  Neurons,  etc.;   Nervous  system  (Mor-
  phology  of).

Neurom imesis.
    See  Hip-joint (Neuroses of).

Neuromyelitis.
    See  Spinal cord  (Inflammation of).

Neuronal.
    See. also,  Neuralgia (Treatment of).
    Artarit.  Contribution k l'6tude du brorudi6thylac6ta-
  niide (neuronal); son  actiou  hypnotique et s6dative chez
  les ali6n6s.  Rev. de therap. m6d.-chir., Par., 1905, lxxii,
  577-590.—Bresler.   Neuronal.  Psychiat.-neurol. Wchn-
  sehr., Halle a. S., 1905-6, vii, 172;  177. — Zernik ( F.)
  Neuronal. Arb.  a. d. pharmazeut.  Inst. d. Univ.  Berl.
  (1904),  1905, ii, 201-203.

Neuronophagy.
    Crocq(J.)  Neuronophagie  et  phagocytose.  J. de
  neurol., Par., 1900, v,  274-280.—Be  Buck (D.) La neu-
  ronophagie.   Ann. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1902, lxxxi, 204-
  208.  Also.- Belgique  ni6d., Gand-Haarlem, 1902, ix, pt. 2,
  259-263.—Dc Buck  (D.) Sc Be iUoor (L.)  La neuro-
  nophagie. J. de neurol.,  Par., 1900,  v,  269-274.  Also:
  Belgique m6d.,  Gand-Haarlem, 1900,  ii,  129-133.  AUo,
  transl: Med. Woche, Berl.,  1900, Cong. Nr., 15-18.—Be-
  vaux (A.) Sc iVIerklcn (P.)  La neuronophagie.  Presse
  m6d., Par., 1902, i, 365.—Esposito (G.)  La neuronofagia.
  Manicomio, Nocera, 1902, xviii, 367:  1903, xix, 191.—Oso-
  kin (N. E.)   K voprosu oneironofagii.  [On neuronopha-
  gy.]  J. nevropat. i psikhiat.  . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1903,
  iii, 607; 688.—Van Gieson (I.) The death of the neu-
  ron.  Med. Roc, N. V., 1900, lvii, 656.

Neurons and neuron  theory.
    See,  also, Nerve-cells (Biology of);  Nervous
  system (Pathology  of);  Neuronophagy;  Oph-
  thalmology.
    AknshteIn (K.  A.)   Ucheniye  o  nelronakh
  pered  sndom  uovieishikb izsliedovauiy.   [Neu-
  rons  before the  tribuual  of recent researches.]
  8C.   Kazan, 1900.
    Barker  (L.  F.)  The nervous system and its
  constituent neurones, designed  for the use of
  practitioners  of mediciue and  of students of
  medicine and psychology.  8°.  New York, 1899.
    Gerest  (J.-M.)  * Application de la theorie
  des neurones  a l'etude des affections nerveuses
  systematiques.   Essai de classification ratiou-
  nelle.   8°.   Lyon,  1897.
    -----.   The  same.  Les affections nerveuses
  syst6matiques et la th6orie des neurones.   (■<  .
  Paris,  1698.
    GiROD (P.)   Les neurons et leurs fonctions.
  Essai  de physiologie psychologique.  8°.   Paris,
  [1--98].
    Hellwig (L.  [YV. O.])  * Ueber den  Axial-
  strom  des Nerven und seine  Beziehung  zum
  Neuron.  8°.   Halle a. S., 1896.
    Hoche (A. )  Die  Nettronenlehre  und  ihre
  Gegner.  8°.   Berlin, 1899.
    Mazzini   (G.  )  Intorno  alia  fisio-patologia
  del neurone.  8°.  Imola,  1900. 
NEURONS.
630
NEURONS.
Neurons and neuron theory.
    Nissl (F.)   Die Neuroneulehre nnd ihre Au-
  hiinger.   Ein Beitrag znr Losuug des  Problems
  der Beziehungen zwischen  Nerveuzelle,  Faser
  und Gran.  8°.   Jena,  1903.
    Pupin  (C.)  Le  neurone  et  les  hypotheses
  histologiques sur son  mode  de fonctionnement.
  Theorie  histologique  dn sommeil.  8°.   Paris.
  1690.
    Wertheim  Salomoxsox (J. K. A.)   De leer
  der neuronen.  Rede uitgesproken  bij het ambt
  van  buiteiigewoon  hoogleerar  iu  de  zeuuw-
  ziekten.  eloctrotherapie, enz. aau de Universitet
  van Amsterdam op  deu  29ste" Januari  1900.  8°.
  Amsterdam, 1900.
    Wolfstkix  (D.  I.)   The  neuron  theory as
  related to brain and nerve diseases, in the light
  of  the most recent investigations.  8°.   Provi-
  dence, 1899.
    Alleu(C.L.)  The neuron doctrine;  its present status.
  Med. Rc-c, N. Y., 1900,  lviii, 964-966. — Althaus (J.)  Is
  the work of the neurone of nn electrical nature?  Edinb.
  M. J., 189«,n. s.,iii,570-586. —Athias(M.)  Osmovimentos
  anieboides  dos neurones.  Rev. portugueza de med. e ci-
  rirurg. prat., Lisb., 1898, iv, 257-265. — Baltus.  Expos6
  critique des principales objections 61ev6es contre la th6orie
  du neurone.  J. d. sc.  m6d. de Lille, 1905, i, 145; 169.—
  Barker (L. F.)  On the grouping of neurones within the
  central nervous system, -with especial reference to the lo-
  calization of nervous  functions.   Johns Hopkins Univ.
  Circ, Bait., 1896-7, xvi, 48. -----. The anatomy and phys-
  iology of the nervous system aud its constituent neurones,
  as revealed by recent investigations.  N. Tork M. J.. 1897,
  lxv, 649; 817; 861: lxvi, 377;  721: 1,-98, lxvii, 105; 241: lxviii,
  75; 399; 907.-----. On the validity of the neurone doctrine.
  Am. J.Insan.,Bait., 1898-9,lv, 31-49. -----. Theanatomic-
  cytologioal relationship of  the neurone to  disease of the
  nervous system. J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. T., 1900, xxvii,
  469-486.—Bawdcn (H. H.)  A digest  and a criticism of
  the data upon which is based the  theory of the amoeboid
  movements of the neurone.  J. Comp. Neurol., Granville,
  ()., 1900-1901, x, 243-264.—Bcklitercfl'(V- M.)  Ucheniye
  o nervnikh yedinitsakh (neuron) i o sootnosheniyakh ikh
  drug s drugom.  [The theory of ueurons and their  rela-
  tions with each other.]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-
  Peterb.,  1896, i, 12-22. -----. O  sovremennom  razvitii
  nevrologicheskikh znaniy  i o znachenii v etom  razvitii
  nauchnikh obshtshestv.  (Contemporary development of
  neurological science, and the importance of scientific  soci-
  eties in this development.]   Nevrol. Vestnik,.Kazan, 1893,
  i, no. 1, 1-14.  Also, Reprint.—Bethe  (A.) Der  heutige
  Stand der  Neuroutheorie.   Deutsche med.  Wcbnscbr.,
  Leipz. n. Berl. ,1904,xxx, 1201-1204.—Bielschowsky (M.)
  Die histologische  Seite der Neuronnelehre.  J.  f.  Psy-
  chol. u.Neurol., Leipz., 1905, v, 128-150.—Binet-Snuglc
  (C.)  L'amiboisme des neurones.  Progres  med., Par.,
  1901, 3. s., xiv, 241-244. — Bombarda  (M.) Os neurones
  e a vida psychica.  J. Soc. d. sc.  med.  de Lisb., 1897, lxi,
  129-177, 5 pl.  Also:  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1897, xv,  157;
  167.  Also, transl: Gaz. med. catal., Barcel., 1898, xxi,620;
  665; 690; 723-748. -----. Les neurones, l'bvpnose et l'in-
  hibition.  Rev. neurol., Par., 1897,  v, 298-302.—Bonardi
  (E.)  Ataxie tab6tique et titiibatiou c6rebelleuse  selon la
  doctrine des neurones. Rev. neurol., Par., 1901, ix, 1031-
  1042.—Bordoni.  Contro  la teoria del neurone.  Clin.
  mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 88-92.—Borri (A.)  Neurosi gastriche
  e neurosi geuerali.  Gazz.  med. lomb., Milano, 1906,  lxv,
  41-44.—Brown(S.)  The neuron in medicine. J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1896, xxvi,  10-14. —Cavalic (M.)  Note
  sur les connexions entre les neurones.  Compt. reud. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 487.—Cox (\V. H.)  De zelfstandig-
  beid van de zenuw-fibrillen in het neuron;  eene studie
  over het granulauet en de fibrillen der  spinaalganglien-
  cel. Psychiat. eu Neurol. BL, Amst., 1898,ii, 371-378,1  pl.—
  Uanzigcr (F.)  Das Cholesteatom uud die Neuron lehre
  Arch. f.  Ohrenh.,  Leipz.,  1900,  li, 19-22. — Debray,
  Quelques d6ductions pratiques de la r6futatiou  du  neu-
  rone.  J. de neurol., Par., 1904, ix, 101-114.—Oc Buck
  (D.)  Over psychische Neuronen.  Handel, v. h.vlaamsch
  nat.-en geneesk. Con». 1898, Gent, 1899,  ii, 105-111.—Be
  Buck (D.) Sc  Be LtIooi- (L.)  Neurones et neuronopa-
  thologie.  Belgique med.,  Gand-Haarlem,  1896, iii, pt. 2,
  361; 392: 1898, v, pt. 2, 615;  625; 683; 773.—Bejerine (J.)
  Quelques consid6rations sur la th6orie du neuroue.  Rev.
  neurol., Par., 1904, xii,  205-210. —Be  Tleis (V.)   Studio
  sulla conoscenza della struttura  del  sistema nervoso in
  base  ai nuovi progressi e  la teoria dei  neuroni. Arch.
  internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1897, xiii, 90; 119; 235.—
  Bemoor (J.)  La plasticity morphologique des neurones
  cer6braux. Arch.debiol.,Gand&Leipz.,1895-6,xiv,723-752.
  Also: Inst. Solvay.  Trav. de lab., Brux., 1896,1-32. -----.
  Le ni6canisme et la signification de l'6tat moniliforme des
  neurones.  Ann.  Soc.  roy. d. sc.  m6d. et nat.  de Brux.,
Neurons  and neuron theory.
  1898, vii, 205-250, 2 pl.—Dercum  (F. X.)  On the func-
  tions ofthe neuron, with especial reference to the phenom-
  enapresented bv hysteriaand hvpnotisra.  Tr.Cofl. Phys
  Phila., 1896, xviii, 1-13.  Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896*
  n. s., cxii, 151-159.  AUo: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y.'
  1896, n. s., xxi, 513-523.  -----. A  brief outline of  the
  theory of the movement of the neuron as applied to normal
  and  pathologic  mental and nervous processes.  Med. &
  Surg. Reporter,  Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 394-400.  [Discussion]
  414-416.  AUo: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1897, xviii
  58-66.  AUo: Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1896-7,  ix, 479-488'.
  AUo: Am. Med.-Surg.  Bull., N.  T.,  1897, xi, 371-377
  Also: Gaillard'sM. J., N. Y.,1897,lxiv,342-450.—Disciis-
  sion on the neurone doctrine iu its relationship to disease
  of the nervous system.  [Abstr.]   J. Nerv. & Alent. Dis.
  N. Y., 1900, xxvii,  469; 526.—Dogiel (A. S.)  Ueber die
  Nervenendigungen in den Grandry'schen und Herhst'sclien
  Korpercben im Zusammenhange mit der Frage der Neu-
  ronentheorie.  Anat.  Anz., Jena. 1904,  xxv, 558-574.__
  Donaldson (H. H.)  The functional  significance of the
  size  and shape  of the neurone. J. Nerv. &  Ment. Die.,
  N. T., 1900,  xxvii, 526-536.   AUo [Abstr.]: Proc. Am.
  Physiol. Soc,  Bost., 1900, p. vi.—Dottrina (Sulla)  del
  neuroue neba struttura dei centri nervosi.  Riforma med.,
  Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 1, 221-223.—Durante (G.)  Le neu-
  rone et ses inipossibilit6s; conception catenaire du tube
  nerveux,  agent  actifde la transmission nerveuse.  Rev.
  neurol., Par.,  1903, xi, 1089-1104. -----. A. piopos de la
  th6orie du neurone; terminaisons  fibrillaiies;  registra-
  tion  autogdne, differenciation  fonctionnelle  et role   du
  cylindraxe; sensibilit6 r6currente et suppleanc.es  sensi-
  tives;  propagation des d6g6n6rescences.  Ibid., 1904,  xii
  573-585" -----.  Neurone et neurule (individuality des 616-
  meuts  nerveux  peripheriques).  Bull. m6d., I'ar., 1905,
  xix,  733-738.—Dustiu (A.)  Contribution k l'6tude  de
  l'influence de lage  et de  l'activit6  fonctionnelle sur le
  neurone.  Soc. roy.d. sc.m6d. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1905,
  lxiii,  292-295.—Duval (M.)  Les neuroues;  l'aniiboi'sine
  nerveux;  la th6orie histologique du sommeil.   Rev.  de
  r"6cole d'anthrop. de Par., 1900, x, 37-71.  Also: Tribune
  ni6d., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 425; 447;  469; 489.—Fischer
  (M. H.)  A study  of the  neurone  theory.  J. Exper. M.,
  N. T., 1899, iv, 535-539, 2 pl.—Fisher (T. W.)  The neu-
  ron  theory and localization.   Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol.
  Ass., Utica, 1896, 101-112.—Flalau  (E.)  Nauka o neu-
  ronach.   [A study of neurons.]   Gaz. lek., Warszawa,
  1895, 2. s., xv,  679; 708.   Also, transl:  Ztschr. f. klin.
  Med., Berl., 1895,  xxviii,  51-65. -----.  Einige Betracli-
  tungen iiber die Neuronenlebre im Anschluss an friihzei-
  tige, experimented erzeugte Veranderungen der Zellen
  des Oculomotoriuskerns.   Fortschr. d.  Med., Berl., 1896,
  xiv,  201-225, 1 pl.—Forel (A.)  Einige Worte zur Neu-
  ronenlebre.   J.  f.  Psychol, u. XeuroL,  Leipz., 1905,  iv,
  231-236.— Frank (R.)  & Weil (R.)  On the evidence
  of the  Golgi  methods for the theorv  of neuron  retrac-
  tion.  Proc. N.York Path. Soc.  (1899-1900),  1901,  89-
  94.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1899, lvi, 945.—
  Fry ( F. R. )   The neuron conception of the nervous
  system;  some physiological and  pathological  facts and
  theories  connected  therewith.   Med.  Rev., St. Louis,
  1897, xxxv, 253-255.   [Discussion], 261.—Gad (J.) Phy-
  siologisches zur Neuron-Lehre.   Verhandl.  d. Cong. f.
  innere  Med.,  "Wiesb., 1898,  xvi,  416-421. —Geist  (J.)
  The theory of the extension and retraction of the neuron
  terminal.   Tr.  Luzerne  Co. M. Soc, Wilkesharre,  lr-97,
  191-200.—van Gicson  (I.)  Neuron  retraction.  I'roc.
  N. York Path.  Soc. (1899-1900), 1901,  85-89.—Gilis  (IM
  Le neurone,  ou l'unit6 nerveuse anatomique.  N. Mont-
  pel.  m6d., 1895, iv, 55; 78.— Gillespie ( R. L.)  The
  neurone theory, by the latest authorities.  Med. Sentinel,
  Portland. Oreg., 1905, xiii, 274-270— Goldscheider (A.)
  Ueber Neuron-Erkrankungen.   Berl. klin. "Wchuschr.,
  1894, xxxi, 444-447. -----.  Ueber die Bedeutung der Kcize
  fiir  Pathologie und Therapie im Lichte  der Nenron-
  Theorie.  Vehandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1897,
  xv, 419-426. -----. Ueber die Neurouschwelle.  Arch. f.
  Physiol., Leipz., 1898, 148.—Gowns (Sir W. R.)  Intro-
  ductory address on the neuron and its  relation to disease.
  Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 1172-1175.   Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1339.—Graham (D.)  Neurons; their
  relations to therapeutics, medical and  mechanical.  Med.
  News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv,  6-12.-Grant  (Sir J.) The ali-
  mentary canal and human decay in relation to the neurons.
  Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 805-S13. -----  The cerebral
  neurons in relation to memory and electricity.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1901, xxxvi, 324.—Ilaenel (H.)  Gedan-
  ken zur Neuronfrage.   Berl. kliu.  Wchnsehr., 1803, xL
   180; 205.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psy-
   chiat.,  Berl. u. Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 57.  -----. Ueber  den
   heutigeu Stand der Neuronenlebre. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch.
   f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904, 5-9 —
   Halipre  (A.)  Le neurone;  anatomie et physiologie;
   Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1900, 146-152.-Hatai
   (S.)  Observations on the efferent neurones in the electric
   lobes of Torpedo occidentalis.  J.  Cincin. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
   1901-2, xx, 1-12, 1 pl.  -----. Preliminary note on tbe pres-
   ence of a new group of neurones in the dorsal roots ot the 
NEURONS.
631
NEURONS.
Henrons and neuron  theory.
  spinal nerves of the white rat.  Biol. Bull., "Wood's Holl,
  Mass.,  1902, iii, 140-142. -----. Observations on the de-
  veloping neurones of the cerebral cortex of foetal cats.  J.
  Comp.  Neurol., Granville,  O., 1902-3, xiii, 199-204,  1 pl.
  ______[The finer anatomy ofthe neurones iu the nervous
  system of the white rat.']   Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo,
  1903, ii, 303-323.   AUo. Reprint. — II a vet  (J.)  L'etat
  moniliforme des neurones chez les in vertebres, avec quel-
  ques remarques snr les vertebres.  Cellule, Lierre ^  Lou-
  vain, 1899,  xvi, 35-46,2 pl.—Hellwig (L.)  Ueber den
  Axialstrom des Nerven und seine Be/iehniig zum Neuron.
  Arch. f. Physiol.,  Leipz., 1898, 239-259.—Herriek (C.J.)
  An illustration of the value of the functional system of
  neurones as a morphological unit in t be nervous svstem.
  Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1901-2, i, 517.—Hill (A.)  Considera-
  tions opposed to the neuron  theory.  Brain, Loud..  1900,
  xxiii, 657-690, 5 pl. — Hoche (A.)   Der gegenwartige
  Stand der Neuroneulehre.   Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen,
  1899, ix, 385; 405;  456.  Also: Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr.,  1899,
  xxxvi,  556; 576; 605.—Jacobsohu (L.)  Ueber die Ge-
  setziniissigkeit secundarer Degeneration der Eleinente des
  Nervensystems als Priifsteiu der Neurontheorie.  Arch.
  f. Psychiat., Berl., 1899, xxxii, 1062.—Joris (H.)  Nou-
  velles recherches sur les  rapports  anatomiques des neu-
  rones.  Mem. couron. Acad, roy.de med. do Belg., Brux.,
  1903, xviii,  fasc. 6,  1-126, 7 pl.,  1 1. -----. Histogenese du
  neurone.  Bull. Acad.  rov. de med. de  Belg., Brux.,  1904,
  4. s, xviii. 353-394, 5 pl.   [Rnp.de Van Bambeke, 315-318.] —
  Kelly (A. O. J.)  The neuron.  Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila.,
  1896-7, ix. 276-293.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Phila. Polyclin., 1896,
  v. 485.—Kleefeld (A.)  Azione dell' aleool sui prolun-
  ganienti ilel neurone.  Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna.  Resoc.
  (1901),1902.15.—Klippel (M.)  Les neurones; les lois fon-
  danientales de leurs deg6nerescenees.   Arch, de neurol.,
  Par., 1896,2.s.,i,417-440.—Knape (E.V.)  Bidrag till kiiu-
  nedomenomden spiiioniuskiilaraneuronenstrofiskatorhal-
  landen.   [Beitrag zur Kenntnis der trophischen Verhalt-
  nisse des spiuomuskularen Neurous.  Ref., p. xiii.]  Fin-
  ska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors,  1902, xliv,  205-207.—
  Kohnttaium (O.) Die centrifugale Leitung  im sensi-
  blen Eudneurou.   Deutsche Ztschr. f.  Nervenh., Leipz.,
  1901-2,  xxi,  209-220. — Kupfler  (C.)  Die Neuren-
  Lehre iu der Anatomie des Nervensystems.   Munchen.
  med. "Wchnsehr.,  1894,  xii, 241-244.  Also: Sitzungsb. d.
  arztl.Ver. Miinchen (1894), 1895, iv. 2.5-35.—TLache (J. G.)
  Sur la r6sistance du  nucleole neuronique (intra vitam et
  postmortem).  Compt.  reud. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix,
  90-92.—Xiai^nel-Liarastine.  Etude anatomique sur
  la topographie  des neurones du syst6me solaire.  Cong.
  internat. de m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid,  1904,  xiv, sect, de
  neuropath, [etc.]. ^03-^10. ------. Etude physiologique sur
  la topographic des neurones du syst6me solaire.  Ibid.,
  810-819.—Levi (G.)  Nuovi fatti prd e contro la teoria dei
  neurone.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1904, xv, 130;147.—
  Liugaro (E.)  Sullo statoattuale della teoria del neurone.
  Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol.,  Firenze, 1904, iii,  412-
  437.—Maun.  Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der mo-
  torischen Neurone. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na-
  turf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.. 246-
  248.  AUo: "Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xlviii, 2116.—
  Manouelian (Y.)  La methode de Golgi, la theorie du
  neurone et quelques hypotheses sur le fonctionnement du
  syst6me nerveux.   Tribune m6d., Par.,  1901,  2. 8., xxxiii,
  1005-1008.— Marin > C'orrale (V.)  Anatomia y fisiolo-
  gia de  la neurona.  Rev.  Ibero-Am. de cien. ni6d.,  Ma-
  drid, 1901.  vi, 160; 439: 1902, vii,  16U; 380, viii, 143,  3
  pl. — Marinesco (G.)  Theorie des neurones; applica-
  tion au processus  ded6geuerescence et d'atrophie dans le
  svsteme nerveux.   Presse ni6d., Par.,  1895, 515-520.—
  Mettler (L.  H.)   Tbe neuron and the newer neurology.
  P. ScS. Plexus,  Chicago, 1898-9, iv, 217-222.—.Ueyer (S.)
  Ueber eine Verbindungsweise dei- Neuronen, nebst  Mit-
  theiluugen  iiber die  Technik und die  Erfolge  der  Me-
  thode der subcutanen  Metbylenblauinjection.   Arch. f.
  Mikr.-Anat.,  Bonn, 1896,  xlvii,  734-748, 1 pl. —Mills
  (C. K.)  The reclassification  of some  organic  nervous
  diseases on the basis of the neuron.   J. Am.  M. Asa.,
  Chicago,  1898, xxxi, 11-13. ------. Neuronal degenera-
  tions, and affections counterfeiting them.  Med. Times,
  N. Y.,  1898, xxvi, 364.— .Mills ("W. )  The  neurones
  and the neurone  concept  considered from  the anatom-
  ical, physiological, pathological,  and psychological point
  of view.   Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 851-872. -----.
  On certain problems of the nervous system, more especi-
  ally nerve grafting and tbe neurone concept.  Ibid., 1905,
  xxxiv, 185-192.— Mirallie ( C.)   La cellule nerveuse;
  le neurone.   Gaz.  ni6d. de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi, 58; 75.—
  Miyake.  [Neurons.]   Igaku  Chuwo  Zasshi,  Tokyo,
  1905, 1124-1136.—Mott (F. W.)  The Croonian  lectures
  on degeneration of the neurone.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1900,
  i,  1517;  1582: ii, 13; 82, 1 pl.  Also:  Lancet, Lond., 1900, i,
  1779; 1849, ii, 1; 80, 1 pl. —Miinzer (E.) Kritische Be-
  merkungen  zur Lehre  von den Neuronen.   Wieu. klin.
  Rundschau, 1899,  xiii,  82-84. ------. Giebt es eine auto-
  genetische Regeneration der Nervenfasern?  Eiu Beitrag
  zur Lehre vom Neuron.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.. 1902,
  xxi,  1090-1098.  AUo: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch.
Neurons and neuron theory.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 333-335. — Mu-
  i-avyeff (V. V.)  Sovremennoye sostoyauiye ucheniya o
  nevronakh.  [Present  knowledge  of neurons.]   Russk.
  arch, patol., klin. med. i  bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iii,
  67-80.—Neurone (Le)  et les theories du  sommeil.  Rev.
  de psychiat.,  Par., 1897, u. s., 12;  49.— FVissl (F.)  Die
  Ncuroulehre vom  pathoiogisch-anatomischen  uud klini-
  schen  Standpunkt.  Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzie 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxii, 211-234. [Discus-
  sion], 237.  AUo: Monatschr. t Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.,
  1900,  viii, 464-471.  -----. Uceni o  neurouech  a jeho
  pfivrzenci.  [Ref. OvSrdinka.]  [The science of neurons
  and its partisans.]  Casop. 16k.  6esk., v Praze, 1903.  xlii,
  1339-1343,  1 pl. — B'arker (G.  H.)   The neurone theory in
  the light  of recent discoveries. Am. Natnralist. Host.,
  1900, xxxiv, 457-470.—Paton (S.)   Some of the objections
  to the neuron theory.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899. lv, 629-631.
  AUo: Johns Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull., Bait, 1899, x, 139.—
  Ponyatovski (A. A.)  O vozmozhnosti i/.ucheniya kho-
  da visshikh nelron chuvstvitelnosti na spiiuiikh inozgakh
  amputirovaniiikh.  [Possibility  of studying the course of
  the  highest  neurons of sensation on the spiual cords of
  those amputated.]  Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku,  St.
  Petersb..   1900,  116; 176; 238; 307.  — Prentiss (C.  W.)
  Ueber Fibrillengitter iu dem Neuropil von Hirudo  uud
  Astacus und ihre Beziehung zuden sogenannten Neuronen.
  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1903, lxii,  592-606,1 pl. — Pu-
  gnnt (C.-A.)  De l'importance fonctionnelle du corps cel-
  lulaire du neurone. Rev. neurol., Par., 1X98, vi, 158-166.—
  Pun to u  (J.)  The motor neuron and its practical utility
  in diagnosis.   Interstate M. J., St.  Louis, 1899, vi,  441-
  446. — Ken a nt (J.)  Le neurone et la memoire cellulaire.
  Ann. d.  sc. psych., Par.,  1899,  ix, 262-289.   Also:  Rev.
  scient., Par.,  1899, 4.  s., xii, 321-332. — Betzius  (G.)
  Punktsubstanz, nervdses Grau und  Neuroueulelne.  Biol.
  Untersuch., Stockholm, 1905, n. F.,xii, 1-20.—Rockwell
  (A. D.)  The neuron theory;  its relation to physical and
  psychical methods of treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902,
  lxii,  933-935. — Bogie.  Substratum anatomique du re-
  flexe; conception du neurone.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1X97,
  i, 337; 385.—Rommelaere.  TRapport sur les neurones, j
  Bull. Acad. roy. dem6d. de Belg"., Brux., 1903, 4. s., xvii. 261-
  300.—Ro;o Villanov.t (It.)   La ne.rona clinica.  Clin.
  mod., Zaragoza, 1905. iv, 640-64-*.  Also: Rev.balearde cien.
  m6d., Palma de Mallorca, 1905. xxvii. 246-249.  Also:  Rev.
  valenc.de cien. m6d.,  Valencia. 1905, vii,  54-01.—Sachs
  (B.)   How does the neurone doctrine affect the  conception
  of nervous disease? J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900,
  xxvii, 506-514.—Sano.  Voor en tegen de neuronenleer.
  Handel, v. h. vlaamsch  nat-en  geneesk. Coug., Antwer-
  pen, 1899,  iii, 118-125.—SchaJTer  (K.) A mozgat6 neu-
  ronok  biologiai  corollariumai.  [Biological  corollaries of
  motive neurons]  Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi,
  233-250. ------.  A neuron-tan histologiai  6s pathologiai
  szempontbdl.  [The study of neurons from a histological
  and pathological standpoint.]   Budapesti orv. ujs&g., 1904,
  ii, 921-927.—Scbenck (F.) Die Bedeutung der Neuronen-
  lebre fiir  die  allgemeine Nervenphysiologie.  Wiirzb.
  Abhandl.  a. d.  Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1902,  ii,  183-
  208.—Schcrmcrs(D.)  Neuron en fibril.   Med. Weekbl.,
  Amst., 1900-1901,  vii,  53- 55.— Schieflerdecker  (P.)
  Nerven- und Muskelfibrillen, das Neuron und  der Znsani-
  menhang   der   Neuronen.  Deutsche nied. "Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u.  Berl.,  1905,  xxxi, 613. -----. [Ueber die Neu-
  ronen und die innere Sekretion.]  Ibid., 1906, xxxii, 125.—
  Schneider (K. C.)  Die Neuronentheorie.  "Wien. klin.
  Rundschau, 1904,  xviii, 651-653.—Schwab (S. I.)   The
  researches of Apathy and Bethe, and their effect upon the
  conception of the neuron.  Med.  Rev.,  St.  Louis,  1900,
  xlii, 41-45.—Sicard (A.)  Conceptions actuelles; neurone
  et rfseaux nerveux.  I'resse med., Par., 1900, i, 169-171.—
  Sjovnll (E.)  Striden om neuronlaran.  [The advance in
  neurou  studies]   Allni.  sven. Liikartidn.,  Stockholm,
  1905, ii, 609; 625; 641.—Small (W.  B.)  The neurone.  J.
  Med.  Sc  Sc,  Portland, 1S99-1900,  vi,  189-192. —  No-
  laro.   II neurone.  Arte med.,  Napoli, 1901, iii.  .">(>] ;
  601. — Soury (J.)  Histoire des  doctrines  contempo-
  raines  de l'bistologie   du  systeme nerveux central;
  th6orie des neurones.  Arch, de neurol.. Par.,  1897, 2. s.,
  iii, 95; 281: 1898,  2. s., v, 371.—Spiller (W.G.)   The patho-
  logical changes  in  the  neurone in nervous disease.  J.
  Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 487-505.  AUo, in:
  Univ. Penn. Contrib. "William Pepper Lab., Phila., 1901, ii,
  1-19.—Stefanowska (Mile. M.)   Sur le mode d'articula-
  tion entre les neurones c6r6braux.    Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 969.------.  Surle mode de contact
  entre les neurones.  Cong.  d. m6d. alienistes et neurol. de
  France . .  .  C.-r., Par. et Brux., 1903. xiii,  v. 2, 414-417.—
  Stoner (H.  II.)  Some problems  which  the  movement
  of the neurone  solve.   Tr. Iowa  M.  Soc, Des Moines,
  1900,xviii,309-315.—Storch (E.) Kritische Bemerkungen
  zur Neuronlehre.   Monatschr.  f.  Psychiat. u. Neurol.,
  Berl., 1900, viii, 45-60.  -----. Einiges zur  Function der
  langen Associationsneurone des Grosshirns.   Allg. med.
  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902,  lxxi.  587-589.—Sulthnnoff (S.)
  Ucheniye  o nelronakh v piilozhenii k obyasiieniyu nleko-
  torikh psikhicheskikh yavleniy.  [Study on neurons; ap- 
NEURONS.
632
NEUROSES.
Neurons and  neuron  theory.
  pendix to the explanation of various psychical phenomena.]
  Vopr. filos. i psiehol., Mosk., 1896, vii, pt. 2, 365-395, 7 pl.
  AUo, transl. [Abstr.J: Arch, de neurol.. Par., 1897, 2. s., iii,
  337: iv, 15— Theory of the movement of the neuron. Med.
  News.N.Y., 1897, lxx, 795.—Thomayer (J.) Theorie neu-
  roucva a nov6 nahledy o skladbe list fedni soustavy nervov6.
  [The neuron theory, and new views of the composition of
  the central neivous system.]  Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr.
  z oboru lekaf-sk., v Praze, 1901-2, 10. s., 139-182.—Trnu-
  gott (R.) Die Bedeutung der  modernen  Neuronlebre fiir
  die klinische Mediein.   Ztschr. f.  prakt.  Aerzte. Frankf.
  a. M.,  1898, vii.  530-536-Tuller (J. J.)  'the neurone;
  itsfuiictionsanditsnutiition. Hahneman.Month., Phila.,
  1904, xxxix,202-211.— Van Gehuchten.  [Surla th6orie
  des neurones et ses applications & la pathologie.]  Poli-
  clin., Brux.,  1897, vi, 118-128. -----. La.doctiine des neu-
  rones et les th6ories nouvelles  sur les connexions des 616-
  meuts  nerveux.  J. de neurol.,  Par., 1899, iv, 381-396.
  -----. A.pr"posdel'6tat nionilifornie des  neurones. Bull.
  Soc. de med. ment. de Belg.,  Gaud et Leipz., 1900, 146-162.
  AUo:  N6vraxe, Louvain, 1900, i, 137-150. -----. L'6tat
  actuel de la doctrine des neurones.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
  Geneesk., Amst.,  1905,  2. r., xii,  d. 1, 1812-1846.—Van
  Giesou (I.)  The formation and  excretion of the meta-
  plasm granules ofthe neuron.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,  N.
  Y., 1X99, xxvi, 112.—Vau Gieson(I.)(fc Sidis (B.) Neu-
  ron energy and its psychomotor manifestations.  Arch.
  Neurol. & Psycho-Path., Utica, 1898, i, 5-24, 2 pl.—Ver-
  wmii (M.)  Das Neuron in Anatomie und Ph\ siologie.
  Verhandl. d.  Gesellch.  deutsch.  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900,
  Leipz.,  1901,  lxxii,  191-210.  [Discussion], 235.  Also:
  Deutsche med. Wclinschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 605-
  611.—Weil (R.) Sc Frank (R.)  On the evidence of the
  Golgi methods for the theory of neuron retraction.  Arch.
  Neurol. &. Psycho-Path.,  Utica, 1899, ii,  567:  1900,  iii,
  265, 6 pl. —White (W. A.)  The retraction theory from a
  psychical standpoint. Proc Am.Med.-Psvchol. Ass.,Utica,
  1899, vi,  349-363.  Also: Arch. Neurol. "& Psycho-Path.,
  Utica, 1900, iii, 293-311.— Williamson (R. T.)  Noteon
  toxic degeneration of the lower neurones simulating pe-
  ripheral neuritis.  Brain,  Loud.,  1903,  xxvi,  206-209.—
  Winkler (C.)  Over de ziekten der  primaire neuronen
  van het zenuwstelsel.   Geneesk.  Bl. u.  Klin, en Lab. v.
  de  prakt., Haarlem, 1897, iv,  1-23.—Wolff (M. )  Das
  Nervensystem der polypoiden  Hydrozoa  und Scyphozoa;
  ein vergleichend-physiologischer und -anatomischer Bei-
  trag zur Neuronlebre.  Ztschr.  f. allg.  Physiol., Jena,
  1903, iii, 191-281, 5pl. -----. Neue Beitrage zur Kenutnis
  des Neurons.  Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905, xxv, 679; 691;
  729. -----. Ueber den  Ursprung des Neurons uud seine
  primitive Anordnung im Metazoen-Organismus.  Naturw.
  Wchnsehr., Jena,  1905,  xx, 641-653.—Wolfstein (D. I.)
  The histological basis ofthe neuron theory.  Cinciu. Lan-
  cet-Clinic. 1897,  n.  s.,  xxxix,  565-579, 20 pl.  AUo,  Re-
  print.—Wright (H.)  The action of ether aud chloroform
  on the neurons of rabbits and  dogs.  J.  Physiol., Lond.,
  1900-1901, xxvi,30; 362, lpl.—Zhukovaki (M.N.)  Noviy
  metod Ramdn v Cajal'ya i yevo otnosheniye k ucheniyu o
  nevronakh.  [Ramon y Cajal's new method, and  its re-
  lationship to the study of neurons. ] Obozr. psichiat.,
  nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1905, x, 321-329.

Neuroiiyuiy.
    See Neurology (Instruction in, etc.).

Neuropathology.
    See Nervous system  (Pathology of).

Neuropilema.
    See  Nervous  system (Histology  of);  Neu-
  rons, etc.

Neuroplasm.
    See Nerve.

Neuropsychoses.
    See Neuroses [andpsychoneuroses],

Neuroretinitis.
    See,  also. Glaucoma (Causes, etc., of); Nerve
  (Optic, Inflammation of); Nerve (Optic, Inflam-
  mation  of, Double);  Retina (Inflammation of).
    Beard (C.  H.)   An  obscure  case  of monolateral
  uenro-retinitis.  Ophth.  Rec, Chicago,  1897, vi,  1.—
  Bichelonne (H.)   Neuro-r6tinite  albuminurique  oc-
  casionn6e par uu refroidissement .suivi d'un travail ocu-
  laire exeessif; gu6rison.  Aun. d'ocul.. Par., 1904, exxxii,
  431-445.—Bonchnt. De la nevro-retinite dans ses rap-
  ports avec le vertige auriculaire et certaines maladies  de
  l'oreille interne.   Paris m6d., 1889, xiv, 193; 201.—Bruns
  ( H. D.)   Cases of neuro-retinitis  greatly benefited by
  large doses of jiotasium iodide.  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis
  1898, xv, 307.—Bulson (A. E.)   Neuro-retinitis with
  special reference to the monocular variety, with report of
 \ i-ii roB-H in iii*.
  cases.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand  Rapids, 1895, xix  196-
  207.—C'ulbertson  (L. R.)  Albuminuric nenior.tinitis
  in pregnancy, and its treatment.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic
  1894, n. s., xxxii, 483-485. -----. Reportof a remarkable
  case of persistent visual image, caused by  monocular
  neuro-retinitis.  Am. J. Ophth., St.  Louis, 1896, xiii, -ji.v.
  217.—Berby (R. II.)  Case of monocular neui-o-rt-i inith>
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1888-90. v, 106. — Bisler
  (N. N.)  Neuroretinitis proliferans.   Vestnik oftalmol
  Kiev, 1900,  xvii,  492.—Kinseitige  Neuroretinitis;  Hei'-
  lung.   Au»enheilanst.  in Basel.  Jahresb. (1898),  1899
  xxxv, 55.—Else (K.)  Ueber einen durch Verabreichung
  von Eiseu geheilten Fall von  Neuroretinitis hemorrha-
  gica.   Wchnsehr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Brest, 1898,
  i, 153.—Fulton  (J. F.)  Some cases of monocular neuro'
  retinitis.  Arch.  Ophth.,  N. Y.,  18^9, xviii, 127-132.—
  Juler (H.)  Un cas de n6vro-r6tinite  moiioculaire s\ phi.
  litiqne avec examen microscopique.  Arch, d'opht -Pai
  1897, xvii, 542-544.—Munn (C. G.)   Ein Fall von  My-
  driasis spastica nnd Neuroretinitis mit Ausgang iu Atro-
  phia nervi optici  bei Tetanie.  "Wien. klin. Wchuschr.
  1889, ii, 234.—Miley (M.)  Neuro-retinitis iu Bright's dis^
  ease.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kiugdom, Lond., 1887-8,  viii,
  132-140.— Millikin (B. L.)  Monocular neuro-retinitis
  with cases.  West. Reseive M. J., Cleveland, 1894-5  iii
  81-97.—Muzzy (A. T.)  Neuroretinitis.  N. York M. J.]
  1898, lxvii, 74.  [DiscussionJ, 97.  Also: Soc.  Alumni  City
  Hosp.,  N. Y.,  1897,  125-1.2.—Noma  (G.)  Un  caso di
  nevro-retinite bilaterale celtica guarita colla elettricita.
  Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp.  di Roma (1889-90), 1891. x.
  388-393. A Uo, Reprint.—Saska (J.)  Neuroretinitis satui-
  nina.   Casop.  16k. 6esk., v  Praze,  1905, xiv,  703-7(17.—
  Sehiess-Gemuseus.  Neuroretinitis  beiderseits  wit
  ausgedehnten  Netzhauthamorrhagien.  Klin.  Monnt-lil.
  f. Augenh., 1880, xviii, 380-387. - Seabrook (H  II.)
  Absorption of exudation and hemorrhages in  a  case
  of neuro-retinitis with chronic  nephritis,  and others.
  N. York Eye Sc Ear Infirm. Rep., 1897, v, 25.—Veasey
  (C. A.) Complete recovery from double neuro-retinitis,
  clinically resembling albuminuric retinitis,  in a case of
  prolonged hematuria wi h symptoms of Bright's disease.
  J. Am. M.  Ass.AChicago, 1901, xxxvii,  1586.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Ware (L.)   Syphilitic neuro-retinitis.  Tr.  Illi-
  nois M. Soc,  Chicago,  1897,  352-358.—Webster  (D.)
  Atrophy of optic  nerves with retino-choroidal changes fol-
  lowing double  neuro-retinitis.  Arch. Pediat., N.Y., 1894,
  xi, 683. -----. Three ca.ses  of monocular neuro-retinitis
  albuminurica.  N.York Polyclin., 1894, iii, 161.—Worrell
  (J. P.)   A case of sympathetic neuro-retinitis; recovery.
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,  Hartford, 1897-9, viii, 452-454.

Neurorrhaphy.
   , See Nerves  (Surgery of).

Neuroses  [and psychoneuroses].
    See.  also, Chorea; Heart, Hip-joint, Neuroses
  of; Hysteria;  Idiosyncrasies; Imbacco;  In-
  sanity;  Nervous  system (Diseases  of);  Pho-
  bias;  Rheumatism (Complications of);  Stage-
  fright; Tics.
    Billet  (L.)   Contributions  a l'6tude des  n6-
  vroses extraordiuaires.  8°.  Paris, 1874.
    Bouchut (E.)   Du  nervosisme aigu et chro-
  nique et  des maladies  nerveuses.   2.  6d.   b°.
  Paris, 1877.
    Bremer (L.)  On cyclone-neuroses and psy-
  choses.  8°.   St. Louis,  1690.
    Celotti (F.)  Nevrosi moderna e nervosi an-
  tica.   Conferenza.   8C.   Udine, 1893.
    Repr.from:  Atti Accad. di Udine, 2. 8., ix.
    Clarke (J. M.)  Hvsteria and neurasthenia.
  8°.  London, 1905.
    De  Giovanni  (A.)   Nevrosi  e neurastenia.
  8°.  Milano, [18991.
    See, aUo,  infra.
    Delorme (P.)   * Considerations snr quelques
  fonctions du systeme nerveux,  suivies d'applica-
  tions anx n6vroses.   ^:.  [Heme, n. d.]
    Demoor (J.)  Le mecanisme  et la significa-
  tion de l'e'tat  mouiliforme  des  neuroses.   8°.
  Bruxelles, 1898.
    Part of fasc. 1, v. 2, of: Inst.  Solvay. Trav. de  lab.,
  Brux.,  1898, 1-46.
    Deschamps  (A.)   Les  nevroses et  le  pessi-
  misme.  Conference faite  au Palais des faculty
  de  Clermont-Ferrand,  le  ler  mars  1886.   16°.
  Paris, 1888. 
NEUROSES.                                    633                                   NEUROSES.
Xeuroses [an(l psychoneuroses].
    Gebhari>t  (W.)    Das   LampeiiHeber,  die
  Sehiiohternheit,  Befangenheit, das  krankhat'tt-
  Erroten, die Mensclieiischeu und verwandte Lei-
  den.   Eine  Methode  zu  deren  Heilung.  8°.
  Leipzig, [n. d.].
    Gerard (J.)   La graude  necrose.   12°.  Pa-
  rts, 18-9.
    Goodhart (J. F.)   On common neuroses,  or
  the neurotic element in disease and its rational
  treatment.  1'2  .  London, 1692.
    AUo, in: Lancet, Loud., 1892, i, 123;  179; 237; 293; 345.
    ------.  The  same.   1"2C.   Philadelphia, 1692.
    Janet (P.)  Nevroses et ide'es fixes.  I. Etudes
  experimeutales  sur les troubles de la volonte,  de
  l'attentiou, de la memoire,  sur les Amotions, les
  id£es obs6dautes et leur traitemeut.  8°.   Paris,
  169*.
    Orshanski (I. G.)   Klinicheskiya  lektsii  o
  nevrozakh  (isteriya,  neirasteuiya,  hipokhon-
  driya i epilepsiya).   [Clinical lectures  on  neu-
  roses;  hysteria, neurasthenia,  hypochondria,
  and epilepsy.]   r-c.   S.-Peterburg, 18*9.
    Raymond (F.) »fc  Janet (P.)   Nevroses  et
  ide'es fixes.   II.  Fragments des lecons  cliniques
  du mardi sur les nevroses, les maladies produites
  par les  Amotions,  les iilees obse"dantes et lenr
  traitemeut.  6°.  Paris, 1698.
    Rozenbakh (P. I.)  Isteriya i nevrasteuiya v
  obshtshedostupnom  izlozhenii.   [Hysteria and
  neurasthenia popularly presented.]   12c.  S.-
  Peterburg, 1^99.
    Schmitt (H.)  * Spatheiluug von Psychosen.
  tc.  Freiburg i.  Br.,  1904.
    Scialom (D.)  "Associations  neVroso-organi-
  ques (hyst6rie  et neurasthenic).   H:.   Montpel-
  lier, 1902.
    AUo [Abstr.], in: Bull, de l'Hdp. civ. franc, de Tunis,
  1902, v, 174-177.
    Stadelmann (H.)   Das  Weseu der  Psychose
  auf  Grundlage  moderner  naturwisseuschaft-
  licher  Anschanuug.    1.  Hft.  Das  psychische
  Geschehen;  das Wesen  der  Psychose  (allge-
  meiner T-il).  ^:.    Wurzburg, 1904.
    Staiger (W.) * Ueber Auaemie bei Neuroseu.
  i^;.   Tubingen, 1^95.
    Toro (J. F.)   La neurosis geueralizado.  6C.
  Madrid, 1-92.
    Suppl. to: Kev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1892, vi.
    Uspenski  (P. I.)   Vvedeniye  k patologii ne-
  vrozov.  [Introduction to the pathology of neu-
  roses.]  >--.  S. Peterburg,  1>9-^.
    Acchiote (P.)   Clonisme du pied et nevrose.  Cong.
  internat. de med.  C.-r. 1903,  Madrid. 1904,  xiv, sect, de
  neuropath, [etc.],  538. — Accinelli (F.)  Nevrosi  ed in-
  telligenza.  Unionemed. ital., Torino, 1900, iv. 244.—All-
  butt (T. C.)   On  some neuroses.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1901,
  xviii, 225-235.—Andruss (E.)   Neuroses  from practice.
  Med.  Arena, Kansas City, 1903, xii, 172-174. — Baum-
  garten (A.)  Nervositat.  Zentralbl. f. d. Kneipp. Heil-
  verf.,  Worishofen, 1906, xiii,  2; 13. — Bishop (F.  B.)
  Functional neivous disease. J.  Electrother., N. V., 1896,
  xiv, 203-207. — Boettiger.  Ueber Neurasthenie und
  Hysterie und  die  Beziehungen beider Krankheiten zu
  einander.  [Abstr.]  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1897, xxxiv,
  509-Bolchesi (F.)  Le nevrosi e la  funzione nervosa.
  Boll. clin.-scient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1902, xv, 25-37.—
  Brenkink (H.)   Over vermoeieniscurven bij gezouden
  en bij liiders aan neurosen  en psychosen.  Psychiat. en
  Xeur'ol. Bl., Amst., 1905, ix, 7-29, 2 ch.—Bulwnre (T. C.)
  Functional nervous disorders.  Kansas City M. Rec, 1904,
  xxi, 253-255. — ran der Burg (C. L.) Mata glap.  In
  his: Dc -ineesh.  in Nederl.-Indie, 's Gravenh.,  1887,  ii,
  TM-T^ —Caldwell (J. J.) A review of the neuroses of
  th-- luieumogastric and sympathetic nerves,  with some
  account of the anatomy, physiology,  aud pathology of
  these nerves; also of the vaso-centres  and  sweat-centres;
  the exhibition of electricity, atropin, muscarin, and pilocar-
  pi, with cases to illustrate [etc.]  N. Am. M. Rev., Kan-
  sas City, 1896-7, iv, 428-431. — Chaddock (C. G.)  Some
  cases  of functional nervous disease.  Med. Fortnightly,
  St. Louis, 1903, xxiii. 177-184 —Clark i.T. H.)  Veneuum
  neuroticum.  Rep. Surg.-Gen.  Navy, Wash.,  1896, 52.—
  Clark (T.)  Remarks on the pathology of the functional
.\enroses [and psychoneuroses],
  neuroses.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1894-5, xxxii, 371-379.—
  Claude (H.)  La chloruration de l'organisme et les ne-
  vroses.  Bull. nie-d., Par., 1904, xviii, 600. — Clouaton
  (T. S.)  The neuroses of development, being the Morison
  lectures for  1890; with illustrations. Edinb. M. J., 1891,
  xxvi, 593; 689; 785;  930;  977; 1101: 1891-2, xxvii,  16; 104;
  1150.   AUo, Reprint. — t'ohn (X.)  Die Neurosen in  der
  Kassenpraxis; Bemerkungen iiber Krankenscheinausfiil-
  luug und Fnmenheantwortung bei functionellen Nerven-
  krankheiteu.  Med. Reform, Berl., 1902, x, 241-245.—Col-
  litis  (J.) &  Fraenkel  (J.)  Reflections on the nosology
  of the so-called functional  diseases.   | Discussion.]   j.
  Nerv. &. Ment. Dis., N. V., 1899, xxvi, 29-32.—Cornelius.
  Die Entstehung und Behandluug der sogenaunten funk-
  tionellen Nervenkraukheiten im Lichte der Nervenpunkt-
  lehre.  Reichs-Med. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxix,  104-106.—
  Ur Giovanni (A.)  Fisio-patologia della nevrosi.  Atti
  r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti,  1892-3, 7. s., iv,  967-971.
  -----. Nevrosi e neurastenia.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900,
  xxi,  1281-1286.  See, aUo, supra. -----. La nevrosi. Con-
  fer, clin. ital., Milano, 1897, i, 1-36.—Oekeyser (L.)   Cas
  d'acroneurose.  Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph.  Bull.,
  Brux., 1901-2, 117-122.—Dcwej (R.)  The  dividing  line
  between the neuroses aud the psychoses.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1905, xliv, 277-279— Dickinson (W. H.)  Dis-
  eases of the nervous system sometimes regarded  as func-
  tional, with  particular  reference  to  diabetes.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1904,  ii, 1629-1633. —Donley (J. E.)  Three cases
  of the association neurosis, with remarks on its  genesis.
  Boston  M. \ S. J., 1904, cli, 484-486. —Edwards (G. P.)
  Psychoneuroses.  Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1901,
  231-243.  Also: St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901,  xxv, 25-31.—
  Elzholz (A.)  Akute  Psychose, geheilt  nach  13 Jah-
  ren.  Wien. med. Wchuschr.,  1896, xlvi, 1676-1C80.—En-
  gel hi nn u  (G.  J.)  The hvstero-neurosis.  Tr. Am.
  (iynec. Soc.  1887, N. T., 1888. xii, 532-587.  Also, Reprint.—
  Fere lC.)  L'ivresse emotionnelle.  Rev. de m6<L, Par.,
  1888,  viii, 937-943.—Finzi  (J.)   Psicosi febbrili.  Rifor-
  ma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 2, 147; 158.—Fornaroli
  (E )  Le nevrosi gastriche e intestiuali.  Gazz.  med. ital.,
  Torino, 1906, lvii, 33-36.—Fothergill  (T. M.)  The neu-
  rotic. Med. Press. Sc Circ, Loud., 1887, n. 8., xliii,  235.
  Also, Reprint— Fotheringham (J. T.)   (Functional
  nervous disease].  Canad.  Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1903,
  xxviii,  653-660.—Fox (E. L.)  Nerve storms.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1890, i, 345.—Freud (S.)  Weitere Bemerkungen
  iiber die Abwehr-Neuropsychosen.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
  Leipz.,  1896, xv, 434-448.—Grandin  (E.  H.)   Reflex
  nenroses, with special reference to the appendix vermifor
  mis.  N. York  M. J. [etc.],  1906, Ixxxiii, 72.—Oreiden-
  berg (W. S.)  Eine periodische  Neuro-Psycbose auf hy-
  sterisch-degenerativer Basis.   Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u.
  Psychiat., Coblenz Sc Leipz.,  1892, n.  F.,  iii,  481-186.—
  Hagelstani (J.)  Ein Fall vou funktioneller Neurose.
  Finska  lak.-sallsk. handl.,  Helsingfors,  1902,  xliv, p.
  lxxi.—Hajos  (L.)  A ftjrfiak es nbk functionalis  ide-
  gesseg^rol.   [Functional neuroses  in men and women.]
  Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 606;  620; 635; 650.—
   Hellinuth  (K.)   Ku kasuistice  vykonn6 neuiosy.
   [Cases of functional neuroses. |  Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze,
   1891, xxx, 893. -----. Neurosa civstva duziv6ho.  [Neu-
  rosis of the motor nerves]  Ibid., 1893,  xxxii, 881-883.—
   Herz  (H.)  Ueber Ansgauge nnd Prognose der Neuro-
  sen  des peripheren Kreislaufsapparates.   Wien. med.
  Presse, 1902, xliii, 1489-1495.—Herzog (B.) Beitrag zur
  Lehre von der Infectiositat der Neurosen.   Arch. f. Psy-
  chiat.,  Berl., 18^9, xxi,  271-283.—Hes* (E.) Ueber  Ex-
  amensnervositat.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1185-1188.—
   Hirschberg (L.)  Ueber epidemisches Auftreten  mo-
  torischer Neurosen und die sanitatspolizeilicheu Mittel zu
  dessen  Verhiitung.  Wien. Klinik. 1897,  xxiii,  257-324.
  AUo, transl: Clin, di Vienna, Napoli,  1898, xv, i;  33.—
  Hoche(A.)  Eintheilungund Benennung der Psychosen
   mit  Riicksicht auf die Anforderungen der arztlichen Prii-
   fung.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 1070-1080.—
   Ilolliday (B. W.)  The civic aspect of some of  the com-
   mon  neuroses.   Medicine,  Detroit, 1897. iii, 1011-1015.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Hughes  (C.  H.)  Cyclone neuroses.
   Alienist &  Neurol., St. Louis, 1897, xviii, 52-56.   AUo,
  Reprint.  Also: Kansas City M. Rec, 1897, xiv, 78-80.—
   Iluxtable (L. R.)  Functional neuroses in the male.
   Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1891-2, xi. 126-128.—Jamie-
   son 'J.)  On the term functional,  as applied  to diseases
   of the nervous systeni.   Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1890.
   n.s., xii, 193 - 195. — Jones  ( G. S. )  Some   obscure
   neuroses  giving rise to  insomnia, hemicrania,  etc.  Med.
   Repr.,  Lond., 1896, vii,  113. — Kahler.   Ein  Fall von
   durch  ihre  Ausbreitung bemerkeuswerther  Motilitats-
   neurose mit Krampferscheinungeu.  Wien. klin. Wchn-
   sehr., 1891,  iv, 947. — Klingmann ( T.)   A contribu-
   tion  to the pathology of the so-called functional  neu-
   roses.  Am. J. Insan.,  Bait., 1900-1901, lvii,  519-528.—
   Kopczyriski  (S.)  Przypadek  nerwicy ruchowej  o
   charakterze tik6w (tics convulsifs ) z niezwylkeiu zabur-
   zeniem  mowy.   [ Motor neuroses with the character
   of.  . . with  unusual disturbances of speech.]  Gaz.  lek^ 
LEUKOSES.
634
NEUEOSES.
\eu rose* [and psychoneuroses].
  Warszawa, 190(i, 2.  s.,  xx. 881; 913. — Kownlrwesky
  (P. J.)  Podagra und Neurosen.  Centralbl. f.  Nervenh.
  u. 1'svchiat., Cobleuz Sc Leipz., 1901, n. F., xii,  593-608 —
  Krai! (J.)  O stavech uzkostnych.  [States of anxiety.]
  Casop. lek. ce.sk., v Praze, 1905, xliv, 1339; 1371.—Kron-
  thal (P.)  Psyche uud  Psychose. Verhandl. d. Berl. med.
  Gesellsch. 1904, Berl.,  1905, xxxv, pt. 2,  387- 402. — L,a-
  lannc.  Psycho-n6vrose d'evolution.  Soc. de med. de
  Nancy.  C.-r....  Mem., 1902-3,159-162.   A Uo: Rev. med.
  de lest,  Nancy, 1903,  xxxv,  468-471. — Eechncr (K.)
  Adalek azaltaliinosiieurosisokalapjankifejlodd koralakok
  ismeret6 he/..  [Contribution  to  the knowledge of the
  pathological phenomena developing iu general neurosis.]
  Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1892,  i, 1-24.  AUo, transl:
  Ungar. Arch.  f. Med., Wiesb., 1892,  i, 1-23.  AUo, transl.:
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1891, xxvii,  1089-1093.—
  Eowenlhnl (J. L.) Die funktionellen Neurosen. Aerztl.
  Prakt. Hamb., 1895, viii, 641;  673.—I.ovcland (B.C.) A
  few  interesting psycho-neuroses.   N. York  M. J., 1899,
  lxix, 289.  Also, Reprint.—JIcKemie (B. E.)  Neuroses
  as seen in orthopedic practice. Tr.  Am.  Orthop.  Ass.,
  Phila., 1901, xix, 24-34.  -----.  Neuroses  as seen iu ortho-
  pedic practice.  Ibid., 1902, xv, 110-125.   Also:  Canad. J.
  M. & S., Toronto, 1902, xii. 402-420.   AUo  : N. York M. J.,
  1901, lxxiv, 66-69.— IT!aeris (E.)  Quelques considerations
  sur la grande  nevrose et surtout sur la valeur semeiologi-
  (jiie de ses stigraates.  Grdce med., Syra, 1902, iv,81; 85.—
  Mayor (A.)  Quelques reflexions au sujet des lecons du
  prof. Dubois  sur  les psychon6vroses.  Rev.  med.  dela
  Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 553-571.—Means (J. W.)
  Disease a neurosis.  N. Albany M.  Herald, 1897, xvii, 48-
  5o. — Merigot dc Treigny. Des palpitations nerveuses,
  leurs caracteres dans les nevroses.  Rev. g6n. de clin. et
  de therap., Par., 1889, iii, 351;  369.—Meyer (A.)  An at-
  tempt  at analysis of the neurotic  constitution.  Am. J.
  Psychol., Worcester, 1903, xiv, 354-367.—Miller (D. L.)
  The  neuroses. Med. Age, Detroit, 1898. xvi, 615-618.—
  Miyake.  [Neurosis.)  Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zas-
  shi, Tokyo, 1903, 416-420.—Nairne  (J. S.)  So-called neu-
  rasthenia,  hysteria, and abdominal section; a clinical
  study.  Med. Press & Circ, Loud., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 377.—
  Nass.  M. de Mortsauf, du Lys dans la Vall6e.  Chron.
  nied., Par., 1902, ix, 757-762.—Neurasthenia and the in-
  sane.  In: Hall (G.S.) & Mansfield (J. M.)  Hints toward
  a bibliog. of educat., 12°, Bost., 1886, 267.—Noble (T. B.)
  [Motor  neurosis.]  Med. Sc  Surg.  Monit., Indianap.,
  1902, v, 414.—Obersteiner.   Die  Begrenzung  der fuuc-
  tionellen  Nervenkrankbeiten.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1895, viii, 305-309.  Also, Reprint. -----. Les limites ex-
  actes des maladies nerveuses  dites fonctionnelles.  Cong.
  internat. de  med.   C.  r.,  Par.,  1900, sect, de neurol.,
  587-592.  Also:  Rev. neurol.,  Par., 1900,  viii, 854-858.—
  Olah.   Welehe  Mittel sind geeignet  uns  die  Psy-
  chosen im Fruhstadium  zuzufiihren 1  [R6s., 842.]  Cong.
  internat. de  l'assist. d. alien.  1902, Antwerp,  1903, no.
  29, 1-4  (419-422).—Oppenheim (H.)   Znr  Prognose
  und Therapie  der  schwereu Neurosen.   Samml. zwangl.
  Abhandl. a. d.  Geb. d.  Nerv.- u.  Geisteskr.,  Halle a.
  S., 1902, iii, 8.  Hft., 1-37.—Ortali  (C.)   Nevrosi ed ano-
  malie di sviluppo.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano,  1904, xxv, 1090-
  1094.—Ots y Esquerdo (V.)   Neurosis  v degeneracion.
  Rev. de med.  y cirug. pract.,  Madrid, 1897, xl, 367-373.—
  Pohlninn (j.)  Duration of life of the nervous Amer-
  ican.  Med. News, Phila.. 1893, lxii, 229-231.  A Uo, Re-
  print.— Prince (M.)   Association neuroses; a  study of
  the pathology of hysterical joint affections, neurasthenia
  and allied forms of neuro-mimesis.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,
  N. Y.,  1891, xviii, 257-282. -----.  Neurosen.   Internat.
  Syst, Electro  Therap.,  Phila.,  1904,  k2(i - k70.   AUo, Re-
  print.—Pun ton (J.)   The etiology and prophylaxis of
  functional nervous diseases.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1896,  xxvii, 948-953. -----.  Remarks  on the  etiology
  and treatment of functional neuroses.  Langsdale's Lan-
  cet,  Kansas City, 1898.  iii, 213-215. -----. The patho-
  genesis of functional nervous diseases and their prophy-
  lactic indications.  Hot  Springs M. J., 1899, viii, 326-329.
  -----. The psychopathic manifestations of the non-insane
  psychoneuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1711-
  1714.  Also: Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1906,  xxvii,
  1-6.— Kednelli ( G. )  Impressioni e commenti desunti
  da una larga  casuistica di  forme  nevrosiche.   Casuist.
  med.-chir.,  Milano,  1905, i,  41; 63; 76.  — Keichardt
  (M.)   Ueber  Todesfalle bei  fuuktionellen Psycliosen.
  Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1905,
  xxviii, 1-17.— Reunie  (G. E.)  On functional nerve dis-
  eases.  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1901, i. 1065. — Kho  ( F.)
  Nevrosi.  Mal. predom.  n. paesi caldi e temperati, Roma
  1896, ii. 607-621. —Rockwell (A.  D.)  On the analogy
  between the nervous conductibility  and the electric cou-
  ductibility, and their relation to the functional neuroses.
  Med.  Bee, N. Y., 1900, lviii,  849-851.  — Rodriguez
  Mendez iR.)  Electro-neurosis.  Rev. frenopat. espan.
  Barcel., 1903.  i,  33-:;'.(.   Also:  Gac. med. catal., Barcel.,
  1903. xxvi, 198-202.—Rosse (I.  C.)  Reversive anomalies
  in the study of the neuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1.-8K,  xi, 330-335.   AUo. Reprint.   -----. The  neuroses
  horn  a  demographic poiut of  view.  J. Nerv. Jc Ment.
IVeuroses [and psychoneuroses].
   Dis.. N. Y., 1891, xviii, 385-398.  Also, Repriut.-Schnu-
   man (O.)  Ar ett genetiskt samband mellan de alhuauua
   neuroserna och appendiziten taukbart?   [ V a-t-il une con-
   nexion genesique entre les nevroses generales  et les an-
   pendicles!   1U^.,  p.  vii.]   Fiuska lak.sallsk. handb
   Helsingfors, 1901, xliii. 55-63.—Sch ussier.  Leichte unii
   schwere Neurosen.   Deutsche Ztscbr.  f. Chir  Leipz
   1902, lxvii,  524-535. — Serrigny (11.)  Considerations
   cliniques  sur la parente des  nevroses  et des psychoses.
  ' Ann. iu6d.-psychol., Par., 1898. 8. s.. vii, 25-62.—Silbcr-
   stein  ( L. )  Ein Fall von Suggcstionsncurose.  Wien.
   klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi,  740.— Stern.  Ueber eino
   neue Art nervdser  Fuuctionsstorungen.  Verhaudl. d.
   Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf.  u. Aeizte  1894, Leipz., 1895
   lxvi, jit. 2,  2.  Hlfte., 58-02.— Strong (J.) The neurotic
    roclivity,  or modern  tendency  to nervous affections
    leveland M. Gaz., 1891-2, vii, 2il-23L—Stursberg (H.)
   Ueber die Bedeutung der Dermographie fiir die Diagnose
   funktioneller Neurosen.  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med
   Leipz., 1905, Ixxxiii,  586-598.— Smida (A.)  Xevroza lui
   M. Eminescu.   [The  neurosis'of Eminescu.J   Spitalul
   Bucuresci. 1905, xxv, 351-259.—Thcimcr (K.)   lYiniige
   zur Casuistik der functionellen  Neurosen.  Pra". iue?I
   Wchnsehr.,  1891, xvi, 291; 303.—Vigouroux (R?)   Zur
   Aetiologie der functionelleu Neurosen (Hysteiic uud Neu-
   rasthenie).   Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1898, xxii, 338-
   341.—Walton  (G. L.)  Intention spasm. Boston M. &
   S. J., 1902, cxlvii. 430.—Warda (W.)   Ueber den Alko-
   holgenuss bei Neurosen.   Ztschr. f. Kraukenpfl.. Berl.
   1901, xxiii, 426-432.—Weber (L. W.) Ueber Psycliosen
   unter dem Bilde der reinen primaren Inkoharenz.  Miin-
   chen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1903, 1,  1417-1421. — Willard
   (A.J.) After  forty years with the neuroses.   Tr. Ver-
   mont  M.  Soc,  Burlington,  1902,  217-235. — Vegoroflf
   (A. A.)  K simptomatologii nevrozov. [Symptomatology
   of  neuroses.]   Vestnik klin. i  sndeb. psichiat. i nevro-
   patol., St. Petersb.,  1891-2. ix, pt. 2, 26-39.—Ziehen  (T.)
   Tagesschwankungen  der Korpertemperatur  bei func-
   tionellen  Psychosen.  Allg.  Ztschr. f.  Psychiat.  [etc.],
   Berl., 1893-4, 1, 1042-1062.

IVeuroses (Causes of).
     See Nervous system. (Diseases of, Causes of).

IVeuroses (Gastric).
     See Stomach (Neuroses of or from).

IVeuroses  (Genito-nrinary).
     See Genitals (Neuroses of or from).

IVeuroses (Intestinal).
     See Intestines (Neuroses of).

IVeuroses  (Laryngeal).
     See Larynx (Neuroses of).

IVeuroses (Nasal).
     See Nose (Reflex neuroses of).

Hieuroses (Ocular).
     See Eye  (Neuroses of); Nervous system  (Dis-
  eases of) and eye-strain.

IVeuroses (Parasthetic).
     See Pareesthesia.

IVeuroses  (Paroxysmal).
     Agostini (C.) Contributo alio studio delle nevrosi
   convulsive per autointossicazione.  Policlin.. Roma, 1896,
   iii-M., 199-204.—von Bechterew (W.)  Eine  Neurose
  unter dem Bilde tonischer Iutentionszuckungeu.  Monat-
   schr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 460-467.-
   Fere (C.)  The spasmodic neuroses.  Twentieth Cent.
  Pract., N. Y., 1897, x, 659-732.—Hare (F.)   Mechanism
   of the paroxysmal neuroses.   Australas.  M. Gaz.. Sydney,
   1903, xxii, 283; 333;  387; 441. -----. Cauterisation of the
   nasal mucosa  and the paroxysmal neuroses.  Ibid.. 1904,
  xxiii, 209-212. -----. Paroxysmal neuroses.   Med. Times
   & Hosp. Gaz., Lond..  1904,' xxxii, 82;  98; 113;  129; 145;
   161; 177; 193;  209; 225; 247.  -----. Pathological varia-
   tions of physiological vasomotor action, with special refer-
   ence to the  malarial paroxysmal neuroses.  Practitioner,
   Lond.. 1905.  lxxv, 145-155. -----. The food factor in the
   paroxysmal  neuroses.  Ibid., lxxvi, 179-191.— Monro
   (T. K'. i Sc McOregor (A. N.)  A chronic neuroses char-
   acterised  by frequent  paroxysms of pain, swelling, and
   haemorrhage iu  various parts of the body;  death  from
   acute  pulmonary tuberculosis.  Lancet. Lond..  1904.  i,
   1039-1042.—Robertson (W. N.)   The  treatment of the
  paroxysmal  neuroses.  Australas.  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906,
  xxv, 1-7.—strong (R. H.)  A chronic neurosis character-
   ized by frequent paroxysms of pain, swelling, and haemor-
   rhage in various parts of tbe body.   Lancet, Loud., 1904, ii,
   44. —Wernicke (('.)  Ein Fail von Crampus-Neuiose.
   Berl. klin. Wchuschr.,  1904, xii, 1121-1124. 
NEUROSES.
635
NEUROSES.
Neuroses (Post-Oper at ire).
    See Neuroses (Traumatic).

IVeuroses (Reflex).
    See, also, Nose (Beflex neuroses of).
    Bkrgmaxx (J.)  *Zur Lehre  vou den nach
  psychischen Errcgungeu auftretenden Neurosen.
  8°.  Erlangen,  1667.
    Goubaclt (J.-H. )   *De la  n6vro.se cerebro-
  caidiaque.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1690.
    Melzi (U.)   Pelle nevrosi rillessi- di origiue
  nasale.    Con   prefazione   del  dott.  NU-olai.
  roy. 8°.  Milano, 1*90.
    Mohring (C.)   * Gelenkneurosen und Geleuk-
  neuralgien.  LJe""--]  &°-   Stuttgart, 1901.
    Baker (A. R.)  Functional nervous diseases of re-
  flex origin.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xv, 96-101.
  AUo. Keprint. — Biekel  (A.)  Demonstration eiues au
  einer eigenthiiinlicheu Reflexneurose leidenden Kranken.
  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1903,  xxix,
  Ver.-Beil., 396— Bridge (N.)  Reflex neuroses connected
  with the abdomen. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila.. 1897,
  xii, 354-365.— Kukofzer (M.)  Beitrag zur  nasogeneu
  Reflexneurose des Trigeminus nnd iiber einen Ersatz des
  diagnostisclien Coeainexperiments.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv. 500-507.—Cheatham (W.)  Ke-
  flex neuroses. Louisville  Month. J. M. Sc S., 1903-4, x,
  7-11.  [Discussion], 30-38.—Cook (W. W.) Peculiar re-
  flex neurosis. Chicago M. Obs., 1898, i, 249.—Erb (W.)
  Merkwiirdige Reflexneurose.  Verhandl. d. naturh.-med.
  Ver. zu Heidelb., 1889, n. F., iv. 284.—FeodosyefT (M. G.)
  0 termicheskikh  neirozakh.   [Ou  thermic  neuroses.]
  Russk. Med., S.-Perersb., 1888, xiii. 631.—Ferris iH.  C.)
  Reflex neurosis;  with clinical illustrations.  Tr. X. York
  Odont. Soc.  1902, Phila.,  1903, 81-87.  AUo: Dental Cos-
  mos. Phila., 1903,  xiv, 209-214.—Cradle ill.)  A clinical
  study of the so-called reflex neuroses.   J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1894, xxii, 864-867.—(jrindie  (H.)  Reflex neu-
  roses.  Med. Exam., N. Y., 1894, iv, 96-98.—Hudson-
  Makuen (G.)  Discussion on neuroses of the upper air
  tract, exclusive  of those  due to diphtheria aud organic
  disease; reflex neuroses of nasal origin.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass., N. V .  1904, xxvi. 229-238.—KitayeflT (F. T.)
  K ucheuiyu osekretoinikh depn-SM vuikh neirozakh.  [On
  secretory depressing neuroses]   Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb.,
  1904. iii, 43.—I^ederer (W. J.)  Some reflex neuroses of
  dental origin. Am. Med.. Phila., 1901, vii, 186-188.—Mc-
  Conachie (A. D.)  Reflex neuroses of dental origin as
  manifest in eye,  ear, nose, and throat diseases. Dental
  Cosmos,  Phila.,   1903,  xiv, 941-940.—Matoni (F.)  Le
  nevrosi riflesse naso-genitali.  Gior. internaz. d. sc.  med.,
  Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 905-910.—Starr (M. A.) Reflex
  neuroses.  Tr. X. York Acad. M. (1890), 1891, 2. s., vii,
  153-160.  AUo: Med. News, Phila.,  1890, lvi, 299-302.—
  Woodward (J. H.)  M. Allen Starr and  reflex neu-
  loses.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1890, xxxvii, 81.

IVeuroses (Sexual).
    See Neurasthenia (Sexual).

IVeuroses (Syphilitic).
    See Nervous system (Syphilis of).
IVeuroses (Traumatic).
    See, also, Hysteria, Insanity, (Traumatic); In-
  testines (Paralysis  of);  Nervous system (Dis-
  eases  of,  Jurisprudence of);  Nervous  system
  (Wounds, etc., of);  Neuritis (Traumatic); Neu-
  roses (Post-operative); Railroads (Injuries on);
  Spine (Concussion of); Stumps (Painful).
    Bauuch  (H.)  * Ueber den galvanischen Lei-
  tnngswiderstaud am Kopfe unter norinaleu  Ver-
  haltuissen  und  hei  traumatischen  Neuroseu.
  8°.  Breslau, 1900.
    Braatz  (G.)   * Ueber  Verlauf dreier Fiille
  von traumatischer Psychose.   8°.  Berlin, 1690.
    Bruxs (L.)   Die  traumatischen  Neurosen.
  Unfallsneurosen.  6Zl.   Wien, 1901.
    Budde  (H.  )   *Zur Casuistik der  Nerven-
  erkrankungen nach Unfall.  8°.  Berlin, 1897.
    Dikckmanx  ([K. J.] F.)  *Casuistische  Bei-
  trage zu traumatischen Neuro-Psychoseu.   8°.
  Berlin, [1*93].
    Gayot (H.)   * Contribution a  l'e'tude des ac-
  cidents  nerveux  conseeutifs  aux  traumatismes
  chez les predisposes.   8y  Paris, 1904.
   Glauxkr (W.)   "Zwei  Fiille  von schweren
  Neuropsycbosen auf traumatischer Grundlage
IVeuroses (Traumatic).
  bernhend;  nebst Beriicksichtigung operativer
  Behandlung derartiger  Fiille   8°.   Tiibingen,
  l^Jii.
    Herrmann  (W.)   * Beitrage zur Lehre der
  nach Unfallen  auftretenden nervosen und psy-
  chischen Storungen.   8°.   Gbttingen, lt-97.
    Hirsch  (H.)   *Ein  Beitrag znr  Lehre  von
  den traumatischen  Neurosen.   8°.   Wiirzburg,
  1893.
    Isxard  (E.)    #Nevroses  traumatiques chez
  l'enfant.   4°.  Lyon, 1^.)4.
    -----.   The same.  8°.  Lyon, 1894.
    JUNG (R.)   *Ein Beitrag  znr Kenntnis  der
  traumatischen Psychosen.  8'-\  Bonn,  1893.
    Luddicke  (A.)  *Zur Lehre von der soge-
  nannten traumatischen Neurosen.   8°.   Gbttin-
  gen, 1692.
    Mittelhauser ( E. )    Unfall uud Nerven-
  erkrankuug.   Eine sozial-medizinische Studie.
  8-\  Halle a. S.,  1905.
    Patricopoulo ( G. - K. )   * Contribution  a
  l'6tude  de  la neurasthenie  d'origine traunia-
  tique.   4°.  Paris, 1894.
    ------.   The same.  8°.  Paris, 1894.
    Richter (A.)   Ueber Verlauf traumatischer
  Neurosen.   8°.   Berlin,  1894.
    Sachs (H. )  & Freund  (C. S. )   Die  Er-
  krankungen des Nerveusystems nach Unfallen,
  mit  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der  Unter-
  suehung und Begutachtung.   8°.  Berlin, 1899.
    Schultz (W.)  * Uebei-  Nervenkrankheiteu
  nach Unfallen.   8C.  Kiel, 1*95.
    Schulte (J.)  *Zum Kapitel  der trauma-
  tischen Neurose.  8°.   Greifswald,  1903.
    Schuster (P.)  Die  Untersuchung und Be-
  gutachtung  bei  traumatischen  Erkrankungen
  des Nervensystems.   Eiu Leitfadeu  fiir Prac-
  tiker.   Mit einem Vorwort von  E.  Mendel.  8y
  Berlin,-1«99.
    Schwexzer  (T.)    *Zum  Kapitel  der trau-
  matischen Neurose.   8°.   Greifswald, 1896.
    Spitz (L.)   *Die Storungen  der Sensibilitiit
  uud  der  Sinnesfunctionen  bei  traumatischen
  Neurosen.   8°.   Strassburg i. E., 1901.
    StrC'mpell  (A.)   Ueber  die traumatischeu
  Neurosen.   8C.   Berlin,  1888.
    Wakda (\Y.)   * Ueber die sensiblen und sen-
  sorischen  Storungen  bei  der  traumatischen
  Psychoueurose.  8°.   Jena, 1892.
    Wassermeyer (M. F. O.)   * Ueber  den Ver-
  lauf posttranmatischer Nervenkrankheiteu nach
  Beobachtnngeii  der  medizinischen Klinik in
  Bonn.   8°..  Bonn, 1902.
    Weck (O.)  * Eiu Fall von Nervonerkrankung
  hochstwahrscheinlich  hysterischer  Art  nach
  Trauma.   8°.  Bonn,  1895.
    Wolf (L.  [G.])   * Ueber Neurasthenia cere-
  bralis traumatica.  8°.  Bonn, 1891.
    Accident (The) neuroses of war.  Boston M. Sc S. J.,
  1898, cxxxviii, 357.—von Adelung (E.)  A case of trau-
  matic neurosis, with hemorrhages from the pharynx.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 191-194.—Alekaaiidroir (V.)  K
  voprosu  o  travrnaticheskikh  nevrozakh.  [Traumatic
  neuroses.]  Vestnik ohsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St.
  Petei-sb., 1901, pt. 2, 1007-1019.—Alessi (U.)  Osserva-
  zioni morfologiche in nevropatici per trauma.  Riv. di di-
  ritto e giur. ... s. infortuni d. lavoro [etc.], Pisa, 1904, n. s.,
  i, 183-189. -----. Esageraziono di disturbi nervosi da
  trauma.  Ibid., 1905, n. s., ii, 631-641,  1 ch.—Alessi (U.)
  Sc I*ieri (A.)  Un caso controverso  di nevrosi trauma-
  tica; sesame somatopsichico di Fioravante Di Puccio; pe-
  rizia. Ibid., 1905, n. s.,  ii, 490-510.—Alt  (F.)  Trauma-
  tische Neurose oder traumatische Hysteiie?  Wien. med.
  Wchuschr., 1895, xiv, 237-241.—Alvarez Gomez Sala-
  zar (R.)  Caso de mielastenia de origen traumatico; cu-
  racidn.  Rev. de med. y cirug. pr^ct.,  Madrid,  1899, xliv,
  368-373.—Amenomiya (R.)  [Nervous  disease caused
  by injury.]  Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1905, xxiv, no. 279,
  pt. 2, 12-23.—Apelt (F.)  Nystagmus bei Unfallnei ven-
  krauken.  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl.. 1903. ix, 116-119.—
  Armour (D.)   On traumatic neurasthenia.  Clin. J.,
  Lond.,1904-5,xxv,347-352.—Arudl (M.)  Zur Differential- 
NEUKOSES.
636
NEUROSES.
.\c*ii roses  (Traumatic).
  dia»uose der trauinatischen Neurosen.  Deutsche Ztschr.
  f.  Nervenh.,  Leipz., 1*96-7. ix. 341-361.—Bach  (L.)
  Traumatische Xeurose und Unfallbegutacbtuug.  Ztschr.
  f.  Augenh.,  Berl.,  1905,  xiv, 240-251.—Balawsa  (P.)
  Casiistikus torvenyszeki adat a  trauma-* eredetii neurosi-
  sokhoz.  [Statistico-legal  coutrihution  ou  primary  trau-
  matic neurosis.]  Gvogyiszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv, 777.—
  Barlow.  Casuistisehes  zur  trauuiatisclien  Xeurose.
  Auu.d. stiidt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miiuchen (1890-92). 1894,
  92-112.  Also,  Reprint.—Bassompierre  A: Ni-lmei-
  der.   Hystero-traumatisme consecutif a une  chute de
  cheval; mutisme, astasie-abasiea formeparalytique.  Rev.
  de med., Par.,  1899,  xix. 842 846.—Ban wens  (I.)   Een
  geringe bijdrage tot de keiinis dor  ongevalsneurose na
  siioorwegoiigelukken ; jets over  de veinzeri.j dezer kwaal.
  Handel, v. h. vlaauisch nat.- en geneesk. Cong. 1903,  Gent
  A-  Antweipen,  1904,  vii, 213-226.—Becker (P. F.)   Ein
  I-'all von ueurasthenischem SchiiUeltreiiior nach Trauma.
  Miinchen. nied. "Wchnsehr., 1900, xlviii, 314-317.—Bekh-
  Ic-reir (V. M.)  Ob obyektivnikh priznakakh mlestnoi
  hiperestezii ianestezii nablyudayemikh pri takh nazivaye-
  mikh travmaticheskikh nevrozakh i pri isteiii.  [Objective
  signs of local hypersesthesia and anaesthesia observed in
  so-called traumatic neuroses and hysteria.]   Obozr. psi-
  chiat., nevrol.  [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1899, iv, 865-868.   Also,
  transl: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900, xix, 205-208.-----.
  Yeshtsho nleskolko  slov ob obyektivnikh priznakakh hi-
  perestezii  i  anestezii  pri  travmaticheskikh  nevrozakh.
  [Further on the objective signs  of hyperaesthesia and an-
  aesthesia in traumatic ueurosia.J   Ohozr.psichiat., nevrol,
  [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 161.  Also, transl: Neurol. Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz.,  1900, xix,  388.  -----.  Ob obyektivnikh
  prizuakakh razstrolstv chuvstvitcluosti pri tak nazivaye-
  mikh  travmaticheskikh nevrozakh.  [Objective signs of
  disturbances of  sensation  in  so-called  traumatic  neu-
  roses]  Obozr. psichiat.,  nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb,  1901,
  vi,  19-26.   AUo, transl:  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat. u.
  Neurol.,  Berl.,  1901.  ix,  99-  107. — Benedikt  ( M.)
  Die  Nerveiierkrankungeu  durch Verletzung  (trauuia-
  tische Neurosen uud Xeuioseu e traumate).  Wien.  med.
  Presse.,  1901,  xlii, 977-987'. -----. Ueher traumatische
  Neurosen.  Med.-chir. Centralb., "Wien, 1901, xxxvi, 87-
  89.   Also:  Wien. med. 111., 1901, xxiv,  75-77.  -----. Zur
  Roentgendiagnostik  der trauuiatisclien Neurose.  Wien.
  med.  Presse,  1903. xliv, 1233-1238.—Bernardelli.  Di
  un caso di istero-neurastenia traumatica (da scontro ferro-
  viario).  Rendic.  d. Ass. med.-chir. di  Parma, 1904, v, 32-
  40. — Bernheim.  Une  observation  de n6vrose  trau-
  matique de  la nuque.   Mem.  Soc. de ro6d. de Nancy,
  1891-2, pp.  1 - liv.   Also: Rev. nied. de  Test, Nancy,
  1892.  xxiv, 439-442. -----. Nevrose et  my61ite post-trali-
  matique.  Soc. de med. de Nancy.  C.-r. . . ., 1903-4, 44.—
  Bertololy.  Die traumatischen Neurosen.   Vereinsbl.
  d. pfalz. Aeizte, Frnukcuthal, 1893, ix, 147; 170.—Bevan
  (A. D.)  Traumatic neuroses from the standpoint  of a
  surgeon.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1900,  xxxv, 728-733.
  [Discussion], 736-739.—Bianchi (L.l <fc Ulassei (F.)
  Su di uu caso raro di  nevrosi traumatica. Atti d. r. Accad.
  med.-chir. di Napoli. 1895, n.  s., xlix,  223-225.—Biche-
  lonne & Boucarul,  Coup  de fleuret dans l'orbite
  droit; syndrome de Weber; hystero-trauniatisme proba-
  ble.   Rev. de med., Par.. 1903, xxiii, 400-417.—Bien fait.
  N£vrose traumatique.  Gaz. med.  beige, Liege, 1904-5,
  xvii,  84-86.—Bins (P.)   Beitiage aus  der Praxis zur
  Frage der traumatischen  Neurose.  Aerztl.  Sachverst.-
  Ztg., Berl., 1904,  x, 257;  2*7 — Blailock (W. R.)  Pe-
  culiar nervous symptoms following operation.  Med. Rec,
  N.  T., 1904,  lxvi, 531-533.-Blesh (A. L.)  Traumatism
  involving the  brachial plexus,  with remote reflex  neu-
  roses; operation; cure.   Med.  Herald,  St.  Joseph,  1895,
  n. s.,  xiv, 575-577.—Blin & Daniaye.  Des troubles
  nerveux cons6cutifs aux fractures  de la tete du p£rou6.
  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1888, i, 75-86.—Booth
  (I). S.) The neuropath aud railway neuroses.  Railway
  Surg.. Chicago, 1902-3, ix, 63:  1903-4,  x, 163.—Borri (L.")
  Sul modo di prendere cognizione obiottiva dei disturbi
  nevrosici nei traumatizzati.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-
  Emilia. 1904, xxx. 467-485.—Brainerd (H. G.)  Trau-
  matic neuroses.  Calif. State J.  M., Sau Fran., 1904,  ii, 43-
  45.—Brezona (P.)  La neurastenia  como coiuplicaci6n
  en los traumatismos de guerra. Rev. de sau.  mil., Ma-
  drid, 1898. xii, 373-378.—Bridge (N.)  Traumatic delirium.
  Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1898-9, ix, 290.—Brunn  (L.)  Zur
  Casuistik  der traumatischen   Neurosen.  Neurol.   Cen-
  tralbl., Leipz., 1889, viii, 123; 159. -----. Neuere Arbei-
  ten iiber die traumatischen Neurosen.  Schmidt's Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1*93,  ccxxxviii, 73: 1894, ccxlii, 191; 272.—Burr
  (C. W.)  Trauma as a cause of nervous diseases.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 726-728.  [Discussion], 736-
  739.  -----. The prevention of neurasthenia after surgical
  operations.   Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 713.—Bury (J. S.)  Ou
  trauma in relatiou to disease of the nervous system.   Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 997-1000.— Butter»ac'k.  Ein Fall
  von  Unfall-Neurose. Charite-Aun.,  Berl., 1900, xxv, 52-
  55.—C'ardarelli.  Le nevrosi traumatiehe.   Boll,  di
  clin.. Milano, 1895, xii, 481-489.  AUo: Gior. internaz. d.
  sc. med.,  Napoli. 1895,  xvii, 361-373.—Catliu (U.)  The
IVeuroses (Traumatic).
  relations of pain to weather, studied during eleven vears
  of a case of traumatic neuralgia,  with notes bv  S Weir
  Mitchell.   Tr.  Coll. Phys. Phila.,  1881-3, 3. s., vi  411 4-7
  3 diag.  AUo,  Reprint. -----. On the relation of atmos'-
  pheric electricity, magnetic storms, and weather eleuieuts
  to a case of traumatic neuralgia.  Med. News. Phila., 1891
  lviii, 489.- C'atrin.  Observation d'hysterotraumatisme ■
  hemipiegie droite sans hemianesthesie, pas de stigtnate-
  mydriase  paralytique k  droite; exageration  des  reflexes
  du cote  paralyse et atropine rapide et  en masse des nieiu-
  bres sup6rieur et  inferieur droits.  Bull, et 111*111. Soe
  med. d.  hop. de Par.. 1896,  3. s.,  xiii,  752-756.- t'hnlu-
  pecky  (H.)   Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Ver-
  halten des Auges bei traumatischer Neurose und bei sym-
  pathischer Reizung. Klin.-therap. Wchuschr., Wien, lkil,
  viii, 1369-1373.—Chipier.  Uu  cas d'hystero neuras-
  thenie traumatique. Med. d. accid. du travail, Par., 19U3,
  i,  99-101. -----.  Un  cas  d'hystero-neuiasth6uio trau-
  matique.  Ann.m6d.-chir., Dour, 1905, xiii, 4:i-4.">. —Chris-
  tiansen  (V.)  Den traumatiske Neurose.   I'm-skr. f.
  Lseger,  Kobenh., 1902,  5.  R., ix,  1081 -1101.—CocMer!
  Auch eine traumatische Neurose.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1892, xxix, 776.—Collins  (D. "W.)  Traumatic neurosis!
  Tr.LuzerneCo. M. Soc,"Wilkesbarre, 1897,78-*(i.—Colqu-
  houn (D.) On two cases of traumatic neurasthenia. Aus-
  tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 18')7,xvi, 4-8.—Coppez (H.) Sur
  les symptomes oculaires de la n6vrose traumatique.  [Kau.l
  J. med.  de Brux., 1905, x, 273; 297.—Corner (E. M.) Sur-
  gical neurasthenia,  with  special reference to post-opera-
  tive cases.  Cliu.  J., Lond., 1905-6, xxvii, 262-267.  ----.
  Post-operative surgical neurasthenia,  with special refer-
  ence to  cases.   Internat. Clin.,  Phila.,  1906, 15. s.. iv, 147-
  159.—C-rieiafulli.   Due casi  di  delinqueuza seguita  a
  trauma  nervoso.  Riv.  sper. di freniat., Reggio-Kmilia,
  1902, xxviii, 318-322. —Croeq [J.] tils.   Etude pathogfi-
  nique et clinique des nevroses traumatiques.  Mem. cou-
  ron. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1895, xvi, fasc. 3,
  1-170.   AUo,  Reprint. -----.  Pathogenic des n6vroses
  traumatiques.   Cong, franc, de med.  1895, Par.,  1896, ii,
  723-730. -----. Uu cas de n6vrose traumat-que grave.  J.
  d. neurol., Par.,  1902,  viii,  181-187.  [Discussion], 193.
  -----. Uncasdenevrosetraumatique. J.med.deBrux., 1903,
  viii,13.-----.  Uncasdenevrosetraumatique. J.deneuiol.,
  Par., 1905.x, 16-19.—Curcio(E.) Nevrosi traumatica. Ann.
  di med.  nav., Roma,  1899,  v, 517-527. -----. Istero-traunia-
  tismo. 26t'd.,1903,ix,v.l,745-757.—D'Abundo(G.) Contri-
  buto alio studio delle amnesie post convulsive e post-trau-
  matiche.   Riv. clin. e. terap., Napoli, 1893, xv, 468-489.—
  Dana(C.L.)  The traumaticneuroses;  being a description
  ofthe chronic nervous disorders that follow shock and in-
  jury. Syst. Leg. M. (Hamilton A Godkin), N. Y„ 1894,
  ii, 297-361,2 pl.  -----. The modern view of traumatic neu-
  roses.   Post-Graduate,  N. Y., 1895, x, 131-137.  [Discus-
  sion], 398-401.—Danillo (S. N.)  Pyat sluchayev nervno-
  psikhicheskavo razstrolstva, razvivshavosya vslledstviye
  psikhicheskavoshoka. ' [ Five cases of nervo-psychical dis-
  turbances  resulting from shock.]  Soobsh.  i protok. S.-
  Peterb. med. Obsh. (1894), 1895, xii, 251-255.-De Boeck.
  Des nevroses  traumatiques.  J. de med., chir. et pharma-
  col., Brux., 1889, lxxxvii, 793-800.  Also: Aim. de med. et
  chir. . .  . de Brux. (1889), 1890, i. 81-88.— Debove (G.-M.)
  Sur uu  cas de n6vrose traumatique.  Bull, et mem. Soc.
  med. d. hop. de Par., 1895, 3. s., xii, 318-320.—Dc  Buck
  [D.J  Relation d'un cas de neurasthenie d'origine trauma-
  tique.   Ann.  Soc.  de  nied. de  Gand,  1889, lxviii, 29-35.
  -----.  Un cas d'atrophie musculaire progressive d'ori-
  gine traumatique prise pour une hematomyeiie spontanee.
  Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, ii,97-103.— De Buck
  [D.J &  De Moor (L.)  Troubles trophiques graves du
  membre inferieur conseeutifs a un traumatisme.  Ibid.,
  1896, iii, 545-551.  Also,  transl:  Med. Weekbl.,  Amst.,
  1896-7.iii, 137-140.----------. Uncasdenevrosetrauma-
  tique grave.    Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1898,  lxv, 213-
  217. AUo: Belgique m6d., Gand-Haarlem, 1899, i,65-69.—
  Delage  (J.)   Fracture  incomplete de l'olecrane et ne-
  vrose traumatique.   Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1904, i, 279.—
  Delamare Sc Conor.  Observation  de bl6pharo-spasnie
  tonique permanent d'origine hyst6ro-trauiiiatique.  Rec.
  d'opht., Par.. 1903, 3. s., xxv, 7-4.—De L.iinzciiberj{er.
  Contribution a l'anatomie pathologique du traumatisme
  nerveux.   Cong,  internat. de neurol., de psychiat. [etc]
  1897, Brux., 1898, fasc. 3, 61.—Dercum (F.X.)  Interest-
  ing  examples  of traumatic neuroses.   N. Orl. M.  Sc S. J.,
  1900-1901,  liii, 81-83. —De Benzi (E.)  Nevrosi trau-
  matica. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli,  1904, vii. 225-235.—
  De Bidder.  Un cas d hystero-traumatisme a la suite
  dune  brulure du  pied.  j. m6d. de Brux.,   1906,  xi,
  105.—Derode.  Observation  d'un cas de  nevrose trau-
  matique.   Bull. Soc. de  m6d.  ment.  de  Belg., Gand  et
  Leipz.,  1894,   356-370. — Dewey '(R.)  Clinical  report
  of case of traumatic  injury  with   unusual  effects op
  the nerxous  system.   Am. J. Insan., Chicago.   1894,  li,
  221-123— Dictz(C)  TraumatischeNenrose: Uebergang
  in Dementia  paralytica.   Med.  Abhandl.  Festschr.  d.
  Stuttg. arztl.  Ver., 1897,159-165.-I>illei- (T )  The  psy-
  chical influences which operate in retarding or preventing
  recovery  in traumatic nervous affections. ^Boston M. & 
NEUROSES.
637
NEUKOSES.
Neuroses (Traumatic).
  S. •!., 1896, cxxxiv, 471. ----- Traumatic nervous affec-
  tions.   Am. .1. M. Sc. Phila., 1898, n. s., cxvi,  29I-3C6.—
  Di l.iizeiibersjer (A.)  Coi,tribute all' anatomia pato-
  logica del trauma nervoso.   Anu.di nevrol., Napoli, 1897,
  xv, 354-373, 3 pl. -----■ Sull' cuiieoutriittur.i liionosinto-
  nnitica nel trauma nervoso.  Riv. mens-, di psichiat. forense,
  Napoli, 1900, iii, 302-310.—Diseussion dela question des
  nevroses traumatiques.  Bull. Acad. roy. denied, de Belg..
  Brux.,  1904.4. s., xviii, 403; 503.—Do'usilli (G.)  Trau-
  matikus  neurosis esete.   [A case of .  . .]  Budapesti k.
  orvosegy. l>91-iki e\kduy\e, 1892, 98-101.—Dornbliith
  (0) Beinerkuugen  iiber einen  Fall von  traumatischer
  Neurasthenic.  Aerztl. Ceuti .-Anz.,  Wien, 1895, vii, 2.—
  Edcl iM i   Respiratorischer Reflexkranipf nach Incision
  eines Fuiuiikels im aussereu Gehdrgang mit leliergang in
  einen allgeiueiueu Krampf hysterischen Characters.  Cen-
  tralbl.  f. Nervenh.  u. Psychiat , Cobleuz  A-. Leip/..,  189.".
  n.F., vi, 478-481.— Ely (F.'A.)  Trauniaticneuroses. Med.
  Age. Detroit, 1903,  xxi.  9-'*-U30.—Elzholz (A.)  Ueher
  traumatische Neurose im Anschluss au  einen deiuou-
  strirteu Fall.  Ber. d. k.  k. Krankenanst. Rudolph Stif-
  tunginWieu (1891), 1892, 261-288—Erben (S.)  Ueber
  die geliiufigste Form der trauinatischen Neurose.  \\ ien.
  med. "Wchnsehr., 1904. liv. 205-211. - Eulenberg (A.)
  Uebei Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiteu nach elektrischen
  Unfiilleii  Bei-l. klin. Wclinschr., 1905, xlii, 30; 68.—Fair-
  child (D.  S.)  Nervous  phenomena following trauma.
  Railway  Surg., Chicago.  1897-8, iv, 495-503.—Fallten-
  berg (A.)  Ein Fall von Neuralgia phrenica ex trauniate.
  Deutsche nied.  "Wclinschr.,  Leipz.  u. Beil.,  1888, xiv,
  316.—Farez (P.)  L'influence des auuiversaires  sur  les
  r6cidives d'une psychouevro.se traumatique intermittente.
  Rev. del'hypuot.et psychol. physiol., Par., 1902-3, xvii,310-
  315.—Feii|del(E.) Nevritetraumatiquediicubital.devia-
  tion des doigts eu coup de vent,  retraction de l'oponevrose
    Snlmaire. Rev.neurol.. Par , 1896,iv,537-540.—Fer<MC.) i
    •errucheHE.-V.) l5tude clinique et experimeutale sur
  une nevralgie d'origine tiaumatique du nerf  ohturateur
  (eontribulion a l'etude des fractures indirectes du bassin).
  Rev. de  chir., Par.. 1889. ix,  574-582. — Ferreri  (G.)
  Nevrosi laringee  dopo taluue  operazioni  ginecologiche.
  Arch, ital.diotol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1893, i, 144-154.—
  Fiori  (P.)  Contributo  alle  lesioni  traumatiehe  del
  sistema nervoso  periferico.  Atti Cong,  region,  ligure,
  Genova.  1901, vii, 99.—Fisher (E. D.)  Traumatic neu-
  rasthenia.  J. Nerv. &. Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896,  xxiii, 31.—
  Flatau (G.)  Traumatische Neurosen ohne Entsebadi-
  guiigsauspriiche.   Ztschr. f. piakt. Aeizte. Frankf. a. M.,
  1898. vii, 259-265. -----. Die Frage der Simulation bei den
  traumatischen Neurosen.   Med. Woche, Berl., 1906, vii,
  75-78.—Folsoui (C. F.)   Cases of traumatic  he ulache.
  Boston M. & S. J., 1894. exxx, 641-643.—Francotte (X.)
  Quelques observations pour servir k I'histoire de la ne-
  vrose traumatique, de son pronostic en particulier.  Bull.
  Acad. rov.  de med.  de Belg., Brux., 1903, 4. s., xvii, 101-
  115.  Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1903, lv. 217-229. —
  Frey.   Ueber traumatische  Neurose  (Neurasthenia
  traumatica).   Vrtljschr.  f. gerichtl. Med., Berl.. 1902, n.
  F.,  xxiii, Suppl.-lift., 241-274. — Fiirbringer.  Ueber
  traumatische Neurose;  ein  medizinischer Beitrag  zur
  Arheiterunfallfragen.  Gartenlaube,  Leipz.,   1897,  879-
  883.—Fiirstner [K.J  Einige Erkrankungen des Ncrven-
  systeuis  nach Trauma.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1896,
  xv, 958-960. -----.  Zur Syinptomatologie der i hronischen
  Unfallerkrankungen  im  Bereiche  des  Centralnerven-
  systems und die Beziehungen des letztereu  zum  Unfall-
  gesetz.  Verhandl.d. Gesellsch. deut-ch. Naturf. u. Aerzte
  1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii.  pt. 2, 2.  Hlfte., 276-280.  -----.
  Ueber Unfallneurosen. mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung
  der Eiseubahnverhaltnisse.   Munchen.  med. Wchnsehr.,
  1904, li,  1569. — Oangolphe.   Fheriomencs curieux
  d'hystero-traumati-me.  Lyon m6d., 1903,  ci,  265-267.—
  Gaupp (R.)  Zur Kritik  der Verwendung des Begriffs
  "Trauma"  in  der  Aetiologie  der  Nervenkraukheiten.
  Centralbl. f.  Nervenh. u. Psvchiat., Cobleuz  u.  Leipz.,
  1898, n. F., ix,  3*8-393. — Uirhnrdt.  Ueher Nerven-
  erkrankungeu nach eitrigen Eiitziindiingen an den Fin-
  gern.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1898,
  xxiv, Ver.-Beil.,  14. — Gilbert.  Ein bemerkenswerther
  Fall von trauinatischer Nervenerkrankung.  Jahresb. d.
  Gesellsch. f.  Nat.-  u  Heilk. in Dresd., Miiuchen, 1900-
  1901, 44-47.—Giurtrt- (L.)   Sulle nevrosi  traumatiehe.
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892,  Milano,  [1893], v, 187.—
  Glorieux.   Hysterie  ou  neurasthenie  traumatique;
  (railway  spine,  railway brain).  Policlin., Brux.,  1899,
  viii, 85-^94. -----. Lis nevrose* traumatiques.  Ibid., 1900,
  ix, 145; 213; 513. —  Gnauck (R.)   Die Wandlungen in
  der  Lelnevou den  Nerveiierkrankiingen nach Trauma.
  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Bed., 1898, iv, 4*1-489.—Goebel
  (W.) Ein Fall von  traumatischer Neurose mit schnellem
  Uebergang  in Psychose.   Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr..  1896,
  xxxiii, 97.—Goldscheider. Zur Theorie der  traumati-
  schen Neurosen.  Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med.  (Leyden),
  Berl., 1902, ii, 173-191.—Gray (L. C.)  Traumalic neuras-
  thenia.  Internat. Clin., Phila.,  1893,  3. s., ii, 144-150.—
  Green (J.  H.)  Hypnotic suggestion in its relations to
  the traumatic neuroses.  Nat. Ass.  Railway Surg.  Off.
.\curoses  (Traumatic).
  Rep., Chicago,  1892, v. 106-113.—Gross (F.)   Le deiire
  chez les blesses.   In his: Lecons de elm. chir., 8°, Par..
  i8*0, 152-164.—Grosz (M.)   Traumas neurosis egy esete.
  [A case of. . .]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1*98, xlii', 394.—
  Guiupertz (K. )  Traumatische  Neurose oder hegiu-
  nender  Morbus I'.asedowii.'  Deutsche, med. Presse, Heil.,
  1904,  viii,  1*5.—Haag  (G.)   Hysteriscb-tiauniatische
  Neurose, aufiinglii h unter dem Bilde von Dementia pa-
  ralytica verlaufciul, spater  slinulirt.  Monatschr. f. Un-
  fallheilk.. Leipz., 1899, xi, 78-81.  -----. Drei  Fiille von
  tranniiitischer Neurose.   Ibid., 1903, x. 266-282. -----.
  Trauniatische Neurose, epih-ptische Geistesstorung oder
  melaucholischeVerstimmiingaiif halluziuatorischer Basis.'
  Uufallfolge? Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.] "Wiesb., 1905, iii. 2 i-
  27.—Habermami.  Ein  Fall von traumatischer  Neu-
  rose.  Verhandl. d. deutsch.otol.Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, vi,
  201-210.—Ha Inert (11. V.)  Traumatic hysteria. Tr. Am.
  Inst.  Homieop., N. V.,,1897, 549-555.— Haskovec  (L.)
  Neurosis traumatica. Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1901, xl,
  535; 591; 615; o75; 727; 759; 781. -----. Otlaku krevnim
  vubee a v neurose ttauiuaticke  zvlast'.   [Blood pressure
  in general and especially in traumatic neurosis.]   Ibid.,
  1902, xii, 1166; 1193; 1216; 1242.   AUo,  transl  [Abstr.]:
  Rev.  neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 60-66.— Hauck.  Nema-
  sthenie nach Trauma.   Aerztl. Pr.ikt.,  Hamb.. 1*96. ix,
  269-272.—Hciniaiui (M.)   Traumatische  Neurose und
  Diabetes mellitus.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., „]*9ti xliii,
  340.—Hellmuth (K.) Trautnatickaneurosu.  Casop. 16k.
  cesk., v Praze,  1893, xxxii, 521.—Herzfeld (li.)  Horny-
  val bei traumatischeu Neurosen.  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,
  Berl., 1906, xii, 69.- Heveroch  (A.)  O transitoruiiu
  deliriu v traumaticke neurose.  Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze,
  1904,  xliii, 1315; 1344; 1372.—Higier (H.)  Przyczynek
  do klinicznej oceny t. zw. nerwicy urazowej (neurosis trau-
  matica) oraz jej symulacyi.  [Cliuical diagnosis of  trau-
  matic neurosis and its simulation.J   Gaz. lek., Warszawa,
  1893,  2. 8.,  xiii, 279; 313; 341;  368; 397.—Hnatek (J.)
  O a-tiologickem vyznamu urazu a pathogeneticke jeho
  cen6 v  nekter.V'ch nemocech nervovyvh. [The etiologic
  significance of injury aud its pathogenetic value in some
  nervous diseases.]   Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1898, xxxvii,
  787; *02.—Hochhalt (K.)  Neurosis  traumatica esete.
  [A  case of...]  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1896,  xl, 626.—
  Hochhaus (II.)  Ueber Nervenkraukheiten nach Un-
  fallen.  Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Holst. Aerzte,  Kiel,
  1894-5, n. F., iii, 69; 81.—van 't Hoff (L.)  Eine primkr-
  traumatischePsychose; gerichtsarztlich beurtheilt.  Vrtlj-
  schr.  f. gerichtl. Med.,  Berl., 1894,  3. F., viii,  311-322.—
  Hollander (E.)   Demonstration  einer iu der Schlacht
  entstandenen traumatischen Neurose und Psychose.  Berl.
  kliu. "Wchnsehr., 1905, xlii, 215.—Horsley (V.)  A lect-
  ure on  traumatic  neurasthenia. Clin. J., Lond.,  1895-6,
  vii, 281-286. -----. Traumatic neurasthenia.   Tr. M. Soc.
  Lond., 1896-7, xx, 216-227. -----. Traumatic neurastheni •.
  Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Loud.. 1899, viii, 164-176.—Howard
  (G. T.)  Report of a case of traumatic neurosis.  Austral.
  M. J., Melbourne,  1894, n. s., xvi, 313-320.— Huguenin.
  Die  Prognose der traumatischen Neurosen.  Cor.-HI.  f.
  schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904. xxxiv, 623-626.—Hystero-
  neuraslhenie suite de trauma c6r6bral. J. de med. de
  Par.,  1905, 2. 8.,  xvii, 451-453.—Ide (C. E )  Traumatic
  neuropsychosis; report of a case.   N. York M. .J.,  1*99,
  lxx, 368.'—Ill (E. J.)  Acute psychoses following gyneco-
  logical  operations.  Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1888, ii,  1-5.
  Also. Reprint.—Influence des lesions traumatiques sur
  le developpement  de la neurasthenie et de l'hystero-neu-
  rasth6nie.  J.d'accouch., Li6ge,  1891, xii, 21-24.—Ivanoff
  (A. N.)   K kazuistikle nevrozov poslie porazheniya mol-
  niyel.   [Neuroses  after injury from lightning.]  Voyenno-
  med. J., St. Petersb., 1904,  iii,  med.-spec. pt.. 680-688.—
  .lacobi (Marv P.)  Acute mania after operations.   Med.
  Rec,  N. Y., 1889, xxxv, 446-448— Jacobson (D. E.) De
  traumatiske  Neiiro&er: en  Koitlattet  0\eisigt.  [Trau-
  matic neiuoses; a shoit review.]  Hosp.-Tid.. Kjobeuh.,
  1*93. 4.  R.. i, 945; 965.—Jemma.  Nevralgia da sugges-
  tioue traumatica.   Cron. d. din. med. di Genova, 1892-3, i,
  181-187.—Jeremias. DieErwerbsfahigkeit bei trauma-
  tischen  und nicht-traumatischeu Neurosen.  Monatschr.
  f. Unfallheilk., Leipz.,  1900, vii, 401-423. —J essen  (F.)
  Ueber die lunktiom ileu Erkrankungen des Nervensystems
  nach  Unfallen.  Ztschr.  f. prakt. Aerzte. Frankf. a. M.,
  1896, v, 343-351.—Johnson  (G.)  A case in wliicb trismus,
  with facial  neuralgia and palsy, and a recurrence of epi-
  lepsy, were excited bv a foreign bodv  in a wound on the
  cheek.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1872-3,  vi, 38-40.  AUo. inhis:
  Med. Lect. Sc Essays, 8C, Lond., 1887. 332.—Jones (W. A.)
  Traumatic neuroses.  Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1892,
  \ii, 263-265.—Itnplan (L.) A Fiukclnburg |R.)  Ana-
  tomischer  Befund bei traumatischer Psychose  mit  Bui-
  barerscheiniiiigen  (zugleich  Beitrag  zur Kenntnis des
  hinteren Langsbiindels).  Monatschr. f. Psychiat.  n. Neu-
  rol., Berl., 1900, viii, 210-223, 2 pl.—Kccskcineli (L.)
  Psychosis  traumatica.   Gydgvaszat,   Itudapest.  1897,
  xxxvii,  530-532.  Kiliihai-ii (S.i Sc Fujidn (K.)  [Neu-
  rosis  caused  by  external  injury.]  Chiba  Igakukiiwai
  Zasshi,  Tokyo, no. 20, 4-21.—Knapp (P ('.)  Traumatic
  nervous affections; an attempt of their classification based 
NEUROSES.
638
NEUROSES.
\e ll rose* (Traumatic).
  on a study of ninety cases.  Am. J. M. Sc. Phila., 1892,
  n. s., civ, 625-643.   Also, Reprint. ----- Nervous affec- ,
  tions following  railway and  allied  injuries.   Text-book
  Nerv.  Dis. Am. authors (Dercum), Phila.,  1895, 13-182.
  ____.  Traumatic  neurasthenia aud hysteria.   Brain,
  Lond., 1897. xx. 3.-5-406. — Knotz (I.)  Zur Frage der
  traumatischen Neiitosen.   Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1902, viii, 155-159.—Konig (O.) Ein objectives Krank-
  heitszeichen der "traumatischen Neurose".  Berl.  klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1*91, xxviii, 7,4-77*.—Koppcn,  Uel er Ge-
  hirnverauderungeu nach Trauma.  Centralbl. f. Nervenh.
  ii. Psychiat.. Coblenz Sc Leipz., 1898,n.F.,ix,85.— Kostcr
  (H.) El t fall aftrauinntisk nemos.  [A caseof...]  Giite-
  borgs Lak.-sallsk.  rdrh.. 1894, 103-109.—KrolkoflT (M.)
  Dva sluchaya  travmaticheskavo nevroza.  [Two  cases of
  traumatic neuroses.]   Med.  Obozr.,  Mosk.,  1889, xxxii,
  1081-1087.— liuiper (J.)   Nerveuse stoornissen ten
  gevolge van ongevallen.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Genee.sk., !
  Amst.,  1903, 2.  R.. xxxix. d. 1, 394- 405. — Ladamr,
  OTegevand  ( L. ) A Vaulier.   Hystero-ueurasthenie I
  traumatique.  [Rap.]  J. d. med. de Par., 1896, 2. s., viii,
  499-502.  AUo: Rev. de  med. leg., Par., 1890. iii,  303-3'.1.
  AUo: Kev.depsvchiat,, Par., 1896, n.s., 275-283. — Lnehr
  (M.)  Eine Un tails- Psychose. Berl. klin. Wchuschr., 1896,
  xxxiii, 641-645— Laqiit-r (L.)  Bemerkungen zur  phy-
  sikalischen uud suggest!ven Behandlung der nach Unfallen
  auftretenden Neurosen.  Therap. d. Gegenw.. Berl.-Wien,
  1902. n. F., iv, 251-254.—I.a vie. Un cas  d'hysterotrau-
  matisme avec manifestations cutanees (pemphigus).  J.
  de m6d. de Bordeaux,  1904, xxxiv,  546 - 548. —  Ledvn
  (A. V.)  Trastoruos  oculares por trauinatismo.   Rev. de
  cien. m6d., Habana, 1896, xi, 26.— Leers (0.)  Zur Lehre
  von den traumatischen Neurosen.  Berl. Klinik, 1905, 205. j
  Hft., 1-38.—Lennmalin  (F.)   Om de s. k.  traumatiska |
  neuroseina.  [On the so-called traumatic neuroses.]  Hy-
  giea, Stockholm, 1893, lv,  111;  223.— I.cppmaiiu (F.) !
  Der Kaiupf um die traumatische Neurose.   Aerztl. Sach-
  verst.-Ztg., Berl.,  1896,  ii, 189-191.  -----. Verletzungen
  als Ursachen  einiger Krankheiten des  Centralnerven-
  systems.  Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1899, 33-35.-----.
  Ist traumatische Neurasthenie  Siechthum im Sinne des
  §224 des R.-St.-G.?  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl..  1900,
  vi, 297-299.—Lerrnlon (A. I.)  Dva  sluchaya  traunia-
  ticheskavo nelroza.  [Two  cases of traumatic neuroses.J
  Ejened. jour. "Prakt, Med.", St. Petersb., 1901, viii, 153-
  160.—Lindsay  (W. S.)  Traumatic neuroses. J.Kansas
  M. Soc, Lawrence, 1905, v, 313-316.—Lochbihler (J.)
  Traumatische  Neurose  nach Faradisation.   Jahrb.  d.
  Wien.  k. k.  Krankenanst,  1893, AVien u. L,eipz..  1894, ii,
  633-636.  Also:  Med.-chir. Centralbl.,  "Wien, 1895,  xxx,
  325. — I.oe iA. O.)  A caseof neurasthenia following ap-
  pendectomy.   Northwest Med., Seattle, 1905, iii,  22.—
  Ldwcnthal.   Ueber Untallneurose, sog. traumatische
  Neurose; wie ist die Eisenbahnverwaltung gegeu unge-
  reohtfertigte Entschadigiingsforderungeu, welclie dieser-
  halb erhoben werden, zu schiitzen ?   Aerztl. Sachverst.-
  Ztg., Berl..  1905, xi, 364-367.— Loncin  ( E. )   Etude
  sur  la  nevrose  traumatique.   Rev.   med.,  Louvain,
  1897-8,  xvi, 246; 291;  337. — Lopez (E.)  Delirium fol-
  lowing operations on the eve.  Internat. M. Mag., Phila.,
  1893. ii. 334-337.—Lord* (S. A.)   Post-operative  neu-
  rasthenia.   Boston M. & S. J.,  1898,  exxxviii, 588. —
  Lumbroso (G.)  Sulla neurosi traumatica.  Clin, mod.,
  Pisa, 1905, xi, 113; 125.—Lunzenbcrger  (A.)   Con-
  tributo  all'  anatomia del  trauma  nervoso.   Lavori  d.
  Cong, di  med. int.  1897,  Roma, 1898, viii, 506-50*.—
  JTIcGill (J. D.)  Traumatic  neurasthenia.   Tr.  M. Soc.
  N. Jersey, Newark, 1899, 137-148.— rlcGuire (E.)   Post
  operative intestinal paresis from nerve injury.   Georgia
  J. M. Sc S., Savannah, 1897, i. 148-151.—Mahillon.  Mise
  au point de la question de l'utilite du releve  des  champs
  visuels color6s pour le diagnostic et le pronostic d<- cer-
  tains troubles nerveux conseeutifs aux traumatismes.  J.
  m6d. de Brux., 1903, viii, 673-677.—JIanley (T. H.)  Neu-
  ralgia of the peripheral nerves, with special  reference to
  that dependent on trauma or degenerative changes.  Tr.
  N. York M. Ass..  1896, xiii,  334-349.  AUo: Canada M.
  Rec. Montreal, 1896-7, xxv,  115-128.  AUo: Cincin.  Lan-
  cet-Clinic, 1896, n.  s,.  xxxvii, 455-462.  -----. Traumatic
  neurasthenia;  neuropsychic  manifestations  subsequent
  to  fractures or dislocations.  Atlantic M. "Weekly, Provi-
  dence. 1898, ix. 225-231.  AUo: Internat. J. Surg., N. Y.,
  1*9*.  xi. 57; 85. — .Yinnu (L.)  Ueber die Vermiuderuiig
  des LeitiiugBwidei-standes  am  Kopfe als  Symptom bei
  traumatischen Neurosen.  Berl. kliu. Wclinschr.,  1*93,
  xxx, 749.— TIaragliano (E.)   Trauma, gastropatia, ne-
  vrosi, a proposito d" un caso clinico.  Cron. d. clin. med. di
  Genova. 1905, xi, 394-401.   Also:  Gazz. internaz. di med.
  Napoli, 1906, ix, 75. — .Tlai-tini.  Einige Beobachtungen
  iiber Hirn- und  Nervenleideu bei Kindern,  nach Verle-
  tzungen.  Ztschr. f. d. ges. Med.,  Hamb., 1839, x, 301-312.—
  ITIasai (A.)   Ipopia dest ra da nevrosi istero-nevrastenica
  di origine post-traumatica.  Boil. d. osp. oftal. d.  prov. di
  Roma. 1905, iii, 153-166, 1 pl.- TlerUlcii (P.)  D'une va-
  riete d'algies; pathogenie et traitement par les compresses
  de  Prie.ssnitz.  J. de physioth6rap.,  Par., 1905, iii,  45-50.—
  Jlerz (C. H.)  Concerning the production of traumatic,
»liroses (Traumatic).
  psychic, and geueral neuroses by sustained vibration, to-
  gether with the application of the solenoid in the treat-
  ment of the same.  Columbus M. J., 1901, xxv,  64-7„\_
  Tliugnzziui (G.)  Ematoniielia;  nevrosi traumatica
  Gazz. med. di Roma, 1902, xxviii, 309-316. _____. Sulle
  nevrosi traumatiehe.   Policlin.. Roma. 1904. xi, so&.'prat
  1512; 154...— Vlirallic (C.)  De la neurasthenia  trauma-
  tique.   Tribune med., Par., 1894, 2. s., xxvi, 905-910.—.Tlix
  (C. L.)   Traumatic neurosis  associated with tabes   Illi-
  nois M. J.. Springfield, 1904, vi, 603.— Horeau (C.)   Con-
  tributiou a 1 etude de la n6vrose traumatique.  Bull. Acad.
  roy. de  med. de Belg., Brux., 1902, 4. s., xvi, 631; 741: 1904
  xviii, 59; 411.— Tloyer  (H. N.)  A consideration of tlie
  traumatic neuroses, so-called.  Chicago M. Recorder, 189.1,
  v, 71-75. -----.  The so-called traumatic neurosis.  Tr M
  Soc. N.  Y.. 1901, 280-286.  AUo: Illinois M. J., Springfield'
  1901-2, n. s.. iii. 99-102.  Also:  Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i]
  550.—IVIiiller (G.)  Zur Behandlung der traumatiscli'en
  Myelastheuie.  Allg. med.  Centr.-Ztg.,  Berl.,  1901, lxx
  1173.—ITIulhall (J. C.)  A case of traumatic cardiac neu-
  rosis.   Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, iv, 837.— flyers
  (D. C.)   Traumatic  neurasthenia.  Canad. M.  Kev.. To-
  ronto, 1895, ii, 77-82. — IVaauie.   Traumatisme;  son r61e
  occasionnel et iocalisateur chez  un alcoolique.  Rev. de
  m6d., Par., 1*9*. xviii, 137-1' 9.—IVairne (J. S.)  Socailed
  neurasthenia and hysteria in their relations to abdominal
  section.   Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,  1902.  xlvi, 456-474.—
  IVnni 111 nek (C. E.)  A  case of traumatic neurasthenia.
  Med. Rec.  N. Y.. 1895, xlviii. 821.—Negro (C.)  Siudrome
  clinica  di sclerosi in placche disseminate in.sorta dietro
  1' azione provocatrice di un trauma cou raffreddamento.
  Riv. icouog. d. sez. mal.  nerv. d.  Policlin. gen.  di Torino,
  189*.  38- 44. — I\icod-Laplanche (A.)  Neurosi  trau-
  matica.   Bull. d. sc. med. di  Bologna 1904, 8. s., iv, 393-
  413.—IVonne. Ueber pseudospastische Parese mit Tre-
  mor nach Trauma.   Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xv,
  914; 977—> 11 zum  (T.  W.)  The influence of  iujunes
  upon the production of nervous disease.   Tr. M. Soc. Wis-
  consin,  Madison, 1901,  234-259.  Also: Med. Age.  Detroit,
  1902,  xx, 81-94. —Obergutachlen der medizinisi-lien
  Pakultat  der Universitat Berlin, betreffend  die  trau-
  matische Neurose und Nachtrag  dazu vom  6.  .Juli 1897.
  Aerztl.  Sachverst-Ztg.,  Berl..  1897, iii, 410-418.—Onutf
  (B.)   Ueber pseudospastische Parese mit Tremor nach
  Trauma.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 338-342.—
  Oppeuheini (H.)  "Wie  sind  di'< Erkrankungen des
  Xerveiisvstetus aufzufassen,  welehe  sich nach Erst-hiit-
  terung des Riickenmarkes, insbesondere Eisenbahiiunfal-
  len,  entwickclni   Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1888,  xxv, 166-
  170.  -----. Zur Beurtheilung der  traumatischen Neurose.
  Neurol.  Centralbl., Leipz., 1889, viii, 471-475.----. Leber
  traumatische Neurosen.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.
  f. Chir., Berl., 1889, xviii,  58-64.—Ontten (W. B.»  In-
  juries to the  nervous  system without  evident gross le-
  sions; a study of their  history and treatmeut.  Med. Mir-
  ror, St.  Louis, 1893, iv. 461-469. -----. History and evolu-
  tion of traumatic neuroses.  J. Med. Sc, Fort Wayne, 1894,
  xiv,  123. -----.  Traumatic  neuroses.   Railway Surg.,
  Chicago, 1894, i, 148-156.  Also:  TexasM. J., Austin. 1894,
  x. 97-108. -----. Trauma in neurology.  Tr. M. Ass. Mis-
  souri 1896-7, Kansas City, 1*98, 264-273.—Page (H. W.)
  On the mental aspect of some traumatic neuroses.  Liver-
  pool M.-Chir.  J., 1895, xv. 257-273.— Panegrossi  (G.)
  Sopra un caso non comune di nevrosi traumatica. Gazz.
  med. di Roma, 1905,  xxxi, 426; 449.—Patrick  (H. T.)
  Remarks on the traumatic neuroses.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chi-
  cago, 1901, xxxvii,  1605-1608.—Pearce  (F. S.)  Three
  cases of traumatic anesthesia.  J.Nerv. <fc Ment. Dis., N.
  Y., 1897, xxiv, 643.—Pel (P. K.)  Een traumatische hys-
  terische neurose met abasie-astasie.  Nederl. Tydschr. v.
  Geneesk.. Amst., 1893. 4. It., xxix, pt.  1, 496-509.  AUo,
  transl.- Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1893, xxx.  561  503.—Per-
  vushin (V.  P.)  Sluchai travmaticheskavo nevroza a
  paramyoclonus multiplex.  [Traumatic neurosis, with . . .]
  Trudi klin. nerv.  bolu-z.  Imp. Kazan. Univ., 1899, i, 105-
  124—Pieeinino (F.)  Psicosi traumatica simulante una
  lesione occipito cerebellar*.  Incurabili, Napoli. 1897, xii,
  65-79.—Pieque (L.)  Du deiire  psyehique post-op6ra-
  toire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,  1898. n.  s . xxiv,
  171-184.   AUo:  Ann. m6d.-psvchol.. Par., 1898. 8. s.. viii,
  91-105.—Pieraeciui  (G.)  Nevrosi traumatica e lesione
  traumatica coutnsivapleuro-pulmonare.   Clin, mod., Pisa,
  1904, x,  133-140.—Piotrowski (G.)  O  nerwicach ura-
  zowych.  [Traumatic neuroses.]   Przegl. lek., Krak6w,
  1890, xxix.  534: 546; 571   Placzek (S.)  Der Forster'-
  sche Verschiebnugstvpus,  ein  objectives Symptom der
  traumatischen  Neurose.   Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr..   1892.
  xxix, 874; 902. — Poels (E.i  Nevroses et traumatismes.
  Bull.de l'Ass.  iuternat.  d. med.-exp. de  comp da--r..
  Brux..  1904, iii,  146;  229.   AUo.  Reprint. — Pollnz
  (P.)  Ein Fall vou traumatischer  Psvehose mit Seklipus-
  befuud.   Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte.  Berl.. 1898 xi. 44-17 —
  Price  (J.)  Post-opeiative nervous phenomena or  artifi-
  cial  menopause.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago.  1901, xxxvi,
  932.- Prince (M.)  The pathology, genesis, and devel-
  opment  of  some of the more important symptoms iu trau-
  matic hysteria aud neurasthenia.   Boston M. Sc S.J., 1898, 
NEUROSES.
639
NEUROSES.
IVeuroses (Traumatic).
  cxxxviii, 511; 536; 560.—Puntoii (J.)  The treatment of
  functional nervous  affections  due to trauma.   Railway
  Surg., Chicago, 1897-8, iv, 25-32— Putnam (J. J.)  Oil
  the'etiology and pathogenesis of the post-traumatic psy-
  choses and neuroses.  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898,
  xxv, 769-799.  -----. The prognosis of the post-traumatic
  neuroses and psychoses.   Ibid.,  1904, xxxi, 475-481.—
  Raebiger (A.)  Zur Kasuistik der Nervenkrankheiteu
  nach elektrischem Trauma.  Deutsche med. Wclinschr.,
  Leipz.  u. Berl., 1905,  xxxi, 866-869.—Reading (A.  H.)
  Shock; causing neurasthenia.   Chicago  M. Times. 1905,
  xxxviii, 514-519.—Reed (R. H.)  A unique case of trau-
  matic neurosis.  Internat.  M. Mag.,  Phila., 1893, ii, 337-
  341, 1 pl. AUo, Reprint. — Reich  (L.)  A traumatikus
  neurosisokrdl.  [Case  of traumatic neurosis.]  Orvosi he-
  til., Budapest, 1893. xxxvii, 599.  Also, transl. [Abstr.];
  Pest, med.-chir., Presse, Budapest, 1894, xxx, 31. — Rey-
  nier (P.)   Psychoses nost-op6ratoires.   J. de ni6d.  de
  Par., 1898. 2. s., x, 337.—Ria.   Nevrosi traumatica.  Boll.
  d. clin., Milano, 1901, xviii, 245-252.  Also: Incurabili. Na-
  poli, 1901, xvi, 3-14. — Rizzo  Tlatera (S.)  Ferite sul
  capo e  malattie polmonali;  contributo  alio  studio del-
  1' azione trotica morbosa del sistema nervoso. Oaservatore
  med., Palermo. 1879, ix, 142-157.—Rdder (H.)   Ueber die
  Anwendung  einer neuen methode der Untersuchuug bei
  nervosen Erkrankungen  nach  Unfall.   Miinchen. med.
  Wchnsehr.,  1898, xiv.  1554-1556. — Roncali (D. B.)  In-
  torno all'intervento chirurgico f d alia quistione delle re-
  Bponsabilitil giuridiche nei casi di neuro-psicosi post-trau-
  matiche. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii.  sez. chir.,  373: 421. —
  Rosenthal (H.)  Zur Charakteristik einiger  "objecti-
  ver" Symptome bei den sogenannten traumatischen Neu-
  rosen.  Monatschr.  f. Untallheilk., Leipz., 1897, iv, 233-
  242.—Roughton (E. W.)  Caseof local traumatic neu-
  rosis.  Med*.  Press Sc Circ. Lond., 1898. n. s., lxv.  220.—
  Rubio y Galf (F.)  Accidentes graves postoperatorios
  del apparato nervioso.  Rev. Ibero-Am. decieu. m6d., Ma-
  drid, 1899, i, 266-299.—Runnels (M. T.)  Traumatic neu-
  roses.  Am. J. Surg. &Gynec, St.Louis,1904-5,xviii,110.—
  Rutter(H.C) Traumatic neurosis. Columbus M.J.,1905,
  xxix, 209-225.—Sachs (B.)  Traumatic neuroses; discus-
  Bion of cases illustrating the difficulties of diagnosis; trau-
  matic neurosis a catch term.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893,
  3. s., iii, 124-129.-----Traumatic neuroses.  Ibid., 1894,
  3. s., iv, 126-130.—Sanger (A.)   Ueber  organische Ner-
  venerkrankuugefi  nach  Unfall.  Monatschr.  f. Unfall-
  heilk., Leipz., 1897, iv, 297-304. -----.  Neuere Erfahrun-
  gen iiber Nervenerkrankungen nach  Eisenbabnunfallen.
  [Abstr.]  Monatschr.  f. Psychiat. u. Neurol.,  Berl., 1900,
  viii, 472.—Sainton (P.)  Les manifestations  cardiaques
  des psycho-nevroses traumatiques.  Rev. d. mal. de la nu-
  trition. Par., 1904, 2.  8.. ii, 457-467. — Sam ter (E.)  Ein
  Fall von traumatischer Neurose und seine Entwickelung.
  Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1896, iii, 37-40.—Sarbo
  (A.)   A traumas neurosisrdl, esetek  kapcs&u.  [Cases
  of traumatic neurosis. ]    Budapesti  orv. ujs&g,  1904,
  ii. 413-420.  AUo.transl:  Pest,  med.-chir. Presse, Buda-
  pest, 1904, xl, 933; 957. -----.  A trauin&s  neurosisokr61.
  [  Traumatic  neurosis. ]   Gydgy&szat,  Budapest,  1904,
  xliv. 740-. 758; 774: 1905, xiv, 37; 54.  Also,  transl. [Abstr.]:
  Pest.  med. - chir.  Presse.  Budapest,  1905, xii, 384. —
  Schilling.  . Unfallpsvchose.   Ztschr.  f. Med.-Beamte,
  Berl., 1897, x, 128-133.—Scholtz (J.)   A traumds neuro-
  sisr61.  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 634.—Schiitte
  (E.)  Neuere Arbeiten iiber die traumatische Neurose.
  Miinchen. med. "Wclinschr., 1898. xiv, 19-22.—Schultze.
  Die traumatischen Neurosen.  Verhandl. d. x.  internat.
  med. Cong. 1890,  Berl., 1891, iv, 9. Abth., 57-77. -----.
  Erfahrungen  iiber  Uufallsneurosen.    Miinchen.  nied.
  "Wchnsehr., 1906. liii,  337. —Schuster (P.)  Ueber die
  haufigsten objectiven Svmptome der traumatischen Neuro-
  sen.  Fortachr.  d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix,  485; 513. -----.
  Die traumatischen Neurosen.  Deutsche Klinik. Berl.  u.
  Wien, 1905, vi, 981: 997.—Schuster (P.) Sc Mendel (K.)
  Traumatische Nei venkrankheiten bei  Kindern.  Monat-
  schr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1899, vi, 177-181.—Schwal-
  bach.  Nervenerkrankungen nach Traumen. Berl. klin.
  Wchuschr., 1897. xxxiv, 855.  AUo: Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, vxiii, Ver.-Beil.,  174.—Seifert
  (P.)  Ueber nervose Uufallerkrankungen. deren Sympro-
  matologie, Untersuchung und Beurtheilung.  Jahresb. d.
  Gesellsch. f.  Nat.-  u.  Heilk.  in  Dresd.,  Miinchen,  1900-
  1901, 91-95.—Sexton.  Delirium following amputation of
  leg.   Proc. Orleans  Parish  M. Soc. 1891,  N. Oil., 1895, ii,
  57-62 -Shaikey ich  (M. )  Svoyeobrazniy sluchai trav-
  maticheskavo nevrosa. [Peculiar case of traumatic neu-
  rosis.]  Protok. Omsk. med.  Obsh.,  1897-8, xv, 155-160.
  AUo:  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.], S.-Peterb.,  1899,
  iv, 110-114.—Silva  (B. )  Su di un caso di nevrosi
  traumatica.   Clin, mod., Firenze, 1896, ii,  85-88. -----.
  Sulla neurosi  traumatica e su  di un aintomo  della neu-
  rastenia.  Boll. d. Soc.  med.-chir. di Pavia 1897,  Mi-
  lano, 18!)*, 134-147—Sinkler (W.)  Prognosis and treat-
  ment of  the traumatic  neuroses.   J.  Am.  M.   Ass.,
  Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 735-739.—Skultecki  (E.) Contri-
  buto alio studio delle nevralgie da suggestioue traumatica.
  Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano,  1897, xviii, 1087-1089. — Smejkal
Neuroses (Traumatic).
   (R.) Psychosa po t£zk6m zraneni. mozku.   [Psychosis in
   severe Wounds of  the  brain.]  Casop. 16k. Cesk.,v Praze,
   1898, xxxvii, 547-520.—Sobolevski (A.V.)  K ucheniyu
   o travmaticheskom nevrozle i korkovom  tsentrle golosa.
   [Traumatic neurosis aud the cortical centre of the voice.]
   Sibirsk. Vrach. Vledom., Krasnoyarsk, 1904, ii, 345; 361.—
   Speeht (W.)  Einige Bemerkungen zur Lehre von den
   traumatischeu Neurosen.  Centralbl.  f. Nerveuh. u. Psy-
   chiat, Berl. u. Leipz., 1906, xxix, 1-15.—Spilman (S. A.)
   Some nervous phenomena following  accident.   Railway
   Surg.. Chicago,  1901-2, viii,  314. — Stainforlh. Consi-
   derations sur lan6vrose traumatique.  Arch. med. beiges,
   Brux,  1903, 4.  s., xxii,  361:  1904.  xxiv, 361.—Starr (X.)
   Neurotic and neurasthenic surgical  victims.   Clinique,
   Chicago,  1895, xvi, 531-540.—Nteiuer (J.)  Vorstelluug
   von Unfallnervenkranken.   Miinchen. med.  "Wclinschr.,
   1905, lii, 481.—Stenger.  Ueber den Werth der otitischen
   Symptome  zur Diagnose von Kopfverletzungen. bezie-
   hungsweise Basisfractur; eiu Beitrag  zur Lehro iiber die
   traumatische Neurose.  Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr., 1903. xl,
   93-96.  -----. Ueber die Arteu der  nach Kopfverletzun-
   gen auftretenden Neuroseu; die traumatische Labyrinth-
   neurose.  Ztschr.  f. "Wundarzte u. Geburtsh.,  Fellbach,
   1905,  lvi, 187-191.   Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. "Wclin-
   schr.,  Leipz.  u. Berl., 1905,  xxxi, 63.—Stephnu ( I?. H. )
   Over nerveuse stoornissen na trauma.  Nederl. Tijdschr.
   v.  Geneesk.,  Amst.,  1891, 2. R., xxvii, 2. afd.,  625-644.
   Also, Reprint. — Steyerthal (A.)  Die Beurteilung der
   Unfallneurosen.  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xii,
   46-53. — Stolper (P.)  Zur Verhiitung der Uufallsneuro-
   sen. Wieu. med.Wchnsehr., 1905, lv, 1917-1922.—Strauss
   (H.)  Ueber die diaguostische Verwendbarkeit  des Ver-
   suchs  der alimentaren Glycosurie fiir die Feststellung der
   traumatischen Neurosen.    Monatschr.  f. Unfallheilk.,
   Leipz., 1899, vi,425-430.—Strominger (L.)  Cate-va con-
   sideration!  asupra unul  caz  de nevrosS.  traumatica.
   Spitalul,  Bucuresci, 1903,  xxiii, 536-542. -----.  NevrozS
   traumatica, cu  predomiuentS, asupra aparatutul urinar.
   [Traumatic  neurosis,  with predominance  in  the  uri-
   nary   organs]    Ibid.,  1904,  xxiv,  622-627. — Stro-
   zewski (K. )  Uraz  jako  przyczyna  cierpien  ukla-
   du   nerwowego.   [ Trauma  as  a   cause   of   dis-
   eases of the nervous system.] Medycyna. Warszawa, 1899,
   xxvii, 736; 756.—Striiuipell  (A.)   Ueber  die trauma-
   tischen  Neurosen. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med.,
   Wiesb.,   1883,  xii, 83-98.    [Discussion], 143-166.  AUo
   transl:  Clin. Lect. . . . bv German authors, Lond., 1894,
   301-325.  AJso[Abstr.J: Boll.d.cliu.,Milauo,1896,xiii,41-43.
   -----.  La prevention de la n6vrose  traumatique.  Gaz.
   m6d.  beige, Li6ge, 1904-5,  xvii,  292.—Sturz aus dem 3
   Stock hohen Fenster der Kaserne; traumatische Neurose ;
   Gutachen zu Hauden des Obei feldarztes,  abgegeben von
   Prof. Forel (1893).   Gerichtl.-psvchiat.Gutacht.a. d. Klin.
   Forel in  Ziirich. Stuttg., 1896. 302-307.—Surzycki (J.)
   0 nerwicach  urazowych,  neurosis  traumatica  (railway
   spine and brain) oraz kilka nwag o przypadkach obser-
   wowanvch wklinice.   [. . ., with cases seen in the clinic]
   Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1896, xcii, 277-350.—Wve-
   nitski  (V.) O travmaticheskikh  nevrozakh.  [Trau-
   matic  neuroses.]  Khirurgia. Mosk.,  1899,  vi, 730-738.—
   Tarantini (R.)   Le neurosi traumatiehe nei loro rap-
   porti colla legislazione italiaua.  Gior. med. d. r. esercito,
   Roma,  1906,  liv,  16-31.—Tatzel.  Traumatische  Neu-
   rose.   Ztschr. f.  Ilypuot.  [etc.], Berl., 1894-5,  iii, 264__
   Terrillon (O.)   Troubles de la motility et de la sensi-
   bilite succ6dant a nn traumatisme sans 16sions nerveuses
   appr6ciables et pouvantetre rapport,6s k rhysterio.  Bull.
   et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1885, n. s., xi, 378-384. Also,
   in his:  OEuvres, 8->, Par., 1898, i, 41-47.—Thomas (T. G.)
   Acute mania and melancholia or  hypochondriasis as se-
   quela; of gynecological operations.  Med. I!ec, N. Y.. 1889,
   xxxv,  441-414.  AUo: Med.  Standard, Chicago, 1889, v,
   135.—Toulouse (E.)  Consultation sur un cas de nevrose
   traumatique.  Rev. de psychiat.,  Par., 1898, n. s., 263-270.
   Also:  Rev. de m6d. leg., Par., 1898, v, 253-260.  Also: J.
   de  m6d.  de Par., 1898,  2. s., x, 456-458.—Tuckerman
   (L. B.)   Some cases of craniectomy for traumatic psycho-
   ses. Cleveland  M. Gaz., 1897-8,  xiii,  545-554.—Turn-
   powski (A.)  Przypadek nerwicy urazowej, oraz kilka
   uwag o znaczeniu praktycznem tego cierpienia.  [Case of
   traumatic neuroses;  also  on its  practical .significance.]
   Medycyna, Warszawa, 1897, xxv, 1198-1200.-----. Uwagi o
   rozpbznawaniuklinicznemnerwic urazowych oraz ich uda-
   wania (symulacyi).  [Cliuical diagnosis of traumatic neu-
   roses and their simulation.]  Ibid., 1898. xxvi, 1045:  1076;
   1100.—Vailhen.   llysteio-traumatisine.   J. d. si;,  med.
   de  Lille, 1896, i, 86. —Valeuti (G.)  Nevrosi traumatiehe
   con sintomi oculari.  Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma,
   1905, iii, 111; 137.—Vedrani (A.) Considerazioni sopra
   un caso di psicosi consecutiva a  trauma al capo.  Boll. d.
   manic, prov. di Ferrara. 1900, xxviii,  3-17.—Vcragulh
   (O.) Trauma und organische Nervenkrankheiteu.   Cor.-
   Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 306-322.—Verga
   (G.)  Storia delle nevrosi traumatiehe.  Gazz. med. ital.,
   Torino, 1904, lv, 92; 281; 291.— Verhoogen (R )  La con-
   tracture hystero-trauniatiquedes ma.sseters.   Cong, inter-
   nat. de neurol., de psychiat. [etc.] 1897, Brux., 1898, i, fasc 
NEUROSES.
640
NEUSSER.
IVeuroses (Traumatic).
  2,56-60.  [Resume], fasc.3, 57.—Viberl(C) Contribution
  a l'etude de la n6vro.se traumatique.  Ann. d'hyg., Par..
  1893 3.s. xxix,97; 22*. — Vineenzo (Ii.) La nevrosi trau-
  matica,  lnciirabili, Napoli,  1904. xix,  577-598. — Vitek
  ( V. |  Pripad traumatiehe  neurasthenie; pfispSvek ku
  otAzee traumaticke neiirosy.   [Case of traumatic neuras-
  thenia; a contributiou to the question of traumatic neu-
  rosis.]  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1899, xxxviii, 954; 974.—
  Voldeng (M. N.)  Traumatism  as an etiological factor
  iu nervous diseases. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1896-7,  ii,
  274-276.—Walton (G. L.)  Contribution to the study  of
  the  traumatic neuro-psvehoses.  J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,
  N. Y.,  189(1,  xvii,  432-449.—Weiilncr (C.)   Traumatic
  neurasthenia. Am. Pract. &News, Louisville, 1905, xxxix,
  410-420 -Wernicke (C.) Ueber die trauinatischen Neu-
  rosen.  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1893,
  xii, 98-166.  AUo [Abstr.]: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1893, lxii, 488.—Westphal  (C.)  Einige Falle von Er-
  krankiing des Nervensystems nach Veiletzung auf Eisen-
  bahnen. <'h.-irit6.Ann. 1878, Berl., 1880, v, 379-394.  AUo,
  in hU:  Ges. Abhandl., 8°, Berl., 1892, ii, 741-751.—Wight
  (J. S.)   Some traumatic neuroses and their  treatment.
  Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 239.—'Wild (W.)  Ueber Akro-
  parasthesien nach Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1904. x,  134-137.—Wolffberg (L.)  Die klinisch wich-
  tigsten Punkteder 1'eriuietriemit besonderer Beriicksich-
  tigung  der trauniatischeii Neurose.  Arch. f. Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1903, xlvii, 416-437.  Also: Wchnsehr. f. Therap.
  ii. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd., 1903. vi, 313; 321. AUo,  transl.
  [Abstr.]: Arch.  Ophth.,  N.  Y..  1904,  xxxiii, 597-609.—
  Wolfstein  (D. I.)  Traumatic neurosis.  Cincin. Lan-
  cet-Clinic, 1904, n. s.. liii, 299-307.—Vamada (T.)   |Neu-
  rosis from external injury.]  Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai
  Zasshi. Tokyo, 18!):;. 100-108.— Varoshevski (S.)  K
  ucheniyu o mlestuikh travmaticheskikh nevrozakh ; chnv-
  Btvitelniy  i sosudodvigatelnly travmaticheskiy nevroz.
  [On local traumatic neuroses; sensory and vasomotor trau-
  matic neurosis.]  Ejened. jour. "Prakt.Med.", St.Petersb.,
  1898, v, 317-320.—Zeehuiaen (A.) Ervaringen over trau-
  niatische neurose iu het Nederlandsche leger. Mil.-ge-
  neesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1904. viii, 57-91, 2 tab.

IVeuroses (Treatment of).
    See Nervous system (Diseases of, Treatmentof)
  [and 8itbdirision8].

IVeuroses (Trophic).
    See Nervous system ( Vasomotor, etc., Pathol-
  ogy of).

Neuroses with fear  or fright.
    See, also, Pear; Neurasthenia (Manifestations
  of); Phobias.
    Berndt  (G.  H.)   Die Schiicbterulieit  sowie
  andere Angstzustande uud  ibre  snfortige Besei-
  tigung durch  eiu  eiufaches Verfahren.    Mit
  Unterstiitzuugvou W. Gebhardt.  2. Aufl.  12°.
  Leipzig. 1901.
    Glatakd (J.)  'Dela nevrose d'angoisse.  8°.
  Lyon, li>03.
    Man.u'o (A.) #La u6vro.se d'angoisse (troubles
  uervi-ux d'origine sexuelle).   6-'.  Lyon, 1900.
    C'apgras. Contributiou  k l'etude de la n6vrose d'an-
  goisse.   Ann. m6d.-psychol.. Par., 1903, 8. s.,  xviii, 397-
  404.—De Buck (D.)  N6vrose d'angoisse.  Bull.Soc.de
  m6d. ment. de I'.elg., Gand <fc Leipz., 1901, 138-144.  [Dis-
  cussion],  119-122.  AUo:  Belgique m6d., Gand-Haarlem
  1901,  ii,  193-198.  Also, transl:  Med. Weekbl.,  Amst.
  1901-2, viii, 409-412.—Oiehl (A.)  Ueber die  Angst bei
  der Hysterie und Neuras) henie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.
  1902, xxi, 845; 890.—Freud (S.) Ueber dieBerechtiguug,
  von  der  Neurasthenie einen bestimmten Symptomencom-
   ?lex als Angstneurose abzutrennen.  Neurol. Centralbl.,
   ,eipz., 1895, xiv, 50-66.  -----:. Zur Kritik der Angstneu-
  rose.  Wien.  klin. Kundschau, 1895, ix, 417; 435f 451.—
  Hartenberg  (P.)  La nevrose d'angoisse.  Rev. de
  ni6d., Par, 1901, xxi. 464; 612; 678. -----. Nouvelles ob
  servations de nevrose d'angoisse.  Arch, de neurol., Par.
  1903, 2. s., xv, 407-116— Jolianseu (A.)  Kajakangst og
  lignende Tilstande.  [Kayak anxiety and similar situa-
  tions.]  Bibliot. f.  Laeger, Kobenh., 1905, 8. R., vi, 549-
  561.—Kornfeld  (S.)  Zur  Therapie der Angst.   Cen-
  tralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1902, xx, 641-652.-Ling.
  beek  (G. w. S.)  De behandeling der angsttoestanden.
  Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1903, lvii, 53; 61. — liOwenfeld
  (L.)   Zur Lehre von den neurotischen Angstzustanden.
  Miiuchen. nied. Wchnsehr., 1897, xliv, 635; 673. —Sal-
  mon (A.)  La nevrosi  di  angoscia.   Clin, mod., Pisa,
  1903,  ix, 261-264.-XFansky (S.,  Ueber Schreibeangst.
  Prag. med.  Wchnsehr.,  19dl, xxix, 3— Strausky (E.)
  [Zur Kenntniss gewisser  Angstpsychoseu.]  Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr.,  1903. xvi. 981. -----.  Zur Klinik und Pa-
  thogenese gewisser Augstpsychosen.  Monatschr. f. Psy-
  chiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 128-139.
Neuroses and occupations.
    See Occupation-neuroses.

Neurotomes.
    See Nervous system (Histology of).

Neurosozon.
    Hoffmann (W.)  Meine Erfahrungen mit Nenroso-
  zon.   Zahnarztl.  Rundschau, 1903, xii.  No. 562.  AUo ■
  Zahntech. Reform, Berl., 1903, xxii, 65.

Neui'otabes.
    Sec Neuritis (Alcoholic); Neuritis (Multiple).
Neurotic  (Tbe) origin  of pulmonary consump-
  tion.   4 pp.  16°.   New York, 1690.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii.

Neurotomes.
    See Nerves (Surgery of).

Neurotomy.
    See  Nerves  (Surgery  of);  Nervous  system
  (Surgery of); Nervous system (Degeneration,etc.,
  of).

Neurotomy (Optic).
    See Nerve (Optic,  Surgery of).

Neurotomy (Opticociliary).
    See Nerve (Optic,  Surgery of).

Neurotoxins.
    Delezenne (C.)   S6rums n6vrotoxiqnes.  Ann. de
  I'lnst.  Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 686-704.—Pi rone  (R.)
  Sulle ueurotossine e sulle alterazioni da esse prodotte sul
  sistema nervoso centrale.  Sperimentale.  Arch, di biol.,
  Firenze, 1903, lvii, 143-158.—Ricketta (H. T.i & Roth-
  stein (T.)  Preliminary report ou theaction of neurotoxic
  serum. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1901-3, v, 207-211, 2 pl. on
  11.

Neurotropism.
    See Nervous system (Degeneration, etc., of).

Neu-Ruppin.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of),
  by localities.

Neuscheinende  Praxis  der Mediciuae, wo-
  rinn  angewiesen wird, dass  alle  Krankheiten
  eine Verdikkung des Bints und der Saffte sind,
  uud bloss von  Sauer  und  Schleim  eutstehen.
  Ein Work von  grosser Curiositat und Nutzbar-
  keit,  dergleichen iiiemahlen,  so lange  die Welt
  gestanden, an  das  Tage-Licht gekouimen  ist;
  anitzo aber wegen  grosseu  Abgang der Exeni-
  plarien, wieder auffs neue  gedrukkt  und  ab-
  getheilct  in  drey Theile. Hrsg. durch  Steph.
  Blankard,  ans  der  holliind.   in unsere  Mutter-
  Spraclie iibersetzet vou G. H.  \V.  7li6 ]i|>.  16°.
  Hanuorer if- Wolffenbuttel, G. Freytag,  1700.
Neu-Sclllliecks   (Ij-Tatraitired).    Wasser-
  heilanstal', kliniatischer Curort, Sanatorium fur
  Lungen-  und   Nervenkrauke, Moorbader  1004
  Meter Seehohe. 6 pp.   fol.   Kesmark,  P. Sau-
  ter, [n. d.].
    See, also, Uj-Tatraf ured.
NeuscllIIIidt (Carl  [Heiurich Gustav]) [1606-
      ].   T Ueber Coxa  vara.    20 pp., 2\.  b-.
  Kiel,  P. Peters, 1890.
Neuss (Arthur [Max Eluiar]) [18(i(i-     ].  * Ue-
  ber plastisclie Operationen zur Erweiterung des
  leeren Conjunctivalsackes.   23 pp.  H-.   Greifs-
  wald, J. Abel, 1895.
Hfeussel (Hermann) [W0-    ].   #Ein  Beitrag
  zur Kenntnis der Pericarditis. 58 pp., 2 1.  "y
  Brislau, 1903.
Weusser (Edmund) [1852-    ].   1'eber Dia-
  gnostik  nnd  Therapie in der inneren  Mediein.
  Antritts Vorlesung  gehalten   am  20.   October
  16{)3.   27  pp.   ■*-.   Wien 4'  Leipzig,  W.  Brau-
  miiller, 1893.
-----.   Die Erkrankungen der Nt-benuieren.   98
  pp.   6°.   Wien, A. Holder, 1697.
    Forms pt. 3, v. 18, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. (Nothna-
  gel), Wien. 
NEUSSER.                                 641                                 NEVE JAN.
Neusser (Edmund)—continued.
_____.  The  same.  Diseases  of the suprarenal
  capsules.
    In: Nothnagel's Pract. Dis. of Liver [etc.], Phila.,
  1903, 305-380.
_____.  Ausgewiihlte  Kapitel   der  klinischen
  Syuiptomatologie und  Diagnostik.   1.  Hft.   49
  pp.  8°.  Wien, W. Braumiiller, 1904.

IVeusser's granules.
    Fiach (C.) The perinuclear granulations of Neusser.
  St. Louis M. Gaz., 1898, i, 10-16.—iHetzerott (I. H.)  The
  basophilic of Neusser.  ^at. M. Rev., Wash., 1896-7,
  vi 247-252.  AUo:  Tr.  At. Soc.  Dist.  Columb.  1896,
  Wash., le»7, i, 195-200. —IVaegeli (O.)  Ueber basophil
  gekornte Blutkdrperchen.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aeizte,
  Basel, 1904,xxxiv, 205-207.—Simon  (C. E.)  On the pres-
  ence of Xeusser's perinuclear basophilic granules in the
  blood, and their relation to the elimination of the alloxuric
  bodies in the urine.  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1899, cxvii,
  139-149.
Neustadt, Baden.
    See Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by localities,
Neustadt  (Georg)  [1876-     ].  * Ueber   das
  Empyema  necessitatis der Gallenblase.  [Bres-
  lau.]  40pp., 21.   8C.  Wiesbaden, C.Bilter, 1901.
Neustadt (Manasse) [1800-     ].  * Die Neural-
  gien und Neurosen des Gesichts und des Kopfes,
  hervorgerufen durch  pathologische  Zustande
  der  Ziihue.  28  pp.,  1  1.   8°. Bonn, J. Bach
  Wire, ls95.
Neustatter (Otto).  Grundriss der Theorie und
  Praxis der Schattenprobe (Skiaskopie);  gleich-
  zeitige Erlauterung zu den Tafeln  und Phanto-
  men zur Skiaskopie.  1 p. 1., 59 pp., 2 pl.  12°.
  Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1900.
-----.   Die  Reform der Frauenkleidung auf ge-
  suudheitlicher Grundlage.  1 p. 1., 109 pp., 1 1.,
  1 pl.  8°.  Munchen, F. P. Datterer cf- Co., [1903],
Neuvialle (Raphael) [1879-   ].  * Contribu-
  tion k  l'6tude clinique des graudes kystes  du
  parovaire.  60 pp., 1  1.  8°.   Montpellier, 1904,
  No. 46.

Neuville.
    See Diphtheria  (History, etc., of), by  localities.
Neuville (V.)  * Dissertation  sur la choree, ou
  danse  de  Saint-Guv.  27 pp.  4°.  Strasbourg,
  1823, No. 652.
Netiwaldt (Hermann).  Exegesis  purgationis
  sive examiuis sagarum super aquam  frigidain
  projectarum;  in qua refutata opinioue Guilhelmi
  Adolphi  Scribonii, de  hujus purgationis et ali-
  arum similium origine, natura et  veritate agi-
  tur; omnibus  ad rerum gubernacula, sedentibus
  niaxime  necessaria.   59 1.  16°. Helmstadii, J.
  Lucius, l.V-4.
Neu weiler (Oskar).   * Beitrag zur Anwendung
  des Mnrpliv-Knopfes bei Magen- und Darmopera-
  tionen.  [Basel.]  133 pp.   8\ Berlin, L. Schu-
  macher, 1903.
Neuymin  (Nikolai  [Ivanovich])  [1857-    ].
  *0 raznitsie v refraktsii pri izsliedovauii kazh-
  davo glaza otdielno i  oboikh vmiestle  [Differ-
  ence in  refraction when examining  each  eye
  separately  aud both eyes together.] 72 pp., 2 1.,
  5 tab.  8<Y  S.-Peterburg, P.  P. Soikina, 1889.
Nevada.  Annual reports of  the Nevada State
  weather service, in  co-operation with  the U. S.
  Department of Agriculture,  Weather  Bureau.
  5.-8., 1892-5.   8°.   Carson City, 1893-6.
-----.   Monthly  review of the Nevada State
  weather  service,   v. 9, June to December, 1895;
  Nos. 1-4, 8-11; v.  10, January to April,  August
  to  November, 1896.   roy.  8°.   Carson  City,
  1895-6.
    Continuation ofthe preceding, v. 9 complete in 7 nos.,
  June to December, 1895.
-----.  Monthly  review  of  the Nevada State
  weather service.   No. 12, v. 4, to No. 5, v. 8, De-
       VOL  XI, 2D SERIES----41
Nevada—continued.
  cember,  1892, to  May, 1895.  roy. 8-.   Carson
  City,  lt93-5.
    Waut uo. 10, v. 6, October, 1894.  .v. 8 ended with no. 5,
  May, 1895.  For continuation, see the following.
Nevada.
    United  States.   Department of Agriculture.
  Weather Bureau.  Reports  (monthly).  Nevada
  section  of the climate and crop service of the
  weather bureau, iu  cooperation with  the Ne-
  vada State weather service.   Nos. 9-12, v. 11;
  v. 12; Nos.  1-7, 9-12, v. 13; v. 14, 15; Nos.  1-5,
  7-12, v. 16;  Nos. 1-6,10-12,  v. 17;  Nos. 1, 2, 4-12,
  v. 18; Nos. 1-10, v. 19.  4°.  Carson Citij, 1897-
  1905.
    -----.  Nevada section, climate and crop serv-
  ice,  weather  bureau.  Review of the  weather
  and crop conditions, season of 1899. fol.  Carson
  City, 1899.
    -----.   Nevada  section, climate  and  crop
  service, weather bureau.  Weekly  crop  bulle-
  tins.  Nos. 3-10,  12-23. 1899; Nos. 2-5, 7-23, 1900;
  Nos.  2-22, 1901; Nos! 1-4, 8, 12,  14-16,  19-21,
  1902; Nos. 6-13, 15-17, 9, 1903; Nos. 8-22, 1904;
  Nos. 1-19, 1905.   fol. sheets.  Carson City, 1899-
  1905.
    -----.   Aunual summary.  Nevada section of
  the  climate and crop  service  of the  weather
  bureau.   Iu cooperation with  the Nevada State
  weather  service.    1900; 1901; 1903;  1904.  4°.
  Carson  City, 1901-5.
    -----.   Nevada  sectiou, climate  aud  crop
  service,  weather bureau.   Snowfall bulletius
  (monthly).  December, 1901;  February, March,
  December,  1904; January to  March 1905.  fol.
  Carson  City, 1902-5.
    United States.  Department of the  Interior.
   United States Geological Survey. Atlas to accom-
  pany the monograph on  the geology of the Eu-
  reka District, Nevada.  By Arnold Hague,  imp.
  fol.   New York, 1883.
    -----.   Monographs of  the  United States
  Geological  Survey,   v. 20.  Geology of  the Eu-
  reka District, Nevada, with an atlas.   By Arnold
  Hague.  52. Cong.,  1. sess.   H. R. Mis. Doc. No.
  343.  4°.   Washington, 1892.
    Nevada. Nevada Hospital for Mental  Dis-
  eases, at Reno.   Biennial reports of the  board of
  commissioners and  superintendent to the gov-
  ernor of the State.   2.-11., 1883-1902.  8C.   Car-
  son City, 1885-1902.
    Original title: Nevada State  Insane Asylum, at Reno.
  Adopted the present title in 1896.
    -----.  [Blank forms in use at the asylum.]
  v. s.  [Carson City,  1888.]
                    CONTENTS.
    Admission blank.  Application and physicians' certifi-
  cate for admission of patient.  Certificate of death by the
  superintendent.   Certificate of  discharge.  Daily  report
  summary.  Day report.  Monthly case report.  Monthly
  summary.  Receipt for payment for board and attendance.
  Receipt to the sheriff on delivery of patient.
 Nevada*   Nevada  State  Prison, Carson  City.
  Biennial re potts of  the warden to the governor
  of the State, for the years 1871-94.  8°.  Carson
  City. 1873-95.
    Nevada  Hospital  for  Mental Diseases,  at
  Reno.  See Nevada.  Nevada Hospital for Men-
  tal Diseases, at Beno.
 Hevada,  Missouri.
    See Insane (Asylums for,  Descriptions,  etc., of),
  Prisons, etc.  (Descriptions, etc.,  of), by locali-
  ties.
 Nevejan (Georges-filie-Alphouse-Ernest) [1872-
       ].  * Diagnostic diff^rentiel entre certaines
  formes   d'appendicite  et   d'ovaro-salpingite.
  [Lille.]  54  pp., 1 1.  4°.   Armentieres, 1896,
  4. s., No. 152. 
NEVEEMAXN.
642
NEW.
\<>veriiiaiui (Otto).   *Ein  Fall von  periodi-
  scher  Oculomotor iusliihmung.    38  pp.    8C.
  Freiburg i.  B.. C. Lehmann. 1666.
Nevermaiui ( W. )  * Ueber Miliar-Tuberku-
  lo^e  in fuugoseu  Gelenken.   Xach 2 Beobach-
  tungen aus der  chirnrgischen  Klinik zu  Ros-
  tock.  21 pp.  8°.  Bostock, C. Boldt,  1670,

Severs.
    See  Scarlatina (History, etc., of), by locali-
  ties.
Neveu  (Narcisse).  * La  voute  palatine "en
  o»ive-'; ses causes, ses cons6quences, son traite-
  ment.   75  pp.   8J.  Paris, H. Jouve,  1905,  No.
  218.
Neveu  (Victor) [1864-    ].   * Contribution  a
  l'etude dex tumeurs malignes secondaires de
  l'ombilic.   78 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1890, No. 50.
Neveu-Derotrie (Victor)  [1600-    ].   *De
  l'hysterie  consecutive a l'intoxication par la
  morphine.  74 pp.  4°.   Paris, 1^90, No. 28.
Neveu-Lemaire (Maurice) [1872-   ].  *Les
  h6uiatozoaires du  paludisme.  144 pp.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, 1901, No. 103.
-----.  The same.   Les  be^natozoaires du palu-
  disme;  historique, connaissauces  actuelles,  ap-
  plication des chScouvertes re"centes a la prophy-
  laxie du paludisme.  144 pp.   8C.   Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere # fils,  1901.
------.  L'he"uiatozoaire  du paludisme; patholo-
  gie,  e"tiologie, prophylaxie.  24 pp., 2 pl.   8°.
  8-.   Paris, Soc. zool. de France, 1900.
------.   Parasitologic auimale.   A l'usage  des
  candidats au 3e examen de doctorat (2e  partie).
  Preface par R.  Blanchard.   1 p. 1., iii, 212 pp.
  12°.   Paris, Soc. d'e'd. scient.,  1902.
    Pr6cis de m6decine, no. 1.
------.  The same.  2. 6d.  iii,  220  pp.   8°.  Pa-
  ris, F. B. de Budeval, 1904.
Neveux (Achille-Etienne-Maurice) [1878-    ].
  * Ve"sicatoire a I'iodnre de me'thyle.   1  p. 1., 60
  pp.,  2 1.  8C.  Nancy, 1903, No. 14.
Neveux (Georges) [1868-    ].   *De  la  gan-
  grene  du  me'diastin et  de la gangrene pulmo-
  naire consecutive.  70  pp., 4 pl.  4°.  Paris,
  1895, No. 356.
-----.  The same.  70 pp., 4 pl.   8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, lv95.
Neviajski (Samouil)  [1872-    ].  * Etude sur
  l;i dechirnre ceutrale  uu  pe'rine'e.  80 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 16»9, No. 507.
Nevianus (Marcus).    De plantarum viribus
  poemmatium.  1 p. 1., 106 ff.,  7  1.   16°.   Lo-
  vanii, apud H. Wellwum,  1563.
Nevill (John Heury Napper).  The biology of
  daily  life,   viii,  136  pp., 1  1.   8°.   London,
  Kegan Paul, Trench [and others], 1890.
Neville (W. H.)   Select  cases in  surgery.  8°.
  [London], 1829.
                    CONTENTS.
    1. On the rupture of the gravid uterus during the act of
  parturition;  with a case of perfect recovery from that ac-
  cident.  8 pp.
    2. A case of femoral aneurism, requiring double opera-
  tion.  3 pp.
    3. Anomalies in hernia.  4 pp.
    4. Amputation of the thigh on account of the exostosis
  of the tibia.
    5. Amputation of the shoulder joint for compound fract-
  ure of the humerus.
------.  Remarks on the  mechanical means em-
  ployed  in the  treatment of fractures of the
  lower extremities.  2 p. 1., 8  pp.   8C.  London,
  Diggens j- Jones, 1831.
Neville (William  C[ox]) [    -1904].  On the
  nature and prevention of the graver fevers  of
  childbed.   39 pp.   8-.  Dublin, J.  Falconer, 1884.
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1884, lxxviii.
------.  Axis-traction in  instrumental  delivery,
  with  description  of a  new  and  simple  axis-
Neville (William C[ox])—continued.
  traction forceps.   18 pp.  12°.  Dublin, J. Fal-
  coner, 1*60.
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1886, lxxxi.
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1904, ii, 1493.
  Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1904, n. s., lxxviii, 56L
Neviliny (Josef) [1853-    ].  Additainenta zur
  Pharmacopcea  anstriaca,  ed.  vii, als Beilan-e
  zur " Allgemeinen uud speciellen Arzneiverotd-
  uungslehre".   43  pp. 8°.   Leipzig  S-  Wien,  F
  Deuticke, 1900.
------.   Allgemeine und specielle Arzneiverord-
  nungslehre  fiir Studirende  nnd Aerzte.   Nach
  der Pharmacopcea austriaca, ed. vii,  und  d> m
  Arzneibuche fur das deutsche Reich,  iii.  Ans-
  gabe.   xviii,  cxcvii.  723  pp.   8°.  Leipzig <$•
  Wien, F. Deuticke,  1900.
    AUo, Co-Editor of: Therapeutische Blatter, Wien,
  1893. AUo, Editor of: Pharuiakologischc und the-
  rapeutische Rundschau, Wien, 1904-5.
Nevins (J[ohu] Birkbeck).  Re'sultats sauitairea
  des actes  du Parlement,  relatifs aux  maladies
  contagieuses dans les arme'es de terre et de mer
 - de la Grande-Bretagne et parmi les prostitutes
  inscrites en vertu de ces actes.   Traduction d'uu
  m6moire anglais.  22 pp.   16°.  Neuchatel, 1896.
------.   * On  the sanitary arrangements of the
  ancient Hebrew camp in the desert,  aud the
  modern cities  of  Manchester, Edinburgh, and
  Liverpool.  Inaugural address at the opening
  of  the  Liverpool Medical Institution, session
  1887-8.  46 pp. 8C.  London,  J. Sr A. Churchill,
  1888.
    Repr. from: Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1S88, viii.
    For Biography,  see Brit. M. J., Loud., 1903, i, 1467.  Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1774. AUo: Med. Press & Circ,
  Lond., 1903, n. s.,  lxxv, 632.
Nevison (William H.).
    See Allen (Dudley P[eter]).  A resum6 of surgical op-
  erations [etc.].  8°.  Cleveland, 1893.----. A r£snm6 of
  surgical operations [etc.J.  8°.  CUveland, 1894.
Nevius (John  L[ivingstou]).   Demou posses-
  sions  and  allied themes,  being  an inductive
  study of phenomena of our own time.   With au
  introduction by F. F. Ellinwood.  viii, 520 pp.
  8C.  London, G. Bedway, 1697.
Nevius (Lavid W.)  The  discovery  of modern
  anaesthesia.  By whom was it made?  A brief
  statement of facts.   5 p. L,  111 pp., 11 pl.  8°.
  [New York, 1894.]
Nevraxe  (Le).  Recueil de  neurologie normale
  et pathologique.  Public^ par A. Vau Gehuchten.
  v. 1-7, 1901-5.   8°.  Louvain, 1900-1905.
de  Nevreze  ( Bertraud ).  *  Les suppurations
  chroniques du sinus maxillaire;  leur traitemeut
  par la me'thode endo-buccale de S6bileau.   [Pa-
  ris.]  89 pp.   8°.   Laval, L.  Barne'oud §  Cie.,
  1904, No. 50.
Nevrologicheskiy Vestnik.  Organ Obshtshe-
  stva nevropatologov i psikhiatrov  pri Impera-
  torskom  Kazanskom Universitetle.   [Neuro-
  logical Courier.  Organ ofthe Society of Neuro-
  pathologists and Psychiatrists, in the  Imperial
  Uuiversity of Kazan.]  v. 1-12,  1893-1904.  8°.
  Kazan.
    Current.
Nevye  (Joannes).   *De  nutritione.   5  1.  4°.
  Lugd. Bat.,  F. Moyaert,  1662.  [P.,  v.  1949.]
Nevzoroff (I.  A.)  O samoubiystvle. [Suicide.]
  87 pp.  8°.   Kazan, 1891.
New (The) abolitionists.  A narrative of a year's
  work, being au account of the missiou underta-
  ken to the continent of  Europe by Mrs.  Jose-
  phine E.  Butler, and of the events subsequent
  thereupon.   Published  under the  direction of
  the British, Continental, and General Federation
  for the Abolition of Government  Regulation
  of Prostitution,  viii, 237  pp.  12°.   London,
  1876. 
NEW.
643
NEWARK.
New (The) bathing establishment for the me-
  dicinal use of the sulphur waters at Richfield
  Springs, New York.  6 1.   obi. 16°.  [n.p., n. «\]
New (The) Decimal Association  (established  to
  promote the  adoption  of a decimal system  of
  weights, measures,  and coinage in the United
  Kingdom).   16 pp.  8°.  [ Lon do n, 1892.]
NeW (A) discovery ofthe nature ofthe plague, and
  the true cause of its raging in European cities.
  With  the remedy.  Contrary to the opinion of
  Dr. Meade, Dr. Browne, and others, who give for
  the first causes of the plague in  late discourses
  air, diet, aud disease.  8 p. 1., 64 pp.  12°.   Lon-
  don, [n. d.].   [P., v. 2118.]
New (The) dispensatory.   Sec Lewis (William).
New (A) food for diabetics.  Nut gluten.  2 1.
  4y [n. p., n. d.]
New  (The)  Forbes lithotrite.  2 1.  8°.  [New
  York,  n. d.]
N[ew]  E[iigland] Medical Institute, of Bos-
  ton.   See [Collection of letters [etc.]].
New England (The) stock,  galley sheet.  Bos-
  ton, [n. d.].
    Repr. from:  Zion's Herald, Bost.
New Haven Folding  Chair Co.  Price list of
  invalid rolling chairs.  21pp. 8°.  New Haven,
  Tuttle, Morehouse <!)■ Taylor, printers, 1663.
New Haven Sanitary Pump Company.  Highly
  perfected, odorless apparatus of the ...  30 pp.
  12°.   Veil' Haven, 0. A. Dorman,  [1878].
New (The) bvpnotic, sulfonal-Bayer (diethylsul-
  phondimethvlmethan).  (CH3).2=C=(C2H5S0.2)2.
  21. 8°.  [New York, 1666.]
New (A) invention.  The garbage disposal prob-
  lem solved.   The household  carbouizer.   7 pp.
  8-. [Boston, n. d.]
New (The) London  surgical pocket-book (med-
  ical, operative, and mechanical), alphabetically
  arranged.  Founded on the popular lectures aud
  works of  the late Mr.  Abernethy,  Sir  Astley
  Cooper, Mr. Lawrence, and other distinguished
  surgeons;  subdigested in the order of causes,
  symptoms, chirurgical, and medical treatment;
  diagnoses, prognoses, modes of operation, and
  other  agents employed in hospital and private
  practice. Including an adapted pharmacopoeia
  with connected intermediate practical questions
  and answers, preparatory to examination before
  the Royal  College  of Surgeons;  anatomical
  tables, notes, references,  glossary, etc., for the
  convenience  of the junior branches of the pro-
  fession, students, etc.  xlii, 684  pp., 2  pl.  12°.
  London, Sherwood, Gilbert fy Piper, 1833.
New (The) Medical Adviser aud Family Physi-
  cian:  containing iu easy and familiar language
  every  species of information  necessary to the
  treatment and cure of all diseases incidental  to
  the human body throughout every period of life.
  Forming a complete guide to the preservation of
  health and  the  attainment  of  longevity.  By
  Henry W. Dewhurst. v. 1-2, 1836.  8°.  London.
New Medical  College.   The  Richardsou memo-
  rial, dedicated   Nov. 4, 1893.   The  building
  turned over  to university  authorities.   Ad-
  dresses by Charles  E.  Fenner,  Wm. Preston
  Johnston, S.  E.  Chaille", and  Edmond Sonchon.
  History and   description  of  the great educa-
  tional acquisition.
    Cutting from: Times-Democrat,  [N. Oil.], Nov. 5, 1893,
  20-21.
New (  The) Medical  Laboratory Building,  pp.
  252-257, 1 pl.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Cutting from: Alumni Reg.,  Phila., 8°, 1901, v.
Hew Mercantile Library Association of Baltimore
  City.  Annual reports of the board of directors
  to the stock-holders.  1.,  1887-8; 2., 1888-9.   16
  pp; 15 pp.   6°.  Baltimore, J. Murphy fy Co.,
  1889-90.
   Incorporated Dec. 10, 1887.  Opened January, 1883.
New (The) medical  law.   Its coiistutionality to
  be tested by the appellate court.  The tone of
  tho State press regarding  the matter.  Iuterest-
  ing reading for every physician of Kentucky.
  12 pp.   12°.  [Louisville, 1893.]
New (A) medical theory.   The herald of health.
  Art.  Hygeiotherapy, by R. S. Trail, New York.
  The theory of vital force  as applied to the cure
  of disease, by  E.  Hanghton.  Reprinted  from
  the London Medical Review, Dublin, 1862.  4
  pp.  8°.   [n.p.], 1603.
    Repr. from : Temperance Spectator, 1863.
Nevi''  (The)  medico-chirurgical  pharmacopoeia;
  being a selection of modern formulae  from the
  private  and hospital practice of the most emi-
  nent members of the profession in Europe and
  America.  For the use of surgeons and surgeon-
  apothecaries.  By a member of the College of
  Surgeons of London.  2. ed.  viii,  148 pp.  12°.
  London, Sherwood, Neely <$• Jones [and others],
  1822.
New provings of the following remedies: Cistus
  canadensis,  by Coustantine Heriug; cobaltum,
  by Constantino Hering; zingiber, by C. Gunder-
  lach;  mercurius proto-jodatus, by  W.  James
  Blakely.  96 pp.  8°. Philadelphia, A. J. Tafel,
  1866.
New  ( The) system of supplying  Philadelphia
  with water from  the Schuylkill  and  Wissa-
  hickon without  the aid  of  steam power; pro-
  posed by James Haworth.  43 pp.  12°.  Phila-
  delphia,  P. Murphy,  1875.
 New (A) theory of acute and  slow coutinu'd
  fevers, [etc.].   See [Cheyne (George).]
New (A) treatise of natural philosophy  free'd
  from the intricacies of the schools, adorned with
  many curious  experiments both uiediciual and
  chymical, as  also  with  several  observations
  useful for the  health of the body.  [By Robert
  Midgeley.]  5 p. 1., 340  pp.   16°.  London, J.
  Hindmarsh, 1687.
New Turkish baths for women.   16 pp.  roy. 8°.
  Boston,  [n. d.].
New Warren's household physician, enlarged and
  revised.  Being a brief description, in plain lan-
  guage, of all the diseases of men, women, and
  children, with the  latest and  most approved
  methods of treatment.  Allopathic department,
  by Ira Warren.  Revised by William Thorndike.
  Homoeopathic  department, by A. E. Small.   Re-
  vised by J. Heber Smith.   Frontispiece, 984 pp.,
  20 pl.  8°.   Boston,  A. I. Bradley <Jf- Co., 1898.
New Year's (A) gift for the medical profession.
  See Prideaux  (T[homas]  Symes) A  Engledue
  (W. C.) [in 1. s.].
New Albany (The) Medical Herald.  Edited
  by John Ford Barbour.   [Monthly.]  v. 13-25,
  1893-1905.  8°.  New Albany, Ind.
    Current.  Continuation of:  Medical (The)  Herald,
  Louisville, Ky.
New Amsterdam Eye aud Ear Hospital, with
  nose  and throat department, New York City.
  Annual  reports of the  board of trustees to the
  members and the public.   1.-6., 1888-9 to 1893-4;
  8.-11., 1895-6 to 1898-9;  13., 1900-1901.
  8°.  New York, 1889-1901.
    Dispensary opeued May 28, and the hospital October 1,
  1888.  In 1890 tlie -words, "with nose and throat depart-
  ment" were added to the title.
Newark  (New  Jersey).  Newark  aqueduct
  board.   Report ou additioual water supply, Mar.
  6, 1879.  108 pp., 2  maps,  5 diag.  8°.  Newark,
  A. Pier son 4- Co., 1879.
-----.  Annual  report of the city  surveyor to the
  mayor and common council, for the year 1887.
  20 pp.  8°.  Newark, L. J. Hardham, 1888.
Newark,  New Jersey.
    See,  also, Children  (Hospitals,  etc., for),
  Cholera (History, etc., of),  Dispensaries (De- 
NEWARK.
644
NEW  BRUNSWICK.
Newark, JVe/r Jersey.
  scriptions, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History, etc.,
  of), Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of). Hospitals
  (Gyncecologic, etc.), Hospitals (Ophthalmic, etc.),
  Insane  (Asylums for,   Descriptions,  etc.,  of),
  Police  (Reports, etc., of),  Statistics  (Vital),
  Water (Supply of), by localities.
    Clakk  (J. H.)  The medical topography  of
  Newark, N. J.  8°.  New York,  1861.
    Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. X. Jersey, Newark, 1861, 45-67.
  AUo, Reprint.                             ,„ ,M
Newark, New Jersey.   Board of Health.  Con-
  densed statements of vital statistics (monthly).
  January,  1886; Ju le, 1866,  to  May,  1890; De-
  cember, 1893, to March, 1894; May, July, August,
  October to December, 1894.  4° & fol.   [New-
  ark,  1886-95.]
-----   Annual reports  of the health officer  to
  the board of health.   3.-5., 1887-9; 13.-20., 1897-
  1904.  8°.  Newark, 1888-1905.
Newark, New Jersey.  Board of Police Commis-
  sioners.   Annual reports to the common council.
  3.-13., 1*88-98; 15.-18.,  1900-1903.  8°.  Newark,
  1889-1904.
Newark, New Jersey.  Board of Street and Water
  Commissioners.  Annual reports of tbe committee
  ou the department of water, for the years 1884-5
  to 1886-7;  1888-9  to  1904.  8°.   Newark, 1886-
  1905.
    Prior to 1891, title-page reads: Annual report of the
  Newark  aqueduct board.  Report for  1889-90, for  13
  months ending Dec. 31.
Newark,  New Jersey.  Free  Public Library.
  Annual reports of the board of trustees to the
  board of aldermen.  1.-14., 1888-9 to  1902.  8°.
  Newark, 1890-1903.
-----. Finding list.   First supplement.   Books
  added from March,  1890, to March, 1893.  xvi,
  274 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Newark, L.  J. Hardham, 1893.
-----.  Ceremonies attending the corner-stone
  laying of the new building.   Thursday, Jan.
  26,  1899.   Frontispiece, 35 pp.   8°.   Newark,
  J. E. Bowe <r Son, 1899.
-----.  Findinglist(new series).  No. 1.  English
  prose fiction.  October, 1900.  120 pp.  8°.  New-
  ark,  L. J. Hardham, 1900.
Newark, New Jersey.   Newark City Hospital.
  Annual reports of the officers to the hospital com-
  mittee ofthe board of health.  1., 1883; 2., 1884;
  4.-9., 1886-91; 12.-16.,  1894-8;  18.,  1900.   8°.
  Newark, 1884-1901.
Newark, Ohio.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions,  etc., of), by  lo-
  calities.
Newark Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary.
  Annual reports of the trustees and  surgeons  to
  the  subscribers and  the  public.   9.-25., 1888-
  1904.  8°.   Newark,  1889-1905.
Newark Hospital Association, Newark, Ohio.
  Annual report of the officers to the association
  and the public.   1.,  1898-9.  52 pp.  8.  New-
  ark, Advocate Print.  Co., 1899.
    Opened Feb. 1, 1898,  and incorporated Jan.  13, 1899.
  First report for 14 months, ending Mar. 31, 1899.
lYewark-upon-Trent.
    See Fever (Typhus, History, etc., of),  by local-
  ities.                                    >

Hew Bedford.
    See  Hospitals (Descriptions, etc.,  of),  Hy-
  giene  (Municipal, Laivs, etc.,  of), Statistics
  ( Vital), "Water (Supply of), by  localities.
New Bedford.  Board of Health.  Annual re-
  ports  to  the  mayor and  c-itv  council.   5.-20.,
  1883-9-; 22.-26.,  1900-1904. *8°.   New  Bedford,
  1884-1905.
New Bedford.   Board of Health—continued.
-----.   Rules  and  regulations.   1897.  3."> pp.
  24°.  New Bedford, Standard Print, 1697.
New Bedford.  Engineering Department.  An-
  nual  reports of the city engineer  to the  city
  council.  1.-3., 1893-5.  8°. New Bedford, 1894-6.
    Includes reports on cemeteries; public parks; public
  works, sewers; streets and waterworks.
New Bedford.   New  Bedford  Water Board.
  Annual reports of the water board and the su-
  perintendent to the city council.  19.-34., 1887-
  8 to 1903.  8°.   New Bedford, 1889-1904.
    Report for 1894 contains first quarterly report on further
  water supply.
IVewfoerry.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of),
  by localities.
Newberry Library, Chicago. Proceedings ofthe
  trustees.  1.-5., 1887-91.  8°.  Chicago, 1888-92.
    First report for 6 months ending Jan. 1, 1888.
-----.  List of current periodicals in the reading
  room of the medical department.  11 pp.  8°.
  Chicago,  Knight $• Leonard Co., 1891.
-----.  Medical  periodical  list.   27 pp.   12°,
  [Chicago, 1894.]
-----.  Annual  reports  of the  trustees to the
  governor of the State.   1.-12.,  1892-1903.  8°.
  Springfield, 1895-1904.
    Incorporated April  13, 1892. First to third reports in
  one, from April 25, 1892, to Dec. 31, 1894.
Newberry (John Strong) [1822-93].
    For Biography and  Portrait, see Scientific Alliance
  (The) of New York. 8°.  New York, 1893.
lew berry (Mary)—Case of.
    See Insanity (Jurisprudence of, Cases of).
Ne wbigglng (Patrick).  Accouut of the illness
  aud death of William  Pulteuey Alisou.  7 pp.
  8°.   Edinburgh,  1860.
    Repr. from.- Edinb. M. J., 1859-60, v.
Newbigin  (Marion I.)  Colour in nature. A
  study in biology,  iii, 344 pp.  8°. London, J.
  Murray,  1696.
New Brighton, Pennsylvania.
    See Children (Hospitals for), Hospitals (De-
  scriptions, etc., of), by localities.
]Vew Brighton, Staten Island.
    See Sewage (Disposal of), by localities.
Mew Britain.
    Banke (J.) TJeber Schadel  aus  Melanesien (Neu-
  Britanuien).   Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop.
  [etc.], Munchen, 1892, xxiii, 119-122.
New Britain  General Hospital, New Britain,
  Connecticut.   Annual  report  of the  executive
  committee to the corporators and board of di-
  rectors.  1.-6.,  1899-1900 to  1904-5.  8°.  New
  Britain,  1900-1905.
Newbrough (J. B.)  A catechism on human
  teeth, a  free gift for the use of  the general pub-
  lic.  21  pp., 1 1.  12°.   New York, J. A. Gray f
  Green, 1869.
IVew Brunswick.
    See Leprosy (History, etc., of), Leprosy (Hos-
  pitals, etc., for), Small-pox (History, etc., of), by
  localities.
New Brunswick, Neio York.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc, of), by local-
  ities.                                    ■  • i
New  Brunswick  (Province  of).  Provincial
  Lunatic  Asylum, at St. John.  Annual reports ol
  the medical superintendent to the commission-
  ers.  33.-46., 1879-80 to 1892-3;  50., 1*96-7; 53.,
  1899-1900;  54., 1901-2.   8°.  Frederickton Sf St.
  John, 1881-1902. 
NEWBURGH.                              645                                 EEWCOME.
Newburgh.
    See, also,  Hospitals (Descriptions,  etc.,  of),
  Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
    Newbcrgh Home for the Friendless.  Annual
  reports of the officers to the public.  1., 1861-2;
  2., 1862-3; 4.-27.,  1864-5 to 1887-8.  8°.   Neiv-
  burgh, 1862-88.
Newburgh, Neu-York.  Board of Health.  An-
  nual reports of the health officer to the mayor
  and  board of health.   15, 1882; 19.-35., 1886-
  1902.  8y  Newburgh, 1883-1903.
Newburffh  Home for  the Friendless.  Annual
  reports of the officers to the public.  1., 1861-2;
  2., 1862-3; 4.-27., 1864-5 to 1.-87-8; 29.-33., 1899-
  90 to 1893-4.   8-.  Newburgh, 1862-94.
    Incorporated Dec.  16, 1861, as 'Newburgh Union Fe-
  male Guardian Society". Adopted the present title in 1864.
Newbury.
    See Children (Hospitals, etc., for). Hospitals
  [Descriptions, etc., of), by localities.
Newbury (Spencer B.)  & Cutter (W. T.)  The
  safety of  commercial kerosene oils. 7 pp.   8-.
  [Baltimore, 1-88.]
    Repr.from.-  Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1888, x.
Newbury rural [urban]  sanitary district.   See
  Berkshire combined sanitary district.
Newburyport.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of),  Hygiene
  (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by
  localities.
Newburyport,  Massachusetts.   City officers,
  mayor's address, and the  annual  reports  to the
  city council,  for the  years 1895-1904.   10 v.  8°.
  Newburyport, 1896-1905.
    Contains reports of board of health,  chief engineer of
  the Are department,  city marshal, city physician, city
  registrar, inspector of animals  and provisions, overseers
  of the poor, park  commissioners,  public  library, school
  committee, sealer of weights and measures, superintend-
  ent of sewers, and water commissioners.
Newby (H. Warner).
    Editor of: ITIedical (The) Iconoclast, Guthrie, Okla.,
  1900.
New Caledonia.
    See, also, Ducos (Peninsula of);  Fever (Ma-
  larial  (History, etc.. of),  Influenza  (History,
  etc., of),  Leprosy (History, etc.,  of), Statistics
  (Vital), by localities.
    Atkinson (J.J.) The natives of Xew Caledonia. [With
  notes by A. Lau»].  Folk-Lore, Lond., 1903, xiv, 243-259.—
  Glaumont.   Usages, mceurs et coutumesdes N6o-Cal6-
  doniens.  Rev. d'ethnog., Par., 1888, vi, 73-141. lpl.—Vin-
  cent (J.-B.)  Les  Canaques de la Nouvelle-Cal6donie;
  esquisse ethnographique.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bor-
  deaux, 1895. xvi. 98; 110; 122; 134; 145; 158; 170; 182; 194;
  206; 218; 230; 242; 254;  266; 278; 290; 302; 314; 338; 349;
  446.
Newcastle Dispensary.  See Newcastle-upon-
  Tyne Dispensary.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.  River Tyne port
  sanitary authority.  Annual reports ofthe med-
  ical officer of health. 8.,  1886; 10.-13., 1888-91;
  15.-17.,  1893-5.   fol.    Newcastle - upon - Tyne,
  1887-96.
-----.  City and county  of Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
  Report on an outbreak of scarlet fever during
  the summer  of 1*88,  in  a dairy custom.   By
  Henry E.  Armstroug, medical officer of health.
  16 pp.  8°.   Newcastle-upon-Tyne, A. Beid, 186-*-,
■-----.  Annual reports of the medical  officer of
  health  on the sanitary condition of Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne, with tabular returns of the sickness
  and mortality, to the sanitary committee.   15.-
  19., 1-87-91;  21.-31., 1-93-1903.   8J. Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne, 1888-1904.
—---.  City and county of Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
  Report on the milk supply, by Henry E. Arm-
  strong,  medical  ofeicer  of  health.   15 pp.   8°.
  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, A. Beid Sr Co.,  1895.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
    See, also, Children (Hospitals, etc., for), Chol-
  era (History, etc.,  of),  Dispensaries (Descrip-
  tions, etc., of), Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of),
  Hospitals (Gyncecologic, etc.), Hospitals (Man-
  agement, etc., of), Insane (Asylums for, Descrip-
  tions,  etc.,  of),  Statistics  ( Vital),  Universi-
  ties, Water (Supply of), by localities.
    Philipaon (G. H.)  President's address, delivered at
  the sixty-first annual meeting of the British Medical As-
  sociation : Newcastle-upon-Tyne, ancient and modern,
  diseases^ of the locality. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1893, ii, 293-
  296.—Vintrai* (L.)  L'organisation sanitaire du port et
  de la ville de Newcastle-on-Tyne.   Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1891,
  xiii, 526-543.
Newcastle - upon - Tyne.   Newcastle-upon-
  Tyne  City  Lunatic  Asylum,  Gosforth.    Annual
  reports ofthe committee of visitors and medical
  superintendent  to  the  city council.    24.-29.,
  1h?8-93; 31.-36., 1895-1900;  38., 1902; 39., 1903.
  8°.  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1889-1904.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne  Dispensary.  Pro-
  posals  for  recovering persons  apparently dead
  by drowning, and suffocation from other causes.
  Published by order ofthe governors ofthe New-
  castle Dispensary.   16 pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Newcastle,
  S. Hodgson, 1789.
    Instituted in 1777.
-----.   Annual reports  of  the  committee and
  resident medical officer to the governors.  111.-
  122., 1888-99.  8-.   Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  1889-
  1900.

IVewchwang.
    Avgustovaki  (P.)  Port Inkoo.  Med. pribav. k
  morsk.  sborniku, St. Petersb., 1904, pt. 1, 264-270.—Daly
  (C. C. de B.)  Report on the health of Newchwang for the
  ten  months ended  31st March 1894. China.  Imp. Cus-
  toms.   Med.  Rep. 1894, Shanghai, 1895, xlvii-xlviii, 1.
  -----. Report on the health of Newchwang for the half-
  year ended 31st March, 1896. Customs Gaz.  Med. Rep.,
  Shanghai, 1895-6, li, 66. -----. Report on the health of
  Newchwang.  China.   Imp. Customs.  Med. Rep. 1901,
  Shanghai, 1903, lxi-lxii, 1. — Morrison (W.)  Report
  on the  health of Newchwang for the eighteen months
  ended 30th September,  1888. Ibid., 1888, Shanghai, 1890,
  xxxvi, 5-8. -----.  Report on the health of Newchwang,
  for the  year ended 30th September, 1889.  Ibid., 1889-90,
  Shanghai, 1894, xxxviii-xxxix, 3.
Newcomb (Dan).  When  and how;  or, a col-
  lection of the more recent facts and ideas upon
  raising healthy children,  xv, 17-324  pp., 1 pl.
  83.   Chicago, A. W. Penny # Co., 1872.
Newcomb  (James E [dward] )  [1857-    ].
  Syphilis of  the lingual  tonsil.   9  pp.    8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1892.]
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1892, lxi.
-----.   Ludwig's angina.   12  pp.   12°.  New
  York, D. Appleton # Co., 1895.
    Repr.from: N. Tork M. J., 1895, lxii.
-----.   Guaicol as a local anaesthetic  in minor
  operations on the uose aud throat.  9 pp.   12°.
  New York,  1697.
    Repr.from.- N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi.
-----.   Adeno-carciuoma ofthe nose; report of a
  case.   8 pp.  12°.   New York, 1899.
    Repr.from: N. Tork M. J., 1899, lxx.
Newcomb (Simon) [1835-     ].   The relation
  of scientific method to social progress.  An ad-
  dress.    15 pp.   8°.   Washington, Judd $■ Det-
  weiler,  1880.
-----.   A statistical  inquiry into the probability
  of causes of the production of sex in human  off-
  spring.  34 pp.   8°.  Washington, Carnegie Inst.
  of O'ashington, 1904.
Newcome  (Henry).  The compleat mother;  or
  an earnest perswasive to all mothers (especially
  those of rank and  quality)  to  nurse their own
  children.   1 p. 1.,  112 pp.    16°.   London,  J.
  Wyat,  1695. 
NEWCOMER.                               646                         NEW  ENGLAND.
 \eweomer (Frisby S.) [1828-89].
    Death of Dr. . . .  Indiana M. J., ludianap., 1889-90,
  viii, 81.—Hodges (E. F.)  [Obituary.]  Proc. Am. Soc.
  Micr. 1890, Wash., 1891, xii, 205.-Moffett (E. D.)  Obit-
  uary.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1890, 157.
 Newell (F. H.)  Irrigation in  Arizona.  8 pp.
  4-.  Washington, 1691.
    Census Bulletin, no. 35.
 ------.   Irrigation iu Montana.  32 pp.  4°.  Wash-
  ington, 1*91.
    Census Bulletin, no. 153.
 ------.   Irrigation in  Utah.  23  pp.  4°.   Wash-
  ington, 1691.
    Census Bulletin, no. 85.
 ------.   Irrigation  iu   Wyoming.  15  pp.   4°.
   Washington, 1891.
    Census Bulletin, no. 107.
 ------.   Irrigation in Idaho.   26 pp.  4C.   Wash-
  ington, 1892.
    Census Bulletin, no. 157.
 ■------.   Irrigation in Nevada. 24 pp.  4:.   Wash-
  ington, 1692,
    Census Bulletin, no. 163.
 ------.   Irrigation  in Xew  Mexico.   14 pp.   4°.
   Washington, 1-92.
    Census Bulletin, no. 60.
 ------.   Irrigation reports of the United States
  geological survey and hydrography  of the arid
  region.  Abstracted by Owen Charles Dalhousie
  Ross.  8 pp.  8C.  London,  1893.
    Repr. from: Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Lond., 1892-3,
  cxiv, pt. 4.
 ------.   Report  of progress  of  stream  measure-
  ments for the calendar year 1902. Parti. North-
  ern  Atlantic  coast  and St.  Lawrence  River
  drainage.  199 pp.   8C.   Washington,  Govt. Print.
  Office, 1903.
    Forms no. 82 of: "Water-supply and irrigation papers.
  U. S. Dept. Interior. TJ. S. Geological Survey.
 Newell (Franklin S.)   The  contraindications of
  the elective Cesarean  section.   Report of eight
  cases.   18  pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1904, xxix.
 ------.  The treatment  of eclampsia.  9 pp.   8C.
  New York, 1905.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. T., 1905,  lii.
    See, aUo,  Reynolds  (Edward) <fc IVewell (Frank-
  lin S.) Practical obstetrics [etc.J. 8-. London, 1902.
 Newell (H. L.)  Care of patients during gesta-
  tion and confinement.   7 pp.   8°.    [New York,
  1895.]
    Repr. from: Am. Gynaec. Sc Obst. J.. N. T., 1895, vi.
 Newell  (Otis  K[imball]).  The intestinal su-
  ture.  23 pp.   16°.   Boston, Cupples, Upham <f-
  Co., 1667.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1887, cxvi.
 ------.  The endoscopic instruments  of  Joseph
  Leiter, of Vienna, aud the  present  development
  of eudoscopy.   9 pp.  16°.   Boston,  Cupples A-
  Hurd, 1667.
    Repr. from: Boston M. & S. J., 1887, cxvii.
 ------.  The best surgical dressing; how to pre-
  pare it and how to use it. With a consideration
  of Beach's principle of bullet-wound treatment.
  179 pp.   12°.   Boston,  Cupples $ Hurd,  1886.
------.  A new principle  in  the surgery  of the
  bladder.  20 pp.  8°.  Boston, Cupples^ Hurd,
  1668.
    Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1888, cxviii.
------.  Diagnosis of tumors of the bladder  and
  stone with the evstoscope.   6 pp.   12°.  Boston,
  Cupples $ Hurd, [1669].
    Repr.from: Bostou M. & S. J., 1889, exx.
------.  Apparatus for  the  preparation of hone
  specimens, and for arterial and  other injections.
  8 pp.   12°. Boston, Damrell $  Upham, 1890.
    Repr. from.- Boston M. &. S. J., 1890, exxii.
 Newell (Otis K[imball])—continued.
 ------.  The improvement of evacuators for litho-
   lapaxv aud the later developments of the opera-
   tion.  * 8 pp.   4J.   [New York, 1-91.]
     Repr.from: Med. Rec. N. T., 1891, xxxix.
| ------.  The treatment of urethral stricture and a
   new divulsor for rapid dilatation.   8 pp.  12°
1   New York, Trow's Co., 1891.
     Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix.
 ------.  The intermittent rapid dilatation of ure-
   thral stricture.  11 pp.  12c.  Neto York, Trow
   1694.
     Repr.from: Med. Rec. N. T., 1894, lxvi.
 Newell (Thomas).  A letter to the editor of tlie
   Literary  Gazette,  upon  the  misrepresentations
   contained in a pamphlet recently published by
   Dr. Neale, upon tbe subject  of the Cheltenham
   waters.   23 pp.  12°. Cheltenham, Bobertsf Wil-
   liams;  London, 1^20.
 Newell (Timothy)  [1820-1901].   A paper  read
   before the Providence Franklin Society, Jan. 30,
   1883 [on public parks].  22 pp.  8C.  Providence,
   1883.
     For Biography, see Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc 1901, Prov-
1   idence, 1902, vi, 402-405, port.

 Jewell (William Augustus)  [1819-1901].
     Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901,  ii. 845.

 Y<\v England.
     See, also.  Directories, etc. (Medical);  Fever
   (Malarial, History, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, His-
   tory, etc., of), Influenza (History, etc., of), Small-
   pox (History, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by lo-
   calities.
     Abel (Mary H.)  Tbe story of  the Xew Eng-
   land kitchen!  12c.  [Boston, 1890.]
     Allen  (N.1   The  New  England family.  8-'.
   Neio Haren, 1662.
     Repr.from: N. Englander, March, 1882.
     Brows (F. H.)  The medical register for New
   England.  12°.   Boston, 1877.
     ------.   The same. 12°.   Boston, 1880.
     ------.   The same. 12°.  Boston, 1864.
     Green  (S.  A.)  Maverick's  account of New
   England.  [Remarks on .the  origin of the term
   Foy, a second nauie applied to  the town of Mar-
   blehead by Maverick in his accouut of New Eng-
   land.]  8~.  [Boston, 1889.]
     New England  (The)  stock.   Galley  sheet.
   [Boston, n. d.]
     Repr. from : Zion's Herald, Bost.
     United States.   Department of Agriculture.
   Weather Bureau.  Reports (monthly).   New Eng-
   land section of the climate aud crop  service  of
   the Weather Bureau.  Nos. 1-5, v. 1, February
   to June, 1896.   4-\  Boston, 1690.
     Achorn (J. W.) The effect of climate  and environ-
   ment on the New England girl.  Boston  M. & S. J.. 1894,
   exxx, 58-61.—Edes (R. T.)  The  New England  invalid.
   Mt-d. Commuuicat. Mass. M. Soc.  Boat., 1893-5. xvi, 551-
   C07.  AUo,  Reprint.—Hinsdale  (G.)   The climate  of
   New England. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii,
   62-77.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902,
   12. s., i, 48-53.—Knight (F.I.)  Choice of a summer resi-
   dence in New Englaud.  Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1897,
   xiii, 22-29.  AUo:  Internat.  M. Mag., Phila., 18!'7-S. vi,
   385-387.
 New England Aid Society for  the  Aged aud
   Friendless, Boston.  Annual  report of the offi-
   cers to the corporation.   2., 1884-5.   31pp.  8-.
   Boston, E. S. Frye j-  Co., 18S5.
     Organized January. 1883. Incorporated May 29. 1884,
   and opened June 12, 1884.
 New England (The) Alkaloidist.   A monthly
   journal of active-principle therapeutics.   Ed. by
   J. M. French  [et al.].  v.  1, 1906.  8°.  Mil-
   ford,  Mass.
     Current. 
NEW  ENGLAND.
647
NEWFOUNDLAND.
Xew England (The) Anti-Vivisection Socicty
  Monthly.   v. 1-5, October, 1895, to October, 1900.
  12  »fc 8 .   Boston.
    v. 1, 1895-6, under title: IVt-w England (The) Anti-
  Vivisection Society Quarterly.  Continued  under title:
  Animal*' (The) Defender.
lUfew  England (The) Anti-Vivisection Society
  Quarterly.   Boston.
    Title of v.  1, 1895-6, of: »w England (The) Anti-
  Vivisection Society Monthly.
Mew England Baptist Hospital, Boston.  An-  i
  uual reports of the  trustees and officers  to the
  corporation.  4.-11.,  1897-1904.   8\  Boston,
  1898-1905.
New England  Conference  of Charities  and
  Correction.  First  conference, Newton,  Mass.,
  Oct. 24, 25, and  26,  189:5.   Second  circular, Oct.
  5,189.1.  4  1.  12-\   [Ntwtonl  1>93.]
New England  Cremation  Society.  Charter
  and bv-laws of the.  . .  1«92.  24 pp.  16°. Bos-
  ton, 1692.
-----.  Transactions.  Nos. 2 & 3, 189:5 A- 1899.
  li-2 pp., 71 pp. 8°.   Boston, l>94-9.
-----.  [Circular soliciting members and sub-
  scriptions.]  1 1.  -'.   [Boston, n. d.]
New England Deaconess Association, Boston.
  Annual reports ofthe officers to the members of
  the corporation.  9., 1-97-8; 10., 1-9--9; 13.-16.,
  1901-2 to 1904-5.   8-.  Boston, 1898-1905.
    Incorporated under title of: New England Deaconess
  Home and Trainiug School, Boston.  Adopted the present
  title iu 1901 (?).
New England Deaconess Home  aud Training
  School, Boston.   An appeal [to the public, for
  aid].  21.   8-.  [Boston, 1-99?]                 I
-----.   Deaconess work in Boston.  16 pp.  24-.
  [Boston, n.  d.]
-----.   Prospectus of tbe Training School under
  the corporation of the . . .  7 pp.  24°.   [Boston,
  n. d.]
New England Dental Society.  Proceedings
  of the 25. annual meeting of the . . ., held at Bos-
  ton, Mass.,  Oct. 5th,  6th, and 7th, 1887.  98, 1 pl.
  |ip.  8C.  Lowell, Mass.. 1888.
New England Druggist.   Devoted to the  in-
  terests of  progressive pharmacy.   [Monthly.]
  v. 11-15, 1899 to March, 1903.   4°.  Boston.
    Continued  under title: Apothecary (The) and New
  England Druggist.                               ,
New  England (The)  Historical and Genea-
  logical Register aud Antiquariau Journal, pub-
  lished quarterly, under the direction of the New
  England Historic,  Genealogical Society.  Wil-
  liam Cogswell, editor.  Xo. 3,  v. 1, July,  1847;
  No. 1, v. 2,  January, 1848.  8-.   Boston.
New England Hospital for Women and Chil-
  dren, Boston.  History and description ofthe . . .
  Prepared by a committee of the board of direc-
  tors for the Massachusetts exhibit in the depart-
  ment of education   and  science   and for the
  woman's department of Massachusetts at the In-
  ternational Exhibition in Philadelphia,  1876.
  32 pp.  8=.   Boston, W. L. Deland,  1876.
    Bound with.- Annual  report for 1875-6.
-----.  The   same.  40 pp.   8°.  Boston,  W. L.
  Deland, 1876.
    Bound with.- Annual report for 1881-2.
-----.  Tlie  same.  52  pp.  8-.  [Boston,  1887.]
    Bound with: Annual  report for 1886-7.
-----.  Annual reports of  the officers to the soci-
  ety and subscribers.  24.-43.,  1-85-6 to 1904-5.
  8y  Boston, 1886-1905.
■-----.  [Circular  of information,  Avith  list  of
  questions to be  answered aud returned to the
  superintendent of nurses. ]  2 sheets.  8°.  [Bos-
  ton, 1669.]
-----.  [Circular letter to  persons recommending
  candidates, with list of questions to be answered
  confidentially.]  2 1.  8°.   [Boston, 1889.]
New England Industrial School for the Edu-
  cation and  Instruction of Deaf Mutes, at Bev-
  erly.  Annual reports ofthe trustees aud officers
  to the society and the public.  2., IK* 1-2;  5.-
  24., 18Kl-5to 1904.   8Y   Beverly, 1882-1905.
    Sixth report for 18 months, ending Dec. 31, 1886.
New England Kitchen, Boston.  Beef broth
  for invalids.  [How to make it.]   2 sheets.  8-.
  \ Boston,  L-90.]
New England (The) Medical Gazette,  v.  24-
  41, lf89-190o.  8°.   Boston, Mass.
    Current.
New  England Medical  Monthly,   v.  8-25,
  lK-scj-1906.   fol.   Danbury, Conn.
    Current. In April, 1897: Prescription (The) merged
  in this journal and title became: IVew England Med-
  ical Monthly aud The Prescription.
New EllglaPid Medical Monthly aud The Pre-
  scription.   Danbury, Conn.
    Title, after March, 1897, of: >ew England Medical
  Monthly, Danbury, Conn.
New England Watch and Ward Society.  An-
  nual reports of  the officers to the members.  9.,
  1^86-7; 12., 1889-90; 14., 1891-2; 16.-27., 1893-4
  to 1904-5.   12 y   Boston, 1887-1905.
    Incorporated as: New England Society for the Suppres-
  sion of Vice iu 1884. Title changed by act  of legislature
  in 1891.
New   England  Water Works  Association.
  Constitution and list of members.  March, 1905.
  38 pp.  8J.   Boston, S. Usher, [1905].
New  England Weather Service.   Weather
  crop  bulletins of the . .  .  [Weekly.]   (Issued
  in co-operation  with  the Massachusetts  aud
  Maine State boards of agriculture.)   Nos. 1-3,
  5-8, May 8-Juue 19, 1893.  4=.  Boston, 1693.
-----.   Annual summary of the . . ., for the  years
  lft92-4.   4°.   Cambridge,  1893-5.
    Repr. from: Annals Astronom. Observ.  Harv. Coli.,
  xii, pts. 1-3.
-----.   Bulletins  of the .  . .   [Monthly.]   Nos.
  10-47, December, 1^92-January,  1896.  roy. 8°.
  Boston, 1893-6.
    For continuation, see United States.  Department
  of Agriculture.  Weather Bureau.
Newenham (Henricus).   * De erysipelate.
  2 p. 1., 22 pp.   8°.   Edinburgi, J. Ballantyne ci-
  Soc, 1822.   [P.,v.  1908.]
Newer (Ein) Albertus  Magnus, von Weybern
  uud  Geburten der Kinder sampt ihren  Artz-
  neyen.   Auch von  Tugenden etlicher fiirnemer
  Kreiiter  uud von Krafft der edleu Gestein.   Vou
  Art und  Natur etlicher Thier.  Mit sampt einem
  bewerten Regiment fiir  die  Pestilentz.   Alles
  auffs  new  gebessert,  durch  Q.  Apollinarem.
  48 ff., 2  1.   sm. 4°.   [Augspnrg, M.  Francken],
  1567.
Newere  (A) code.    [From ye  Asteroid,  May,
  1684.]  2 1.   sm. 4J.   [n. p., n. d.]
Newes (Eyn) hochnutzliches  Biichlin, und Ano-
  thomi  eynes auffgethonen Augs, auch seiner Er-
  kiarung, bewerten Purgation,  Pilaster, Colliri
  en Siilltlin, Pulvern unnd  Wasseru,  wie  mans
  maclien  uud brauchen sol.   10 1.  4°.  Strass-
  burg,  H.  Vogtherr, 1534.
New  Forest  (The).
    t'reapi (A. J.  H.)  The  New Forest.  Prov. M. J.,
  Leicester,  1889, viii, 345-348.
Newfoundland.
    Denis (J.-E )  * Contribution a l'etude dela
  ge"ogiaphie   medicale.    Cainpagne  de  Terre-
  Neuve eu 1886.  4°.  Bordeaux, 18-6.
    Blake (Lady Edith).   The Beothuks of Newfound-
  land.  Nineteenth Cent., Loud., 1888, xxv, K99-918. — C'a-
  mail (J.) Contribution k la geographic medicale des iles
  Saint-Pierre et Miquelon.  Ann. d'hyg. et de nied. colon..
  Par., 1899, ii, 145-175.— f'azeau.   Pecheurs de Terre-
  Nenve. [Abstr.]  Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1896. lxv, 34-
  4<i. — Oebaut-Manoir.  Les maladies de i'ile de Terre-
  Neuve. Gaz. med. de Par., 1898, 11. s., i, 37. — Gallas. 
NEWFOUNDLAND.
648
NEW HAMPSHIRE.
 Newfoundland.
   Des eaux de Terre-Neuve.  [Abstr.]  Arch. dem6d. nav.,
   Par., 1896,lxv,261-266.—Skinner (CM.)  Newfoundland;
   climate and physical geography.  South. Calif. Pract., Los
   Angeles, 1905, xx, 419-422.
 Newfoundland.  St. Johns Lunatic  Asylum.
   Report of  the medical  superintendent  to the
   governor and  council.  47., 1900.  31 pp.   12°.
   St. Johns, Evening Telegram, 1901.
     Opened in 1854.
 .\ew Grenada.
     See, also, Goitre (History, etc., of), by localities.
     Triax.v (J.)  & Planchon (J.-E.)  Prodromus
   flora*  Novo-Granatensis.    Cryptogamie.   8°.
   Paris, lHf,:j-7.

 Yew Guinea.
     See, also, Anthropology; Craniology (Ethno-
   logical); Ethnology; Fever (Malarial,  History,
   etc., of), by localities; Papuans.
     Mkyer (A. B.)  Bericht iiber eine Reise nach
   Neu-Guinea uuternomnien in den  Jahren 1872
   nnd 1873.  8:.   Wien, 1873.
     Repr. from.- Mittheil. d. k. k. geograph.  Gesellsch. zu
   Wien.
     -----.  Neu-Guinea.  8°.  Wien, 1873.
     Repr. from.- Ausland, No. 49, 50, 1873.
     Royal Irish Academy.  Cunningham Memoirs.
   No. X.  The decorative artof British New Guinea;
   a  study in  Papuan  ethnography,  by Alfred C.
   Haddon.  4C.   Dublin, 1894.
     Dempwoltr  (O.)  Aerztliche Erfahrungen in Neu-
   Guiuea.  Arch. f. Schiifs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1898, ii
   134; 275. -Giglioli (E. H.)   Maschere  della  Nuova
   Guinea e dell' Arcipelago Bismarck.  Maschere papnane
   e melanesiane. Arch, perl*antrop., Firenze, 1890, xx,460-
   463. AUo, Repriut.-----. I cacciatori di teste alia Nuova
   Guinea.  Arch, per 1' antrop., Firenze, 1896, xxvi, 310-
   318. —Klinta  und Gesundheitsverhaltnisse des Schutz-
   gebietes  von Neu-Guiuea im Jahre 1899-1900.   Arb. a.
   d. k. Gsndhtsamte,  Berl.,  1902,  xix,  435-439. — Iiom-
   bi-OMo ( P.)   Note sui selvaggi della Nuova Guinea.
   Arch,  di psichiat. [etc.], Toriuo, 1898,  xix, 289-291.—von
   I.iihcIihii (F.)  Zur Ethnographie der Matty-Insel. In-
   ternat. Arch. f. Ethnog., Leiden,  1895, viii,  41-56, 3 pl.—
   IVlaguirr (II. R.)  Impressions of a year's sojourn in
   British New  Guinea.  Queensland Geog. J., Brisbane
   1902, u.  s., xvii, 117-143.—Poch  (R.)  Brief von einer
   Studienreise nach Neuguinea.  Arch. f.  Schiffs- u. Tro-
   pen-Hyg., Leipz., 1905, ix,  432-438.—Ray (S. II.)  The
   languages of Bi ii ish New Guinea. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond.,
   1894-">, xxiv, 15-39, 1  map.—Report of the special com-
   mission for ls-7 on British New Guinea.  Archaeol. Rev.
   Loud., 1889, iii, 276; 411.—Serrurier (L.)   Versuch einer
   Systematik der Neu-Guinea-Pfeile.  Internat.  Arch. f.
  Ethuog., Leiden, 1888, i, 1-22, 2 pl.
New Hampshire.  General laws relating to
  the practice  of medicine, surgery, dentistry, and
  pharmacy.   4 pp.  8°.   [Manchester, 1878?]
-----.  The general laws of the State  of  New
  Hampshire;  to which are prefixed  the constitu-
  tions  of the United States and State of  New
  Hampshire.  With a glossary and  digested in-
  dex,   xx, 812 pp.   8°.  Manchester,  J. B. Clarke,
   16/ 8.
-----.  Laws of the  State  of New Hampshire,
  passed  June session, 1878.   1 p. 1., pp. 149-324.
  >-;. Manchester, J. B. Clarke, 1«78.
Hew  Hampshire.
    See, also, Bethlehem; Concord; Diphtheria
  (History,  etc., of), by localities;  Dover; Fever
  (Malarial, History, etc.,  of), Fever (Typhoid,
  History, etc., of),  Hygiene (Public,  Laws, etc.,
  of). Insane  (Care, etc., of), Prisons, etc.  (De-
  scriptions, etc.,  of).  Scarlatina  (History, etc.
  of) Sewage (Disposal of), Statistics  (Vital),
  by localities.
    Hcbbard (O. P.)  The early history of the
  New   Hampshire  Medical  Institution, with a
  sketch of its founder, Nathan Smith.   8°.   Wash-
  ington, 1^-0
    Itnitkd States.  Department ofthe Interior.
  Bureau  of Education.   Circular of information
 \«-w Hampshire.
   No. 3,1898.  Contributions  to  American educa-
   tional history.  Edited  by Herbert  B.  Adams.
   No. 22.  History  of  education  in  New  Hamp-
   shire.   By George Gary Bush.  8C.   Washington,

    Hell (A. N)  Sanitary topography, climate, and min-
   eral springs of New Hampshire.   Sanitarian N  Y  180'.
   xxxv, 326-334.                           ' ''   °'
 New Hampshire.   Board of Commissioners of
   Lunacy.    Annual and biennial  reports  of the
   coni.nissioners  to the  governor  and council
   3.-7.,  1891-2  to  1897-8;  9.-10., 1900-1901  to
   1903-4.  8°.  Concord, 1892-1904.
    Biennial reports commenced in 1894-5.
 New Hampshire.   House of Bepresentatives.
   Report made  to the  legislature of New Hamp-
   shire on tbe subject of the insane.  June session
   1830.  28 pp.   8<-.  Concord, C.  Barton, 1836.
 New Hampshire.  Neio Hampshire Asylum for
   the Insane, at Concord.  Report of  the board  of
   visitors [the building committee, and the trus-
   tees].  To the senate and houee of representa-
   tives.  21pp.  8°.  [Concord, 1842.]
 New Hampshire.   New Hampshire  College
   Agricultural Experiment Station, Durham.   Bulle-
   tins.  Nos. 54-56.  8C.  [Durham, 1898.]
 -----.   Technical bulletin.  No. 3.   8°.  [Dur-
   ham, 1901.]
 -----.   Nature  study leaflets.   Nos.  1, 2, 4.  8°
   [Durham, 1902-3.]
 New Hampshire.  New Hampshire State Hos-
  pital, at Concord.   Annual reports of the board  of
   visitors, trustees, superintendent, treasurer, aud
   financial  agent  to  the  governor and council.
   45.-62., 1887-8 to 1903-4. 8°.   Concord  & Man-
   chester, 1888-1905.
    Formerly known as the New Hampshire Asylum for the
   Insane, at Concord.  Adopted the present title by act of
   the legislatuie in 1902.
 New Hampshire.  Begisterof Vital Statistics.
   Annual and biennial reports relating to the leg-
   islation  and  return of births,  marriages, di-
   vorces, and deaths in New  Hampshire.   6.-19.,
   1885 to 1903.  N. s., v. 3-16.   8°.  Concord, 1886-
   1904.
    The fifteenth report is the first biennial.
 New Hampshire.  State Board   of  Health.
   Tbe regular quarterly meeting, held  in Concord
   Jan. 6, 1885.   [Address of the  president, G. P.
   Conn,  on  the  means necessary to place the
   state in the  best sanitary  condition.  Also  a
   paper  by  the  secretary,  L A.  Watson, on the
   mortality rates of Manchester for the past three
   years, 1881, 1882,  and 1S83.]
    Cutting from .- Daily Mirror & American, Jan. 8, 1885.
 -----.  Annual and  biennial reports of the .  . .
  to the governor and  council.  5.-18., 1885-6  to
   1903-4.   rt.  Concord <r  Manchester, 1886-1904.
    Biennial reports commenced in 1895-6.
-----.   Public health  laws  of New  Hampshire.
   Containing the principal laws of the State relat-
   ing to the public health.   Compiled by the State
  board of health, for  the  use of local  boards  of
  health and health officers.   37 pp.   8°.  Man-
   chester, J. B. Clarke,  1888.
-----.   Typhoid fever; its restriction and  pre-
   vention.   10 pp.  8°.  [Concord, 1891.]
-----.   Diphtheria;  its restriction  and preven-
  tion.  3. ed.  4 pp.   8°.   [Concord, 1692.]
-----.   Laws, rules, and  regulations for the pre-
  vention and restriction of epidemic diseases.  2
  1.   8°.  [Concord, 1893.]
-----.  New Hampshire sanitary bulletin.  Pub-
  lished  quarterly.   Irving  A.  Watson,  editor.
  v. 1, Nos. 1-17, January, 1900, to October, 1903;
  Nos. 1-9, v. 2, January,  1900,  to October, 1905.
  8°.   Concord,   1900-1905. 
NEW HAMPSHIRE.                      649                            ™W JERSEY.
New Hampshire.   State Boards  of Medical
  Examiners.   Report of the regent to the governor
  of the State.   9.-11. examinations, June 11,
  1901, to June 11, 1902. 48 pp.   8°.   Concord, I.
  C. Evans, 1902.
New  Hampshire.  State Prison at Concord.
  Annual reports and statistics of the warden and
  inspectors, together with the reports of the chap-
  lain, physician, and treasurer for the years 1877-8
  to 1879-80; 1881-2; 1883-4 to 1890-91;  1896-7 to
  1903-4.  8°.   Manchester <»' Concord, 1*78-1904.
    Opened in 1812.   Report for 1889-90  for 19 months end-
  ing Nov. 30, 1890.  Reports for 1896-7 to date called sta-
  tistics, etc.
_____.   Rules and regulations of the New Hamp-
  shire  State  Prison, at Concord, established  by
  the governor aud council, June  6, 1883.  24 pp.
  8-'. °Concord, Republican Press Association, 1884.
New Hampshire Medical Society.  Transac-
  tions.  18*s-1905inl4v.  8°. Concord, 1888-1905.
New Hampshire Pharmaceutical Association.
  Proceediugs.   1884-92  in 1 v.   8°.   Concord,
  1884-92.
New Hampshire Sanitary Journal.  A quar-
  terly magazine in the interest of healthful homes
  aud communities.  Edited by Irving A. Watsou
  [etal.~\.  v. 1, May, 1898, to January, 1899.  8-'.
  Concord.
New Hartford.
     See Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), by
  localities.
New Haven, Connecticut. Report of the com-
  mittee on supplying water for  the city of New
  Haven.  72 pp., 1 map.   ?°.  New Haven, T.J.
  Stafford,  1853.
New Haven,  Connecticut.
     See,  also. Dispensaries (Description, etc., of),
  Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of),  Fever (Ty-
  phoid, History, etc., of), Hospitals (Descriptions,
  etc, of),  Hospitals  (Military), Hygiene  (Pub-
  lic, Reports  on), Police (Beports, etc., of), Sta-
  tistics (Vital), by localities; Yale University.
     Reports of the almshouse keeper, New Haven, 1874;
  1880.  City year-book New Haven,  1875,  363-365: 1881,
  298-311.
 New Haven, Connecticut.  Board of Health.
  Annual reports ofthe health officer to the mayor
  aud the board of health commissioners. 15.-32.,
  1887-1904.   6~.  New Haven, 1*^-1905.
 -----.  Monthly statements of mortality, with
  an enumeration of the  more prominent  causes
  of death.  May, 1888,  to December,  1905.  4°.
  New Haven, 1888-1905.
     "Want December, 1903.
 -----.  Means to prevent the  spread  of scarlet
  fever  and diphtheria.    Recommended June 2,
  1-89.  2 1.   8°.  [New Haven, 1889.]
 -----.  Means to prevent the spread  of typhoid
  fever. 1 sheet.  8:.   [New Haven, 1889?]
New Haven, Connecticut.  Police  Department.
  Annual reports to the mayor and board of police
  commissioners, for the years 1884-5 to 1893-4.
  8C.  New Haven, 1886-95.
New  Haven  Dispensary. Annual reports of
  the board of managers to the members.  9.-27.,
  1679-61) to 1897-8.  8y  New Haven, 1880-99.
New  Haven  Medical Association.  Constitu-
  tion  and by-laws,  etc.  17 pp.,  1 1.  8C.  New
  Haven, Gompertz Brothers, 1900.
New Haven Orphan Asylum.   Annual reports
  of the managers to  the friends of the asylum.
  49.-72.,  1881-2  to  1904-5.  8°.  New Haven,
  1882-1905.
New Haven Water Company.  Annual reports
  of the board of directors  to  the stockholders.
  1.-15., 1862-76.  8°.  New Haven, 1864-77.
     First report reprinted in 1872. Reports  subsequent  to
  1870 not printed.
^\ew Hebrides.
    Gaillakd (F.-G.-M.-P.-M.)  * Essai  de topo-
  graphie  m6dicale  de l'archipel des Nouvelles-
  Hebrides.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1889.
    Martine (G.-B.-E.)  * inoccupation  militaire
  francaise des  Nouvelles-H6brides.  (Souvenirs
  ineMicaux.)  4°.  Bordeaux, 1889.
    Bernnl. Notes sur les Nouvelles-Hebrides.  | Abstr.]
  Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1899, lxxii, 134-140.—Oavill*
  (D.)  Notes de medecine et d'hygiene sur les Nouvelles-
  Hebrides.  [Abstr.]  Ibid., 1894, lxii, 361-371.—Hagen
  (A.)  & Pinenu (A.)  Les Nouvelles-Hebrides; etudes
  ethuographiques.  Rev. d'ethnog.,  Par., 1888, vii,  302-
  362, 1 map.—Joly (P.-R.)  Notes sur les Nouvelles-He-
  brides.  Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1904, 5.
  s., v, 356-369.—Martine.  L'habitation, les mceurs et les
  continues des Neo-Hebridais.  Rev. san. de la Province,
  Bordeaux, 1889, vi, 66-68.—Kay (S. H.)  The languages of
  the New Hebrides. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N. South Wales
  1893, Sydney. 1894, xxvii, 101; 469.—Somerville (B. T.)
  Notes ou some islands of the New Hebrides. J. Anthrop.
  Inst., Loud., 1893-4, xxiii, 2-21, 2 pl.
New Hospital for Women, London.   Annual re-
  ports of the  committee to the subscribers.   5.,
  1876; 8., 1879; 12.-14., 1883-5;  16., 1887; 20.-24.,
  1891-5; 26.-33., 1897-1904. 8°.  London, 1877-
  1905.
    Established as a dispensary in 1866; opened as a hos-
  pital, 1872.
New Ireland.
     See, also, Hair (Ethnology of).
     Ray (S. H.)  Note on the people and languages of New
'  Ireland and Admiralty Islands. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond.,
  1891-2, xxi, 3-13.
New Jersey. Report of the special committee
  to  investigate the management, government,
  and  discipline of the  State  Asylum  for   the
  Insane, at Morristown,  N. J. To the  legisla-
  ture, session  of 1889.  19 pp.   8°.   Trenton,
  J. L. Murphy, 1889.
-----.  Report of  the joint committee  upon  the
  State Lunatic Asylum, at Trenton, N.  J., to the
  legislature, sessiou of  1890.  16 pp.  8°.  Tren-
  ton, MacCrelli8h $ Quigley, 1890.
-----.  Annual reports of the managers and offi-
  cers of the State Hospitals of New Jersey, to the
  governor ofthe State.   1.-6.,  1890-91  to 1895-6.
  8°.   Trenton, 1891-7.
     Includes reports of the New Jersey State Lunatic Asy-
  lum, at  Trenton, the  State Asylum for the Insane, at
  Morristown, and the county  lunatic asylums.  By the
  laws of  1897 two asylum  districts were created in the
  State, restoring the management of  each State hospital to
  a separate board, as it had  been up to the year 1891.
IVew Jersey.
     See, also, Atlantic City; Cape May; Cholera
  (History, etc., of),  Deaf-mutes  (Asylums,  etc.,
  for), Diphtheria  (History,  etc.,  of),  by locali-
  ties ; Directories  ( Medical); Fever  ( Typhoid,
   History, etc.,  of), Hygiene (  Public, Laws, etc.,
  of), Influenza (History, etc., of), Insane (Asy-
  lums for, Descriptions,  etc.,  of),  by  localities;
  Lakewood; Newark; Prisons, etc.  (Descrip-
  tions, etc., of), Quarantine (Beports  on,  etc. ),
  Scarlatina (History, etc., of),  Sewage (Disposal
  of), Statistics  (Vital), by localities;  Trenton.
     Act (An) to create a council of  State chari-
  ties and correction.  State of New Jersey.  Sen-
  ate No. 133.   Introduced Feb. 7, 1883, by  Mr.
  Vail.  fol.  [Trenton,  1883.]
     Home for  the Aged Women of Jersey City.
  Annual report of the board of  managers.   7.,
   1873-4.   8°.  Jersey City, 1874.
     United States.  Department  of Agriculture.
    Weather Bureau.    Reports   (monthly).   New
   Jersey section of the  climate and  crop service
   of the Weather  Bureau.  In  cooperation  with
   the New Jersey State weather service,  v. 10-
   15; Nos.  1,  3-7,  10-12,  v. 16; v.  17; Nos. 1-3,
   5-12, v. 18.   4°.  New Brunswick, 1*97-1905.
     __!---. Anuual  reports.  New Jersey section
   of the climate aud crop service of  the Weather 
NEW JERSEY.                              650                              NEW JERSEY.
]¥ew Jersey.
  Bureau.   In cooperation with the New Jersey
  weather service.  11.-14., 1900-1903.  4°.  Somer-
  ville «,-  Trenton,  1901-4.
    United States.   Department of the Interior.
  Bureau of Education.  Circular of information,
  No. 1, l*i>9.   Contributions to American educa-
  tional history.   Edited  by  Herbert  B. Adams.
  No.  23.  History  of education  in New Jersey.
  By David Murray.  8-'.  Washington, 1899.
    Owen (J.)  The State of New Jersey as a health re-
  sort.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 435.—Piatt
  (I. H.)  The pine belt of New Jersey;  a region of sandy
  soil and pine forests.  Tr. Am.  Climat. Ass., Phila., 1889,
  vi, 88-94.  Also, Reprint. -----. The climate  features of
  the pines of New Jersey.  Ann.  Hyg., Phila., 1893, viii,
  24-27.  AUo. Reprint.—Smock (J. 0.)  Climatic features
  of the highlands in their relation to health.   Rep. Bd.
  Health N. Jersey, Trenton, 1892, xvi, 515-521.
New Jersey.   Board  of Health  of the  State of
  New Jersey.   Circulars of the . . .  For the use
  of local boards.    [This  book  of circulars has
  been  prepared  by the secretary and  includes
  those that are most likelv  to be needed  by local
  boards.   Being Nos. 7, 27, 26,  29, 37, 39, 40, 42,
  44, 45, 47, 50, 53, 57, 59 to 73.]   8°.   [Trenton,
  1886-90.]
                      CONTENTS.
    Circular VII. Protection to bathers.  7 pp.  8°.  Repr.
  1887.
    Circular XXVII.  Sanitary  instruction and training in
  schools.  7 pp.  8°.  Repr.  October, 1886.
    Circular XXVIII. School and health circular no. 2, for
  parents, guardians, children, teachers, and trustees.  12 pp.
  8°.  Repr.  1886.
    Circular XXIX. Charitable and penal institutious.  4
  pp. 8°.  Repr. August, 1890.
    Circular XXXVII.  School and health circular no. 3.
  For parents, guardians, children,  teachers and trustees.
  5 pp.  8°.  Repr. 1886.
    Circular XXXIX. To local boards of health.  4 pp. 8°.
  [1887? J
    Circular XL (Industrial circular no. 1). Health counsels
  for working people.  April, 1887.  4 pp.  8°.
    Circular XLII. As to petroleum,  kerosene, etc.  4 pp.
  Repr. January, 1886.
    Circular XLIV.  How to prevent the spread of  small-
  pox, scarlet fever, diphtheria,  and other communicable
  diseases.  12 pp. 8°.  1890.
    Circular XLV. Cholera.  6 pp.  8°.  Repr. July, 1885.
    Circular XLVII. Prevention of serious injury to the
  mind, the eyes, the ears. 6 pp.  8°.  October, 1886.
    Circular L.  Circulars  as to the contagious diseases of
  animals.  [Circular A.—XIII.]  To farmers and dealers in
  stock.  [Circular B.—XIV.] To township and city boards
  of health.  [Circular C—XV.] Contagious diseases of ani-
  mals.   [Circular D.—XXI V. | To farmers and dealers in
  stock. [Circular E.—XXV.l To  farmers and dealers in live
  stock.  [Circular F.—XXVI.] As to contagious diseases of
  animals.
    Circular XLVIII (A. As to animals). Infectious pneu-
  mo-enteritis.   Swine plague.
    Circular XLIX (H. As to animals). Husk or hoose and
  tuberculosis in cattle.  Issue of 1885.  50 pp.  8°.
    Circular LIII. Pure drinking water; how to secure it.
  11pp.   8°.   IS87.
    Circular LVII. To the physicians of the State.  4 pp.
  8°.  1890.                                       FF
    Circular LIX. Laws and regulations relating to the
  adulteration of foods or drugs and to petroleum.  8 pp.
  8°.  February, 1889.
    Circular LX. Laws relating to public health and refer-
  ences theieto.   46 pp.  8°.  1890.
    Circular LXI. Care of household  wastes.  6 pp. 8°.
  1890.                                       y*
    Circular LXII. Drainage for  health.  11 pp   8°.  1887.
    Circular LXIII. Farmers' homes and their perils.   8 pp.
  8°.  [1867?]                                     ™
    Circular LXIV. Disinfectants and  how to use them.  8
  pp. 8°.  1887.
    Circular LXV. Construction, plumbing, ventilation, and
  drainage of buildings and outside connections thereof, as
  regulated by local boards of health.   Chapter LVI (Laws
  of 1888).  13 pp. 8°.  188?-.
    Circular LXVI. Bureau of vital statistics.  Marriage,
  birth,  aud  death returns.  Duties of all concerned as to
  vital statistics.  March,  1888.  22 pp.  8°.
    Circular LVII. To funeral directors and all having in
  charge the care and burial of the-dead.  6 pp.  8°.  [1888?]
    Circular LATLI.  To local boards of health.  2 pp. 8°.
  [1889?]                                     vv
New Jersey.   Board of Health  of the State of
  New  Jersey—continued.
    Circular LXIX. Meat, poultry, game, and fish as foods
  and how to judge of their quality.  14 pp.  $~-.  [18891] '
    Circular  LXX [Occasional bulletin series].  Our local
  health boards.   14 pp.  S°.  [1890!]
    Circular LXXI. As to sanitary inspection of hotels, etc.
  at resorts.  2 pp.  H".  1890.
    Circular LXXII. Vital statistics.  12 pp. 8°.  1890.
    Circular LXXIII. Cities, their needs aud their regula-
  tions for promoting the health of their inhabitants.  16
  pp.  8°.  1890.
-----.   Circular  43.   (A.  As  to  animals.)   In-
  fectious pneumo-euteritis.  Swiue plague.  Oct.
  1,1884.  10 pp.  8~.   [Trenton, 1664.]
-----.   Circular 59.  (H. As to  animals.)  Husk
  or  hoose  and tuberculosis in cattle.  Dec. 1,
  1-84.   8 pp.   8C.  Trenton, 1684.
-----.   Circular 79.  June, 1897.  Marriage.   22
  pp.   8°.   Trenton, J.  L. Murphy Publ. Co., 1897.
-----.   Circular 83.   Consumption.  Its  commu-
  nicability  and  prevention,  pp. 598-600.   8J.
  Trenton, J. L. Murphy Publ. Co., 1895.
-----.   Circular 89.  August, 1897.  Bulletin se-
  ries, Nos. 3 and 4.  (Reprint.)  46 pp.  8-.   Tren-
  ton, J.  L. Murphy Publ. Co., 1897.
-----.   Circular 90.  June, 1897.  Ice.  4 pp.  8°.
  Trenton, J. L. Murphy Publ. Co., 1897.
-----.   Circular 94.   June, 1899.  Communicable
  diseases of animals.   62 pp.  8-.  Trenton, J.  L.
  Murphy Publ. Co., 1899.
-----.   Circular 96.  July, 1899.  Public  health
  laws  of the State of New Jersev.   289  pp.   8°.
  Trenton, J. L. Murphy Publ. Co.,'1899.
-----.   Circular  97.   December, 1899.    Illumi-
  nating oils.   6 pp.  8°.  Trenton, J. L. Murphy
  Publ. Co., 1699.
-----.   Circular 98.  July,  1904.  Restriction of
  the  spread of infectious diseases.   [Reprint.]
  20 pp.   8°.  Trenton,  J.  L. Murphy Publ.  Co.,
  1904.
-----.   Circular 99.  April, 1900. Maritime quar-
  antine.  16 pp.   8°.  Trenton, J. L. Murphy Publ.
  Co., 1900.
-----.   Circular 100.  July, 1900.  Transportation
  of the dead.   23  pp.   8°.   Trenton, J. L. Murphy
  Publ. Co., 1900.
-----.    Circular  101.  May, 1901.   Births, mar-
  riages,  and deaths.   21 pp.  8°.  Trenton, Mac-
  Crellish c)'- Quigley, 1901.
-----.   Circular  103.   September, 1905.   Food
  and drugs.   [Revised.]   45  pp.  8\   Trenton,
  J. I. Murphy Publ. Co., 1905.
-----.   Circular  104.   February, 1902.   Preven-
  tion  of small-pox.  12 pp.   8°.  Trenton, J. L.
  Murphy Publ. Co., 1902.
-----7   Circular  105.  August,  1902.  State lab-
  oratory of hygiene.   12 pp.  8-.  Trenton, Mac-
  Crellish <f Quigley, 1902.
-----.   Circular 108.   August, 1903.   Prevention
  of glanders.   11.  8~\   [Trenton, 1903.]
-----.   Circular 110.   March,  1905.  Sanitary in-
  spection service.   [Reprint.]   11 pp.  8-.  Tren-
  ton, J.  L. Murphy Publ. Co., 1905.
-----.   Circular 112.   August, 1904.   Restriction
  of the  spread of malaria.  7 pp.  8C.   Trenton,
  J. L. Murphy Publ. Co., 1905.
-----.   Circular 114.   April, 1905.  Prevention of
  anthrax.   1 sheet.  8°.   [Trenton, 1905.]
-----.   Annual reports of the .  . . and reports of
  the bureau of vital statistics to the  governor of
  the  State.   12.-27., 1887-8 to 1902-3.  16  v.  8U.
  Trenton, Camden, etc.,  1888-1904.
New Jersey.  Dairy Commissioner.  Annual re-
  ports of the commissioner  to the  senate  and
  general assembly.   3.-12., 1888 to  1896-7.   -:.
  Trenton <y Camden, 1^89-97.
    Commissioner appointed Mar. 22,  1886.  Tenth report
  for 10 months, endiug Oct. 31, 1895. 
NEW  JERSEY.                                651                                NEW  JERSEY.
New Jersey.  Geological Surrey of Neu- Jersey.
  Annual reports of the State geologist to 1 he gov-
  ernor of the State,  for the years  1892-5.   8°.
  Trenton, 1893-6.
-----.   Report  on  water-supply,  water-power,
  the flow of streams and attendant phenomena,
  Cornelius  Clarkson  Vermenle,  cousulting   en-
  gineer,  xiv, 352, 9(>  pp.,  1 1., 18 pl.,  2 maps,
  11 diag.  8°.  Trenton,  J. L. Murphy,  1694.
    v. 3 ofthe final report ofthe State geologist.

New  Jersey.   New Jersey Agricultural  College
  Experiment Station.  Biological Department.   Re
  ports of the biologist,  for the years  18D3-1904.
  By Julius Nelson.  8 \  Trenton,  Camden,  etc.,
  1894-1905.

New  Jersey.   Neiv Jersey Agricultural  Experi-
  ment  Stations.  Bulletins.   Nos.  11,  13,  14,  16,
  18-23,  31,  32, 34, 38, 39, 41, 42, 45-49, 51-55, 57,
  58, 65-71, 73, 74, 77, 80,  81, S3-89, 93, 99,  101,  105,
  107, 108, 110-112, 116-123,  125-135,  137-187.   8°.
  [Trenton, 1881-1905.]
                       CONTENTS.
    No. 11. Ensilage.   4 pp.  1881.
    No. 13. Land plaster.  Ground bone.   3 pp.  1881.
    No. 14. Clover seed midge.  3 pp.   1881.
    No. 16. Commercial fertilizers.  7  pp.  1881.
    No. 18. Sorghum sugar cane.   7 pp.  1881.
    No. 19. Green fodder corn; dried fodder corn; ensilage.
  7 pp.   1882.
    No. 20. Valuation of fertilizers. 4 pp.  1882.
    No. 21. Commercial fertilizers.  Incomplete. 7 pp.  1882.
    No. 22. Commercial fertilizers.  Complete and incom-
  plete.  7 pp.   1882.
    No. 23. Commercial fertilizers.  4  pp.  1882.
    No. 31. Nitrate of soda or Chili saltpetre as a top dress-
  ing for wheat.  4 pp.  1883.
    No. 32. Prices of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash.
  3 pp.   1883.
    No. 34. Nitrate of soda, sulphate of ammonia, and dried
  blood.  8 pp.  1884.
    No. 38. The Rio Grande Sorghum Sugar Works.  23
  pp.  1885.
    No. 39. Stations' valuation of nitrogen, phosphoric acid,
  and potash.  3 pp. 1886.
    No. 41. The extraction of sugar from sorghum, at Rio
  Grande, Cape May, N. J.  26 pp.  1886.
    No. 42. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers.
  21 pp.  1887.
    No. 45. Prices of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash.
  4 pp.   1888.
    No. 46. Insect  pests and  the means for destroying
  them.  11 pp.   1888.
    No. 47. Analyses of the samples collected by the officers
  of the station.   10 pp.  1888.
    No. 48. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers.
  15 pp.  1888.
    No. 49. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers,
  ground bone, and miscellaneous samples of other fertiliz-
  ing materials.   19 pp.  1HSY
    No. 51. The sorghum sugar  industry.  A report upon
  experiments made at Rio Grande during the  season of
  1888.  32 pp.   1889.
    No. 52. What are the worst weeds of New Jersey ? Scale
  of points to aid in ranking weeds.  Question for answers.
  15 pp.  1889.
    No. 53. Prices of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash.
  3 pp.  1889.
    No. 54. Potash as a fertilizer.   11 pp.   1889.
    No. 55. Entomological suggestions and inquiries.  3 pp.
  1889.
    No. 57. Experiments with different breeds of cows.  8
  pp.  1889.
    No. 58. Analyses of incomplete fertilizers.  11pp.  1889.
    No. 65. Experiments with different breeds of dairy cows.
  15 pp.  1890.
    No. 66. FertilizingTnaterials.   8 pp.  1890.
    No. 67. Note on  the wheat louse.  3 pp. 1890.
    No. 68. Experiments with different breeds of dairy cows.
  15 pp.  1890.
    No. 69. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers.
  15 pp.  1890.
    No.  70. Some fungous diseases of  the spinach.  15 pp.
  1890.
    No.  71. Analyses of incomplete fertilizers, ami the value
  of home mixtures.  12 pp.  1890.
    No.  73. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers.
  19 pp.  1890.
    No.  74. Ground  bones and miscellaneous samples.  12
  pp.  1S90.
    No.  77. Experiments with  different breeds of dairy cows.
  36 pp.  1890.
New Jersey.   New  Jersey Agricultural Experi-
  ment Stations—continued.
    No. 80. Experiments with  fertilizers on  potatoes  and
  wheat.  31 pp.  1891.
    No. 81. Incomplete  fertilizers and  home  mixtures.  15
  pp.  1891.
    No. 83. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers.
  35 pp.   1891.
    No. 84. Ground  bones  and miscellaneous samples.  12
  pp.  1891.
    No. 85. Farm practice  and fertilizers to control insect
  injury.  12 pp.  1891.
    No. 86. Spraying for insect and fungous pests of the or-
  chard aud vineyard.   20 pp.   1892.
    No. H7. Analyses of commercial feeds.  28 pp.  1892.
    No. 88. Analyses of home mixtures and incomplete fer-
  tilizers.  19 pp.  1892.
    No. 89. Analyses and valuations of complete fertilizers
  and ground bone.   49 pp.   1892.
    No. 93. Analyses and study of home-mixed fertilizers
  aud fertilizing materials.   24 pp.  1893.
    No. 99. The pear midge (Diplosis pyrivora, Riley).  14
  pp.  1894.
    No. 101.  The use of Koch's lymph in the diagnosis of tu-
  berculosis in cattle.  79 pp.  1894.
    No 105. Gluten feeds.  Their source, composition,  and
  methods of use.  24 pp.  1894.
    No. 107.  Some fungous diseases of beets.  13 pp.  1895.
    No. 108.  Field experiments with  fungicides.  32  pp.
  1895.
    No. 110.  The Hessian fly.  8 pp. 1895.
    No. 111.  "Raupenleim" and "Dendrolene".  11  pp.
  1895.
    No. 112.  Field experiments with potatoes.  20 pp.  1895.
    No. 116.  The pernicious San Jos6 scale.  15 pp.  1896.
    No. 117.  Analyses of fertilizers, supplies, and home mix-
  tures.   Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers
  and ground bone.   76 pp.   1896.
    No. 118.  The suppression and prevention of tuberculosis
  of cattle, and its relation to human consumption.  24 pp.
  1896.
    No. 119.  Apple-growing in New Jersey.   23  pp.  1897.
    No. 120.  Field experiments with potatoes for 1896.  19
  pp., 1 pl.  1897.
    No. 121.  The harlequin cabbage bug and the melon plant
  louse.   14 pp.  1897.
    No. 122.  The cost and feeding value of the  dry matter
  of dried corn fodder and of silage.  6 pp.   1897.
    No. 123.  Milk; its value as a food, and studies which sug-
  gest a different method of sale.  19 pp.  1897.
    No. 125.  The San Jos6  scale and how it may  be con-
  trolled.   16 pp.  1897.
    No. 126.  Small fruits.  32 pp. 1897.
    No. 127.  The prevalence, cause, and treatment of bovine
  abortion, with milk fever and garget.  24 pp.  1897.
    No. 128.  The  peach borer.   Experiments with  hy-
  draulic  cement.  28 pp.  1898.
    No. 129.  The asparagus rust; its treatment and natural
  enemies.  20 pp., 2 pl.  1898.
    No. 130.  Forage  crops.   22 pp., 2 pl., 1898.
    No. 131.  Feeds rich in protein.  The  advantage of  a
  guaranteed composition.   14  pp.   1898.
    No. 132.  Analyses of fertilizer supplies and home mix-
  tures.   Analyses and  valuations of commercial fertilizers
  and ground bone.  61 pp.  1898.
    No. 133.  Peach growing iu New Jersey.  15 pp.  1899.
    No. 134.  Fermentation and germ life. 24 pp. 1899.
    No. 135.  The poisonous plants of New Jersey.  28 pp.,
  4 pl.  1899.
    No. 137.  Dairy experiments.  24 pp.  1899.
    No. 138.  Crude petroleum  as an insecticide. 22 pp.,  4
  pl.  1899.
    No. 139.  Analyses of fertilizer supplies and home mix-
  tures.  Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers
  and ground bone.  59 pp.  1899.
    No. 140.  Three coinmou orchard scales.  16 pp.  1889.
    No. 141.  Forcing tomatoes.  18 pp.  1899.
    No. 142.  Pear growing in New Jersey.   14 pp.  1900.
    No. 143.  The apple plant louse.  23 pp.  1900.
    No. 144.  Live covers for country homes.  38 pp., 15 pl.
  1900.
    No. 145.  Analyses of fertilizer supplies and home mix-
  tures.   Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers
  and ground bone.   52 pp.   1900.
    No. 146.  Crude  petroleum  versus the San Jose or per-
  nicious scale.  20 pp.  1900.
    No. 147.  The Angoumois grain moth. 8 pp.  1900.
    No. 148.  Alfalfa.  Methods of  culture  and yields  per
  acre.  Alfalfa protein  versus purchased protein in rations
  for dairy cows.  22 pp., 4pl.   1901.
    No. 149.  Two strawberry pests.  17 pp., 2 pl.  1901.
    No. 150.  I. Losses  in farm manures. II. The relative
  usefulness of the nitrogen in fresh andiu leached manures.
  III. The comparative  value of the nitrogen  in commercial
  forms and in natural manures.  27 pp.  1901.
    No. 151.  Beau diseases and their remedies.  28 pp., 4pl.
  1901. 
XEW JERSEY.                              652                               NEW  JERSEY.
New Jersey.  New  Jersey Agricultural Experi-
   ment Stations—continued.
     No. 152. Domestic pasteurizing methods and the care of
   milk iu the home. 22 pp.  1901.
     No. 153. Concentrated feeding stuffs.  53 pp.  1901.
     No. 154. Analyses of fertilizer supplies and  home mix-
   tures.  Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers
   and ground bone. 55 pp.  1901.
     No. 155. The entomologist's experiment orchard.  71pp.
   1902.
     No. 156. Cattle food substitutes.  A warning to feeders.
   7 pp.  1902.
     No. 157. Field experiments with nitrate of soda on mar-
   ket-garden crops. 30 pp., 2 pl.  1902.
     No. 158. Soiling crop experiments.  18 pp., 4 pl.   1902.
     No. 159. The rose scale.  14 pp., 3 pl.  1902.
     No. 160. Concentrated feeding stuffs.  79 pp.  1902.
     No. 161. Alfalfa, cow peas, and crimson clover as sub-
   stitutes for purchased feeds.  Homegrown protein versus
   purchased protein. 23 pp., 4 pl.  1902.
     No. 162. Lime, salt, and sulphur wash. 8 pp.,  2 pl.   1902.
     No. 163. Analyses of fertilizer supplies, home mixtures,
   and special compounds.  Analyses and valuations of com-
   mercial fertilizers and ground bone.  55 pp.  1902.
     No. 164. Field experiments with nitrate of soda on for-
   age crops and on market-garden crops.  28 pp., 4 pl.   1903.
     No. 165. Concentrated feeding stuffs.  47 pp.  1903.
     No. 166. The proper disposal of sewerage wastes in rural
   districts.  15 pp.  1903.
     No. 167. Some of the newer  fungicides.  15 pp., 2 pl.
   1903.
     No. 168. Analyses of fertilizer supplies, home mixtures,
   and special compounds.  Analyses and valuations of com-
   mercial fertilizers and ground bone.  54 pp.  1903.
     No. 169. Insecticides and their use. 27 pp.   1903.
     No. 170. Experiments in growing sweet corn.  22 pp.,
   4 pl. 1904.
     No. 171. The common mosquito of New Jersey.'  40 pp.,
   17 pl.  1904.
     No. 172. The use of fertilizers.  A review of the results
   of experiments with nitrate of soda.  32 pp.  1904.
     No. 173. Experiments with manures and fertilizers on
   different varieties of asparagus and raspberries.  20 pp.
   1904.
     No. 174. Alfalfa hay, cow-pea hay, and soy-bean silage
  aa substitutes for purchased feeds.  Cotton-seed meal ver-
   sus wheat bran  and dried brewers'grains. 24 pp.  1904.
     Xo. 175. Concentrated feeding stuffs.  68 pp.  1904.
     No. 176. Analyses  and  valuations of commercial ferti-
  lizers.  23 pp.  1904.
     No. 177. Analyses of fertilizer supplies, home mixtures,
  and special compounds.  Analyses and valuations of com-
  mercial fertilizers and ground bone.  42 pp.  1904.
    No. 178.  Insecticide experiments for 1904.  8 pp.  1904.
     No. 179. Free distribution of experiment station seeds.
  18  pp., 4 pl.   1904.
    No. 180.  Experiments on the accumulation and utiliza-
  tion of atmospheric nitrogen in the soil.  37 pp.  1905.
    No. 181. Insects injurious to shade trees and ornamental
  plants.  50 pp., 3 pl.   1905.
    No. 182.  A popular review of the work of the experi-
  ment station.  12 pp.   1905.
    No. 183.  The analyses of stone lime, prepared lime, oys-\,
  ter shell lime, wood ashes, and marl.  27 pp.  1905.
    No. 184.  Condimental feeds and condition powders. 27
  pp. 1905.
    No. 185.  Concentrated feeding stuffs.  38 pp.  1905.
    No. 186. Late fall spraying for the San Jos6 or perni-
  cious scale.   14 pp.
    No. 187.  Analyses and valuations of commercial  ferti-
  lizers.  21 pp.  1905.

-----.   Special bulletins.   A, B, E, F, G, H,  I, J,
  K,  L,  M, N,  O, P, Q, R.   8°.  [New Brunswick,
  1882-98.]                                        '
                      CONTENTS.
    A. Yellow tobacco.  March 20, 1882.  8 pp.
    B. Pollen versus rain.   April 8, 1889.  4 pp.
    E. Oyster  interests of New Jersey.   April 13  1889
  40  pp.
    F. The horn fly. July 26, 1889.  3 pp.
    G. The potato rot.   Aug. 7, 1889. 4 pp.
    H. The cranberry scald." Aug. 28, 1889.  2 1.
    I. Questions relative to general farm practice.  Oct 28
  1889. 8 pp.                                        '
    J. The sweet-potato rot. Nov. 30, 1889.  21.
   K. The insects injuriously affecting cranberries.  Feb
  28, 1890.  43 pp.
   L. Observations upon the peach  for 1890.  April 22,
  1890. 2 1.
   M. Field experiments with soil and black rots of sweet
  potatoes.  Xov. 23, 1891.   19 pp.
   N. Insects injurious to  the blackberry.  Nov 30  1891
  16 pp.
   O. Experiments with nitrate  of soda upon  tomatoes
  April 6, 1892.  26 pp.
 New Jersey.  Neio Jersey  Agricultural Experi-
   ment Stations—continued.
     P. Experiments with fertilizers upon white  and sweet
   potatoes.   April 9, 1892.  24 pp.
     Q. Some fungous diseases of the celery.  April 24 1892
   12 pp.         "                      '          '    "
     R. Catalogue of reports and bulletins issued  by the
   to Dec. 31, 1897.  44 pp.
 -----.   Annual reports of the board of managers
   to the governor of the State.   19.-23., 1897-8 to
   1901-2.  And  the  annual reports of the New
   Jersey Agricultural College Experiment Station.
   11.-15., 1897-8 to   1901-2.    5 v.   8°.   Trenton,
   1899-1903.
 Mew Jersey.  New Jersey  Home for  Disabled
   Soldiers, at  Kearney.     Annual  reports of the
   managers and superintendent to the governor of
   the  State.   13.,  1877-8; 14., 1878-9; 16.-18., 1880-
   81  to 1882-3;  20.,  1884-5; 21., 1885-6;   24.-28.,
   1*88-9 to 1*92-3;  37.-40.,  1901-2  to  1904-5.   8°.
   Trenton,  1878-1905.
 New Jersey.   New  Jersey  School for Deaf-,
   Mutes, Trenton.  Annual reports of the  board of
   education aud  superintendent to  the  legisla-
   ture.   2., 1-82-:',; 4., 1884-5;  5., 1885-6;  11.-22.,
   1891-2 to 1902-3.  8°.   Trenton, 1883-93.
    Prior to 1883-4, called State Institution for the Deaf and
   Dumb.

 New Jersey.   New Jersey State Hospital,  at
   Morris Plains.   Annual reports of the managers
   and officers to the goveruor of the  State.   11.-
   15.,  1885-6 to 1889-90; 22.-30., 1896-7 to 1904-5.
   8°.   Trenton, 1886-1905.
    For reports for the years 1890-91 to 1895-6 (16.-2L), see
   IVew Jersey.   Annual reports of the board of managers
   and officers of the State asylums for the insane. In 1897,
   the old separate bqard  system was restored.

 New Jersey.  New Jersey State Hospital,  at
   Morristown.
    See IVew Jersey.  Report of the special  committee
   to investigate the management,  government,  and dis-
   cipline of the State Asylum for the Insane, at Morristown,
   N. J.  To the  legislature, session of 1889.  8°.   Trenton,
   1889

New Jersey.   New Jersey State Hospital,  at
   Trenton.   Annual reports of  the board of mana-
   gers and officers to the  governor of the State.
   39.-43., 1884-5 to 1889-90; 50.-54.,  1896-7 to 1900-
   1901.  8°.  Trenton, 1885-1902.
    For reports for the  years 1890-91 to 1895-6 (44.-49.), see
   IVew Jersey.  Annual reports ofthe board of managers
   and officers of the State asylums for the insane.  In 1897,
   the old separate board  system was restored.
New Jersey.   New Jersey State Lunatic  Asylum,
   at Tienton.
    See IVew Jersey.   Reportof the joint committee upon
   the State  Lunatic Asylum, at Trenton, session or  1890.
   8°.   Trenton, 1890.
New  Jersey.  New Jersey State Prison.  Annual
   reports, enibraciug the reports of the joint com-
   mittee,  inspectors,  supervisor,   keeper,  clerk,
   physicians and  moral instructors, for the years
   1874-5 to 1903-4.  8°.   Trenton, 1875-1905.
New Jersey.   New Jersey State Village  for Epi-
   leptics.   Annual reports  of the  managers  and
   resident  officers to the governor of the  State.
   1.-8.,  1898 to 1904-5.   8°.  Somerville $  Trenton,
   1898-1906.
    Established by act  approved March  26, 1898. Opened
   Nov. 1, same year. First report for 7 months, ending
   Nov. 1, 1898.
-----.  [A description of the colony.   December,
   1904.]  8 pp.   8°.   [n.p.,  1904.]
New  Jersey.  New  Jersey   Weather   Service.
   New Jersey  weather  service,  organized under
   the  laws of  New  Jersey,   co-operating  with
   the  New Jersey  experiment stations.  Bulletins
   (monthly).   Nos. 74-^8, December, 1892, to Feb-
   ruary, 1894; No. 91, May, 1894; Nos. 98-110, De-
   cember,  1894,  to December, 1895; Nos.  112-122, 
NEW  JERSEY.
653
NEWMAN.
New Jersey.  New Jersey JVeather Service—con.
  February to December, 1896.  8 :.  [Neio Bruns-
  xvickt 1693-7.]
------.   Annual reports to the  legislature.  3.,
  1892; 5.-10., 1894-9.  8°.   Trenton, 1893-1900.
New Jersey.  State Board of Medical Examiners
  of New Jersey.  Annual reports of the secretary
  to the governor of the State.  1.-5., 1890-91 to
  1894-5;  8.,  1897-8; 9.,  1898-9; 11.-14., 1900-1901
  to 1903j4.  8°.  Trenton, 1891-1904.
New  Jersey.  State  Home for  the Care  and
  Training of Feeble-Minded Women, at Vineland.
  Annual reports of the board of managers  and
  officers to the governor of the State.  1., lb88-9;
  3., 1890-91; 4., 1891-2; 6.-17., 1893-4 to  1904-5.
  H°.   Trenton, 1890-1906.
New  Jersey.  State Sanitary Commission.   Re-
  port to the governor  of the  State, for  the  year
  1866.  12 pp.  8°.   Trenton, State Gazette, l8t>7.
New  Jersey Agricultural College Experiment
  Station.   See New Jersey.   New Jersey  State
  Agricultural Experiment Station.
New  Jersey  College of Pharmacy,  Newark.
  Auuual announcements for the sessions of 1893-
  4 (2.);  1896-7 to 1905-43 (5.-14.).  8C.   Newark,
  1893-1905.
New  Jersey Home for the Education and Care
  of Feeble-Minded Children, Vineland.  See New
  Jersey Training School for Feeble-Minded  Girls
  and  Boys, at Yiuelaud.
New  Jersey Pharmaceutical Association.  Pro-
  ceedings.   1873;  1875-7; 1879-92.   17 Nos.  8°.
  [v. p.],  1873-92.
    Proceedings for 1876-7 in 1 no. with an appendix con-
  taining minutes of meetings for 1871 and 1872.
New  Jersey  State  Dental  Society.  Proceed-
  ings.  1870-^-8; 1890.  8°.  [v. p.l, 1877-1890.
    In  1875-7 title: Condensed proceeding;  1881-6, title:
  Transactions.
-----.   Union meeting of the  New Jersey and
  Pennsylvania  State  Dental Societies 1891.  Is-
  sued by the New Jersey  State Deutal  Society,
  136 pp.  8y   Philadelphia, 1692.
-----.  The  same.   Issued by the Pennsylvania
  State Deutal  Society.  120 pp.  8°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1892.
-----.  Union meeting of the Pennsylvania aud
  New Jersey State  Dental societies, 1892.   [Is-
  sued by the Pennsylvania Society.]  132 pp. 8°.
  Philadelphia, 1892.
New  Jersey State  Hospital, at Morris  Plains.
  See New Jersey.   New Jersey State  Hospital,  at
  Morris Plains.
New  Jersey  State  Hospital, at Trenton.  See
  New Jersey.  New  Jersey  Slate  Hospital,  at
  Trenton.
New  Jersey State Lunatic Asylum, at Trenton.
  See New Jersey.   New Jersey State  Hospital,  at
  Trenton.
New  Jersey State Village  for Epileptics.  See
  New Jersey.  New Jersey State  Village for Epi-
  leptics.
New  Jersey Training School for Feeble-Minded
  Girls and Boys, at Vineland.  Auuual reports of
  the board of directors to the association.  3 -15.,
  1890-91 to  1902-3; 17.,  1904-5.  8°.   Vineland,
  1891-1905.
    Prior to 1893, title was:  New Jersey Home for the Edu-
  cation and Care of Feeble-Minded Children, Vineland.
New  Jersey Training School for  Nurses,  Cam-
  den.  Annual announcements for the sessions of
  1895-6 to 1897-8 (7.-9.).   8°.  Camden, 1895-7.
Yew  land (Benjamin) [1821-89].
    Kariden (S. A.)  Obituary.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc,
  Indianap., 1889, 216.
Newland's College of Midwifery and Lying-in
  Institute, St. Louis.   Annual announcement for
  the year 1887 (3.).   18 pp.  8°.  St.  Louis, [1887],
von Newlin-Lukowicz  (Job. Karl  Mat-
  thias).  See Lukowicz  (Joh.  [Karl Matthias]
  von [Newliu-]).
New  London.
    See,  also, Hospitals  (Descriptions,  etc., of),
  Police (Beports, etc., of), Sewage (Disposal of),
  by localities.
    New London   Annual reports of. the court of
  common council, the treasurer, anil the commis-
  sioner of charities of the  city of New London,
  for the year 18-3-4.  8'J.  New London, 1884.
    Report of tbe commissioner of charities, New London,
  1883-4.  Rep. com. council [etc.], New Loudon, 1884, 73-85.
New London.  Board of Sewer Commissioners.
  Annual reports of the commissioners, including
  the reports of the engineer.   1.-19.,  1886-7 to
  1904-5.  8°.  New London, 1887-1905.
New London.  Board of Water Commissioners.
  Annual reports ofthe commissioners to the court
  of common council.   10., 1880-81; 11., 1881-2;
  15.-22., 1885-6 to 1902-3.  8°.  New London, 1881-
  1903.
Newman  (A[lvah] M.)  Two cases of preguan-
  cy following ventrofixation of the uterus.  7 pp.
  12°.   New  York, 1897.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi.
Newman  (David).   Lectures to practitioners.
  On the diseases of the kidney amenable to surgi-
  cal treatment,   xv, 472 pp.  8°.   London, Long-
  man [and others], 1888.
-----.   Malignant disease ofthe throat and nose.
  x (1 1.), 213 pp.  8°.  Edinburgh $London, Y. J.
  Pentland; 1892.
-----.   Renal cases a series of selected clinical
  reports and surgical studies,  xii, 151 pp.  8C.
  Glasgow, J. Maclehose 4' Sons, l>-99.
    See, also, Semon (Sir Felix). On the alleged  special
  liability of benign laryngeal growths to undergo malig-
  nant degeneration.  12°.  New York, 1894.
Newman  (Edward).  New method of amputat-
  ing at the hip-joint.   8 pp.  1 pl.  12°.  Glas-
  goiv, Dunn  Sf Wright, 1876.
    Repr.from: Glasgow M. J., 1876, viii.
Newillan  (George).  Homoeopathic family assist-
  ant,  xxvii, 301 pp.   24°.  London,  J.  Leath,
  1845.
Newman  (George).  On the history of the de-
  cline and  final extinction of leprosy as au eu-'
  demic disease  in the  British Islauds.  149 pp.
  8°.  London, Adlard 4' Son, 1895.
    No. 1 of: National (The) leprosy fund.  Prize essays on
  subjects connected with leprosy.
-----.   Bacteria,  especially as they are related to
  the economy of nature, to industrial processes,
  and to the public health,   xvi (1 1.), 351  pp., 4
  pl.  8°.  London, J. Murray, 1899.
-----.   The same, xiv (1 1.), 348 pp.   8°.  New
  York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1899.
-----.   The same. Bacteriology  and the  public
  health.  3. ed.   xx, 497 pp., 31 pl.  8°.  London,
  J. Murray, 1904.
-----.   The same. 3. ed.  xx, 497 pp., 31 pl.  8°.
  Philadelphia, F. Blakiston's Son 4- Co., 1904.
-----.   A special report on the prevention of con-
  sumption  and other  tubercular diseases  in the
  parish of  Clerkeuwell.  35 pp.   8°.  London,
   Vail <f Co., 1900.
    See, also, Friedberger (Franz) & Frohner (Eugen).
  Veterinary pathology.  8°.  London, 1898. — National
  (Tbe)  leprosy fund. 8°.  London,  1895.—Prize essays
  on leprosy.  8°.  London, 1895.—Switliinbank (Har-
  old) & IVewman (George). Bacteriology of milk [etc.].
  8°.  London, 1903.
Newman  (Henry Parker).   [1853-     ]. Wo-
  man  and  her diseases  vs. gynaecology.  6 pp.
  8°.  Neio York, 1896.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynaec.  & Obst. J., N. T., 1896, ix.
Newman   ( H[ermannus] E[lias] ).   * Ueber
  einige Derivate und  Homologe des  Aethylphe- 
NEWMAN.
654
NEW MEXICO.
i\ewman (H[ermannns] E[lias])—continued.
  nyldiamins.  46 pp., 1  1.  8 \  Berlin, E. Strei-
  sand,  1891.
UTewman (Jeremiah   WhitaJcer) [1759-
  18391.
    Cooper (T.)  [Biography.]   Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1894, xl, 339.
Newman (John B.)  Beauties of flora, aud out-
  lines of botany, with a language; a  perennial
  offering,  iv, 288 pp., 6 pl.   8°.   New York, E.
  Kearney, 1848.
Newman (K.)  Autisepsia  intestinal,  maneia
  de rrealizarla; komunikazion echa a la Soziedad
  zientitika de Balparaiso el 26 de agosto de 1896.
  21 pp.  12°.  Santiago de Chile, 1897.
Newman  (Q.)  &  Salazar (A.  E.)   Studi
  igieuici  sull' aria, 1'aria  nei teatri "Odeon"e
  "Vittoria"  (Valparaiso),  "Municipale" (Santi-
  ago).   4 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Napoli, Tipog. tra Mon-
  tano,  1895.
    Repr.from: Riv. internaz. d'ig., Napoli, 1895, vi.
Newman (Robert).  Causes of failnre  in  the
  treatment of urethral strictures by electrolysis.
  13 pp.  8°.   New York, 1886.
    Repr.from: Tr. N. York M. Ass. (1885), 1886, ii.
-----.   A defence  of electrolysis  in  urethral
  strictures, with documentary evidence.  20 pp.
  16°.  Philadelphia, 1868.
    Repr.from: Med. Keg., Phila., 1889, v.
------.   The  failure of J. B. Thomas's treatment
  of  urethral siricture by  electrolysis.   15  pp.
  12°.  Chicago, 1866.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1888, xi.
         Success and failure of electrolysis in ure-
 thral  strictures,  especially Dr.  Keyes' method
 reviewed.  36 pp.  16°.   Philadelphia, 1«88.
   Repr.from: Phila. M. Times, 1888-9, xix.
-----.  Accumulators  and  their medical  use.
 24 pp.   12°.  [Philadelphia], 1889.
   Repr.from: Phila. M. Times, 1889, xix.
       Electrolysis in the treatment of stricture
 of the rectum.  19 pp.  8°.  Chicago, 1890.
   Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xiv.
-----.  Electricity in carcinoma.  29 pp.   12°.
 Philadelphia, 1891.
   Repr.from: Times & Reg., Phila., 1891, xxiii.
-----.  Cremation and its importance in cholera.
 9 pp.  8C.  New York, 1893.
   Repr.from: Sanitarian, N. T., 1893, xxx.
-----.  Cremation and its importance in cholera.
 81 pp.   16°.  Danbury, Conn., 1893.
   Repr.from: N. Eng. M. Month., 1893, xii.
-----.  The present  status of electrolysis in the
 treatment of urethral  strictures.  With statis-
 tics of one hundred cases (third series).   11 pp.
 12°.   Chicago, 1893.
   Repr. from.- J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx.
-----.  Electricity in the  treatment  of  exoph-
 thalmic goitre.  12 pp.  12°.  Chicago, 1895.
   Repr. from.- J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv.
-----.  Hydro-galvanism of  the  urethra.  8 pp.
 8°.   [n.p., 1895.]
   Repr. from: Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass., 1895, v.
       Supplementary report on the success of
 electrolysis in the treatment of urethral  strict
 ures.  7 pp.  12°.  Chicago, 1895.
   Repr. from.- J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv.
-----.  The want of college  instruction in elec-
 tro-therapeutics.  8 pp.   12°.  Chicago, 1896.
   Repr.from: Electrical J., Chicago, 1896.
-----.  Electric treatment  in gout and the uric-
 acid diathesis.   16 pp.  12°.  New York, 1897.
   Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, lii.
-----.  Results  of (chemical) electrolysis versus
 divulsiou or cutting in the treatment of urethral
Newman (Robert)—continued.
  strictures.  12 pp.   12°.  New York, Publishers'
  Print.  Co., 1897.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1897. lii.
.------.   Morton's wave current of the static ma-
  chine and Werber's insulated terminal, pp. ^93-
  298.  8°.   New York, 1902.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from:  J. Advanc.
  Therap., N. Y., 1902.
    For Biography, see J. Advanc.  Therap., N. Y., 1903, xxi,
  698-702, port.  AUo: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii,865.
Newman (S.).
    Editor of: Texas (The) Dental Journal,Dallas,1889-91.
Newman (William)  [1833-1903].  Cajsarean sec-
  tion; recovery of mother; child  uot viable. 20
  pp.  8°.  Stamford, Langley, 1866.  [P., v. 2193.]
    For Biography, see Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1620.
  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1764.
Newmark (Leo).   * TJeber die  Methoden uud
  die Erfolge der Neurektomien des  Trigeminus.
  57 pp.  8°.  Strassburg, J. H. E.  Heitz, 1887.
------.  A  case  of Brown-Sequard's  paralysis.
  8 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia, Lea Bros. 4-Co.,1892.]
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1892, lxi.
         Syringomyelia.  16 pp.   12°.  [Philadel-
phia, 1893.]
  Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii.
      Lead palsy in children.  8 pp.  12°.  Phil-
adelphia, 1895.
  Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi.
       Trophic lesions of the jaws in tabes dor-
  salis.   13 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia, Lea  Bros. Sf
  Co., 1895.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi.
I¥e w market.
    -See  Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.

Ne\¥  Mexico.
    See, also,  Albuquerque; Tuberculosis (Pul-
  monary,  Treatment  of, Climatic).
    Climatic resources of the  Sacramento Moun-
  tain region, southeastern New Mexico. 8°.  Ala-
  mogordo, 1899.
    United States.   War Department.   Bureau of
  Engineers.  Report of  the Secretary  of War,
  communicating, iu answer to a resolution of the
  Senate, a report and map of the examination of
  New Mexico, made by J. W. Abert,  of  the To-
  pographical Corps.  30. Cong., 1. sess.  S. Ex.
  Doc.  No. 41.  Feb.  10,  1848.  8°.   Washington,
  1848.
    United States.  Department of Agriculture.
   Weather Bureau.  New Mexico section, climate
  and crop service,  Weather  Bureau.   Weekly
  crop bulletins.   Nos. 2-19, 1894; Nos. 1-26,189,');
  Nos. 1-6, 1896;  Nos. 3, 4, 25,  26, 1897; Nos. 1-25,
  1899; Nos. 4, 5,  1902.  v. s.  Santa Fe, 1894-1902.
    -----.   Climate  and  crop  service  of  the
  Weather Bureau.  Monthly review, New Mexico
  section,   v. 1,  2,  January, 1895,  to December,
  1896.  8°.  Santa Fe, 1895-7.
    -----.  Reports (monthly).  New  Mexico sec-
  tion  of the  climate aud crop  service of the
  Weather Bureau.   In cooperation with the New
  Mexico  weather service,  v.  1-6; Nos.  1-7, 10-
  12, v. 7; Nos. 1, 2,  4-12, v. 8;  Nos. 1-10, v. 9.  4°.
  Santa   Fe, 1897-1904.
    -----.   Annual summary.  New  Mexico sec-
  tion  of  the climate  and crop service  of the
  Weather Bureau.   In cooperation with the New
   Mexico  weather service.  For the  years 1897-
   1904.  4C.   Santa  Fe, 1897-1905.
    Atkins (F. H.) Some notes on New Mexico and the ad-
   jacent plains.  Tr. Am. Climat. Ass. 1890, N. Y., 1891, vn,
   239-253. ----. A bird's-eye view of New Mexico. J. Am.
   M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1893, xx, 27-29.  AUo, Reprint.—Bai-
   ley (W.  C.)   Some misconceptions of New Mexico cor-
   rected.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1897, lii, 781.—Gallagher 
NEW  MEXICO.                            655                      NEW POMERANIA.
IVew  Mexico.
  (F. "W.)  The Rocky Mountain Region, especially New
  Mexico.  Ibid., 1894, xiv, 300. -----. The climate of New
  Mexico.  Ibid.. 189ij, xlix. S47.—Itrllogg 0*- M.)  New
  Mexico as a health resort.  J. Am. M. Ass.. < 'hicauo, 1896,
  xxvii, 582-o84.—.TinHie■■ (H. B.) New Mexico as a health
  resort.  N. York  M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 411-417.—[Wel>*t<-r
  (C. L.)J  Preliminary notes on the archeology of  South-
  western New Mexico.  Am. Naturalist, Phila.', 1892. xxvi,
  768-770. —Weinzii-l (J.)  The bacterial flora of the senii'-
  desert region of New Mexico, with especial  reference to
  the bacteria of the air.  J. Cincin. Soc. Nat.  Hist., 1900-
  1901, xix, 211-242. — Worth (J. II.) The climate of New
  Mexico as viewed bv the medical fraternity there. Tr.
  Am. Climat. Ass. 1890, N.  Y., 1891, vii, 285-290.
New Mexico (The) Medical Society.  Constitu-
  tion  and  by-laws, with history.  Adopted De-
  cember, 18>5; revised  April, 1*89.  17 pp.   12°.
  Las Vegas, J. A. Carruth, 1889.
------.   Sixteenth  annual meeting, 1897.  11 pp.
  8-.   [n. p., n. d.]
New Mexico Territory.  Bulletins of the New
  Mexico weather service (monthly).  December,
  1892, to December, 1894.  4C.  Santa Fe, lt-93-5.
-----.   Climate and crop service of  the Weather
  Bureau, New  Mexico  section.  Annual report
  to the  governor.  1., ^95.   43 pp.  8°.   Santa
  Fe, New Mexican Print. Co., 1896.
New  Mexico Territory.   New  Mexico Insane
  Asylum, at Las Vegas.  Biennial  reports of the
  directors and medical superiutendent to the gov-
  ernor of the Territory.  1.-5., 1893-4  to 1901-2.
  8°.   East Las Vegas, 1895-1903.    \
    Opened May 1,1893.  First report for 18 months, ending
  Oct. 31, 1894.
New Moon (The);  or, Crichtou Royal Institution
  Literary  Register.  [Monthly.]  Odd  Nos.  in
  1840-71 (v. 2-2->).   4-.  Dumfries, Scotland.
    Conducted by the patients.
Newnliam (W[illiam]) [1790-1865].  Essay on
  superstition.  Being an inquiry into the elfects of
  physical influence on the mind, in the produc-
  duction of dreams, visions, ghosts, and other su-
  pernatural appearances, xvi, 430 pp.  8J.   Lon-
  don, J. Hatchard 4' Son, 1630.
------.   Human  magnetism;  its claims  to dispas-
  sionate inquiry.  Being au attempt to show the
  utility of its application for the relief  of human
  Buffering,   vi, 10-396 pp.,  1  1.  12°.  Neio  York,
  Wiley 4' Putnam,  1845.
------.  Narrative  of an  unusual case of utero-
  gestation, in which the premature expulsion  of
  one fcetus preceded by two months the birth  of
  a twin fcetus at the full term.  4 pp.  12°.  Man-
  chester, W.  Irwin, 1848.
    Repr. from: Brit. Rec. Obst.  M. & S., Manchester,
  1848, i.
------.  History of four cases of eclampsia nutans,
  or the "salaam"  convulsions of infancy, with
  suggestions as to its origin  and future treatment.
  28pp.   8y  Manchester, W.Irwin, [1848].
    Repr.from: Brit.  Rec. Obst.  M. & S., Manchester,
  1849, ii.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog. Lond.,  1894,  xl, 354
  (W. A. Grenhill).
New Orleans.
    See, also,  Cholera (History, etc., of), Dentistry
  (Collegts, etc., for), Diphtheria (History, etc., of),
  Fever (Typhoid,  History, etc., of), Fever  (Yel-
  low, History, etc.,  of),  Hospitals (Descriptions,
  etc., of), Hospitals (Ophthalmic, etc.).  Hygiene
  (Municipal, Laws,  etc., of), Leprosy (History, etc,
  of), Leprosy (Hospitals,  etc., for),  Scarlatina
  {History, etc., of),  Sewage(Disposal of), Small-
  pox (History, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), Water
  (Supply of), by localities.
    Association for the Relief of Jewish Widows
  and  Orphans of New  Orleans.   Annual reports
  ofthe officers to the members ofthe association.
  26.-29., 18n0-8l to 1883-4; 31.-36., 1885-6 to 1890-
  91.  8°.  New Orleans,  1881-91.
I\e%v Orleans.
    New Orleans Conference of Charities.   An-
  nual  report of the officers to the society.  2.,
  1884-5.  And annual  report of the Uuscctariau
  Aid Society.    1., 1884-5.   8°.   New  Orleans,
  18-5.
    B«"ll (A. N.)  [New Orleans.] Era of practical sanita-
  tion.  Sanitarian,  N. Y., 1899, xliii, 314-317. — Dyer (I.)
  The New Orleans session;  description ofthe Crescent City
  and its environs,  points  of interest and  details  of the
  preparations  for the fifty - fourth annual  session  of the
  American Medical Association, May 5 to s. 1903.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 103K-1047.—Earl (G. G.)  Drain-
  age, sewerage, and water supply of  New Orleans.  I bid.,
  xii, 1016-1025.
New Orleans.  Board  of Health of the City of
  New Orleans.  Biennial report of the officers to
  the Louisiana  State  board of health  and the
  mayor and city council, for  the years  1902-3.
  178 pp.  81-.  New Orleans, Dameron-Pierson Co.,
  1904.
-----.   Address  of the health officer ofthe city of
  New Orleans to the people ofthe State of Loui-
  siana on the yellow-fever situation of 1905.  Dr.
  Kohnke  makes report direct to the people, de-
  tailing work before and during  the victorious
  campaign of  the summer.  10 pp., 1 diag.  8°.
  [New Orleans, 1905.]
    Repr.from: N.  Orl. Picayune, Nov. 19, 1905.
-----.   Quarterly report  of the health officer to
  the board  of health.   3. qr., 1905.   4 pp.  8°.
  [New Orleans, 1905.]
New Orleans.   Sewerage  and  Water  Board.
  Semi-annual reports to the city council.  1.-7.,
  Dec. 1, 1899, to June  30, 1903;  9., Jan. 1,  1904,
  to June  30, 1905.  8C.  New Orleans, 1900-1905.
    First for 7 months ending June 30, 1900.
-----.   Report ou water  purification  investiga-
  tion and on plans  proposed for sewerage and
  water-works systems.   Jan. 1, 1903.   266 pp.,
  5 pl.. 2 maps, 3 plans, 4 diag., 1 tab.  8°.  New
  Orleans,  A.  IV. Hyatt.
New Orleans (The)  Medical  and  Surgical
  Journal,  v. 16-24; July, 1888, to June, 1897; v.
  50-58; July, 1897, to December, 1905.  New Or-
  leans.
    Current.
New Orleans Polyclinic.   Annual announce-
  ments for the sessions of 1891  (4.); 1894  (7.);
  1896(9.); 1898  (11.);  1899-1900 to 1903-4  (13.-
  17.).  8■-.  Neio Orleans,  1891-1903.
New Orleans ( The )  sewerage system,  com-
  menced with inaugural ceremonies, Wednesday,
  April 18, 1894.   The old parish prison;  an apos-
  trophe.   12 pp.  8°.  Neiv  Orleans,  L.  Graham
  4- Son, 1694.
New Orleans  University.  Auuual  catalogues
  and year books for the  years 1887-8 to 1892-3
  (15.-20.); 1894-5 to 1904-5 (22.-32.).   8° & 12c.
  Neiv Orleans, 1888-1905.
    Catalogues  for  1890-91  to  1892-3, 1894-5  to 1900-1901,
  called year books.  Catalogues for 1891-2, 1892-3, aud 1894-
  5 are 12°.
New Orleans University.  Department of Med-
  icine and Surgery.  Annual announcement for
  the session  of 1894-5  (6.).  12°.  New  Orleans,
  1894.
New Orleans Water Works  Company.  An-
  nual reports of the president and superintendent
  to  the  board  of  directors.   1.-17.,  1878-9 to
  1894-5.   8°.  New Orleans, 1879-95.

New  Paris.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of),
  by localities.

New  Pomerania.
    Parkinson (R.) & Foy (W.)  Die  Volksstamme
  Neu-Pommerns. Abhandl. ii. Ber. d. k. zool. u. anthrop.-
  ethnol. Mus. zu Dresd. 1899,  Berl., 1900, viii, Nr. 5, 1-14,
  lpl. 
NEWPORT.
656
NEWPORT.
]Yeu port, England,
    HayiifM (R. H.)  Newport and its municipal works.
  Pub. Health Engin., Lond., 1904, xiv, 604-607.
Newport,  Rhode  Island.  Report  of the water
  supply committee  of the city of Newport, R. I.
  [Conceruiug the charges for the use of water.]
  1 1.  12°.   [Newport,  1880.]
------.  Report of the committee on streets and
  highways to the city council of Newport, R. I.,
  on plan of sewerage for the city  of  Newport.
  September, 1-80.  24 pp., 1 map.  8°.  Newport,
  Davis 4- Pitman, 1880.
------.  An ordinance relative to the registration
  of births and the  reporting of certain diseases.
  [Passed Dec. 2, 1879.   With circular letter  of
  the mayor calling attention to sect. 4, relative
  to contagious and  infectious diseases.  June 20,
  1882.]  2 sheets.  4°.   [Newport, 1882.]
------.  Report of committee on streets and high-
  ways upou "resolution to report plan  aud esti-
  mates for  a water street".  Made to  the city
  council Feb. 6, 1883.   4 pp.   12°.   Newport,
  186$.
------.  Report ofthe consulting engineers on ex-
  amination of the sewerage system of the city of
  Newport, R. I., under direction ofthe city coun-
  cil, -Nov. 27, 1885.   6 pp.  8-.  Newport, Davis 4"
  Pitman, 1885.
------.  Report and  estimates for  the completion
  of the sewerage system of the city of Newport,
  R. I.  Made by direction of the city couucil, by
  Henry A. Bentley,  city  engineer.  15  pp., 7
  plans.  8°.  Newport, Davis 4' Pitman,  1885.
------.  An ordinance relative to the registration
  of births, and the  reporting of certain diseases.
  [Passed Dec. 2, 1879.   Amended Nov. 2, 1886.]
  1 sheet.   8°.  [Newport, 1886.]
------.  Report of Samuel R. Honey, mayor; res-
  olution of the city  council, and expert testimony
  concerning the  Newport water works.   By Des-
  mond Fitzgerald,  Charles A. Siegfried, Geo. E.
  Waring, jr.  40 pp.,  1  diag.   8°.   Boston, A.
  Mndge A' Son, 1692.
------.  An  ordinance providing for the election
  of au inspector of  plumbing, and regulating the
  draiuage and plumbing of buildings.  15 pp.
  24°.  Newport, Mercury Pub. Co., 1896.
------.  Newport water works.   Rates  charged
  annually for the  use of water.   6 pp.   32°.
  [Newport, n. d.]
Newport, Rhode Island.
    See, also,  Hospitals (Descriptions,  etc., of),
  Hospitals  (Management, etc., of), Hygiene (Mu-
  nicipal, Laws, etc., of), Sewage (Disposal of),
  Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
    Duainage (The) of Newport, R. I.   Proposi-
  tion  of  the Drainage Construction Company,
  submitted Nov. 2,  1880.  8°.  Newport, 1880.
    Redwood Library  and Athenaeum, Newport,
  R. I.  Annual  reports of the directors to the
  proprietors.  148.,  1877-8;  154.,  1883-4.  8°.
  Newport, 1878-84.
    X. Y. Z. [pseud.].  The Newport water works;
  its  excessive  charges  and  the remedy.   8°.
  Newport, 1891.
    Rives (W. C.)   Remarks on the climatic influences of
  Newport, Rhode  Island.  Tr. Am. Climat. Ass.,  Phila.,
  1901, xvii, 39-50.
Newport,  Rhode Island.  Board of Health.  An
  ordinance relative  to the prevention of diseases.
  (Passed June 1, 1886.)  [Relating to funerals in
  cases  of  death from contagious  diseases.]   1
  sheet.  8°.  [Newport, 1886.]
------.  Annual reports to the city council,  l.-ll.
  1885-97; 15., 1901.   8°.  Newport, 1886-1902.
    No report issued for 1893 and 1894.  The report for 1895
  contains the mortuary statistics for 1893 and 1894.
Newport, Rhode Island.   Board of Health—con.
------.   An ordinance  relative to the  prevention
  of diseases.   (Passed June  1,  1886.)  April  5
  1888.   1 sheet.  8°.   [Newport,  1888.]
------.   Mortality table and contagious  diseases.
  (Monthly.)   November,  December, 1888; June,
  July,  November,  December,  1889;  February,
  1890; December, 1892; January to March, May,
  July to December, 1693; January to September,
  December, 1894; January  to August, October  to
  December, 1895; January, 1896,  to  November,
  1899;  January, 1900, to July,  1903;  October,
  1903; March  to June, August to December, 1904;
  January,  February,  May  to August,  October,
  1905.   8°.  Newport, 1888-1905.
------.   Summary of deaths  iu  Newport, R.  I.
  With principal causes for the  years 1888; 1890.
  2 sheets.  4°.  Newport,  1889-91.
------.   Report to the board of health of the city
  of Newport, R. I., on the character ofthe public
  water  supply.   By Thomas M.  Drowu.  26 pp.,
  1 tab.   8°.   Boston, A. Mudge <f Son,  1892.
------.   Laws  of the State  of Rhode Island aud
  ordinances ofthe city of Newport, in relation  to
  the public health.  109 pp.  8°.  Newport, F.W.
  Marshall, 1892.
    Issued by the board of health of the city of Newport.
Newport (George) [1803-54].   On the impreg-
  nation  of the  ovum  in the amphibia.  (First
  series.)  pp.  169-242,  1 pl.  4°.   London, B. Tay-
  lor, 1851.  [Also, in:  P., v. 1579.]
    Cutting [cover with printed titte] from:  Phil. Tr.,
  Lond., 1851.
------.   On the impregnation  of  the ovum in the
  amphibia.  (Second series, revised.)  Aud on the
  direct agency of the spermatozoon, pp. 233-290.
  4°.   London,  Taylor 4~ Francis, 1853.
    Cutting from: Phil. Tr., Lond., 1853.
------.   Researches  on the  impregnation of the
  ovum iu the  amphibia; aud on  the early stages
  of development of the embryo.  Selected  aud
  arrauged  from  the   author's MSS. by George
  Viner Ellis,  pp. 229-244.  4°.   London, 1854.
    Cutting from: Phil. Tr., Lond., 1854.
    See, also, Bischofl" (Theodor Ludwig Wilhelm). Be-
  statigung [etc.]. 4°.  Giessen, 1854.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1894, lx,[357
  (G. C. Boase).
Newport Hospital, Rhode Island.  Annual re-
  ports of the  trustees, presented to the  corpora-
  tion at their anunal  meetings.   1.-3., 1873-4  to
  1875-6; 5., 1877-8; 6., 1878-9; 14.-30., 1886-7  to
  1902-3; 32., 1904-5.   8°.  Newport, 1874-1905.
------.   Appeal for  a ward  for women and chil-
  dren.  6 pp.   16°.  [Newport, 1890.]
------.   Charter,  by-laws, and rules and regula-
  tions of the ... 13 pp.  16°.  Newport, Davis 4
  Pitman, 1885.
------.   The same.  15 pp.  16°.   Newport, F. W.
  Marshall, 1893.
------.   The same.  Amended 1896.  16 pp.  16°.
  Newport, F.  W. Marshall, [1896].
Newport Natural History  Society.   Proceed-
  ings,  annual meeting, May  2,  1895.   1 1.  fol.
  [Newport, 1895.]
    liepr. from:  Newport Herald, May 3, 1895.
Newport Sanitary Protection Association.  Ob-
  jects of the  association.  7 pp.  8°.  [Newport,
  1879.]
------.   [Circular.]   1 sheet.    4°.  [Newport,
  1889.]
------.  Circular letter, No. 2.   September, 1883,
  8 pp.   4°.   [Newport, 1883.]
------.  Important circular. July 30, 1890.  21.
  4°.  [Newport, 1890.]
------.  Report for 1895-6.   21.   8°.  [n.p., n.d.]
------.  Report and election  of officers for t^e
  year 1898.  8 pp.  8°.  Newport, B. I., 1898. 
NEWPORT.
657
NEW SOUTH  WALES.
Newport Society for the Protection of Animals.
  Chapter 96, public statutes of Rhode Island [for
  the protection of animals].  8 pp.  8°.  Newport,
  Davis d'- Pitman, 1662.
    Published for distribution.

New Roclielle.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of), Sewage
  (Disposal of), by localities.
New  Roclielle Hospital Association.   Annual
  report of the officers to  the  members and sub-
  scribers.  1., 1892-3;  3.,  1894-5; 5., 1896-7; 6.,
  1897-8; 9.,  1900-1901; 11.-13., 1902-3 to 1904-5.
  12°.   New Bochelle, 1893-1905.
    Organized  Oct. 20, 1891.  Incorporated in  May and
  opened July 1, 189'J.
Newsboys' and  Children's Aid Society of the
  District of Columbia. An appeal to the public
  2 1.  12°.   Washington, B. S. Adams, [1885f].
    Organized Jan. 24, 188"). Incorporated Feb. 16, 1886, un-
  der title of: Newsboys' Aid Society of Washington, D. C.
  The present title was adopted in 1889 (?).
-----.  Report of the officers, for the year 1889.
  17 pp.  16°.  Washington, B. S. Adams, 1890.
-----.  [A brief accouut of the work done and an
  appeal to the public for the means to continue it.
  April 30, 1891.]   8 pp.   16°.   Washington, B. S.
  Adams, 1891.
Newsholine (Arthur).   Anuual reports of the
  health, sanitary couditiou, etc., of  the  borough
  of Brighton.  14.-16.,-1887-9.  fol.  Brighton,
  1888-90.
 ■-----.  The elements  of  vital statistics.  3. ed.
  xxxv, 326  pp.  12°.  London, S. Sonnenschein  4"
  Co., 1692.
 -----.  The same.  3.  ed.   xii, 353 pp.  8°.  Lon-
  don, S. Sonnenschein 4~ Co., 1899.
 -----.  The  Brighton life  table (based  on the
  mortality of the  ten years 1881-90).  39 pp., 9
  ch.  8°. Brighton, King,  Thome 4' Stace, 1893,
 -----.  Epidemic  diphtheria;  a research on the
  origin and spread of the disease from an inter-
  national standpoint,  iv, 196 pp.   8°.   London,
  S. Sonnenschein 4' Co., 1898.
 -----.  School hygiene; the laws of health iu re-
  latiou to school  life. Newed. (1903), rewritten
  by the above and by Walter C. C. Pakes.  The
  chapter ou eyesight written by James Kerr,  vij
  311  pp.  12°.  London,  S. Sonnenschein 4"  Co.,
  1903.
 ■        Spread of infectious  diseases.  The r61e
  of "missed" cases iu the spread of infectious
  diseases.  22 pp.   sin. 4°.  London 4'Manchester,
  Sherralt 4- Hughes,  1904.
     See, aUo, King  (George) <fc Newsholme (Arthur).
  On the alleged increase of cancer.  8°.  London, 1893.—
  Palniberg (A.)  A treatise on public health [etc.].  2.
  ed.  H'J. London, 1895.
 New South Wales.   Report on  sanitary leg-
  islation in Euglaud.  By H. N. Maclanrin to the
  colonial secretary.   44 pp.  4°.  Sydney, C. Pot-
  ter,  1893.
 -----.  The noxious trades and cattle slaughter-
  ing  act of  1894;  with regulations made by the
  governor and executive council thereunder; also
  cattle slaughtering acts of 1834, 1843, and 1851,
  showing repealed portions.   29 pp.  8°.   Sydney,
  C. Potter, Govt. Print, 1894.
-----.  No.  24.  (A. D. 1897.)  An act to consoli-
  date the laws relating to the prevention of cer-
  tain nuisances in municipalities.   [Assented to,
  6th  December,  1897. ]   14  pp.   4°.   Sydney,
  W. A. Gullick, 1900.
■-----.  No.  25.  (A. D. 1897.)  An act to consoli-
  date the  laws  relating to  quarantine.  [As-
  sented  to,  6th  December,  1897.]  9  pp.  fol.
  Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1899.
    This act supersedes all other quarantine acts of New
  South Wales.
        VOL XI, 2d series----42
New South Wales—continued.
-----.  Act No. 8,  1898.  An act to consolidate
  the enactments relating to coroners' inquests,
  and to  magisterial inquiries into the cause of
  death.  [Asseuted to, 27th July, 1898.]  6 pp.
  4°.  Sydney,  W. A. Gullick,  1898.
-----.  Act No. 16, 1898.   An act to consolidate
  the acts relating to public hospitals.   [Assented
  to, 27th July, 1898.]  8 pp.   4C.  Sydney,  W. A.
  Gullick, 1699.
-----.  Act No. 26, 1898.   An act to consolidate
  the enactments relating to the qualificatious of
  medical witnesses at coroners'  inquests and at
  inquiries  by justices  of  the peace touching the
  death of  any person, and the enactments pro-
  viding  for the  registration of legally qualified
  medical practitioners.   [Asseuted to, 27th July,
  1898.]  Reprinted.  4 pp.  4°.   Sydney,  W. A.
  Gullick, 1901.
-----.   Act No. 45, 1898.   Au act to consolidate
  the law  respecting   the  insane.  [Assented to,
  29th  December,  1898.]  61 pp.   4°.   Sydney,
  W. A. Gullick, 1899.
-----.   Act No. 15, 1899.   An act to consolidate
  the acts relating to marriage.  Assented to, 20th
  November,  1899.]   9 pp.  4°.   Sydney,  W. A.
  Gullick, 1899.
-----.   Act No. 17, 1899.  Au act to consolidate
  the acts  relating  to the registration of births,
  deaths, aud marriages.   [Assented to, 20th No-
  vember, 1899.]  13 pp.   4°.  Sydney, W. A. Gul-
  lick, 1899.
-----.   Act No. 20, 1899.  An act to consolidate
  the statute law relating to the regulation ofthe
  police  force.   [Assented  to,   20th  November,
  1899.]  12 pp.  4°.   Sydney, W.  A. Gullick,  1899.
-----.   Act No. 22, ls99.  An act to consolidate
  certain acts  relating   to  the  adulteration of
  liquors.   [Assented  to,  20th November, 1899.]
  6 pp.  4°.  Sydney,  W.  A. Gullick, 1899.
-----.   Act No. 17, 1900.  An act  to consolidate
  the acts regulatiug  public  watering-places and
  protecting certain reserves from trespass.   [As-
  sented  to, 22d September, 1900.]  4 pp.  4°.
  Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1900.
-----.   Act No. 23, 1900.  Au act  to consolidate
  the enactments relating to the communication of
  infectious diseases to animals.    [Asseuted to,
  22d September, 1900.]  4  pp.  4°.  Sydney, W.
  A.  Gullick, 1900.
-----.   Act No. 45, 1900.  An act  to provide for
  the registration of dentists  qualified to practice
  in New South Wales.  [Assented to, 5th Novem-
  ber,  1900.]  5 pp.   4°.  Sydney, W. A. Gullick,
  1900.
-----.   Act No. 65, 1900. An act to  make  pro-
  vision for taking the census of New South Wales
  in the year 1901, aud for obtaiuiug certain sta-
  tistics,  and certain particulars relating to live
  stock and crops, aud the occupation of laud, and
  certain businesses and  occupations for the said
  aud subsequent years;  and  for  purposes inci-
  dental to or consequent ou the aforesaid objects.
  [Assented to, 5th December, 1900.]  10 pp.  4°.
  Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1900.
-----.   Act No. 74, 1900.  An act  to provide for
  old-age pensions, aud for purposes in furtherance
  of or consequent on  the aforesaid object.   [As-
  sented  to, 11th December, 1900.]  15 pp.  4C.
  Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1900.
-----.   Act No. 9, 1901.   An act  to  consolidate
  the enactments relating to anatomy.  [Assented
  to, 3d October, 1901.]   6 pp.  4°.  Sydney,  W.
  A.  Gullick, 1901.
-----.   Act No. 29, 1901.  An act to consolidate
  the enactments relating to the inspection of hos-
  pitals and other institutions aided from the pub- 
NEW SOUTH  WALES.
658
NEW SOUTH  WALES.
New South Wales-continued.
  lie revenue.  [Assented  to, 31st October, 1901.]
  ■2 pp.   4°.  Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1901.
______.   Act No.  30, 1901.  Au act to consolidate
  enactments relating to the  registration of the
  officers of certain companies, and  to the imposi-
  tion of duties on  the death of shareholders of
  those companies.   [Asseuted to,  31st October,
  1901.]  6  pp.   4°.  Sydney,  W. A. Gullick, 1901.
         Act No.  31, 1901.  An act to consolidate
the enactments for promoting the better drain-
age of lands.  [Assented to, 31st October, 1901.]
12 pp.   4\  Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1901.
      Act No. 38, 1901.
                        An act to consolidate
the acts relating to reformatories and industrial
schools.  [Assented to, 1st November, 1901.]   11
pp.  4°.  Sydney, W.  A. Gullick, 1901.
      Act  No. 46, 1901.  Au act to consolidate
 enactments  regulating  the production, manu-
 facture, and distribution of milk, cream, butter,
 aud cheese.  [Assented to, 8th November, 1901.]
 7 pp.  4°.  Sydney,  W. A. Gullick, 1901.
-----.  Act No. 61, 1901.   Au act to consolidate
the acts relating to the establishmeut of a system
of boarding-out children.    [Assented to,  19th
December, 1901.]  7 pp.   4°.   Sydney, W.  A.
Gullick, 1901.
      Act No. 64, 1901.  An act to consolidate
the acts for the prevention of cruelty to animals.
[Assented to, 24th December, 1901.]  5 pp.  4°.
Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1901.
       Act No. 75, 1901.  Au act to make better
  provision for the regulation and inspection  of
  mines other than coal and shale mines; to regu-
  late the treatment ofthe products of such mines;
  and for purposes incidental to or consequeut ou
  those objects.   [Assented to,  28th  December,
  1901.]  44 pp.  4°.   Sydney, W.  A. Gullick, 1902.

New  South Wales.
    See, also, Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of),
  Influenza  (History, etc., of), Insane (Care, etc.,
  of), Insane (Ay slums for, Descriptions, etc., of),
  Leprosy (History, etc., of), Small-pox (History,
  etc., of), Statistics (Vital), Water (Supply of),
  by localities.
    Fourth  (The) annual report  of  the Acclima-
  tisation Society of New South  Wales, and the
  amended rules and proceedings of the society
  during the past year.   12°.  Sydney,  1865.
    New South Wales.  Government asylums
  for the infirm and destitute.  Annual reports of
  the manager  to the principal  un-ier  secretary,
  during the  years   1883;  1884.   fol.  Sydney,
  1884-5.
    New South Wales.  Department of Charitable
  Institutions.  Annual report of the  director of
  government asylums and  boarding-out   officer
  for the year 1890.   8.  Sydney, 1891.
    New South Wales. Public Charities. An-
  nual reports of the inspector of public charities
  to the colonial secretary.  5.-9.,  1880-84.  fol.
  Sydney, 1881-5.
    En right (W. J.)  The initiation ceremonies of  the
  aborigines of Port Stephens, N. S. Wales.  J. Sc Proc. Roy.
  Soc. N. South "Wales 1899, Sydney, 1900, xxxiii, 115-124.—
  McKinney (H. G.)   Projects for  water  conservation,
  irrigation, and drainage in New South Wales.  J&id.,1901,
  xxxv, 2J3-24L'.— TIathcww (R. H.)  Rock paintings by
  the aborigines in caves ou Bolgar Creek, near Singleton.
  Ibid., 1893,  Sydney, 1894, xxvii, 353-358.— rVcwmnrch
  (B. J.)  New South Wales  as a health resort in phthisis
  pulraoualis.   Ibid., 1889, xxiii, 503-510.— Thompson
  (J. A.)  A record of the present sanitarv  state  of New
  South Wales. Intercolon. M. Cong.  Tr.. Melbourne, 1889,
  ii, 435-465. -----. The climate of New South Wales.  In-
  dian  M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, viii, 436. -----. Notes on
  sanitation abroad: New South Wales.  J. San. Inst., Lond.,
  1895-6, xvi, 301-317.
New  South Wales.  Aborigines  Protection
  Board.  Report to the  legislative assembly, for
  the year 1900.  15 pp.  fol.  Sydney, W. A. Gul-
  IM\  1901.
New  South Wales.  Board of Health.  Re-
  port of an outbreak of fever at Balranald, caused
  by polluted water.   By J. Ashburton Thompson.
  15 August,  1889.  25 pp., 1 map, 1 plan.  fol.
  Sydney, C. Potter, 1889.
         Report upon an outbreak of typhoid fever
in the municipalities of Newtown and Macdouald-
town; with  a  description  of the  cause and
modes of spread of this disease, and suggestions
for its prevention.  By J. Ashburton Thompson,
aud George H. Stayton.  6 March, 1889.   28 pp.,
2 maps.  fol.  Sydney, C. Potter, 1689.
       Report ou leprosy in New South Wales,
for the year  1897.  7 pp.   fol.  Sydney, W. A.
Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1899.
       Report on the outbreak of plague at Syd-
ney, 1900, by  the chief medical officer of the
government, J. Ashburton Thompson.   81 pp.,
5pl., 4  maps, 1 diag.   fol.  Sydney, W. A. Gul-
lick, 1900.
       Report of the board of health ou a second
  outbreak of plague at Sydney, 1902.  By J. Ash-
  burton Thompson, chief medical officer of the
  government.  80  pp., 2 pl., 4 diag.   fol. Syd-
  ney,  W. A. Gullick, 1903.
New  South Wales.   Chief Secretary.  Gov-
  ernment statistician's reports ou the vital sta-
  tistics of Sydney and suburbs  (monthly).  No-
  vember, 1890, to  April,  1891;  Juue, September,
  1891; January  to March, 1892.   fol.  [Sydney,
  1890-92. ]
New   South Wales.   Chief Secretary.  In-
  spect' »•-General of the Insane.   [Annual reports
  on the state and  condition of the hospitals and
  other institutions for the insane.]  For the years
  1886-1902.   fol.   Sydney, 1887-1903.
    Contains reports  of the hospitals  for the insane at
  Gladesville, Parramatta, Callau Park, Newcastle, Rydal-
  mere, Kenmore, and for crimiual insane at Parramatta:
New  South Wales.   Chief Secretary.   Police
  Department.  Annual report of the  inspector-
  general to the principal under secretary, for the
  year 1900.   12 pp.  fol.   Sydney, W.  A. Gullick,
  1901.
New  South Wales.   Colonial Secretary. New
  South Wales in  1881; being a brief statistical
  aud  descriptive account of the colony up to the
  end  of the year, extracted chiefly from  official
  records.  Compiled and edited by Thomas Rich-
  ards.  2. issue,   v, 144 pp.,  1 1., 1 map, 1 diag.,
  1 tab.  8°.   Sydney,  T. Richards, 1861.
New South Wales.   Colonial Secretary.  De-
  partment  of Charitable Institutions.  Annual re-
  ports ofthe director of government asylums and
  boarding-out officer, for the years  1890; 1891.
  57 pp.; 20 pp.  8°.   Sydney,  government  printer,
  1891-2.
New South Wales.  Government Statistician's
  Office.  New South Wales statistical register for
  1900 and previous years.  Compiled from official
  returns.  T. A.  Coghlan, government statisti-
  cian,  viii, 1053  pp., 1 tab.   8y   Sydney, W. A.
  Gullick 1902.
New South  Wales.   Legislative  Assembly.
  Parliamentary  standing  committee  on  public
  works.  Report, together with minutes of evi-
  dence, appendix, and  plan, relating to the pro-
  posed sewerage  works for  Newcastle aud sub-
  urbs.  12, 127 pp.,  1 plau.   fol.  Sydney, W. A.
   Gullick. 1901.
 New South Wales.   Minister of Justice.  De-
  partment of Prisons.  Annual report of the comp- 
NEW  SOUTH  WALES.                  659                                  NEWTON.
Mew South Wales.  Minister of Justice.  De-
  partment of Prisons—continued.
  troller-geueral of prisons, for the year 1900.  53
  pp., 1 map, 2 diag.   fol.  Sydney, W. A. Gullick,
  1901.
New South Wales.  Minister for Public In-
  struction.   Department  of  Labor and  Industry.
  Aunual reports on the  working of the factories
  aud  shops act.  1., 1897; 2.,  1898.  39 pp.; 36
  pp.  fol.   Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1898-9.
New South Wales.  New South Wales Medical
  Board.  Registers of medical practitioners  for
  1885; 1886; 1900.  fol.  Sydney,  1885-1900.
New  South   Wales.  Public  Service Board.
  Hospital for the Insane, Callan Park.  Report of
  board  of inquiry into  certain charges against
  Miss M. A.  Fairbairn, matron.  79  pp.  fol.
  Sydnei/, W. A.  Gullick,  1900.
New South  Wales.  Secretary for Finance and
  Trade.  Department of Public Health.  Report of
  the board of health for the year 1898.   88 pp.,
  1 plan.   Sydney, W. A.  Gullick, 1901.
New  South Wales.  Supreme Court of New
   South  Wales.  In  lunacy.   Lunacy rules.  41
  pp.  4C.  Sydney. W. A. Gullick, 1900.
New South Wales.  Technological, Industrial
  and Sanitary  Museum.   Reports  of the  cominit-
  teeof management to the governor and executive
  council. 8.,  1887; 10., 1889.  73 pp.; 36 pp.  fol.
  [Sydney, C. Potter,  1888-90.]
    Supplements to the Australian Museum reports for
  1897 aud 1889.
Newspapers.
    See, also, Crime (Statistics of).
    Wilcox  (D. F.)  The  American newspaper.
  A study in social psychology.   8C.  Philadelphia,
  1900.
    Cutting from: Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. & Soc. Sc, Phila.,
  1900, xvi, 56-92.
    Example (An) of  newspaper shamelessness.  Phila.
  M. J., 1900, vi,  87o.-Iiyd8ton  (G. F.)  Newspaper mis-
  representation  of scientific expression. N. Tork M. J.
  [etc.l, 1905,  lxxxii,  182-1H4.— Newspaper mediciue.
  [Edit.]  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1905, ii,  144. —Ramon I»a-
  checo.  Contagiondu crime par la presse a Buenos Aires.
  Cong, internat. de m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect.
  de neuropath, [etc.], 367-370.—Sturgis  (F. R.) Medical
  articles in newspapers.  Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 303.
New  Sydenham Society's (The) lexicon  of  terms
  used in medicine and the allied sciences.  (Based
  ou Mayne's Lexicon.)   Edited for the society by
  Henry Power and  Leonard W. Sedgwick.  5 v.
  4C.  London,  New Sydenham Society, 1878-99.
Newth  (A[lfred]  H[enry]).   Post-mortems.
  What to look  for and how to make them; with
  sections on infanticide, poisons, malformations,
  etc.  Edited, with   numerous notes and  addi-
  tions, by F. VV. Owen.  136 pp.   12°.  Detroit,
  [1897?].
    See, aUo, Sussex County Lunatic Asylum, Haywards
  Heath [in 1.  s.J.  Appendix B [etc.]  8°. Lewes, 1872 .
Newth (G.  S.)  Elementary practical chemistry.
  A laboratory manual for  beginners,   xii  (1 1.),
  288 pp.   12°.   New York,  Longman [and others];
  London  4" Bombay, 1896.
Newton,  Massachusetts.    Board  of  Health.
  Rules and  regulations.  And ordinance No. 24,
  relating to buildings.  8 pp.  8°.  Newton,  Tran-
  script Publishing Co., 1884.
Newton, Massachusetts.
    See Hospitals  (Descriptions,  etc.,  of), Hy-
  giene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), by localities.
Newton, Massachusetts.  Board of Health.  An-
  nual reports to the mayor and the city council,
  for the  years  1888-1900;  1902-4.   8°.   Boston,
  Newton 4- Newton  Upper Falls, 1889-1905.
         Cholera.  [Suggestions for the preven-
  tion aud restriction of the disease.]  2 sheets.
  4°.  [Newton, 1890?]
Newton, Massachusetts.    Engineering  Depart-
  ment.  Annual reports of  the city  engineer to
  the mayor of the city, for the years 1886-8; 1890-
  1904.   8°.   Boston,  Newton 4"  Neivton  Upper
  Falls, 1887-1905.
Newtou (A.)  The case of Thomas Smethurst.
  His  trial, sentence, respite, and pardon for wil-
  ful murder, aud  prosecution for bigamy.  With
  original documents  of great interest,  not  yet
  published.  Being a vindication  of the course
  pursued by Her Majesty's Government.  135 pp.
  16°.   London, Boutledge, Warne 4" Boutledge, 1889.
    Bound with: Central criminal court.   The  Queen
  against Thomas Smethurst.  8°.  London, 1859.
Newton (A. E.)   The better way; an appeal to
  men in behalf of human culture through a wiser
  parentage.  48 pp.  12°.   New York, M.  L. Hol-
  brook<S Co., 1897.
    See, also, Modern (The) Bethesda [etc.].  8°.  New
  York, [1879].
IVewton Abbot.
    See Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
Newton (Alfred) [1829-     ]. A dictionary of
  birds.  Assisted by Hans Gadow,  with contribu-
  tions from  Richard Lydekker, Charles  S. Roy,
  and  Robert W.  Shufeldt.   xii,  1088 pp.   8°.
  London, A.  4- C.  Black, 1893-6.
IVewton  (Charles William) [1868-1904].
    Obituary.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1904, lxv, 622.
Ne'Wton (E. T.)   On a human skull and limb-
  bones found in the palaeolithic terrace-gravel at
  Galley  Hill,  Keut.  pp.  505-527,  1 pl.   8°.
  [London, 1895.]
    Cutting from: Quart. J. Geol. Soc, Lond., 1895, li.
Newton (Horatio G.)   Eclecticism; its past,
  present, aud future.   21pp.  8°.  Boston, 1878.
    Repr.from: Publ. Mass. Eclect. M. Soc, Bost., 1878.
Newton (Sir Isaac) [1642-1727].   Optice: sive
  de  reilexionibus, refractionibus,  inflexionibus
  et coloribus lucis libi tres.  Latine  reddidit Sa-
  muel Clarke.   Accedunt traetatus duo ejusdem
  authoris de speciebus et magnitudine figurarum
  curvilinearum Latine scripti.  6 p. 1., 348 (1 1.),
  43 pp., 19 pl.   4°.  Londini, S. Smith 4- B. Wat-
  ford, 1706.
-----.  The  same.  2. ed.   xi, 415 pp., 11  pl.  8°.
  Londini, G. 4" J.  Innys, 1719.
    See, also, Gaulier [d'Agoty (Jacques)].   Nouveau
  systeme de  l'univers [etc.].   16°.  Paris, 1750. -----.
  Chroa-genesie [etc.]. 16°.  Paris, 1750-51. -----. Refu-
  tation [etc.].  12°.  Paris,  1752.—s> Gi-avesande  (W.
  James).  Mathematical elements of physicks [ijtc.].  8°.
  London, 1720. -----. The same.  4°. London, 1747.
    For Biography and Portraits, see Hundred (The)
  greatest men. v. 6.   fol. London, 1880.  For Portrait, see
  Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Newton (J. R.).
    See modern (The) Bethesda, Tete.]. 8°.  New York,
  [1879].
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).

IVewton (James)  [1G70?-1750].
    ■ComIger  (G. S.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1894, xl, 393.
Newton (John).
    See Manchester and Salford Sanitary Association.
  Pamphlet series, no. 3.  16°. Manchester, [1892].
Newton (McGuire).
    Co-Editor of:  Virginia (The) Hospital Bulletin, Rich-
  mond, 1904-5.
Newton (Richard Cole).   The physiology and
  pathology of  the second dentition.  19 pp.  8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1891.]
    Repr.from: Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1891, xii.
------.  The  occurrence of angina pectoris and
  epilepsy in  varying forms in the  same subject,
  with a  brief consideration of the alleged iden-
  tity of these maladies.  11pp.  12°.   New York,
  1893.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, [xliii]. 
NEWTON.
660
NEW  YORK.
Newton (Richard Cole)—continued.
------.   A case of fracture aud dislocation of the
  second lumbar vertebra, with operation.   With
  a report  of  the  microscopical examination  of
  a section of  the  spinal  cord, by  Henry Power.
  6 pp.   6^.  Philadelphia, 1894.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894, cvii.
------.   Some  observations which appear to es-
  tablish the  aerial  transportation  of  malarial
  germs.   12 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from:  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, iv.
------.   What shall  be  done for  the  teeth of the
  poor?   4 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1896.
    Repr.from:  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1896, xxxviii.
------.   A criticism of modified milk aud of mod-
  ern dairy methods.  24 pp.   8°.  Newark, L. J.
  Hardham, 1697.
    Repr. from.-  Tr. M. Soc N. Jersey, Newark, 1897.
------.   Some  personal observations   upon the
  effect of changes of climate upon men and ani-
  mals.  9 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1897.
    Repr. from:  Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1897, vi.
------.   Traumatic ruptures of the heart, with a
  case.   15 pp.   12c.  New York, 1899.
    Repr.from:  Med. Rec, N. T., 1899, lv.
------.   Dampness  of the  soil as  a  factor in the
  productiou of human tuberculosis.  12 pp.  12°.
  New York, 1900.
    Repr.from:  Med. Rec, N. T., 1900, lvii.
------.   Deep breathing.   15 pp.   8°.  New York,
  1903.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii.
------.   Modern neurology.   4 1.  8°.   Newark,
  1905.
    Repr. from:  J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1905, ii.
Newton (R[obert] Clark).
    See Health lectures.  12°.  London, 1891.
Newton (Robert S.).
    See Chapman (Henry T[homas]).  On treatment of
  ulcers on the leg, [etc.].  8°.   Cincinnati, 1853.—Powell
  (William Byrd) &. Newton (R.  S.)  The eclectic practice
  of medicine. 8°.  Cincinnati, 1858.—Scudder (John M.)
  A practical treatise of the diseases of women, [etc.].  8°.
  Cincinnati, 1891.
IVewton (Robert Safford) [1857-1903].
    Obituary.  Am.  Med.,  Phila.,  1903, v, 526.  Also:
  Med. Rec, N. T., 1903, lxiii, 544.
Newton (Thomas) [1542?-1607].
    See Oratarolns  (Giilielnius).   A direction for the
  health of magistrates and studentes, [etc.].  24°.  London,
  1574.—Liemnius (Leviuus).  The touchstone of complex-
  ions [etc.l. 12°.  London, 1633.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat.  Biog., Lond., 1894, xl, 402
  (J. P. Earwaker).
Newton (William).  The total abolition of the
  death penalty defended,  iv, 100  pp.   16°.  Lon-
  don, C. Gilpin, 1650.  [P., v. 242.]
Newton Cottage Hospital and Dispensary. An-
  nual report of the committee to the subscribers.
  12., 1884.  18 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Newton Abbot, G. H.
  Hearder, 1885.
Newton  Free  Library.   Annual report of the
  board  of managers  to  the  corporation.  3.,
  1871-2.  41 pp.  8°.  Boston, G. L. Keyes, 1873.
Newton  Hospital Corporation,  Massachusetts.
  Annual reports.   With  the reports  of  the of-
  ficers.  To which  is added the  annual  reports
  of the Newton Hospital Aid Association.  7.-15.,
  1885-6 to 1894; 17.-22.,  1886 to 1901; 24., 1903;
  25., 1904.  8°.   Newton, 1887-1905.
    Original title: Newton Cottage-Hospital Corporation.
  The present title was adopted in 1894.
rVewton-Stewart.
    See Small-pox (History,  etc., of), by localities.
New York  (City).   Answer of A. W. Craven,
  chief engineer Croton Aqueduct,  to charge made
  by  Fernando Wood, mayor.  July 31, 1860.  52
  pp.  8°.  New York, Baker Sr Godwin,  1860.
New York (City)—continued.
-----.   Report  of the special committee  of the
  board of aldermen, appointed to investigate the
  sufficiency of the charges alleged by his honor,
  the mayor, for the removal of Messrs. Craven
  and Tappen, of the  Croton Aqueduct depart-
  ment.  With a verbatim report of the  proceed-
  ings of the  committee.   Doc. No. 18, Board of
  Aldermeu.   Oct. 6,  1860.   116 pp.  8°.   Neiv
  York, C. W. Baker, 1860.
------.   The   City  Record.    Official  journal.
  [Daily.]  v. 11,  1883, Nos. 2914-3143, 3154-3174,
  3176-3220.   4 v.  fol.   New  York,  1883.

                    CONTENTS.
    Contains reports  of the aqueduct commissioners; de-
  partment of charities and correction, including hospitals,
  insane asylums, and prisons; department of public parks;
  department  of public works, including the bureaus of
  chief engineer,  of  water purveyor, of sewers, of street
  improvement, of  streets  and roads, and lamps and gas;
  department  of street cleaning;  health department, in-
  cluding the bureau of vital statistics and the sanitary bu-
  reau ;  police department, and the coroner's office.
------.   Report  on lofty dwelling houses in New
  York City, with minutes  of the meeting at
  which it was presented, and proposed  regulat-
  ing height of  such houses in proportion to the
  streets  on which they front.  Feb. 1, 1884.  31
  pp.   8°.  New York, Evening Post Job  Printing
  Office, 1884.
------.   Census of the city of New York.  Taken
  in April, 1895, by the police department,  and
  compiled by the  health department.  19 pp.  8°.
  New York, M. B. Brown, 1896.
------.   Report ou public  baths and public com-
  fort stations by  the  mayor's committee of New
  York City.  195, ix pp., 23  pl.  8°.  New York,
  1897.

Mew York City.
    See, also, Children (Hospitals, etc., for), Chol-
  era (History,  etc., of),  Deaf-mutes (Asylums,
  etc., for), Dentistry (Colleges, etc.,  for), Dis-
  pensaries (Descriptions, etc., of), Fever (Ma-
  larial, History, etc.,  of), Fever  (Typhoid,  His-
  tory,  etc., of),  Fever (Typhus, History,  etc., of),
  Fever  ( Yellow, History, etc.,  of),  Hospitals
  (Descriptions,  etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecologic,
  etc.), Hospitals (Ophthalmic, etc.),  Hospitals
  (Orthopcedic),  Hygiene  (Municipal, Laws,  etc.,
  of), Hygiene  (Public,  Laws, etc., of),  Insane
  (Asylums for,   Descriptions,  etc.,  of),  Insane
  (Care, etc.,  of), Insane  (Legislation relating to),
  Leprosy (History, etc.,  of), Meningitis (Cere-
  brospinal, History, etc., of'), Police (Beports, etc.,
  of), Prisons,  etc. (Descriptions, etc., of), Quar-
  antine  (Laws,  etc.,  relating to), Quarantine
  (Beports on, etc.), Scarlatina (History, etc., of),
  Sewage (Disposal of), Small-pox (History, etc.,
  of),  Societies  (Medical),  Statistics (Vital),
  Universities, Water (Supply of), by  localities.
    Annual reports of the district nursing sec-
  tion of the United Relief Works of the Society
  for Ethical Culture, for the years 1881 & 1882.
  (2.-3.)   8°.  New York, 1883.
    Association  for  Befriending  Children aud
  Young Girls, New York City.  Annual reports of
  the managers  to the friends and  public.  1.-8.,
  1870-71 to 1877-8; 10., 1879-80; 14., 18*3-4.   12°.
  New  York, 1872-84.
    Association  for  the  Improvement  of the
  Condition of the Poor.  Address to the public;
  constitution and by-laws; and visitor's manual.
  12°.  New York, 1844.
    Board of United Charities,  New York City.
  Handbook  of the  benevolent  institutions and
  charities of New York for 1877.  12°. New York,
  1877. 
NEW YOEK.                              661                              NEW YOEK.
IVew York  City.
    Charity Organization  Society of the City of
  New York.  No. 3.  May,  1882.  Extracts from
  a paper upon district conferences, by Mrs. James
  T. Fields.  *-.   [New  York, 1882.]
    ■-----.   Annual reports of the  central coun-
  cil to the society.  2.,  1883-4;  6., 1887.   8°.
  New York, 1684-8.
    Children's Aid Society, New York City.  An-
  nual reports of the trustees to the  subscribers.
  1.-35.,  1853-4  to  1886-7.   8C.  New York, 1*54-
  87.
    Earle  (The) Guild  for  the Poor  and Needy,
  New York City.  Reports of the winter work in
  1662.  16°. [New  York, 16621]
    Five Points House of Industry, New York
  City.  Monthly (The) Record.  No. 9, v. 26, 1883.
  8C.' New York, 1883.
    Graham (R.)  New York  City  aud  its mas-
  ters,  sm. 4C.  New York, 1867.
    -----.   Social  statistics  of a  city parish.
  [St. Augustine's  Parish,  New  York.]   12°.
  [.Yew York, 1694.]
    Home for Aged and Infirm  Hebrews of New
  York.  Annual reports of the  board of trustees
  to the members  and  subscribers.   4., 1873-4;
  14.-26., 1883-4  to 1895-6.   12c & 8°.  New York,
  1874-96.
    Home of Industry and Refuge for Discharged
  Convicts,  New York  City.   Report.  1., 1883.
  12°.  New York, 1884.
    Home for Old  Meu  and Aged  Couples, New
  York.  Auuual report  of  the  managers  to  the
  public.  16., 1887-8.  12°.  New York, 1888.
    McLaury (W. M.)   Report to  the  members
  aud friends of the Syrian Society.  24°.  Neio
  York, 1.-93.
    Midnight Mission,  New York  City.   Annual
  reports of the managers to the  members  and
  subscribers.  3., 1869-70; 7., 1873-4.  16°.  New
  York, 1870-74.
    Moeller Institute,  New York City.   [Circu-
  lar  giving an  account  of the  institution.]   8°.
  Neio York, [1885].
    Monthly (The) Record  of  the  Five  Points
  House of Industry, New York City.  No. 7, v. 1;
  No.  12, v. 18, 1874-5; Nos. 8, 9, 12,  v.  26, 1882-
  3; Nos. 11, 12, v. 27,  1883-4.   6-.   Neio York,
  1854-84.
    New York Association  for the Improvement
  of the Condition  of the  Poor, New York City.
  A plan for the better distribution  of medical
  attendance and medicines for the indigent sick
  by the public  dispensaries in the city of New
  York.   163.  [New York, 1845.]
    -----.   Annual reports of the board of man-
  agers to  the members and contributors.  19.,
  1861-2; 22., 1864-5; 25.-28., 1867-8  to  1869-71;
  30.-31., 1872-3 to 1873-4; 35.-37., 1867-8 to 1879-
  80;  40., 1882-3;  41., 1883-4;  43.,  1885-6.   8°.
  New York, 1862-86.
    -----.   Laws affecting tenement and lodging
  houses in the cities of New York and Brooklyn.
  8Z.  [New York, 1878.]
    -----.   Proceedings of the board of mana-
  gers.  13., December,  1880.  8°.    [New York,
  1880.]
    New  York  Bible and  Fruit Mission  to our
  Public Hospitals,  and of the Coffee House  and
  Lodging House.   Annual  report  of the secre-
  tary to the donors and subscribers.   8., 1882-3.
  8y  yew  York, 1884.
   New York (City). Department of Public Char-
  ities.   Commissioners  of  Almshouse.   Majority
  and  minority reports of the select committee of
  the board of ten governors [ofthe almshouse de-
  partment] to whom was referred the subject of
rVew  York City.
  introducing homoeopathy into Bellevue  Hospi-
  tal, submitted  Jan. 19, "1858.  8C.  [New York,
  1858.]
    -----.  Annual reports of the commissioners
  of public charities and correction to 1 lie  mayor
  of the city.  1., 1860;  4., 1863; 6.-12., 1865-71;
  16., 1875; 20.-27., 1879-86; 31.,  1890.  8°.  New
  York, 1861-92.
    -----.  Meeting ofthe commissioners,  March
  2,  1871.   [Requisitions  from  departments re-
  ceived, examined,  and  tic ted on.]  8°.   [New
  York, 1871.]
    -----.  Report on the free labor bureau, and
  proposed amendments for the same.  July 30,
  1873.  8°.  [New York, 1873.]
    -----.  The Training School for Nurses, Char-
  ity Hospital, Blackwell's  Island.  [Notice of,
  with an extract from the biennial report of chief
  of staff for 1*81.]  8°.   Neiv York,  1682.
    New York Diet, Kitchen, New York City.
  Annual report   of  the  managers to the  sub-
  scribers  and public.   1., 1H73-4;  2., 1874-5;
  7.,  1879.   8°.  New York, 1874-80.
    New York Medical Aid and Relief Society for
  Destitute Sick  Women and Children.  The re-
  ply of the ... to the attack of the  press.  s°.
  Neiv York, 1883.
    -----.  Report of the officers to the members
  and contributors, for the year 1882-3.  8°.  New
  York, [1883].
    New York Medical Mission, New York City.
  Annual report of the  secretary to the society.
  3., 1883.  8°. New York, 1884.
    New York Society for the Relief of Widows
  and Orphans of Medical Men, New York City.
  Constitution and laws, to which  is  annexed a
  brief history of  the society and a complete list
  of the officers)  members, and benefactors.  8°.
  New York, 1884.
    -----. Th-i same.  8°.  New York, 1889.
    Opinion of the medical profession on the con-
  dition and needs of the city of New York, in re-
  gard to  street-cleaning.  8°.  Neio York, 1881.
    Pictures of life and character in New York.
  [Also several newspaper cuttings ou same sub-
  ject.]  4°.   [n. p., n. d,.]
    Saint Mary's Lodging-House, New York City.
  Annual report of the president to the subscrib-
  ers.  4., 1883-4.  8°.  ^Vew York, 1884.
    Samaritan Home for the Aged, New York City.
  Annual reports of the board of managers to the
  subscribers and the public.  1.-3., 1867-9; 5.-8.,
  1871-4; 17., 1883. 8°.  New York, 1868-84.
    Sisterhood of the Good Shepherd, New York
  City.   Annual   report.   13., 1881.   12°.    New
  York, 1882.
    Society  for the Employment and Relief  of
  Poor Women, New York City.  Annual  report
  of the managers. 38.,  18*1-2!  12°.  New York,
  1883.
    State Charities Aid Association of New York.
  Annual reports of the  board's managers to the
  State  board of  charities of the State of New
  York.  1.-17., 1872-3 to 1888-9, being Nos. 2, 5,
  7, 10, 14, 17, 19, 23, 28, 30, 35, 39, 43, 45,  47, 49,
  50, of series.  8°. New York, 1873-90.
    United Hebrew Charities of the City of New
  York.  Annual reports  of the board of relief aud
  executive committee.   6.-15., 1879-80 to  1888-9.
  8°.  iVew York, 1**0-89.
    Ambulance (The) system of New Tork. Med. Rec,
  N. T., 1891, xl, 156.—Darlington <F.), jr.  Two factors
  underlying disease  iu New York City.  Tr. Am. Climat.
  Ass., Phila., 1895. xi, 112-119.—Jaiu-wny (E. G.)  Dan-
  gers to the public health of New York from overcrowded
  population. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 565.—Keller (J.
  W.) How New York cares  for its poor.  Metropolitan
  Mag., N. Y., 1900, xii, 173-176.—lie Conte (J.)  Catalogus 
NEW  YORK.
662
NEW YORK.
New York City.
  plautarmu quas sponte crescentes in insula Noveboraco,
  observavit.  Am. M. & Phil. Reg., N. Y., 1814, ii, 134-142.—
  IT1< <li< nl (A) metropolis [New York]. Nat. Bd. Health
  Mii;., N. Y., 1S96, x, 2-13.—Peck IE. S.)  Report of the
  library committee.  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1894, xiv, 57.—Ka-
  borg (S. A.)  The union of public charities and correc-
  tion in New York  City.   Papers Med.-Leg. Soc. N. Y.
  (1875-8), 1886, 3. s.,  403-420.—Seibert (A.)  Die Gesund-
  heitsbehorde New York's uud die Infectionskrankheiten.
  Med. Monatschr., N. Y., 1889, i, 81.—Society for first aid
  totheinjured.  [Edit.]  Gaillard's M.J., N.Y., 1882, xxxiii,
  194-196.—Wyetli  (J.) The New York Infant Asylum
  affair.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 726.
New York (City).  Bellevue and Allied Hospitals.
  Annual  reports  of the  board of trustees to the
  mayor of the city.  1., 1902; 2.,  1903.  2 v.  iv,
  5-175 pp.; iv, 5-256 pp.   8«.   New York, M. B.
  Brown, 1903-5.
    Established  Feb.  1, 1902, and includes  Bellevue Hos-
  pital, Fordhaiu Hospital, Harlem Hospital,  Gouverneur
  Hospital, Emergency Hospital, and Pavilion for the Insane.
-----.  Report ofthe trustees of Bellevue and Al-
  lied Hospitals for three months  ending March
  31, 1905.  20 pp.   8°.  New York, M. B. Brown
  Co., 1905.
New York (City).  City Inspector.  Annual re-
  port of the  city  inspector of the  number of
  deaths and interments in the city of New York,
  to  the  common  council, for the  year 1832.  12
  pp.  8°.  New York, C.  Van Pelt, 1833.
IVew Y'ork (City).  Commissioners of Water Sup-
  ply.  Annual report of the Croton Aqueduct de-
  partment, made  to the common council of the
  city of New York, for  the year  1862.   135 pp.
  8°.  New York, E. Jones <f Co., 1863.
New York (City).  Coronor's Office.  Annual re-
  port for the  year 1883.  fol.   [New  York, 1884.]
    Cutting from : City Record, 1884, xii, 163-165.
Hew York  (City).  Department of Highways.
  Annual  and  quarterly reports of the borough
  president and  commissioner of public works to
  the  mayor  of the  citv.  3., 1900;  4., 1901;  7.,
  1904.  3 v.  8°.   Neio  York,  1901-5.
    Includes the following reports:
    Document "A". Financial statement.
    Document " B ".  Report of superintendent of highways.
    Document "C".  Report of chief engineer of highways.
    Document "D ".  Report of principal assistant engineer.
    Document "E".  Report of the divisiouof roads.
    Document "F". Report of superintendent of sewers.
    Document "G". Report of engineer of street openings.
    Document "H".  Report of superintendent  of incum-
  brances.
    Document "I".  Report of superintendent  of public
  buildings and offices.
IVew York (Citi/).  Department of Public Char-
  ities. Majority  and minority reports  of the se-
  lect committee  of the  board  of governors, to
  whom  was referred the subject  of  introducing
  hon.ceopathy into  Bellevue Hospital.   Submit-
  ted Jan. 19, 1858.  28 pp.  8°.  Brooklyn, J. T. P.
  Smith, 1858.
    Republished by J. T. P. Smith.
—----.  Annual  reports  of the commissioners of
  public charities and correction to the mayor of
  the  city. 16.. 1*75; 20.-27., 1879-86: 31., 1890.
  8°.  New York, 1876-91.
-----.  Hospital formulary for the use of the . .  .
  x, 11-168 pp.  16°.  New York, Department Press,
  1678.
-----.  Hospital formulary of the  department of
  public charities and  correction  of the  city of
  New York.   4.  ed., revised,   iv, 143 pp.  12°.
  New York, Printing Bureau,  1889.
-----.  Hospital  formulary of the department of
  public charities  of the city of New York, bor-
  oughs  of Manhattan  aud the  Bronx.   5. ed.,
  revised.   95 pp.   8°.   Neiv York, Printinq Bu-
  reau, 1898.
 New Yrork (City).  Department of Public Chari-
   ties—continued.
 -----.  Bellevue Hospital formulary.  City and
   couutv of New  York.  5. revised ed.   95 pp.  8°
   New  York, 1901.
 -----.  The hospital formulary ofthe department
   of public charities and the department of Belle-
   vue and allied hospitals ofthe city of New York.
   6. revised ed.   W. E. Dreyfus, editor.  160  pp
   2 pl.   8°.  New York,  1903.
 -----.   A nomenclature of diseases, and  condi-
   tions  and rules  for the recording and filing
   of histories for Bellevue and allied hospitals.
   Adopted by the board of trustees.  101 pp.  16°.
   New  York, M. B. Brown, 1903.
 New  York (City).  Department of Public Char-
   ities.   Bellevue Hospital.   Catalogue  of house
   staff  from 1850 to 1873.  34 pp., 1 1.   12°.  New
   York, Bellevue Prens, 1873.
 New York (City).  Department  of Public Char-
   ities.   City Hospital Male Training School, Black-
   well's  Island.   Annual reports of the superin-
   tendent.  7.-11., 1893-4 to  1897-8;  13.-16., 1899-
   1900 to 1902-3.  8°.  New York, 1894-1903.
    In.-  Repobts  New York City Training School  for
   Nurses, Blackwell's Island.
 New York (City).   Department of Public Char-
   ities.   Commissioners  of Almshouse.   Majority
   and minority reports of the select committee of
   the board of ten  governors  [of the  almshouse
   department J, to whom was referred the subject
   of introducing  homoeopathy into Bellevue Hos-
   pital.  Submitted Jan.  19,   1858.  55 pp.  8y
   [New York, 1858.]
 New York (City).  Department of Public Char-
  ities.   Homoeopathic Hospital,  Ward's Island, N. Y.
  Annual reports of the  chief of the  medical staff
  to the president of tbe commissioners of public
  charities and correction. 9., 1883;  13., 1887.  20
  pp., 1 tab.;  '22 pp.,  1  tab.   8°.  Ward's  Island,
  New  York City  Asylum for the Insane, 1886-9.
IVew York (City).  Department  of Public Char-
  ities.   New York City Lunatic Asylum, Blackwell's
  Island.  Annual reports of the  resident physi-
  cian  to  the commissioners of public charities
  aud correction, for the years 1865; 1866.  42 pp.,
  1 tab.; 39 pp.,  1 tab.  8°.  New York, F.  McEl-
  roy, 1866-7.
New York  (City).  Department  of Public Char-
  ities.   Training Schools for  Nurses,  Blackwell's
  Island.  [Circular letter of information to appli-
  cants for the position  of nurse.]  1 sheet.  MS.
  4°.   [New York, 1889.]
 -----.   Circular of information [to applicants for
  positions as nurses in the Infants' and Children'■<
   Hospitals on Randall's Island.]  1 sheet.  Ms.
  fol.   [New York, 1889.]
 -----.   [Circular letter of instruction to  proba-
   tioner, on the  necessary outfit  upon entering
   service.]  1 sheet.   MS. 4°.  [New York, 1889.J
 -----.   Information for applicants.  [With list of
   questions to be filled out.]  2 sheets.  4°.  [New
   York, 1899.]
 -----.   Aunual reports of the  superintendent. In
   connection with  City, Maternity, Gouverneur,
   Fordham, and Harlem Hospitals.  14.-23., 188*-9
   to 1897-8; 25.-29., 1899-1900 to 1903-4.  8°. New
   York, 1889-1905.
    Opened August 1, 1875.  List of graduates from 1877 to
   1904, in report for 1903-4.  Also contains a list of grad-
   uates ofthe Citv Hospital Male Training School for Nurses,
   from 1889 to 1904.
 New York (City).  Department of Public Parks.
   Auuual  reports of  the commissioners  to the
   mayor ofthe citv. for  the years 1898-1901; 1903.
   5 v.   8°.  New York, 1899-1904. 
63                              NEW  YORK.
NEW  YORK.
New York (City).  Department of Public Parks.
  Central Park Menagerie.  Annual reports of the
  director, for the years 1888-90.  8°.   New York,
  1889-91.
New York (City).  Department of Public Parks.
  New  York Meteorological  Observatory.   Annual
  reports  of the director to the board of commis-
  sioners.   19.-37., 1887-1905.   4°.  New York, 1887-
  1905.
New York (City).  Department of Public Works.
  Annual   reports of the commissiouers to the
  mayor of the citv, for the years  1*81-4.  8°.  New
  York. 1882-5.
New York (City).  Health Department.   Annual
  report of the  resident  physician of the city  of
  New York  to the  board of  commissioners  of
  health, for the year 1865. 39 pp.  S\  New York,
  E. Jones 4- Co., 1866.  [Also, in: P., v.  345.]
-----.  Manual  of  the metropolitan board,  of
  health,  aud the metropolitan  board of excise.
  June, 1869.  204 pp., I 1. 16°.  Neio York, D. Ap-
  pleton 4' Co., 1869.
-----.  The City Record.  Official journal.  Re-
  ports of the board of the health department  to
  the mavor of  the citv.  [Quarterly.]  4., 1885;
  4., 1886; 4., 1887; 4.,  1888.   fol.   [New York,
  1886-9.]
■-----.  The City Record.  Official journal.  Re-
  part for the week ending April 7, 1888.   p. 1213,
  v. 16.  fol.  [New York, 1666.]
-----.  The registration of plumbers, and the law
  and  regulations  governing the plumbing  aud
  drainage of all buildings hereafter  erected.
  Chapter 450, laws of 1881.   Au act  to secure the
  registration of plumbers, and the supervision of
  plumbing and drainage,  in the cities of New
  York and Brooklyn.   [Laws of 1887, as  amended
  by laws of 1888, chap. 422.]  16 pp.  8C.  [New
  York, 1888.]
-----  [Preliminary report upon local death rates
  in this  city during the year 1888, the first year
  since the organization of the health department
  that the materials for such an investigation have
  been  available.]  June 18, 1889.  14  pp.   8°.
  New York, 1**9.
-----.  Annual reports of the board of health  of
  the health department to the mayor of  the city,
  for the  years 1889-1902.  14 v. 8°.  New York,
  1890-1904.
-----.  Weekly reports of  the department  of
  health of the city of New York. v. 1-15, 1891 to
  1905.  Nos. 1-10, v. 16.  15 v.  8°.   New York,
  1891-1906.
-----.  Total number of deaths, by the principal
  eauses,in 1893-6; 1898;  1899; 1901; 1902. broad-
  side.  New York, 1894-1903.
-----.  Legal  duties  of physicians, midwives,
  undertakers, aud cemetery keepers, and regula-
  tions  relating to the same.  12 pp.  16°.  -New
  York, The Health Department, 1896.
-----..  The action of the health department  in
  relation  to pulmonary tuberculosis,  and  the
  scope and purpose of the measures  recently
  adopted for  its prevention.  A report of the
  board of health to the mayor of the city. 70 pp.,
  2 maps.   8°.  Albany 4" New  York, Wyncoop, Hal-
  lenbeck,  Crawford <f Co., 18y7.
-----.  Circular of information  to physicians, re-
  garding  the measures  adopted, by the  board  of
  health  for  the  restriction  and prevention  of
  tuberculosis in the city of New York, 1897.  2 1.
  8°.  [New York, 1897.]
-----.  The importance of bacteriological exam-
  inations  in  the  earlv  diagnosis of pulmonary
  tuberculosis.   21.  83.  [New York, 1897.]
-----.  Circular  of  information regarding the
  Pasteur treatment for the prevention of hydro-
New York (City).   Health  Department—cont'd.
  phobia.  Sept. 20,  1900.  1 sheet.   8°.   [New
  York, 1900.]
-----.   Circular to physicians, setting forth the
  importance of immunization for the prevention
  of diphtheria.  2 1.  8°.  [New York, 1900.]
-----.   The importance of the disinfection of the
  urine of typhoid fever patients.   2 1.  8°.  [New
  York, 1900.]
-----.   Quarterly reports of the board of health
  of the department of health of the city of New
  York.  1.  qr., 1901,  to  1. qr.,  1905.   8 .  New
  York, 1901-5.
-----.   Condensed quarterlv  reports of bureau of
  records. >- 1. qr., 1901,  to 1. qr.,  1903; 1.,  2., 4.
  qrs.,  1904;  1., 2. qrs., 1905.  fol.   New  York,
  1901-5.
-----.   An abstract of tbe work done by the de-
  partment  of health  for the six  months ending
  July  1, 1905.   10 pp.   8 y   New York,  M. B.
  Brown, 1905.
New York (City).  Health Department.  Bacte-
  riological Laboratory.  Scientific  bulletin No. 1.
  Report on bacteriological  investigations  and
  diagnosis   of  diphtheria.   From  May 4, 1893,
  to May 4,  1894.  57  pp., 2  pl.   8°.  New  York,
  M. B.  Brown,  1895.
-----.   Circular of information relating to diph-
  theria antitoxin.   Feb. 11,1896.   2 1. 8°.  [New
  York,  1896.]
-----.   Tlie work and the products of the bacte-
  riological and vaccine laboratories ofthe health
  department.   [Circular of information. ]  11pp.
  8°.  [New  York, 1897.]
New York (City).   Health  Department.  Bureau
  of Vital statistics.  Reported mortality, together
  with the actual mortality.   (Weeklv.)  July 31,
  1886, to Dec. 27, 1890.   4°.  New York, 1886-90.
    "Want Dec. 6, 1890.
-----.   Reported deaths from the principal zy-
  motic diseases in  institutions, tenement houses,
  etc., during the quarter  ending Dec. 31, 1886.
  broadside,  15  by 29  inches.   [New York,  1887.]
-----.   Report of the deaths in the  city during
  the year 1888. By Roger S. Tracv, register of
  records.  15 pp.  8°.  [New York, 1889.]
-----.   Deaths for a week; 625 more than births.
  A total of  1,424 against 1,202 for the preceding
  week.   Grippe's alarming spread.
     Cutting from: New York Herald, Jan. 12, 1890.
New York (City).  Health Department.   Divi-
  sion of School  Inspection.  Instructions for med-
  ical school inspectors.  37 pp.   8°.   New  York,
  M. B.  Brown Co., 1897.
IVew York (City).   Police Department.   Annual
  reports to  the mayor of the city, for  the years
  1885-1903.  8°.  New York,  1886-1904.
New York (State).  Health laws of NewJYork.
  41, viii pp.  8°.   New York, J. Cheetham, 1805.
-----.   An act to supply the city of Brooklyn with
  water.  Passed June  3,1853.  18 pp.   8°.   Brook-
  lyn, I. Van Anden, 1853.
-----.   Laws relative to the  public health in the
  city of New  York.   46 pp.   8°.    iVeit;  York,
  Browne 4" Hasbrouck, 1856.   [P., v. 640.]
-----.   The same.  46 pp.   8°.   New  York, E.
  Jones,  1857.
-----.   Communication from his  excellency the
  governor, transmitting the report of the commis-
  sioners for  the removal ofthe quarautine station.
  No. 13. Jan.  16, 1860.   40 pp.  8°.   Albany, C.
  Van Benthuy8en, 1860.
------.   An act  iu relation to infectious aud con-
  tagious diseases  of  animals.   Passed May 31,
  1884.   1 sheet. 8°.  [Albany, 1884.]
-----.   An  act to provide for the destruction of
  animals affected with the disease known as glan- 
NEW  YORK.
664
NEW  YORK.
New York (State)—continued.
  ders.   Chap. 53.  Approved Mar.  14, 1888.  1
  sheet.  16°.  [Albany, 1888.]
-----.  Au act for the  preservation of the public
  health and  the  registration of vital statistics.
  Chap. 270.  Passed May 12, 1885.  (As amended
  by chaps.  146 aud 309  of 1888.)  7 pp.   8°.  [Al-
  bany, 1888.]
-----.  Additional report of the commissioners on
  capital punishment of the State of New  York.
  Transmitted to the legislature Jan. 19, 1892.  41
  pp.  8°.   Albany, J. B. Lyon, 1892.
-----.  Report  of the  investigation  of the State
  commission in lunacy and the State hospitals for
  the insane by the subcommittee of the Senate
  finance aud assembly ways and  meaus commit-
  tees.  May 10, 1895.   24 pp.  8°.  Albany, J. B.
  Lyon, 1895.
New York State.
    See, also,  Cholera  (History, etc., of),  Deaf-
  mutes (Asylums, etc., for), Diphtheria (History,
  etc., of),   Fever  (Malarial,  History,  etc, of),
  Fever (Typhoid,  History, etc.,  of), Hospitals
  (Gyncecologic, etc.), Insane (Asylums for, Descrip-
  tions, etc.,  of), Insane (Care, etc., of), Meningi-
  tis  (Cerebrospinal, History, etc., of), Sewage
  (Disposal  of), Societies (Medical), Statistics
  (Vital), Water (Supply of), by localities.
    Charity Organization Society of the City of
  New York.  A classified and descriptive  direc-
  tory of the  charitable aud beneficent societies
  and institutions of the city of New York.  12°.
  New York, 1*83.
    Erie County Almshouse.  Annual  reports of
  the keeper to  the board of supervisors of Erie
  County, for the years 1896; 1898.  8°. Buffalo,
  1897-9.
    Kings  County.   Commissioner of Charities.
  Annual reports  to the board of supervisors of
  the county of Kings.   1.-3., 1870-71  to 1872-3;
  6.-9., 1875-6 to 1878-9; 12., 1881-2; 18., 1887-8.
  8°.  Brooklyn 4- New  York,  1871-88.
    Kings  Couuty.  Superintendents  of the Poor.
  Annual reports to the board  of supervisors of
  Kings County,  for the years 1853-4; 1856-7;
  1859-60 to 1869-70.  8°.  Williamsburgh 4- Brook-
  lyn, 1854-70.
    Newburgh Home for the Friendless.  Annual
  reports of the officers  to the public.   1., 1861-2;
  2., 1862-3; 4.-27., 1864-5 to 1887-8;  29., 1889-90.
  8°.  Newburgh, 1862-90.
    New York   (State).  Annual  report of  the
  State agent for discharged convicts to the legis-
  lature.  1., 1878.  8°.   Albany, 1879.
    New York (State).  Senate.  An act to estab-
  lish a commission in and for the city aud county
  of New York, to be known and  designated as
  the commission of charitable correction, aud to
  define its powers and jurisdiction.   Introduced
  by Mr. Benedict.  No. 245.   Feb. 5, 1873.  4 pp.
  fol.  [Albany, 1873.]
    New York (State).   New York State Reforma-
  tory, at Elmira.   Annual reports of  the board of
  managers  to the legislature.   1.-20., 1876 to
  1894-5.  8°.  Elmira,  1877-96.
    New York (State).   State Board of Charities.
  Annual  reports to the  legislature.  12.-17.,
  1878-83.  8°. Albany, 1879-84.
    -----.   A communication to  the  mayor of
  New York in regard  to the official charities of
  the city,  from  Theodore  Roosevelt,  Josephine
  Shaw  Lowell,  and Edward C. Donnelly, com-
  missioners of the State Board of Charities.  8°.
  Albany, 1877.
    -----.   First report of the committee on the
  abuses  of medical  charities,   comprising  the
  answers received from the  general  dispensaries
  of Xew York.  8°.  [New York], 1878.
New 1 ork State.
    -----.  Public official care of orphan and des-
  titute  children,  versus  private  beneficence.
  Letter regarding  assembly bill  No.  121, enti-
  tled "An  act to incorporate the Home for the
  Destitute Children of Sulfolk County", addressed
  to the judiciary committee of the Assembly by
  Commissioner Letch worth, ofthe State board of
  charities.  8°.  [Albany, 1883.]
    -----.   Condition and necessities ofthe State
  Industrial School.   Rochester, N. Y.,  as  stated
  by the State board of charities  after a  thorough
  examination, with the notes made by its com-
  mittee at  the auuual inspection.  8°.  Rochester
  1890.
    New York (State).   State Cabinet of Natural
  History.  Annual reports of the regents of the
  University of the  State of New York on the
  condition of the . . ., aud the historical aud an-
  tiquarian  collection annexed  thereto, to  the
  legislature.  1.-13., 1847-59; 15., 1861;  20., 1866.
  8°.  Albany, 1848-67.
    New York.  State Charities Aid Association.
  Annual reports of the board of  managers  to tlie
  State board of charities of the  State of New
  York.  1.-15., 1872-3 to 1886-7.  8°.  New York,
  1873-88.
    New York ( State ).   State  Industrial School,
  Rochester.  Apnual reports of the board of man-
  agers to the legislature.   1., 1849; 2., 1850; 7.-
  10., 1855-8;  12.-42., 1860 to 1889-90.   8°.  Al-
  bany 4" Rochester, 1850-91.
    Societe  francaise de  bienfaisance  de New-
  York.  Rapport  du president  aux  membres.
  82.-90., 1889-90  to 1897-8.   8°.   New  York,
  1890-98.
    State  Charities Aid  Association.   Annual
  reports of the board of managers to the State
  board of  charities  of the  State of  New York.
  1.-17., 1872-3 to 1888-9; 22., 1893-4.   8°.  Neiv
  York, 1873-95.
    -----.   No. 33.  Suggestions  for  the use  of
  workers  among  the poor.  Compiled by the
  standing committee on the elevation  of the poor
  in their  homes.    May, 1883.  8°.  Neio York,
  1883.
    -----.   No. 36. Moral elevation of girls.  Sug-
  gestions relating to preventive work.  Commit-
  tee ou the elevation of the poor in their houses.
  February, 1884.   8°. New York, 1884.
    -----.   No. 41.  Postal savings banks for the
  United States of America.  8°.  New York, 1885.
    -----.   Catalogue  of library,  April,  1886.
  8°.  New York,  [1886].
    -----.   Suggestions for hospital construction
  by the hospital committee of the ...  8°.  [New
  York, n. d.]
    State (The)  Charities Record.  No. 6.  v. 1,
  March, 1890.  4°.  New  York, 1890.
    United States.   Department of Agriculture.
  Weather  Bureau.    Reports (monthly).   New
  New York section of the climate and crop service
  of the Weather Bureau.  Iu  cooperation with
  Cornell University.  Nos. 4-12, v. 11;  v. 12-14;
  Nos.  1-7,  10-12, v.  15; v. 16; v. 17; Nos. 1-3, v.
  18.  8°.  Ithaca 4- Buffalo,  1899-1906.
    -----.   Annual summary.   New York section
  of the climate and crop service of the Weather
  Bureau.  In  cooperation with Cornell Univer-
  sity.  For the vears 1899 to 1905.  4°.  Ithaca 4
  Buffalo, 1899-1906.
    -----.   New York section, climate  and crop
  service, Weather Bureau.   Iu  cooperation with
  Cornell University.  Weekly crop bulletin, No.
  2, 1902.  fol.  Ithaca, 1902.
    Colden (Miss).  Nachrlcht von einer Flora von Neu-
  York, ein Mspt. der  Misa Colden, mit Zeiclinuugen.  N.
  Mag. f. Aerzte, Leipz., 1787,  ix, 332-340.—Knopf (S..A.)
  Report on the care of the sick poor of the State of New 
NEW YORK.
665
NEW  YORK.
\ew York  State.
  York ; with suggestions for the establishment of convales-
  cent homes, psychopathic hospitals as reception stations
  for the insane, "and special pavilions for tbe treatment of
  the  tuberculous  insane and  epileptics;  also  sanatoria,
  special hospitals, tuberculosis dispensaries, and agricul-
  tural colonies  for consumptives dependent  on  public
  charity. Med. News. N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 1111-1115.  Also,
  Reprint.
New York  (State).   Assembly.  Report of the
  commissioners appointed  by law to  examine into
  the  condition of the New York Hospital, the New
  York Eye Infirmary, Seamen's Retreat, Marine
  Hospital at Staten Island. No. 92.   Apr. 8,1853.
  16 pp.  8°.   [Albany, 1853.]
.-----.  An act to fouud. a State Woman's  Hospital.
  No. 619.  Apr. 8, 1857.  Introd. by  Mr.  Varnum.
  4 pp.  fol.   [A Ibany, 1857.]
-----.  An act to amend section 407 of the Penal
  Code, with  reference  to  the  adulteratiou of
  food, drugs,  and liquors.  No. 342.  Introd. by
  Savery, Jan. 29,  1889.   2 pp.  fol.  [Albany,
  1669.]
-----.  An act to provide for the preliminary edu-
  cation of medical students.  No. 884.  Introd. by
  R. P. Bush, Mar. 13, 1889.  2 pp.  fol.  [Albany,
  1689.]
■-----.  An act  for the regulation of the working
  hours of pharmacists and drug clerks in the city
  of New York.  No. 46.   Jan. 11, 1900.   Introd.
  by Mr. Heury.  Ref. to the committee  on public
  health.   2pp.  roy. 8-.  [Albany,  1900.]
-----.  The same.  Nos. 46, 1054.   Jan. 11, 1900.
  Rep.  with  amendments, and  recommitted.  2
  pp.  roy. 8C.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  The same.   Nos. 46, 1054, 1299.  Rep. and
  ordered  printed as  amended.   2  pp.   roy. 8°.
  [Albany,  1900.]
-----.  An act  to ameud  the public health law,
  and the acts amendatory thereof, in relatiou to
  pharmaev, aud repealing certain sections  there-
  of.   No.'157.   Jan. 15,  1900.   Introd. by Mr.
  Hill.  Ref. to  the committee ou public health.
  26 pp. roy. 8=.   [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  The same.   Nos. 157, 1058.  Jan. 15, 1900.
  Rep.  with amendments.   26 pp.   roy. 8°.  [Al-
  bany, 1900.]
-----.  An act  to amend  the public health law,
  relative  to the penalty  for selling, purchasing,
  or altering a diploma or  license to practice den-
  tistry.  Nos. 163, 853, 1010.   Jan.  15,  1900.  In-
  trod.  by Mr. Green.   2  pp.  rov.  8°.  [Albany,
  1900.]
-----.   An act to  prevent premature  burial of
  human beings in the State of New York.  No.
  221.  Jan. 16, 1900.  Introd. by Mr.  Gale.  Ref.
  to committee on public health.  2 pp.  roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.   The same.   Nos. 221, 1059.  Jan. 16, 1900.
  Rep.  with amendments.   2 pp.  roy.  8°.  [Al-
  bany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to amend chapter 661 of the laws
  of 1893, entitled "An act in relation to the pub-
  lic  health, constituting chapter 25  ofthe general
  laws", as amended by chapter 840  of the laws of
  1^96, relative to the practice of veterinary medi-
  cine.  No. 287.  Jan.  18, 1900.  Introd.  by Mr.
  Ellis.  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to amend  the public health law,
  and the acts amendatory thereof, relative to the
  practice  of  veterinary medicine.  Nos. 287, 558.
  Jan. 18, 1900.  Introd. by Mr. Ellis.  2 pp.  roy.
  8°.   [Albany,  1900.]
-----.  An act to provide a pension  for medical
  officers in the  service of  the State hospitals, for
  disabilities  incurred  while  in active service.
  No. 351.  Jan. 19, 1900.   Introd.  by  Mr. Post.
  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
New York (State).  Assembly—coutiuued.
  ----.   An act  to  regulate  the use of  bottles
  collected on dumps or by bottle exchanges.  No.
  395.   Jan. 23,  1900.  Iutrod.  by Mr. Fiske.  2
  pp.  roy. 8°.   [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.  An act to amend the public health  law
  regulating the  practice of voterinarv mediciue.
  Nos.  567, 913.   Jan.  29, 1900.  Introd.  by  Mr.
  Coughtry.  Ref.  to the committee on  public
  health.  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.  The same.  Nos. 567, 913, 2326.  Jan. 29,
  1900.  Rep. with amendments.  3 pp.  roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.  An act  to  amend  section  1226  of  the
  Greater New York charter with  reference to
  the sale of  lymph aud  antitoxin.   No.  629.
  Jan. 31, 1900.  Introd. by Mr. Morgan.  3 pp,
  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.  An act  to  amend  the law relating to
  diseases of  domestic  animals.  No. 695. Feb.
  1, 1900.  Introd.  by  investigating committee
  on tuberculosis and other diseases of animals.
  11pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.  An act enabling the  board of  embalm-
  ing examiners  of  the  State  of New York to
  receive  the application of Robert S. Cree, Frank
  L. Cree, and  Charles D. Cree, of the village of
  Nunda, in the  State of New York, for  a license
  to engage in the  business of embalming.  No.
  790.   Feb. 1900.  Introd. by Mr. Kelsey.  2 pp.
  roy. 8°.   [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.  Au act to amend the village law in rela-
  tion to  the  appointment of an inspector of
  plumbing in villages  of the first and second
  class.  Nos. 865, 1253.   Feb. 8, 1900. Iutrod. by
  Mr. Ellis.  3 pp.  roy. 8°.   [ A Ibany, 1900.]
  ----.   An act to promote.the  public health and
  to amend chapter 473 of the laws of 1892, en-
  titled "An act  to establish free  public baths in
  cities,  villages,  and  towns".  Nos. 895, 1315.
  Feb.  8, 1900.  Iutrod.  by Mr. Sanders.  2 pp.
  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.   An  act  to  amend  the agricultural law,
  aud the act  amendatory thereof, relative to the
  prevention of disease in fruit trees aud the pests
  that infest  the same.  Nos. 901, 2151.   Feb.  8,
  1900.   Introd. by Mr. Litchard.   7 pp.   roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
  ----.   An act  to establish  the New York State
  Hospital for the care of crippled and  deformed
  children.  No.  904.  Feb. 8, 1900.  Introd. by
  Mr. Allds.  9 pp.   roy. 8°.  [Albany,,1900.]
  -----.   An act to regulate the practice  of mid-
  wifery  and  provide  for  the  licensing of mid-
  wives iu the city of New York.   No. 993.  Feb.
  13,1900.  Iutrod. by Mr. McKeown.  Ref. to the
  committee on  affairs of cities.  3 pp.  roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
  -----.   The same.   Nos. 993, 1840.  Feb. 13,1900.
  Rep.  with  a substitute.  4 pp.  roy.  8C.  [Al-
  bany, 1900.]
  -----.   An act in relation to chiropodists and the
  practice of chiropody.  Nos. 1228, 2338.   Feb.
  20, 1900.  Introd. by Mr. Gardiner.  3 pp.  roy.
  8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
  -----.  An act to exempt from taxation the prop-
  erty of certain  medical societies  situated  in
  cities of the  first class.  No. 1262.   Feb. 21,
  1900.  Introd.  by  Mr. Cotton.  2 pp.  roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
  -----.  An act  to amend the code  of  criminal
  procedure, relative to statements of police clerks
  in New York City to the secretary of state.  Nos.
  1270,  2339.  Feb. 21,  1900.  Introd.   bv  Mr.
  Weekes.  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany,,1900.]
  -----.  An act to amend chapter 16 of the  gen-
  eral laws, entitled "An act  iu relation to the 
NEW  YORK.
666
NEW  YORK.
New York (State).  Assembly—continued.
  militia, otherwise  known as the military code,"
  in relation to hospital corps aud military phar-
  macists.  No. 1490.  Feb.  27, 1900.   Introd. by
  Mr. Cotton.   9 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to amend the public health law
  relating to licenses of physicians and surgeons.
  No. 1496.  Feb. 27,  1900.  Introd. by Mr. Rodeu-
  beck.  3 pp.  roy.  8C.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to charter the "New York State
  Medical Association" for the purpose of the cul-
  tivation and advancement of the science of med-
  icine, the promotion of public health, the estab-
  lishment of a death benefit fund  for the  de-
  pendents of its members, and  the assisting in
  the work of enforcement of the general medical
  laws of the State of New York.  No. 1562.  Feb.
  28,  1900.  Introd.  by Mr.  Henry.  Ref.  to  the
  committee  on  public health.  4 pp.  roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  The same.  Nos. 1562, 2158.  Feb. 28, 1900.
  Rep. with amendments.  4 pp.  roy. 8°.   [Al-
  bany, 1900. J
-----.  An act to amend the public health law,
  and the acts amendatory thereof,  in  relation to
  the practice  of dentistry.  No. 1585.  Feb. 28,
  1900.  Introd. by Mr.  Russell.  3 pp.  roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to amend the code of civil pro-
  cedure iu relatiou to disclosures by physicians
  and  surgeons.  No.  1714.   March  2, 1900.  In-
  trod. by Mr. Henry.  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany,
  1900.]
-----.  An act to establish and maintain a water
  department in and for  the city of Utica.   No.
  2067.   March 13, 1900.  Introd. by W. J. Sulli-
  van.  22 pp.  roy. 8°.   [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to provide for the  establishment
  aud maintenance by the city of New York of a
  hospital for the regular treatmeut ofthe disease
  known  as pulmonary tuberculosis.  Nos. 2122,
  2377.  March 14,  1900.   Introd. by Mr. Henry.
  4 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to establish a hospital for the city
  of Lockport to be  known as the City Hospital,
  and to provide for the erection, government, and
  maintenance thereof.  No. 2138. March 14, 1900.
  Introd.  by Mr.  Darrisou.  7 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Al-
  bany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to provide for the purchase of
  water works by the city of Ithaca.  No. 2351.
  March 22, 1900.   Introd. by Mr. Conger.  15 pp.
  roy. 8°.  [Albany,  1900.]
-----.  Report of  the Adirondack  committee,
  assembly of 1902.   Transmitted to the legisla-
  ture April 16, 1903.  19 pp.  8°. Albany, Arqus
  Co.,. 1903.
-----.  Report of the special committee  of the
  assembly on the Adirondacks.  Transmitted to
  the legislature April 13, 1904.  11 pp.  8°.  Al-
  bany, 0. A. Quale,  1904.
New  York (State).   Senate.  Report  and  me-
  morial of the county superiutendeuts of the poor
  of this State on lunacy and its relatiou to pau-
  perism, and for relief of insane poor.  Jan. 23,
  1856.  20 pp.  8°.  [Albany, 1856.]
-----.  Report of the committee ou taxation and
  retrenchment ofthe senate of the State of New
  York in the matter of the memorial ofthe Morn-
  ingside  Park Association,  in reference  to  the
  Bloomingdale Asylum for  the Insane.  Trans-
  mitted to the legislature May 4,  1888.   S. 61.
  xxviii, 315 pp.  8°.   Troy, Troy Press Co., 1868.
-----•  An act for the regulation of pharmacists
  and druggists and to prevent accidents and mis-
  takes in the  preparing and compounding of
  medicinal prescriptions in the city of New York.
New York (State).  Senate—continued.
  No. 19.   Jan. 3,  1900.   Introd.  bv Mr.  Ford
  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to amend the insanity law, relat-
  ing to consulting  and women physicians.  No.
  124.   Jan. 16,  1900.   Introd. by Mr. Ambler.
  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  Au act to amend chapter 338 of tho laws
  of 1893, entitled "An act in relation to agricul-
  ture,  constituting articles 1,  2,  3, 4,  and 5  of
  chapter 33 of the general laws" relative to dis-
  eases  of domestic animals.  No. 260.  Jan. 25,
  1900.   Introd. by  Mr. Ambler.  2 pp.   roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act for  the protection of the public
  health, and to prevent the use of certain poisons
  in  snuff and tobacco and proprietary or  patent
  medicines. No. 376.   Jan. 31, 1900.  Introd. by
  Mr. Sullivan.  1 sheet, roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.J
-----.  An act to amend  section 100 of article 5
  of chapter 488 of the laws of  1892, as  amended
  by chapter 974 ofthe laws of 1895, in relation to
  pollution  of  streams.   No. 383.  Jan. 31, 1900.
  Introd. by Mr. Willis.  2  pp.  roy. 8°.   [Albany,
  1900.]
-----.  An act to amend  section 233 of chapter
  105 of the laws of 1891, eutitled "An  act to re-
  vise the charter ofthe city of Buffalo", with re-
  lation to the protection of the  public health.
  No. 388.   Jan. 31, 1900.  Introd. by Mr. Mackey.
  2 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany. 1900.]
-----.  An act to  prevent  mistakes in the sale
  and handling of poison.  No. 420.  Feb. 1, 1900.
  Introd.  by Mr. Wilcox.  Ref.  to the committee
  on public health.    2  pp.   roy.  8°.   [Albany,
  1900.]
-----.  The same.  Nos.  420, 780.  Feb. 1, 1900.
  Rep. with amendments.   2 pp.   roy. 8°.  [Al-
  bany,  1900.]
-----.  An act to  amend the insanity law and
  incorporate therein  other  statutes relating  to
  the insane.   No. 433.  Feb. 1,  1900.  Introd. by
  Mr. Brackett.  21 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to amend  the public health  law,
  and  the  acts amendatory  thereof, relative  to
  the practice  of veterinary medicine.  No. 899.
  Feb. 6,1900.  Assembly biil No. 558.  Introd. by
  Mr. Ellis.  Ref.  to  the committee on  public
  health.   4 pp.  rov.  8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  The same.  Nos. 899, 987.  Feb. 6, 1900.
  Rep. favorably and committed to  the committee
  of the whole.  4 pp.   roy. My  [Albany, 1900. ]
-----.  An act to establish the New York State
  Hospital for the Care of Crippled and Deformed
  Children.  No. 559.   Feb.  9,  1900.  Introd. by
  Mr. Higgins.   9 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  Au act to provide for the payment to the
  Pasteur Institute of the  expenses for  treatment
  and board of persons bitten by dogs within the
  county of Erie. No.  590.  Feb. 13, 1900.   Introd.
  by G. A. Davis. 2  pp. roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to prevent the use of unhealthy
  chemicals or substances in the  preparation or
  manufacture of any article used or to be used
  in the preparation of foods.  No. 639.   Feb. 15,
  1900.  Introd. by Mr. Wilcox.  1 sheet,   roy. 8°.
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An  act  regulating  aud  restraining the
  practice of midwifery in the  city of New York
  by others than legally  authorized physicians.
  No. 681.  Feb. 19, 1900.  Introd. by Mr. Pluuk-
  itt.  4 pp. roy. 8°.   [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An act to permit examination of dental
  students  engaged  in the study of dentistry un-
  der private preceptorship ou May 12, 1692, who
  failed to file the  certificate required  by chap-
  ter 528 of the laws of lc92, under the same con- 
NEW  YORK.
667
NEW YORK.
New York (State).  Senate—continued.
  dition as if such certificate had been filed.  No.
  837.  Feb. 26,1900.  Introd. by Mr. White.  Ref.
  to  the  committee  on  finance.   2 pp.  roy. 8\
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  The same.   Nos. 837, 195s.  Feb. 26,1900.
  Rep. favorably and committed to the committee
  of Ihe whole,  roy. 8'.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An  act to amend  chapter 410 of the laws
  of  1892, in relation to the salaries of coroners'
  physicians.   No. 995.    March 5, 1900.   Introd.
  by'Mr. Norton.  2  pp.  roy. 8 .   [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An  act to amend  the insanity law, in re-
  lation to treasurer of State hospitals.  No. 1002.
  March  5, 1900.   Introd. by Mr. Goodsell.  2 pp.
  roy. i-u.  [Albany, 1900.]
 -----.  An  act to charter the "New York State
  Medical Association" for tbe purpose of the cul-
  tivation  and  advancement of  the science  of
  medicine,  the promotion of public health,  tin-
  establishment of a death beuefit  fund for  the
  dependents of its members, and the assisting in
  the work of the enforcement of the general med-
  ical laws of the State of New York.  No. 1025.
  March 6, 1900.  Introd.  by Mr. Ford.  Commit-
  ted to  the committee on public health.  4 pp.
  roy. 8°. [Albany, 1900.]
---—.  The same.   Nos.  1025, 1254.   March 6,
  1900.  Rept. favorably, aud ordered to be printed
  as  amended.  4 pp.  roy.  8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An  act for the regulation of the working
  hours of pharmacists and  drug clerks in cities of
  one niilliou  or more  inhabitants.  No.  1378.
  March 7, 1900.  Assembly bill No. 1299.   Iutrod.
  by Mr. Henry.  2 pp.   roy. 8-\   [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An  act to establish the  New York State
  Hospital for the Care  of Crippled and Deformed
  Children.   No.  1407.  March  12, 1900.   Introd.
  by Mr. Allds.  8 pp.  roy. 8°.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.  An  act to establish a hospital for the city
  of  Lockport to be known as  the City Hospital,
  and to provide  for the  erection,  government,
  aud maintenance thereof.   No. 1195.  March 14,
  1900.  Introd. by Mr. Ellsworth.  6 pp.  roy. 8°.  I
  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.   An  act to amend  section 80 of article 6 of j
  chapter 559 of the laws of 1>95 regarding  the
  number of directors  of hospital corporations.  J
  No. 1196.   March 14, 1900.  Introd. by D. F. Da-  ,
  vis.  2 pp.   roy. ~-.  [Albany, 1900.]
-----.   An  act  to amend the public health law,
  and the acts amendatory thereof, in relation to
  pharmacv, and repealing certain sections thereof.
  No. 1357'  March  14,  1900.   Assembly  bill No.
  1601.   Iutrod. by Mr.  Hill.  28  pp.  roy.  8-.
  [Albany, 1900.]
New York (State).  Adjutant-~General of  the
  State  of New York. Annual reports of the . . .
  to the governor of the State, for the years 1891;
  1892; 1897-9; 1902-4.  liv.   8\  Albany, 1892-
  1905.
    Reports for 1902 to 1904 contain 2 v. each.
IVew York (State).  Binghamton State Hospital.
  Annual reports  of the  superintendent to the
  State commission in lunacy.  7.-25., 1887-8 to
  1902-3.  6°.  Albany, 1889-1904.
    Formerly called: Binghamton Asylum for the Chronic
  Insane.  Adopted the present title in 1890.
New York  (State).  Buffalo  State  Asylum for
  the Insane.   Training School for Nurses.  [Rules
  adopted by the board of managers  for the em-
  ployment,  training, aud pay of  attendants.]
  21.   8y  [Buffalo, 1890?]
New York (State).  Buffalo State Hospital.  Rules
  and regulations for the government of attend-
  ants and assistants.  Adopted by the board  of
  managers July  11,  1888.  24  pp.   8°.  Buffalo,
  E. H. Hutchinson, 1888.
New York (State).   Buffalo State Hospital—con.
-----.  Annual reports  of the superintendent to
  the State com mission-in lunacy.   18.-34.,  1887-8
  to 1903-4.  8°.  Buffalo <,- Albany,  1889-1905.
    Formerly called: Buffalo State Asylum for the Insane.
  Adopted the present title in 1890.
New York (State).   Central New  York Institu-
  tion for Duif-Mules, at Borne.  Annual reports of
  the board of tiustees and officers to the legisla-
  tuie.  6.-24.,  1879-80 to 1.-97-H;   26.-30.,  1^90-
  1900 to 1903-4.  8°.   Albany, 1881-1905.
-----.  A free school for the education of the deaf
  and dumb.   [The work  of the school. ]  6 1.
  obi. 16°.  Borne, by the pupil*, 1^95.
-----.  The  same.   8 1.   obi.  16°.  Borne,  by  the
  pupils, 1697.
New York (State).  Commissioners of Emigration
  of the State of New York.  Report of special com-
  mittee appointed by the ... to investigate into
  complaints of passengers of ship James Foster,
  jr.   126 pp.   8°.   New  York,  D. Taylor, l8f>9.
-----.  Annual report  to  the legislature.  25.,
  1871.  175 pp.  8°.   New York, D. Taylor, 1872.
New York (State).   Commissioners of Fisheries,
  Game, and Forests.   Insects injurious to  forest
  trees.   By E. P.  Felt.   31 pp., 5 pl.  roy. 8°.
  New  York,  Wynkoop, Hallenbeck,  Crawford  Co.,
  1896.
    Repr.  from: Comm. Fish, Game, aud Forests.   Report.
  L,1897-8.
New York (State).  Commissioners of  Quaran-
  tine.  Annual reports of the commissioners to
  the legislature, for the years 1864-76; 1889; 1891;
  1894;  1895;  1898  to 1901;  1903.  8°.  Albany,
  1865-1904.
New York (State).   Department of Agriculture.
  Annual report of  the  commissioner  of agricul-
  ture  to  the legislature.   4.,  1896.   3 v.  8°.
  Albany 4' New York, 1897.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. Fourth annual report of the regular work of the
  department.
    v. 2. Eighth annual reportof the State Weather Bureau,
  and ninth annual reportof the Cornell University Agricul-
  tural Experiment Station.
    v. 3. Fifteenth annual report ofthe New York Agricul-
  tural Experiment Station, Geneva.
New York (State).   Department of Agriculture.
  New  York Agricultural  Experiment Station, Ge-
  neva.  Anuual reports  of the board  of control,
  with reports of the director and  other officers,
  to the legislature.   15.-19., 1895-6  lo  1899-1900;
  21.,  1901-2; 22.,  1902-3.   7 v.   8°.   Albany  #
  New York, 1897-1904.
    The 15., 1895-6, constitutes v. 3 of the annual report of
  the commissioner of agriculture for 1895-6.
-----.  Bulletins.   Nos. 203; 227-239; 243-254;
  256-268.  December, 1901,  to September, 1905.
  8°.  Geneva, 1901-5.
New York (State).   Department of Agriculture.
  New  York  State   Weather  Bureau.    Reports
  (monthly).    Issued  in  co-operation with the
  U. S. Department  of Agriculture,  Weather Bu-
  reau.  No. 4,  v. 2; Nos. 4, 6, v.  3; Nos. 11, 12,
  v. 5; v. 6-10; Nos.  1-3, v. 11.   4°.   [Albany,
  1889-99.]
    For continuation, see United State*.  Department of
  Agriculture. Weather Bureau. Reports (monthly). New
  York section of the climate aud crop service.
-----.   Annual reports of  the  director  to the
  commissioner  of agriculture.  1.-5., 1889-93; 8.,
  1896.   8°.  Albany <Sr New York, 1890-97.
    Created by and organized under the laws of the State of
  New York.' Reorganized and placed under the  depart-
  ment of agriculture.  Chap. 338, laws of 1893. In cooper-
  ation with  the United States Weather Bureau.   The 8.,
  1896, constitutes v. 2 of the annual report of the commis-
  sioner of agriculture.
New York (State).  Forest, Fish, and Game Com-
  mission.  Annual reports to the legislature. 8.-
  10., 1901-2 to  1903-4.   3 v.  8°.  Albany, 1903-5. 
NEW YORK.
668
NEW YORK.
New York (State).   Forest, Fish, and Game Com-
  mission—continued.
-----.  Bulletin.  Forest fires of 1903.  By Wil-
  liam F. Fox.  55 pp., 14 pl.  8°.  Albany, 0. A.
  Quayle, 1904.
    Repr. from: Rept. Forest, Fish, and Game Comm. 9.,
  1902-3.                   I
------.  Bulletin.  Adirondack game in 1904.  34
  pp.  8\  Albany, Brandow  Ptg. Co., 1905.
    Repr.from: Rept. Forest, Fish, and Game Comm.  10.,
  1903-4.
------.  Bulletin.  Forestry affairs in New York,
  1904.  28 pp., 12 pl.   8°.  Albany, Brandow Pig.
  Co., 1905.
    Repr. from: Rept. Forest, Fish, and Game Comm.  10.,
  1903-4.
New York ( State ).   Forest  Preserve  Board.
  Auuual  reports to  the governor of the  State.
  2.,  1888;  3., 1899.   80 pp.; 63 pp.  8°.   Albany,
  1899-1900.
New York (State).    Hudson River State Hos-
  pital,  at  Poughkeepsie.  Annual reports of the
  managers and superintendent to the State com-
  mission  in lunacy.   18.-39., 1883-4 to  1904-5.
  8°.  Albany, 1885-1906.
New York (State).  Inspectors  of State Prisons.
  Annual  report to the legislature.  12.,  1858-9.
  242  pp.   8°.   Albany,   C. Van  Benthuysen,
  18(10.
New York (State).  Long Island State Hospital,
  at Flatbush.  Annual reports of  the superintend-
  ent  to the  State Commission  in Lunacy.   8.,
  1902-3; 9., 1903-4.   40 pp.; 39 pp.  8°.  Albany,
  1904-5.
    For preceding reports (1.-7.), see New York (State).
  Long Island State HospitaU.
New York (State).  Long Island State Hospital,
  at Kings Park.   Annual report of the superin-
  tendent  to the  State commission  in  lunacy.
  8.,  1902-3.  59 pp.   8°.  Albany, J. B. Lyon Co.,
  1904.
    For preceding reports (1.-7.), see IVew York (State).
  Long Island State Hospitals.
New York (State).   Long Island  State  Hos-
  pitals.   Annual  reports of  the managers  and
  general superintendent to the State commission
  in  lunacy.   1.-7.,  1895-6 to 1901-2.  8°.   New
  York 4' Albany, 1897-1903.
    Formerly the Kings County Asylum.  Transferred to
  the State in  1895.  The district  comprises the counties
  of Kings, Queens, and Suffolk.  The hospital is divided into
  two departments.  Brooklyn department, at Flatbush,
  L. I.; Kings Park department, at Kings Park, L. I.  In
  1903, separate reports are made for each institution, which
  see, for continuation, under respective titles.
New York (State).   Manhattan State Hospitals,
  at New York.  Annual reports  of the managers
  and general  superintendent to the State com-
  mission in lunacy.   1.-8., 1895-6 to 1902-3.  8C.
  Albany .,- New York, 1897-1904.
    Created by act approved Jan. 28, 189C.  The citv of New
  York made formal transfer of the property Feb. 28 to the
  State of New York, when the New  York City  Asylums
  ceased  to exist, and was succeeded by the present system
  under  State  control.  The institutions  are located at
  "Ward's Island, Blackwell's Island,  Hart's Island, and
  Central Slip.
New York (State).   Matteawan  State Hospital,
  Matteawan, N. Y.    Reports of the commission
  [of construction] on the New Asylum for Iusaue
  Criminals, at Matteawan-on-the-Hudson.  1.-5.,
  1887-91.  8°.   Troy 4- Albany, 1888-92.
------.  Annual reports of the medical  superin-
  tendent to the superintendent of State prisons.
  29.-45., 1887-8 to 1903-4.  8°.  Albany 4- Auburn,
  1889-1905.
    Formerly known  as State  Asylum for Insane Crimi-
  nals, at Auburn.  Adopted the present title in 1893, in ac-
  cordance with an act ofthe legislature.
New York (State).   Middletown  State Homoeo-
  pathic Hospital.   Charter and by-laws of the
  State; HouKeopathic Asylum  for  the  Insane, at
  Middletown.   Adopted  Oct.  18,  1871.   21 pp.
  8°.  New York, Union Printing House, 1871.
    Bound tvith: Annual report* 4.-15., 1873-4to 1884-5.
------.   Annual reports of the medical  superin-
  tendent  to the  state  commission in  lunacy.
  18.-34., 18^7-8 to 1903-4.   8°.   Albany, New York
  4-  Troy. 1889-1905.
    See, also, New York (State).  State Homoeopathic Asy-
  lum for the Insane, at Middletown.  Adopted the present
  title in 1891.
New York (State).   Middletown State Homoeo-
  pathic Hospital.    Training  School  for  Nurses.
  Annual announcements  of  the ...   9., 1896-7;
  10., 1897-8.   15 pp.; 24 pp.  16° & 24°.  Middle-
  town, 1896-9.
New York (State).  New  York Institution for
  the Blind, New York City.  Annual reports of the
  managers and principal to the legislature.  50.-
  70.,  1884-5  to 1904-5.  8°.  New York 4- Albany,
  1885-1906.
New York (State).  New  York Institution for
  the Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, New  York
  City.   Anuual reports of the directors to the leg-
  islature.' 46.-48.,  1864-6; 63.,  1880-81; 65.-86.,
  1882-3 to 1903-4.  8°.  Neiv York 4-Albany, 1865-
  1905.
New York (State).   New York State Custodial
  Asylum  for Feeble-Minded  Women, at  Newark.
  Annual reports of  the managers and officers to
  the legislature.   9.-15., 1892-3 to 1898-9; 17.-21.,
  1900-1901 to  1904-5.   8°.  Albany 4-  New York,
  1894-1906.
    Also called State Custodial Asylum for Feeble-Minded
  ■Women.
New York (State).  New York State Hospital for
  the Care  of Crippled and Deformed Children, at
  Tarrytown.   Anuual reports ofthe board of man-
  agers aud superintendent to  the State board of
  charities.   1.-5., 1900-1901  to 1904-5.  8°.  Al-
  bany, 1902-5.
New York (State).  New  York  State  Inebriate
  Asylum, at  Binghamton.   Anuual report of the
  board of managers  and  superintendent to the
  legislature.  2.,  1863.   36 pp.   8°.  Albany,
  Comstock 4~ Cassidy, 1864.
New York (State).   New  York  State Reforma-
  tory,  Elmira.  Annual reports of the board of
  managers to the legislature.  1.-3., 1876-8; 11.-
  22., 1885-6  to 1896-7;  25., 1899-1900; 26.,  1900-
  1901.  8°.  Elmira, 1877-1901.
     Third, 1878, for 9 months ending Sept. 30, 1878.
New York (State).   New York State School for
  the Blind, at Batavia.  Ceremonies on laying the
  corner-stone of the New York State  Institution
  for the  Blind, at Batavia,  September 6,  1866.
  With the oration of S. Howe,  of Boston, letter of
  Dr. Chapin, etc.  53 pp.  8°.   Batavia, H.  Todd,
  1866.
------.  Annual reports of the managers and su-
  perintendent to the legislature.   4., 1871-2; 17.-
  36., 1884-5  to 1903-4.  8°.  Albany, 1872-1905.
     In 1895 the word "School" was substituted  in the title
  in lieu of the word "Institution".
New York (State).  New York State Soldiers' and
  Sailors' Home, Bath.  Annual reports of the trus-
  tees  aud superintendent to  the  legislature, for
  the years  1879-80;  1889-90  to  1893-4; 1895-6;
  1897-8; 1899-1900 to 1903-4.  8°.  A Ibany, 1881-95.
New York (State).  New  York State Veterinary
  College, at  Cornell University,  Ithaca.  Announce-
  ments for the sessions of 1896-7 to 1901-2 (1.-6.);
  1903-4 (8.).  8°  & 12°.  Ithaca, 1896-1903.
     Established  hy  act of the legislature, passed  March
  21, 1894.  By act of May 10,  1895, the State appropriated 
NEW YORK.                                669                                NEW YORK.
New York (State).  New York State Veterinary
  College, at Cornell University, Ithaca—continued.
  $100,000 for the erection aud equipment of suitable build-
  ings on the campus of Cornell University, aud the college
  was placed under the administration of the trustees of the
  university.  The 1. and 2. also, in .- P., v. 2212. Tbe 3. in .-
  P., v. 2212. Reports for 1900-1901 and subsequent are 12°.
_____-.   Addresses and papers.   By  the mem hers
  of the instructing staff of the .  . ., for the  years
  1896-8.   8°.   Ithaca, 1898.
    A collection of 55 papers.
New York (State).  Northern New York Institu-
  tion for Deaf-Mutes, at Malone.  Annual  reports
  of the trustees and officers to the legislat ure.  1.-
  21., 1884-5 to 1904-5.  8°.  [»-. p.]  18-6-1906.
    Incorporated Jan. 15, and opened iu September, 1884.
New York  (State).  Rochester  State Hospital
  Annual reports of the managers and superintend-
  ent to the  State  commission  in lunacy.  1.—11.,
  1891 to 1900-1901;  13.-15., 1902-3 to 1904-5.  8°.
  Utica, Albany 0- New York, 1892-1906.
    Created by act approved May 6, 1891, au act for the con-
  version of Monroe  County Insane Asylum into a State
  hospital.  The  managers were appointed  June  1, 1891.
  The 1. report for 3 months ending Sept. 30, 1891.
New York (State).  Rome  State  Custodial Asy-
  lum, at Rome, N. Y.  Annual reports of the board
  of managers and medical superintendent to the
  legislature,   l.-ll.,  1894-5  to 1904-5.  8°.  Al-
  bany 4- New York,  1896-1906.
New York (Stale).  Saint Lawrence State Hos-
  pital, Ogdensburg.   Annual  reports of the man-
  agers and  superintendent to  the  State commis-
  sion  in lunacy.    2.-19., 1887-8 to 1904-5.   8C.
  Ogdensburg, Albany 4- New York, 1889-1906.
-----.  [Plans and  views of.]  v. s.  [Albany,
  18901]
New York (State).   Saint  Lawrence State Hos-
  pital Training  School for  Nurses,  Ogdensburg.
  Announcement and calendar for the session of
  1896-7  (1.).   7 1.   24°.   Ogdensburg,  1690.
]Vew York (State).   Secretary of State of the
  State of Neio York.  Annual report in relation to
  the  statistics of the poor to the legislature, for
  the  year 1859-60.  33 pp.  8C.  Albany, C. Van
  Benthuysen, 1861.
-----.  Census ofthe State of New York for 1875.
  Compiled  from the  original returns under the
  direction of  the secretary  of  state, by C. W.
  Seaton, superintendent of  the census,  xxxiv,
  465 pp., 28 maps.  fol.  Albany, 1677.
-----.  Annual reports on the statistics of  crime
  in the  State of New York, for the years 1886-7;
  1888-9; 1889-90;  1895-6; 1897-8;  1898-9;  1900-
  1901; 1903-4.  8 v.  8y  Albany,  1888-1905.
New York (State).  State  Board of Charities.
  Annual reports to the legislature.  18.-37., 1883-
  4 to 1902-3.   35 v.  8°.  Albany, 1885-1904.
    Contains reports of the following institutions: 1. Craig
  Colony for Epileptics, Sonyea.  2. House  of Refuge for
  Women, Hudson.  3. New  York State Hospital for the
  Care of Crippled and Deformed Children, Tarrytown.  4.
  New York State Hospital for the Treatment of Incipient
  Tuberculosis, Raybrook.  5. New York State Reformatory
  for Women, Bedford. 6. New York State School for the
  Blind, Batavia.  7.  New York State Soldiers and Sailors'
  Home, Bath.  8. New York State Woman's Relief Corps
  Home, Oxford.  9. Rome Custodial Asylum, Rome.  10.
  State Custodial Asylum for Feeble-Minded  Women, New-
  ark.   11. State  Industrial School, Rochester.  12. Syra-
  cuse State Institution for  Feeble Minded Children, Syra-
  cuse.  13. Thomas Asylum for Orphan and Destitute In-
  dian Children, Iroquois.  14. Western House of Refuge
  for Women,  Albion.
-----.  Condition and  necessities  of the  State
  Industrial School,  Rochester, N.  Y.,  as stated
  by the State board of charities after a thorough
  examination, with the  notes made by its com-
  mittee, at  the annual  inspection.   21pp.  8\
  Rochester,  N. Y., State Industrial School Print,
  1890.
  ew  York (State).   State  Board of Charities.
  Craig Colony for Epileptics.  Report of the State
  board of charities on the selection of a site for
  aud  the organization of an epileptic  colony.
  Jan. 11, 1893.   8°.  [Albany, 1893.]
  ----.  Answers to inquiries  concerning the col-
  ony.  1 sheet.   6 by 16 inches,  [n.p., 1894.]
  ——.  Annual reports ofthe board of managers
  and  medical superintendent  to the State board
  of charities.   1., 1894; 3.-9., 1895-6  to 1901-2.
  8 \   Buffalo 4- Albany, 1894-1902.
    Established by act approved April 25, 1894.
New York (Slate).  State Board of Health.   Re-
  port of the standing committee on quarantine,
  external and  internal.   By  William M. Smith,
  chairman of the standing committee on quaran-
  tine.  41 pp.   8°.  Albany, Weed,  Parsons 4" Co.,
  1682.
    Repr.from: Rep. Bd. Health, N. Y., 2., 1881.
-----.  Rules  and regulations for the sanitary
  protection  of  the waters of Hemlock Lake, as
  established by the State board  of health,  and
  approved  by  the  county judge.   1885.  15 pp.
  16°.  Rochester, G. F. Flannery, 1885.
-----.  Report on school hygiene, being a  sani-
  tary examination of the condition of the public
  schools of the interior.   139 pp.  8°.  Albany,
  Argus Company,  1887.
    Repr. from:  Rep. State Bd. Health N. Y.,  Albany,
  1887, vii.
-----.  Annual  report to the  governor  of  the
  State.  8., 1887.  60 pp.   8°.   [Albany, 1888.]
-----.  Annual reports to  the governor of  the
  State.  8.-21., 1887 to 1900.   24 v.   8°.  Albany,
  1888-1901.
    Reports for 1890; 1892 to 1900, in 2 v. each.
    For continuation, see, infra, New York (State).   State
  Department of Health.
-----.  Monthly  bulletins.   Tabulated abstract
  of deaths  and their  causes  in districts, cities,
  villages, and  towns in the State of New York.
  v. 5-16, 1889 to 1900.   12 v.   8°.   Albany, 1889-
  1901.
    For continuation, see, infra, New York (State).  State
  Department of Health.
------.  Summary  of  mortality of  the State of
  New York, as published in the Mouthly Bulletin.
  For the years 1888-99.   4°.   Albany, 1889-1900.
------.  Local  boards  of  health in the State of
  New York.  [Giving place, office, name, and ad-
  dress for the years 1888-92.]   8°.   [Albany,  1869-
  93.]
    Repr. from:  Rep.  State Bd. Health  N.  Y.,  Albany,
  1889-93.
-----.  Opinion of the attorney-general  on  the
  duty of clergymen  and magistrates to return
  marriage certificates properly filled out to regis-
  tering  officer.   [By Charles  F.  Tabor.]   3 pp.
  8°.  [Albany, n. d.]
-----.  Prevention of diphtheria.   4 pp.   8°.
  [Albany, n. d.]
New  York  (State).  Slate  Board  of Health.
  State Laboratory.  Reports of Willis G. Tucker,
  director, for the years 1885; 1888-93.  8°.   [Al-
  bany, 1886-94.]
    Repr. from:   Rep. State  Bd. Health N. Y., Albany,
  1885; 1888-93.
New York (State).  State Commission in Lunacy.
  Annual reports of the commission to the  legis-
  lature.  1.-16.,  1889  to  1903-4.  8\  Albany,
  1890-1905.
    First report for 4 months and 18 days from creation of
  the commission  May 14 to Sept. 30,  1889.  The, 10. and
  11 reports  in 2  v. each.  L and  2. in 1  v. They con-
  tain reports of the following institutions: 1. Binghamton
  State Hospital.  2.  Buffalo State Hospital.  3. Dannemora
  State Hospital.  4.  Gowanda State Homeopathic Hospital.
  5. Hudson River State Hospital.  6. Long Island  State
  Hospital, at Flatbush.  7. Long Island State Hospital, at 
NEW YORK
670
NEW YORK.
 New York (State).  State Commission in Lunacy—
   continued.
   Kings Park.  8. Manhattan State Hospital East.  9. Man-
   hattan State Hospital West.  10. Manhattan State Hos-
   pital at Central Slip. 11. Matteawan State Hospital.  12.
   Middletown State Homeopathic Hospital.  13. Rochester
   State Hospital.  14. St.  Lawrence State Hospital, at Og-
   densburg.  15. Utica State Hospital.  16. Willard State
   Hospital. And the State Charities Aid Association.
 -----.  [Report of the inquiry into the couduct
   and management of  the New York city asylums
   for the insane.  Made by request of the mayor
   of the city of New York to investigate the charges
   ofthe New York Herald of May 13, 1894, against
   the administration ofthe institutions for the in-
   saue under the charge of the Commissioners of
   Charities and  Correction  of the  citv.  Dec. 26,
   1894.]  14 pp.   4°.   [Albany, 1894.]
 -----.  State hospitals bulletin.   A quarterly re-
   port  of clinical and pathological work in the
   State hospitals (for the insane) and their Patho-
   logical Institute.  Editors, ex officio:  The presi-
   dent of the State commission in lunacy, the su-
   perintendents  of the  State hospitals, and the
   director ofthe  Pathological Institute.   Editorial
   committee: P. H. Wise, C. W. Pilgrim, S. H. Tal-
   cott.  Collaborators: Assistant aud medical in-
   ternes of the  several State  hospitals,  v.  1, 2,
   1896-7.  8-'.   Utica, State Hospital Print, 1896-7.
 New York (State).   State Commissioner  of Ag-
   riculture.   New York State Weather Bureau.   Re-
   ports (monthly).  Issued in co-operation with the
   U. S. Department of Agriculture, Weather  Bu-
   reau.  No. 4, v. 2; Nos. 4, 6, v. 3; Nos. 11, 12, v.
   5; v. 6-10; Xos. 1-3, v. 11.   4°.  [Albany, 1889-
   99.]
 New York (State).   State Department of Health.
   Monthly   bulletins.    Tabulated  abstract  of
   deaths aud their causes in districts,  cities, vil-
   lages, and towns in the State of  New York.  v.
   17-21, 1901 to  1905.   5 v.  8°.  Albany, 1901-6.
    For precedingbulletins, see, supra, New York (State).
   State Board of Health.
 -----.  Annual reports to the  governor  of  the
   State.  22., 1901; 23.,  1902.  5 v.  8°. Albany,
   1902-3.
    For reports prior to 1901, see, supra, New York (State).
   State Board of Health.  The State department of health
   was established by chap. 29 of the laws of  1901, to take
   the place of the  State board of health, which is  thereby
   set  aside, the department of  health succeeding to its
   powers and functions.
 New York (State).   State Department of Health.
   Cancer Laboratory.   Annual  reports  of the di-
  rector to the commissioner of health.   Conduct-
  ed at the Gratwick  Research Laboratory, Uni-
   versity of Buffalo.  1.-5.,  1898-9  to 1902-3.  8C.
   Albany, 1899-1901.
    First to  third, 1898-9 to 1900-1901, called New York
   State  Pathological Laboratory of  the University of Buf-
   lalo.  Adopted the present title in report for 1901-2.
 New  York   (State).  State  Industrial  School,
  Rochester.  Anuual reports of the board of man-
   agers to the legislature.  34.-43.,  1881-2 to 1890-
  91; 45., 1892-3.  8°.   Albany, 1883-94.
    Established in  1846 as the Western House of Refuge for
  Juvenile Delinquents. Name changed  as above by act of
  the legislature in 1886.
New York (State).   Superintendent of Prisons.
  Annual reports to the legislature, for the years
  1885-6 to 1891-2.  8°.  Albany, 1887-93.
New York (State).   Superintendent  of  Public
  Instruction.  Anuual  report  to the legislature.
  20., 1872-3.   400pp.   8C.  Albany, Weed, Parsons
  4- Co.. 1674.
New  York (State).   Syracuse Slate  Institution.
  for Feeble-Minded Children.  Account ofthe cere-
  monies at the laying  of the corner-stone of the
  New York Asylum for Idiots, at Syracuse, Sept.
  8,1854.  42 pp., 1 1., 1 pl., 5 plans.'  8°. Albany,
  J. Munsell, 1854.
New Yrork (State).   Syracuse State Institution
  for Feeble-Minded Children—continued.
-----.   Annual reports of the managers and su-
  perintendent  to  the  legislature.   7., 1857-8-
  35.-55.,  1884-5 to 1904-5.  8C.   Albany, 1858-
  1906.
    Original title: New  York State  Asylum for  Idiots.
  Adopted the.present title in 1891.
Neiv York (State).   University of the State of
  New York.  Anuual reports of the regents to the
  legislature.   57.-75., 1843-61.   19 v.  8°.  Al-
  bany, 1844-62.
-----.   Proceedings  of the third anniversary of
  the university convocation of the State of New
  York, held August 7, 8, and 9,  1866.  1 p. 1 , 152
  pp.   8°.   Albany,  C.  Van Benthuiixen  J- Sons,
  1866.
-----.   Manual of rules and regulations creating
  and governing the  first board of State medical
  examiners of the . . .; with a statement of the
  objects of the board and  the mode of examina-
  tions.   14 pp.  8°.  Albany, Weed, P'arsons 4 Co.,
  1874.
-----.   Communication from the regents of the
  university in answer to a resolution of the as-
  sembly relative to the  rules prescribed for the
  regulation aud government of the State Library,
  State of New York.   No. 58.   In assembly, Feb-
  ruary 16, 1876.  8 pp.   8°.  [Albany, 1876.]
-----.   Examination  bulletins.   Regents' exam-
  ination papers for the academic years 1891-2 to
  1897.   6 v.   8-.   Albany, 1893-9.
-----.   Examination bulletin No. 7, April, 1895.
  Medical syllabus.  Prepared uuder  the direc-
  tion of the  State  boards of medical examiners,
  by  George  Ryerson  Fowler, Maurice J. Lewi,
  representing the Medical Society ofthe State of
  New York;  William B.  Searle, John McE. Wet-
  more,  representing the  Homeopathic  Medical
  Society  of  the State of New York;  Edwin  S.
  Moore,  William L. Tnttle, representing the Ec-
  lectic Medical Society of tbe State of New York.
  pp. 129-254.   8°.  Albany,  University of the State
  of New  York, 1895.
New York (State).  University of the State  of
  New York.   New  York  State  Library.  Anuual
  reports of the director to the regents of the uni-
  versity.   71.-86., 1887-8 to 1902-3.  8°.  Albany,
  1889-1904.
-----.   State library bulletin.   Additions No. 4,
  September,  1896.   Additions  to  medical divi-
  sion, 1895.  130 pp.   8°.   Albany, University of
  the  State of Neiv York, 1896.
New Y'ork  (State).    University of the State of
  New York.   State Cabinet  of Natural  History.
  Annual reports of the regents of the  university
  on the condition ofthe State Cabinet  of Natural
  History,  and the historical  and antiquarian
  collection annexed  thereto, to  the legislature.
  1.-13.,  1847-59; 15., 1861; 20.,  1866.   8-\   Al-
  bany, 1848-67.
New York (State).   Utica State Hospital.  An-
  nual reports of the  managers and superintend-
  ent to  the  State commission  in luuacy.  44.-
  63., 1885-6  to  1904-5.   8°.  Albany,  1887-1906.
    Formerly known as the State Lunatic Asylum.  Adopted
  the present form of title in 1890.
-----.   Report  of  the select committee on the
  governor's  message in  relation  to  the  State
  Luuatic Asylum,  at Utica.   No. 39, February
  16,  1839.  Rep. by Mr. Paige.  8°.  [Albany,
  1839.]
New York (State).  Western New York Institution
  for Deaf-Mutes, at Bochester.  Annual reports of
  the board of trustees aud superintendent to the
  legislature.   4.-9., 1879-80 to  1884-5;  11.-15.,
  188(5-7 to 1890-91; 17.,  1892-3; 19., 1894-5.  8°.
  Albany, 1881-95. 
NEW YORK.                              671                              NEW YORK.
New  York  (State).   Willard  State  Hospital.
  Aunual reports of the board of trustees  and su-
  perintendent to the  State  commission in  lu-
  nacy.  20.-37.,  1887-8 to 1904-5.   8°.   Albany,
  4 Willard, 1888-1906.
—----.  Appendix.  Thirty-first annual report of
  the board of managers of the ... to the  State
  commission iu lunacy.  Reprints of reports for
  the years 1867,  1868, 1872, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1877,
  1878. 1879, 18H), and 1898.   438 pp., 45  pl.  8°.
  Albany. J. B. Lyon, 1900.
New York  Academy of Anthropology.   Bulle-
  tin  of the . . .  No. 1, 1888.  Abstract  of  the
  proceedings of  the International  Congress of
  Anthropology,  held at Columbia College, New
  York Citv,  Juue  4-7, 1888.   28 pp.  8  .   New
  York, 1666.
New  York Academy of Medicine.  Report ou
  condensed milk, by the section ou materia med-
  ica  aud botany, November 4, 1857.  8 pp.  8°.
  New York, 1857.
.-----.  Proposed act for the better preservation
  of health of children  in institutions, introduced
  into the legislature of the State of New York
  February  4,  1886, together  with  a statement
  in regard to the  prevalence of ophthalmia in
  such institutions.  Prepared by a committee ap-
  pointed by  the ...   23 pp.  8°.    New  York,
  Trow's Co., 1660.
-----.   List  of officers and resident  fellows,
  October, 1887.  7 pp.   8°.   Neio York, 1887.
 ----.  Transactions.  2. s., v. 6-11, 1890-95.  6
  v.  8°.  New York, 1890-5.
-----.  Acts  of  incorporation, constitution,  and
  by-laws; list of fellows [etc.].  1891, 1898, 1904.
  8°.   New York, 1881-1904.
-----.  List  of  resident  fellows.  Jan.  1, 1892.
  20 pp.  8°.  [New York,  1892.]
-----.  A bill to establish  a bureau  of public
  health withiu the Department ofthe Interior of
  the United  States.   Prepared  by  the national
  quarantine committee ofthe New York Academy
  of Mediciue.  16 pp.  8-. New York, J. J. O'Brien
  4' Son, [1893].
-----.  Transactions of the . . ., 1896-1901.  Semi-
  centennial celebration. 471 pp.  8"-. New York,
  1903.
-----.  List  of  current medical periodicals on
  file iu  the  library.   46 pp.   8C.   New  York,
  1904.
-----.  The  same.  24 pp.  (double  col.)   8°.
  New York, 1904.
New Y'ork  Academy of Science.  Trausactions.
  v. 7-10, 1887-8  to 1890-91; v.  12, 13, 1892-3 to
  1893-4.  8-.  New York,  1888-94.
New York  Association for Improving the Con-
  dition ofthe Poor, New York City.  Annual re-
  ports of the board of managers to  the members
  and contributors.  25., 1867-8; 28,, 1870-71.  108
  pp.; 102  pp.   8y  New  York, Trow 4'  Smith
  Co.,  U68-71.
New York Asylum for Idiots, at Syracuse.  See
  New York (State).  Syracuse State Institution
  for Feeble-Minded Children.
New York  Asylum for Lying-in Women, New
  York  City.  Annual  reports of the  managers
  and resident physician  to the subscribers  and
  the  public.  43.,  1865-6;  66.-71.,  1888-9 to
  1*93-4.  6'-.   New  York, 1866-94.
    For continuation, see Old  Marion Street Maternity
  Hospital. Change made May 1, 1894, by order of the su-
  preme court of the State of New York.
New York Cancer Hospital.  Annual  reports
  of the managers  to  the  subscribers.  4.-13.,
  18-8-97.  8 y  [New York, 1889-98.]
    For continuation, see diinei-al Memorial Hospital for
  the Treatment of Cancer  and Allied Diseases, New York
  City.  Changed title by act approved March 6, 1899.
New York Cancer Hospital—continued.
-----.   By-laws and regulations.   Adopted Nov.
  15,1887.  10 pp.  8°.  [New York, 1687.]
-----.   [A short account  of the hospital, with
  extracts from "regulations" relating to the ad-
  mission of patients.] 21.  12°.  [New York, 1889.]
New  York City Training School for  Nurses,
  Blackwell's  Island.  See  New York   (City).
  Department  of Public Charities.  New York City
  Training School for Nurses.
New  York  College  of Dentistry,  New York
  Citv.   Annual announcements  for the sessions
  of 1887-8 to 1895-6 (22.-30.); 1902-3 (37.).  8°.
  New York, 1887-1902.
-----.    Catalogue of graduates [from  1867 to]
  1894.   19 pp.  8°.  [New  York, 1894.]
New York College of Veterinary Surgeons and
  School  of Comparative  Medicine.  Annual an-
  nouncements  aud circulars for the sessions of
  1883-4 to  1895-6  (19.-31.); 1898-9 (34.).  8°.
  New York, 1883-98.
New York County Medical Association.   Memo-
  rial  meeting  of  the ... in honor of the  late
  Austin  Flint.  Held . . .  April 19, 1886.   35 pp.
  roy. 8°.  [New York,  1886.]
-----.   Register of members.  Manual of infor-
  mation.  147 pp.   12°.  New York, 1894.
-----.   Register of  members.  Manual of infor-
  mation.  176 pp., port.  12°.  New York, 1895.
New  York Dental  College,  New York City.
  Annual  announcements   for  the  sessions  of
  1894-5 to 1897-8  (2.-5.).  12° & 8°.  New York,
  1894-7.
    Chartered June 8, 1892.  An institution in the Univer-
  sity of the State of New York.  Co-educational.
New York (The)  Dental Recorder.  Nos. 3-5,
  8, 10, v. 6; Nos. 3, 8,  11, v. 7, 1851-3.  8°.  New
  York.
New York Diet  Kitchen for providing nourish-
  ing food for the sick poor.  Appeal for Thanks-
  giving, 1892.  21.  8°.  [New York, 1892.]
New York Dispensary,  New York City.  An-
  nual reports of the board of trustees to the mem-
  bers aud subscribers.   97.-109.,  1886-98.   8°.
  New York, 1887-99.
IVew York Eye and Ear Infirmary, New York
  City.  Annual reports of the board of directors
  and  surgeons to  the governors and the public.
  17.,  1837;  54.-56.,  1874-6; 67.-74., 1886-7  to
  1893-4; 76., 1895-6.  8° & fol.  New York, 1838-96.
    Fifty-ninth, 1879,  for 9 months ending Sept.  90.   Sev-
  enty-third, 1892-3 is fol.
New York Eye and Ear Infirmary  Reports.
  v. 1-11, January,  1893  to January J 1904.  8°.
  New York, 1893-1904.
New York Foundling Hospital iu charge of the
  Sisters  of Charity, New York City.  Report and
  charter of the Foundling Asylum of the  Sisters
  of Charity.   12 pp.  12°.  New York, F. McEl-
  roy, 1670.
    Bound with: Reports, 1869-85.
-----.   Declaration  and by-laws of the advisory
  committee.   13 pp.  16°.  New York, Kennard '<$•
  Hay,  1874.
    Bound with: Reports, 1869-85.
-----.   Annual and biennial reports of the mana-
  gers and medical board  to  the public, for the
  vears  1872-3  to  1875-6;  1879-80   to 1899.   8°.
  'Westchester 4-  New York, 1875-1900.
    Original title was: Foundling Asylum of the Sisters of
  Charity, in the city  of New York.  In  1881 a maternity
  hospital was  opened  in  connection with the asylum.
  Adopted the present title June 30, 1891.  Nine reports in
  lv.
-----.   Silver  jubilee.  Oct. 11,  1869 to  Oct. 11,
  1894.   6 pp.   11.  24°.   [New York, 1894.]
-----.   Synopsis of the work of twenty-five years.
  22 pp.,  1 pl.   16°.  [New York, 1894.] 
NEW  YORK.
672
NEW  YORK.
New Yrork Free Dispensary for Sick Children,
  New York City.  Annual report of the board of
  trustees to the subscribers and the public.   13.,
  1884.   3 1.   8 .   New York, American  Church
  Press, 1885.
New York Health Journal.  [Mouthly.]  v. 28,
  1906.  4°.  New York.
    Current.
New York Herald.   Jan. 16, 1898, to Dec. 31,
  1898.  [Daily account of the Spanish-American
  war.]  7 v.  fol.   New York, 1898.
New York Home for Convalescents, New York
  City.  Annual reports of the managers to the so-
  ciety.   11.-13., 1889-90 to 1891-2.   8°.   Neio
  York, 1890-92.
New York Homoeopathic Dispensary, New York
  City.  Annual report of the trustees to the mem-
  bers  aud the public.   10., 1869.    10 pp.   8°.
  Neio  York, Bradstreet Press, 1870.
    Opened May 28, 1860.
New York Homoeopathic Hospital for Women
  and Children ofthe  City of New York.
    See Hahnemann Hospital ofthe City of New York.
New York Homoeopathic Medical College  and
  Hospital,  New York City.   Annual announce-
  ments for the sessions of 1868-9 (9.); 1876-7(17.);
  1880-81  (21.);  1887-8  to  1901-2  (28.-42.)   8°.
  New  York,  1868-1901.
    List of students and graduates  for the years 1886-7 to
  1900-1901 in announcements for subsequent years.
-----.  Annual  report of the  Flower Hospital,
  medical and surgical departments, for the year
  1897-8.  55 pp.  4 pl., 1  tab.  8°.  New York,
  1898.
    The hospital was founded in 1887, and  opened in 1890.
-----.  Plan of proposed new building.
    Cutting from: Daily Graphic, Feb. 7,  1888.
New  York Homoeopathic Surgical Hospital of
  the City of New York.  See Hahnemann Hospi-
  tal ofthe City of New York.
New York Hospital.  Training School for Nurses.
  Application blank [to be filled out by the can-
  didate].   1 sheet, fol.  [New  York, 1889?]
-----.  Information circular [with blank form of
  application].   2  1.  sm. 4°.  [New York, 1889?]
-----.  Rules for nurses.  7 pp.  8°.  New York,
  A. B. King, 1889.
New York Hospital and Bloomingdale Asylum.
  An account ofthe ...  65  pp.,1 plan.  8°.  New
  York, Collins 4- Co.,  1811.
-----.  Anuual reports of the governors and med-
  ical  superintendent   to the legislature and the
  corporation. 118.-122., 1888-92.  6\   New York,
  1889-93.
    For continuation,  see  Society of the New York  Hos-
  pital.
New  York Hospital Saturday and Sunday As-
  sociation.  Appeal [for the  collection of  1880.
  Bv the president and secretary.]  4 pp.  8°.
  [New York, 1880.]
-----.  The same.   [By the executive committee.
  December, 1880.]  4  pp.  8°.  [New York, 1680.]
-----.  History ofthe Hospital Sunday movement
  in New  York  City,  1880.   14  pp.   8°.  [New
  York, I860.]
-----.  Annual  reports of  the  executive to the
  public.   Summary of collection.   3.,  1881; 6.-
  24., 1884-1902.  12°.   New York, 1882-1903.
-----.  Hymns for Hospital Sunday.  2 1.   16°.
  [New York, 1891.]
-----.  Statements of the expenditures, resources,
  and work of the  hospitals connected  with the
  . . ., for the years 1891-2,  1892-3,  1897-8, as per
  reports made by these hospitals to the associa-
  tion.  4°.  [New York, 1892-8.]
New York House and School of  Industry, New
  York City.  Annual  report of the board of man-
  agers to the public.   24., 1874.  29 pp.  8°.   New
  York, E.  W. Sackett 4- Bro.. 1875.
New York Infant  Asylum,  New York City.
  Annual reports of the  managers to  tlie State
  board  of  charities and  to  the board of super-
  visors of the city and county of New York  •>•> -
  27., 1883-8.  8°.   New York, 1883-8.
New York Infirmary for Women and Children,
  New York City.  By-laws  of  the . .  . and  the
  Women's  Medical College,  1883.  10  pp.  l->"
  New York, E. F. Weeks, 1883.
-----.   Annual reports of the executive commit-
  tee aud superintendent to the subscribers.  33 -
  50., 1886 to 1902-3.  8°.  New York, 1887-1903.
New York (The) Journal  of  Gynaecology and
  Obstetrics.  Edited by  A.  H.  Buckmaster and
  J. D. Emmet.  [Monthly.]   v. 1-4; Nos. 1-2, v. 5,
  November, 1891, to August, 1894.  8°. New York.
    v. 1 complete in 2 nos., November-December, 1891.  In
  September,  1894, continued under title: American (The)
  Gynaecological and Obstetrical Journal.
New York Juvenile  Asylum, New York City.
  Annual reports of the board of directors to  the
  legislature ofthe State and to the municipal as-
  sembly of the city of New York.   46.-49., 1897-
  1900.   8°.  New York, 1898-1901.
New York  Lancet.  With which is incorpo-
  rated the Archives of Gynecology, [etc.].  Ed-
  ited by  J.  D.  Hartley  and G. M.  Muren.
  [Mouthly.]   v. 4-5, 1898-9; v. 21-22, 1900-1901.
  sm. 4°.  Neio York, J.  B. Flint  4- Co.
    Continuation of: Lancet (The). In January, 1902,
  united with:  Journal (The)  of Electro-Therapeutics,
  forming: Journal (The) of Advanced Therapeutics.
New York Law Institute.   Report ofthe libra-
  rian for the year 1902-3.   23  pp.,  3  pl., port.,
  8C.  New  York, E. C. Bruen, 1903.
New York Medical Abstract,   v. 9-15, 1889-95.
  8°.  New  York.
    Ended, v. 1-14 edited by J. H. Waldron; v. 15, by E. H.
  Gane.
New York Medical College and Charity Hospi-
  tal, New York City.  Annual announcement for
  the session  of 1859-60 (10.).   3 1.   12°. Neiv
  York, W.  F. Kost,  1859.
New York (The) Medical Examiner.  Edited
  by G. W. Wells.  [Monthly.]  v. 1-3; No. 1, v. 4,
  April,  1891, to April,  1894.   4°.  ^Veie  York.
    Continued under title: Medical  (The) Examiner.
New York  (The) Medical Journal,   v. 48-83,
  July, 1888, to June, 1906.   4°.   New York.
    Current.  In June, 1903: Philadelphia (The) Med-
  ical Journal merged in this journal, and title became: New
  York (The) Medical Journal and Philadelphia Medical
  Journal.
-----.   Visiting list and complete pocket account
  book.   157 pp.  16°.  New York, D. Appleton 4
  Co., 1888.
New York (The) Medical  Journal and Phila-
  delphia Medical Journal.
    Title, after May, 1903, of:  New York (The) Medical
  Journal.
New York (The) Medical News  and Literary
  Casket.  Published bi-monthly by the  United
  Staies  Mediciue Co.  No.  for  June,  1889.  fol.
  New York.
     Advertisement.
New York medical practitioners engaged in
  special branches.  40 pp.  16°.  New York, E.
  B.  Trott,  1899.
New York Medical  Times,  v.  17-24, 1889-96.
  4°.  New  York.
    v. 21 complete in 9  nos.; v. 22 commenced January,  1894.
  Continued under title: Medical Times.
New York Obstetrical Society.   Transactions.
  v. 2 &  3,  January, 1879, to March 17, 1885;  Oc-
  tober, 1898-9.  3 v.  8°. New  York, 1879-99.
     Pages, 167-198 of v. 2 wanted;  v. 2 ends abruptly on p.
  286.
New York Odoutological Societv.  Transac-
  tions.   1884-1903.  8°.  Philadelphia, S.S. While
  Co., 1884-1903. 
NEW  YORK.
673
NEYRA.
New York Pathological Society.  Transactions.
  v 4, 1881.  xix, 391 pp.  8°.  Sew York, 1662.
_____Proceedings, 1887-1900.   N. s.,  v.  1-4,
  1901-5.  8\  New York, 1888-1905.
_____t  Organized in 1844.   Incorporated in 1886.
  Certificate of incorporation.  Constitution and
  by-laws.  List of  presidents, secretaries, and
  members.  22 pp., 1 1.  8°.  New York,  1869.
New York Pharmaceutical Company.  Medical
  voices of New York.  33 pp., 7 1., 1 pl.  12°.
  Bedford Mineral Springs, Mass., 1889.
_____.  Souvenir hand-book for  1903.  48 pp., 2
  pl.  16°.  [Bedford Springs, Mass., 1893.]
New York (The) Polyclinic.  A monthly jour-
  nal of progressive medicine and surgery.  Ed-
  ited by the faculty of the New York Polyclinic.
  [2 v. annually.]  v. 1-12,  1893 to July, 1898.   4a.
  New York, F. King.
    Continuation of: Doctor's (The) Weekly.
New York  (The) State  Journal of Medicine.
  Published monthly by the New York State Med-
  ical Association,  v. i-5, 1901-5.   4C.  New York.
    Current.
New York  State Medical Association.  Trans-
  actions,  v. 4-16, 1^87-99.  8°.  New York, 1888-
  1900.
    For continuation, see preceding.
New York State Medical Reporter.   A monthly
  journal of medicine and surgery.  Edited by H.
  Brouson Gee.  v. 1-3,  March, 1894, to  October,
  1896.   8°. Rochester.
    Ended,  v. 3 commenced January,  1896, and C. W. In-
   graham became editor.
New York  State Pharmaceutical Association.
  Proceedings,   v. 10-17,  1888-95. 8.  [_v.  p.]
   1888-9'.
 New York  (The) Therapeutic  Review.  A  dis-
  criminative  analysis of  modern therapeutics,
   medical, surgical, general, and special. . . .  and
   proceedings of the Pasteur Institute.  Edited by
   Paul Gibier [et al.'].  [Quarterly.] v. 1-4,1893-
   6.  8 .   New York, Pasteur Institute.
    Continued under title: Bulletin of the Pasteur Insti-
   tute.
New  York  (The)  University  Bulletin of  the
  Medical Sciences.  Conducted by the New York
   Universitv Medical Society of the University  and
   Bellevue ' Hospital  Medical  College.   [Quar-
  terly.]   v. 1-2, 1901-2.  8°.  New York.
 New Yorker inedk-iniBche Monatsschrift.   Or-
   gan fur praktiscbe Aerzte in Amerika, hrsg.  von
   F.  C. Heppenheimer.   v. 3-18,  1891-1906.  8y
   New  York.
    Current.  Continuation  of:  Medicinische Monats-
   schrift, New York.
 New  Yorker medizinische Presse.  v. 6, July
   to December, 1888.   8°.   Neiv York.
    Continued under title: Medicinische Monatsschrift.
 New Westminster.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc.,  of),
   by localities.
 New Zealand.
    See, also, Diphtheria (History, etc., of), Fever
   (Malarial, History, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, His-
   tory,  etc.; of), Hygiene (Public, Laws,  etc.,  of),
   Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of), Lep-
   rosy (History, etc.,  of),  by  localities;   Maori;
   Scarlatina (History, etc., of),  Small-pox (His-
   tory,  etc., of), Statistics (Vital),  Universities,
   Waters (Mineral), by  localities.
    Moore (J.  M.)  New Zealand for  the emi-
   grant,  invalid, aud tonrist.   12°.  London, 1890.
    New Zealand.  Registrar-General.  Statistics
   ofthe colony of New Zealand for the  years 1890-
  99; with statistics of local governing bodies for
   the years 189U-91 to 1900-1901.   Compiled iu the
  registrar-general's office  from  official  records.
  11 v.  fol.   Wellington, 1891-1901.
        VOL XI, 2D SERIES----43
New Zealand.
    Barclay (W. J.)  A life-table for New Zealand;  based
  on the mortality in the fl ve years 1891 -5. Pub. Health, Loud.,
  1903-4, xvi. 3-33, 1 diag.—Bell (T. W.) .Medical notes on
  New Zealand. N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1889-90,  ill, 67;
  129.—Eraon (L.)  The sanitary condition of New Zea-
  land.  IntM-colon. M. Cong.  Tr., Melbourne, 1889, ii, 485-
  489.—[G. (A.)]  Introductory essay in Dr. Hooker's flora
  of New Zealand (v. 1).  Am. J. Sc, & Arls, N. Haven,
  1854, 2. s., xvii, 241; 334.  Also, Reprint.—«unii (J. St. C.)
  Climatology  in New Zealand.  N. Zealand M. J., Welling-
  ton, 1905, iv,  181-184.—I.ydston (G. F.)  Health resorts of
  New Zealand.  Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, GG-69. -----. New
  Zealand, the land of scenic beauty and health-giving
  springs.  Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1903, x, 24-20.—Mur-
  ray-Aynsley (J. H.)  Decay of teeth  in New Zealand.
  N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1893, vi, 97-112.—Ward (J.-G.)
  L'hysiiene en Nouvelle-Zelande.  Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1904,
  4. s.\ ii, 70-73.
New Zealand  (The) Medical Journal,   v.  1,
  1887-8.   8°.  Dunedin.
New Zealand (The) Medical Journal.  Edited
  by  J.  Malcolm Mason.   [Quarterly.]   v.  1-4,
  August,  1900-1905.  8°.   Wellington.
    Current.
Ney (Bela).                           .
    See Hungary ftnl.s.].  D.iskonigl. ungansche Jose. •
  Polytechuikum in Budapest.  4°.  Budapest, 1882.
Ney  (Jacob).    * Ueber  das  Vorkoininen  von
  Zucker im Han.o der Schwangeren, Gebarenden
  und Wochuerinnen.   [Basel.]   1 p. 1., 18 pp.
  8°.  Leipzig, A. T. Engelhardt, 1889.
Neydeck  (Job. Jacob Ludwig).  Ob, wann und
  wie das Experiment vou Obeuschwimniung und
  Untersinkung der Lunge und  im Kopfvorfind-
  liches  extravasirte  Gebliit, ohne Anzeig  ge-
  schehner Gewaltthatigkeit, sodaun die unabge-
  losste Nachgebnrt, und dabei uicbt unterbnude-
  ner Nabelschnur todter Kinder  in  rechtlicher
  Folge zu  beurlheilen sti.   Beweist ans wisseu-
  schaftlichen Vernnnftschllisseu, unwiderspreeh-
  lichen  Zergliederungs-Satzen,  und  inehreneu
  zuverlassigen Beobachtungen.   60 pp.  sm. 4°.
  [n.p.],  1768.
Neydecker (Joannes).
    See Stainer (Bernardinus).  Gerocomicon, sive diae-
  teticum regimen, [etc.l.  4°.  Wirceburgi, 1631.
Neyedra (Yanis).  * K voprosu o khimicheskom
  sostavie i  farmakologicheskom dieistvii tsvletov
  pizhml  (tanacet. vulg.) i  enrnavo masla,  po-
  luchayemavo iz  nikh.   [Chemical composition
  and pharmacological actiou ofthe flowers  of ta-
  nacetum and  the volatile oil obtained  from
  them.]  86 pp.  8°.  Yuryev, K. Mattisen, 1900.
    Pharmacy.
 Neymann (Edgar H.)  [1866-    ].   * Ein Bei-
  trag zur  Zundhutchenveiletzuug.  23 pp.  8^.
   Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1890.
 Neyinaiin (Marie)  [1864-    ].   * Emploi du
  serum  gelatine"  et du chlorure de calcium daus
   le  traitement des  hemoptysies  tuberculeuses.
   viii, 9-64 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Montpellier, 1901, No. 83.
 Neyoloff(N[ikolai] K[oustautiuovich])  [1861-
       ].   * K voprosu o  sokhrauyaynshtshem lie-
   chenii vlvorota matki.  [Conservative treatment
   of inversion of the uterus.]  [Yuryev.]  90,62,
   49, 8 (11.), 2 pp., 11.   8°.   Kiev, P. Barski, 1896.
 _____.  Istoricheskiy ocherk razvitiya ucheniya o
 • poslierodovlkh  zabolievaniyakh.   [Historical
   sketch ofthe development of science concerning
   puerperal diseases.]  19 pp.  8°.  [Kiev,  1900.]
     Bound with:  Univ. Izvlest., Kiev, 1900, xl.
 _____,  K voprosu o prokhodiuiosti dlya nisshikh
   organizmov i o fagotsitarnol  sposobnosti diet-
   skavo  mtesta.   [Penetrability of the placenta
   to lower organisms and its phagocytosis.]   29 pp.
   8°.  [Kiev, 1902.]
     Bound icith: Univ. Izvlest.,  Kiev, 1902, xlii.
 Neyra  (Paul) [1867-     ].   * Contribution k
   l'e'tude  du traitement  des tistules ur6te"ro-vagi-
   nales.   62 pp., 1 1.   4°.  Lyon, 1894,  No. 908. 
NEYRAUD.
674
NICAISE.
 Ncyraild (Joseph)  [1854-    ].   * fitude com-
   parative  sur lather et  le chloroforme dans
   l'auesthe"sie gene"rale d'apres les travaux recents.
   80 pp.   4-.   Lyon, 1695, No. 1038.

 IYeyret (Jean-Claude)  [1778-1864].
     C'affe (P.-L.-B.)  Necrologie.  J. d. conn. m6d. prat.,
   Par., 1864, xxxi, 94-90.
 NeznainoflT(E[melyan] A[ndreyevich]) [1861-
       ].   K ucheniyu o zritelnikh i  nervnikh  ele-
   mentakh sletchatki.  [Visual and nerve elements
   of the retina.]   54 pp., 2 pl.  8°.  Kharkov,  Zil-
   berberg, 1-92.
 ------.  O teoriyakh zrieniva.   [Theories of vi-
   sion. J   13 pp.  8°.   [Varshava, 1902.]
     Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1902.

 IVgrunba.
     Coni-adt (L.)  DieNgiimbainSiidkamerun, auf lange-
   i-en  Aufenthaltes dargestellt.  Globus, Brnschwg., 1902,
   lxxxi, 333; 350; 369.

 Niagara.
     New York (State).  Commissioners of the State
   Beservation, at Niagara  Annual reports  to  the
   legislature.   3.-12., 1886 to 1894-5.   8C.  Albany
   4- Troy,  1887-96.
     Leeds (A.  R.)  The aeration  and  composition of
   Niagara River water above and below Niagara Falls.  J.
   Am. Chem. Soc, N. Y., 1890, xii, 449.

 IViaoiili.
     Bertraud (G.)  iStudechimiquedel'essencedeniaouli.
   Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.],  Par., 1893, cxxiv, 420-428.—
   iTIain (E.) Contribution & l'etude de l'essence de niaouli.
   Ibid., 457-462.
 Nibbi  (Orombello).   * Sobre  el  mejor  procedi-
   uiiento  de  litotomia  por la extraccidu de  la
   vejiga.   19 pp.   8°.  Mexico,  Jens y  Zapiain,
   1877.
 Nicaise (Edouard) [1838-96]. Note sur la leuco-
   cytheuiie, l'ad6uie et les tumeurs lymphatiques.
   14 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1866.   [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr.from: Gaz. m6d. de Par.,  1866, xxi.
 ------.  Notes  sur l'anatomie  de la region  ingui-
   nale.  38 pp.  8°. Paris, P. Asselin, 1866.  [Also,
   in:  P., v. 2025.]
     Repr.from: Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1866, ii.
 ------.  Etude sur le cholera.  55 pp.   8°.  Paris,
   J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils, 1868.   [P., v. 2025;  2052.]
     Repr. from: Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1868, 3.  s., xxiii.
 ------.  Du gonflement du dos des mains chez les
   saturuins.  33 pp.   h°.   Paris, J.-B. Bailliere &■
  fils,  1868.  [P., v. 2025; 2143.]
    Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Par.,  1868, 3. s., xxiii.
 ------.  * Diagnostic des maladies de la hanche.
   [Concours.]  108 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1869.  [P., v.
   2025; 2143.]
 ------.  * Des plaies et de la ligature des veines.
   [Concours.]  124 pp.  8°.  Paris, P. Asselin,
   1672.  [P.,  v. 2025.]
 ------.  De la synovite tendineuse h grains rizi-
  formes  et de la synovite sec-he.   14 pp.   8°.
   Paris, 1872.   [P., v. 2025.]
------.  Membres.   pp. 453-520.  8°.   Paris,  G.
  Masson,  [1873].  [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Diet, encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1873, 2. s., vi.
------.  De l'hydronephrose.  11 pp.  8°.  Paris,
   1674.  [P., v. 20-25.]
    Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Par.,  1874, 4. s., iii.
------. Note   sur l'ectrodactyle.   13  pp.   8°.
  Paris, 1875.  [P., v. 2025. ]
    Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Par., 1875, iv.
------. De l'exostose  sous-ungueale  penostale.
  11 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1875.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Par.,  1875, 4.  s., iv.
------. Le bureau  central  des hdpitaux.  Rap-
  port prcsent6 a  la  Soci6te" des chirurgiens des
  hOpitaux au nom de la  commission  charg6e
  d'etudier la question de la suppression du bu-
  reau central.   16 pp.  8°.   Paris, Germer-Bail-
  liere 4- Cie., 1877.   [P., v. 2025.]
 Nieaise (fidonard)—continued.
 ------.  Note sur la fracture intra-capsulaire du
   col  du  femur  avec  penetration.   4  pp   yo
   Paris, 1877.  [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Rev. mens, de med. et chir., Par., 1877 i.
 ------•  Lymphangite  k  taches purpuriques, ar-
   thrite et hygroma conseeutifs.  pp. 822-825  8°
   Paris, 1878.  [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr.from : Rev. mens, de med. et chir., Par., 1878, ii.
 ------.  Nephrite et infection purulente.   pp 36-
   41.  8°.  Paris, 1878.   [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr.from: Rev. mens, de m6d. et chir., Par., 1878, ii.
 ------•  Note sur les fibromes apone"vrotiques  et
   p6riostiques du tronc.   pp. 752-762.  8°.  Paris
   1878.  [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from.- Rev. mens, de med. et chir., Par., 1878, ii.
 ------.  Des 6panchemeuts sereux inflammatoires
   daus  le   tissu  cellulaire.   pp.  609-615.  6°
   Paris, 1879. [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Rev. mens, de med. et chir., Par., 1879, iii.
 ------.  De  l'osteo-periostite  sereuse  des  abces
   senuix.   pp. 781-795.   8°.   Paris,  1879.  TP.,
   v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Rev. mens, de med. et chir., Par., 1879, iii.
 ------.  Obturatrice  (hernie).   pp. 105-124.  8°.
   Paris, G. Masson, [1880].  [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from.- Diet, encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1880,2. s., xiv,
 ------.  Ombilic.  pp. 140-265.  8°.  Paris, [16811.
   [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Diet, encycl. d. sc. med., Par., 1881, 2. s., xv.
 ------.  Du  pansement des plaies.  Lecou clini-
   que, recueillie  a l'hdpital Laennec par M. Hache.
   14 pp.  8°.  [Paris, Rousset  4- Cie., 1881.]  TP.,
   v.2025.]
 ------.  Snr une  variete de  r6tr6cisseinent  de
   l'intestin  consecutif  a.  un  etranglement her-
   niaire.   Retrecissement par adherence des deux
   portions d'une anse.   pp. 257-265.  8°.  Paris,
   1881.  [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Rev. de chir., Par., 1881, i.
 ------.  Fibro-papillome de la  cicatrice  onibili-
   cale. pp. 29-32.  8°.  Paris, 1883.   [P., v. 2025.]
     Repr. from: Rev. de chir., Par., 1883, iii.
------.  Note sur  un cas de gangliou articulaire
   du genou.   pp. 463-465.  8°.  Paris, 1883.   [P.,
  v. 2025.]
    Repr. from.- Rev. de chir., Par., 1883, iii.
------.  De  la  greffe  cancereuse.  pp. 841-849.
   8°.  [Pari*, 1883.]  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from: Rev. dechir., Pur., 1883, iii.
------.  Note sur  la  pathogenic des kystes der-
  moides.  Observation de k.\ste dermoide  hui-
  leux de.  la queue du sourcil.   pp. 806-810.  8°.
  Paris, 1863.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from: Rev.dechir., Par., 1883, iii.
------.  Des amputations  sous-periostees.   pp.
  945-951.   8°.   Paris, 1884.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from: Rev. de chir., Par., 1884, iv.
------.  Maladies chirurgicales des nerfs.
    In.- Encycl. internat. de chir. (Ashhurst), Par., 1884,
  iii, 681-779.
------.  The  same.   Injuries  and  diseases  of
  nerves.  Transl. by J.  H. C.  Simes.
    In.- Internat. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst), 1883, iii, 545-
   641, 1 col. pl.
------.  Traitement du varicocele par  la ligature
  et la section autiseptiques des veines.  pp. 364-
  370.   8°.   Paris, Germer-Bailliere #.  Cie., 1884.
   [P.,  v. 2025.]
    Repr. from: Rev. dechir., Par., 1884, iv.
------.  Des  abces froids du tissu cellulaire.  pp.
  486-492.   8°.   Paris, 1885.   [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from: Rev. dechir., Par., 1885, v.
------.  Cas rare d'occlusion intestinale, compres-
  sion du jejunum, dilatation  de l'estomac  et du
  duodenum, sympt6mes d'occlusion intestinale.
  7 pp.  8C.   Paris, 1885.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from; Rev. de chir., Par., 1885, v. 
NICAISB.
675
NICARAGUA.
Nieaise (E\louaul)—continued.
-----.   De  la contusion  et  de  l'inflammation
  comnie  causes  de  predispositions  locales  au
  iieveloppenient  du cancer secondaire.  pp. 705-
  714.   8°.  Paris, 188."..   [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1885, v.
-----.  Sur la  suture des nerfs.   pp. 566-571.
  8\   Paris, 1885.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1888, v.
-----.  Trophonevrose faciale mediane.  pp. 690-
  691.   8°.  Paris, 1885.   [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev.de med., Par., 188.">. v.
-----.  Cure  radicale  de  la  hernie inguinale.
  Rapports du sac  herniaire avec  la tuuique fi-
  breuse  des  bourses,  pp. 568-f>74.   8°.   Paris,
  1886.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1886, vi.
■-----.  Gonttiere k  valves mobiles,  pp.  56-58.
  8°.   Paris, lc88.  [P., v.  2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1888, viii.
-----.  Hydroheinatocele  par  rupture  des tuni-
  ques  vagiuale  et   fibreuse.   pp.  213-217.   8°.
  Paris, 18.-8.   [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1888, viii.
-----.  De la temperature du  spray,  pp. 709-
  715.   8°.  Paris, 1888.   [P., v. 2025.]
   Repr.from: Rev. de chir.,  Par., 1888, viii.
-----.  Traitement de l'hydrocele par le decolle-
  ment et l'excision  de la tunique vaginale.  pp.
  89-90.  8J.   Paris, 1686.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1888, viii.
-----.  De  l'etranglemeut de  la hernie crurale
  par le collet  du sac et par l'anneau.  14 pp.   8°.
  Paris, F. Alcan, 1889.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1889, ix.
-----.  Des insertions de l'aponevrose du  grand
  oblique (les  ligaments de Fallope et de Gimber-
  nat  n'existent  pas),  pp. 562-569.  8°.   Paris,
  1669.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from:  J.del'anat.etphysiol. [etc.], Par., 1889,xxv.
-----.  Physiologie de la trachee et des branches,
  deductions pathogeniques et pathologiques.  31
  pp.   6\  Paris, F. Alcan, 1669.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from:  Rev. de med., Par., 1889.
-----.  Sur la tracheotomie compliquee de calci-
  fication de la trachee.   pp. 690-694.  8°.   Paris,
  1889.   [P., v. 2025.]
    Cutting from: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],
  Par., 1889, xv.
-----.  Adenite  cervicale  subaigue  d'origine in-
  testinale.  pp.  749.  8~.  Paris,  1890.  [P., v.
  202b.]
    Repr.from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1890, x.
-----.  De Iteration permanente par la fenetre
  entr'ouverte.  11pp.  8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1890.
  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from:  Bull. gen.detherap.,[etc], Par.,1890,cxviii.
---—.  De l'etablissement d'un sanatorium pour
  les phtisiques.   7 pp.  8y  Paris,  O. Doin, 1890.
  [Also, in: P., v. 2025.]
    Repr. from: Bull. gen. de  therap.. [etc.],  Par.,  1890,
  cxix.
-----.  Anatomie pathologique de  la luxation de
  I'epaule, nevrite au nerf circonflexe, fracture du
  trochiter.  pp. 567-578.   8°.   Paris, 1891.   [P.,
  v. 2025.]
    Repr.from:  Rev. de chir., Par., 1891, xi.
-----.  Arthrite tuberculeuse miliaire secondaire.
  pp.  1115-1120.   8y  Paris, 1891.  [P.,  v.  2025.]
    Cutting from: Rev. de chir.. Par., 1891, xi.
-----.  Les e<oles de medecine et la fondation
  des  universites au  moyen age.  9 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Paris, 1891.  [Also, in:  P., v. 2025.]
   Repr.from:  Rev. scient., Par.
-----.  L'enseiguement de la medecine an moyen
  age.   21pp.   8\   Paris, 1^91.   [P., v.  2025.]
   Repr.from:  Rev. scient.,  Par., 1891, xlviii.
Nieaise  (ENlouaid)—continued.
-----.   Laryngotomie inter -crico-thyroidienne.
  pp. 941-956.   8°.   Paris, 1891.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Cutting from: Rev. dechir., Par., 1891, xi.
-----.   Physiologie de la  voix, dilatation de  la
  trachee chez  les chanteurs.   8 pp.   8°.   Paris,
  F. Alcan, 1691.  [P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from .- Rev. de chir., Par., 1891, xi.
-----.   Des abces sereux.  pp. 512-518.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, 1892.   [P., v. 2025.]
    Cutting from: Rev. de chir., Par., 1892, xii.
-----.   L'anatomie  et la  physiologie au  xiv8
  siecle.  15 pp.  8°.  Paris, F. Alcan, 1892.   [Also,
  in: P., v. 2025.]
-----.   La pharmacie et la matiere  medicale au
  xive siecle.  23 pp.  12°.   Paris,  1892.   [Also,
  in: P., v. 2025.]
    Repr.from: Rev. scient., Par., 1892, xlix.
-----.   Premiers statuts des chirurgiens de Paris
  collationnesetpublies.  16pp., lpl.   8°.   Paris,
  F. Alcan, 1893.
-----.   L'antisepsie dans la pratique de la  chi-
  rurgie journaliere.   264 pp.  12°.  Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere 4- fils, 1896.
-----.   The same.   Antiseptika v obldennoi  khi-
  rurgicheskol  praktikte.   Perevod M.  P.  Yako-
  vlyova.   [Transl.  bv Yakovlyoff.]  Ill pp., 11.
  6°.  Moskva, A. A. Kartseff, 1897.
    See, also, Dettweiler (P[eter]).  Traitement hygi6-
  nique dela phtisie.  8°.  Paris, 1888.—Franco (Pierre).
  Chirurgie compos6e en 1861.  roy. 8°.  Paris, 1895.—Gos-
  eelin (L6on[-Athanase]).  Des fractures en V [etc.]. 8°.
  [Pam,1866.]—Guy de Chauliac. La grande chirurgie,
  [etc.].  8°. Paris, 1890. -----. Propos general des plaies,
  [etc.].  8°.  Paris,  1891.— de  Mondeville (  Henri).
  Chirurgie. roy. 8°.  Paris, 1893.—Uflelmann (Julius).
  Des maisons hospitali&res, [etc.].  8°. Paris, 1884.
    For Biography, see Discours pn.nonc6s le 3 aout 1896,
  aux obseques du docteur E\louard Nieaise.  8°.  Coulom-
  miers, 1897.  See, also.- Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par.,
  1903, n. s., xxix, 116-181 (P. Segond). A Uso, Reprint. AUo:
  France med., Par., 1903,1, 73; 91 (P. Segond).  AUo.-  J. de
  la sante, Par., 1903, xx, pt. 2, 381-383 (Monpart). AUo:
  Progres med., Par., 1896, 3. s., iv, 95(M. Baudouin). Also:
  Rev. de chir., Par., 1896, xvi, no. 8, i-viii (F. Terrier).
-----& Cliambard.  Chondrouie ossifie de la
  main. 10pp., lpl.  8°.  Paris, 1881. [P., v.2025.]
    Repr.from: J. del'anat. etphysiol. [etc.],Par.,1881,xvii.
-----,  Poulet & Vaillard.    Nature  tuber-
  culeuse  des  hygromas et des synovites  teudi-
  neuses k grains riziformes.  Cas rare d'hygroma
  k  grains riziformes de la euisse.  pp. 609-635.
  8°.  Paris, 1885.   [P., v.  2025.]
     Repr.from: Rev. de chir., Par., 1885, v.
Nieaise (Victor) [1871-    ].  * Des indications
  et de  la valeur therapeutique de la nephrecto-
  mie dans le  traitement du kyste hydatique du
  rein (nephrectomie totale et  nephrectomie  par-
  tielle).   72,  ciii  pp.,  3 pl.   8°.   Paris, 1905,
  No. 473.
Nicaragua.
    See, also, Archaeology; Canals;  Fever (Ma-
  larial, History, etc., of), by localities.
    Bureau of the American  Republics,  Wash-
  ington, U. S. A.  Handbook of Nicaragua.  Bul-
  letin No. 51.  1892.  [Rev. to Aug. 1, 1693.]   52.
  Cong., 1. sess.   S. Ex. Doc.  No. 149, Part 2.   8°.
  [Washington, 1893.]
    De  Kalb (C.)    Nicaragua; studies on the
  Mosquito Shore in 1892.   8°.  [New York,  1893.]
    Repr. from: Bull. Am. Geog.  Soc,  N. Yv 1893, xxv,
  no. 2.
    United States.  Navy Department.   Report
  of the U. S. Nicaragua surveying  party, 1885,
  by Civil Engiueer A. G.  Menocal, U. S.N.   49.
  Cong., 1. sess.  S. Ex. Doc. No. 99.   4°.   Wash-
  ington, 1886.
    -----.  Maps to accompany the report  of the
  U. S. Nicaragua surveying party, 1885, by A. G.
  Menocal, (J. S. X.   4°.   Washington, 1886. 
NICARAGUA.
676
NICHOLLS.
 Nicaragua.
    Stilt (E R )  The, medical aspect of the Nicaraguan
   Canal.  Sanitarian, N. T., 1896, xxxvi, 216-231.
 Nicard (Maurice) [1881-    ].    'Le  sommeil
   uormal au poiut de  vue physiologique, biolo-
   gique  et medicolegal.   66 pp., 1 1.  8".  Lyon 4-
   Cie., 1901, No. 71.
 [Nicard (P.)]  Notice historique  sur  la vie et
   les ecrits de M.  de Blain ville.
    In:  de  Blainvili.e (H.-M.-D.) Catalogue  des hvres
   [etc.l.  8°.  Parts, 1850, 1-78.
 N\e astro.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of), by locali-
   ties.                                      .   un
 Nifastro (Carlo  Gaetano).   Az euchinmrttl.
   [Transl. from:  Gazz. med. lomb.,  Milano, lxiii.]
   6 pp.  8J.  Budapest, Orvosi hetil., 1905.
 Nicasti'O ( Gb.)   Prosciugaineuto delle abita-
   zioni; proposta tecnico-igieuica per la citta. di
   Caltagiroue.   14 pp.   8°.   Caltagirone, A. Giu-
   stiniani, 1891.
 Nicati (Alfred).   * Le cacodylate  de soude dans
   la  tuberculose  pulmonaire.   [Etude  therapeu-
   tique  et  phannacodynamique.]   218  pp.    8°.
   Geneve, C. Zoellner, 1902.
 Nicati (C).
    See Killiaa (Eduard).  Notice sur les eaux de Tarasp-
   Schuls, [etc.].  8°.  Paris, 1876.
 Nicati (W[illiam]).   La  glande de  I'humeur
   aqueuse; anatomie, physiologie, pathologie.  74
   pp., 2 1.,  4 pl.  8°.   Paris,  G. Steinheil, 1891.
;,. ,.  Repr.from:  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1890, x: 1891, xi.
 .______.  fichelles visuelles et leurs applications.
   Oxyopimetrie, photometrie, typhometrie.  16 pp.
   roy.  8°.   [With  atlas], 15 pl., obi. 4°.   Paris,
   1894.
 ------.   La  psychologie  naturelle.   xxii, 423 pp.
   12°.   Paris,  Schleicher freres, 1698.
    See, also, Ranvii-r (L[ouis-Autoine]).  Technisches
  Lehrbuch der Histologie [etc.]. 8°.  Leipzig, 1877.-----.
  The same.  8°.  Leipzig, 1888.
Niccold da Rio.   Al nobile  Sig.  conte Marco
  Carburi, pubblico  professore  di  chimica nella
  Universita di Padova, lettera del ... in risposta
  ad un suo manifesto col quale iuvita i chimici, e
  i dotti  in altre  porzioni delle scienze naturali, a
  dir cosa pensino intorno ad alcune definizioni,
  supposizioui, ed assionii, che servir debhono di
  norma per giudicare del valore delle varie teorie
  chiiniche fin ora proposte. vii pp.  8°.  [Padova,
  1798.]   [P., v. 940.]

Nice.
    See,  also, Cholera (History, etc., of), Hygiene
  {Municipal, Laws,  etc.,  of),  Sewage  (Disposal
  of), by localities.
    Balkstre(A.) Assainissement de Nice.  Rap-
  port au conseil municipal, lu k  la seance pu-
  blique du 26 mars 18H7.   6~.   Nice, 1887.
    Linn (T.)  Un the necessary precautions to be
  taken  to  obtain the most benefit from the cli-
  mate of Nice and the Riviera.  (Including some
  hygienic rules for invalids,  with notes on  the
  advantages of wintering abroad aud the climate
  ofthe Midi.)   16°.   .Vice, 1891.
     Grebner (F.)  Nleskolko zamletok o hig'ienle Nice.
   [Remarks  on the hygiene of Nice.]  Vestnik obsh. hig.,
   sudeb.  i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1897, xxxiii, no. 9, 5.
   sect., 58; no. 10, 5. sect., 84.—.Ylarrri  (A.)   Impressions
   de Nice. Echo  med. d. Cevennes. Nimes, 1902, iii, 123-
   130.—Oilin. Le climat de  Nice (r6pouse a ses detrac
   teurs).  Nicemed., 1887-8.  xii, 81-92.—Sanitary prog-
   ress at Nice. Laucet. Lond., 1888, i, 599.—Sturge (W.A.)
   Health resorts; Nice.  Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1898-9, vii,
   49: 155, 4pl.
 Nice-Medical,  v. 13-26,1889-1901.  8°.  Nice.
     Ended.
 Nice (A)  cut for the demolisher; or Dr. Slare's
   experiments and observations upon the Bezoar,
   etc., rip'd up.  Being a vindication of Dr. Rad-
Nice (A) cut for the demolisher, [etc.]—cont'd.
  cliffe and Dr. Mead from the charge of having
  made au exorbitaut  gain and use of Gasconi
  powder.   23 pp.  16°.   London, J.  Morphew,
  1715.
Niceforo (Alfredo).  I pervertimenti sessuali;
  psicologia, patologia, terapeutica.   Psicopatia
  sessuale.  Le psicopatie sessuali acquisite e i re-
  ati sessuali, cou prefazioue di Ezio  Sciamauna.
  167 pp.   12°. Roma, frat. Cahaccini, 1897.
Nicephorus.  Logica cum aliis alioruin operi-
  bus, Geoigio Valla, Placentino iuterprete.   Hoc
  in voliuuine hec  contim-utur: Nicephori logica.
  [Fifteen non-medical treatises.] Rhazes, de pes-
  tilentia.  Galenus, de in equali distemperantia.
  Galenus, de bono corporis habitu.   Galenus, de
  couformatione  corporis  huniani.   Galenus, de
  presagitnra.  Galenus, de presagid.  Galeni, iu-
  troductorium.  Galenus, de  succedaneis.   Alex-
  ander   Aphrodiseus, de causis febrium.  Pselus,
  de  victu humano.  156 ff.  fol.   [Ad finem:]
  Impressum Venetiis per Simone Papiensem dictum
  Bevilaquam,  1498.
    ■See, also, Artemidorus Daldianus &. Achinet/. Se-
  reim.'  Oneirocritica, [olc.].  8°.  Lutetim,  1603. — A»-
  trampsychiis&fVicephoruB.  Oneirocritica. 8°. Lu-
  tetice, 1603.
Niche (Alfons).   Eine neue Indicatiou und Modi-
  fication  der  osteoplastischen Fussresection nach
  Wladimirow-Mikulicz.  6 pp.  8°.  Berlin, 189">.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894-5, xlix.
Nichell (Henry) [1821-1901],
     ■n memoriam.  Buffalo M. J., 1901-2, n. s., xii, 31. '
Nicliol   (Thomas).   The misrepresentations  of
  homoeopathy,  pp. 113-137.   8y  MoiJreal, W.
  Drysdale ^  Co., 1888.
     Montreal tracts on homoeopathy, no. 5.
______.  Congestion of the lungs aud  its dangers.
  pp. 141-162.  8°.  Montreal, 1869.
     Montreal tracts on homoeopathy, no. 6.
Nicliol (William L.) [1828-19011.
     Death of W. L. Nichol.  Nashville J. M. & S., 1901,
   xc, 40-43.
Nicholas I.
     Cabancw.  La mort  du Czar Nicolas.  Rev. de m6d.
   leg., I'ar., 1893-4, 575-579.
 Nicholas of Damascus [B. C. 64-     ]. La mort
   de Jules Cesar.   [Traduction de Alfred Didot.]
     In:  LittrG (M.-P.-E.) La verit6 sur la mort [etc.],
   12°. Pans, 1865, 33-120, 1 pl.
 Nicholas of  Pirn.
     Charcot (J.-M.) & Richer (P.) Deux bas-rehefsde
   Nicolas de Pise.  N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1890,
   iii, 134-136, 2 pl.
 Nicholl (Sir John).                   .
     See Hiiagard  (John).  A report of the judgment in
   Dew v. Clark aud Clark [etc.].  8°. London, 1826.
 Nicliolles  (John).  The teeth,  in  relation  to
   beauty, voice,   and health,  being  the result of
   twenty years' practical experience  and assidu-
   ous study to produce the full development aud
   perfect  regularity of those essential organs. 2
   p. 1., 134 pp.   8°.  London,  Hamilton, Adams 4
    Co ,1833.
  Nicholls (Albert G[eorge]).  A contribution to
   the study  of Bright's disease, with special reier-
    ence to the etiological relationship of the bacil-
    lus coli.  23 pp., 4 pl.   8°.   Montreal,  1899.
      Repr.from: Montreal M. J., 1889, xxvin.
  ------.   Notes on a  case of accessory pancreas.
    5 pp.   8°.  Montreal, 1900.
      Repr.from: Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix.
           On a somewhat rare  form of chronic in-
flammation of  the serous membranes  C"1"1^
pie progressive hyalo-serositis).  80 pp., 2  tab.
8°.  Montreal, 1902.                  w     ,,
  Forms no. 3, v. 1, of: Stud. Roy. Victoria Hosp., Mon
treal. 
MOHOLLS.
677
NICHOLS.
Nichoils (Albert G[eorge])—continued.
-----.  A case of tuberculosis primarily of intes-
  tinal  origiu  combined with  tertiary  syphilis.
  11 pp.   83.  Montreal, 1902.
    Repr. from: Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi.
-----A Keen a li (C. B.)  Typhoid fever with-
  out intestinal lesions; with  report of a  case.
  11 pp.   8:.  Montreal, 1696.
    Repr.from: Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii.
Nichoils (F[rank]) [1699-1778J.   Compendium
  anatouiicuni ea omnia coinplectens qua? ad cog-
  nitam  humani corporis  cecononiiam spectant;
  cui, quo clarius eliuescat, «(uanti sit anatomia
  in medicina  tam  diaguostna  et prognostica
  qnam prattica, adjciuntur pnelectioues  artem
  ol»stetricariam,  actioues  inedicameutorum   et
  proxiuias  mortis causas  anatomic is  principiis
  exponentes; in  usum Academic  Oxouieusis.   1
  p. 1., 62 pp.,  1 1.,  5 pl.   4°.  Londini, J. Clark,
  1733.
.------.  De aninia medica praelectio ex Luinleii et
  Caldwaldi Instituto.   41 pp.  8  .  Londini,  P.
  Vaillant, 1750.
    For  Biography, see  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,  1894,  xl,
  437 (X. Moore).
Nichoils (Frank).
    See Stevens  CWuliam) [in 1. s.].  Observations sur le
  traitement du cholera.  12°.  Toulouse, 1835.
Nichoils (H.  A. Alford).
    Editor of: Leeward Islands (The) Medical Jour-
  nal, Loudon, ItUl.
Nichols (C. F.) Home made treatment.   46 pp.
  1-2°.   [Boston, O. Clapp 4' Co., 1>79.]
-----.   A plunder in poisons.  65 pp.   8°.   [Bos-
  ton. 1902.]
Nichols (Charles B.).
    Editor of: L.os Angeles  Medcial Journal, 1904.
Nichols (Charles  H[enry]) [1-20-fi'J].  Memoir
  of William B. Goldsmith.  14 pp.  --.   [Utica,
  1888.]"
    Repr.from: Am. J. Insan., Utica.  1888-9, xiv.
    For  Biography, see Am. J. Insan., Utica. N. T., 1889,
  xiv,446-449, port. (W. W. Godding).  AUo. Reprint. AUo:
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1889. xxxvi.687.
Nichols (D. Cubitt) & Murphy (Shirley  F.)
  Parish of St.  Mary, Rotherhitue.  Report of  an
  inquiry held  by . . . as to the immediate sani-
  tary   requirements  of the parish of St. Mary,
  Rotherhithe.   16  pp.   fol.   London,  Eyre  <)'■
  Spottiswoode, l-i~9.
Nichols (Edward  H.j A  Bradford (Edward
  H.)  The surgical anatomy of  congenital  dislo-
  cation of the hip-joint.  22 pp.   8°.  Philadel-
  phia,  1900.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & X. Y., 1900, cxix.
Nichols ( Francis  H. )  The New York  ambu-
  lance   service,  pp.  729-7:15.  8°.  New  York,
  1901.
    Cutting from: The Junior Munsey, N. V., 1901.
Nichols (Henry J.)  The  relation between  an-
  thracosis and pulmonary tuberculosis. ~y  Phil-
  adelphia, 1905.
    Repr. from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1905, n. s.. exxx.
------.  Thrombosis of  the receptaculum  chyli
  and chylous  ascites as  a complication of cir-
  rhosis of the liver.   16 pp.  12°.   New York, Lea
  Bros.  4- Co., 1905.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y.,  1905, lxxxvii.
-----.  Tinea versicolor in an institution.   9 pp.
  6\  Philadelphia. 1905.
    Repr. from.- Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1905, exxx.
    See,  also, Wainwright (Jonathan M.) & Nichols
  (H.J.)  Hook worm  disease  and miners' anemia [etc.],
  12°. Xew York, 1904.
Nichols  (Herbert T.)  &  Norton (Thos. H.)
  Examination of the Lloyd method for the assay
  of alkaloids.   17 pp.  6°.  [Easton, Pa., 1692]
    Repr.from:  J. Anal. & Applied Chem., Easton, Pa.
  1982, vi.
Nichols  (James  R.)  What  chemistry has  ac-
  complished for agriculture.  A lecture delivered
  before the State  board of agriculture, Salem,
  Dec. 11, 1p66.   25 pp.  8°.  Boston, Wright 4- Pot-
  ter, 1607.
Nichols  (J[ohn] Benjamin)  [1867-     ].  The
  eclectic medical system.  7 pp.  12°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1697k
    Repr. from: Med. News, Phila.. 1895, lxvi.
------.  Physio-niedicalisiu.  6 pp.  12°.  [Phila-
  delphia, Lea Bros.  4' Co., 1H95.]
    Repr. from : Mod. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi.
------.  The  Thomsouian and botanic  medical
  systems.  11pp.   12°.  [Philadelphia, Lea Bros.
  ^•Co., 189.").]
    Repr. from: Mt-rt. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi.
------.  Notes on the reactions and tests of bile
  pigments in urine and  other orgauic  fluids.  7
  pp.  12°.  New York, l-9(i.
    Repr. from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, lxix.
------.  Penuauent separation of  the amnion and
  chorion in the mature after birth, forming dou-
  ble fetal sacs.  3 pp.  12°.   New York, 1899.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv.
------.  The histology of Dupuytren's contraction
  of the palmar  fascia; report of  microscopic  ex-
  amination iu two additional cases.  6 pp.  12°.
  New York, ^99.
    Repr. from.- Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv.
------.  Notes on  the  histology of the amnion.
  21.  8°.  Bochester, [1899].
    Repr. from.- J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1899, ii.
------.  A manual of clinical laboratory methods.
  3p. 1.,303pp.  8°.  New York, W. Wood4- Co., 1902.
------.  Acute leukemia.   29 pp.  8°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1903.
    Repr. from: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v.
------.  The  etiologv of  leukemia.   22 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1903.'
    Repr. from: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi.
------.  The  diet in typhoid  fever.  31 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1905.
    Repr. from: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix.
------.  The  sex-composition of human  families.
  pp. 24-36.  8°.   Washington, 1905.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from .- Am. Anthrop.,
  "Wash., 1905, n. s., vii.
-----& Vale (Frank Palmer).  Histology and
  pathology.   A manual for students  and practi-
  tioners.   Series  edited by Bern B. Gallaiubt.
  458 pp.  8J.   Philadelphia 4' New York, Lea Bros.
  4-Co., 1899.
Nichols (M. Louise).  *The  spermatogenesis of
  Oniscus ascellus Linn., with especial reference
  to the  history of the chromatin.   [University
  of Pennsylvania.]   pp.  77-112, 8 pl.  oD.   Phil-
  adelphia,  [1902].
    Repr. from.- Proc. Am. Phil.  Soc, Phila., 1902, xii, no.
  168.
Nichols (Mary S[argeantJ Gove) [1810-    ].
  Experience in  water-cure;  a familiar exposition
  ofthe principles and results of water treatment
  in the cure of acute and chronic diseases, illus-
  trated by uumerous cases in  the practice of  the
  author.   With an explanation  of  water - cure
  processes, advice on diet and regimen, and par-
  ticular directions to women in the treatment of
  female  diseases, water treatment  in childbirth,
  and  the  diseases  of infancy.  108 pp.   12°.
  New York, Fowlers 4' Wells, 1851.
Nichols (T[honias] L.)   How  to  live on  six-
  pence a  day.   64 pp.   12°.  London,   Long-
  man [and others], 1673.
------.  Die ^t-1'ahrlose Entbindung der Frauen.
  3. Aufl., von M. Birnbaum.  iv, 7f>pp.  8°.  Leip-
  zig, Ernst, [n. d.].
    See, also, Siipraniiindaiie  facts  [etc|.   8°.   Lon-
  don,  1865. 
NICHOLS.
678
XICKLES.
Nichols (William  Ripley)  [1847-86].  Water
  supply  considered  mainly from  a chemical and
  sanitary standpoint.   4. ed.   vi, 232  pp.  8°.
  New York,  J. Wiley 4' Sons, 1894.
    See, also, Fisher (Theodore "W[illisJ ).  Ventilation of
  railroad  cars, etc.  8Y  Boston, 1875.
    For Biography, see William Kipley  Nichols. A
  memorial. 8°. Boston, 1887.  See, a Uo: Proc. Am. Acad.
  Arts \- Sc. Bost., 1887, n. s., xiv, 528-534.
Nicholson (A.  W.)   The causation  of  inter-
  mittent fever;  including  a record of 118 cases
  of intermittent fever and of coincident meteoro-
  logical  and other conditions,  pp. 193-212.  8°.
  [Lansing], 1881.
    Cutting [cover with printed title]/ro»t : Rep. Bd. Health
  Mich. 1880, Lansing, 1881, viii.
------.   Relative to  atmospheric ozone, and the
  best methods for its observation,   pp. 287-302.
  8y  [Lansing], 1880.
    Cutting from:  Rep. Bd. Health Mich.  1880, Lansing,
  1881, viii.
         Some of the dangers to health pertaining
to pioneer life.   pp. 38-44.  8°.  Lansing, 1682.
  Cutting from: Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1881, Lansing,
1882, ix.
       An analysis  of one  hundred  cases of
  labor.   4 pp.  8°.  Detroit, 1884
    Repr.from: Detroit Lancet, 1884-5, viii.
Nicholson (Sir Charles) [1808-1903].
    Grand (A) old man of medicine.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1902, ii,  1731.—[Obituary  uotice.l   Ibid., 1904, i, 58.
  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1903. ii,  1473.   Also: Med. Press &
  Circ, Lond., 1903, n. »., lxxvi, 574.
Nicholson (E[d\vard]).   Report on filter-carts
  and barrack-filters.  46 pp., 6 pl.  8:.  Madras,
  E. Keys, 1875.
Nicholson (Efdward]  W[illiams]  B[yron]).
  [Letter requesting the opinions of librarians as
  to the  classifications of books  in use,  but re-
  cently ordered to  be changed, in the Bodleian
  Library.]  3,  4 pp.   4°.   Oxford, 1896.
Nicholson (Gulielmus Thomas).  "De  cerebri
  concussioue atque compressioue.  3 p. 1., 26 pp.
  8°.  Edinburgi, J. Moir,  1622.  [P., v. 1905.]

Nicholson (Henry Alleyne) [1844-99J.
    Lydekher (R.)   [Biography!   Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1901.  Suppl.  iii, 227.—Obituary.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1899, i, 271.
Nickau (F.)    Neu eutdeckles  Heilverlahren
  gegeu  Hiimorrhoiden, Gicht, Lahuumgen, Rheu-
  matisnius,  Scropheln,  Hypochoudrie, Engbriis-
  tigkeit,Kr;inkheitenderGeschlechtstheile,Flech-
  ten, Ausschliige, Merkurial-Siechthnm und Kno-
  chenbiden,  etc.,  als  unfehlbar  bewilhrt  nnd
  empfohlen durch  Zengnisse  von Kranken, die
  durch  dieses Mittel ihre voile Gesundheit wieder
  erlangten, nach dem sie von alien Aerzten als
  unheilbar  aufgegeben  worden  waren.   Hrsg.
  und dem deutschen Volk gewidmet.   2. Aufl.
  viii, 192 pp.   8°.  Grimma, 1649.
Nickel.
    Bulatoff  ( P. N.)    * K  voprosu o  fiziolo-
  gicheskom  dieistvii sole! nikkelya.  [On the
  physiological action of  nickel salts.]   8°.   S.-
  Peterburg,  1895.
    Kuttexkeuler (J.)   * Ueber die Reiudarstel-
  lung von Nickel.  8°.  Bern, 1895.
    Laugikr.   Exp6riences sur le mode de traite-
  ment le plus convenable des  mines de cobalt et
  de nickel,  et  sur les moyens d'operer la  separa-
  tion de ces nie"taux.  8L.   Paris, 1818.
    Lelillieux (A.-L.)   * Etude biologique sur le
  nickel et ses sels.  4°.   Paris, 18-~8.
    TOUISSANT (H.)   * Beitrag znr  Kenntnis der
  Nickehu senate.   8°.  Berlin, 1900.
    C'onpin  (H.) Sur la toxicit6 comparee  des conipos6s
  du  nickel et du cobalt k l'egard des vegetaux supgrieurs.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de hiol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 489.—Da
Nickel.
  Costa (J. M.)  Observations on the salts of nickel, espe-
  cially the bromide of nickel.  Med. News, Phila., 1883,
  xliii, 337. — Oana*»ini (D.)   Contributo alia ricerca
  qualitativa del nickel e dei cobalto.  Roll.  d. Soc. med.-
  chir. di Pavia, 1905, 170-173.—Oreco (It.)  Azione fisio
  logica del solfato di  nichelio.  Iucurabili, Napoli, 1898,
  xiii, 457-466.—van Hamel Rooa (P.-F.)  Recherches
  sur les effets physiologiques des sels de nickel et l'emploi
  de ce m6tal pour les ustensiles de cuisine.  Internat. Coug.
  f. Hyg. u. Demog. Arb., Wien,  1887, vi, 36. Hft.. 76.—
  van der Kolk (L. C. S.) Beitrag zur mikrochemischen
  Aufflndung von Nickel.  Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr.,
  Brnschwg., 1893-4, x, 451-453.—Pitini (A.) & Irl<-**iiin
  (V.)  Sul potere ematogeno del nichel e del cobalto. Arch.
  di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1899, vii, 1-10.—Kohtlc (A.)
  Ueber die Angreifbarkeit der Nickelkochgeschirre durcli
  organische Sauren.  Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen u. Leipz.,
  1889, ix, 331-349.

Nickel (Bromide of).
    See Epilepsy (Treatment of) with bromides.

Nickel (Workers in).
    Dc BnHcber(L) La dermite des nickelenrs; contri-
  bution k l'6tude des maladies professionnelles.  Belgique
  med., Gand-Haarlem,  1904, xi, 399-401.
Nickel [August Ferdinand  Alexis] [1856-   ].
  Die Gesundheitspflege auf dem  Lande.  66 pp.
  8°.  Munchen 4~ Berlin, B. Oldenbourg, 1904.
    Forms 7. Hft. of: Veroffentl. d. deutsch.  Ver. f. Yolks-
  Hyg-
Nickel (fimil).  Die Farbenreactioneu der Koh-
  lenstoffverbindungen.  Fiir  chemische, pbysio-
  logische, mikrochemische, botanische, medicini-
  sche und  pharmakologische  Untersuchungen.
  2. Aufl.  viii,  134 pp.   8°.   Berlin, H. Peters,
  1890.
Nickel (Paul [Richard]) [1868-    ].  "Zur Pa-
  thogenese der sogenannten syphilitischen Mast-
  daringeschwiire.   32 pp., 1 1.   8 '.   Greifswald,
  J. Abel, 1891.

Nickel-carbonyl [Carbon monoxide of   f
  nickel].
     Lianglois (P.) Action du nickel carbonyle sur le gaz
  du sang. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1891.9. s., iii, 212.—
  lTIcKendrick (J. G.) <fc  Snodgraos (W.)  On the
  physiological action of carbon monoxide of nickel. Brit.
  M. J., Loud., 1891,  i, 1215-1217.  AUo [Abstr.]: Nature,
  Lond., 1891, xliv, 70.—Vahlen (E.) Ueber das Verhalten
  des  Kohlenoxydnickels im Thierkorper. Arch. f. exper.
  Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1902, xlviii, 117-133. AUo,
  Reprint.
Nickel-carbonyl (Toxicology of).
     Mittasch (A.) Notiz iiber die Giftwirkung von Ni-
  cktslkolilenoxyd.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol.,
  Leipz., 1903,  xlix, 367.— Neue (Eiue) Vergiftungsgefahr
  durch Nickel-Caibonyl bei Extraction der Nickels aus den
  Erzen mittels Kohleuoxyd. Ztschr.  f. Gewerbe-Hyg.
   [etc.], Wien, 1903, x, 302.—Nickel  carbonyl poisoning.
  Laucet, Lond., 1903, i, 1842.
Nickell  (Gustav) [1871-     ].   *  Beitrag zur'
  Kenntnis der Benzylsiiure uud Diiihenylengly-
  colsiiure.    Die   Tetraphenylenbernsteinsaure.
  68 pp., 2  1.   8^.  Kbnigsberg  i. Pr., H. Jaeger,
   1899.
 Nickell  (Rudolf) [1862-    ].  * Untersuchun-
  gen  iiber das Centrum  des  reflectorischen  Lid-
   schlusses.   40 pp., 21.  8\  Kbnigsberg, B. Parbs,
   1666,
 Nickelslmrg (Leopold).    * Weitere  Beitrage
   zur Aetiologie der Cataraeta senilis.  [Wurtz-
   burg.]  35 pp.  8°.  Berlin, G. Schade, 1692.

 Nickerl (Otiokar) [1873-1904].
     [Biography.]  Prag. med. Wchuschr., 1904, xxix, 279.
 Nickles ([F.-J.-] J[er6me]) [1821-69],   Analyse
   de  l'eau de Laxon.  8 pp.  6S.  Nancy,  [n. d.\.
   [P., v.  1818.]
     Repr. from .- Mem. Acad, de Stanislas, kaney.
 Nickles (Heinrieh) [1878-     ].   * Ein Fall von
   Dicephalus.  20  pp., 1 pl.,  1 1.  8-.  Erlangen,
   E.  T. Jacob, 1903. 
NICKLIN.                                    679                                    NICOLAI.
[Nickliil(PhilipH[olbrook]) [1786-1842].]  Let-
  ters descriptive of the  Virginia Springs;  tlie
  roads leading thereto, and the doings  thereat.
  Collected,  corrected, annotated, and edited by
  Peregrine Prolix [pseud.],   x, 11-99 pp., 1 map.
  16c.  Philadelphia, H. S. Tanner, 1835.
.------.   The same.  2. ed., containing eight more
  letters,  x, 11-248 pp.,  1 map.  12°.  Philadel-
  phia, H. S.  Tanner, 1837.
Nicks  ([Friedrich]  Wilhelm [August])  [1876-
      ].   * Zwei  Beitrage  zur Kasuistik  der  Tu-
  berculosis  herniosa.  -24 pp., 2 1.   8°.   Kiel,
  Schmidt 4' Klaunig, 1902.
Nicks (Harry (».).
    See Towiisend (George H.)  The relation of food to
  health and premature death.  8°.  St. Louis, 1898.
NickStaedt  (Emil).  * Ueber  den  klinischen
  Wert des  Diuretius und einiger audern  Dinre-
  tica.   [Erlangen.]  30 pp.  8°.   Niirnberg, Groh-
  rock. 1891.
Niclot (Vincent-Marie).   * Etude snr une variete
  speciale de folliculite destructive des regions ve-
  ines.   53 pp., 1 1.  4°.   Paris, 1666, No. 39.
NiclOUX (Maurice) [1873-    ].   * Recherches
  experimeutales sur l'eiimination de l'alcool dans
  l'organisme.   Determination d'un  "alcoolisme
  congenital".   68 pp.  8-\  Paris, 1900, No. 523.
Nicofoar Islands.
    .Han (E. H.)  The  Nicobar Islanders. J. Anthrop.
  Inst.. Lond., 1888-9, xviii, 354-394, 4 pl., 1 map. -----.
  Nicobar pottery.  Ibid.. 1893-4,  xxiii, 21-27.----. On
  the use of narcotics by tbe Nicobar Islanders and certain
  deformations connected therewith.  Ibid., 232-240.—Svo-
  boda  [W.]  Die  Bewohner des Nicobaren-Archipels.
  Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1890,.n. F., x, 21-
  31.  ----. Die Bewohner des Nikobaren-Archipels, nach
  eigenen  Beobachtungen, alteren  und neueren Quellen.
  Internat. Arch. f. Ethnog., Leiden, 1892, v, 149, 185: 1893,
  vi, 1, 9 pl.
Nicoche (Benito).   * Estudio  sobre la  llaga en
  cadera (caucroides  uterino).  4 dial es su mejor
  tratamiento?  41 pp., 1  pl.  4°.   Mexico, 1873.
Nicod.
    See Gubian <L[ouis]).  Histoire de la grippe k Lyon
  eu 1837.  8°.  Lyon, [1837, vel subseq.].
Nicod  (Georges).  "L'appen licite retro-caficale.
  74 pp.  8y  Paris,  1904, No. 95.
Nicod  (P[ierre]-L[ouis]-A[im6])  [1788-    ].
  Traits des retentions d'uriue, ou recueil d'obser-
  vations  inedicales, sur de nouveaux moyens de
  gnerir les retreeisseiiiens de  Tort-tie, les tistules
  uriuaires et le catarrhe de la vessie.   2. ed.  xl,
  102 pp.; 20-'  pp.,  1 1.,  2  pl.   8-.   Paris, chez
  Yauteur, 1832.
NlCOd  (Rodolphe A.)  * Irritation chimiqne de
  diverses substances sur  le nerf moteur et snr le
  muscle.  [Geneva.]  48  pp., 1  1.,  1 diag.  8°.
  Romout, 1^95.
Nicodeini (Cesare).  Osservazioni di chirurgia
  gastrica.   14  pp.  12°.   Firenze, G. Civelli, 1896.

Nieofebrin.
    Nangregorio (A.)   La nicofebbrina nelle febbri da
  malaria.  Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., .Milano, 1904, xxvi,
  243-25.'!.
Nicogill (Philippus Steph.)   M'eber die Ilaut-
  driisen  der Anipiiibieu.   [Wurtzburg.]  83 pp.,
  3pl.  83.  Leipzig,  W. Engelmann, 1893.
    Repr. from.- Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1893, lvi.
Nicol (James) [ 1815-1900].  The climate of Llan-
  dudno.   2. ed.  35  pp.    12°.   London, Deans-
  gate 4'  Ridgefield, 166:,.
■------.   Vital,  social, and economic statistics of
  the city of Glasgow, 1881-5, with observations
  1 hereon,  xiv, 304 pp.   8°.   Glasgow, J.  Macle-
  hose 4'  Sons, 1^5.
    For Biography, see Glasgow M.  J.,  1901, lv, 284.  Also:
  Lancet, Loud., 1901, i. 670.
Nicol (John Inglis) [1788-1819].  Case of recto-
  vaginal  opening following lacerated perineum
Nicol (John Inglis)—continued.
  successfully treated by operation.  4 pp., 1 pl.
  8°.  [Edinburgh, J. Stark, 1629.]
    Repr. from .- Edinb. M. >fc S. J., 1829, xxxii.
[Nicol (Robert)].   A treatise on coffee; its prop-
  erties and the best mode of keeping and prepar-
  ing it.  4. ed.   36 pp.   8°.  London, 1832.
Nicoladoili (C[arl]) [1847-1902].  Zur Arthro-
  tomie   vcralteter  Luxationen.   10  pp.   8°.
  [Wien, 1885.]
    Repr.from: Wien. med. "Wchnsehr., 1885, xxxv.
------.  Vergangenheit  uud Zukuuft  der Inns-
  brucker niedicinischen  Facultiit.   Festrede bei
  der Erotfnungsfeier des neuen stiidtischen Kran-
  keuhauses in  Innsbruck am 18.  October 1888.
  17 pp.   8°.   Wien, A. Holder, 1888.
    Repr.from: Wieu. klin. Wchnsehr., 1888, i.
------.  Die Architectur der scoliotischen Wirbel-
  siiule.   28 pp., 13  pl.  4°.   Wien,  /'. Tempsky,
  166$,
    Repr. from.- Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-
  naturw. CL, Wien, 1889, lv.
------.  Die Architectur der kindlichen Skoliose,
  28 pp., 22 pl.  4°.  Wien, F. Tempsky, l.^Jl.
    Repr.from: Denkschr. d.k. Akad.d. Wissensch.  Math.-
  naturw. CI., Wien, 1894, lxi.
------.  Die Skoliose des Lendensegments.  12 pp.,
  5 pl.  roy. r-c.  Wien, F. Tempsky, 1894.
    Repr.from:  Denkschr. d.k. Akad.d. Wissensch. Math.-
  naturw. CI., Wien, 1894, li.
------.  Anatomie und Mechanisums der Skoliose.
  79 pp., 18 pl.  4°.   Stuttgart, E. Ndgele, 1904.
    Forms 5. Hft., Abth. E, of: Biblioth. med.
    See, also, Sieber  (Richard).  * Ueber die  Befestigung
  des Rectums [etc.].  8°. Breslau, 1900.
    For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.u.
  Berl., 1903, xxix,  24 (H. Fischer).  Also, Reprint.  Also:
  Deutsche Ztschr.  f.  Chir., Leipz.,  1903, lxviii,  pp. i-xii,
  port  (E Payr). Also: J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago. 1903, xl,
  46. Also: Mitth.d. Ver. d. Aerzte iu Steiermark^ Graz, 1903,
  xl, 1-5 (E. Payr).  Also: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi,
  964 (J. Sch.)  Also: Wien. klin. Wchuschr., 1902, xv, 1334
  (A. Fraenkel).
------.  See, also:
    Sen ii (N.)  Professor Nicoladoni's clinic, Gratz.  Am.
  Med., Phila.,  1902. iv, 587-589. — Wit tell  (A). Weiland
  Hofrath Carl Nicoladoni als Forderer der orthopadischen
  Chirurgie.  Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1903,  xi, G00-
  607.
Nicolaenkoff (Alexandre) [1870-    ].  *L'a-
  nesthesie par la cocainisatiou de la moelle.  71
  pp.  8°.  Paris, 1900, No. 58.
Nicolaevici (Wlademir  G.)  *Le  deiire dans
  les maladies infectieust s.   152 pp.   8°.   Paris,
  1905, No. 497.
Nicolai (A[lphons]).   Milzbrand.
    In: Handb. d. Kinderkr. (Gerhardt) Tiibing., 1878, iii,
  1. Hlfte., 355-363.
Nicolai  (C.)  * Ueber  den  Mechaniymus  der
  Accommodation.   [Heidelberg.]   29  pp.   8°.
  Nymwegen, H. C.  A. Thieme, 1694.
------.  Een  nieuwe spier in het  oog (museulos
  papilla? optici).   13 pp., lpl.   roy. 8°.  Amster-
  dam, J. Muller, 1902.
    Forms no. 3, v. 9, 2. sect., of: Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v.
  Wetensch., Amst., 1902.
Nicolai (Ernst Anton) [ 1722-1802].  Die Verbin-
  dung der Musik mit der Artzneygelahrtheit.   11
  P. 1., 70 pp.   16°.   Halle im Magdeb., C. II. Hem-
  merde, 1745.
------.  Gedancken von der Erzeuguug des Kindes
  im Mutterleibe  und der Harmonie. und Gemein-
  srhaft, welehe die Mutter wahrend der Schwan-
  gerschaft mit  demselben  hat. 3 p.  1., 292 pp.
  16°.   Halle, 1746.
------.  Systi ma materia? medh-ai  ad  praxin ap-
  plicata?.  7  p. 1., 343 pp.  sm. 4°.  Hake Magdeb.,
  C. H. Hemmerde,  1751.
------.  Abhandlung von den  Fehlern  des Ge-
  sichts.   10  p. 1.,  212 pp.   12c. Berlin,  Schiitz,
  1754. 
NICOLAI.
Nicolai (Ernst Anton)—continued.
------.   [Pr.] quo genuina arthritidis  notio erui-
  tur, quintum et ultimum.  [Cum vita  caudi-
  dati Enu-sti Godofredi  Baldinger.]   8 pp.  sm.
  4 .  Jena', lit. Fickelscherrianis, [1760].
------.•  Theoretische und practische Abhandlung
  von den kalten Fiebern, worin ihre  Natur uud
  eigeutliche Beschaffenheit, Paroxysnii  und Zu-
  falle,  nebst der Methode sie zu  curiren aus ge-
  wissen  Griinden gehorig  erkliiret werdeu.   15
  p. 1., 400 pp.   15°.  Kopenhagen,  Bothe, 1758.
------.   [Pi.] quo demoustratur quod  calor cor-
  poris  humani non oriatur ex attritu  flnidorum.
  [Cum  vita candidati  Georgii Andre;e  Kunge.]
  8 pp., sm. 4C.  Jena, lift. Fickelscherrianis, 1760.
         [Pr.] de virtutibus sulphuris  antimonii
  aurati.  [Cum vita candidati ThoinaB Reiudel.]
  viii y>p.   sm.  4°.  Jena; ex off. F. Fickelscherrii,
  [1763].   [P., v. 621.]
------.   Fortsetzung der Pathologie oder Wissen-
  schaft von Kraukheiten.   3 v.    12°.   Halle,
  Hemmerde, 1781-4.
------.   [Pr.] prsemittitur commentationis de  cu-
  bitu  segrotorum particula octava.   [Cum vita
  candidati Joanni Bartholomai.]   8 pp. 4C. Jenos
  lit.  Stranckmanniauis, [1786].  [P., v. 1946.]
Nicolai(Fridericus-Guilelmus) [1834-  ]. *De
  ovarii hydrope.  31pp.  8°.  Berolini, G. Schade,
  [185H].  *
Nicolai (Friedrich).   Ueber den Gebrauch der
  falsclicn Haare und  Perrucken in  alteu und
  neuern Zeiten.  Eiue historische  Untersuchung.
  xi,  179 pp.. 17 pl.  8C.  Berlin 4-  Stettin, 1801.
Nicolai (G.)   Sexueele  hygiene.  Voordracht
  iu de Ethis'jhe Vereeuiging  voor Jongelieden
  "Excelsior"  te Nijmegeu.  29  pp.  16°. Am-
  sterdam, A. ran Klaveren, [1898].
Nicolai (Georg Wilhelm)  [1863-    ].  *Istder
  Begriff des Schonen bei Kant consequent ent-
  wickeltf  2 p. 1., 102 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Kiel,  H.
  Fiencke, 1669.
Nicolai (Hermann).   * Beziehungen der Scro-
  phulose zur Tuberkulose, mit spezieller  Unter-
  suchuug einer erkrankten Halslymphdriise.   38
  pp.  8:.   Wurzburg, Verlag*druckerei, 1899.
Nicolai (Jean).  *De l'hysterie pulmonaire.   x,
  11-47  pp., 2 1.  8\  Montpellier,  1900, No. 38.
Nicolai (Joh.)  Disquisitio  de  chiiothecarum
  usu et abusu, in qua varii ritus, varia jura,  et
  symbola illarum fuse exhibeutur,  lectu jucnndis-
  sima  et in bounin publicum edita.   11 p.  ].,
  144 pp.   16°.  Giessa} Hassorum, imp. H. Miilleri,
  1701.
------.  Traetatus de calcarium usu et abusu, nec-
  non juribus illornm, lectu jucuudus utilis et va-
  riis antiquitatibus  illustratus.   4 p.  1., 188 pp.,
  7 1.  16°.   Giessce Hassorum, 1701.
    Bound with the preceding.
Nicolai ([Job.]  A[ugust] H[einrich])  [1796-
 , 1882 I].  Erforschung der alleinigen Ursache des
  immer hiiufiger Erscheineus der  Menscheublat-
  tern bei  Geimpften.   Nebst  Angalie der  Me-
  thode, wodurch eine mogliche Schiitzung gegen
  Menschenblatteru durch einmalige Impfung uud
  ohne Eevaccination erreicht werden  kanu.  iv,
  47 pp.  8-.  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1833.  TP.,
  v. 1974.]
------.   Grundriss  der  Sanitiits-Polizei mit  be-
  souderer JV/iehung auf den prenssischen Staat.
  x, 694  pp.  8-".  Berlin, Trowitzsch 4-  Sohn, 1637>.
Nicolai (Job. Godofredus)  * Diss. med. phys.
  qua. balsamum de Mecca.  24 pp. 4G.   Vitem-
  bergie, prelo Gaeberdtiano,  [1726].   [P., v. 1921.]
Nicolai (Karl  Heinrieh)  [1873-    ].  *  Bakte-
  riologische Studien iiber Wurzeln und  Samen
  von Hi dysaium coronarium.  33 pp., 2  1.   8°.
  Erlangen,  Junge 4' Sohn, 1900.
NICOLAS.
Nicolai (L. V.)  -See Nicolai (Vittorio [L.]).
Nicolai  (Ludwig).   * Ueber  subcutane Haru-
  rohreuzerreissung.  48 pp.  8 .   Wurzburg,  lio-
  nitas-Baiter, 1892.
Nicolai (Nicolaus Casparus).  Miraculosaeaque
  catholica in piscina Bethesdea morboruni cura,
  exercitatione  philologica descripta.   7  1.  4°,
  [Erfurt], typ. Kirschianis, [1676].
Nicolai  (Vittorio [L.])   La temperatura e la
  spirometria negli ammalati di petto curati con
  apparati pneumatici.    32 pp.   8°.   Milano
  1890.
------.   Statistica numerica degli ammalati curati
  nel primo qnin(]uennio nella sezione rino-larin-
  gojatrica della Poliambulanza di Milano.  6 pp.,
  4tal>.   8°.   Milano, tipog. del Biformatorio pair0-
  nato, 1890.
------.   L' intubazione della laringe.  25 pp.  8°.
  Milano, tipog. del Beformatorio patronato, 1892.
------.   L' intubazioue  della laringe nel  croup.
  15 pp.   8C.  Milano, tipog. del Riformatorio pa-
  tronato, 1892.
------.   Oto-rino-laringoscopia ed esofagoscopia.
  Anatomia  topografica e  metodi di esame  del
  naso, faringo, laringe,  orecchio ed esofagio. 148,
  viii pp., 90 pl., 45 1.  fol.  Milano, 1903.
    AUo,  Editor of: Giornale dello Istituto Nicolai,  Mi-
  lano, 1893-4.
    See.aUo. ITIelzi (TTrbano).  Delle nevrosi ritlesse [etc.].
  roy. 8°.  Milano, 1896.
Nicolai  (Wilhelm)  [1863-    ].   * Die Ge-
  schichte  der  Lithotripsie und Lithotomie.  30
  pp., I 1.  6°.  Berlin, G. Schade,  [1891],
Nicolai (Wilhelm [Johannes Erdmann])  [1868-
      ].  * Ueber die Entstehuug des Hungerfiihls.
  28 pp., 2 1.   8°.   Berlin, G. Schade, [1^92].
Nicola'idi (Jean) [1873-    ].  "Contribution a
  l'etude de l'acidite urinaire chez l'liomme  sain et
  chez les malades.  317 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1900, No.
  644.
------.   La medication phosphorique basee sur
  un nouveau procede de dosage de l'acidite uri-
  naire.  Preface  de P.-E. Launois.  42 pp.  8°.
  Paris,  O. Doin, 1904.
Nicolaier (Arthur) [1862-   ].  On  the treat-
  ment of  cystitis with  ammouiacal  decomposi-
  tion of the urine with urotropin.  [ Transl. from:
  Aerztl. Pract., Hamb., 1897.]  4 pp.   8°.  Ham-
  burg, 1897.
------.   Experimeutelles  und  Klinisches  iiber
  Urotropin.   06 pp.  8°.  Berlin,  1899.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1899,  xxxviii.
------.   The same. . 88 pp.  8°.  Berlin, [1699].
    See, also, Ebstcin (Wilhelm) & Nicolaier (Arthur).
  Ueber die experinientelle  Erzeugung  vou Harusteinen.
  8°.  Wiesbaden,  1891.
Nicolaier   [Karl?].    *Querschnittsverletzung
  des Riickenmarks im Anschluss an eine Wirbel-
  fraetur.  35  pp.   8°.    Wurzburg,  F.  Scheiner,
  li-97.
Nicolas.  De la laryngite chronique  etudiee k
  Taide du laryngoscope;  quelques mots  sur la
  medication  topiqne.   16 pp.  8°.  [n.  p., Ir64,
  re Isubseq.]
Nicolas  (A.)   *Snr une forme  rare des mani-
  festations oculaires de Parthritisme  l'hyperemie
  sclerale.  49 pp., 3 1.   8°.  Paris, A.  Michalon,
  1904. No. 584.
Nicolas  (A.).
    Editor of:  Bibliographic anatomique,  Paris, 1397-
  1905.
Nicolas (Ad[olphe]).   'Contribution k  l'etude
  de  laithrotoinie antiseptique.  1 p. 1., 156 pp.,
  2 1., 1  ch.   4C.  Nancy, P. Sordoillel, 1883, 1.  s.,
  No. 182.
-----.   * Organes erectiles.   172  pp., 1 1., 1  pl.
  8°.  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1886.
    Concours.
\ 
NICOLAS.
681
NICOLAUS.
Nicolas (Ad[olphe])—continued.
_____.  Estomac.  Anatomie et histologie.   pp.
  97-122.  8C.  [Parts, 1888.]
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Diet, encycl.
  d. so. med., Par., 1888, xxxvi.
_____.   Organes genito-nrinaires.   Conferences
  faites ada Faculte de nieYlecinede Nancy.  1. fasc.
  Ip. 1., 82 pp.   4C.  Paris, G.  Steinheil, 1666.
    See, aUo, Traite d'anatomie humaine [etc.].  roy. 8°.
  Pari*, [1892].
_____A- Thiry (Ch.)   Esquisses osteologiques.
  Cahier de  91 croquis facilitant aux etndiants
  en medecine les dessins d'anatomie.  1 p. 1.,
  53 pl., 8 blank 1. 4°.  Paris,  C. Reinwald 4~ Cie.,
  18'J5.
Nicolas  (Ad[olphe-Charles-Antoine-Marie]).
  Bapports sur l'Exposition universelle de 1878.
  V. Les progres de l'hygiene; iuflueuces lumineu-
  ses; indnences thertniques; influences des qua-
  lites du  sol; influences diverses;  l'aliment; la
  population;  l'habitation;  les professions, etc.
  128 pp., 2 pl.   -Y  Paris, E.  Lacroix, [1879].
    Repr.from:  Etudes sur l'Exposition, pub. par E. La-
  croix.  Nouv. tech., viii.
_____.   L'attitude de l'homme  au point de vue de
  l'equilibre, du travail et de l'expression.   xxiii,
  239 pp.  8°.   Paris, G. Masson,  1-82.
-----.   Chantiers de terrasseineuts eu pays palu-
  deeu.   Geographic  malarienne,  synthese  des
  fievres paiustres, resistance  ethnique,  acclima-
  tement,  hygieue du  terrassier, campemeuts in-
  dustrials,  assainisseuient  des marecages.  xii,
  647 pp.  8\   Paris, 1889.
•-----.  Le brouillard.  Rapport k la Societe fran-
  caise d'hygiene (seance du 14 mars 1890).  27
  pp.   12°.  Paris, 1p90.
-----.  Uu  cas d'eczema general  aigu a  la Bour-
  boule.   12 pp.  8-\  Paris, A lean-Levy, 1890.
     Repr.from: Union med.. Par., 1890, 3. s.
-----.  Programme de prophylaxie des epidemies
  communes.  23 pp.   8-.   Paris, 1691.
     AUo, aUo, Manuel d'hygiene coloniale. 8°.  Paris,
   1894.                          /
 Nicolas (Andre) [1873-    ].  * Contribution  k
  l'etude  du caucer latent  de la vessie.   178 pp.
  Lyon, 19u0, No. 135.
Nicolas (Auguste)  [1872-    ].  *Des  souffles
  du cceur chez les chlorotiques.   68  pp.,  1 1.  8°.
  Paris, 1-99,  No. 471.
-----.  The same.  70 pp., 1 1.  8 .  Paris,  G.
  Steinheil, 1899.
Nicolas (C.)  * A propos  de  quelques cas d'ace-
  tonurie  chez de.s enfants.   77 pp.   8-.   Paris,
  1903, Xo. 91.
Nicolas (Charles-Gabriel)  [1873-    ].   *Tu-
  meuis epitheiiales primitives des bronches.  1
  p. 1., 61  pp., 1 1.  8-.   Nancy, 1-99, No.  27.
Nicolas (E.)  Lea maladies  inflannnatoires du
  tractus  uveal chez  le cheval.  1 p. ]., 132 pp.
  8D.  Paris, Asselin 4~ Houzeau, 1901.
     See, aUo, Mollerean (Hi. Porcher (C.) & Nicola*
   (E.)  Vade-mecum du veterinaire.   123.  Paris, 1904.
-----&■ Fro III age t (C.)  Precis  d'ophthalmo-
  scopie  veterinaire.   viii,  120 pp.,  9  pl.   12°.
  Paris, J.-B.  Bailliere 4- fils, 1898.
Nicolas (fimile).
     See Mackenzie (Sir Morell).  Du laryngoscope [etc.].
  8Y Paris, 1867.
Nicolas (Eugene)   [1867-   ].  *Le  fond de
  Toil  normal chez le  cheval et les  principals
  especes  domestiques.   46 pp.,  1 pl.  4°.  Bor-
  deaux, 1896,  No. 72.
Nicolas (F.-J-)  *De I'anus preiiminaire dans
  le traitement  du canct-r  du  rectum et en par-
  ticulier de sa fermeture.  70 pp., 11.  8-.  Paris,
  1900, No. 191.
Nicolas (Jacques) [1867-    ].  #Sur  une va-
  riete peu  connue de retrecissement penien.  1
  p. 1., 60 pp.   4°.  Lyon, 1890, No. 559.
Nicolas (Jacques) [1869-    ].   * Du traitemeut
  derinatologique  de  1'epitb.eiiome  cutane  de
  l'angle  interue de l'ceil.   77 pp., 2 1.,5pl.   8y
  Montpellier, 1904, No. 76.
Nicolas  (Jacques) [1878-    ].   Action hydro-
  lytique de l'organisme sur les derives sulfones
  aromatiques.   91 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1901, No. 4.
    ficole de pharmacie.
-----.   *Du syndrome urinaire dans la pleuresie
  avec epanchement.  Sa valeur semeiologique et
  prouostiqne, ses consequences  therapeutiques.
  212 pp.  8C.  Lyon, 1904, No. 25.
Nicolas (Jean-Pierre) [1797-1856].
    Caflfe (P.-L.-B.) Necrologie.  J. d. conn.  med. prat.,
  Par., 1857, xxiv, 238.
Nicolas (Joseph) [1868-    ].   * Pouvoir bacte-
  ricide  du serum antidiphterique.  78 pp., 1 1.
  4°.  Lyon, 1895, No. 1127.
Nicolas (Maurice).  * Luxations  traumatiques
  du  testicule.   41 pp.   8°.   Paris,  1899,  No.
  315.
Nicolas ([Paul]-Charles-[Edouard]) [1846-98],
  La saute publique dans le canton de Neuchatel
  en 1889-92.  Kapports presentes au nom de la
  commission d'etat de sante par le vice-president.
  8°.  Neuchatel,  1890-92.
    For Biography, see Bull. Soc. neuchat. d. Soc. nat., 1898,
  xxvi, 305-366, 1  1., port. (E\ Cornaz).  AUo,  Reprint.
  AUo: Rev. med.  de fa Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1898, xviii,
  102-110 (Morin).  Also: Verhandl. d. schweiz. naturf. Ge-
  sellsch., Bern, 1898, lxxxi, 329-334 (E\ Cornaz).
Nicolas (Pierre).  * De l'emploi du sue gastrique
  de pore dans  le  traitement  des dyspepsies du
  noiurisson.  60 pp.   8°.   Paris, 1905, No. 454.
Nicolas - Duranty (L.-E.).   * Essai  sur  la
  transfusion dn saug.  60 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1860.
Nicolas-Jouanne  (Mme.   Jeaune).  Jeunes
  meres et n>nveau-nes,  quelques  conseils  pra-
  tiques.  69 pp.  12°.  Paris, C.  Naud,  1902.
Nicolas du  Plantier  ( End lieu-Ceiestin )
  [1871-    ].  * Tumeurs meianiques des doigts
  et des orteils.  71  pp.   8°.   Bordeaux,  1895,
  No. 26.
Nicolaus (Otto Nathauael).   Meletema de ser-
  vis Josephi  medicis.  20 pp.   4°.  Magdeburgi,
  prelo G. Vetteri, 1752.
Nicolaus PraepositUS Salernitanus.  Traeta-
  tus quid pro quo sinonima.
     In : Mesue. Opera,  fol.  Venetiis, 1478, 347-3691.-----.
   The same   fol.  Venetiis, 1481, bb 3—ii*. -----. The same.
  fol. Venetiis, 1489, 285-29lb ff.-----. The same. fol. Ve-
  netiis, 1495, :i04b-309 ff. -----. The same.  fol.  Venetiis,
   1502,332-335 ff. -----. The same.  fol. Venetiis. 1510, tii*-
  tv.-----. Thesame. fol. Venetiis, 1548,272-275' ff.-----.
   The same.  fol.   VenetiU, 1549. 275»-'J79 ff.  -----. The
   same.  fol.  Venetiis, 1561, 439-442  ff. -----. The same.
   fol. Venetiis, 1589, 2n5»- 239 ff. -----.  The .same  fol.
   Venetiis, 1602, 236-239b ff. -----. The, same  fol.  Vene-
   tiis, 1623, 236-239h ff.-----.Thesame.  loi.  Lugduni. 1525,
   eeiiij-ff. -----. The same.   In: Maqnini.  4Y  [n.p.,
   n. d.\  ff. 91b-96».
 -----.   Antidotariuui Nicolai.
     In: Mesue. Textus Mesuae, [etc.].  16°. Lugduni, 1540,
   ff. cclxxxviii-cccxv.
 -----.   The same.  L'antidotaire Nicolas.  Deux
   traductions francaises de l'Antidotariuni Nicolai,
   l'une  de xive  siecle, suivie de quelques recettes
   de la meuie epoque et d'un glossaire, l'autre da
   xve siecle, incomplete, pubises d'apres les  ma-
   nuscrits francais 25,327 et 14,827 dc  la Biblio-
   theque nationale par le Dr. Paul Dorveaux, avec
   un fac-simile des lre et derniire pages du manu-
   scrit  francais  25,327.   Preface  de  Antoine
   Thomas,  xx,  2  p.  1.,  109 pp.   8°.  Paris, H.
   Wetbr, 1896.
 Nicolaus de  Reggio.
     See CJalen (Claudius).  Opus de usu partium corporis
   hinnani [etc.].  4°. Parisiis, 1528. -----. Thesame.  fol.
   BasiUrn, 1533.-----. The same. Libri xvii. 8°. Lugduni,
   1550.
 Nicolaus  Salicetus.   Liber  meditation um  ac
   orationuiu devotarum, qui anthidotarius animse 
182                              NICOTIAN1N.
NICOLAUS.
Nicolaus Salicetus—continued.
  dicitur cum tabula inscriptus.  cxlvi ff.  sm. 8°.
  [Adfinem:] .  . . impensis J. Bey nardi (alias Grii-
  nynger) in civitate  Argentini, 1493.
    This is a manual  of devotional exercises couched in
  medical phraseology.  The author describes himself as
  doctor of arts and medicine and abbot of the monastery of
  Bomgart.
Nicolaux  (Maurice).  Recherches  experimen-
  tales sur l'elimiuation de l'aloool  dans l'orga-
  nisme.  Determination d'uu  " alcoolisme con-
  genital".  4  p. 1., 68 pp.  8°.  Paris,  0. Doin,
  1900.
Nicolay  ( Karl).  * Ueber  die  Beweglichkeit
  pleuritischerExsudate.  16 pp., 1 tab. 8°.  Gies-
  sen,  C. ron Miinchow, 1889.                     C.
Nicolayseu (Joachim).
    See CJchermann  (V.) Les sourda-muets en Norvdge.
  [etc.].  8°. Christiania, 1901.
Nicolayseu (Johan).  Studier over setiologien
  og pathologien af Ileus i Tilslutuing til  30  he-
  handled e Tilfadde.  [. .  . in  connection with 30
  cases treated.]  1  p. I., 181 pp., 2 pl. 8°.  Kris-
  tiania, Steen, 1895.
    Suppl. to: '-Norsk Magazin for Laegevideuskaben",
  1895,  ii.
Nicolaysen (Lyder). Studier over gonokokken
  og gonorrhoisk vulvovaginit h0s b0rn.  [. . . in
  children.]  viii, 116 pp.  8°.  Kristiania, Steenske
  Bogtrykkeri, 1696.
Nicole (Paul).  L'homme il y a deux cent mille
  ans.   Precede  d'une lettre de G.  de Mortillet.
  3 p.  1., 75 pp.  12c.  Paris, [E.  Duruy 4"  Cie.'],
  188">
Nicolello (A).
    See Tilliiiaima (Hermann).  Trattato di  patologia
  [etc.]. 8°.  Milano, [1897, vel subseq.\.
Nicolet (Cesar).  * Ueber die Wirkung vou Uro-
  tropin bei Erkrankungen der Harnwege, im Be-
  sonderu der Blase.   36 pp.  8°.   Zurich, E. Catti,
  1901.
Nicolich  (Giorgio).  La cura della sifilide  col
  metodo del A. Scarenzio.  49 pp.   8°.  Trieste,
  Morterra 4" Co., 1895.
rYicolicin.
    1H. (H.)  NicolicinnndSoluticin. Pharm. Centralhalle,
  Dresd., 1902, n. F., xxiii, 505. — Mdrner (C. T.)  Nicoli-
  cin.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1902,
  xxviii, 892. —S. & iTlartin.  Nicolicin.  Pharm. Ztg.,
  Berl., 1902, xlvii, 1031.
Nicoliefl (Ivan) [1878-    ].  * Contribution k
  l'etude des fractures de l'astragale.   48 pp.,  1 1.
  8°.   Montpellier, 1903, No.  4.
Nicolin (Jules).   * Du colobome congenital  des
  paupieres.   143 pp.,  1 pl.  4°.   Lyon, 1686  No.
  434.
Nicolis (Bonaventura).  Cenni sul cholera-mor-
  bus dominato  in Nizza nel 1854.   50 pp.  8U.   To-
  rino, Pelazza,  1855.
    Repr.from: Gior. di med. mil., Torino.
Nicolis (Ignazio).   Trattenimeuti  sperimentali
  i- pratici di percussioue e di ascoltazione, dedi-
  cati  alia gioventu medica subalpiua.   187 pp.,
  11.  8°.   Torino, Martinengo F. E. Co., 1857.
Nicol I (Whitloek) [1786-1838].
    Moore (N.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,  Lond.,
  1895,  xii, 47.
Nicollas (Antonin)  [1873-    ].   *Etude  sur
  la conjonctivite k pneumocoques.  89  pp.   8°.
  Paris, 1901, No. 81.
Nicolle (Charles)  [1866-     ].    * Recherches
  sur le chancre mou.  107 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1893
  No. 350.
-----.  Elements de  microbiologic  generale.   1
  p. 1., 342 pp.   12°.  Paris, 0. Doin, 1901.
    See, also, Ouide pratique des sciences ni6dicales [etc I
  16°.  ParU, [1891J. — Supplement du  Guide pratique
  des sciences medicaids.  16°. Paris, 1894.—Tappeiner
  (II.)  Manuel de diagnostic chimiqne [etc.].  16°.  Paris,
Nicolle (Charles)—continued.
-----A  Remlinger (P.)  Traite de technique
  microbiologique k l'usage des medecins  et  des
  veterinaires.   Avec  une preface  du Dr. Roux
  xii, 1034 pp.  12°.   Paris, O. Doin, 1902.
Nicolle (Edmond).    *La cure d'air chez  les en-
  fants tuberculeux  k l'hdpital  Herold.    60 pp
  8°.  Paris, 1904, No.  17.
Nicolle (Edmond-Didier-Auguste) [1865-    ].
  *La nourriceriede I'Hospice des enfants-assistes
  (enfants svphilitiques et suspects). 102 pp.. 11
  1 plan.   4°.   Paris, 1891, No. 271.
-----.   The same.  100 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1891.
Nicolle (Maurice) [1862-    ].   * Contribution
  k l'etude des affections du myocarde; les grandes
  scleroses cardiaques.  Ill pp.   4°.  Paris, 1890
  No. 122.
-----.   The same.  Ill pp., 3 pl.  8°.  Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1890.
    See, also, Robin (A.) & IVicolle.  De la rupture dn
  cceur.  12°.  Paris, 1895.
Nicolle (Maurice) [1878-   ].   * Des dechirurea
  dn bord interne de l'iris par contusion du globe
  oculaire.  109 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Lyon, 1900, No. 40.
Nicollet (Paul) [1875-    ].   * Contribution a
  l'etude  des  reflexes  daus la  choree de  Syden-
  ham.   74 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Lyon, 1900, No.  31.
Nicoloff(George8)  [1872-   ].  * Etude clinique
  et experimentale de la peritonite tuberculeuse
  et son traitement chirurgical.   74 pp., 1  1.  8°.
  Paris, 1904, No. 120.
Nicoloff(Th.)  Sur  le type floral et le develop-
  peineut du  fruit des juglandees.  46 pp., 2  pl.
  8y  [n.p., n. d.]
    Repr.from: J. de botanique, 1904-5, xxviii-xxix.
Nicolopoulo (Constantin) [1862-   ].   * Sur
  uu cas  d'epitheiioma primitif  de la  sereuse va-
  ginale.   62 pp.,  1 pl.  4°.  Paris,  1895, No. 450.
Nicolotti (A.)   Sopra  nn caso di  scarlattina
  consecutiva ad operazione radicale  d' ernia.  9
  pp.  8°.  Milano, F.  Vallardi,  1904.
    Repr.from: Gazz. di osp., Milano, 1904, xxiv.
-------.   Sul  valore della  gastro-euterostomia nei
  carcinomi del piloro radic.ilmente inoperabili.
  11 pp.  8°.  Firenze,  L. Niccolai, 1904.
    Repr.from: Clin, mod., Firenze, 1904, x.
NicolS (Arthur).   Zoological notes on the struc-
  ture,  affinities, habits, and mental faculties of
  wild and domestic animals; with anecdotes con-
  cerning and adventures among them, aud some
  account of their fossil repres*ntatives.  vii, 370
  pp., 4 pl.  8°.   London, L.  U. Gill, 1883.
NicolS (Thomas).  Beschreibung der Steine, so-
  wol edel als gemeine; darinnen derer  Gestalt,
  Kraffte, Tugenden,   Mediein,  Eigenschaffteu,
  Preiss und Werth auf das  Deutlichste gezeiget
  wird; samt beygesetzten Warnnngen, sich fur
  derer Verfiilschung  wool zu hiiteu.   Wegen
  seiner Furtrefflichkeit aus dem Engelschen  ins
  Teutsche iibersetzet durch  Johann Langen.
  274 pp., 6 1.  16°.  Culmbach, N. Lumscher, 1734.
Nicolsky.
    See StukovenkolT&. Nicolsky.  Reglementation de
  la prostitution [etc.].  8°.  Genive, 1889.
Nicolson (William) [1055-1727], Bishop.
    Barnes (II.)  On some extracts from  the diaries of
  Bishop Nicolson. N. Tork M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 1209-
  1213.
Nicolucci (G[iustiniauo]) [1819-     ].
    See  Bayle  (A[ntoine]-L[aurent] - J[esse]).  Trattato
  elementare di  anatomia descrittiva.  2 v.   8°.  Napoli,
  1840.
Nicot (Augustin).  Des nicotianes et de la nico-
  tine.   56 pp.   8°.  Aix, J. Nicot, 1874.

Nicotianiii.
    Gan-alowtki (A.)  TJeber ti as sogenannte Nicotianin
  (Tabakkainpher).   Ztschr. d. allg. osterr.  Apoth.-Ver.,
  Wi.n, 1902, lvi,  1002. 
NICOTINE.
683
NICOTINE.
Nicotine.
    See, also, Heart (Effects of drugs on); Tobacco
  (Toxicology of).
    Corso  (F.)   Influenza  della  nicotina  sopra
  1' organismo animale.   Relazione  degli esperi-
  menti fatti dal . . .   8°.  Firenze, 1877.
    Hubert (A.-D.-J.)    * Action de la  nicotine
  sur quelques bacteries.  4C.   Paris, 1896.
    AUo [Ahstr.], in: Art med., Par., 1896, Ixxxiii, 176-193.
    Hein (J.)  Ueber das spezitische Drehungs-
  vermogen und das  Molekulargewicht des  Nico-
  tius in  Losuugeu.   8°.  Berlin, 1896.
    Kopff (A.)  * Dela nicotine.  4°.  Strasbourg,
  1869.
    Meyer (J.)   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wir-
  kung des Nicotin.   8°.  Kiel, 1891.
    Ringhardtz ([K. J.] H. [M. W.])   * Beitrag
  znr Keuntuis der Wirkung des Metauicotin.  8°.
  Kiel, 1895.
    Rotschy (A.)  * Sur trois nouveaux alcaloides
  du tabac.  8C.   Geneve, 1901.
    Schmidt (F.)  * Ueber den Nicotingehalt des
  Tabaks und des Tabaksrauches.   [Wurtzburg.]
  8°.   Aschaffenburg, 1904.
    Anseliuino (O.)  Ueher den Nikotingehalt des fer-
  meutierteu Tabaks.  Ber. d. deutsch.  pharm. Gesellsch.,
  [Berl., 1904, xiv, 139-142.—Baldi  (D.)  Azione della nico-
  tina sul  nervo vago.  Terap. mod., Koma. 1890, iv,  99-109.
  AUo, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1891, xv, 314-320.—
  Bm-rnja (A.)   Preparation d'uu tabac k nicotine fixe par
  la methode G6rold de Halle. Marseille med., 1902,  xxxix,
  434-4:16.—Berruti (S.) Sz. Vella (L.)  Esperienze sulla
  nicotina.  Gior. d.r. Accad. med.-chir. di Torino. 1851, 2. s.,
  xii,259-281.—Botanicui [pseud.].  Nicotineasan insecti-
  cide.  Pharm. J., Lond., 1903, 4. a., xvi, 618.—von Bunch
  (S.) & Oaer (L.)   Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des
  Nicotins.  Med.  Jahrb., Wien,  1872,  iv,  367-388.  AUo,
  Keprint.—Cerioli (G.) La nicotina.  Bull. med. cremo-
  nese.  Cremona, 1891, xi, 93-97.—Colas (E.)  Action dela
  nicotine sur It* coeur et les vaisseaux.  Compt.rend. Soc. de
  biol.,  Par.,  lsitu, 9. s.,  ii, 31-33.—Cosmettatos  (G.-F.)
  De l'action de la nicotine sur le  ganglion cervical sup6-
  rieur.  Arch, d'opht., Par., 1901, xxiv, 462^170.—Dernda
  (B.)   Nicotin seiryo.   [Quantitative estimation of nico-
  tine in tobacco J  Riknkuu Kunik. Kai Zatji, Tokio, 1893,
  no. 64, 383-385.—De Toni  (G. B.) &.  Ilach (P.)  Sopra
  1' influenza e^ercitata dalla nicotina e dalla solanina sulla
  gerruogliazione dei semi di  tabacco.  Atii r. Ist. Veneto
  di sc, lett. ed arti, 1892-3, 7. 8., iv, 1004-1010.—Georgia-
  dea (N.)  Dosage de la nicotine dans les  Tumbacs de la
  r6gie  de Beyrouth.  Bull.  d. sc. pharmacol., Par.,  1902, v,
  243. — Graziani  (G.) Azione  della nicotina sull' or-
  Iganismo animale.  Rilorma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 2,
  218-223.—Greenwood (AI.)  On the action of nicotin
  upon certain invertebrates.  J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1890,
  xi, 573-605. — Haughton  (S.)   On the use of nicotine
  in tetauus, and cases  of poisoning  hy strychnia.   Dub-
  lin Q. J. M. Sc, 1862,  xxxiv,  172-186.   AUo, Repriut.—
  Keller (C. C.)  Die Bestimmung des Nikotins im Ta-
  bak.   Ber. d. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1898. viii, 145-152.—
  Kiaaling (R.)  Zur  Bestimmung des  Nicotins im Ta-
  bak.   Ztschr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb., 1893, xxxii, 567-571.—
  Kose(0.) Prispevek ku  seznani ii6inku  nikotinu na
  srdce.  [Contribution a la connaissance de Taction de la
  nicotine sur le neiir.  Res., 430.| Shorn, klin., v  Praze,
  1903-4, v, 423-432. —I.angley (J. N.)  & Anderaon
  (H. K.)   The action of nicotin on  the ciliary ganglion and
  ou the endings of tlie third cranial nerve.  J. Physiol.,
  Cambridge, 1892,  xiii,  460-468. — Langley (J. N. ) &
  Dickin»on (W. L.)   Pituri  and nicotin.  Ibid., 1890,
  xi, 265-306.— Leger-Dorez.  De l'influence de la nico-
  tine sur lavitalite de  la pulpe dentaire.   Progres dent.,
  Par., 1900, xxvi, 289-291.—Ludwig (E.)   Gutachteu des
  k. k. ob"-r.sten Sanitatsrathes iiber  die Einfiihrung nico-
  tinarmer Cigarren. Oesterr. Sau.-Wes., Wien, 1902, xiv,
  489; 498.—Ylarano (S.)  La nicotina nelle inflorescenzo
  della hrassica rapa. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. (V ig., Milano,
  1901, xxiii,  263-269.—Moore (B.) & Bow (R.)  A com-
  parison ofthe physiological actions and chemical constitu-
  tion of piperidine, coniinine, and nicotine.  J. Physiol.,
  Lond., 1897-8, xxii, 273-295.—Moral (F.-P.)  Action de
  la nicotine sur quelques fermentations indirectes. Compt-
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. 8., v, 116.—Farenty (H.)
  & Gmuaet (E.>   Sur  la preparation  industriello  et les
  proprietes physiologiques de l'oxalate  et des sels cristal-
  lises de la nicotine.  Compt. rend.  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1894,
  cxix,  1273-1270.—Petit (G.)  Le  sang nicotinise.  Inde-
  pend. med., Par.,  1900, vi, 346.—I»ietet (A.) S: Botschv
  (A.)   Sur trois nouveaux  alcaloides du tabac.  Compt.
  rend.,  Acad. d. sc,  Par., 1901,  exxxii, 971.— Pictet (A.)
  & Sus»dorflT(G.)  Sur quelques  derives de l'acide nico-
  tique.  Arch. d. sc. phys. et nat., Geneve, 1898, 4. s., v,
Nicotine.
  113-128.—Popoviei (M.)  Eine neue Methode zur quan-
  titativen Bestimmung des Nicotins.  Ztschr. f. physiol.
  Chem , Strassb.,  1888-9, xiii, 445-449.—Bobbins (F.)  A
  contribution to the study of chronic nicotine intoxication
  of the nervous system.  Med. News, N. Y.,  1905, lxxxvii,
  390-392.—Bob in (IS.)  Relation entre le pouvoir toxique
  et le pouvoir antiputride de  la nicotine.   Compt. rend.
  Acad. d. sc. Par., 1851, xxxii, 177.—Bogow (J.)  Ueber
  die Wirkung des Extractea der Calabarhohne und des
  Nicotin auf die Iris.  Ztschr. f. rat. Med., Leipz. ii. llei-
  delb., 1867, 3. R., xxix, 1-34.—Seaver (J. W.)  The effects
  of nicotine.  Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1897, xix, 132-141.
  AUo: The  Arena, Bost.,  1897,  xvii, 470-477. -----. The
  effects of nicotine.  Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv,
  436-445.  Also:  Med. Exam. Sc Pract.,  N.  Y., 1902, xii,
  375-377.—Stranch.  Tho nicotine  question in smoking;
  Habei-mann's recent  analytical researches  and experi-
  ments.  Med. Press  & Circ'., Lond., 1902, n.s., lxxiv, 405.—
  Tinn/.zi (S.)  Dell' azione protettiva delle polpe e liquidi
  organici a contatto della nicotina, e del modo d' iutorpre-
  tarla.  Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1900, n. s., xxii,
  913-940.—Torrcae (R.)  Alcune reazioni diftereuziali fra
  la nicotina  ela cicutina.   Gior. d. r. Accad. di med.  di To-
  rino, 1904, 4. s., x, 589-596, 2 pl.—Toth (J.)   Zur Bestim-
  mung des Nikotins.  Ztschr. f. Untersuch.  d. Nahrungs-
  u. Genussmittel, Herl., 1904, vii, 151.—Wertheimer (E.)
  &. Coin* (E.)  Contribution k l'etude de Taction  de la
  nicotine sur  la  circulation.  Arch, de physiol. norm,  et
  path.,  Par., 1891, 5. a., iii,  341-356.—Wiiitcrberg (H.)
  Ueber die Wirkung des Nicotins auf die Athmung, nebst
  einem Anhange iiber die Wirkung des Nicotines auf den
  Kreislauf.  Arcb. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.,
  1900, xliii, 400-434, 1 diag.

Nicotine (Toxicology  of).
     Kjellberg (N. G.)  Om nicotinforgiftning.
  [On  nicotine poisoning.]   8°.   Stockholm,  1891.
     Repr.from: Forh. allm. svens. lak.-motet i Helsingborg.
     Laurent(E.)  Le nicotinisme; 6tnde de psy-
  chologie pathologique.  12°.   Paris,  1893.
     Modestoff (P.  V.)   * Patologicheskiya  iz-
  mieueuiya  sletchatki pri  khrouicheskoui  otra-
  vlenii uikotiuoni; eksperimentalnoye izsliedova-
  niye.   [Pathological  changes in the retina in
  chronic poisouing by nicotine; experimental in-
  vestigation.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg,  1896.
     Morin.   Fails pour servir a  I'histoire  toxi-
  cologique de la nicotine.   s°.  Bouen, 1863.
     Repr. from: Pr6cis de l'Acad. imp. d. sc. de Rouen,
  1862-3.
     Popoff (I.  E.)   *  Ob izmieneuiyakh v  sitt-
  chatoi  obolochkie  glaza pod  vliyaniyeni khro-
  nicheskavo otravleniya nikotinom; eksperimen-
  talnoye izslledovauiye.  [On alterations  in the
  retiua of the eye  under the inHueuee  of chronic
  poisoning bv nicotine;  experimental  research.]
  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  1897.
     Witeczek  (P.)   * Beitrage zur Feststellung
  derNikotinwirkungbei den Intoxicationserscliei-
  nungen der Tabakraucher.   [Erlangen.]   Leip-
  zig-Beudnitz, [1890].
    Von  Anrep (B.)   Neue Erscheinungen  der  Nicotin-
  vergiftung.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1879, Suppl. Bd.,
  167-191.—Arinand.   Memoire relatif k Tautidote  de  la
  nicotine.   Compt. rend.  Acad. d.  sc,  Par., 1869,  lxix,
  555.—Bnrile (F.)   Teutativi di imuiunizzazione alia ni-
  cotina; lesioni anatomo-patologiche nel nicotismo cronico.
  Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania,  1900, i, 297-
  304.—Birch-Hirachfeld (A.)   Zur Pathogenese der
  chronischen Nicotinamblyopie.  Arch.  f. Ophth., Leipz.,
  1901, liii, 79-112, 1 pl.—C. (J.)   Poisoning  by nicotine.
  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1894, n. s., viii, 15.—Federici
  (N.)   Avvelenamento da nicotina.  Gazz. il. osp.. Milano,
  1900, xxi, 190. —Fcls (J.)  Przypadek zatrucia nikotyiiij,.
  [Case of nicotine poisoning.1  Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1898,
  xxxvii, 467.—Ferrarini  (G.)   DelT azione esercitata
  dalT cstratto di  ciipsule surrenali sopra T avvelenamento
  da nicotina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano,  1902, xxiii, 861-864.—
  Fiirst (L.) Zur Prophylaxis des Coffeiuismus uud Ni-
  cotinisnim.   Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u.
  Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902,  lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Ablh.. 575-
  577.—Gill  (F. A.)  Nicotine poisoning from a self-admin-
  istered tobacco suppository.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1901, i,
  1544.—Hatcher (R. A.)   Nicotine tolerance in rabbits,
  aud the difference in the fatal dose in  adult and  young
  guinea-pigs.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1904, xi,  17-27.—Ja-
  coulet.  Intoxication par la nicotine.  Rec. de m6m. et
  obs.  s. Thyg. et la m6d.  v6t. mil., Par., 1898, 2. s., xix,
  814.—ron Jaksch (R.)   Nikotin-Vergiftung.  N. Heil-
  kunst, Berl., 1898, x, 15__Johnson (G. S.)   On a case of 
NICOTINE.
684
NIEDERSTEIN.
Yicotine (Toxicologyof)
  poisoning by nicotiue.  Lancet,  Lond., 1890, ii, 337.—
  Kjellberg (X. G.)  Ueber die Nuotin-Psychose.  Ver-
  ha'udl. d. x. internat. med.  Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ix, 9.
  Abth., 77-84. -----.  Om nikotlnforgiftning.  [Poisoning
  by nicotine.J  Helsovaunen, Stockholm, 1891, vi,  263;
  075.__I.ivcNey (G. H.) Cases of nicotine and belladonna
  poisoning in the dog.  J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb.
  & Lond., 1904, xvii, 359-361.—Luzzali (A.)  Un caso di
  bradicardia accessuale da intossicazione nicotinica.  Ann.
  dimed. nav., Roma,  1900,  vi, 33-48.— IVicotinvergif-
  tung (Ueber).  Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1898, ii, 2;
  10.—Noce (S.)  Ambliopia e amaurosi per avvelenamento
  cronico da nicotina; importanza diagnostica, prognostica
  e terapeutica di un sintomo precursore.  Morgagni, Mi-
  lano, 1901, xliii, 760-766.—Bain (A.)  Strychnine in nico-
  tine poisoning.  Indian M.  Rec.  Calcutta, 1895, ix, 11.—
  Bichter  (F.)   Ueber chronische  Nicotinvergiftung
  durch Abusus im Cigarrenrauchen.  Arch. f. Psychiat.,
  Berl., 1879,  x, 1-15.—Bomhcld.  Fall von schwerer Ni-
  cotiu-Intoxication.   Med.  Cor.-Bl.  d. wiirttemb. arztl.
  Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 232-234.—Rutkay (S.)  Dohan-
  yal-m6rgez6s egy esete.  [Case of poisoning by nicotine.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1879, xxiii, 136-138.  AUo, transl. .-
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1879, xv, 216.—Schmey
  (F.)  Zur Toxicologic des  Nicotins.  Allg. med. Centr.-
  Ztg., Berl.,  1896, lxv, 862.—Strphani (P.)    Geht ein
  toxisch wirksames Nikotin vom  trockenen  nicht  ver-
  brennenden Tabakblatt in die Luft iiber ? Aerztl. Mitt.
  a. Baden. Karlsruhe, 1904, lviii, 79-81.—Tnninssia (A.)
  Sul decorso della temperatura durante T avvelenamento
  acutissimo  per nicotina e su alcuni sintomi di questa in-
  tossicazione.  Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1883,
  ix, pt. 2, 61-74.—Tomka (S.)  A hall6ideg  megbetege-
  d6se nicotin-intoxicatio folytan.   [Disease of the auditory
  nerve following nicotine intoxication.]  Orvosi hetil., Bu-
  dapest, 1901, xiv. 751.—Valenli (G.) Si Marchi (L.)
  Contributo alio studio dell' avvelenamento per nicotina
  con speciale riguardo alle alterazioni sull' organo visivo.
  Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1904, ii,  120; 133.—
  Zalackas (C.)  Sur Tautidote de la nicotine.  Compt.
  rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 741.

rYicouIine.
    Boinet (E.)  Action physiologique de la nicouline.
  Compt. reud. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s.',  iii, 403-406.
  Also: Marseille m6d., 1896, xxxiii, 445-454.

Nictitating membrane.
    See Harder's gland;  Membrane (Nictitating).

rViculescu (Dimitrie) [1845-     ].
    Parepa (C. D.)   [Biography.]  Rev. san.  mil., Bucu-
  resci, 1899-1900, iii, 325-329, port.

Niebecker (C. P.).
    See Winitlow (C. E. A.) The  significance of bacte-
  riological methods [etc.].  8°.  [Boston, 1903.]

Nieberdiug-  (Wilhelm Rudolph) [1850-    ].
  Ueber eine selteue Anomalie der Vagiua.  5 pp.
  8 y  Wiirzburg, 1891.
    Repr. from: Sitzungsb.  d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu
  Wiirzb., 1891.

-----.  Ueber die Behandlung der Versioflexionen
  des Uterus,  pp. 57-90.  8°.   Wurzburg,  C. Ka-
  bitzsch,  1901.
    Forms 3. Hft. of: Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d.
  prakt. Med., ii.

rVieberg-all (Ernst).   * Ueber den Eiufluss lan-
  gerer Chloroformnarcose  auf  Blut und Ham.
  32 pp., 7 tab.   8°.   Basel, 1894.
Nieberle   (Carl).   * Ueber die  Nieren papillen-
  nekrose l><-i Hydronephrose.   33  pp.  8°.  Gies-
  sen,  0. Kindt, 1901.
Niebuhr ([Ferdinand] Max) [1871-     ].  * Bei-
  trag zur Lehre vou der operativen Behandlung
  der Myopie.  40 pp., 5 1.  8U.   Halle, C.  A. Kaem-
  merer 4' Co., 1694.
Nieden ([ Friedrich ]  A[dolf ] )  [1846-     ].
  Schrifttafelu  zur  Bestimmung der Sehscharfe
  fur die Feme.   Neue Folge.   1 1.,  2 pl.    8°.
  Wiesbaden, J.  F. Bergmann,  1889.
■-----.  Ueber  die  Simulation  von Augenleideu
  uud die  Mittel ihrer  Entdeckung.  8°.  Wies-
  baden. J. F. Bergmann, 1893.
    Cutting [cover with printed title [from: Festschr. z.
  Feier d. . . . Jubil. d.  arztl.  Verein. d. Reg.-Bez. Arnsberg
  239-260.

------.  Der Nystagmus der Bergleute.  x, 140 pp.,
  10 pl.  8°.  IViesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1694.
 IViedeil ([Friedrich] A[dolf])—continued.
 -----.   Schrift-Proben zur Bestimmung der Seh-
   scharfe.   3.  Aufl.   5 1.   8°,   Wiesbaden, J. F.
   Bergmann, 1899.
 -----.   Gesichtsfeld-Schema  zum Gebrauch  fiir
   gewohnliche  und  fiir selbstregistrirende Peri-
   meter.  50 tab.   obi. 8°.  Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg-
   mann,  [1904?].
     See, also, Qesammelte Beitrage aus dem Gebiete der
   Chirurgie [etc.].  8°.  Wiesbaden, 1893— Gesichtufeld-
   Sc he in a [etc.]. ohl. 16°.  Wiesbaden, [1894].
 znr  Niedeii (Julius).   Der  Eisenbahn-Trans-
   port verwuudeter nnd erkrankter Krieger. Vor-
   trag in  der  Ausstellung fur Hygiene und Ret-
   tungsweseu 1883 gehalten. 24 pp.  8°. [Berlin,
   Gebr.  Fickert, 1883.]
 -----.   Zerlegbare  Hiiuser (transportable   Ba-
   racken), ihre Herstellung, innere Einrichtung
   und Verwendung,  sowie der Ersatz  derselben
   durch  Nothzelte  und  Nothbaracken.  1 p. 1.,
   57 pp., 1 pl.   6°.  Berlin, O. Enslin, 1889.
     See, also, Eisenbahn-Transport (Der) [etc.|.  8°.
   Landsberg a. W., 1882. -----. The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.
   Berlin,  1883.
 Niedendarp (Friedrich)  [1867-     ].  *Ein
   neuer  Fall von Thonisen'scher Krankheit (Myo-
   tonia congenita).  30 pp., 11.   12°.   Berlin, G.
   Schade, 1895.

 Niederbarmin.
     See  Statistics (Vital), by localities.
 IViederbvacllt  (Georg).  *Methoden der  Be-
   handlung  des Uteruskatan lis.   [Jena.]  29 pp.
   8°.   Lemgo, F. L. Wagener, 1888.

 Niederbronn.
     See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
 Niedergesass  (Wilhelm)  [18(il-    ].  *Kli-
   nischer  Beitrag  zur Aetiologie  des Nystagmus
   uud der  nystagmusartigen Zuckungen.  30 pp.,
   1 1.   8°.   Berlin, G. Schade, [1890].
 von  Niederlioffer  (Egon).  *Zur Histologie
   der Herzklappenaneurysmen,  nebst  Beschrei-
   bung einer seltenen Umklappung des einen Aor-
   tensegels.  [Wurtzburg.] 46 pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  8°.
   St.  Petersburg, 1897.
 Niederhubei*  (Ignaz) [1754-    ].   Beitrage
   zur Kultur der niedicinischen und biirgerlicheu
   Bevolkerungs-Policei.   Von  dem  Einfluss  des
   Etzeugungsgeschafts, und den  Geburtsverhalt-
   nissen der Mensehen auf die  achten Grundsiitze
   der Bevolkeruug.  240 pp.  8°.  Miiuchen, J. B.
   Strobel, 1805.
 rViedei'korn (J[oseph]  S.)   The physician's
   and student's ready guide to specific medication.
   A handy reference book to practice medicine by
   specific medication;  for  physician  and stndeut.
   115 pp.  16°.  Bradford, O., 1892.
 Niederlandist:he  Gesellschaft fiir Hals-,  Na-
   seu- und  Olir.-nlieilkuude.   Stiftungs-Sitzung,
   abgehalten in Utrecht  am 2. Juli 1H93.   6 pp.
   8?.   Berlin,  ls'l.!.
     Repr.from: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1893, xxvii.
 Niedermayer  (Franciscus).  *Diss.  physiolo-
   gico-medica de imaginationis materme in fetnm
   efficacia.  55 pp.  16°.   Vienna}, M. A. Schmidt,
   1761.

 lYiederiihardt.
     <See Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of),
   by localities.
 TViederrheiniscIie (Die) Gesellschaft fiir Na-
   tur- uud Heilkunde.  Der koniglichen Rheini-
   schen Friedrich-Wilheluis-Universitat Bonn zur
   Feier  ihres  funfzigjahrigen  Jubilaums am  3.
   August 1606.  1 p. 1., 161 pp., 4 pl.  4°.   Bonn,
   A.  Marcus, 1868.
 Niedei'Stein  (Friedrich).   'Fliissigkeitsent-
   ziehuug bei der Behandlung von Fettleibigkeit.
!   27 pp.   6-.   Tiibingen, F. Pietzcker, 1899. 
NIEDHAMMER.                          685                                NIEMANN.
Niedliammer (Adolf) [1876-    ].   *Weitere-
  Bericht iiber die Erfahrungen mit Gelatininjekr
  tioneu bei  Blutuugeu, im Anschluss an die au
  der chirnrgischen Klinik zu Munchen gemachten
  Erfahruugen.  42  pp., 1  1.  8°.  Munchen,  C.
  Wolf 4- Sohn, 1903.
UJiedner (Otto  Gustav).   *Zur  Kenntnis  der
  primiiren acuten hauiorrhagischen Encephalitis
  der Erwachseneu.  36 pp., 2  1.  8°.  Breslau,
  1895.                                       C.
-----.  Die  Kriegsepidemien des  19.  Jahrhun-
  derts  und ihre Bekampfung.   viii, 227 pp.   H°,
  Berlin, A- Hirschwald,  1903.
Niedzvietzliy  (W[iatcheslav Ksaver])  [1861-
      ].  Znr Frage Uber Veranderungeu im Ner-
  vensystem und  in inneren Orgauen  nach  der
  Resection des N. vagus und des N. splanchnicus.
  pp. 519-569, 4 pl.  8°.  Moskow, 1896.
    Cutting from: Bull, de Moscou, 1896.
Mieger (Paul)  [ 1876-    ].   'Contributiou a
  l'e'tude de l'occlusiou intestinale par diverticule
  de Meckel,  et de  sou  traitement.   112 pp., 11.
  8".  Lyon, 1900, No. 64.
IViehans (A.)  The life-like artificial legs  and
  arms.  32  pp.   8J.  Chicago,  F. Gindele Print.
  Co., [1890].
NienailS  (Paul).   * Ueber  traumatische Luxa-
  tioneu beider Hiiftgelenke.  [Bern.]  30pp.  6°.
  Leipzig, J. B. Hirschfeld, 1886.
Niehoff ([Josef] Hubert) [1868-    ].  * Ueber
  Lipome an ungewohnlicheu Orten.  32 pp.   8~.
  Berlin, G. Schade, [1892].
Nie lilies (Bernhard).  * Ein Fall von Carcinoma
  vesicas  urinaria^.   [Wurtzburg.]   30 pp.,  1 1.
  8°.  Miinster, Coppenrath, 1^90.
-----.  Ueber  Heruien der  Linea alba.   25  pp.
  8°.  Berlin, 169b.
    Forms 80. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik.
Niehues (Franz).  *Zur  Casuistik  der Zucker-
  haruruhr im Kindesalter.   [ Wurtzburg. ]  30
  pp., 1 1.  8-.  Miinster, Aschendorff,  [1890].
Niehues  (Wilhelm).  * Ueber  Lungenschrum-
  pfung  mit  bindegewebiger   Verdickung   der
  Pleura.   67 pp.  8-.  Wurzburg, P. Scheiner, 1892.
Niehus (Ludwig).  * Beitrag zur Pathologie der
  Cavernitis chronica.  30 pp.  8°.  Bern, Stampfli,
  Lack, Scheim 4" Co., 1669.
Niel  (Ch.)  [1H74-    ].   *De  la r6section  du
  genou sans ouverture de l'articulation.  50 pp.
  Hy  Montpellier, 1903, No. 42.
Niel (J.-G.)   Discours  sur les maladies  qui  ont
  6t& observers, dans l'Hdtel-Dieu  de  Marseille,
  pendaut hs six  premiers  mois de l'annee 1807;
  prouonce" le 24 juillet de la nieme anuee en pre-
  sence de MM. les membres de la coinmissiou ad-
  ministrative  des  hospices.  46 pp.  8°.  Mar-
  seille, imp. de Mossy, 1807.
Niel (Paul-Simemi) [1871-   ].  "Contribution
  a l'6tude de l'aspergillose des  fosses nasales et
  des sinus  de la  face. 58  pp.  8°.  Bordeaux,
  1896, No. 3.
Nielaender (Karl).   *Ein Fall von primarem
  Spi ndelzellensarkom des untersten rechten Cervi-
  kalnerven.  23 pp.  8y  Gbttingen, Dieterich, 1892.
Nielen (P- M.)   Verhandeling over de oorzaa-
  ken van het bestaan des leeveus zonder spysen,
  or zelfs zonder spys en drank en over de oorzaa-
  ken, keutekeuen/ onderscheid,  voorzegging en
  geneezing van de spyswalging, of afkeer tegen
  het gebruik van voedzels.   Ter gelegenheid van
  eene zeven-jaarige spys-dervinge in de  persoon
  van  Maria van  Dyk.  255 pp.  8°.  te  Utrecht,
  J. C.  ten Bosch,  1775.

Yiella.
   Davaiue (C.)  Recherches physiologiques sur la ma-
  ladie du ble connne sous le nom de nieUe et  sur les hel-
  minthes  qui occasionnent cette maladie.  Compt. reud.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xii, 435-438.
Nielsen (H[ans] A[ndreas])  1850-   ].   Om
  Bakterierue i Drikkevaud med saerligt Heusyn
  til Formerne i Kj0benbavns Ledningsvand.  Hy-
  gieinske Studier og Unders0gelser.  [On  bac-
  teria in drinking water, with  particular regard
  to the forms found in the Copenhagen aqueduct.
  Hygienic studies and investigations.]  1 p. 1., 143
  pp., 1 tab., 1 pl.  8°.  Kjtbenhavn, W. Prior, 1690.
Nielsen (Ludvig [Valdemar] ) [1857-    ].   Bi-
  drag til Kundskabeu em Psoriasis.  [Contribu-
  tion to the knowledge of psoriasis.]  2 p. 1., 253
  pp.  8°.  Kj0benhavn, C. A. Reilzel, 1892.
-----.  Klinische und atiologische Untersuchun-
  gen fiber  Psoriasis.  40  pp.   8°.  Hamburg  4'
  Leipzig, L.  Voss, 1892.
    Repr.from: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1892,
  xv.
-----.  The same.  Clinical and  etiological re-
  searches in  psoriasis.   Transl. by Frank  Ba-
  rendt.
    In: Select. Monog.  8°.  London, 1893, cxliii, 569-607.
------.  On the appearance of herpes zoster dur-
  ing the administration of arsenic.
    In: Select. Monog.  8°.  London, 1893, cxliii, 167-175
-----.    Syfilis.  En populser  Fremstilling  til
  Kendskab  om og derved  til  Forebyggelse  af
  denne  Sygdom.  Andet  Oplag.   [Syphilis.  A
  popular presentation to the knowledge of aud
  prevention  of that  disease.  2.  ed.]   80  pp.
  8°.  K0benhavn, det Nordiske Forlag, E. Bojesen,
  1900.
-----.   Gonorrhoe.   En populser fremstilling til
  kendskab  om  og  derved til  forebyggelse  af
  denne  sygdom.  [Gonorrhea.   A popular  pres-
  entation to the knowledge and prevention  of
  that disease.]  71pp.   12°.  Kjbenhavn, E. Bo-
  jesen, 1901.
-----.  En  kort populaer Vejledning iii Fore-
  byggelse  af Kj0nssigdoinmene.  [A short pop-
  ular guide  for the prevention of venereal dis-
  eases.]  2.  ed.  24  pp.   12°.   Kjpbenhavn, E.
  Bojesen, 1903.
Nielsen (Marcel-fimile-Louis)  [1870-  ] *Ano-
  malies congduitales des  points et des  cauali-
  cules lacrymaux.  48 pp.  4°.  Bordeaux,  1896,
  No. 56.
Nielsen (Niels). Om  de  militaire  Larger og
  deres Stilling under Felttogene i  1848 og 1849.
  [The military surgeons aud their position in the
  campaign of 184b and  1849.]  40 pp. 8°.  KjQ-
  benhavn, C. A. Beitzel, 1849.
Nielsen  (Nis.)  [1869-     ].   *Ein Fall  von
  schlitzartiger  Erweiterung  der Urethra  bei
  Prostatahypertrofie. 13 pp. 8°.  Kiel, P. Peters,
  1896.
Nielsen (P.)   Hjukruuarfraedi  eda leicjbeining
  vid  hjukrun  sjuklinga.  Med  formsila  eptir
   . . . Holmer.   j?ydd af. . . J. Hjaltaliu.  [Op-
  erative surgery, or guide to surgical operations.
  Introduction  by .  . . Holmer, preface by  J.
  Hjaltaliu.]  1 p. 1., 108 pp. 16°.  Beykjavik, E.
  pordarsyni, 1881.
Nieinack (Julius).  *Zur Histologie der  Ohr-
  polypen.  [Gbttingen.]  34 pp.   8°.  Leipzig, J.
  B. Hirschfeld, 1692.
Nieniand (Hieronymus).   Physicarum  ques-
  tion um decas de elementis. 2 p. 1., 16 pp.  sm.
  4°.  Giessas, F. Karger us, 1673.
-----.   * De suffusione.  1  p. 1., 26 pp.   sm. 4°.
  Argentorati, J. F. Spoor,  1676.
Niemann (Albert) [ 1660-   ].   * Ueber Druck-
  stauung (Perthes) oder Stauungsblutungen nach
  Euinpfkompressiou  (Braun).  22 pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Strassburg i. E., C. Miih  <v Co., 1903.
Niemann  (August  Emil  Fritz  [Theodor])
  [1871-     ].   * Ueber  doppelseitigen   Xieren-
  defect.  [Kiel.]  16 pp.,  I 1.   8°.  Einbeck,  J.
  Schroedter, 1895. 
NIEMANN.
686
NIEMEYEB.
Niemann  (Christian  Hermann)  [1875-    ].
  * Zwei Fiille vou  Schlafeuabscess im Anschluss
  an Orbitalphlegmoue.  33 pp., 2 ch. 8°.  Greifs-
  wald,  J. Abel, 1901.
Niemann (Clemens).  * Zur Frage der Schwan-
  gerschaftsdauer.   [Wurtzburg.]   21  pp.   8°.
  Bheine, J. Altmeppen. 1667.
Niemann  (Clemens).  Kneipp und  seine arzt-
  liclien Jiinger, eine  Kritik  des  neuen Wasser-
  mode.  Zugleich  eine  Autwort auf  Dr.  Baum-
  garteus Schrift fiber die medizinische Berechti-
  gung  der  Kneipp'schen  Heilmethode.  79 pp.
  60. Frankfurt a.  M., J. Alt, 1694.
Niemann  (F.)   * Beitrage zur  Morphologie
  und  Physiologie  der Oberlippendrtisen einiger
  Ophidier.   [Bern.]  29 pp.,  1 pl.   8°.   Berlin,
  B. Strieker, 1692.
    Repr. from: Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1892.
Niemann  (F.) & Profe (O.)   Grundriss der
  Veterinai-Hygiene  fiir Tierarzte  und Studie-
  rende.  vii,  418  pp.  8°.    Berlin, L. Marcus,
  1903.
Niemann  (Ferdinand).    * Ueber  systolische
  Gerausche, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung sol-
  dier,  welehe durch abuormale Muskel- und Seh-
  uenfliden im Herzen veraulasst werden.  23 pp.
  8 .  Wurzburg, A. Gob 4- Cie., 1893.
Niemann (Franz).
    See  ltzerott (Georg) & Niemann (Franz). Mikro-
  photographischer Atlas der Bakierienkiinde.   roy. 8°.
  Leipzig, 1895.----------. Thesame.  Atlas, microphoto-
  graphique des bacteries.  roy. 8°.  Paris, 1895.
Niemann  (Henricus Friedericus).   #De aneu-
  rysiiiatis nounulla.   16 pp.  8°.   Kiliw, C. F.
  Molir, 1853.
Niemann  (Johann Friedrich)  [1765-1841].
  Anleitung zur Visitation der Apotheken und der
  Ubrigen Arzuei-Vorrathe,  so wie  der  chirur-
  gischen Apparate, welehe medizinische Polizei-
  Aufsicht forderen, iu Bezug auf die preussische
  Medizinal-Verfassung.   vi, 168 pp.   12°.  Leip-
  zig, J. A. Barth, 1807.
Niemezyk (Richard  Emanuel)  [1870-    ].
  * Ueber teratoide Geschwiilste der Mund-  und
  Rachenhohle.   2  p.  1., 32 pp.  8°.   Breslau, A.
  Schreiber, 1899.
Nieme  (Alexander).  * Ueber  die Citrapyron-
  siiure, ein  neues Derivat  der Citrouensiiure,
  [Erlangen.]   33  pp.  8y  Munchen, F.  Straub,
  1668.
Niemeijer (M.)   De  vroedvrouw in  de prak-
  tijk.   Beknopte  handleidiug der verloskunde,
  in vragen  eu antwoorden, tevens bevattende
  eenige weuken voor het optreden  der vroed-
  vrouw in de maatschappij en eene lijst der meest
  gebruikelijke  kuustteruien.   iii,  123 pp.   12°.
  Purmerend, K. Steensma, 1899.
    Also, Co-Editor of: Tijdschrift voor praktisehe ver-
  liskunde, Haarlem, 1899-1905.
Nie mer (Arthur) [1868-     ].  * Ueber einen
  Fall von Gallensteinen in den Lebergallengan-
  gen.  27 pp.   ^c.   Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1894.
Nie mer (Hugo [Paul Anton]) [1871-   ]. *Ue-
  ber die Combination von Kystoma und Dernioid-
  cyste  des Ovariums.    29 pp.  8°.   Greifswald,
  J. Abel, 169b.
Niemeyer (Albert)  [1875-    ].   *Ein  Fall
  von Lymphangioma  cysticum congenitum colli.
  24 pp., 1 1.  8G. Munchen, E. Muhlthaler, [1901].
Niemeyer (Emil).   * Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik
  der Geschwiilste  der  Galleublase und Gallen-
  wege.  37 pp.   8°.   Wiirzburg, L. Woerl,  1888.
VOll Nieineyer  (Felix) [1820-71].   Lehrbuch
  der speciellen  Pathologie  und  Therapie;  mit
  besonderer Rucksicht  auf Physiologie uud pa-
  thologische Auatomie.   2 v.  5. vermehrte  und
  verbesserte Aufl.    xvi, 710 pp.;  viii, 779 pp.
  8°.  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1863.
von Niemeyer (F61ix)—continued.
-----.   The same.   Neu  bearbeitet  von Eng.
  Seitz.  9. Aufl.  2 v.  vi, 843 pp.;  viii, 899 pp.
  8°.   Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1874-7.
-----.   The same.   A text-book of  practical
  medicine, with particular reference to physiol-
  ogy and pathological  anatomy.   Trausl. from
  the 7. German ed. by George H. Humphreys aud
  Charles E. Hackley.  2 v.  xv, 731   pp.; viii,
  770 pp.  8°.  New York, D. Appleton 4- Co., 1670.
-----.   The same.   Revised ed.   2 v.   xvii, 733
  pp.; viii, 795 pp.   8°. New York, D. Appleton
  4- Co., 1871.
-----.  The same.  2 v. xvii, 733 pp.; viii, 795
  pp.  8°.  New York, D. Appleton 4-  Co., 1874.
-----.  The same.   2 v.  xvii, 733 pp.; vii, 795
  pp.  8°.  New York, D. Appleton 4-  Co., 1875.
-----.   The same.   2 v.  xv, 733 pp.; viii,  795
  pp.  8°.  New York, D. Appleton, 4-  Co., 1878.
-----.  The same.  2 v.  xvii, 733 pp.; viii, 795
  pp.  8°.  New York, D. Appleton 4-  Co., 1879.
-----.  The same.  2 v. xvii, 733 pp.; viii, 795
  pp.  8°.   New York, D. Appleton 4-  Co., 1880.
-----.  The same.   2 v.  xvi, 767 pp.; ix, 861 pp.
  8C.   New York, D. Appleton 4- Co., 1681.
-----.  Thesame.   2 v.  xvi, 767 pp.; ix, 861 pp.
  8°.   London, H. K. Lewis, 1661.
-----.  The same.   Tratado completo  de pato-
  logia interna y terapeutica.  Traduccidn hecha
  bajo la direccidu del autor y conforme k la se~tiuia
  y ultima ed. alemana, con muchas notas tomadas
  de la traducci6n francesa y una indicachSn de
  las principales aguas minerales de Espana an&-
  logas k las del extraujero senaladas en la obra
  por  A. Sanchez  de Bustamente.  2.  ed.  4 v.
  8°.   Madrid, M. Gnijarro, 1874.
-----.  Klinische voorlezingen over longtering,
  medegedeeld door Dr. Ott.   Uit het Hoogduitsch.
  1 p. 1., 99 pp.  12°.  Utrecht,  Kemink 4' Zoon,
  1867.
-----.  The same.   Lecons cliniques snr la phthi-
  sie  pulmonaire, recueillies par le docteur Ott.
  Traduction de l'alleniand  par Louis  Culmauu,
  vii, 110 pp.  8°.  Paris, Chamerot 4f Lauwereyns,
  1607.
Niemeyer (Franz). * Chronische sklerosirende
  Gastritis.   39 pp.  8°. Freiburg i.  Br.,  H. M.
  Poppen 4- Sohn, 1887.
Niemeyer (Karl Ludwig Wilhelm Ferdinand)
  [1878-    ].   * Statistische Uebersicht fiber die
  in der Halleuser Universitats-Augen-Klinik be-
  obachteteu Falle  hochgradiger Myopie mit Be-
  riicksichtigung der Indikationsstellung  fur die
  Fukala-Operation.  30 pp.   8°.  Halle a. S.,
  Wischan 4'  Burkhardt, 1904.
Niemeyer (Paul) [1832-90].  Ueber die  electri-
  sche Behandlung  (Faradisation).  25 pp., 2 pl.
  8°.   Leipzig, 1859.
    Repr.from:  Gartenlaube, Leipz., 1859.
-----.  Precis de  percussion  et d'auscultation.
  Trad, de l'alleniand par  A. Szerlecki  fils; revu
  et annot6 par l'auteur.  xii, 130 pp.  12°.   Paris,
  F. Savy, 1874.
-----.  Die Hustenkrankheiten, ihre Entstehung,
  Behandluug und  Verhiitung.  Ein Rathgeber
  fur Jedermann.  3. Aufl.   72 pp.  8°.  Berlin,
  Denicke, [1879?].
-----.  The same.  Het  kouvatten;  oorzaken,
  behandeling en  voorbehoedmiddelen; raadge-
  vingen  voor  iedereeu.  Naar de  2.  Duitsche
  uitgave  vertaald  eu  voor  het Nederlandsch
  publiek bewerkt door I.  A. M. T. Sannes.  86
  pp.  8°.   Botterdam, van Hengel 4'  Eeltjes, 1879.
-----.   The  same.  Een  eu  ander  over  den
  hoest.   Outstaau,  behandeling en voorbehoed-
  middelen.   Naar de 3. duitsche  uitgave ver-
  taald en voor het Nederlandsch publiek bewerkt 
NIEMEYER.
687
NIESER.
Niemeyer (Paul)—continued.
  door I. A. M. T.  Sannes.   91 pp.   8°.   Rotter-
  dam, van Hengel 4~ Eeltjes, 1879.
_____.  Die Hiimorrhoiden.   Ihre  Ursachen, Be-
  handlung und Verhiitung.   Ein Rathgeber fiir
  Jedermaun.   2. Aufl.   iv, 83 pp.  6°.  Leipzig,
  H. Hucke, 1884.
-----.  Aerztlicher Ratgeber fiir  gesnude  und
  kranke Frauen vom hygieinischeu Standpunkte.
  Neun Briefe  in geineinveistiindlicher Fassung.
  vii, 179 pp.  8°.   Jena, H. Costenoble, 1890.
-----.  Herz,  Blut- uud Lymphgefasse,  Nieren
  und Kropfdriise; ihre  Pflege  und  Behandlung
  im  gesuuden und kranken Zustande.  2. vdllig
  umgearbeitete Aufl.  xii, 219 pp.   12°.  Leipzig,
  J. J. Weber,  1690.
-----.  Die Lunge; ihre Pflege und Behaudlung
  im  gesunden und  kranken Zustandeu; nebst
  einem Abschnitte fiber Heiserkeit  und ihre Hei-
  lung. 7. Aufl.,  durchgesehen uud  uach des Ver-
  fassers Tode hrsg. von Franz Carl Gerster.   ix,
  266 pp.   12 :.  Leipzig, J. J.  Weber, ^90.
-----.  The same.  Umgearbeitet von  Dr. Gers-
  ter.  9.  Aufl.  xii, 235  pp.   12°.   Leipzig, J. J.
  Weber, 1900.
    For Biography, see Hygieia,  Stuttg., 1890, iii, 98-110
  (H.  Niemeyer). Also: Hygieia, Stuttg., 1890, iii, 110-115
  (H.  Correns).  Also: Verhandl. u. Mitth. d.  Ver. f. off.
  Gsndhtspflg. in Magdeb., 1891, xviii, 120-122 (Rosenthal*.
■-----.  See, also :
    Festschrift  zum  25jiihrigeu  Doctor-Jubi-
  laum des Sunitatsrath Paul Niemeyer, gefeiert
  zu  Berlin am 21. Miirz 1>79.   3. Ausg.   12°.
  Berlin, 1668.
Niemeyer  (Paul).   * Zehn  Nephrektomien,
  nebst Beitragen  zur Pathologie der Kompensa-
  tions-anomalien.  52 pp.,  1 1.   ,*Y   Jena, H.
  Pohle, 1692.                                 c.
\i<  mi lo with  (Wladydaic)   |  1863-
  1904].
    Gitlelmacher  (G.)  [In memoriam.]  Now.  lek.,
  Poznan, 1904, xvi, 397.
Niemirowsky.  Ueber  die  Anwendung  des
  Ichthyols bei 1'raueukrankheiten.  3 pp.   8J.
  Hamburg, 1892.
    Repr.from: Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1892, vi.
Niendorf (Erich) [1869-    ].  * Zur Lehre von
  den Fisteln nach Mondeville.  30 pp.   8y   Ber-
  lin, L. Schumacher, 1690.
Neiudorf (Rudolf) [1869-    ].   * Beitrag zur
  Behandlung  der Ankylose  und Contractur des
  Huftgeleuks  durch die Osteotomia subtrochan-
  terica.  29 pp.,  1 1.  63.  Halle a.  S.,  E. Karras,
  1893.
Nienliaus (Eugen).   *Zur Frage der  Prosta-
  tektoiuie.  [Basel.]  29 pp.  8°.  Tubingen, H.
  Laupp, 1~9">.
    Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1895, xiv.
Niepce  [ Alexandre ] fils.  fitablissement ther-
  mal sulfureux d'AUevard (Is<-re).  De  la cure
  du  petit-lait dans le traitement  des  maladies
  chroniques,  n6vroses, troubles fonctionnels des
  organes digestifs, les pbSthores, la  phtisie tuber-
  culeuse, les  affections chroniques des organes
  respiratoires, les maladies du  cceur et les mala-
  dies de la peau.   56 pp.  8:.  Paris, V. Masson,
  1875.
-----.  Du phimosis symptomatique du  diabi-te
  sucr6.  14 pp.  8C.   Lyon, Biotor,  1876.
    Repr.from: Lyon m6d.,  1876, xxii.
-----.  De la contagion et de la  transmissibilite"
  dela tuberculose.  2. e"d.  90pp.  8°.   Grenoble,
  Breynat  4" Cie., i860.
-----.  Station hivernale de  Saint-Raphael.  72
  pp.   16 y  Paris, O. Doin, 1666.
-----.  Antisepsie pulmonaire.   L'inhalation k
  Allevard, ses pretend us dangers.   16 pp.  8°.
  Saint--Raphael, V. Chailan, 1890.
Niepce [Alexandre] fils—cdntiuued.
-----.  Etude sur  l'eau  snlfhydriquee gazeuse
  d'AUevard.   69 pp.   8°.   Paris,  A. Maloine,
  1903.
Niepce (B.).
    &eeDiipasquicr ([Gaspard-]A[lphonse]). Notice sur
  l'eau sulfuivuse [etc.]. 8°.  Roanne, 1870.
Niepel (Rudolf [Oswald])  [1606-     ].   *Zur
  Casuistik der  Dermatitis  exfoliativa.  31 pp.
  8-.   Griefswald, J. Abel, 1897.
Nicper (' arl) [1H69-     ].   * Ueber Myxoedem.
  24 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Bonn, E. Heydorn,  [1893].
Nicppe  (Ernest-Oscar-Guislain)  [1878-    ].
  * Contribution  k  l'6tude des  fibromyomes du
  vagin.  100 pp.  8°.  Lille,  1904, No. 37.
Nieprnsclik (Hugo) [1874-    ].   "Casnisti-
  sche Beitrage zu dem Auftreten der alimentareu
  Glycosurie bei  verschiedenen Krankheiten.  38
  pp., 2 1.  8°.  Berlin, E. Ebering, 1898.
Nier.  Rapport  sur I'asile  d'ali6n6s  Ste. Marie
  k Privas.  20  pp.   8  .  [Privas,  imp.  Boure,
  1673.]
Niereuioergius   (Joaunes  Eusebius).   His-
  toria natura-,  maxime peregrin*,  libris  xvi
  distincta.  In quibus rarissima naturae arcana,
  etiam astrouomica, et ignota Indiarum  anima-
  lia, quadrupedes,  aves, pisces, reptilia, insecta,
  zoophyta, plautse, metalla, lapides, et alia mine-
  ralia, flumiorumque et elemeutorum conditiones,
  etiam  cum  proprietatibus  medicinalibus, de-
  scribuntnr; novae  et curiosisimsB questiones dis-
  putautur, ac  plura Sacra? Scriptural loca erudite
  euodantur.   Accedunt de  miris et miraculosis
  naturis in  Europa libri duo; item  de iisdeui in
  terra Hebryeis promissa liber unus.   3 p. 1., 502
  pp., 51 1.  fol.  Anterpice, ex off. B.  Moreti, 1^35.
Niergartll (Wilhelm).   # Eiu Fall von hochgra-
  diger angeborener  Stenose des  Ostium arlerio-
  sum dextrum.  Tod durch Lungentuberkulose.
  23 pp.  8°.   Munchen, J. B.  Grassl, [1889].
NierhoflT (Bernard) [1863-     ].   *Drei  Falle
  von Kaiserschnitt; zwei nach Porro's Methode,
  einer nach Sanger's Methode.  31pp.  8°.  Kiel,
  C. Bockel, 1889.
NieriIter (H.)  Ein  Beitrag  zum  Fiillen der
  Ziiline.   38 pp.  8°.  Zurich, F. Schulthess, 1888.
NieriRer (P.)   Ueber Pocken und  Impfung.
  68 pp.  8°.   Aaraul, H. It Sauerldnder, 1670.
Niermnnn (Richard).   * Ueber eineu Fall von
  Xanthoma multiplex  tuberosum verbuudeu mit
  Diabetes mellitus.  [Wurtzburg.]   20 pp.  8°.
  Dortmund,  H. Buhfus, [1894?].
van Nierop (A.  S.),  jr.   Gedachten over de
  scheiding der  geneeskunde, en  het  inwendig
  toedienen  van geueesmiddelen door heelmees-
  ters.  38 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Amsterdam, Belinfante 4'
  De  Vita, 1845.
    See, also, Weickert (Eduard) [inl. s.|.  Leerwijzetot
  het  opzoeken der slag-aderen fete.].  8°.  Amsterdam,
  1847.
Nierstrasz (H. F.)  Das Herz der  Solenogas-
  treu.  52 pp., 3 pl.   8°.  Amsterdam, J. Muller,
  1903.
    Forms no. 2 of:  Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v. "Wetensch.,
  Amst., 1903-4, x, 2. sect.
Nies (Henricus  Andreas).  *De miro emphyse-
  mate.  16  pp.  4°.  Duisburgi,  J.  S. Straube,
  1751.
Niesc [Heinrieh Christian] [1810-87].
    ,S'ee Eisciibnhii-'I'raiiMport (Der) [etc.]. 8°. Lands-
  berg a. W., 1882. ----.Thesame.  2. Aufl. 8°.  Berlin,
  1883.
    For Biography, see Mitth. f.  d. Ver. Schlesw.-Hoist.
  Aerzte, Kiel, 1887, 141.
Niesel (Max).
    ,SVe Autizug aus den Krankengeschichten [etc.].  8°.
  Greifswald, 1888.
Nieser (Heinrieh   Alexander).  Sicherer  Weg,
  vermoge einer  gewisseu Mediein Pauacaea tar-
  tarea genandt, Luem veneream, oder die Fran- 
N1ESER.
688
NIEUWE.
dieser (Heinrieh Alexander)—continued.
  tzoseuohne Salivation, nebst audern Kranckhei-
  ten mehr zu curiren, dem gemeiueu Besten treu-
  hertzig eroffnet uud commuuiciret.  16,48 pp.,
  16°.  Berlin, J.  C. Pape, 1713.
Nieser (Otto).
    See Antonelli (Albert).  Die Amblyopic transitoire
  i.-tcl   8°  Halle a. d.  Saale, 1897.—Steuibrugge  (H.)
  !* N letter 0>.) Bilder aus dem mensehlichen Vorliote.  8°.
  Leipzig. 1S95.
Niesius (Philippus  Franciscus).  * Thesis selec-
  tiores.  23  pp., sm.   4°.   Heidelbergw,  J.  J.
  Hcener, 1741.
Niessen (Conrad [Hubert Joseph]) [1858-    J.
  * Der Heurteloup'sche Blntegel und  seiue Anwen-
  dung bei Erkrankungen des Auges. 39 pp.  8°.
  Bonn,  J. Bach  Wwe., 1891.
van  Niessen  (Max  [Alexander]).   * Ueber
  einen Fall von Oberarmresektion in der Konti-
  nuitat. 25 pp.  8°.  Jena,  G.  Neuenhahn, 1868.
-----.   Der Sy|»hilisbacillus.  1 p. 1., 92 pp., 6 1.,
  5 pl.   8°.   Wiesbaden,  J. F. Bergmann, 1896.
-----.  Beitrag zur Syphilis-Hygiene. Ein gefahr-
  licher Feind des  Menschengeschlei hts.   23 pp.
  12°.  Hannoversch-Miinden, B.  Werther, 1898.
_____.   Eine  einfache  Culturmethode  fiir  den
  Gonococcus.  10 pp.   8°.   Wien 4- Leipzig,  W.
  Braumiiller, 1901.
    Repr.from: Arch. f.  Dermat. u. Syph.,  Wien, 1901, lvii.
------.   Ein  Protest  gegen Koch's   Tuberculosie-
  rung.   8 pp.  8°.   Wien, M. Perles, 1902.
    Repr. from: Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, lii.
         Griinde zur Beseitigung des Impfzwanges.
  36 pp.  8C.   Dresden, L. C. Engel,  1903.
-----.  Womit sind die ansteckendeu Geschlechts-
  krankheiten  als Volksseuche  im   Deutschen
  Reiche  wirksam  zu  bekampfen? 39  pp.  8°.
  Hamburg, Ludeking, 1903.
Niessing (Carl)  [1870-     ].   * Centralkorper
  und Sphare im Samenkorper der Saugetiere.  12
  pp., 2 1.  «°.  Halle a. S.,  C. A.  Kaemmerer 4-
  Co., 1896.
Niessing' (Georg).  * Untersuchungen fiber die
  Entwicklung uud den feinsten Bau der  Samen-
  fadeu  einiger  Saugethiere.  29 pp., 2 pl.  8°.
  Wurzburg, Stahel, 1888.
-----.   The  same. 29 pp., 2 pl.  8°.   Wurzburg,
  Stahel, 1686.
    Repr. from .- Verhandl.  d.  phys. - med. Gesellsch. in
  Wiirzb., 1888, n. F., xxii.
de Niet (.Daniel).  * Beschouwingen aangaande
  de oorzaken van de Asiatische  cholera en hare
  verspreiding.  2 pl., 88 pp.,  1  1.   8°.   Veenen-
  daal,  H. H. 0. Martinius,  1893.
-----.   Het  medisch standpunt in  zake het alco-
  hol-vraagstuk.  Eene lezing.  24 pp.  8°.  Gro-
  ningen, P. Noordhoff, 1900.
    Repr.from: Tijdschr. gew. a. de wetensch. bestrijd. d.
  drinkgewoouten,  vi, 3 afl.
-----.   De beteekenis der hydrotherapie.  24 pp.
  6-.  Groningen, P. Noordhoff,  1901.
         De noodzakelijkheid van  het  onderwijs
  in de physische therapie.   18 pp.   8°.   Amster-
  dam, F. van Bossen, 1903.
Nieten (Paul) [lw69-    ].   *Zur Unterbind^ung
  der Carotis  communis.  61 pp.  8°.  Bonn, J.
  Bach Wwe., 1693.
Nieter (Adolf)  [1874-    ].  *Ein Beitrag zur
  spektralen  Blutuntersuchung.   29  pp., 1 1.  8°.
  Berlin, E. Eering, 1898.
Nieto (Angel J.)  *E1  tifo exantematico  y su
  tratamiento por la kairina.  54 pp., 2 tab.  8°.
  Mexico, Bermeco hermanos,  1885.
Nieto y  ITIena (Augustin).   * Breves consi-
  deraciones sobre la operacidu de la catarata se-
  iiil.   42 pp.  8°.  Mexico, 1891.
Nieto y Serrano (Mafias), Marque's de Guada-
  lerzas [1^13-1902].  Ensayo de medicina general,
Nieto y Serrano (Matias)—continued.
  6 sea de filosofia m6dica.  354 pp.  8°.  Madrid,
  M. de Bojas, 1600.
    Also, Co-Editor of:  Gacela medica, Madrid,  1845-9.
  Also, Co-Editor of: Siglo (El) m6dico, Madrid, 1856-00.
    For Biography, see An. r. Acad, de  med., Madrid, 1903
  xxiii, 8-51 (E. Sarichez y Rubio).  Also: Siglo nic-d., Ma
  drid, 1903, 1, 197; 245;  261;  309; 341 (E. Sanchez y Kubio)
  Also: Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1902, ii, 1098.  AUo. Corresp
  med., Madrid, 1902, xxxvii, 277 (F. Calatraveno).  Also.
  Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1902, xxv, 417 (Rodriguez Men
  dez).  AUo: Gac. med. de Granada, 1902, xx. 330. Also
  Med. mil. espan., Madrid, 1901-2, viii, 328-325 (A. de Larra)
  Also : Siglo med., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 417-421, port. (A. Pu
  lido).  AUo:  Siglo med., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 448-450 (Cor
  tejarena).
Nieto de "Valcarcel  (Juan).  Disputa epi-
  demica.   Teatro  racioual,   donde desnuda la
  verdad se preseuta al examen  de  los ingenios.
  Thesis  en  que se ventila el  uso de los alexifar-
  macos sudorificos.   En el principio de las ma-
  lignas del ano de 84.   6 p. 1., 280 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Valencia, 1685.
Nietsch (Andreas).
    See Sebizius (Melchior)  [in 1. a.].  Exercitationea
  medic®. 1. sm. 4°.  Argentorati, 1631.
Nietzky  (A.)    Die junge  Mutter;  praktisehe
  Anleitung  fiir  junge  Frauen.   35  pp.    12°.
  Leipzig,.Jacobi 4 Zocher, [1904, vel subseq.].
Nietzsche (Friedrich)  [1844-1900].
    MObius (P. J.)   Ueber das pathologische bei
  Nietzsche.   8°.  Wiesbaden, 1902.
    -----.  The same.   Nietzsche.   Neue Aufl.
  8°.  Leipzig, 1904.
    Clement  (F.)  Un document contemporain sur Tin-
  conscient dans l'imagination creatrice.  Rev. phil., Par.,
  1904, lviii, 280-284.—Ellis (H.) Nietzsche.  In his .- Affir-
  mations, 8°, Loud., 1898, 1-85. — Goldstein (J.)  The
  keynote to the work of Nietzsche.  Mind. Loud. & Edinb.,
  1902, n. s., xi, 216-226.—Gould (G. M.)  The ill health of
  Friederich Nietzsche. Montreal M J., 1904, xxxiii, 1-19.—
  Ireland (W. W.l Friedrich Nietzsche; astudy in men-
  tal pathology. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1901, xlvii, 1-28, port.
  AUo: Alienist & Neurol., St. Lous, 1901, xxii, 223-267.—
  Khmiclevski (I. K.) Patologicheskiy element v lich-
  nosti i tvorchestvle Friedrich'a Nietzsche.  [Pathological
  element in the personality and work of. . .]  Vopr. nerv.-
  psikh. med., Kiev, 1904, ix, 495-535.—IVoi-daii (M.)  Fr6-
  d6ric Nietzsche. Inhis:  Degenerescence, 8°, Par., 1894,
  ii, 307-406. Also, transl. in his:  Degeneration, 8°, N. Y.,
  1895, 415-472.—Wtcincr (R.)  Die Philosophic Friedrich
  Nietzsche's als psycho pathologisehea Problem.  Wien.
  klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 598;  618.  AUo,  transl.:  Rev.
  de psychol. i-lin. et th6rap., Par., 1900, iv, 235; 305; 342;
  3G7.  _____. Friedrich  Nietzsche's  Personlichkeit und
  die Psycho - Pathologie.  "Wien.  klin. Rundschau,  1900,
  xiv  738-741. —Tilly (M.)  The philosophy of Friedrich
  Nietzsche.  Pop. Sc. Mouth., N.T., 1905-6, lxvii, 707-727.
Nieuw Tijdschrift voor de Pharmacie in  Neder-
  land; tevens orgaan van de Nederlaudsche Maat-
  schappij ter Bevordering der Pharmacie; onder
  redactie  van P. J.  Haaxman.   v. 1-3, 1868-70.
  8°.   Gravenhage.
Nieiiwaart (Cornelius).   *De  sanguine.  25
  pp., 1 1.  4°.  Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1710.   [P.,
  v. 2243.]
Nieuwe  beschryvinge  der  kleiuewaerelt,  of
   verhandeliuge over de menschelyke  uatuur.  2.
   druk.  7 p. 1., 390 pp., 9 pl., 9 1.  12°.  te Rotter-
   dam, H. Kent-link, 1744.
 Nieuwe genees-,  uatuur- en  huishoudkundige
   Jaarboeken, [etc.].  -See Genees-,  uatuur-  en
   huishoudkundige Jaarboeken, [etc.].
 Nieuwe en naauwkeurige  verhandeling  van
   den tabak.   Waarin deszelfs ooisprong, soorten,
   voortkweeking, koophandel, dengdeu en eigen-
   schappen,   genees-  en heelknndige,  en  andere
   gebruiken, uatuur- en proefkundig onderzogt
   worden.  In iv afdeelingeu.  Waar  van de laat-
   ste behelzen: Het geheim der tabakken en snuit-
   poeders ontdekt, of volkomen onderwys,  uopens
   de menging, sauzing, pakking, het  geuren, ver-
   weu, tinktureeren en de toebereidingenenkonst-
   behandelingen  derzelven.   Uit veeljaarige on- 
NIEUWE.
689
NIGHTINGALE.
Nieuwe en naauwkeurige [etc.]—continued.
  dervinding opgemaakt, door een kundig tabaks-
  haudelaar.   2 pts.   88 pp.; 56 pp.   8 !.  te Am-
  sterdam, G. Bom, 177b.
Nieuwe  (De)  Rijkskweekschool  voor Vroed-
  vrouwen te Amsterdam.  20 pp.  8°.  Haarlem,
  1900.
    Suppl. to :  Tijdschr. v. prakt. Verlosk., Haarlem, 1900.
Nieuwe (De) welervarende Utrechtschc keuken-
  ineid,confituurniaakster, en huis-doctores, mede-
  deeleude eene nienigte  bereidingen van velerlei
  gezonde  eu  smakelyke spyzeu,  nagerechten,
  saussen,  geleijen,  confituuren, en  te gelyk van
  de eenvoudigste en  beste geneesmiddelen, waar
  door elk  zich, zonder doctor, in de meestegavel-
  len, 't zy in kleine steden»of  ten  platten  lande,
  en elders, tegens verscheide ougemakken wape-
  nen, eu  dezelven  of voorkomen of genezeu of
  verzachten kan.   Ten   nutte  van  alle Neder-
  laudsche huisgeziuuen, die eeu goeden leveus-
  re"-el eu de bewaring der gezondheid beminnen.
  1 p. 1., 298  pp., 6 1., 1 pl.  12°.   Utrecht, G. van
  der Brink,  1769.
 Nieuwenliuijs   (C[hristiauus]   J[ohaunes])
  [1775-1837].   Proeve   eener   geueeskundige
  plaatsbeschrijving  (topographic)  der stad Am-
  sterdam.   4 v.  8°.   Amsterdam, J.  van der Hey,
  1-16-20.
 ------.  Eeenige wenken over de pathogenie, pa-
  thologie, therapie  en aetiologie der Aziatische
  cholera,  viii, 151 pp.   8 .  Amsterdam, Lastdra-
  ger 4' Lorie, 1633.
    See, also, llerigten betreffende de Aziatische cholera
   [etc.]!  8Y  Amsterdam, 1832.
 Nieuwenliuis (Anton Willem).   * Ueber He-
  matoma scroti.  [Freiburg i.  B.]  32 pp. 8°.
  Leiden, E.  J. Brill,  1890.
 ------.  Lokalisation und Symmetric der parasi-
  tiireu Hautkrankheiten im* indischen Archipel.
   16 pp., 8 pl.  8C.   Amsterdam, J. Miiller, 1904.
    Forms no. 4 of: Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
   Amst..  1903-4, x, 2. sect.
 NieuwenhlliS (Christianus Ignatius).  * Diss.
  exhibeus quasdam observationes  de usu, inpri-
  mis duetetico, munatis sodas  seu salis cibarii.
   1 p. 1., 51  pp.,  2  1.  6:.  Groninga;, H. Eekhoff,
   1?07.  [P., v. 1955.]
 Nieuws (Het).  Geneeskundig  overzicht der
  laatste dagen,  onder redactie  van  Th. A. Qua-
  nijer.   [Semi-monthly.]   v.  1-2,  1904-5.  8°.
  Hertogenbosch.
    Current.
 Nieveling (Victor Wilhelm) [1876-    ].   *Ue-
  ber  Polypenbildung im Magendarmkanal  und
  eiuen seltenen Fall von Papilloma nnd Krebs des
  Rectums.  26 pp., 1 1.   8y  Wiirzburg, Memmin-
  ger, 1902.
 Niewenglowski  (Gaston-Heuri).  L'objectit
  photographique; fabrication, essai, emploi.  59
  pp., 1 1.  12°.  Paris, WJ2.
 -----.  Technique et applications des rayons X;
  traite" pratique de radioscopie et de radiographic.
  161 pp.,  1 1., 8  pl.   8°.   Paris, Soc. d'e'd.  scient.,
  1-68.
 ------.  La  lutte contre la tuberculose.  41 pp.
  16°.  Paris, 1899.
 ------   Le  radium,   iii, 96 pp.  12°.   Paris, H.
Desforges, [1904].
     &  Ernault (Louis).
Nigay.  Formulaire des medicaments nouveaux.
  Formules usuelles it l'usage des medecins prati-
  ciens, portant piincipalement  sur les  medica-
  ments  et medications nouvelles.  Avec la col-
  laboration de  Boursier,  [et al.].  384 pp.  8U.
  Pari*, Maloine, 190b.
Nigay (Antoine) [1872-    ].  * Les polypes de
  l'intestin grele.  62 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 329.
Niger (Antonius') [    -1555].  Consilium de tu-
  enda valetudine'.  38  1. 16°.  Vitebergce, S. Gro-
  nenberg, 1581.
         Libellns de decern pra-cipuis ei roribus, et
                               Pour  nos soldats;
  conseils pratiques, hvgiene et morale du service
  militaire.   71 pp.  12°.  Paris, Soc. d'e'd. scient.,
  l69~>.
Niewerth  (Albert) [1869-    ].   * Ueber  einen
  Fall von Aneurysma der Arteria  hepatica.   20
  pp., 2 1.  8°.  Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1894.
Niewertll  (Gustav).   * Ueber zur Klasse  der
  Laotonsiiuren  gehorende Derivate des Phtalyl-
  acetessigesters.  [Erlangen.]  32 pp.  6^.  Leip-
  zig, E. Freter, 1869.
       VOL  XI, 2D  SERIES-----44
  abusibus, propter quos  apud  nonnullas gent*
  pra-clara medicime ars,  mulierculis, Judseis ac
  itnpostoribus,  veluti pra-da-  relicta,  misereque
  iufamata, constuprataque jaceat.   Ranzovianis
  impeusis in lucem revocatus et ab interitu vin-
  dicatus. 22 1.  16°.  Hamburgi, excud. J. Wolfius,
  1590.
Niger River.
    iYlaiiiiiiiv.  Notice sur les crues et sur la composition
  des eaux du Xiger.  Rev. d. troupes colon., Par., 1904, iii,
  pt. 2, 117; 438.
Niggemeier  (Kaspar) [1876-    ].  * Ueber
  die  Reeintlussung  der Vergiftung  mit  Nitroto-
  luol, Diuitritoluol, Nitrophenol, Diuitrophenol,
  Orthonitranisol  und Anilin durch Alkohol. 36
  pp.   ^°.   Wiirzburg, F.  Slaudenraus, 1903.

Night.
    -See, also, Insane (Influence of climate, etc., on).
    Qaule (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Nacht.  Centralbl.
  f Physiol. Leipz. u. Wien, 1900, xiv, 25-31.  Also: Arch.
  f. Lichttheiap. [etc.], Berl., 1900, i, 330-336. — Soler (J.)
  Influencia de la noche sobre las enfermedades.  Ciencia
  mod., Madrid, 1897, iv, 369; 377; 383; 418; 442; 466; 490;
  507; 513. AUo, Reprint.
Night asylums.
    Parisot  (P.)  L'hospitalite de nuit en France. Ann.
  d'hyg., Par., 1906, 4. s., v, 301-347.
Night medical service.
    Roth.   The night medical attendance on poor
  and rich in  London and  other large English
  towus, compared  with the same in Paris, and
  other towns.  A suggestion for the introduction
  of Dr.  Passant's plan into England.   8°.  Lon-
  don, 1880.

Night-blindness.
    -See Hemeralopia, etc.

Night-cough.
    -See  Bronchitis (Chronic);  Croup (Nervous,
  etc.).
Nightingale  (Florence)  [1820-    ].  Notes
  on  nursing; what it is, aud what it is not.   79
  pp.  8°.   London,  Harrison, [I860?]-
_____.  The same.  With some account  of her
  life.   104  pp.,  port.   8°.  Boston, W.  Carter,
  1860.
_____.  The same;.  140 pp.  8°.   Neio lork, D.
  Appleton, 1883.
______.  Hospital statistics aud hospital plans.
  8 pp , 2 pl., 2 tab.  *:.  London, Emily Faithful
  4- Co.,  1862.   [P.,  v. 2192.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Nat. Ass. Promot. Soc. Sc, Lond., 1861.
______.  Health teaching in towns and villages.
  Rural  hygiene. 27  pp.  8°.  London, Spottis-
  woode  4''Co.,  1H94.
    See, also, Oi-yn ■■ ization of nursing, [etc.].  8°. Liver-
  pool <£ London,  \xr>:<.
    For Biography,- see Tooley (Sarah A.) Thehfe of Flor-
  ence Nightingale. 16°.  London,  1904.
         See, also
    Cnhall  ("W. C.) Florence Nightingale; an address to
  nurses.  Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 976-978.
Nifflltingale (The).   Edited by Sarah E. Post,
  M. D.  No. 6, v. 5, Feb. 8, 1890.  4°.  New York.
Nightingale Fund.
    See Nurses (Homes,  etc., for). 
NIGHTMARE.
690
NIHELL.
Nightmare.
    HrisixoA (M.)  * Diss, sistens incubi causas
  praacipuas.  4-.  Lugd.  Bat., [1734].
    Lodkius  (W.)  * Dis.  med.  de incubo.   sm.
  4 .   Duisburgi ad Bhenum, 1744.
    Bond (J.)  Uitreksel uit eeue verhandeling over de
  nagtmerrie.   Hollands Mag., Harlem,  1756,  393-401.—
  J nn-.<-n (A.)  Alpdriicken. Gesundh. in "Wort u. Bild,
  Berl., 1905, ii, 73.

Nightmen and night-soil.
    Diakussion om Ordningen af Natrenovation i Kje-
  benhavn.  [Discussion on the disposition of night soil in
  Copenhagen. ]  Kjobenh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1893-4, 76;
  117—Hue (F.)  Enquete sur l'etat de sant6 des vidan-
  geurs de Rouen.  Bull. Soc. de med. de Rouen (1892), 1893,
  2. s., vi,  22-24.—Jones (H.) Treatment of crude night-
  soil with acidulated ashes.  J. San Inst., Lond., 1897-8,
  xviii, 25-29.

Night-palsy.
    See Dead-fingers.

Night-sweats.
    See,  also,  Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Night-
  xweats in).
    Fkevtag  (O.  [J.])  * Ueber  Nachtschweisse.
  ^-.   Berlin,  [1874].
    Zimmermann ( K.  IT.)  * Ueber die Behaud-
  lung profuser Schweissabsonderungeu mit Aga-
  ricin.   8°.   Bonn, \667.
    Boss (ll. D.)  Agaricin  iu night sweats. Maryland
  M. J., Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 369.—Camphoric acid in
  night sweats.  [Edit.]   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, li, 629.—
  Comix-male Sc Pntoir.  Contribution  k l'etude du
  traitement des sueurs nocturnes par l'acide agarieiuiqiie.
  Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1891, xxx, 233-244. — CoMon
  (H.  R.)  Camphoric acid for night sweats.  Terap. Gaz.,
  Detroit,  1899, 3. s., xv, 152.— Hare  (H. A.)  The value
  of camphoric acid iu the treatment of night sweats.  Ibid.,
  1897, 3.,s., xiii, 164.—Sacazc  (J.)  Le chloralose dans le
  traitement des sueurs nocturnes.  N. Montpel. m6d., 1894,
  iii, 792-795. — Stockman  (R.)   The use  of camphoric
  acid in excessive sweating. Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s., i, 45-48.

Night-terrors.
    See, also, Crying.
    Beykand (A.)   * Les  terreurs nocturnes de
  l'enfant.   Hc.  Paris, 1900.
    Atkinson (W. B.)  Note  on night terrors.  Alienist
  & Neurol., St. Louis, 1882,  iii, 586-588.—Barteneff (L.
  L.)  Nlekotoriy material k voprosu o sushtshnosti pavor
  nocturnus infantum in somno.  [On the nature of. . .]
  Russk. med. vestnik,  St.-Peterb.,  1902, iv, no. 22, 1-29.
  -----. K voprosu o prognozie pri pavor nocturnus infan-
  tum  in  somno.   [The  question of prognosis of . . .]
  Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1903, xviii, 83-92.  Also: Russk. Med.
  Vestnik,  S.-Peterb., 1903, v, no. 9,  1-12. —Brann (L.)
  A  pyermekek  6jjeli  felijed6serol.   [ Pavor nocturnus
  in  children.]  Gvogyiszat,  Budapest,  1890,  xxxvi, 14;
  28; 39;  82; 95;  116; 141; 165; 188;  224.  Also, transl.:
  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, xliii, 407-456.—l'h<-i-iio-
  mor-Za<leniov*tki (O.V.) Pavornocturiiusetdiuruus.
  Yushno-russk. mud.  gaz., Odessi, 1894, iii, 105-107.—Col-
  linesin.  Les terreurs nocturnes  dans le  jeune  &<ie.
  Rev. de  l'hypnot.  exper. et thernp.,  Par.,  1888, iii, 136-
  144.—Coiitls  (J. A.)   Nijrht-terrors (pavor  nocturnus).
  Am. J. M. Soc, Phila., 1896, ii. s., cxi, 156-162.—Crisafi
  (D.)  Per In patogenesi del pavor nocturnus; nota preven-
  tiva critica ad una teoria del dott. Rey. Pediatria, Na-
  poli, 1901, ix,  341; 389.—Evatt (W.)  Night terrors in
  children.  Albany M. Ann., 1889, x,  278.— Guthrie (L.)
  On night tenors, symptomatic and idiopathic, with asso-
  ciated disorders in children.  Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Loud.,
  1899, viii, 218-233.   Also: Clin. J., Lond.,  1899, xiv, 97-
  109.—Huber (F.)  Night-terrors.   Pediatries, N. Y.,
  1900, ix, 270. — Ivanoff (E.)  Sluchai pavor nocturnus.
  [Case  of . . .]  Voyenno-med.  J.,  St. Petersb.,  1897,
  clxxxx,  med.-spec.  pt., 231-243. — .lemma (R.)   Sui
  terrori notturni.  Cron.  d.  clin. med. di  Genova, 1901,
  vii.  263-26C,. — Little  (E. G.)  The causation  of  night
  terrors.   Pediatrics, N. Y.  & Lond., 1899,  viii.  357-362.
  Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1899,  ii, 4(14.— Vlcii-o-
  wil*  (P.)  A case of pavor nocturnus.   Post-Gradu-
  ate, N.  Y., 1900, xv,  983-987.—Moizard.  Des ter-
  reurs nocturnes chez les enfants.  Gaz. d. hop., de Tou-
  louse, 1888, ii, 290-293. -----. Des terreurs nocturnes chez
  l'enfant et de leur traitement.  Rev. prat. d. trav. de nied.,
  Par., 1898, lv, 90.—IVIoi-gcnsteni (.T.)  Night terrors in
  children.   Pediatrics, N. Y. Sz. Lond., 1899. viii, 109.—IVen-
  reutter (B.)  Noeni vydeseni u deti [die nachtliche
  aufschreckuug oder Aufkreischung der Kinder,  Pavor
  nncim-nos).  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1880,  xix, 501;
  515.—Ollivier (A.)  Les terreurs nocturnes chez les en-
Night-terrors.
  t'auts.  Rev. mens.  d. mal. d. l'enf., Par., 1889, vii, 351-
  361.—Osier (W.)   Unusual types of night-terrors; day-
  terrors.  Montreal  M. J., 1895-6,  xxiv, 778-780. — Bey
  (J. G.)   Beitrage  zur Pathogenese  und Aetiologie des
  Pavor nocturnus.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz.,  1897, xiv,
  247-264.  Also, transl.: Rev. mens. d. mal. de  l'enf., Par
  1901, xix, 217-223. —Rnssel I (J.)  Nocturnal frights  in
  children. Birmingh. M. Rev.,  1882,  xii, 26.  -----. Noc-
  turnal alarms of children.   Ibid., 1884, xv, 1-5. — Silber-
  maiui  (O.)  Zur Lehre von Pavor nocturnus der Kitidcr.
  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1883, n. F., xx, 266-275.   Also:
  Wien. med. Bl., 1883, vi,  1382; 1412.—Stybr  (J.)  Pavor
  diurnus a pavor nocturnus u  deti.   [. . . in children.]
  Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1902,  xii, 6; 26.  Also, transl.:
  Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1902, xiv, 357; 369; 381.—Syers
  (H. W.)  Night terrors in children.  Med. Times & Hosp.
  Gaz., Lond.,  1900,  xxviii, 529. — Terrori (I)  notturni.
  Atti d. x. Cong,  interprov. san. d.  alta Italia 1902.  Man-
  tova, 1903, 395-399.—Tompkins (E. L.) Night-ten oi a.
  Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xl, 485-491.—UI I man (G. L.)
  Night terrors in children.  Albany M. Ann., 1889, x,
  199-202.

Night-work.
    See Occupations.

Niglas (John IV.)  [1819-90].
    Necrology.  Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1890,38, port.
Nigoul (Maurice).  * La stomoplastie par 6vide-
  ment commissural du col, op6ration de M. le pro-
  fesseur Pozzi).  Traitement de choix  de la ste"-
  rilite" par stenose du  col de l'uterus.  103 pp.
  8°.  Paris, 1902,  No.  10.

Nigrisinus.
    See Melsena; Tongue (Black).

Nigrisoli  (Bartolo).    Doppia ooforo-salpiugec-
  touiia   ed  estirpazione  di  un  enornie cisti  del
  paraovario  sinistro.   14 pp.   8°.   Bologna, N.
  Zanichelli, 1890.
-----.   Eendiconto dei  casi di  chirurgia curati
  nell' Ospedale di Castiglion Florentine-  negli anni
  1888-9.  xx, 96 pp.  8°. Bologna, N. Zanichelli,
  1890.
         Tre casi di chirurgia renale.   31 pp.   ^ .
  Bologna, N. Zanichelli, 1890.
Nigrisoli  (Francesco  Maria) [1648-1727].  Con-
  sign medici molti nella volgare lingua italiaua,
  altri  nell'  idioma  latino,   xvi (1. 1.). 4b2 pp.,
  4 1.  4°.   Ferrara,  B.  Pomatelli, 1726.
-----.   Gedanken von  der Vieh-Seuche uud vor-
  nemlich des Horn-Viehs, auf Verlangen aus dem
  Italieuischeu ins Deutsche iibersetzt uud mit ei-
  ner Vorrede verseheu  vou  Johann Adolph  Pro-
  vansal.   64 pp.  12°.  Leipzig, F. Lonckischen's
  Erben, 1749.  [P., v. 2208.]
Nigrisoli  (Gaetano).   Sui mezzi  piu facili  e si-
  curi apprestati dalla chiniica  per la disinfezioue
  dell' aria e delle masseiizie durante  1' invasione
  del cholera morbus e dopo la sua  scomparsa,
  brevi uozioni teorico-pratiche.  39 pp.  8°.  Fer-
  rara, tipog. Bresciani,  1855.
-----.   Elogio del Prof. Antonio Campaua Ferra-
  rese, ricavato da un'  analisi diligente delle sue
  opere  edite ed inedite.   86 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Fer-
  rara, D. Taddei, 1861.

Nigua.
    .See Ticks.
Niliell (James).   Novse raraeque  observationes
  circa variarum crisium pra-dictionem ex  pulsu
  nullo habito respectu ad  signa critica antiquo-
  rum primum a Francisco Solano de Luque .
  et a variis aliis medicis, facta; multis novis casi-
  bus et  animadversionibus illustrate.   Addita
  sunt  monita q med am generalia,  de  natura cri-
  sium, earumque apud antiquos consideration^ et
  apud  modernos  neglectu.   Ex Anglico Latine
  reddidit Wilhelmns Noortwyk, qui  et jiisserta-
  tionem de natura humana adjunxit.  9, 71, xxxvi
  (1  1.), 153 pp., 15  1.  8°.  Amstelcedami, G. Tie-
  lenburgh,  1746, 
NIHELL,
691
NIKIFOROFF.
Niliell (James)—continued.
.______.  The same.  Observations nouvelles et ex-
  fraordinaires sur la prediction des crises par lo
  pouls, faites premierenieut par le Dr. Francisco
  Solauo de Luques, espagntd, et ensuite par dif-
  feicns  autres medecins.  Enrichies de plusieurs
  cas nouveaux et  de remarques par M. Niliell.  j
  Traduites de l'anglois  par M.  Lavirotte.   xliv  |
  (11.), 258 pp.   16c.  Pari*, De Bure Vaine, 1746.
Nihonbashi  Ku Eiseikyokwai Zasshi.  Tokyo.
  See Journal (The) of the Nihonbashi Ku Sani-
  tary Association.   Tokyo.
r¥ijlioff(G[erardus] O[oruelis]).  Over het ont-
  staan van koorts in het kraambed.  16 pp.  8C.
  Amsterdam, [1889].
    Repr.from: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1889,
  xxv.
______.   Eenige  kantteekeningen   naar aanlei-
  ding van vooistel F van het hoofdbestnur.   14
  pp.  8C.  Amsterdam, 1691.
    Repr.from: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,Amst., 1891,
  2. R., xxvii, 1. afd.
______.  Over de behandeling van  abortus  door
  cnrettement.  8 pp.  16°.  Tiel. 1892.
    Repr.from: Geneesk. Courant. Tiel, 1892, xlvi.
------.  Een <;eval van urethrocele vaginalis.  16
  pp.  8~.  Haarlem, [1893].
    Repr. from.- Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec,
  Haarlem. 1893. iv.
______.  De laatste onderzoekingen over de bacte-
  rien der scheede en hunne practische beteeke-
  nis.  19 pp.  8C.   Haarlem, 1-9.5.
     Repr.from: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verh.sk. en Gynaec,
  Haarlem, 1893, iv.
 .-----.  Een en ander over bloedingen post par-
  tum.  29 pp.   16°.  T«e7, 1694.
     Repr.from: Geneesk. Courant. Tiel. 1894, xlviii.
 ------.  De loslating van de normaal gelegen pla-
  centa  tijdens  de  zwangerschap.   23  pp.   6°.
  Haarlem, [1^94].
     Repr.from: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec,
   Haarlem, 1^94. v.
 ------.  Over vaginale  operation ter bestrijding
  van retroflexio uteri  (hysteropexia  vaginalis).
  21 pp.  *-.  Haarlem.  [1894].
     Repr.from : Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec,
  Haarlem, 1894. v.
 ------.  Een nieuwe methode van behandeling bij
  placenta pra-via.   14  pp.  6:\  Haarlem,  l"9b.
     Repr.from: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec,
  Haarlem, 1895, vi.
 ------.  De ondergrens  der ^ynaecologische the-
  rapie.  6 pp.   t*'-.  Amsterdam,  1895.
     Repr.from: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1895,
  2. R., xxxi, d. 2.
 ------.  Het bevruchte ei in den eileider.   22 pp.
  e:.  Haarlem, de err en F. Bohn, 1896.
     Forms  no. 6 of:  Geneesk. BL u.  Klin, en  Lab. v. de
   prakt., Haarlem, 1896, iii, 149-170.
 ------.   De huisdokter als vrouweuarts.   Rede.
   32 pp.   -  .  Haarlem, de erven  F. Bohn, 1-9-.
 ------.  Een en ander  ver aetiologie en therapie
  van de  retroflexio en  den prolapsus uteri.   30
  pp.   8-.   Haarlem, 1899.
     Forms no. 2 of: Geneesk. Bl. u.  Klin, en  Lab. v. de
  prakt, Haarlem, 1899, vi, 41-70.
 ------.  Over  hyperemesis gravidarum.  24  pp.
  8°.  Haarlem, de err en F. Bohn, 1901.
     Formsno.2of: Geneesk. Bl. u.Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt.,
  Haarlem, 1901, viii.
     AUo Editor  of: .llaandblad voor  praktisehe Vei-
  loskunde,  Haarlem.  1897-9.  Also,  Co-Editor of:  tlc-
  dische Revue. Haarlem. 1901-5. Also. Co-Editor of: rVe-
  derlandach Tijdschrift  voor Verloskunde en Gynaeco-
  logie, Haarlem. 1889-1904.  AUo. Editor of'.- Tijdschnlt
  voor praktiscbe Verloskuude, Haarlem, 1899-190o.
NijhoflT  (Isaacus).  * Spec, exhibens observatio-
  nes de  epideuiia Groningana,   anni 1826.   xii,
  138 pp.  8°.  Traj. ad Rhenum, 0. J. van Padden-
  burg, 1627.  [P.,  v. 2075.]
  iji and (Albertus Hendrikns).  * Ueber das Ab-
  todten von  Cholerabacilleu in "Wasser.   [Frei-
  burg  i. B.]   44  pp.  8°.   Miinchen,  R.   Olden-
  bourg, 1893.
  ikilllde:.   Nixavdpov  dgpiam,  d/ve^itpdppaKa.
  36 1.  f.d.  [ Venetiis, apud Aldum, MID (1499).]
  -----.   The same.   N/fcunfyxu' Or/piand, tot  uvnu!
   'AleS-itydpuana,  'Ep/u/veia  rov avuvv/nov  ovyypaipiug
  eig QgpiaKa, 2vo/.m 6la<JH>pojv  ovyypaipEuv etc A/lefi-
  (jidpgaKa.  E$r/-}iiotc  arahituv, uediptvuv, onueiuv, /cat
  Xapanrgpuv.  Nicundri theriaca, ejusdem  Alexi-
  pliarmaca.  Iuterpretatio innominati anthoris in
  theriaca.   Commentarii diversornm  authornm
  in Alexipharmaca.  Expositio ponderum, mensu-
   rnrnm, signorum,  et  characterum.  91  ff.  8°.
   [  Venetiis, in wd. Aldi  et Andrew Asulani  soceri,
   1523.]
  -----.   The  same.  Theriaca et alexipharmaca
   cum scholiis,  iuterprete Jolianue Lonicero.   1
   p. 1., 109 pp.   4°.  Colonicc,  opera J. Soteris, 1531.
     Bound irith: Austrics (S.) De secunda valetudine tu-
   enda, [etc.]. 4°. Argentorati, 1538.
  -----.   Alexipharmaca.
     In: CORDDS  (E.)  Opera poetica.  16°.   Helmttadii,
   1614, 116-129.
  -----.   Theriaca.
     In-  Cordus(E.) Opera poetica. 16°. Helmttadii, 1614,
   66-105.                                     ,  „
     For Biography, see Abbild.  . . . d. Arznk. verd. Ge-
   lehrten [etc.].  4°. Augsburg, 1805, 88, port.
 Nikaiioroff  (P[avel Ivanovich]) [1863-    ].
   * O  prigotovleuii  kriepkoi   protivodifteriyuoi
   slvorotki.   [On the preparation of strong anti-
   diphtheritic serum.]  113 pp.  8C. S.-Peterburg,
I   Trenke $ Fyusno,  1897.
[ Nikes (Peter)  [1872-    ].  *Abhiingi<>keit des
   Geburtsgewichtes der Neugeboreneu vom Stand
   und der Beschiiftigung der Mutter.   80 pp., 1  1.
   8°.   Strassburg i. E., C. Miih 4' Co., 1902.
 Nikiforoff (Aleksaudr Pavlovich) [1-67-     ].
   *Klinieheskoye i diagnosticheskoye znacheniye
   i sposobl izmiereniy lobnavo rodnichka.   [Clin-
   ical and  diagnostic value  of  the froutal fonta-
   nels and methods of measuring it.]  104 pp.,
   2 1., 1 pl.  8'-'. S.-Peterburg, 1900.
 Nikiforoff  (M[ikhail   Nikiforovich])  [1858-
       ].  Untersuchungen iiber dem Bau und die
   Entwickelun(rs>;eschichte  des Grauulationsge-
   webes.  pp. 400-423, 2 pl.  8-.  Jena, [1890].
     Repr.from: Beitr. Z.path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jeua,
   1890, viii.
 ------.  Kratkiy   uchebnik  uiikroskopicheskol
   tekhuiki; posobiye pri prakticheskom izuchenii
   patologicln-skoT  histologii.   [Brief  manual  of
   microscopic  technique;  aid  in  the practical
   study of  pathological  histology.]  3.  ed.  235
   pp.  12c.   Moskva, A. A. Kartseff, 1693.
 ------.  The same.   4. ed. 1 p. 1., ii, 244 pp.   12°.
   Moskra. A. A. Kartseff, 1690.
 ------.  Atlas  patologicheskoi  histologii  v foto-
   tipiyakh,  ispolnennlkh po mikrofotogranckes-
   kim suimkam s  patologokistologicheskikk pre-
   paratov.   [Atlas  of  pathological  histology  in
   phototypes, after nncrophotographs taken from
   preparations  of pathological  histology.]  pt.  1.
   5 1., 4 pl.  4°. Moskva, D. A. Bonch-Bruyevich,
   1895.
 ______.  Ocherk patologicheskoi histologii gineko-
   logicheskikh  zabolievaniy.   [Pathological his-
   tology of female  diseases.]  1 p. 1., ii  (1 1.),  87
   pp.  *6Z'.   Moskva, A. I. Mamontoff,  1^99.
 ______.,  Osnovi patologicheskoi anatomii; elemeu-
   tarniy kurs obshtshei i chastnoi patologiches-
   koi anatomii. [Principles of pathological anat-
   omy; elementary  course in  general and special
   pathological  anatomy.]  2 pts.  3 p. 1., 295 pp.;
   2 p. 1., 364 pp.  8°.  Moskva, V. L. Chornoyaroff
   4- Ko., 1-99;  A. I. Mamontoff, 1900. 
NIKIFOROFF.
692
NIKOLSKI.
 Nikiforoff (M[ikhail Nikiforovich])—cont'd.
                     CONTENTS.
     Pt. 1. Obshtshaya patologicheskaya anatomiya.  [Gen-
   eral pathological anatomy.]
     Pt. 2. Chiistnaya patologicheskaya anatomiya.  [Spe-
   cial pathological anatomy.]
 Ni kit ill  (A[eksiei]  I[vauovich])  [1861-    ].
   'K  voprosu o  progorkayemosti  zhirov.   [Ou
   the rancidity of fats.]  80 pp., 11.  8-\ S.-Peter-
   burg, V. P. Meshtsherski, 1898.
 Nikitili (A[ii(lrel] A[ndreyevich]) [1867-    ].
   *Ol>  Arantsiyevom  protolue  u  dietei.  [The
   duct of Arantius in children.]  57 pp., 3  1., 1 pl.
   8°.   S.-Peterburg, I. Usmanoff, 1901.
 Nikitili (M[ikhail] D[mitriyevich]) [1849-   ].
   Sudebuo-meditsinskoye znacheniye  zheludoch-
   nokishechnoi probi u nevorozhdenulkh  dietei.
   "Vtoraya zhisznennaya proba".   S prilozhe-
   niyem  vstupitelnoi  riechi   avtora.   [Medico-
   forensic value of the  gastro-intestiual proof in
   new-born children.  "Second vital proof"; with
   supplement  of  author's  introductory speech.]
   1  p. 1., iii, 64,  6 pp.   8°.   Moskva, L.  4- A.
   Snegirevi, 1888.
 ------.   Ucheniye o  zhiznennlkh probakh;  su-
   debno-meditsinskiy   etyud.    [Proofs of life;
   medico-forensic study.]  19  pp.   8  .  S.-Peter-
   burg, Yablouski 4- Perott, 1889.
     Repr. from: Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i  prdkt. med.,
   St. Petersb., 1889, i, 3. sect.
     See, also, Bcllin (E. F.)  Sudebnaya meditsina rastle-
   niya [etc.].  fol.  S.-Peterburg, 1898.
 Nikitili (V[ladimir] N[ikolayevich] )  [1849-
      ].  Boliezni  nosovoi polosti.   [Diseases of
   the nasal cavity.]  131 pp.   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
   [Ettinger], 1888.
     Issued by: Prakt. med.
 ------.  The same.  2. ed.  162 pp.  8°.  S.-Peter-
   burg, K. L. Rikker,  1891.
 ------.  Rukovodstvo k izucheniyu laringoskopii
   i bolieznei  gortani.  [Manual for the study of
   laryngoscopy and diseases of the larynx.] 2. ed.
   1 p'. 1., 360 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, K.  L.  Rikker,
   1894.
 ------.   The  same.  3. ed.  1 p. 1.,  394 pp.,  1 1.
   8°.  S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1903.
 ------.   Boliezni  pridatochnlkh  nosovlkh polo-
   stel.   [Diseases of  the supplementary nasal
   cavities.]  42 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  K.  L. Rik-
   ker, 1897.
    See, aUo, £ichwald (E. E.)  O zhivotnom magnetiz-
   mie [etc.],  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1891.
 Nikkels (Viktor Gustavovich) [1858-    ].   *K
   voprosu  o  dezinfeziruyushtshikh  svoistvakh
   torfa.  [On the antiseptic  qualities of peat.]
   84 pp., 2 1.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, Y.  I.  Liberman,
   1894.
 Niklas (Felix).   * Leiomyoma  mammae, seine
   Gewebsstructur verghchen mit der der Uterus-
   myome.   [Wurtzburg.]  25  pp.  8°. Pelplin,
   E. Michalowski, 1-89.

 NikolavefT  ( Aleksandr  Niholayevich)
   1186(i-1903].
    Tutiahkin (P. P.)  [In memoriam.]  Vestnik S.-Pe-
   terb. Vrach. Obsh. Vzaimn. Pom., 1903, ii, 476-478.
 Nikolayeff (P[yotr]  K[ozinieh]) [1859-     ].
   * Sterilizatsiya pityevoi vodl kipyacheniyem i
  otsienka sluzhashtshikhdlyaetoitsleli priborov.
   [Sterilization of drinking water by boiling,  and
  estimation of apparatus serving for this pur-
  pose.]  80 pp., 1  ]., 9 tab., 6  pl.  8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg,  1900.
Nikolayeff (S.  K.)   Povtoritelniv  kurs  ob-
  shtshei   patologii ( patologicheskoi fiziologii ).
  [Review in course of general  pathology (patho-
  logical physiology).]   viii, 355 pp.  8°.  S.-Pe-
  tersberg, V. A. Tikhanoff, 1892.
 Nikolayev.
     See, also, Cholera  (History, etc., of),  Diph-
  theria (History,  etc..  of). Hospitals  (Naval,
  etc.).  Hospitals  (Ophthalmic,  etc.),  Hygiene
  (Municipal, Laws, etc.,  of),  Leprosy (History,
  etc., of), by localities.
     ■iiber.  O sooruzhenii vodoprovoda i kanalizatsii v g.
  Nikohiyevie.  [On the introduction of water-works and
  canalization in Nikolayev.]  Med. pribav. k morsk. sbor-
  niku. St. Petersb.,  1899, pt. 2, 54-57.—VoziiemriiMki
  (P. V.) O sostoyanii molochnavo proi'zvodstva i torgovli
  molokom  v  g. Nikolayeve.  [The condition of milk-pro-
  duction and  sale in Nikolayev.]  Protok. Obsh. vrach. v g.
  Nikolayeve  (1893), 1894, 15-22.
 Nikolayeva (Mme. E.).
     See Riltot (Th.).  O chuvstvennol pamyati [etc.]. 8°.
  Kazan, 1895.
 NikolitSCll  (Marko)  [1867-      ].  * Ueber
  einige Abkommlinge  des p-Thymotinaldebyds.
  42 pp., 1 1.  8y  Berlin, M. Driesner, [1891].'
 Nikoljski (A. AV.)  Ueber tuberkulose Darm-
  steuoae.
     In: Samml. klin. Vortr.,  n. F., Leipz., 1903, No. 362
  (Inn. Med., No. 106, 31-75).
 Nikoloff (Dimitre).  * Contribution a  l'etude
  de hyperk6ratose phaiynge'e.  115 pp. 8°.  Ge-
  neve, 1897.
 Nikolskaya (A[nna] I[vanovna]) [1855-   ].
  Akushorstvo i  giuekologiya na tretyem syezdle
  Obshtshestva  russkikh vrachei  v pamyat N. I,
  Pirogova.   [Obstetrics  and gynecology at the
  third congress of the Society of  Russian Physi-
  cians iu Memory  of Pirogoff.]  25 pp.  8°.  S.-
  Peterburg,  Yablouski tf' Perott, 1889.
     See, also, Galanin (M. I.)  Pisma k materyam [etc.],
  8°. S.-Peterburg, 1891.
 Nikolski  (A[leksiei] I[ppolitovich])  [1860-
      ].  Shvedskaya gimnastika  i massage pri
  liechenii zhenskikh bolieznei.   [Swedish gym-
  nastics and massage in the treatment of diseases
  of women.]  18 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  Yablou-
  ski 4- Perott, 1889.
 Nikolski  (Andrei Dmitriyevich) [1856-    ].
  * Siavnitelnaya  sposobnost bakterialnavo  za-
  gryazueniya razlichnlkh materialov odyozhdl.
  [Relative  likelihood  of bacterial  soiling of
  clothes of  various materials.]  52 pp., 2 1.  8°.
  S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1894.
 Nikolski (D[mitri] P[yotrovich])  [1865-    ].
  Obzor dleyatelnosti gubernskikh syezdov zem-
  skikh vrachei.   Vipusk 1, 2 i 3.   [Review of
  the activity of Government congresses of zem-
  stvo physicians. ]   8°.  S.-Peterburg, Yablouski
  4' Perott, 1888-92.
 ------.  Oh  inflnentsie V minuvshuyu epidemiyu,
  v  svyazi s lneteorologicheskimi yavleniyami, i
  vliyanii  yeya na  smertuost voobshtshe.  [ Ou
  the recent  epidemic of influenza in  connection
  with meteorological phenomena,  aud its influ-
  ence  upon  mortality in general.]  59 pp.  8°.
  S.-Peterburg, P. 0. Yablouski, 1890.
 ------.  Nastavleniya  dlya  predokhraneniya ot
  kholerl 1  prinyatiya mler v sluchaye zabolle-
  vanya.  [Instructions how to prevent  cholera
  and  what measures  to take in case of sickness.]
  54 pp., 1 1.  16°.   S.-Peterburg, Muller 4- Bogel-
  man, 1892.
 ------.  Obozrieniye knizhek o kholerie vlshed-
  shikh  x 1892 godu.  [Review  of pamphlets on
  cholera published in  1892.]  19  pp.  12c.  S.-
  Peterburg,  1893.
    Repr. from: Selski Vestnik, 1892.
------.  O kholernoi epideinii v  1892 godu i  0
  mierakh protiv  neya v Shlissclburgskoin  pri-
  gorod. uchastkie  Peterburga.   [On  the cholera
  epidemic in 1892, and the measures against it in
  the  Schliisselburg suburb  of St. Petersburg.]
  46 pp.  8-. S.-Peterburg, 1693.
    Repr.from: J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St.
  Petersb. 
NIKOLSKI.                                  693                      NILGALAWEDDAS.
Nikolski (D[niitri] P[yotrovich])—continued.
-----.  lv voprosu ob  ospoprivanii  i  revaktsi-
  natsii uchaslitshikhsya v nachaluikh shkolakh.
  [Vaccination and revaccination of the pupils of
  elementaiv schools.]   21 pp.   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  E. Arnhol'd,  1693.
    Repr. from: San. Dielo, St. Petersb., 1893, iii.
—----.  O tabakie i vredte  yevo kureniya.   [To-
  bacco and injury from smoking.]   16  pp.  12°.
  S.-Peterburg, 1694.
—---.  Obzor rnsskikh rabot  po antropologii  za
  posliedniye tri goda.   [Review of Russian works
  on anthropology for the last three  years.]  46
  pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1694.
-----.  *Bashkiii; etnograficheskoye i sauitarno-
  antropologichcskoye izslledovauiye.  [The Bash-
  kirs;  ethnographic  and sanitary-anthropologic
  investigation.]  377 pp.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, P. P.
  Soikin,  1699.
-----.  The  same.   365 pp.   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  P. P. Soikin, 1899.
Nikolski (Pyotr [Ivauovich]) [1857-95].  Mi-
  krobl iii yadl?  Populyarniy ocherk  novn-ishikk
  otkrltiy o prichiuakh zaraznlkh bolieznei.   [ Mi-
  crobes or poisons?  Popular sketch of the latest
  discoveries concerning the causes of contagious
  diseases.]  48 pp.  8\  S.-Peterburg, 1890.
    Issued by: Russk. Bogatstvo.
    For Biography,  see Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb.,
  1895, vii,  238-241 (A. Nikolski).
Nikolski (P[yotr]  V[asilyevich]) [1855-    ].
  * Materiali k  ucheniyu o pemphigus   foliaceus
  Cazenavi.   [Data for the studv of. . .]  ii, v,
  282 pp., 1 1., 5  pl., 10 diag., 5'tab.  8°.  Kiev,
  V. I. Zavadzki. 1690.
    Repr.from: Univ. Izviestiya, Kiev, 1896.
-----.  Prichinl  kozhnlkh  bolieznei.   [Causes of
  skin diseases.]   27  pp.  8\   [Varshava, 1901.]
    Bound with .- VABSfflLV. univ. izvlest., 1901.
    See, aUo, StukovciikoflT (M. I.)  Sbornik rabot po
  terapii sifllisa [etc.]. 8°.  Varshava, 1902.
Nikolski  (8[emyon]   M[aksimovich])  [1851-
      ].   * Materiali k ucheniyu o zagryaznenii
  niikroorganizmami  kozhi  liolnlkh.   [Micro-or-
  ganisms of the  skin of patients.]  55 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  S.-Peterburg, Mme.  A.  V. Pozharova, 1693.
Nikolski (Sergei Ivanovich) [1857-    ].   *K
  voprosu o  mikroskopifheskikh  izmieneuiyakh
  lyokhochnol tkaniutoplennikov i poviesivshikh-
  sya.  [On the microscopal changes in lung tis-
  Bue after drowning  and hanging.]  22 pp., 1 1.
  6°.  S.-Peterburg, 1895.
Nikolski (Vladimir  [Ivanovich]) [1850-    ].
  Ob individualuosti po materialu iz  teoretiches-
  koi i  prakticheskoi meditsint s vvedeniyem k
  izucheniyu individualnosti.   [Individuality ac-
  cording to material from theoretical and prac-
  tical medicine, with an introduction to the study
  of individuality.]  v, 324, lxvi pp.   8°.   Var-
  shava, 1693.
-----.  O blagotvornlkh yavleuiyakh  prirodi v
  organ izmie chelovleka pri  fizi'ologicheskikh  i pa-
  tologicheskikh izmieneniyakh.   [On the benef-
  icent effects of nature on the human  organism
  in physiological and pathological changes.]  72
  pp.  8°.  Varshava,  1895.
    Repr.from: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1895.
■-----.  K voprosu o nedorazumleniyakh v medi-
  tsinie i  o  vlkhodie  iz  nikh  (opit nachalnoi
  kritiki  uieditsinskikh  nauk).   [On misunder-
  standings in medicine,  and  their explanation;
  attempt at elementary criticism of medical sci-
  ences.]   54 pp.   8°.    Varshava, 1897.
    Repr.from: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1897.
-----.  Material! k voprosu o sootnosheniyakh i
  o kolebaniyakh otpravleniy v organizmle chelo-
  vleka v svyazi  s individualnostyu  i  s indivi-
Nikolski (Vladimir [Ivanovich])—continued.
  dualizirovanulm liecheniyem; fiziologo-fannako-
  logicheskoye izslledovauiye.  [Correlations and
  fluctuations of  functions  of  the human  organ-
  ism in connection with individuality and individ-
  ualizing treatment;  physiologico-pharmacolog-
  ical investigation.]   Pt. 1.  260 pp.   8°.  [Var-
  shava,  1901.]
                    CONTENTS.
    Pt. 1. O sootnosheniyakh i o kolebaniyakh otpravleniy
  v razlichnikh chastyakh tiela.  [Correlations and fluctua-
  tions of functions in various parts of the body.] .
    Bound tvith: Vaeshav. univ. izvlest., 1901.
-----.   Ob alkoholnoni opyanienii, ob alkoholiz-
  mle i o mlerakh protiv nikh.    [Dipsomania, al-
  coholism, and preventive measures.]   303, viii
  pp.  ^c.  [Varshava, 1903. ]
    Bound with: Varshav. univ. izvlest., 1903.

Nikol§koye.
    KnrdasheVich  (K.)  Selo Nikolskoye v Yuzhno-
  Ussuriyskom kraye (kratkiy ocherk usloviy zhizni miest-
  navonaseleuiya).  [The villageof Nikolskoye, intheSouth
  Dssnrian region (short sketch of the conditions of life
  ofthe local population).]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb.,
  1898, cxcii, med.-spec, pt., 1260-1317.
Nikoiioff  (Serge  [Andreyevitch]) [1864-    ].
  * Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de  Thom-
  seu.  146 pp., 11.  8°.  Paris,  1897, No. 481.
Nikulill   (V[ladimir]  V[asilyevich])   [1856-
      ].   O  tuberkuloznom peritonitie.   [On  tu-
  berculous  peritonitis.]  1 p.  1., ii, 3-58 pp.,  1 1.
  8°.  Moskva,  1897.

Nile.
    See,  also, Egypt.
    Fitzmaurice (M.)   The  Nile reservoir,  As-
  suan.  [Also :] sluices and lock-gates of the Nile
  reservoir, Assuan, by F. W. S. Stokes.   With an
  abstract of the discussion  upou  the papers.  8°.
  London, 1903.
    Repr. from:  Inst. Civ. Eng.   Abstr. papers in  for.
  Trans. & Period., Lond., 1902-3, clii.
    Means (T. H.)  The Nile reservoir dam at  As-
  suan.  8°.   Washington, 1902.
    Cutting from: Forestrv &. Irrigation, "Wash., 1902, viii,
  491-498. '
    ------.   The Delta barrage.  8°.   Washington,
  1903.
    Cutting from: Forestry & Irrigation, Wash., 1903, ix,
  79-84.
    Badaloni (6.)  Le acque del Nilo e 1' aria delle princi-
  pal! citta dell' Egitto studiate in rapporto alia igiene.
  Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s., xi, 5-38.—(Climate
  (The) ofthe  Upper Nile; a summary  of the available evi-
  dence concerning  the health conditions of the Bahr-el-
  Gebel.  [Edit.]  Climate, Lond., 1905, vi, 274-286.—Men-
  noch  (F. H.)   Die agyptische Bodenbewasserung; zur
  Vollendung  des grossen  Nilstauwerkes.  [From: Post,
   1902, July 28.]  Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Leipz., 1902, xxv, 318.
Nile Reservoir Works.   Assuan.  Hospital report.
  July,  1900, to June, 1902.   11 pp., 1 plan.   fol.
  London, R. J. Cook 4" Hammond, [1902].

Nile-blueo
    iVlichacli» (L.) Ueber einige  Eigenschaften der  Nil-
  blanbase.  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904, ci,  183-
  190.
Niles (Edward S.)  Dental phosphor6ueses,  or
  caries.  8 pp.  h°.   [Buffalo, 1886].
    Repr.from: Indepeud. Pract., Buffalo, 1886, vii.
    See, also. Present (The) relation of dentistry to medi-
  cine, etc.  8°.  Chicago, 1887.
Niles (H[arry] D.)   Surgical  conception of peri-
  tonitis.  16 pp.   12°.  Lincoln, Neb., 1898.
    Repr.from: West. M. Kev.,  Lincoln, Neb., 1898, iii.
-----.   Surgical diseases of the  sigmoid.  13  pp.
  12°. New  York, A. R. Elliott Co., 1904.
    Repr.from: N. Tork M. J. [etc.], lxxx, N. Y. & Phila.,
  1904.
Nil^alawedclas.
    Kiitimeyer (L.) Die  Nilgalaweddas in  Ceylon.
  Globus, Brnschwg., 1903, Ixxxiii, 201; 220; 260. 
N1L0T0N1A.
694
N1PPERDEY.
AiIoIoiiim.                          .
    Thor (S.)  Eine nene Milbengattung, Nilotonia n. g.
  von K Nord.-nskiold als Teutonia loricata Nordenskiold
  beschrieheu. Zool. Anz., Leip/.., 1905, xxvin. 806.
Nilssoil (Emil).   Kaserulit'vet  och vara varn-
  pliktige.  Eu hygienisk fraga fiir dagen.  [Bar-
  rack life and our "recruits.   A hygienic question
  of to-day.]  45 pp.   12.   Stockholm, L. Halso-
  rdnnen, [ 1903].
NilSSOli (Lars).  * Bidrag till den crouposapnen-
  moniens statistik och .-ti.dogi.  [Contribution to
  the statistics and etiology of  croupous pneu-
  monia.]    161  pp.   J"'.   Lund,[E. Malmstvbm,
  16\ C.'].
NilSSOli (N.  A.)   Sjukdomarnes Classihkation
  (classes morborum).   156 pp., 1 1.  8~.  Orebro,
  Ldnstidningen, 1*9H.
NilSSOli (Sven).  The primitive inhabitants ot
  Scandinavia.  An  essay ou comparative ethnog-
  raphy, and a contributiou to the history of the
  development of mankind.  Containing a descrip-
  tion of the implements, dwellings, tombs, and
  mode of living of the savages  in the north of
  Europe during the stone age.   Trausl. from his
  own manuscript.  Edited and with an introduc-
  tion by Sir .lohn Lubbock.   3. ed.   lv, 272 pp.,
  15 pl.   8°.  London, Longman [and others], 1868.
NilllS (Lucien) [1875-     ].  *Des abces c6re"-
  branx  d'origine otique.  110  pp.,  3  pl.  8°.
  Nancy, 1901,  No. 1.

Nimegueii.
     See Small-pox (History, etc.,  of), by localities.

Ninies.
     See, also,  Cholera (History,  etc., of), Hospi-
  tals  (Descriptions,  etc., of), Leprosy  (History,
  etc., of), Pest (History, etc., of), by localities.
     Refuge (Le) et La familie de Nlmes.   [Rap-
  port annuel du comity. ]  27., 1883-4.  8°.  N'tmes,
  166 i.
     Moiitricher.  Assainissement de Nimes.  Congres
  d'assaiu. et de salub. 1895, Par., 1897,  i, 272-279.
Nimier (H[euri]) [W>7-    ].  Histoire chirur-
  gicale de  la guerre au Tonkin et a Formose (1883-
  5).  178 pp.  8°.  Paris,  G. Masson, 1669.
-----.  Blessures du crane et de l'encephale par
  coup de feu.   2 p. 1., 624 pp.  8°.  Paris, F. Al-
  can, 1904.
     See,also,C'hauvel(Jiiles-F.-M.)&Niinier(H.) Traite
   pratique de chirurgie d'armee. 8D.  Paris, 1890. ----.
   Nimier, Breton <fc Pchiiic.  Recherches exp6rimen-
   tales [etc.]. 8°.  Paris, 1888.
 -----&. Despagnet (F.)  Traite" el6mentaire
   d'ophtalmologie.  viii, 944  pp.  8C.  Paris, F.
   Alcan, 1894.
        & Laval (fid.)  Lesexplosifs, les poudres
et les projectiles d'exercice, leur action et leurs
effets vniuerants.   192  pp.   12°.   Paris,  F.
Alcan, 1899.
             Les projectiles des armes de guerre,
Nilliptsclft  (Ulrich  Sii/ismttnd)  [ 1G72-
  1721)].
    Graetzer (J.)   [Biography.]  Inhis: Lebensbilder
  hervorrag. schles. Aerzte, 8°, Bresl., 1889, 209.
Ni III sell  (Oswald)  [1859-     ].   "Beitrag zur
  Casuistik der Geschwiilste au der Portio vagi-
  nalis uteri.  44 pp.  8J.  Greifswald, J. Abel, 1666.
Nina Rodl'igues (Raymundo).  * Das amyo-
  trophia* de origem peripherica.   103 pp.   4J.
  Rio de Janeiro, Laemmert 4" Co., 1687.
         Negres criminels au Bresil.   8 pp.  « .
  leur actiou vulne"iaute.  212 pp.   12°.  Paris, F.
  Alcan, 1899.
-------------.  Les amies blanches, leur action et
  leurs effets vulnerants.  488 pp.   12°.  Paris, F.
  Alcan, 1900.
-------------.  De l'iufectionen chirurgie d'arniee;
  evolution des blessures de guerre.  400 pp.  12°.
  Paris, F. Alcan, 1900.
-----------.  Traitement des blessures de guerre.
  1 p. 1., 522 pp.  12°.  Paris, F. Alcan, 1901.
Nimier (L6on) [1870-     ].  * De  la seroth6-
 * rapie dans les conjonctivites pseudo - meinbra-
  ueuses.   48 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1896, No. 394.
-----.  The same.  46 pp.  8°.   Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1896.
Niuiino (P.).
    See Bwnni-d (Charles). Over het gebruick van arse-
  nigzuur [etc.J.  8°.  Tiel, 1866.
 [Turin, Camilla4' Batolero], 1895.
   Repr.from: Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1895, xvi.
-----.  Des conditions  psychologiques du depe-
 cage crimiuel.  29  pp.   b-\  Lyon, A.H. Siorck,
 1696.
   Repr.from: Arch, d'anthrop. crini., Lyon & Par., 1898,

       L'animisine  fiStichiste des ne"gres de Ba-
  hia.   vii, 158 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Bahia (Bre'sil), Reis
  4 Comp., 1900.
Niuaud (Lucieu) [1866-    ].   'Contribution
  a l'elude de l'hydropisie aigue de  l'amnios, et
  de sou traitement.  70 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1893, No.
  149.
Ninck.  Quelques  considerations sur la denti-
  tion,  la conservation et le remplacement  des
  dents.  13 pp.   12-\  Nice, C. Cauvin, 1862.
Ninco Nanco.
    Bianchi (Q.)   Eziologia di Ninco-Nanco.  Arch, di
  psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1903, xxiv, 521-525.
Nine  medical  songs.   Words by J. Blumfield,
  G. C. Ransome, aud  F.  H.   The music  com-
  posed bv C. N. Chadborn.   42 pp.   8Y   [Lon-
  don, 1899.]
Ningpo.
    See Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
Ninni (Giovanni).  Compendio di medicina ope-
  ratoria.  Guida agli  esami  per gli  student!  di
  medicina  e chirurgia.   viii, 304 pp.  12c.  Na-
  poli, V. Pasquale, [1898].
Ninilin [ Henri] [1722-1800].
    See C'elsiiM ( Aurelius Cornelius).  Traduction dea
  ouvrages [etc.].  12°.  Paris, 1753.
Ninth Ward Association of the Philadelphia So-
  ciety for  Organizing Charity.   See  Philadel-
  phia Society  for  Organizing Charity.   Ninth
   Ward Association.
Niola (Raffaele).  Anestesia chirurgica.  39 pp.
  P2C.  Napoli, 1901.
Nion (Hermann) [1864-    ].  *Zur Therapie
  der  Exfrauteringraviditat.   29  pp., 1 1.  8y
  Berlin,  G.  Schade, [1889],
Nioi't.
     See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc.,  of), Insane
  (Asylumsfor, Descriptions, etc., of),  by localities.
Niort  (Louis).  * Contribution  a  Pdtude  des
  hemarthroses  spoutanees.  56  pp.   vJ.  Paris,
  1902, No. 56.
 Niot (Georges).  *De la torsion du  pSdicule dea
  kystes dermoides  de l'ovaire droit;  diagnostic
   avec l'appendicite.   59 pp.   8-.  Paris, 1901,
   No. 647.
 Nipa.
     La Billardiere  (H.)  Memoire sur le  pal-
   mier Nipa.  4°.  [n. p., 1818.]
 Nippen (Job.)  "Beitrage zur Schutzimpfung.
   Ueber den Verlauf der Aspergillus-Mykose  nach
   voraufgegangener einmaliger  Infection,  unter
   besonderer Beriicksichtigung der iunereu  Oi-
   gane.  34  pp., 1  1.   8°.   Bonn,  J.  Bach  Uue.,
   1888                                       ^'
  Nipperdey   (Ludwig).    *Durchbruch   dea
   Wurmfortsatzes im 93. Lebensjahre.  31 pp.
   my  Jena, G.  Neuenhahn, 1893. 
NIPPLES.                                       695                                      NIPPLES.
Nipples.
    See, also. Breast in pregnancy, etc.
    Delmas' (P.)  Memoire sur l'anatomie et  la j
  pathologie du mamelon dans leurs rapports avec
  rallaitement.  8°.   Bordeaux, 1600.
    Mombeuger  ( H.)  'Untersuchungen  iiber
  Sitz, Gestalt nnd Farbung der Brustwarze, nebst
  eini'^en  Bemerkungen iiber  die Contractions-
  fahigkeit  des Warzenhofes und iiber die in dem-
  selbeu eingelagerten Talgdriisen.  12°.   Giessen,
  1600.
    Sttjckmaxx (D.)   * Experinientelle  und his-
  tologische Uutersuchungeu iiber die Regenera-
  tion der weiblichen Mammilla.   8C.  Bonn, 1869.
    Ranch  (K.) Zur Anatomie uud Physiologie der Brust-
  warze.  Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1893,  xliv, 15-54, 2 pl.—
  Eggeling (H.)   Ueber die Driisen des Warzenhofes
  beim Mensehen.  Jenaisehe Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1904,
  xxxix. 423-444.—liellier (J. B.) On the nipple reflex.
  Brit, M. J., Lond., 1890, ii, 1377.—Kirchuer (A.)  Ueber
  die Lage  der Brnstwarze und  das  Lageverhaltnis der
  Herzspitze zur linken  Brustwarzeulinie.  Anat. Hefte,
  Wiesb.. 1898, x. 345-414.—Ribbert.   Ueber die Regene-
  ration der Mammilla, nebst Bemerkungen iiber ihre Ent-
  wickelung.  Arch. f. mikr. Auat., Bonn, 1891, xxxvii, 139-
  158. 1 pl.—Slemons (J. M.)  An improved nipple-shield.
  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 433.

 Nipples (Abnormities  of).
     See,  also,  Breast  (Abnormities  of);  Breast
  (Male, Abnormities  of).
     Hoepfner  (L.)    * Ueber  Vorkommen  und
  mikroskopiscbes Verhalteu  uberzahliger  Brust-
   warzen beim Meuschen,  besonders  beim Manne.
   ?-.  Jena, 1699.
     All wort by (S. W.)   Supernumerary nipple.  Tr. Roy.
   Acad.  M.  Ireland, Dubl.. 1903,  xxi, 306.  Also: Brit.M.
   J., Lond., 1903, ii, 360.—Bonnet-L>abor«lerie (A.)  Un
   cas de bifldite congenitale du mamelon.  J. d. sc. m6d. de
   Lille, 1905, ii, 5-9.—Rouffe de Saint-Rlaiae (G.)  Un
   cas d'imperforation des mamelons.  Compt. rend. Soc.
   d'obst., de gvn6c. et de paediat. de Par., 1903, v, 191—Re
   Blasio  (A.)  Polimastia  perivulvare.   Riv. mens,  di
   psichiat. forense. Napoli, 1904, vii. 177-180.—Carraway
   (E. C. F.)  Supernumerary nipples. South African M.  J.,
   Cape Town, 1895-6. iii, 202,  1 pl—Gottwald (G.) Ein
   Fall von Polythelie. Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz. u.
   Berl.,  1903, xxix. Yin.— Huriez (C.)   Note sur deux cas
   d'hypertheliecliezl huinme. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900,
   iv, 327.—Iwai (T.i  Znr Hvperthelie.  [Japanese text.]
   Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu'Tokyo,  1900, xiv, 466-474.—
   Kantor (W. L.)  A supernumerary nipple.  Med. Rec,
   N. T.,  1898, liv, 456.—.Marshall (B.)  Case  of supernu-
   merary nipples in the groin of a primipara (illustrated  by
   photographs), with a generallvcontracted flat  pelvis.  Tr.
   Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soc..  1896-8, i, 57.   Also.- Glas-
   gow M. J., 1898, xlix,  290.—Miller (N. F.)   Sluchai  po-
   litelii.  [Polythelia.J  Trudi obsh. dletsk. vrach., Mosk.,
   1894-5,  iii, 39-44.—Salt (E.  G.)  Supernumerary nipple.
   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i. 509.—Sato  (K.)  | A case of
   polymastia. I  Koseikwan Iji Kenkyu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo,
   1895. ii, nos. 11 <fc 12, 16-20.—Sharp (E. W.)  Case of  su-
   pernumerary  nipple.   Brit.  M.  J.,  Lond., 1903, l, 16.—
   Spencer (W. G.) Spheroidal-celled carcinoma, having
   the characters of a rodent ulcer growing from sweat-glands,
   arising in a so-called  supernumerary nipple.  Tr. Path.
   Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, lii, 70-72.—Yarrow (T. J.), .jr.   An
   adult male with four nipples.  N. York M. J., 1898 lxvii,
   649.—Yoshinaga (T.)  Zur Hypennastie.  Ztschr.  d.
   med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 433-436.

 Nipples  (Cancer of).
     See, also, Nipples (Eczema of) [etc.'].
     IVIandry  (G)  Primares Carcinom der  Brustwarze;
   Beitr. z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1893, x, 231-240.-Monri
   (K.)  [Two cases of cancer of the nipple in male children.
   Chiba Igaku kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 19ol, no. 48, 4-12.—Weil
   (J.)  Ein  primares Carcinom  der Mamilla.  Prag. med.
   Wchnsehr., 1893, xviii, 81.   "

 Nipples  (Depressed).
     Doat  (J.)   *Des difficult^  de  Fallaitemeut
   provenant de la forme  du mamelon, et des mo-
   yens d'y  rem6dier.   4°.   Paris, 1888.
     Herman (G. E.)   Kehrer's  operation for depressed
   nipple.  Lancet,  Lond., 18s!».  ii, 12— Kehrer  (F.  A.)
   Ueber Excision des Warzenhofa bei Hohlwarzen.  In his:
   Beitr. z.  klin. n. exper. Geburtsh.  ii. Gynak., Giessen,
   1879-90,  ii, 327-331.—.Marx (S.)  Care and treatment of
   the nipple in the gravid and puerperal state.   Med. Kev.,
   N. Y.  1893,  xliii, 170.  Also,  Reprint.—Wallace  (A.)
   Depressed nipples.  Lancet, Lond.,  1889,  ii, 239. —von
Nipples  (Depressed).
  Wild (C.)  Ein eiufaches Mittel zur Korrektion eingezo-
  gener Brustwarzeu. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1894,
  xviii, 1123.

Nipples  (Diseases of).
    See, also, Nipples  (Cancer of);  Nipples (De-
  pressed); Nipples (Eczema of), [etc.]; Nipples
  (Fissures of); Nipples (Tumors of).
    Ditumar (E.-T.)   * [Essai sur les maladies du
  mamelon.]   4°.   Strasbourg, 1841.
    Allen  (C. W.)   A case of chancre of the nipple.  J.
  Cutan. &  Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1899,  xvii,  187. Dm
  Castel & Nocton.  Gangrene du mamelon d'origine
  probablement  pheniquee. Bull. Soc. franc, de derinat. et
  syph., Par., 1904, xv, 28.  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
  Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 7;!.— Jacobseus (H.  C.)  Paget's dis-
  ease.  Verhandl. d. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med.  1904,  Stock-
  holm,  1905, v, 121.—Kiknti  <K.)  &  Sato (K.)   [Two
  cases of Bezold's inflammation of the nipples.]  Dai Nip-
  pon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1901, vii, 627-
  631.—liichtenberg.  Operirter  und geheilter Fall von
  Mastalgie (Warzenfortsatzneuralgie).   Pest, med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 913-915.—Ulitropolshi (I.)
  Chloral-hydrat v bolleznyakh sokov u  kormyashtshikh
  grudyu z'henshtshin.  [. . .  in diseases ofthe  nipples in
  nursing women.)   J. akush. i jensk. boliez.,  St. Petersb.,
  1888, ii, 892-896.—Stumpf.  Aetiologie des  sogenannten
  Herpes areolaris  mauiinae.  Sitzungsb.  d. Gesellsch.  f.
  Gynak. in Miiuchen (1887-8), 1889, ii,  23-25.—Vincent
   (R.)  A case of gangrene of both nipples occurring in the
  puerperiuin.   Lancet,  Lond., 1902,  i, 962.— Wessinger
   (J. A.) Complete  sloughing of both nipples.  Internat.
   J. Surg.,  N. Y., 1901, xiv, 122.

 Nipples (Eczema of)  [and sequent carci-

   noma—Pagefs disease].
     Fisse  (P.)  * Contribution a l'etude  de l'6pi-
  theliouiatose de Paget.   6\   Toulouse,  1897.
     Wickiiam (L.)   *  Contribution  a  l'6tude des
   psorospermoses  cutanees  et de certaines formes
   de cancer, maladie de la peau dite  maladie  de
   Paget.   4°.   Paris, 1890.
     Aleock (R.) A case of Paget's disease of  the nipple
   occurring in  a young  subject.   Lancet, Lond.,  1901, ii,
   847.__Anderson (M'C.) Case of Paget's disease of the
   nipple.  Glasgow M. J., 1892, xxxviii,  132-134.—Assel-
   bergs.   Un cas de maladie de Paget.  Presse nied. beige,
   Brux., 1905, lvii, 1050.— Audry (C.)  Note sur un cas de
   maladie de Paget (dermatito erosive du  mamelon sur car-
   cinose du sein).  Bull.  Soc. franc, de  dermat. et  syph.,
   Par., 1896, vii, 350-354.   Also: Ann. de dermat. et  syph.,
   Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 644-649.—Rauby.  Un cas de maladie
   de  Paget.  Toulouse  med., 1902,  2. s.,  iv, 65-67.  Also:
   ficho m6d., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 161-163.—Reausse-
   net (M.) St Render (X.)  Un cas de maladie de Paget
   du mamelon.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii,
   419-423.—Renjamina (C. E.)  Een geval van Paget's
   disease of  the nipple.  Nederl.  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.,
   Amst., 1898, 2. R., xxxiv, d.  1, 914-926,  1 pL—Bowlby
   (A.  A.)  Thirteen cases of Paget's disease of  the nip-
   ple, with special reference to the causation of the  malady
   by  psorosperms.   Med.-Chir. Tr.,  Lond., 1890-91, lxxiv,
   341-366,  1 pl. —Chambers (T.)  Eczema of the nip-
   ple in both breasts.   Tr.  Obst. Soc. Lond. (1880), 1881,
   xxii, 266-269.—Chlenoff (M. A.)  O Paget'ovol boliezni.
   [Paget's  disease  of  the nipple. ]  Khirurgia,  Mosk.,
   1903,  xiv, 339-382.— Clarke (J. J.)   A note  on two
   cases of Paget's  disease of the skin.   Tr.  Path. Soc.
   Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 219.—Clejat & Espinasse. Ma-
   ladie de  Paget.   J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv,
   418.__Darier (J.)  Sur une nouvelle forme de psoro-
   spermose cutan6; la  maladie de Paget du mamelon.
   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1889,  9. s.,  i, 294-297.
   _____Maladie  do  Paget.  Mus. de  l'Hop.  St.-Louis.
   Iconog.  d.  mal. cutan.  et syph., Par., [1897?],  247-258.
   Also • Pict. Atlas Skin  Dis. & Syph. ... St. Louis Hosp..
   Loud.; Phila., 1895-7, 223-232, 1 pl.—Delbet  (P.)  Mala-
   die de Paget.  Trait6 de chir. (Duplay et Reclus). 2. ed.,
   Par., 1898, v, 870-^74.— Diday (P.) Nonvelles contribu-
   tionsI a- la maladie de  I'ayet.  Lyon med., 1890, lxiv, 579;
   612.—Dubois - Ilavenith.  Coupes  histologiques de
   deux cas de maladie de  Paget.  Soc. beige de dermat. etde
   syph.  Bull., Brux., 1901, i, 57-60.—Dubreuilh (W.)  Un
   cas de maladie du sein de Paget. Mem. et hull.  Soc. de
   med. etchir. de Bordeaux (1892),  1893, 647-652.—Du Cas-
   tcl.  Maladie de Paget.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et
   syph., Par., 1895, vi, 373. Aslo: Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
   Par., 1895, 3.  s., vi, 1015.—Riihring (L. A.)  Two cases
   of "Paget's disease of the nipple ". Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,
   1883, n.  s., lxxxvi, 116-120.   Also, Reprint.—Ehrhardt
    (0)' Ueber Paget's disease.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.,
    Leipz., 1899,  liv, 130-143, 2 pl.—Elliot (G. T.)  A case of
    Paget's disease treated  with fuchsin.  J. Cutan. & Genito- 
NIPPLES.
696
NIPPLES.
Nipples (Eczema  of) [and  sequent carci-

  noma—Paget" s disease].
  Urin. Dis., X. V., 18H2. x. 272-279.— Fabry (J.) & Trail 1-
  ninun  (H.)   Beitriige  zur  Paget sela-n Erkrankiing.
  Arcb. f. Dermat. n.  Ss ph.. Wien u.  Leipz., 1904, lxix, 37-
  04, 1 pl.—Foiirnieri  A propos de la maladie de Paget
  oonsideree comme manifestation de  syphilis h£r6ditaire
  tardive.  Bull med., Par., 1903, xvii, 301-304.—Gaucher
  ic RoHtniuc.  Maladie  osseuse de Paget amelioree par
  le traitement antisyphilitique. Bull. Soc. franc, de der-
  mat. et syph., Par..  1904,  xv, 125-127.  AUo:  Ann. de der-
  mat. et syph.. Par.,  1904, 4. s.. v. 329-331.—«risel & Sal-
  ■non (P.")  Un  cas de maladie de Paget. Bud. Soc. franc.
  de dermat. et  syph., Par.,  1*98, ix,  418-421.   Also: Aun.
  de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 1126-1129.—Hal-
  lopeau. Maladie  de Paget.  Ann. de dermat. et  syph.,
  Par. 1889, 2. s.,  x, 21G-J19. Also: Reunions clin. de l'Hop.
  St.-Louis.  C. r.. Par.,  1888-9, 62-65.—Hanland (II. C.)
  & Rabcock (W. W.), jr.   A case  of  Paget's disease of
  the nipple of thirteen years' duration  not  showing carci-
  nomatous involvement  of  the mammary gland.  Proc.
  Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9,  n. s., ii, 135-140.—Hertzog (M.)
  A case of Paget's disease  (malignant papillary dermatitis).
  Medicine. Detroit, 1899, v, 44.-455.  AUo, Reprint.—Hir-
  kcIk-I (G )  Ueber  Paget'sche Krankheit (Paget's disease
  of the nipple).   Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena,
  1005, vii.  Suppl., 573-586.—Hume.   Paget's disease of
  the nippio and breast.  Rep. Proc. Northumb. Sc Durham
  M. Soc., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1890-91,17-19.—Hutchin-
  son (J.), jr.  Psorosperms in chronic  eczema of  breast
  (Paget's disease).  Tr. Path. Soc.  Lond.. 1889-90, xii. 214-
  219, 1 1., 1 pl.  Also  [Abstr.]: Brit. M.  J.,  Loud.,  1890,  i,
  664.  -----. On Paget's disease of the breast.  Proc. Roy.
  M.  & Chir.  Soc.  Lond.,  1890-91, 3. s.,  iii, 147-150.  Also
  f Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond.,  1890,  i, 649.—Jackson (G. T.)
  A case of Paget's disease  of the nipple.  J. Cutan. & Gen-
  ito-Urin. Dis., N. T., 1896, xiv, 428-437.  [Discussion], 443-
  445.  AUo, Reprint.  -----.  A case of  Paget's disease of
  the nipple [with pathological report by O. H. Schultze].
  J. Cutan. Dis. inch  Syph., N. Y.,  1903,  xxi, 201-208. 2 pl.
  AUo, Reprint.—Jacobaeus ( n.  C. ) Paget's disease
  und  sein  Verhaltniss zum  Milchdriisenkarzinom. Vir-
  chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, clxxviii,
  124-142,  1 pl. —Juagmaiiii (A.)  & Pollitzer (I.)
  Ueber Paget's  disease,  ein  kliniseh-therapeutischer
  Beitrag.   Dermat.  Ztschr.,  Berl.,  1904,  xi,  391-407.—
  Kollarita (B.)  Paget-k6r 6s carcinoma mamma) esete
  ferfiual.  [A case of Paget's disease and  . . . in a man.]
  Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1904-ik 6vi  tivkonvve, Budapest,
  1904,163.  AUo: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904,xlviii, 725.—
  Krogius (A.)  Bidrag till kiinnedomen om Paget's dis-
  ease of the nipple.   [Contribution to the knowledge of. ..]
  Finska liik.-sallsk. handl.. Helsingfors,  1904, xlvi, 55-75, 1
  pl.   Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904,
  lxxx, 105-185, 2  pl.—JLacaille  (E.)  Sur un cas de mala-
  die de Paget familial.  Bull. off. Soc. franc. d'61ectrotb6r.,
  Par., 1901, viii, 199-202.—Larini (S.)  Contribuzione alle
  psorospermosi cutanee; un caso di morbo di Paget. Com-
  ment, clin. d. mal. cutan.  e gen.-urin., Siena, 1894, 2. s., 112 j
  173, 2 pl.—Lawnon (G.) Excision of breast in intracta-
  ble  eczema of the  nipple.   Lancet, Lond., 1881, i, 915.—
  Lindt (R.)  Ueber Paget's Krankheit.   Mitth. a. Klin.
  u. med. Inst. d.  Schweiz,  Basel  u. Leipz., 1895, 2. R., 491-
  530,  1 pl. Also, Reprint.— Ludlam,  Paget's nipple.
  Clinique,  Chicago.  1893,  xiv, 116.—IUacalliini (A. B.)
  Note on  the diagnosis, by  means of  the  microscope, of
  Paget's disease of the nipple aud breast.  Canad. Pract.,
  Toronto,  1890, xv, 472-474. — OTacewen (J. A. C.)  Pag-
  et's disease of the  nipple.   Glasgow M. J., 1904, lxi, 139-
  141. — IVIansuroflT. O psorospermozle kozhi, inollyuskle
  kozhi i Paget'ovoi boliezni soskov.  [Psorospermosis mol-
  luscnm of the skin and  Paget's disease of the nipples.]
  Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. vpam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk.,
  1892, iv, 115-117.—IMasland (H. C.)  A caseof Pallet's dis-
  ease of the breast, of thirteen years' duration, not showing
  carcinomatous involvement ofthe mammary gland,  with a
  pathologic report bv W.  Wavne Babcock," jr.  Internat.
  M.  Mag., N. Y., 1899. viii, 81-87— iUalzenauer (R.)
  Paget's disease.  Monatsh.  f.  prakt.  Dermat., Hamb.,
  1902, xxxv, 205-213,  1 pl.—Meek (E. R.)  A case of Pag-
  et's disease of the nipple treated by the  X-ray.  Boston M.
  & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 668.— Vleneau.   Un cas de maladie
  de Paget.  Mem. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bor-
  deaux (1895). 1896, 483-485.— Tlilligan (W. A.)  Paget's
  disease   Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1901-2. Loud., 1903,
  137.—irliiin-o (R.)  Paget'sdiseaseofthe nipple. Glasgow
  M.J, 1881, xvi, 342-349.  Also, Reprint.—>< Lain (L.)
 Adatok a PagetfiMe  betegs6g isnieretehez.  [Contributions
  to the knowledge of Paget's disease.]  Orvosi  hetil.. Buda-
  pest, 1897, xii. 208.  Also, transl.:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,
  Budapest, 1897.  xxxiii. 912.— O'Neill  (H.)  Report of a
  case of Paget'sdiseaseofthe right nipple followed seven
  years after its first appearance by carcinoma of the breast;
  removal of the  breast by operation;  recurrence  of carci-
  noma in  right  arm and  axilla and liver seven  months
  after the operation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i, 846-848.—
  Paeinotti (G.)  Contributo alio studio della patologia
Nipples  (Eczema of) [and sequent carci-

   noma—Paget"s disease).
   chirurgica delle  terminazioni nervose  nella  mammella.
   Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1888, xii, 375-393,  1 pl._
   Polland.   [Fall vou  Paget's  disease  an der Mamma.]
   Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1905, xlii, 40-
   42— Pospeloflf (A. I.)  Morbus Pageti;  Paget's disease
   of the nipple.  Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1891, xv, 119.—
   Ravogli (A.)   Paget's  disease.  Atti d. xi. (Jong. med.
   internaz. 1894. Roma, 1895, v. dermat., 78-82. — Kemy (I.)
   & Vnuderlindcn.  Psorospermose du sein, ou muladio
   de Paget.  Ann.  Soc. do  m6d.  de Gand.  1890, lxix, 244-
   251.— Repetto (N.)  Eufermedad de Paget.  An. d.Circ.
   nied. argent., Buenos Aires, 18!)7, xx, 281. — Kibberl (IL)
   Ueber den Pagetkrebs.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.  Leipz
   u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1218-1220.  Also:  Report, d.  prakt!
   Med., Leipz., 1905, i, 443. — Riegner.  Ein  typischer
   Kail  von Paget'scher Brustdiiisenerkrankung.  Jahresb.
   d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1897,  Bresl., 1898, lxxv,
   1. Abt., med. Sect., 7. — Rossi  (E.)  Contribuzione alio
   studio del morbo di Paget  della cute.  Gior. d. Ass.  napol.
   di med. e nat., Napoli, 1893-4, iv, 377-390, 1 1., 2 pl.—Snx-
   torph (S.)   Paget's disease.  Med.  Aarsskr., Kjobenh
   1892,  182-191.—Schambacber  (A.) Anatomisches iiber
   Paget's disease of the nipple.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir
   Leipz.,  1905,  lxxx,  332-353. — af Schulten (M. W.)  6
   "Paget's disease of the  nipple", jamte meddelande af ett
   typiskt och hoggradigt fall af namnda sjukdom. [Sur la
   maladie de la mamelle de Paget, avec communication d'un
   cas typique et tres d6velopp6 de cette  affection.  C. r.]
   Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1893, n. F., iii, 2. Hft., 1-15,
   2 pl.  AUo, transl.: Arch. f. klin. Chir.,  Berl., 1894  xlviii
   917-931, 1 pl.—Shoemaker (J.  V.)  Paget's disease,  j'.
   Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis.. N. Y., 1895, xiii, 208-215.  AUo,
   Reprint.—Snow (H. L.)  Tbe diaguosis of Paget's dis-
   ease of the  nipple.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1882, ii, 1206.—
   Slower* (J. H.)  Paget's disease  of  the nipple.  Tr.
   Dermat. Soc. Gr.  Brit. .  . . Lond., 1901-2, viii, 19. — Sven-
   tnitski  (V. A.)  Tipicheskiy sluchai boliezni Paget'a.
   [Typical case of Paget's  disease.]  Laitop. russk. chir.,
   S.-Peterb., 1897, ii. 43-49,  2 pL —Swolfs (O.)  Ce  qu'on
   entend par maladie de  Paget.   Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du
   Brabant, Brux., 1902, xii, 12-17.  Also: Presse m6d. beige,
   Brux., 1902, liv, 18-24.—Temple (J. A.)  Paget's disease
   of the nipple. Dominion  M. Month., Toronto, 1901, xvii,
   299.—Towle (H. P.) Paget's disease of the nipple.  J.
   Cutan. Dis. inch  Syph., N. Y., 1906, xxiv,  27-29.—Tsch-
   lenoflf(M. A.)  Ueberdie I'aget'scbeKrankheit (Paget's
   disease of the nipple).  Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xii,
   91; 237; 293. — Wickhaiu (L.)  Anatomie pathologique
   et nature de la maladie  de Paget du mamelon.  Arch, de
   med. exp6r.  et d'anat.  path., Par.,  1890,  ii, 46-61, 2 pl.
   AUo [Abstr.]: Cong,  internat.  de dermat.  et  de  Syph.
   C. r. 1889, Par., 1890, 385-390.  AUo [Rev.]: Ann. de  der-
   mat.  et syph., Par., 1890, 3. s.,  i, 44; 138.—Zieler (K.)
   Ueber die unter dem Namen Paget's disease of the  nipple
   bekannte Hantkrankheit uud ihre Beziehungen zum Kar-
   zinom.  Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904,
   xvii, 293-316, 1 pl.

Nipples  (Fissure of).
    Schelchzkr (E.)   * Ueber die Fissuren  der
   Brustwarzen und deren Einfluss auf die Eruah-
   ruiig des Neugeboreuen.  8°.   Bern, 1881).
    Teisseire (L.)   Traitement dea  gercures et
   crevasses du sein par l'ortboforme.   8°.  Paris,
   1899.
    Audebert.  Traitement des  erosions du mamelon par
   le st6resol.  Arch, de gyn£c. et de tocol., Par., 1896, xxiii,
   352-357.—Ralzer (F.)  &. rlichanx.  Crevasses chan-
   criformes des mamelons.  Bull.  Soc. franc, de dermat. et
   syph., Par., 1897, viii, 437.  Also:  Ann. de dermat. etsyph.,
   Par., 1897, 3. s.,  viii, 1271.—Rleehmann (J.)  Traite-
   ment des gergures, crevasses et lissures du mamelon, vul-
   gairement bout de sein, chez les fenimes allaitant au mo-
   yen  de  la  baudruche.  J. d. mal.  cutan. et syph.. Par.,
   1889-90, i, 299-304.   Also  : Rev. obstet. et gynec, Par.,
   1890, vi, 56-61.—Rlondel (R.)   Traitement des crevasses
   du mamelon par l'orthoforme.  Bull. gen. deth6rap. [etc.],
   Par., 1900, cxxxix, 331-333—Rrickner (S. M.)  Fissured
   nipples; prophylaxis and treatment. Am. Therapist, N.
   Y., 1902-3, xi, 21.—C'livio (I.) Escoriazioni e ragadi delle
   mammelle e  loro cura coll' ortoformio.   Arte ostet., Mi-
   lano, 1899, xiii,  241-246. — Guidi (G.)   Patogenesi, pro-
   tilassi e terapia  delle ragadi dei eapezzoli.   Riv. di clin.
   pediat., Firenze, 1904, ii, 410-417.—Kehrer (F. A.) Ent-
   stehung und Prophylaxe der wunden Brustwarzen.  In
   his: Beitr. z. klin. u. exper. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Giessen,
   1879-90, ii, 57-75.—Mabbott (J. M.) The prevention  of
   sore nipples.  N.York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 371.—le Ulaire
   (M.)  Zur Behandlung  der Papilla tissurata.  Centralbl.
   f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1899, xxiii,  978. -  llaygrier.  Treat-
   ment of fissures of the nipples by orthoforin.  Med. Press
   &Circ. Lond., 1899,  u. s.,  lxvii, 84.—,tlaygrier (C.) &
   Rlondel (R.)   Traitement des crevasses du mamelon 
NIPPLES.                                      697                                 NIRVANINE.
Nipples (Fissure of).
  par l'orthoforme.  Rev.  prat, d'obst. et de gyn6c, Par.,
  1898, xiv, 308-315.  AUo : Rev. de therap. lnod.'-chir., Par.,
  1898, lxv, 797-801.   AUo, transl. ■  Kev. obst. internat., Tou-
  louse, 1808, iv, 279. — Vloiinicr.   Traitemeut  des  cre-
  vasses du  sein par le gaiacol.  J. de med. et chir. prat.,
  Par.,1895,lxvi,809.—Oui (M.)  Quelques resultats de l'em-
  ploi de l'orthoforme dans les gercures du mamelon.  Bull.
  Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1900, 2. s., iv, 172-175.
  AUo: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1900,  n.  s., v,  521.
  -----Les gercures du mamelon; prophvlaxie et traite-
  ment.  fichomed. dunoid, Lille, 1900, iv, 111-114.—Rube-
  ska (V.)  O leCeui bolav5ch bradavek a mastitid v sesti-
  nedeli.  „ [The therapy of sore nipples and mastitis iu child-
  bed.]  Casop.  lek. cesk., v Praze,  1898. xxxvii, 221-224.—
  Vinay (C.)  Aproposdu traitement des gercures du sein
  cluz les uourrices. Lyon m6d., 1890, lxv,  141-144.

Nipples (Tumors of).
     Diterikhs (M.)  Novoobrazovaniya soska i okolosos-
  kovavo kruzhka.  [Neoplasms of the nipple and its areola.]
  Laitop.  russk.  chir..  S.-Peterb., 1901, vi,  722-730, 1 pl.—
  Dreydorff (H.) Eine  Brustwarzeugesehwulst.  Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lii,  557. — <»reen ( C. D.)
  Lobulated fibroma of nipple.  Tr.  Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-
  8, xlix, 308.— Hutchinson (J.)   Polypoid  outgrowths
  from the nipple-areola.  Arch. Surg., Lond., 1897, viii, 37-
  39, 2 1., 2 pl.—Lepage (G.)  Petite tumeur du mamelon
  rendant la succion impossible;  ablation; gu6rison.  Ann.
  de gyn6c.  et d'obst., Par., 1904, 2. s., i, 41. [Discussion],
  50.—Eiindfors (A.  O.)  Ueber priniare  Geschwnlstbil-
  diingen der Brustwarze uud des Warzenhofs.  Monatschr.
  f. Gebunsh. n. Gynaek., Berl., 1900,  xi,  763-779, 1 pl.—
  illacSwiney (S. M.)  Pendulous tumour of the mam-
  mary areola.   Proc.  Path. Soc. Dubl., 1873-5, n. s., 244,
  1  pl.—Pilz  (E.)  Ein  Tumor  der Brnstwarze.  Wien.
  klin. Wclinschr., 1889, ii, 521.—Sendlcr.  Ein Angioma
  cavernosum  pendulum  der  Mammilla.   Verhandl.  d.
  deutsch- Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl.,  1889, xviii, 37-39.

Nipples  (Wounds of).
     Platzer  (S.)  A  biniboseruhisekrol.   [Nipple inju-
  ries.]  Orvosi  hetil.,  Budapest, 1899, xliii, 628; 645; 659.
  Also, transl.: Ungar.med.Presse, Budapest, 1900, v, 105-109.
  -----. Beobachtungen iiber die Verletzungen der Brust-
  warzen bei Wochnerinnen.  Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1899,
  lviii, 239-247.

Nipple-shields.
     Bailly.   Nouveau bout-de-seiu  artificiel,  dit
  bout-de-seiu de verre, ou bout-de-sein transpa-
  rent.   8C.   [Paris, 1-^77.]
     Gueniot.  T6terelle biaspiratrice.  Bull.  g6n. de the-
  rap. [etc.]. Par., 1888. xiv. 402.—Smester.  Un nouveau
  bout de sein.  Ann. de gynec,  Par., 1888,  xxix,  189-195.

Nipple-shields  [Patent   specifications

  for].
     Rlack (C. E.)  Nursing-nipple. No.  649593; May 15,
  1900.-Rorcher  (T.) Nipple-holder.   No. 635226; Oct.
  17,1899.—C'allett(C)  Nursing-nipple.   No. 639148;Dec.
  12, 1899.—Chalk (T.  C.)  Nipple for   nursing-bottles.
  No. 453621: June9, 1891.—Clement (A.)  & Wilkinson
  (W. E.)  Nipple  for nursing-bottles.  No. 605161; June
  7. 1898.—Coulbourn  (VV. R.)  Si Lankford (J. J.)
  Nipple  for nursing-bottles.  No.  609415;  Aug. 23, 1898.—
  Decker (W. M.)  Nursing-nipple. No. 587939; Aug. 10,
  1897.—Dickinson  (C.  B.)  Improvement in  seamless
  rubber  nipples.   No. 156549;  Nov.  3,   1874—Eggers
  (A. C.)  Nursing-bottle nipple. No. 411793;  (let. ], 1889.
  -----. Nursing-bottle nipple.  No. 411794;  Oct. 1, 1889.
  -----. Nursing-bottle nipple.  Re-issue, No.  11086; June
  17, 1890. -----.  Nursing-bottle  nipple.   Re-issue  No.
  11087; June  17, 1890.—Fowler (J. B.)   Nursing-nipple.
  No.420651; Feb. 4, 1890.—Gauss (P.)  Bottle-nipple.  No.
  705916;  July  29, 1902.— Hcany  (J. A.)  Nipple.   No.
  633343;  Sept.  19,  1899.— Heller (C.  S.) Nipple.   No.
  582159; May 4, 1897.—Howell  (William)  Child's teeth-
  ing-nipple. No. 699757; May 13,  1902. —King ( S.  R.)
  Nipple  for nursing-bottles.   No. 540064;  May 28, 1895.
  -----. Nipple.   No.  566988;  Sept. 1, 1896. — Knnpp
  (A. M.)   Improvement in rubber-nipples.   No. 107613;
  Sept.  14, 1875. — I.ockwood (H. D.)   Improvement
  in nipples for nursing-bottles.   No. 127357; May  28,
  1872.— liockwood  (R.)  Nursing - nipple.  No.  401505;
  April 10,  1889.—JflcTernen  (A.)  Nipple for  nursing-
  bottles.  No. 615095;  Nov. 29, 1898.—itleinceke (C. W.)
  Nipple-holder.  No. 652034; June  19, 1900.—ltlenges (E.
  E.)  Nipple.   No. 710114; Sept. 30. 1902.—lTliehael  (J.)
  Nipple.  No. 589212; Aug. 31, 1897—.tliilhens (F.)  Nip-
  ple.  No. 686109;  Nov. 5, 1901.—Myrick  (E. C.)  Nipple
  for nursing-bottles.  No. 556859; March 24, 1896.—IVeid-
  linger (G.  H.)  Nipple.  No. 577199;  Feb.  16, 1897.—
  Pfeirter  (J.)  Nipple for nursing-bottles.  No. 624859;
  May 9,  1899.—Pick  (D.)  Nursing-nipple.  No.  689987;
  Dec. 31,  1901.—Prindlc  (F.  P.)  Nipple-shield.   No.
  751415; Feb. 2, 1904.—Rogers (C. E.)  Teething nipples.
Nipple-shields   [Patent   specifications

  for].
  No. 190908; May 15, 1877.—Rosegrant (J. M.)  Nipple
  for nursing-bottles.  No. 667738; Feb. 12. 1901.—Shale (R.
  L.) Nursing-nipple.   No. 551792; Dec. 24, 1895.—Steven-
  son (G.)  Improvement in rubber nipples.  No.  131130;
  Sept. 3, 1872.—Tatum  (C. A.)   Nipple  for nursing-bot-
  tles.  No. 712157; Oct. 28, 1902. —Truslow (L. B.)   Nurs-
  ing-bottle nipple.   No. 497994; Mav 23, 1893.—Ware (C.)
  Nipple-protector.  No. 322508; July 21, 1885. —Ware (W.
  F.) Nipple - holder.   No.  651497:  June  12,  1900.  -----.
  Rubber nipple for nursing-bottles.  No. 726122;  April 21,
  1903.
Nippold (Otto).   Des warme  Bad  zu  unserer
  lieben Frauen auf dem Sande, auebGnade Gottes
  genunut, uu ter dem Wolkenstein im. Erzgebirge.
  Eine balneologisch-historische Studie.  2  p. 1.,
  64 pp.  12°.  Freiburg,  Gerlach'sche Buchdr., 1901.
Nippon  Uankwa  Gakukwiii Zasshi.   [Gazette
  of the Society of Oculists of Japan.]  [Monthly.]
  v. 1-9,  1897-1905.  8°.  Tokyo.
    Current.  Japanese text.  Want No. 2, v. 4;  Nos. 1-2,
  12, v. 6.
Nippon   Sekijuji.   [Japanese   Red  Cross.]
  [.Monthly.]  Nos.  14-15,  17, April-July,  1893.
  .^.  Tokio.
Nippon shokwaki byogaku kwai Zasshi.  [Jour-
  nal of the Japanese  Society of the Pathology of
  tbe Digestive Organs.]  v. 1-3, Aug.  22, 1902-5.
  8°.  Tokyo.
    Current.  Japanese text.
Nique (Francois) [1871-     ].   *Coutributiou a
  l'etude des  anosmies, et en particulier des trou-
  bles olfactifs dans les maladies de  l'oreille.  102
  pp., 1 1.  8°. Lyon, 1897, 2. s., No. 89.
Niqnet.  * Recherches sur les causes du cancer
  en Normandie  et  en  Picardie.   38 pp.  4°.
  Paris,  1895, No. 270.
Nirsclil  (Joseph)  [1870-     ].   * Ueber Leber-
  metastasen bei Oesophaguscarcinomen.  36 pp.,
  1 1.   8°.    Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1901.

Nirvana.
     Schneider (K. C.) Das Nirwana.  Wien. klin. Rund-
  schau, 1905, xix, 782;  798;  816.

Nirvanine.
     Arxaud (P.)  *La  nirvanine et ses applica-
  tions en chirurgie.  8°.  Montpellier,  1900.
     Boisseau (M.-A.)   * Contribution a l'dtude de
  l'orthoforme et  de la  nirvanine.   8°.  Bordeax,
  1899.
     Dropet (E.)    *De la  nirvanine  et  de son
  emploi comme anesth6sique local  en chirurgie
  et en art dentaire.   8°.  Paris,  1899.
     Few  (A)  notes on  nirvanin.   8°.  Philadel-
  phia, 1900.
     Ai-naud (A.)   L'anesth6sie locale par la nirvanine.
  [From: Arch, de  therap. clin.]  Art m6d., Par., 1899,
  lxxxix, 343-350. — Konnard (E.)  La nirvanine  comme
  anesth6sique local  en art dentaire.   N.  Montpel. m6d.,
  1899, viii,  349-363.—Braquehaye (J.)  De la nirvanine
  en chirurgie.  Cong,  internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 1900,
  sect, de chir. gen., 21-31. — Didrikh»on  (V. K.)   K
  farmakologii nirvanina.   Vrnch, St.  Petersb., 1900, xxi,
  646. — Eluberg (C. A.)   The amesthetic  properties of
  nirvanin;  a  contribution to the study of the infiltration
  method  of local anaesthesia.  N. Tork M. J., 1900, lxxi,
  47-51.  AUo, Reprint.—Emploi therapeutique de la nir-
  v;inine.   Nouv. remedes,  Par., 1899, xv, 433-436.—Floc-
  cliingcr (F. C.)  Clinische Expeiimente mit Nirvanin.
  N. Yorker med. Monatschr.,  1900,  xii,  343-354. -----.
  Nirvanin in local anesthesia.  Am. Therap., N. Y.,1902-3,
  xi, 141-144.— Galpcrn (L.  S.)   Nleskolko slov o yado-
  vitosti nirvanina.   [On  the toxicity of nirvanin.]   Zubo-
  vrach. vestnik, St. Petersb., 1900, xvi, 506-508.—Guada-
  gnini  (A.)   Nirvanina,  anestetico locale.   Bull. d. sc.
  med. di  Bologna, 1903, 8. s., iii, 77-82.—Joan in (A.)  Do
  la valeur  pharmacodynamique de la nirvanine.  Nouv.
  remedes,  Par., 1899,  xv, 296-299.—liuxenburger (A.)
  Ueber das neue Localanaestheticum Nirvanin.  Munchen.
  med.  Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi, 9;  52.   Also: Zahnarztl.
  Wchnbl.,  Hamb.,  1898-9, xii, 748;  755.  AUo. transl.:
  Phila. M. J., 1899, i,  410-416. Also, Reprint.—Maestro
  (L.)   Sull' azione anestetica locale dell' ortoforniio nuovo
  e della nirvanina.  Arch,  farmacol. sper., Roma, 1905, iv,
  151-160. — lTIanquat  (A.)  La nirvanine.  Bull, med., 
NIRVANINE.
698
NITRATES.
Nirvanine.
  Par., 1899, xiii, 1065-1007.—.Tligiioii. La nirvanine; son
  emploi en rhiuolouie, otologii- et laryngologie.  Arch, in-
  ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], I'm.,  1900, xiii, 134-137.—Pont
  (A.)  De l'anesthesie locale- au moyen de hi nirvanine.
  Lyon med., 1901, xevii, 521-526.—Rensli-om (V.) Nir-
  vanin.  \Fruiti: Reflector; Odont. Vrtljrsrev. f. Skandin.]
  J.f. Zahnh., Berl., 1900, xv, No. 11.—Reyuicr (P.)  Etude
  physiologique et clinique sur la nirvanine. Rev. de the-
  rap. meif.-chir., Par., 1899, lxvi, 505-514.—Sznman (L.)
  Nirwaniua jnko srodek do  znieczulania  iniejscowego  i
  kilka uwag,  dotvozacycli znieczulania plynem Sclieicha.
  [. . . as a local anaesthetic; also on Scheieh's anaesthetic.]
  Now. lek., Poznan,  1899, xi,  469; 527.--I'raroff (M.  S.)
  Zamletka o nirvaninie. [Note  on nirvanin.]  Vrach, St.
  Petersb., 1900, xxi,  700-702.—Ziegler (D.  H.) Nirvanin
  as a local anesthetic.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1901, xliii,
  1134-1140.

Nirvenol.
    WciM*mann.  Erfahrungen mit Nirvenol.  Aerztl.
  Rundschau, Miinchen, 1905, xv, 195.
IVisbet (J.  F.)  Marriage and  heredity;  a view
  of psychological evolution.  2. ed.  xii, 231 pp.
  12°.   London, Ward 4~ Downey,  1890.
-----.   The insauity of genius aud  the  general
  inequality of human faculty physiologically con-
  sidered,  xxiv,  340 pp.  8°.   London,  Ward 4"
  Downey, 1691.
    —.   The same.   4. ed.  xxviii, 341  pp.  8°.
Aisscn (Hartvig)—continued.
-----.   A manual of instruction for giving Swed-
  ish movement and massage treatment,  vii, 126
  pp.  12°.  Philadelphia 4- London, /•'. A. Davis
  1669.
   London.  G. Bichards, 1900.
 Nisbet (James Douglas) [1861-
    See Van Valzah (William W.) &  tVisbet (J. Doug-
   las).  Tho diseases of the stomach.  8°.  Philadelphia,
   1898.
 Nisbet  (William^  [1759-1*22].   The clinical
   guide; or, a concise view of the leading facts
   on  the  history, nature, and cure  of diseases.
   To which is subjoined a practical pharmaco-
   poeia, in three parts, viz:  Materia medica, clas-
   sification, aud extemporaneous prescription.  In-
   tended as a memorandum-book for practitioners.
   3. ed.  xxiii, 372 pp.  12°.  Edinburgh, J. Wat-
   son, 1799.
 -----.  The same.    xxiii,  456 pp.   12J.  Edin-
   burgh, J. Watson, 1799.
 -----.  Tbe same.   To which is subjoined an in-
   troduction to nosology;  or  a view of the most
   approved nosological systems, particularly that
   of the  late  Dr. Cullen,  adapted with certain
   alterations  to tbe  present  work,  xi, 407  pp.
   12°.  Loudon, J. Johnson, 1800.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1895, xii, 71
   (G. Goodwin).
 Niscemi.
    See Hospitals (Management,  etc., of), by  lo-
   calities.
 Nisliikiori  (Senoshin).  Yojo  hen.  [A com-
   pendium of  hygiene.] 4, 117 pp.   8°.  Tokyo,
   Imperial Department of Education, 1874.
    Japanese text.
 Nishimura  (Toyosaku).  * Ueber  die diaguo-
   stiche Bedeutung des Tuberculins und iiber das
   angeblicbe Auftreten von Tuberkelbacillen  im
   Blute nach  Koch'schen   Injectionen.  [Erlan-
   gen.]  30 pp.  8°.   Freiburg, Gerlach, 1891.
 Nisliiyaina(Sozo) [1876-    ].  * Leberabscess
   im  Verlauf von Appendicitis.  118 pp.,  1 1  8-
   Miinchen, C.  Wolf 4- Sohn,  1903.
 Nissen  (Emanuel].   * Ueber Leberadenom bei
   Cirrhose.  77 pp.   8°. Freiburg i.  B., H. En-
   stein, 1895.                                  F
 Nisseii  (Franz) [1865-   ].  *Zur Kenntniss
   der bactenenfeindlichen Eigeuschaft des Blutes
   [Breslau.]  38 pp.,  1 1.  6°.   Leipzig, Veil  i
   Co., 1869.                             '       y
Nissen (Hartvig).   Health by exercise without
  apparatus.   31  pp.   12°.  Washington,  Decker
  4- Co., 1885.                            '
-----.  The  Swedish  movement  and  massage
  treatment.  30 pp.   16°.   Baltimore, 1888.
    Repr.from:  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1888, xviii.
-----.   A B C of the Swedish system of educa-
  tional gymnastics.  A  practical  hand-book  li r
  school teachers and the home,  vii, 107 pp.  1^°.
  Philadelphia j' Loudon, F. A. Davis, 1,-91.
-----.   Practical  massage iu  twenty  lessons.
  viii, 168  pp.  2 pl. on  1 1.   12°.  Philadelphia,
  F. A. Davis Co., 190b.
Nissen (Himich Adolph).  * Utrum natnralihue
  pra-stcnt  variolas artificiales.  69 pp.  sm. 4C.
  Gottingce, F. A.  Bosbusch, [17f>7].
Nissen  (Jes)  [1872-     ].  * Beitrag  zur Lehre
  von der Tuberkulose der manuliehen Genital-
  organe.  22 pp., 11.   6°.  Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1696.
IVissen  (Johaunes)  [1861-    ].  * Ueber Lux-
  ation  der Semilunarknorpel.  15 pp.  8J.  Kiel,
  A. F. Jensen,  1895.
Nissen  ( Wilhelm ).   * Experimentelle  Unter-
  suchungeu iiber deu Einfluss vou Alkalien  auf
  Secretion und Zusaunneusetzung der Galle.   69
  pp., 1 1., 1  diag.  e0,  Dorpat,  H. Laakmaan,
  1869.
TVissen (Willy Wulf) [1879-    ]. * Ueber einen
  Fall vou Tumor des dritten Ventrikels.  18 pp.,
  11.  8°.   Kiel, H. H. Peters, 1904.
Nissen (Woldemar [Andreas]) [1764-1832].  Ue-
  ber die Ursachen der Cholera, uebst Vorschlii-
  geu zur Bekampfung derselben.  vii, 39 pp.  12°.
  Altona, K. Aue, 1831.
IVissen's Health Institute for physical exercise
  aud the treatment of chronic diseases by Swed-
  ish movements and  massage.  1  1.   8°.  Wash-
  ington, [n. d.].
IVissiin (J[acques]).  *De la myosite ossifiante
  progressive.   43 pp.   8°.  Paris, 1898, No. 272.
Nissl (Franz).  Die  Neuronlebre und ihre An-
  biiuger.  Ein Beitrag zur Losung des Problems
  der Beziehungen  zwischen Nervenzelle, Faser
  und Grau.   vi, 478  pp., 2  pl.  8°.  Jena,  G.
  Fischer, 1903.
Nissle (Alfred).  "Die Erkrankungen der Keil-
  lieinbohle.   [Freiburg i. B.]  41pp.  8°.  Berlin,
  A. Wolff, 1899.

Nissl's bodies.
    See Nerve-cells (Histology, etc., of).
Nitabncll  (Raissa).  * Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss
  der mensehlichen Placenta.  39  pp., 1 pl.  8°.
  Bern,  Stdmpfli, 1887.
Nithack (Albert).   *Eiu Beitrag  zur  Lehre
  vom  Narben-Carcinom.  46 pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  8°.
  Marburg, J. A. Koch, 1887.

Nitlisclale neck.
    See Goitre (History, etc., of), by localities.
Nitka (L[eopeld]).  * Ueber emboliscbe Magen-
  gescliwiire.  [Freiburg i. B.] 24 pp. 8°.  Karls-
  ruhe, Malsch 4" Vogel, 189b.
rVitncrus (Andreas).  Yoin  spiritu mnndi, oder
  edlen  Krafft-Wasser; erortherte uud erklahrte
  vorbeissene seehzehen  Frageu.   1  p. 1., 70  pp.
  sm. 4°.   Leipzig, J. Groszen 4" Consort, 1669.
Nito (Jesus).   *Algunas consideraciones  practi-
  cas sobre  el tratamiento de los derrames  de
  pecho.  29 pp.  8°.   Mexico, 1892.
tfitot (£[mile- Bernard-Sosthene]) [1853-    ].
    See Prochownick.  Le massage en gyn6cologie. 12°.
  Paris, 1892.
Nitrates.
    GrOter (L.)  Ueber das  Schicksal der  sal-
  petersauren  Salze im  Tierkorper.  8\   Wiirz-
  burg, 189b.
    Abclous (J.-E.) Sc Aloy  (J.)  Existence chez les vege-
  taux d'un ferment soluble r6d uisant les nitrates.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1080-1082. — CJrimbert 
NITRATES.                                     699                             NITRIFICATION.
Nitrates.
  (L )   Action du B. coli et du B. d'Eberth sur les nitrates.
  Ibid., 1898,  10. s., v, 1135-1139.  AUo [Abstr.] -. Compt.
  rend. Acad.  d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvii, 1030. -----. Action
  du B. coli et du B. d'Eberth sur les nitrates.  Ann. de
  I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii,  67-76. — Hnrnark (E.)
  Die  Vergiftuug durch  salpetrigsaure  Alkalieu uud  ihr
  Verhaltnis zur Aninioniakvergiftuug.  Arch, internat. de
  pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1903, xii, 185-203. — Ilenaeval
  (M.) & Iflullie (G-.)  Les nitrates peuvent-ils s'eliminer
  par la glande main mai re?  Rev. gen. du lait, Lierre, 1904-
  5, iv, 512-5.18.-----------.  Les nitrates peuvent-ils s'eli-
  miner par la glande maiumaire?  Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d.
  de Belg., Brux., 1905. 4. s., xix, 269-277.  [Rap.de Casse],
  216-218. — Kastle (J. II.) & Elrove (E.)  Ou the reduc-
  tion of nitrates by certain plant extracts and metals,  and
  the  accelerating effect of certain substances ou  the prog-
  ress  of the reduction.  Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1904, xxxi,
  606-641.—fjacoiume (L.) & ^Iorcl (A.)  Sur un proc6d6
  de recherche et de dosage des nitrates dans une solutiou de
  nitrites.   Bull.  Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Lyon, 1903, ii, 149.—
  Marshall (C.R.)   The pharmacological action mid thera-
  peutic uses of the organic nitrates.   Med. Chron., Man-
  chester, 1899, 3.s., i, 41C-422.— Stoklasa (J.) & Vitek (E.)'
   Beitrage zur Erkenntuiss  des  Einflusses verschiedener
   Kohlenhydrate uud  organischer Sauren auf die Metamor-
   phose des Nitrats durch Bakterien.  Centralbl. f. Bakte-
   riol. [etc.], 2. Abt,. Jena, 1905, xiv, 102; 183; 493.—Upshur
   (J.N.)  Therapy ofthe nitrates.  VirginiaM. Semi-Month.,
   Kichmond,  1899-1900, iv, 426-429.

 Nitrifieation.
     Boutron (A.-F.-A.)   *Des  bacteries d6nitri-
   tiantes.  8C.   Paris, 1904.
     Lutz (L.)  *Les microorganismes  fixateurs
   d'azote (morphologie  et  biologie).  8°.  Paris,
   1904.
     Concours.
     Beijerinck (M. W.) & van Delden (A.) Ueber
   die  Assimilation des freien Stickstoffs durch Bakterien.
   Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt,, Jena, 1902, ix, 3-43.—
   Berthelot.  Experiences nouvelles sur  la fixation de
   l'azote par certaines  terres  vegetales  et  par certaines
   plantes.  Ann. de  chim. et phys., Par..  1889,  6. s.,  xvi,
   433-638.-----. Fixation de l'azote par la terre vegetale
   nue, ou avec le concours des legumineuses.  Rev. scient.,
   Par., 1889,  xliii, 450-451.—Bonnenia (A.I   Gibt es Bak-
   terien, die den freien N assimilieren oder ist dies ein che-
   mischer Prozess?   Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt.,
   Jena, 1903,  x, 598-602 — Bordier (H.)  Recherches sur la
   nitrification; etude  experimentale du rolede la circulation
   de lair  atniospherique, par thermodiffusion, k travers les
   corps poreux.  Mem. Soc. d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux,
   185-238.—Boiillanger (E.)   La nitrification.  Bull, de
   I'lnst. Pasteur, Par.,  1904, ii, 841: 889. —BouIIanger
   (E ) &  JIassol (L.)   Eludes sur les microbes nitrifica-
   teurs.  Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur. Par., 1903, xvii, 492:  1904,
   xviii 181.—Bnrri (R-)   Ueber Nitrifikation; Sammel-
   Refe'rat.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],  2.  Abt., Jena,
   1895, i, 22;  80.—Burri (R.) & Stutzer (A.)  Zur Frage
   der  Nitrifikation im Erdhoden.  Ibid., 1896, ii, 105; 196,
   1 pl — Christcnsen (H. R.)  Zwei neue fluoreszierende
   Denitrifikationsbakterien.  Ibid., 1903, xi, 190-194, 2 pl.—
   Chuard (E.)  Contribution k l'etude des phenomenes de
   nitrification.  Univ. de Lausanne.  Rec. inaug. Trav. d.
   Fac, 1892, 389-395. — Counstein (W.)  Die Nutzbai-
   machnng des atmospharischen  Stickstoffs.   Med. Woche,
   Berl. 1903, iv, 325.—Davy (E. W.)  Notes of some obser-
   vations on nitrification.  Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. (Science),
   Dubl., 1877-83, 2. s., iii, 242-247— Dehcrain (P.P.) Le
   travail de la ten e et la nitrification.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
   sc  Par. 1893, cxvi, 1091-1097.—Fichtenholz {Mile. A.)
   Sur un mode (l'action du Bacillus subtilis dans les phe-
   nomenes de denitrification.  Compt.  reud.  Acad. d. sc,
   Par., 1899,  cxxviii,  442-445.-Fischer (H.)  Ein Beitrag
   zur Kenntnis  der Lebensbedingungen  von Stickstott
   sainmelnden Bakterien.  Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol. [etc]
   2. Abt.,  Jena,  1905, xiv, 33;  235-Franklaud (P. F.)
   The action of some specific microorganisms on nitric acid.
   J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1888, liii, 373-391. — Frankland
   (P. F.)  &  Frankland (Grace C.)  The nitrifying pro-
   cess and its specific ferment.  Phil. Tr. 1890, Lond   1891,
   clxxxi (B.), 107-128.  AUo [Abstr.]: Proc Roy. Soc Lond.,
   1889-90, xlvii. 296-298.  AUo [Abstr.]: Chem. News Loud.,
   1890  lxi, 135—Frap* (G. S.)  Studies in  nitrification.
   Am.' Chem.  J., Bait., 1903,  xxix,  225-241 - K icinlin
        1. [etc.], u. *>...»., ~~......---, — -
(U)  & Bnpetit (G.)   Recherches sur la reduction  des
nitrates par les inriniment petits.  Mem. Soc d sc. phys.
et nat. de Bordeaux, 1886, 3. s., ii, 201-307,1 pl.-CJerlach
(M)  & Vogel (I.)  Weitere Versuche  mit  stickstott-
bindenden  Bakterien.   Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc J, I.
Abt., Jeua, 1903, x,  636-643. - Giltay (E.)  Sc Abcr-
Nitrification.
  son (J.-H.)   Recherches snr un mode de denitrifica-
  tion et sur le schizomycete qui la produit.  Arch, neerl.
  d. sc. exactes [etc.],  Harlem, 1891, xxv,  341-361, 1 pl.—
  Golding (J.)   Experiments on  peas in water culture.
  Centralbl. f. Bakteiiol. [etc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, xi, 1-7.—
  Gr imbert (L.)  Les bacteries denitritiantes  et le me-
  canisme de la denitrification.  Bull, de I'lnst. Pasteur,
  Par.,  1904, ii,  937-947. — I3oflich (C.)   Vcrgleicheude
  Untersuchungen iiber die  Denitrifikationsbakterieu des
  Mistes, des Strobes und der Eide.  Centralb. f.  Bakteriol.
  [etc.], 2.  Abt..  Jena, 1902, viii, 245; 273; 305; 336; 361;
  398. — van Iteraon (G.), jr.  Ophoopingsproeveu met
  denitritieeerende bacterieu. Versl. d. . .. wis- en natuurk.
  Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 1902-3, xi, 135-149,
  1 pl. — Jacobitz.   Ueber  Stickstoff  sammelnde Bak-
  terien und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Landwirtschaft.   Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 1504-1506. -----. Bei-
  trag zur Frage der Stickstoffassimilation durch den Ba-
  cillus Ellenbachensis a Caron.  Ztschr.  f. Hyg. u. Infec-
  tiouskrankh., Leipz., 1903-4, xiv, 97-107.—Jensen (H.)
  Denitriftkationsbakterien und Zucker;  eine Entgegnung
  gegen Stutzer und Hartleb. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],
  2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 716-720.—Kastle (J. H.) & Elvove
   (E.)  Ammonium sulphocyanate  and thiourea as sources
   of nitrogen to fungi aud micro-organisms. Am. Chem. •!.,
   Bait., 1904, xxxi, 550-557.—Koch (A.)  Boden bakterien
   nnd  Stickstofffrage.   Verhandl.  d.  Gesellsch.  deutsch.
   Naturf. u. Aeizte 1902,  Leipz., 1903, 182-199.   [Discus-
   sion], 213-221.—Lacommc (L.)   Les microbes de Wino-
   gradsky.  Bull. Soc.  med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1903, ii, 262-
   272.—Lawcs (-Sir J. B.)  & Gilbert  (J. H.)  New ex-
   periments on the question  of the fixat ion of free nitrogen.
   Proc. Roy. Soc. Loud., 1889-90, xlvii, 85-118.—Lipmau
   (J. G.)   Nitrogen-fixing bacteria.  Pop. Sc. Month., N. T.,
   1902-3, lxii, 137-144.—Iiohnis (F.)  Ueber Nitrifikation
   und Denitrifikation in der Ackererde.   Centralbl. f. Bak-
   teriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xiii, 706-715. -----. Bei-
   trage zur Kenntnis der Stickstoffbakterieu. Ibid., 1905,
   xiv, 582; 713. -----.  Ueber die Zersetzuug des Kalkstick-
   stoffs.   Ibid., 87; 389.  -----. Untersuchungen fiber den
   Verlauf der  Stickstoffumsetzungen  in  der  Ackererde.
   Ibid., 361; 430.—lTIarpuiann  (G.)   Ueber Denitrifika-
   tionsvorgange  in der Natur.   Ibid., 1899,  v,  67-70.—
   IVIigula (\V.)  Beitrage  zur Kenntnis der Nitrifikation.
   Ibid., 1900, vi, 365-370.—iVIiintz (A.) &L.aine (E.)  Re-
   cherches sur la nitrification intensive. Compt. rend. Acad.
   d.  sc,  Par., 1905, cxli, 861-867.-----------.  Role de la
   matiere organique dans la nitrification.  Ibid., 1906, cxiii,
   430-435.—Naudin  (L.)  Historique de la fixation  de
   l'azote gazeux atmospb6rique par le sol et les vegAtaux; k
   propos d'un livre r6cent de Marcelin  Berthelot.  Monit.
   scient., Par., 1903, 4. s.,  xvii, 225-256.—Omelyanski
   (V.)  O nitrifikatsii organicbeskavo azota.  [Nitrification
   of organic nitrogen.]  Arch. biol. nauk . . .,  S.-Peterb.,
   1898-9, vii, 274-293.  AUo, transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-
   Petersb., 1898-9, vii,  272-290.  Also, transl.: Centralbl.  f.
   Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt.,  Jena, 1899, v, 473-490. -----.  O
   vidielenii mikrobov nitrifikatsii iz pochvi.  [On separation
   of microbes of nitrification from tbe soil.]   Arch. biol.
   nauk . . ., S.-Petersb., 1898-9, vii, 294-308.  Also, transl.:
   Arch. d. sc biol., St.-Petersb., 1898-9, vii, 291-302.  Also,
   transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt.,  Jena, 1899,
   v, 537-549, 1 pl. -----• Kleinere  Mitteilungen iiber Nitri-
   fi'kationsmikrobeu.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt.,
   Jena, 1902, viii, 785:  ix, 113, 1 pl.—Pichard (P.)   Nitri-
   fication comparee de l'humus et de  la matiere organique
   non alter6e, et influence des proportions d'azote de i'humus
   sur la nitrification.   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1892,
   cxiv, 490-493. — Kemy.   Stickstoffliindung durch Le-
   gum'inosen.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch. Naturf. u.
   Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, 200-213. —Kolants (E.)   La
   nitrification dans les lits bact6riens aerobies.  Rev. d'hyg.,
   Par., 1903, xxv, 521-530.—Bullmaiiu  (W.)   Der Ein-
   fluss der Laboratoriumslul't bei  der Zuchtuug vou Nitro-
   bakterion.  Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol.  [etc],  2. Abt., Jeua,
    1899, v, 212;  713.—Schultz-Schiiltzeustein.   Ueher
   nitrificirende  Mikroorganismen in den  Filtern hiolo-
   gischer Klaranlageu.  Hyg.  Rundschau, Berl., 1902, xii,
   845. _ Schulze (E.)  &  Castoro  (N.)   Beitrage zur
   Kenntnis der  in ungekeimten  Pflanzensameii enthalte-
   nen  Stickstoffverbindungen.  Ztschr.  f. physiol. Chem.,
   Strassb.,  1904, xii,  455-473. — Scwerin (S. A.)  Zur
    Frage fiber  die  Zersetzung von salpetersauren  Salzen
    dmeli Bakterien.  Centralbl. f.  Bakteriol. [etc], 2. Abt.,
   Jena, 1897, iii,  554-563.—Stoklasa (J.)  Assimilieren die
    Alinitbakterien den Luf'tstickstoff ? Erwiderungen auf die
    Ausfiihrungeu des Herrn H. Lauck.  Ibid., 1899, v, 350:
    1900, vi, 22.— Stoklasa (J.) & Vitek (E.)  Die Stick-
    stoffassimilation durch die lebende Baktei ieuzelle.  I bid.,
    1901, vii,  257-270. -----  -----.  Beitiage zur  Erkenntuis
    des Einflusses verschiedener Kohlenhydrate uud  organi-
    scher Sauren auf die Metamorphose des Nitrats durch Bak-
    terien.  Ibid., 1905, xiv, 103-118.—Stutzer (A.)  Die Or-
    •ranismen der Nitrifikation.  Ibid.,  1901, vii, 168-178.—
    Stutzer (A.) & Hartleb (R.)   Der Salpeterpilz.  Ibid.,
    1897, iii, 6; 54; 154; 235;  311; 351. — \inogradski  (S.)
    [ Winogradsky in French and German].   Recherches 
NITRIFICATION.
700
NITROBENZOL.
 Vitrification.
   sur U-!.  nr^aiiisine-.  de  la  nitrification.  Ann. de I'lnst.
   Pasteur, I'ar, IN.im.  iv,  -Ji:s; 257; 760:  1891, v, 92; 577, lpl.
   Also [Abstr.]: Compt.  rend. Aead. d.  sc, Par., 1890, ex,
   1013-1016. -----.  Sur la formation et l'oxydation des ni-
   trites pendant la nitrification.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
   Par.,  1891, cxiii, 89-92. -----.  K  morfologii  organizmov
   protses-,a obrazovaniya selitri  na pochvle.  [Morphology
   of the organisms of nitrification in the soil.]  Arch. biol.
   nauk . .  .. S.-Peterb.. 1892,  i, 86-137, 4 pl.  AUo, transl.
   [ Abstr.): Kiv. interna*,  d'  ig.,  Napoli.  1893,  iv,  89.
   ----. Zur  Mikrobiologio des Nitrifikationsprozesses.
   Centralbl. f.  Haktcriol. [etc.). 2. Abt., Jena, 1896, ii. 415;
   44<.).--VinogrndMki (S.) Si Ouielyanuki (V.)  Vliya-
   niye organicbeskikh veshtshestv  na rabotu mikrobov
   nitrifikatsii.   [Influence of organic  substances  on the
   work ol  the microbes of nitrification.]  Arch. biol. nauk
   . . ., S.-Peterb.. 1898-9,  vii, 233-.T3.  AUo, transl.: Arch.
   d. sc. biol., St. - Petersb.,  1898-9, vii, 233-271.  AUo,
   transl. [Abstr.]:  Kiv.  internaz. d' ig., Napoli,  1899,  x,
   306-314.- Volpin©  (G.)   Sopia un inteiessante  micror-
   ganismo radunatore d' azoto isolato dalterreuo. Kiv.d' ig.
   e san. pubb., Torino, 1905,xvi, 587-595.—Voorhees (E.B.)
   Studies   in denitiification.  J.  Am. Chem. Soc, Easton,
   Pa., 1902. xxiv, 785-823.  -----. On nitrification.  J. Chem.
   Soc. Lond., 1891, lix, 484-528,3 pl.  AUo, Reprint.— Weis-
   senberg (H.)  Studien  fiber  Denitrification.  Arcb. f.
   Hyg., Miinchen u. Leipz.. 1897, xxx,  271-290.  AUo,  Re-
   print.— IVimuicr ((J.) Beitrag zurKenntuissderNitri-
   tieationsbakterien.  Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh.,
   Leipz., 1904-5, xxviii, 135-174.

Nitrides.
    Saame (O.)  * Ueher die elektrochemische Re-
   duction der Nitmbeuzonitrile.    8 .    Giessen,
   1900.
    Warnecke (G.)  * Ueber  Nitrile  vou  Mouo-
   alkyhu  etessigsiiure  uud iiher Amidopyralzole.
   8°.  Heidelberg, 1903.
    Zinsser  (F.  ii.)   "Einige  Beobachtungen
   iiber  arointitische  Nitrile.   [Heidelberg.]  8°.
   Dortmund, 1-9:2.
    Brissemoret  (A.)  Propri6t6s  physiologiques  de
   quelques nitriles.  Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1906,
   lx,  54-56.—Fiquet (E.)   Proprietes  physiologiques des
   nitriles.  Cong, internat.  de m6d.   C. r., Par., 1900, seet.
   de physiol., 210-213.  Also: Bull,  gen.de  therap. [etc.],
   Par., 1900, cxxxix, 663-667.  Also:  Coinpt. rend. Acad. d.
   se., Par., 1900, exxx, 942-945.-----. Propriety physiolo-
   giques des nitriles k fonction complex*-.  Arch, internat.
   de pharmacod., Brux.  et Par., 1900, vii, 307-334. -----.
   Propri6t6s physiologiques  des nitriles-phfeiiols.  J.  de
   physiol.  et de path, gen.,  Par., 1900,  ii, 717-726.—Hey-
   mans (J. F.) A: Tin so in (P.)  Sur larapidite de l'absorp-
   tion intracellulaire des nitriles malonique et pyrotartrique
   apres injection intraveineuae.  Arch,  internat. de phar-
   macod.,  Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 1-17.

Nitriles (Toxicology of).
    Fiquet (E.)  Le coma diabetiquo et l'intoxication par
   les nitriles.  Presse  med.,  Par., 1901,  i, 56.—Hermann
   (J.  F.) & ITIasoin (P.)   Action  antitoxique de  l'hypo-
   sulfite de sonde vis-a-vis du cyanure de potassium et du
   nitiile malonique.  Bull.  Acad. roy. de med. de Belg
   Brux., 1896, 4. »., x, 470-473.  AUo [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. I
   Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,  10. s., iii, 789.----------. Utude I
   physiologique sur les dinitriles normaux; toxicite relative;
   ph^nomenes et mecanisme de l'intoxication: action anti-
   toxique  de l'hyposulphite de soude vis-a-vis de Taction
   toxique  des dinitriles.  Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de med
   de Belg.. Brux., 1896,  xiv, fasc.  4, 1-116. Also: Arch.
   de  pharmacod., Gand et  Par.,  1896-7, iii, 77-172,  1 pl.—
   Hunt (K.i  Zur Keutniss der Toxikologie einiger Nitrile
   und (bien Antidote.  Arcb.  internat. de  pharmacod
   Brux. et  Par.,  1903-4, xii, 447-495.  AUo, transl. [Abstr ]  ■
   Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 789. -----. Tho influence of
   thyroid  feeding upon poisoning bv acetouitrile.  J. Biol.
   Chem., N. Y.,  1905-6, i,  33-44.   AUo [Abstr.J: Am. Med
   Phila., 1905, x, 912.—nieuriee (J.)   Intoxication et desin-
   toxication de differents  nitriles  par l'hyposulfite de soude
   et  les sels metalliques.  Arch,  internat. de  pharmacod
   Gandet  Par.,  1900, vii, 11-53.— Verbruggc (R.)  Toxi-
   cite des mouonitriles gras  et aromatiques et action anti-
   toxique  de l'hyposulfite de sonde  vis a-vis de ces mono-
   nitnles.   Ibid., 1898-9,  v,  161-197.

Nitrites.

    Leech (D. J.)  The pharmacological action
   aud therapeutic  uses  of the  nitrites and  allied
   compounds, including  the  Croouian lectures  for
   1-9:1.  Ed. by R. B. Wild.  6°.  Manchester, 1902.
    See. aUo, infra.

    Oppkxhkim (K.)   'Ueber die Doppelnitrite I
  einiger  Metalle.   6-.   Berlin, 1900.                I
Nitrites.
     Atkinson (G. A.)  The pharmacology of the nitrites
   and nitro-iilyeerine.  [Abstr.J  J. Anat. & Phvsiol., Lond
   1887-8, xxii, 225; 351.  Also [Abstr. |: Tr. xi. Internat. m!
   Cong., "Wash., 1887, iii, 57-63. — Camilla (S.)  La rea'-
   zione di Griess pel saggio dei nit i i ti e In ricerca dei nit rati
   in presenzadi nitriti nolle aequo. Ann. di chim. edi fat in
   Milano, 1895, 4. s.. xxi. 100-102.—Cash  (J. T.) &. Dmi-
   stnn (W._R.)  The physiological action of tho nitrites of
   the paraffin  series, cousidored  in  connection with their
   chemical constitution.  Phil. Tr. 1893. Lond., 1894, clxxxiv,
   B., 505-639. —4'©hen (S. S.) Two cases  illustrating the
   therapeutic uses of the nitrites.  Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1890 i
   158-164.  AUo, Keprint.—Davy (E.  W.) On a new and
   expeditious method for the determination of the nitrites,
   under different circumstances.   Proc. Roy. Irish Acad'
   (Science), Dubl., 1877-83, 2. a., iii, 563-567.—Gamgee (A.)
   Researches on the blood; on the action of nitrites on the
   blood. Phil.  Tr., Lond., 1868, clviii,  589-625.—Grcincr
   (A. B.)  The  use and abuse ofthe nitrites.  Old Dominion
   J. M. & S., Richmond,  1903-4, ii, 50-54.—Ciriinbert (L.)
   Piqe6d6 dedosage des nitrites.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol
   Par.,1895,10.s.,v,1134.—Haldane(J.),Makgill(R.H.'j
   Sc ITIavrogordato (A. E.)  The action as poisons of ni-
   trites and other physiologically related  substances.  J.
   Physiol., Cambridge, 1897,  xxi,  160-189.—.Leech (D. J.)
   The Croouian lectures on the pharmacological action and
   therapeutic uses of the nitrites and allied compounds
   Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1893, i, 1305:  ii, 4;  56; 108; 169.  Also]
   Lancet, Lond., 1893, i,  1499: ii,  3; 76; 123; 177.  See, also,
   supra.—Maassen (A.) Die Zersetzung der Nitrate una
   der Nitrite durch die Bakterien; ein Beitrag zum Kreislauf
   des Stickstoffs in der Natur.  Arb a. d. k. Gsudhtsamte.,
   Berl , 1901, xviii, 21-77.—ItlcGce (J.  B.)  The therapy of
   the nitrites.   Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xii, 9-13.—Men-
   delsohn (M.)  Ueber die Zerlegbarkeit der Nitrite durch
   Hydroxylamiu.   Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
   Berl., 1893, xix, 995.  Also,  Reprint.  Also: Verhandl. d.
   Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1893-4, xiii, 90-92.—IVewell
   (J.)  Some of the uses and abuses of the nitrites.  Physi-
   cian Sc Surg., Detroit &. Ann Arbor, 1893, xv, 486-488.  Also
   [Abstr.]: Canada Laucet,  Toronto,  1893-4. xxvi,  327.__
   Parker (I). L.)   Therapeutics of the  nitrites.  Physi-
   cian & Surg.,  Detroit & Ann Arbor,  1900, xxii, 238-242.—
   Petrone (M.)  Sull'iisodei nitriti nella cura delle malattie
   infettive.  Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3, 626-630.
   AUo, Reprint.—Pouchct.  Emploi th6rapeutique du ui-
   trited'amyle.  [Abstr.]  Rev.geu.declin.etaeth6rap.,Par.,
   1899,xiii,671-677.-Ridenl(S.)  Notes on nitrites in waters
   and sewages.  J. State M., Lond., 1902, x, 333-339.—Sle-
   panoflf (A.)  K voprosu ob usloviyakh razlozheniya iodis-
   tavo kaliya v organizmle v  zavisimosti ot nakhozlidenba
   v nyoni nitiitov.   [Conditions of decomposition of potas-
   sium iodide in the organism, depending upon the presence
   of nitrites in it.]  Farmats., Mosk., 1901, ix, 589; 623; 65«;
   686; 717; 750; 813; 847; 879; 913;  943; 977;  1008; 1038.—
   Traube (W.)  & Biltz (A.)   Die Gewinnung von Ni-
   triten und Nitrateu durch elektrolytische Oxydation dea
   Animoniaks  bei  Gegenwart von Kupferhydroxyd.  Arb.
   a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d.TJniv. Berl. (1904), 1905, ii, 3-10.—
   Upshur tJ.  N.)   Therapv of the nitrites.  Tr. M.  Soc.
   Virg.. Richmond, 1899, 60-66.  AUo: Charlotte [N. C] M.
   J.,  1899,  xv,  431-434.—'Winkler (F.)  Ceber die'nach
  'Sattiuung des Amylnitrits  mit  Kohlenoxyd  auftreteiide
   Aenderungder Amylnitritwirkung.  Ztschr. f. klin. Med.,
   Berl., 1898, xxxvi, 30-38.—Winslow (K.) Nitrites; their
   therapeutic action and scope in medical practice.  Boston
   M. &  S. J., 1892, exxvi, 353-357.

Nitrobenzaldeliyde.
    Pollak  (F.)   * Uebei- die  Condensation  der
   drei  Nitrobeuzaldehyde mit  Acetylacitou.  8°.
   Budapest, 1895.
     Smiknowa  (A.)  * Ueber  das  Verhalten  der
   drei isomeren  Niti obenzaldehyde  im Thierkor-
   per.   8G.   Bern, l6r>7.
     Waktanian  (W.)    *Condeusation  von  m-
   Nitrolenzaldehyd mit  Chiualdin.   [Bern.]  8°.
   Miinchen,  1p90.

Nitrobenzol.
     IIomann  (A.)  * Ueber  das  m-Nitropbenyl-
   tolylsulfon  und Zersetzung des m-Nitrobenzol-
   sulfoucbloriirs  durch  Aluniiuiumchlorid.    c-.
   Greifswald, 1893.
     W'ehnek (E.)   * Ueber  m-Nitrobenzolsulnn-
   saure.   8\   Greifswald, 1-9:!.
     Weissknstein (K.)   * Beitrage  zur  Keuutuis
   der Wirkung des  Nitrobenzols auf Blut.  8 .
   Wurzburg. 1-ihJ.
     Heyer (E.)   Ueber das Verhalten  des  Nitrobenzols
   und einiger anderer aromatischer Nitrokorper im Organis-
   mus.   Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xlvi, 497-
   509. 
NITROBENZOL.
701
NITRO-COMPOUNDS.
 Nitrobenzol (Toxicology of).
     Kochkim   (L.)   * Ueber   Nitrochlorbenzol-
   vergiftung  vom Alagen aus uud ihre  Beeiuflus-
   sung durch Alkohol.  8°.   Wiirzburg,  1903.
     Schultz  (A.  H. R.)  *Eiu kasuistischer Bei-
   trag zur  Nitrobeuzolintoxikation.  8°.   Bonn
   1901.
     Annino (B.)  Contributo sperimentale sull' avvelena-
   mento subacuto da essenza di mirbana. Arch.  ital.  di
   clin. med., Milano, 1895, xxxiv, 65-79. — Arntzen (J. L.)
   Laddevinsforgiftning med  nitrobeuzol.  [Poisoning by
   wine adulterated with nitrobenzol.]  Tidskr. f. d. norske
   Lnegefor., Kristiauia, 1901,  xxi, l381-138t;.—Boas  (A.)
   Zur Klinik der Nitrohenzolvergiftung.   Deutsche med.
   Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii,~817.— Rondi (M.)
   Ein casuistischer Beitrag sur  Lehre von der Nitrohenzol-
   vergiftung.  Prag. med. Wcbnscbr., 1894, xix, 129; 143.—
   Cissel (E.)  Vergiftung mit 100  Gr. Nitrobenzol; Hei-
   lung.   Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien,  1894,  xxix, 171.—
   Coiiriiioiil (P.)  De l'empoisonnement par la nitro-ben-
   zine (ou essence de mirbane).  Province ni6d., Lyon, 1897,
   xi, 436-438.—D odd (A. H.)  Poisoning by nitrobenzole;
   recovery.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1891, i, 849.—Ehlich (K.)
   &  r.inuenthnl (O.)   Eigenthiimlicher Blutbefuud bei
   einem   Fall  von  protrahirter  Nitrohenzolvergiftung.
   Ztschr. f. kliu.  Med.,  Berl., 1896, xxx, 427-446,  1 pl.—
   Heijerinans  (L.)  Een geval van nitrobenzol-intoxica-
   tie. Nederl.  Tijdschr.  v. Geneesk., Amst.,  1901, 2. R.,
   xxxvii.  d. 1. 222-225.—llodson  (A.)  Case of nitro-hen-
   zole poisoning;  recovery.  Lancet, Lond., 1891,  i, 877.—
   Huber (A.)  Beitriige' zur Giftwirkuug des Dinitroben-
   zols.  Arcb. f. path. Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1891, cxxvi, 240-
   270, 1 pl.—Jamieion (S.)  Notes on the toxic effects  of
   nitro-benzol.  Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney,  1891-2,  xi,
   3J"-:;."8.—Jassniger (K.)   Mirbanolajm6rgez6s folya-
   man eszlett verelvaltozas.  [Changes of the blood observed
   in the course of nitrobenzol poisoning.]  Orvosi hetil..'Bu-
   dapest,  1902.  xlvi, 390-392.—IVieden (A.)   Ueber  Am-
   blyopie durch Nitrobenzol- (Roburit- ) Vergiftung. Cen-
   tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1888, xii, 193-200.—Pos-
   sclt (A.)  Zur Behandlung der Nitrohenzolvergiftung.
   Wien.  med. 'Wchnsehr., 1*97, xlvii, 1377; 1477;  1531.—
   Reinsbers  (J.)   Otrava nitrohenzolem.   [Poisoning
   with . .  .]   Casop. lek.6esk.,v Praze, 1891, xxx, 997; 1021;
   1041.—Reynolds (E. S.) Acute poisoning by nitro-ben-
   zole. or essence of mirbane.  Med. Chron.,  Manchester,
   18*9-90. x, 140-145.—Rothe.  Vergiftung mit Nitroben-
   zol, unechtemBittermandelol.  Deutsche med. Wclinschr.,
   Leipz.  n. Berl.,  1902, xxviii. 137.—Schild  (W.) Sechs
   Falle von Nitrobenzol-Vergiftung.  Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr.,
   1895, xxxii.  187-189.—Schroder & StrasNinann.  TJe-
   ber Vergiftungen mit Bi nitrobenzol; ein  Beitrag  zur Ge-
   werbehvgiene.  Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med.,  Berl., 1891,
   3. F., i.  Suppl.. 138-150.—Seitz (J.)  Eine Vergiftung
   durch Dinitrobenzol.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel,
   1891,xxi,658-6fi2— Mhattenshtein (I. M.) Sluchai otrav-
   leniya nitrobenzinom.   [Case of poisoning by nittoben-
   zine.]  Protok. zasaid. i soohsch. Voronejsk.  med. Obsh.
   (1890-92), 1893. xxiii-xxiv, 181-188.—Simerka (G\) Otra-
   va nitrohenzolem.  [Poisoning  by .  . .] Casop. lek. cesk.,
   v Praze. 1900,  xxxix, 1060-1066.  AUo, transl:  Wien. klin.
   Rundschau, 1901, xv, 545; 570 — Standthnrtner.  Nitro-
   henzolvergiftung;  Tod.  Aerztl. Ber. d. k. k. allg. Kran-
   kenh. zu Wien (1890), 1892,  66.—Sterne (J.) Intoxica-
   aigue par l'absorption cutan6e de nitro-benzine et d'ani-
   line. Rev. med.  de l'est Nancy,  1905, xxxvii, 444-446.—
   Stone (W. J.)  Fatal poisoning due to skin absorption of
   liquid shoe blacking (nitrobenzol);  with  antopsv report.
   J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1904, xliii, 977-980—Thonip-
 \ son (CE.)  Poisoning by the vapour of nitrobenzole, and
   bythe fumes of burning dynamite.  Brit. M.J., Lond.,1891,
   i, 801.— %'esely (A.)  Dva pfipady prudke otravy nitro-
   henzolem; zhojeni.   [Two, cases of acute poisoning hyni-
   nitrohenzol; recovery.]  Casop. lek. 6esk.. v Praze, 1892,
   xxxi, 937; 959.—Vizard (A. H. H.)  A caso of poisoning
   by nitrobenzol.  Lancet, Loud., 1906, i, 88. — While (K. P.)
   The toxic effects of nitrobenzol.  Practitioner,  Lond., 1889,
   xliii. 14-18.  -----. Nitro-benzol poisoning;  symptoms,
   chemical physiology, pathology, and treatment. Prov. M.
   J., Leicester, 1892, xi, 462-469.'

Nitro- [and  nitroso-]componnt\s.
    Apitzsch  (H.)   * Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der
  Nitrosobaseu.  8°.   Erlangen, 1895.
    Behal (A.)  * Composes azo'iqmes.  4°.  Paris,
  1889.
    Bodewig (A.)  * Ueber Derivate und Konden-
  sations-Piodukte des Orthonitrobeuzylalkohols.
  [Erlangen.]   8\  Aachen, 1893.
    Boeddingiiacs  (W.)   * Ueber Para-Nitroso-
  benzylaniline.   8°.  Erlangen, 1890.
   Cousin (H.)   *Compos6s diazoiiiues de la se--
  rie grasse.   8 '.  Paris, 1904.
   Concours.
Nitro- [and nitroso-]compouml*.
    Diepolder  (E.)   * Zur  Kenntnis einiger Ni-
  trosainine und Nitrosobasen.  [Erlangen.]  8°.
  Augsburg, 169b.
    Falkenberg (H. [C. K.])   * Ueber m-o-p-Ni-
  trophenylxylolketone.  8y   Greifswald,  1893.
    Fritz  (F.)    * Ueber  die  Einwirkung von
  o-Nitrohenzylclilorid auf asymmetrische Hydra-
  zine und iiber einige  Derivate des Phenyldihy-
  drochinazolins.  8°.  Erlangen, 169b.
    Ganelin (S.)   * Zur Constitution  der  Ortho-
  Azoverbindungen.  [Bern.]   8°.   Vster-Ziirich,
  1892.
    Goetze(B.)  *Untersuchung von Oximstick-
  stoffiitbern und deren Umlageruug.  8°.   Erlan-
  gen, 1-94.
    Heymaxn (S.)  * Ueber die Nitrophenylketone
  des in- uud p-Xylols, des Mesityleus und Pseu-
  docuniols.  8°.  Karlsruhe, 1903.
    Hoff (E.)   * Ueber die Eiufiihrung der Nitro-
  gruppe iu die Seitenkette  aromatischer  Basen.
  [Bern.]   8°.   Berlin,  1896.
    Jonas  (A.)   * Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis funf-
  gliedrige Kohlenstoff-Stickstoffringe.  [Erlan-
  gen.]   8\  Munchen, 1890.
    KAmpf (A.)   * Ueber Nitroderivate des Phen-
  antlneueliinons und iiber deren Abkonnnlinge.
  [Stuttgart.]  8-.  Wurzburg, 1903.
    Keiper(\V.)  # Elektrochemische  Reduktion
  einiger Xitro-Azo-Verbinduugeu.   8°.  Giessen,
  1903.
    Lenz (W. [L. H.])   * Ueber m-Nitrophenyl-
  tolylketon  und einige  Derivate desselben.  8C.
  Greifswald, 1893.
    Levy (F.)   "Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntniss
  der Nitrophenole.  8.  Wurzburg, 1902.
    Muller (E.)  * Ueber Reduktion von  Ortho-
  nitrobenzonitril.  8°.   Berlin, 1895.
    Neubert (M.)  * Ueber das  m-Xitrobenzenyl-
  amidin und die Einwirkuug  salpetriger Siiure
  aufdasselbe.   8°.  Kbnigsberg, 1890.
    Palm  (G. )  * Ueber die   Einwirkung  von
  Cblorkohlenoxyd  auf  Xitroamidophenol.   8°.
  Jena,  1890.
    Pomfret (H. W.)  *Nitrosophenol; or,  qui-
  nonoxiine;  a  contribution  to its  physiological
  actiou and therapeutic uses.  8°.    Manchester,
  1889.
    Pulvermuller (C.)    * Ueber Nitroderivate
  des y-Diphenols.  [Stuttgart.]  8°.  Plieningen,
  1904.
    Reinhardt (W. P. M.)   * Ueber einige neue
  Abkommlinge  des Nitrotoluidins vom Schnielz-
  punkte 107°.   [Erlangen.]  8°.  Berlin, 1904.
    Stock (R.)   *Zur Keuntniss  der Isonitroso-
  verbinduiigeu.  [Erlangen.] 8'Y  Miinchen, 1669.
    Trach.mann (O. [F. F.])   * Ueber Mouonitro-
  benzoylhydrazine.   8°.   Kiel,  1893.
    Wolff (P.)   * Ueber  eineeigenthiimliche Iso-
  merie in der Reihe del Seinicarbazide.  Ein Bei-
  trag zur Stereocbemie des St ickstoffs.   8°.   Ber-
  lin,  [1893J.
    Ziegkr (J.)   * Studien iiber die Wirkung von
  Nitrobenzol, Diuitribenzol,  Nttrotoluol, Dinitro-
  toltiol  von  Lunge und  Haut  aus.   8°.   Wiirz-
  burg, 1903.
    Zockler (Ii.)   * Ueber die  elektrochemische
  Reduktion  von  Nitroebinoleu.   8°.   Giessen,
  1904.
    Dixon (S. G.) The administration  of nitrogenous
  therapeutic  agents.  N. York M.  J., 1895, lxii, 757. —
  Franchimonl. Eene nieuwe Klasse van nitraminen.
  K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te  Amst. Versl., 1901-2, x, 99-102.
  AUo, transl: K. Akad. Wetensch. te Amst.  Proc. sect.
  sc, 1901-2, iv, 88-95.—(.ii-ininldi (S.)  Sopra i nitro-deri-
 vati  della mono,  e della diureina del feuautrenchinone.
 Attid.  r. Accad. d. fisioeiit.  in Siena, 1903, 4. s., xv, 115-
 119.—I4is«-I (I.)  Keaktsiyaazotistavo izoamilovavo efira
 i izoamilovavo spirta v prisutstvii HCl (v rastvorle izoa-
 milovavo spirta).  [Reaction of nitrogenous  isoamylic
 etber and isoamylic alcohol in tbe preseuce of HCl (in a 
NITKO-COM POU X J )S.
702
NITROGEN.
Nitro-  [and ?t/.mso-Icoiliponnds.
  solution of isoam.slic alcohol).  Med.  Sbomik Varshav.
  Uyazd. vovenn. hosp.. Varshava, 1900, xiii. pt. 1, no. 2, 1-
  T2.— Marshall (C. R.)  The pharmacology of the nitro-
  sugars.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901,  xxxvi,  1241.—
  Schondorfl* (11 )   Ueber die von Kutscher und Steudel
  beobachtete Unsicherheit in der Methode der Stickstoff-
  bestimmung nach Kjeldahl.  Arcb.  f. d.  ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 190:;, xcviii, 130-134.—Walko  (K.)  Ueber Reduc-
  tion und Wirkungen aromatischer Nitrokorper.  Arcb. f.
  exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvi, 181-196.

Nitro-compouiids  (Toxicology of).
    Joanix(A.)   * Essai de  toxicologic  comparee
  de (|iielques azols.  s\  Paris, 1899.
    MontagxE (J.)  * Intoxication aigue par les
  vapeurs nitreuses.  ^".   Paris, 1901.
    Nkggemeier (K.)   *Ueher dier Beeiuflussung
  der  Vergiftung  mit  Xitrotoluol, Dinitrotolnol,
  Xitrophenol, Dinitrophenol, Orthonitranisol und
  Auilin durch Alkohol.  8'.  Wurzburg, 1903.
    Manouvriez (A.)  Intoxication aigue accidentelle
  par les vapeurs  nitreuses  resultant de  l'^cbauffement
  spontanfi dun  engrais artiflciel compos6  de  nitrate  de
  sonde, de lignite pyriteux, et de d6chets de laiue grasse.
  EYho med. tin nord, Lille, 1897, i, 105-108.—IVo in lira (K.)
  [Three cases of  poisoning by nitrogen gas.]   Sei-i-Kwai
  M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, pt. 2, no. 266, 1-9.

Nitrogen.
    See, also, Ammonia;  Heart (Effects of  drugs
  on).
    Dagoumer (T.)  Essai sur le gaz azote atmos-
  phe"rique, conside>e" daus ses rapports avec l'ex-
  isteuce des animaux,  lu a la lre classe de l'lnsti-
  tut de France, le 31 oetobte 1814, snivi  du rap-
  port  des  conimissaires nomme\s  par l'lustitut.
  8°.   Paris, \6\0.
    Geisel ( E.)  # Versuche zur Darstellung von
  Flnorstickstoft".  Zur  Koustitutiou des Schwefel-
  stiekstoffs.  8°.   Berlin, 1904.
    Rissom (J. K.)   * Untersuchungen  iiber den
  Stickstoffwasserstoff  N3H.   [Bonn.]  8°.   Kiel,
  1698.
    dk S.meth (D.)  *Deaerefixo.  4°.   Traj. ad
  Rhenum,  1772.
    Treatise  (A)  on nitrogen.    12°.   London,
  [n. d.].
    Baxter (Gr.P.) & Hickey (CH.)  Pure nitrogen from
  nitrous and nitric oxides and ammonia.  Am. Chem. J.,
  Bait., 1905, xxxiii, 300-304.— Beccari (L.) & Rimini
  (E.)  Sull' azione biologica di alcuni nuovi  composti ossi-
  genati dell' azoto, ricerche spetimentali.  Ann. di chim. e
  di farm., Milano,  1896, xxiii, 241-246.  Also, transl..-  Arch.
  ital.de biol., Turin, 1896, xxv, 449-455.—Benedict (F. G.)
  The cutaneous excretion of nitrogenous material.  [ Abstr.]
  Am.Med.,Phila.,1906, xi,109.—Bernabei (d&I.iotta.
  Effetti della ripetutaenteroeniflsi di azoto perun anno nel-
  1' omuivoro.  Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1901, 4.
  8., xiii,81-85. [Discussion], 64-66.—Curci (A.)  L' azione
  biologica dell' azoto secondo le funzioni chimiche.  '1 erap.
  mod.. Padova,  1891, v, 453; 515. — Eustis (A. C.)  The
  proportion of basic nitrogen yielded by elastiu on decom-
  position with hydrochloric acid.  Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc,
  Bost., 1900, p.x'xxi.—Fricdmann (E.)  Uebe'r die Bind-
  dungsweise des Stickstoffs in primaren Albumosen.  Zt-
  scbr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900, xxix,  51-58.—Oar-
  c-in (J.)  La fixation de l'azote de 1'atmosphrTe.  Nature
  Par., 1901-2, xxx, pt. 2, 236-238.—(iuye (P. A.)  New re-
  searches on the atomic weight of nitrogen.  Chein. News
  Lond., 1905, xcii, 261; 275; 285: 1906, xciii, 4; 13; 23; 35.—
  II a u mill a n a  (TV.)  Ueber die Vertheilung  de.s  Stick-
  stoffs  im  Eiweissmolekul.  Ztschr. f. pbysiol. Chem.,
  Strassb., 1900, xxix, 136-145. — Henderson (Y.) Zur
  Kenntniss des durch Sauren abspaltbaivn Stickstoffes der
  Eiweisskorper.  Ibid., 47-50. -Johnson (G.) On the
  physiology of aspbyxia, aud ou the anasstbetic action of
  pure nitrogen.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1891, lxix, 144-150.—
  ■.em r (L. A.)   Improved methods of  nitrogenous  ali-
  mentation.  Med. Press  & Circ,  Lond., 1900, n. s. lxx
  364. — >< uboi-K (C.) A:  !Siian*s (H.) Zur  Frage der
  Ziisammensct/iiiigdes Reststickstoffs im Blute und in se-
  riisen  Fliis.8i-keiten.  Berl. klin. Wcbnscbr.,  1906, lxiii
  258-260.—■'<'!< riiiaini (A.)  Contribution  a la question
  de l'azote.   Mem. couron. Acad.  roy. d. sc [etc.] de  Belg
  Brux., 1892-3,  xlvii, no.  1, 1-37, 1 pl.  AUo: Bull.  Acad'
  roy. d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1893,  3. s., xxv, 267-276, 1 pl.—
  Prc-wcottiA.B.)  The chemistry of nitrogen as disclosed
  in the constitution of the  alcaloids.  Proc. Am.  Ass Adv
  Sc, Salem. 1m>7, xxxvi, 10.1-119.  AUo, Reprint.-Kubio \
  (E. B.)  La medicaci6n nitrogenada por las aguas azoadas '
Aitrogen.
  artiticial.nente.  Rev. de  cien. nied. de Barcel., 1888 xiv
  229; 264; 295.—Spiro (K.)  Ueber die Beeiuflussung der
  Eiweisscoagulation  durch stickstoffhaltige  Subatan/.cn.
  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.. I'.mhi, xxx, 1--.'- l'.i'.i _!
  Sternberg) W.) DiestickstoffhaltigenSusssiotl'e. Arch.
  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, Suppl.-Bd., l'i>1--jm;. —Tarjjioni
  (G. L.)  Istorie  di alcune-malattie nolle quali  fu  usata
  1'aqua impregnatadi aria flssa.  In:  Rac. di  opusc. med.-
  prat., so. Firenze, 1775, ii,  262-275.  -----. Delia vera
  natura dell' aria flssa  e  della di lei influenza nell' arte
  medico.  Ibid., iii, 220-298, 1 pl.—Tominaga (K.)  Ue-
  ber deu Verbrauch  an stickstott'haltigeu  Substanzen in
  verschiedenen Organen der Thiere.   Centralbl.  f.  Phy-
  siol.,  Leipz. u. Wien, 1893-4, vii,  381.—\Vernigk (R.)
  Nitrogen equilibrium.   Calif. M. Sc S. Reporter,  Los
  Angeles, 1905, i, 527-530. — Zanoni  (G.)  Coutenuto in
  Az.  delie principali derrate  alimentari degli  ospedali
  civili di Genova.   Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 11.

Nitrogen  (Assimilation   and   excretion


    See, also, Albumen;  Exercise; Food; Me-
  tabolism; Nutrition (Chemistry, etc.,  of).
    Geftlek (H. [F.])  *Zetnoviy khlleb;  oplt
  usvoyayemosti  yevo  azotistikh   veshtshestv.
  [Bread made from the grain ; experiments on the
  assimilation of its nitrogenous substances.]   6J.
  S.-Peterburg, 1899.
    Eussell(W. J.)& West(S.)   Ou the amount
  of nitrogen excreted in the urine by man at rest.
  1-2°.  London,  1880.
    Bound with their: On the relation of the  urea [etc.].
  12°. ' London, 1880.

    8hmitz (N. A.)  *0 vliyanii  szhatavo  vozdu-
  kha  ua obmieu azota i  usvoyeniye  azotistikh
  veshtshestv pishtshi.  [Ou the influence of com-
  pressed air upon the metabolism of nitrogen and
  assimilation ofthe nitrogenous materials of food.]
  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1895.
    Barbera (A. G.)  L' azoto e 1' acqua nella bile e nelle
  urine. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Bologna, 1894, 4. 8., xx,
  337-34!).—Buys (E.)  Un  caso notevole di regime azotato
  scarso abituale.  Ibid.. Milano, 1893, 4. k., xviii, 217-224.—
  Chibret.  Influence de l'exercice musculaire sur l'excr6-
  tion de l'azote urinaire.  Compt. rend. Aead. d. so.,  Par.,
  1891,  cxii, 1525.— Oervino (A.)  Sul ricambio  azotato
  intermedio.  Boll. d. r. Accad.  med.  di Geneva, Siena,
  1903, xviii, 172-1M.—Gibson  (A. E.)  The possibility of
  absorption by human beings of nitrogen from tbe atmos-
  phere. Science, N. Y. Sc  Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxii,
  403-405.—Hoke  (E.) Ueber deu Stickstoffgehalt der ro-
  then  Hlutzelleu  bei Anamieu  und  bei  der Chlorose.
  Ztschr. f. Heilk.,  Wien u.  Leipz., 1901, xxii,  Abth. f. int.
  Med., 250-258.—Jacobitz (E.) Die Assimilation des
  freien, elementaren Stickstoffes; zusammenfassende Dar-
  stellung nach der eiuschliigigeu Litteratnr.   Centralbl. f.
  Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1901,  vii, 783; 833; 876.—
  Leval  (L.-A.)  La consommation de l'azote.  Nature,
  Par.,  1899-1900, xxviii, pt. 2, 138.—I.iithje (H.) Sc Ber-
  ber (C.)  In welcher Form kommt aus der Xahrung reti-
  nierter  Stickstoff im  Organismus  zur  Verwendung?
  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxxi, 278-315.—
  IYIhio* (F.)  Vliv hojn6ho piti vody na vylucovani dusi-
  katych latek  [L'influence de l'eau abondiint sur la secre-
  tion des substances azutees.  R6s.]  Shorn, lek., v Praze,
  1887, ii,  139-152. —Nolf (P.)  Sc Honore (C.)  Iuflueuee
  des conditions de l'absorption intestinale  de l'a/.ote ali-
  mentaire sur l'eliuiination azotee urinaire.   Arch, inter-
  nat. de pbysiol., Liege & Par., 1904-5, ii, 85-115.—North
  (W.)  The influence of hndilv  labour  upon the discharge
  of nitrogen.  Proc. Roy. Soc.Loud., 1883-4, xxxvi, 11-17.—
  von  Oefele.   Zum  Stickstoffhaushalt  des Kcirpera.
  Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1904. viii, 185.—Polina (P.)
  Ueber das Verhaltnis der pathologischen Acetonausschci-
  dung zur  Gesammtstickstoffausseheitlung.   Ztse.hr. f.
  Heilk., Berl., 1894, xv, 463-482.  Also.  Reprint.-Parke*
  (E. A.)  On the  elimination of nitrogen by  the kidneys
  and intestines during rest and exercise, on a  diet without
  nitrogen.  Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1866-7, xv, 339-355.
  -----. On the elimination of nitrogen  during rest and
  exercise on a regulated diet  of  nitrogen.  Ibid., 1867-8,
  xvi, 44-59.—Pa Ion (D. X.)  Note on the absorption of the
  nitrogen of oatmeal by the dog.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1902,
  xxviii, 119-121.—Ribaut (H.)  Influence de la cafeine
  sur l'excretion azot6e.  Coinpt. rend. Soc.  de biol.,  Par.,
  1901.  11. s., iii, 393-395.—Rosemnua  (R.)   Ueber den
  Veriauf  der Stickstoffausscheiduiig beim   Mensehen.
  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896, lxv,  343-392, 1 diag.—
  Schiitzenberger  (P.)   Les matieres azotees de  l'or-
  ganisme vivant.   Rev. internat.  d.  sc, Par.,  1878, i, 161;
  257; 353: ii, 417; 471.—Nchulz (F. >*.) Ueber das Wesen
  der praemortalen Stickstoffstcigerung.  Munchen.  med. 
NITROGEN.                                   703                         NITROGLYCERIN.
Nitrogen  (Assimilation  and   excretion

  on
  Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi, 509-512.—Seegen (J.) & Nowak
  (J.)  Zur Frage der Ausscheidung gasfonuigen Stick-
  stoffs aus dem Thierkorper.  Arch. f.  d. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn, 1881,  xxv, 383-398.—Shinliishi Ilatai.  The ex-
  cretion of nitrogen by the white rat as affected bv age and
  body weight.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1905-6, xiv, 120-132.
  AUo [Abstr.] :  Science. N. V.  &  Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s.,
  xxi,  885.—Valeiiziiola (F.) Inhalaciones de av.oe,  su
  accion fisiohSgica y terapeutica.  Siglo med., Madrid. 1884,
  xxxi,  661-663. -----.  Las inhalaciones ile a/.oe.  P.ol.  de
  med.  y cirug.,  Madrid,  1887,  v, 22; 69; 107__Villi- (G.)
  Assimilation de l'azote; role de  l'azote atmospherique.
  Rev. d.  cours scient. [etc.], Par., 1865-6, iii, 95-100.-----.
  Assimilation de l'azote; role  des sels ammoniacaux, des
  nitrates et  des matieres orgauiques azot6es.   Ibid., 131-
  136.—Voltz ( W.)  Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener
  Eiweisskorper  uud einiger Derivate derselben  auf den
  Stickstoffumsatz, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des
  Asparagins. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cvii,
  360-425.—Vogel  (J.)  Die Assimilation des freien, ele-
  mentaren Stickstoffes  durch  Mikroorganismen.   Cen-
  tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xv, 33; 174;
  215.—Voit (C.)  Ueber  die Ansscbeidungswege der Stick-
  stoffhaltigen Zersetzuugsprodukte aus dem Thierkorper.
  Ztschr.  f. Biol., Miinchen, 186Y iv,  297-363.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Voit (E.)   Ueber die unterste Grenze des Stick-
  stoffgleicbgewichts. Ztschr.  f. Biol., Miinchen u. Leipz.,
  18s»6. n.  F.,  xv, 333-351.-

 Nitrogen (Determination of).
     Argutinski-Dolgorukoff (P. M.)    # O spo-
  soble Kjeldahl-Wilfarth'a opredieleuiya azota v
  organicheskikh   soyedineniyakh.    [Kjeldahl-
  Wilfartb's method  of determining nitrogeu  iu
  organic combinations.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1868.
     BORODIN (A. P.)   Uproshtshennly azotometri-
  cheskiy sposob opredieleuiyamocbevinl i azota v
  priemieneuii k kliuicheskonm opredieleniyu me-
  tamorfoza azotistlkb veshtshestv v organiznue,
  s  sovremennoi  tochki   zrieuiya.]   [Simplified
  azotometric  method of  estimating  urea  and
  nitrogen  as  applied to  the  clinical determina-
  tion  of the metamorphosis of nitrogenous  sub-
  stauces in the organism  from a  moderu  point
  of view.]   8C.    S.-Peterburg, 1866.
     Debourdeaux (L.)    * Dosage de l'azote en
  g6ne"ral.  <~-.   Paris, 1904.
     AUo, in:  Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1904, ix, 331:  x, 12.
     von  Wolosewicz (J. E.)   * Die quantitative
  Bestimmung des Stickstoffs  der  Eiweissstoffe
  und  deren Trennung von anderen stickstoffhal-
  tigen Verbindnngen der  Xahrungs- und Futter-
  niittel.  8y  Kbnigsberg  i.  Pr., 1905.
     Zavadovski(L)   *K voprosu o vliyanii glubo-
  kikh vdikhaniy s medlennimi vldikbauiyami na
  usvoyeuiye  i obmien  azota u zdorovlkh lyudei.
  [Influence of deep  inspirations combined  with
  Blow expirations upou the assimilation aud me-
  tabolism of nitrogeu in healthy men.]   8°.   S.-
  Peterburg, 1692.
     Atwater (W. O.) & Ball  (E. M.)  On sources of error
  in determination of nitrogen by soda-lime, and means for
  avoiding them.   Ara. Chem. J.,  Bait., 1888,  x, 113-119.
  AUo: Analyst, Lond.. 1888, xiii, 193; 213; 233: 1889, xiv,
  17; 76; 90.—Beger (C.) Uebe.r den Stickstoffgehalt und
  die Loslichkeit stickstoif baltiger Bestandteile in Pepsin-
  salzsiime sowohlitn frischeu wie im praparierteii Haminel-
  kot.   Ztschr f. physiol. Ghera., Strassb., 1903, xl, 176-181 —
  ron Botlingk (R. R.)  K voprosu ob opredieleiiii azota
  organiebeskikb veshtshestv  po sposoba Kjeldahl-Wil-
  farth'a.   [On the determination of the nitrogen of organic
  matters  bv  the method  of. .  .]  Arch. biol. nauk . . .,  S.-
  Peterb., 1896-7, v, 225-246.  AUo.  transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol.,
  St.-Petersb., 1897, v, 176-196. — Burcker (E.)  Note sur
  le  dosage de l'azote  organique  par la m6thode de Kjeldahl.
  Arch, de med. et  pharm. mil., I'ar., 1894, xxiii, 161-163.—
  Cavazzani (E.)  & Clecconi (A.)  Metodo Kjeldahl-
  Wilfarth e  metodo Stock.  Ann. di chim. e di farm., Mi-
  lano, 1894, xx, 87-93. Also, Reprint. - C'o*ta (T.)  Sulla
  spettrochimica dell' azoto.  Mem. Acad. d. sc. med. e nat.
  in  Ferrara,  1893, lxvi, fasc. 3,  5-9. — Flint (A.)  On the
  organic  nitrogenous principles of the body, with a new
  method for their estimation in the blood. Am. J. M. Sc,
  Phila., 1863, xlvi, 330-361. AUo, in his: Collect, essays, 8°,
  N.Y., 1903, i,277-314.—Fremont.  Azotimetre.  (ompt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par..  1892, 9. s.,iv, 205.—I»eger*hleili
  (A. F.)  O tekhnikle peregonki ammiaka pri opredieleiiii
Nitrogen  (Determination of).
  azota po Kjehldahl'yu.  [Technique of distillation of am-
  monium iu determining nitrogen bv Kjeldahl's method.]
  Russk. vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 734.—Gibson (R. B.)
  The determination of nitrogen by the Kjeldahl method.
  J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1904, xxvi, 105-110.—
  G umbel (T.)  Ueber die Verteilung des Stickstoffs im
  Eiweissniolekiil.   Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn-
  schwg., 1904, v, 297-312. — Guye (P.-A.)  Nouvelles re-
  cherches sur le poids atomique de l'azote.  Rev. gen. d. sc.
  pures et appliq., Par., 1905, xvi, 755-772.—Knaatcr (L.)
  K ucheniyu o Kjeldah-Borodinskom sposoble opredieleuiya
  azota v organioheskom soyedinenii.  [The Kjeldahl-Boro-
  din method of determining nitrogen in organic combina-
  tion.]  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1890, xi, 28.—I.a**ar-€ohn.
  Eiu verbessertes Nitrometer fiir dieStickstoffhestimmung
  nach der Methode von Dumas.  Chem. u. med. Untersuch.
  Festschr. . . . Max Jaffe, Brnschwg., 1901, 341-346.—Mal-
  fatti (H.)  Zur  Stickstoffbestimmung  nach Kjeldahl.
  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxix. 467-472.—
  lTIorse (F. W.)  Report on the determination of nitrogen.
  Chem.  News, Lond., 1904, lxxxix, 282-284.—Miiller (F.)
  Ueber  die Verwendung von Magnesia usta zur Bestim-
  muug  des Amidstickstoffes.  Ztschr. f.  physiol. Chem.,
  Strassb., 1903, xxxviii, 286-288.—Neuberg (C.)  Zur Me-
  thodik der Kjeldahlbestimmung.  Beitr. z.  chem. Phys.
  u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902, ii, 214.—Bothera  (C. H.)  Zur
  Kenntniss der Stickstoffbiudung im Eiweiss.  Ibid., 1904,
  v, 442-448.—Sherman (H. C.) Sc Falk (M. J.)  The de-
  termination  of nitrogen in organic compounds.  J. Am.
  Chem.  Soc, Easton, Pa., 1904. xxvi, 1469-1474. — Sher-
  man (H.  C), JTIcLauglin (C. B.) & Osterberg (E.)
  The determination of nitrogen in  food materials and phys-
  iological products. Ibid., 367-371.—Siirenaen (S. P. L.)
  Sc Petersen (C.)  Ueber  Kjeldahls  Stickstoffbestim-
  mungsmethode.  Ztschr. f.  physiol. Chem. Strassb., 1903,
  xxxix,  513-525.—Stanek (V.)  Ueber eine Verbesserung
  der  Methode zur Bestimmung des Stickstoffes in Amino-
  sauren. Ibid., 1905, xlvi, 263-272.—Stock (W. F. K.)  A
  new aud rapid method for the determination of nitrogen in
  organic bodies.  Analyst, Lond., 1892, xvii, 109-113. -----.
  The Stock process for the determination of nitrogen;  a
  modified distillation apparatus.  Ibid., 1893, xviii, 58-63.—
  Suto (K.)  Modificirte Vorrichtungen fiir die Stickstoff-
  bestimmung.  [Japanese text.]   Mitt. d. nied. Gesellsch.
  zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 668-686.—Wesener (J. A.)  A nitro-
  gen  apparatus.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1902, xxiv,
  388-390.

Nitrogen (Fixation of).
    See Nitrification; Physiology (Vegetable).

Nitroglycerin.
    See, also, Angina pectoris  (Treatment of); Dy-
  namite; Epilepsy, Heart  (Diseases  of), Mor-
  phine (Poisoning by), Treatment of.
    Ackens  (J.  H. H.)  *Over  nitroglycerin  als
  geneesmiddel.   8°.  Leiden, 1866.
    Cottereau  (E.) fils.   Notice historique sur la
  poudre coton.   6C.   Paris,  1847.
    Dickmann (F.)  * Ueber die Bestimmung des
  Glycerins  iu  Form  von  Nitroglycerin.   [ Er-
  langen.]   8°.   Leipzig, [1^87].
    Markel (M.-A.)   *De Paction physiologique
  et th6rapeutique de la nitro-glyc6rine outrini-
  trine.   4°.  Lyon, 189'i.
    Moullard (J.-F.-I.)   Extrait ile   la  notice
  historique snr  la transformation du  ligneux en
  matiere fulminante dite fnlmi-coton de Augustin
  Morel.  k-\  Paris, 1^.">0.
    ArmMtrong  (W. L.)  Tho  dosage of nitroglycerin.
  Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxix,  490.—Aiildc (J.) 'Nitro-
  glycerin; synonyms: glouoin, tri-nitriu.  Notes on  new
  remedies, N. V.,  1890-91, iii, 31-34.—Bin* (C.)   Zur the-
  rapeutischen Anwendung des Nitroglycerins.  Therap. cl.
  Gegenw.,  Berl.,  1905, xlvi, 49-55.  Burroughs (J. B.)
  Nitro-glycerine;  a substitute for  alcohol in cases of emer-
  gency.  'Lancet,  Lond., 1889, i,  1238; 1297.  AUo: North
  Car.'M. J.,  Wilmington, 1889, xxiv, 193-198. — Crook
  (J. K.)  Remarks on nitro-glycerine, with special refer-
  ence to its application in cardiac diseases.  Post-Graduate,
  N. Y.,  1887-8, iii, 91-99.—Elvy (F.)  The value  of nitro-
  glycerine in the practice of surgery.  Brit. M J., Lond.,
  1905, i.  16.—Gordon (A.)  The effect of nitroglyceiin in
  vascular disturbances of some functions of the brain, with
  reports of two cases.  Proc. Phila.  Co. M.  Soc, Phila.,
  1901-2,  xxii, 377-381. Also: St. Louis M. & S.  J.,  1902,
  lxxxii,  235-241.—Gros (H.)  Contre-indication de la nitro-
  glycerine.   Arch, de ni£d. nav., Par., 1901. lxxv, 456-458.—
  Hammond  (W. A.)  Glonoiue in  migraine or sick
  headache.   Med. Brief, St. Louis,  1886,  xiv, 330-332.—
  •Iii'iiN (U.)  () nitroirlycerinu.   Casop. lek. cesk., vPraze,
  1872, xi, 41-43.—ICIonian (W.  0.)  A suggestion of a 
NITROGLYCERIN.
704
NITROUS.
Nitroglycerin.
  new use foi-nitm-glM erine  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1888-9,
  xx, 133— Lac-her<iieen i M. 11.) Nitro-glycerin (glonoin)
  in collapse.  Med  St.unlaid,  Chicago,  1888,  iii, 131.—
  Lewis (H. E.)  Glonoin; its pharmacologv, physiologic
  action, toxicology, ami therapeutic uses.  Merck's Arch.,
  N. Y., 1901, iii,  164-167.—Loom is (II. P.) The limita-
  tions of the value of nitroglycerin as a therapeutic agent.
  Med. Rec, N. V., 1905,  lxvii, 411-413.—Lybeek (E. W.)
  Nitroglyeerinin  avulla  hoidettu   arteriosclorositapaus
  yhteyTlessii coronariarteriosclerosin  ja  aortaostiumiste-
  nosin  kanssa.  [La nitroglycerine dans le traitemeut d'un
  cas d artei io-sclerose coinpliquG par la sclerose d'arteres
  coronaire-i et la st6nose de l'aorte.  Res., 38.]  Duodecim,
  Helsinki, 1897,  xiii, 33-39.—Pellegrini <R.)  La nitro-
  glicerina nella cm a della epilessia.  Riforma med., Roma,
  1901, xvii, pt. 2. 75-78.— Pond (G. G.) The discovery of
  nitroglycerine in an exhumed body.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,
  Easton, Pa.. 1902, xxiv, 18-20.—Price (M. G.)  Glonoin.
  Alkaloid.  Clin.,  Chicago, 1899, vi, 166. — Trussevitch
  (J. I.)  Gebiet der Anwendung und Regeln der Dosirung
  des Nitroglycerins als Arzneimittel.  St.  Petersb. med.
  Wchnsehr.,'1887, n. F.,  iv, 2-5.  AUo, Reprint.

Nitroglycerin  (Toxicology  and   toler-

   ance of).
     Olonoinism.  [Edit.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899,
  xxxii, 671. — Iliiiimelsbach  (G. A.)  Large doses of
  nitroglycerin.  Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii,  14.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Ho^g (G. H.) A  case of amblyopia due to
  nitro-glycerine.   Australas. M. Gaz,, Sydney, 1901,  xx,
  410.—Laws (G. C.)  The effects of nitroglycerin upon
  those  who manufacture it.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898,
  xxxi,  793. -----.  Glonoinism.  Internat.  Clin.,  Phila.,
  1899, 8. 8., iv, 1-15.—Beading (G. E.) A caseof unusual
  acquired tolerance to nitro-glvcerin.  Therap.  Gaz., De-
  troit,  1892, 3. s., ix, 292.—Beyiialds (G. F.)  Case of poi-
  soning by dynamite.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1898-9, i. 207.—
  Stewart (D.D.) Remarkable tolerance to nitroglycerin.
  Polyclinic, Phila.,  1888-9, vi, 43. -----. Remarkable tol-
  erance of nitroglycerin.  Ibid., 171. -----. Tolerance to
  nitro-glycerin easily  acquired; limitations  of  use ofthe
  drug in chronic nephritis.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1893,
  3. s., ix, 604-606. -----. Tolerance to nitroglycerin.   J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1905, xliv, 1678.

Nitrometer.
     See Nitrogen (Determination of).

Nitronaplithalin.
     Siiex.   Demonstration  einer Nitronaphthalin-Horn-
  bauttriibung.  Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1900),
  1901, xxxi, pt. 1, 221.

Nitropropiol.
     Falk (F. K. E.)  * Ueber den Wert von Nitro-
  propiol-Tabletten  zum Nachweis von Zucker.
  8d.   Miinchen, 1901.
     Amrein (O.)  Zu der neuen Zuckerprobe  mit Nitro-
  Propiol-Tabletten.  Cor.-Bl. f. scheiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905,
  xxxv, 47-49.—Gebhardt (P.)  Die Nitropropiol-Tablet-
  teu. eine neue Zuckerprobe. Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
  1901, xlviii, 24.  Also, transl.: Rev. de med.,  Par., 1902,
  xxii, 96-98.—Jodlbauer.  Ueber deu Werth  der Nitro-
  Piopioltabletten zum Nachweis von Zucker im  Harne,
  nach  Versuchen von F.  Falk.  Sitzungsb. d.  Gesellsch.
  f. Morphol. u. l'hysiol. iu Miinchen (19011, 1902,  xvii, 65-67.
  Also:  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 425. —Loch
  (M.)  Der Wert der Nitropropiotabletten als Reagens auf
  Traubenzucker fiir die Praxis.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1905, xxvi, 581.

Nitroresorcin.
     See Resorcin and compounds.

Nitrous oxide.
     Ebeuhard (C.)  * Beitriige zur Kenntniss des
  Stickstoffstri- und Tetroxydes.  8°. Erlangen,
  1882.
    •Gordon (V.)    "Ueber  die  Absorption  des
  Stickoxyduls  im Wasser  und  in Salzlosungen.
  8-.   Berlin, 189b.
     Preterke (A.)  Nouvelles recherches sur  les
  proprietes  physiologiques et anestke\siques  du
  protoxyde d'azote.  6°.  Paris, 1800.
     Beltrami (J.)  Le protoxyde d'azote.   Rev. odont.
  Par.,  1905, xxiv, 538-554. — Buchanan  (C.  M.)  The
  chemistry and therapeutics of nitrous oxid. Med News
  Phila., 1*93, lxii, 393-396.—Edgar (C. J.)  Poisoning  by
  nitrous oxide gas.  Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv. 492-495.—
  Hamilton (A. McL.)  Tbe use of nitrous oxide gas in
  certain nervous affections.  Maryland M. J., Bait. 1880-
  81. vii. 1-7.— Miillci- (B.)  Ueber  die Verwendung und
  Einflusso des SHcW,,rt'oxydulauf den Organismus. The-
  rap. d. Gegenw., Berl.,  1905, xlvi, 460-466.
Nitrous oxide as anaesthetic.
    See, also, Anaesthetics;  Gynaecology (Anaes-
  thetics in).
    Belthami (G.)   L'anesthesie generale par le '
  protoxyde d'azote.  H-\  Paris, 190b.
    Buxton (D. W.)   On the physiological action
  of nitrous oxide gas.  H-.  London, 1667.
    Divine (S.  R.)   Directions  for making  aud
  administering  nitrous oxide.   8°.  Neiv  Tork,
  1868.
    Glanzel (J. K.)   * Ueber das Verhalten  des
  Blutdrueks wahrend der Lachgas-Mischnarkose
  vom Begiun der Inhalation bis zum Eintritt des
  Toleranzstadiuins.  8°.  Jena, 1903.
    Goltstein (M.)  * Ueber die physiologischeu
  Wirkungen  des Stickoxydulgases.   8°.  Bonn,
  1878.
    Hewitt (F.  \V.)   The  administration of ui-
  trous oxide  and oxygen for dental operations,
  8°.  London # Philadelphia, 1697.
    Also, transl. [Abstr. 1 in: Policlin., Brux., 1897,v, 349-359.
    Hillischer (H.  T.)   Sammlung von Vortrii-
  gen und Aufsatzen  iiber Schlafgas.  8°.   Wien,
  1891.
    Jumon. Manuel d'anesth^sie par le protoxyde
  d'azote.  1(5°.   Paris, 1895.
    Preterre   (A.)   De  l'emploi du  protoxyde
  d'azote pour pratiquer les  operations chirurgi-
  cales et extraire les dents sans souffrauce.  2.6il.
  8°.   Paris, 1866.
    -----.  The  same.   Le protoxyde  d'azote,
  son application aux operations chirurgieales et
  particulierement  a  l'extraction  des dents  sans
  douleur.  8. e"d.   8C.  Paris, 1864.
    Rogers (M. C.)  Observations on the use of
  nitrous oxide, or  laughing gas, in deutal opera-
  tions.   12°.   London, [n. d.].
    Second report  of the  joint committee  ap-
  pointed by the Odontologieal Society of Great
  Britain and tbe  committee of  mauagemeut of
  tbe Dental Hospital of London, to inquire into
  the  value aud advantages of  the  protoxide of
  nitrogen  as an auaesthetic in  surgical opera-
  tions.   With the  discussion ...   8°.   London,
  1872.
    Silk (J.  F. W.)  A manual of nitrous oxide
  ana-8thesia.   8°.   London,  1888.
    Thomas  (F. R.)  Mauual of  the  discovery,
  manufacture,  and  administration  of  nitrous
  oxide, or laughing gas, in  its relations to dental
  or minor surgical operations,  and particularly
  for the painless extraction of teeth.  16°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1670.
    Allen (F.)  Anaesthesia by  nitrous oxide in surgery.
  Bull. Free Hosp. Women, Bost., 1903,12-14.—An beau (A.)
  Anestfcesie prolongee obtenue avec le protoxide d'azote k la
  pression.  Compt. rend. Soe.de biol., Par., 1884.8. s.,i,pt. 2,
  103-109.—Beltrami (E.) <t Bejnaud (G.)  L'anesthesie
  g6n6rale au protoxyde d'azote.  Marseille nied., 11103, xl,
  321-336.  AUo: Cong, internat. de med.   C.-r. 1903. Madrid,
  1904, xiv, sect, dechir. gen., 117-126.— Ben nel (T. L.)  The
  administration of nitrous oxide with air or with oxvgen.
  Tr. N. York M. Ass. (1899), 1900, xvi, 421-431,  1 pl.—Bert
  (P.) Anesthesie chirurgicale par un melange de protoxyde
  d'azote  et d'oxyg^ue sous pression.  Gaz. d. hop., Par.,
  1880, liii, 177-179.  AUo, transl: Gazz. med. ital., prov.
  veuete, Padova,  1880, xxiii, 75-77. -----.  Anesthesie pro-
  longee obtenue par le protoxyde d'azote k la pression nor-
  male.  Compt. reud.  Soc. de biol., Far., 1883, 7. s., iv, 347-
  350.  -----. De l'emploi du protoxyde d'azote dans les ope-
  rations chirurgieales delongue duree.  Progres med., Par.,
  1880, viii, 161-163.—Bigelow (II. J.)  Nitrous oxide gas
  for surgical purposes,  iu 1848.  Boston M. &. S. J., 1868,
  lxxviii,  17. Also, in his: Surg. Anaestb., Bost., 1900, 90-
  100.—Birdtmll (W. R.)  Therapeutic experiments with
  nitrogen monoxide.  N. Tork M..!., 1891, liii, 206-269.—
  Boddaert (It.)  Rapport de la commission chargee de
  1'exaiiien du travail  «le M. Dehaut, coucemant l'emploi,
  comme agent auestbesique, dun melange de protoxyde
  d'a/.ote et d'oxvg£ne sous pression (methode de Paul Bert).
  Bull. Aend. rov. de med. de  Belg., Brux., 1880, 3. a., xiv,
  020-627.  .11 to • Bull. Soe. de nied. de Gand, 1880, xlvii, 56u-
  563.— Boyd (J. P.)   On tbe  administration of nitrous
  oxide and oxygen for inducing anasthesia. Clasg. Hosp.
  Rep., 1900, ii, 269-276.— Briii-iaade (W. B.)  Nitrous 
NITROUS.
705
NITROUS.
Citrous oxide as anaesthetic.
  oxid as an anesthetic for surgical work.  Brooklyn M. J.,
  1898,  xii, 427-434.—Brown (E. E.)  Nitrous bxid  and
  oxygen as  a general anesthetic.  Cleveland  J. M.,  1901,
  vi, 471-478.—Brown (T. R.) &  Kelly (H.  A.)  A note
  on the  use of  nitrous oxid and  ether  as an anesthetic.
  Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 869-871.  Also,  Reprint—Brush
  (G. W.)  Nitrous  oxide as an ana-stle-tic.  Brooklyn M.
  J., 1890, iv,  289-298.—Bui-iia (T. G. A.)  Cases showing
  unusual phenomena under nitrous  oxid gas  and oxygen.
  Clin.  J., Loud.,  1899, xiv, 28-30.—Buxton (D.W.)  Nerv-
  ous  exhaustion, mainly in  its bearing  upon operations
  aud the induction of anaesthesia by nitrous oxide.   Brit.
  J. Dent. Sc, Lond.,  1885, xxviii, 1067-1071.  -----. An ad-
  ditional note on nitrous oxide administration.  Ibid., 1889,
  xxxii, 845-849.  -----. On recent  researches upon nitrous
  oxide narcosis,  and their bearing upon the practical ques-
  tion when and how should laughing gas be administered.
  J. Brit. Dent. Ass., Lond., 1889, x, 619-632.  AUo, Reprint.
  -----. Nitrous oxide  amesthesia.  Brit.  J. Dent.  Sc,
  Lond., 1895, xxxviii, 865; 913.—farter (H. W.)  Nitrous
  oxide and ether anaesthesia.  Med.  Rec, N. T., 1900, lvii,
  627-630. -----. Practical results with one thousand cases
  of nitrous oxide and ether naieosis. Ibid.,  1901, lx, 732-
  734.  -----. The advantages of  nitrous oxide in general
  surgery; exhibition and description of  a stop-cock for its
  administration with varying percentages of  oxygen.  N.
  Tork State J.M., N. V.,1903, iii, 242-244.—Caush (D.E.)
  Method of prolonging nitrous oxide amesthesia by means of
  a special gag.  Dental Rec, Loud., 1899, xix, 357.—Cocker
  (A.)  Prolongation of nitrous oxide anaesthesia by Coxon's
  tube.  J. Brit.  Dent. Ass., Lond., 1899,  xx, 425.—Coltou
  (G. Q.)  Nitrous  oxide gas.  Dent. & Surg. Microcosm,
  Pittsburg, 1892-3, ii, 48-57.—Common (R.  K.)  Prolon-
  gation of nitrous oxide anaesthesia by means of a tube pass-
  ing through the mouth gag.  J. Brit. Dent. Ass., Lond., 1899,
  xx, 651 -653, lpl.—t'oxon (S. A.)  The continuous adminis-
  tration of nitrous oxide.  Clin. J., Lond., 1898,xii, 116-118.—
  Curti* (G. L.)  Local anaesthesia by  nitrous oxide; a
  convenient method of  applying it.  Internat. Dent. J.,
  N. T. & Phila., 1890, xi, 403-407. — Deroubaix.  Anes-
  thesie par le melange de protoxyde d'azote  et d'oxyuene
  d'apres la methode de Paul Bert.   Art med.,  Brux., lf-80-
  81, xvi, 114-121.  Also: .1. de ni6d., chir. et  pharmacol.,
  Brux., 1880, lxx, 541-548.  Also:  Presse med. beige, Brux.,
  1880,  xxxii, 145-149.—Berry (H. P.)   Nitrous oxide gas
  and ether anesthesia.  Tr. M. Ass.  Georgia, Atlanta, 1904,
  154- 170. — Desguin (L.)  Les nouveaux auesth6siques;
  protoxyde  d'azote  et  oxyg^ue  sous  tension; bromure
  d'ethyle.  Arcb. med. beiges, Brux., 1880, 3. s., xviii. 277-
  287.— De  Tomasi (A.) Sc Rossi (C.) Primo  migliaio
  di anestesie col protossido d' azoto.  Stomatol., Milano,
  1902-3, i, 372-376.—Edgelow  (P.)  Observations on the
  administration of nitrous oxide gas; Lancet,  Loud., 1891,
  i, 1203. — Fielden  (V. G. L.)  Nitrous oxide and oxygen
  as an anaesthetic in general surgery.  Dublin J. M. Sc.,
  1902, cxiv, 189-194.—Flux (G.)  A method of administering
  nitrous oxide gas for the production of anaesthesia,  avoid-
  ing the use of a closed mask or of valves. Lancet, Lond.,
  1898,  ii, 933. -----.  Further remarks on the  open method
  of administering nitrous oxide gas.   Lancet, Loud., 1899, i,
  295-297. -----. The open administration of nitrous oxide
  gas.  Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1903, xlvi, 673-681. -----.
  Administration of nitrous oxide gas hy an open inhaler.
  Clin. J., Loud., 1898-9, xiii, 428-432. -----. Apparatus for
  the open  administration  of nitrous oxide gas.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1903, i, 972.—Foster (W. G.)  Administration of
  nitrons  oxid hy  the  Hunter system.  Dental  Cosmos,
  Phila., 1901, xliii,  1306-1310. — Gabriel (W. M.)   Tem-
  porary paralysis ofthe soft palate following nitrous oxide.
  Brit.  J. Dent.  Sc, Lond., 1905, xlviii, 582. — Galloway
  (D. H.) Report on the use of nitrous oxide as au auxiliary
  to ether and chloroform anesthesia; fifty cases.   Chicago
  M. Recorder, 1900, xix, 377-379.   [Discussion], 439-444.
  -----. Report of 250 additional cases in  which nitrous
  oxid  was used alone or  as  a preliminary  to ether or
  chloroform  anesthesia.  Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 263.—
  Gardner (H. B.)  The use of nitrous oxide gas and oxy-
  gen during surgical operations.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1898,
  i, 1133. -----.  Nitrous  oxide gas and oxygen as an anaes-
  thetic for surgical and deutal operations.  Clin. J., Lond.,
  1899,  xiv, 124-127. — Gersumy  (R.)  TJeber einige  Ver-
  suche mit " Schlafgas ".  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1889, ii,
  633-635. — Goldan (S. O.)  Apparatus, with non-perish-
  able valves, for administration of nitrous oxide and  ether,
  separately or in combination, without change of inhalers.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1900, xxxv, 1578-1580. -----. A
  simplified apparatuswithoutvalves for the administration
  of nitrous oxide alone or in combination with ether.   Med.
  News, N. T., 1900,  lxxvii, 89.  -----. An unprecedented
  case of prolonged anaesthesia with nitrous oxide and oxy-
  gen.  Med. Rec, N. V., 1900, lvi, 364. -----.  Nitrous oxide
  and oxygen as a surgical anaesthetic.   Description  ol a
  new   apparatus for administering  these gases,  and  re-
  port of 100 operations, the narcosis lasting half an hour
  and upward.  Tr.  Coll. Phya. Phila., 1901, 3. 8.,  xxii, 83-
  98. Also :  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.. 1901, n. a., exxi, 674-683.—
  Grant (W. E.)   Nitrous  oxide.   Louisville Month. J.

        VOL XI,  2d  series---45
Citrons oxide as anaesthetic.
  M. & S., 1900, vi, 383-386.—Guy (W.)   On the administra-
  tion of nitrous oxide and ether in mixture, with notes of
  100 cases.  Edinb.  Hosp. Rep.,.1900, vi, 314-324, 1  pl.—
  ■I amines (T.)  lets over lacbgasnarcose.  Nederl. Tijd-
  schr. v. Geneesk.,  Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix,  d.  2, 652-
  659.—Haslprouck (E. M.)  Anaesthesia with combined
  nitrous oxide and ether.  Wash. M. Ann., 1902, i, 118-122.
  -----.  The absence of prolonged nausea after anesthesia
  by the nitrons-oxide and ether method.  Wash. M. Ann.,
  1903-4,  ii, 446-461. —Ileckard (W. A.)  Continued  anes-
  thesia with nitrous oxid. under definite pressure.   Dental
  Cosmos, Phila.. 1902, xliv, 16-21.  AUo: Dental Reg., Cin-
  cin., 1901, lv, 387-394.  Also: Ohio Dent. J., Toledo, 1901,
  xxi, 366-369. — Hewitt (F.)  An enquiry  into several
  methods of administering nitrous oxide gas.  Med. Chron.,
  Manchester, 1885-6, iii, 363-380.  Also,  Reprint. -----. On
  the anaesthesia produced by the administration of mix-
  tures of nitrous oxide aud oxygen.  Lancet, Lond., 1889,"
  i,  832-835.  -----.  On  the anaesthetic effects of nitrous
  oxide when administered with oxygen at ordinary atmos-
  pheric pressures; with  remarks on 800 cases.  Tr. Odont.
  Soc Gr. Brit., Lond., 1892, n. s., xxiv, 194-244, 1 tab.  AUo:
  Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1892, xxxv, 721; 769. — Hewitt
  (F. AV.) On the effects produced in the human subject by
  the administration of definite mixtures  of nitrous oxide
  and air and of nitrous oxide and oxvgen.   Med.-Chir. Tr.,
  Lond., 1899, lxxxii, 163-221.  AUo  \ Abstr.]: 1'roc Roy. M.
  & Chir. Soc. Lond., 1899, 3. s., xi, 56-68.—Milliard (H.)
  A method of prolonging nitrous oxide anaesthesia in dental
  practice.  Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1244-1246.  Also:  Dental
  Rec, Loud., 1898, xviii, 145-151. -----. Further notes on
  the use of the nasopharyngeal tube for prolonged nitrous
  oxide anaesthesia.  Lancet, Lond., 190^,i,1824.-----. Mete-
  orological conditions as affecting nitrous oxide ansesthesia.
  Brit. Dent. J.,  Loud.,  1905, xxvi,  598-605.  -----. Some
  effects of meteorological conditions upon nitrous oxide an-
  sesthesia.  Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond., 1905, xxxiii,
  381; 395.—Howland (E. P.)  The application of nitrous
  oxide aud air, or nitrous oxide and oxygen, under pressure,
  to produce anaesthesia in persons for dental  aud surgical
  operations.   Independ.  Pract., N. T.,  1883, v,  455-460.
  Also, Reprint.-----.  Some new experiments in producing
  anaesthesia with nitrous oxide and air, and nitrous oxide
  and oxygen in condensed-air chambers, illustrated by ex-
  periments  on  an animal.  Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1888,
  Salem,  1889, xxxvii, 280-283. — Iglauer (S.)  I.  Nitrons
  oxide with oxygen as an anesthetic in throat work.  II.
  Nitrous oxide as a  preliminary to ether anesthesia.  Cin-
  cin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., li, 81-85.  [Discussion], 90-
  94.  -----.  A  new inhaler fur  nitrous oxid ether series.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1631. -----. Tbe ni-
  trous oxide-ether series by means of a  new inhaler.  Lan-
  cet-Clinic,  Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 307-317.—J. (W.)  Con-
  sciousness under nitrous oxide.  Psychol. Rev., N.  Y. &
  Lond., 1898, v, 194-196.—Jackson (E. R.)  Nitrous oxide
  and its practical use.  Dental Digest, Chicago,  1904,  x,
  1183-1186. -----. Practical use of nitrous oxide.   Dental
  Reg., Cincin., 1904, lviii,335-338.—Kemp (G. T.)   Nitrous
  oxide anaesthesia.   Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1897, ii, 1480-1483.—
  Kent  (G. H.)  Le  protoxyde d'azote.  Rev.  m6d. du
  Canada, Montreal,  1903-4, vii,  365. — Kirkpatrick (T.
  P. C.)  The asphyxial factor in nitrous oxide anaesthesia.
  Med. Press & Circ,  Loud.,  1901, n. s., lxxii,  431-434.
  -----.  The prolongation of nitrous oxide anaesthesia for
  dental  operations  by Patterson's method.   Ibid.,  1902,
  lxxiv, 55-57.—Kreutzniann (H.)  Einige Bemerkungen
  zur  Lachgas-Sauerstoflf-Auasthesie  hei Entbindungen.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1888, xiv, 334.
  AUo, Reprint. — Kronig.  Ueber Lachgasmischnarko-
  sen.  Munchen.  med.  Wclinschr.,  1903,  1,  1817-1819.—
  Landowiki (P.)   Le m61ange de protoxyde d'azote et
  d'oxvg6ne  respir6 sous pression comme moyen aiiesth<5-
  sique.  J. de therap., Par., 1880, vii, 183-186.'— E,e  Bre-
  ton  (P.)  Anesthesia by nitrous oxide gas and  ether.
  Buffalo M. J., 1900-1901, n. s., xl. 87-92. -----. A second
  contribution  to the study of anesthesia by nitrous oxide
  gas and ether.   Phila. U. J., 1902, ix, 586-588. -----. Per-
  sonal experiences with the administration of nitrous oxide
  and oxygen for prolonged anaesthesia.  N.  York M.  J.
  [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 292-296.   Also, Reprint. — Limousin
  (S.)   Emploi du melange de protoxyde  d'azote et d'oxy-
  gfene sons pression, comme agent anesth^sique, d'apres la
  m6thode du Prof. Paul  Bert.  Bull, et mem. Soc de th6-
  rap. 1879,  Par., 1880, 2. s., vi, 71-77— Li von (C.) Les
  gaz  du sang dans l'anesth6sie par le protoxide d'azote.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1477. -----. Pro-
  toxyde d'azote; action  sur la respiration et la circulation.
  Ibid., 1904, lvi, 1116. -----. Leseffetsduprotoxyded'azote
  surlarespiratiou etlacirculatiou.  Marseille med., 1905,xlii,
  29.— Low (H.)  Nitrousoxide as an anesthetic; its advan-
  tages and how to use it. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1900,xxviii. 33-
  39.—liiitaud.  Note sur les nouvelles in6thodes auesthe,-
  siques.   Union med.Par.,1880,3.s.,xxix,186-191.—UlcCar-
  die (W. J.)  Ou a modification of Mr. Coxon's method of
  prolonging nitrous oxide anaesthesia during dental opera-
  tions, namely, by means of a mouth tube aud  closure of
  the  nares.  Lancet,  Lond., 1898, ii, 319. -----.  Ou the 
NITROUS.                                        70<
Nitrous oxide as anaesthetic.
  prolongation of nitrous oxide anaesthesia in dental opera-
  tions by means of a mouth-tube.  Clin. J., Lond., 1898-9,
  xiii, 379-:!84.  Also:  Treatment,  Lond., 1898-9, ii, 417-421.
  -----. Nitrous oxide and  its uses.  Birmingh.  M. Rev.,
  1899, xiv, 65-79.-----Prolongation of nitrous oxide an-
  aesthesia.   Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1899, i,  668. -----. Spas-
  modic closure of the larynx during the administration of
  ether, preceded by nitrous oxide; mitral  stenosis; alter-
  nation of murmurs.  Ibid., 1900, i, 138. — Macdonald
  (T.  L.)  Laughing  gas  as an  anaesthetic  in  surgery.
  South. J. Homoeop., Bait., 1893-4, xi, 291-297.  Also,  Re-
  print. -----.  Nitrous oxide anesthesia in general surgery.
  Med. Ceutury, Chicago, 1894, ii,  193-196, 1 pl. Also,  Re-
  pr'nt.—Maes.  Personal observations with nitrous oxide
  and with ether anesthesia based upon 555 cases.  Proc.
  Orleans Parish M. Soc.  1904, N. Oil.,  1905, 86-95.  Also:
  N. Orl. M. Sc 6. J., 1904-5, lvii, 61-70. — Magaw (Alice).
  A report of 245 cases of anesthesia hy  nitrous oxide  gas
  and ether.   St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 231-
  233.—Mahe (G.)  Statistique des anesthesies au protox-
  yde d'azote et au somnoforme  pratiqu6es dans le service
  de M. Ronnet en 1902.  Odontologie, Par., 1903, 2. s., xvi,
  53-68.—Mapp (C. J.)  The administration of nitrous ox-
  ide gas in dental and general surgery.  Items Interest, N.
  Y., 1905, xxvii, 677-683. — Marcusc (J.)  Die Stickstoff-
  oxydulnarkose in  der zahnarztlichen Praxis.   Therap.
  Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii,  214-216. — Martin (  C. )   Sur
  l'anesthesie prolong6e et continue par le ni61auge de pro-
  toxyde  d'azote et d'oxygene sous pression (m6thode Paul
  Bert).  Compt. rend. Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1888, cvi, 290.—
  Meeker (I. A.)  Nitrous oxide in the production of sur-
  gical anaesthesia.  Med. Rec, N. V., 1903, lxiv, 490-492.—
  Meyer(L. A.) Sciencoof nitrousoxid anesthesia. Dental
  Digest, Chicago, 1905, xi, 669-674. — Miller (A.  H.)   Ni-
  trous oxide and ether anaesthesia by  the open  method.
  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxx,  709-714. -----. Nitrous ox-
  ide  anesthesia in general  surgery.   Providence  M. J.,
  1901, ii, 83-86.—Minor (J. L.)  Narcotic effects of nitrous
  oxide gas;  does it act purely  as an asphyxiating agent?
  Memphis J. M. Sc, 1889,1,99.—Moskovich (M. L.)  Ni-
  trous oxide.  Record,  N. Y.,  1889-90, ii, 22-30.—Muller
  (B.)  Die Stickstoffoxydulnarkose.  Med.  Woche,  Berl.,
  1905, vi, 178;  185. — JVorris (C. C.)  Preliminary anaes-
  thesia by nitrous oxide gas; report of 150 cases by this
  method compared with 150 cases of plain etherization.
  Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 178-182.— Otto-
  lengui (B. A. R.)  The physical and psychical effects
  of nitrous  oxide gas; local anaesthesia  produced by psy-
  chical methods; absolute anaesthesia produced in cases of
  sensitive dentine.   Iudepeud. Pract., N. Y., 1888, ix, 183-
  200. — Paterson (H. J.)   On  the use of nitrous oxide
  gas for prolonged  operations.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898,
  l, 211. -----.  The prolongation  of nitrous oxid anesthe-
  sia.  Am. J. Dent. Sc, Bait.,  1898-9, 3. s., xxxi, 361-364.
  -----. The use of nitrous oxide  gas in  general and dental
  surgery.   West. Lond. M. J.,  Lond.,  1899, iv, 202-213.
  [Discussion],  226-231.—Pcan,   Anesth6sie par le pro-
  toxyde d'azote sous pression.  Paris m6d., 1882, vii, 373.—
  Pease (C. G.)  Nitrous  oxide gas in prolonged opera-
  tions.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii,  585.—Prevost (L.
  C.)  On the use of nitrous oxide and ether as an anesthetic.
  Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1901, x, 1-15.—Richardson
  (F. M.)  Nitrous oxid anesthesia.  Dental Reg., Cincin.,
  1904, lviii,  68-73.—Roberts  (E. J.)  The science of ni-
  trous oxid anesthesia.  [Abstr.)  Dental Cosmos, Phila.,
  1903, xiv, 664-667. -----.  Nitrous oxid anaesthesia.   J.
  Med. Sc Sc, Portland, 1904-5, xi, 113-119.—Bossi (E.)   Di
  nn nuovo metodo per la preparazione degli ossidi d' azoto
  dall' aria atmosferica.  R. Ist: Lomb. di sc. e lett. Ren-
  dic, Milano,  1903,  2. s.,  xxxvi, 417-428.— Rothuianii
  (A.) A legenyt-lecs (N20) physiologiai hataMi'61 6s an-
  nak  alkalmaz&si  m6djar61 rovid tartamu  miit6tekn61.
  [Physiological effect of protoxide of nitrogen in operations
  of short duration.]   Gy6gyaazat, Budapest, 1888, xxviii,
  42;  54;  67.—Saltier (R.)  Report of 445 cases of nitrous
  oxide-ether administrations in further recommendation of
  the advantages for  short  and long general  anesthesia.
  Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 403-405.—Scham-
  berg (M. I.)  Nitrous oxid as  an anaesthetic for minor
  surgical operations.  Dental  Brief, Phila., 1903, viii, 257-
  262.—Scott (F.)  Prolonged anaesthesia with nitrous ox.-
  ide.   Brit. J. Dent. Sc,  Lond., 1904,  xlvii, 918-920.—
  Sheppard (C. E.)   Difficulties connected with the use
  of nitrous oxide bottles in the horizontal position.  Lan-
  cet, Lond., 1891, i, 424.—Short (T. S.)  Observations on a
  series of 550 timed  nitrous oxide cases.   J.  Brit. Dent.
  Ass., Lond.,  1896,  xvii,  271-282.—Silk (J. F.  W.)  Au
  analysis of a series of one thousand nitrous oxide adminis-
  trations recorded  systematically.   Tr. Odont.  Soc. Gr
  Brit., Lond., 1890, n. s., 237-267.   Also: Brit. J. Dent. Sc,
  Lond.,  1890,  xxxiii,  681-693.    Also, Reprint. -----. A
  method of administering etherised nitrous oxide as a gen-
  eral anaesthetic in minor  surgery.   Brit.  M. J., Lond.,
  1890, i, 126.  -----.  Notes on the administration of nitrous
  oxide.  Treatment, Loud.,  1897,  i, 316.—Smith (H.)   On
  the use of nitrous oxide gas for prolonged  operations.
  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1898, i, 431— Stcphau (J. F.)  Nitrous
NITROUS.
Nitrous oxide as anaesthetic.
  oxid and oxygen as an anesthetic Cleveland M. J., 1902, i,
  135-140.—Straith (S.)   The advantages of nitrous oxid
  gas  and the proper manner of  administering it.  Dental
  Reg., Cincin., 1905, lix, 448-460.—Thomas  (J. I).)  Xi-
  trous oxide gas viewed from a practical standpoint.   Den-
  tal Cosmos, Phila., 1891, xxxiii, 956-969.   AUo, Reprint.
  Also: Union meet. N. Jersey Sc Penn. Dent. Soc.  1891
  Phila.,  1892, 95-117. -----. The anesthetic zone  in ni-
  trous-oxid  anesthesia.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1893, xxxv,
  442-446.  Also, Reprint.—Turner (J.)  Nitrous oxide in
  minor surgery.    Maryland M.  J., Bait.,  1896-7,  xxxvi,
  279-281.—ITlbrich.   Die Stickoxydulnarcose  und  das
  Blut.   Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. {. Ziihnh., Wien,  1888
  iv, 109-114, 1  pl.—Van Arsdale (W.  W.)    Nitrogen
  monoxide  and oxygen for anaesthesia in minor surgical
  operations, with a report of fifty cases.  Am. J. M.  Sc,
  Phila.,  1891,  n. s.,  cii,  131-150.   AUo, Reprint. —Van
  Hook (W.)  Apparatus for nitrous oxide-ether anesthe-
  sia.  Med. News,  N. Y., 1904,  lxxxiv, 1159-1161. -----..
  Nitrous  oxide-ether anaesthesia.  Illinois M.  J., Spring-
  field, 1904-5, vii, 568.—Watt (G.)  Anaesthesia; nitrous
  oxide.   Ohio State J. Dent.  Sc, Toledo, 1881,  i, 66-73—
  Westcott (A.)   Nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, as an
  anesthetic. Am.  M. Times,  N. Y., 1864, viii,  147;   158.
  AUo, Reprint.—Westuiacott  (F. H.)   On  the advan-
  tages of ether and nitrous oxide over other anaesthetics
  for prolonged dental operations.  J. Brit. Dent.  Ass.,
  Lond., 1901, xxii, 555-557.— Widdowson (T. W.)  The
  nasal  method of administration  of nitrous oxide  gas.
  Brit. J. Dent. Sc,  Lond., 1905, xlviii, 671-775.—Wolfcn-
  den (A. B.)  Nitrous oxide and oxygen.   Ibid., xxxviii,
  625-631.—Worden (N. E.)  The use of nitrous oxide gas
  at the Bridgeport  Hospital.   [Report.]   Proc. Connect.
  M. Soc, Waterbury, 1900, 132. — Wuillemin (P. M.)  A
  few practical  points in the manufacture and administra-
  tion of nitrous oxide.  Pacific Dent. Gaz., San Fran., 1904,
  xii, 721-727.

Nitrous  oxide as  anaesthetic  (Accidents
  from).
     Barker (G. T.)  An essay on the abuse of nitrous ox-
  ide.   Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1877, xix, 248-254.   AUo, Re-
  print.—Belcher  (W. \V.)  The relation of nitrous oxide
  and  asphyxia.  Dental Pract., Buffalo, 1895, xxvi, 1-5.—
  Blackwood (W. R. D.)  Unconsciousness through ni-
  trous oxide gas.  Times  Sc Reg., Phila., 1893, xxvi, 478-
  480.—Buxton (D. W.)  A note on ankle-clonus with
  special reference as to its production under nitrous oxide
  gas.  Brit. M. J.,  Loud., 1887, ii, 669-671.  AUo,  Reprint.
  -----.  When is nitrous oxide  a dangerous anaesthetic 1
  Brit. J. Dent. Sc,  Lond., 1888, xxxi, 927;  977; 1025; 1075:
  1889, xxxii, 1; 47.—Dent (H. C.)  Asphyxia from press-
  ure of an abscess  under the chin whilst under the influ-
  ence of nitrous oxide.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1899, i, 850. AUo:
  Lancet,  Lond., 1899,  i, 959.—Grayston (W. C.) Acci-
  dents during  nitrous oxide anaesthesia.   Items  Interest,
  N. Y.,  1902, xxiv, 324.  AUo:  Pacific Dent. Gaz.,  San
  Fran.,  1902, x, 463-465.—Green (A. S.)  Curious symp-
  toms after administration of nitrous oxide for dental ex-
  traction.   Laucet, Lond., 1901, ii, 372.  AUo: Brit. J. Dent.
  Sc,  Lond., 1901, xliv, 732.—Hewitt (F.)   A caso of laryn-
  geal spasm under nitrous oxide, in a patient with  old-
  standing arthritis  ofthe lower jaw, cervical vertebrae, and
  other parts;  laryngotomy.  J. Brit. Dent. Ass.,  Lond.,
  1888, ix, 222-229.   Also,  transl: Cor.-Bl. f.  Zahnarzte,
  Berl., 1888, xvii, 203-208.—Hine (H. F.)  An unusual oc-
  currence in the administration of nitrous oxide.  Middle-
  sex  Hosp. J.,  Lond., 1903,  vii,  250.—Morton  (H. Mel.)
  Punctate hemorrhage into the bulbar and palpebral con-
  junctiva following the administration of nitrons oxide gas.
  Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii,  79.—Newland-Pcdley
  (P.)  On the  bad  effects of laughing gas.  Guy's Hosp.
  Gaz., Lond., 1889,  n. s., iii, 185.

Nitrous  oxide as  anaesthetic (Death  un-

  der).
     Adams (J.) Death under nitrous oxide gas.  Lancet,
  Lond.,  1894, i, 738. — Albrecht (H.)  Todesfall in der
  Lachgasnarkose.  Zahnarztl.  Wchnbl., Hamb., 1895-6, ix,
  221.—Alleged (An) death under nitrous oxide. Brit. J.
  Dent. Sc, Loud., 1899, xlii, 690-692.—Buxton (D.W.)
  Observations  ou a reported death under nitrous oxide gas
  and ether.  Ibid., 1897,  xl, 385-391.  -----.  The recent
  death under nitrous oxide gas.  Dental Rec, Lond., 1900,
  xx, 497-501.—Death under nitrous  oxide gas.  Lancet,
  Lond.,  1894, i, 559.—Death under nitrous oxide.  [Edit.]
  Ibid., 1900, ii, 1362.—Evans (T. C.)  A  death from ni-
  trous oxide gas anesthesia.  Pediatrics, N.  Y., 1900, x,
  421-423.  AUo: Louisville Mouth. J. M.  & S.,  1900-1901,
  vii,  172.—Graham. Death under gas anesthesia.  Do-
  minion Dent. J., Toronto, 1904,  xvi, 539.—Hare (H. A.)
  Death  following  the  administration  of nitrous oxide.
  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1896, 3.  s., xii, 801.—Hewitt (F.)
  Death  under nitrous oxide gas.   Lancet, Lond., 1894, i,
  902.  -----. Deaths under  nitrous oxide.  Ibid., 1899, i,
  1053.—Maugham (J.)  Report of a case which ended 
NITROUS.
707
NIVET.
         Nitrous oxide  as anaesthetic (Death  un-
           der).
           fatally after the administration of nitrous oxide gas.  Brit.
           J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1903, xlvi, 577-581.—Mcbcs (A. H.)
v           Ueber einen Todesfall in der  Stickstoffoxydul-Xarkose.
           Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1895, Xo. 138.—Owen (J.G.)
           Death under nitrous oxide.  Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1904, ii,
           1635.—Pugh (W. S.), jr.  Death under nitrous oxid anes-
           thesia.  Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 298.—Thomas (J. D.)
           Not a case of death from nitrous oxide. J. Am. M.  Ass.,
           Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 511.—Thorn bury  (F. J.) Death
           from  nitrous-oxid gas.  Med.  News, Phila., 1893,  lxiii,
           267.—Victim (A) of nitrous oxide.  Dental Rec, Lond.,
           1900, xx, 525.
         Nitsclie (FridericusHerrinaunus).  *De valvula
           coli. If* pp.  4°.  Lipsia,typ.G.Staritzii,[164:>].
         Nitsche (Heinrieh)  [1845-1902].
              [Biography.]  Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 80.
         Nitsclie  (Hermann Paul) [1876-    ].  * Ueber
           Gedachtnissstorung  in  zwei  Fallen von orga-
           uischer Gehirnkraukheit.   [Gottingen.]  34 pp,
           6°.  Berlin, G. Reimer, 190'2.
         Nitsche  (J.)   Beknopte  handleiding  tot  de
           kamer-gyiunastiek voor  badgasten en herstel-
           leuden  niaar  ook voor gezondeu.   35 pp.   8°.
           Amsterdam, Seyffardt, [1666].
         Nitsche (Wilhelm Hermann)  [1844-    ].  * Ue-
           ber  Supinationshiuderiiisse   nach  Vorderarm-
           fracturen.  20 pp.  8°.  Leipzig, Huethel 4~ Legler,
           1606.
         TVitSCllke (Elias).  *De  custode erraute  Hel-
           montii, sive productione niuci  depravata.  111.
           4°.  Lugd. Bat., apud viduam et hceredes J. Else-
           virii, 1070.  [P., v. 1949.]
         Nitschlliaun (Julius August).  Die Sozojodol-
           pniparate und ihre therapeutische Verwendung.
           7 pp.  8C.   [ Vterii«, 1891.]
              Repr.from: Verhandl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890,
           Berl., 1891, ii, 4. Abth.
         IVitti  (Francesco S.)  II lavoro  umano e le sue
           leggi.   L' aliuieutazione e la  forza di lavoro dei
           popoli; ricerche.   48 pp.   8-'.  Torino, L. Boux
           4- Co.,  1^94.
              Repr.from: Riforma sociale, 1894, ii.
         Nittinger [Karl Georg Gottlob] [1807-74].
              See Grnuami  (H[einricb]  F[riedrich]).   Weitere
           Aphorisinen zur Impffrage [etc.].  8Y  Leipzig, 1875.
         de IVittis (Jacques).  *La participation de l'or-
           ganisme daus 1'immunite.  44 pp.   8-.  Paris,
           1696, Xo. 22b.
         -----.  Glycogen as a therapeutic aid.  5 1.  12°.
           New York, [1903].
         JVitze (Max) [1848-1906].   Lehrbuch  der  Kysto-
           skopie.  Ihre Technik und klinische Bedeutung.
           viii  (1 1.), 329 pp., 6 pl., 4 1.   8°.   Wiesbaden,
           J. F. Bergmann, 1889.
              See, aUo, Meyer (Willy).  On cystoscopy [etc.J.  12°.
           [New York], 1888.
              For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
           Berl., 1906, xxxii, 510.  AUo: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i,  719.
         Nitzeliiadel (Ernst).  Therapeutisches Jahr-
           buch, 1890-92.  Kurze  therapeutische Angaben,
           entuommen der deutschen niedicinischen Jour-
           nal-Literatur der Jahren 1890-92.   1.-3.  Jahrg.
           16°.  Leipzig 4-  Wien, F. Deuticke, 1891-3.
         -----.   Compendium  der Arzneimittellehre und
           Arzneiverordnungslehre.   Fiir  Studierende und
           Aerzte.  iv  (1 1.), 412 pp.  8°.   Leipzig 4" Wien,
           F. Deuticke, 1897.
         -----.   Leiddraad bij  de studie der schoolhygiene
           naar het Duitsch: Leitfadeu der Schulhygiene
           fiir Seminaristen und  Lehrer.   Met aanteeke-
           ningen uit  de  werkeu van   E. Cramer, Ferd.
           Ht'ippe, Carl  Fliigge, Dr. Netolitzky door  J. J.
           Eckmanu.  xi, 63 pp.  8°. Amsterdam,  W. Ver-
           sluys, 1900.
         Nitzscll (Friedrich).   * Die Idee  und die Stufen
           des Opferkultus;  ein  Beitrag zur allgemeinen
           Religionsgeschichte.   Rede.  18  pp.   8°.  Kiel,
           P. Toeche, H89.
Nitzsclie (Emil) [1871-     ].  *Neunzehn Sek-
  tionsbefunde bei puerperaler Eklanip-sie.  54 pp.
  8°.   Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903.
rVitZSClie (Ernst).   * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
  Augenerkrankuugen bei  Diabetes mellitus.  50
  pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1901.
Nitzschke (Christianus).  *Disp. casum gemi-
  1111m lactis e vena aperta educti  tractaus.  11 1.
  sm. 4°.   Wittebergce, lit. M. Meyeri, 1670.

Nine.
    Thomson (B.)  Note upon the natives of Savage
  Island, or  Niu6.  J. Anthrop.  Inst.,  Lond.,  1901, xxxi,
  137-145.
Nivelet  [Francois]  [1809-    ].   De  l'eiec-
  trisation  g£n<5ralisee,  ou  d'une methode  simple,
  facile et iuotfeusive d'appliquer l'eiectricite au
  traitement des maladies  internes.   107 pp.  8°.
  Nancy, M. Vaguer,  1860.
-----.  Guide pratique dn  medecin electricien, ou
  theorie des appareils volta-magnetiqnes et ex-
  pose" sommaire des  donu6<-s pratiques  acquises a
  l'eiectro-therapie.   54 pp., 2 1., 3 pl.  8°.  Paris,
  Leiber, 1862.
-----.  Etude sur le diagnostic  differentiel des
  paralysies en general et  sur leur traitement par
  l'eiectricite.  15 pp.  12°.   Commercy,  C. Ca-
  basse, [1603],
-----.  Loisirs de vieillesse [souvenirs du passe;
  coutraste du present].   Etude sur trois causes
  principales de la depopulation en France: mal-
  thusianisme, cholera  infantile,  phtisie  pulmo-
  naire.   49 pp.   16°.   Commercy,  1888.
-----.  Gall et  sa  doctrine.   Justification des
  principes fondaiuentaux  de l'organologie  cere-
  brale; suivie d'une etude sur l'amuesie, l'apbe-
  mie  et  l'aphasie et d'autres propositions  rela-
  tives au  dedoublemeut  fonctionnel du cerveau
  et a l'autopsychologie.  1 p. 1., 276 pp., 2 1.  8°.
  Paris, F.  Alcan, 1890.
-----.  Miscellanees litt6raires et  scientifiques.
  Medecine;  philosophic;  physiologie;  economic
  sociale.   Extraits  des ceuvres du Dr.  . . .  158
  pp.  12°.   Paris, F. Alcan, 1893.
LVivelet   (Louis- Eugene -Raoul)  [1875-     ].
  * Contribution a l'etude  de la pleurite interlo-
  baire.   120 pp.   8°.   Nancy, 1901, No. 3.

Niven (George)  [1859-1904].
    Obituary.  Brit.  M.  J.,  Lond., 1904, i, 462.  Also:
  Lancet, Loud., 1904, i,  620.
Niven (James).  Observations on fever.  31 pp.
  8°.  Manchester,  1887.
    Repr. from.- Med. Chron., Manchester, 1887, vi.
-----.  Annual reports of the medical officer of
  health to the sanitary committee ofthe borough
  of Oldham.  16., 1888;  17., 1889.  115  pp., 17
  tab.; 128 pp., 17 tab.  8°.  Bolton 4- Manchester,
  1889-90.
-----.  Health  of Manchester.  Weekly  returns
  of the  medical  officer  of health.   March  17,
  1894, to Dec. 21, 1895.  8°.   Manchester, 1890-96.
-----.  Health of  Manchester.   Quarterly  re-
  turns of the medical  officer of health.  1894-5.
  8°.  Manchester, 1894-6.
-----.  Food and drink  in relation  to disease,
  feeding iu  relation to the health of the young.
  42 pp.   roy. 8 \  London 4' Manchester, 1904.
-----.  Reports on the health of the city of Man-
  chester,  1894-1904.   8J.   Manchester, 1895-1905.
rVivet (Alphonse).   * Contribution a  l'etude de
  l'6nucl<$ation des fibromes uterins.  98 pp.  8°.
  Paris,  1905, No. 183.
Nivet ( [Aunet]  V[incent] ) [1809-     ].   Me-
  moire  sur  l'emploi  des  irrigations  continues
  d'eau  froide dans le traitement des fractures
  coinpliquees.  31 pp.  8°.  [Paris, F. Malteste 4r
  Cie., 1M38.]
    Repr. from: Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1838, 2. s., vi. 
N1VET.                                      708                                    NOBELE.
IVivet ([Aunet] V[incent])—continued.
-----.   Dictionnaire  de.s  eaux minerales du de-
  parteinent du  Puy-de-Dome.  274  pp.   8°.
  Clermont, A. Veysset, 1846.
         Etudes sur les  eaux minerales de l'Au-
vergne et du Bourbonnais.   1 p. 1.,  1*0 pp.  8°.
Clermont, Thibaud-Landriot freres, 1850.   [P., v.
1800.]
      Eaux minerales.  48 pp.   8°.  [Clermont-
 Ferrand, 1851.]  [P., v. 1798.]
----.  Recherches sur  les eaux minerales ther-
 males  de  Royat  (Puy-de-D6me).  63 pp.  8°.
 Clermont-Ferrand,  Thibaud-Landriot freres, 1855.
 [P., v. 1799.]
       Documents sur les epidemies qui ont re-
 gne dans l'arrondissement de Clermont-Ferrand
 de 1849  a 1864.  Angiues  pseudo-membraneuses
 et croups, fievres intermittentes simples et per-
 nicieuses, goitre epidemique,  choiera-morbus.
 117 pp., 1 1.  8°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere  4-fils
 1865.    [P., v. 1811.]
----.  fitudes sur le goitre epidemique.  95 pp.
 8°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils, 1873.
       Rapport sur l'assainissenieut de l'H6tel-
  Dieu de  Clermont-Ferrand.   40  pp., 1 1., 1 pl,
  8°.  Clermont-Ferrand, G. Mont-Louis, 1890.
----- & BI atti ll  (H.)  Recherches  sur quel-
^ ques points de I'histoire de la leucorrhee et des
  polypes  vesiculates  de l'ute'rus.   32  pp.   8°.
  Paris, F.  Locquin 4" Cie., 1838.
----- <fc Giraud (A.)  Resume d'uu  rapport
  sur uu triple empoisonnement par le varaire, ou
  eliebore  blauc.   7 pp.  8 .   [Paris, L. Martinet,
  1861.]
    Repr. from: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1861, viii.
NIvet  (X.)   *De la frequence relative  des diffe"-
  rentes varietes de chancres  syphilitiques extra-
  genitaux chez l'homme et chez la femme; suivie
  de quelques considerations  sur un certain uom-
  bre de cas observes a l'hdpital Saint-Louis peu-
  dant  l'annee  1886.   92 pp.   4°.  Paris, 1887,
  No. 205.
Itfiviere (Gilbert) [1857-     ].   *De la perte
  des reflexes tendineux dans  le  diabete sucre.
  113 pp., 1 1.  4°.   Paris, 1888,  No. 251.
    See,  also, Traite pratique d'bydrologie medicale.  8°.
  Paris, 1896.-----.  The same.   Prakticheskoye ruko-
  vodstvo po meditsinskol hidrologii  [etc.]. 8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, 1901.
Nivollet (Gaston) [1874-   ].  * De l'hysterec-
  tomie sus-pubieune totale sous-peritoneale (pro-
  cede de Jaboulay); parallele avec les autres  me-
  thodes il'hysterectomie.  50 pp., 11.  8°. Lyon.
  1901, No. 39.
Nixon (Sir Christopher J[ohn]) [1849-   ].   On
  functional mitral murmur.   17 pp.  8°.  Dub-
  lin, J. Falconer, 1873.
    Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1873, lv.
-----.   The necessity of mental culture for pro-
  fessional students;  an inaugural address.   29
  pp.  8°.  Dublin, J. Falconer, 1879.   [P., v. 2094.]
         Note^ upon mitral stenosis.  7 pp.   8°.
Dublin, J. Falconer, 1879.   [P., v. 2092; 2094.1
  Repr. from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1879, 3. s., lxvii.
----.  On functional murmur in the pulmonary
 artery.  13 pp.  8°.  Dublin, J. Falconer, 1881.
 [P., v. 2095.]
   Repr.from: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1881, 3. s., lxxii.
       The cardiac  murmurs of the mitral area.
20 pp., 5 pl.  8°.  Dublin, J. Falconer, 1886.
  Repr.from: Dublin J. M.  Sc, 1886, lxxxi.
-----.   Handbook of hospital practice and phys-
  ical diagnosis,   xix, 344 pp., 3 pl.  8°.  London,
  J. 4- A. Churchill, 1889.
-----.   Scientific teaching in  medicine.  35 pp
  12°.   Dublin, J. Falconer, [1893].
Nixon  (Susau).
    See True (A) copy of the depositions [etc.].  12°.
  Sydney, 1881.                         L   '
 Nizet  (Henri).  L'hypnotisme.  Etude critique
   304 pp.   12°.  Bruxelles, C. Rozez, [1892].
 -----.   The same.   2. ed.   304 pp.  12\  Paris
   F.  Alcan, 1693.                               '
 Nizhegorodtseflf (M[ikhail] N[ikolayevich])
   [1851-   ].  O mierakh k podnyatiyu urovnya i
   uluchsheniyu  polozlieuiya sluzhitelskavo per-
   sonala v zavedeniyakh dlya dushevno-bolnlkh.
   [On the  measures for raising the level and im-
   proving the condition of the serving personnel
   in institutions for the insane.]  59 pp.   <c.  S.-
   Peterburg, M. M. Stasyulevich,  1897.
 Nizhni-Novgorod.  Otehot Nizhegoroilskol
   gorodskoi sanitarnol  kommissii za 1891 g.   So-
   stavleu  N.  Grats'ianovim.  [Report of the  city
   sanitary  commission  of  Nizhni-Novgorod  for
   1891.  Compiled by N. Gratsi'anoff.]  48, lv pp.,
   3 1.   8°.   Nizhni   Novgorod,  RolsJci 4" Dushni.
   1893.

 Nizhni-Novgorod.
    See,  also, Cholera (History, etc., of), Influenza
   (History, etc., of), Prostitution (History, etc., of),
   by localities
    Orglert (A.)  Nizhegorodskiy Yarmarochniy  Vra-
   chebno-Politselskiy Komitet za yarmarku  1904 goda.
   [The medical police committee of Nizhni-Novgorod fair for
   1904.]   Vestnik obsh.  hig., sudeb. i  prakt. m6d.  St. Pe-
   tersb., 1905. 1028; 1159. — Shitoff(F.)  Sanitarnoy(-  sos-
   toyauiye Nizhegorodskoi yarmarki v 1898 godu.  |Sani-
   tary condition of the Nizhni-Novgorod fair in 1898.1
   Feldscher,  St. Petersb., 1899, ix, 305; 357; 391; 423; 446:
   470.
 Noack (Alexandre)  [1871-     ].   * Du rel&ve-
   ment des bras dans l'extraction par les  pieds;
   son traitement (abaissement  du  bras  auterieur
   par des manoeuvres extemes).  58 pp.  8°.  Lyon,
   1896, 2. s., No.  24.
 Noack (Alphous).
    See Handbuch der homoopathischen Arzneimittel-
   lebre.   8°.  Leipzig, 1847-8.
 Noack (R.) fils.  Guide hoinceopathique domes-
   tique a  l'usage des  families.   2.  ed.   258 pp.
   12°. Lyon, imp. DescUe, de Brouwer 4' Cie., 1890.
 Noad  (Henry M.)   Chemical manipulation and
   analysis,  qualitative  and quantitative.  Pt. 1.
   Qualitative, Nos. 1-4.  116 pp., 4 tab.  8°.  Lon-
   don, R. Baldwin, 1848.
    Library of Useful Knowledge.  N. s. and continuation,
   nos. 1-4.
 -----.   Chemical analysis, qualitative and quan-
  titative.  W»th numerous additions by Camp-
  bell Morfit.  viii,  17-572  pp.,  1 1.,  4  tab.  8°.
  Philadelphia, Lindsay 4' Blakiston,  1849.
Noaillac (Jean-Eugene) [1861-     ].   * Du si-
   niaronba dans  la dysenterie chronique.  53 pp.
  4°.  Bordeaux, 1893, No. 38.
Non I in.
    von  llauer (A.)   TJeber die Anwendung des Noalin.
   Oesterr. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien, 1905,  iii, 325-330.
Nobe (Walter)  [1871-    ].   * Ueber Blasenrnp-
  tur.  [Breslau.]  30 pp. 8°.  Leipzig, G.Thieme,
  1903.
Nohecourt (Pierre) [1871-    ].  * Recherches
  sur la  pathogenie  des infections gastro intesti-
  nales des jeunes enfants.  86pp., 11. 8C.  Paris,
   1899, No. 348.
      .   The  same.   86 pp.,  1 1.  8J.   Paris, G.
  Steinheil, 1899.
Nobel prize.
    Recipients ofthe Nobel prize in physiology and med-
  icine.  Detroit M. J., 1905-6, v, 145; 181; 184; 186.
Nobel  (Alfred)[lSS3-96].
    dc lHoaenthal (H.)  Die Thatigkeit Alfred Nobel'a.
  Ztschr. f. ang. Chem., Berl., 1899, 753; 782.
le Nobel (C.)  Leiddraad bij het qualitatief on-
  derzoek der urine.  64 pp., 4 pl.  8°.   Haarlem,
  de erven F. Bohn, 1888.
de Nobele  (L.).
    Editor of: Revue pharmaceutiqae, Gand, 1885-94. 
NOBILE-LOJACOM).
709
NOBLE.
Nobile-L.ojacono (Luigi).
    Co-Editor of: Bollettino bibliograflco delle pubblica-
  zioui mediche italiane, Firenze, 1900.
Nobiling (Alfred)  [1845-     ].   Der patholo-
  gisch-anatomische Befuud bei dem Erstickungs-
  tode des Xeugeborenen und seine Verwerthung
  in geriohtlich-mediciniselier Beziehung.   33 pp.
  8°.  Miinchen, J. A. Finsterlin, 1864.
    Repr.from: Aerztl. Int.-BL, Munchen, 1884, xxxi.
    See, aUo, Handbuch der Prophylaxe. 8°.  Munchen,
  1900.  -----.  The same.   Rukovodstvo k profllaktikle
  [etc.].  SY S.-Peterburg, 1901.
    Also, Co-Editor of: Deutsche Praxis, Munchen,1901-3.
Nobilis  pharmacopola.  Historia,  si non vera,
  jucunda [etc.].
    See Surprize (The); or, the gentleman turn'd apothe-
  cary [in 1. s.]. 16°.  London, 1739.
Nobl (G.)  Pathologie der blenuorrhoiscben und
  veuerischen Lyinphgefass-Erkrankungen.  Eine
  aetiologisch-anatomische Studie.   2 p. 1.,  160
  pp.   8°.  Wien 4" Leipzig, F. Deuticke, 1901.
------.  Ueber hlennorrhoiscbe Syuovialmetasta-
  seu.  26 pp.  8°.   Wien. 1903.
    Forms 5. Hft., v. 29, of: Wien. Klinik.
Noble (Charles P[ercy]) [186:3-    ].   Primary
  perineorraphy.   12 pp.   16°.  [Detroit, 1890.]
    Repr.from: Med. Age, Detroit, 1890, viii.
------.  Report  of  a case of abdominal section.
  8 pp.  12°.   Boston, 1890.
    Repr.from: Med. Sc Surg. Rep. City Hosp., Bost., 1890.
------.  Abdominal surgery   at  the  Kensington
  Hospital for Women.  16  pp.  ec.  [Philadel-
  phia, 1891.]
     Repr.from: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1891,  xii.
------.  The  dangers of  leaving the products of
  inflammation in the female  pelvis.  44 pp.  16°.
  Philadelphia, 1891.
    Repr. from: Ann. Gynaec. Sc Paediat., Phila., 1890-91, iv.
------.  Minor  uterine  surgery.   16 pp.   16°.
  Philadelphia, 1691.
    Repr. from: Ann. Gynaec. & Paediat., Phila., 1890-91, iv.
------.  The  peroxide  of hydrogen; its  uses in
  abdominal surgery.  4 pp.    12°.   [Philadelphia,
  1891.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1891, lviii.
------.  Pyosalpinx  in relatiou  to  sterility  in
  women.   12 pp.  16°.   Philadelphia, 1891.
    Repr.from: Ann.  Gynaec. Sc Paediat., Phila., 1890-91, iv.
------.  Salpingitis considered in  its relation to
  pregnancv  and the  puerperal  state.   13  pp.
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1891.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1891, xvi.
.         Unique case of Cesarean section.  6  pp.
  8°.  New York, W.  Wood <f-  Co., 1891.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., X.  T., 1891, xxiv.
------.  A year's work in abdominal surgery at
  the  Kensington  Hospital   for Women.  48  pp.
  16°.  Philadelphia,  Univ. Penn. Press, 1891.
    Repr. from.- Ann.  Gynaec. Sc Paediat., Phila., 1891-2, v.
------.  Case of  true pelvic  abscess. 5 pp.   8°.
  Philadelphia,  Univ.  Penn. Press, 1-92.
    Repr.from: Ann.  Gynajc. Sc Paediat., Phila., 1892-3, vi.
------.  Certain aspects of gonorrhoea in women.
  15 pp.  8-.   [Philadelphia,  1892.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1892, xvii.
------.  Early diagnosis and  operation in cancer
  ofthe uterus.  4 pp.  8y   Toledo, 0., 1892.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynec. J., Toledo, 1892, ii.
------.  Endometritis considered  clinically.   13
  pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia,  1692.]
    Repr. from.- Ann.  Gynaec. & Paediat., Phila., 1891-2, v.
------.   Points in  office practice  in the treat-
  ment of  the diseases  of  women.  9  pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1*92.]
    Repr. from.- Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1892, xiii.
------.   A year's  work in minor  surgical gyne-
  cology at the Kensington Hospital for Women.
  9 pp.   6'-.   [Philadelphia, 1692.]
    Repr. from : Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1892, xiii.
Noble (Charles P[ercy])—continued.
------.   The  Cnesarean section  and  its  substi-
  tutes.   10 pp.  8°.   Xew York, W.  Wood 4- Co.,
  1.-93.
    Repr. from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1893, xxvii.
------.   The causation  of  the diseases of women.
  8 pp.   8°.  [Philadelphia, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Internat. M. Mag., Phila. 1893, ii.
------.   Thesame.  16 pp.  16°.  [ Chicago, 1893.1
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi.     •
------.   Certain problems iu abdominal surgery,
  based  on one hundred celiotomies done at the
  Kensington  Hospital  for Women.  24 pp.  8°.
  [Philadelphia, ln93.]
    Repr.from: Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893 xiv.
------.   Report of a successful elective Caesa-
  rean  section.   3 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, Univ.
  Penn. Press, 1893.
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. & Paediat., Phila., 1892-3, vi.
------.   Report of two years' work iu abdominal
  surgery  at the  Kensington Hospital for Wo-
  men,  Philadelphia.  18 pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia,
  1693.-]
    Repr.from: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1893, ii.
------.   The relations of  urinary conditions to
  gynaecological  surgery.    12 pp.   16°.   [New
  York, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. T., 1893, vi.
------.   Report of a  year's work in minor gyne-
  cological surgery iu the Kensington Hospital
  for Women, Philadelphia.  8 pp.  8°.   [Phila-
  delphia, 1893.]
    Repr.from: Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893, xiv.
------.   Symphysiotomy versus  its  substitutes;
  with  tbe report  of a case of symphysiotomy.
  19 pp.  12°.  Philadelphia,  1893.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii.
------.   Vaginal  hysterectomy for cancer, with a
  report of four cases.  4  pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  Univ. Penn. Press, 1893.
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. & Paediat., Phila., 1892-3, vi.
------.   Acute puerperal cellulitis and true pelvic
  abscess.  10 pp.  8°.   [New York, 1894.]
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1894, xxix.
------.   The diagnosis of pregnancy during the
  first three months.  4 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia,
  1894.
    Repr.from: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv.
------.   A new method of  examining the kidney,
  especially for stone.  3 pp.  8°.   [Philadelphia,
  1894.
    Repr.from: Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila  1894. xv.
------.   A new uterine curetting forceps    1 1.
  8°.  [Philadelphia,  1894.]
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynasc. Sc Paediat., Phila., 1893-4, vii.
------.   The perfect needle-holder.   2 pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1694  ]
    Repr. from: Ann. Gynaec. Sc Paediat.. Phila., 1894, vii.
------.   Procidentia  uteri.   8 pp.  -  .   [Phila-
  delphia,  1694.]
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec.  & Paediat., 1893-4. vii.
------.   Profuse menstruation.  7 pp.  8°.   [Phil-
  adelphia, 1894.]
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec. Sc Paediat., Phila., 1893-4, vii.
------.   Remarks on the treatment  of  inevitable
  abortion.  2 1.   «°.   Philadelphia,  1694.
    Repr.from: Codex Med. Phila., 1894, i
------.   Surgical shock. 6 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,
  Univ. of Penn. Pvess, 1694.
    Repr.from: Ann. Gynaec & Paediat., Phila., 1893-4, vii.
------.   Symphyseotomy versus the  induction of
  premature  labor.   10 pp.   8°.   [Philadelphia,
  1894.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1894, xix.
------.   Uterine  fibroids.   8 pp.  8°.   Philadel-
  phia, 1894.
    Repr.from: Med. & Surg.  Reporter, Phila., 1894, lxx. 
NOBLE.
710
NOBLE.
Noble (Charles P[<-rcy])—continued.
        Appendicitis of mild type.   4 pp.
8°.
 [Xew York, 169b.]
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vii.
----.  Cot-liotomy for puerperal septicaemia and
 peritonitis.  8 pp.  8°.  New York, 189b.
   Repr. from: Am. Gynaec. Sc Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vi.
       A consideration of some of  the newer
 problems in abdominal and pelvic surgery  in
 womeu.  20 pp.  8'\  Xew York, W. Wood 4' Co.,
 1895.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1895, xxxii.
----.   Movable kidney.  7 pp.  8°.  New York,
 [1895],
   Repr.from: Gaillard's M. J., 2JT. Y., 1895, lxi.
----.   Puerperal pelvic  cellulitis and puerperal
 peritonitis.  8 pp.   8°.  [New York, 1895.]
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vi.
----.   The  relatiou of  certain  urinary condi-
 tions  to gyuecological  surgery.    10  pp.   8°.
 [ Washington, 1895.]
   Repr.from: Tr.Pan-Am.M.Oong.l893,"Wash.,1895,pt. 1.
----.   Remarks on  ectopic  pregnancy.   4 pp.
 Hy   [New York, 1895.]
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. &. Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vi.
----.   Technique of emptying the  uterus in in-
 evitable abortion.   21.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1895.
   Repr.from: Codex med. Phila., 1895, ii.
        A clinical report on the course of preg-
 nancy and  labor  as  influenced bv suspensio
 uteri.  8 pp.  8°.   Xew York, J. D. Emmet, 1896.
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, ix.
----.  A consideration of certain doubtful points
 in the management of abortion.   11 pp.    16°.
 Detroit, 1896.
   Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1896, x.
----.  Drainage versus radical operation in the
 treatment of large pelvic abscesses.  7 pp.  12°.
 Chicago, 1896.
   Repr. from .- J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii.
----.  A new operation for certain cases of pro-
 cidentia uteri.  3 pp.  8°.   New York, 1896.
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. Sc Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, viii.
----.  Remarks on the use of the buried perma-
 nent suture in abdominal surgery.   6 pp.  8°.
 New York, J. D. Emmet, K-96.
   Repr. from: Am. Gynaec Sc Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, ix.
       Suspensio  uteri with  reference to  its in-
fluence upon pregnancy and labor.  19 pp.  8°.
New York, W. Wood &■ Co.,  1896.
  Repr.from: Am. J. Obst, N. Y.. 1896, xxxiv.
       Suspensio uteri, or ventrofixation of  the
 uterus; its influence upon pregnancy and labor.
 1 1.  8°.  New York, 1896.
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, viii.
----.   A contribution to the technique of opera-
 tions for the cure  of laceration of  the pelvic
 floor in  womeu.  10 pp.  8C.   New York, J. D.
 Emmet, 16{)7.
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N". Y., 1897, x.
----.   The developmeut and the present status
 of hysterectomy for fibro-myomata.   40 pp.  1 nl
 8°.   Boston, 1897.                           * '
   Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynaec. Soc, Phila., 1897, xxii.
----.   Ectropion  of  the cervix  in nullipara?
 resembling laceration of  the cervix.  6 pp.  8°
 New York, J. D. Emmet,  1897.
   Repr.from. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1897, x.
----.   A new method of suturing the abdominal
 wall in celiotomy.  4 pp., 1 pl.  8°.   New York
 W. Wood 4- Co.,  1897.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,  1897, xxxv.
----.  Some  further  observations  concerning
 movable kidney.  10 pp.  8G.  New York, 1897.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1897, xxxv
Noble (Charles P[ercy])—continued.
-----.   Vaginal incision and drainage of suppur-
  ratiug hematoceles due  to ectopic gestation.
  3 pp.   8C.   New  York, J. D. Emmet, 1897.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1*97, x.
-----.   Abdominal .section ou a patient suffering
  from exophthalmic goitre.  2 pp.  8°. New York
  1698.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. Sc Obst. J., N. T., 1898, xiii.
         Closure of vesico-vagiual fistulas follow-
ing vaginal  hysterectomy  and  other  operative
procedures  by  the vaginal  route.  4 pp.  6:>
New York, 1898.
  Repr.from:  Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1898, xiii.
       The conservative treatment of fibroid tu-
 mors by myomectomy.  11 pp.  12°.  [Pittsbura.
 1898.]                                        *'
   Repr.from: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1897-8, ii.
----.   The conservative treatment of pelvic sup-
 puration of puerperal origin.   13 pp.  8-.  Phil-
 adelphia, 1898.
   Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1898, ii.
----.   Shall absorbable or nonabsorbable liga-
 tures  aud sutures be employed in hysterectomy
 and salpingo-oophorectomy ?   13 pp.  12°.  New
 York, 1898.
   Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxiii.
----.   Alexander's operation.  6 pp.  8°.  New
 York, 1899.
   Repr from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. j., N. Y., 1899, xiv.
----.   The history of the early  operations for
 fibroid tumors.  32 pp.  8°.  New York, W. Wood
 4r Co.,  1699.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. V., 1899, xl.
----.   Operations during pregnancy. 7 pp.  8°.
 Neio York,  1899.
   Repr  from.- Am. GynaBc. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xiv.
----.   Progress in  gynecology;   an  address.
 5 pp.   8°.  Baltimore, 1899.
   Repr.from: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1899, xlii.
        Remarks ou  nephrectomy, with  a plea
 for  the more certain and earlier  diagnosis of
 conditions requiring it.  24 pp.  12°.  Pittsbura,
 1899.         i     *        rr-               y,
   Repr.from: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii.
----.   True conservatism in gynecology. 24 pp.
 12°,  Pittsburg, 1899.
   Repr.from: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1898-9. ii.
----.   Address in obstetrics.  '29 jtp.  8\  Pitts-
 burg, 1900.
   Repr.from:  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg 1900, iv.
        Nephrorrhaphy.  11 pp.   8°.  [Chicago],
1900,
   Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv.
----.   Remarks  on   extra-uterine  pregnancy.
 5 pp.   8°.   Xew York, 1900.
   Repr.from: Am. Gynaec Sc Obst. J., N. Y , 1900, xvi.
----.   Remarks ou  the influence of technique
 upon  the results  of closure  of wounds of the
 abdominal wall.   16 pp.  12°.   Boston, 1900.
   Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxln
----.   Report of a case of nephrectomy for pyo-
 nephrosis due to the impactiou of a stone in the
 ureter, with remarks on the importance  of the
 earlv diagnosis aud treatment of renal calculi.
 4 pp., 1 pl.  8°.  New York, 1900.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1900, xii.
----.   Report of two cases of epithelioma ofthe
 vulva.  3 pp.,  1 pl.   8°.  New York, 1900.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1900, xlii.
        The  complications and degenerations  of
fibroid tumors ofthe uterus as bearing upon the
treatment of these  growths.  16 pp.   8°.  New
York, 1901.
  Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xliv. 
NOBLE.
711
NOBLE.
Noble (Charles P[ercy])—continued.
.------.  General considerations of  treatment of
  placenta previa.  10 pp.  8°.  Detroit, 1901.
    Repr.from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1901, 3. s., xvii.
------.  The new formation of the female urethra,
  with report of a case.  8 pp.  8\  New York,
  1901.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901,  xliii.
------.  The ultimate results of operation for can-
  cer of  the uterus.  11 pp.  8 .   Philadelphia,
  1901.
    Repr.from: Phila. M. J., 1901, viii.
------.  Clinical report  upon ureteral surgery.
  9 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1902.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv.
-----.  The half-hitch  suture;  anew suture  for
  use iu anterior colporrhapby.  4 pp.  8°.  New
  York, 1902.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1902, xiv.
-----.  Report of a case of epithelioma of the  cli-
  toris, with operation.  4  pp. 8°.   New  York
  1902.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1902, xlvi.
-----.  Two cases of deciduomamalignum.  8 pp.
  8°.  New York, 1902.
   Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1902, xlvi.
■-----.  The operative cure  of  procidentia uteri.
  5 pp. 8°.   Philadelphia, 1902.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii.
------.  The treatment of suppuration in the uter-
  ine appendages.  5 pp.  4°.  Philadelphia, 1902.
    Repr. from : Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii.
------.  The ultimate  results of nephrorrhaphy.
  21.  a°.  Neio York, E. B. Treat 4'  Co., 1902.
    Repr.from: Internat. M. Mag., Phila,  1902, xi.
------.  The use of the electric cautery clamp in
  the treatment of cancer of the uterus.  6  pp.
  6\  Neiv York, 1902.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynec, N.Y., 1902, L
------.  Exhibition  of a  specimen  of abdominal
  pregnancy removed  at the end of twenty-one
  months by cceliotomy.  2 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  1903.
    Repr.from: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1903, 3. s., xxv.
■       Personal experience in operations upon
  diabetic patients.   5 pp.  4C. Philadelphia, 1903.
    Repr.from: Am. Med. Phila., 1903, vi.
------. Preliminary report  of an  operation for
  abdominal  pregnancy of  twenty-one months'
  duration.  4 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1903.
    Repr. from.- Phila. M. J., 1903, xi.
------. The r61e of  the cystoscope iu the diagno-
  sis and  treatment of some diseases of the  uri-
  nary tract.  10 pp.  8°.  Pittsburg,  1903.
    Repr.from: Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1903, vi.
------.  The significance of the temperature in the
  diagnosis of extra-uterine pregnancy during the
  period of collapse from hemorrhage.  2 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1903.
    Repr. from: Phila. M. J., 1903, xi.
-----.  A study of the degenerations and compli-
  cations  of fibroid  tumors of the uterus from the
  standpoint of  the  treatment  of these growths.
  14 pp.  8y  New York, 1903.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynec, N. Y., 1903, ii.
-----.  The Downes electrothermic  clamps.  Fur-
  ther experience in their use in the treatment of
  cancer of the  uterus.  6 pp.  8°.   Chicago, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii.
-----.  The nature  of the indications for opera-
  tion for fibroid tumors of the uterus.  6 pp.  12°.
  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Repr.from: Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii.
------.  Observations upon gastric, intestinal,  and
  liver surgery in the German clinics.   13 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Repr.from: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1904, 14. s., i.
Noble (Charles P[ercy])—continued.
-----.   Overlapping  the aponeuroses in the clo-
  sure of wounds of  the abdominal wall.  8 pp.
  12".  New York, 1904.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N.Y., 1904, lxxxv.
-----.  Report of a case of the invasion of a fibro-
  inyoma of the uterus by au  adenocarcinoma,
  which by metaplasia  had assumed the appear-
  ance of a squamous  cell carcinoma.  5  pp., 1 pl.
  8°.   New York, 1904.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, xlix.
-----.   Some of the more unusual results of mov-
  able kidney.   12 pp.  12°.   New York, 1904.
    Repr.from: N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix.
-----.   The treatment  of  fibroid  tumors of the
  uterus.  8 pp.  8°.  Chicago, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1904,  xlii.
-----.   Cancer of  the  uterus.  (Transactions of
  the New York State Medical Association,  1905.)
  8 pp.   12°.  New York, 1905.
-----.   Extrauterine pregnancy.   13  pp.   12c.
  [New York], 1905.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii.
------.   The treatment of retrodisplacements of
  the uterus.  16 pp.  12°.  [Scranton],  1905.
    Repr.from: Tr. Lackawanna Co. Med. Soc, Scranton,
  1905, i.
    See, also, Kensington Hospital for Women, Phila-
  delphia. Special report.  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1896.J
-----  & Babcock  (W.  Wayne ).  A   new
  method of diagnosis of tuberculosis of the  kid-
  ney.   5 pp.  8°.   New York, 1899.
    Repr.from.- Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xv.
 -----------.  Report  of  three  rare operations
  upon the urinary organs: 1. Hypernephroma of
  the kidney;  nephrectomy.   2. Papillary carci-
  noma ofthe pelvis of  the kidney; nephrectomy.
  3. Stone  in  the  left ureter;  extraperitoneal
  operation; removalof the stone.  11 pp., 2 pl.
  8°.  [New  York. 1902.]
    Repr.from:  Am. Gynec, N. Y., 1902, i.
-----& Tunis (Joseph P.)  A case of dermoid
  tumor of both  ovaries complicated  by a deposit
  of bone upon each side ofthe true pelvis, hav-
  ing no connection with the  tumors.  6 pp.   8°.
  Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1895, ex.
Noble (George H.)   Abortive treatment of mam-
  mary abscesses, aud the cure of fissured nipples
  by means of a new aud  effectual compress.  8
  pp.  8°.  Atlanta, 1882.
    Repr.from:  AtlantaM. Reg., 1882-3, ii.
-----.   A case  of carcinoma of  the parturient
  uterus removed  three days after confinement;
  recovery.  4 pp.  8 \   [New York, 1895.]
    Repr.from:  Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1895,  vi.
-----.  A remarkable  case of  ruptured ectopic
  preguaney;  late  operation;  recovery.  3  pp.
  8°.  New York, 1895.
    Repr.from:  Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1895,  vii.
-----.  Oue hundred and sixty-six cases of can-
  cer of the pregnant  uterus occurring since 1886.
  29 pp.  8°.  Atlanta,  1896.
    Repr.from:  Atlanta M. & S. J., 1896, 3. s., xiii.
-----.  A  remarkable  case  of ventral  hernia,
  cured  by  a flap operation.  7 pp.  16°.   New
  York,  1896.
    Repr.from:  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, ix.
-----.  Four cases of abscess ofthe uterus treated
  by incision, cuiettement, sterilization  with car-
  bolic  acid, and drainage.  12 pp.  8°.  [n.p.],
  1897.
    Repr.from:  Tr. South. Surg.  & Gynaec. Ass., 1897, x.
-----.  Ureteral anastomosis.  16 pp.  8°.  New
  York,  1899.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1899, xv.
-----.  I. Seventeen years of congenital noctur-
  nal incontinence of  urine  cured by operation. 
NOBLE.                                      712                                      NODES.
 Noble (George H.)—continued.
  11. Suspension  of  the  uterus  by intramural
  shortening  of the  round  ligaments.   III.  An
  operation of cystocele.  IV. Pregnancy in uterus
  bicornis.  53 pp.  h°.   Philadelphia, W.  J. Dor-
  nan, 1900.
     Repr.from: Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass., 1899, xii.
 -----.   A flap operation for atresia of the vagina.
  8  pp.  12°.  Atlanta, Foote rf-  Davies  Co., 1900.
     Repr.from: Tr. South. Surg.  Sc Gynec. Ass., 1900, xiii.
 ------.   A new method of suturing the fascia and
  levator ani muscle  in  perineorrhaphy; also an
  operation  for complete laceration of  the peri-
  neum  designed  for  the purpose of  eliminating
  danger of  infection from  the rectum.   29 pp.
  8C.  New York, 1903.
     Repr.from: Am. Gynec, N.Y., 1903, ii.
 Noble (J. W.).
     See.  Eail  (Rowland).  A letter [etc.].  8°. Leicester,
  [1851].
 Noble (William  H.)   Report  of au  operation
  l'nr the removal of the  stomach  for carcinoma.
  7 pp.   12°.   New York, 1898.
     Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii.
 Nobles (Newman T.  B.)  A text-book of minor
  surgery, including bandaging,  ix (1.  1.), 17-325
   pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, Boericke  4"  Tafel, 1903.
 Noble's Isle of Mau General Hospital and Dis-
  pensary, Douglas.   Annual reports of the com-
  mittee to the subscribers and douors.  31., 1880-
  81; 32.,  1881-2;  45., 1894-5;  46., 1895-6.  8°.
  Douglas, 1881-96.
 Nohlet (AndreVLouis) [1870-    ].   *De  Fietus
  6motionnel  dans la  pathogenie  des  affections
  cardiaques.   72 pp.   4°.  Bordeaux, 1893, No. 40.
 Noblet ( L[ouis-Sylvain ]) [ 1842-     ].  *Le
  me"ningisme;   syndrome  de E. Dupre\  96 pp.
  4°.  Paris,  1895,  No. ho.
 Noblot ( Paul-Auguste-de-J6sus )  [1863-    ].
  * Essai sur  les  affections  oculaires  lie"es a  la
  menstruation. 40 pp., 11.  4°.  Bordeaux, 1889,
  No. 63.
 Nobscot Mountain spring.   8 1.  obi. 12°.
  Boston, 1891.
 Noc (Fernand- Edmond) [1875-    ].   "fitude
  anatomique des ganglions nerveux du coeur chez
  le chien, et  de lenrs modifications dans l'intoxi-
  catiou dipht6ritique expdrimeutale aigue.   36
  pp., 1 pl., 1 1.  8°.   Bordeaux, 1899, No. 2.
 -----.   Technique de  microbiologic  tropicale.
  Pr6c6de"  d'uue preface du Dr.  A.  Calmette.  ix,
  320 pp.  12°.   Paris, 0. Doin,  1905.
 Nocard  (Ed[moud-Isidore-Etienue])  [1850-
  1903]. Rapport sur  la disinfection  des de"chets
  de boucherie.  Conseil d'hygiene  publique et de
  salubrit6 du departement \le la  Seine.  12 pp.
  4°. Paris, imp. Chaix, 1892.
 -----.   Rapport sur  la suppression  des  tueries
  particnlieres.  10 pp.  4°.   Paris, imp.  Chaix,
  1893.                                          '
 -----.   La rage et les moyens de s'en preserver.
  ■13 pp. 8°.   Paris, 1894.
-----.   Les tuberculoses animates; leurs rapports
  avec  la  tuberculose humaine.   208 pp.  12°
  Paris, G. Masson, [1894].
-----.   The same.  The animal tuberculoses and
  their  relation  to human tuberculosis. Transl.
  by H.  Scurfield.  viii, 9-143 pp.  12°.   London,
  Bailliere, Tindall 4- Cox, 1895.
    For Biography, see Ann. de lTnst. Pasteur, Par 1903
  xvn. 521.  AUo: Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1903, ii,  496.  Also'-
  Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1903, n.  s., xxi 443-
  447. Also: Compt. reud. Soc.de biol., Par., 1903  lv 1141-
  1143 (A M  Bloch  Sc Galippe). Also: Deutsche' med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 712 (E. Metachni-
  koff).   Also:  Gaz. med. de Par.,  1903,12. s., iii, 264  Also ■
  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1903,  xii, 507. Also: J H\-e
  Cambridge, 1903, iii, 517-519, port.  (G. H. F. Nuttallj'
  Also,Reprmt. Also: J. de med. v6t. et zootech., Lyon 1903
 Nocard (Ed[mond-Isidore-Etienno])—cont'd.
   5. s., vii, 449-461. AUo: J. San. Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv
   535.  Also: Progres med.. Par., 1903, 3. s., xviii, 94. AUo '•
   Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1903, x, 497-532, port.   AUo, Re-
   print.  Also.- Progres med., Par., 1903, 3. s.,  xviii, 94.
   AUo:  Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1903, xi, 716-1
   718 (D. J. Cranwell).  AUo: Tribune med., Par., 1903, 2.
   s., xxxv, 129 (C. L.). AUo: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1903  ii
   475-4S0 (M. H. Vallee). Also: Vet. Rec, Lond., 1903-4]
   xvi,  95.  Also: Ztschr. f.  diatet. u. physik.  Therap.
   Leipz., 1903, v, 109.                             * '
 ----- & Lieclainche (E.)   Les maladies  mi-
   crobiennes des animaux.  ix, 816 pp.  8°.  Pa-
   ris, G. Masson, 1896.
 -----------.  The same. 3. 6(1.  2 v.  ii, 668 pp.;
   645 pp., 1 1.   8°.  Paris, Masson 4- Cie., 1903.
 -----------.   The  same.  Mikrobnlya  boliezni
   zhivotnikh.   Perevod s frantsuzskavo  s doba-
   vleniyami.  [Translated from the French, with
   additions.]   Pts. 1.-3.  557  pp.  8°. S.-Peter-
   burg,  Trenke 4" Fyusno, 1897[-8].
 Nocca  (Domenico).  Instituzioni di botauica
   pratica applicabili alia mediciua, alia fisiologia,
   all' economia ed  alle arti.  3 v.   8°.  Pavia, G.
   Capelli, 1808-9.
 Noccioli (Guido).   Resoconto, clinico statistioo
   del servizio chirurgico  prestato nei  rr. Spe-
   dali di Pisa,  1900-1901  to  1901-2.   55  pp.   8°.
   Pisa, tipog. successori F. F. Nistri, 1903.

 Nocera.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of),
   by localities.
Nocera  (Josephus).  Opus  medico-physicum
   contemplativum in quo varia? medentum Bectae
  circa  phlebotomiam et phaimaciain discutiun-
  tur.   Systema de febribus noudiim clare divulga-
  tum juxta Democriti et Epicuri dogmata novis
  rationibus et experimentis promgnatnr.  5 p.
  1., 444 pp., 13 1.  16°.   Messanw, V. de Amico,
  1695.
Noclit  (B[ernhard  Albrecht  Eduard])   [1857-
      ].   Die iirztliche Mitwirkung bei der sozia-
  len Fiirsorge im Seeverkehr.
    In:  Handb. d. sozial. Med.. 8°.  Jena, 1904, iv, 339-382.
    See, also, Brix [J.], I*full I [Eduard] Sc IVocht [Bern-
  hard Eduard Albrecht].  Die Bekampfung der Infections-
   krankheiten. Hygienischer Theil [etc]. 8°. Leipzig, 1894.
Nockher(Ludger)[1865-    ].   *UeberTuber-
  kulose der  Urethra.  [Bonn.]   34 pp., 1 1.   8°.
  Siegburg, Gebr. Daemisch, [1890].
Nocton (Henri).  * De  la procidence des mem-
  bres dans l'accouchement.  108 pp.  8°.   Paris,
  1904, No. 286.

Noc 111a pronuba.
    Griffiths (A. B.) On the reproductive organs of Noc-
  tua pronuba.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1892-5, xx, 98-102,
   lpl.
Nocturnal emissions.
    See Genitals (Female, Glands of, Diseases of)',
  Spermatorrhoea.

 Nodding' spasm.
    See Spasm (Nodding or rotary).
Noder (Hans) [1873-    ].  * Ueber Tuberkulose
  des Oesophagus.  40 pp., 1 pl., 1 1.  8°.  Miin-
  chen, Kastner 4' Callwey, 1903.

Nodes (Hcemolymph).
    Dayton  (H.)  Hsemolymph nodes.  Am. J. M.  Sc,
   Phila.  & N. Y., 1904, n. a'., exxvii, 448-458.—Lcvria (S.)
   On the structure aud functions of the hajmolymph organs.
   Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. vi-viii.—Warthin
   (A. S.)  Are the bemolvmpb nodes organs sui generis.'
   Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1901-2, v, 151-172.

Nodes (Heberderis).
    See, also, Gout and rheumatism;  Joints (In-
  flammation of, Chronic, etc.).
    Osier (W.)   Heberden's nodes.   Montreal M. J.,
   1895-6, xxiv, 520-522. 
NODET.
713
NOELL.
 Nodet (Victor) [1873-    ].   *Les agnoscies; la
  c^cit6 psyehique  en particulier.   220 pp.   8°.
  Lyon,  1899, No. 2.
 .-----.   The same.  220 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Paris, F.
  Alcan, 1899.
 Nodier (Charles).
    Charles Nodier, m6decin et  malade.  Chron. m6d.,
  Par., 1903, x, 165-171.
 Nodot (L6opold) [1861-    ].  * Des indications
  op6ratoires  dans  les  luxations anciennes du
  coude.   90 pp., 11.   4C.  Paris, 1888, No. 232.
 Nodules (Singers1).
    See Singers.
 Nodules (Subcutaneous).
    See, also, Chorea (Complications, etc., of).
    Abraham (P. S.)   Multiple  subcutaneous nodules
  (? tubercle) in an infant.  Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xviii,
  390.—Carver (E.)  Note on subcutaneous nodules in tlie
  hands. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1888,  i,  355.—Cay ley (W.)
  A case of multiple cutaneous fibrous nodules associated
  with rheumatism.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,  1893-4, xxvii,
  272-274, 1 1., 1  pl.—Goalee (R. J.)  Fibrous nodules of
  doubtful nature.  Ibid., 1894-5, xxviii, 272-274.—Mitch-
  ell (J. K.)  Painful subcutaneous nodules.  Univ. M.
  Mag., Phila., 1888-9, i, 416— Rodger* (M. A.)  Multiple
  disseminated subdermal nodules. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901,
  lx, 750.
 Noe (Joseph) [1871-    ].  * Recherches sur la
  vie oscillante.  Essai de biodynamique.  372 pp.
  --.  Paris, 1903, No. 454.
 -----.  The same.  Recherches sur la vie oscil-
  lante;  essai  de biodynamique.   372 pp.   8°.
  Paris, F. Alcan, 1903.
 Noefoel [Hermann] [1861-    ].  Zur Methodik
  der localen Anasthesie in  den oberen Luftwe-
  gen.   16 pp.  8-.  Halle a. S.,  C. Marhold, 1902.
    Repr. from: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl.  a. d. Geb. d.
  Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- n. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1902, vi, 1.
  Hft.
 Noeggerath (E[mil  Jacob])  [1847-95].  The
  vesico-vaginal and vesico-rectal touch.   A new
  method  of examiuing the uterus and append-
  ages.  16 pp. 8~-.  Neiv York, W. M. Wood 4" Co.,
  1875.
    Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. T., 1875-6, viii.
 ■-----.   Cervixrisse und Erkrankungen  der  Ge-
  barmutter.  10 pp.   8°.  Berlin, L. Schumacher,
  1687.
    Repr.from: Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr.. 1887, xxiv.
 -----.   Cervixrisse  nnd  Gebarmutterkrankhei-
  ten.  13 pp.   6°.   [Berlin.  L. Schumacher, 1888.]
    Repr.from:  Berl. klin. "Wchnsehr., 1888, xxv.
 -----.   Beitrage  zur Struktur und Entwicklung
  des Carcinoms.   iv, 39 pp., 3 ]., 3 pl.   4°.   Wies-
  baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1892.
    For Biography, see Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,
  1896, cxiii, 680.
 Noehte  (Rudolf) [1877-    ].   * Resultate  der
  Sehnentransplantation bei peripheren Lahmun-
  gen.  30 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Berlin, 0. Francke, 1903.
 Nohring (Richard [Christian Wilhelm]) [1809-
      ].  * Ueber Beziehungen  zwischen Hysterie
  und   multipler  Sclerose.   27  pp.   8°.  Kiel;
  Liibeck, C. Coleman, 1895.
 Noel.   Observations et reflexions sur  la reunion
  de la  me'decine  a la  chirurgie.  251 pp.   8°.
  Rheims, Guelon-Moreau, 1"26.
 Noel  (Albert).  * Les he'mate'meses  chez les  n6-
  vropathes.   102  pp.   8°.   Paris, 1905, No.  374.
 Noel (A.-J.).
    See Crowet (A.) & Noel (A.-J.)  Plantes  du  pays
  [etc.J.  2. fed. 8rj.  Namur, 1883.-----------. Thesame.
  Mil deux cents recettes medicales, [etc.].  3. ed.  8°.  Na-
  mur, 1892.
Noel  (August).   "Ueber  angeborene  Cysten-
  hygrome am Halse.  40 pp.,  2 1.  8°.  Bonn, J.
  Bach Wwe., 1890.
Noel (Ch.).
    See Oodfrin (Julien) & Noel (Cb.)  Atlas manual de
  l'histologie des drogues simples.  4°.  Paris, 1887.
Noel (Charles)  [1862-     ].  "Contribution a
  l'etude meVlicale de l'an6mone pulsatille.  84 pp.
  8°.  Nancy, 1897, No. 13.
Noel (Eugene).  Les  generations  spontanees.
  32 pp.   8°.   Paris, Ledoyen, 1864.
Noel (Henri) [1863-    ].   # D'une nouvelle me-
  thode  de traitement de  l'otite  moyenne aigue
  (pansement de Loewe). 45 pp.  4°.  Paris, 1889,
  No. 314.
    Also, Editor of: Echo (L')  M6dical des Cevennes,
  Nimes, 1900-1905.
Noiil (Henri).  #De l'inocclusion  du septum ven-
  triculaire sans r6tr6cissemeut  de l'artere pul-
  monaire  et  sans cyanose.  Maladie  de  Henri
  Roger.   8°.  Paris,  1904,  No. 18.
Noel (H[enry] Reginald])  [    -1878].
    See Analyses of the alum waters  [etc.J.  8°.  Ohar-
  lottesville,  1875.
Noel (J.) [1852-    ].  * Le cholera a  la maison
  departenientale deNauterre.  62 pp.  4°.  Paris,
  1893, No. 304.
-----.  The  same.   64  pp.  8°.   Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1893.
Noel (Joseph) [1753-1808].
    Flamant  [P.-R.]   Eloge de Joseph  Noel.
  4 \  Strasbourg, 1808.
Noel (L.-A.)  *La lepre.  Douze ann^es de pra-
  tique a  l'hospice des lepreux  de la  DCsirade
  (Guadeloupe).  58 pp.  8°.   Paris, 1903, No. 103.
Noel (LCon) [1865-    ].   *Sur  la topographic
  et la contagion du  cancer.   Chancre ou cancer
  des  arbres.   Cancer des  homines.  87 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1897,  No. 183.
    Also. Editor of: ltles  (El) terapeutico,  Paris, 1902.
  AUo, Editor of: Mois (Le) therapeutique, Paris, 1900.
Noel (Le"on).  * Essai  snr la saccharine couside"-
  ree comme  antiseptique  et  antifermentescible;
  son emploi  dans les affections des organes uri-
  uaires contre la  fermentation ainmouiacale  de
  l'liree.  45 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Paris, 1899, No. 121.
Noel (Leon).   Medical tractates; a,  faggot  of
  facts and fancies picked up and tied together.
  Nos. 1-4.  16°.  Boston, C. E. Warren, 1902.
Noel (Paul) [      -19041.
    Necrologue.  Union m6d. dn nord-est, Reims, 1904,
  xxviii, 57-60.
Noel (R[obert] R.)   The  physical basis of men-
  tal life;  a popular essay,  ix, 74 pp., 4 pl.  8°.
  London, Longman [and others], 1873.
Noel (Ulisse) [185w-    ].   *L'hyst6iectomie va-
  giuale dans les suppurations pelviennes  suites
  locales eloigners.   62 pp.  8°.  Paris, lo98, No.
  371.
Noel (Victor) [1873-    ].  * Consid6rations sur
  les d6formations osseuses du pied bot cong6nital,
  et leur traitement.   84  pp.   8°.   Paris, 1901,
  No. 266.
Noldeke (Erwin).   * Experimenteller Beitrag
  iiber die Bedeutung  des Diplokokkus lanceo-
  latus Fraenkel in der Pathologie des  Auges.
  33 pp.   6°.   Strassburg i.  E., C. J  Goeller, lr-99.
Noeldelie (Georgius Justus Fn-dericus) [1770-
  184!!].   *DisB.  pathologiam phthiseos  hepaticae
  sistens.  70  pp.   4°.   Gcettingce, H. M. Grape,
  [1794].
    In: Collect, diss. med. in Acad. Goettingae, 1795, ii,
  pt.2.
Ndlke (Otto) [1867-    ].    *Ein Fall von pri-
  miirem Leberkrebs.   14  pp., 1  1.   8°.  Kiel,
  A  F. Jensen  1H94.
Noil ([Conrad] Philipp) [1861-    ].   *Ein Fall
  von Verschlingung nebst  Knotenbildung und
  Umschlingung der Nabelschniire bei Zwillingen
  im gemeinsamen Wassersack.  36 pp., 1 pi.  8°.
  Marburg, F. Sommering, ]6H9.
Noell (Georg).  *Ein Beitrag zu den  Sarkomen
  des Uvialtraktus.   24  pp., 1 pl.   8°.   Wiirzburg,
  H. Sturtz, 1-90. 
NOLL.
714
NOHL.
Noll (Ludwig) [187*-    ].    * Zur  Physiologic
  der lrisbewegung.    38  pp.   8^.    Marburg,
  H. Baiter, 1904.
Noellc (Albert) [1872-     ].   * Ein Fall von
  Ulcus ventricule mit nachfolgender  Perforation
  in die  Leber  und  totlicher parenchymatoser
  Blutnng aus derselben. 24 pp.  *°.  Greifswald,
  J. Abel, 1699.
Noelle (August Oskar).    * Beitrage zur  ver-
  gleichend anatomischen Untersuchuug der Aus-
  laufer.   72 pp.  8°.  Freiburg i. B., C. Strbcker,
  1K,o_                                        c.
Noelle (Heinrieh).   *  Untersuchungen uber das
  Absorptionsvermogeu  der mensehlichen Haut
  fui-Gase.  28pp. 8C. Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1892.
Noellner (Ludwig.)  * Ueber die histologischen
  Veriinderungen der Muskulatur bei Dystrophia
  muscularis  progressiva.   44 pp.,  4 pl.    8C.
  Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1666.
van Noenen (F[riedrich Carl]) [1868-    J.
  *Die Auatomie der Umbilliferenachse in ihrer
  Beziehung zum System.  30 pp., 1 1., 2 pl.   8°.
  Erlangen, A. Vollrath,  1895.
Noer (J[ulius]).  A case of placenta previa cen-
  tralis.  8 pp.   12°.  [Philadelphia, 1892.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1892, lxi.
Ndrgaard (V. A.)  Blackleg; its nature, cause,
  aud  prevention.   22  pp.    8'-.   [Washington,
  1900.]                                 ,.  ,
    Circ. no. 31, TJ. S. Dept. Agric  Bureau animal indust.,
  Wash., 1900.
Noeiing (Alfred) [1864-    ]. * Ueber einen
  Fall vou Fibrosarkom des Nervus opticus.   22
  pp., 2 1.   8y  Kbnigsberg  i. Pr., M. Liedtke, 1892.
Norreiibcrg  (Hermann  Wilhelm) [1865-    ].
  " Ueber  den Verlauf der  durch Staphylococcus
  aureus in deu Lyinphdriisen  hervorgerufenen
  Eutziindung.  27  pp.   8°.  Bonn, J. Bach Wwe.,
  16r-6.
Noesselt (Otto Hugo Wilhelm) [1878-    ].
  * Zur Histologie der Gliome.  17 pp.  8°.  Kiel,
  Schmidt  ty Klauig, 1903.
Noesske ([Hermann Gustav Otto] Kurt) [1873-
      ].  Klinische  Studien iiber Wesen und Ver-
  wendbarkeit der  Intubation.
    In: SAMML. klin. Vortr., n.  F., Leipz., 1902, No. 324 (In-
  nere Med., No. 96, 653-688).
Noesske (Paul) [1880-    ].   * Geburtskilfliche
  Zerstiickelungsoperation   an   der  Hand  von
  Fallen aus  der Greifswalder Frauenklinik.  30
  pp., 3 1.   rt3.   Greifswald, H. Adler, 1904.
Noetel (Konrad Friedrich August)  [1874-    ].
  * Beitrage  zur Prognose der Knochensarkome
  des   Femur und  der Uuterschenkelkuochen.
  25 pp., 2 1.   8C.  Berlin,  C. Vogt, 1690.
Noetlit'll (Josef)  [1863-    ]. * Der Zungen-
  kn-bs und  seiue Behandlung.  41 pp., 11.   8-.
  Bonn, ('. Georgi, 18"9.
Nottebroek (Hermann) [1875-     ].   * Zur
  Kenntnis der  fotalen  Peritonitis.  41 pp.   8°.
   Giessen, P. Lanqe, 1904.
Noetzel (Wilhelm) [1H69-    ].  * Ein Beitrag
  zur Keuntniss der Fibroadenome der weiblichen
  Brustdriise. 60 pp., 2 1.  8°.  Berlin, G. Schade,
  [1692].
Notzli (Jean).   Ueber Demeutia senilis.  72 pp.
  ~ .   Basel 4" Leipzig, 1895.
     Forms 4. Hft., 3. R., of: Mitth. a. Klin. u. med. Inst. d.
   Schweiz.
de Noe Walker (Arthur).   On the therapeutic
  action of atomic  doses.  30  pp.   8°.  London,
  H. Turner 4- Co.,  1M>2.  [P., v. 2187.]
-----.  On the therapeutic  law of specific reme-
  dies.   16 pp.   8°.   London, G. Clayton,  1*62.
   [P., v. 21-7.]
No|fier.  Valeur rationnelle des dift'erents types
  de deiire.  19 pp.   * .  Paris, E. Dounaud, 1874.
     Repr.from: Ann. m6d.-psychol., Par., 1874, xi.
Nogier (J.-J.)   L'Education des faculties nun-
  tales.  173 pp.,  1 1.   12°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere
  4- file, 1692.
-----.  Police sanitaire et administrative des ho-
  pitaux  uiilitaires;  aide-memoire du  ui&lecin-
  chefet du personnel de ces etablissements.  219
  pp.  1'2C.  Paris, C. Laranzelle, [1903].
Nosier (Jules) [1839-      ].
    (Biography.] Med. mod., Par., 1896, vii, suppl., 97.
Nosier  (Thomas)  [1874-     ].   * La  lumiere
  et la  vie.  Etude de  dift'e'rentes modality's de la
  lumiere au  point de vue physique, physiologi-
  que et therapeutique.  488 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1904,
  No. 177.
-----.  The  same.   487  pp.   8°.    Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere # fils, 1904.
Nogle kortfattede  Meddelelser om Medicinal-
  handelen  i Dan mark.   Udgivet af Foreningen
  af pharmaceutiske Materialister.   [Some short
  communications on the  medicine trade in Den-
  mark.  Published by the Union of Pharmaceu-
  tical Dealers.]   16 pp.  8°.   KjQbenhavn, J. Mil-
  lers Forlag,  1*97.
Noguclli  (Hideyo).   The effect of venom upon
  the blood corpuscles of cold-blooded  animals.
  7 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1903.
    Repr.from: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903.
-----..  The multiplicity  of the hannagglutinins,
  and the  heat  lability  of the complements of
  cold-blooded animals.  8 pp.  8°.   Philadelphia,
  1903.
    Repr.from: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903.
.-----.  The  action of snake venom upon cold-
  blooded animals.  16 pp.  8°.   Washington, Car-
  negie  Institution, 1904.
Nogue(Jean-Fraucois-Marie)[1867-   ].  * Trai-
  tement  chirurgical  de  la coujonctivite granu-
  lense.  52 pp.   4°.  Bordeaux, 1892, No. 7.
Nogue  (Raymond)  [1864-    ].   *Des  greffes
  dermo-epidemiques  a lambeaux confluents. 52
  pp.   4°.  Paris, 1891, No. 314.
  ----   Hygiene du  touriste.  ix, 294 pp.  16°.
  Paris, O. Doin, 1892.
-----.  Formulaire special de therapeutique in-
  fautile.   Preface de  M.  le docteur  G.  Variot.
  xiii, 630 pp.  16°.   Paris, 1894.
-----.  Precis de posologie infantile,  xxxiii, 348
  pp.  16°.   Paris, A. Maloine, 1895.
Nog-iie y  Roca (J.).
    Editor of: Revinta homeopatica catalana, Barcelona,
  1902.
Nosueira (Fraueisco Daniel).
    See Hippocrates.  Hyppocrates Luzitano, on apho-
  rismos [etc.]. 16°. Lisboa, 1762.
Nogueira (J. V. Paula)   See Paula Nogueira.
Nogueira  Pinto (Carlos Sebastiao).   *Das
  paralysias ap6s as fracturas do humerus.  1 p. 1.,
  62 pp.,  11.  4°.  Bio de Janeiro, Besnard freres,
  1900.
Noguera (Emilio Perez).  See Perez Noguera.
Nognes (Paul) [1865-    ].   * De la reparation
  de l'uretlire perineal.  137 pp.
  No. 305.
-----.   The same.   140 pp., 1
  Steinheil, 1692.
Nogliez  (Pierre)
    See  Saiictoriui
  medicina [etc.].  2v
4°.   Paris, 1892,

  8°.  Pons, G.
                   (Sanctorius)  [in 1. s.].  De statica
                  .  12°.  Parisiis. 1725.—Smith (John)
  fin 1.  s.J".  Trattato  delle virth  medicinali  [etc.].  16°.
  Venezia, 1763.
Nolll (Ernst)  [1876-    ].  *Zur Kenntnis  der
  Chiuamaurose.   [Heidelberg.]   46  pp.,  1 1.
  8°.  Hamburg 4' Leipzig, L. Voss, 1901.
    Repr. from: Beitr. z. Augenh.,  Hamb. u. Leipz., 190L
Nolll ([Justus] Victor)  [W0-     ].  *Ein  Fall
  vou Cysticercus im vierten  Ventrikel.  14 pp.,
  21.  8°.   Breslau, 1899. 
NOICA.
715
NOLEN.
Noica (Demetre J.) [1869-    ].   * Contribution
  a l'etude de la fetidite dans les maladies de l'ap-
  pareilrespiratoire.   77 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1899, No.
  155.
.-----.  The same.  79  pp.   8°.   Paris, G.  Stein-
  heil, 1899.
Noil* (Julien) [1866-    ].   * Etude sur les tics.
  170 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Paris, 1693,  No. 171.
—----.  Hygiene et.  secours et premiers soins a
  donner  aux malades et  aux blesses.   320 pp.
  12-\  Paris, Vve. C. Dunod 4' P. Ficq, 1896.
Noirclaiide  (Paul) [1875-    ].  *Du  refroi-,
  dissement des appendicites aigues par les appli-
  cations larges de glace sur le ventre.  59 pp.  8°.
  Paris, 1902, No. 72.
Noire (Henri).   * Regies generates de radio-
  therapie deduites du traitement des teignes et
  des cancers.   80 pp., 4 pl.  8°.  Paris, 1905,
  No. 444.

N oir ii i on tier.
    Viaud-Grand-Marais.   Guide  du voyagenr,
  a Xoirmoutier.  2. ed.  12°.   Nantes, I860.
Noirot  (Andre)  [1873-     ].  * Des troubles
  geuitanx  dans  la  morphinomanie.   [Lyons.]
  62 pp.  Saint-JEHenne, 1902, No. 90.
Noirot (Jules) [1870-   ].  * Traitemeut  des fi-
  bromes de  la  paroi  abdominale anterieure.   62
  pp.   8;.  Paris, 1897, No. 375.
-----.   The same.  62 pp.   8°.   Paris, G. Stein-
  heil, 1897.

Noises.
     ■See, also, Ear (Hygiene of); Hygiene (Muni-
  cipal).
     Court of common pleas No. 2, of Philadelphia
  County.  No. 730.  December term, 1876.  Har-
  rison [et a/.]  vs. The Hector, Church-wardens,
  and Vestry of St. Mark's Church.  Complain-
  ants' affidavits.  8C.  Philadelphia, [1876].
     Buckingham (E. il.)  Unnecessary noise an avoid-
  able evil in cities.  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1890, cxxiii, 430.—
  Clarke (A. P.)  The importance of tlie State government
  control of artificial agencies that  may be productive of
  noises. J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1895, xxv,442-444.  AUo
  [Abstr.J: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1895, n. s., xxxiv, 700.—
  Guthrie (J. A.)  Discordant sounds a menace to nerves.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 189s,  xxxi, 1143. -----. The an-
  healthfulness of noise.  X. York M.  J. [etc.J, 1904, lxxx,
  60-62. — Han a ner ( W. )  Gesundheitsstorungen durch
  Gerausche  und  ihre  sanitatspolizeiliche  Behandlung.
  Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1904,
  xxxvi, 535-548.—Hastings (K. W.)  Noise as a factor in
  the causation of disease.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1898,
  xxxi.  1522.  Alio, Keprint.— Knapp (P. C.)  The effect
  of noi-ie upon -weak and nervous people. Am. J. Pub.
  Hyg.. Bost., 1905, xv, 300-304. — Krauss ( W. C.)  Tbe
  relation  of noises to the public health.  Buffalo M. J.,
  1896-7, xxxvi, 184-194. — Leppniann. Die Gerausch-
  belastigung  und ihre  Srztlicb" Jlenntarhtung.  Aerztl.
  Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, v.  Y". - J8.  llacLachlan
  (D. A.)  Noise as a factor in disease.  Homceop. Eye. Ear
  & Throat J., N. Y., 1901, vii, 72-80. — McIVutt ( W. F.)
  City noises versus health and longevity.  Tr. Am. Soc.
  Calif.  San  Fran., 1897,  64-67. — Noise an  element of
  damage.   Boston M. & S. J., 1902,  cxlvii, 252.— Put-
  nam (J. J.) Some considerations concerning city noises.
  Am. J.  Pub. Hyg.,  Bost., 1905, xv, 304-314. — Kap-
  munri.    Gesundheitsgefardnng durch  aussergewbhn-
  liche Gerausche (eines Sagewerks).   Ztschr. f. Med.-Be-
  amte,  Berl.,  1895, viii,  473-479. — Snajdaufova-Ca-
  dora (A. J.) Hfmoteni ve velkych  mestech.  [Noise in
  great cities.] Zdravi, v Praze, 1899, v, 129; 161.—Street
  noises.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1898,  i, 1417. — 17n necessary
  street noises. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1897, iv, 77.
Noisette  (Georges)  [1873-     ].  * Recherches
  sur le champignon  du muguet.   139 pp.  8°.
  Paris, \696, No. 310.
Noiszewski (Kaz[imir Ludwik]) [1856-    ].
  Przeszczepianie spoj6wki przy jaglicy.  [Trans-
  plantation of the conjunctiva for trachoma.]  2
  pp.   8°.  [Poznan, 1890.]
    Repr. from: Now. Lek., Poznan, 1890, ix.
-----.   The same.   Die Behandlung des chro-
  nischen Trachoms vermittelst der  Transplauta-
Noiszewski (Kazfimir  Ludwik])—continued.
  tion der Schleimhaut, Conjunctiva plastica.  3
  pp.  8°.  [Leipzig, Veit 4-Co., 1690.]
    Repr.  from: Centralbl. f.  prakt. Augenh.,  Leipz.,
  1890, xiv.
-----.   * Voloskovaya  chuvstvitelnost   kozhi.
  [Sensitiveness of cutaneous hairs.]   127 pp., 1 1.
  8-.  S.-Peterburg,  P.  P. Soikin, 1900.
-----.  Tablitsa dlya  izslledovaniya ostrotl zrie-
  niva pomoshtshyu bukv  i kvadratov.  [Table
  for investigating the acuity of vision  by means
  of letters and squares.]  1 1., 1 pl.  *c. S.-Peter-
  burg, K. L. Rikker, 1903.
Noizet.  Traitement des  fractures du membre
  inferieur par les  apparcils du docteur ...  24
  pp.  roy. 8°. Paris, H. Plon, 1873.
Noizet  [Francois-Joseph]  [1792-    ].  Memoire
  snr le soinnambulisme et le magn^tisme animal,
  addresse" en 1820 a l'Academie royale de  Berlin,
  et public eu  1854.  xx, 428 pp.  8°.  Paris, Plon
  freres, 1854.
-----.  UStudes philosophiques.   Psychologie, m6-
  taphysique et application de la philosophic a la
  direction de  la vie humaine.   2 v.   503 pp.;  501
  pp.  8°.  Paris, H. Plon,  1864.
Noja.
     See Pest (History,  etc., of),  by localities.
Nola (Franciscus).   De epidemio phlegmone
  auginoso grassante Neapoli.   Ad illnstrissimum
  Andream Capellum.  78 pp., 11.  sm. 4°.   Vene-
  tiis, B. Giotti, 1620.
NolaiL  (M[ichael] J[ames]).   Case  of  folie a
  deux.   9 pp. 8C.  Lewes, 1889.
     Repr. from: J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1889-90, xxxv.
-----.   Stuporose  iusanity  consecutive   to  in-
  duced hypnotism.  12 pp.  8°.  Lewes, 1891.
     Repr. from: J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1891, xxxvii.
-----.   Is katatonia a special form of mental  dis-
  order? and cases of so-called katatonia.   32 pp.
  8°.  Lewes, 1892.
     Repr.from: J. Ment.  Sc, Lond., 1892, xxxviii.
Nolanus (Autonius Santorellus).   See  Santo-
  relli (Autonius) Nolanus.
Nolchini (Dmitri [Dmitriyevich]) [1859-    ].
  * Materiali k voprosu  o povtornlkh chrevosle-
  cheniyakh u zhenshtshin (po povodu oslozhne-
  niy, zamiechayemlkh poslie laparotomii v teche-
  niye pervlkh tryokh  nediel).   [Data ou repeated
  abdominal sections in  women (concerning com-
  plications observed  during the first three weeks
  after a laparotomy).]  154 pp., 11.  8°. Moskva,
  A. A. Levenson,  1898.
Nolcken (Joannes  Carolus).   *De circulatione
  sanguinis.   14 pp.   4°.  Harderovici, J.  Moojen,
  1760.   [P., v. 1931.]
Nold (August).  * Ueber  Diazomethan.  30 pp.,
  11. 8°.   Tiibingen,  H. Laupp, jr., 1897.
Nolda(A.)   Das Klima von St. Moritz.   Unter
  Mil wirkung von C. Biihrer.  36 pp.  8°.   Berlin,
  A. Hirschwald, 1905.
Nolde (Adolph Friedrich) [1764-1813].  * Diss, sis-
  tens momenta qua?dam circa sexus differentiam.
  31 pp., 1 1.   16°.  Gottiugat, H. M. Grape, [1788].
-----.   Beytriige znr Geburtshulfe.   2 v.  viii,
  360 pp.  8°.  Erfurt, Henning, 1806.
-----.   Ueber die Grenzen der Natur und Kunst
  in der  Geburtshulfe.  xvi, 288 pp.   8C.   Erfurt,
  C. Miiller, 1811.
Noldeil (Gabriel) [1863-    ].  * Das tuberku-
  lose Zungengeschwiir.   35 pp., 1 1.   8°.   Bonn,
  J. F. Cart haus,  1888.
Nolden (Peter).  * Ueber Retinitis pigmentosa.
  21 pp., 1 1.,  1  pl-   8°.   Bonn, J. F. Carthaus,
  [1876].
Nolo ll  (W[illem]).    Bacteriologie  en  genees-
  kunde.   Rede.  40  pp.   8°.   Rotterdam, W. J.
   Van Hengel, 1891. 
NO LEX.
716
NOME.
 Noleil (W[illem])—continued.
 ■------.   Erfahrungen  iiber  das  Heilserum  bei
   einer Hausepidemie von Diphtherie.   9 pp.  8°.
   Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1895.
     Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
   1895, xxi.
 ------.   Vingerwijzingen tot  het herkennen  en
   behandelen der nerveuse  maagziekten.   40 pp.
   8 .   Haarlem, F. Bohn, 1895.
     Forms no. 7 of:  Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de
   prakt., Haarlem, 1895, ii, 161-200.
 ------.   Klinische  voordrachten.  I. Hysterie  bij
   kiuderen.  Ii. Tetanie.  2 p. 1., 79 pp., 4 pl.; 2
   p. 1.,  67 pp., 8 1.    8°.   Leiden, S. C. van  Does-
   burgh, 1900-1901.
 ------.   Klinische voordrachten.  vii, 178 pp., 19
   pl.  8C.  Leiden  S. C. van Doesburgh, 1903.
 ------.   Grondslagen voor eeu  rationeele bestrij-
   ding  der  tuberculose als  volksziekte.   61 pp.
   8°.  Haarlem, de erven F. Bohn, 1904.
     Forms no. 9, v. 10, of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de
   prakt., Haarlem, 1904,  xi.
     See,  aUo, Jliddenriorp  (H[enrikJ W(illemJ).  Na-
   dere mededeelingen [etc.J. 8°.  Groningen, 1891.—Poels
   (J.) Sc  Nolen (W.)  Das Contaginm [etch  8°. Berlin
   1886.
 Noll (Alfred).  * Morphologische Veranderungen
   der Thriinendruse  bei der Secretion.   Zugleich
   eiu Beitrag zur Grauula-Lehre.  Habilitations-
   schrift.   [Jena.]   68 pp.  8-.   Frankfurt a. M.,
   A. Weisbrod, 1901.
 Noll (Carl Wilhelm  Rudolf) [1877-     ]..   * Ue-
   ber  Panknas Nekrose.   42 pp.  H'-\  Marbura,
   H. Bauer, 1903.
 Noll (Friedrich Wilhelm) [1866-   ].   * Ein Bei-
   trag zur Kasuistik  der  Labyrinthnekrosen.  34
   pp., 1 1.  8°.   Berlin, O. Franck, 1905.
 Noll (Hugo  Franz)  [1877-    ].   *Ein  Fall von
   Leiomyom des Magens.  [Wurtzburg.]  29 pp.
   8Y  Kitzingen a. M., Meschett 4- Hissiger, 1901.
 Noll ([Joh.] Alfred) [1870-     ].  * Beitrage zur
   Kenntnis des Raubtier-Uterus nach dem VVurf.
   [Marburg.]  31pp.  8°.  Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg-
   mann, 1895.
 Noll  (Ludwig).   *Zur  Differeutialdiagnostik
   traumatischer Verletzungen  des Conus medul-
   lars und der Cauda equina.  38 pp.  8°.  Miin-
   chen, Kastner 4- Lossen, 1901.
 Nollan (Joannes Jacobus).
     See Bagel (Henricus Joannes).  'Ana superflui hu-
   moiis perspiratorii refluxu,  catamenia?  4°.   [Parisiis],

 Nolleus (Caspirus).
     See (nbroliua (Bartholomasus).  Het anatoiniicke A.
   B. (    sm. 4°.  Gravenhage,  1630— Fabricius ab Aqua-
   pendente (Hieronymus). De chirurgicale operation, sm
   4°. Gravenhage, 1630.

 NoHeson (Xieholas).
     CJosset (P.)  Lo formulaire de Nicolas NoHeson, maitre
   chiiurgieu a Vitry-le-Francois.  Union med. du nord-est,
   Reims,  1S98, xxu, 297-300.
 Nollet (Edouard-Ernest) [1858-    ].  "Etude
   sur le regime  alimentaire chez  les  albuminu-
   ric jues.  36 pp.   8°.   Pans,  A. Parent,  1885,
   >»<>. 364.                                      '
 Nollet  (Emile) [IHH5-     ].  *De la valeur thera-
   peutique de I'electrolyse lineaire dans le traite-
   ment des r^trecissements de l'urethre rebelles
   h la dilatation.   81 pp.   4°.   Paris,  1893, No.

 Nollet  (Henry-Camille)   [1860-    ].   * Etudes
   sur la nature  de la  pelade,  d'apres  quelques
  observations recueillies  a  l'hdpital  de  Cher-
  bourg.  40 pp., 1 1.  4-.   Bordeaux, 188^, No. 91
Nollet  [Jean-Antoine] I'abbe'  [1700-701  Essai
  sur l'eiectricite' des corps.  2. 60.  xxiii  »7->
  pp., 1 pl.  HP.  Paris, freres Gue'rin,  1750.'
    For Biography see J do la sante, Par., 1903, xx,  pt. 2
  1895^ vVi .V ,r r' *svYln$e",at-  d'electrother.  Par.  I
  l»»i>-6, m, l-Jl (G. Gauta-r Sc J. Larat).               |
 Nolli (Giovanni).   Esperimenti col cow-pox.  7
   pp.  8J.  Milano, frat. Rechiedei, 1«75.
     Repr.from: Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1875,7. a., ii.
 ------.   Scoperla  di cow-pox.  6  pp.   8J.   Mi-
   lano, frat. Rechiedei, 1875.
     Repr. from: Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1875, 7. a., ii.
 ------.  Nuova scoperta di  cow-pox.  [Also:] II
   vacciuo  animale  couservato.  8 pp.  [Milano
   1876.]
     Repr. from: Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1876 7.
   s., iii.
 :------.  Nuova scoperta di  cow-pox.  6  pp.   8°.
   Milano, frat. Rechiedei, 16-0.
     Repr. from: Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1880,8. s., ii.
 ------.  II vacciuo animale ed un  nuovo  cow-
   pox spontaueo.  2 pp.  8C.   [Milano, 1883.]
     Repr.from: Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1883, 8.8., v.
 Nolot (The"ophile) [1879-     ].  * Contribution
   a l'e'tude de la luxation paralytique de la hanche.
   66 pp., 1 1.   «-.   Faris, 1905,  No. 326.
 Nolst (Lambertus).
     See Anenbrugger (Leopold).  Deiuwendigerazernii
   ofdrifttotzeifmoord[etc. ]. 8°. Dordrecht, 1788.—Plenc'k
   (Joseph Jacob).  Verhandeling over de venusziekten.  8°
   Dordrecht, 1792.
 Nolst  Trenite  (A. N.)   See  Trenite  (A.  N.
   Nolst).
 Nolte (Adolf) [1878-    ].   *Ein Fall vou con-
   genitalem totalen Tibiadefekt.  24 pp., 2 1.  8°.
   Leipzig,  B.  Georgi, 1903.
 Nolte (Carl) [1865-    ].   *Znr  Casuistik  der
   Oherschenkelamputation nach Gritti.  29 pp.,
   11.  8C.  Berlin,  G. Schade, [1890].
 Nolte  (Fritz)  [1866-    ].  * Beitrag  zu  der
   Lehre von   der Erblichkeit von  Augenerkran-
   kungen.  37 pp., 1 diag.  8°.  Marburg, C.  L.
   Pfeil, 1896.
 Nolte (Hans [Josef])  [1857-   ].  *Die An-
   fa'nge des  Ackerbaus, Jager- und  Hirtenlebens.
   Ein  Beitrag zur indogermanischen  Altertunis-
   kunde.   [Erlangen.]   1 p.  ]., 92 pp.,  1 1.  8°.
   Marburg, R.  Friedrich, 1894.
 Nolte (Otto).  *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vou den
   Speiserohrenverengerungen.  30 pp., 1  1.  8°.
   Gbttingen,  W. F. Kaestner, 1898.
 Nolte (Paul).  *Die Methoden der Radicalopera-
   tion bei  chronischen Ohreiteruugen.  [Freiburg
   i.  B.]  23 pp.  8°.  Bensheim a.d.B.,G. Berqer,
   1902.
 Nolte (Theodor)  [1873-     ].  * Ueber  friihe
   Fiille vou  Extrauteringraviditiit  mit Beriick-
   sichtigung   des   gegenwiirtigen  Standes  der
   Lehre von  der Extrauteriugraviditat.   61 pp..
   1 1.  8°.   Berlin, G. Schade,  1900.
 Nolten  (Hermann) [1876-     ].  * Ueber coni-
   pensatorische Hypertrophie der Lunge.  36 pp.,
   21.  8°.   Berlin, E. Ebering, 1898.
 Noltenius (Fred.)  * Ueber die Puerperalfieber-
   Frage.   34 pp., 1 1.  8°   Wiirzburg, 1896.
 Noltenius (Hermann).   * Beitrag  zur Statistik
   und  pathologischen Anatomie des Diabetes mel-
   litus.  23  pp.  8°.   Kiel,  Schmidt  &■ Klaunig,
   1888.
 Nolthenius  (Petrus  Marius).  * De epilepsia.
   1 p. 1., 116 pp.  s".  [Ludg. Bat.],  C. C. van der
   Hoek, [1840].  [P.,  v. 2080.]

Noma.
    See Genitals (Female, Gangrene  of);  Mouth
   (Gangrene of).
No in a ll  (Dirk van Haren )  [1854-    ].   See
  van  Haren Noman (Dirk).
Nomblot (Antoine)  [1873-    ].   * Filtration
  des eaux potables par les proce'de's  anie'ricains.
  52 pp., 11.   6\  Lyon, 1904, No. 199.
Nome.
    Pillsbury  (F. A.)  The  health  conditions at Nome.
  Ann. Gynec. Sc Pediat., Bost., 1902,  xv, 146-156. 
I
NOMENCLATUBA.                         717                          NOMENCLATURE.
Nomcnclatnra  morborum  auris  et  uomeu-
  clatura morborum  nasi  et naso-pharyngis.  13
  pp.   8°.  Boston, 1682.

Nomenclature.
    Hekkera   (A.-L.)   Nouvelle  nomeuclature
  des etres organises et des mineraux.  8°.   Me-
  xico,  1901.
    United  States.   First  report  of the United
  States Board on Geographic  Names,  1890-91.
  8°.   Washington, 1692.
    -----.   Second  report  of the  .  .  ., 1890-99.
  2. ed.  8°.   Washington, 1901.
    Banks (N.)  An application  of the law of priority.
  Science, N. Y.  & Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xvii,  115.—
  Rologncsi(A.)  Terminologie technique et scientifique.
  Bull.  gen. de therap.  [etc.J.  I'ar.. 1895, exxix, 27; 267:
  1896,  exxx,  i75.  Colli iiciiii.  Rapport sur uu projet
  d'adoption d'une langue scientitique internationale.  Bull.
  Soc. de med. de Par. (1889), 1890, xxiv. 70-84.—Cook (O. F.)
  Types and synonyms.  Science, N. Y. ..v Lancaster, Pa.,
  1902, n. s., xv, 646-656. -----. Zoological nomenclature in
  botany.  Ibid., xvi, 30.—Ilalil (F.)  Xoch ein Wort iiber
  NomenclatuiTegeln.  Zool. Anz.,  Leipz., 1902, xxv, 708-
  712.— Forel  (A.)  Terminologie  uud  Weltsprache.
  Ztschr. f. Hypnot. [etc.l, Leipz., 1900-1901,  x, 248-252.—
  (*atschet (A. s.)  Names and their histories alphabet-
  ically arranged  as a handbook of historical geography and
  topographical nomenclature, by Isaac Taylor.  Am. An-
  throp., Wash.,  1896, ix,  184.  AUo, Reprint.—Gill (T.)
  Some questions of nomenclature.  Science. N. Y. & Lan-
  caster, Pa., ls'.iti. n. s.,  iv, 581-601.  AUo: Proc. Am. Ass.
  Adv.  Sc. I89li.  Salem, 1897, xiv,  135-105.  Also, Reprint.
  AUo: Rep. Sniitlison.  Inst.  189G, Wnsh., 1898,  457-483.
  -----. Origin of name monotremes.  Science, N. Y. Sc Lan-
  caster, Pa., 1903,  n. s., xvii, 433— Griiubauiu (A. S.)
  Dorsal  or posterior.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 190C, i,  235.—
  Hamilton  (J.  B.)  The international scientific lan-
  guage; the annual address read before the Association of
  American Medical Editors, Mav7, 1895.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1895, xxv, 1065-1070. ' Also, Reprint.—Jordan
  (D. S.)  The method of elimination in fixing generic types
  in zoological nomenclature.  Science,  N. Y. <fc Lancaster,
  Pa., 1905. n. s., xxii, 598-601.— Kossmann (R.)  Unsere
  Kunstspracbe und das moderne Griechisch.  Monatschr.f.
  Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1900,  xi, 563-573.—Loi-ing
  (E. G.)  Dioptric, dioptre, dioptric, or dioptry?  N. York
  M. J., 1886, xliv, 95; 345.—Pollard (P. L.)  Some strange
  practices in plant naming.  Science,, N. Y. & Lancaster,
  Pa., 1901, n. s.,  xiv, 280-285.—Report of the committee
  on current classification and nomenclature.  J. Advanc.
  Therap., X. Y., 1905,  xxiii,  150;  266; 327; 408;  452; 532;
  659.—Rose (A.)  Some examples of corrupt medical no-
  menclature.  St. Louis M. Rev., 1905. lii, 498.  -----. Med-
  ical language.   Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1906, xxi, 167-172.
  AUo, transl.:  X. Yorker med. Wchnsehr., 1906, xviii, 5-8.
  -----. Ueber die Barbarismen in der arztlicben Kunst-
  spracbe.  Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1906, x, 25.—Rus-
  sia.  Ministry  of War.  (Prik. po. v. v.  1903 g., no. 99.)
  Kratkaya nomenklatura bolieznei dlya srochnol tsifrovol
  sanitarnol otchotnosti ot chasiel volsk i voyenno-IIecheb-
  nikh zavedeniy.   [Brief nomenclature of diseases for peri-
  odical  numerical  sanitary reports from  detachments  of
  troops and hospitals.J  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903,
  ii, offlc. pt., 4:j-e8.—Shear (C. L.)  The starting point for
  generic nomenclature iu botany.  Science, N. Y. & Lancas-
  ter, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 10:;.").—Stiles (C. W.) The  inter-
  national code of nomenclature.  Ibid., 1895, n. s., ii, 665.
  ----. A discussion of certain questions of nomenclature,
  as applied to parasites. Zool. Jahrb.,  Jena, 1901, xv, 157-
  208.—Syezd zhellezno-dorozhnikh vrachei.   [Congress of
  Railroad Physicians.J  Proyekt nomenklaturl bolieznei.
  [Proposed nomenclature of diseases. J  Vestnik obsh. hig.,
  sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb.,  1898, no. 8, 4. sect., 158-
  177.—Underwood (L. M.)  A question in  terminology.
  Science, N. Y.  Sc Lancaster, Pa.,  1902,  n. s., xvi,  869.

Nomenclature (Anatomical).
    See, also, Anatomy;  Neurology (Instruction
  in, etc.).
    Scheele  (L.)  *De  Sorano  Ephesio  medico
  etymologo.   8°.  Argentorati, 1884.
    Voigt (P.  [F. G.J)   *Sorani Ephesii liber de
  etymologiis corporis  humani quateuus restitui
  possit.   8°.    Gryphiswaldiw,  [1882].
    Wagnek  (V.)  De  la nomenclature en  his-
  tologie.   De  la  nomenclature en  zoologie.   8°.
  Paris, 1889.
    Repr. from:  Compt.-rend.  Cong,  internat. de  zool.,
  Par., 1889.
    Anatomic terms to he preferred.  Phila. M. J., 1900,
  v, 182.—Atkinson (W. H.)  Nomenclature and termi-
  nology.  Tr.  Am. Dent. Ass., Phila., 1881-2, xxi, 46-57.
Nomenclature (Anatomical).
  Also,  Reprint.—von  Rardeleben  (K.)  Einige Vor-
  schlage zur  Nomenklatur.  Anat. Anz., Jena,  1903-4,
  xxiv, 301-304.—Dittmar (G. W.)  Dental nomenclature;
  with reference to its development, bearing  especially on
  that of descriptive dental  anatomy, cavities, and instru-
  ments.  Plexus, Chicago, 1902-3, viii, 315-324—Facciola
  (L.)  Sull' uso improprio di un nome in morfologia.  Mo-
  nitore  zool.  ital., 1901, Firenze, xii, 154.—Frankel (B.)
  Die anatomische Nomenclatur.  Arch.  f.  Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1895, iii,  215-227.  Also: Internat. Cen-
  tralbl.  f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.J, Berl., 1894-5, xi.  943-
  956.— Froriep  (A.)  Ueber den Gebrauch der  Worte
  proximal und distal.  Auat. Anz., Jena, 1892, vii, 764-767.—
  di Orcgorio (A.)  On  some names (chiefly Linnean) of
  animals and  plants  erroneously  paired in synonymy.
  Proc.  Am Phil.  Soc,  Phila., 1903, xlii,  263.—Ore vers.
  Neue Nomenclatur.  Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr.  f. Zahnh.,
  Wieu, 1902,xviii, 104-100.—His(W.) Die anatomische No-
  nienclatur, Nomina anatomica;  Verzeicbniss der von der
  Commission  der  anatomischen Gesellschaft festgestellten
  Nanien, eingeleitet und im Einverstandniss mit dem Re-
  dactionsausschuss erlautert.  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwck-
  lngsgesch  , Leipz., 1895, Suppl.-Bd., 1-180, 2  pl.  AUo
  [Rev.]: Ztscbr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1896-7, xxx, 105-113.
  -----. Herr Burt Wilder  und die anatomische Nomen-
  clatur.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 446-448.—Krysiriski
  (S.)  Kilka uwag nad  slownictwem anatomicznem.  [On
  anatomical nomenclature. J   Przegl. chir., Warszawa,
  1896-7, iii, pp. vii-xiv. — M. (A.)  Hihim.   J. Anat. &
  Physiol., Lond.,  1903,  xxxvii, 293-297. — lTIinot (C. S.)
  Sollen  die Bezeichungen Somatopleura  nnd Splanchno-
  pleura in ihrera  urspriinglichen ricbtigen oder  in dem in
  Deutschland gebrauchlich  gewordenen Sinne verwendet
  werden?   Anat.  Anz., Jena, 1901, xix,  203-205. — JVias
  (J. B.)  The nomenclature of the sigmoid flexure. Lancet,
  Lond.,  1904, ii, 45.—Noiszewski (K.)  W sprawie termi-
  nologiiaiiatomicznej.  [Ou anatomical terminology. J Now.
  lek., Poznan, 1899, xi, 573-576.— Parker (F. J.)  Note
  on the nomenclature of the sexual organs in plants and
  animals.   Rep.  Australas. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1888, Sydney,
  [1889J,  i, 338-343.—Quelle  est l'origine du mot astragale?
  Chron. med., Par., 1898, v, 356.—Report of the committee
  on  anatomical  nomenclature.   Proc. Ass.  Am.  Anat.
  1898, Wash.,  1899, xi, 40-48. Also, Reprint.  Also: Proc.
  Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. &  Ireland, Lond., 1898-9, pp. ix-xv.—
  Report of special committeeon dental nomeuclature.  Tr.
  Am. Dent. Ass. 1895, Phila., 1896, xxxv, 95-119.—Sekiba
  (F.)  [Names of the parts of the body in  Ainu language.]
  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1897, xviii, no. 408,  6-10; no. 409,
  16-25.—Strouil (B.B.) If an " isthmus rhombencephali",
  why not an  "isthmus prosencephali" ?  [Abstr.J  Proc.
  Ass. Am.  Anat,  1889,  Wash., 1900, xii, 27-29.   AUo, Re-
  print.—Waldeyer.   Ueber die anatomische Nomencla-
  tur.  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc,
  1899, ii, sect. 1, 6. — Wilder (B. G.) [et al.].   Report of
  the majority of the  committee on anatomical  nomencla-
  ture, adopted Dec. 30,  1897.  Proc. Ass.  Am. Anat. 1897,
  Wash., Ib98, x, 27-55.  -----. Some  misapprehensions as
  to the  simplified nomenclature  of anatomy.   Ibid., 1898,
  Wash., 1899, xi, 15-39.  AUo, Repriut.  Also: Science, X.
  Y. Sc Lancaster,  Pa., 1899, n. s., ix, 566-581.  -----. Some
  neural and descriptive terms.   Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897,
  xiii, 183.

Nomenclature  (Chemical).
    See Chemistry (Nomenclature,  etc.,  of).

Nomenclature  (Eponymic).
    See, also, Eponyms.
    Strom ( W.)  Een samliug medicinska  per-
  sonnamn fastade vid  iuwartes sjukdomar, symp-
  tomer, hehandlingsmetoiler m. m.   [A collection
  of medical eponyms  given to internal diseases;
  symptoms;  moile of treatment, etc.]  8°.  Lund,
  1899.
    Sy  (E.)  *Die Eigennamen iu  der niedicini-
  schen  Nomenclatur.  8°.  Jena, 1887.
    Vinals (F.)   Sin6nimos frecnentes en patolo-
  gia y propedeutica.   12°.   Madrid, 1901.
    Raraloux (J.)  Sur les inconv6nients de  donner le
  nom d'un  auteur k un procede  operatoire sur  les sinus.
  Pratique med., Par., 1905, xix, 81-92.—Catrin  (L.)  Les
  maladies et les  signes & nom piopre.  M6d. mod., Par.,
  1898, ix, 521-523: Also, transl.: Gac. m6d.  de  Granada,
  1900, xviii,  267; 299.—Davis (N. S.) On  the evils result-
  ing from naming diseases or their supposed causes after
  individuals, and  the importance of maintaining a clear
  distinction between etiology and pathology.  Illinois M.
  J., Springfield, 1900-1901, n. s., ii, 151-156.—»i  Capori-
  aeco(A.)  I nomid' autore nella patologia medica.  Riv.
  veneta  di  sc.  med., Venezia,  1903, xxxix, 327;  421: 1904,
  xl, 86; 140; 188;  238; 284; 332; 430; 474;  522; 569: xii, 44;
  142. — Oallo ( N.)  Denoniiuazione di  morbi  e siutomi
  morbosi dal nome degli autori  che piimi li studiarono. 
JN UMh'.N U JLAT U KJE.
718
NOMENCLATIVE.
]\omeiicBatiire (Eponymic).
  Pratica d. med.. Napoli, 1903-4. iv. 1*0;  ;)06.—Glossaire
  medical.  Presse med ,  I'ar., 1901, annexes 8;  11; 17: 21:
  28; 31; 38; 41; 48; 51; .'.«; 02; 69; 75; 82; 85; 91; 95; 102;
  105; 112; 115: 121; 125;  132; 136; 142; 152; 156; 162; 172;
  182; 185; 192: 195; 202;  205; 213; 215; 222; 235; 255.-de
  ITIaiii-anN.  Unification de la terminologie adoptee pour
  la ela-Mtication scientifique. Cong, internat. de la presse
  med.  C.-r. 1900, Par., 1901, i, 72-75. — Misuse  (The) of
  eponvnis bv medical writers.   Am. Med., Phila., 1! 03. v,
  242 —  Hunch (F.)  Nomenclature anatomique francaise
  corre.spondant aux nomina anatomica,  & la nomenclature
  latine et a certains  teinies speciaux  employes en alle-
  mand, en anglais et en italien.  Semaine med., Par., 1901,
  xxi. 281; _,-9. — Philolosie  m6dicale; la maladie  des
  noma propres. Med. anccdot.. Par., 1901, 34; 62; 127; 163;
  193; 224; 256; 287.—K.  (I.) O  abuso dos nomes  proprios
  no vocabulario medico.  Brazil-med.,  Rio de Jan.. 1899,
  xiii, 57; 86; no. 14;  no. 18; 186; no. 22.—Richards (ILL.)
  The evil of eponyms.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903,  xii,
  893.—  Wilbert (M. I.)   Personal-name synonyms in  tlie
  U. S. P.; some biographical data in connection with  the
  personal names that appear as synonyms to Galenical
  preparations in the V.  S. P.  Merck's Rep., N.  T., 1903,
  xii,  352. AUo:  Chem.  Sc  Drug.,  Lond., 1903, lxiii, 379.

Nomenclature (Medical).
    See, also, Dictionaries  (Medical); Gynaecol-
  ogy;  Insanity  (Definition, etc., of); Nomencla-
  ture (Epony mie); Nose (Diseases of, Classification
  of); Nosoiogy; Pathology; Physiology (No-
  menclature in).
    Anecdota Oxoniensia; texts, documents, aud
  extracts,  chiefly from manuscripts iu  the  Bod-
  leian  and other Oxford libraries.   Metliit-val and
  modern series.   Part I. Sinonoma  Bartholoinei.
  Edited by J. L. G. Mowat.  4"-.  Oxford, 1662.
    Basilio (P. A.)  *Vicios da  nossa lingnagem
  medica.   8°.  Rio de Janeiro, 1904.
    Bkissaid  (E\)  Histoire des expressions po-
  pulaires relatives a  l'anatomie, a la physiologie
  et a la medecine.  16°.  Paris, 1666.
    -----.   The  same.  12J.  Paris, 1892.
    Campbell  (F. R.)  The language  of medi-
  cine.   A  manual giving the origin, etymology,
  pronunciation,  and   meaning  of the technical
  terms found  in  medical  literature.   8°.  New
  York, 1668.
    Chaussieur  (F.)   Table  synoptique:  De la
  digestion.  Des blessures.  De l'ouverture de.s
  cadavn-s.   Mesures  relatives a  l'e'tude et a la
  pratique des acL-ouchemeus.  Table synoptique
  de l'accoucheinent [etc].   Par Chavassieu D'Au-
  debert.  (Trois feuilles).   fol.  [n.p., n.d.]
    Ekklakung von Fremdwortern, welehe in der
  Krankenptiege  hauiig vorkommen.  24°.   Stutt-
  gart,  1900.
    Ferhio (Ij.)   Terminologia  clinica con spe-
  ciale  riguardo alladerivazione dei vocaboli ed ai
  nomi  d'  autore, con  prefazione del  C.  Bozzolo.
  12 .   Torino, 1899.
    Foktecking  ofver de  allmannaste svenska
  liikeinedelsnannien enligt uppdrag af apotekare-
  societeteu, utarbetad och ntgifveu af John Lind-
  gren.  [List of the commonest Swedish medical
  names, from the committee of the Apothecaries'
  Society, compiled and published  bv . . .]   8°.
  Lund, 1902.
    Hofler  (M.)  Deutsches  Krankheitsnamen-
  Buch.  4°.  Miinchen, 1899.
    Ki'Kihara (J.)  Yokau Biomei Ichiran.  [No-
  menclature of  diseases, in  Chinese  and Euro-
  pean  languages.]  2 v.  8°.   Tokio, 1873.
    Nomenklatura morborum auris et nomencla-
  tura  morborum  nasi et  naso-pharyugis.   8°.
  Boston, l66->.
    See,  aUo, infra,  Spear.

    Eabagliati (A.)   Inaugural address on some
  of the terms in common use among medical men.
  12-.   Bradford, L-H).
    Roth  (G. C.)  De nominibus  vocabulisqne,
  quibus medicos  eorumi|iie  artem  adpellarunt
  veteres Germani.  Disquisitio  philologico-auti-
I%Tomeiiclature (Medical).
  ([iiaria.   Observationibns variis,  majoruni  nos-
  troruin mores ac rem medicain illustrantibns in-
  structa.  12°.   Helmstadii, 173b.
    Koyal College of Physicians of London.   The
  nomenclature  of diseases drawn  up  by a joint
  committee appointed  bv the ...   8°.  London,
  1609.
    ------.  Nomenclature of diseases.  8°.  [Lon-
  don, 1664 ?]
    ------.  The nomenclature of diseases drawu
  np  by a joint  committee appointed by the . .  .
  (Subject  to  decennial  revision.)  3. ed.,  being
  the 2. revision.  8 .  London, l-Wi.
    Simon Genuensis.  [Incipit:] Synonyma Simo-
  nis  Genuensis.   Cognila uon plene medicime no-
  minarerum promere propositi [etc.]. [Adfinem:]
  Opus impressuni Mediolani per Antonium Zaro-
  tum Parmensem anno Domini meecclxxiii.  fol.
    Itxited  States.  Department of the Interior.
  Commissioner of Indian  Affairs.  Nomenclature
  of diseases, to  be followed by physicians in the
  Indian service in making reports to Indian Office.
  16°.  Washington,  1692.
    Wedel  (G. W.)   Exercitationum  medico-
  philologicarum decades du:e.  4°.   Jenw, 1686.
    Abbott (S. W.)  Reportof committee on nomenclature
  and  forms of statistics. Am. Pub. Health Ass.  Rep., Con-
  cord, 1895, xx, 517-535.—Adami (J. G.)  Ou the use of
  the term "blastoma".  Brit. M.J., Lond., 1902, ii,642.—Al-
  drich (C. J.)  Nomenclature:  Myotonus, normal muscu-
  lar tone; hypomyotonia, hypotonia, or Friinkel's sign;  hy-
   Sermyotonia, Kernig's sign.  Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 936.—
   tarbosa (P.)  Terminologia medica; sobre a constitui-
  cao de um vocabulario medico interiiacional.  Gaz. clin., S.
  Paulo. 1906, iv, 54-58.—Benedict (A. L.)  Tbe formative
  periods of medical nomenclature.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter,
  Phila., 1894, lxx, 339-343. — Bonrgeau.  Paradoxes  sur
  le langage medical.  J. de med. int., Par., 1905. ix, 154.—
  Burnett (S.M.)  The dioptry again. N.York M. J., 1886,
  xliv, 380.  AUo, Reprint.—Clevenger (S V.)  Some mis-
  leading medical misnomers.  Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896,
  viii, 137-142.—Couslanil (P. B.)  Medical nomenclature
  in China. China M. Miss. J.. Shanghai, 1905, xix, 53-60.—
  D'Alessandro (A.)   Gim-.coiatria  e  non ginecologia.
  Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1900, vii, 743-746.  AUo,
  Reprint.  Also.- Clin, ostet., Roma, 1901, iii, 225-228.-----.
  Sulla nuova parola ginecoiatria; lettera aperta al prof. L.
  M. Bossi. Ann. di ostet.. Milano, 1901, xxiii, 739.—Dmi-
  triyeff (I. A.)  O nomenklatura bolieznei i  uproshtshe-
  niya meditsinskol otchotnosti zemakikh  vrachei.  (No-
  menclature of diseases and  simplification of medical re-
  ports of physicians  employed  by the zemstvo.l  Trudi
  Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892,
  iv, 210-212.  [Discussion |,  216-222. -----. K voprosu o
  nomeuklaturle bolieznei i meditsinskol otchotnosti.   [On
  the  . . . of diseasesaud thopreparationof medical reports.]
  Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova,
  S.-Peterb.', 1894, ii, 586-590.—Borland (\V. A. N.)  The
  pronunciation aud definition  of some ofthe newer medical
  words.   Internat. Clin., Phila., 1901. 11. ».. ii,  286-302.—
  Eighteenth  (An)  century nomenclature,  of diseases.
  Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii. 75"..—KHis (R.)   The term "ap-
  pendicitis", etc.   N.York M. J., 1899, lxx. 90-92.  AUo,
  Repriut.  See, also,  infra, Rose.— Falkiner (N. M.)
  The nomenclature of diseases  and causes of death.  Tr.
  Roy. Acad. M.  Ireland, Dubl.,  1903,  xxi,  334-344.—
  Fiirber (J.  H.)   Classification and nomenclature of
  disease,  particularly in special branches.  N. York M.
  J.,  1896, lxiv,  584. —  Forcliheimer (F.)  The use of
  the  term "enanthem".  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1902, xix,
  591-594. — Folhergill (J. M.)  Classification and no-
  menclature of disease.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1886,
  n. s., xlii, 390. — Fuchs (A.)  Ein schnierzhaftes Kniit-
  cheu ungewbbnlicher Art.   Neurol. Centralbl.,  Leipz.,
  1905, xxiv, 834-836. — Gillies (H. C.)  Gaelic names of
  diseases and of diseased states.  Caledon. M. J., Glasg.,
  1897-9, n.s.. iii, 94; 183; 233. AUo, Reprint.—Gould (G.
  M.)  Tbe spelling of  some  medical words.  Med. News,
  Phila, 1893, lxii, 660-662.  A Uo. Reprint.-----Coucern-
  ingmedieallanguage.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1896, xxvi,
  1007-1011. -----.  Medical paleography.  Phila.  Month.
  M.  J., 1899, i, 702-707.—Greaves (C. A.)  Medical no-
  menclature; a idea  for etymological purity.  Quart. M.
  J., Sheffield, 1895-6. iv, 244-248 — Griffiths (F.G.) Some
  curiosities of terminology.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney,
  1904. xxiii, 69.—Grosse (F.) Die Sprarhreinigung in der
  Heilknnde.  N. Yorker med. Monatschr.. 1905, xvi, 427-
  439.—Groussac (P.) Sc Ingegnieros (J.)  j Psiuuiatro
  6 psiquiatra?  absolvieudo una consulta.  Arch.de psi-
  quiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 65-73.—Harvey 
NOMENCLATURE.                         719                                    NONIQUE.
Nomenclature (Medical).
  (A.)   Medical noinenchituie.  Birmingh. M. Rev., 1892,
  xxxi,  95-101.—Iluggnrd (AV. R.)   "Tubercular" and
  "tuberculous".  Lancet. Loud., 1899, ii, 364.—Hunter
  (S. A.) Medical nomenclature.  China AI. Miss. J., Shang-
  hai, 1890, iv,  148-157.—Hutchinson (J.)   Presidential
  address  on names, definitions,  and specifications.  Brit.
  M.  J., Lond.,  1892,  ii, 881-884.   .Uso:  Tr.   M.  Soc.
  Loud., 1892-3, xvi, 1-16.—del  J unco (J. J.)  Breves ob-
  servaciones sobre la  uomeuclatura  internacioual  abre-
  viada.  Siglo med., Madrid, 1904, li, 445—Kocks (J.)  Zur
  mediciuischen Nomenclatur.   Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz.,
  1891, xv, 333-337. — Kossinniiu  (R.)  Zur  Geschichte
  des Wortes " Eclampsie".   Monatschr. f.  Geburtsh. u.
  Gynaek.. Berl., 1901,  xiv, 288-290. —Kurkin (P. I.)  O
  dovoI offitsialnol nomenklaturie bolie/.nei.  [On  the new
  official nomenclature of diseases.]  J. Obsh. Russk.Vrach.
  vpam. Pirogova,  Mosk., 19o2, viii,  86-103— linrz (A.)
  Pfispevky  k n&zvoslovi lekafskemu  ceskemu. .[Con-
  tributions to Bohemian  medical  terminology.] Casop.
  16k.  cesk., v  Praze, 1882,  xxi, 478-480. ----—.  Ckiizka
  starsl lekai-ake  terminologie a fraseologie ceske.  [Speci-
  men of the  older Bohemian  terminology and  phraseol-
  ogy.) Ibid., 637-640. — I.ereboullet (L.)  Etymologic.
  Diet, encycl. d. sc. m£d., Par., 1888, 1. s., xxxvi,  355-367.
  -----. Reflexions sur lea origines et la dc stiuee des mots
  du vocabulahe medical.  C,-.\z. hebd. de nn'-d.. Par., 1888, 2.
  8., xxv. 241; 257. — liOwrie  (S. A.)   Medical nomencla-
  ture. Texas M. News, Austin, 1901-2, xi, 589-592.—lilac-
  alister  (D.)  Note  on nomenclature.   Practitioner,
  Lond., 1889. xliii, 121-123.—McCourt (P. J.)   Medical
  terminology;  its etymology and errors.  Med.  Rec, N.
  Y., 1895, xlviii, 115-118.  Also, Repriut.—IVIcItcnzie (A.
  F.)  Some features of medical nomenclature.  Dominion
  M. Month., Toronto, 1899, xii, 233-241.— Tin we r (W.)
  Palsy; a word.   St.  Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.,  18'.t(J-7,  iv,
  75.—.TIedical  terms in the New English  Dictionary.
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 80.—Mitchell (A. S.) Reply
  to Dr. Gould on spelling reform.  Milwaukee M. J., 1893,
  i, 245-247.—Nomenclature of diseases of the gastro-
  enteric tract; the report of the committee ofthe American
  Pediatric Society, May, 1894.   Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1894,
  xi,  567-573.   A Uo, Reprint.—Oaks (J. F.)   Medical  or-
  thoepy.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1892, iii, 119-129.  [Dis-
  cussion], 159.—Ogazon  (J.)   Nomenclatura  m6dica.
  Rev. balear de cien. ni6d., Palma de Malloica, 1899, xvii,
  301-321.—Orthographic ignorance and medical ability.
  Med. News.  Phila., 1895,  lxvii, 160.—Parra (P.)   Vo-
  cablos impropios 6 nada castizos de nuestro lenguaje  me-
  dico. Gac. med., Mexico, 1894, xxxi, 315-324.—Parviai-
  nen  (W.)   Poimintoja W.  S. Kilpiseu jalkeensii jatta-
  mista kasikiijotuksista Suomenkieliseu laaketieteellisen
  Banaston alalta.  [Abstract  of the  manuscript, Finnish
  medical terminology, by "W. S. Kilpisen.]   Duodecim,
  Helsinki, 1902, xviii, 91-111.—Recent  medical terminol-
  ogy.  Brit. M.  J., Lond.,  1901, ii, 1100.—Reynolds (G.
  K.)  The question of medical nomeuclature.  Med. Times,
  N.  T., 1902,  xxx, 236-239.—Reynolds (Sir J. R.)  The
  definition  and nomenclature of disease.  Essays Sc ad-
  dresses by Sir J. Russell Reynolds, 8C, Lond., 1896, 102-
  138. — Romeiser ( T. H.)  Notes on the nomeuclature
  of bacteriology.  N.  York  M. J.,  1901,  lxxiii, 962.—
  Rose (A.)   Aeroporotomy.   Med. News,  N. Y., 1896,
  lxviii, 650.  -----. The term  "appendicitis" aud other
  unscientific  words of our nomenclature.   N. York  M.
  J., 1899, lxix, 703-706.------The term "appendicitis",
  etc.;  a reply to Doctor Ellis.   Ibid., lxx, 211. -----.  Our
  onomatology  in regard to Greek terms. Post-Graduate,
  N. Y., 190l', xvi, 795-799. -----. Gastroptosia, not gas-
  troptosis; perityphlitis, not  appendicitis.   J. Am.  M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1902.  xxxix,  386. -----. Greek in med-
  icine.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait,,  1902,  xiii, 100-
  104.   AUo, transl.:  Dentsche Praxis,  1902, xi,  338;  373.
  Also, transl.: Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1902, xii, 307-
  309.  -----. Medical terms and Greek derivations.  Med.
  News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 716.-----. Medical terms  once
  more.  Ibid., 1092.-----. Onomatologia gastrologica.   St.
  Louis M.  Rev., 1905,  lii, 1-4. — Rossc (I.  ('.)  Words
  not usually found in  medical dictionaries.  Virginia  M.
  Month., Richmond, 1895-6, 673-679.—Russia.   Ministry
  of the Interior.  Medical Department.  O proyetle novol
  nomenklaturi bolieznei.  [Projected  new nomenclature of
  diseases.]  Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med.,  St.
  Petersb., 1902, off. pt., 24-37.—Sabatier (A.)  Recherches
  pour elucider 1'expressiou "doigt m6dical".  Lyon med.,
  1903, c, 441; 490. — Sekiba  (F.)  [Names of diseases in
  Ainu languages.)  [Japanese text.]   Chiugai Iji Shinpo,
  Tokio, 1897, xviii,  no. 412, 5;  no. 413, 22. — HvnacLa-
  grange.   Faut-il couserver les  termes "arthritisme",
  "herpetisme"?  Ann. Soc.d'hvdrol. med.dePar.  Compt.-
  rend., 1891, xxxvi, 68-86. — Sliambaugh (G. E.)  Some
  medical terms commonly misused.  Illinois M. J., Spring-
  field, 1904-5, vii, 591.—JHilva Lima.  Vocabulario  me-
  dico.  Med.  contempt., Lisb., 1895, xiii, 32;  78; 83.—
  Spear (E.  D.)  Nomenclatura morborum aurm et no-
  menclatura morborum nasi  et nasopharyngis.   Tr. Am.
  Otol.  Soc,  New Bedford, 1891-2, v, 341-350.   See,  also,
  tupra, Nomenclatura.—Staple* (H. L.) The study and
Nomenclature (Medical).
  pronunciation ot medical terms.  Northwest. Lancet, St.
  Paul, 1890, x, 7-!).—Stile* (C. W.)  The use and abuse of
  zoological  names by physicians. Phila.  M. J., 1900, vi,
  1194.  Also, Reprint. — Stillson (H.)  Pronunciation  of
  medical terms.  Sacramento M. Times, 1888, ii, 503-506.—
  Sykes (\\\)  On the origin and history of some disease-
  names.  Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 1007-1010.—Taylor (A. E.)
  Another word about nomenclature.  Phila. M. J., 1903, xi,
  6. — Thcotonio  da  Silva  (J.)  Vocabulario medico.
  Med. contemp.,  Lisb., 1892, x, 9; 17; 25. — Thierry (E.)
  D'une langue medicale interiiationale.  Bull. Soc. med. de
  l'Yonne 1889, Auxorre, 1890, xxx, 50-52. — Tripier (A.)
  Essai de terminologie 61ectrotherapique.  Bull. off. Soc.
  franc, d'electrother., Par., 1901, viii. 129-132.— Vatert" (S.)
  NIekolkodumi poBolgarskatanieditsinska nomenklatura.
  [On Bulgarian medical nomenclature.]  Med. besleda, Vi-
  din,  1897-8, iv, 421-427. — White (C. P.)  Nomenclature
  and classification.  Lancet,  Lond.,1901, i,728-73L—Whit-
  ney (H.T.) Medical terms. China M. Miss. J., Shanghai,
  1890, iv, 5-13.—Wood  (C. A.)  The improper use in med-
  ical literature of certain words and phrases.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 352.—Wood (H. C.)  The spell-
  ing of certain words.  Phila. M. J.,  1899, iii, 352.

Nomenclature (Pathological).
     See Nomenclature (Eponymic); Pathology.

Nomenclature (Pharmaceutical).
     See Pharmacology (Nomenclature in).

Nomenclature (Physiological).
     See Physiology (Nomenclature in).
IV O me nel atti re of diseases  of the  gastroen-
  teric tract.  The report of the committee of the
  American Pediatric Society, May,  1894. 4 pp.,
  1 tab.  8°.  New York, 1894.
     Rept. from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1894, xi.
Nomina et cognomina dd. Collegii Romani me-
  dicorum, quorum memoria extat.
     In: StatotaCollegii dd.almae urbis, [etc.]. 4°. Romce,
  1676, 105-116.
rVommel (W.)   *Drei  Falle von Tendovaginitis
  fungosa an deu Fingern.   [Wurtzburg.]  43 pp.
  8°.   Cottbus,  Teske Tf Arnold, 1896.
No mines (P.) [1838-    ].  * Etude sur le pan-
  creas  et sur  le diabete pancr6atique.  118 pp.
  4°.  Paris, 1891, No. 351.
-----.  Thesame.  140  pp., 11.   8°.  Paris, J.-B.
  Bailliere 4 file,  1891.

Nona [or nonna].
     See Influenza (Anomalous, etc., forms of).
Non-alcoholic ( The )  treatment  of disease.
  Notes of cases treated at the Loudon Temper-
  ance Hospital; with introductory remarks  aud
  supplementary suggestions.  47 pp.   12c.   Lon-
  don, Bailliere, Tindall 4' Cox, 1876.
IVonat (Auguste) [18. 0-1887J.   * Snr la m6tro-
  peritonite puerpdrale conipliquee de l'innainma-
  tion des  vaisseaux lymphatiques de l'uterus.  x,
  11-39 pp.  4°.  Paris,  Didot le jeune,  1832.   [P.,
  v. 1847.]
-----.  Trait6 pratique  des maladies de l'ute'rus
  et de ses annexes.   Avec figures intercale'es dans
  le  texte.  ix,  896 pp.  8°.  Paris, A. Delahaye,
  1860.
     See,  also, Sandras [C.-M.-S.],  Deville,  IVonat &
  Gnibout.  Itecherches experimentales sur ies oxides de
  fer, [etc.J.  8°.  Paris, 1839.
Non-existence (Sur  la) de  la maladie  v6n6-
  rienne; ouvrage  dans  lequel  il est prouve" que
  cette  maladie, inventee  par  les  me'decins  du
  quinzieme  siecle,  n'est  que  la  reunion  d'un
  grand nombre d'affections morbinqtu-s de nature
  dift'6rente dont on attribue fausseinent la cause
  a un  virus contagieux qui  n'a jamais existe".
  xii, 179  pp.  8°.   Paris,  Gabon, 1811.  [P.,  v.
  1992.]
Nonhebel  (D. J.)  Medical massage.  11 pp.
  \2°.   Brussels, 1893.
rVonique (Leon) L1878-     ].   * Sclerose retrac-
  tile ecchymotique de l'annean vnlvaire krauro-
  sis vulvas.  78 pp.   8°.  Paris,  1905,  No. 526. 
NONXE.
720
NOKBURY.
I\on lie (Max).  Ueber Hypnotismus.
    In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1889, No. 346 (Innere
  Med., No. 115, 3097-3128).
------.  Syphilis und Nervensystem.  Siebenzehu
  Vorlesuugen.  xiii, 458 pp.   H'-\   Berlin, S.  Kar-
  ger, 1902.
------.  Stellung uud Aufgaben des Arztes in der
  Behandlung  des Alkoholismus;  iiber  Trinker-
  heilstiitten.
    In: Handb. d. sozial. Med. 8°.  Jena, 1904, iv, 221-272.
    See, also, Festchrift zur Eroffnung des neuen  allge-
  meinen Krankenhauses zu  Hamburg-Eppendorf [etc.],
  4°.  Hamburg, 1889.
Nomiis (Efisio).  Continuazioue agli studj sul-
  1' omcopatia, colla risposta a Tomuiaso  Scardas-
  sal.  76 pp.   8°.   Cagliari,  1854.
------.  Primi  studj in Sardegna  sull' omiopatia.
  47 pp.  8°.  Cagliari, 18b4.
IVonnis  (Giovanni).    Mente e cuore.   Strenna
  otniopatica.   54 pp.   16°.  Torino, G. Favale 4"
  Co., 1857.

Noodles.
    JBeythien (A.) & Wrampelineyer (E.)  Beitrage
  zur Untersuchunjr uud Beurtheilung der Eierteigwaaren.
  Ztscbr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs u. Genussmittel, Berl.,
  1901, 145-156.—Winton (A. L.)  & Bailey (T. M.) On
  the composition of American noodles, and methods for the
  analysis of noodles.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1905,
  xxvii, 137-142.
von Noorden (Carl [Harks]) [1858-    ].  Die
  Entwickelung  des Labyrinthes bei Kuochen-
  fischen.   pp. 235-264,  1  pl.  H°.  Leipzig, [1883].
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. Anat.
  u. Physiol., Leipz., 1883.
------.  Beitiage zur Lehre vom  Stoffwechsel des
  gesunden  und  kranken  Mensehen.  1.-3.  Hft.
  8\   Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1^92-5.
------.  Grundriss einer Methodik  der Stoffwech-
  sel-Untersuchnngen.   44 pp.   6C.  Berlin, A.
  Hirschwald, 1892.
    Repr.from.- Beitr. z. Lehre v. Stoffwechsel [etc.], Berl.,
  1892.
------.  Lehrbuch  der  Pathologie des Stoffwech-
  sels fiir Aerzte und Studirende.  xiii, 492 pp.
  roy. «Y  Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1893.
------.  Ueber den Stoffwechsel der Magenkran-
  ken und seine Anspriiche an die Therapie.  19
  pp.  8°.  Berlin, Fischer, 1893.
    Forms 55. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik.
------.  Die Zuckerkrankheit und ihre Behand-
  lung.  viii, 212 pp.   8°.  Berlin, A. Hirschwald,
  1895.
------.  The same.  2. Aufl.  x, 266 pp.   8°.   Ber-
  lin, A. Hirschwald, 1898.
-----.  Thesame.  3. Aufl.  x, 296pp.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, A. Hirschwald, 1901.
------.  Nosophen-gauze as a substitute  for iodo-
  fortn-gauze.   12°.  [Munich, 1896.]
    Transl. from: Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1896, xliii.
------.   DieBleichsucht.   viii, 209 pp. M°.  Wien,
  A. Holder,  1697.
    Forms pt. 2 of: Spec. Path. u. Therap., . . . Nothnagel,
  Wien, viii.
------.   Die Fettsucht.  vii,  158 pp.  8°.  Wien,
  A. Holder,  1900.
    Forms pt, 4 of: Spec. Path. u. Therap.....Nothnagel,
  Wien, vii.                                    fo
------.   Ueber Urol (chinasaurer Harnstoff).  pp.
  444-446.  3°.  Gbttingen, Vandenhoeck 4-Buprecht,
  1901.                                     *     '
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Centralbl. f.
  Stoffwechsel- u. Verdauungskr., Gotting., 1901.
-----.  Sammlung klinischei Abhaudlungen iiber
  Pathologie und Therapie der Stoffwechsel-  uud
  Ernahrungsstorungen.   Hrsg. von . . .  1.-5.  Hft.
  8°.   Berlin, 1900-1904.
-----.   The same.  Clinical  treatises on the pa-
  thology and therapy of disorders of metabolism
  and nutrition.   Authorized Am. ed. transl. under
 von Noorden (Carl [Harks])—continued.
   the direction of Boardman Reed.  7 v.  8.  New
   York, E. B. Treat 4- Co., 1903-5.
                     CONTENTS.
     Pt. 1. Obesity.  The indications for reduction cures.
     Pt. 2. Nephritis.
     Pt. 3. Membranous catarrh ofthe intestines (colica mu-
   cosa).  By Carl von Nooiden with the collaboration of
   Carl Dapper.
     Pt. 4. The acid autointoxications. By Carl von Noorden
   and Dr. Mohr.
     -----. Thesame.  Bristol, J. Wright Sc Co., 1904.
     Pt. 5. Concerning the effects of saline waters (Kissin-
   gen, Homburg) on metabolism. By Carl von Noorden and
   Carl Dapper.
     Pt. 6. Drink restriction (thirst-cures), particularly in
   obesity.  By Carl von Noorden and Hugo Salomon.
     Pt. 7. Diabetes mellitus, its pathological chemistry and
   treatment.  Transl. by Florence Buchanon and I. Walker
   Hall.
     See, also, Peptone (La) Denaeyer  [etc.].  8°.  [Bru-
   xelles], 1892.
     AUo, Editor of:  Zentralblatt fiir Stoffwechsel- u.
   Verdauungs-Krankheiten,  Gottiugeu,  1900-1905.  Also,
   Editor of: Zentralblatt fiir die. gesamte Physiologie
   und Pathologie des Stoffwechsels,  Berlin u. Wien, 1906.
------  &  Dapper  (Carl).   Ueber die Schleim-
   kolik des Dunns (Colica  mucosa) uud  ihre Be-
   handlung.   32 pp.  8°.   Berlin, A. Hirschwald,
   1903.
     Forms  3. Hft. of: Samml. klin. Abhandl. ii. Path. u.
   Therap. d. Stoffwechs.- u. Etnahr.-Storung.,  Berl.
von IVoorden (Werner) [lu60-     ].   *Ein
   Fall von Uterus bicornis mit Ligamentum recto-
   vesicale. [Giessen.] 24 pp., 1 pl., 1 1.  8°.  Leip-
   zig, A. Edelmann, 1885.
Noordenbos (Willem).   *Over de  ontwikke-
   ling van het chondrocranium van zoogdieren.
   3 p. 1., 133 pp., 2 pl.  8°.  Groningen, G. A. Evers,
   1904.
Noordhoff (P.)   *Over het hsematonia durae
   matris.  64 pp., 1 pl.  8°.  Groningen, 1898.
Noorduyn (James Mattheus).  * Specimen ex-
   hibens quaestiones  nonnullas  physiologicas.  1
   p. 1.,  38 pp.,  1 1.   8°.  Lugd. Bat.,  J.  IV. van
   Leeuuen, 1818.
van Noort  (Albertus).   *De morbis soporosis.
   11 pp., 1 1.   4°.  Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1706.
   [P., v. 2243.]
van  Noort  (Joannes  Wilhelmus).   * De  pro-
   ticuis et nocivis atmosphajraj  in  corpus  hnma-
   nnni  potestatibns.  1  p.  1.,  50  pp., 5  1.  4°.
   Lugd. Bat., J. le Mair, 1772.   [P., v. 1928; 2063.]
Nooi'twyk (Wilhelmus).   *De natura humana.
   1 p. 1., 32 pp., 11.  4°.  Lugd. Bat., G.  Potvliet,
   1735.   [P., v. 1918.]
------.   The  same.  Dissertatio  de  natura  hu-
   mana.  48 pp.  8°.  Amstelcedami, 1746.
    Bound with: Solanus de Luque (F.)  Novbb raraeque
   observationes [etc.], 8°. Amstelcedmi, 1746.
Moot (Adamns).   *De structura  et usu  renuin.
  *9 pp., 2 1.   4°.   Lugd.  Bat., G. Wishoff, 1733.
   [P., v.  1920.]
van der IVoot (Josua).   *De  salivatione in
  variolis.  1 p.  1.,  30 pp., 1  1.  4°.   Hardervici,
  E. Tyhoff, [1800].
Nootnagell  (Daniel)  [1753-1836].   Handbuch
   fur practische Aerzte.  v. 1.  xvi, 334  pp., 1 1.
   12°.   Hamburg 4~ Leipzig, H.  J. Matthiessen, 1784.
Nopp  (Paul)  [1879-  '   ].    * Weitere  Unter-
   suchungen  iiber elastische  Fasern   in   Gesch-
   wulsten.  50 pp.  8°.   Wurzburg,  P. Scheiner,
   1905.
Norbury (Frank P[arsons]) [1863-     ].   Epi-
   lepsy.  14 pp.  8°.   [Chicago, 1^91.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago,  1891.
------.   A case of abscess  of the  temporo-sphe-
   noidal lobe and of the middle lobe of the  cere-
   brum.  3 pp.   12°.  [Philadelphia, Lea Bros. 4"
   Co., 1892.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1892, lx. 
NORBURY.
721
NORDISK.
Norbury (Frank P[arsons])—continued.
------.   Athetosis bilateralis.   4  pp.   8°.  [St.
  Louis, 1892.]
    Repr.from: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1892, i.
------.  Practical cerebral localization.  11 pp.
  8°.   [St. Louis, 1892.]
    Repr.from: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1892, i.
------.  Sulphide of calcium, or calx sulphurate
  in tonsillitis.  2 pp.  12°.   Detroit, G.  S. Davis,
  1692.
    Repr.from: Therap. Gaz.. Detroit, 1892, 3. a., ix.
------.  Insanity  in twins.   3  pp.   12°.  [Phila-
  delphia, 1693.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii.
------.  Localization  in  diseases  of the spinal
  cord.   10 pp.  12°.  [Philadelphia, 1693.]
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii.
No re III (Pellegrino).  II i-olera asiatico secondo
  la dottrina del Filippo Pacini.  Commenti del
  Pellegrino  Norchi.   131 pp.   8°.   Boma,  A.
  Tavanti, 1860.
Norcia  (Corrado).  Sulle  aflezioui  sitilitiche
  secoudarie dei testicoli.  12 pp.  12°.   Siracusa,
  A. Norcia. 1890.
IVorcl (Departement du).
    See Statistics (Vital), by  localities.
Nord (D6partement du).  Rapport sur le service
  medical de l'Asile public d'ali^nees de Bailleul
  (Nord) pour l'anne'e 1871, par le docteur de La-
  niaestre, medecin  en  chef.   78 pp.  8°.  Lille,
  imp. de Leftbre-Ducrocq, 1672.
------.  Rapport  adress^ a M.  le preTet du Nord
  sur les maladies  contagieuses et e'pizootiqnes
  parues dans  le departement du Nord, pendant
  l'anne'e  1888, par C. Pollet, v6t6riuaire departe-
  mental.  56 pp. 8°.  Lille, L. Danel,  1889.
------.   Rapports sur les travaux du conseil cen-
  tral de salubrity et des conseils d'arrondissement
  du  departement dn Nord,  pendaut les annces
  1888 (47.), 18-9 (48.), 1891-3 (50.-52.).  8°.  Lille,
  1889-94.
------.  Conseil central de salubrite" dn departe-
  ment du Nord.  Rapport ge"ne"ral sur  les £pid6-
  mies qui on* r£gn£ dans le d6partement du Nord
  pendant l'anne'e 18-9, par le  docteur  Pilat.  44
  pp.  8°.  Lille,  L. Danel, 1890.
------.  Table pr6sentant, par ordre alphabetique,
  les  matieres traitees par les  conseils  d'hygiene
  et de salubrite" du  d^partemeut du Nord, de 1879
  a la fin de  1888; suivie des tableaux  indiquant
  le nombre des seances tenues par le couseil cen-
  tral, les uonis et les membres, la  dure"e de leurs
  services et  le nombre de rapports qu'ils ont r6-
  dig6s;  par Auguste Marquilly.  No. 4. 38 pp.,
  2 1.  8\  Lille,  L  Danel, 1891.
Nord (J.)  Compendium der tandheelkuude.  iii
  (1 1.),  118  pp.,  1  1., 20  pl.   8°.   's Gravenhage,
  gebr. J. Sf S. ran Langenhuysen, 1885.
------.  Nadere  niededeelingen  en voorschriften
  betreffende de  nieuwe  geneeswijze der tiring.
  16  pp.  8°.  Amsterdam, Scheltema 4"  Holkema,
  [1889].
------.  De longtciing en hare behaudeliug.  Met
  een plan tot hit stichteu van een speciaal  in te
  richten  hersti-llingsoord voor  borstlijders  in
  Nederland.  Met eene voorrede van H. J.  Wil-
  son,  viii, 46 pp.  8°.   Amsterdam, G.  Schroder,
  1890.
    See, aUo, Weigert (Louis) [in 1. s.J.  De  nieuwe  ge-
  neeswijze der tering [etc.].  8°. Amsterdam, 1889.
----- & Kohlbrugge (F.)  Sakbokje  voor
  den officier van gezondheid  en  paardenarts te
  velde.  132 pp.  12°. Utrecht, J. van Druten, 1901.
-----&Tllinstra (J. F.)  Vragen en antwoor-
  den over schoolhygiene.  Beknopte handleiding
  voor onderwijzers en  h-erlingen.  viii, 59 pp.
  12°. Amersfoort, G. L.  Slothouwer, 1898.

       VOL  XI, 2D  SERIES-----4fi
Nord (T^e)  me'dical.   Journal des praticiens et
  ih-s interets professionnels de la region du Nord.
  Comitd de redaction:  MM.  les docteurs Doumer,
  Letnoine,  Phocas.  [Semi-monthly.]  v.   1-11
  (annces 1-12),  Nov. 1, 1894,  to Dec. 15,  1905.
  4°.   Lille.
    Current.  Second year commenced January, 1895.
Nordan [born Siidfeld] (Max-[Simon]) [1849-
      ].   Ddgeneresceuce.   Trad, de  l'alleniand
  par Auguste Dietrich.  2 v.   viii, 429 pp.,  1 1.;
  575 pp.  8°.  Paris, F. Alcan, 1894.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. Fin de siecle; le mysticisme.
    v. 2. L'egotisme, le reahsme, le vingtieme siecle.
-------.   The same.   Degeneration.   Translated
  from the 2. ed.  of the German work,  xiii, 560
  pp.  8°.  New York, D. Appleton 4' Co., 1895.
    For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Loud., 1895, ii, 815.
Norden  (Abraham).   *Over maagsyphilis.  2
  p. 1., 88 pp.  ««. Amsterdam, J. Clausen, [1897].
Nordenson  (E.).
    See  I.oven  ([Otto] Christian), Nordenson (E.) Sc
  Retziua (Gustav). Materiaux pour servir a la connais-
  sance [etc.].  8°.  [Stockholm, 1874.]
Nordentoft.  Sundhedslsere.   Kortfattet mi-
  kroskojiisk  anatomi,  fysiologi  samt  sygdoms-
  laere og hygiejue  for gytnnasier,  semiuarier,
  h0jere pigskoler o. 1.  [Hygieue.  A short course
  for microscopic auatomy, physiology, and by-'
  giene for gymnasiums, seminaries,  girls'  high
  schools,  etc. ].   105  pp.  8°.   K<j>benhavn,  W.
  Prior, 1905.
JVorderney.
    See,  also,  Children (Hospitals,  etc., for),
  Sewage (Disposal of), by localities.
    Kruse.  Geschichte der Seebadeanstalt Nor-
  derney.  Eine Festschrift zur Hundertjahrfeier
  des  Seebades.   16c.   Norden  4"  Norderney,
  1899.
    Wixke  fiir Badegaste  des kouigl. Seebades
  Norderney.   Saison  1886.   8.  Jahrgang.   24°.
  Norden 4' Norderney, [1886].
    K■ nek.   Norderney  als Winterstation fiir  Lungen-
  kranke.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1889, x, 1067.
Nordhaiisen.
    See Scarlatina  (History,  etc., of), Sewage
  (Disposal of), by localities.
Nordbaiisen   ( Max. )  [  1876-    ].   * Zur
  Kenntnis der Wachstumsvorgange im Verdick-
  ungsriuge  der Diekotylen.   [Berlin.]  48  pp.,
  1 1., 1 pl.  8°.  Stuttgart, A. Bonz, 1897.
Nordhof (Louis) [1866-    ].  * Ueber hysteri-
  schen Mutismus.  29 pp., 1  1.   8°.   Berlin, G.
  Schade, [1890].
Nordiseher   Kongress  fiir innere  Mediein.
  Verhandlungen.  3., 1900; 4., 1902; 5., 1904.  8-\
  Stockholm, 1901-5.
Nordisk  Kirurgisk Forening.  Fothandlingtr.
  [ Northern  Surgical  Society.   Transactions. ]
  1897; 1899.  233 pp.; 152 pp.   8G.   Stockholm,
  1898-1901.
Nordisk  lonnnebog  for  laager.   Under  med-
  virkning  af  U. Vetleseu  [et  al.]  udgivet  af
  H. P. B. Barfod.  [Pocketbook for physicians.
  By the cooperation of . . .] v. 9,  1890; v. 19,
  1900.   12°.   K$benhavn, Kristiania 4' Stockholm.
Nordisk ophthalmologisk tidsskrift, udgivet af
  Edmd.  Hansen Grut i  forening med G. Nordman
  [et al.].   Re<lakt0rer:  J. Bjerrum  og J.  Wid-
  mark.   (3 Nos. form 1 v.)   v. 1-5,  1888-92.  8°.
  KjQbenhavn, J. Lund.
    Ended.
Nordisk tidsskrift for terapi.  Medicinsk-kirur-
  gisk Maanedsskrift.   Hovedredakt0r:  Marius
  Lauritzen.   v.  2-3,  October, 1903-5. 8°.  K$-
  benhavn.
    Current.  ■ 
NOKDISKA.
722
NORFORD.
 Nordiska Kongressen  for  Inviirtes  Mediein.
   Forhandlingar.  1., 1896; 2., 1898.   110, 231 pp.
   8C.   Stockholm, 1890-8.
 -----.  Foredrag og diskussioner paa 2den Nor-
   diske Kongres for indre mediein i Kristiania,
   den lltet, 12te og 13de August 1898.   59 pp.  8°.
   Kristinia, A. Cammermyers, 1898.
    ' For continuation, see Nordischer Kongress fiir innere
   Mediein.
 Nordiske Kongres for indre mediein i Kristia-
   nia.
     See preceding.
 NordisktMedicinskt Arkiv.  v. 20-37, 1888-1905.
   8.  Stockholm.
     Current, v. 22 contains general index to v. 1-22.  In
   1891 became bi-monthly.   In  190'1 3. s. commenced, in 2
   parts of 4 nos. each annually, viz: "Chirurgie" and "In-
   nere Medizin".

 Nord Si tiger.
     See Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
 Nordlund  (Gustaf Adolf).    "Studier  ofver
   framre bukviiggens fascior och apouevroser hos
   menniskan.   [Studies on the anterior peritoneal
   fasciae aud aponeuroses iu man.]   166 pp.   8°.
   Upsala, Almqvist 4' Wiksells, 1891.
 Nordman (G. A.)  *Om den for framkallan-
   det af en formformimmelse nodiga retuingstiden
   i  dess  beronde af nagra sarskilda  variabler.
'  [The necessary reaction time for eliciting a con-
   ception  of form iu its relation to some special
   variables.]   76 pp.    8°.   Helsingfors, J. C.
   Freiickell Sr Sons, 1887.
 Nordmaiin  (Achilles).   * Ueber clysmatische
   Lesiont-u  des Mastdarms.  41  pp.,  2  pl.   8°.
   Basel, Schweighauser, 1887.
 Nordmaiin (Albert).  * Ueberdas Empyem der
   Oberkieferkohle.   51  pp.  8°.   Strassburg, C.
   Goeller, 1890.
 Nordmaiin  (Benolt)  [1869-   ].   * Le cceur
   des  tabetiques.    (Le"sions  cardio-aortiques et
   angine de poitrine.)  144  pp.  4°.  Paris,  1895,
   No. 231.
 Nordinann (F[elix]).  *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre
   vouderBildungder Decidua.  18 pp.  8°. Wiirz-
   burg, Stahel,  1694.
     Also forms no. 3 of: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesell-
   sch. zu Wiirzb., 1894, n. F.,  xxviii.
 Nordmaiin (Otto) [1876-   ].  * Ein Beitrag
   zur  phagocytaren  Rolle  der Riesenzellen.   22
   pp., 1 1.   8°.   Gbttingen, Dieterich, 1901.
 Gordon  (Jean) [1867-    ].    * Ueber das pa-
   thologische Wachsthiim der Knochen.  30 pp., 1
   1.  8°.  Berlin, G. Schade [1892].
 Nordrach.
    Onion i R.)   Notes of a visit to Nordrach.  Liverpool
   M.-Chir. J., 1900, xx, 34-38.
 Nordraell Ranch  Sanatorium  aud Hotel  Co.,
   Colorado  Springs.    A booklet  describing the
   treatment, prevention,  and cure of tuberculosis
   at Nordrach Ranch, by  the open-air method.  5.
   ed.  63 pp.,  illustr.   16°.  [Colorado Sprinas,
   1906.]                                 *    J '
 Nordseebiider auf Sylt Westerland und Weu-
   ningstedt.  Hrsg.  von der  See-Badedirektion.
   4. Jahrg.   5. Auli.  79 pp., 81.  24°.   Hamburg,
   O. Meissner, 1666.
 Nordsee-Insel (Die) Borkum.   Nebst iirzt-
   lichen Ratschlagen und Winken, betrett'eud die
   Seereise, den Aufeuthalt auf der Insel nnd  den
   Gebrauch des Seebades.  10. Aufl.  viii, 286 pp
   1 plan.  12°.   Emden .j- Borkum, W. Haynel, 1894.'
 Nordstrom  (Simon).
    Editor of: Ynier, Stockholm, 1881.
 Nordt (Haus)  [1873-    ].   * Ueber Creosotal.
  27 pp., 2 1.  8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, 1897.
 Nordvail (A. L.)   Kan vivisektionenfdrsvaras?
  Foredrag.   [Can  vivisection be defended?  A
Nordvail (A. L.)—continued.
  lecture.]  viii, 48 pp.  8°.  Stockholm, Loostrom
  4' Ko., i860.
-----.   Discours;  l'auti-vivisection.  4 pp.  > ,
  [m. p., n. d.]
Noreiko  (Aleksandr  [Nikolayevich])  [1865-
      ].  * K voprosu o  sposobakk operativnavo
  llecheniya  cherez  vlagalishtshe  nakloneniv  i
  zagibov matki nazad.   [On the methods of oper-
  ative  treatment  per vagina in of retroflexions
  and retroversions of the uterus.]  132 pp., 2 1.
  8J.   Yuryev,  K. Mattisen, lc96.
Norell (Carolus).  * De osteosteatoma te.  1 p. 1
  3f pp. sm. 4°.   Upsaliw, Apud J.  Edman, [1780].
No re ri us (Joannes Baptista).    *Nonnulla de
  caussis febrium  intermittentiuni  earumque dif-
  ferentiis et curatione.   11pp. 4°.  [Gtnevaf] J.
  Giossi, 1806.  [P., v. 2146; 2152.]
Nor filii (Giiiseppe).  Descrizione  di alcune ope-
  razioni di chirurgia.  44 pp.  8°. Pisa, tipog.
  Nistri, 1827.  [P., v. 2224.]
        Raggualio delle cose piu  notabili in <>s-
  tetricia osservate nel r. Ospizio di maternita  e
  nel Conservatorio di Orbatello di Firenze dal dl
  1° gennajo 1830, a tntto dicembre 1833.  48 pp.,
  1 ttib.   8-\  Firenze, L. Ciardetti, 1834.
Norfolk, Virginia.  Messages of the mayor of
  the city of Norfolk, Va., to the select and com-
  mon councils, together with municipal reports
  for the years 1882-3;  1883-4;  1887-8.   8°.  Nor-
  folk, 1883-8.
    Contains reports of the almshouse; board of health;
  chief of police; superintendent of cemeteries; street and
  sewer department, and the water department.
Norfolk, Virginia.
    See, also, Fever (Yellow, History, etc., of), Hos-
  pitals (Descriptions, etc., of), Insane (Asylums,
  etc., for), Police (Reports, etc., of), by localities.
    Report of the keeper of the almshouse, Norfolk,
  Va., 1879-80 : 1880-81; 1887-8. Messages mayors Norfolk,
  Va. & municip. rep., 1880, 105-111: 1881, 123-128: 1888,
  132.
Norfolk, Virginia.  Board of Water Commission-
  ers.  Annual reports of the  commissioners aud
  superintendent to the mavor of the  city.   17.-
  20., 1889-90 to 1892-3.  80."  Norfolk,  1890-93.
Norfolk  District  Medical   Society.  By-laws,
  with  a list of its members.  8°.   Boslon, D.
  Clapp, 1859.
-----.  The same.  10 pp.  8°.  Boston, D. Clapp
  4- Son, 1870.
-----.  By-laws and rules,  with a list  of mem-
        14 pp.  8°.   Boston, Bockwell 4" Churchill,
bers.
1879.
[«■ P-
        List of members.  July, 1869.  4 pp.   8°.
        n. d.]
Norfolk Hospital for the Insane.  See Nebraska.
  Commissioner of Public Lands and Buildings.
Norfolk and Norwich Hospital, Norwich.  An-
  nual statements of the board of management to
  the  governors and  subscribers, and of  the
  Fletcher Convalescent Home,  Cromer, for  the
  years 1885-1904.  8^.   Norwich, 1886-1905.
    The Fletcher Convalescent Home was opened in April,
  1893.
-----.  Some particulars of the work and prog-
  ress of the . . . during 60 years  of  the reign
  of Her  Majesty Queen Victoria.  16 pp.  16°.
  [Norwich,  1897.]
    Repr.from: Norfolk Chron., June 19, 1897.
-----.  Birth  aud  parentage of the  new  . .  .
  By a  member of  the  building  committee.
  [Adopted  by the  buildiug committee as their
  final  report.   Aug.  14,  1883.]  19  pp.   16°.
  [Norwich,  Fletcher 4- Sons, 1883.]

Norford (William) [1715-93].
    Uoorc (N.)   [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1895, xii, 108. 
NORIEGA.
723
NORR.
Noriega  (Alberto  G. )  * Breve estudio   del
  hematocele retro-uterino y su tratamiento.  30
  pp.  8\   Mexico, 1869.  '
Noriega  (Juan Manuel).   #Analisis  de  las
  aguas minerales salino-sulfurosas de San Bar-
  tolo (Estado  de Guanajuato).  31 pp.  8°.  Me-
  xico,  S. Jose' de Gracia, 1894.
Noriega (Tomas).   * El ahuehuete.   Breve  en-
  sayo sobre el fruto de  este  £rbol.   Tesis pre-
  sentada para el examen  proft-sioual de farmacia.
  12 pp.   4°.   Mexico, I. Escalante, 1877.
------.   * Apuntamientos  para el  estudio  de la
  hidrologla  mineral  de  Mexico.   Disertacion
  inaugural.  Facnltad de  medicina  de  M6xico.
  31 pp.   8°.   Mexico, I. Escalante, 1879.
-----.   * Ligeras consideraciones  acerca  de  los
  fundamentos cientificos de la llamada medicina
  dosim6trica.   Tesis parti el coucurso.   24  pp.
  8J.  Me'xico,  I. Escalante, 1687.
-----.   A brief sketch of the history  and present
  organization of the National Medical School of
  Mexico.   6 pp.  8-.  Mexico, 1692.
Noriega  y  Lieal  (Pedro).   * Alguuas con-
  sideraciones  sobre la toracentesis.   14 pp.   8°.
  Mexico, J. V. Villada, 1676.
NorkllS  (G[eorg]).  "Ueber  die  Totalextirpa-
  tion des  Schliisselbeins.   21 pp.   8°. Tubingen,
  H. Laupp, 1894.
Norlander (Carl).  Gymnastik  och idrott  en-
  ligt  Lings system.  [Gymnastics  and athletics
  according to  Ling's system. ]    77 pp.   12°.
  Stockholm, Hdlsovannen, [1903].
Norma  (Rafael).   * La  riebre  en   sus  causas
  primeras.  35 pp.  8C.  Me'xico, Aguilar 4' hijos,
  1669.
Noniialamylbeiizylketoit.
     Rein'hardt  (O.)  * Ueber das  Normalamyl-
  benzvlketon  und dessen Kondensation.   [Karls-
  ruhe!]  8\   Based, 1893.
Norman ^Couolly).   Case of intracranial  tu-
  mour.   7 pp., 1 L, 1 pl.  12;.  Lewes, 1890.
     Repr.from:  J. Ment. Sc,  Lond., 1890, xxxvi.
-----.   Richmond   District  Asylum,  Dublin.
  Special report  by the resident medical  superin-
  tendent  on  boarding-out.  21 pp.  8°.  Dublin,
  Dollard, 1890.
Norman (F. J.)  The fighting man of Japan.
  The training and exercises of tin- Samurai,   xii,
  78 pp., 1 pl.  8C.  London, A.  Constable, 1905.
Norman  (Henry  Burford)  [1819-1900].
     Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900,  ii, 129. Also:
  Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 63.  Also: Med. Press  Sc Circ,
  Lon.l., 1900. n. s., lxix, 49.
Normaild (A.)  Le troisieme congres d'hygiene
  de 18-0  a Turin.   La  seance de cremation  a
  Milan.   20 pp., 0 plans.   4-.    Paris,  [A. de
  Biriere], 1880.
     Repr.from:  Bull. Soc. centr. d. arch., I'ar., 1879-80,  5.
  s., iii.
Normand (Henry) [1*08-    ].   * Revue gene-
  rate  des complications  renales du  rhumatisme
  articulaire aigu.   79 pp.   4C.   Paris, 1893,  No.
  42.
Normand (Jean-Francois-Marie) [1868-    ].
  * Contribution   a  l'e'tude du  traitement   par
  I'electrolyse,  des polypes naso-pharvngieus.  .">9
  pp.  4°.  * Bordeaux, 1692,  No. 35.
Normandie (La) niMicale.  v. 5-21, 18^9-1905.
  9".  Rouen.
    Current.
Normandy.
    See, also, Fever (Typhoid, History, etc.,  of), by
  localities
    GriTox (A.)  * Empirisme  et  superstition
  dans le Bocage normand.  8°.  Paris, 1904.
    AUo [Rev.], in: Rev. m6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905,
  172-180
Normandy.
    Spalikow.ski (E.)   Etudes  d'anthropologie
  normande.  1.-3. fasc.  8°.  Paris, 1896.
    Repr.from: Bull. Soc. d. amis d. sc. nat. de Rouen, 1895.
                    CONTENTS
    1. fasc. L'enfant k Rouen.
    2. fasc. L'enfant en Normandie.
    3. fasc. Anatomie anthropologique.
    -----.   Anthropologie  normande  contempo-
  raine.   lre partie: Les  yeux et les cheveux; la
  taillc; les indices;  anatomie  et  anomalies; la
  femme en Normandie.  8°. Paris, 1900.
    -----.   Notes de  pathologie normauile;  les
  endoparasites; la goutte.  12°.  Paris, 1900.
    Carlier (G.)  Contribution &, l'etude du climat eu Nor-
  mandie (onze ann6es d'observations  met6orologiques re-
  cueillies a-  EVreux).  Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1893, viii,
  275; 305.—Natal ite et mortalite en Normandie.  Ibid.,
  1887, iii, 337. — Spalikowaki. Cinq ans de recherches
  anthropologiques eu  Normandie.   Assoc, franc., pour
  l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r. 1898, I'ar., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 541-549.
  -----.  La femme normande contemporaine. Ibid., 1900,
  xxix, 214.
de  Normandy  (Alphonse Bene le Mire)
  [1809-61].
    Prosscr(R. B.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog.,Lond.,
  1895, xii, 114.
Normant (Beiiolt-Louis-Auguste) [1873-   ].
  * Contribution a l'etude  des sinusites frontales
  et de leur traitement par  l'ouverture large et le «
  drainage   endo-nasal  (nielhode   Ogston-Luc).
  66 pp.  8°. Bordeaux,  1897, No. 19.
Norme di protilassi  contro le malattie infettive
  ed istruzioni per le disinfezioni degli ambienti e
  degli oggetti iufetti.  Pubblicazione fatta per
  cura del giornale l'lugegneria  sanitaria, in con-
  formity alle norme  ed istruzioni  emanate dal-
  1' ufficio municipale d' igiene  di Torino.  2. ed.
  38 pp., 1 1.  8C.  Torino,  Toffaloni, 1892.
Normentafeln  zur  Entwicklungsgeschichte
  der Wirbelthiere.  In Verbiiidung mit Kaester,
  Kopsch [et al.] hrsg. von F. Keibel.  1.-5. Hft.
  fol.  Jena, G. Fischer, 1897-1901.
                    CONTENTS.
    1. Normentafel  zur   Entwicklungsgeschichte  des
  Schweines  (Sns scrofa  domesticus).  Von  F. Keibel.  2
  p. 1., 114 pp., 3 pl.  1897.
    2. Normentafel zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Huhnes
  (Gallus domesticus). Von F. Keibel uud Karl Abraham.
  132 pp., 3 pl.  1900.
    3. Normentafel zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Cera-
  todus Forsteri.  Von Richard Semon. 38 pp., 3 pl.  1901.
    4. Normentafel zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Zaun-
  eidechse (Lacerta agilis).  Von Karl Peter.  105 pp., 5 pl.
  1904.
    5. Normal plates of the development of the rabbit (Le-
  pus cuniculus L.). By Charles S. Minot and Ewing Tay-
  lor. 98 pp., 3 pl. 1905.
Normet (Le"on)  [1877-    ].   'Contribution a
  l'6tude des iistules entero-vaginales consemitives
  aux op6rations  pratiquees par  la voie vagiuale.
  52 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1899, No. f>9.

Normoblast*.
    Ai'l<-a«;a (J. F.)  A contribution to the physiologic
  study of the normoblasts. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 780-
  783.  AUo,  Reprint.—Domiiiici.   Considerations sur la
  reaction uomioblastique du sang.   Arch. g6n. de med.,
  Par.. 1898, i, 398-420.  AUo: Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes.
  Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France.  Trav. 1898-9, Par., 1900,
  192-213.
Norr (Erharff).  Chimrgisclier Wegweiser; alien
  Aiigelienden,  so zur Wund-Artzuey-Kunst zu
  gelangen   Begierde  haben,  in  neun   Hanpt-
  theilen, gespriichsweis.   Sampt einem  Vocabu-
  lario  tiller Namen,  und  Complexion derer Ge-
  wiichse und  anderer Eigenschatl'ten.  846 pp.,
  20 1.   24°.  Niirnberg, J.  Hoffmann, 1677.
-----.  The same.    Chimrgisclier  Wegweiser;
  alien Angehendeu, so zur Wund-Artzney-Kunst
  zu  gelangen  Begierde haben, gezeiget und  in
  neun Theilen gespriichaweia  verfasset.   Sampt
  einem Reias- und Feld-Kasten  fiir die Chirurgos, 
NORR.
724
NORRIS.
Norr (Erhard)—continued.
  so im Feld zu dienen vorhaben; und dann einem
  Vocabulario, aller einfachen, nnvennischteu Ge-
  wiiihsen und Artzneyen, Nahmen,  Natur uud
  Complexionen.   14 p. 1.,  448 pp.,  14 ]., I pl.
  16°.  Niirnberg,  Hoffmanns 4'  Strecks  Wittiben,
  1710.
Norrie (Gordon) [1855-   ].  Georg Heuermann,
  1723-6-; et Bidrag til Dansk-Norsk  Medicinal-
  og Kulturhistorie.  [Contribution to the history
  of Dauo-Norwegian medicine and  culture. J  ii
  (1 1.), 198  pp., port.   8y   K<j>benhavn, J.  Lunds,
  1691.
-----.  Voie B0ru8 0jne.   Populaer Vejledning i
  at forebygge  Ojensygdomme.  [Our  children's
  eyes.  Popular guide  for the prophylaxis of eye
  diseases.]   89 pp.   8°.   Kjflbenhavn, J. Salmon-
  sen,  1894.
-----.  Soldater-Laesning.  Hvad Doctoren for-
  ialte Jens om, hvorledes ban skulde holde sig
  rask i Tjenesten.   [Soldier's lecture.   What the
  doctor  told Jens, so he  might  keep  himself
  healthy  in the  service.]   2. Opl.   62 pp., 1 1.
  24°.  Kjpbenhavn, 1894.
-----.  Chirurgisk  Academis  Historie;  Acade-
  miets  Stiftelse.  [The history of  the Surgical
  Academy;  the Academy's foundation.]  1 p. 1.,
  4 port.  8°.   Kjobenhavn, Brt/idrene  Salmonsen,
  1896.

Horris (Basil) [1828-95].
    [Biography.]  In: Phys. & Surg. America ("Watson),
  Concord, N. H., 1896, 495; 82i.—Davis (G. W.) Obituary.
  Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1896, x, 156. — HI.
  Obituary. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1895,  xxxviii, 766.
  AUo: Tr. M. Soc.  Calif., San  Fran., 1896,  xxvi, 322.—
  Obituary.  ,T. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv, 873.
Norris (Charles).  A report on six cases in which
  the  Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus was isolated.
  28 pp.  8°. Philadelphia, 1899.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila., 1899, n. s., cxvii.
    In: Stud. dep. path. Coll. Phys. Sc  Surg. Columbia
   Coll., N. T.. 1898-9, vi, no. 4.
    See, also, IVlellzer (S[amuel] J.) & Norris (Charles).
  The bacterial action of lymph [etc.].  8°.  Xew Tork, 1897.
  ----------. On the influence of fasting [etc.]. 8°. New
  Tork, 1898.
Norris (Charles C.)   Primary carcinoma of the
  vermiform appendix,  and  the report  of  a case.
  7 pp.  8y   Philadelphia,  1903.
    In: Univ. Penn.  Contrib. William Pepper Lab., Phila.,
  1903, no. 29.

Norris (Edward) [1663-1726].
    Lane-Poole (S.)  [Biography.]   Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Lond., 1895,  xii, 118.
Norris (George W[illram]).  The early history of
  medicine in Philadelphia,  xii, 9-232 pp.,  3 port.
  4°.  Philadelphia, 1886.
-----.  Some remarks on catalepsy, with notes on
  a case.   8  pp.  12°.   Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr. from: Phila. M. J., 1900, vi.
-----.  Croupous pneumonia.  A  clinical  study
  of five hundred cases  from the recent records of
  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital.   7 pp.  8-.  Phila-
  delphia, 1901.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., exxi.
-----.  A contribution to the study of the human
  blood pressure in some pathological conditions.
  15 pp.  8°. Philadelphia, 1903.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s.. exxv.
-----.  The diagnosis of incipient pulmonary tu-
  berculosis.  15 pp.  8°.   New York, 1904.
    Repr.from: Med. News, N. T., 1904, lxxxv.
-----.  The differential diagnosis  between incip-
  ient  pulmonary tuberculosis, healed  cavities,
  aud non-tuberculous  fibrosis.  6 pp.  8°   New
  York, 1904.
    Repr.from: N. Tork M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx.
-----.  Tuberculosis and  heart  disease,  based
  upon the study of 1,764 autopsies,  1,276 clinical
Norris (George W[illiam])—continued.
  histories, and a review ofthe literature.  20 pp
  8C.   Philadelphia, 1904.
    Repr. from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1904, u. s., cxxviii.
-----.   Tuberculous  pericarditis,  based  upon  a
  study of 7,219 autopsies  iu  Philadelphia hospi-
  tals.  47 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1904.
    Repr.from: TJniv. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904, xvii.
    See, also, System (A) of practical surgery. 8°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1843.
Norris (Henry)  & Aslier (J. M.)  Urethral
  chancre.  9 pp.  8J.   Philadelphia, 1902.
    Repr.from: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902, xv.
Norris (Henry S.)  The internal  administration
  of ozone  in  the treatment of phthisis.  Report
  of cases.  16 pp.  8°.   [New York], 1892.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J., 1892, lvi.
Norris (Hugh).   On the  value  of perchloride of
  iron in post  partuin  haemorrhage.   8 pp.  8°.
  [London], T. Richards, 1869.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1869, i.
Norris  [ne'e Williams]  (Rachel).  Norris's
  nursing  notes.   Being   a  manual  of medical
  and surgical information for  the use of  hos-
  pital nurses and  others.  [2. ed.]   1 p. 1., vii,
  183 pp.   12°.  London, S. Low, Marston  <f Co.,
  [1891 J.
    The Nursing Record Series of manuals and text-books,
  no.  2.  The 1. ed. was by Rachel  Williams and  Alice
  Fisher, entitled: Hints for hospital nurses, Edinburgh,
  1877.
Norris (Richard).  On the origin and mode of
  development  of the morphological elements  of
  mammalian  blood.   16  pp.   8y   Birmingham,
  Corns, Sherriff 4" Rattey, 1879.
    See, also, Hart (Mrs. Ernest). Dr. Norris's third cor-
  puscle [etc.].  12°.  London, 1882.
Norris (Richard C[ooper]) [1863-     ].  Sylla-
  bus of the obstetrical lectures in the medical
  department  of the University of Pennsylvania.
  2. ed.  xvi, 17-198 pp., interleaved.   12°.  Phil-
  adelphia,  W. B.  Saunders, 1891.
-----.   The Preston Retreat.  3 pp.  8C.   [New
  Yor¥], 169b.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynsec. Sc Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vi.
-----.  Puerperal  infection of the urinary tract
  and of the  rectum.  7  pp.  8°.   [New  York,
  1895.]
    Repr.from: Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vi.
-----.   A report of two years' work at the Pres-
  ton Retreat.  38 pp.   8°. New York, 1896.
    Repr.from: Am. Gynsec. Sc Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, viii.
    See, also, American  (An) text-book  of obstetrics
  [etc.].  8°. Philadelphia, 1895.-----The  same.  2. ed.
  8°.  Philadelphia, 1902.—Schaeffer (O.)  Atlas and epit-
  ome of gynecology.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
[Norris  (Thomas).]   Essay on the  unequalled
  specific virtues of Dr. Norris's drops iu  curing
  levers of every species,  whether inflammatory,
  putrid, malignant, miliary, or neivous; also pu-
  trid sore throats, [etc.],  104 pp.   8°.  [London,
  1788.]
Norris  (William) [1792-1877].  The Hunterian
  oration, delivered before the Royal  College of
  Surgeons, Feb. 14, 1825.   1 p. 1., 43 pp.  4C.  Lon-
  don, T. Cadell, 1825.
Norris (William). Eight cases of melanosis, with
  pathological and therapeutical remarks on that
  disease.   13 pp.   8°.  London, Longman [et al.],
  l8.->7.
Norris  (William Fisher)  [1839-1901].   Three
  eases of intraocular tumor.  8 pp.   8°.   Phila-
  delphia, J. B. Lippincott 4" Co., 1674.
-----.  Duboisia as a mydriatic, with  remarks on
  its  physiological aud toxic effects.   8 pp.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1879.
    Repr. from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1879, n. s., lxxvii.
------.  Retinitis in Bright's  disease.   10 pp. 8°.
  Philadelphia, Sherman 4' Co., 1881. 
NORRIS                                      725                                     NORTH.
Norris (William Fisher)—continued.
-----.   Case of embolism of the upper temporal
  division of the left central retinal artery.  7 pp.
  8°.   Philadelphia, 1662.
    Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1882, n. s., lxxxiv.
-----.   Hereditary atrophy of tbe optic nerves.
  7 pp.  8°.   New York, Trow, 1863.
    Repr. from • Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. 1880-84, Bost., 1885, iii.
.-----.   Medical   ophthalmology.  68   pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1886.]
-----.   Some  remarks  ou  asthenopia  and  the
  changes  in  refraction  in  adolescent and  adult
  eyes.  13 pp.  8°.  [Boston, 18>6.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Bost., 1885-7, iv.
.-----.  Cases  of primary  acute  glaucoma, of
  hemorrhagic  glaucoma, aud of  secondary glau-
  coma, with  remarks  and  photo-micrographs.
  11 pp., 3 pl.   8°.  [Philadelphia,  1887.]
    Repr. from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Bost., 1885-7, iv.
-----.  Foreign bodies in  the orbit.  5  pp., 1 pl.
  8C.  Hartford, 1890.
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1888-90, v.
-----.  Two cases of brain tumor with  interest-
  ing eye symptoms.  10 pp., lpl.  8\  [Hartford,
  1890. ]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1888-90, v.
■-----.  The  terminal loops of the cones and rods
  of the humau retina.  8 pp., 5 pl.  8°. [Hart-
  ford, 1895.]
    Repr. from:  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. 1894-6, Hartford,
  1897, vii.
-----.  The  use of atropia in diseases of the eye.
  4 pp.  cJ.   [n. p., n. d.]
    See. also,  System of diseases of the eye  [etc.].  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1897.—Thomson (William) Sc Norris
  (W. T.) [in 1. s.J. Photomicrographs.  4°.  [ Washington,
  1876.]
    For Biography,  see Oliver  (C. A.)  "William  Fisher
  Norris. 8°.   Philadelphia, 1901.  [Cuttingfrom: Alumni
  Reg.,  Phila., 1901. vi, 111-115, port.)  See, also:  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1405.  AUo: Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1901, lx, 823;  859. AUo: N. York M. J., 1901,  lxxiv, 978.
  AUo: Phila. M.  J., 1901, viii, 856. AUo : Tr. Am. Ophth.
  Soc, Hartford, 1903, x, 9-23, port. (S. D. Risley).   AUo: Tr.
  Coll. Phvs. Phila.,  1902, 3. s., xxiv, pp. lxxii-lxxx.   Also:
  Uuiv. Penn. M.  Bull., Phila.,  1902-3,  xv, 210-214  ((?. C.
  Harlan).  AUo, Reprint.
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
-----  & Oliver  (Charles A.)   A text-book of
  ophthalmology,   viii  (1  1.), 19-641 pp.,  5 pl.
  roy. 6"-.  Philadelphia, Lea Bros. 4" Co., 1893.
-----------.  The same.   [Abridged   Chinese
  translation by James B. Neal.]   8°.  [Chi-nan-
  fu,  1894.]
    Chinese text, with plates and test-types.
-----& Wallach (James).  A contribution to
  the anatomy of the human retina,  with  a special
  consideration  of the  terminal  loops of the rods
  and  cones.   6   pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,  Univ.
  Penn. Press, 1^94.
    Repr.from: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1894, vi.
Norriss (H. C. R.)  Toxins;  their origin, their
  influence, their evidences, and their treatment
  by a  new and rational process.  With especial
  reference to cancers, tuberculosis, etc.  14 pp.,
  port.   8°.   [n.p., 1902.]
r¥orristown.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of), Insane
  (Asylums, etc., for), by localities.
Norristowii  Hospital and  Dispensary.   See
  Charity  Hospital of Montgomery County, Nor-
  ristown.
Norsa (Giuseppe).  Un caso di lussazione  spon-
  tanea della  lente cristallina nella camera anteri-
  ore;riduzione. 7pp. 8°. Boma,M. Armanni, 1888.
   Repr. from: Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. d.  Roma,
  1888.
      .   Un biennio di clinica oculistica, settem-
  bre 1886 - settembre 1888.  20 pp.,  1   pl.  8°.
  Boma, M. Armanni, 1889.
Norsa (Giuseppe)—continued.
-----.   Un caso di nevro-retinite bilaterale celtica
  guaritacoUaelettricita; nota clinica.  8 pp.  8°.
  Boma, I. Artero, 1891.
    Repr. from: Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di  Roma,
  1890.
-----.   Le malattie oculari  in  Malta.   Appunti
  cliniciestatistici.  32 pp.  8°.  Boma, I. Artero,
  1899.
Norsk  Magazin for Laegevideuskaben.   4. R., v.
  4-17,1889-1902; 5. R., v. 1-3,1903-5.  8°.  Chris-
  tiania.
    Current. Volumes for 1903 et seq. also called v. 64 et seq.
-----.   Tredie Hovedregister for . . . 1871-1900.
  Udarbeitet af Halfdan Hopstock.  1 v.   188 pp
  8°.  Kristiania, 1901.
Norsk  Tidsskrift for Militaermedicin.   Udgivet
  af dot  Militaermedicinske Selskab i Kristiania.
  [6  Nos. form 1  v.]  v. 6-9, 1901-5.   8°.  Kris-
  tiania.
    Current.
Norske Lsegem0de.  Forhandlingar.   [Meeting
  of Norwegian physicians.  Transactions.]  1893;
  189:>; 1897; 1890.  8°.   Kristiania, 1894-1900.
Norske  medicinske Selskab.   Forhandlingar.
  [Norwegian  Medical  Society.   Transactions.]
  1866-92.  8°.  Kristiania.
    Bound with: Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Christiania.
Norstrom (G[ustaf Manritz])  [1840-    ].  Le
  massage de 1'uterus.  1 p. 1., 214 pp.  8°.  Paris,
  E. Lecrosnier 4" Babe', 1889.
-----.   Ce"phalalgie  et  massage.   73  pp.   8°.
  Paris,  Lecrosnier 4" Babe', 1890.
-----.  The same.  Cephalalgy and massage.   68
  pp.  8C.  New York, 1896.
-----.   Massage  daus les affections du voisinage
  de 1'uterus et de ses annexes.  140 pp.,  1 1.  8°.
  Paris, Babe 4~ Cie., 1892.
-----.   Formulaire du massage,  vii, 280 pp.  16°.
  Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere 4-fils, 1895.
-----.   Chronic headache, and its treatment by
  massage.  59 pp.  8°.  New York, G. E. Stechert,
  1903.
-----.   The  manual  treatment of  diseases  of
  women.  230 pp.  8°.  Neiv York, G. E. Stechert,
  1900.
-----.   La migraine ; traitemeut par le massage.
  151 pp.  12°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4- fils, 1904.
-----.   Diseases of the joints, and their treatment
  by massage.   22 pp.   8°.  New York, 1904.
    Repr. from: N. York M. J. [etc],  1904, lxxx.
-----.   A study of the affection writer's cramp.
  21 pp.   12°.  'New  York, 1904.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix.
-----.   Chronic headache, and  its treatment by
  massage.  43 pp.  12°.   New York, A. B. Elliott
  Pub. Co., 1905.
    Repr. from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii.
North (Alfred) [1836-93].
    Barber (W. L.)  Obituary.   Proc. Connect. M. Soc,
  Bridgeport, 1894, 242-244.
North (Alfred Augustus). Voxometric revelation,
  the problem surrounding tho production of the
  human voice finally discovered.  The source and
  origin of the voice of mankind revealed for the
  first time; also a true and complete theory for
  the production  and training of every character
  of voice, both in song and speech, to the highest
  development of the individual upon  one grand
  basis.   Written and compiled  by Justus Abner
  for the author,  viii, 206 pp., port. 8°.   London,
  1896.
North (Edivard) [1841-99].
    Obituary.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1899, 283.
North (Elisha) [1771-1843].
    Bolton (H.  C.)  Essay;  memoir of Elisha North.
  Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hartford, 1887, n. s., iii, 135-160.
  Also, Reprint. 
NORTH.                                      726                     NORTH CAROLINA.
 Nortii  ([Job.] Ludwig)  [1869-     ].  ''Beitrag
   znr operativen Therapie  der Fibromyome  des
   Uterus.  34 pp.  8°.  Greifswald,  J. Abel, 1692.
 Nortii  (L[ucian] G.)  The relation of  climatic
   conditions to disease,  pp. 48-f>8.  8°.   Lansing,
   1889.
     Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Rep. Bd. Health
   Micb., Lansing, 1889.
 North (Nelson Luther) [1830-1904].
     Obituary. Brooklyn M. J., 1905, xix, 93.
 North  (S[amnel]  W[illiam]).  Report  of  the
   medical  officer  of health  on diphtheria, to  the
   members of the sanitary committee.   April 22,
   1889.   14 pp.   8°.   [For*;, 1889.]
 North (W.)  Roman fever; the results of an in-
   quiry during three years'  residence ou the spot
   into the origin, history, distribution, and nature
   of the malarial fevers of the Romau Campagna,
   with especial reference  to  their supposed con-
   nection with  pathogenic organisms,   xx,  419
   pp., 40 pl.  8°.  London, S. Low, Marston 4- Co.,
   1896.
     See,  also,  Cooley  (Arnold James).   Cyclopaedia of
   practical receipts [etc.]. 8°.  London, 1892.—Sanderson
   (John  Burdon) [in 1. s.].  University college  course of
   practical exercises in physiology.  8°.  Philadelphia,\%9i2.
 North Adams.
     See  Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of), by lo-
   calities.
 Nortii Adams.  Board of Health.  Annual  re-
   port to  the mayor ofthe  city.  2., 1896-7.  31
   pp.  8°.  North Adams,  Transcript Pub.  Co.,
   1698.
 North  Adams Hospital, Massachusetts.  Char-
   ter and amended by-laws and regulations. May,
   1886.  6 pp.,  1 1.  8C.  North Adams, Transcript
   Print, 1886.
 —----.  Annual  reports of  the  boa.rd of  control
   and officers to the corporation.  1.-7., 1884-5 to
'   1890-91;  13.,   1896-7;  16.,  1899-1900.   8°.
   North  Adams, 1886-1900.

 North  America.
     See,  also, Fever (Typhoid, History,  etc., of),
   Leprosy (History, etc., of), Meningitis (Cere-
   bro-spinal, History,  etc.,  of), Small-pox (His-
   tory, etc., of), by localities.
     Barton (W. P. C.) A flora of North America.
   Illustrated by coloured figures, drawn  from na-
   ture.  2 v.   4°.  Philadelphia, 1821.
     Gray (A.)  Synoptical flora of North America.
   The GamopetalsBy being a second edition of v. 1,
   pt. 2, and v. 2, pt. 2, collected.  8°.  New York,
   1886.
     Muhlenberg (D.  H.)   Descriptio   uberior
   graminum et plantarum  calamariarum Americas
   Septentrionalis  indigenarum et cicurum.   8°.
   Philadelphia,  1817.
     Pursh(F.)   Flora America? Septentrionalis;
   or, a systematic arrangement aud description of
   the  plants  of North America.   Containing, be-
   sides what have been described by preceding
   authors, many new aud rare  species collected
   during twelve years travels and residence in that
   country.  2 v.  8°.  London, 1812.
     -----.  The same.   2.  ed.   2 v.  8°.  Lon-
   don, 1816.
     Watson (S.)  Bibliographical index to North
   American botany; or citations of authorities for
   all the recorded indigenous and naturalized spe-
   cies ofthe flora of North America, with a chron-
   ological  arrangement of tbe synonymy.   8°.
   Washington, 1878.
     Kan (C.)  Die Tauschverhaltnisse der Eingebornen
   Nordamerikas.  Arch. f. Anthrop.,  Brnschwg., 1872, v,
   1-43.  Also, transl.: Rep. Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1872'
   348-394.  AUo, Reprint.
North American  (The) Journal of Diagnosis
   aud  Practice.   Edited by C. H. Powell  [et al.].
 North American (Tbe) [etc.]—continued.
   [Monthly.]   v. 1-5, 1898 to February, 1902.  8°.
   Saint Louis.
     Ended.
 North American (The) Journal of Homceop-
   athy.  3. s., v. 4-21, 1889-1906.  8°.  JVew York.
     Current.
 North American (The) Medical Review, and
   Annals of Ophthalmology.  Published  by Wil-
   liam C. Boteler.   [Monthly.]  Nos. 8-12, v. 2; v.
   3-7, September, 1894, to September, 1>99.  8 \
   Kansas City, Mo.
     Continuation of: Missouri Valley Medical Journal,
   and  of: Kaniaaa  and Missouri Valley  Medical Index!
   Continued under title:  lTIedicus (The)*.
 North American (The) Practitioner; the jour-
   nal ofthe Post-Graduate Medical School of Chi-
   cago.  Bayard Holmes, editor.  J. C. Hoag, as-
   sociate editor.  [Monthly.]  v. 1-11, 1889-99.
   8°.  Chicago, III.
    In April, 1899, Merged in: Medical Standard.
 Northampton, England.
    See Dispensaries (Descriptions, etc., of), Hos-
  pitals (Descriptions, etc., of),  Small-pox (His-
   tory, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by localities.
 Northampton, Massachusetts.
    See Insane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of),
   by localities.
 Northampton  Insane  Asylum.  See  Massa-
  chusetts.  Northampton Insane Hospital.

Northamptonshire.
    See Epidemics (History, etc., of), by localities.
Northamptonshire. Northampton  County Lu-
  natic Asylum,  at Berry Wood, near Northampton.
  Annual reports ofthe committee of visitors and
  medical  superintendent to  the conntv council.
  7.-24., 1883-1900.  8°.  Nottingham, 1884-1901.
North  Bennet Street Industrial School,  Boston.
  Annual reports of the board of managers.  6.,
  1886-7;  8.,  18-8-9;  9., 1889-90;  11.-17., 1891-2
  to 1897-8.  8°.  Boston, 1887-98.

North Carolina.
    See Deaf-mutes  (Asylums,  etc., for), Fever
  (Typhoid, History,  etc., of), Hygiene  (Public,
  Laws,  etc.,  of),  Insane  (Asylums for,  Descrip-
  tions, etc.,  of), Prisons, etc. (Descriptions, etc.,
  °f).  Quarantine (Laws, etc., relating  to), Scar-
  latina  (History,  etc.,  of),  Statistics   (Vital),
  Universities, bu localities.
    Battle (S. W.)  A review  of the mountain
  health resorts of North Carolina and their possi-
  bilities;  suggesting  the  desirability  of gradu-
  ated  sauitaria, or health stations, at different
  elevations on and about  the Asheville plateau.
  8°.  Asheville, 1892.
    Battle (K. P.) Report of chairman of section on state
  medicine; tbe need of a State board of charities  in North
  Carolina.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Car.,  Wilmington, 1890,91-100.—
  Battle (S. W.)  The Asheville plateau in the mountains
  of western North Carolina.  Med. Rec, N.  T.,  1897, lii,
  774.  AUo, Reprint.—Bell (A.N.) The climate  and min-
  eral springs of North  Carolina. Tr. Am.  Climat. Ass.
  1893-4, Phila., 1895. x, 124-150.  AUo: Sanitarian. N. Y„
   1893, xxx, 521-533.—Cobb (W. H.), jr. Some remarks rela-
  tive to the State board of public charities and county char-
  itable and penal institutions.  Nortii Car. M. J., Wilming-
  ton, 1892, xxx, 129-137.—Graham (J.)  Western North
  Carolina as a health resort.  Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila.,
  1889,  lx, 648-051. — Hunt (C. AV.)  Suggestions through
  the profession to invalids selecting western North Caro-
  lina as a  health resort.  North Car. M. J., Wilmington,
  1897,  xii, 319-323. — 111 a icy (H. O.)  The climatic treat-
  ment of disease; Western Nortii Carolina as a health re-
  sort.   J. Am.M. Ass., Chicngo. 1886, v, 523; 791.   AUo, Ke-
  print. AUo: Sanitarian, N. Y., 1880, xvi, 193-212.-----
  Iu the heart of the Alleghanies; the clinlate and sanitary
  qualities of western  North Carolina.  Tr.  ix.  Internat.
  M.Cong., Wash., 1887, v, 188-201.—von Ruck (K.) The
  climate of western North Carolina, with a consideration of
  the relative values of high and medium altitudes in the
  treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.  Therap.  Gaz., De-
  troit, 1893, 3. s., ix, 688-692. Also: Tr. Pan-Am.  M. Cong. 
NOETH CAEOLINA.
727
NOKTHBUP.
North Carolina.
  1893,Wash., 1895,pt.2,2012-2017.—Satchwell (S. S.) The
  malarial diseases of eastern North Carolina, studied with
  reference to the germ  theory.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Wil-
  mington, 1886,119-139.-----.  Our pine forests as factors of
  health.  North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1892, xxx, 27-37.
North Carolinia  Medical Journal  v. 22-44,
  July, 1888, to December, 1899.  8-\   Wilmington.
    Dr. Wood died Aug.  22, 1892; Robert D. Jewett became
  editor.  Continued under  title: Carolina (The) Med-
  ical Journal.
North  Carolina  Sanitary Association.   Re-
  port of proceedings of the first annual  conven-
  tion of the  . . ., held  at Raleigh,  Feb.  6th and
  7th,  1889.  28, cvi pp.  8°.  Raleigh, N. C, Ed-
  wards 4' Broughton,  1889.
NortllCOte (Hugh).  Christianity and sex prob-
  lems,  ix,  257  pp.   8°.   Philadelphia, F.  A.
  Davis Co., 1906.
Nortlicote (William) [      -1783].
    Power (D' A.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1895,  xii, 199.
North Dakota.
    See Meningitis  (Cerebrospinal, History, etc.,
  of),  by localities.
North Dakota Medical  Society.  Proceedings
  ofthe .  . . for 1-97; 1898: 1899.  8J. Grand
  Forks, N. D., 1898-1900.
Northeastern Sanitarv Inspection Association.
  Reports.  1.-2., 18S5-5;' 4.-8., 1886-91.  4- &  6°.
  [v. p.], 1884-91.
Northern District  Medical Society of California.
  Constitution, by-laws, and fee-table, with  a  list
  of members to May 13, 1873.  9 pp.  16°.  Marys-
  rille, 1>73.
Northern (The) Health Messenger.   London.
    Title of nos. 1-5, v. 1, of: Health  (The) Messenger,
  London, 1891.
Northern  (The) Lancet.  v. 3-4; Xo. 1, v. 5,
  July, 1-89, to April, 1^92.  8°.   Winnipeg.
    Continuatiou of:  ITIanitoba, Northwest, and British
  Columbia "Lancet". In July,  1890, title became: North-
  ern  (Tbe) Lancet and Phai-macist.   In May, 1897,  con-
  tinued under  title:  Manitoba  (The) and West Canada
  Lancet.
Northern (The) Lancet and Pharmacist.  Win-
  nipeg.
    Title, after June, 1890, of: Northern Lancet, Winnipeg.
Northern Medical Association of Philadelphia.
  Code of  medical ethics,  revised aud  adopted
  Dec. 2, 1847.  With fee  bill of the Philadelphia
  College  of  Physicians  annexed.  24  pp.   8°.
  Philadelphia, T. K.  4- P.  G. Collins, 1646.  [P., v.
  339.]
------.  Report  of  the  committee on  public
  hygiene.   Read by the  chairman, W.  Jewell,
  Nov. 20, 1851.  18 pp.  8°. Philadelphia, [16bl].
  [Also,  in: P., v. 1U0;  231.]
------.  Constitution, by-laws, and rules  of order.
  45 pp.   8D.   Philadelphia, Collins, 1864.
Northern (The) Osteopath.  A monthly journal
  devoted  to  the interests  of the science of oste-
  opathy,   v.  1-3, February,  1897, to September,
  1899.  fol. & 6?.  Minneapolis, Minn.

Northfleet.
    See Small-pox (History, etc., of),  by localities.

North Holland.
    See Statistics ( Vital), by localities.
JYorth Lansing, New York.
    See Scarlatina (History, etc., of),  by localities.
lYorthleigh  (John)  [1657-1705j.
    Goodwin(G)   [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1895,  xii, 200.
North  London Medical Society.  Instituted
  A. D. 1853.   Laws  of the North London  Medical
  Society.   23  pp.  8°.  London,  H. Mitchener,
  1353.
Nortii London Medical Society—continued.
------.   Proceedings.   Oct.  12,  1853.   [First  or-
  dinary meeting of the  society  for the  session
  1853-4.]   16 pp.   8°.  London,  A.  4-  W. Hall,
  [16b3].
Northrop (H[erbert]  L.)  Tbe technique of
  wound treatmeut.   8  pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,
  1893.
    Repr.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1893, xxviii.
-----.   The inlracirculatory injection  of saline
  solution.  7 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,  1894.
    Repr. from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1894, xxix.
-----.   Reasons for the administration of  oxygen
  with chloroform when the latter is used as an
  anaesthetic.   8 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1895.
    Repr.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1895, xxx.
Northrup (William P[erry] ) | 1851-     ].  Ex-
  tensive interlobular  emphysema and  abscess ot
  tbe lung, after whooping cough, in  a child < f
  two months;  unique case.  3 pp.   8°.   Phila-
  delphia, 1883.
    Repr. from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1883, lxxxvi.
------.   Sclerema neonatorum; report  of  a case.
  6 pp.   8°.  [New York, 1890.]
    Repr. from:  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1890, vii.
------.   Tuberculosis  in  children.   Primary  in-
  fection in bronchial  lymph nodes, with  exhibi-
  tion of  illustrative specimens.  10 pp., lpl.
  roy. 8C.  New York, D. Appleton 4- Co., 1891.
    Repr. from: N. York M. J., 1891, liii.
------.   Scorbutus iu  infants;  American  cases.
  18 pp.   8J.  New York, M.  J. Booney, 1892.
    Repr. from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1892, ix.
------.   Infantile  scorbutus.  3  pp.   8°. New
  York,  1895.
    Repr. from: Am. Gynsec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1895, vi.
------.   Typhoid fever in  children  under two
  years.   Is it frequent?  3 pp.  8°.  Jersey City,
  1895.
    Repr. from:  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1895, xii.
------.   Typhoid fever in young  children, being
  a report of cases occurring at Stamford, Conn.,
  dnriug tbe epidemic  of  1895.  9 pp.  8°.  [New
  York,  1896.]
    Repr. from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,1896, xiii.
------.   The tuberculin  test for  tbe  presence of
  tuberculosis.   25 pp. 12°.  New York, 1898.
    Repr. from.- Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liii.
------.   Intussusception in an infant nine  mouths
  old ; high rectal injection; recovery.   2  1.  12°.
  New York, 1899.
    Repr. from .- Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lv.
------.   Diphtheria.
    In: Encyl. Pract. Med. (Nothnagel), Phila. & Lond.,
  1902, Diphth. 1-192., 22 pl.
------.   Skin lesions associated with rapid growth
  of long bones, lineai albicantes (les  vergetnres
  de  croissance, Jules Comby).  8  pp.  12°. New
  York,  1903.
    Repr. from: Med. News, N. Y., 1903, Ixxxiii.
------.   Joseph  O'Dwyer.   His methods of work
  on  intubation;  the  measure of  his success;  the
  interest  of both to young graduates.   16  pp.
  12 y   New York, 1904.
    Repr. from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv.
------.   Neivous exhaustion in infants.  3 l.  8°.
  New York, 1905.
    Repr. from: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxii.
______.   The  theory and  practice of percentage
  feeding in infancy.  10 pp. 12°.  Philadelphia,
  1905.
    Repr. from: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix.
,______.  The strenuous life of school girls.   11 pp.
  8°.  New York, 1906.
    Repr. from: N. York M. J.  [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiii.
    See, also, Pruddcn (T. Mitchell) & Northrup (Wil-
  liam P.) Studies on the etiology of the pneumonia [etc.].
  8°.  [Philadelphia, 1889. | 
NORTHRUP.                               728                                   NORTON.
Northrup (William P[erry])—continued.
-----& Crandall (Floyd M.)  Scorbutus in
  infants.   14 pp.,  1 tab.   12°.  New York, 1894.
    Repr. from: N. York M. J., 1894, lix.
-----& Herter (C. A.) Carcinoma of the pan-
  creas; exploratory operation; study of the fat
  absorption.  8 pp.   8°.  Philadelphia,  1899.
    Repr. from : Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1899, cxvii.
North Sea health resorts.
    See, also, Norderney.
    Kruse  (E.)   Seelnft und Seebad.  Eine An-
  leitung zum Verstiindniss  und  Gebrauch  der
  Kurmittel der Nordseeinseln, insbesondere von
  Norderney.  7.  Aufl.   16°.  Norden 4" Norder-
  ney, 1886.
    Nordseebader  auf  Sylfc, Westerland und
  Wenningstedt.  4.  Jahrg.   5. Aufl.  24°.  Ham-
  burg, 1668.
    Kixck.   Die Heilkrafte der Nordsee, und ihre
  Bedeutung fiir  Gesunde  und  Kranke.   16°.
  Norden 4Norderney, [1890].
    Edel (M.)  Die Wetterverhaltnisse an der Nordsee in
  den beiden letzten Wintern. Therap. Monatsh.,rBerl., 1905,
  xix, 66-71.—Friedrich (E.)  Die Seebader und Seehos-
  pize der Nordsee.  Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk.
  in Dresd., 1887-8,132-134. -----. Diedeutschen Insel-und
  Kiistenbader der Nordsee.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.,
  1888, ix, 553; 565.  Also, Reprint.—Gmelin.   DieUeber-
  winterung Kranker an der Nordsee.  Ztscbr. f. klimat.
  Kurorte u. San., Munchen, 1900, i, 145 -156. — Krnse.
  Feber die Indicationen und die Gebrauchsweise der Nord-
  seebader.   Therap. Monatsh..  Berl., 1896, x, 260-265. —
  I. little m a mi (E.)   TJeber die sanitare  Bedeutung des
  Nordseebades nach in Helgoland  angestellten Beobach-
  tungen.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1889, x, 459-461.
North Shields.
    See Dispensaries (Descriptions, etc., of), by lo-
  calities.
IVorth Staffordshire Infirmary.
    Richardson (B. W.)  Medical history of the North
  Staffordshire Infirmary. Med. Times Sc Gaz., Lond., 1864,
  n. s., i, 566-572.
Northumberland and Durham Medical Soci-
  ety.  Report  of the  proceedings . .  ., session
  1860-61.    18 pp.    8°.    Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
  M.  4- M. W. Lambert, 1861.
-----.   [ Report of the 4. monthly meeting Feb.
  11,  1864.]   22 pp.  8°.   [Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
  M.  4- M. W. Lambert, n. d.]
-----.   Report of the proceedings of the . .  ., ses-
  sions 1876-7 to  1890-91.   3 v.  8°.  Newcastle-
  upon-Tyne, 1877-90.
North Wale*.
    See Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of,
  Climatic).
North-Western  Association of Medical Offi-
  cers of Health.  Proceedings for the years 1875;
  1876.   20  pp.; 48 pp.  8°.   Birkenhead, C.  Will-
  mer 4" Sons, 1876-7.
Northwest Medicine.  Edited  by  Clarence  A.
  Smith and James B. Eagleson.  [Monthly.]  v.
  1-3, 1903-5.  8C.  Seattle.
    Current.
Northwestern (The) Journal of Homoeopathy.
  Edited by A. C. Cowperthwaite.  [Monthly.]  v.
  1-4, April, 1-89,  to  November, 1892.  8°.   Cedar
  Bapids, Iowa, 1889-91;  Chicago, III., 1892.
    Continued under title: lTIedical (The)  Century.
Northwestern Lancet,    v. 9-25, 1889-1905.
  4°.   Saint Paul 4" Minneapolis.
    Current.
Northwestern  Medical  Journal, published
  monthly by the Northwestern Medical Journal
  Co.   Edward Nat. Fishblatt, editor;  W.  E.
  Hubbard,  associate editor,   v.  17-20, 18rf9 to
  September, 1892.  4°.   Minneapolis, Minn.
    Nos. 1-3, v. 17, under title: Minnesota Medical Jour-
  nal.
Northwestern Medical Society.  Constitution
  and by-laws of the North-western Medical  Socie-
North western Medical Society—continued.
  ty.  Together with the  proceedings of the first
  annual meeting, held at Dubuque,  Iowa, Jan.
  11, 1853; and the code of ethics  of  the society.
  20  pp.  8°.  Dubuque, Mahony, Stanton 4- Dorr,
  1853.
North-Western, Northern Counties, and York-
  shire Associations of Medical Officers of Health.
  Meeting in York.   12 pp.  16°.  York, 1878.
    Repr.from:  York Daily Herald.
-----.  Joint  meeting at Leeds, April  24,  1879,
  and May  7,  1880.  U pp.;  12 pp.   8°.   Leeds,
  Office Yorkshire Post,  1879-80.
Northwestern (The) Pharmacist.   Devoted to
  the interest and progress of pharmacy.  [Month-
  ly.] Nos.  1-3, 5-7, 11-12, v. 1; Nos. 1-4, 6, 8, 10,
  12, v. 2, June, 1886,  to May, 1888.  8°.  Minne-
  apolis, Minn.

North Western Provinces, India.
    See Dispensaries  (Descriptions, etc., of), In-
  sane (Asylums for, Descriptions, etc., of), Statis-
  tics ( Vital),  by localities.
Northwestern (The) Sanitariau.   A  monthly
  journal devoted to sanitary science and preven-
  tive medicine for tbe people.  Published  by N.
  A. Pennoyer.   v. 1-2.  March, 1894, to June, 1895.
  8°.  Kenosha, Wis.
    Ended.
Norton (A[rthur]   B[righam])  [1856-    ].
  Acute glaucoma.  12 pp.  8°.  Boston, 0. Clapp
  4- Son, 1890.
    Repr.from:  N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1890, xxv.
-----.  Can headaches and asthenopia,  resulting
  from hyperopia, be relieved without glasses?  11
  pp.  8°.   New York, A. L. Chatterton  4- Co., 1890.
    Repr. from:  J. Ophth., Otol., Sc Laryngol., N. T., 1890, ii.
-----.  Ophthalmic diseases  and  therapeutics.
  xiv, 15-555 pp., 2 pl., port.   8°.   Philadelphia,
  Boericke 4- Tafel, 1892.
-----.  Essentials of diseases of the eye.   x, 17-
  349 pp.  8°.  Philadelphia, Boericke 4- Tafel, 1904.
    For Biography, see Tr. Homoeop. M.  Soc. N. Y., 1898,
  xxxiii, 319^-322 (E. H. Porter).
    AUo,  Co-Editor of:  Ilomo-opalhic (The) Eye, Ear
  and Throat Journal, New York, 1895-1906.
Norton (Arthur Trehern) [1841-    ].  The ex-
  aminer in anatomy;  a course of  instruction  in
  the method of answering auatomical questions.
  2 p. 1.,  174 pp.  12°.  London, Smith, Elder 4" Co.,
  1877.
-----.  Clinical lectures  on recent surgery. 70
  pp.   12°.   London,  Bailliere,  Tindall 4"  Cox,
  1894.
Norton (George  Mosse).   Anaemia and chlorosis,
  and the ratiouale of chalybeate therapy in their
  treatment.   14  pp.  32°.  New York,  Eisner Sr
  Mendelson 4- Co., [1901?].
Norton (George S[almon]) [1851-91].
    See Allen (T[imothy]  F[ield]).  Ophthalmic therapeu-
  tics. 8°. New Tork <f- Philadelphia, 1876.
    For Biography,  see Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1891,
  xxvi, 196, port.  Also:  J.  Ophth., Otol., Sc Laryngol., N. Y.,
  1891, iii, app.
Norton (Rupert).   Aug- ioneurotic oedema.   18
  pp.  12°.   New  York, D.  Appleton 4-  Co., 1697.
    Repr.from:  N. York M. J., 1897, lxv.
-----.  How does malaria enter the human body?
  11 pp.   8°.   Albany,  1697.
    Repr.from:  Albany M. Ann., 1897, xviii.
-----.  Is malaria a water-borne disease?   22pp.
  8°.  Baltimore, 1897.
    Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii.
-----.  Malaria  as  a  causative factor  in other
  diseases.  23 pp.  8°. Philadelphia, 1898.
    Repr. from:  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, n. 8., cxv.
-----.  The thymus gland and its relation to sud-
  den death in children.   14 pp.  12G.  Philadel-
  phia, 1696.
    Repr.from:  Phila. M. J., 1898. i. 
NOKTOX.
729
NOSE.
Norton (Rupert)—continued.
.------.   De l'obesitc comme facteur dans l'assu-
  rance  sur la vie.  6 pp.  8 .  Paris, Masson 4"
  Cie., 1903.
Norton (Samuel) [15-A8-1G04J.
    Porler(B.) [Biography.]  Diet.Nat.Biog.,Lond.,1895,
  xii, 220.
Norton (Sidney A[ugustus]) [1835-    ].  Con-
  taminations  of  drinking  water.  9 pp.  12°.
  Columbus. 0., Gazette Printing House, 1862.
■-----.   Tlie human laboratory.  A partial synop-
  sis of animal chemistry.  Prepared  for the fresh-
  man class in the Ohio State University, 1883.
  broadside, 17 by 22 inches.  [Columbus,  1883.]
Norton (Thomas).
    Porter (B.) [Biography.!  Diet. Nat. Biog.,Lond., 1895,
  xii, 220.
Nor walk.
    See Hospitals (Description, etc.,  of), by local-
  ities.
Norway.  Norges offlcielle Statistik.  Oversig-
  ster  over   Sindssygeasylernes  Virksonihed   i
  Aarene 1872-9;  n. R., 1880-83;  3.  R.,  1881-98;
  4. R.,  1899-190V!.  (Statistique des  hospices d'a-
  lien£s.)  Efter  da  fra Asylerne  indkomue Aars-
  beretninger  udgiven  af  Mediciualdirektoren.
  [Published by tbe medical directors from anuual
  reports received from the asylums.]  4° & 8°.
  Christiania, 1873-1903.
Norway and Norwegians.
    See, also, Army (Norwegian); Diphtheria (IZis-
  tory, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History, etc., of),
  Hygiene (Public,  Laws, etc., relating to). Influ-
  enza  (History,  etc., of), Insane (Asylums for,
  Descriptions, etc., of), Insane (Care, etc., of), In-
  sane (Legislation relating to), Leprosy (History,
  etc., of), Leprosy (Hospitals, etc., for), Prisons,
  etc. (Descriptions, etc., of), Prostitution ( History,
  etc., of), Quarantine (Laws, etc., relating to), by
  localities; Radesyge;  Scarlatina  (History, etc.,
  of), Small-pox (History, etc.,  of),  Statistics
  (Vital),  Universities, Vaccination  (History,
  etc., of), by localities.
    Arbo (C. O. E.)  Fortsatte  Bidrag til nord-
  mamdenes  Anthropologi.    V.   Nedenses Atnt.
  [A  further contribution  to the anthropology of
  the  Norwegians.  V. The lower district.]   8°.
  Christiania. 1-98.
    Barth J.)  Norr0naskaller.    Crania autiqua
  in parte orientali Norvegiae meridionalis inventa.
  En Studie  fra  Uuiversitetes Anatomiske Insti-
  tut.   Udgivet  ved G. A.  Guldberg.   roy.  8°.
  Christiania, 1896.
    Dal*bler.  Norwegen und dessen  klimatische
  Heiltnittel.  8°.  Berlin, 1889.
    Arbo (C. O. E.) La carte  de l'indice  cephalique en
  Norwege.  Rev. d'anthrop.,  Par., 1887, 3.  s., ii, 257-264.
  _____.  Fortsatte Bidrag til Nordmaendenes fysiske Antro-
  pologi.  [A further contribution to the physical anthro-
  pology of the Norwegians.]  Norsk Mag. f. Lasgevidensk.,
  Christiania. 1891, 4. K., vi, 731; 1011.  -----. Iagttagelser
  over deu mandlige norske Befolkniugs Hoideforhold i 22-
  23 Aars Alderen.  [Remarks  on the height of Norwe-
  gian men from 22 to 23 years of age. ]  Ibid., 1895, 4. R., x,
  497-515, 1 ch.,  1 map. -----. Sur l'indice cephalique en
  Norwege, sa r6partition  topographique  et  ses rapports
  avec la taille.  Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897,
  Mosc,  1899, ii, sect. 1, 22-27.  -----. Hat in dem skandi-
  navischen Norden keine neue Einwanderung stattgefun-
  den?  Intern-it. Centralbl. f.  Anthrop. [etc.], Greifswald
  Sc Stettin,  1902,  vii,  193-19.1. -----.  Zur Anthropo-
  Ethnologie des siidwestlicheu  Xorwegeu.  Arch. f. An-
  throp.,  Brnschwg., 1905,  xxxi, 313 -316.—Amnion (O.)
  Zur Anthropologie Norwegen*   Centralbl. f. Anthrop.
  [etc.J. Jena, J900, v, 129-137. — Koi-en (A.)   Die Korper-
  lange  norwegischer Soldaten.  Cor.-Bl.  d. deutsch.  Ge-
  aellsch. f.  Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1901, xxxii, 46.—
  .Tinrcou. Pourquoi rneurt-on si pen en Norv^ge?  Es-
  sai d'etlinogra|ihie medicale.  Arch. gen. de m6d., Par.,
  1905, ii, 3108-3112.—>amlrtip (S.) Rejseeriudringer fra
  norske Kursteder.  [Recollections of travels to Norwe-
  gian health resorts.]  Ugeskr. f. Larger, Kebeuh., 1904, 5.
Norway and Norwegians.
  R., xi, 49; 80.—'roll (H.)  Om de svenska lakarnas stu-
  dieresa till norska kurorter sommaren 1904.   [The trip
  made for study by the Swedisli physicians to the Norwe-
  gian health resorts in the summer of 1904.]  Hygiea, Stock-
  holm, 1905, 2. t'., v, 189-197.—Topiiinrd.  Documents sur
  la couleur des yeux et des cheveux en  Norv^ge, recueillis
  par les Drs. Arbo et Faye; mise en ceuvre et r6sultats par
  .. .  Rev. d'anthrop., Par., 1889, 3. s., iv, 293-305.
Norwegian itch.
    See Scabies (Epidemic, etc.).
IVorwell (J. Stewart).
    See Mmith ("William Ramsay) Sc IVorwell (J. Stewart).
  Illustrations of zoology [etc.].  4°.  Edinburgh di London,
  1889.
Norwich,  Connecticut.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of), by local-
  Hies.
Norwich,  England.
    See Children (Hospitals, etc., for), Diphtheria
  (History, etc., of), Hospitals  (Descriptions, etc.,
  of), Hospitals (Management, etc.,of). Influenza
  (History, etc.,  of), Insane (Asylums for, Descrip-
  tions, etc., of), Small-pox (History, etc., of), by
  localities.
Norwich,  New  York.
    See Meningitis (Cerebrospinal,  History, etc.,
  of), by localities.
IVorwood  (W[esley]  C.)  The authorship and
  therapeutical powers  of veratrum viride more
  fully examined.  39 pp.   8°.   Albany, C. Van
  Benthuysen 4"  Sons, 1806.
-----.  Tbe therapeutical powers and properties
  of veratrum  viride.  6. ed.   16 pp.  8°.  New
  York, [1899].
-----.  Tbe same.   8. ed.   29 pp.  8°.  New York,
  C. N. Crittenton, [». d.].
Norzagai'Siy (F.)   Breve introduccidn al estu-
  dio de la medicina.  374 pp., 1 1.  sm. 4°.  Bar-
  celona, Serra  hermanos 4" Russell, 1900.

Nose.
    See, also, Jacobson's organ; Nasopharynx;
  Nerve   (Olfactory);  Nose  (Abnormities of);
  Nose (Accessory sinuses of); Nose (Blood-vessels,
  etc., of); Nose (Histology of);  Nose (Jurispru-
  dence of); Nose  (Morphology of);  Nose in an-
  thropology;  Nose  and  sexual   system;  Smell
  (Sense of).
    Frankel (B.)  Gefrierdurchschnitte znr Aua-
  tomie der Nasen hdhle. 1. Hft.  fol. Berlin, 1890.
    Goldenstein.   Squelette nasal  perfectioune".
  Observation  pre"sent6e a l'Academie de  mede-
  cine  de Paris,  s6auce du  9  mars  1897.  8°.
  Paris, 1897.
     Graetz (J. H.) Epistola anatomica,  proble-
  matica octava.  De structura nasi cartilagiuea,
  vasis sanguiferia arteriosis membrauae et  cavi-
  tatis tympani et  ossiculorum auditus eorumque
  periostio.  8C.  Amstelcedami, 1697.
    Hartmann (A.) Atlas der Anatomie der Stirn-
  bdhle, der vorderen Siebbeinzellen und des Duc-
  tus nasofroutalis. 4°.  Wiesbaden, 1900,
    Onodi (A.)  Die Nasenbohle und ihre Neben-
  hohlen,  nach anatomischen Durcbscbnitten  in
  12 Tafeln dargestellt fiir Aerzte uud Studireude.
  8°.   Wien,  1893.
    -----.   The same.  The anatomy of tbe na-
  sal cavity and its accessory sinuses; an atlas for
  practitioners and students.  Transl.  from the 2.
  ed. by St. Clair Thomson,   roy. 8°.  London, 1895.
     Schroder  (J. F.)  Die menschlicbe Nase oder
  das Geruchs-Orgau, nebst den Abbildungen des
  Herrn Sdinmering neu dargestellt.   fol.  Leip-
  zig, 1612.
     Schultze  (M.  S.)  Untersuchungen iiberden
  Bau derNasenscbleimhaut, namentlich die Struc-
  tur und Endigungsweise der Geruchsnerven bei 
NOSE.
730
NOSE.
Nose.
  dem Mensehen  und   den  Wirbelthiereu.    4U.
  Halle,  1*62.
     Repr. from: Abhandl. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle,
  1862. vii.

     Allen (H.)  The anatomy of the nasal chambers.  Tr.
  Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1X88. [N. Y.], 1889, x,76-X4.  Also:  N.
  York M. J., 1889, xlix, 113-115.  Also. Reprint. — Bauiu.
  garten  (E.)  Az orrgaratiir  ideg-^s  reflexidegbilntal-
  mairol.   [Reflex and  nervous disturbances of the naso-
  pharyngeal cavity.]  Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1892-iki 6vko-
  nyve, 1893, 21-27.—Bergcat.   Die Hohlraume der mit-
  tleren Muschel. Verhaudl. d. Ver.  siiddeutsch. Laryngol.
  1894-1903,  Wiirzb., 1904. 147-153.   AUo: Miiuchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 18!>7, xliv, 900-962.—Bernhardt (Al.)  Notiz
  iiber Mitbewegungen zwischen Lid- und Nasenniuskula-
  tur.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1001, xxxviii, 829.—Betas (O.)
  Die Nasenhohle und  ihre Nebenraume in  Gypsmodellen
  natiirlicber Griisse nach Schnitten  eines Spirit usschiidels
  hergestellt, zur Einfuhrung iu  die rhinologiscbe Praxis
  sowie zur Demonstration  und Einiibung specialistischer
  Techiiicismeu fiir  Studenten, praktiscbe Aerzte, Spezia-
  listen und Lehrer.  Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1895, n. F.,xiv,
  193-209, 3 pl.—Bliss (A. A.)  Some suggestions in regard
  to iutra-nasal pressure.  Univ. M.  Mag.,  Phiia.,  1890-91,
  iii, 518-524.—Koaworth  (F. H)  The physiology of  the
  nose. Med. News, Phila,,  1888,  liii, 117-124.—Bi-esgen
  (M.)  Kurze Bemerkung iiber das  Anschwellen  der Na-
  senscbleimhautbei Seitenlage. Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1887, xiii, 360. Also, Reprint,—Bruck (F.)
  Ueber die Reflexerregbarkeit der  Naseuschleiuihaut iu
  Beziehung zur Narkose.   Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.. 1900,
  xxxvii,440.—Briihl (G.)  Radiograinmevoudeu Hoblrau-
  men in Ohr und Nase.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1899. xlvi,
  117-131.—Bulbes  osseuses de la tete du cornet moyen.
  Pratique med., Par., 1905,  xix, 33-38.—Cliauveau '(('.)
  L'organe  olfactif  d'apres  Its travaux  les plus  recents.
  Arch, internat. de laryngol.  fete],  Par., 1904, xviii. 241;
  937.—Citelli (S.)   Znr Fi-ageder Regeneration der Naseu-
  sciileimhautbeim Mensehen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol..
  Berl., 1903, xiv, 350-.'ir>9.—Couetoux (L.)   De quelques
  bruits ainpullairesde laeavite nasale et retro-nasale.  Ann.
  d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], I'ar., 1899, xxv, pt. 2,
  340-344-.—Coyne & I'aviilie. Note preiiminaire sui Tap-
  pareil Erectile de la queue du cornet inferieur chez Thorn-
  me.  Compt.  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905,  lix, 619-621.—
  t'unoo  A; Andre (U.)  Relations des espaees  perim6-
  ninges avec les lvtuphatiques des fosses nasales.   Bull, et
  m6m. Soc. aiiiit. de Par., 1005, lxxx,  58-63.—Di-laii) (K.)
  The disposition of  the spongy bones aud meatuses of the
  nose, with especial reference, to a fourth meatus.  Tr. Roy.
  Acad. M. Ireland,  Dubl., 1892-3, xi, 510— D-ouglnss (B.)
  Nasal condition observed  in the aged.  N.  York M  J
  1901, lxxiii, 885-899— En ge Ilia id  (J. L. B.)  Over het
  absorptie-vermogeu voor licht van do kleurstof in de regio
  olfactoria.  Onderzoek. ged. in h. pbysiol. Lab. d. Utrecht.
  Hoogesch., 1901, 5.  R., iii,  302-307.—Fagan  (P. J.)   A
  demonstration of some specimens of the  nasal fossa illus-
  trated  by  lantern   slides.  Tr. Roy.  Aead. M. Ireland
  Dubl., 1899-1900, xviii. 489-491, 5 pl.—Fein (J.)   Die Be-
  deutung der unteren Muschel fiir die Luftdurchgangigkeit
  der Nase in klinischer Beziehung.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh
  Berl., 1906, xl, 16-39.—Franke (G.)  Experimentelle Un-
  tersuchungen iiber Luftdrm-k, Luftbewegung und Luft-
  wecbsel in der Nase und  ihren Nebenhohlen.  Arch, f
  Laryngol. u.  Rhinol., Berl., 1893, i,  230-249.—Freeman
  (W. J.)  The quadrangular cartilage of  the septum, mis-
  called the triangular.  Univ. Mag., Phila., 1894-5,  vii, 332.
  -----. The nasal septum.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 190?,
  xi, 253-268.  Also: Rev. de laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1898
  xiii,  522; 534; 551.—Gaule (J.)  Physiologic  der Nase
  und ihrer Nebenhohlen. Handb. d.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol
  Wien, 1896, iii, 152-214.—CJoodale (J." L.)  An  experi-
  mental study of the respiratory  functions of the nose
  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1896, exxxv, 457; 487.  Also, Reprint.—
  Cruder (E.)  Etfet des irritations de la  muqueuse nasale
  snr les mouvements du cceur et du pouls.  Ann. d.  mal  de
  l'oreille,  du laiynx  [etc.], Par.,  1898, xxiv,  39-53.— His
  (W.)  Beobachtungen zur  Geschichte der  Nasen- und
  Gaumenbildung beim  m.-nschlichen Einbrvo.  Abhandl
  d. math. phys. CI.  d. k. saebs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch
  Leipz., 1901, xxvii, 253-289.—Hochsietter (F.)   Ueber
  die  Bildun-  der  inneren  Xascngange  oder primitiven
  Choanen.   Verhandl.  d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1891  v
  14:>-151.— llororka  (O.)   Beitrage  zur  Anatomie der
  ausseien  IS as,-   Wien. med. Presse, 1893,  xxxiv,  1413-
  1418,-lIoyer (G.  F.)  Obouyatelniv  i dikhatelniv >nai-
  yad.   [Olfactory and  respiratorv  apparatus.]   Osnov
  k lzuch. mikr. anat. chelov. i  zhivotn., S.-Peterb  1887-8
  662-6x7 -Hoyt(H. W.) The middle meatus and the mid-
  dle turbinate.  Homceop. Eye, Ear  <fc Throat J.  N Y
  1903 ix. 220-224-de la Jai. ige.   Le nez, ses rapports
  anatomiques,  physiologiques  et  pathologiques  avec  la
  cavite buccale.  Odontologie, Par.. 1891, xi 61-66 —Kal-
  liiis(E.)   Sinnesorgane.  1. Abt. Geruchsorgan (Organou
  olfactnsi.  Handb.  d. Anat. d. Mensch., Jena, 1905  v 115-
  242— I.emere (H.  B.)  The middle  turbinate.  West M
  Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1902,  vii, 298-300.—Lewis  (F  D)
 IVose.
   The middle turbinated body.  Tr. Ilomceop. M. Soc. X Y
   1896,  xxxi,  155 -157.—Lothrop (H.  A.)   Inferior  eth-
   moidal turbinate bone.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Lai-vim'oI
   St.  Louis,  1904,  xiii, 437-456, 47 pl.  on 24 l.-Lncai-i
   Ueber eineeigenthiimliche Beziehuug zwischeu Nase uud
   Ohr.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1903,  xxxvii, 313._
   IVlacalister (A.)  The apei tma ps lifonuis.  J. Auat  &
   Physiol., Loud., 1897-8, xxxii. 223-2:i0.—TlacC'oy (A. W.)
   Anatomy aud physiology of the nose aud  naso-pharynx
   Syst, Dis. Ear,  Nose Sc Throat (Burnett), Phila.. 1893,  i'
   560-575, 9 pl—Tlacdonald (G.)  On  the  mechanism'of
   the nose as regards respiration, taste, and smell.  Brit M
   J., Lond., 1888, ii, 1210— .Mendel.  Le nez et la respira-
   tion.  Xature, Par., 1897, xxv, pt. 2, 241-243__TliiiU (P.
   J.)  De  neus als  luchtweg.  Geueesk. Bl. u. Klin,  eu
   Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1902, ix, 75-115.  AUo, transl. .-
   Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d.  Geb. d. Nasen'  Ohren"-"
   Mund- u. lfalskr., Halle a. S., 1904, vii, 1-61.  Also, transl.)
   Presse_oto.laryugol.  beige,  Brux.,  1903,  ii, 421;  4M.—
   Ouodi (A.) Szagldsunk  6s hangk6pzesiink  kt-regko-
   zpontjai.  [The meeting point of the integument oAhe
   olfactory and vocal organs.]  Orvosi  hetil., Budapest  1903
   xlvii,  216; 238.—Felaez (P. L.)   Alguuas paitic'ulari'
   dades  auatomicas y iisioldgicas de las cavidades y mucosa
   nasales.  Gac. med. de Granada, 1897,  xv,  269; 305- 3"4-
   341; 373; 400; 422; 449; 515.  Also: Rev. de laringol. [etc  l'
   Barcel., 1897, xii, 354; 376; 3X7:  1898, xiii,  413; 431- 446-
   462; 473; 497; 506; 518— Prcobrastheiisky (S.  S. j
   Zur Kenntniss  des  Baues der Regio olfactoria.  Wien.
   klin. Wchnsehr.,  1891, iv, 123___Fynchou (E.)  The
   attic  of the nose.   Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1901, xi
   470-477.   Also, Reprint. — Bethi (L.)   Untersuchungen
   iiber die Luftstromung in der normalen und der kran-
   ken Nase.   Wien.  med. Presse, 1900,  xii,  2177;  2229.—
   Betzius (G.)   Dio  Endigungsweise des  Riechuerven.
   Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm. 1892, n.  F., iii. 25-2S, 1 pl.
   -----. Zur Kenntniss der Nervendignugen in der Riecb-
   schleimhaut. Ibid., iv, 02-64, 1 pl.—Boussenux.  Cor-
   net  ampnllaire.  Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de larrngol.
   Biux., 1896. i, 12-15.—Russell (B.)  Sc Oies (W. j.)  Ou
   the chemical composition of the. nasal mucous membrane.
   Science, N. Y. &. Lancaster, Pa., 1906,  n. s., xxiii, 336.—
   Saenger (M.)   Ueber die acustische Wirkung der Na-
   senhohlen.   Arch. f. d. g<-s. Physiol., Bonn, 1896,  lxiii, 301-
   305. — SakliarolT (X  A.)  0 khimicheskoin protsessie,
   lezhashtshem v  osnovle  dlelstviya organa obonyaniya.
   [Chemical process underlying the  action  of the organ
   of olfaction.]  Protok. zasaid.  Kavkazsk.   med.  Obsb.,
   Tiflis,  1900-1901, xxxvii, 496-502. —Schell"(G.)  Beitrage
   zur  Anatomie und Physiologie der  Nase; der Weg des
   Luftstromes in  der  Nase.   Internat,  klin. Rundschau,
   Wieu,    1894, viii,   1428;   1509.    AUo:   Wien.  med.
   Presse,  1895, xxxvi, 326; 371. -----. Der Weg des Luft-
   stromes  durch  die  Nase; auf  Grand experimenteller
   und auatomischer Untersuchungen.  Klin. Zeit- u. Streit-
   fragen,  Wieu, 1895,  xix.   37-63. — Hcliei-mei-s (D.)
   Over het reukziutuig.  Geneesk. Courant,  Tiel, 1900. liv,
   no. 1.—Mc-hiefferdecker.  Der Weg des Luftstromes in
   der  Nase.  Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz.  u. Berl.,
   1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil.,  147. — Nchmiegelow (E.) Eine
   rhiuologische Merkwiirdigkeit.  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u.
   Rhinol.. Berl, 1904, xv, 369. — Mchoiiciiiann iA.)  Bei-
   trag zur Kenntnis der Muschelbildung uud des Musehel-
   wachstums.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.,  1901, xviii,  97-169,  4
   pl. — Nuchannek (II.)  Beitiage zur feinern normalen
   Anatomie des mensehlichen  Geruchsorganes.  Arch. f.
   mikr. Anat.. Bonn, 1890, xxxvi, 375-403, 1 pl.—Thomson
   (A.)  The disposition of the spongy bones anit  meatuses
   of the  nose,  with especial  reference  to  a fourth (highest)
   meatus.   J.  Anat.  Sc Physiol.,  Lond.,  1893-4, xxviii, 73-
   76.—Treves (M.)  Di alcuue ricerche intorno  al potere
   di assorbimento della mucosa nasale.   Gior. d.  i.  Accad.
   di med. di Torino, 1892,3. s.,xl, 541-548,1 diag. — Trolnrd.
   Les  gouttieres ethmoido-frontales dites olfactivea; etude
   d'anatomie topograpbique. J. de  I'anat. et physiol (etc.],
   Par., 1902, xxxviii, 561-569. — Ubertis (1-.)   influence de
   l'irritation de la muqueuse nasale sur le systeme respira-
   toire et cardio-vasculaire,   Ann. di laringol. [etc.],Genova,
   1900, i,  356-358. — Warren ( W.)   The nasal  septum.
   Physician Sc Surg., Detroit A: Ann  Arbor,  1897, xix, 357-
   362.—Watson (J. W.)  The nasal septum  iu relation to
   the  human  economy  in  health and  disease.  J. Alumni
   Ass.Coll. Phys. Sc Surg., Bait., 1901-2, iv, 13-19.—Veards-
   ley (M.)  The respiratory functions  of the nose, aud their
   bearing on disease of the upper air passages.  Med. Times
   & Hosp. Gaz.. Lond., 1902. xxx, 129;  161. — Ziem (C.)
   Upon the physiology ofthe inferior turbinated bone   Tr.
   Am. Laryngol.,  Rh'iuol. & Otol.  Soc. 1904. N. V., 1905, x,
   253-255.   Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de lai-vngol. [etc.],
   Par., 1904, xviii, 508-510, 1 pl.—Zuckci-kaiidl tE.)  Ge-
   ruchsorgan.  Anat. Hefte, 2.  Abt.,  I*!i5. Wiesb.. lf-96, v,
   131-145.-----. ZurMuschelfrage  Monatschr f. Ohrenh.,
   Berl., 1897, xxxi, 321; 373; 426. -----. Ueber die Entwick
   lung der Concha bullosa.   Ibid., 1899, xxxiii, 443-453.

]\ose  (Abnormities  of).
    See, also. Idiots (Physical and mental condition,
   etc  ,of); Nasopharynx (Abnormities of); Nose 
NOSE.
731
NOSE*
ATose  (Abnormities of).
  (Accessory sinuses,  Abnormities of);  Nose (De-
  formities of); Nose (Obstruction of, Congenital).
    Kindlek (J)   "Linksseitioe Nasenspalte ver-
  bunden,  mit Defect des  Stirnbeins.   [Munich.]
  8°.  Jena, 18.-9.
    Also,in: Beitr. z.path. Anat.u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1889,
  vi, 151-163.
    Nachtigall (P. A.)  *Ein Fall von rnedianer
  Nasenspalte.   8'.  Breslau, 1902.
    Nkihaus (E.)  * Ueber intranasale Synecliieu.
  8°.  Heidelberg, 1694.
    RETHI  (L.)  Die   Verbildungen  der  Nasen-
  scheidewand in ihren oitlicheu und allgemeinen
  Beziehungen.   8\   Halle a. S., 189(5.
    Welcker (H.)  Die Asymnietrien  der  Nase
  und des  Nasenskeletes.   8-'.  Stuttgart, 1862.
    Repr.from: Beitr.z.Biol. Jubilaumsschr.f.vonBischoff.

    WiESE (C.)  * "Untersuchungen  iiber die Ver-
  biegung derNasenscheidewand.  ^c.   Gbttingen,
  1900.
    Angerer.  Ueber eiuen seitlichen Nasenspalt.  Arch.
  f. klin. Chir., Berl..  1889, xxxix, 672, 1 pl.—Bajardi (D.)
  Una rarissima anomalia del naso.  Atti xii. Cong. d. Ass.
  med. ital. 1S87,  Pavia, 1888,  i, 171-173.—Bauuigarten
  (E.) Nez auterieur double: deux cloisons cartilagineuses
  et trois narines.   Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1894, xiv,
  10-12.—Bradford (E. H.)  Congenital deformity of tho
  nose.  Boston M. and S. J., 1890, cxxiii, 586.—Brnwley
  (F. E.)  Anomalous artery  in middle turbinate body.
  Chicago M. Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 856.—Coolidgc (A.),
  ir  Asymmetry of  the nasal  cavities.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Ass., N. Y., 1901,  134-145.  Also:  Am. J.  M. Sc,
  Phila., 1901, n. s., exxii. 569-576.—t'rull.  Cougenitaler
  Verschluss der linken Cboaue.  Zlsehr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,
  1895-6, xxviii, 133-135.—Oyer (M. H.)  Anatomic varia-
  tions of the nasal chamber and associated parts.  J. Am.
  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 189;i. xxxiii, 951-958.—Downie (W.)
  Unnamed supernumerary nasal cartilages. J.Anat.&Pby-
  siol.,Lond., 1892-3, xxvii, 181. — Duckworth (\V. L. H.)
  On an unusual form of nasal bone in a human skull.  Ibid.,
  1901-2, xxxvi. 257-259.—Eckstein.  Augeborener Defect
  der au'sseren Nase.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xii, 1206.—
  Freer (O. T.)  Deflections ofthe nasal septum; a critical
  review of the methods of their correction by the -window-
  resection, with a report of 116 operations.   Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass., N.Y., 1905,xxvii,29-79.—«iuffrida Buggeri
   (V )   Su  una rarissima anomalia dello scheletro nasale.
  Monitore zool.  ital., Firenze,  1900,  xi, 29D-294.—Griin-
  wald.  Eine seltene Anomalie der knochernen Xaseu-
  scheidewand. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.
  Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2.Hlfte.,405.—Guye.
  Ueber die Plica vestibuli und das Ansaugen der Nasentlu-
  gel. Miinchen med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv, 809-811.—Hof-
  uiaim (M ) Eine  seltene Anomalie der lateralen Nasen-
  hohlenwaudung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv,
  469-473 -Landon (M.) Ueber einen seltenen Fall von
  Missbildung der Nase, nebst einigen Bemerkungen uber
  die seitlichen Nasenspalten.   Deutsche Ztschr. t. Chir.,
  Leipz., 18-9-90, xxx, 544-560, 1  pl. — I.anc (W. A.)
  Congenital fistulous  channel in  middle line  of nose.
  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1890-91, xxiv. 2:2-Lexer (E.)  An-
  geborene mediane Spaltung der Nase. Arch. 1. klin. Chir.,
  Berl.,  1900, lxii, 360-308,  1 pl.  Also: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin.
  d. k. Univ. Berl., 1901, xv, 143-151, 1 pl. — I.ongo  <!N.)
  Un caso rai issimo di deformita congenita del naso.  (jior.
   internaz.  d. sc.  med.,  Napoli, 1902, n. s  xxiv, 398-404-
   llailniiian (A.)  Case of  congenital  deformity of the
  nose associated with a degree of median harelip.   Iint.M.
  J.  Lond.  1903, ii, 1580-1582.  Also: Glasgow M. J., 1903,
  lx'  34-40. — .TIadelung. Seitliche Nasenspalte.  Arch.
  f klin. Chir., Berl., 1888, xxxvii, 275-277, 1 pl  -ITIanou-
  vrier (L.)  Memoire sur le.s variations normales et les
  anomalies des os nasaux dans l'espece humame. Bull Soc.
  d'anthrop. de Par.,  189Y 4. s.,  iv, 712-747.—Jlnsiin (G.)
  A proposito di unadonnacon assenzacongenita delle tosse
  nasaliT contributo  alia  fisiopatologia della  respirazioue
  bucco-nasale.  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. dj lariiigoL [etc ]
  1902, Napoli, 1903,  vi, 175-179.-Massei <*•)  X1/'1.1  .?
  congenitura del  naso e delle  fosse  nasali.  Arch. ital. di
  laringol.,  Napoli, 1905, xxv, 16-20. - IVassc (p.)   Zwei
  Falle  von  angeborener  medianer  Spaltung ^ler  iNase.
  Arch.  f.  klin Chir.,  Berl.,  1894-5  xlix 767-772   AUo:
  Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ., Berl.,  1895, ix, 50-55.-
  Onodi (A.)  Une  fermeture  sinculiere  congenitale des
  ""uies.  Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.],  Par., 1890 x, 693-695.
  _____. Die  Muschelzellen   (sogenannte  Knochenbla-
  sen).  Arch.  f.   Laryngol. u.  Rhinol.,  Berl   1904, xv,
  306-311  — ©tsutstviye krilyev nosa, koncnika nosa i
  khryashtshev., a takzhe pereponchatol nosovol perego-
  rodki.  [Absence of tbe alaj nasi,  end  ot the nose, and
  nasal  septum,  cartilaginous  as well as  niembrauous.]
  Otehot o  dleyateln. khirurg. kliu. [etc.] v Mosk. (1896-8),
]\ose (Abnormities of).
  1899, 50.—Paravicini. Caso  di divisioue  iu due  del-
  1' osso nasale per sutura trasversale in un cranio di  freua-
  steuico.  Cong. d. freniat. ital. 1901, Reggio nell' Emilia,
  1903, 61.—Pierce (N. H.) A case of congenital fistula of
  the external nose.  Tr.  Am.  Laryngol.,  Rhinol. & Otol.
  Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 545-550.  Also: Ann.  Otol.,
  Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,  1902, xi,  no. 2, 258-262.—
  Poland (J.)   Congenital  median  fissure of the nose.
  Pediatrics,  N. Y.  Sc Lond.,  1896, i, 401.—Potter (F. H.)
  Report of a case of congenital bony occlusion of the ante-
  rior nares.  Buffalo  M. &. S. J., 1888-9, xxviii, 74-76.—
  BegunuIt (F.)   [La femme a deux nez du musee de
  Montpellier.]  Corresp. med., Par.,  1901, vii, no,  161, 5.
  -----. La  femme k  deux nez et le polyzoisme teratolo-
  gique.  Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1901, 5. s.,
  ii, 333-337. -----. Sur uu cas d'absence du nez et de di-
  vision de l'os parietal.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.,
  1901, lxxvi, 641-643.—Ruttcn.  Difformite congenitale du
  nez.  Bull.  Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.i, Brux., 1901, vi, 105.—
  Maenger (M.)  Ein Fall vou vollstandigem  Mangel des
  harteu und weichen Gaumens, der Nasenscbeidewand und
  der Nasenmuscheln.  Samml.  zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb.
  d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr., llalle a. S., 1902, vi,
  5-10.—Safuji (M.)  [Abnormity of cavity of the  nose.]
  Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-KoKwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1899,
  v, 220-247.—Sieur (C.) Sc Jacob  (0.) Deux cas de mal-
  formations de la cloison  des. fosses  nasales chez le nou-
  veau-n6 et le fcetus.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899,
  lxxiv, 1027-1029.-Stewart (W. R. H.)  Case of congen-
  ital malformation of the nose.  Laucet, Lond., 1897, i, 877.—
  Sturmann.  Doppelbildung der unteren Nasenmuschel.
  Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi,
  pt, 2,  32-34.  Also: Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii,
  744.—Taruffi  (C.)  Nuovo caso di meso-rinoschisi del-
  1' uomo. Mem. d. r.  Accad. d. sc. d.  Ist. di Bologna, 1890,
  5. s.,  i, 227-233, 1 pl.—Trifilelti (A.) Un caso di ano-
  malia dei cornetti inferiori nasali.  Arch. ital. di laringol.,
  Napoli,  1889,  ix, 117-120. — Tsakyroglous (M.)   Ein
  Fall von Lagorrhinos. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 190o,
  xxxix,  57.—Valenti  (G.)   Ossa soppianniimerarie del
  naso  in nn  ladro.  Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1892,
  xiii, 110-113. AUo: Monitore zool. ital.,  Firenze. 1891, ii,
  161-165. — Vircfaow.   Demonstration  von Piiiparateu
  von Missbildungen  der  Nase.  Verhandl. d. Berl. med.
  Gesellsch.  (1894), 1895,  xxv,  pt. 1,  219— Wahby  (B.)
   Abnormal nasal bones. J. Anat. Sc Physiol., Loud., 1903-4,
  xxxviii, 49-51, 2 pl.—Wood (A. J.)   [A  male infant with
  occlusion of both nostrils.]  Austral. M. J., Melbourne,
   1895,  n. s., xvii, 484-486.—Wynter (E.)  Case of congeni-
  tal absence of nose and anterior nares, with highly arched
  hard and soft palate.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxxv,
   213.__Ziiimierl (U.)  Intorno ad un' anomalia delle  ossa
   nasali in alcune specie  di animali domestici.  Monitore
   zool. ital., Firenze, 1901, xii, 43-50.

 IVose  (Abscess of).
     See, also, Nose (Accessory sinuses of, Inflamma-
   tion, etc., of);  Nose (Diseases  of)  in children.
     ColonnaAValewski  (A.-A.)  *Des al>ci-s de
   la cloison des fosses nasales.   8°.  Paris, 1697.
     -----.  Tbe same.   8°.   Parts, 1>97.
     Grunwald  (L.)  Die Lehre vou  den Nasen-
   eiterungen mit besonderer Kiicksicht auf die Er-
   krankungen des  Sieb-und Keilbeins und  deren
   cbirurgische  Behaudlung.   8°.   Miinchen   4
   Leipzig, 1893.
     _____.  The same.  2. giinzlich  umgearbeitete
   Aufl.   8°.   Munchen, 1890.
     -----.  Tbe same.  A treatise  on  nasal sup-
   puration, or  suppurative  diseases of the  nose
   and its accessory sinuses.   Transl. from  the  2.
   German  ed. by  William  Lamb.   8°.  London,
   1900.
     -----.  The same.   8°.   Neio York, 1900.
     Mohan (A.-L.)   * Considerations sur les abces
   de la eloisou des fosses  nasales;  de I'utilite" de
   leur incision bative pour empecher les deforma-
   tions conseeutives.   4°.   Bordeaux, 1894.
     Vaptzaroff (D.-N.)   * Abces de la cloison et
   hypertrophie  de la muqueuse  de la cloison chez
   les enfants et les adolescents.   8°.  Nancy, 1697.
     Abscess of septum  nasi.  North Lond. or Univ. Coll.
   Hosp.  Rep. 1886, Lond., 1887,  31. —Anderson (W. S.)
   Abscess of the  nasal septum.  Harper  Hosp. Bull., De-
   troit, 1901-2, xii, 18-21.—Arslan (Y.)  Ascesso del setto
   nasale.  Boll- d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze,
   1896 xiv 237-245.—Ballenger (W. L.)  Abscess of the
   nasal septum. Memphis Lancet, 1899, v, 144-146.—Bargy
   (M )  Abces dela cloison  nasale.   Rev. hebd. de laryn-
   gol.  [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 97- 122. — Bei-mingliaiii ( E. 
NOSE.
732
NOSE.
J\ose (Abscess of).
  J.)  Abscess  of  tbe  nasal  septum.  Med. Age,  Detroit,
  1893, xi,  102.—Bos worth  (F. H.)  A ease  of suppura-
  tive ethmoid disease followed by invasion ofthe sphenoidal
  sinus, abscess of the  brain, and death.   N.  York M. J.,
  1895, lxii, 450.—Brewgen (M.)  Die Eiterungen der Nase
  und ihrer Nebenhohlen.  Miincbt-n. med. Wchnsehr.. 1894,
  xii, 614;  635.  Also [Abstr.]:  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeut-
  sch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 10-13. — Biou-
  ner (A.)  A  few  words ou  the  causes and  treatment
  of nasal suppuration. Quart.  M.  J., Sheffield, 1901-2, x,
  303-3U8.—C'apart (A.)  Empyeme ferm6 de la bulb-du
  cornet moyen.   Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 93.— C'assel-
  berry (W. E.)  Abscess of the septum narium.  J.Am.
  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1897, xxviii,  353.  Also,  Reprint.—
  t'liue (L. C.)   Traumatic abscess of the cartilaginous
  septum,  followed  by  septic fever.   Tr. Am. Laryueol.,
  Rhinol. &  Otol.  Soc.  1897, N. Y., 1898, iii. 101. — t oak-
  Icy (C. G.) Tho treatment of abscess ofthe  septum with
  special reference to the prevention of subsequent deformi-
  ties.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903. xii,
  64-66.  AUo: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii,  215.—
  Cobb (C. M.)  Nasal empyema as an etiological factor
  in the establishment and continuation of post-nasal ca-
  tarrh and  catarrhal inflammation of the middle ear, with
  an especial consideration of the enlargement  of the poste-
  rior end of the middle turbinate as a predisposiug cause.
  Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1900,  xxix, 126-145.  Also,  Reprint.—
  C'ohnstadt (E.)  Ueber Nasen-Eiterungen.  Cor.-Bl. d.
  allg. arztl.  Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1894, xxiii, 57-62.—
  Courtade (A.)   Observations d'abces de la cloison  na-
  sale.  Bull. Soe. de l'VonnePJOO, Auxerre, 1901, xii, 49-53.—
  C'ulbert (W. L.)  Report of a case of bilateral abscess of
  the septum, with well-marked sxmptoms of septicemia.
  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc, N.  Y., 1903, ix,
  33-37.  AUo: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc  Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1903, xii, 293; 520.—Dnnziger (E.)  Veieiterte  Haema-
  tome  der Nase.   N. Yorker nied.  Monatschr., 1904, xvi,
  111.—Davis (W. R.) Pus in tho turbinated bone aud
  inferior maxillary sinus.  Vet. Rec, Loud., 1902-3,  xv,
  650.—Delie.  Phlegmon du cornet inf6rieur avec necrose
  de la Lunelle osseuse.   Rev.  hebd. de lar\ngol. [etc.]. Par.,
  1898, xviii,  573-756. —  Delsaux (V.)  La cure rationnelle
  des suppurations multiples des cavites annexes des fosses
  nasales.  Ibid.,  1906. l,  209-215— Dc Bomb  (M.)  As-
  cesso del setto nasale.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc], Torino,
  1902-3, xiii, 296-302.—Be Bossi (C.)  Forme cliniche di
  riniti purulente enmiche; lesioni anatomo-patologiche;
  loro cura.  Cong. med. region, ligure 1899.  Atti, Genova,
  1900, 54-59.  Also: Arch. ital.  di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1900-
  1901, x, 191-199.—Dreyfus* (R.)  Beitrag zur Casuistik
  der Naseneiterungen  (lYiiostitis suppurativa ossis turbi-
  nati  siuistri e carie dentium). Wien. med. Presse, 1894,
  xxxv, 370.   Also,  transl..- Arch, internat.  de laryngol.
  [etc]. Par., 1893, vi, 335-337.—Ellett (E. C.)   Two' cases
  of abscess of the nasal septum. Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1*07, ii, 238. — Fiuley (F. G.)  Thrombosis of cavernous
  sinuses from suppuratiou iu  nasal cavities.   Montreal M.
  J., 1898,  xxvii, 822-825.—Fischenich.  Phlegmone  des
  Gesichtes, der Nase und des  Nasenrachenraumes.  Ver-
  handl.  d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Larvngol.  1894-1903, Wiirzb.,
  1904, 60-64.—Fut-hsig (E.)  Zur Aetiologie und Patholo-
  gie der Abszesse  der Nasenseheidewand.   Wien. klin.
  Wchuschr., 1903, xvi.  381-383. — Gerber (P. H.)   Ueber
  den gegenwartigen Stand der Lehre von der Naseueite-
  rung.  Deutsche  Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, xvi, 1089-1091.—
  Gorahkoff (N.)   Sluchai abstrs.sa nosovol peregorodki.
  [Abscess of the  nasal septum.] Feldscher, St. Petersb..
  1899, ix,  488-490. — Uouguenheim  (A.)  Des abces
  chauds de la cloison nasale et d'une  deformation nasale
  concomitante et definitive.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du
  larynx [etc.], Par., 1890,  xvi.  604-611.  -----.  Ueber  die
  cntzundlicheu Abscesse dei Nasenseheidewand.  Arch. f.
  Laryngol.  u. Rhinol., Berl.,  1896, v, 69-78.  -----.  Des
  abces chauds de la cloison nasale.  Ann. d.mal.deroreille,
  du larynx  [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii,  1-14.  AUo, Reprint.
  -----. Abces d'origine traumatique de la cloison nasale.
  Ibid., 1899, xxv.  427-429. — IIajek (M.)  Eiterung und
  Ulceration  in  der Nase;  differentielle  Diagnostik dersel-
  ben.  Handli. d. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Wien,  1896, iii, 291-
  306.—Hamon du Fougeray.  Uu cas de rhinite pu-
  rulente aigue primitive infantile k staphylocoques, guerie
  par l'emploi de l'huile raentholee au 10e.  Ann. d. mal. de
  1 oieille. du larynx [etc], Par., 1895, xx, pt.  2, 497-501.—
  Henry  (T. J.)   Nasal  abscess  simulating erysipelas.
  Univ. M. Mag.,  Phila., 1889-90, ii, 25.—Herck.  Note
  sur le traitement des abces de la cloison.  Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, ix,  378-380. — Hubbard
  (T.)   Report of cases of pyogenic brain diseases, asso-
  ciated with or caused by acute  and chronic nasal suppura-
  tiou.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. <fe Otol. Soc, N. Y.. 1903,
  ix, 129-136.   Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 682-
  685. — Iglauer (S.)  Abscess of nasal septum.  Cincin.
  Lancet-Clinic. 1902, n.  s., xlix, 326.—Ilyin  (P. V.)  Gorya-
  chiye  gnoiniki nosovoi  peregorodki.   [ Acute abscesses
  of  nasal  septum.]  Khirurgia. Mosk.,  1900,  vii,  323-334.
  -----.  Abstessi nosovol peregorodki.   [Abscesses ofthe
  nasal septum.] Trudi Obsh.  Russk. vrach. v Mosk. (1900),
JYose  (Absctss of).
   1901, si, pt. 1, 97-101.— JToncheray.   Deux cas d'abces
   du nez.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 129-
   132    Kimball (I.E.)   Significance of a purulent dig.
   charge from the nose.   Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1896
   xii,  pt. 2,  378-392. — Knapp (A.  J.)  Nasal  suppura-
   tion. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 123-126.—La-
   coarret.   Abe£s  chain! de la cloison nasale.   [From:
   Policlin. de Toulouse.]   ]5cho med.,Toulouse, 1901, 2.8., xv,
   358-360. —  Law (S. H.)   Nasal suppuration; its causes
   aud differential diagnosis.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1901, cxii, 108-
   117.—Leonard (Z.L.)  On nasal suppuration. Laryngo-
   scope, St. Louis, 1901, x. 178-182.—Lincoln (W.)  Absctss
   of the nasal septum, with a report of two cases. Cleveland
   M. Gaz., 1895-6, xi, 321-325.  Also, Reprint.—Luc.  Abces
   sousmuqueux de la cloison nasale, d'origine traumatique.
   Arch, internat. de laiyngol.  [etc.],  Par.,  1891, iv, 89.—
   Luckett  (W. II.)  Abscess of the nasal septum; report
   of a case.  N. York Polyclin., 1897, x, 106.—Mackie (J.)
   Practical  points in the treatment of  nasal suppuration.
   Brit. M. •!., Lond., 1901, ii, 874-877. -----. Notes on nasal
   suppuration.  J. Laryngol., Lond.,  1904,  xix, 505-515.—
   JHendel (H.)   Abc6s du m6at inferieur d'origine  den-
   taire; iucision; curettage; guferison.  Arch, internat.  de
   laryngol. [etc], Par.,  li-93, vi, 271.—irlilligaii (W.)  A
   case of bilateral abscess of the  septum nasi; incision; re-
   covery.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xiii, 234.— VI on re (E.
   J.)  Abces aigu  de la  cloison des  fosses nasales.  Rev.
   mens, de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1888,  viii, 445-447.—Niki-
   tili  (W.)  Abscess der  Nasenseheidewand. Monatschr.
   f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1898, xxxii, 556.—Onodi (A.) Az onka-
   gylok sejtjei (u. n. csonth61yagok).   [The cells of the con-
   cha   nasi  (so-called   bone  abscesses).]    Orr-,  gege-6s
   fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1904, 86-88.—Owen (F. S.)  Abscess
   ofthe nasal septum, with report of four cases.  West. M.
   Rev., Lincoln, Nebr.,  1896, i, 213-215. -Polyak  (L.)
   Rosszindulatri  daganat  korkep6t  utan/6  tohhszoios
   orrmelbSkiireggyenyeiK-s csonth61yagk6pzod6s8el 6s mind-
   k6toldali  latoidegsorvadaasal.    [Repeated  suppuration
   from the nasal cavity, simulating malignant tumor, with
   bone abscess formation aud troubles  of both optic nerves. ]
   Orr-, g6ge-es fiilgytigy., Budapest, 1904,  100-105.—Bicci
   (A.)  Ascesso traumatica del setto nasale.   Boll. d. mal.
   d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze. 1890, viii, 133.-----.
   Ascesso acuto del setto nasale di natura dentaria; incisione
   dal vestibolo boccale.  Ibid., 1903, xxi, 53-55. Also: Sto-
   matol., Milano, 1902-3, i, 394.  Also: Odonto-stomatol., Na-
   poli. 1903, ii, 72-74.—Rice (C. C.)  Abscess of tlie septum.
   Arch. Pediat . N. Y., 1894, xi, 125-127.—Bode (F.)  Ueber
   einige Fiille von  traumatischen Abscessen der Nasen-
   seheidewand.  Wien. kliu.  Wchnsehr.,  1902, xv,  1067-
   1071.—Roth ( W.)  Ueber einen  Fall  von spontaner
   Phlegmone des Nasenrachenraumes und Abscessbildung
   in der  Tonsilla pharyniiea.   Wien.  med.  Presse, 1895,
   xxxvi, 1081-1084.—Rough ton (E. W.)  The diagnosis
   and  treatment of chronic purulent  nasal discharges.  J.
   Laryngol.,  Lond., 1900, xv,  238-248.—Schaffer (M.)  Ue-
   ber Abscesse der Nasenseheidewand.  Verhandl.  d. Ge-
   sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte lt-90, Leipz., 1891, lxiii,
   pt. 2, 391-393.  Also: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1890, iv, 477-
   479. — Mchmicgelow ( E.)   Det purulente Nseseuflod,
   (lets Betydniug og  Behandling, samt kasuistiske Medde-
   lelser, omfattende  23  Tilftelde af Empyem in  Antrum
   Highmori. Cellula? ethmoidales og Sinus frontalis.   [Puru-
   lent effusions from nose, nature aud  treatment,  with  23
   cases of empyema of antrum Highmori, etc.] Hosp.-Tid.,
   Kjobenh.. 1888, 3. R., vi, 49; 83; 133;  198.—Shambaugh
   (G. E.)  Purulent discharge from the nose;  clinical signifi-
   cance and differential diagnosis.  Med. Standard, Chicago,
   1898.  xxi, 91-93.—Stillman (F. L.)  Two cases of puru-
   lent rhinal discharge.   Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1892, xii, 180.—
   Teich in nun.   Casuistisches und Kritisches zur Lehre
   von den Naseneiterungen.   Therap.  Monatsh., Berl.,  1896,
   x, 655-658.—Til ley  (H.) Purulent nasal discharges;
   their diagnosis and treatment.   Clin. J., Lond., 1899-1900,
   xv, 65;  87;  104.   AUo, Reprint. -----. Bilateral abscess
   ofthe nasal septum.  Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 581.—Tre-
   trdp.  Six cas  d'abces enkystfcs du lobule du nez  avec
   examen  bacteriologique.   Presse  oto-laryngol. beige,
   Brux., 1905, iv, 216-218. — Winslow (J. R.) Purulent
   rhinitis, with  especial reference to  chronic empyema of
   the  ethmoidal  and sphenoidal sinuses.   Presb.  Eye  Sc
   Throat  Charity  Hosp.  Rep., Bait., 1896,  13-23.  AUo,
   transl..-  Pratique  nied.. Par.,  1896, x, 417; 433; 451.  -
   Wroblewski (W.)  O t. z. ostrych ropniach przegiody
   nosa (abscessus acuti septi narium).  Gaz. lek., Warszawa,
   1894, 2. 8., xiv, 1147-1157.  AUo, transl.: Arch. f. Larvngol.
   u. Rhinol., Berl., 1894-5, ii. 287-298. — Zaufal.  Fall von
   Abscess der Pars cartilaginea septi  narium.  Prag.  med.
   Wchnsehr., 1893, xviii, 213. Also, Reprint.

]¥ose (Accessory  sinuses of).
    See,  also,  Antrum;  Ethmoid bone; Frontal
   sinus;  Jaw ( Upper); Sphenoid sinus.
    Chami'ollion-Lanaute (J.-V.-A.)  * Les ca-
   vites  kystiijueis des  losses  nasales.  8°.  Bor-
   deaux, 1898. 
NOSE.                                           73;
Ifose (Accessory sinuses of).
    Inzani (G.)   Recherches sur la  terminaison
  des nerfs dans les muqueuses des sinus frontaux
  et maxillaires.  Trad,  de  l'italien  par Louis
  Jullien.  8°.   Paris, 1672.
    Killian (G.)  Die Nebenhohlen der  Nase iu
  ihren Lagebeziehuugen zu den Nachbarorganeu.
  fol.   Jena, 1903.
    -----.   The same.   Tho accessory  sinuses of
  the  nose  and  their  relations  to  neighboring
  parts.  Transl. by  D.  1\.  Patterson,  roy.  8°.
  Jena 4' Chicago, 1904.
    Onodi (A.)  Die Nasenhohle" uud ihre  Neben-
  hohlen, nach anatomischen  Durchschuitten iu
  12 Tafeln dargestellt fiir Aerzte und Studirende.
  8°.   Wien, 1893.
    -----.   Die  Nebenhohlen  der  Nase.   Nach
  photographischeu  Aufnahuien.    Hundertvier-
  undzwauzig Praparate  in  natiirlicher  Griisse
  dargestellt.  Im Auftrage der Ungarischen Aka-
  demie der Wissensehaften.  8°.   Wien, 1905.
    Tucker(M. A'C.)   *De Peclairage des  cavils
  de la face.  4°.  Pans, 1894.
    Turner (A.  L.)   The  accessory sinuses ofthe
  nose;  their surgical anatomy and the diagnosis
  and treatnieut of their inflammatory affections.
  8°.  Edinburgh, 1901.
    Balut (L.)  De l'anatomie des  sinus de la face et de
  leurs inflammations suppuratives.  Midi m6d., Toulouse,
  1893, ii, 257-263.—Bi-iihl  (G.)  Zur anatomischen  Dar-
  stellungsweise der Nebenhohlen  der  Nase.  Ztschr.  f.
  Ohrenh.,  Wiesb.,  1899, xxxvi, 144.  Also, transl. [Abstr.]:
  Arch. Otol., N. V., 1903, xxxii. 123. -----. Zur Anatomie
  der Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Verhandl. d.  Berl. med. Ge-
  sellsch. (1900), 1901, xxxi.pt.  2,249-259.  AUo: Berl. kliu.
  Wchnsehr.,  1900,  xxxvii, 913-916.  -----.  Die Zweithei-
  lung der  Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Ztschr.  f. Ohrenh.,
  Wiesb.,  1901-2, xl, 343-354, 10 pl.  AUo, transl.:  Arch.
  Otol., N. V., 1903, xxxii, 135-143.  AUo [Abstr.]:   Ver-
  handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch zu Berl. (1901), 1902, xii, 28.—
  Calamida (TJ.)  Terminazioni nervose nelle mucose dei
  aeni nasali.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, 455-461.— Clark
  (H.) The accessory sinuses.  Dental Pract., Buffalo, 1897,
  xxviii, 122-128.   [Discussion],  143-148.—Craig (R. H.)
  Some new features of the accessory cavities  of the nose.
  Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 482.—Eckley (W. T.) On the ac-
  cessory sinuses.  Illinois il. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v,
  953-957.   AUo: Chicago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 245-253.
  ----. Pbylogenetic evidence bearing on the function of
  the accessory sinuses in man and the higher vertebrates.
  Tr. Fourth Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila, 1905, i, 163-167.
  AUo: St. Louis M. Rev., 1904.  1, 321-325.  [Discussion],
  332.  Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1905, xlvii, 63-66.—
  Fillebrown (T.)  A study of the relation of the frontal
  sinus to  tbe antrum.  Tr. Am. Dent.  Ass.  1896, Phila.,
  1897, 96-109.  Also: Internat.  Dent. J., N. V. Sc Phila.,
  1897, xviii, 14-19.  Killian [G.]  Ueber communicirende
  Stirnhohlen.  Miiin-ben.  med. Wchnsehr.,  1897. xliv. 962.
  (Discussion],  976.  -----. Ein grosses Modell der Nasen-
  hohle zur Verwendung beim klinischen Unterricht.   Ver-
  handl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena,  1902,  xi, 90.—
  Ldwe (L.)  Ueber eine neue Sectionstnethode der Nasen-
  hohle und der angrenzenden Gebiete der Orbita,  des  Epi-
  pharynx und der Basis cranii.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],
  Berl.', 1901, clxiii, 179. — Higiiou (M.)  Emploi du di-
  apason dans l'exploration des cavites osseuses de la face.
  Cong, internat. do m6d.   C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1901. xiv, sect.
  de rbiuo-laryngol., 49-58.  AUo [with additions]: Ann. d.
  mal.  de l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 237-
  255— ron Tiihalkovics (V.)  Bau uud  Entwickelung
  tier pneumatischen Gesichtshohlen.  Verhandl. d. anat.
  Gesellsch., Jena, 1896, x, 44-63.—Mouret (J.)  Rapports
  du sinus frontal avec les cellules etbmoidales.  Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901. ii,  577; 609.— Murphy
  (J. W.)  Head sections showing tlie relation existing be-
  tween the nose and its accessory cavities.  Laryngoscope,
  St. Louis, 1901, xi, 420-439. —Onodi (A.)  Das Verhaltniss
  der Kieferhohie zur Keilbeiubohle und zu den vorderen
  Siebbeinzellen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900-
  1901. xi, 391-395, 2 pl.  Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryn-
  gol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i,  177-182. -----. Die Dehiszenzen
  der Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1903, xv. 62-71.  Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryu-
  gol.  [etc.J, Par., 1903, ii, 609-623.  -----. Adatok az orr
  mell6kiiregeinek ismeretehez. [Contribution to the knowl-
  edge of the accessory cavities of the nose.]  Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1904, xlviii. 57.  Also, transl.  : Pest, med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 558. -----. Az orr mellekure-
  geirol.  [The  accessorycavitiesoftbeno.se.]   Orvosi he-
  til., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 681; 700.—Pelaez Villegas
XOSE.
IVose  (Accessory sinuses of).
  (P. L.)  Contribucion al estudio de la anatomia delas celu-
  las ettnoidales y de la topografia de las aberturas de los
  senos maxilar, frontal y esfenoidal. .Rev. Ibero-Am. de
  cien. nied., Madrid, 1899, ii, 308-336.—Range (P.)  L'in-
  fundibulum et les orifices des sinus. Atti d. xi Cong. med.
  internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, vi.laringol., 171-178. — Rugani
  (L.)  Contributo alio studio istologico della mucosa delle
  cavita-  nasali  e  cavita accessorie.  Atti d.  Cong. d. Soc.
  ital.  di  laringol. [etc.] 1903, Napoli.  1904, vii, 198-201.—
  Stanculeanu  (G.) Des rapports  anatomiques entre
  les sinus de la  face et  l'appareil orbito-oculaire.  Arch.
  d'opht., Par.,  1902, xxii, 108; 248, 2 pl—Stephen.. (W. B.)
  The  nasal fossae and their accessory cavities. Tr. Calif.
  Dent. Ass., Sau Fran., 1904, 60-70.  Also:  Dental Digest,
  Chicago, 1905, xi, 241-249. Also: Pacific Dent. Gaz., San
  Fran., 1905, xiii, 454-463.—Todd-White  [A. T]  A pos-
  sible use of the antra,  frontal sinuses, etc.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond.,  1903, i, 963.—Ttirne (F.)  Das Vorkommen vou
  Bakterien und die Flimmerbewegung  in den Nebenhohlen
  der Nase; vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.
  [etc.], 1. Abt., Jeua, 1902-3, xxxiii. 250-255. -----.  Stu-
  dien  iiber die bakteriellen Verhaltnisse der Nasenneben-
  hohlen  und iiber  ibre   Scliutzmittel gegen  Bakterien.
  Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1904, 3. f., iv. afd. 1, no. 2,
  1; no. 6, 1.—Turner (A. L.)  On the illumination of the
  air sinuses of the skull, with some observations upon the
  surgical anatomy of the frontal sinuses.   Edinb. M. J.,
  1898, n. s., iii,  366; 460, 2  pl. — Winckler (E.)   Die
  Orientierung auf dem Rontgenbilde des Gesichtsschadels
  und  das Studium der oberen nasalen  Nebenhohlen auf
  demselben.   Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d.  Rontgenstrahlen,
  Hamb.,  1901-2, v, 147-157, 3 pl.

UTose  (Accessory   sinuses of  Abnormities

  of)-
    Menzel (K. M.)  Nebenhohlenanomalieu.  Monatschr.
  f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 414-422.—Panse (R.) Zwei
  Falle von Siuusbetheiligung nach Aufmeisselung.  Arch.
  f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900,  li, 23-26.—Scheier (M.) Ueber
  einige  Anomalien der Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Arch. f.
  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901, xii, 296-302.   AUo: Ver-
  handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1901), 1902, xii, 23;
  pt. 2, 7.  Also [Abstr.]:  Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1901,   Leipz.,  1902, lxxiii, pt.  2, med.
  Abth.,  354.  AUo, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 321-332.—Streit (H.)  Ueber'otolo-
  gisch wichtige  Anomalien  der  Hirnsisus, iiber  acces-
  sorische  Sinus  und bedeutendere Venenverbindungen.
  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, lviii, 161-167.

I\Tose  (Accessory sinuses  of, Diseases of).
    See,  also, Antrum, Ethmoid  bone,  Frontal
  sinus,  Diseases of; Nose (Accessory sinuses of,
  Inflammation  of); Nose  (Accessory  sinuses  of,
  Tumors of); Sphenoid sinus (Diseases of).
    Kisseleva (Mira).  * Contributiou  a  Peptide
  des affections ties organes  respiratoires consecn-
  tives aux  empyemes chroniques  des cavites ac-
  cessoires du nez.  8°.   Geneve, 190b.
    Lichtwitz (L.)   Ueber  die  Erkrauknngeu
  der Sinus oder Nebenhohlen der N;ise.   s3.  Ber-
  lin, 1894.
    Also,  in: Prag. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1894, xix, 243; 260;
  284; 298; 310; 371; 381;  393.  AUo, transl.  in:  Bull, med.,
  Par., 1893, vii, 947;  960.   Also, transl.  in:  Riv. di patol. e
  terap. d. mal. d. gola [etc.], Firenze, 1894, i, 25; 49;  77.
    Nikitin (V. N.)  Boliezni pridatochnlkh noso-
  vlkh polosti'!.   [Diseases of the accessory nasal
  cavities.]  h°.   S-.Peterburg, 1897.
    Schech (P.)   Die  Krankheiten der Nebenhoh-
  len der Nase.  2. Aufl.   s  .   Leipzig 4- Wien,
  1690.
    Repr. from his: Lehrb.  "Krankh. d.  Mundhohle"
  [etc.], Leipz. u. Wien, 1890.

    Zuckerkandl  (E.)   Normale und  patholo-
  gische Anatomie deiNasenhohle uud ihrer pneu-
  matischen Auhiinge.   8°.    Wien 4~ Leipzig, 18-8-
  92.
    -----.   The  same.   2.  Aufl.   8-.  Wien  $•
  Leipzig, lH'.KS.
    Abraham (J. H.)  Syphilitic empyema of the acces-
  sory sinuses of the nose, with a report of four cases.  Med.
  Rec, N. T., 1906, lxix, 345.—KiiNwnith (F. H.)  Various
  forms of disease of the  ethmoid cells.  N.  York M. J.,
  1891,  liv, 505-507.—Bi-i»g» (W. E.)  The diagnosis and
  treatment of the diseases of  tbe  accessory sinuses of the
  nose. OecidentalM. Times, Sacramento, 1*9.">, ix, 526-532.—
  Bryan (J. H.)  Diseases of the accessory sinuses of the
  nose.  Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose, A: Throat (Burnett), Phila., 
NOSE.
734
NOSE.
:Yose  (Accessory sinuses of,  Diseases of).
  1893, i, 743-775.—Bull (C. S.)  Some  points in the symp-
  tomatology, pathology, and treatment of diseases of the
  Binuses adjacent and secondary to the orbit.  Med. Rec,
  N. V.,  1899. lvi, 73-78.  AUo, Reprint.—Cheatham (W.)
  Diseases of the accessory sinuses of the nose; with cases.
  Virginia  M.  Mouth., Richmond,  1890-91,  xvii, 84-87.
  -----. Disease of the nasal cavity in  connection with dis-
  ease of the accessory sinuses.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1891,
  n. s., xxvii, 566.—Cheval (V.)  Traitement des 16sions
  infectieiises des cavites accessoires du nez.  Presse oto-
  larvngol. bei sie, Brux., 1905, iv, 481-51  ">.—Council (J. C.)
  Diseases of the accessory cavities of  the nose.  Kingston
  M.  Quart.. 1897-8, ii, 25-32. — Dela van (D.  B.)  The
  prophylaxis of sinus diseases.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1903, xl, 502-505.—Discussion on diseases of the acces-
  sory sinuses.  J.  Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii, 619-624.—
  Es'chwciler.   Beitrage zur pathologischen  Anatomie
  der Nebenhohlenempyeme.  1. Zur pathologischen Histolo-
  gie des chronischen Sternhohleiiempyems. Arch. f. Lar-
  yngol.  n.  Rhinol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 437-453, 2  pt — Far-
  low (J. W.)   A case of disease of the antrum and  the
  frontal and ethmoidal sinuses.  Tr. Am.  Larvngol. Ass.
  1898, NY Y., 1899, xx, 161-165.—Fraenkel (E.)   Beitrage
  zur Pathologie und  Aetiologie der  Nasenuebenhohlcn-
  Erkrankungen.   Arch.  f. Path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1896,
  cxliii, 42-98.—Garrison (J. B.)   Diseases of the accesso-
  ry sinuses.   Homceop. Eye, Ear and Throat J.,  N.  Y., I
  1905, xi, 427-443. —Gleitsmann (J. W.)  Praktiscbe
  Bemerkungen iiber Erkrankungen der Nebenhiihlen der
  Nase, mit Demonstration von Praparaten,  Zeichnungen
  und Instrumenteu.  N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1896, viii,
  123-135.  Also, transl.:  Ann.  Ophth.  & Otol., St. Louis, I
  1896, v. 364-374.—Hajek (M.)  Aetiologie nnd Diagnose
  der Nebenhdhleu-Erkiankungender Nase (mit Ausschluss
  der Kieferhohle).   Wien. klin. Rundschau,  1897, xi, 753-
  755.  -----.  Aetiologie,  Diagnose und Therapie der  Er-
  krankungen der Nasennebenhohlen (exclusive  der Ober-
  kieferhohle).  Compt.-rend Cong,  internat. de ni6d. 1897,
  Mosc,  1898, vi, sect. 12b,  130-136.—Harlan (G. C.)  Dis-
  tention of nasal accessory sinuses involving the orbit.
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix, pt. 1, 44-50.—
  Ilennicke.  Eiu Fall von Otitis media, Siuusthrombose,
  doppeltem  Kleinhirnabsoess.   Monatschr. f.   Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1902, xxxvi,  377-3.-0. — Holmes  (B.)  The diagnosis
  and treatment of infection of the accessory mucous cavi-
  ties of the respiratory, digestive, and genitourinary tracts.
  Laucet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. a.,  lv, 621 -626. — Hop-
  in a n u.  Die ideale Heilung eines Nebenhohleuempyems.
  Miinchen.  med. Wchuschr.,  1904, li,  408. — Jacques
  (P.)  Des progrds recents r6alis6s  dans le  diagnostic
  et le traitement  des  maladies des cavit6s annexes  des
  fosses  nasales.  Rev. m6d. de l'est,  Nancy, 1900, xxxii,
  97-110.—Kirkland (T. S.)  The pathological conditions
  of the crauial sinuses.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902. xvii,
  561-566. — Lipowski.  Ueber Erkrankungen der Stirn-
  und Kieferhohlen und eine neue Untersuchungsmethode
  derselben.  Arch. f.  path. Anat. [etc.],  Berl.,  1900, clxi,
  580-587.—Me Bride (P.)  Ueber Diagnose  uud Behand-
  lung der Krankheiten deraccessorischen Hohlen der Nase.
  Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1891.xvii,220-222.
  AUo [Abstr. |: Verhandl. d. x. internat.  med. Cong. 1890,
  Berl..  1892, iv, 12. Abth., 31.—lUalhcrbe (A.)  Mala-
  dies des cavit6s annexes des fosses nasales.  Bull. ni6d.,
  Par., 1901,xv, 641; 745: 1902, xvi, 441;  597; 781:  1903, xvii,
  350.—iTIuek(0.)  Ueber eine Voirichtung zum Ansaugen
  von Sekreten  aus den Nebenhiihleu der Nase.   Munchen.
  med. Wchnsehr.,  1905, lii, 2027.—My let  (R. C.)   Diagno-
  sis of the diseases  of the accessory sinuses, and their treat-
  ment.  N. York Polyclin., 1895, v, 9-17.  Also, Reprint.
  -----. Diseases of the accessory nasal sinuses, with sug-
  gestions regarding their treatment.  Med. News,  N.  Y.,
  1896. lxviii, 339-347. -----. Diseases and treatment of the
  nasal accessory sinuses, with an analytical report.   Tr.
  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol.  Sc Otol. Soc.  1896, N. Y., 1897, ii,
  93-106. AUo: Med. News, N. Y., 1897,  lxxi, 159-165.  -----.
  Diseases of the accessory sinuses.   Tr. Am.  Laryngol.
  Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903,  viii, 139-142.  Also:
  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902, xi, 422-427.
  Also: Laryngoscope, St.'Louis, 1902,  xii, 489-492.—Pal-
  mer (A. W.)  Extra-nasal diseases of the nose.  Tr. Am.
  Inst. Homceop. 1901,  N.  Y., 1902.  lvii, 460-473.  Also: J.
  Ophth.. Otol.. Sc Laryngol., N. Y.. 1901, xiii, 247-260. Also:
  N.  Am. J. Homceop.. N.  Y.. 1901, 3. s., xvi,  451-460.—
  Panse (R.)  Ein Fall vou Kiefer- und Keilbeinhohlentu-
  berculose mit todtlichem Ausgang. Arch. f. Laryngol u
  Rhinol., Berl.. 1900-1901, xi, 478— Peavler (G. M.)  Dis-
  eases of the accessory cavities of the nose.  Tr. M. Soc.
  Tennessee, Chattanooga, 1896,104-118.  Also: Med. News
  N. Y.,  1896, lxix, 393-396.  AUo: Internat. J. Surg., N. Y.'
  1896. ix, 226-229.   Also:  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter  Phila,,
  1896-7, lxxvi, 133-136.—Price (G. H.)  Diseases of the
  accessory  cavities of the uose.  Med. & Surg. Reporter
  Bost.,  1897,  lxxvii, 325. — Rdpke  ( F.)  Casnistische
  Beitrage zur  Pathologie uud Therapie  der Erkrankun-
  gen der Nasennebenhohlen.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh.  Wiesb
  1903, xliv, 183-188. — Schuefler (M.)  Zur  Diagnose
rVose (Accessory sinuses of, Diseases of).
   und Therapie der  Erkrankungen der Nebenhohlen  der
   Nase,  mit Ausuahme  des Sinus  maxillaris.  Deutsche
   nied. Wchnsehr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 905-907.—
   Scheck  (V.)  Diagnose und Therapie der Krankheiten
   der  Nebenhiihle der Nase.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.
   Leipz. u. Berl., 1891, xvii, 218-220.  Also: Munchen. med!
   Wchuschr.,  1890,  xxxvii,  703-705.   Also:  Wien  med'
   Wchnsehr., 1891, xii, 1891; 1937.  Also [Abstr.]:  Verhaudl.'
   d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1892, iv, 12. Abth.,
   32.  AUo, transl.: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1891, xi!
   97-103.— Schmidt (M.)  Eiuleitende Bemerkungen  zur
   Besprechung der Erkrankungen der  Nebenhohlen.  Ver-
   handl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch.  Laryngol.  1894-1903, Wiirzb.,
   1904, 39-45.—Siefert  (O.)  Du diagnostic  et  du  traite-
   ment des affections des sinus.  [Transl.]  Rev. hebd. de
   laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 721-724.—Silveslri
   (A.)  Le malattie dei seni della faecia.  Settimanamed.d.
   Sperimentale, Firenze, 1896,1, 27-29.—Strazza (G.) Dia-
   guosi e cura delle malattie dei sem annessi alle cavita,
   nasali. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. (etc.J, Firenze
   1892, i, 40-58.—Strubell (A.)  Ueber Staiistik der Nebeu-
   hohlenerkrankungen der  Nase.  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u.
   Rhinol.,  Berl.,  1903, xiv, 461-469.—Mtueky (J. A.) Dis-
   eases of the accessory and nasal cavities.  Tr.  Kentucky
   M. Soc,  Louisville, 1896, n. s., v, 201-209.  Also: Am.
   Pract. Sc News, Louisville,  1896, xxi, 481-486.— Sympo-
   sium; disease of the accessory sinuses.  Ann.  Otol., Rhi-
   nol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905,  xiv, 431-528.—Travis
   (B. F.)  Diseases and treatmentof the accessory sinuses
   of the nose.  Internat. J. Surg.,  N.  Y., 1897, x.  14-16.—
   Varcsc (P. M.)  Contributo alio studio delle malattie dei
   seni della  faecia.  Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1895-6, iii,  96-
   125.—Vcrnieuwe.  A propos d'un cas de cancroi'de des
   sinus.  Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 213-216.—
   Wcrtheim.(E.) Beitrage zur Pathologie und Klinik der
   Erkrankungen der Nasennebenhohlen.  A rch. f. Laryngol.
   u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, xi, 169-234.  AUo [Abstr.]: Jahresb.
   d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult.  1900,  Bresl, 1901,
  lxxviii, 1. Abt., 23-28.—Winslow (J.  R.)  A contribu-
   tion  to the study of the diseases of the accessory nasal
   sinuses.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol.  Soc. 1896,
   N. Y., 1897,  ii,  87-92.—Wright  (G. A.)  Remarks on
   some affections  of  the accessory  nasal  cavities. Med.
   Chron., Manchester, 1894, n. s., i, 241-246.—Wright (J.)
   Diseases of the accessory siuuses of the nose.  Twentieth
   Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1896, vi, 77-106.—Zainiko.   Ueber
   die Therapie der Entziiuuungen der Kiefer- und der Stirn-
   hohle.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1900,
   ix, 11-30.

I¥ose (Accessory  sinuses of, Foreign bodies

   in).
     Haenisch (G. F.)  * Fremdkorper in der Stirn-
   und Oberkieferhohle.  8°.  Strassburg i.  E., 1901.
     Betz.  Ein  Fall von Fremdkorper iu der Keilbein-
   hohle.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903,
   Wiirzb., 1904, 13.—JLdhnbcrg.   Zwei Falle von Fremd-
   kiirperu in  Nasennebeuhohlen.   Munchen.  med. Wchn-
   sehr., 1901, xlviii, 1791.—Sternfeld (H.)  Spontane Aus-
   stossung einer Zahnwurzel aus der Kieferhohle durch die
   Nase 14 Jahre nach dem Auftreteu eines akuten Kiefer-
   hohlen-Eiupyems; nebst Bemerkungen iiber  Fremdkorper
   in den Nebenhohlen.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
   1906, xviii, 185-194.

IVose (Accessory sinuses of,  Inflammation

   [and abscess] of).
     See,  also,  Nose  (Diseases of)  in  children;
   Sphenoid sinus (Inflammation of).
     Hajek  (M.)   Pathologie   und  Therapie  der
   entziindlieheu Erkrankungen der  Nebenhohlen
   der  Nase.   8°.   Leipzig 4r Wien, 1899.
     -----.  The same.   2. vermehrte  Aufl.   8°.
   Leipzig 4' Wien, 1903.
     Stolper (B.)   * Achtuudzwanzig  Fiille von
   Euipyem der Nasennebenhohlen.   r>°.  Breslau,
   1899.
     Turner (A. L.)   The accessory sinuses of the
   nose; their  surgical auatomy and  the diagnosis
   and treatment of their inflammatory aflections.
   8J.   Edinburgh, 1901.
     Baginsky (B.)  Ueber die chronischen Eiternngen
   der  Nebenhohlen  der  Nase.  Veroffentl.  d.  Hufeland.
   Gesellsch. in Berl.  Vortr. (1895), 1896, 106-120.   Also:
   Berl. klin. Wchuschr.,  1896,  xxxiii,  116-120. — Bauiii-
   garteu (E.)  Higbmor-iireg, rostacsontsejtek es homlo-
   kobolgenyedes esete.  [Suppuration of antrum, ethmoidal
   cells, ami frontal sinus.]  Orr-, gege-es  fulgyGgy., Buda-
   pest, 1904, 140—Betts (W. W.)  Suppurative diseases of
   the accessory sinuses of the nose.  Tr. Wyoming M. Soc.
   1898, Denver, 1899, 31-40.  Also.- Denver M. Times, 1898-9, 
NOSE.
735
NOSE.
j\os»e (Accessory sinuses  of, Inflammation

  [and abscess]  of).
  xviii, 383-390.—Boulet  (R.)  Sinusites ou suppurations
  des cavites de la face.  Union med. du Canada, Montreal,
  1901, xxx. :37 : 1902, xxxi, 7.  AUo [Abstr.]: Rev. med. du
  Canada, Montreal, 1901-2, v, 37.—Braunschweig.  Ue-
  ber kombiuirtes Empyeui der Gesicbtsbdhleu.   Miinchen.
  med. Wchuschr., 1901, xlviii, 1166-1169.  AUo: Verhandl.
  d. Ver. d. Aerzte  zu Halle a.  S., Munchen, 1900-1901,
  166-176.—Bresgen (M.)   Die Entziindungen der Nason-
  liohleu, des Rachens und des Kehlkopfes,  besonders auch
  in ihren  Beziehungen zu einauder sowie  zu anderen be-
  nachbarten oder entfernteren Gebildeu.  Samml. zwangl.
  Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr.,
  Halle a.  S., 1902, vi,  36; 91;  107. — Brieger (0.)   Ue-
  ber  chronische  Eiterungen der Nebenhohlen der Nase.
  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f.  vaterl. Knit. 1894, Bresl.,
  1895,  lxxii, 1. Abth., med. Sect., 91-94.—Bryan  (J. H.)
  A further contribution to the study of suppurative disease
  of the accessory sinuses, with report of cases.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol.  Ass.  189."., N. Y.,  1896, xvii, 76-94.  Also: N.
  York M. J., 1895, lxii, 450-156. AUo, Reprint.  AUo:  Med.
  Repr., Lond., 1896, vii,  81-85.— Cobbledick  (A. S.)
  Chronic  suppuration in the nasal sinuses; its diagnosis
  and treatment.  Clin. J., Lond.,  1900-1901, xvii, 349; 363.—
  Cohn (G.)  Nebenbohlenempyeme.  Arch. f. Laryngol.,
  Berl., 1906, xviii, 83-87.—Cooper (B.)  Chronic suppura-
  tion of the accessory nasal sinuses.   Laucet,  Lond., 1899,
  ii, 340.—Craig (R. H.)   A brief consideration of empyema
  of the accessory cavities  of the nose.  .Montreal M. J.,
  1899, xxviii, 266-269. -----. Combined empyema of the
  left frontal and ethmoidal cavities.  Ibid., 1905, xxxiv,
  256.—Crocket (A. P.)  Chronic suppuration of the ac-
  cessory cavities of tbe nose.  Maritime M. News, Halifax,
   1903, xv, 187-193. — Belie.  Sinusites chroniques maxil-
   laires.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi,
   140-148.—Be Benzi  (E.)   Sopra  un caso di  sinusite
   puruleuta dei seni sfenoidali ed etmoidali p .steriori.  N.
   riv. clin.-terap., Napoli,  1906,  ix, 69-73.—Bi Santo.
   Mucocele  suppurato dei seni  frontali con mucocele del
   seno etnioidale destro.  Ann. di  ottal., Pavia,  1905, xxxiv,
   846.—Biscussion (A) on the  etiology and  diagnosis of
   ethmoidal and  sphenoidal suppurations.  Brit.  M. J.,
   Lond., 1902, ii, 595-601.—Dunn (J.)  Diseases of the eye,
   ear, nose, and throat; case notes [empyema of the sinusesj.
   Virginia M. Semi-Month.. Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 299-302.—
   Eberhardt (W.) Inflammatory diseases of the accessory
   nasal  cavities.  Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1905, xxii, 401-405.—
   Etiology (The)  and diagnosis of ethmoidal and  sphe-
   noidal suppurations. [Discussion]   J. Laryngol., Lond.,
   1902, xvii, 598-619.—Farlow (J. W.)  A case of disease
   of the antrum and the frontal and ethmoidal sinuses.  N.
   York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 883.  [Discussion], 897. — Fein
   (J. )  Zur Cbarakteristik der  Nebenhohleneiterungen.
   Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lv,  513-518.—Fink (E.)  Die
   entziindlichen  Krankheiten der Nebenhohlen.  Aerztl.
   Prax., Berl.  u. Leipz.,  1903, xvi, 87; 99;  111.------Die
   neueren Fortschritte in der Pathologie und Therapie der
   Nebenhohleneiterunsreu.   Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1904,
   xxix, 63; 83.—Flatau (T. S.)  Due casi di empiema uni-
   lateral  di tutte le cavita. nasali  accessorio, con considera-
   zioni sulla diaguosi e terapia.   Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.],
   Torino, 1897. v, 250-256.—Gibb  (J. S.)  Tho diagnosis aud
   treatment of inflammation of the accessory nasal  sinuses.
   Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 149-153.—Goris (C.)  Relations
   entre les sinusites chroniques et la sant6 generale.  Presse
   med. beige, Brux., 1896,  xlviii, 323. — «»riinwald (L.)
   The etiology and diagnosis of  ethmoidal and sphenoidal
   suppurations.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,
   1902, xi, 704-710.  Also, transl.: Ann. d.  mal. de l'oreille,
   du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii, 210-216.  AUo,  transl.:
   Parole.  Rev.internat. do rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n.s., iv,
   604-611.—Hagedorn (M.) Ueber chronische Eiterun-
   gen in den Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Aerztl. Prax., Leipz.,
   1900, xiii, 211; 228.—Hajek (M.)  Zur Diagnose und in-
   tranasalen chirurgischen  Behandlung des  hinteren Sieb-
   beinlabyrinthcH.  Arch.  f. Laryngol.  u. Rhinol.,  Berl.,
   1904, xvi, 105-143.—Hanger  (F. M.) Empyema of the
   accessory sinuses of the nose.   Atlanta M. Sc  S. J., 1898-9.
   n. s., xv, 145-155.—II ardie (T. M.)  A case of empyema of
   the sphenoidal sinuses and posterior ethmoidal cells.  Tr.
   Illinois M. Soc, Chicago,  1894, xliv, 409-419.— Henriei
   &  Haeflner.  Bedingen Eiterungen der Nasenneben-
   hohlen  eine  Einengung  des Gesichtsfeldes?  Miinchen.
   med. Wchnsehr., 1904, li, 2178-2180.—Hei-zfeId (J.) Die
   Eiterungen dec Nebenhohlen der Nase.   Samml.  klin.
   Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1896, No. 103 (Chir.,  No. 46, 561-582).
  AUo [Abstr.]: Allg. med.Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 1139;
  1153. AUo [Abstr.]: Zahnarztl.Wchnbl.,Hamb., 1895-6,ix,
  221; 228.—Hitz (H. B.)  The recognition and careof catar-
  rhal diseaseof the accessory sinuses. Wisconsin M. J., Mil-
  waukee, 1903, i. 34-39.— Ingersoll (J. M.)  Empyema of
  the accessory cavities of the nose. Cleveland J. M., 1896,
  i, 154-157.  [Discussion),  169-175. -----. Sinusitis nasi.
  Ibid.  1898,  iii,  149-154.   [Discussion],  178-183. Also:
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, v. 212-218.  AUo, Reprint.—
  lnonye (T.)   [Three  patients with inflammatory proc-
HJose (Accessory sinuses  of, Inflammation

  [and abscess] of).
  esses of the  frontal, ethmoid, aud sphenoid sinuses, with
  one having on ulcer.]  Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi,
  Tokyo, 1900, iv, 413-433.  AUo: IuouyeGankwaDosokwai
  Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1900, 621 - 636. — Jacques.  Deux cas
  d'empyeme chronique quadruple des siuus de la face. Rev.
  mod. lie Test, Nancy, 1901, xxxiii, 726. — Jansen.   Neue
  Erfahrungen iiber chrouische Nebenhohleneiterungen der
  Nase.   Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902, lvi, 110-112.—Kalt
  Sc Golesccauo.   Perisinusite  frontale  avec  lesions
  miuimes du  sinus.   Arch, internat. de laryngol.  fete].
  Par., 1903, xvi, 357-360.—Kellogg (F. B.)  Empyema of
  the nasal accessory sinuses.  J. Ophth., Otol., & Laryngol.,
  N. Y., 1894, vi, 22-28. — King (H. M.)  Suppurative  dis-
  ease of the accessory sinuses of the nose.  Jr. Mich. M.
  Soc, Detroit, 1894, xviii, 339-354.   AUo: N.York M. J.,
  1894, lx, 75-78.  AUo,  Reprint. — Lack (H. L.)  The
  etiology aud diagnosis ot  ethmoidal and sphenoidal sup-
  purations.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St.  Louis,
  1902, xi, 711-729. — I.asalle (J. J.)  Empyema ofthe ac-
  cessory  sinuses of the  nose.  Toledo M. Sc S. Reporter,
  1904, xxx, 330-333.—Lanbi.  Vortrag iiber  Eiterungen
  der  Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,
  Basel, 1897, xxvii, 364-371.  Also, transl. [Abstr.l:J.  La-
  ryngol., Loud., 1897, xii, 452-455.— -liermoyez (Al.)   Di-
  agnostic et traitement  des sinusites aigues de la face a,
  l'usagedes non rhinologistes. Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 85-
  s-8.—Liichtwitz (L.)   Disproportion entre la frequence
  des enipyemes des cavit6s accessoires du nez sur le vivant
  etsurlexadavre.  Cong, franc d6m6d. Rapp., Par., 1899, v,
  615-617.— Liindt (W.)  Zur Diagnose und Therapie der
  chronischen Eiterungen der Nebenhohlen der Nase. Cor.-
  Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1898, xxviii,  129; 170.  [Discus-
  sion],  185.—ITIagro (F.)   Algunas consideraciones sobre
  los empiemas de los senos de la nariz. Rev. de med. y ci-
  rug. prdct., Madrid, 1897,  xl, 401-410.—Moure.  Sinusite
  fronto-ethmoido-maxillairedouble.  Gaz. hebd. d.sc m6d.
  de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 122.—Murray (W. R.)  The eti-
  ology, diagnosis, and treatment of acute inflammations of
  the anterior group ofthe nasal accessory sinuses.  Nurth-
  west. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 146-i53.—Nelson  (P.)
   Suppurative disease of the accessory sinuses  of tbe nose.
   Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 217-239.—Palcn (G.J.)
   Empyema of the nasal accessory cavities. Tr. Homceop.
   M. Soc. Penn. 1899, Phila., 1900, 283-286. — P-olyak ( L.)
   Mindkfrtoldali homlokobol, ikobol 6s rostasejtempyema
   esete.  [Empyema of entire frontal and sphenoid  sinuses
  and ethmoid cells.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii,
   379. — Power (D' A.)  On inflammation of tbe accessory
   sinuses of the nose.  Clin. J., Lond.,  1903, xxii, 321-324.—
   Roberts (A.)  Suppuration in the nasal accessory si-
   nuses.  Tr. Reading Path.  Soc, 1896-7, ii, 53-61.—Scha-
   die (J. E.)  The aetiology and diagnosis  of  empyema of
   the accessory tiuuses of trie nose.  St. Paul M. J., St. Paul,
   Minn., 1899,  i, 9, 3 pl. [front.]; 83, 11., 5pl. [front.]. AUo,
   Reprint.—Schuster.  Quelques remarques  sur les sup-
   purations des  sinus profond du nez.  Rev.  de  laryngol.
    etc.], Par.,  1893, xiii, 607.  Also:  Soc beige  d'otol. et de
    aryngol.  C.-r., Brux.,  1893, iv, 79. -----. Zur Lehre
   von deu Eiterungen der tiefereu Nebenhohlen der Nase.
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix,  917-
   919.—Seifert (O.)   Zur Diagnose  und  Therapie der Er-
   krankungen der Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Sitzungsb. d.
   phys.-med.  Gesellsch. zu  Wiirzb., 1899, 80-88.—Shearer
   (T.  L.)  Acute aud chronic inflammation  of  the nasal ac-
   cessory cavities. J. Ophth., Otol., Laryngol., N. Y., 1898,
   x, 17-28.—Shields (W. B.)  Suppurative disease of the
   accessory nasal cavities.  Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1904,
   xi, 419-421.—Smy the (H.E.) Empyema of the accessory
   sinuses ofthe nose.   Yale M. J.,N. Haven, 1897-8, iv,292-
   i>97.—Sprague (F. B.)  Empyema of the nasal accessory
   cavities. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1897, vii, 85;
   105. — Sticda (A.)  Verkaste Nebeuhohlenempyenie der
   Nase.   Ztscbr. f.  Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xlii, 126-136.
   AUo,  transl.:  Arch. Otol.,  N. Y., 1903, xxxii, 356-363.—
   Stout (G. C.)  Chronic empyema of the accessory nasal
   cavities, with report of 7  cases.   Phila. M. J., 1899, iv,
   395-398.—Stucky  (J. A.)  Acute sinusitis.  J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 505-508. -----. Suppuration of the
   nasal accessory sinuses.  Lancet-Clinic,  Cincin.,  1904, n.
   s., liii, 621-627. -----. Clinical report of chronic suppura-
   tion of nasal  accessory  sinuses.   [Abstr.]  Louisville
   Month. J. M. &  S., 1905-6, xii,  290-292.—Suarez  de
   Mendoza.  Contribution au diagnostic et au traitement
   des sinusites dela face.  Assoc, franc.dechir. Proc.-verb.
   [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 250-263.—Symonds (C.J.) [et al.].
   A discussion on tbe diagnosis ami treatment of empyema
   of tbe nasal accessory  sinuses.   Brit. M.  J., Lond.,1894,
   ii, 1355-1362.—Thomson (St. C.)  A case of multiple
   sinusitis.  Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 405.—Tilley  (H.)  A
   case of mastoid, antral and  two cases of frontal sinus sup-
     Euration.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 888.—Vausant (E.
     i.)   A brief note on the pathology,  diagnosis, and treat-
   ment of nasal accessory-sinus affections.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
   Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1375.—Veis (J.)  Die Nebenhohlen-
   eiterungen der Nase in ihrer Wichtigkeit fiir den prak- 
NOSE.
736
NOSE.
A owe (Accessory sinuses  of, Inflammation

  land abscess] of).
  tischen Arzt.   Wien. klin.  Rundschau,  1899, xiii,  613;.
  636. —Walsham (W. J.) On chronic purulent catarrh
  of the accessory nasal sinuses.  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep.,
  Loud., 1894, xxx, 237-245.— Weil  (M.)  Zur Patholo-
  gie und  Therapie der Eiterungen der Nasennebenhoh-
  len insbesondere der Kieferhohlen.  Wien. med. Wchu-
  schr..  1897,  xlvii, 705; 761; 814;  865;  909; 965.—West-
  macott (F. H.)  Inflammation of the accessory sinuses
  ofthe nose.  Med. Chron., Manchester, 1902, 4. s., iii, 145-
  182.— While  (J. A.)  Some remarks about  accessory
  sinus disease.  Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903,
  viii, 189-193. — Wilson (N.  L.)   Acute inflammation of
  the accessory sinuses of tbe nose.   Gaillard's M. J., N. Y.,
  1903, lxxix, 235-239.—Woodward (J. H.)  Empyema of
  the accessory sinuses of tho nose.  Med. News,  N. Y.,
  1903, lxxxii, 347-351.—Wright (D.)   Some observations
  on chronic suppuration in the accessory nasal cavities.
  Homieop. Eye, Ear <fc Throat J., N. Y., 1902, viii, 33-50.—
   Wright (R.  A.)  Empyemas ofthe nasal accessory cav-
  ities  with a report  of cases where the antrum of High-
   more was involved.   N. York M. J., 1900. lxxii, 148-153.—
   Ziem (C.)  Ueber Aetiologie und Therapie der eitriyen
   Erkrankungen der Nase und ihrer Nebenhohlen, die Be-
   deutung der Diatetik nnd Hygiene hierbei.  Monatschr.
   f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 341-361.

 ]¥ose (Accessory sinuses  of  Inflammation

   of,  Causes and pathology of).
     Maktin  (J.-M.-L.-F.)  * De la  frequence de
  Fempyeme des cavites accessoires du nez.   (Re-
   cherches anatomo-pathologiques  et cliniques.)
   8°.   Bordeaux, 1699.
     Skrodzki (W.)   *Zur Aetiologie der Neben-
   hohlenempyeme.   8°.  Berlin, 189b.
     Ardenne.  Sinusite ethmoidofronto-maxillaire et sy-
   philis.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 197-
   199.  AUo: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, ii, 730-
   733.—Bernard (R.)  Sinusite aigue non suppur6e&pneu-
   mocoqnes.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii,
   961-967.—Bryant(D. C.) The pathological importance of
   diseases of the accessory sinuses of the nose.  Med. Herald,
   St. Joseph, 1901, n. »., xx, 269-273. — Calamida (U.) &
   Bertarelli  (E.)  Sulla flora batterica dei seni nasali  e
   deb" orecchio  medio.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,
   1902,4. s., viii, 213-220.  Also: Arch.  ital. di  otol. [etc.],
   Torino, 1902-3, xiii, 86-93.—Chauveau (C.)   Determina-
   tions  syphilitiques des  sinus frontaux  et  maxillaires.
   Arch, internat.  de  laryngol. [etc.J, Par.,  1905, xix, 414-
   418.—Cordes (H.)   Beitrag zur Aetiologie der chroni-
   schen Nasenuebenhohlen-Empyeme. Samml. zwangl. Ab-
   handl.  a. d. Geb. de Nasen-, Ohren-,  Mund-  u. Halskr.,
   Halle a. S., 1901, v, 158-165.—Cozzolino (V.)  Essai de
   l'atlas, compos6 de 21 photographies,  pour demoutrer le
   chemin parcouru daus les fosses nasales, dans les diffe-
   rentes positions de la tete, par les exsudats phlogistiques
   qui sorteut de rbostium de chaque sinus par une sinusite
   ou par plusieures sinusites simultan6es.  Internat. med.-
   phot. Monatschr., Leipz.,  1894, i, 229-234.-B'Frcole
   (V.)  Un caso di sinusiti combinate consecutive a sifilde
   nasale terziana.  Gazz. med. di  Torino, 1897,  xlviii, 563-
   573.— Form, Tatogenia dela sinusitis en general.  Cien-
   cia mod., Madrid, 1897, iv,  398-402.—Goris. Relations
   entre les sinusites chroniques et  la sant6 g6n6rale.  Bull.
   Soc.  beige d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux.,  1896, i, 84-86.—
   Howard (W.  T.), jr., Sc ingersoll (J. M.)  Notes on
   the aetiology of  inflammation of the accessory sinuses of
   the nose.  Tr. OhioM. Soc, Norwalk, 1897, 353-359.   AUo:
   Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxxi, 393-395.-----------. A con-
   tribution to our knowledge ofthe etiology of inflammations
   of the accessory sinuses of the nose.  Am. J. M. Sc. Phila.,
   1898, n. s., cxv, 520-543.—Krauss (W. C.) On the close
   relation between the nasal and cranial cavities aud some
   of the dangers of such relationship.   Tr. M. Soc. N. Y.,
   Phila., 1899, 331-340.-Kyle (D. B.) Relation ofthe nasal
   and accessory cavities and dental lesions.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
   Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 890— Lapalle (P.)  Tableau statis-
   tique de 169 autopsies de sinus  de la face; rapports des
   empv^mes deces sinus avec les maladies g6n6rales.  Arch.
   internat. de laryngol. |etc],  Par., 1899, xii, 225-229.  Also:
   Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux,  1899, xx, 207-209.—
   .Lewis (0. J.)  &. Turner (A. D.)  Suppuration in the
   accessory sinuses of the nose; a bacteriological and clin-
   ical research.  Edinb. M. J., 1305, n. s , xviii, 393-421.—
   Liichtwitz.  Disproportion entre la frequence des em-
   pyfemes des cavit6s accessoires du nez sur le vivant et sur
   le cadavre.   Aun.  d. mal.  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],
   Par., 1899, xxv, pt. 2, 461-467.—M'Beun (G.  M.)   Acute
   infections of  the air sinuses of the skull.  Clinique. Chi-
   cago,  1904, xxv, 5-9.— Palmer (A. W.)  Etiology and
   pathology of suppurative diseases of t lie accessory sinuses
   of the nose.   Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1902,
   viii, 2-10, 1 pl.—Pearce (It. M.)  The bacteriology ofthe
   accessory sinuses ofthe nose in diphtheria and scarlet fe-
 fose  (Accessory  sinuses  of, Inflammation
  of,  Causes and pathology of).
  ver.  J. Bost, Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 215-223.  Also,  Re-
  print.—Phillips (W. L.)  Eyestrain as a causative  fac-
  tor in sinusitis.  Am. Med.,  1'hila.,  1904. viii, 504-508.—
  Boyet.  Sur une periode  paradoxale de revolution  des
  sinusites et quelques antics causes de chronicite.  Arch.
  internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix,  731-740.—
  Sauvez (E.)  Sur le diagnostic de 1'origiue dentaire dans
  les sinusites.  Odontologie, Par., 1905, 2. s., xx, 581-587.—
  Shearer  (T. L.)  The  relation of polypoid growths to
  accessory sinus disease.  Homreop. Eye, Ear & Throat J.,
  N. Y.,  1904, x, 149-158. — Sondermann.  Vorkommen
  und  Behandlung der Nebenliolilenerkrankungeu bei  Tu-
  berculose der Luftwege.  Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstat-
  tenw.,  Leipz., 1905. vii. 173-180.—Stacy (II. S.)  The bac-
  teriology of the sinuses.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii,
  566-571. — Stanculeanu Sc  Ban p.  La  bacteriologie
  des empy^nies des sinus  de la face.  Arch. d. sc. med.  . . .
  do Bucarest, Par., 1900, v. 121-146.  Also: Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xiii, 177-192. Also [ Abstr.l:
  Cong,  internat. do med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'ophtal.,
  103. —Wilson (I. P.)  Pathological conditions of the air-
  cavities of  the cranium, resulting from dental lesion.  Tr.
  World's Columbian Dent. Cong., Chicago, 1894, i, 374-389.

]Uo*e  (Accessory sinuses  of, Inflammation

  of,  Complications  and  sequela; of).
     Bekger (E.) & Tyhman (J.)   Die  Krank-
  heiteu  der   Keilbein-Hohle   uud des Siebbeiu-
  Labyrinthes, uud ihre Beziehuugen  zu Erkran-
  kungen des Sehorganes.   8y   Wiesbaden, 1660.
     Brandt (1~>.\  * Beitrage zu deu orbitalen Com-
  plicationen der Entziiudnng der  Nebenhohlen
  uud ihrer Operation.   8J.  Freiburg j. B., 1902.
     Cehaso (C.)   Le  malattie oculari iu rapporto
  alle malattie delle cavita dei seui della faecia e
  del  cranio,   v. 1.  12°.  Torino, 1901.
     Luc (H.)   Lecons  sur  les  suppuratious  de
  l'oreille moyenne et des cavites  accessoires des
  fosses nasales  et leurs complications intracra-
  niennes.  b°.   Paris, 1900.
     Stanculeanu (G.)   * Rapports auatomiques
  et pathologiques eutre  les  sinus  de la face et
  de l'appareil orbito-oculaire.   8°.   Paris,  1902.
     Alexander (F.)  Znr Kenntnis  der Aiigenkomplika-
  tionen  bei  NebeuhShlenempyem.  Verhandl. d. deutsch.
  otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1905, 191-196.—Axenfeld  (T.)   Ein
  Beitrag zur Pathologie uud Therapie der iroutalen und der
  ethmoidalen Sinusitis und ihrer orbitalen Complikationen.
  Deutsche med. Wclinschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii,
  713-716.  AUo, transl: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1904, xxv,
  232-237.—Barnhill (J. F.)  The causative relation ofthe
  head sinuses to local and general disease.   Centr. States
  M.  Monit., Indianap.,  1906,  ix,  427-431.—Bosworth
  (F. H.)  A case of suppurative ethmoid disease followed
  by invasion of the sphenoidal sinus, abscess of the brain,
  and  death.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895, N. Y.,  1896, xvii,
  74-76.  [Discussion], 90-94.—Braunschweig (P.)  Ue-
  ber combinirtes Empyem der Gesichtshohlen.  Miiuchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xlviii, 1166-1169.—Brindel.  Sinu-
  sites et  complications broncho-pulmonaires. Kev. hebd.
  de larvngol.  [etc.l, Par.,  1898, xviii, 161-170.—Broe-
  ckaert. Opacites du corps vitre et decollement retinien &
  la suite de sinusite 6thmoido-frontale.  Ibid., 1901, i, 14-19.
  AUo, transl.: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. &  Laryngol., St. Louis.
  1901, x, 52-56.—Bryan (J.  H.)   Chronic abscess of the
  frontal,  ethmoidal, and sphenoidal  sinuses, followed by
  meningitis and death.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y.,
  1900, xxi, 193-198.  Also  • N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 77-79.
  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Chronic empyema of the frontal,
  ethmoidal, and both sphenoidal sinuses, with extensive ne-
  crosis  of these bones, complicated with adenoma of the pos-
  terior  ethmoidal and sphenoidal regions. Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol.  Ass. 1901, N.Y., 1902,xxiii, 65-85.  Also:  Am.J.M.Sc,
  Phila. <fcN. Y., 1902, n.s., exxiv, 416-432.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Caldwell (G. W.)  Diseases of the pneumatic sinuses
  ofthe  nose, aud their relation  to certain affections of the
  eye.  Med. Rec,  N.  Y., 1893, xliii,  425-4J7—C'onnal
   (J. G.)  Combined empyemata involving all the accessory
  nasal  cavities on the left side.  Glasgow M. J., 1903, lx,
  437.—Craig (R. H.)  Cerebral complications caused by
   extension  from the accessory cavities of  the  nose. X.
   York M. J.,  1900, lxxi, 420-422.  -----.  Empyema of the
   right sphenoidal cavity  and posterior ethmoidal cells, as-
   sociated with complete occlusion of the right  posterior
   naris.  Montreal M.  J., 1904,  xxxiii,  794-790.-Cranier
   (E ) Ein  Fall akutester Vereiterang aller Nebenhohlen
   der  Nase  mit  schwerer Beteiliguug des  Auges   Klin.
   Monatsbl.  f.  Augenh.. Stuttg.. 1906, xliv, 69-73-t uster
   (H.  J.)  Empyema of  maxillary sinus, complicated by
   empyema of contiguous sinuses.  Dental Cosmos, rnila., 
NOSE.
737
NOSE.
IVose  (Accessory sinuses of, Inflammation

  of  Complications and sequela' of).
  1900, xlii, 228-233.  Also: Dental Reg., Cincin., 1900, liv,
  129-143.—Bor (L.)  Sinusites  sphenoidale et maxillaire
  consecutives il uue 16sion specifique de  la base du crane;
  complications oculaires.  Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 113-115.—
  Dun n (J.)  Remarks upon a caseof asthma, with especial
  reference to the ethmoidal cells aud the probability of their
  involvement in certain cases of reflex  asthma having no
  visible intranasal changes; functions  of the  ethmoidal,
  frontal, sphenoidal, and maxillary air-chambers. Virginia
  M. Semi-Month.. Richmond, 1896-7, i, 281-284.—Finlay
  (C. E.)   A caseof thrombophlebitis of thecavernous sinus,
  complicating an  empyema of the sphenoidal sinuses .and
  ethmoidal cells, mistaken for a thrombophlebitis of the
  lateral  sinus.  Arch. Otol., N.  Y., 1903, xxxii, 419-421.—
  Goris.  Relations entre ies sinusites chroniques  et la
  sante generale.  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
  Par., lf-97, vii,  210. -----. Sur deux oas de sinusites com-
  pliquees.  Ann.de I'lnst. chir.de Brux., 1900, vii, 167-170.
  AUo: Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1900, v, 18-24.—
  Greene (D. W.)  A case of unrecognized empyema of
  the right sphenoidal sinus;  great  exophthalmus and di-
  vergence of right  eyeball;  extensive edema of  right
  side  of face and  neck;  autopsy.  Ophth. Hoc, Chicago,
  1897, vi, 346-350.—Greiffenhagen (W.)  Ceber Neben-
  hohlenempyeme und deren Folgekrankheiten.  St. Petersb.
  med. Wchuschr., 1899, n. 1*'., xvi, 1-6.  [Discussion], 25.—
  Hansell (H.  F.)- A caseof acute loss of vision from dis-
  ease  ofthe ethmoid and sphenoid cavities.  Med. Sc Surg.
  Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxv, 101-105.  [Discussion], 128.
  AUo: Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 201-205.—Hauszel (F.)
  Abces du retrophai vnx compliquant une sinusite nasale.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx  [etc.]. Par., 1903, xxix,
  356-361.—Holme* (C. R.)   Head pains and  eye symp-
  toms caused by inflammation of the accessory sinuses of
  the m>se.   Ohio M.  J., Columbus, 1905-6, i,  353-370.—
  Hughes (M.  A.)   Abscess ofthe brain.   Denver M.
  Times,  1897-8.  xvii, 157-160.— Inouye (T.)    [A case of
  suppurating ulcer in three patients of the sinus frontalis,
  ethnioido-sphenoidalis, and sphenoidalis.]  Juntendo Iji
  Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, 18-24. -----. Ein Fall
  des multipelauftreteuden Abscesses im Sinus frontalis uud
  sphenoidales sowie in den Cellula? ethmoidales.   [Japanese
  text.]  Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 395-
  407.—Jacques.  Fronto-ethmoiditefongueuseavec exor-
  bitisme  et diplopie.  Soc. de med.  de Nancy.   C.-r. . . .
  Mem., 1902-3, 84.—Joachim  (O.)  The influence of dis-
  eases ofthe accessory cavities on the general health.  Tr.
  Louisiana M. Soc, N."Oil., 1896,283-290. —Kanasugi (E.)
  Ein Fall vou Emp.yem des  Sinus ethmoidals,  complicirt
  mit Exophthalmus und Orbitalabscess.   [Japanese  text.]
  Ztschr.  d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1896. x, 759-761,1 pl.—
  Kretschmann.  Sepsis, verursacht durch Empyem der
  Nasennebeuhohlen.   Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1905, lii,
  359.—de Lapenonne (F.)  De quelques manifestations
  orbitaires des sinusites.  Arch, d'opht., Par.,  1898,  xviii,
  358-365.  AUo: Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 243-245. -----.
  Des complications  orbitaires et oculaires des sinusites.
  Bull,  et mem.  Soc. franc, d'opht.,  Par., 1902,  xix,  1-99.
  AUo, Reprint.  AUo [Abstr.]: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du
  larynx  [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii, 217-245.  AUo lAbstr.]
  Clin,  opht., Par., 1902, viii, 129-132.   AUo [Abstr.]: Presse
  med., Par.,  1902, i, 423^426.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.J: Clin.
  ocul., Palermo,  1902, 992-997.  Also,  transl. [Abstr.]:  Oph-
  thal.  Klin.,  Stuttg., 1902, vi, 211-213.—I.enhardt (C.)
  Infection du sinus frontal par la sinusite maxillaire.   Rev.
  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii, 1201-1207.—
  liichtwitz (L.I  Die Eiterungen  der Nebenhohlen der
  Nase und ihre Folgezustande in  anderen Korperteilen.
  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-,
  Mund-u. Halskr., Halle  a. S.,  1895, 7. Hft., 1-16. -----.
  Complications des empy^mes des  cavit6s accessoires du
  nez.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par.,  1896,
  xxii,  113-125.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Cong, franc de  med.  1895,
  Par.,  1896, ii, 661-665.   AUo  [Abstr.] :  J. de med. de  Bor-
  deaux,  1895, xxv, 415.   AUo, transl..-  Rev. de laringol.
  [etc.], Barcel., 1895-6, xi, 139; 152.—Miller (G. V.)   Two
  cases of blindness due to sphenoidal and ethmoidal  sinus
  disease; both cases terminating fatally; necropsy.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1776.—Moritz (S.)  The causes,
  symptoms, and complications of the diseases of the nasal
  accessory sinuses in  their  relation  to  general diseases,
  ophthalmology, and neurology.  Ibid.,  1905, i,  174-177.—
  Moure (E.-J.)  Sur un cas de sinusite maxillaire uni-
  lat<;rale  et d'empy^me frontal double avec, n6crose  de la
  paroi  orbitaire.   Rev. hebd.  de larvngol. [etc.].  Par., 1902,
  i, 401-407.—Onodi (A.)  Az  orr hats6 mellekiiregeinek
  bantalmai altal okozott nasalis lataazavarok es vaksag.
  [Disturbances of vision and  blindness caused  by troubles
  in the posterior  nasal accessory cavities.]  Szem6szet,
  Budapest, 1904, 249-259.  AUo, transl: Arch.  f. Laryn-
  gol., Berl.,  1905, xvii,  260-274. AUo.transl:  Ztschr. f.
  Augenh., Berl., 1904,  xii, 23-46.—Parenteau (D.)  De
 quelques complications oculaires des sinusites, traitees et
 gurries  sans intervention chirurgicale.   Art m6d., Par.,
 1902,  xcv, 81-91.  AUo,  transl: Homceop. Eye, Ear  Sc

       VOL XI, 2d series----47
IVose (Accessory  sinuses  of Inflammation

   of, Complications and sequelw of).
   Throat J., N. Y.,  1903,Jx, 227-233.—Patterson  (M. F.)
   The influence of diseases of the nasal accessory sinuses
   of the eye.  Tr.  Iowa M. Soc,  Cedar Rapids," 1897, xv,
   59-70.   Also: Med. Times, N. Y.,  1898, xxvi, 136-138.—
   PAchin (A.)  Contribution k l'etude des  affections ocu-
   laires et des sinusites de la face d'origine dentaire.  Odon-
   tologie, Par., 1895, 2. s., iii, 701-716.—Polyak (L.)  Fall
   von latenter  multipler Nebenhohleneiterung, mit Kno-
   chenblasenbildung,  Exophthalmus und Atrophie beider
   Sehnerven. Arch.f. Laryngol. n. Rhinol., Berl.,  1904, xv,
   340-347.  Also I Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
   1904, xl,  289.  Also [Abstr.|: Ungar. med.  Presse, Buda-
   pest, 1904, ix, 8.—Pooley (T.R.)  Empyema of the frontal
   and ethmoidal sinuses and orbital abscesses.  Tr.  Am.
   Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 71-
   76.  AUo: Phila. M. J.. 1901, viii, 29-31.—Posey (W. C.)
   Some opbthalmological phases of diseases of the accessory
   sinuses of tbe nose.  J. Eye, Ear Sc Throat Dis., Bait.,
   1905, x,  31-48— Randall  ( B. A.)  Danger signals of
   intracranial infection from the pneumatic cavities of the
   ear and  nose.  Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1903-4, lvii, 524-
   527.—Bisley (S.  D.)   Displacements  of  the eyeball by
   disease of the frontal and ethmoid sinuses; two cases.  In-
   ternat.  M. Mag.,  N. Y., 1900, ix, 732-736.—Robertson
   (C. M.)  Headache from nonsuppurative inflammatiou of
   the accessory sinuses  ofthe  nose.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
   cago, 1904, xlii, 645.—Scheppegi-cll (W.)   The influence
   of diseases of the accessory cavities of the nose on the gen-
   eral health.  Tr.  Louisiana M.  Soc. N. Orl., 1896. 279-
   283.—Shute (D.  K.)  Empyema of ihe frontal and eth-
   moidal sinuses, complicated with orbital abscess.  Tr. M.
   Soc. Dist.  Columb. 1901, Wash., 1902, vi, 149-158.  Also:
i   VirginiaM. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1901-2, vi, 77-82.—
   Snow (S. F.) Cephalagra and tic-douloureux from acces-
   sory sinus affections.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., Sc Otol.
   Soc. 1899, N. Y., 1900, v, 160-164.  AUo: Tr. M. Ass. Ceutr.
   N. Y. 1899, Buffalo, 1900, vi, 24-28.  Also: Buffalo M. J.,
   1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 423-427.—Suarez de Mendoza.
   Contribution au diagnostic et au traitemeut des sinusites
   de la face.  Cong, internat. de ni6d.  C.-r.  1903,  Madrid,
   1904, xiv, sect, de rhino-laryngol., 232-244.—Terson (A.)
   Sur les complications orbito-oculaires des sinusites.  Clin.
   opht., Par., 1902, viii, 151-153— Toeplitz  (M.)  Clinical
   contribution to the study of empyema of the frontal and
   ethmoid sinuses complicated by eye disease.  N. York M
   J., 1902, lxxxi, 404-406.  AUo,  transl: N. Yorker med.
   Monatschr., 1902,  xiv,  333-339.—von  Huge (H.)   Em-
   pyem i  antrum Highmori; nekros  i silbens  labvrinten;
   empyem i sinus sphenoidalis; meningit; dod.  [. . . in eth-
   moid labyrinth; . . .; death.]  Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n.
   F., ii, 232.—Vossius.  Ueber die Beziehungen der Erkran-
   kungen der Nase uud ihrer Nebenhohlen zu den Erkran-
   kungen iIps Auges. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u.
   Heilk., Giessen, 1899-1902, xxxiii, 133. —Weiss.  Fronto-
   ethmoidite fongueuse avec exorbitisme et diplopie.  Rev.
   med. de l'est, Nancy,  1903, xxxv, 216.—Wiirdeniann
   (H. V.)   Empyema of the maxillary, ethmoidal, and  sphe-
   noidal sinuses attended by general septicemia following
   attempted removal of inferior turbinal body; operations;
   recovery.  Ann. Otol.,  Rhinol.  Sc Laryngol.,  St. Louis,
   1897, vij 259-261.

]Vo*e  (Accessory  sinuses  of, Inflammation

   of, Diagnosis and semeiology of).
     Kler (G.)  Det  latente   Empyem  i Naesens
   Bihuler.  [Latent  empyema  in the  accessory
   sinuses.]   8°.    Kfibenhavn, 1898.
     Avellis (G.)  TJeber die Bedeutung des Schleimhaut-
   geschwures bei der acuten Nebenhohleneiterung.  Arch. f.
   Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,  1900-1901, xi, 396-398.—Bean
   (C. E.)  Suppurative disease of the accessory cavities  of
   the nose; their symptomatology and diagnosis.  North-
   west. Lancet, St. Paul, 1899, xix,  444-446.—Cadet.   Fis-
   tulejuxta-lacrymale symptomatiquede sinusites cthmoido-
   sphenoidales; operation; guerison.  Lyon m6d., 1904, cii,
   1291-1294.—Caldwell (G. W.)  Transillumination ofthe
   accessory sinuses of the nose.  N. York M. J., 1893, lviii,
   528.—Castcx (A.)  Les sinusites nasales; proc6des de
   diagnostic.  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1901,
   iv, 217-225.  AUo:  Rev. gen. de clin. et de  therap.,  Par.,
   1901, xv, 721-724.—Coakley (C. G.)  Skiagraphy as an
   aid in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the acces-
   sory sinuses ofthe nose.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol.,
   St. Louis, 1905, xiv,  16-20.—Cobb (C. M.)   Transillumi-
  nation of the nasal accessory sinuses during acute coryza.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 559-561.—Collin (R. A.)
  A differential diagnosis of empyema of the accessory cavi-
  ties of the nose by  internal examination.  Boston M. Sc S.
  J., 1898, exxxviii,  274.—Colin (R. D.)  The diagnosis  of
  empyema of the accessory nasal cavities.  Occidental M.
  Times, San Fran., 1900, xiv, 307-311.—Freeman  (W. J.)
  Observations on the diagnosis of nasal sinusitis. Tr. Am,
  Laryngol. Ass., N. Y.,  1903, xxv, 242-248.   [Discussion],
  254-256.  AUo: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol, St Louis, 
NOSE.
738
NOSE.
IVose (Accessory sinuses of  Inflammation

  of  Diagnosis and semeiology of).
  1903, xii. 4BI-426.  [Discussion]. 431-434.  Also: Am. Med.,
  Phila., 1903, vi, 61-6).- Gillis.  Contribution au diagno-
  stic des affections inflammatoires des  cavites accessoires
  (sinus) des fosses nasales.  Arcb. med. beiges, Brux., 1897,
  4. s., x, 87 91.—Grant (D.)   Tables showing the signs of
  latent suppuration in the various sinuses of the nose, illus-
  trating lectures on the diseases of the accessory sinuses of
  the nose.  J. Laryngol.. Loud., 1899, xiv, 63.—Hansberg.
  Die Sondiruug der Nebenhohlen der Nase.  Monat-chr. f.
  Ohrenh., Bert,  1890, xxiv, 3; 43.—Kicer  (G.)  Latent
  empyema ofthe accessory cavities of the nose.   Laryngo-
  scope  St. Louis,  1*99, vi, 81-85.—Killian.  Die  Frobe-
  punction der Nasennebenhohlen.  Verhandl. d.  Ver. siid-
  deutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 9:!-99.  AUo:
  Miinchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1896,  xliii, 723.—  Knight
  (C. II.)  Transillumination iu the diagnosis  of  sinus dis-
  ease.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, v, 47-49— Lamb
  (W.)   The diagnosis of suppuration in the accessory cavi-
  ties  of  tbe nose.  Birmingh.  M. Rev., 189*,  xliv, 327-343,
  4 pl.—<lc Lapersonne (F.)  Sur quelques manifesta-
  tions orbitaires  des sinusites.  Bull, et mem. Soc franc.
  d'opht., Par., 1898, xvi, 268- 277. — Lockard (L. B.)
  Transillumination; its fallacy as a diagnostic  means in
  diseases of the maxillary and frontal sinuses.  N. York
  M. J., 1897, lxvi, 737-739.—I.ulict-Barbon Sc Furet
  (F.)   Contribution & l'etude des symptomes <les sinusites
  fronto-maxillaires.  Arch, internat. de laryngol.  |etc],
  Par., 1899,  xii, 281.—Oaks (J. F.)  The differential diag-
  nosis and treatment of suppuration ol  the accessory cavi-
  ties of the nose.   Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 257-260.—
  Pierce (N. H.)   The symptoms and diagnosis of the sup-
  purative diseasesof the accessory sinuses ofthe nose.  Illi-
  nois  M. J., Springfield. 1903-4, n. s., v, 904-906.  AUo : In-
  ternat.  Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., ii, 261-275. —Relhi (L.)
  Die negative Luftduche als diaguostisehea Hilfsmittel bei
  Erkrankungen  der Nelienbiihle  der  Nase.   Wien. klin.
  Rundschau, 1899, xiii, 745-747.—Rice (G. B.)  Diagnosis
  of accessory cavitv empyema.  Honiccop.  Eye,  Ear &
  Throat J., N.'Y., 1902, viii,' 11-19, 1 pl.—Richards (G. L.)
  The  significance of pus in the nose, with special  reference
  to the affections of the accessory sinuses and their proper
  treatment. Med. News, N. Y., 1904,  lxxxv,  1218-1226. —
  Robertson (CM.) How much attention should we give
  the middle turbinate  body in diseases of  the  accessory
  sinuses?  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1905, xv, 892-894.—
  Royet.  Sur un signe prat iquede diagnostic  des sinusites
  de la face, base sur le moment de la douleur.  Lyon m6d.,
  1906, cvi,455-458.—Schaetzel. Considerations g6n6rales
  sur les symptomes et le diagnostic des  sinusites nasales.
  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1899, xix, 635-638.—
  Schiniegelow  (E.)   Sondering af  NsBseus  Bihuler.
  [Sounding of accessory nasal fossa?.]   Med. Aarssk., Kjo-
  benh., 1893, vii,  193.—Shearer (T.  L.)  The value of
  transillumination in disease of the nasal accessory sinuses.
  J. Electrother.,  N. Y.,  1901,  xix,  103-107.—Sunrez de
  Mendoza.  Sur l'emploi de la si'uuscopie vraie  pour pre-
  ciser les indications op6ratoires dans  les affections du si-
  nus de la face.   Arch, de ni6d. et chir. spGc,  Par., 1901, ii,
  347-349.  AUo: Progres med., I'ar., 1900, 3.  s.,  xi, 150.—
  Vernieuwe.   Du diagnostic des sinusites chroniques.
  Ann. Soc. de med.de Gand, 1902, lxxxi, 63-72.— Weil (M.)
  Ueber die Localisation der Schmerzen bei deu Entzunduii-
  gen der Nebenhohlen.  Wien.kliu. Wchnsehr., 1898, xi, 194.

]\ose (Accessory sinuses of,  Inflammation

  of  Treatment of).
    Gkabowski  (II.)   * Ueber  die  Behandlung
  der   eitrigen  Eutziindungen der Nasenneben-
  hohlen.   8°.   Leipzig, 1904.
    do Rego Lopes (A.)   * Tratamento do empy-
  ema chronico dos seios craneo-faciaes.   roy. 8°.
  Bio  de Janeiro, 1900.
    Trinitk (P.)   *Les siunsites aigues de la face
  et leur traitement.   8°.   Paris,  1698.
    Abeles (G.)   Die Ausspiilungen  und Bepinselungen
  der  Nasenhohle  uud des Nasenrachenraumes.  Aerztl.
  Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1901, xiii, 2; 13; 26; 37; 51.—Bishop
  .(S. S.)  Spraying and insufflating the accessory nasal cavi-
  ties.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii,  113.—Botey
  (K.)  Tratamientode las sinusitis frontalescr6nicasyde sus
  lesiones intta-craueanasconsecutivas.  Rev. de cien. ni6d.
  de Barcel., 1896, xxii, 506; 535.   AUo: Rev. med. de Sevilla,
  1897. xxviii, 5; 33; 65. AUo. transl: Rev. hebd.de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii,  pt. 1, 65; 97.—Caldwell (G. W.)
  Diseases of the accessory sinuses of the nose, aud  an im-
  proved method of treatment for suppuration  of the maxil-
  lary  antrum.   N. York M. J., 1893, lviii,  526-528.—Curtis
  (H. H.)  Modern methods of accessory  sinus treatment.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 339-342.—Forns. Tra-
  tamiento  conservador  de las sinusitis frouto-etmoido-
  maxilares.  Ciencia mod.,  Madrid,  1897,  iv,  414-418.__
  Guisez.  De la paraffine eudonasale comme traitement
Hose (Accessory sinuses of,  Inflammation
  of,  Treatment of).
  eoniphSmeutaire des sinusites.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,
  du larynx [etc.], Par.. 1905, xxxi. pt. 2, 557-568. — Guye!
  Ueber Bebaudlung von  Erkrankungen der Nebenhohlen
  der Nase mit dem Mentholinsnfflator und dem Politzer'-
  schen  Verfahren.   Therap.  Wclinschr., Wien, ^96  iii
  1221-1224.  AUo [Abstr.]: Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897^
  xliii,  168. — Hnsbrouck ( S. )  The use  of  nebulized
  fluids in the treatmeut of diseases of the ear, frontal sinus,
  ethmoidal cells, aud  antrum of Highmore, with  sugges'-
  tions as to methods of application.   Homo-op. Eye Ear
  Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1898, iv, 293-301.— Holmes (E. M.j
  Suppuration of the frontal, ethmoid, and sphenoid sinuses,
  with brief report of 237 cases treated iu  private practice!
  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc.  1902, N. Y., 1903,
  yiii, 590-006.   Also, transl..-  Boston  M.  Sc S. J., 19o:t,
  cxlviii. 350;  337.— Hubbard (T.)    The  treatment of
  acute inflammation of the nasal accessory sinuses. Tr.Am.
  Laryngol. Ass., N.Y..1905, xxvii, 290-304.—Ingals (E. F.)
  Treatment of the suppurative diseases  of the  accessory
  sinuses of the nose.  Illinois M. J.,  Springfield, 1903-4,
  n. s., v, 888-897.—Jansen.  Neue Erfahrungen und Vor'
  schlage zur  Behandlung  chronischer Nebenhohleneite-
  rungen.  Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1902,
  xi, 128-130.—King (G.)  Some observations of tbe treat-
  ment of accessory sinus disease. • N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903-
  4, lvi, 594-602. — Lci-moji-z (M.)   Le traitement des
  sinusites & Vieune.   [Abstr.]  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,
  du larynx [etc.], Bar., 1894, xx, 60-76.  -----. Indications
  et resultats  du traitemeut  des sinusites maxillairt-s et
  frontales.  Ibid., 1902, xxviii, pt. 2, 389-494.— :Hackie
  (J.)   Practical points in the treatment of nasal suppura-
  tion,  especially  of the accessory  sinuses.  J. Laryngol.,
  Lond., 1901,  xvi, 581-592.—ITIignon.  Drainage nasal des
  sinusites. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1905, xxxi, 362-364.—IMoll.  Du traitemeiit des affections
  aigues des cavit6s accessoires de la  face.  Rev. de laryn-
  gol.  [etc], Par., 1895, xv, 745-752.—Mounier.  Des siiiu-
  sites chroniques; leur traitement.   Odontologie,  Par.,
  1899,  2.  s., viii, 75-84.—JTIoure (E.-J.)   Traitement des
  sinusites (maxillaire except^). Compt.-rend. Cong,  inter-
  nat. de med. 1*97, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 12b, 136-153.   AUo:
  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1x98, xviii, 273; 305;
  337. — Mueller (G. A.)  The treatment of suppurative
  diseases  of the nasal accessory sinuses.  Homosop. Eye,
  Ear  Sc Throat J., N. Y.,  1902, viii,  19-27.- Obejerb &
  Perez (F.)  Quatro casos de  sinusitis  tratados por el
  cateterismo.  Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 325.—
  Pa I nier (A. W.)  Diseases of the accessory sinuses of the
  nose and their treatment.  J. Ophth., Otol-., & Laryngol.,
  N. Y., 1894, vi, 193-210. — Perrando (A.)   Tratamiento
  racional de las sinusitis crdnii as.   Semana med., Buenos
  Aires, 1905, xii, 821-826. —Ray (J. M.)  Suppurative dis-
  eases of the accessory nasal sinuses and their treatment.
  Louisville Month. J.'M. Sc S., 1902-3, ix,  327-334.—Bethi
  (L.)  Die Behandlung der  Nebenhohleneiterungen der
  Nase.  Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 537; 575.—Sehep-
  pegrell (W.)  The treatment of suppurative diseases of
  the accessory sinuses of the ear by ozone gas.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1897.N.Y., 1898, iii, 120-125. -
  igedziak (J.)  Leczenie  skrytjch   postaci ropotok6w
  (empyema) zatok boczuych nosa (Highmor'a, czolowycb,
  kliuowych i  sitowych).  [De traitement des  formes la-
  tentes d'empyeme des sinus laterauxdu nez (autre d'High-
  niore, sinus  i'rontal, sphenoidal et ethmoidal).  R6s., pp.
  xxxi-xxxvii]  Przegl. chir., Warszawa. 1893-4, i, 224-
  245. — Thomson  (St. C.)  Case of cured maxillary (dou-
  ble), ethmoidal, and frontal sinusitis.  J.Laryngol., Lond.,
  1901, xvi, 134-137. — Vacher (L.)  Note  sur le  traitement
  des sinusites ethmoidales et maxillaires.   Cong, internat.
  de med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de larvngol., 117-120.  AUo:
  Bull, de laryngol.,  otol.  et rhinol.,' Par.. 1900, iii.  301.—
  Van den Wildenbcrg (L.)  Traitement de  la sinusite
  fronto-ethmoidale chronique.  Ann. Soc. de m6d.  d'An-
  vers, 1905, lxvii, 115-120, 1 pl.—Veeder (M. A.)  Tannin
  in the treatmentof suppurating sinuses.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1896, xlix, 458.—Weil  (M.)   Ceber  den gegenwartigeii
  Stand der Therapie der  Nebenholileueiteruugen. Cen-
  tralbl. f.  d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1902, xx, 1; 65.— Weil
  [et   al].  The  treatment  of  sinusites.  J.  Laryngol.,
  Lond., 1896,  x,  37-42.—Winckler  (E.)   Zur Therapie
  der  Nebenhohlenerkrankuuuen.  Arch.  f. Laryngol.  u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1895, iii, 388-392.—Wright (J.)  Some per-
  sonal experiences with cases of suppuration in the acces-
  sory nasal cavities.  Brooklyn M. J., 1895, ix, 354; 401.

Uiose (Accessory  sinuses  of, Inflammation

  of, Treatment of, Operative).
    See, also. Nose (Diseases of) in  children.
    Ballenger  (W. L.)  The cure of chronic suppuration
  of the accessory nasal sinuses; clay-model demonstration
  of the surgical procedures.  Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904,
  xxvii, 240;  642. — Berens ( T. P.)  Fourteen  cases of
  chronic  multiple  sinusitis ( maxillary  antrum,  ethmoid
  cells and sphenoid sinus)  operated upon by  way  of the 
NOSE.
739
NOSE.
Nose (Accessory sinuses  of, Inflammation

  of,  Treatment of,  Operative).
  maxillary route.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc.
  1904. N. Y., 1905. x, 89-102.  Also:  Laryngoscope. St. Louis,
  1904, xiv, 808-878.  Also: Manhattan  Eye Sc Ear Hosp.
  Rep., N. Y., 1905, no. 6, 61-73. -----. Tlie radical opera-
  tion for  the cure of chronic suppuration of tho antrum
  of Highmore, sphenoid sinus, aud ethmoid cells. Laryngo-
  scope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv. 177-182. -----. Results of'oper-
  ations by way of the maxillary route for combined diseases
  ofthe maxillary antrum, ethmoid, labyrinth and sphenoid
  sinus. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905,
  xiv,485-490. AUo: Tr. Am, Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc,
  St. Louis, 1905, xi, 155-160.   [Discussion], 190-198.  AUo,
  transl:  Arch,  internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx,
  457-462. — Bresgcn (M.)   Zur Behandluiig der Eiterung
  der Nebenhohlen der Nase, iusbesondere der Oberkiefer-
  hohle nnd deren Probeeroffnung.  Berl. klin. Wcbnscbr.,
  1889, xxvi, 68.  AUo, Reprint. — Breyre (C.)   Nouvelle
  contributiou k  l'etude du proct'-d6 de Killian pour la cure
  de la sinusite fronto-ethnioidale  chronique.  Arch, inter-
  nat. de laryngol. [etc], I'ar., 1906, xxi, 113-119. —Broe-
  cltnei-t (J.)   A propos d'un cas de  sinusite ethmoi'do-
  frontale  op6r£  d'apres le proc6d6 de  Luc.   Bull. Soc de
  med. de  Gaud,  1900, lxvii, 405-407. -----. Quelques notes
  sur la cure radicale de la sinusite fronto-ethmoidale chro-
  nique.   Ann.  Soc de m£d. de Gaud. 1904, Ixxxiii, 13-16.
  -----. La  cure radicale  des pansinusitis de la face.
  Ibid., 1905, lxxxv, 187-197.   Also: Bull, de laryngol., otol.
  et rhinol.. Par., 1905, viii, 268-275. — Bryan (J. H.)   On
  the treatment of chronic frontal  sinusitis by means of an
  opening through the anterior wall of the sinus and drain-
  age  through the nose.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1897, N.
  Y., 1*98. 47-61.— Burchardt.   Eine Modifizierung der
  Kuhnt'schen Operation bei  chrouischer Stirnhohleneite-
  rnng.   Arch. f. Laryngol.  u. Rhinol., Berl.,  1904, xv, 495-
  500.—Canfield (R. B.)  The application of conservative
  and radical surgery to chronic nasal accessory sinus dis-
  ease.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y.,
  1905, x, 287-304. AUo: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 100-
  108.—C apart (A.) fils.  Des indications op6ratoiresdans
  le traitement des sinusites.   Presse oto-laryngol. beige,
  Brux., 1906, v, 49-62.—Carter  (W. W.)   A case of ex-
  treme sepsis from multiple sinusitis,  with  description of
  operation.  N. York M. J.  [etc.],  1905, lxxxi, 1061-1063.
  Also, Reprint.—Cheval.  Quelques considerations^ pro-
  pos de la cure radicale des  sinusites etdes pansinusites de
  1'endouez.  Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et  nat. de Brux.  Bull..
  1905, lxiii, 261-277.—Coffin  (L. A.)   A  report  of four
  operated cases of sinusitis in children.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1904, xiv. >-81-8*6.—Cozzolino (V.)   L' istrumen-
  tario e la tecnica chirurgia pei seni nasali (frontali.  mascel-
  lari, etmoidali  e  sfenoidali).   Boll. d.  mal. d. orecchio, d.
  gola e d. naso,  Firenze, 1891, ix, 121-135.—Crouch (J. F.)
  Two cases of unilateral deafness, due to suppuration of ac-
  cessory nasal sinuses, cured by operation.  J. Eye, Ear <fe
  Throat Dis., Bait., 1902, vii, 1-4.—Belsaux.  Cure radi-
  cale de la sinusite froutoethmoldo-maxillaire.  Clinique,
  Brux., 1905, xix   397.   Also: Presse  nied.  beige, Brux.,
  1905, lvii, 539.—Be Stella (H.)  La cure radicale de  la
  sinusite  fronto-etinnoidale  chronique.  Ann. Soc. de m6d.
  deGand, 1903,  lxxxii, 226-230.—Biscussion on the sur-
  gical treatment ofthe accessory cavities of the nose.  Tr.
  Brit. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Ass., Lond., 1895,  8-25.—
  OiscuMMioii  (A) on the ultimate  results  of  surgical
  operations upon the frontal sinus and maxillary antrum.
  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902,  xvii,  571-598.—Breesmann.
  [Radikaloperation  bei  Eiterung der Stirn- und  Kiefer-
  hohle.]  Munchen med. Wchnsehr.,  1904, li, 2209. —Escat
  (E.)  Empyeme ethmoido-sphenoidal  chez  un enfant de
  douze ans; evidement du  labyrinthe ethmoidal et curet-
  ta»e du  sinus sph6noidal par voie orbitaire.   Arch, inter-
  nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 124-132.—Faraci
  (G.)  Nuovo apparecchio per la cura delle varie  sinusiti
  della faecia.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc. ], Torino, 1899-1900, ix,
  305-309.—Far ber (J. H.)   Accessory sinuses of the nose;
  regional anatomy; new suggestions for operation.  Laryn-
  goscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 284-289.—Gavcllo (G.) Sulle
  suppurazioni dei seni nasali e loro cura  chirurgica.  Atti
  d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di  laringol.  [etc.] 1902,  Napoli, 1903,
  vi, 199-238.—Goris (O.)   Sur huit decortications de la
  face pour empyemes des sinus.  Ann. de I'lnst.  chir. de
  Brux, 1900, vii, 175-182.   Also, Reprint.   AUo: Cong.
  internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol.,  101-
  107.  _____.  Un casde pansinusitis unilatei ale opere en une
  seance;  presentation de 1'opere.  Ann. de I'lnst.  chir. de
  Brux.. 1900, vii, 228. — Halstead (T. H.)   Empyema of
  the  ri"-ht maxillary, ethmoidal, and  sphenoidal  sinuses
  with sudden blindness of the left eye; operation; recov-
  ery  of sight.   Tr. Am.  Laryngol.,  Rhinol., Sc Otol.  Soc.
  1901  N.  V., 1902, vii, 61-70.  AUo: Arch. Otol.,  N. Y.,
  190L xxx, 222-229.—Hammond (L. J.)  Surgical treat-
  mentof  the sinuses accessory to the nose.  Proc Phila.
  Co. M. Soc, Phila.. 1898, xix, 112-115.  AUo: Phila. Poly-
  clin.. 1898, vii. 299-301.   [Discussion], 307. — Hinkel
  (F. W.)   A report of the operative treatment of  several
  cases of  frontal and maxillary sinusitis.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
.\ose (Accessory  sinuses  of, Inflammation

  of,  Treatment of, Operative).
  gol.  Ass.  1899. N. Y., 1900, xxi, 153-158.   Also.- Buffalo
  M. J., 1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 249-255. -----. Chronic
  empyema of  the nasal  accessory  sinuses iu which  the
  antrum, froutal sinus, ethmoid cells, and sphenoidal sinus
  have been opened.  Buffalo M. J., 1899-1900,  n. s., xxxix,
  748.—Hitz (H. B.)  Report of a caseof multiple sinusitis
  cured by  the Killian and Caldwell-Luc methods.   Laryn-
  goscope," St. Louis, 1905, xv, 297-304.—Jacques (P.)  Sinu-
  site chronique suppuree quadruple gu6rie par l'operation
  de Luc  Rev. nied. de l'est, Nancy, 1900, xxxii, 434-437.—
  Jacques (P.) Sc Buraud  (A.)  Du procede de choix
  pour la cure radicale de  la  sinusite  fronto-ethmoidale
  chronique.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par.,
  1903,  xxix, pt. 2,  129-136.—Jansen (A.)  ZurEroffnung
  der  Nebenhohlen der Nase  bei chrouischer  Eiterung.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893, i, 135-157.—Jan-
  sen (M. I.)' Zur Radicaloperation  chrouischer combiuir-
  ter Empyeme der Nebenhohlen der Nase.   Compt.-reud.
  Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 12b, 154-
  158.—Kellogg  (F. B.)  Double empyema of the  frontal
  sinus with  empyema of right antrum;  radicaloperation.
  Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1903, ix, 451-456.
  Also [Abstr.] : Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., San Fran., 1903,
  xi, 293.—Kielhnuser  (H).  Das nasale Empyem  des
  Antrum  Highmori nnd  (lessen  operative   Behandlung.
  Berl. zahnarztl. Vereinsbl., 1895,  79.—Killian.   Bemer-
  kungen  zur  Radikaloperation  chrouischer  Kiefer- und
  Stirnhohleneiteningen.  Verhandl.  d. Ver.  siiddeutsch.
  Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1904, 21-35.—Knapp (A. H.)  A case
  of extensive chronic empyema of the frontal and ethmoidal
  'sinuses with exophthalmos; operation; recovery.  Arch.
  Ophth., N. Y., 1899,  xxviii, 50-54, 1 pl.  Also, Reprint.
  -----. Chrouic empyema of the ethmoidal aud frontal si-
  nuses, with exophthalmos; operation; death  from  menin-
  gitis; autopsy. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1903, xxxii, 214-216.—
  L.uc.  Contribution to the surgical treatment of  the ac-
  cessory cavities of the nose.  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1895, ix,
  558-565.  -----.  Mesderniers perfectionuements dans le
  traitement radical des sinusites chroniques de la face.
  Presse oto-laryngol. beige,  Brux., 1903, ii, 265-279.  Also,
  transl: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol.,  St. Louis, 1903,
  xii, 407-418, 1 pl.  [Discussion], 431-434.  Also, transl.:  Tr.
  Am.  Laryngol. Ass.,  N. Y., 1903, xxv, 227-237.  [Discus-
  sion], 254-256.—Mahu (G.)   Sinusite  frontale avec em-
  pyeme du sinus maxillaire chez une femme de 77 ans; refus
  d'opeiation; mort.  Ann. d.  mal. de l'oreille,  du  larynx
  [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, pt. 2, 25-28.—Mayo (C. H.)  Sur-
  gical treatment  of suppurative diseases of nasal sinuses.
  Northwest. Lancet, St.  Paul, 1891, xi, 249.—iTIercier
  (F.)  Traitement op6ratoire de la sinusite fronto-ethmoi-
  dale chronique.  Policlin.,  Brux., 1905, xiv,  292. —Mcr-
  ■nod.  Due s6rie d'aucieus malades op6res pour sinusites
  frontales, maxillaires et fronto-maxillaires.   Rev. m6d. de
  la Suisse  Rom.,  Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 272— Irlolinie  (J.)
  Pan-sinusite de la  face et d6g6nerescence myxomateuse
  de la muqueuse  nasale, gu6rie par un traitement  chirur-
  gical.   Arch, internat. de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii,
  283-286.—Ulyles  (R.  C.)  Accessory sinus  irrigation
  tubes.  Med.   Rec,  N.  Y.,  1892,  xlii,  607. — Nourse
  (W. J. C.)  Note  on a new form of infundibular probe and
  canula for the frontal sinus,  and a probe and  canula for
  the  sphenoidal sinus. J.  Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii
  298-300.—Payne (R.)  Demonstration  of cases operated
  upon for  empyema of the froutal sinus, maxillary sinus,
  ethmoid cells," aud the sphenoidal  sinus.   Tr. Am.  La-
  ryngol.,  Rhinol.  & Otol. Soc. 1904, N.  Y.,  1905, x, 385-
  ■(90.—Picque (L.)& Toubert (J.)  De la nieilleure voie
  d'acc6s vers les cavit6s annexes des fosses nasales pour le
  traitement  de leurs  suppurations  rebelles  et 6tendues.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx  [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix,
  119-138.   Also: Chir. d. alien., Par., 1904, iii, 203-222. Also,
  transl: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. <fc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903,
  xii,  128-146.— Prcjsing.   [Drei  Fiille von  operierten
  Nasennebenbiilileneileiimgen.]  Munchen.  med.  Wchn-
  sehr., 1904,  li, 1176.— Rice (G. B.)  Report of a  case of
  ethmoidal, frontal sinus  aud antral empyema, with opera-
  tion on antrum  and middle turbinated body, followed by
  death.  Anu. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902,
  xi, 675-677.— Riipke.  Die Radicaloperation bei  chroni-
  schen Verschleimungen  und  Eiterungen der oberen  Na-
  sennebenhohlen.   Arch.f. Laryngol.u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898,
  viii,  308-325. Also  [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch.
  deutsch.  Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2.
  Hlfte., 288-291.— Nargnon.  Sinusite fronto-maxillaire
  g. chronique; perforation alveolaire; re-section de la tete
  du cornet moyen G et de noiubreux polypes du canal naso-
  frontal;   operation d'Oiiston - Luc, secondaire; guerison
  compile du  sinus frontal; guerison fonctionnelle avec
  opacity permanent* du sinus  maxillaire.  Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1904, xvii,  550-556. — Scheffels.
  (Beitrftge  zur operativen Behandlung  der  periorbitaleu
  Sinuitiden.   Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1903, vii, 105.—Spiess
  (G.)  Fine  neue Methode  zur Behandlung der  Neben-
  hohleneiterungen der Nase.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1890, v, 150-153.—tie Stella (H.)  La  cure radicale 
NOSE.
740
2<OSE.
 IVo*e  (Accessory sinuses of,  Inflammation

   of, Treatment of Operative).
   de la  sinusite fronto-ethmoidale chronique.  Presse oto-
   laryngol. beige, Brux.,  1904,  iii, 121 - 125. — Mtolte (II.)
   Suppuration of all the  facial sinuses and Killiau's opera-
   tion.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 453-457. — Sud-
   duth (W. X.)  Modern methods of treating the maxillary
   and other sinuses of the cranium.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
   cago, 1897, xxviii, 16-18.—Tnptas.  Contribution k l'ope-
   ration  radicale des sinusites  compliquees chroniques.
   Cong, internat. de med.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol.,
   86-89.  -----.  P6risinusite droite oper6e  en uue seule st-
   ance.  Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1900-1901, xliii, 339-
   344. —Tilley (H.  Case of chronic suppuration of both
   frontal,ethmoidal,sphenoidal, and maxillary sinuses; cured
   by radical operation.  West Lond. M. J.,'Lond., 1904, ix.
   26. -----. Some experiences in the surgical treatment of
   suppurative lesions of the nasal accessory sinuses. Lancet,
   Loud.. 1904, i, 1414-1418.— Tod (II.)  Double antral and
   11 on tal sinus disease; left side cured by radical operation;
   question of operating on right side.  J. Laryngol.,  Lond.,
   1903, xviii. 36.—Wells (W. A.)  The intranasal route in
   operating upon the nasal accessory  sinuses.  Ann. Otol.,
   Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905,' xiv, 466-484. —White-
   head (A. L.j  A case  of empyema of the right frontal
   sinus, ofthe right sphenoidal sinus, of both antra of High-
   more, and  of the ethmoidal cells on both sides.  Arch.
   Ophth., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 252-255.—Winekler (E.)  In
   welcher Weise kann bei eitrigeu Erkrankungen der oberen
   nasalen NebenraumedasRontgenbild desGesichtssehadels
   den Operatiousplan, diese Hohlraumc durch aussere Eiu-
   griffe freizulegeu. modifizieren?  Fortscbr. a.  d. Geb. d.
   Routgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1902, vi, 79;  126, 4 pl.—Wink-
   ler.  Operative procedures for the exposure ofthe upper
   nasal accessory cavities.  Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1897,  xxvi,
   407.—Wiirdemann (H. V.)  Empyema of the maxillary,
   ethmoidal, and sphenoidal  sinuses  attended by general
   septicemia following attempted removal of  inferior tur-
   binal body;  operations;  recovery.    Laryngoscope,  St.
   Louis, 1897, iii, 18.—Ziem.  The operative  and dietetic
   treatment  of suppuration in the accessory cavities of the
   nose.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1895, ix, 725;  783; 855.   AUo,
   Reprint.

HJToae (Accessory sinuses of, Surgery of).
     See, aho, Nose (Abscess of); Nose  (Accessory
  sinuses  of, Foreign  bodies  in);  Nose  Accessory
  sinuses of, Inflammation  of, Treatment of, Opera-
  tive);  Nose  (Accessory sinuses  of,  Tumors  of);
  Sphenoid sinuses (Surgery of).
 •   Douglass (B.)  Nasal sinus  surgery,  with op-
  erations ou nose and throat,   s-.   Philadelphia,
  1906.
    Molly  (M.-J.)    * Des  complications intra-
  craniennes consecutives  aux   operations prati-
  qu6es sur les sinus de la face.   8°.   Xancy, 1903.
    Sieur  &  Jacob.   Recherches  anatomiques,
  cliniques et operatoires sur les fosses  nasales et
  leurs sinus.  Pr6face de Luc.  Figures par Tricot.
  8°.  Paris, 1901.
    Canfield (R. B.)  The application of conservative and
  radical surgery to chronic nasal accessory sinus disease.
  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii. 69-
  94.—Compaired (C.)  A prop6sito de algunos detalles
  6 modiflcaciones en la ejecucidn de la atico-antrectomia.
  Arch. lat. de riuol., laringol.  fete.], Barcel., 1905, xvi, 258-
  264.—Oott ((J. F.)  Surgery  of the  accessory sinuses.
   Buff-do M. Sc S. J., 1894-5, xxxiv, 321-328.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Cozzolino (V.)  L' istrumentario per la semiotica e per
  la terapia antisettica e chirurgica delle flogosi sieromucose
  e purulente e loro esiti dei seni nasali (frontalf-masc.ellari-
  etmoidali-sfenoidali- e etmoido-lagrimali)  simulanti ribelli
   riniti purulente-cronicbe e loro esito.  Atti Cong. gen. d.
   Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv,  680-694. — Discus-
  sion on tho surgical treatment of the accessory cavities
  of  the nose.  J.  Laryngol.,  Lond.,  1895, ix, 629-648.—
   Discussion (A) on the ultimate results of surgical oper-
  ations upon the frontal sinus and maxillary antrum.  Brit.
  M. J., Loud., 1902, ii. 579-586.—Fleming (E. W.)   Some
   impressions of European accessory  sinus and  ear work.
   Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol!  Soc.  1904. N. Y., 1905,
  x, 390-396.—Griinwnld (L.)  Verfabren zur Freilegung
  sanitlicher Nebenhohlen der Nase und de.i Naseninnern.
  Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906, xxxiii, 84-87. —Grunert
   (K.)  Erfahi-un-.-eu  aus  dem Gebiete  der Chirurgie  der
  oberen  Nebenhohlen der Nase, mit besonderer Beriick-
  sichtigung der post-operativen Augeninuskelstorungen.
  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1905, xii, 762-782.  AUo \ Abstr.]:
  Miinchen. med. Wcbnscbr., 1905, lii, 575. — Gussenbauer
   (K.i  Die  temporare  Resection  des Nasengeriistes  zur
   I-'reileguug der Sinus frontales, ethmoidales. spheiioidales
  und der Orbitalhohlen.   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1895, viii,
  377-380.  Also, transl.: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et |
Hose (Accessory sinuses of, Surgery of).
   laryngol., Par., 1895, v,  181 - 184.—Jousset  (A.)  Etude
   sur quelques op6rations nouvelles appliqut-es aux sinus de
   la face.  Nord nied., Lille, 1901, vii,  90-94.— I.aureus
   (G.)  La chirurgie des  sinus de la face dans ses rapports
   avec  la chirurgie de l'orhite.  Conji. internat  de m6d.
   C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 107-11:.'.—I,eriuoyez
   (M.)   Resultats  61oignes des  operations faites sur les
   sinus frontalis et  maxillaires.  Rev. med.  de  larvngol
   [etc.J, Par., 1902, ii, 145-159.—I.oewe (L.)  Zur Chirurgie
   der Nasenseheidewand  und der oberen Nebenhohlen der
   Nase.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl., 1900,  xxxiv,  259-
   270. -----. TJeber die Ausiaumung der Nasenhtihle vom
   Munde  her und die Freilegung des entsprecbenden Ab-
   schnittes der Basis cranii et cerebri. Ibid., 376-384.__
   I.othi-op (H.  A.)  The anatomy  and  surgery of  the
   frontal  sinus and anterior ethmoidal cells.   Ann. Surg.,
   Phila., 1898, xxviii, 611; 747:  1899,  xxix, 73;  175, 89pl._
   Mackenzie (J. N.)  Remarks on the surgery of the ac-
   cessory sinuses.   Tr. Cong. Am. Phys. Sc Surg., N. Haven,
   1894, iii, 223-227. — Onodi (A.)  Niiturgetreue Photogra-
   phien der Nebenhtihle der Nase und verschiedener Opera-
   tionen derselben.   Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapi st, 1904,
   xl,  682.—RostovtsefT (M. I.)  Sluchai zakritiya defekta
   perednei stlenki Highmore'ovol polosti (poslie udaleniya
   rakovavo novoobrazovauiya) kozhnim loskutom.  [Closure
   of defective anteriorwall of antrum of Highmore (after re-
   moval of cancerous new  growth) by skin flap.]  Bolnitsch.
   gaz. Botkina, St.-Petersb., 1896, vii, 601-605. — Mattler
   (R.)  Surgery of the pneumatic sinuses  of the skull  in
   relation to ophthalmic and aural surgery.  Tr. Ohio M.
   Soc,  Cleveland, 1898, 367-373.   Also: Med. News,  N. Y.,
   1898, lxxiii, 324-326.— Siebenmann (F.)  Die Riickla-
   gerung der Nase bei der doppelseitigen Stirnhiihleiiopera-
   tion.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 501.—
   Vacher (L.) Contribution &la recherche dela meilleure
   voie d'acces vers  les cavit6s annexes des fosses nasales.
   Ann.  d. mal. de l'oreiile, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix,
   424-428.—Wells (W. A.)  The after-treatment of opera-
   tion on  the nasal  accessory sinuses. Boston M. Sc S. J.,
   1901, cxlv, 86-89. -----.  The intranasal route  in operating
   upon  the nasal accessory sinuses.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. <fe
   Laryngol.,  St. Louis, 19(i5, xiv. 466-484.  Also, Reprint—
   Winekler (E.)   Zur Chirurgie der oberen Naseuneben-
   hiiblen.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1897, vii,
   22-33. -----.  Operative Eingrlffe zur Freilegung  der
   oberen  Nebenhohlen  der  Nase.  Verhandl.  d.  deutsch.
   otol. Gesellsch., Jena,  1897, vi, 161-171.   Also:  Arch. f.
   Ohrenh., Leipz., 1897, xliii, 196-198.—Wright (J.)  Op-
   erations on the accessory nasal sinuses.   N. York M. J.,
   [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 760; 812 — Zaalberg (P. J.)   Deope-
   ratie-methode vau   Gusseubauer.    Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
   Geneesk.,  Amst..  1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 2, 271-273.

JVose (Accessory sinuses of, Tumors  of).
    See, also,  Sphenoid sinus (Tumors of).
    Haask  (E. A.)   * Beitrage zu den  Osteomen
  der Stirn-   und  Naseuhohle.  8°.   Giittingen,
  1894.
    Lorcin (P.-G.)    * Des  tumeurs e'pitlieliales
   b6nignes  des sinus de la face.   8°.   Xancy, 190'2.
    Schwenn (R.)  * Eiu Beitrag  zur Lehre von
   ilen hosartigeu  Geschwiilsten  der Nebenhohlen
   der Nase.  [Breslau.]   8°.  Berlin,  19ol.
    Also: Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900-1901,
   xi, 351-381.
    Burnett (S. M.)  Sarcoma of the frontal  and  eth-
   moidal sinuses.    Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899,  xxviii,  105-
   107, 1  pl. —Clark (J.  P.)  Bullous enlargement of the
   middle  turbinated  bone (concha bullosa).   N. York M.
   J.,  1900,  lxxii, 670-673.   AUo: Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass.
   1900, N. Y., 1901, 134-143. — Darmngnac (C.)  Polype
   des sinus (myxoine  hyalin); extirpation: giieiison.  Kec.
   de  med. vet.",  Par., 1904, lxxxi, 89-91.—Dudley (W. H )
   Quelques  remarques surun casde cholesteatoiue publie
   l'annee deruiere.   [Transl.]  Arch, internat.  de laruygol.
   [etc.], I'ar.,  1905,  xx, 72-74. — Haeuel  (F.) [Fall von
   Osteombildung in  samtlichen Nebenhohlen  der  Nase.]
   Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Natur- u. Heilk.  iu Dresd., 1903-
   4. Miinchen, 1905, 129.  Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,
   1904, li,  731. —Moreau Sc Rollet. Fibro-myxoniedes
   sinus peri  rbitaires; operation.  Lyon raed., 1905, civ, 266-
   268. —Solenbei-ger (A. R.)   Polypi in  the  nasal acces-
   sory cavities; with specimens.  Phila. M. J.,  1902, x, 1010-
   1013.—Turner (A. L.)   A contributiou to the pathology
   of bone cysts  in the accessory sinuses of the nose.  Edinb.
   M.  J., 1903, n. s., xiv. 299; 405; 511, 2 pl.: 1904,  n. s., xv,
   47.  -----.  Some points  in the  pathology of bone cyats in
   the accessory sinuses of the nose.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.,
   Rhinol.  &  Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 12-26.  Also:
   Laryngoscope, St. Lo-iis, 1904,  xiv,  817-829.

IVose (Acne of, Hypertrophic).
    See Acne; Rhinophyma. 
NOSE.
741
NOSE.
Hose (Adenoid tumors of).
    See Nasopharynx (Adtnoid regetations in).

I\ose (Adhesions  in).
    Xkuhacs (E.)  * Ueber intranasale Synechien.
  S'-.   Heidelberg, 1694.
    Rar (L.)  Du traitement post operatoire des syn6chies
  nasales; emploi  du carton d'amiaute.   Ann. d. mai. de
  l'orielle, du larynx [etc.].  Par.. 1899, xxv, 744-747.—von
  Beregszaszy  (J.)  Totale Verwachsung  des weichen
  Gaumens  mit der hinteren  Racbenwand in  Folge von
  wiederbolter  galvanokaustischer Aetzung von der Naso
  aus.  Internat. klin. Ruudschau, Wien, 1888, ii, 884-887.—
  Brown (J. P.)  Nasal and post-nasal synechias.  Tr. Am.
  Laryncol., Rhinol., & Otol.  Soc. 1900, N. Y., 1901, vi, 40-
  46.   Also: Dominion M.  Month., Toronto, 1H00, xv, 1-6.
  AUo: J. Laryngol.,  Loud.,  1900, xv,  053-658.   Also: La-
  ryngoscope, St. Louis. 1900, ix,  182-187.—4'ollinet.  Re-
  marques sur  les syneehies nasales.  Rev. hebd. de laryn-
  gol. [etc.], Par.,  1898. xviii. 1457-1406.—JEllegood (J. A.)
  Another conservative operation for the removal of nasal
  synechia.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1898, iv,  214-216.—
  Koyle (F. H.)'  The mechanical treatment of nasal syne-
  chia?, with demonstration of au appliance.  Tr. Am." La-
  ryngol., Rhinol., Sc  Otol. Soc.  1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 167-
  172.—Krakauer.  TJeber intranasale Synechieen nnd de-
  ren Behandlung. Deutsche med.Wchuschr.,Leipz.u.Berl.,
  1889, xv, 919-921.—Lnvrand,  Aeide ehroniique et syne-
  ehies iutra-nasales.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], I'ar.,
  1898, xviii, 785-793.— I.ederman (il. D.)  Nasal syne-
  chia.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol., Rhinol.. i Otol.  Soc. 1900, N.
  Y., 1901, vi. 40-54.  AUo: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900.
  ix, 332-337.— .Tlead (M.  A.)  Post-operative nasal syne-
  chia?.   Northwest. Lancet,  Minneap., 1903, xxiii, 194.—
  molillie.   De  l'emploi des lamelles de celluloid dans le
  traitement post oper .toiredes s\ nechiesdesfosses nasales.
  Rev. internat. de  rhinol., otol.  et laryngol., Par., 1895, v,
  77.—iTIonsconrt. La galvanocaustie  et les  syneehies
  nasales.   Ann. d. mal.  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1898, xxiv, 483-490.—.Moslier (II. P.)  Tlie use of Cargile
  membrane in tbe nose in order to pi i vent adhesions.  Bos-
  ton M. Sc S. J.,  1903, cxlviii.  230. — \avratil (I.)  TJjabb
  niut6ti m6d  orriiregsynechianal.  [Later operations for
  synechia  of  the nasal cavity.J  Orr-, gege-6s fiilgy6gy.,
  Budapest, 1903. 1.—Poli  ((.'.)  Sinechie intransali e loro
  cura.  Alt! d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1902, Na-
  poli, 1903. vi, 129.— Seheppegrell (W.)  A conservative
  operation for the  removal of nasal synechia.   Larvngo-
  scope. St. Louis, 1898, iv, 25-29.—IV at son (A. W.)  The
  use of triction in the treatment of nasal synechia?.  Phila.
  Polyclin., 1896, v, 444.

 IVose (Artificial).
     See, also, Nose (Lupus of).
     Baird (W. H.)  An artificial nose.  Dental Cosmos,
  Phila., 1905, xlvii,  560.— Baker (L.)  An artificial nose
  and palate.   Ibid., 561.—Cali  (G.)  Nuova scoperta per
  i nasi artificiali.  Odonto-stomatol..  Napoli. 1902,  101 —
  Feigin (E. G.)  Isknsstvenniye uosi.  [Artificial noses.]
  Zubovrach. vestnik, St. Petersb.,  1903, xix,  667-676.—
  KhrushtshoflT (V.)  Izgotovleniye iskusstvennavo nosa
  iz nevosplanienyayushtshavosya tsellyuloida.   [Artificial
  nose of non-inflammable celluloid.]  Ibid., 1902, xviii, 331-
  335.—Iv i-a««in (M. M.)  Rinoplastika s zolotayu stropil-
  koyu. (Artificial nose with gold frame]  Pamyat N.I. Stu-
  denskaLro. Shorn.statei  . ., Kazan, 18!)2.13-26.—'.TIartiny
  (C.)  Nez iirtificiel en ceramique se fixant sans lunettes.
  Tr. ix. Int.rnat.  M. Cong..Wash.,1^87. i, 598—Ottofy (L.)
  An artificial  nose for a Chinaman.  Dental Cosmos, Phila.,
  1905, xlvii, 558-560.—Port.  Kiiustliche Nasen.  Cor.-Bl.
  f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1903,  xxxii, 5-8.— I phiiin ( R. H. )
  Artificial  noses and ears.  Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1!»01, cxlv,
  52°.— Wilcox (S. F.)  Making a  new nose with a silver
  bridge. Tr.  Homoeop. M. Soc.  N. Y., 1894, xxix, 107-110.

 IVose (Atresia of).
     See Nose (Obstruction  of).

 IVose (Bacteriology of).
     ScHorsBOE (H.  J.  H.)   Om  bakterii-r  i  den
  normale  n;e.sehub- og   na-sesekretets  bakterie-
  draibende evne.   [Bacteria in the normal ntisal
  cavity, and the bactericidal  power of the nasal
  secretion.]   6~\   Odense, 1900.
    Sthauch (P.)  * Untersuchungen  iiber eiuen
  Micrococcus im Secret des Nasenrachenraumes.
  [Freiburg i. B.]  i-.°.   Berlin, 1687.
    Calamida (TJ.)  Sc Bertarelli (E.)  TJeber die, Bak-
  terienflora der Nasensini und des Mittelohres.   Centralbl.
  f. Bakteriol.  [etc.],  1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii,  428-433 —
  Cozxolino (V.)  Ricerche  anatomo-patologiche e batte-
  riologiche sulle fosse nasali, cavo naso-faringeoe cavita me-
  die anriculari di cadaverini di lattanti e  di neonati. Boll.
  d. mal. d.  orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1896, xiv, 97-
I\ose (Bacteriology of).
  111.—Dc Bono (F. P.) & Frisco (B.)  Sulla permeabi-
  lity verso i  microrganismi delle mucose congiuntivale e
  nasale intatte in rapporto alle infezioni endoculari. Arch.
  di ottal., Palermo, 1900-1901, viii, 401-425. — Oeletti (G.)
  Batterii delle fosse nasali alio state fisiologioo.  Arch. ital.
  di laringol.,  Napoli, 1891, xi, 154-162. — De Sinioni (A.)
  Sulla frequente presenza di bacilli pseudo-difterici sulla
  mucosa nasale.  Ufficiale san., Napoli,  1899, xii, 241-250.
  Also,  transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l. Abt., Jena,
  1899, xxv, 625-631. -----. Varieta ed importanza dei ba-
  cilli capsulati ospiti frequenti della mucosa nasale patolo-
  gica.   Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 4,  806s  819;
  830.— Dun Im in  (E. K.)   A few observations  on  the
  meningococcus aud allied organisms from the nasopharynx.
  Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1905-6, n. s., v, 134-139.—Felix
  (E.)  Die Mikroorganismen  der normalen  Nasenbiihle.
  Wien. med. Wcbnscbr., 1903, liii, 645;  710. — Hallock
  (W.)& Wright (J.)  Nasal bacteria in health.  J. Laryn-
  gol., Loud., 1898, xiii, 124-130.— IIa*»laucr (W.)   Die
  Bakterienflora der gesunden und kranken Nasenschleim-
  haut,  Centralbl. f.jjBakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902,
  xxxiii, 47-51. -----. Die Mikroorganismen der  gesunden
  und kranken Nasenbiihle und  Nasennebenhohlen. Ibid.,
  1905, xxxvii, 1-23.—Iglauer (S.)  Some of the bacteria
  found in the nose.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 363-
  370.—Jaequin (P.)  La fonction microbicide du  nez.
  Union med. du nord-est, Reims,  1899,  xxiii, 233-243.—
  Kleiuperer.   Zur Bakteriologie der Nase.  Verhandl.
  d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.. 1904, 99.—
   Kleiuperer Sc Scheicr (M.)   Zur Bacteriologie der
  Nase.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1903, xl, 112.—Kyle (D. B.)
  Nasal bacteria;  the relatiou they bear to disease.  J.Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1298.—I.esieur (C.) Etude
  corapar6e des bacilles diphteriqueset pseudo-diphteriques
  du nez et de la  gorge.  Province m6d., Lyon, 1901, xv, 362-
  365.—Lord (F. T.)  Diplococcus intracellularis menin-
  gitidis (Weichselbaum)  in  the  nose;  repoit of a  case
  without meningitis, and  review of the literature   Cen-
  tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena.,  1903, xxxiv, 641-
  647.—Malnto (V.E.)  Sui microrganismi  patogeni esis-
  tenti nelle cavita- nasali fisiologiche e sulpotere attenuaute
  della mucosa nasale.  Arch. ital.  di otol. [etc.J.  Torino,
  1897, vi, 345-364.—iVIinchin (E. A.) Sc Fantham (H. B.)
  Rhinosp6ridium kiuealyi, n. g., n. sp.,  a new sporozoon
  from  the mucous membrane of the septum  nasi of man.
  Quart, J. Micr. Sc,  Lond., 1905-6, xlix, 521-532, 2 pl. on
  3 1.—iTIonari  (C.)   La batteriologia delle fosse nasali alio
  stato fisiologico.  Boll.d. mal. d. orecchio, d. golaed. naso,
  Firenze, 1898, xvi, 277-292.—IVeunianu (R. O.)  Bakte-
  riologischeTJntersucbungen gesuuderund kranker Nasen,
  mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Pseudodipbtherie-
  bacillus.  Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz.,
   1902,  xl, 33-53.  AUo, transl: Mitth.  d. Ver.  Schlesw.-
   Holst, Aerzte, Kiel, 1902, n. F., xi, 36.—Park (W. H.) &
   Wright (J.)   Nasal bacteria iu health.  Tr. Am.  La-
  ryngol. Ass. 1897,  N. Y., 1898,  168-178.  Also:  N.York
   M. J., 1898, lxvii, 178-182.  AUo, transl: Ann. d. mal. de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1898,  xxiv, 113-128.—Pa-
  sini (A.)   Sulla presenza di ciglia nel bacillo del rino-
   scleroma ed osservazioni sul fenomeno dell' agglutiuazione
   di tale bacillo.   Rendic d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1902,
  iii, 71-74.—Thomson (St. C.)   Micro-organisms in the
  healthy nose.   Proc. Roy. M. &  Chir. Soc. Lond., 1894-5,
  vii, 163-172.-----. The bacteriology of the normal nose.
  J.  Laryngol.,  Loud.,  1900,  xv,  405-409. — Thomson
   (St. (I.) Sc  Hewlett (R. H.)   Micro-organisms in the
  healths-  nose.   Med.-Chir. Tr.,  Lond., 1895, lxxviii,  239-
   2li6.   Also,  Keprint.  Also:  Arch. Otol.,  N. Y.,  1895,
   xxiv,  299-301. — Vansaut (E. L.)   A brief report  of
   the results  of  a bacteriologie investigation of the nasal
   mucus in one hundred cases  of chronic nasal discharge,
   with  special reference to the presence of the Kh-bs-Loeffler
   bacillus.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1897. xviii, 12-
   17. —Wright (J.)   Nasal bacteria in health.  J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago,  1889,  xiii, 397-402.  Also: N.York M. J.,
   18*0,  1, 92-98.  AUo, Beprint, — Wurtz (R.) & l.ernio-
   yez (M.)  Le pouvoir baciericide du mucus nasal. Ann.
   d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.], I'ar.,  1893, xix,  661-
   676.

 IVose (Blood-vessels and  lymphatics of).
     Bihilai (J.)  * Etude sur les vaisseaux veineux
  de la muqueuse  nasale  (pseudo  tissu  erectile).
   4 -'.    Paris, 189(5.
    ' ZroKEiiKANDL (E.)   Ueber den Circulations-
  Apptirat  in  dt-r Naseusclileimha.ut.   4°.  Wien,
   \66.\.
     Repr. from:  Denkschr.  d. k.  Acad. d. Wissensch.
   Matheniat.-naturwiss. CI., Wien, 1884, xlix.
     Andre (M.)  Recherches sur les lymphatiques du nez
   et des fosses nasales.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
   [etc.J,  Par., 1905, xxxi, 425-442,  2 pl. — Bovier-I.a-
   pierre (fi.)  De la vascularit6  de l'^pitheliuin olfactif.
   Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1888, 8.  s., v, 833. Also:
   Univ. de Lyon.  Trav. lab. physiol., 1888-9, i, 26-28.— 
NOSE.
742
NOSE.
l\o*t' (Blood-vessels and lymphatics of).
   Iti-CNgeii (M.)  Der Circulations-Apparat iu der Nasen-
   schleimhaut, vom klinischen Standpunkte aus betrachtet.
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.. Berl.. 1885, xi, 588; 609.  Also,
   Repiint.—Flatau (T. S.)  Ueber den Zusammenhaug
   der uasalen Lymphbahneu mit dem Subarachnoidealraum.
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Beil., 1890, xvi, 972.—
   Viollet.  De l'abseuce de vaisseaux dans l'6pithelium de
   la muqueuse olfactive du cobaye.  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.
   de Bar., 1901, lxxvi, 544.

]Vo*e (Calculus in).
     See Calculus  (Nasal):  Nose (Concretions, etc.,
   in).

Hose (Cancer  of).
     See Nose (Tumors of, Malignant).

Hfose (Caries of).
     See Nose (Diseases  of bones, etc., of).

HTose (Concretions  and sequestra  in).
     See, also, Calculus (Xasal).
     Heiusskt (A.)  "Contribution  a l'elude  des
   rhinolitlie.-s.   8°.  Paris, 1904.
     Ascenso(M.) Rinolite associate a polipi mucosi del na-
   so. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc. I.Torino-Palermo, 1901,xi,100.—
   Itark (J.)  Khinolithes.   Kev. internat. derhinoh,otol. et
   laryngol.. Par., 1898.viii,581-597.  Also [Abstr.]: Kev.hebd.
   de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii. 1235-1237.—Kaumgar-
   ten (E.)  Entfernung  eines grossen Sequesters aus der
   Nase.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Budapest,  1905, xii, 13.—
   Bergeat (II.)   Die Verkleineruug von Sequestern in der
   Naseiihohle und von Rhinolithen mittels  Sauren; Notiz
   iiber eiuen Rhinolithen.  Miiuchen. med. Wchnshr., 1895,
   xlii, 262-264.—Bishop  (S.  S)   Rhinoliths.  Laryngo-
   scope, St. Louis,  1902. xii, 2!».—Botey (R.)  Rhinolito
   enorme de la fosa  nasal derecha, situado  en los meatus
   medio 6 inferior y emergiendo mas de un centimetro por
   detras de la coana del  propio lado.  Arch. lat. de rinol.,
   laringol.  [etc.], Barcel.,  1899,  x. 157-160.  -----i Un
   caso de  rinolito colosal  [110 grammes].  Arch. lat. de
   rinol., laringol. [etc.],  Barcel..  1905, xvi, 309-318.  Also:
   Kev.  hebd. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1906, i. 251-257.—
   Czarda (J.)  Rliinolith.  Casop.  lek. cesk., v Praze,
   1882,  xxi, 789; 805; 821.—Basque.  Mas>e  caseeuse re-
   tiree  des  fosses  nasales.   Bull.  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de
   Bordeaux, 1895,  xvi, 213-217. — Belstauche.   Surun
   cas de pseudo-rhinolithe. Bull. Soc.  beige d'otol. et. de
   laryngol., Brux., 1898.  iii, 109-11 l.— Didsbury.  Rhino-
   lithe  faux (ou secondaire) developpe autour dun  noyau
   de cerise  et ayant  sejourne vinut-i-iuq ans dans le  m-z.
   Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.|, Par., 1903,  xvi, 440.—
   Epliraiin (A.)  Ueber einen  bemerkenswertlieu  Fall
   vou Sequester der Nase;  zugleich eiu Beitrag zur Lehre
   von  der  motorischen  Innervation  des  Gaurueiisegels.
   Arcb. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.. 1902-3, xiii, 421-426.—
   Felt (C. L.)  Rhinoliths, with leport of two cases of
   diagnostic interest. Internat.  M. Jla:.. N. Y.,  1901. x,
   207-210. — Frankenberger (().) Rhinolitbiasis; sdeleni
   kasuistiiUe.  [. . .; c isuistic communication.]  Casop. )£k.
   cesk., v Praze, 1892, xxxi, 518-520.—Guinard (A.)  Ex-
   traction  d'un  volumiueux sequestre  de.s  fosses nasales
   (operation du Rouge).  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
   [etc.], Par., 1895, xxi, pt. 2, 217-221.-Halasz (H.)  Ein
   Fall von  Nasensteinbildung und infolge  derselben  ent-
   standene eitrige  Mittelohrentziiudung.  Arch. f. Ohrenh.,
   Leipz., 1904, lxiii, 214-216.  -----. Spontan kepzodott orrko
   esete.  [A case of spontaneously formed rhiuolith.J  Orr-,
   gege-es fulgvogy..  Budapest, 1904, 197-199.   Also, transl:
   Are.h. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904,  xvi, 539-541.—
   Ilei-zfeld.  | lihinolith.]  Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesell-
   sch.  zu  Berl. (1897) 1898, viii, 3.—Hill (J. F.)  Unusual
   sized  rhiuolith removed with the lithotrite, with prompt
   cessation of prolonged  disturbances.  Tr. Maine M. Ass.,
   Portland, 1898. xiii, 188-190,  lpl.   Also: J. Med. & Sc,
   Portland, 1897-8, iv, 281.   Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
   1898.  v, 37-39.  -----. Rliinolith. 'Tr. Am. Laryngol.,
   Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1898,  N. T.,  1809, iv, 35-37.—Hirsch-
   manu.   Nasenstein.  Berl. klin.  Wchuschr.,  1903, xl,
   111.—Horiuchi  (H.)   [Contribution on the origin of
   rhinoliths.]  Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Kn Kwa Kwai Kwai Ho.
   Tokyo,  1897, iii, 136-149.— Imafuji (M.) Sc  Iinafuji
   (S.)  [Two supplementary cas»-.-, as a contribution on
   rhinoliths.]  Ibid.,  1899,  v, 39-158.—Ingersoll (J. M.)
   A large rliinolith.  Cleveland J. M.  1901. vi. 1*2. —Kellin
   (M.I.)  K kasuistikle nosovikh kamnel.  [Nasal  calculi.]
   Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb..  1903. ii J130.—Kelson (W.H.)
   Khinolith. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. Lond., 1897-8.103.—
   Knapp (H.)  Removalof sequestra and a tooth from the
   floor of the nose.  Arch. Otol., X. Y.. 1894,  xxiii, 71-152.—
   Knight (0. H.)  Rouse's operation for the removal of a
   nnsal  sequestrum.   Med. News. Phila., 1891.  lviii, 6-8.
   JZuo | Abstr. |:  J. Kespir.Org., N. V , 1890. ii. 201.—1.null's
   (F.)   Viei Falle von Nasensteineu.   Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt-
   temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg.. 1897. lxvii, 399.—Liougbothnui
  iYo*e  (Concretions and sequestra  in).
    (G.)  Xas.il concretion.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 19o:t, i, 1372.—
    liiiblinski (W.)  Demonstration dreier I-allevon Naseu-
    steinen.  Verhandl. d.  Berl. med. Oesellsch. 1807. Berl.,
    1H>8.  xxviii. pt.  1. 212. — iTIalyutin  i K. X.)   Sluchai
    nosovovo kamnya  (rhinolithiasis).  Med.  Obozr., Mosk.,
    1898,  1,  3:t4-:i37.   Tlarchal.  Un cas de rhinolithe.  Gaz!
    m6d.de Picardie. Amiens, 1897, xv, 257-260.—Meyer |F.)
■    Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung der  Nasensteine.
    Arch.  f.  Laryngol. u.  Rhinol., Berl.,  1899, ix, 64-69.—
    Miller (L. II.)  Rliinolith ; specimen and history. Brook-
    lyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 398-403. — ITIiot (C.)  Un cas de rhi-
    nolithe.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol.  fete].  Par., 1898, xviii
    1127-1136. —Montague (A. J. H.) &  take (K.)  Note
    ou a  case of nasal  calculus  weighing 48 grains.  Lancet
    Loud.,  1903, i, 1165.—IVIoriarly (P.  C.)   A nasal  rliino-
    lith.  Homu-op. Eye, Ear & Throat J..  N.  Y.. 1904.  x, 170,
    1 pl.—Neumann (J.)   Ceber eine mit Cholesiearin voll-
    stiiuilig ausgefiillte  Nasenbiihle.  Arch.  f. path.  Auat.
    [etc.].  Berl., 1893, exxxii, 377-380.—rVoquel. l'n cas de
    rhinolithe.  Rev.de Ian ngol. [etc], Par., 1890, x,  425-431.—
    Onodi (A.)  Kouyko az orriiregben.   [Lacryuial stone
    in  the  nasal  cavity.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1901, xiv,
    481. — Ornatski (V. I.) K  kazuistikle  rinolitov (noso-
    vikh kamnel.  [Case of rhiuolith.]  Protok i trudi Obsh.
    Archangel, vrach. (1896), 1897, 26-32. — Ostino (G.)  Un
I    caso di riuolite.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1898,
    4. s.,  xlvi, 215.—Palaez.  Riuolito alojado en el i-ecessua
    naso-etmoidal y en el seno esfenoidal.  Gac. ni£d. de Gra-
    nada, 1S97, xv,'528-531.—Pant (H. D.)  Nasal deformity
    and obstruction due to a lar«e rhiuolith.  Indian M. Rec,
    Calcutta, 1898, xiv,  188. — Polyak (L.)   Orrko-esetek.
    [Ca.ses  of rhinoliths]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv,
    828.—Poole (W.H.) Rhiuolith or nasal calculus; report
    of a  case and exhibition of pathological specimen.   N.
    York M. J..  1898,  lxviii, 45.  Also, Reprint. Also: Am.
    J.  Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1898-9, xi, 92.  AUo: Cleve-
    land  M. Gaz., 1898-9, xiv,  81-84.  Also: Louisville  M.
    Month., 1898-9, v. 297.  Also: Nashville J. M. Sc S., 1898,
i    lxxxiv. 161-164.  Also:  South. Pract., Nashville, 1898, xx,
I    409-413.—Preseneia (G.)  Sc Bosch  Ucelny  (A.)  Un
    caso  de riuolito  gigaute.  Arch.  lat. de  rinol.,  laringol.
    [etc],  Barcel., 1904, xv,  153-161.— Pusateri (S.)  Sopra
    un caso di rinoliti.  Gior. d. r. Accad.  di  nied. di Torino,
    1904,  4. s., x,  130-132.—Kaoult (A.)  Sur un cas  de
I    rhinol the developp6 autour d'un  noyau de  cerise.   Kev.
    nied.  de lest. Nancy, 1898, xxx, 129-147, 1 ch.—Kochaid
    (E ) Sc  Couguenheitn (A.)  Sequestres 6normes de la
    losse nasale gauche; svphilis ant£rieure;  impossibility
    d'extraetion de ces s6questres par les voies natu relies et
    apr6s l'operation  de Rouge:  operation d'Ollier; extraction
    immediate de deux gros sequestres; gugrisou.   Ann. d.
    mal. de l'oreille,  do  larynx [etc.], Par., 1896, xxii, pt. 2,
    281-284.   Also:  Union med.. Par.,  1896, 4. s., ii,  566.—
I    Kuaiilt.  Khinolithes. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Bar.,
    1904, lxxix, 159.—Buss. Eiu Fall von Nasenstein.  Med.
i    Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 258.—
    Wchaefer.  Ueber einen Fall von Rliinolith. Cor.-Bl. d.
    allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1900, xxix,  390.—
    Scheppegrell (W.)  The etiology, symptoms, and treat-
    ment of  rhinoliths, with the  report of a case.   Tr. Am.
    Laryngol.. Rhinol.  & Otol.  Soc. 1896, N.  Y.. 1897,  ii, 45-
    49.—Minion (('.)  Exfoliation spoutaneedn comet moyen.
    Union  med.  du nord-est, Reims,  1905,  xxix, 1. — Mmilh
    (J. W.)  Rhinoliths.  Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2,
    n.  s., iii.  318-320.—Taptas.   Rhinolithes.  Gaz. med.
    d'Orient,  Constant., 1x99-1900, xlii, 311.—Taylor (F. W.)
    A  nasal  calculus.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,  1905.  ii, 329.—
    Zakher  (A.  V.)  K kazuistikle nosovikh  kamnel.
    [Nasal  calculi.]   Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb.,  1903, x, 331; 349.

  J\To*e  (Deformities of).
      See,  also. Monsters from  defect,  etc., of brain,
    etc. ;Nose (Diseases of) in children;  Nose (Ob-
    struction of).
      Behnal(A.-F. E.-H.-B.)   *Des  luxations  ile
    la cloison  i-artilagineuse  des  fosses   nasales.
    roy.  8°.   Bordeaux,  169b.
      GltAF(H.)   * Ueher  den Schiefstand  der Na-
    senseheidewand.  6°.   Bonn, [1694].
      Iben  (II. K.)    * Ueber  die Misbildungen der
    knoeliernen Nasenseheidewand.  8-.  Kiel, 1^94.
      Lkvy  (11.)    "Ueber  die Yerbiegungen der
    Nasenseheidewand.   [Strasburg.]   8:.    Zabern,
    1694.
      Nachtigall (P. A.)   *Ein Fall  von medianer
    Nasenspalte.   8  .   Iireslau,  190b.
      Sakremone  [M.-R.-J.-J.]   "Des  malforma-
    tions de la cloison du nez.  4G.   Paris,  1"".»4.
       Scihlte(M.)  * Ueber  den Schiefstand  der
    Nasenseheidewand.  8°.   Bonn,  1-90.
      Anton (W.)  Zur Kenntniss  der congenitalen Defor-
    mitaten der Nasenseheidewand. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 
NOSE.
743
NOSE.
j\o*e (Deformities of).
  1893, xxxv, 304-308, 2 pl. -----.  Demonstration iiber Tu-
  beu-PauUenhohlcntonsille und congenitale  Deforinitiiten
  der Nasenseheidewand.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. n. Aerzte, 1902, Leip/.., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 429-431.—
  Xyrapaa(M.)  Spytsatulauenansviitvniiseen.  [Causes
  of depression of nose.]   Duodeciin, Helsinki, 1891, vii, 36-
  40.—Balleuger (W.  L.)   The  etiology of deformities
  aud deviations  ofthe nasal  septum.  Tr. Am. Larvngol.,
  Rhinol., \ Otol. Soc. 1902, X. V., 1903, viii, 564-571.' Also:
  Ann. Otol., Khinol. & Laryngol..  St. Louis, 1902, xi,  no.
  2, 190-195— Burns (T. P.)  A case of corrected external
  and  internal deformity of the nose.   Laryngoscope,  St.
  Louis, 1902, xii, 31.—Kerent (W.)  Die Deviationeu  des
  Nasenseptums.   Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., 1906, 163-
  168.   AUo:  Wien.  klin. - therap.  Wchuschr., 1906, 163-
  168. — Bergeat (H.)   Die  Aetiologie der Verbiegungen
  und  Auswiichse  am Geriiste des Nasenseptums.   Mo-
  natschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl., 1896,  xxx, 486-406.  -----.  Die
  Asymiuetrien  der kuochernen  Choanen.   Arch. f.  La-
  ryngol. u.  Rhinol., Berl., 1896,  iv, 409-420. 1 pl. -----.
  Verkiirzung  des Septums,  Asymmetric der  Choanen,
  Deviation des  Septums bei  Neugcboreuen.  Verhandl.
  d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol.  1894-1903,  Wiirzb., 1904,
  182. — Black (N. M.)  One of  the etiologic factors in
  the production of deflected and deformed nasal septums,
  and the methods  for its relief.  Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii,
  274-276. —Bresgen (M.)   Entstehung,  Bedeutuug und
  Behandlung der Verkriiminuugen  und eallosen Verdickun-
  gen  der Nasenseheidewand. ■  Wien.  med.   Presse,  1887,
  xxviii, 237; 274.  AUo,  Reprint.—Brown  (M. R.)   Cer-
  tain forms of  deviation of the nasal septum.   N. Am.
  Pract., Chicago, 1890, ii, 166-172.—Brunk (T. L.)  Intra-
  nasal deformity and redundancy and their relations to dis-
  eases of the upper  air passages.  Alabama M. J.,  Bir-
  mingh., 1904-5, xvii, 634-646.   AUo:  Louisville  Month.
  J. M. Sc S.. 1904-5, xii, 1-9.—Bulette (W. W.)  Etiology
  of deflections ofthe nasal septum.  Tr. Colorado M. Soc,
  Denver.  1805. 70-75.  Also: M-d.  Fortnightly, St. Louis,
  1895. viii,  388-391.—Cassel berry ( W. E.)  "Deformities
  of the septum  narium; their classification with a view to
  treatment.  J. Am. M.  Ass .  Chicago,  1899, xxxii, 4l9-
  471—Chatellicr (H.)  Deviations non traumatiques de
  la cloison des fosses nasales; classification;  embryologie;
  r&gles geiierales du traitement.  Arch, interuat. de laryn-
  gol.  [etc.J, Par.,  1892, v,  129-136— Collier iM.)  Devia-
  tions de la cloison des fosses  nasales.  Kev. de laryn-
  gol. [etc], Par., 1892. xii, 110- 120. — Coolirige (A.),'.ir.
  Deformities of the septal cartilage.   Boston M. Sc S. J.,
  1894,  exxxi, 158-160.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Changes in
  the turbinated bones in connection with deformities of
  the septum.   Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1808, exxxviii, 540-543.
  [Discussion], 547-549.  -----. Deviation of the nasal sep-
  tum.   Ibid.. 1904, cl, 478-480.—Coulter (J.H.)  The eti-
  ology  of deflected septum.   Chicago Clinic. 1906,  xiii,
  228-231.—B-'Ambi-osio (A.)  Deformita del naso.   Ri-
  forma med.,  Napoli, 1894, x. pt.  2, 690-701.—Dionisio
  (J.)   Sulle deviazioni  del setto osseo  e  cartilagineo del
  naso.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1892,  xii, 145-175.—
  Discussion  on deflections of the nasal   septum.   Tr.
  Brit. Larymrol. Sc Khinol. Ass. 1891, Loud. & Phila., 1892,
  i, 75-90.— F vans (T. C.)  Deflections of the nasal septum.
  Louisville J. S. Sc M.,  1898, v, 1-4. Also [Abstr.]: North
  Car. M. J., Charlotte, 1899, xliv, 73-76.—Forsyth (E. A.)
  Deviatiou of the nasal septum.  Buffalo M. J., 1901-2. u. s.,
  xii, 655-657.—Freudenthal (W.)  The septum narium
  in aborigines and the cause of deviations of  the septum in
  general.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1904, xiv,  198-201.—
  Gautier(G.)  &  Philippe.  Dfel'obstiuction nasale, ses
  cons6quences et son traitement.  Rev. internat. d'electro-
  ther.,  Par., 1904-5. xiv, 345-347.—Cleason (E.  B.)   De-
  viation of  the  nasal septum.  Phila.  Hosp. Rep.  (1902),
  1903, v, 112-116.—Gonguenheim,  Deviation and  per-
  foration  of the  septum of the nose.  Med. Week.  Par.,
  1895.  iii, 494-497.  -----. Deviations de la cloison du nez.
  Semaine med.,  Par., 1895. xv, 79 — Oriilin  (E. H.)   De-
  formities ofthe nasal sieptum.  N. York  M. J., 1897, lxv,
  786-789.  AUo,  Reprint -Gutzmann (H.)  Ueber  den
  Einfluss organischer Veranderungen des Rachens und der
  Nase auf die Sprache.  Wien.  med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 151-
  154.—Ouve.  Over de plica  vestibuli en bet aanzuigen
  der neusvleugels.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,
  1898, 2. R., xxxiv, d. 1,  909-914. —IIartinann (A.)   De-
  viationen und Cristas des Septum  narium.   Verhandl. d.
  x. internat. med.  Cong. 1890,  Berl., 1892, iv,  12. Abth., 17-
  21.—Ilinkel (F. W.)  Irregularities of septum narium,
  without deflection, as an etiological factor in nasal catarrh.
  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Syracuse, 1887, 513-518. — llopinann.
  Weitere Beitrage zur Beautwortung der Frage: Kommen
  Difformitaten der Choanen vor oder sTnd sie  ungemein  sel-
  ten?  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte
  1890, Leipz., 1891,  lxiii,pt. 2, 371-378.—Ingals (E. F.)   De-
  flection of the  septum narium.   Arch. Laryngol., N. Y.,
  1882. iii, 291-299.   Also, Reprint. -----.  Deflection of the
  nasal  septum.  Med News, N. V., 1897, xx,  206.—John-
  son (E. It.)  The result of septal deformities upon the up-
  per respiratory tract.  J. Ophth., Otol. <fe Laryngol.; N. Y.,
  1900, xii, 41-48.—It a in mi.  Ein Fall vou Verschluss  der
]\ose (Deformities  of).
  hinteren Nasenoffnuug.   Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch.  f.
  vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx,  med. Sect., 143-145.—
  Kassel ((!.)   Ein  Fall  von nervosen  Herzklopfen, ge-
  heilt (lurch  Abtracung einer Spina septi narium.  Arch.
  f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1902, xiii, 298.—Knight
  (C. IL)  Deviated septum.  Internat. Clin.,  Phila., 1893,
  3.  s., i, 325-831.—Kretsehmann. Aiiatoiuischer uud
  klinischer Beitrag zum Kapitel der Deviatiouen des vor-
  deren Abschnittes der Nasenseheidewand.   Arch. f. La-
  ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,  1903, xiv, 557-570.—I^e Dentu
  (A.)  Dea deviations du  septum nasal.   Inhis:  Hop. Ne-
  cker.  Etudes de clin. chir. 1890-91, 8°, Par., 1902, 123-131.—
  lii-flerts (G.  M.)  Nasal deviations.  Med. <.V. Surg. Re-
  porter, Phila.,  1893,  lxix, 198. — Ce wis (F. D.)   Are de-
  formities of the nasal septum less frequent now than for-
  merly /  J. Ophth., Otol.  & Laryngol., N. Y.,  1901, xii, 50-
  53. — l.icbiiiaun (A.) Ein Fall von Sigmatismua nasalis.
  Centralbl. I. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, ii, 145-148.—McCassy
  (J. II.)  Deformities of  the nasal  septum.  Am. Med.-
  Surg. Bull., N. V.,  1896,  x, 751.  Also, lleprint.  Also: J.
  Am. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 200. — Mcltiniicy (R.)
  The  correction of deviated nasal  septa.  Memphis M.
  Month., 1900, xx, 77-81, 1 pl.  [Discussion], 96-98.— tlan-
  cioli ( T.)   Deviazioni  del  setto nasale.  Arch. ital. di
  otol. [etc.l,  Torino, 1901-2, xii, 129-182,  1 pl. — Martiu
  |W.)  Deviation of the septum nasi. Med. Mag., Phila.,
  1893, lxiii, 456-458. -----. Deviation  of the septum.  Ibid.,
  1895,  lxvi. 99. -----. Split  septum.  Ibid., 100. — iTIar-
  tiu (W. A.)  Theories and facts concerning deflection of
  the nasal septum.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii,
  487-491.— Maxwell (P. W.)  The eflecls  of nasal ob-
  struction  on accommodation.  Canada Lancet,  Toronto,
  1896-7, xxix, 149. — ITIaycr (E.)  Deviation  of the carti-
  laginous nasal sseptuni; its cure.  N. York M. J., 1895, lx,
  748-750.  AUo, Repriut.—Melzi(U.) Sulla deformazione
  del naso per polipimucosi. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino,
  1902-3, xiii,  42-46.—Miot (E.)   Remarques sur certaines
  obstructions nasales.  Rev. mens, de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1888,  viii, 241; 305. — Moure (E.-J.)  Deviationen und
  Cristae des Septum narium.  Verhandl. d. x. internat. med.
  Cong. 1890, Berl., 1892, iv, 12. Abth., 10-17. Also, transl:
  Arch. ital.  di laringol.,  Napoli, 1890, x, 163-171.  Also,
  transl: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1890, iv. 495-501. -----. Pa-
  thog6nie et traitement des deviations  et  eperons de la
  cloison du nez  cbez les  jeunes enfants.  J. de  med. de
  Bordeaux,  1896, xxvi, 449.— Murphy (J. B.)   Defects
  and deformities of tbe nose, with report of cases.  Rep.
  Mercy Hosp.,  Chicago,  1898-9, 77-84.  -----. Nasal de-
  formities.   Med. Mirror. St. Louis, 1900,  xi, 55-66.—
  IVavratil  (I.)  Deviatio et crista spina nasi.   Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii,  85. — Oettinger (M.)  Eiu
  Fall von  hereditar-syphilitischer  Sattelnase. Munchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv, 747.— Okada (K.)   [Deform-
  ity ofthe septum. |   Iji Shiubun, Tokio,  1902, no.  607,161-
  168.— Parker (E. F.)  Spurs of the nasal septum,  and
  their influence on the respiratory tract.  N.York M. J.,
  1897, lxv, 766-768.—Phillips (W. C.)  Etiology  of nasal
  deformities.  Ann. Otol.,  Rhinol. &  Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1901,  x, 274-279. — Porcher ( W. P.)   Deformities and
  ecchondromata of the nasal  septum.  Tr. South  Car. M.
  Ass., Charleston, 1889,109-114.  Also: Virginia AI.Month.,
  1889-90, xvi, 286-292.—Potiquet.  TJu  cas de deviatiou
  de la cloison des fosses nasales  corrige.e par  un  trau-
  matisme.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1891, xi, 225-235.
  -----. fitude critique sur l'etiologie des <16viatious de la
  cloison nasale.   Med. mod., Par., 1892, iii, 153; 169.—Pri-
  plyusnutiy nos vsliedstviye razrusheni.ya nosovol pere-
  gorodki.   [Flattened nose  in consequence of destroyed
  nasal septum.]  Otehot o dleyateln. khirurg.  klin. [etc.] v
  Mosk. (1889-191)0), 1901, 69.—Pymhoii (E.)  Slight irreg-
  ularities of the nasal septum.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1900,  ix,  174-181.  AUo,  Reprint. — Ouimby (C. E.)  A
  factor in the etiology of distorted nasal septa.  Med. News,
  N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 480-488. - Boe (J.  O.)  .Etiology of
  deviations,  spins, and ridges of the nasal sseptum.  N.
  York M. J., 180(1, lxiv, 477-482.  AUo, Keprint.  Also .- Tr.
  Am.  Laryngol. Ass. 1896, N. Y., 1897, 203-217.   [Discus-
  sion], 222-232. — Root (A. G.)  Deviations  ofthe nasal
  septum.  Albany M. Ann., 1892, xiii, no. 2, 1-11. — Ross
  (G. T.)  Deviated nasal  septum.  Cauada M. Rec, Mon-
  treal, 1899, xxvii, 533-537. — Roughtou  (E.)   The impor-
  tance of nasal obstructions.  Practitioner, Lond.,1889,xlii,
  188-197. — Sargnon.  Deviation  do la cloison nasale.
  Lyon med.,  1902,  xcix,  407.—Neheppegrell (W.)  De-
  formities of the nasal septum and  tlieirinfluence in dis-
  eases of the ear and throat.  Tr  Louisiana M.  Soc, N.
  Oil, 1893, 88-105. Also:  X. Orl. M.  & S. J.,  1892-3, n. s.,
  xx, 883-897, 3 pl.   AUo, Reprint. — ttcuziak  (J.)   O
  zboczeniach przegrody  nosa.  [Deviations of septum of
  nose.] Przegl.  lek., Krak6w, 1891,  xxx, 80;  98; 122; 158;
  165; 181.   Also, transl.:  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1891. v, 85;
  140. — Swain (II. L.)   Facial  asymmetry as a  possible
  cause ot deformity of tbe nasal septum.  Tr  Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi, 61-75.   Also:  Laryngoscope,
  St. Louis, 1905, xv, 545-557. — Talbot  (E. S.)   Deformi-
  ties of the  bones of the  face and  nose.   Laryngoscope,
  St. Louis.  1902, xii, 329; 415. — Teets  (C.  E.)   Deflec- 
NOSE.
744
NOSE.
IVo*e (Deformities of).
  tions and deformities of the septum.  Homceop. Eve, Ear
  Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1903, ix, 211-219.—Travinatiches-
  ki> kostniy izyanoblastiuadpereuosya. [Traumatic bone
  detect in the region of the  glabella.]  Otehot o dleyateln.
  khirurg. klin. [etc] v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901, 57.—Trci-
  tel.  Ein Fall von Sigmatismus nasalis.  Deutsche nied.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1894, xx, Ver.-Beil., 57. -----.
  Ceber  Parasigmatismus nasalis.  Ztschr.  f. klin.  Med.,
  Berl.,  1*95,  xxvii, 459-464. -----. Ein Fall vou Naseu-
  erweiterung.  Verhandl. d.  Berl.med.Gesellsch.(1900),1901,
  xxxi, pt. 1, 228.—Trendelenburg.   [Schiefstand der
  Nase. J  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,Leipz.u.Berl., 1903,xxix,
  46.—Turner (J.)  Deflected septa of the nose. Maryland
  M.J..Bait.,1896.xxxv,43-45.—Vansant(E.L.) Pathologic
  changes occurring in the unobstructed nostril  in cases of
  deviated septum. J.Am.M.Ass.,Chicago,1900,xxxiv,850.—
  Von Kleen (C. II.)  Atrophy, hypertrophy, and devia-
  tion of the septum.  Times Sc Reg., Phila., 1889, xx, 699-
  7iiY—Woakes (E.) <fe Walsham (W. J.) Deflections
  of nasal septum.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1890, ii, 617-620.—
  /•apadeniye khryashtshevol  chasti nosa.  [Cartilagi-
  nous part of the nose collapsed.]  Otehot o dleyateln. khi-
  rurg. klin. [etc.] v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901, 68.—Zapav-
  shiy nos.  [Collapsed nose; 8 ca.ses.J   Jbid., 58-68—Za-
  pavsheye perenosye  i  zapavshaya  pravaya nozdrya.
  [Glabella aud right nostril  collapsed.]  Ibid., 71-74.

IVose (Deformities of,  Congenital).
     See Nose (Abnormities of).

Hose (Deformities of,  Treatment of).
     Bkrt (G.-M.-J.)   * Traitement des deviations
  de la cloison nasale.  H-.   Bordeaux, 1901.
     Kicii (A.)   * Ueber Verkriimmuugeu der Na-
  seusclii-idewand uud  deren   Behandluug.   8°.
  Bonn, 1661.
     Senx (A.)   *Die  Behandlung der Satteluase.
  * '.   Wiirzburg,  16{K>.
     Stoker (G.)  Deviations of the nasal septum;
  their etiology and treatment.  8°.  London, 1886.
     Anderson  (P. L.)  Abnormities of the nasal saptum ;
  and their treatment in the cure of catarrh.  N. York M.
  J., 1895, lxi, 227-229.  AUo,  Reprint— Annantlalc (T.)
  Practical sutrj-estions iu connection with the treatment of
  some deformities of the nose.  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1897,  ii,
  1625. — Ayi-iipsiii (M.)  Om orthopedisk behandling  af
  sadelnasa.   [The orthopedic  treatment  of saddle-nose.]
  Skandin. Tandlakaref.  Tidskr., Kobenh., 1893, ii, 1; 57.—
  Baraloux (J.)  Traitement de certaines malformations
  du nez.  Cong, internat. denied.  C.-r., Par,, 1900, sect,  de
  larvngol., 338. — Kerens  (T. P.)  Cork  splints for the
  nasal septum.  Ann. Ophth. Sc Otol.. Kansas City, 1892. i,
  193. -----.  Cork splints for deflections of  the nasal sep-
  tum.  Manhattan  Eye Sc Ear  Hosp. Rep.,  N. Y., 1894, i,
  104-109.—Botey (R.)   Tiatamiento  de  las desviaciones
  verticales del  tabiquo nasal siu espesamiento.  Gac. med.
  de Granada, 1894, xiii.385-391.  AUo, transl.: J. Larvngol.,
  Lond., 1894, viii, 317-:;2U. — Boulai (J.)  Deux cas curieux
  de redressement de la cloisou du nez.   Arcb. internat.  de
  laryngol. [etc], Par.. 1906, xxi, 132.—Brown (J. P.)  On
  tubage as accessory treatment in certain  cases of septal
  deformity.  J.  Am.' M.  Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 445-448.
  Also:  DominionM. Month., Toronto, 1804, iii, 38-42.-----.
  Rubber splints in  the treatment of septal curvature. Tr.
  Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902, 12-19.  AUo: Canad.
  Pract. Jc Rev.. Toronto, 1902,  xxvii, 421-428.  Also: Lar
  yovoscope,  St. Louis, 1902, xii. 596-603.—Briiuson (IM
  Deformities of the nasal septum; consequences and  treat-
  ment.  Hot Springs M.J, 1*97, vi. 81-86.—V a boe he ill)
   Cn  proced6 de traitement  de-i deviations de la cloison na-
  sale.  Aim. d. mal. ih- l'oreille. du laryn\ [etc.]. Par , 1903,
  xxix, 510-515.—Cheval.  Traitement des malformations
  du septum nasal.  Kev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et  lar\n-
  gol., Par., 1*03, iii, ]0*; 2u5.  Also: Rev. de laryngol [etc.],
  Par., 1>"93, xiii, 533-554.C'oe'n (R.)  Cebereinen seltenen
  Fall von Sigmati.siuus nasalis;  Heilung.   Wien. med.
   Wchnsehr., 1899, xlix,  12*6-12*9.— Belie.  Cretes de la
  cloisou nasale; quelques considerations sur  leur traite-
  meut.  Rev  iuternat.  de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par.,
  1897. vii, 19::-195. — Biouisio (I.)  Nuovo metodo di cura
  di alcune alterazioni nasali.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med.di
  Torino, 1890. 3. s., xxxvii. 259-202. -----. Sulle deviazioni
  del  setto nasale e sulla loro cura. Atti d. Cong. il. Soc
  ital. di laringol. [etc.],  Firenze, 1892,  i, 58-62. — Doug-
  lass (15.)  Septal fallacies.   Laryngoscope, St.  Louis,
  1903. xiii, 2i>6-292. — Buehcsiie  '(N.)   Des malforma-
  tions de la  cloison du nez et  de leur traitement.   Ann.
  Soc med.-chir. de Liege, l'.iul, xl, 13-21.— K vans  (T. C.)
  The correction of deviations  of the cartilaginous nasal
  septum.  Am.  Pract. Sc  News. Louisville. 1901, xxxi, 173-
  177.   jDiscussionl, 183-1*7. — Fallow (J. W.)   Treat-
  ment of piolongatinn forward ol the nasal septum into the
  nostril.  Med.  \- Sing. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 189*, 9. s.,
  162-104.—Felterolf (G.)  A  simple method of correcting
  certain deformities of the nasal septum.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
i\o*e (Deformities of,  Treatment of).
  gol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1902, N. V., 1903, viii, 307-313.—
  Foster (H.)  The treatment of brpken and deformed lia-
  sal septa.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, Kansas  City, 1899, 350-
  354.  AUo: Kansas City M. Index-Lancet. 1899, xx,  611-
  613.—Freer (O. T.)  The correctiou of deflections of the
  nasal septum with a minimum of traumatism.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 636-642.  [Discussion],  062-
  665.—Oleasou (E. 11.)  Tieatment of deflection of the
  nasal septum, complicated by traumatic deformity of the
  external nose.  Ibid.,  1901, xxxvi, 629 - 631. — Goodale
  (J. L.)  The correction of old lateral displacements of the
  nasal bones.  Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxlv, 538.  [Discus-
  sion], 547.—Grant (D.)  Remarks on  the treatment of
  deflection of the nasal septum.  J. Laryngol.. Loud., 1899,
  xiv, 392-396. — lleuler.   Beitrag zum  Nasenersatz!
  Schweiz. Vrtl.jschr. f. Zahnh.. Basel & Geneve. 1903,  xiii,
  116-125.—IIuleu (V. H.)  The cure of deviations of tho
  nasal septum.  Texas M. J., Austin, 1896-7, xii, 173-175.—
  Humble.  Deviations de la  cloison mediane du nez;
  traitement.  Ann. Soc  med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1905, x,  353-
  358.—Jackson (C.)  Failures in attempted correction of
  septal deviation.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol.  Soc.
  1902, N.V., 1903,viii, 332-343.—Johnson (W. B.)  An orig-
  inal device for correcting deformities of the nose resulting
  from traumatism, with a report of two cases.  Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1892, xii, 374.  Also, Reprint— Kyle (D. B.)  Appro-
  priate treatment for certain varieties of nasal  deflections
  and redundancy.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc.
  1899, N. Y., 1900,v,66-77.  AUo: Laryngoscope,St. Louis,
  1900, viii, 11-23.—I.acroix (P.)  Du redressement spon-
  tane des deviations de la cloisou par simple desobstruc-
  tion de la fosse nasale opposee.   Arch, internat. de larvn-
  gol. [etc.], Par., 1897, x, 19-21.—I.eavitt <H. H.) Treat-
  ment of deflection  of the nasal septum, lloiuwop. Eye,
  Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1901, vii, 84.—HI aim.  Un  pre-
  cede- simple de redressement des cloisous nasales deviees.
  Arch, iuternat. de  laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1901, xiv,  132-
  137.—.11 artin (F.)  On the correction of deformities the
  result of nasal fractures; method  of Claude  Martiu, of
  Lyons.   Tr. Fourth Iuternat.  Dent.  Cong. 1904, Phila.,
  1905, ii, 357-362.—Mayer (E.)   Deviatiou of the cartilag-
  inous uasal saptuni;  its cure.   N.York M. J., 1895. lxii,
  748-750.  AUo. Reprint. — Tleriick (S.  K.)   The de-
  flected nasal septum;  its significance, cause,  aud treat-
  ment.   Maryland  M.  J.,  Bait., 1891,  xxv,  265-271.—
  Moure (E.-J.)  Des deviations et cretes de la cloison du
  nez et de leur traitement.  Bull. m6d., Par., 1890, iv, 1151-
  1154.  -----. Traitement  des deviations  de la cloisou.
  Cong, internat. de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryimol.,
  244-248.  Also: Rev. hebd. de  laryngol.  [etc.],  Par'., 1901,
  i, 369-383.  AUo, transl: J. Laryngol., Loud., 1901,  xvi,
  163-174.—Night  (C. H.)  Supplementary note on a  case
  of Martin's bridge  for depressed nose.  N. York M. J.,
  1896, lxiv,  806. —IVye  ( F. T. )  Septal deflections; their
  consequence and treatment.   Wisconsin M. J., Milwau-
  kee, 1903-4, ii, 560-567.—Potiquet.  TJu cas de deviation
  dela cloison des fosses nasales enrrigee paruu traumatisme.
  J. de med.de Par., 1891, 2. a.,  iii  237 -240. — Bethi  (L.)
  Die Verbieguugen  der  Nasenseheidewand und  ihre Be-
  handlung.   Wieu. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1890, iii, 514;  560;  576;
  599.—Bice (C. C.)  The efficacy of the older methods of
  treating  nasal disease  contrasted with those of to-day.
  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila.,  1889, 222-228.— Bice ( G. B.)
  Deflections of the cartilaginous septum,  and  its cure.
  Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1896, ii, 116-118.—
  Bichardson (C.  AV.)  The after  treatnieut of restored
  deflected  nasal sentum.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol.,  &
  Otol. Soc. 1898, N. Y.,*l*99, iv, 144-151.—'Boberts (J. B.)
  The cure of crooked noses by a new method.  Proc. Phila.
  Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1884-5, vii, 1-4. — Boe (J.  O.)  The
  correction of deformities of the nose resulting from abscess
  of  the uasal sseptum.   N. York M. J., 18!);!. lvii, 319-322.
  -----. The treatment of deviations in the  nasal septum.
  Tr. Am. Lar\ ngol. Ass. 1893, N. Y., 1894. xv, 83-100. AUo:
  N. York M.'J., 1894,  lix,  424-430.   [Discussion], 441.—
  Wanalinann (G.)  Eine neue Methode zur Correctiou der
  Nasenseheidewand.  Deutsche med. Wchnsc.hr., Leipz.
  u. Ber)., 1891. xvii, 327-329.—Sarremonc.  Traitemeut
  des deviations de la cloison du nez.  Rev. hebd. de laryn-
  gol. [etc.l, Par., 1*97, xvii, 849-856.  AUo:  Rev. internat.
  de rhinol., otol. et laryngol..  Par., 1898, viii,  143- 147  —
  Nth u Iter (W.)  De  behandeling van de vei kronnniug
  van  het  tusschenschot van  den  neus.   Nederl. Ti.jd-
  sehr. v. Geueesk., Amst., 1890. 2. R., xxvi, 2. d., 545-551.—
  Smith  (II.)  A  consideration of septal  spurs and de-
  flections.  Intei nat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1904,  xvii, 355-357.
  -----.  Correction  of traumatic External nasal ih-ioimi-
  ties.  Med. Brief,  St.  Louis.  1905,  xxxiii.  468. — Mpiess
   (G. )   Zur  Behandlung  der Verbieguugen der  Nasen
  scheidewand.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1*93-4,
  i. 282-290.  AUo, transl: Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli,
  1894,  xiv,  157-165.—Weir (R.  F.)   On restoring sunken
  noses without scarring the  face.  N. York M. J., 1892,
  lvi, 449-451— Winekler.   Ueber Correction schiefer
  Nasen.  Verhandl. d.  V< r. siiddeutsch. Laryngol.  1894-
   1903. Wiirzb.,  1904, 671.—Ziem (C.)  Zur Behandlung
   der Verbieguugen der Nasenseheidewand.  Monatschr. f.
   Ohrenh., Bell., 1894, xxviii, 220-224. 
NOSE.
745
NOSE.
j\ose (Deformities of Treatment of, Oper-

  ative).
    Blanc (F.)   * Varietes cliniques et traitement
  chirurgical des deviations de la cloison des fosses
  nasales.   8°.  Lyon, 1905.
    Dasqce (J.-J.-E.-E-.F.)  * Du traitemeut chi-
  rurgical des  malformations  osseuses  des  fosses
  nasales  (par  les  voies  naturelles).   8°.  Bor-
  deaux, 1696.
    DyakoxoFF  (P.  I.)    Yozstauovleniye  raz-
  rusbonnavo nosa.   [Reestablishment  of a  de-
  stroyed nose.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1902.
    Hamburger  (S).   *Die   Verbieguugen   der
  Nasenseheidewand  und   deren  operative   Be-
  handlung.   8 .  Breslau, 1693.
    Rosenthal (I.)   *Sur lis deformations de la
  cloisou du nez, et  leurs traitements  chirurgi-
  caux.   1  .   Paris, 1866.
     -----.   Thesame.   8°.   Paiis,1866.
    AUo, in: Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1889. i, 532-556.
    Schaefer (L. C.)  *Zur Methode der Rhino-
  plastik bei luetischer  Sattelnase.   t-°.  Greifs-
  wald, 1669.
    Schreiter (F.)  * Ueber   die operative  nnd
  prothetisehe  Behandluug der  Defeete und  De-
  ibnnitaten der ansseren  Nase.   [Munich.]   8°.
  Leipzig, 1699.
    Also, in: Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1899,
  xvii, 383; 404; 470; 513.
     Abrazhanoff (A. A.) Zamleshtsheniye nosovol pere-
  gorodki kostuol plastinkoi pri zapavshem uosle; polnoye
  vzhivleniye.   [Substitution of bone plate for nasal s ptum
  in case of a falleu-in  nose; complete vital union.]  Khir-
  urgia, Mosk., 1*98, iii, 219-221.—Alter (F. W.) The sub-
  mucous resection  of deflected nasal septi;  the so-called
  Killian operation; repot t of cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago,  1905. xiv, 34-36.—Ames (A.)  The supra-labial op-
  eration (Harrison Allen's)  for  deflection of  the nasal
  septum.  Tr. Am. i.aryngol. Ass.. N. Y., 1901, 145-150.—
  Anderson  (\V. M. A.)  Keplacement of a severed por-
  tion ofthe nose.   Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 689.—Anderson
   (W. S.) Resection of tbe nasal septum for correctiou of
  deflections.  Physician  &  Surg.,  Detroit  Sc Anu Arbor,
   1904. xxvi, 105-109.—A sch (il. J.)  A new operation for
  deviation of the nasal septum, with a report of cases.   Tr.
  Am. Larvngol. Ass.  1*00. N. Y.,  1891, xii, 76-86.  Also:
  N.  York'M.J., l*9u, lii, 675-677. | Discussion]. 693-695.
  Also, Keprint.—Bnird (W. H.)  Facial restoration; arti-
  ficial  nose.  Dental Brief, Phila., 1905, x,  350.—Bane
   (W. C.) The sub mucous window re-section of the nasal
  septum. Colorado Med.,  Denver,  1905,  ii.  278-283.—
  Baumgarten (E )  Das Schleich'sche Yerfahren  bei
  den Operationeii der Septumverbiegungen und Leisten.
  Arch.  f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1899, ix,  359-367.—
  Beltrami."  Restauration  nasale.  Rev.  odont.,  Par.,
  1905. xxiv, 338-342.—Berard. Du traitement des devia-
  tions de la cloison et des deformations des os du nez par la
  methode de  Martin.  Bull. Soe.  de chir. de Lyon, 1905,
  viii,  61.  AUo:  Lyou  med.,   1905,  civ, 638. — Bcrcus
   (T. P.) An operation  for the correction of external de-
  formities of  the bridge of the nose.  Tr.  Am.  Laryngol.
  Ass.. N.Y., 1904, xxvi, 176-188. AUo:  Anu. Otol., Rhinol.
  & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 384-395. —Berber (P.)
  Retablissernent de la rectitude et de, la permeability nasales
  par une operation modelaute.   Bull, et m6m. Soc de chir.
  de  Par., 19o2. n. s., xxviii, 1130.  -----. Kestauration de
  1'arete du  n« z en solle par un transplant cartilagineux
  (methode de Charles Nelaton).  Ibid., 1905, xxxi, 680-682.—
  Bobrofl (A. A.)  Yozstauovleniye sledloobrazuo zapav-
  shavo nosa.  [Restoration of a saildlelike fallen-in nose.]
  Chir.  Laitop.. Mosk., 1892,  ii, 531-535. —BouiiiuKliaus
  (G.)   Ueber  die Beseitigung schwerer Verbieguugen der
  knorpeligenund knochernen Nasenseheidewand durch die
  Resection.  Arch.f. Laryngol.u.Rhinol., Berl.. 1899,ix,269-
  284.-----. Zum AufsatzeKriegs:  DieFensterresectiondes
  Septum narium,etc.   Ibid., 1900, xi. 163-166. -----. Zur Re-
  section der knorpoligen uud knochernen Nasenseheidewand
  bei schweren Verbiegungen derselben.  Ibid., 341-345.—
  Booth (B.  S.)  A combined  intranasal  and extranasal
  operation for the correction of a  congenital concave ver-
  tical and lateral deformity of the  nose, with the report of
  a case. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiii, 709-712. -----.  Sep-
  tum operations under cocaine  and nitrous oxide gas.   Tr.
  Am. Laryngol.,  Rhinol.  & Olol. Soc.  1902, N. Y., 1903, viii,
  356-360. AUo: Ann.  Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St.Louis,
  1902,  xi, 212-214.—Botcy (K.)  Tratamiento de la desvia-
  ci6u  vertical del  tabique cartilaginoso con  obstrucci6n
  nasal y lateralizacion de la punta de la nariz.  Rev. de
  laringol. [etc.], Barcel.,  1897, xii,  331; 341.  AUo, transl:
  Autifd. mal.  de l'oreille, du laryux [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii,
IVose (Deformities of, Treatment of, Oper-

  ative).
  pt. 2, 45-53.—Bresee (P. H.) A prosthetic reconstruction.
  South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1898. xiii, 44-46.—Bri-
  quet.  Deux casde deviation dela cloisou nasale; nou-
  veau  procede operatoire.  Bull.  Soc. auat.-clin. de Lille,
  1890, v, 48-51. Also: J. d. sc. nied. de Lille, 1890, i, 491-
  494— Bronner (A.)  On the use of the dental drill in the
  treatnieut of deviations and spurs of the nasal septum.
  J. Laryngol., Lond.,  1890, iv, 282-284.—Butts (H. H.)
  An operation  for the correction of external and internal
  deformities of the nose, caused by deflection of the cartilag-
  inous nasal  septum.  Manhattan Eye &. Ear Hosp. Rep.,
  N. Y., 1897, iv,  75-81.   AUo: N. York M. J.. 1897, lxv,
  686-689.  AUo, Reprint.—Capps (E. D.) Ash's operation
  for deflection of  the nasal septum.  Texas M. News, Aus-
  tin, 1899, viii, 226.—Cerne. Correction, d'une difforraite
  nasale par insertion sous-cutan6ed'un  support metallique.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 882-
  884.—Chaput.  De la reparation des difformites nasales
  par la protbesometallique iutercutaneo-muqueuse.  Ibid.,
  1894,  n. s., xx, 845-853.—Cheval.  Traitemeut des mal-
  formations  du septum nasal.   Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1893,  xiii,  533-554.  Also:  Soc.  beige d'otol. et de
  laryngol.  C.-r.,  Brux., 1893, iv, 14-21. — Claouc (R.)
  Rejection  sous-muqueuse  de  la  cloison  nasale  deviee.
  Gaz.  hebd.  d. sc. med. de  Bordeaux,  1904, xxv, 450-452.
  -----.  Contribution au traitement des deviations de la
  cloison par  la resection sous muqueuse.  Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 163-170.—Clark (J. P.)
  Case operated on for  exaggerated Roman  nose.  Boston
  M. Sc S. J.,  1901, cxliv, 493. -----. Report of two cases
  operated on for deformity of the nose. Ibid., 1902, cxlvi,
  245-247.   AUo, Reprint.—Colin  (F.)  The submucous
  resection  of the nasal septum.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903,
  lxiv,  1013-1015.— Coulter (J.  H.)   The repair of old
  traumatic nasal deformities. Meilicine, Detroit, 1900, vi,
  459-466. — Cousteau.  Nouvel instrument (septotome)
  pour redresser les cloison* nasales  devices.  Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille,  du larynx  |etc], Par.,  1902, xxviii,  107-109.—
  Curtis (H. H.)  Operations on the nasal septum.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi, 808-Dawbarn (R. H. M.)
  Artificial bridge of the nose.   Ann.  Surg., Phila., 1901.
  xxxiii. 42-45. -----. Use of gutta-percha in operations for
  correcting nasal bony  defects.  Ibid., 1905, xii,  456-458.—
  Dent  (C.)   A  case of operation for deviated septum.
  Lancet, Lond.,  1890, i, 1425. — De Bossi (G.)  Nuovo
  strumento per raddrizzare il setto nasale deviato.  Arch.
  ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1893,  i, 154.—Doii-
  nellau (P. S.)  The correction of deflections of the nasal
  cartilaginous septum,  with a report of six  cases success-
  fully treated by the  Asch  operation.   Therap. Gaz.,
  Detroit, 1899, 3. s., xv, 145-148.— Douglass  (B.)  the
  elements of success in deflected septum operations. Man-
  hattan  Ear  Sc Eye Hosp.  Rep., N.  Y.,  1897, iv,  82-87.
  -----.  The restoration of a  deflected nasal saeptum.
  N. York  M. J..  1898,  lxviii, 181-185.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Duemling (H. A.)   A new method  of restoring sunken
  noses (with  report of a case in which this method  was
  carried out).  St. Louis Cour.  Med., 1893,  viii, 73-75.—
   DyakonotT (P. I.)  K voprosu o rinoplastikie pri za-
   pavshem  nosle.   [Rhinoplasty surgery for fallen-in nose.]
   Chir. Laitop., Mosk.,  1891,  i, 11. -----. Po povodu khi-
   rurgicheskavo liecheuiya zapavshavo  nosa.  [On surgical
   treatment of falleu-in nose.]  Ibid., 1892, ii, 538-544.-----.
   Nleskolko zamiechaniy po povodu khirurgicheskavo lle-
   cheniya zapavshavo nosa.  [Some remarks on the surgical
  treatment of fallen-in nose.] Trudi Y syezda Obsh. russk.
   vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S -Peterb., 1894.  ii. 76-83. Also:
   Chir. Laitop., Mosk.,  1894,  iv,  217-225. — Ellett (E. C.)
   An operation for the  relief of hook nose.   Memphis M.
   Month., 1897, xvii, 168, 1 pl.  -----. An operation for the
  correction ot a saddle-back deformity of the nose.  Ibid.,
   409-411.—Ellison (S. K.)   Operation for depressed nose.
   Lancet, Lond., 1894, i,  394. —Fisk (A. L.)   Operation for
   saddle-back nose. Ann. Surg.. Pliila., 1902, xxxvi, 612.—
   I'orkei- (F. L.)  Plastic operation for malformation of
   the nose caused by svphilis, with illustration.  Med. Rec,
   N. Y., 1896, 1. 719.— Foster (J. M.)  Sub-mucous resec-
   tion of the nasal septum. Denver M. Times, 1905-6, xxv,
   248-252.—Freer (O. T.)  The correction of deflections of
   the nasal septum with  a minimum of traumatism.  J. Am.
   M. Ass., Chicago, I9i)2, xxxviii, 636-642. -----. Tho win-
   dow resection operation for the correction of deflections of
   the nasal septum.  Ibid., 1903, xii, 1391-1398. -----. De-
   flections  of the nasal septum;  a critical review of the
  methods of their correction by the window resection, with
   a report of  116 operations.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn-
   gol.,  St. Louis,  1905,  xiv, 213-266. -----. Eine der Fen-
   sterresektion knocherner Verbiegungen der Nasensehei-
   dewand angepasste, modilieierte  Griinvvald'sche Zange.
   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1905,  xvii,  172-174.
   -----. Die  Fensterresektion der  Verbiegungen der Na-
   senseheidewand.  Berl. klin. Wclinschr.,  1905,  xlii. 1247-
   1251. -----. Die subniucSse Fensterresektion der Nasen-
   scheidewaud nach eigener Methode ausgefiihrt.  Arch. f.
   Laryngol. u.  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1906, xviii, 152-180. — CJau- 
NOSE.
746
NOSE.
x\o*e (Deformities of,  Treatment of,  Oper-

  ative).
  ilier.  Traitement des deviations de  la cloison nasale;
  resection sous-muqueuse du  cartilage par la voie sous-
  labial.-.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 436-
  439.—CJauthicr (It.)   Resection sous-muqueuse et extra-
  nasale du cartilage dans les deviations dela cloisou du nez.
  Rev. internat. de nod.  et dechir., Par., 1*97, viii, 239-241.—
  <»ertscu (P.)  Cliasticlmaya rinoplastika;  vozstauovle-
  nive  konchika nosa.   [Partial rhinoplasty surgery; rees-
  tablishment of collapsed nose.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1901, ix,
  002-007. — Getchell  (A.  C.)  Hemorrhage after opera-
  tions on the nasal septum.   Boston M. Sc S. J.. 1894, exxxi,
  9-11.—Gibb  (J. S.)   Deviations ofthe nasal septum;  a
  review of one hundred operations for correction.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago. 1904, xliii. 1296-1301.—Gleason (E. B.)
  A new operation  for the correction of deflections of the
  nasal septum.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896. i, 265: 1897,
  iii  147. ------. The mechanical principles involved iu the
  operation for correction of deflections of the nasal septum.
  Phila. M. J.,  1898, ii,  1196-1198. ------. An operation for
  the correction of deflections of the  nasal septum.  Laryn-
  goscope,  St. Louis, 1902,  xii, 578-595. — G lei Is man u
  (J. W.)   Ueber Behandlung vou  Septumdeviationen mit-
  telst der Trephine und der Methode von Asch.  Arch. f.
  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1896. iv, 115-118. — Goodale
  (J. "L.)   A new method  for the operative correction  of
  exaggerated Roman nose.   Boston M. Sc S. J., 1899, cxl,
  112, 1 pl.  AUo, Reprint. ------.  On  the  correctiou  of
  old  traumatic depressions of the  nose  by subcutaneous
  plastic operation.  Ann. Otol.,  Rhinol.  Sc Laryngol., St.
  Louis, 1900, ix, 370-375.  Also,  Reprint. ------. A  case
  of  nasal  deformity from a median furrow, corrected by
  sub-cutaneous implantation of  a  portion of  the septal
  cartilage. Boston  M. .v S. J., 1901, cxlv, 93.  Also. Re-
  print. ------.  The correction of old lateral displacements
  of  the nasal  bones.   Ibid., 547-549.   Also, Reprint.—
  Grant iD.)  A simplified method  of operating for deflec-
  tion of the cartilaginous septum.   Brit.M. J., Lond., 1902,
  ii, 576.—Green (W. E.)  An improved operation for the
  correction of deflections of the nasal septum.  Med. Cen-
  tury, Chicago, 1896, iv, 581.—Gwyer (F. W.)  An opera-
  tion for saddle nose.  Ann. Sura.. Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 268-
  272.  [Discussion],  306.—Hajek .(M.)  Operation der
  Septumdeviationen.  Iuternat.  kliu. Rundschau, Wien,
  1892. vi,  1419-1423. ------. Einige  Bemerkungen zu deu
  Aufsatzen der Herren Zarniko:  Ueber die Fensterresek-
  tion  der Deviatio septi, und E.  Muller:  Zur Technik
  der Krieg'scheu Fensterresektion.   Arch. f. Laryngol.  u.
  Rhinol.,  Berl.,  1904, xvi. 183-185.—Hamilton (T. K. )
  Saddle-shaped nose from injury  remedied hy  permanent
  insertion of a silver-gilt plate.  Australas.  M. Gaz., Syd-
  ney, 1891, xx, 189.—Hearn (AY. J.) Operation for saddle-
  nose, with insertion of gold plate  without  external  inci-  |
  sion.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxvii, 377-382.—Heltman
  (E. W.)   Deviation of the cartilaginous nasal septum;
  what means of support after incision?  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1897r ii.  212.— Hollingsworth  (M.  \Y.)  Nasal
  prosthesis.  Catching's Compend.  Pract. Dent., 1895, At-
  lanta, 1896, 249-252.—Honsell  (B.)  Zur Resektiou der
  verbogeneu Nasenseheidewand.  Beitr. z. klin.  Chir., Tii-
  bing., 1903-4,  xii, 36-44.—Hopkins (F. E.)   Operation
  for correcting deformity of the nasal septum.  Boston M.
  Sc S. J., 1897, exxxvii,'669-671— Hiiltl  (H.)   Traumati-
  kus  eredetii  orrcsonthiany  miatt vegzett osteoplastika
  esete.  [A case of osteoplasty for defect of the nasal boue
  of traumatic origin.]  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1898. xlii,
  71.—Huiioat-ker (II. W.) A sell's operation fordeviated
  septum simplified.  Calif. M. J., San Fran., 1900, xxi, 98.—
   Hurd (L. M.)  A submucous resection operation for de-
  viation of the nasal sepium;  with  the description of sev-
  eral new instruments.  J.  Med.  Soc. N. Jersev. Newark,
  1905-6, ii, 233-238.  Also: Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1905, lxviii,
  853-857. — Iskrivleniye  nosovol peregorodki.  [Curva-
  ture of the nasal  septum; 3 cases  ]  Otehot o  dleyateln.
  khirurg. klin. [etc.], v Mosk. (1889-1900), 1901, 80-83. —
  Jackson  iC.)  Deviation  of  the  nasal septum:  why-
  do our corrective operations often fail?  Laryngoscope,
  St.  Louis,  1902.  xii.  184-190.   Also, Kepi int.—James
  (J. A.)  The deflected septum and  its surgical tnatnient.
  Railway  Surg., Chicago.  1896-7, iii. 203-206.  Also: St.
  Louis Clinique, 1*96, ix, 561-565.— Jnrvis (\V. C.)  The
  indications tor the surgical treatmeut of the deflected nasal
  septum, with  an analysis of one hundred cases.  [Abstr.J
  N. YorkM. J., 1888, xlviii. 13.—Joseph (J.)  Uebereinigo
  weitere   operative Nasi-nverkleiueruugen.   Berl. klin.
  Wcbnscbr., 1902, xxxix, 851-853.  AUo: Yerhandl.d. Berl.
  med. Gesellsch. (1902), 1903, xxxiii, pt. 2, 184-190.  ------.
  Nasenverkleineruugen.  Verhandl. d. deutsch.  Gesellsch.
  f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 112-120.   AUo: Deutsche med.
  Wclinschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1095-1098. ------. In-
  tranasale Xasenhockerabtragung.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1904, xii. 650.—Joiikkci i A )  Observations sur l'operation
  d'Aseh pour devi.iiion de la partie cartilagineu.se de la cloi-
  sou.   llev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par . 1901. ii. 129-135.—
  Julliard  (C.)  Uu cas de ledres-emeut du nez.  J.  de
\ose (Deformities of,  Treatment of, Oper-

  ative).
  chir. et aim. Soc. beige de  chir., Brux., 1905, v, 472-474.—
  Keen (VV. W.)  Three cases of plastic nasal surgery tor
  saddle shaped nose;  removal of entire nose and arched lio-
  man nose.  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1896, xvii. 37-40.
  Also: Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896. lxxv, 100-112!
  AUo: Therap. Ga/.., Detroit, 1896, 3. s., xii, 433-436, 2 pl.
  AUo, Reprint. ------. A nose deformed by fracture greatly
  improved.   Iuternat.  Clin.,  Phila.,  1*99.  9.  s., ii, 177.—
  Kc|> linger (L.)  An operation for correcting deformi-
  ties of the nasal septum.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898,
  iv,  217-219.—Killian (G.)   Eiuleitung zu der Discus-
  sion iiber die operative Therapie der  Septumdeviationen.
  Verhaudl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf.  11.  Aeizte  1899,
  Leipz.. 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hltte., 392. ------.  Die submu-
  cose Fensterresektion der Naseusebeidewaml.  Arch. f.
  Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904. xvi, 362-387.   AUo,transl
  [Abstr.] : J. Eye, Ear  Sc Throat Dis., Bait., 19()5, x, 1-4.—
  King (G.)  Relatiou de vingt-deux cas de deviation dela
  cloison nasale oper6s par le proce-de d'Aseh.  Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1901,  i. 1-14—Knight (C. H )
  Supplementary note ou a case of Martin's budge  tor ile.
  pressed  nose.  Tr.  Am.  Larvngol.  Ass.  1897. N Y.
  1898, 178.—Konig (F.)  Zur Deckling vou Defectcn der
  Nasenfliigel.  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1902,  xxxix,  l.!7__
  Kredel (L )  Die  a.-geborenen Nasenspalten und ihre
  Opeiation.  Deutsche  Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1808, xlvii,
  237-254. —Kretschmann.  Ueber die Behaudluug von
  Nasenscheidewandverboigungen mit der Trephine.   Arch.
  f. Larsngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 301-364.—Krieg.
  Beitiage zur Resection der Cartilago quadrangularis 11a-
  riiim zur Heiluug der  Skoliosis septi.  Berl. klin.  Wcbn-
  scbr., 1*89, xxvi, 699; 717. ------. Veberdie Fensterresec-
  tion des Septum narium zur Heilung der  Skoliosis septi.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., IOuO. x. 477-488.  See,
  also, supra, Bonninghaus.—Kuziuin (P. I.)  Noviy spo-
  sob vozstanovleniya ra/.rushonuol nosovol  peregorodki.
  [New method for reestablishing a destroyed nasal septum.]
  Med. Obozr., Mosk.,  1902, lviii,  177— KuznetsoflT (N.
  I).)  Sluchai rinoplastiki pri zapadenii nosa.   [Rhinoplas-
  tic  surgery for fallen  in nose]   Chir. Lai trop., Mosk.,
  1892, ii, 530-5:;*. — Kyle (D. B.)   Some modifications of
  the author's original Y-shaped operation for correctiou of
  defied iou ofthe septum.  Am. Med.,  Phila.. 1902, iii, 908-
  910—I.nnge (F.)   Osteoplastic operation for restoiatiou
  of depressed nose.  Ann. Surg., Phila.,  1894, xix,  86.—
  linage (V.) Antwort an Dr. Krieg.  Arch. f. Laryngol.
  u. Rhinol.,  Berl.,  1900, xi, 167— l.indstrom (E.)   De-
  fectns uasi; rinoplastik.  Hygiea. Stockholm, 19u2, n. f.,
  ii, 714-717.— Lombard (E.) Sc Bourgeois (H.)  Pro-
  cede sous-niiiqueux applicable aux diverses varietes de de-
  viation de la cloisou nasale; modification an procede de
  Petersen.  Aun. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1904, xxx, pt. 2, 356-362.—I.utz  (S. H.)  A  new method
  of operating on deviated uasal septum.  Brooklyn M. J.,
  1900, xiv, 965. ------. A variation in the technique of sep-
  tum operations.   Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1901, xi, 126.
  Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y.,
  1902, vii, 235.—McBurney (C.)   Plastic  operation for
  deformity  of the nose.  Aun.  Surg., Phila.,  1898, xxviii,
  258.—Malherbe (A.)  Nouveau procede de traitemeut
  des deviations de la cloison nasale par le morcellemeut.
  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1899, ii, 109-115.—
  Mayer (E.)  The Asch operation for deviations of the
  cartilaginous nasal septum, with a report of two hundred
  operations.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liii, 190-193.   [Dis-
  cussion],  206.   Also,  Reprint.   AUo: J. Am.  M.  Ass.,
  Chicago, 1903, xl, 621-624.   Also, Keprint.  AUo.transl:
  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.. Par., 1*98,
  viii, 570-574. —Meder. Naseuprothcsen.  Schweiz. Vrtlj-
  schr. f. Zahnh , Zurich Sc Geneve,  1904. xiv, 327-348.—
  Menzel (K. M.)   Zur Fensterresektion derverkrummteu
  Nasenseheidewand.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Khinol., Berl.,
  1903, xv,48-01.—Mermod.  Resection d'une grande partie
  du  septum  nasal.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve,
  1903, xxiii, 271. — Miller (C. C.)  Surgical treatmentof
  hump nose.  Med. Brief, St. Louis. 1906, xxxiv, 160-164 —
  Moldenhnuer.   Zur operativen Behandlung der kup-
  pelfiinnigen Verbieguugen der Nasenseheidewand.  Yer-
  handl.d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Natui t. it. Aer/te 1895, Leipz.,
  1896, lxvii, pt. 2,  2. Hlfte.,216.—Monks (G. H.)   Correc-
  rectiou, by operation,  of some nasal  deformities aud dis-
  figurements.  Med. Ooinmunicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 189*,
  xvii, 831-842, 3 pl.  AUo, Reprint   AUo:  Boston M. & S.
  J.,  1898, cxxxix, 262-267.— Moore (W.)  Destruction of
  column a nasi, and depression iudorMini of nose, remedied
  by  (a) plastic operation and (b) insertion of  silver  plate.
  Intercolon. M. J. Australas.,  .Melbourne, 1901, v, 585. —
  Mosher (H. P.)  The direct method of correcting lateral
  deformity  of the nasal boues.  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis,
  19ii6, xvi.  28-34. — Moure  tE.-J.)  Comparaison entre
  I'electrolyse et les autres modes de traitemeut dans la de-
  struction des deviations et eperons de la cloison nasale.
  Atti il. xi. Cong.  med. internaz. 1894,  Roma, 1805. vi, larin-
  gol.,46-50.  ------. De  la 11-section sous-inuqueiisede sque- 
NOSE.
747
NOSE.
IVose (Deformities of,  Treatment of Oper-

  ative).
  lette de la cloison nasale device.   Rev. hebd. de laryngol.
  [etc). Par., 1905, ii. 513-535.-Miiller (E.)  Zur Technik
  der Krieg'srhen Fensterresektion.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.  I
  Rhinol.. Berl.. 1904, xv, 312-322. — NnpnlkoU i X.I.)  [
  Primleuenivo spolua vidleleunikh plastin kostnoi i khrya-  j
  shtshevol tkani dlya vozstanovleuiya obezobia/.hennavo
  nosa  (ocherki povsednevnol khirurgii).  I A]i|ilication of
  completely prepared bone plates  and cartilage for the re-  j
  establishment of deformed uoso (sketches of every-day
  surgery)].  Raboti  hosp. khir. klin. Dvakonova,  Mosk!,
  1903,  i,"69-84. — >i»vratil (I.)   Nagy infractios orrstive-
  nvdeviatio operalt es  gyogyult  esete.   [Extensive  de-
  viation of the nasal septum;  operation and  recovery. 1
  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest,  1898,   xlii,  71. — Obezobr'a-
  zheniyeuosa.   [ Deformity of the uose: 2 cases. |  Otehot
  o  dleyateln.  khirurg.  klin.  [etc] *•  Mosk. (1899   1900),
  1901,74-77.—Oilier.  *ur l'aliaissement du nez  par
  osteotomie verticale et  bilaterale des os du nez.  Bull.
  et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par ,  1*80, n.  s.. xv, 397-399.—
  Oppcnheimcr (S.)  The advocation  of a uew method
  of operation for marked  diffuse cartilaginous deflection of
  the nasal septum.   Ann. Ophth. Sc  Otol., St. Louis, 1895,
  iv, 598-601  A Uo, Reprint.  Also:  Codex nied. Phila., 1895-
  6,ii, 122-125.—Olsutstviye pravavo uarazhuavo nosovovo
  otverstiya.   [Absence of the right external nasal meatus.]
  Otehot o dleyateln.  khirurg. klin.  [etc] v Mosk. (1899-  '
  1900), 1901, 16. — Parker (J. P.)  The  reconstruction of
  deformed noses bv grafting a portion of the finger.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1890, lvi, 615.— Pease (E.  A.)  A case illus-
  trating a new method of introducing a plate for restoring a  !
  depressed nose.   Boston M. A S. J., 1896, exxxv, 84.  AUo,  I
  Reprint. — Peglcr (L. H.)  An operation to remove  the  I
  deformity from a fracture  aud displacement of the trian-
  gular cartilage of the nose.  Brit.  M. J., Loud , 1898, ii,
  1234.   AUo: J. Laryngol.,  Lond.. 1808. xiii, 496-498. Also:
  Laryngoscope. St. Louis, 1899, vi, 35.  -----. Moure's  op-
  eration for deflected septum.  [Abstr.]  Brit. M. J., Lond..
  1902,  ii, 593. -----. Cases of deflected septum treated by
  Moure's operation.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 205-
  208. -----. A group of  cases of deflection of the septum
  rectified by Moure's operation.  Laryngoscope. 1st. Louis,
  1904.  xiv, 6*12-644. -----. A note on the comparative value
  of septal fissure on Moure's principle, and submucous re-
  section, in the treatment of septal deflections.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1905. ii, 1202-1204. — Pierce (X. H.)  Submucous
  linear cauterization; a new met hod for reduction of hyper-
  trophies of the conebse.   Medicine,  Detroit, 1896. ii, 919-
  922. — Pou*son.  Deviation de la  cloison des fosses na-
  sales; operation.  Mem. et bull.  Soc ile med.etchir.de
  Bordeaux (1887),  1888,  528-533. — Pynchon (E.)  A case
  of long nose   II inois  M. Bull., Chicago. 1904-5, v, 99.—
  Quinlan ( F. J. )   Unusual  case of deformity of  the
  nostril operated upon  with remarkably  satisfying  re-
  sults.   Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis, 1905, xv, 573.—Raoult
  (Ay   Nouveau  proc6d6  de  rhinoplastie partielle pour
  restauration  de la sous-cloisou.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,
  du larynx  [etc ], Par., 1903, xxix, 236-240.  Also: Rev.
  med.   de  l'e-t.  Nancy,  1903,  xxxv,  183-187. — Rice
  (C. C.)   Some of  the reasons  why the surgical treat-
  ment of nasal disease has been  placed  on a conservative
  basis.  Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi, 641-644.  [Discus-
  sion], 669-671.—Kicbardson (C.  W.)  The after treat-
  ment of restored deflected nasal septum.   Ann. Otol,
  Rhinol. & Laryngol.,  St.  Louis, 1898, vii, 461-404.   AUo,  j
  Reprint.—Roberts  (J. P..)  The cure of crooked and
  otherwise  deformed noses.  Times  Sc Reg., Phila., 18*9,
  xx, 194^201. -----.  The cure of crooked and otherwise de-
  formed noses.  Proc.  Phila. Co. M. Soe , Phila., 1889, x,
  217-238.  Also, Reprint.  AUo :  Buffalo M. <fc S. J., 1888-9,
  xxviii, 713-733. -----. Submucous resection of cartilage
  in deviations of the uasal septum ; a new operation.  Proc.
  Phila. Co. M. Soc,  Phila.,  1890. xi,  194-196.   AUo: Coll.
  & Cliu. Rec, Phila.. 1890, xi. 125.  Also: Maryland M. J..
  Bait.,  1*00, xxiii. 331.  AUo: Med.  &  Surg.  Reporter,
  Phila., 1890, lxii, 695.— Robertson (0. M.)  Observations
  on the different forms of operations for the correction of
  septum deformities.  Chicago M. Recorder,  1904,  xxvi,
  7)2-705—Roe (J.  O.)  The  deformity termed pug-nose
  and its correction bv a  simple operation.   Tr. M. Soc.
  N. Y., Syracuse, 1887, 141-146, 1 pl. -----. The correction
  of an"uliir deformities  of the nose by subcutaneous  oper-
  tion.  Ibid., Phila., 1891, 405-408.  2 pl.  Also:  Med. Rec.
  N. Y., 1891, xl, 57-59.   Also: Northwest. M. J., Minneap.,
  1892, xx. 18-21.  AUo, transl..- Arch, iuternat. de laryngol.
  ietc.J, Par., 1891, iv, 257-265. -----. The  correction  of
   eformities ofthe nose resulting from abscess ol the nasal
  septum.  Tr.  Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1892, N. V.. 1893, xiv,
  86-93.  -----. The correction of depressed and saddleback
  deformities of the nose  by operations performed subcu-
  taneously  without the aid of metallic or other artificial
  supports'.  Med. Rec, N. V., 1897, li, 798-802. Also [Abstr.]:
  Am. M. Quart, N. Y., 1899, i. 56-71.  Also. Reprint.  AUo
  [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1397.  -----. The cor-
i\o*e (Deformities of  Treatment of, Oper-

  ative).
  rection  of the deviations  of the nasal  sasptum,  with
  special  reference  to the use  of the author's fenestrated
  comminuting forceps. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1900, N. Y.,
  1901, 178-206.  AUo: N. York M J., 1901, lxxiii, 624-631.
  [Discussion], 698-701.  -----. The correction of nasal de-
  formities bv subcutaneous operations;  a further contribu-
  tion.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1905,  330-341, 4 pl.  Also:
  Med. Rec, N. V., 1905, lxviii,' 1 -7. — Nartiraua  ( T. )
  Contributo alia cura chirurgica della depressiono del dorso
  del naso.  Arch.  ital.  di otol. [etc.],  Torino, 1904-5, xvi,
  453 - 473. — Mawicki  (B.  W.)  Przyczynek do leczenia
  nosa zapadnictego sposohem Israel'a.  [Treatmentof col-
  lapsed nose  bv Israel's method.]   Gaz.  lek., Warszawa,
  1903,2. s., xxiii,'1038; 1071.—Schimmelbusch (C )   Ein
  ueues Verfahren der Rhinoplastik und Operation der Sat-
  telnase.   Verhandl. d.  deutsch. Gesellsch.  f. Chir., Berl.,
  1805, xxiv, pt. 2, 312-349.  Also: Arch.  f. klin. Chir., Berl.,
  1895, 1, 739-746. ----.  Ueber  totale Rhinoplastik uud die
  Operation der Sattelnase.   Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. deutsch.
  Gesellsch. f.  Chir., Leipz., 1895, xxiv,  57-59. — Nchmidt
  (M.)  Demonstration von Instrumenteii  zur Beseitigung
  der Verbiegungen der Nasenseheidewand.   Verhandl. d.
  Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,16-19.—
  Nchmiegelow  (E.)   Korrektionen  af Deformiteter af
  den  udvendige Niese.   [Correction of deformities of the
  external nose.]   Med. Aarsskr., Kjobenh., 180::, vii, 183-
  185.—Schussler (W.  R.)   A new operation for sunken
  nose.  Med.  Standard, Chicago,  1905. xxviii,  359-362.—
  Sebileau (P.)  Proth^se nasale  m6talique; mecanisme
  de l'elimination de I'appareil.  Bull, et m6m. Soc de  chir.
  de  Par., 1903. n.  s., xxix,  546-549. — Senn  (E.J.)  The
  operative treatment of saddle-nose, with two illustrative
  eases.   Illinois M. J., Springfield. 1901-2,  n. s., iii, 458-460,
  2 pl. on  11.  AUo: Am. Med.. Phila.. 1901, ii,  328-330.—
  Mm n it li waite  (n.)  The advantages of the submucous
  resection operation over all other methods for strengthen-
  ing septal deflections.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii. 1201.—
  Some new knives for  establishing permanent iutra-nasal
  drainageof the antrum.  Ibid., 1348.—Spilsbury (E. A.)
  Deflection of the nasal  septum and its surgical treatment.
  J. Am.  M. Ass.. Chicago,  1894, xxiii,  454-456. — Spratt
  (C. N.)   Tbe removal of septal  spurs  and the  correction
  of  deviations ofthe septum  by more rational methods.
  Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 749.'-  Stephenson (C. C.)
  The Asch operation for deviated  septum.   Tr. M.  Soc.
  Arkansas, Little Rock. 1901,  209-212.—Stnbbs (F. G.)
  A modification of the  Krieg  operation for deviated sep
  turn.  Anu. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii,
  616-622.   Also: Illinois M.  J., Springfield,  1903-4, n.  s.,
  v, 596-598.—Mtucky (J. A.)   Injury to inferior and  mid-
  die tiirbiuals in operation for  deviated septum; report of
  two cases. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc.  1897,
  N. Y., 1898, iii, 103-105.—Surmny.   Forte deviation  de
  la cloison cartilagineusedu nez; ablation de la cloison par
  un procede nouveau.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,
  1895. n. s., xxi, 36-38.   AUo: Gaz. d.  hop.  de Toulouse,
  1895, ix, 145. — Talko (J.)  Utworzenie  sztucznego  nosa
  sposohem indyjskim (rhinoplastica).   [Formation of an
  artificial nose by the Indian  method.]  Medycyna, War-
  szawa,  1874,  ii,  181-185. — Tansley  (J. O.)  'Deviated
  septa in ear diseases, with a new operation for their cor-
  rection.   Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis, 1897.  iii, 143-146.—
  Taplas (N.)  Traitement des deviations de la cloison
  nasale;   resection sous-muqueuse.  Ann. d. mal. de l'o-
  reille. du larynx  [etc.], Pai.. 1905,  xxxi, 448-455 — Teets
  (C. E.)   Deflections of the nasal septum  aud their surgi-
  cal treatment.  Tr. Homieop. M.  Soc. N. Y.,  1895,  xxx,
  189-192.  Also: Homceop. Eye,  Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y.,
  1896, i, 101-105.— Thomson  (St. C.)  Case of complete
  submucous resection of deflected septum.  Laryngoscope,
  St.  Louis, 19114, xiv, 640-642. -----. I'omplete submucous
  resection of sniir and deviation of septum.   Ibid., 721.—
  Thoruer (M.)   Observations on  Asch operation for de-
  viation of cartilaginous  septum.   J. Am. M.  Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1900, xxxv, 6-12.  AUo.transl: Rev. hebd. de laryn-
  gol. [etc.], Par., 1900,  i. 609-631.—Todd  (C. A.)  Curved
  nasal septum; a successful method of operation.   Med.
  News, Phila., 1891, lviii. 691. -----. Operation  for tin-de-
  flection  of the nasal septum.   Med.  Bull. Wash.  I'niv.,
  St.  Louis, 1902, i, 2 —Ti-fMidclcnburg.   Leber die  ope-
  rative Behandlung schiefor Nasen.  Verhandl. d. deutsch.
  Gesellsch. f. Chir.. I'.eil., 1889,  xviii, 82.—Van den Wil-
  denberg (L.)  Resultats du traitement des deviations
  de la cloison  nasale par la  r6section fenetr6e.  Ann. Soc.
  de med. d'Anvers 1905, lxvii, 23-29. — Voyaehek (V. I.)
  O podslizistol rezektsii nosovol peregorodki   [Submucous
  resection ofthe nasal septum.]  Voyouno-rueil.  J., St.-Pe-
  tersb., 1904 i. med.-spec pt..  128-133.—Wallace (J. R.)
  Severe traumatic,  nasal disfigurement, with obstructive
  deflection of the  septum, cured  by  forcible  reposition
  and a plastic operation.  Dublin J. M. Sc, 1898. cvi, 451-
  454.   Also:  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta,  1898, xiv. 103.—
  Walshani (W. J.) Note on the treatment of collapse of 
NOSE.
748
NOSE.
JVose (Deformities of, Treatment of  Oper-

  ative).
  theala nasi.  Lancet. Lond.. 1901, i, 922.  -----. On some
  operations for  rectifying crooked and depressed noses.
  Ibid, 1903, i, 957.—Wandless (H. W.)  New instruments
  for the correction of irregularities  of the nasal septum.
  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol.. St. Louis, 1900, ix, 28-32.—
  Warbasse (J.  P.)   Plastic operation for saddle-nose.
  Brooklyn M. J.. 1897, xi, 637. -----. Plastic operation for
  saddle-nose.  Ibid.,  1898, xii, 96-98. —Watson (A. W.)
  The operation for deviation of the nasal saeptum.  N. York
  M. J., 1896, lxiv, 451.  AUo Reprinl.  AUo: Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass. 1896, N.Y.,1897,218-232. -----. [Acertain method
  of correcting deviation ofthe septum.]  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1898, v,  303-305.—Watson (\V.  S.)  A case of S-
  shaped distortion of the septum  nasi  successfully treated
  by a series of operations and the use of retentive apparatus.
  Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 93-95.—Weil (M )  Ueber die sub-
  mucosen Resektionen an der Nasenseheidewand.   Arch. f.
  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1904, xv, 578-585—Weir (R. F.)
  Saddle-nose celluloid bridge.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila.,
  1895, xiii. 487.—Weiss (O. A.) A case ot uasal prosthesis,
  witli perforation of the palate; also a method of retention of
  artificial  dentures in ditticult cases.  Dental. Rev., Chi-
  cago, 1901.xv, 324-329.— Welty (C. F.)  Transplantation of
  bone for the relief of saddle-nose,  with report of one case.
  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1905, xiv,  1481-1486. — White
  (J. A.)   A new operation for the correction of the deformi-
  ty known as saddle-back nose. Virginia M. Semi-Month.,
  Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 177-179.—White (L. E.)  Resection
  of the nasal septum, with report of fifteen cases.  Boston
  M. Sc S. J..  1904. cl. 419-423.  -----. Resection ofthe nasal
  septum.   Ibid.,  1905, cliii,  413-416. — Wiener  (J.), jr.
  Operation for congenital  saddle-nose by introduction of
  a celluloid  plate.  Med. Rec,  N. Y.,  1904,  lxv, 608.—
  Winekler (E. )   Ueber Correction   schiefer  Nasen.
  Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh.,  Berl, 1903,  xxxvii,  337-343.—
  Winslow (J. R.)   [Two cases of marked septal deform-
  ity corrected  by simple instruments.]   J. Eye, Ear &
  Throat Dis.. Bait., 1902, vii, 120-122.—Wood (W. A  )  A
  case  of deformed nose treated by operation and  paraffin
  injection.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas.,  Melbourne,  1905,
  x. 293, 1 pl.—Wright (J.)  An  operation for correcting
  deviation and thickening of the cartilaginous nasal sep-
  tum.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxvii, 36. —Vearsley (M.)
  Submucous resection of the nasal septum.  Med.  Press &.
  Circ, Load., 1905, n. s., lxxix. 675 —Vonge (E.  S.)  The
  treatmeut by Asch's operation of deviations of the nasal
  septum.   Brit.M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 948.—Zapavshiy nos.
  fFalleu-in nose;  12 cases.]  Otehot o diexateln. khirurg.
  kliu. [etc.] v Mosk. (1896-8), 1899, 51-62. —Zarniko (K.)
  Submukose Resektion am Septum nasi.   Deutsche med.
  Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Vcr.-Bcrl., 851.
  -----. Ueber die Fensterresektion  der  Deviatio septi.
   Arch. f.  Laryngol.  u.  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1904,  xv,  248-251.
  -----. Erwiderung auf die letzten Bemerkungen Hajek's:
  Ueberdie Fensterresektion der Deviatiosepti.  Ibid., xvi,
  549.— Zhirmunski (M. S.) [Schirmunski in German).
  K operativnomu llecheniyu iskrivleniy nosovol perego-
  rodki.  [Operative treatnieut of  inclined nasal septum.]
  Prakt. Vrach. S.-Peterb..  1904, iii, 249-251.  AUo. transl.:
  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 430-436.

IVose  (Deformities of,   Treatment  of)  by

  electricity.
     Thilly (L.)  * Des  deviations  et 6paississe-
  meuls tie la cloisson uasale et de leur traitement
  par I'electrolyse.   4°.   Lyon, 1890.
     Bulleuger (W.  L.)  Electrolysis as a treatment for
  deviations, spins ami ridges ofthe na,sal septum.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1894,  xxiii. 700.—Bergonie (J.) Sc
  .Tloure  (E.-J.)  Des deviations  et 6perons  de la cloison
  du uez et de leur traitement par I'electrolyse.  Rev. inter-
  nat.  d'electrother.,  Par., 1891-2, ii, 263; 314;  337.  Also:
  Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1892,   i, 81; 97; 160.  Also, Re-
  print.— Itotey (It.)  La electrolisis en las desviaciones y
  espesamientos  del tabique  nasal.  Arch, iuteru.ic de la-
  ringol., otol. [etc.], Par., 1891, ii, 41-56.  Also: Enciclope-
  dia, Barcel., 1891, iv, 369; 415.—Bresgeu (M.)   Die Au-
  wenduug der Electrolyse bei Verkriimmiiugen  uud Ver-
  dickungeu  tier Nasensclieiilevvand, sowie bei Schwellung
  der Nasenschleimhaut.  Wien m d. Wchnsehr., 1801, xliv,
  1958-1961.— Ca«»elberi-y (\\r. E.)    Electrolysis for the
  reduction of spurs of the nasal septum.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1806, i,  76. — Draishpul (E. O.)  fc  voprosu ob
  ispravlenii  assimetrii nosovol peregorodki elektrolizom.
   [Correction of asymmetry of the nasal septum  by electrol-
  ysis.]  Vrach,  St.  Petersb., 1894, xv, 785-789.  Also [Ab-
  str.]: Trudi v syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat,  Piro-
  gova, S.  Peterb., 1894, i, 250-255.- Oarel (J.)   De I'elec-
  trolyse daus les obstructions nasales par epaississement
  ou deviation de la  cloison. Ann. de mal. de l'oreille. du
  larynx [etc].  Par., 1889, xv, 638-644. — I.andau  (M.)
  Les d6formations de la cloison du uez et leur traitement
j\o*e  (D formities of,   Treatment  of)  by

  electricity.
  par letrepau electrique.  Soc. ra6d.-chir. d'Anvers.  Ann.,
  1901,  vi, 111-118. — Heyer (E.)  Ueber  elektrolytisehe
  Behandlung der  Leisteu des Septum narium.  Deutsche
  med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893,  xix,  520-522.—
  Strazza.  L' elettrolisi coutro le deformazioni del setto
  nasale.   Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola c d. naso, Firenze,
  1892, x, 179-186.— Vulpius (W.)  Technisehe lleinerkun-
  gen  zur Galvanoknustik; Beschreibung eines neuen Na-
  senbrenners. Arch. f.Ohrenh , Leipz., 1891, xxxii, 195-201.—
  Wroblewski (W.)   Przyczynek do  opemwania listew
  i skrzywieh przegrody nosa za pomoca,  eleUtromotoru.
  [On  operating  upou irregularities and deviations of the
  nose  bv the electromotor.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897,
  2. s., xvii, 1130-1137.

IVose  (Deformities  of   Treatment  of) by

  injection of paraffin and vaseline.
    de Cazenkuve (L.-G.)   *Des injections pro-
  thetiques  de  paraffiue;  implications  eu  oto-
  rliino-laryn^oloj^ie.   p!c.  Paris,  11)02.
    Leynia de  la  Jakrkie (H.)   * Traitemeut
  des malformations  nasales par la methode Ger-
  suny-Ecksti-in.  8°.  ParU, 1902.
    Yaillant  (J.)   * Prothese nasale par les in-
  jections de paraffine.  Nouvelle indication thera-
  peutique.   s .  Paris,  1904.
    Alter iF.)  A modification of Gersuuy's method of
  paraffin injections iu so-called saddle-nose, to  prevent dis-
  turbance of muscular action of the nose. Am. Med., Phila.,
  1902, iv, 825. -----. Paraffin injection in a case of so-called
  saddle-nose.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 214.—Ander-
  son  (W. S.)   The correction   of nasal  deformities  hy
  paraffin  injections. Harper IIosp. Bull., Detroit,  1902-3,
  xiii, 14-18.—Aue (G.)  Ispravleniye sledloobrazno vpair-
  shavo nosa putyom podkozbnavo vpriskivaniya paratina.
  [Correction of a saddlelike collapsed nose by subcutaneous
  injection of paraffin.]   Russk.  Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i,
  1205.—Ball (J.  B.)  Cases of  nasal deformity corrected
  by injection of paraffine. West Lond. M.  J.,  Loud., 1903,
  viii, 35-38. — Baratoux (J.)   Sur les injections de pa-
  raffine dans les deformations du nez. Pratique med., Par.,
  1902, xvi, 40-57.  AUo:  Progres med.,  Par., 1902, 3. s., xv,
  313-316.  Also :  Repert.detherap., Par., 1902, xix.515-517.—
  Baurowicz  (A )  Subcutane Vaseliniujeetionen zur
  Verbesseruug  der Nasenform.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol.. Berl.,  1902, xiii  289.—Botcy (R.)  Las inyec-
  ciones de parafi.ua en  la riuitis  atrofica y en las deforma-
  ciones nasales externas.  Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol.
  [etc.], Barcel.,  1904, xv, 49; 124.—de  Bourgon.  Des
  injections de vaseline en estlietiquef6miuiue Ci«4 observa-
  tions).  Rev. med., Par., 1904, xiii, 116-119. — Broeekaert
  (J.)  Prothese nasale  au moyen d'injections  de paraffine
  solide, d'apres le precede d'Eckstein.   Ann. Soc. de med.
  deGand, 1001.  lxxx, 320-330, 1 pl.  Also: Rev. hebd. de
  laryngol. [etc.],  Par.,  1901, ii,  673-084. -----. Prothese
  nasale par Taction combin6e d'une operation autoplasti-
  que et d'injections de  paraffine.  Ann. Soc. de med. de
  Gaud, 1904, Ixxxiii, 104-109, 1  pl.  Also: Arch, internat.
  de laryngol. |etc), Par., 1905, xix, 424-428.—Brunei (P.)
  Prothese uasale  k la paraffine, avec uue nouvelle  indica-
  tion therapeutique.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1904, i, 417-427.—Bush (J. P.)   The treatment of eertaiu
  deformities, more especially of the nose, by the subcuta-
  neous injection of paraffin.   Bristol M -Chir. J., 1902, xx,
  220-222,  'l  pl.—Campbell (J. T.)  Paraffin prosthesis.
  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 611-
  G15, l pl. -----. The subcutaneous injection of paraffin,
  more particularly for the correction of uasal  deformities.
  Illinois M.J., Springfield, 1904-5, vi. 377-381.—Clevenger
  (W. F.)  Paraffine injections for the  correction of uasal
  and other deformities.   Med. Sc Surg. Mouit..  Iudiauap.,
  1904, vii, 103-108. -Council (b\ G.)   The subcutaneous
   injection of paraffin for the correction of deformities of the
  nose.  J. Am  M. Ass., Chicago. 1903. xii,  697; 777.  AUo,
   Reprint.— Wan los & I.agarde.  Etfondremeutdu uez,
   suite probable de syphilis hereditaire, redressement  par
   les injections de parafline.   Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop.
   de  Par., 1003, 3. s., xx. 45Y— Delie.  Application des pro-
  diiits p iraffinesdanslesdeformationsetlesaffectiousdiinez.
   Rev. hebd. de  laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1902. i, 641-651.  Also
   [Abstr.]: Scalpel, Liege, 1901-2, liv,  334.— lie Shihiii
   (A.)   Di un casodiprotesi nasale colle inieziouidiparalhua
   solida.  Riforma med., Palermo Napoli,  1904,  xx. 399.—
   Uownie (W.)  On the subcutaneous injection ot paraffin
   for the  removalof deformities of the nose.   Brit. M.J.,
   Lond., 1902, i.  1078-1080. Also [Abstr.]:  Glasgow M. J.,
   1902  lviii, 276.   AUo,  transl.:  Parole. Rev.  internat. de
   rhinol. [etc.J, Par., 1902, n.  s., iv, 705-714.  -----.  The use
   of  paraffin for restoring the bridge of the nose.  But. M.
   >L, Loud., 1902, ii, 919.  ----.  The removal of deformities
   of  the nose by  the  subcutaneous injection of  paraffin. 
NOSE.
749
NOSE.
IVose  (Deformities  of   Treatment  of)  by

  injection of paraffin and vaseline.
  Ibid., 1902, ii, 1517-1519. -----.  Nasal deformity remedied
  by the subcutaneous injection of hard paraffiu.  Glasgow
  M. J., 1903, lix, 219. -----. A demonstration  of the em-
  ployment of paraffiu for the  correctiou of nasal deformi-
  ties.  Ibid., 1903, lx, 40-43. -----. Two  and a half years'
  experience of the subcutaneous injection of hard paraffin
  for the  removal of deformities  of the nose.  Brit. M. J.
  Lond., 1904, ii, 1237-1239.—Eastman (J. R 1  Gersnny's
  operation for saihtle-back nose. Med. &  Surg. Monitor,
  Indianap., 1903, vi, 189-192.—Eckstein (IL)  Ceber Hart-
  paraffin-Prothesen.  Verhandl.  d.  deutsch. Gesellsch. f.
  Chir.,  Berl., 1902, xxxi, pt.  1, 194-197. -----. Therapeu-
  tische  Erfolge durch  Hartparaffiuiujectionen  aus  dem
  Gesammtgebiet der Chirurgie.   Verhaudl. d.  Berl. med.
  Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 99-115.  [Discus-
  sion], pt. 1, 32. —Ephraim.  Eine Sattelnase hochgra-
  digster Form,- subcutane Injection von paraffin.  Jahresb.
  d. schles.  Gesellsch.  f. vaterl. Cult. 1901, Bresl., 1902,
  lxxix,  med. Sect., 246.—Fein (J.)   Die Aufrichtung der
  Sattelnaseu mit Anwendung subciitaner Paraffinprothesen
  nach Gersuny.   Wieu. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, lii, 892;
  967.—Forns.  Las inyecciones de parafina en la protesis
  nasal.   Rev. espec nied. La oto-rino-laringol. espan., Ma-
  drid, 1904, vii, 305-308.—Forsyth (E. A.)   Subcutaneous
  injection of paraffin in the correction of nasal deformity.
  Buffalo M. J., 1902-3, n. s., xlii, 836.—Foster (H.)  The
  subcutaneous use of paraffin  iu deformed noses, with the
  report of a case.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri,  St. Louis, 1902,
  xiv,  186. Also: Med. Rec,  N.  Y., 1902, lxii,  595.  AUo:
  St. Louis Cour. Med., 1902. xxvii, 96-98. -----.  The sub-
  cutaneous use of paraffiu in  deformed noses, with a sup-
  plementary report.  Kansas  City il. Rec,  1903, xx, 361-
  363.  AUo:  N. York  M. J.  [etc.],  1903, lxxviii, 122-124.
  -----.  The use of paraffin in the correction of deformities
  of the nose.  J. Kansas M.  Soc. Lawrence, 1905,  v, 275-
  278.  AUo, Reprint. — Foucher (A.-A.)   Les injections
  interstitielles de paraffine pour la correction de certaines
  difformites. Union m6d. du Canada, Montreal, 1903, xxxii,
  695-701. — Freeman  (L.)  Subcutaneous injection  of
  paraffin in tbe correction of saddle-nose.  Am. J. Surg. Sc
  Gynec,  St. Louis, 1902-3,   xvi. 76.  AUo.-  Denver M.
  Times,  1902-3, xxii, 184-1x8. — Goldschmidt (A.)  Na-
  senparaffinprothese.   Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. va-
  terl. Cult.  1902. Bresl., 1903, lxxx. med. Sect., 298.—Go-
  mez de la tint a (F.) La protesis nasal con las inyec-
  ciones de parafina solida.  Corresp.  med., Madrid, 1903,
  xxxviii, 125-128.—Grant (D.)   Case of injection of cold
  paraffin for nasal deformity.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1906,
  xxi,  89-92. — Grimmer (G. K.)  The  subcutaneous in-
  jection  of paraffin wax in correcting deformities  of the
  nose.  Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 843-848, 2 pl.  -----. The
  treatment of nasal deformities  by subcutaneous injection
  of hard paraffin.  Ibid., 1903. xxxii, 656-660. —Guerin
  (E.)  A propos d'un cas de prothese nasale par injection
  sous-entauee de paraffine.  Marseille m6d., 1904, xii, 545-
  551,  1 pl.—Hallopeau & Vielliard.  Un m6fait de la
  paraffine.   Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903,
  xiv,  261-263.  Also: Ann.  de  dermat. et syph., Par., 1903,
  4. s.. iv, 593-595. —Hamilton (T. K.)  Two cases of Ger-
  suny's subcutaneous  paraffin and vaseline protheses  of
  the nose.   Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 446.—
  Harris (L.  II.)   Paraffin  nose.   Brit.  M.  J., Loud.,
  1903, ii, 17.—Heath  (A. C.)  Nasal  deformity corrected
  byGersuny's paraffin  prosthesis.  Am. Med., Phila., 1901,
  ii, 893.  -----.  Subcutaneous paraffin injection; a  case
  of eighteen  months' standing;  two  mishaps and  a  new
  syringe. St. Paul M. J.,  St. Paul,  Minn.,  1903, v, 515-
  518.-----. Nasal deformities and paraffin prothesis. Ibid.,
  1905, viii, 85-98.—Hitz (H.  B.)  Au interesting case  of
  nasal deformity corrected by the paraffine method.  Wis-
  consin M. J., Milwaukee, 1903-4, ii, 567-569.—Holscher.
  Beitrag znr Korrektur von  Sattelnasen durch Paraffin-
  einspritzuiigen.   Med. Cor.-Bl.  d. wiirttemb. attzl. ver.,
  Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 755-758.  -----.  Ueber die Korrektur
  von  Sattelnasen durch subkutane  Einspritzuniren von
  Paraffin. Deutsche mil.-artzl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv,
  171-173.—Hurd (L. M.) and Holden (W. A.) A case
  of paraffin  injection into the nose, followed immediately
  by blindness  from embolism  of the central artery  of
  the retina.   Med. Rec. N. Y., 1903,  lxiv, 53-55. — Ista-
  nianoil (S. S.)   Sluchai ispravleniya form! nosa pos-
  redstvom  vpriskivaniya  parafina.    [Correction of tne
  form of the nose by injection of paraffine.]  Protok. za-
  said. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis,  1902-3, xxxix,  139-
  143.—Jutassy (J.)   Kosmetikai prothesisek.  [Cosmetic
  prothe-is]  Gyogya-szat, Budapest,  1905. xiv,  496-498.—
  Kahlke (C. E.j Dog nose; corrected  by  paraffin injec-
  tion.   Clinique, Chicago, 1902, xxiii, 272-276.—Kirkpat-
  rick (A. B.)  Three  cases of subcutaneous injection  of
  paraffin for the correction of nasal  deformities.  Proc
  Phila. Co.  M. Soc,  Phila., 1903, n.  s., v,  196.—Ko-nig
  (C. J.)   La sonde de Luc® paraffinee.  Bull, ile laryngol.,
  otol.  et  rhinol..  Par.,  1904,  vii,  252.—Kofnian (S. V.)
  O tak  nazlvayemikh  podkozhnikh  protezakh  Gersuni.
  [On the so-called subcutaneous prothesis by tbe method
Hose  (Deformities of,  Treatment  of)   by

  injection of paraffin and  vaseline.
  of...]  Khirurgia,  Mosk.,  1902,  xii, 252-260.—Ii aval
  (E.)  Du  traitement proth6tiquo des difformites de  la
  face (en particulier du  nez).  Caducee,  Par.,  1903,  iii,
  59-62.—lieiser.  Paraffiuprothese einer trauinatischen
  Sattelnase; Amaurose des einen Auges.   Deutsche nied.
  Wclinschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 110.—
  I.eroux  (H.)  Sc Besson.  Observation  de  proth6.se
  nasale  d'apres la methode de Gersnuy.  Bull. Soc. de
  pediat.  de  Par., 1901, iii, 231-234.—I.orbes Finestra
  (E.)  Las inyeciones de  paraffina einpleadas con el fin
  est6tico de corregir la depresion  del dorso de la  nariz.
  Clin, mod.,  Zaragoza,  1904, iii, 228-230.—1TI aim.  Ueber
  subkutane Paraffinprothesen zur  Korrektur von Sattel-
  nasen.  Jahresb.  d.  Gesellsch.  f.  Nat.-  u.  Heilk. in
  Dresd.,  Munchen, 1901-2, 165-168.  Also: Miinchen. med.
  Wchuschr., 1902, xlix, 767.—lTIauu (E. L.)  The correc-
  tion of  nasal deformities with paraffiu  injections.  Ho-
  mceop.  Eye,  Ear &  Throat J.,  N. Y., 1903, ix, 359-365.—
  lVIartineau (A. J.) A case of saddle-nose treated
  by subcutaneous  injection of  paraffiu.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1902, ii,  351.—IVIeder.  Naseuprothesen.  Deutsche  Mo-
  natschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1904, xxii,664-681.—ITIiller (H.)
  Subcutaneous injection of paraffin, with  report of a case
  of  saddle nose.  Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1903,
  xii, 217-222.—Mints (V.  M.)  Odnostoronnyaya  allepota
  poslie vpriskivaniya paraffina pod kozhu nosa.  [Unilat-
  eral blindness after paraffine injection under the nasal skin. ]
  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1905, xvii, 8-12.  AUo, transl [Abstr.]:
  Zentralbl.  f. Chir.,  Leipz.,  1905,  xxxii, 47.— lTlorton.
  Paraffin in nasal deformities.  Occidental M. Times, San
  Fran., 1903, xvii, 395— lVIorton (H. Mel.)  A review of
  the work done for the correction of deformity of  the nose
  by the subcutaneous injection of paraffiu, with a report of
  a case of the author's.  Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1903,
  xxiii, 247-250.— Tlui-phy (J. W.)   Paraffine iujections in
  facial deformity.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., 1, 267-
  274. [ Discussion], 276-279.—Paget (S.)  The use of paraf-
  fin for restoring the bridge of the nose.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1902, ii,  788. -----. On subcutaneous injection of paraffin
  for the  treatment of  sunken noses. Tr. Clin. Soc Loud;,
  1902-3, xxxvi, 128-132.  -----. A lecture on the use of par-
  affin for sunken noses.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 11-15.
  -----.  Twenty-nine cases of sunken nose, treated by the
  subcutaneous injection of paraffin. Practitioner, Lond.,
  1903, lxx, 195-202, 2 pl.—Peyser (A.)   Otologische Be-
  merkungen zum Vortrag des Herrn Eckstein fiber Paraffin-
  Injectioneu.  Verhandl. d. Berl. med.Gesellsch. 1903, Berl.,
  1904, xxxiv, pt. 2,  115-117.—Port (G.)  Naseuprothesen.
  Cor.-Bl. f.  Zahnarzte,  Berl.,  1902, xxxi,  161-170.  AUo,
  transl.:  Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1902, xxxi,
  318-325.—Porteous (W. A.)  Paraffin injection in a case
  of deformed  nose.  Northwest. Lancet,  Minneap., 1903,
  xxiii, 7.—Poyurovski  (A. D.)  K voprosu o sudbie
  paraffina,  vprisnutavo v  tkani  chelovlecheskavo orga-
  nizma.  [Fate of paraffine injected into the tissue  of the
  human  organism.]  Raboti hosp.  khirurg. kliu. Dyako-
  nova, Mosk., 1903, ii, 231-245, 1 pl—Pugnat (A.)  Un
  cas de prothese nasale au  moyen d'injections de paraffine.
  Rev. ii)6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geueve, 1903, xxiii, 509-511.—
  Quiulnn  (F. J.)  Paraffin injections for nasal and other
  facial deformities, with exhibition of a new instrument.
  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1902,  xii, 604-608.—Roberts
  (J. B.)  A case of deformed nose treated by subcutaneous
  injection of  paraffin.  Proc. Phila. Co. M.  Soc, Phila.,
  1902-3,  xxiii, 199.—ItoInner.  Des accidents oculaires
  conseeutifs aux injections proth6tiques de paraffine dans
  la region  uasale.  Ann.  d'ocul., Par.. 1905,  cxxxiv, 163-
  176.  Also, transl.: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1905. xxxvii,
  538.—Boot (A. G.)  A case of sub-cutaneous injection of
  paraffin  in the correction  of nasal deformity.  Albany M.
  Ann., 1904,  xxv, 174-176, 2 pl.—Boy (M.)  Un cas de
  prothese nasale.  Odontologie,  Par., 1906, xxxv, 5-10. 1
  pl. — Sindiug-Larscn.  Paraffinplastik  ved indsun-
  ken nasse.   [Paraffine  plastic  for  sunkeu-in nose.]
  Tidsskr. f. d. norske  Lsegefor.,  Kristiania,  1005,  xxv,
  1-5.—Smith (H.)  Subcutaneous injection  of  paraffin
  in the correction of nasal deformities.   N.  York M.  J.,
  1902, lxxv,  837-841.  -----. Paraffin injected subcutaue-
  ously for the correction  of nasal  and other deformities.
  J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 773-777.  Also, Reprint.—
  Smurl (J.  A.  M.)  Subcutaneous injection of  solidify-
  ing oils  to correct a saddle-back nose.   Am. Med., Phila.,
  1903, v,  169.—Spicer (S.) Case of saddle nose treated by
  subcutaneous injection of paraffin.  Clin. J., Lond., 1901-2,
  xix. 399.—Stein (A. E.)  Ueber die Verwendung der Pa-
  raffin-Injektionen in der Rhinologie.  Verhandl. d. Ver.
  siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1904, 62-76.—Tawast-
  stjerna  (O.)   ParaflBni-injektsionein kautta valmiste-
  tuista proteeseista.  [Preparation for prosthesis by par-
  affin injections.]   Duodecim, Helsinki, 1903, xix, 117-126.—
  Uhthotr (W.)   UeberSchadigungen des Auges nach Pa-
  raffiu-Injektionen bei Sattelnase.   Berl. klin. Wchuschr.,
  1905, xlii, 1461-1465.  AUo, transl: Post-Graduate, N. Y.,
  1906, xxi, 59-70. — Voltuinn  (A.  N.)  O vpriskivanii pa-
  raffina pri zapavshikh uosakh.  [Paraffine injection in col- 
NOSE.
750
NOSE.
j\o?»e  (Deformities of   Treatment  of)  by

  injection of paraffin and vaseline.
  lap.-ed  nose.]' Prakt. Vrach,  S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 850.—
  Wassermann  (M.)  Ueber  die kosmetische Behand-
  lung von Sattelnasen mit Vaselininjektionen.  Beitr. z.
  kliu. Chir., Tiibing.,  1902, xxxv, 613-623.—Weis*.  Kos-
  metische Prothese einer Sattelnase durch Paraffin-Injek-
  tion.  Med. f'or.-Bl.  d. wiirttemb.  arztl.  Ver.. Stuttg.,
  1904, lxxiv. 125 — Wiimlow (J. R.)   A case  of paraffin
  prothesis for traumatic saddh -nose.  J. Eye, Ear &. Throat
  Dis., Bait.,  1902. vii. 58.- Wishart (D. J.  G.)  Nose
  building with paraffin.  Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto,
  1902, xxvii, 635.  Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto,
  1902, xix, 329.

]\ose  (Diphtheria of).
    See Diphtheria  of nose;  Nose (Diseases of) in
  children ; Nose (Inflammation of, Causes,  etc., of).

JVose  (Discharges from).
    See Nose (Abscess of); Nose (Diseases  of) in
  children;  Nose (Secretions of); Nose  (Watery
  discharge from); Ozaena.

IVose  (Diseases of).
    See,  also,  Catarrh  (Nasal);  Coryza; Diph-
  theria of nose; Ear, eye, nose, etc.;  Ear and nose;
  Eye  and  nose (Diseases of);  Fever (Typhoid,
  Complications of, Laryngeal, etc.); Laryngology,
  otology,  and rhinology;  Leukaemia  (Complica-
  tions,  etc.,  of);  Nasha  ferer;  Nasopharynx
  (Diseases of); Nose (Abscess of); Nose (Acces-
  sory sinuses. Diseases of); Nose (Accessory sinuses
  of,  Inflammation  of)  [and  subdirisions'];  Nose
  (Adhesions in); Nose (Concretions, etc., in); Nose
  (Hyperasthesia of);  Nose (Hupertrophy of);
  Nose (Inflammation of') [and subdirisions]; Nose
  (Larrcr, etc., in); Nose (Lupus of); Nose (Para-
  sites in); Nose (Polypi of); Nose (Syphilis of);
  Nose (Tuberculosis of); Nose (Tumors of); Nose
  (Ulcer of);  Nose (Varix  of); Nose and  throat
  (Diseases  of);  Ozaena;   Rhinology;   Smell
  (Sense of, Disordered).
    Bresgen.   Nasenkraukheiten.   8°.   [ Wien,
  1888?]
    Repr.from: Real-Encycl. d. ges. Heilk., 2. Ann., Wien
  u. Leipz., 1888, xiv.

    Ferreri (G.)  Iudirizzo pratico alia diaguosi
  e cura delle malattie nasali.   12°.   Alilano, 1669.
    Gottstein.   Nasenkrankheiten.  8°.   [ Wien,
  1861.]
    Repr. from.- Real-Encycl. d. ges. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz.,
  1881, ix.

    Nikiti.v ( Y. X.)   Boliezui  nosovol  polosti.
  [Diseases  of the  uasal cavity.]  8 .  S.-Peter-
  burg, l*-6.
    Schmiegei.ow(E.)  Na-sens Sygdomme.   [Dis-
  eases of the nose.]  8C.   K^benhavn,  1904.
    Allen (II.) On digital examination and  treatment of
  certain morbid conditions of the nasal chamber.  Univ.
  M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, vii, 562; 661.—Ball (J. B.)  Re-
  marks on some points in the diagnosis and  treatment of
  nasal diseases.  Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, ix, 148-153.—Berg
  (J.)  Bidrag till kannedomen  om sjukdomarna i nasans
  bibalor saint till  laran om eerebro-spinalvatskas flytning
  ur nasau.  [Contributions k la connaissance  des maladies
  des  sinus du nez, ainsi  qxx'k la theorie  de l'^coulement du
  liquide cerebrospinal par le nez. C. r.] Nord. med. Ark.,
  Stockholm,  1889, xxi, no. 3, l-24.-Bt-own  (3. A.)  Sup-
  puration, ulceration,  and necrosis within  the nasal cavi-
  ties.]  Mass. M. J., Bost., 1904, xxiv,  433-439.-C'ozzo-
  liuo (V.)  Sulla patologia e chirurgia internasale ant-he
  a scopo della protilassi e della terapia patogenetica aurico-
  lare. Gazz. med. di  Roma, 1894, xx,  245; 273; 329;  357;
  525.—Be Nimondi  (A.) Ueber einen Kail von Aktino-
  myko.se der Kasenhohle. Wien. med. Wchuschr..  1904,
  liv,  1710-1712.—«alperin (Y. A.)  RJedkiye sluchai iz
  rino-laringologic In-skol  praktiki.  [Rare cases from rhino-
  laryngolosieal practice.)  Vrach. Gaz.,  S.-Peterb.,  1905,
  xii,  1151-1153.— Gamble (I). C.) The nasal cavities and
  the  general practitioner.  Med. Brief,  St. Louis.  1905,
  xxxiii, 451.—Grant  (J. D.)  Some common errors in the
  diagnosis and treatment of diseases ofthe nose,  Clin. J
  Lond..  1904, xxiv, 344-348-Hai-iner (L.)  Znr Patho-
  logie der sogenannten Kuocheublasen  der mittleren  Mu-
  ichel.  Arch. f. Laryngol. n. Rhinol., Berl., 1902. xiii,  163-
  86,  1 pl.—Hindc (A.)  Two cases of intranasal disease.
I\ose (Diseases of).
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1888, xxxiv,  145-147. — Lnnge  (V.)
  Die  Erkrankungen der  Nasenseheidewand.  Handb. d.
  Larvngol. u. Khinol.. Wien, 1896-7,  iii, 440-506—Man-
  ning.  Diseases of the posterior nares and naso-pharvnx
  N. Zealand M. J., Dunedin, 1894, vii,  129 139.—IVlatlack
  (E.)   Two interesting nasal cases.  N. York M. J., 1896
  lxiv, 488 — I»elle»ohii  (F.) Ueber die Erkrankungen
  des  Naseneinyaugs  und  seiner  Uingebnng.  Deutsche
  Med.-Ztg., Berl,  1897, xviii, 1013;  1023; 103.1.— I*hillipw
  (W. C.)  Inferior turbinated bone, its function, diseases,
  and treatment.  Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1905, 341-346.
  AUo: Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila. Sc N. Y., 1905,  n. s., 76-81.—
  Porcher (\V. P.)  Some remarks anent facts not found
  in text-books.  N. York  M. J., 1899, lxix, 85.—Przed-
  borski (L.)  Przyczynek do powstawania, rozpo/.uawania
  i leczenia cierpien zatok bocznych nosa.  [Causes, diag-
  nosis, and treatmeut of  diseases of  the nares.)  Czaso-
  pismo lek., Lodz, 1904, vi, 437; 465 —Richard* (G. L.)
  Affections of the septum.  Internat. J. Surg., X. Y., 1901,
  xiv,  360-306.— Sehmiegelow  (E.)  Exconatioues na-
  rium.  Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl., 1885,  xix, 209-212.
  AUo, Reprint— Mchrotter (L.)  Krankheiten der Nase.
  Jahresb.  d. Kliu. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870),
  1871, 110-112, 1 pl.—Seias (R. W.)  The pathology  aud
  treatment of intra-nasal sclerosis.   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,
  1889, n. s., xevii,  136-143.  Also, Reprint.—Stoker (G.j
  On chronic glandular disease ofthe nose aud nasopharynx.
  Clin. J.. Lond.,  1896, viii, 403-407.—Wnddington (B. A.)
  Progress of diseases of the nose.  Med. Age, Detroit, 1902,
  xx,  721-724.—Watson  (J. W.)  The nasal  septum; its
  diseases.  J. Eye, Ear &  Throat Dis., Bait., 1901, vi, 14-
  17.—Yearsley (M.)  Common diseases of the nose. Med.
  Times Sc  Hosp.  Gaz., Lond., 1902, xxx, 657; 689;  737.

Nose  (Diseases  of,  Causes  and  pathology

  of)-
    See, also.  Diphtheria (Complications, etc., of);
  Genitals (Neuroses of, etc.);  Influenza (Compli-
  cations of,  Laryngeal,  etc.);  Nose (Bacteriology
  of); Whooping-cough (Complications, etc., of).
    Conklin (A. B.)   The factor litha-mia in dis-
  eases  of the eye,  ear, nose, and throat.    8°.
  [n. p., n. d.]
    Crouzillac  (J.)   * Des degendrescences  du
  cornet inferieur.   8°.   Toulouse, 1697.
    Gedpld (S.)   * Beitrage  zur pathologischen
  Anatomie der Nasenhaut.  [Beru.]  8°.  Odessa,
  1887.
    Gerbek (P. H.)   Atlas der  Krankheiteu der
  Nase, ihrer Nebenhohlen und des Nasenrachen-
  raniues.  Lfg.  1-2.  roy. 8°.   Berlin, 1901.
    Hartmann (A.)   Atlas der norinaleu nnd pa-
  thologischen  Anatomie der Nase.  obi. 8°.  Ber-
  lin,  [1691].
    Krieg (R.)    Atlas der  Nasenkraukheiten.
  roy. 8°.  Stuttgart, 19U0.
    Skifekt (O.) & Kahn (M.)   Atlas  der Histo-
  pathologic der  Nase, der Muudraclienhohle und
  des Kehlkopfes.   fol.   Wiesbaden, K>b.
    Zuckkrkandl  (E.)   Nonnale  und patholo-
  gische Anatomie der Nasenhohle nnd ihrer pnen-
  matischen Auhange.   2 v.  8°.    Wien fy Leipzig,
  tHHft-Q'l
    ---—.   The same.   2. Aufl.   8°.   Wien $
  Leipzig, 1693.
    Adrian!  (P.)  Over  hooge boorden eu  neiiskwalen.
  Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1904, lviii, 1-4— Alt  (P.)  Die
  Beziehungen zwischen  Nasen-  und  Ohrenkrankheiten.
  Klin.-therap. Wchuschr., Wien, 1903. x, 105-107.—Artilaii
  (Y.)   Ansuua e rinite pseudodifterica infettivo-contagiosa
  da bacillo della setticemia dei suini. Arch. ital. di otol.
  [etc.], Torino, 1897, vi, 49-62.—Baker (L. H.)  The rela-
  tion of the middle turbinate body to chronic nasal diseases.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 189-192. —Katie-
  riologia della  rinite caseosa.   Gazz. d.  osp., Milano,
  1896, xvii, 1639.—Bayer (L.)  Pathogenie des  affections
  nasales et d'origine nasale.  Ann.de I'lnst. chir. de Brux.,
  1897. iv, 69-71.— Bcrgeat. Betunde au den Nebenhohlen
  der Nase bei Atrophie der Muscheln.  Verhandl. d. Ver.
  siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903,  Wiirzb., 1904,  112-115 —
  Berliner (M.)  Die Beziehung der Akne und anderer
  Erkrankungen der Gesi< htshaut  zu  den V»-randerungen
  des Naseninneiu.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl.,  1900.  xxi
  569-571. —Blum  (R.) Erkrankungen der Naseimchleim-
  haut als Gewerbekrankheit der Dreschhr.   Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1901,  xiv, 137-139.—BouningkauM.  Ueber
  Schleimdriisen  im pathologisch-veranderten  Epithel  der
  Nasenschleimhaut.  Verhaudl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryn- 
NOSE.
751
NOSE.
\o*e  (Diseases of,  Causes  and pathology

  of).
  gol.  1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 71.—Bresgen (M.)   Der
  Vorhof der Nase als Krankheitsort.  Samml. zwangl. Ab-
  handl.  a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohien-,  Mund- u. Halskr.,
  Halle a. S., 1900, iv, 1-8—Brown (E. J.)  Middle turbi-
  nal hypertrophy as a cause of bay fever and other dis-
  turbances, nasal and otherwise.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1904, xiv, 191-194— C'nbaneN.  Le nez dans les maladies
  infectieiises.  J. de la sante, Par., 1902, xix, pt. 2, 242-245 —
  Cnssiani-Ingoni (A.)   Di alcune rare forme morho.se
  del pavimeuto delle fosse nasali.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.],  I
  Torino, 1*97, vi, 63-vj.—C'liolewn.  Herzsehwache und
  Nasenleiden [bei Neurasthenikern].  Aerztl. Rundschau,
  Miinchen, 1905, xv, 565;  579. — Hordes  (H.)   Ueber die
  schleiinige Metamorphose des Epithels der Driisenaus-
  fiiln ungsgange iu der Nasenschleimhaut.  Arch. f. Larvn-
  gol.  u." Rhinol.,  Berl.,  1900, i, 23-31.  -----.  Ueber  iutra-
  epitheliale Driisen und schleimige  Metamorphose  der
  Drusenausfiihrungsgange speciell der Nasenschleimhaut.
  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905, xlix, 21-29 —C'ozzolino
  (V.) I blastomiceti nelle ipertrotiecomuni della mucosa dei
  cornetti nasali.   Suppl. al Policlin.. Roma. 1*96-7, iii, 705.—
  Donoganjr (Z.)  Adatok aporczosorrsOvenv szovettani
  szerkezet£hez, kiilonos tekintettel az ezeu ln-lyrol  credo
  orrv£rzesekre.  [(Contributions to the histologic structure
  of the cartilaginous nasal septum, with special reference to
  epistaxis here originating.]   Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1899,
  xliii. 454-457. — Frankel (B.)  Die pathologische Irrita-
  bilitat der Nasenschleimhaut   Verhaudl. a.  Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte  1800, Leipz.,  1897, lxviii, pt. 2,
  2. Hlfte., 384-388.— FreudenthaI (W.)   Rheumatism of
  the  nose (rhinitis  rheumatica).   Ann. O'ol., Rhinol. Sc
  Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902,  xi, no. 2, 167-177. — Grade-
  nigo  (G.) Contribuzione all' anatomia patologica delle
  cavita nasali.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di  Torino, 1891,
  3. s., xxxix,  755-765.  Also, transl.:  Ann. d. mal. de l'o-
  reille,  du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1891. xvii, 536-547.— Ouerin
  (E )  Apropos de quelques recherches sur la  bacteriolo-
  gie du mucus na>al  dans la  rhinorrhee accompagnee  on
  non  de sycosis de la levre superi6ure.   Rev. hebd.  de
  laryngol.  [etc.l.  Par., 1904,  ii, 273-282. — Heath (A. C.)
  Our present opinions as to the physiology and aslinlogy of
  reflex  diseases of nose and  naso-phai vnx.  Northwest.
  Laucet St.  1'aul. 1900. xx,  143-147. — Herzfeld (J.) Sc
  Herrmann (F.)  Ein neuer Kapselbacillus, geziichtet
  ans  Kieferhohlen-Naseusekret.  Hyg. Rundschau,  Berl.,
  1801, v, 642-647. — Hop in aim.  Ziir Aetiolo-rie der Na-
  senkrankheiten.   Wien. nied. Wchnsehr., 1898, xlviii, 1945-
  1949.   AUo [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na-
  turf. u. Aerzte 1*9*. Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 304.—
  Hunt (M.)  Serious symptoms arising from retention of
  nasal discharge.  J. Larvngol., Loud., 1892, vi,  1-3.—Ida
  (H.)  Ueber die Schleimdriisenbildung in der abnorm ge-
  wucherten  Epithelachicht der Nasenschleimhaut.   [Jap-
  anese text. ]   Dai Nippon Ji Bi-In-Ko-Kwa Kwai  Kwai
  Ho, Tokyo, 1903. ix,  169-17*.—Joerss (K.)  Beitrag  zur
  Lehre  vou dem Zusatnmenhang zwischen Augen- und Na-
  senleiden.  Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh..  Stuttg., 1903, xii,
  469-481.—Killian  (G.)   Ueber eiuen Fall von acuter
  Perichondritis  und  Periostitis  der  Nasenseheidewand
  dentalen Ursprungs.   Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1900,
  xlvii, 155. — Klemperer  (F.)  Sc Schcicr  (M.)   Zui-
  Bakteriologie  der Nase: die Identitat  der  Ozaena-una
  Rhinosklerombacillen  mit  Friedlander'schen  Bacillen.
  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u.  Aerzte 1901,
  Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 362-367. — I,nco-
  ai-ret.  Du cornet inferieur; sa personnalite anatomique
  et pathologique;  son hypertrophie et ses d6geuerescences
  benigues.  Rev.  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvn,
  pt. 1, 241-260.— I^eto (L.)  La simbiosi sifilido-tubercolare
  del naso.  Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli,  1905, xxi, 1153-
  1155.—Macintyre (J.)  Presidential address; the etiol-
  ogy of the diseases of the nose and throat. J.  Laryngol.,
  Lond., 1894, viii.  1-14, 2 pl.   AUo [Abstr.]: Med. Press &
  Circ.   Lond., 1894, n. s., lvii, 27-30. — McVey ( \\ . E.)
  The ethmoid in nasal disease.  Kansas M. J., Topeka,1895,
  vii, 323-325.—.Maggiora (A.) Sc Ciradenigo (G.)  Os-
  servazioni batteriologiche su membrane crupali consecu-
  tive  alle causticazione  gal va niche della mucosa nasale.
  Gior. d. r. Soc. ital.  d'ig., Milano, 1890, xii, 450. — ITIa-
  gnan.  Rapports des alterations nasales avec certaines
  affections geuerales.  Ann.  med.-chir. du centre, Tours,
  1903, iii, 102.— Ulauclaire.   Considerations anatomiques
  et pathologiques sur la cloison des fosses nasales aux dif-
  ferent* ages.  Bull.  Soc. anat. de Par., 1892,  lxvu, 169-
  179—.Hinder.  Fiiufzig Sectionsbefunde der Nase und
  deren Nebenliohb-u unter Beriicksichtigung derGesichts-
  Bchadelmasse  (ein Beitrag  zur Frage der Oza-ne uud
  der Nebenbbhlen-Empyeme).  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi-
  nol., Berl..  1901-2, xii, 328-362. — IMabarro (I).) A case
  Of gangrene of  the  nose, associated with  the bacillus
  pvocyaneus.  Tr. Path. Soc.  Lond., 1901-2. liii, 46-51.—
  Pau n* (M.) Az orrbetegs<-gek befolysisaTOl szembajokra.
  [The influence of nose  diseases on disorders of the eye.]
  Szcmes/et.  Budapest, 1900, 31-33. -----.  Orrhetegsegek
  altal eloidezett s/.einbajok.  [Eye troubles caused by nose
IVose (Diseases of,  Causes and pathology

  of).
  diseases.]   Ibid, 1905, 151-173. — Pol yak  (L.)   Ada-
  tok a hypertrophikus orrnyakhartya  kors/.bvettanaboz.
  [Contributions to the pathologic histology of the mucous
  membrane of the  nose. |  Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1897,
  xii,  14; 27.—Potiquet.  Du canal de .Jacobson; de la
  possibilite de le reconnaitre sm- le vivant et de son idle
  probable dans la pathogenie de  certaines h-sions de la
  cloison  nasale.  Rev. de  laryngol. [etc.], Bar., 1891, xi,
  737-753.— Pynchon  (E.)   Impaired ventilation  and
  drainage of the  nose the most common  causes of nasal
  catarrh.   Chicago M. Recorder,  1897, xiii,  407-413.  -----.
  The offending middle turbinal.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1899,  vii, 141-14S.—Bieci  (A.)  Ematoma traumatico ed
  ascesso consecutivo del setto  nasale.   Boll.  d.  mal.  d.
  orecchio,  d. gola e d. naso. Firenze, 1890, viii, 101-104.—
  Nacuger(M.)  Ueberdie Beziehung zwischen abnormer
  Weite der Nasenhohlen und Erkrankungen der iibjigen
  Luftwege.  Centralbl.  f. innere Med., Leipz., 1898,  xix,
  257-263. — Seifert.  Die Gewerbekrankheiten der Nase
  und Mundraehenhohle.   Klin. Vortr.  a. d. Geb. d. Otol.
  u. Pharyngo-Rhinol., Jena, 1895-6, i, 179-214.—Weiler (C.)
  The  relations between acne and  diseases of the nasal
  cavity.    J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1890.  xiv,  270  —
  Ntrazza (G )  Contributo  clinico e anatomo-patologico
  alle affezioni  della volta uaso-fariugea.  Arch. ital. di otol.
  letc.J, Toiino-Palermo, 1893, i, 330 - 341. — Sturmann.
  Demonstration zur Pathologie  der Nase.   Verhaudl. d.
  laryngol. Gesellsch. zu  Berl.  (1900), 1901, xi, 25—Swain
  (H! L.)   Bronchial asthma, its relation to nasal disease.
  Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Waterbnry, 1900,  197-211.  AUo:
  YaleM. J.,N. Haven, 1900-1901, vii, 39-53.—Tissiei- (l\)
  Le nez et  l'6rvsipele.  Ann. d. mal. de  l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.], I'ar., 1892, xviii.  807-820. — Treitel.   Ueber den
  Zusammenhang  von  Magen- und  Nasenleiden.  Arch. f.
  Verdaimngskr.,  Berl.,  V897, iii,  325-329. — Uchito (J.)
  [Asthma as the origin of nose diseases.]  Saisei Gakusha
  Iji Shimpo,  Tokyo, 1899,  601-610.— Vitalba (G.)   Un
  casodi rinorrea purulenta case'iforme da einpiemadel seno
  mascellare.   Arcb.  ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, vi,
  153-157.— Wright (J.)  A pathological condition  of the
  middle turbinated bone.   Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1888,  xx\iv,
  264-267. -----. A consideration of the vascular mechan-
  ism  of the nasal mucous  membrane aud its relations to
  certain  pathological  processes.   Am.  J.  M.  Sc,  Phila.,
  1895,  n. s., cix, 516-523.  Also,  Reprint. -----. Remarks
  on tbe pathology of the nasai  septum.  Brooklyn M. J.,
  1899,  xiii,  615-619.—Ziem.  Nasenleiden  bei Iufections-
  krankheiten.  Munchen. med. Wclinschr., 1894, xii, 985-
  991. -----.  Nochmals  die Erkrankungen  der Nase  bei
  Infectionskrankheiten,  besonders  auch  bei Diphtherie.
  Ibid., 1895. xlii,  162-165. -----. Ueber Beziehungen der
  Cataract  zu  Nasenkrankheiten.    Arch.  f. path. Auat.
  [etc.], Berl., 1900, clxii, 238-255.

I¥ose (Diseases of,  Classification  of).
     Browne (L.)  Ou  a classification of intranasal and
  naso-pharyngeal diseases.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1890, iv,
  273-280.   Also, Repriut.   AUo [Abstr.]:  Med. Press Sc
  Circ, Loud.,  1890, n.  s., xlix, 658— ITI linger (C. E )  A
  classification of  intranasal diseases for use in teaching.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 899.

IVose (Diseases of, Complications of).
     See, also, Asthma, Brain (Diseases  of),  Cho-
  rea, Cough (Nervous),  Deafness,  Diabetes,
  Dyspepsia, Ear  (Diseases of),  Causes, etc., of;
  Ear, eye,  nose,  etc.;  Ear and nose;  Epilepsy,
  Eye  (Diseases  of),  Causes,   etc,  of; Glottis
  (Spasm of); Headache, Larynx (Diseases of),
  Mastoid   process   (Inflammation  of).  Nerve
  (Optic, Inflammation of), Nervous system  (Dis-
  eases of),  Neuralgia  (Facial), Causes,  etc.,  of;
  Nose (Keflex  neuroses  of); Operations (Surgi-
  cal,  Complications of); Pharynx (Diseases of),
  Skin (Diseases of),  Stammering,  Causes of.
     Bresgen(M.)   Die  Reizung und Ent/.iindung
  der  Nasenschleimhaut in  ihrem  Einllnsso  auf
  die Atmung und das Herz.   8C.  Halle, 1900.
     Bruckmann (A.)   * Ueber Mittelohrentziin-
  dungeu  infolge Behandlung von  Naseuaftec-
  tioneu.  8°.   Gottingen, 1692.
     Chaboky(K.)  *l)e l'iiilluenci' des affections
  nasales sur ]'ai>pareil  respiratoire.   4°.  Paris,
  1892.
     Cholewa  (R.)   Herzschwiiche  und Nasen-
  leiden.  (It-nieinversttindliche Studie.  8°.  Al Hu-
  t-hen, HM>-».
     See, aUo, infra. 
NOSE.
752
NOSE.
IVoxie (Diseases  of, Complications  of).
    Gerber (P. H.)   Svya/ nn/.bdu nosom i yevo
  pridatkami iostalniiiiorganizmom. [KVlation be-
  tween the nose and i ts appendages u nd the remain-
  ing organism.   Transl.]   8'.  [Moscow, 1^97.]
    Gheliche   (A.)    "Les  iufectious   d'origine
  nasale.   4°.   Paris  l>-94.
    Kayser (A.)   *Etude clinique et rationuelle
  de  quelques £tats morbides dependant de la pa-
  thologie des  fosses  nasales  et  des  siuus.   ec.
  Parts, 1^99.
    Landolt (F.)   * Contribution a  l'etude des
  troubles digestifs lie's aux maladies du nez et du
  rhino-phannx.   8 ,  Paris, 1901.
    Si'CHANNEK  (H.)   Ueber  Nasenleiden  und
  ihreui Ztisammenhang mit amlern Organleideu
  sowie iiber Retlexnenrosen.   Habilitittionsrede.
  l-2-\   Ziirich,  I860.
    Alt (F.)  Die Beziehungen zwischen den  Erkrankun-
  gen der Nase und des Ohres.   Wien. med. Presse, 1903,
  xliv,  753-760.—Aviragnet (E.C.)  Des troubles diges-
  tifs lies k la rhino-pharyngite et k l'amygdalite chroni- I
  ques.  Arch, de in<id. d.'euf., Par.. 1900, iii,  65-71.— Bal-
  lengcr (W. L.)  Auto-intoxication  resultiug from dis-
  ease of the nose and throat.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,
  1897, xxviii. 742.  AUo: Medicine, Detroit,  1897, iii, 912-
  914.—Baunigarten (E.)  Heveny szenimegbeteged6sek
  heveny oi-rmegbeteged^sek kapesan.   [Grave eye diseases
  after severe nose diseases.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,
  1, 93.—Bayer (L )  Glycosurie d'origine nasale.   Ann.
  de  I'lnst. chir. do Biux.,  1895, ii, 32-34.—Biaggi  (C.)
  Contributo alio studio dei  rapporti fra la  balliuzie e  le
  affezioni del naso e della faringe.   Tribuna med., Milano,
  1896, ii, 132-134.— Bocclii  (F.)  Influenza delle affezioni
  nasali e rinofariugee  sull' udito, sulla fouazione e sulla
  respirazioue.  Gazz.  med. cremonese, Cremona.  1895, xv,
  293-309.— Bremgen (M.)  Wann treten nach  Operationen
  in der Nase und im  Nasenrachenraume leicbt  Entziin-
  dungen des Ohres oder anderer benachbarter  Theile auf?
  Wien. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1892, xlii,  1705;  1759; 1801.—
  Bi-onner (A.)  Diseasesof tbe nose iu their  relationship
  to pathological conditions  of  other organs.   Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1905, i, 177-179.—Brown (M. R.) The relation  of
  acute diseases ofthe nose and throat to disorders of diges-
  tion.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1896, xi, 123-127.—Cliabory
  (F.)  Des influences des affections nasales sur le tube di-
  gestif. Progres med., I'ar., 1893, 2. s., xviii, 33-37.—Cho-
  lewa ill.)   Herzschwacho und  Nasenleiden.  Aerztl.
  Rundschau,  Munchen,  1901,  xi,  580; 591.   [ See,  also,
  supra.} -- Clement.  Rapport des affections des fosses
  nasales avec les organes respiratoires iuferieurs.   [Ab-
  str.]  J. de med.  et  chir.  prat..  Par., 1895,  lxvi.  907.—
  (Jozzolino (V.)   Le malattie  del  cervello, delle rue-
  ningi  e suoi seni da infezioni piogene internasali acute
  e croniche.  Clin, mod., Pisa.  1896, ii,  479: 1897, iii, 159.—
  t'zarda (J.)  O vlivu nemoci nosovych na ostatni orga-
  nismus.  [The influence of diseases of the nose on the re-
  maining organism.]  Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1885. xxiv,
  33;  50; 99; 108; 132.—Baly (  W.  II.)  A symposium  of
  evidence concerning the relation of intranasal  and ear dis-
  ease.  Pittsburgh  M. Re\., 1890,  iv,  370-375.— Bench
  (E.  B.)  The relation between diseases ofthe nose and
  naso-pharvnx, and middle-ear inflammation.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1898, N. Y., 1899, iv, 4-14.—
  Ureese (C. L.)  Reports of cases showing certain compli-
  cations of rhinal disease. N. Orl. M. &S. J., 1889-90, n. s.,
  xvii, 545-552.—Breyfuss.  Rbinogene Gehiruaffektionen.
  Centralbl.  f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u.  Chir., Jena, 1897-8,
  i, 193-197.—Einis (L.)  K kazuistikle reflektornikh zabo-
  lievaniy, iskhodivshikh ot nosa, ukha igorla.   [Reflex dis-
  eases coming from the nose, ear, and throat.]  Vrach. Gaz.,
  S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 176.—E wing (A. E.)  Frontal head-
  aches, apparently ocular, but really of nasal origin;  their
  recognition and  treatment.   [Also':] On the nasal  condi-
  tions found in these cases;  with especial reference to an
  abnormal relation ofthe uncinate process of the ethmoid
  to the bulla of tbeethmoid. by Greenfield Sluder.  Tr. Am
  Ophth. Soc,  Hartford, 1900-1902, ix, 60-71, 2 pl.  Also, Re-
  print.—Fiest (L.N.J.) Manifestations pathologiques &
  distance dans les maladies  du nez.  llev. med., Quebec,
  1897. i. 25.—Fisher  (H. F.)   Chronic deafness relieved
  bv nasal operation.  J. Ophth.. Otol., Sc Laryngol., N. Y.
  11-96. viii, 214-210.—French (T. R.)   The effects of dis-
  eases of the nasal passages on other portions ofthe respir-
  atory  tract.   Tr. Brooklyn  Path. Soc. 1885-6,  N. Y., 1887,
  183-192.—««eIle(G.)   Les adenopathies dans les affections
  des  losses nasales et du rhino-pharynx.  Aun. d. mal. de
  l'oreille, dn larynx [etc.], Par., 1905, xxxi, pt.2,15-26.  Also:
  Rev. hebd.  de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1905,  i, 577-596.—
  C»oris.  Un  mot k propos des complications orbitaires
  des atfections nasales.  Ann. de I'lnst. chir. de  Brux., 1906,
  xiii, 29— Ilcrzfeld (J.)  Rhinogener Stirnlappenabscess,
l\o«e (Diseases of Complications of).
  durch Operation geheilt.  Berl.  klin. AVchnscbr.,  1901,
  xxxviii,  1180-1183.  -----. Ueber Meniugo-Eneephalitis
  serosa nasalen  Ursprungs.   Ibid..  1905,  xlii, 263-266.—
  Hooker (E. B.)  Destructive diseases of the nose.  Ho
  moeop.  Eye. Ear Sc Throat J.,  N. Y., 1899. v, 257-262.—
  Jackson (C.)  An overlooked nasal factor in ear disease.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1901,  xxxvi, 1469.  AUo, Re-
  print.— Joal,  Congestions laryngC-es d'oriniiie nasale.
  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.J, Bar., 1896, xvi.417-4;j7.----.
  Aphonies d'origiue olfactive. Ibid., 1025-1028.—KcInou
  (W. H.)  Diseases of the nose  in relation to general dis-
  eases.  Abstr.Tr. Hunterian Soc,Lond , 1898-9,123-134.—
  von  KoMteljanetz (A.)  Ueber die Beziehungen der
  Erkrankungen des Ohres zu denen der Nase und des Na-
  senrachenraumes.   St. Petersb. med.  Wchnsehr., 1903, n.
  F., xx. 125; 135— I.audolt. Les troubles digestifs dims
  les maladies du nez  et du rhino-pharynx.   [Abstr.J  Gaz.
  hebd. de med.. Par., 1902, n. s.,vii, 951-953.—Libby (G.F.)
  Ocular  disease in relation to nasal obstruction and empy-
  ema of the accessory sinuses.  Colorado Med.,  Denver
  1906, iii, 73-77.—I.leo Morera (A.)   Rapida ojeada & las
  enfermedades de las  fosas nasales y de la cavidad naso-
  faringea;  su relaci6u con lis perturbaciones que se pro-
  ducen en otros 6rgauosy aparatos.   Rev.de laringol. [etc.]
  Barcel., 1897, xii, 224;  240; 267; 272.—iHarehal.  Apho-
  nic matinale passag^re d'origine nasale  et pharynu^e.
  Gaz.  med. de Picardie.  Amiens,  1896, xiv, 129-137.—Me-
  niere.  Observation d'un cas de cephalic quotidieune da-
  tant de deux aus, guerie par la cauterisation nasale et l'a-
  blation  des masses adenoides.   Rev. mens, de larvn<rol.
  [etc.], Par., 1888. viii. 401-405—Miodowski <F.) Ueber
  die Beteiligung tier Nasenschleimhaut bei septischen Zu-
  stauden, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese des unstill-
  baren Nasenblutens.  Arch. f. Laryngol., Berl., 1905, xvii,
  249-259, 1 pl.—Moure (E.-J.)  De l'influence de cert-iines
  maladies du uez  et des cavites accessoires sur la saut6 g6-
  n6rale.  J. de med. de  Bordeaux, 1896, xxvi, 428.  Also:
  Rev.  prat. d. trav. de  m£d.. Par., 1896, liii,  331.  Also,
  transl: N. Orl.  M.  Sc S. J., 1896-7, xlix, 5-7.—North (J.)
  Relation of nasal diseases to other diseases, including the
  brain aud nervous system.   Med. Reg., Phila., Isss.iv, 460-
  463.— Papaiiikolaon (P.)  llepi riov oltt'o pcktovcttj; pti>b?
  na.9okoyi.KUiv ava rov  Xonrbv bpyavia^bv airr)xrio~€ioi>.  'Ia-
  t/hktj n-pooSos, "Ev 2u'pw, 1903,viii, 353-369.—Pattuzzi (G.)
  Su le  affezioni consecutive a malattie del naso  e della fa
  ringe. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1896, xv, 21;
  53.—Paunz (M.)   A  rhinogen  agytalyog.   [ .  . . braiu
  abscess.J   Budapesti  k. orvoseuv. 1902-ik 6vi  evoknyve,
  Budapest, 1903, 154-158. — Peltesohn (F.)  Ueber einen
  von  der Nase aus  geheilten Fall von Gesichtskrampf.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1891,  xxviii, 793. — Poll  (('.)  Le
  vie uasali e auricolari dell' infezione endoeraiiu-a.   Tr. Iu-
  ternat. Otol. Cong. 1899. Lond., 1900, vi, 429-445,  I pl. AUo,
  Reprint. — Pollatschek (E.)  Orrbajok oaszcfiiggl-se  a
  szervezet  egy6b megbetegedGseivel.   [The connection of
  nose  troubles with other organic diseases.)  Budapesti
  orv. ujsag, 1903,  i, 237-243.  Also \ Abstr. |:  Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest,  1901,  xiv,  736. — Pi-eobrazhcnnki (S. S.)
  Vliyaniye  bolieznei nosa i  glotki na riech (gnusavost,
  kosuoyazichiye,  zaikaniye) i golos.  [Influence, of diseases
  of tbe nose and pharynx upon speech (snuffle, stammering,
  stuttering) and  voice.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk.,  1905,  lxiv,
  72.— Bendu.   Rhino-bronchite spasmodique. Mercredi
  med., Par., 1891, ii, 1-3.— Boe (J. O.)  The frequent de-
  pendence of persistent and so-called congestive headaches
  upon  abnormal  conditions  of the nasal passages.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., lf-88, xxxiv,  200-204. — Bupi-eeht (M.)  Ue-
  ber die  Fernwirkuugen der Naseuerkranknngeii.  Med.
  Woche, Berl., 1900, 317-322. —Seheppcgrcll  (W.)  The
  influence of diseases ofthe nose and naso-pharynx on other
  parts ot tbe body.  Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Oil..  1894,
  348-365.  AUo: N. Orl. M. Sc S. J.. 1894-5. n. s., xxii. 87-100,
  lpl.  A Uo, Reprint.— Weipert.  Die Erkrankungen der
  Nase  in ihren  Beziehnngeu zu  den  Allgemeinerkran-
  knii2eu.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1900, xxxvii, 765-769.—
  Mhcilri (A. M.)  Lecture on the relation between nose af-
  fections and diseases ofthe ear.   Lancet.Lond.,1891,i,704-
  706.—Shurly (E. L )  Do nasal diseases in any way pre-
  dispose to or cause pulmonary disease ? Iuternat. M. Mag.,
  N. Y., 1903, xii, 68-70.—Ste van i (R.)  Cardio-gastropatia
  di origine  nasale.   Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d.
  naso, Firenze, 1905, xxiii, 145-150.—Mtirling (A.W.) The
  question of nasal treatment for the cure of diseases of the
  ear.   Atlanta J.-Rec. Med., 1903-4. v, 656-660.  — Mtoei-k
  (K.)  Gehirniutektion von  Seite  der  Nase,  Wien.  nnd.
  Wchuschr., 1895, xiv, 913; 970; 1023.—Thomas.  Gueri-
  son d'une  iaryngite chronique par le traitement du nez.
  Marseille med'., 1897, xxxiv, 400-404.—Thoinpsou (J. A.)
  Deafness from intranasal disease.  Tr. Ohio M. Soc, To-
  ledo, 1895, 1. 116-123.  AUo:  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,  1893, xlviii,
  337.— Turner (A.  L.)  General septic infection of nasal
  origin.  Edinb. M.J., 1903.n. s.,xiii, 234-238.  AUo: Ann.
  Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 323 - 328.—
  Ubertis  ( F.)  Influenza  dell' irritazione della mucosa
  nasale sopra il sistemacardio-vascolare e sulla respirazione.
  Ann.  di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1900, i, 337-355.—White 
NOSE
753
NOSE.
IVose (Diseases of, Complications of).
  (J. A.)  Headache aud neura'.gia from troubles in the nose
  and  accessory sinuses.  Mobile M. & S. J., 1906, viii, 1-9.
  Alsn: Virginia Hosp. Bull. Richmond, 1905-6, ii, 19-23.—
  Zalewski (T.)   Ein Fall von  Schadeleiterung  nasaleu
  Urspruiius.  Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., 1905, 938-940.
  Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wclinschr.,  1905, 938-940.—
  Ziem (C.) Rapports entre les affections nasales et men-
  tales.  Ann. d. mal.  de l'oreille, du larynx  [etc.], Par.,
  1897, xxiii, pt. 2, 204-217. -----. Ueber Beziehungen vou
  Nasenkrankheiten zu Knochen- und Gelenkkrankheiten.
  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 194-199.  AUo,
  transl.: Parole. Rev. internat.de rhinol.[etc.], Par., 1900,
  n. s., ii, 301-307.

]Yo*e (Diseases of,  Complications  of,  Ocu-

  lar).
     Gkuhn(H.)   * Ueber Dacryocystoblonnorrhoe
  bei  Erkrankungen dor Xase.   [Wurtzburg.]  H-\
  Munchen, l->6.
     AUo, in: Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1888, xxxv, 449-
  453.
     Bandera  (J. M.)  De la relacion  que  existe entre
  las enfermedades de los ojos v las de la nariz.  Gac m6d.,
  Mexico, 1888, xxiii, 309-311.—Bernstein (E. J.)  Hyper-
  trophic  rhinitis,  producing  ocular a-thcuopia.   Med.
  News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, W   Bronn  iE. J  )  Nasal dis-
  ease as related to the eve and ear.  Northwest. Lancet. St.
  Paul, 1891, xi,  269-271.'  [Discussion], 283-285.— Bulaon
   (A.  E.)  Diseases of the cavities of the nose an important
  factor in  producing affections of the eve   Tr. Mich. M.
  Soc, Grand Rapids, 1899. xxiii,  162-173!—Cnrbone (A.)
  Contributo alio studio delle affezioni oculari  d' origine na-
  sale.  Arch. ital.  di  otol.  [etc.], Torino, 1903-4,  xv, 278-
  282.—Chandler (H. B.)  Heterophoria from nasal re-
  flexes.  Ann.  Ophth. Sc Otol.,  St.  Louis, 1896, v, 1138-
  1140.—Clark  (C. F.)  A case illustrating the relation ex-
  isting between diseases of the eye and  nose.  Columbus
  M. J., 1888-9, vii, 49-53.—Corr  (A. C.)   The relatiou of
   catarrhal  conditions of the nose and nasal ducts and er-
  rors of refraction  to  corneal conjunctival diseases; ques-
  tion of priority incidentally  involved.    Med. Rev., St.
  Louis. 1898, xxxvii, 73-76.—Couetoux.  L'origine na-
  sale des affections oculaires et le catheterisme des voies
  lacrymales.   Ann. d'ocul., Par.,  1897,  cxvii. 270-276.—
  Bowling (F.)   Sympathetic  affections ofthe  eyes re-
  sulting from disease ofthe na-al passages. Cinciu. Lancet-
  Clinic, 1889, n. s., xxiii, 464-466. —Bowling (J. I.)  Con-
  ditions of  the nose which  influence, the clii onicity of ocu-
  lar affections.  Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., Buffalo, 1904,
  xxxix, 77-S2.   Also: Hahneman. Month.,  Phila., 1904,
  xxxix, 197-202.—Fish (H. M.)   Why  so many eyes are
  lost.  N.  Oil. M.  Sc S. J., 1904-5. lvii, 465-468.—Fortu-
  nati (A.)  Intorno ad  una forma rara di nenro-cheratite
  d' origine nasale.    Arch.  ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1896,
  iv. 169-181. -----. Nuovo contribute alia neuro-cheratite
  d'origine nasale.   Ibid.,  1900-1901, x, 433-438.—Foster
  (M.  L.)  Asthenopia  due  to pressure between the turbi-
  nated boues aud the septum nasi.  Manhattan Eve  Sc Ear
  Hosp. Rep., N. Y , 1894. i, 37.—Freeman (W. J.)  Epi-
  phora of intranasal origin.  Phila. Polyclin., 1893, ii, 201-
  206.—Gould (G. M.)  Diseasesof the eye dependent upou
  diseases of the nose and reflex nasal disease due to  ocular
  maladies.   Syst.  Dis. Ear, Nos.-, Sc Throat  (Burnett),
  Phila., 1893, ii, 149-172.—Cross in aim (L.)   Az  orr es
  mellekuregeinek bantalma alapjao fejlbdo lat&si zavarok-
  r61.   [Disturbances of vision from diseases of nose and ac-
  cessory cavities, of sinus frontalis and sinus sphenoidalis.]
  Gv6gyaszat, Budapest,  1893, xxxv. 111,  122.   Also, transl.
  [Abstr.]:   Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest,  1894, xxx,
  245-247— Hamilton (T. K.)   Ocular symptoms due to
  diseases ofthe nasal cavities.  Intercolon. M. Cong. Tr.,
  Melbourne, 1889,  ii. 779-781. —Hoople  (H. N.)  A nasal
  condition affecting the ocular  muscles.    Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol., Sc Otol. Soc 1901,  N. Y..  1902. vii, 76-84.
  Also: Med. News, N. Y..  1901, lxxix, 133-136. — Inouye
  (T.)  [The relation of e\ e troubles to nasal diseases.] Dai
  Nippon Ji-Bi In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1899, v,
  347 - 357. — Jocrss.  Augenerkrankungen als  Folge von
  Nasenleiden.  und  ihre Behandlung.  Mitt.  f. d.  Ver.
  Schlesw.-Hoist. Aerzte, Kiel, 1903,  n.  F., xii, 33-37.-
  Kibhe (A. Ii.)  A case of asthenopia and headache due
  to hypertrophy of the  middle  turbinated  bone.  Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1892, xii, 462.— Lauren* (G.) Relations des
  maladies du nez et de ses annexes avec les maladies des
  yeux.  Gaz. d. bop..  Par.. 1895, lxviii,  1021-1031. -----.
  Affections nasales et troubles oculaires reflexes.   Presse
  med., Par., 1896,  39-41.—Lantenbach (L.  J)  The in-
  fluence of  nasal disease  in modifying  the quantity and
  axis of corneal astigmatism. Ophth. Pec, Nashville, 1897,
  n. s., vi, 109-112.  Also, Reprint.—Lie ven.   Ueber die
  Beziehungen zwischen Erkraiikiuigen der Nase und  des
  Auges.  Deutsche  nied. Wclinschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1892,
  xviii. 1087-1090.—Lubliner,(L.)  Krankheiten der Thra-
  nenwe»e,  bedingt durch  Affectioncn  der Naseiihohlen.
  Therap. Monatsh..  Berl.,  1896, x, 646 - 655. — Magna n.

        VOL XT. 2D  SERIES--^tS
IVose (Diseases of,  Complications of,  Ocu-

  lar).
  Relations  des  maladies  des fosses  nasales  avec  les
  affections oculaires.  Ann. iu6d.-chir. du centre,  Tours,
  1903,  iii, 155; 163.—lWeliek  (W. A.)  Some of the path-
  ological  conditions  of the  nose secondarily  affecting
  tho eve.  Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Toledo, 1895, 1, 394^399.   AUo:
  Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1895, xxxii, 203-205.—Vlciidcl (F.)
  Leber uasale  Augen-,  iusbesondere Sehnerven -Leiden.
  Centralhl.  f.  prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 33-39.—
  iVIulliiiN (W. S.)  Eye affections from nasal causes.  Ho-
  mceop. E\e,  Ear Sc Throat J.,  X.  Y.,  1895, i, 337-341.—
  Ouodi.  The disturbances of vision and development of
  blindness of nasal origin induced by disease of the pos-
  terior accessory sinuses.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1212-
  1219. Also:  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1904, xix, 622-637, 5pl.—
  Palmer (A. W.)  The relation of some ocular diseases
  to pathological conditions in the nares.  Homceop. Eye,
  Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1903, ix, 168-172. — Paunz (M.)
  Ueber den Einfluss der Nasenkrankheiten auf Augenlei-
  den.  Ungar. med. Presse, Buuapest, 1000,v,239-242. -----.
  Durch   Nasenkrankheiten  verursaehte   Augenleideu.
  Arch. f. Augenh.,  Wiesb., 1905, lii, 367-396, 2 pl.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x,  286.—
  Peek (E. S.)  Reflex ocular aud facial symptoms of nasal
  disease.  Tr. N. York Odont. Soc.  1890, Phila.,  1891, 23-
  43.— Posey  (W. C.)  Metastatic uveitis  in both  eyes,
  causing blindness, resulting from an intense inflammation
  of the nose  and its accessory sinuses.  N. York  M. J.,
  1898, lxvii. 120. — Bischawy (B.)   Ueber Nasenerkran-
  kuug als Ursache der chronischen Thrauensclilauchleiden.
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xii, 281-284.—Sch loss (A.)
  Reportof a caseof asthenopia due to nasal reflexes.  Pa-
  cific  M. J.,  San  Fran.,  1894, xxxvii,  8— Schmiegc-
  low (E.)  Om Forholdet mellem Nsesens og Ojets Syg-
  doinnie.  [The relation between tbe diseases of  the nose
  and eve.]   Ugeskr.  f.  Lseger, Kobenh., 1904. 5. R., xi, 415;
  445; 4*69; 498; 513.  Also [Abstr.J: Arch. f. Larvngol.  u.
  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1904, xv, 267-301. — Se^lziak (J.)   O sto-
  sunku chor6b nosa do zaburzen oczn \ ch.  [Relation of dis-
  eases of the nose to those of the eves.]   Post. okul.. Kra-
  kow, 1901. iii, 83; 137.—Seifert.  'Ueber die Beziehungen
  zwischen Nasen-und Augenerkrankungen.   Verhandl. d.
  Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903. Wiirzb., 1904, 235-
  242.—Stiel.   Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Nasen- und
  Augenkrankheiten.   Munchen.  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1898,
  xiv, 125.—Stillson (n.)   Relation  between diseases  of
  the nose and diseases  of the eyes. Northwest Med., Seat-
  tle, 1904, ii, 65-72.—Stillson' (J. O.) The middle  turbi-
  nate body as a factor in ocular disturbance, and the indi-
  cations  for its partial or complete removal.  Tr.  West.
  Ophth. Otol., [etc.], Ass.  Ophth.Div., St. Louis. 1900,v, 43-
  53.  AUo:  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1900,  xvii, 173-183 —
  Winekler  (E.)  Erfahrungen,  gesammelt  iiber den Zu-
  sammenhaug von Nasen- und Augenerkrankungen,  sowie
  Besserung, resp. Heilung derletztoren durch Behaudlung
  der  Naseuerkrankung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1895, Leipz., 1896,  lxvii,  pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,
  245-254.   AUo: Therap.  Wchnsehr., Wien, 1895,  ii, 877-
  892.—Wolff berg.  Ein Fall von Blepharospasms durch.
  Nasenaffektion.  Wchnsehr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges,
  Dresd., 1904.  vii, 241. —Zicgler  (S.  L.)  Corneal ulcera-
  tion due to nasal infection.  Am. Med., Phila.,  1004, vii,
  598-600.—Ziem.  Ueber  Einsebrankung des  Gesichts-
  feldes bei Erkrankung der Nasi-uud ihrer Nebenhohlen.
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1888,  xxv, 747-751. -----. Intra-
  oculare Erkrankungen bei Nasenleiden.  Berl.kliu. Wchn-
  sehr., 1889, xxvi, 833; 857.  Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1889, xxiii, 174-179.-----. Ueber Einsebrankung des
  Gesichtsfeldes  bei  Nasenkrankheiten.   Deutsche  med.
  Wchuschr., Leipz.u.  Berl., 1889, xv, 86.  AUo, Reprint,
  -----. A propos des rapports des maladies du nez avec les
  maladiesdes yeux.  Ann.d.mal.de l'oreille.du layrnx  [etc.],
  Par.,1892,xviii.487-504. -----. Des affections intraoculaires
  coiis6cutives aux maladies du nez. Arch, internat. de lar-
  yngol. [etc.]. Par., 1892, v, 285-289. -----.  Ueber  intra-
  nculare Erkrankungen im Gefolge von Nasenkrankheiten.
  Miinchen.med. Wchnsehr., 1892, xxxix, 207.  AUo, Reprint,

IVose (Diseases of,  Cutaneous).
     See,  also, Acne; Erysipelas (Facial); Nose
  (Lupus of);  Nose  (Bosacea  of); Rhinophyma.
     Tkoplowitz   (M-)   * Ueber d.-is  Eczem del
  Nii.se.   Hy    Wiirzburg, 1690.
     Arnozau.   Sur les relations entre les affections cu-
  tanees du nez et les affections profondes des fosses nasales.
  Assoc, franc pour  l'avance. d. sc.   C.-r., Par., 18*7, xvi,
  pt. 2, 801.  (Discussion], pt. 1, 333. — Barbera (F.)   El
  naf'taliln en le tratamiento del eczema vestibular de la nariz.
  [From: Madrid med.]  Re.v.valencdecien.nied., Valencia,
  1902. iv, 117.—Bi-uek (F.)  Zur Therapie des fluehligeii
  Erythema der  Xase.   Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1002,
  lxxi, 623.— Hulkley  (L.  D.)  Skin diseases of the nose.
  Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose, Sc Throat (Burnett), Phila., l>-93. ii,
  173-191. — Cantrcll (J. A.)   Eczema of the nostrils.
  Coll. Sc Clin.  Rec, Phila., 1895, xvi, 241-243. — Dobrot- 
NOSE.                                           754                                            NOSE.
IVowe (Diseases of, Cutaneous).
  vorski (A. Y.)  Nleskolko slov po povodu boliezni V. M.
  Nearonova.  [Apropos of Nearonoffs disease (erysipelas
  of the nose).]  Protok. zasaid.  Obsh.  Morsk. vrach. v
  Kronstadt, 1901-2, xl, no. 2, 75- 81 — Hallopeau ( H. )
  Sur un cas de dvsidrose du nez.   Bull. Soc frang. dc. der-
  mat. et syph.. Par.. 1892, iii, 334. — Herrmann. ( H.)
  Ueber eine eigentiiinliche Affektion des \aseurii< kens.
  Yerhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wieu u. Leipz.,
  1901, vii, 390-392.-----Eine eigenthiimliche mit Hyper-
  hidrosis eiuheiirehende entziindliche  Dermatose an der
  Nase jugeudlicher Individuen.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph.,
  Wien'u. Leipz., 1902,  lx, 77-90. — Karbiinkul  nosa.
  [Carbuncle of the nose.]  Otehot o dleyateln. Khirurg.
  klin.  [etc.], v Mosk.  (1896-8), 1899,  28— f.acroix  (P.)
  Dermatoses de la face et lesions des fosses nasales.  Arch.
  internat. de larvngol.  [etc.], Par., 181)6, ix,  454-457.—
  JVIaclcod (J. M. II.)   Cases of skin affections confined
  to the nose.  Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 208. —  fluii-ay
  (G. D.)   Eiuptions of the  face due  to  nasal  pressure.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lv. 422.— Mi-hitlers.   De I'ery-
  sipele des fosses nasales.  Rev.  de laryngol. [etc.J, Par..
  1889, ix, 113-119. — Xteiler (C.)  Facial eruptions  due to
  intranasal disease.  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,  1899,  lvi, 263.—
  Nomci-s  (L. S.)  Sycosis  of the  nasal vestibule.  Med.
  Times Sc  Reg., Phila., 1897, xxxiii, 169- 171. — Hrebrny
  (Z.)  Figowka (sycosis) wargi gornej, jakoskutek cierpie-
  uia nosa.  [. . . of the  upper lip as a consequence  of dis-
  eases of the  nose.]  Medycyna, Warszawa,  1896, xxiv,
  951;  974.— Wells ( W. A.)' On the  relationship of the
  nose to diseases of the skin.  N. York M. J.,  1898, lxviii,
  553-556.  Also, Reprint.

IVose (Diseases of, Diagnosis and semeiol-

  ogy of).
    Krieg  ( R.)    WahiBeheiulichkeitsdiajruoseu
  bei Kraukheiten bowoI der Nase und des Halses
  als auch des  iibrigen Korpers, gestellt auf Grund
  der Nasenhalserseheinuugen.  8°.    Halle a. S.,
  [697.
    Lubet-Barbon.    Technique rhinoscopiqne.
  Du releveur  du voile et de son application.   8°.
  [Paris, 1891.]
    Scheff (G.)   Kraukheiten  der Nase,  ihrer
  Nebenhohlen nnd  des Rachens und  ihre Unter-
  Biichunos-   und  Behandlunffsmethoden.    8°.
  Berlin, 18-0.
    Bergcat (H.)  Scheinbar  intranasale Gerausche.
  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1899, xlvi, 416.—Bloeh (E )
  Allgemeine Semiotik der Nasenkrankheiten.   Handb. d.
  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896,  iii, 266-290.—Burger
  (H.j  De diagnose van etteringen in de bi.jholten van deu
  neus.  Nederl.  lijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,  1894,2. s.,
  xxx, laft.. 948-962.  Also, Reprint.—Cohen (S. S.)  Look
  bevond tbe nose.  Tr. Am.  Larvngol. Ass., 1890,  N. Y.,
  1891, xii, 28-32.  AUo [Abstr.J: N. York  M. J., 1890, lii,
  340.— Dabney (S. G.)  Methods of examination and di-
  agnosis of diseases ofthe nose, naso-pharynx. and larvnx.
  Svst. Dis. Ear, Nose & Throat (Burnett). Phila.,  1893, i,
  576-592, 1 pl.— Delia Vedova (T.)  Sulla diaguosi dif-
  ferenziale fra riniti croniche ed ozena e sulla terapia anti-
  ozenatosa.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc], Torino, 1897. v, 169-
  170.—Douglas (O. B.)  Relative importance of physical
  signsin the diagnosis of disease;  hypertrophy of the turbi-
  nate bones; enlarged  pharyngeal tonsil.   Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1893, 3. s., ii, 328-332.— Grant (D.)  Some com-
  mon errors in diagnosis aud treatment of diseases of the
  pharynx, larynx, and naso-pharvnx. Cliu. J., Lond., 19(14,
  xxiv,  305-310. — Hon net h  (A.)  Ueber den  Wert des
  Sonderinaiinschen Sangapparat.es znr  Diagnose uud The-
  rapie der Nasenerkrankuiigen.  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  sehr.. 1905, hi, 2364-2368.—Joal.  Recherches spirome-
  triques dans les rhinopathies.  Rev. de  laryngol.  [etc.J,
  Par., 1890, x, 257; 310.—Kay see (R)  Ueber  die Bedeu-
  tung von Nasenkrankheiten  fiir den  Gesichtsausdruck.
  Samml.  zwangl. Abhandl.  a. d.  Geb.  d. Nasen-, Obren-,
  Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a.  S., 1900, iv, 15-32.—Killian
  (J. A.)  Ueber subjektive  Kakosmie.  Miinchen. med.
  Wcbnscbr., 1904, li, 1741.—l.eredde Sc  Pautrier (L.)
  Diagnostic du lupus tuberculeux du nez par l'examen du
  mucus nasal aprfes ingestion d'iodure de potassium.  Comp.
  reud. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, liv,  1462-1464. Also: Rev.
  prat. d. mal. cutan. tete. |, Par., 1903, ii, 85-90.—.tlelle (G.)
  Lupo o sifilide del naso?  Cliu.  mod., Pisa, IM!?. iii. 118-
  122— Vlilcliell (J. C.) Apeculiaraud undesctibed affec-
  tion of the nose.  J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 135,  1 pl.—
  Moure (E.J.)  1st die Coryza atrophica eine selbstandige
  Krankheit. Allg Wieu. med. Ztg., 1904.  xlix, 118; 130.—
  Irlusson  (Emma E.)  Rarefying osteitis iu chronic em-
  pyema of the ethmoid  and sphenoid simulating atrophic
  rhinitis.   Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901,  xxii. 257-
  203.—.Tlyles (R. C.)  Diagnosis of some forms of chronic
  nasal  diseases.  J.  Bespit-.  Org., N. Y., 1890, ii, 121-123.—
  Peek (E. S.)   Reflex ocular and facial symptoms of nasal
Xokc* (Diseases of Diagnosis and  semeiol-

  <><PJ of).
  disease.  Dent. & Surg. Microcosm, Pittsburg, 1891-2, i,
  no. 2, 35-45.—Potiquet.   Du canal de Jacobson, de la
  possibility de le reconnaitre sur le vivant et de son role
  probable dans la pathogenie de certaines lesions de la cloi-
  sou uasale.  Med. mod., Par., 1891, ii, 789-791 —Kenault
  (A.)  Presentation dun malade atteint d'une affection na-
  sale dont le  diagnostic est obscur.   Bull.  Soc. franc, de
  dermat. et svph.. Par., 1901, xii,  296-301.—Rosenberg
  ( A. )  Welehe Nasenkrankheiten kann man ohne tech-
  nischo Untersuchungsmethoden erkeunen ?   Praktisehe
  Fingerzeige  fiir deu Arzt.  Berl. Klinik,  1903, 175. Hft.,
  1-37. — Biisler (G.)   Zur  Diagnose der Nasen-  und
  Rachenleiden in der allgemeinen Praxis.   Aerztl. Centr -
  Ztg., Wien, 1901. xiii, 339.  Also: Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch.
  An-zte iu Reiehenberg, 1901, No. 3, 1. Also: Med.-chir.
  Centralbl., Wien,  1901, xxxvi, 241.—Battler (R.)  Tho
  ocular expression of intranasal lesions.  J. Am. M. A.-s
  Chicago, 1901. xxxvi,  1373- 1375. — Scheininaun  (.1.)
  Habitueller  Kopfschmerz als Hauptsyiuptom  verschiede-
  ner Nasenleiden.  Berl. klin. Wchuschr., 1893, xxx, 1192;
  1219;  1247.—Scheppegrell (W.)   Transillumination in
  diseasesof the nose, throat, and ear.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc
  Laryngol., St. Louis,  1897, vi, 129-150. AUo,  Reprint —
  Schmidt (M.)   Ueber das Ansaugen der Naseufliigel.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl.,  1892, xviii, 70.__
  Soiidermann (R.)  Weitere Erfahrnngen  mitmeinem
  Masensauger.  Arch.f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1905,
  xvii, 425-432. -----. Eiue neue Methode zur Diagnose and
  Therapie der Nasenerkrankungen.  Miinchen.nied. Wchn-
  sehr., 1905, lii, 17-20.—Hlcvaui (R.)  Di una  malattia di
  origine nasale iusutticientemente conosciuta.  Arch. ital.
  di otol.  [etcj, Torino,  1904-5 xvi, 56-04.- Ntitzel  (J. W.)
  A plea for more careful differentiation of nasal diseases.
  Homosop. Eye,  Ear & Throat J., Lancaster, Pa. & N. Y.,
  1906, xii, 5-14.— Straight (H. S.)  Report of a  ease of
  apex catarrh simulating nasal trouble. Tr. Am.  Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc 1896,  N. Y., 1897, ii, 135-138.—
  Texier (V.)  Contribution k l'etude du  diagnostic des
  lesions dela partie moyenne des fosses nasales.   Rev. hebd.
  de larvngol.  [etc.], Par., 1902, ii, 347-352__Wright (J.)
  The discrepancy between symptoms and lesions of the nose
  and throat.  Brooklyn M. J., 1894, viii, 22-43.  -----.  The
  pathology and interrelation of various intranasal manifes-
  tations of chronic inflammation.  Laryugoscope, St. Louis,
  1897, ii, 258-264.

T¥ose (Diseases of Hospitals for).
    Metropolitan Ear, Nose  aud Throat  Hospi-
  tal, London.  [Brief statement of the nature of
  the institution, and appeal to the public]   12°.
  [London, 1694.]
    Nkw  York  Throat and Nose Hospital, New
  York City.   Annual report of the board of man-
  agers to the corporation, and to the State board
  of charities.  With eye aud ear  department aud
  separate wards for consumptives.   5., 189">-6.
  8°.  New York, 1896.
    Bussenius (W.)  Die Klinik  fiir Hals- und Nasen-
  krankheiten (dirigiiender Arzt: B. Frankel), nebst einem
  kurzen statistischeu Bericht iiber das Krankenniaterial
  in den ersten 6 Monaten des Jahres 1896.   Arch. f. Larvn-
  gol. u. Khinol.,  Berl.,  1896,  v, 382-388—Spira (R.)  Be-
  richt  iiber die  Thatigkeit des rhino otiatrisehen Ambula-
  toriums des  israelitischen Spitales in Krakau in der Zeit
  vom 1. Januar  bis zum 31. December 1903.  Monatt-chr. f.
  Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 305-318.

]Vo*e (Diseases of Manuals  of).
    See Nose and throat (Diseases  of,  Manuals of).

Aose (Diseases of Pathology of).
    See Nose (Diseases, Causes, etc., of).

Aose (Diseasesof, Periodicals relating  to).
    See Rhinology (Periodicals, etc., relating to).

IVose (Diseases of Prevention of).
    See Nose (Hygiene of).

Xose (Diseases of, Treatment of).
    See, also, Nose (Diseases of) in children;  Nose
  (Irrigation, etc., of); Nose (Massage of).
    Bekuixgiiam  (E.  J.)  Khinoloyical  don'ts.
  What not to do in nasal affections.   8°.  Galres-
  ton,  16{)6.
    Repr. from:  Texas M. J., Galveston, 1893. See.  also,
  infra.
    Lermoyez (M.)   The"rapeutique  des maladies
  des  tosses  nasales des sinus  de la face  it du
  pharynx nasal.   2  v.   16°.   Paris, 1890. 
NOSE.
755
NOSE.
IVo*e (Diseases  of Treatment of).
     Quay (G.  H.)   Enfermedades de  la nariz y  \
  garganta y su  tratamiento  hoineopatico.   Tra-
  ducido  por los medicos oto-iino-laiing61ogos ho-
  meop^ticos A.  Olive y Gros e J. Sole"  y Pla.   s°.
  Barcelona, 1900.
     Thudichu.m (J. L.  W.)   Ou polypus in the
  nose and ozasna;  their successful  treatment  by
  new methods.   -c.  London, 1609.
     -----.   The same.   t>. ed.   8°.  London,  1866.
     -----.   The same.   A monograph based  en-
  tirely upon original experience.  7. ed., enlarged
  and revised.   8C.   London, 1692.
     Abrains (A. E.)  A few  practical hints on nasal  dis-
  orders.  Yale M. J., N. Haven,  1894-5,  i, 119-125.—An-
  derson (W. S.)   The passing of the galvano-cautery in
  the  treatment of diseases of the nose.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1905,  447-451.  AUo,  Reprint.—Anton (W.)  Er-
  folge der  inneren Schleinihautmassage bei chronischen
  Erkrankungen der  Nase.  Prag.  med. Wchuschr., 1892,
  xvii. 599.—Bacon (J. E.)  On irritation in  the treatment
  of diseases ofthe nasal chambers.   Am. Therapist.  N  Y..
  1895-6, iv, 300-302.—Badgerow (G. W.)   An improved
   snare for nose and  ear.  Lancet, Loud.. 1905, ii.  1413 —
   Barnhill (J.  F.)  The use of aceto/.one in otology  and
   rhinology.  Medicine. Detroit,  1904,  x, 263.— Bei-cu*
   (T.  P.)  "Ortho-chloi phenol in the nose and ear.  Manhat-
   tan  Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep.,  N. Y., 1896, ii,  53-58.—Ber-
   niingham (E. J.)   Rbiuological clouts; what not to do
   in nasal affections.  Tr. Texas M.  Ass., Galveston, 1895,
   xxvii, 270-275.   See,  also, supra.— Biivchof.  Ueber iible
   Yorkomranisse  nach localtherapeutischen  Maasnahmen
   anf dem Gebietder Hals- und Nasenkrankheiten.  Therap.
   Monatsh., Berl..  1895. ix. 479-482.—Black  (M.)  Tho cli-
   mate of Colorado; its influence  upon the  nasal mucous
   membrane.  J.  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii. 47*3.—
   Bloch (E.)  Allgemeine Therapie  der Nasenkrankhei-
   ten. Handb. d. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Wieu, 1896, iii,  307-
   326.—Bloch (M.)  De l'emploi du perborate de soude  (eau
   oxygenee a  l'etat uaissant) dans la pratique, oto-rhino-
   laryngologique.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
   1905, xix, 792-704. — Bonne. Ein Beitrag zur Behand-
   lung gewisser chronischer Nasenleiden ohne Anwendung
   des^Therniokauter.  Therap. Mo'natsh., Berl., 1890, iv,
   395; 450.— Bosworth (F.  H.)   The use  of caustics in
   the nasal cavities.   N. York M. J.. 1888, xlvii, 253-255.
   Also: Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Syracuse, 1888, 115-121.  -----.
   The use of chromic acid in the nasal cavity.  N. York M.
   J..  1888, xlvii, 553. — Bresgen (M.)  Des  cauterisations
   k l'acide chromique daus les fosses nasales.  Rev. mens.
   de  laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 1885. v,  533-537.   Also, Reprint.
   _____.  L)ie  Anwendung  der Chromsiiure  in der  Nasen-
   hohle.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1**6. vii, 65-67. Also,
   Reprint. -----. Le traitement sec du nez et des sinus
   voisins.  Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.. 1890,  x, 719-724.
   AUo. transl.: Berl.  kliu.Wchuschr.. 1890. xxvii, 891-893.—
   Brown (J. P.)  The relation between the  general practi-
   tioner and the specialist in regard to the treatment of in-
   tranasal disease.  Canada Lancet, Toronto,  1903-4, xxxvii,
   255-200.—Chappell  i\V. F.)  Treatment of purulent
   rhinitis, sycosis, and eczema of the aire nasi.  Ann. Ophth.
   Sc  Otol.. St. Louis,  1*94.  iii. 299-301.—Choronshilaeky
   (B.)  Ueber die Nasentamponade.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
   Berl.,  1905. xxxix,  15-22.—Claiborne (J. IL),  jr.  A
   speculum for applying caustics to the deep structures ot
   the nasal cavities'.   Med. Rec,  N. V., 1**9, xxxvi, 250 —
   D'Ajutolo (G.i  Dell' uso  delle barbe di peuna  nella
   terapia delle fosse nasali e del uaso-fariuge.  Arch, i
otol. rete], Torino, 1899-19t>0. ix, 194-203.  AUo [Abstr.J :
Atti (1. Cong. d. Soc.  ital. (li laringol. [etc] 1899, Empoli,
1900 iv 100-103.—Depierris. La notion del'isotoniedans
ses rapports avec certains faits de pratique thermale, no-
tamment avec U traitement local de.s rhino-pharyngites.
Gaz d.eaux  Bar.,  1900, xliii, 241-244. -----. La notion de
1'isotonie dans ses rapports avec certains bills de therapeu-
tique iournaliere. notauimeut en rhinologie. Key. hebd. de
laryngol. [etc J. Par..  1901, i, 337-340- »e Nan ti(P. K.W .)
A report on the throat  and nose  departments ot West-
minster Hospital for 1902.  Westrainst. Hosp. Rep. 1902
Lond.. 1903, xiii, 281— Dionisio (I.)  Nuovo metodo pel
tampona.nento della  cavita-  nasale  colla garza.   Atti d.
Con" d. Soc ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1897. Firenze, 1899, m,
326 — l>oii"la« (O.B)   Modern methods of treating nose
ami throat diseases.  Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc. Concord,
1805 l'->0-i:t0 — Kllis (H. B.)  The use of benzoylvinyl-di-
acetone-alkau.ine  (beta-eucain) lactate  in eye, ear nose
and throat work.   Calif. State J. M., San  Fran., 190o, iu,
142— Etievaat.  Traitement de la rhinite spasmodique
et ilu rhume des  foins.   Province med.. Lyon 1901,  xv,
241-''43 — Faaano  (A  i   L'ittiolo nella pratica nno-
laringoiatrica.  Arch, internaz. d. spec, med.-chir.,Napoli,
1893 ix 78-84— Oen bin (M. S.)  O dieistvn pnzhiga-
yushtshikh sredstv na slizistuyu obolochku nosa.  [Action
.\ose (Diseases of  Treatment of).
  of caustics  on the nasal mucous membrane.]  Vestnik
  Khir., Mosk., 1900, i, 101-107.—«ibb (J.S.)  Thestearate
  of zinc compounds in atrophic rhinitis.  Tr. N. York  M.
  Ass.. 1894, xi, 290-299.—Crleunon (E. B.)  The treatment
  of catarrhal diseases of the nose and throat at the Union
  Dispensary.  Med. <fc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1889, lx, 321-
  323.—Glikman (T. S.)   Supraienin v rino-lariugologii.
  Voyenno-med.,).. St. Petersb., 1905, iii, med.-spec. pt., 806-
  816.— Ooinperz (B.)  Zur Sterilisierung der Tupfer, Pin-
  sel uud Einlageu fur Ohr und Nase.   Ztschr. f. Ohrenh.,
 \ Wiesb., 1905-6, li, 87-89.—Ooodwillie  (D. H.)  Nasal
  intubation.  Tr.  M. Soc. N. Y., [Phila.],  1890,  306-312.
  AUo: N. Vork M. J.,  1890, li, 540-542.  AUo,  Reprint.—
  (wi-nyson  (C. P.)  The management  of nasal catarrh.
  Therap.  Gaz.,  Detroit, 1901, 3.  8., xvii, 84-88. —«uye.
  Over (le behandeling van aandoeningeu  der bi.iholten van
  den  neus met den  menthol-insufflator.  Nederl. Tijdschr.
  v. Geneesk., Amst., 1896, 2. R., xxxii, d. 2,1-6. — llaupt
  (A.)  Wann uud iu welchem Umfaugo  ist die lokale Be-
  handlung von Nasen- uud Halskrankheiten in Badeorten
  iudizirt?  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1889, x, 1007-1009.—
  Hering.   Ueber die Anwendung der Ghromsaure atzun-
  gen  bei Krankheiten der Nasenhohle.  Iuternat. Centralbl.
  f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Berl., 1884,i, 130-138.  Also, Re-
  print.— Herz  (M.)  Eine Methode zur Behandlung von
  Erkrankungen des Kehlkopfes, der Nase  und  des Ohres.
  Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1905, 545-547.—Heymann (P.)
  Ueber die Anwendung einiger nouerAlnminiumveibiudnn-
  "en  in Nase und Hals.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1893,
  xxvii, 285-287.  Also. Reprint.—Hit-key  (P. M.)  A few
  notes on the therapeutics of the nasal passages.  Physician
  \; Surg., Detroit Sc Ann  Arbor, 1895, xvii, 396-399.—Hin-
  kel (F. W.)  Clinical notes  on  the use of antipyrine in
  the nasal passages.  N. York M. J., 1888, xlviii, 429-431.—
   Holste (A.)   Das Aluminium acetico-tartaricum  und
  seine Anwendung  bei  Nasenkrankheiten.   Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1889,  xxvi, 676-678.—Jeffery (R.)   A plea
  for  a more conservative treatment of nasal affections.
  Brooklyn M. J., 1892, vi, 766-781.  Also, Keprint.—.loal.
  Du  gaz carbonique daus les affections nasales.  Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1900, i, 545-566.—Kaiimi (M.)
  Ueber den  gegenwartigen Stand der Therapie der wich-
  ti"sten Nasenkrankheiten.   Aerztl. Centr.-Anz.,  Wien,
   1899, xi, 49-51.  AUo: Aerztl.  Prax.,  Wiirzb., 1898, xi,
   117-120.—Kirkpatrick. The use and abuse of the va-
  rious cautery agents iu the treatment  of nasal affections.
   Maritime M. News, Halifax,  1894. vi, 411-414.—Koll (T.)
   Die Anwendung des Nosophens in der rhinologischen nnd
   otologischeu Praxis.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1895, xxxii,
   633-636.—Liack (H. L.)  Advances in the treatment of
   diseases of the nose.  Lancet, Lond.,  1901, ii, 1188-1191.—
   Lakei- (C.)   Ueber die Heilerfolge der nene'ren Behand-'
   lungsmethoden chrouischer Nasenerkrankungen, mit De-
   monstrationen.   Mitth.  d. Ver. d. Aerzte in  Steiermark
   1891, Graz, 1892, xxviii, 132-134.—Lane (W. A.)  Pres-
   sure changes in the skeleton.  Edinb. M. J.. 1897, n. s.,  i,
   245-25L.—de  Laval-Thyernay (E.)   De l'emploi des
   sels de l'acide sozoiodique dans lo traitement des affections
   na/.ales.  Rev. m6d., Quebec, 1898-9, ii, 177-179.- Lean-
   hoflT(G)    Zur Tamponade der Nase und  des  Nasen-
   rachenraumes. Arch. f. Larvngol., Berl.. 1906, xviii, 47-
   52.  AUo: Berl. kliu. Wclinschr.. 1905, xlii, 191.— Lenwrr
   (C ) Eiu neuer Nasensauger. Deutsche med.  Wchuschr.,
   Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii,  381.— Lewi* (E. R.)  Nasal
   cauteries.  Med. & Surg. Reporter, 1890, lxiii. 674-678.—
    Loewenberg (B.)  Die Verwerthung der Rhinoscopie
    und der Nasen.schlunddouche furErkenining und Behand-
   Inn" der Krankheiten des Ohres und des Nasenrachen-
    raunies.   Arch. f. Ohrenh., Wiirzb.,  1867, ii, 103.  Also,
    Keprint.—tlacCoy (A. W.)  Observations on the ther-
    apeutic value of medicated ointments in certain affections
    of the nasal  chambers.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.;  N. Y.,
    1904, xxvi,  03-07.  Also: Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1905,
    xv, 101-105.— Tlilbury (F.  S.)   The  relation of the  gen-
    eral practitioner to tlie rhinologist and the treatmentof
    some affections of the nose and  nasopharynx.   Brooklyn
    M. J., 1898, xii, 672-676.—Jlongardi (It.)  Applicazioui
    dell' isotouia all' oto-rinojatria.   Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital.
    di laringol. [etc.], 1902,  Napoli,  1903, vi, 1KD-I95.—itlonl-
    gomery (J. ('.)  Some methods in the treatment of na-
    sal troubles.   Charlotte [N. C.J M. J., 1897,  x, no. 3, 309.
    Also, Reprint.—.Huck (O.)   Ueber gewisse intermitti-
    rende  Schwelliingszustande der Nasenschleimhaut, und
    ihre Behandlung.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl.,
    1902-3, xiii, 457— Hunger (C. E.) &. Boarke (F. K.)
    New remedies in nose and throat diseases.    Manhattan
    Eye & Ear Hosp. Kep.,  N. Y.,  1896, iii, 83-89.-Palmer
    (A  W.)   Materia medica  of the nose and  throat.   J.
    Ophth.  Otol., Sc Larvngol., N. Y., 1896, viii, 239-251.—
    Phillip* (W. C.)  Notes on aristol in  the  treatmentof
    the diseases ofthe nose and  throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
    cago 1801  xvii, 511-513.  Also: Addr. . . sect.  otol.  Sc la-
    r\ii"ol. 42 meet. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1891, 79-86.  Por-
    Ico■■-s (W. N.)  The use of chromic  acid in diseases ot
    the nose and naso-pharynx.  Northwest. Laucet, St. Paul, 
XOSE.
756
NOSE.
Aose  (Diseases of Treatment of).
   1896, xvi, 253-256.—Prirr-Brown (J.)'   The uses of
   rubber in the tieatment of nasal and antral disease.  Tr.
   Am. Laryngol.. Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc, 1904. N. Y., 1905, x,
   215-220.  Also: Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1904,  xiv. 923-
   926.— I'yiK-lioii (E.)   Improved rbinologieal furniture.
   Laryngoscope, St.  Louis,  1*9.-*, iv,  183-135.  AUo,  Re-
   print. -----.  Nosoplien and antinosine in  the treatment
   of diseases  of the nose, throat, and  ear.   Med. Council,
   Phila.,  1900, v. 244-247. Also, Reprint. -----. The prin-
   ciples of rhinologie practice.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth.  [etc.].
   Oto-Laryn-iol. Sect., St. Louis, 1903, 34-47.   Also: Laryn-
   goscope, St. Louis. 1903, xiii, 497-510.  Also, Reprint.—
   lielhi (L.)  DieTrichloressigsauieund ihre Anwendung
   als Aetzmittel bei  den Krankheiten  der Nase und  des
   Rachens.  Wien.med. Presse, 1890, xxxi.1693; 1735.-----.
   Eine neue Methode zur Diagnostik und Therapie der  Na-
   senerkraiikungeu.  Miinchen. nied. Wclinschr., 1906,  liii,
   172.- Bice (C. C.)  The efficacy of the older methods of
   treating nasal disease contrasted  with those of today.
   Med. News, Phila., 1889,  liv, 372-375.  ----.  The  thera-
   peutic value of the oily sprays and of the various powders
   now used in nasal and throat diseases, as compared with
   older remedies.  Post Graduate, N. Y., 1893, viii, 205-216.—
   Boy (D.)  Some fallacies in the modern treatment of nose
   and throat diseases.  Mod.  Xews, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 228-
   230.  A Uo, Reprint. — Meheier(M.)  Nouvelles commu-
   nications  sur  l'applicatiou  des rayons  de  Rientgen eu
   rhinologie  et  larvngologie.  [Bap.]  Arch,  de laryngol.
   [etc.], Par.,  1898, xi, 87-111.—Seheppegrell  (W.)   The
   non-operative treatment of diseases of the upper respira-
   tory passages.   Laryngoscope,  St. Louis. 1808. v, 26-32.—
   Nchmiedt.  Beitrag  zur Behandlung der chronischen
   Schwellungen  der  Nasenschleimhaut.    Verhandl.   d.
   deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena,  1896,  v, 114-121. — Seidel
   (G.  E_)  Nasal medicator.  No. 746749;  Dec 15, 1903.—
   Service de rhinologie, otologie et laryngologie de  la  Po-
   liclinique  de Paris, ditig6 par le Marcel Natier; statis-
   tique pour les aunees 1892 et 1893.   Aun. de la Policlin. de
   Par., 1897-9, vii-ix,  passim. — Smcater. Therapeutique
   des maladies de la  gorge et dn nez.  Bull. g6n. de therap.
   [etc.], Par., 1898, exxxv, 33-43. — Soiners (L. S.)  The
   use of ointments in diseases of the nose.  Merck's Arch.,
   N. Y., 1905,  vii, 341-345. — Spicer (S.)  Medicated  nasal
   cylinders in the treatnieut of hay fever, catarrh, ozaena,
   nasal diphtheria, etc.  Brit.  M. J., Loud., 1890,  ii,  621.—
   Taptas.  La suggestion hypnotique dans les affections
   nasales.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1898,  xviii,
   137-139. — Thompson (J. A.) The physiology of  the
   nose as  a guide in treatment.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic. 1891,
   n.s., xxvi, 661-663.  [Discussion], 666. -----. Nasal ther-
   apy.  Laucet  Clinic,  Cincin., 1904,  n. s.,  liii,  427-432.
   [Discussion |,438-443.—Thomson (S.C.)  De l'autisepsie
   et des medications intranasals.  Aun. d.  mal. de l'oreille,
   du larynx [etc.], Par., 1896, xxii, 21-28.  Also: Cong, iu-
   ternat.  d'otol.  C.-r. 1895,  Florence,  1897,  v,  156-165. —
   Crunuela (E.) Consideraciones  acerea de  las aplica-
   ciones del clorhidrato  de cocaiua  en las enfermedades de
   la garganta y de las fosas nasales.  Rev. de laringol.. otol.
   y rinol., Barcel., 1887-8, iii, 151; 169.—Wagner (C.)   Local
   therapeutics iu diseases of the nares, naso-pharynx, and
   larynx.  Syst. Dis. Ear. Nose & Throat. (Burnett), Phila.,
   1893, i, 593-610, 2pl.—Wilkinson (G.)  Abusesof cocaiu
   in nasal treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893. xxi,
   803.—Wroblewski  (W.)  O  zastosowaniu nalewki jo-
   dowej (tinctura jodi) w chorobach  gardzieli i nosa.  [The
   application of tincture of iodine in diseases of the pharynx
   and nose.]   Gaz. lek., Warszawa. 1893, 2. s., xiii, 251-256.
   Also, transl.: Therap. Monatsh., Berl.. 1895,  ix. 135-139.—
   Zakher (A. V.)   Uproshtshenniy  sposob  primieueniya
   khioinovoi kisloti dlya prizhiganiy pri ushnikh, nosovikh
   i gorlovikh bolleznyakh.  [Simplified method  of applica-
   tion of chromic acid for cauterization in diseases of the ear,
   nose, and throat.]   Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb.,  1905, xii, 993.

UJose (Diseases of,  Treatment of) by  elec-
   tricity.

     See, also, Nose (Deformities  of,  Treatment of)
   by electricity.
     Hook (A.)   * Beitrag zur Elcktrolysenbchand-
  lung, speziell fiir  Nase  und  Nasenrachenraum.
  6*~.   Gottingen, 1896.
     Bresgen (M.)  Warm ist die Amvcndung des
  elektrischen Breuners in der  Nasi- von Nutzen?
  ein  Mahnwort  besonders  an  Xaseniirzte  und
  solche,  die  es  sein  und  werden  wollen.    8J.
   Wiesbaden, 1891.
     Laman (V. [P. K.])   K  clektrolizu i katalizu
  (po  linologiclicskim  nablyudeniyam).   [Elec-
  trolysis and  catalysis (after rbinologieal  exam-  '
  inarion).]   8y   S.-Peterburg, 1*9:5.
     AUo,  transl. in:  Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh.. Berl.,  1894,
  xxviii, 173-182.  Also, Reprint.                         '  !
Aose  (Diseases of,  Treatment  of) by elec-
  tricity.

    Langk (V.)   Sur l'emploi de  la  methode gal-
  vano-caustiijue dans le nez et le pharynx.   4-.
  Copenhagne, l-^l.
    Also,  transl.  [Abstr.l  in:  Tr. Internat.  M.  Cone
  Lond., 1881, iii, 276.                                *" '

    Thilly (L.)   *Des deviations et  dpaississe-
  inents de la cloison nasale  et de  leur traitemeut
  par I'electrolyse.   4°.   Lyon, 1890.
    Anderson (W. S.)  The passing ofthe galvano-cau-
  tery in the treatment of diseases of the nose.  Laryngo-
  scope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 417-451—Bleyer (J. M.)  On
  the electro-vibration of the turbinated tissue.  J. Ophth
  Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y.. 1896. viii, 277-293.—Bock (A.)
  Erfahrungen iiber die Eh-ktrolyse, speciell in der Naseu-
  behandlung.  Berl. klin. Wclinschr., 1899, xxxvi. 992-9P4.—
  Bresgen (M.)  Ueber die Anwendung der Eh-ktrolysfl
  bei Verkriimmungen und Verdickiingen der Nasenseheide-
  wand, sowie bei Schwellungder Nasenschleimhaut.   Ver-
  handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894 Leipz
  1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 277-280.—Browne (L.)   A con-
  tribution to the history of galvano-cautery iu relation to
  diseases  of the  nose and nasopharynx.  Liverpool  M.-
  Chir. J., 1897, xvii, 75-79.—Conkey (0. D.)  The use and
  abuse  of tbe galvano-cautery in nasal surgery.  Tr. M.
  Soc.  Wisconsiu, Madison,  1900, xxxiv, 123-132.  Also-
  Med. A-je, Detroit,  1901, xix, 161-168.—Cozzolino (V.)
  La galvano-caustica ed il termo-cauterio nello malattie del
  naso, della gola e loro annessi.  Gazz. di med. pubb., Na-
  poli, 1881,  xii, 3-18.  Also, Reprint.-Dabney (S.  G.)
  Tho electrocautery in nose aud throat diseases.  Medicine
  Detroit, 1900, vi. '377-379.—D> Creole (V)  Un nuovo
  ago bipolare per 1' elettrolisi del cavo naso-faringeo.  Boll.
  d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1897, xv, 209-
  215.  A Uo: Gior. d. r. Accad. di nied. di Torino, 1897,  3. s.,
  xiv, 641-648.—Douglass (B.)  A study of the application
  of the galvauo-cauterv iu the nose.  N*. York M. J., 1900,
  lxxi, 713; 808.—Drabczyk (T.)  Elektroliza  i jej zasto-
  sowanie w cierpieniaeh nosa.  [ Electrolysis and its adapta-
  tion in diseases of the nose. |  Krou. lek., Warszawa, 1898,
  xix,  339-346. — Diaishpul (E.)  Elektroliz v khirurgii
  nosa i gortani.   [ElectroHsis in  surgery of nose and lar-
  ynx. |  Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xii, 96;  173; 228; 443.-
  Diiiiii (W. A.)  Some suggestions as to the proper appli-
  cation of the electro-cauterv iu  nasal diseases. Tr.  Nat.
  Soc. Electrother., N. Y., 1895, 166-170.  Also: J. Electro-
  ther., N. Y., 1896, xiv, 174-178.  Also: Med. Current, Chi-
  cago, 1895, xi. 463-466.—Fink (E.)  Wann  ist die  An-
  wendung ilerGalvanokaustikinderNaseindicirt I   Wien.
  med. Presse, 1898,  xxxix, 1310; 1349.  AUo [Abstr.l:  Mo-
  natschr. f. prakt. Wasserh., Miinchen,  1898, v,  180-184.—
  JFisehelis (P.)   The use of electrolysis and tlie galvano-
  cautery in the treatmentof diseases ol the nose and throat.
  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvii, 645-64*.  Also:
  Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc. Phila., 1897, xviii.  231-236.—
  Garrigou-Besureues.  De I'electrolyse des fosses
  nasales k l'aide d'eleetrodes d'un nouveau modele.  Rev.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1892, xii. 454-457.—G a rrieon (J.
  B.)   Some notes on the use of hi^h-fiecpii-ucy currents in
  nasal diseases.   Homceop. Eye,  Ear Sc Throat. J.. N. Y.,
  1905, xi. 242-244— Glcilsiuaiia (J. W.) The applica-
  tion  of the galvano-cautery in the nasal passaees.   Ann.
  Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1895, iv, 216-219.—Grayson (0.
  P.)   The galvauo-cauterv in nasalsurgerv ; its injudicious
  application.  Univ.  M.'Mag.,  Phila.,  1892-3,  v, 716-720.
  Also, Rein int. — Harrison (J. B.)  Some notes ou the
  use of high-frequency cm rents  in  nasal diseases.   'I r.
  Homa-.op.~M.  nic, X. Y.. 1905. xl, 87-92. — Hecht  (II.)
  Zurtherapeutischrii VerwerthuiigderElekti-oly.se in Nase
  mid  Nasenrachenraum.  Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1897, vi. 229-281 —II el nn- (F.)   Une nouvelle ap-
  plication de l'eiectricite il la rhinologie; trepanation et
  massage electri<[Ues.  Med. mod., Par., 1894, v, 1541-
  1544— Heryng (T.)   Elektroliza w  zastosowaniu do
  cferpieii nosa, gardziela i  krtaui.   [Electrolysis and its
  application in diseases of the nose, pharvnx, and larynx.]
  Przegl. lek.,  Krakow, 1802, xxxi, 1 ; 17; 77; 90; 125; 137;
  149.  Also, transl. [Abstr. |: Therap Monatsh.. Berl.,  1893,
  vii, 1; 61.—Kafenianii (R.)   Ueber eine haufige  Indi-
  cation fiir die Verwendung der Elektrolvse  in der Nase.
  ,Wierap.Monatsh.,Berl.,1890,iv,109.— Lincoln (UP.) Se-
  lected cases of hvpertrophied glandular tissue of the vault
  ofthe pharynx and other hvpertrophied tissue ofthe nasal
  passages, with symptoms of post-nasal catarrh, cured with
  the galvano-cautery. together with remarks and description
  of an instrunitnt.   Med. II.c, N. Y., 1876, xi, 839.  Also,
  Reprint. — IVIoskovitz i\.)  A galvano-caustica 6rteke
  a« orrgvogyaszatban.  [Tho value of galvano-caustic in
  rhinology. ]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 3.  AUo,
  transl. : Ungar. nied.Pres.se, Budapest, 1898, iii, 109-111.—
  rVewcomb (J. E.)  Electrolysis for the  relief of certain
  morbid conditions of the nasal septum.  Med. Rec, N.Y.,
  1893, xliv, 161-165— l»eyrissac.  Electrolyse de la cloi-
  sou  des fosses nasales.   Kev.  de laryngol.  [etc.],  Par., 
NOSE.
757
NOSE.
 ]¥o«e (Diseases  of Treatment of) by  elec-

    tricity.
    1891, xi, 269-273.-Riee (C. C.)  The use of metallic elec-
    trodes iu the treatment of nasal and post-nasal disease.
    Tr. Am.  Larvngol. Ass. 1894,  N".  Y., 1895, xvi, 81-90.
    AUo: N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 785-788— Meheppegrell
    (\V.)  Electricity iu diseases of the nose, throat, and ear.
    Tr. Am.  Electrother.  Ass.  1899-1900, Phila..  1901, 106-
    113.—Schmidt (M.)   Weitere Erfahrungen iiber die Be-
    handlung der Unregelmassigkeiten der Nasenseheidewand
    mittelstder elektrischgetriebenen Siigen. Arch. f. Larvn-
    gol. u.  Rhinol., Berl.,  1896, v, 14-21. — Shearer (T.'L.)
    The electro-cautery iu diseases of the  nose and throat.
    Tr. Nat. Soc.  Electrother.,  N. Y.,  1893, 52-62.  Also- J
    Ophth.. Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1803. v, 317-327. —Nun-
    rez de .TIendoza (F.)  Sur les applications du courant
    galvanique au traitemeut des affections des fosses nasales.
    Cong, internat. d'otol.  et de laryngol., I'ar., 1889, 354-361.
    AUo:  Arch, de med.  et chir. sp6c, Par., 1901, ii, 539,
    571.—Swan (C. J.)  Electrolysis in infra-nasal disease.
    Clinique, Chicago, 1805,  xvi, 597-603.—Townscnd (I.)
    The use and abuse of the  electro-cautery iu  nose and
    throat work.  Honiosop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N.Y., 1900,
    vi, 44-49. — Westerman  (A.)   Histological  changes
    brought about in the nasal  mucous membrane by the ap-
    plication of the galvano-cautery; a study of the process of
    healing in the mucous  membrane of the nose after a por-
    tion has been destroyed or injured.  J. Laryngol., Lond.,
    1905, xx, 57-69.—Wilson (J.) On diseases ofthe nose aud
    naso-pharynx in which the galvano-cautery is applicable;
    with a special bearing on turbinal hypertrophy, as a case
    of deafness, tinnitus, headache, chronic cough, and frontal
    neuralgia, etc.   Liverpool M.-Chir.  J., 1896, xvi, 360-372.

 IHo*e  (Diseases of  Treatment  of,   Opera-

    tire).
      See Nose (Surgery of).

 IVose  (Diseases of,  Treatment  of)  by  hot
    air.
      Meniek  (M.-H.)   *Du  traitemeut  aerother-
    mique  en  ge"ne"ral  et plus particulierement en
    rhinologie.  fc.  Bordeaux, 1901.
      Aiubrosini (U.)  Applicazioni  originali alle nuove
    cure aereotermica e rinovaporizzatoria  delle vie nasali.
    Specialist mod., Milano, 1904, ii, 1-9.—Beek (J. C.)  Su-
    perheated medicated air in diseases of the ear and nose.
    Tr. Am. Acad.Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryiigol.Sect.,St.Louis,
    1903,48-56.—Berthold (E.)  Eiu neues Modell zur Heiss-
    luftbehandlung,von Ohren- und Nasenkranken.  Deutsche
    med. Wchuschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 91.5-917.— Co-
    leseeano.  Contribution  a l'etude  de l'atmotherapie.
    Bull, de laryngol., otol.  et  rhinol., Par., 1904, vii, 253. —
    Leclt-rq (E.)  L'aerothermoth6rapie dans les affections
    du nez.  Ann. Soc. m6d.-chir. d'Anvers, 1903,  viii,  247-
    255.— Lcrmoyi-z <fc .VI aim (G.)   Nouvelle methode de
    traitement des affections du nez par  les applications d'air
    chaud.  Ann. d. mal.  de l'or< ille  du larynx [etc.], Par.,
    1900, xxvi, pt. 2, 1-55.— I.ichtwilz (L.)  Du traitemeut
    a^rothermique dans quelques afl'ei lions nasales.  Ann.  d.
    mal. de l'oreille, du larynx  [etc.J, Par.,  1901, xxvii, 337-
    343, 1 pl.  Also:  Arch,  ii-ternat. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par.,
    1901, xiv, 103-107.  Also.- Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. do  Bor-
    deaux, 1901, xxii, 183- 180. — iTIahu (G.)  L'air chaud en
    rhinologie.  Odontologie. Par.,  1902, 2.  s., xv, 69-80.—
    ITlengeaud.  Nouveau  traitement des maladies des mu-
   queuses,  et en particulier de celle du nez, par les lavages
   d'air chaud.  Nice-med., 1897-8, xxii, 1-4. — Warnecke.
   Zur Warraluftbehandlung von Ohr und Naso.  Berl. kliu.
    Wchnsehr., 1903, xl, 851.

 IVose (Diseases of)  in animals.
     Brazzola (F.)  Sopra un caso di blastomicosi nasale
   iu una cavalla.  Bull d. sc. med. di Bologna,  1897, 7. s., viii,
   412-414.—Cadiot.  Sur la necrose des cartilages du nez
   chez le cheval.   Rec. de m6d. v6t., Par.,  1905, lxxxii, 705-
   713.—De Angeli«w  Etude de la flore  microbienne des
   cavil es  nasales du cheval.  Ibid., 1906, Ixxxiii, 31-35.—
   Gotti (A.) &  Brazzola (F.)  Sopra un caso di blas-
   tomicosi nasale  in una  cavalla.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d.
   1st. di Bologna, 1896-7, 5. s., vi, 721-754, 2 pl. —Ham-
   burger (II  J.)  Eine eigenthiimliche Veranderung der
   Nasenseheidewand eines  Pferdes.   Arch. f. path. Anat.
   [etc.], Berl., 1889, cxvii, 429. — l'l-ricaml.   Rechesebes
   sur le cor\za gangreneux des bovides.  [Rap. de Nocard.]
   Bull. Soc.'centr. de med. vet., Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 38Y—
   Sand (G.)  Schleimdegeneration do Nasenmuscheln beim
   Pferde.   Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1892-3, iv,
   193-207.—Williams (W. L.)  Atresia of the right poste-
   rior naris in a marc.  J.  Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila.,
   1897, xviii, 274-277.  Also, Reprint.

]\ose  (Diseases of) in  children.
    See, also, Aprosexia;  Catarrh  (Nasal, etc.);
  Nasopharynx (Aden»id  vegetations of)  in chil-
iYose  (Diseases of) in children.
  ilren;  Nose  (Foreign bodies in);  Nose  (Larva;,
  etc.,  in);  Nose  (Obstruction of,  Congenital);
  Nose (Rosacea of),  Nose  (Tumors  of), in  chil-
  dren.
    Ai'dat (E.)   *De la rhino-pharyngite  chez
  les enfants.  8°.   Paris, 1898.
    Cozzolino  (V.)   L' aprosexia  dal punto  di
  vista  della podagogia o dell' igiene scolastica.
  Cointuiicazione al primo Congresso  italiano per
  1' edncazione fisica 1900.  «\  Napoli, 1901.
    DkcoUBT  (H.-A.)   * La   rhinite  hypertro-
  phique chez  les enfants;  ses complications, son
  traitement.  4°.   Bordeaux, 1894.
    Dkdiku (E.)   * Contribution a l'etude clinique
  de  la  rhinite  purulente infantile.   4°.    Paris,
  189b.
    Mainzer (M.)   Ueber Aprosexia  nasalis.   8°.
  Wurzburg,  1691.
    MouitE (E.-J.)  Pathogenie et traitemeut des
  deviations des  6perons de la cloison du nez  chez
  les jeunes enfants.   8°.   Bordeaux <f- Paris, 1896,
    Bound with: Moure (E. J.)  Empyeme du sinus maxil-
  laire [etc.].  8°.  Bordeaux di Paris, 1896.
    AUo, transl. [Abstr.] in: N.  Orl. M.  & S. J., 1896-7,
  xlix, 1-5.
    Titeff  ( S. )   * Contribution  a l'e'tude de
  l'aprosexie chez les  enfants.   8°.   Geneve, 1896.
    Ball  (J. B.)  On cases of purulent nasal discharge in
  children.   Med. Press Sc Circ, Loud.,  1893, u. s., lv, 631.—
  Barclay (W. F.)  Diseases of the nose  and  throat in
  children.   Omaha Clinic, 1896-7, ix.  95-98.—Biaggi (C.)
  Delia aprosexia nasale.  Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Mi-
  lano, 1899, i, 160-164.—Binder  (C. R.)   Climatology in
  cirrhotic  rhinitis.  St. Louis M. & S.  J., 1895, lxviii, 265-
  272.—Bliss (A. A.)  Deflections of the  nasal septum in
  children.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N.  Y., 1905, xxvii, 305-
  321.  Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1905,  x,  790-792.—Boulay
  (M.)  Des causes d'obstruction nasale  chez  les enfants.
  Rev. mens. d.  mal. de l'enf., Par., 1896, xiv, 129;  191.—
  Bowlby (A. A.)  The causes and treatment of nasal ob-
  struction in children.  St. Barth. Hosp. J., Loud., 1895-6, iii,
  54; 69.—Bresgcu (M.)  Die Nasenkrankheiten der Schul-
  kinder.  Munchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1895, xlii, 9.  -----.
  Das Schneuzeu der Nase, das Niesen und Hasten in ihrer
  Bedeutung zur Entziiudung des Mittelohres bei Kleinkin-
  dern, Schulkindern und Erwachsenen.   Aerztl.  Prax.,
  Wiirzb.,  1898,  xi,  289; 308.—Brosius.  De l'aprosexie
  chez les  enfants.   Cong, internat.  de, med.  C. r.,  Par.,
  1900, sect, de med. de l'enf., 640. —Campbell ( R. A.)
  The adenoid operation on a child, and some practical ob-
  servations in regard to it. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap.,
  1905, xxv, 297-299.—Casselberry  (W.  E.)   Rhinitis in
  children;  its varieties, causes, and treatment.  Tr. Illinois
  M. Soc, Chicago,  1893,  142-155.  Also:  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1893, xxi, 89-93. -----. Diseases of the nose.
  Am. Text-Bk. Dis. Child. (Starr), 2.  ed.,  Phila., 1898, 826-
  843.—Cobb (C. M.)  The purulent rhinitis of children as
  a  source of infection in cervical adenitis.   Boston M. & S.
  J., 1901, cxliv, 38-40.—Coffin (L. A.)  A report of four op-
  erated cases of sinusitis in children, with  a presentation of
  specimens illustrating  the development of the sinuses.
  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x,
  256-280.—Coulter (J. H.) Purulent rhinitis of children.
  Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, x, 191-195.  [Discussion], 200-
  202.  Also: Omaha Clinic, 1897. x, 3-5.—Cowgill (W. M.)
  Some causes of obstructed nasal breathing in children;
  their effects and treatment.  Am. Pract. Sc News, Louis-
  ville, 18*x, n. s.,vi, 161-164.—Cozzolino (O.)  Sui rapporti
  delle cavita. nasali colla patologia infantile.  Corriere san.
  Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 14, 1;  no. 15, L—Czemet-
  schka (J.)  Ein Fail von Rhinitis diphtherica bei einem
  Sanglinge.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1894, xix, 485; 498.—
  OelaliouNsc (A.)  Abces double spontane de la cloison
  des fosses  nasales avec perforation du cartilage triangu-
  laire, consecutif aim coryzachroniquechez uu scrofuleux;
  zoster double asymetriquo et hemorragique concomitaut.
  Arch, de nied. et pharm. mil., Par.,  1905,  xlvi, 124-126.—
  Escat.  Enipyeaie ethtnoido-sphenoidal chez uu  enfant
  dedoiK-.o ans; evidement du labyrinlhe ethmoidal et curet-
  tage du sinus sphenoidal par voie orbitaire.  Arch. m6d.
  de Toulouse, 1904, x. 400-408.—Forns.   Epitelioma del
  tabique cartilagiuoso de la nariz en una nina do siete alios.
  Oto-rino-laringol.  espan., Madrid, 1808-9, i, 345. — Free-
  man (W. J.)  A method of holding children for  throat
  and  nose  treatment.  Phila. Polyclin.,  1895,  iv,  113. —
  Uoodale (J. L.)  The histopathology  of  hypertrophic
  rhinitis  in children.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii,
  521.  Also, Reprint.—Guye (A. A. G.)  On aprosexia;
  being the  inability to fix the attention and other allied al-
  terations of the cerebral functions caused by nasal disor-
  ders.  J. Laryngol., Lond.. 1889,iii, 499-506. -----.  Weitere 
NOSE.
758
NOSE.
l\ost* (Diseases of) in children.
  Miltheilungon zur Apro.sexia als Folge von nasalen Sto-
  rungen  Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte
  1888,  Kbln, 1889, lxi. 230-233.  AUo.transl.: Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 18B9, ii, 709-711. -----. Un cas (l'aprosexie nasale
  pure sans complication du cote de l'acuite auditive.  Ann.
  d. mal. de  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par , 1899, xxv, 126-
  128. -----. Over aprosexia nasalis, in verband metdelite-
  ratuur over dat onderwerp.  Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab.
  v. de  prakt., Haarlem, 1898, v, 309-327. -----. De l'apro-
  sexie  nasale. Parole. Rev.interuat.derhinol. [etc.], Par.,
  1900,  n.  s., ii, 513-534. —Hill (W.)   On some  causes  of
  backwardness and stupidity in children; and the relief of
  these symptoms in  some instances by naso-phary ngeal
  scarifications. Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1889.  ii, 711.—Holt
  (L. E.)   Obscure nasal diphtheria in infancy.   N. York
  M. J., 1890, li,  605. — Jennings ( C. G.)  Treatment
  of diseases  of the  nose and throat in infants and young
  children.  Arch. Pediat., NY., 1894, xi, 12-17.— Kafe-
  maun (R.)  Psychologische Untersuchungen  iiber die
  sogenannte Aprosexia  nasalis.   Arch. f.  Laryngol.  u.
  Rhinol.,  Berl.,  1900,  x,  435-440.  -----.  Leber die so-
  genannte Aprosexia nasalis  (Denkschwiiche der Sehul-
  kinder aus  nasaler Ursache).   Samml. zwaugi. Abhandl.
  a. d.  Geb.  d. Nasen-, Olu-eii-, Mund-  u.  Halskr.,  Halle
  a. S., 1900, iv, 207-213.—Kaiinegiesser (E.) Der sehiid-
  liche Einfluss behinderte IS'asenatmung auf die korperlk-he
  und geistige Entwickelung der Kinder.  Ztschr. f. d. Be-
  bandl. Schwachsinn. u. Epilept., Dresd.,  1899, n. F., xv,
  161-165.—Laurent (O.)   De la rhinite purulente chroni-
  que des  enfants.  Verhandl. d. x. internat. nied. Cong.
  1890, Berl., 1892,  iv, 12. Abth.. 144-146.  Also: J.  de med.,
  chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1890, xc, 551-554. — I.nulen-
  baeh (L. J.)  Diseases of children occasioned by affec-
  tions of the nose; the necessity for recognition anil treat-
  ment.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.. Chicago, 1904. xliii, 2018-2021.
  AUo,  Reprint.—I.avrand (H.)  Abces chaud de la cloi-
  son chez uu bebe de deux mois et demi.  J. d. sc. med. do
  Lille,  1900,  i, 60-62.—Lewy (B.)  Leber  Rhinitis acuta
  bei Kindern. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1893-4, xvii, 354-
  371.—.Halm (G.)  De l'bypertrophie de.s queues de cor-
  net chez les enfants.  Ann. de m6d. et chir. inf.. Par.,
  1899, iii,  539-544.  -----. De  la rhinite hypertrophique
  chez les  enfants; traitement par l'air chaud.  Ibid., 1001,
  v, 507-516. — ITIakuen (G. II.)   A case  of nasal apro-
  sexia, associated with stammering and empyema of the
  maxillary antra.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 263-
  266.   Also:  Tr.  Am. Laryngol.,  Rhinol. & Otol.  Soc.
  1904,  N.  Y., 1005,  x,  366-370. — .Halberbe (A.)  Les
  rhino-pharyngieiis  a la  Clinique chirurgicale  infantile
  de la Faculte de  medicine.   Bull, nied., Par.,  1901, xv,
  1029-1032.— Hassci (F.)  Sinusiti acute  nei bambini.
  Arch.  ital.  di laringol.,  Napoli,  1904, xxiv, 163-174.—
  lHasucci  (P.)   Contributo  alia rinite pseudoniembraua-
  cea.   Arch. ital. di  pediat.,  Napoli,  1893, xi,   84-90.—
  Meicrhof <E.)  A few practical remarks upou the com-
  moner affections of the uose aud  pharynx  of children.
  Arch.  Pediat.,  N. Y.,  1892,  ix,  616-622.—iTIelzi  (U.)
  Sulla nociva influenza dell' occlusione nasale e dell' osta-
  colata respirazione nasale sullo sviluppo fisico ed intellet-
  tuale dei bambini.  Gazz. med. lomb.. Milano,  1898, lvii,
  437; 447; 457; 468; 477.— Hiura (M.)  [A caso of hyper-
  trophy of the nose in a child, caused by diphtheria.]  Iji
  Shinbiiu, Tokio, 1900, no. 570, 226-229 — Hon lon (J.M.C.)
  Die Aprosechia nasalis bei Schulkindern. Ztschr. f. Schul-
  gsudhtspflg., nanib., 1903, xvi, 7-10.—lYagaiinuia (T.)
  [Chronic rhinitis in children.]  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio,
  1903, 870-884.—rVeaman.  Az iskolas gyermekek orrba-
  jai'61 6saz6nektanitasr61.  [Troubles of the nose in school
  children  and learning to  sing.]   Cong, internat. d'hyg. et
  de demog.   C. r. 1894, Budapest,  1896, viii, pt. 3, 461.—
  Panzer (B.) Empyemas of the accessory cavities ofthe
  nose in children.  Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n.  s.,  xliv, 444-
  449.—Patrzek.  Ueber Verbiegungen der Naseuseheide-
  waud   bei  Neugeborenen. Iuternat.  klin.  Rundschau,
  Wien, 1890, iv, 575.—Baoult.  Oblit6ration complete des
  deux narines chez un enfant de 22  mois.  Soc. de med. do
  Nancy.  C.-r. . .  .  M6m., 1902-3, 82.—Rochon-Buvi.
  gneaud.   Une cause de dyspn6e nasale chez les nouveau-
  nes.   Rev.  internat. de rhinol.,  otol. et laryngol., Par.,
  1809, n. s., i, 220-223.—Root (E. H.)  A caseof nasal ob-
  struction iu the newborn.  N. York M. J.,  Ih97. lxv, 634.—
  Royet.  De la forme la plus habituelle des modifications
  de Intelligence et du caractere qui peuvent resulter des
  maladies du nez et du cavuiu.  Cong. d. med. alienistes et
  neurol. de France . . . C.-r., Par. & Brux , 1903, xiii, v. 2,
  347-362.—Seifert.  Ueber Aprosexia nasalis. Sitzungsb.
  d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. ssu Wiirzb., 1891, 14; 18.—Sma-
  niotto (E.)  Su  di uu caso di rinite difterica seguita da
  paralisi iu  uu neonate.  Pediatria, Napoli, l*'.i7, v, 161-
  167.—Soniers (L. S.)  Acute septic rhinitis of childhood.
  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis,  1899,  vii, 157-161. — Sonder-
  uiann (R.)  Die Naseneiteriing der Kinder und ihre Be-
  handluug durch  Saugeu.  Miinchen.  med.  Wclinschr.
  1905, lii, 1440.—Steward (F. J.)  On the nasal discharges
  of children.  Cliu. J., Lond., 1901-2, xix, 39-45.—Stucky
  (J.-A.)  2S otea on catarrhal iuiiammal iou of the nasal cavi-
l\ose  (Diseases of)  in children.
   ties ofthe  young; treatmeut.  Cincin. M. J., 1887-s  iii
   228-232.—Thomas.  Rhinite k bacilles de Lbffler chez
   l'enfant.  Kev. -.'en. de clin. et de therap.,  Par., 1000, xiv
   529-531.—Tilley (H.)  Hypertrophic ihinitis in  a boy'
   Polyclin., Lond ,  1002. vi. 5-0.—Tissier (P.)  Des rhinites
   aigues chez le nouveau-nc et chez l'enfant.  Rev. mens d
   mal. de l'enf., Par , 1894, xii, 1-14.—Todd (0.)  A  form of
   external  rhinitis due  to the Klehs-LotHer  bacillus  ap-
   pearing in children convalescent fiom scarlet fever. Lau-
   cet, Lond., 1898, i, 145K-1400.—Torday (F.)  A < secsenio-
   kori rhiuitisekrbl.  [Rhinitis in nurslings.J GyeiineU.-v6-
   gyaazat,  Budapest, 1905,  94-101.—Tie ile I & Kopfx I.
   Ueber Rhinitis fibrinosa.  Arch. f. Kindeih., Stuttg., Is<i5
   xix, 107-112.—Vail (I). T.)  Aprosexia in  relation to the
   eye, ear,  no^e, and throat,  especially iu  child growth.
   Cinciu. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, u. s., 1, 213-216.  [DiscussionJ,
   221-223. — Vohsen.  Die  Behandlung  der Rhinitis  he!
   Sauglingeii.  Ztschr.  f. arztl  Lai.dpraxis,  Frankf. a. M
   1895, iv, 120-132.  Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895^
   xxx.  2*4.—Voislawsky  (A. P.)   The radical cure of
   chronic nasal suppuration; report of a case.  Am. J.Sur"
   N. Y., 1905-6, xix, 139-141.—Wells (P.)  On  some ofthe
   affections ofthe nose which occur iu childhood.  Nursing
   Notes, Lond., 1896, ix, 41-43.

I¥ose (Diseases of bones and cartilages of).
     See,  also, Nose (Inflammation of); Nose (Sep-
   tum of. Spurs,  etc., of).
     Allen (II.)  On hyperostosis of the prasniaxillary por-
   tion of the nasal septum, and a description of an operation
   for its  relief.  Med. News, Phila.,  1890, lvii,  183-186.—
   Bayet. Destruction du septum nasal sans deformation du
   nez.  Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux.  Bull., 1897, lv,
   74.—B i rd (J. W.)  Necrosis of turbinated bones and adja-
   cent structures.  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1901, x, 115.—
   Browne (L.)   A case of nasal  synostosis under treat-
   ment.   Tr. Brit. Larvngol. Sc Rhinol. Ass.  1894,  Lond.,
   1895,  60-62.—Buvinger (C. I.)  Extensive destruction
   of  the nasal septum, with  involvement of the accessory
   sinuses, from sep.sis.  Phila.  M J.,  1902, x, 521.—CJlea-
   son (E. B.)  Exostoses of the nasal septum  and their
   treatment by operative procedures.   Iniernat. M. Mag.,
   Phila.,  11?92-3, i,  464-172.  AUo,  Reprint. — Uoldmann
   (R.)  Ein Fall vou Nekrose der unteren Nasenmuschel
   und des Stirnbeins  (let/.tere in wahrseheinlicher Bezie-
   hung zu epileptiformen Kriimpfen).   Prag.  med. Wchn-
   sehr., 1904, xxix,  324.—Hutchinson (J.)  Caries of the
   nasal hones.  Med. Press & Circ,  Loud., 1895, n. s., lx,
   489. — Jarvis (W. C.)  Notes ou a  case of nasal  caries,
   complicated  with  meningitis, successfully  treated  by
   means ofthe surgical drill.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1888,
   [N. Y.], 18K9, x, 87-94.   AUo:  Med. Reg., Phila., 1889, v,
   98-201.  Also, Reprint.—Knight (C. II.)  Exostosis  of
   the septum  as  a  cause of chrome nasopharyngitis.  La-
   ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 205-208.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Kuttner  (A.)   Die sogenannte idiopathische acute Pe-
   richondritis der Nasenseheidewand.  Arch.f.  Laryngol. u.
   Rhinol., Berl., 1804-5, ii, 72-77.—JLoseff (A. A.) ' Sluchai
   septikop'iemii vslledstviye nekroza kostel nosovol polosti.
   [Septico-pysruia  in consequence of necrosis ofthe bones of
   the nasal  cavity.]  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1899,  v, 97-101.—
   lTlacdonald  (G.)  Remarks on  the pathology  of  ec-
   chondrosis of tho triangular cartilage, with a new opera-
   tion.  Brit.M. J.. Loud., 1888. ii, 605.—iHillignu (W.)
   Exostosis, right nasal pass-'ge.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897,
   xii, 490.—iTlyles (R. C.)  Traumatic abscess and necrosis
   of the nasal triangular cartilage, with report of cases and
   special treatment for prevention of external deformity.
   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902. 20-22.   AUo : N. York
   M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 233.— Bazrusheuiye nosovol perego-
   rodki.  [Destruction of the uasal septum.]  Otehot o dle-
   yateln. khirurg. klin. [etc.] v Mosk. (Ih99-1900), 1901,78.—
   Razrusheniye krila nosa.  [Destruction ofthe wingof
   the nose]   Ibid., 77.—Schmidt (K.)  Zur  Behandlung
   der Verbildungendesknorpeligen und knocheineuNaseii-
   geriistes.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.  deutsch.  Naturf.  u,
   Aerzte  1808, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 309.—Seiler
   (C.)  Ecchondroses of the septum narium, and their  re-
   moval.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1888. xxxiii, 180-183.   Also,  Re-
    Eiint.—Thrasher (A. B.)  Necrosis of tbe middle tur-
    iuate.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1895. N. Y., 1896, xvii,
   164-170.  Also: N. York M. J., J895, lxii, 708-710.—fcwil-
   linger (H.)   Az orrsov£ny obtnnilo ecchondrosisanak
   operalt esete.   [Operation for ecchondrosis closing the na-
   sal septum.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 435.

JVose  (Dislocation of cartilages of).
     See Nose ( Wounds,  etc., ol).

Nose  (Elephantiasis of).
     See Rhinophyma.

H"ose (Erectile tissue of).
     See Nose (Histology of). 
NOSE.
759
NOSE.
>ose (Exostosis of).
    See Nose (Diseases oftibnes, etc., of).

Xose (Exploration of).
    See, also, Nose  (-tccessory sinuses of,  Inflamma-
  tion of), Nose  (Diseases of), Nose (Inflammation
  of), Nose  (Obstruction  of).  Nose (Tumors of),
  Diagnosis, etc.,  ot; Olfactometer.
    Gannivkt  DksutKavii'.r  (J.-J.)  * Etude sur
  l'exploration ties fosses  nasalis it  ile  la cavite"
  naso-pliaryngienne.   4J.  Bordeaux, 1669.
    Garel(J.)   Diagnostic et  traitement des ma-
  ladies tlu nez,  " rhinoseopie."  1'2°.   Paris, 1691.
    LlLJKNROTH (A.)  Om pharyngo-rliinoskopieu.
  [On  pharyngo-rbinoscopy.]   8°.   Orebro,  1670.
    Skmelkder  (V.)   Die  Rhinoskopie nnd  ihr
  "Wetth fiir die  iirztliche Praxis.   Ein  inonogra-
  phischer Yersuch.  y.   Leipzig, 1602.
    Aniberg(E.)   Ein neues Nasenspeculum.  Monatsch.
  f. Ohrenh.,  Berl.. 1898. xxxii, 27.  AUo, Reprint. — Ba-
  ber (E. C.)  A recent improvement in posterior rhinos-
  copy.  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1889, i, 67. — Barrett (J. W.)
  A i.ew method of examining tho naso-pharynx.  Austral.
  M.  J., Melbourne, 1889,  n. s.,xi, 168.—Behreus (B. M.)
  The rbinoscope in general practice.  Med. Age, Detroit,
  1896.  xiv, 716-720.— Bergent (H.)  Befunde im Nasen-
  innern von skelettirten Rassensc.hadelu bei vorderer Riii-
  noskopie.  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1897, vi,
  89-100. -----. Rhinoscopia externa ; Recessus apicis nasi.
  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1899, xxxiii, 180-182.—Blake
  (E.)  The rhinometer; a nasophai vngeal sound.   Lancet,
  Loud., 1891, i, 438.—Briihl ((}.')  Demonstration einer
  neuen Methode zur anatomischen Uutersuchung der Nase.
  Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901. xi,
  16.— Carre.  Abaissement temporaire du nez pour l'ex-
  ploration des fosses nasales.  Assoc, franc, pour  l'avance.
  d.sc. C.-r. I.s91. Par.. 1892, xx.  pt.2, 817— t'holewa. Ein
  neues Nasenspeculum.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u.Berl.,ls88.xiv.617.—C'ollet. Dela salpiugoscopie. 1 yon
  med., 1903,  ci.  725-730.   AUo:  Rev. hebd.  de  laryngol.
  [etc.]. Par.,  1904.  i. 3--44—Coulter (J. H.) Sc Pynehon
  (E.i  A new nasal speculum.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1897,  iii, 311-313.—1'ourtade (A.)  De la  mensuration
  graphique de la permeabilite des fosses nasales.  Ann. de
  la Policlin. de Par., 1902, xii, 97-104.—Cozzolino (V.)
  Rhino-tubo-pharyunoscopie auterieure a, eclairage Elec-
  trique posterieure (nouvelle methode d'exaraen des fosses
  nasales posterieures).  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.], Par., 1*»9. xv. 163-165.—C'zermak (J.)  A garra-
  torri-iireg es az orruregnek a hoityok iii en at kis tiikrok
  altali vizsgalatdrol.   [On inspection of cavum phar.yngo-
  nasale and of nasal  cavity through the ehoane by means
  of small specula  (rhinoscopy).]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,
  1859,  iii, 541: 1860.  iv, 423.   Also, transl.   Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1859, ix, 518: 1860, x,  257.— B'Ainfolo (G.)
  Sudi un particolaire specchio nasale.  Atti d.l'ong.d. Soc
  ital. di laringol.  letc.J 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv,  104. — Bio-
  nisio (I.)   Sulla rinoscopia posteriore; nuovo unciuo pa-
  latino ed abassa lingua.   Osservatore,Torino, 1889. xl, 322-
  330.  AUo:  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1889, n.  F.. xxiii,
  30-32. -----. Sulla eudosi opia nasale.  Atti  d.  Cong. d.
  Soc. ital. di  laringol. [etc.] 1897,  Firenze,  1899,  iii, 327.
  AUo: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino. 1*97. 3. s., xiv,
  121. —Born.  Rhinoscopia  posterior bei   haugendem
  Kopf zum Zweck von Operationen im Nasenrachenraum.
  Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 18*9. xvi, 625-627.   AUo: Lan-
  cet, Lond.,  1889, ii, 1112.—Fieano (G.)  Speculum nasi;
  modificato per medicature a sti umento complete col manico
  a leva per le operazioni dell'  orecchio.  Atti d. r. Accad.
  d.sc. med. in Palermo <I89uj, 1891.153.  Also:  Sicilia med.,
  Palermo, 1890. ii,  897. — Flataa (T. S.)  Ueber eiu Befes-
  tigungsinstrument fur das Voltolini'sche Nasenspeculum.
  Berl.  klin.  Wclinschr.,  1890.  xxvii, 565. -----. Zur An-
  wendung der Rontgenstrahlen in der  Rhinologie. Ver-
  haudl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii, 31.—
  Frankel (B.)  1) Demonstration eines Speculum narium.
  Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr., 1872, ix, 73.   AUo, Reprint.  -----.
  Zur Rhinoskopie. Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  ISH, xvm, 36-
  38.  AUo, Reprint.—«erber. Notiz zur Geschichte der
  Rhinoscopia  anterior.   Arch. f.  Laryngol.  u.  Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1900-1901.  xi, 482. — Glatzel.   Zur Priifung der
  Luttdurchgangigkeit der  Nase.    Therap.  d. Gegenw.,
  Berl. Wien., 1901, n. F., iii, 501-504.—Ooldstein (S.)   A
  modified bivalve nasal speculum and a modified Bosworth
  nasal speculum.   Med. Rec, N.  Y.,  1895,  xlvii, 188.—
  Coldzwcig (Ludwika).  Beitrage zur Olfactometry.
  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,  1897, vi, 137-153—
  Hirsehuianii   (A.)  Ueber Endoskojiie der Nase und
  deren Nebenhohlen;  eine neue  Untr-rsuchungsmethodc.
  Ibid.. 1903,  xiv, 195-202,  1 pl. — Isrnelson.  Ein neues
  Nasenspeculum.   Compt.-rend. Cong,  internat.  de med.
  1897, Mosc, 1898, iv, sect.  12b,  204. — Jacobson (A.
  W )   Uue nouvelle methode de niesurer la permeabilite
  du nez.  Ibid., 176. — Jankau  (L.)  Eiu  Spiegel zur
Nose (Exploration of).
  Besicbtigung des Cavum pharyngo-uasale.  Deutsche med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1891, xvii, 1038. — Jclenffy.
  Ein  neuer Nasenspiegel.   Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr., 1889,
  xxvi, 835. — Knfemann  (R.)    Rhinoscopia posterior
  oder Digitalexploration ?  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1892,
  vi, 587-590.—Knts (V. I.)  Nosovoye zerkalo dlya dietei.
  [Nasal speculum for children]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900,
  xxi,  166-168.  -----. Adrenalin pri  izslb-dovanii i  lie-
  chenii nosa.   [. . . in examination and treatment  of  tho
  uose.|  Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 1130; 1154; 1180.—
  lialzenstein  (J.)   Die  Autoskopie des  Nasenrachen-
  raumes.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, v, 283.—
  Kayser.   Demonstration eines Apparates zur exaeten
  Bestmmiiing der Luftdurchgangigkeit der Nase (Rhino-
  nietcr).    Verhaudl.  d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena.
  1895, iv, 175.—Kessel.  Einiges iiber die Bedi-utungund
  die Uiitersiichungsmethoilen der Nasenhohle und des Na-
  senraehenraiime.s.  Cor.-Bl. d.allg. iirztl. Ver. v. Thiirin-
  gen  Weimar,  1891,  xx, 226-239. — Killian (G.)   Ueber
  Rhinoskopia media.   Miiuchen. med. Wchuschr., 1896,
  xliii, 768. — Kirslein. ruber dieRhinoskopiamedianach
  Killian.  [Discussion.]  Verhandl. A. laryngol. Gesellsch.
  zu Berl.  (1897), 189s. viii, 8-11. -----.  Rhinoskopie nach
  Killian bei kleinen Kindern.  Ibid., 48.— Kraus (E.)  Un
  nouvel instrument pour la rhinoseopie posterieure.  Ann.
  d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi, 15-
  18.—Kyle (D. B.)  Illumination and examination of the
  anteiiorand posterior nasal cavities.   Med. News, Phila ,
  1894, lxv,  188.   Also, Reprint.—law (E.)  A post-grad-
  uate lecture on  the examination of the throat and nose.
  Cliu.  J., Lond.,  1896-7, ix,  26-32.—iTIacintyrc (J.)   De
  l'emploi des rayons X et des ecrans liuorescents dans les
  regions nasales et  pharyngieinies.   Arch, iuternat. de
  laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1897, x, 10-12. — ti ah u  (G.)   Du
  relevement du voile  du  palais  pour l'examen du naso-
  pharynx.   Rev.  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix,
  39-45.—.Tlignon.  Uncas d'application  des rayons X k
  l'exploration des fosses nasales et des sinus.  Arch, inter-
  nat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par.,  1900, xiii, 359-362.—Mono-
  smith (O. B.)   A new nasal speculum.  J.Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1903, xl,  916.— Vlounier (F.) De l'examen du
  pharynx  nasal.  Anu.  d.  mal.  de  l'oreille,  du  larynx
  [etc.], Par., 1891, xvii, 589-600.—Palmer (L. L.)  A self-
  retaining nasal speculum.   Med. Rec. N. Y., 1890, xxxvii,
  107.—Parmcntier.  La toux chronique demande l'exa-
  men du nez.  Progres m6d. beige, Brux., 1899, i,  161-163.—
  Pannz  (M.)   Rogzitheto  nyelvlapocz a rhinoskopia
  posterior konnyiteseie.  [A fixed tongue-spatula for easy
  posterior  rhinoscopy. ]   Gy6gy£szat, Budapest,  1899,
  xxxix, 676-678.  Also, transl. :  Wien. klin. Rundschau,
  1900,  xiv, 451-454.—Peixoto (A.)   Inspeccao do naso-
  pharynge por um novo processo de autopsia.  Tribuna
  med.', Rio  de  Jan.,  1901, vii. 536-539. — Polyak ( L. )
  Az orrgaratiir  oldali-divertieulumairol.   [The  lateral
  diverticulum of the naso pharyngeal cavity.]  Gy6g,v£-
  szat, Budapest, 1896, xxxvi, 584-586.  Also, transl.: Pest.
  med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest,  1897,  xxxiii,  109-114.—
  Bauge (P.)  Sur  un  cas de  rhinoseopie posterieure.
  Arch, internat.  de laryngol. [etc.),  Par., 1895, viii,  228-
  232.   Also: Rev.de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1895, xv,  644-
  648.—Ret hi (L.)  Ein Spiegel zur endonasalen Besichti-
  gung.  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1893, xviii, 508-510.  Also:
  Wieu. med. Presse,  1893,  xxxiv, 2049-2051. -----.  Znr
  Rhinoscopia externa.  Monatschr. f. Ohienh., Berl., 1900,
  xxxiv, 199. -----. Ein modificierler Nasenspiegel.   Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1902, lii, 551-553. —Robertson (W.)  A
  plea for the use of the rbinoscope.  Lancet, Loud., 1888,
  ii, 313.—Scheier (A.)  A propos dela photographie des
  cavit6s des fosses nasales et du larynx an moyen des
  rayons de  Rientgen.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par.,  1896, ix, 598-607.  AUo, Reprint. -----.  Weit.-n-
  Mittheiluugen iiber die Anwendung der Rontgenstrahlen
  in der Rhino- und Laryngologie.  Verhandl. d. larvngol.
  Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii, 35.  [Discussion], 49-
  55.   AUo:  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol, Berl., 1897. vi. 57-
  66.—von Sell roller (H.)  Eigenthiimlicher Sondirungs-
  befund der Nase. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.
  u. Aerzte 1901, Leip/., 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 374 —
  Seifei-t.  Durchleuchtung der Gesichtsknoch.n und <h s
  Larynx.   Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch.  zu Wiirzb.,
  1889,  23-27.—Seyliert (M.)'  Ein neues Nasenspeculum.
  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1903,  xxxvii,  457.   Also:
  Aerzti. Polytech., Berl., 1904, 1.   Also:  Illust. Monatschr.
  d. arztl. Politech.,  Berl.. 1904, xxvi,  1-3— Shaw (A. J.)
  The probing of  the nasal duct from the nose.   Boston M.
  Sc S. J., 1899, cxl, 278.—Sobolell' (L. A.)  Nleskolko slov
  otnositelno  tekhniki zaduei  linoskopii.   [Technique of
  posterior rhinoscopy.]  E.jened.  jour.  "Prakt. Med.", St.
  Petersb.,  1900, vii, 449—Spear (E. D.)  A  new nasal
  speculum.   N. York  M. J.,  1895,  lxi, 121. — Spencer
  (H. N.)   A new nasal speculum.   Med. News, Phila.,
  1892, lx, 157.—Spiess (G.)  Die  Untersuehungsmethoden
  der Nase und ihrer Nebenhohlen.  Handb. d. Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol., Wien, 1896, iii, 215-260.—Sleguinun (K.)  Nase
  vor und nach  Hobelung im RSntgenbihl.  Fortschr. a. d.
  Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1904, viii, 47.   I rhnii-
  tschitsch  (E.)  Gegen das  Anlaufcn  der Spiegel bei 
NOSE.
760
NOSE.
\o*c (Exploration of).
  Uutersuchungeu  im  Nasen-Rachenraume.   Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1901. xiv, 142.-----Ein selbsthaltendes Na-
  senspeculum.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.  [etc.], Berl., 1903,
  xxxvii,  547-549.— Valentin  (A.)  Die  cystoskopische I
  Untersuchuug  des Nasenrachens  oder Salpiugoskopie.
  Aicb. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1902-3,  xiii, 410-420,
  1 pl. —Veeder (A. T.)  A new form of lamp attachment
  for rhinoseopie purposes.  N. York M. J., 1890, li, 391.—
  Voyacheh (V. I.)  Salpingoskopiya.   Voyenno-med. J.,
  St. Petersb., 1905,  ii, med.-spec.pt., 325-332.—Wagner
  (R.)   Verwendung von Spiegeln hei der Rhinoscopia an-
  terior.  Munchen. med. Wchuschr..  1893, xl,  193.—Wal-
  lace (II.)  A nasal  sasptometer.   N.  York  M. J., 1901,
  lxxiv, 95.—Zarniko.  Die Untersuchuug der  Nase,  fiir
  deu praktischen Arzt dargestellt.  Heilknnde, Wien [etc.],
  1898-9, iii. 704-713.—Zaufal (E.)   Zu dun  Artikel Vol-
  tolini's "Zur Rhinoskopie".  Allg.Wien. med. Ztg., 1878,
  xxiii, 152.—Ziem.  Du toucher de  la cavit6 naso-pharyn-
  gieune.   Arch,  internat.  de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1891,
  iv, 321-326.
Aose (Feeding and medication by).
     Ste Alimentation  (Forced); Insane (Feeding
  of, Forcible).

]\o*e (Foreign bodies  in).
     See,  also.  Nose  (Accessory  sinuses,   Foreign
  bodies in);  Nose (Concretions  in); Nose (Larva,
  etc., in); Smell (Sense of,  Disordered).
     Blas (0.)  * UeLer Fremdkorp r in tier Nase
  und Rhinolitheuliildung.  8°.  Strassburg, l*-9^.
     David (V.)   *Des  corps Strangers  des fosses
  nasales.   >:.   Paris,  1900.
     -----.   Tbe same.   8°.   Paris, 1900.
     Decoly (I.)   * Contribution   a  l'etude  des
  corps etrangers de.s  fosses  nasales.   8°.  Bor-
  deaux.  1901.                                         !
     Fink  (E.)   Postoronniya  tiela  v   uosu  i  v
  ukhle.   (Die  Fremdkorper in Nase  und Ohr.)
  Perev.  s  uiemet.sk. A.  V.  Zakhera.   [Transl.
  from the German  by  Zakher.]   8y   S.-Peter-
  burg, IKK
     Grimm (H.  [C.  E.])   * Fremdkorper iu  tier
  Niise.  6°.  Berlin, 1-95.
     Pkausnitz (G.)   * Ueber Fremdkorper in der
  Nase und Rhinolithen, nebst einem ueueu Falle
  von Zahnentwicklung in der  Nase.  8°.   Wiirz-
  burg, \69b.
     Schladebacii (O.)  * Ueber Fremdkorper in
  der Nase nnd Rhinolithen.   8'-.   Jena, 1694.
     Si'HWknke,   "Zahn im Septum nasi.  (Eiu
  Beitrag  zur  Zahnverlagerung.)    ->c.   Leipzig,
  19d5.
     Silich  (L.)   Kamni (rinolitl)  i postoronniya
  tiela v nosu.   [Rhinoliths and foreign bodies in
  nose.]   12-.  Moskra, 1890.
     Altycspy (D.)   Trois cas de corps Strangers  des fosses
  nasales.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1899,  xix,
  pt.2, 164-166.—Alvarez (J*)  Un  boton  alojado durante
  uu ano en la fosa  nasal, simulando  una  riuorrea escrofu-
  losa (?).  Rev. balear de  cien.  med., Palma de  Mallorca,
  1900, xviii, 25-28.—Baber (E. (,'.)   Foreign bodies in tbe
  nose, and epistaxi».  Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose Sc Throat  (Bur-
  nett), Phila., 1893, i, 729-742. — Bauer reins. Zwei Falle
  von Fremdkorper der Nase.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Perl.,
  1902, xxxvi, 510-612.—Braudonx  (H. A.) Foreign body
  in the left nasal cavity, and  sequela;.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1898, iv, 282.  Also: Northwest.  Lancet, St.  Paul,
  1X98, xviii, 194.—Benjamin (J.)  Foreign bodies iu the
  nose.  Indian M.-Chir. Rev.,  Bombay, 1895,  iii, 626.—
  Bicser (G.)  A simple method  for removing foreign
  bodies from the nasal cavities of children.  Pediatries, N.
  T. Sc Lond., 1897, iv, 71-74— Kirkelt (II. S.)  Foreign
  body in the naso-pharynx for eighteen years.  Montreal
  M. J.. 1899, xxviii, 449.  AUo [Abstr.J: Brit. M. J., Loud.,
  1898,ii, 1235.—Bousquet (IL)  Corps etrangers des fosses
  na<ales.  Soe.  d.  sc. med. de  Gaunat. C.-r., Par., 1898-
  9, liii, 13-16.—Brann. Die Naseuzange  zur Entfernung
  fremder  Korper  aus  der Nase.  Illusir. Monatschr. d.
  arztl. Tolytech., Berl., 1905,  xxvii,  3—Breitung (M.)
  Beitrag  zur  Casuistik der  Fremdkorper in der Nase.
  Deutsche med. Wchuschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 756.
  -----. Zur  Casuistik  der  Frenidkiirper iu der Nase.
  Munchen. nied. Wchnsehr.,  1900,  xlvii, 1630.—Brooks
  (W. L.)  Simple and effective method of extracting au In-
  dian shell from the nasal cavity.  Indian M. Rec, Cal-
  cutta, 1*96, xi,  92.—( arriilhers  (S.  W.)   Removal of
  foreign body from the nose after twenty-three years.  Brit.
  M. .1. Loud., 1898, i, 430.—Charles (J.)  Corps etranger
]\o*e (Foreign  bodies in).
  du  nez; extraction  d'un  hamecon de la partie nioyeinie
  du  cornet iiifiSrienr.  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.,
  Par.,  1904, vii, 100-102.  AUo:  Arch, internat. de  larvn-
  gol. [etc.l,  Par.,  1904,  xviii.  no.!|4,  suppl., 32. - 4'liil-
  ilrcss (H. M.)   Removal of a jshoe  buttoii from the
  nasal  passage. J.  Am.  Ass., Chicago,  1903, xl, 101. —
  Cilclli (S.)  Corpi  estranei speciali nell' orecchio  e ml
  naso e rinolita primitivo. k'Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino,
  1904-5, xvi, 316-322.— Cohn. ^Einige  Fiille vou Freiud-
  korpern in Ohr und Nase.L  Ztschr.  f. Wundarzte ti. Ge-
  burtsh., Fellbach, 1905, lvi, 192-199.— Common (R. K.)
  Notes on a case of eruption of central incisor in tho nasal
  cavity, following operation for cleft palate.  J. Brit. Dent.
  Ass.,  Lond., 1897,  xviii, 656. — Cosnoii.  Corps etranger
  des fosses nasales.   Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par.,
  1904, ii, 241.—Costiniu (A.)  Doua^cazuii de  eorp strein
  in foselo nasale.fcSpitalul, Bucuresci, 1899, xix, 201-206.—
  Coupard (G.)  Corps 6trangers des fosses nasales don-
  nant lieu k des accidents  simulaut l'ozene.  Bull. Soc. de
  med.  prat, de Par.,  1888, 242-245. Also, transl.: Bol. de
  med. y cirug., Madrid, 1888, vi, 239-243.—Czarda (J.)  0
  cizich tele.seh v  nose a o tvofeui se lozisek vapenuych
  tanitt'z.  [Foreign bodies in the. nose, and their incrusta-
  tion with calcareous strata.]  Casop. lfk. cesk., v I'ra/.e,
  1884,  xxiii, 307; 397. — Da in row.  Eine  neue Freiud-
  korperpiuzette fiir Naoe uud Ohr.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 546.— Davie* (II. R.)
  Thirteen years' complete  occlusion of right nasal passage
  by foreign body;  removal. Lancet, Loud., 1890, ii, 1027.—
  Dawora.  Vreemde lichamen (pit  van gewone sawo of
  javaansch  ketjik  sawo en  djali djagong)  iu  den  neus.
  Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 1803, i, 92  —Delore
  (X.)  De l'6pingle recourbee  pour l'extraction des corps
  Strangers de l'oreille etdu nez.  M6m. et  compt.-rend. Soc.
  d. sc.  med. de Lyon  (1897), 1898, xxxvii, 195 - 199. — Bes-
  champs. Observations de corps etranger ayant sejourne
  vingt-cinq aus daus uue  fosse nasale.  Dauphine  med.,
  Grenoble, 1890, xiv, 105-107.—Dickson  (YV. A.)  Foreign
  bodies in nose, retained  for 19 mouths, and  13 months.
  Brit.  Guiana M.  Ann., Demerara, 1892,174.— Dufour
  (C.  R.)  Foreign body  in nostril for three and a half or
  four years.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 149. — En-
  lenstein.   Demonstration eines aus dem Nasenrachen-
  raum  entfernten Fremdkorpers.   Verhandl. d. Ver. siid-
  deutsch. Laryngol.  1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 122-124.—
  Feliei (F.)  Corps estraneo del  naso.   Boll. d. mal. d.
  orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1888, vi, 32-36.—Fe-
  lizet (G.)  Un proc6d6 nouveau de  traitement des corps
  etrangers des fosses nasales chez les enfants.  Bull, et
  mem.  Soc. de chir.de Par , 1898, n. 8., xxiv, 1010-1013.  AUo:
  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1898. lxxi.  1258.—Fiset (L. N. J.)  Un
  cas de corps etranger des  fosses nasales.   Rev. m6d., Qu6-
  bee, 1897-8, i, 265.—Frankel (B.)  Ein Zahn in der Nasen-
  hohle.  Charite-Anu.. Berl., 1897, xxii, 454-457.—FriUen-
  berg (P.)  Foreign  bodies of the nose and ear.   Med. Kec,
  N. YT, 1901, lx, 447-450.—Gamble (C. B.). jr., & Tiffany
  (L.  M.)  Foreign body, chisel, imbedded in the naso-phar-
  ynx and posterior pharyngeal wall.  Treatmeut, Lond.,
  1899-1900. iii, 770-773. — Garel (J.)   Rhinoliths; quatre
  nouveaux cas dus k des novaux de cerise.  Anu. d. mal. de
  l'oreille. dn larynx [etc.]. Par., 1897, xxiii, pt. 2, 193-203.—
  Gerard (L.)  Sur la determination d'uu corps metallique
  dans les fosses nasales.  Bull. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat.
  de Brux.. 1896, 3-8.—Gerber. Ein seltener Fremdkorper-
  fall der Nase.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1902-3,
  xiii, 443-447.— Gillnion (J. C.)  A curious dental acci-
  dent.  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900, xviii, 547.—Good-
  bred (R. L.)  Foreign bodies in the ear and nose, with
  constitutional symptoms.  VirginiaM. Semi-Month., Rich-
  mond, 1903-4, viii. 60-62. — Gradenigo (G.) Sc Malti-
  rolo(V.)  Sopra un  caso di corpo stranieronel naso.  (Jior.
  d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1893,3. s., xii, 417-419.   Also,
  Repriut.—Graham (G. W.) A tooth growing iu the nose.
  Charlotte [N. C]  M. J., 1896, viii, 155. — Grout*.  Ueber
  einen Fremdkorper  in der Nase.  Miiuchen. nied. Wchn-
  achr., 1901, xlviii. 1568.—Grossltopff(\V.) Zwei Falle vou
  Fremdkorpern in der Nase.   Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl.,
  1901,  xxx\ iii,  227.—Handford.  Foreign body in the
  nose for twentv-seven years.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii,
  117—Ilanquet.   Corps etranger ayant sejourne plus de
  deux  ans dans uue fosse nasale chez  uue persoune adulte.
  Arch. med.  beiges,  Brux.,  1889,  3.  s .  xxxv,  248-251.-
  Hardie  (T. M.)  A  toothpick  in  the  nose.  N. Am.
  Pract., Chicago, 1890, ii,  250— Harrell  (R. F.)  Super-
  fluous tooth in floor of nose.  N. Oil. M. Sc S. J., 1895-6,
  u. s., xxiii. 269.—Haug.  Eine nicht zu cmpfehlende Me-
  thode zur Entfernung von Fremdkorpern  aus der Nasen-
  hohle bei Kindern.  Wien. med! Presse, 1893, xxxiv, 10.—
  Heberton (W.  W.)  Foreign body in the nasal  cavity
  for forty vears.  PulteQuart., Cincin., 1891, ii, 31.—Ilecht.
  Ein versprengter Zahn in der Nasenhohle.  Arch. f. L.a-
  ryn-'ol.  u.  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1905, xvii,  167-169.— llessler.
  Laminaria als Fremdkorper in der Xase.  Mum hen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1892, xxxix,  23.  AUo:  Sitzungsb. d. \ er. d.
  Aerzte zu Hallo  a.  S.  1-91-2, Munchen, 1893, ii,  27-30.—
  Hikurabeno (M.)  [A very lame foreign body remain-
  ing in tbe nasal cavity for 9 years.]  Iji Shiubun, Tokio, 
NOSE.
761
NOSE.
]\ose (Foreign bodies in).
  1901,  429-432.—Ilolscher.  Zur Kasuistik der Fremd-
  korper  iu  Nase  und Ohr.  Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttoinb.
  iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 252-254.—Ingals (E. F.)
  Foreign body in  the nose.  Med. News, N. V.. 1897, lxx,
  206.—Ingersoll (J.  M.)   Rhinoliths and foreign bodies
  in the nose.  Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1902, lxi. 575  Joue hi in
  (0.)  A superfluous tooth in floor of nose.  N. Orl. M.  ..t
  S. J., 1895-6, n. s., xxiii,  271 .—Johnston (S.)   Foreign
  bodies in the nose in children, versus nasal catarrh.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1891, lviii. 64— Jnrnsz (A.)  Fremdkorper
  des  Rachens  uud  des  Nasenrachenraumes.  Handb.  d.
  Laryngol.  u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896-7, ii, 297-314.—Kale-
  in a ■■ a  (R.)  Eiu  Frenidkorperfall  des  Nasenraehens.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. n.  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1902, xiii,  291.—
  Kasroeno.'  Een vreemd  lichaam in den liens.  Tijd-
  schr. v. inland. Geneesk.,  Batavia,  1894, ii, 14.—Keiper
  (G. F.)  A cherry stone in the nose; rhiuolith; removal.
  N. York M. J., Is94, lix, 21.—Kellilier (M. W.)   A five-
  inch hair-piu in the right posterior nares.   Boston M. A  S.
  J.,  1891. exxiv, 579.  Also: Med.  Bee., N. Y., 1891, xxxix,
  729.—Knapp (H.)  Herausuahine eines Sequesters  und
  eines Zahues aus dem Bodeu der Nase.   [Transl.]  Ztschr.
  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1894. xxvi, 158-162.—Kuvichinski
  (V.)  K kazuistikle inorodnikh tiel polosti  nosa.  [For-
  eign bodies of the nasal cavity.]   Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb.,
  1902,  ix, 874.—Lake (R.)  A'case of foreign body in the
  naso-pharynx.  Lancet, Loud.. 1902, ii, 812.—Laync (P.
  C.) Foreign  body in nose;  duration, seven months; inter-
  esting reflex phenomena.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s.,
  xl,  30-32.—Lowe (G.)  Foreign  body in tbe right nostril
  for several years.  St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond.. 1891, xxvii,
  57.—M'Fnrlane  (J. M.)  Rare case of  foreign body  iu
  nose.  Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1891-2, xxiv, 100.—Major
  (G. W.) Foreign body retained  in  the nose for twenty-
  five years.   Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1889-91), 1892.
  v. 66.—Marcel.  Doue casurl de corp strain al  nasului.
  Spitalul. Bucuresci, 1S05,  xv, 519; 534. — Marcuse(P.)
  Fremdkorper in  der  Nase.  Deutsche  med. Wcbnscbr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl.. 1898, xxiv, 95.— Marinovich.   K izvle-
  cheniya inorodnikh tiel  iz  nosa.  [Removal of foreign
  bodies from  the  nose.]   Feldscher,  St. Petersb., 1900,  x,
  304.—Martin (W. A.)  Foreign bodies in the nose.  In-
  ternal.  Cliu.,  Phila.,  1895, 4. s., iv, 342-347.  Also: Med.
  News, Phila.,1895, lxvi, 99.-----.  Uu cas de corpsfetranger
  des fosses  nasales datant de trois ans.  Loire  med.,  St.-
  fitienue, 1904,  xxiii, 167.—Massei (F.)   Corpi  estranei
  nelle  fosse  nasali.   Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli,
  1904, xx, 193-197.—Maugeri (V.)  Sangsue dans la naso-
  pharvnx.  Arch,  internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905,
  xx  870.—Menier. Corps etrangers des fosses  nasales.
  Arch. gen. de med., Par.,  1904. ii, 2652-2656.— Milligan
  (W.)   Foreign bodies in the nose; three illustrative cases.
  Med.Chron.,  Manch< ster, 1896-7,n.s.,v, 182.—Moliiiic(L)
  Les corps etrangers du nez chez les enfants.  Cong, period.
  de gynec. d'obst. et de paediat. 1*98.  Mem. et disc. Par.,
  1900, ii, 811-816. AUo [Abstr.]: Med. mod., Par.,  1898, ix,
  633. -----. Coryza case-eux du. k  la presence d'un bouton
  de  oottine dans  la fosse  nasale droite.  Marseille med.,
  1898, xxxv, 115-120.—Montano  (E. F.)  Cuerpo extrano
  que pennaneci6  45 anos en  la trascavidad de las fosas
  nasales.  Gac.  nied.,  Mexico. 1904, 2. s.,  iv.  96.—Moth-
  erby.  Ein 3 Zoll langer Piusel  befindet sich 11 Monate
  hindurch in der Nasenhohle.  Prov. San.-Ber. d. k. Med.-
  Coll. zuKonigsb.  (1835. 1 Seiu.), 1836, 62.—Mounier.  Un
  cas de corps etranger du canal nasal gauche avec  epreuve
  radio<Taphique;  duree  du sejour,  42  ans;  extirpation.
  Arch, iuternat. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par. 1898, xi, 276-278.
  AUo.transl.:  Siglo med., Madrid,  1898, xiv, 695.—Muller
  (E.)  Pincette zur Entfernung von Fremdkorpern aus der
  Nase reap. Ohr.  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg  , Berl., 1903, lxxii,
  198—Muller (J.)  Ein Fall von Rhinolithenbildung um
  einen Fremdkorper.  Wien. med.  Bl., 1891, xiv, 830.—f¥o-
  quet.  Corps Stranger de la fosse nasale gauche ayant
  provoque um- rhinite fetide.  [Rap. de M. Chalant.J  Ann.
  Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 18»8. xxvii, 485-487.—JVowoluy
  (F.)   Ciala obco w uosie,  gardle i przeiyku,  wydobyte  w
  przeci^gu ostatnich dwu lat.  [Foreign bodies of the nose,
  pharynx, and oesophagus extracted after being present
  for  two  years.]   Przegl.  lek., Krakow, 39o4. xliii. 681 ;
  697.—©chsncr(A. J.)  [Railroad injuries; foreign bodies
  in both nostrils, removed  three years after injury.|  Chi-
  cago M. Rec., 1891,  ii, 328.— Pasternak (It.)  K  kazu-
  istikle inostrannikh ttel v polosti nosa.  (Foreign bodies
  in the nose.]  Prakt. Vrach.  S.-I'cterb.,  1905,  iv, 522.—
  Peck (E. S.)   Foreign bodies in  the nose and ear of
  children, with remarks  on  their removal.  Am. J. Obst.,
  1881 xiv, 217-224.  AUo, Reprint. — Photiades.  Corps
  Stranger dans les fosses  nasales; accidents provoqiies par
  un fragment de ficelle ayant sejourne 18 mois dans le nez.
  Rev. med.-pharm., Constant., 1889, ii. 120-122.-de I'on-
  thiere (L.)  Deux cas  de corps etrangers des fosses na-
  sales.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx  [etc.J, Par.,
  1905, xxxi, 459-461.—Pratt (J. A.)  Foreign body in  the
  nostril for five  vears.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1898, v,
  90.—Preobrazhenski (S. S.)   Devyat  sluchayev ino-
  rodnikh tiel v nosu  i rinolitov.  [Nine cases of nasal for-
ilfose (Foreign bodies in).
   eign bodies and rhinoliths.1  Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904,
   xi. 4; 43.—Radclifle (S J.)  Foreign bodies in the nasal
   cavities.  St.  Louis Clinique, 1893, vi, 244-249.   Also, Re-
   priut.— Kciinud.  Deux cas de corps etrangers du nez.
   Rev.de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1895, xv, 966-968.—K ich -
   nrdson (C.  Ur.)  Foreign bodies in  the nasal passages.
   Maryland M. J.,  Bait., 1890, xxiii, 505-508. — Richter (E.)
   Ueber zwei seltene vergessene Fremdkorpereinlagerungen
   in Nase und Ohr und  eine eigenthuniliche Fremdkorper-
   wanderung.  Monatschr. 1. Ohrenh., Berl., 1901, xxxv, 128-
   130.— Riclicnbn-cli (I F.)  Removal of foreign body from
   the nose.  Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1896, x, 245.—Ring (G. O.)
   Cases of unusual foreign bodies in the nostrils.   Univ. M.
   Mag., Phila.,  1888-9, i, 621-624.—Roberts (A.)  Instiu-
   meut  for the removal of foreign bodies from the nose,
   Brit. M. .{., Loud.. 1904, i, 612.  AUo:  Lancet, Loud., 1904.
   i, 1(102.—Roberts (A. D.)  Severe delirium in a child of
   two years and a  half, caused by the lodgment of a small
   stone  in the left nostril.  Lancet, Loud.,  1894,  ii,  794.—
   Robertson  (J. W.)   Foreign  bodies  in the noses of
   children.  St. Paul M. J., 1902, iv, 569.—Roth (J. C.)  A
   hair-pin in tho  nose.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xl,  211.—
   Rousseaux  (L.)   Corps etranger des fosses nasales.
   Clinique, Brux.,  1893, vii, 129-137.—Runult (A.) Corps
   etranger des fosses nasales ayant donu6 lieu aux symp-
   tomes d'une meningito tuberculeuse.   Rev. hebd. de laryn-
   gol. [etc.]. Par.,  1900,  ii, 698-700.— van der  S.  (A.)
   Vreemde lichamen in  den  neus.   Tijdschr. v. iulaud.
   Geneesk.,  Batavia, 1893, i,  45. — .Schade. Wanderuug
   eines  Nagels  vom Nasenrachenraum in das Mittelohr.
   Deutsche nied.  Wclinschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii,
   796. — Schapringer (A.)   Ueber die  Entfernung von
   Fremilkbrpern aus der Nasenhohle  bei  Kindern.  Med.
   Monatschr., N. Y., 1889, i, 300-303—Seifert.   Une  dent
   surnumeraire daus le nez.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
   1895, xv, 1021-1024.—Nikkei (A.) Vreemde lichamen iu
   den neus.  Med.  Weekbl., Amst., 1897-8, iv, 17.—Siraou-
   sohn (M.)   Beitrag zur Casuistik der  Fremdkorper in
   der  Nase.   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u.  Berl.,
   1898, xxiv, 95.—Smith  (F. T.)   Foreign  bodies in  the
   nose.  Tr.  M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville,  1887, 247-252.
   AUo: AtlantaM. Sc S. J., 1888-9, n. s.,  v, 742-749.—Spiess
   (G.)  Auffindung eines  Fremdkorpers iu  der Nase mit
   Hilfe der Kontgenstrahlen.   Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rout-
   genstrahleu,  Hamb., 1897-8, i, 169, 1  pl.—Steele (J. S.)
   A case of epileptiform convulsions caused by shoe button
   in the nose.  Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis, 1901, xi, 288.—
   Sturroek (C. A.)  A method for the removal of foreign
   bodies from the  nose  anil ear.   Brit. M. J., Loud.,  1899,
   ii, 1473.—Taylor (S. J.)  The removal of  foreign bodies
   from the nose.  Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 971.—Texier (V.)
   Surun casde corps etranger des  fosses nasales par ex-
   plosion d'une arme k feu.  Gaz. m6d. de Nautes, 1904, 2. s.,
   xxii, 851-854.  Also:. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.]. Par.,
   1904, ii, 136-139.   Also  [Abstr.]: Arch, iuternat. de larvn-
   gol.  [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, no. 4, suppl., 31. — Thosl.
   [Entfernung eines Fremdkorpers  aus der rechten Nasen-
   halfte.J  Deutsche med. Wclinschr., Leipz. u.  Berl., 1904,
   xxx, 1305.—Tissier (P.) Des corps etrangers introduits
   dans le nez.  Ann. de m6d. scient. et prat., Par., 1892. ii,
   133-135.—TomnshcflT (G. I.)  K kazuistikle inorodnikh
   tiel v nosu.   [ Foreign  bodies  in the nose. ]    Protok.
   zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis,  1903-4, xl, 676-678.—
   Vlndimiroir (G. E.)  Petlya diva  izvlecheniya inorod-
   nikh tiel iz nosa  u dietei.  [Loop for extraction of foreign
   bodies from the  nose in children.|  Med. Obozr., Mosk.,
   1897,  xlviii, 516-518. — Zultkheyeu" ( V. M.)   Sluchai
   osobenno bolshovo inorodnavo tiela  v nosa  (rhinolitis).
   [Especially large foreign body in the nose.]   Khirurgia,
   Mosk.. 1899,  vi, 3-5.—Zapparoli (L.)  Corpo estraneo
   simulante  la cosiilctta rinite caseosa.   Boll. d. mal. d.
   orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1897, xv, 25-29,

]\ose (Fracture of).
     Chevallet  (E.)  * Traitement ties  fractures
   du nez  pur I'appareil platre".  4°.  Lyon, 1889.
     -----.   The Name.   8°.  Paris,  1889.
     Aldrich (N. B.)  Fracture of the nose.  Boston M. Sc
   S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 64".— Kayer (F.)   Die forensische Be-
   deutung der  Nasenbeinbruche.  Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch.
   Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1902, xv, No. 3,1-3.—Cheatham
   (W.)   Fracture of nasal boues.  Louisville Month.  J. M.
   & S.,  1903-4, x,  110.—Cheync  (W.  W.)  Repair ofthe
   bridge of the nose by rabbit bone. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,
   1898-9, xxxii, 218, 1 pl.—Clegg (W. T.)  Fracture of the
   nasal septum.  Lancet, Lond., 1892, i.  21 — Clinlou (M.)
   Fractures of the nose.  Buffalo M. J., 1900-1901, u. s., xl,
   811-815.—Cobb (F. C.)  Fractures ofthe nasal bones.  J.
   Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 588-591.  Also, Reprint.—
   Daly (W. H.)  An eligible method of repairing a broken
   nose.   Tr. Am.Laryngol. Ass. 1892. N. Y., 1893, xiv, Mi-86.
  Also: N. York M. J., 1892, lvi, 508-510.—Davis (G. G.)
   The treatmentof fracturesof thenose.   Ann. Surg., Phila.,
   1898, xxviii, 458-461.   Also:  Tr. Acad. Surg.. Phila.,  1899,
   i 88-92.—Dc Rlois (T. A.)  Fractures of the nose.   Tr.
   Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1900,  N. Y., 1901, 12-.24.  Also: N. 
NOSE.
762
NOSE.
Nose (Fracture of).
  YorkM. J., 1900, lxxii, 709.  [Discussion], 874-876.—»e-
  pierris.   I'ne  observation  de fracture  du  nez.  Rev.
  hebd. de larvngol. [etc.]. Par.,  1899, xix, pt. 2, 344-349—
  Dowling (J. I.)   Fracture of the no^e a  cause of oph-
  thalmoplegia.  Tr. Homieop. M. Soe., N. Y., 1905, xl. 215-218.
  A Uo: Hoiuceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., Lancaster, Pa. Sc N.
  Y.. 1906, xii, 22-26.—DownieiW.)  Fracturesof thenose,
  and their treatment.  Glasgow M. J., 1893, xxxix. 175-181.—
  Dunn (W. A.)  Fracture and deviation ofthe nasal sep-
  tum.  Clinique, Chicago, 1891. xii,516-518._Fitch (VV. E.)
  A case of  compound depressed fracture of nasal, nasal
  process of  superior  maxillary, nasal spine and nasal emi-
  nence of frontal, crista galliaiid cribriform plate of ethmoid
  boues involving the  right anterior convolution of the
  brain.  North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1894,  xxxiii, 194.—
  Freytag(K.)  Zur Kenntniss dfrNasenfracturen.  Mo-
  natschr. f.  Ohrenh.. Berl., 1896, xxx, 217-224.—Garel (J.)
  Fractures rares du nez; necrose et elimination du cornet
  inferieur.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.J, Par.,
  1897,  xxiii, pt. 2, 293-296. — «S a yet.  Fracture du nez.
  Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1901-2, v, 29.—Grant (W. W.)
  Bridge  for  treatment  of nasal fractures and deformities.
  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii. 441-443.—Hawes (J.)
  A new splint for nasal fractures and deformities.  Am.
  Acad. Railway Surg. Rep. 1896, Chicago, 1897, 184-192.
  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1897,  xxix,  120-122.—
  Hope (G. B.)   Forceps for refracture of nasal septum.
  Med. Rec,  N.Y., 1889, xxxv, 111.—Ingals (E. F.)  Fract-
  ure of the  nose with bending and thicUeuiug  of the sep-
  tum.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1897,  xxviii,  303.—
  I.avrand (H.)  Fracture des os du uez, at telle digitale;
  guerison sans deformation.   I. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1895, i,
  107. — Martin (C.)  Traitement  des fractures du uez.
  Arch, internat.delaryngol.  [etc.]. Par., 1904,  xviii, 550-557.
  AUo: Lyon m6d., 1904, cii, 841-850. -----. Fractures du
  nez trait^es par les appareila du docteur Martin.   Lyon
  tn6d., 1905, civ, 1297. -----. Du traitement  des fractures
  du nez et  des d6viatious  de la cloison.   Rev. trimest.
  suisse d'odont., Ziirich Sc  Geneve, 1905, xv.  249-257.—
  Martin (C.) Sc Martin  (F.)  Traitement  des fractures
  dn nez.  Assoc, fra119.de chir.  Proc.-verb. |et,c]. Par.,
  1904,  xvii,  295-301. — Novc-Josscrand.    Fracture
  ancienne du  nez;  redressement avec I'appareil du Dr.
  Martin.  Bull. Soc.  de chir. de Lyon, 1905,  viii, 63-67.
  AUo: Lyon med., 1905, civ, 680-684'. — Reardon (T. J.)
  Fracture of the nose complicated by a rliinolith.  Boston
  M. &  S. J., 1898,  cxxxix, Y. — Robertson (J.  W.)
  Fractures  and dislocations of the nose and their treat-
  ment.   St. Paul M. J., 1902, iv, 631-633.—Rob (C. F.)
  Fractured nose.  Am. J. Surg. Sc Gynec, St.  Louis. 1904-5,
  xviii, 148.—Roy (('. D.)    Fracture of the  cartilaginous
  portion of the nasal septum followed  by acute traumatic
  perichondritis.  Atlanta M. & S. J., 1891-2, viii, 449-455.—
  Scatolari (G.  C.)   Un  caso  non comune di frattura
  complicata e complessa delle ossa nasali.  Corriere san.,
  Milano, 1898, ix, 151.—Winekler (E.)   Ein Fall von
  tvpischer 1-raktur  des  Nasendaches uud Luxation des
  l^asenscheidewaudkuorpels.  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl.
  a. d. Geb d. Nasen , Ohreu-, Mund- u. Halskr.,  Halle a. S.,
  1900, iv, 359-370.

I\ose (Granulosis rubra of).
     See Nose (Rosacea of) in children.

Nose (Hemorrhage from).                     \
     See  Epistaxis;  Menstruation  (T'icarious);
  Nose (Surgery of,  Accidents, etc., in).

xYose (Histology of).
     See, also, Nose (lilood-vessels, etc., of).
     (ioEKKE  (M )   'Beitrage  zur Kenntniss  der
  Driisen in der  Nasenschleimhaut.   [Breslau.] j
  8°.   Bonn,  [1897].
     AUo, in: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonu, 1897,1, 547-562, 1 pl.
     Schultze (M.)   Untersuchungen iiber den
  Bau   der   NaNensclileiinbiint,  nauientlich  ilie
  Structur   ttud   Endigungsweisi-  der  Geruehs-
  uerven bei  dem  Mensehen   und den Wirbel-
  thiereu.   4 .   [Halle,  1*(>:5.]
     Cutting from:  Abhandl. d. naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle,
  1863.

     Skkjseku (R.)    MMsquisitiones  microscopic;!-
  de texturameuibransB pituitarhi- nasi.  8°. Dor-
  pati Livonorum, l6b0.
     Wktsciiksloff (M.)   "Beitrage znr  Kenntnis
  der Nasendrusen  bei den Vogeln.  61'.  Berlin,
  11)00.
     von It ra ■■ 11 (A.)  Beitrage zur mikroskopischeu Ana-
  tomie der mensehlichen Nasenhohle.  Arch.f. mikr. An it.
  Bonn., 1892, xxxix,  632-651, 2 pl—Chariton (F.)  Bei-
  trag zur Kenutniss der epithelialen  Auskleidung des
  Vestibulum nasi des Mensehen  und der Saugetiere.   Zt-
]\ose (Histology of).
  schr.  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905. xlix, 143-164, 5 pl.—Disse
  (J.)   Ueber Epitbelknospeu iu der Begio olfactoria der
  Sanger.  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb.. 1*95, vi, 21-59, 1 pl.  AUo
  [Abstr.J:  Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., (Jot-
  ting., 1894, 66-71.—Donoxany (Z.)  Beitrage zum histo-
  logisehen  Bau  der  knorpeligen  Nasenseheidewand  mit
  besonderer Beriicksicbtigung der habituellen  Nasenblu-
  tungen.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Khinol.. Berl.,  1899.  ix.
  30-39.—Findlay (J. W.) A lesearch into the histological
  structure  of the olfactory organ.  J.  Anat. Sc  Phvsiol.
  Lond., 1893-4, xxviii, 387-400,1 pl.—Francois-Fraurk.
  Contribution k l'etude de riunervation vaso-dilatatrice de
  la muqueuse nasale.  Arch, de phvsiol. norm,  et  path.,
  Par.,  1889, 5. s., i, 691-701.—Olas (E.)  TJeber intraepithe-
  1 iale Driisen, Cysten und Leukocytenhaufchen der menseh-
  lichen Nasenschleimhaut.  Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Khinol.,
  Berl., 1904, xvi, 236-264, 1 pl.—Hajek (M.)  Ein Beitrag
  zur Kenntnis der sogenannten intraepithelialeu Driisen der
  Nasenschleimhaut.  Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Khinol., Berl,
  1905, xvii. 95-111, lpl.— Hanseniann (D.)  Sectionst.ch-
  nik zur TJntersucbung der Nase und ihrer Nebenhohlen.
  Handb. d. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Wien, 1896, iii, 261-265.—
  HemehandraSen. Observations on the alternate erec-
  tility of nasal mucous membrane.  Lancet,  Lond., 1901, ii,
  564. -----. Notes on the alternate rhythmical erectility of
  the nasal  mucous membrane.  Indian M. Rec,  Calcutta,
  1902, xxii, 407.  -----. Notes on the  alternate rhythmical
  erectility ofthe nasal mucous membrane.  Indian Lancet,
  Calcutta. 1904, xxiii, 800-802. — Herzfeld  (J.)  Beitrasie
  zur Anatomie des Scbwellkorpers der Nasenschleinihaut.
  Arch. f. mikr.  Anat., Bonn,  1*89-90, xxxiv, 197-2u7, lpl.—
  Ilildebrand. UeberdasVerhalten desEpithelsim respi-
  ratorischen Teil der Nasenschleimhaut.  Jahrb. d. Hamb.
  Staalskrankeuanst. 1897-8, Hamb. u. Leipz.,1900,vi,25-28.—
  ITIorrill  (A.  D.)   Innervation of the olfactory epithe-
  lium.  .J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O.,  1898-9, viii, 180-
  182.—IMcumayer (L.)  Zur Histologie der Nasenschleim-
  haut.  Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch  f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in
  Miinchen, 1898, xiv, 63-70.—Pilliet (A.-H.) Note sur le
  tissu  Erectile des fosses nasales.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.,
  1891, lxvi, 209-215.—l»oli (C.)  Sulla distribuzione del tes-
  suto adenoide nella mucosa nasale.  Arch. ital. di laringol,
  Napoli, 1905, xxv, 21-27.—Rugani (I,.)  Der feinere Bau
  der Schleimhaut der Nase und ihrer Nebenhohlen.  Inter-
  nat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904. ii. 413-424. -----.
  Sulla distribuzione del tessuto elastico iiella mucosa nasale
  e nelle cavity accessorie.  Monitore zool.ital., Firenze, 1904,
  xv, 41-54,1 pl.—Russell (13.) & Oies (W. J.) On the coin-
  position of nasal mucous membrane.  Pioc. Am. Physiol.
  Soc, Bost., 1905-6, p. xxiii.—Schieflerdecker (I1.)  His-
  tologie der Schleimhaut der  Nase und ihrer Nebenhohlen.
  Handb. d. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896, iii, 87-151.—
  Suehannck (II.)   Beitrage zur normalen und patholo-
  gischeu Histologic  der Nasenschleimhaut.  Anat. Anz.,
  Jena, 1892, vii, 55-59. -----. Beitriine zur mikroskopischen
  Anatomie  der  mensehlichen  Nasenbiihle,  spe/.iell  der
  Riechschleiiubaut.   Ztschr.  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1893, xxiv,
  93-102.  AUo, transl. .- Arch. Otol.. N. Y., 1893, xxii, 384-
  389.—Van Cehuchten (A.)  Contributions k l'etude de
  la muqueuse  olfactive  chez  les mamiuifdres.  Cellule,
  Lierre Sc  Louvain,  1890. vi,  393-406, 1 1., 1  pl.—Wright
  (J.)   Comparison of the erectile tissue in the nasal mucous
  membranes of a bull and a  bullock. Tr. Am. Laryngol.
  Ass. 1898, N. Y., 1*99, xx, 138.  Also : N. York M. J., 1898,
  lxviii, 732.—Zarniko (C.)  Ueber iutraepitheliale Driisen
  der Nasenschhimhaut.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903,
  xiv. 211-219, 1 pl.  Also  [Abstr.J: Verhandl. d.  Ver. siid-
  deutsch. Laryngol.  1894-1903, Wiirzb.. 1904, 648.—Zwil-
  linjjer (H.)   Orrsoveny u,ik6plet6nek szovettani k6szit-
  ni6uye.  [Histologirtal products of new formation of nose
  septum.J   Orr-, gege-e-s fiilgydgy., Budapest, 1904, 142

I\Tose (Hydatids in).
     See Nose (Parasites in).

Nose (Hygiene of).
     See,  also, Nose (Irrigation,  etc., of).
     Bonnet (R.)   Comment on  defend  son  nez.
  La lntte  contre  les  rongeurs, I'ozeue et  anties
  infirmity.   Pi°.   Paris, [ 1901].
     Lenniioff (G.)   Die  Krankheiteu des Halses
  und der Nase uud ihre Verhiitung.   12°.   Berlin,
  1902.
     Hyg. Volksschr., No.  4.
     Lchet-Bakbon & Sakremone (R.)  Hyoiene
  tbe'rapeutiijue  des maladies des  fosses  nasales.
  16°.   Paris, 1904.
     Necmayek (H.)   Hygiene du nez, de la gorge
  et du larynx  a  l'etat de sante' et de maladie.   f-J.
  Ports, 1906.
     Banchenko  (V. K.)   Nasmork  i  yevo lleche-
  niye;  prichiul  nasmorka i  krovetecheniya ot 
NOSE.
763
NOSE.
Hfose (Hygiene of).
  nosa;  ukhod  i  higiena  nosa.   [Coryza and its
  treatment; causes of coryza and epistaxis; care
  am'  hygieue of the n.ise.]   12°.   S.-Peterburg,
  1699.
     Piaget  (R.)   * Etude sur  les  divers  moyens
  de defense de  la cavite"  nasale contre l'iuvasion
  microbienne.   4\   Paris, 1690.
     -----.   The same.   H-.  Paris, 1690.
     Rarth.  Prophylaxie de la contagion bacillaire par
  l'antisepsie rhino-pharyngienne.  Kev. gen. de clin. et de
  th£rap., Par., 1905, xix, 043.— Raurowicz (A.)  Lysol
  zur Desinfection und zur Verhiitung des Anlaufens des
  Keklkopfs- und Naseurachenspiegels.  Arch. f. Laryngol.
  u.  Khinol., Berl.,  1900-1901,  xi, 480.—Brown (G. V. I.)
  The application of orthodontia principles to the prevention
  of nasal disease.   Dental Cosmos,  Phila., 1903, xiv,  765-
  775.—Cheatham (  W. )   Hygiene of the  nose.  Am.
  Pract. & News, Louisville, 1899. xxviii, 441-444.  Also, Re-
  print.—Delia Vedova (T.) Le cavita. nasali nella difesa
  dell' organismo  coutro le  malattie infettive.   Gior. d. r.
  Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1900, xxii,  241-257.—Farber (J.
  H.)  The toilet  of the nose. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897,
  n.  s., xxxviii, 57— Halbhuber  (F.)   Toilette des Na-
  seneinganges (Vestibulum nasi).  Wien. med. Presse, 1905,
  xlvi, 1138-1110— Hubbard (C. H.)  Some of the uses
  and abuses of the nose.  Hahneman. Mouth., Phila., 1903,
  xxxviii, 37-44.—I.autenbach (L. J.)   The nose as a
  frequently unrecognized cause of disease.  Codex  med.
  Phila., L-94-5, i.  17-20. Also, Keprint.—liinhnrt (C. P.)
  Care of the nose.  Columbus M. J., 1902, xxvi, 360-372.—
  Madeuf.  Necessite absolue de la prop rete de l'interieur
  du nez.  J.  de la saute, Par., 1895. xii, 195-197.—Pelae*
   Villegas (I..)   Higiene de la nariz.  Gac. med. catal.,
  Barcel., 1899, xxii, 89-92.—Piaget (R.)  Les moyens de
  defense des fosses nasales contre l'invasion microbienne.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du  larynx [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii,
  ill7-127.—Richards (G.  L.)  The  toilet of the  nose.
  Med. Progress. Louisville, 1899, xv, 34-36. —Waengcr (M.)
  Ueber die  Schutzwirkung  einer  gesunden Nase gegen
  Schadlichkeiten  in  der Inspirationsluft.  Verhaudl. d.
  Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1898, xvi, 463-471.—Seiler
  ((J.)" The nose  and  its  hygienic  relation to the body.
  Ann. Hyg., Phila., 1895, x,  267-270.—Stein (O. J.)  The
  hygiene of  the nose.   Med. Brief,  St.  Louis, 1899, xxvii,
  1333-1335.—Winslow (T. R.)  Simple  prophylaxis of
  nasal disease.  Maryland M. J., Bait., 1895-6, xxxiv, 276-
  279.—Ziem (C.)   De 1'etiologie et  de la therapeutique des
  affections suppurees du ne/, et des cavite-s accessoires;
  importance du regime etde l'hygiene.  Parole.  Rev. inter-
  nat. de rhinol. [etc.J,  Par.. 1900, n. s., ii, 641-647.

 IVose  (Hypercesthesia of).
     Browne iL.i  Intranasal hyperesthesia, without ob-
   vious inter-tiiial changes.   Brit.  M. J.,  Lond,  1890, ii,
  673.—Frankel  (B.)   Zur  Hyperasthesie  der Nasen-
   schleimhaut.  Verhaudl. d.  laryngol.  Gesellsch. zu Berl.
   (1901), 1902, xii,  pt. 2, 1-7.   [DiscussionJ. pt.  1, 6. Also:
  Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.. 1901. xxxviii,  389-391.—Range
   (P )  Quatre cas d'hyperestlnYie uasale.   Lyon med., 1890,
   lxiii, 374-383.

 IVose  (Hypertrophy of).
     See, also,  Goundou;  Henpuye; Leontiasis;
  Nose (Inflammation of, Hypertrophic).
     Ayala (A.)   i Anakhre, goundou?   Kev. de med. y
   cirug. de la Habana, 1904,  ix, 606-609 —Bogdan  (G.)
   Hypertrophie monstre du nez.  Bulb Soc. d. med. et nat.
  deJassy  1*92-3, vi, 114-117. -----. Enorme hypertrophic
  du ne/..' J. d. mal. cutan.  et syph., Par., 1897, ix, 202,  1
  pl.—Braddon  (W. L)   Note  ou  the occurrence ot
  goundou or gros-nez in the Malay peninsula.  J. Trop. M.,
  Lond 1901  iv, 170.—faunae.  Note sur le  goundou ou
  anakhre   Arch, de  nied. nav., Par., 1904, lxxxi,  89-97.—
   Four nier (A.)  Sc Oidsbury.  Hyperostoses nasales de
   croissance.   Ann.de  dermat. et syph., Par., 1898,  3. s., ix,
  696 — Friedriehsen.  Goundou.  (Synonyms: auakhre=
   bio-'nose; henpuve dognose.)  J. Trop. M., Lond. 1903, vi
  6-'-65  1 pl —Goodale (J. L.)  Acute edema of the nasal
   septum.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 192.-
   IJeansclme.J   Un cas  de goundou ou anakhre.   [Ab-
  str I  Caducee,  Par., 1901, i, 140. — Joaeph  (J.)   Ueber
  die operative Verkleinerung  einer  Nase (Khmomiosis).
  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898.  xxxv,  882-885. -----. Reduc-
  tion du volume du nez et  de l'oreille.  Cong, internat. de
  med.  C.  r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. gen., 325.—Kcug
   (L  B )  Goundou preceding chronic hydrocephalus in  a
  Malay child.  J.  Trop. M., Lond., 1901, iv, 213.-iTIansoii
   (P )  Goundou or anakhre (gros n.-,z).  Inhis:  Irop. Dis.,
  120 Lond.,  1903, 722-725.-:»Iaxwell  (J. P.)  <*°nnA<m
  and ainhum in  South China.  J.  Trop.  M., Lond., 1900-
  1901  iii  110—Nell (A.)   (iouudou; its relation to yaws.
  Ibid., 1903,  vi, 348, 1 pl.-Paeheeo ITIeades.  A propos
  d'un cas de  goundou ou anakhre.   Rev. dechir.. Par., 1901,
  xxi pt. 2 445-454.—Robinson (H. B.)   Case of leontiasis
  ossea ? ,:henpuye".  Tr.Cliu.Soc.  Lond., 1901-2, xxxv, 173.
IVose (Imperforate).
     See Nose (Obstruction of',  Congenital).

IVose (Inflammation of).
     See, also, Coryza; Hay-asthma;  Nasophar-
  ynx  (Inflammation of);  Nose   (Abscess  of);
  Nose (Diseases of) in  children; Rhinopharyn-
  gitis mutilans.
     Glucksmann (F.)  * Ueber  Rhinitis fibrinosa
  (cronposa).   8 >:.    Wiirzburg, 1869.
     Mohk (W.)  * Ein  Beitrag zur  Casuistik der
  Rhinitis  crouposa  (fibrinosa  pseudomembra-
  nacea).   [Heidelberg.]  8°.  Zweibriicken, 189b.
     Vassal (A.)   * Etude sur les rhinites spasmo-
  diqttes.    8°.   Paris, 1897.
     Arteaga(A.)  De lariuitiscrdnicahipertrofica.  Rev.
  de laringol., otol. y rinol.,  Barcel.,  1888-9, iv, 197-201.-
  Rark (J.)  Caseous rhinitis.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903,
  xviii, 610.—Raumgarteu (E.)  Rhiuitis und Rhinopha-
  ryngitis  fibrinosa.   Wien. med. Wchuschr., 1889, xxxix,
  2082.—Robone (T.)  Pericondrite sierosa dell' ala destra
  del naso.  Boll. d. mal. d.  orecchio,  d. gola e d. naso, Fi-
  renze, 1895, xiii,  159-162.—Rosworth  (F. H.)   Acute
  rhinitis.    Syst.  Dis.  Ear,  Nose  &  Throat  (Burnett),
  Phila., 1893, i, 611-623.—Bulson (A. E.)  Croupous rhi-
  nitis.  Columbus M. J.,  1895,  xv, 302-306.—Campbell
  (J. T.)  Croupous rhinitis.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryn-
  gol., St. Louis,  1897, vi, 249-258.—Cartaz  (A.)  Un cas
  de rhinite pseudo-membraueuse.  Kev. hebd. de laryngol.
  [etc.]. Par.,  1898, xviii, 1062-1066.-Casselberry  (VV.
  E.)   Membranous   rhinitis, diphtheritic  and  nondiph-
  theritic.   Tr. Illinois M.  Soc, Chicago, 1897, 327-333.—
  Chapin (II. 1>.)  Pseudo-membranoiisrhinitis. N.York
  M. J.. 1890, li,  685-687.—Chiari (O.)   Chronische  Ent-
  ziindung des  Rachens  und  des  Nasenrachenraumes.
  Haudb. d.  Laryngol. u.  Rhinol., Wien, 1896-7, ii,  247-
  296.—Dadisett (H. J.)   Rhinitis.   Tr. Grant Coll. M.
  Soc. Bombay, 1901, 38-52.—Delie.  Rhinite purulente et
  appendicite'; adenoklite folliculaire etappendicite.  Arch.
  internat.  de laryngol.  [etc.],  Par.,   1905,  xx, 437-439.—
  Dixon  (F. J.)   A case of fibrinous rhinitis.   Brit. M. J.,
  Lond  1898, i,  212.—Dunn (J.)   A case of unilateral
  membranous rhinitis.   N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 238.—
  Fcmau & Bayer.   Rhinite  pseudomembraneuse et
  diphterie uasale.  |Rap.J   Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et  de
  laryngol., Brux., 1890, i, 42-53  —Eiras  (F.)   Da rhinite
  spasmodica periodica o a suamodalidade no Rio de Janeiro.
  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan.,  1900,  xiv, 253-257.—Felsen-
  thai (S.)  Zur Lehre von  der Rhinitis fibrinosa.   Mun-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1S95,  xlii,  51.—Fitch  (E.  D.)
  Two common forms of rhinitis.  N.  Am. J. Homceop., N.
   Y., 1892, 3. s., vii, 641-647.-Freer  (O. T.)  Perichondri-
  tis ofthe exterual nose.   Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1902-3,
  iv, 644.  _____.  Chronic rhinitis; its varieties  and  treat-
  ment. Physician Sc Surg., Detroit &  Ann Arbor,  1904,
  xxvi 49-6U  1  pl. — Gcrbcr  (P.  H.)   Rhinitis acuta.
  Handb. d. Larvngol. u. Rhinol.,  Wien, 1896, iii 327-376.—
  Gill (J. M.) & Gillies (S.)   A caso of fibrinous rhinitis.
   Australas. M. Gaz.,  Sydney, 1900, xix, 416.—Gluck (I.)
  Membranous rhinitis.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1889, xxxv, 461.—
  Goldsmith (P. G.) Inflammations of the nasal mucous
  membrane.  Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii, 882-
  886— Guarnaecia (E.)   Ancora sulla rinite caseosa.
   Arch. ital. di  otol. [etc.], Torino,  1901-2,  xii,  29-32.—
   Hunt (M.) A case of croupous rhinitis.  Tr. Brit. La-
  ryngol. Sc Rhinol. Ass 1891,  Lond. Sc Phil i., 1892, i, 63-
  G5._Hulinel.  Les  rhinites  chroniques;  les  polypes
  muqueux des fosses nasales, l'oz&ne.   J. de med. int., Par.,
   1905 ix, 14-17.—Jacobson (A.)   Rhinites spasraodiques.
   Cong, internat. de med.   C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryn-
   gol  190-203.  Also, transl.: Izvlest. Imp. Voyenuo-Med.
   Akad.,  S.-Peterb., 1901, ii, 421-429. — Kanesugi (E.)
   [Treatment and pathology of rhinitis.]   Ztschr. f. Ohrenh.
   [etc.J, Tokio, 1895, i, 273; 347.—Kawakita (T.)  Ueber
   die Rhinitis fibriuosa.  [Japanese text.]   Dai Nippou Ji-Bi-
   In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1903, ix, 242-256.—Rei-
   ser (G. K.) Perichondritis of the nose.  Laryngoscope, St.
   Louis 1897 ii, 141-143.—Killian (J.)  Khinitis fibrinosa.
   Kinder-Arzt, Berl., 1890, i,73; 89.—Klemperer(F)  Rhi-
   nitis chronica (Khinitis chronica simplex und Rhinitis hy-
   perirophica).  Handb. d. Laryngol.u. Rhinol., Wien. 1896-7,
   iii, 377-408. — Knight (C. H.)  The diagnosis and treat-
   ment of certain forms of rhinitis.  N.York M. J., 1889,1, 32-
   35.  Also,  Keprint.— Lake (R.)  Notes on a case of inem-
   branous rhinitis.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, v, 143-
   146.__l.eemans (A.) Relatiou de deux cas de rhinite
   flbrineuse.  Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1891, lxx, 280-287.
   AUo [Rap.-de Gevaei t|: Bull.  Soc.de med. de  Gand, 1891.
   lvii 267.—f iong (.1. W.)   Croupous rhinitis.with report of
   thn'-ecases.  Maryland M.J., Bait., 1892-3, xxviii, 111-122.—
   Lubliuslii (W.)  Acute idiopathische Perichondritis
   der Nasenseheidewand.  Berl. klin. Wclinschr., 1893, xxx,
   1125.—lTIacdonald(G)  Croupous rhinitis.  Arch.Otol.,
   NY 1891, xx, 120-124.—lHasini (G.)  Sulla rinite caseosa.
   Ann di  laringol. [etc.], Genova,  1900, i, 38-49.—Masucci 
NOSE.
764
NOSE.
]\ose (Inflammation  of).
   (P.)  Contributo alia rinite pseudo-membranacea.   Attid.
   Cong.pediat.ital. 1»92, Napoli, 1806.ii,189-199. AUo.transl.:
   Kev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1893, iii, 73-
   70.__Itleany (W. B.)  Observations on chronic rhinitis.
   Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1896, vii, 220-223. — illcnetrier.
   Les inflammations chroniques des fosses nasales.  Tribune
   med.. Par., 1901, 2. s., xxxiii. 70; 92. — ITIeyer (E.)  [Fall
   von Rhinitis fibrinosa.]  Verhandl. d. larvngol. Gesellsch.  :
   zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, 29. — .Holler (J.)  Om Khinitis
   fibrinosa s. crouposa s. pseudomembranacea.  Hosp.-Tid.,
   Kobenh.  1902, 4. K..  x, 971-9S3.  AUo, transl.: Ztschr. f.
   Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1902. xii, 353-356. — IVIoskovitz (I.)  A
   rhinitis fibrinosa kor-e-s evogytana.  [The pathology and
   therapy of. . .]  Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1901. xiv, 842.—
   !\a«a'(M.)  [Chronic rhinitis.] Iji Shinbun. Tokio. 1903,  j
   139IY1410.—NniTomb (J.  E.)  Two cases of membran-
   ous rhinitis.   N. York M.  J., 1891. liv, 201.—Peek (G. S.)
   Croupous rhinitis; pseudo-membranous rhinitis; or nasal
   croup.  J. Ophth., Otol., & Laryngol., N. Y., 1897, ix, 287-
   289. — Perkins iC. E.)  A case of acute rhinitis, with
   retention of secretion.  Tr. Ohio M.  Soc, Cincin., 1892,
   xlvii, 25(i-2ii0.— Pollak (J.)  Ueber Perichondritis septi
   narium serosa.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1K97. xlvii, 1240-
   1242. — Potter (F. H.)  Membranous rhinitis.   Tr.  M.
   Snc.N.Y. Phila., 1889,229-234.  Also: J. Laryngol., Lond.,
   1889 iii. 89-92. -----. A second note on  croupous  rhi-
   nitis.  Tr. M.  Soc. N.Y., Phila., 1891, 349-351.  AUo: Buf-
   falo M. Sc S. J., 1890-91, xxx, 525-527. — Scheininanii.
   Fall von Rhinitis  fibrinosa.  Deutsche  med. Wchuschr.,
   Leipz. u. Berl., 1*94. xx, Ver.-Beil., 81. — Schroder (T.)
   Ein Fall vou sogenaunter idiopathischer acuter Perichon-
   dritis der Nasenseheidewand.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr, 1893,
   xxx, 1123.—Wei fert.  Ueber Rhinitis fibrinosa (crouposa).
   Verhaudl. d.  Cong. f. inueie Med., Wiesb., 1889.414-420.
   -----■.  Ueber  akute  Rhinitis.  Verhaudl.  d. Ver. siid-
   deutsch. Larvngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 6-8.—Senator
   (M.)  Rhinitis fibrinosa.   Fortschr. d. Med.,  Berl., 1901.
   xix, 555-562. — Sheedy (B. D.)  Acute  rhinitis,  cold iu
   the head. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1902, xvii, 1230-1236. —
   Solenberger (A. R.)  Modern pathology and therapy of
   acute rhinitis.  J. Am. M. Asa., Chicago, 1898. xxx, 474.—
   Soiners (L. S.)  Membranous rhinitis.  Univ. M. Mag..  I
   Phila, 1895-6. viii, 866-870.  A Uo. Reprint. -----. Chronic
   perichondritis of  tho nasal septum.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
   1899,  lv, 54.—Soule (I. C.)  Acute rhinitis.  J. Ophth..
   Otol., Sc  Laryngol.. N. Y., 1897, 153-162. —von Starck.
   Ueber Rhinitis pseudomembranacea.  Berl. klin. Wchn-
   Bchr., 1892, xxix, 1049-1051.—Stein (O.J.)   Acute coryza.
   Illinois M. Bull., Chicago.  1905-6, vi, 366.— Strazza  (G.)
   Un  caso di rinite cosidetta  caseosa o colesteatoiuatosa.
   Boll. d.  mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze. 1891, ix,
   169-175. -----. Contributo clinico alle riniti infettive.
   Gazz. d. os]i, Milano, 1*93, xiv, 75-77.— Suchannek.  I
   Weitere Mittheilungeu iiber die acute Rhiniiis.  Monat-  |
   schr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1893, xxvii, 89-98.— Takemuna.  ,
   [Chronic rhinitis.]  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1903, 870-
   884. — Warren (W.)  Acute rhinitis.  Med. Age. Detroit,  |
   1899, xvii, 1-6 — Weintraub (K.)  Ueber einen Fall von  i
   Rhinitis chronica.  Wieu. kliu. Wchnsehr., 1895, viii. 700.—  j
   Wishart (D. J. G.)  Fibrinous rhinitis.  Canad. J. M. Sc
   S., Toronto,  1899, vi.  262-268.  AUo: Laryngoscope,  St.
   Louis, 1899. vii, 149-156.—Wright (D.)   Chronic rhinitis
   and enlargement ofthe lower turbinated  bodies.  Med.
   Century, Chicago, 1897, v, 17-19.—Zwillinger. Fall von
   Perichondritis septi nar. idiopatb. acuta.  Pest.med.-chir.
   I'resse,  Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 871.

JVose (Inflammation  of, Atrophic).
     See Ozaena.

]Vose  (Inflammation  of  Causes  and pa-  j

   thology of).
     See, also,   Nose   (Diphtheria of); Nose  (In-
  flammation of, Hypertrophic).
     Kaiinkrt(H. K. P.)  *  Ueber den Befund von vi-
  rtilenteu Dipbtberiebazillen bei Fallen von cbro-  j
  nisrhcr Rhino- Pharyngitis.  8y   Leipzig, 1900.  \
     Lauffr.   * Rhinitis gonorrboica bei  Erwach-
  senen.   s-\   Halle a. S., 1901.
     Nadel (Sophie).   * Contribution  a l'e'tude  de
  la  rhinite seehe  anterieure  eczeniateuse.   8°.
  Geneve, 1897.                                         i
     Scheklikss  (A.)  * Ueber  fibrinose  Entziin-
  dungen der  oberen Luftwege, nebst vier  neuen
  Fallen  von  Rhinitis fibrinosa diphtherica.  8°.
  Kbnigsberg i. Pr ,  1-D7.
     Abbott (A. C.)  The etiology of membrauous rhinitis
  (rhinitis fibrinosa).  Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1893, 3. s., xv,
  122-132.   Alto: Med. News. Phila.,  1893, lxii, 505-509.
  AUo, Reprint.—Abel (It.)  Zur Aetiologie der Rhinitis
  fibrinosa. Centralbl.  f. Bakteriol. u.  Parasitenk.. Jena,
  1892, xii, 841-1-45.—Arslnn.  Altri cinque casi di angina  |
]Yo*e  (Inflammation  of  Causes  and pa-

  thology of).
  e  rinite pseudodifterica infettivo-contagiosa  da  bacillo
  della setticemia dei snini.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola
  e d. naso, Firenze, 1*98, xvi, 37-41. —Bayer.  Pathogenic
  des affections na-ales et d'origiue nasale.   Kev. hebd. de
  larvngol. [etc.]. I'ar., 1897. xvii, 721-732.—Bisehoiswer-
  der.  Ueberpriinaro Rhinitis pseudomem In a nacea.  A i ch.
  f.  Kindeih.. Stuttg.,  1888-9,  x, 127-139.—Bresgen (M.)
  Croup der Nasenschleimhaut.  Deutsche nied. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. n. Berl.. I8f8, xiv, 66.   Also, Reprint.- Brodie (W.
  IL) A- Rogers (\V. (J.i  Acute specific rhinitis.  Ninth
  African M7J., Cape Town, 1894-5, ii, 177-18'-'.—Brown (J.
  P.) Non-diphtheriticpseudoniembranousrhinitis.  J. Am.
  M. Ass , Chicago, 1899,xxxii,961-963.—llartaz.  Un cas ile
  rhinite professionuelle (arseuicale)   Bull.  Soc. clin.  de
  Par. (1887), 1888. xi. 76-AL—C'asselberry ( W. E.)  Mem-
  branous  rhinitis,  diphtheritic and non-diphtheric.  Med-
  icine,  Detroit,  1897,  iii, 567-571. — Chapman ( G.  L. )
  Rhinitis fibrinosa, including a bacteriologie and  histologic
  examination of cases.  Tr.  Chicago Path. Soc. (1*97-9)
  1900,  iii, 121-120.   Also:  Med. News, N. Y.,  1898, lxxii,
  554-556.— Chappell  (Ur. F.)  Cases of vaso-motor  rhi-
  nitis from malarial poison.  N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 403.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Chauvenu  ((.'.)  Un cas  de  rhinite
  pseudo-meinbraneuse  determinee par quelques pneumoco-
  ques associes k de nombreux staphylocoques;  accidents
  mfiniugitiqiies et mort.  Arch, de  med. d. enf., Par., 1898,
  i, 736-738.—Citelli (S.)  Die pathologische Anatomie der
  chronischen katarrhalischen  Rhinitis uud  der spasmodi-
  schen Rhinitis.  Internat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz.,
  1905, iii,  371-377.— De Simoni (A.)  Contributo cli-
  nico e batteriologico sulle riniti croniehe.  Arch. ital. di
  otol. [etc.], Torino.   1898-9, viii, 383-393. — Eeninn.
  Rhinite pseudo-menibraneuso et diphterie nasale.  Rev.
  iuternat. de rhinol..   otol. et laryngol., Par.,  1897,  vii,
  199-203. — Felix (J.)  Cas  remarquable  de rhinite par
  corps  etranger.  Arch, de m6d. et chir. prat., Brux., 18i>9,
  iii, 72. — Fermi  (('.) Sc Bretsehneider (A.)  Studio
  sulla  natura e  sull' etiologia della rinite  catarrale seni-
  plice.   Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.l, Torino, 1895, iii,438: 1896,
  iv, 23-50. — Fischenich ( F.)   Ueber  das  Hamatom
  und die  primare  Perichondritis der Nasenseheidewand.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1894, ii,  32-41.—
  Freudenthal  ( W.)  Rhinitis  rheumatica.   Samml.
  zwangl. Abhandl.  a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-,  Mund- u.
  Halskr.,  Halle a.  S., 1902, vi, 269-280.—Berber. Bemer-
  kung  zu dem Aufsatz von  Edmund Meyer:  Bakterio-
  logische Befimde bei Rhinitis fibrinosa. Arch. f. Larvngol.
  u.Rhiuol., Berl.,1896.iv, 428. —«erber(P. H.)& Podack
  (M.)  Ueber die Beziehungen der sogenannten  primaren
  Khinitis fibrinosa und des sogenannten Pseudodiphthe-
  riehacillus  zum Klebs-LofHer'schen  Diphtheriebacillus.
  Deutsches Arch.  f. klin. Med.,  Leipz.. 1894-5, liv, 262-
  304.—Grayson (C. P.)  Toxic rhinitis.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol. Sc  Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 185-188.—
  Cuarnaccia  (E.)  Ricerche batteriologiche sulla rinite
  caseosa.  Arch. ital. di  laringol., Napoli,  1896,  xvi, 152-
  166, 2 pl.—Hunt  (J. M.)  On the relation of fibrinous rhi-
  nitis to  diphtheria.  J. Laryngol., Lond.,  1898, xiii, 492-
  495.—Johnston  (R.  II.)   Three cases  of rhinitis fibri-
  nosa in the same family caused by infection  with  the
  Klebs-Loeffler bacillus.  J. Eve, Ear Sc Throat Dis., Bait.,
  1903, viii, 102.—Kiser (G.)  Ha?matom (traumatisk Peri-
  kondrit) og akut priinaer Perichondritis septi nasi.  [Hae-
  matoma  (traumatic  perichondritis) and acute  primary
  perichondritis of  the  nasal septum.]  Ugeskr. f. Laeger,
  Kjobenh.. 1805,  5. R,  ii, 313-326,—Killian (G.)   Ueber
  einen  Fall von akuter  Perichondritis, mit Periostitis der
  Nasenseheidewand dentalen  Ursprungs.   Verhandl. d.
  Ver. siiddeutsch.  Larvngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 360-
  363.   Also:  Miinchen. med.  Wchuschr., 1900,  xlvii, 155.
  AUo:  Zahnarztl. Wcbnscbr., Hamb., 1900. xiii, 283. -----.
  Ein Fall von Cellulitis  ethmoidals anterior cum dilata-
  tioue.  Verhandl.  d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903,
  Wiirzb., 1904. 432.—Kuttner (A.)  Die sogenannte idio-
  patische acute Perichondritis der  Nasenseheidewand.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.  Rhinol., Berl., 1894, ii, 72-77.—Kyle
  (I). B.)   Fi'brino-plastic exudates, with reports of two
  cases  of laminated fibriuo-plastic rhinitis, including  la-
  boratory investigation.   N. York M. J.,  1895,  lxii, 5-8.
  Also.  Repriut. — Lack (H. L.)  Fibrinous or membra-
  nous rhinitis and  its relation to diphtheria.   Med.-Chir.
  Tr., Lond., 1x99.  lxxxii. 1-39.  AUo [Abstr.l: Proc. Roy.
  M. &  Chir. Soc. Lond., 1898, 3. 8., xi,  1-9.  Also  [Abstr.J:
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898. ii, 1338.  AUo [Abstr.]: Lancet,
  Lond., 1898, ii, 1124— l.ieven.  Zur Aetiologie der Rhi-
  nitis fibrinosa.  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.. 1891. xxxviii,
  830; 846 —L.ockard (L. B.)   Platinum rhinitis [in pho-
  tographers].  Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol , St. Louis,
  1903, xii, 623-626. — Lopez  Pelaez (P.)   Alguuas con-
  sideraciones sobre las riiutis crouieas y el tejido erect il de
  la mucosa nasal.   Rev. de  med. y cirug. pract., Madrid,
  1896,  xxxix. 681-692  —Martin  (A.)   Consideraciones
  acerca de alguuas rinitis parasifilitieas.  Oto-rinolarin-
  gol. espan., Madrid, 1898-9, i, 413-417.-Meyer (E.)   Bak-
  teriologische Befunde bei  Rhinitis  fibrinosa.   Arch. f. 
NOSE.
765
NOSE.
]\ose  (Inflammation  of,  Causes  and  pa-

  thology of).
  Larvngol. n'. Rhinol., Berl.,  1896, iv, 219-254.  Set', also,
  supra, Gerber.—ITIorf  (J.)  Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie
  der  genuinen  Khinitis  fibrinosa.   Cor.-Bl. f.  schweiz.
  Aeizte, Basel. 1899, xxix, 645-654. — Neumann (K. 0.)
  Virulente Diphthericbacillen bei einfacher Rhinitis.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi,  33-
  41.—IMuder (F.)  Ueber Rhinitis  fibrinosa diphtherica.
  Deutscho med.  Wchuschr.,  Leipz.  u.  Berl.,  1896, xxii,
  708; 741.— Prota  iG.)   Un  caso di rinite professionale.
  Boli. d. mal. d. oiecchio, d. gola  e d. naso, Firenze. 1897,
  xv.5-9.—Fynchon (E.)  Impaired ventilation and drain-
  age of the nose the  most common causes of nasal catarrh.
  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1897, xxix, 13-15.  Also. Reprint.—
  Kar< in I (  M.  P.)  A contribution to the study of the
  etiology of  membranous rhinitis.   Med. News," Phila.,
  1895, lxvi,  537;  574.  Also,  Reprint. — Reicheubach
  (H.)  Ein Fall von  Khinitis fibrinosa mit Diphthericbacil-
  len.  Ztscbr. f. kl-n. Med., Berl.,  1899, xxxviii, 486-505__
  Reimer (K.)  O  kruple nosa.  [Nasal  croup.]  Trudi
  Obsh. dietsk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1891, vi, 13-24. —Rice
  (C. C.)   Inflammatory conditions iu the middle turbinated
  region.  Post.-Graduate. N. Y.. 1900, xv, 787-790.—Roger
  (H.) Jt Weil (L\)   Recherches baeteriologiques sur la
  rhinite purulente epizootique des lapins.   Arch denied.
  exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 459-472.—Schiller*
  (F.)   De la pathogenie du  croup non infectieux de la
  muqueuse  nasale.  Kev. iuternat. de rhinol., otol. et  lar-
  yngol., Par., 1894, iv, 61-63.   AUo: Soc.  beige  d'otol. et  j
  de laryngol.  C.-r., Brux.,  1893, iv, 58-62.—Schwidop
  (O.)  Rhinitis vasomotoria.  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a.
  d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Obi en-. Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S..
  1900, iv, 321-325.   Also,  transl.: Surg. Clinic,  Chicago,
  1902, i, 199-201.—Sedzink (.1.)  Krup czy dyftervt nosa ?
  (Rhinitis fibrinosa, aut  diphtheritica?)   Gaz. let.. War-
  szawa, 1892, 2. s., xii,  737; 765.  Also, transl.: Monatschr.
  f. Ohrenh.,  Berl.,  1893,  xxvii, 38; 59.   Also,  transl.: J.
  Laryngol., Lond.,  1*92.  vi,  387-390.—Seifert.  Leber
  Rhinitis fibrinosa  unit  Demonstration mikroskopischer
  Praparate).   Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med.  Gesellsch.  zu
  Wiirzb., 1889, 103-105. -----.  Ueber  Rhinitis nervosa.
  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-191)3, Wiirzb.,
  1904, 166-169.  AUo:  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.. 1897,
  xliv, 985. -----. Sur la rhinite  aigue  (anatomie  patho-
  logique  et demonstrations).  Ann. d. mal.  de l'oreille,
  du larynx  [etc.], Par.,  1894, xx, 1146.—Soiners  (L. S.)
  Atropine rhinitis.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii, 207-
  211.  AUo,  Reprint.—Sia in in  <C.)  Die Aetiologie  der
  Rhinitis pseudomembranacea. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg.,
  1891-2. xiv,  157-164.—Straight  (H. S.)  A case of vaso-
  motor  rhinitis.  Ann. Ophth. Sc  Otol., St. Louis, 1894, iii,
  420-422.—Tissier (P.)   Anatomie pathologique et nature
  des  rhinites chroniques.  Ann.  d.  mal. de  l'oreille. du
  larynx [etc.], Par.,  1803, xix, 553-503.—Vansant (E.  V.)
  A brief report of the  results of a bacteriologie investiga-
  tion of the nasal mucus in one  hundred cases of chronic
  nasal discharge, with  special reference to  the presence of
  the  Klebs-Lreffler bacillus.   J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago,
  1897, xxviii, 395. — Vladar (L. M.)  Diphtherianak tekin-
  tsiik-e a rhinitis fibrino*k\ I   [Should we look for fibrinous
  rhinitis in diphtheria?]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix,
  268-270. — Wingrave.   Preliminary notes of an investi-
  gation concerning  tin-  morbid anatomy of hypertrophic
  and atrophic turbinal  disease.   Tr. Biit. Laryngol. &
  Rhinol. Ass. 1893, Lond., 1894, iii. 16-23. — Vouge (E. S.)
  The relationship of membranous inflammation ofthe nose
  to diphtheria.   Practitioner, Lond.. 1899, lxiii, 652-658.—
  Zwillinger (H.)  Perichondritis septi narium seropuru-
  lenta esete.   [Caseof. .  .]  Orr-, gego-6s fiilgyogy.. liuda-
  pest, 1904,  236.   Also, transl.: Pest. med.-chir.  Pres.-e,
  Budapest, 1904, xl, 680.

Nose (Inflammation of Complications and

  sequelce of).
     Fkrrand (E.)   * Etude de la rliino-bronchite
  spasmodique.  6°.   Paris. 1901.
     Arslan (Y.)  Ancora due parole sulla  cosidetta rinite
  caseosa.  Arch. ital. di otol.  [ etc. J, Torino, 1897, v,  159-
  168— Blaauw (E. E.)   The significance of chronic  rhi-
  nitis in  relation to ocular affections.   Ann. Ophth., St.
  Louis,  1900,  ix, 400-406.— Blitz (A.)  A typical case of
  ocular irritation, caused by chronic rhinitis, relieved by
  treatment of the nasal trouble.  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago,
  1890, xiv, 676-678. — Bresgeu  (M.) Die Reizung  und
  Entziindung der Nasenschleinihaut in ihrem Einflusse auf
  die Atmung und das  Herz.   Samml. zwangl.  Abhandl. a.
  d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohreu-, Mund- u. Halskr.,  Halle a. S..
  1900, iv,  285-311.—Carpenter  (J. G.)  Mental aberra-
  tion attending hypertrophic rhinitis, with  sub-acute otitis
  media.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago.  1892, xix, 539-542.—
  fL'icognani  (A.)  Contributo   alio studio  della rinite
  caseosa.  Soc  med.-chir. in Bologna.  Resoc.  (1897), 189m,
  47.—Cozzolino (V.)  Khinite caseeuse on  cholesteato-
  ma! euse.  Cong, internat.  d'otol. et (le laryngol., Par.,
  1889, 386-394.—I>c  Rosa (M.)   Rinite caseosa.  Arch.
]¥ose (Inflammation of Complications and
  sequela' of).
  ital. di otol. |etc],  Torino, 1901, xi,  133; 283. -----. Pa-
  rata e risposta  a proposito della  rinite  caseosa.  Ibid.,
  1901-2, xii, 33-37.—Edmunds (A.)  A  note on rhinitis
  caseosa.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 180.—Fnivre.  Khi-
  nite perforante et sinusite fronto-maxillaire specifique.
  Poitou med., Poitiers. 1902, xvi, 74. — CJerber.  Rhino-
  gener Hirnabscess.  Arch. f. Larvnuol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
  1901, xvi,  208-214. — llopiiinnu, ,jr.   Ueber Rhinitis
  caseosa.   Munchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1905, lii,  2246.—
  Kelson (W. n.)  Notes on a case of rhinitis caseosa.
  Brit. M.  J.,  Lond., 1904,  ii,  1753. — I,cidy (C. F. M.)
  Chorea with partial paralysis secondary to rhinitis.  Am.
  Med.,  Phila,.  1901, ii, 658. —  Mackenzie  ( O. H. )  A
  lecture on chronic rhinitis and its sequela?.   Brit, M. J.,
  Lond., 1888, i, 1266-1268.—TlcVey (W. E.)   The ethmoid
  in  nasal  disease.   Proc.  Kansas  M. Soc., Topeka, 1895,
  286-291.'—Mnrluseelli (G.) Alcuni esperimenti rela-
  tivi alia rinite caseosa.   Arch. ital. di  laringol., Napoli,
  1905, xxv,  10-15. — iVlasip (J. A.)  Las  otitis medias en
  los enfermos de  rinitis atrotica.   Rev. de cien. rn6d. de
  Barcel., 1899, xxv, 721-731. — rotter (T. E.)   Rhinitis
  and its relation  to diseases of the  middle ear.   West, Al.
  Sc S. Reporter, St. Josepli,  1891-2, iii, 237-240.—Ruuibold
  (T.  F.)  The  relation of chronic  nasal  inflammation to
  so-called nervous prostration; or  the result of excesses.
  Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1894, 265-272. AUo. Keprint.
  Also:  Atlantic M. Weekly. Providence. 1898, ix, 357-361.—
  Sen at'- Lagrange.   Rhinites et surdit&a.   Ann. d.
  mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1890, xvi, 331: 388;
  453; 616.—Shields (W.  B.)  The frequency of ethnioi-
  ditis in  so-called nasal catarrh.   Ann. Otol",  Khinol. Sc
  Laryngol.,St, Louis, 1902, xi, no. 2, 209-211.—Verguiaud.
  Rhinite  catarrhale chronique de  la  region  olfactive;  in-
  flammation du siuus sphenoidal etdes cellules ethmoidales
  posterieures.;  auosmie.   Rev. de  laryngol.  [etc.],  Par.,
  1894, xv,  759-763.—Vossius (A.)   Beobachtungen iiber
  Erkrankungen der  Orbita bei eutziindlicheu Affektiouen
  der Nase und  ihrer Nebenhohlen (Empyem), nebst einem
  Fall von  Mucocele des Stirubeins und des Siebbeinlaby-
  rinths.    Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl.,  1900, iv,  1;  115.—
  Wroblewski (W.)   Rhinitis caseosa.  Gaz. lek., War-
  szawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 1046-1055.         ,

Mose  (Inflammation   of,  Diagnosis   and

  semeiology of).
     Berini (F.)   Rinitis luposa primitiva de forma vege-
  tante.  Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1903, xvii, 253-255.—
  Chanibellan.  Une observation de rhinite fibrineuse;
  coexistence de vegetations adenoides;  diagnostic avec
  la diphterie.  J.  de clin. et de therap. inf.,  Par., 1894, ii,
  592-594.—Dardel.  Des difficultes  de diagnostic de la
  rhinite caseeuse au  debut.  Rev.  hebd.  de  larvngol.
  [etc.|,  Par., 1906, i, 37-50. — King (W. R.)   Hyperes-
  thetic  rhinitis treated by the galvano-cautery.   Am. M.
  Mouth.,  Bait., 1898-9, xvi, 401-406.—Kinnaird (J. B.)
  Periodical hyperesthetic rhinitis.   Am. Pract, Sc  News-,
  Louisville, 1890, n. s., x, 135-137.—Lopez Pelacz (P.)
  Las rinitis polimorfas.  Oto-rinolaringol. espan., Madrid,
  1898, i, 33-38.  Also: Corresp. m6d., Madrid, 1903, xxxviii,
  99- 101. — IVIarf uscelli  ( G.)   Pseudo-rinite caseosa.
  Arch.  ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1897, xvii, 73-79. -----.
  Rinite caseosa  vera e  pseudo-rinite  caseosa.   Ibid.,
  1899, xix,  106-113. — miles (C. 11.)   Clinical notes  on
  some cases of simple  chronic rhinitis.  Med.  Times Sc
  Hosp.  Gaz., Lond., 1896,  xxiv, 434.— Perkins (C. E.)
  A case of acute rhinitis, with retention  of  secretion.
  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1892, u. s., xxix, 523-525.  AUo:
  Med. & Surg.  Reporter, Phila., 1892, lxvii, 92.  Also, Re-
  print,— Iicflferts G. M.)  The diagnosis of chronic rhi-
  nitis.  Internat.  M.  Mag.,  Phila.,  1892.  i, 619-622.—
  Shield* (C.  M.)  Non-periodic  hyperaisthetic rhinitis.
  Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1893, xxiv, 161-165.—Spirig
  (W.)  Genuine Rhinitis fibrinosa oder Nasemliphthcriei     '
  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1899, xxix, 751 — Vla-
  dar (M. L.)  Sollen wir die Rhinitis fihiinosa  fiir Diph-
  theric  halten?  Ungar. med.  Presse,  Budapest, 1905, x,
  331-333.—Wnrneckc. Rhinitis pseudomembranaceaniit
  Bihlung  eines  Kilirintimiors  im  Nasenrachen.   Aich. f.
  Laryngol. u. Khinol..  Berl.. 1898. viii. 415-421.

^Vose (Inflammation of Hypertrophic).
     See, also,  Nasopharynx (Adenoid  vegetations
  of); Nose (Diseases of) in children;  Nose (Sep-
  tum of,  Spurs, etc., of).
     Hakbier  (J.-C.)   * De  l'hypertrophie de  la
  niuqneiise des cornets du nez (myxungioiue dif-
  fus  d«-  la muqueuse  des cornets).   4°.  Lyon,
  16i-9.
     Dohison (L.)   * Rhinite  hypertrophique, ses
  consequences lot-tiles  et  g£ne~rales;  £tude criti-
  que de son traitement;  utilisation de la  cocaine.
  4°.  Paris, 1896. 
NOSE.
766
NOSE.
!\ose (Inflammation of  Hypertrophic).
    Lecoixtrk (A.)   *fittule  sur  l'hypertrophie
  du  segment  post^rieur  des cornets du nez.  4y
  Paris, 189b.
    Allen (H.)  On posterior hypertrophies of the middle
  and inferior turbinated bones.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass.
  1890 N. V., 1891. xii, 116-125.  AUo: Univ. M. Mag., Phila.,
  18.-!»-90. ii, 579-586.—Baker (C. H.)  The diseased middle
  turbinate. J.Am.M.Ass.,Chicago, 1903,xl,708-714.—Bar-
  rago-C'iarella(0.)  Iperplasieeipertrotiedellainuccosa
  nasale.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio. d. gola e d. naso, Fiienze,
  1899,  xvii,  251-255. — Bcruiingham (E. J.)  Hyper-
  trophic rhinitis. N. York M. Times 1895, xx iii,44-48.  Also,
  Reprint.—Boenninghaus (G.)  Leber  Schleinidriisen
  im  hyperplastischen   Epithel   der   Nasenschleinihaut.
  Arch.f. Larvngol. u. Khinol., Berl., 1895, iii, 372-382,1 pl.—
  Browne (L.)  Hypertrophic rhinitis, with old history
  of lupus.   Tr. Brit. Laryngol. Sc Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Lond.
  Sc Phila., 1893, ii, 5.—C'hatellier (II.)  Sur les caualicules
  du basement-membrane de la muqueuse nasale  hypertro-
  phiee.  Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1887, lxii, 225-227.—Vho-
  lewa (II.)   Hypertrophien der hinteren Enden der unte-
  ren Museheln der Nase.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1888-9, j
  xix, 149-157.  AUo,  transl.:  Arch. Otol., N. V.,  189«, xix| I
  130-139.—Cislcr (J.)  O v^ziiamu  zhytnelycta skofep
  nosnich.  [The significance of hypertrophies of the nose, j
  Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru lekafsk.. v Praze [1899J,
  8. s., no. 1,1-25.—C'itelli (S.)  Sulla presenza di ghiandole
  mucose pluricellulari  intraepiteliali nella mucosa del cor-
  netto  inferiore  iperplasico.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di
  Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 730-736. -----. Sulla presenza di
  corpi  ialiui nella mucosa iperplastica  del turbinato infe- |
  riore e sul loro  significato.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], To-
  rino, 1901-2,  xii, 312-320. -----.  Zur pathologischen Ana-
  tomieder bypertrophischen unteren Nasenmuschel.  Arch.
  f. Laryngol. u. Rhmol., Berl, 1902, xiii, 89-102. — 4'obb
  (F. ('.) Histology and pathology of the middle turbinated
  bone.  J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, 227-234, 3 pl.  Also,
  Reprint.—Douglas (O. B.)  Hypertrophied turbinated
  bodies. Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1H93, 3. s.. i, 343.—Dunn
  (•I.)  Concerning the inferior turbinate, with reference to
  the treatment of its puffy conditions, especially the so-
  called  anterior turbinate  hypertrophies.  Virginia M.
  Semi-Mouth., Richmond, 1897-8,  ii, 549 -552. — Dunn
  (W. A.)  Intranasal hypertrophy.  Med.  Era,  Chicago,
  1896, n. s., xii. 288-290. -Kscat (E.)  De la rhinite hyper-
  trophique.   Arch. m6d. de  Toulouse, 1902, viii, 542-548. —
  Farlow (J. W.)   Hypertrophy in the post-nasal space,
  especially after childhood.  Boston M.  Sc S. J.. 1894.  exxx
  56-58.  Also. Reprint. — Fisher (ll. F.)  The effect of hy- ,
  pertrophied middle turbinate on remaining hypertrophic
  tissues in the nose,  Med. Arena. Kansas Ciiy,  1903, xii,
  192.—Freudenthnl (W.)  Bemerkungen zu'dem Arti-
  kel des Herrn. Gleitsmann:  "Eiu neues und  einfaches
  Verfahren zur Beseitimmg der  unangenehinen  Folgezu-
  stande nach Gebrauch der Galvanocaustik  bei Hypertro-
  phien der  Nase".  N. Yorker med. Monatschr.,  1892, iv,
  15-18.  Also, Reprint.—Cleitsmami (J. W.) Ein neues
  und einfaches Verfahren zur  Beseitigung der unangeueh-
  men  Folgezustiiude nach Gebrauch dor Galvanocaustik
  bei Hypertrophien dei Nase,  X. Yorker med.  Monatschr
  1891, iii,  411-414. — CJraef (C)   Hypertrophic  rhinitis!
  Post-Graduate. N. V., 1904  xix, 50.—Oram (J. D.)  Hy-
  pertrophy of the anterior lip of the hiatus semilunaii's
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii. 891. — drove ( W. T.)  Hy-
  pertrophic rhinitis.   Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.J, Ass.
  Otol.,  Laryngol. Sc  Khinol. Div.. St. Louis,  1897, 43-46.
  AUo: Laryngoscope, St, Louis, 1897, iii, 159-162.—Hayes
  (F. M.)   Hypertrophic rhinitis ami  its sequel*;  some
 suggestions  ou  diagnosis  and  treatment.   Med  Rec
 N. Y.,  1902.  lxii, 253-255. — Hendrixson (O. S.)   En-
 larged  turbinals.  Columbus M. J.. 1002, xxvi, 120.  [Dis-
 cussion], 123-130.— Ileyuiux.   Scoton.es  etincelants et
 hypertrophie de comet uioven.  Arch, internat. de laryn-
 gol. [etc.], Par.. 1906, xxi, 206. —Holmes (C. R.)   Hyper-
 trophy ofthe turbinated bodies, aud their relations  to in-
 flammation of the middle ear, with report of fifteen hun-
 dred  operations. N.  York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 529- 617
 AUo, Reprint.—Ingals (E.  F.)  Hypertrophic  rhinitis
 Intel nat. Cliu., Phila., 1893,  2. a., iv, 362. -----. Intumes-
 ceut rhinitis; cauterization.  Ibid.. 361. _____  Intumes-
 cent rhinitis.  I bid.. 1897,  iii, 337.— Jens.  Demonstra-
 tion einer  hochgradig vergrosserten und verkiiocherten
 mittleien Muschel.   Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol  Gesell-
 sch., Jeua, 1904,  xiii, 148.—Jensen ( P. C.)   Hypertro-
 phic rhinitis  and its relation to mental alienation   Chi-
 cago  M. Recorder, 1892, iii, 858- 860. — Jones (McN  )
 Hypertrophie des cornets  et ses relatious avec la sur- i
 dite et  sp6cialement operation de la turbinotomie (resec-
 tion des cornets!.   Rev. Iiebd.de laryngol. [etc]  Par  '
 1896, xvi, 481-494.— Kniiasugi (E.)  Biitiko no miii-
 kusei ,iojiku  bitai ni znkeie.  [On hypotrophy ofthe
 membrane of  the nasal  cavity]  Tokio med.  Wchuschr
 1MI2, No. 759,  1-3. -----.  [Primary laws  of chronic  anil
 hypertrophic  rhinitis.]   Dai Nippon  Ji-Bi-In Ko-Kwa-
 Kwai Kwai Ho. Tokyo, 1900,  vi.  254-275.— Kubo  (I  )
 [Rhinitis  hypertrophica chronica.]  Tokyo  Iji-Shinshi
 Ifose  (Inflammation of, Hypertrophic).
    1901,1008.— Laurens (G.)  Lcsqneuesdecoinet.  [Rev]
    Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.J. Par.,  1896,  ix, 30-46.—
    I.ee (C. H.)  Chronic hypertrophic rhinitis; a few cases
    Tr. Homieop. M. Soc Penn.  1896,  Phila.. 1897, 371-37:i.—
    l.inhart (C. P.)  A peculiar enlargement of the turbi-
    nals.   Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol., A.  Olol. Soc.  1900  N
    Y., 1901, vi,  99-lul.— I.ubel-Barboii.  De l'hypertro-
    phie des cornets comme cause de laimoiemeuf.  Cong in-
    ternat. d'otol. et de laryngol., Par., 1889. 370-372.—Men-
    del.   De l'hypertrophie des  comets infeiieuis.  Ann  de
    med.  scient. et prat., Par., 1895 v, 105.—Onodi (A.)  Ein
    eigenthiiru richer Fall von Rhinitis hypertrophica posterior.
    Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1892. xxviii, 496 -Op.
    penheimer (F.)  Ueber  Rhinitis hypertrophica  uud
    Amenorrhoe.   Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr.,   1892, xxix, 1004-
    1006.—Ostuiann.  Zur Entfernung der hinteren Hyper-
    trophien der  unteren Museheln.  Arch. f. Laryngol  u
    Rhinol.. Berl., 1899. ix, 200-202.-Pnsmanik.  Contri-
    bution a l'etude de la symptomatologies du traitement de
    la rhinite hypertiophique.  Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom
    Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 81;  153. —Persons (H. S.)   Chronic
    hypertrophic  rhinitis.   Tr.  M. Ass.  Alabama, Mont-
    gomery. 1899,  324-336— Polyak (L.)   Adatok a hyper-
    trophikus orrnyakhartya korszovettanahoz.  [Contribu-
    tions  to tbe  pathological  histology of  the hypertrophic
    mucous  membrane of the  nose]  Orvosi b'eiil., Buda-
    pest,  1897. xii, 14; 27.   Also,  transl.: Arch. f.  Laryngol
    u. Rhinol., Berl., 1897, vi,  101-115, 1 pl.  Also,  transl.:
    Pest,  med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1897, xxxiii, 321; 345.—
    Przedborshi (L.)   Niezyt  piv.ewlekly  nosa  przeros-
    towy, zwiazek i stosunek tegoz z cierpieniami sijsiednich
    i bardziej oddalomch narzadow, i z liczneiui  nerwicanii
    zwrotnemi ciala.   [Chronic  hypertrophic catarrh of the
    nose;  its connection with and relation to diseases of neigh-
    boring and very distant organs, and with numerous reflex
    neuroses of the body.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa  18*8 ■' s
    viii,  449; 473; 518; 541; 560;  587.—Pynchon  (E.)  An-
    terior soft hypertrophies of the nasal septum.   Laryngo-
   scope, St. Louis,  1896, i, 290-293.  AUo,  Reprint.  _____.
   The offending middle turbinal.  Tr. West. Ophth., Otol.
    [etc.],  Ass.  Otol., Laryngol. Sc Rhinol.  Div., St. Louis
    1899, iv, 10-17.  AUo. Reprint.—Both (W.) Die Hyper-
   trophien der Nasenschleimhaut.  Wien. med. Presse. 1893,
   xxxiv, 361; 408.  Bousseaux (L.)  Cornet ampullaire-
   piece  anatomique.  Clinique, Brux., 1896,  x,  197-199.—
   Weiss (R. W.)  Chronic hypertrophic rhinitis.   Syst. Dis.
   Ear.  Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila.,  1893, i, 632-662.—
   Whuuk (A.)   Hypertrophy of turbinated bones, with re-
   flex phenomena.  Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1890,1,230-233.__
   Nhurly (E. L.)  Remarks ou the etiology of hypertrophic
   rhinitis.  Tr.   Am. Acad.  Ophth.  [etc.].  Oto-Laryngol.
   Sect.,  St.  Louis,  1903, 25-33.  AUo:  Laryngoscope,  St.
   Louis, 1903, xiii, 337-341.—Suiith-Hozier (CH.) Com-
   plicated  double hypertrophic  rhinitis.  Australas.  M.
   Gaz., Sydney.  1893, xii, 110.—Soiners (L. S.)  The effect
   of hypertrophy of the inferior turbinal on the nasal sep-
   tum.   Univ.  M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8,  x, 591-594. AUo,
   Reprint.  -----. The influence  of  turbinal  hypertrophy
   upon the pharynx.  Univ. M.  Mag., Phila., 1898-9,  xi, 446-
   149.  AUo, Reprint.—Stillman (F. L.)  The value of
   the recognition of hypertrophic rhinitis in its early stages.
   Columbus M.  J., 1889-90, viii. 481-4*3.—Strong  (T. M.)
   The turbinated tissues.  Homieop. Eye, Ear &  Throat J.
   N. Y., 1897,  iii, 53-56.—Teppati  (T.)   Contributo alia
   istopatologia  della rinite ipertrofica.  Atti  d. clin. oto-
   rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1903, i, 86-101.—Tis-
   sier  (I*.)  De la  rhinite hyperplasique.  Ann. de med.
   scient. etprat, Par., 1894, iv, 373 ;  404.—Todd (C. A.)  An
   unusual case  of hyperplasia  of the nasal mucous mem-
   brane.  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1902. xii. 254.—Town-
   send  (I.)  Hypertrophic rhinitis. J.  Ophth..  Otol  &
   Laryngol., N.  Y., 1893, v,  357-362.- de  Urquiza (I))
   Colas  de cornete; su  individualidad  patologica, diag-
   nostico y tratamiento.   Prim. reun. d.  Cong,  cient. lat.
   amer., Buenos Aires. 1898,  iv, 280-288.  -----. Sintoma-
   tologia y tratamiento  de las  colas  de  cornete.   An. d.
   Circ  med. argent,.  Buenos Aires,  1898.  xxi, 178-186.—
   Watson (YV.S.)  A  case,  of chronic  hypertrophic rhi-
   nitis.  Proc.  M. Soc. Loud., 1885, viii, 21-24.—Weaver
   (W. H.)  Post-nasal hypertrophy in its  relation  to hay
   fever and other diseases.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895,
   xxiv,  197.— Weeiloa ( L. W.)  Hypertiophic rhinitis.
   Proc. Florida  M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1893, 138-147.— Wol.
   fensleiu (J.)   Rhinitis chronica hypertrophica.  Cleve-
   land M. Gaz.,  1891-2, vii, 10-20.—Woolen (G. V.)  Hy-
   pertrophy ofthe anterior tip of the middle turbinate body
   ofthe  nose. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1*92, xix, 483-486.—
   Vnaa (K.)   [Contribution on chronic hypertrophied rhi-
   nitis.]   Fukui  Ken Igakkwai Zashi, 1898. no. 28, 1-3.

]¥o*e   (Inflammation   of   Hypertrophic,

   Treatment of).
     See,  also, Nose (Septum of, Spurs, etc., of).
     Bauiugai-ten (E.)  A rhinitis  chronica  hypertro-
   phica vcres kezelese.   [Operative treatment of . .  .]  Or-
   vosi hetil., Budapest,  1899, xliii, 360. -----. Die blutige 
NOSE.
767
NOSE.
Nose   (Inflammation    of,  Hypertrophic,

  Treatment of).
  Behandluug  der  Hypertrophien des chronischen Nasen-
  catarrhes.  Wieu. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 1897-1904.  Also:
  Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen,  1899, ix, 722-725.— Be-
  neyto (R.)  Tratamiento local de las rinitis hipi rtroticas.
  Rev. esp. nied., Madrid, 1904, vii, 345-353— Black (G.M.)
  The use of a  modified nasal trephine in hypertrophic rhi-
  nitis.  Tr. Colorado  M. Soc,  Denver,  1894,  117-119.—
  Bleyer (J. M.)  Electro-vibration of the  turbinated tis-
  sue.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1895, xxv, 750-754.— Bloe-
  bnum.  Vorlaufige  kurze Mittheilung iiber die Behand-
  lung der Rhinitis hypertrophicans mittels nieiner galvano-
  kaiistischen  Gluhnadel und der Rhinitis atrophicans foe-
  tida durch elektrische Eudosmose von Jod.   Deutsche
  Med.-Ztg, Berl.,  1898, xix, 127. -----. Die Behandluug der
  Rhinitis  hypertrophicans  durcli submukoso  Kauterisa-
  tion mittels der galvanokaustischen Gluhnadel, nebst Be-
  schreibung und Abbildung des neu aseptiseh konstruirten
  allgeineinen  Platiubrenners.  Ibid., 217; 227.-----. Die
  submueose Cautei isation mittelst der galvanocaustischen
  Gliihnadel zur Behaudlung der Rhinitis hypertrophicans,
  nebst  Beschreibung  und  Abbiblung  des  neu aseptisch
  construirten  allgeineinen Platinbrenners.   Monatschr. f.
  Ohrenh., B-rL, 189S. xxxii, 178-182. — Blondiau. Quel-
  ques observations sur la transfixion du cornet.   Bull.  Soc
  beige d'otol.  et de laryngol., Brux., 1896,  i, 72-76.  Also:
  Belnique med.,  Gand-Haarlem, 1896,  iii,  pt. 2, 257-261.
  Also:  Rev.  interuat.de ihinol., otol. et laryngol., Par.,
  1897,  vii, 206-208.—Bosio (B.)  Lo spezzettamento nei
  casi di rinite  ipertrofica, e 1' esportazione dei con etti, delle
  creste, spine  del setto e dei polipi, per mezzo della cocaina
  e dell' estratto delle capsule sopra-reuali.   Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital.  di laringol. [etc.]  1902, Napoli, 1903. vi,  119-
  128.  Also:  Ann.  di laringol.  [etc],  Genova,  1902,  iii,
  209-218. — Brown (J. M.)  'Turbinotomy.   Medicine, De-
  troit, 1903, ix. 256-258. — Bruck ( F.) Zur Abtragung
  der circumscripten Verdickiuigen der Nasenschleinihaut.
  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,  1899, lxviii, 487.—Cassel-
  berry (W.  E.)   The  treatment of hysterical  aphonia,
  associated with  hvpertropic rhinitis, bv cauterization  of
  the turbinated hollies.  Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvi,  201-
  203. -----.  The treatment of  posterior nasal hypertro-
  phies.  Internat. Clin.. Phila.,  1897, 7. s.. ii, 53-57.—Chol-
  ineley Sc  Watson  (S.)   A case of asthma, with polypi
  and hypertrophy of the turbinated bodies; operation; cure.
  Lancet, Lond., 1891, i, 427.—Cobb (C. M.)  Anew nasal
  scissors for  the  removal of the lower turbinate.  Boston
  M. &  S. J..  1900, cxiii.  (03. —Cotter (R. O.)   Report  of
  some cases of hypertrophic rhinitis, with  results of oper-
  ation for same.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Macou. 1888, 37-43.—
  Cousteau  (J.)   Procede  simple pour   l'ablation  des
  queues de cornet.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx
  [etc.], Par..  1904, xxx, 380-386. —Dadisctt )H. J.)  Op-
  eration of turbinotomy and its effects on affections of the
  ear.  Tr. i rrant Coll.  M. Soc. Bombay (1895), 1896, 43-48.—
  Daly (W. H.)   On some mild measures in the treatment
  of intranasal hypertrophies and inflammations.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol.  Ass.'l888 [N. Y.J, 18.-9. x, 190-194.  AUo:  Med.
  Sc Surg. Reporter. Phila., 1888.1ix.612-614.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Davidson (J. P.)  Indications for and method of operat-
  ing upon the middle turbinated bone.   Charlotte [N. C]
  M. J..  1900,  xvi, 214-217.—Delavan (D. B.)  A  new
  method for the relief  of certain  enlargements  of the tur-
  binated  bodies.  Tr.  Am. Larvngol.  Ass. 1897, N. Y.,
  1898,120-125. AUo.•  N. York M. J., 1897. lxvi, 798.  [Dis-
  cussion], 812— Dionisio (I.)   Sulla  chirurgia radicale
  dei turbinati.  Progresso  med., Torino, 1904,  iii, 147-149.
  AUo, transl.:  Arch, internat.  de laryngol. |etcl,  Par.,
  1905, xix, 91-98.—Discussion (A) on turbinotomy.  Brit.
  M. J.,  Lond., 1897, ii,  1389-1393.—Farringlou (P. M.)
  Hypertrophy of the turbinates, and its treatment. Kansas
  City M. Rec'., 1902, xix. 181-184.—Fein (J.)  Eine verein-
  fachte  Methode der Abtragung der hinteren  Muschel-
  hypertrophieen.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,  1899, xlix, 996;
  1046.—Ferreri  (G.)  Osteite  acuta dell' antro niastoideo
  in seguito a  cauterizzazione galvanica dei turbinati infe-
  riori.  Arch. ital.  di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1893,  i,
  319-329.— Fioere (L.)  Du morcellcment des cornets  inf6-
  rienrs  dans  la  rhinite  hypertrophique.  Rev.  hebd.  de
  laryngol. [etc.J,  Par., 19o5, ii,  553-560.—Forns. Rino-
  faringitis cronica hipertrofica,  degeneracion mixomatosa
  de la extremidad anterior del cornete medio izquier.lo y de
  la cola del inferior derecho, y empiema de los seiios frontal,
  etmoidal y  maxilar  izquierdos; operacion endonasal  y
  curaci6n.  Cienciamod., Madrid, 1897, iv. 390-393.—Gage
  (G. C.)  Advantages of turbinate cutting forceps.   ,\
  York Eye Sc Ear Infirm.  Rep., 1901, ix, 72.—Garrison
  (J. B.)  Galvanism  in nasil  hypertrophy.  J. Ophth.,
  Otol., Larvngol,  N. Y., 1900, xii, 205-208.—Gaudier (II.)
  Note surle  traitement de la rhinite hypertrophique par
  l'injection sous-muqueuse de chlorure de zinc (proced6 de
- Hainm.de Braunschweig).  Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901,
  v,  77-79. —Gleitsmnnn (J. W.)  Ein  neues und ein-
  faches  Verfahren  zur Beseitigung der  unangenehmen
  Folgezustande nach  Ge-brauch der Galvanocaustik  bei
rUose   (Inflammation  of,  Hypertrophic,

   Treatment  of).
   Hypertrophien der Nase.  N. Yorker  med. Monatschr.,
   1891, iii, 411-414.—Goldstein (M. A.)  A now technique
   for the reduction of  turbinal hypertrophies.   Laryngo-
   scope, St. Louis,  1901,  x, 325-330.—Gonzalez  Campo
   (J.)  Tratamiento de la rinitis hipertrofica por la resorcina
   al ciento por ciento.  Rev. de med. y cirug. pr&ct., Madrid,
   1897, xl, 131-134.—Goodalc (J. L.j  The  ultimate results
   of cauterization of the lower turbinate, with therapeutic
   suggestions baaed upon histological findings. Boston M.
   Sc S. J.,  1904,  cli, 701-705,  2  pl. on 1 1.—Grant (D.)  La
   pratique de la turbinotomie appliqu6e au cornet int'6rieur.
   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.J, Par., 1899, xxv,
   278-287.—Griffln (E. H.)   The treatment for hypertrophy
   of the inferior turbinated bone.  N. York  M. J., 1800, lxxi,
   263-266.—Hamilton (I. B.)  A  case  of chronic hyper-
   trophic rhinitis, and its treatnieut. South. Calif. Pract.,
   Los Angeles, 1889, iv, 129-136.—II am in.  Die submueose
   Behandlung der Rhinitis hypertrophicans.  Monatschr. f.
   Ohrenh., Berl., 1898, xxxii, 405.    See,  also, supra,  Gau-
   dier.—Head  (G. P.)  The treatment of chronic obstruc-
   tive rhinitis.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1905,  xxvii, 274-284.—
   Helot (P.) De I'electrolyse des (pieues de cornet. Arch.
   internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, ix, 89-92.—Hei ve-
   cio ile  Andrade.   Sobre um caso de rhinite hypertro-
   phica, curado  cm poucos dias.  Brazil-med., Rio de Jan.,
   1891, vi, 109.—Hennebert.   D6cortication du cornet in-
   ferieur;  hyperplasia  Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryn-
   gol., Brux., 1896, i, 28.   Also: Rev.internat, de rhinol., otol.
   et laryngol., Par., 1897, vii, 196. — Ilickey (P. M.)  The
   treatment  of posterior hypertrophies with au improved
   snare.  Physician Sc Surg , Detroit Sc Ann Arbor, 1898, xx,
   12-14.—Hobbs (A. G.) Some of the uses and abuses of the
   galvauocautery.  Gaillard's South. Med.,  Savannah, 1906,
   lxxxiv, 50-57.—Husscy (A.  E )   Thuja iu  the treatment
   of hypertrophy of au inferior turbinal body.  Therap. Di-
   gest', Cincin., 1902-3, i,  11.—Jackson (C.)  Notes ou tur-
   binotomy.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1900, ix,  403-405.
   AUo, Reprint.—Jones (H.  M.)   Turbinal  hypertrophy
   in its relation to deafness, with a special bearing on the
   operation of turbinotomy.  Prov. M. J.,  Leicester,  1895,
   xiv, 571-574.—Katz (L.)   Eiue verstellbare und fixirbare
   Nasenciirette,  speciell fiir das hypertrophische  hintere
   Muschelende.   Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.. 1899, xxxvi, 104.—
   Kennon (B. R.)  A  consideration of aud the indication
   for the  removal of the middle   turbinal.   Ann. Otol.,
   Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii,  627-631.—Ko-
   petzky (S. J.)  Ueber das Vorkommen von elastischen
   Fasern in  der hypertrophischen  unteren JSasenmuschel.
   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol, Berl., 1904,  xvi, 388-392,
   1  pl. -----.  The sub-mucous cautery;  its use in the
   treatment of hypertrophy of the inferior turbinates.  La-
   ryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1905,  xv,  761 —  7u4.  — Leonard
   (Z. L.)  Hypertrophic rhinitis; its treatment.   Tr. Am.
   Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 369-
   375.  Also: South. Clinic. Richmond, 1902, xxv, 129-133. —
   Lincoln (R. P.)   Turbinotomy; method  of operating.
   Brit. M. J.. Lond..  1897, ii,  1391.   AUo, Reprint. — tlc-
   Aulifle (G. B.) The results of partial inferior turbimc-
   touiy.  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis,  1905, xv, 97-100. — ITIc-
   Naughfou - Jones (H.)  Turbinal hypertrophy in its
   relation to deafness, with  a special bearing on the opera-
   tion of turbinotomy.   Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond.,  1895,
   n. s., lx, 383-386.—Maliu  ((J.) De la courbure automati-
   que k distance des anses tlexibles ; application k un serrc-
   ikeikI pour ablation des queues do cornet.   Ann. d. mal.
   de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1898,  xxiv, pt. 2, 410-
   423. — lTIanknkcs ( M. )   Ai v7repTpo<pi/cai piWi-iSes  xai
   >) flepairei'a aiiriav 6ia rov yaAaKTLKOv of eos.  Tarpixr) 7rpdo6os,
   "Ev 2i/p<j>, 1902, vii, 295-298. —.Tloldenhauer. Zur opera-
   tiven  Behandlung der Hypertrophien der unteren Nasen-
   muscheln.  Verhandl.  d. Getellseh. deutsch. Naturf.  u.
   Aerzte 1895, Leip/.., 1896, lxvii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 212-216. —
   Picrce(N. IL)  Sub-mucous linear cauteri/.ation; anew
   method  for reduction  of  hypertrophies  of the concha-.
   Cleveland  M. Gaz., 1896-7, xii, 82-86. —Pollalsehek (E.)
   A rhinitis hypertrophica gydgykezel6se.  [The treatment
   of. . .]  Orvos. lapja,  Budapest, 1901, xii, 275-278.— Pol-
   yak (L.)   Az orrkagylo hypertrophiilk  "y6gykezel6se.
   [The  treatment  of hypertrophy of the inferior turbinate
   of the nose.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 47: 63;
   208;  227;  245.  AUo,  transl.: Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,
   Budapest, 1900, xxxvi,230; 553: 606; 652.—Prince (A. E.)
   The  surgical treatment of post-ttu-binated  hypertrophy.
   Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1890,358-361.  Also: N.York
   M. J., 1890, lii, 241. —Relhi (L.) Gegenwartiger Stand
   der  Therapie  (h-s   hypertrophischen  Nasenkatarihs.
   Deutsche  Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900,31; 56.  — Reynolds
   (D.  S.)  Tin liinectomy.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1905,
   xv, 304-309.— Bice (G. B.)   A new operation for the re-
   duction  of certain  inferior  turbinal   hypertrophies.  J.
   Ophth.,  Otol., & Larvngol., N. Y., 1904, xvi, 61-64. -----.
   Technique of operations for the removal of hypertrophied
   portions of the inferior  turbinated bodies.   Homceop.
   Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N.  Y., 1906, xii, 95-97.—Robert- 
NOSE.
768
NOSE.
■Vom*  (Inflammation   of,  Hypertrophic,

   Treatment of).
   mm (CM.)  Some observations on the treatmentof by-
   pertiophic rhinitis.  Tr.  Iowa M. Soc, Des Moines, 1900,
   xxiii, 354-366.  AUo: Med. Age,Detroit.l90I,xix,601-604.—
   Boek  (F. W.)   Hypertrophic rhinitis treated  sun ess-
   fullywith adrenalin chloride solution.  Buffalo M. J., 1900-
   1901, n.  s., xl. 833. — Bogers (F. C.)  Medical treatment
   of mm nib nasal hypertrophies.  Milwaukee M. ,L, 1895, iii,
   253 ■ 25 ">.- Sajous (C. E.)   I. lacial acetic acid in uasalln-
   pertrophy.  Med. Sc Sing. Repoiter, Phila., 1881, xiv, 729-
   731.   Also, Reprint — Srhndle (J. E.)  Can hypertrophic
   rhinitis be cured bv ot lier than surgical measures?  Inter-
   nat. M.  Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 70-78.—Scheppegrell (W.)
   The treatment of hypertrophic  rhinitis  bv electrolysis.
   N. Orl.  M. Sc S. J., 1892-3, n. a., xx, 186-194.  -----."The
   treatmentof hypertrophic rhinitis  by the bipolar method
   of electrolysis. Ann. Ophth. &  Otol.,  St. Louis, 1896, v,
   390-393.  Also, transl. : Rev. internat. de rhinol.. otol. et
   laryngol., Par., 1895, v, 205-2H8. — (seller (0.)  Galvano-
   eauti-rv i'1 hypertrophic rhinitis.  Internat. M. Mag., N. |
   Y . 1903, xii, 81-85.—Homers (L. S.)  Encaine hydrochlo-
   rate as a local anesthetic in hypertrophic rhinitis.  Ther-
   ap. Gaz.,  Detroit,  1897, 3.  s., xiii,  11.  Also, Reprint. — ;
   Slueky (J. A.)   Turbinectoiny or resection of the middle |
   turbinate; report of one hundred and twenty operations.
   Liryngoscope, St. Louis,  1897, ii, 209-211.  -----.  Surgery
   of the turbinated  bones.  Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass.,
   Louisville, 1899, i, 261-266.—Teets (CE.)  Removal of the
   iuferior turbinated body.  Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat,
   J., X. Y., 19U5. xi, 57-59.— Thompson (J. A.)  Hyper-
   trophic  rhinitis; a simple treatment for a coinmondisease.
   Charlotte (X. C.|  M. J., 1896, ix, 311-314.—Tovolgyi (E.)
   Az orrkagslo  tultengeseiuek egy lij mtiieti  eljarasarol.
   [A new operation for hypertrophy of the lower turbinate
   of the nose]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 61.  AUo, I
   transl.: Arch. f.  Laryngol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 363-366.—
   Viollet (P.)  Traitement de la rhinite chronique hyper-
   trophique  diffuse  par  les  injections sous-niuqueiises de
   chlorure de zinc.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
   1901, xiv, 108-114.  AUo : Gaz. d.hop., Par., 1901. lxxiv, 489-
   491.—Vymola (K.) ') zhvtnenl sliznice doluich lastur a
   jejim opei-ativiin.il odstranenl.  [ Hypertrophy of the mu-
   cous membranes of the inferior meatus, and its operative
   removal.]   Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 1269-1271.—
   Watson (W. S.)   Remarks on the operation of removal
   of tho inferior turbinated body, with cases.  Mi d. Press &
   Circ, Lond., 1888, n. s., xlvi, 617-620.—Weed (C R.)  Hy-
   pertrophy of the turbiuated bodies,  and the evils resulting
   therelro n.  N. York M. J., 1890, lii. 238.—While (J. V.)
   Conservatism in the treatment of the inferior turbinate.
   J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1902-3, i, 177-181. — Whiting
   (F.)   The  treatment of hypertrophied turbinated  bones
   by flap  operation.  N. York M. J., 1891,  liv. 654-656.—
   Wishnrt (I.  G.)   The reduction of turbinal hypertro-
   phies.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., Sc Otol. Soc. 1901, N.
   Y., 1902, vii. 3:i8-341.   Also: Canad.  Pract. Sc Rev., To-
   ronto, 1901, xxvi  lii !70 —Wiirdemnnii (H. V.)   Cau-
   terization in hypertrophic rhinitis.   Tr.  Wisconsin M.
   Soc, Madison. l'8!»2, xxvi. 183-186.  Also:  Ann. Ophth. Sc
   Otol., Kansas City, 1892, i, 190-192.

IVose (Inflammation of,  (Edematous).
     Curtis (ILH.)  Rhiucedenia,   X. York  M.  J., 1899,
   lxx, 885-887.  AUo: Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc  Otol.
   Soc  1899,  X. Y.. 1900, v, 9.1-97— Goodale (J. L.)  Acute
   edema of the  nasal septum.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago,
   1901, xxxvii,  192.    Also,  Reprint. — Gradlc ( H.)  On
   edema of the  nasal mucous membrane  and edematous
   occlusion  of  the  nas.il  passages.   Laryngoscope, St.
   Louis, 1899. vii, 13-17.— iTIulhall (J. C)   Rhinitis cede- ,
   matosa.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1893, N. V.,189-1, xv, 53-60.
   Also: X. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 432. — Seifert.  Leber
   Rhinitis hyperplastica odematosa.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siid-
   deutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 672-678.

IVo*e (Inflammation of Treatment of).
     Sec, also, Catarrh (Nasal, Treatmentof); Nose
   (Abscess   of);   Nose  (Inflammation  of,   Hyper-
   trophic,  Treatment  of);  Ozaena (Tnatnient of).
     Avcllis.  Die Behaiidlung des  nervosen S( hnupfens.
   Verhandl.d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,
   1904, 169-177.—Binder (C. It.)  Climatology in cirrhotic
   rhinitis.   Proc. Phila. Co.  M. Soc, Phila., *1894, xv, 446-
   453.—Black  (J.  P.)   Some forms of rhinitis which the
   general  practitioner should be able to treat.  Cinciu. Lan-
   cet-Clinic, 1891, n.s., xx\ii, 1H5-110.—Boueheron.  Scro-
   therapie autistreptococcique dans les rhiuiies chroniques
   & streptocoques.   Arch, internat. de larsngol. [etc.], Par.
   1896, ix, 661-664. — Braislin (W.O.)  Aristol in the treat-
   ment of atrophic  rhinitis.   Brooklyn M. J., 1891, v, 387- |
   390.—Casselberry <\V. E )  Acute rhinitis and its treat-
   ment   Internat. < Tin., Phila., 1897, 7. 8.,  i. 84-90.—Cho-
   lewa(lt.)  Menthol bei Diphtheric der Nase.   Therap.
   Monatsh., Berl, 18^8. ii,284.—Crippen (II. H.» The treat-
   ment of hypertrophic and  atrophic affections of the nasal
   and pharyngeal mucous membranes by the chemical gal-
Xose (Inflammation of  Treatment  of).
   vauo-caustic  J. Ophth., Otol. A: Laryngol., N. Y., 1880, i,
   145-159.—Di- Siiuoui (A.)  L'adreualina nell' asnia ri-
   tiesso nasale.   Specialista mod., Milano, 1903-4. i,  4-6.—
   Dionisio (I.)   Nuovo metodo pel massagio vibratorio
   della mucosa uasale. Atti d.xi. Cong. nied. internaz. 1894,
   Roma, 1895, vi, laringol., 66-69.—Er win (\V.)  The treat-
   ment of catarrhs, especially post-nasal catarrh.  Canad. J.
   M. \ S., Toronto. 1905, xvii, 366-370. — Foster (II.)   How
   a general praeiitioner may treat atrophic rhinitis.   Kan-
   sas City M. Rec, 1892,  ix,  191-197—Gellhaus. Leber
   Menthol-Einathinungen bei Nasen- und ICehlkopfcatarrh.
   Monatschr.  f. Ohrenh.,  Bell., 1904,  x.\x\iii. 319-322 —
   Kauasugi.   Zur  Radicaloperation der Rhinitis  chro-
   nica.  [Japanese text.]   Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu To-
   kyo, 1900, xiv, 4:!9-45:i.—Kwuig.  Guerison d'un cas de
   rhinite vasoinotrice apres que tous les antics traitements
   avaient erlioue par l'administration de faibles doses d'io-
   durede potassium.  Arcli.internat.de laryngol. [etc.],Par.,
   1905, xx, 470.—LeiTerta (G. M.)   Treatment of chronic
   rhinitis.  Internat.  Clin., Phila.. 1893,2. s., iv, 351-356.—
   liichtwitz.   L'orthoforine dans la rhinite vaso niotrice
   (hydrorrhea nas ile. fifevro des foins).  Arch,  internat. de
   laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1898, xi. 37.  Also, inhis: De l'extir-
   pation  rapide  des pseudo-polypes naso-pharyngiens.  s3,
   Bar., 1898,  14-16.— Luulinslii  (W.)   Zur Behand.ling
   der geschvvolleuen unteren Xascnniuschelbei der Rhinitis
   vasomotoria.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.. 1901, xxxviii, 1294.—
   iVIalherbe (A.)  Traitemeut de  la  rhinite.   [Abstr.]
   Gaz. d. mal. infant,  [etc.], Par.,  1902, iv, 231— rial lord
   (II. J.)   Therapy in acute rhinitis: a study.  Am.  Med.-
   Surg. Bull., 1896, x, 598-601. — Peltrsohn'.   [Leber The-
   rapie der Rhinitis fibrosa.]  Verhandl. il. larvngol. Gesell-
   sch. zuBerl. (1900),  1901, xi, 22-24.  Also [Abstr.]:  Berl.
   klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii, 379.—Biee (I'.)   Patholo-
   gy in the treatment of rhinitis.  Pacific Coast J. Homceop.,
   San Fran., 1905. xiii, 271-273.—Rose (A.)  Carbonic acid
   gas application in rhinitis.  Internat. Clin., Phila.,  1905,
   15. s.. iii, 265-271, 1 pl.—von Buck (K.) The treatment
   of  Chronic  rhinitis.   Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1891,  xl,  121.—
   Bnmbold (T. F.)   Five reasons for failure in treating
   chronic rhinitis.  Med.  Rec,  N. Y., 1889, xxxvi, 570-573.
   [Discussion], 581. -----. Supplementary courses of treat-
   ment required for chronic nasal  inflammation.  St. Louis
   M. & S. J., 1896, lxxi, 201-207.  Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clin-
   ic, 1896, n. s., xxxvii, 373-376.  Also: Atlanta M. & S. J.,
   1896-7, ji. 8., xiii, 516-521.—Sato (N.)  [Operative  tieat-
   ment of chronic nasal catarrh.]  Sei-i-Kwai M. J.. Tokyo,
   1904, xxiii, pt. 2, no. 270, 12-16.—Seiss (R. W.)  Some  re-
   cent advances in the treatmentof rhinitis. Med. News, N.
   Y., 1896,  lxix, 597-599.—Stern (M. A.)  K patologii i  te-
   rapii khronicheskavo linita; liecheuiye massage'ni.  [Pa-
   thology and treatment of chronic rhinitis; massage treat-
   ment.)'  Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.", St. Petersb.,  1900,
   vii, 217-222.—Suarez de ITIcndoa-.a (F.)  Sur les appli-
   cations du courant galvanique au traitement des affections
   des fosses nasales.  Kev. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1889,  ix,
   713-720.—Teets (CE.)  The treatmentof chronic rhinitis
   by the homeopath.  J. Ophth., Otol., & Larvngol.. N. Y.,
   1893, v,  218-226. —  Vladar  (M.)   A rhinitis  fibrinosa
   kezelese jodoformmal.  [Treatmentof...]  Orvosi hetil.,
   Budapest, 1894, xxxviii. 89.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest.
   med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1894, xxx, 361.—Zwaarde-
   maker  (II.)  Cocainisirnng der Nasenhohle und des Ca-
   vum pharvngouasale.  Arch.  f. Ohrenh . Leinz.. Iss9-9l»,
   xxix, 12-14.— Zwillinger (H.)  Perichoudiitis septi na-
   rium idiopathic.!, acuta operalt esete.   [An operated case
   of. . .]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 589.

IVose  (Inflammation of,  Vasomotor).
     See Hay-asthma.

IVose  (Insects in).
     Sec Nose  (Larva, etc.,  in).

IVose  (Intubation of).
     See  Nose  (Surgery of);  Nose (Tumors  of,
   Hwmatoniatous).

IVose  (Irrigation and  nebulization of).
     See, also, Nebulizers, etc.
     Abei.k.8 (G.)   Die Nasenspuluiiot-n, ihre  Au-
   zeigen  uud  Gegeuanzeigeu.   12°.   Halle a. S.,
   1901.
     Acker (G.N.)   * Ueher Injection  iu deu Xa-
   sen-Riiclien-Kaum  und in  die Tulm Eu.stachii.
   >v .  Berlin, [1~7?].
     Herthold (E.)  Die intranasale Vaporisation;
   ein neues Verfalirt-n  zur   Stiilung lehcnsgefahr-
   liclieii NaM-nlilutens nud znr Behandlung schwe-
   rer Erkrankungen  der Nase und der  Kicfcrholi-
   len.   -  .   Berlin, 19U0.
     AUo   [Rev.],  in  :  Ztschr.  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,  1900,
   xxxviii.  184-187 (Or. Bouuinghaus).
/ 
NOSE.
769
NOSE.
IVose (Irrigation and nebulization of).
    Depiekkis (J.-G.-A.)    Le  bain  nasal;  tech-
  nique et indications.   2.6d.   8°.  Paris, 1901.
    Magnus (A.)   Die Naseudouche,  ihre Anwen-
  dung und ihre Gefahren.   2. Aufl.   H .   Kbnigs-
  berg, 166b.
    Pissor (C)   * Etude sur  le lavage du rhino-
  pharynx et .ses indications.  4°.   Paris, 169b.
    KaYge (P.1   L'irrigation  naso-pharyngienne.
  Sy   Paris, 1669.
    Alvin.  DeriiTigationiiaso-pharyngieuno.  Ann. Soc.
  de  med. de Lyon, 1875, 2. s., xxiii, 117-138.—Alvin (J.)
  A propos de l'irrigation naso-pharyngienne.  Loire med.,
  St.-Etienne, 1884,  iii, 242-247.—Ambrosini  (U.)  Sulla
  rino-vaporizzazione.    Ann. di laringol. [etc.],  Genova,
  1900, i,  327-333.   Also, transl. r Abstr. J:  Ibid.,  334-336.
  -----. Applicazioni originali alle nuove cure areotermica
  e rinovaporizzatoria delle vie nasali.   Speeialista mod.,
  Milano,  1903-4, i, 145-152.— Kail (J. B.)  A  now method
  of  nasal irrigation.   Lancet, Lond., 1891,  i, 598.—Bara-
  toux.  De la douche nasale.   Pratique med., Par., 1893,
  vii, 5.  AUo:  Kev. d'hyg. therap., Par.,  1893, v, 50-53.—
   von Behni.  TJeber die Naseudouche.   Aerztl. Prax.,
  Berl., 1906, xix, 61-63.—Bergengriin (P.)   TJeber  den
   Worth der Nasenspuluujien.   St.  Petersb. nied.  Wchn-
   sehr., 1897, n. P.. xiv,  225-230.   Also:  Med.  Neuigk.,
  Miinchen, 1897, xlvii. 217; 228; 236; 245.   Also: Therap.
   Wchnsehr., Wien,  1897,  iv, 299; 328— Berthold   (E.)
   Leber Naseudouchen, mit Demonstration einer neuen
   Olive zu einer Nasendouche resp. Nasenspritze.  Tagebl.
  d.  Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte,  Magdeb.,  1884,
   lvii,  269. -----.  Weitere Mittheiluugen iiber die intra-
  nasale Vaporisation.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na-
   turf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, pt.2, med. Abth.,
   356-360—Boye  (K.) Beitrage zur intranasalen Vapori-
   sation.  Monatschr.  J. Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 213-
   229—Broich.   Ein einfacher  Nasenspiiler und  sein
  therapeutischer Nntzen.    Berl. klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1888,
   xxv, 567.  -----.  Kurze  Erwiderung auf deu  Jelentf.y-
  schen Aufsatz: "Ueber  Ausspiilung der Nase und des
  Nasenrachenraumes".  Ibid., 1889, xxvi, 71.—Buck (A.
   H.)  On the renewed employment of the nasal douche and
   kindred procedures.  Tr.  Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford,
   1887-90, iv,  547-552.   Also: Med.  Rec, N.  T.,  1890,
  xxxviii, 269.—Caraza (R.)  La  ducha de Weber, como
  medio de desinfecci6n de las  fosas rasales.   Escuela de
   med.  Mexico, 1904,  xix,  145-150.—Chappell  (W. F.)
   Semifluid  preparations  for nasal use.  Ann. Ophth, Sc
   Otol., St.  Louis,  1895, iv, 225-227.—Clement (G.)  La
  douche nasale; ses  indications et ses contre-indications.
   Rev. internat. de med.  et de chir., Par., 1903, xiv, L—
   C'onipaired (C.)  Las irriuac-iom-s intranasals. Siglo
  med., Madrid, 1905, lii, 747-749. — Cou italic  (A.)  De
  l'hydrotherapie nasale.    Arch, internat. de  laryngol.
   [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 757: xviii, 74.—Dane (II.)   Ein
  Apparat zur  Ausspritzung der Nase.  Arch.  f. Laryn-
  gol.  u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv,  128.— Bella  Vedova
   (T.)   Laringovaporizzazione.   Atti  d.  Cong.  d.   Soc.
  ital.  di  laringol.  [etc] 1902,  Napoli,  1903, vi,  183-188.—
   Dciupel (M. V.)  Karmannaya sprintsovka dlya nosa.
   [Pocket syringe for the nose.]  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1899, v,
   102-105.—Depierris.   Le bain nasal.   Rev.  du prat.,
  Par., 1898, i, 364-368.  Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol.
   [etc.], Par., 1899,  xii,  147-154.  -----. Presentation d'une
  pipette pour bain  nasal aux eaux minerales.   Cong, inter-
  nat.  d'hydrol. et  de climatol.  C.-r., Liege,  1898, v, 808-
  814. ---■—. Technique du  bain nasal  dans  les stations
  thermales.  Ann. d'hydrol. et  de climat. med., Par.,  1900,
  v,  498-513. -----. Le bain nasal.  Cong, internat. de med.
   C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de rhino-laryngol., 181-
   192 — Derecq (L.)   La  balneation des  fosses  nasales.
  Buil. de laryngol., otol.  et rhinol., Par.,  1902, v.  109-115.
  AUo [Abstr.J: J. de med. de Par., 1902,  2. s., xiv, 269.—
  De Siinoni (A.)  Sulla disinfezioue delle  cavita, nasali
  con alcune  essenze ed olii essenziali.  Riforma med., Pa-
  lermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 758; 771.—Discussion on effects
  of  nasal douche.  Phila. M. Times, 1881-2, xii, 815.—E In-
  herit (E.)  Ueber  die  Anwendung der Naseudouche.
  Arch. f. Augen-  n. Ohrenh., Carlsrube,  1871-2,  ii   207-
  212.—Fischer (A.)  Nasenirrigateur  znr Auswaschnng
  der Nasenhohle.  Tr.vii. Internat. M. Cong., Lond., 1881, u,
  433 —lioureau.  Le lavage dn nez, ou irrigation nasale.
  Actualite med., Par, 1896, viii, 100-103.- Jacoby (A.) Ue-
  ber einen Ersatz der Naseudouche.  Tagebl. d. Versamml.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aeizte, Magdeb., 1884, lvii, 271—Jau-
  quel.  La douche nasale.  Clinique, Brux., 1904, xvni, 501-
  506. — JelenflTy.   Ueber Ausspiilung der Nase  und des
  Nasenrachenraums.  Berl. klin. Wchuschr., 1889, xxvi, 8-
  10  —Kiknti (K.)   [Contributions to the knowledge ol
  the nasal douche.]  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.l, Tokio  1895,
  i, 185-191. — L.amarquc (H.)  Des divers precedes d irri-
  gation de la muqueuse nasale employes dans les stations
  thermales.  J.  de physiotherap.,  Par., 1903.  i, 82-86.—
  I^ange  (V.)  Sur l'usagede la douche nasale de Weber.
  Anu. d. mal.  de l'oreille et du larynx, Par.,  1879, v, 337-

         VOL  XI, 2d series---49
IVose (Irrigation and nebulization of).
  349.—I.ichtwitz (L.)  Appareil propulseur de l'airpour
  hi traitement aerotherniiquc des  fosses nasales.   Arch.
  internat. de laryngol.  [etc]. Par.,  1901,  xiv, 35, 1 pl —
  lTIcFarlane (AI.)  Nasal spray  solutions.  St. Louis M.
  Era, 1898-9, viii, 181-183.—lTIas'ini (O.)  Contributo alia
  cura di alcune malattie del naso per mezzo del rinoclismo.
  Sperimentale, Firenze, 1882,1,337-352.  Also: Osservatore
  med., Palermo, 1882, 3. s., xii, 470-483. -----. Di una utile
  modificazione al sifone di Weber par le doccie nasali.  Im-
  parziale, Firenze, 1882,  xxii, 205-210. — iTIoure (E.-J.)
  Nouveau pulverisateur uasal; presentation (I instrument.
  Mem. et bull.  Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1892),
  1893,  167-169.—Muller (0.)  Kontrastausspiilungen des
  Nasenrachenraumes und der Nase.  Aerztl. Itiuidschati,
  Munchen,  1900, x, 25. —Nasopharyngeal  irrigation.
  N. York, M.  J., 1901,  lxxiv, 331.—IVciiiianii (P. F.)  0
  nosovom dushle.  [Nasal douche.]  Bolnitsch.  gaz. Bot-
  kina, St. Petersb., 1900,  xi, 526-533.  Also,  transl.: St.
  Petersb. med.  Wchnsehr.,   1900,  n. F., xvii,  135-138.—
  Vim I (C.)  Note sur l'irrigation nasale ou nasopharyn-
  gienne, et  de son application au traitement des affections
  aigues ct chroniquedes fosses nasales.  Bull, et m6m. Soc.
  de therap.  1875,  Par.,  1876,2. s., ii, 69-79. Also: Mouve-
  ment med. Par., 1875, xiii, 753-755.—Pins (E.)  Neues
  Verfahren zur Irrigation der Nase.  Verhandl. VI. Cong. f.
  innere Med., Wiesb.,  1890, ix, 549-551.  AUo: Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1890, xl, 653-655.  Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl.,
  Wien, 1890, xxv, 479.—Pynchon (E.)  Solutions Dobbell.
  Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St.  Louis, 1896, v, 1130-1137.  Also,
  Reprint.—Range (P.)  Sur l'irrigation nasale.  Bull.
  med., Par., 1898, xii, 309-312.—Roy (D.)  On the use and
  abuse of nasal sprays.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1901,
  186-194.—It umbo Id (T. F.)  Remarks on vaseline spray
  producers  in the treatment of chronic nasal inflammation.
  St. Louis, M. &  S. J., 1896, lxx, 147-151.—Rycrson (G. S.)
  Cleansing solution for the nasal passages. Canad. Pract.
   Sc Rev., Toronto, 1899, xxv,  73.—Schondorff.  Ueber
  die  zur Reinigung der  Nasenrachenhohle  empfohleneu
  Voriichtimgen, iusbesondere  iiber die Nasendoucheu.
  Deutsche  med.  Wchuschr.,  Berl., 1884, x, 182-184.—
  Strazza (6.)  Le iniezioni di vapore  nelle  cavita nasali
  ascopo curative  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901,
  xi, 95.—White (J.B.) A double nasal spray and vapor-
  izer.  Med. Rec, N. V.,  1892, xii, 364.—Woodbury (F.)
  A simple form of nasal douche.  Proc.  Phila. Co. M. Soc,
  Phila.,  1882-3, v, 132.  Also: Phila. M.  Times, 1882-3, xiii,
  719.—Wright (J.)  Nasal  douches and sprays.   Med.
   Rec, N.  Y.,  1893,  xliii, 39-41. — Yacobson (A. V.)
   Nosoglotochniy  dush i  nosoviya vlivaniya; eksperi-
   mentalnoye ishedovaniye.  [Nasopharyngeal spray and
   nasal injections; experimental investigation.]  Voyenno-
   med. J.,  St.-Petersb., 1898,  exci,  med.-spec  pt.,  693-
   713.  Also, transl.: Ann.  d.  mal.  de l'oreille,  du  larynx
   [etc.].  Par., 1898,  xxiv,  pt.  2,  126-145.   Also,  transl.
   [Abstr.]: Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc,
   1898, vi, sect.  12b, 184-186.

 P¥ose  (Irrigation and nebulization  of In-

  jurious  effects of).
     Bourdette (M.-H.-J.)  *De l'irrigation naso-
  pharyngienne;  ses indications,   son  alms, ses
  dangers.  8C.  Bordeaux, 16\)6.
     Oodefroy.  Note sur  un accident pen  frequent des
   injections  dans les fosses  nasales.  J. d. sc. med. de Lille,
   1880, iii, 545-547.—Guye.  Ueber die Aetiologie der (lurch
   Einspritzung von Fliissisikeiten in die  Nase verursachten
   Entziindungen  der Trommelhohle.  | Discussion.]  Berl.
   klin. Wchnsehr.,  1891, xxviii, 283-285.  Also  [Abstr.]:
   Verhandl. d. x. internat. med.  Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, iv,
   11. Abth., 90.—Knapp (H.)  Eiu (lurch die Nasendouche
   verursachter uud von Doppelthoren begleiteter Fall von
   Otitis media purulenta.   Arch.  f. Augen-  u.  Ohrenh.,
   Carlsrube, 1869-70, 2. Abth., i, 93-100. — I.ichtwilz. (L.)
   Abuse and  dangers  of  the nasal douche.   Med. Week,
   Par., 1897, v, 553.-----.  The nasal douche and its abuse.
   Med'. Press &  Circ, Lond., 1898, u. s., lxv, 133.—Little.
   Ob es gefahrlich sey,  Briihen, Getriinke und audere fliis-
   sige  Diuge durch die Nase beyzubriugen.   K. Akad. d.
   Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1718,  Bressl., 1754, v, 87-
   96, l pl.—iVIastin (W. M.)  The post-nasal syringe a
   cause of middle  ear  disease;  with an  illustrative case.
   Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1888, lviii, 593.—Mink
   (P.J.)  De gevaren der neusdouche.  Med. Weekbl., Amst.,
   1894, i,  53-56. — Richardson (C. W.)   The possible
   danger of injury to  the middle ear cavity  by the use of
   nasal atomization, illustrated by three cases.   J. Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago,  1889, xiii, 762-766. — Roosa (D. B. St.  J.)
   Ein  Fall  von  Pyiimie in  Fol ire von  eitriger  Trommel-
   hohlenentzundung, herbeigefuhrt durch den Gebrauch der
   Weber'schen Nasendouche.  Arch. f. Augen-u. Ohrenh.,
   Carlsrube, 1869-70, i, 195-199.—Roy (D.) On the use and
   abuse of nasal  sprays.  St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxiv,
   447-452.—Royet.  Du danger des aspirations de liquides
   par le nez.  Lyon med.. 1904, cii, 140-144. — Seiler ( C.)
   The evil  effects of  the nasal douche.  Proc. Phila. Co. 
/
NOSE.
770
NOSE.
A'OM' (Irrigation  and nebulization  of  In-

  jurious effects  of).
  'M. Soc, Phila., 1881-2,  iv  214-216.  Also:  Phila. M.
   limes, 1881-2, xii, 806. — Nhaw ( 11 L. )  The injurious
  effects of the uasal douche and other appliances for flood-
  in" tho nasal cavity: with eighteen  cases.  Boston M. &
  S. J., 1876, xciv, 649-657.  Also, Reprint. — Nikkei (A.)
  Nog iets over de gevai en der ueusdouche.  Med. Weekbl.,
  Amst., 1894,1, 80.  Nimrez de Jleudoza (F.)  Sur quel-
  ques inconv^nients de la douche nasale et sur le moyen de
  leseviter.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.].  Bar., 1892,  xii, 289.—
  Tliost(A.)  Die Anwendung der Nasendouche. Therap.
  Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 516-518.  -----. Neue Instru-
  mente und Apparate.  Die Anwendung der Nasendouche.
  Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien,  19<i2, ix,  1474-1476.—
  Ziem (('.)  Sur les condit ions de penetration de la trompe
  d'Eustache par les  lavages  du  nez  et snr une nouvelle
  pompe foulante. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille. du larynx, [etc.],
  Par., 1895, xxi, 236-243.
I¥ose  (Irrigation  and  nebulization  of).
   [Patent specifications.]
     Corey (G. W.)   Catarrh apparatus.  No. 218164; Aug.
  5, 1879.— Gassin (C. E.), Gray (H. C.) Sc Gassin (J. R.)
  Nasal douches. No.177632; May 23,1876.—Harris (II. L.)
  Nasal  dish.  No. 722102; March 3,  1903.—Goodwillie
  (I). H.) Internasal tube.   No. 399985; March 19, 1889.—
 • Lochmann (E.  G.)   Nasal-douche cup.  No. 671346;
  April 2, 1901. —ITIelvin  (M. G.)  Nasal douche.   No.
  555107;  Feb. 25, 1896.—.VIofHtt (F. W.)  Nasal douche.
  No. 750297; Jan. 26, 1904.— Pattison (C. H.)  Nasal irri-
  gator.  No.  710931;  Dec. 30, 1902. — Potter (M. F.)  Im-
  provement in nasal douches.  No. 15:!276;  July 21, 1874.—
  Richardson (A. F.)  Nasal injector. No. 600449; March
  8, 1898.—Snyder (W. B.) Improvement in nasal douches.
  No.  128257;  June 25. 1872 — Stern (B.)  Nasal douche.
  No.  507567;  Oct. 31. 1893.—Thompson  (J. B.)  Nasal
  irrigator.  No. 403794; May 21, 1889.

]¥ose (Jurisprudence  of).
     Bleyer (J. M.)   The  sense of  smell  in relation to
  medico-legal  questions.  Bull. Internat. Med.-Leg. Cong.
  1889, N. Y., 1891, 232-238.— Jon as.  Die Wichtigkeit der
  Nasenauomalien fiir die innere Medizin ; ihre soziale uud
  forensische Bedeutung.  Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901,
  361;  391. — Loeb (H. W.)   Jurisprudence of the nose,
  throat, and ear. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 753-760.

lYose (larvae and insects in).
     See, also, Frontal sinus (Foreign bodies, etc., in).
     Aguikrk  (V.)    "Larvus  de  la   Culliphora
  liniensis  eu  las fosas nasales.   8J.   Santiago de
  Chile, L-65.
     Gori (T.J.J.)   * Over neusontsteking  ver-
  oorzaakt   door  de  outwiekeling  van  vliegen-
  larveu  in  zijne  holten.   [Groningen.]    8°.
  Breda, 1670.
     Pierre (£.)   * Quelques considerations sur la
  presence des larves  de  la  Lucilia hotuiuivonix
  clans les cavite's  des fosses nasales.  4°.   Paris,
  1668.
     Aguirre  (A. S.)  Dos casos de larvas de moscas des-
  arrolladas en  las fosas  nasales.  Cr6u. nied. niexicana,
  Mexico, 1904, vii, 113-116.—Aldridge (A. R.)  Action of
  different drugs on larva-.  Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 1379.—
  Alessandrini (G.)  Ln caso di myiasis per larve della
  Sarcophaga  carnaria Meig.   Boll.  d. Soc. rom. per gli
  stud, zool., Roma, 1896, v, 194-197.—Arslau (Y.) [Myasis
  nariuni.]  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d.  naso, Fi-
  renze, 1897, xv, 105.—Barnes (W.  S.)  Fly-blow.  Brit.
  Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1892, 181.—Blanchard (R.)
  Sur les larves de Cole.opte.re longicorue trouve.es dans les
  fosses nasales d'un dromadaire.  Arch, de parasitol., Par.,
  1898. i, 513.— Braunon (L )  Maggots in the nose.  Am.
  J. Surg. Sc Gynec, St. Louis, 1900-1901, xiv,  190.—Bur-
  rows (H. A.)  The symptoms, treatment, and report of
  three cases of invasion of tbe nasal cavity by Texas screw-
  worm.  Texas Cour.-Kec. Med., Fort Worth, 1901-2.  xix,
  152-154. — Caiainida (U.)  Miasi deUe fosse nasali!
  Gior. d. r.  Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, lxvi, 593-595.—
  Caldwell  (V.)  A ease of myiasis narium.  Tri-State
  M. J. & Pract., St.  Louis, 1898, v, 7.—Carhart (J. W.)
  Danger from the Lucilia macellaria,  or screw fly.  Texas
  Cour.-Rec Med., Fort Worth, 1901-2, xix, 151.—Carrierc
  (M.)   Corps etranger vivant, ayant determine un  gros
  abces de la cloison du nez.  Gaz. hebd. denied., Par., 1898,
  n. s., iii, 1117.—Cerna (D.)  Maggots in the nose.  N.
  York M. J.,  1893,  lvii, 363.— Corbin (F. G.)  Myiasis
  narium; maggots in the nose. Montreal M. J., 1900,'xxix,
  117-122.— Darwin (R T.)  Maggots in the nose.  Med.
  Rec. Calcutta, 1890, i. 177.—Dibble (Le R.)  Chloroform
  as a therapeutic agent in cases of invasion of the nasal
  cavity bv Texas screw-worms.  Laryngoscope. St. Louis,
  1898. iv, 88.—Folkes (II. M.)   Worms in the nostrils.
A'ose (larva and insects in).
   Med. lice, N. Y., 1897, ii, 677.—Foster (IT.)   Report of
   a case ot two hundred and seven screw worms taken from
   the nose.  Kansas City M. Index. 1897, xviii,  421.   Also:
   Laryngoscope,  St. Louis. 1897. iii,  341. -----. The re'
   moval of thirty-five  screw-worms from the nose.  Med
   Rec. N. Y., 1900, lviii, 975.—Giulio ((' )   Ln caso di
   myasisdellefosse nasali.  Arch. ital. iliotol. [etc.), Torino
   1902-3, xiv, 395-403.—Goldstein  (M. A.)   The Texas
   screw-worm and its invasion of the nasal cavities.  Laryn-
   goscope, St.  Louis,  1897, iii, 335-340.   AUo, Reprint —
   Grayson (W. H.)   A case of myiasis narium ; recovery.
   St. Louis M. & S. J., 1891,  lxi, 80- 84. — Jennings (R.
   G.)  The larva of the Lucilia macillaria deposited  in the
   healthy nasal cavity.   Tr. M. Soc. Arkansas. Little Rock,
   1889, 36.   Also:  Med. Standard, Chicago, 1890, vii,  100.—
   Jourdran.   Ln cas  do  Lucilia  hominivorax observe
   &  la  (iuyane;  315 larves  extraites  des  fosses nasales;
   guerison.  Arch, de med.  nav.. Par., 1895, lxiv,  383-
   386.—Kimball (J.  P.)  Maggots in the  nose success-
   fully treated by injections  of chloroform.   N. York M.
   J.. 1893, lvii, 273-275— Kuznetsoll (L.)  Myasis narium
   e larvis  muscae s rcophaga-. Protok. Omsk. med. Obsh.,
   1893-4, xi, lOO.-.TUcCoy  (T. J.)  Forty-nine larvae or
   Texas screw worms removed from  fhe nasopharynx and
   soft palate.  South.  Calif.  Pract.,  Los Angeles, 1895, x,
   415-418.—Meyjcs (W. P.)   Chronic headm he caused by
   a centipede in the nose. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xiii,
   543.—IVIiller (J. H.)  Larvas in the nasal  cavity.  Med.
   Fortnightly, St. Louis,  1897, x, 282.—Mitchell (W. F.)
   Maggots in the nose.  Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1897, xxxvi,
   418.—IVase (Vou eiuem ans der) geuommenen Wurni;
   Historic.  K. Akad.  d. Wissensch. in Par.  . . . Abhandl.
   1733, Bressl., 1757, viii, 432-435.— Odriozola.  Guranera
   de las  narices.  Gac med.  de Lima, 1857-8, ii, 140; 159;
   173; 149; 276.—Pacheco Vargas (B.)  Myiasis de las
   fosas nasales (gusanera de  las narices); tratamiento de
   esta afeccion por la albahaca (Ocimum basilicum).  Cr6n.
   med., Lima, 1894, xi, 321-328.—Powell (A. M.)  Myasis
   narium.  St.  Louis M. Sc S. J., 1888, lv, 206-211.—Ramos
   (E. M.)  Parasitismo accidental  de uu  miriapodo  en la
   ekpecie humana.  Actas v mem. d.  ix. Cong, iuternac ile
   hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, ii, 339-343. — Robertson
   (C. M.)  The Texas screw-worm; report of a fatal  case.
   Laryngoscope, St.Louis. 1898, iv, 150-155.—Salts (F. J. P.)
   An account of the life history of maggots which inhabit
   the human nose.  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta. 1893, iv, 344-
   348-Schcppegrell (W.)   The use of oil for the  de-
   struction of larvae in  the nasal chambers.  Laryngoscope,
   St. Louis, 1898, iv, 86.—Slabber (M.) Bericht vau een
   wormloozinguithetrechterneus-gat.  Verhandel. uitgeg.
   d. de Holland. Maatsch. d.  Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1768,
   x, pt.  2,  466-479.—Steele (J. S.)  Report of a case of
   worms in the nostrils,  or  peenash.   Laryngoscepe, St.
   Louis,  1897, iii, 343— Tcngmalm (P. (}'.)   Ron om en
   mangd flugor, som framkommit ur nasan pit et  spadtbarn.
   [Flies infesting a vouugchild, some coming from the nose.]
   K. Vetensk.  Akad. n. Handl., Stockholm, 1796, xvii, 286-
   291.—Thompson (W.)  Larvae  of Cephenomyia  in a
   man's head.   U. S. Dep. Agric Div. entomol., Wash ,1889-
   90, ii, 116.—Vaz (H.)  A cura da myiasis nasal pelaaccao
   da electricidade.  Rev. med. de S.  Paulo, 1904, vii, 215.—
   Ver (Sur uu) rendu par lo nez.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc,
   1708, Par., 1709, 42 — Weidmau (P. S.)  Larvae in the
   nasal cavities; a unique case.  Am. M. J., St.  Louis, 1888,
   xvi,  490-492. — Warm  (Von einem), der durch die Nase
   weggegeben worden; Historic.  K. Akad.  d.  Wissensch.
   in Par. .  . . Abhandl. 1708, Bressl., 1751, iii, 290-293.

IVose (Lupus of).
    Ball. Cas de lupus de  la gorge et du nez.  Rev.de
   laryngol.  jetc], Par., 1895, xv, 811-813. — Bergeut (H.)
   Heilung  eines iutranasaleu Lupus durch Guajacolvasogen.
   Miinchen. nied. Wclinschr., 1896, xliii,1300.—Bizard (L.)
   Lupus 6ryth6mateux fixe du nez trait6 sans succes par les
   courants  de haute frequence; la  phototh6rapie et  les
   rayons X; radiodermite profonde;  recidive du lupus sur
   la'bordure de la cicatrice.  J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s.,
   xvi, 244-246. —Bresgen (M.)  Tuberculose oder Lupus
   der Nasenschleimhaut?   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.. Leipz.
   u. Berl.,  1887, xiii, 663.   AUo, Reprint.—Belie (A.)  Le
  lupus du nez. Bull.  Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1900,
   v, 80-116, 6 pl.—Du Bois.  Lupus du nez traite et gueri
   par les rayons X. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Gendve,
   1905, xxv, 775-777. — Dubois-Mavenith.  Lupus vo-
   rax du nez.   Soc.belgededermat.et de svph.  Bull.,Brux.,
   1901-2, ii, 127.—Finny  (W. E. St. L.)  Rhinoplasty sur-
   gery after lupus.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,  1896, ii, 1638.—Gir-
   dleslone (T. M.)  Lupus exedens; rhinoplasty opera-
   tion.   Austral.  M. J.. Melbourne, 1886, n. s., viii, 553-555,
   1 pl.—Hicguet.  Lupus de la cloisou.  Bull. Soc.  beige
   d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux., 1898, iii, 43. — Hollander
   (E.)   TJeber den Nasenlupus.   Berl. kliu.  Wchuschr.,
   1899. xxxvi, 521-526.  Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Berl.
   med. Gesellsch. (1899), 1900,  xxx, pt. 2. 192-209.  ^Discus-
   sion], pt. 1. 160-162.   Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch.
   Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1899, xxviii,  pt. 1,172-176. -----.
   Leber die Frage der mechanischen Disposition zur Tuber- 
NOSE.
771
NOSE.
IVose (Lupus  of).
  culose, nebst Schlussfolsierungen furNasonplastilccn nach
  Lupus. Verhandl. d. Berl.  med.  Gesellsch. (19o2), 1903,
  xxxiii, pt. 2, 100-107.  [Discussion], pt. 1, 54. — Ilorine
  (G. S.)  Lupus of the nose.  Tr. M.  Ass,  Georgia, At-
  lanta,  1897,  357-362. — loanuovich.   Lupus primitif
  des fosses nasales.  Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par.,
  1903, vi, 185- 189.—Jousset.  I5tude clinique sur le lupus
  primitif de la cloison des fosses nasales.  Rev. hebd. do
  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898,  xviii, 1425- 1439. — Knars-
  berg  (H.)  Draenagen ved Lupus nasi.   [Drainage in
  .  . . ]   Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kobenh., 1896, 5. R., iii,  1042.—
  Lake (R.)  Lupus of the nose.  Polyclin., Lond., 1902,
  vi, 202.—Lupus  primitivo  delle  fosse nasali.  Gazz. d.
  osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 562.—.flewborn (A. D.)  Lupus
  vulgaris of the  nose, with perforation of the septum and
  involvement of the mucous membrane  of the  palate and
  lips.  J. Cutan. Dis., inch Syph., N. Y., 1905, xxiii, 172.—
  JVIilligan (W.)  Primary lupus of the septum nasi.  Tr.
  Brit.  Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1894,  Lond., 1895, 30.—
  lUolinic (J.)   Considerations sur deux cas de lupus pri-
  mitif des fosses nasales.  Midi nie.d., Toulouse, 1893, ii, 601-
  607.— Tloiilyoinery (D. W.)  Case of lupus ofthe nose.
  St. Louis M. & S.  J., 1893, lxiv, 90-94.—Reel us (P.)  Des
  douches naso-pharyugiennes dans le  traitement de cer-
  taines affections des fosses nasales.  Ann. d. mal. de l'o-
  reille et du larynx. Par., 1882, viii, 6-9.  AUo, in his: Clin.
  et crit. chir., 8\ Par., 1884,  335-339.—Riis  (C.)   Et Til-
  faelde af Lupus nasi, behandlet med Rontgeustraaler.  [A
  case  f..  .treated by the Rontgen rays.]   Hosp. Tid.,
  Kjobenh.,  1900, 4. 11.| viii,  2-5.—Rodman  (W.  L.)  Lu-
  pus  (.') of the  nose.  Cincin.  M. J.,  1895,  x, 814-819.—
  Schopf(F.) Lupus nasi; Rhinoplastik nach der italieni-
  Bchen Methode; Heilung.  Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Kranken-
  anst. 1898, Wien. n. Leipz., 1900, vii, pt. 2, 332. — Shurly
  (E. L.)  Lupoid ulceration  of  the nasal septum.  Arch.
  Laryngol., N. Y.,  1882, iii, 307-313.  AUo, Repiint. — Si-
  monin.  Contribution  k  l'6tude du lupus  pseudo-poly-
  peux  des  fosses nasales.  Rev. de larvngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1895, xv, 785-800.—Smyth (E. J.)  Extensive lupus of the
  face greatly improved in appearance by an artificial nose
  and mask.  Lancet, Lond., 1896, i. 229—Tixier(L.)  Lu-
  pus primitif de la cloison nasale saus lesion cutanee. Pro-
  vince med., Lyon, 1895, ix, 49.— Underwood (A.  S.)
  Destruction of  nose by lupus; adjustment of  artificial
  nose.   Brit. M. J., Lond.., 1895, i, 1203.—Van Hook (W.)
  A case of rhinoplasty for lupus.   Chicago  M. Recorder,
  1899, xvi, 316-319. — Wagnier.  Observation de  lupus de
  la membrane pituitaire.  Cong, internat. d'otol.  et de la-
  ryngol.. Par., 1889. 394-398.   AUo:  Rev. delaryngol.[etc.l,
  Par., 1889, ix, 599-603.

Hose  {Massage of).
     Black Hi. M.)  A new instrument for vibratory mas-
  sageof the nasal mucous membrane.  N. York M. J., 1894,
  lx, 797.  AUo, Reprint. — Bleyer (J. M.) Massage 61ec-
  tro-vibratoire des cornets.  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol.
  et laryngol.. Par., 1895. v. 241-246.  Also, transl.: Homceop.
  Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1904, x, 299-311.—Blondiau
  (V.)  Du massage vibratoire daus les affections nasales.
  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et larvngol., Par., 1894, iv,
  133-140.— Kolm (W.)  Zur  Technic  der Vibrations-
  behandlungihr Nasenschleimhaut.  Arch. f. phys.-diatet.
  Therap., Berl . 1903, v, 13-15. —  Bra an (M.)  Ueber Vi-
  bratiouen der Schleimhaut der Nase, des Nasenrachen-
  raums und des Rachens.  Wien. med.  Bl., 1890, xiii, 547-
  550.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. x. internat. med.,Cong.
  1890. Berl., 1892, iv, 12. Abth., 112-117.— Breitung (M.)
  Die Bedeutung der elektrischen inneren Trommelmassage
  der Nasenschleimhaut fur den praktischen Arzt und ihre
  Technik.   Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 1093-1095.—
  Dionisio (I.)  Nuovo apparecchio pel massaggio vibra-
  torio della mucosa nasale.  Gior. d. r. Accad. de med. di
  Torino, 1894,3. s., xlii, 264-267.  AUo: Gazz.  med. di Tori-
  no, 1894. xiv, 261-264.—Freudenthal (W.)   Die interne
  Massage bei Nasen- und Rachen-Krankheiten.  N. Yorker
  med.  Monatschr.,  1893, v,  286; 334.  Also, transl.: Med.
  Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 97-101.—Garnault (P.)  Le mas-
  sage vibratoire et  electrique des muqueuses  du nez, du
  pharynx et du larynx. Semaine med., Par., 1892,  xii, 354-
  356. AUo,  Reprint.—Hawley (G. T.)  Vapor massage;
  its origin and uses.   Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis, 1902, xii,
  194-200. — Jankau (L.)  Line neue Methode der Vibra-
  tionsmassage der  Nase.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Berl.,
  1897. xxxi,  207-210.  Also: Illust.  Monatschr. d.  arztl.
  Polytech., Berl., 1898,  xx, 23-25. — I, all in aim (H.)  Die
  iunere Nasenmassage.  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1892,
  lxi, 757; 773. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl.,  Wien, 1892,
  xxvii, 321;  333. — l/owenstein.  Leber Vibrationsmas-
  sage der Nasenschleimhaut.  Fiinf'z. Beitr.  a. d. Geb. d.
  ges. Med.   Festschr. . . . d.  Ver. d. Aerzte d. Regrngsbz.
  Diisseld., Wiesb., 1894, 202-206. —jtlasucci (P.)  I risul-
  tati cnrativi  del massaggio delle mucose nello croniche
  affezioni del  naso, della faringe, dell' orecchio e della la-
  ringe  secondo gli studii del Lacker, di  Gratz.  Rassegna
  crit. internaz. d. mal. d. naso, gola ed orecchi,  Napoli, 1892,
  Vi 3-30.—Ottava (I.)  A ductus naso-lacrymalis  massza- I
Aose (Massage of).
  hisa.  [The massage of .. .]  Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1893-
  iki evkonyve, 1894, 193-195. — Pierce (X. H.)  A brief
  commuuication on nasal vibration (massage) with report
  of cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvii, 545-547.—
  Schwidop [O.]  Ueber die locale instrumentelle Mas-
  sage der Schleimhiiute der Nase, des Nasenrachenraumes
  und des Rachens nach der Cederschiold'schen Methode.
  Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1895, lxiv, 325-327. -----.
  Zur Massage der Sehleimhaute der Nase, des Nasenrachen-
  raumes und, des  Rachens. Ibid., 1897, lxvi, 431;  443.—
  Tissier (P.)  Le massage vibratoire en rhinologie; revue
  critique.  Aim. d. mal. de. l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.J, Par.,
  1895, xxi, 328-340. — Vulpius  (W.) Streichmassage der
  Nasenmuscheln.  Arch.  f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1893-4, xxxvi,
  207-211. — Ziegelroth.  Technik und Indikation der in-
  neren Nasenmassage. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl.,
  1900, ii, 225-230.

IVose (Morphology of).
     See, also, Nose  (Histology of).
     Albrecht (P.)   Sur les spondylocentres 6pi-
  pituitaires du craue,  la non-existence de la poche
  de Rathke et la presence do la chorde dorsale et
  de spondylocentres dans le cartilage de lacloison
  du nez des vertcbr6s.  si .   Bruxelles, 1884.
     Beeckek (A.)   * Die Na.senregion des Amuio-
  tenkopf'es.   6°.   Leipzig, 1903.
     Exner (S.)  Weitere Studien  iiber die Struc-
  tur der  Kiechschleimhaut  bei  Wirbelthieren.
  8J.   [n. p., n. d.~]
     Kangiio (C.)   * Ueber  die Entwicklung  uud
  Bau dei Steno'schen Nasendriise der Siiugethiere.
  8~.  Dorpat, 1884.
     Kokmann (B.)   * Ueber  deu Bau des Integu-
  ments  der Regio  narium und  der Wand des Na-
  Benvorhofs der HaussJiugetiere,  mit  besonderer
  Beriicksichtignng  der  daselbst vorkommenden
  Driiseu.   6J.  Giessen, 1905.
     Maschke  (G.)   *Zur Bildung der  priniitiven
  Choanedes Jacobson'schen Organs uud der Sten-
  son'schen Giinge.    Ein Beitrag znr  Entwick-
  lungsgeschichte der ersten Stadien des Geruchs-
  organs bei Siiugetieren.    [Beru.]   8°.  Berlin,
  1904.
     Strasskr  (H.)  Sur le developpement des ca-
  vite's nasales et du squelette du  nez.   8C.   Ge-
  neve, 1901.
    Repr.from: Arch. d. sc. phys. etnat., Geneve, 1901, xii.
    Wetschesloff (M.)  * Beitrage zur Kenntnis
  der Nasendriisen  bei den  Vogeln.   8°.  Berlin,
  1900.
    Albrecht.   Sur la presence de la chorde dorsale et de
  spondylocentres daus le cartilage de la cloison du nez des
  vertebres.  Aun. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux., 1884, no. 33,
  99-110.—Bau in (H.)  Die Nasenhohle und ihre Neben-
  hohlen (Stirn-  und Kieferhohle)  beim  Pferde.  Arch. f.
  wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1894, xx, 89-170.  AUo,
  Reprint. -----. Die Nasenhohle und deren Nebenhohlen
  (Stirn-, Kiefer- und Gaurneuhohle) beim Rinde.  Arch. f.
  wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl.,  1898, xxiv, 337-374.—
  Bnwdeu (IL H.) The nose and Jacobson's organ with
  especial reference to amphibia.   J. Comp.  Neurol., Gran-
  ville, O., 1894, iv, 117-152, 8 pl.—Beeckcr (A.)   Ver-
  gleichende Stilistik  der  Nasenregion bei  den Sauriern,
  Vogeln und Saugethieren.  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1903
  xxxi, 565-619, 3 pl.—Berliner (K.)   Die Entwicklung
  des Geruchsorganes der Selachier.  Arch.  f.  mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn, 1902, lx, 386-406,  1  pl-IS lanes (T.)  Sobre al-
  gunos puntos dudosos de la estructura del bulbo olfattorio.
  Rev. trimest. microg., Madrid, 1898, iii, 99-127.—Blen-
  dinger (W.)  Das  Cribrum der Siiugetiere.  Morphol.
  Jahrb., Leipz., 1904, xxxii,  452-478, 2 pl.  Also, Reprint.—
  Bottazzi (F.)  II cervello anteriore e le vie olfattorie
  centrali dei pesci cartilaginei.  Atti d. xi.  Cong. med. in-
  ternaz. 1894, Roma,  1895, iv, psichiat.  [etc.], 110-112.—
  Broom (R.)  On the organ  of Jacobson iu the mono-
  tremata.  J. Anat. Sc Physiol., Lond., 1895-6,  xxx, 70-80, 1
  pl. -----. A contribution to the comparative anatohiy of
  the mammalian organ of Jacobson.  Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb.
  (1896-7), 1898, xxxix, 231-255. -----. On the occurrence of
  an apparently distinct prevomer  in Gomphognathus.  J.
  Anat. Sc Physiol., Lond.,  1896-7, xxxi, 277-279. -----. On
  an apparently hitherto undescribed nasal-floor bone  in the
  hairy armadillo.  I bid., 280-282.—Bruner (H. L.)  New
  nasal muscles in the Reptilia.   Anat. Anz., Jena. 1897,
  xiii, 217. —von  Briinn (A.)   Die Endigung der Olfac-
  toriusfasein im Jacobson'schen Orgauedes Schafes.  Arch.
  f.  mikr. Anat.,  Bonn,  1892, xxxix,  651, 1 pl.—Chauveau 
NOSE.
772
NOSE.
\ose (Morphology  of).
  (C.)   Homologio et mode de developpement des cornets du
  uez che/ les vertebres amnio)es.  Arch.internat.de la-
  ryngol. [etc], Par., 1904, xvii, 4*9-491. -C'havanne (F.)
  One sent les fosses nasales au pointdevue cmhr\ologique?
  Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 279-282.—Cof-
  fin (L. A.)  The development of the accessory sinuses of
  the nose.  Am.  J. M.  Sc.  Phila.  A N.  Y.,  1905, exxix,
  297-312. — Colin (F.)   Zur Entwicklungsgeschicbte des
  Gernchsorgans  des Hiihnchens.   Arch. f. mikr. Anat.,
  Bonn,  1902,  lxi, 133-150,  1 pl.—Bella Valle (C.)  Con-
  tributo alia conoscenza della circolazione sanguigna nella
  mucosa nasale dei  mammiferi adulti.  Ricerche n. lab. di
  anat. noi in. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1900-1901,viii,93-114, 2pl.—
  Delia Vedova (T.)   Studii anatomo-istologici e anato-
  mo-patologici delle cavita nasali del feto nel loro periodo
  di sviluppo,  con ricerche sul canale di Jacobson  nel feto.
  Atti di Cong.d.  Soc.ital.di laringol. [etc.] 1902.Napoli,1903,
  vi, 179-183.   Also, transl.: Ann. di laringol. [etc.. |.Genova,
  1902, iii,  186-192.—Bella Vedova (T.) & Bovero (A.)
  A proposito di  studi  sullo sviluppo delle cavita  nasali.
  Arch. ital.  di otol. [etc.],  Torino,  1903-4,  xv, 366-378.—
  Biculnfe (L.)  Les fosses nasales  des vert6br6s (mor-
  phologie  et embryologie).  J. de I'anat. et physiol. [etc],
  Par., 1904, xl, 268; 414: 1905, xii, 102; 300; 478; 658.—Bisse
  (J.)  Die Ausbildung  der Nasenhohle nach der Geburt.
  Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1889, Supple.-
  Bd., 29-54, lpl.  -----.  Ueber Epithelknospen in der Regio
  olfactoria der Siiuger.  Auat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1895, vi, 1.
  lift., 23-58. -----. Riechschleimhaut und Riechnerv bei
  den Wirbeltieren.  Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch.
  UiOO, Wiesb., 1901, x, 487:  1002, xi,  107. —Bogie! (A.)
  Ueber die Driisen der Regio olfactoria.  Arch,  f  mikr.
  Anat, Bonn, 1885-0,  xxvi, 50-60.—Fischer iE.)  De-
  monstration von Modellen zur Vergleiehung der  Schadel-
  entwicklung von Mensch uud Affe  mit  besonderer Be-
  riicksichtigung  der Nase.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch.
  Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 626-630.—darn nu It
  (P.)  Contribution a. l'etude dc la morphologic des fosses
  nasales; I'organe de Jacobson.  Coinpt. rend. Soc debiol.,
  Par., 1895, 10. s.. ii, 322-325.—Olas (E.)   Ueber die Ent-
  wickelung und  Morphologic der  inneren Nase der Ralte.
  Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1904, xxv, 273-341, 4 pl.—Herriek
  (C. L.)  The cerebrum and olfactories  of the opossum,
  Didelphys virgiuica.  J. Comp. Neurol., Cincin..  1892, ii,
  1-20, 3 pl.-IIinsberg (V.)  Die Entwicklung  der  Na-
  senhohle bei Amphibien.  Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, j
  1901, lviii, 411:   1902, lx, 369, 5  pl. —His (W.y  Beob-
  achtungen  zur  Geschichte der Nasen-  und  Gaumenbil-
  dung  beim mensehlichen  Embryo.  Abhandl. d. math.- I
  phys.  CI. d. k.  siichs.  Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Leipz.,
  1902. xxvii, 349-389.— Iloehslettcr.  Ueber dio  Bildung
  der primitiven  Choanen  beim Mensehen.  Yerbandl. d.
  anat. Gesellsch., Jena.  1892, vi,  181-183.—Holm  (J. F.)
  The development of the olfactory organ in the Teleostei.
  Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1894, xxi, 620-624, 1 pl.—I tiger-
  soil (J. M.)   A study ofthe development ofthe nose and
  its accessory cavities.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y.,
  1904, xxvi, 270-291.  Also : Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol.,
  St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 189-190, 16 pl. -----.  The  nose and its
  accessory sinuses  iu  the American bear.  Ann.  Otol.,
  Rhinol. lv Laryngol., St. Louis,  1905, xiv, 267-273.—Ka-
  inon  (K  )  Ueber  dio  Geruchskuospen.  Arch.  f. mikr.
  Anat., Bonn, 1904, lxxiv, 653-664, 1 pl—Killian (G.)
  Zur Anatomie der Nase menseblicher Embrvonen. Arch.
  f. Laryngol. u.   Rhinol., Berl.,  1894,  ii, 234:  1895. iii, 17,
  4 pl.—Koi-mauii ( B.)   Vergleichende  histologische
  Untersuchungen uber  den  Nasenvorhof der  Haussauge-
  tiere  nnd iiber die Nasentrompete des Pferdes. Anat.
  Anz.,  Jena,  1906, xxviii, 5-16.— I.aureut.  Quelques
  mots  sur le developpement des sinus osseux du crane.
  Bull.  Soc. beige d'otol. [etc],  Brux.,  1899,  iv,  52-54.—
  von   I.eiihossek (M.)  Die Nerveuurspriiiige   und
  -Endigungen im Jacobson'schen Organ des Kauinehens.
  Anat.  Auz., Jena, 1892, vii.  fYY-635.—Civini (P.)  Va-
  rieta  delle  ossa nasali.  Monitore zool.  ital., Firenze,
  1898,  ix,  100-105.— I.ustig  (A.)  Des cellules  epithe-
  liales  dans  la legion olfactive des  embryons.   [Transl.
  from:  Atti  d. r. Accad.  d.   sc.  di  Torino,  xxiii.]
  Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1888,  x,  123-131, 1 pl.—Jlnr-
  tuseelli (G.)  L' orgauo di Jacobson eonsiderato come
  orgauo olfattivo.  Atti d.  Cong. d. Soc ital. di larin-
  gol. [etc] 1902,  Napoli, 1903, vi.  322.—IVlazzarclli  (C.)
  Ricerche intorno al cosi detto  apparato olfattorio  oelle
  Bulle.  Ricerche n. lab. di auat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma,
  1894-5, iv, 245-259, 1 pl.—Jleek (A.)  On the occurrence
  of Jacobson's organ, with notes on the development of the
  nasal cavity, the lachrymal duct, aud the Harderian gland
  in Crocodilus porosus.   J. Anat. Sc Physiol., Lond., 1892-3,
  xxvii, 151-160, 1  pl— Mejer (W.)  Beitrage zur Kenntnis
  der Anatomie und Histologie der lateraleu Nasendriise.
  Anat. Anz.,  Jena, 19u3-4, xxiv, 369-381.— von iVIihal-
  Kovics (V.) Anatomie uud Entwicklungsgeschichte der
  Xase  and ihrer Nebenhohlen.   Handb. d. Laryngol. u.
  Rhiuol.. Wien,  1896, iii, 1-86. -----.  Nasenhohle uud Ja-
IVose (Morphology of).
  cobson'sches Organ; cine morphologische Studie.  Anat.
  Hefte, Wiesb.,  1808,  xi, 1-107,  11  pl. -----. Ueber das
  Jacobaon'sche Organ.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,
  1898,  xxxiv,  31-33.—Mingazzini  (G.)  Sul signiticato
  onto  e  fllogenetico  delle  vane  forme  dell'  apertura
  pyriformis.  Bull.  d. r. Accad. med.  di  Roma,  1889-90,
  xvi, 443.— ITIorand.  Description  d'un  r6seau osseux
  observe  dans les cornets  du nes de  plusieurs quadru-
  ples. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1724, Par., 1726, 405-409, 1 pl.
  AUo .- Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc 1724, Amst., 1731, Mem., 5Y!-
  589, lpl.  Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par.
  .  . . Abhandl. 1724,  Bressl., 1755, vi, 354-358, 1 pl.—Peter
  (K.)  Anlage und Homologie der Museheln des Mensehen
  uud der Saugetiere.  Arch. f. mikr. Auat., Bonn, 1902, lx,
  339-307, 1 pl.   Also [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi,
  Ergnzngshft., 150.—Potiguet.  Jacobson's nasal canal;
  the possibility of its recognition in the living and its prob-
  able role in the pathogeny of certain lesions of the nasal
  septum.   [Transl. from:  Bull,  et m6m.  Soc. laryngol.,
  d'otol. et rhinol. de Par., i.J  J. Ophth., Otol. Sc Laryngol.,
  N.  Y., 1892,  iv, 315-323. —Babaud (E\)  Les  fossettes
  olfactives des cvclopes.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,
  1901, 11. s.,  iii, 240-242.—Bniuon y Cajal (P.)   Aparato
  olfatorio  do los batraceoa. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii,
  192-196.  AUo: Cong, internat.  de med.  C.-r.,  Madrid,
  1904,  xiv, sect, d'anat., 129-133. — Bauber  (A.)  Zur
  Keuntnis des Os interfrontale und  supranasale.  Anat.
  Anz., Jena, 1902, xxii, 214-221.—Buuge(I>.) Le canal in-
  cisif et I'organe de Jacobson.  Arch, internat. de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1894, vii, 208-228.—Beese (A. M.)  The nasal
  passages of the  Florida alligator.   Proc Aead. Nat. Sc,
  Phila., 1900-1901, liii, pt.2,  457-464,  1 pl.—Betzius (G.)
  Die Riechzelleu derOphidier in der Riechschleimhaut uud
  im  Jacobson'schen  Organ. Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm,
  1894, n. F.,  vi, 48-51, 1 1., 1 pl.-----. Ueberden Verschluss
  der Nasenlocher bei mensehlichen  Embryonen.  Anat.
  Auz., Jena, 1904, xxv, Ergnzngshft., 43.—Schmidt (V.)
  Zur Frage  iiber die laterale Nasendriise bei Siiugetieren.
  Ibid., 355-368.—Seydel (O.)  Ueber die Nasenhohle der
  hohereu Saugethiere und des Mensehen.  Morphol. Jahrb.,
  Leipz., 1891, xvii, 44-99, 3 pl.  A Uo, Reprint. -----. Ueber
  die Nasenhohle und das Jacobaon'sche Organ der Amphi-
  bien; eine vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchung.  Mor-
  phol. Jahrb.,  Leipz., 1895,  xxiii,  453-543.—Smith (G. E.)
  Jacobson's organ  and  the  olfactory  bulb in  Oruitho-
  rhynchus.  Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895, xi, 161-167.—Spurgnt
  (F.)  Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Nasen-
  uud Sehnauzenknorpel des Mensehen  und der Thiere.
  Morphol. Arb., Jena, 1895-6, v,  555-612, 2 pl.  Also, Re-
  print.—Staurenghi (C.) Duplicita- dei  nuclei ossiflca-
  tori del nasale, nell' Ovis aries e nel Sus scrofa doni.  (Jazz.
  med. lomb., Milano,  1906,  lxv, 61.—Nudlcr (M. T.)  The
  development  of the nose, and of the pharynx and its de-
  rivatives in man.   Am. J. Anat.,  Bait., 1902, i,  391-416.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Sund  (O.)  Die Entwickelung  des Ge-
  ruchsorganes bei Spinax  niger.  Biol. Centralbi., Leipz.,
  1904, xxiv, 651-659. -----. Die Entwicklung des Gernchs-
  organs bei Spinax niger; ein Beitrag zur Frage vou Mono-
  rhinie uud Ainphirhinie.  Zool. Jahrb., Jena,  1905, xxii,
  157-172, 2 pl.—Symington (J.)  On the organ of Jacob-
  son in the  kangaroo and  rock wallaby (Macropus gigan-
  teua  and Peno-jale penicillata).  J. Anat. & Physiol.,
  Lond., 1891-2, xxvi, 371-374, 1 pl.—Tiemnnii (H.)  Ue-
  ber die Bildung der primitiven Choane bei Saugetieren.
  Verhaudl. d.  phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1896, n. F.,
  xxx. 105-123, 1 pl.  Also,  Reprint.—Tourncux (F.) A:
  Soulie  (A.)   Sur  les premiers d6veloppements (le la
  pituitaire chez l'homme.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par..
  1898, 10. s., v, 890. —Ward (CH.)  Nasal characteristics,
  human aud comparative.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895,
  N. Y., 1896. xvii, 20H-J10, AUo, Reprint.—Wiedersheiui
  (R.)  Nachtragliche Bemerkungen iiber den Semnopitho-
  ens nasicus uud Beitrage zur iiussereii Nase  des Genus
  Rhinopithecus.  Ztschr. f. Morphol.  u. Authrop., Stuttg.,
  1901, iii, 576-582 —Zuckerkandl (E.)  Ueber die Naseu-
  muschel  der Monotremen.  Auat. Auz., Jena, 1902, xxi,
  386-391.

IVose (Mucous  catarrh of).
    See Neurasthenia (Manifestations of).

IVose (Nebulization of).
     See Nose (Irrigation, etc., of).

IVose (Necrosis of).
     See Nose (Diseases of bones, etc., of).

IVose (Nerves of).
     See Nerve  (Olfactory);  Nerve (Trigeminal);
  Nose.

IVose (Neuroses of  or from).
     See Nose (Reflex  neuroses of). 
NOSE.
773
NOSE.
IVose (Obstruction  of).
    See, also, Nose (Adhesions in);  Nose (Diseases
  of)  in children; Nose (Foreign bodies in); Nose
  (Septum of, Spurs, etc., of).
    Kosexfeld (E.;  * Beitrag zur Casuistik tier
  nasaleu  Stenosen.  8°.   Wiirzburg,  1694.
    Sheild  (A.  M.)  Lectures on  nasal obstruc-
  tion.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1901.
    Walsham (W.  J.)  Nasal obstruction;  the
  diagnosis  of  the  various  conditions causing it
  and their treatmeut.   8°.   London, 1696.
    -----.  The same.  8°.   Xeiv York, 1898.
    Bauer (E. C.)  The causes, effects,  and treatment of
  nasal  stenosis.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1888, ii,  600-002.—
  Baratoux (J.)  Sur une forme de st6uose nasale.  Rev.
  mens, de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1888, viii, 406-410.—Bel-
  liu (L.)  &.  Leronx (R.)  Une  observation d'occlusion
  membraneuse coug6nitale des  choaues.  Ann. d. mal. de
  l'oreille,  du larynx [etc], Par.,  1905, xxxi, pt.2, 159-164.—
  Booth  (B. S.)  Nasal stenosis.  N. York M. J., 1899, lxx,
  550-552.— Brnislin (W. C.)   Naso-pharyngeal stenosis.
  Med. News, Phila., 1892, lx,  344-347.—Brooks (E. D.)
  Intranasal pressure.  Homoeop. Eye, Ear  <fe Throat J., N.
  Y., 1899, v, 49-58.—Brown (J. P.)  Deviations of the na-
  sal septum.  Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1891, xvi, 391-390.—
  Bucklin (C. A.)   Obstruction of the nasal passages; its
  effects and its treatment.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila.,
  1889, lx,  589-596.—Cnpps (E. D.)  A case of complete oc-
  clusion of the posterior  nares.   Texas M.News, Austin,
  1898-9, viii, 611.—Cathell (W. T.) Recent studies  on na-
  sal  and  post-nasal  obstruction.  Maryland M. J.,  Bait.,
  1894-5, xxxii, 461-465.—Cauzard (P.)  Obstruction et
  insufflsance nasales, naso-pharyng6es, leurs causes, leurs
  consequences et leursni6faits.  P6diatrie prat., Lille, 1905,
  iii,  64-68.—Claoue.  Occlusion osseuse  congenitale de
  I'extr6mit6 posterieure  de la  fosse nasale droite.  Gaz.
  hebd. d. sc. ni6d. de Bordeaux,  1905, xxvi, 380.—Collier
   (M.)  Nasal obstruction and deformities of the upper jaw,
   teeth, and palate.  Lancet. Lond.. 1902, ii, 1038.—Coomes
  (M. F.)   Obstructions of the nasal passages.  Am.  Pract.
   Sc News, Louisville, 1902,  xxxiii, 417-420.—Cunning-
   bam (H.)   Nasal obstruction.  Post-Grad. Bull., Mil-
  waukee, 1905, i,  45-47.—Curtis (H. H.)   Nasal stenosis.
   Tr. ix. Internat, M. Cong., Wash., 1887, iv, 48-56.— Ba-
   vidson  (J. P.)   Causes  and symptoms of nasal  ob-
  struction.  Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1905, lxxxii,
  219-228.   Also: Old Dominion J. M. Sc S., Richmond, 1904-5,
  iii, 439-445.  Also: South. M. & S.. Chattanooga," 1905, iii,
  51-54. AUo: VirginiaM. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5,
  ix, 559-563. — Donornn (J.  A.)  General remarks on
  nasal obstruction.  Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi,  977-
   979.—Bowling (J. I.)   Nasal stenosis.   Homreop. Eye,
   Ear. <fc  Throat J., N. Y., 1900, vi, 254-256. — Bownie
   (J. W.)   Case of atresia nasi.   Glasgow M. J., 1904, lxii,
   34. -----. A case of nasal obstruction from an  unusual
   cause.  Lancet. Lond., 1905, ii,  1403.—Farnham (A. B.)
   Remarks on nasal insufficiency,  due mainly to  external
   stenosis.  N. York  M. J., 1892,' lvi, 540. — Folinea (E.)
  Alterazioni della faringe, della trachea e  dei cornetti na-
  sali nella steuosi nasale completa; ricerche  sperimentali
  ed istologiche.  Arch. ital. di larvngol., Napoli, 1905, xxv,
   177-196,   1 pl. — Frankenbergcr JO.) Atresie obou
  chripi.  [Atresia of both nostriN.J  Casop. 16k.  cesk., v
  Praze, 1903, xlii, 333; 367.—Freche.  Occlusion complete
  de  l'arriere-cavit6 des fosses nasales.   Bull.  Soc. d'anat.
  et  physiol. de  Bordeaux, 1894,  xv, 84. — Fridcnberg
   (P  )  Nasal obstruction as a cause of disorders of nutri-
  tion.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 791-799.   AUo, Re-
  print —Fritts  (J. R.)  Occlusion of posterior nares, with
  report of two cases. Med. Times, N. Y.,  1899, xxvii, 36-
  38.— lirant (J. D.)  Nasal  obstruction.  Brit. M. J.,
  Lond., 1888, ii, 602-005. — Ileymaim (P.)  Verengerun-
  gen und Verwachsungen  ties  Rachens und des Nasen-
  rachenraumes.  Handb.  d.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Wien,
  1896-7, ii, 481-486.—Hopinann.  Zwei weitere Falle von
  completer einseitiger Choanalatresie.  Arch. f. Laryngol.
  u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893-4,  i, 359-362. — Hoton. L'obstruc-
  tion nasale.  Arch. m6d. beiges, Brux., 1900, 4. s., xvi, 246-
  256.—Hughes (K.) [Case of  complete anterior obstruc-
  tion in both nares in an adult ast. 20.]  Austral.  M. J.,
  Melbourne, 1895, n. s., xvii, 483.—IwanoflF (A.)  Beitrag
  zur Kasuistik der Choanalatresieen.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol.,  Berl., 1904,  xvi,  332-335.— .lenkins (N. B.)  l\a-
  sal  obstruction;  mouth breathing;  catarrh;   dilators.
  Med. News. N. Y., 1901,  lxxviii, 299.—Jennings (J. E.)
  Strictureofthenasalduct.  Med.Rev.,St.Louis, 1895,xxxii,
  81-83.—Joseph (J.) Weiteres iiber Nasenverkleinerung.
  Munchen. med. Wchuschr., 1905, lii, 1488-Knmni.  Ein
  Fall von Verschluss der hinteren Nasenoffnuug.  Allg.
  med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl..  1902, lxxi, 611.-  Kcclei (E. E.)
  Atresia nasi externi. J. Ophth., Otol., Sc Laryngol., N. Y.,
  1893,v,334-337.— I.ennoyez(M.) & Boulay (M.)  Insuf-
  flsance et obstruction nasales.  Presse med., Par., 1897, 277-
IVose (Obstruction of).
  280.   Also: Rev. internat. de m6d. ot de chir., Par., 1897,
  viii, 293-298.— I.iiu  Boon Keng.  A peculiar case of
  nasal obstruction.  Scot. M. Sc S. J7, Edinb., 1899, v, 325.—
  I.iuhart (C. P.)  A peculiar enlargement of the turbi-
  nals.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900, ix,
  239-241.—Mabon (J. S.)  Obstructive diseases of the na-
  sal cavity.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. &Otol. Soc. 1896,
  N. Y., 1897, ii, 54-60. — lVIartelli (IJ.)  Le alterazioni del-
  1' olfatto e degli organi in generale nella steuosi nasalecom-
  pleta. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1905,  xxv, 106-115, 1
  pl.—ITIendel.  Dd'obstructionnasale. M6d.mod., Par.,
  1898, ix, 201-203.—ITIitcbeU (S.)  Nasal stenosis.  Buffa-
  lo M. Sc S. J., 1894-5, xxxiv, 577-587.—vou IVavratil.
  Fall  von  Artresia introitus narium.   Pest,  med.-chir.
  Presse, Budapest,1905,xli,65.—Noble (H. D.)   Naso-phar-
  yngeal obstructions.  Pacific Med.-Dent. Gaz., San Fran.,
  1898, vi, 410-454.—Occlusionc ossea delle  coane.  Gazz.
  d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 1583. — Farmentier.   L'ob-
  struction nasale. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1903, v, 41.—
  Parsons (W. B.)  The influence of nasal  obstruction on
  the  form ofthe face.  Lancet, Lond.,  1905, ii, 956-958.—
  Quinlnu (F. J.)   Nasal obstruction.  Internat. Clin.,
  Phila., 1904, 14. s., ii, 302-309.—Beynolds  (D. S.)  Nasal
  obstructions.  Am. Pract. Sc News, Louisville, 1902, xxxiv,
  150-153.—Bichet (A.)  Occlusion del'oriflco naso-pharyn-
  gien.  Inhis: Clin, chir., 8°, Par.,  1893, 457-461.— Rob-
  ertson (W.)  Nasal obstruction.  Rep. Proc.  Northumb.
  Sc Durham M. Soc, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1888-9, 47-54.
  -----. A curious case of occlusion of the choanae.  Brit.M.
  J., Lond., 1890, i, 178.—Boderick (E. R.)   Nasal obstruc-
  tion.  Tr.  Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1903, xi, 33-
  35.—Sato (T.)  [A caseof atresia of the nares.]  DaiNip-
  pon Ji-Bi-InKo-Kwa-KwaiKwaiHo, Tokyo, 1901, vii, 455-
  462.—SawtelI(J. E.)  Nasal obstructions.  J. KansasM.
  Soc, Lawrence, 1905, v,  95-101.—Sniilie (N.)  Some ob-
  servations on  nasal obstruction.  Homoeop. Eye, Ear &
  Throat J., N. Y., 1901, vii, 163-169.—Steiner  (M.)   Fall
  von Atresia  introitus narium.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,
  Budapest, 1905, xii, 14.—Strazza (G.)  TJn  caso di chiusu-
  ra completa  del cavo faringeo superiore.  Boll. d. mal. d.
  orecchio, d. golaed. naso, Firenze, 1892, x, 55-57.— Vacher
   (L.)  L'insuffisance nasale; ses formes; ses causes; ses con-
  sequences. Pi esse ni6d., Par.,  1905, 754-756.—Vansant
   (E. L.) A case of nasal obstruction. Phila.  Polyclin., 1896,
  v, 471-473.— Walsham (W. J.)  Nasal  obstruction; its
  causation  and treatmeut.  St. Barth.  Hosp. Rep., Lond.,
  1891, xxvii, 15-32, 1 pl.   Also, Reprint.— Ware (H. B.)
  Nasal stenosis and itsrelationto the voice.  Tr. Homoeop.
  M.  Soc. N. Y., 1899, xxxiv, 172-175.— Watson  (W. S.)
  On the influence of nasal steuosis on  the general health.
   Tr.  M. Soc.  Lond., 1891-2, xv, 306-319.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Wodon  (J.)   Occlusion complete de l'ouverture  naso-
  pharyngienne.   Presse m6d. beige, Brux.,  1892, xliii, 673-
  678.—Wolfendcn  (N.)  Complete atresia of naso-phar-
  ynx.  Tr. Brit.  Laryngol. Sc Rhinol.  Asa.  1891,  Loud. &
  Phila., 1892,  i, 40.—Zaun (G. F.)  Obstruction to  nasal
  respiration.  Milwaukee M. J., 1904, xii, 142-144.

 IVose (Obstruction  of,  Causes and pathol-

  ogy of).
     See, also, Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations
  of);  Nose (Adhesions in); Nose (Inflammation
  of,  Hypertrophic);  Nose   (Obstruction of,  Con-
  genital).
     Vallentin (E.)   *Ein Fall von  totalem  Na-
  senrachen-Vcrschluss durch  Lues maligna.  8°.
  Leipzig, 1905.
     Battle (K. P.)  Occlusion of nares by adhesions fol-
  lowing traumatism;  report of two cases.   Tr. M. Soc. N.
  Car., Raleigh,  1903,  1, 396-399.—Bauingartcu (E.)  A
  hortyogok harty&s elzarddasa.   [Case of membranous oc-
  clusion of nasal fossa.] Orvosi  hetil., Budapest,  1889,
   xxxiii, 416. AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest. med.-chir. Presse,
   Budapest, 1889, xxv, 1300.   AUo, transl.:  Monatschr. f.
   Ohrenh., Berl,  1898, xxxii, 404.—Birkett (H. S.)  Report
   of two cases  of bony occlusion of the right posterior nan's.
  Montreal  M. J., 1905,  xxxiv, 431, 1  pl.—Bobone (T.)
  Ostruzioue totale (d' origine congenita?) della narice si-
   nistra prodotta da cisti  osteo-cartilaginea del turbinato
   inferiore;  guarigione dopo una serie d' in ter ven ti.  Boll. d.
   mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1905, xxiii, 1-
   7.—Collin (L. A.)  Deductions from a study of unilateral
   nasal stenosis.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc.
   1898, N  Y.,  1899, iv, 140-143.—Collier.  L'etiologie de
   l'obstruction  nasale. Pratique med., Par., 1896, x, 225;
   241;  257.— Davidson  (J. P.)   Causes and symptoms of
   nasal obstruction.  Richmond J. Pract., 1905, xix, 29-37.—
   Biscussiou on the treatment  of nasal obstruction from
   intranasal causes other than mucous polvpus.   Brit.  M. J.,
   Lond., 1901,  ii, 867-874.—Escat (E.)   De la stenose cou-
   g6nitaledes fosses nasales et du naso-pharynx. Arch, in-
   ternat. de laryngol.  [etc.J, Par., 1896, ix, 189-205.—tSelle.
   Acc&s d'etouffements nocturnes par h6niist6nose nasale; 
NOSE.
774
NOSE.
IVose (Obstruction  of,  Causes and pathol-

  ogy  of).
  experiences sur la respiration nasale dans le decubitus, j
  Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol.,  Par., 1899, 11.  s., i, 958-961. I
  AUo: Tribune  m6d., Par.. 1899,  2. s., xxxi,  1011-1014.—
  Goodwillie (D. H.)  Hindrances  to respiration from
  disease in the nose.  Canada M.  Rec, Montreal, 1879-80,
  viii, 57-59.   AUo, Reprint— Grant (D.)  Remarks on
  nasal insufficiency due to exaggerated prominence of the
  anterior arch of the cervical vertebras.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1899, vi,  273.—Haag (H.)  Leber  Gesichtsscha-
  delform, Aetiologie und Therapie der angebornen Choanal-
  atresie.  Arch.  f. Lanugo!, u. Rhinol., Berl., 1899, ix, 1-
  29.— Hamilton (T. K.)  Nasal stenosis  due to  deflec-
  tioiisoftheseptum.   Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas.  Tr.
  19i)2, Hobart, 1903, 327-334. -----. Bony occlusion of the
  choanal J. Laryngol., Lond., 1905, xx, 172-178.—Hope
  (G. B.)  Complete bony  occlusion of the anterior nares
  due to hyperostosis of the facial bones. Chicago M. J. Sc
  Exam.. 1889, lviii, 286.— I.aiiguiaid (S. W.)  Remarks
  upon the causes and  treatment  of  nasal obstruction.
  Boston M. Sc S. J.,  1890, exxii,  467-470.—Laurent (0.)
  De l'obliteration nasale par 6paississement  synietrique de
  la cloisou.  Clinique, Brux.,  1890, iv,  531.—Liichtwitz.
  Bride daus l'arriere-cavite des fosses nasales.  Bull.  Soc
  d'anat. etphysiol. . . . de  Bordeaux, 1893, xiv, 107.— I.oeb
  (H. W.) Double nasal atresia due to  small-pox.  J.  Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxiv, 77-79.—Mabon (J. S.)  Ob-
  structive diseases ofthe nasal cavity.  Pittsburgh M. Rev.,
  1896, x, 141-145.—MaeCoy (A. W.)  Observations on oc-
  clusion of the posterior nares as a result of nasal catarrh.
  Med. News, Phila., 1883, xlii, 379-382.  AUo, Reprint.—
  lTIcSliane (A.) Cicatricial atresia of both choanae.   La-
  ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 281.—Macrcklein (G. B.)
  Stenosis of t he nasal cavity caused by contraction of the pal-
  ate and abnormal position of the teeth; treatment by ex-
  pansion of the maxilla.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1905, xlvii,
  570-574.—Magellan (C.) Ueber die sogenannte Vertebra
  prominens im Nasenrachenraum.  Arch. f. Larvngol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1900,  xi, 101-119. — de IUarchettis  (P.)
  Obstructio utriusque naris, altera quidem integra, a polypo
  spurio, came scilicet callosa uleeri ex contusione externa
  accresceute;  alia vero imperfecta,  feliciter sanatse.  In
  his: Obs. med.-chir. [etc.], Bononise, 1692, 65-67.—Men-
  del.   Insuffisance nasale caus6e par la pro6iuinence exa-
    f6r6e de 1'arc anterieur des premieres vertebres cervicales.
    jch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 272-275.—
  Myles (R.  C.)   Report of two cases of nasal adhesive-
  tissue stenosis,  congenital and scarlatinal.  Tr. Am. La-
  ryngol.. Rhinol., & Otol.  Soc.1898, N. Y., 1899, iv, 158-160.
  Also: J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1899, iv, 78-80.—
  Newcomb  (J. E.)   Nasal  insufficiency due to exagger-
  ated prominence of the anterior arch of the  cervical verte^
  br».   Ann.  Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St.  Louis, 1899*
  viii, 22-25.—Pegler (L. H.)  A case of nasal obstruction,
  with moriform hypertrophies growing from the free border
  of the septum.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897, xii, 493.—Ra-
  mon  Castaiieda.  De la  estrechez congenita 6  ad-
  quirida de las fosas nasales en su relacitfn  con la aspira-
  ci6u de las alas de la nariz.  Gaz. ui6d. de Granada, 1900,
  xviii, 361-367. — Bichards (G. L.)  Nasal obstructions
  which result in mouth-breathiug, with special reference
  to adenoid vegetations.   Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1896,
  xvii, 549-559.—Robertson (W.)  Symmetrical webs in
  uares with post-nasal occlusion by adventitious growth.
  Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1890,  ii, 897.—Roth (W.)  Contribu-
  tion a, l'6tude de l'etiologie de l'obstruction nasale.  Rev.
  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1906, i, 65-71.—Royet (H.)
  Obstruction nasale et myxcedeme; bourses pharyngiennes
  et brides du cavum.  Echo ni6d. de Lyon, 1901, vi, 33-35.—
  Rugani  (L.)   Contributo  sperimentale di  anatomia
  patologica  nelie  stenotisi nasali.  Atti n. Cong. d. Soc.
  ital. di  laringol. [etc. ] 1903,  Napoli, 1904, vii, 201-205. —
  Rumbold  (T. F.)  One of the  causes of  nasal obstruc-
  tion.   St. Louis  M. & S.  J.,  1896, lxx, 77 -81. — Sattler
  (E. K.)  A case of almost complete nasal stenosis produced
  by the use of the galvano-cautery. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
  1889, n, s., xxiii, 494.—Schroeder (G.)  Die Verengung
  der Nasenhohle, bedingt (lurch die Gaumeneuge uud ab-
  nornie Zabnstellnug; die uotweudige Heiluug durch Deh-
  nung des Oberkiefers.  Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh.,
  Leipz.,  1904, xxii, 626 - 634. — Townsend  ( I.)  Chronic
  nasal obstruction; etiology and diagnosis.  Homceop. Eye,
  Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y.,  1903, ix, 197-201.— Walsham
  (W. J.)  A post-graduate lecture on some ofthe affections
  of the nose causing  nasal obstruction.   Clin. J., Lond.,
  1894, iv, 188-195.

IVose (Obstruction  of, Congenital).
    Dacbhet (M.-V.)   *.Sur  l'obliteration  con-
  genitale de l'orifice post6rieur des fosses uasales.
  8y   Paris, 1900.
    HaA<;   (H.)   * Ueber  Gesicbtsscbiidelforin,
  Aetiologie  uud Therapie iler augeborneu  Cboa-
  ualatresie.   •J\   Berlin, 1(?9D.
IVose (Obstruction  of, Congenital).
     Hkms (J. K.)  * Ueber  angeborenen,  knoche-
  reu Cboanenverschluss.  rt'-'.   Marburg,  169'3.
     Hochiieim  (K.  E.  H.)   *Zur Casuistik  der
  doppelseitigen  congeuitalen   Cboanalatn-sien.
  rP.   Greifswald, 190:5.
     Ullmann (H.)   *Zur Casuistik des ange-bore-
  nen  doppelseitigen  Choanenverschlusses.   8U.
  Greifswald, 1699.
     Anion (W.)   Angeborener knocherner Verschluss der
  rechten Ohoauo.  Arch. f.  Ohreuh., Leipz., 1894, xxxviii,
  40-42. -----. Kongenitaler Verschluss der linken Choline.
  Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1903, xxx, 619-621.—Baurowiez
  (A.)  Angeborener doppelseit ige r Verschl uss der C hoanen.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, xi, 150-153. ----.
  Angeborener doppelseitiger Verschluss der vorderen Xa-
  senoffnnngen.  Ibid., 1903, xv, 161-166. — Beausoleil
  [R.]  Occlusion  congenitale de la  partie posterieure des
  fosses nasales.  Bull. Soc. d'auat. et ph\ siol. . . . de Bor-
  deaux, 1893, xiv, 174-181.  -----. Occlusion congenitale os-
  seuse des arriere-fosses nasales; obliteration complete &
  droite, incomplete k  gauche.   J.  de m6d. de Bordeaux,
  1894, xxiv, 315-318.—Bennett (O.  P.)  Congenital bony
  occlusion of the posterior nares.  Anu. Ophth. Sc Otol., St.
  Louis, 1893,  ii, 51-53.— Benlzen (S.)  Tilfaslde af konge-
  nital Atresi  af Choanse.  [Case of congenital  atresia of
  . . .]  Lgeskr. f. Laager, Kobenh., 1903, 5. R., x,  457-467.—
  Bleyl.  Ein Fall von angeborener  Choanalatresie, mit
  Beriicksichtigung der Gaumen- und Gesichlsschadelbil-
  duug.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Wiesb., 1901, xl, 54-59.—Bou-
  lai. Deux casd'iniperforationdelanariuedroite.  Arch.
  internat. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv,  407-410.—
  Boulay (M.)  Etude clinique sur l'occlusion cong6nitaIe
  de l'orifice post6rieur des fosses nasales.  A rch. de m6d.
  d. enf.,  Par., 1902, v,  140-156.  Also [Abstr.]: Rev. mens.
  d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1901, xix, 537-539.—Calamida (L.)
  Occlusionecongenitaosseadellecoane. Gior. d. r. Accad.
  di med. di Torino, 1904, 4.S., x, 326-328.—Chauveau (L.)
  L'obstruction nasale chez le nouveau-n6.  Gaz. d. mal.
  infant. |etc], Par., 1900,  ii, 201-205.  Also: Gaz. hebd. de
  m6d., Par., 1900, n. s., v, 325-328.—CitelIi (S.)  Due casi
  di occlusionecongenitadellecoane.   Arch. ital. di laringol.,
  Napoli, 1902,  xxii, 120-124.—Clark  (E. E.)  A case of
  congenital bilateral occlusion of the nasal passages.   Cin-
  cin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvi, 336.—Clarke (J. P.)
  Complete congenital occlusion efthe posterior  nares; re-
  port of a case.  Boston M. & S. J.,  1898, exxxviii, 171-174.
  [Discussion],  183.  Also. Repriut.—Colin  (G.)   Ueber
  angeborene Choanalatresie.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl.,
  1904, xxxviii, 472-489.—B'Aguanno (A.)  Occlusions
  congenita della fossa uasale posteriore destra. Arch. ital.
  di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 231-235.—B'Anibrosio.
  Stenosi congenite delle  fosse  nasali.  Progresso med.,
  Napoli, 1890, iv, 309-311.—Bionisio (I.)  Sulle atresie e
  sulle stenosi congenite delle coane.  Gior. d. r.  Accad. di
  med. di Torino,  1895,  3. s., xliii,  124-127.  AUo: Gazz.
  med. di  Torino, 1895,  xlvi, 137-139. — Bownie  ( W )
  Note on a case of congenital  membranous occlusion of
  the  left naris in a child.   Tr. Med.-Chir.  Soc. Glasg.,
  1895-7, i, 173.  AUo:  Glasgow M. J., 1896, xlvi,  299-301.—
  Escat.  De la st6nose cong6nitale des fosses nasales et
  du naso-pharynx.  Rev. internat.de rhinol., otol. et laryn-
  gol., Par., 1896, vi, 373-378. — Fuleustciii (H.)  Conge-
  nitaler, doppelseitiger kuocherner Verschluss der Choa-
  nen; Operationsmethode.   Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl.,  1889, xv, 800.—Fein (J.)  Eiu Fall von
  angeborener  vorderer  Atresie  des  Nasenloches.   Wien.
  klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 161.—Foster (H.)  Reportof
  a case of congenital nasal atresia.  Tr. West. Ophth. Otol.
  [etc.], Ass.  Otol., Laryngol. Sc Rhinol.Div., St. Louis, 1899,
  iv, 38.   Also: Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1899,  vi, 275.—
  Frankel (B.)  [Angeborener knocherner Verschluss der
  Choanen.]    Verhandl.  d.  laryngol. Gesellsch. zu  Berl.
  (1901), 1902,  xii, 28. — Fritts  (J. R.)   Occlusion of the
  posterior nares, congenital (bony).   Tr. M. Ass. Missouri,
  Kansas City. 1898,  145- 153. — Oouguenheim  (A.) Sc
  Hclary (L.)  Sur l'obliteration congenitale osseuse des
  choanes.  Anu. d. mal. de l'oi-eille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1894, xx, 43-59.  AUo, Reprint. — Oradenigo (G.)  Su
  un nuovo caso di imperforazione congenita ossea della co-
  ana di destra.  Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897,
  3. s., xiv. 717-720.  Also, transl..- Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,
  du larynx [etc],' Par.,  1898, xxiv, 212-244.—Hopinann.
  Ueber congenitale Verengungeu und Verschliisse der Cho-
  anen.  Arch.  f. klin. Chir., Berl.,  1888,  xxxvii, 235-263.
  AUo, Reprint. — Joel (E.)  Zur Lehre vou  dem angebo-
  renen Choanalverschluss.   Ztschr. f.  Ohrenh., Wiesb.,
  1898, xxxiv, 25-29.  AUo, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899,
  xxviii,  32-31. — Kajser (R.)  Ueber angeboreuen Ver-
  schluss  der  hiut-ren   Nasenoffnung (Choanalatresie).
  Wien. klin.  Ritndachaii,  1899, xiii,  167.— Knight (C. H.)
  Congenital bouy occlusion of the posterior nares. Tr. Am.
  Laryngol. Ass.' 1888  [N. Y.], 1889, x, 102-109.  Also: Med.
  News, Phila.. 1888,  liii,  517-520.—I.iebc (G.)   Angebo-
  rene Verwachsuug der Nasenoffuungeu.  Monatschr. f. 
NOSE.                                             775                                             NOSE.
IVose (Obstruction of  Congenital).
  Ohrenh.  Berl.,  1896, xxx,  179-182. — Tlcliitosh (J. R.)
  Congenital nasal obstruction.  Maritime M. News, Hali-
  fax, 1903, xv, 359.—lTIorf (J.)  Ueber angeboreueu Choa-
  nalverschluss.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhiuol., Berl., 1900,
  x,  173-176. — Onodi (A.) A hatuls6 orrnyilAs (choana)
  vilagrahozott sajsltszerli  elzarodaaar61.   [Curious  con-
  genital closure of posterior choana.]  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest, 1889, xxxiii, 356.  AUo, transl..- Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1889, xxvi, 742.  Also,  transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-
  chir. Presse, Budapest, 1889,  xxv, 748. — Paz (J.)  Im-
  perforacidn nasal congenita.   An. d. Circ. n ed. argent.,
  Buenos Aires,  1896, xix, 92. — Porter  ( W.  G.)  Notes
  on a case  of congenital atresia  of the choana.  Edinb.
  M. J., 1906, n. s., xix, 129- 133. — Potter (F. H.)  Re-
  portof a case  of congenital  bony occlusion of the poste-
  rior nares.  Buffalo M. Sc S. J., 1888-9, xxviii, 74-76.  AUo,
  Reprint. — Raonlt,  Obliteration complete des deux na-
  rines die/,  un enfant do 22 mois.   Rev. med. de lest,
  Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 214. — Rice (CO   Complete congen-
  ital obstruction of left naris.  Aroh. Pediat., N. Y., If94,
  xi, 365.  -----.  The rare condition of congenital closure of
  the anterior nares.   Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv. 808.—
  Bolland  (A. J. B.)  Obstruction  osseuse  congenitale
  de l'arriere-fosse nasale gauche.   Gaz. med. de Montreal,
  1889, iii,  155-157.—Boot (Eliza H.)  A case  of  nasal ob-
  struction in  the  newborn. Woman's M. J.,  Toledo, 1897,
  vi, 374-376.—Scheppegrell (W.)  Congenital occlusion
  of the posterior  nares. Aun.  Ophth.  & Otol., St. Louis,
  1894, iii,  177-181. AUo,  Reprint.—Sch utter  (W.) Un
  cas d'atr6sie cong6nitale des choanes.  Anu. d. mal. de l'o-
  reille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1895, xxi, pt.2,67.—Sch wend I
  (A.) Eiu Fall von angeboreueni doppelseitigen knocher-
  nen Verschluss  der Choanen;  Heilung durch  Galvano-
  caustik. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1897, xxxi, 105-112.—
  Sessous.  [Fall von  angeborenem  knochernen Choanal-
  verschluss.]  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1904, xxx, 722.—Solly (E.)  Case of occlusiou of posterior
  nares by a septum apparently of congenital origin. Tr.
  Clin. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xxv, 282.—Stout (G. C.)  A case
  of infantile atresia  of tbe nasal  fossae,  with  unusually
  rapid respiration.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii,
  977.—Sutherland (G. A.)  Obstructed breathing in early
  life. Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 4-9.—Thrasher (A. B.)
  Congenital osseous stenosis of the naris.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass. 1895,  N. Y., 1896, xvii, 170.  Also: N. York M. J.,
  1895, lxii. 750.—Tuixnns (J.)  Caso clinico de obstruc-
  ci6n nasal congenita.  Med. delos ninos, Barcel., 1906, vii,
  42.—Wolff (L)  Ueher  angeborenen  knochernen  Clio-
  anal verschluss.  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1902,
  xiii. 293-295.—ron SKderas (O. H.)  Angeborener Ver-
  schluss eines Nasenloches.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1892,
  v, 571-575.

 WTose  (Obstruction  of, Diagnosis  of).
     Barbour (P. F.)  Nasal obstructions simulating ade-
  noid growths.  Arch. Pediat.. N. Y., xv. 191-194.—Baum-
   garten (E.)  Echte  und  falsche  Choaneuverschliisse.
  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1896, xxx, 17-20.—Bronner
   (A.) The importance of an early diagnosis and treatment
  of nasal obstruction in children.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896,
  ii, 622.— Bruck (F.) Ueber eine Tauschungsmogliehkeit
  bei der Untersuchung der Luftdurchgangigkeit der Nase,
  sowie iiber  deren  Bedeutung fiir intranasale  Eiugriffe.
  Miinchen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1898, xiv, 1148. -----. Zur
  Priifung der Luftdurchgangigkeit der  Nase.  Therap. d.
  Gegenw.,  Berl.-Wien, 1901,  n. F., iii,  407-409. — Bur-
  chardt.  Die Luftstromung in  der Nase unter patholo-
  gischen Verhaltnissen;  kliuisch-experiiuentelle  Studie.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1905, xvii, 123-146.
   See, also,  infra, R6thi. — Claoue.   Des  d6fectuosit6s
  de  la  respiration  nasale chez  le  soldat;  examen  des
  fosses nasales et du pharynx nasal chez 500 militaires.
  Arch, de med. et pharm.  mil., Par., 1895, xxvi, 36-59.—
  Collier ( [ M.  P. ] M.)   Latent or intermittent nasal
  obstruction.   Med.  Press   &  Circ, Lond.,  1903, n.  s.,
  lxxvi, 564.  -----■.  On latent  or intermittent nasal ob-
  struction.   Ibid.,  1904,  lxxvii,  249-252.  AUo:  J. La-
  ryngol., Lond., 1904, xix, 122-132.   Also: Lancet, Lond.,
  1904, i. 429-432. — Connell  (E. De W.)  Some points on
  the diagnosis of the more common forms  of nasal ob-
  struction, and their radical relief.  Med. Sentinel, Port-
  land, Oreg., 1901, ix, 137-143.—Courtade (A.)   Comment
  on pent appr6cier le  degr6  (l'obstruction des fosses  na-
  sales?  J. de m6d. de Par., 1902,  2. «., xiv, 477.  -----.  De
  la mensuration  graphique de  la perm6abilit6 des fosses
  nasales.  Arch, internat.  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, xv,
  17-23. Also: Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1902, xxviii, 110-117.-----. Etude clinique et physiologique
  de l'obstruction nasale. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par 1903 xvi, 320; 598; 884.  AIso, Reprint.  AUo: Ann.
  de la Policlin. dePar., 1904, xiv, 73; 97; 121; 151; 169; 193.—
  Cox (C. N.) Some points in  the diagnosis ot the more com-
  mon forms of nasal obstruction.  Tr. M. Soc  N. Y., Phila.,
  1899,340-347.  Also: Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 223-226. AUo, Re-
  print.— «ibb (J. S.)  The importaiiceof early recogaition
  and treatment of obstructive diseases ofthe upper respira-
  tory tract.  Proc. Phila. Co.  M. Soc, Phila.,  1894, xv, 121-
]\Tose (Obstruction  of, Diagnosis of).
  131.—Clatzel.  Zur Priifung der Luftdurchgangigkeit
  der Nase. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 8-17.
  Also: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1901, n. F., iii,348-
  351.—Jacobson (A.)   M6thode pour mesurer la permea-
  bilite du nez.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],
  Par., 1899, xxv, pt. 2, 511-517.—Kayser <R.)   Die exacte
  Messuug der Luftdurchgangigkeit der Nase.   Arch. f. La-
  ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1895, iii, 101-120.—Kiihner (A.)
  Ueber latente oder intermittierende behinderte Nasenath-
  mung  und deren Bedeutung fiir das Allgeineinbeflnden.
  Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1904, xiv, 349-351.—Lamb
  (W.)  Remarks on the  diagnosis of nasal  obstruction.
  Birmingh. M. Rev., 1901, xlix, 26; 76. — L.eriuoyez (M.)
  Pseudo-obstruction nasale chez une hysterique.  Bull, et
  m6m. Soc. med. d. hop.dePar., 1899, 3.s., xvi,65-70.  Also:
  Ann. d. mal. do l'oreille, du larynx [etc], Par., 1899, xxv,
  288-294.  AUo:  Presse med., Par.,  1899, i,  37. — I.oeb
  (H.  W.)  Mirror test for nasal obstruction.  Tr. M. Ass.
  Missouri, St. Louis, 1894,155-160,1 pl.  AUo: Texas M. J.,
  Austin, 1894-5, x, 338-343.—Merrick (S. K.)   The  more
  common forms of nasal stenosis.   Maryland M. J., Bait.,
  1892-3,  xxviii,  199-203.—Moldenhauer.  Eine bisher
  unbekannte  Form  der Naseuverengung.   Verhandl. d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1895, Leipz., 1896,
  lxvii, pt. 2,  2.  Hlfte., 217-219.—Parker (C. A.)  Nasal
  breathiug in nasal obstruction.   St. Barth. Hosp. Rep.,
  Lond.,  1893, xxix, 235-251.—Bethi (L.)  Exfierimentello
  Untersuchungen iiber die Luftstromung in der normalen
  Nase, sowie bei pathologischen Veranderungen derselben
  und des Nasenrachenraumes.  Sitzungsb. d.  k. Akad. d.
  Wissensch.  Math.-naturw.  CI.. Wien, 1900,  cix, 17-36.
  -----.  Bemerkung zuBurchardt'sPublikation: DieLuft-
  stomung in der Nase unter pathologischen Verhaltnissen.
  Arch. f. Laryngol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 367-369. — Wright
  (J.)  Some  remarks on nasal obstruction, with a descrip-
  tion of a naso-manometer; nasopharyngeal auscultation.
  Ann.  Ophth. & Otol.,  St. Louis, 1896, v, 1119-1124.—
  Zwaardemaker (H.)  Ademaanslag als diagnosticum
  der nasale stenose.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,
  1889, 2. R.,  xxv, 297-300. —Zwaardemaker  (H.) &
  Beuter (0.)   Athembeschlag als Hiilfsmittel 'zur Dia-
  gnose der nasalen Stenose.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1893, i, 174-177.

 UTose  (Obstruction of, Effects of).
     See, also, Aprosexia;  Nose  (Diseases  of) in
  children;   Nose  (Beflex  neuroses  of);  Voice
  (Nasal).
     Etievant.   Obstruction   uasale  et  inconti-
  nence d'urine.  8°.   Lyon, [n. d.].
     Korxer (O.)   Untersuchungen iiber Wacbs-
  thnnisstorung  uud  Missgestaltung  des Ober-
  kiefers uud (les Nasengeriistes in Folge von  Be-
  hinderung der  Nasenathmung.   8°.    Leipzig,
  1891.
     Anderson (W. S.)   Pressure symptoms aue to nasal
   obstruction.  Harper  Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1905, xvi, 43-
   46.—Aubaret.   Insufflsauce valvulaire du  canal nasal
   et k6ratite suppurative.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor-
   deaux, 1905, xxvi, 379. —Baldwin  (Kate  W.)  Intra-
   nasal pressure a cause of headaches, diplopia, aud other
   ocular disturbances.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv,
   788-795. — Banlcs (A. C.)   Nasal obstruction  and ear
   disease.  Med.  Rec,  N. Y.,  1901, lx, 769-77L—Bcrgen-
   griin  (P.)   Ueber die schadlichen Folgen  der Nasen-
   vereugerung und behiuderteii Nasenathmung.  St. Pe-
   tersb. med. Wclinschr., 1895, n. F., xii, 345-349. — Broe-
   ckaert(J.) Overdegevolgen derneusverstopping. Han-
   del, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong. 1898, Gent, 1899,
   ii, 75-79.- Bucklin (C.A.)   Nasal stenosis, its effects on
   the eye, ear, pharynx, larynx, voice, aud brain.  N. York
   Med.'Times, 1887-8, xv, 205.  Also, Keprint.—Bullnra
   (L.)  Enfisema polmonare daocclusione nasale e sua pato-
   genesi.  Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 3, 387; 401.—
   Bullette  (W. W.)  Two cases of asthma due to intra-
   nasal obstruction.   Codex med. Phila., 1896-7, iii, 267-270.
   Also: Med. Herald, St.  Joseph, 1897, n. s., xvi, 280-284.—
   Campbell (D. S. )   Bronchial  spasm  resulting from
   nasal obstruction.  Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1897-8,
   viii, 5-10.—Campbell  (H.)  The influence of nasal ob-
   struction upou  the development  of the teeth  and palate.
   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 1401.—Cervello (V.)  Enfisema
   polmonare da occlusione delle vie nasali.  Riforma med.,
   Napoli, 1890, vi, 692.—Cheatham (W.)  Nasal stenosis
   and some of its effects.  Internat. Cliu., Phila., 1898, 7. s.,
   iv,  319-327.—Collier (M.)   Clinical lecture on chrouic
   nasal obstruction and  some of its consequences.  Med.
   Week,  Par., 1894, ii,  37.-----.  The effect of chronic
   nasal obstruction on the growing skulls of young persons.
   Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1189. -----. Some effects of chronic
   nasal obstruction.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond.. 1895. n. s.,
   lx, 515-518.  -----. Nasal obstruction anil  ear affections.
   Lancet,  Lond.,  1898, ii, 991. -----.  Deformities of the
   teeth and palate due to  nasal obstruction.  Brit. J. Dent. 
NOSE.
776
NOSE.
Aose (Obstruction of, Effects of).
  Sc, Lond., 1899, xlii, 585-592. -----. L'ohstiuctiou nasale;
  ses rapports avec les affections de la gorge, do l'oreille, du
  nez et des  cavites accessoires.   Yoix,  I'ar., 1901,  xii, 129-
  149. — Cox (C. N.)  Some of the effects of chronic nasal
  obstruction.  Brooklyn M. J., 1896, x, 625-635.  AUo, Re-
  print. — Cozzolino.   L' aprosexia o  appareute defi-
  cienza intellettuale nello seolaro normale per insuffieiente
  permeabilita delle vie nasali e  tubo-auricolari.  Atti d.
  Cong. ital. p. 1' educat. fis. 1900,  Napoli, 19o2, i, 145-186.—
  Curtis (IL H.)  Ana-mia and nasal stenosis.  J. Am. M.
  A--s  , Chicago, 1890, xiv, 48-50.— Denison (C.)  Tho caus-
  ative relation of nasal obstruction to lung  disease; with
  the presentation of new mechanical devices for treatment.
  Ibid., 1894, xxiii, 448-451. — Dunn ( W. A.)  The rela-
  tion of  nasal stenosis  to mal-nutrition.   Med. Century,
  1-93, i, 61-64. — Foster (H.)  Obstruction of the nose,
  causing nervousness, with reports of cases.  St. Joseph M.
  Herald, 1890,ix, 517-519.  Also: Weekly M.Rev., St. Louis,
  1889,  xx, 5. — Foucher.   L'obstruction nasale et ses
  consequences.  Union med. du  Canada,  Montreal, 1901,
  xxx, 67-77. — Fridenberg (P.)  Nasal obstruction as a
  cause of disorders  of nutrition.   N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1905,
  lxxxi, 791-793.— Fullertou (R.)  Displaeedjeft middle
  turbinate  which   obstructed the  nasal  passage for ton
  years. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i,  000.— Genta(S)  Effetti
  della occlusione parziale e totale delle  fosse nasali sulla
  respirazioue.  Anu. di laringol. [etc.], Genova. 1901, ii. 306-
  315.  -----. Effetti della occlusione nasale sulla pressioue
  sanguigna. [Effets de l'occlusion nasale sur la pression
  sauguine.  R6s.,13.|   Ibid., 1902, iii, 1-13.—liriffiu (E.H.)
  Nervousness produced by obstruction of the nares. with
  reports of cases. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1888, xxxiv, 65.—<*utt-
  mnn (J.)  Obstruction ofthe nose, aud its influence upon
  the human organism.  N. York  M. J., 1898, lxviii, 558-560.
  AUo, Reprint.— Hewetson (H. B.)  Tho relations be-
  tween tbe various forms of nasal stenosis and deafness.
  Tr. Brit. Larvngol.&.Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Loud. Sc Phila., 1893,
  ii, 47-55. — Heyse.  Ueber Storungen der Herztatigkeit
  bei Verengerung  der Nasenhohle. Deutsche mil.-iirztl.
  Ztschr.,  Berl., 1903, xxxii, 586-593.—Hiers (J. L.)  Nasal
  obstruction and its  influence.   Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, At-
  lanta, 1899, 232-235.—Howe (A. C.)   Nasal occlusion in
  its etiological relation to general diseases.  Brooklyn M.
  J., 1905, xix, 242.—Jnuquct (E.) De l'obstruction nasale;
  ses rapports avec les affections generates; son traitemeut.
  Clinique, Brux.,  1901, xv, 305;  385. — Kafcmaini (R.)
  Ueber die  Beeiuflussung  geistiger   Leistungeu  (lurch
  Behinderung der Nasenathmung.  Psychol. Arb., Leipz.,
  1901-2, iv, 435-453.— Better! (F.)   Ueber  eiuen Fall
  von  erworbener  Atresie des  einen Gehorganges  sowie
  heider Naseneingange, kompliziert mit  luetischer Sat-
  telnase.  Internat. phot. Monat<chr. f. Med. [etc.J, Leipz.,
  1897, iv, 41-44. — Kittredge (F. E.)  Nasal obstruction,
  reflex  disturbances   referable   thereto.   Tr. N. Hamp-
  shire M. Soc, Concord,  1904,   cxiii,  106- 115. — Knyk
  (D.  A.)   The influence of nasal occlusion  over  cere-
  bration.   N.  York M. J.,  1894,  lx, 755.   Also: Laryngo-
  scope, St. Louis, 1899, vi, 148-153.—£..   Des consequences
  de 1'iusuffisance nasale.  Rev. m6d., Louvaiu, 1896-7, xv,
  453-461.— Lack  (L.)  Case  of  high-arched palate  and
  crowding of teeth due to nasal  obstruction, showing the
  factors  producing the deformity.  J.  Laryngol., Lond.,
  1905, xx, 329-332.— Lavrnud (ti..)  C6phaieo et n6vralgio
  d'origine nasale.   J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, ii, 5-12 —
  Liclaud (G. A.)  Nasal obstruction, with reference to
  aural disease.  Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc,  Bost.,
  1897, 459-467.  AUo.- Boston M.  Sc S. J., 1897. exxxvii. 199-
  201.  -----. Obstructed nasal respiration, including ade-
  noid vegetations.  Ann. Gvnec. Sc Pediat., Bost,  1899-
  1900, xiii, 42-58—I.und (G. J.)  Nasal  stenosis;  its re-
  lations  and  effects.  South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles,
  1897, xii. 52-56.— Hackeuzie (J. N.)  Au unusual case
  of stenosis of the nasal passages.  Maryland M. J., Bait.,
  1897-8,  xxxviii,  350.  [Discussion], 353. — Mackenzie
  (W.) A case of deafness following on nasal ob  truction
  without other disease ofthe hearing apparatus.  J. Laryn-
  gol.,  Loud.,  1904.  xix  292-294.-ITIaiicioli (T. )  Cario
  dentaria e ostru/.ioue nasale.   Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d.
  gola e d.  naso, Firenze, 10u4,  xxii,  113-121. — Tlarlu-
  seelli (G.) & .TIartelli (L.)    Alterazioni del senso del-
  1'oltatto e degli organi  in generale, nell' asfissia leuta da
  stenosi uasale completa.  Arch.  ital. diotol. [etc.], Torino,
  1904-5, xvi, 141-140.— Maxwell (P. W.)  The effects of
  nasal obstruction  ou accommodation.   Brit. M. J.,  Lond
  1806, ii, 825 — Hayburry (A. W.)  The relation of nasal
  obstruction to obscure  cases of  asthma.   Canad.  J. M.  Sc
  S., Toronto. 1901.  x,  190—Melzi (U.)  Sulla nociva in-
  fluenza dell' occlusione nasale  e dell' ostacolata respira-
  zioue nasale sullo  sviluppo flsico ed intellettuale dei bam-
  bini.  Gazz.  med. lomb., Milano, 1898, lvii, 437; 447; 457;
  468.—Vlciidel (H.)   De riiisuttisancenasaleet de ses con-
  sequences en odontologie.  Odontologie, Par., 1897. 2. s.. v,
  41-46. -----. Troubles dus a linsuffisauce uasale.  Rev
  g6u.  de  clin.  et  de  th6rap.,  Par., 1897, xi, 452-455.—
  IVelson (J.  W.)  A case of hemicrania cuied by the
 Sose (Obstruction of, Effects of).
  removal  of  nasal obstructions.  Chicago M.  Recorder,
  1892, iii, 857. — Ostino (G.)  Le stenosi nasali  in rap-
  porto  al servizio  militare.   Gior.  med. d. r. esercito
  Roma, 1901, xlix, 897-924. —Parker (E. F.)  Nasal ob-
  structions  a cause of disease iu the  eve as well  as
  the  ear; with  report  of  a case.   Nortii   Car.  M.  j.
  Wilmington,  1894, xxxiv,  21-23. — Porcher (W. P.)
  Tho effect  of nasal stenoses  ou the  throat, ear, and or-
  gans at a distance.  N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 400-402.—
  Przedborski   ( L.)  O wplywie niedrozno&ci  nosa i
  jamy nosogardzielowej  na zdrowie dzieci i  pod i astaja.ee j
  inlodziezy.   [ Influence of  the closure of the nose and
  pharynx on the  health of children and of the growing-up
  youth.]  Zdrowie,  Warszawa,  1904, 2. s., iv, 749-762.__
  Prnchon  (E.)   Headache due to  nasal  stenosis.  Ann.
  Ophth. &Otol.,  St. Louis, 1893, ii, 104- 168.  — Quinlaii
  (F. J.)  Nasal obstruction as a factor of tinnitus aiirium.
  N. York Polyclin., 1895,  v, 176 -17*.   Also, Keprint.__
  Bandall (B. A.)  The prime effect upon the ear of nasal
  stenosis.  Phila.  Polyclin., 1895, iv,  173. — Reynolds
  (F. R.)   Immediate and remote effects of nasal obstruc-
  tion.  Med. Age, Detroit, 1900. xviii, 41-48.—Bool (E. H.)
  Epileptoid  seizures appareutlv due to nasal  obstruction.
  N. York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 716. — Bugani  (L.)  L' iper-
  salivazione  negli   stenotici nasali.  Gazz. d.  osp., Mi-
  lano, 1904, xxv, 10.—  Shields (W. B.)   Nasal diseases
  and  obstructions  as a cause  of  laryngitis, and meth-
  ods  for  relief of same.  Interstate  M.  J., St.  Louis,
  1902, ix,  488-490.  AUo:  St. Louis  M. Kev., 1902, xlvi,
  163-165.  [Discussion], 169. — Symonds. The  effect
  of nasal  obstruction  upon laryngeal  lunction  and upon
  sleep.   Guy's Hosp.  Oaz., Lond.,  1X98,  xii, 325-330.—
  Thompson (W. U.)  Cough, the result of nasal obstruc-
  tions.  Texas M. Ga/.., Fort Worth, 1902, ii,  no. 3, 1-3.—
  Thorner ( M.)  Case of persistent tinnitus aiirium re-
  lieved by the removal  of a nasal obstruction.   Cincin. Lan-
  cet-Clinic, 1889, n. s.,  xxii, 563-505.— Thrasher (A. B.)
  The effect of intranasal obstructions on the singing-voice.
  Ibid., 1892, n. s., xxix,  483-488.  Also, Reprint.—Wallace
  (J. S. )  Nasal obstruction  and mouth-breathing.   Med.
  Press & Circ, Lond.,  1905, n. s., lxxix,  104-107.—Watson
  (W. S.)  On the  influence of nasal stenosis on the general
  health.   Tr. AL  Soc.  Lond., 1891-2, xv, 306-319.  Also:
  Laucet, Lond., 1892, ii, 601-604. —White (J. A.)  Nasal
  obstruction j partial or complete; its relation to so-called
  catarrh ofthe nose, ear, throat, aud chest; as also to head-
  ache, cough, etc.  Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg , Wheeliug.  1889,
  658-662. — Whitehead ( A. L.)  The influence of nasal
  and naso-pharyngeal obstruction upon the development of
  the teeth and' palate.  J.  Brit. Dent. Ass., Lond.,  1902,
  xxiii, 210-214.  AUo:  Brit. M.  J., Lond., 1902, i,  949-951—
  Zictn.  Ueber Verkriimmung der Wirbelsaule bei ob-
  sti uirenden Nasenleiden.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh.,  Berl.,
  1890.  xxiv, 134-139.

Nose (Obstruction of Treatment  of).
    Meyjes (W. P.)  Over nasaalstenose en bare
  behandeling.   12°.  Amsterdam, 1894.
    Asch  (M. J.)  Treatmeut  of  nasal  stenosis due
  to deflective  septa, with or without thickening of con-
  vex side.   Lar\ ngoseope,  St.  Louis, 1899,  vi, 340-343.
  [Discussion],  367-372. — Astier (C.)   Contribution au
  traitement  des  stenoses  nasales.   Ann.  d.  mal. de
  l'oreille,  du larynx  [etc.l. 1891,  xvii, 643-646. -----.
  Da traitement  de certains retr6cissenients des fosses
  nasales.   Rev.  de  laryngol. [etc|. Par., 1892, xii. 399-
  402.   [Discussion]. 412.—Bostvorth (F. H.)  Treatment
  of nasal  stenosis due to deflective septa, with or without
  thickening of convex  side.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1899,
  vi, 337-339.—Boucher (G.)  Casodi cousiderevole incur-
  vamento del setto cou steuosi  completa di una  narice,
  guarito con 1' aria coinpressa.  Arch. ital. di 'aringol.. Na-
  poli, 1888, viii, 19-22. — Bouffe.  De la  st«iio-e nasale et
  de  son traitement  par la  dilatation simple et rapideinent
  progressive au moyen de bougies. Kev.de larvngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1893,  xiii, 906-969. — Butts (H. H.) Intranasal ob-
  struction and its treatment.  Med.  Rec. N.  Y.. 1903. lxiii,
  567-572.  Also:  Manhattan Eye Sc Ear Hosp. Kep., X. Y.,
  1905. no. 6,34-51. — Belorme.   Traitement de l'atresie na-
  sale cicatriei lie; presentation d'unmoule.  Bull, et mem.
  Soc. de chir.  de Par.,  1895, n. s.,  xxi, 812.— Belstau-
  che pere.   Nouveau traitement  des stenoses  nasales.
  Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. etde laryngol.. Brux., 1898, iii, 50.—
  Biseussion (A) on the treatment of nasal obstruction
  from intranasal causes other than mucous  polypus.  J.
  Laryngol.,  Lond.,  1901, xvi, 404-489. — Dor (L.)  Traite-
  meut des retrccissements du canal nasal par i'electrolyse.
  Province med..  Lyon,  1896, x, 40-44. — Douglass (B.)
  Treatment of nasal stenosis due to deflective septa, with
  or without thickening of convex side.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1899. vi.  356-366.  Also, Reprint. — Francis (A.)
  An ahe  nasi prop.   Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1905,  ii, 1461 —
  Garel.  De I'electrolyse daus les obstruction's  nasales
  par epaississenieut et deviation de la cloison.  Cong, in-
  ternat. d'otol. etde laryngol.,  Par..  1889, 362-369. — CSar- 
NOSE.
777
FOSE.
IVose (Obstruction of, Treatment of).
   risou  (J.  B.)  Chronic  uasal  obstruction; treatment.
   Honireop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1903, ix, 201-210__
   Gibbons  (P. J.)   The treatment  of nasal stenosis by
   means of a new intranasal tube.  N. York M. J., 1892, lvi,
   36-38.—Gillmnii  (R. J.)  The use of large probes in the
   treatment of stricture of the nasal duct.  J. Mich. M. Soc,
   Detroit,  1904, iii, 154-157.—Oleason (E. II.)  Treatment
   of nasai stenosis due to deflective septa, with or without
   thickening of convex side.  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis, 1899,
   vi,  352-355.—Goldsmith (P. G.)  The management of
   the various forms of nasal obstructions.  Canada Lancet,
   Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 733:  829. — Halasz  (II.)   Lues
   folytan 16trejott teljes orrgaratelzarodaa gyogyult  esete.
    SA cured case of complete obstruction of the nasal passage
    ollowiug lues.]  Gy6gyaszat,  Budapest, 1903, xliii,  711.
   -----.  Teljes orrgarat-elzarodaa  gyogyult  esete.   [A
   cured case of obstruction of the nasal cavity.]   Orvosi he-
   til., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 753. — Hasbrouck (S.)   On
   the treatment of stenosis of the nasal duct by the inter-
   mittent  nocturnal  use of removable styles.  J. Ophth.,
   Otol., & Laryngol.. N. Y., 1890, ii, 127-133.—JTncquet (L.)
   Coryza chez* uu  albuininurique; obstruction  nasale  pro-
   longee; influence favorable de  rhypochloruration.  Arch.
   internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par.,  1904, xvii, 829. — Kyle
   (J. J.)  Treatmentof nasal stenosis due to defective septa,
   with or without  thickening of  the convex side.  Tr. Mis-
   sissippi Valley M. Ass.. Louisville, 1899, i, 255-261.  Also:
   St. Louis M. Gaz., 1899-1900,  iv,  275-280. — Cermoyez
   (M.)  Insufflsauce  nasale fonctionnelle et reeducation re-
   spiratoire.  Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,
   1904, xxx.  248-255.— I. umsden (T.  W.)   Nasal dilator
   for continuous dilatation of the anterior nares in cases of
   nasal obstruction.  Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1041.—.llenzel
   (K. M.)  Zur Behandlung der Nasenfliigelansaugung; eiue
   neue Methode.   Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr.,  1903,  1, 778-
   780.  -----.  [Elektroh tische  Beseitigung einer  durch
   hereditareLues eutstandenen narbigenChoanalmembran.]
   Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xvii, 60.—Nicolai (V.)  Te-
   rapia delle stenosi nasali  col  metodo cruento.   Atti d.
   Cong. d. Soc ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1895, Firenze, 1896, ii,
   92-121.—Pfaff (W.)  Stenosis of the nasal  cavity caused
   by contraction of the palate aud abnormal position  of the
   teeth; treatment by expansion  of themaxilla.  Tr. Fourth
   Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila., 1905, ii, 235-239.—Bey-
   nolds (D. S.)  The treatment of casesof nasal obstruc-
   tion. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1902, 3.  s., xviii, 741-743.—
   Bice iG.  B.)  Treatment of  nasal stenosis.  Homosop.
   Eye.  Ear & Throat J., N. Y.,  1897, iii, 324-336.—Binger
   (A. W.i  Spasmodic nasal stenosis, with special reference
   to a  new nasal tube.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii,
   286-2*8.— Boe (J. O.)   Treatment of nasal stenosis  due to
   deflective septa, with or without thickening of convex
   side.   Ibid..  1899,  vi.  344-347.  — Both (W.)   Ueber die
   Anwendung des sogenannten Nasenoffners heibehinderter
   Nasenathmung.  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel, 1900,
   xxx,  370; 398. — Bugani (L.) Contributo sperimentale
   all' anatomia  patologica della stenosi nasale.  Arch. ital.
   di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 149-158, 1 pl.—Simi (A.)
   Sulla cura  dei  ristringimenti  del canale  nasale.   Boll.
   d'ocul.. Firenze, 1897, xix, 98-100.—Spitzer(F.)  Die Un-
   durchgangigkeit der Nase und ihre Behandlung.   Cen-
   tralbl. f. d.  ges. Therap., Wien, 1893, xi, 395;  458.—Vol-
   land.   Die Behandlung der  trockenen und  verstopften
   Nase. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii. 401: 1905, xix,
   36.—Watson (A.  W.)  Treatment of nasal stenosis due
   to deflective septa, with or without thickening of convex
   side.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1899, vi, 348-351.—Wood
   (C. A.)   The treatmentof nasal duct obstruction.  J.Am.
   M. Ass., Chicago, 1893. xxi, 637-639. -----.  Obstruction
   of the nasal duct, aud its  rational treatment. Internat.
   Clin., Phila., 1895, 5. s , ii, 318-325 —Ziem.   Contribution
   an traitemeut des stenoses nasales.  Rev. internat. de rhi-
   nol., otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1892, ii, 37.

Nose (Obstruction of Treatment of,  Opera-

   tive).
    Abercrombie  (P.) Turbinotomy in nasal stenosis;
   analysis of 66 cases. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1896, xi, 181-184.
   AUo.  transl.:  Pratique m6d., Par.,  1896,  x, 737-740.—
   Baber  (E. C.)   Congenital occlusion of posterior naris,
   relieved by operation.  Proc. Laryngol. Soc, Lond., 1893-4,
   i, 31-33.   AUo, Reprint.—Battle (K. P.),,jr.   Occlusion
   of naies  by  adhesions, following traumatism; report of
   two cases.   Charlotte  [N. C] M. J., 1903, xxiii,  22-24.-
   Biekerton.  The permanent relief of na«al duct ob-
  struction.  Liverpool M.-Chir.  J.,  1897, xvii, 399-Bliss
  (A. A.)   Three cases of occlusion of the nares by deflec-
  tion  of  the nasal septum; operation.   Univ. M.  Mag.,
  Phila., 1889-90, ii, 548-550.  AUo, Reprint. — Blitz (A.)
  The  surgical  treatment  of  nasal obstructions.   Med.
  Sentinel,  Portland.  Oreg., 1905, xiii, 468-475. —Camp-
  bell (R.  A.)   Anemias and a satisfactory septum opera-
  tion.   J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxiv, 48.—
  Casselberry (W.  E.)  A case of membranous occlusion
  of the posterior nares, with  operations by  the galvano-
  cautery.  J- Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1885, v, 148-150.  AUo,
]\ose (Obstruction of, Treatment of, Opera-

  tive).
  Reprint.—Compaired (C.)  Occlusion cicatricielle des
  narines et des vestibules des fosses nasales; operation;
  guerison.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904,
  xviii, 228-230.  Also: Siglo m6d., Madrid, 1904, li, 379.—
  Dobisch (A.)   Ein kleiner Eiugriff gegen erschwerte
  Nasenathmung.   Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxvi, 568.—
  Bownie (W.)   Turbinectomy for the relief of nasal ob-
  struction and asthma.  Glasg.  Hosp.  Rep.,  1898, i, 281-
  289.—Dunn  (W. A.)  Nasal  stenosis and  its surgical
  treatment.  Clinique, Chicago,  1890, xi, 120-134.—Egidi
  (F.)   La  chirurgia nasale nelle varie forme di  stenosi.
  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital.  di laringol. [etc.] 1902, Napoli,
  1903, vi, 117-119.—Flntau (T. S.)  Die radicale Operation
  des knochernen  Choanalverschlusses.  Wien. kliu. Rund-
  schau, 1899, xiii, 685.—Forns.  Septo naso-faringeo ad-
  quirido;   anosmia, fariugitis atr6fica  y rinitis poliposa
  consecutivas;  operacion y curacion.   Independ. mid., Bar-
  cel., 1896-7, xxviii, 405; 415.—Franklin (W. S.)   Con-
  genital bony  atresia of the  posterior nares; operation,
  partial result.   Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,  1904, xiv, 796-
  798.—Fi-itts  (J. R.) Congenital occlusion of posterior
  nares; successful operation.  Louisville M. Month., 1894-5,
  i,  315-317. — Hammond (L. J.)   An efficient mode of
  operating for the removal of osseous  occlusions arising
  from  the floor  of the nose.   Phila. Polyclin.,  1895, iv,
  437.—I.ange (V.)  Congenitaler Verschluss  der rechten
  Choane;   Operation  durch Galvanokaustik;  Tod  sechs
  Tage  nach der  Operation. Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1892, xviii, 667.—ITIelzi (U.)  On  the sur-
  gical treatment of the commonest form of nasal obstruc-
  tion, with notes  of 100 resections of  the inferior turbinal.
  [Abstr.]   J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii,  422-424.—
  IVIodrzejewski (E.)  Zupelne  zarosnhjcie  przewod6w
  nosowych;  utworzenie  sztucznego  przewodu na  drodze
  operacyjnej.  [Complete atresia of nasal ducts;  establish-
  ment of au artificial duct by operative means. ]  Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa,  1889, 2. s., ix, 328-336.—ITIoss (R. E.)  The
  importance of  early treatment  in nasal obstructions.
  Texas M. J.,  Austin, 1894-5,  x, 70-74. — Murphy (J.
  W.)   The best  means  of removing nasal obstructions,
  with report of 264 cases.  Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis,  1902,
  xii, 669-675. — Myles (R. C.)  Surgery of the nasal ves-
  tibule with reference to  certain forms of stenosis and
  facial  disfigurement.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  Chicago,  1896,
  xxvii, 695-697.—IVavralil (I.)  Orrsynechia; Thiersch-
  f61e transplantatioval gydgyitott esete. [Nasal synechia
  cured by the transplantation of Thiersch.] Orr-, g6ge-6s
  fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1903,30.  Also, transl.:  Pest,  med.-
  chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix,  777. -----. Neueres
  operatives Verfahren zur Behebung von Synechieen in der
  Nasenhohle.  Arch. f. Laryngol.u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv,
  571.—Pegler (L. H.)  On the surgical treatment of cer-
  tain forms of nasal insufficiency.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,  1900,
  ii, 651-656.  AUo: J. Laryngol., Lond.,  1900, xv, 625-644.—
  Rice (C. C.)  Some of the forms of nasal obstruction and
  deformity, and  their removal by conservative surgical
  methods.   Post-Graduate, N.  Y., 1891-2,  vii, 309-322.—
  Bichter (E.)  Operative Behandlung einer vorderen und
  einer  hinteren nasalen Atresie.  Monatschr.  f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1901, xxxv, 170-172.—Boe (J.  O.) The removal of
  obstructions and cicatricial contractions of the nose by the
  plastic method.  Tr.  Am. Laryngol.  Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv,
  257-264.  Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 897-904.
  AUo: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx,  193-197.—Kueda
  (F.)   Sobre un procedimiento i original ? en el tratamiento
  de la  estrechez v oclusi6n  naso-faringea.   Arch. lat. de
  rinol,  laringol.  [etc|, Barcel.,  1900, xi, 194-198.—Scott
  (K.)   Remarks ou the treatment of a case of complete ob-
  literation of the nasal  canal, followed by cure.   Ann.
  Ophth., St. Louis, 1897,  vi, 433-436. - Stubbs  (F. G.)
  Plastic operatiou for stenosis ofthe nares.   Illinois M. J.,
  Springfield, 1905, vii, 497.—Suarez  de lrleudoza (F.)
  Sur la cure radicale de l'obstruction nasale. Assoc, franc.
  de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1899, xiii, 293-297.  Also:
  Ann.  d. mal. de 1'onille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1899,  xxv,
  pt. 2.  579-582.—Teets (C. E.)   Operative treatment  of
  nasal  stenosis.  J. Ophth., Otol., Sc Laryngol., N. Y., 1891,
  iii, 112-120.—Theisen  (C. F.)   Nasal obstruction, with
  particular reference to deviations of the nasal septum and
  hypertrophic rhinitis, and  a report of three hundred aud
  fifty operations.  Albany M. Ann., 1897. xviii, 235-249.
  Also,  Keprint. — Thorne (J. M.)  Notching the soft
   Salate for cure of post nasal obstruction in adults.  Brit.
   [. J., Lond.,  1902, i, 962.  — Townseud  (I.)  Cutting,
  versus other methods for the relief of  nasal obstruction.
  Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. V., 1898, iv, 379-:t84—
  Winekler (E.)  Ueber chirurgische Behandlung gewis-
  ser Nasenstenosen.  Wien. med. Wchnsehr., 1895, xiv, 1761;
  1810; 1853; 1896; 1946; 1987.  Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte  1895, Leipz., 1896,
  lxvii, pt.  2, 2. Hlfte., 229-236. -----. Hilfsoperation zur
  Beseitigung gewisser Nasenstenosen.  Wien. med. Wchn-
  sehr.,  1897, xlvii, 1563-1566. —Vearsley.  Operation for
  nasal obstruction.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s.,
  lxxviii, 414. 
NOSE.
778
NOSE.
 Aose (Oedema of).
     See Nose (Inflammation of, Gidematous).

 Aose (Osteoma of).
     See Nose ( Tumors of. Osseous, etc.).

 ]\ose (Osteophytes of).
     See Nose (Septum of, Spurs, etc., of).

 ]\o*i' (Parasites in).
     See. also, Nose (Larva?, etc., in).
     Amleoiid (H.)  Lombric  sorti du nez.  Rev. med. de
   la Suisse Kom., Geneve, 1905. xxv, 7x6.—Delobel.   Ob-
   seivation dun cas de parasites des fosses nasales.  Bull.
   Soc de m6d. prat, de Par., 1891, 199-201.—Bowling (O.)
   Parasites in tbe nasal cavity. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903-4,
   lvi,  331-334.— Dunn  (J.)   Growth of  the Aspergillus
   glaucus  in tho human nose.   Arch.  Otol.,  N. Y., 1895,
   xxiv, 154.  AUo. transl..- Ztschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Wiesb., 1896,
   xxix, 95. — Gillette.  [Affection parasitaire  des fosses
   nasales.]  [Kap.]  Bull. Soc.  de med. de Par. (1876), lf-77,
   xi, 101-106.—Hartniann  (A.)  Ueber das Voikommeu
   von Oxvuren in der Nase.  Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch.
   Naturf." u. Aerzte 1888, KSln, 1889, lxi, 2.O.—O'Kiuealy
   (F.)  Drawings of localised psorospermosis of the mucous
   membrane ofthe  septum nasi. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1904,
   xix. 93.— Pascal (A.)   Parasites des  fosses  nasales.
   Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1895, xxvi, 322-324.—
   Proskauer (T.)  Embryo oxyuris in  the nose.  Arcb.
   Otol.,  N. Y.. 1891, xx, 261-263. — Bankin  (D.  N.)
   Parasites inhabiting  the   human nares.  Tr. Am. La-
   ryngol. Ass. 1*88, [N. Y.],  1889, x, 61 -63. — Rogers (W.
   K.)  Keport of a case of echinococcus cyst  of the nose.
   J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1900, xxxiv, 276. — Schubert
   ( P. )  Fadenpilze in der  Nase.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
   1889, xxvi, 850.—Wright  (J.) A few remarks on some
   cases of mycosis of the nose aud throat.  N.  York M. J.,
   1895, lxii. 1, 1 pl.

 IVose (Plugging of).
     See, also, Epistaxis  (Treatment of).
    Anibrosini (U.) II cotone alia formalina nel tampo-
   namento delle fosse nasali operate.  Specialista mod., Mi-
   lano, 1903-4, i, 102-104.— B'Ajutolo (G.)    Tampona-
   mento coanale fat to dalla parte anteriore. Atti d. Cong.
   d. Soc ital. di laringol. [etc.]  1902, Napoli, 1903, vi, 195.—
   Frankel  ( B. )   Tampoutrager fur den N'asenracheu.
   Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 426.—Ga-
   letti (V.)  Intorno ad alcuni casi di otite media puru-
   leuta da tampouaniento nasale posteriore ed ai mezzi suc-
   cedanei del  tamponamento.  Arch. ital. di  otol. [etc.],
   Torino, 1895, iii,  25; 171.—Celle.  Empyeme du sinus
   maxillaire consecutif au tampounement totale de la fosse
   nasale gauche.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par.
   1893, vi.  140-142.—IVeufeld (L.)  Ein  Nasenspeculum
   mit Vorrichtiiug  fiir die  sterile  Tamponade der Nase.
   Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.Beil., 1903, xxix, 163.—
   Struycken (H. J.) Tamponuade van den neus.  Nederl.
   Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,  1900, 2. R.,  xxxvi, d. 2, 479.
   AUo, transl. .- Arch, internat. de  larvngol.  [etc], Par.,
   1901, xiv, 27-29. — Sturmann.  [Tamponrohrchen fiir
   die  Nase.]   Verhandl.  d.  laryngol. Gesellsch.  zu Berl.
   (1900),  1901, xi, 36. — Wicart.  Dangers du tampoune-
   ment de.s fosses nasales; cas de mort par m6ningite aigue.
   Tribune m6d., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 133-135.

]\ose  (Polypi  of).

    See,  also,  Nasopharynx (Tumors of); Nose
  (Obstruction of, Causes,  etc., of).
    Beaumont (J.-J.)  * Des polypes muqueux du
  uez; e"tiologie; traitement.  4°.   Paris,  1895.
    Blouet (C.)   *Le polype  saignant de la cloi-
  sou nasale (angio-fibro-myxonie).   [Paris.]   8C.
  Nantes, 1902.
    le  Cehf (C.)  *De  polypo  uarium.  sui.  4-.
  Jence.  1715.

    Dcuaxd (M.-J.-A.)   * Contribution  a l'e'tiolo-
  gie des polypes muqueux  des fosses nasales.   8-.
  Nancy, 190:1.

    Dukouatjx   (N.-E.-H.)   'Contributiou  a
  l'e'tude et au traitement des polypes hemorrha-
  giqnes  de  la  cloisou   des  fosses  nasales.   y',
  Nancy, 1898.                                       I

    Duval (M.-M.)   *E"tudesnr la valeur relative
  des proce'de'e de section du maxillaire superieur
  applicables a l'extraction  des polypes  nasaux  et
  naso-pharyngiens.  4 .  Strasbourg, 18G9.
    Felix  (E.)   Die  Schleimpolypen  der  Nase.
  12-.  Halle a. S., 1901.
    ------.   Tlie same.  ltP.  Halle a. S.,  1902.
]\ose (Polypi of).

    Fouad Aclimandos (J.)   * Dos polypes fibro-
  muijueux  des arriere-narines.   4'-.   Paris,  ]^9vJ.
    GR0NBECH  (A. V.)   Om  Xa-sesvadgpolyper,
  saerligt de Fibrose.   [Ou  polypi of the  nasal
  cavity, particularly  the fibroid.]  8°.   Kj+ben-
  harn, 1686.
    Haken (M.)  * Walire cystische Degeneration
  vou  Nasenpolypeu.   8-.   Wurzburg, 1*90.
    Hess (K. F. K.)  * Ueber Entsti-huug der Na-
  senpolypeu.  8C.  Leipzig, lr94.
    Joseph  (G.)   * Pathologie der  Nasenpolypeu.
  Unter Zugrnudlegung von 38histologisch tinter-
  suchten  Fallen   aus   der Seifert'srhen  Privat-
  klinik.   r<-.  Wiirzburg, 1903.
    Labi s (C.)  Per agevolare 1' asportazione dei
  polipi nmcosi nasali.   J*2".  Milano, 16>7.
    AUo, in: Riv.  ital. di terap. ed ig., Piacenza, 1888, viii,
  154-161.

    Levy (A.)   * Ueber Formveianderungen  der
  Nase infolge von  Schleimpolypen.  *y   Ebnigs-
  berg i. Pr., 1902.
    [Polypus of nose.]  Ipl.,4bv5 inches,  [n.p.,
  n. d.]
    Kethi (L.)  Die polypoide Rhinitis nnd  ihre
  Beliandliing, nebst einem Berichte iiber 200 Am-
  putationen  der  hintern  Muschelenden.    8°.
  Leipzig t,-  Wien, 1894.
    Spokledeu (A. H.)   * De polypo narium.  sm.
  4-y   Halw Magdeb., 1750.
    Thudichum (J. L. W.)   Ou  polypus in  the
  nose  and  other affections of the  nasal cavity;
  their successful treatnieut by the electro-caustic
  and  other new methods.  6. ed.   8J.   London,
  1888.
    -----.   The same.  A monograph  based  en-
  tirely upon original experience.   7. ed., enlarged
  and revised.  8 .  London, 1892.
    Tbenkner (E.) "• Beitrag zur Histologie und
  Aetiologie des  blutenden Septumpolypen.   r< .
  Erlangen,  19U0.
    "Wassekme  (F.)  "Ueber  Nasenpolypeu.   8\
  Bonn, 1669.
   Adams (G. (J.)   A case of nasal polypi and adenoids.
  Regular M. Visitor. St. Louis, 1901. ii, 293. —Alexander
  (A.)  Die Niisenpolypen in ihren Beziehungen zu den Em-
  pyemen der Nasennebenhohlen.  Arch. f. Larvnuol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl.. 1896, v,  324-381, 2 pl. —Allen (S. E.)
  The pathology  of  nasal  polypi.  Ciuciu-Laneet-Clinic,
  1893,  n. s., xxx,  8-12.—Anderodias.   Les polypes mu-
  queux des fosses nasales.  Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens,
  1902, xx, 440-451.—Baber (E. </.)  Cases of nasal  poly-
  pus projecting  into the  naso-pharvnx.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1883, i, 140-142.   AUo, Reprint —Baker (0. H.)  Nasal
  polvpus; origin  and treatment.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.. Chi-
  cago,  1903, xii, 1388-1391.— Bar (L.)  Volumineux polype
  deschoanes; ex6rese par  voie buccale; considerations g6-
  nerales. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. (etc.], Par., 1904, ii, 74-
  79. Also [Abstr.J:  Arch,  iuternat.  ile laringol.  [etc.],
  Par., 1904, xviii, no. 4, suppl., :i5. — Barrago-Ciarella
  (O.)   Dei polipi niucosi del setto delle fosse nasali.   Gior.
  internaz. d. sc. nied., Napoli, 1900, n.  s., xxii, 1-15. -----.
  Ueber den nicht seltenen Befuud von Blastomyceten bei
  Schleimpolypen der Nase. Arcb. f. Laryugol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl.,  1900', x, 489-497, 1 pl. See. also, infra,  Polynk.—
  Barrett (J. "W.)   Au extraordinary operation for the
  removal of  nasal polypi.   Intercolon. Id.  J. Australas.,
  Melbourne,   1897  ii, 639-641. — Bassin i  (E.)   Rese-
  zione  osteoplastic:!  del n;iso ed apotisi montante del ma-
  scellare superiore per estirpare  i polipi nasali recidivi
  ed i polipi   naso-faringei.   Atti d.  Cong. d. Ass. nied,
  ital. 1K87. Pavia, 1889, ii, 189-19G.—Battle (K. P.). jr. On
  the importance of the early diagnosis and treatment of
  nasal  polypi.  Tr.  M. Soc.  N. Car., ["Wilmington], 1m-8,
  xxxv, 185-191.  Also: North  Car.  M. J., "Wilmington, 1*88,
  xxii, 129-135. — Baurowicz ( A.)   O t. zw. "polipie
  krwawiijcytu" przegrody  nosowej.  [On the so-culled
  "bleeding polypus" of the nasal septum.1  Przegl. lek.,
  Krakow, 1897, xxxvi, 94;  109. -----.  Ein Beitrag zur
  Localisation  der sogenannten blutenden Polypen der
  Nase   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Khinol., Berl.,  1902-3, xiii,
  451-453. — Bertcnies.   Polypes muqueux et epitheli-
  oma des fosses nasales.   Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.J,
  Par.,  1900,  ii, 318-325.—Biehl (C.)  Zur Pathologie der
  blutenden Septnuipolvpen.   Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Berl.,
  1895, xxix, 185-188.—Bloebauui (F.)  Polypen der Nase 
NOSE.
779
NOSE.
rVose (Polypi  of).
  und des  Ohres nnd  deren Behandlung.  Deutsche Med.-
  Ztg., Berl., 1890, xvii, 007; 675; 687.—Bosso (G.)  Un caso
  di polipo nasale simulante il moccio iu un  cavallo.   Gior.
  d. r. Soc. naz. vet., Torino, 1896, xiv, 7.— Bo ley (R.)  De
  la  structure  des  polypes  muqueux des  fosses  nasales.
  Cong, internat. d'otol.  e. de laryngol., Par., 1889, 324-331.
  AUo: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1890, x, 1-8.—Brady
  (A. J.)  Jt Creed (J.  M.)  Removal of nasal polvpi of
  many years' growth under anaesthesia produced by hyp-
  notic suggestion.  Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney, 1893, xii,
  404-406. — Breitung (M.)  Schwerer  gafahrdrohender
  Collaps nach  der  Operation von  Nasenpolypeu.  "Wien.
  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1899,  xii, 602.—Bronner (A.)  On the
  local use of  formalin  in  the  treatment of nasal polypi
  before aud after  operation on the sime bv the usual
  methods.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,  1903, ii, 1135.—Bross (L.)
  Polypenoperatiou  an eiuem Hiimophileu.  Monatschr. f.
  Ohrenh., Be  1 . 1905, xxxix, 521.—Brown (K.J.)  Bleed-
  ing polyp of  th  nasal septum. Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1899, vi,  85.—Uruns (P.)  Zur Operation der Nasenra-
  chenpolypen.   Beitr. z. klin. Chir.. Tiibing..  1894, xi. 565-
  575, 2 pl. — Bryant (Alice G.)   A nasal polypus hook.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 81.—von  Biingiier
  (O.)  Leber eine ausgedehnte Hornwarzengesehwulst der
  oberen  Nasenhohle; unter Beriicksichtigung der ein-
  schliigigen Casuistik.   Arch.  f. klin. Chir.,  Berl.,  1889,
  xxxix, 299-326, 1  pl. — Burk.   Leber Verbreitung der
  knochernen Nase  durch Schleimpolypen.  Beitr. z.  klin.
  Chir.,  Tiibing., 1903. xxxix, 8-22. — Cahn (A.)  Akute
  und chronische Bronchitis verursacht durch Nasenpoly-
  peu;  paroxysmaler  Schnupfen bei abdominellen Aflfek-
  tionen.   Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a.  M., 1896, v, 203-
  209.—Calamida (U.)  Sui polipi sanguiuanti del  setto
  nasale.   Arch. ital.  di  otol. [etc.], Torino. 1901, x*, 469-
  485. — (iirilonc  (F.)  A  proposito d' nn caso di polipo
  nasale cougeuito.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio,  d. gola e d.
  naso,  Firenze, 1889, vii,   103 - 106. — Carter ( W.  W.)
  An unusually large fibrous post-nasal polyp.  Laryngo-
  scope, St. Louis, 1905,  xv,  454-456. —Casselberry
  (W. E.)  The radical treatment of nasal polvpi (myxoni-
  ata).   Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass.  1891, N. T., 1892, xiii.
  71-83.  AUo: N. Yoik M. J., 1891, liv, 533-536. -----.
  Nasal polypus; technique of electro-cauterization for  hy-
  pertrophic rhinitis.  Internat.  Clin., Phila., 1892, 2. s..  iii,
  343-348.  -----. Nasal polypus; its  association with eth-
  moiditis  and  its treatment bv resection of  the middle tur-
  binated body.  Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1894, N. V., 1*95,
  xvi, 49-66.  AUo:  N. York  M. J., 1894. lx,  650-055.   Also.
  Reprint.  -----. Intranasal angioma bleeding polypus of
  the septum.   J. Am. M.  Ass..'Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 275.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Chauveau (C.)   Deformation du  sque-
  lette nasal par des polypes du nez.  Arch, internat.  de la-
  ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 736.  -----, Deformation du
  squelette nasal p ir des polypes muqueux de  nez. Ibid.,
  1904. xviii, 572.—Cbeatle (A.  H.)  Nasal  polypi causing
  deafness in a boy  aged eleven vears.  King's Coll. Hosp.
  Rep.  1893-4,   Lond., 1895,  i, 292. — Chicoyneau (F.) &
  Chastelain (J.)   An   polypo  nasi  extirpatio?   In:
  Qusestiones med., 4°, Monspelii,  1713. 24. — Cholewa.
  Varum recidivirenNasenpolvpen ? Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl.. 1900, xxxiv,  103-112.—Citelli (S.)   Su  due casi di
  polipi sanguinanti non irapiantati sul setto.   Arch. ital.
  di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901-2, xii,  67-76.— Clark (C.  E.)
  Epithelial transformation of nasal polypi, with report of a
  case, aged sixty-five  years, sixteen months after operation
  Tr. Missouri  M.  Ass., St. Louis,  1903, 355-360.—CI ark
  (J. P.)  Nasal polypi; a study of one hundred and forty-
  seven cases.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1903.  xxv.
  64-71.  AUo:  Boston M. Sc S. J., 1903, cxlix, 10-13.—Col-
  Her (M.)  Caseof nasal polypi associated with asthma.
  Tr. Brit. Laryngol. Sc Rhinol. Ass. 1894, Lond., 1895,  iv, 4-
  9  _____. Operation  for recurrent polypi.  Med. Press Sc
  Circ. Lond.,  1904, n.  s.,  lxxviii,  691.—Connal  (J.  G.i
  Large  nasal polvpus with  cystic degeneration.  Glasgow
  M. J., 1899, li, 427. —Cordes (H.)  Ueber die Hyperplasie
  die polypose Degeneration der  mittleren Muschel. die Na-
  senpolypen nnd ihre Beziehungen  zum knochernen Theile
  des Siebbeines.  Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900,
  xi. 280-335, 3  pl.—Cornwall (F.)  Nasal polypus;  some
  characteristics not mentioned by standard  authors, with a
  description of procedures for the radical cure of the dis-
  ease.  Eclectic M.J.,Cincin., 1899.lix,473-470.—Colt (G. I'.)
  Cystic polyp.  Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis, 1904   xiv. 4..3.—
  Currie  (T. R.)  An unusually large nasal pohp.   Proc.
  Path  Soc. Phila.. 1900-1901, ii. 8.,  iv, 136. — B-adisett
  (H.J.)   Nasal polypi.   'Ir. Grant  Coll. M.  Soc. lx:i6.  Bom-
  bav 1897 ''5-39—Baly (W. H.)  The permanent cure of
  polyps.   Tr.  M. Soc. Penn.. Phila., 1894,  xxv, 181-184.-
  Belavan (I). B.i  Trois casde polypes kystiquesdu nez.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx (etc.],  Par., 1895. xxi,
  pt. 2, 250-252—Belie.  Traitement des polypes muqueux
  du nez.   [ Ksip ]  Kev. internat. de rhinol., otol., et laryn-
  gol., Par   1804, iv,  121-124. -----.  LTn polype muqueux
  6norme des fosses nasales.   Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de
  laryngol. Brux., 1896, i, 18.— Di-pngr.  Resection tempo-
  rai're maxillo-malaire par le precede  de Roux  comme ope-
  ration preiiminaire dans la cure des  polypes uaso-pharyn-
IVose (Polypi of).
  giens.  Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux.  Bull., 1896,
  liv, 77-86.— Uepierris.  Polype du nez, unique remplis-
  sant une des fosses nasales, et le cavum eu totalite et ob-
  struant  les  deux  choaiu-s; ablation  par morcellement.
  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 37-42.—
  AUo: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900.  n. 97-103.
  Also [Abstr.]: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [ etc. ),
  Par., 1900,  xxvi, pt. 2, 104.-Bc Stella (II.) Un casde
  rhumafisme articulaire aigu apr6s uno extirpation de po-
  lypes muqueux du nez. Ann. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1900,
  lxxix, 230-240.—BiMeussion (A) on the etiology of mu-
  cous  polypi of the  nose.  Brit. il. J.,  Lond., 1895, ii, 474-
  481.— DiMcussions  de l'extractiou  des polypes naso-
  pharvngiens  par la voie transmaxillo-nasale.  J. de chir.
  et niin. Soc. beige de  chir., Brux., 1900, vi, 102.— Bouo-
  gauy ( Z.  )  Fall von blutendem Septumpolypen.  Pest.
  med. chir.  Presse, Budapest, 1905, xii, 87.—Bownie (W.)
  Unusually large nasal polypi, with remarks on the methods
  employed in their removal.   Glasgow M. J., 1890, xxxiv,
  112-H5.— Doyen.   Extirpation extemporanee  par les
  voies naturelles  des gros polypes naso-pharyngiens.  Pro-
  gres med., Par., 1897, 3. s., v, 260. — Bunn (J.)  A case
  of recurrent  oedema of the upper eyelid as a symptom of
  nasal polypus.  Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1892,  ix, 134.—
  Fichler (II.)  Adenoin, einen von der Nasenseheidewand
  ausgehenden Polypen vortauschend.  Arch. f. Laryngol.
  u. Rhinol., Berl.,' 1898, vii,  466-468. — Fmcrson* ( L. )
  Lobulated  nasal polypus completely obstructing  both
  channels, weighing 255  grains.  Ann. Otol.. Rhinol.  Sc
  Laryngol., St. Louis,  1904, xiii, 67. —Felix (E.)  Polipil
  mucosl ai nasului.  Presa med. rora., Bucuresci, 1901, vii,
  312-314. — Ferreri  (G.)  I polipi del naso di origine et-
  moidale.   Atti d. Cong.  d. Soc. ital.  di  laringol. [ etc. ]
  1897, Firenze, 1899,  iii, 347-372.—Fontan (J.) Resection
  temporaire maxillo-malaire comme operation  preiiminaire
  dans la cure  des polypes naso-pharyngiens.   Cong, frang.
  de chir.  Proc.-verb*. [etc.], Par., 1888, iii, 607-612.—Fors-
  sell (O.)   Nagra anteckningar om s. k. nassvalgpolyper.
  [Some  notes on the  nasal polypus. J Goteborgs Lak.-
  sallsk. Fiirh., 1892,  151-163. — Foucher (A.-A.)  Traite-
  ment des polypes du nez;  nouveau mod el e de polypotome.
  Union m6d. du Canada, Montreal, 1889, n. s.. iii, 5-11.—
  Francis  (A.)  A simple method of removing post-nasal
  polypi.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 293.—Frat-
  tini (A.)  Asina nervoso da polipi nasali.  Boll. d. Poli-
  ambul. di Milano, 1892, v, 55-57. — Freudenthal (W.)
  Two cystoid polypi of the middle turbinated bone.   Arcb.
  Otol., N. Y.,  1893, xxii, 296-304.—Garel (J.)  Traitement
  des polypes du nez au moyen de l'ause galvanocaustique.
  Province in6d., Lyon, 1886-7, i, 693-696.  Also, Reprint.—
  Gaudier (H.)  Nouvelle methode d'ablation des polypes
  flbro-niuqueux choanaux par la voie buccale.  l5cho med.
  du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 179.—Oelle.  Polypotome.  France
  m6d., Par., 1880, xxvii, 355.—Glas  (E.)  Zur Histologie
  und Gene3e der sogenannten  blutenden Septumpolypen.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 22-48,1 pl.—
  Gleason  (E. B.)  Polypoid disease of the nasal chambers.
  Am. Laucet,  Detroit,  1891, xv, 201-205.  Also, Reprint —
  Ooris (C.)  Rhino-chirurgie.  Comment faut-il opererles
  polypes du nez? Presse  med. beige.  Unix., 1887, xxxix,
  353-355.  A Uo, Reprint.—Goiiguciihciiu.   Polypes mu-
  queux des fosses nasales.  Lnion med., Pai .,1894,3. s.,lviii,
  493-497.—Grant (D.)  A nasal polypus of  unusual size.
  Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1899-1900, Lond*., 1901, 97. — Griffin
  (E. H.)  The treatment for the radical cure of polypi of the
  nose.  Med. Rec, N.Y., 1890, xxxvii, 727.  Also, Keprint.—
  Guye.  Des polypes des choanes.   Presse med. beige,
  Brux.. 1894, xlvi, 241.—Guye (A.  A. G.)  Vier Falle von
  Ausriiumuiigder Keilbeinhbhle bei recidivireuden Nasen-
  polypeu.   Berl. klin. Wcbnscbr., 1902, xxxix. 157-159.—
  IIiii<-lt (M.) Ueber die pathologischen Veranderungen
  der  Siebbeinknochen im  Gefolge  der  entziindlichen
  Schleimhauthypertrophie und der Nasenpolypen.   Arch.
  f. Laryngol. u*. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 277-300, 4 pl. -----.
  "Warum  recidiviren   die  Nasenpolvpen?   Wien.  med.
  Presse, 1902, xliii, 449-456.  Also [Abstr]: Aerztl. Centr.-
  Ztg., Wien, 1902, xiv, 122. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Recidive
  der Nasenpolypen.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
  1903, xiv, 489-499.—Hal jink (H.j  Orrpolyp ritka esete.
  IA singular case of polypus  of the nose]   Gyogyaszat,
  Budapest,  1897, xxxvii, 432.—Harris (T. J.) Nasal pol-
  ypi. Post-Graduate. N. Y., 1905, xx, 283-280.— Ilcyinann
  (P.) Ueber Nasenpolvpen. Veroffentl.d.Gesellsch.f. Heilk.
  in Berl. (1886), 1887, 32-52.—Hope (G. B.)  The modifica-
  tion of Schiotter's polvpi snare.  <L)uart. Bull. Cliu. Soc.
  N. Y. Post-Grad. M. School Sc Hosp., N. Y., 1886-7, ii, 262-
  264. — Hopinann.  Ueber Nasenpolypeu.  Monatschr.
  f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1885, xix, 161; 230.  Also, Reprint. -----.
  Was ist man berechtigt. Nasenpolyp zu nenueu ?  Zugleich
  eine  Antwort auf verschiedene Bemaugelungen ineiner
  Classification der gutartigen Nasenpolvpen.  Ibid.. 1887,
  xxi, 152; 188; 216;  249.  Also, Reprint.*—Ingals (E. F.)
  Nasal mucous polypi.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 6. a.,
  iii, 332-337. -----.  Polypi.  Ibid., 1900, 9. s., iv,  290-296.—
  Isch-Wall.  Extirpation rapide des gros  polypes naso-
  pharyngiens, avec prolougement extra-cranien, sans resec-
  tion osseuse.   Rev. de chir., Par.,  1897, xvii, 1008. — Jac- 
NOSE.
780
NOSE.
Ho*e (Polypi of).
  qiieinnil.  Pourquoi les polypes muqueux des losses na-
  sales recidivt-ut si  souvent apres qu'ou les a extirpe.s;
  comment peut-on les gu6rir sans danger de retour?  Rev.
  de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii,  84;  132. — Jacques.
  Extirpation d un polype nasal volumineux.  Soc. de med.
  de Nancy. C.-r. 1899-1900, pp. cxxvii-cxxviii.—Jacques
  (P.)  Nature, causes et traitement des polypes du nez.
  Rev. hebd.  de  laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1903,  ii, 513-539.
  _____. Traitement  des  polypes  benins du nez.  Presse
  med., Par.. 1903, ii.  803-863. — Jaenicke.  Neuer Poly-
    ?enschniirer,  welcher  die  Sehlinge selbstthatig bildet.
    llust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1900, xxi, 98-
  101.—Johnston (S.)  A case of nasal polypus projecting
  into the nasopharynx;  with specimens. Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass. 1893, X.'Y., 1894, xv, 61.  Also: N. York M. ,L,
  1893, lviii, 157.—J ulcr  (C.)   Nasal polypus.  J.  Am. M.
  Ass.. Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 650.—Kaliseher (O.)  Ueber
  die Nerven der Nasenpolypeu.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Khi-
  nol., Berl., 1894, ii, 269-273.—Knnesugi <K.)  [Zwei Falle
  von Himbeerpolypen der Nase.]   Dai Nippon J i-Bi-Iu-Ko-
  Kwa-Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1899, v, 165-170.—Kelson (W.H.)
  Nasal polvpi  and asthma.   Brit.  M.  J., Lond., 1905. ii,
  1642.—Kicssclbach.   Ueber den Schleimgebalt der Na-
  Benpolypen.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1888, xxii, 321-
  323.—Kronen berg (E.)  Schleimpolypen  der Nase und
  Naseneiterungen.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1897, xi, 259;
  316.— Iiurz(E.) Eineeinfache Methode der Entfernung
  von Nasenpolypen.  Wien. med. Presse, 1890, xxxi. 1729-
  1731. — Labii (G.)  Sur un  cas de polype kystique des
  fosses nasales.  Ann. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1889-91.
  i, 142.— Lack (H. L.j  Nasal polypus; its pathology and
  treatment.  Physician  Sc Surg.,  Lond., 19u0,  i, 952; 9f-2.
  -----. A lecture on nasal polypus.  Clin. J.. Loud., 1903-4,
  xxiii, 8-13.—Lange.  Zur Operation der Choanalpolypen.
  Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Nat in f. u. Aerzte 18s8, Koln,
  1889,lxi,212-245. —linage(V.) Ue  --r eiuen seltneren Fall
  von Septumpolypen, nebst einigen  kliniscbeu Bemerkun-
  gen iiber die Poiypen der Nasenseheidewand.  "Wien. med.
  Presse. 1892, xxxiii, 2071-2074. -Lavrand (H.)   Polype
  fibro-muqueux des arri&re-narines d6tach6 spontan6ment.
  J. d. sc. med. de Lille,  1893, ii, 272-274. -----. fitiologie
  et pathog6nie des polypes muqueux des fosses  nasales.
  Ibid., 1898, i, 97-103. -----.  Polypes muqueux de la paroi
  posterieure du  cavum.  Ibid., i902,  ii, 361-366. — Ler-
  moyez.   Les polypes muqueux  des  fosses  nasales et
  leur traitement.  Presse med., Par., 1896, 158-161. -----.
  Traitement des polypes muqueux des fosses nasales.  Bull.
  g6n.  de  th6rap. [etc.], Par.,  1896, exxxi, 79-83. — Lewis
  (P. G.)   Multiple  nasal polypi.  Lancet, Lond.,  1890,  i,
  1425.—Lewy (B.)  Leber hyaline  Ablageruugen in Na-
  senpolypen.  Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu  Berl.
  (1900),*190l. xi, 9-16. Also:  Berl. klin. Wchuschr., 1900,
  xxxvii, 1105-1107.—Lichtenberg  (K.)  Orrpolypus elta-
  volit&s, heveny doblirlob, ko/.epso kopouyaiiri periduralis
  t4lyog,antrektomia,koponyal6keies,ey6gyul&s. [Removal
  of nose polypus; severe attic inflammation; perduralis ab-
  scess of  the mid-cranial space; antrectomy; trepanning;
  recovery.]  Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1898, xlii, 21; 49.  AUo,
  transl.:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1897, xxxiii,
  701-706.—Licht witz.   iSlargissement de la racine du nez
  occasionne par des polypes des fosses nasales.  Arch, inter-
  nat. de laryngol. [etc.), Par., 1901, xiv, 400-402.   Also: Gaz.
  hebd. d.sc. med.de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 543.— Lobol M.N.)
  Polipo fibroso de la nariz.   Rev. m6d.  de Bogota, 1897-8,
  xx, 197-203. —Loeb (H. W.)   Removalof one hundred and
  seven polypi at one sitting.  St. Louis Cour. Med., 1900,
  xxii, 32-34. — Lombard (E.) Faits cliuiques; trois cas
  de polypes muqueux des choanes.  Aun. d. mal. de l'oreille,
  du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1900,  xxvi, 428-432.—Long (F. A.)
  A large fibrous uasal polvpus. j. Am. M. Ass., Chicago
  1897, xxviii, 100.—Luc (H.)   Faits cliniques  relatifs aux
  polypes muqueux des fosses nasales.   Bull. Soc. de m6d.
  de Par. <18M>), 1887, xxi, 203-210. -----. Une nouvelle me-
  thode simple et rapide pour  la cure radicale des polypes
  muqueux  des fosses nasales.  Tribune m6d.,  Par., 1905,
  n. s., xxxvii, 341-343.—.TI'Bride (P.)  Methods  of treat-
  ing  nasal and naso-pharyngeal  polypi.  Tr.  Med.-Chir.
  Soc. Edinb.,  1887-8, n. s., vii, 229-235.  AUo: Edinb. M. J.,
  18,ss-!l. xxxiv, 111-116.—Macdonald (G.)  Polypus of
  the  nose.  Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895,  4. s., iv, 32*7-338.—
  Mackenzie (G. H.)  Abstract of a post-graduate lecture
  ou  nasal  polypi; their diagnosis and  radical  treatment.
  Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 345. — McLeod.  Three cases of
  naso-pharyngeal polypus removed after slitting the nostril.
  Ibid., 1889, i,  1032. — Manasse  (P.)   Nasenpolvpen mit
  Knochen.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1893, exxxiii,
  389.— »laicano(G.)  Recherches sur l'histologie patholo-
  gique des polypes muqueux de m6at moyen des fosses na-
  sales.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1905, lix, 569-571.—
  Means (C. S.)  Nasal polyui.  Columbus M. J., 1902. xxvi,
  419-422.   [Discussion],  428-431.—Mendel.  Polypes mu-
  queux iles fosses nasales.  M6d.  mod.,  Par., 1896, vii. 369.
  -!(»•«. Lev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1896, \ ii. 223.—
  Meredith (J. A.)   Polypus of unusual size easily re-  '
  moved.   Vet.  Rec, Loud., 1904-5, xvii, 583.—Michael.
  Lufthaltiger Nasenpolyp.  Verhandl. d. x. internal, med.  |
]\To*e (Polypi of).
  Cong. 1890, Berl., 1892, iv, 83.  AUo, transl.: Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1890, xvi, G89.-Milli-
  gan (li. A.)  The  treatment of severe cases of nasal pol-
  ypus.  Brit. M. J..  Lond., 1889, ii, 1092.— dc Miranda
  (B.)   Polypo nasal,  anemia e tuberculose.  Brazil-med.,
  Rio de Jan., ^96, x, loo.—Morelli  tK.)  Ein  Fall  spou-
  taner Ablosung  eines grossen  Fibropolypen vou den
  Choanen.  Ungar.] med.  Presse, Budapest,  1897, ii, 1095-
  1097. -----. Ueber einen Schleimhautpolypeii der  Nase
  und der Choanen von selteuer Grosse.  Pest, med.-chir.
  Presse,  Budapest,  1905,  xii, 351-354.  Also:  Ztschr.  f.
  Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1905,  lvi, 200-205—
  Moure.  Polype kystique des  arriere-fosses  nasales.
  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1886, vii,
  44-46.—Mouret (J.)   De la roalaxation sur les polypes
  du  nez.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 19()1,  i, 529-
  533.—von zur Miihleu  (A.)   Eine Modification des
  Krause'schen   Polypensehniirers.    Arch.   f.  Laryngol.,
  Berl., 1905, xvii, 361.—Mukerji (A. C.)   Enormous na-
  sal and post-nasal polypus resulting in paralysis and death.
  Indian  M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899,  xvii, 283.  Also: Laucet,
  Lond., 1900, i, 95.—Mulford (H.  J.)  An unusual  nasal
  polypus.   Am. Med.-Surg. Bull.,  N.  Y.,  1896, ix, 179.—
  Murphy (J.  W.)  Specimen of an  unusually large post-
  nasal polypus, with report of case.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
  1892, n.  s., xxviii, 469.—Nadolcczny.  Contribution  k
  l'etude des polypes saiguants  dela cloison nasale.   Ann.
  d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1901,  xxvii, 294-
  305.—di Napoli (L.)  Resezione osteoplastica delle ossa
  nasali e dell'  apofisi  montante del mascellare per polipo
  naso-faringeo.  Incurabili, Napoli, 1891, vi, 401-405.—Na-
  tier (XL)  Des polypes de la cloison des  fosses nasales.
  Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1893, iii, 153-164.  Also, Re-
  priut.  AUo:  France m6d., Par.,  1893, xl, 305-308.—Ne-
  laton.   Sur  le traitement des polypes naso-pharyngiens.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1894, n. s., xx, 768-
  772.—Nelson (P.)   A nasal  polypus  of unusual size.
  Liverpool M.-Chir.  J.,  1903, xxiii, '328-331.—Noltenius.
  Das Vorwischen der Nasenpolypen und die soustige Ver-
  wendbarkeit des Nasenpinsels.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl.,
  1890, iv, 113-115.—Noquet. Polype saignant de la cloi-
  son des fosses nasales.  Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de la-
  ryngol., Brux., 1896-7,  ii, 38-41.  Also: Rev. internat. de
  rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1897, vii, 492-494.—Nor-
  mand (J.)  Du traitement par I'electrolyse des poly pea
  naso-pharyngiens.  Arch, d'electric. m6d., Bordeaux*, 1803,
  i, 5; 41; 89.—Okada (K.)  [Nasal polvpi.]  Iji Sliinbiiu.
  Tokio, 1901, 1791-l>-04.—Okada (W.) " [Investigation of
  the pathology of the  nasal polypus.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi,
  1898, 2157; 2209;  2288;  2328;  2454, 1 pl. —'---. Beitrage
  zur Pathologie der sogenannten Schleimpolypen der  Nase,
  nebst  einigen  Bemerkungen  iiber  Schleimfarbuugen.
  Arch. f.  Laryngol.  n.  Rhinol., Berl., 1898,  vii, 204-228, 2
  pl.   AUo [Abstr.]:  ' 'ompt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med.
  1897, Mosc, 1898, vi. sect.  12b, 179-184.—Packard (F.
  R.)  The etiology of nasal polypi,  with especial reference
  to  their association with other pathological conditions.
  Tr.  Am. Laryngol.  Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv,  157-166.   Also:
  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1903,  n. s., exxvi, 824-832.—
  Panne  (A.)  Resection  temporaire du nez  maintenue
  pendant trois semaines pour polyp(  s muqueux des fosses
  nasales.  Arch, internat.  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893,vi,
  200-203.—Parker  (E. F.) Consecutive  deafness and
  lachrymal obstruction, as a result  of nasal polypi. Tr.
  South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1894, xliv,  109-112.—
  Paunz (M.)  Polypus nasi ket ritkabb esete.  fTwo cu-
  rious cases of . . .]  Budapesti k.  orvosegy.  1904-ik 6vi
  evkfinyve, Budapest, 1904, 52.  AUo:  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
  pest. 1904,  xlviii,  141.  AUo,  transl.: Pest,  med.-chir.
  Presse,  Budapest,  1904,  xl, 701.—Pean.  Polypes mu-  x
  quenx des fosses nasales;  arracheineut avec une  pince
  h6mostatique; cauterisation du pedicule.  Inhis: Lecons
  de  clin. chir.,  etc., 8°. Par., 1888, 644. -----. Polypes des
  fosses nasales.  Bulb  Acad,  de ni6d.,  Par.,  1897.  3. s.,
  xxxvii.  415-428.  AUo: Bull.  m6d.,  Par.,  1897, xi, 350.
  Also: Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 512-514.  Also: Tribune
  m6d..  Par., 1897, 2.  s., xxix, 327-331.—Pegler (L. H.)
  The pathology, affinities,  and treatment of so-called  bleed-
  ing polvpus (discrete angeioma) of  the septum.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1*905, ii, 1455; 1537.—Pierce  (N. H.)  The so-called
  bleeding polyp of the septum.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1898, xxx, 402-404.—Polo.  Des affections reflexes prove-
  naut de la muqueuse nasale;  crises d'hysterie due il une
  hypertrophic  des cornets  iuf6rieurs; curieux  cas de som-
  meil hypnotique;  aeces  d'asthme disparaissant  apres
  l'ablation  de  polypes  muqueux.  Gaz. nied.  de Nantes,
  1888-9, vii. 121— Polyak (L.)   Bemerkungen zu Ban-ago
  Ciarella s  Mittheilung im Bande  X,  Heft 3 dieses Ar-
  chives:  Ueber den  nicht seltenen Befund von Blastomyce-
  ten beiSchleimpolvpender Nase.   Arch. f.Laiyngol.u.Bhi-
  nol.. Berl., 1900.xi,:i46-349.-----. Fall vonsogenannteroblu-
  teudem Septumpolyp.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,'
   1902, xxxviii,  630. ------. Orrpolypusmutetnek kovetesre
  nem ajafanlhate esete.  [A case of unavoidable  opera-
  tion for nose polypus.] Orr-, gegc-es fiilgyogy., Budapest,
   1904, 138.   AUo, transl:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,  Buda- 
NOSE.
781
NOSE.
IVose (Polypi of).
  pest,  1904, xl, 48. — Prewilt (T. F.)   Polypoid growths
  removed from nasal cavity.  "Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis,
  1888.  xviii, 593.—Priibsting.  Ueber die Entwickelung
  von Nasensehleimpolypen infolge von  Nebeuhbhleneite-
  rung.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol.  1894-
  1903,  "Wiirzb., 1904, 8-10. — Quenu.   Polype naso-pha-
  ryngien; operation par la voie  palatine; restauration im-
  mediate du voile du palais.  Bull, et ni6m. Soc. de chir.
  de Par., 1894, n. s., xx, 519-521.  [Discussion], 522: 1905,
  xxi, 40. — Radtsikh (P.)  K ucheniyu o tak nazivan-
  yemikh khoanalnikh polipakh.  | So-called choanal pol-
  ypi.]  Med.  Obozr.,  Mosk.,  1904, lxii, 85-91. — Rasu-
  luowsky (W. J.)   Die Operation der  Nasenracheupoly-
  pen mit vorhergehender  Tracheotomie.   Arch. f. klin.
  Chir., Berl.,1897."liv, 364-388.—Reichert(C) Zur Casuis-
  tik der sogenannten blutenden Septumpolypen.  Arch. f.
  Laryngol. u.  Rhinol., Berl., 1902, xiii, 206.— Beinewald.
  Demonstration  von  Nasenpolypen.   Deutsche  med.
  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1255.—Rethi (L.)
  Ein neuer Schlingenscbniirer fiir Nasenrachenpolypen und
  polypoid degenerirte hintere Mnschelenden.  "Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1890, iii, 64. -----. Blutender Polyp der  Na-
  senseheidewand.  AVien.  med.  Presse,  1894, xxxv, 1758-
  1760.  -----.  Polype  nasal d'tin  volume  extraordinaire;
  eiargissement considerable du dos du nez.  Parole. Rev.
  internat. de rhinol.  [etc.], Par.,  1900,  n.  s.,  ii, 385-388.—
  Reverdin (J.-L.) Sc Busearlet (F.)  Polype muqueux
  colossal des fosses nasales avec prolongement pharyngien.
  Rev.  m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1893, xiii, 370-375.—
  Reynolds (D. S.)  Nasal polypus.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
  1904,  n. s., lii,  132-134.—Richards  (G. L.)  Bleeding
  polyp of the septum (telangiectoma); report  of a case.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898. v, 347-349.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Ripault (H.)  Les polypes muqueux (uez, arriere-nez,
  sinus). Gaz. d. hop., Par.. 1804,  lxvii,  1181-1190.— Ri-
  viere.  Deux observations de  polypes  du nez.  Lyon
  med., 1903, ci, 1007.—Robertson (W.)  Nasal polypi for
  twenty years; asthma;  doubleantrumdisea.se.   J. Laryn-
  gol.,  Lond., 1892, vi, 197.—Roy (D.)  A case of congenital
  mucous polypus of the nose.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1895,  xxv, 883-885.—Roy (L.-G.)  Des  polypes  muqueux
  des fosses nasales et de bur traitement.  Rev. m6d., Par.,
  1904,  xiii, 449; 466.—Royet.  Troubles mentaux k forme
  meiancoliqne avec anxiete. dus  k l'existence  ignoree de
  polypes muqueux des fosses nasales et  gu6ris par l'abla-
  tion de ces tumeurs.  Progres m6d., Par., 1903, 3. 2., xviii,
  97-100. Also [Abstr.]: Lyon med., 1903, ci, 139.—Kuaiilt
  (A.)   Considerations sur la nature, l'etiologie et le traite-
  ment des polypes muqueux des  fosses nasales.  Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1903, ii, 641-653.  ---—. Un uou-
  veau modeie  de polypotome nasal; description et tech-
  nique op6ratoire.  Ann.  d. mal.  de l'oreille. du larynx
  [etc.], Par.,  1904,  xxx, 112-119.—Kueda C'arrcra  (F.)
  Recidiva de  los polipos mucosos nasales.  Rev. de med. y
  cirug. pract., Madrid, 1896, xxxviii. 401-405.—Sabbato
  (P.)  Contributo istologico all' etiologia ed anatomia pa-
  tologica dei cosi detti polipi nasali.  Arch. ital. di laryn-
  gol.,  Napoli,  1905, xxv, 153-176, 1 pl.—Sargnon.  Gros
  polypes muqueux de la narine droite; hypertrophie poly-
  poi'de du  cornet moyen  gauche; crises de  contractures
  tres frequentes et tres douloureuses dans le domaine du
  facial droit; guerison temporaire des crises apres l'extir-
  pation  complete des polypes;  formation de tissue  cica-
  triciel infra-nasal et r6cidive de crises  attenu6es. Arch.
  internat de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi,  1028-1032.—
  Schadewaldt (O.)  Der blutende Polyp der Nasen-
  seheidewand.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893-4,
  i,  259-264.—Schaeffer (M.)   Nasenpolypen.   Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Berl., 1882, viii, 324-320.  Also, Reprint.—
  Scheppegrell (W.)  Case of excessive development of
  nasal polypi.   Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc.  1893, N. Orl.,
  1894  i, 51.—Scott (J. B.) Asthma and anemia relieved
  by removal of nasal polypi. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi,
  286.  AUo, Reprint.—Seiler (C.)  Nasal  polypus.  Ann.
  Ophth. Sc  Otol., Kansas City,  1892, i,  106-110.-Semon
  (F )  Unilateral incomplete Graves' disease after removal
  of nasal polypi.  Tr. Clin.  Soc.  Lond., 1888-9, xxii, 233-240.
  ______Symptoms of incomplete Graves' disease, and later
  on complete premature baldness,  following removal of
  nasal polypi.  Proc. Laryngol.  Soc.  Lond., 1893-4, i  41.—
  Sheild (A. M.)  An unusual  case of nasal polypus.
  Lancet Lond., 1891, ii, 9. -----. The common  gelatinous
  polypus ofthe nose.   Clin. J. Lond., 1893, ii, 217-220 -----.
  Practical remarks on the treatment of common polypus ot
  the nose.   Internat.  M. Mag., Phila.,  1893,  ii, 328-334.—
  Socor (G.)  Polype fibreux nasal ayant englob6 1 orbite et
  les sinus voiains.  Bull. Soc. d. m6d. et nat. de Jassy, 1891-2,
  v, 37-42.—Stewart (W. R. H.)  The treatment of severe
  cases of nasal polypus.  Brit.  M. J., Lond..  1889, ii,  1331.
  -----.  Latent nasal polypi.  Ibid., 1901, u, ]80o.—* lock-
  well (G. A.)   Nasal polypi.  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter,
,  Phila., 1888, lix, 289-294. -----. Nasal polypi.  Dominion
  M. Month.,Toronto, 1897,viii,305-311.—Suarezde Men-
  doza. Deux observations de polypes muqueux des tosses
  nasales volumineux occasionuant des troubles respiratoires
IVose (Polypi of).
  serieux.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii,
  505-507.  Also: Arch.de med. et chir. spec, Par., 1900, i, 13-
  15.—Swain (H. L.)  Nasal and other polypi.  N. York M.
  J., 1898, lxvii, 355-360.  AUo, Reprint.—Taptas (N.)  [Po-
  lype pedicuiede la queue du cornet moyen.]  Gaz. m6d.
  d'Orient, Constant.,  1904-5, 115. — Terrillon.  Traite-
  ment des polypes muqueux des fosses nasales.  Bull.  g6n.
  de th6rap.  |etc.J, Par., 1874,  lxxxvii,  633-539.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Thompson (J. A.)  A typical case of frog-face
  produced by nasal polypi. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1902, n.
  s., xlixi 155.—Thomson (St. C.)  A case of nasal poly-
  pus.  Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 441.—Thorowgood.
  Case of asthma due to nasal polypi.  Med. Press Sc Circ,
  Lond., 1890, n. s.,  3,  110.—Toison (J.)  Traitement des
  polypes du nez.  J.  d. sc. ni6d. de Lille, 1895, i, 73-81.—
  Toti  (A.)  Due processi semplici  ed  antichi di estirpa-
  zione dei polipi del naso e della faringe, e  loro indicazioni.
  Riv. di patol. e terap., Firenze, 1895, ii, 23; 41— Toubert
  (J.)  A propos dela technique de l'extirpation des polypes
  muqueux des fosses nasales.  Arch, internat. de laryngol.
  [etc.],  Par., 1904, xviii, 207-209.—Toviilgyi (E.)  V6rzo
  orrs6v6ny-polypus esete.  [A case  of hemorrhagic poly-
  pus on the nasal septum.]  Orr-, g6ge-6s fiilgy6gy., Buda-
  pest, 1904, 147.—Townqend (I.)   Nasal  polypi; etiology
  and pathologv.  Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y.,
  1901,  vii,  369-374.—Treitel.  Ueber Verbreitung  der
  kuochernen Nase durch gutartige Nasenpolypen.  Arch.
  f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901, xii, 137-140.— Valla*
  Sc Poneet.  Polypes muqueux des fosses nasales.  M6m.
  et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med.  de Lyon (1886), 1887, xxvi,
  pt. 2, 58-60.—Vaquier.   Polype des fosses nasales k tex-
  ture mixte. Arch, internat. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1903,
  xvi, 194-198.—Verdos (P.)   Efectos de la electrolisis en
  el tratamiento de los p61ipos de la nariz.  Gac. san. de
  Barcel.,  1893,  v, 41-44.  Also:  Independ. med., Barcel.,
  1892-3, xxiv, 209.—Villars. Polype  fibro-muqueux de
  l'arriere-cavite des fosses nasales.  Frauce  m6d., Par.,
  1886, i, 374-378.  Also:  Bull. Soc clin. de Par. (1886), 1887,
  x, 22-27.—de Vries (J.)   Waarneemingen wegens  eenige
  geneezene  polypi van  de neus.  Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de
  Holland. Maatsch. d. "Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1786, xxiii,
  pt.  2,  40-44, 1  pl.—Wagnier.  D'une  modification de
  l'emploi de l'anse galvanique dans les polypes de l'extremite
  posterieure des fosses uasales.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1889, ix, 337-340. -----.  Traitement des polypes mu-
  queux et fibro-muqueux du pharynx nasal.   [Rap.]  Rev.
  internat. de rhinol.,  otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1894, iv,  148-
  152.—Walliczek (K.)   Ueber den blutenden Polypen
  der Nasenseheidewand. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1897,
  xxxi, 155-166.—Watson (W.S.) Three instruments forthe
  removal of polypi.  Proc. M. Soc. Lond.,1885-6, ix, 157-159.
  -----. On the treatmentof nasal polypi, and a description
  of some new instruments.  Med. "Week, Par., 1894,  ii, 424.
  -----. A case of nasal polypi containing blood-cysts.  Tr.
  M. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xvii'i, 80-85, 1 pl. -----. A case of
  polypi  and hypertrophy of the   turbinate.  Ibid., 373.
  -----. Case of nasal nolypi associated with tachycardia.
  Brit.  M. J., Lond..  1895, ii,  1097.— Wilsou-Prevost.
  Coryza;  polypes nasaux; extraction suivie d'ethmoidite;
  curettage; guerison.  Arch,  iuternat. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1899,  xii, 416-418. — Witte.  Zerstorung des linken
  Nasenbeins durch Schleimpolypen (Druckusur); Regene-
  ration des Knochens nach Entfernung der Polypen.   Zt-
  schr.  f. Ohrenh., "Wiesb., 1901, xl, 53. — Woakes  (C. E.)
  The prevention of the recurrence of nasal  polypi. Lancet,
  Lond., 1903, ii,  1463.^Wodon (J.)  Polype  muqueux in-
  sere k la portion  ant6rieure de la cloisou cartilagineuse.
  Presse m6d. beige, Brux., 1896, xlviii, 33. —Wright (J.)
  Some remarks on the structure of cedematous uasalpolypi.
  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1893-,  N. Y., 1894, xv, 69-83.  Also .-
  N. York M. j.,1893, lviii, 521-525.-----. Papillary cedema-
  tous nasal polypi and their relation to adenomata.   Tr.
  Am.  Laryngol. Ass.  1897, N. Y.,  1898,  61-73.  [Discus-
  sion], 83.  Also: New YorkM. J., 1897, lxvi, 653-657. Also,
  Reprint.  Also, transl.:  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,
  Berl., 1897, vii, 96-106.  -----. The so-called hyaline bodies
  and other cellular degenerations in nasal  polypi. Am. J.
  M. Sc, Phila.,  1898, n. s., cxvi, 445-455. -----. The  non-
  myxomatous character of nasal polypi.  Tr. Am.  Laryn-
  gol. Rhinol.,  & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 264-271.
  Also:  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 132-135. -----. A rapidly
  recurring  bleeding polyp of  the  septum nasi appearing
  twice  in  a woman, each time  at the  seventh  month of
  pregnancy. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,  1903, n. s., exxv,  1081-
  1086.__Vonge (E. S.)  The prevention of the recurrence
  of nasal polypi. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1295. -----. Some
  observations on the mode of origin of nasal polypus.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1239-1242.  AUo: J. Laryngol., Lond.,
  1904, xix, 455-464, 3 pl.  Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press Sc Circ,
  Lond., 1904,n.s..lxxviii, 142.— Zaufal (E.)   Manuelle Ex-
  traction eines ungewohnlich grossen fibrosen Na.senrachen-
  Polypen.   Prag. med. Wchnsehr., 1893, xviii, 119-121.

IVose (Bed).
     See Nose (Bosacea of); Rhinophyma. 
NOSE.
782
NOSE.
^Yo*e  (Keflex neuroses of).
    See, also. Epilepsy (Causes of).
    Bresgix (M.)   Der  Kopfschmerz  bei Nasen-
  uud Kitchen-Leiden und seine Heilung.  Unter
  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung der  angeboreuen
  und erworbenen  Unregelinassigkeiten  der Na-
  senscbeidewand.   2. Aufl.   8°.    Leipzig,  1894.
    Cabuche (L.-E.)   * Contribution a l'etude
  des  accidents  reflexes  d'origiue   nasale.   8°.
  Paris, 1901.
    Fliess (W.)  Neue  Beitrage zur Klinik  und
  Therapie der nasalen Reflexneurose.  8J.  Leip-
  zig <)'' Wien,  1893.
    Joal.   Le  vertige  nasal.   Menioire lu  au
  Congres  de  laryngologie  et d'otologie.    8°.
  Paris,  1867.
    Jonas  ( E. )   Syniptoinatologie uud Thera-
  pie   der nasogenen Keflexneurosen und Organ-
  erkrankungeu,  ihre Wichtigkeit fiir den prak-
  tischen Arzt und  ihre  soziale und foreusische
  Bedeutung.   8C.  Liegnitz, 1900.
    Kuttnek. (A.)   Die nasalen Reflexneurosen
  und die normalen Nasenreflexe. 8°.  Berlin, 1904.
    Lafforgfe  (L.-J.-M.)   'Contribution a l'e'-
  tude des n6vroses reflexes d'origine nasale.  4°.
  Bordeaux,  1688.
    Nansmann (E.)   * Ueber Reflexneurosen die
  von der Nase und vom Rachen ausgehen.  [Hei-
  delberg.]  8°.  Amberg, 1891.
    Renous (E.)  Quelques  considerations  sur
  les migraines  en rapport avec les  maladies na-
  sales et  spe\;ialemeut  avec l'hypertrophie  des
  cornets.   8C.  Paris, 1892.
    Suchannek  (H.)   Ueber  Nasenleiden  und
  ihren Zusammeuhang mit  andern Organleiden,
  sowie iiber  Reflexneurosen.   8°.   Zurich, 1888.
    Anderson (W. S.)  Cough due to lesions of the nose
  and  throat.   Med.  News, N. Y.,  1898,  lxxii,  65-68.—
  Ai-oumoIiii (E.)   Ein Beitrag  zu  den  nasalen Reflex-
  neurosen.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.. 1901-2,
  xii, 370.—Baumgarten (E.)  Die Neurosen uud Reflex-
  neurosen des Nasenraehenraumes.  Samml.  klin. Vortr.,
  n. F., Leipz., 1892, No. 44 (Innere Med., No. 15, 417-434).—
  Bayer. Cas de c6phalalgie intense, diagnostiquem6uin-
  gite chronique, provenaut  d'une affection nasale.  Bull.
  Boe.  beige d'otol.  [etc.J, Brux.,  1900. V  26. -----. Cas
 d'acces 6pileptifornieset d'absences prcvenaut d'une affec-
 tion nasale,-guerison.  Ibid., 27.—Beebe(E. W.)  Nasal
 reflexes.  Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat  J., N.  T., 1905,
 xi, 98-109.—Biaggi (C.)  Della aprosexia nasale.   Tri-
 buna  med., Milano, 1899, v, 49-53. — Blondiau.  Re-
 flexes determines par certains 6tats pathologiques dn nez.
 Bull. Soc. beige d'otol.  et de laryngol., Brux., 1896, i, 67-
 72.  AUo: Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1896,  iii, pt. 2,
 225-230.  AUo: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
 Par.,  1896, vi, 281-283.—Blubaugh (C. B.)  Some reflex
 troubles due to the nose.  Tr. M. Soc.  W. Virg., Wheel-
 ing, 1892,939-941.— Bobone (T.)  L'asma nasale.  Arch.
 ital. di otol.  fete], Torino,  1897, v,  241-249.—Bresgen
 (M.)   Der Kopfschmerz bei Nasen- und Rachenleiden.
 Miiuchen.  med. Wchnsc.hr., 1893, xl, 81-84.—Bronner
 (A.)  A few words on  some common forms of reflexes of
 nasal  origin.   Lancet, Lond., 1895,  ii, 204. — Briigel-
 ■uann. TJeber Nasenschwindel, speciell iiber Aprosexia
 nasalis.  Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1889, iii, 67-70.—Buck-
 inan (E. U.)  Nasal reflexes.  Tr.  Luzerne Co. M. Soc.
 Wilkesbarre, 1896, 139-143.— Bur re II (H. L.)  Reflex
 neuroses from nasal obstruction.  West. M. Rev., Lincoln,
 Neb., 1899, iv, 283-285.—lai-taz. lies  nevroses reflexes
 d'origine nasale.   Bull. Soc. clin. de Par., 1885, ix, 165-
 175. — Cawtex (A.)  Vertige nasal.  Bull.de laryngol.,
 otol.  et  rhinol.,  Par.,  1898,  i, 131-133.— de  Cham.
 peau.  Guerison d'un tic.  Arch,  internat. de laryn-
 gol. [etc.l, Par., 1903,  xvi, 648. —Chauveau (C.) Ac-
 cidents couvulsifs paraissant determines par des lesions
 nasales.   Ibid., 1346-1349.—Cheatham (W.)   Reflex
 nasal  neuroses.  Louisville Mouth. J. M.  Sc S. 1903-4, x  '
 21.—Clark  (E. E.)   Nasal reflexes.  Chicago M. Re-
 corder, 1896, xi, 258-260.—Clark  (H.)  Reflex effects of
 intranasal disease in the pharynx and mouth.  Buffalo M.
 J., 1896-7, xxxvi,  415-425.—Cline (L.  C.)  Surgery for
 the relief of nasal and naso-pharyngeal reflexes;  with re-
 port of cases.  Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic. 1892, n. s., xxviii
 97-101.  [Discussion], 104.—Cobb (C. M.)   Asthenopic
 symptoms and  headache caused  by the more  common
 forms  of intranasal disease.   Med.   News,  N. Y., 1899
 lxxv,  133. —Collet  ( F.-J.)   Vertige d'origiue nasale!
 Ann.  d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902
^Yose (Reflex  neuroses of).
  xxviii, 97-101.  AUo: Lyou  med., 1901, xevii, 625-627.—
  Collier (M.)  Headache with diseased middle turbinal.
  Tr. Brit. Larvngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1894, Lond., 1895, (13.—
  Compaired (C.) Neurastenia v pseudo-fobias de origen
  intranasal.    Siglo med., Madrid,  1903,   1,  296.   Also
  transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par., 1903'
  xvi,  639-641.-Coupard Sc Saint-Hilaire.  Contri-
  bution k l'etude des ( ephalalgies, nevralgies et migraines
  d'origine nasale.   Tribune med., Par., 1890,  2. s., xxii,
  117;  134; 148; 185.— Courtade  (A.)   Des nevroses re-
  flexes de la muqueuse nasale et pai ticuliereiiient de l'asth-
  me.   BuU. et mem.  Soc. de med. et chir. prat, de Par
  1894, 126-129.—Criehton (L. M.)  Nasal reflexes.  At-
  lanta M. & S. J., 1890-91, n. s., vii, 257-260.—Crouzillac.
  Sur uu  cas d'aphonie r6flexe d'origine nasale  chez une
  hysterique.   Ann d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]
  Par., 1>97, xxiii, pt. 2, 534-538.—Dabner (S. *G.)  Nasal
  neurosis. Pediatrics, N.T.,  1901, xi, 132-134.— 1)'Ahun-
  do  (G.)  Lesioni  nasali e nevrojiatie.   Ann. di nevrol.
  Napoli,  1896,  xiv, 346-364. — Davis  (G. E.)   Some
  nasal reflexes.  Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1900 n.
  8., viii,  224-226.   AUo: Louisville Month. J.  M. &  S
  1900-1901, vii, 431-433.—Bean (F. W.)   Treatment for
  relief of nasal reflexes, with  report of cases.   West. M
  Rev.,  Lincoln, Neb., 1903, viii, 90.—De-Carli (D.)  TJn
  caso  di vertigine  riflessa dal  naso.  Arch. ital. di otol
  (etc.], Torino, 1902-3, xiii, 303-307. — Bionisio (I.)  Ne-
  vrosi riflesse del naso.  Gazz.  med. di Torino,  1898, xlix
  207-2.13.- Eggers (G. C.)   Nasal reflexes.  Med.  Age'
  Detroit, 1897, xv, 265.—Flsberg (L.)  Reflex and other
  phenomena due to nasal disease.  Arch. Laryn^d., N. V.,
  1883,  iv, 253-255.   Also, Reprint__Falkenhorst (C.j
  Nase und Nervenschwache.   'VomFels zum Meer Stuttg
  1893-4, 156.—Fellows (C. G.)  Some reflex disorders de-
  peudent upou  tho nose and throat.  Homceop. Eye, Ear &
  Throat J., N.  Y., 1896, ii, 400-404.—Fliess (W.) Die na-
  sale Reflexneurose.  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere  Med.,
  Wiesb.,  1893, xii, 384-394.  AUo, transl.: Arch, internat!
  de laryneol. [etc.l, Par., 1893, vi, 260-269. — Frankel
  (B.) Leber  den Zusammeuhang von Asthma nervosum
  und Krankheiten  der Nase.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr..1881,
  xxiii, 217; 238.  Also, Reprint. — Francois- Franch.
  Contribution k l'6tudeexperimentale des n6vroses reflexes
  d'origine nasale.  Arch, de physiol. norm, et path.. Par.,
  1889, 5. s., i, 538-555. —Frankenberger  (O.)   Reflexni
  neurosy pii nemocech nosu.  [Reflex neuroses in diseases
  ofthe nose.]   Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1892, xxxi, 760-
  763.—Gerlakh  (V.)  Sluchai istericheskikh pripadkov
  vslledstviye  zabolievaniy nosovol polosti.  [Hysterical
  paroxysms following diseases of the nasal cavity.*]  Medi-
  tsina, St. Petersb., 1892, iv, 636-639. -----. Sluchai iste-
  richeskikh pripadkov vslledstviye zabollevaniya nosovol
  polosti.  [Hysteria consequent upon disease o'f the nasal
  cavity.]  Uchen. zaniski imp. Vuryev.  univ., 1893, i, no.
  2,  pt. 2, 107.—Gotze (L.)  Beitrag zur Frage nach dem
  Zusammenhang gewisser Neurosen mit Nasenleiden.  Mo-
  natschr.  f. Ohrenh.', Berl.,  1884, xviii, 163; 177.  AUo:
  Ges. kliu. Arb., Jena, 1890,  112-124.—Goris (C.)  Sur
  quelques nevropathies  reflexes d'origine nasale.  Cong.
  internat. d'otol. et de laryngol., Par., 1889, 337-347. Also:
  Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1890,  x, 21-30.—Graddy
  (L. B.)  A clinical report on  naso-pharyngeal  reflexes.
  Nashville J. M. & S., 1895, lxxvii, 70-77— Gradenigo
  (G.)  Vertigine e pseudo-angina di petto quali  fenomeni
  reflessi dal nato.   Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,
  1893, 3. s., xii,  48-55.  AUo, Reprint.   AUo, transl.: Rev.
  internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par.,  1893, iii,
  37-39. — Grimaldi (A.)  Su di un raro caso di ne-
  vrosi  riflessa  olfattiva.  N.  raccoglitore  med., Imola,
  1903, ii, 351-356. — Guement (M.)  Un cas  de reflexe
  d'origine  nasale.  Ann. de  la Policlin.  de  Bordeaux,
  1891-3, ii, 97-101. — Guye.   Nasale reflex-neuroses, lite-
  rat uur en eigene  waarnemingen.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
  Geneesk., Amst..  1887,  2. R., xxiii,  1.  Afd.,  609-622.
 Also, Reprint.—Hajek (M.)  Der Kopfschmerz bei Er-
 krankungen  der Nase und deren Nebenhohlen.  Aerztl.
 Rundschau, Miinchen, 1899, ix, 209-212. AUo: Wien. klin.
 Wchnsehr., 1899, xii. 273; 503.  Also: Wien. med. Presse,
 1899, xl.  417-423.—Heath (F. C.) Nasal reflexes.   Am.
 Lancet, Detroit, 1891,  n.s., xv, 170-172.— Herzog (M.)
 Cough of nasal origin.   Med.  News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 687-
 689. — Heymann (P.)  Kopfschmerz bei Nasenleiden.
 Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1893,  xiv, 295.   Also, transl.:
 Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, vi, 262-266.—
 Hitz (H. B.)  Headache as a symptom of nasal disease.
 Tr. M. Soc.  Wisconsin, Madison, 1897, xxxi,  223-227.—
 Hogg  (G. IL)  Reflex  nasal neuroses.  Intercolon. M.
 Cong. Australas.   Tr.  1899,  Brisbane, 1901, 361-365. of
 Hoople (H. N.)   Nasal reflex neuroses in a patient —
 neurotic  type. Brooklyn M. J.,  1900, xiv, 803-813.—
 Jucq ues (P.)  Nevropathies nasales et pseudo-sinusites.
 Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],  Par.,  1902, ii,  177-184.—,
 Jousset (A.)  Vertige nasal et epilepsie.  Rev. hebd. de
 laryngol. [etc. |, Par., 1902, i, 305-310.— Kako (T.)  Ueber
 das Nasenasthma.  [Japanese text.]  Ztschr. d. med. Ge-
 sellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894, viii, 8. Hft., 25-27.—Kinney (G.) 
NOSE.
783
NOSE.
]\o*e (Reflex neuroses of).
  Nasal reflexes.  Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Waterloo,  1899, xvii,
  318-324.—vou Klein (C. H.)  Report of cases of reflex
  from  nasal diseases.  Columbus  M. J., 1891-2, x. 441-147.—
  Kurt (L.)  Zur nasalen Therapie von Neuroseu.   Wien.
  klin.  Uundschau, 1901, xv, 621.—Lacroix (P.)  Un cas
  de vertige uasal.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1898,  xi, 471-473.   [Discussion], 480-182  — Laufls  (F.)
  Zuckungen im Gebiete der Lippeu- uud  Wangeu;iste des
  rechten  Nervus facialis;  Heilung durch Behandlung der
  Nase. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg.,
  1897.  lxvii, 400.— Laurent (O.)   Du developpement et. de
  l'ex:i!;eratioii des nevroses reflexes liar le traitement intra-
  nasal.  Aun. d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1890.  xvi, 439-442.— Lazarus (J.)  Ueber Reflexe von der
  Nasenschleimhaut  auf die  Bronchiallumina.  Arch.  f.
  Phvsiol.. Leipz., 1891, 19-36, 1  pl.— Lepctit.  Troubles
  respiratoires reflexes conseeutifs a. des affections nasales.
  [From:  Centre  ru6d.]  Gaz.  d. hop. de Toulouse, 1897, xi,
  138.—Lewis (F.D.)  Nasal reflexes.  Tr. Homceop. M.
  Soc,  N. Y., 1894, xxix, 124-126. -----. Reflexes due to en-
  largement of the middle turbinated body.   Homceop. Eye,
  Ear  .V  Throat J..  N. Y., 1901,  vii, 176-179.—Lewy (il.)
  Ueber einen auffiilligon Befuud  an den Nerveu der Nasen-
  Bchleimhaut bei nasaler Reflexneurose.  Arch. f. Larvu-
  gol.  u.  Rhinol., Berl.,  1901. xii, 53-60,  2 pl.— Licht-
  ivitz (L.)  Contribution  il l'6tude des nevioses  r6-
  flexes d'origine nasale  et  pharvngee.  Couu.  inter-
  nat.  d'otol. et  de laryngol.,  Par., 1889,  335-337.   AUo,
  transl.:  Prag.  med.  Wchnsehr., 1890, xv, 61; 76.;  90.
  AUo, Reprint.—Loeb (H. W.)  Some illustrative cases of
  nasal headache. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1894, v, 203-206.—
  Lutz (S. H.)  Report of epileptiform attacks cured by-
  nasal operation. Brooklyn  M.  J., 1902,  xvi,  519.—Mc-
  Cassey (J. H.)  Nasal affections as a cause of headaches.
  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s.. xxxvii,  238-241.—Mac-
  donald (G.)  The nasal  neuroses.  Wood's M. Sc S.
  Monog.,  N. Y., 1890, viii, 131-159. — Makuen (G. H.)
  Neuroses of nasal origin.   Am.  Med..  Phila., 1904, vii,
  895.—Mann (E.  L.) Headaches <lue to nasal causes.
  nahneman. Month., Phila., 1891. xxvi, 237-240.— Marcel
  (E.)  Accidente isterice de origiua nasali.  Spitalul, Bu-
  curesd,  1891. xi, 184-188.—Martin.  Troubles reflexes
  conseeutifs k l'hypertrophie de la partie posterieure des
  cornets  inferieurs.  Rev. internat.  de   rhinol., otol. et
  laryngol..  Par., 1896,  vi. 386.—Masini  (O.)  Sulle ne-
  vrosi riflesse determinate da aflezioui   del  naso.   Riv.
  cliu., Milano, 1889, xxviii, 1-19.—Masucci (P.)  L'apro-
  sexia come  consegnenza di  malattie nasali.   Rassegna
  crit.  internaz. d. mal. d. naso, gola e orecchi, Napoli, 1889,
  ii, 23-25. -----. Sui riflessi dei  diaturbi del naso.  Atti d.
  Cong. d. Soc. ital. ill laringol. [etc.| 1895,  Firenze, 1896, ii,
  75_79 —Merrick (S. K.) Some  forms of nasal  reflexes,
  with  reports of eases.  Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash.,
  1895,  pt.2,1504-1512.  AUo:  Maryland M. JT. Bait.,  1893-4,
  xxx,  133-138.—.TIink (P. J.)  lie stand van de leer der
  nasale reflexeu.  Geneesk. Courant, Tiel,  1894, xlviii, nos.
  1; 2; 6.—Misrnehi.  Nevroses reflexes  d'origine nasale.
  Gaz.  d. hop. de l'empire ottoman. Constant., 1888-9, ii, no.
  22, 3.—Moore  (C. H.)  Reflex ocular symptoms in nasal
  diseases.  Pittsburgh M. Rev.,  1890, iv, 49-51.—Mosko-
  vitz (I.)  Az orriiregbiil kiiudul6 reflex-ingerl6kenys6g
  nehany este.  [Cases of reflex irritability proceeding from
  nasal cavity.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1894, xxxviii, 372.
  AUo,  transl.:  Pest, med.-chir Presse,  Budapest, 1894,
  xxx,  1221—Mullen  (J. A.)  Reflex headaches  of na-
  sal origin.  Southwest. M. Rec,  Houston,  1896, i, 129-135.—
  Myers  (H. L.)  Sensory neurosis of the nose.  Tr.  Am.
  Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902. vii. 245-
  247.  Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, x, 338.—Neil-
  eon  (W.  H.)   Nasal reflexes.   Tr.  Wisconsin  M. Soc,
  Madison, 1892,  xxvi, 360-364.— Nikitili  (V.  N.)  Kriti-
  cheskiy ocherk  ucheniya o nosovi  h  reflektornikh  nevro-
  zakh.  [Critical sketch of nasal reflex neuroses.]   Prakt.
  Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902. i, 7-9.   AUo, transl.: Arch, f, La-
  ryngol. u. Rhiuol., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 430-436.— IVizzoIi
  (A.)  Un caso di nevrosi  riflessa del naso.  Raccoglitore
  med., Forli, 1896, 5. s., xxi,  389-394.—North (J.)  Nasal
  reflexes.   Toledo M.  Sc  S.  Reporter,  1890, iii,  339-343.
  [Discussion], 352.—Packard  (F. R.)   Reflex disturb-
  ances of nasal  origin.  Phila.  M. J., 1898,  ii, 133-136.-
  Palmer (A. C.)  Some reflex troubles caused by swollen
  middle turbinate  bodies.  Tr. M. Soc. Virg.,  Richmond,
  1897,  120-123.  AUo: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond,
  1867-8, ii, 358-360.—Palombieri  (A.) Contribuzione
  alio studio dei riflessi abuormi  dal naso,  ed all' uso tera-
  peutico della cocaina.  Gazz. d.  osp., Milano, 1890, xi, 507;
  514.—Peck (E. S.)  Reflex ocular and facial symptoms of
  nasal disease.  Internat. Dent. J., N. VT. Sc Phila., 1890, xi,
  321-830.  [Discussion],367-377.—Pick (A.)  Ueber reflec-
  torisch von der Nase ans  ausgeloste psychopathische Er-
  scheinungen.  Prair- med. AVchnschr., 1893, xviii, 185-187.—
  Pierce (N. H.)  Three cases of reflex neuroses  originat-
  ing in the nose.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi, 768.—
  Pope (B. A.)   Some nasal reflexes illustrated by  a very
  typical case. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin,  1888, 163.  AUo:
  South. Clinic, Richmond, 1888, xi, 307.—Porchcr <W. P.)
  The reflex neuroses of the nose and nasopharynx.  Tr.
Nose (Reflex neuroses of).
  South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1899, 177-187. —-Potter
  (F. II.)  Neurasthenia and nasal disease.   Buffalo M. &
  S. J.. 1890-91, xxx, 337-344.—Przedborski (L.)  Ueber
  den Zusammeuhang zwischen Retlexneuroseu uud Krank-
  heiteu der Nase und Nasenrachenhdhle.  Atti d. xi. Cong.
  med.  interna/..  1891, Roma,  1895, vi, laringol., 141 - 147__
  Rclhi (L.)  Neurosen, entstanden durch Behandlung des
  Naseuinnereu.   Internat. klin. Uundschau, Wien,  1889,
  iii, 2095;  2141.  -----.  Quelques remarques au sujet des
  soi-disaut nevroses reflexes uu uez.  Rev. gen.  de  clin. et
  de therap., Par., 1896, x, 29.—Roe (J. 0.)   The frequent
  dependenceof persist out and so-called congestive head aches
  upon abnormal conditions of the nasal passages.   Tr. M.
  Soc. N. Y.. Syracuse, 1888, 515-527. -----. Nasal epilepsy;
  or reflex epilepsy of the nasal organ.  Ibid., 1890, 317-335.
  -----. Reflex epilepsy from intranasal disease.  Tr. Pan-
  Am. M.Cong. 1893. Wash., 1895, pt. 2, 1498-1504.-----. Re-
  flex epilepsy from nasal disease successfully treated by the
  removal of the intra-nasal cause.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass.
  1900,  N. Y., 1901, 210-222.— Koquer y Casadesus (J.)
  Aliruuos eases  de neurosis reflejas  de origen nasal.  Eu-
  cielopedia, Barcel.,  1889,  ii, 279-284. AUo, transl.:  Gaz.
  hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Montpel., 1889, xi, 520.  -----. Contri-
  bucion al estudio de las neurosis reflejas de origen nasal;
  nuevos casos cliuicos.   Rev. de laringol., otoi. y rinol.,
  Barcel., 1890-91, vi. 1; 19. — Rosenberg (A.) Die Re-
  flexneurosen der  Nase.   Heilkunde,  Berl., 1902,  489.—
  Rossbach  (M. J.) Ueber nasale Reflexneurosen.  Ges.
  kliu.  Arb., Jena,  1890,  125-128.—Royet.  De la forme la
  plus  habituelle des modifications do  l'iutellitrence et du
  caractere qui peuvent  resulter des maladies du nez et du
  cavum.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.J,  Par., 1903, xvi,
  1190 - 1207. — Ruta.   Delle nevrosi  riflesse di origine na-
  sale.   Riforma  med., Napoli,  1896, xii,  pt.  4, 365-369.—
  Sakaki(H.)  [Remarks ou the relation between nervous
  and nasal diseases.]  Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai
  Kwai Ho. Tokyo, 1901, vii, 603-616. — Schadle (J. E.)
  Cough in its relations to morbid states of  the  nasal pas-
  sages.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1890, xiv, 304-306.—
  Sehaeffer  ( M. )   Aus der  Praxis;  Nasenleiden und
  Reflexneurosen.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Berl.,  1884,
  x,  357;  376.  Also, Reprint. — Schech.   Das  nasale
  Asthma und seine Beziehungen  zum  Emphysem.   Ver-
  handl. d.  Ver. suddeutsch. Larynsol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,
  1904,  116 - 120. — Scheinmann  (J.)  Zur Diagnose und
  Therapie der nasalen Refiexneuroseu.  Berl. klin. Wchn-
  sehr., 1889. xxvi, 295;  327; 399; 425; 471.— Schneider.
  Einige Falle von  geheilter  Reflexepilepsie  der  Nase.
  Ibid., 934-936.— Semon [Sir F.)  A lecture on nasal re-
  flex-neurosis.  Clin. J.,  Lond., 1899-1900, xv, 241-247.—
  Snow (S. F.)  Hemicrania and other neuralgic affections
  of t he head relieved by intranasal surgery.   N. York M. J.,
  1894,  lix, 400.   AUo,  Reprint. -----. Headaches  from
  nasal causes.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol.,  Rhinol. &  Otol. Soc.
  1897.  N. Y., 1898, iii, 6-15.  AUo: Med. News, N. Y., 1897,
  lxxi,  42-45.—Sommerbrodt (J.)   Ueber Nasen-Reflex-
  Neurosen.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,  1885, xxii,  146; 172.
  Also, Reprint.—Spiess (G.)  Beitrag zur Aetiologie eini-
  ger nasaler Reflexneurosen.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Khinol.,
  Berl., 1898, vii, 303-308. — Starhiewicz  (T.)  O uerwi-
  cach  zwrotnych  nosowych.   [Ou nasal reflex  neuroses.]
  Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1897, xxxvi, 483; 497. — Stein (O.
  J.)   Vertigo, especially as related to nasal  diseases.  Chi-
  cago  M. Recorder, 1898,  xv, 287-294.  [Discussion], 349.
  AUo: Laryngoscope,  St.  Louis. 1898, v, 340-346.   AUo:
  Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 51-54. — Suarez ile Mendoza.
  Uu cas de vertige nasal gu6ri par l'ablation  bilat6rale
  d'uu  copeau  de la  cloison.  Arch, de  m6d. et chir. sp6c,
  Par., 1901, ii, 467-469.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Rev. hebd. de  la-
  rvngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 153.-Tcrray (P.)  Asthma
  bronchiale in Begleitung von Naseniibeln. Pest, med.-
  chir.  Presse, Budapest, 1893.  xxix. 609-612.— Thomas.
  Nevropat hie nasale.   Marseille m6d., 1895, xxxii, 362-
  370.—Thompson (J. A.)  Nasal reflexes. Cinciu. Lau-
  cet-Clinic. 1890, n. s.,  xxv,  155-158.  [Discussion], 160.
  -----. Headaches from  nasal causes, with illustrative
  cases.  Ibid., 1898, n.  s., xii, 403-405. — Thrasher (A.
  B.)   On reflex pharyngitis of nasal origin, with a report
  of four cases.  I bid., 1890, n. s., xxv, 63-65.   [Discussion],
  74. -----. Cough of nasal  origin,  with report of cases.
  Ibid., 442-441.  -----.  Nasal  reflexes.  Ibid., 503.  Also:
  J. Am. M.  Ass,  Chicago, 1890,  xv, 676-678. —Treitel.
  Ueberdie Steigeruugdes Wurgreflexcs(lurch Nasenleiden.
  Arch. f. Verdauungskr.,  Berl., 1902,  viii, 331-334.— Trifi-
  letti (A.) A proposito di  alcuni easi di  nevrosi nasale.
  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1890, x, 61-68.—Tsagres
  (A.)  Iltpi ufipoOcpaireias  K<rra ru>v  vtvpiKwv I'dirwi' ( Kara
  Materne). TaArji/bs, Afloat,  1891, xxi, 23; 39. —  Wells
  (W. A.)   Pathogenesis ofthe nasal reflex neuroses.  Phila.
  M. J., 1898, ii, 380-384.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. The signifi-
  cance of uric acid in the nasal reflex neuroses.  N.  York
  M. J., 1898,  lxviii, 699-702.   Also,  Reprint. -----.  Some
  nervous and mental .manifestations occurring  in  connec-
  tion with nasal disease.  Am. J. M.  Sc, Phila., 1898, n.s.,
  cxvi  677-692.  Also, Reprint.  AUo, transl.: Wien. med.
  Presse, 1902, xliii, 2121; 2171.—White (J.  A.)  Neuroses
  of the nose  and nasopharynx.  Syst.  Dis. Ear, Nose  & 
NOSE.
784
NOSE.
I%To*e (h'eflex  neuroses of).
  Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, ii, 90-148. -----.  Some in-
  teresting cases of headache due to nasal trouble.  Clin.
  Bull., Richmond, 1901, vi. 52-55. — Widakowich (V.)
  Ueber das Verhalten der markhaltigen Nerven bei nasaler
  Reflexneurose.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1905, xxxix,
  370-376.—Wilkinson (O.)  Headache  in relation to dis-
  eases ofthe nose and nasopharynx.  N.  York M. J. [etc.],
  1904, lxxx, 636-640. -----. A  study  of  headache iu  rela-
  tion to diseases of the nose and  nasopharynx. Wash. M.
  Ann., 1904-5, iii, 80-100.— Vann (K.)  [A case of nasal
  reflex neurosis.]   Fukui Ken Igakukwai Zasshi,  1896,299-
  309.— Ziem (C.)  Ueber Beziehungen  der Nasenkrank-
  heiten zur Psychiatrie.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl., 1897,
  xxxi, 482; 529. -----. The relations of nasal to mental dis-
  ease.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii, 153-158.  AUo,
  transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. internat.  de rhinol., otol.  et laryn-
  gol., Par., 1898, viii, 237.

IVose (Rosacea of).
    See, also,  Acne; Alcoholism;  Rhinophyma.
    Campardon (J.-F.-A.)   De la couperose.  8°.
  Paris, 1847.
    Ross (A.)  The florid nose.  12°.  [n.p., n. d. ]
    Winkler.   Die  Nasen-   und  Gesichts-Rote.
  Ihre  Ursachen  und naturgemasse Behandlung.
  8°.  Berlin, [1905].
    Abrahams  (K.)  Alcohol in the treatment of acne
  rosacea.  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y.. 1896,  ix, 652-654.
  AUo,  Reprint.—Alger  (E. M.)  Rosacea; its cause and
  treatment.  N. York M.J., 1804, lx, 589. -----.  Somenotes
  on rosacea.  N.York  Polyclin.,  1897, ix, 65-68.—Bcrgh
  (C.)  Om  acne rosacea,  dens  aetiologi og  behandliug.
  [Sur l'acne rosacea, son etiologie et son traitement.  R6s.,
  852.]  Noisk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1897, 4.R.,
  xii, 836-847.—Betz (O.)  Terpeutineinreibungen gegen
  Acne rosacea. Memorabilien. Heilbr.,  1896, n.  F., xv,
  268-270.—Bill lot (F.)  L'acn6  couperose  et  sou traite-
  ment.  Scalpel, Li6ge, 1899-1900,  lii, 136.—Billslein (Em-
  ma L.)  Red noses and veils.  Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 368.—
  Bloebauin (F.)   Die  Kupfernase  (Acne  rosacea) und
  ihre Behandlung, namentlich mittels der galvauokausti-
  schen Gluhiiadel.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix,
  569-572.  AUo, transl.: N. Orl. M. Sc S.  J., 1898-9, li, 265-
  272. -----. Vorlaufige Mitteilung iiber verbesserte Me-
  tboden bei der Behandluug der Kupfernase und  zur  dau-
  ernden Entfernung liistiger Haare.  Deutsche Med.-Ztg.,
  Berl., 1900, xxi. 1133.—Broeq.  Acn6 rosac6e, couperose.
  Rev. internat. de ru6d. et  de chir. Par., 1897, viii, 257.—
  Chambers (G.)  Some notes  on rosacea, with special
  reference to its treatment.  Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898,
  xxiii, 630-645.—Ehrmann (S.)  Die elektrolytisehe Be-
  handlung der Acne rosacea und  der ektatischeu  Hautve-
  nen im Antlitz.  Wien. med. BL, 1896, xix, 4.—Fitzpat-
  rick (H. P.)  Rosacea;  its permanent  removal  by elec-
  trolvsis.  Am. J. Derinat. Sc  Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis,
  1905,  ix,  55-57.—von Fleisehl (0.)  Ueber Fanghi di
  Slafani, ein wenig bekanntes. bei Acne rosacea sehr wirk-
  sames Mittel. Wieu. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xiv,  1204-
  1207. — Foamier.  Traitement  de  la  couperose.  Inde-
  pend. med.. Par., 1897, iii, 25.  AUo, transl.: Riforma med.,
  Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 1, 427. -----.  De la couperose chez la
  femme.  Rev. prat.  d. trav. de  m6d., Par., 1898, lv, 265;
  274. -----. Traitement de la couperose grauuleuse.  Rev.
  internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1899, x, 127-129.—Gau-
  cher (E.)  La couperose.  J. de med. int., Par., 1899, iii,
  444-447.—Gcilrhrist (T. C.)   Someremarks on acne rosa-
  cea, with especial reference to treatment.  Maryland M.
  J., Bait., 1898-9, xl, 119-122.—Harding (G.  F.j   A case
  of acne rosacea.  J. Cutan. Dis., incl. Syph., N.  Y., 1901,
  xxii, 329. — Ileuss (E.)  Ueber  Behandlung der  Rosacea.
  Cor.-Bl. f.  schweiz. Aerzte,  Basel, 1896, xxvi,  33-44.—
  Hunt  (C. W.)  Treatment of acne rosacea, with men-
  tion of a case.  North Car. M. J., Wilmington,  1897, xii,
  140-150.—Kaposi.  Ueher Acne rosacea.   Allg. Wien.
  med. Ztg., 1896. xii, 74; 86. —Lassar (O.)  Zur Behand-
  luug rotor Nasen.  Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 489-
  492.—Leredde.  Le traitement de l'acn6 ros6e par la
  photothe-rapie.   Kev.  g6n. de clin  et de therap.,  Par.,
  1903, xvii, 242-244.  Also: Rev. prat. d.  mal. cutan. [etc.],
  Par.,  903,  ii, 270-275. — Lieberthal  (D.)  Acne rosa-
  cea.  Illinois M. Bull., Chicago,  1902-3, iii, 761-765.  Also,
  Reprint. —  Lloyd  (W.)   Intranasal irritation   causing
  acue rosacea.  Biit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 74.— JHcShauc
  (J. T.) Acne rosacea  treated by iutra-dermal injections
  of formaldehyde.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1897,  xxix,
  1261.—itlnnro (W. J.)  A  note on  the treatment of the
  early stages of acne  rosacea, with  special reference to
  the use of suprarenal gland extract therein.  Australas.
  M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 496-500.—IVeale (A.)   Cliuical
  note on acne rosacea; groggy nose;  copper nose.  Inter-
  colon.  M.  J.. Australas.,  Melbourne,  1900, v, 206-209.—
  Ohiuann-Duhmesnil (A. H.)   Acne rosacea.  'In-
  state  M.J. & Pract., St.  Louis, 1896, iii, 411-418.  Also,
  Reprint.—Payne (J. F.)  Gutta rosea, or rosacea (acne
  rosacea). Syst. Med. (Allbut), Lond., 1899, viii, 612-615.—
IVose (Rosacea of).
   Petrini de Gahaz.  Mixture contre  la  couperose.
   Bull.gen.de therap. [etc.], Par., 1900, cxl, 192 — I'mdoii
   (H. S.)  Note on couperose.  Dubliu J. M. Sc, 1903, cxvi,
   175—Bochard Sc Sellicr.  Nouveau traitement de la
   couperose.  [Abstr.]  Compt.  rend. Accad. d. sc, Par.,
   1851, xxxiii, 611.—Bosenbach (O.) DerGesichtsschleier
   als Ursache der Naseurothe.  Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr., 1809,
   xxxvi, 896-898.—Shoemaker (J. V.)  Rosacea. Inter-
   nat. klin., Phila.,  1896, 5. s., iv, 336-340. -----. Rosacea.
   Med. Bull., Phila., 1902, xxiv, 123-127. -----. Rosacea.
   J. Med.-Chir. Coll., Phila., 1903, iv, no. 7, 1-6.—Stravino
   (A.)  Acn6  ros6e  (Couperose; Gutta rosea; Kupferro.se;
   brandy nose; wine nose).  Verhandl. d. deutsch. derinat.
   Gesellsch. 1898, Wieu. u. Leipz., 1899. vi. 174-181.— Weiss
   (M.)  Zur Elektrotherapie der rothen Nase.  Wien. med.
   Wchnsehr.,  1900, 1, 1975-1977.

IVose (Rosacea of)  in  children.    [Granu-
   losis rubra nasi.]
     Ricard   ( L.  )   Granulosis rubra  nasi.  6°.
   Toulouse, 1904.
     Audry.  Granulosis rubra nasi, fausse acn6 rosee des
   enfants.   J. d. mal. cutan. et  syph., Par.,  1903,  xv, 809-
   811.  AUo: Ann.  de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1903,  4. s., iv,
   844.—Bauuier (E.)   Ein Beitrag zur Histologie der
   Granulosis rubra nasi Jadassohn.  Dei mat. Ztschr., Berl.,
   1904, xi,  646.—Bernhardt (II.)   llianulosis rubra nasi
   (Jadassohn). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., xxiii, 865;
   896.—B-ubreuilh (W.)  Sur une foime d'6ryth£uie chro-
   nique du nez chez les enfants; granulosis rubra nasi de
   Jadassohu.  J. de med. de Bordeaux,  1903, xxxiii, 89.—
   Herrmann (H.)  Eine ejgenthiitnliche  mit Hyperlii-
   drosis einhergehende entziindliche Dermatose an der Nase
  jugendlicher Individuen. Arch.  f. Dermat.  u. Syph.,
   Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lx, 77-90.—van der Hoop.  [Brie
   gevallen van granulosis rubra nasi.]  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
   Geneesk., Amst.,  1904, 2. R., xl, d. 1, 372.—Jadassohn
   (J.)  Ueber eine eigenartige Erkrankung der Nasenhaut
   bei Kindern (Granulosis rubra  nasi).  Arch. f. Derinat. u.
   Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, lviii,  145-158— Ijebet (A.)
   Contribution k l'etude de l'hidrocystome (avec une note
   sur la granulosis rubra nasi).  Ann. de dermat. et syph.,
   Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 273-282.— I.uithlcn (F.)  Ueber eine
   eigenthiimliche Form von Acne mit Schweissdriisenver-
   anderungen.  Festschr. . . . Moriz  Kaposi z. Prof.-Jubil.,
   Wien n. Leipz., 1900,  709-719.—ITIacleod (J. M. H.)  A
   case of granulosis rubra nasi (Jadassohn).  Brit. J. Der-
   mat., Lond.,  1903,  xv, 197-206, 2 pl. AUo, transl.: Kev.
   prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1904, iii, 233-240.—Mal-
   herbe (H.)   Granulosis rubra nasi. J. d. mal. cutan. et
   syph., Par.,  1905, xvii, 96-100.—Pick  (W.)  Ueber Gra-
   nulosis rubra nasi Jadassohn.  Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph.,
   Wien n. Leipz., 1902, lxii, 105-110.—Pinkus (F.)  Ueber
   die Beziehungen des Hidrocystoms zur Granulosis rubra
   nasi.  Dermat. Ztsch., Berl., 1904,  xi,  64J-645.—See (M.)
   Granulosis rubra  nasi.   Bnll.  Soc franc de dermat. et
   syph., Par., 1904, xv, 349.  Also: Ann. d. dermat. et syph.,
   Par., 1904, 4. s., v,  1037.

IVose  (Sarcoma  of).
     See Nose (Tumors of, Sarcomatous).

IVose  Scleroma of).
     See Rhino scleroma.

IVose  (Secretions  of).
     See, also, Nose  ( Watery  discharges from).
     Arslan  (Y.)  Un' ultima parola sulla rinorrea pnrn-
   lenta caseiforme (rinite pseudocaseosa).  Boll. d. mal. d.
   orecchio,  d. gola  e d. naso. Fireuze,  1899. xvii,  73-77.—
   Dombrowski (P. I.)  Some  diagnostic and theiapeutic
   remarks concerning chronic nasal discharge.  Med. Stand-
   ard, Chicago, 1900, xxiii, 14-16.—Eulenstein (H.)  Ue-
   ber  fibrinose Exsudate   auf der  Nasenschleimhaiit.
   Deutsche nied. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl., 1893, xix. 862-
   864.—(»oodale (J. L.)  A  contributiou to tbe study  of
   the secreting mechanism of the nose.  Tr. Am. Larvngol.
   Ass., X. Y., 1904, xxvi, 27-47.  Also: Aim. Otol., Rhinol.
   & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905, xiv. 1-15. 1 pl.—Criinwald
   (L.)  Etudes sur les cellules de la secretion du nez et des
   sinus.  Anu. d. mal.  de l'oreille,  du laiyux [etc.], Par.,
   1899, xxv. 551-554.—Keller (A.)   Ueher das Vorkommen
   von Rhodan im Nasensecret.  Munchen. med. Wcbnscbr.,
   1900, xlvii,  1597.—Kelson  (W.  H.)   Nasal  discharges.
   Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1902-3,63-68.—.Ylolinie
   (J.)  Un cas de secretion nasale de couleur bleue (chromo-
   rhiuorrhee).  Kev. hebd. de laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1898,
   xviii, 1308-1312.  AUo [Abstr.]: Ann. d. mal.  de  l'oreille,
   du larynx [etc.], Par.. 1^98. xxiv, 613.—Bichter (O.)  Zur
   Unlersuchung des "Naseuschleiins.   Ztschr. f. aug. Mikr.,
   Weimar. 1897, iii.  42-44.— Bumbold (T. F.)  Abnormal
   nasal secretion ; its injurious effects.  St. Louis M. Sc S. J.,
   1896, lxx, 265-272.—Sic be inn aim (F.) Ein Ausgussvom
   pueumatischen Hbhlensystem der Nase.  Festschr. z. . . .
   Jubilaum v. Theodor Kocher, Wiesb., 1891, 119-134,1 pl. 
NOSE.
785
NOSE.
IVose (Septum of, Spurs and ridges of).
     Sec, also, Nose (Diseases of) in children.
     Ballenger (W. L.)  Electrolysis as  a treatment for
  deviations, spurs, and ridges of the nasal septum.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 58-60. —Black (M.)  Opera-
  tion for  the removal of septal  spurs. Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1902, xii, 191-193.—Bronner (A.) 'On the use of
  the dental trephine in the treatment of spurs  and devia-
  tions ofthe nasal septum and synechias of the nasal fossa-.
  Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 173—Casselberry (W. E.)  Elec-
  trolysis by a current controller  for the ieduction of spurs
  ofthe nasal septum. Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1805, N. Y.,
  1896, xvii, 46-58.  AUo: J. Am. M.  Ass.. Chicago, 1805,
  xxv,  754-758.  AUo: N. York  M.  J., 1895, lxii, "266-269.
  AUo, Reprint.   AUo.- Times Sc Keg., Phila., 1895, xxx, 253;
  292. -----.  Electrolysis for the reduction of spurs ofthe
  nasal septum.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1896, xxvii, 578-
  582.  AUo [ Abstr.]: Medicine, Detroit, 1896.ii.653.—Clark
  (B. F. R.)  Spursof the nasal septum.  Codex med. Phila.,
  1895-6. ii, 289-295.—Clevenger (W.F.)  Hemorrhage into
  the conjunctival sac through the nasal duet, following an
  operation for the removal of a nasal  spur.  Med. & Surg.
  Monitor, Indianap., 1900, iii, 59.—Belie.  Cretes  de la
  cloison nasale: quelques  considerations  sur  leur traite-
  ment. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux., 1896,
  i, 18-22.—Oleasou (E. B.)   Exostoses of the nasal sep-
  tum, and their treatment bv operative  procedures.  In-
  ternat. M. Mag.. Phila., 1892,"i, 464-472.—<Juye (A.-A.-G.)
  Un cas de crete de la cloison.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille. du
  larynx [etc.],  Par., 1895, xxi. pt. 2,  58.—Hoyt (H. W.)
  Spurs of the nasal  septum.  Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y.,
  1898. xxxiii, 290-293. AUo:  J. Ophth., Otol. Jt  Larvngol.,
  N. Y., 1898, x, 305-309.—Kreilsheimer (H.)  Leber die
  Nachbebandluug blutigoperirter Yorsprungoani Septum.
  Arcb. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, xi, 339. — I.oeb
  (H. W.)  The value of sharp curettes in the  removal of
  septal projections.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., Chicago,  1896, xxvi,
  14.—MacCoy (A. W.)   A  note on  osteophytes of the
  nasal chambers.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1901,122-
  124.  AUo: Am. J. M. Sc, Pbila., 1902,  n. s., cxxiii, 286-
  288.—ITIeKinney (R.)  Obstinate nasal hemorrhage fol-
  lowing removal of a septal spur iu  a hemophiliac  Mem-
  phis M. Month., 1904, xxiv, 576-579.—IVlettenheimer (C.)
  Heiluug  einer Exostose der Nasenseheidewand auf elec-
  trolytischem Wege.  Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1893-4, n.
  F., xxxvii,  103.—Parker  (E.  F.)  Spurs  of the nasal
  sseptuni.  and their influence on the  respiratory tract. N.
  York M. J., 1897, lxv, 766.  Also, Reprint.—Pearsall
  (W. S.)  The removal of septal growths with preservation
  of the mucous membrane.  N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y.,
  1897. 3. s., xii.  221-227.—Schmidt  (M.)   Behandlung der
  Verbieguugen und Auswiichse der Nasenseheidewand
  durch Electrolyse.  Verhandl. d.  Cong. f. inuere Med.,
  Wiesb., 1893, xii, 169-179.—Seiler  (C.)  Eechondroses of
  the septum narium. and their removal.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
  1888, xxxiii, 180-183.  AUo, Reprint.—Snydacker (E. F.)
  The importance of postoperative treatmeut after removing
  spurs of tbe nasal saeptum.  N. York M. J.,  1900, lxxii,
  1131.—Teets (C. E.)  A simple method for the removal of
  spurs and ridges from the cartilaginous septum.  J. Ophth.,
  Otol., & Laryngol., N. Y.,  1895,  vii,  71-74.—Thompson
  (J. A.)  Spurs on the nasal septum.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
  1892, n. s., xxviii, 209-212.  [Discussion],  216.—Walker
  (T.S.) On the treatment and removal of spurs anddeviations
  of thenasalseptum.  Lancet, Lond., 1890,ii,444.—Wishart
  (D. J. G.)  Removal of septal spurs; a note upou  the use
  of  the  Carmalt-Jones spokeshave.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1900, ix,  21-23.   AUo:  Canada Lancet, Toronto,
  1899-1900, xxxii,  609.

IVose (Septum of  Ulcer  and  perforation

  of).
     See, also, Nose (Syphilis of).
     Zimnik (J.)   *Zur Casuistik des Ulcus  sep-
  tum nasi perforates.   8°.   Greifswald, 1890.
     Anderson (W. S.)  Perforation of the nasal septum.
  Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1894, v, 7-13.—Ardin-Del-
  teil (P.)   Ulcere perforant dela cloison nasale.  N.Mont-
  pel,  med.,  1896,  v, 832; 841,  1  pl. — Bamberger (J.)
  Leber die Septiimperforation der Chromarbeiter.  Miin-
  chen. med. Wchnsehr., 1902, xlix, 2144.— Bauingarlcii
  (E.)  Az orrsoveny perforatioja roncsold toroklob man.
  [Perforation of septum narium after diphtheritis.]  Or-
  vosi  hetil.,  Budapest,  1889.  xxxiii,  416.  AUo,  transl.
  [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest,  1889, xxv,
  1301. -----. Exophthalmus, ptosis es diplopia orrsoveny-
  fekely kapesan. f. . . from ulceration of the nasal septum.]
  Orr-, g6ge-es fiilgyogy., Budapest,  1904, 230.— Bilhaut
  (M.)  Ulcere du nez, denudation de la cloison; autoplas-
  tic par glissement; guerison.  Ann. do chir. et d'orthop.,
  Par.,  1896,  ix,  33-37. — Brown (J. M.)  Perforation of
  the nasal septum.  Med. Standard, Chicago,  1902, xxv,
  239. —Campbell (D.  St. C.)  Perforations of the carti-
  laginous septum, and their chief causes.   Physician &
  Sur-'., Ann  Arbor, Mich.,  1890, xii, 249-256.  Also: Tr.
  Detroit M. & Libr. Ass., 1890, 161-168. — Christy (T. C.)
  Ulceration  of  the  nasal  septum.   Tr. Am.  Laryngol.,

        VOL XI,  2d  series---50
IVose  (Septum  of Ulcer  and perforation

   of).
   Khinol. & Otol. Soc 1890, N. Y., 1897,  ii, 139-148.  Also:
   N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 12-16.  AUo, Reprint. — Dela-
   van (D. B.)  Extensive perforations of the bony septum.
   Aim. Ophth.  & Otol., St. Louis, 1895, iv, 214.—Elletl (E.
   C.)  The  determining cause of the site of ulcers on the
   nasal  septum.    Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1898, iv, 280.
   Also, Reprint. —Felix (E.)  Les  perforations de la cloi-
   son nasale en dehors de la syphilis.  Semaine niGd., Par,,
   1904, xxiv, 41. — Freudeulbal (W.)  Ueber das Ulcus
   septi nasi perforans.   Med. Monatschr., N. Y.,  1891, iii,
   185-190. Also, Beprint.—4*ouguenheiiu.  Perforations
   de la cloison du  nez.  Semaine ni6d., Par., 1895,  xv, 415-
   417.  AUo. transl.: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1895, xvi, 1244-
   1246.—Hajek  (M.)  Das perforin-nde Geschwiir der Na-
   senseheidewand.  Arch. f. path. Anat.  [etc.],  Berl., 1890,
   exx. 497-535, 2 pl. -----. Ulcus perforans  septi nasi uud
   habituelle Nasenblutung.   Internat.  klin. Rundschau,
   Wien, 1892, vi,  1670-1673. -----. Les perforations de la
   cloison du nez.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,' du larynx [etc.],
   Par., 1892, xviii, 735-748.—Hammond (L. J.)'  Perfora-
   tions of Shrapnell's membrane, and their treatment; are-
   port  of  twentv-flve eases.   Univ.  M.  Mag.,  Phila.,
   1891-2, iv, 700-702.   AUo, Reprint. —Hutchinson (J.)
   Perforating ulcers of  the  septum.  Arch. Surg., Lond.,
   1891-2, iii, 202-205. -----.  Perforating ulcer  of the sep-
   tum nasi.  Ibid., 1897, viii, 75.—Jessop.  Simple  per-
   forating ulcer of septum na~i.  Laucet, Lond., 1888,i, 829.—
   IjelHngwell (H. L.)  Pathology and treatmeut of nasal
   ulcer upon septum nasi and floor of nasal passage.  Phila.
   M. J., 1899, iii, 1183.—Merry (W. J. C.)  Idiopathic per-
   foration ofthe bones ofthe nasal  septum.  Lancet, Lond.,
   1899, ii, 1227 — Tlilchell (S.), jr.  Perforation of  the sep-
   tum.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890, xxxvii, 40.—Moure (E.-J.)
   Contribution  k l'6tude de l'ulcere perl*-rant de la cloison
   da nez. Arch.  clin. de Bordeaux, 1894, iii, 176-188.  Also,
   Reprint.  AUo:  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894,
   Koma, 1895, vi,  laringol., 131-136. — Otto  (K.)   Ueber
   das perforirende Geschwiir der knorpeligen Nasenseheide-
   wand.  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1892, n.  F., ix, 427-
   430.—Paget (Sir J.)  Perforating ulcer of the septum of
   the nose.  In his:  Stud, old case-books, 8°, Lond., 1891,
   51-55.—  Purdon (H.  S.)  Note on perforating ulcer of
   septum nasi and vomer. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1896, ci, 312—
   314.— Bice (C. C.)  In what  manner can ulcerations of
   the nasal septum  following  operation and in atrophic rhi-
   nitis be healed to secure an even and moist surface?  Med.
   News, N.  Y., 1896, lxviii, 150-153.—Bichnrdson (C.W.)
   Perforation of tho septum narium, from a study of twenty-
   five cases with regard to etiology and pathologic signifi-
   cance.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Sc  Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902,
   xi, 1-16.— Itossbach  (M. J.)   Ueber Ulcus rotundum
   septi nasi cartilaginosi. Cor.-Bl.  d. allg.  arztl. Ver. v.
   Thiiringen, Weimar, 1889, xviii. 65-68.  AUo: Ges. klin.
   Arb., Jena, 1890, 108-111.—Bullion". Ueber die  Perfora-
   tion der Nasenseheidewand bei Chroniatarbeitern.  Ver-
   handl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena,  1900, ix, 109-117.—
   Bupp (A.)  Perforations of the nasal septum ; etiology,
   clinical significance, and treatment.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894,
   xlvi, 771-779.  AUo, Reprint.—Schadle (J. E.) Erosions
   and ulcerations of the triangnh.r cartilage of the  septum.
   St. Paul M. J.,  St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 241-245.—Schif-
   fers.  De la pathogenie de Tuledre perforant de la cloison
   du nez. J. de med., chir. et pharmacol., Brux., 1894, 439-
   443. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. internat. de rhinol.,  otol.  et la-
   ryngol., Par., 1895, v, 73.—Seiler (C.)  Some remarks on
   perforation of  the  nasal  septum.  Tr. M. Soe. Penn.,
   Phila., 1896, xxvii, 189-193.   Also: Med.  Sc Surg. Reporter,
   Phila., 1896,  lxxv,  425-427.  Also: Internat. M. Mag.,
   Phila., 1896-7, v, 333.— Straw (J. R.)  Non specific per-
   foration of the nasal septum.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
   1898, xxx, 475.—Thrasher (A. B.) Morbid perforations
   of the nasal septum.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890, xiv,
   405-408.  AUo [Abstr.]:  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1889, n.s.,
   xxiii, 461-564. — Zwillingcr  (H.)  Az orrsoveny kora-
   lakii perforalo fek61y6nekegy esete.  [Ulcer producing cir-
   cular perforation  in nasal  septum.]  Orvosi hetil., Buda-
   pest, 1898, xlii, 72.

IVose (Sequestra in).
     See Nose (Concretions, etc.,  in).

IVose (Sinuses of).
     See Nose (Accessory sinuses  of).

IVose (Stenosis of).
     See Nose (Obstruction of).

IVose (Surgery of).
     See,  also,  Epistaxis (Treatment  of);   Hay-
   asthma  (Prevention, etc.,  of);  Nasopharynx
   (Adenoid vegetations of,  Treatment of, Operative);
   Nasopharynx (Tumors of, Treatmentof,  Opera-
   tive) ; Nose  (Accessory sinuses of,  Inflammation
   of,  Treatment  of,  Operative);  Nose  (Accessory 
XOSE.
786
NOSE.
Vo*e  (Surgery of).
  sinuses of. Surgery of);  Nose (Concretions  in);
  Nose (Diseases of)in  children; Nose (Fracture
  of); Nose (Inflammation of, Hypertrophic, Treat-
  ment of);  Nose (Obstruction  of,  Treatment of,
  Operative);  Nose  (Beflex  neuroses  of);  Nose
  (Septum of, Spurs, etc., of);  Nose (Syphilis  of);
  Nose (Tumors of) [and subdivisions]; Nose and
  throat (Diseases of).
    Collier (M.)  An address on tbe present posi-
  tion of nasal surgery and the causation of deflec-
  tions of the nasal septum.   8C.  London, 1892.
    Gaston (G.)   *Pe la rhinotomie aous-labiale.
  [Paris.]   8  .   Chdteauroux, 1902.
    Hack ("YV.  A.  H.)    Ueber eine operative
  Radical-Bebandlung bestimmter  Fornn-n  von
  Migrane, Asthma, Henfieber,  sowi -.  zablreicber
  verwandter Erscheinungen.    Erfahrungen anf
  dem Gebiete der Nasenkrankheiten.   8 y  Wies-
  baden, 1664.
    ------.   The same.   Affections  dn nez.  Du
  traitement operatoire radical tie certaines formes
  de  migraine,  asthmo,  fievre de foiu, ainsi  que
  d'un grand nombre <le  manifestations connexes;
  traduit de l'alleniand par Auguste Mnller-Schir-
  inir.   * .   Paris, L-<w7.
    Kafemann  ( K. )    Rhino - pharyugologiscbe
  Operatiouslehre, mit Einschluss der Elektrolyse
  fur Aerzte  und Studiereude.  8°.   Halle a. S.,
  lttOO.
    ------.  The  same.   2.  vermehrte uud  neu-
  bearbeitetc  Aufl.   8-.  Halle a. S., 190'5.
    Lowk (I..)    Zur  Chirurgie der  Nase.   fol.
  Berlin, H'U5.
    See, also, infra.
    Massal (E.)   *Snr un proce\le"  de  resection
  de la cloisou nasale.  8C.   Toulouse, 1898.
    Schaeefer (M.)   Chirurgische  Erfahrungen
  in der Rhinologie und  Laryngologie aus  den
  Jahren 1875-K").   8°.    Wiesbaden, 18r>f>.
    Schmidt (I.)   *Eiu  Fall von Fibroma caver-
  nosuiu der mittlereu Muschel.  6°.   Wiirzburg,
  169:.
    Anilei-Non (P. L.)  Improved method of cocain anes-
  thesia for nasal mucous membranes.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  1897,  xxviii,  976.—Archibald  (O. W.)  Con-
  servative intranasal  surgery.   Northwest. Lancet, St.
  Paul. 1900,  xx, 287-289.—Baeza.   Ueber Adrenalinum
  Chlorid mit Chloretone  (Chloroform -f- Aceton) uud die
  Anwendung in  der rhiuologischen  Praxis.  Berl.  klin.
  Wchuschr., 1902, xxxix. 1217.— Ballenger (W. L.)  The
  submucous resection of the nasal septum; a new techuic
  with the author's swivel knife, reducing the average time
  of the operation several minutes.   Ann. Otol., Rhiuol. &
  Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 394-41(1.—Batut (L.)  De
  l'operation de Rouge et de  ses indications.  Anu. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1894, xx, 219-236. AUo:
  Midi m6d., Toulouse, 1894, iii, 165;  188; 215—Bauin-
  gnrten (E.)  Rhmochirurgiscbe Mittheilungeu.  Wien.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1889, xxxix, 20.17; 2082. -----.  Az orrso-
  veny elhajl£sainak 6s 16czeinek miitev6.se a Schleich-f61e
  6rz6stelenitb eljarassal.   [Operations of  the nasal sep-
  tum  bv tbe aniesthetic  procedure of Sehleieh.]   Orvosi
  hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii,  311; 323;  335.—Beckmann.
  Ueber  intranasale Operationsmethoden, mit Demonstra-
  tion.  Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897),
  1^18. viii. 7. —Berry (J.)   A rhinoplastic, operation.  Tr.
  Clin. So, . Lond., 1 •»«■ 4-r», xxxviii, 174-178, lpl., 1 l.-Bon-
  ninghaua (G.)   Beinerkungeu zum Aufsatze  Loewe's:
  Zur Chirurgie der Nasenscheidewaud, etc., in  Band 34,
  No. 7 dieser Monatschr.   Monatschr.  f. Ohrenh., Berl.,
  19(10, xxxiv. 287-290. — Bogdanovici  (T.)  i: Stro-
  ■uinger (L.)  Cate-va iuterventiuni asupra foselor na-
  sale si a fetel.  |Some operations ou the nasal  fossae and
  face.']  Kev'. de chir., Biicurestl, 1902, vi, 409-420.— Boley
  (11.)  De laoperaci6nde Rouge*.' Itev.decien.m6d.de Bar-
  cel..  1894, \x, 433; 457; 480.  Also:  Progreso m6d., Ha-
  bana, 1894,  vi, 211;  236; 263. — Boyl.tii  (J.  E.)  The
  surgery of the turbinal bodies, with a  new method  of
  operating.  Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1900,  N.  Y.,  1901,
  200-213.   Also:  N. Tork  M.  J., 1901,  lxxiii, 415.—
  Brown (J.  P.)  On the  use of rubber splints iu the
  treatment following intranasal operations.   Canad. Pract.
  & Rev., Toronto.  1899. xxiv,  385-389. - Briihl  (G.)  Be-
  merkungen  zur Radicaloperation.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.
  |etc],  Beil.,  1905, xxxix,  121-124.—Bulson (A. E.), jr.
  Aose  (Surgery of).
    Some observations on infra-nasal surgery.  Tr. Indiana
    M.  Soc, Indianap., 1902, 292-301.  Also:  Fort Wayne M.
    J.-Mag., 1902, xxii, 319-327.—Cnstex (A.)  Documents
    pour la chirurgie du nez.  Assoc, franc, de chir.  Proc.-
    verb [etc.], Par., 1896, x, 286. -----. De la rhinotomie trans-
    versale  inl6rieure.  Gaz. d. hop., Par.,  1896, lxix, 128!)._
    C'happell (W. F.)  Remarks on intranasal operations.
    Tr.  Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1899, N. T., 1900, xxi, 198-205.
    Also: N. Tork M. J., 1900, lxxi, 114-116.   AUo, Reprint —
    Cholewa.  Ueber Resection des Septum  narium.   Mo-
    natschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1891, xxv, 237-242.—tinier (J.)
    O Kriegove ok6nkovit6 resekci pfep&zky  nosni._  [Krieg's
    window resection of the septum of the nose.]  Casop. 16k.
    cesk., v Praze,  1904,  xliii,  777-779.—Citelli <S.)   Sulla
    utility della sutura attorcigliata nfelle fissure delle narici.
    Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio,  d. gola e d. naso,  Firenze. 1903,
    xxi, 1-4.—Cohn (J.)   Zur Nachbehaudluug von Nasen-
    operatiouen.  Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl.,  1906, 81-83.—
    Collier (M.)  On the surgery of the nose and ace. ssoiy
    cavities.  Cliu. J.,  Loud.,  189(1-7,  ix, 234-239.-Coin-
    paired (C.)   La terap6utica  quinirgica  en rinulogia.
    Siglo m6d.,  Madrid,  1897,  xliv, 3; 19.   AUo. transl.:
    Rev. hebd.  de  laryngol. [etc.].  Par., 1897,  xvii.  pt. 1,
    129-141.—Coomi-it (M.  F.)   Report on nasal surgery,
    with illustrated cases.  Tr. Kentucky M.  Soc, Louis-
    ville, 1893, n. s., ii, 304-313, 1 pl.  Also.- Am.  Pract. &
,    News, Louisville, 1893, xvi, 134-141, 1 pl.  AUo, Reprint.
    Also: Cincin.  M. J., 1893, viii, 246-254.— Dadysett (II. J.)
    Turbinotomy and its effects  on affections of the ear.  In-
    dian M.-Chir.  Rov., Bombay, 1896, iv, 7-9.  AUo: Indian
    Laucet, Calcutta, 1896, vii, 294.  AUo: J. Laryngol., Lond.,
    1895, ix, 553-555.—Davidson (J. P.)  Indications for and
    method  of  operating upon  the  middle turbinated  bone.
    Atlanta Jour.-Ree.  Med., 1900-1901, ii, 6-13.   Also: Med.
    Reg., Richmond, 1899-1900, iii, 311-316.— I>elit»iu (S. N.)
    K topografii i  khirurgii nosovol polosti.   [. .  . ofthe nasal
    cavity.] Vrach, St.  Petersb., 1895,  xvi, 407.— Ben Iter
    (A.)  Zur Technik der intranasalen Operatiouen. Ztschr.
    f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,  1901, xxxix, 197-200.  AUo, transl.:
    Arch. Otol. N. T., 1901,"xxx, 332. —Dc Vilnius (A.)  Sur-
    gical treatment  in diseases of the nose.  N. Am. Pract.,
    Chicago, 1889, i, 498-500. — Digmnmi ( L. G. )   En
    Rhinoplastik  fra gamle Almindelight  Hospital.    [A
    rhinoplastic operation from the  old General Hospital.]
    Hosp.-Tid.,  Kebenh..  1905,  4.  R.,  xiii,  781-786.—
    Dionisio  (I.)  Contributo alia chirurgia nasale.  Gazz.
    med. di  Torino, 1896, xlvii,  41-43. — Douglaaa (H. B.)
I    Preparation and after treatment  in nasil  operations.
    Post-Gidduate, N. T., 1904, xix, 495-524.—DuflTee (T.E.)
    New nasal  snare. J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 19U6,  xlvi,
    1033.— Du verger (J.)  De la voie traus-maxilloiiasale
    dans les interventions sur l'arrifere cavit6 des fosses na-
    sales, le corps du sph6uoi'de et lo  naso-pharyiix.   Kev.
    hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 280-294.—fe«cnt(E.)
    Siuusii6maxillairecas6euseet coryza cas6eux secondaire;
    6vacuation par voie nasale; gu6risou. Arch.  m6d. de Tou-
    louse, 1896, ii, 90-95. -----. Proc6d6 simple permettant de
    r6s6quer le  cartilage nasal d6vi6 sans perforer la cloison.
    Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.l, Par.,  1898, xi, 367-374.
    -----. Isch6mie du champ op6ratoire par le chlorhydrate
    d'adr6naliue dans la chirurgie endo-nasale.  Arch. m6d.
    de Toulouse, 1902, viii, 353-358.—Fein (J.)   Zur Resec-
    tion der unteren Nasenmuschel.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr.,
    1901, xxxviii. 486. — Flntnu (T. S.)  Ueber die Reseclio
    conchas infetioris. Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr..  1898, v, 1691;
    1726. — af Forselles (A.)  Ueber die Resection der un-
    teren Nasenmuschel.   Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.. Berl.,  1905,
    xxxix, 233-238.—Freer (O. T.)   The nasal septum;  a de-
    scription of the author's present manner of performing the
    window-resectiou for deflections.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
    cago, 1905, xiv, 985-999.— French (T. R.)  Observations
    on some of the results of  cutting operations on tho nasal
    sfeptura. N.TorkM.J.,1894,lx,682; 691.  A Uo, Reprint—
    Freudenthal (W.)  Antisepsis oder Asep-is iu der Na-
    senchirurgie?   N. Torker meet. Monatschr., 1893, v, 53-62.
    Also, transl.: N. Tork M. J., 1893, lvii, 134-157.  Also, Re-
    print. — Galand (A.)  De la rhinotomie  sous-labiale.
    Ann. d. mal. dc; l'oreille. du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1902, xxviii,
    256-280.  — Gerard-Marchant.  Nez, Josses nasales,
    pharynx nasal et sinus.  Traite de chir. (I)uplay et Re-
    clus). 2. 6d., Par., 1898, iv, 561-758. — Oillebert-Dher>
    court pere.  [Un cas de section du nez.]   Bull. Soc. de
    med. de Par.  (1875), 1876, x, 182-184. — Glcaaon <K.  B.)
    The intra-uasal  use  of  cocaine.  Atlautic  M. Wcekh,
    Providence, 1.-95, iii, 65-68.—Goldnlciu (M. A.)   Post-
    operative management ( f intra-nasal suigery.  Laryngo-
    scope. St. Louis, 1902. xii, 729-735.—Goodwillie (I). II.)
    Nasal intubation. N. Tork M. J., 1890, li, 540-542.   AUo,
I    Reprint.—CSoris.  De la decortication de la face comme
    voied'accea vers l'etage  moyen du nez.  Ann. Soc. med.-
    chir. du Brabant, Brux.,  1898, viii, 298-300.   Also: Presse
    m6d. beige, Brux., 1898, 1, 401.— CJradenigo (G.)   Sulla
    chirurgia nasale, specialmente iu rapporto  alle affezioni
    auricolari.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, vi, 408-
    411.—Grant (D.)  Nouvelles indications pour l'op6ration
!    de la turbinotomie ant6rieure.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oi-eille, 
NOSE.
787
NOSE.
IVose (Surgery  of).
  du larynx [etc.].  Par.,  1899.  xxv, 503. —Grant (W. L.)
  Some common conditions  of  the nose and nasopharynx
  demanding operative  interference.  Proc. Nortii Dakota
  M. Soc. 1898, Grand Forks, 1899. 30-35.  AUo: Phila. M. J.,
  1898, ii, 798-801.—Green (W. E.)  Surgical treatment of
  diseases of the nose.  J. Ophth., Otol., Sc Larvngol., N. T.,
  1890, ii, 201-211.  Also: Med.  Century, N. Y*. A  Chicago,
  1897, v, 33; 101;  131; 176.—Griinwald (L.)  Demonstra-
  tioneu uud Mittheilungen zur Rhinochirurgie.  Miinchen.
  med.  Wchnsehr.,  1892, xxxix, 191.  Also: Sitzungsb. d.
  arztl. Ver. Miinchen (1892), 1893, ii, 21-24. — Hack (W.)
  Beitrage  zur  Exstirpation der nasalen  Schwellapparate.
  Deutsche  med.  Wchnsehr., Berl, 1884, x, 435; 568.  AUo,
  Reprint. — Harris (T. J.)   The aims and  limitations
  of intranasal surgery in  the treatmeut of chronic  non-
  suppurative affections of the middle en.   N. Tork M.
  J.  [etc.],  1906,  Ixxxiii, 750-760.—Maxell in e (11.)   The
  window resection of  the nasal septum, with a review
  of fort v-eight cases.  Homceop. Eye, Ear <fc Throat J., N.T..
  1905,xi. 397-409. — Henth(C) Thesnrgery ofthe nose and
  accessory  cavities.    Brit. M.  J., Lond",  1892, ii, 1222;
  1282. — Hefl'crnan  (D.  A.) The submucous  lesection
  of the nasal  septum.   Boston  M. Sc  S.  J., 1905,  cliii,
  250.—Helot  til.)    De  1'omploi  du  peugawardjauibi
  comme hematostatique apres  le  morcellenient  tie la
  muqueuse du cornet iuf6rieuret l'ablation des 6perons de
  )a cloison.   Rev.  m6d. de  Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 17-25.
  -----. Resultats obtenus par  l'emploi du pengawar-djambi
  dans  quelques  op6rations eudo-nasales.  Arch,  internat.
  de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xix.  798-805. — Holscher.
  Ueber Operatiouen an der Nasenseheidewand.  Med.Cor.-
  Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg.,  1905, lxxv,  574.—
  Hofla (A.) Lin  Beitrag zu den Operationen au der Nase.
  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1900, x, 403-410.—
  Hofmann (E.)  Ein Verfahren.dieNaseneauge inkurzer
  Zeit dauernd freizulegen.  Jahresb. d. Ge*cllx-h. f. Nat.-u.
  Heilk. in Dresd., 1896-7, 74-84.—Hoople (H.N.)  A study
  of cases presenting symptoms of asthenopia aud anomalies
  of the ocular muscles  in which ablation of the middle tur-
  binal was effective tieatment.  Med. News, N. T., 1901,
  lxxviii, 572-575. —  llovorka (().)  Beitrage zur Chirurgie
  der ausseren Nase.   Aerztl.  Centr.- Anz.,  Wien, 1895, vii,
  545.—Inihofer (R.)  Nachbehanillng nach Nasenopera-
  tionen.  Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Wien u. Leipz., 1904,  xxv, 303-
  319— Jarvis (W. C.)  Surgical procedures in deformities
  and neoplastic growths in the nose.  Syst. Dis. Ear. Nose
  & Throat  (Burnett). Phila.,  1893, ii, 39-65.—Joseph (J.)
  Intranasale Naseiih6ckerabtragun-_.  Verhaudl. d. Berl.
  med.  Gesellsch. (1904), 1905, xxxv, 152.—Kenyon (E.
  L.)  An improved  method of making the first incision
  through the cartilage  in the resection operation on the na-
  sal septum; with  the  exhibition of a cartilage  knife de-
  signed for this purpose.  Illinois M. J.,  Sprinfield. 1904-5,
  vii, 597-599. — Killinu  (G.i  Die  Hubmucose Fenster-
  resektion der Nasenseheidewand.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Rhiuol., Berl., 1904, xvi, 362-387.  AUo, transl.: Ann. Otol.,
  Rhinol.& Laryngol, St. Louis, 1905, xiv.363-393.—Knight
  (C. H.)  lutranasal  suigerv,  with special reference to na-
  -al di ainage.  Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1900, 10. s., iii,  159-
  1U4 —Knight (CH.) Si IlcKernon (J. F.)  Partial tur-
  biinc  (omy followed by acute otitis, mastoiditis sepsis, para-
  centesis, mastoidectomy, ligation, and excision of internal
  jugular vein; recovery.   Med. News, N. T., 1905, lxxxvii,  i
  982-9*4 -Kaenig (C.-J.)  De l'emploides salivoidscomme  |
  pansement dans la chirurgie eudo-nasale.  Arch, internal.
  de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 485.—Krebs (G.)   Des  j
  aoins ' preparatoires et conseeutifs aux op6rations_ endo-
  nasales.   Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 535-
  541.—Knnunel  (W.)  Die  Verletzungen und  cbirurgi-
  schen  Krkrankiingen  der  Nase uud ihrer  Nebenhohlen.  i
  In : Handb. d. prakt. Chir. . . . Bergmann [et al.], 2. Aufl.,
  8°, Stuttgart, 1903.i,e59-938.   Also, transl. in: Syst. Pract.
  Surg, (von Bergmann), 8°, N. Y. Sc Phila., 1904, i, 735-805,
  1 pl —Kutlner (A.)   Die Resection der unteren Nasen-
  muschel.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii, 371-373.—
  Kuzniik (P.)  Rhinoplastica.   Budapesti k. orvosegy.
  6vkbn\ve, 19U3.  65.—Lnlhrop (IL A.)  The anatomy of
  the inferior  ethmoidal  turbinate, with particular refer-
  ence to cell formation;  surgical importance of such eth-
  moid  cells; exhibition of  specimens, and demonstration
  from  lantern slides.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902,
  229-233.—Larrand (H.)  De l'operation  de  Rouge.  J.
  d  sc. in6d. de Lille, 1900, i, 289-294.  -----. Op6ration de
  Rouge et adrenaline.   Ibid., 1903, i. 97-102.— I.ermoyey.
  (M.)  Technique  g6n6rale des  operations  intrauasales.
  Ann.  d. mal.  de  l'oreille,  du lannx   [etc.],  Par., 1895,
  xxi 224-233.— Lewis  (E. R.)   Infra-nasal surgery;  when
  not.  Indiana M. .L. Indianap., 1896-7. xv, 50-53.— I.oewc
  (L.)   Leber die Ausraumung der Nase vom Munde  her
  und die Freilegung  des entspreclienden Abschnittes  der
  Basis cranii et cerebri.  Med. Rundschau, Bed.,  1900,686;
  711. -----. Znr Chirurgie der Nase und des zugehongen
  Abschnittes  der  Basis  cranii  et  cerebri.  Centralbl. f.
  Chir., Leipz.. 1900. xxvii. 1265-1272. -----.  Zur Chirurgie
  der Nasenseheidewand und der oberen  Nebenhohlen  der
  Nase  Mount-chr. f.Ohrenh.. Berl. ,190(l,xxxiv, 259:376. See,  I
  also supra, Uonningliaus. -----. Leber  die Ausraumung  '
]\ose (Surgery of).
  der Nase vom M u nde her.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deu tsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902. Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 402-405.
  -----. Weitere Mittheilungen zur Nasenchirurgie.  Mo-
  natschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl.,  1902,  xxxvi, 83;  420:  1903,
   xxxvii, 229; 280:  1905, xxxix, 406. -----.  Zur Chirurgie
  der  Nase.   Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.
  Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii,  2. Hlfte., 318-320. -----.  Zur
  Chirurgie der Nase.   Allg. med.  Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903,
  lxxii, 619-624.  -----. Zur  Chirurgie der Nase.   Wien.
  med. Wchuschr., 1904, liv, 2157; 2217.—I.owy (H.)  Das
  Adrenalin in der rhino-otologischen Praxis.   Verhandl. d.
  Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz.,  1903, ii,
  2. Hlfte., 407. — Liubet- Barbon.  Lepengawardjambi,
  agent h6mostatique dans les op6rations nasales.   Arch.
  internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par.,  1902, xv, 363.  AUo:
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du  larynx [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix,
  109.— I.uc.  Methodes coinbinecs pour l'ouverture large
  des cavites  nasales.   Rev. hebd. do laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
   1904, ii, 513-521.  AUo [Abstr.]: Bull,  de laryngol., otol.
  et rhinol., Par., 1904, vii,  255. — Luke  (T.  D.)   The
  production of anaesthesia for brief operations on the naso-
  pharynx.  Edinb. M. J., 1904, n. s., xvi, 29-38.—Maekie
  (J.)  Ethvl chloride as a  general anaesthetic in nasal sur-
  gery.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 896.—Mnrtindnle (J.
  II.)    Cocaine in nasal surgery;   its uses and dangers.
  Northwest. Lancet,  St. Paul, 1896, xvi,  247-250. — Mas-
  ter* (J. L.)  The use of adrenalin chloride in nasal  sur-
  gery.  Med. &  Surg.  Monitor, Indianap., 1903, vi, 155.—
  Mayer (E.)  The nasal mucous membrane;  a plea for the
  greater care of it iu  intranasal operations.  N. Tork M.
  J., 1896,  lxiii, 775.  Also,  Reprint. -----. On the  use of
  Schleich's  mixtures for anaesthesia in  operations on the
  nose and  throat.  N. Tork M. J., 1898, lxviii, 547-550.
  [Discussion], 568.—Meniere.  Essai critique sur la po-
  sition de Rose, k propos des operations dans lenez, l'arri-
  ere-nez et  la gorge.   Ann.  d. mal. do l'oreille, du larynx
   [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 376-379.—Mignon (M.)  Nouveau
  mode d'emploi de 1'ailreualine en rhinologie.  Arch, inter-
  nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903,  xvi, 261.—Mdller (T.)
  Quelques remarques sur l'emploi  de l'adr6naline dans la
  chirurgie nasale.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],
  Par., 1904, xxx, 54-59.—Mooney  (J.J.)  Submucous re-
  section of the  nasal septum.  Buffalo  M.  J., 1905-6, lxi,
  13-15. — Morton (J. P.)   Operative rhinology; its regu-
  lative principles.   Canad.  Pract. Sc  Rev., Toronto, 1904,
  xxix, 265-271. — Mosher (H. P.)   The anatomy of the
  operation of reaching the ethmoid cells through  the an-
  trum. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n.  s., exxiv, 864-867.
  Also,  Repiint.  -----. Measurements  for operating dis-
  tances in the nose.  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi,  554-
  559.  Also, Reprint.  -----.  The use of Cargile membrane
  in the nose in orderto prevent adhesions.  Boston M.  & S.
  J., 1903,  cxlviii, 230.  AUo, Reprint. — Muckey  (F. S.)
  Hay fever and asthma;  a  permanent  cure  by means of
  nasal surgery.  Northwest. Laucet, St. Paul. 1902, xxii,
  29-33. A Uo,' Reprint.—Mullen (J.  A.) Clinical obser-
  vations on the use of the aqueous extract of suprarenal
  capsule inoperationswithinthenasal chambers.  Internat.
  Clin., Phila., 1898, 7. s., iv, 9-15. — My les  (R. C.)   Intra-
  nasal surgery ; comments upon  some modern operations.
  N. Tork Polyclin., 1893, ii, 132-134. -----.  Surgery of the
  middle and  inferior turbinated bodies and bones.  Tr.  Am.
  Laryngol.. Khinol. Sc  Otol. Soc. 1897, N. T., 1898, iii, 16-25.
  AUo:  N. Tork  M. J., 1898, lxvii, 381-384.—Navratil
  (I. )   Az   orrsoveny  porczos 6s csontos  r6sz6nek re-
  sectiqja. [Resection of a part of tho cartilaginous and bony
  parts of  the nasal septum.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900,
  xliv, 570. — Nicolai (V.)   Studi  anatomici  sullo svilup-
  po delle cavity nasali in rapporto alia lino-chirurgia.
  Boll. clin. scient. d.  Poliambul. di Milano, 1897, x.  45-58.
  AUo: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.J, Torino, 1897, v, 417-430.—
  Ostmaun. Leber galvanokaustischenGefiissverscbluss
  in der Nase als einleitenden Akt intranasaler Eingrilfe.
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.  Berl.,  1901, xxvii,
  1M4 —Page (L. F.)  Surgical treatment for the relief of
  nasal catarrh.  Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1893, xliv,
  27-34.  [Discussion], 221-224.— Pischel (K.)  Collodium
  after nose ope rat ions.  Arch. Otol., N. Y.,  1902, xxxi, 376.
  -----. Collodion as a dressing after intranasal operations.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1078.—Pollalschek
  (E.)  Mut6tek az also orrkagyl6u.   [Operations on the
  lower  turbinate of the nose]   Fiileszet, Budapest, 1905,
  26-29 —Polyak (L.)  Az orrsebeszet  mai alliisa.  [The
  present postion of nasal  surgery.]  Orvosi hetil.. Buda-
  pest, 1906,  1,  132-154. — Pontoppidan  ( F.)   Binyre-
  ekstraktets An veudelse i Nassekirurgien.  [The use of the
  extract of  the  supra-renal capsules in nasal suigerv.  ]
  Ugeskr.  f. Lieger. Kobenh.,  1902, 5.  R.. ix, 403-414.—
  Keko (B.)   Die Krieg'sche Fensterresektion.  N.Yorker
  med. Monatschr., 1904, xvi,  160-166.—Rice <C. C.)  An-
  tiseptic nasal  surgery.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1888,
  [N. T.l, 1889. x, 110-121.   Also:  N.Tork M. J., 1889. xlix,
  225-229.  AUo, Reprint.   AUo: Post-Graduate,  N. T.,
  l8-*-9, iv, 215-225.  -----.  Some  of the reasons why the
  surgical treatment of nasal  disease had been  placed upou
  :i conservative basis.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1900, lvii, 613.—
  Richardson (C. W.) The collodium dressing for intra- 
NOSE.
788
NOSE.
IVose (Surgery of).
  nasal surgery.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,  1904, xiv, 719.
  AUo, Reprint.—Bickctts  (B. M.)  External surgery of
  the nose, illustrated with photographs.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1890, xiv, 881-884.  AUo, Reprint. -----.  Nasal
  surgery.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1901, n. s., xlvi, 561.  Also,
  Repriiit. — Bindfleisch.   Bericht iiber 627  Conchoto-
  mien.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1905,  xxxix, 89;
  154 — Bindlaub ( J. H. )   Turbinotomy.   Proc. North
  Dakota M.  Soc. 1898, Grand Forks, 1899, 26-29.— Boe
  (J. O.)  The aseptic method as applied to intra-nasal sur-
  gery.  Verhandl.  d. x.  internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl.,
  1892, iv, 12.  Abth., 90-93.  Also: Med. News, Phila., 1891,
  lviii, 352 - 354.  AUo, Reprint. — Sanford ( S. W.)  The
  use and abuse of cocaine in nasal diseases.  Tr. M. Soc
  Tennessee,  Nashville, 1895,  280- 282. — Schmidt  ( M. )
  TJeber die Nachbehandlung nach Operation der verbogenen
  Nasenseheidewand.  Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryn-
  gol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,  224-227.—Seiler (C.)  Major
  operations within the nasal cavities.  Practice, Richmond,
  1895, ix,  431-434.  Also:  Maryland  M. J., Bait., 1895-6,
  xxxiv,  79.   Also: Proc. Phila.  Co.  M.   Soc, Phila.,
  1895, xvi, 262-266.  Also:  Coll.  & Clin.   Rec, Phila.,
  1895,  xvi, 243.  Also:  Med. Sc  Surg. Reporter, Phila.,
  1895,  lxxiii,  599.  Also: Times  Sc Reg., Phila., 1895, xxx,
  381. -----.  The importance of preliminary treatment for
  intra-nasal operations.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1900, lviii, 650-
  652. — Shields (C. M.)  Conservatism in nasal surgery.
  Practice, Richmond,  1890, iv, 97-102.   Also, Reprint.—
  Shurly (E. L.)  Surgery of the side cavities of the nose.
  Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1896, xx,  89-94.  [Dis-
  cussiou], 99-109.   AUo:  Codex med. Phila.,  1896, ii, 258-
  262.—Silk (J. F. W.)   Notes on the choice of anaesthetics
  in naso-pharyngeal operations.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1889,
  iii, 177-181.—Simpson (\Y. K.)   A consideration of some
  of the more important  principles of intranasal surgery.
  Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1895, N. T., 1896,  xvii, 94-101.
  Also: N. Tork M. J., 1895, lxii, 336-338.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Soiners (L. S.)   Eucaine hydrochlorate "B"  as a local
  anesthetic in  the nose.   Therap. Gaz.,  Detroit,  1898, 3. s.,
  xiv, 587.—Spicss (G.)  Die Rontgenstrahlen im Dienste
  der  Rhino-Chirurgie.  Fortschr. a.  d. Geb.  d.  Rontgen-
  strahlen, Hamb.,  1897-8,  i,  165-169, 1 pl.  Also, transl.:
  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, viii,
  449-454.—Suehannek (H.)  Zur Nachbehandlung hei
  Operationeu in der Nasenhohle.   Therap. Monatsh., Berl.,
  1889, iii,  552-554.—Suekslorflf.  Zur Geschichte der sub-
  mucosen Fensterresektion der Nasenseheidewand.  Arch.
  f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xvi, 355-361.—Taptas.
  De l'extrait de  capsules surrenales dans  les op6rations
  nasales.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du  larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1902, xxviii, 339-341.—Tborne (.1. P.) The extremes of
  nasal surgery.  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1897,
  xxxi, 243-248.—Toubert (J.)   Chloroformisation en rhi-
  nologie.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du  larynx [etc.], Par.,
  1905, xxxi,  pt. 2,  237-249.—Vansant (E.  L.)   Some  re-
  marks upon the use ofthe supra-renal  gland  of the sheep
  in nasal surgery.   Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 454.— Vollntseff
  (G. I.)   O  sposobakh dostizheniya nosoglotochnavo pro-
  stranstva putyom rinotomii i rezektsii; noviy sposob dlya
  dostupa v  ndsoglotku.  [Methods  of  reaching  the naso-
  pharynx by rhinotomy  and resection; new method for
  reaching the naso-pharynx.]  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1903, xiv,
  571-585. -----. Kratkaya  zamietka o dostuple v noso-
  glotku.  [Brief note on the  access to the naso-pharynx.]
  Ibid., 1905, xviii, 215-217.—Wagner (H. L.)   Remarks
  upon surgical treatment of caries in  nose and ear.  Tr,
  Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. Sc Otol.  Soc. 1898, N. Y., 1899,  iv,
  97. —Ward (N. G.)  The preparation of the patient  for
  nose and throat  operations  under local anaesthesia.   N.
  Tork M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 504.—Warnecke. Aeus-
  sere Asepsis bei  Operatiouen in der Nase.  Arcb. f. La-
  ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 515-518.—Wolff.   Ein
  weiterer Beitrag zur Verwendung des Electromotors in
  der Rhinochirurgie.  Ibid.,  1895, iii, 385-387.—Woolen
   (G. V.)  Some phases  of intranasal surgery. J- Am.  M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1642-1644.—Wroblewski
  (W.)  Rezekcya muszli dolnej.  [Resection of the inferior
  tiirbiuals.]  Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 1236-1241.
  Also, transl..- Arch. f. Larvngol. n. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1901-2,
  xii, 392-398.—Ziem. Notiz iiber Operatiouen im hinteren
  Abschnitte der Nase unter Leitung des Fingers.  Mo-
  natschr. f.  Ohrenh.,  Berl.,  1888, xxii, 119.—Zwaarde-
  maker ( H.)  Cocai'niseering  van de  neusholte en  de
  neuskeelholte. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1889,
  2. R., xxv, d. 2, 653-657.

]¥ose (Surgery  of, Accidents or  ill  results

  from).

     See,  also, Brain (Diseases of, Causes, etc., of);
  Nose   (Adhesions in);   Nose  (Deformities  of,
  Treatment  of)  by injections  of paraffine;  Nose
  (Septum of. Spurs, etc.,  of).
     Baker (A.R.)  A caseof sudden blindness subsequent
  to cauteiization of the nose.  Cleveland M. Gaz.,  1900-
  1901,  xvi,  18-20.—Bliss (A.  A.)  Severe  haemorrhage
]¥ose (Surgery  of, Accidents or ill results

  from).
  after operations on  the throat  and nose; report of five
  cases.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1900, N. V., 1901, 89-97.—
  Bi-cwgcn (M.)  Wann treten  nach Operatiouen in der
  Nase und im Nasenrachenraume  leicht  Eiitziindungeu
  des Ohres oder anderer benachbarter Theile auf?  Wien.
  med. Wclinschr., 1892,  xlii, 1705;  1801. Also, Reprint__
  ('heathaiu (W.)   Severe hemorrhage and sepsis follow-
  ing nasal operation in a bleeder.   Am. J. Surg. Sc Gynec,
  St. Louis, 1900-1901, xiv,  188.—Cleland (J. B.)   Two
  cases illustrating the dangers that may follow operations
  on the  naso-pharynx.   Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney,  1901,
  xx, 530.—Coulter (J. H.) Is modern intra-nasal surgery
  conservative?  OmahaClinic, 1897, x, 73.—Curtis (H. H.')
  The abuse of the electric cautery in the nose.  Laryngo-
  scope, St. Louis, 1899, vi, 32-35.—Baly (AV.  H.)  Abuse
  of the  galvano-cautery iii rhinology.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1894, xxiii,  46*5.—Be Bloi's (T. A.)  The after-
  results  of nasal cauterization.   Tr. Am.  Larvngol.  Ass.
  1892, N. T., 1893, xiv,  94-99.   Also: N. Tork M. J.,  1893,
  lvii,   96.—Delaran  (D. B.)  The prognosis  in  nasal
  operations performed during epidemics of la grippe and
  of allied conditions.  N. Tork M. J., 1895*" lxi, 713.  AUo,
  Reprint.— French (T. R.)  Observations on some of the
  results  of cutting  operations on the nasal septum.  Tr.
  Am.  Laryngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 67-81. Also:
  N. Tork M. J., 1894,  lx, 682-685.—Grayson (C. P.)  The
  galvano-cautery in nasal surgery;  its injudicious applica-
  tion. Univ. M*. Mag., Phila., 18*92-3, v, 716-720.—Hobbs
  (A. G.)   Discussion  on  injudicious nasal operations.  Tr.
  Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash.,  1895, pt. 2, 1526.—Ingals
  (E. F.)   Cauterization  of the nares, and  accidents  that
  may follow.  Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1894, xliv, 392-
  400.   AUo, Repiint.  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1894,
  xxiii, 422-425.—Kan (P. T. L.)   Over een serie  bloedin-
  gen na adenotomie en tonsillotomie.  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.
  Geneesk., Amst.,  1904,  2. r., xl,  d.  2, 311. — Kitchen
  (J. M. W.)  On the legitimacy of the extensive intranasal
  surgery of the  present day.   Med.  Rec., N.  Y.,  1890,
  xxxvii,  64.—Lalon (W. S.)  Some abuses in nasal sur-
  gery.   Med.  Dial, Minneap., 1898-9,  i, 273-277.  Also:
  North Car.  M. J., Charlotte, 1899, xliv,  232-237.  Also:
  Northwest. Lancet, St.  Paul,  1899,  xix, 369-1(72. — E,e-
  derman  (M. D.)  An uncommon sequela of an intra-
  nasal operation.   Ann. Ophth.  <fe Otol., St.  Louis,  1893,
  ii, 131-134. — Lermoyez,   N6vralgie  nasale par  cica-
  trice galvano-caustique du cornet  inf6rieur.   Arch.
  internat. de laryngol.  [etc.J, Par.,  1901,  xiv, 266-268.—
  Jjevy (R.)  Serious consequences following  intranasal
  operations.  Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1898,
  N. T., 1899, iv, 169-175.  Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Lar-
  yngol.,  St.  Louis,  1898,  vii, 241-248.  Also:  Denver M.
  Times,  1897-8, xvii, 428-433. — L<uc.  Deux cas d'anosmie
  cons6cutifs k des op6rations intra-nasales.  Arch, intern at.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1892, v,  167-171.— Ijiizzati (A.)
  Forme 16gere d'exeitation psyehique a la suite d'une op6-
  ration endo-nasale.  Ann. d. mal.  de  l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc], Par., 1897, xxiii,  113-116. — Mackenzie (J. N.)
  Remarks on some abuses in  the intranasal surgery of
  today.   Tr. Am.  Laryngol.  Ass., N. Y.,  1904, xxvi, 292-
  309.   AUo : N. Tork  M*. J. [etc], 1905, lxxxi, 173-179.  Also,
  Reprint.—Martin  (E. D.)  Method to prevent the closure
  of the nares iu rhinoplasty.  Tr. South. Surg. Sc Gynec.
  Ass. 1903, Phila., 1904, xvi, 400-402. —Mink (P. J.)  Een
  geval van schock bij  intranasale behaudeling.  Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst,, 1903, 2. R.,  xxviii, d. 1, 84-
  89.—Packard (F.  R.)  Amaurosis  following intranasal
  operation, with a review of some ofthe uncommon results
  of operations within the nose.   Med. News, N. T., 1897,
  lxxi, 465.— Peglcr (H.)  Unusual  experience after par-
  tial  turbinotomy.  J.  Laryngol.,  Loud.,  1903, xviii, 316-
  319.—Phillips (W.C.)  A case of haemoptysis following
  galvano - cauterization  of the  inferior turbinated  bone.
  Ann. Ophth.  Sc Otol., St. Louis, 1893, ii, 66. — Quintan
  (F. J.)   A case of electro-cauterization of the middle tur-
  binated bone, followed  bv meningitis. J. Respir.  Org.,
  N. T., 1890, ii. 100-102.   [Discussion], 107.   AUo [ Abstr. ]:
  Med. Rec, N. T.,  1890,  xxxviii,  292. — Rethi (L.)  Ueble
  Zufalle  nach  Nasenoperationen.  Arch. f.  Laryngol.  u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1896,iv,403-408.—Boe (J. O.) Some precau-
  tions to be observed in the use of suprarenal extract in the
  nose.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.,  N. T., 1902,216-221.-
  Rosenfeld (G.)   Ueber Operatiouen der Nase bei Blu-
   tern.  Verhandl. d.  Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903,
  Wiirzb., 1904, 19-22.— Ruault (A.)  Des amygdalites et
   des  anginesinfectieiises consecutives aux  op6rations intra-
   nasales.  Arch, de laryngol., de  rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1889, ii,
   92-97.   AUo, Reprint.— Seiss (R. W.)  The remote re-
   sults of intra-nasal  operations.  Therap. Gaz.; Detroit,
   1894, 3. s., x, 721-723. - Sinexon (J.)   Accidents and com-
   plications following operations on the nose and throat.  N.
   Tork M.J. [etc.],  1903, lxxviii. 1221-1224.  AUo, Reprint.—
   Stucky (J. A.)  Injury to inferior and  middle turbinala
   in  operation for deviated  septum.  Laryngoscope, St.
   Louis,  1898, v, 147.—Thompson (J. L.)   Report of cases
   of dangerous middle ear and mastoid inflammations which 
NOSE.
789
NOSE.
Aose (Surgery of,  Accidents or ill results

  from).
  followed treatment of the naso-pharynx.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1889, xiii, 876-879.—Thoriier (M.)  Uncommon
  accidents following operations in the nose and throat.
  Ibid., 1896, xxvii, 699-701.  AUo, Reprint.—Trcitcl (L.)
  Die   Reactionserscheinungen  nach  Operatiouen in  der
  Nase.  Berl.  klin. Wchuschr., 1890, xxvii,  359;  393.—
  Wnguer.   Erkrankungen  des Hirus  nach  einfachen
  Nasenoperationen.   Miinchen.  nied.  Wclinschr.,  1891,
  xxxviii, 873-875. — Wertheim (E.) Ueber  Complica-
  tionen endonasaler Eingriffe.  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb.,
  1898, xxxii. 148-160. AUo, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. T., 1899,
  xxviii,  272-28U.

Ufose  (Surgery^of  Instruments for).
     See,  also, Nose  (Deformities of,   Treatment  of,
  Operative);  Nose  (Fracture of);  Nose (Irriga-
  tion, etc., of);  Nose  (Polypi of); Nose  (Surgery
  of, Plastic);  Nose and throat  (Diseases of).
     Alter (F. W.)  A new nasal splint.  Med. Rec. N. T.,
  1900.  lvii, 570.—Antoni (R.)  Perfezionamento del rhino-
  byon.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso. Firenze,
  1888,  vi, 36-38.—Baber (E. C.)  Further remarks on the
  self-retaining palate hook,  including its use in post-nasal
  catheterisiu.  Brit. M. J..  Lond.. 18110, i,  1481— Ballen-
  ger (W. L.)  A  new technique for the submucous resec-
  tion of the cartilaginous septum;  the swivel septum  knife.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1905, xv,  417-422.—Battle  (K.
  P.)   Remarks on devices for facilitating the application of
  the snare to nasal and naso-pharyngeal growths: a new
  modified snare.  Nortii Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1890, xxvi,
  444-446, 1 pl.—Beek (J. C.)  New instruments for sub-
  mucous resection  of tbe  septum.  Laryngoscope,  St.
  Louis, 1906, xvi, 35-39.—Berger (P.) [Ing6nieux appa-
  reils  . . . pour servir de  charpente aux parties molles du
  nez dans les restaurations de cet organe, n6cessit6es par
  des destructions ayant port6 principalement snr le sque-
  lette.]  Bull. Acad, de m6d.. Par., 1897, 3. s , xxxvii, 259-
  267.—Bresgeu (M.)  Ein  neuer Meissel und neue scharfe
  Loffel fiir die Nase, sowie ein neues Tretgeblase mit Luft-
  reinigungskapsel.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u.
  Berl., 1891, xvii. 575.  -----. Eine neue Doppelnadel (nach
  Jauicke) zur Elektrolyse in der Nasenhohle, nebst Erlau-
  terungen zu  ihrer Anwendung.  Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf.  u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte.,
  315-318.—Brown (J. P.)  On the use of rubber splints in
  the treatment following intranasal operations.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol., Rhinol.. & Otol. Soc. 1899, N. V., 1900, v, 78-86.
  Also: Ann. Otol.. Rhinol., &  Laryngol,  St. Louis, 1899,
  viii, 119-124— Brown (M. R.)  A nasal ecchondrotome.
  Med.  Rec, N. V., 1889, xxxvi, 391.  Bucklin (C. A.)  A
  universal uasal saw.   Med. Rec, N. V.,  1891,  xl, 522.
  AUo: Boston  M. Sc S. J.,  1891. exxv. 558.  AUo: Arch.
  Otol.. N. T., 1892, xxi, 91.—Buck waiter (J. C.)  A new
  post-nasal applicator.    Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,  1903,
  xiii, 230.—Citelli (S.) Serranodo speciale per la coda dei
  cornetti nasali.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1902, xxii,
  153-156.—Clerenger (W. F.)  A new  cutting forceps
  for operating in the post-nasal space.  Laryngoscope, St.
  Louis, 1901, xi, 67.—Cobb (F. C.)  A new electrical  na
  Bal saw.  Boston  M. Sc S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 520. AUo, in
  his: Acute inflammation, letc], 16°, Bost., 1897, 9, 1 pl.—
  Coffin (R. A.)  A new  gouge for submucous operations
  in the nose.  Boston  M. Sc S. J., 1906, cliv, 217.—Coue-
  toux (L.)   Le couteau  de  Schmidt adapte  a l'enl'ant.
  Ann.  d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1892, xviii,
  440-444.—Cozzolino (V.) Les instruments et  la tech-
  nique chirurgicale employ6s  dans les affections des sinus
  du nez  (frontaux,  maxillaires. ethmoidaux. sph6noidaux
  etethinoi'do-lacrymaux).  Ibid., 1891, xvii, 761-786. -----.
  Instruments  pour la  rhino-chirurgie interne; septum,
  cornets, m6ats, narines,  choanes, plancher, voute et  ca-
  vum naso-pharyngien.  Ann.  d.  mal. de  l'oreille, du la-
  rynx  [etc.],  Par., 1894,  xx, 363YY8. -----. Instrumen-
  tario per la rino chirurgia interna anche a scopo della pro-
  filassi e della terapia patogenetica auricolare.  Morgagni,
  Milano,  1894, xxxvi, 358-377.—Bayton  (W. A.)  Nasal
  expander.   No. 513458;  Jan.  23, 1894.—Bclorme (E.)
  Sur les appareils m6talliques de soutien du nez. Gaz. d.
  hop..  Par.,  1895, lxviii, 65-68. —Be Vilbiss (A.)   Saws
  and their application in nasal surgery.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
  Chicago, 1892. xix, 507.—Ewing (F. C.)  Turbinotomy
  and the spokeshave.   Laryngoscope-, St. Louis, 1897. ii,
  148-150.—Farmer (G. B.)   Nasal expander.  No. 576441;
  Feb. 2,  1897.—Farnham  (A. C.)  A nasal cutting for-
  ceps and bloodless nasal operating.  Tr. Wisconsin  M.
  Soc, Madison, 1887, xxi,  183-185.—Fein  (J.)  Eine neue
  Nasenscheere.  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898,
  vii, 475-477.— Ferreri  (G.)   Un nuovo polipotomo  re-
  tronasale. Arch.  ital. di  otol. fetel, Torino, 1895,  iii,
  170. — Fetterolf (G.)  A  new instrument for removing
  redundant  tissue  in operations  on  the  nasal  septum.
  Am. MeirT, Phila., 1902, iii, 340.— Flatau [F.]   [Schnei-
UTose (Surgery of, Instruments for).
  dende Zange  zur Resection  der  Untermuschel.]  Ver-
  handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii, 36.
  -----. Compressoren fiir das Septum und fiir die Nasen-
  hohle. Ibid.  (1897),  1898, viii, 41.—Foucher  (A.-A.)
  Nouveau modele de serronceud k anse froide et galvanique
  combin6es.  Rev. internat.  de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
  Par., 1897, vii, 397-399.—Freudenthal (W.)   Fan Na-
  senbeutel.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1896, iv,
  272-274.—Garrigou-Bcsarenes.  Gerade-Richterfiir
  die Nasenseheidewand. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Poly-
  tech.,  Bern, 1888,  x,  179.—Gibb  (J. S.)   A septal pin.
  Phila. Polyclin.,  1896, v,  155— Gleitsmnnn  (J.  W.)
  Nasal instruments.   N. York M.  J., 1889, 1, 531.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Gunning (J.H.)  Nasal device.  No. 675275;
  May  28,  1901.—Hnhu (R.)  Pinza emporte piece per il
  cavo naso faringeo.   Boll. d. mal. d.  orecchio, d. gola e d.
  naso, Firenze, 1903, xxi, 141-145.—Hall (E.) A new sup-
  porting gauge for nasal saw.  Med. Rec, N. T., 1899, lv,
  264.—Hasbrouck  (S.)   A new wire nasal splint.  Ho-
  mieop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1905, xi, 171.—Hooper
  (F.H.) A combined nasal snare and 6craseur.  Boston M.
  \: S. J., 1889, exxi, 606.  Also, Reprint.  Also, transl.: Ann.
  d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1890, xvi, 21-26.—
  Infills (E. F.)  Portable compressed air apparatus and
  nasal saw.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 735.—
  Jnenicke.  Mittheilung iiber einige,neue ruino-cbirurgi-
  sche Instrumeute.  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u.
  Berl., 1900, xxvi, 407-409.—Jarvis (W. C.)  A  modified
  nasal 6craseur.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1892, xii, 278— Kenyon
  (E. L.)  An improved method of first incising the cartilage
  in the resection operation upon the nasal septum, with the
  exhibition of a cartilage knife  designed for this purpose.
  Chicago  M. Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 582.—de Lens (A.)
  Ueber einen neuen  Nasendilatator.  Wien. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1895, xiv, 565.—McCoy  (J.)  Forceps and knife for
  use in the submucous septal  operation.   Laryngoscope,
  St. Louis, 1906, xvi,  40 — UacDouald  (G.)  Universal
  nasal snare.  Lancet, Lond.,  1894, ii, 1287.—MacBonald
  (M.)  Post-turbiual  snare.  Ibid.,  1904, i, 1133.—Major
  (G. W.)   An improved nasal traction snare, and 6craseur,
  a nasal spud and denuder.  Canada M. Sc S. J., Montreal,
  1886-7, xv, 355-359.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Nasal saeptum
  knives.  N. Tork M. J., 1893,  lvii,  383.—Martin (C.)
  Pince 6carteur pour le redressement du nez. Cong, inter-
  nat. de m6d.  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. gen., 800.—
  Mial (L.  L.)   A  mechanical saw and  septal  plane.
  Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep.,  N. T., 1897, iv, 95.—
  Mieses  (A.)   Eine verstellbare  scharfe Loffelzange
  fiir die Nase.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl., 1902, xxxvi,
  528. — Moores (\Y.)  Nasal distender.  No. 690527, Jan-
  uary 7, 1902. — Myles (R. C.)  A nasal clipper.   Med.
  Rec, N. T., 1892, xii, 195.—Nicolai (V.)   Prezentazione
  d' una sega circolare per alcune operazioni chirurgiche
  del naso  e di un  laringoscopio elettrico.  Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], Firenze,  1892, i, 70-73.—
  Noebel.  Conchotom fiir hreitbasige Hypertrophien der
  unteren  Nasenmuschel.   Monatschr.  f.  Ohrenh., Berl.,
  1902,  xxxvi, 380.—Potter (F. H.)  A mechanical  nasal
  saw.  Buffalo  M.  Sc S. J., 1888-9, xxviii, 671.—Pynchon
  (E.)  Nasal bougies  and drainage-tubes.  N. Tork M. J.,
  1897,  lxvi, 555-557.  AUo, Reprint. -----. A  new nasal
  septometer.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1899, vii, 351.  Also,
  Reprint.   A new mechanical saw for intra-nasal operations.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 226-229.—Kaoult (A.)
  De l'emploi de la rainette en oto-rhinologie.  Rev. hebd. de
  laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1903,  i,  129-133. AUo: Presse oto-
  laryngol.  beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 499-503.  Ray (L.)  De-
  vice for  clamping noses.  No. 580954; April 20, 1897.—
  Rethi (L.)  Ein neuer Schlingenschniirerfiir vergrosserte
  vordere Muschelenden. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1896,  x,
  89.  AUo, transl:  Rev. g6n. de clin. et de  therap., Par.,
  1896, x, 30.—Richards (G. A.)  Remarks on the use of
  the nasal saw.  N. Tork M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 403.—
  Roe (J.  O.)  An improved  "electric" nasal saw.  Tr.
  Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1888, [N. T.], 1889, x, 204-206.  AUo:
  N. Tork 'M. J., 1888,  xlvii, 120. Also. Reprint. -----.  A
  new curved drill for nasal  and accessory work.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol. Ass., N. T., 1902,  235-237.—Bum bold (T. F.)
  Methoden und Instrumente zur Reiuignng der Naso-Pha-
  ryngealhohle und zur Application pharniaeeutischer Agen-
  tien auf  die  Schleimhaut derselben.  Illust.  Vrtljschr.
  d. arztl.   Polytech.,   Bern,  1881, iii,  126-131.—Sajous
  (C. E.)  A new wire  snare 6craseur.   Med.  News, Phila.,
  1883,  xliii, 610.  AUo, Reprint.—Schalle.  Ein  neuer
  Apparat  zur Untersuchuug  des Nasenrachenraumes uud
  des Kehlkopfes.  Arcb. f. Ohrenh.,  Leipz., 1875, x, 128-
  151, 2pl.—Mehcppegrell (W.)  New mechanical saw for
  septal operations.  J. Am. M.  Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii,
  907. — Simpson (W.  K.)  The use of the  Bernays asep-
  tic sponge iu the nose and  nasopharnyx, with special ref-
  erence to its  use as  a pressure haemostatic.   N. Tork
  M. J., 1898, lxviii, 474-476.  [Discussion], 494.—Vachcr.
  Note sur quelques instruments nouveaux.  Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1895, xxi, pt. 2, 55-57.—
  Vceder  (A. T.)  Vertical nasal bone sawing.  N. Tork 
NOSE.
790
NOSE.
IVose (Surgery of Instruments for).
  M.  J., 1891.  liii,  227.— Vo**.  Eine  neue schneidende
  Zange fiir die Nase.  Miinclhui. med. Wchnsehr.,  1904,
  li, 1392.—Watson (A.  \V.)  A new p.»i-nasal forceps.
  Med.  News. Phila.. 1894,  lxv, 381. -Wells (W. A.)  A
  new septotome.   J. Am.  Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv,  535.
  .12*0,  Reprint.—Wilson  (H.)  A cork nasal  splint.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., (hie ago, 1902, xxxix. 1393.—Winekler
  (E.)  Ueber deu Gebrauch von  Dilatations sonden in der
  Rbinochinirgie.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1893, xxvii,
  149-154.  Also.  Reprint.— Vankauer  (S.)   A tubular
  septum saw.  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1900, ix, -'M>.—Znaardeninkrr (IL)  Ein verbesserter
  Riechmesser.   Arch f. Larvngol. u. Rhiuol., Berl.,  1895,
  iii, 368-:i7l.

]¥ose (Surgery of, Plastic).
    See, also,  Nasopharynx (Tumors of,  Malig-
  nant); Nose  (Artificial); Nose (Deformities of,
  Treatment of, Operative); Nose  (Deformities of,
  Treatment of)  by  injections of  paraffine;  Nose
  (Fractures of);  Nose (Lupus of); Nose (Tumors
  of,  Malignant);  Nose ( Ulcer of); Ozaena (Treat-
  ment of) by  injection* of paraffine.
    Assr.M  ( II. )   * Ueber   KhinopListik.    8°.
  Erlangen,  1900.
    Ayrapaa  (M.)   * Satulanenan  orthopedisesta
  paiuutamiscsta odontologian tarjoomilla  apu-
  keinoilla.    [Tbe  orthopedic  treatment  of  de-
  pressed ii<ise by means  derived from dentistry.]
  8°.   Enopio, 1KU.
    -----.  The  same.   Die  orthopaedische   Be-
  handlung der Sattelnase mittelst vou der Zahu-
  beilknnde gebotenen Hiilfsmitteln.  h-\  Kuopio,
  Finnland,  1892.
    See, aUo. infra.
    AUo, transl. in: Voyenno nied.  J.. St.  Petersb.,  1893,
  clxxvi, nnoffic. pt., 1.  sect., 20-92.  AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]
  in :  Catching's Compend. Pract. Dent. 1894, Atlanta, 1895,
  257-262.

    Ballu  (C.)   De  la  rhinoplastie,  suivie  d'un
  nouveau succes de cette operation.  8C.  Paris,
  18b7.
    Bkll(H.)  *Die Rhinoplastik aus dem Arm.
  8C.    Marburg, 1«)01.
    lli'CHAXAN  (<L)   Rhinoplastic operation.   6°.
  Glasgow,  1804.
    Couausz  (O.)  *Neuere Methodcn der Rhino-
  plastik.   H  .   Wiirzburg, 1669.
    Dlvkrnoy(E.)  #Delarhinoplastiepartielle.
  8-\    Pan's,  1901.
    Fabrizj (P.)   Sopra alcuni pnnti relativi alia
  riuoplastia.   H3.  Malta, 1841.
    -----.  The  same.  sm.  8°.   Nizza, 1856.
    Frank (J.)  * Ueber Nasenplastik.  8°.  Bonn,
  iyov>.
    Hkide  (R.) & Aubeau.   Urano-rhiuoplastie
  proth^tique.  8°.  Paris, 1898.
    Heidemann  (W.)   * Ueber  partielle  Rhino-
  plastik, nebst Mitteilung eines uenen Falles.   8C.
  Greifswald,  1890.
    Kekgan (D. F.)  Rhinoplastic operations, with
  a description  of recent improvements  in   the
  Iudian method.  8°.  London, 1900.
    KnOppel  (W. L.)   * Ueber einige Falle  von
  Rhinoplastik.   8°.   Greifswald, 1899.
    Krasix (M. M.)  Rinoplastika s zolotoyu stro-
  pilkoyu.   [Rhinoplastic surgery  with  goldeu
  truss.]  8°.   Kazan, 1893.
    Xklaton  (C.) & Ombredanne  (L.)   La  rhi-
  noplastie.    roy. 8°.  Paris, 1904.
    Neumann (F.)   * Ueber Rhinoplastik.   8J.
  Bonn, 166-<.
    Nf-RBAUER  (F.)   * Ueber  Rhinoplastik.   [Er-
  langen.]   8-y  Niirnberg, 1889.
    de Vandenesse  (W.)  *An  curtae  nares ex
  brachio reticieuda-f  M. Joanne Baptista Dubois,
  pra'side.   8-.    Parisiis, 1742.
    Westhoff  (B.)    *Ein  eigentiimlicher   Fall
  vou Rhinoplastik.   8°.   Wurzburg, 1893.
    Anderson (W. M. A.)  Replacement of a severed por-
  tion of the nose.  Lancet, Loud., 1899, i, 1156.— Aoki (S.)
^\ose  (Surgery of, Plastic).
  [On rhinoplasty.]  Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio,  1896, xvii,
  no. 382, 1-11.—Argento (G.j  Riuoplastia totale; nuovo
  processo operatorio con osservazione clinica o considera-
  zioni sulla plastica nasale. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in
  Palermo (1890). 1891.93-101.  AUo:  Sicilia med., Palermo,
  1890, ii, 731-739.—Atkiuaoii (S.)  Sopra un caso di reiii-
  tegrazione artificiale del naso, delle fosse nasali, del palate
  duro e del velopendolo, distrutti per ulcerazioni gommose
  da sifilide ereditaria, in un' inferma del comparto dermo-
  sifilopatico  dell' ospedale degl' incnrabili.  Atti  d. r.
  Accad.. med.-chir.  di  Napoli,  1892,  xlvi,  164-170,  2
  pl. — Ayi-iipaii ( M.)   Uusi orthopedisesti hoidettu sa-
  tulanenatapaus.    [.New  orthopedic treatment  of  a  sad-
  dle-nose.]  Duodecim, Helsinki, 1897, xiii, 1-6.  See, also,
  supra. — Bala* ( D.)  Orr-  da ajak-plastik&k.   [Nose
  and  lip plastic]  Orvosi heti szemle,  Budapest,  1904,
  xxxvii, 467.  ------. Teljes orrk£pzes  esete.  [A  case of
  complete rhinoplasty.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix,
  79.  AUo, transl.:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905,
  xii, 158.— Beck (C.)  Leber eiu  neues rhiuoplastischea
  Verfahren.  Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, lxxx,
  287-290.  AUo: N. Yorker med.  Monatschr.,  1904,  xvi,
  249-252.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. News, N. Y., 1904,
  lxxxiv, 439.  Also, Reprint. —Bell (J.)  Case  of rhino-
  plasty. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1889-91), 1892, v,
  164.—Berens (T. P.)  The rebuilding of a nose without
  the use of an  artificial bridge.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,
  1899, vi, 145-147.—Berger (P.) Rhinoplastie par la me-
  thode italienne.  Bull. Aead. de ni6d., Par.,  1896, 3. s.,
  xxxv, 204-214.  Also: Presse m6d.,  Par.,  1896,  109-112.
  ------.  Rhinoplasties pur  la  methode  italienne modi-
  fier.  Per il xxv anno d. iusegn.  chir. di  F. Durante n.
  Univ. di Roma,  Roma,  1898. i, 273-317.   ------. Rhino-
  plasties par la methode  italienne.   Bull. Acad.de m6d.,
  Par., 1899, 3. s., xlii, 67-72.  Also:  Bull, de  larvngol., otol.
  et rhinol., Par., 1899, ii,  157-163. ------. Rhinoplastie to-
  tale; restauration  du nez sur une charpente  metallique
  comprise entre deux plans de lambeaux.   Bull. Acad, de
  med., Par.,  1900, 3. a.,  xliii, 180-182. ------. P.hinoplastio
  par la methode italienne;  modification nouvelle du proc6d6
  operatoire.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir.de Par., 1902, n. s.,
  xxviii, 583. ------. Rhinoplastie par la methode italienne
  associee au  renversement d'un laml.eau frontonasal  des-
  tine  k  doublet- le  lauibeau brachial.  Ibid., 1096. ------.
  Restauration du nez (rhinoplastie totale) par un lauibeau
  brachial double d'un lambeau frouto-nasal.  Ibid., 1129.
  ------.  Rhinoplastie totale.  Ibid., 1905, n  s., xxxi. 1144 —
  Bernabeo(G.)  L' impalcaturaconreteili filodiarjiento
  nella rinoplastica  totale  a doppio  lembo di cute. .Med.
  ital., Napoli, 1905.  iii, 282-287.—Bloxnin (J. A.)  Resto-
  ration of nose.  Tr. M.  Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xviii. 392.—
  Boiling (G.)   Bidrag  till  den  plastiska kirurgien;
  rhinoplastik.  [Contribution to plastic surgery; rhino-
  plasty.]   TJpsala  Liikaref.  Foib.,  1888-9, xxv' 89-98.—
  Boiiimsoii.  [ Nouveau procede de  rhinoplastie ayant
  pour but de conserver la r6gularit6 du contour lies ua-
  rines. ]   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,  1855,  xii, 583-
  585.— Boyscn (J.)  Rhinoplastik.   Hosp.-Tid., Kobenh.,
  1904. 4, R., xii, 1176.—Bruck (\V.)   Die Herstellung der
  Nasenprothese durch  deu Zahuarzt.  Deutsche Monat-
  schr. f. Zahnh., Leipz.. 1898, xvi, 377-385.—It ■■ I hoe- (O.)
  Rhinoplastia  pelo methodo  indiano; enxerto dermo-epi-
  dermico pelo  processo Ollier-Thiersch sobre a perda de
  substanciada fronte.  Brazil-med., Riode Jan.,1891, 205.—
  Catielli. Rinoplastica  totale. Rendic. somiii. d. r. Ac-
  cad. d. se. med. di Genova, 1885, i, 91-93. — Ca«»i«lj (P.)
  A case of rhinoplasty.  Med. Rec, N. T..  1898, liii, 534 —
  Coiluian  (E. A.)  A method  of rhinoplasty illustrated
  by plastic operation for rodent ulcer on the face.  Boston
  M. Sc S. J., 1905, clii, 275-278. — Cook (G.)  A case of
  rhinoplasty.  Ibid., 1890, cxxiii, 226. — Coouifn ( M. F.)
  Reconstruction  of two  noses.   Louisville M. Month.,
  1896-7, iii, 443^45.—Cottain (G. V. )  Rhinoplasty by an
  adaptation of the flap-splitting principle. Tr. West. Surg.
  & Gynec Ass. 1898, Lincoln, 1899, 152-156. Also: West.
  M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb.,  1899, iv,  19. — Courtiu (J. ) Sc
  Brugeille (E.)  Rhinoplastie sur appareil proth6tiuue
  permanent.  Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de  Bor-
  deaux (1902),  1903, 310-320.  Also : Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.
  de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 351-354.— Cramer.  Demon-
  stration  eines neuen  Ersatzes der  beweglicheu  Nase
  (Rhinoplastik mit Profilstiitze aus dem oberen Theile des
  Septums).  Verhandl. d.  deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl.,
  1895. xxiv, pt. 1, 134-139.-Crawford (J.  M.)  Report of
  a successful rhinoplastic operation for loss of the nose;
  also  operation for removal of the drum membrane and
  necrosed  bones in chronic suppurative aural catarrh.  Tr.
  M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1897, 349-354.   [ Discussion |,
  354-356.  Also:  Atlanta  M. Sc S. J.. lf«97-8, n. s., xiv, 384-
  387.—von Czerwinski.  Zur Technik der lthinophistik.
  Centralbl. f. Chir., Leip/.., 1889, xvi, 129.—O'Ambrowio
  (A.)  Su  di un caso di riuoplastia.   Resoc. r. Accad. med.
  chir. di Napoli, 1887, xii,  177-180. ------. Nota sulla  riuo-
  plastia.  Med. contemp., Napoli,  1888, v, 281-283. — l»e
  Blois (T. A.)  Submucous operations on  theteasal  step-
  turn, with attempts  at  membrane  grafting.   Tr.  Am.
  Larvngol. Ass. 1898, N. T., 1899, xx, 53-56.  AUo .-  X. York 
NOSE.
791
NOSE.
]\Tose (Surgery  of, Plastic).
  M. J., 1898, lxviii, 513. — Dejnrdin ( F.)   Rhinoplastie
  partielle.   J. de chir. et ami. Soc.  beige  de chir.,  Brux.,
  1901, i, 710 - 715, 1 pl. — Delair (L.)  Un cas de prothese
  squelettique.  Odontologie, Par., 1903, 2. s.,  xvi, 529-533.—
  Deloruic.   Appareils nietalliqnes  de  soutien du  nez.
  Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par.,  1895, n. s., xxi, 55-62.—
  Denibowski  (T.)  Poprawka do metody rhinoplastyki
  Koniga-Israela.   [Une modification  de  la methode de
  rhinoplastioKonig-Israel.  Res.,pp.xi-xiii.]  Przegl.chir.,
  Warszawa, 1896-7, iii, 27-33. — Denti (F.)   Rinoblefaro-
  plastica col metodo indiano.  Boll. d. Poliambul. di Milano,
  1891,iv,69-77.  AUo,transl.: Boll.d' ocul., Firenze, 1891,xiii,
  uo. 11, 1;  no. 12, 2-4.—Douglas (O. B.)  Rhinoplasty by
  a  new operation.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii,'342-
  345. — Dreesniann.  Beitrage zur Rhinoplastik. Cen-
  tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, xxix, 877— DynUoiioflT (P. I.)
  Vozstanovleniye razrushounavo nosa.  [Reestablishment
  of a destroyed nose.]   In: Lekts.  operat. khir. [etc.], 8°,
  Mosk., 1901, 5-28—Fanner (F. M.)  Restoration of nose
  and  lip.   Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1902, xiv, 1009-1014.—
  Forgue  (li.)   Rhinoplastie  sur  support metallique.
  Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1893, 737-746.  Also [Rap. de
  Chauvel]: Bull. Acad, de m6d.,  Par., 1894, 3. s., xxxii, 112-
  124.—Frank (R.) Defectus margiuis ahe nasi; Deckung
  mittelst Haut und Hautknorpelhippens;  Heilung.  Jahrb.
  d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1896, Wien u. Leipz.,  1898, v,
  pt. 2, 258.—Freeman (C.)  Restoration of cut-off nose.
  Med. <fc Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1890, lxiii.  295.—Fried-
  rieb.  Demonstration eines seltenen  Falles von  Rhino-
  plastik.  Verhandl.  d. deutsch. Gesellsch.  f. Chir., Berl.,
  1895,xxiv,pt. 1,139.  AUo: Ber.ii. d. Verhandl.d.deutsch.
  Gesellsch. f. Chir., Leipz., 1895,  xxiv, 59___Gage (G. C.)
  A suggestion for the treatment of  obstinate cases  follow-
  ing the Asch operation. N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep.,
  1897, v, 170. — Gayet (G.)  Rhinoplastie par la methode
  italienne.  Lyon med., 1904, cii, 635-637.—Gertsen  (P. A.)
  Chastichnayarinoplastika, vozstanovleniye konchikanosa.
  [Partial rhiuoplastic  surgery, reestablishment of the end
  of the nose.]  Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v Mosk. (1900),
  1901, xl, pt. 2, 236-2.18.— G ilea (G.  M.)   A new rhinoplas-
  tic operation.  Lidian M. Gaz.,  Calcutta, 1896. xxxi, 98.—
  Gilliam (E. M.)  Rhinoplasty.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1895,
  xlvii, 144.—Goldenstein.  Squelette nasal perfectionn6.
  Rev.odout., Par., 1j»98. xvi, 149-156.  Also:  Progres dent.,
  Par., 1897, xxiv, 132-138. —Goodhue (G.)   Rhinoplasty.
  Med. Sc Surg. Reporter, Phila.,  1890, lxii, 170-172.  AUo:
  Dental Reg., Cincin., 1890, xliv, 221-224.—Goris (C.)  Sur
  quatre operations de rhinoplastie, avec courtes remarques
  sur la technique operatoire.   Rev.  internat. de rhinol.,
  otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1894, iv, 265-269.   AUo:  Presse
  m6d. beige, Brux., 1894,  xlvi, 311,  1 pl.  -----. Sur deux
  operations de rhinoplastie.  Bull.  Acad. roy. de ni6d. de
  Belg.,  Brux.,  1897, 4. s., xi, 535-539, 2 pl.   [Rap. de Sacre],
  505.— Gradenigo (P.)  Ln nuovo processo operativo di
  autorinoplastioa.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.l, Torino, 1897,
  vi, 146-152. — Habs.   Ein Fall von totaler  Rhinoplastik
  aus dem Arm.  Munchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1904,  li,  431-
  433. — von Blacker (V.)  Ueber  die Verwendung eines
  eine Periost-Knochenspange enthaltenden  Stirnlappens
  zur Rhinoplastik.  Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1888, i, 36; 65.
  -----. Zur partiellen  nnd totalen Rhinoplastik.  Beitr.
  z.  klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1897, xviii, 545-555,1 pl. -----. Die
  Verwendung  gestielter, mit der llautseite  gegen die Na-
  senhohle  gekehrter  Gesichtslappen zur partiellen Rhi-
  noplastik.  Ibid., 1900, xxviii,  516-527. — Helferich.
  Zur  Methode der partiellen und  totalen  Rhinoplastik.
  Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1888, xvii,
  pt. 2, 108-115, 1  pl.  [Discussion], pt. 1, 51.   Also:  Arch.
  f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1888, xxxvii, 617-624, 1 pl.—Herczel
  (E.)  Ueber eine verbesserte Methode der totalen Rhi-
  noplastik.  Atti d. xi.  Cong. med. internaz. 1894,  Roma,
  1905, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 317. — Herman (M. W.) Pomysl
  do czesciowej plastyki nosa.  [On partial plastic nasal  sur-
  gerv.]  Przegl. lek., Krak6w,  1898,  xxxvii, 475-477.—
  Heuler.  Beitrag  zum Nasenersatz.   Schweiz.  Vrtlj-
  schr. f. Zahnh., Winterthur  Sc Geneve,  1903, xiii, 116-
  125. — Hevesi (I.)   Rhinoplastica gy6gyult  esete.   [A
  successful  caso  of  rhinoplasty.]   Orvosi   hetil.,  Buda-
  pest  1905,  xlix,  506. — Histoire de la rhinoplastie  chi-
  rurgicale.   Rev. odont.. Par., 1897,  xvi, 156-161. — Hoi-
  lander (E.)   Zur Methodik  der Rhinoplastik.   Ver-
  haudl.  d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1902, xxxi,
  pt. 1,  166-168.  AUo: Arch.  f.  klin. Chir., Berl., 1902,
  lxviii  295-297.—Hupp (F. Le M.)   A contribution to
  rhinoplastic surgery.  N. York  M. J., 1894, lx, 165-168.—
  Israel.   Vorstellung eines Falles von  Rhinoplastik.
  Verhandl.  d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1888, xvii,
  50.—Israel (J.)  Zwei neue Methoden der  Rhinoplastik.
  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, liii, 255-265.— Jaboulay.
  Rhinoplasties  diverses. Lyon m6d., 1905, civ, 20. -----.
  Rhinoplastie par la m6thode francaise.  Ibid., 153-156.—
  Jonnesco ( T.)   Rhinoplastie totale  par la methode
  italienne (procede de de Graefe).   Assoc, franc, de chir.
  Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1895,  ix, 852-855.  AUo: Presse
  med., Par., 1895,  464.—Joseph (J.)  Ueber die operative
  Verkleinerung einer  Nase (Rhinomiosis).    Berl. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1898, xxxv, 882-885.  Also: Verhandl. d. Berl.
  med.  Gesellsch.  (1898), 1899,  xxix, pt. 2,  360-368.-Jury
IVose (Surgery of,  Plastic).
   (J. 0.)  A successful artificial septum nasi.  St. Louis M.
   & S.  J., 1894, lxvii, 147.—Kausch  (W.)  Naseuplastik
   aus der Zehe.  Arch. f. kliu. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxiv, 504-
   510. — Keegan (D.  F.)  Rhinoplasty.   Lancet, Loud.,
   1891,  i, 419-422.—Kelkar (V. S.)   Case of rhinoplasty.
   Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 460.—Keinper-
   ilick.  Ueber einen Fall von Nasenbildung.  Tagebl. d.
   Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, Koln,  1889,
   lxi, 138-140.—Kiniont (M. P.)  Plastieheskaya opera-
   tsiya  nosa.   [Plastic  operation on the nose.]   Protok.
   zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tifiis,  1896-7, xxxiii, 415.—
   Kojoucharoflf  (I.)   Zwei  Falle  ' von Rhinoplastik.
   Cong, iuternat. de m6d.  C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect.
   de chir. gen., 661-664.—Krasin (M. M.) Sc Ostrovski
   (O. L.)  Tekhnika prigotovleniya zolotol stropilki dlya
   rinoplastiki po  sposobu  N. I. Studenskavo.  [Technique
   of preparing a gold truss for the rhinoplastic operation by
   Studenski's method.]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1894, xv, 347.—
   Kiister(E.)  Rhinoplastik aus dem  Arnie.  Verhandl. d.
   deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.,  Berl., 1894, xxiii, pt. 2, 423-
   430.   [Discussion],pt. 1, 44-47.  Also.- Arch. f. klin. Chir.,
   Berl.,  1894,  xlviii,  779-786.   Also [Abstr.]: Ber.  ii. d.
   Verhandl. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxiii,
   31. -----. Zur Rhinoplastik ans dem Anne.  Verhandl. d.
   deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.,  Berl., 1901, xxx, pt. 1, 99.—
   Kuttner (A.)  Die Resection der unteren Nasenmuschel.
   Verhandl. d.  larvngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi,
   pt. 2,  12-18.— Kuzinik (P.)   Rhinoplastica.   Orvosi
   hetil.,  Budapest, 1903. xlvii,  295.— KuznetsoA" (M. M.)
   O chastiehnol rinoplastikle J. Israel'ya.  [On the special
   rhiuoplastic operation of. . .]   Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900,
   xxxi,  196-201.—La Ferte (D.)  A case of rhinoplasty.
   Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1888, 203-205, 1 pl.—Laurent
   (O.)   La rhinoplastie.   Clinique,  Brux.,  1904, xviii, 441-
   448. — Laragna.   Nouvelle  methode  op6ratoire de
   biepbaro-rhinoplastie.  Monaco-med.. 1900, iv, no. 51, 4.—
   Lazareff (E. G.)  K  voprosu o chastiehnol  plastikie
   nosa  (vozstanovleniye kiila nosa, konchika i kozhistol
   peregorodki).   [Plastic  surgery of the nose (reestablish-
   ment ofthe wing, end, and cutaneous septum of the nose).]
   Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902. xi, 282.—Lee (G. H.)  A case of
   rhinoplasty.  N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1900-1901, liii.  331-337.—
   Lexer (E.)  Rhiuoplastic.   Handb. d. prakt. Chir. (Berg-
   mann), Stutti:., 1904, i,  590-603.  AUo,  transl. in:  Syst.
   Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann), 8°, N. Y. Sc  Phila.,  190*4, i,
   531-543. — Lindstrdm ( E. )  Rhinoplastik.   Hygiea,
   Stockholm, 1899, lxi, pt. 2, 261-263.—Loew.  Ueber eiuen
   neuen Ersatz der heweglichen  Nase (Rhinoplastik  mit
   Verwendung der  knochernen Nasenheine).  Verhandl.
   d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir.,  Berl., 1898, xxvii, pt. 1,
   141-144.—Lossen  (fl.)  Ueber  Rhinoplastik mit Einfii-
   gen einer Prothese.  Miinchen. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1898,
   xiv, 1527-1529. -----. Ueber einen Fall von Rhinoplastik
   mit Einfiigung eines Hartkaiitschuk-Geriistes. Verhandl.
   d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,
   lxx, pt.2, 2. Hlfte., 125.—ITIaisonneuve.  Absence con-
   genitale  du  nez ;  nouveau procede  de  rhinoplastie.
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xii, 946-948.— Llar-
   kericb.  Sluchai plastiki nosa po sposobu Studenskavo.
   [Plastic surgery ofthe nose hy the method of'Studenski.]
   Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tifiis, 1899-1900,
   xxxvi, 147-151.—ITIartin (C.)  De la  rhinoplastie  sur
   charpente metallique.   Rev. de chir.,  Par., 1899,  xix,
  pt. 2,  189-203.  -----. Rhinoplastie k  lam beau froutal
  modifie et k  support ost6o-cartilagineux emprunte k la
  cloison.   Bull.  Soc. de  chir. de  Lyon.  1901,  vii,  191-
  210.  AUo: Lyon m6d.,  1904, ciii, 130; 230.—ITIartin (E.
  D.)  Construction  of plastic nose, after a syphilitic de-
  structive process.   N. Oil. M. & S. J., 1900-1901, liii, 319-
  222. -----. A suggestion iu operations for hypospadias
  and a method to prevent  the closure of the nares in rhino-
  plasty.  Ibid., 1903-4, lvi, 757-761.— ITIajo (H. NY)  A
  case of rhinoplasty.  Denver M. Times, 1902-3, xxii, 72-
  74. — ^leyer (W.)   A  case  illustrating Busch's modifi-
  cation  of the Indian method of rhinoplasty. Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1893, xliii, 278. — lTIolliere (D.)  Note sur la chi-
  rurgie esth6tique du nez.  Mem. et coinpt.-rend. Soc. d.
  sc. m6d. de Lyon (1888), 1889, xxviii, 217-224.  Also: Lyon
  m6d.,  1888, lviii,  555-561.—lVIonks (G. H.)  A plastic op-
  eration on the nose by Tagliacozzi's method.  Boston M. &
  S. J.,  1896, cxxxiv, 643.  AUo, Reprint.—iVIoutuz.  D'uu
  nouveau proc6de de restauration du nez, applicable k cer-
  tains effondrements syphilitiques de cet organe.  Ann. de
  l'enseign. sup.de Grenoble, 1889, i, 225-232.—JTloore (W.)
  The Tagliacotian operation, or transplanting a flap from a
  distance.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne,  1898,
  iii, 447; 584, 1 pl. -----.  Three cases of plastic nasal sur-
  gery.   Ibid., 1899, iv, 306-316, 3 pl.—IVavratil (I.)   Rhi-
  noplastica scleromdndl.   [Scleroma  with rhinoplasty.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1898, xlii, 71.  ;-----. Resection
  der knorpeligen und knochernen   Nasenseheidewand.
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1900, xxxvi, 709. -----.
  Ehinophyma  operalt esete.  [Operated  case of . . .]  Orr-
  g6ge-6s fiilgy6gy., Budapest, 1903, 11. — Nelaton  (C.)
  Sur un proc6d6 nouveau de rhinoplastie.  Bull, et m6m.
  Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900. n. s., xxvi, 663-6(8.  Also: Bull.
  de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1900, iii, 371-374. -----.
  Discussion sur la rhinoplastie.  Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. 
NOSE.
792
NOSE.
Ao*e (Surgery of, Plastic).
  (b- Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 458 -462. — \. Inton (C.) <fe
  Ombredanne (L.)   Larbinoplastic   J. de chir. et ann.
  Soc  beige de chir., Brux., 1904  iv. H>7.—IVeudorfer (A.)
  Operative Verkleinerung der Xase.  Wien. klin.  Wclin-
  schr., 1903, xvi, 1187. — rVisliiyuma  ( S.)  [A case of
  rhiuo-plastv  in venereal disease.J   Chiugai lii  Shinpo,
  Tokio, 11)03. 31-34. — Oilier.  Application de 1 osteoplas-
  tic ft, la restauration du nez; transplantation du p6rioste
  frontal.  [Abstr.]  Compt.rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1861,liii,
  840.—Onodi (A.)  Orrprofbesis szilard parafiunal. [Nose
  prothesis bv hard  paraffine. J   Budapesti  k. orvosegy.
  1904-ik evi evkonyve, Budapest, 1904, 161.—Paisel (V.)
  Rinoplastika s zolotol stropilkol po sposobu Studenskavo.
  [Rhinoplastie surgery with a gold  truss  by the method
  of Studen*ki. ]  Protok. Omsk. med. Obsh., 1893-4, xi,
  265-270.— Parlavecchio  ( G.)   Nuovo processo  di
  rinoplastica totale  nelle complete distruzioni  del naso.
  Arch. ital. di otol.  [etc.], Torino, 1897,  vi, 107-110.  Also
  [Abstr.]: Bull. d.  Soc. Lancisiana d. osp  di Roma, 1897,
  xvii. fasc. 1. 247-249. — Payr (E.)  Beitrage zur Technik
  der Rhinoplastik.  Deutsche Ztschr.  f. Chir., Leipz., 1901,
  lx, 140-149.—Piccoli (G. S.)   Su di un nuovo  processo
  di rinoplastia totale a duplice strato di cute.  Atti d. r.
  Accad.  med.-chir.  di Napoli, 1808, n.  s., lii,  133-142.—
  Piergili  (B.)  Contributo alio studio della rinoplastica
  parziale.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.].  Torino, 1897, vi, 133-
  145. — Pilsbury  (L. B.)  Rhinoplasty  by the Indian
  method; report of  a case.   West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb.,
  1904. x, 43-45.  Also, Reprint.—Polya (J.)  Orrplastikak.
  [Rhinoplasty.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 436.
  -----. Rhinoplastikai adalekok.  [Rhiuoplastic supple-
  ments.]  Sebeszet, Budapest, 1904, 21-24.  AUo, transl.:
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest,  1905, xii, 88. — Port.
  Ersatz  des  Nasenseptums.   Deutsche  Monatschr.  f.
  Zahnh., Leipz., 1900, xviii, 24-26. — PotArea.   Ln noil
   firocedeO. de  rinoplastie pentru refacerea virfulul  nasu-
   ui.   [A  new process  of rhinoplasty  to restore the tip of
  the nose.]  Rev. de chir., Biicurestl, 1902, vi, 433-437.—
  Powers (G. H.)  Plastic operations for resection of tbe
  nasal septum and excision of septal spurs.  Boston M. & S.
  J., 1904, cli, 513-515.—Preindlsberger (J.)  Zurpartiel-
  leu Rhinoplastik. Wien.klin. VVchnsenr.,1898,xi,587.-----.
  Zur partiellen uud totalen Rhinoplastik nach von Hacker.
  Ibid., 1899, xii, 131-133— Proehuov (J.)  Teljes orrplas-
  tika.  [Plastic surgery of the entire nose.]  Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1901, xiv, 377. — Queuu.  Deux rhinoplasties
  par la methode indienne chez  des vieillards de  plus de
  soixante-dix aus.  Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901,
  n. s.,  xxvii, 765, 1 pl.  — dc Quei-vuiu (F.)  Ueber par-
  tielle seitliche Rhinoplastik. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.,
  1902, xxix, 297-302.—Raoull.  Nouveau procede de rhi-
  noplastie partielle pour une restauration de la sous-cloison.
  Soc.  de med. de Nancy.  C.-r. . . . Mem., 1902-3, 76-79.
  Also: Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 273.—Ravanier (E.) Sc
  de JInrion (G.)  Note suruneobservationde rhinoplastie
  par la m6thode italienne avec appareil prothetique perma-
  nent. Odontologie, Par., 1894, 2. s., i, 710-714.—Renton
  (J. M.)  Union of severed nose.  Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1905,
  ii, 1586. — Reynier  ( P.)   Autoplastic de l'aile du nez
  par glissement. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de  Par., 1900,
  n. s., xxvi, 691. — Richet (A.)  Rhinoplastie et ch6ilo-
  plastie.  In his: Clin, chir., 8°, Par., 1893, 245-285.—Rob-
  erts  (J. B.)   The cosmetic surgery of the nose.   J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago,  1892, xix,  231-233.   Also, Reprint.—
  Roe (J. O.)  A new operation for the restoration of the
  columna and  anterior portion of the nasal septum.  Tr.
  Am.  Larvngol. Ass., N. Y.,  1902, 221-225.—Rubtsl poslie
  plastich. oper. nosa.   [Cicatrices after a plastic opera-
  tion  on the nose.]    Otehot o  dleyateln.  khirurg.  klin
  [etc.l v Mosk. (1899-1900), 1901, 79.—Sabanieyeff (I. F.)
  Osteoplastika nosovol peregorodki.  [Osteoplastic surgery
  of the"nasal septum.]  Trudi Obsh. Russk. vrach. v S.-Pe-
  terb.  (1886-7), 1889, liv, 134-137.—von  Samson (C.) Zur
  Rhinoplastik.  St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1896, n. F.,
  xiii,  187.—Sanchez  Negrele (D.)  Riuoplastia sobre
  aparato protetico.  Semana ra6d., Buenos Aires,  1904, xi,
  509-512.—Wat© (S.)  Clinical demonstration on a case of
  rhinoplastic surgery.  [Transl. from  the Japanese.]  Sei-
  i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1891, x, 7-9.—Scarenzio (A.)  Caso
  di rino-plastica totale a lembo frontale cntaneoperiosteo.
  Ann. univ. di nied.  e chir., Milano, 1888, eclxxxiii, 270-274.
  -----Ancora sulla rinoplastica totale a lembo fronto-
  cutaneo-periosteo col  processo  di Blasius; altri quattro
  casi operativi.  R.  Ist. Lomb. di sc.  e lett.  Rendic, Mi-
  lano,  1891, n. s., xxiv, 883-885.  -----.  Rinoplastica par-
  ziale   (rifacimento  della  pinna con  processo  speciale)
  Ibid., 1892,  2. s., xxv,  987-990. -----. Ancora sulla rino-
  plastica;  nuovi fatti e corollari. Ibid.,  1894, 2. s., xxvii,
  608.  -----.  Rinoplastica totale  a lembo  frontale p'ieghet-
  tato duplicate (Blasius) e con peduncolo orbitale (Lalle-
  mand).  Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1898, Roma, 1899,
  xiii, 282-286.  Also: Corriere san.,  Milano, 1899, x, 321.
  -----. II processo di rinoplastica a lembo frontale dupli-
  cato di Blasius.  Mem. r. Ist. Lomb.  di  sc. e lett.  CI. di
  sc. aatemat. r. nat., Milano. 1900, 3. s., x, 17-38.—Schil-
  ling  (H.)  Rhinoplastik efter  en  nv methode.   [Rhino-
  plastic after nnew method.]   Norsk Mag. f. Liegevidensk.,
 i\ose  (Surgery of Plastic).
   Christiania. 1906, 5. R.,  iv, 94-99.—Sedillot (C.)  Nou-
   veau proc6d6 de rhinoplastie.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc,
   Par., 1856, xliii, 131-134. -----. Nouvelle observation de
   rhinoplastie par le  proc6d6 k double lambeau de la cloison
   sous-nasale. Ibid., 1857, xiv, 453.—Shah (T. M.)  Cases
   of rhinoplasty.  Indian  M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1888, xxiii, 70;
   107; 138; 172. -----. Rhinoplasty. Tr. Indian M. Cong.
   1894, Calcutta, 1895, 202-204. 2 pl.   Also:  Indian M.-Chir.
   Rev., Bombay, 1895, iii, 8-14, 6 pl.—Smith (II. L.)  Cases
   illustrating the plastic surgery of  the nose and palate; an
   operation for cleft palate.  Boston M. & S. J., 1895, exxxii,
   477-481.—Spencer (D. B.)  Rhinoplastic  surgery.  In-
   dian M. Gaz., Calcutta.  1890, xxv, 13,  1 pl.—Mteinthal.
   Rhinoplastik aus der Brusthaut.   Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tii-
   bing., 1900-1901, xxix, 485-490.—Stewart (J. C.)  A case
   of rhinoplasty, with use of a buried metal support.  North-
   west. Lancet, Minneap., 1901.xxi.337-339.—Stokes (Sir W.)
   On the rhinoplastic operation. Brit.M. J., Loud.,1899, i,325-
   327.  AUo, in his: Selected  papers [etc.], 8°, Loud., 1902,18-
   37, 6 pl.  Also, transl.: Rev. internat. de rhinol.,  otol. et
   laryngol., Par., 1899, n. s., i, 212-219.—Susloff (K.)  Otri-
   noplastica s. rhinoplastica ex auricula partialis.  Voyenno-
   med. J., St. Petersb.. 1898, cxcii, med.-spec pt., 325-329.—
   Syms (P.)  A  method  of rhinoplasty.  N. York M. J.,
   1893, lviii,  726. —  Textor (K.)   Rhmoplastik  aus der
   Stirnhaut, nach der indischen Methode.   Neue Chiron,
   Sulzbach, 1823,  i,  399-408. — Toibk (B.)  A nyeregorr
   plastikus mutev6s6rdl.   [Plastic operations on the bridge
   of the nose. Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest, 1901, xiv, 485-487.—
   Tovolgyi (E.)   J. Wolff  rhinoplasticai muteterol k6t
   eset kapesan.  [The rhinoplastic  operation  of J. Wolff,
   after two cases.]  Ibid., 1900, xliv,  819-821.-Tripier (L.)
   Destruction partielle du nez par morsure;  restauration
   (proc6d6 par decortication et abaissement).   Coug. franc.
   de chir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1891, v, 56-62.—Tiiiiim
   (J. P.)  Rhinoplasty with a finger.   Internat. Clin., Phila.,
   1897, 6. s.. iv, 197-200, 3  pl. — I rbanovich (P.)  K vop-
   rosu o chastiehnol plastikle nosa.  [On partial plastic sur-
   gery of the nose.]   Khirurgia, Mosk., 1899, vi, 138-142.—
   Vautrin (A.)  De la rhinoplastie sur support metallique.
   Rev. dechir., Par., 1899, xix. pt. 2, 278-291.   Also [Abstr.]:
   Soc. de med. de Nancy.  C.-r. . . .  Mem., 1898-9, p.xv.—
   Vinze (M. B.)  A few notes on rhinoplasty, with three
   cases.  Indian Lancet,  Calcutta, 1898, xii, 192-194. — Vi-
   tale (E.)   Modificazione al metodo indiano di rinoplastica
   (nuovo processo per evitare la torsione del lembo).   Gior.
   internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 15-21.—
   Volkovich (X. M.)  Po  povodu  statyi  R. R. Vredena
   "Obrazovaniye  nosa iz  paltsa".   [Apropos of Vreden's
   essay  "Formation  of a nose  from a  finger".J   Russk.
   Vrach,  S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 1178. —Vredcu (R. R.)  Obra-
   zovaniye nosa iz paltsa.  [Formation of a nose from a fin-
   ger.]  Ibid.,  717-719. — Waitz (H.)   Die Rhinoplastik
   aus  dem Arm.  Arch. f. klin.  Chir.,  Berl.,  1903,  lxix,
   288-298.—Witzel(K.)  UeberNasenprothese. Verhandl.
   d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz.. 1899,
   lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 337-339.  AUo: Zahnarztl. Wchnbl.,
   Hamb.,  1898-9, xii, 623; 633; 645.  -----. Ein  Fall von
   kiiustlichem Nasenersatz,  aus transparentem  Celluloid
   hergestellt.   Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte. Berl., 1900, xxix, 26-
   32. —Wolff (J.)   Ueber  eiuen  Fall  von  Rhinoplastik
   mittelst eines ohne Umklappung  herabgezogenen Haut-
   knochenlappens.   Berl.  klin. Wchnsehr.,  1890, xxvii, 529;
   566.—Woods (R.  H.)  A case  of  restoration, by the In-
   dian operation modified, of a nose destroyed  by lupus.
   Med. Press &  Circ, Lond.,  1896, n. s., lxi, 650-652.—
   1Takovlyoff(M. P.)  RhinoplasticapoSchimmelbusch'n
   s predstavleniyem dvukh operirevannikh.  [. . . after . . .,
   with demonstration of two cases.]  Trudi Obsh. Russk.
   vrach. v Mosk., 1897, xxxvi, 303-308. — Zhivult (S. O.)
   [ Rinoplastika. ]  Protok.  Mosk.  ven.  i  dermat.  Obsh.,
   1897-8, vii, 110-113.

IVose (Synechias of).
     See Nose (Adhesions  in).

Nose (Syphilis of).
     See, also, Nasopharynx (Syphilis  of);  Nose
   (Deformities of);  Nose (Obstruction  of,  Causes,
   etc., of);  Nose  (Surgery of, Plastic);  Nose and
   throat  (Diseases of).
     Bazenerye (E.)    *l5tude  cliuique  sur  la
   syphilis uasale acquise. 4°.   Paris,  1894.
     Beknoud (C.)  *De la syphilis  tertiaire des
   fosses   nasales   (6tude  cliuique).   8°.    Saint-
   tltienne, 1*1)8.
     -----.  The same,   b •.  Paris, 1899.
     Bruxon (P.)   *Le  chancre  syphilitique des
   fosses nasales.   4C.   Saint-fitienne,  1895.
     Frank  (T.)   * Ueher syphilitische  Tumoren
   der Nase.   8°.   Strassburg, 1894.
     L k Bart (G.)   * Le chancre primitif du  nez et
   des fosses nasales.   4°.  Paris,  1894. 
NOSE.
793
NOSE.
IVose (Syphilis of).
     Lievkx (A.)   Die Syphilis der oheren Luft-
  yvege  unter besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der
  ditierentiellen Diagnose  nnd der lokalen  The-
  rapie.    1.  Teil.   Die  Svphilis  der  Niise.   s-'.
  Jena, \696.
     Michaelis (R.  K.)   'Combination  von  ter-
  tiiirer  Lut-a  mit  primarem  (.'ylinderzolleiu-arci-
  110m an der Wandnng der Nasenhohle.   [Stras-
  bui";.]   s\   Wiesbaden, 1901.
     Also, in:  Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1901-2, xl, 260-272.
     Olivier (E\-P.)   * Etude sur la syphilis ter-
  tiaire  du  nez el des  fosses  nasales.   4°.  Bor-
  deaux, 1666.
     -----.   The same.  *-".   Bordeaux, 1886.
     Schuster A: Sanger.   Beitriige zur Patholo-
  gic  und Therapie der Naseusyphi lis.   e;.  Wien,
  1.-7 Y
     Anderson (M'C.)   Two cases of syphilitic disease of
  the  nose, presenting almost identical  characters, the one
  treated with  anti-syphilitic  serum aud  the  other with
  iodide of potassium and calomel ointment.  Glasgow M.
  J., 1896, xlvi, 406-409.—Audry (C.)   Syphilis grave des
  os du nez; operation  de  Rouge.  Aich. prov. de chir.,
  Par., 1893,  ii,  223-230.  AUo,  Reprint.—Aysnguer  (P.)
  Syphiloma de la cloison du nez provoque par un trauma-
  tisme.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1899, xix, pt.
  2, 491-497.—Balzei- Sc  Lecornu.  Chancre syphilitique
  dn nez.  Bull.  Soc. frang. de  dermat. et syph., Par., 1901,
  xii, 488.   AUo:  Ann. de derinat. et syph., Par., 1901, 4. a.,
  ii, 1091.—Bell (M.  H.)  Nasal svphilis.  J.  Mississippi
  M. Ass., Vicksburg, 1904-5. ix, 90-93.—Beyer (H.)  Ein
  karioser Schneidezahn  spontan aus luetischer Nase  ent-
  fernt.  Med. Klin, Berl, 1905,  i, 1285.—Bieck.  Primiir-
  affeet (Schanker) in der  Nase.  Berl. klin.  Wcbnscbr.,
  1897, xxxiv, 1078.—Blair (L. E.)  Syphilitic lesions of
  the nose.  Albany M. Ann., 1889. x, 270-278.—Blanc (E.)
  & Faussie.  De la syphilis  nasale  aequise.  J. d. mal.
  cutan. et syph., Par..  1899,  xi. 259-270.—Bogdan  (G.)
  Syphilide tuberculo-ulcereuse  du nez et de la face;  de-
  struction du voile du palais.  Bull. Soc. d. m6d. et nat. de
  Jassy,  1896-7,  x, 60-63. — Bogroff (S. L.)  Sluchai  bu-
  gorkovo-yazvennavo sihlisa nosa.  [Tuberculo-ulcerative
  syphilis of  the nose.]  Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezu.,
  Kharkov, 1903, v, 620—Bosworlh (F. H.)  Syphilis of
  the nose and throat.  J. (,'utan. Sc Genito-Liin. Dis., N. Y.,
  lt-98, xvi, 343-346.—Boulaugier.  Syphilis constitution-
  nelle; chancre sur laile du uez.  Clinique, Brux., 1888, ii,
  51.—Brenholtz (W. S.)  Syphilis of the nose aud throat.
  Penn. M. J.. Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii,  400-408. — Brown
  (W. D. H.)   Some interesting cases of acquired syphilis
  ofthe nose and throat.  Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1900,
  xvii, 40-42.  AUo, Reprint.—Brunei (P.)  Contribution
  a. l'etude de la syphilis des fo>se« nasales.  Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1902,  ii. 577-581. —Brunon  (P.)
  Chancre syphilitique du coruet nasal inferieur chez un en-
  fant de 7 ahs.   J. a. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1904, xvi. 187-
  192.   AUo:  Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1903, xxii, 287-294.—
  Busila  (N.)  Sifilom primar al nasulul, roseola sifilitica.
  [Primary syphiloma of the nose, syphilitic roseola.]  Presa
  med. roin.,  Bucuresci.  1901,  vii, 374-377. — Calamida
  (U.)  Sitiloma  iniziale della mucosa pituitaria.  Gior.  d. r.
  Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, lxvi, 585-592. —Chapuis
  (P.)   Du chancre syphilitique de la muqueuse pituitaire.
  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1894, lxvii,  1103-1108. -----. Nouvelle
  observation de chancre  syphilitique de la muqueuse pitui-
  taire.  Ibid., 777. ----. Chancre syphilitique de la  mu-
  queuse pituitaire. Mem.et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med.
  de Lyon (1894), 1895,  xxxiv, pt. 2, 95-98.  AUo:  Lyon med.,
  1894, lxxvi,  435-437.—Chauveau (C.) De quelques loca-
  lisations peu frequentes de la syphilis nasale. Arch, inter-
  nat.  de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1904, xviii, 169-171.—Cim-
  mino (Ii.)  Uncaso di sifiloma iniziale del setto nasale
  cartilagineo.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso,
  Firenze, 1894, xii, 25-29.—Collinet.  Deux cas de chancre
  syphilitique des fosses nasales.   Bull, de laryngol., otol. et
  rhinol., Par., 1901, iv, 175-179.—C'ozzolino (V.)  Lezioni
  snlla sifllosi terziaria naso-faringo-palatina  e sulle lesioui
  blenorragiche del naso ecc.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d.  gola
  e d.  naso, Firenze, 1892, x, 97; 121; 145;  169   193; 217—
  Dabner (S. G.) Nasal syphilis.   Am. Pract, Sc News,
  Louisville, 1903. xxxv,  177-179. — Belie.   Quelques  cas
  graves de syphilis nasale et buccale.  Presse oto-laryngol.
  beige, Bmx., 1903, ii, 503-507. — BieuInfoy.  Syphilis se-
  condaire nasale.  Ann.  de  med. scient. et prat., Par., 1892,
  ii, 3-6-388.—Bionisio (I.) Sopraalcune fomiepoconote
  di sifilide terziaria del  naso (rinite sclerosante teiziana).
  Gazz. med.  di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 461-464.—Bu Castel.
  Affection mutilante du nez.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et
  svph., Par., 1901, xii, 414-421.  AUo: Ann. de dermat.
  et syph.,  Par., 1901,  4.  s.,  ii, 962-969.—Bunn (J.)  Com-
  plete destruction of the contents of the uasal cavities as
  a result of syphilis.  N. York M.  J., 1894,  lix, 83.-Du-
^\To«e (Syphilis of).
  pond.  Sur  deux cas d'h£redo-syphilis  nasale.  Mem.
  et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de  Hordeaux  (1900), 1901,
  396-411.  AUo: J. de med. de Bordeaux,  1900, xxx, 917-
  922.   Also:  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc].  Par., 1901, i,
  241-255. — Eudlitz.   Chaucfe syphilitique  de la sous-
  cloison du nez.   Bull.   Soc. franc, de  dermat. et  syph.,
  Par., 1895, vi, 47.  Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1895, 3. s.,  vi, 124. — Ferlin.  Quelques notes sur uu
  cas  de syphilis tertiaire des fosses nasales.   Bull. Soe.
  med.-chir. de la  Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1904, v,
  7-14.— Fouruier (A.)  Chancre syphilitique de  la  na-
  rine  (forme  hypertrophique);   chancre syphilitique de
  l'amygdale  (forme diphtheroid!').  Mus.  de  l'Hop.  St.-
  Louis.  Iconog. d. mill, cutan. etsyph., Par., [1897.'] 303-
  313,  1 pl.—Freudenthul (YV.)   Ueber luetischen Pri-
  niaraffeet der Nase.  N. i'orker med.  Monatschr., 1901,
  xiii, 305-314.  Also; Klin.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1901,
  viii, 785-790.   Also, transl..- N. Tork M. J.,  1901, lxxiii,
  804-807.— Gailleton. Ulceration secondo-tertiaire du
  nez.   Lyon med., 1904, eii, 23. — Gaiel  (J.)  Deux  cas

             &
de chancre primitif de la  cloison nasale.  Rev. de laryn
    [etc.],  Par., 1895,  xv, 640-643
gol.
Le  chancre
 syphilitique intra-nasal.  Lyon nit-d., 1900, xciv, 469-480.—
 Gaucher (E.) Si I.acapere.  Her6do-syphilide  lupi-
 forme du nez, datant de trente  et un ans, gu6rie par les
 injections mercurielles.  Bull. Soc franc, de dermat. et
 syph., Par., 1901, xii, 286-290.—Gcllat (P. P.)  K lieche-
 n'iyu sifiliticheskikh porazheniy nosa i ikh poslledstviy.
 I Treatment of syphilis ofthe nose and its sequela;. ] Russk.
 J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn.,  Kharkov, 1904, vii, 444-448.
 Also: Terapiya,  S.-Peterb.,  1904,  i, 343-349.—Gemy.
 Chancre syphilitique de la cloison du nez, k l'union de la
 portiou os'seuse et de la portion cartilagiueuse.  Ann. de
 dermat.  et syph., Par., 1890,  3. s., i,  571.—Goodalc
 (J. L.)  Syphilis of tbe cartilaginous septum.  Ann. Otol.,
 Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 8-18.—Graef
 (C.)  Case of syphilis in which the primary  sore occurred
 on the nasal septum. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1904, xix. 48-
 50. -----. Syphilitic lesions of the nose and throat.  Ibid.,
 1905, xx, 745-750, 3 pl.—Griffin (E. U.)   The occlusion of
 the post-nasal space by syphilitic adhesion. N. York M.
 J., 1894, lix, 367-369.  Also, Reprint.—Hallopeau (H.)
 Sc Jeanselme (E.)  Contribution k l'etude des suppura-
 tions associees aux sypbilomes tei tiaires des fosses nasales.
 Ann.  de  dermat.  et  syph., Par., 1894,  3.  s., v,  421-426.
 AUo  [Abstr.]:  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma,
 1895, v,  dermat.,  198.—Hamilton (T. K.)   Syphilitic
 destruction of the whole nose, with plastic aud other oper-
 ations for its restoration.  Australas. M.  Gaz., Sydney,
 1901,xx,189.—Harland (W. G. B.) Papillomas in syphi-
 litic  child,  occluding both  nostrils.  Am.  Med., Phila.,
 1905, ix, 536.—Hasslau'er.  Syphilom der Nase und des
 behaarten Kopfes.  Deutsche 'mil.-iirztl. Ztschr.,  Berl.,
 1905, xxxiv, 265.—Haywood  (G. M.)   Syphilis of the
 nose.  Tr. Homceop. M.  Soc. N.T., 1895, xxx, 230-235.—
 Heidiugsfeld (M. L.)  Syphilitic extra-genital chaucre
 on the tip of the nose.  Lanc'et-Clinic.Ciuein.. 1905, n. s., lv,
 523.—Hellat (P.)  Zur Diagnose und Therapie der Naseu-
 lues. St. Petersb. med. Wchnsehr., 1904, xxix, 237;  249.—
 Heller (K. A.)   Syphilis of the nose, naso-pharvnx, aud
 throat.  Phila. Polyclin., 1896,  v, 231.—Hobbs (A. G.)
 The surgery of gummatous  growths ofthe nasal cavities.
 N. Oil. M. ScS.J., 1888-9,n. s., xvi, 349-353.  Also: South.
 M. Rec,  Atlanta,  1888,  xviii,  401-405.—Hochsinger
 (C.)  Die hereditare Nasensyphilis der Neugeborenen und
 Sauglinge.  Beitr. z. Derinat. u. Syph.  Festschr. ... I.
 Neumann, Leipz. Sc Wien,  1900,  284-316.—Jaboulay.
 Effondrement  syphilitique  du  nez; injection de  vase-
 line sous la peau  pour modifier la forme du nez. Bull.
 Soc. de chir. de  Lyon, 1900-1901, iv, 71.—J aeobi.  Seltene
 Lokali/.ation von  luetischem  Piimiiraffekt der Nasen-
 schleimhaut.  Dermat.  Ztschr., Berl., 1897, iv, 407-410.—
 Jehin-Prumc.  Syphilide tuberculo-ulcereuse du nez.
 Rev. med.,  Montreal,  1899-1900, iii, 137.— Hlotz (II. G.)
 A ease of peculiar edematous swelling  of the face, with
 syphilitic affections of the bones of the nose.  J. Cutan. Sc
 Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xvi, 347.—Knight (C. H.)
 The  sequela; of syphilis and their treatment;  nasal se-
 quela;.   Tr. Am.  Larvngol.  Ass., N. Y.,  1897,  150-161.
 [Discussion],  176-181. "AUo:  N. York M. J.,  1897, lxiv,
 379-383.—Kohn (A.)   Two nasal ca.ses; one  of primary
 chancre,  one of dermoid cyst.  N. York M. J., 1897, lxv,
 421.— Kokkinotes  (I.)   ncpiirTioo-is  di/aju-oAucr/iioG  (k
 trt^uAi'Sos.  Ta\r)vbs,  'ASf/vai, 1894,  xxiv,  259.—Kotsa-
 renko (V. E.)  Lues gummosa interstitialis nasi et labii
 superioris.  Russk. J.  Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov,
 1905, ix, 330.—KiiIiii.  Syphilitische Tumoren der Nase.
 Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1895, iv, 148-
 150.—Milliner [J.]  Ueber syphilitische Granulations^e-
 schwiilste in der Nase.  Verhandl. d.laryngol.Gesellsch. /u
 Berl. (1897), 1898, viii, 43.-----. Die syphilitischen Grauu-
 lome (Syphilorae) der Nase.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,
 Berl., 1*898, vii, 272-286. —I^abit (G.)  Un cas de condy-
 lomcs syphilitiques des fosses nasales.  Rev. de laryngol.
 [etc]. Par., 1895, xv,  509-514.—Laioiirrct  (L.)  Goni-
"mes syphilitiques des fosses nasales.  Anu. de la Polyclin.
"de Bordeaux, 1889-91, i, 207-209. -----. Coudyloniessyphi- 
NOSE.
794
NOSE.
\o*e (Syphilis of).
  litiques des fosses nasales.  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.]. Tar., |
  1892, xii, 465-471.—Lia Koxa (li.)  Un caso di sifiloma
  iniziale del setto nasale.   liaz/.. (I. osp ,  Milano, 1904, xxv,
  487-490— liaviolette (C.)  Svphilis  nasale  infantile.
  Union med. du Canada,  Montreal, 1890, n.  s., iv, 283.—
  I.avrand (IL)  S£questre volumineux proveuant des
  fosses nasales  rhoz  un syphilitique.  J. d. sc.  m£d. de
  Lille, 1897, i. 89.—I.edbetter (S. L.)  Syphilis of the nose
  and throat. Alabama M. & S. Age, Birmingh., 1897-8, x,
  633-635.— I.enhardt (C.) Occlusion complete des narines
  par cicatrices de syphilides tertinires.  Ann. d. mal. de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1897, xxiii, 400-405.—I.er-
  ■noyez.   l'n  cas de chaucre syphilitique  de la cloison
  nasale k  type pseudosarcomateux.  Ann.  d.   mal.  de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1898. xxiv, pt. 2, 517-524.—
  Ijcvy (R.)  Tertiary syphilis of the  nose.   Tr. Colorado
  M. Soc., Denver,  1900, 280-288.  Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol.
  & Laryngol.. St. Louis, 19o0, ix, 221-230. AUo:  St. Louis
  M. Rev., 1900,  xlii, 301-304.—I.ieven  (A.)  The Aix-la-
  Chapelle treatment  of syphilis  of the  nose  and throat.
  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,  18H8, iv,  271-279.—I.oddo.  La
  sifilide del naso.  Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1,
  637.—Lnbel-Barbon.  Signes  et diagnostic de Ia sy-
  philis tertiaire dn nez.   Rev. hebd.  de laryngol.  [etc.],
  Par.,  1905, ii, 721-730.—liiietischer Defekt der Naso uud
  deshartendaumens, lFall. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt.d.Spit.
  zu Basel (1802), 1894, 26.—Ma nasse  (P.)  Ueber  syphi-
  litische Grauulationsgeschwulste  der Nasenschleimhaut,
  sowie iiber die Entstehung der Riesenzellen in densel-
  ben.  Arch. f. path.  Anat. [etc.], Berl.,  1897,  cxlvii, 23-52,
  1 pl.—Marfan (A.-B.)   Chancre syphilitique de la cloi-
  son des fosses  nasales.  Ann. de  dermat. et syph., Par.,
  1890, 3. s., i, 499. — Masucci  (P.)  II sottojoduro di bis-
  mnto nella cura locale  delle mauifestazioni  sifilitiche
  secondarie e terziaric del nas■>, cavo uasofarinsreo e huinge.
  Rassegna crit.  internaz. d.  mal. d. naso, gola e orecchi,
  Napoli, 1889, ii, 3-7.—Matas  (ll.) Extensive syphilitic
  necrosis of the bones of the nose; extraction of the seques-
  tra  through the nares aud  through a  palatine  fenestra,
  with relief of ozaena  and apparent cure. N.  Orl. M. <!t S.
  J., 1888-9,  xvi, 298-301.—Mendel.  Syphilis hereditaire
  des fosses  nasales.   Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.,
  Par.,  1894, v, 99.  Also: Ann.  de dermat. et  syph., Par.,
  1894, 3. s., v, 321.—Michelson (P.)  Ueber Nasen-Syphi-
  lis.   Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1888, No. 326 (Iuuere
  Med., No. 109, 2967-2994).—Millignn (W.)    Primary
  nasal syphilis;  second attack of syphilis. Tr. Brit. Laryn-
  gol. Sc Rhinol.  Ass.  1892, Lond. Sc Phila ,  1893,  ii, 7-9.—
  MishaXkoflT (G.)  Yedin rledok sluchai ot syphilis terti-
  aua i spoluchlivo vostanovyavauiye nosa.  [Rare case of
  .  . . and happy reestablishment of the nose.]   Med. shorn.,
  Sofiya, 1899, v, 80-82.—Mounier.  La syphilis  nasale
  m6connue.  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900,
  xiii,  203-206. -----.  Syphilis  tertiaire  nasale k marche
  progressivement destructive malgr6 tous les  traitements.
  J. de ni6d.  de Par., 1905,  2.  s., xvii,  171. -----.  Syphilis
  nasale k marche progressivement destructive;  mort du
  malade.  Bull,  de larvngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1906, ix,
  123.  Also:  J.  de m6*d. de Par.,  1906,  2. s., xviii, 74.—
  Moure [E.-J.]  Contribution a, l'etude de  la syphilis des
  fosses nasales.  Rev. mens,  de laryngol [etc.], Par., 1887,
  vii,  385: 1888, viii, 1.  Also [Rap. de Chalant]: Ann. Soc
  niM.-cbir. de Liege,   1888, xxvii, 365-367. -----. Sur uu
  nouveau cas de chancre indure de la fosse nasale gauche.
  Rev. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par.,  1892, xii, 461-465.  AUo, Re-
  print.—Muller (J.)  Beitrag zur tertiaren  Syphilis der
  Nase  und  ihrer  Nebenhohlen.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.
  deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2,
  med. Abth., 403-407.—Natier (M.)   Syphilis tertiaire du
  nez chez une jeune  fllle; infection, au cours de  l'allaite-
  ment, par la nourrice; s£questres et polypes muqueux.
  Parole.   Rev.  internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1900, n. s.,
  ii, 577-598.—Ohmann-Bumesnil (A. H.)  The pus-
  tnlo-crustaceous syphilide of  the end of the nose.  Ann.
  Ophth. Sc Otol., St.  Louis,  1896. v, 1147-1166.  AUo. Re-
  print.— Ostiuo  (G.)   Sulle  sifilidi  latenti  ed   ignorate
  dell' orecchio, del naso e della  gola. Gior. med. d. r. eser-
  cito, Roma, 1905. liii, 801-807—Palasnc  de  Cham.
  peaux.  Syphilis tertiaire nasale. Rev. hebd. de laryn-
  gol. |etc], Par.,  1899, xix,  pt. 2. 5-8.—Parker (C. A.)
  Notes on acquired syphilis of the nose  and pharynx.  Lan-
  cet, Lond.,  1901,  i, 237-242.—Paunz (M.)   Az orr buja-
  k6ros niegbetegedeseirol.  [Syphilitic diseases of the nose.]
  Gy6g.ya.szat, Budapest,   1903,  xliii,  260-264. —  Pierce
  (N.  H.)   Syphilis of  the nose, with reports of cases.  N.
  York M. J., 1895, lxii, 673-079.  Also, Reprint—Piflard.
  Tertiary ulceration of the nose.  J. Cutan. &  Genito-Urin.
  Dis., N. Y., 1891, ix, 101.— Poirier. Chancre syphilitique
  du nez.  Aun.  Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers,  1899, 241-243.—
  Baoult (A.)   De l'origine syphilitique de l'obliteration
  des narines de la petit.- enfance (dite congenitale).  Svphi-
  lis.  Par..  1903. i,  300-308.  AUo: Presse oto-laryngol.
  beige. Brux., 1903.  ii. 551 -559.— Kaulin (V.)  G'ouime
  nlceree de 1'aile gauche du nez.   Ann.  de la Polyclin. de
  Bordeaux,  1889-91, i,  148—Ken ner (W. S.)   Tertiary
  syphilis of the  nose  and pharynx. N.  YorkM. J. [etc.],
.\©*e (Syphilis  of).
  1904, lxxix, 385; 450; 4*83; 546.  Also, Reprint.-Biehard
  (G.)  Chancre de la sous-cloison  du nez.  Ann.  de der-
  mat. et syph.. Par.,  1895, 3.  *.. vi. 989-991.—Kichards
  (G. L.)  A case of nasal syphilis with pressure symptoms
  simulating meningitis.  Kansas M. J.,  Topeka,  18H8. x,
  283.  AUo .- Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 284.— Bilie
  (J.H.)  Die  Svphilis der Nase.   Heilkunde, Wien [etc.].
  1900, iv, 199-204.— Itipault (II.)  Syphilides nasales  ve-
  g6tantes k la p6riode  secondaire de la syphilis.  Ann. d.
  mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.J,  Par., 1895, xxi,  244-246.
  -----. St6nose nasale double par exostose due k la syphilis
  hereditaire.  Ibid.,  1896, xxii, pt. 2, 201-203. ---—.  Un
  cas de syphilis secondaire du nez.  Ibid., 1897, xxiii, 24.—
  Bobbins (II. L.)  Syphilis of the nose and buccal cav-
  ity.  Maryland M. J., Bait,, 18!>7, xxxvii, 181-186.-Bob-
  erts (J. B.)  Suggestions for the reconstruction of syphi-
  litic noses.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1017-
  1019.   Also,  Reprint. — Koehnrd  (E.)  Sc  Gougueu-
  heim (A.)  Sequestres6normesdela fosse nasale gauche;
  syphilis ant6rieure; impossibility d'extraction de ces s6-
  questres par les voies naturelles  et apr6s l'operation de
  Rouge;  operation d'Ollier, extraction immediate de deux
  gros sequestres; guerison.  Anu. d. mal. de l'oreille, du
  larynx [etc.], Par., 1896, xxii, pt, 2,281-284.—Boy (D.)   A
  clinical study of nasal syphilis.  South. M. Rec, Atlanta,
  1897, xxvii, 1-11.—Roy (L. G.)  La syphilis nasale.  Rev.
  med., Par.,  1903, xii. 530; 563;  594; 643; 740.—Bueda.
  Syphiloma primitif intra-nasal de forme anormale.  Rev.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1895, xv, 157-1511.—Snrremone.
  Diagnostic precoce  des gommes syphilitiques  du nez.
  Arch, internat.  de laryngol.  [etc],  Par., 1899, xii, 16-20.
  AUo, transl.: St.  Louis M. Gaz., 1899-1900,  iii, 97-101.
  -----. Sympt6mes de la syphilis nasale.   Ann. d. mal. de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi, pt. 2, 96.  -----.
  Symptomes de la syphilis nasale.  Arch, internat. de laryn-
  gol. [etc.l, Par., 1902, xv, 368-375.—Scarenzio (A.) Sifi-
  lide gommosa del naso e rinoplastica parziale a doppio
  ponte.   R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett.   Rendic, Milano, 1887,
  2. s., xx, 746.—Scheppegrell (W.)  Syphilis ofthe nose.
  N. Orl. M. & S. J.. 1902-3, lv, 91-98.—Schubert.   Ueber
  Syphilis der  Nase.  Sitz. -Protok.  d. arztl. Lot al ver. zu
  Numb. 1892, Miinchen,  1893, 65.—Shunga  (S.)   Seltene
  Localisation von breiteu Condylomen des Naseneinganges.
  [Japanese text.]  DaiNippen Ji-Bi-In-KoKwa-Kwai Kwai
  Ho, Tokyo, 1900, vi, 76-81.—Soiners (L. S.)  Nasal syph-
  ilis with extensive  lesions.  Med.  Sc  Surg.  Reporter.
  Phila,, 1896,  lxxiv, 511-513.   AUo,  Reprint.—Sonle il.
  C.)  Two cases of nasal syphilis, with treatment and re-
  sults.  Homoeop. Eye, Ear A. Throat J , N. Y., 1897, iii,
  346-355.—Speranski (X. S.)  K voprosu o diagnostiebes-
  koin znachenii probodenh a  nosovol  peregorodki  po otuo-
  sheniyu k sitilisu.  [Diagnostic- value of perforation of the
  nasal septum, as related to svphilis. |   Protok. Mosk. ven.
  i dermat, Obsh., 1894-5, iv, 112-116.—Stan gen berg (E.)
  Om sytilitiska affektioner i nasan.   [On syphilitic affec-
  tions of the nose.]  Hygiea.  Stockholm, lt-95, lvii, pt. 1,
  465-484— Stillmnn (F.  L.)   Tertiary ulceration in the
  nose and throat.  Columbus M.  J., 1895,  xv, 1-9.—Tap-
  tas (N.)  Un casde syphilis nasale avec destruction pres-
  que complete de la cloison cartilagineuse et conservation
  de la forme externe du nez.  Rev. hebd. delarviuiol. [etc.],
  Par., 1897, xvii.  1233.—Tashiro (G.)   [A ease of rhino-
  plasty for syphilitic injury of  nose. |  Iji  Shinbuu, Tokio,
  1899, no. 549,  1-3.—Theisen (C. F.)  An unusual case of
  nasal syphilis in a child,  aud a consideration  of s\ philitic
  nasal tumors  (syphilomata).  J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago,
  1903, xl, 561-565.—Thibierge (G.)  Chancre syphilitique
  de la muqueuse nasale.   Gaz. hebd. de m&d., Par., 1894,
  xii, 198.—Thomson (St. C.)  The rhinitis of inherited
  syphilis.  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1899,  xiv, 396-398. 1  pl.
  Also: Polyclin., Lond., 1901, iv, 188-191. ■-----.  Syphilis
  of the pharynx and  nose.  Polyclin., Lond.,  1902, vi, 439-
  441.—Thorner (M.)  Syphilis of the nose.  Cincin. Lan-
  cet-Clinic, 1896,  n. s.,  xxxvi,  207-212.   AUo,  Repiint.—
  Tissier (P.)  lies  accidents secondaires des fosses  na-
  sales dans la syphilis aequise chez l'adulte.  Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du'larynx [etc.], Par.,  1893, xix, 97-109.  -----.
  De la syphilis du nez.  Gaz. d. hop.,  Par., 1896, lxix, 187;
  219.—Todd  (C. A.)   Syphilitic necrosis of tbe nasal cav-
  ity, accompanied with total blindness.  Phila. M. J., 1902,
  x, 403.— Toeplitz (M.)  Nasal  syphilitic tumors. Am.
  J. M.  Sc, Phila.  Sc N. Y., 1904, n. s.,  cxxvii. 813-816.—
  Trautmnun (G.)  Ueber ein von der Nase uusgehendes
  Syphiloma hypertrophicum diffusum  faciei  (Elephantia-
  sis luetica).   Arch. t. Dermat. u.  Syph.,  Wieu ii. Leipz.,
  1902, lxiii, 97-106.—Vaiher (L.)  Contribution a l'etude
  dela syphilis nasale.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.],'Par., 1898,  xxiv,  pt. 2, 1-10.— Vaughan  (P.*T.)
  S\ philitic manifestations in the nose and pharynx.   N.
  York M. J. [etc.],  1904, lxxix  378.  AUo. Reprint.  Also:
  Lancet-Clinic, Cmcin., 1905, n.  s.,  lv, 408-410.—Wood-
  ward (J. F.)  Enlarged turbinates, syphilitic  in origin.
  Tr. Am. Laryngol.. Rhinol.,  Sc Otol. Soc.  1901, N.  Y.,
  1902, vii, 262-263.—Wroblewski  (W.)  Kilka uwag o
  poznyni syfilisie nosa.   [A few remarks  on  late syphilis
  ofthe nose.]  Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1896, 2. s., xvi, 503; 
NOSE.
795
NOSE.
i\ose (Syphilis of).
  534;  561; 593.—Vrrivant (A.)   Sifiloma ini/.iale della
  fossa nasale destra.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1894,
  xiv,  105-107.

IVose (Tuberculosis  of).
     See, also,  Nose (Lupus of).
     Beermaxx (J.)  * Ueber primiire Tuberculose
  der  Nasenschleimhaut.  s°.   Wiirzburg, [690.
     Boutard (J.-B.-A.)   *P(>  la tuberculose  ua-
  sale.  [Paris.]   4°.   Saint-Trieix, 1669.
     vox Gekszewski (W.)  * Ueber Tulierkulonie
  tier  Ntise im Auschlnss an zwei eigenartige Fiille
  von  tnberkuloseu  Gescliwulsten der Nasi-.  8-\
  Kbnigsberg  i. Pr., 1896.
     Haktmanx  (E.  A.  E.)  * Ueber  tuberkulose
  Grauulationsgeschwulste  der  Nasenhohle.  8°,
  Strassburg i. E.,  1903.
     Liaras  (C.-G.-M.)  * Contributiou   il  l'etude
  de l'infection  tuberculeuse par la voie  nasale.
  (Recherches bacte~riologiques et cliniques.)  8J.
  Bordeaux,  lt»99.
     Mertkxs (P.)   * Ueber Tuberculose der  Na-
  seuschloimhaut.   8°.   Wiirzburg, 1889.
     Neumann (R.)  * Ueber Tuberkulose der  Na-
  senschleinihaut.   8C.   Breslau, 1902.
     Olympitis (N.-T.)   * Tuberculose de  la mu-
  queuse nasale (formes primitives et secondaires).
  4°.   Paris; 1690.
     Paclsex (J.)   * Ueber  Tuberkulome der  Na-
  senhohle.   8-.   Kiel,  1690.
     Pistre ( M.-J.-E.-F.)  "Les pseudo - polypes
  tuberculeux des  fosses  nasales.  [Bordeaux.]
  8°.   Montpellier, 1902.
     Silbeksteix [H. ]    * Beitrag  zur  Tuberku-
  lose der Nase uud des  lymphadenoideu Rachen-
  gewebes.   8°.   Greifswald, 1696.
     Thomas  (C.)   Coutribution  a  l'e'tude  des
  tumeurs  tuberculeuses  primitives  des   fosses
  nasales.  8°.   Paris, 1902.
     Arnozau (H.)  Du lupus de la joue consecutif aux
  lesions tuberculeuses de  la muqueuse nasale par l'inter-
  m6diaire d'nne fistule lacrymale.  Arcb. d'ophth., Par.,
  1891, xi, 496-509.  AUo, Keprint.—Audry (C.) Comment
  la tuberculose se propage de la muqueuse a la peau du nez.
  J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 19o3, xv, 505-507. — Bal-
  lenger (W.  L.)  A "case  of primary tuberculosis of the
  nasal septum. Ann. Otol., Khinol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,
  1901, x. 6-8. — Bar (L.) & Texier (V.)  Coutribution k
  l'etude de la  tuberculose nasale.  Cong, internat. de m6d.
  C. r.. Par., 1900, sect de larvngol., 230-^37.   AUo:  Gaz.
  med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 390-393. Also: Rev. hebd.
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 669-379.—Harwell (H.)
  Case of nasal tuberculosis.  J. Larvngol., Lond., 1905, xx,
  381.  — Baomgarten (E.)  Tuberculoma septi  narium.
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 284. -----. Tubercu-
  loma nasi.  Ibid., 827. —  Baurowic* (A.)  Pierwotna
  gruzlica Wony sluzowej nosa.  [Primary tuberculosis of
  the nasal septum.]  Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1*95, xxxiv,357;
  377.__Bellevue (M.)  Sur uu  cas de tumeur tubercu-
  leuse de la region posterieure de la cloison  du nez.  Rev.
  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1902, i, 689-695.— Boylan
  (J. E.)  Tubercular granulatiou tumor of tbe nasal mu
  cous membrane.  Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic,  1888, n. s., xx,
  4_7 __Broeekaert.   De la tuberculose nasale.  Ann.
  Soc. de med.  de Gand, 1901, lxxx, 50-54. — Caboche (H.)
  Apropos de la tuberculose nasale; reflexions suggerees
  par quelques observations delupus de la pituitaire sur ses
  modalites cliniques et notamment sur ses modes de debut;
  relation du  lupus cutane avec les lesions de la pituitaire.
  Ann d. mal.  de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii,
  12-24. — Campnna (R.)   Tuberculide nodulare; rinite
  tuberculare.   Bull.  d.  r. Accad. med. di Roma. 1901, xxxii,
  267-269.  AUo: Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Lniv. di Roma,
  1901  xix, 55-57.—Capart.  Contribution k l'etude de la
  tuberculose des fosses nasales.  Bull. Acad. roy. de med.
  de Belg  Brux., 1890, 4.  s., iv. 785-790. — Cartaz.  De la
  tuberculose nasale.  Bull. Soc. clin. de Par.  (1887).  1888,
  xi 96-114. — Champon.  Relation d'un cas de tubercu-
  lose  na-ale.   Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1900, lxxix, 400-
  407 — Chiari (O ) Ueher Tuberculome derNaseiiHch'.eim-
  haut.  Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893, i 121-134.-
  Coenen (H.)  Primiire Tuberkelgeschwnlst der Nasen-
  hohle. Arb.  a. d. chir. Clin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1904, xvii,
  175-179.  AUo: Arch. f. klin.  Chir., Berl.,  1903,  lxx, 840-
  844 —Collier (M.)  Notes on tubercular  disease of the
  throat and nose.   Clin.J.,  Lond., 1899, xiv, 24-27.-Conte
  (A.)   Tubercoloma  della mucosa nasale.  Boll. d.  mal. (I.
  orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1905, xxiii, 169-175, 1
\o*t' (Tuberculosis of).
  pl.—C'ozzolino (V.)  La tubercolosi dello cavita nasali;
  cavo naso-faringeo; faringe, velo riendolo, tonsille, lingua,
  guauce, gengive, e dell' apparato auditive  (lazz. med. di
  Roma, 1889, xv, 145; 169; 193; 217; 241. — Czarda  (J.)
  Pfipad  tuberkulosy nosu.  [ Case of tubeu-ulosis of the
  nose.] Casop. lek.'cesk., v Praze, 1883,  xxii,  401; 419;
  436. — Denipel ( M. V. )   K voprosu  o bugorcbatkle
  zhelyozistikh razrashtsljeuiy  nosoglotochnavo  prostrau-
  stva i nyobnikh mindalin u  lyudel V ostaluom zdorovikh.
  [ On tuberculosis of glandular hypertrophies of the naso-
  pharynx and  palatal tonsils in neople otherwise healthy.]
  Khirurgia, ^losk., 1898, iv, 225-231. —Dc Million! (A.)
  Sulla  presenza di hlastomiceti nella tubercolosi vegetaute
  del naso.  Riforma nied., Palermo-Napoli, 1904,  xx, 598.—
  B-ioniMio (I.)  Sulla tubercolosi nasale.  Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], Firenze, 1892, i, 62-64.-----.
  Contributo alia casuistica della tubercolosi nasale.  Gior.
  d. r. Accad. di  med. di  Torino, 1893, 3.  s., xii,  67-72.—
  B-onogauy.  In Gestalt  einer rasch wacbsenden  Ge-
  schwulst auftretender Fall von Nasentuberculose.  Pest.
  med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 628.—Farlow
  (J.W.)  Two cases of nasal tuberculosis.  Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol. Ass. 1893, N. Y., 1894, xv, 63-68.  AUo: N. Tork M.
  J., 1893, lviii, 525.—Fasano (A.) La cura lnercuriale in
  alcune scrofnlidi del naso, quali cspressioni della sifilide
  occulta.  Atti d.  Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.),
  Firenze, 1892, i,  64-67.—Fiwchcr  (A.)  Tuberculoma nasi
  operalt  esete.  [An operated case of .  .  .]  Orvosi hetil.,
  Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 589.   AUo,  transl:  Pest, med.-chir.
  Presse,Budapest,1902,xxxviii, 896.—Fitzpatrick (T.V.)
  Tuberculosis of the nose.   Cincin. Lancet Clinic, 1891,
  n. s.,  xxvi. 468-470.  [Discussion], 471. — Goerke (M.)
  Zur Pathologie  uud Diagnostik der Nasen-Tuberculome.
  Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1899,  ix, 50-63, 1 pl.—
  Ciourdiat.  Pseudo-n6oplasmes tuberculeux des fosses
  nasal s.  Rev. prat.  d. trav.  de m6d., Par., 1896, liii, 324.
  Also  [Rev. by  Carillou]: Province m6d., Lyon, 1896, x,
  459-464. — Guiui (D.)  Tubercular disease of interior
  of nose, followed by lachrymal abscess  on one side  and
  tubercular ulceration of the conjunctiva ou the other.
  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Loud.,  1898-9, xix, 15.—
  Halm (F.)  Leber  Tuberculose der Nasenschleimhaut.
  Deutsche  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1890. xvi. 495-
  499.—Hajek (M.)  Die Tuberkulose der Nasenschleim-
  haut.  Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien,  1889, iii, 13;  118;
  174; 214.  Also, Reprint. -----.  Tuberkulose der Nasen-
  schleimhaut. Internat. kliu.  Rundschau, Wieu, 1892, vi,
  1617-1620. — Hulasz  (H.)  Els6dleges orrtuberculosis
  gy6gyulasa.  [Tbe treatment of primary nasal tubercu-
  losis.']  Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1902, xlii. 180-182.  AUo,
  transl.: Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1902, xx, 269-
  277.  AUo.transl.:  Ungar.,med.  Presse,  Budapest, 1902,
  vii, 201; 223. — Mercog (Z.)  Tuberkulozasluznice nosa.
  [Tuberculosis  of  mucous  membrane of  nose.]  Liec.
  viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1899, xxi, 327-329. -Hcryng (T.)
  GruzKca blony  Sluzowej nosa. [Tuberculosis of mucous
  membrane of nose.]  Medycvna, Warszawa, 1892, xx,  525;
  605; 625; 640; 691; 708. — Herzog (M.)  Tuberculosis of
  the nasal  mucous membrane; with a report of ten new
  cases.  Am.  J. M. Sc,  Phila., 1893, n. s., cvi, 677-700.—
  Hinsberg (V.)  Ueber Augenerkrankungen bei Tuber-
  kulose der Nasenschleimhaut, und die Milchsaurebehand-
  lungderletzteren.  Ztschr.  f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1901, xxxix,
  224-242.  Also,  transl.: Arcb. Otol., N. T., 1901, xxx,  352-
  362. — Ignazio  (D.)   Contributo alio  studio della tu-
  bercolosi nasale.  Boil.  d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d.
  naso, Firenze, 1892, x, 270-275.—Jufflnger.   Fall  von
  Tuberculose der Nasenschleimhaut.  Wieu. med. Bl., 1888,
  xi,  1562. -----. Ein Fall von tuberkuldsem Tumor der
  Nasenschleimhaut.  Wien.  klin.  Wchuschr., 1889, ii,  253-
  255. — Kanesugi (E.)  [A case of  tuberculosis of the
  nasal cavity.]   Ztscbr. f. Ohrenh.  [etc.]. Tokio, 1895, i, 367-
  372.—Kikuzi  (Z.)  Ueber die Tuberkulose der Nasen-
  schleimhaut.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1887-8. iii,
  423-442.— Knight  (C. H.)  Tuberculosis of the nares.
  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 417-422. — Koachicr
  (H.)  Ueber  Nasentuberculose.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,
  1895,  viii,  633;  656; 685; 704;  721; 740. — Kuttner  (A.)
  [Tuberculose Nasenerkrankung.]  Verhandl. d.  laryngol.
  Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1897), 1898, viii, 28-30. — I.ermoyez
  (M.)  Les  v6g6tations adenoides tuberculeuses. Presse
  med., Par., 1895, 413-416. — Lincoln  (W.)  Tubercu-
  lar and syphilitic granulomata  of the  nose.   Tr. Am.
  Laryngol., Khinol., Sc Otol. Soc.  1901, N. T., 1902, vii, 27-
  32.—L<onibard (A.)  R61e des 6tats inflammatoires mu-
  queuses et particulierement des cavit6s  nasale  et buccale
  dans  l'infection par le bacille tuberculeux.  Progre-s m6d.,
  Par.,  1905, 3. s., xxi, 713-715. — I. yds ton (G. F.) Tuber-
  cular ulcer of septum nasi, with secondary cervical gland
  tuberculosis.  Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1902, i, 544.—IMagro
  (F.)  Un caso de tuberculosis vegetaute de la nariz.  Rev.
  de med. y cirug. pr&ct., Madrid, 1898, xlii, 297-301.—Mar-
  tini  (U.)   Tubercolosi vegetaute dei naso. Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 149.—
  ITIartuscelli  (G.)  Un caso non comune di tubercolosi
  nasale.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli,  1904, xxiv, 4-8.—
  Ulnssei (F.)   Lupus (tuberculose) du nez.  Rev. hebd. 
NOSE.
796
NOSE.
A owe (Tuberculosis  of).
  de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 273-284.—May.  Tuber-
  culom'e der Nase.  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl.
  Cult.  1901, Bresl., 1902, lxxix, med. Sect., 239.—Melzi (U.)
  Ulceration tuberculeuse primitive  du cornet inferieur;
  (ontiibution k l'etude clinique et histologique de la tuber-
  culose nasale.  Arch  internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1904, xviii, 109-123.—Jlolinie (J.)   Tumeur tuberculeuse
  de la cloison.  Kev. In UI. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, ii,
  323-320.—Mongardi ill.)  Ingross.uueiito del naso pro-
  babilmente tubercolare in una adolescente.  Atti d. Cong.
  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. l<tc], 19U0, Empoli, 1901, v, 146.—
  Mrai-ek (F.)  Tubercnlose  Polypen  der Nasenhohle
  nebstGescbwiiren der WangeunddesCoujunctivalsackes.
  Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst.  ltudolph-Stiftung in Wien
  (1890), 1891, 236-238. — IVoto (A.)  Tubercolosi  ossea  del
  naso.  Ist. ostet.-ginec. ,d. r. Lniv. di Palermo.  Rendic.
  clin. (1901). 1902, 50. — 6nodi  (A.)  Az orrsdvC-ny  gii-
  1116s novedekeinek esete.  [A case of tuberculous growth
  of the uasal  septum. ]  Budapesti  k. orvosegy.  1891-iki
  £vkonyve, 1892. 217-219. -----. Az orrsov6uy resectioja
  elsodle'ges giimo'ktirban.  [Resection of the nasal  septum
  in primary tuberculosis.]   Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,
  \t 63. -----.  Primare Tuberculose der Nasenseheidewand.
  Pest. nied.-chir. Presse, Budapest,  1906,  xlii, 309.-Op-
  penheim (S.)  Przypadek gruzKcy blony Sluzowej nosa.
  | Tuberculosis of  tlie mucous  membrane of the  nose.]
  Gaz.  lek., Warszawa, 1807, 2. s., xvii, 931. — Orlandi
  (E.)   Ascesso cerebrale  da rinite  tubercolare.   Gazz.
  med.  di Torino, 1894, xiv, 941-948.—Panzer (B.)  [Fall
  von Tuberkulose der Nasenschleimhaut.]   Mitt. d.  Ge-
  sellsch. f. inn. Med.  u. Kinderh. iu Wieu,  1906, v,  26.
  AUo: Wien. med. Wchuschr., 1906, lvi, 378.—Paseh (E.)
  Beitrage zur Klinik der Nasentuberkulose.  Arch. f.  La-
  ringol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1905,  xvii, 454-483.—Plicquc
  (A.-F.)   La tuberculose des fosses nasales.  Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,  1890, xvi, 797-811.—
  Pollatsck (E.)  Perforatiohoz vezetdorrsoveny-tubercu-
  losis esetei.   [Cases of  perforation  of the nasal  septum
  from  tuberculosis.]  Orvosi hetil.,  Budapest,  1902, xlvi,
  143.   AUo: Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1902-ik 6vi 6vkbnyve,
  Budapest, 1903,  74.—Preleitnc'r.  [Fall von  Tuberku-
  lose der  Nase.]   Wien.  med. Wchnsehr., 1906, lvi, 683.—
  Prcysiug  ( H. )  Tuberkulom der Naseuscheidewaud.
  Ztscbr. f."Ohrenh., Wiesb.,  1807, xxxii,  64-66.— Prota
  (G.)  Tubercolosi vegetaute  del naso.  Atti d. Cong. d.
  Soc. ital. di  laringol. [etc.l  1899, Empoli,  1900  iv,  270-
  281.   Also: Arcb. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1900, xx, 10-
  22.—BeiiNhaw (K.)  Nasal tuberculosis. J.  Path. Sc
  Bacterid., Edinb. Sc Loud., 1900-1901, vii, 142-151.—Rey-
  nolds  (W.  G.)  Tuberculosis of nose  and  pharynx.
   Brooklyn M. J.,  1901, xv, 599-605.—Kicard.  Tubercu-
  lose veg6tante des fosses nasales  et ulc6reuse du palais;
  lupus de la  peau. Arcb. m6d. de Toulouse, 1903, ix, 241;
  205.—Bieci  (C. A.)  Tubercolosi  primitiva vegetante
  delle cavita* nasali.  Eiv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899,
  xxx,  220-226.—Ripault.  Un cas de tuberculose vege-
  taute de la fosse nasale  droite, traitee par la rhinotomie.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,  1899, xxv,
  200-203.—Roy (J. N.)  Un  cas de  tumeur tuberculeuse
  primitive des fosses nasales.  Rev. m6d. du Canada, Mon-
  treal, 1903-4, vii, 505-507.  Also: Union m6d. du Canada,
  Moutr6al, 1904, xxxiii, 67-70.—Schwimmer.  Tubercu-
  losis cutis nasi.  Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1897, xii, 342.—
  Nhurly (E. L.)   A case of supposed nasal tuberculosis in
  a monkey. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1891, N. Y., 1892, xiii,
  55-57.—Steward (F. J.)   Tuberculosis of tho nasal mu-
  cous membrane.  Guy's IIosp. Rep. 1897, Lond., 1900,  liv,
  149-181.—Taj a (S.)  Eiu  Fall von aus dem Nasenseptum
  sich entwickelteu grosseu Tuberculom im Nasenrachen-
  raum.  [Japanese text.]  Dai  Nippon Ji-lii-In-Ko-Kwa-
  Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1904, x, 391-400.—Theisen (C. F.)
  Tuberculosis ofthe nose, with report of a ease of primary
  tuberculosis.  Albany M. Ann., 1898, xix, 156-162.  Also:
  Laiyngoscope, St. Louis, 1898. iv, 79-85.—Thomson  (St.
  C.)  Primary tuberculosis of tbe nasal cavities.  Brit. M.
  J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1263.—lValmliam (W. ,T.)   Primary
  tuberculosis  of  tbe nasal cavities.  St.  Barth. Hosp. J.,
  Loud., 1898-9,  vi, 34-36— Wroblewski  (W.)  Dwa
  przypadki gruzlicy blony Sluzowej  nosa.  [Two cases of
  tuberculosis  of  mucous membrane of nose.]  Gaz. lek.,
  Warszawa, 1893, 2. s., xiii. 494-498.

IVose (Tumors of).
     See, also, Goundou; Nasopharynx  (Adenoid
  vegetations  of);  Nasopharynx  (Tumors  of);
  Nose  (Accessory  sinuses of, Tumors of);  Nose
  (Septum of,  Spurs, etc, of);  Nose (Syphilis of);
  Nose (Tuberculosis of).
     Baktki. (M.)   *Das  Artenom der Nase.   8  .
  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., liiu.">.
    Ai-»lau (V.)   Contributo alio studio  dei tumori del
  setto  nasale.   Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.J,  Torino,  1895, iii,
  32-43.- Bcco.  Deux tumeurs du nez.  Presse oto-laryn-
  gol. beige. Unix., 1903, ii, 86-89. — Boon (H. A.)  Voor-
IVose (Tumors of).
  stelling van  een patient, die aan  een  neustumor heeft
  geleden.   Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, d. 1,
  314.—Bos worth (F. H.)   Growths in the uasal passages.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1883, xxxiii, 29-35.  AUo, Reprint.—
  Bowlby  (A.)   Tumors of the nose aud nasopharynx.
  Phila.M.J.,1902,ix,'.177-981.—i'hiari(0.) Desneoplasmes
  de la cloison des fosses nasales.  Rev. mens, de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1886, vi, 121-132.  AUo, Reprint.—Cohn (G.)
  Neubildnngen des Naseninneren.  Arch. f.  Laryngol.,
  Berl., 1906, xviii, 73-82.—Cozzolino (V.)  Contribuzione
  alio studio clinico-istologico dello neoplasie dei coruetti e
  del setto nasale.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo,
  1894, ii, 136-146.— Fawcet (J.)  Case of Kaposi's disease.
  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond.,  1904-5, xxxviii, 238.—Floyd (B. L.
  W.)  Adenoids, their etiologv and symptoms.  Lancet-
  Clinic, Cincin.,  1905, n. s.,  lv,  227-236. —Onito  (F.)
  Tumori del naso, del  cavo orale e della laringe.   BolL d.
  mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1901, xix, 125;
  149.—Hasslauer.  Die Tumoren der Nasenseheidewand
  mit Ausschluss der bosartigen Neubilduugen.  Arcb. f.
  Laryngol. u.  Rhinol., Berl., 1900, x, 60-118, 1 pl.—Hay.
  wood (G. M.)   Some growths of the nose and  naso-
  pharynx,   nomceop.  Eye, Ear &. Throat J., N. T., 1905,
  xi, 245-251. — Hern  (J.)   The effect  of the presence of
  adenoids and other abnormalities in the naso-pharynx on
  some affections of the eyes.  Brit.  M. J., Lond.,  1905, ii,
  437. — Ileyiiianu (P.)"  Zur Lehre  von den blutenden
  Geschwiilsten der Nasenseheidewand.  Arch. f. Laryngol.
  u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893-4, i, 273-275. _ Hooper  (F. H.)
  Tumors of the septum narium.  J. liespir. Org., N. Y.,
  1890, ii, 62. — Hopinann.  Ueber Reflexneurosen und
  Nabentunioreu.   Tagebl. d. Versamml.  deutsch.  Naturf.
  u. Aerzte,  Stiassb., 1885, lviii,  321-328.   AUo, Reprint.
  -----. Ueber mein Verfahren, Tnmoren der Hinteruasen-
  gegend durch  combiuirtes  bimauuelles Verfahren zu
  beseitigen.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1888, xxii, 14-18.
  Also, Reprint.—Ingals (E.  F.)   Warty growths of the
  naris.  Tr. Am.  Lai \ ugol. Ass. 1889, N. Y.,1890. xi, 64-67.
  Also: N. York M. J*., 1889, i, 317-319.—Maarsberg (H.)
  Tumor  apicis nasi.  Ugeskr.  f. Larger,  Kebenh., 1898,
  5. I!., v, 459. — Kaufmann (E.)  Ueber eiue  typische
  Form von Sebleinibautgescbwulst (lateralen Schleimhaut-
  schwulst) au derausseren Nasenwand. Monatschr. f. Oh-
  renh., Berl., 1890, xxiv, 13; 35; 75; 106; 143; 171; 208; 238.—
  Kim urn (Y.)   [A  case of a horn-shaped wart at the
  nostril.]   Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho,
  Tokyo,  1903, ix,  378-384.   AUo: Igaku Cbuwo  Zasshi,
  Tokyo, 1903,  924-929.—King (G.)  A voluminous papil-
  loma of the nasal cavity.  Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc.
  1905, N. Orl., 1906, 244-246.—I.ei-moyi z (M.)  Tumeurs
  nasales k Peughawar.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx
  [etc.], I'ar., 1904, xxx, 313-328.—Lester (J. C.)  External
  nasal neoplasm.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., &Otol. Soc.
  1902, N. Y., 1903, viii,417.—Loiiiiiran, Tumeur des fosses
  nasales.  Mem. et bull. Soc. de niC-d. et chir. de Bordeaux,
  1887, 146-149.—Magnus  (M.)   Ueher angeborene, gut-
  artige, intranasale Neubildungen.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol.,  Bed., 1905,  xvii,  433-436.—Maxwell  (J.  L.)
  Tumour of tho nose.  China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1906,
  xx, 36.—Michel-Dansac (A.)  Tumeurs de la cloison
  nasale.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du  larynx  [etc.], Par.,
  1893, xix, 469-487.—Miller (G. V.)  A case ot sarcoma of
  the nose.   Brit.  M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 321.—IVavratil (I.)
  & liipclier (S.)  Hiisdag az oorban.  [Fleshy tumor in
  the nose.]  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 47.—IVew-
  comb (J.  K.|  Four cases of tumors.  Tr. Am. Larvngol.
  Ass., N. Y., 1901, 127-134.  AUo: Med. News, N. Y., 1901,
  lxxix,  644-647.—Rat (J. N.)  Tumour of the nose. J.
  Trop.  M.,  Lond., 1902, v, 385, 1 pl.—Ricketts (J. V.)
  Vascular tumors of the anterior nares, with the report of a
  case. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1891, n. s., xxvi, 1-5. [Discus-
  sion], 17-19.  AUo, Reprint.—de Santi (P. R. W.)  The
  symptoms and treatment of  intra-nasal  tumors.  Med.
  Brief, St. Louis, 1901, xxix, 353-358.— Schotte.  Tumeur
  v6getaute  6pith61iale des fosses na^ab-s; resection du
  maxillaire superieur; guferisou.  J. d.sc.  med.  de Lille,
  1897, i,  519-521.—Seiler (C.)   Morbid growths  and de-
  formities of the nasal cavities;  pathology, etiology, physi-
  ology, and differential diagnosis.  Svst. Dis. Ear, Nose Sc
  Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, ii, 1-38, 7  pl. —Tissier (P.)
  Tumeurs du nez et des sinus.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille. du
  larynx [etc.], Par., 1898,  xxiv,  1-33.—Tommasi (J.)
  Fihro-sarcoma  del turbinato medio.  Arch. ital.  di otol.,
  [etc.],190.5-6, xvii, 198-202, 3 pl.—Torhorst (H.)  Ueber
  die sogenannten blutenden  Polypen der  Nasensclileini-
  haut.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.  Rhinol,  Berl., 1906, xvi. 268-
  284, lpl.—Wagner (G. A.)  [Geschwulst an der Nase.]
  Wieu. klin.  Wcbnscbr..  1904, xvii, 721.—Zwillinger
  (H.)  Az orrsoveny u.jk£plet6nek esete.  [A case of new
  growth of the nasal septum.]  Orr-. goge£s Iulgy6gy., Bu-
  dapest, 1904, 136.  Also, transl.:  Pest, med.-chir. Presse,
  Budapest,  1903,  xxxix, 1063.

Aose (Tumors of, Causes and pathology of).
     See, also, Nose (Polypi of); Nose (Tumors of,
  Usseous, etc.). 
NOSE.
797
NOSE.
Aose (Tumors of Causes and pathology of).
    Barbier (J.-C.)  *De  l'hypertrophie  do  la
  ui nil ueuse  des  cornets  du  uez  (myxangiome
  diffus de la muqueuse des  cornets).   4°.   Lyon,
  1869.
    Fkiedheim (E.)  * Ueber Hieniatoni uud Peri-
  chondritis   des   Nasenseptums.    H\    Berlin,
  [1697].
    Holtermaxx (H.)  *Eiu  Beitrag zur Kennt-
  niss  der  Nasenschleinihauttuinoren.   [Wurtz-
  burg.]   ?°.   Ahlen, 1691.
    Kf'SEL (\V.)    * Beitrag   zur  Kenntnis   der
  Geschwiilste  der  Nasenseheidewand.   S .  Kb-
  nigsberg i. Pr., [IsiKi].
    de  La  Barhikhk  (M.-J.-F.-J.-O.)   *Sur un
  cas de  lymphade^iome  des  fosses nasales.   8°.
  Bordeaux, 1890.
    Stanze (O.)  *Ein Fall  von Epignatus und
  und  polypeuformigem  Fibro-Lipoma myxoma-
  todes congenitale der rechten Nasenhohle.   S°,
  Munchen, 1902.
    Allen (S. W.)  A probable myxoflbroma of the nose.
  Boston M. Sc S. J.. 1902, cxlvii, 542, 1 pl.—Arslau  (Y.)
  Un  proiettile nel seuo etmoidale posteriore (?); mixomi
  della fossa nasale sinistra.   Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d.
  gola  e d.  naso,  Firenze, 1899,  xvii, 247. — Rarnliill
  (J. F.)  Large growths of  the posterior tip of the mid-
  dle turbinal.   Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1902, v,
  151-153.— Bellows (H. P.)  A case of nasal angioma.
  J. Ophth., Otol. Sc Laryngol., N. Y., 1892, iv, 330-333.—
  Rinnie (J. F.)  Fibro-myxoma of the  nasopharynx.
  Med. News, Phila., 1891, lix, 542.—Botey (K.)   Un caso
  de apartamieuto de las apohsis asceudentes y de los  pro-
  pios por mixomas nasales.  Arch. lat. de  rinol., laringol.
  [etc.J, Barcel., 1903, xiv, 44-48.—Brindel.  Myxome des
  fosses nasales implante sur la  cicatrice d'un lympbad6-
  nome. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1895,
  xvi, 221. — Broca & Pilliet.   Angiome de  la sous-
  nariue.  Bull. Soc. anat.  de Par., 1894,  lxix,  619-621.—
  Brown (J. P.)  History of a case of recurrent nasal
  fibroma.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago, 1895, xxv, 859-861.
  Also:  Canad. Pract.,  Toronto, 1895,  xx, 584-588.—Cala-
  inida(L.)  Uue casi di augiomi delle fosse nasali. Gior.
  d. r. Accad. di mod. di Torino, 1903, lxvi, 596-604.—Casati
  (J.)   Tumeur medanique des fosses nasales.  J. d. sc. med.
  de Lille, 1899, ii, 610-612.—Casselberry  (W. E.)  Nasal
  fibromata.  Tr. ix. Internat. M.  Cong., Wash.,  1887, iv,
  72-81.  -----. Nasal myxomata.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1889, xii, 366-372. -----. A  case of  nasal fibroma; a sup-
  plementary report.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1898, N. Y.,
  1899, xx, 123-128.  AUo:  Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.,
  St. Louis,  1898, vii,  263-266. Also: N. York M. J., 1898,
  lxviii, 655. — Chavannc (F.)  Hematome non trauma-
  tique de la cloisou consecutif k un  tamponnement pour
  epistaxis.  Rev. hebd- de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 753-
  755.—C'laoue (R.)  Quatre casde tumeur vasculaire de la
  cloisou.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de  Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv,
  74-76.—Clark (J. P.) Glioma of the nose; report of two
  congenital cases.   Am. J. M. Sc., Phila. Sc N. Y., 1905, n. s.,
  exxix, 769-774.—Cobb (F. C.)  A case of angioma of the
  nasal septum.   Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash.. 1895,
  pt.2, 1540-1542.  Also: Boston M.Sc S..L, 1893,exxix,510.—
  Cohen  (S. S.)   Myxomatous degeneration of myrtiform
  tumor of cavernous tissue from posterior extremity of left
  middle turbinated bod v.  Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1887-9),
  1891, xiv, 167.—C'ozzolino (V.)  Mixo-fibromi multipli
  del vestibolo delle fosse nasali, narice propriamente detta.
  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1883-4, iii, 97-100. Also,
  Reprint.  — Crichton (L. M.)  Nasal fibromata, with re-
  port of cases.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 286-290.—
  Deaimoni (A.)   Delia coiucideuza di mixomi multipli
  nasali in vari coruponenti di  una famiglia e della presenza
  di blastoraiceti  nell' intimo loco.   Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio,
  d. gola e  d. naso, Firenze, 1900, xviii, 193-196.—Ducros.
  Hypertrophie du comet inferieur par dilatation considera-
  ble des vaisseaux sanguins et degenerescence myxoma-
  teuse du chorion.  Bull, et mem.  Soc. auat. de Par., 1903,
  lxxviii, 428.—Egger (L.)  Contribution k l'etude des tu-
  meurs vasculaires de la cloison nasale.   Ann. d. mal. de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], I'ar., 1897, xxiii,  579-592.  Also:
  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898,  vm,
  313-316.  —Friedrichsen.  Die  doppelseitige Nasen-
  geschwulst der Tropenlander.  Arch. f. Schifts- u. Tropen-
  Hyg., Leipz., 1903, vii. 1-18,  lpl.  Also, transl..- Arch, de
  m6d. nav., Par., 1905, Ixxxiii, 245-266.—Garcl Sc Collet
  (J.)  Contribution k l'6tude des tumeurs de  la cloison na-
  sale.  Aun. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1893,
  xix, 949-965.—Gaudier (H)  Note sur  uu ens de tumeur
  de la cloison des fosses nasales; difficultes du diagnostic
  anatomo  pathologique. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord,
  Lille, 1897. 2. s., i,  124-127. — Glasgow ( W. C.)   An-
  geioma of the  nose.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1897, N.
>ose (Tumors of, Causes and pathology of).
  Y., 1898, 166-168.  Also:  N. York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 39.—
  Gomperz (B.)  Ueber das Vorkommen von Lipmuen in
  der Schleimhaut der Nasenhohle.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1894, xxviii, 280-282,1 pl.  AUo, Reprint,—Grazzi
  (V.)  Sulla etiologia dei mixomi delle fosse nasali.  Boll.
  d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1902,  xx,
  97-107, 1 pl. — Gross ( S. W.)  Myxomata from mucous
  membrane ofthe nose.  Tr. Path. Soc.  Phila. (1871-3),
  1874, iv, 219. — IIamm.   Ein seltener Tumor der Nasen-
  schleimhaut.  Miinchen, med.  Wchnsehr., 1903, 1, 332.—
  Harris.  A case of adenoma of the nose.   J. Larvngol.,
  Lond., 1895, ix, 708.—Hess (K.)  Ein Fall von multipleu
  Derniatoniyomen an der Nase.  Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],
  Berl., 1890,' exx, 321-325. —Hctt (J. E.) A rapid aud ra-
  tional method for the  removal of hypertrophies of the in-
  ferior turbinated bodies.  N. York'M. J., 1896, lxiii,  178.—
  Hitschler  (W.) Sc Wood (G. B.) A case of endothe-
  lioma occurring within tbe nasal fossae.  Phila. M. J.,
  1903, xi, 761. —Joussct.  Fibro-myxome du siuus maxil-
  laire et dege.n6rescenco myxomateuse de la muqueuse na-
  sale.  Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.J, Brux., 1900, v, 143-
  149. — KuncMiigi  (E.)   [Nasal angioma. J   Ztschr. f.
  Ohrenh. [  etc. J, Tokio, 1895, i, 405-417.  -----. [Remarks
  on tumors of the erectile tissue of  the nose.  Ibid., 209-
  218.—Kimball (I. E.)  Bilateral angeioma of nasal sep-
  tum:   Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol.  Sc Otol.  Soc, N. Y.,
  1903, ix, 229-231. -----. Angioma of nasal septum.  Ann.
  Otol., Rhinol. Sc Laryngol., St.  Louis, 1903, xii, 88-90.—
  Kishi (I.)  [A case of nasal angioma.] Dai Nippon Ji-
  Bi-Iu-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai  Ho,  Tokyo, 1899, v, 435-442.—
  Knight (C. H.)  A  case of fibroma of the nasal fossa.
  Manhattan Eve & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1895, ii, 103-105.
  AUo:  Ann. Ophth. Sc Otol., St. Louis,  1895, iv,  220.—
  AUo: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1895, ix, 193. Also: N. Eng.
  M. Month.. Danbury, Conn., 1896, xv, 203.—Larranil.
  Polype fibro-muqueux des arri6re-narines d£tach6 sponta-
  nement.  Bull. Soc. d. sc.  med. de Lille (1893), 1894, 191-
  193.—I>c Herts (G. M.)  Fibroid tumor of the nasal sep-
  tum.   Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1889, N.  Y.,  1890, xi, 63.
  AUo: Med. News, Phila.,  1889, lv, 178. — Lester (J. C.)
  External  nasal neoplasm.  Aun. Otol., Rhinol. <&. Laryn-
  gol., St. Louis, 1902,  xi,  200 - 2u2.  — Lewy  (B.)  Uebei-
  das  Vorkommen der Charcot- Leydeu'schen  Krystalle
  in Nasentumoren.   Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1891, xxviii,816;
  815.—Lincoln (W.)  Infectious aranulomataof the nose.
  Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Norwalk, 1897, 338-343. -----. Fibroma
  of the nose, with  report of a  case.   Tr. Am. Laryngol.,
  Rhinol. Sc Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 302-311.  Also:
  Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,  1901, n. s., exxii, 643-645. -----.
  Tubercular and syphilitic grauulomata of thenose. Laryn-
  goscope, St. Louis, 1902, xii, 33-38.—Luc.   Contribution
  k l'6tude des angiomes des fosses nasales. Arch, de laryn-
  gol", de rhinol.  [etc.l, Par., 1890, iii, 341-351. -----. Un
  cas de myxome telangiectasique de la cloison nasale.
  France m6d., Par., 1890, xxxvii, 723-725.  -----.  Note sur
  une vari6t6 rare de myxome nasal.   Arch, internat. de la-
  ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, vi, 337-348.   AUo: Gaz. med.
  de Picardie, Amiens, 1894, xii, 28; 48.—Mackenzie
  (H.)  Case of nasal granuloma, probably tuberculous.  J.
  Ophth., Otol. Sc Laryngol.,  N. Y., 1900, xii, 307-309. AUo :
  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 20. —ITIartuscelli (G.)   An-
  gioma semplice  della  fossa nasale.   Arch.  ital. di  larin-
  gol., Napoli,  1899, xix, 58-63, 1  pl. — lTIayer ( E.)  Ade-
  noma of the nose, with incipient sarcomatous metamor-
  phosis.  Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 80-84.
  AUo: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 179. — Myers (H. L.)
  An unusual  case of nasal  granuloma.   Tr. Am. Laryn-
  gol., Rhinol. & Otol.  Soc.  1902, N. Y., 1903, viii. 349-3." 1.
  Also:  Ann'. Otol., Rhinol.  Sc Laryngol., St. Louis,  1002,
  xi, no. 2, 290. — IVoqnet.   Un cas de tumeur fibro-carti-
  lagineuse celluleuse et telangiectasique de la cloison des
  fosses nasales.  Bull. Soc. beige  d'otol. et de larvngol.,
  Brux., 1896,  i,  86-92.  AUo:  Rev.  internat. de rhinol.,
  otol. et laryngol., Par.,  1897, vii, 210-212.  Also: Bull.
  med. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 825-833. — Park (K.)
  Angiofibroma of the  nose.  Med. News, Phila., 1892, lxi,
  405.—Payne (R.)  An exceptionally large myxofibroma
  (occupying the uaso- and oro-pharyux, and having its or-
  igin in the posterior  third of the  middle meatus).  Ann.
  Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1901, x, 44-51.— Peg.
  ler (L. H.)  On bilateral tumours of the septum; lymph-
  oid and erectile.  J.  Laryngol., Loud., 1898, xiii,  495.—
  Porcher (W. P.)  Myxo-fibromata of unusual size.  La-
  ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, ix, 338.—Puealka (S.)   Na-
  dor vrozen^ v krajinfekofenunosnibo. [Congenital tumor
  in the region of the base of the nose. |   Casop. lek.  cesk.,
  v Praze, 1886, xxv,  3-6.—Repp (J. J.)  Myxoma ofthe
  nasal fossa of a horse.  J. Comp. Med. & Vet. Arch., Phila.,
  1903, xxiv.—Rethi ( L. )  Eiu ungewShnliches Fibrom
  der Nasenschleimhaut.  Wien. klin. Ruudsohau, 1905, ix,
  325.—Ricketts (J. V.)  Vascular tumors  of the anterior
  nares,  with the report of a case.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
  1891, n. s., xxvi, 1-5.   [Discussion|,  17-19.— Rogers (F.
  C.)  Nasal angioma, with report of case.  Tr. M  Soc. Wis-
  consin, Madison, 1897. xxxi, 231-237.  Also: Milwaukee
  M. J., 1897,  v,  257-259.—Saitta (S.)   Adenomi nasali. 
NOSE.
798
NOSE.
\os«» (Tumors of, Causes and'pathology of).
  Arch. ital. di laringol.. Napoli, 1897, xvii, 157-17*9,  1 pl.—
  Schiller* (F.)  Des transformations anatomo-parhologi-
  ques  des myxomes du nez.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,  du
  lai.\ux [etc.]. Par., 1889. xv,  7()3-7o8.  AUo: Gaz. med. de
  Liege, 1889-90,  ii, 64-66.— Soliwnger.  Ueber cavernose
  Annioiiie  der Nasenschleimhaut.   Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Khinol , Berl., 1893, i, 105-114.—Weiss (R. W.)  Intranasal
  adenomata.  Univ.  M. Mag., Phila.,  1891-2, iv, 278-282.—
  Mcndxiuk (J.)  Contribution to the etiology of bleeding
  tumours of the nasal septum.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1896,
  x, 103-105.—Sibthorpe (C.)  Drawing of lipoma of the
  nose.  Tr. South  Indian Branch  Brit. M. Ass. Madras,
  1887-8, ii, 46,  1  pl. — Silver ( D. R. )   Fibrous  nasal
  polvpus.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  Chicago,  1897, xxviii,  354.—
  Stewart (W.  R. H.)  Case of large fibroma of the nasal
  septum.  J. Laryngol., Lond., 1896, x, 56.—Strazxa (G.)
  Ematoma del  seto nasale cartilagiueo.  Boll.  d.  mal.  d.
  orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1897, xv, 192-195.  -----
  Studio anatomopatologico  su alcuni  tumori del  naso.
  Arch. ital. di  otol. [etc.], Torino, 1898-9, viii, 197;  342, 1
  pl.—Thomas (H. M.) [Nasal  tumor,  myxoma.]  Illi-
  nois M. J., Springfield,  1902-3, n.  s., iv, 865.—Tohi (K.)
  [Supplementary notes  on  nasal  tumors.]  Chiugai  Iji
  Shinpo, Tokio, 1898, xix, no.  433, 1-6,  1  pl—Urban-
  tsehitsch  (E.)  Muschelformige Wiilste unterhalb der
  unteren Nasenmuscheln.  Monatschr.  f.  Ohrenh.,  Berl.,
  1904, xxxviii, 425-438.—Van Duyse (D.)  Endoth^liome
  hyalogdne (cylindrome) de  la  peau du nez.  Bull.  Acad.
  roy. de med.  de  Belg., Brux., 1895, 4. s., ix, 561-582.—
  Wakefield (W. H.)   Report  of a case of nasal fibroma.
  Charlotta [N. C.J M. J., 1895, vi, 743.—Wood (H.) Na-
  sal  fibroid. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1004, xxxiii. 173-175,  1 pl.—
  Zarniko (C.)   Beitrage  zur  Histologie  der Nasen-
  geschwiilste.   Arch. f.  path.Anat.fetc],Berl.,1892,cxxviii,
  132-139, 1 pl— Zhivult (S. O.) Sluchai  fibroma mollus-
  cum nasi.  Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1894-5,  iv,
  33-35.

rVose (Tumors  of Complications of).
    See, also,  Glaucoma (Causes, etc., of); Goitre
  (Exophthalmic,  Causes of); Nose (Polypi of).
    Croneberg  (II.)   *Rhinopliyma  und  iihu-
  liche angioniatose elephantiastische Erscheinun-
  gen an der Hand.   8°.   Munchen, 1902.
    Durante (M.-G.)  Tumeur mixte (epithe"lio-
  sarcome) des fosses nasales,  envahissement des
  lobes frontatix; alices latent du cerveau;  mort
  subite;  autopsie.   8°.   [Havre, 1890.]
    Acerbi (F.)  Endotelioma delle fosse nasali in donna
  affetta da  rinite caseosa. Arch. ital. di lariugol., Napoli
  1896, xvi, 109-123,  lpl.- Boenninshaus (G.) Choaiicn-
  verlegung (lurch   Schwellung  der Tubenwiilste.   Mo-
  natschr. f. Ohrenh..  Berl., 1897,  xxxi, 112-115. —Rrouner
  (A.)  Postnasal growths and their relation to diseases of
  the middle ear  [Abstr.J  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1888, ii, 73.—
  Caluuiidu (L.)  Sc Citelli  (S.)  Endotelioma della fossa
  nasale ion tubercolosi.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.|, 1902-3,
  \iii. 157-Hi.Y—Chauveau (C.) Metastases amygdalieu-
  nes dans un cas de sarcome des fosses nasales.  Arch, iu-
  ternat. do laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906,  xxi, 209.-Cozao-
  lino.  L' aprosexia o  appareute  deficienza iutellettuale
  nello scolare norniale per insufliciente permeabilita  delle
  vie nasali e tubo-auricolari.  Atti d. Cong. ital. p. 1' educaz.
  fis.  1900, Napoli, 1902,145-186.—Deuipscy (P.)  Iutransal
  growth perforating  and  spreading  over hard palate.
  Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1902, 113.— Finder.
  [Tumor der rechten Nasen-und Oberkieferhohle.l   Ver-
  handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, L—
  Gomprrz (B.) Ein Fall von weichem papillarem Fibroin
  der unteren Nasenmuschel,  combinirt mit Otitis media
  hyperplastica.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1889,  n. F.
  xxiii, 25-30.—Kogata (T.)   [A caseof mutism caused  by
  a large fibrous tumour in the naso-pharyngeal cavity  cured
  by its  removal.]  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1*897,  no. 1028,  3-5.—
  ITIrKinney (R.)  Two uncommon cases of nasal tumors.
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902,  xxxviii, 765. — .VicReyn-
  old*  (J. O)  Recurring multiple  angiomata of the sep-
  tum.   Ibid., 1903, xl. 024.-.?Iajor (CI. W.) The relation
  between facial  erysipelas and  erythema ou the one  hand
  and intranasal pressure on the other.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol
  As,. 1889, N. V., 1-90, xi, 9-14.-.TIartet & Ninot.  Fisi
  tiile congenitale du dosdu nez et kyste dermoide median in-
  clus dans les os propres du nez.  Loire m6d., St.-fitienne
  1904, xxm, 5I-j8.—Martini (U.)  Sopra un caso di  fibro-
  ma del palato molle associato a polipi nasali; operato per
  la via  del naso.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii,  383__
  Onodt (A.)  A gegebemenetbe ero orrpolypus.  [Nasal
  polypus reaching  to the entrance of  the throat.l   Orr-
  gege-es fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1904.  142-Poncet.   Volu-
  iniueuse tumeur ulceree du nez.  Lyon med., 19(13, c  561.—
  Snow (S. F.)  Intra-nasal  growths as factors 'in  aural
  and l_ar\ ngeal catarrh.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi,  204 —
  Wright (J.)  Chronic lymphatic usdema of the'iipper
  lip,  coincident with intra-nasal pressure.   Med Rec  \
  Y., 1889, xxxvi,  63-65.                              '   *
IVose (Tumors of, Cystic).
    See, also, Nose (Polypi of);  Nose (Tumors of,
  Osseous,  etc.).
    Atzerodt (YV.)   * Leber Dermoide des  Nasen-
  riickeus.   8 ■'.    Bonn, 1891.
    Kessler (A. G. K.)   *Ein Beitrag zur Cysteu-
  bildung  iu den  Polypen der Nase und des Kehl-
  kopfes.  [Y\"urtzburg.]  8°.   Strassburg,  190'i.
    Theissing (H.)  * Perichondritis uud  serose
  Cysten der Nasenseheidewand.   K-'.   Breslau,
  1697.
    Rabcock (W. D.)  Cystoma of the nose.  South Calif.
  Pract.,LosAngeles,1892,vii,318.—Baurowicz(A.)  Eine
  Cyste der unteren Nasenmuschel.  Arch. f. Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xvi, 388-391.—Reausoleil.   Trans-
  formation kystopneumatiquo des cornets moyens.   Bull.
  Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 201-203.
  AUo: J. de nied. de Bordeaux. 1892, xxii, 336.—Reco (L.)
  Kyste volumineux du cornet moyen.  Rev. internat. de
  rhinol.,  otol. et laryngol., Par.,  1895, v,  64.—Rernoud.
  D6generescence kystique des deux cornets moyens; kystes
  multiples k niucine.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille.  du larynx
  [etc.], Par.,  1898,  xxiv, pt. 2, 302-304— Rirkett (H. S.)
  Report of two cases of dermoid cyst of the nose.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol. Ass. 1900, N. Y.. 1901, 97-103.  Also: N. York
  M. J., 1901, lxxiii, 91-94.—Bonain.  Synechie osseuse et
  myxome kystique de la fosse  nasale droite.   Rev.  de
  laryngol.  [etc.],  Par.,  1895,  xv,  194-197.—Bramnnn.
  Kranken vorstellung j  Dermoide  der Nase. Berl.  klin.
  Wchnsehr.,  1888,  xxv, 1052.  Also:  Verhaudl.  d.  Berl.
  med.  Gesellsch.  (1888), 1889, xix,  221-224. -----. Ueber
  Dermoide  der Nase.   Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.,  1889,
  xvi,  899. -----. Ueber die Dermoide  der Nase.   Arb.
  a. d.  chir. Klin.  d.  k. Univ. Berl.,  1890,  iv,   174-209.  1
  pl.   Also:  Arch.  f.  klin. Chir.,  Berl.,  1890, xl,  101-
  136, lpl. — Rrindel.  Contribution k  l'anatomie pa-
  thologique des cavit6s  kystiques ayant  leur point de
  depart dans la muqueuse des fosses nasales.  J.  de  med.
  de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii,  205-208. Also: Mem.  et  bull.
  Soc.  de  med. et  chir. de Bordeaux (1898),  1899,  107-116.
  -----. Des kystes et pseudo-kystes dos fosses  nasales.
  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii,  513; 545.—
  Castaiicda (11.)  Dilatacion quisticadel cornete medio
  derecho.  Arch.  lat. de rinol.,  laringol. [etc.|,  Barcel ,
  1895, vi,  243-248 —ChamberI in (F. T.)  A case  of nasal
  cystoma.  Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond.  1897-8,
  44.—Chatellier (H.)  Kystes par retention glandulaire
  de la partie auterieure des fosses nasales;  deux observa-
  tions.  Arch, internat.de  laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1892, v,
  88-91.—Cheatham (W.)  Cystic degeneration of the tur-
  binated  bone.  Am.  Pract. &   News,  Louisville,  1898,
  xxvi, 456.—C'isneros (J.)  Quistes nasales.  Oto-rino-
  laringol. espan.,  Madrid,  1898-9,  i, 254-256. Also:   Gac.
  med. de Granada,  1899, xvii,  289-292.—Davis  (H. A.)
  Case of -uppurative cyst of turbinal bone.   J. Laryngol.,
  Lond., 190J, xv, 260. -De-Carli  (D.)  Cisti dermoide del
  dorso del  naso; cicatrice deformante; operazione; guari-
  gione.  Arch. ital.  di otol. [etc.J.  Torino, 1902-3, xiv,  455-
  459.—Den nee.  Kyste sereux do I'organe de Rosenmul-
  ler.   Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1891),
  1892, 362. — Ucrmoidcyste am Nasenriicken.   Ber.  d. k.
  k. Krankenh. Wieden 1879. Wien,  1880, If-J - 184.  — Du-
  breuilh  ( \V.)   Kyste dermoide du nez.  J. de iu6d.
  de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii,  432.—  Dunn (J.)   A case of
  cystic tumorof the floor of tho nose.  N. York M.  J.,  1894,
  lix, 238. — Fieauo (G.) Cisti mucosa della fossa nasale
  destra.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola o d. na«o, Firenze,
  1893, xi, 190-193.  AUo: Atti d.  r. Accad.  d. sc.  med.  in
  Palermo (1893), 1894, 43-4'0. — «arel (.1.) Hematom.-s,
  abc£s et kystes s6reux de la cloison nasal.-.  Rev. hebd. de
  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898,  xviii,  721-735.— Halasz (H.)
  Stimmritzenkrampf verursacheiideKiiocheublasenbildung
  der   inittleren Nasenn-.uscuel.   Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1905, xxxix, 310-314. — Hot-sley (R.)  Cyst of the
  posterior extremitv of the inferior turbinated body.  Tr.
  Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1889-90,  n. a., ix, 43-51." AUo:
  Edinb.  M. J., 1889-90, xxxv, 631 -639.  Alio,  Reprint —
  Johusou (R.)  Translucent cyst (probably dermoid) of
  root  of  nose.  Tr.  Clin. Soc. Lond., 1003-4, xxxvii, 227.—
  Kelly (A. B.)   Cysts of the floor of the nose.  J. Lar\n-
  gol.,  Lond., 1898, xiii, 272-276. — Itikuchi (J.)  Der his-
  tologische Bau der Knochenblaseu in der Nase, nebst Iie-
  nierkungen iiber Waehstum und Entstehung  derselben.
  [Japanese text.|   Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In Ko-Kwa-Kwai
  Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1903, ix, 436-457.  AUo, transl..-  Arch, f
  Laryngol.  u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903,  xiv. 308-320.— Knapp
  (H.j   On sero-inucous cysts beneath the wing of the nose;
  with the. reportof a case.  Arch. Otol, N. Y., 1891, xxiii,
  67-70.  Also, transl.: Ztschr.  f.  Ohrenh.,  Wiesb..  1894,
  xxvi, 154-158. — Knight (C. H.)  Cvst of the middle tur-
  binated  bone,  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1H91, N. Y.,  1892,
  xiii, 57-63,1 pl.  Also: Iuteruat. Clin., Phila., 1892 iv, 359-
  363.  AUo: X. York M. J., 1892, lv, 309-311.  AUo, Re-
  print. — Kulvirt (0.)  Cysta dermoidalni korene nosu.
  [Kyste dei nioi'dale de la racine du nez.  Res., 267.]   Shorn. 
NOSE.                                            799                                            NOSE.
\ose (Tumors of Cystic).
  kliu.,v Praze. 1902-3. i v,2t>l-2t;8.—Ligorio (E.) Un caso di
  ciste dermoide mediana del naso.  Clin mod., Pisa, 1898, iv,
  251-253.—liubliuski (\V.)  Demonstration einer Nasen-
  schleimhautcvste.  Verhandl. d. Berl. nied. Gesellsch. 1897,
  Berl., 1898, xxviii, 237.—JTIacdonald (G.)  On  cyst  and
  abscess of the middle turbinated bone.  Lancet, Lond., 1891,
  i. 1374.—Mackenzie (J. M.)  An unusual case of blood
  cvst of the posterior nares.  J. Am. Ass., Chicago,  1898, xxx,
  471. — iHediane Dermoidcyste  des Nasenriickens  mit
  Fistel.  Jahresb.ii. d. chir. Abt.d. Spit, in Basel (1899), 1900,
  37.  Also:  Biirgerspit. Basel.  Jahresb. (1889l, 1900, 122.—
  ^leyersou  ( S.)  Ueber  Knoehenblasenbildung,  nebst
  eiuem Falle von empyematoser  Kuochenblase.   Monat-
  schr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1893, xxvii, 193-197.  A Uo, Reprint.—
  ITIilligan (W.)  Case of sero-mucous cyst of the auterioi-
  part of the left nasal fossa.  Tr. Brit. Laryngol.  & Rhinol.
  Ass. 1891,  Loud.. 1S95. 70. — Tlougeot (A.)  Considera-
  tions pratiques sur le kyste dermoide et la fistule cong6ni-
  tale du dos du uez.  Rev. gen. de  clin. et de therap., Par.,
  1901,xviii,676.— iTIougeot (A.) &Okinc«yc(J.)  Kystes
  dermoides et fistiilesdu dosdu  nez.   Rev. d'orthop., Par.,
  1904, 2. s., v,  413-434.—.Tlyerson (S.)  O pecherzach kost-
  nych w nosie.   (Bony cysts in  the nose.]   Medycyna,
  Warszawa, 1893,  xxi, 297-301. — Oilier.  Kyste suppurfi
  du sinus ethmoidal; osteotoinie bilaterale dunez; ablation;
  guerison.  Lyon  med., 1889,  lx, 344. — Onodi  (A.)  Die
  Mucocele des Siebbeiulabyrintb.es.   Arch. f. Larvngol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1905. xvii, 415-424.—Perez Itl. Caro (J.)
  Un caso mils de  quiste nasal.  Oto-rino-laryngol. espan.,
  Madrid, 1898-9, i, 285. — Richardson (C. W.)  Nasal cys-
  touiata; report on two cases.   Addr.  . . sect. otol. & la-
  ryngol. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891,107-115. Also:
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvii, 502.   Also, Repriut__
  Robertson (W.) Cystic tumour of the anterior nares.
  Lancet,  Lond., 1894, ii, 1030.—Rousscnux (L.)   Kyste
  sereux de la cloison des  fosses nasales.   Clinique, Brux.,
  1892, vi, 193-198.—Schlageuhaufer (F.)  Ein Fall von
  cvstiseher Entartung der Schleiinhaut der Nase und ihrer
  Nebenhohlen. Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1899, xii,  867-871.—
  Schniiegelow.  Transformation kystopneumatique du
  cornet moyen. Rev. de laryngol.  [etc.J, Par., 1890, x,  329-
  337.   AUo,  Reprint.—Shambaugh (G. E.)  Bouy cysts
  of the middle turbinated body.  Aun. Surg., Phila., 1902,
  xxxvi, 109-116.—Stieda(A.) UeberKnochenblaseniuder
  Nase.  Arch. f.  Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1895, iii.  359-
  367.—Sundholm (A.)   Beitrag zur Kenutniss der Kno-
  chenblasen in der mittieren Nasenmuschel.  Arch. f. La-
  ryngol.  n. Rhinol., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 382-390.—Sutton
  (J. B.)  Dermoids arising in the internasal fissure.  Prac-
  titioner, Loud.. 1897, lix, 463.—Wagner (H.  L.)  Angei-
  oma cysticum of the nose. Tr. Am. Laryugol.  Ass. 1900,
  N. Y.,*1901,  167-171.  AUo: N. York M. J.,  1901,  lxxiii,
  458.—Webb (X. G.)   Serous extravasation cyst on both
  sides ofthe nasal septum.  Therap. Gaz., Detroit. 1901, 3.
  b., xvii,  591.—Zarniko (C.)  Sur la formation  de kystes
  dans les cartilages du  nez.   Arch, internat. de laryngol.
  [etc.], Par., 1905,  xix.  6-10— Zwillinger (H.)  A kozep-
  so orrkagylo csonth61yagszerii elvaltozasarol.   [On cysto-
  pneumatic degeneration of the middle turbinate of the nose.]
  Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1891, xxxi, 195. AUo, transl.: Pest.
  med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1891,  xxvii, 517.  AUo: Wien.
  kliu.  Wchnsehr., 1891, iv, 359-361.

Wose (Tumors of,  Diagnosis of).
    See, also. Nose (Tumors of, Osseous, etc.).
    Clemext (G.)   *Studo cliuique  snr le rap-
  port des  affections des  fosses nasales avec  les
  organes  respiratoires  inferieurs.   4°.    Paris,
  189.").
    Rosio (B.) Pseudo-tnmore retro-nasale simulante un
  tnmore reale.  Atti d. Cong.  d.Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.]
  1903, Napoli, 1904, vii, 205-207.  AUo, Reprint.—De Ruck
  & Vanderlindeu.   Contribution  au diagnostic  des
  tnmeurs liquides de la racine du nez.   Flandre med.,
  Gand, 1895,  ii, 673-676.— Des vau x (G.)   Hypertrophie
  de la muqueuse du cornet inferieur simulant une tumeur
  maligne du nez.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille. du larynx [etc.],
  Par.,  1900, xxvi, pt. 2,  240-243.—Giordano (D.)  Con-
  tributo  alia  clinica di alcuni tumori nasali.  Clin, chir.,
  Milano,  1894, ii, 37-41— Gomdiat  (J.)  Diagnostic dif-
  ferenticl des pseudo-neoplasmes  tuberculeux et  des tu-
  meurs malignes  des  fosses nasales; proiiostic.   Rev. d.
  mal. cancer.,  Par., 1896-7, ii,  67-72.—Knight (C. H.) A
  caseof fibrosarcoma of the right nasal fossa, with unusual
  clinical  history.   N.  York  M.  J.,  1890, lii, 342-344.—
  IjC Dentu  (A.)  Des useudopolypes des fosses nasales.
  InhU: Hop. Neeker.  'Etudes de cliu. chir. 1890-91,89,
  Par., 1892, 116-122.—.TIagli  (E.)  Su di una pseudo-cisti
  espulsa  dal  naso.  Med. ital., Napoli, 1904, ii,  610-614.—
  illartuseelli (G.)  Significato pronostico di alcuni sar-
  comi nasali.   Atti d. (Jong. d. Soc. ital. di larvngol. [etc.]
  1897. Firenze. 1899, iii, 328-332, 1 pl.-  I nu a (P. G.)   Zur
  Differentialdiagnose zwischeu Hyalin und Bacillenhiillen
  im Rhinoskleroiugewebe.  Monatsh. f. prakt.  Dermat.,
Aose (Tumors of, Diagnosis of).
  Hamb.,  1903,  xxxvi,  76-79. — Wright  (J.)   Papillary
  hypertrophy of the nasal  mucous  membrane compared
  with a true papilloma.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass. 1894, N.
  X-, 1895, xvi, 13-20.  Also:  N. York M. J., 1894,  lx, 453-
  455.  AUo, Reprint.

Aose  (Tumors of, Hwmatomatous).
     Mkmiing  ( E. )    *Ueber  das  Ehinhaniatom.
  8°.  Heidelberg, 1,<93.
     Rail (J. B.)  ILeinatoiuaof the nasal septum. Brit.M.
  J., Lond , 1890, i, 178.— Rnuiugarteu(E.) Az orrhaetnl-
  toniilkrol es azok egy   rii  kez'elese-rol. [Hasmatomata of
  the no}e, and  their simple  treatment.]  (Jvcrmekgyogyd-
  szat, Budapest, 1904,  122-128. AUo.transl.:  Wieii. klin.
  Rundschau, 1905, xix, 221-224.—Chlenoff(E. V.) [Tscklc-
  uoff in German).   Krovotochashtshaya opukhol nosa, izlle-
  chonnaya operatsiyel.  | Hsemorrhagic tumor of the nose
  cured by an  operation. ]   Med. Obozr., Mosk.,  1898, 1,
  642-646. Also, transl.: Kliu.-therap. Wchnsehr., Wieu,
  1899, vi, 933-956.—Dnnziger (F.)  Die sogenannte idio-
  pathiscbe Perichondritis der Nasenseheidewand (spon-
  tanes Hamatom!).  Mouatschr. f.  Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1897,
  xxxi, 16-21.—Giub (J. S.)   Hematoma of the nasal sep-
  tum.  Phila. Polyclin., 1894, iii, 51.—Kiccr (G.)  Hema-
  toma of the nose.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1897, ii, 77-
  86.—ITIasucci (P.)  Contributo alio studio dell' ematoiua
  del setto nasale.   Arcb. ital. di otol. [etc.J, Torino, 1897,
  v, 204-208.— Tloiiniei-.  Du traitement de rh6matome de
  la cloison.  Arch, iuternat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1896,
  ix, 185-188.—Roth (W.)   Ueber  einen Fall von bluten-
  dem Septuintuiuor.  Arch.  f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.,
  1904. xvi, 525-532.—Seilziak (J.)  Przyczynek do kazu-
  istyki guz6w krwawiacych przegrody nosowej.  [Ou hseiua-
  tomata ofthe nasal septum.]  Krm. lek.,  Warszawa, 1896,
  xvii, 105-108.—Teets (C. E.) Hajmatoma and abscess of
  the septum narium aud a new tube for nasal  intubation.
  N. Am. J.  Homceop., N. Y., 1893,  3. s.,  viii, 152-154.—
  Thorner (M.) Haematomaof the septum narium.  Med.
  News, Phila.,  1889, liv, 485.  A Uo, Reprint. Also:  Cincin.
  Lancet-Clinic, 1889, n. s., xxii, 403.

]¥ose (Tumors of Malignant).
     See,  also,  Nasopharynx  (Tumors of, Malig-
  nant);  Nose (Tumors of, Sarcomatous).
     Barzilay (A.)   * De Perithelioma des fosses
  nasales,  et  de  son traitement chirurgical.   4°.
  Paris, 1885.
     Blazy(P.[-T.-J.])    * Contributiou  h, l'e'tude
  des tumeurs malignes et primitives de la cloison
  nasale.  4°.   Paris, 1896.
     BOURGEOIS (P.)   * Les tumeurs  malignes pri-
  mitives des fosses  nasales.   8°.  Paris, 1902.
     Delamarre  (A.)  * Contribution a l'etude des
  sarcomes des fosses nasales.   8°.  Paris, 1905.
     Frick (W.)   * Ueber  die  Carcinome der  Na-
  senhohle.   8y   Bonn,  16[)2.
     Herrmann  (C.)   *  Ueber  die  Combination
  von  Carcinom  und Polypen der   Nasenhohle.
  8°.   Wurzburg, 1698.
     Kellxer (E.)  * Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  der
  Hautcarciuome der Nase.    Mit  Benntzuiig der
  iu der Zeit  vom  1. Dezember 1895  bis zum  1.
  April 1904 in der konigl. chirnrgischen  Universi-
  t'itsklinik zu  Gottingen behandelten  Kranken.
  [Gottingen.]   8°.   Oldenburg, 1904.
     Offknherg (E.)  ^  Ueber einen  seltenen Fall
  von Cnrcinom d- r Nasenhohle.  8°.   Wiirzburg,
  1900.
     Stamatiades (A.)   * Du  traitement de  cer-
  taines  tumeurs malignes des  fosses  nasales par
  les voies naturelles.  41-'.  Paris, 1>9.">.
     -----.   The same.   8°.   Paris, 181)5.
     Albcrs-Schdnberg.  [Cancroid der Nase.] Deutsche
  med.  Wclinschr.,  Leipz. u. Berl., 1905.  xxxi, 164-160.—
  Aral (S )  [Enormous carcinoma of the nose.] Dai Nip-
  pon Ji-Bi-InKo-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1901, vii,
  616-627.—Ariiozan.  fipitheloma erateriforme.  M6ni.
  et bull.  Soe.  de  m6d.  et chir.  de Bordeaux, 1890-91,
  622-627. — Bainbridge (W. S.)  Epithelioma of nose.
  Am. Pract. Sc News, Louisville, 1905, xxxix, 473.—Bar-
  ker (A. E.)   Malignant polyp  of the nose.   Tr. Path.
  Soe. Lond., 1890-91,  xlii, 293-295.—Beard (E. A.)  Pri-
  mary carcinoma of the nasal septum; with microscopical
  demonstration of specimen, bv W. R.  Peters.   West. M.
  Rev., Lincoln, Neb.,  1905. x, 57-61.—Biswoni (S.)  Isto-
  ria di un tumore canceroso della sinistra  narice.  Rac. di
  opusc. med.-prat, Firenze, 1778,  iv,  278-282. —Black 
NOSE.
800
NOSE.
]\ose (Tumors of Malignant).
  (G. M.)  Nasal sarcoma cured by operation.  N. YorkM.
  J.,  Isiiti. lxiv, 222-224.—Bouchet (P.)   Caucroi'de du nez.
  Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 617.—Brin-
  del. Epithelioma pavimenteux  lobule des fosses nasales
  et des voies lacrymales.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de
  Bordeaux,  1895, xvi, 222-224.  -----.  Epithelioma  de la
  fosse uasale et du  sinus maxillaire droits avec induration
  et trajets flstuleux de la joue simulant  l'actinoniyeose; r6-
  section du maxillaire; guerison appareute.  Gaz. hebd. d.
  sc.  m£d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 139-141.— Broeckaert
  (J.)  Eudotheliome ethmoidal; contribution  k l'etude du
  traitement chirurgical des tumeurs malignes du nez et de
  ses annexes.   Aun. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1905, lxxxv, 92-
  109.  Also:  Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1905, iv, 97-
  112.—Bnrckhardt (IL)  Diffuses Carcii.....i der Nasen-
  schleimhaut bei einem 40jahr.. sonst gesundeu Mann; Tod
  an  Gebirnabscess.  Ber. ii.  d. Betiieb d.  Ludwigs-Spit.
  Cbarlottenhilfe  in Stuttg.  (1885-7),  1889, [chir. Abt.],
  22.—Cabana* (C.)  Tratamiento de los epiteliomas de la
  nariz. Siglo med., Madrid,1900, xlvii. 21-26— t'aniagna
  Epitelioma  del naso con autoplastica.  In his: Alcune
  storie clin.  . . . osp. Celesia, 8°, Genova,  1890, 12-14.—
  Cannieu (A.) &Gente8 (L.)  Recherches sur l'6pithe-
  lium eyliudrique dit stratifie des fosses  nasales.   Gaz.
  hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 469-471. — Car-
  einoni  der  Nase, 2 Falle.   Jahresb.  ii.d.chir. Abth. d.
  Sj.it. zu Basel (1891), 1892, 19. — Carrinoiu der Nase, 4
  Fiille (2 Mal Recidiv).  Ibid. (1893), 1894, 26-28.—Carci-
  nom des linken  Nasen 11 iigels, 1 Fall.   Ibid. (1897),
  1898, 20.—Carcinom  der  linken Nasen- und Wangeu-
  ge-end (Recidiv),  1 Fall.  Ibid. (1897),  1898, 21.—du Cns-
  tel.  Epithelioma v6g6taut du nez.  Bull. Soc. franc, de
  dermat. et syph.,  Par., 1893, iv, 339-341.   Also:  Ann. de
  dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 729-731.—Cauzard
  (P.)  Tumeurs malignes des fosses nasales;  un cas d'epi-
  thelioma  de  l'ethmoide;  resection maxillo-orbito-naso-
  frontale;  ablation  de  l'ethmoide;  guerison operatoire.
  Bull, de larvngol., otol. et rhinol., Par.,  1905, viii,  118-
  123— Citelli (S.)  &. Calamida (L.)   Beitrag zur Lehre
  von den Epitheliomen der Nasenschleimhaut.  Arch. f.
  Laryngol.  u.  Rhinol., Berl.,  1902, xiii, 273-288, 2 pl.—
  Clayton (C. E.)   Malignant growths in the nasal sinuses.
  Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1899-1900, xxiii, 698-702. — Cobb
  (F. C.)  Malignant growths of the nose and nasal pharynx.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,  1904, xiv,  577-581. — Collis
  (M. H.)  Epithelioma of the nose. Proc.Path. Soc. Dubl.,
  1865-8, n. s., iii, 113.—Collonib (B.)   Observation sur un
  ulcere canc^reux du nez.  In his: (Euvres med.-chir., 8°,
  Lyon Sc Par.,  1798, 327-331. — Colzi (F.)   Epitelioma del
  dorso del naso; asportazione e plastica con  lembo fron-
  tale; guarigione.   In his: Resoc. d. op. eseg. ... in Clin.
  chir. in Firenze, 8°, 1892, 12.—Compaired.  Epitelioma
  intranasal  y de  los  senos.  Rev. med. y cirurg. pract.,
  Madrid,  1903, lviii,  378-381. — Coomei (F. M.)  Malig-
  nant tumor of the nose, resulting iu death.  South-West.
  M. Gaz., Louisville, 1888, ii, 242— t'ordes  (H.)  Das Ade-
  nocareiuom der Nase.  Berl.  klin.  Wchnsehr.,  1903, xl,
  164-166.—Costiniu (A.)  Epiteliom enorm  al nasulul si
  al fetel  tratat prin solatium  forte de acid  arsenios 3%.
  Romania med., Bucuresci, 1900, viii, 121-126.—1>'Ajutolo
  (G.)  Di un condroma del setto nasale in  una ragazza di
  6 anni.   Atti  d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.J 1902,
  , Napoli, 1903,  vi,  131.  -----.  Contributo  alia casuistica
  ' ed alia terapia dei sarcomi-nasali.  Ibid., 131. — Darnall
  .(W.E.)  Piiiuarycareinoinaofthenasalehaiubers.  J.Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 310.—Darrzac.  Cancroidedu
  nez traite par la  methode  de Cerny  et  Trnnecek; gar-
  rison.  M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir.  de  Bordeaux
  (1897), 1898, 287-289.— Delstanche  (C.)  & ITIarique.
  Cancer epithelial primitif de la fosse nasale gauche.  Ann.
  d. mal. de l'oreille et du larynx, Par., 1884,  x,  129-147.
  Aiso.Repriut.  Also: Aim.  Soc.  d'anat. path, de Brux.,
  1886, no. 35, 142-162.—Berville.  Epithelioma du dos du
  nez gu6ri  par le  chlorate de  potasse.  Bull. Soc. anat.-
  cliu.de Lille,  1892. vii, 86. — Donogany (Z.)   Primaer
  carcinoma adeuoides az  als6  orrkagylou.  [. . . of  the
  inferior  turbinate ]  Orvosi  hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv,
  828. —Donogany [Z.]& Lrnai-t [Z.] Az orr elsbdleges
  r£kj4r61.   [Primary cancer of tbe  nose.]  Orvosi heti
  szemle, Budapest, 1903,  xxxiv, 732-734.-----------. A
  primaer orriiregrdkr6l k6rjelz6si, k6rtaui es gyogytani
  szempontbel.  [ Primary cancer of the nasal cavity 'from
  a symptomatological, pathological, and therapeutical stand-
  point.]   Orr-, gege-es fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1903, 31.  AUo,
  transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest. 1903, xxxix, 796.
  ----------.  Az  orriireg elsodleges rakjardl.  [Primary
  cancel- of the nasal cavity.]   Orvosi hetil'., Budapest, 1904,
  xlviii, 209; 221;  238.  AUo, transl.: Arch.  f.  Laryngol. u.
  Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 586-610.— Douglass  (B.)  Pri-
  mary carcinoma of inferior turbinated body. Med. Rec,
  N.  Y., 1896,1, 210—I>ougla»s(H. B.)  Some points upou
  malignant  disease of the nose.  Ibid.. 1893,  xliii.  582.—
  DreyfiiMN (R.)   Die malignen Epithelialgeschwiilste der
  Nasenhohle.   Wieu. med. Presse, 1892, xxxiii, 1417; 1466;
|  J\ose (Tumors of, Malignant).
    1585.  AUo, transl. [Abstr. i: Arch, internat. de lar,\ii"ol.
    [etc.], Par., 1892, v,65-88.— Dudley (W.H.)  Adeno'-earci
    noma occupying all ofthe sinuses, nose, and orbits, with the
    presentation of the pathological specimen.  Laryngoscope,
    St. Louis, 1904, xiv,  714-718.  AUo:  Tr. Am.  Laivngol.,
    Rhinol. A: Otol. Soc.  1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 199-204.—Dunn
    (W. A.)  Nasal epithelioma.   J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryn-
    gol., N. Y., 1893, v, 328-333. — Buret.  Epithelioma des
    fosses nasales.  Bull. Soc.anat.-elin.de Lille, 1887, ii. 177.—
    Duverger (J.)   Epithelioma eyliudrique de la fosse na-
    sale droite ayant tle-truit  la masse laterale de  l'ethmoide
    sans interesser les cavites annexes de la face.   Rev. hebd.
    de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 216-220.—Eliot (E.), jr.
    Treatment of epithelioma of the ala of the nose.  Ann.
    Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii, 695-705, 1 pl.-F.iigniau <M. F.)
    Cancer of the nose.  St. Louis M. Rev., 1002, xlvi. 422.—
    Fereol.  Plenr6sie hemorrhagique; cancer dela pl6vre
    cons6cutif k un epithelioma du  nez opere avec succes,
    cinq ans auparavant.  Bull, it mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de
    Par., 1889, 3. s., vi,  422-426.—Ferrari  (P.)  Epitelioma
    piano al naso.   In his:  Sala chir. . . . d. Osp. magg. di
    Bergamo, 8°, 1891,48.—Ferreri (G.)  I tumori maligni
    della vdlta naso-faringea.   Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.), Tori-
    no-Palermo, 1893, i, 29-47.—Finder <G.)  Einige Bemer-
    kungen iiber maligne Nasengeschwiilste.   Arch. f. Laryn-
    gol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, v, 302-314—Fochensnti  (A.)
    Un caso di epitelioma deli'ala sinistra del naso recidivo,
    trattato  coi raggi  X.  Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1905,
    8.  s., v, 61-65.  Also: X'. raccoglitore med.,  Imola.  1905,
    iv,  89-93.—Fokin (M. D.) Sluchai epiteliomi.  Russk.
    ].  kozhn i ven. bollezn..  Kharkov,  1903, vi,  612-615.—
    Gaucher,  GumIoii  &  Weill.  Epithelioma nasal;
    caucer colloide de  l'estoinac avec  metastases visc6rales et
    miliaire p6ritoneale colloide.   Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat.
    et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 282-284.  AUo: Ann. de dermat.
    et syph., Par.,  1903,  4. s.,  iv, 614-616.—Oauthier.  Ra-
    dioth6rapie pour caucer du nez.   Lyon  med., 1905, civ,
    1229-1232.—Gibb (J. S.)  Malignant'disease of the nose
    and accessory sinuses.   N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1902,
    ii, 24; 56. —Goodale (J.  L.)  A case of carcinoma of the
    nasal passages.  J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv,
    270.— (iorii (C.)  Epithelioma du  nez;  ablation du nez;
    rhinoplastie complete par la methode de Langenbeck; re-
    section partielle  du maxillaire sup6rieur.  Presse med.
    beige, Brux., 1893, xiv, 237.  Also: Rev. internat. de rhi-
    nol.,  otol. et  laryngoi., Par., In93,  iii,  85.—Gougen-
    heiin (A.) Sc  Hclary.   Des tumeurs malignes de la
    cloison  des fosses nasales.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du
    larynx  [etc.], Par., 1893, xix,  295-324.—Greene (D. M.)
    A case of carcinoma and sarcoma of the nose.  Med. News,
    N.  Y., 1897, lxx, 173.—Guzzoni degli Ancarani «).)
    Di un caso di cancroide del naso trattato  coi raggi Kiiut-
    gen.  Riv. internaz. di terap. fls., Roma,  1904, v,  81.—
    Hahn (R.)  Un cas d'ulc6ration  6pith61iomateuse  tr&s
    etendue de la face avec destruction du nez.  Ann. d. mal.
    de l'oreille, du  larynx  [etc.], Par.,  1901,  xxvii, pt.2,  421-
    426.—Hall-Edwards (J. [F.])   A case of epithelioma
    of the nose treated with the X-rays.  Arch. Roentg. Ray,
    Lond., 1903-4, viii, 98, 1 pl.—Hallopeau (H.)  Sur une
    recidive d'6pith61ioma du nez 6parguant  les lambeaux
    autoplastics.  Bull.  Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.,
    1900, xi, 71-75. Also:  Ann.  de  dermat. et syph.,  Par.,
    1900, 4. s., i, 381-385.—Hamilton (T. K.)  Specimens of
    a caseof sarcoma of tin-nose, accessory sinuses, and lar-
    ynx.  Australas. M. Ga/.., Sydney, 1901, xx, 494. — Har-
    ding.   Carcinoma of the nose.  j. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph.,
    N. Y., 1904, ii, 34.—Harvey (J. H )  Cancer affecting the
    eye and  nose.  Homceop.  Eye, Ear, & Throat J.. N. Y.,
    1900, vi, 73-80.—Heijuinns van Anrooy (P. J.)   Car-
    cinoma  van den  linker neusvleugel; exstirpatio; gene-
    zing.  Geneesk Tijdschr.  v. Nederl. Indie, Batav.,  1890,
    xxx, 28.—Hellmann.   Demonstration hosartiger Na-
    sengeschwiilste.   Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Larvn-
    gol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb.,  1904, 127-135.   AUo  [Abstr.]:
    Miincheu. med.  Wchnsehr.,  1897,  xliv,  894. — Herz-
    feld (J.)   Zur Casuistik  der  malignen   Epithelial-
    geschwiilste der oberen Nasenhohle.  Berl. klin. Wchu-
    schr., 1900,  xxxvii, 796-798. — Heyninx  Sc  Ilnu-
    champ*.  Epithelioma perle du lobe nasal; coupe micro-
    scopique;  radiotherapie;  guerison.  Arch, internat. de
    laryngol. [etc.l,  Par., 1906,  xxi,  208, 1 pl. —Hopkins
    (F. E.)  A case of adeno-earciuoma of the nose.  Tr. Am.
    Laryngol. Ass. 1897, N. Y., 1898, 74-80.  [Discussion], 83.
    AUo: N.York M. J.,  1897, lxvi. 657-659.  Also, Repriut.
    AUo, transl..-   Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl.,  1897,
    vii, 107-110. AUo, Reprint. —HiiHI (H.)  Ein  Fall von
    Krebs der Nasenhohle.  Ungar. med. Presse,  Budapest,
    1904, ix,  270. — Krasnobayell (T. P.)   Sluchai epite-
    liomi nosa u  12-lietnyavo inalchinka.   [Epithelioma  of
    nose in a bov of 12 years.]  Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1894, xii,
    1121-1123.—Kuh (E. J.)   A case of primary cancer of the
    nasopharynx, cured bv injections of alcohol.  Chicago M.
    Recorder, 1897, xii, 239-204.—I ngerman (S.)  Primary
    epithelioma ofthe nasal fossa;, with report of case.   Ann. 
NOSE.
801
NOSE.
Wose (Tumors of, Malignant).
  Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 700-704.—
  Jackson (C.)  Primary carcinoma of the naso-pharynx;
  report of a case.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, x, 277.—
  Johnson (A. B.)  Removal of the nose for epithelioma.
  Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898,  xxvii, 772-774.—Kiessclbach.
  Eiu Fall von Epithelioma papillare au der mittleren Nasen-
  muschel.  Arch. f. path.  Anat.  [etc.], Berl., 1893, exxxii,
  371-376. — Kiittner (H.)  Ueber die Lymphgefasse der
  ausseren Nase und die zugehorigeu Wangeulymplidriisen
  in ihrer Beziehung zu der Verbreitung des Nasenkreuses.
  Beitr. z. klin.  Chir.,  Tiibing.,  1899, xxv, 33-39, 1 pl.—
  Lieduc (S.)  Cicatrisation d'un cancroide de l'aile du nez
  datant de cinq ans, aprds une seule  s6ance d'introduction
  eleetrolytique de 1'ion zinc.  Arch, d'electric. med., Bor-
  deaux, 1903,  xi, 734.   Also: Montpel.  m6d.,  1903,  xvii,
  623.—Iceland (G. A.)  A case of adeno-carcinoma ofthe
  nose.  Tr. Am. Laryngol.  Ass. 1897, N. Y., 1898, 80-84.
  AUo: N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi,  663.—Lenart (Z.)   Az
  orr elsodleges rahjilroL  [Primary  cancer of the  nose.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 345;  359.—I^epoutre
  (C.)   Volumineux  carcinoma des fosses uasales.  J. d. sc.
  med. de Lille, 1905, ii, 250-254.—Lerinoyez.  Un cas de
  tumeur maligne du nez.  Arch, iuternat.  do laryngol.
  [etc.]. Par., 1901, xviii, no. 4, suppl., 30.—I.yoiniet (B.)
  Sc ICegnud (C.)  Tumeur  carciuomateuse de l'arri6re
  cavite des fosses nasales;  euvahissemeut du  sphenoide;
  paralysie  de tous les nerfs cranieus du cote gauche, sauf
  1'olfactif et l'optique;  mort par nieningite.  Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1893, xix, 197-202.—JIc-
  Guire (S.) Epithelioma of  the  nose.  Clin. Bull., Rich-
  mond, 1900, v, 90.—Mackenzie (G. 11.)   A case of malig-
  nant polypus of the nose.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 81.—
  Marie (R.) Sc Babe (M.)  Deux cas d'epithelioma a cel-
  lules cylindriques des fosses  nasales avec envahissement
  du sinus maxillaire.  Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904,
  lxxix, 124-129.—Marique.  [Tumeur maligne developp6e
  dans les fosses nasales.]  Ann. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux.,
  1883,  no.  32, 209-211.—iMatzenaiicr.  [Flacbes Epithe-
  lialkarzinom an der Nase.]   Wien. klin.  Wchnsehr., 1903,
  xvi, 1343.—Mignot.  Caucer du nez; rhinoplastie; gue-
  rison.  Soc. d.  sc. med. de  Gannat.   C. r., 1873, xxvii, 9-
  14.—Minor (C. L.)  Malignant disease  in the nose, with
  report of cases.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1905, xv, 917-
  934.—Morelli  (K.)   Die  malignen Tumoren  der Nase
  und der Choanen.  [Transl. from: Sebeszet, 1894, no. 51.]
  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 145-147.—
  Morestin (H.)   Epithelioma du nez;  extirpation;  rhi-
  noplastie k l'aide de lambeaux genien et  frontal.  Bull, et
  m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 777-781.—Moure
  (E.-J.)  Traitement des tumeurs  malignes des fosses na-
  sales.  Rev. hebd. de laryugol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2,
  577-596.  Also. Reprint.  Also [Abstr.J: Arch, internat.
  de laryngol [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 25.5-258.—Murzin (L.N.)
  Sluchai epithelioma nasi.  [Caseof...] Protok. Mosk. ven.
  i  dermat. Obsh., 1893-4, 58-61. Also: Ibid. (1893-4), 1895,
  iii, 72-76.  AUo: Bolnitsch.  gaz. Botkina,  St. Petersb.,
  Ie94,  v, 407-461.—Navratil (I.)   Azorr  esabalHighmor-
  iireg carcinomdja.  [Carcinoma in the nose and antrum of
  Highruore.J  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi,  589.—
  fYewcomb (J. E.)  Adeno-carcinoma ofthe nose; report
  of a case.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi,
  18; 205.  AUo:  N.  York M. J., 1899, lxx,  366-368.  Also,
  Reprint.—Newman (D.)  A case of adenocarcinoma of
  the left inferior turbinated body, and perforation of  the
  nasal  septum,  in the person of  a worker in chrome pig-
  ments. Tr. Glasg.  Path.  Sc Clin.  Soc. (1880-91), 1892, iii,
  238.  AUo: Glasgow M. J., 1890,  xxxiii, 469. -----. Ma-
  lignant tumors of the nasal fossaB. Ann.  Surg., St. Louis,
  1891, xiv, 1-20. —IVordin (A.)  Extirpation d'un cancroide
  cutane du nez [etc.].  Rev. clin.  d'androl. et de gynec,
  Par.,   1905, xi,  356-364.—Odhelius (J. L.)  Kraftan i
  nasan lyckligen botad.   [Cancerof nose successfully cured
  (by arsenic).]  K. Vetensk. Akad. u. Hand!, Stockholm,
  1794, xv, 156-159.—Ofienberg.  Schleimdriisenkrebs der
  Nasenhohle.  Verhandl.  d.  phys.-med.  Gesellsch.   zu
  Wiirzb., 1900-1901, n. F., xxxiv, 59-61.—Page (L. F.)   Re-
  port of a  case of adenocarcinoma of the nose.  Tr. Am.
  Laryn-ol., Rhinol.  Sc Otol.  Soc, N. Y.,  1903, ix, 237-241.
  AUo:  Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1903, vi, 309-312.—
  Pagliano Sc Dupeyrac.  Epithelioma de l'aile du nez;
  radiotherapie.  Marseille med., 1905, xlii,  419.—Paige (J.
  D.)  A malignant growth in the nasopharynx of a child.
  Boston M.  Sc S. J., 1893, cxxviii, 645.—Parker (R.)  Un-
  usual case  of rodent cancer.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1889,
  ix, 444-448.  AUo, Reprint.—Pauny (M.)  Ein Fall vou
  Krebs der Nasenhohle.  Ungar. med. Presse,  Budapest,
  1904, ix. 269.—Pean.  Epithelioma s6bace recidive de la
  racine du nez ayant envahi les voies lacrymales, l'orbite,
  la  fosse nasale et le sinus  maxillaire du col6 droit; abla-
  tion large au histouri; enucleation de l'ceil;  gu6rison en
  deux mois.  In his: Lecons de clin. chir. [etc.], 8°, Par.,
  1888,633. -----.  Epithelioma de l'aile droite du nez et du
  Billon  naso-jugal; ablation large  au  histouri;  resection
 partielle de la branche montante du maxillaire superieur;
 gu6risou.  Ibid., 635.—Plicque  (A.-F.)  Etude sur  le
 diagnostic  et le traitement des tumeurs  malignes  des
 fosses nasales.  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.J,

       VOL XI, 2D  SERIES---51
 JVose  (Tumors of,  Malignant).
   Par., 1890, xvi, 141-164.  Also, transl..- J. Laryngol., Lond.,
   1890, iv, 194; 235— Polyak (L.)  Rosszindiilatu daganat
   a jobb  orrban.  [Cancer of right nostril.]  Orvosi hetil.,
   Budapest, 1898, xlii, 309.  -----.  Az orr elsddleges adeno-
   carcinomajariak korboncztani  k6szitrn6nye.  [The patho-
   logical  products of primary adeno-carcinoma of the nose.]
   Ibid,, 1900. xliv, 812. ----—. Adenocarcinom  der rechten
   Nase mittelst der temporaren Resection des Oberkiefers
   (nach Langenbeck) entferut.   Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Bu-
   dapest, 1902, xxxviii, 620. -----. Rosszindulatu daganat
   k6rk6p6t  utau/,6  tobbszoros orrmellekureggeuyesed6s
   csonth61yagk6pz6d6ssel  es mindket oldali Ut6idegsorva-
   d&ssal.   [ Malignant tumor simulating manifold suppura-
   tion of  the nasal cavity with bone abscess and disorder of
   the optic nerve on both  sides.]   Orvosi hetilt.  Budapest,
   1903, xlvii, 786. —Power  (DA.) Sc Home  (W. J.)  On
   some cases of malignant  disease from the department
   for diseases of tho throat  aud nose.   [Rep.]  St.  Barth.
   Hosp. Rep. 1903, Lond.,  1904, xxxix, 219-225.  Also, Re-
   print.—Beynolds (W. G.)  Malignant neoplasms of the
   nose, illustrated by a specimen of cylindroma.  Brooklyn
   M. J., 1898, xii, 748-753.—Biipkc (F.)  Ueber das Eudo-
   theliom der Nasenhohle.   Miim-hen. med.  Wchnsehr.,
   1904, li, 1475. — Buttcu.  Tumeur maliuue du nez et de
   l'antre,  d'Highmore gauche.  Ann. d.  mal. de l'oreille, du
   larynx  [etc.], Par.,  1899,  xxv,  227-231. — Schinicgc-
   low (E.)  Tumeurs  malignes primitives du nez.  Rev.
   mens, de laryngol. [etc.J,  Par., 1885, v, 4i-2-493.  Also, Re-
   print.— Si-moil (Sir F.)  Specimeu of caseof papuliferous
   columnar-celled carcinoma ofthe nose in a young man aged
   twenty-four.  Laryngoscope. St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 727.—
   Shorter (J. H.)  Malignant  disease of the nasal  cavity
   showing the value  of early diagnosis.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,
   Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 644.— Szakach (I.)   Carcinoma nasi
   plastiesval gyogyult esete.  [A cured case of ..  .] Orvosi
   hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii,  535; 518.—Tanturri  (D.)
   Correlazione fra tumori maligni  della fossa nasale e del-
   1' antro d' Highmoro.  Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1899,
   xix,  97-105, 1  pl. -----.  Degenerazione carcinomatosa
   multipla in alcuni tumori nasali.  Ibid., 1903, xxiii, 69-72,
   1 pl.—Thorner (M.) A case of adeno-carcinoma  of the
   nose.  Ann. Otol.,  Rhinol. Sc  Laryngol., St. Louis, 1898,
   vii, 249-252.  AUo: Larvnsoscope, St.  Louis, 1898, v, 40-
   42.  AUo:  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 367-369.  Also: J.
   Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xiii,  602-005.  AUo, transl..-  Arch.
   f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 380-386.—[Thort-
   sen.J  Carcinomatiise Entartung der Nasenschleimhaut.
   San.-Ber.  d. Prov. Brandenburg  1838,  Berl.,  1842, 116.—
   Tixier.   Cancroide du  nez;  rhinoplastie d'aprds la me-
   thode indienne modiflee.   Lyon  med.,  1903, c,  562-564.—
   Torek.  Epitheliom der Nase, mit X-Strahlen behandelt
   und geheilt.  N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1903,  xv, 155.—
   Townc (A. H.)  A  malignant tumour ou a cat's nose.
   Vet. J., Lond., 1905, n. s., xi, 262.—Trautmaim (G.) &
   Gebhart  (A.)  Carcinome des  Naseninueren; ein  von
   der Keilbeinhohle  ausgehendes  Plattenepithelcarcinom.
   Arch. f. Laryngol.  u. Rhinol.,  Berl., 1905, xvii. 3c6-407.—
   Tretrdp.  Un cas de tumeur maligne de la cloison nasale.
   Ann. Soe. de med. d'Anvers, 1902, lxiv, 119-122.—Vallas.
   Ganglion  de Cloquet cancereux.  Lyon med., 1901, xcvi.
   256-258.—Vignard  (P.)  Epithelioma  tubule du  nez
   d'aspect glandulaire k point de depart daus la coucho de
   Malpighi.  Gaz.  d.  hop.,  Par.,   1903,  lxxvi,  949-951.—
   Weed  (C. R.)  Report of case of epithelial cancer of the
   nose  of three vears' standing; its  treatment and cure.
   Med. News, N.'Y.,  1896,  lxviii, 103.—Wright  (J.)  Ma-
   lignant  disease of nose and  throat.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chi-
   cago, 1899, xxxiii, 84-89.   Also  {Abstr.]: Brooklyn M. J.,
   1900, xiv, 563-567.—Knndelorich (M. D.)  [Epithelioma
   kozhi nosa, Hechonn. svietom.]   [. . . of the  skin of the
   nose treated by light.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn.,
   Kharkov, 1903, vi, 611.

JYose (Tumors  of,  Osseous  and  cartilagi-

   nous).
     Bayer (L.)   Des kystes  osseux de  la cavite*
   nasale.    (Cas  de kystes  multiples multilocu-
   laires.)  8°.  Paris, 1385.
     Dubar (E.)  *Des  osteomes des fosses nasales
   et des sinus voisins.   8°.  Paris,  1900.
     Fhancke  (A.)   * Ein  Fall  von  Osteoiu  der
  Nasenhohle.  8°.   Wiirzburg, 1887.
    Miekkndorff (R.  [ W.  I.])  * Ueber  die Os-
  teome der Nasenhohle,  nebst Beschreibung eines
  vom Siebbein ausgeheudeu Osteoms.  8°.   Greifs-
  wald, 1895.
     Sicard  (J.-J.-E.)   *Des   ttimems  cartilagi-
  neuses  (enchondromes) des  fosses  nasales.   8°.
  Paris, 1897.
    ------.   The same.    8°.   Paris, 1897.
    Adcnot.  Osteome des  fosses nasales; crises 6pilepti-
  foriues;  abaissemeut dunez; ablation de la tumeur; gu6ri- 
X( )SE.
802
NOSE.
 ]Vose (Tumors of,  Osseous  and  cartilagi-

   nous).
   son.  Lyon med., 1895, lxxviii, 561: 1895, lxxix, 9.—Atkiu
   (C.)  Acase of osteoma of nose.  Quart. M. J., Sheffield,
   1893-4,  ii,  334-338.—Barclay  (H.  C.)   Enchondroma
   arising from nasal bone.  N. Zealand il. J., Dunedin, 1895,  |
   viii, 7.—Beausoleil (R.)  Des kvst.s osseux des cornets
   moyens.  Rev.  de  laryngol.  [etc ], Par., 1893,  xiii, 1009-
   1022.— Berger.  Chondrorae  des fosses  nasales.  Rev.
   prat. d. trav. de m6d., Par., 1896, liii, 409.—Bobonc (T.)
   Obstruction totale  d'origine  congenitale? de  la nariue
   gauche par un kyste ost6o-cartiIagineux du cornet iuf6-
   rieur; gu6rison apr&s une s6rie d'interventions.  Arch.
   internat. de  laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1905,  xix, 402-400.—
   C'oakley  (C. G.)   A case of nasal osteoma.   J.  Laryn-
   gol., Lond., 1895, ix, 194. — Compaired.  Voluminoso y
   extenso osteoma eburueo de las fosas nasales, senos maxi-
   lares y mejillas.  Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. nied., Madrid,
   1903, x, 71-86.  Also: Siglo med., Madrid, 1903, 1, 406; 456.
   AUo [Abstr.]: Rev.de med. y cirug. prdct., Madrid, 1903, lx,
   373-375.   Ai«o [Abstr.]: An.r.Acad.de med., Madrid, 1903,
   xxiii, 240-242. — Fenger (C.)  Living aud dead osteomas
   of the nasal and its accessory cavities; illustrated by a
   case of encysted orbital osteoma originating in the ethmoid
   bone. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1888, xi.  185-190.  Also,
   Reprint.—Haas (E.)   Leber die Osteome der Nasen-
   hohle.  Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1901, xxxi, 139-155.—
   Hey in a ■■ n (P.)  Demonstration eines Falles von Osteom
   der Nase.  Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii, 141.  AUo:
   Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu  Berl.  (1900), 1901, xi.
   5.—Ixaia  (J.)  Contribution cliuique et  op6ratoire  k
   l'osteomo des fosses nasales.  Rev.  internat. de rhinol.,
   otol. et  laryngol.,  Par., 1896, vi,  321.—Jayle.   Ost6ome
   eburue de la fosse  nasale droite  avec prolongement orbi-
   taire; abc6s cerebral;  mort.   Bull. Soc.  anat. de Par.,
   1892, lxvii, 524-530.—Hammerer (F.)  Ou  osteomata of  i
   the uasal cavity. Ann. Surg., St. Louis, 1889, x, 98-103.—  I
   Knight (C. H.)  Congenital bony occlusion of the pos-
   terior nares.  Med. News, Phila., 1888, liii, 517-520. AUo,
   Reprint.  -----. Cyst of the middle turbinated bone.  In-
   ternat. Cliu.,  Phila.,  1892, iv,  359-363.  AUo, Reprint.
   -----. Cyst of the  middlo turbinated bone.  N. YorkM.
   J., 1892,  lv, 309-311.  AUo,  Reprint. — Kronenberg.
   Osteome  lihre des fosses  nasales et des cavites voisines.
   Arch, internat. de  laryngol.  [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 341.—
   Laurens (G.)  Osteome des fosses nasales avec muco-
   cele frouto-maxillaire; resection partielle du maxillaire su-
   perieur, du tiers interne de l'arcade orbita ire et de l'eth-
   moide; trepanation du sinus frontal; guerison.  Ann. d.
   mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1899, xxv, 725-728.—
   Lcoiite, Osteom  eburnat al  fosel  nasale  drepte; ope-
   ratic; vindecare.   Spitalul,  Bucuresci,  1893,  xiii,  81-
   85.—ITIontaz.   Note sur un cas d'ost6ome des fosses
   nasales.   Danphiu6  med.,  Grenoble, 1889, xiii. 184; 208.
   AUo: Gaz. d. hop.,  Par., 1888, lxi, 1294; 1317.—ittoi-estin
   (H.)  Enthoudrome des fosses nasales.  Bull.  Soc. anat.
   do Par., 1888, lxiii, 691-694. — Porcher (W. P.)  Mental
   weakness resulting  from the presence of an enchondroma
   of tbe septum  nasi.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1890. xiv,
   575.—Kenrdon (T. J.)  Osseous cysts of the middle tur-
   binate, with report  of a  case.  Boston M. & S. J., 1898,
   cxxxix, 569-571.— Kichards (J. D.)  A pedunculated
   bony tumor of the nasal septum.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
   1904, xiv,  636.—Bichardaon (C. Wj  Nasal cystomata;
   report of  two cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, xvii,
   502.  Also, Reprint. — Bueda (F.)   Cistoma  osseo del
   cornetto medio.  [Transl.| Boll. d.  mal.  d. orecchio, d.
   gola e d.  naso, Firenze, 1895, xiii,  129-133. — Schatz (E.)
   Ueber eiue sogenannte Kuochencyste der  mittleren Mu-
   schel von excessiver Grosse. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.. Berl.,
   1905, xxxix, 245-247.—Stein (0. J.) Symmetrical osteoma
   ofthe nose, with report of a case.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,
   1900, ix,  27-32.— Sundholin (A.)  Bidrag till  kaunedo-
   meu om beukystorna i nasans mellersta inussla.   [Contri-
   bution k l'etude des kystes osseux du cornet moyen. R6s.,
   p. exxi.]  Finska lak.-sallsk. handl.,  Helsingfors, 1900,
   xlii, 1215-1226.—Wyme (W. S.)  Case of bone cvst of the
   nose.  Brit. M.  J.,  Loud., 1904, i,  834.—Tikhbff (P. I.)
   Osteonii nosovikh polostel.  [Osteomata of  the nasal cavi-
   ties.]  Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1894, iv, 19-46.  -----. Opera-
   tivnoye Hecheniye osteom nosovikh polostel i noviy protez
   dlya verkhnel  chelyusti.  [Operative treatmeut of osteo-
   mata ofthe nasal cavities aud a new prosthetic instrument
   for the upper jaw]  Laitop. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1896, i,
   785-797. -----. Khondromi polosti nosa.  [Chondromata
   of the nasal cavity.]  Khirurgia, Mosk., 1905, xvii, 106-122.

I¥o*e (Tumors  of,  Papillomatous).
    Maraspixi  (H.)  * Contributiou a l'etude des
   papillomes du nez.   8°.   Lyon,  1902.
    Rf.issf.rt (E.)   * Ueber weiche  Papillome der
   Nasenhohle.   8°.   Wurzburg, ]*69.
    Robkrt (J.-M.-L.)  'Contribution  a  l'e'tude
   iles papillomes des fosses nasales.   4°.  Bordeaux,  I
   [669.                                                 I
 x\o*e  (Tumors of,  Papillomatous).
     Arrow* mi th (II.)   \ case  of true papilloma of the
   nasal s ptum.  Laryngoscope, St.  Louis,  1897, iii,  283-
   285. —  Bnber (C.)  Papilloma of  nose.  J. Laryngol.,
   Lond..  1896. x, 51.— Borgoni (R.)   Papilloma della fossa
   nasale  di  sinistra.  Gior. ital. di larinuol.. otol. e rinol.,
   Napoli, 1899, i, 9-13.— Bon-ax y Torre*.   Observacion
   de un caso de papiloma en la fosa nasal derecha compro
   bade por el examen histoldgico.  Rev.de  laringol. |etc],
   Barcel., 1897, xii, 368-370.  Also: Gac. med. catal., Barcel.,
   1897. xx, 263.—D'Aguanno (A.)  Papilloma della faecia
   interna della  pinna nasale.  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.]
   Torino. 1896, iv, 1)9-102.—Dc Nanti (P. R. W.)  Papill. -
   ma of the septum  nasi in a man aged eighty-two years,
   complicated with rodent ulcer of the nose; some remarks
   on nasal papillomata.  Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 1341-1343.__
   Dickei'iiiiiu (E. T.)  Nasal papilloma or papillary fibro-
   ma.   Ann. Ophth. Sc Otol , St. Louis, 1896, v, 1125-1129.—
   DouglasN (B.)  Papilloma of nasal saeptuni.  N. York
   M. J.,'1899, lxix, 6-8.— Dunn  (J.)  Spontaneous cure of a
   papilloma  of  the nasal sseptum.  Ibid., 1893, lvii, 384.__
   Helluiami (L.)  Papilloma durum der Nasen-und Stirn-
   hohlenschleimhaut;  Lebergang in Carcinom; mit  Riick-
   sicht auf die  Casuistik des harten Papilloma.   Arch. f.
   Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1897, vi, 171-192.—Kahn (M.)
   Zur  Casuistik des  harteu  Papilloms der Nase.  Wien.
   kliu. Wchnsehr., 1890, iii, 953-955.- King (G.)   A volu-
   minous papilloma of the nasal  cavity.  N. Orl. M. & S. J.,
   1905-6,  lviii, 545-547. — I.acoarret (L.)  Contribution k
   l'etude  des panillomes des fosses nasales.  Rev.  de  iaryn-
   gol.  |etc.],  Par., 1889, ix,  497; 529;  573. -----.  Polypes
   niuquenx papillaires de la cloison du nez.  Rev. hebi'. de
   laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1902, i, 021-028.—lTlackenzie(G.H.)
   A caso of diffuse papillomatous degeneration of the nasal
   mucous membrane.   Lancet, Loud., 1896, ii, 460. — ITIc-
   Kinney (R.)   Papilloma of the nasal cavity; a brief re-
   view, with  report of a case.  N. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 290-
   292.—IVoquet.  Papillome de la fosse nasale droite. Rev.
   de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1889,  ix, 369-378.  [Discussion],
   386-388. AUo :  Bull. m6d. du nord, Lille, 1889, xxviii, 355-
   365.  -----. Tumeur papillaire volumineuse  s'implantant
   sur  l'extremite posterieure du cornet iuf6rieure gauche.
   Bull. med.  du  nord, Lille, 1891, xxx, 365-367. -----.  Tu-
   meur papillaire de la fosse nasale gauche pr6sent6e k la
   s6ance  du 18 mai 1891; resultat de 1 examen histologique.
   Rev. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1892,  xii, 525-527.-----.
   Un cas de tumeur papillaire du cornet inferieur et de la
   cloison.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.].  Par., 1897, xvii,
   1121-1125.  Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol.. otol. et laryn-
   gol.,  Par.,  1898, viii, 300-303.— Polyak (L.) Papilloma
   durum naris esete.  [A rase of. . .]   Orvosi  hetil., Buda-
   pest, 1901,  xiv,  208. — Beale (A.)   Su di un papilloma
   della regione  vestibolare  del naso avente i  caratteri  del
   condiloma  acuminato e prodotto, probabilmente, da auto-
   contagio._  Arch. ital. di laryngol., Napoli, 1900, xx, 57-59,
   1 pl.—Hipault (H.)  Ln cas de papillome confluent  des
   fosses nasales.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],
   Par., 1895, xxi, pt. 2, 419. — Sandford.  Case of papillo-
   ma;  pathological specimen from inferior  turbinal.  Tr.
   Brit.  Laryngol.  Sc Rhinol. Ass. 1893, Loud.,  1894, iii,  13.
   AUo: Med. Press & Circ, Loud.,  1893,  n.s., lv, 329.—
   Ncheibe (A.)  Weiches Papillom der Nase. Verhandl.
   d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf, u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902,
   lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 352-354. — Turner (A. L.)  Pa-
   pilloma of the  septum nasi.  Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1897, xxvi,
   141-146.—Wright (J.)  Nasal papillomata.  Tr. Am. La-
   ryngol.  Ass. 1891, N. Y., 1892, xiii, 44-55.  AUo:  N. York
   M. J., 1891, liv, 711-715.  AUo, Reprint. -----. A true pa-
   pilloma or papillary fibroma of the nasal septum.  Tr. Am.
   Laryngol. Ass. 1893, N. Y., 1896, xvii, 177-180.  Alio:  N.
   York M. J., 1895, lxii, 747. -----. Papillary adenomatous
   hypertrophy of the mucous membrane of the septum.
   Am.  J. M. Sc, Phila..  1903,  n. s., exxv,  1086-1091.—
   ITearsley  (M.) Papilloma of the nasal septum. Brit.
   M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1386.

]\ose (Tumors of,  Sarcomatous).
     Coux   (W.)   * Ueber  Sarcome  der  Naseu-
   scheidewaud.  H-.   Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 1896.
     Cozzolino  (V.)  Un  caso di nielanosarcoma
   della mucosa uasale.   Studio  clinico-istologico.
   8C.   Napoli, 1902.
     Dupont (F.)  *Du myxo-sarcome  des fusses
  nasales;   complications oculaires.   4°.   Lyon,
   1895.
     Eiler  ( E. )     * Sarkom  der Nasenseheide-
  wand.   8°.   Wiirzburg, 1899.
     Guder  (E.)   * Contributiou a l'e'tude de quel-
  ques tumeurs rares des  fosses  nasales: indlano-
  sarcome,   polype  pifjmentd,   papillome.    8-.
   Genere, 169i.
     Hi'ETLix  (C.-T.)   "Die Sarcome der  Nasen-
  hohle.   Ein  Fall vou  niyelogenem  Myxosarcom 
NOSE.
803
NOSE.
Xose  (Tumors of,  Sarcomatous).
  ausgelitMid von der Pais nasalis des Stirnbeins.
  8 \  Freiburg i. B., 1.-92.
    Jacob CL.)   * Das Melanosarkom der Nase.
  8°.  Leipzig, li'00.
    Klein   ( H. )    * Pathologiseh - histologische
  Studie iiber cine seltene  Coiubinatiou  von  Sai-
  kom und Carcinom der Nasenhohle.  ti°.   Wiirz-
  burg, 1696.
    Kuhx (R.)  * Ueber Fibrosarkome der Nasen-
  hohle.   8C.   Wiirzburg, 1869.
    Le Fur  (J.)  * Etude  sur  les sarcomes  des
  fosses  nasales  et  leurs voies d'operation.   4°.
  Paris,  1893.
    Lixsexmaxx  (F.)   *Das  Fibrosarcom   der
  Xase.   (Ein Fall von Chondrofibrosarcom.)   8J.
   Wurzburg, 1690.
    Olschewsky (P.)   * Ueber das  Sarcom  der
   Nasenhohle.  8-\  Kbnigsberg i. Pr., 189.").
    Rkinhold  ( J. )   * Ueber  Myxosarcome  der
   Nase.   >?.   Wiirzburg, 1691.
    Roeger (H.)   * Sarcom der Nase mit hyaliner
  und  amyloider  Degeneration.    [Tiibingen.]
  8-'.  Budolstadt, 1696.
    AUo,  in : Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tii-
  bing., Leipz., 1902, iv, 83-88, 1 pl.
    Schrott  (A.)    *Psetidomelanos;irkom   der
  Nasenmuschel.  8  .   Wurzburg,  1697.
    8CHLRER (O.)   * Ueber Rundzellensarcom der
  Nasenhohle.   >°.   Miinchen, 1903.
    Store (A.)   * Ueber  Sarcome, mit besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung derjenigeu in der Nasenhohle.
  8-.   Jf'iirzburg, 1690.
    Strauss (A.)   * Ueber  Sarcome der Nase.   8°.
   Wurzburg, 1897.
    Strohe (J.)   * Ueber Sarcome der Nasenhohle.
  8°.  Bonn, 1692.
    Wilke  (A.)  *Ein Fall von Sarcom der Nase.
  .--.  Greifswald, 1690.
    Wygodzixski (S.)   *Die Sarcome der Nasen-
  hohle.   [Wurtzburg.]   8-.  Strassburg, 1892.
    d'Aguanno (A.)  Contribution k la statistique des
  sarcomes de la cloison des fosses nasales. Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1893, xix, 814-817.—
  Baker (A. K.) •  Adeno-sarcoma  of the  nasal septum.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1899, vii, 213.—Barrett (J. W.)
  A case of sarcoma of the nose.  Intercolon. M. J. Austra-
  las.,  Melbourne, 1*97, ii,  251-254.—Begouin.  Sarcome
  des fosses nasales avec volumineux ganglions r6tro-pha-
  ryngiens.  Bull. Soc. d'anat. etphysiol. de Bordeaux, 1897,
  xviii.  335.— Bennett (W. H.)  A  case of sarcoma of
  the naso-pharynx, showing long periods of immunity from
  recurrence  after operation.  Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1889-90,
  xxiii,  271.—Bicknell (G.  H.) Intranasal sarcoma; re-
  port of three eases.   West. M. Kev., Lincoln,  Xeb., 1903,
  viii, 37-39. —Black (G. M.)  Nasal sarcoma cured by op-
  eration.   X. York M. J.,  1896. .lxiv, 222-224.  Also, Re-
  print.—Blias (A. A.)  Some notes on two cases of sarco-
  ma of the nasal chambers and accessory sinuses.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol. Ass.  1896,  X.  Y., 1897,46-49.  Also: X.York
  M. J., 1896, lxiv, 110.—Bonaiii (A.)  Polypes muqueux
  et sarcomes des  fosses nasales. Kev. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1895,  xv,  625-640.—Bont (M.)  Endothelial  Sar-
  come der Nasenmuschel uud des Corpus cavernosum pe-
  nis.  Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1897,
  n. F., xxxi, 252-255.—Boy I an (J. E.)  Spindle-celled sar-
  coma of  the nasal passage.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.  1896,
  X. Y., 1897,11-16.  Also:  X. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 43-45.—
  Brislow (A. T.)  Sarcoma of the nasal  mucous mem-
  brane; history; slides.  Brooklyn  M.  J., 1900, xiv, 814-
  823. — B roeekaert.   Lymphangio-sarcome  ( eudoth6-
  liome intra-lymphatique) d*6velopp6 dans un polype  de la
  muqueuse nasale.  Kev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,
  1901, i, 689-701.—Brown (J. P.)  Xotes of a case of sar-
  coma of the nose.  Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3. xxxvi,
  631-635.   [Discussion], 653. -----. Xotes on cases of sar-
  coma of  the nose, with presentation of pathological speci-
  mens and micrographs.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.. N. Y.,
  1903, xxv, 209-220.  AUo: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903. xviii,
  398-402,  1 pl.  Also: Laryngoscope,  St. Louis, 1903, xiii,
  621-626.  -----. A second note on cases of sarcoma of the
  nose.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1905, xxvii, 322-331.
  Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1906. xix, 6-9. AUo: J.
  Laryngol., Lond.. 1905, xx, 416-420.—Bull (C. S.)  Myxo-
  sarcoma of the sphenoid, ethmoid, and orbit. N. York M.
  J.  1895,  lxii, 621. —Clark (H.)  Sarcoma of the nose.
  Med.  News, Phila., 1H94, lxiv, 710— Clark (J. P.)  Sar-
  coma ofthe nose.  Boston M. Sc S.  J., 1891, exxv, 239-242.
^Yose (Tumors of, Sarcomatous).
  -----. Sarcoma of the nasal sa-ptum.  Tr. Am. Laryngol.
  Ass. 1898, X. Y.,  1899, xx,  1*3-190.  AUo:  N. York M.
  J.,  1899,  lxix, 14-16. — Collier (M.)  A case of myxo-
  sarcoma  in the nasal cavity.   J. Laryngol., Lond.,  1903,
  xviii, 22-24. — Compaircil (C.)  Dos casos do sarcoma de
  las  fosas nasales; operacion ; curacion.  Siglo m6d., Ma-
  drid,  1895, xlii, 457.— Connal (J. G.)  Sarcoma of the
  nose. Glasgow M. J., 1903, lx, 333-335.— Coquot.  Sar-
  come ossifiant des cornets chez une jument; operation;
  guerison. Rec. de m6d. vet., Par., 1904, lxxvi, 609-612.—
  Cornell (S. S.)  A case ot angeiosarcoma  of the nose.
  X.  York M. J.,  1901,  lxxiv, 347-349. — Cozzolino (V.)
  Un caso di sarcoma e cellule poliniorfe (simulante un me-
  lano-sarcoma) del setto nasale  osseo, a destra, d iff uso al
  pavimento della cavita. nasale.   Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.],
  Toriuo-Palermo,  1893, i,  156;  233,  1 pl.  AUo, Keprint.
  -----. Melanosarkom der Nasenschleinihaut mit Lnter-
  suchungen iiber die Entstehung des melanotischen Pig-
  ments; klinisch-histologischer Beitrag.  Arch. f. Laryn-
   §ol. u. Khinol., Berl., 1903, xv, 77-93, 2 pl.—Craig (K. H.)
   arconia  of tho nasal septum.  Montreal M. J., 1901, xxx,
  454.— D'Anlona.  Enorme fibro-sarconia  della cavita.
  nasale sinistra.  Riv. clin. d. Univ. di Napoli, 1888, ix,  12.—
  Delie.  Sarcome endothelial ou angio-sarcome du cornet
  moven.   Rev. hebd. do laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii,
  1479-1481. — Burante (G.)  Tumeur mixte  (6pith61io-
  sarcome) des fosses nasales; envabissemeut des lobes fron-
  taux; abces latent du cerveau; mort subite; autopsie.
  Arch, de laryngol., de rhinol. |etc], Par., 1890, iii, 150-156.—
  Ferreri (G.)  Ln po' di  critiea sui cosi detti sarcomi en-
  donasali.  Arch. ital. di  otol.  [etc.l, Torino, 1904-5, xvi,
  391-396.—Fcrro (IJ.)  Angio-mixo-sarcoma del setto na-
  sale.  Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze,
  1903, xxi, 49-53. — Ficano (G.)  Osteo-sarcoma della ca-
  vity nasale destra.  Ibid., 1895, xiii, 204-207.—Gallet Sc
  Cornet. Un cas de myxo sarcome angioniateux (polype
  liemnrrha-nque) du cornet inf'6iieur.  Ann. d.  mal. de
  l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1904, xxx, pt. 2, 192-197.—
  Garcia Tapia (A.)  Fibro-augioma del septum; con-
  tribucidn al estudio de los p61ipos hemorragicos (saignauts)
  del tabique.  Corresp. m6d., Madrid, 1904, xxxix, 347; 361.—
  Gibb (J. S.)  Sarcoma of the  nares and ethmoid cells.
  Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 707.—Goldsmith  (P. G.)  Sar-
  coma of the right nasal fossa with  acute sinusitis and or-
  bital cellulitis.  Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1900, viii, 248.
  Also: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1900, xxv, 645-654.
  Also, transl.: Gior. ital. di laringol., otol. e rinol., Napoli,
  1901, ii. no. 3.—Greene (D. M.)  Carcinoma  and sarcoma
  ofthe nose.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc,  Grand Rapids,  1896, xx,
  95-109.—Grosjean (A.)  Le sarcome des fosses nasales,
  etude critique, description clinique et  traitement.   Rev.
  hebd. de  laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xxiv, 1; 33; 65.—Har-
  ris.  Sarcoma of nose.  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv,
  569-571.—Harris (T. J.)  Primary sarcoma of the nose,
  with a report of five cases. Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i,
  337-342. — Hasslauer.   Fibrosarkom des Xaseninnern.
  Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 266-269! —
  Ilayashi (U.) & Sato (T.)  [A caso of sarcoma of the
  nasal cavity.J  Dai Xippon Ji-Bi-InKo-Kwa-Kwai Kwai
  Ho, Tokyo, 1900, vi, 82-86.— IIel me (F.)  Les sarcomes
   firimitifs  de.s fosses nasales. Union med., Par., 1895,  3. s.,
   ix, 85-88.—Heyinann (P.) Melanotisches Sarkom der
  Xase, mit Demonstration.   Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch.
  Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, KSln, 1889,  lix, 248. —Hubbard
  (C. H.)   Intranasal  sarcoma.  Homosop. Eve, Ear  &
  Throat J., N. Y., 1904, x, 364-370. —Johnston (R. H.)
  Sarcomata of the nasal septum.   Laryngoscope, St. Louis,
  1904, xiv,  454-473. — Kienbiick (R.)  [Ein mit Koiitireu-
  stralilen  bebandelter  Fall von  Nasensarkomrezidiv.]
  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1904, xvii, 115. —Knight (C. II.)
  A case of fibrosarcome of the right nasal fossa, with un-
  usual cliuical  history.   Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass.  1890,
  N. Y., 1891, xii, 36-41.— Laud a (G. M.)  Consideraciones
  sobre un  caso operado de sarcoma embrionario del tabique
  nasal.  Kev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana,  1905, x, 242-
  244.—Ledernuui (M. D.)  Sarcoma, ofthe nasal cavity;
  ligation of both external carotids; decided beneficial effect.
  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 771.  Also, Reprint.—Levy
  (R.)  Inoperable sarcoma of the nose.  N. York M. J.,
  1894, lix, 335.  Also, Reprint. — Lewiti (F. D.)  Sarcoma
  ofthe nasal septum.  Homajop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N.
  Y., 1903, ix, 64.—vau Leyden (F.)" Ein geheilter Fall von
  Sarcom des Xasenrachenraumes.  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1897, xxxi, 456. —Lincoln (K. T.)   A case of me-
  lano-sarcoma of the nose cured by galvnno-cauterization.
  N. York M. J., 1885, xlii, 406.  Also, Reprint.—Madden
  (F. C.) Three cases of tumour of the nose.  J. Trop. M.,
  Lond., 1902, v, 170, 1 pl.—ITlartuscclli (G.)  Sarcomi na-
  sali. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1897, xvii, 121-142,1 pl.
  -----. Significato pronostico (li alcuni  sarcomi nasali.
  Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1898, vii.  349-353, 1  pl.—
  .Ilayer (E.)   Adenoma of the nose with incipient sarco-
  matous metamorphosis.  Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 179.
  AUo, Reprint—Michael.   Melanosarkome der Nase.
  Verhaudl. d. x. internat.  med.  Cong.,  Ilerl., 1890, iv, 12.
  Abth.,  83.  AUo,  transl.: Ann. d. mal.  de  l'oreille, du
  larynx [etc.J, Par., 1890, xvi, 688.—lTlilligan (W.)  Case 
NOSE.
804
NOSE.
liose (Tumors  of,  Sarcomatous).
  of intra nasal  sarcoma.   Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol.
  Ass.  1*92,  Lond. cV Phila..  1*93,  ii,  57-62.—Nardi (J.)
  Angiosarcoma del setto.  Arch. ital.  di laringol., Napoli,
  1902, xxii, 72-84.— Natier (M.l  Sur  quelques cas de sar-
  comes des fosses nasales.  Clinique, Brux., 1893, vii, 401-
  406.   Also: Rev. iuternat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
  Par,  1894, iv, 13-19.—von Navratil.   Fiille von Sarco-
  ma nasi,   l'est. med.-chir.  Presse,  Budapest, 1903, xxxix,
  15- 16.—Nichols  (J. E. II.) Sarcoma of the nasal pas-
  sages. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1897,  N. Y., 1898. 155-166.
  AUo: Xew York M*. J., 1*98, lxvii, 43-46.—Onodi (A.)
  Cas interessant de sarcome  de  la fosse nasale.  Kev. de
  laryngol. [etc.]. Par.,  1894, xiv,  13-15. -----. Sarcom der  j
  Nasenbiihle.   Monatschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl.,  1895,  xxix,
  77.—I»aseale (G.)    Enorme fibro-sarcoma della cavitii
  nasale sinistra; euucleazione; asportazione del mascellare
  ed ossa nasali conispondenti; guarigione.  Inhis: Oss.
  di patol. e clin. chir., 8°, Napoli, 1889,  143-148.—Peck (G.
  S.) Sarcoma of the nose.  Homo-op. Eye, Ear & Throat
  J., X. Y., 1005, xi, 294-299.—Polyak  (L.*)   Angiosarcoma
  introitus naris esete.  [A  caseof. . .]  Orr-, gege-es fiil-
  gyogj'-. Budapest,  1904, 137.   Also,  transl..- Pest,  med.-
  chir.  Presse,  Budapest,  1904,  xl, 48.—Beinhold (J.)
  Ueber Myxosarcoine  der  Xase.  Internat.  klin. Rund-
  schau, Wien, 1891, v, 1705-1707.—Bichardson (C. AV.)  |
  A case of myxosarcoma.  Ann. Ophth. &Otol., St. Louis,
  1894, iii, 68-71.—Biddell (J. R.)  Two cases of sarcoma.
  Glasgow  M. J.,  1905,  lxiv, 280.—Boy (D.)  Case of na-
  sal sarcoma.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 377,
  [Discussion], 379.—Sarcomatous polypus of turbinate
  bones and upper jaw.   Descr.  Cat. . . . Mus. Roy. Coll.  I
  Surg. Edinb., 1893,  i, 411-413.—Sarkom der Xase.  Biir-
  gerspit. Basel.  Jahresb. (1899),  1900, 122.  A Uo: Jahresb.
  ii. d. chir. Abt.  d. Spit, in Basel (1899), 1900, 37.—Schep-
  pegrell (W.)  A fatal caseof sarcoma of the nose.  Proc.
  Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1896,  N.  Orl., 1898, 128-130.  Also:
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 95-97.—Schlegel. Os-
  leosarkom  der rechten unteren Xasenniuschel, Lungen-
  gangran  mit Metastasenbildnngen: Endocarditis et Gas
  Iritis   ulcerosa,  Tendovaginitis  septica  (Septicaniia).
  Deutsche thier&rztl. Wchuschr., Karlsruhe, 1895, iii, 229.—
  Sedziak (J.)   Mi^sak (fibro-sarcoma) nosa o niezwyk-
  lyiii pr/ebiegu.  [. . . ofthe  nose with unusual  course.]
  Kion. lek., Warszawa, 1898,  xix, 650; 687. AUo, transl.:
  Kev. hebd. de laryngol.  fetc.J, Par., 1899,  xix, 177-181.—
  Shallcross (I. G.)  A case of  melanotic sarcoma of the
  nares. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc.  Penn. 1891, Phila., 1892, xxvii,
  212-215.   Also:  Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1892, xxvii,
  24-27.—Smith (F. C.)  Case of nasal fibro-sarcoma. Tr.
  South  Indian  Branch  Brit.  M.  Ass.,  Madias,  1887-8, ii,
  501, 1  pl. — Smith ( IL )  Intranasal sarcoma, with re-
  port of a case.  Manitoba Sc W. Canada  Lancet, Winni-
  peg,  1897, v, 137-139.—de  Sojo (F.)  La cirugia radical
  en la  terapeutica de  los sarcomas de las fosas  nasales.
  Kev. de cien.  med.de Barcel., 1905, xxxi, 449-461.—Til-
  laux. Sarcome des fosses  nasales.  Gaz. d.  hop., Par.,
  1890, lxiii, 718.—Warthin (A. S.)  A  primary polymorph-
  ous-cell sarcoma of the  nose, with universal metastasis
  and formation of a free sarcomatous mass in the right ven-
  tricular cavity.   N.  York M. J., 1899,  lxix, 877-882.  AUo,
  Reprint.—Watson (J. A.)   Sarcoma of the nasal pas-
  sages; an inductive study based on the records of 150
  cases.  Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 553-556.—Wood burn
  (W.)  Sarcoma  of  upper air passages.   Homceop. Eye,
  Ear & Throat J., N.  Y., 1898,  iv, 23-26.—Wright (J.)
  An osteo-sarcoma in the nose of an ox.  Med. Rec, N. Y.
  1*95, xlvii, 491.

I\ose (Tumors  of  Treatment of).
     See, also, Nose (Polypi of).
     Chambers (T. R.)  Enzymes in the treatment of na-
  sal polypi, angiomaof the nose, aud*chronicotitis. J. Am.
  M. Ass., Chicago,  1899, xxxiii, 1146.  Also,  Reprint.—
  Gaudier (H.)  De l'augio-myxdine  des fosses nasales et
  de son traitement.   I?eho med. du  nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 426-
  428.—Helot (P.)  Electrolyse des tumeurs de la cloison
  du nez et des hyperplasies de la pituitaire.   Rev. inter-
  nat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1895, v, 121-125.—
  ile Ponthiere (L.)  Un cas d'ecartement des os propres
  du nez caus6 par d'enormes et  nombreux nbro-myxonies
  des fosses nasales.   Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille,  du larynx
  |etc), Par., 1903, xxix, 253-255.—Powers (G.  H.)  Cure
  ol myxo-fibroiua.  Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1897, xl, 2(>0.—
  Sargnon.  Traitement des fibromes naso-pharyngiens.
  liaz/d. hop.. Par., 1897, lxx, 1317 - 1323.  — Smith ( H.)
  Xaso-fibroma treated by injections of mouo-chloracetic
  acid  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905,  xv,  292.

I\o*e (Tumors  of,  Treatment  of   Opera-

   tire).
     See,  also,  Jaw  (Upper,  Excision  of);  Nose
  (Polypi  of);   Nose  (Tumors  of,  Cystic);  Nose
  (Tumors of, Hcematomatous); Nose < tumors  of,
IVose  (Tumors  of  Treatment  of,   Opera-

  tire).
  Malignant);  Nose   (Tumor*  of,  Osseous,  etc);
  Nose (Tumors of', Papillomatous); Nose (Tumors
  of, Sarcomatous) ; Nose (Tumors of) in  children.
     Cartaz (A.)   De quelques complications de
  l'operation des tumeurs  adenoides  du pharynx
  nasal.   8°.   Paris,  1690.
     Gourdiat  (J.)   * Contribution a l'e'tude des
  tumeurs malignes et des pseudo-ne\>plasuies tu-
  berculeux des fosses nasales.   Therapeutique
  chirurgicale.   8°.   Lyon,  1897.
     LaCROIX (P.)    * Traitement des (qiaississe-
  ments  de la cloison des  losses nasales.   Scies et
  trypans electriques.   4y  Paris, 1895.
     Arslan.  Chirurgia  dei  tumori adenoidi.   Atti d.
  Cong, d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1903, Napoli, 1904, vii,
  53-72.—Beco (L.)  Tumeur volumineuse  des  fosses na-
  sales  enlevees par les voies  naturelles.  Bull. Soc. beige
  d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1899, iv, 40-43. — Bryant (J. D.)
  The influence on a naso-pharyngeal growth of simultane-
  ous ligature of the external carotids.  N. York M. J., 1889,
  xlix, 512-514.—De Stella.  Quelques considerations sur
  le traitement chirurgical des tumeurs des  fosses nasales.
  Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 531-
  537.  Also:  Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1904, xi, 507-
  510. — Escat (E.)  Volumineux choudiome nasal op6r6
  par les voies naturelles.  Kev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par.,  1901,  ii, 81-84. — Felici (F.)  Asportazione  rapida
  di un fibroma naso-faringeo.   Arch. ital. di laringol., Na-
  poli, 1890, x, 109-112. — Fischer.  Angiotelektasie des
  linken  Nasenflugels, vollstiindige Heilung durch ange-
  waudte Vaccination.  Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh.,
  Winnenden, 1881, xxxii, 317-319. — Flatau.  [Linkssei-
  tige Obstruction der Nase (lurch eine Geschwulst.] Ver-
  handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, 31.—
  Ginzburg (L. S.)  Vrenieunaya rezektsiya tvyordavo
  nyoba  vmiestle s alveolyarnim krayem verkhnikh che-
  lyustel  (opt-ratsiya  Partsch'a) dlya udaleniya  opukholi
  nosoglotochnavo prostranstva.  [Temporary resection of
  the hard palate, together with the alveolar border of tbe
  upper jaws (Partsch's operation) for the removal of a tu-
  mor of the naso-pharynx.]  Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903,
  ii, 1185.—Gleitsiuann (J.W.)  Anewaud simple method
  to lessen reaction after the use of  the galvano-cautery for
  nasal hypertrophies.  Ann. Ophth. & Otol., Kansas City,
  1892, i, 6J-65.—Griinwnld (L.)   Zur Operatioiistechnik
  bei rctrouasalen Tumoren.  Munchen. nied. Wchuschr.,
  1890, xxxvii, 353-356.—Hertle (J.)  Uebereiuen Fall von
  tempoiarer Aufklappung beider Oberkiefer nach Koeher
  zum Zwecke der Entfernung eines grossen Naseurachen-
  fibroms.  Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxiii, 75-83.—
  Hughes (W. K.)   Prone position in operating for post-
  nasal growths.  Intercolon. M. Cong., Australas.  Tr. 1899,
  Brisbane, 1901, 329-333. — Imbert Delonues  (A. B.)
  Operation faite  le 16 brumaire au 7, au citoyen Perrier do
  Gurat, aneien mairede la ville d'Angouleme. Inhis: Pro-
  gres de la  chir. eu France, 8°, Paris, an viii (1800), pt. 2,
  1-8, 2 pl.—Ituttner (A.)  [Granulatioustumor am vor-
  deren Theil des Septums ]   Verhandl. d. larvngol. Ge-
  sellsch. zu  Berl. (1*97),  1898,viii, 16-18.—linker (C.) To-
  talexstirpation  einer  grossen endonasahn  Geschwulst
  durch  die Choane.  Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1891, xxxii,
  211-214.—I.e Benin.   Quatre cas de fibrome tubereux
  du nez; dont trois traitcs par la  decortication.  Bull, et
 • m6m. Soc.  de chir. de  I'ar., 1888, n. s., xiv,  786-789.—
  Meyer (E.) Ein operirter  Fall mit Freilegung des Ge-
  siebtsskelets.   Verhaudl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch.  19u3,
  Berl.,  1904, xxxiv, 36-39. — Oilier.  Traitemeut opera-
  toire  des tuniems  profondes des fosses  nasales et du
  pharynx nasal  par l'abaissement preiiminaire du nez.
  Assoc, franc, pour l'avance.  d. sc. C.-r., Par.,  1893. xxii,
  pt. 1, 308-310. — Bazumovski (V.  I.)  Yremeiinaya
  rezektsiya  nosa po Oilier, kak predvaritelnaya operatsiya
  pri udaleuii opukholel iz polostel nosovol inosoglotochuoi.
  [Temporary resection of the  nose after Oilier, as a  prelim-
  iuary to the removal of tumors from the  nose and naso-
  pharynx.]   Protok. i trudi russk. chir. Obsh. Pirogova, St.
  Petersb., 1894-5, xiii.  49-55.  AUo: Vrach, St. Peterb.,
  1895, xvi. 147; 183.—Stewart (T. M.)  Nasal fibroma; a
  case;  operation and  autopsy.   Homoeop. Eye, Ear <fe
  Throat J.,  X. Y., 1900,  vi, 119-121, 1 pl.  AUo,  Reprint.—
  Street (H. E.)  Removal  of a myxofibroma from the
  nasopharynx.  J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., X. Y., 1897,
  ix, 74.—Tumeur dans le nez extirpee sans succes. Essais
  et obs. de  med. de la  Soc. d'Ediub., Par., 1742. iii, 365-
  369.—Wagner (C.)   Case of uasal vascular myxoma; re-
  moval,  alarming hemorrhage, recovery.   Inhis:  Caseof
  sublingual, [etc.l, «°. X. Y.. 1877,  4-5. — We in lee liner.
  Adenom an der Haut  der Xasenspitze; durch Exstirpa-
  tion geheilt. Aerztl. Ber. d. k. k. allg. Krankenh. zu Wien
  (1886), 1888, 207. 
NOSE.
805
NOSE.
IVose  (Tumors  of, Treatment  of) by  elec-

  tricity.
     See. also,  Nose (Polypi of); Nose (Tumors of)
  [and subdivisions].
     Breuitiug (F. C.)   Post-nasal tumor of  enormous
  size;  its removal with the galvano-cautery snare.  Iuter-
  nat. J. Surg., N.  Y.,  1901,  xiv,  248. —Helot (P.)   De
  I'electrolyse des tumeurs de la cloison du nez et des  hyper-
  plasies  de  la pituitaire.  Ann.  d. mal.  de  l'oreille, du
  larynx  [etc.]. Par.,  1895, xxi, 217 - 223. — Roy  (L.-G.)
  Tumeur erectile  de  la racine du  nez;  traitement par
  I'electrolyse;  gu6rison.  Rev. med.. Par., 1905. xiv,  904-
  908. — Shipman  (A.)   Treatment of nasal fibroma by
  electrolysis.   St. Louis Cour.  Med.. 18*s, xx,  228-232.__
- Strazza.   Destruction par I'electrolyse dune volumi-
  neuse tumeur cavernense de la  cloisoii.  Rev. internat.
  de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1894, iv, 49.

Nose (Tumors of) in children.
     Goldstein  ^s.)   * Ueber  Nasenpolypen  hei
  Individuen  unter 16 Jahren.   8\   Kbnigsberg
  i. Pr., 1694.
     Bautngarten.   Grosser  Choanalpolyp bei  einem
  Kinde.   Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1901, xxxvii,
  717. — Costou (H. R.)  A nasal polypus weighing an
  ounce, and three inches and a quarter long, springing from
  the sseptum nasi of  a child  of twelve.   X. York  M. J.,
  1899, lxx, 198.  Also,  Keprint,— Be Siuioni (A.)   Polipo
  nasale  mixomatoso,   teleangettasico,  cavernoso,  in  un
  bambino di cinque anni.  Speeialista mod., Milano, 1903-4,
  i, 104.— Bownie (W.)  Case of a large nasal mucous
  polypus removed from an infant barely eight weeks old.
  Glasgow M. J., 1905, lxiv, 273.—Gibson (J. L.)   Peculiar
  nasal polvpus in a child aged seven years.  Australas. M.
  Gaz., Sydney, 1896, xv, 503.— Labarii- (E.)   Relation
  d'un cas de polype fibro-muqueux des fosses  nasales chez
  nn enfant de  5 ans et demi.  Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de
  laryngol., Brux., 1898, iii, 129-131.  Also: Rev. internat.
  de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,  Par., 1898. ix, 392-394.—
  MacCoy (A. W.)  A case of myxoma ofthe naso-pharynx
  in a child six years old. X. York M. J., 1890,  lii, 341.—
  Martha.    Recherches  statistiqnes  sur  les polypes
  muqueux des fosses nasales dans 1'enfance et chez l'adulte.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.J, Par., 1898, xxiv,
  238-241.—Natier (M.)  Polypes  muqueux des fosses na-
  sales  cbez les enfantsjusqu'k lage de quinze ans.  Ann.
  delaPoliclin.de Par., 1890-91.  i, 321; 379; 417.—Owen
  (E.)  Postnasal growths in children.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond.,
  1893. i, 355.—Rupp (A.) Report of a case of nasal poly-
  pus in a female infant four weeks old.  Med. Rec,  X. Y.,
  1896, 1. 718.—Variot, tie Jlarc'Hadour Sc Roger
  (P.)  Influence des vegetations adenoides sur les troubles
  digestifs et les retards de la croissance chez  les nourris-
  sons.  Scalpel, Liege, 1905-6, lviii, 46.

Hose (Ulcer  of).
     See, also,  Catarrh (Nasal, Complications, etc.,
  of);  Nose  (Lupus of); Nose (Septum of,   Ulcer,
  etc., of); Nose (Surgery of,  Plastic); Nose (Tu-
  berculosis of).
     Balzer (F.) & Franeois-Bainville.  Ulceration
  chaneriforme du nez, chez un  nouveau-ne, produite par
  une gomme tuberculeuse.  Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 53-55.  AUo: Ann. de dermat. et
  syph., Par., 1905. 4. s., vi, 165-167.—Baumgarten  (E.)
  Exophthalmus, Ptosis und Diplopie, bedingtduich Ulcera-
  tion des Sept urns.  Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904,
  xl. 606.— Beutter (C.)  Ulceration du nez.  Lyon med.,
  1903, c,  854-856.—Bosio (B.)  Caso raro  di ulcera fage-
  denica della volta faringea.  Atti d. Cong. d. Soc.  ital. di
  laringol. [etc.] 1902, Xapoli, 1903, vi, 96-103. —Borland
  (W. A.  X.)   The differential diagnosis of nasal ulcera-
  tions.  Ann. Gynsec.  & Paediat.,  Phila., 1890-91, iv, 694-
  697.  Also, Reprint.— Faidherbe (A.)  Ulcerations can-
  cereuses du nez cicatrisees par l'emploi du chlorate de po-
  tasse. Bull. Soc. anat.  elin.deLille, 1891, vi, 64.—Fordyce
  (J. A.)  A  case of undetermined tropical ulceration  in-
  volving  the nose, pharynx and larynx, with  histological
  findings, and some general considerations regarding clini-
  cally similar cases in Oceania and elsewhere, by  W. F.
  Arnold.  J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., X. Y., 1906, xxiv, 1-
  13, 6 pl.—Gastou (P.)  N6oplasie ulc6reuso nasale do
  nature ind6termin6e chez une cardeuse de matelas (cas de
  diagnostic).  Bull. Soc franc, de dermat.  et syph., Par.,
  1899, x, 159-164. Also:  Ann.dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1899,
  3. s.,  x, 366-371.—Gaucher.   Deux  cas d'uleerations
  nasales,  les unes svphilitiqneset les autres tuberculeuses;
  traitement.  J. de'm6d. int.,  Par.. 1903. vii, 242.—Goris
  (C.)  Un cas de rhinoplastie avec resection partielle de la
  joue pour ulcus rodens.  Ann.  de I'lnst.  chir. de Brux.,
  1900, vii, 170. — H.-illopeau  & Gadaud.  Snr une
  ulceration nasale de  nature  probablement tuberculeuse.
  Bull. Soc. fran? de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 352-365.
  A Uo: A nn. (le dermat. et syph., Par., 1902,4. s., iii,718-720.—
  Harris (L. H.)   Therapeutics of the  Rbntgen  rays.
IVose (Ulcer of).
   [Case of rodent ulcer of the nose.]  Australas. M. Gaz.,
   Sydney, 1902, xxi, 848-850.—Helot. Ulcere rongeant de
   la face k marche rapide chez un malade ayant pr6sent6
   uno ulceration  narinaire trophique.  Arch,  internat. de
   laryngol.  [etc.], Par.,  1905, xx, 75-80.—Jones (H. M.)
   Case of esthiomenic menstrual ulcer ofthe nose; its treat-
   ment and cure.   Edinb. M.J.,1897, n. s., ii, 370-375.  Also:
   J.  Laryngol..  Lond.,  1897, xii, 301-306.—Kovacs.  A
   roncsol6  orrfekeiyek gyogyitsisa  koriili  tapasztalatok.
   [Cases of malignant ulcers in tho nose, and their operative
   treatment.1   Orvosi hetil., Budapest,  1858,  ii, 401;  433;
   781; 797.—.Marie (P.) &  Guillain.  Sur trois  cas de
   rhinelcose (ulceration d'une narine) coi'neidant avec des
   16sions des cordons posterienrsde la moelle.  Bull, et m6m.
   Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3.  s., xix, 144-147.  AUo:
   Ann. d. mal. do l'oreille, du larynx [etc], Par., 1902, xxviii,
   369-386.—martiu (V.)  Ulcere perforant  simple de la
   cloison nasale dit ulcere do  Hajek.   Arch, de m6d. et
   pharm.  mil.,  Par.,  1902,  xl,  44-51.—Nobl.   (Vierund-
   zwanzigjahriger  Kranker  mit narbiger und  ulzeroser
   Destruktion des Nasenriickens, sowie  des  Integuments
   der Waugen und Ohrmuscheln.] Wien. klin. Wchnsehr.,
   1903, xvi, 128*.—Parmentier (M.)  Diagnostic difleren-
   tiel des ulceres syphilitiques, tuberculeux, lupique et can-
   c6reux dans le nez, le pharynx et le larynx.  Progr6s m6d.
   beige, Brux.,  1902, iv, 61-63.  AUo, transl.: Rassegna in-
   ternaz. d. nied. mod., Catania, 1901-2, iii, 374-379.—Taylor
   (G. G. S.)  A case of rodent ulcer of tbe no.-e and eyelids
   treated with  the X-rays.  Lancet, Loud., 1902,  i,  1395.—
   Thomson (St. C.)  Ulceration of the left ala nasi.  Tr.
   M. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxv, 359.—Townsend (I.)  Ulcer
   of  the  nasal septum;  two cases. J.  Ophth., Otol., &
   Laryngol., N. Y., 1895, vii, 200-303.—Wagner.   Ulcus
   thromboticum nasi.   (Eine typische, durch Thrombose
   entstandene Geschwiirsform des angiomatos gerotheten
   Nasenriickens.)  Allg.  med. Centr.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1891, lx,
   493.—Zapparoli (L.) Cento casi di  forme ulcerative
   nasali curate coll' acido cromico diluito.   Atti d. Cong. d.
   Soc. ital. di laringol.  [etc ]  1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 409-417.
   AUo, Reprint.

Hose (Varix of).
     Brindel (A.) Un casde situation  rare d'une  varice
   nasale.  Gaz. hebd. d. sc.  med. de Bordeaux,  1895, xvi,
   320.—Wingravc (W.)  Turbinal varix.  J. Laryngol.,
   Lond., 1894, viii, 789-797.  Also: Lancet, Lond., 1895, i,
   1501-1504.  Also: Med. Press & Circ,  Lond., 1894, n. s.,
   lviii, 471-474.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii,
   1171. AUo, transl: Pratique med., Par., 1897, xi, 241-243.
   AUo, transl.:  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol.,
   Par., 1895, v, 173-177.

I¥ose (Vegetations of).
    See Epilepsy (Causes of ); Myxoedema ( Com-
  plications of); Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegeta-
   tions of).

]¥ose ( Watery discharge from).
    See, also, Head (Injuries of) with  discharge of
   cerebro-spinal  fluid;  Nerve (Optic,  Atrophy  of,
   Double); Nerve (Optic, Inflammation of).
    Gkklety-Bosviel (J.)   *Du  traitement de
  Phydrorrhe'e nasale  par l'air chaud.  8°.   Paris,
   1904.
    Hakanchipy (M.)   * De Fhydrorrh6e nasale
  vraie; sa pathogenie, son traitement.  8°.   Pa-
  ris,  1900.
    Mari.and  (L.)    *Du diagnostic  differentiel
  des liydrorrhdes nasales.  8°.  Lyon, 1900.
    Melzi (U.)   Su di un caso di idrorrea nasale.
  8°.  Milano, 1699.
    Also, transl. in: Tr. Internat. Otol. Cong. 1899, Lond.,
   1900, vi,  410-412.  AUo, transl. in: J. Laryngol., Lond.,
  1899, xiv, 632-634
    Molinie (J.)  I/hydrorrhe'e nasale.   8°.   Pa-
  ris,  1901.
    See, also, infra.
    Thomson (S. C.)  The cerebro-spitial fluids;
  its  spontaneous escape from  the nose.   With
  observations on its composition and  function in
  the human subject.   8°.  London, 1899.
    Abate  (C.)  Sull' idrorrea  nasale.  Boll. d. mal. d.
  orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1900, xviii, 244-250.—
  Augieras.  Hydrorrhee  nasale d'origine parotidieune
  consecutive a une operation d'empyeme du sinus maxil-
  laire.  Kev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i, 753-755.—
  Baber (C)  Nasal hydrorrhcea; analysis of liquid.
  Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 257-259.—Bean (C. E.)
  Nasal hydrorrhea.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. ls9J, N. Y.,
  1893, xiv,  77-80.   Bereiis (B.) ' Suprarenal extract in
  the treatment of nasal  hydrorrhea.  Tr. Am. Laryngol., 
NOSE.
806
tfOSE.
.  IVo*e  (Watery discharge from).
     Rhinol. A Otol. si*. 1900, N. Y.. 1901. vi, 35-40.—Bosviel
     (J.)  De llivdroirhee nasale et de son traitement par les
     applications* d'air chaud.  J. de med. int., Par., 1905, ix,
     335-337—Brindel.   Note preiiminaire sur la pathogenie
     de rhvdrorrhee  nasale.  Mem. et  bull.  Soc. de  m6d. et
     chir.de Bordeaux (1898), 1*99. 454-456. -----.  Dela patho-
     genic de l'bydrorrhee nasale dans la coryza spasmodique
     avec examen histologique des muqueuses hydrorrheiques.
     Rev. hebd. de larvngol. letc], Par.,  1901, i. 609-619—de
     la Camp.  Leber  Rhinorrhoea  cerebrospinalis.  Beil.
     klin. Wchnseln.. 1!>04,  xii. 72. —C'astex (A.)  Observa-
     tions  d'hydrol i bee  nasale.  Bull,  de laryngol..  otol. et
     rhinol.. Par., I9m>,  iii,  i:;:; -137. — C athcart.  Caseof
     rhinoi-rlia-a iu a uirl  aged 9.  Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,
     1902  xii,  :'.>-'.—C'oolidge (A.), jr.   Cerebro-spinal fluid
     t'u.m the nose   Boston M. Sc  S. J.,  Is'.l*. cxxxix. 490.—
     Cooper 'It. T.)  Cerebro-spinal rhinorrhea.  Homeop.
     W..rhl.  Lond., 1899,  xxxiv,  4s9. — Cott (G.  V.)  Spon-
     taueoa-i discharge of cerebrospinal  fluid.  Ann. Otol.,
     Rhiuol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis. 1904, xiii, 123.—Oalgetty
     (A. IJ.) Case'of rhinorrhoea; ciliated oiganisms met with
     iu the  discharge. J. Trop. M., Lond.. 1901, iv, 21.—Bu-
     bar (E.)  Sur un cas d'hydrorrhee nasale guerie par les
     pulverisations a  l'atropine.  Progres med., Par., 19u3, 3. s.,
     xvii, 107.— Ekkert (A. F.)  Istecheniye vodyauistol zhid-
     kosti iz nosa (hydrorrhoea nasalis); po  povodu oduovo
     nablyudeuiya.  ['...; apropos of a  case.]  Vrach, St.  Pe-
     tersb..  1901, xxii,  137;  177.   AUo. transl.:   Allg. med.
     Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1901,  lxx. 347; 357;  371; 383.—Fisher
     (T.)  Ceiebiospinal rhinorrhoea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899,
     ii, 1414.—Freudenlhal (W.)  Spontanea  Entweichen
     von cerebro-spinaler  Fliissigkeit aus der Nase.  Arch. f.
     path. Anat. [etc], Berl.,  1900. clxi, 328-337.  AUo [Abstr.]:
     N. Yorker med. Monatschr.,  1900, xii.  364-366.  Also,
     transl: Tr. M.  Soc. N. Y..  Phila., 1900, 422-430.  AUo,
     transl.: (Jailbird's M. J., N.  Y.,  1900,  lxxii, 1122-1128.
     Also, transl..- N. York AI. J.. 1900, lxxi, 459-463.—«lynn
     (T. R.) Sc Glynn (E. E.) A case simulating intracranial
     tumour, spontaneous and persistent  escape  of  cerebro-
     spinal  fluid from the nose, with complete recovery.   Tr.
     M. Soc,  Lond.,  1905, xxviii. 303-306. —Harris (T. J.)
     Some remarks  on chronic post-nasal discharge.  Post-
     Graduate, N. Y.,  1901, xvi, 625-636.-  Hektoen (L.) Spon-
     taneous escape  of  cerebro-spinal  fluid  from tbe nose.
     Indiana M. J., Indianap.,  1899-1900, xviii, 336.—Holin-
     ger (J.)  ('aso of hydrorrhea nasi.  Chicago M. Recorder,
     189*, xiv,  433-435.—Jankelevitch.  De  l'bydrorrhee
     nasale.  Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par.,
     1898, ix, 5-13.—Kanellis.  Contribution au  traitement
     de 1'hydrorrhee  nasale.   Bull, de laryngol.,  otol. et  rhi-
     nol.,  Par., 1905, viii, 191-195.—Knuesugi (E.)  Ein Fall
     von  Abfluss von Liquor cerebrospinalis durch den  Na-
     senrachenraum.  [Japanese text.)  Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-
     Ko-Kwa Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1899, v, 213-227. — I.a-
     querriere (A.)  Hydrorrbe'e nasale intense guerie au
     cours d'un traitement general par l'eiectricite.  Progres
     m6d.. Par.. 1903.  3. s., xvii, 17-19.—Lermoycz (M.)  Le
     traitement  atropo-strychnique de  1'hydrorrhee nasale.
     Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc*], Par., 1899, xxv,
     pt. 2, 40-82. -----. Traitement rationnel de 1'hydrorrhee
     nasale.  Arch, internat. de larvngol.  fete], Par..  1899, xii,
     286-290.—I.ichtwitz (L.)  Contribution k 1 etude de l'by-
     drorrhee nasale.  Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1892, i, 546-567.
     AUo. transl: Prag. med. Wchuschr., 1893, xviii, 71; 82;
     94— .llahu (G.) Hydrorrheenasaleunilaterale; gu6risou
     par l'air chaud.   Ann.d.mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],
     Par., 1902, xxviii, 481-484.—Meyer (A.)  Escape of cere-
     brospinal fluid through the n.»e. J. Nerv. &  Ment. Dis.,
     N. Y., 1903,  xxxi. lilt;.—Mignon (M.)   La  rhinorrhee
     c6rebro-spinale.  Presse med., I'ar., 1900, i, 203.—Molinie
     (J.)  De rhvdrorrhee nasale.  Arch, iuternat. de laryngol.
     [etc.].  Par., 1900, xiii. 211-213. -----. Rapport snr l'hy-
     dronbee nasale. Ibid., 1901,  xiv. 208-223.   AUo: Rev.
     hebd. delaryngol. [etc.J. Par., 1901, i, 577-597.   AUo: Bull.
     m6d., Par., 1901, xv, 411-41'i.—.> atier (M.) La rhinorrhee
     exclusivement symptomatique de neurasthenie; son traite-
     ment.  Parole.   Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.]. Par., 1900,
     u. s., ii, 321; 3**;  482;  535; 648; 705: 190!, iii, 15; 129.—
     Nikitin (W.|   Ein  Fall von  Hvdrorrhcea nasalis.   Mo-
     natschr. f.  Ohrenh., Berl., 1898, xxxii, 553-555.— Philip
     (J. H.) Sc Brown (P. K.)  One case of cerebro spinal
     rhinoi ihea, and  two cases of nasal hvdrorrhcea.  Tr. M.
     Soc.  Calif.. San  Fran.,  1900, xxx.  474-479.  Also: Medi-
     cine, Detroit. 1900,  vi,  993-100M.—Raymond,  Rhinor-
     rhee  arthritique.   J.  de med.  int..  Par., 1902, vi,  170.—
     Rhodes ij. E.)  Nasal hvdrorrhea.  Tr. Am. Larvngol.
     Ass., N. Y., 1904. xxvi,  4-13.  AUo: Aun. Otol.. Khinol.
     Sc Laryngol., St.  Louis, 1904. xiii, 224-233 —Mabrazes (J.)
     Note sur le point de congelation et l'examen cvtolugique
     des liquides d'hydrorrhee nasale.  Ga?.. hebd. d. se med.
     de Bordeaux, 1903. xxiv, 39. — Ncliwab tS. I.) Sc Cireeu
     i J.), jr. A case  of cerebrospinal rhinorrhoea. with retinal
     changes.   Am. J. M.  Sc.. Phila. Si N. Y., 1905, n. s., exxix,
     774-7H —Scheppegrell  (W.) Case of rec orient head-
     ache, each attack being  relieved by the discharge through
     right nostril of a  fluid from the cranial cavitv.  J. Am. M
     Ass.. Chicago, 1898, xxx, 4*0-4rY—Thompson (St. C.)
IVose (Watery  discharge from).
  Nasal hydrorrhoea.   Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1898, ii, 1247-1249.
  AUo [Abstr.l: J. Laryngol., Loud..  1898, xiii, 500.  AUo
  [Abstr.]:  Med.  Press  A; Circ. Lond.,  1*98,  n. s., lxvi,
  328.—Thomson (St. C),  Hill (L.) & Halliburton
  (W. D.)  Observations on the cerebro-spinal  fluid  in tIn-
  human subject. Lancet,Lond.,li-99,i,577-579.— Valentin.
  Un cas d'hydrorrhee nasale guei ie par I'electrolyse.  Bull.
  et m6m. Soc. med.-chir. du Nord, Lille, 1905,  i, 175-180 —
  Valeur (A.) Analyse d'un liquide d'ecoulement nasale.
  Bull.  il. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1904, x, 327-330.—Vigou-
  roux  (A.)  Ecoulement de liquide cephalo-raehidien par
  les fossei nasales chez un debile.  Rev. neurol.. Par., 1904,
  xii, 1202-1204. —Williams  (P. W.)  Sc Stocker (E. G.)
  Case of cerebro-spinal  rhinorrhoea.  Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1901, ii, 1042 — Williams  (W.)  Case of cerebro-spinal
  rhinorrhoea which had apparent 1 v recovered spontaneously.
  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1905, xx, 324.

IVose (Worms  in).
     Sec  Nose (I.arrcv,  etc., in).

IVo*e ( Wounds and injuries of).
     See, also, Nose (l>eformities of, Treatment of);
  Nose (Deformities of, Treatment of, Operatire);
  Nose (Foreign bodies in); Nose  (Fracture of);
  Nose (Tumors of, Hcematomatous).
     Edelbkock (J.)   * Die Perforation der Nasen-
  seheidewand.   *P.   Wurzburg,  1H95.
     Ropke (F.)  Die Verletzungen der  Nase und
  deren Nebenhohlen, nebst Anleitung zur Uegut-
  achtung ihrer Folgezustande.  8°.   Wiesbaden,
  1905.
     Ash worth  (VV. C.)  A severe tear of the nasal sep-
  tum.   North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1895, xxxv, 226.—
  Castex (A.) Fissures intolerantes des narines.  Rev.
  internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1894, iv, 217.—
  t'happel  (W.  F.)  Neurasthenia  and neuralgia  from
  traumatism of the nasal passages.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1890,
  xxxvii, 522-524.  Abo, Reprint.  AUo [Abstr.]: J. Respir.
  Org., N. Y., 1890, ii. 83-86.—Collier (M.)  A  case of ex-
  treme  displacement of the  nose.   J. Laryngol., Lond.,
  1903, xviii, 24.—Bodin (M. G.) K kazuistikle traumati-
  cheskikh povrezhdeuiy nosa.  [Traumatic injuries of the
  nose.]   Vrach. gaz., S.-Peterb., 1901,  viii, 897.— Dunn
  (W. A.)  Dislocation of the triangular cartilage, with an
  operation for its relief.  J. Ophth.. Otol. Sc Laryngol., N.
  Y., 1890, ii, 193-196.—de Fouchy.  Observation  anato-
  mique. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 17*4,  Par., 1787, 399-401.—
  Gleason  (E. B.)   The treatment  of injuries and de-
  formities of the bony frame-work of the nose.  Med. Bull.,
  Phila., 1900, xxii, 4M-435.—Gougucnheim.  Les trau-
  matismes de la cioison nasale.  Semaiue m6d., Par., 1896,
  xvi, 373.   AUo, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv, 481.—
  Ileuuig.  Fall von einer  abgeschlagenen Nasenspitze.
  Sitzungsb. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1892-3, Miiu-
  chen, 1894, iii, 117.—Jurasz (A.)  Die Verletzungen des
  Rachens und des Naseniachenraumes.  Handb. d. Larvn-
  gol. u. Rhinol.,f Wien,  1896-7,  ii, 315-320.—McNeil (I.)
  Dislocation  of the cartilage of the nose.  J.Am. M. Ass..
  Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1701.—Moore (\V.)  Destruction of
  nose by gun-shot accident;  restoration by  plastic  opera-
  tions.  Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1903. viii,
  88-91, 1 pl.—Pegler.  Case of dislocation of  the triangu-
  lar cartilage of the septum.   J. Laryngol., Lond., 1898, xiii,
  471.— Podhajsky (V.) Lt'aty, pfisity a prij-ostly nos.
  [Nose cut off, sutured, and adhering again.]   Casop. lek.
  cesk.,  v Praze,  1864, iii, 159.—Princeteau. Coup de
  pied de cheval.   J. de m6d. de Bordeaux. 1905,  xxxv, 395.—
  Pusateri (S.)  Contributo speriment ile alio studio delle
  ferite peuetranti nelle cavita nasali.  Arch, per le sc. med.,
  Torino, 1905, xxix, 54C-553, 1 pl. AUo: Gior.  d. r. Accad.
  di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 628—Scheier <M.)  Le-
  ber Scbussverletzungeu der Nase und deren Nebenhohlen.
  Berl. klin. Wcbnscbr., 1893, xxx, 395-398.—Soiners (L. S.)
  Separation of the nasal cartilages, with report of a case.
  N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 213.—Veyrassat.   Un  cas de
  luxation des os  propres du nez.  Rev. ni6d. de la Suisse
  Rom., Geneve,  1904, xxiv, 55-57.

IVose in anthropology.
     Hue (A.)  Le  nez; l'etre de>oile" par sa forme.
  fJ.   Angers cf- Paris, 1672.
     Hovokka (O.)   Die aussere Nase.   Eine ana-
  toiuisch-anthropologische  Studie.  8°.    Wien,
  1-93.
     Braislin (W.  C.)  On  the ethnological  characteris-
  tics of tlie human nasal canals, considered as  an economic
  adaptation.   Science, N. Y., 1893, xxi. 169.—Chapitre
  (Le) du nez.  Chron. med., Par., 1898.  v.  289; 353; 737:
  1899. vi. 600: 1900. vii. 20; 117; 2*5; 477; 697: 1901, viii. 360;
  793: 19n2. ix. 273:  785: 1903. x. 436; 700— Chlldzinski
  (T.)  L'-s anomalies des os propres du  nez chez  les au-
  thropoides et principalement chez les orangs.  Bull. Soc. 
NOSE.
807
NOSE.
IVose  in anthropology.
  d'anthrop. de Par., 1*03, 4. s., iv,  7*8-791.—Citelli (S.)
  Studio sulle dimensioni. forma, direzione e simmetria delle
  coane  nei cranii uniaui  adulti.  Arch. ital. di lariugol.,
  Napoli, 1903, xxiii, 1-19.—1'ollignon (R.) La nomencla-
  ture quiuaire de l'indice nasal du vivant.  Rev.d'anthrop.,
  Par., 1887, 3. s., ii, 8-19.—da C'unha (G ) The nasal in-
  dex in biological anthropology.  J. Anthrop. Soc. Bom-
  bay, 1890-92, ii, 530-556.—Ferrarini (C.)  Forma e di-
  mensioni dello scheletro  del naso nell' uomo.  Arch, per
  1'  antrop., Firenze, 1891, xxi,  155-213, 3  pl. — Gudden
  (II.)  Ueber eiue Entwickeluugsheniiuung der Nase, ein
  bisher nicht beachtetes  Degenerationszeuhen.   Neurol.
  Centralbl., Leipz.,  1903, xxii. 17. — llontr,   Kccher-
  ches sur l'indice nasal; l'indice nasal des Flamauds et
  des Walloiw.  Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Brux.. 1 *,->-!!,  vii,
  177-205   Hover (H.)  Beitras zur Anthropologic  der
  Nase.  Morphol. Arb., Jena, 1894, iv, 151-177.—Mori (A.)
  Alcuni dati  statistici sull' indice nasale dejili  Italiani.
  Arch,  pel 1'antrop., Firenze, 1897,  xxvii, 195-225,  1 map —
  Baonlt (A.)  Uu nez dans la litterature et dans les arts.
  Rev.  m6d.de l'est,  Nancy, 1902,  xxxiv, 270; 308; 341.—
  Szechy-I.oreiiz (Josephine).  Beitrage zur Physiogno-
  mik der Nase.  Oesterr.-ungar. Badeztg., Wien. 1S95, xxiv,
  153; 161.—Tetens Hald (I\)  Littersere  Kuriosa an-
  gaaende Naesen.  L.iterary curiosa in regard to the nose.]
   L"esk. f. Lseger, Kjobenh..  1906, 5. R..  xiii,  8 15. AUo,
  transl  .-  Lancet, Lond., 1906. i, 246. — Topinard (1'.)
  Documents  sur l'indice  nasal du vivant.  Anthropologic,
  Par.,  1891, ii, 273-2*2. — von Toriik iA.)  Ueber eine
   neue  Methode zur kraniologischen  Charakteristik  der
   Nase.   Internat. Monatschr.  f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz.,
   1898, xr, *1;  113: 145.  1 pl—Wood (G B.)  A  report of
   the nasal septum as found in the skulls of forty mound-
   builders. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1901, xiv, 151-153.

 ]Vo*e and sexual system.
      See. also,  Body (Human,  Odors of); Coitus;
   Menstruation; Menstruation (Vicarious).
      Caifkyxox.   La volupte" et les parfums; rap-
   port  des odeurs avec le .sens go*uital; le  parfum
   naturel de la femme.  8-.  Paris,  1903.
      Galopin  (A.)   Le parfum de  la femme et le
   sens olfactif-dans  1'ainour.   fitude psycho-phy-
   siologique.   12°.   Paris, 16?0.
      Hagen (A.)  Die sexuelleOsphresiologie.  Die
   Beziehungen des Geruchssiunes und der Geriiche
   zur   mensehlichen  Geschlechtsthatigkeit.   -!0.
   Charlottenburg,  1901.
      Tardif (E.)   * Etude  critique des  odeurs et
   des parfums, leur  influence snr le sens ge"n6sique.
   6-.   Bordeaux, 1696.
      -----.   The  same.   8°.    Paris, 1899.
      Benedikt(M.)  Die Nasen-Messiade von Fliess. Wien.
   med.  Wchnsehr., 1901, li, 361-365. —Cabanes.   De  l'in-
   fluence des  sens sur les fonctions genitales; lenez dans ses
   relations avec I'appareil sexuel.   Gaz. de gynec,  Par.,
   1897  xii, 209; 225; 241.—Cox (C. N.)  The relation ot the
   nose to the reproductive oigans.   Brooklyn  M. J., 1902,
   xvi 33->-334.  AU>:  M.-d.  limes  Sc Reg., Phila., 1902, xl,
   230-232.— Bad isett (H. J.)  A paper showing connection
   between the nose and the generative organ in human be
   in^s  Tr. Grant Coll. M. Soc. Bombay, 1899, 51-60. - Be-
   lie.   Relations entre lenezet lesorganes genito-unuaires.
   Rev.  hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1905,  ii,  641-650.-
   Falta (M.)  Az orr es a noi nemi szervek kozott levo os-
   azefugfesrol.  [The connection  between the nose and the
   femaleVnital organs.)  Gyogyaszat. Budapest   1905, xiv,
   704-707   AUo, transl.: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl. 1905,
   xxxix 506-515.  AUo, transl: Ungar. med. Presse, Buda-
   pest  1905, x,  543-545.  — Fliess (W.)  Ueber deii ursaeh-
   Kcben Zusammeuhang  von  Sane und Geschlechtsorgan;
   zugleich ein  Beitrag  zur  Nervenphysiologie.  bamml.
   zwangl. Abhandl. a.  d. Geb.  d.  Nasen-, Ohren-.  Mund- u.
   Ilalskr., Halle a. S.. 1901, v,  2:8-262.  AUo. Reprint.-
   Forget ( \  J.)  Relations between the nose aud the te-
   male  sexual organs.   Pacific Coast J. Hpmoeop.,  San Fran.,
   1901   ix 305.-«ray»on (C.  IL)  Some  notes concerning
   the influence of sexual excitement upon infra-nasal  dis-
   ease.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 4o4-406.-Hall
   (F De H )   Remarks on the connection which  exists be-
   tween the nose and  throat  and  the generative svstem.
   Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1901  xii. 65-69-»«..«.
   Ueber die Beeinflussnng gewisser subjective! OhreiM i>. i
   nungen durch Behandlung del geultalen  Sphare der Xase;
   eiu Beitrag  zum  Zusammhang zwischeu nasogenitaleli
   BeziebunL'eu und  Ohraffectionen beim  weiblichen  oe
   Irtlecht^  Monatschr. f. Ohrenh , Berl  1903, xxxvi. 90-
   105.-Heern.ann  (G.)  Ueber die Lehre von den, Bezie.
   hungen der oberen Luftwege su  der weiblichei. Genita
   aphaVe-  S.mmelreferat. nebst eigenen  Beobachtungen.
   Samml  zwangl. Abhandl. a. «l. Geb. d Nasen . Ohren,
   Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1904, viii, 1. Hft., 1-lN-Hei-
]\ose  and sexual  system.
  ■nan (A.) fils.  Sur les rapports de l'oreille avec la zone
  naso-sexuelle de la fetnine.  Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.],
  Par., 1903, ii, 209-214. -Heymaiui.  Ueber die  Bezie-
  hungen der Naso zu den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen.
  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1901), 1902,
  41.—IIobb»(A.G.) Another case of priapism from nasal
  reflex.  Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1906, lxxxiv,187-
  191.—Howard (W.L.)  The nose and the sexual appara-
  tus. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1898, xxxviii, 335.—Iawor-
  nki (J.)  Sc Iwauieki (S.) O zwia/.ku pewnych obja-
  w6\v ze  strony nosa z narzadami pleiowymi kobiecymi.
  [Belationship of various nasal phenomena to female geni-
  tals ]  Gaz. lek., Warzawa,  1902, 2.  a., xxii, 429; 456.—
  Jerusalem  ( M.) «fc  Falkner (A.)  Ueber Wehen
  und Wochenschmerz und deren Beziehungen zur Nase.
  Wien.  klin.  Wchnsehr., 1906,  xix,  431- 440. — Joal.
  Sur certains  phencinenes  do  la menopause d'origiue
  genitouasale.   Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.,  1889,  ix,
  721-727.  — Kronig.  Ueber Dysmenorrhoe und  nasale
  Reflexneurosen.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f.  Geburtsh. zu
   Leipz. (1901), 1902,41-48.—I,iboff (B. A.)  O svyazi zabo-
  lievaniy  zhenskikh  polovikh organov s zabollevauiyami
  nosa.  '[Connection of diseases of the female genital or-
  gans with  diseases of tbe nose.]  Russk. Vrach, S.-Pe-
  terb., 1902, i, 1609.— L.owy (H.)  Dysmenorrhoe, geheilt
  nach nasaler Therapie.  Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch.
  Naturf.  u.  Aeizte  1902, Leipz.,  1903, ii, 2.  Hlfte., 406.—
  Mackenzie (J. N.)   The  physiological and patholog-
  ical relations between the nose and the sexual apparatus
  of man.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898,  ix, 10-
   17. Also. Keprint.  JLso: Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1898,
   xix.219-239.  Also: J.Laryngol., Lond., 1898,xiii, 109-123.—
   iUnlherbe (A.)  Traitement  nasal de la dysmenorrh6e
   chez la femme et de 1' anesthesie g6nitale chez l'homme.
   Assoc.fran§.dechir.  Proc.-verb. [etc.],Par., 1903. xvi,796-
   807.__Opitz.  UeberdieTheoriedernasalenDysnienorrhoe.
   Verhandl.  d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak.  1903, Leipz.,
   1904, x, 683-685.—Fanyrck (D.) K otazce vztahu uosu
   ke sfefe genitalni.  (The question of the relation of the
   nose to the genital sphere.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1903,
   xi, 296-299.—Beko (B.)  Wechselbeziehuugen zwischen
   Nase und  Geschlechtsapparat.   Allg.  Wien. med. Ztg.,
   1905, 1, 270; 280. AUo: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1905,
   xvi,' 93-101. — Schiff  (A.)   Ueber  die  Beziehungen
   zwischen Nase und weiblichen  Sexualoi ganen.  Wien.
   klin. Wchuschr., 1901. xiv, 57-65.  [Discnssiou], 131; 147;
   148.  AUo,  transl: Voix, Par.,  1901,  xii,  225-247.—Si-
   nexon  (J.)   Nasal conditions dependent  upon the gen-
   erative  organs. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvi,  825-
   £27__Talbot (E.  S.)  Relations of the  nose and  the
   genital a.  Medicine,  Detroit, 1904, x, 258-201.—Traut-
   m a mi  (G.)   Zur Frage der Beziehungen  zwischen Nase
   uud  Genitalien.   Monatschr.  f. Ohrenh.,  Berl., 1903,
   xxxvii.  129-144. — Wolff (B.)   Sexual  osphresiology.
   Med. News, X. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 955.—Zwaardemnker.
   Influence des parfums sur le sens genital.  Iuterm6d. d.
   biol., Par., 1897-8, i, 322.

 IVose and throat (Diseases of).
      See,  also, Ear,  eye, nose,  throat,  and  larynx;
   Nasopharynx (Diseases of); Nose (Diseases of)
   in children;  Nose (Surgery of, Accidents from);
   Throat (Diseases of).
      Brksgen (M.)   Grundziige  einer Pathologie
   und  Therapie  der  Nasen-, Mundraehen-  und
   Kehlkopf-Krankheiten fiir  Aerzte  uud  Studie-
   rende.   *°.   Wien if Leipzig, 1884.
      AUo  [Rev. hy Hopinann], in: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
   Berl., 1884, xviii, 75-79.  AUo,  Reprint.
      Hygienische Flngschriften.   Heft VI.  Hals-,
   Nasen- uud  Rachenkrankheiteu.  16°.  Munchen,
   1902.
      Kakkmaxx (E.)   Zur  Reform des rhino-pha-
   ryngologischen Unterrichtes.  8°.  Wien 4' Leip-
   zig,  1697.
      -----.  Rhino-pharyngologische  Operatious-
   lehre mit Einschlnss der Elektrolyse, fur Aerzte
   und .Studierende.   8-\   Halle a. S., 1900.
      -----.  The same.   Operativnaya rino-farin-
   gologiya so  vklyncheuiyeni  elektroliza; dlya
   vrachei i uchashtshikhsya.   Perevod s niemet-
   skavo  A. V. Zakhera.  transl. from the German
   hy Zakher.]  r~.   S.-Peterburg,  1901.
      Kamm (M.)    Was muss  iler praetische Arzt
   vou Nasen-, Rachen- und  Kehlkopf-Krankheiten
   yvissen?   Kurzes Compendium der  Rhino-, Pha-
   ryniio- und Laryngologie.   Zum  Gehrauch fiir
   praetische  Aerzte und  Studirende.   12°.   Bres-
   lau,  1901. 
XOSE.
808
xosi:.
Xose and  throat  (Diseases of).
    WitniHT  (J.)   Tin- u<-8" and throat in medical
  history.   .-*'.  St. Louis,  [\698, vel subseq.].
    Albright (J. D.)  Catarrhal diseases of the nose and
  throat.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1K96, xxvii, 907.  Also,
  Repriut.—Anderson (F. L.)  The  electric cautery  in
  nose, throat, aud  eye  work.  Med.  Era,  St. Louis, 1904,
  xiii, 393-395. — dc Azevedo (11.)  Sobre alguns casos da
  especialidade de niolestias da garganta, ouvidos e fossas
  nasaes.  Gaz. med. da  Bahia, 1899-1900, 5. s., iii,  74; 125;
  164; 217.—Barnes (A. S.), jr.  Treatment of syphilitic
  lesions of the nose aud throat, with report of cases.  Med.
  Fortnightly,  St. Louis, 1903, xxiv, 747-750.—Baumgar-
  ten (E.)   A. Budapesti I'oliclinika orr-, torokes  g6ge-
  osztiilyanak 1899-iki miikod6s6r61.  [Work of the rhino-
  logical, laryugological, and pharyngological section ofthe
  Budapest Polyclinic in 1899.]  Gy6gy&szat, Budapest. 1901,
  xii. 89.—Baurowicz (A.)  Wazoiejsze przypadki z odd-
  zialu Prof. Pieui^zka  dia chor6b krtani, gardla i  nosa.
  [Most important cases from Prof. Pieniazko's department
  for diseases of the larynx, pharynx, and  nose.]  Przegl.
  lek.,  Krak6w.  1898, xxxvii,  212;  225;  245. — Bischof.
  Ueber iible  Yorkominnisse  nach  local-therapeutischen
  Maasuahmen auf dem Gebiet der nals-und Nasenkrank-
  heiten.  Therap.  Monatsh.,  Berl., 1895,  ix,  479; 554.—
  Bishop  (S.  S.)  A clinical study of twenty-one thousand
  cases of diseases of the ear, nose, and  throat.  J.  Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago,  1896, xxvii, 701.  Also, Reprint.—Bliss
  (A. A.)  Severe haemorrhage after operations on the throat
  and nose; report of five cases.  N. York M. J., 1900, lxii,
  406-409. — Biirger.  Bericht iiber die Klinik fiir  Hals-
  und Nasenkranke fur die Zeit vom 1. April 1902 bis 31.
  Marz 1903.  Charit6-Ann.,  Berl., 1904,  xxviii, 369-376.—
  Bresgcn (M.) Iustrumente fiir  Nase  und Kehlkopf.
  Therap.  Monatsh., Bed., 1888, ii. 107-111.  AUo, Reprint.
  -----. Fiinfundzwanzig Jahre X'asen-und nalsarzt; eine
  Uebersicht iiber das letze Viertel des 19. Jahrhunderts.
  Samml. zwangl. Abhandl.  a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-,  Ohren-,
  Mund- u. Halskr.,  Halle a. S., 1900, iv, 385-404. -----. Die
  Entziindungen  der Nasenhohle, des  Rachens und des
  Kehlkopf'es, besonders auch iu ihren  Beziehungen zu ei-
  nauder sowie zu anderen benachbarten oder entfernteren
  Gebilden.  Ibid.,  1902, vi,  193; 225; 281; 312.  -----. Die
  hauptsiichlichen kindlichen Erkrankungen der Nasenhoh-
  len,  der Rachenhohle und der Ohren,  sowie ihre Bedeu-
  tung fiir  Schule und Gesundheit, nebst grundsatzlichen
  Erorterungen iiber Untersuchuug uud Behandlung sol-
  dier Krauker.   Ibid.,  1904, vii, 8. Hft., 1-53.—Bronner
  (A.)  A plea for  a more thorough sterilization  of nose
  and throat instruments. Brit. M.J., Loud.,1898, ii,1243.—
  Brown (H. H.)  The relation existing between diseases
  of the conjunctiva, nose, and throat.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
  Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1690-1692.   AUo, Reprint.—Brown
  (M. R.)  The relation  of acute diseases of tho nose aud
  throat to disorders of digestion.  Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass.
  1896, N. Y., 1897, 111-118.  [Discussion], 127-130.  Buys.
  Notes d'oto-laryngologie.  Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 289-
  292__Casselberry (W. E.)  Diseases of the nose and
  throat iu  relation  to general medicine.  Chicago M. Re-
  corder, 1898, xiv, 100-104.—Chappell (W. F.)  Throat and
  nose affections, and their relation to general medicine. Tr.
  M.  Soc. N. Y.. |Phila.], 1*98, 315-321.  AUo: Med. Rev. of
  Rev., N.Y., 1898. iv, 254-259. AUo, Reprint.—Cobb(C. M.)
  The effect which the so-called catarrhal diseases of the nose
  and throat may have upon the general health.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 243-246. -----. Salient points
  in the treatment of syphilitic lesions of the nose and throat.
  Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902, xi, 41-
  43.—C'ortelyou (l\ R.) Use of peroxide of hydrogen in
  diseases of the throat and nose.  Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Ma-
  con, 1888,63-66.—Coulter(J.H.)  Prophylaxis in  diseases
  of the nose and throat.  Chicago Clinic, 1899, xii. 11-13.—
  Courtade  (A.)   L'anesthesie en  rhino-laryngologie.
  Rev. de therap. med.-chir.,  Par., 190::, lxx, 151. — ('min-
  ion (C. A.)  Operative treatment of the nose and thioat,
  aud its importance. Tr. Vermont  M.  Soc, Burlington,
  1900,  12o - 130. — Oabncy (S. G.)   Some notes on the ex-
  amination and diagnosis of diseases of the throat and nose.
  Pediatrics, N. Y. Sc Lond., 1897. iv, 196-201. — Depage
  (A.)  Maladies des fosses  nasales, des sinus, du  naso-
  pharynx, du  pharynx etde l'cesophage [tables].  Compt.
  rend. . . .  serv. de chir. a l'hop.  St.-Jean  de Bruxelles
  (1900), 1901, 36. — Douglas (O. B.)  Modern methods of
  treating diseases of the nose and throat. N.  York M. J.,
  1895, lxii,  518-520.   AUo, Reprint.—El-tier (M.)  Beitrag
  zur  Behandlung  der  Nasen- und  Rachenkrankheiten.
  Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii. 1009-1014.—Favorski
  (N. V.)   Xleskolko illyustratsiv k primleneniyu nadpo-
  checbnikov v oblastyakh nosa i glotki.  [Seveial  illustra-
  tions ou the use of the  suprarenal capsules in the region
  of the nose and pharynx.]  Yrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904,
  xi. 1421-1424—Fellows (C. G.)  Submucous operations
  within tbe nose and throat.  J. Ophth.. Otol., & Laryngol.
  N. Y., 1S9*, x, 149-151.—Flatau (T. S.)  The prevention
  of the diseases of the throat  and nose.  Prevent, dis.
  Westminist.. 1902, 799-842. — Foster ( H.)  Some recent
  remedies and applications  in thioat  and nose  practice.
  Kansas City M. Rec, 1902, xix, 330.—Foster (J. M.)  The
jVose and throat (Diseases of).
  relation of diseases of the ear to those of the nose and throat.
  Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1899, 128-132.—Frankel
  ( B.)   Der Unterricht iu der Lniversitats-Polikliuik fiir
  Hals- und Naseukranke zu Berlin.   Klin. Jahrb.,  Berl.,
  1890, ii, 140-118.  -----.  Rede bei d«-r Eroffnungsvorlesung
  der Hals- und Nasenklinik am 2. Mai 1901.   Arch.  f. La-
  ryngol. u. Rhinol., Bed., 1901, xii, 158-161. -----.  Die
  Universitatsklinik nnd -Polikliuik fur  Hals- und Naseu-
  kranke im Charite-Krankenhausezu Berlin.  Ibid., 145-157,
  12 pl.—French (T. R.) The relation of chronic diseases
  ofthe nose and throat to disorders of  digestion.  Tr. Am.
  Laryngol. Ass. 1896, N. Y., 1897, 118-130.—Frcudenthal
  (W.)   Ueber einige praktisehe Gesichtspunkte in der Be-
  handluug des chronischeu Nasen-  und Rachenkatarrhs.
  Ztschr. f. diiitet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 195-
  208.—Gal lois (P.)  Des repercussions que peuvent avoir
  sur la sante  g6u6rale les maladies du nez et de la  gorge
  (les me fait s des sp6leopathies).   Arch, de  m6d. d.  enf.,
  Par.,  1904, vii, 641;  725. — Gougenheim.  Ueber Be-
  ziehungen zwischen Nasen- sowie Itaehenaffectionen und
  anderweitigen Erkrankungen.  Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver.
  Niirnb. 1899, Miinchen, 1900, 35-37.—Goulard.  Dedeux
  inslrumeus inventes pour passer  une medie de la bouche
  par le nez.  Hist. Acad. roy. d. se. 1740, Amst., 1744, Mem.,
  867 - 809. — Gracf ( C. )  Some nose and throat cases re-
  ported from the clinic  at the New York Post-Graduate
  Hospital.   Tost-Graduate,  N.  Y.,  1904, xix, 48-54.—
  Grayson (C. P.)  The svphiliticnose and throat.  Penn.
  M. J., Pittsburg, 1903-4, vii, 514-524.—Greene (D. C.),,jr.
  An apparatus for etherizing in operations about the nose
  and throat.  Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 470.—Griffin
  (E. H.)  The hemorrhagic  diathesis in  relation to opera-
  tion on the nose and  throat.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901. lx,
  889.—Hall (F. de H.)  Lettsomian lectures: Diseases of
  the nose and throat in relation to general medicine.  Tr.
  M. Soc. Loud., 1896-7, xx, 142-215.  Also: Brit. M. J.,
  Loud., 1897, i, 319; 448;  579.  AUo:  Lancet, Loud., 1897. i,
  361;  572; 727.  AUo  [Abstr.]: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897,
  xii, 259-321.  AUo  [Abstr.]: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn-
  gol., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 19-28.—Harkness (J. L.)  Nose
  and throat diseases from a constitutional standpoint.   Am.
  Med., Phila., 1906,  xi, 437-439.—Hitz (H. B.)  Syphilis of
  the nose and throat.  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1901,
  212-233.—Hopkins (F. E.) General anaesthesia in opera-
  tion  upon the nose aud throat; nitrous oxid, chloroform,
  and ether.   Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1901, 192-204.
  AUo: Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxlv, 296-299.—Hunter (J.)
  Nose and throat in general practice.  Canad. J. M. & S.,
  Toronto, 1901, x, 260-265. -----. The medical treatment of
  diseases of the nose and throat.  Ibid., 1903, xiv, 348-353.—
  Kiesselbach (W.)  Behandlung der Erkrankungen der
  Nasen- und Rachenhohle.  Handb. d. spec. Therap. iunerer
  Krankh., Jena, 1895,iii, 104-160. Also: Handb. d. Therap.
  innerer Krankh., 2. Aufl., Jena, 1897, iii, 91- 143. — Klar
  (M.)  Az Izr. korhilz  orr-6s g6gegy6gy&szati anibula-
  toriumanak betegforgalma 1894-tol 1902-ig. [The patholog-
  ical work of the Jewish Nose  and Throat Ambufatorium,
  1894-1902 J  Magy. orv. lapja, Budapest, 1902, ii, 504;  520.—
  Kohu (S.)  Upon the importance of digital ( xamination
  in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the throat
  and nose.  Med. Itec, N. Y.,  1896, xlix,  552-554.— Lloyd
  (B. W.)  A post-graduate lecture on the administration of
  anaesthetics  iu  operations about  the  mouth, nose,  and
  throat.   Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1320.—I.oeb (H. \V.) The
  nose and throat service of the Missouri Pacific Hospital
  for 1892.   Tr. Pan-Am.  M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 1,
  855-858. -----. The electro-cautery snare as an excising
  agent in diseases of the nose aud throat.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago.  1896,  xxvii, 730-734. -----. Limitations ofthe
  laryngologist in the general treatment of nose and throat
  diseases.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri 1900,  St. Louis, 1901,45-54.
  Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi,  1235-1237. —
  Macintyre (J.)  [President's address.  The etiology of
  the diseases of the nose and throat.)  Tr. Brit. Laryngol.
  & Rhinol. Ass. 1893,  Lond, 1894, iii, 52-66, 2 pl. -----.  The
  use of the X rays in diseasesof the nose, throat, and thorax.
  Practitioner, Lond., 189i, lviii, 42-52.  AUo: Compt.-rend.
  Cong, internat. dem6d. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 12b, 69-
  81. -----. The  Riiutgen  rays in diseases  of the  nose,
  throat,  and  neighbouring organs.   J. Laryngol., Lond.,
  1900, xv, 349-361.  AUo: Med. Press &  Circ, Lond'., 1900.
  n. s., lxix,  569; 595.  -----.  The application  of physical
  science to the surgery of diseases ofthe thioat aud  nose.
  J. Laryngol., Loud., 1901, xvi, 671-683.—Malherbe (A.)
  La rhino- pharyngologie  dans  la pratique jouruali&re.
  Bull.  m6d.. Par.,  1901, xv, 641;  745: 1902,  xvi, 441; 597;
  781; 815.— martin  (W. A.) Anesthesia iu ear, throat,
  and uose operations.  Calif. State J. M.. Sau Fran., 1905, iii,
  359-361—Mayer (E.)  On the use of Schleicb's mixtures
  for anaesthesia in operations on the nose and throat.   Tr.
  Am.  Larvngol. Ass. ^98, N. Y.,  1H99, xx, 65-75.  AUo:
  N. York  M. .1., 1898. lxviii, 547-550.  AUo, Reprint. -----.
  Les ravons Roentgen en rhino-laryngologie.   Ann. d. mal.
  de l'oreille,  du larynx [etc.], Par.,  1899, xxv, 310-318.
  -----. Hemorrhage in nose and throat operations.  La-
  ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv. 698-702. —  Tloritz (S.)
  Some  recent remedies  and applications in laryngo-rhino-
  logical  practice.  Med. Chron.,  Manchester, i901, 4. s., i, 
FOSE.
809
NOSE.
]Yo*e  and throat (Diseases of).
  241 -253. — TI orris (E. II. G.)  The induction and main-
  tenance of anaesthesia for operations about the nose and
  throat.  St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1896, Lond., 1897, n. s.,
  xxv, 153-159.— IVavratil (I.)  A  magyar orr-es  g6ge-
  gy6gyaszat torteuete,  Czermaktol napjainkig. 1858-1903.
  [The history of Hungarian rhino-laryngology  from  Czer-
  raak to our time: 1858-1903.]  Orr-, gege-6s  fiilgy6gy.,
  Budapest, 1904, 1-31.— IVikitin (V. N.f Otehot polikli-
  niki v Klinicheskom institutle V. K. Yeleni 1'avlovni, po
  bollezuyam gortani, nosa i zleva, za 1902 g.  [Report of the
  polyclinic of the Clinical Institute on diseases of the lar-
  ynx, nose, and fauces for 1902.]  Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb.,
  1003, ii, 151-153.  AUo.transl.: Russ. med  Rundschau,
  Berl., 1903, 491-497. — Orr (C. J.)  A plea for more care
  and attention to ear, nose and throat in all acute infectious
  diseases,  with report of a single clinical  case.  Interstate
  M. J., St. Louis, 1904, xi, 422 -424. — Ottenfeld  (M.)
  Ueber die Heilwirkuug des Wasserstoffsuperoxvds bei Er-
  krankungen der Nasen- und Rachenhohle.  Wien. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1806,  xlvi. 180- 182. — Packard (F. R.)  A
  study ofthe fatal results of operations upon the  nose and
  throat.  Tr. Am.  Laryngol. Ass., N. T., 1904, xxvi, 188-
  203. AUo: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 681-688.—
  Preobrnzhenski (S. S.)  O znachenii nosa  i glotki
  dlya ushei.  [Importance of the nose and pharynx for the
  ears.]  Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 469-671.—Pyn-
  chon (E.)  Some improved nose, throat, and ear instru-
  ments.   Am. Otol., Rhiuol. Sc Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900,
  ix, 33-39.  AUo: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 117-
  123.—Bice (C. C.)  Des indications et des contre-indica-
  tious du  galvano-cautere dans  les  affections  du nez,
  dn pharynx et du  larynx.  Pratique med., Par.,  1898,
  xii, 2S9: 1899,  xiii,  1.—Richards (G. L.)   Tho  minor
  Burgerv of tho nose aud throat.   Internat. J. Surg., N. Y.,
  1899, xii,  2S7-290.  AUo, Reprint.  -----. Nose and throat
  work for the general practitioner.  Ibid., 1901, xiv,  9; 38;
  77; 112; 150; 175; 204; 233; 271; 3.14; 332; 360:  1902, XV, 10;
  37; 71; 105; 139; 166;  195; 232; 257; 290;  323; 358: 1903,
  xvi, 3; 37; 09;  102.— Richter (E.)  Ein neuer Zerstiiuber
  fiir Nase. Rachen, sowie Kehlkopf. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,
  Berl., 1902, xxxvi,  106-108.—Roy (D.)  Some fallacies  iu
  the modern treatment of nose and throat diseases.   Med.
  World, Lond., 1898-9, iii, 675-677.—Rumbold (T. F.)
  Remarks on the danger of the painlessness of chronic in-
  flammation of the nose, throat,  and ears.  St. Louis M. &
  S. J., 1896, lxxxi, 81-84.—Schadle (J. E.)  The relation-
   ship between diseases of the nose and throat and general
  diseases, with introductory remarks on the faculty of per-
   ception as it concerns the plnsieian.   St. Paul  M.  J., St.
   Paul, Minn., 1903, v, 555-5o2.— Hchcppegrell (W.) The
   nose and throat in their relation to diseases of the chest.
   Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Oil.,  1901.  287-293.  Also: N.
   Orl. M. Sc  S. J., 1901,  liv, 67-72 — Sedziak (J.)  Znacze-
   nie laryngologii, rynologii i otologii dia ogolnej medycyny.
   [Value of laryngology, rhinology, and otology in general
   medicine.]  Przegl. lek., Krak*6w, 1901.  xl,' 137-140.—
   Shearer (T.L.)  The influence ofthe tuberculous, scrofu-
   lous, and  gouty  diathesis  upou  the  nose  and  throat.
   Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J., N. Y., 1900,  vi,  345-353.—
   Shurly (B*- R.)  Nose and  throat work  for the general
   practitioner.  Detroit M. J., 1905-6, v, 43-46.—Sinexou
   (J.)  The responsibility of the general practitioner in dis-
   eases ofthe nose and throat.  Am. Med.,  Phila., 1902, iii,
   395. -----. Accidents  and complications following  opera-
   tions on the nose and throat.  N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903,
   lxxviii, 1221-1223.—Solly (S. E.)  Special  influences of
   the high altitudes on  the nose and throat.   J. Am. M.
   Ass.,  Chicago, 1903,  xii.  1201-1203. — Soiners (L. S.)
   Acetic acid in diseases of the nose and throat.   Merck's
   Arch., N.  Y., 1904,  vi, 135-141.—Stein (O. J.)  A nose
   and throat clinic at the Illinois  Medical College.  Illinois
   M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 488-491— * lii I in.in (F. I,.)
   General  bodily resistance as a factor in nose and throat
   disease.   J. Am. M.Ass., Chicago,  1901, xxxvi,  780-782.—
   Strong (T. M.)  The upright positiou in operations about
   the nose and  throat.   Homceop. Eye, Ear Sc Throat J.,
   N. Y., 1901, vii, 290-292.—Tretrop.  Note sur quelques
   appareils destines a la pratique del'oto-rhino-laryngologie.
   Presse oto-larvugol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 95-103— Vail
   (D. T.)  The  eye,  ear, nose, and throat complications in
   acute  infectious  diseases.   Cincin.  Lancet-Clinic, 1904,
   n. s., lii, 99-105.—Wallace (H.)  Antisepsis  in  throat
   and nose surgery.  N. lrork M. J., 1901, lxxiv,  303-305.—
   Ward (N. G.)  The preparation of the patient for nose
   and throat operations under local anaesthetics.   N. York
   M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii,504. AUo, Reprint.— Wright (J.J
   A few remarks on some eases of mycosis  of the nose and
   throat.  N. York M. J.. 1895,  lxii, 1.  Also,  Reprint.  -----.
   Some critical and desultory remarks on recent laryngolog-
   ical and rhinological literature.  N. York M. J., 1898, lxvii,
   781-7^6.  Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xii, 127-138.
   -----. Cysts in lymphoid tissue, an exceptional manifes-
   tation of tonsillar retrogression. Laryngoscope,  St. Louis,
   1905, xx, 681-683. — Wroblewski  (W.)  Zuieczulauie
   25^-owym roztworem wyskokowym kokaiuy przy operacy-
   ach w nosie, gardzieli i krtani.   [Anesthesia with  a 25^
   alcoholic solution of cocaine  in operations iu  the nose,
]\ose and throat (Diseases of).
  pharynx, and larynx.]   Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902. 2. s.,
  xxii, 11-13.—Vonge (E. S.)  An electrical apparatus for
  simplifying the examination of the throat  anil the nose.
  Lancet,  Lond., 1905, ii,  971.—Zwillinger (H.)  Az orr
  6s g6ge  bantalmainak  viszonya  a  szervezet altalAnos
  megbetegedeseihez.  [The relation of disorders ofthe nose
  and ihroat to diseases  of the general organism.]  Gyd-
  gy&szat, Budapest, 1897, xxxvii, 784-787.

JUose   and  throat  (Diseases  of,  Manuals

  of)-
     See, also, Nose (Diseases of, Classification of).
     Ball (J. B.)   A handbook of diseases of the
  nose and nsiso-pharynx.  12°.  London, 1890.
     -----.  The  same.   2.  ed.    12°.   London,
  1-94.
1^97
1901.
189.""
1898.
            The same.   3.  ed.   12°.   London,

            The same.   4.  ed.   12°.   London,

           The same.  2. ed.   12°.   New York,

           The same.  3. ed.   12°.   New York,

     ---.  The same.  4. ed.   12°.   New York,
1901.
  Ballenger  (W.   L.)  &  Wippern  (A.   G.)
Eye, ear, nose, and throat.  A manual for stu-
dents and. practitioners.   8°.   London. 1901.
   ------  -------.   The same.   8°.  Philadelphia
4-  New York, 1900.
  Bibliothek  der  gesammten medicinischeu
Wissenschaften  fiir   praktisehe  Aerzte   und
Specialarzte.   Ohren-, Nasen-Rachen- uud Kehl-
kopf-Krankheiteu.   Hrsg. von A. Drasche.   8C.
Wien 4- Leipzig, 1899.
  Bosworth (F. H.)  A. treatise on diseases of
the  uose and throat,   v. 1. Diseases of the nose
and naso-pharynx.  2 v.  8°.  New York, 1^90-92.
  -----.  The same.  A text-book  of diseases
of the nose and throat.  2. ed.  8°.   New York,
1896.
            The same.   3. ed.   8°.   Neiv York,
1898.
  Brown (J. P.)   Diseases  of  the  nose  aud
throat.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
  Browne ([I.] L.)  The throat and nose, and
their diseases.   3. ed.  8°.  London, 1890.
  -----.  The same.   4. ed.  8°.  London, 1893.
  -----.  The  same.   With special  assistance
as follows:  Anatomy,  Mayo  ('oilier;  nervous
diseases,  James  Cagney;  and histo-pathology,
Wyatt Win grave.   5. ed.  8°.   London, Paris Sf
Madrid, 1899.
  ------.  The same.   2. ed.   8°.   Philadelphia,
1667.
1690.
The same.   3. ed.  8°.

The same.   4. ed.  8°.
Philadelphia,

Philadelphia,
1893.
  ------.  The  same.   Trait6  des maladies du
larynx, du pharynx et des fosses nasales.   Tra-
duit  et aiinote"  par  D.  Aigre.  Pr6face de  A.
Gougenheim.   8°.   Paris, 1891.
  Castex (A.)  Maladies  du larynx, du nez et
des oreilles.  2. 6d.  8°.   Paris, 1903.
  Chiari  (O.)   Die Krankheiten der Nase.  8°.
Leipzig 4'  Wien, 1902.
  Coakley (C.  G.) A manual of diseases of the
nose aud throat.  2. ed.   8°.   New  York 4 Phila-
delphia, 1901.
  De  Prenderville  (A. )   The  amesthetic
technique for operations on the nose  and throat.
Based on lectures delivered  during the session
1905-6 at the North-East London Post-Gradua.e
College   8°.   London, 1906.
  Ernst (F.)  Die Krankheiten der Nase und
des Halses;  ihre Beziehungen zum Gesamintorga- 
NOSE.
810
NOSE.
Aom'  and  throat  (Diseases  of,  Manuals

  of).
  trismus und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Singstimme.
  Zi-hn   allgemeinvcrstandliche  Vortrage.   8 \
  Berlin <)'• Leipzig,  1899.
    Forbes (L.)  Diseases of the  nose aud naso-
  pharynx.  16°.   Loudon, 1-^9.
    Friedrich.  Physikalische Therapie der Er-
  krankungen  der Nase, des  Rachens und des
  Kehlkopfes.
    In: Handb. d. physikal. Therap., Leipz.,  1902, i, pt. 2,
  311-326.
    Garbini  (G.)  Compendio di  rino-faringoia"
  tria ad  uso degli stndenti  e dei medici pratici-
  6°.  Torino,  1904.
    G.vkkl (J.)  Diagnostic et traitement des ma-
  ladies du nez, "" Klrinoscopie ".  12°.  Paris, 1897.
    ------.  The same.  2. e"d.  12°.  Paris, 1901.
    Gleason E. B.)  Essentials of diseases ofthe
  nose and throat, arranged  in the form of ques-
  tions and answers.  3. ed.   12°.  Philadelphia 4~
  London, 1901.
    Gradle (H.)   Diseases of the  nose, pharynx,
  and ear.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1902.
    Grayson (C. P.)   The diseases ofthe nose,
  throat, and ear.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1902.
    Hall (F.  De H.)  Diseases of the  nose and
  throat.  12°.  London,  1^94.
    -----, MacDonald (G.), Semon(F.) & Wil-
  liams (W.)   Diseases of the nose.
    In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), N. Y. Sc Lond., 1897,  iv, 671-
  723.
    -----& Tilley  (H.)  Diseases of the nose
  and throat.   2. ed.  12°.  London, 1901.
    Hutchinson (P. S.)   A manual of diseases of
  the  nose and throat, including the nose,  naso-
  pharynx, pharynx,  and larynx.   12°.  London,
  1891.
    Ingals (E. F.)  Diseases of the nasal  cham-
  hers aud associated affections.
    In:  Syst. Pract.  Therap. (Hare), Phila., 1897,  iv, 163-
  210.
    Ivins (II. F.)   Diseasesof the nose and throat.
  A text-book for students aud practitioners.  8°.
  Philadelphia, 1893.
    James (P.)  Diseases ofthe nose.
    In:  Twentieth Cent. Pract. N. T., 1896, 1-76.
    Jones (J. H. M.) & Stewart (W.R.H.) [etal.].
  The practitioner's handbook of  diseases  of the
  ear aud naso-pharynx.  6. ed.  8°.  London,1902.
    Juit.vsz (A.)   Die Krankheiten der  oberen
  Luftwege.   Klinische  Beobachtungen unl Er-
  fahrungen  gesaunnelt  in  der ambulatorischeu
  Klinik fiir Kehlkopfrachen- uud  Nasenkranke.
  1. Hft.  Die  Krankheiten der Nase.  8°.   Heil-
  delberg, 1891.
    Kayser (R.)  Anleitung zur  Diagnose  uud
  Therapie der Kehlkopf-, Nasen, nnd Ohrenkrank-
  heiten.  Vorlesuugen gehalteu in Fortbildungs-
  cursen fiir praktisehe Aerzte.  8°.  Berlin, 1901.
    ------.  Thesame. 3. Auti.  ft0.  Berlin, 190.").
    Knight (C. H.)   Diseases of  the nose and
  throat.  8C.   Philadelphia,  1903.
    Kurzes  Repetitorium der Rhinologie.  Als
  Vademecnni fiir  die Praxis und fiir die Priifun-
  gen.  12°.   Leipzig 4- Jf'ien, [n. d.].
    Kyle (D.  B.)  A  text-book of diseases ofthe
  nose and throat.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1899.
    ------.  Thesame.  3. ed.  roy. 8°.  Philadel-  j
  phia, 1904.                                     \
    McBiude  (P.)  Diseases of the throat, nose,
  and ear; a clinical manual for students and prac-
  titioners,  so, Edinburgh Sr London,  16[)2.
    ------.  The same.  2. ed. 8°.  Edinburgh 4-
  London, 1-94.
    ------.  The 8ar>     3. ed.  6-.  Edinburgh 4-
  London, 1900.
    ------.  The same.  8°.   Philadelphia, 1892.
IVose  and  throat  (Diseases  of, Manuals
  of).
    Macdonald (G.)  A treatise on diseases  of
  the nose and  its accessory cavities.  12c.  Lon-
  don 4- New York, 1890.
    ------.  Thesame.  2. ed.   8C.  Lon don, 1892.
    Major (G. W.)  Lupus, tuberculosis,  syphi-
  lis, glanders,  and diphtheria of the nares and
  naso-pharynx.
    In: Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila.,
  1893, i, 695-728.
    Malherbe (A.)  Maladies du uez, du pharynx,
  du larynx et des oreilles.
    In: Manuels de th6rapeutique clinique. 12°.  Paris,
  1902.
    Michel (C.)  Die Krankheiten  der  Nasen-
  hohle  und des Nasenrachenraumes.   Nach eige-
  uen Beobachtungen.  8°.  Berlin, 187(i.
    -----.  The  same.  Diseases  of the  nasal
  cavity and the vault of the pharynx.   Transl.
  from the German, with  an introduction by E. L.
  Shurly aud  C.  C. Yetnaus.   1.  Am.  ed. 8J.
  Detroit, 1877.
    ------.  The same.   Traite" des maladies des
  fosses nasales et de la cavite" naso-pharyngienne
  d'apres des  observations  personnelles.   Trad.
  de l'allemaud par A.  Capart.   8°.   Bruxelles,
  1879.
    Moldenhauer  (W.)   Die Krankheiten der
  Nasenhohleu, ihrer Nebenhohlen und des Nasen-
  Rachen ran in es,  mit  Einschltiss  der Uutersu-
  chungstechnik.   Znm Gebranche fiir Aerzte und
  Studierende.  8°.   Leipzig, 1880.
    -----.  The  same.   Traite* des maladies des
  fosses nasales, des siuus  et du pharynx nasal,
  avec un expose" des me'thodes d'exauien,  traduit
  et annote* par le Dr. Potiquet.  8°.  Paris, 1668.
    Moure (E.-J.)  Manuel pratique des maladies
  lies fosses nasales, de  la cavite* uaso-pharyn-
  gteune et des  sinus  de la face.  2. e"d.   12°.
  Paris, 1893.
    Nikitin (V. N.)   Boliezni  nosovol  polosti.
  [Diseases of  the nasal cavity.]  8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, 16.88.
    ------.  The same.   2. ed.  8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1891.
    Peirson (L.)   The nose and its diseases, with
  remedial treatment.  8°.  London, 1900,
    Pharmacop<ea (The) of the Hospital  for Dis-
  eases  of  the  Throat,  Nose, and  Ear (Golden
  Square).  Ed. by H. Lambert Lack and Charles
  A. Parker, surgeons to the hospital.  0. ed.   16°.
  London, 1901.
    Reiss (C.)  Die Krankheiten  tier Nase und
  ihre Behandlung.  8°.  Berlin,  [1891].
    ------.  The same.   2.  And.   8°.   Berlin,
  1696.
    Rethi (L.)  Die Krankheiten der Nase, ihrer
  Nebenhohlen und des  Rachens, mit Einschltiss
  der Rhinoskopie und der localtherapeutischen
  Technik fiir Studirende und Aerzte.  8°.   Wien,
  1692.
    Rosenthal (C. F. T.)  Die Erkrankungen der
  Nase,  deren Nebenhohlen und  des Nasenrachen-
  raumes.   Eiu kurzgefasstes Lehrbuch fiir Aerzte
  und Studierende.   8°.  Berlin, 1692.
    -----.  Thesame.  2. Aufl.  8--.  Berlin, 1697.
    Sajous (C. E.)  Lectures on  the diseases of
  the nose aud  throat.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1890.
    Sciiech (P.)  Die Krankheiten  der  Mund-
  hohle, des Rachens uud der Nase,  mit Einschltiss
  der Rhinoskopie und der local-therapeutisclnii
  Technik, fur praktisehe Aerzte und Studirende.
  roy. 8~.   Wien, 18*5.
    -----.  The same.  2. Aufl.   8°.  Leipzig  4"
  Wien, 1886.
    ------.  The  same.  3.  Aud.  8°.  Leipzig  4-
  Wien, 1890. 
NOSE.
811
NOSOLOGY.
 Aose  and  throat  (Diseases of,  Manuals
   of).
     Seiler (C.)   Haudbook of the diagnosis and
   treatnieut of diseases  of the  throat, nose, and
   naso-pharynx.  8°.   Philadelphia,  1679.
     ------.   The same.   2. ed.   8G.  Philadelphia,
   1883.
     ------.   The same.   4. ed.   8°.  Philadelphia,
   1893.
     Seiss (R.  W.)  Diseases and injuries of the
   nose aud  its accessory sinuses.
     In: INTERNAT. Encycl. Surg. (Ashhurst), N. T., 1895,
   vii, 713-725.
     Siieild (A. M.)  Diseases ofthe nose.
     In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Lond.,  1896,  ii, 320-355.
     Shvrly (E. L.)  A treatise  on diseases of the
   nose aud  throat.  8°.  New York, 1900.
     Solly  (S. E.)  Diseases of the nose aud  naso-
   pharyx;  diseases of the larynx.
     In: SYST. Pract. M. (Loomis), N. Y. Sc Phila., 1897, ii,
   19-83.
     de la Sota Y Lastra (R.)  Manual tedrico y
   practice  de  his enfenneriadis  de  la nariz y de
   sus senos accesorios.   - . Sevilla, 1699.
     Voltoi.ini (R.)   Die  Krankheiten  der  Naso
   und des  Nasenrachenraunies,  uebst einer Ab-
   handlung iiber Elektrolyse  liir  Specialisten,
   Chirurgen uud  praktisehe  Aerzte.  8. .   Bres-
   lau, 1868.
     Ward  (W.)   Diseases ofthe nasal organs and
   naso-pharynx.  1-2C.   New York 4' London, 1691.
     Watson (W.  S.)  Diseases ofthe nose and its
   accessory cavities, with  special sections on dis-
   eases of  the skin  of the nose, on  injuries, on
   rhinoplastic operations, and on ear-affeetions in
   their relatiou to intra-nasal diseases, by Robert
   Liveing,  William Adams, and  A. E. Cumber-
   batch.  2. ed.   6-.   London, 1890.
     Williams (P. W.)  Diseases of the upper re-
   spiratory  tract,  the  nose, pharynx, and larynx.
   4. ed.  8-.   Bristol, 1901.
     Zarniko (C.) Die  Krankheiten  der  Nase,
   ihrer Nebenhohlen und des Nasenrachenraumes
   mit Beriicksichtigung der rhinologischen Pro-
   padeutik  fiir praktisehe Aerzte und  Studirende.
   8\  Berlin,  le94.
     -----.   The same.  2. gauzlich umgearbeitete
   Aud.  Erste Hlfte.  Propadeutik.   8°.  Berlin,
   1903.
 IVoseda. (E.)   La nuova legislazioue sanitaria
   italiaua   e  gli  alimenti.  Raccolta  completa
   delle leggi  al  riguardo, con  note  di dottrina
   e  giurisprudenza, e con riferimento al  regola-
   mento <!' igiene del comune di Milano, approvato
   con decreto prefetticio 23 dicembre 1901, uouche
   alle legislazioni austriaea, belga, fraucese,  iu-
   glese, gernianica e  degli Stati Fniti. x (1 1.),
   567 pp.   lfi'Y Milano, U. Hoepli, 1902.

 Ao*ema.
    Mtcmpell (W.)  Ueber Nosema  anomalura  Monz.
   Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1904, iv, 1-42.
 rVosenko (S[ergel] P[avlovich])   [i860-    ].
  * Materiali k voprosu  o  vliyanii vinogradnavo
  sakhara na  organism  zdorovavo  chelovleka;
  vliyaniye vinogradnavo  sakhara na usvoyeniye
  zhirov pishtshi,  kozhno-lyokhochnlya potleri,
  obmien vodl  i vies  tiela.  [On the influence of
  grape-sugar  upon the organism of the healthy
  man; the  influence of  grape-sugar  upon  the
  assimilation of fat from  food,  loss hy skin and
  lungs, metabolism of water, and body weight.]
  7f> pp., 11.  8 .   S.-Peterburg,  1-95.

Nosography.
    Pixel (I'.)  Nosographie philosophique, ou la
  rue'thorie de I'analyse  appliquee a  la m&leciue.
  2. e"d., dans laquelle se trouveut les  <aracteres
IYosogi'apliy.
  speeitiqties  de.s maladies.   2.  e"d.   3 v.  8°.
  Paris, an NI [1803].
    -----.  Thesame.  4. dd.  8-".  Paris, 1810.
    -----.  Thesame.  6.60.  6 .  Paris, 1816.
    -----.   The same.   Nosographiae compen-
  dium, e  novissima  nosographiaj  philosophica-
  editione  excerptum, et  a Professore Pinel ap-
  probatum.  Editio prima hispana,  purgata et
  emmeudata.  2 v.   24°.   Matriti, 1829.
    Richerand (A.)  Nosographie  chirurgicale.
  3. 6d., revue, corrige"e et  augment6e.  4 v.  8-y
  Paris, 1812.
    Cnrroll (A. L.) Remarks introductory to a discus-
  sion ou nosography. Tr. N. York M. Ass. 1888, Concord,
  N. H., 1889, v, 66-7*5. [Discussion], 76-126. AUo. Reprint.
  AUo: Gaillard's M. J.. N. Y., 1888, xlvii [xlvii, 509-517.—
  Qouley (J. "W. S.) Practical considerations on human
  nosography. Tr. Internat. M. Cong., AVash., 1887, ii, 233-
  246.  -----. Address on human nosography.  Tr. N. York
  M. Ass. 1887, Concord, N. H., 1888, iv, 176-211.
Nosokomos.   Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche
  Vereeniging tot bevordering der belangen  van
  verpleegsters  en   verplegers.   Redacteur:  A.
  Aletrino.  [Monthly.]   v. 1-5, November, 1900-
  1905.  8-;.  Amsterdam.
    Current.
Nosology.
    See, also, Nomenclature (Medical).
    Alibert (J.-L.)  Nosologic  naturelle, ou les
  maladies  du corps humain distributes par fa-
  milies,  v. 1.  fol.  Paris, 1817.
    Bailly (E. M.)   *Au  divisio morborum in
  locales et generates probabilis?   4.  Parisiis,
  1824.
    Bertillon (The) classification  of causes  of
  death.   Recommended for the use of registrars
  of vital statistics (after the first revision of Paris,
  1900), by the American  Public  Health Associa-
  tion, aud by the conference of State and pro-
  vincial boards of health of North America.  6'-\
  Lansing, 1899.
    Brera  (V. L.)   Classificazione delle malat-
  tie  secondo i principi di Brown, esposta in  una
  tavola descritta e  dilucidata,  si premetjte  una
  definizioue  de'  vocaboli proprj  del  sistema
  Browniauo, stesa da Weikard a piu e facile iu-
  tellijjenza di questo sistema.  2. ed.   w0.  Vene-
  zia,  160').
    Also, in:  Rac. di op. med. mod. ital., Bologna, 1829, viii,
  518-541, 1 tab.
    C'OGROSius (C. F.)   Praefationes  ii, qtiarum
  prima est de divisione morborniu, altera de fe-
  bribus non eurandis.
    In: Rac. d'opusc.  scient. e filol.  16°.  Venezia, 1737,
  xv, 289-336.
    Cullen (W.)   Synopsis nosologic methodical,
  exhibeus Sauvagesii, Linuari, Vogelii, Sagari, et
  Macbridii, systemata nosologica.   12°.   Vene-
  tiis,  1767.
    -----.  The   same.  7. ed.   8°.   Edinburgi,
  1802.
    -----.  The  same.  0.  ed.   8°.   Edinburgi,
  1803.
    -----.  The  same.   To which  is  added an
  accurate translation into English.  16°.  Edin-
  burgh, 1815.
    ------.  The  same. Nosology, or diseases ar-
  ranged in their  classes,  order, genera, and spe-
  cies  accurately defined, with copious notes and
  references.   12°.  London, 1808.
    ------.  The   same.   Nosology, or  a syste-
  matic arrangement of diseases in classes, orders,
  genera, and  species, with accurate definitions.
  Transl. from the Latin.   PJ-.  London, 1813.
    ------.  The  same.  Synopsis of nosology, by
  . . ., embracing  the definitions, in the  original
  Latin, of the genera and species of diseases,
  with an  English  translation on  the opposite 
NOSOLOGY.
812
NOSOPHKX.
Nosology.
  page.   To which are  added tho classification of
  diseases, by J. M.  Good, aud the  arrangement
  of the  diseases of the skiu, by R.  Willan.   Iu-
  teuded for the use of students aud young prac-
  litioners.  24".   London, 1^26.
    ------.  The  same.  A  synopsis of method-
  ical  nosology . . .   From  the  4. ed., corrected
  and  much enlarged.   Transl. by Henry Wilkins.
  Qc.  Philadelphia, 1793.
    ------.  The same.   Synopsis and  nosology;
  being  an arrangement  and definition  of  dis- .
  eases.   32°.  Springfield. 1793.
    Good (J. M.)  Classification of diseases.
    In: Cullen  (W.)  Synopsis  of nosologv.   24°.  Lon-
  don, 1828,  113-139.
    Gouley (J. W.)  Diseases of man.   Data of
  their nomenclature,  classification,  and genesis.
  f*.  New York,  1666.
    vandex  Heuvell.   * Diss,  nosologica   sis-
  tens teutamen divisionis  morborum a vitio vis
  vitalis, practices, a luaxime fundamentali morbi |
  parte, quantum fieri  potest, desumtie; cui prae-
  missa est synopsis classium et ordinum, et nlte-
  riorum quarundam subdivisionum, pro  nosolo-
  gia  completa practica,  ex  eodem  fonte desu- j
  lueuda.   8:.   Lugd. Bat, 1767.
    DE L.  (S.)   Nouvelles  classes de  maladies,
  qui,  dans un ordre semblable  a celtii  des hota-
  nistes, comprennent  les  genres et. les especes de
  toutes les maladies,  avec  leur signes  et leurs
  indications.  12°.  Avignon,  [1731 |.
    Lancei:eaux(E.) &Paulesco(N.-C.)  Traite"
  deme"decine.   I.  Nosologic   8-".  Paris,  1903.
    Mitropolski  (N. A.)  Vvedeniye  k sistema-
  ticheskomu izlozheniyu  bolieznei chelovleches-
  kavo  orgatriziua.     Klassifikatsiya   bolieznei.
  [Introductory to  a systematic  preseutation of
  the diseases of the  humau  organism.   Classi-
  fication  of  diseases.]  8°.  Moskra, 1869.
    Mouat (F. J.)  Observations  on  the nosolog-
  ical arrangement ofthe Bengal medical returns, i
  with a few cursory remarks on medical  topog- I
  raphy   and  military  hygiene.   8°.   Calcutta,
  184.").
    Nilssox  (N. A.)    Sjukdomarnes  klassifika-
  tion  (classes morborum).   8°.   Orebro, 1^98.
    Ploucquet (W. G.)  System   der   Nosologie
  im Umrisse.  8°.  Tiibingen,  1797.
    Pratbernon  (C.-F.-N.)   Esquisse d'une  ine"-
  thode nosologique.  4°.  Paris,  1814.
    Report on  the  questions  submitted  hy  Dr.
  Fair to the council concerning the classification
  of epidemic diseases.   6~.  London, 1865.
    Risposta ad un articolo  degli Anali  di  sci-
  enze e   lettere, con  alcune  osservazioni  sul-
  1' erronea divisione delle malattie in asteniche e
  steuiche.  12°.  Milano, 1810.
    de Saijvages  (F.-B.)   Nosologia  methodica
  sisteus  aegritudines,  niorbos,  passioues  ordine
  arlificiali ac   naturali  eastigavit,  emendavit,
  auxit.   Icones (jam x) etiam ad  naturam  pictas
  adjecit  C. F.  Dauiel.   5 v.  iu 4.  * '.   Lipsiw,
  1790-97.
    Tanner  (T. H.)   Au  index of diseases  aud
  their treatment.  12°.  London,  18(>(5.
    Abba.  II nuovo elenco nosologico ufflciale.  Riv. d'i".
  e san. pubb., Torino, 1899. x, 553-562.—Allbutt (T. C.) J
  On the classification of diseases  by means of comparative |
  nosology.  Rut.  M. J., Lond., 1888,  ii, 284-293.—Baker
  (H. B.)  Remarks on the classification of diseases.  Am. I
  Pah. Health Ass. Rep. 1888, Concord,  1889, xiv, 30-32.— |
  Beaofils.  Essai d'un  tableau de classification nosolo-
  gique, avec uue note explicative.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
  sc, Par., 1n"i7, xiv, 931— Rilling* (F. S.)  The  etiologi-
  cal classification of diseases.  Am.  Naturalist,  Phila.,
  1889, xxiii, 956-970.—Classification of diseases. Rep!
  Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1903-4, 134-136 —Collins (J.) Sc
  Fraenkel (J.) Reflectionson thenosologvofthoau-called
  functional diseases.  Med. Rec.  X. V.. 189!). lv 858-864.—
  Ebstein ("W.)  TJeberdie Stellung der Fet tleibigkeit, der
IVosoJosy.
  Gicht und der Zuckerkrankhcit im nosologischon System.
  Wein. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1822; 1862.  Also: Aerztl.
  Rundschau,  Miinchen, 1898,  viii, 757 -760. — Kiitwurf
  eines neuen Morbiditatsscbeina fiir Krankenaiistalten.
  Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien. 1901, xiii, Beil., 59-77—«nlm.
  wtcn (V.)  Ob  obshtshel i chastnol etiologii  s ©ti.»1<>lii-
  cheskoi  klassifikatsiyel bollenznel chelovieka.  [General
  and special etiology and etiological classification of human
  diseases.] Tmdi  vtor. svezda russk. vrach.  v. Mosk
  1887, ii.  Gen. Path., 61-81.—Grinevski (F.  A.)  Opit
  yestestvennol   klassifikatsii   iufektsionnikh  bolieznei.
  [Natural classification of infectious  diseases.]  l'.ibliot.
  vrach., Mosk., 1898, v, 103-124.—Hardin (C. B.)  A want
  of type in disease inhibits medical progress.  Med. Times
  N. T., 1899, xxvii, 260-262.—PanfiloflT (P. V.)  K vop-
  rosu o klassifikatsii bollezneunikh  yavleuiv pri iufektsi-
  onnikh  bolleznyakh.  [On the classification of the  phe-
  nomena of disease in infectious diseases.]  Vrach. Zapiski
  Mosk., 1898, v, 349-361.— I'aria (P.)   La  iiosolo-ia'
  Gac. med., Mexico. 1904, 2. s., iv. 207-213.—I*it<aiin (,\j
  De  divisione morborum. In his: Diss, med., 4° Edin-
  burgi, 1713, 182-196. Also,  in his: Opusc. med., 4 , Pe-
  te rod ,  1714,  164-166. Also, in his: Op. omn.,  4°, Lugd.
  Bat., 1737, 319-329.—Rabagliali (A.)   Some remarks
  on the classification and nomenclature of diseases.  Med.
  Press Sc Circ.  Lond.,  1886, n. s., xlii, 279-282.  Also, lie-
  print—Santi (V.)  Sulla classificazione  delle malattie.
  Raccoglitore, I'ano, 1846. xvii,  1-9.—<los Sanlo* (I). V.)
  Noticia  sobre a  nosologia da  Enfermario de Marinha do
  Estado de Pernambuco.  Gaz. med. da Bahia. 1890-91, 4. s.,
  i, 459; 523.—Thomson (W. H.)  A nomenclature for the
  different classes of infectious diseases.    Tr. N. York
  Acad. M. (1894), 1895, 2 s., xi, 302-320.

Nosoplien.
    See, also, Nose (Diseases of,  Treatment of).
    Hi:view and  clinical  notes  on nosoplien and
  its  salts, antinosine and  eudoxine.   12 .   New
  To k, \n. ii.].
    Rinz (C.) Sc Zuulz (N.I   Leber Wirkungen uud Ver-
  halten de.s Nosophens im Tierkiirper.  Fortsehr. d. Med.,
  Berl., 1895, xiii, 517-523.  Also, Reprint.—Costnnzo (F.)
  L' applieazione del nosofen nella pratica chirurgica.  Riv.
  veneta di sc. med.,  Venezia,  1896,  xxiv, 404-410. — De
  Ruck (D.)  La valeur therapeutique du nosophene et de
  ses sels; 1'antinosine et I'eudoxine.  Belgique iu<-d., Gand-
  Haarlem. 1896, iii, pt. 2,1-8.  Also, transl..-  Med. Weekbl.,
  Amst., 1896-7, iii,  341-345.— Dreyrr. Leber Nosoplien.
  Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1895, xx, 261; 273.—Dumlore
  (C A.)  The use of nosoplien and  antinoshi in surgery.
  Codex med. Phila.,  1896-7,  iii, 93-97. AUo, Reprint.—
  Gomiunerts.   Quelques  observations  cliniques con-
  cernant le nosophene et la gaze nosophen^e en reinplace-
  ment do  l'iodoforme. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1898,
  lxv,  212.— Herz  (A.)  Leber Nosoplien.  Monatsh.  f.
  prakt. Dermat,, Hamb.. 1895, xxi, 384.—Hopkins (T. A.)
  Nosoplien; its use in neglected chancroidal adenitis. Med.
  Fortnightly. St. Louis, 1900, xvii, 18-20.—Kosinoflf (I.F.)
  Obezzarazhivaynshtshiya svolstva nozofeua.  [Disinfect-
  ing qualities of nosoplien ]   Vrach,  St. Petersb..  1897,
  xviii, 757-759.—t.assar (O.)  Das Nosopben.  IVrniat.
  Ztschr.,  Berl.,  1894-5,  ii, 313. Also,  Reprint— I.ieven
  (A.)  Untersuchungen  iiber  das  Tetinjodphenolphtalein
  (Nosopben) und sein Natronsalz (Antinosin).  Miinchen.
  med. Wchnsehr., 1895,  xlii,  510-513. -----. Mittheilung,
  betreffend die hisherigen Ergebnisse der Anwendung des
  Nosophens uud  seiner Salze  unter besonderer Beriick-
  sichtigung der Verwendbarkeit fiir Magen- und Darm-
  affectionen. Verhaiwll. d. Cone. f.  innere Med., Wiesb.,
  1896, xiv, 595-603.—Lydston (J. A.)  Tho medical efficacy
  of nosophen and antinosine  in eve, ear, nose, and throat
  affections. Denver M. Times, 1899-1900, xix, 1-4— .11 ami
  (W.  A.)   Nosophen and  antinosine.  Med. Fortnightly,
  St. Louis, 1899,  xvi, 586-589. AUo: Med. Herald. St.
  Joseph,  1899, n. s.,  xviii, 532-536.—Noack (G.)  Noso-
  phen als  Ersatzmittel des  Jodoform.  Miinchen. nied.
  Wchnsehr., 1895, xlii, 818-820.—vou Noorden.  Leber
  Nosophengaze statt Jodoformgaze.  Ibid., 513.—Perek-
  han (J. S.)  Clinical notes on nosophen, antinosine and
  nosophen-gauze.  Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, xvi, 222-226.
  AUo, Reprint.—Pynrhon (E.) Nosoplien and antinosine
  in the treatment of diseases of the  nose, throat, aud ear.
  Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1899-1900. xii, 470-476.-Roz-
  gonyi (S.) A nosophen es az adrenalin  a fog&szatban.
  [Nosopben and adrenalin in dentistry.] Magy. orv. lapja,
  Budapest, 1902,  ii, 651-653.—Ruge.  Erfahrungen iiber
  Nosophen.  Monatsh.  f. prakt. Dermat.,  Hamb.,  1896,
  xxiii, 219-221.—Seiferl.  Ueber Nosophen. Wien. klin.
  Wchnsehr., 1895, viii,  213-215.—Sonnonbi-ijjcr.  Das
  Nosophen und seine Verbiiidungeu.  Kinder-A i zt. Leipz.,
  1896, vii. 33-35.— Wpreclier (F.)  Nosofene ed antinosina.
  Gazz. med. di  Torino, 1896,  xlvii,  681 -686.— 'Ani-iibin
  (V. I.)  Nozofen pri myakhkoi yazvle i herpes progeni-
  tahs.  [Nosophen  in soft chancre and . . .J  Vrach, St.
  Petersb., 1896, xvii, 1269-1271. 
NOSOPHOBIA.
813
NOTES.
Nosophobia.
    Althaus (J.) On hypochondriasis and nosophobia.
  Tr. M. Soc Loud., 1894-5, xviii, 14-29.
Nosovicll (Grigoriy Nikolayevich)  [1858-     ].
  *K voprosu  o kolebanii  mlsheclmol  sili  pod
  vliyaniyeni "karaulnoi sluzhbi, stroyevikhzanya-
  tiy i lagernoi zhizni.  [Fluctuations of muscu-
  lar strength  under  tbe  influence of  sentinel
  service, work at  tbe front, and camp life.]  Hi
  pp.  8J.  S.-Peterburg, K.  Stremer, 1890.

Nossi-Be.
    See,  also,  Fever  ( Malarial,  Hemorrhagic),
  Small-pox (History, etc., of), by localities.
    Debierre (C.)  Noies osteologiques et anthropologi-
  ques sur un sujet de Xossi,B6 (ile de la cote nord-ouest de
  Madagascar).  Bull. Soe. d'anthrop. de Lyon, 18S6, v, 219-
  233. — Krechunesko.  Sanitaruo-higlenicheskiya za-
  mletki o portakh Djibouti i Hellville (Nossi-Be, ostrov u s.
  z. chasti Madagaskara) v svyazi s obshtshimi o nikh svle-
  dleniyami.  [Sanitary notes on . . . and ...(..., an island
  northwest of Madagascar) in connection with general in-
  formation concerning them.]  Med. pribav. k morsk. sbor-
  niku, St. Petersb., 1905, 209-222.
Nossi-Comba.
    .Tlalin..* (A.) Le sanatorium de Nossi-Comba. Arch.
  de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1897, xxix, 5; 107, 1 map.
Nossig  (Alfred).   Einfiihrung in. das  Studium
  der sozialen Hygieue.  Geschichtliche Entwick-
  lung  uud  Bedeutung  der oftentlieheu  Gesund-
  heitspflege.    xviii,   259  ]ip.   8°.   Stuttgart,
  Deutsche Verlags-Anst., 16\)4.
Nossiropheline, ou a]>pareil Filliol.[Filhol].
  Ste Filhol (.lean-Bernard) [in 1. s.].

Nostalgia.
    Aliprandi (E.)  "Delia nostalgia.  8C.  Pa-
  via, 1646.
    Li: Go'iG  (V.)   * La nostalgie et son diagnos-
  tic.  4J.  Lyon,  l~9(l.
    Robillakd (C.-F.)  * Coup d'oeil sur la nostal-
  gic.   4D.   Strasbourg, 1833.
    Robinikre  (J.-B.-B.)   * Dissertation  sur  la
  nostalgie.   4°.  Strasbourg, 162.1.
    Zanini  (V.)  * Della  nostalgia.  8C.  Pavia,
  1649.
    C'oi-ueliuM.  Ueber die Nostalgie bei jungen Madchen.
  Verm. Abliandl. ... v. einer Gesellsch.  pract. Aerzte  zu
  St. Peters I).. 1S47. vii, 89-116.—I.enoel (L.)  Lanostalgie.
  Gaz. nied. de Picardie, Amiens, 1893, xi, 467; 488.—Lu.
  betzki.  L.i nostalgie et la neurasthenie.  J. de med.  de
  Par.. 1900, 2. s., xii, 290-293.  Also: Rev. de psychiat.,
  Par., 1900, u. s., iii, 137-144.—Merkel (F.)  Inilueiicia
  moral de la separacion del soldado del seno de su familia.
  Crou. med., Lima, 1903, xx, 219-222.—Romano (A.) La
  influenza degli agenti fisici e climatici sulla nostalgia. In-
  curaliili, Napoli, 1903, xviii, 657-683.—Sauti (J.)  De la
  nostalgie k bord des naviresde guerre.  Ann. d'hyg., Par.,
  1836, xvi, 310-317.—Scheuclizeruw (,T. J.) De nostalgia.
  Bononiensi sc.  et art.  Inst,  comment.,  Bonouise, 1731, i,
  307-313.—!>*pilta (D. H.)   Heiiuweh; Melancholie; Tii-
  dtung.  Inhis:  Prakt. Beitr. z. gerichtsarztl. Psychol.,
  8". Rostock, 1H55, 25-56.
Nostitz  &  Janckemlorf  (Gottlob  Adolf
  Ernst)  [1765-18:1b],   Beschreibung der konigl.
  siiebsischen Heil- und  Verptlegtingsanstalt  Son-
  nenstein; mit Bemerkungen  iiber Austalten fiir
  Herstellung oder Verwahrung der Geisteskran-
  ken.  3 jits, in 2 v. (v.  1 in 2 Abtheil.).  2 p. 1.,
  xviii, f>69  pp.; ii, 260 pp., 1 1., 12 pl., 399 pp.,
  2\.  6-.  Dresden, Walther, 1629.

Nostrils.
    See Nose.
Nostrils (Plugging of').
    See Epistaxis (Treatmentof); Nose (Plugging
  of).
Nostrums.
    See Medicines (Patent, etc.); Quacks, etc.
Not (Die) des  vierten Standes, vou einem Arzte.
  viii.  248 pp.   8°.  Leipzig, F.  W.  Grunoiv, ls94.
Nota. (Annibale).  Resoconto  clinico  trienniale
  della sezione  chirurgica dell' Ospedaletto infan-
Nota (Annibale)—continued.
  tile Regina Margheriia in Torino.  Per gli anni
  l>91-3.   208 |>p., 1 phin.   8'Y   Torino, tipog.  Sa-
  lesiana, 1894.
NolSE  ad aniniadversioues  in  pharniacopceaui
  Inttxellensein.
    In: Anal. lit. quaest, Athenis, 1712, 22-85.
Notandissimi secreti de 1' arte profumatoria
  per far  ogli, acque, paste, balle, lnoscardiui,  nc-
  celletti,  pateiuostri, e tutta 1'  arte intiera, come
  si  ricerca, cosi nella citta di  Napoli del  Beam--,
  come in Koma, e quini  in la citt& di Vinegia
  nuovamente ristainpati.  74 ff'., 0 1.   24°.   Ve-
  netia, [F. Bampazetto, 15(50].
Note book for cases of ovarian and other abdomi-
  nal tumours.  23 pp.  8°.  [n. p., n. d.]
Note book for the examination of eye diseases.
  See [Ramsay (Andrew Maitlaud)].
Note sur l'emploi de certains emplatres revnlsifs,
  et en particulier de l'emplatre  Bascourret (po-
  reux).   16 pp.   8°.   [Paris, n. d.]
Note sur l'emploi  de la  crdosote vraie dans le
  traitemeut de la plithisie pulmonaire.  8-y  [Pa-
  ris, E. Martinet, n. d.].  [P., v. 2142.]

NotencephaEus.
    See Monsters from defect, etc., of brain, etc.
Notes on Cuba, containing an account  of its dis-
  covery and  early history; a description of  the
  face of  the  country, its population, resources,
  aud wealth; its institutions  and the manners
  and customs of its inhabitants.  With directions
  to  travellers visiting the  island.  By a physi-
  cian,  x, 359 pp.   12°.   Boston,J. Munroe 4'Co.,
  1644.
Notes on digestion.  A brief re"sum6 of the latest
  pathological investigations.   From various En-
  glish, American, French, and German  physio-
  logical  writings.   04  pp.  12°.  London, j.  M.
  Bichards, 1886.
Notes on diseases in Turkey, and memoir ou  the
  remittent fever  of  the  Levant.  84 pp.  8°.
  London,  Stewart 4 Murray, 1854.  [Also,  in:  P.,
  v. 324.]
Notes ou exalgine.  By Fraser [et al.].   9  pp.
  fc.  New York, [n. d.].
Notes historiques sur  les hopitaux  6tablis a
  Paris pour  ttaiter  la  maladie ve"n6rienne.  72
  pp.  8°.  Paris, [n. d.].  [P.,  v. 1*16.]
Notes  on the  history, manufacture,  uses, and
  properties of hydrocblorate of cocaine.   13  pp.
  8°.  [New York, 1885.]
Notes on inflammation.   Large  folding  sheet.
  [n. p., n. d.]
Notes on local anesthesia by infiltration, as sug-
  gested by C. L. Schleich.  12  pp.  8°.   Phil-
  adelphia, [n. d.].
Notes on new remedies.   A monthly journal de-
  voted to furnishing early aud reliable news ot*
  new additions to  contemporary therapy.  Pub-
  lished by Lehn  & Fink.  v.  1-12,  June, 1888,
  to June, 1901.  sm. 4°.  New York.
Notes on new remedies,  collated from medical
  and pharmaceutical periodicals, etc.   2.  ed.   64
  pp.  12°.  Boston, T. Metcalf 4'Co., 1877.
Notes on pathology.   1 p. 1., vi, 2<>4  pp.   [In-
  terleaved copy.]  6°.  Edinburgh, 1889.
    Tbe publication of tins work was suppressed, as it is
  copied literally from Greenfield and others.
Notes <le pharmacie pratique, 1893-4, publides
  par la  Revue  des inventions  techniques  ap-
  pliques  a   la  pharmacie.    Introduction  par
  Georges Dethan.   iv, 384 pp.  16°.   Paris, V.
 1 Goupy,  [1894].
Notes on phenalgin.   24 pp.   12°.   New York,
  1698.
Notes on physical  diagnosis, for use iu the Col-
  lege of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia Uni- 
NOTES.
814
NOTIiWENDIO.
 Notes on physical diagnosis, [etc.]—continued.
   versitv, New York.   72  pp.  16°.   New  York,
   J. F. Dougherty, 1902.
 Notes on tlie properties, febrifuge, and auti-mala-
   rial  of pambotano  (Calliandra  Houstoni).   18
   pp., 1 1.  <-iY  Paris, Bigaud .1  Chapoteaut, [1*90,
   vel subset].].
 Notes ou reaction of stilts, and  scheuie  for  the
   examination of a solution of a single salt.  4s pp.
   8 .   Edinburgh, J. Thin, 1-93.
 Notes sur  la Relation  historique de la peste de
   Marseille  eu  1720,  iniprimee  a  Cologne, chez
   Pierre  "Marrca.u,  inipriiueur, 1721.  52 jip.  16°.
   Turin, Fontana,  IV22.
 Notes en rdponse a une these de M. Grassi [etc.].
   See Duvoir-Leblanc (Ldon).
 \ot«'S ou sanitary reform; the health of towns.
   See Brown (S[amuel]  Sneade) [in 1. s.].
 Notes on  some  new and recent remedies and
   pharmaceutical  products, with lists of  soluble
   coated pills, soluble and  disintegrating  tabeilae
   of compressed drugs; also of hypoderms or easily
   soluble tabeilae for  the  immediate  production
   of  hypodermic  injections, general  posological
   table, select price lists, etc.  201 pp.,  1  1.   16c.
   London, Allan 4' Hanbury,  l6iVA.
 Notes on some new pharmaceutical preparations:
   Morrhuol, cieasoted morrhuol, apioline, santal-
   midy.  Introduced  by Rigaut  aud Chapoteaut.
   24 .  Paris 4' London, Wilcox 4' Co., [n. d.].
 Notes sur la  syphilis pour guider dans  l'emploi
   ilu  remede antiven^iien  du comte Mattei.   28
   pp.   12°.  Bologne, imp. Mareggiani,  1877.
    Bound xoith: Mattei (Cesar).  Sp6cifiques 61ectro-ho-
   meopatuiqucs.  12°. Bologne, 1877.
 Notes on the therapeutic use. of the  new iodine
   compound aristol.  24 pp.   8°.  New York, IV. H.
   Sehiejfelin c)'- Co., 1890.
 Notes on  the therapeutic uses  of europhen.   Hi
   pp.  8°.  New York, W. II. Sehiejfelin 4- Co., 1894.
 Notes 011  the value  of carbo-hydrates  as food
   and the physiology of  starch digestion.   16 pp.
   Hi-.   [Fremont, Ohio, n. d.]
 Notliass  ( Franz).    * Ueber  Enderfolge  von
   Radical-Operationen von  Hemien.   29 pp.   8°.
   Wiirzburg, 1892.
 Nothen (Heinrieh) [1877-    ].   * Beitrage zur
   bakteriologischeu Priifung von Desinfektions-
  mitteln.   42 pp.   8.   Bonn, C. Georgi, 1904.
 Notlunailil  (Martin).    *8tiahleunarben  des
  Magens  und Carciuoma  ventr.culi.   [Wurtz-
  burg.]  20 pp.  6-.  Leipzig, G. Fock, 1896.
 Nofluiagel  (Carl  Wilhelm  Hermann) [1841-
  1905].   Die  Aupassung   des  Organismus bei
  pathologischen  Veranderungen.   18 pp.    h~
   Wien, 1>D4.
    Repr.from:  Wien. med. Bl., 1894, xvii.
-----.   The  same.  Prisposobleniye  organizma
  pri  patologicheskikh izmleueuiyakh.    14  pp
       [Moskra, 1-1)4.]
   Bound with: Bibliot. vrach., Mosk., 1894, i
-----.  Die Erkrankungen  des Darm
 Peritoneum.   x, -14 pp., 20 pl.   H^
 Holder,  l-'J[5]-8.
   Forms v. 17 of: Spec. Path. u. Theran.
 Wien, 1898.
s und des
  Wien, A.

. Nothnagel,
----.   The  same.   Diseases  of the  intestines
 and peritoneum.  Ed.  with additions by Hum-
 phrey  D. Rollestou.   Authorized  transl.  from
 the German under  the editorial supervision of
 Alfred .Stengel.   1032 pp.   rt-.   Philadelphia,
 W. II. Saunders <f  Co., 1904.
   AUo  Editor of:  Spec idle Pathologie und Therapie.
 8°.  W-ten. 1894-1905------. The same, ^fotlmagel's ency-
 clopaedia of practical  medicine.  8-.  Philadelphia & Lon-
 don. 1901-5.
   See, also, Bizzozero (Giulio).  Handbuch der klini-
 schen Mikroskopie  x-. jEWan.7en.l8s:!._____. Thesame
 2. Aufl.   8°.   Erlangen, 18C7. — Bouchard (Charles
 [JacquesJ). De la methode eu therapeutique, [etc.J.  8°
Notlmagfel (Carl Wilhelm  Hermann)—cont'd.
  Paris, 18*0. — Si-mmola (Mariano). Vorlesuugen iiber
  experimentelle Pharmakolojrie [etc.].  S3.  Wien, 1K90.—
  Werner (Egon). Kurzes Kepetitorium dor  Pharniako-
  logie, [etc.].  12=.  Wien, 1891.—Wolleubcrg (B.)  Die
  Hypoehoudrie.  8°.  TFi'en, 1904.
    lor Biography, see Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnscbr., 1905,
  717-721 (M. Kabane).  Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchu-
  schr., 1905, 717-721 (M. Kahane).  Also: Berl. kliu. Wclin-
  schr., 1905, xlii. 929  (Ewald). Also: Brit. M. J., Lond.,
  1905, ii, 215.  AUo: Corresp. m6d., Bar., 1903, ix. no.  20G,
  3 (L.  Laveyssifere).  AUo:  Deutsche nied.  Wchnsehr.'
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1199 (H. Lorenz).  Also: Med.
  Wocbe, Berl.,  1905, vi,  227 (W. Hahn).   Also: Lancet
  Lond., 1905, ii, 193.  Also: Med. Bl., Wien, 1905, xxviii'
  No. 28, 327.  AUo: Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 806 (F. Kraus).
  Also: Miiucben. med. Wchuschr., 1905, lii, 1687-1689 (J.
  Mannaberg).  Also:  Wien. klin.  Rundschau, 1905, xix,
  505-508 (F. Wechsberg).  Also: Wien. kliu.  Wchnscbr.
  1905,  xviii, 843 (A. ¥.).  AUo: Wien. klin. Wchnsehr j
  1905, xviii, 1107-1110 (E. vou Neusser).  Also: AVien. med.
  Presse,  1905, xlvi, 1377; 1403.  Also: Wien. med. Wchn-
  sehr., 1905, lv, 1465-1470.  Also: Ztscbr. f.  kliu.  Med.,
  Berl., 1905, lvii, 3. lift., pp. i-vii (E. von Leyden).  Also:
  Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl.  Ver. v. Thiiringen,  Jena, 1905,
  xxxiv, 421-432 (vou Jaksch).  AUo:  Prag. med. Wchu-
  schr.,  1905, xxx, 577-582 (R. von Jaksch). Also: Med.
  Staudard, Chicago, 1906, xxix, 15-17 ((I. B. Hasin).  Also:
  Mitt.  d. Gesellsch. f. iun. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905,
  iv, 184-193 (E. von Neusser).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).  AUo:
  Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Professoren (Die) [etc.J, iii.
         See, also:
  H. (J.)  Hermann Nothnagels letzte Niederschrift: Be-
merkungen iiber seine stenokardischen Anfalle.  Deutsche
med. Wcbnscbr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1564. .
     & Kahler (O.)   Anleitung zur Behand-
lung der Cholera.   7  pp.   8C.   Wien, [F. Jas-
per], 1892.
  Repr.from: Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1892.
      &  Kosshacll  (M.  J.)  Handbuch  der
Arzneimittellehre.   7.  Aufl.   xi,  932  pp.   8L
Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1-94.
             The same.   Nouveaux 61e"meuts de
  matiere uiddicale  et  de therapeutique; expose"
  de  Taction physiologique  et  therapeutique des
  m^dicainents.   Ouvrage traduit sur  la  6. e"d.
  allemande et  anuote par le docteur J.  Alquier,
  pre\<5d6 d'une  introduction par Ch. Bouchard.
  xxxii, 913 pp.   roy. 8°.  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere <*•
  fils, 1669.
rYotllliagel (Carolus).   *De auxilio in secuudi-
  narum  partu ferendo.  44  pp.   lbc.  Marburgi,
  typ. Bayrhofferi Acad., I8lfi.
Notliwang (Fritz)  [1866-    ].  * Die Folgen
  tier Wasserentziehung.  33 pp.  8C.   Marburg,
  R. Friedrich, 1691.
IVotliweiidigfer  Bericht von  dess Tvolgelau-
  terteu weissen U'eiustein-Pulvers,  rechtem  Ge-
  brauch, und wie dasselbige ohne soudern Kosten
  zu verfertigen.  Anff Anlass Herrn  M. Ludovici
  Woltt'harts, ... in Truck aussgangener wider-
  holter  Schrifft, so er Experimentum  cremoris
  tartari oder wahrhaffte Beschreibung dess Wein-
  stein - Saltz, Avas  neinblicb  dessen  Krafft und
  Wiirckung seye sc.  genennet.  Auss oberkeit-
  lichem  grossgiinstigem  Anbefehlen.  "Von dess
  Heyl. Reichs Statt Heylbronu  verordneten Phy-
  sicis gestellt und jedermiiuuiglich zur Nachrich-
  tung  gedruckt.   118  pp.   24°.    Heylbronn,
  C. Krause, 1632.
Notll weildig-keit (Ueber die) und die Moglich-
  keit  eines   Medizinal-Ministeriiuns.    Oft'ener
  Brief an  Seine  Durchlaucht  deu  Fiirsten Bis-
  marck.   32 pp.   8-.   Leipzig, J.  H. Heuser,
  1872.
JVotllweildigr-  «ud  uiitzlicher Unterricht  so
  wol vor jederniaunliehen als sonderlich vor die
  bestellteu Webemiitter oder Hebammen im Fiir-
  stenthumb Gotha, wornach sich dieselbige vor-,
  in-und nach ereigneten Geburts-Fiillen bei denen
  Schwangeru, Kreissenden  und  der  Geburt  all-
  bereit entladenen Weibs-Personen  alles Fleisses
  richten und achten  solh-n.    Anff  sonderbahte
  fiirstliche Anordnung und  geuiidigeu Befelch 
NOTHWEKDIG.
815
NOTKIK
Notliwendig- und niitzlicher [etc.]—cont'd.
  zusamtnen  getragen  und  gestellet von  denen
  verordneten  Medicis zu  Gotha.  12 1.  sm. 4°.
  Gotha, 1058.
Notice sur les appareils Rogier-Mothes, servant
  a tenner heini6tiqnenient la iosse d'aisances a
  retnbouchure du  tuyau de deseente, et a arreter
  ainsi  les emanations qui en  proviennent;  un
  seni suffit  pour  toute une maisou.   Le meiue
  systeme s'applique aux cabinets d'aisances, aux
  lieux coininuns,  aux 6gouts  des maisons, aux
  puisards, aux plumbs, aux pierres d'6vier, etc.
  Tous  ses appareils fonctionnent d'eux-memes et
  n'exigent aucun  som.  Medaille d'bonneur.  16
  pp., 8 pl.   8^-'.  Paris, F. Mdlteste 4' Cie., [n. d.],
  [P., v. 1781'.]
Notice biographique sur  Etienue-Pierre  Mor-
  lanne, chirurgien, redigee d'apres les notes  re-
  cueillies a  l'hospice de la Charite* maternelle de
  Melz.  134 pp., 1 1.   8\   Metz, C.  Thomas,  1662.
Notice sur la carie dentaire et sur l'emploi d'une
  pate alumineuse-etheiee,  propre k en arreter  les
  progres et  a  la gu^rir, sans avoir rec mrs a l'ex-
  traction des  dents cariees.  12 pp.   8.   [Paris,
  Proux 4' Co., n. d.~]   [P.,  v. 913.]
Notice sur l'eau  mine'rale alcaline  gazeuse  de
  Condillae (la reiue des eaux de table), ses pro-
  prietes hygieniques et medicares.  12 pp.  12°.
  [Montehmar, Bourrou, 1855?]
Notice sur l'eau mine'rale naturelle de  Schwal-
  hetin ( Hesse Electorale).   1". pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1- »7.   [Also, in : P., v. 1799.]
Notice sur les eaux minerales de  Campagne,
  dans  l'arrondissement de Limonx, departement
  de  l'Aude.   7  pp.   8°.   [ Paris, Vve. Gardel-
  Ttissie, 1-32. vel snbseq.]
Notice sur les eaux thermales sal6es, inagn6-
  sieunes, cuivreuses, broinurees de  Balaruc-les-
  Bains, pies Cette (Herault), avec quelques obser-
  vations de  casde guerison obtenus  a Balaruc sur
  des malades  atteints d'apoplexie, et de menaces
  d'apoplexie,  d'he'miple'gie (ou paralysie d'une
  partie du  corps), de paraplegic, [etc.].  23 pp.
  8\   Montpellier,  imp. de Gras,  1864.
Notice pour  la guerison prouipte et radicale des
  maladies contagieuses et des vices du  sang.   41.
  ed.   160  pp., 1  1.   16°.    [Troyes, V. Martelet,
  n. <L]
Notice historique sur la leproserie de la ville de
  Troves, suivie de  la liste  des dous faits a cette
  maixm depuis  1123, jusqu'a la fin du  xve siecle,
  avec les noms des bienfaiteurs, et  accompagnee
  de toutes les pieces justificatives tireesdu cartu-
  laire  et des  archives de la dite leproserie qui
  se tronvent partie a  rH6tel-Dieu,  partie k l'Ho-
  tel-de-Ville.  1 p. 1., 252  pp.   8C.  Troyes,  Bou-
  quot, 1/-49.
Notice historique et therapeutique sur les  eaux
  minerales  et thermales de Neyrac,  arrondisse-
  ment de Largeutiere. canton de  Thueyts,  com-
  mune de Mcyras  (Ardeche>.  22 pp.   12°.  Pri-
  vas, imp. Vve. Guisemand, [n. d.].
Notice sur l'Hydrocotyle asiatica.  16  pp.   8°.
  Paris, F. Malteste #  Cie., [1857].   [P., v. 1846.]
Notice sur  J'lustitution  nationale des sourds-
  muets de Paris depuis son origine jusqu'a nos
  jours  (1760-1896), accompagnee de  documents
  concernaut Fenscignemeut scolaire, l'enseigne-
  ment  professionnel, conditions d'admission des
  eieves, etc., et suivie du catalogue du Musee uni-
  versel des  sourds-muets.  152 pp.,  1 pl., port.
  6?.   Paris, Plon-Nourrit 4' Cie., 1896.
Notice on  J. Lepine's grauules  and syrup of
  hydroeotyle  asiatica for cutaneous,  syphilitic,
  and rheumatic affections, as well as for all com-
  plaints arising from organic disease.   8 pp.   8°.
  Paris 4~ London, Asselin 4" Hozeau,  1862.  [P., v.
  2191.]
Notice medicale sur  les  eaux  minerales  de
  Pouges.  30 pp.  12°.  Bruxelles, C.  4' A. Pan-
  der auwera, [n. d.].
Notice et observations sur l'emploi d'un febri-
  fuge indigene  (les  pillules de variolarine-Bou-
  louuiie).   Avantages de cet anti-peiiodique  sur
  les preparations de  quinquina.   20  pp.   8°.
  Paris, [E. Meyer, n. d.].
Notice sur la partie du maguetisme  relative a
  I'histoire  de la physiologie et de  la medecine
  morale.  50 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1813.
    Repr.from: Moniteur, Par.
Notice sur les preparations artiiiciellesde M. Au-
  zotix.  See Auzoux (Louis-Thomas-jerome).
Notice on the prevention  of infectious diseases
  and  recommendations in  favour of vaccination
  and  revaluation.   [By Henry E.  Armstrong.]
  10 pp.  8°.   Newcastle-upon-Tyne, A.  Beid, 1881.
Notice sur les propridtes  et l'emploi  de la rena-
  line  francaise,  principe actif des capsules surre-
  nales.  38 pp.  12°.  Paris, [Durux, 1903].
Notice sur la source hydro-mine'ralede St.-Chris-
  tophe  en  Brionnais  (Sa6ne-et-Loire).  20  pp.
  24°.   [Charolles, Lamborot, 1850.]
Notice sur les travaux de  M. Poiseuille.  10  pp.
  4°.  [Paris, imp. de Bachelier, 1843.]
Notices  historiques et economiques   sur l'eta-
  blissement d'humamte*  de Hambourg.  327  pp.
  »c.  [Paris, 1799.]
    Pages 1 to 40 will be  found in v. 1 of Recueil.
    In v. 2 of: .Rec. d. mem. s. 1. 6tab. d'humanit6, Paris.
Notices sur les medecins de la marine des dilfe-
  rents pays.   63 pp.   8°.   Paris, O.  Doin,  1895.
    Repr. from.- Arch, de med. nav., Par.,  1895, lxiii-lxiv.
Notices sur les offieiers  de  sante  [etc.].   See
  Coste (Jean-Francois).
Noticia sobre as aguas thermaes salgadas, mag-
  nesianas, cupieas e bromuradas de Balaruc-les-
  Baius, proximo de  Cette  (departauieuto do He-
  rault).  4 pp.   4°.  [Montpellier,  Gras, n.  d.]
  [P.\  v. 1266.]
Noticias  (Las) m6dicas.    Revista mensual de
  medicina y cieucias auxiliares.  Director Carre-
  ras  Sanchis.   Nos. 1-8.    v.  1, January to Au-
  gust, 1890.  8°.  Madrid.
Notification of disease.
    See Disease  (Registration of).
Notification of contagious diseases.
    See Cholera,  Contagion,  etc.,  Diphtheria,
  Pretention of; Fevers; Measles, Plague, Scar-
  latina, Prevention of.
Notin  (Georges) [1878-     ].  *Kcarlatiue  et
  streptococcic.   83  pp.  8->.  Lyon, 1900, No. 65.
Notizie  intorno  all' acqua solforosa  raineriana
  Euganea che scaturisce alia costadi Arqua nella
  provineia di Padova; seguite  dalle discipline
  per la vendita e distribuzione.  38  pp., 1 1.  Jy
  Padova, 1830.  [P., v. 1420.]
    Probably the work of Francesco Fanzago.
Notizie  sulla  scoperta della  nicoziana  [etc.].
  See Stefano (Carlo).
Notizie sotnmarie sulla statistica  sanitaria del
  regio  esereito  per Y anno  18<)6.  21 pp.  8°.
  Boma, E. Voghera,  1898.
    Repr. from: Gior. med. d. r. esereito [etc.], Roma, 1898,
  xlvi.
Notizkalender und Adressbuch fiir praktisehe
  Aeizte [etc.].  Berlin.
    Title of v. 3-4, 1888-9, of: Notizkalender fiir prak-
  tiscbe Aerzte [etc.J, Berlin.
Nolizkalender fiir praktisehe  Aerzte, Apo-
  theker [etc.].   v.  3-10,  l-H8-i»5.   12°.  Berlin,
  E. Grosser.
    v.  3-4, under title:  IVotisekalender und Adressbuch
  fiir praktiscbe Aerzte  [etc.].
Notkiil  (I[gnatiy] Afdolfovich])  [1860-    ].
  *K  voprosu o proiskhozhdenii bryusbnoi  vo- 
NOTKIN.
816
NOTTINGHAM.
 Notkiil (I[guatiy[ A[dolfovich])—continued.
  dyanki.  [On the cause of abdominal dropsy.]
  1-J5  pn.,  1  1., 2 pl.   <--.   Kiev, A.  Daridenko,
  1690. '
 Notkiil  (S[aveliy  Autonovich])  [1848-     ].
  Falsifikatsiya pishtshevikh produktov i domash-
  niye sposobl  raspoznovaniya yeya.   [Adultera-
  tions of food and domestic methods of detecting
  it. ]   66 pp.   16°.  S.-Peterburg, 1889.
 Noto (Antonio).  Remliconto clinicodel sesseuuio
  lH.l.'j-iyOO del r.  Istituto ostetrico-ginecologico
  (Maternita di  Palermo). 272  pp.,  2  pl.  8°.
  Palermo,  tipo-lit. fratelli Marsala, 1901.
 Noto (Riccardo).  Ingegneria sanitaria.  Alcune
  proposte  per Caltagirone.  32 pp.   o-.   Caltagi-
  rone, tipog. del Cimento, 1888.
 Notochord.
    See, also, Embryology; Spinal cord.
    Ktkknod (A.-C.-F.)  Homologie du canal no-
  tochotdal de  l'homme et de l'archenteron.  8°.
  Geneve, 1699.
    Cutting from: Arch. d. sc. phys. et nat., Geneve, 1899,
  viii.
    !>' Erchia.  (F.)  Sulla struttura  e sulle connessioni
  della notocorda  iu un embrione umano della lunghezza di
  mm. 3 iu linea  retta.  Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901,
  xii, 10 lti.—Eti-mod (A.d.-F.)  II y a un canal noto-
  cbordal daus l'eiubryon humain. Auat. Anz., Jena, 1899,
  xvi, 131-143.  AUo, Keprint.—King (Helen Dean).  The
  formation of the notochord in the Amphibia.  Biol. Bull.,
  Lancaster.  Pa.,  1903, iv, 287-300.—Masterman (A. T.)
  Ou tbe origin of the vertebrate notochord and pharyngeal
  clefts.  Itep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1898,  Lond., 1899, lxviii,
  914-916.  -----.  On the notochord of Cephalodiscus.  Zool.
  Anz., Leipz., 1899, xxii, 359; 301.—.Vlusgrove (J.) Per-
  sistence of the notochord in tbe human subject.  J. Anat.
  & l'hysiol., Lond., 1890-91, xxv, 380-389.
 Notorious  fraud,  Dr.[?]  Powell  Reeves.  2.
  extra  ed., fifteenth  thousand,  March 15, 1890.
  8 pp.  8°.  Dallas,  Tex., 1890.
    Repr.from : Texas Health J., Dallas, 1890, iii.
 Notoryctes*.
    Wilson (J.  T.)  Ou the myology of Notoryctes
  typhlops, with comparative notes.  8°.  [n. p.,
  ii. d. ]
    Csii-Immoii (Albertiua). Zur Anatomie des Notoryctes
  tvphlops.  Zool. Jahrb., Jeua. 1904,  xx,  81-122,  2 pl.—
  Thompson (P.) & Hillier (W. T.)  The myology ofthe
  bind limb  of the marsupial mole (Notoryctes typhlops).
  J. Anat. & Pbysiol., Loud., 1904-5, xxxix' 308-331, 2 pl.
 Notson (William M.).
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.).

 IVolt (Frederick Josiah) [1854-1904J.
    Kishop (W. II.)  Obituary. Tr. Homceop. M.  Soc.
  N. V., Buffalo, 1904, xxxix, 299.

 Noll (John) [1751-1865J.
    Courtney (YV. P.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog.,
  Loud., 1895, xii,  233.
 Nott  (J[osiab] C[lark]) [1804-73] & Gliddon
  (tieo. R.)  Types of mankind;  or, ethnological
  researches based upon the ancient monuments,
  paintings, sculptures,  and crania of  races, and
  upon their natural, geographical, philological,
  and Biblical  history;  illustrated  by  selections
  from the  inedited papers of Samuel George Mor-
  ton, and  by  additional  contributions from  L.
  Agassiz, AV. Usher, and H. S. Patterson.   8. ed.
, lxxvi (11.), 49-738 pp., 3 pl., 1 map., 1 tab., port.
  8 \   Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott 4" Co.; London,
  Trubner .,- Co., 1860.
 ------.  The  same.   10. ed.  lxxvi, 49-738 pp.,
  3 pl., 1  map.   8°.  Philadelphia, 1871.
 Nottbcck (Job. Bernhard)  [1868-     ].  *Ein
  Beitrag zur Kenutniss der congenitalen Pseudo-
  neuritis optica (Scbeinneuritis).  37  pp., 1 pl.
  > .   Marburg, 1897.
    Repr.from: Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1897, xliv, 1. Abt.
 Nottberg (Peter).    "Experimental-Untersu-
  chungen  iiber  die Entstehung  der Harzgallen
Nottberg: (Peter)—continued.
  uud verwandter Gebilde bei unseren Abietineen.
  1 p. 1., f>2 pp., 1 pl.   6-.  Bern, 1.-97.
    Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1897, vii.
Nottebaiim (Josef Maria Aloys Hubert) [ I8ti7-
      ].  * Ueber  die  secundare   Degeneration
  nach  Durchschneidung  des  Halssympathicus.
  67 pp., 2 1.   8-.  Marburg. J. Hamel, 1-97.
Nottelniaiin  (Bernhard Arnold).   Kurtze und
  deutliche Vorstellung, was  eigentlich die jetzo
  herum-vagirende Seucbe sey? Woran solche zu
  erkennen, welehe Merckzeichen die Medici und
  Chirurgi  bey  Besichtigung  derer  an  dieser
  Seuche  gestorbenen  Leuteu wol zu beobachteu
  haben, und zuletzt wie ein jeder hiesie»er Stadt
  Einwohner sich  sicher und mit geringen Kosten
  darwider bewahren  konue.   Anff  vornehmer
  Herren  uud Patronen Anrahten wolmeinentlich
  publiciret.   15 1.  sm. 4"-.   Liineberg, Sterninch,
  1713.
Notter (Friedrich).
    See  Hofacher  (J [oh.] Dfaniel]). Ueber die  Eigen-
  scbaften, [etc.J. 8°. Tubingen,  1828.
Notter (J[ames]  Lane) [1843-    ].  Spread and
  distribution of infectious diseases; spread of ty-
  phoid fever, dysentery, and allied diseases among
  large communities, with special reference to mil-
  itary  life  in tropical and sub-tropical countries.
  18 pp.  roy. 8°.  London 4~ Manchester, Sherratt
  4- Hughes, 'l904.
    See, also, Parkcn (Edmund A.)  A manual of  practi-
  cal hygiene [etc.].   8°.  London, 1891.
    For Biography, see Prov. M. J., Leicester, 1891,  x, 705,
  port.
----- &  Firth (R.  H.)  Hygiene,   ix, 374  pp.
  16°.  London, Longman [aud others], 1894.
-------------. The same.  Hygiene.  6. ed.  xiv,
  491pp.  8°.  London, Longman [and others], 1905.
------ ------. The  theory and practice of  hy-
  giene, xv, 1034 pp.  8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakis-
  ton, Son 4~  Co.,  1890.
-------------. The same.  By J. Lane Notter and
  W. H. Horrocks.  2. ed.  xvii, 10-5 pp., 15 pl.
  8°.  Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son 4'- Co., 1900.
-------------. Practical domestic hygiene,   viii,
  312 pp.   12°.  London, Longman [and others'],
  1897.
von NottliafTt   (Albrecht), Fieiherr.   *Neue
  Untersuchungen  iiber  den Verlauf der Degene-
  rations- und Regenerationsprocesse am verletz-
  teu peripheren Nerven.   [Wurtzburg.]  59 pp.,
  1 pl.  8°.  Leipzig,  W.  Engelmann, 1692.
    Repr. from: Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1892, lv.
    See, aUo,  Taschenbuch der Fntersnchungsnietho-
  den.  12°.  Miinchen, 1900. -----. The same.  2. Ausg.
  12°.  Miinchen, 1901. -----. The same.  3. Ausg.  12°.
  Miinchen, 1903.

Nottingham.
    See, also, Children (Hospitals, etc., for), Fever
  (Typhoid, History,  etc., of),  Hospitals  (Descrip-
  tions, etc., of), Hospitals (Management, etc.,  of),
  Hospitals  (Ophthalmic, etc.), Insane (Asylums
  for, Descriptions, etc., of),  Scarlatina  (History,
  etc., of), Sewage (Disposal of), Small-pox (His-
  tory,  etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by localities.
    Nottingham Friendly Societies'  Medical In-
  stitution.   Medical officers' report  to the com-
  mittee for the half-year ending June  30,  1-75.
  4 .  [Nottingham, 1875.]
    ------.   Animal reports of the managing com-
  mittee to  the  officers  and  members.  1., 1875;
  3.-6., 1877-80; 8.-11.,  1882-5.  8-.   Nottingham,
  1876-86.
    ------.   [Circular, slating  object  and sub-
  scription   fees.]    1  sheet.   4°.   [Nottingham,
  n. d.]
    ------.   Rules.  12°.  Nottingham, 1879, 
NOTTINGHAM.
817
NOUVEAU.
IVottiiigiiaiii.
    Brown (A.) Municipal-works in Nottingham. Proc.
  Incorp. Ass. Municip. & Co. Engin., Loud. Sc N. Y.,
  1891-2, xviii, 120-137.
Nottingham (John) [1810-95].
    Obituary.  Lancet, Lond., 1895, i, 1106.
Notys (Evangele)  [1806-    ].  * Contribution
  au traitement du goitre exophthalinique par la
  section   bi-late"rale  du  sympathique  cervical.
  88 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1696, No. 129.
Notz  ( Hermanu ).   * Ueher  die  Bosartigkeit
  congenitaler Tumoren.  89  pp.  8°.  Ziirich, 0.
  Fiissli, 1896.                                 c.
Notzli (Jean).  * Ueher Dementia senilis.  72 pp.
  8°.  Zurich, 1895.                            c.
Nonaille  (J.)  [!872-   ].   * Contributiou  a
  l'etude  de  riivsterie  senile  (hysterie  chez les
  vieillards).  60 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1899, No. 457.
Nouailles (Louis-Joseph-Leopold).  * Contri-
  bution  k l'etude du traitement chirurgical des
  appendicites.   93 pp.,  3 ch.   4C.  Bordeaux,
  1893, No. 45.
de Noiie (Ai.sene).
    See Rohling  (A.)  Lonise  Lateaa,  la stigmatis6e
  [et<5.].  12°.  Bruxelles, 1874.
Nouel (A. A.).
     Co-Editor of: Union (La) dental, Valencia, Venezuela,
  1895-6.
Noilgaro (Antoine-Marie-Arthur-fimile) [1875-
       ].  "Contribution a l'etude  des traumatis-
  mes et des blessures du nerf cubital.  58 pp.  8°.
  Bordeaux, 1902, No. 27.
Noil^lICZ (Martinns).
    See Bacher (Alexandre-Andrtj-Philippe).  * An chro-
  nicos niorbos perverso aquie usu [etc.].  4°.  [Parisiis,
  1771.] — Dumangin  (Joannes-Baptista-Eugenia).   An
  post longas defatigationibus  [etc.l-  4°.  [Parisiu, 1767.]
van Nouhuys (D. P.)   * Ueber Tracheotomie
  bei Laryngitis  diphtherica.  2 p. 1.,  74 pp.  8V.
  Leiden,  G. Los,  1866.
Nonrij (Franciscus Gustavus).   *Diss.  exhibens
  historiam botanicam, chemico-pharmaceuticam
  et medicam foliorum diosmae serratifolise (vulgo
  foliornin  buchu).  64  pp., 4 1.  8°.  Groningce,
  J. Bbmelingh, [1827].   [P., v. 1972.]
Nourrit (J.-H.-A.)  Des ameliorations sanitaires
  et agricoles dn littoral du departement du Gard
  et des departetueus limitrophes.  112 pp.  8°.
  Nimes, 1853.
Nourry (Paul).   * Des complications cardiaques
  de I'erysipele et de I'erysipele chez les cardia-
  ques.  131  pp.   8°.  Paris,  1905, No. 149.
Nourse (E[dward]) [1701-61].  Syllabus totam
  rem  anatomicani  hnmanam  compleeteus, et
  praelectionibus  aptatus  annuatim  habendis.
  Huic accedit syllabus  ehirurgicus, quo exhiben-
  tnr  operationes quarum modus peragendarnm
  demonstrandus.  44  pp.   roy. 8°.   Londini, J.
  Nourse, 1748.
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat.  Biog., Lond., 1895, xii,
  240 (N. Moore).
Noiiry (Emile-Paul) [1873-    ].  * De la saigne"e
  generale; ses  indications.  53 pp.  8"\   Paris,
  189*, No. 374.
Noury (Henri)  [1874-    ].  * Etude  cliuique
  des hernies 6pigastriques et ombilicales.   78 pp.
  8y  Paris, 1900, No. 353.
-----.  The same.  Hernies  epigastriques et om-
  bilicales;  6tude  cliuique.  78 pp.  8°.   Paris,
  J.-B. Bailliere 4-fils, 1900.
Nouvat  (Jean-Raoul) [1873-    ].  * Rougeole
  et grossesse.  83 pp.  8°.  Bordeaux, 1904, No. 113.
Nouveau  (J.-B. -Marcel -Aime* -Henri) [1871-
      ].  'Contribution a  l'e'tude de l'opoth6rapie
  8ple"nique dans le traitement de  la  cachexie
  palustre.  xi, 13-85 pp.  8°.   Montpellier,  1902,
  No. 43.
        VOL XI, 2D SERIES-----52
Nouveau  cours de  medecine, dress6 selon les
  principes de  la nature  [etc.].  See [de Rou-
  vifere].
Nouveau dictionnaire de chitnie.  See Bouapt
  (Entile).
Nouveau dictionnaire de medecine  et de  chi-
  rurgie pratique.  Redige" par Anger, Bailly, etc.
  Directeur de  la redaction, le  docteur Jaccoud.
  v. 1-40.  8°.  Paris, J.-B.   Bailliere  4-  fils,
  1874-86.
Nouveau dictionnaire de uie'deciue, chirurgie,
  pharmacie, physique, chimie, histoire naturelle,
  etc.,  oil  l'on  trouve l'etymologie de tous les
  termes usite"s dans ces sciences, et I'histoire  con-
  cise de chacune des matieres qui y ont rapport;
  par A. Beelard, Chomel H. Cloquet, J. Cloquet,
  M. Orlila.  2 v.  vi (1 ].), 829 pp.; 663 pp.   8°.
  Paris, Mequignon- Marvis, 1821-2.
Nouveau dictionnaire pratique de ni6ileciue, de
  chirurgie et d'hygiene v6t6rinaires, public avec
  la collaboration d'une societe de  professeurs v6-
  t6rinaires praticiens,  par  H. Bouley et Reynal.
  v. 1-22 & suppl. vol.   8°.  Paris, Labe, Asselin 4'
  Houzeau, 1885-97.
Nouveau dictionnaire universel et raisonne de
  medecine, de  chirurgie  et de l'art veterinaire,
  contenant des connoissances etendues snr toutes
  ces parties, et particulierement des details ex-
  acts  et  precis sur les plantes usuelles, avec le
  traitement des maladies des bestiaux.  Ouvrage
  utile  &  toutes les  classes de  citoyens, surtout
  aux habitans  de la campagne, et mis a leur por-
  t6e par  une societe  de  medecine.   6 v.   16°.
  Paris, Vve. Duchesne,  1772.
Nouveau  dispensaire d'Edimbourg.   See Dun-
  can (Andrew).
Nouveau manuel complet du physionomiste des
  dames,  contenant  de nouveaux apercus resul-
  tant de leur sante ou de leur position daus la so-
  ciete. D'apres le systeme de Lavater, Porta, Cu-
  reau  de la  Chambre  et Camper.   373 pp., 4 pl.
  24°.  Paris, Librairie encycl. de Boret, 1843.
Nouveau memoire sur l'emploi des dragees fer-
  ruginens( s de Geiis et Conte.   16 pp.  8°.  Pa-
  ris, Labelouye, [n. d.].  [P., v. 1815.]
Nouveau Montpellier medical.   Gazette hebdo-
  madaire des  sciences medicales et Montpellier
  medical reunis.  Journal hebdomadaire   avec
  Supplement bi-mensuel.  N. s., v. 1-13, 1892-
  1901.   8°.  Montpellier 4-Paris.
    After 1898,2 v. annually. Continued under title: mont-
  pellier medical.
Nouveau  Montpellier   medical.  Supplement.
  [Bi-monthly.]  v.  1-7, 1892, to June, 1898.   8°.
  Montpellier 4~ Paris.
    Ended.
Nouveau plan de constitution pour la medecine
  en France, [etc.].  See Societe royale de mede-
  cine de Paris.
Nouveau  traite de  medecine et de  therapeu-
  tique.  Publie en fascicules sous la direction de
  P.  Bronardel  et A. Gilbert.   8°.  Paris,  J.-B.
  Bailliere 4-fils, 1905-(>.
    No. 1.  Maladies uiicrobiennes eu g6neral, par Paul Car-
  not.
    No. 2.  Fi^vres eruptives, par B. Auche [et al.].
    No. 3.  Fievre typholde, par P. Brouardel et L. Thoinot.
    No. 4.  Maladies communes k l'bomnie et aux animaux:
  tuberculose, scrofule, morve, actinomycose, charbon, psit-
  tacose, rage, t6tanos, ludrerie, trichinose,  aukylostouiose,
  par Mosnv, L. Barnard [et al.].
    No. 5.  Paludisme et trypauosomiase, par A. Laveran.
    No. 6. Maladies exotiques, par A. Netter, Mosny [et al.].
    No. 7.  Maladies v6iierieunes, par F. Balzer.
    No. 8.  Rbumatismes,  rhumatisme articulaire  aigu,
  pseudo-rbuuiatisnies, rhumatismes chroniques, par F. Wi-
  dal, J. Teissier et G. Roque.
    No. 9.  Grippe, coqueluche, oreillons, diphtheric, par A.
  Netter, Hudelo, Grancher, Boulloche et Babonneix. 
NOUVEAU.                                818                     NOVfi-JOSSERAND.
Nouveau traite de medecine [etc.]—continued.
    No. 15. Maladies de la bouche, du pharynx, et de l'oeso-
  phage, par G. Roqne et L. Galliard.
Nouveau traitement du diabete par le manga-
  nese.   8 pp.  8°.  Paris, 1894.
    Suppl. to:  Le Feuillet medical, 1894, no. 6.
Nouveau traitement des maladies de l'estomac
  par le chloridia.  Therapeutique alimentaire.  8
  pp.  12°.   Paris, 1893.
    Repr.from: Feuillet med., Par., 1893.
Nouveau  traitte du pourpre, [etc.].   See Por-
  chon (A.)  [in 1. s.].
Nouveaux eiemeus d'anatomie raisonnee.  See
  [Person (Claude)].
Nouveaux elements de pathologie chirurgicale
  generale, par Fr. Gross, J. Rohmer, A. Vautrin,
  Paul  Andre.  2 v.  vii, 674  pp.;  630  pp.  8°.
  Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 4~ fils, 1898.
Nouveaux (Les) medicameuts.  Revue bi-men-
  suelle  d'informations  generales sur tout ce qui
  iuteresse le corps medical,  v. 2-4, 1902-4.  4°.
  Bruxelles.
    Ended.
Nouveaux (Les) remedes. v. 5-18.   1889-1902.
  8°.  Paris.
-----.   Table generale et alphabetique  des ma-
  tieres  conteuues  dans  les volumes  i  a xi de
  1885 a 1*95, iuclusivement.  1  v.   136  pp.  8°.
  Paris, 0. Doin, 1896.
Noveaux sterilisateurs appliques a la chirurgie,
  construits  par E. Adnet.   104  pp.  8°.  Paris,
  1898.
Noil vel  (Jean-Baptiste-Ernest)   [1869-    ].
  * De la pathogenie des kystes du vagin.   61 pp.,
  3 pl.   4°.  Bordeaux, 1895, No. 90.
Nouvelle chymiedu gout etde l'odorat, ou l'art
  de composer facilement, et a peu de4 frais, les
  liqueurs a boire et les eaux de senteurs.  2  v.
  Front., lxxxii (1 1.), 251 pp.;  x (1 1.), 5-367 pp.,
  6 pl.   8°.  Paris, Delalain fils, an VIII [1800].
    v.  1  has additional title: Nouvelle 6d.,  entiferement
  chang6e, considerablement augment6e, et enrichie d'un
  proc6d6 nouveau pour composer des liqueurs  fines sans
  eau-de-vie, ni  vin, ni esprit de vin, proprement dit;  de
  plusieurs dissertations int6ressantes, et d'une suite d'obser-
  vations physiologique sur l'usage  immod6re des liqueurs
  fortes.
Nouvelle  notice medicale sur les Eaux-Bonnes,
  publiee par le conseil municipal d'Eaux-Bonnes.
  24 pp.  6°.  Corbeil,  CHUfils, [n. d.].
Nouvelles, ou annales de l'art de gu6rir.  Re-
  cueil raisonne de tout  ce qu'il  importe  d'ap-
  prendre pour etre au  couraut des  connoissances
  et a l'abri  des erreurs relatives a la medecine, a
  la chirurgie et a la pharmacie.  Par le Dr. Retz.
  v. 6, 1790.   16°.  Paris.
     Continuation of: IVouvelles, ou annales de medecine,
  chirurgie et pharmacie, [etc.].
Nouvelles, ou annales de medecine, chirurgie
  et pharmacie.   Recueil raisonne de tout ce qu'il
  importe d'apprendre pour etre au courant des con-
  noissances et a l'abri des erreurs relatives a l'art
  de guerir.  Par  M.  Retz.   v.  5, 1789.   16°.
  Paris, Me'quignon Vaine'.
     Continuation of: Nouvelles instructives, bibliographi-
  ques, [etc.], Paris. Continued under title: Nouvell«-N,ou
  annales de l'art de gu6rir, Paris.
Nouvelles  instructives,  bibliographiques, his-
  toriques et critiques tie medecine et de chirurgie;
  ou recueil  raisonne  de tout ce   qu'il  importe
  d'apprendre chaque annee pour etre au courant
  des  connoissances relatives a l'art  de guerir.
  Par M. Retz.  v. 1-4,1785-7.  16c.  Paris, Me-
  quignon Vaine'.
     Continued under title:  Nouvelles, ou annales de me-
  decine, chirurgie et pharmacie [etc.], Paris.
Nova acta  helvetica physico-mathematico-auato-
  mico-botauico-medica.  v. 1.  x, 317, 6 pl.  4°.
  Basileoe, J. Schiveighauser,  1787.
Nova literaria Maris Balthici  et  Septentrionis
  collecta Lubecae, 1706, 1707.   2 v. in 1.  3H4 pp.,
  16 1., 1 pl.; 384 pp., 24 1.   sm. 4°.  Lubecce o
  Hamburgi, sumpt. Reumannianis, 1706-7.
    Pages 161 to 224 missing in v. 1.
Nova pharniacopceoruin taxa.
    See  Austria. Neue Apothecker Tax-Ordnung.  fol.
  Wienn, 1744.
Nova? Academiae  Fiorentina?  opuscula adversus
  Avicennam et medicos neotericos qui  Galeni di-
  sciplina neglecta, barharos colunt.   47 ff.  sm.
  4°.  [Venetiis, in off. L. A. Juntos, 1533.]
                    CONTENTS.
    Dialogue qui harbaroraastix seu medicus dicitur. Petri
  Francisci Pauli medici  Galenici adversus Avicennam  de
  venae  sectione traetatus.  Leonardi  Giachini adversus
  Mesuem et vulgares medicos omnes, traetatus.
-----.  The same.  132 pp.  24°.  Lugduni, apud
  S. Gryphium, 1534.
Novaes (F. Paula).   See Paula (Novaes).
Novak  (Emil), Nowak  (Gustav)  & Rocli
  (Franz).   Synouyma apothecariorum.   Ueber-
  sichtliche Zusammenstellung der  wisseuschaft-
  lichen und volksthiimlichen Benennungen der
  pharmaceutischen Artikel in lateiuischer, deut-
  Bcher und bohmischer  Sprache.  Ein unentbehr-
  liches Handbuch fiir Apotheker,  Aerzte, Dro-
  guisteu, etc.  viii, 717 pp.  8°.  Prag, F. Roch,
  1690.
IVovura.
    See Hospitals (Descriptions,  etc.,  of), Hos-
  pitals (Gynoscologic, etc.). Insane (Asylums for,
  Descriptions, etc., of), by localities.
Novargan.
    IiUcke(R.)  Ueber Novargan.  Monatschr. f. Harnkr.
  u. sex. Hyg., Leipz., 1905, ii, 299-302.
Novaro (Giacomo).   Tesi.  2,2,21. 4°.  Genua,
  1824.  [P., v. 2145.]
Novaro  (G[iacomo] F[ilippo]).  Dell' innesto
  degli ureteri nel retto e della asportazione della
  vescica e  della prostata.  22 pp., 2 1., 2 pl.   8°,
  Siena, E.  Torrini, 1887.
    Repr.from: Boll. d. Soc. tra i cult. d. sc. med. iu Siena,
  1887, v.
-----.  Contributo alia chirurgia dello stomaco.
  73 pp.  8U.  Siena, C. Nava,  1890.
    Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. diSiena,4.s.,ii.
    See, also, Caponotto (Amedeo).  Rendiconto clinico
  della sezioue chirurgica.  8°. Torino, 1883.
-----.  See, also :
     Professore (Al) Giacomo   Filippo  Novaro
  omaggio  dei discepoli.  1868-21 lugio 1898.  8°.
   Cagliari- Sassari, 1898.
JYova Scotia.
     See, also,  Hygiene (Public,  Laics, etc., of),
   Small-pox (History, etc., of), Statistics ( Vital),
   by localities.
     Frame (Elizabeth).  A list of Micmac names
   of places, rivers, etc., in Nova Scotia.  8°.   Cam-
   bridge, 1892.
     Campbell (D.  A.)  The growth  and organization of
   the medical profession in Nova Scotia.  Dominion M.
   Month., Toronto, 1905, xxv, 125-139.
JVovatwki   (Iran  Nikolayevich)  [1827-
   1902 j.
     Sanitaln (F.)  [In memoriam.]  Laitop.  khirurg.
   Obsh. v Mosk., 1902, xxi, 69-72, port.
Nove-Josserand(Adrien) [1^70-  ].  * Etude
   sur les tumeurs conjonctives des  muscles stries
   et en particulier sur le fibrome  dissociant a Evo-
   lution maligne.  66 pp., 2 pl., 1 1.  4°.  Lyon,
   185)5.
Nove - Josserand  ( Gabriel)   [  1868 -    ].
   *£tude experimentale  et histologique des trou-
   bles  de l'accroissement des os par lesions de car-
   tilages de  conjugaison.  87  pp., 2 1., 1 pl.  4°.
   Lyon, 1893, No. 850. 
NO V£-JOSS E RAND.
819
NOVOSTI.
Nove-Josserand ^Gabriel)—continued.
-----.   The same.  87 pp., 2 1., 1 pl.   8°.   Paris,
  G. Steinheil, 16[)4.
------.   Precis d'ortbopddie.  591 pp., 8 pl.   8°.
  Parii, O. Doin, 1905.
Novelli (Valentino).  Spedale Alberti in 8. Gio-
  vanni Valdai no.  Resoconto statistioo del  ser-
  vizio medico-chirurgieo nell' anno  18(.I5.   61 pp.
  roy. 8C.   5. Giovanni Valdarno, 1690.
Novello (Giuseppe).  Uu caso di sdoppiamento
  classieo  della coseienza cou amnesia  reciproca
  illustrato  dal punto di vista clinico e medico-
  iegale.  y2pp.   12°.   Padova,frat. Gallina, 1895.
November.
    von wtrele (R.)  Medicinisches vom  November.
  Wien. med. Wchnsehr.,  1900, 1, 2291.
Novgorod Government.
    See, also,  Fever (Typhoid, History,  etc.,  of),
  Leprosy (History, etc., of), by localities.
    Krumbmiller (V. Y.)  Xlekotoriya dauniya o rostle
  novobrantsev Novgorodskavo uyezda.  I On the stature of
  recruits of Novgorod County.] Protok i soobsh. Obsh.
  vrach. Novgorodsk. guber. (1891-2), 1893, 3-36.
Novi.
    See Fever (Typhoid, History, etc., of), by locali-
  ties.
Novi (Ivo).  II  ferro nella bile.  Studio critico-
  sperimeutale.   35 pp.  roy. 8C.  Bologna, Gam-
  berini 4~ Parmeggiani, 1669.
    Repr.from: Mem. r.  Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1889. 4. s.. ix.
■          II  metodo  Schiitzenberger-Siegfried per
  la  determinazioue  dell' ossigeno   mobile   del
  sangue.    Prove sperimentali, eseguite  con un
  nuovo apparecchio.   pp. 601-637.  4°. Bologna,
  [18114].
    Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1893-4, 5. 8., iv.
------.   Significato  fisiologico  e  farmacologico
  della ferratina  uaturale.   Studio sperimentale.
  pp. :>98-666.  4°.  Bologna, 1900.
    Gutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1900, 5. s., viii.
------.  Un nuovo apparecchio  che segua le fra-
  zioni di secondo fino al centesimo  e i multipli
  fino al  terzo  secondo e  contemporaneamente
  permette di  regolare a  volonta la durata di un
  contatto   elettrico.   Nota sperimentale.  pp.
  457-467, 3 pl.  4°.  Bologna, 1901.
    Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna,
  1901, 5. s., ix.
------.   Studi sull' ossigeno mobile  del sangue.
  IIa communicazione. Rapporti coi gas totali del
  sangue stndiati in condizioni normal i, patolo-
  giche  e  sperimentali.   pp. 121-147.   4°.  Bo-
  logna, [1902].
    Cutting from: Atti d.  R. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna.
    See, also,  Fubini (Simone).  Trattato di farmacotera-
  pia.  8°.  Torino, 1897-1904.
Novicow (J[acovA.])   L'avenir de  la  race
  blanche; critique du pessimisme eontemporain.
  183 pp.  12°.  Paris, F. Alcan, 1-97.
Novleisliiye retsepti mezhdtinarodnol  kliniki;
  pod red.  K.  F.  Slavyanskavo.   [Recent  pre-
  scriptions from  international  clinic; edited by
  Slavyanski.]    100,  iii  pp.  24°.  S.-Peterburg,
  K.  LKun, 1885.
    Repr.from: Mejdunar klin., St. Petersb., 1882-3, 1-11.
Novikoff   ( A[rtemiy ]   K[onstantinovich ] )
  [1859-     ].    Ucheniye  o llekarstvakh dlya
  domashnikh  zhivotnikh  ( zoofarmakologiya ).
  [Pharmacology  for  domestic animals.]   2. ed.
  xii, 263 pp.. 1 tab.  8°.   S.-Peterburg, [Trenke $
  Fyvsno], 1902.
    Bound with: Vet. Feldsh.-r, S.-Peterb., 1902, xii.
------.   Zaraznlya boliezni domashnikh zivot-
  nikh.   [Contagious   diseases of domestic  ani-
NovikoflF (A[rtemiy] K[onstantinovich])—con.
  inals.j  No. 1, 76 pp.   8°.   S.-Peterburg, Trenke
  4- Fyvsno, 1902.
    Bound with: Vet. Feldsher, S.-Peterb., 1902, xii.
Novitski  (A[dolf]  Aleksandrovich])  [1866-
      ].    * Sposobl rodorazrlesheniya pri  uzkom
  tazle (proizvolniye  rodl, nalozheniye shtship-
  tsov, povorot na nozhki, iskusstvenniye prezhde-
  viemenniye rodl,  probodeniye golovki  ploda i
  kesarskoye su-cheniye); sravnitelnaya otsienka
  ikh  s tochki zrleniya sovremennol antiseptiki.
  [Methods of delivery iu contracted pelvis (spon-
  taneous  labor, use  of forceps, podalic version,
  artificial, premature  labor,  perforation  of the
  head of the fcetus aud Csesarean section); their
  relative  value from the viewpoint of  modern
  antisepsis.]   107  pp.   8°.   S.-Peterburg, A.
  Muchnik, 1892.
Novitski (Otto[n-Dezideriy]  H[eur] )  [1855-
      ].   *Morfologicheskiya  izmieneniya  krovi
  pri yeya svyortlvanii vnutri i vnie organizma.
  [Morphological changes  of  the  blood  when
  coagulated within and without the organism.]
  55 pp., 1 1., 1 pl.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, A. V. Pozha-
  rov,  1892.
Novitski (P[yotr] S[tanislavovich]) [1849-   *].
    See Nonnenburg  (Eduard).   Pathologie [etc.]. 8°.
  S -Peterburg, 1900.
Noviy  meditsinskiy  kaleudar.   [New medical
  calendar.]  Editor, G. M. Hertsenstein.   v. 1-4,
  1890-93.   12°.  S-Peterburg, 1889-93.
Novlyaiiski (Platon  Fotiyevich) [1858-    ].
  * Patologo-anatomicheskiya izmieneniya vlyokh-
  kikh i  zheludochno'kisbechnom  kanalle  u
  zhivotnikh pri dlitelnom upotreblenii prepara-
  tov  surml v  nebolshikh  dozakh  (eksperimen-
  talnoye  izslledovaniye).   [Patho-anatomical
  changes in the lungs and gastro-intestinal canal
  iu animals during  prolonged use of antimonial
  preparations  in small doses; experimental in-
  vestigation.]   62 pp., 1 1.   8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1900.
Novo (Luis  Mene"ndez ).   Pr&ctica de  higiene
  publica.  Breve resumen de las lecciones prac-
  ticas explicadas en  el curso  de  1896 a* 1897. 62
  pp.  6°.   Madrid, 1897.
Novorodski (Z. I.).
    See t'lmlovski (I.)  K mekhanizmu poraneniya [etc.].
  8°.  [Omsk, 1887.]
Novocaine.
    Biberfeld (J.)  Pharmakologisches  iiber Novocain.
  Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1218.—Braun (H.)  Ueber einige
  neue Srtliche Anaesthetica (Stovain, Alypin, Novocain).
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi,
  1667-1671.—Danielsen (W.) Poliklinische Erfahrungen
  mit dem neueu Lokalaniisthetikuiu Novokain.  Miinchen.
  med. Wchnscbr., 1905, lii, 2218.—Donoganr (Z.) A no-
  vocainr61.  Geg6szet, Budapest, 1906, 6.—Ilt-iueke (H.)
  &  lvii wen (A.) Experimentelle Uutersucliungen und
  klinische Erfahrungen iiber die Verwertbarkeit von Novo-
  kain fiir die  ortliche  Auasthesie. Deutsche Ztschr. f.
  Chir., Leipz.,  1905, lxxx,  180-198.—I.iebl (F.)  Ueber
  Lokalaniisthesie mit Novokain-Snprarenin.  Miinchen.
  med. Wchnscbr., 190(i, liii, 201-205.—Luckc  (R.)  Ueber
  Novocain in der Urologio.  Monatschr. f. llarukr. u. sex.
  Hyg., Leipz.,  1900,  iii,  97-100.—Luniatschek ( F.)
  Einiges iiber den Wert  der Nebennierenextrakte (Reno-
  form ) in Verbindung  mit Anaestheticis  (Novocain).
  Oesterr.  Ztscbr. f. Stomatol., Wien. 1906,  iv.  1; 33.—
  Nt-hinidt (E. ) Ueber Novokain -Hoohst.  Miiuchen.
  mod. Wchnscbr., 1905, lii, 2220.—Vollert.  Holocain und
  Novocain.  Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 11-14.
Novosti meditsinl.    [News of medicine.]  1886-
  90.   8C.   S.-Peterburg.
Novosti meditsinl.   [News of medicine.]  1896-7.
  148pp.;  168pp.  s°.   [St. Petersburg.]
    Bound with: Obzori i novosti meditsinl, 1896-7.
Novosti  terapii.  v. 3-7,  1888-92.  8°.  Moskva.
Novosti terapii.  [News of treatment.]  54 pp.,
  1 1.  8°.   [St. Petersburg, 1697.]
    Bound with: Obzori i novosti meditsinl, 1896-7. 
NOVUS.
820
NOYES.
Novus mediciuas  conspectus [etc.].   See [Hec-
  quet (Philippe)].
Novy (Frederick G[eorge]) [1864-     ].  Direc-
  tions for laboratory work in bacteriology,  for
  the use of the medical  class in the University of
  Michigan.  209 pp., 1 pl.  8C.   Ann Arbor, G.
  Wahr, [1894].
-----.  The same.   Laboratory work  in  bacteri-
  ology.   2. ed.,  revised and enlarged.  Front.,
  563 pp.   8°.  Ann Arbor,  G. Wahr, 1899.
------.  The  etiology of diphtheria.   23  pp.   8°.
  [Philadelphia^,  1895.
    Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii.
------.  The causation of diphtheria,   pp. 91-105.
  8°.  Lansing, 1896.
    Repr.from: Rep. Bd. Health Mich., Lansing, 1896.
------.  The  immunizing power  of nucleohiston
  and of histon.   24 pp.  8°.  New York,  1896.
    Repr.from: J. Exper. M., N. T., 1896, i.
------.  Toxins and antitoxins.  8 pp.   8~.   Lan-
  sing, 16'J0.
    Repr.from: Rep. Bd. Health Mich., Lansing, 1896.
------.  Disinfection  of rooms,  pp.  17-35.   8°.
  Lansing, 1898.
    Repr.from: Teachers' San.  Bull., Lansing, 1898.
    See, also, Vaughau (Victor C.) & Novy (Frederick
  G.) [in l.s.].  Ptomaines, [etc.].  12Y   Philadelphia, 1888.
  -----------[in 1. s.].  The same. 2. ed.   12°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1891.-----------. The same.  8°.  Philadelphia
  Sc New York, 1896.-----------. The same.  Cellular tox-
  ins, [etc.]. 4.  ed.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1902. -----, -----
  Sc lVIcClintock (Charles T.)  The germicidal properties
  of nucleins. [etc.]  16?.  [Philadelphia, 1893.]
-----  &  JWcNeal  (Ward J.)  On  the cultiva-
  tion of trypanosoma Brucei.   30 pp. 8°.    Chi-
  cago, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Infect. Dis.,  Chicago, 1904, i.
    Also, in: Stud.  Rockefeller lust. M. Research, N. Y.,
  1904, ii, no. 8.
-----, -----& Hare (Charles B.)  Thecultiva-
  tion of the surra trypanosome of the Philippiues.
  12 pp.  8°.   Chicago, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Am.  M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii.
    In.- Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Research, N. Y., 1905,
  iii.
Nowack  (Kurt)  [1876-     ].    *Neue Unter-
  suchungen iiber die Bildung der beiden prima-
  ren Keimblatter und die  Entstehung des Primi-
  tivstreifeus  beim Hiihnerembryo.  45  pp., 1 1.
  83.  Berlin,  E.  Ebering, 1902.
Nowak (Gustav).
    SeeNovak (Emil),Nowak (Gustav) <fe Koch (Franz).
  Synonyma apothecariorum, [etc.].  8°.  Prag, 1890.
Nowak (J[osef]).
    See Rnbncr  (Max).  Lehrbuch  der Hygiene.  8°.
  Leipzig d- Wien, 1888-9.
-----& Kratsclimer.   Analyse der Giesshiib-
  lerSanerwasser.  14 pp.   8°.  Carlsbad, H. Mat-
  toni,  1678.
Nowakowski (Casimir) [1879-     ].  * Ueber
  Entwicklungshemmung   der  Bauchspalte  und
  ihre  praktisehe Bedeutung.  30  pp.,  1 1.   8°.
  Leipzig, B.  Georgi, 1905.
Nowicki (Emilian O. Klemens)  [1791-1876].
  0 devmowanie  czlonkow, obiasnione trzydziesta,
  trzema tablicami  wzorow rytych i zbiorem bis-
  torycznym   narzedzi.  [Excision of  limbs  ex-
  plained by  33 plates, and  historical collection of
  instruments.]   3  p. 1.,  136 pp., 25 pl.   4°.   War-
  szawa, 1831.
-----.  O zlamaniu kosci i sposobach  leczenia
  ich.  [On fracturesof bones and method of treat-
  ment.]  191 pp., 87 pl.  4°.   w  Warszawie, 1833.
Nowiny lekarskie; organ wydziatu lekarskiego
  towarzystwa  przyjacial   nauk   Poznanskiego.
  [Medical News; organ ofthe medical section of
  the scientific society of Posen.]   Edited by Fr.
  Chlapowski, T. Dro"bnik,[et «<*.].   [Monthly.]  v.
  11-18, 1*99-1906.   8Y  Poznan.
    Current.
Noyes (Albert F.).
    See IVewton, Mass.  Reportof Albert F. Noyes, [etc.].
  8°.  Newton Tipper Falls, 1893.
Noyes (A[lfred] YV"[illiam] Finch), jr.  Bromide
   eruption.   3 pp.   8J.   [Melbourne,  Stillwell 4~
  Co., 1890.]
    Repr.from: Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1890, n. s., xii
------.   The lichen group.  8pp.  8°.  Melbourne,
  Stillwell 4' Co.,  1890.
    Repr.from: Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1890, n. s., xii.
------.   Some recent advances in the treatmentof
  diseases of the skin.   16 pp.   8°.   Melbourne,
  Stillwell 4- Co.,  1890.
    Repr.from: Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1890, n. s., xii.
------.   Rhinoscleroma; symptoms, histology, aud
  bacteriology.  12 pp.  8°.  Melbourne, Stillwell
  4' Co., 1890.
    Repr.from: Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1890, n. s., xii.
Noyes (Charles J.)  Argument before the com-
  mittee  on the judiciary of the house of  repre-
  sentatives of  Massachusetts against  a hill to
  regulate the practice of medicine.  Delivered at
  the State  House,  Feb.  18, 1889.   19 pp.   8°.
  Boston, L. Barta 4~ Co.,  1889.
Noyes (Daniel R.).
    Portrait in: Collection of Portr. (Libr.).
Noyes (Henry  D[rnry]) [1832-1900].  Special-
  ties in medicine.  16 pp.   8°.  New York, [1865].
  [P.,v.  148.]
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc., N. Y., 1865-71, i.
-----.   A case of supposed disseminated sclerosis
  of the  brain and  spinal cord.  pp. 43-46.  8°.
  New York  4' Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott 4~ Co.,
  [1873].
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from :  Arch. Scient.
  Sc Pract.'M. & S.,  Phila., 1873, i.
------.   Selections from recent  ophthalmic  litera-
  ture.   15 pp.  8°.   New York, D. Appleton 4~ Co.,
  1873.
    Repr.from: N.  York M. J., 1873, xvii.
------.   Two  cases of hemi-aohromatopsia.  pp.
  210-221.  8°.  [Neio York, 1882.]
    Cutting [covered with printed title J from: Arch.  Ophth.,
  N. Y., 1882, xi.
------.   Pathfinding  in medicine,  being the anni-
  versary address delivered before the New York
  Academy  of Medicine,  November 19, 1885.  24
  pp.   8°.   New York, W. Wood 4- Co.,  1885.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1885, xxviii.
------.   The therapeutic effect of prisms in oph-
  thalmic practice; a study of  one hundred cases
  in  which  they were  prescribed.   41 pp.   8°.
  [Hartford, 1890. J
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1889-90, v.
-----.    A text-book on diseases of the eye.  xiv,
  733 pp., 11., 12 pl.   8°.   New York, W. Wood #
  Co., 1890.
-----.    Tbe same.  2. ed.  xvii,  816 pp.,  10 pl.,
  5 ch.   8°.  New York,  W. Wood4- Co., 1894.
-----.    Hemianopsia.   23 pp.    12°.   New York,
   Trow, 1691.
    Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix.
------.    Clinical contributions.  11pp. 8°.   [New
   York, 1894.]
    Repr.  from.- N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep., 1894.
    See, also,  Home (Lucien), Stoddard (E. V.) Sc Noyes
   (H. D.)  Report of committee [etc.].  8°.  [n. p., 1889.]—
  Knies (Max). Relations of diseases of the eye to general
  diseases. 8°.  New York, 1895.
    For Bioqraphy, see Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 789.
  AUo:  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1900, lviii, 781; 899.
-----& Weeks (John D.)   Operative surgery
  of the eve.
    In: Syst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila., 1895, iii, 279-315.
Noyes (I[saac]  P[itmau]) [1840-    ].  Meteor-
  ology.  Meteorological factors and  phenomena.
  pp."421-432.  6"-.  Kansas City, 1662.
    Cutting from: Kansas City Rev. Sc., 1882, vi. 
NOYES.
821
N-RAYS.
Noyes (I[saac] P[itman])—continued.
-----.    Meteorology   revolutionized   by   the
  weather-map.   pp. 40-46.   8°.   [Kansas City,
  1884.]
    Cutting from: Kansas City Rev. Sc, 1884, viii.
-----.   Cranial and facial protuberances,  p. 89.
  8-.  [New York, 1669.]
    Cutting from: Phrenol. J., N. Y., 1889, lxxxviii.
-----.   Instinct.  4 1.  8  .  [New York, 1890.]
    Repr.from: Phrenol. J., N. Y., If 90.
-----.   Meteorology.   The weather  map and the
  "rain makers''.   The factors necessary to  pro-
  duce  rain, man's  attempt to rival  them, and a
  few general  remarks on  our  weather system,
  based ou  facts from the  weather map.  46 pp.
  8\   Washington, J. L. Pearson, 1692.
-----.   The refining liues of civilization.   8 pp.
  8C.  [ Washington, 1892.]
-----.   John Mills Brown.  1 1.  8°.
    Cuttinu from :  Am. Tyler, Detroit & Chicago, 1894, viii,
  1065.
------.  Oliver Wendell Holmes.  1 sheet.
    Repr. from: Narragansett Times, "Wakefield, R. I., Nov.
  2,1894.                       ,
-----.  The Army Medical School,  Washington,
  D.  C.   1 broadside, 1897.
    Repr. from .-  Narragansett Times, "Wakefield, R. I., Jan.
  22,  1897.
-----.  The practical  aud  scientific  value of the
  weather map.  9 pp.   &c.  Washington, 1897.
-----.  The Peruvian mummy.   Read before the
  Anthropological   Society, Washington,  D.  C,
  April 5, lr9-\  6 pp.  8\  Washington,  1896.
-----.  Meteorological facts  revealed  and made
  plain by the  weather  map,  explaining   the
  drought of 1901, and other conditions pertaining
  to the meteorological system of the earth.  8 pp.
  >-0.   Washington,  1901.
-----.  Titles of books and miscellaneous docu-
  ments.  5 pp.  8°.   [Brooklyn], 1904.
    Repr. from:  Med. Libr. & Hist. J., Brooklyn, 1904, ii.
-----.  Bibliography of writings of . .  .
    In: Histor. Mag. Sc Notes Sc Queries, Manchester, N.
  H., 1905, xxii, 235.

Noyes  (James Fanning)  [1817-96],
    Notice of death.
    Cutting from: Narragansett Times, Wakefield, R. I.,
  Feb. 11, 1896.
    Connor (L.) Memorial  remarks. J. Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago,  is%,  xxvi, 849-851.—Obituary.  Tr.  Rhode
  Island M. Soc. 1896,  Providence, 1897, v, 359-362, port.
Noyes  (William).   Paranoia.   A study of the
  evolution of systematized delusions of grandeur.
  19 pp., 6 pl.   8°.   Baltimore, 1888.
    Repr.from:  Am. J. Psychol., Bait., 1887-8, i.
-----.  Tbe same.   27 pp., 6 pl.   8°.   [Baltimore,
  1669.]
    Repr.from:  Am. J. Psychol., Bait., 1888-9, ii.
-----.   Clinical history and  autopsy of a case of
  general paresis of nine years' duration.  6 pp.
  8~.  New  York, M. J. Booney # Co., 1889.
    Repr.from:  J. Nerv. Sc Ment. Dis., N.Y.,1889, n. s., xvi.
-----.   On certain  peculiarities of tbe knee-jerk
  in sleep in a  case of terminal dementia.  19 pp.,
  lpl.   8°.   [Baltimore, 1892.]
    Repr.from :  Am. J". Psychol., Bait., 1891-2, iv.
    See, also, Seglan  (J[ules]) [in 1. s.].  Paranoia.  8°.
  [New York, 1888.]
Noyes (William  B.)  Enteric fever in  infaucy.
  22 pp.  12°.   Chicago, 1895.
    Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1895, xxv.
Noyoil   (Izaiik).    *Over  de  Amerikaansche
  methode  van opereeren van  den horrelvoet als
  voorbei eiding tot de orthopaedische behandeling
  (methode van Phelps).  80 pp.   8°.   Amsterdam,
  P. N. van Kampen 4~ Zoon, 1686.
Nozurovski  (Andrei  [Stefanovich])  [1856-
      ].  * K voprosu o patologo-auatomicheskikh
Nozdrovski (Andrei [Stefanovich])—contd.
  yavleniakh  pri neTazrieshivsheisya fibrinozuoi
  pnevmonii.    [Concerning the pathologico-ana-
  tomical phenomena in  incipient  fibrinous pneu-
  monia. ]  37  pp., 1 1.  8°.  S.-Peterburg, M. M.
  Stasyuleviclt,  1890.
Nozo (L6ou)  [18t'l-    ].  * Etude historique et
  clinique  sur les svphilides  psoriasiformes.  91
  pp., 1 1.  4  .   Paris, 1666, No. 305.
Nozze (Per le) del professore Giacomo Catterina
  colla signoriua Emilia Colle; lettera ed opuscolo
  del fratello  dello sposo,  professore Attilio  [Cat-
  terina].  46 pp.  8°.  [Padova, Prospering 1894.]

N-rays.
    See, also, Nervous system (Diseases of, Diagno-
  sis, etc., of).
    Blondlot (R.)  Rayons N; recueil  des  com-
  munications faites a l'Academie  des sciences,
  avec des  notes complementaires et  une instruc-
  tion  pour la coufection  des 6crans phosphores-
  cents.  12°.   Paris, 1904.
    Bordier (H.) Les rayons N et les rayons Ni.
  12-.   Paris,  1905.
    See, also, infra.
    Abbot  (C.  G.)  The N-rays  of M.  Blondlot.  Rep.
  Smithson.  Inst. 1903, Wash., 1904, 207-214.-d'Arsonval.
  Les  radiations  N.  Bull, de  I'lnst. g£n.  psvchol., Par.,
  1904, iv, 149-156.— Ballet (G.)  Quelques mots sur les
  rayons N.  J.  de nied.  int.,  Par., 1904, viii,  343.  -----.
  Les rayons N; leur recherche daus quelques affections du
  systeme nerveux. Pressem6d.,Par.,1904,i, 169-173.-----.
  Les ravons N en pathologie nerveuse.  Rev. g£n. de clin.
  et de therap., Par., 1904, xviii, 181-183.— Becquerel (J.)
  Action des anestli6siques  sur les sources de rayons N.
  Compt. rend.  Acad. d.  sc,  Par., 1904,  cxxxviii,  1159-
  1161.—Berlran(E.)  Rayos N y N1.  Rev. de cien. m6d.
  de Barcel., 1904, xxx,  337-347.—Blondlot (R.) [et al.).
  Les rayons N existent-ils? Rev.  scient., Par., 1904, 5. s.,
  ii, 590; 620. — Bordier (H.)   Sur une nouvelle source de
  rayons N.  Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1904, iii, 244-
  246.  -----. Influence des rayons N sur le  developpement
  des tissus  v6g6taux.  Ibid., 247. -----. Experiences sur
  les  rayons N.  Ibid., 403.  -----. Nouvelles experiences
  pbotographiques concernant les rayons N.  Ibid., 1905, iv,
  39-44.  AUo: Lyon med., 1905, civ,' 287-292.—Broca (A.)
  Quelques points de technique pour l'examen des organes
  au  moyen des rayons N;  premiers resultats relatifs k
  i'6tude du  cerveau.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904,
  cxxxviii,  1161-1163. -----.  Rapport sur les rayons N.
  Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1904,  xii, 723-740.  AUo,
  transl..- Am. X-ray J., Chicago, 1904, xv, 291; 323.—Cha-
  noz (M.) Sc Perrigot (M.)   A, propos d'une pretendue
  demonstration, par M. Bordier, de l'existence des  rayons
  N au moyen de la photographic.  Bull. Soc. med. d. hop.
  de  Lyon,'  1905,  iv, 38.  Also: Lyon med.,  1905, civ, 286.—
  Charpentier (A.)  Application des rayons N k  l'etude
  des oscillations nerveuses.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol.,
  Par., 1904,  lvi, 826. -----. Ein Fall von N-Strahlung nach
  dem Tode. Med. BL, Wien, 1904, xxvi, 503. -----. Ge-
  neralisation par les voies nerveuses, de Taction des rayons
  N appliques sur un point de l'organisme. Compt. reud.
  Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 715-717. -----. Oscilla-
  tions nerveuses 6tudi6es k l'aide des rayons N emis par le
  nerf. Ibid., 1121-1123.—Deschamps (J.)  Les  rayons
  N.  Arch.gen. de med., Par.,  1904, ii, 2597-2606.—Ora'etz.
  TJeber neue physikalische Stiahlungsforschungen (Bec-
  querelstrablen und N-Strahlen). Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver.
  Miinchen  (1904), 1905, 14-28.—Hackett  (F. E.)  The
  photometry of N-rays.  Scient. Tr. Roy. Dubl. Soc, 1902-
  5, 2. s., viii, 127-138.— Luiimici- (O.) [et al.].  Discussion
  on N-rays. Rep. Brit. Ass.  Adv. Sc 1904, Lond., 1905,
  467. — lTIaragliano (V.)   Sui raggi N del Blondlot e
  Charpentier.  Lavori  d. Cong, di med.  int. 1904, Roma,
  1905, xiv, 272. -----. Sui cosi detti raggi N. Gazz. d. osp.,
  Milano, 1905. xxvi, 353.—Ularqucd (H.)  Les rayons N,
  etat actuel de la c|i\estion.  Montpel. ni£d., 1904, iix, 145;
  173. — ITIercanton (P.-L.) & Radzikowaki  (C.) Ac-
  tion des rayons X  sur le tronc nerveux  isole.  Compt.
  rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1541.—Nagel (W.)
  Ueber Charpentier's Entdeckung der N-Strahlung  des le-
  benden Korpers.  Verhandl. d.  Berl. ophth. Gesellsch.
  1893-1904, Leipz., 1905, 109-111.—IVikitin  (M.) Materiali
  k voprosu  o lucbakh Blondiot i Charpentier. [On the rays
  of...]  Obozr. psichiat., nevrol.  [etc.],  S.-Peterb., 1904,
  ix, 832-846.—IVogier, Bordier Sc  I.acommc.   Expe-
  riences sur les rayons N.  Bull. Soc. med.d. hop. de Lyon,
  1901,  iii, 357-360. — Raggi  N (I) in  patologia nervosa.
  Cron. d. cliu. med. di Genova, 1904, x,  295-298.— Raoult
  (A.)  Recherches sur l'actiou des rayons N sur 1'audition.
  Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],  Par., 1904, xxx,
  pt. 2, 461-465.   Also [Abstr.]; Bull,  de laryngol., otol.  et 
N-RAYS.                                        822                                      NUCLEIN.
IV-ray w.
  rhinol., Par., 1904, vii, 203.—Rayons N (Les) existent-
  ils?  Rev. scient., Par., 1904, 5. s, ii, 545;  656; 718.— Ro-
  mano (A.) I raggi N-N, le radiazioni del corpo umano
  e dell' organo  eleltrico delle torpedini.   Anu. di elett.
  med. [etc.], Napoli, 1904, iii, 209; 250.—Solution (La) du
  probleme de l'existence des rayons X. Rev. scient., Par.,
  1904, 5. s., ii, 705-709.—Tolwiriski  (G.)   Proraienie N i
  ich znaczenie fizyologiczne.  [N-rays and their physiolog-
  ical importance.]  Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1905, xxvi, 77;
  124.

\lolo.
     See Sleeping-sickness.
Nuccio (Pompeo).   Sui  reati sessuali  di Tio
  Yiazzi.    '2U  pp.   12°.   Boma, frat.  Capaccini,
  1896.
    Repr.from:  Arch. d. psicopat. sess., Roma, 1896, i.
-----.  Gli Skoptzi (setta  dei castrati).   13 pp.
  12°.  Roma, frat. Capaccini, 1896.
     Repr. from :  Arch. d. psicopat. sess., Roma.
IVlick (Antouius)  [1650-92].  Adeuographia  cu-
  riosa et uteri fceminei auatome nova cum epis-
  tola  ad  ainicum  de  inventis  novis.   Front.,
  6  p.  I., 152  pp.,  14 1.,  8 pl.   16°.  Lugd. Bat.,
  J. Luchtmans, 1691.
-----.  Operationes et experimenta  chirurgica,
  edita per J. T.  3 p. 1., 129 pp., 3 1.  12°.   Jence,
  H. C. Crocker, 1098.
-----.  The same.   Operationes et experimenta
  chirurgica.   Editio novissima.  Front., 170 pp.,
  4 1.,4pl.  12°.   Lugd. Bat., J. A. Langerak, 1714.
    See, also, Chrouet (Warnerus).  De triumoculi, [etc.].
  16°.   Leodii, 1691.
-----.  The same.  Chirurgische Handgriffe uud
  Experimenta, vormabls  hrsg. durch J. T. Brem
  nach dem Leidischen Exemplar, anitzo aus dem
  Lateinischen ins Deutsch;  nebst einem Anhange
  unterschiedlicher cbirurgiscber Fragen und Ant-
  ■worten;  aus dem Holliiiidischeu iibersetzet von
  Johann Philipp Rothen.   3 p. 1.,  160 (3  1.),  77
  pp.,  2  1., 2 pl.  16°.  Liibeck  4' Wissmar, J.  C.
  Schmidt,  1709.

IVuck  (Canal of).
     See, also. Hydrocele in  the female.              i
    Crista Hi (G.)  TJn caso raro di cisti  sacculare del !
  dotto  di Nuck.  Cong, period, de gyn6c. et d'obst.  C.-r.
  1902,  Florence-Rome, 1904, iv,  916-921.  — Fortin (F.)
  Kyste du canal de Nuck; extirpation.  Bull. Soc. de ni6d. j
  de" Rouen (1893), 1894, 2. 8., vii, 2»-23.-livings  (A. H.)
  Congenital hernia in the canal of Nuck.  Am. J. Surg. Sc
  Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, xviii,  127.

Nuclease.
     Dietrich  ( A.)   Beruht die bacterienvernichtende
  Wirkung bacterieller Stoffwechselproducte nach den von
  Einiuerich und Low dal'iir angefiihrten Beweisen auf pro-
  teolytischen Enzyuien (Nucleaseu) ?  Zugleich ein  Beitrag
  zur Empfindlichkeit der Baeterieuzellen.   Arb. a. d. Geb.
  d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tiibing., Leipz., 1899-1901, iii,
  345-390.-----Sind alle Einwande  gegen die Natur und
  Wirkuugsweise der  sogenannten Nukleasen widerlegt?
  Eiue  Erwiderung au Emmerich und Low.   Centralbl. f.
  Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902. xxxi, 165-170.—Em-
  merich (R.)  Sc Low (O.)   Die bakteriolytische Wir-
  kung der Nukleasen und Nukleasen-Iinniunproteide als
  Ursache der  natiirlichen und kiinstlicheu  Inimuuitat.
  Ibid., 1-25,1 pl.  See, also,preceding. — Madia (F.)  Ueber
  die Nuclease.   Ztscbr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905,
  xlvi,  337-335.

Nuclei.
     See Histology.

i\ ut-It* in.
     See, also, Antitoxins; Nucleo-albumin; Nu-
  cleohiston; Nucleon; Nucleoproteids; Pro-
  tonuclein; Pseudonuclein; Yeast.
     Dolff (F. (J.)    I'ebcr deu Einfluss von uu-
  cleinreicher  Nahrung und Acidum auf die Harn-
  saureausscheidung beim Mensehen.   8y   Bonn,
  1-96.
     Khavchenko  (V.  S.)    *Kolichestvo  nuklei-
  novavo koinponenta v globuliuakh i strominakh
  razlichnlkh orgauov.   [Quality of nuclein com-
Nucleiii.
  ponent  in globulins  and  stromius  of various
  organs.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1904.
    Loewi (O.)  * Uutersuchungeu  iiber deu Nu-
  cleinstoffwechsel.   Habilitationsschrift.   [Mar-
  burg.]  c*°.  Leipzig,  1900.
    Nuclein therapy;  its rationale, methods, and
  results.   12°.  Detroit, 1897.
    "Wflff (C.)    * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
  Nucleiubascn.   [Berlin.]   8°.   Strassburg, 1692.
    AUo, in: Ztschr. f. physiol.  Chem.,  Strassb., 1892-3,
  xvii, 468-510.

    Altmami (R.)  UeberNucleinsauren. Arcb. f. Phvs-
  iol., Leipz., 1889, 524-536. — Ames (D.) & Huntley (A.
  A.)  The  nature of the  leucocytosis  produced  by neu-
  cleinic acid; a preliminary experimental .-tody.  j. Am.
  M. Ass.. Chicago, 1897, xxix,  472-478.—Aiiijclillo (F.)
  Terapianucleiuica.  Gazz. internaz. di nied , Napoli. 1906,
  ix,223.—Ascoli  (A.) Ueber den Phosphor der Nuclein-
  stoffe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900, xxxi, 156-
  164.—Aulde (J.) A note on tbe employment of nuclein
  solutions.  N. Tork M. J.. 1894, lix, 366. ------. Nucleins;
  a clinical study.  Ibid., lx, 39_-396.  Abo, Reprint. -----.
  The  preparation  of nuclein.  N. Tork M. J., 1898, lxvii,
  366. -----. The clinical  status  of nuclein.  Internat. M.
  Mag., N. T., 1900, ix,  809-814—de Backer Sc Briihat,
  Les nucKiiues »-t leurs composes. Rev. g£n. de 1 antiseps.
  et d. ferments therap.. Par., 1897, 641-64.".. —Bacon (J. E.)
  On the value of nuclein iu infectious diseases.  Med. Sum-
  mary, Phila., 1896-7,  xviii, 43.—Basket! (J. N.)  Some
  observations on nuole-n  therapy.  Tr. M. Ass. Missouri,
  Columbia, 1895, xxxviii,  169-179.  Also:  Am. Therapist,
  N. T., 1895-6, iv, 64-67.—Bericht iiber  einige klinische
  Versuche  mit  dem Nuclein  Horbaezewski  aus Kalbs-
  milzen. Allg. Wien.  med. Ztg., 1898, xliii,  189.-Blejer
  (J. M.)  Nuclein as a defensive proteid; its subcutaneous
  administration in the different  grades of diphtheria, ac-
  companied by  a  clinical report of fifty-three cases. N. .
  Tork M. J., 1895, lxi,  464-467.—Bresle'r  (H.  W.) Ueber
  die  Bestimmung der Nucleinbaseu  im  Safte von  Beta
  vulgaris.  Ztscbr. f.  physiol. Chem.,  Strassb., 1904, xii,
  34-541.—Brown  ( M. H. )  My  experience with the
  nucleins.  Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1895, ii, 231.—Burch
  (J. H.)  The uses and limitations of nuclein as a theraneu-
  ticagent.  Med.News. N.T., 1898.lxxii,551-553.— Buririn
  (R.) & Schur(IL)  UeberNucleinbildimgim Siiugethier-
  orgauismus.  Ztscbr.  f.  physiol. Chem., Strassb.,  1897,
  xxiii, 55-73.—Burnet (J.) On the therapeutic  value of
  the nuclein  compounds.   Therap. Gaz.,  Detroit, 1903, 3.
  s., xix, 312.—Chittenden (li. H.)   Nucleins and nucleo-
  proteids in their relation to internal secretion.  Boston M.
  Sc S. J., 1896, exxxv, 184-188.  -----. Some  facts  concern-
  ing nucleins, with observations on some commercial prod-
  ucts.  N. Tork M. J., 1896, lxiii, 4MJ-483.  Also : St. Louis
  Cliuique, 1896, ix, 328-334.—Davis (N. S.), jr.  The utility
  of nuclein.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 682-
  685—De  Rrnzi (E.) Sc Reale (E.)  Ricerche  chimico-
  cliniche sul ricambio della nucleina, con particolar ri-
  guardo al gruppo di idrati di  carbonio  della medesiiua.
  Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1897, xix, 339-348.----------.
  Contributo alia conoscenza del gruppo di idrati di carbonio
  della nucleiua.   Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma,
  1898, viii, 326.— Enea (D.)  Azione della nucleina da bat-
  terii patogeni e non  patogeui sul potere battericida del
  siero di sangue norraale.  Riforma nied., Roma, 1903, xix,
  1292-1296.— Fnvitski  (A. P.) O hiologicheskom  zna-
  chenii nuklelnov i ikh proizvodnikh.  [Biological signifi-
  cance of nucleins and their derivatives.)  Russk.  arch.
  patol.. klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1901, xi, 65-84.
  -----. Roi nuklelnov i alloksurovikh tiel v klinicbeskom
  otnosheuii.  [Role of nucleins aud alloxuric bodies clin-
  ically considered]  Izvlest. Imp. Voyenuo-Med. Akad.,
  S.-Peterb., 1901,  ii, 25-60.— Gar ber (F. W.)  Some clin-
  ical  notes on the use of nuclein. Therap. Gaz., Detroit,
   1895, 3. s., xi, 5-9.—Gerard (E.)  La nucleiue au point
  de vue pharniacologique et therapeutique.  Echo iu£d. du
   nord, Lille, 1901, v, 317.— Giertz (K. H.)   Till  kaunedo-
   men om pseudonukleinsubstanserna.  [On  the knowledge
   of pseudo-nuclein  substances.)  Upsala Lakaref. Forh.,
   1898-9, n. F., iv,  592-601  —Gioflredi.  Sull' azione bio-
   logica deila nucleina tubercolare DeGiaxa.  Riforma med.,
   Palermo,  1900, xvi,  pt. 3,  122.—Grandis (V.)   Supra  il
   rapporto esistente fra le  basi azotate derivanti  dalla nu-
   cleina e la presenza dei  cristalli nel nucleo. Gior d. r.
   Accad. di med.  di Torino, 1889, 3. s.,  xxxvii,  300-306.
   AUo. transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin. 1880. xii, 207-273.—
   Gumlich.  Ueber  die Aufnahine der  Nnclelne iu den
   thierischeu  Organismus.   Ztsclu.  t.  physiol. Chem.,
   Strassb., 1893 - 4, xviii, 508 - 512. — Hayes  < R.  H. )  The
   nucleins and their relation to sero-tberapy.  Alabama M.
   & S. Age, Anniston, 1895-6,  viii,  65; 123. —  Horba-
   ezewski.  Ku znimosti o li&iuku  mikleinu.   (To the
   knowledge of the effects of nuclein.]  Casop. 16k. cesk., v
   Praze, 1892,  xxxi, 617;  639.-----Bemerkungen zum 
NUCLEIN.                                       823                                      NUCLEON.
\ uc lei n.
  Vortrage des Hrn. Albr. Kossel: Ueber Nucleinsaure.
  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 109-115. -----. Zahalniy
  metod dobuvanya nukleinnogo kvasu z organiv.   [ Method
  for obtaining nucleiuic acid from organs.]  Zbirn. mat.-
  prir.-lik. sekts. [etc.], Lvov, 1898, iii, Lik. zbirn., i, pt. 1,
  no. 1, 1-4.—Ide IC. E.)   Nucleiu in surgery.   N. Tork
  M. J:, 1898, lxvii, 894-898.—I noko (T.)   [ On the distri-
  bution of the salts of nuclein in the organs of animals.)
  Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1897, no. 1003, 1-6.  Also, transl.:
  Ztschr. f. physiol.  Chem., Strassb., 1893-4, xviii, 540-544.—
  Jacob (P.) Sc Bergell (P.)  Ueber den Einfluss nuclein-
  haltiger  Nahrung auf Blut und Stoffwechsel unter beson-
  derer  Beriicksiclitigung  des  Phosphorsaurestoffweeh-
  sels.  Ztschr. f. klin.  Med, Berl., 1898,  xxxv,  171-211.
  Also, Reprint.—Jacobsohu (W.)   A clinical study of
  the action of nuclein in fever or toxaemia.  N. Tork M. J.,
  1895, lxii, 71-74.—Jolles  (A.)  Process of making ferru-
  ginous nuclein.   No. 641017; Jan. 9. 1900. — liunpp (C.
  P.)  Clinical report on nucleiu.  N. Tork M. J., 1895, lxi,
  462-464.—Kossel  (A.)  Ueber die Nucleine.   Centralbl.
  f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1889,  xxvii,  417; 593.  -----.
  Ueher Nucleinsaure.   Ibid., 1893, xxxi, 497-499.  -----.
  Ueber die Nucleinsaure.  Arch.  f. Physiol., Leip/..,  1893,
  157-164.  See, aUo, supra, Horbaczewski.  -----. Weitere
  Beitrage zur Kenntuiss der Nucleinsaure ( nach gemein-
  schaftlich  mit  Albert  Neumann  angestellten  Unter-
   suchungen).   Arch. f.  Physiol., Leipz., 1894, 194-203.
  -----. Ueber Nucleine.  Verhandl. d.  Cong. f.  innere
  Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 183-189.—Kravkoff (N. P.)  O
  khimicheskom sostavle oholochek bakteriy i o nukleino-
  vikh veshtshestvakh ikh tiela.   [Chemical composition of
   the capsules of bacteria and on the nucleins of their body.)
   Vrach, St. Petersb.,  1901,  xxii,  1089-1092. — Levene
   (P. A.)  Darstellung und Analyse einiger Nucleinsauren.
   Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxvii, 402-406.—
   Liebermann ( L.)  Ueber Nucleine.   Centralbl. f. d.
   med. Wissensch.,  Berl., 1889. xxvii,  210; 225; 497.—t-ie-
   ber■■■ ami (L.) Sc von Bittd (B.)  Ueber Nucleinsaure.
   Ibid., 1893, xxxi,  465; 73S. — Loewi (O.)  Beitrage zur
   Kenntniss  des  Nuclelnstoffwechsels.  Arch.  f.  exper.
   Path. n. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1900, xliv, 1-3: 1900-1901, xiv,
   157.  Also (Abstr.): Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d.
   ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1899), 1900, 120:  (1900), 1901, 89.—
   .Tlalfatti ( H.)   Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Nucleine.
   Ztschr. f.  physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1891-2, xvi, 68-86.—
   martinet (A.)  Les nucleines en therapeutique.  Presse
   med., Par., 1902, ii, 1215-1218\—Uattson (C. R.)  Clinical
   notes on the use of nuclein solution.  N. Tork M. J., 1894,
   lx, 754.—.Tliescher (F.)  Die Entdeckung und Bearbei-
   tung des Nucleins 1869-70.  In his: Histochem. u. physiol.
   Arb., Leipz., 1897, i, 33-57.—Milroy (T. H.)  Ueber die
   Eiweiss-Verbindungen der Nucleinsaure und Thymin.
   sau re uud ihre Beziehung zuden Nucleinen uud Paranu-
   cleiuen.  Ztschr. f.  physiol.  Chem., Strassb.,  1896,  xxii,
   307-326. -----. A research into the nature of the nucleins
   and paranucleins of the  animal cell.    [Abstr.J    Proc.
   Roy. Soc.  Edinb., 1895-7, xxi,  254-258.  -----. The me-
   tabolism of the nucleins in birds.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900,
   ii, 830.—ITIilroy  (T. H.) <fc ITIalcolm (J.)   Tbe metabo-
   lism ofthe nucleins.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1898-9, xxiii, 217:
   1899-1900,  xxv, 105,  1  pl.  AUo  [ Abstr. J:  Brit. M. J.,
   Lond., ls!)^, ii, 781.—Mourek (J.)   Ku klinickym znd-
   mostem licinku nukleinu.  „ [On the clinical knowledge of
   the effects of nuclein.]  Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1893,
   xxxii, 81;  701.  AUo, transl. [Abstr.l: Wien. med. Wchn-
   sehr.,  1893, xliii, 197; 245.—IVcue Arzneimittel.  Therap.
   Wchnscbr.. Wien, 1897, iv, 544.  AUo, transl.: Bull. gen.
   de therap. [etc.].  Soc. de th6rap. . . ., Par., 1897, ii, 353-
   356— Neuniann (A.)  Zur Keuntniss  dor Nuclelnsub-
   stanzen.   Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, 374-378. — IVu-
   cleoalbumin and nuclein.  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N.T.,
   1895, viii, 1217.—Popoff (P. M.)  Ueber die Einwirkung
   von eiweissverdauenden Fermenten auf die Nucleinstoffe.
   Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1893-4, xviii, :i3:s-539.—
   Porter (W.H.)  Nucleins.  TaleM. J., N. Haven, 1895-6,
   ii, 7-13.  AUo: St. Louis Clinique, 1895, viii, 373.—Bcale
   (E )  II ricambio della nucleina in rapporto alia genesi
   dell' acido urico ed alia patologia delle affezioni uricemicbe.
   Clin  mod., Pisa, 1898, iv, 185; 225; 297; 329; 353.—Beed
   (C H.)  Contribution to nuclein therapy. Medicine, De-
   troit 1895  i, 540-542.—Ricerche sulla nucleina.  Gazz. d.
   osp.,'Milano, 1897, xviii, 1188.—Schittenhelm (A.)  Ue-
   ber die  Fermente des Nucleinstoffwechsels.   Ztschr.  1.
  physiol. Chem., Strassb , 1904, xliii, 228-235. -----. Der
   Nucleinstoffwechsel und seine Fermente bei Mensch und
   Tier.  Ibid., 1905, xlvi, 354-370. -----. Ueber die Umwand-
   lung der Nahrungsnukleine im  Mageudarmkanal.  Zen-
   tralbl. f. Stoffwechsel-  n. Verdauungskr., Getting., 1905,
   vi 101-105. — Schmall  (E.)  Ferruginous nucleins and
   process of  making same.   No.  668460;  Feb. 26,  1901.—
   ftchwickerath (K.)  The protective substances of our
   organisms.  Physician & Surg., Detroit* Ann Arbor, 189o,
   xvii, 107-114. Also:  Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1895, 3. S., xi,
   231-236  -----.  Process of extracting nuclein from yeast.
   No 6:;7:t53; Nov. 21, 1899.-----. Compound of iron and nu-
  clein and process of making same.  No.637354; Nov.21,1899.
   _____, Compound of nuclein and mercury.  No. 637355;
Nuelein.
  Nov. 21, 1899. — See (G.)  Effets physiologiques de la nu-
  cle-ine; son pouvoir leucocytaire; sa valeur comme moyen de
  diagnostic; son utilit6 dans le traitement des inflammations.
  Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1893, 3. s., xxix, 502-504.—Study
  (A) ofthe white blood corpuscles aud the active principle
  of their nuclei (nuclein) and its  employment in tuberculo-
  sis.  Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1897, ii, 241-251.—von
  Szontagh  (F.)   Untersuchungen iiber  den Nucle'in-
  gehalt in der Frauen- uud Kubmilch. Ungar. Arch. f.Med.,
  Wiesb., 1892, i, 192-203.—Tanner (E.)  Adatok nuclein
  t&ptalajok alkalmazaaahoz. [Contributions on the employ-
  ment ot nuclein as thebase of nourishment.)  Orvosi hetih,
  Budapest, 1896, xl, 99;  114.—Teigen (M. O.) Notes on
  nuclein therapeutics.  Therap. Gaz.,  Detroit, 1895, 3. s.,
  xi, 361-363.  Also: Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1895, xv,
  188.—Toboldt (A. L. A.) Clinical notes on nuclein so-
  lution.  N. Tork M. J.,  1896,  lxiv, 647.—Tomlinson
  (O. R.)  Nuclein solution; a clinical  study.  J.Am.  M.
  Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 478.—Vaughan (V. C.) The
  nucleins and nuclein therapy.  Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit,
  1894, xviii, 22-50.  AUo : Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1894,.
  xliv, 97-130.  AUo: J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 823-
  831— Vaughan (V. C),  IVovy (F. G.) ~Sc TlcClintock
  (C. T.)   The  germicidal  properties of  nucleins.  Med.
  News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 536-538.  Also, Reprint.—Voor-
  hees (E. R.)   Nuclein considered as a therapeutic agent in
  veterinary practice.   Am. Vet. Rev., N. V., 1905-6, xxix,
  26.—Warthin (A. S.)  Some experimental investigations
  as to the effects of the administration of yeast nuclein upon
  the leucocytes. N.  Tork M. J., 1897, lxvi, 762; 799;  828.
  Also,  Reprint.—Weintraud. Ueber  den  Abbau des
  Nucleines im Stoffwechsel. Verhandl.  d. Cong. f.  iunere
  Med.,  Wiesh., 1900,  xviii, 232-243.—Wesener (J.  A.)
  The chemistry of nucleins. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1895,
  vii, 487-490.—'Wilson (E. F.)  Report of  cases treated
  with nuclein.   Columbus M. J., 1895, xiv, 64-66.
 Nuclein therapy; its rationale, methods, results,
  31 pp.   12°.  Detroit, Parke, Davis cj-  Co.,  1897.

 lYucleo-albiiiiiin.
     Sarzin (D.)  * Ueber Nukleoalbuminausschei-j
  dung im Harn.   8°.   Berlin, 1894.
     Bovet.  Etude  physiologique, cliuique et therapeu-
   tique  sur les  nucl6oses  d6rivant des  uucl6o-albuniines
   v6g6tales. Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1900, cxxxix,
   572; 617. —Halliburton (W. D.) Sc  Brodie (T. G.)
   Nucleo-albumins and intravascular coagulation.  J. Phys-
   iol., Cambridge, 1894, xvii, 135-173 — l.icblein (V.)  Die
   Eiweissreactionen  des  Nucleoalbutnins.   Prag. med.
   Wchnsehr.,  1894, xix,  662-664.—iWadsen  (S.)  Om  Nu-
   kleo-Albuminuii.   [Res., 575.]  Norsk Mag.  f.  LsBgevi-
   densk., Kristiania,  1897, 4. R., xii, 539-564.—Pickering
   (J.-W.)   Sur de nouvelles substances  colloldales, ana-
   logues aux albuminoi'des, d6rivees d'une nucl6o-albumine.
   Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 963-965.—Por-
   ter (W. H.)   The physiological action of nucleo-albumin,
   and its  relation to iron therapy.  Post-Graduate,  N. T.,
   1897  xii, 324-337.  [Discussion], 351-356.  Also [Abstr.]:
   N. Tork M. J., 1897, lxv, 672-674.—Stewart (D. D.)   On
   the reactions of nucleo-albumin (erroneously styled mucin)
   with the commonly employed urinary albumin tests; tbe
   difficulty of distinguishing these  reactions from those of
   serum-albumin, globulin,  etc.;  remarks as  to the  occur-
   rence of a normal, constant  albumin-trace in the urine.
   Tr. Col. Phys. Phila., 1894, 3. s., xvi, 168-191.

 Nucleohistoii.
     Bang (I.)  Bemerkungen iiber das Nucleohiston.   Zt-
   schr.  f. physiol. Chem.,  Strassb., 1900, xxx,  508-522.—
   ■luiskamp (W.)  Over electrolyse der zouten van nu-
   cleohiston en histon.  Onderzoek. ged. iu h. physiol. Lab.
   d. Utrecht.  Hoogsch.,  1901-2,  5.  R.,  iii, 349-375.  AUo,
   transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901,  xxxiv,
   32-54.-----.  Bijdrage tot de kennis vanhetthymusnucleo-
   histon.  Onderzoek. ged. in  h.  physiol. Lab.  d. Utrecht,
   Hoogesch.,  1903, v,  462-481.—Vasilyeff (N. I.)  Polu-
   cheniye nukleohistona, bistona i nukleina iz razlichnikh
   organov.  [Nucleohiston, histon,  and  nuclein  obtained
   from various organs.]  Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.", St.
   Petersb., 1898, v, 705-709.

 Nueleolus.
     See, also,  Cell.
     Vigier  (P.)   *Le nucleole.   Morphologie,
   physiologie.  8°.   Paris, 1900.
     Ferrata (A.)  Sulla struttura del nucleolo  Arch, de
   fisiol., Firenze, 1905-6, iii, 303-308, 2 pl.

 JVucIeon.
     Cavazzani (E.)  Sulla  presenza  del nucleone nello
   sperma  e nel vitreo.  Gazz. d. osp.,  Milano,  1903, xxiv,
   436-438.  AUo, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin,  1904-5,
   xlii, 151-160. -----. II nucleone nei centri nervosi.  Gazz.
   d. osp.,  Milano, 1904,  xxv. 200.  -----. Das Nukleon in
   Ostrea edulis (L.).   Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 
NUCLEON.
824
NUEL.
Nucleoli.
  1904, xviii, 666-668. — Kriiger  (T. R.)  Zur Kenntniss
  der Nucleone.   Ztschr. f. physiol.  Chem.,  Strassb., 1899,
  xxviii. 530-534.—Panella (A.)  II nucleone e 1' acqua
  del cervello in animali a digiuno.  Arch, di farmacol. sper.,
  Siena, 1906, v, 70-7G.

Nucleoproteids.
     See,  also,  Immunity (Mechanism, etc., of);
  Nucleohiston;  Toxins.
     Bang (I.)  Ueber NucleoproteidenachNukjeinsauren.
  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii,
  634.—Beebe (S. P.)  Cytotoxic serum produced  hy the
  injection of nucleoproteids. J. Exper. M., N. V., 1905,
  vii, 733-750.—Bierry (H.)  &  Mayer (A.)  Sur Taction
  du sang rendu  hepatotoxique par injections intrap6rito-
  n6ales de nencle-oproteides  du foie.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 1016-1018.  Also: Compt. rend. Acad.
  d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1639.—Bierry  (H.) Sc Pettit
  (A.)  Snr le pouvoir cytotoxique de certains serums, con-
  secutif  k l'injection de nucl6oprot6ides.   Compt. rend.
  Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 238.—Borrino (A.)  Ueber
  die biochemische Thatigkeit der Nucleoproteide in Bezug
  auf den respiratorischen Chemismus.  Zentralbl.  f. Phy-
  siol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1903, xvii, 305-309.—Bottazzi (F.)
  Sur  les  propri6t6s  des  nncl6oprot6ides.   [Transl. from:
  Rendic. d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, 1899, 5. s., viii.]   Arch.
  ital. de  biol., Turin, 1899-1900, xxxii, 51-61. — Carrara
  (M.)  Siero precipitante specifico per il sangue  ottenuto
  mediante iniezioni di nucleoproteidi.   Riv. crit. di  clin.
  med., Firenze,  1902, iii, 673-679. — Chittenden (R. H.)
  Nucleins and nucleo-proteids in their relation to internal
  secretion.  Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1896,
  xvii.No. 1,175-191.—Cocchi (A.) Intorno 1' azione del nu-
  cleoproteide della placenta umana.  Ann.di ostet., Milano,
  1901,  xxiii,  981-990. — Foa (C.)  Recherches sur les nu-
  cl6oproteides et sur leurs produits de scission.   Arch.
  ital. debiol., Turin, 1904, xii, 337-356.—Foa (C.) & I,evi
  (M.)  L'azione dei  nucleoproteidi e dei loro prodotti  di
  scissione  sulla coagulazione del sangue.  Sperimentale.
  Arch, di  biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 115-132.   AUo, transl. .-
  Arch. ital. debiol., Turin,  1905, xliii, 224-240.—Claleotti
  (G.)  Contributo alia conoscenza dei nucleoproteidi bac-
  terid.  Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 123-135. -----. Azione
  dei nucleoproteidi  sulle cellule e sui tessuti.  Sperimen-
  tale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze,1900, liv, 435^63,1 pl.  -----.
  Sul potere vaccinante dei nucleoproteidi estratti dagli or-
  gani di animali immunizzati.   Morgagni, Milano,  1903,
  xiv, 188-197.—Gamgee (A.) & Jones (W. [H.  C.])  On
  the nucleoproteids of the  pancreas, thymus, and supra-
  renal gland, with especial reference to their optical activ-
  ity.  Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1902-3, viii,  445-455.  AUo:
  Proc. Roy. Soc Lond., 1903, lxxi,  385-397.  Also, transl.:
  Beitr. z.  chem.  Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1903, iv, 10-22.
  AUo, transl. [Abstr.] :  Compt.  rend. Soc.  de biol., Par.,
  1903, lv,  225. — Cuerrini (G.)   Di un  siero emolitico
  ed emotossico  ottenuto per iniezioni  di  nucleoproteidi.
  Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1903, iv, 561-563.—Hal-
  liburton (W. D.)  Nucleo-proteids.  J. Phvsiol., Cam-
  bridge, 1895-6,  xviii, 306-318.—Herlitzka (A.) Sc Bor-
  rino (A.)  Ricerche sull' azione biochimica di alcuni nu-
  cleoistoni e nucleoproteidi.   Sperimentale.   Arch, di biol.,
  Firenze, 1902,  lvi, 656-673.  Also,  transl.: Arch. ital.  de
  biol., Turin, 1903, xxxix, 1-17. — Jones (W.)  Ueber die
  Selbstverdanung von Nucleoproteiden.  Ztschr. f. physiol.
  Chem.,  Strassb., 1904, xlii,  35-54. — Levene (P. A.)  On
  the nucleoproteid of  the  brain (cerebronucleoproteid).
  Arch. Neurol. & Psycho-Path., Utica, 1899, ii, 3-14.—
  Lerene (P. A.) Sc iTIandel  (J. A.)   On the biologic re-
  lationshipof nucleoproteid, amyloid,and mucoid.  [ATbstr.]
  Am. Med.,Phila., 1906,xi, 105. ----------. UeherdioKoh-
  lehydratgruppedesMilznucleoproteids.  Ztschr.f. physiol.
  Chem.,  Strassb., 1906, xlvii, 151-153.—I.ustig (A.)  I nu-
  cleoproteidi bacterid.  Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1903-4, i,
  336-338.— MacWilliam (J. A.),  Mackie (A. H.) Sc
  Murray (C.)  Intravascular injection of  salts and of nu-
  eleo-proteid. J. Physiol.,  Loud., 1903-4, xxx, 381-399.—
   Moutuori (A.)  Uu  nucleoproteide dissociante 1' emo-
  globina  ossicarbonica.   Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli,
  1904, vii, 311.—Mudge (G. P.)  Pigmentation and intra-
   vascular coagulation.  Proc Physiol. Soc. Lond.,  1905, p.
  lxviii—IVovi (I.)  Sulla ferratina naturale e sui  nucleo-
  proteidi  del fegato.   Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di
   Bologna, 1902-3, n.s., vii, 148. -----. La ferratina naturale
   e i nucleoproteidi del fegato.  Mem. r. Accad. d.  sc. d. Ist.
   di Bologna (1901-3), 1902-4, 5. s., x, 517-538. — Pekelha-
   ring (C. A.)   Over het voorkomen van  een nucleopro-
  teide in  spieren.  Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol.  Lab. d.
  Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1896, 4. R., iv, 185-188. —Bossi (E.)
   Contribuzione  sperimentale alio studio del potere imruu-
   nizzante del nucleoproteide del bacillo  carbonchioso in
  rapporto all' azione protettrice del  glicogene  epatico.
   Gazz. internaz. di  med.,  Napoli, 1904, vii,  115;  129.—
   Tiberti (N.)  Sul potere immunizzaute del nucleopro-
  teide estratto  dal bacillo del carbonchio  ematico.  Speri-
   mentale.  Arch, di biol., Firenze,1903, lvii,756-758.—Um-
   ber (F.)   Ueber die fermentative Spaltung der Nucleo-
Nucleoproteids.
  proteide im Stoffwechsel.   Ztschr. f.  klin. Med., Berl.,
  1901, xliii, 282-303.—Wohlgemuth (J.)  Ueber das Nu-
  cleoproteid der Leber.  Ztschr.  f. phys. Chem., Strassb.,
  1902-3, xxxvii, 475: 1904, xlii, 519: 1905, xliv, 530.
Nucleus caudatus.
     See, also, Brain.
     Stieda (W.)  Ueber die Function des Nucleus cauda-
  tus.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz.,  1903, xxii, 357-359.
Nucleus lenticularis.
     See, also, Brain.
     Franceschi (F.)  Sul meccanismo patogenetico del
  riso e del pianto spastico e  sulla funzione motoria  del
  nucleo lenticolare. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1905, x,
  249-265.
Nucleus salivatorius.
     Hohnstamm (O.)  Der Nucleus salivatorius und das
  cranio-viscerale System.  Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1903,
  xxxvii, 660-662.

Nuculidae.
     Stempell  [C. L. G.]   * Beitrage znr Kennt-
  nis der Nnculiden.   1. Haut- und Muskelsystem.
  8°.  Berlin, [1897].
     Name on title-page:  Walter Stempell.

Nuddea.
     See  Fever  (Malarial, History,  etc.,  of),  by
  localities.

Nudibranchiala.
     Abric (P.)  Sur quelques variations exp6rimentales de
  coloration chez les nudibranches.  Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par.,  1904, lvii, 5-7.—Ilerdman (W.  A.)  On  the
  structure and function ofthe dorsal  papillae in Nudibran-
  chiata.  Rep.  Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1889, Lond., 1890,  lix,
  630-633.—Herdman (W. A.) Sc Clubb (J. A.) On  the
  innervation of the cerata of some Nudibranchiata.  Quart.
  .J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1892,  xxxiii, 541-558, 3 pl.—Small-
  wood (W. M.)  Some observations on the chromosome
  vesicles in the maturation  of Nudibranchs.   Morphol.
  Jahrb., Leipz., 1905, xxxiii, 87-105, 1 pl.
Nndow (Heiurich) [1752-     ].   Versuch einer
  Theorie des Schlafs.   xvi, 286 pp.   8°.   Kbnigs-
  berg, F. Nicolovius, 1791.
     See, also, Haertel (Christian Wilhelm).  Ueber  die
  Zeichendeutung des  mensehlichen  Auges [etc.].  8°.
  Konigsberg, 1791.
Niibling-  (Richard)  [1880-     ].   *Zur Kennt-
  nis  der Plnmbisalze.  [Giessen.]   32  pp., 1 1.
  8°.   Halle a. S.,  W. Knapp, 1903.
Niickel (Otto) [1*64-     ].   * Ueber  einen Fall
  von  einseitiger Waugenspalte und Missbildung
  des Ohres.  31 pp., 1 pl.  8°.   Marburg, 0. Ehr-
  hardt, 1891.
Nliel (J.-P.)  Recherches sur   l'innervation  du
  cceur par le nerf  vague, faites  au Laboratoire
  physiologique  d'Utrecht.  pp. 1-32, 1  pl.   4°.
  [Bruxelles, 1874.]
     Cutting from: Mem. couron. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg.,
  Brux., 1874, xxxviii.
-----.   Recherches microscopiques sur l'anatomie
  du limacon des niammif eres.   84 pp., 3 pl.   4°.
  Bruxelles, E. Hayez,  1878.
     Repr.from: Mem. couron. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg.,
  Brux., 1878, xlii.  AUo, cutting from same.
-----.   De la vision eutoptique de la fovea cen-
  tralis, et de l'unite"  physiologique de la r6tine.
  25 pp.  8°.   [Gand, 1883.]
     Repr.from: Arch, debiol., Gand, 1883, iv.
-----.  D'une  apparence  ophtalmoscopique   de
  l'ceil  myope;  contribution k la connaissance de
  la predisposition he"r6ditaire a la myopie.  19 pp.
  8°.   [Paris],  G.  Steinheil, [1891].
-----.  De la vascularisation de la choro'ide et de
  la nutrition de la ratine, principalement au  ni-
  veau de la fovea centralis.   18 pp.  8°.  [Paris],
   G. Steinheil, [1891].
 -----.  Rapport surj'asepsie et l'antisepsie dans
   les operations pratiqu6es  sur les yeux.  63  pp.
   8°.  Paris,  G. Steinheil, 1893.
 -----.  La vision.  376  pp.  8C.   Paris, 0. Doin,
   1904. 
NUEL.                                      825                              NUISANCES.
Nil el (J.-P.)—continued.
    See, aUo,  Oelboeuf  (J[oseph- Remi-L6opold]).  De
  l'etude de Taction curative  de l'hypnotisme.  8°.  Paris,
  1890. — Fredericq (Leon) & IMuel (J.-P.)  Elements
  de physiologie humaine, [etc.]. 8°.  Gand, 1883. -----
  -----. The same.  3. 6d.  8°.  Gand <£ Paris, 1893. -----
  -----The same.  Osnovi flziologii [etc.]. 8°.  S.-Peter-
  burg, 1899.
----- & Cornil (Fern).  De l'endotheiium de
  la chambre ant£rienre de l'ceil, partlculiereuient
  de  celni de la corne'e.  20 pp., 2  1., 2 pl.  8°.
  Paris, G. Steinheil, 1690.
    Repr.from: Arch, d'ophth., Par., 1890. x.
Nil el (Joseph-Dominique) [1873-    ].  * Con-
  tribution a l'e'tude des paralysies post-auesth6si-
  ques.  39 pp.   8°.  Bordeaux, 1899, No. 10.
Niirbauer (Friedrich).  * Ueber Rhinoplastik.
  [Erlangen.]  30 pp.  8C.  Niirnberg, J. Grohrock,
  1*89.
IV lire ll be I'g (Hermann - Christophorus) [1723-
      .].  * De passione iliaca.  32 pp.   4°.  Gry-
  phiswaldice, H.  J. Struck [1748J.
    For Biography, see ScheflTel (Christianus Stephanus).
Niirmberger (Friedrich).  *Ein  Fall von bei-
  derseitiger Liihinung der Schulterblattmuskeln
  im Anschluss an acute Gonorrhoe. 23 pp.  8°.
  Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1894.
Nuernberg' (Franz) [1872-    ].   * Ueber chro-
  nische  InviiginarioD.  29 pp.  6°.  Halle a. S.,
  C. A. Kaemmerer A- Co., 1899.
Niirnberg (Ludwig).  * Ueber Blasenscheiden-
  fisteln. nelist zwei einecnliigigen Fallen.  46 pp.,
  1 pl.  >-'.  Jena, B. Engau, 1887.
Niiruberger ([Woldemar Willibald  Christian
  Ludwig] Emil)  [1866-   ].   * Drei Fiille von
  Schussverletzuugeu des Sehnerven.  16 pp., 1 1.
  8°.  Kiel,  C. Jansen, 1694.
Niiesch  (Arnold).  # Ueber das sogenannte Auf-
  ziehen der "Milch bei der Kuh.  [Zurich.]  41
  lip.   *°.   Munchen, Gebr. Haertl, 1904.
van  Niiss (Johann).  Das  Bad Briickenau,
  seine Heilschatze und seine Umgebnng.  v, 6-100
  pp., 1 1.  16-.  Briickenau, E. Wolf, 1894.
rVuesse  (Siegfried  [Iinmanuel]) [1871-    ].
  * Kritische Beurteilung der  Ausichten  iiber
  Grosse   und  Form  der Eiu-  und Ansschuss-
  Oeffnung und ihres gegenseitigen Verhaltnisses.
  34 pp., 1 1.  12°.  Berlin, C. Vogt, 1895.
Niisslein (Joseph).  * Die Peritonealtuberkulose
  und ihre operative Therapie.  65 pp. 8°.  Erlan-
  gen, E. T. Jacob, 1896.
Niissler  (Guilielmus).  *De  anima  brutorum.
  Respondens Simon Gros.  81.  4°. Wittebergue,
  imp. M. Henckelius  [1680].
Niitzel (Christian).   * Ueber  Perforation von
  Aneurysmen.   [1890.]   41 pp.  8°.  Erlangen,
  A. Vollrath, 1891.
Niitzeuadel (Arno).   * Ueber die Schwierig-
  keiten,  welehe die Diagnose des  Leberechino-
  coccus verursacheu kann, im Anschluss an einen
  unter dem Svmptomenkomplex  der  Colica  he-
  patica verlaufenen  Fall.  78 pp.  8°.   Jena, B.
  Engau, 1889.
Niitzlich (Ein) Bad und Artznei, den Bruch an
  alten und jungen nngeschuitten zu heylen.  6 1.
  12°.   Strassburg, H. Vogtherzen, [1539].
Niitzliches und bewahrt befundnes Rossarzney-
  Biichlein, welches viele a user lesene Mittel  wider
  die meisten innerlichen  Krankheiten und iius-
  serliche Zufalle der Pferde enthalt, nebst einem
  Anhang, dem Rind-Vieh zu hei feu wann es sich
  am Klee uberfressen hat, [etc.].   3. Ausg.  32
  pp.  16°.  Ephrata, J. Baumann, 1805.
Niitzliches (Ein)  Biichlein von mancherleyen
  kunstlichen Wassern, Oelen und Weineu, jetzt
  neuwlich inn Teutsch gebracht,  durch  Hans
  Jacob Wecker.   7  p.  1., 127  pp.  12°.   Basel,
  P. Perna, 1573.   [P.,  v. 2287.]
Ifueva farmacopea mexicana.   See  Sociedad
  farmac^utica de M6xico.
Nueva recopilacidu  de mouografias mexicanas
  y tesis inaugurales  de materia  me'dica.   2 v.
  128 pp.; 191 pp.  fol.  Mexico, 1895-7.
    Bound with: An. d. Inst. m6d. nac, M6xico.
Nuevo cementerio de la Habana.   Su proyecto
  y discusidn.  45 pp.   8°.   Habana, 1869.  [P.,
  v. 629.]
Nuevo m6todo para enrar flatos, hypocondria
  [etc.]. See Pomme  (Pierre) [in 1. s.j.
Nuevos (Los)  remedios.   Periddico bi-meusual
  de farmacologia,  terapeutica, qnitnica  me'dica e
  hidrologia.   Redactores en jefe: D. F. Gomez
  de la Mata, G.  Bardet.  v. 1-12, 1888-99.   8°.
  Madrid.
    Ended.  Want no. 3, v. 1; nos. 13-15, v. 2; no. 24, v. 7;
  nos. 3-11, '_>3, v. 8.
Nuns bill Iwnz. Shurhool usbab wul ulamat;
  or,  a treatise  on the  symptoms, causes, and
  treatment  of local and constitutional diseases.
  Edited ... by  Hukim Moulnvi Abdool Mujid,
  and corrected by the help of Mouluvi Abdool-
  Lah, the  editor's brother;  and Mouluvi Budee-
  ood-deeu,   and  Mouluvi Moojeeb-oor-Ruhman,
  and Abdool-Lah, aud  the  editor's sons, Abdool
  Maujid and Abdoos  Sumud.   12, 755 pp.   4°.
  Calcutta, The Med. Press, 1836.
    Arabic text.
Nngse canorse medica-  [etc.].   See Maclagan
  (Sir [Audrew] Douglas).
Nugent (Christopher).
    Moore (N.)  [Biography.]  Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.,
  1895, xii, 295.
Nugent (E[dward]).  A treatise ou optics; or,
  light  aud  sight  theoretically and  practically
  treated, with the application to fine art and in-
  dustrial pursuits,   xii, 235 pp.   8°.  London,
  Virtue 4- Co., [1868].
Nugent (Sir John) [1805-99].
    Obituary.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 319.   Also:
  Med. Press  Sc Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s.. lxvii, 127.
Nugent  (Richard) [    -1903].
    Death of Richard Nugent.  Indian M. Rec, Calcutta,
  1903, xxiv, 980.
NugOU (Francois) [1861-    ].   * Contribution
  a l'6tude de l'emploi du menthol et du naphtol
  camphre" en laryngologie.   50 pp., 1 1.  4°.  Pa-
  ris, 1889, No. 295.
Nugue (Georges) [1879-    ].  * Colotypho'ide et
  abces du foie.   60 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1904, No. 180.
IV nil 11% glands.
    See Mouth (Tumors of, Cystic).
Nuijens  ( Bernard  Willem Theodoor ).   * De
  echinococcus tusschen blaas en rectum. 1  p. 1.,
  80, iv pp.   8°.  Amsterdam, M. J. P. van Santen,
  1896.
Nuijens (F.)   Vooroordeeleu nopens alcool  en
  de wetenschap.  Voordracht.  24 pp.  8°.  Ant-
  werp,  H. 4- L. Kenner, [1899].
    Forms no. 5 of: Kathol. Vlaamsche Hoogesch-Uitbreid.
  te. Antwerp.
Nuisances.
    See, also, Abattoirs; Alkali works; Crema-
  tion of offal,  etc.;   Effluvia; Fats; Garbage
  (Disposal  of);  Gas  (Illuminating, etc.);  Gases
  (Irrespirable,  etc.);   Latrines,  privies,   etc.;
  Noises;  Odors; Offal (Disposal of'); Pigger-
  ies;  Sewage  (Disposal of);  Smoke;  Soap
  (Manufactories  of);  Stables;  Sugar (Manufac-
  tories  of); Swamps,  etc.; Tallow-chandleries;
  Water (Pollution of).
    Belamy (P.)  M^tnoire  pour  MM. les  pro-
  pri^taires  voisins de  l'usine royale a gaz <le l'a-
  venue Frudaine, contre MM.  les entrepreneurs
  de cette usine.  4°.   [Paris, 1844.]
    Great Britain.  Minutes  of evidence taken
  before the royal commission on noxious vapours;
  with an appendix,  fol.  London, 1878. 
NUISANCES.                               826                   NUNEZ  DE ACOSTA.
 Nuisance*.
     (Jreat Bhitaix.  Parliament.  An act for the
   more effectual condensation of muriatic acid gas
   in alkali works.  26 A  27  Vict., c. 124.   28 July,
   lt<63.  fol.  [London, 1863.]
     -----.   Alkali act  (1863)  amendment.  An
   act to amend the alkali act, 1863.  37 & 'A6 Vict.,
   c. 43.  30 July,  1874.   fol.  London, 1874.
     -----.   Alkali, etc., works regulation  act,
   1881.  An act to  consolidate the alkali acts,  1863
   aud 1874,  and to make  further provision for  reg-
   ulating alkali and certain other works in which
   noxious or offensive gases  are evolved.  41 &
   45 Vict.,  c 37.   11 Aug., 1881.  fol.   [London,
   1681.]
     Massachusetts.  Report of the joint commis-
   sion, consisting of the  board of harbor commis-
   sioners and State board of  health,  charged by
   the legislature with the duty of devising a plau
   for the abatement ofthe Miller's River nuisance
   so-called,  and reporting the same to the cities of
   Cambridge and  Sommerville; with the report of
   Phinehas Ball, civil engineer, to the commission.
   8°.   Boston, 1672.
     Memoire  de  Messieurs les  proprie"taires du
   quartier du Temple contre la double usiue a gaz
   demande'e  par  MM. Lacarriere et compaguie.
   4°.   [Belleville,  1843.]
     Merrick (J. M.)   Report upou  the analysis
   of samples of mud, investigation of the works of
   J. P. Squire & Co., on Miller's River.  8°.  Cam-
   bridge, 167A.
     Uxitkd  Statks.  Congress.   Senate.   Resolu-
   tion directing the Commissioners of  the District
   of Columbia to immediately report to the Senate
   why they have permitted a factory for boiling
   and  manufacturing into fertilizers all garbage
   and  dead  animals collected in  the District of
   Columbia  within the city  limits.  53. Cong., 1.
   se>s.  S. Misc. Doc. No. 46.  Sept, 6, 1893.  Sub-
   mitted bv  Mr. Vance,  rov. 8°.  [ Washington,
   181)3.]
     Abbott (S. W.)  "What  is a nuisance?  Boston M. &
   S. J., 1897, cxxxvi, 309.—Act (An)  to regulate offensive
   trades and employments.  Rep. Bd.  Health Minn., |Red
   Wing], 1891-2, xiv, 1 I. - Babaon  (T.  M.) Powers of
   boards  of health regarding nuisances.  Am. J.  Pub.
   Hyg.,  Bost., 19U5.  xv,  no. 2, 357-369. — Barnett v.
   Laskey. Local  Gov. Chron.,  Lond., 1898, 1144-1146.—
   Barren Island; [nuisance].  Rep.  State Bd. Health N.
   Y. 1*90, Albany, 1891, xi, 37-252.— Canssce (S.)   Me-
   moire sur l'empoisonnement de quelques animaux nuisi-
   bles.  Ann.  d'hyg.. Par., 1861,  2.  s.,  xv, 411-427.  AUo,
   Reprint.—Dutton (J. A.)   Nuisances.  N. Am. J.  Ho-
   mceop., N. T., 1905. liii, 62-65.—Examination  for in-
   spector of nuisances, held at Birmingham 27 and 28 July,
   1894.  San. Rec, Lond., 1894-5, n. 8., xvi,  1308; 1325; 1372;
   1436.—(Saltier (V.) fitablissements dangereux, insalu-
   bres,  incommodes;  <Jtabli*8ements classes.  J. de m6d.
   vet.  et zootech., Lyon, 1902,  5.  s..  vi,  321-335.—Hill
   (A.K.)  Trade nuisances.  J.San.Inst., Lond., 1895-6, xvi,
   429-451.—Hollick (A.)  Effluvium nuisances.  [Report.]
   Rep. State 15d. Health N. T. 1888, Albany, 1889, 549-554.—
   Ojjici-. Etablissementsinsulabres;  question dela trans-
   formation du depotoir de la Vache, pies Bordeaux.  Rec.
   d. trav. Comite consult, d'hyg. pub. de France 1889, Par.
   1890, xix, 120-126.—1'i-a vine nuisance.  Rep. State  Bd.
   Health N. Y. 1899, Albany, 1901, xx, 202-209.—Stephen*
   (J. F. R.) The law  relating to  nuisances in the metrop-
   olis.  San. Rec, Lond., 1903, n. s., xxxi, 119; 169; 219; 269.
   -----. Legal proceedings to prevent nuisances.  Ibid.,
   1904, n. s.,  xxxiv, 209; 324; 358.—Town of Greenport;
   North Bay nuisance.  Rep.  State  Bd. Health N. Y. 1900,
   Albany, 1901, xxi,  142-150.—Vilauova  (J.), de la
   Puerta (G.) & Tabonda (M.)  Primer dictamen,  pro-
   pnesto por una commidu especial y aprobado por la Acade-
   mia, con motivo de la reclamacion producida por la com-
   paiiia minera de  Riotinto contra el real decieto de 29 de
   febrero de 18x8.  An r. Acad,  de med., Madrid, 1890, x,
   193-197.—"Woodward (D.  H.)  Abatement of nuisances
  hy legal process.  M. Hampshire San. J., Concord, 1898. i,
  23-29.  Also:  Rep. Bd. Health N. Hampshire 1898, Man-
  chester, 1899,  xv, 185-192.
Human (Alexander) [17*0-1852].    * Observa-
  tiones decarbonatuni officinulium  pnecipuornm
  pra-parandi  methudo,  natura,  ac  usu,  facta? in
 N ll mail (Alexander)—contiuued.
   laboratorio  cheniico  Universitatis  Groninon-.
   2. ed.   1)4 pp., 1 1.  8°.   Groningw, H. Eekhoff,
   lrtl»8.   [P., v. 19f>5.]
 Numantius (Nnma) [pseud.].    See  Ulrichs
   (Carl Heinrieh).
 Number (A) of recipes for compounding  oint-
   ments and  salves from lanoliue, recently dis-
   covered by Professor Licbreich.  21.   *•-.   Mar-
   tinikenfeelde, B. Jaff6 4' Darmstaedter, 1660.
 Numbness.
     IlutchiiiNoii (J.) On subjective numbness unaccom-
   panied by any demonstrable anaesthesia.  Arch.  Surg.,
   Lond., 1898, ix, 65.— Pope (('.)  Waking numbness.  N*
   Albany M. Herald, 1896. xvi, 140-142. — Smith (A. H.)
   Waking  numbness;  a heretofore  undescribed neurosis.
   Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1887, xciii, 410-413.  Also, Reprint.
 Numerical method.
     See Statistics (Medical).
 von  N timers (G.)   * Studier ofver  plaeeuta
   prtevia.  Ill pp., xxiv,  1 1., 3 pl.  8°.   Helsing-
   fors, 1^96.
 Numismatic*.
     See Medals.
 Nun (Louis).   Manuel  pratique  de dentisterie
   op6ratoire, et  notions  e'le'inentaires  d'hygiene
   hnccale et de therapeutique dentaire a i'tisage
   des  medecins.   140 pp.   12°.  Paris, O. Doin,
   189:5.
 Nunciante (Ippolito).  Memoria sulla legatnra
   dell' arteria vertebrale ne' casi di aneurisma  e
   di ferite della stessa   [Also:] Memoria  su di
   una bizzarra  anomalia delle parti sessuali.  46
   pp.  8°.   Napoli.  Virgilio, 184f>.
 Nunes (Silva).  See Silva Nunes.
 Nunes Furtado (Alvaro).   *Lues insontium.
   6."> pp.   4°.  Rio de Janeiro, Besnard freres.  1903.
 Willies-Vais (ii.  A.)    Krevi note sul cholera
   che si  manifesto nel lHHj in  Tunisi e eoutrihuto
   clinico sulla abolizione della  secrezione biliare
   in quest' affezione.   11 pp.   fol.   Firenze, A.
   Meozzi, 1890.
 Nunez (Enrique).  La cirngia de las manifesta-
   ciones filariosica.s.  97 pp., 1 map.   8r.   Habana,
   Imprenta mercantil, 1905.
 Nunez (Francisco).  Tratado de medicina,  inti-
   tulado Aviso de sanidad, dividido en tres libroa,
   en el  qual ay muchos exemplos  y reglas  para
   saber  el  tiempo y hora, en  la qual qnalqnier
   enfenno o sospechoso de su salnd se pueda segn-
   ramente san<;rar y purgary exercitary  dietar, o
   qnaudo no lo deva de hazer sacado de la dotrina
   de Hypocrtites y  Galeno.   8 p. 1., 151 pp.   12-'.
   Madrid,  A. Gomez, 1569.
-----.  Aviso  de sanidad, que  trata de todos los
   geueros  de  alimentos y del  regimiento de  la
   sanidad,  comprovado  por  los mas  insignes y
   graves doctores.   Dirigido al  Doctor Martin de
   Belasco.   16 p. ]., 320 ff.   24c.  Madrid, P. Cu-
  sin, 1572.
Nunez (Jose" de J.)  Estudio  de la erisipela, su
  naiuraleza y tratamiento.   16 pp.  8°.   Mexico,
  J.  .1/. Aguilar Ortiz, 1878.
Nunez  (Tobias).    *Algunas consideraciones
  relativas al prondstico y al tratamiento de las
   ftacturas coinplicadas  de heridas.   63 pp.   8°
   Mexico, F. Diaz de  Leon, 1662.
Nunez  (Zacarias Martinez).   Erreurs de  l'op-
   tiuiisuie  scientifique;  deux  lettres  ouvertes a
   Monsieur le docteur D. E. L., medecin k Madrid,
  sur M. Metchuikoff.   Trad,  de M.  L. de Casa-
   major.   iii, .-".) pp., 2 1.  12°.   Paris,  J. Bailliere
  Afils,  [1903].
Nunez  de Acosta (Duarte).  Tratado  prac-
  tico  del uso de las Sangrias, assi en las enferme-
  dades  particuliares como  en las  calenturas.
  Explioase el artilicio methddico de la via racio- 
NUNEZ DE  ACOSTA.                    827                                     NUOVO.
Nunez de Acosta (Duarte)—continued.
  nal con  que  Galeuo procede,  y los  demas au-
  thores,  assi antiguos como modernos, en la de-
  termiuacion de las saugrias, y coutra la nueva
  opinion se comprueba la sentencia  comun por
  authoridad y  razon.    3 p.  1., 72 ff.   sm. 4°.
  Xerez, D. Perez de Estupinan, 1653.
Nunez Garcia (Arturo).
    See  iTlnuoz  P. Ore a (M.)  Cuadros sin6pticos de
  anatomia humana. fol. Salamanca, 1901.
Nunez Granes  (Jose).  Seroterapia.   xii, 498
  pp.  12°.  Madrid, Hernando cj- Co., 1899.
Nunez y Palomio (Enrique).  * Contribuci6n
  al estudio del paludisnio en el puerperio. 45 pp.
  8°.  Habana,  Pulido y Diaz, 1894.
Nunez del Prado (Daniel).  Fiebreamarilla;
  su  origen, causas,  sintonias,  tratamiento, etc.
  41 pp.  8°. Lima, Imprenta liberal, 1870.
\ lilies.
    Girard (H.)  Notes sur les Nungs du Haut-Tonkin.
  Assoc. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc.   C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899,
  xxvii, pt. 2, 583-593.
Nunn  (Andreas).  [Pr.] de tumoribus  externis
  suppuratione  potius,  quain  resolutione curan-
  dis.  [Cum vita  canditati  Ludovici Friderici
  Eusebii  Rumpel.]  12  pp.   4°.   Erfordice  litt.
  Nonnii [1762].
Nunn  (R[ichard] J.)   Diet in consumption and
  other morbid  states and processes in diseases of
  the genito-urinary system, to which is added
  several recipes for the preparation of animal
  food.  54 pp.   8°.  Atlanta, J. P. Harrison 4" Co.,
  [1884].
    Repr. from: Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, [Atlanta], 1884.
-----.  A national and international medical de-
  gree.  19 pp.   8°. Atlanta, 1886.
    Repr.from: Atlanta M. Sc S. J., 1886-7, n. s., ii.
-----.  The probable cause of the epidemic of ty-
  phoid fever iu Savannah, Ga., in 1892.  How to
  avoid it and  other filth diseases in  the future.
  10 pp.  8°.  Savunnah,  169.).
    Repr. from: Savannah Morning News, 1893.
-----.  Treatment of  uterine-fibroids by small
  currents administered  percutaneously.   14 pp.
  12°.  Toronto, 1898.
    Repr.from: Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass., 1898.
Nunn (Thomas W[illiam] AV.) [1825-    ].   Ob-
  servations on varicose veins and varicose ulcers.
  15 pp.  16°.   London, W. Tyler, 1850.
-----.  A page in  the history  of ovariotomy in
  London.   27  pp.   8°.   London,  D.  Macdonald,
  1886.
-----.  On  certain disregarded defects of devel-
  opment, chiefly in relation  to the curves of the
  spine.  The pamphlet includes a paper read be-
  fore the Staffordshire branch ofthe British  Med-
  ical Association, July 12, 1888.  W. D. Spanton,
  president.  20 pp., 2  pl.  8°.  London,  J. Bum-
  pus, 1888.
------.  Growing children and awkward walking.
  xi, 106 pp.  12°.   London,  Kegan Paul, Trench
  [and others], 1894.
-----.  Caucer; illustrated by one thousand  cases
  from the registers of the Middlesex Hospital and
  by fifty selected cases of cancer ofthe breast, etc.
  2 p. 1., 89 pp., 11  pl.,  H 1.  12°.  London, H. J.
  Glaisher, 1899.
Nunneley (Frederick B[arham]).  Experiments
  on  the action of  certain alkaloids on the heart,
  and blood vessels  ofthe  frog.   12 pp.  8°.  Lon-
  don, H. K. Lewis,  1871.   [P., v. 2198.]
    Repr. from: Proc.  Roy. Soc. Lond., 1869, xviii, and Prac-
  titioner, Lond., 1869,  iii.
Nunneley (Thomas)   [1809-70].   An experi-
  mental inquiry into the  effects  of hydrocyanic
  acid,  produced upon  animal life.  92  pp.  8°.
  London, [1847].
    Repr.from:  Tr. Prov. M. Sc S. Ass., Lond., 1847, xv.
Nunneley (Thomas)—continued.
-----.   The same, with an attempt to determine
  the real value of presumed antidotes and reme-
  dies.   102 pp.   8°.   Worcester, Deighton 4' Go.,
  1847.   [P., v. 2194.]
    For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1895, xii, 275
  (D'A.  Power).
Nuns.
    See, also, Celibacy.
    Itinct-Saiigle (C.) Physio-psychologie des religieuses
  (3. s6rie).  Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,  Par.,
  1901-2, xvi, 129; 161; 202. Also: Rev. de psychiat., Par.,
  1901, n. s., iv, 329-336. -----. Les religieuses de Port-Royal
  (4. serie).  Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1902, xvii,
  453; 517; 607. -----. Physio-psychologie des  religieuses;
  les  religieuses de Port-Royal (5. s6rie de  cinq obser-
  vations).  Arch, de  neurol.,  Par.,  1903, 2. s., xv, 321;
  417. -----.  L'ascendauce de  cinq  religieuses de  Port-
  Royal. Rev.  de  l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.,  Par.,
  1903-4, xviii, 101; 133; 167; 200; 209;*  1 tab. -----. Physio-
  psychologie des religieuses; les religieuses de  Port-Royal.
  J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 67-79.
Nuova collezione d' opuscoli scientifici compila-
  ta per cura dei signori Giambatista Bruni, Frau-
  cesco Cardinali,  Francesco  Orioli, Francesco
  Tognetti, Raffaele Tognetti.  Anno 1824.   287
  pp., 5 pl.  4°.   Bologna,  tipog. Marsigli, 1824.
Nuova farmacopea germanica.  See Germany.
Nuova (La) rivista clinico-terapeutica, diretta
   dal  dott. E. De Renzi.    [Monthly.]  v. 1-8,
  1898-1905.   8°.   Napoli.
    Current. Continuation of:  Rivista clinica e terapeu-
  tica.
Nuova rivista  di psichiatria, neuropatologia,
  medicina legale, antropologiacrimiualee terapia.
  Direttori: A. Grimaldi.    [Senii-monthlv.]   v.
  1-2, Jan. 20, 1892, to April, 1894.  fol.   Napoli.
    Ended.
Nuova (La) scuola medica napolitaua.   Giornale
  pei medici esercenti, fondato  e diretto dal dott.
  Domenico Franco.  [Monthly.]  v. 10-11,1893,
  to March, 1894; v. 18-21,  1902-5.  8°.  Napoli.
    Current.  Continuation of: ITIedicina. (La) preven-
  tiva.
Nuova et vera relatione  del  uiorbo contagioso
  successo in Vienna, ed in altre parti 1' anno 1679.
  4 pp. 8°.  Milano, heredi Soliani, [1679].   [P.,
  v. 2098.]
NUOVO (II) cimento.  3. s., v.  22-36, July, 1887,
  to December, 1894; 4. s., v. 1-12, 1895-1900; 5.
  s., v.  1-4, 1901-2.  8C.  Pisa.
-----.   Indice del Cimento (1843-7) e del Nuovo
  cimento (serie 1,  2, 3, 4,  1855-1900).  Edito per
  cura  della Societa italiaua di fisica.  iv, 190 pp.
  8°.   Pisa, 1903.
Nuovo (II) ercolani.  Archivio quindicinale di
  veterinaria e zootecnia.   Diretto dal Prof. A.
  Vachetta.   v. 9-10, 1904-5.  8°.  Pisa.
    Current.
Nuovo giornale della  piu. recente  letteratura
  medico-chirurgica d' Europa.   v. 1-10, 1791-6.
  8°.   Milano.
     v. 11-12 wanted to complete.
Nuovo (H) Ospedale militare di Roma al Monte
  Celio.  24 pp.,  1  plan.  8°.  Boma, E. Voghera,
  1894.
    Repr.from: Gior. med. d. r. esereito, [etc.], Roma, 1894,
  xlii.
Nuovo (II) progresso internazionale medico-chi-
  rurgico.   Giornale mensile di  medicina e di chi-
  rurgia.  Redattori:  Ugo  de Rinaldis.  v. 1-2,
  1904-5.  fol.  Napoli.
    Current.
Nuovo prontuario dello ufficiale sanitario; rac-
  colta di tutte le leggi, decreti, ordinanze, circo-
  lari, emanate in materia di igiene e sauita  pub-
  blica. 3 p. 1., 580 pp.  8°.  Torino, Boux 4' Via-
  rengo, [1900].
Nuovo (H) raccoglitore  medico.   Rassegna col-
  lettiva mensile di medicina e  chirurgia.  Diret-
  tore  onorario:   Luigi  Casati.   Redattori:  L. 
NUOVO.
828
NURSES.
Nuovo (II) raccoglitore medico—continued.
  Amour,  G. Badaloni, [et  al.].  v. 1-4,  1902-5.
  i-\   Imola.
    Current.
Nurdiil (Constant) [1*71-     ].  # De  la tuber-
  culose herniaire et vagino-pe'ritone'ale.   U»4 pp.
  *\   Paris, 1697, No.  116.
Nurdiil (Louis) [1*75-     ].   * De l'ectopie cou-
  g^nitale du rein  au  point  de vue chirurgical.
  95 pp.  8°.  Lyon, 1900, "No. 70.
Nuremberg.  [Mandatuiu betreflenddie freche
  nnd schamlose Schand-Dirnen nnd die scharfere
  Best raffung derjenigen durch Unzuchtgeschwau-
  gerttin Personeu.]  Decretum in Senatu  den 28.
  Mart ii 1704.  11.  fol.   [Niirnberg, 1704.]

Nuremberg.
    See Diphtheria (History, etc., of), Epidemics
  (History, etc., of),  Fever (Typhoid, History, etc.,
  of), Hospitals (Descriptions, etc., of), Hospitals
  (Gyniecologic, etc.), Hospitals (Management, etc.,
  of). Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of). Menin-
  gitis (Cerebrospinal, History, etc., of), statistics
  ( Vital), by localities.
Nurik (V. E.)   Nashi zubl i  ikh roi i znacheniye
  v dielie pravilnol funktsii  vsevo organizma.
  [Our teeth aud their object and  importance  in
  their different  regular functions of the organ-
  ism.]  :52  pp.  f^0.   Odessa, N. Khrisogelos,  1669.
Nurse (The),   viii,  9-112  pp.   16°.   London,
  Uottlston 4' Wright, 1864.

Nurseries.
    South Exd Day Nursery,  Boston.  Annual re-
  port ofthe directors  to the public and subscrib-
  ers.  11.,  1-96-7.  8°.  [Boston, 1697.]
    Si'xnyside Day Nursery, Boston.  Annual re-
  port of the managers.  1., 1886.  sm. 43.   [Bos-
  ton, 18-7.]
    Tkmi-orary Home and Day Nursery Society,
  Worcester, Mass.  Auuual reports of the board
  of  managers to  the  society.   8.-10.,  1896-7  to
  1696-9;  13.,  1901-2; 14.,  1902-3.   8°.   Worces-
  ter, 1,-97-1903.
    Ward  XVI.   Day Nursery, Boston.   Annual
  report of  the directors.   5.,  1890-91.    sm. 4-.
  Boston, 1692.
    Reports of Kings County Nursery.  1856-7; 1859-60 to
  1872-:t. Rep.  Superintend. Poor, Co. Kings, Brooklyn,
  1867, 49-56:  1860, 71-75:  1861-73, passim, 2 pl.

Nursery-maids.
    Training School for Nursery Maids, New York
  City.   Report of the  first practical training
  school  for nursery   maids.  16°.   [New York],
  1893.

Nurses.
    See, also, Hospital nurses; Nursing;  Obstet-
  rics  (Nursing in); Surgery  (Clinical,  Nursing
  in);  Wet-nurses.
    Bron  (Alice).   Comment  nos malades  de-
  vraient etre soigu^s.  -1 .   Bruxelles, 1903.
    Burdett (H. C.)  Nurses' food, work, and
  recreation.  -r.   London,  1690.
    Comte  (C.)  *Les auxiliaires nie"dicaux  et les
  district nurses.  8°.   Paris, 1904.
    Custer ((1.)   Einige Anregungen  zur Forde-
  rnng der freiwilligen Krankenptiege.   8C.   [Zu-
  rich, 1890.]
    Repr.from: Ziircher Jahrb. f. Gemeiuniitzigkeit, 1890.
    D. (E.)   Recollections of a nurse.  12°.   Lon-
  don, l6~-9.
    Hamilton (Mile.) &  Regnault  (F.)   Les
  gardes-malades.   Congregauistes, merceuaires,
  amateurs, professionuelles.  12°.   Paris, 1901.
    Kelly (H. A.)  The ministry of nursing.  An
  address,   roy. h\  [Baltimore, 1892.]
    Landale (E. J. R.)  Points for probationers.
  16-.  London, [1692],
Nurses.
    Mitchell  (S. W.)  A talk about nurses and
  nursing, delivered before the nut ses of the Phila-
  delphia Orthopaedic Hospital  and  Infirmary for
  Nervous Diseases.  8°.  Philadelphia, [1892].
    Nurse (The).  16 .   London, 1864.
    Osler  (W.)  Doctor and nurse; remarks  to
  the first-class of graduates  from  the Training
  School for Nurses at the Johns Hopkins Hospital.
  4 -'.   Baltimore, 1891.
    -----.   Nurse  and  patient.   8°.   Baltimore,
  1-97.
    ReijnvaaN (J. P.)   Zuster Clara;  schetsen
  uit het leven "eeuer verpleegstcr  in  Stedelijk
  Gasthuis.   8°.   Amsterdam, 1892.
    Richardson (W. L.)  Address on the  duties
  and conduct of nurses in private nursing.  12°.
  Boston, 1887.
    Storp (Elisabeth).   Die soziale  Stellung der
  Krankeu-Pflegerinnen.  sin. 4°.  Dresden, [n. d.].
    Baldwin (J. F.)  The trained  nurse. Columbus M.
  J., 1894, xiii, 1-7.—Bancroft (U. P.)  Reconciliation of
  the disparity between hospital and asylum trained nurses.
  Proc. Am.  Med.-Psych. Ass., St. Louis,  1904,  295-308.—
  Bell (J.)  On the relation of the trained nurse to the pro-
  fession  and the public.  Scot. M. Sc S. J., Edinb  , 1897, i,
  210; 295.—Brutal (A) assault [on a patient by a nurse].
  Brit. J. Nursing, Lond., 1905, xxxiv, 12.—Cani-r (Marie).
  Die Musse im Leben der  Pflegeiin; ihre Bedeutung und
  ihre Verwendung.  Krankenpfl.,  Berl.,  1901-2,  i,  1836-
  1048.—Cornet (G.)  DieSterblichkeitsverhallnisseinden
  Krankeupflegeorden.  Ztschr. f. Hyg., Leipz., 1889, vi, 65-
  96.—Corning (J. L.) The service of the sick.  N. York
  M. J., 1902, lxxvi. 768-770.—Courtney (W.)  The trained
  nurse.  St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1905, vii, 259-265.—
  Decsi (K.)  Az apolokerd6s.  [The nurse question.]
  Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 752.—Dcvine (E. T.)
  The trained nurse in philanthropy.  Trained Nurse [etc.],
  N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 1-7.—Dietei-ich (K.)  "Was istfeuer-
  gefabrlich?  Eine fiir Krankenpfleger wichtige Frage.
  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 439-441.—Dixon
  (A.) The relations of the trained nurse to the physician.
  Kentucky  M. J., Louisville,  1904, ii,  78.—Du lining
  (A. W.) ' The trained nurse.  St.  Paul M. J., St. Paul,
  Minn., 1904, vi, 283-288.—E.  Arzt und Schwcster.  Ztschr.
  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1900, xxii, 381-389—Fcilchenfeld.
  Verleihanstalteu von Krankenpflegemitteln.   Ibid., 1897,
  xix, 10-14. — Fenwick (Ethel G.) Nurses k ia mode;
  a reply to Lady Priestley.  Nineteenth Cent.,  N. Y.,
  1897, x'li, 325-334*.—Frederick  (Matilda A.)  The op-
  portunities  of  the graduate nurse.  Am. J. Nursing,
  Phila., 1904-5, v, 807-810.—CSallison (J.  C.)  Nurses and
  misses.  Vermont M.  Month., Burliugton, 1899, v, 1-7.—
  <>uthmami (A.)  Der fronime Betrug; ein psycbolo-
  gischer Beitragzur Krankenpflege.  Med.-chir. Centralbl.,
  Wien,1898,xxxiii,109; 125.—Hildreth (J.L.) Thenurse's
  ■work from the point  of view of a general practitioner.
  Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1895, xv, 333-339.   Also, Reprint.—
  Holmes  (E. TV.)  The modern  nurse.   Med. Sc Surg.
  Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 69 -72.— Hunter (J.) The
  nurse; her place and equipment. Canada Lancet, Toronto,
  1904-5, xxxviii, 1081-1084.—Ill (E. J.)  The trained nurse
  and the doctor;  their mutual relations and responsibilities.
  J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1905-6, ii, 36-:s8.—James
  (P.)  Men  as  nurses.  "Westminst. Rev.,  Loud.. 1897,
  cxlvii, 309.—Kiser (A. K.)  Om  Sygeplejerskeus Uddau-
  nelse, Egenskaber og  Pligter.  [The educational attain-
  ments and duties of nurses.]  Tidsskr. f. Sygepleje, Kja-
  benh., 1901, i, 239-218. — Lewis (F. P.) The graduate
  nurse yesterday, to-day, and to-morrow.  Buffalo M. J.,
  1904-5,'n. s., xliv, 781-78*8.—Long (J.)  Lecture to nurses.
  Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1896, xvi, 63-75.—Lydaton (G. F.)
  The woman of the hour; the trained nurse.  Med. Age,
  Detroit, 1902, xx, 321-323.—L,y lie (A. T.)  The  nurse or
  the doctor. Am. Med., Phila., 19u5, x, 579-582.— Tie Bride
  (J.  H.) The good nurse.  Chicago  M. Uecoider, 1900, xix,
  176-184.  AUo, Reprint.—Mentlelsohii  (M.)  DasKran-
  kenzimnier;  eine zeitgemasse Betrachtung.   Ztschr. f.
  klin. Med., Beil., 1890, xvii, Suppl.-Hft,, 333-359.-Mcrkel
  (G.) "Weibliche  Krankenpflege.   Krankenpflege, Berl.,
  1901-2, i, 660-666.—Miller (D. J. M.)  The trained'nurse-
  Trained Nurse [etc.], N. Y.. 1903, xxxi, 205-210.  AUo, Re.
  print.—Mills (C.K.)  The hospital and the nurse. Phila.
  Month. M. J., 1899, i, 643.  - Mugdan  & Meyer ( G.)
  Die Ausbildung und Organisation des  Kr.inkenpflege-
  personals.  Ztschr. f. Krankenanst., Leipz., 1906, ii, 5-15.—
  Mumford (J. G.)  Present problems; an address to the
  nurses of the Lakeside Ilospital.   Boston M. & S. J., 1903,
  cxlix, 531-535.—IVutting (M. Adelaide).  The relation of
  thenursingprofession to the community at huge.  Trained
  Nurse, N. Y., 1*97, xix, 1-6— Pnliner (Sophia F.)  Pres-
  ent work aud future possibilities of the  trained  nurse in
  the caie of the sick poor in their homes.  Ibid.,  1895, xv, 
NURSES.
829
NURSES.
IViirses.
  113-117—l»riestley (Eliza).  Nurses k la mode.  Nine-
  teenth Cent., N. Y., 1S97, xii, 28-37.—Putnam (Helen C.)
  Attendants and nursemaids;  less expensive  and less ex-
  pert  service needed; classes  by philanthropic organiza-
  tions; medical institutions for the sick the proper ones to
  give such instruction; this grade of  helpers  would raise
  the stauding of graduate nurses.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1902,  xxxviii, 1364-1366.—Reed (C. A. L.) The relations
  of the nursing profession to that of medicine and to so-
  ciety.  Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1904, n. s., liii, 82-86.—Be-
  port on the duties, pay, diet, recreation, etc., of hospital
  nurses, as  deduced from  their own testimony.  Lancet,
  Loud., 1890, ii, 192-194.—Richards  (Linda).* Tho moral
  influence of trained nurses in hospitals.  Proc. Nat. Confer.
  Char., Bost., 1895,  256-259.  -----.  Recollections of  a
  pioneer nurse.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1902-3, iii, 245-
  252.—Robb (Isabel H.)  The quality of thoroughness in
  nurses' work.  Johns Hopkins Bull., Bait., 1903. xiv, 225-
  229.  Also: Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1903-4, iv, 168-177.—
  Schneider (P.)   TJeber die verdieustlichen Leistnngen
  der Frauen in der Krankenpflege.  "Verhandl. u.  Mitth.
  d. Ver. f. off. Gsndhtspflg. in  Magdeb. (1900-1901), 1902,
  xxviii,  136-149. -----. Die Fran als Kranken pflegeiin.
  Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off.  Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1902,
  xxxiv, 649-659. — Schroder  (R. G. C.)  De keuze eener
  min.   Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1807-8, iv, 770-773.—Steven
  (J. L.)  A lecture on tbe duties and training of the med-
  ical nurse; being the first of a course of lectures delivered
  during the past winter (1888-9) to the nurses of the Glas-
  gow Hospital for Sick Children.  Glasgow M. J.. 1889, [5.1
  s.. xxxi, 330-337.—Teniesvary (R.)  A dajkakerdesiol.
  [The question of  nurses. J  Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1896,
  xxxvi, 100; 109; 121; 131.—ron Wallmcnich (Clemen-
  tine).  Die Krankenpflege au Mannern durch Frauen.
  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1901-2,  i, 757-765. — Walter (V.)
  Jak^ jelikol osetiovatele nemocnych?  [ What is the task
  ofthe nurse?]  Zdravl, v Praze, 1900, vi, 4J-47.—Waters
  (G. M.)  Address to the graduating class of the Colum-
  bus Training School for Nurses. Columbus M. J., 1895. xv,
  487-492.—Watson (Emma L.) Some remarks on modern
  nurses.  Nat. Kev., Loud., 1896, xxviii, 567-572.—Watson
  (F. S.)  On some of the good qualities necessary for being
  a good nurse.  Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii, 217-220.—
  Worcester (A.)  Is nursing really a profession? Am.
  J. Nursing, Phila., 1901-2, ii, 908-917.

HTurses (Army).
     See, also,  Medicine  (Military, Nursing in);
  Nurses (Legislation relating to); Surgery (Clin-
  ical, Nnrxing in).
     [Japan.  Ministry  of  War. ]   Rikugun  kan-
  byojin  kiokwa   sho.   [Text-book  for  army
  nurses.]   12°.   [Tokyo], 1690.
    Japanese text.

     Monteuuis (A.) Guide de la garde-malade;
  conferences aux dames de la Soci<5t6 francaise de
  secours aux blesses militaires.   12°. Paris, 1891.
    Eacuela de  enfermeros  militares.  An.  san. mil.,
  Buenos Aires, 1904, vi, 1071 -1073.—McGee (Anita N.)
  Standard for army nurses.  Trained Nurse. N. Y., 1899,
  xxii,  171-174.  AUo,  Reprint.—Rou (J. W.) Lessons
  drawn from practical professional experience  with trained
  women nurses in  military service.  J. Ass. Mil. Surg.  U.
  S., Carlisle, 1902,  xi, 274-281. AUo,  Reprint.—Wilson
  (Sibhie).  Reminiscences of an army nurse.  Am. J. Nurs-
  ing, Phila., 1904-5, v, 812-819.

IVurses  (Directories of).
    See Nurses (Begistralion of).

j^urses  (Education of).
    See Nurses (Training-schools for).

IVurses   (Homes, pensions  and  charities

  for) .
    Burdett ( H.  C. )  A national  pension  fund
  for workers among the sick in the United States.
  ■-"-.  [Edinburgh], 1891.
    -----.   The  royal national,  pension  fuud for
  nurses.   16°.  [London, 1691.']
    Repr.from: Daily Graphic.
    Hospital  Association, London.  [A circular
  letter of the secretaries to the  members, calling
  their attention  to the new works ofthe national
  pension fund for nurses, and the London street
  ambulance service, accomplished by the associa-
  tion.   September,  1**9.]  8°.   [London, 1869.]
    Johns  Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore.  Rules
  for the Nurses'Home.  6'-.   [Baltimore, 18*9?]
IViirse* (Homes,  pensions and charities

  for).

    Potter ( G.  W. )   Ministering  womeu;  the
  story of the royal national  pension fund for
  nurses.  8°.  London, 1691.
    Royal national pension fund for nurses.   An-
  nual report of  council, with accounts and  bal-
  ance sheet.  4., 1890.  4.  London, 1891.
    -----.  General statement [including condi-
  tions of membership, rates of payment, and ta-
  bles].   12°.  [London, 1891. ]
    Saint Helena Home for Trained Nurses and
  Paying Patients,  London.   [Annual  report of
  the committee  of management  to the  associa-
  tion.]   9., 1891-2.  16°.   [London,  1892.]
    Saint Thomas's Hospital, London. The Night-
  ingale fund.  Annual reports  of the trustees of
  the Nightingale fund for training nurses, for the
  years 1871,  1872,  1*8(5-96, 189rt. 1899, 1901, 1902.
  London,  1872-1903. fol.
    Gordon (L. M.)   The royal national pension fund for
  nurses.  Hosp., dispens. Sc nursing.  Internat. Cong. Char.
  [etc.J, 1893, Bait.  Sc Lond., 1894, 578-584.—L,ett (K. L.)
  Nurses'  homes.   Ibid., 557-564.—Luckes (Eva C. E.)
  London Hospital Nurses' Home.  Ibid., 621-624.—Minor
  (Mamie J.)  The  Nurses'  Settlement in  Richmond, Va.
  Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1901-2, ii,  996-998, 1 pl.—Ritter
  (Margarete).   Gedanken  zur  Krankenpflege an'unseren
  Kurgasten vom Stankpunkte  einer Peusionshausmutter
  aus. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 109.

TViirses (Legislation relating to).
    Dienstanweisung fur  die  Delegierten  der
  freiwilligen Krankenpflege.   Ausgabe  vom 1.
  Jauuar 1904.  16°. Berlin, 1904.
    France.   Lettres pateutes du  roi,  portant
  6tablissement d'un bureau de  nourrices  a Lyon.
  Donn^es k Versailles  au mois de  mai 1780.   Re-
  gistries eu Parlemeut le  22 aout 1780.  sm. 4°.
  Paris,  1780.
    Sjukvardens (Om) ordnande i en stone stad.
  Med foretal och upplysningar af Florence Night-
  ingale.  Ofversattning fran Engelskan.   [Sani-
  tary regulations  in  large cities.   Preface by
  Florence Nightingale.   Transl. from  the Eng-
  lish.]   16c.  Stockholm, 1609.
    United  States.  Congress.  House of Repre-
  sentatives.   A bill to provide for the employment
  of  women  nurses in military hospitals of the
  Army.  56.  Cong., 1. sess.   H. R. No. 6879.  Jan.
  19,1900.  Introd. by Mr. Hull.  roy. 8C.  [Wash-
  ington, 1900.]
    -----.  A bill  to provide for the employment
  of women  nurses in military hospitals of the
  Army.  55. Cong.,3. sess.  H. R. No. 11770.  Jan.
  24,1899.  Introd. by Mr. Griffin, roy. 8°.  [Wash-
  ington, 1899.]
    -----.  The  same.   Reported,  with  amend-
  ments, Feb. 4, 1699.  roy.  8°.    [ Washington,
  1899.]
    -----.  A bill  authorizing the employment of
  trained  women nurses in the hospitals of the
  United States  during war.  55.  Cong.,  3.  sess.
  H. R. No. 11912.  Jan. 30,  1899.   Introd. by Mr.
  Stallings (for Mr. Wheeler),  roy. 8°.  [ Wash-
  ington,  1*99. ]
    Bruckner (N.)   Das neue franzosische Gesetz  iiber
  die  unentgeltliche Krankenpflege.  Arch. f. soziale Ge-
  setzgeb. u. Statist.,  Berl., 1893, vi,  528-548.—Dietrich.
  Staat- und Krankenpflege.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,  Berl.,
  1896, xviii, 17; 39; 57; 87; 114;  135; 157;  182.—lTIcdee
  (Anita N.)   Parliamentarv  law  for  nurses.   Trained
  Nurse [etc.], N. "£.,  1902, xxviii, 148; 211: xxix, 144; 206;
  269; 340:  1903, xxx, 219; 359: xxxi, 93.—IVye (Sylveen V.)
  The bill of the New York  State  Nurses' Association.
  Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1903, xxx, 24-28.

HTursew (Pododynia of).
    See,  also,  Foot (Painful).
    I.ovett (R. "W.)  The occurrence of painful  affections
  of the feet among  trained nurses; a series of 500 observa-
  tions upon normal aud disabled feet.  Am. Med., Phila.,
  1903, vi, 15-20. Also: Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Bost., 1903-4,
  i, 41-60. 
NUKSES.
830
NURSES.
.\iil**e*  (Registration of).
    Bcrdett  (Sir  H.  C. )   Burdett's  official
  nursing  directory,  189*;   1899.  12°.  London,
  [1*9-9].
    First annual nurse register.  A book of refer-
  ence  for  families aud  physicians.  12°.   New
  York, 1*91.
    Hospitals Association,  London.   Registra-
  tion of trained nurses.   Report ofthe joint sec-
  tional committee on registration.  Adopted  hy
  the council 28 March, 1888.  No. 7.   12°.   Lon-
  don, 1**8.
    Longeway (M. L.)  The trained  nurses'  di-
  rectory, composed of  names  carefully selected
  by  promiuent physicians  aud surgeons of New
  York and vicinity irom their private lists.  4.
  ed.   16°.   [New York, 1897.]
    -----.   The  same.   *. ed.  24°.  New  York,
  1901.
    New York (The) nurse  register,  containing
  names aud addresses of professional female and
  male nurses and masseurs of New York, Brook-
  lyn, and  Jersey City.   Also a classified direct-
  ory of the charitable and beneficent societies
  and institutions ofthe city of New York, for the
  year 1888-9.  Published under the  supervision
  of George W. Rachel.  *G.  New York, 1888.
    Nursing (The) directory,  including the  di-
  rectory of nurses in London, the  directory of
  nurses iu  the provinces, the directory of nurses
  in Scotland, the directory of nurses in Ireland,
  a directory of nurses resident abroad.  Also sta-
  tistical and general information of the training
  schools for  nurses, the nursing services,  insti-
  tutes,  societies,  insurance  office,  etc., in  the
  United Kingdom.  Annual  issue.  1.,  1892.  8°.
  London, 1892.
    Proposed (The) registration of nurses.  Me-
  morial  of nurse-training school  authorities.
  [In  opposition  to  the proposed enrollment of
  nurses  in a common  register. ]    broadside.
  [London, 1669.]
    Royal  British Nurses' Association.  The reg-
  ister of trained  nurses of the . . . for 1897.  8°.
  London, 1*97.
    A■■■ berg  (E.)  State  registration  of  nurses.  Nat.
  Hosp. Rec, Detroit, 1903-4, no. 9, vii, 18-20.— It un field
  (Maud). State registration of nurses.  Am. Med.. Phila.,
  1904, vii, 993-995.—Barton (Eleanor C.)  Registration as
  it affects poor-law  infirmaries.   Brit. J. Nursing,  Lond.
  1903, xxx,  429.—Beriford-Fcnwick (Mrs.)  The  or-
  ganization  and registration of  nurses.  Am. J. Nursing,
  Phila., 1902, ii, no.  10, 771-775.—Cameron (J/u-sM. E.)
  Examiningboardsofnnrsesandtheirpowers: a. Reciprocal
  relations between  States;  b. State census of training-
  schools; c. The inspection of training-schools  Ibid.,
  1904-5, v. 820-824.—Dock  (LavinaL.)   State registration
  for  nurses.  Ibid.,  1901-2, ii, 979-985.—Farquharson
  (Miss M. D.)  The minimum curriculum of education and
  standard qualifying for the registration of trained nurses.
  Brit. J. Nursing,  Lond.,  1004,  xxxiii,  229.— Feu wick
  (Mrs. B.)  The state registration of trained nurses.  J.
  Rov. San. Inst.. Lond.,  1904-5, xxv, 875-878.—Homer-
  •ham (E.  Margery). The registration and inspection of
  nursing homes. [Abstr.l  J- San. Inst., Lond..  1903-4,
  xxiv, 049-655. — Karll (Agues). Die Berufsorgauisation
  der  Krankenpflegerinnen Dentschlands.  Krankenpflege,
  Berl., 1902-3, ii, 402-468.—Luckes (E. C. E.)  Tlie state
  registration of nurses. Nineteenth Century, N. T., 1904,
  lv, 827-839. — Mendelsohn ( M.)  Der Krankenpflege-
  Nachweis in Berlin.  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3.  ii, 373-
  379.—Palmer (Sophia F.) The effect of state registra-
  tion upon train inn schools.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1904-5,
  v, 656-606.—Re«i«ti-ation (The) of nurses.  Brit. M.J.,
  •Lond.,  1802,  i, 615-617.—Russell (Martha M.)   Club-
  houses, hosteleries,  and directories for nurses.  Am. J.
  Nursing, Phila.. 1904-5, v, 802-807.-Schill  (F.)  Should
  the medical profession encourage the state registration of
  nurses? Brit.  J. Nursing,  Lond., 1904, xxxiii, 351.   Also:
  Am. Med.,  Phila.,  1904, viii, 447.—Schwalbe (J.)  Die
  Eiiuichtung eines Centraluachweises fiir das Kranken-
  pflegrpersonal  in  Berlin.  Deutsche  med.  Wchnscbr..
  Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 491-493.  Also: Deutsche
  Krankenpflg.-Ztg.,  Berl..  1902,  v,  209-214.—Thomson
  (D. C.)  A few remarks on the registration of nurses and
  the nurses registration bill from the mental nursing point
IVlirses (Registration of).
  of view.  J. Ment.Sc. Lond., 1904,1, 451-455.—Ziiiiimr.
  Die Organisation der weiblichen Krankenpflege.  Ztscbr.
  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1901, xxiii, 157; 199; 229; 276.
TtTurses (Regulations and duties of).
    -See Nurses (Legislation relating to); Nursing;
  Obstetrics  (Nursing  in);  Surgery (Clinical,
  Nursing in).
]¥ il rises (Societies connected with).
    See, also, Nurses (Homes, etc., for).
    Aberdeen District Nursing Association.   An-
  nual report of the committee to the members of
  the association.   1., 1892; 2.,  1893.  8°.  [Aber-
  deen,  1892-4.]
    Bangor Institution of  Trained Nurses.   Au-
  nual reports of the\ committee to the  public for
  the years 1880-81  to 1886-7.  8U.  Bangor,  1881-7.
    British Nurses' Association.  Annual report
  of  the  general   council  to  the members.   1.,
  1887-9.  8°.   London, 1**7-9.
    District Nursing  Committee, Groton, Mass.
  Annual reports of the district nurse to the com-
  mittee.  1.,  1*96-7;  3.,  1*98-9; 4., 1899-1900.
  16°.  Ayer, 1897-1900.
    East  London  Nursing Society.   Anuual re-
  ports  of the  committee to  the  subscribers, for
  the years 188"); 1*93.   12°.  London, 1886-94.
    Hints on how to start a district nursiug asso-
  ciation,  by a county superintendent.  8°. Lon-
  don, [1903].
    Instructive  District  Nursing  Association,
  Boston.   Annual  reports of the board of mana-
  gers.   1.-16., 1886-7 to 1901-2.   12°  & 8-.  Bos-
  ton, 18*7-1902.
    Liverpool  Queen  Victoria District Nursing
  Association.   A  short history and  description
  of district nursing (the nursing of the poor in
  their  own homes) in Liverpool.  8°.   Liverpool,
  [1898?].
    Lucres (Eva C. E.)  What will trained nurses
  gain by joining the British Nurses' Association?
  8C.   London, 1889.
    Metropolitan and National Nursing Associa-
  tion for  Providing Trained Nurses for the Sick
  Poor, London.  Annual report of the executive
  committee to  the association.  12., 1887.   8°.
  London,  1888.
    North  Riding Rural  Nursing  Association,
  Northallerton  Centre.   Anuual  reports  of  the
  committee to the  subscribers.  3., 1894; 4., 1895.
  8C.   Northallerton, 1895-6.
    -----.  Rules  [to be observed in the employ-
  ment  and dismissal  of  nurses].  12°.  [North-
  allerton, 1*9-.]
    Vereeniging voor Ziekenverpleging te Haar-
  lem.   Verslag over 1887-8;  1*88-9.   *°.  Haar-
  lem, l*8-i-9.
    Visiting Nurse Society of Philadelphia.   Au-
  nual  reports of the board of managers  to  the
  society and contributors.  2., 1667--,; 3.,  1888-9.
  sm. 46.  [Philadelphia],  1888-9.
    What will trained  nurses gain by joining the
  British Nurses'Association?  12°.  London, 1889.
    Cauer (Marie).   Die deutschen Frauenvereine und
  die  Reorganisation  der Krankenpflege.  Krankenpflege,
  Berl., 1902-3, ii, 182-187.—Draper (Edith A.) Necessity
  of an  American nurses'  association.  Hosp., dispens. Sc
  nursing.  Internat. Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893,  Bait.  &. Lond.,
  1894, 569-573.—Ester. Die "Wirksamkeit des Vereins zur
  Verpflegung Genesender in  Kiiln.  Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u.
  Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1901,  ii, 508-513.—Fill mer (Har-
  riet).  Visitiug nursing iu a great city; a shoit history of
  the  Visitiug Nurse  Association  of Chicago.  Charities,
  N. Y., 1906, xvi, 22-24.— Hei-iiig.  Eiue Vcieinigung
  freiwilliger Kraukenpflegerinnen zu Broinberg.  Ztschr.
  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 49-52.—Kiuuey (D. H.)
  Association for tbe training of attendants. Hosp., dis-
  pens. Sc nursing.  Intermit, f'ong. Char,  [etc.] l)-93.  Bait.
  &Lond.,  18H4, 624-620.—Ki-ayatsch (J.)  Die Ordens-
  schwestem in der Krankenpflege-.  Monatschr.  f. Gsnd-
  htspflg., Wien, 1902, xx,  185-189. — Mi Isaac  (Isabel). 
NURSES.
831
NURSES.
Xui'ses (Societies connected with).
  The benefits of aluninse associations.  Hosp., dispeus. Sc
  nursing.  Internat. Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Balt.& Lond.,
  1894, 573-578.—Koyal British Nurses' Association.  Lan-
  cet, Lond., 1892. ii. 1242: 1893, iii, 113.—Mansom (A. E.)
  The Koyal British Nurses' Association.  Med. Press &
  Circ, Lond.. 1891, n. s., li, 495.—Mehickler. Die Noth-
  weudigkeit organisirter Pflegeiin neu- Yerbaude fiir die
  Krankenpflege in Haus, Spital und Krieg.  Med. Cor.-Bl.
  d. wiirttenib. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 343; 351.—
  Union des femmes de France reconnue d'utilit6 publique;
  rattach6e au service de saute de l'arm6e.  Arch, de med.
  nav., Par., 1891, lv, 212-214.—Wald (Lillian  D.) The
  Henrv Street (the Nurses') Settlement, New York.  Chari-
  ties, N. V., 1906, xvi, 35-41.—Zimiuer (F.) Ueber ge-
  meinsanies Vorgehen der verschiedenen Kraukenpflege-
  verbande.  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1903, ii, 1043-1046.

IVurses (Training schools for)  [and edu-
  cation  of],
    Adams (S. S.)  The diploma ofthe uurse, and
  what she owes to it.  Delivered  on  the  part  of
  the faculty to the graduating  class of the Wash-
  ington Training School for Nurses, June 11,1891.
  8~.  Washington, 1691.
    Addresses delivered at  the dedication of the
  Training School for Nurses of the Newton Hos-
  pital, Feb. 14, 1>94.  8C.   Newton, Mass., 1894.
    American Society of Superintendents of Train-
  ing  Schools  for Nurses.  Proceedings.  6.-10.,
  1899-1903. 8-.  [v.p.], 1900-1904.
    Augusta Hospital Training School for Nurses,
  Augusta, Ga.  Circular of information. 8°. [Au-
  gusta, n.  d.]
    -----.  Questions to  be answered by candi-
  date. 4-\  [Augusta, n.  d.]
    Bacon (A. M.)   The Dixie's work; is it worth
  continuing?   12°.  [n. p., 1*92.]
    Repr.from: Southern Workman, February, 1892.
    Battle  Creek Sanitarium Medical Mission-
  ary  Training School.   Announcement  for the
  year 1898-9.  8°.  [Battle  Creek, 1898.]
    Bedfordshire  Hospital Trained  Nurses' In-
  stitute.    Annual reports of the council to the
  subscribers.  12.-14., 1900-1902.  12^.  Bedford,
  1901-3.
    Boston.  Boston  City  Hospital.  Annual re-
  ports of the  trustees of the .  . ., including the
  reports   of the  superintendent,  the  medical
  surgical  statistics, rules for  admissions  and
  discharges, prospectus  of Training  School for
  Nurses, rules for the Couvalescent  Home, etc.
  21.-37.,  1884-5 to 1900-1901.  *y Boston, 1885-
  1901.
    Boston.  City Hospital.  Training School for
  Nurses.   [Circular of information for candidates
  and  probationers on the necessary outfit ou en-
  tering service.]   43.  [Boston, 18*9?]
    -----.  [Circular letter to applicants, request-
  ing them to write a personal letter to the super-
  intendent, stating, age, height, etc.]   8°.  [Bos-
  ton, l*-9?]
    -----.  [Circular of  information, course  of
  training, wTith list of questions to be answered
  bv candidate.]  4°.  [Boston, 1*89?]
   "-----,  [Circular  letter to persons  recom-
  mending candidates, with list of  questions  to
  be  answered confidentially.  ]   8°.   [ Boston,
  1*89?]
    _____.  [A form of agreement to  remain two
  years as a pupil ofthe school.]  12°.   [Boston,
  i8*.9 n
    ______.  The thirteenth year of the .  . ., with
  extracts from anuual reports, prospectus of the
  school,  form of application,  course of instruc-
  tion, distribution of studies, list of lectures and
  subjects, list of graduates, and other informa-
  tion  together with  address  to a  graduating
  cla>s, by T. M. Rotch, June 27, 1890. 8°.  Bos-
  ton. Ift91.
J^Turses (Training schools for)  [and  edu-
  cation of],
    Boston Training School for Nurses attached
  to the Massachusetts General Hospital.  [Circu-
  lar of information, with list of questions to be
  answered  by  candidate.  October,  1889.]  fol.
  [Boston, 1889.]
    -----.  Reports of the directors to the con-
  tributors,  for  the  years 1873-86;  1888;  1889;
  1891-5.  *° &  12°.  Boston, 1879-96.
    Broadwood (Miss).  Cottage nurses and their
  training.  12°.   [n. p., n. d.]
    Brockton  Hospital   Training  School for
  Nurses, Brockton,  Mass.  [Circular of informa-
  tion.]  fol.  [Brockton,  n. d.]
    Brooklyn Homoeopathic  Maternity and New
  York State School for Training Nurses.  Annual
  report of the managers to the subscribers.   19.,
  1888-9.  8°.  Brooklyn,  18-9.
    Brooklyn Training  School for Nurses at-
  tached to  the  Brooklyn  Hospital.  Annual re-
  ports of the secretary to the board of managers.
  3., 1*82-3; 9.,  1*88-9; 10., 1889-90.  8°.  Brook-
  lyn, 1883-90.
    -----.   Rules for admission of pupils  [with
  list of questions to be answered by candidate].
  4°.  [Brooklyn, 1889?]
    -----.  Rules for the nurses in Brooklyn Hos-
  pital.  8°.   [Brooklyn, 18891]
    BUrcher (A.)  & Juchler (C.)   Ueber die
  Heranbildung von  Krankenpflegerinnen,  Ver-
  handlungsgegeustaud der am 30. Mai 1887  Mor-
  gens 10  Uhr beginnenden Generalversammlung
  der aargauischeu Kulturgesellschaften in Muri.
  8°.  [Zofingen, 1887.]
    Buffalo  General Hospital  Training  School
  for Nurses.  Course of lectures for 1889-90.  4°.
  [Buffalo, 1889.]
    -----.   Information  for  candidates  [with
  blank form to be filhd out].  4°.  [Buffalo, 1889 ?]
    -----.  [Information for candidates and pro-
  bationers.]  4°.  [Buffalo, n. d. ]
    Burdett(H.)  The  nursing profession; how
  and where to train, being a guide to training for
  the profession of  a nurse,  with particulars of
  nurse training schools  in the United Kingdom
  and abroad aud an outline of the principal laws
  affecting nurses, etc.  1.-3. years.  8C. London,
  1898-1900.
    Carney Hospital Training School  for Nurses.
  [Certificate for  attendance aud  examination.]
  12 by 17 inches.   [Boston, 1*9-.]
    Carriers  (G.)   La  garde-malade et  l'infir-
  miere.   R61e professionnel et programme  d'en-
  seignemeut.  8 °.  Paris, 1903.
    Chicago  College for  Nurses.   Annual an-
  nouncement.  2., 1901-2.  16°.  [Chicago, 1901.]
    Chicago Hospital Training School for Nurses.
  Annual  announcements for the years  1897;  1900.
  Rules and regulations.   12°  &  16°.  Chicago,
  1890-9.
    -----.   Application blank,  roy. 8°.   [Chica-
  go, n.d.]
    Cleveland Training School for Nurses of the
  Huron Street Hospital.   Annual announcement.
  13., 1897-8.  16°.  [Cleveland, 1897.]
    -----.   Rules governing the .. .  8°.  [Cleve-
  land, 1*9*.]
    -----.   Circular of information.  8°.  [Cleve-
  land, n. d.]
    -----.   Regulations.  8  .   [Cleveland,  n. d.]
    -----.   Rules.  Course  of training.   Appli-
  cation blank.   4°.  [Cleveland, n. d.]
    College Training School  for Nurses, Los An-
  geles, Cal.  Annual announcements for the ses-
  sions of 1896-7;  1897-8.  8°  &  12°.  [Los An-
  geles, 1896-7.] 
NURSES.
832
NUKSES.
Aurses {Training schools for) [and edu- j
  cation of].                                   \
    Connecticut  Training School for Nurses at-
  tached to the New Haven Hospital.  Anuual re-
  ports of the executive committee to the public.
  1.-3.,  1-73-4 to 1-7C; 7.. 1**0; 11., 1*84;  14-16.,
  1**7-9; 2n., 1-93; 22.-24., 1*95-7; 27., 1900.  *\
  New Haven. 1-75-1901.
    -----.  Form of  application for  entrance
  [with list of questions to be answered by candi-
  date),  fol.  [New Haven, 1889?]
    Dannatt  (A.)   How to become a  hospital
  nurse, probationer, nurse, sister,  etc.   With ap-
  pendix.   16 •.  London, [n. d.~].
    East London Nursing Society for Nursing the
  Sick Poor in their own Homes.  A sketch of the
  ...  * .   London, 1885.
    Edinburgh  Training Institution  for  Sick-
  Nurses.   Regulations for the  engagement  of
  nurses.  - .   Edinburgh, 1876.
    Elizabeth General Hospital and Dispensary.
  Training School  for Nurses.  Information circu-
  lar.  *-\   [Elizabeth, 1897.]
    -  ---.  Schedule of lectures for 1*97-8.  12°.
  [Elizabeth. 1897.]
    Fakkand Training School for Nurses, Detroit.
  Rules for nurses  in Harper Hospital.   12°.  De-
  troit, 1**4.
    -----.  Announcement for the year 1886.  8C.
  Detroit [1*85].
    -----.  [Circular  of  information  for  candi-
  dates and probationers.]  4°.   [Detroit, 1889?]
    -----.  [Rules, course of instruction, with
  list of questions to  be  filled out in  the can-
  didate's  own  baud writing.]    4°.    [Detroit,
  1889?]
    Flower (Mrs. J. M.)   [Brief history of the
  Illinois Training  School for Nurses, Chicago.]
  fol.   [Chicago, 18*7.]
    Flower Mission  and Traiuiug  School for
  Nurses, ludianapolis,  Ind.   Annual report  of
  the  secretary  and treasurer to  the   board  of
  managers, for the year 1889.   *°.  Indianapolis,
  1890.
    -----.   [Course of training.  Questions to be
  answered by candidates.]   4°.   Indianapolis,
  [1891].
    -----.  Rules  for the home.   4°.   [Indian-
  apolis, 1*91.]
    Hahnkmann  Hospital Training  School for
  Nurses, Chicago.  [Course of instruction, rules
  for pupil-nurses, and questions to be  answered
  by candidate.]  4°.   [Chicago, 1698.]
    Ha mot Hospital Association.   Training school
 for nurses, Erie.  Annual report  of the officers.
  1., 1*90.  *°.   [Erie,  1891.]
    Hampton  Training  School  for Nurses and
  Dixie  Hospital.  Annual reports of the officers
  to the subscribers and the public.  1.-3., 1891-2
  to 1893-1; 5.-12., 1895-6 to 1902-3.  12°.  Hamp-
  ton, 1892-1904.
    Horand.  Cours de medecine professe* aux
  hospitalieres de I'Hospice de PAntiquaille, 1884-
  7.  12-.   Lyon, 1666.
    Hospital  for Children  and Training School
  for Nurses, San  Francisco.  Annual  reports  of
  the officers to the association.   1.-7., 1886-92.
  8°.  San Francisco, 1888-93.
    Illinois Training School for Nurses,  attached
  to Cook County and Presbyterian  Hospitals,
  Chicago.   Anuual reports of  the officers to the
  board of directors.   1., 1*80-81; 3., 1882-3; 5.,
  l-*4-5; 7.-9., 18*6-7 to 1888-9; 16., 1895-6; 18.,
  1897-*.  * .  Chicago, 1881-98.
    Indiana School of Nursing, attached to the
  Indianapolis City Hospital.  Articles of associa-
  tion and by-laws.  *°.  Indianapolis,  1894.
]\nr«e« (Training  schools for)  [and edu-
  cation of],
    -----.   Course of  instruction and  regula-
  tions for admission of pupils.   *"".  Indianapolis,
  [n. d.].
    Indianapolis  Flower  Mission  and Training
  School for Nurses.  Annual reports of the secre-
  tary and treasurer to the  board of managers, for
  the vears 18*9; 1890.  8C A. sm. 4-.   Indianapo-
  lis, i890-91.
    Instructive District  Nursing Association,
  Boston, Mtiss.  Annual reports of the board of
  managers  to the  subscribers,  l.-l*., 1**6-7  to
  1903-4.  12° & 8°.  Boston, 1887-1904.
    Iowa.  Iowa Hospital for the  Insane, at Cla-
  rinda.  T)-aining School for Nurses.  Aunual  an-
  nouncement for the session of 1*97-* (3.).  16c.
  Iowa City, 1*1(7.
    Iowa.   State University of Iowa.   University
  Hospital.    Training School for Nurses.   Rules
  for the admission of pupils.  8-.  [Iowa City,
  1898?]
    Kansas City Homoeopathic Hospital.   Au-
  nual  report of the executive committee of  the
  . . ., Training School for Nurses, and Ladies'  As-
  sociation.   1.,  1**9-90.  8J.   Kansas City, 1890.
    Kansas  City   Training  School for Nurses.
  Announcement.  [With a list of questions to he
  answered by the applicant.  *■""".   [Kansas City,
  n. d.]
    -----.   Annual commencements.   3., 1897;
  4., 1898;  5., 1898-9;  6., 1900; 8.,  1902.  16°.
  Kansas City, 1897-1902.
    Kelly  (H. A.)  Address at  the third  annual
  commencement of  the  Training  School  for
  Nurses of the Wilkes-Barre City Hospital, July
  1, 1892.  8°.  Wilkes-Barre, Pa., 1«92.
    Kimball (A. P.)  Traiuiug school for  nurses.
  8°.  [n. p., n. d.]
    Kings County  Hospital Training School  for
  Nurses, Brooklyn.  Circular of information  [to
  applicants].  12°.  [Brooklyn, n. d.]
    -----.    Information.   Course of traiuing.
  Questions  to be  answered by candidate.   4 .
  [Brooklyn, n. d.]
    Lake Superior School for Nurses, Lake Liu-
  den, Michigan.  Annual announcements for the
  sessions of 1897-8 (1.);  1898-9 (2.);  1900-1901
  (4.).   8° & 16°.  Calumet, 1897-1900.
    Lakeside Hospital School for Nurses, Cleve-
  land.  Report of  the  proceedings at the first
  graduating exercises, May 29, 1901.   *:.   Cleve-
  land,  1901.
    Lawrence General  Hospital Training School
  for Nurses.   Lecture  course.   1891-2.  16c.
  [Lawrence, 1*81.]
    Lewis  (LeR.)  Anatomy and physiology  for
  nurses.  12°.   Philadelphia 4' London, 1905.
    Liverpool Queeu Victoria  District Nursing
  Association.  Annual report  of  the  council  to
  the subscribers.   1., 1898.  8J.  Liverpool, 1899.
    Liverpool  Training  School  and  Home  for
  Nurses.   Annual reports of the  committee  to
  the subscribers.   1.-34.,  1862-95.  *J.   Liver-
  pool, 1863-96.
    Lloyd (Caroline).  St. John's House and Sis-
  terhood.  Statement of the  lady-superior as to
  the matters at issue betweeu  St. John's House
  and King's College  Hospital.   8-.    [London],
  1674.
    Louisville  City  Hospital  Traiuiug  School
  for Nurses.  Circulars.   1*97; 1900; 1904.   8°.
  Louisville, 1*97-1904.
    -----.  Circular of information.  * .  [Louis-
  ville, n. d.]
    ----.  Questions to be answered by candi-
  date.  4*"*.  [Louisville, n. d.] 
NURSES.
833
NURSES.
Curses (Training  schools for)  [and edu-
  cation of].
    -----.  Rules  for  the admission of pupils.
  4-.  [Louisville, n. d.]
    McLean Hospital Training School for Nurses,
  Waverly.   Application  for admission.  [With
  questions  to  be  answered  by the candidate.]
  4-.  [Boston, 189-.]
    -----.  List of questions to be answered  by
  those recommending a candidate for admission
  as a pupil.  Confideutial.  For males.  4C.  [Bos-
  ton, n. d.]
    -----.  The same.  For females.  4°.  [Bos-
  ton, n. d.]
    -----.   Organization,  terms  of  admission,
  course  of instruction, and  other information.
  4~.  [Boston, 189-.]
    Marion  Sims  Hospital, Chicago.  Announce-
  ment.  [Also announcement of the Marion Sims
  Training  School  for  Nurses.]   16°.  Chicago,
  [1900?].
    Maryland General Hospital Training School
  for  Nurses, Baltimore.   [Circular of  informa-
  tion.]  4°.  [Baltimore, n. d.~]
    Massachusetts.  Westborough Hospital Train-
  ing  School [for Nurses].  [Circular of  informa-
  tion, with  questions to be au.swered by the ap-
  plicant.]  8C.  [Boston, 1897?]
    Massachusetts  General Hospital.   McLean
  Asylum Training  School for  Nurses.  Anuual  re-
  port of the me ical  superintendent  to the trus-
  tees of the hospital.   7., 1889. 8°. Boston, 1890.
    -----.   [Circular of  information  for those
  desiring to enter the training school,  with list
  of questions to be answered by  a  candidate.]
  8:>.   [Boston, 1890.]
    -----.   Course of instruction.  8°.   [Boston,
  1*90.]
    Methodist Episcopal   Hospital,  Philadel-
  phia.   Training School for Nurses  [Circular of
  information to candidates for admission.]   8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1*92?]
    -----.   Form  of  application.    8°.   [Phil-
  adelphia, 1*9^?]
    Metropolitan and National Nursing Associa-
  tion for Providing Trained  Nurses for the Sick
  Poor, London.  Annual reports  ofthe  executive
  committee to the association.  1.-4.,  1875-6 to
  1879;  7.-12., 1**2-97.  *,:.   London,  1875-88.
    Milwaukee County Hospital  Training School
  for  Nurses,  Wauwatosa.   Annual announce-
  ments  for  the sessions of 1902-3 to  1904-5.   8°.
  Wauwatosa, 1902-4.
    New England Deaconess Home and Training
  School, Boston,  Mass.   Annual reports of the
  superintendent to the corporation.  9.,  1897-8;
  10., 1*98-9.   H°.  Boston, 1*98-9.
    -----.   An appeal  [to the public  for  aid],
  8°.   [Boston, 1899?]
    -----.   Deaconuess  work iu  Boston.  24°.
  [Boston, n. d.]
    ______.   Prospectus of the training school un-
  der the corporation of the .  . .   24°.   [Boston,
  n. d.]
    New England Hospital for Women and Chil-
  dren,  Boston.  [Circular of  information, with
  list of questions to be answered  and returned
  to the superintendent of nurses.]  8°.   [Boston,
  1889.]
    _____.   [Circular  letter to  persons  recom-
  mending candidates, with list of questions to be
  answered  confidentially.]   8°.  [Boston, 1**9.]
    New Jersey Training School  for Nurses, Cam-
  den   Annual announcements for  the sessions of
  1895-6 to 1897-8 (7.-9.).   8°.   Camden,  1*95-7.
    New York (City).   Department of Public Char-
  ities.  City Hospital Male  Training School, Black-
       VOL XI, 2d series----53
HTurses (Training schools for) [and edu-
  cation of],
  welVs  Island.  Annual reports  of  the superin-
  tendent.  7.-11., 1893-4 to 1897-8; 13.-16., 1899-
  1900 to 1902-3.  8°.   New  York, 1894-1903.
    -----.  Circular of information [to applicants
  for positions as nurses in the Infants' and Chil-
  dren's Hospitals ou Randall's Island].  MS. fol.
  [New York, 1*89.]
    -----.  [Circular letter of information to ap-
  plicants  for  the position of nurse.]  MS. 4°.
  [New York, 1*89.]
    -----.  [Circular letter of instruction to pro-
  bationer, on the necessary outfit upon entering
  service.]  MS.  4\  [Neiv York, 1889.]
    -----.  Information for applicants [with list
  of questions to be filled out].   4°.   [New  York,
  1689.]
    New York (City).  Department of Public Char-
  ities.  Training School for Nurses, Blackwell's Is-
  land.   Annual reports of the  superintendent.
  In connection with City, Maternity, Gouverneur,
  Fordham, and Harlem Hospitals.  14.-23., 1888-9
  to 1*97-*; -5.-29., 1899-1900 to 1903-4. 8°.  New
  York, 1**9-1905.
    New  York Hospital  Training  School for
  Nurses.   Application blank  [to be  filled out by
  the candidate],  fol.  [New  York, 1889?]
    -----.   Information  circular   [with  blank
  form of application],  sm. 4°. [New York, 1889?]
    New York (State).  Middletown  State Home-
  opathic  Hospital.   Training school for nurses.
  Announcements.  9., 1896-7; 10., 1897-8.  16° &
  24°. Middletown, 1896-7.
    Nurseries of Good Nurses.   The womeu who
  direct  the  care of the sick  iu  city's  hospitals.
  The city's training schools.
    Cutting from: Philadelphia Press, Dec.  30, 1888.
    Orange Training School for Nurses, connected
  with the Orange Memorial  Hospital.  [Course
  of training, with questions  to  be  answered by
  candidate.]  4°.  Orange, N. J., [1893?]
    -----. Annual reports of the officers  to the
  association.  14., 1896; 15., 1897.  12°.  Orange,
  1897-8.
    Organization of nursing.  An account ofthe
  Liverpool Nurses'Traiuiug School; its founda-
  tion, progress, and operation in hospital, district,
  and private nursing; by a member of the com-
  mittee of the Home and Training School.  With
  an  introduction and notes by Florence Nightin-
  gale.   8°.  Liverpool 4" London,  1865.
    Passavant Memorial Hospital Training School
  for Nurses, Chicago, III.  Rules for admission
  and course of instruction for pupils.  8°.  Chi-
  cago,  [n. d.].
    Philadelphia.   Department of  Charities and
  Correction.  Philadelphia Hospital Training School
  for Nurses.   [Course of study for probationers',
  junior, and senior classes.]  sm. 4°.  [Philadel-
  phia, 1889.]
    -----.  Information for applicants for admis-
  sion.   8°.  Philadelphia,  1**9.
    -----.  Rules governing nurses.  16°.   Phila-
  delphia, [1869].
    Post-Graduate Traiuiug School for Nurses,
  Chicago,  111.  [Circular  of information.]  4°.
  [Chicago, n. d.]
    Provident Hospital and Training School for
  Nurses, Chicago.  Rules and regulations for the
  government ot .  . .   Adopted  by  the board of
  trustees Oct. 8, 1896.  *Y  [Chicago, 1896.]
    -----.   Rules and  regulations  and applica-
  tion blank,   fol.  [Chicago, n. d.]
    Qceen  Victoria's  Jubilee  Institute  for
  Nurses.  Scottish Branch.  Annual report of the
  council.   4.,  1891-2.  8°.  [n.p., n.d.] 
NURSES.
834
NURSES.
i\nrses (Training schools for)  [and edu-
  cation of].
    Rhode Island Hospital Traiuiug School for
  Nurses, Providence.  [Blank forms  used by the
  school.]  8° & fol.  [Providence, n. d.]
    -----.  Directions for infant diet from  birth
  to first year.  12°.  [Providence, 1893?]
    -----.  Training school for nurses.   Rules in
  relation to the admission of pupils and the gov-
  ernment and conduct of the school for the train-
  ing of womeu desirous of becoming professional
  nurses,  fol.  [Providence, n. d.].
    Roosevklt  Hospital  Training  School for
  Nurses,  New York City.   Circular  of  informa-
  tion,  sm. 4°.  [New York, 1896. ]
    Royal British Nurses' Association.   Royal
  charter and by-laws of the  ...  8°.   London,
  1894.
    Sacred Heart Hospital Training School for
  Nurses, Spokane, Wash.   Circular  of  informa-
  tion.  24u.  Spokane, [n. d.].
    Saint  John's  House for  the Training and
  Employment of  Nurses,  London.   Anuual re-
  ports of the council to the governors and sub-
  scribers.   35.-37., 1882-4; 39.,  1**6; 41.,  1888;
  42., 1889.  8°.  London, 1*8:3-90.
    Saint Louis Baptist Hospital, St. Louis, Mo.
  Course of training for pupil nurses [with blank
  form of application for position  as pupil nurse].
  8C.  [67. Louis, 1895.]
    Saint  Louis  Traiuiug School  for Nurses.
  Annual  reports of the  executive committee to
  the society.  1.-6., 1883-4 to 1888-9.   8°. St.
  Louis, 1885-90.
    -----.  Rules for the  admission of pupils
  [with blank form to be filled out by the candi-
  date].  4°.  [St. Louis, 1890.]
    Saint Luke's  Hospital Training School for
  Nurses, Chicago, 111.  Questions to be answered
  by candidate.  4°.  [Chicago, n. d.]
    -----.  Rules for admission  and course of
  instruction for pupils.  8°.   [Chicago, n. d.].
    Saint Luke's  Hospital Training  School for
  Nurses,  Denver.    Constitution,  by-laws, and
  rules.   8°.  Denver, 1893.
    Saint Luke's  Hospital Training School for
  Nurses,  St. Paul.   [Circular of  information.]
  4°.  [St. Paul, n. d.]
    Saint Luke's Training School for Nurses, con-
  nected with Saiut  Luke's Home for the Sick,
  Richmond.  Va.   Circular of information.  8°.
  [Richmond, n. d. ]
    Saint Thomas' Hospital London.  The Night-
  ingale Fund.  Auuual reports of the trustees of
  the Nightingale Fund for training nurses, for the
  years 1871; 1872; 1886-9.   fol.   London, 1872-90.
    San Francisco  Training  School  for Nurses.
  City and County  Hospital. Information regard-
  ing the .  . .  8°.   [San Francisco, 189-.]
    Scarritt Bible and Training School for Mis-
  sionaries and other Christiau Workers, Kansas
  City.   Announcements.  4., 1895-6; 6., 1897-8;
  7., 1898-9.  8C.   Kansas City, 1895-8.
    School for Nurses ofthe Chicago Hospital for
  Women and Children.   Blank to be  filled out
  by womeu  who  wish to  enter the school. 8°.
  [Chicago, n. d.]
    Society ofthe New York Training School for
  Nurses, attached to Bellevue Hospital.  Annual
  reports of the secretary.  1.-8., 1873-4 to 1880;
  10.-18.,  1882-90; 20., 1892; 22., 1894;  24., 1896;
  25., 1897; 27.,  1899.  8°.  New  York, 1874-1900.
    -----.  The Bellevue Training School.   Rules
  for the hospital.   Head nurses,  and  assistant
  nurses,  broadside.  [New York, n. d.]
    -----.  Rules  for the hospital.  Night nurses.
  4°.  [New York, n. d. ]
HTui'sew  (Training schools for) [and edu-
 cation of].
   -----.   [Circular of information, with list of
 questions to be answered by candidate.]   4  .
 [New York, n. d.]
   -----.   Rules for the home.   4°.  [New York,
 n. d.]
   Society ofthe St. Louis Training School for
 Nurses, St. Louis,  Mo.  Annual reports  of the
 officers to the society.  6., 1889; 13., 1896.   8°.
 St. Louis, 1890-97.
   South  Carolina.  Training School for Nurses,
 State Hospital for  the  Insane,  Columbia, S. C.
 Questions to be answered by applicants.   2 1.
 fol.  [Columbia, n.  d.]
   South  Carolina Training School for Nurses,
 Charleston.   By-laws,  regulations,  course of
 training,  and rules.  8°.  Charleston, 1883.
   Syracuse Training  School  for  Nurses,  con-
 nected  with the Hospital of the House  of the
 Good Shepherd, Syracuse.  Annual report ofthe
 superintendent to  the board of trustees of the
 hospital.  2., 1888.   8°.   Syracuse,  18H9.
   -----.  Training School for Nurses, connected
 with the House of the Good Shepherd, Syracuse,
 N. Y.   [Circular of  information,  with  list of
 questions to be answered by  candidate.]  4°.
 [Syracuse, 1889?]
   -----.   Regulations [concerning the employ-
 ment and charges  for the services of a nurse].
 8°.  [Syracuse, 1889?]
   -----.   Rules for pupil  nurses.  4C.   [Syra-
 cuse, 1889?]
   Toronto General Hospital.   Training  School
 for Nurses.  Rules  and  regulations.  12°.   [To-
 ronto, n. d.]
   Training  School  for   Nurses,  attached to
 the  Massachusetts Geueral Hospital,  Boston.
 Circular  [of  the  committee  to  physicians,
 calling their attention to  the establishment
 of the  school].  Aug.  11, 1873.   8°.   [Boston,
 1873.]
   Training  School  for Nurses,  Fabiola Hos-
 pital, Oakland, Cal.  [Circular of information.[
 fol.  [Oakland, 1896?]
   Training School for Nurses, Lackawanua Hos-
 pital,  Scranton, Pa.   Circular of information.
 8U.  Scranton, 1894.
   Training School for Nurses, Riverside Hos-
 pital, Buffalo, N. Y.   Schedule of lectures.   Sea-
 son, 1897-8.  8°. [Buffalo, 1897.]
   Training  School for Nurses, Rochester  City
 Hospital.   [Circular letter t>  applicant, with
 list  of questions to  be answered by candidate. ]
 4°.  [Rochester, 1889?]
   -----.  [Circular  of information  for  candi-
 dates  and probationers,  and rules for nurses.]
 4°.  [Rochester, 1*89?]
   Training  School for Nurses, Toronto General
 Hospital.    [Rules,  and  questions  to be an-
 swered.]  4°.  [Toronto, n. d.]
   Training School for Nurses of the Chicago
 Baptist Hospital.    [Circular  of information.]
 12°.  [Chicago, n. d.]
   Training School for Nurses at the Children's
 Hospital,  Boston,  Mass.    Prospectuses of the
 Training School for the  years  1897; 1898.   8°.
 Boston, 1896-7.
   Training School  for  Nurses,  in connection
 with  the  Brooklyn  Homoeopathic  Hospital.
 [Circular of information  to'applicants for ad-
 mission, with list of questions to be answered by
 candidates.]  4°.   Brooklyn, 1890.
   -----.  [ Outfit  for  probationers. ]    12°.
 [Brooklyn, 1890.]
   -----.  Regulations [relating to hired nurse].
 12°.  [Brooklyn, 1890.] 
NURSES.                                    835                                    NURSES.
IVurses (Training schools for)  [and edu-
  cation of].
    -----.   Rules for the nurses of the Homoeo-
  pathic Hospital.  16°.   [Brooklyn, 1890.]
    -----.   Special  circular [in relation to  the
  physical examination of applicants].  1 sheet.
  sm. 4°.  [Brooklyn, 1890.]
    Training School for  Nurses, connected with
  the Cortland  Hospital, Cortland, N. Y.  Course
  of traiuiug.  Questions  to  be answered by can-
  didate.  4°.   [Cortland, n. d.]
    -----.  Regulations.   8 .   [Cortland, n. d.]
    Training School for Nurses, connected with
  the Post-Graduate  Medical  School  and Hospi-
  tal, New York City.  Annual  reports of  the
  officers to  the society.  1.-4., 1886-7 to 1889-90.
  12 \  New  York, 18*7-90.
    -----.  Regulations [concerning  the employ-
  ment  and charge for nurses].  8°.   [New York,
  18*9 ? ]
    -----.  Rules  for  the admission of pupils.
  [With list  of questions to be answered by can-
  didate.]  .4°.  [New York, 1889 ?]
    Training School for Nurses ofthe Evansville
  Sanitarium.   Rules.   Information  for candi-
  dates.   16°.  Evansville, 1894.
    Training School for Nurses of the Hospital
  of the University  of Pennsylvania,  Philadel-
  phia.   Annual reports of the officers.  8., 1894;
  10., 1896.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1895-7.
    -----.  Senior course of lectures, 1893-4.  8°.
  [Philadelphia, 1893.]
    Training School for Nurses of the Philadel-
  phia Polyclinic  and  College for Graduates in
  Medicine.   Annual report ofthe training school
  committee to the  corporators,  for the year 1896.
  8°.   [Philadelphia,  l»97.]
    Training School for Nurses of the Saginaw
  Hospital,  Saginaw, Mich.   [Rules for the ad-
  mission of pupils.]  8°.  Saginaw, [1891].
    Training "School for Nurses of the Woman's
  Hospital of Philadelphia.  Rules.   8°.  [Phila-
  delphia, n. d.]
    Training  School for  Nurses of the Women's
  and Children's Hospital, Syracuse,  N. Y.  Reg-
  ulations as to admission of pupils.  16°.  Syra-
  cuse, 1893.
    Training School, W. C. A.  Hospital, James-
  town,  N. Y.  Prospectus.   1 sheet.   8°. [James-
  town, n. d. ]
    Training School for Nurses of the Williams-
  port Hospital, Pennsylvania.   Annual report
  of the superintendent.   4., 1896-7.   8°.   Wil-
  liamsport,  1897.
    Troy Hospital Training  School  for Nurses,
  Troy,  N. Y.  Leeture  courses, 1894-5. sm. 4°.
  [Troy, 1894.]
    Union  Benevolent  Association  Home  and
  Hospital, Grand  Rapids.  Training School for
  Nurses.  24°.  [Grand-Bapids, 1892.]
    University Medical College Training School
  for Nurses, Kansas  City, Mo.   Constitution  and
  by-laws.   8°.  [Kansas City, 1895.]
    Waltham  Training School  for Nurses.   Au-
  nual reports  of the officers  to the corporation,
  for  the years 1895-6;  1901-2.  8°.   Waltham,
  1896-1902.                           .   n
    ______.  Report  of the  meeting  in  Boston,
  Feb.  17,  1899.   Addresses by Alfred  Worces-
  ter, Rt. Rev. William Lawrence, Edward W.
  Emerson, Richard  C.  Cabot;  letters from  the
  Countess of Aberdeen,  Howard  A.  Kelly, Mrs.
  Louis  Agassiz, Edward  Cowles.   With  a de-
  scription of  the new  home by the  architect,
  T. M. Clark.  8-.   [Waltham, 1899.]
    Washington  Training  School  for  Nurses.
  Annual announcements for the sessions of 1879-
IVurses  (Training  schools for) [and edu-
  cation of].
  80(2.); 1881-2 to 1885-6(4.-8.);  1888-9(11.);
  1891-2(14.).   16° & 8U.  Washington, 1879-91.
    -----.   [Blank  form of application  to be
  filled  out by candidate.]   4°.    [Washington,
  n. d.]
    Westminster  Training School and Home for
  Nurses.  Regulations.   21.  4°.  [London,  1882?]
    Wilkes - Barre  City  Hospital.    Training
  School for Nurses.  Reports of the  annual com-
  mencements.   1.-4., 1890-93; 6.-9., 1895-8.  8°.
  Wilkes-Barre, 1890-98.
    Willard (De F.)  Address to graduates aud
  pupils of the  Training School for Nurses, St.
  Luke's Hospital, Bethlehem, Pa.]   12°.   [Beth-
  lehem, n. d.]
    Wingate (U. O. B.)  Address delivered  be-
  fore the first graduating class of the Wisconsin
  Training  School  for Nurses, Sept.  4, 1890.  8°.
  Milwaukee, 1890.
    Wisconsin Training School  for Nurses, Mil-
  waukee,  Wis. Annual reports, together with
  roll of officers aud committees, rules, regula-
  tions, etc. 7., 1894-5;  9., 1896-7.   8°.  Milwau-
  kee, 1895-8.
    Worcester.  City Hospital.  Training  School
  for Nurses.  [Circular of the trustees, with the
  course  of instruction  during the probationary
  month of pupil.]   4°.   [ Worcester,  1883 ?]
    -----.   [Circular of information, with list of
  questions to  be  answered  by candidate.]   fol.
  [Worcester, 1889?]
    Worcester Society for  District  Nursing.
  Annual reports ofthe officers to the board of di-
  rectors, for the vears 1895-6; 1897-8 to 1903.  8°.
  Worcester, 1897-1904.
    Worcester (A.)  A  new way of  training
  nurses.  16c.   Boston,  1888.
    -----.   Traiuiug schools for nurses in small
  cities.  8°.  Boston, [1893],
    Alphen-Salvador (Mme.)  L'6cole professionnelle
  francaise des infirmieres a domicile. Cong, internat. d.
  oenvres et inst. feni. 1900, Par.,  1902, iv, 297-304.—Aus-
  bildung (Die) und Organisation des Krankenpflegeper-
  sonals.  Ztschr. f. Krankenanst., Leipz., 1906, ii, 26; 54.—
  Bacon (Frances).  Foundation of the Connecticut Train-
  ing School for Nurses. Trained Nurse, N.  Y., 1895, xv,
  185-193.—Berbig.   Das  Diakonissenhaus  zu Kaisers-
  werth a. Rh.  Deutsche Krankenpflg.Ztg., Berl., 1903,
  vi, 327-330.—B lack ham  (G. E.)  The place and work
  ofthe smaller hospitals and training-schools.  Am. Med.,
  Phila., 1905, x, 998-1000.—Bolkonakaya (Mme. M. A.)
  Obucheniye syoster miloserdiya.  [Teaching of the sisters
  of mercy (nurses).]  Russk. med. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1904,
  vi,810-828.—Ton BonsdorlT(H)  Motsvarar utbildnin-
  gen at sjukskoterskor, sadan den hos oss ar anordnad, an-
  damalet, eller aro reformer i detta afseende nodiga? [Does
  the education of nurses, as  regulated with us, answer the
  purpose, or are reforms necessary in that respect?] Forh.
  v. Finska Lak.-Sallsk. 1897, Helsingfors,  1898, 145-165.—
  Bourneville.  Enseignemeut professiounel des inflr-
  miers et infirrai&res des hopitaux; re-sultats; etatactuel;
  reformes r6alisees et a r6aliser.  Progres m6d., Par., 1898,
  3. s., viii, 243-247.—Brown (Charlotte B.)  A bureau of
  information; the need of a post-graduate school for nurses.
  Proc. Nat. Confer.  Char., Host.,  1890, 147-154. Also, Re-
  print.—Cabot (R. C.)  Suggestions for the improvement
  of training-schools  for nurses.  Boston  M. & S.  J., 1901,
  cxlv, 567-569.  Also, Reprint.—Carrier*; (G.) La garde-
  malade et  i'iufirmiere, role professionnel et programme
  d'enseignement.  Echo m6d. d. C6veunes, Niiut-s, 1903, iv,
  28; 41.—Collie (R. J.) The first aid and home  nursing
  classes of the London school board. Brit. M. J.. Lond.,
  1901, ii, 469-471.—Cowles (E.)  The training schools of
  the future.  Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost., 1890, 115-
  130.—Darche (Louise).  Proper organization of  training
  schools in America.  Hosp., dispeus. & nursing. Internat.
  Cong.Char. [etc.] 1893, Bait. & Lond., 1894,513-526.—Davis
  (Mary E. P.)  Preparatory work for nurses; the central
  school idea. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1902-3, iii,  256-261.
  [Discussion], 266-273.—Dawson (P.M.)  Physiology and
  anatomy for nurses.  Ibid., 15-26.—Denny (F. P.)  The
  need of an  institution for the education of  nurses inde-
  pendent of the hospitals. Boston M. &. S. J.. 1903. cxlviii,
  657-659. —Deronde (E.)   Les  6coles d'hifirmiiSres aux 
NURSES.
836
NURSES.
Nurses (Training schools for) [and  edu-

  cation of].
  fitats-LTnis.  Rev. m6d.  de  Normandie, Rouen, 1902, 359-
  36:". — Description of appliances exhibited at tbe con-
  vention of the  American Society of  superintendents of
  Training-Schools for Nurses, held in  Pittsburg, October.
  1903.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila.. 1903-4, iv,351-351.—Diehl
  (Lois M.)  A history ofthe Buffalo General Hospital Train-
  ing School for Nurses.  Ibid., 1900-1901, i, 790-795, 2 pl.—
  Distribution des prix  a l'Ecole municipale d'infirmieres j
  de la Sa'petriere.  Progres med.. Par., 1888, 2. s., viii, 146-
  151.— Blbogen (A.)  Uebrrdie Heranbildunggeschulter '
  Krankenpflegerinuen.  Prag. med. Wchnscbr.,  1900, xxv,
  .'(2M-330.—Fnas (Helene).  Die  Ausbildung von  Kran-
  keunflegerinnen  in  der  schweizerischen Pflegerinnen-
  sc-lmle Ziirich.  Krankenptlege, Berl.. 1903, ii, 1108-1112.—
  Fi-nwick (li.)  Lectures on elementary physiology in re-
  lation to medical nursing.  Nursing Rec.,Lond , 1895-6, xiv-
  xvi. passim.— Forbes (Mary).   The small general hos-
  pital; its  advantages  nnd difficulties as a field  for  train-
  ing.   Am. J. _Nursing,   Phila.,  1902-3,  iii,  341-344.—
  Ford (W. E.) " The education of the nurse.   Albany M.
  Ann.,  1903,  xxiv, 580-594.  AUo, Reprint. — Fullerton
  (Anna M.)  The training of nurses.   Trained  Nurse, N.
  T.. 1896, xvi, 132-134.—Oil mom- (Mary S.)  Preparatory
  work at the  New York  Citv Training School.  Am. J.
  Nursing. Phila., 1902-3,iii,261-263. [Discussion],266-273.—
  (jii-aduating exercises of St.  Mary's Training School
  for Nurses.  "Brooklyn  M. J.,  1892,'vi,  93-100. — CJra-
  ni« r.   Noch einmal  staatlich  gepriifte Heilgehiilfen.
  Ztschr.  f.  Med.-Beamte,  Perl., 1902,  xv,  601-607.—
  Groz.Droz (Mme.)  L'6eole de gardes-nialades  de la
  Maisou de sant6 protestante de  Bordeaux.  Cong, inter-
  nat. d. o-uvres et inst. feni. 1900,  Par., 1902, iv,  308-314.—
  Hampton (Isabel A.)  The aims of the Johns Hopkins
  Hospital Training  School for Nurses. Johns   Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull.,  Bait.,  1889-90, i, 6.  -----. Training schools
  for nurses.  Prop. Nat. Confer. Char.,  Bost., 1890, 140-140.
  -----. Educational standards for nurses.   Trained Nurse,
  N. Y., 1893,  x, 135-144.   AUo: Hosp. dispens. & nursing. I
  Iuternat.  Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait. & Lond., 1894,  31- i
  42. — Ilibbard  (M.  Eug6nie).  The establishment of
  schools  for  nurses in Cuba.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila.,
  1901-2, ii,  985-991, 3 pl.—Ilildiclh  (J. L.)  Address to
  the graduating class of the Training School for Nurses at
  the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Ann. (Jynaec. & Paediat.,
  Bost., 1894-5, viii, 725-732.  AUo: Atlantic M. Weekly,
  Providence, 1895, iv, 1-7.—Hill (li. 11.)  Training schools
  for nurses in our State hospitals and in the Institution for
  Feeble-Minded Children.  Bull. Iowa Inst., Des  Moines,
  1902, iv, 271-275.  [Discussion], 371-385.—Howe (Delia E.)
  Training  schools for attendants.  J.  P.sycho-Astheuics,
  Faribault, Minn., 1896-7,  i, 75-84.—Hughes (Amy).  The ]
  origin and present work of Queen Victoria's Jubilee Insti- j
  tute  for Nurses.  Hosp.  dispens. Sc  nursing.  Internat.
  Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait. Sc Lond. ,1894,531-539.—Hurd
  (H. M.) The relation of the Training School for Nurses to
  the Johns Hopkins Hospital.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull.,
  Bait.. 1*99-90, i, 7.—Israel (E.)  Ueber die Ausbildung
  der zukiinftigeu  Krankenpfiegerinueu.   Med.  Keform,
  Berl., 1904,  xii,  363-365. — Jacobsohn (P.)  Ueber
  den theoretischen  Unterricht in Krankenptiegeschulen.
  Deutsche  Krankenpflg.-Ztg.,  Berl.,  1898, i, 6;  28;  45.
  -----. Zur staatlichen   Priifung des  arztlichen  Hiilfs-
  personals;  Bemerkungen  zu  dem Aufsatz   von  Rei-
  maun.   Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl.,  1902.   xv. 387-
  391. — Jonon   ( F. )    Creation  d'une  ecole  d'infir-
  mieres.  Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1903, xxi, 149-155.  Kin-
  ney (Dita H.)   Some  questionable nursing schools  and
  what  they are  doing.  Am. J. Nursing,  Phila., 1905, v,
  224-229. — Kdllen.  The training of male and female
  nurses  in  Catholic orders.  Hosp. dispens. Sc nursing.
  Internat. Cong. Char,  [etc.] 1893,  Bait. Sc Lond.. 1894. 473-
  477.—KraflTt (0.)   La Source, Normal Evangelical School
  for Independent  Nurses for the Sick, at Lausanne, Switz-
  erland.  Ibid, 499-50X.—I.c Fort (L.)   Les ecoles d'in-
  tirmieres annexe.es  aux hopitaux civils de Paris.   Ibid.,
  493 1'.)-. — Liegros(E.) ficole des iniirniiers et infirini&res
  laiqucs.  Presse med. beige,  Brux.,  1892, xliv,  307-369—
  I.oane (J/ix* M.)  Thoughts on the final training of  dis-
  trict probationers.  Brit. J. Nursing,  Lond., 1904. xxxiii,
  329; 319; W.i; 390.— 1.11 ill it iii (G. P.)  The  payment of
  training school  pupils.   N. York M.  J., 1890, li,  553.—
  l.ydston (G F.)   The training school fake and its  vic-
  tims.   Ibid.,  1904, lxxix, 1198-1200.- M. (T. C.)   Training
  schools  for inexperienced nurses. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic,
  1890. n.  s., xxiv, 95-97.—McKechnie (MuryW.)  What
  ha- been accomplished in the direction of a uniform eurri-
  > iiium ? Trained Nurse,  N. Y.,  1897, xviii, 297-306.—Mc-
  Tlillan (M. Helena).  Practical method  of examination
  anu marking pupils for the first, second, aud third years.
  Nat. Hosp. Rec, Detroit, 1902-3. vi,  no. 3, 13-18. -----.
  Schedule of lectures for a three years' course of training.
  Am.  J.  Nursing, Phila.,  1902-3,  iii,  27-32.—Masse  (E.)
  Ecole libre et gratuite de gardes-nialades de Bordeaux.
  Cong, internat. d. ceuvres et inst. fera.  1900, Par., 1902,
Nurses (Training  schools for)  [and edit
  cation of],
  iv,  305-308.—Meeus (F.)  Do l'instruction  profession
  nelle des nouriciers.   Cong, internat.  de l'assist. d. alien.
  1902,  Antwerp. 1903, 579-590.  [Discussion],  831-837.—
  Mitchell (S. W.)  Nurses aud their education.  Am. J
  Nursing, Phila.. 1901-2, ii, t-99-907.—Mugdnn Sc Meyer
  (G.)  Die  Ausbildung und Organisation  des Kranken-
  pflegepersonals.   Deutsche Ztschr.  f.  off. Gsndhtsprt.
  Brnschwg., 1905, xxxvii, 137-170.—Munro (J. C.)  The
  training of nurses.  Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 484. —IV.
  (L. N.)  Die Pflegerinnenschule  des stadtischen Kran-
  kenhauses zu  St. Jacob zu Leipzig.   Irrenpflege,  Halle
  a. S.,  1902, vi, 97-99.—Neue (Die) Krankenabteilung der
  PUegeriuneuanstalt " Sophienhaus " zu Weimar. Kor.-BI.
  d. aj-ztl. Ver. v. Thiiritigeii, Jena, 1904,  xxxiii. 449-476.—
  IVew  York City (The)  Training  School for  Nurses.
  Facts of interest regarding this school.   Nat. Hosp. Rec.,
  Detroit, 1902-3, vi, 7-11.—Norrie (G.)  Om Undervisning
  i Sygepleje.  [Instruction in nursing.]  Hyg. Medd.,Kj0-
  benh., 1888, 3.  R., iv, 158-187.—Nurses' (The) training
  schools of New York. N. YorkM. J.,-1891, liv, 631.—Nurs-
  ing examinations.   Brit. Gynsec. J., Loud., 1904-5, xx,
  281 -283. — Ohjeita  imettajia  valittaessa.   [Complaints
  in regard  to the regulations for nurses.]  [Transl. from:
  Jordemodern.]   Katilo-Lehti,  Helsiugissa,  1899. iv,  81;
  109. — Opening ofthe Nurses' Home and inauguration
  of the Training School for Nurses.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.
  Bull.   1889, Bait.,  1890, i, 6-8.   AUo, Reprint. — Parker
  (Martha P.)  Preparatory work at the Waltham Training-
  School.  Am. J. Nursing,  Phila., 1902-3, iii,  264-273.—
  Pfronim (G. W.)  Address to the graduating nurses of
  the Mercy Hospital.   Med. Bull., Phila., 1900, xxii, 243-
  247.— Preparatory course for nurses'  training-schools;
  Drexel Institute, Philadelphia.  Brit. J. Nursing, Lond.,
  1903, xxx,  513-515.—Price (J.)  The professional nurse
  and her training.   Tr. Am.  Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1898,
  Phila., 1899,xi, 130-150.- Prince Alfred Hospital Train-
  ing School  for Nurses.  Annual examination,  December,
  1900.  Nursing Rec.,  Lond., 1901, xxvi, 269. — Bawitz.
  AnatomischeUuterweisungen fiir Krankenptlegepersonen.
  Deutsche  Krankenpfl.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, vii,  341; 359.—
  Bcgnault (F.)  Les ecoles  de gardes-malades.  Assis-
  tance faiu., Par., 1902, xi, 53-61.— Beiniann.  Staat-
  lich  gepriifte  Heilgehiilfen.   Ztschr.   f.  Med.-Beamte,
  Berl,  1902, xv, 319-322.— Bichards (Linda).  Mis-
  sion training schools and  nursing.  Hosp.,  dispens. &
  nursing.  Internat. Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait. Sc Lond.,
  1894, 565-569.—Biddle (Mary M.)  The relations of train-
  ing-schools to hospital administration.   Am. J. Nursing,
  Phila., 1901-2, ii, 576 - 582.—Bobb (Mrs. H.)   The three
  years' course of training in  connection with the eight-hour
  system.  Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1895, xiv, 205-211.  -----.
  The affiliation of  training-schools for nurses for educa-
  tional purposes.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1904-5, v, 666-
  679.—Mchcdulc of lectures at the Johns Hopkins Hospi-
  tal Training  School for Nurses, 1889-90.   Johns Hopkins
  Hosp. Bull., Bait.,  1889-90,  i, 39.— Schools for nurses.
  Rep. Coin. Educat.  1903,  Wash., 1904,  ii,  2229-2251.—
  Schroeder (J. H.)   The study of materia medica as part
  of tbe curriculum  in hospital training schools for nurses.
  Trained Nurse [ etc. ], N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 225. — Smith
  (M.  E.)  The  hospital training  school.  Phila.  Hosp.
  Rep. (1900), 1901, iv, 288. -----. The  training school for
  nurses.  Ibid. (1902),  1903, v, 167.—Sophiahemmet, ett
  25-&rsjubileum.  [Sophia Home, twenty-fifth anniversary
  of its foundation (an  institution for the training of hos-
  pital nurses).]   Helsovannen,  Stockholm. 1H89, iv, 301-
  306. — Sorel ( R. )  Ecoles d'infirmieres au Havre et en
  Amerique.  Progres med., Par., 1902. 3. s., xvi, 213; 444.
  -----. Ucole d'infirmieres; lettre a M. le president et a
  MM. les membres de la commission administrative  des
  hopitaux  du Havre.   Rev. med. de  Normandie. Rouen,
  1903, 78-86.—Spehl (E.)  Les ecoles municipals de garde-
  malades et le service des surveillantes dans les hopitaux
  de Paris.  J.  de  in£d., chir.  et pharmacol., Brux.. 1889,
  lxxxvii, 664-668.—Sterling (E. Blanche).  Probation:!in-
  experiences  at  Johns Hopkins.  Trained Nurse, N. Y.,
  1896, xvi, 514-517.—Strong (Mrs.)  Preparatory instruc-
  tion  for nurses.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1902,  ii, no. 10.
  792-799.—Thomas (T. G.)  Address to the graduates of
  the Training School for Nurses of the Colored Home and
  Hospital.   Med. News, N.  Y., 1902, lxxx, 289-291.—Wal-
  tham (The) Massachusetts Training School.  Nat. Hosp.
  Rec, Detroit, 1903-4, vii, 15: 1904-5, viii, 11.—Warfvinge
  (¥.  W.)  Om  utbildningen  .if sjukskoterskor i Sverige.
  [Education of nurses in Sweden.1   Hygiea.  Stockholm.
  1*9Y !x, 511 - 552. — Wchmeyer (Margarethe).  Die Be-
  deutung der Ausbildung vou Danien fiir die  Kranken-
  pflege.  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii. K43-i«45.— West
  (F.  E.)  Address to the graduates of  the Training School
  for  Nurses  St. Luke's Hospital, Bethlehem, Pa., Oct. 18,
  1890.   Brooklyn M.J., 1*90.  iv, 781-785.—Wymnn (H. C.)
  The training of nurses.  Med.  Reg., Phila., 1889, v,  106-
  109.   Also, Reprint. — Ziekenhuizen (De) en de oplei-
  ding  van  verpleegsters  te  Amsterdam.  Maandbl. v. 
NURSES.
837
NUESING.
Nurses  (Training schools for) [and edu-
  cation  of].
  ziekenverpleg., Amst., 1894-5, v, 161-166.—Zimmer (F.)
  Wie  gewiuuen  wir  gebildete  Kraukenpflegerinnen 1
  ZtsehrTf. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1894, xvi, 296; 338.
Nurse's (The) manual and mother's medical ad-
  viser, a guide to the inexperienced, by a prac-
  ticing  physician.   2'38 pp.   8°.   Philadelphia,
  Lindsay <,• Blackiston, 1845.  [P., v. 2109. J

Nursing.
    Aletrixo  (A.)   Het leven der  verpleegster.
  Voordracht op den 17en Nov. 1900 te Amsterdam
  gehouden in der Nederlandsch  Vereeniging tot
  bevorderiug  der "belangen van  verpleegster en
  verpleegers.   8°.   Amsterdam, 1900.
    Baumler  (C.)   Ueber  Krankenpflege. 8°.
  Freiburg i. B., 1892.
    Bandau (A.)  Zwolf Jahre als Diakonissiu.
  3. Ausg.  8°.   Berlin, 1682.
    Beck (G.)   Zur Frage  der  uuentgeltlichen
  Krankenpflege. 6°.  Bern, 1694.
    Cleaves (Mae L.)  A day's work of the dis-
  trict nurse.   12°.   Newport, B. I., 1902.
    Daubeney (H.  C. B.)  King's College Hos-
  pital.   Observations upou the report of the ref-
  erees on the nursing arrangements of the hos-
  pital.   8-\  London, 1674.
    E.  (E. A. )  Deaconess  House,  Carlsruhe.
  Hiuts ou village nursing.  8°.  London, 1885.
    Franke (W.)  Fraueu-Berufe; die  Krankeu-
  pflegerin, Forderungen,, Leistungen, Aussichten
  in diesem Berufe.   8C.  Leipzig, 1899.
    Frei (Frieda).  Der Beruf der Krankenpflege
  nnd die darin auftretenden Gegensatze.  I. Pfle-
  ger oder Pflegerin?  II. Dauie oder Magd? III.
  Konfessionell oder  frei? 8°.  Stuttgart, 1902.
    Repr.from:  Frauenberuf, Stuttgart.
    Garrett  (Elizabeth).  Volunteer hospital
  nursing.  6°.  London, [1866].
,  .  Goldschmidt (M.)  * Die Kleidung des Kran-
 • ken nnd. ihre Bedeutung  in der  Krankenpflege.
  [Berlin.]  ->=>.   [n.p.], 1897.
    Green (C. M.)  Address on  the duties and
 . conduct of nurses in private nursing, delivered
  at the Boston City Hospital Training School for
  Nurses, June 7, 1889.  8°.   Boston, 1691.
    Hatherley &  Selbourne.   King's  College
  Hospital.  Report  ofthe referees on the nursing
  arrangeinentsof the hospital.  8°.  London, 1874.
    Hecker (H.)  Verleih-Austalten vou Gegen-
  standen zur Krankenpflege.  8°.  Berlin, 1904.
    Heermann  (A.)  Vorschriften aus dem Ge-
  biete der Krankenpflege.  obi. 16°.  Leipzig, 1903.
    Holland (S.) Two lectures  to  the nurses of
  London Hospital.   6J.  London, 1897.
    Krankenhacser (Ueber) und Krankenpflege.
  12-.  Osnabruck, 1852.
    Ki'HNER (A.)  Die hausliche  Krankenpflege.
  12°.  Leipzig, [1905].
    VON  Lindheim  (A.)  Saluti  segrorum.  Auf-
  gabe und Bedeutung der Krankenpflege  im mo-
  derneti  Staat.  Eine sozial-statistisehe I'ntersu-
  chung.   rov. 8°.  Leipzig 4~ llim' 1905-
    Lf'-CKES (Eva C. E.) Hospital sisters, and their
  duties.   12°.   London, 1666.
    Macewen(W.)   Nurses and nursing.   An ad-
  dress delivered in  Glasgow Royal Infirmary,  1
  January,  1891.  8°.  [Glasgow], 1891.
    Massachusetts  General  Hospital, Boston.
  Nurses' rules,  broadside.   [Boston, 1889?]
    Mendelsohn (M.)   Die  Stellting der  Kran-
  kenpflege  in der  wissenschaftlicbeu  Therapie.
  Rede "Y*ialten in  der  offentlichen Sitzuug der
  Versammlung  dentscher  Naturforscher  nnd
  Aerzte  zu Diisseldorf  am 28. September 1898.
  8°   Leipzig, 189o.
    ------Die Krankenpflege.  8°.  Berlin, 1899.
Nursing.
    Methodist Episcopal Hospital in the city of
  Philadelphia.  Rules for nurses.  8 .   [Phila-
  delphia, 1692.]
    Muller (Ottilie).   Anleitung zur hauslichen
  Krankenpflege.   8°.   Berlin, 1903.
    New York Hospital.   Rules for  nurses.  8°.
  New York, 1689.
    Nightingale (Florence).  Notes  on  nursing;
  what  it is, and what it is not.  8°.  London,
  [I860?].
    O'Neill (H. C.)  &  Barnett (Edith A.)  Our
  nurses and the work they have to do.   12°.
  London, [1888].
    Paul (G. P.)   Nursing in the acute infectious
  fevers.  12°.  Philadelphia 4 London, 1906.
    Plain directions for the care of the sick, aud
  recipes for sick people.  Enlarged ed.   12°.
  [New  Tork, 1875.]
    Report on the nursing arrangements in the
  hospitals  receiving aid  from  the Dublin Hos-
  pital  Sunday fund, to be laid  before the execu-
  tive council on January 22, 1879.   8°.   Dublin,
  1879.
    Richardson (W. L.)   Address ou the duties
  and conduct of nurses in private nursing.  12°.
  Boston, 1886.
    Rosen  (R.)  Die Krankenpflege iu der arzt-
  lichen Praxis.  12°.  Berlin, 1902.
    Saint John's Guild of the City of New York.
  Nurses information circular.  For the Children's
  City Hospital, West 61st street, New York.  8°.
  [New  York, 1899?]
    Schoondermark (J.)  jr.   De inrichting van
  onze ziekeukamer.  16°. 's-Hertogenbosch, 1885.
    Schuster (S.)   Gesundheitspflege und Kran-
  kenpflege furs Haus. 8°.  Hermannstadt, 1904.
    Speyer (H. )    Verpleegstersbelangeu ; een
  drietal beschouwingen over verdichtsel en wer-
  kelijkheid in't leveu der verpleegsters.  Met een
  inleidend  woord van P. L. Tak.  8°.  Amster-
  dam, 1901.
    Stangenberger (J.)   Ouder  den dekmantel
  der barmhartigheid.    De zusterverpleging  in
  de ziekenhuizen.  Eeue  ernstige waarschuwing
  aan ouders en wogden vau minderjarige meisjes.
  Uit het Duitsch, en met een nasehrift  voorzien
  door M. E. Erlicht.   8°.   Haarlem, 1902.
    Thompson (A. T,)   The  domestic  manage-
  ment  of the sick-room necessary, iu aid of med-
  ical treatment,  for the  cure of* diseases.   8°.
  London, 1841.
    vox Wallmenich (Clementine).   Die  Kran-
  kenpflege von  Miiunern durch Frauen.  Die
  Stellting der Oberin im modernen Krankenhaus.
  8°.  Miinchen, 1902.
    [Wilson (T.)]   Nursing in workhouses and
  workhouse infirmaries.  8Y  [n.p., n.d.]
    Winkler (C.)   De ztekenverpleegster, haar
  opletding, haar taak en  haar toekomst.  Eerste
  lis, gegeven  aan de  leerling-verpleegsters  der
  Vereeniging  "Ziekenverpleging te Utrecht".
  12°.   Utrecht, 1892.
    Ahlfeld (I.)  EiueUhr fiir Aerzte, Hebaminen, Kran-
  ken warter und  Krankenwarterinnen.  Centralbl. f. Gv-
  nak., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 455-458— Arnold (H.  A.) Fever
  nursing and tbe nursing of contagions diseases.  Ann.
  ITyg.,  Pbila., 1896, xi, 131-138.  AUo, Keprint.—Aseptic
  (An> wallet for nurses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905,  ii, 877.—
  B.-ibi-M (V.) Vorurteile in der Krankenptlege. Kranken-
  pflege, 15e.fl., 1901-2. i, 1115-1119.—Baker (Mrs. S. M.)
  Nursing in  homes,  private  hospitals, and sanitarium's.
  Hosp.,  dispens. Sc nursing.   Internat. Cong. Cbar. [etc.]
  1893, Malt.  Sc Lond., 1894. 611 -G21.  — Borehard.  Zur
  Krankenpflege auf dem  Lande.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,
  Berl., 1905, xxvii, 411-416.— Bourneville. De l'hygiene
  des intirmiers et infirmi&res et en particulier  de leurs
  logemeuts.  Progres med., Par., 1896, 3. s., iv, 240-242.—
  Brann (A.)  Appareil pour le chauffage sinmltan6 de
  l'eau et de latisanea l'tisage des infirineries regiment aires.
  Kev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 444-448. —Brown
  (Adelaide).  The value of co-operation to the nursing pro- 
Nl'RSING.                                       838                                       NURSING.
Xurninz;.
  Icssion.  Nat. Hosp. & San. Rec, Detroit, 1899-1900, iii,
  no. 4, 5-7.-Biiltrr»ack (F.)   Der Wei th der Beschafti-
  gung in der Kraukenbehaudlung.   Ztschr. f. diiitet. u.
  physik. Therap., Leipz., 1900, iii.641-651.—Chizh (V. F.)
  Posteluiy r6gime, yevo primleneuiye i terapev ticheskoye
  znacheniye.  [Bed r6girae, its application  and therapeutic
  value]  "Nevrol Vestnik, Kazan, 1899, vii, no. 4. 118-133 —
  Claiborne (J. H.)  Lecture before the Training School
  of Nurses at ihe Home lor the Sick.   Virginia M. Month.,
  Richmond, 1895-6, xxii, 1239-1249.— Coll (H. W.)  Nurs-
  ing as a profession.   Trained Nurse, X. V.,  1896, xvi, 60-
  C4 —Coper  (L.  E.)  Suggestions  for the  guidance of
  nurses  in the Marine-Hospital  Service.  Rep.  Superv.
  Surg. Mar. Hosp.  1896-7, Wash., 1899, 270-282. —Cottage
  nurses and the organisation of village nursing.   Brit. M.
  J.. Lond., 1893, ii,651.—Cox (M. F.)   On trained nurses in
  workhouses.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n.  s., lxxii,
  461-463.—Cramer (H.)  Vonder Krankenpflege auf dem
  Wasser.  Ztschr.  f. Krankenpfl., Berl.,  1904, xxvi, 23-
  32. -----.  Die  Bedeutung  des Blume'schen   Sebnell-
  Fingerverbaudes   nnd  des  Blume'schen  Schnell-Ver-
  bandkastens  fiir die Krankenpflege.  Ibid., 1895,  xxvii,
  81-83.—Craven (Mrs. D.)  On district nursing.  Hosp.,
  dispens.  Sc nursing.  Internat. Cong. Cbar. (etc.] 1893,
  Bait. Sc Lond., 1894,547-556.—Davis (Miss E. P.)  Trained
  nurses as superintendents of hospitals.  Ibid., 526-530.—
  Davis (Effa V.)  Rules  and instructions  for  visiting
  nurses  in  maternity out-clinic work. Brit. J.  Nursing
  Lond.,  1905, xxxiv,  7;  25;  44;  64.-Day (J. A.)  The
  technique  of surgical  nursing.  Med. Fortnightly, St.
  Louis, 1905, xxviii,  622-628.—Dock (Miss L. L.)   An ex-
  periment in contagious nursing.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila.,
  1902-3, iii,  927-933.  AUo: Brit. J. Nursing, Lond., 1903,
  xxxi, 66-69.—Dubar (L.)  Avant-pro.jet de livret pour
  nourrices.  Echo  med. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 438-442.—
  Eberton (M.)  TJeber die Korperlago der Kranken und
  der  Gesunden. Ztschr.  f. Krankenpfl.,  Berl.,  1898, xx,
  196-200.—EmerMon (J.H.)  Phases of nursing.   N.York
  M. J., 1892, lvi, 31-33.—Fisher (Lucy).  Developments in
  visiting nursing.  Am. J. Nursing,  Phila., 1904-5, v, 756-
  763.—Francke (K.)  Die Reizlehre in der wisseuschaft-
  lichen Krankenpflege.  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1901-2, i,
  491-496.—Fiirsorge fur Kranke.  Deutsche Vrtljschr. f.
  off. Gsndhtspflg.,  Brnschwg., 1898, xxx, Suppl., 260-272.—
  Fiirst.   Ueber die Bekleidung der Krankenpflegerinnen.
  Ztschr.  f.  Krankenpfl., Berl.,  1896,  xviii, 107-112. -----.
  Die  Krankenpflege an  Bord  moderner Answanderer-
  Dampfschiffe.  Ibid., 1900.  xxii,  450-456.— Fullertou
  (Anna M.)  The  science of nursing; a plea. Proc. Nat.
  Conf. Char.,  Bost., 1890,  130-139.  AUo, Reprint.— Fill-
  mer (Harriet). The work of the district or visiting nurse.
  Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost.,  1902, xiix, 200-212.—
  Gordon (A. K.)  Some essentials in tbe nursing of in-
  fectious diseases.  Hospital, Lond., 1905, xxxix [nursing
  sectionj, 168.—Gnthmann  (A.)   Der fromme  Betrug;
  ein psychologischer Beitrag  zur Krankenpflege.  Ztschr.
  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1898, xx,  31-39.—Hauffe  (G.) Ei
  nige Gruudziige der Krankenbehandluuz.   Bl. f.  klin.
  Hydrotherapy Wieu, 1904, xiv, 177-184.—Heeker.  Ver-
  leih - Anstalten fiir Gegenstande  zur  Krankenpflege.
  Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1896, xvii,  3-11.—
  nurd  (H. M.)  Is nursing a profession?  Albanv M.
  Ann., 1904, xxv, 625-637.—Hynson  (H.  P.)  The moral
  and legal responsibility  of nurses  in the purchase and
  prescribing ot medicines. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1905-
  6.  vi, 290-296. — Jacobsonn (P.)   Ueber  die  Wagung
  krauker  Personen.   Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl.. 1898,
  xx, 191-195. -----.  Demonstration neuer Gerathscbafteu
  des Krankencomforts.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.
  u. Berl., 1899, xxv, Ver.-Beil., 61. -----. Geistliche und
  weltliche Krankenpflege vom arztlich-therapeutischen
  Standpunkt.   Ibid.,  1900, xxvi,  714-730. -----. Ueber
  Nachtwachen.  Ztscbr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1901,  xxiii,
  391-398. -----. Mannliche und weibliche Krankenpflege.
  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1901-2, i,  948-955. -----.   Fort-
  schritteder Krankenpflegetecbnik.  Deutsche med. Wchn-
  sehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904. xxx, 1212; 1577: 1905, xxxi, 227;
  267; 306; 350—Jacobson <N.) Trained nursing.  Trained
  nurse [etc.|, N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 362-368.—Jessen (F.)
  Soziale Krankenpflege in Krankenhausern.  Handb. d.
  sozial. Med., 8°, Jena, 1904, iv,  1-220.—Joseph (E.)  Dio
  Ausiibung der hauslicheu Krankenpflege in der Gross-
  stadt.  Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1904, x, 50-54.—
  Kauiin (E.)  Sygepleiesagen.  [Nursing.]  Tidsskr. f.
  d.  norske Ltegefor., Kristiania, 1905,  xxv,  J91-293.—Ko-
  bert (R.)  Ueber die Bedeutung der atherischen Oele fiir
  die Krankeupflesie.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903,
  xxv, 417-426.—Kiihner (A.)  Der  Ortswecbsel  als Bei-
  hilfe der Krankenpflege.  Ibid., 1896, xviii, 266-278.— Le
  Riitte (L.)   De  verplegings  kwestie.   Med. Weekbl.,
  Amst, 1901-2, viii. 249-251.—Lenin (L.)   leber Kran-
  kenpflege in Gefangnissen. Ztschr.  f. Krankenpfl., Berl.,
  1894, xvi. 407;  457.—von  Leyden (E.)  Dei Comfort des
  Kranken als Heilfactor.  Ibid., 1898, xx, 82-87. — Loomis
  (E. E.)  Measures to be adopted by  nurses to prevent the
  spreading of contagious diseases.  Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin,
  Madison, 1896, xxx, 123.—Loos (J.)  Nursing as a voca-
Nursing.
  tion for women;  a lecture delivered to ladies in the hall of
  Trinity College,  Kandy, on the 15th June, 1887.  Cevlon
  M. J.. Colombo, 1887-8,  i, 39-48. — M. ( G.)  Nursing.
  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1891, n. s., v, 182; 194. — Men-
  delsohn ( M.)   Die Aufgabeu der Krankenpflege;  ein
  Wort der Einfiihrung. Ztschr. f.Kraukenpfl., Berl., 1894,
  xvi, 123-129.   AUo, Repriut. -----.  Die Krankenpflege
  der wisseuschaftlichen Mediein und die der Briider vom
  krankenpflegenden Orden des heiligen Alexius.   Ztschr.
  f.  Krankenpfl.. Berl., 1895.  xvii, 247-249.  AUo, Reprint.
  -----. [Einige  neuere  Utensihen  der Krankenpflege.]
  Deutsche med.  Wchnsehr..  Berl.,  1894, xx,  Ver.-Beil.,
  145.  AUo, Reprint.-----. Krankenpflege uud speziflsche
  Therapie.  Ztschr.  f. Kraukenpfl.,  Berl.,  1895, xvii,  87-
  95. -----.  Die Stellung  der Krankenpflege  iu der wis-
  senschaftlichen  Therapie.   Miinchen. med.  Wchnscbr.,
  1898,  xiv, 1274-1279.   Also,  Reprint.   AUo: Verhandl.
  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz..  1898,
  lxx, pt.  1, 122-138.   Also  [Abstr.|:  Mitth.  d. Ver. d.
  Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1898, xxxv, 153-155. -----.
  Die  Krankenpflege.   Deutsche Klinik, Berl.  u.  Wien,
  1901, i, 108-124. —Moeller (C.)  Die Greifscbeere,  ein
  Beitrag zur Krankenpflege.  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,
  Leipz. u. Berl.,  1905,  xxxi, 1800. — Miiller.   Hygiama
  in  der  Krankenpflege.   Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,  Berl.,
  1902, xxiv, 311. — Musgrove (Miss).  Home  sick nurs-
  ing.  Edinb. Health Soe.  Health Lect., 1889-90, x, 53-63.—
  Neff (Marv L.)   Sanitarium methods  in  private prac-
  tice.  Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1902, xii, 160-162.—Nickel.
  Krankenpflege auf dem platten Lande.  Ztschr. f. Med.-
  Beamte,  Berl., 1904, xvii,  687-691. —Nightingale (Flor-
  ence).  Sick nursing and health nursing. Hosp. dispens.
  Sl musing.  Internat. Cong. Char,  [etc.]  1893,  Bait. &
  Lond., 1894,444-463. — Nippon  Sekijujisha Hiroshima
  Shibu.   Kanhofu  rioseiso kishoku.   [ Rules governing
  the nurses in the Hiroshima  branch of the Japanese Red
  Cross Society.]  Nippon Sekijuji, Tokio, 1893, no. 14, 38.—
  Nursing (On) in workhouse infirmaries.   Brit. M.  J.,
  Lond., li-96, ii, 857-802.—©ker-Bloin (M.)  Ybteistoi-
  mintaan  terveydenhoidon alalia.   [General functions of
  nursing.]  Duodecim, Helsinki,  1902, xviii. 459-493.—
  Petrovski (A. S.)  O  derevenskikh sestrakh miloser-
  diya.  [On village nurses. J   Trudi V syezda Obsh. russk.
  vrach v  pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb.,  1894, ii, 719-726.—
  Potiralovski (P. P.)  O postanovklo sluzhitelel ostro-
  zarazuikh otkleleniy.  [Hygiene of attendants in wards
  for contagious diseases.)   Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb.,
  1903,  iii,  med. pt., 262-272. — Quaife (Miss).  District
  nursing.  Char. Rev., N. Y., 1897, vi, 138-140.—Quintard
  {Mrs. L.  W.)   The limitation of pupil nurses' duties in
  caring for male patients.  Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1896, xvi,
  122-124.— Red.   De  schaduwzijden van het verplegen.
  Nosokdmos. Tijdschr. d.  Nederl. Vereen. ... v. Verpleeg.,
  Amst., 1904-5,  v, 539-543.—Reports on tbe nursing and
  administration of provincial workhouses and  infirmaries.
  Brit,  M.  J., Loud., 1894, i, 1197. — Rieinan (N.)  Het
  oordeel van een verpleegster over ziekenv. rpleging.  No-
  sokomos. Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Vereen. ... v. Verpleeg.,
  Amst., 1905-6,  vi, 173-178.—Robb (Mrs. Huuter).   Nurs-
  ing as a profession.  Albany M. Ann., 1900,  xxi, 491-499.—
  Rogers (Lina L.)  The nurse in the public school.  Am.
  J. Nursing. Phila., 1904-5, v, 764-77;!.—Rowe (G.  H. M.)
  A plea for trained nurses for almshouse hospitals.  Proc.
  Nat.  Confer.  Char.,  B«st.,  1895,  276- 2*4. — Rubner
  (R.)  Ueber die  nothwendigsten Reformen  de.s Kranken-
  transportes  uud der Krankeuverpfleguug.   Ztschr.  f.
  Krankenpfl., Berl., 1896, xviii,13-17.—Rumpf. Krauken-
  haus  und K tank en pflege.    Ibid.,  200-211. — Rimxell
  (Anne S.)   Emergency  work of the Presbyterian Hos-
  pital. New York.  Am. J*. Nursing, Phila., 1903^4, iv. 16-19 —
  af Schnlt£n.  I hvad  man kan sjukvardeu pa  lands-
  bygden beframjas geiioiu austiillande af sjukskoterskor i
  landskommunerna och bor staten bidraga till deras aflo-
  nande?   [In what measure would the care  of the  sick he
  promoted in  country places by  establishing nurst-s in
  country communes, and ought the state to contribute to
  their support?]  Forh. v. Finska Liik. Siillsk. 1897, Hel-
  singfors, 1898. 170-210.— Schwartz (O.)   Die Kranken-
  pflesie durch Krankenpflege-Verbande in der Familie uud
  in Krankenanstalten.   Krankenpflege,  Berl.,  1901-2, i,
  1026-1031.—We n n (N ) Tliecboice of a profession. Trained
  Nurse [etc.J, N  Y., 19 5, xxxv, 331-3.(6. —Smith (Miss
  M. E.) The relation of nursing to social aud philanthropic
  work.  Am. J.  Nursing, Phila.,  1904-5,  v, 782-787.—
  Soiners (G. B.)   Some  points on nursing ethics. Occi-
  dental M. Times, San Fran., 1904, xviii, 37-43. —Somer-
  ville (MissC. E. M.)  District nursing.  Hosp., dispens.
  & nursing.   Internat. Cong.  Char, [etc.]  1893, Bait. &
  Loud., 1894,  539-547.— Sterling  (S.)    Picle.guowauie
  chorych  jako  srodek  leczniczy.   [Care of the  sick  as
  a  method of treat ment. J   Kryt. lek.. Warszawa. 1897, i,
  333-336.—Stern  (J.)   Die Krankenpflege  in der  Arnieu
  praxis.   Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 19ul, xxiii, 59-61.—
  Stoney  (Emily  A. M.)  (leueral instructions for nurses
  in private practice.  Nat. Hosp. Sc San. KeC, Detroit. 1899-
  1900, iii,  15.—Vurnbull (A. R.)  Female nursing of male
  patients  iu asylums.  J.  Ment. Sc,  Lond.,  1903, xlix, 629- 
NURSING.                                    839                                    NURSING.
Nursing.
  640.—Van de Wnrker  (E.)  The  value  of  trained
  nursing.   Trained  Nurse,  N. Y., 1895, xv,  282-286.—
  Visscr (P.)   Eenisre beschouwingen  over  zieken- en
  krankzinnigenverpleging.  Nosok6mos.  Tijdschr. d. Ne-
  derl. Vereen. ... v. Verpleeg., Amst., 1904-5, v, 122-130.—
  von Wagner (Johanna).  The nurse as tenement-house
  inspector.   Am. .T. Nursing, Phila., 1904-5, v, 773-782.—
  von Wallmenich (Clementine). Die Pflege-Verbande
  im Vergleich zur freien Krankenpflege.  Krankenpflege,
  Berl., 1902-3, ii, 169-182.—Wikulill (F.)  Erfahrungen
  und Wiuke iiber das Verhalten des Arztes und des Pflege-
  nersonals  am  Krankenbette.   Deutsche  Krankenpfl.-
  Ztg., Berl., 1906, ix, 17-22.—Woollacott (F. J.)   Lec-
  tures upon the nursing of infectious diseases.  Hospital,
  Lond., 1904, xxxvi [nursing sect.], 230; 260; 286; 311; 336:
  1904-5, xxxvii, 6; 30; 70; 94;  122;  168; 192; 220; 246; 294;
  320:  1905, xxxviii, 62; 92—Worcester (A.)   Trained
  nursing.   Boston M. Sc S. J., Is95, exxxii, 1-5.—Wort-
  ley (Mrs. S.)   On nursing.   Hosp., dispens.  Sc nursing.
  Internat. Cong. Char. |etc] 1893, Bait. &. Lond., 1894, 463-
  469.—Wright (G.)   District  nursing as  a  hygienic
  agency.  J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 889-893.—
  Zimmer. Seeleupflege als eine Aufgabe der Kranken-
  pflege.   Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 6;  62.
Nursing* (History and condition  of).
    See, also, Nurses (Legislation relating to).
    ALCOCK (R.)   [Report of the]  sub-committee
  appointed November 12, 1872,  to examine the
  nursing arrangements of King's  College, Char-
  ing  Cross, University College,  and other  hos-
  pitals,  aud   to  report thereon.   12°.   London,
  1873.
    Examenvragen voor  het examen  zieken-
  verplegiug,   versameld  door  leden der vereeni-
  ging Nosok6mos.  12°.   Amsterdam, 1903.
    Feldmann (G.)   Jiidische  Kraukenpflege-
  rinnen.   2. Aufl.   s  .   Cassel, 1902.
    [Johnson (R. W.)]   Some friendly  cautions
  to the heads of families; containing ample direc-
  tions to nurses who attend the sick, and women
  in child-bed, etc.   By  a physician.  12°.  Lon-
  don, 1767.
    Konig (F.)  Die Schwesternpflege der Kran-
  ken.  Ein  Stiick  moderner Culturarbeit  der
  Frau.   HO.   Berlin, 1902.
    Practical suggestions  towards  alleviating
  the  sufferings of the sick.   12°.   London,  1828.
    Rathbone (W.)  Sketch  of the history  and
  progress of  district nursing from its commence-
  ment in the  year  1859  to the present  date, in-
  cluding  the foundation by  the  Queen  of the
  "Queen Victoria Jubilee Institute" for nursing
  the  poor  in  their own  homes.   12°.   London,
  1690.
    Runge (F.)  Die Krankenpflege als Feld weib-
  licher  Erwerbsthatigkeit gegeniiber  den  reli-
  giosen Genossenschaften.  *°.  Berlin, 1870.
    Stangenberger (J.)  Unter dem Deckman-
  tel  der Barmherzigkeit.  Die Schwesternpflege
  in  den  Krankenhausern.   Ein   Mahnwort an
  Eltern  und Vormiinder.   6-.  Berlin, 1901.
    Tooley  (Sarah A.)   The  life  of  Florence
  Nightingale.  6 °.   London, 1904.
    Vereeniging van Genees- en Heelknndigen in
  Zeeland.  De verbetering van den bakerstaud.
  Een woord   ter  behartiging  voor vronwen en
  moeders.  12°.   Middelburg, 16~>1.
    Vezin  (H.)  Ueber Krankenhauser, die Kran-
  kenpflege durch christlicbe  Genossi-nsehaften
  und iiber die Wirksamkeit  franzosiseher,  eng-
  lischer und russischer Frauen  in den Hospitiilern
  der  Krim und der Tiirkei.   8°.   Miinster, 1858.
    Weiss  (Henriette).  Ein  Hilferuf fur  unsere
  armen Kranken.  Streiflichter auf die Kranken-
  pflege in  Oesterreich.  (Bestrebungen  und  Ent-
  tauschut.gen.)  8°.   Wien,  1903.
    Adrian! (P.)  De ziekenverplegingin Indie. Geneesk.
  Courant,  Amst., 1901, lv, no. 28, bi.jv. — Aletrin© (A )
  De achtcruitgang van den verpleegstersstaud en de nnd-
  delen om ilezen tegen te gaan.  Nosokomos. Tijdschr.  d.
  Nederl. Vereen. ... v. Verpleeg.,  Amst. 1901  -2, ii, 461:
  190^-3, iii, 13.— Allen (Margaret H.)  Victorian order  of
  nurses for Canada.  Charities, N. Y., 1906, xvi, 19-21.  —
Nursing (History and condition of).
  Auslamlische Krankenpflege; Brief aus Bosuieu und
  der Herzegowina.  Ztschr. f. Kr.iukenpfl., Ber)., 1903, xxv,
  235; 261.—Bnnfleld (Maud).  Progress in the work and
  organization of nurses during the past year.  Phila. Month.
  M. J., 1899, i, 646-650. — Bcrbig (G.) Aus der Beruf's-
  Iiistruktion einer Krankenpflegeriu  iru vorigen Jahrhuu-
  dert.  Deutsche Krankeupflg.-Ztg., Berl.,  1899, ii, 209;
  227.—Bergwall (J. E.)  Distriktskoterskor, en modern
  insats i svenskaiandsbygdenssjukvard. [Di.itiictnurses;
  a modern contribution io the care of the sick in the rural
  districts of Sweden. J  Hiilsovannen, Stockholm, 1897, xii,
  311-316.— Beyond the seas; nursing  in aCawnpore hos-
  pital.  Hospital, Lond., 1903-4, xxxv (Nursing Sect.), 12-
  15.—Bloc-h (I.)  Die geschichtliche  Entwickelung der
  wisseuschaftlichen  Krankenpflege.  Berl. Klinik, 1899,
  136. Hft., 1-30.  -----. Die Werthschatzung dr Kranken-
  pflege beidenaltenlndern ; einebistorische Notiz. Ztschr.
  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1899, xxi, 75-78.—de Bosch Kem-
  per (J.) .Tonkvr. Geschiedkundig overzicht der ziekenver-
  pleging in Nederland gedurende de  laatste vijfiig jaren.
  Nederl.Tijdschr.v.Geneesk.  De ziekenverpleg.[etc.]. Ar-
  tikelen . .'.  Catalog, d. Hist.-Geneesk. Tentoonst. te Aru-
  hem, Amst.,1899,58-65.—Brenning (M.)  Krankenpflege
  vor zwei Jahrtausenden.  Ztschr. f.  Krankenpfl., Berl.,
  1905, xxvi, 102-107.—Buschan (G.)  Die Krankenpflege
  auf der Ausstellung fiir VolksgesundheitspflegeundVolks-
  wohlfart zu Stettin.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903,
  xxv, 345; 373. — Cnrlier (J. "W.)  De ziekenverpleging
  iu Deli.  Nosok6mos.  Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Vereen. ... v.
  Verpleeg., Amst., 1904-5, v, 88-97. 1  pl.—C'nner (Marie).
  Der Beruf der Krankenpflegerin in  Deutschland; Gedan-
  ken iiber eine notwendige Reform.   Krankenpflege, Berl.,
  1901-2, i, 745-756. — Cause (Une) celebre au xvii" siecle;
  le proc&s de  Tiennette Boyau, garde-malade, contre  le
  chanoine Bourgeois.  Rev. de nied. 16g., Par., 1902, ix, 27-
  31.—Christian (Princess).  The progress of nursing in
  the British Isles.  Prov.  M. J., Leicester, 1894, xiii, 507.
  AUo:  Cong, internat. d'hyg. et  de d6iuog.  C. r.  1894,
  Budapest, 1896, viii,  pt.  6, 433. — Cramer (H.)  Aus-
  landische Krankenpflege, ein Sammelbericht. Ztschr. f.
  Krankenpfl., Berl.. 1904, xxvi, 158;  196. — Croner (VV.)
  Fortschritte der Krankenpflege in  deu Jahren 1896 und
  1897.  Deutsche med. "Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898,
  xxiv, 415-417.— Dicker (W. A.)  The evolution of the
  modern  trained nurse. Am. M.  Compend,  Toledo,  1902,
  xviii, 211-216. — Dietrich.  Die soziale Krankenpflege,
  besouders in Deutschland wahrend des 19. Jahrhundei ts.
  Ztschr.  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1900, xxii, 18;  74. — Dock
  (Missli. L.) Nursing iu Germany. Trained Nurse, N. T.,
  1899, xxiii, 121-126. -----. The nursing system of Italian
  hospitals. Brit. J. Nursing,  Lond., 1904, xxxii, 354; 416:
  xxxiii, 105.  -----. Der Stand der amerikanischen Kran-
  kenpflege.  Med. Reform, Berl.,1904, xii, 397; 404.—Erni.
  Die Krunkenfursorgn in Niederlamlisch-Indien. Arch. f.
  Scbifls- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1899, iii, 141-165.—Fossel
  (V.) Oeffentliche Krankenpflege im Mittelalter. Mitth.d.
  Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz,  1900, xxxvii, 37; 58.—
  Fritsch (G.)  Kranke und Krankenhauser im tropischen
  Osten.   Heilkunde, Berl., 1905, 337-344. —Gant (F. J.)
  Nurses of the latest fashion, A.  D. 1899.   Med.  Press
  & Circ, Lond.. 1899, n. s., lxviii, 82; 134; 159; 185;  210.—
  Gibbons. Work done by religious communities devoted
  to the relief of the sick.  Hosp., dispens. Sc  nursing.  In-
  ternat. Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait.  & Lond., 1894, 470-
  473.—Gould  (G. M.)   The duties and the dangers of or-
  ganization in thenursing profession.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.
  Bull., Bait., 1899, x, 103-108.  AUo, Reprint.—Giirlt (E.)
  Krankenpflege und Mediein im alten Brandenburg-Preus-
  sen. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl.,  1899, xxi, 151-164. —
  Haberlin.  Die Krankenpflege  Zurich;  ein  Beitrag
  znr Entwicklung der Krankenpflegeversiclierung.  Med.
  Klin.. Berl., 1905, i, 705; 885.—Hensgen.   Organisation
  der Krankenpflege.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1898, xx,
  201; 219.—Herdman (W. J.)  Evolution of the trained
  nurse.   Tr.iined  Nurse,  N. Y..  1896, xvi, 389-395.—
  Hintze ( K.)  Die  Kranken - Pflege in Deutsch-Neu-
  Guinea.   Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903,  xxv, 64-71.—
  Horn (P.)  Zur Krankenpflege im alien Persien.  Ibid..
  169-173. — Hospital (The) nurses  of Paris.  Laucet,
  Lond., 1890, ii, 1355-1357.—Hughes (Amy).  The rise of
  district nursing in England; the work, organization, and
  extent ofthe Queen Victoria's Jubilee Institute for Nurses.
  Charities, N. Y., 1906, xvi, 13-16.— J. (C. W.) Die zie-
  kenvei-pleging in Deli.  Nosok6mos.  Tijdschr. d. Nederl.
  Vereen.  ... v. Verpleeg., Amst., 1904-5, v, 131-133, 2 pl.—
  Jacobaohn (P.)  Beitrage zur Geschichte des Kranken-
  comforts.  Deutsche Krankenpflg.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, i, 141;
  153; 170; 255. -----.  Zur Reform  ties Krankenpflege-
  wesens.   Med. Reform, Berl., 1904, xii, 316-318.—John-
  stone (Mary M.)  The history of nursing.   Woman's M.
  J., Toledo, 1*903, xiii, 220-222. — von Keudell (Elsbeth).
  Zur Reform der Sehwestern-Tracht.  Ztscbr. f. Krauken-
  pfl., Berl., 1905, xxvii, 407-409.—Krukeuberg (Elsbeth).
  Die Reform des Krankenpflegerinnenwesens. Kranken-
  pflege, Berl., 1902-3,  ii, 468-473.— I^anglet.  Les fllles
  libres des hopitaux de Chalons.  Union m6d. du nord-est,
  Reims, 1899, xxiii, 217; 243; 249.—Liiitken (Cecilie).  Be- 
NURSING.
840
NURSING.
 Nursing* (History and condition of).
   rufskrankeiipflege in Dane in ark. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,
   Berl., 1903, xxv, 106-110. — Luinsilen (Rachel F.)  On
   nursing iu Scotland.  Hosp., dispens., & nursiug. inter-
   nat. Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait. Sc Lond., 1894, 1X7-493.—
   IVIcCloud (Charlotte).  District  nursing in  Canada.
   Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1901-2, ii,  503-507.—  tic Gee
   (Anita N.)  The growth of the nursing profession in the
   United States.  Trained Nurse, N. V., 1900, xxiv, 441-445.
   AUo. Reprint. -----. The standard of trained nursing in
   America.  Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1900,  xxv, 92-97.  AUo,
   Reprint.—iTIarcuwe (J.)  Hypurgie vor hundert Jahren.
   Zt-chr.  f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1900, xxii, 399-403.— Meigs
   (A. V.)  The old nursing and the new.  Trained Nurse,
   N.  Y., 1899,  xxii, 119;  175. — Mendelsohn  (M.)  Die
   Krankenpflege-Sammlung im Konigl.  Charit6-Kranken-
   hause.  Charite-Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 811-830.—Night-
   ingale (Florence).  The reform of sick  nursing and
   the late Mrs.  "Wardroper.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1892,
   ii,  1448. — Perry ( Charlotte M.)  A brief  history of
   nursing. Trained Nurse [etc.], N. Y., 1904, xxxiv, 75-79.—
   Petersen.  Znr Geschichte der Krankenpflege. Rothe
   Kreuz, Berl., 1906, xxiv, 12; 37.— Price (J.)  A system
   of free nursiug as organized iu Philadelphia.  J.Am. M.
   Ass., Chicago, 1888, xi, 340. —Bichards (Linda). Nurs-
   ing progress in Japan.  Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1901-2, ii,
   491-494, 3 pl. on  2 1. — Snlzwedel.  Aerztliche Forde-
   rungen zur Reform des Krankenpflegewesens.  Berl. klin.
   Wchnsehr., 1903, xl, 319; 343;  366.  -----. Geueralarzt
   Schaper in seinen Beziehungen zur Krankenpflege. Ztschr.
   f. Kraukenpfl., Berl., 1905, xxvii, 361-364. — Scharlnu.
   Krankenpflegeausiibung in den Vereinigteu Staaten von
   Nordamerika.  Ibid., 1903, xxv, 314-316. — Schon  (T.)
   Die Entwickelung des Krankenhauswesens und der Kran-
   kenpflege in  Wiirttemberg.  Med. Cor.-Bl. d.  wiirttemb.
   iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1903, lxxiii,  339; 565;  597; 657;  917:
   1904, lxxiv, 711; 838. —Schwalbe (C.) TJeber den Zu-
   stand der Krankenpflege in Kalifornien.  Ztschr. f. Kran-
   kenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 314-322. — Schwestern (Die)
   des deutschen Frauenvereins fiir Krankenpflege in den
   Kolonien.  Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3,'ii, 187-190.—Sco-
   vil (Elizabeth R.) The organization of district nursing
   iis illustrated by the Victorian order in Canada. Nat. Hosp.
   Sc Sau. Rec, Detroit, 1899-1900, iii, no.  7, 9-13.— Smith
   (Mrs. A. H.)  Trained nurses aihong the sick poor in New
   York.  Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost., 1890, 110-115.—
   Soltsien.   Ueber  die Vermehrung der  Zahl unserer
   Krankenpflegerinnen.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.. Berl., 1897,
   xix, 279-286. —Sutlifle (Irene).  History of American
   training schools.  Hosp., dispens. & nursing.  Internat.
   Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait. &Lond., 1894,508-512.—Van
   Blarcom (Carolyn C.)  Appliances  exhibited  at the
   meeting of the American Society of Superintendents of
   Training-Schools  for Nurses, in Pittsburg,  October, 1903.
   Am. J. Nursing., I'hila., 1903-4, iv, 436, 4 pl. on 2 1., 681,
   6pl. on 3 1. —Vcrpflegstaxen (Die) in den alljjemeinen
   Sffentlichen Spitiilern uud in anderen offentlichen Anstal-
   ten  fiir das .lahr 1891.  Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1891,
   iii, 82-84. —Wagoner (G. W.)  The ten commandments
   of Apollo; directed to his handmaidens, the nurses of the
   sick and injured.  Phila. M J., 1899, iii, 1376. — Waters
   (Ysabella). The rise,progress, and extent of visiting nurses
   in the United States.  Charities, N. Y., 1906, xvi, 16-19.—
   Wittum (Johanna). Krankenpflege in D-iitsch-West-
   afrika.   Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1903, xxv, 351; 392.—
   Wood (Catherine J.) The progress of nursing during the
   Victorian era.  Practitioner, Lond., 1897, lviii, 709-716.—
   Work (The) of deaconesses in Germany; from the Flied-
   ner Institute, Kaiserwerth, Germany.  Hosp., dispens. &
   nursing.  Internat. Cong. Char, [etc.] 1893, Bait. & Lond.,
   1894, 477-480.—Zi miner.  Staatsaufsicht iiber  das Kran-
   kenpflegewesen..  Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz. u.
   Berl., 1903, xxix, 73.  -----. Die Organisation  der Kran-
   kenpflege.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904,  xxvi,  537;
   :;87: 1905, xxvii,  13; 48; 97.

Nursing  (Manuals of).
    Allihx (H.)  Die   Anfangsgriinde der haus-
  lichen Krankenpflege. Eine Anleitung fiir hilfs-
  bereite Frauen uud Jungfrauen.   Durchgesehen
  von Kalkoff.  8°.  Berlin, 1904.
    -----.  The same.  3. Aufl.  8°.  Berlin, 1905.
    Anderson  (J.)  Medical  nursing.   Notes of
  lectures given to the probationers at the London
  Hospital.  Edited  by Ethel F. Lamport, with
  an introductory biographical notice by Sir An-
  drew Clark.  12°.  London, 1895.
    -----.  The same.  Lectures delivered in  the
  Royal  Infirmary,  Glasgow.  5.  ed.   16°.   Glas-
  gow, 1690.
    d'Apples  le jeune.   Instructions pour les per-
  sonnes  qui  gardent  les  malades.  Publics de
  nouveau   DP.  Lausanne, 1786.
Nursing' (Manuals of).
    Ari-KKi ht(E.)  Anleitung zur Krankenpflege.
  12°.   Wien 4- Leipzig, 1698.
    Barxocw (P. J.)   Handleiding voor bakers.
  Uitgegeven  van  weg<-  de  Noord-Hollandsche
  vereeuiging  "Het  Witte  Kruis".  8°.  Zaan-
  dijk, [1868].
    Baur.   Das  Krankenpflegebiichlein.    Ein
  schueller Ratgeber in der Krankenpflege.   sj.
  Miinchen, 1905.
    Beck  (Amanda  K.)  A reference hand-book
  for nurses.  12°.  Philadelphia,  1905.
    Billroth  ([C. A.]  T.)  Die  Krankenpflege
  im Hause und im Hospitale.   Ein Handbuch fiir
  Familien  und  Krankenpflegerinnen.  4.  Anil.
  Hrsg. von  R. Gersuny.  8°.   Wien,  1892.
    -----.  The  same.   6,  Aufl.  Hrsg. von R.
  Gersuny.  6°.   Wien, 1899.
    -----.  The  same.   7.  Aufl.  Hrsg. von R.
  Gersuny uud L. Moszkowicz.  8°.   Wien, 1905.
    -----.  The same.   The  care of the sick at
  home  and in  the  hospital; a handbook  for
  families and  for nurses. , Translated, by special
 'authority of the author, by J. Bentall Endean.
  12°.   London, 1890.
    -----.   The same.  '">. ed.  16°. London, 1894.
    -----.  The  same.   5.  ed.   12°.   London,
  [I89rlf].
    Blakiston (P.), Son & Co.  Books for uurses.
  July, 1892.  12°.  Philadelphia,  1892.
    dal Bosco (F.)  La prattica  dell' infermiero,
  nella quale, con osservationi fondate nell' uso di
  moltissimi anni, s'addottriua l'assistente e cari-
  tativo iufermiere,  per beu couoscete e ue' casi
  repentiui,  applicar li  rimedii proportionati a'
  mali de' suoi infermi.   Cou indice publicato uno
  delle osservationi e 1' altro delle cose notabili.
  16°.   Venezia, 1687.
    Bosse (B.)  Leitfadeu fiir deu Unterricht in
  der  Kranken- und  Wochenpflege.  8°.  Leipzig,
  1901.
    Bouchard (G.)  Guide  des  dames hospita-
  lieres.  Hygiene de  la maison  et  de l'hdpital.
  Fractures,  massage, petites operations, anesthe-
  sie, thermonietre, etc.   12°.   Saumur, 1890.
    Brjjnner (F.)  Grundriss der Krankenpflege.
  Leitfaden  fiir den  Unterricht in Diakonissen-
  anstalten,  Schwesterhausern,  Krankenpflege-
  kursen.  16°.   Zurich,  1901.
    Caulfeild (S. F.  A.)  The home  nurse.  A
  handbook for  sickness aud emergeucies.  (For-
  m rly known as sick nursing  at home.)  '.1.  ed.,
  much enlarged.   8°.   London, 1903.
    Cavazzani (G.)  L' assistenza dei malati, le-
  zioni pratiche per  gli infermieri.  8°.  Milano,
  [1899].
    Centralcomite  (Das) der  preussischen Ver-
  eine  zur Pflege  im Felde verwundeter und  er-
  krankter Krieger.  Leitfaden fiir deu Unterricht
  der freiwilligen Krankeutriiger (Sanit'its-Kolou-
  nen),  zusammengestellt  von  Prof.  Sturcke, il-
  lustrirt von Riiblemanu.   6.  Aufl.  Auf Gruud
  aller  einschlagenden amtlichen  Bestinimungen
  neu bearbeitet von Riiblemanu.  16°.  Dresden,
  1891.
    Complete (A) system of nursing, written by
  medical  men  and  nurses.  Edited  by Honnor
  Morten.  12°.  London, 1898.
    Cosgrave (E. MacD.)   Hints and helps  for
  home nursing and  hygiene; a handbook for ;ill
  who have to do with sickness.  Arranged accord-
  ing  to the syllahns  of the second  or nursing
  course of lectures,  with the addition of a chap-
  ter on the application of the  roller  bandage.
  24°.   London, [189'>].
    Craven (Mrs. D.)   A guide to district nurses.
  12°.   London, 1869. 
NURSING.
841
NURSING.
Nursing (Manuals of).
    Croix  Rocge fraucaise.  "Manuel de l'infir-
  miere-liospitalieie, redig6 sous la direction de la
  commission nie'dicale de l'enseignement.  4. 6d,
  eutiereinent refondue.  8°.  Paris, 1903.
    Cuff (H.)  A course of lectures ou medicine
  to nurses.   8°.  Philadelphia,  1896.
    -----.    Tbe same.   2.  ed.   12°.   London,
  1696.
    -----.    The same.   4. ed.    8°.   London,
  1903.
    Cullingworth  (C. J.)   A mauual  of  nurs-
  ing, medical aud surgical.   3.  ed., revised.  16°.
  London, 1889.
    Currax  (M. W.)  Information for nurses in
  home and hospital.  8°.  Chicago, 1893.
    -----.    Sickness aud  accidents;  modern
  methods of treatmeut.   Information for nurses
  in home and hospital.   12°.  Chicago, 1894.
    Davies  (Mary).  The nurse's  companion in
  the sick room.  16°. London, 1888.
    Davis  (A.  E.)  & Douglass (B.) Eye, ear,
  nose, and throat  nursing.   8°.  Philadelphia,
  1905.
    Demmler (A.)  Des  soins a donner  aux ma-
  lades.  Hygiene;   surveillance  nie'dicale.  12c.
  Paris, [1^96].
    Dobree (Louisa Emily).  A manual  of  home
  nursing, with an  introduction by Mary Schar-
  lieb.   8°.   London,  1669.
    Domville  (E.  J.)   A 'manual for  hospital
  nurses and others engaged in attending on the
  sick.  5. ed.  8°.   London, 1885.
    -----.   The same.  5. ed.  8°.  Philadelphia,
  1885.
    -----.  Thesame. 6. ed.  12°. Philadelphia,
  1888.
    -----.  Thesame. 7.ed.  12°. Philadelphia,
  1691.
    Drummond (\Y. B.)   Golden  rules  of sick
  nursiug.  24°.  Bristol, [1905].
    Duner   (G)   Handbok for  sjukvardare.
  [Manual for care of patients.]  12°.   Stockholm,
  [1889].
    ECCLES ("W. McA.) Elementary anatomy and
  surgery for nurses.  A  series  of lectures  deliv-
  ered to the uursing staff of the  West London
  Hospital.   12°.  London, l^-9(i.
    van Eden (P.  H.)   Ziekenverpleging in het
  huisgezin.  12°.   Groningen, 1901.
    Eichhoff (P.J.)  Leitfaden  fiir  den Uuter-
  rit-ht in der Krankenpflege. Unter Mitwirkung
  von  Dr.  Kiinne   und  Dr.  Pagenstecher.  12°.
  Frankfurt a. M., 1690.
    Eschle.  Kurzer Abriss der Gesundheits- und
  Krankenpflege.  8°.  Berlin, [n. d.].
    -----.   The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.  Freiburg  i.
  B. 4- Leipzig, 1699.
    Fessler  (J. )   Taschenbuch  der Kranken-
  pflege.  Mit einem Vorwort von O. von Angerer.
  12c.  Munchen, 1902.
    ------.   The same.   2. Aufl.  12°. Miinchen,
  1904.
    _____.   Erster  Unterricht  in der Kranken-
  pflege (lur Haus  und  Bernf).  In Fragen und
  Antworten.  12°.   Miinchen, 1903.
    Forelasningar  for  Sophiauimets  sjuksko-
  terskeelever.  V.  Sjukskoterskeliira.  [The the-
  ory of nursing.]  8°. Stockholm, [1901].
    Friedenwald (J.) & RuhrXh (J.)  Dietetics
  for nurses.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1905.
    Fullerton (Anna M.)  Nursing in abdominal
  surgery and diseases of women.   12°.  Philadel-

 Pltia> lf*91-                        ™ , „ 7 7.-
    ------.   Thesame. 2. ed. 12°.  Philadelphia,
  IK):'.
    ------.   Thesame.  Surgical nursing; a com-
  pilation of the lectures upon abdominal surgery,
Nursing (Manuals of).
  gynecology, and general surgical conditions and
  procedures, delivered to  the classes in the train-
  ing school for nurses connected with the Woman's
  Hospital of Philadelphia.  :i. ed., revised and en-
  larged.  12°.  Philadelphia, 1899.
    Gids voor ziekenverpleging in 's-Gravenhage
  en Scheveningen.   Uitgegeven door de afdeeling
  's-Gravenhage van  deu Nederlandscken Bond
  voor  Ziekenverpleging.   12°.   's-Gravenhage,
  1905.
    Gjessing (Maja).   Kort veiledning i bjemligt
  sygestel.   [Short guide for home nursing.]  12°.
  Kristiania, 1904.
    Goering.   Lehrbuch  fiir  Krankenpflegerin-
  nen.  8°.  Bremen, 1891.
    GOschel  (K.)  Lehrbuch  fiir  Heilgehilfen.
  12°.   Augsburg, 1902.
    Goldie (Mabel D.)  Notes on home nursing,
  with hints on hygiene.   16°.   London, 1903.
    Gross Droz  (Mme.)   Guide pratique de  la
  garde-malade et de l'ambulanciere.  Pratiques
  diverses de  chirurgie courante.   2. e'd.  12c.
  Bordeaux, 1904.
    Guttmann (E.)  Krankendienst.  Ein kurzes
  Lehrbuch der Krankenpflege im Hospital und in
  der Familie.  12°.  Leipzig, 1893.
    Hadley (W.  J.)  Nursing, general, medical,
  and surgical, with appendix on sick-room cook-
  ery.   12°.   London, 1902.
    -----.  The  same.  12°.  Philadelphia, 1902.
    Hampton (I. A.)  Nursing; its precepts and
  practice.   For hospitals and private use.  12°.
  Philadelphia, 1893.
    Hand-book (A) of nursiug for hospitals aud
  general use.  Published  under the direction  of
  the Connecticut Training-School  for  Nurses.
  Revised ed.  8°. Philadelphia, 1905.
    Harding  (W.)   Mental nursing.  8°.  Lon-
  don, 1893.
    -----.  The  same.  Or  lectures for asylum
  attendants.  2.  ed.   8°.  London, 1894.
    Harrison (Eveleen).   Home nursing; modern
  scientific methods for the care of the sick.  12°.
  Neio York 4' London, 1900.
    Hospital (The) nurse's case book.  A book of
  tables specially prepared for use  by nurses  in
  the ward and in the sick-room.  16°.   London,
  [n. d.].
    How to become a trained nurse.   A manual of
  information  in  detail; with a complete list  of
  the various training  schools  for nurses in the
  United States and  Canada.  Ed. by Jane Hod-
  son.   8°.  New  York, 1696.
    -----.  Thesame.  2. ed.  8°.  New York, 1905.
    Humphry (L.) A mauual of nursing; medical
  and surgical. 8°.  London, 1889.
    -----.   The same. 2. ed.   12°.  London, l-s90.
    -----.  The  same.  12°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    -----.   The  same.   13. e'd.  12°.   Philadel-
  phia,  1895.
    Iacobaeus (H.) & Kler  (A.)   Handbog for
  sygeplejersker.   [Handbook  for  nurses.]  8°.
  Aflbenhavn, 1904.
    KeldIsh (N. F.)   Meditsinskiya besiedl  s
  ispltnyemlmi sesttami miloserdiya Sv. Troitskol
  Obshtshinl.   [Medical discourses  with the sis-
  ters of mercy of the Community of the Holy
  Trinity.]  8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1890.
    Kiksewetter (F.)  Die Krankenpflege in der
  Familie.  Zur Aufkliirung und Unterstiitzung
  in der hiiuslicben Krankenpflege und als Lectiire
  fur Jedennanu.  3. Aufl.  8°.  Wiesbaden, [n.d.].
    -----.   The  same.  4. Aufl.  Von Dr.  Ben-
  ninghoven.  15. Lfg.  8°.  Berlin, 1898.
    KorItin (P. [S.])  Ukhod za bolnlmi; krat-
  kiy kurs   [Care for the sick; short course.]  8°.
  Novocherkask, 1889. 
NURSING.
842
NURSING.
Nursing* (Manuals of).
    Lazarus   (J.)   Krankenpflege.   Handbuch
  fiir  Krankenpflegerinnen  und  Familien.   8°.
  Berlin, 1697.
    Lkitfaden der  Krankenpflege.  Unter  Mit-
  wirkung  der  Herren de  la Camp,  Gliuger,
  Sudeck nnd Prof.  Wollenberg,  hrsg. von Prof.
  Riunpf.  8°.  Leipzig, 1900.
    Leitfaden fiir die Unterrichtscurse der Pfleger
  im nenen allgemeineu Krankenhause zu Ham-
  burg-Eppendorf.  2. Aufl.   16°.  Leipzig, 1892.
    Leo ( R. )  Hansliche Krankenpflege, nebst
  einem Anhang iiber erste Laien-Hilfe bei pliitz-
  lichen Erkrankungen und Unglucksfallen.  Vor-
  trage  fiir Danien gebildeter Stande.  8°.  Dres-
  den, [1699, vel subseq.].
    Lewis  (P. G.)   The theory and practice of
  nursing.  A text-book for nurses.  12°.   London,
  1890.
    -----.  The same.  2. ed.  12°.  London, 1892.
    -----.  The same.  Being a  complete text-
  book of medical, surgical, and monthly nursing.
  13. thousand. 8°.  London, 1899.
    Likbe  (G.),  Jacobson  (P.)  & Meyer  (G.)
  Handbuch der  Krankenversorgung uud Kran-
  kenpflege.  v. 1, 1.  Abth.   8°.  Berlin, 1898.
    LOckes (Eva  C. E.)  Home nursiug and sick-
  room appliances.  12°.  London, 1883.
    Manning (Anne R.)  First principles of nurs-
  ing.   10°.   Boston, 1901.
    Manuel pratique de la garde-malade et de
  l'intirmiere, public  par le Dr. Bourneville,  avec
  la collaboration de . . . Blondeau, De Boyer, [et
  al.].   v.  4.   [Administration et  comptabilit6
  hospitalieres, pav Pinon].  12°.   Paris, [1889].
    Marshall (C. F.) Elementary physiology for
  nurses.  12°.  London, 1897.
    Martin (J. W.)   Questions and answers on
  nursiug for  St. John's ambulance associations
  and others.   24°.  London, 1890.
    Marx (F.)  Unterrichtsbuch  fiir angehende
  Krankenpflegerinnen.  2. Aufl. 12°.  Paderborn,
  I8b9.
    -----.  The same.   Handbiichlein der Kran-
  keupflege zu  Hause und im Hospitale  ...   4.
  verbesserte Aufl., besorgt durch  Alfred  Russell.
  8°.  Paderborn,  1902.
    Medical  aud surgical nursing; a treatise on
  modern nursing from  the  physician's and sur-
  geon's standpoint, for the guidance of graduate
  and student nurses, together with practical in-
  struction in  the art of cooking for  the sick.
  Edited by H. J. O'Brien.  8°.  New York 4-  Lon-
  don, 1900.
    Mendelsohn (M.)  Krankenpflege  fur Medi-
  ciner.
    In: Handb. d. spec. Therap. innerer  Krankh.,  Jena,
  1897-9,  1. Suppl.-Bd., 147-417.
    Miles (A.)  Surgical ward-work and nursing.
  A hand book for junior students of medicine and
  nurses.  8 \  London, 1894.
    Moberly (L. G.)  Sick nursiug at home.  IO.
  London, 1900.
    Morten (H.)   The nurse's dictionary of med-
  ical terms and  nursing treatment.  16°.   Lon-
  don, [1891].
    Muller (R.)   Uebersichts-Tafeln znr Kran-
  kenpflege, fiir  Schwesteru  zusammengestellt,
  12°.  Braunschweig, 1900.
    Myers  (B.)   Home nursing.   12°.   London,
  19J3.
    Nightingale  (Florence).  Notes on nursing;
  what  it is,  and what it is not.  With some ac-
  count  of her life. 8°.  Boston, 1800.
    ------.  The same.  8°.  New  York, 1883.
    Nurse's (Tlie) manual and mother's medical
  adviser; a guide to  the inexperienced, by a prac-
  ticiug physician.  8°.  Philadelphia, 1845.
Nursing (Manuals of).
    Nursing guide; handbook of Nurses' League,
  and register of nurses trained at Guy's Hospital.
  2. ed.  12°.  London, 1904.
    Osborn (S.)  Ambulance  lectures ou  home
  nursing and hygieue.  12°.   London, 1885.
    -----.   The same. 2. ed.  12°.  London, 1891.
    Ovington (I. H.)  Helps  for home nursing.
  24°.  Chicago, 1891.
    Oxford  (M.  N.)  A handbook of nursing.
  12°.  London, 1900.
    Potjan (H.)  Leitfaden fur Samariteriuneu.
  12°.  Miinchen, 1904.
    Poulsen (K.)  Kortfattet  Anatomi for  Syge-
  plejersker.  Udgivet nied Underst0ttelse af Fo-
  reningeu  " Det R0de Kors ".  [Brief anatomy for
  attendants of patients.  Published hy the assis-
  tance of  members  of "The  Red Cross".]  8°.
  Kjflbenhavn, 1893.
    Rasmussen (A. F.)  Haaudbog for Sygeple-
  jersker.   [Mauual for nurses.]  8°.  Kfibenhavn,
  1891.
    Regnault.   Manuel  k  l'usage des iufirmiers
  civils et  militaires, des families et des gardes-
  nialades.   8°.  Marseille 4- Paris, 1890.
    Renou.  Le livre de la garde-malade, avec les
  soiusaux  mereset aux nouveau-ue*s.  8°.  Paris,
  [n. d.].
    Riebel.  Leitfaden  der  Krankenwartung.
  Zum Gebrauch fiir die  Krankenwartscbule des
  kouiglicben Charite*-Kraukenhauses.  12°. Ber-
  lin, 1889.
    Robb (Isabel H.)  Nursiug  ethics; for hos-
  pital aud private use. 12°.  Cleveland, 1901.
    Roberts (R. L.)  Illustrated  lectures on nurs-
  ing and hygiene.  12°.  London, 1890.
    Rupprecht (P.)  Die Krankenpflege im Frie-
  den  und  im Kriege.  Zum Gebrauch fur Jeder-
  mann, iusbesondere fiir Pflegerinuen,Pfleger nnd
  Aerzte.  8°. Leipzig, 1905.
    Salzwedel.   Handbuch der Krankenpflege.
  Zum Gebrauch fiir die Krankwartschule des kgl.
  Charite'-Krankenhanses, sowie zum Selbstunter-
  richt. 8. Aufl.  8°.  Berlin,  1904.
    -----.   The  same. 8. Aufl.  1. Beiheft. Wo-
  cheu- uud Sauglingspflege.  8°.  Berlin, 1905.
    Schermers (D.)  Handleiding bij het Verple-
  gen  van Krankzinnigen.  12°.  Leiden, 1898.
    Schmidt (J.)   Guide  pratique de  l'infirmiere
  bospitaliere.  12°.  Bruxelles, 1902.
    Secretan (W. B.)  Elements of anatomy and
  physiology, especially adapted for nurses.  8°.
  London, 1905.
    von  Sick (P.)  Die  Krankenpflege in  ihrer
  BegrunduiigaufdieGesnndheitslehre, mit beson-
  derer Beriicksichtigung der  Diakonissen-Kran-
  kenpflege.  4. Aufl.   8°.  Stuttgart, 1904.
    Stewart (Isla)  & Cuff  (H.  E.)   Practical
  nursing.   2.  v.   8°.  Edinburgh  4c London,
  1899.
    Stoecker (A.)  Die hansliche Krankenpflege;
  sechs Vortrage.   12°. Karlsruhe, 1903.
    Stoney (E A. M.)  Practical points in nursiug
  for nurses in private practice; with an appendix
  containing rules for feeding the sick, recipes for
  invalid foods and beverages,  weights and  mas-
  ures, dose list,  and  a full glossary of medical
  terms and  nursing treatment,  sm. 8°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1890.
    ------.   The same.  2. ed., thoroughly revised.
  12°.  Philadelphia, 1897.
    ------.   Thesame. 3.ed., thoroughly revised.
  8°.   Philadelphia, 1903.
    —---.   Bacteriology and  surgical technique
  for nurses.  8°.  Philadelphia,  1900.
    ------.   The  same.  Thoroughly revised and
.  enlarged  by F.  R.  Griffith.  2. ed.  8°.  Phila-
  delphia, 1905. 
NURSING.
843
NURSING-BOTTLES.
Nursing (Manuals of).
    Stuhlen (A.)  Leitfaden fiir Krankenpfleger
  und  Kraukeupflegerinneu bei  der  Pflege  von
  austeckenden Kranken in Krankenhausern  und
  in der Wohnung.  Hrsg. im amtlioheu Auftrage
  der kgl. Regierung zu  Arusberg.  12°.  Berlin,
  1905.
    Taschenbuch fiir Krankeupflege.  Bearbeitet
  von Ed. Brehme in Erfurt; Prof. P. Fiirbringer
  in Berlin  [et al.], hrsg. im Auftrage der unter
  dem Protektorat Ihrer koniglichen  Hoheit der
  Fran Grossherzogin von Sachsen stehenden Pfle-
  geriuneu-Anstalt in Weimar von Dr. L. Pfeiffer.
  2. Aufl.  12°.  Weimar, 1890.
    -----.  The same.  3. Aufl. 12°.  Weimar,
  1900.
    Tiburtius.  Leitfaden fiir den Unterricht in
  der Familien- Krankenpflege.  16°.   Berlin, 1888.
    Trenite (A. N. N.)   Haudboek  der  zieken-
  verpleging, met een voorwoord van J. vau De-
  venter.  8^.  Amsterdam, 1894.
    -----. Verpleegsters zakwoordeuboekje.  24°.
  Amsterdam, 1899.
    Tunstall (J. O.)   Household nursing.  24°.
  London, 1892.
    Unterrichtsbuch fiir freiwillige  Kranken-
  pfleger.  Auszug ans dem Unterrichtsbuch fiir
  Sauitatsmannschaften  vom 27. September 1902.
  8°.  Berlin, 1903.
    Vereeniging van genees- en heelkundigen in
  Zeeland.  Handleiding voor bakers, namens de
  . .  . door de  permauente  commissie tot verbe-
  tering van de bakerstand.  24°.   Middelburg,
  1851.
    VlNCQ (C.)  Manuel  des hospitalieres et des
  garde-nialades.  8°.  Paris, 1904.
    Watson (J. K.)   A handbook  for nurses.
  Am. ed., under the supervision of A. A. Stevens.
  8°.  Philadelphia, 1900.
    Weeks-Shaw (Clara S.) A text-book of nurs-
  ing.  For the use of training schools, families,
  and private students.  12°.  New York, 1889.
    -----.  The same.   2. ed.,  revised and en-
  larged.  8°.   Neio York, 1892.
    ------.  The same.   2. ed.,  revised and en-
  larged.  12°.  New York, 1895.
    -----.  The same.  2. ed.   12°.  New York,
  1898.
    VON Weissenhorst (G.)  Die Krankenwar-
  tung dargestellt fur Warter, Warterinneu, El-
  tern, Erzieher und Jedermann nach den besten
  niedicinischen  Vorschriften  und  mit  einem
  kurzen Vocabularium iu vier Sprachen versehen.
  24°.  Frauenfeld, 1859.
    Wie pflegen wir unsere Kranken  ?  Grundriss
  der  Krankenpflege  fur Schwestern,  Pfleger,
  Pflegerinnen  und  Familien von   einer Roten
  Kreuz-Schwester.  12°.  Berlin, 1900.
    Wilson (J. C.)  Fever-nursing.   Designed for
  the use  of professional and other nurses, and
  especially as a text-book for nurses in training.
  3. ed.   16°.  Philadelphia, [1899].
    Wise (P. M.)  A text-book for training schools
  for  nurses, including  physiology   aud  hygiene
  and the principles and practice of nursing; with
  an introduction  by Edward Cowles.  2 v.  8 .
  New York, 1896.                 ~.  v   i
    WitthaUER [K.]   Leitfaden  fur Kranken-
  pflegerinnen  im Kraukenhaus und in der Fa-
  milie.  8°.  Halle a. S., 1897
    _____.  The same.  2. Aufl.  8°.  Halle a. S.,
  1902.                        ,  p        n
    Wood  (C. J.)   A hand-book of nursing lor
  the home and the hospital, with  a glossary of
  the most common  medical terme.   4. ed.  lo .
  London,  Paris 4- New York, [n.  d.].
    Woollacott (F. J.)  Lectures upon the nurs-
  ing of infectious diseases.   12°.  London, [1906].
\ur*iiii; (Manuals of).
    VAN Woude (Johanna).  Betrekkingen voor
  vrouwen.  II.  Ziekenverpleegster.   8°.   Am-
  sterdam, [n. d.~],
    VON Ziemssen (H.)  Klinische Vortrage.  II.
  Vortrag.  Ueber  die oftentliche  Krankenpflege.
  8°.  Leipzig, 1888.
Nursing1 (Periodicals relating  to).
    American (The) Journal of Nursing.  [Month-
  ly.] v. 1-6,1900-1901 to 1905-6. 8°. Philadelphia.
    Current.
    British (The) Journal of Nursing.  Edited by
  Mrs. Bedford Fenwick.   [Weekly;  2  v. annu-
  ally.]  v. 29-36, 1902-6.  sm. 4C.  London.
    Current. Continuation of: Nursing (The) Record.
    Deutscher  Kalender  fiir  Krankenpflege-
  rinnen und Krankenpfleger.   Hrsg. von George
  Meyer,  v. 1-6, 1899-1905.  12°.  Frankfurt a. M.
    Current.
    Krankenpflege  (Die).  Monatsschrift  fiir
  die gesammten Zweige der Krankenpflege uud
  Krankenbehandlung in Wissenschaft und Pra-
  xis.  Hrsg.: M.  Mendelsohn,   v.  1-2, 1901-3.
  8°.  Berlin.
    Mother's (The) Nursery Guide.  [Monthly.]
  No. 92, July, 1892.  8°.   New  York.
    Nos. 1-91 title: Babyhood.
    Nightingale  (The).   Edited by  Sarah E.
  Post.  No. l,v. 5, Jan. 4,1890. 4°.  New York, 1890.
    Nosok6mos.  Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche
  Vereeniging tot  Bevordering  der Belangen van
  Verpleegsters en Verplegers.   Red.: A. Aletrino.
  [Monthly.]   v.  1-6, 1900-1901  to 1905-6.   8°.
  Amsterdam.
    Current.
    Nursing (The) Record.  A  journal for nurses
  and a chronicle of hospital aud institution news,
  etc.   [Weekly;  2 v. annually.]  v. 1-28, April
  5, 1888, to June 28, 1902.   4°. London.
    Nursing (The) Times.   [Weekly.]  v. 1-2,
  1905-6.  4°. London.
    Current.
    Nursing (The) World.  Edited by J. Edmund
  Brown.  [Monthly.]   v. 1-9,  1894-1900.  8°.
  Providence, B. I., $ New York.
    Taschenbuch   fur    Krankenpflegerinnen.
  Hrsg. von der Pflegerinnen-Anstalt in Weimar.
  v. 1-2, 1879-80.  12°.   Weimar.
    Tidsskrift for sygepleje. , Redg. af E. Fied-
  ler.  [Monthly.]  v. 1-4,1901-4. 8°.  Kjfibenhavn.
    Trained (The) Nurse and  Hospital  Review.
  v. 1-36, 1888-1906.  8°.   New York,
 Nursing* guide, handbook of Nurses' League,
  and register of nurses trained at Guy's Hospital.
  2. ed.  141 pp.  12°. London, Ash 4- Co., 1904.
 Nursing* (The)  Record.   A  journal for nurses
  and a chronicle of hospital and institution news,
  etc.  [Weekly;  2 v. annually.]  v. 1-28, April
  5, 1888, to June 28, 1902.  4°.  London, S. Low,
  Marston 4" Co.
    v. 1 complete in 39 nos., ending Dec. 27, 1888. Nov. 14,
  1889, title became:  International (The) Nursing Rec-
  ord. Continued under title:  British (The) Journal of
  Nursing.
 Nursing (The) Times.   [Weekly.]   v.  1-2,
  1905-6.  4°.  London, Macmillan 4" Co.
     Current.
 Nursing (The) World.  A monthly devoted  to
  tbe theory  and practice of modern  nursing.
  J. Edmund Brown, editor,   v. 1-9, July, 1894,
  to March,  1900.  8°.  Providence, B. L, 1894-7;
  New York,  1897-1900.
     After 1897, 2 v. annually.
 IVursing-bottles.
     See, also, Infants (Nutrition of)  with  cow's
  milk, etc.; Nipple-shields.
     Jacob (J.-M.)  *Sur les m6faits du biberon.
  8°.  Paris, 1896. 
NURSING-BOTTLES.
844
NUSSBAUM.
!% ursiiig-bottle*.
    Dufour (L.)  Le biberon a travers les ages dans le
   pays de Caux.  Normandie m£d.,Rouen, 1897, xii, 140-144,2
   pl.—Du .TIe*nil (O.)  De l'interdiction de fabriqner et
   de vendre  des biberons a tube.  Ann. d'hyg.. Par.. 1897,
   3. s., xxxvii, 496-502. -----. Biberon a. tube; interdiction
   de fabrication et de vente sollicit6e par la Societe de l'al-
   laitement maternel.   (Rap.J Rec. de. trav. Coniite,  con-
   sult, d'hvg. pub. de  France 1897, Melun, 1898, xxvii, 13-
   19.—Fauvel (H.)  Sur les alterations du lait dans les bi-
   berons, cwustate>s en  meme temps que la presence d'une
   vegetation cryptogamique dans I'appareil en caoutcliouc
   qui s'adapte au recipient en verre.  Compt. rend. Acad. d.
   il. sc. Par., 1881, xcii, 1176.  Also: Bull.  Acad,  de med.,
   Par., 1881,  2. s., x. 918 — Guiilon.  De l'61evage des nou-
   veaux-nes et particuliereinent des nourrissousau biberon;
   industrie des nonrrices dans l'Yoniie; des dilferents bi-
   berons; du choix d'un biberon; des  mauvais  biberons
   conune cause de depopulation.  Bull. Soc. med. de 1'Yonne
   1891. Auxerre, 1892, xxxii, 96-107.—Jacobi (A.) A  new
   feeding-bottle for premature, feeble,  or  invalid infants.
   Med. Kec, N. Y., 1879, xv, 598.—Jousset (A.)  Le bibe-
   ron, ses indications, ses vari£te.s, son role dans l'alimenta-
   tion et la  medication infantile.  J. d. sc. med.  de Lilie,
   1885. vii, 68;  100;  282; 322.— Kilmer ( T. W.)   Tbe
   proper care of tbe  infant's nursing bottle; an apparatus
   for  the perfect sterilization ofthe same, combined with a
   fiasteurizer and sterilizer for milk.  N. York M. J., 1900,
   xxii,  65. — Krit (J.)  Cumel.  [The  nursing bottle.]
   Zdravi, v Praze, 1898,  iv, 197-203.—iVIayet (H.)  De l'al-
  laitement au biberon.  Hull. Soc. de  iu6d. prat, de  Par.,
   1890, 871-875.—Nicolle <C.) & Petit (P.) Deux experi-
  ences sur la valeur du nettoyage & lean pour la  disinfec-
  tion des biberons.  Rev. m6d. de Normandie, ltouen, 1903,
  iv, 507-510.—Powell (W. M.)  Infants'  feeding bottles.
  Med.  Sc Surg.  Reporter, Phila.,  1887,  lvii, 737.—R. <N.)
  Invention  du biberon.  Chron. ni6d., Par., 1898, v, 615.—
  Reiniann.  Eine  Kinder - Saugflasche  mit Metallrohr.
  Berl.  kliu.  "Wchnsehr., 1888,  xxv,  380.—Roland.  Le
  biberon &  travers les ages dans le Poitou.  Poitou ined.,
  Poitiers, 1897, xi, 278-285,1 pl.—Schmidt (A.)  Die Feh-
  ler  der Saugflasehen  und ihre  Vernieidbarkeit; ein  Bei-
  trag zur Sauglingsernahiung.   Miiuchen. med. "Wchn-
  sehr., 1901, xlviii, 22-24.—Nerpagi.   Note sur  les acci-
  dents  que  peut entrainer l'usage du biberon.  Gaz. obst.,
  Par..  1878,  vii, 257. — Toulouze  ( E.)  L'allaitemeut
  artiflciel k l'epoque gallo - romaine.   [Guttus antiques.]
  Union med., Par.,  1884, 3. s., xxxviii, 61-66.— Wende
   (E.) The  dangers of the long-tube nursing-bottles.  Tr.
  M.  Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1899, 369-373.  AUo: Albany  M.
  Ann.,  1899,  xx, 136-140. -----. The death dealing long-
  tube nursing bottle.   J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,  1899,
  xxxiii, 319.  AUo, Reprint. -----. The great danger at-
  tending the use of long-tube nursing bottles.   Buffalo M.
  J.. 1900-1901, n. s., xl.  104-109.—Wurtz.  Emploi des bi-
  berons en 6tain plombifere.  Rec. d. trav. Comite consult.
  d'hyg. pnb. de France. Par., 1883, xii, 176.

Nursing'-bottles  [Patent  specifications

  for].
    See, also, Nipple-shields [Patent specifications
  for].
    Anderson  (L.).  Nursing-bottle.   No. 714552;  Nov.
  25,1902.—Blatiu (A.) Nursing-bottle. No.714133; Nov.
  25, 1902.—Bobrick(G. A.)  Nursing-bottle.  No.468759;
  Feb. 9,  1892— Bonnefont (M.)  Nursing-bottle.  No.
  730337; June 9, 1903. — Borgenschild ( C. )  Nursing-
  bottle.  No. 593830;  Nov. 16,1897.—Brooke (F.  C.)  Nip-
  ple  holder for nursing-bottles.  No. 779582; Jan. 10, 1905.—
  ButztW.D.) Nursing bottle.  No. 586011; July 6,1897.—
  Cantwell (Mary).  Nursing-bottle.  No. 735707;  Aug.
  11, 1903.—Carter (C. S.)  Nursing bottle.  No. 580768;
  April  13,  1*97.—Chalk ( T. C.)  Nursing-bottle.  No.
  416355; Dec. 3, 1889.—Coward (W. M.)  Nursing-bottle.
  No. 460360; Sept. 29,  1891.—Decker (W. M.)  Nursing-
  bottle.  No. 521,73;  June 19, 1894.—Dodge (L. P.)  Im-
  provement  in nursing-bottles.  No. 120575; Nov.  7, 1871.—
  Flodiu  (II. O.)   Nursing-bottle.  No.  460857; Oct.  6,
  1891— Grahnm-Vooll (F. R.)  Infant's feeding bottle.
  No. 69C328; March 25, 1902.—Gram (H. N.) & Hyer
  (R.  S.)  Nursiusr-bottle.  No.  420195; Jan.  28, 1890.—
  Herrmann  (H.)  Nursing-bottle.   No. 527281; Oct. 9,
  1894.—Hobaon (W.)   Improvement  in  nursiug-bottles.
  No. 139958; June 17,1873.—Jensen (II.)  Nursing-bottle.
  No. 467176; Jan. 19, 1892.—I.apaujjli (L. T.)  Nursing-
  bottle.  Xo. 608053; July 26,  1898.—Lowerre (F. H.)
  Nursing-bottle support. No. 530435; Dec. 4, 1894.— Mc-
  RridefJ. T.) Nursing-bottle.  No.533726; Feb'.  5, 1895.—
  IUcKiniioii (J.  W.)  Nursing-bottle.  No. 438937; Oct.
  21, 1890.—iTIa«on (J.  L.)  Improvement  in nursing-bot-
  fles.  No. 159172; Jan. 26, 1875— Itlavail (T.  J.)  Im-
  provement  in nursing-bottltts.  No. 140518; July  1, 1873.—
  Tleicr (IT.) Nursing bottle and  nipple.  No. 590708;
  Sept. 28. 1897. —.Win wesen (J. J.) ' Nursing-bottle.  No.
  701079;  May 27, 1902. YVirdhaui (O. H.) Improvement
  in combined breast-pumps and nursing-bottles. No. 119044-
  Sept. 19, 1871.—Newell (0. K.)  Nursing-bottle.  No.
'  Nilr«iiig*-botties  [Patent specifications

    484811; Oct. 25. 1892. -----. Nursing-bottle.  No. 466361;
    Jan. 5,1892.—Oster (L. YV.)  Nursing-bottle.  No. 395992;
    Jan. 8, 1889.—Perkins (L. E.) Improvement in nursing-
|    bottles.  No. 154562;  Sept. 1, 1874.—Provis (C.)  Clip
    for nursing-bottles.  No. 624974; May 16. 1899.—Roach
    (J. C.)  Nursing-bottle.  No. 595414;  Dec.  14,  1897.—
    Roderick (R.)  Nursing bottle.  No.  598231: Fell.  1,
    1898.—Roth (W. L.)  Nursing bottle.  No. 571245; Nov.
    10, 1896 — Turck (It.)  Nursing-bottle.  No. 514974 ; Feb.
    20, 1894. —Ware (W. F.)   Nursing  bottle.  No.  380835;
    April 10, 1888.—Washington (G.)  Sc Roberts (C. IJ.)
    Yalve  for nursing bottles. No. 564416; July 21, 1896.—
    White (AnnaM.)  Nursing-bottle.  No. 747025; Dec. 15,
    1903.—White (G. R.)  Improvement in nursing-bottles.
    No. 138219;  April 22, 1873.—Worley (T. W. M.)  Nurs-
    ing bottle.   Nov. 595986; Dec. 21, 1897.
  Nussbaum  (H. Chr.)   Leitfaden der  Hygiene
    fiir  Techniker,  Verwaltnngsbcanite  und   Stu-
    dierende   dieser  Fiicher.  xi, GO I pp.   sin.  4°.
    Miinchen 4~ Berlin, B. Oldenbourg, 1902.
      See,  also,  Handbuch der Hygiene.  8°.  Jena, 1893-
    1901, iv, 2. Abt.
  "Nusshaum (Isaak) [1865-    ].   * Ueber Sklero-
    derinie im  Kindesalter.  26 pp., 2 1.   8°.   Wiirz-
    burg,  Becker's  Univ.-Buchdr . 1900.
  von  Nusslmum  [Job. Nepomuk]  [1829-90].
    Herausnahme des  Mastdarmes,  der  Prostata
    mit der davon uinfassten Harnrohre und  eines
    Stuckes des Blasenhalses.  4 pp.  sm. 4°.  Miin-
    chen, 1809.
      Repr.from: Aerztl. Iut.-BL. Munchen, 1869, xvi.
  -----'.   Lister's grosse Eriindung.  Ein klinischer
    Vortrag.   16 pp.  8°.  Miinchen, J. A. Finsterlin,
    1875.
      Repr. from : Aerztl. Int.-Bl., Munchen, 1875, xxii.
 -----.   Leitfiiden znr  antiseptischen Wuudbe-
    handlung,  insbesondere zur Lister'schen Methode
    fiir praktisehe Aerzte nnd  Studirende.  3.  Aufl.
    ix, 159 pp.  8-.   Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1879.
 -----.   The. same.  Handleiding voor de antisep-
    tiscbe  wondhehaudeling, en bijzonder voor Lis-
    ter's  methode.   Naar de 4.  Duitsche  uitg.  ver-
    taald,  door Hector Treub.  1 p. 1., 181 pp., 1  1.
    8°.  Leiden, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1681.
 -----.   The same.   Le  pansemeut antiseptique;
    ses principes, ses nouvelles methodes.  Manuel
    pratique.  2.  6i\.,  traduite sur la 5.  <5d.  alle-
    mande par Eugene de la Harpe.   360 pp.   12°.
    Paris,  J.-B. Bailliere 4^ fils, 1688.
  -----:   Einige Worte aus der Klinik.  8 pp.  8°.
    Munchen, J.  A. Finsterlin, 1880.
      Repr.from: Aerztl. Int.-Bl., Miinchen, 1880, xxvii.
  -----.   Anleitung znr (fiiulnisswidrigen) antisep-
    tischen Wundhehandlung.   Zum Gebrauche fiir
    die Unterrichtskurse. der Biidergehilfen.  ' 14 pp.
    8C.   Munchen, G. Himmer, 1661.
  -----.   Nene Heilmittel fiir Nerven.  Eiu popu-
    lar- wissenschaftlicher  Vortrag.   16  pp.   8°.
    Breslau, E. Trewendt, 1888.
  -----.   Ueber den inneren Gebrauch des Ichthy-
    ols.  7 pp.  12°.  Berlin, G. Schade, 1888.
      Repr.from: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1888, ii.
 -----.   Ueber  Ungliicke  in   der Chirurgie.   2.
    Abdr., 42 pp.  8°.   Leipzig, W.  Eugelmann, 1888.
  -----.   Die gegenwartige Radicaloperation  der
    Unterloibsbriiche.   18  pp.  8C.   [Berlin,  1889.]
      Forms 12.  Hft. of: Berl. Klinik, 1889.
 -----.   Die erste  Hilfe  bei  Verletzungen  und
    einigen  anderen erschreckenden Zufallen.   5.
    Aufl.   44 pp., 1 1.   24°.  Augsburg. M. Huttler,
    1890.
  -----.   Eine  schmerzlose und unblutige  Secun-
    diirnaht.   21 pp. 8°.   Munchen, M. Bieger, 1890.
  -----.   Einfacbe  und  erfolgreiche  Behandluug
    des   Schreibekrampfes.  Eine  vorliiutige   Mit-
    theilung.  3. Aufl.   11 pp., 1  pl.  8°.   Munchen,
    J. A.  Finsterlin, 1891.
      For Biography,see Brit M. J., Lond., 1890, ii, 1155. AUo:
    Deutsche med. Wchnsehr.,  Leipz.  u,  Berl.,  1891, xvii,  15 
NUSSBAUM.
845
NUTKITION.
von Niissbaum [Joh. Nepomuk]—continued.
  (Angerer).  Also : Med.-chir. Centralbl, Wien, 1890, xxv,
  617 (E.Fischer). AUo: Miinchen med. Wchnsehr., 1890,
  xxxvii, 816-818 (Lindpaintner).  Also: Prag. med. "Wchn-
  scbr., 1890,  xv, 569.
    For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). AUo:
  Miinchen. med. Wchnsehr., 1890, xxxvii, 915, port.
NllSSb sill 111 (J6zef).  Zasady anatomii  pdr6\v-
  nawczej.  [Principles of comparative anatomy.]
  v. 1.  iv(l  1.), iii, 744,  xxi pp., 1 1.,  5  pi.  8°.
  Warszawa, E. Wende i S-Ki, 1699.
                    CONTENTS.
    v. 1. "Wiadomosci  wste.pne  i anatomia  por6wnawcza
  zwierza,t bezkr^gowych.  [Introduction and comparative
  anatomy of invertebrates.]
NllSSbailiil  (Moritz)  [1850-    ].  * Experi-
  mentelle  Untersuchungen iiber die  Leitungs-
  verhaltnisse zwischen Gehirn und Riickenmark.
  27 pp.  "  .   Bonn, C. Georgi,  1674.
-----.  Fortgesetzte  Untersuchungen  iiber  die
  Athmung der Lunge,  pp. 296-300.   8°.  Bonn,
  P. Neusser,  188:?.
    Repr. from • Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1883, vii.
-----.  Ueber Yererbung.  2:1 pp.  8°.  Bonn,
  M. Cohen  4- Sohn (F. Cohen),  1666.

TYusser  (Eduard) [1817-91].
    d.  (A.)   [Biograpby.]  Mitth.  d. "Wien.  med. Doct.-
  Coll., 1891,  xvii, 123-127.
Nute (John  \V.).
    See Baswctt (Carroll Phillips)  & IVute (J. W.)  The
  sewerage and sewage disposal [etc.].  8Y  Hast Orange,
  1885.

Nutmeg.
     Dietzius  (J. H.)   *De uuce moschata.   sm.
  4-'.  Gie88a> Hassorum, 1060.
     Held (F.)   *Zur  chemischen Charakteristik
  des Sameuiuantels "Macis'* der Myristicaarten,
  speziell der sogenannten  Bombay-Macis.  [Er-
  langen.]   ■:-.  Bretten,  [1893].
     Schultze  (X.)   *De  mice moschata.   4C.
  Traj. ad Rhenum,  1709.
     Biiokc  (W.)  Muskatniisse.  Arb. a.  d.  k. Gsndhts-
  amte, Berl., 1894-5, xi. 390-410, 3 pl.—Cadeac Sc ITIeti-
  nier (A.)  Contribution a  l'6tude physiologique de l'es-
  sence de muscade.  Province m6d., Lyon, 1889, iii, 613-615.
  AUo: J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1890, 3. s., xv, 5-
  10.__Ku»by  (H. H.)  Maeis, its botanical  nature; a criti-
  cism of tbe United States Pharmacopoeia. Drug. Bull.,
  Detroit,  18.-9. iii, 401.  Also, Reprint.—Thorns (H.)  Ue-
  ber die Bestandteile  der Samen von Monodoia myristica
  Dunal.  Ber.d. deutsch. pharm.Gesellsch..  Berl., 1904, xiv,
  24-28.—Wellman (F. C.)  On the Angola nutmeg as an
  abortifacient.  J.  I i p. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 327.

Nutmeg  (Poisoning hy).
     Bentlif (P. B.)  Caseof poisoning by  nutmeg.  Brit.
  M. J., Lond., 1889. ii, 1389.— Oashevslti (P. I.) Sluchai
  otravleniya muskatuim  orlekboin  (mix  muschata, semen
  mvristici).  [Caseof poisoning with .. .]  Yuzbuo-russk.
  med. gaz.,  Odessa, 1895, iv, 191. — F. (H. E. C.) Case of
  nutmeg  poisoning.   Guy's  Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1898, xii,
  y,-{-> —Hamilton (J.)  An interesting case of nutmeg
  poisoning.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxx,
  608.— IIinman (E. E.)  A case of nutmeg poisoning.
  Albany M. Ann., 1901, xxii, 669.—Hodgdon (A. L.)  A
  case of nutmeg poisoning.  Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. T.,
  1894 vii 1493.—"Licbich (L.)  Pripadvotravy snux mos-
  chata.  TCase of poisoning with .. .] Casop. lek. 6esk v
  Praze, 1896, xxxv, 283— Merrill (F.  D.)  Report of a
  caseof poisouingfrom nutmegs (Mynsticafragrans).  Am.
  Med., Phila., 1901, ii. 684.—"Fitter (R. A.)  A case of nut-
  meg poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1035.—Rending
  (G E.)  A case of nutmeg-poisoning.  Therap. Gaz., .De-
  troit, 1892,  3.  s., viii,  585.—Sawyer (A.)  A ca-e of nut-
  meg poisoning.  N.  Tork M. J., 1889, 1, 354 -Simpson
  (T. G.)  Case of poisoning  by nutmegs.   Lancet Lond.,
  1895, i 10 -Smith (S. M.)   Nutmeg poisoning. Lancet,
  Lond., 1902, i. 1798.- Wallace (G. B.) On nutmeg poi-
  soning.  Contrib. Med. Research (Vaughan), Ann Arbor,
  Mich., 1903, 351-.'i64.
Nutmeg-liver.
     See Liver (Congestion, etc., of).
Nutrition.
     See,  also,  Alimentation;   Assimilation;
  Blood  (Circulation of);  Children (Nutrition  of);
Nutrition.
  Digestion: Excretion; Foetus (Nutrition of);
  Food; Growth; Infants (Nutrition of).
    Bekri.nbroek ( A. li.)    *De  alimentorum
  facnltatibiis et materia alibili.  4°.  Lugd. Bat.,
  1776.
    Canz  (T.)   Absolute und relative  Lebeus-
  bediirfuisse des Mensehen  und dert-n  Befriedi-
  gung.    Belehrung iiber rationelle Ernahrung,
  iiber Nahrungs-  und  Genussmittel  und  deren
  Wcith in  hygieniscber  Beziehung.   Nach den
  neuesten  hygicni-sch-physiologisehen  Werkeu.
  8°. Leipzig-Plagwiiz, [1898?].
    Cayla (F.)    Aliments, boissons  et  condi-
  ments.   Repas  des adultes  et  des vieillards
  sains, val6tudinuires ou malades.   8&.   Paris.
  1902.
    COCQ.    L'alimentation.  8°.  Bruxelles, 1899.
    de  Courckllks (N.-C.-A.)   * De nntritione.
  4°.  Lugd. Bat.,  [17:10].
    Crausius (R. W.)  [De  nutritione.]   sm. 4-.
  Jence, 1068.
    Donders  (F.  C.)   De voedingsbeginselen.
  Grondslagen eener algemeene voedingsleer.   8C.
  Tiel, 1882.
    Dulkenius (H.)  * De nutritione.  4°.  Lugd.
  Bat., 1667.
    Duncan (T. C.)   How to become plump; or,
  talks on physiological feeding.   16°.   Chicago,
  1878.
    DuRade.  Traite physiologique et chymiquc,
  sur la nutrition.   1*2°.   Paris, 1767.
    EiNHORN (M.)   Practical  problems of  diet
  aud nutrition.  8°.  New  York, 1905.
    Ernahrung und Gesundheit.   Geleitet vou
  F. Schilling.  [Monthly.]   v. 1, 1903-4.  roy. 8°.
  Leipzig.
    Fassuender (M.)  Die  Ernahrung des Men-
  sehen in  ihrer  Bedeutung fiir Wohlfahrt  und
  Kultnr.   12°.  Berlin, 1905.
    Finkler (D.)  Ueber die "Untereraiihrung".
  4°.  Bonn, 1903.
    Fleck (H.)  Die Ernahruugsgesetze in ihrer
  Anwendung auf das  hiiusliche  Lebeu.   Eiu
  Leitfaden fiir Haushaltungeu und Volkskiichen
  znr Darstellung  guter und preiswiirdiger Mahl-
  zeiten.   8°.  Braunschweig, 1882.
    Fletcher (H.)  The A B.-Z. of our  own  nu-
  trition.  12°.  New York,  1903.
    Forster (J.)   Warum  und was essen wir!
  Ruck- und Ausblicke in  der  Ernahrungsfrage.
  Rede zur  Feier des Geburtstages Sr.  Majestiit
  des Kaisers am 27. Januar 1901  in der  Aula der
  Kaiser-Wilhelms-Universitat Strassburg.   8°.
  Strassburg, 1901.
    Frentzel (G.)   Ernahrung  uud Volksuah-
  rungsniittel.   Sechs Vortrage.   12°.   Leipzig,
  1900.
    Haig (A.)  Diet aud food considered iu rela-
  tion to strength  aud power of endurauce, train-
  ing, and athletics.   12°.   .London, 1898.
    -----.  The same.   12°.  London, 1900.
    -----.   The same.   2. ed.  12°.   Philadel-
  phia,  1901.
    Heerwagen (J.  L.)  * De ingestione.   sm. 4°.
  Erlangce, 1767.
    Heger (P.)   L'alimentation.   6°.  Bruxelles,
  1901.
    Horridge  (F.)   Dynamic  aspects of nutri-
  tion and heredity.   12c.   London, 1902.
    -----.  The same.  8°.  New York, 1902.
    James (A.)  Nutrition and  reproduction con-
  sidered generally and as bearing on  the etiology
  and treatment of disease.   12°.  Edinburgh, 1883.
     Koch (R.)  Wie ernahren wir uus gesund-
  heitsgemass?  12°.  Berlin, 1902.
     Levaditi (C.)   La nutrition  dans ses rap-
  ports avec l'immunite\  8°.  Paris,  [n. d.]. 
NUTRITION.                               846                               NUTRITION.
Nutrition.
    Morgf.nstkrn  ( Liua ).    Ernahruugslehre.
  Grundlage  zur  hiiuslichen  Gesundheitspflege.
  5. erweiterte Aufl.  8:>.   Berlin, [1903].
    Mi'NZ (P.)   Handbuch  der  Ernahrung fiir
  Gesunde  uud Magenkranke.   Mit  besonderer
  Beriicksichtigung  der jiidischen Speisegesetze.
  8°.   Mainz, 1901.
    Neuburger (M.)    Die Anschauungeu  iiber
  den  Mechanismus  der specitischeu Ernahrung.
  (Das Problem der  Wahlanziehnng.)  8°.  Leip-
  zig 4~ Wien, 1900.
    Nevye (J.)  *De  nutritione.   4°.   Lugd.
  Bat., lt>62.
    Niven (J.)   Food  and driuk iu  relatiou to
  disease.  Feeding  in relation to the health of
  the young.  8°.  London, 1904.
    Oddo  degli Oddi.   De ccenre et prandii por-
  tione libri duo, cui facta est aecessio non parva
  ex parastasi  Petri Toleti,  ad  . . .  Gulielmum
  Arsagnin.
    In: Tolet (P.) Opusculum recens natum [etc.].  12°.
  Lugduni, 1538,119-203.
    Pestalossi  (A.-J. )  * Diss,  physiologica de
  nutritione.  sm. 4°.  Monspellii, 1727.
    Randel (R.)  *Ansichten  uud Ausspriiche
  des  Hippokrates iiber die Ernahrung von Ge-
  sunden uud Kranken  und  iiber die Verdaulich-
  keit verschiedener NabrungBtnittel.  8°.   Er-
  langen, 1899.
    Ranke (J.)  Die Ernahrung  des   Mensehen.
  sm. 4°.  Miinchen,  1876.
    Ranke (K.  E.)  Ueber die  Einwirkung des
  Tropenklimas auf die Ernaliruntr des  Mensehen,
  auf  Gruud von  Versuchen  im  tropischen  und
  subtropischeu Siidamerika.  4°.  Berlin, 1900.
    Renoult (A.)   * Du rdle du  systeme vascu-
  laire daus la nutrition en g6ne"ral, et dans  celle
  du   muscle et  du ctetir en particulier.   4°,
  Strasbourg, 1869.
    Richter  (G. G.)  [Pr. nutritio  corporis hu-
  man i.] sm. 4°.  Gottingw, [1737],
    -----.   [Pr.]  de siccis et sobriis.   4°.  Got-
  tingce,  1764.
    In hit: Opusc.  med.   4°.  Francofurti  dk Lipsice,
  1780,  iii, 469-485.
    Rog-Aar (J.)  * De  nutritioue corporis hu-
  uiani.  4C.  Lugd.  Bat., 1744.
    Rozoff ( S. V. )  * Sravnitelnoye  usvoyeniye
  zhirov sviezhel  i  kopchenol rlbl; materiali k
  dietetikle.   [Comparative assimilation  of fats
  from fresh and smoked fish.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg,
  1891.
    Rurner (M.)   Uusere Nahruugsmittel  und
  die Ernahruugskunde.   12°.  Stuttgart,  1904.
    See  (G.)  Du regime alimentaire.   Traite-
  ment  higie"nique  des   malades.   8°.   Paris,
  1887.
    -----.   The  same.    Die Lehre  vom Stoff-
  wechsel  und von  der Ernahrung und  die  hy-
  gienische  Behandlung der  Kranken.   Autori-
  sirte deutsche Ausgabe von Max Solomon.  8°.
  Leipzig, 1888.
    Shimanski  (E. V.)  * K voprosu ob usvoyenii
  zhirov pishtshi pod vliyaniyem vann (35° C.) cum
  oleo  pini silvestris a3thereo  u zdorovlkh lyudel.
  [On  assimilation of fatty substances from  food
  under  the  influence of baths (35° C.) with oleo
  pini, etc., in healthy people.]  8°. S.-Peterburg,
  1691.                                        y
    Sigaud (C.)  Trait6 clinique de la digestion
  it du regime alimentaire d'aprfes les donnees de
  l'exploration  externe  du  tube digestif,  v. 1.
  f-.   Paris, 1900.
    Smirnoff (S.  G.)   * K  voprosu   o   vliyanii
  drobnavo kormleuiya  na usvoyeniye i  obmlen
  azota u zdorovlkh lyudel.  [Influence  of  frac-
\ ii I ii I ion.
  tional  feeding  on assimilation and metabolism
  iu healthy men.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1894.
    Strohmer (F.) Die Ernahrung des Mensehen
  und Seine Nahrungs- und Genussmittel.  Ueber
  Aufforderung des k. k. Ackerbau-Ministeriums.
  8°.   Wien, 1667.
    Strueh (C.)  Die  Ernahrung des  gesunden
  und  kranken  Mensehen,   gemeinverstandlich
  dargestellt.  8°.   Leipzig, 1901.
    A Uo [Abstr.], in: Kurberichte, Leipz., 1901, v, 145; 177:
  193;  209.

    Tiebe  (A.)  Was muss jedermann von  der
  Ernahrung wissenf  Mit 8 nach  der Natur auf-
  genommenen Farbendrucktafeln mit 18 Abbil-
  duugen  der  wichtigsten  Fleischteile  unserer
  Schlachttiere.  8C.  Stettin, 1900.
    Tiedemann  (F.)  &  Gmelin  (L.)  Versuche
  iiber die Wege  auf weichen Substanzen aus dem
  Magen und Darmkanal ins Blut gelangen, iiber
  die Verrichtung  der Milz und  die geheimen
  Harn-Wege.  8°.  Heidelberg,  1820.
    Vacca Berlinghieri (F.)  Della nutrizione,
  accrescimento,  decrescimento  e morte  senile
  del corpo umano.  Si aggiunge un  metodo  per
  preservare e  prolungare  la vita ai vecchi, e due
  storie di alcuni tumori dell' addome.   8°.   Ve-
  nezia, 1801.
    Werner (H. )   *Der Vegetans mus im  Ge-
  gensatze zur modernen  Eruahrungstheorie.   8°.
  Erlangen, lf-99.
    Aehorn (J. W.)  Facts about  eating.  Am. Med.,
  Phila.. 1906, xi,  244-247.—Ackermann (E.)  Etude des
  variations quotidiennes de la creatinine dans le cas d'une
  alimentation mixte  et  d'un  travail  manuel  regulier.
  Compt. rend. Soc. de  biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 659.—Ar-
  no/.iiii (X.) [et al.].  Comment determiner et fixer le
  type de la nutrition  normale? Comment  difl%rencier la
  nutrition normale de la nutrition ou des  nutritions patho-
  logiques?  As80c.fran9.pourravance.1l.sc.  C.-r., Tar.,
  1895, xxiv, pt. 1, 325-347.— Aacoli (M.)  Fatti nuovi per
  la dottrina della nutrizione.  Riforma med., Roma, 1903,
  xix,  283-287.—Alwatcr (W.  O.) Investigations on the
  nutrition of man.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Se. 1904, Lond..
  1905, 758-760.—A woki (I.)  [The relation  of the time of
  growth to the  nourishment of the  body.]  Gun Igaku
  Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, 989-994.—Barclay (W. F.)
  Nutrition.   Maryland M. J.,  Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 91;
  115. — Basler  (W.)  Die Theorie der Ernahrung  nach
  Ansicht der Alten.  Janus,  Amst., 1898, iii, 248: 1899,
  iv, 595; 630: 1902, vii,  421;  478; 582; 622. — Biedert
  (P.)  Die Anstalt fiir Ernahrung besonders von kran-
  ken  Kindern  und   Erwachsenen  und   fiir  Priifung
  von  Niihrmittelu.   Deutsche  Prax.,  Miinchen.  1900,
  iii, 505-512.  AUo: Aerztl.  Rundschau, Munchen, 1900,
  x, 445-447. -----.  Die  Versuchsanstalt  fiir Ernah-
  rung, eine wissenschaftliche,  staatlicbe und humanitare
  Nothwendigkeit.  Verhaudl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch. Na-
  turf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz.,  1900, lxxi, pt. 2. 2. Hlfte., 261-
  265.  Also: Allg.  "Wien. med.  Ztg., 1900, xiv,  247. -----.
  Die "Werbung fiir die Versuchsanstalt fiir Ernahrung.
  Verhandl.  d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900,
  Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,  168-172. -----.  Die
  Versuchsanstalt fiir  Ernahrung, eine wissenschaftliche,
  staatliche  und  humanitare Notwendigkeit.  Berl. klin.
  Wclinschr., 1905, xlii, 1600-1602.—Billing* (F.) Recent
  advances in the physiology of human nutrition.  J. Am.
  M. Ass.. Chicago,  1905, xiv. 1381-1385. [Discussion], 1391-
  1394.—Bouchard (C.)  La nutrition envisag6e au point
  de vue medical.  Semaine med., Par.,  1895, xv, 101-104.
  Also, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1895, iii, 265-269. -----.
  La nutrition envisag6e  au  point de vue  medical.  Rev.
  d'hyg. therap., Par., 1896, viii, 76; 110.—Butte & Pey-
  ron,  Action  do l'ozone sur la nutrition elementaire.
  Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 602.—
  Campbell (H.)  W.-is Luigi Cornaro right?  Lancet,
  Lond., 1901, ii,  389; 487.—Chittenden (R. H.)  The im-
  portance of a study of nutrition.  Am. Med., Phila., 1905,
  x, 816-818.—Choquet (J.)  Quels sont les organes  con-
  courant a  la  nutrition d'uu individu?   Du r61e des
  dents et des modifications qu'elles  peuvent  subir sui-
  vant  le  degr6 dans rechelle  zoologique de  I'espece
  6tudi6e.   Odontologie,  Par.,  1899,  2.  8., ix, 5;  63.—
  Clark (A. P.)  Chairman's  address  [section on  phys-
  iology and  dietetics, American Medical Association. ]
  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 53-56. — Clement.
  Note pour servir aux   recherches  snr  la respiration
  et la nutrition.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc,  Pur.,  1851,
  xxxii, 543-546—Clemm (W. N.) Ueber die Verwendung 
NUTRITION.
847
NUTRITION.
  Zellmast.   Zentralbl. f.
   Gbtting.,  1905. vi,  123-
   Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop.
-Cornet.  La nonrriture
Nutrition.
  von Riedels Kraftnahrun;
  Stoffwechsel- u. Verdauungskr,
  129.—Cobb (J. P.)  Nutrition.
  1898, N. T., 1899, liv, 350-355.
  de l'homme.  Report, de therap., Par., 1899, xvi, 181-184
  Crouch (M. J.)  Nutrition.  J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,
  1892, xix, 125.—Czerny (A.)  Kraftige Kost.  Jahrb. f.
  Kinderh..  Leipz.,  1900, n. F.,  li,  15-25. —Debogoriy-
  Mokriyevich (I. A.)   O vliyanii razlichnol pishtshi i
  golodaniya na prodolzhitelnost vidleleniyaYodistavo kaliya
  i salitsilovol kisloti  pochkami.  [On tlie influence of va-
  rious foods and hunger upon the persistent excretion of
  potassium  iodide  and salicylic acid  by the kidneys.]
  Vrach,  St. Petersb., 1895,  xvi,  1318.—De Stone (F. G.)
  Absorption of digested food.  Calif. M. J.,  San  Fran.,
  1906, xxvii, 59-63.—"Diffloth (P.)  Comment on se nourrit
  aujourd'hni.  Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1905,  4. s.,  iii, 5-23.—
  [Discussion sur la question:] Alimentation des Euro-
  peens et des travailleurs indigenes dans les pays chauds.
  Cong, internat. d'hyg. et  de d6mog.  C.-r., Brux., 1903,
  viii, 2; 25.—Douglas (C.)  The laws of nutrition  should
  be  taught  in the schools.  Physician Sc Surg.. Detroit Sc
  Ann Arbor, 1899, xxi, 493-496.—Ep*tcin (E. M.)  Nutri-
  tion as now understood.   Med. Standard, Chicago, 1902,
  xxv, 299-304.—Fassbender (M.)  Zur Frage der Volks-
  ernahrung. Erniihr. u.  Ge.sundh., Leipz.,  1903-4,  178-
  182. — Fere (C.)  Nouvelles experiences sur l'influence
  du  bouillon sur le travail.  Coinpt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1905, lix,  233-235. —Fermi  (C.)  La  digeribilita
  degli alimenti studiata in rapporto all' igiene.   Gior. d. r.
  Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1897, xix, 641; 673; 705;  737.  -----.
  Ladigeribilitk gastrica degli alimenti studiata in rapporto
  all' igiene.   Ibid., 1901, xxiii, 1-27.—Flint (A.) Physio-
  logical gastronomy.  In his: Collect, essays,8°, N. V., 1903,
  ii, 253-291.  — Forster (J.)   TJeber Massenernahrung in
  Zeiten von Krieg und Epidemien.  Miinchen. med. Wchn-
  Bchr., 1890, xxxvii, 635; 656.—Gilbert (W. H.)  Hygiene
  in der Ernahrung. Neue Thernp., Wien, 1905, iii, 352-363.—
  Cilles de la Tourette Sc  Cathelineau (H.) Contri-
  bution a l'etude de la nutrition dans l'etat normal et dans
  la fievre du goitre ex-ophtalmique.  N. iconog. de la Salpe-
  triere, Par., 1889, ii, 306-310,1 pl.-Gumez Ocaiia  (J.)
  Gobierno nervioso de la nutrici6n.  Rev. de med. y cirug.
  pract.,Madrid, 1895, xxxvi, 129-137.—deOrandmaison
  (F  )  L'alimentation et la nutrition.  Rev. d. mal. de la
  nutrition, Par., 1905, 2. s., iii, 300-308.—Ouillemard (H.)
  & Moog (R.)  Influence des hautes  altitudes sur la nu-
  trition gen6rale.  Compt. rend. Acad.  d. sc,  Par., 1905,
  cxli, 843-846.—Curyeff (N. N.)  K voprosu o normle
  blelka v pishtshle starikov i  ob azotistom  obmlenle u
  nikh.  [On tbe normal amount  of albumin in  the food of
  old men, and on metabolism among them.]  Vrach, St.
  Petersb., 1892, xiii, 597-600.—Hirschfeld (F.)  Beitrage
  zur Ernahrungslehre des Mensehen.   Arch. f.  path. Anat.
  [etc.], Berl., 1888, cxiv, 301-340. -----.  TJeber Ernahrung
  in der heissen Jahreszeit und im warmen Klima. Deutsche
  med. Wchnsehr., Leipz.  u. Berl.,  1902. xxviii, 674-677.—
  Jolles (A.)   TJeber Nahrung und Ernahrung.  Med. Bl.,
  Wien  1905, xxviii, 284-286.—Kellogg (J.H.)  The daily
  ration.  Mod.Med. & Bacterid. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich.,
  1898 vii 225-230.-----. Fletcberizing food. Good Health,
  Battle Creek, 1903, xxxviii, 527-529.-----. The new ration.
  Mod. Med., Battle Creek. Mich., 1904, xiii, 119-122.—von
  Kranz.  Zusammenstellung  alter und neuer Ernah-
  rungstheorien,  Betraehtung   und    Scblussfolgerung.
  Deutsche  mil.-arztl.  Ztschr., Berl.,  1890, xix, 249-288.-
  Iiambling (E.)  Notes sur la nutrition de l'enfant et de
  l'adulte.  Cinquanten. de la  Soc. debiol., Par., 1899, 177-
  188  AUo: Nordmed., Lille, 1900, vi, 97-102.—Lapicque
  (L  ) Sc  Marette (C.)  Deux experiences sur  la  ration
  azotee minima chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par  1894,  10. s., i, 273-275.—Laquer (B.)   Ueber Nah-
  rung uud Erniihrung.  Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap.,
  Leipz   1902, vi, 453-456.—*Lebedeff (N. N.)  Prodovol-
  stviye selsko-khozyalstvennikh rabochikh v  mlestte po-
  sleva svekli (sakharniy zavod vBogodukbovskom uyczdle
  Kharkovskol  gubernii).   [Food of the farm-hands on  a
  beet farm (sugar refinery in the  government of Kharkov).]
  Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1902,
  pt  2 493-505.—Lednc  (S.) Production par les forces
  nhvsiaues  de ph6nomenes de nutrition, d'organisation et
  Se  croissance.  Compt. rend. Soc.  de biol., Par., 1906 lx,
  75 —Iiefevre (J.)  Observationscritiquessurlagrandeur
  des rations energetiques  et  sur la valour du rendement
  m6canique de l'organisme.  Ibid., 1902, 11. ■., iv, 254-2o6 -
  Lemaire (A.)  Expose des principes de la surahmenta-
  tion.  Rev. m6d., Louvain, 1904, n. s.,  i, 5; 39-I.epine
  (R  ) Sc Boulud.  Action des rayons X sur la nutrition.
  Ann. d'electrobiol. [etc.], Par., 1904, vii, 82-88.-I,cpine
  (R  i Sc Metros.  Snr la determination exacte du pouvoir
  pep'to-sacchariflant des organes.  Compt. rend  Acad, d
  sc  Par., 1893, cxvi, 419-421.—I-ewith /S.)  Der Einfluss
  der Ernahrungsweise auf die Lebensdauer und Korper-
  bescbaffeuheit.  Monatschr.  f.  Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1900,
  xviii 10-22,-Jiichtenfelt (H.)  Ueber Abweichungen
Nutrition.
  von der durchschnittlichen Ernahrung.  Centralbl. f. allg.
  Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1899, xviii, 171-182.— fioir (A.)  Ali-
  mentation et maladies des indigenes de l'At'rique du Sud
  dans les mines d'or; la biere des Cafres.  (Jong, internat.
  d'hyg. et ded6mog.  C.-r., Brux., 1903, viii, 14-25.—Lore
  (I.  N.)  Nutrition and stimulation.  Tr. Mississippi Val-
  ley M.  Ass., 1900, ii, 21-39.  Also: J.Am. M. Ass., Chi-
  cago, 1901, xxxvi, 537-542.  AUo: Med. Mirror, St. Louis,
  1901, xii, 178-189.—Ii uber (M. W.)  Over de voeding van
  deu mensch.  Bijdr. t. de natuurk.  Wetensch.,  Amst.,
  1830, v, 21-55.—Mncalluin (A. B.)  New  problems of
  nutrition in health and disease.  Med. News, Phila., 1891,
  lviii, IU; 213.—lTIareSe (F.)  O pomeru vyzivn^ch latek
  ku projevovani sily zivocisne.   [The relation of nutritive
  material to the exhibition of animal strength.]  Casop.
  16k. cesk., v Praze, 1888, xxvii, 387-391.—Martinet (A.)
  Representation  graphique pratique des aliments et des
  regimes.  Presse m6d., Par., 1905, 748— lUalarazzi (G.)
  Nutrizione  e  rallentamento  nutritive Cirillo,  Aversa,
  1899, vii, 49-62.—Maure I (E.)  De l'alimentation insufti-
  sante comme methode pour appr6cier les besoins de l'orga-
  nisme.  Cong, internat. de m6d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de
  path.g6n.,665-668.—Meisl(A.) Erniihruiigstriebund Hun-
  ger; physiologisch-psychologisehe  Studie.   Klin.-therap.
  Wclinschr., Wien, 1903, x,8; 44.— Moraczewski (W.D.)
  Nowe kierunki w badaniach przemiany materyi.  [New di-
  rections in the study of nutrition.]   Medycyna, Warszawa,
  1901,xxix,546;  567.—Nahrung(Ueberdie)derKoreaner.
  [Japanese text.]  Ztschr. d.medTGesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895,
  ix,  294-306.—von Noorden (C.)  Ueberernahrung und
  Unterernahrung.  Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901-
  2, iii, 203-226.  — IVourry  (C.)   L'alimentation  ration-
  nelle et 6cononiique de l'homme.   Cong, internat. d'hvg-
  et de demog.   C.-r., Brux., 1903, hi, 120-124. — Okuni-ff
  (V. N.)  Roi sichuzhnavo brodila (khimozina) v  assimi-
  llatsloznikh protsessakh organizma.   [Role of chemosin
  in the assimilating processes in the organism.]   Vrach,
  St. Petersb., 1895, xvi, 1179.—Pernice (B.) & Scagliosi
  (G.)  Sugli effetti della privazione dell' acqua negli ani-
  mali.  Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii, pa-
  tol. gen. ed anat. patol., 215-218. — Plesoianu (C.)  Les
  phe.nomenes g6n6raux de la nutrition. Arch. gen.  de
  m6d., Par., 1899, n. s., ii, 233-245.—Puglicse (A.)  Azione
  fisiologiea   delle sostanze  alimentari  sull'  organismo.
  Bull. a. sc. med. di Bologna, 1895, 7. s., vi, 537-575, 4 ch.
  -----.  Bambiamenti morfologici dell' epitelio delle gliian-
  dole digestive e dei villi intestinali nei primi giorni della
  realimentazioue.  Ibid.,  1905, lxxvii, 267-284, 1 pl. Also,
  transl.: Arcb.  ital. de biol., Turin, 1905-6. xliv,  49-65. 1
  pl.—Quiniby  (J. G )  Nutrition.  Tr. N.  Hampshire M.
  Soc,  Concord,   1900,  245-257. — Ranke  ( K.  E.)  Der
  Nahrungsbedarf im Winter und Sommer des gemassigten
  Klimas. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen u. Leipz., 1900, n. F.,
  xxii, 288-323.-----Ueber die Abhangigkeitder  Erniih-
  rung vom Warmehaushiilt, nach Versuchen in den Tro-
  pen, im gemassigten Klima und im Hochgebirge.  Miin-
  chen. med.  Wchnsehr., 1905, lii, 64-68.—Beale (E.)  Prin-
  cipii  fondamentali dell' alimentazione dell' uomo  sano ed
  ammalato.   Clin, mod., Pisa, 1899, v, 113-116.—Reale (E.)
  Sc De  Renzi (F.)  II rallentamento della nutrizione.
  Lavori d. Cong, di med. int.,  Milano, 1895,  vi, 90-120.—
  von  Rechenberg.   Die Bedeutung der  physiologi-
  sehen Wiirmewerte der Nahrungsstoffe fiir die Praxis der
  Ernahrung.  Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u.  Heilk.  in
  Dresd., 1887-8,  122-125.—Rose (A.)   A synopsis of the
  nutrition of man, of Walther Nie. Clemm, of Darmstadt,
  Germany.   St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, li, 27; 127; 195.—Roz-
  tocil (J.)   O vyzivfi a vyzivnych preparatech.   [Nutri-
  tion and nutritive preparations]  Casop. cesk. lekarn., v
  Praze, 1902, xxi, 1; 17.—Rutkowski (L.)  Odzywianie
  shizby dworskiej w powiecie Ploriskim w r 1898.  [Nour-
  ishment in country service ofthe county of Plonsk in 1898.]
  Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1902, xviii, 217-226.—Schwenkeu-
  becher (A.)   Die Nahrwerthberechnung tischfertiger
  Speisen. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 19()0,
  iv,  380; 488.—Sickinger (A.)  Ueber die Ernahrung im
  Allgeineinen vom hygienisch-nationalokonomischen Stand-
  punkte. Balneol.  Centr.-Ztg.,  Berl., 1905, vi, 61; 65.—
  Siedlcr (P.)   Kraftnahrung.  Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl.,
  Berl.,  1903,  xxv, 385-387. -----. Kraftnahrung.   Wien.
  med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 178.—Smirnoff (S. G.)  Kvoprosu
  o vliyanii drobnavo kormleniya na usvoyeniye i  obmlen
  azota u zdorovlkh lyudel.  [On the influence of fractional
  meals upon the assimilation and metabolism of nitrogen in
  healthy people.]  Vrach. St. Petersb., 1894, xv,70.  See.also,
  supra.—Smolensk! (P. O.)  Istoricheskiy ocherk uche-
  niya o pitanii.   [Historical sketch of the science of nutri-
  tion.]  Vestnik obsh. big., sudeb. iprakt. mod., St. Petersb.,
  1893, xix, 2. sect., 9;  51. -----.  Untersuchungen iiber Er-
  niihrung der Bovolkerung der Vereinigten Staaten von
  Nord-Amerika. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, xii, 905; 973;
  1030; 1133. — Sofer (L.)  Die  Hygiene der Ernahrung.
  Med. Bl., Wien, 1906, xxix, 148.—Stecn (Caroline).  Er-
  naering  og Diaetetik.   [Nutrition and dietetics.]  Tids-
  skr.  f. Sygepleje,  Kjebeuh., 1903, iii, 25; 49;  113; 137; 
NUTRITION.
848
NUTRITION.
Yutritioii.
   185; 209; 257.—Stoddard (E. V.)  Questions in nutri-  I
   tion.   Tr.  M.  Soc. N.  Y.,  Syracuse,  1887,  518-523.—  j
   Stohmnnii (F.)  Ueber den  Wiirmewerth der Bestand-
   theile der Nahrungsmittel.  Ztschr. f. Biol.,  Miinchen u.
   Leipz., 1894. n. F., xiii, 304-391.—T. (A.)  A  taplalkozas-
   rol.  [Alimentation.] Budapesti orv. njsag, 1904, ii, 616;
   G',7__Thurston (R. A.)   The animal as a prime mover.
   .1. Frankl. Inst.,  Phila., 1895, cxxxix, 1-20, 1 tab.— Tre-
   nite (A. N. N.)  lets over  voediug.  Nosokomos.  Tijd-
   si-hr. d. Nederl. Vereen.  ... v. Verpleeg., Amst., 1901-2, ii,
   4; 41.— Triem (P. E.)  Apparel ofthe child;  its influence
   upon nutrition.  Tr. Am.  Inst.  Homoeop. 1898, N.  V.,
   1K99, liv, 377-380.—Ulnier.  Die Prinzipien der Ernah-
   rung des Mannes.   Mihtaerarzt, Wien, 1883,  xvii,  27;
   36.— Vanilevelde  (H.)  L'alimentation des  gens bien
   portants  et des malades.  Rev. mi-d., Louvain,  1899, xvii,
   350; 392. — Verbruggen.   Amelioration de  l'liomme
   et de l'animal par l'alimentation.  Cong, internat. d'hyg.
   et demog.  C.-r., Brux., 1903,  iii,  103-105.— du Verney.
   Nouvelles observations  touchant  les parties qui servent
   a  la nutrition.   Mem.  Acad. roy.  d.  sc. 1660-99,  Par.,
   1730, x, 610-612.— Watson (C.)  & Hunter  (A.)  The
   influence of diet on growth and nutrition.   Proc.  Phy-
   siol. Soc. Lond., 1905-6,  p.  xiii. — Weigl (J.)  Das
   Friihstiick der  Sehuljugend.   Bl.  f.  Volksgsndhtspfl.,
   Munchen u.  Berl.,  1904, iv, 248-250.— Wcissbein  (S.)
   TJeber ein neues Verfahren in  der Herstellung  von  Nah-
   rungsniitteln.  Berl. klin.  Wchnscbr.,  1903,  xl, 587.—
   Wcygandt (W.)   Romer's  Versuche iiber Nahrungs-
   aufuahmeundgeistigeLeistungsfahigkeit.  Psychol.Arb.,
   Leipz., 1897-9, ii, 695-706. —Wiuternitz (W.)   Zur Frage
   der Uebererrahrung und Unterernahrung.  Bl. f.  klin.
   Hydrotherap., Wien, 1904,  xiv, 25-29.  -----. Nahrungund
   Ernahrung.   Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl.,
   1004, 296-301.  Also: Dentsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv,
   769.

Nutrition (Artificial).
     Sec,  aho, Alimentation  ( Rectal);  Fistula
   (Gastric);  Rectal feeding.
     Koll  (E.)   Die   subcutane  Fetternahrnng
   vom  physiologisehen  Standpunkte.   Habilita-
  tions-Sehrift.   8°.   Wiirzburg,  1897.
     Mariani   ( S.-F.-C. )   'Alimentation sous-
  cutanee.  8°.   Paris,  1697.
     Pkkkikr  (G.-J.-A.)   "Snr l'alimentation par
  voie sous-cutane*e.   ^^.  Paris,  1900.
     Pifi-'akd  (H. G.)   Feeding fat into miik.  24°.
  New York,  1896.
    Repr. from: Chicago Produce, 1886, June 20.
    Argulinski (P. M.)  [et al.]. Iskusstvennoye vskarin-
  livauiye.   [ Artificial feeding.] [ Discus-don. |   Dnevnik
  Syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v  pamyat Pirogova, Kazan,
  1899. vii, 26H-263.—Barker (A. E.)  A short note on sub-
  cutaneous alimentation.   Am.  Med., Phila., 1905, ix. 234-
  236. — Boyd (F. D.) & Bobertson (J.)  Rectal alimen-
  tation.  Scot. M. Sc S.  J., Ediub., 1906, xviii,  193-216.—
  Cori-ndi (A.) Intorno all' ahmentazioue per la via sotto-
  cutanea.  Settiniana med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze,  1897,
  li, 221-224.—Crede (A.)  Ueber subkutane Eiweissernah-
  rung. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd.
  (1903-4), Munchen,  1905,  59-73.  AUo: Miinchen. med.
  Wchnscbr., 1904, li,  381-385.-----. Die Ernahrung per
  rectum.   Repert. d. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1906, iii, 62-64.—
  Ci-isafulli (Ci.) Sull' alimeutazione  per via sottocn-
  tanea.  Gior. d. Ass. napol.  di med. e nat., Napoli,  1904,
  xiv, 107-182.—Daigle (C.-A.)   Troubles et maladies de
  la nutrition;  pathogenie  et therapeutique physiologique.
   I'nion med. du Canada, Montreal, 1902, xxxi, 039-648.—E.
  (A.)  A subcutan taplaUsrol.  [Subcutaneous nutrition.]
  Diaet. es physik. gyogyitom., Budapest, 1904,  24-28.—
  Escherich (T.) Uebei kiiustliche Ernahrung und eiue
  nene Methode dor Nahrungsiuengen -Berechnung.  Miin-
  chen. med. Wchuschr.,  1889, xxxvi, 210; 235. — Ewahl
  (C -E.)  L'alimentation extrabuccale.  Cong,  internat. do
  m6d.  C.  r.,  Par., 1900,  sect, de path. g6n.,  590-604.—
  Falta (W.)  Sc  IVoeggerath (C.  T.)  Fiitterungsver-
  suche mit kiinstlicher Nahrung.  Beitr. z. chem. Phys.
  u.  Path., Brnscliwg., 1905,  vii, 313-322.—Fornaca (L.j &
  Micheli(F.) L' alimeutazione ipodermiracon  oliod' oli-
  va. hi forma med., Napoli, 18H7 xiii, pt. 3, 113; 123; 135;
  146.—Friedrich (P. L  )  Die kihiBtliche subcutane Er-
  uahrungiu derpraktischen Chirurgie.  Arch. f. klin. Chir
  Beil., 1904, xliii, 507-516. — Fuller (H.)  Artificial feed-
  ing.  Milwaukee M.  J.,  1901, ix, 329-332. — Gero (S.)   A
  mesterseges  uton valb  taplalasrtil.  [Artificial  nourish-
  ment.]  (i.vdgyaszat, Budapest, 1898,  xxxviii, 390-398. —
  Gill (R. I-'.)  The uso of  subcutaneous injections of normal
  horse serum in cases of extreme exhaustion or inability to
  assimilate.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1902, ii, 958. — Giinipre'cht
  (F.)  Expei iiuentelles zur  subcutanen Zuckerernahrung.
  Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1898, ivi, 124-
  137. Also [Abstr.]:  Arch.f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1898-9, I
 Nutrition (Artificial).
   iv, 201.—Hofbimer.  [Wert der subkutanen Fi-tternah-
   rung.]  Wien.klin.Wchuschr., 1903,xvi,1317.—Ilopkiim
   (G. E.)  The value of the nutritive bath and of inunction.
   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1888, xxxiii,  633 — Kaufman (P. Y.)
   O vliyanii iskusstvennavopitaniya, po sposobu Lokka. na
   vozbudimost nervnikh elementov.  [Influence of artificial
   feeding by Lokk's method on the excitability of nerve el-
   ements. |  Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb.,  1902. xiii,
   1193-1197.—K■■ ape (E. V.)  Kasuistiskt bidrag till kau
   nedomen om de  subkutana narande  oljeinjektioneina.
   [Kasuistischer  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der subkutanen er-
   nahrenden  Oelinjektionen.  Ref., p. xv.]  Finska lak.-
   siillsk. handl.,  Helsingfors, 1902, xliv,'J03.— £inborde
   (E.)  De l'alimentation sous-cutanee par les matieres al-
   buminoi'des.  Cong, internat. de med.   C.  r., Par.. 1900,
   sect,  de path,  gen., 622-631. — I„eclercq (S.)  Ueber
   die Ausscheidung   der Aethersohwefelsiiure  bei cou-
   stanter  Kost  unter  dem  Einfluss   von  Carlsbader
   Wasser, Carlsbader Salz.  Wasser,  Bier.    Berl.  kliu.
   Wchnsehr., 1901, xxxviii, 1021-1023.—Leigh (S.)  Nutri-
   tive infusions.   N.York M. J., 1902,  lxxvi, 368 - 370.—
   von  Lenbe  ( W.)   Ueber extrabuccale Ernahrung.
   Cong, internat. de med.  C. r.,  Par.,  1900, sect,  de path.
   gen., C04-615.   Also: Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1902, xlii, 241-
   243.—JLiongritlge  (C.  N.)  The subcutaneous  adminis-
   tration of carbo-hydrate. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 616.—
   Neisse.  Ueber  subcutane Ernahrung.  Illust. Rund-
   schau d. med.-chir.  Techn., Berl., 1899, ii, 106.—le Noir.
   De l'alimentation extra-buccale.  Cong, internat. de med.
   C. r.,  Par.,  1900, sect, de path, gen., 615-022. — Ferrier
   (G.)  Sur  l'alimentation par voie sous-cutanee.  Assoc.
   frang. pour l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r. 1900,Par., 1901,  xxix. pt.
   2, 882-885. — Beale (Iv), Giuranna  (G.  D.) Sc I.nei-
   belli (G.)  Sull" eliininazionedeigrassi per l'urinae sulla
   loro soinministrazione per  via ipodermica (alimeutazione
   sottocutanea).   Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli,  1897,  xix, 178-
   196. — Koliiiui im  (F.)  Ueber kiiustliche Ernahrung.
   Kliu.-therap.  Wchnscbr.,  Wien, 1902,  ix, 1305-1311.—
   Bfousseau]-Saint- Philippe.  Du gavage par la
   voie nasale des  enfants debiles, epuises, lies avant ternio
   ou atteints  do 16sions de la bouche.   Kev. gen. de clin. et
   de th6rap., Par., 1896, x, 274-276. —Sawyer (J. E. H. )
   Some clinical remarks on  forcible feeding.  Birmingh.
   M.Rev., 1902, lii, 28-31.—Schmidt (A.) <fcMcyer(H.) In-
   traperitoneale In fusionund Email run  ir.   Deutsches Arcb.
   f. klin. Med.,  Leipz., 190."), lxxxv, 109-148. — Schuur-
   lii an a Stekhoven (J. H.)  Voedinsisclysmata.  Feest-
   bundel  Dr. Sape Talma [etc.],  Haarlem,  1901,  59-70.—
   Trolldenier.  Thierversuche iiber subkutane Ernah-
   rung  mit  eiweisshaltigen  Niihrlosungen.   Berl.  klin.
   Wchnscbr., 1903, xl, 912.—Value (The)  of rectal feeding.
   [Edit.]  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1906, i, 633.—Voit (F.)  Ueber
   subcutane Ein verleibuug vou Nabrungsstoffen. Miinchen.
   med. Wchnscbr., 1896, xliii,  717-719. — IVermel (S. B.)
   Ueber die Anwendung kiinstlicher  Nahrmittel in  der
   chirurgisehen Praxis.  Deutsch. Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1905,
   xxvi,  844-848. — Winlernitz (H.)   Zur Frage  der sub-
   cutanen Fetternahrung.  Ztschr. f. klin.  Med., Berl., 1903,
   1, 80-101.

Nutrition (Chemistry and physiology of).
     See, also,  Albumen  in  nutrition;  Digestion
   (Chemistry, etc., of); Infants (Nutrition  of, Chem-
   istry,  etc., of); Metabolism;  Nervous system
   ( Vasomotor, etc.);  Nutrition (Comparative physi-
   ology of); Osmosis;  Respiration  (Physiology
   of).
     Bazakoi-'F (P. G.)   * K voprosu o vliyanii raz-
   zhizheniya  pishtshi na  usvoyeniye  zhirov u
   zdorovlkh lyudel.   [On the   influence  of the
   dilution of foc.-d upon the assimilation of its fats
   in healthy men.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg,  1891.
     Bergmann (W. H.)   * Ueher die Ausscheidung
   von  Phosphorsiiure  heim  Fleiseh-  nnd  beim
   Pflanzenfresser.   8°.  Marburg, 1901.
     BIelorusoff (E.  P.)  * K voprosu o  vliyanii
   bryushnavo   sogrevayusht.shavo  kompressa  na
   usvoyeniye zhirov pishtshi u zdorovlkh  lyudel.
   [On the influence of the abdominal  calefacient
   compress  on  the  assimilation of  fats from food
   in healthy men. ]  8.  S.-Peterburg,  1891.
     Bracne (E. E.)  M'eber die Emiihrungsver-
   hiiltnisse  der ostpreussischen  Gutstagelohner.
   8°.   Kbnigsberg,  1883.
     Cep(J.)   "Contribution  k l'e'tude de  l'action
   des bains  d'eaux  chlorure'es-sodiqnes snr la nu-
   trition.  4 .    Toulouse, 1890.
     Chittenden (R. H.)   Physiological  economy
   in nutrition,  with special reference to  the mini- 
NUTRITION.                             849                             NUTRITION.
Nutrition (Chemistry and physiology of).
  mal requirement ofthe healthy man.  An exper-
  imental study.  8°.  New  York, 1904.
    Day's (A)  food  and how it  is used.  Daily
  in.-ome  and expenditure  of the human body.
  Hanging card,  [n.p., n. d.]
    Falke (M.)  * Ueber den Mahlprocess uud die
  chemische Zusammensetzung der Mahlprodukte
  einer  inoderneu Roggenkuustmiihle.   [Bern.]
  8°.  Munchen, 1896.
    Gerland (K. B. F. T.)   *Veigleichi-nde Un-
  tersuchungen  iiber  deu  Einfluss der Riiben-
  melasse und  ihrer Praparate auf  die thierische
  Ernahrung.   4°.  Halle a. S., 1899.
    Hartmann  (J.)   * Untersuchungen  iiher  die
  Ernahrung des Mensehen mit  vegetabilischcr,
  auimalisi-her und geniischterNahruug.   [Beru.]
  8°.  Ziirich, 1885.
    Karchagin (L.  G.)  * Materiali k ucheniyu
  ob otnositelnom sukboyadenii; vliyaniye ogra-
  nichenuavo vvedeuiya zhidkostel u zdorovlkh
  lyudei  na   kolichestvenuiy' i  kachestvennly
  azotistly obmlen, usvoyeniye azotistikh chastel
  pishtshi, nevidimlya poteri i otdachu vodl orga-
  nizmoiu.  [On relative xerophagv; the  influence
  with the healthy man of a limited introduction
  of liquids upon the quantitative and qualitative
  exchange of nitrogen, the  assimilation of nitrog-
  enous  particles of  food, invisible waste, and
  elimination  of  water bv the  organism.]  b°.
  S.-Peterburg,  1669.
    Also [Abstr.], in: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1889,  x, 453-455.
    Kirchmann (J.)  *Wie weit lasst  sich  der
  Eiweisszerfall durch Leimzufuhr einschranken ?
  [Giessen.]  6^.  Munchen, 1900.
    Lesser  (E. J.)  * Ueber Ernahrungsversuche
  in it deu Endprodukten  peptischer  und  tryp-
  tischer Eiweissverdauung. ec.  Munchen, 1903.
    von Liebig(J.)   Untersuchungen iiber einige
  Ursachen  der  Saftebewegung im thierischen
  Organismus.   8°.  Braunschweig, 1848.
    -----.  The same.  Researches on  the mo-
  tions of the juices ill the  animal body.  Edited
  from the manuscript of the author, by William
  Gregory.  8°.  London, 1848.
    -----.  The same.  8°.  Philadelphia, [1850].
    ------.  Researches on the chemistry of food.
  Edited from  the manuscripts of the author, by
  William Givjjory.  8°.  London, 1847.
    ------.  The same.  Edited  from the English
  edition by Ebeii N. Horsford.   8°.  Lowell, 1848.
    Limanoff  (P. V.)   * K voprosu o vliyanii sier-
  navo  etira na  usvoyeniye zhirov  pishtshi u
  zdorovlkh  lyudel.   [On  the question  of  the
  effect of sulphuric ether upon the assimilation
  of fats from food in healthy men.]  8°.  S.-Pe-
  terburg, 1692.
    Mknshoff  (V. I.)  * K voprosu oh usvoyenii
  zhirov pishtshi v starcheskoiu  vozrastle.   [On
  the question  of the  assimilation  of fats from
  food in old age]  8\  S.-Peterburg, 1893.
    Montagne  (A.)   * Contribution a l'e'tude de
  l'alimentation envisaged au point de vue phy-
  siologique (en particulier  a l'hdpital et dans les
  6tablissements  de bienfaisance de la  ville du
  Havre).  4°.   Havre, 1885.
    -----.  The same.  8°.  Paris, 1885.
    Nasse (H.)  Ueber den  Einfluss der Nahrung
  auf das Blut.   8Y   Marburg,  1850.
    Neumeister  (R.)   Lehrbuch  der  physio-
  lo«'ischen  Chemie   mit Beriicksichtigung  der
  pathologischen   Verhaltnisse;  fur  Studirende
  und Aerzte.   1. Teil. Die  Ernahrung.   roy. 8'y
  Jena, 1893.
    Pokche  (I.)  Unsere Verdaunng nnd Ernah-
  rung mit Beriicksicbtigung der hier einsihlagen-
  den Krankheiten saint Heilvi-rfahren, uebst »'in-

       VOL XI, 2d  series----54
Nutrition (Chemistry and physiology of).
  gehender hygienisch-kritischer Beuiteilung un-
  serer Nahrungsmittel und Getriiuke; diiitetisch-
  physiologisches Handhuch nach deu  neuesten
  Ergebnissen der Wissenschaft und Erfahrung,
  ein  Wegweiser fiir Gesunde uud Kranke.  8°.
  Leipzig, 1900.
    Popoff (V. A.)  *K voprosu  o vliyanii is-
  kustvennlkh  pesochnlkh vann  na usvoyeniye
  zhira  pishtshi u zdorovlkh  lyudel.   [Effect of
  artificial sand baths upou the assimilation of fat
  from food in healthy  men.]   8°.  S.-Iyeterburg,
  1893.
    Rihaut (H.)  * Influence  de la cafeiue sur la
  nutrition.  (Recherches  exp^rimentales sur le
  chien.)  8°.  Toulouse, 1901.
    -----.  The same.  8°.  Paris, 1901.
    Rubner  (M.) Die  Gesetze  des  Energie-
  verbrauchs bei der Ernahrung.  8°.   Leipzig 4"
  Wien, 1902.
    Schilling  (F.) Die Verdaulichkeit der Nah-
  rungs-  und  Genussmittel  auf Gruud  mikro-
  skopischer  Untersuchungen  der Faeces.   12°.
  Leipzig, 1901.
    SIrtsoff  (D.  N.)   * O  razsaslvanii zhira  i
  amiloida v  podkozhnoi klietchatkle.    [On the
  absorption  of fat aud amyloid  matter in the
  subcutaneous  cellular tissue.]   8°.   S.-Peter-
  burg, 1897.
    Solomin (P. A.)  *0 sravnitelnom usvoyenii
  azota i  zhirov vetchinl  i govyadinl  zdorovlmi
  lyudmi.  [Comparative assimilation  of the ni-
  trogen and fats from  ham and beef by healthy
  men.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1891.
    Stern ( H. )   Die  Zersetzung animalischer
  Materie, nebst  Anhang:  Heilkunst  und  Heil-
  wisseiischaft.  2. Aufl.  16°. Milwaukee,  1892.
    Tuvin (I.  I. )   * O vliyanii  vuutreunyavo
  upotrebleniya vodl na gazovly obmlen u zhivot-
  nikh.  [On the influence of the internal use of
  water upon gaseous   metabolism  in  animals.]
  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1889.
    United States.  Department of Agriculture.
  Office of Experiment Stations.  Bulletin No. 52.
  Nutrition investigations in Pittsburg, Pa., 1894-
  6.   By Isabel Bevier.  8°.  Washington, 1898.
    -----.  Bulletin No. 53. Nutrition  investiga-
  tions at the University of Tennessee in 1896 aud
  1897.   By Charles E. Wait.  8°.  Washington,
  1898.
    Yasnitski (P. [A.])  * K voprosu ob usvoyenii
  azota i zhira pod vliyaniyem izvestkovol vodl u
  zdorovlkh.    [On the  assimilation  of nitrogen
  and fat  under the influence of lime-water in the
  healthy.]  8°.  S.-Peterburg, 1^92.
    YeremIeyeff (I.  [V.])   * K voprosu o vli-
  yanii vlazhnokholodnlkh obtiraniy na usvoye-
  niye zhirov pishtshi  n  zdorovlkh i bolnikh (ato-
  niyel kishek). [On the influence of cold sponge
  baths on the assimilation of fats from food in
  the  healthy and  sick  (with atony of the intes-
  tines).]   8"J.  S.-Petersburg,  1890.
    Young (J.  R.)   *An  experimental inquiry
  into the principles of  nutrition, and  the diges-
  tive process.
    In : Caldwell(C.)  Med. theses [etc.J. 8°. Philadel-
  phia, 1805, i, 275-298.
    Zvyagintzeff (M. A.)   *K voprosu o  srav-
  nitelnom usvoyenii zhirov slrovo i obezplozhen-
  navo  korovyavo  moloka u  zdorovlkh  lyudei.
  [On comparative assimilation of fats from un-
  boiled and  sterilized  cow's  milk iu  healthy
  men.]   8°.   S.-Peterburg, 1891.
    Abderhalden (E.)   Die Beziehungen  der Wachs-
  thumsgeschwindigkeit des Sauglings zur  Zusammen-
  setzung der Milch beim Kaninchen,bei der Katze und beim
  Hunde.  Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,  1898-9; xxvi,
  487-497. -----. Die Beziehungen  der Zusammensetzung 
NUTRITION.
850
NUTRITION.
A lit Tit ion (Chemistry andphysiology of).
  der Ascln- des Sguglings zu  derjenigen der  Asche der
  Milch.  Ibid..  498- 500.—Albrrtoni  (P.) &  IVovi (I.)
  Sul bilancio nutritive del eontadino italiano.  Mem. r. Ac-
  cad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1893, 5. 8., iii. 779-825.  AUo,
  Reprint.  AUo. transl.: Arch. f. d. ges.  Phvsiol.. Bonn,
 • 1894, lvi, 213-246.----------. Sul bilancio nuliitivo di
  una f'amiglia borghese italiana.  Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d.
  Ist. di Bologna, 1*96-7, 5. s., vi, 409-504.—Anneby (H. P.)
  The isodyuaniic replacement of nutrients.  Science, N. V.
  Sc Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., xviii. 481-487.—Asicoli (M.)
  Neue Tatsachen uud neue Ausblicke iu der Lelue der
  Kiuahiung.  Miinchen. med. Wchnscbr., 1903, 1, 201-204.—
  Alwati-r (W. O.)  How food  is used iuthe body ; experi-
  ments with men in  a respiration  apparatus.   Century,
  N.Y., 1897, liv, 246-252. -----.  Coefficients of digestibility
  and  availability of  the  nutrients of  food.  Proc. Am.
  Phvsiol. Soc,  Bost.. 1903-4,  p. xxx.—Aucrbach (A.)
  Ueber die  Saurewiikung der  Fleischiiahrung.  Arch.  f.
  path. Anat. (etc.), Berl., 1884, xcviii, 512-526.— Bnrella.
  Un mot sur les echanges nntritifs et sur la  ration alimen-
  taire de l'adulte.  Bull. Acad. roy. do med. de Belg., Brux.,
  1898.  4. s., xii, 799-816—Bemheim  (A.)  Albuminous
  nutritiou and nutritious albumin.  Phila. M. J., 1901, vii,
  485-491.—Billon  (F.)  Sc Ktnmaiio  (U.)   Action de
  quelques composes phosphorus sur la nutrition.  Compt.
  rend. Soe. de  biol.,  Par., 1903, lv, 277-279.—Bircher.
  Erste  Mittheilung  iiber  eiue neue Eruahruugstheoiie.
  [Abstr.]  Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel.  1900, xxx, 378-
  382.— Bomstein.  Ueher die Moglicbkeit der Eiweiss-
  mast.  Berl. klin. Wchuschr..  1S98, xxxv, 791-795.  AUo:
  Verhaudl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1898),  1X99,  xxix, pt. 2,
  331-343.  [Discussion], pt. 1, 163.— Bouchard(C.)  Aug-
  mentation du poids du corps et transformation de la graisse
  en glycogeue.  Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.. Par., 1898, exx vii,
  464-469. -----. Variations du poids du  corps apres  les
  repas, leurs relations avec les  modes successifs d'elabora-
  tion des divers alimeuts.   Cinquanten.  do la Soc. de biol.,
  Par.,  1899,  714-721.—Brion  (A.)  Ueber die Oxydation
  der  stereoi>omeren  Weinsiiuren im   tbierischeu Orga-
  nismus.  Ztschr.  f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb.,  1898, xxv,
  283-295.—Brorard (M.)  L'utilisation des liexoses dans
  la nutrition, .i. de physiol. et  de path.  g6n., I'ar.,  1902. iv,
  41-55.  -----. L'utilisation des  bibexoses daus la nutrition.
  Ibid , 69-84.—von Kunge (G.)  Der  Kalk- und Eisen-
  gehalt unserer Nahrung.  Ztschr. f.  Biol., Miinchen u.
  Berl.. 1994, xiv, 532-539. — t'aspari (W.)  Die  Bedeutung
  des Milcheiweisses fiir die Fleisehbildung; ein Beitrag zur
  Lelire von  der verschiedenen Werthi^keit der Eiweiss-
  substanzen  fur die  Ernahrung.  Ztscbr.  f.  diatet. u.
  physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 393-412.  -----. Ein Bei-
  trag zur Frage der Ernahrung bei verringerter Eiweiss-
  zufuhr.  Arcb. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1901, 323-337.—Chan-
  veau (A.)  La viande et 1'amidon compares au sucre, au
  point de vue de la valeur nutritive, cbez le sujet qui tra-
  vaille.  Compt. reud. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1898, c'xxvi, 1072-
  1077.  -----. Le sucre et la graisse, au point de vue de leur
  valeur nutritive respective, cbez le sujet constamment
  ii un au reposj  cette  valeur est la ineme que chez le sujet
  qui travaille.   Ibid., 1118-1125.—Chittenden  (R. H.)
  Puvsiological economy in nutrition.  Pop. Sc. Month, N.
  T.,'l903. lxiii, 123-131.  See, aUo, supra— Clrmm  (W. N.)
  Zur Frage der Zellmast.  Therap. Monatsh.,  Berl., 1905,
  xix, 27-35.—Cor in (G.)  La chimiedelanutrition.  Ann.
  Soc. m6d.-chir. de Li6ge, 1898, xxxvii, 427-433.—C'ron-
  heim (W.) Beitrage zur Beurteilung  der  Frage nach
  dem Nahrwert  der Spaltungsprodukte  des  Eiweisses.  I.
  Vergleich del- Verdauungsarbeit von Fleisch  und Soma-
  tose.  Arch. f. d.  ges.  Physiol., Bonn,  1904, cvi,  17-42.—
  Dailre (A.)  Recherches sur l'utilisation des aliments
  gras dans l'iutestin.  Arch, de physiol.  norm, et path.,
  Par.,  1891, 5. s., 711-723. -----. The theory of energy and
  the iiving world: the phvsiologv of alimentation.  Rep.
  Smithson. Inst. 1*97-*, Wash.. 1899, 515-549______.  Physio-
  logie  de l'aliuieutati >n.  Rev.  d. deux mondes. Par., 1898,
  cl,  201-216.—Deiters (O.)   Ueber  die  Ernahrung mit
  Albumose-Pepton.  Beitr. z. Lehre v. Stoffwechsel [etc.]
  Berl.,  189.'.  1. Hft.,  47-80.—Deniuth.  Zur  Frage des
  Eiweissbedarfes bei der Ernahrung des Mensehen.  Ver-
  handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1893, Leipz.,
  1894. lxv,  pt. 2, 434-446.—Devoto (L.)  Per  1'alimeuta-
  zione fisiologiea del eontadino  lombardo.   Lavoro, Pavia,
  1903, ii, 161-168.-Dixon (S.  G.) Sc Zuill (W. S.)  Re-
  action ofthe amide group upon the wasting animal econ-
  omy.   Times A. Reg.,  Phila.,  1892, xxiv, 132.  Also, Re-
  print.—Dubelir (D.)  Noch  einige Versuche iiber den
  Einfluss des Wassers und des Kochsalzes  auf die Stick-
  stoffausgabe vom Thierkorper. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen
  n.Leipz., 1891-2. n. F., x, 237-244.-Ekholra (K.)  Studien
  iiberden Nahrungsbedarfdeserwaehsenenruhendeu Man-
  nes.   Skaudin. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz.,  1900, xi,  1-96.—
  Ellenberger & Hofmeister.  Der Zuekergehalt des
  Magen-Darniinhaltes bei  Ernahrung mit starkemehlhalti-
  gen Nahrungsmitteln.  Arch.f d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1887,
  xii, 484-4*9.—Fere (C.) L'influence du bouillon sur le tra-
  vail.  Compt.rend. Soc.de biol, Par., 1900. lis., ii,829-831.—
  Ferini (C.) Sc Repetto (K.)  Relazione  tra il regime
Nutrition.(Chemi8try andphysiology of).
  alimeutareelo sviluppo del tubogastroeutei ico.  Ricerche
  di fisiol. e  sc. attiui ded. al  Prof. L. Luciani . . ., Milano,
  1900, 369-376.  AUo,  transl.: Arch.  f. Pbysiol.,  Leipz.,
  1901, Suppl.-Bd., 84-97.—Frank <l>.)   Ueber die Bezie-
  hungen der Grosshirniiude zum Vorgange der Nahrungs-
  aufnahme.  Arch. f.  Physiol.,  Leipz,  l'.Kiu. 209-216.—
  Frentzel (J.) A- Schreuer (M.)  Verbieiinungswarme
  uud physiologiscber  Nutzwerth  der  Nahrstoffe.  Ibid.,
  1901, 284-298.—Freund (E.) Ueber die ersten Verande-
  rungen des in Resorption befindlicben Nahrungseiweisses.
  Wien.  klin. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 3-5.— Friedenthnl
  (H.)  Ueber die bei der Resorption der Nahrung in  He-
  tracht  konimendeu Krafte.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900,
  217-284.—(iaube (J.)  Chiinie mineraledes corjis organi-
  ses; sol animal; sol des arthiitiques (nutrition retardnnte);
  sol des tuberculeux; umenderaentsau therapeutique. Bull.
  gen.de therap. [etc.],  I'ar., 1896, exxx, 173; 219. -----.  In-
  fluence des elements de mineralisation sur la formation des
  tissus et sur la nutrition.  Rev. soc. scient. d'hyg. aliment.
  [etc.],  I'ar., 1905, ii, 455-462.—Gaulc (J.)  Neues von den
  trophischen Krfiften  des Organismus.   Arch. f. d.  ges.
  Physiol., Bonn,  1901, lxxxvii,  552-564.   AUo  [Abstr.]:
  Verhandl. d.  Gesellsch. deutsch.  Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1901,
  Leipz., 1902, lxxiii,  pt. 2, med. Abth., 521. — 4. nu tic-let
  (E.) Action elenientaire des eaux biearbonatees sur la nu-
  trition.  Rev.  d.  mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1903, 2. s.. i,
  516-520.—Cautrclet (J.)  La reaction du sang, fonction
  de la nutrition (loi de physiologie generate).  Compt. reud.
  Acad. d.  sc, Par., 1906, cxiii, 659-662. — von tirbhardl
  (F.) Ueber den Einfluss ein- uud niehrmaliger Nahrungs-
  aufnabme auf deu Organismus.   Arch. f. <i. ges. Physiol.,
  Bonn,  1896-7, lxv, 611-626. — Cilaeasner (K.)  Ueber die
  Umwandlung  der Albumoseii durch  die Magenschleiin-
  haut.   Beitr. z. chem. I'hys  u.  Path., Brnschwg.. 1901, i,
  328-338. — Ooitein (S.)  A taplalek Ca- es Mg-tai talma-
■  nak befolj ks&\ 61 ezen elemek forgahnara es a szervek Ca-
  6s  Mgtartalmara.   [Ou  the  influeuee  of  calcium  and
  magnesium substauces on nutrition for the metabolism
  of these  elements and the calcium and  magnesium  con-
  tents of  the organism.]  Orvostud. ertek. gviijt.   Magy.
  orv. Arch., Budapest,  1905, ii. f.. vi, 600-611.—«ouin (A.)
  Sc Audouard (P.)   Le bilau azote de  la nutritiou chez
  les bovid6s. Compt.rend. Soc. debiol.. Par.. 1905, lix, 95.—
  Grawilz (E.)   Untersuchungen  iiber den  Einfluss
  ungenugender  Ernahrung  auf  die  Zusammensetzung
  des menschlicheu Blutes.  Berl.  kliu.  Wchnsehr., 1895,
  xxxii.  1047-1052.—Guilloz (F.)   Recherches experimeu-
  tales sur Taction du courant continu sur  la nutrition.
  Soc. de m6d. de Nancy.  C.-r., 1899-1900, pp.  xcix-ciii.
  Als*: Rev. med.  de l'est, Nancy,  1900, xxxii, 344-347.—
  Hall  (W.S.)  Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Herstellung
  eines kiinstlichen Futteis.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1896,
  142-153.—llnininerl (II.) [et al.]. Untersuchungen iiber
  das Verhalten animalischi r und vegetabilischer Nahrungs-
  mittel  im Verdauungskanal.  Einleitung vou W. Praus-
  nitz.  Ztschr. f. Biol.. Miiuch- u n. Leipz.. 1897, n. F.. xvii,
  287-376.—Hnusucr (A.)  Ueber die Conserviiung der
  Fette.  Allg deutsche Nahv.- u. Genussmit.-Kuude, Miin-
  chen, 1898, i, 305.—Hei I wig (L.)   Ueher ilen augeblicheu
  allgemeineu  Eiweissmangel  der  Nahrung. Deutsche
  Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 53-56.— Higgina (H.)   Is  man
  poltophagic or psomophagic ? Lancet, Lond., 1905. i. 1334 —
  Hofmeister (V.)   Beitrag zur Frage der Nahiungsmit-
  telfenneute.  Arch. f. wia-enseh. u. prakt. Thierh , Berl.,
  1894, xx, 23-34. —Hultgren (E. O.) &  I.nndergren
  (E.) Ueber die Ausniitzung gemischter Kost im Dairae
  des Mensehen.  Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol, L. ip/,.. 1894,
  v, 111-133.— Iticoveeco (H.)  La nutrition generale eu
  rapport avec la pression osmotique; valeur osmotique com-
  pare des globules et du scrum.  Arch. g£n. denied.. Par.,
  1904, i, 1418-1431.—Jagerroos (B. H.)  Ueber die Folgen
  einerausreicbenden,abereiweissarnienNahrung. Skandin.
  Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1902, xiii, 375-418.— de Jager
  (L.) Worden melkzure zouten in het lichaam geoxydeerd ?
  Nederl. Tijdschr. v.  Geneesk., Amst.,  1899, 2. R., xxxv,
  d. 1, 941-948.— J aval (A.)  Les variations de l'excr£tion
  de  l'azote et du chlore pendant  la (innutrition.  Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 551-553.—Jolin (S.)
  Ueher die Einwirkung neutraler saurebildender Stoffe
  auf die Alkaliausscheidung der Fleischfresser.  Skandin.
  Arch.  f. Physiol., Leipz., 1889, i, 442 -460. — Jolly (E.)
  Etudes sur l'alimentation;  le r61e des  phosphates dans
  l'alimentation de 1'enfance. Med. inf.,  Par., 1899, ii, 261-
  272.—Kellogg (J. H.)  The Yale experiments on physi-
  ological economy in nutrition.  Mod.  Med., Battle Creek.
  Mich., 1905, xiv, 51-55. — Ketlner  (A.)  Ueber Fiitte-
  rungsversuche mit Chondioitinschwefelsanre.  Arch. f.
  exper. Path. u. Pharmakol.. Leipz., 19nl-2. xlvii, 178-199.—
  Kirnzl (N.)  Ueber die Ausniit/.ung einiger Nahrnngs-
  fette im  Darmcanal des Mensehen.  Oesterr. Chem Ztg.,
  Wien,  1898-9, i,  198-202. — Krohne  Sc Lrppnuiiiii.
  Neue Versuche iiber Gefangeneneruahiung.  Berl.  klin.
  Wchnscbr., 1890, xxvii, 688-691. — Krummacher  (O.)
  Wie beeinflusst die Vertheiluugder Nahrung anf niehrere
  Mahl/.eiten die Eiweisszersetzung.  Z'schr. f. Biol., Miin-
  chen  u.  Leipz., 1897, n. F., xvii, 481-505.  AUo  |Abstr.]; 
NUTRITION.                                    851                                   NUTRITION.
\iitritiODB (Chemistry and physiology of).
  Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u.  Physiol.'in Miin-
  chen, 1900, xvi,  122. — Kuliiefl* (N.)   Ueber basische
  Zersetzungsproducte im  Magen- und Darminlialt.  Berl.
  kliu. "Wchnscbr.,  1891, xxviii,  1071 - 1073. — l.abbe (H.)
  &  Morchoisne.   Graudeur  du  besoin  d'albumine
  dans le regime alimentaire humain. Compt. rend. Aead.
  d. sc,  Par.,  1904,  cxxxviii,  1365-1367. — l.anstcincr
  (K.)  Ueber den Einfluss der Nahrung auf die Zusam-
  mensetzung der  Blutasche.   Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.
  Strassb.,  1891-2, xvi, 13- 19. — Laufcr (L.)   Ueber
  den Einfluss  der Darmbakterien auf die Ausnutzuug N-
  baltiger Nahrung unter den physiologisehen und deu pa-
  thologischen Verhaltnissen.  Ztschr. f.  diatet. u. physik.
  Therap., Leipz., 1901, v, 458-470.—Ijaulnnie.  Influence
  de l'alimentation sur les combustions respiratoires (qua-
  trieme note);  cause de l'exag6iation des combustions pro-
  voqu6e  par l'alimentation.  Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,
  Par., 1905, lviii,  115-118. -----. Influence de l'alimenta-
  tion sur les combustions respiratoires (cinquieme note);
  de la methode des rations croissantes et de son application
  k la determination experimentale de la ration d'entretien.
  Ibid., 118-121.—Laumonier (J.)  Les nouveaux inodifi-
  cateiirsdelanuttition.  Nouv.remedes,I'ar., 1901.xvii, 176;
  241;297;313.— "Leveii (G.)  De l'utilit6 dune alimentation
  d'dpreuve dans les  recherches sur  la nutrition.  Coinpt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901,11. s., iii, ;!8l>.—Liichtenfelt
  (H.)  Ueber die Erniibrung der Italiener.  Arch.f. d. ges.
  Physiol.,  Bonn,  1903, xcix, 1-29. — I.iuossicr.  Action
  des eaux minerales sur la nutrition.  Cong, iuternat. d'hy-
  drol.  et de cliiuatol.  C.-r. 1896,  Par., 1897, iv,  99-119.—
  I.o .Monaco (D.)  Gli effetti delle acque alcaline sul
  consumo azotato e sulla formazione dell' acido uiico.   Po-
  liclin., Roma,  1896,  iii-M., 345-355.— I.ukyanoflf (S. M.)
  Ob izmleneuiyakh velichini yader pechonocbuikh klletok
  u blelol  mishi pod vliyaniyem polnavo i nepoluavo golo-
  daniya  po sravneniyu s nortnalnini  kormleuiyem.  [Mod-
  ification of the  size of  hepatic cell nuclei in  the white
  mouse  under  the influence of complete and incomplete
  starvation, as compared  with normal  feeding.]  Arch.
  biol. nauk .  . ., S.-Peterb.,  1*97-8, vi, 81;  113.   AUo,
  transl.:  Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Pelersb.,  1897-8,  vi,  81;
  111.— Manuing (I. H.)  Physiological economv in  nu-
  trition.   J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, Chapel Hill, N. C,
  1906, xxii, 1-7.—.TIaurel (E.)  Apercu g6neral sur la ra-
  tion d'entretien  pendant les  saisons intermediaries dans
  les climats te.nip6r6s.  Arch. g6n.  de m6d., Par., 1903, i,
  1153; 122*; 1291.  -----. Evaluation approximativedenos
  depenses minima eu potasse, chaux, magnesie, acide phos-
  phoriqueet acide sulfurique.   Cong, internat. d'hyg. etde
  d6mog.   C.-r., Brux., 1903, iii, 114. -----.  Influence du
  r6gitne sec sur le poids do l'auimal et sou  alimentation
  (deuxieme serie  (Texj)6riences).   Compt. rend. Soc. de
  biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 363-365. — Meigs (A. V.) & Scott
  (J. A.)  Experiments in weighing  before aud after feed-
  ing as a means of determining the amount of food taken.
  Univ. M. Mag., Phila.. 1889-90, ii, 138-140.  Also, Reprint —
  Meigs (A. V.)  & Shoemaker (H.)    Further experi-
  ments in weighing before and  after feeding as a means of
  determining tbe amount of food taken.  Ibid., ii, 473-475.
  AUo, Reprint. — Merzhinftki (Z.) Prakticheskiy i de-
  shoviv sposob kormit zhirom v bolshikh koliehestvakh.
  [Practical and cheap method of feeding with fat in large
  quantities.]   Vrach, St. Peteisb., 1891, xii, 7.9-733. -Mi-
  tnlei*co (J.)  La determination du coefficient uutritif cellu-
  laire.  Presse nied., Par., 1903, i,  40-42.  -----.  Les  va-
  riations du coefficient nutritif cellulaire.  Ibid., 1903, ii,
  533-535—Mochizuki (J.)  Ueber die  Resorption der
  Eiweisskorper von der Schleimhaut desDickdarmes, nach
  Versuchen mit   Thymusklystieren.   Arch. f. Verdau-
  nngskr., Berl., 1901, vii, 221-233. — iTIdrner  (C. T.)  Ue-
  ber ein eigenthiimliches Nahrungsmittel, nebst einigen
  Beobachtungen  iiber darin angetroffene  Faulnissbasen.
  Ztschr.  f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896-7, xxii. 514-521.—
  Mommo (U.)   Velocity di assorbimento e di assimilazione
  degli  albuminoidi edei grassi.  Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di
  Genova, 1900,  xv, no. 2,  27-39.   AUo, transl..- Arch. ital.
 - debiol., Turin, 1900, xxxiii, 325-335.—Munk (I.)  Ueber
  die Folgen einer  ausreichenden, aber eiw. issarmeu Nah-
  run"; ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Eiweissbedarf.  Arch.
  f. path.  Anat.  [etc.l, Berl.,  1893, exxxii, 91-157.—Nencki
  (M.) Sc Zaleski  (J.) Ueber das Verhalten des Benzoyl-
  nnd  des  Calciumsuperoxyds im Verdauuugskanal des
  Mensehen und des Hundes.   Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.,
  Strassb., 1899,  xxvii, 487-506. — Neumann (R. O.)  Ue-
  ber geringe Eiweissmeugen in der  Nahrung  (experimen-
  telle Untersuchungen am  Mensehen).   Miinchen. med.
  Wchnsehr., 1901,  xlviii. 363.—IVouvelles recherches sur
  le r61e physiologique dea substances albuminoides dans
  la  nutrition, des  animaux  et des vegetaux.   [Rap. de
  Brrera.]  Acad. rov. de  Belg.  Bull, de la cl. d.sc.. Brux.,
  1901, 746-753.—Opie (E. L.) The occurrence of cells with
  eosinophile granulation,  and their  relation to  nutrition.
  Am. J.  M. Sc.  Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., exxvii,  217-
  239.—Pfliiger (E.)  Ueber Ernahrung mit Eiweiss und
  Glykogenanalyae.   Arch.  f.d. ges.  Physiol., Bonn. 1905-
  6, cxi, 303-308.—P16»z (P.)   Kiserleti vizsgalatok, me-
  lyek arra mutatnak, bogy a tapszerekkel bevitt szenhy-
.\ attrition (Chemistry and physiology of).
  dratokb61 a majoan a glycogen mellett zsirok is k6pz5d-
  nek.  [Experimental researches which  show that  carbo-
  hydrates accompanying food form in tbe liver glycogen
  aiid  fats.]   Magy.  orv. Arch., Budapest, 1899, viii, 165-
  186.—PrauHnitz (W.)  Uutersucliungen iiber das Ver-
  halten aniuialiseher Nahrung^inittel  im  mensehlichen
  Organismus; Einleituug.   Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen u.
  'Leipz., 1900, n. F., xxi, 277. — Puccianti (G.)  Intorno
  ad una memoria  del prof. Claudio Bernard; sull'  ufficio
  dell'  apparecchio chilifero nell' assorbimeutodelle sostanze
  alimentari.  Gazz. med. ital. feder. tosc Firenze, 1853, 2. s.,
  iii, 153-158.  AUo, Reprint.—Pugliatti  (V.)  Sulla  di-
  geribilitil gastrica degli  alimenti.  Gazz. d. osp.. Milano,
  1901, xxii,788.—Pugliese (A.)  Azione fisiologiea dello
  sostanze alimentari  sull' organismo.  Bull.  d. sc. med. di
  Bologna, 1895, 7. s., vi, 537, 4 ch.: 1896, 7. s., vii, 5-56. 6 ch.—
  Pyaskov*ki (N.)  Novaya teoriya v  oblasti fisziologii
  i higieni pit miya.  [New theory in  the physiology and
  hygiene of feeding.]  Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903,
  i, med. pt.,  765-780.— Renaut (J.)   Sur quelques phe-
  noniencs in times de la nutrition et des s6cr6tioiis.   Cong.
  internat. d'hydrol. et de elimatol. [etc.] 1902.  C. r., Greno-
  ble,  19U3, vi, 251-274. — Report on the second experi-
  mental feeding of dogs in the medical school of the im-
  perial navy.  Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6,1888, vii, 109-127.—
  de Key-Pai I hade.  Action du soufre et des eaux sul-
  furics  sur la nutrition.   Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et  de
  elimatol.  C.-r. 1896, I'ar.,  1897, iv, 196-199.'—Richter
  ( G.)  Glossen zur Verdauuugsphvsiologie.  Ztschr. f.
  prakt. Aerzte,  Frankf. a. M., 1899,viii, 612-622.—Rubner
  (M.)  Der Energiewert der Kost des Mensehen.  Ztschr.
  f. Biol., Miinchen u. Leipz., 1901,  n.  F„ xxiv, 261-308.
  -----. Das  Isodyuamiegesetz.   Miinchen.  med.  Wchn-
  scbr., 1902. xlix, 232. -----.  Ueber die Wirkung der Bor-
  saure auf den  Stoffwechsel des Mensehen.  Hyg. Rund-
  schau, Berl., 1902, xii, 161-170.—S. (S.)  Nutritions-Scala
  der Nahriingsmittel.  Ver. deutsche Ztschr. f. d. Staats-
  Arznk., Freib. i.  Br.,  1847,  n. F., 430-432. — Sanarelli
  (G.)   Sulle funzioni reciproche dei sali inorganici nella
  inanizionemiueiale e nelle malattie consuntive.  Riv. d' ig.
  e san. pubb., Roma, 1*93,  iv, 701-727, 1 pl.—Schilling
  (F.)  Bedeutung der Nalirsalze in der mensehlichen Nah-
  rung.  Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxvi,l-4.—Schon-
  dorflf (B.)  Ueher  die Beziehung des Nahrungsbediirf-
  nisses zur stickstofflialtigen Korpersubstanz. Arch. f. d.
  ges.  Physiol., Bonu, 1898, lxxi, 420-426.—Schreiber (E.)
  Ueber die Verwendung des frisehen Kaseins in der Ernah-
  rung.  Centralbl.  f. Stoffwechsel- u.  Verdaiiuugskr., Got-
  ting., 1901, ii,  115-118.—Schule.   Ueber  die Beeiuflus-
  sung der Salzsaurecurve (lurch die Qualitat d-r Nahrung.
  Deutsches Arch, f.klin. Med , Leipz., 1901, lxxi, 123-132.—
  Schnltze (E.)  Ueber den Einfluss der Nahrung auf die
  Ausscheidung der amidartigen Substan/.en.  Arch. f. d.
  ges. Physiol., Bona, 1889, xiv, 401-460, ldiag.—St liiiman-
  J.eclercq.  Selbstversuche iiber den Einfluss  der Nah-
  rung auf die Acetonausscheidung.   Wien. klin.  Wchn-
  scbr., 1901,  xiv, 237-242.  AUo, Reprint. —Seelig (A.)
  Ueber  den Einfluss der Nahrung  auf die Aetherglyko-
  surie.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u.  Pharmakol., Leipz., 1906,
  liv, 206-216.—SlovtsoflTfB.)  Prevrashtsheniya i rasure-
  dleleuiye  pishtshevovo blelka  v grapple  anbidriduikh
  blelkov pecheni,  krovi i mishts.  [Le  metabolisnie et la
  localisation des substances albumineuses tie la nourriture
  dans le sang, le foie et les muscles.   Extr., 388.]  Russk.
  arch, patol.,  klin.  med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1*98, v. 63;
  162;  281.—Steinheil  (E.)   Zusammensetzung  der Nah-
  rung von vier Bernleuten in  der Grube Silberau bei Ems.
  Ztscbr.  f. Biol., Miinchen, 1877, xiii, 415-4J3.—Sui-mont
  (H.)  <fe Dehon (M.)   Bilan du phosphore  et de l'azote
  dans l'alimentation par le pain complet et par le pain blanc.
  Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 589-591.—Swan (J. M.)
  A study of the metabolism  of a vegetarian.  Am. J. M.
  Sc,  Phila.,  1905, exxix,  1059-1065.   AUo,  Reprint.—
  Thayer (W. I.)  Starch  vs. dextrine-nutrition.  Vir-
  ginia M. Month., Richmond, 1888-9, xv, 313-317.—Vaudin
  (L.)  Sur uu role  particulier de la saiive et des hydrates
  de carbone  daus  la nutrition.  Cong,  internat. de m6d.
  C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de physiol.,40-45.—Vidal (A.) Ue-
  ber den Einfluss  verschiedener Erniihruugszustande von
  Thieren  auf die  Umwandlung  subcutan  eingespritzen
  Methamoglobins.  Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.,  Leipz.,
  1899, lxv, 376-384.—von  Voit (C.)   Ueber die Vertre-
  tungswerthe von  Eiweiss,  Fett und  Kohlehydrateu  im
  Thierkorper.  Sitzungsb, d. math.-phys. Cl. d.  k.-bayer.
  Akad.  d. Wissensch. zu  Miiuchen, 1*883, 355-363. —'—.
  Das Isodyuamiegesetz.   Miiuchen. med. "Wchnsehr., 1902,
  xlix, 233-235.  —---.  Ueber den Werth der Albumosen
  und Peptone fiir die Ernahrung.  Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver.
  Miinchen (1898).  1899,  viii,  204-225.—Voit (E.)   Ueber
  deu geringsteu Eiweissbedarf in der Nahrung. Sitzungsb.
  d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u.  Physiol, in Miinchen, 1889-90,
  v,  80-82.—Voit   (M.)   Ausniitzungsversuche  bei Auf-
  nahme von trockenem  und gequollenem Eiweiss mit und
  ohne Zugabe von  Fleischextract.   Ztschr. f. Biol., Miin-
  chen u. Berl.,  1903, xiv, 79-103.—Wait (C. C.)   Nutri-
  tion  investigations  at the  University of  Tennessee.
  Scient. Am., N. ¥.,  1899, xlvii LSuppl.],* 19404.—Weiske 
NUTRITION.
852
NUTRITION.
IV lit rition (Chemistry and physiology of).
  (H.)  Ueber den Einfluss der Nahrungseiitziebung auf
  das Gewicht und die Zusammensetzung der Organe, ins-
  besondere der Knochen und Zahne.   Ztschr. f. physiol.
  Chem., Strassb., 1896-7,  xxii, 485-499.—Wiedersheim
  (R.) Ueber die mechanische Aulhahme der  Nahruugs-
  mittel in der Darmschleimhaut.  Festschr. d. 56. Ver-
  samml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte . . . Freib. i. B.  u. Tii-
  bing., 1883, 49-66. — Zadik (H.)  Stoffwechselversuche
  mit phosphorhaltigen und phosphorfreien Eiweisskorpern.
  Arch. f. d.ges. Ph> siol., Bonn, 1899, lxxvii, 1-21.—Zeland
  (N.) O poslledovatelnom vliyanii lisheniya pishtshi na
  pitaniye.  [Subsequent influence of loss of food upon nu-
  trition.]   Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1888, xiii, 75; 94; 103;
  119; 137;  151; 183.—Zuntz.  Sind calorischaequivalente
  Mengen  vou Koblenhydiaten und Fetten  fiir Mast und
  Entfettuug gleichwerthig?   Berl. kliu. Wchnsehr., 1901,
  xxxviii, 747-752.  Also: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien,
  1901, n. F., iii, 289-293.  -----. Eine Methode zur Scha-
  tzung des Eiweiss- und Fettgehaltes im lebenden  Thier-
  korper.  Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, 205-208.

IViit rition  (Comparative pliysiology of).
    See, also,  Digestion  (Comparative physiology
  of).
    Bischoff (T. L. W.) & Voit (C.)   Die Gesetze
  der Ernahrung des Fleischfressers  durch  neue
  Untersm hungen   festgestellt.   8°.   Leipzig  4~
  Heidelbeni, 1860.
    Gilbert (J. H.)   On  some  points in connec-
  tion with animal nutrition.  12°.  London, [1876],
    Rauschenplat (E. A.)  * Ueher die  Nahrung
  von Thieren  aus der Kieler Bucht.  4°.   Kiel,
  1901.
    Sidney (E.)   The  philosophy of food and nu-
  trition  in plants  and animals.  16°.   London,
  [1849].
    Biedermnnn  (W.)  &. Moritz (P.)  Beitrage  zur
  vergleichenden Physiologie der Verdauung; iiber ein cel-
  luloselosendes Enzym im Leberseeret der Schnecke (Helix
  pomatia).  Arch. f. d. ges.  Physiol.,  Bonn, 1898,  lxxiii,
  219-J87, 2 pl.— BoriiMtein.  Ueber die Moglichkeit der
  Eiweissmast. Berl. klin. Wchnsehr., 1898, xxxv. 791-795.—
  Brandes (G.)  Ueber den veimeintlichen Einfluss ver-
  anderter Ernahrung anf die Struktur des Vogelmagens.
  Biol. Centralbl., Leipz.. 1896, xvi, 825-838.—Charpentier
  (P.-G.) Alimentation  azot6e d'une aigue, le Cystococcus
  humicola.  Ann. de I'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 321-
  334.—Cotte (J.)  Contribution a l'etude de la nutrition
  chez les spongiaires.  Bull, scient. do  la France et de la
  Belg.,  Par.,  1904, xxxviii, 420-573.—Coupin (H.)  Sur la
  nutrition du Steiigmatocystis nigra.  Compt. rend.  Acad.
  d. sc, Par.,  1903, cxxxvi, 392-394.—Diffloth (P.)  L'ali-
  mentation  des  animaux (essai sur la theorie  isodyua-
  mique).  [Abstr.]  Rev. scient.,  Par.,  1903, 4. s., xx, 519-
  529.—"Frentzel (J.)  Zwei Ausuutzungsversuehe.  Berl.
  klin. Wchuschr., 1898, xxxv, 1103-1105:—Gouin (A.) &
  Andouard (P.)  Influence du r6giiue alimentaire  sur
  l'hydratation des tissus  du corps des bovides. Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 813-815.—Largniei-
  des Bancel* (J.)  Do l'influeuce de la temp6rature ex-
  t6rieure  sur la ration d'entretien chez l'oiseau.  Ibid.,
  1902, 11.  s.,  iv,  162-164. —iTlartinoli (G.)  L' influenza
  dell' allattamento artificiale e dell' alimeutazione intensiva
  sull' accrescimeuto ponderale dei giovani  majali.  Mod.
  zooiatro, Torino,  1901, xii. 222-230. — Pratt (Edith M.)
  The assimilation and distribution of nutriment in Alcyo-
  nium digitatum.  Rep. Brit. Ass.  Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond.,
  1904, Ixxxiii, 688.—Richet (C.)  Variations suivant les
  saisons de la ration alimentaire par unite de snrface chez
  le chien.   Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,  1902, 11. s., iv,
  76-79. -Ruzicka (S.)  Pokus na sobe o vyuzitkovani
  v^zivn^ch latek  pi-i ruzn^ch muozstvich vody 8 potravou
  do y.aludku zaveden6.  [Experiment on young  reindeer to
  determine the nutritive material  in special quantities of
  water with food in the average stomach.]  Rozpr. cesk6
  Akad. cis. Frautiska Josefa [etc.], v Praze, 1902-3, 2. t., xi,
  no. 27, 1-8.—Sieber (N.) &. Metal nikow (S.)   Ueber
  Ernahrung  und  Verdauung  der  Dienenmotte  (Galleria
  mellonella).  Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904. cii, 269-
  286— iVintrebert (P.)   Sur l'accomplissement regulier
  des  fonctions de nutrition, des processus d'ontogendse, de
  r6g6ueration et de metamorphose, chez des larves d'alytes,
  en l'absence d'une grande etendue dela moehe. Compt.
  rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 70-72.

IViitritioil  (Disordered).
    See, also, Atrophy; Cachexia; Emaciation;
  Hysteria  ( Manifestations   of)  by  disorders of
  digestive system; Insanity (Causes of');  Metab-
  olism (Disordered);  Nose  (Obstruction  of. Ef-
  fects of);  Nutrition (Disordered)   in  children;
  Starvation.
j\ lit rition (Disordered).
    Bexnkt  (J.  H.)    "Nutrition  in health and
  disease.  A contribution to hygiene and to clin-
  ical medicine.   2. ed.  8°.  London, 1876.
    Brunton (L.)  On disorders of assimilation,
  digestion, etc.   8°.  London, 1901.
    Colombani (M.)   * Essai d'dtude sur k-s acci-
  dents de la suralinientation.  h \  Paris, 1903.
    Graanboom (J.)  Beknopte  kliniek der voe-
  diugsstoornissen van den zuigjelinjj voor studen-
  ten en arisen.  8°.  Amsterdam, 1901.
    Klippel  (M.)  * Des  amyotrophies  dans  lea
  maladies g6u6rales chroniques et de leurs rela-
  tions avec  les  lesions des nerfs peripheriques.
  4°.  Paris, 1889.
    Le Roy  (G.)  *La maigreur  et l'amaigrisse-
  ment.   8\  Paris, 1899.
    Lukyanoff  (S. M.)    Osnovaniya  obshtshel
  patologii pishtshevareniya.   10 lektsiy.  [Prin-
  ciples  of  the general  pathology of digestion.
  Ten lectures.]   8°.   S. Peterburg,  1699.
    -----.   The same.  Grnndziige  einer  allge-
  meineu  Pathologie der Verdauung.  Zehn Vor-
  lesungeu.   8°.   Leipzig,  1899.
    Ord (W. M.)  On some disorders  of nutrition
  related  with affections  of the nervous  system
  (neurotic dystrophies).   8y   London, 1885.
    Revue des maladies de la nutrition.  Couiite"
  de redaction: F. G16uard, F.  Lagrange [et al.].
  [Monthly.]   2. s., v. 1-4, 1903-6.   8°.   Paris.
    Current.

    Sammlung klinischer Abhandlungi-n iiber Pa-
  thologie und Therapie der Stoffwechsel- und Er-
  nahrungsstoruu»en.   Hrsg. vou Carl vou Noor-
  den.  8°.   Berlin, 1900.
    Sangree (E. B.)  Hvdroleine iu malnutrition.
  12°.  [New York,  n. d.]
    Twentieth  Century  Practice.    An interna-
  tional encyclopedia of modern  medical science
  by leading authorities of Europe  and America.
  Edited  by  Thomas  L. Steadman.   v. 2.  Nutri-
  tive disorders.   8°.   New York,  1895.
    Zellner (M.)   "Ueher Storungen  des  Nah-
  rnngstiiebes.  8°.  Freiburg i. B., 1901.
    Zentralblatt  fiir die gesamte  Physiologie
  und Pathologie des Stoffwechsels  [etc.].   Hrsg.
  von Karl vou Noorden.  [Semi-monthly.]  u. F.,
  v. 1, 1906.   Berlin 4;  Wien.
    Current.   Continuation of: Centralblatt fiir Stoff-
  wechsel-  und Verdauungs-Krankheiteu.
    Achard (C.) Sc Weil (E.)  Contribution k l'etude d-
  1'insufflsauce glycolytiqne.  Bull, et  mem. Soc. med. d.
  hop. de  Par., 1898, 3. s., xv,  327-341.—A Ile bin (\V. H )
  On nutrition and malnutrition. Cliu. J., Lond.. 1904-5,
  xxv, 369; 392; 407: 1905, xxvi, 7; 24. AUo:  Lancet, Loud.,
  1905, i,  1111; 1180; 1250; 1319.—Bans (A.)  Kiiustliche
  Ernahrung durch subkutane Injektionen ; Sammelreferat.
  Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1899, ii,
  481-488.—Beates  (IL), jr.  Digitaline  iu  the treatment
  of nutritional disorders.  Month. Cvcl. Pract. Med.. Phila.,
  1905, xviii [xix], 7-10.—Belmondo (E.)  Di ulcuui  per-
  vertimeuti dell' istinto di nutrizione, specialmente negli
  alienati.   Riv. sper. di freniat., Iteggio-Emilia, 1888-9, xiv,
  1-39, 1 pl.—Benoit (E.-P.)   La nutrition et ses maladies^
  Uniou med.  du Canada, Montreal, 1896, xxv, 328-335.—
  Bermbach.  Allgemeine Eruahrungsstorungen.  Ver-
  offentl. a. d. J.-Vet.-Ber. d. beamt. Tieriirzte Preuss. 1902,
  Berl.,  1904.  iii. pt. 2, 30-35.—Bnrwinkel (O.)  Ueber
  die  Anwendung  der kohlensiiurereicheu Soolbiider bei
  Herz- und Stoffwechselkrankheiten.  Med. Woche, Berl.,
  1901, 137; 141— Cabot  (II. C.)  Two possible causes of
  emaciation not generally recognized.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,
  Chicago. 19(16, xlvi. 763-765.—t'apitan (L.) Les maladies
  par ralentissernent de la nutrition:  l'arthritisme.  Kev.
  mens, de l'Ucole d'anthrop.  de Par.. 1897. vii.  161-175.—
  de  Castro  (S. V.)  Algunas consideraciones flsio-pato-
  logicas sobre el cit-lo nutritivo.  Gac med. de Granada,
  1903, xxi, 385-391.—Chiais (V.)  Sur la non-ideutite des
  fonctions physico-cbiiniques du milieu organique humain
  eu etat de sante et eu e.tat de maladie.  Assoc, franc, pour
  l'avance. d. sc.  C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, xxiii.  pt. 2, 833-836__
  Chouppe (H.)  Troubles trophiques .secondaires et sy-
  metriques.  Compt. reud. Soc. de biol.. Par..  1889. 9. s., i,
  97.—Daigle (C.-A.)  Troubles et maladies de  la nutri-
  tion; pathogenie et therapeutique  physiologique.  Uniou 
NUTRITION.
853
NUTROL.
Nutrition (Disordered).
  med. du Canada,  Montreal,  1902, xxxi, 569; 639—Be-
  hove.   Cure d'amaigrissement.   Tribune  m6d.  Par
  1900, 2.  s.,  xxxii, 233.—Be  Buck (D.)   Les  maladies
  de  la nutrition.   Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1895,
  ii, 138- 143. — Be  Bominicis  (N.)   Alcune uozioui
  geuerali sulla patologia della nutrizione.  Gior.  internaz.
  d. se. med.,  Napoli, 1896, n.  s.,  xviii, 561-567.— Dew
  (J. H.)  Malnutrition, practically and physiologically con-
  sidered; a subject of great importance to the specialist as
  well as to the general practitioner.  Gaillard'sM. J., N. Y.
  1895. lxi, 12-19.—Drayton (H. S.) The nervous relation
  in diseases  of the nutritive system.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,
  Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 7-9.—Dufonrt (E.)  De  certaines
  modifications de la  nutrition sous 1 influence du regime
  carne exclusif.  J. de physiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1902,
  iv.  468-474.—Ehrmann (S.)  Progressive Ernahrungs-
  storuugen.  Ergebn. d. spez. path. Morpb. u. Physiol, d.
  Sinnesorg.,  Wiesb.,  1896,  446-472.  -----.  Kegressive  Er-
  nahrungsstorungen.  Ibid., 473-484.— El ter ich (T. J.)
  Malnutrition.  Phila., M. J., 1903, xi, 871-X73.—Ely (W. S.)
  The treatment of a certain class of the uuderfed. Tr. M.
  Soc. N. Y-, Albany,  1904,  xcviii, 371-377.  AUo:  N. York
  M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 55-58.—Felch (B. F.)  Bright's
  disease,  diabetes mellitus, and pulmonary consumption.
  Lancet-Clinic, Cincin.,  1906, n. s., lvi, 189.—Foi-cheimer
  (F.)  Elimination as an etiological factor of disease of the
  alimentary canal.  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y, 1896, viii.
  220-228.—Oandil.  De l'emploi therapeutique de la
  franklinisation dans le traitement des troubles do la nutri-
  tion. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux,  1903, xi, 731-733.—
  Giebel (C.)  Gewichtsverlust des eigenen  Korpers bei
  venninderter Nahrungszufuhr.  Ztschr. f. d. ges. Natur-
  wissensch., 1868. xxxi, 265-272.—dc Grandmaiion (F.)
  Le terrain  morbide et la nutrition.  Rev. d. mal. de la
  nutrition, Par.. 1904, 2. s., ii, 433-441— llalphide (A. C.)
  The pathology of nutrition.  Clinique, Chicago,  1899,  xx,
  7-15.—Hatch (T. L.)   Nutrition, with a report of some
  cases of mal-nutritiou.   Northwest. Laucet, St. Paul, 1889,
  ix,  157-161.—Hercz (O.)   Az  ideges em6szt6si zavarok
  gyogyitasa  az  orvosi  gyakorlatban.   [Therapy of  the
  neivous  disorders of the  digestion in medical practice.]
  Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1896, xxxvi, 150; 176.—Hofim-i-
  ster (F.)  Feber Resorption nnd Assimilation der Nahr-
  stoffe.  Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1889,
  xxt, 240: 1889-90, xxvi, 355-370. — Hultegren (E.  O.)
  &Landergren(E.|  Studierinaringsfysiologi.  [Studies
  on the physiology of nutrition.]  Nord. med. Ark., Stock-
  holm, 1890,  xxii. no. 17, 1-28. —  Kraua (F.)   Neuere
  Arbeiten zur  Pathologie des  Stoffwechsels  bei auami-
  schen und herzkranken Mensehen. Ergebu. d. allg. Path.
  u. path.  Anat. [etc.] 1896, Wiesb., 1897, 416-436. — I^a
  Franca (S.)  Le piastriue in  alcune malattie del ricam-
  bio.   Med.  ital., Napoli, 1905, iii,  101-105.—Lagrange
  (F.)   Lereposdel'espritdans les maladies de  la nutrition.
  Rev. mal. de  la nutrition, Par., 1904,  2. s., ii, 193-'»09.—
  Lahinann (H.) La disemia  (discrasia dietetica)  come
  causa fondamentale  di tutte le malattie.  l.'iv. internaz."
  d'ig., Napoli, 1894, v, 349-370—Lane (W. A.)  On civilisa-
  tion  [and malnutrition]. Clin. J.,Lond.,1904-5,xxv,49-53.—
  Le Gendre (P.)  Troubles et maladies de la nutrition.
  Traite de med. (Charcot, Bouchard [et al.]), Par., 1891, i,
  241 - 516.—I.oebel  (A.)  Die  hydriatische Behandlung
  der  allgeineinen  Ernahrungsstorungen.  Monatschr.  f.
  prakt. Balneol.,  Miinchen, 1898,  iv, 4-10. -----. Diat-
  nnd  Kaltwassercuren  bei  Behandlung  der Ernahrungs-
  storungen infolge retardirter Stoffmetamorphose.  Bl. f.
  klin. Hydrotherap., Wien., 1899, ix, 31-38—Lorand (A.)
  Some diseases of the nutrition: diabetes, gout,  obesity,
  and gall-stones, their causation  and treatment.  Vermont
  M. Month.,  Burlington, 1900, xii, 23-28.—TlcCaukey (G.
  W.)   Weakness and dilatation of the heart in chronic nu-
  tritional disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 96-100.
  Also. Reprint.—IHagnnw-'Levy  (A.)   Ueber Aufgaben
  und Bedeutung von Respirationsversuchen fiir die Patho-
  logie des Stoffwechsels,  nebst  kritischen Bemerkungen
  zur Technik derselben.  Ztschr. f.  klin.  Med., Berl., 1897,
  xxxiii, 258-268.—Mariani (F.)  Profllassi e terapia  ge-
  nerale' dei disturbi  braditrofici.   Crou. d. clin.  med. di
  Genova,  1901,  vii, 353-361.—Martin (O.)  Maladies de la
  nutrition;  refutation  de  la  theorie  de l'hypoacidite.
  Montpel. med.,  1902, xiv,  217-224.  AUo: Presse med.,
  Par., 1902, i, 606-608.—Martinet  (E.)  Les elements de
  la  suralimentation.  Presse  med., Par.,  1901,  i,  250.—
  Mathieu (A.) &Boux (J. C.)  Die ungeniigende Ernah-
  rung bei Dyspeptikern und Nervosen; Verhalten  der
  Leber; Perversion  des Hungers;  Zunge und  Magen ;
  eeistige Verfassung.  Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1905,
  xi, 301-320.—Meitner (W.)  Ueber Eulactol  und seinen
  Wert bei Bekampfung der Unterernahrung.  Wien. med.
  Bl  1900  xxiii 4-20.------ Weiteres iiber Eulactol nnd
  seinen  Wert' bei  Bekampfung   der   Unterernahrung.
  Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wien,  1900, xii, 307-310.  ——. Zur
  Bewertung des Alboferin  bei Malnutrition.   Ibid., 1901,
  xiii 543; 559.  AUo: Aerztl Monatschr.. Leipz., 1901, 465-
  476'______Erfahrungen mit Set.  Anna MalzCakes als
  Nahrgebiick bei Erkrankungen mitEriiahrungsstorungen.
  Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wieu, 1902, xiv, 329-332.—Mills (W.
 Nutrition  (Disordered).
   S.)  Malnutrition and  its treatment.  Virginia M- Semi-
   Month.  Richmond, 1899-1900, iv, 504-507.—I* a I nier (E.)
   The biood in malnutrition.  Med.  Herald, St.  Joseph,
   1905, n. s., xxiv, 178-182.—Pasquale (R.),  Modificazioni
   nutritive dell' organismo in rapporto alle  forme croniche
  , del  puhnoue.   Gazz. internaz. <li med. prat., Napoli,  1899,
   95-1901.—Patoir.  De certains dangers de la suralimen-
   tation et de la zoraotherapie;  leur action sur le foie et les
   reins.  Bull. Soc. centr. de ni6d. du nord, Lille,  1901,  2. s.,
   v, 201-215.—Bealc (E.) Sc Be  Renzi (E.) II rallenta-
   mento della nutrizione.  Lavori d. Cong. med. int., Roma,
   1895,vi, 90-120.  AUo, transl. [Abrtr.]: Semaine med., Par.,
   1895, xv, 478.   AUo, transl.  [Abstr.]: Med. Week, Par.,
   1895,iii,531.—Kliein (M.  L.)  Theoral expressions of mal-
   nutrition.  Tr. N. York Odont. Soc.  1896, Phila., 1897, 55-
   68.  Also,  Reprint.  Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila.,  1896,
   xxxviii, 486-497.  A "so,  Reprint.—Robin (A.)  S6m6iolo-
   gie  urologique des maladies de la nutrition ; son applica-
   tion au  diagnostic, au pronostic et au traitement.  Bull.
   med., Par., 1902, xvi, 33-38.  -----.  L'urologie et son im-
   portance dans le diagnostic, le pronostic et le traitement
   des maladies de la nutrition.   J. de med. int., Par., 1901, v,
   1041-1044.—Robin (A.) Sc Binet(M.)   Des effets du cli-
   mat in.n in etdes bains de mer sur les ph6nomenes intimes
   de la nutrition ; applications therapeutiques.  Gaz. d. mal.
   infant, [etc.],  Par., 1903, v, 393-396.—Rote (A.) Weakness
   and dilation of the heart in chronic nutritional disease. J.
   Am. M.  Ass..  Chicago, 1903, xii,,323.—Sanderson (A. J.)
   Dietetics in diseases affecting nutrition.  Tr.M. Soc.Calif.,
   Monterey, 1899, xxix, 241-248.—Schlesinger(W.)  Ueber
   Storungen der Eettresorption und  ihre Beziehung zur
   Ausscheidung von  Kalk,  Magnesia  und  Ammoniak.
   Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 214-241.—Seguin (E.
   C.)  The relation between trophic lesions and diseases ofthe
   nervous systeni. J. Nerv. Sc Ment.  Dis., N. Y., 1888, xv,
   533-542.—Senator (H.)  Ueberdie Anwendung der Fette
   und Fettsauren bei chronischen Zebrkrankheiten.  Ztschr.
   f. Therap. in.  Einbzhng. d. Elect.- u.  Hydrotherap., Wien,
   1887, v, 57-60.—Stem (H.)  Who  is underfed?  Med.
   Rec, N. Y.,  1904, lxv,  811-813.  -----. The yolk cure in
   the  treatment of the underfed.  Ibid., 1904, lxvi,  1049-
   1052.—Swayace  (G.  B. H.)  Perverted nutrition.  St.
   Louis M.  & S. J., 1893,  lxv, 267-270.—Thomayer (J.)
   Auffallende Abmagerung und  ihre  Bedeutung.  Klin.-
   therap. Wchnsehr., Wien, 1900, vii, 385-417.—Tripels-
   Bentzkof (E.)  El masaje y ia kinesiterapia  en las en-
   fermedades de la nutricion.  Siglo m6d., Madrid, 1905, lii,
   801.—Vigouroux (R.)  Le traitement des maladies par
   ralentissement de la  nutrition au moyen  des courants a
   haute frequence.  Rev.  iuternat.  d'61ectroth6r., Par.,
   1895-6, vi,  328.—Walsh  (D.)  Nutrition in wasting dis-
   eases of children and adults.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,
   1904, u. s., lxxviii, 457-460.—Warner (F.)   Relations be-
   tween bodily development, nutrition, and brain conditions
   in their pathological  aspects.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i,
   1220.—Weber (F. P.)  Visceral  scleroses and relative
   over-nutrition.  Treatment, Lond.,  1898-9,  ii, 257-259.—
   Wernicke (R.)  Patologia de la nutriciiSn.  An. d. Circ.
   m6d. anient..  Buenos-Aires, 1905, xxviii,  149-164.—West-
   over (H. W.) The urine in diseases of nutrition.  Tr.
   Am. Inst.  Homceop. 1898,  N. Y., 1899, liv, 381-386.

Nutrition (Disordered) in children.
     See, also, Infants  (Atrophy  of); Marasmus.
     Angel vin.  Les maladies de la nutrition chez l'enfant.
   Rev. th6or. et prat. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1898, vi,
   422-431.—Bessau (S. H.)  Children's teeth as indicators
   of disturbed nutrition.  Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1897, xxxix,
   196-202.  AUo, Reprint. —Jemma (R.)   Sulle turbe di
   ricanibio nell'  amiloidosi infantile.  Gazz. d. osp., Milano
   1901, xxii,  933-936.—Kilmer (T. W.)  Malnutrition in
   youngchildren.  N. York M.J. [etc.], 1905,  lxxxi, 794-799.
   AUo, Reprint.— Eianghlin  (W. H.)  The disorders of
   nutrition in childhood.   Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1899
   xi, 1-5.

j\ ut rition (Therapeutic).
     See Diet in disease;  Nutrition (Artificial).

TViitrit'Aiano  (Georges).   * Kecherches experi-
  meutales sur le dormiol it particulierement  sur
  son  action cardiovasculaire.   112 pp.  8°.   Ge-
  neve, H. Kiindig, 1902.
Nlltrilllll; its  nutritive value as compared with
  popular cereal preparations, and  especially for
  army and navy rationB and lor hospital supplies.
  Compiled, chiefly from   official documents, hy
  Herman  Haupt.  24 pp.  8°.   [n.  p., 1899, vel
  8nbseq.]

An fro I.
    Bcdilies (A.)  Physiologische Priifung des Nutrol,
  eines kiinstliehen Nahrungs- und Genussmittels.  Allg.
  med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.,  1897, lxvi, 369-371. 
K UTROSE.
854
NUTTALL.
IVutrose.
    BoriiMtein.  Ueber den Nahrwert der Nutrose (Ca-
  seiunaiiiiim )  im  Vergleich zu dem des Liebig'sehen
  Fleiscbpeptous.  Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch.  in
  Berl.  Balneol. Sekt, 1896, xvii, 235-240. — IVrumaiin
  (R.)  Stoffwechselversuehe mit Somatose und Nutrose.
  Miinchen. med. Wclinschr.. 189^, xiv, 72; 116.—Oppler
  (B.)  Ueber Nabrpraparate als Fleischersatzmittel mit
  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der Nutrose.   Therap.
  Monatsh., Berl., 1897, xi, 201-206.
Nuts.
    Kellogg (J. H.)  Der Wert der Niisse.  Kurberiehte,
  Leipz., 1902, vi, 116-118.—Maire (R.)  Sur 1'existence des
  corps gras dans les noyaux vegetaux.  Compt. rend. Soc.
  de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 736. — IVuts  as  food  in foreign
  countries.  Sanitarian, N. Y., 1899,  xlii, 55-67.
Nutt (John Joseph).   Health and hygiene for Iho
  household.   1 p. 1., 69 pp.  8°.  New York, Abbey
  Press, 1901.
------.   Differentiation  in  the  diagnosis of  non-
  deformiug club  foot,   * pp.   12°.  New York,
  A. R. Elliot  Co., 1905.
    Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], N. Y. & Phila., 1905,
  lxxxi.
IVuttall (G. Clarke).   Bacteria aud hutter.   pp.
  123-129.  8°.  [London, 1897.]
    Cutting from: Contemp. Rev., Lond., 1897, lxxi.
IVuttall  (George  H[enry]  Ffalkiuer])  [ 1862-
      ].   * Beitrage znr Kenntuiss der Immunitiit.
  r>4 pp.,  1 1.   8C.   Gbttingen, L. Hofer, 1890.
------.   Eine Methode  zur Bestimmung der abso-
  lnten Anzahl der Tuberkelbacillen in  tuberku-
  lom-ui  Sputum;  mit Bemerkungen iiber deren
  Anwendung iu der Bakteriologieiiu Allgeineinen.
  23 pp.   H°.   [Berlin, 1892.]
^   Repr.from:  Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1892, xxi.
------.   Hygienic  measures in relation  to infec-
  tious diseases, comprising in condensed form in-
  formation as to the cause and  mode of spreading
  of certain diseases, the preventive measures that
  should be resorted to, isolation, disinfection, etc.
  xi,  112 pp.  12°.  New  York 4- London, G.  P.
  Putnam's Sons, 1893.
------.   Ueber deu Einfluss von Schwankungen
  in der  relativen  Feuchtigkeit der Luft auf die
  Wasserdampfabgabe  der Haut.   pp.  184-192.
  H-.   [Berlin, 1895.]
    Cutting from: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen n. Leipz., 1895,
  xxiii.
------.   Ueber das Junkers'sche Kalorimeter und
  ilen Heizwerth des Berliner Leuchtgases.  4 pp.
  81-.   Berlin, 1895.
    Repr.from:  Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1895, v.
------.   Has adipocere  been  observed in India?
  4 pp.   8°.   Calcutta, 1897.
    Repr.from: Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1897, xxxii.
------.   Zur Aufkliirung  der  Rolle, welehe ste-
  ehende Insekten bei der Verbreitung von Iufek-
  tionskraukheiteu spielen; Iufekiousversuche an
  Mausen mittels Milzbraud,  Hiihnercholera uud
  Mauseseptikamie intizierter Wanzen und Flohe.
  pp. 625-635.   8C.  Jena, 1898.
    Repr.from:  Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1.
  Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii.
------.  Die erste Internationale wissenschaftliche
  Lepra-Konferenz.  19  pp.  8C.  Berlin, 1898.
    Repr.from:  Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1898, viii.
------.   Neuere  Untersuchungen  iiber  Malaria,
  TexaBfieber und Tsetseflii-genkrankheit; zusaiu-
  menfassender Bericht.  19 pp. 8°.  Berlin, 1898.
    Repr.from: Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1898, viii.
------.   Die Mosquito-Malaria-Theorie.   pp. 161-
  364.  8°. Jena, 1*99.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1.
  Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv.
------.   Neuere  Forschungen iiber die Rolle der
  Mosquitos bei  der  Verhreitung  der  Malaria;
  zusammeufassendes Referat.  pp.  877-911, 140-
  147.  8°.   Jena, 1899.
    Repr.from: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1.
  Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv-xxvi.
IVuttall (George H[enry] F[alkiner])—cont'd.
------.   The poisons given oft' by parasitic worms
  in man aud animals,  pp. 247-249.   8°.  Boston,
  Ginn  $ Co., 1*99.
    Repr.from: Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1899.
------.   On the role of insects, arachuids, aud myr-
  iapods, as  carriers iu the  spread of  bacterial
  and parasitic diseases of man  and animals.   A
  critical and historical study.  1 p. 1., 154 pp., 11.
  8°.  Baltimore,  [1899].
    Repr.from.- Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rept., Bait., 1899, viii.
------.   The  same.  Die  Rolle  der  Insekteu,
  Arachnideu (Ixodes) nnd Myriapoden als Tragi-r
  bei der Verbreitung von  durch Bakterien uud
  thierische  Parasiten verursachten  Kraukheiten
  des Mensehen  und  der Thiere.  Eine kritisi-h-
  bistorische Studie.  72 pp.  8°.  Berlin, 1899.
    Repr.from: Hyg. Rundschau,  Berl., 1899, ix.
------.   The same.   R61e de.s insectes, des arach-
  nides et des myriapodes dans hi transmission et
  la dissemination des  maladies  bactenennes et
  parasitaires de l'hoinnieet des animaux.  Etude
  critique et historique; traduit de l'anglais par le
  docteur Levrier.  2 v.  161 pp.; 78 pp., 1 tab.
  8°. Bordeaux, P. Cassignol,  1900.
------.   The same.   The  part played by insects,
  arachnids, and myriapods in the propagation of
  infective diseases of man and animals.  [Abstr.]
  4 pp., 1 tab.  8'"*.   London, 1*99.
    Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Loud., 1899, ii.
------.   The  same.    The r61e  of insects, [etc.].
  [Abstr.]  4 pp., 1 tab.  8°.   London, 1899.
    Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii.
------.   An  apparatus  for  making  roll-cultures.
  4 yip.   8°.   Philadelphia, 1900.
    Repr.from: Pbila. M. J.,  1900, vi.
------.   Filariasis.  25 pp., 1 pl.   8°.   Edinburgh,
  1900.
    Repr.from: Encycl. Med., Edinb., 1900, iii.
------.   In  memoriam.  Walter  Myers.  1  pl.,
  p. 286.  *'-'.  Cambridge, I'niv. Press, 1901.
    Repr.from: J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1901, i.
-----.   On  the  question of priority with  reganl
  to certain discoveries  upon the  aetiology  of ma-
  larial diseases,  pp. 429-441.   8°.   London, 1901.
    Repr.from: Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1901, xliv.
-----.   The new biological test for blood in rela-
  tion to zoological  classification,  pp. 150-153.
  8°.  London, [1902].
    Gutting from: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, lxix.
-----.   In memoriam.  Edmond Nocard.  pp. 517-
  522, port.  roy. 8°.  Cambridge, 1903.
    Repr.from: J. Hyg., Cambridge. 1903, iii.
-----.   In meitioriaiu.   Walter  Reed.  pp. 292-
  296, port.  8°.  Cambridge, 190*5.
    Repr. from: J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1903, iii.
-----.   Blood  immunity and blood relationship;
  a  demonstration of certain blood relationships
  amongst animals by means ofthe precipitin test
  for blood.  Including original researches by G. S.
  Graham-Smith and T.  S. P. Strangeways.  xii,
  444 pp.  roy. 8°.  Cambridge,  Univ. Press, 1904.
------.   Canine piroplasmosis.   I.  pp. 219-252, 5
  ch.  8°.  Cambridge, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1904, iv.
------.   An  address on  scientific research in medi-
  cine.   9 pp.  12 y   [London], 1905.
     Repr.from: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii.
    AUo, Co-Editor of:  Journal (The) of Hygiene, Cam-
  bridge, 1901-5.
     See, aUo, Welch (William H.) Sc IVuttall (George F.)
  A gas-producing bacillus  [etc.].  8°.  [Baltimore, 1892.]
     For Biography, see Phys. Sc Surg. America (Watson),
  Concord, N. H., 1896, 768.
    .For Portrait, see J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, no. 20.
----, Cobbett (Louis)  & Strangreways-
  Pigg(T.)  Studies  in relation to malaria.   I.
  The geographical distribution of anopheles in 
55                                 KYBLyEUS.
NUTTALL.
Nuttall ((J. II. F.J, Cobbett (L.)& Strangje-
  ways-Pigg* (T.)—continued.
  relation to the  former distribution of ague iu
  England.   44 pp.  8°.  Cambridge, 1901.
    Repr. from: J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1901, i.
-----& Dinkelspiel (E. M.)   On the forma-
  tion of specific anti-bodies in  the blood follow-
  ing upou  treatment with the sera of different
  animals, together with their use in  legal medi-
  cine,   pp. 368-387.   8°.   Cambridge,  Univ. Press,
  1901.
    Repr.from: J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1901, i.
----- A: luchley  (O.) An improved method of
  measuring the amount of precipitum in connec-
  tion with  tests with precipitating antisera.   pp.
  201-205.   8°.  Cambridge, 1904.
    Repr.from: J. Hyg., Cambridge,  1904, iv.
-----&, Shipley  (Arthur E.)  Studies in rela-
  tion to malaria.   II. The structure and biology
  of anopheles (Anopheles maculipennis Meigen).
  5 pts.   pp. 45-77, 2  pl.; pp.  270-276; pp.  452-
  484, 4 pl.; pp. 54-84;  pp. 166-215, 4 pl.  8°.
  Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1903.
    Repr.from: J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1901-3, i-iii.
------&  Smith (G. S. Graham).  Canine piro-
  plasmosis.  II.  pp. 237-249,  2 pl.  *°.   Cam-
  bridge, Univ. Press, 1905.
    Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Hyg., Cam-
  bridge, 1905, v.
-----  &  Thierfelder  (H.)  Thierisches  Le-
  ben ohne  Bakterien im Verdauungskanal.   I-
  III.   pp.  109-121,  1  pl.; pp. 62-73; pp. 231-235.
  8C.  Strassburg,  K. J.  Triibner, 1895-7.
    Repr.from:  Ztschr.  f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1895,
  xxi: 1896, xxii: 1897,  xxiii.
------------.  The  same.  Ueber thierisches Le-
  ben ohne Anwesenheit von  Bakterien im Ver-
  dauungscanal.   [Abstr.]   pp. 37-40.  8°.   Ber-
  lin, 1895.
    Cutting from: Verhandl. d. phys. Gesellsch. zu Berl.,
  1895.
■        & "Wright  (James  Homer).   Report  on
  the inoculation  of thirteen guinea-pigs with the
  sputum of tuberculous  cases undergoing  the
  Koch  treatmeut.  41., 1 tab.  8°.   [Baltimore,
  1891.]
    Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1891, ii.
IVuttall (Zelia).   Standard or head-dress?  An
  historical essay on  a relic of ancient Mexico.
  52 pp., 31, 3col.pl.  8°.  Cambridge, Mass., 1888.
    Forms no. 1, v. 1, of: Archaeol. and ethnol. papers, Pea-
  body Mus., Harvard Univ.
-----.  The atlatl or spear-thrower of the ancient
  Mexicans.  30 pp.,  3  1., 3  pl.  8°.   Cambridge,
  1891.
    Forms no. 3, v. 1, of: Archaeol. and ethnol. papers, Pea-
  body Mus., Harvard Univ.
-----.   Archaeological  and  ethnological papers
  of  the Peabody Museum,  Harvard  University.
  v. 2.  The fundamental principles of old and new
  world  civilizations.  A  comparative research
  based on a study  of the ancient  Mexican reli-
  gions, sociological, and calendrical systems.  602
  pp.  8°.   Cambridge, Salem Press Co., 1901.
Nutter (W.).
    See  Imbert (Delonnes).  New  progress of surgery,
  [etc.].  4°.  [London], 1801.
IVliltigre verzamelingen van onfeilbare en  lang-
  bepioefde remedien tegens meest alle ziektens
  en ongemakken der parden, ossen  en koeyen,
  zo als die  in den jare 1726,  1730, 1731 en  nu nog
  1732 daar mede aangetast zyn en worden; ook
  tegens veele ziektens  der schapen eu varkens.
  1 p. ]., 16  pp.   sm. 4°.   Amsterdam, J. van Eg-
  mont, 1732.
lYliVOli (Giuseppe).  Fisiologia,  igiene e patolo-
  gia degli  organi vocah in relazione all' arte del
  canto e della parola, ad uso dei medici e  degli
  artisti. 312 pp.  12°.  Milano, L. Vallardi, 1889.
"Nuvoli (Giuseppe)—continued.
-----.   Letture cliniche sulle malattie della gola.
  319 pp.  roy. 8°.  Boma, A. Piccolo, 1893.
-----.   Sulla probability della natura microbica
  della  cellula  vegetale ed animale.   Nota pre-
  ventiva.   20 pp.   8°.   Parma, Bossi-Ubaldi,
  [1894].
Nuvoli  (Innoceuzo).   Sulla  costituzione epi-
  demica che ha  dominato  nella  citta di Viterbo
  1' anno 1862.  83 pp.  8°.   Viterbo, B. Monarchi,
  [1863].
IVUX (Louis) [1865-     ].   Manuel pratique  de
  dentisterie  operatoire, et notions  61e"mentaires
  d'hygiene buccale et de therapeutique dentaire
  k l'usage des medecins.    140 pp.  12°.   Paris,
  O. Doin, 1893.
-----.   The same.  2. ed.  206 pp.  12°.   Pari*,
  0. Doin; Toulouse, E. Privat, 181)6.
-----.   * De l'orthop6die deutaire;  contribution
  k l'etude des  irregularites '"entaires et de leur
  traitement.  104 pp.  4°.  Toulouse, 1894, No. 57.

IVux moschata.
    See Nutmeg.

IVux romica.
    See,  also. Strychnia.
    Weyl(J.-M.)  *Denuce vomica.  8°.   Lugd.
  Bat.,  1798.
    Delecloz.   Remarques sur la pr6paration de la tein-
  tnre de noix vomiques. Arch. med. belffes, Brux., 1895, 4.
  s., v, 235-240.—Dey (R. B. K. L.)  Short notes  on the
  therapy of nux vomica and its chief alkaloid, strychnia.
  Indian  M. Rec. Calcutta, 1894, viii, 291,-Dowzard (E.)
  The determination of  strychnine and bruciue  in  nux
  vomica. Chem. News, Lond., 1903, Ixxxvii, 99-101.—Fyfe
  (J.W.)  Nuxvomica, itsiudicationsandcontra-indications.
  Mass. M.  J.,  Bost., 1899, xix, 11.—Cadd (H.  AV.)  Sc
  Oadd (S. C.)  The distribution of fat and strychnine in
  nuxvomica seeds.   Treatment, Lond., 1904-5, viii,  641-
  644.  AUo: Pharm. J., Lond.,  1904, 4.  s., xix, 246. [Dis-
  cussion], 279. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 945.
  Also [Abstr.]: Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1904,
  xxxii, 578.—CJuigues (P.)  Note sur l'extrait aqueux de
  noix vomique.  J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1902, 6. s., xv,
  427-431.—Mcbert (B.) Dosage des alcaloides dans l'ex-
  trait de noix vomique.  J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1902,
  6. s., xvi,  155-161.—HutchiiiNon (J.)  Nux vomica as a
  tonic.   Arch. Surg., Lond., 1893-4, v, 151.

Mux vomica (Toxicology of).
    See,  also, Strychnia (Toiicology of).
    Blickensderfer (C.)  Medicolegal evidence in poi-
  soning  by nux vomica and its 'alkaloids.  Oklahoma M.
  News-Jour., 1904, xii.257-269. —Oorshlioff(Y. P.)  Otrav-
  leniye chilibukhol, kak prichina nevrastenii.  [Poisoning
  with nux vomica as a cause of neurasthenia.]  Voyenno-
  med. J., St. Petersb.. 1902, lxxx, med.-spec. pt., 2710-2717.—
  Hale  (L. H. D.)  Poisoning by the tincture of nux vom-
  ica; death in two hours.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 10.—
  Hutehinson (J.)  On over-doses of nux vomica given
  by accident.  Arch. Surg , Lond.,  1889-90, i, 280.—"Voir
  (j.)  Une lecon pour tout ie monde.  Progres m6d., Par.,
  1905, 3. s., xxii, 475.—Roche (J.)  Sudden deaths and
  nux vomica.  Med. Press Sc Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv,
  393.
NuytS  (Paul) [1870-    ].  *De  l'arthrite alve-
  olo-dentaire, et en  particulier  de l'arthrite con-
  secutive a  la  carie.   67  pp.   4'-'.   Lille, 169b,
  No. 33.
    Faculte de medecine de Paris.
r¥y  pharmaceutist: Tidende.  [New Pharmaceu-
  tical  News.]   v. 20-26,  18H8-94.  8°.  KjQben-
  havn.
rVyander (Johannes C.)  * Exanthemata viva.,
  16 pp.   sm. 4°.   Upsalice, L. M. Hbjer, 1757.

Nyassaland.
    Ulojjjjridge <L. T.)  The Nyassaland  tribes; their
  customs and their poison ordeal. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond.,
  1902, xxxii, 467-472.—Smith (S. K.)  Disease among the
  natives of the Nyassaland plateau.  Liverpool M.-Chir. J.,
  1901, xxi,  46-56.
Nyblseus  ( Claes  Gudmund ).   Larobok  nti
  pbarmaceutisk  technologic;   eller  systematisk
  beskrifhiug  af de  pharmaceutiska  operatio-
  nerna  i  allmanhet, med  speciel himsyn till de 
NYBLyEUS.
856
NYEOP.
"rVyfolaeilS (Claes Gudmund)—continued.
  nyaste Sven ska  och Danska pharmakopeernas
  preparati-r, efter de nyaste och  biista forfattare
  sampt egen crfarenhet.  [Text-book for pharma-
  ceutical  technology;  or systematic description
  of pharmaceutical operations in  general, with
  special reference to the preparations ofthe latest
  Swedish  and  Danish  pharmacopoeias, after  the
  latest and best  authors,  together with my own
  experiences. J   xviii  (1 1.), 488  pp.,  1 pl.   8°.
  Stockholm, L.  L. Hjerta, 1846.

Nybro.
    See Waters (Mineral), by localities.
Nyctalopia.
   * See, also, Hemeralopia, etc.
    Avtokratofl* (D. M.)  K  kazuistikle knrinol sllepoti
  u loshadi.   [Nyctalopia in  the horse.]  Arch. vet. nauk,
  St. Petersb., 1905. xxxv, 553-555— Bieloglazoflf (M.M.)
  () kurinol sllepotle.  [Nyctalopia.] Vestnik obsh. big.,
  sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb.. 1905, 1206-1222.—nat-
  ion,  Quefant-il entendre par h£meralopie f-t nyctalopie?
  ambiguites  et contradictions s6culaires. Chron. med.,
  Par., 1901, viii. 618.
IYyctodactyliis.
   ** Williston (8.W.) On the skeleton of Nvctodactylus,
  with restoration.  Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1901-2, i, 297-305.
Nyctophobia.
    Senot (R.)  Alguuas consideraciones sobre la nyctofo-
  bia en los  nifios. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos
  Aires, 1904,  iii, 414-419.  Also: Rev. frenopat. espan.,
  Barcel., 1905, 51-57.  AUo [Abstr.]: Arch,  de psychol.,
  Geneve, 1904-5, iv,  350-357.
]Vyctotherus.
    von Dailiiy (E.)  Nyctotherns  piscicola n.  sp., ein
  neuer Fischendoparasit aus Siidamerika.  Zool. Anz.,
  Leipz., 1905, xxix, 233-238.
IVye (Elisha Bourne) [1812-891.
   " Kdgei-ton (F. D.)  Obituary.  Proc. Connect. M. Soc,
  Bridgeport, 1889, 245-249.
Nyeuwe (Een) tractaet ghenaemt dat batement
  van recepten, inhoudende drie deelen van  re-
  cepten.    Nu  van nyeuws  ghecorrigcert ende
  verbetert.   47 pp.  24°.  f Anwerpen,  H. de Laet,
  1556.
J\Tyiregliyz;a.                                J
    .See Influenza (History, etc., of), by localities.
Nylant  (P[etrus]).   De  medicyn-winkel, of er- j
  vareu  huys-houder:  zijnde  het  iii. deel  vau
  het vermakelyk laudleven.  Onderwijsende, hoe
  men binuen en  buiten de steden  heylsame me-
  dicynen  voor de gebreken  vau  meuscheu en
  beesten sal toeiuakeu en bereydeu.    Met een
  onderrigtinge, hoe men  uyt  verscheydeu bloe-
  inen en kruyden nutte en welruykeude wateren
  sal  uytterecker en distilleren.   Als  mede di-n
  naerstigc n  byeu-houder,  doch  is hier achter
  liygevoegt den verstandigeu  kok.  68 pp.  sm.
  4°.   Amsterdam, G. de Groot,  1711.
"rVynimanus (Gregorius).  De apoplexia traeta-
  tus, iu (juo hujus gravissimi morbi turn  enratio,
  turn ab illo prieservatio pi-rspicue propouitur,
  clareque demonstratur, istius mali caussam non
  tain esse, ut vulgo  docetur,  nervorum obstruc-
  tionemet  spirituum animalium  interceptionem,
  rjnaiu  ductuum  quorundam, cerebri  spiritum
  vitalem veheutium  pia?.clusioiiiin  ejusqne inde
  dependentem  subsidentiam.   2.  ed.  14 p.  1.,
  :i<;9 pp., 7  1.  sm. 4°.  Witteberga, J. W. Fincel-
  lius, lfVTO.
Yvm|t>li;r.
    See Genitals (Female).
Nyinplioiiiania.
    See, also, Clitoris (Excision of); Uterus (Ex-
  cision of appendages of).
    de Bienville (I).-T.)   La nymphonianie, ou j
  traite* d<* la fureur ut6rine,  dans leque.l on ex-
  plique, tivec autant de clart6 que de methode, les j
Nymphomania.
  comineucemens et les progres de  cette  cruelle
  maladie, dont on de*veloppe les diffeYi-ntes causes.
  Ensuite on propose les moyens de conduite dans
  les divers pe"riodes,  et les speciiiqties.les plus
  6prouve*8 pour la enration.  16°.  Amsterdam,
  1784.
    -----.  The same.  La ninfomania, o sia  il
  furore uterino, in cui si sviluppano chiarainente
  e con metodo i principj ed  i progressi  di  questa
  crudel malattia, esponeudoseue altresi le diffe-
  renti cagioni.  Trattato aureo, nel quale si pro-
  pongono i mezzi di regolarsi  nei diversi  gradi
  del morbo e gli specifici  i  piu sperinientati per
  la cura del medesimo.  Traduzione dal francese.
  12°.  Venezia, 1789.
    Buchan (W.)   Del furor uterino 6 ninfoma-
  nia.  [Abstr. from his: Medicina  domestica, Ma-
  drid, 1786.]  MS.
    In: Medicina.  Varias recetas.  MS. 8°.  [n.p., n.d.]
    Hirt (C. )  Mannstoll!   Die  Nymphomanie
  oder  Mannstollheit;   ihr Wesen,  ihre  geheime
  Zeistorungsarbcit  und ihre  Behandlung.  8°.
  Berlin-Steglitz, [1902].
    Krahe(P.)  De furore uterino.  sm. 4°.  Du-
  i8burgi ad Bhenum, 1705.
    Liebmanx (J. A.)   *De furore  uterino.  4°.
  Halle ad Salam, [1760].
    Metenieu(0.)   La nymphomane ; mcenrs pa-
  risiennes.  12°.  Paris, l69'.i.
    Chapellier. Nymphomanie d'origine clitoridienne
  chez une vache.  Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1900, 8. s., vii,
  403-405.— French (C.)  Nymphomania in a castrated fe-
  male cat.  J. Comp. M.  <fe Vet. Arcb.. Phila., 1900, xxi,
  415.—Hamilton (J. A. G.) Treatmeut of nymphomania
  by division of branches of internal pudic and inferior pu-
  dendal nerves.  Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney,  1903, xxii,
  205.—Hock.  Kastratiou eines an  Nymphomanie leiden-
  den Pferdes. "Wchnsehr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen,
  1906, 1, 201-203. — IJeMgen (P.)]  Nymphomania, Mutter-
  wuth. Encycl. Worterb. d. med. "Wissensch., Berlin, 1841,
  xxv, 357-415.—JMarocc-o (C.)  Nint'omania iu soggetto
  affetto da degenerazione di ambedue le  ovaje flssate nello
  spazio del  Douglas da pelvi-peritonite.   Rassegna d' ostet.
  e ginec, Napoli, 1897, vi, 415-418.—Phillips (L. M.)
  Nymphomania; reply to  questions.  Cincin. M. J., 1895,
  x, 467-471.—Pol In It  (J. O.)  A case  of nymphomania.
  Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxxi, 301.—Kone (W.) Nympho-
  manie und Satyriasis. N. Heilkuust, Berl., 1896, iii, 132;
  138.—Soiners (G. B.) Nymphomania; phleboliths. Oc-
  cidental M. Times, San Fran., 1901. xv,  213.—Stewnrt
  (W.S.) A remarkable ease of nymphomania, and its cure.
  Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, Phila., 1889, ii, 260. — Sut-
  clitTe (J.  A.)  Excision of the clitoris in a child for
  nymphomania.   Indiana  M. J., Indianap., 1889-90, viii, 64.

Nymphosis.
    See Insects.
IVypltus  (Augustinus).  De diebus criticis seu
  decretoriis aureus liber, ad Vicentium Quirinutn
  patritiuni Venetum.    59 1.   16°.   Argentorati,
  H. Sybold, [1530].
IVyrop (Ejnar).  Beskrivelse af en Glasballon til
  Opsamling af Luft- veil Pneumaturi og etyderli-
  gere Forslag til Forhindring af Luftiudtraadelse
  ved Tiansfusioner, etc.  [Description of a  glass
  globe for the collection of air in pneumaturia,and
  a further proposition for the  prevention of the
  entrance of air in transfusions, etc.]  3 pp.  8°.
  Kj^henhavn, 1904.
    Repr. from: Ugesk. f. Larger, Kjobenh., 1904.
-----.  The same.   Beschreibung  eines znr Luft-
  aufsanimlung beiderPneumaturie  hergestellten
  Glasballons,  saint einem  ferneren Vorschlage
  zur  Vermeidnng   von Lufteintritt  bei  intra-
  venosen   Infusionen  u. s.  w.  1 1.  8°.  Leipzig,
  1904.
    Repr. from:  Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, xxxi.
-----.  Erysipelas  kontra Nephritis   5 pp. 8°.
  Leipzig,  Breitkopf 4' Hartel, 1904.
     Repr.from: Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1904. xxv.
-----.  Instrumenter  og  Bandager afbildede og
  beskrevne.    [Instruments and  bandages illu-
* 
NTROP.
857
NYSTAGMUS.
Nyrop (Ejnar)—continued.
  strafed aud described.]  63pp.   8°.   Kdbenhovn
  G. C. Ursin, 1904.
Nyssens (Ernest).  Rapport sur I'enseignement
  de 1'homcBopathie  k  rUniversite*  royale  hon-
  groise de Budapest, adresse* au niinistre de l'in-
  te"rieur et de l'instruction publique  en Belgique
  M. F.  Schollaert.  22 pp.    8°.  Bruxelles, L.
  Wintraecken 4~ Cie., 1896.

Nystagiiius.
     See,  also, Ear (Diseases of,  Complications, etc.,
  of);  Spasm  (Nodding, etc.).
     Brinitzeh (E.)   *Zur Kasuistik  des  Nystag-
  mus.   8°.   Leipzig, 1904.
     Doehnk (F.)   * Ueber  kiiustlich erzeugten
  Nystagmus horizontalis und rotatorius  bei  Nor-
  malen und Taubstuinmen.   H°.    Wurzburg,  1895.
     Ki.oninger (W.)   * Ziir Aetiologie nnd Prog-
  nose  des Nystagmus  bei jungen  Kindern.   8°.
  Leipzig, 1903.
     Nakonz (C. G.)   * De nystagmo.  8°.  Lipsice,
  1858.
     Niedergesass (W.)  *Klinischer Beitrag zur
  Aetiologie des Nystagmus  uud  der  nystagmus-
  artigen Zuckungen.   8°.  Berlin, [lfc90].
     Offergeld (F.)  * Untersuchungen iiber uys-
  tagmusartige  Zuckungen  bei  Gesunden.   8°,
  Bonn,  [1893].
     Bach (L.)  Ueber kiinstlich erzeugten Nystagmus ho-
  rizontalis, einhergehend mit coujugirter Deviation.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat.,Coblenz & Leipz., 1892,n.F.,
  iii, 486-489. -----. Ueber kiiustlich erzeugten Nystagmus
  bei normalen Individuen und bei Taubstummen.  Beitrag
  znr Physiologie des Ohrlabyrinthes.  Arch. f.  Augenh.,
  Wiesb., 1894, xxx, 10-14.—Bar (C.)  Reflectorischer Nys-
  tagmus. Ibid., 1902,xlv,5-16. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch.
  Ophth., N. T., 1902. xxxi, 525-532,—Bartels (M.)  Ueber
  eine nur bei psychischer Ablenkung auftreteude  Form
  von Nystagmus.  Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1903, vii,  305.—
  Bernheimer  (S.)  Bemerkungen zur Tabaks- und  Al-
  kohol-Amblyopie und iiberden reflectorischen Nystagmus.
  Ber. ii. d. Versamml.  d.  ophth. Gesellsch. 1901, "Wiesb.,
  1902, xxix, 205-208.—Blok.  Beroepsnystagmus.  Nederl.
  Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906,  i, 519.— Brewerton
  (E. W.)  A rare form of nystagmus.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.
  Kingdom,Loud., 1902-3, xxiii, 260.—Brown (C.)  Noteon
  normal nystagmus.  Proc.Koy. Soc. Ediub.,  1892-5, xx, 352-
  356.—Billiard (W. X.) Sc Wentworth (A. H.)   A pe-
  culiar form of nystagmus (Cheyne-Stokes nystagmus'. Bos-
  ton M. & S. J.. 1892, exxvii, 301-303.—Burgess.  Unilat-
  eral nystagmus. Lancet. Lond., 1891, i, 83!.—Caille (A.)
  Two cases of nystagmus associated "with  choreic move-
  ments  of tbe head in rachitic  babies.  Arch. Pediat.,
  Phila., 1890, vii,  171-173.—Clarke  (E.)  A rare form of
  nystagmus.  Tr.Ophth. Soc.U.Kingdom, Lond.,1895-6,xvi,
  327.  Also: Med. Press Sc Circ., Lond.,  1895, n. s., lx, 419.—
  Cohn (M.)  Ueber Nystagmus bei Ohraffectionen.  Berl.
  klin. Wchnsehr., 1891, xxviii, 1052-1054.—Colburn (J.E.)
  Partial fixation of the globe for the improvement of vision
  in certain cases of nystagmus. Ophth.  Rec, Chicago, 1904,
  xiii 354-357.— Crzellitzer.  Einseitiger  Nystagmus.
  Verhandl. d. Berl. ophth. Gesellsch. 1^93-1904, Leipz., 1905,
  92-94. -----. Ueber  Heilung gewisser Nystagmus-For-
  men.  Klin. Monatsbl. f.  Augenh., Stuttg., 1898, xxxvi,
  5_10.__Cuperus (N. J.)  Ueber die mogliche Heilbarkeit
  des Nystagmus. Arch. f. Augenh.,  "Wiesb., 1904,  xlix,
  171-174.—Belneuville (E.)  Un cas de nystagmus hys-
  terique.  Clin, opht.,  Par.,  1904, x,  388.  Also,  transl:
  Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1905, ix, 98.—Dodd  (II. W.)  Vol-
  untary bilateral nystagmus.  Tr. Ophth.  Soc. U. King-
  dom, "Lond.,  1900-1901, xxi,  244. -----. Nystagmus and
  disseminated sclerosis. Polyclin.,  Lond.,  1902, vi, 520.—
  D'Oeuch  (F.  E.)  Zwei Falle von verticalem  Nys-
  tagmus.  Arch. f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1888, xix, 293-296.—
  Duane(A.) Two cases of nystagmus. Ophth. Rec., Chi-
  cago 1900, ix, 488-490.-----. Unilateral and other unusual
  form's of nystagmus.  N.York State J. M., N.Y., 1905, v, 245-
  249.— Es'chweiler.   Ueber Nystagmus bei einseitiger
  Labyrinthlosigkeit.   Verhandl.  d.  deutsch. otol. Gesell-
  sch., Jena, 1902, xi, 110-114. — Fernandez (J. S.)   Der
  hvsterischeNystagmus. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1905,ix,98.—
  F rac htm an (H.)  Beitrag zur Kasuistik des einseiti-
  gen Nystagmus.  "Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 455.—
  FrcnkeKH.)  Note sur le nystagmus dyspneique. Lyon
  med., 1893, lxxiii, 43-46— Freund (C.  S.)  Em Fall  emer
  bisher nicht beschriebenen Form von Nystagmus.  Deut-
  sche med. "Wchnsehr., Leipz. u. Berl, 1891, xvii, 288-291.—
  AUo [Abstr.]: Jahresb. d.  schles. Gesellsch.  f. vaterl.
  Kult. 1890, Bresl., 1891, lxviii, med. Abth., 51-53.—Gale-
  zowski.   Du  nystagmus et de  sa valeur  pathologique.
Nystagmus.
  Rec. d'opth., Par., 1898, 3. s., xx, 390-398.—Gamble (TV.
  E.)  Voluntary lateral nystagmus;  report of a case.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 483.—Graefe (A.)  Die
  neuropathische Natur  des Nystagmos.  Arch. f. Ophth.,
  Leipz., 1859, xii, 3. Abth., 123-138. — Grimsdale (H. B.)
  A rare form of nystagmus.   Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom,
  Lond., 1895-6,  xvi, 328-330. — Hrimann (E.) Einseiti-
  ger  Nystagmus.  Klin.  Monatsbl.  f. Augenh., Stuttg.,
  1902, xl, pt. 2,  99-105.—Herzfeld (J.)  Ein Fall von ho-
  rizontalem Nystagmus, hervorgei ufen durch Bogengangs-
  erkrankung.   Deutsche med. Wchnscbr., Leipz. u. Berl.,
  1901, xxvii, 597. —Hoot- (K.)  Zur Aetiologie des acqui-
  rirten Nystagmus.  Wien. klin. Wchnsehr., 1891, iv, 338.—
  Home (J. F.)  Case  of traumatic  lateral nystagmus.
  Brit. M. J., Loud., 1891, ii, 695. — Kipp (C. J.)   Three
  cases of transient bilateral  horizontal nystagmus occur-
  ring in connection with purulent inflammation ofthe mid-
  dle ear.  Tr. Am. Otol.  Soc, New Bedford, 1887-90, iv,  221-
  239.  AUo, Reprint.  AUo:  Med. News,  Phila., 1888, lii,
  108.  AUo: N. YorkM. J., 1888, xlviii, 103.—Kocrber (H.)
  Ueber drei Falle von  Retraktionsbeweguug des Bulbus
  (Nystagmus retractorius).   Ophth. Klin.,  Stuttg., 1903,
  vii*, 65-67. AUo.transl.: Clin, opht., Par.,  1903, ix,  147-
  150.—KraiiNH (W.)   Beitrag zur  Kasuistik des einsei-
  tigen Nystagmus.  Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1903, ix, 133-
  138.—Ki'angie(A.)  Odr/.eniu oczu (nystagmus). Przegl.
  lek., Krak6w, 1895,  xxxiv,  234j 248;  329;  342; 362;  393;
  406;  425. — Lawton (A.) A case  of monocular vertical
  nystagmus.  Rep. Soc.  Study Dis.  Child.,  Lond., 1903-4,
  iv, 118.—I>evi (E.)   Ein Fall von Nystagmus bei mono-
  cularem Sehen.  Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1901, v, 321-324.—
  Magnus (H.) Zur Aetiologie des  Nystagmus.  Cen-
  tralbl. f. prakt. Augeuh., Leipz.,  1893, xvii,  361-363.—
  Ularlow (F.  W.)  Acute rotary nystagmus, with slight
  impairment of lateral conjugate movement, accompanied
  by headacheandfnilureof vision.  Ann. Ophth., St. Louis,
  1897, vi, 131. — Uloyer ( H.  N. )  Nystagmus.  N. Am.
  Pract., Chicago, 1892, iv, 518-520.—IVcustatter (O.)  Bei-
  trag zur Casuistik des  einseitigen Nystagmus. Arch. f.
  Augenh., Wiesb.,  1898-9, xxxviii, 67-77.   AUo, transl.:
  Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901, xxx, 158-165. -----. Zur Theo-
  rie des einseitigen Nystagmus.  Centralbl. f. prakt. Au-
  genh., Leipz.,  1902, xxvi, 295 - 298. — IXoi-i-ie (G.)  Nys-
  tagmus.  Nord. ophth. Tidsskr., Kjobenh., 1888,  i, 204-
  209.  AUo, transl.: Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz.,
  1888, xii, 229-232. -----. Noglo sjaeldnetilfaeldeaf nystag-
  mus.  [Some rare cases of . . .J  Nord. ophth. Tidsskr.,
  Kjobenh., 1890, iii, 24-30.-----. On nystagmus.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1890, ii,  1264-1166. — Northrop (H. L.) Nystag-
  mus.  Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1894, xxix, 27-30.—Os-
  tino (G.)  Nistagmo riflesso di origine nasale.  Arch.
  ital.  di  otol.   [etc.],  Torino,  1902-3,  xiv,  29-34.  Also
  [Abstr.J: Atti  d. Cong.  d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1902.
  Napoli,  1903, vi, 188. — Fercival (A. S.)  A case of ac-
  quired nystagmus.   Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i,  1583.—
  Also: Laucet,  Lond., 1898, i, 928. — Peters (A.)  Bemer-
  kungen zu den Mittheilungen von Raudnitz iiber experi-
  mentellen Nystagmus.   Arch. f. Augenh., "Wiesb., 1903,
  xlvii, 1-6.—R audni tz (R. W.) Demonstration von cxperi-
  mentellem Nystagmus.  Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesell-
  sch.  f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u.  Aerzte 1902,
  Wiesb., 1903, 132-134.  AUo [Abstr.l: Verhandl. d. Gesell-
  sch. deutsch. Naturf. ii. Aerztel902, Leipz., 1903, ii,2. Hlfte.,
  306. -----. Zu den Bemerkungen des Prof. Peters iiber
  experimentellen Nystagmus.  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
  1903,  xlviii, 99-102.  -----. Experimeuteller Nystag-
  mus.  "Wien. med. "Wcbnscbr., 1903,  liii, 1401. — Naibra-
  zes  & Cabanncs.   Nystagmus  vibratoire  de nature
  liyst6rique, spontane et provoque  par suggestion dans
  l'hypnose.  Cong.  d.  m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France
  ...  C. r.  1896, Par., 1897, ii, 120-125.  Also: Rev. neurol.,
  Par., 1896, iv, 541-543.—Salas y Vaca (J.)  Nistagmus;
  su patogenia probable.   Coriesp.  m6d.,  Madrid," 1902,
  xxxvii, 103.—Santos Fernandez (J.)  El nistagmus
  histerico.  Cron. m6d.-quir. de la Hahana, 1904, xxx, 251 —
  253.   AUo, transl.:   Clin, opht., Par., 1904,  x,  345.—
  Scales (J. "W.)  Vertical nystagmus of one eye cured by
  shortening the superior  rectus muscle.   Ophth.  Rec,
  Nashville, 1893-4, iii, 403.—Simon (R.)  Zur Bedeutung
  des einseitigen  Nystagmus fiir die Lehre von den Augen-
  bewegungen.   Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1902,
  xxvi, 113-117.—Smith (J. W.)  Voluntary nystagmus (?).
  [Abstr.J J. Ophth.,  Otol. & Laryngol., N.  Y., 1902, xiv,
  308-315.  AUo: Illinois M. J., Springfield 1902-3, lii, 173-
  180.—Sncll  (S.)  Fatigue  of ocular muscles owing to
  constrained attitude  at work as the main cause of nystag-
  mus.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892,  ii, 838. -----. Acquired
  nystagmus in  occupations other than coal mining, with
  cases and remarks.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom,  Lond.,
  1895-6, xvi, 305-326. AUo, Keprint.—Stransky (E.)  As-
  sociirter Nystagmus.  Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1901,  xx,
  786-795. -----. Zur Kenntnis des  assoziierten Nystag-
  mus.  Ibid., 1906, xxv, 15-18.—Sym (W. G.)  On nystag-
  mus; considered in its  clinical aspects.  Am.  J. M. Sc
  Phila., 1895, n.  s.,  cix,  646-650.—Terrien  (F.)  Valeur
  semeiologique  du  nystagmus.  Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902, 
NYSTAGMUS.
858
NYSTROM.
 Nystagmus.
   lxxv, 142S-1433.—Trombetta (E.)  Contributo clinico
   alia cura del nistagmo.  Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital.  Rendic,
   Pavia,  1898, xv, 82.  AUo: Ann. di ottal.,  Pavia, 1900,
   xxix. 188-190. -----. II nistagmo, nuova teoria patogene-
   tica e nuovo metodo di cura.  Clin, mod., Pisa, 1900, vi,
   243; 252; 259;  267; 275. -----. Nistagmo e  canali semi-
   circolari.  Ibid., 1901, vii,  15-19. -----. Ulteriori esperi-
   menti sulla genesi del  nistagmo.  Ann.  di ottal.. Pavia,
   1902, xxxi, 763-765.—Trombetta (E.) & Ostino.  Ul-
   teriori esperimenti snllagcnesi del nistagmo.   Ibid., 1903,
   xxxii, 694-707.  AUo: Mem. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital.
   1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 385-398.—Urbantschitsch. Nys-
   tagmus durch Druck  auf den ausseren Gehbrgang bei
   einem Fall von Entziindung der Paukenhohle.  Wien.
   klin. Rnndschau,  1895, ix, 678.—Vos  (G. H.)   Case  of
   hippus (nystagmus of the pupil).  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896,
   i. 270.—Wertheim.   Ein Fall  von Nystagmus infolge
   Bogcngangserkrankung.  Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f.
   vaterl. Cult. 1898, Bresl,  1899, lxxvi, 1. Abt., med. Sect.,
   14.—Worrall  (M.  Rnth).  Nystagmus.   J.  Ophth.,
   Otol. Sc Laryngol.,  N. Y., 1897, ix, 127-144.—Zieminski
   (B.)  Niepokoj  zrenic czyli drgawki teczbwki (hippus s.
   oscillatio s. instabilitas s. nystagmus pupillae s. chorea
   iridis).  Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1893, xxxii, 385-387.

 Nystagmus  (Congenital or hereditary).
     Audeoud  (H.)   Note sur  le nystagmus familial.
   Ann. d'ocul.,  Par., 1895. cxiii,  412-418.  AUo, transl.:
   Ann. d'ocul., N.  Y., 1895, cxiii, 413-418. — Bard (L.)
   D'un  caract^re   objectif  difRrentiel   du   nystagmus
   congenital  et  du nystagmus de  la sclerose  en pla-
   ques.   Lyon  med.,  1893, lxxiv,  442-447. — Burton-
   Fanning  (F. W.)  Hereditary congenital nystagmus.
   Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1497.—C'olburn (J. E.)  Congen-
   ital nystagmus. Tr. "West.  Ophth., Otol.  [etc.], Ass.
   Ophth. Div., St. Louis. 1897, 87-97.  AUo: Am. J. Ophth.,
   St. Louis, 1897,  xiv, 237-247.  Also: Chicago M. Rec, 1898,
   xv, 41-49.—Fisher (T.)  Congenital nystagmus in father
   and child.  Brit. M. J.,  Lond., 1902, ii. 694.  Also: Pedi-
   atics, N. Y., 1902, xiv, 409-411.—Frank (I.)  The heredi-
   tary influence in nystagmus remarkably illustrated. Med.
   Rec., N. Y., 1903,  lxiii, 175.—Creanelle ("W. J.) Con-
   genital  nystagmus (hereditary).  Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903,
   xv, 70.—Hawthorne (C. O.j  Nystagmus in thn-e gen-
   erations.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 425.— Jncqueau.
   Nystagmus  hereditaire  sans  lesions.  Clin,  opht., Par.,
   1901, vii, 84.—Lavagna (G.)  Sul trattanitnto del nis-
   tagmo congenito.   Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino,
   1896, 3. s., xliv, 260-262.   AUo: Boll, d'ocul., Firenze. 1896,
   xviii, 59. -----. Communication snr une nouvelle methode
   de correction et gu6rison du nystagmus congenital.  Cong.
   internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht.  Compt.-rend.,  Amst., 1900,
   609-612.  AUo  [Abstr.]:  Ztschr.  f. Augenh., Berl., 189P,
   ii, Ergnzngshft., 95. — Lenoble (E.) Sc Aubineau (E.j
   Tremblements infantiles et nystagmus congenitaux; essai
   de classification s6m6iologique.  Arcb. de neurol., Par.,
   1902, 2. s., xiv, 101-121.  Also.- Gaz. med. de Nantes,.1901-2,
   xx, 362; 369.-----------. Un nouveau cas denystagm us es-
   sentiel congenital avec syndromenerveuxcomplexe. Rev.
   neurol., Par., 1905,  xiii, i49-154.-----------. Uuevariet6
   nouvelle de myoclonic congenitale pouvantetre hereditaire
   et familiale, il nystagmus constant (nystagmus-mvoclonie).
   Compt. rend.  Soc. de biol..  Par., 1905,  lix, 645-647.—
   Itl'Gillivray (A.) Hereditary congenital nystagmus as-
   sociated with head movements.  Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1895,
   xiv, 252-262.  AUo, Reprint.—Morton (H. Mel.)  A nys-
   tagmic  family.  Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1898,  vii, 28-30.—
   Sinclair (M. Mel.)  Nystagmus as a family peculiarity.
   Brit. M. J., Loud., 1903, i, 1204.—Wood (C. A.)  A pic-
   ture of hereditary nystagmus.  N. Am. Pract., Chicago,
   1892, iv, 179-181.— Wood (T. O.)  Three cases (a brother
   and two sisters) of hereditary congenital nystagmus. Tr.
   M. Soc. Lond., 1896, xix, 412.

 Nystagmus in miners.
     Nieden (A.)  Der Nystagmus  der  Bergleute.
   8°.  Wiesbaden,  1694.
     Thevenon (L.)   * Contribution k  l'e'tude  du
   nystagmus des  mineurs.  [Lyons.]  4°.   Saint-
   E'tienne, 1896.
     B ramwel I (B.) Nystagmus occurring in a coal-miner,
   associated with palpitation, profuse sweating, and attacks
   of tachycardia; sudden arrest of the quick action of the
   heart on taking a few deep breaths. Clin. Stud., Edinb.,
   19U1-5,  iii,  298-301.— Braunschweig. Ein  Fall von
   Nystagmus der Bergleute.  Munchen. med. Wchuschr.,
   1894, xii, 130.  AUo: Sitzungsb. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle
/  a.  S. 1893-4, Miinchen,  1895. iv,  41__Cocking (W. T.)
Nystagmus.
   A case of miners' nystagmus associated with double spas
   modic torticollis.  Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892. ii, 835.—Court
   (J.)  Defective illumination as the cause  of the nystag-
   mus and other ocular disorders observed iu miners.  Ibid.,
   836-838.  AUo, transl.: J. d'ocul. du nord  de  la France,
   Lille, 1892-3, iv, 109-113.—Dransart.  De la  suspension
   dans le nystagmus des mineurs et la nevro-r£tinite.  J.
   d'ocul. du nord de la France, Lille, 1890-91, ii, 38-41.-----.
   Du nystagmus des mineurs.  Ibid., 1891-2, iii, 37-54.-----.
   Sixieiue contribution a,l'etude du nystagmus des mineurs;
   analyse critique du travail  dn  Dr. Court.   Ibid., 97-106.
   -----.  Du nystagmus des mineurs dans le nord  de la
   Fiance.  Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1891, ix.
   154-162. -----.  Travail du mineur nystagmique considers
   comme cause d'accidents.  J. d'ocul. du nord de la France,
   Lille, 1892-3, iv, 67-69—Ducourtieu. Note  sur le nys-
   tagmus des mineurs : ux mines de Courrieres. Ibid., 1891-
   2, iii, 85—Frost (W. A.) Nystagmus in a man who has
   worked in a bad light for eighteen years. Tr. Ophth. Soc.
   U. Kingdom, Lond., 1893-4, xiv, 245.—Pechdo.  Le nys-
   tagmus des mineurs.  Bull, et  mem. Soc franc, d'opht.,
   Par., 1893, xi, 394-400.  AUo: Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1893, ex,
   92-98.—Peters (A.)  Ist der Nystagmus der Bergleute
   labyriuthiiren Ursprungs?  Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb.,
   1901-2, xliv, 301-309.—Boiniee.  De l'etiologie du nys-
   tagmus deshouilleurs.  Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.,
   Par., 1892, x, 304-310.------Etude sur le nystagmus des
   houilleurs.  Bull. Acad. roy.  de med. de Belg., Brux., 1892,
   4.s.,vi, 299-386. [Rap. de Deneffel, 251-263. Also:  Ann.
   d'ocul., Par., 1892, cviii, 21; 109; 196;  265.  Also [Abstr.]:
  J. d'ocul. du nord de la France, Lille, 1892-3, iv, 45; 7b'.—
   Snell  (S.)  Case of nystagmus in a  compositor.   Tr.
   Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,  1890-91,  xi, 102-106.
  Also:  Brit. M.  J., Loud.. 1891,  ii. 74. -----. On miners'
  nystagmus. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1891, ii, 61-66.  AUo, transl.:
  J. d'ocul. du  nord  de  la  France, Lille, 1891-2, iii,  65-84.
   -----.  Miners'nystagmus. Brit.M. J.,Lond, 1891, i, 67.—
   Thompson (J. T.)   Miners' nystagmus among the
   South "Wales colliers.   Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.,
   1890-91, xi, 87-102.
Nysten  (P[ierre]-H[ubert])  [1774-1817].   Dic-
  tionnaire de  medecine, de chirurgie,  de phar-
  macie, des sciences accessoires et de  l'art ve'te'ri-
  naire.   7.  £d., augmented   de pins d'un quart,
  etc.,  par  Bricheteau, O. Henry  et  J.  Briand.
  2 p. 1., 989 pp.  8°.   Paris, J.-S.  Chaudi, 1839.
-----.   The  same.   6. eU   3 p. 1., 989 pp.   8°.
   Paris, J.-S.  Chaude', 1841.
Nystrom  (Anton[-Christen]) [1842-    ].   Om
  de  konstitutionela hudakommornas natur och
  bt-handling.   [Nature and  treatment of consti-
  tutional skin  affections]   1 p.  1.,  58  pp.   8C.
   Stockholm, I. Marcus, 1H91.
-----.   Om  sinnessjukdomar och hospitalsvard
  jlirnte  autydningar om sinnessjukas  rattsliga
  skydd.  [Hospital care of the insane, with  hints
   on the legal protection of the insane.]   314 pp.,
   1 1.  8°.  Stockholm, C. 4- E. Gernandt,  1895.
-----.   Foten och deu riktige formen  pa skodon.
  Med forord  af C. Santesson.  [The foot and the
   correct form of chaussure,  with a preface by C.
   Santesson.]   39 pp.   12°.  Stockholm, Aktiebo-
   laget Svanbacks Fbrlag, 1699.
-----.   Uppkomsten af kortskallar och  langskal-
   lar.   Ett bidrag till raslaran.   [The appearance
   of brachycephali  and dolichocephali.    A  con-
   tribution to the study  of  races.]  100 pp.  H°.
   Stockholm, A. B.  Ejus, 1903.
-----.  Das Geschlechtsleben und seine Gesetze.
   1  p.  1., 286  pp., 1  1.   8°.   Berlin,  H. Walther,
   1904.
-----.  Konslifvet  och dess lagar.    Medicinsk-
   ociala  undersokningar.   [Sexual life  and  its
   laws.   Medico-social  investigations.]   308  pp.
   8°.  Stockholm, Bjbrck 4' Bbrjesson, 1904.
-----.  Konslilvets  problem.  Bihang till  kons-
   lifvet och dess lagar.   [The problem  of sexual
   life.   Supplement to " Sexual life and its laws."]
   93 pp.   8°.   Stockholm,  Bjbrck 4* Bbrjesson,  1905.
END OK VOL. XI, SECOND  SERIES. 
 
 
 
 
 
mx- *.'*
" *( J**"*^***(?Trt~.• *"*( •*
tf.Kii.O ' .  .
 "V';'V  •*:;■.



 m


 ■-'•■■'"H
    ■.)■■'::

Y*iY

■■■**!.*'',
"■.,".'  'I i
 •'. '.*;.■■'  *



  vi  * I
         :
•I
!■*
 ''*
".' 'I.
■:<.-!i

'-.-J

."*.*.
I
  J
!■:
i
■^■-■■■■■fc^*'^ r













':'.*:-i.v'Vi'-'-**&'.:l5 *L^Mf;S  •





'"'. " ,'";.,  ,£''!,$$£



    V  l? > '> ■y V':V;iVi

' >'■;''. '• WJyWp} mm
Jl
■; J'Y'.'i'^'.^'V-iftv/^fi
i.1:
'•''J